HHHHHT        APS1        ISSUE - 991123
PATN
WKU  D04166612
SRC  D
APN  0999202
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990129
TTL  Chocolate confection
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Burgess; Pamela
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Sherman; Ryan
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Ryan; David
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Starbucks Corporation
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 1127
EDF  6
ICL  0101
FSC  D 1
FSS  127-129;199;126;125;100
FSC  D24
FSS  101;103
FSC  D28
FSS  8.1
FSC  426
FSS  104;660;92;283;805
UREF
PNO  D21760
ISD  18920800
NAM  Mapother
UREF
PNO  D40268
ISD  19090900
NAM  Marvin
UREF
PNO  D40269
ISD  19090900
NAM  Marvin
UREF
PNO  D55542
ISD  19200600
NAM  Wipf
UREF
PNO  D70559
ISD  19260700
NAM  Hochstadter
UREF
PNO  D88109
ISD  19320300
NAM  Reiche
UREF
PNO  D88226
ISD  19321100
NAM  Gold
UREF
PNO  D107317
ISD  19371000
NAM  Murguiondo
UREF
PNO  D108546
ISD  19380200
NAM  Lazow
UREF
PNO  D110341
ISD  19380700
NAM  Carter et al.
UREF
PNO  D166563
ISD  19520100
NAM  Peters
UREF
PNO  D166873
ISD  19520500
NAM  Peters
UREF
PNO  D179214
ISD  19561100
NAM  Peters
UREF
PNO  D188694
ISD  19600800
NAM  Freeman
UREF
PNO  D194576
ISD  19630200
NAM  Herman
UREF
PNO  D195658
ISD  19630700
NAM  Merritt
UREF
PNO  D201229
ISD  19650500
NAM  Burke
OCL  D28  8.1
UREF
PNO  D205572
ISD  19660800
NAM  Davies
UREF
PNO  D250556
ISD  19781200
NAM  Shorin et al.
UREF
PNO  D279402
ISD  19850600
NAM  Lane et al.
UREF
PNO  D288140
ISD  19870200
NAM  Fontlladosa
UREF
PNO  D315435
ISD  19910300
NAM  Kirkpatrick et al.
UREF
PNO  D329114
ISD  19920900
NAM  Kesdekoglu
UREF
PNO  D334645
ISD  19930400
NAM  Kennedy
UREF
PNO  D338994
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kesdekoglu
UREF
PNO  D340121
ISD  19931000
NAM  Russell
UREF
PNO  D347515
ISD  19940600
NAM  Creighton et al.
UREF
PNO  D357338
ISD  19950400
NAM  Bornhorst
UREF
PNO  D372351
ISD  19960800
NAM  Margolis
UREF
PNO  D376038
ISD  19961200
NAM  Pearce
UREF
PNO  D395150
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yang
UREF
PNO  787887
ISD  19050400
NAM  Baker
UREF
PNO  1850560
ISD  19320500
NAM  Middendorf
UREF
PNO  5447584
ISD  19950900
NAM  Shakespeare et al.
LREP
FRM  Christensen O'Connor Johnson & Kindness PLLC
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a chocolate confection, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166620
SRC  D
APN  0935085
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980911
TTL  Dry dog food
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Burgess; Pamela
NDR  2
NFG  10
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Doyle; Celeste
CTY  Burbank
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Gharibian; William
CTY  Sherman Oaks
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Kal Kan Foods, Inc.
CTY  Vernon
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 1199
XCL   D1125
EDF  6
ICL  0106
FSC  D 1
FSS  125-129;199
FSC  426
FSS  440;144;618;439;805;104;552
UREF
PNO  D224077
ISD  19720700
NAM  Duvall et al.
OCL  D 1125
UREF
PNO  D228827
ISD  19731000
NAM  Cammelot et al.
OCL  D 1125
UREF
PNO  D397536
ISD  19980900
NAM  Rodriguez et al.
OCL  D 1125
UREF
PNO  4508739
ISD  19850400
NAM  Ryan
OCL  426144
UREF
PNO  4680191
ISD  19870700
NAM  Budd et al.
OCL  426144
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a dry dog food, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166639
SRC  D
APN  0997129
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990128
TTL  Infant bib
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Murphy; Celia
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Thomas; Anne N.
STR  22 King Georges Avenue
CTY  Watford, Hertfordshire WD1 7QD
CNT  GBX
CLAS
OCL  D 2861
XCL   D2860
XCL   D2861
XCL   D2862
XCL   D2864
EDF  6
ICL  0202
FSC  D 2
FSS  720;728;860;861;862;863;864;828;829;830;838;839
FSC    2
FSS  46;48;49.1;49.2;51;92;102;103
UREF
PNO  D155713
ISD  19491000
NAM  Kingson
OCL  D 2862
UREF
PNO  D155752
ISD  19491000
NAM  Vivaudou
OCL  D 2862
UREF
PNO  D184399
ISD  19590200
NAM  Kaye
OCL  D 2863
UREF
PNO  D197115
ISD  19631200
NAM  Clayfield
OCL  D 2862
UREF
PNO  D216291
ISD  19691200
NAM  Korshak
OCL  D 2864
UREF
PNO  677010
ISD  19010600
NAM  Ziller
OCL    2 49.2
UREF
PNO  1096297
ISD  19140500
NAM  Gage
OCL    2 51
UREF
PNO  2129486
ISD  19380900
NAM  Berman
OCL    2 51
UREF
PNO  2164369
ISD  19390700
NAM  Woolever
OCL    2 49.1
UREF
PNO  2648845
ISD  19530800
NAM  Berman
OCL    2 48
UREF
PNO  2760200
ISD  19560800
NAM  Shamyer, Jr.
OCL    2 49.2
UREF
PNO  2884638
ISD  19590900
NAM  Ream
OCL    2 48
UREF
PNO  3024466
ISD  19620300
NAM  Agostini
OCL    2 48
UREF
PNO  4030139
ISD  19770600
NAM  Sonntag
OCL    2 51
UREF
PNO  4733411
ISD  19880300
NAM  Foti
OCL    2 49.1
UREF
PNO  4924527
ISD  19900500
NAM  Hintermeyer
OCL    2 46
UREF
PNO  5107545
ISD  19920400
NAM  Potter
OCL    2 46
UREF
PNO  5218721
ISD  19930600
NAM  Mathews et al.
OCL    2 48
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a infant bib, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04166647
SRC  D
APN  0937665
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980917
TTL  Nursing sling
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Reid; Stella
NDR  4
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ahmad; Darnish
STR  125 Roehampton Vale
CTY  London SW15 3PG
CNT  GBX
CLAS
OCL  D 2864
XCL   D2860
XCL   D2861
XCL   D2728
EDF  6
ICL  0202
FSC  D24
FSS  199;190
FSC  248
FSS  102;103;104;105;106;107
FSC  D 2
FSS  864;860;861;728
FSC    2
FSS  104
UREF
PNO  D359838
ISD  19950700
NAM  Laseinde
OCL  D 2864
UREF
PNO  D403488
ISD  19990100
NAM  Mitchell
OCL  D 2864
UREF
PNO  5479662
ISD  19960100
NAM  Runco
OCL    2104
UREF
PNO  5570474
ISD  19961100
NAM  Berry et al.
OCL    2104
UREF
PNO  5652958
ISD  19970800
NAM  Farrell-Mestas
XCL    2104
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a nursing sling, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166655
SRC  D
APN  0623970
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19961104
TTL  Hat
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Mortimer; Paula A.
NDR  7
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Jones; David M.
STR  73 Chandler Place Dr.
CTY  Lavonia
STA  GA
ZIP  30553
CLAS
OCL  D 2874
XCL   D2881
EDF  6
ICL  0203
FSC  D 2
FSS  865;866;874;875;876;881;884;886;887
FSC    2
FSS  171;181;195.1
UREF
PNO  D115482
ISD  19390600
NAM  Royak
OCL  D 2886
UREF
PNO  D291381
ISD  19870800
NAM  Fender
OCL  D 2876
UREF
PNO  D340344
ISD  19931000
NAM  McPherson
OCL  D 2884
UREF
PNO  D350221
ISD  19940900
NAM  Van Doren
UREF
PNO  D354160
ISD  19950100
NAM  Shaffer
UREF
PNO  D365917
ISD  19960100
NAM  Armstrong
OCL  D 2881
UREF
PNO  563175
ISD  18960600
NAM  Hirschberg
UREF
PNO  888902
ISD  19080500
NAM  Jaillet et al.
UREF
PNO  1566891
ISD  19251200
NAM  Lyon
UREF
PNO  1673859
ISD  19280600
NAM  Witcoff
XCL  D 2887
UREF
PNO  2286202
ISD  19420600
NAM  Fischer
UREF
PNO  2420569
ISD  19470500
NAM  Sewell
OCL    2195.1
UREF
PNO  3780382
ISD  19731200
NAM  Boden
UREF
PNO  4101981
ISD  19780700
NAM  Boden
UREF
PNO  4550445
ISD  19851100
NAM  Fender
UREF
PNO  4641647
ISD  19870200
NAM  Behan
XCL    2195.8
UREF
PNO  5144695
ISD  19920900
NAM  Schweizer
XCL    2195.1
UREF
PNO  5351343
ISD  19941000
NAM  Harbison
XCL    2195.1
UREF
PNO  5603121
ISD  19970200
NAM  Borkovic et al.
XCL  D 2881
UREF
PNO  5611118
ISD  19970300
NAM  Bibbee
XCL    2195.1
OREF
PAL  Toys and Novelties, May 1964 Hats #1017A, #1017A, #873A.
LREP
FR2  Flint; Cort
FR2  Reed; Robert R.
DCLM
PAL  An ornamental design for a hat, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166663
SRC  D
APN  0815489
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980106
TTL  Cap
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Mortimer; Paula A.
NDR  5
NFG  16
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ballew; Jay C.
STR  18986 Beaver Valley Rd.
CTY  Leavenworth
STA  WA
ZIP  98826
CLAS
OCL  D 2882
XCL   D2875
XCL   D2865
EDF  6
ICL  0203
FSC  D 2
FSS  865;866;870;874;875;877;880;881;882;884
FSC    2
FSS  171;181;195.1;209.4;209.7;209.12;209.13
UREF
PNO  D339903
ISD  19931000
NAM  Ballew
UREF
PNO  D350427
ISD  19940900
NAM  Vig et al.
OCL  D 2887
UREF
PNO  D360519
ISD  19950700
NAM  Bailey
OCL  D 2876
UREF
PNO  D386888
ISD  19971200
NAM  Grant
OCL  D 2875
UREF
PNO  D397239
ISD  19980800
NAM  Marrs
OCL  D 2882
UREF
PNO  5321854
ISD  19940600
NAM  Kronenberger
OCL    2209.7
UREF
PNO  5509145
ISD  19960400
NAM  Stevenson et al.
OCL    2195.1
UREF
PNO  5511249
ISD  19960400
NAM  Higgins
OCL    2209.7
UREF
PNO  5644799
ISD  19970700
NAM  Armenta et al.
OCL    2209.13
LREP
FR2  Anderson; Ronald M.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a cap, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166671
SRC  D
APN  0958794
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19981031
TTL  Clog style molded plastic shoe
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Andoll; Gregory
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lamstein; Miles M.
STR  930 Westcreek La., #114
CTY  Westlake Village
STA  CA
ZIP  91362
CLAS
OCL  D 2916
XCL   D2919
XCL   D2927
XCL   D2951
XCL   D2953
XCL   D2954
XCL   D2960
EDF  6
ICL  0204
FSC  D 2
FSS  916-920;922-924;926;927;969;951;953;954;960
FSC   36
FSS  7.5;8.1-8.3;9 A;11;11.5;9 R;10;25 R;26;73;32 R;43;32 A
UREF
PNO  D155956
ISD  19491100
NAM  Wood
OCL  D 2969
UREF
PNO  D228266
ISD  19730900
NAM  Famolare, Jr.
OCL  D 2926
UREF
PNO  D310289
ISD  19900900
NAM  Farina
OCL  D 2926
UREF
PNO  D341707
ISD  19931100
NAM  Blissett
OCL  D 2957
UREF
PNO  D376895
ISD  19961200
NAM  Cook
OCL  D 2916
UREF
PNO  D401049
ISD  19981100
NAM  Greenberg
OCL  D 2969
UREF
PNO  4476600
ISD  19841000
NAM  Seidel et al.
OCL   36  3B
UREF
PNO  4742625
ISD  19880500
NAM  Sydor et al.
OCL   36  3R
OREF
PAL  Payless ShoeSource advertisement, sole page, Nov. 1997.
LREP
FR2  Tyson; Timothy Thut
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a clog style molded plastic shoe, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04166680
SRC  D
APN  0687146
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19970320
TTL  Shoe sole
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Andoll; Gregory
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  1
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Witjes; Eric Bernardus Wilhelmus
CTY  Ede
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Concin S.A.
CTY  Luxembourg
CNT  LUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  BXX
APD  19960920
APN  7231100
CLAS
OCL  D 2947
EDF  6
ICL  0204
FSC  D 2
FSS  947-960;969;970
FSC   36
FSS  32 A;44;43
UREF
PNO  D136065
ISD  19430700
NAM  Herron
OCL  D 2960
UREF
PNO  D298883
ISD  19881200
NAM  Tanel
OCL  D 2949
UREF
PNO  D326768
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kawasaki
OCL  D 2949
UREF
PNO  1523956
ISD  19250100
NAM  Grosjean
OCL  D 2949
UREF
PNO  1564060
ISD  19251200
NAM  Grosjean
OCL  D 2949
UREF
PNO  2365027
ISD  19441200
NAM  Urbany
OCL  D 2949
UREF
PNO  4227320
ISD  19801000
NAM  Borgeas
OCL   36 44
FREF
PNO  624107
ISD  19270700
CNT  FRX
OCL   3632 A
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a shoe sole, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166698
SRC  D
APN  0953881
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19981022
TTL  Shoe outsole
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Murphy; Celia
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Parr; Rhonda S.
CTY  Rossville
STA  KS
INVT
NAM  Lindeen; Kenneth L.
CTY  Topeka
STA  KS
ASSG
NAM  Payless ShoeSource, Inc.
CTY  Topeka
STA  KS
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 2954
XCL   D2951
XCL   D2957
EDF  6
ICL  0204
FSC  D 2
FSS  896;902;904;908;909;946;951;953;954;956;957;960;961;964;967;968
FSC   36
FSS  3 B;7.3;25 R;25;28;32;32 R
UREF
PNO  D133176
ISD  19420700
NAM  Gregg
UREF
PNO  D186154
ISD  19590900
NAM  Zerkowitz
OCL  D 2955
UREF
PNO  D234014
ISD  19741200
NAM  Traver
UREF
PNO  D244642
ISD  19770600
NAM  Famolare, Jr.
OCL  D 2957
UREF
PNO  D245734
ISD  19770900
NAM  Jacobs
UREF
PNO  D256180
ISD  19800800
NAM  Turner
UREF
PNO  D262327
ISD  19811200
NAM  Famolare, Jr.
OCL  D 2955
UREF
PNO  D288027
ISD  19870200
NAM  Tonkel
UREF
PNO  D289943
ISD  19870500
NAM  Liebscher et al.
UREF
PNO  D294537
ISD  19880300
NAM  Le
UREF
PNO  D325805
ISD  19920500
NAM  Herber
UREF
PNO  D326956
ISD  19920600
NAM  Damianoe et al.
UREF
PNO  D329130
ISD  19920900
NAM  Yoon
UREF
PNO  D347516
ISD  19940600
NAM  Foster
UREF
PNO  D363371
ISD  19951000
NAM  Werman
UREF
PNO  D364265
ISD  19951100
NAM  Murray
UREF
PNO  D365921
ISD  19960100
NAM  von Conta et al.
UREF
PNO  D372576
ISD  19960800
NAM  Mills et al.
UREF
PNO  D377260
ISD  19970100
NAM  Foster
OCL  D 2954
UREF
PNO  D383594
ISD  19970900
NAM  Anderie
OCL  D 2954
UREF
PNO  D385987
ISD  19971100
NAM  Bramani
UREF
PNO  D387545
ISD  19971200
NAM  Cintron et al.
UREF
PNO  D388314
ISD  19971200
NAM  Tresser
UREF
PNO  D392450
ISD  19980300
NAM  Hardy
UREF
PNO  D395740
ISD  19980700
NAM  Bramani
OCL  D 2951
UREF
PNO  4060917
ISD  19771200
NAM  Canale
UREF
PNO  4137653
ISD  19790200
NAM  Elliot
OCL   36 32R
UREF
PNO  4213255
ISD  19800700
NAM  Olberz et al.
UREF
PNO  4255874
ISD  19810300
NAM  Sironi
UREF
PNO  4741114
ISD  19880500
NAM  Stubblefield
UREF
PNO  5131173
ISD  19920700
NAM  Cass
OCL   36 25R
LREP
FRM  Lathrop & Gage L.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a shoe outsole, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166701
SRC  D
APN  096882&
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19981123
TTL  Golf shoe outsole
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Murphy; Celia
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Singer; Joel A.
CTY  Quincy
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Spalding Sports Worldwide, Inc.
CTY  Chicopee
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 2955
XCL   D2951
XCL   D2953
XCL   D2954
XCL   D2956
XCL   D2959
EDF  6
ICL  0204
FSC  D 2
FSS  896;897;902;906;908;909;914;916;919;946-962;964;977
FSC   36
FSS  3 B;11.5;12-15;25 R;28;32 R;44;59 C;66;75 R;76 R;85;101;103;104;106;113-115
     ;124;126;127-130
UREF
PNO  D147383
ISD  19470800
NAM  Schaffer
OCL  D 2955
UREF
PNO  D213416
ISD  19690300
NAM  Dittmar, Jr. et al.
OCL  D 2955
UREF
PNO  D281370
ISD  19851100
NAM  Peel
OCL  D 2955
UREF
PNO  D290184
ISD  19870600
NAM  Boswell
OCL  D 2957
UREF
PNO  D310294
ISD  19900900
NAM  Petersen
OCL  D 2955
UREF
PNO  D325815
ISD  19920500
NAM  Bass
OCL  D 2955
UREF
PNO  D327977
ISD  19920700
NAM  Hallenbeck
OCL  D 2955
UREF
PNO  D331658
ISD  19921200
NAM  Blissett
OCL  D 2955
UREF
PNO  D378319
ISD  19970300
NAM  Miyauchi
OCL  D 2960
UREF
PNO  D386594
ISD  19971100
NAM  Selbiger
OCL  D 2953
UREF
PNO  D391044
ISD  19980200
NAM  Backus
OCL  D 2954
UREF
PNO  D392448
ISD  19980300
NAM  Backus
OCL  D 2954
UREF
PNO  D394542
ISD  19980500
NAM  Wurfbain et al.
OCL  D 2954
UREF
PNO  D400346
ISD  19981100
NAM  Singer
OCL  D 2959
UREF
PNO  D401044
ISD  19981100
NAM  Heine
OCL  D 2954
UREF
PNO  D402449
ISD  19981200
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  D 2951
UREF
PNO  D403845
ISD  19990100
NAM  Pelsue
OCL  D 2953
UREF
PNO  D405246
ISD  19990200
NAM  Singer
OCL  D 2946
UREF
PNO  3568340
ISD  19710300
NAM  Gardner
OCL   36 32R
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a golf shoe outsole, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166710
SRC  D
APN  0975095
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19981208
TTL  Inner-sole for footwear
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Andoll; G.
EXP  Zarfas; Louis
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Tsuzuki; Hiroshi
STR  11-26, Daitoh-cho
CTY  Anjyou-shi Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980608
APN  10-16094
CLAS
OCL  D 2961
XCL   D2960
XCL   D2959
XCL   D2957
XCL   D2951
XCL   D2953
XCL   D2947
EDF  6
ICL  0204
FSC  D 2
FSS  897;902-906;908;914;916;919;946;960;962;964;909;913;915;972;961
FSC  D12
FSS  147
FSC   36
FSS  88;91-93;3 B;3 R;59 R;37;25 R;145;147;172-174;153;85;101;104;106;113-115
     ;124-126;127;130;11.5;12-15;22 R;28;254 R;30 R;32 R;33;32 A
UREF
PNO  D233637
ISD  19741100
NAM  Askew
OCL  D 2959
UREF
PNO  D236392
ISD  19750800
NAM  Sacre
OCL  D 2957
UREF
PNO  D300686
ISD  19890400
NAM  Peterson
OCL  D 2961
UREF
PNO  D354162
ISD  19950100
NAM  O'Rorke
OCL  D 2954
UREF
PNO  D361881
ISD  19950900
NAM  Hatfield
OCL  D 2951
UREF
PNO  2833057
ISD  19580500
NAM  Hack
OCL   36 28
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a inner-sole for footwear, as shown and described
     .
PATN
WKU  D04166728
SRC  D
APN  0894915
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980616
TTL  Athletic shoe vertical insertion independent locking spike
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Andoll; Gregory
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Curley, Jr.; John J.
STR  70 Scribner Rd.
CTY  Tyngsboro
STA  MA
ZIP  01879
INVT
NAM  Fisher; Kevin J.
STR  136 London Ct.
CTY  Merrimack
STA  NH
ZIP  03054
CLAS
OCL  D 2962
EDF  6
ICL  0204
FSC  D 2
FSS  962
FSC   36
FSS  126-130;134;135;67 A;67 B;67 C;67 D;67 R;59 R;62
UREF
PNO  D375192
ISD  19961100
NAM  Bathum
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  D380076
ISD  19970600
NAM  McMullin
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  D388949
ISD  19980100
NAM  Savoie
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  D390693
ISD  19980200
NAM  Curley, Jr.
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  D391048
ISD  19980200
NAM  Savoie
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  1797668
ISD  19310300
NAM  Morisse
UREF
PNO  3715817
ISD  19730200
NAM  White
OCL   36 67D
UREF
PNO  3731406
ISD  19730500
NAM  Young
OCL   36 67D
UREF
PNO  3911600
ISD  19751000
NAM  Dassler
OCL   36 67D
UREF
PNO  4445288
ISD  19840500
NAM  Fror
OCL   36134
UREF
PNO  4492047
ISD  19850100
NAM  Arff
OCL   36134
UREF
PNO  4633600
ISD  19870100
NAM  Dassler
OCL   36134
UREF
PNO  4698923
ISD  19871000
NAM  Arff
OCL   36128
UREF
PNO  5321901
ISD  19940600
NAM  Kelly
OCL   36134
UREF
PNO  5361518
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sussmann
OCL   36134
UREF
PNO  5475937
ISD  19951200
NAM  Korsen
OCL   36134
UREF
PNO  5628129
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kilgore
OCL   36134
UREF
PNO  5638615
ISD  19970600
NAM  Korsen
OCL   36134
FREF
PNO  6877
ISD  18950000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/25890
ISD  19970700
CNT  WOX
ICL  A43C 1516
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an athletic shoe vertical insertion independent
      locking spike, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166736
SRC  D
APN  0900087
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980626
TTL  Golf shoe spike
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Andoll; Gregory
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  4
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Menke; Rodney
STR  N5986 Highway M.
CTY  Westfield
STA  WI
ZIP  53964
CLAS
OCL  D 2962
EDF  6
ICL  0204
FSC  D 2
FSS  962;906
FSC   36
FSS  67 A;67 B;67 C;67 D;59 R;134;126-130
UREF
PNO  39575
ISD  18630800
NAM  Hyatt et al.
UREF
PNO  180578
ISD  18760800
NAM  Gunsalus
OCL   36 67B
UREF
PNO  D288262
ISD  19870200
NAM  Yokoishi
OCL  D 2317
UREF
PNO  D341480
ISD  19931100
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  D 2317
UREF
PNO  D371895
ISD  19960700
NAM  McMullin
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  D371896
ISD  19960700
NAM  McMullin
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  D373675
ISD  19960900
NAM  McMullin
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  D375192
ISD  19961100
NAM  Bathum
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  D378013
ISD  19970200
NAM  McMullin
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  D380076
ISD  19970600
NAM  McMullin
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  D387548
ISD  19971200
NAM  McMullin
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  D389299
ISD  19980100
NAM  McMullin
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  D396949
ISD  19980800
NAM  Bathum
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  D398749
ISD  19980900
NAM  Santos
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  D401752
ISD  19981200
NAM  Santos
OCL  D 2962
UREF
PNO  485459
ISD  18921100
NAM  Crocker
UREF
PNO  962719
ISD  19100600
NAM  Pratt
UREF
PNO  982278
ISD  19110100
NAM  Kline
UREF
PNO  1230118
ISD  19170600
NAM  Clifford
OCL   36134
UREF
PNO  1856195
ISD  19320900
NAM  Youmans
UREF
PNO  2491596
ISD  19491200
NAM  Zaleski et al.
OCL   36 59
UREF
PNO  3487563
ISD  19700100
NAM  Austin
OCL   36 67
UREF
PNO  3512275
ISD  19700500
NAM  Leavitt
OCL   36 55
UREF
PNO  3559310
ISD  19710200
NAM  Kiela
OCL   36  7.3
UREF
PNO  3583082
ISD  19710600
NAM  Jordan, Jr.
OCL   36 59
UREF
PNO  3583083
ISD  19710600
NAM  Drew
OCL   36 61
UREF
PNO  3656245
ISD  19720400
NAM  Wilson
OCL   36 67D
UREF
PNO  3672077
ISD  19720600
NAM  Coles
OCL   36  2.5T
UREF
PNO  3818617
ISD  19740600
NAM  Dassler et al.
OCL   36 32R
UREF
PNO  4014114
ISD  19770300
NAM  Jordan et al.
OCL   36 67D
UREF
PNO  4141158
ISD  19790200
NAM  Benseler et al.
OCL   36 32R
UREF
PNO  4180923
ISD  19800100
NAM  Dassler
OCL   36 32R
UREF
PNO  4233759
ISD  19801100
NAM  Bente et al.
OCL   36 59R
UREF
PNO  4309376
ISD  19820100
NAM  Ueno et al.
OCL  264241
UREF
PNO  4330950
ISD  19820500
NAM  Reddien
OCL   36127
UREF
PNO  4392312
ISD  19830700
NAM  Crowley et al.
OCL   36 67
UREF
PNO  4527345
ISD  19850700
NAM  Lopez Lopez
OCL   36127
UREF
PNO  4571852
ISD  19860200
NAM  Lamarche et al.
OCL   36 32R
UREF
PNO  4587748
ISD  19860500
NAM  Collins
OCL   36127
UREF
PNO  4689901
ISD  19870900
NAM  Ihlenburg
OCL   36126
UREF
PNO  4777738
ISD  19881000
NAM  Glese et al.
OCL   36 32R
UREF
PNO  4782604
ISD  19881100
NAM  Wen-Shown
OCL   36127
UREF
PNO  4837949
ISD  19890600
NAM  Dufour
OCL   36127
UREF
PNO  4885851
ISD  19891200
NAM  Peterson
OCL   36127
UREF
PNO  4962596
ISD  19901000
NAM  Dufour
OCL   36134
UREF
PNO  5243775
ISD  19930900
NAM  Swain
OCL   36134
UREF
PNO  5259129
ISD  19931100
NAM  Deacon et al.
OCL   36127
UREF
PNO  5367793
ISD  19941100
NAM  Deacon et al.
OCL   36127
UREF
PNO  5533282
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kataoka et al.
OCL   36 67R
UREF
PNO  5727340
ISD  19980300
NAM  Suk
OCL   36134
UREF
PNO  5782017
ISD  19980700
NAM  Ortscheid
OCL   36134
UREF
PNO  5791071
ISD  19980800
NAM  Rosdial
OCL   36134
UREF
PNO  5794367
ISD  19980800
NAM  Carroll
OCL   36134
FREF
PNO  792190
ISD  19351200
CNT  FRX
OCL   3667 A
FREF
PNO  807754
ISD  19360600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  6877
ISD  18790800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  185659
ISD  19050900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  885669
ISD  19530800
CNT  DEX
OCL   3667 A
FREF
PNO  25 29 027
ISD  19750600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  467815
ISD  19511200
CNT  ITX
FREF
PNO  1378461
ISD  19720100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1434282
ISD  19720500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2223394
ISD  19880800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/03960
ISD  19900900
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Kinney & Lange, P.A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a golf shoe spike, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166744
SRC  D
APN  0863831
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980413
TTL  Illuminated stocking
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Mortimer; Paula A.
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Edmonds; Brenda L.
STR  10306 Latney Rd.
CTY  Fairfax
STA  VA
ZIP  22032
CLAS
OCL  D 2980
EDF  6
ICL  0204
FSC  D 2
FSS  919;920;897;980
FSC   36
FSS  4;9 R;12;22;137
FSC   66
FSS  180
FSC    2
FSS  239
FSC  362
FSS  103;107
UREF
PNO  D161097
ISD  19501200
NAM  Frankel
OCL  D 2920
UREF
PNO  D166240
ISD  19520300
NAM  Bodorff
OCL  D 2920
UREF
PNO  D172484
ISD  19540600
NAM  Wilson
OCL  D 2920
UREF
PNO  D336975
ISD  19930700
NAM  Turner et al.
UREF
PNO  D380593
ISD  19970700
NAM  Lauzon
OCL  D 2920
UREF
PNO  2686376
ISD  19540800
NAM  Burkholz
OCL   36  9R
UREF
PNO  2701458
ISD  19550200
NAM  Ducharme
OCL  D 2920
UREF
PNO  3067532
ISD  19621200
NAM  Peterson
OCL   36  9R
UREF
PNO  4294022
ISD  19811000
NAM  Stockli et al.
OCL   36  4
UREF
PNO  4852272
ISD  19890800
NAM  Chilewich et al.
OCL   36  9R
UREF
PNO  5052131
ISD  19911000
NAM  Rondini
OCL  362137
UREF
PNO  5285586
ISD  19940200
NAM  Goldston et al.
UREF
PNO  5381615
ISD  19950100
NAM  MacMillan
UREF
PNO  5438488
ISD  19950800
NAM  Dion
UREF
PNO  5485358
ISD  19960100
NAM  Chien
XCL  362103
LREP
FR2  Volk; David L.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an illuminated stocking, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166752
SRC  D
APN  1001205
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990204
TTL  Belt supported key ring holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seifert; Ralf
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  MacDonald; Sumner
STR  44 Ballou Blvd.
CTY  Bristol
STA  RI
ZIP  02809
CLAS
OCL  D 3207
EDF  6
ICL  0301
FSC  D 3
FSS  207-212
FSC   24
FSS  3.6
FSC   70
FSS  456 R;458;459;377;457
UREF
PNO  D56281
ISD  19200900
NAM  Haber
OCL  D 3207
UREF
PNO  D237561
ISD  19751100
NAM  Kesner
OCL  D 3207
UREF
PNO  D364269
ISD  19951100
NAM  Sabosky
OCL  D 3207
UREF
PNO  1821377
ISD  19310900
NAM  Cusick
OCL   24  3.6
UREF
PNO  2986786
ISD  19610600
NAM  Hill
OCL   24  3.6
UREF
PNO  3970227
ISD  19760700
NAM  Hardy
OCL  D 3207
UREF
PNO  4113156
ISD  19780900
NAM  Brito
OCL  D 3207
LREP
FR2  Doherty; Robert J.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a belt supported key ring holder, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04166760
SRC  D
APN  0951358
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19981016
TTL  Insulated liquid pouch carrier
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Oliver; Catherine R.
EXP  Reid; Stella
NDR  2
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Fitzgerald; Virginia H.
STR  32 Orchard Hill La.
CTY  Greenwich
STA  CT
ZIP  06831
CLAS
OCL  D 3226
XCL   D3229
EDF  6
ICL  0301
FSC  D 3
FSS  229;202;233;234;238;226;243;224
FSC  D 7
FSS  605;606;607
FSC  224
FSS  148.1;148.2;148.3;148.4;148.5;148.6;148.7
UREF
PNO  D180028
ISD  19570400
NAM  Ligorner
OCL  D 3243
UREF
PNO  D247392
ISD  19780200
NAM  Coleman
UREF
PNO  D263897
ISD  19820400
NAM  Thornton
OCL  D 3243
UREF
PNO  D265946
ISD  19820800
NAM  Lerner
OCL  D 3265
UREF
PNO  D325126
ISD  19920400
NAM  Costello
UREF
PNO  D344413
ISD  19940200
NAM  Bedrosian et al.
UREF
PNO  D352166
ISD  19941100
NAM  Caligiuri
OCL  D 3243
UREF
PNO  D393366
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kopel
OCL  D 3233
UREF
PNO  D406730
ISD  19990300
NAM  Freese et al.
OCL  D 7607
UREF
PNO  3814288
ISD  19740600
NAM  Westrich
UREF
PNO  4197890
ISD  19800400
NAM  Simko
UREF
PNO  4282279
ISD  19810800
NAM  Strickland
UREF
PNO  4401245
ISD  19830800
NAM  Zills
UREF
PNO  4420097
ISD  19831200
NAM  Motsenbocker
UREF
PNO  4802602
ISD  19890200
NAM  Evans et al.
UREF
PNO  4871597
ISD  19891000
NAM  Hobson
UREF
PNO  4974761
ISD  19901200
NAM  Luque
UREF
PNO  4984724
ISD  19910100
NAM  Johnston
UREF
PNO  5048734
ISD  19910900
NAM  Long
UREF
PNO  5109588
ISD  19920500
NAM  Hewlett et al.
UREF
PNO  5147079
ISD  19920900
NAM  Heather
UREF
PNO  5188266
ISD  19930200
NAM  Loulias
UREF
PNO  5216900
ISD  19930600
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  5465885
ISD  19951100
NAM  Wyatt
LREP
FR2  Brown; Randall C.
     Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, L.L.P.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an insulated liquid pouch carrier, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04166779
SRC  D
APN  0848999
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980312
TTL  Diaper bag
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Weingart; Monica A.
EXP  Bullock; B. J.
NDR  7
NFG  9
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Christman; Lynn R.
STR  1101 W. Main St.
CTY  Grove City
STA  PA
ZIP  16127
CLAS
OCL  D 3246
XCL   D3232
XCL   D3245
XCL   D3303
EDF  6
ICL  0301
FSC  D 3
FSS  201;232;245;246;303
FSC  150
FSS  107;112
FSC  190
FSS  1;903
FSC  206
FSS  315.1;494;581
FSC  383
FSS  4;6;38;40;97
UREF
PNO  D293869
ISD  19880100
NAM  Paletta et al.
OCL  D 3303
UREF
PNO  D326188
ISD  19920500
NAM  Thomas
XCL  D 3246
UREF
PNO  D390700
ISD  19980200
NAM  Miller et al.
XCL  D 3245
UREF
PNO  1672322
ISD  19280600
NAM  Keiser et al.
OCL  150107
UREF
PNO  2432001
ISD  19471200
NAM  Fisler
OCL  190903
UREF
PNO  2631632
ISD  19530300
NAM  Leachman
OCL  383 38
UREF
PNO  3732955
ISD  19730500
NAM  Carter et al.
UREF
PNO  3759356
ISD  19730900
NAM  Bostick et al.
UREF
PNO  4154323
ISD  19790500
NAM  Sneider
OCL  383 40
UREF
PNO  4566130
ISD  19860100
NAM  Coates
UREF
PNO  4781277
ISD  19881100
NAM  Lim
UREF
PNO  4886150
ISD  19891200
NAM  Fitzsimmons
UREF
PNO  5230450
ISD  19930700
NAM  Mahvi et al.
UREF
PNO  5439154
ISD  19950800
NAM  Delligatti
UREF
PNO  5813445
ISD  19980900
NAM  Christman
OCL  150112
OREF
PAL  Infants and Children Review, Feb. 1964, "Insulated Baby Bag", p. 27, right
      center of page, Feb. 1994.
LREP
FR2  Addessi; Aileen Champion
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a diaper bag, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166787
SRC  D
APN  1023780
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990324
TTL  Golf travel case
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Oliver; Catherine R.
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kurtz; Richard D.
STR  1280 Sunset Rd.
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
ZIP  48103
INVT
NAM  Farese; Martin S.
STR  18 Shrewsbury La.
CTY  Rumson
STA  NJ
ZIP  07760
CLAS
OCL  D 3255
EDF  6
ICL  0301
FSC  D 3
FSS  255;254;204;262;261;279;282;276;904
FSC  206
FSS  315.2-315.8
UREF
PNO  D374986
ISD  19961000
NAM  Dages
XCL  D 3255
UREF
PNO  D384807
ISD  19971000
NAM  Dougherty
OCL  D 3204
UREF
PNO  D394950
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kite
OCL  D 3255
UREF
PNO  D398149
ISD  19980900
NAM  Sanderson et al.
OCL  D 3255
UREF
PNO  1189879
ISD  19160700
NAM  Shamberg
UREF
PNO  1325692
ISD  19191200
NAM  Cross
UREF
PNO  1437349
ISD  19221100
NAM  Moore, Jr.
UREF
PNO  1442906
ISD  19230100
NAM  Rawlings et al.
UREF
PNO  1636194
ISD  19270700
NAM  Mullins
UREF
PNO  2010166
ISD  19350800
NAM  Thompson
UREF
PNO  2023792
ISD  19351200
NAM  Sampson
UREF
PNO  2047079
ISD  19360700
NAM  MacMurray
UREF
PNO  2837346
ISD  19580600
NAM  Chambless
UREF
PNO  3530919
ISD  19700900
NAM  May
UREF
PNO  4767001
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kim
UREF
PNO  4858761
ISD  19890800
NAM  Fumia
UREF
PNO  4905827
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kim
UREF
PNO  5002185
ISD  19910300
NAM  Schurman
UREF
PNO  5168992
ISD  19921200
NAM  Bowdy
UREF
PNO  5333731
ISD  19940800
NAM  McCuaig
UREF
PNO  5415284
ISD  19950500
NAM  King
UREF
PNO  5544743
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hong
UREF
PNO  5582290
ISD  19961200
NAM  McCuaig et al.
UREF
PNO  5699906
ISD  19971200
NAM  Lombardo et al.
UREF
PNO  5769220
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hong
OREF
PAL  Edwin Watts Golf Shops, Travel Cases and Covers, 1997, p. 56, Jun. 3, 1999.
PAL  Bass Pro Shops Hunting, Gun Cases, 1992, p. 149, Jun. 3, 1999.
LREP
FRM  MacMillan, Sobanski & Todd, LLC
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a golf travel case, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04166795
SRC  D
APN  0892203
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980610
TTL  Compartmented luggage organizer
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Hyder; Philip S.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Livingston; Linda D.
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  KT Travel Gear
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  895958
APD  19970717
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  D 3285
XCL   D3284
EDF  6
ICL  0301
FSC  D 3
FSS  273;283;284;285;286;287;276
FSC  190
FSS  110;111;112;113
UREF
PNO  D254819
ISD  19800400
NAM  Harrison
OCL  D 3286
UREF
PNO  D278858
ISD  19850500
NAM  Katz et al.
OCL  D 3285
UREF
PNO  D317379
ISD  19910600
NAM  Whitworth
OCL  D 3285
UREF
PNO  D330281
ISD  19921000
NAM  Siris
OCL  D 3285
UREF
PNO  D333913
ISD  19930300
NAM  Tuman
OCL  D 3285
UREF
PNO  D345651
ISD  19940400
NAM  Copp
OCL  D 3285
UREF
PNO  D352604
ISD  19941100
NAM  Johnson
OCL  D 3900
LREP
FR2  Gray; Edward
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for a compartmented luggage organizer, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166809
SRC  D
APN  0917982
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980806
TTL  Tote bag
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Hyder; Philip S.
NDR  9
NFG  13
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Latshaw; Ricky J.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Purdy Neat Things Co., Inc.
CTY  Republic
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 3286
XCL   D3287
XCL   D3283
EDF  6
ICL  0301
FSC  D 3
FSS  276;273;283;284;285;286;287
FSC  190
FSS  110;111;112;113;114;115
UREF
PNO  D257906
ISD  19810100
NAM  Weinreb
OCL  D 3283
UREF
PNO  D279525
ISD  19850700
NAM  Allen
OCL  D 3287
UREF
PNO  D281648
ISD  19851200
NAM  Bomes et al.
OCL  D 3287
UREF
PNO  D281649
ISD  19851200
NAM  Bomes et al.
OCL  D 3287
UREF
PNO  D285748
ISD  19860900
NAM  Feinberg et al.
OCL  D 3286
UREF
PNO  D311452
ISD  19901000
NAM  Ehret
OCL  D 3286
UREF
PNO  D313888
ISD  19910100
NAM  Workman
OCL  D 3286
UREF
PNO  D361205
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hughes
OCL  D 3279
UREF
PNO  5413199
ISD  19950500
NAM  Clement
OCL  190110
UREF
PNO  5526907
ISD  19960600
NAM  Trawick et al.
OCL  190111
LREP
FRM  Allen, Dyer, Doppelt, Milbrath & Gilchrist, P.A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a tote bag, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166817
SRC  D
APN  0879649
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980512
TTL  Brief case
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Hyder; Philip S.
NDR  4
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Imbert; Jocelyne
CTY  Marseilles
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Alfred Dunhill Limited
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19971114
APN  2070520
CLAS
OCL  D 3290
XCL   D3303
XCL   D3900
EDF  6
ICL  0301
FSC  D 3
FSS  273;276;290;303;900
FSC  190
FSS  900;901;902;110;111;112;113;114;115
UREF
PNO  D267052
ISD  19821100
NAM  Rapoport
OCL  D 3900
UREF
PNO  D277619
ISD  19850200
NAM  Bomes et al.
OCL  D 3900
UREF
PNO  D278857
ISD  19850500
NAM  Katz et al.
OCL  D 3900
UREF
PNO  D278860
ISD  19850500
NAM  Katz et al.
OCL  D 3900
UREF
PNO  D329330
ISD  19920900
NAM  Pardo
OCL  D 3900
UREF
PNO  D401063
ISD  19981100
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  D 3290
UREF
PNO  2560297
ISD  19510700
NAM  Lifton
OCL  190902
UREF
PNO  5127500
ISD  19920700
NAM  Mitchell
OCL  190115
LREP
FRM  Pretty, Schroeder & Poplawski, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a brief case, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04166825
SRC  D
APN  0785482
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19971030
TTL  Box
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Hyder; Philip S.
NDR  5
NFG  13
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Tanji; Hiroyuki
CTY  Miyagi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Iris Ohyama, Inc.
CTY  Sendai
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970516
APN  9-54613
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970516
APN  9-54614
CLAS
OCL  D 3294
XCL   D3905
XCL   D3281
XCL   D3291
EDF  6
ICL  0301
FSC  D 3
FSS  273;276;281;282;294;905;295;291
FSC  D 9
FSS  424
FSC  190
FSS  110;111;112
FSC  206
FSS  315.1;349;372;373;378
UREF
PNO  D228580
ISD  19731000
NAM  Schurman
OCL  D 3281
UREF
PNO  D312173
ISD  19901100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  D 3291
UREF
PNO  D314666
ISD  19910200
NAM  Lanius
OCL  D 3905
UREF
PNO  D315247
ISD  19910300
NAM  Lovell
OCL  D 3281
UREF
PNO  D321433
ISD  19911100
NAM  Dickinson
OCL  D 3905
UREF
PNO  D337198
ISD  19930700
NAM  Chauvin
OCL  D 3291
UREF
PNO  D341294
ISD  19931100
NAM  Doxey
OCL  D 3291
UREF
PNO  D361659
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kahl et al.
OCL  D 3905
UREF
PNO  D361888
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kahl et al.
OCL  D 3905
UREF
PNO  4775199
ISD  19881000
NAM  Lanius et al.
OCL  312220
UREF
PNO  5193706
ISD  19930300
NAM  Hanna et al.
OCL  220324
FREF
PNO  920374
ISD  19950200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  946500
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a box, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166833
SRC  D
APN  0577197
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19960730
TTL  Wooden basket
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Pandozzi; M. N.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lacy; Sun
CTY  Newark
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Hudson; Christine A.
CTY  Coshocton
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Lefever; Leane M.
CTY  Frazeysburg
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Mannion; James J.
CTY  Granville
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Longaberger Company
CTY  Newark
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  050955
APD  19960221
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  027828
APD  19940830
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  D 3306
XCL   D3307
EDF  6
ICL  0301
FSC  D 3
FSS  304;306;307;312;315;308
FSC  D 7
FSS  548
FSC  220
FSS  660;404
UREF
PNO  D57535
ISD  19210400
NAM  Lowenberg
OCL  D  306
UREF
PNO  D268217
ISD  19830300
NAM  Stevens
OCL  D 3306
UREF
PNO  D283457
ISD  19860400
NAM  Smith
OCL  D 3307
UREF
PNO  D302069
ISD  19890700
NAM  Yoshikawa
OCL  D 3312
UREF
PNO  D305273
ISD  19891200
NAM  Yoshikawa
OCL  D 3312
UREF
PNO  D326552
ISD  19920500
NAM  Goodell
OCL  D 3312
UREF
PNO  3302679
ISD  19670200
NAM  Padovani
OCL  220660
UREF
PNO  5240134
ISD  19930800
NAM  Mc Dermontt et al.
OCL  220404
OREF
PAL  basket(bottom left),Longaberger catalog,p. 43, 1994.
PAL  magazine basket,Longaberger catalog,p. 19, 1994.
PAL  Heartland medium chore basket,Longaberger catalog,p. 31, 1994.
LREP
FRM  Porter, Wright, Morris & Arthur
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a wooden basket, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166841
SRC  D
APN  0887404
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980528
TTL  Pair of integrated foot and edge guards for carrying case
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Delehanty; Robert A.
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Nykoluk; Cory O.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Mainland Marketing, Inc.
CTY  Half Moon Bay
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 3321
EDF  6
ICL  0399
FSC  D 3
FSS  279;282;301;321;272;273
FSC  190
FSS  18 R;18 A;124;127
FSC  206
FSS  280
UREF
PNO  842135
ISD  19070200
NAM  Kuhsiek
OCL  190 18R
UREF
PNO  4163484
ISD  19790800
NAM  Delaney
OCL  190 18R
UREF
PNO  5575362
ISD  19961100
NAM  Franklin et al.
OCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  5749446
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hsieh
OCL  190 18A
LREP
FRM  Flehr Hohbach Test Albritton & Herbert LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a pair of integrated foot and edge guards for
      carrying case, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166850
SRC  D
APN  0369047
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19950328
TTL  Toothbrush handle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Tabor; Lavone D.
EXP  Douglas; Alan P.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Overthun; Thomas
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Gillette Canada Inc.
CTY  Kirkland
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D 4104
EDF  6
ICL  0402
FSC  D 4
FSS  104-112;132-134;138
FSC   15
FSS  143.1;159.1;160;167.1;186;187
FSC  132
FSS  308
FSC  601
FSS  139;141
UREF
PNO  D108852
ISD  19380300
NAM  Herrick et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D110186
ISD  19380600
NAM  Lukenbill
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D118155
ISD  19391200
NAM  Bosak
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D123388
ISD  19401100
NAM  Duey
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D130824
ISD  19411200
NAM  Jobst
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D146271
ISD  19470100
NAM  Stavely
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D165248
ISD  19511100
NAM  Sherrod et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D172693
ISD  19540700
NAM  Wibbelsman et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D201867
ISD  19650800
NAM  Newman
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D214238
ISD  19690500
NAM  Bender
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D238834
ISD  19760200
NAM  Hjelle
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D245212
ISD  19770800
NAM  Akester
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D257192
ISD  19801000
NAM  Moses
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D265354
ISD  19820700
NAM  Hyman
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D278002
ISD  19850300
NAM  Swope, Jr.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D287790
ISD  19870100
NAM  Fay
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D288148
ISD  19870200
NAM  Malgrain
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D290552
ISD  19870600
NAM  Hukuba
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D300990
ISD  19890500
NAM  Jagger
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D302076
ISD  19890700
NAM  Kirberger
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D305385
ISD  19900100
NAM  Schneider
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D305386
ISD  19900100
NAM  Rams et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D308138
ISD  19900500
NAM  Redmond
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D309375
ISD  19900700
NAM  Ahlstroem et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D315060
ISD  19910300
NAM  Purushothaman
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D318760
ISD  19910800
NAM  Kreisher et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D324775
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kreisher et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D325302
ISD  19920400
NAM  Honda
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D328392
ISD  19920800
NAM  Holstein, II et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D329751
ISD  19920900
NAM  Booth et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D333216
ISD  19930200
NAM  Bruns et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D335393
ISD  19930500
NAM  Pakarnseree
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D335578
ISD  19930500
NAM  Fuchs et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D336369
ISD  19930600
NAM  Harden
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D347524
ISD  19940600
NAM  Simone et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D347736
ISD  19940600
NAM  Schneider et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D349605
ISD  19940800
NAM  Schneider et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D358032
ISD  19950500
NAM  Schneider et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D368163
ISD  19960300
NAM  Overthun
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  958371
ISD  19100500
NAM  Danek
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  1048740
ISD  19121200
NAM  Sarrazin
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  1369966
ISD  19210300
NAM  Cosens et al.
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  1680558
ISD  19280800
NAM  Lioselle
XCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  2094240
ISD  19370900
NAM  Herrick et al.
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  2229664
ISD  19410100
NAM  Meeske
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  2267670
ISD  19411200
NAM  Rosenwasser
OCL   15143.1
UREF
PNO  2273207
ISD  19420200
NAM  Kuhn
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  2414775
ISD  19470100
NAM  Stavely
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  2722703
ISD  19551100
NAM  Green
OCL   15143.1
UREF
PNO  2814818
ISD  19571200
NAM  Birse
OCL   15143.1
UREF
PNO  2845649
ISD  19580800
NAM  Hutson
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  3120670
ISD  19640200
NAM  Amodeo
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  3188673
ISD  19650600
NAM  Newman
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4137593
ISD  19790200
NAM  Porper
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4263691
ISD  19810400
NAM  Pakarnseree
OCL   15159.1
UREF
PNO  4356585
ISD  19821100
NAM  Protell et al.
OCL   15111
UREF
PNO  4399582
ISD  19830800
NAM  Ernest et al.
OCL   15176.4
UREF
PNO  4493125
ISD  19850100
NAM  Collis
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4638521
ISD  19870100
NAM  Potente et al.
OCL   15111
UREF
PNO  4654921
ISD  19870400
NAM  Dinner
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4672706
ISD  19870600
NAM  Hill
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4679272
ISD  19870700
NAM  Florence
OCL   15106
UREF
PNO  4800608
ISD  19890100
NAM  Key
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4802255
ISD  19890200
NAM  Breuer et al.
OCL   15159.1
UREF
PNO  5272784
ISD  19931200
NAM  Levin
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  5768737
ISD  19980600
NAM  Leutwyler et al.
OCL   15167.1
FREF
PNO  685019
ISD  19650300
CNT  ITX
LREP
FR2  Howley; David A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a toothbrush handle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166868
SRC  D
APN  098132&
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981222
TTL  Toothbrush
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Tabor; Lavone D.
EXP  Douglas; Alan P.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Meeker; Shane Edwin
CTY  Maineville
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Clarke; Peter Brian
CTY  Fairfield
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  The Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 4107
EDF  6
ICL  0402
FSC  D 4
FSS  104-112;124;125;132;134;138
FSC   15
FSS  143.1;159.1;160;167.1;186;187
FSC  132
FSS  308
FSC  601
FSS  139;141
UREF
PNO  D198834
ISD  19640800
NAM  Hyman
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D209574
ISD  19671200
NAM  Zandberg et al.
OCL  D 4107
UREF
PNO  D237659
ISD  19751100
NAM  Meyer et al.
OCL  D 4107
UREF
PNO  D287791
ISD  19870100
NAM  Arnaud
OCL  D 4107
UREF
PNO  D333216
ISD  19930200
NAM  Bruns et al.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D337202
ISD  19930700
NAM  Haddad
OCL  D 4107
UREF
PNO  D368163
ISD  19960300
NAM  Overthun
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D402119
ISD  19981200
NAM  Landauer
OCL  D 4107
UREF
PNO  D404573
ISD  19990100
NAM  Haddad
OCL  D 4107
UREF
PNO  5187829
ISD  19930200
NAM  Atkins
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  5261847
ISD  19931100
NAM  Cox
OCL  446 73
UREF
PNO  5353464
ISD  19941000
NAM  Atkins et al.
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  5774921
ISD  19980700
NAM  Harrison et al.
OCL   15145
LREP
FR2  Nichols; Vanessa M.
FR2  Andes; William Scott
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a toothbrush, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166876
SRC  D
APN  1029711
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990405
TTL  Cleaning brush
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Tabor; Lavone D.
EXP  Douglas; Alan P.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Cheng; Tien-Fu
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Chuan Sheng Brush Co., Ltd.
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D 4125
XCL   D4127
EDF  6
ICL  0401
FSC  D 4
FSS  124;125;127;130
FSC   15
FSS  143.1;159.1;160;186;187
UREF
PNO  D51319
ISD  19171000
NAM  Montgromery
OCL  D 4127
UREF
PNO  D242507
ISD  19761100
NAM  Cohen
OCL  D 4125
UREF
PNO  D266116
ISD  19820900
NAM  Deconinck
OCL  D 4127
UREF
PNO  5261847
ISD  19931100
NAM  Cox
XCL  D 4125
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for cleaning brush, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166884
SRC  D
APN  0856320
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980327
TTL  Manicure brush
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Tuttle; C.
EXP  Barkai; Raphael
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Baltierra; Julie
STR  429 San Leone
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
ZIP  92606
CLAS
OCL  D 4135
XCL  D28  7
XCL  D28 57
EDF  6
ICL  0402
FSC  D28
FSS  7;56;57;62
FSC  D 4
FSS  114;137;116;138;132;135
FSC  132
FSS  73;73.5;74.5;75.3;75.4;75.6;76.4;76.5;317;320;313
FSC   15
FSS  167.1;167.3;106;166;160;159.1
UREF
PNO  D132113
ISD  19420400
NAM  Clements
XCL   15159.1
UREF
PNO  D297889
ISD  19881000
NAM  Ries et al.
OCL  D 4135
UREF
PNO  D306493
ISD  19900300
NAM  Pessis
OCL  D28  7
UREF
PNO  2442503
ISD  19480600
NAM  Melnikoff
OCL  132320
UREF
PNO  2467570
ISD  19490400
NAM  Ward
OCL  132 74.5
UREF
PNO  3097386
ISD  19630700
NAM  Marani
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4886078
ISD  19891200
NAM  Shiffman
OCL  132 73
UREF
PNO  4998315
ISD  19910300
NAM  Pessis
OCL   15160
UREF
PNO  5220702
ISD  19930600
NAM  Howell et al.
XCL   15159.1
UREF
PNO  5542144
ISD  19960800
NAM  Forsline
OCL  132320
FREF
PNO  2023592
ISD  19920200
CNT  CAX
OCL   15167.1
FREF
PNO  2642283
ISD  19900800
CNT  FRX
OCL   15160
FREF
PNO  886735
ISD  19530800
CNT  DEX
OCL   15184
FREF
PNO  220080
ISD  19240800
CNT  GBX
OCL   15188
FREF
PNO  276523
ISD  19270900
CNT  GBX
OCL   15166
LREP
FR2  Tachner; Leonard
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for "an improved manicure brush", as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04166892
SRC  D
APN  0907189
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980715
TTL  Handle tip
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Hecker; Reid
EXP  Douglas; Alan P.
NDR  3
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Camp, Jr.; William P.
CTY  Wooster
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Rubbermaid Incorporated
CTY  Wooster
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 4199
XCL   D8107
XCL  D32 51
EDF  6
ICL  0499
FSC   15
FSS  143.1;144.4;145;202
FSC  D 8
FSS  107
FSC  D 4
FSS  138;199;132;135
FSC  D32
FSS  50;51;52
FSC  D13
FSS  151
UREF
PNO  4541139
ISD  19850900
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL   15145
UREF
PNO  5071489
ISD  19911200
NAM  Silvenis et al.
OCL   15143.1
UREF
PNO  5161278
ISD  19921100
NAM  Tomm
OCL   15145
UREF
PNO  5172447
ISD  19921200
NAM  Tomm
OCL   15145
UREF
PNO  5502862
ISD  19960400
NAM  Vosbikian
OCL   15145
UREF
PNO  5791006
ISD  19980800
NAM  Anctil
OCL   15144.4
LREP
FR2  O'Planick; Richard B.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a handle tip, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166906
SRC  D
APN  0754439
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19970820
TTL  Mirror
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seeger; Janice E.
NDR  1
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Zaidman; S. Paul
CTY  Winnipeg
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Palliser Furniture Ltd.
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19970731
APN  1997-1974
CLAS
OCL  D 6300
EDF  6
ICL  0607
FSC  D 6
FSS  300-314
FSC  D20
FSS  40
FSC   40
FSS  700;711;714-716;735;745;750;765;780;790;791;798;799
UREF
PNO  D143390
ISD  19460100
NAM  Barbieri
OCL  D 6314
UREF
PNO  D259978
ISD  19810700
NAM  Hamilton, Sr.
OCL  D 6301
UREF
PNO  2504375
ISD  19500400
NAM  Barbieri
OCL  D 6301
UREF
PNO  2746190
ISD  19560500
NAM  Schenkman
OCL   40745
FREF
PNO  31511
ISD  19690700
CNT  CAX
LREP
FRM  Michael Best & Friedrich
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a mirror, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166914
SRC  D
APN  0984523
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981230
TTL  Portable lighted mirror
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seeger; Janice E.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Logan, Jr.; William
STR  R.R. 2 Box 207A
CTY  Pinewood
STA  SC
ZIP  29125
CLAS
OCL  D 6312
EDF  6
ICL  0607
FSC  D 6
FSS  300-314
FSC   40
FSS  700;711;733;734;735;738;765;790;798
FSC  248
FSS  474
FSC  359
FSS  838;872;881;874
UREF
PNO  D160995
ISD  19501100
NAM  Busa
OCL  D 6310
UREF
PNO  2017472
ISD  19351000
NAM  Re
OCL  248474
UREF
PNO  4339104
ISD  19820700
NAM  Weidman
OCL  248407
UREF
PNO  5359461
ISD  19941000
NAM  Rice et al.
OCL  359879
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a portable lighted mirror, as shown and described
     .
PATN
WKU  D04166922
SRC  D
APN  0888974
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980603
TTL  Hanger
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bullock; D. J.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Gonzaga; Mark
STR  999 N. Doheny Dr., #703
CTY  West Hollywood
STA  CA
ZIP  90069
ASSG
NAM  Gonzaga; Mark
CTY  West Hollywood
STA  CA
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  D 6317
XCL   D6318
XCL   D6319
EDF  6
ICL  0608
FSC  D 6
FSS  315;317;318;319
FSC  223
FSS  85;88;91-6;98
FSC  211
FSS  113;119
UREF
PNO  D306802
ISD  19900300
NAM  Pedersen
OCL  D 6317
UREF
PNO  737252
ISD  19030800
NAM  Leimberger
UREF
PNO  1600949
ISD  19260900
NAM  Priest
UREF
PNO  2112947
ISD  19380400
NAM  Zemba
OCL  223 92
UREF
PNO  2458997
ISD  19490100
NAM  Levine
OCL  223 88
UREF
PNO  2641392
ISD  19530600
NAM  Smith
OCL  223 88
UREF
PNO  2753093
ISD  19560700
NAM  Pick
OCL  223 95
UREF
PNO  2757835
ISD  19560800
NAM  Scheck
OCL  223 88
UREF
PNO  3401854
ISD  19680900
NAM  Dodulik
OCL  223 92
UREF
PNO  4114786
ISD  19780900
NAM  Wiese
OCL  223 94
UREF
PNO  5613628
ISD  19970300
NAM  Burkhalter
OCL  223 85
LREP
FR2  Lerner, ESQ.; Marshall A.
FR2  Mattes, ESQ.; Bradford E.
     Kleinberg & Lerner, LLP.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a hanger, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166930
SRC  D
APN  0697702
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19970423
TTL  Table for handicapped access
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watson; Gary D.
NDR  3
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kovalchek; George
STR  65 Tadmuck Rd.
CTY  Westford
STA  MA
ZIP  01886
RLAP
COD  74
APN  045093
APD  19951010
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 381820
CLAS
OCL  D 6337
EDF  6
ICL  0601
FSC  D 6
FSS  334;335;336;337;370;500;501;502
FSC  297
FSS  158.3
UREF
PNO  D360536
ISD  19950700
NAM  Pelletier
OCL  D 6337
UREF
PNO  2583247
ISD  19520100
NAM  Aja et al.
XCL  D 6337
OREF
PAL  Home Furnishings, p. 75, Picnic Table at top, Oct. 1953.
LREP
FRM  Pearson & Pearson
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a table for handicapped access, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04166949
SRC  D
APN  094291&
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980929
TTL  Rocking chair
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  De; Mimosa
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Villa; Dionisio
STR  355 W. 20 St., #101
CTY  Hialeah
STA  FL
ZIP  33010
CLAS
OCL  D 6348
EDF  6
ICL  0601
FSC  D 6
FSS  334;335;344;364;365;374;375;376;379;500;501;502
FSC  297
FSS  258.1;271.6
UREF
PNO  D180031
ISD  19570400
NAM  Pearlstine
OCL  D 6348
UREF
PNO  D383319
ISD  19970900
NAM  Montes De Oca
OCL  D 6348
UREF
PNO  953338
ISD  19100300
NAM  Hurd
OCL  297271.6
UREF
PNO  2900013
ISD  19590800
NAM  Hamilton
OCL  297271.6
UREF
PNO  3099477
ISD  19630700
NAM  O'herron
OCL  297271.6
LREP
FR2  Sanchelima; J.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for rocking chair, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166957
SRC  D
APN  1039962
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990426
TTL  Bicycle saddle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Melody N.
NDR  6
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Minkow; Roger
CTY  Petaluma
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bohlen; Lance J.
CTY  Morgan Hill
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Egger; F. Robert
CTY  Watsonville
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Specialized Bicycle Components, Inc.
CTY  Morgan Hill
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6354
EDF  6
ICL  0601
FSC  D 6
FSS  354
FSC  297
FSS  195.1;195.12;201;202;204;205;214;215;219;219.11
UREF
PNO  D370132
ISD  19960500
NAM  Urius
OCL  D 6354
UREF
PNO  D407910
ISD  19990400
NAM  Terry
OCL  D 6354
UREF
PNO  5387024
ISD  19950200
NAM  Bigolia
OCL  297201
UREF
PNO  5558396
ISD  19960900
NAM  Yu
OCL  297195.1
UREF
PNO  5765912
ISD  19980600
NAM  Bontrager
OCL  297201
UREF
PNO  5823618
ISD  19981000
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  297202
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a bicycle saddle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166965
SRC  D
APN  0806137
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19971211
TTL  Vehicle seat
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watson; Gary D.
NDR  3
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Slanec; Thomas C.
CTY  Grosse Pointe Woods
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Barry; Ernest J.
CTY  Clarkston
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Chrysler Corporation
CTY  Auburn Hills
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6356
EDF  6
ICL  0601
FSC  D 6
FSS  334;335;336;356;500;501;502
FSC  D12
FSS  195
FSC  297
FSS  232;452.24;452.26;452.35
UREF
PNO  D280472
ISD  19850900
NAM  Seto
OCL  D 6356
UREF
PNO  D361972
ISD  19950900
NAM  Ney et al.
OCL  D12195
UREF
PNO  D391410
ISD  19980300
NAM  Tomforde et al.
OCL  D 6356
UREF
PNO  D392116
ISD  19980300
NAM  Tomforde et al.
OCL  D 6356
UREF
PNO  D396152
ISD  19980700
NAM  Beermann et al.
OCL  D 6356
UREF
PNO  3713696
ISD  19730100
NAM  Dudley
OCL  297452.26
UREF
PNO  4707027
ISD  19871100
NAM  Horuath et al.
OCL  D 6356
UREF
PNO  5492068
ISD  19960200
NAM  McKee
OCL  297232
LREP
FR2  Calcaterra; Mark P.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a vehicle seat, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166973
SRC  D
APN  0902276
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980702
TTL  Lounge chair
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watson; Gary D.
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Germain; Matthew G.
STR  932 Bobcat Ct.
CTY  Marietta
STA  GA
ZIP  30067
CLAS
OCL  D 6361
EDF  6
ICL  0601
FSC  D 6
FSS  334;335;336;360;361;370;500;501;502
FSC    5
FSS  111;114;656
FSC  297
FSS  392;452.56;452.63;900
UREF
PNO  D261705
ISD  19811100
NAM  Land et al.
OCL  D 6361
UREF
PNO  D335397
ISD  19930500
NAM  Foz
OCL  D 6361
UREF
PNO  D381524
ISD  19970700
NAM  Gabriel
OCL  D 6361
UREF
PNO  D381824
ISD  19970800
NAM  Day et al.
OCL  D 6361
UREF
PNO  D396758
ISD  19980800
NAM  Anderson
OCL  D 6361
UREF
PNO  D400722
ISD  19981100
NAM  Luther
OCL  D 6361
UREF
PNO  3897102
ISD  19750700
NAM  Lemaire
XCL  D 6361
UREF
PNO  5222779
ISD  19930600
NAM  Johnson
OCL    5656
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a lounge chair, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04166981
SRC  D
APN  0968293
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981119
TTL  Windsor chair
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watson; Gary D.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Newhouse; Thomas J.
STR  0-10923 2nd Ave.
CTY  Grand Rapids
STA  MI
ZIP  49544-6753
CLAS
OCL  D 6366
EDF  6
ICL  0601
FSC  D 6
FSS  334;364;365;366;367;500;501;502
FSC  297
FSS  411.2
UREF
PNO  D86709
ISD  19320400
NAM  Foote
OCL  D 6366
UREF
PNO  D316192
ISD  19910400
NAM  Murry et al.
OCL  D 6366
UREF
PNO  D333218
ISD  19930200
NAM  Murry
OCL  D 6366
OREF
PAL  Heywood-Wakefield, p. 121, Chair #104 XY at bottom right.
LREP
FRM  Waters and Morse, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a Windsor Chair, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04166990
SRC  D
APN  0883476
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980521
TTL  Wicker arm chair
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watson; Gary D.
NDR  6
NFG  12
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Schwartz; Larry
CTY  Franklin Lakes
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Wei; Poo Hao
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Sun Isle Casual Furniture, LLC
CTY  Franklin Lakes
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6369
EDF  6
ICL  0601
FSC  D 6
FSS  334;369;374;376;379;500;501;502
FSC  297
FSS  411.41;451.9
UREF
PNO  D77111
ISD  19281200
NAM  McElligott
OCL  D 6369
UREF
PNO  D190569
ISD  19610600
NAM  Mair
OCL  D 6369
UREF
PNO  D269655
ISD  19830700
NAM  Claman
OCL  D 6369
UREF
PNO  D275343
ISD  19840900
NAM  Claman
OCL  D 6369
UREF
PNO  D278487
ISD  19850400
NAM  Welsh
OCL  D 6369
UREF
PNO  D282131
ISD  19860100
NAM  Claman
OCL  D 6500
UREF
PNO  D328981
ISD  19920900
NAM  Wisner
UREF
PNO  D354633
ISD  19950100
NAM  Frinier
OCL  D 6369
UREF
PNO  D378962
ISD  19970400
NAM  Greene
OCL  D 6369
UREF
PNO  D391090
ISD  19980200
NAM  Schwartz
UREF
PNO  1721999
ISD  19290700
NAM  Jacobs
XCL  D 6369
OREF
PAL  An Encyclopedia of Chairs by Simon Yates, p. 101, Chair #156 at bottom
      right, .COPYRGT.1988.
PAL  Advertising copy from Brown Jordan "Eastlake" design, undated.
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a wicker arm chair, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167007
SRC  D
APN  1034170
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990414
TTL  Stackable chair with squared back
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watson; Gary D.
NDR  3
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  van Rhienen; Alphons
CTY  Schoten
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Euro United Corporation
CTY  Oakville
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19990216
APN  1999-0421
CLAS
OCL  D 6369
XCL   D6379
EDF  6
ICL  0601
FSC  D 6
FSS  334;369;370;374;375;376;379;380;500;501;502
FSC  297
FSS  239;445.1;446.1;452.64;DIG. 2
UREF
PNO  D234480
ISD  19750300
NAM  Grosfillex
OCL  D 6376
UREF
PNO  D238989
ISD  19760300
NAM  Grosfillex
OCL  D 6376
UREF
PNO  D274770
ISD  19840700
NAM  Massonnet
OCL  D 6375
UREF
PNO  D287673
ISD  19870100
NAM  Verschuren
OCL  D 6379
UREF
PNO  D336174
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lamalle
OCL  D 6379
UREF
PNO  D336382
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hubert
OCL  D 6370
UREF
PNO  D339007
ISD  19930900
NAM  Grosfillex
OCL  D 6379
UREF
PNO  D341953
ISD  19931200
NAM  Bemis et al.
OCL  D 6370
UREF
PNO  D352613
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kelly
UREF
PNO  D360537
ISD  19950700
NAM  VanSkiver
UREF
PNO  D362759
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sagol
UREF
PNO  D362975
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sagol
UREF
PNO  D364284
ISD  19951100
NAM  Prosperio
UREF
PNO  D367564
ISD  19960300
NAM  Maple
OCL  D 6379
UREF
PNO  D373478
ISD  19960900
NAM  Grosfillex
UREF
PNO  D380620
ISD  19970700
NAM  Niemiec
XCL  D 6369
UREF
PNO  D407228
ISD  19990300
NAM  Walters
OCL  D 6370
OREF
PAL  "Creez Votre, Propre Decor De Jardin" Sears Catalog, May 1991.
LREP
FRM  Barrigar & Moss
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for stackable chair with squared back, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167015
SRC  D
APN  0859532
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980402
TTL  Chair
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watson; Gary D.
NDR  2
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ginat; Jonathan
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Global Upholstery Company
CTY  Downsville
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D 6372
XCL   D6379
EDF  6
ICL  0601
FSC  D 6
FSS  334;371;372;373;374;375;379;500;501;502
FSC  297
FSS  445.1;451.3;451.7
UREF
PNO  D301663
ISD  19890600
NAM  Vonhausen
OCL  D 6372
UREF
PNO  D326371
ISD  19920500
NAM  Buchacz
OCL  D 6372
UREF
PNO  D360769
ISD  19950800
NAM  Groulz et al.
OCL  D 6372
UREF
PNO  D378327
ISD  19970300
NAM  Beaulieu
OCL  D 6372
LREP
FRM  Hazel & Thomas, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a chair, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167023
SRC  D
APN  1004034
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990210
TTL  Chair
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watson; Gary D.
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kaczmarek; Peter
CTY  Downsview
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Global Upholstery Company
CTY  Downsview
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19990126
APN  1999-0206
CLAS
OCL  D 6372
EDF  6
ICL  0601
FSC  D 6
FSS  334;366;371;372;373;374;379;500;501;502
FSC  297
FSS  445.1;451.3;451.7
UREF
PNO  D150076
ISD  19480600
NAM  Logan
OCL  D 6372
UREF
PNO  D245952
ISD  19771000
NAM  Luthy
OCL  D 6372
UREF
PNO  D251578
ISD  19790400
NAM  Ruf
OCL  D 6372
UREF
PNO  D295347
ISD  19880400
NAM  Chadwick et al.
OCL  D 6372
UREF
PNO  D405970
ISD  19990200
NAM  Kaczmarek
OCL  D 6366
LREP
FRM  Philip C. Mendes da Costa
     Bereksin & Parr
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a chair, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167031
SRC  D
APN  0970220
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981125
TTL  Chair
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watson; Gary D.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lin; Steve
STR  No. 80, Kengtsai Ping, Hoping Village, Chuchi Hsiang
CTY  Chiayi Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  D 6376
XCL   D6379
EDF  6
ICL  0601
FSC  D 6
FSS  334;369;370;374;376;379;380;500;501;502
FSC  297
FSS  446.1
UREF
PNO  D95745
ISD  19350500
NAM  Hoffmann
OCL  D 6379
UREF
PNO  D286827
ISD  19861100
NAM  Arthur, Jr.
OCL  D 6376
UREF
PNO  D286828
ISD  19861100
NAM  Arthur, Jr.
OCL  D 6376
UREF
PNO  D333750
ISD  19930300
NAM  Hess
OCL  D 6500
UREF
PNO  D335587
ISD  19930500
NAM  Backer
OCL  D 6379
UREF
PNO  D335971
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hess
OCL  D 6379
UREF
PNO  D342629
ISD  19931200
NAM  Tseng
OCL  D 6370
UREF
PNO  D372596
ISD  19960800
NAM  Reinhard
OCL  D 6379
UREF
PNO  D385425
ISD  19971000
NAM  Goetz
OCL  D 6379
UREF
PNO  D401077
ISD  19981100
NAM  Lewis
OCL  D 6369
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas, PLLC
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a chair, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167040
SRC  D
APN  0903493
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980707
TTL  Lounge chair
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watson; Gary D.
NDR  6
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Mourgue; Pascal
CTY  Montreuil sous Bois
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Cinna
CTY  Briord
CNT  FRX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D 6377
XCL   D6361
EDF  6
ICL  0601
FSC  D 6
FSS  334;335;336;360;361;377;378;381;500;501;502
FSC  297
FSS  232
UREF
PNO  D339246
ISD  19930900
NAM  Hutton
OCL  D 6377
UREF
PNO  D390029
ISD  19980200
NAM  Hutton
OCL  D 6377
UREF
PNO  D403171
ISD  19981200
NAM  Gibson
OCL  D 6377
LREP
FRM  Mathews, Collins, Shepherd & Gould, P.A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a lounge chair, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167058
SRC  D
APN  1034766
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990415
TTL  Bed frame
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seeger; Janice E.
NDR  6
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Black; John E.
CTY  East Grand Rapids
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  McGuire Furniture Company
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6393
EDF  6
ICL  0601
FSC  D 6
FSS  382;388-395;505-508
FSC    5
FSS  53.1;279.1;280;281;907
UREF
PNO  D88180
ISD  19321100
NAM  Van De Riet
OCL  D 6393
UREF
PNO  D106301
ISD  19371000
NAM  Krick
OCL  D 6393
UREF
PNO  D114896
ISD  19390500
NAM  Hobson
OCL  D 6393
UREF
PNO  D331502
ISD  19921200
NAM  White
OCL  D 6389
UREF
PNO  D365218
ISD  19951200
NAM  Russell
OCL  D 6393
UREF
PNO  D394168
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hutton
OCL  D 6393
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for bed frame, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167066
SRC  D
APN  0953598
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981021
TTL  Holder for optical discs
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Brooks; Linda
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Johnson, Jr.; George
CTY  San Marino
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Cosmi Corporation
CTY  Rancho Dominguez
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6407
EDF  6
ICL  0604
FSC  D 6
FSS  407;626-635;466;467;475
FSC  D21
FSS  120;121
FSC  D19
FSS  26;32
FSC  206
FSS  307;307.1;308.1;308.2;308.3;387.1;387.11-387.15;472;473
FSC  211
FSS  40;41.12;42
UREF
PNO  D399677
ISD  19981000
NAM  Cheris et al.
OCL  D 6631
UREF
PNO  D406719
ISD  19990300
NAM  Clausen
OCL  D 6634
UREF
PNO  5188229
ISD  19930200
NAM  Bernstein
XCL  206307
UREF
PNO  5829584
ISD  19981100
NAM  Raucci, Jr.
OCL  206308.1
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a holder for optical discs, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167074
SRC  D
APN  0962341
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981106
TTL  Computer pedestal
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vales-Lado; Carmen H.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Plainfield; Richard M.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Plainfield Software
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6419
EDF  6
ICL  0604
FSC  D 6
FSS  419;420
FSC  D19
FSS  90;91
FSC  248
FSS  441.1;456;460;462;463;464;450;447;448;454;455
UREF
PNO  D89053
ISD  19330100
NAM  Mitchell et al.
OCL  D 6419
UREF
PNO  D239899
ISD  19760500
NAM  Malcolm
OCL  D 6419
UREF
PNO  D254998
ISD  19800500
NAM  Espeseth
OCL  D 6419
UREF
PNO  D285507
ISD  19860900
NAM  Middlemist
OCL  D 6419
UREF
PNO  D296851
ISD  19880700
NAM  Kelley
OCL  D 6420
UREF
PNO  D321610
ISD  19911100
NAM  Rienecher
OCL  D 6419
UREF
PNO  D324462
ISD  19920300
NAM  Karnaze
OCL  D 6419
UREF
PNO  D360777
ISD  19950800
NAM  Glebe
OCL  D 6419
UREF
PNO  D361217
ISD  19950800
NAM  Glebe
OCL  D 6419
UREF
PNO  D377276
ISD  19970100
NAM  Hirsch et al.
OCL  D 6419
UREF
PNO  D401774
ISD  19981200
NAM  Burke et al.
OCL  D 6419
LREP
FRM  Klarquist Sparkman Campbell Leigh & Whinston, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a computer pedestal, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167082
SRC  D
APN  089110&
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980608
TTL  Display cabinet
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vales-Lado; Carmen H.
NDR  5
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Walker; Richard John Neale
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Interface Management Limited
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19971217
APN  2071150
CLAS
OCL  D 6429
XCL   D6432
XCL   D6419
EDF  6
ICL  0604
FSC  D 6
FSS  429-431;432-448;419
FSC  312
FSS  204;249.9;249.7;249.1;249.8
UREF
PNO  D152384
ISD  19490100
NAM  Weaver
OCL  D 6441
UREF
PNO  D163164
ISD  19510500
NAM  Brunner
OCL  D 6429
UREF
PNO  D281382
ISD  19851100
NAM  Byrne et al.
XCL  D 6429
UREF
PNO  D339482
ISD  19930900
NAM  Naylor
OCL  D 6429
UREF
PNO  344132
ISD  18860600
NAM  Palmer
XCL  312249.7
UREF
PNO  D366783
ISD  19960200
NAM  Madimenos et al.
OCL  D 6429
UREF
PNO  D377126
ISD  19970100
NAM  Foco et al.
XCL  D 6430
UREF
PNO  4478467
ISD  19841000
NAM  Tyndall
OCL  312249.9
UREF
PNO  5558417
ISD  19960900
NAM  Termotto
OCL  312249.9
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a display cabinet, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167090
SRC  D
APN  0888524
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980602
TTL  Display case
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vales-Lado; Carmen H.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Green; Jack M.
STR  4535 Avenida Rio del Oro
CTY  Yorba Linda
STA  CA
ZIP  92886
CLAS
OCL  D 6434
EDF  6
ICL  0604
FSC  D 6
FSS  432-448;450-453;563
FSC  312
FSS  204;245
UREF
PNO  D47780
ISD  19150900
NAM  Carson
OCL  D 6453
UREF
PNO  D113840
ISD  19390300
NAM  Hines
OCL  D 6453
UREF
PNO  D174857
ISD  19550500
NAM  Goldrosen
OCL  D 6563
UREF
PNO  D184497
ISD  19590200
NAM  Spiro
XCL  D 6453
UREF
PNO  D200919
ISD  19650400
NAM  Dowit
OCL  D 6563
UREF
PNO  D206209
ISD  19661100
NAM  Ising
OCL  D 6434
UREF
PNO  D224030
ISD  19720600
NAM  Eden
OCL  D 6435
UREF
PNO  D253543
ISD  19791100
NAM  Ferguson
OCL  D 6435
UREF
PNO  D268155
ISD  19830300
NAM  Sumner
OCL  D 6563
UREF
PNO  D295703
ISD  19880500
NAM  Astrup
OCL  D 6453
LREP
FR2  Fischer; Morland C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a display case, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167104
SRC  D
APN  0829277
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980130
TTL  Hutch unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vales-Lado; Carmen H.
NDR  5
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Zaidman; S. Paul
CTY  Winnipeg
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Palliser Furniture Ltd.
CTY  Winnipeg
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D 6437
XCL   D6426
EDF  6
ICL  0604
FSC  D 6
FSS  432-448;422-428
FSC  312
FSS  204;194-196
UREF
PNO  D302631
ISD  19890800
NAM  Bush et al.
OCL  D 6436
UREF
PNO  D330124
ISD  19921000
NAM  Short
OCL  D 6422
UREF
PNO  D405625
ISD  19990200
NAM  Zaidman et al.
OCL  D 6426
OREF
PAL  Catalogue photo of Palliser series 280-A(r) Country Master Bedroom, Nov.
      1996.
PAL  Catalogue photos of Palliser series 313-A, 313-C Counrty Home Office, Jan.
      1996.
LREP
FR2  Browning; Clifford W.
     Woodard, Emhardt, Naughton, Moriarty & McNett
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a hutch unit, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167112
SRC  D
APN  0849189
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980312
TTL  Dresser
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vales-Lado; Carmen H.
NDR  5
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chou; Yen-Chiu
STR  No. 120, Tung-An St.
CTY  Fengyuan City, Taichung Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  D 6444
EDF  6
ICL  0604
FSC  D 6
FSS  397;432-448
FSC  312
FSS  204;224;226;227
UREF
PNO  D303593
ISD  19890900
NAM  Keller et al.
OCL  D 6444
UREF
PNO  D303594
ISD  19890900
NAM  Keller et al.
OCL  D 6444
UREF
PNO  D308308
ISD  19900600
NAM  Keller
OCL  D 6444
UREF
PNO  D397886
ISD  19980900
NAM  Powell
OCL  D 6444
OREF
PAL  Best, p. K5; item G "Queen Anne" vanity and bench set, bottom left on
      page., 1995, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Reinhart, Boerner, Van Deuren, Norris & Rieselbach, s.c.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a dresser, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167120
SRC  D
APN  0849197
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980312
TTL  Dresser
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vales-Lado; Carmen H.
NDR  5
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chou; Yen-Chiu
STR  No. 120, Tung-An St.
CTY  Fengyuan City, Taichung Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  D 6444
EDF  6
ICL  0604
FSC  D 6
FSS  397;432-448
FSC  312
FSS  204;224;226;227
UREF
PNO  D303593
ISD  19890900
NAM  Keller et al.
OCL  D 6444
UREF
PNO  D303594
ISD  19890900
NAM  Keller et al.
OCL  D 6444
UREF
PNO  D308308
ISD  19900600
NAM  Keller
OCL  D 6444
UREF
PNO  D397886
ISD  19980900
NAM  Powell
OCL  D 6444
OREF
PAL  Best,p.K5; item G "Queen Anne" vanity and bench set, bottom left on page,
      1995/1996.
LREP
FRM  Reinhart, Boerner, Van Deuren, Norris & Rieselbach, s.c.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a dresser, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167139
SRC  D
APN  0862592
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980409
TTL  Double door merchandiser
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Brooks; Linda
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  7
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Trulaske, Sr.; Steven L.
CTY  Ladue
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  True Manufacturing Co., Inc.
CTY  O'Fallon
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6470
EDF  6
ICL  0604
FSC  D 6
FSS  470-472
FSC  D15
FSS  79;81;85;88
FSC   62
FSS  246-257;337
FSC  312
FSS  114;116;126-130;138.1
UREF
PNO  D191927
ISD  19611200
NAM  Trulaske
OCL  D15 85
UREF
PNO  D220325
ISD  19710300
NAM  Ott et al.
OCL  D15 85
UREF
PNO  D230803
ISD  19740300
NAM  Musgrave et al.
OCL  D 6470
UREF
PNO  D243985
ISD  19770400
NAM  Brown
OCL  D15 88
UREF
PNO  D265316
ISD  19820700
NAM  Trulaske
OCL  D15 85
UREF
PNO  D318071
ISD  19910700
NAM  Sullivan
OCL  D20  5
UREF
PNO  D323258
ISD  19920100
NAM  Miyabayashi
OCL  D 6471
UREF
PNO  D348160
ISD  19940600
NAM  Bustos
OCL  D 6470
UREF
PNO  D349203
ISD  19940800
NAM  Keleman et al.
OCL  D 6470
UREF
PNO  D350245
ISD  19940900
NAM  Branz et al.
OCL  D 6472
UREF
PNO  D354185
ISD  19950100
NAM  King
OCL  D 6470
UREF
PNO  D363398
ISD  19951000
NAM  Branz et al.
OCL  D 6472
UREF
PNO  D365110
ISD  19951200
NAM  Klein, III
OCL  D15 85
UREF
PNO  D366049
ISD  19960100
NAM  Matthews
OCL  D15 85
UREF
PNO  D377800
ISD  19970200
NAM  Branz et al.
OCL  D15 85
UREF
PNO  D389672
ISD  19980100
NAM  Antao et al.
OCL  D 6472
UREF
PNO  5255968
ISD  19931000
NAM  Craven
OCL  312234
UREF
PNO  5372416
ISD  19941200
NAM  Shapely et al.
OCL  312138.1
UREF
PNO  5584547
ISD  19961200
NAM  Trulaske, Sr.
OCL  312223.5
FREF
PNO  90 01 489 U
ISD  19900400
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Foodservice Equipment Specialist, Oct. 1979, p. 28 Model 56D48A.
PAL  1981 Sweets Catalog File, vol. 12 11.23b/NO Model TR 48BC.
PAL  Beverage Air Food Service--Beverage Equip. p. 4, Model MT38.
PAL  Beverage-Air Food Service and Beverage Equipment Model CR/CF48.
PAL  Foodservice Equipment--Specialist May 1994 p. 93--Refrigerated Cabinet, top
      left.
PAL  Victory Merchandiser (with Coke.RTM. graphics)--undated.
PAL  Master-Bilt Elm II Merchandiser Unit--undated.
PAL  Master-Bilt Merchandiser Unit (holding ALL-SPORT.RTM. and DIET-PEPSI
      bottles) undated.
PAL  True, Apr. 1982, Model GDM-49.
PAL  Hodell International, ISA Torando/Mistral--undated.
LREP
FRM  Cohn, Powell & Hind
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a double door merchandiser, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167147
SRC  D
APN  092217&
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980814
TTL  Bookcase
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Brooks; Linda
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ziliani; Marcello
CTY  Brescia
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  SINTESI 2 SpA
CTY  Spilimbergo
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  XHX
APD  19980306
APN  DM/ 0 43307
CLAS
OCL  D 6479
EDF  6
ICL  0604
FSC  D 6
FSS  477-479
FSC  211
FSS  42;86.01;90.01;90.04;134;135;153;186-188
FSC  108
FSS  59;60;91;106
FSC  248
FSS  174;176.1
UREF
PNO  D186089
ISD  19590900
NAM  Vivian
OCL  D 6479
UREF
PNO  D347754
ISD  19940600
NAM  Mehlin
OCL  D 6470
UREF
PNO  D348577
ISD  19940700
NAM  Simpson
OCL  D 6479
UREF
PNO  D368397
ISD  19960400
NAM  Weberg
OCL  D 6479
UREF
PNO  1324537
ISD  19191200
NAM  Belcher
XCL  108 91
UREF
PNO  4136623
ISD  19790100
NAM  Dickson
XCL  108 92
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a bookcase, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04167155
SRC  D
APN  0834548
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980210
TTL  Bellows for vehicle seats
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  De; Mimosa
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  5
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Meiller; Hermann
CTY  Wernberg-Koblitz
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Holler; Robert
CTY  Schmidmuhlen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Grammer AG
CTY  Amberg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970829
APN  97 08 077
CLAS
OCL  D 6500
EDF  6
ICL  0604
FSC  D 6
FSS  334;336;356;374;375;379;38 B;500;501;502
FSC  248
FSS  348.1;631
FSC  297
FSS  330;338;344.12;344.16;344.17;344.18;344.19;411.23;452.48
FSC  D 3
FSS  274
UREF
PNO  D379409
ISD  19970500
NAM  Schwaegerle et al.
OCL  D 6367
UREF
PNO  3472488
ISD  19691000
NAM  Naughton
OCL  297344.16
UREF
PNO  3774965
ISD  19731100
NAM  Brandt et al.
OCL  297330
UREF
PNO  4733847
ISD  19880300
NAM  Grassl
OCL  248631
UREF
PNO  4778216
ISD  19881000
NAM  Stupakis
OCL  248631
UREF
PNO  5645313
ISD  19970700
NAM  Best et al.
OCL  297330
LREP
FRM  Hoffmann & Baron, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a bellows for vehicle seats, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04167163
SRC  D
APN  0999121
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990129
TTL  Chair
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Asch; Jeffrey
NDR  2
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ginat; Jonathan
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Global Upholstery Company
CTY  Ontario
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  085951
APD  19980402
CLAS
OCL  D 6500
XCL   D6366
EDF  6
ICL  0606
FSC  D 6
FSS  366-368;500-502;495;498
FSC  297
FSS  411.2;411.4;411.44;411.36;450.1;452.11;452.21;452.29;463.1;230.1;230.12
     ;284.1;284.4
UREF
PNO  D259000
ISD  19810400
NAM  Vogtherr
OCL  D 6366
UREF
PNO  D259155
ISD  19810500
NAM  Buhk
OCL  D 6366
UREF
PNO  D326961
ISD  19920600
NAM  Hannah et al.
OCL  D 6366
UREF
PNO  D348570
ISD  19940700
NAM  Scheper et al.
OCL  D 6366
UREF
PNO  D348786
ISD  19940700
NAM  Jolleson et al.
OCL  D 6366
UREF
PNO  D354178
ISD  19950100
NAM  Ochsner
OCL  D 6366
UREF
PNO  D369487
ISD  19960500
NAM  Mc Diarmid
OCL  D 6502
UREF
PNO  D373695
ISD  19960900
NAM  Buffon
OCL  D 6500
UREF
PNO  D393157
ISD  19980400
NAM  Goodworth et al.
OCL  D 6366
UREF
PNO  D395762
ISD  19980700
NAM  Saul
OCL  D 6366
UREF
PNO  D396567
ISD  19980800
NAM  Saul
OCL  D 6366
UREF
PNO  D397258
ISD  19980800
NAM  Heyder et al.
OCL  D 6366
OREF
PAL  The 1988 Office Furniture Mart Catalog, Chairs E and I, p. 50, Apr. 1998.
PAL  OSI 2700series Contemporary Seating, Chair shown, 1984.
LREP
FRM  Hazel & Thomas
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a chair, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167171
SRC  D
APN  1005286
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990212
TTL  Chair frame
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watson; Gary D.
NDR  5
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chalmers; Richard R.
CTY  Camden
STA  ME
INVT
NAM  Harper; Gilbert V.
CTY  Cushing
STA  ME
ASSG
NAM  Imagineering, Inc.
CTY  Rockland
STA  ME
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6500
XCL   D6370
EDF  6
ICL  0606
FSC  D 6
FSS  334;370;374;376;379;380;381;500;501;502
FSC  297
FSS  232;411.41;411.42;445.1;446.1;452.63
UREF
PNO  D212470
ISD  19681000
NAM  Rutter
OCL  D 6370
UREF
PNO  D224612
ISD  19720800
NAM  Yuenger
OCL  D 6374
UREF
PNO  D224635
ISD  19720800
NAM  Yuenger
XCL  D 6370
UREF
PNO  D279436
ISD  19850700
NAM  Giorgetti
OCL  D 6370
UREF
PNO  D311461
ISD  19901000
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  D 6380
UREF
PNO  D329338
ISD  19920900
NAM  Komai et al.
OCL  D 6370
UREF
PNO  D333042
ISD  19930200
NAM  Komai et al.
OCL  D 6370
UREF
PNO  D341263
ISD  19931100
NAM  Gehry
OCL  D 6370
UREF
PNO  D341264
ISD  19931100
NAM  Gehry
OCL  D 6370
UREF
PNO  D348572
ISD  19940700
NAM  Glass
OCL  D 6379
UREF
PNO  1192941
ISD  19160800
NAM  Schmid
XCL  297452.63
OREF
PAL  Weatherend(R) Estate Furniture, Retail Prices and Information, Feb. 1998 (6
      pages, 12 sides).
PAL  Weatherend(R) Estate Furniture catalog (16 pages, 32 sides).COPYRGT. 1995.
LREP
FRM  Heslin & Rothenberg, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a chair frame, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167180
SRC  D
APN  0852821
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980319
TTL  Seat cushion with marker and pocket
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  De; Mimosa
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chatman; Dean A.
STR  16535 Bellflower Blvd.
CTY  Bellflower
STA  CA
ZIP  90706
ASSG
NAM  Chatman; Dean A.
CTY  Bellflower
STA  CA
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  D 6502
XCL   D6601
EDF  6
ICL  0606
FSC  D 6
FSS  334;336;368;375;500-502;596;601
FSC  D19
FSS  88
FSC  D20
FSS  42
FSC  297
FSS  330;338;344.12;344.16;344.17;344.18;344.19;411.23;DIG. 1;DIG. 8;188.01
     ;188.08;183.5;219.1
FSC  248
FSS  345.1
FSC  D 3
FSS  274
FSC    5
FSS  652;653;656
UREF
PNO  D258482
ISD  19810300
NAM  Strock
OCL    5653
UREF
PNO  D293868
ISD  19880100
NAM  Paletta et al.
OCL  D 6601
UREF
PNO  D306543
ISD  19900300
NAM  Pestuglicci et al.
OCL    5653
UREF
PNO  D340814
ISD  19931100
NAM  Grant
OCL  D 6568
UREF
PNO  D357609
ISD  19950400
NAM  Webb et al.
OCL  D 6601
UREF
PNO  D362579
ISD  19950900
NAM  Short
OCL  D 6596
UREF
PNO  D363951
ISD  19951100
NAM  Chatman
OCL  D 6334
UREF
PNO  D366800
ISD  19960200
NAM  Moore, Jr.
OCL  D 6596
UREF
PNO  D377574
ISD  19970100
NAM  Mades
OCL  D 6336
UREF
PNO  D377948
ISD  19970200
NAM  Pruhs
OCL  D20 42
UREF
PNO  D379282
ISD  19970500
NAM  Hueneke
OCL  D 6601
UREF
PNO  4597605
ISD  19860700
NAM  Gilbert
OCL  297191.1
UREF
PNO  4843662
ISD  19890700
NAM  Handelman
OCL  D 6601
LREP
FRM  Fulbright & Jaworski LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a seat cushion with marker and pocket, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167198
SRC  D
APN  0915653
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980731
TTL  Headboard
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seeger; Janice E.
NDR  4
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Zaidman; S. Paul
CTY  Winnipeg
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Palliser Furniture, Ltd.
CTY  Winnipeg
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D 6505
EDF  6
ICL  0601
FSC  D 6
FSS  382;388-395;505-508
FSC    5
FSS  53.1;279.1;280;281;907
UREF
PNO  D56725
ISD  19201200
NAM  Isaacs
OCL  D 6393
UREF
PNO  D349623
ISD  19940800
NAM  Bargagli-Stoffi
OCL  D 6505
UREF
PNO  D407927
ISD  19990400
NAM  Zaidman
OCL  D 6505
UREF
PNO  D410809
ISD  19990600
NAM  Zaidman
OCL  D 6505
OREF
PAL  Photograghs--Series 521 and 521-B--Monaco Collection by Palliser Furniture
      Ltd. (Sep. 1989).
PAL  Photographs--Series 221-A, B and C--Master Bedroom by Palliser Furniture
      Ltd. (Mar. 1990).
PAL  Progressive, c1993, #2835-32 headboard.
PAL  Progressive, c1993, #6835-32 headboard.
PAL  Levitz, Nov. 1994, p. 4, headboard in center of page.
LREP
FRM  Senniger, Powers, Leavitt & Roedel
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a headboard, as shown as described.
PATN
WKU  D04167201
SRC  D
APN  0829765
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980202
TTL  Drawer front
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vales-Lado; Carmen H.
NDR  4
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Draheim; Harvey J.
CTY  Weyauwega
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Krueger; Scott A.
CTY  Appleton
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Simmons Juvenile Products Company, Inc.
CTY  New London
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6510
EDF  6
ICL  0604
FSC  D 6
FSS  432-448
FSC  312
FSS  204;257;330.1;348.4
UREF
PNO  D367778
ISD  19960300
NAM  Brunner et al.
OCL  D 6445
UREF
PNO  D374784
ISD  19961000
NAM  Brunner et al.
OCL  D 6445
UREF
PNO  D375420
ISD  19961100
NAM  Keller et al.
OCL  D 6445
UREF
PNO  D378880
ISD  19970400
NAM  Palka
OCL  D 6445
UREF
PNO  D383331
ISD  19970900
NAM  Bergelin
OCL  D 6445
OREF
PAL  `Cotillion` by American of Martinsville,p. 3; drawers shown on dresser and
      chest on page, Jul. 1970.
PAL  `Ancestry` by American of Martinsville,p. 11; drawers shown on dresser on
      page, Mar. 1971.
PAL  `Elan` by American of Martinsville,p. 2; drawers shown on dresser, chest
      and night stand on page, Oct. 1971.
LREP
FRM  Hoffmann & Baron, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a drawer front, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167210
SRC  D
APN  088619&
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980528
TTL  Shelf unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Brooks; Linda
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  2
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Schacht; William Frederick
CTY  East Grand Rapids
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Chesser; Lynda Elizabeth
CTY  East Grand Rapids
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Herman Miller, Inc.
CTY  Zeeland
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6511
EDF  6
ICL  2604
FSC  D 6
FSS  477;479;509;511;566;567;574
FSC  211
FSS  86;88.01;90.01;90.04;119.003;126.1;126.16;134;135;153;186-188
FSC  108
FSS  59;60;47.11-47.17
UREF
PNO  D165118
ISD  19511100
NAM  Strinning et al.
OCL  D 6570
UREF
PNO  D301000
ISD  19890500
NAM  Christiansen
OCL  D 6574
UREF
PNO  D377734
ISD  19970200
NAM  Bird et al.
XCL  D 6511
UREF
PNO  948377
ISD  19100200
NAM  Prouty
UREF
PNO  1331621
ISD  19200200
NAM  Carlin
XCL  108149
UREF
PNO  2323107
ISD  19430600
NAM  Wilson
UREF
PNO  2468412
ISD  19490400
NAM  Schaefer
OCL  108149
UREF
PNO  4343245
ISD  19820800
NAM  Edwards
UREF
PNO  4811670
ISD  19890300
NAM  Kolvites et al.
UREF
PNO  4879955
ISD  19891100
NAM  Moll et al.
UREF
PNO  5024030
ISD  19910600
NAM  Morrison
UREF
PNO  5052648
ISD  19911000
NAM  Landau
XCL  108149
UREF
PNO  5092253
ISD  19920300
NAM  Grund et al.
UREF
PNO  5094174
ISD  19920300
NAM  Grund et al.
UREF
PNO  5103741
ISD  19920400
NAM  Grund et al.
UREF
PNO  5220871
ISD  19930600
NAM  Grund et al.
UREF
PNO  5287666
ISD  19940200
NAM  Frascaroli et al.
UREF
PNO  5472103
ISD  19951200
NAM  Merl
OCL  211187
FREF
PNO  34 39 626
ISD  19860700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  156 313
ISD  19201200
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  "Context Freestanding Furniture System" literature, published by Steelcase,
      while the publication date is unknown the literature is believed to have
      been available to the public prior to May 28, 1998, 61 pages of materials.
PAL  "Ellipse Desk System" literature published by Steelcase, while the
      publication date is unknown the literature is belived to have been
      available to the public prior to May 28, 1998, 36 pages of materials.
PAL  "Ellipse Desk System NeoCon 97" literature, published by Steelcase, while
      the publication date is unknown the literature is believed to have been
      available to the public prior to May 28, 1998, 33 pages of materials.
PAL  "Hannah Desk System" literature, published by Knoll, while the publication
      date is unknown the literature is believed to have been available to the
      public prior to May 28, 1998, 13 pages of materials.
PAL  "Newhouse Group Furniture-Planning Information" literature, published by
      Herman Miller, 1988, 73 pages of materials.
PAL  "Revisions System" literature, published by La-Z-Boy, while the publication
      date is unknown the literature is believed to have been available to the
      public prior to May 28, 1998, 6 pages of materials.
PAL  "System One Cube Desks" literature, published by Haskell, while the
      publication date is unknown the literature is believed to have been
      available to the public prior to May 28, 1998, 12 pages of materials.
PAL  "Syntrax II System" literature, published by Allsteel, while the
      publication date is unknown the literature is believed to have been
      available to the public prior to May 28, 1998, 8 pages of materials.
PAL  "WorkZone--Great Solutions at Affordable Prices" literature, published by
      Krueger, while the publication date is unknown the literature is believed
      to have been available to the public prior to May 28, 1998, 28 pages of
      materials.
PAL  Pending Hermann Miller, Inc. Patent Application No.: 60/086,991, Inventor:
      Schacht et al., Filing Date: May 28, 1998.
PAL  Pending Herman Miller, Inc. Patent Application No.: 29/088,618, Inventor:
      Schacht et al., Filing Date: May 28, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a shelf unit, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04167228
SRC  D
APN  0941190
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980925
TTL  Shelf for a merchandising rack
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Brooks; Linda
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hartwall; John
CTY  Soderkulla
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Kommandiittiyhtio K. Hartwall Kommanditbolag
CTY  Soderkulla
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19980326
APN  M19980210
CLAS
OCL  D 6511
EDF  6
ICL  0604
FSC  D 6
FSS  553;408;555;509-511;462-465;566;567;569-572;574
FSC  211
FSS  59.2;119.003;59.3;85.31;126.5;126.9;90.03;134;153;133.5;186-188;181.1
FSC  248
FSS  311.2;312;235;243;219.1;250
FSC  312
FSS  42;45;72
FSC  108
FSS  59;60;152;161;108;157.13;110;147.11;147.12;29
UREF
PNO  D353291
ISD  19941200
NAM  Mercer
XCL  D 6567
UREF
PNO  D382133
ISD  19970800
NAM  Messina et al.
XCL  D 6408
UREF
PNO  3007580
ISD  19611100
NAM  Dickson, Jr.
OCL  211 59.2
UREF
PNO  3092047
ISD  19630600
NAM  Chesley
XCL  211181.1
UREF
PNO  4416380
ISD  19831100
NAM  Flum
XCL  211181.1
UREF
PNO  5865326
ISD  19990200
NAM  Spamer et al.
XCL  211 59.2
FREF
PNO  18558
ISD  19960900
CNT  FIX
LREP
FRM  Scully, Scott, Murphy & Presser
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a shelf for a merchandising rack, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167236
SRC  D
APN  0983551
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981228
TTL  Table top
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seeger; Janice E.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hsieh; Benjamin
CTY  Nantou
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Diing-Jyuo Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Nantou
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D 6511
XCL   D6480
EDF  6
ICL  0603
FSC  D 6
FSS  480-489;495;496;429;511
FSC  108
FSS  150;153.1;155;156;157.1
FSC  248
FSS  188;188.1
UREF
PNO  D184260
ISD  19590100
NAM  Lubberts et al.
OCL  D 6511
UREF
PNO  D240690
ISD  19760700
NAM  Zagaroli
OCL  D 6484
UREF
PNO  D371260
ISD  19960700
NAM  Walters, III et al.
OCL  D 6480
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a table top, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04167244
SRC  D
APN  0787485
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19971103
TTL  Roll holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vinson; Brian N.
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Upham; Thomas W.
STR  208 Scott Ave.
CTY  Oshkosh
STA  WI
ZIP  54901
CLAS
OCL  D 6518
EDF  6
ICL  2302
FSC  D 6
FSS  518-523
FSC  206
FSS  389;391
FSC  242
FSS  570;590;597;597.4
FSC  312
FSS  34.1;34.8
UREF
PNO  D259310
ISD  19810500
NAM  Crowe
OCL  D 6523
UREF
PNO  D327192
ISD  19920600
NAM  Geuvjehizian
OCL  D 6518
UREF
PNO  D327193
ISD  19920600
NAM  Crook et al.
OCL  D 6523
UREF
PNO  D374583
ISD  19961000
NAM  Bailey
OCL  D 6518
UREF
PNO  4721264
ISD  19880100
NAM  Muscarello
XCL  D 6523
UREF
PNO  5261619
ISD  19931100
NAM  Merriweather, Jr.
XCL  D 6520
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a roll holder, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167252
SRC  D
APN  0975710
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981209
TTL  Towel dispenser
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Jackson; Marcus A.
NDR  6
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lewis; Richard P.
CTY  Marietta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc.
CTY  Neenah
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6522
EDF  6
ICL  0602
FSC  D 6
FSS  515-523
FSC  312
FSS  37;38;39;42;50
FSC  242
FSS  55.2;55.3;55.53
FSC  222
FSS  99;100;173
FSC  221
FSS  22;30;33;45;282;284
FSC  206
FSS  389;391
UREF
PNO  D316788
ISD  19910500
NAM  Fischer et al.
OCL  D 6522
UREF
PNO  D341970
ISD  19931200
NAM  Brandenburg
OCL  D 6522
UREF
PNO  D342407
ISD  19931200
NAM  Morand
OCL  D 6522
UREF
PNO  D345664
ISD  19940400
NAM  Brandenburg
OCL  D 6545
UREF
PNO  D346518
ISD  19940500
NAM  Brandenburg
OCL  D 6518
UREF
PNO  D348579
ISD  19940700
NAM  Brandenburg
OCL  D 6523
UREF
PNO  D349827
ISD  19940800
NAM  Brandenburg
OCL  D 6545
UREF
PNO  D351520
ISD  19941000
NAM  Frazier et al.
OCL  D 6523
UREF
PNO  D354871
ISD  19950100
NAM  Frazier et al.
OCL  D 6522
UREF
PNO  D359868
ISD  19950700
NAM  Brandenburg et al.
OCL  D 6545
UREF
PNO  D360092
ISD  19950700
NAM  Frazier et al.
OCL  D 6518
UREF
PNO  D365713
ISD  19960100
NAM  Chen
OCL  D 6522
UREF
PNO  5261557
ISD  19931100
NAM  Bytell et al.
OCL  220662
LREP
FR2  Sidor; Karl V.
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for a towel dispenser, as shown and described
     .
PATN
WKU  D04167260
SRC  D
APN  0917001
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980804
TTL  Single jumbo bath tissue dispenser
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vinson; Brian N.
NDR  3
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kurti; Ron
CTY  Tarzana
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Cameron; Allan
CTY  Santa Monica
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.
CTY  North Hollywood
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6523
EDF  6
ICL  0707
FSC  D 6
FSS  518;522;523
FSC  242
FSS  570
FSC  312
FSS  34.1;34.8
FSC  221
FSS  33;45;48;55;286;282
UREF
PNO  D310758
ISD  19900900
NAM  Breger
OCL  D 6518
UREF
PNO  D312179
ISD  19901100
NAM  De Luca et al.
OCL  D 6518
UREF
PNO  D348579
ISD  19940700
NAM  Brandenburg
OCL  D 6523
UREF
PNO  D351520
ISD  19941000
NAM  Frazier et al.
OCL  D 6523
UREF
PNO  D363628
ISD  19951000
NAM  McCanless
OCL  D 6522
UREF
PNO  D365713
ISD  19960100
NAM  Chen
OCL  D 6522
UREF
PNO  D398797
ISD  19980900
NAM  Brandenburg et al.
OCL  D 6522
LREP
FRM  Pretty, Schroeder & Poplawski, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  We claim a single jumbo bath tissue dispenser, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167279
SRC  D
APN  0796271
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19971208
TTL  Combined shower step and storage unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vinson; Brian N.
NDR  7
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Dunlap; Paula H.
STR  4 Abbeywood Ct.
CTY  Nashville
STA  TN
ZIP  37215
CLAS
OCL  D 6524
EDF  6
ICL  0707
FSC  D 6
FSS  524;525;561;396;397;432;445;446
FSC  D 3
FSS  201;205;273;315;905
FSC  D99
FSS  99
FSC  211
FSS  13.1;71;86
UREF
PNO  D329561
ISD  19920900
NAM  Nyorkor
OCL  D 6525
UREF
PNO  D355553
ISD  19950200
NAM  Tiramani
OCL  D 6525
UREF
PNO  D385136
ISD  19971000
NAM  Gutke
OCL  D 6524
UREF
PNO  D389351
ISD  19980100
NAM  Winter
OCL  D 6525
UREF
PNO  D402145
ISD  19981200
NAM  Hoffman et al.
OCL  D 6525
UREF
PNO  D403906
ISD  19990100
NAM  Gotti
OCL  D 6524
LREP
FR2  Veal; Robert J.
FR2  Bush; Kenneth M.
     Veal & Associates
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for the combined shower step and storage unit, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167287
SRC  D
APN  0907286
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980715
TTL  Shower basket with shelf
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vinson; Brian N.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kelso; William J.
CTY  Exton
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Hofman; James A.
CTY  Hockessin
STA  DE
ASSG
NAM  Zenith Products Corp.
CTY  New Castle
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6525
EDF  6
ICL  0707
FSC  D 6
FSS  524;525;527;528;529;532;534;536;540;552;553;567;569;570
FSC  211
FSS  13.1;70.6;70.7;71;86;87;88;90;126.1;134
FSC  D 3
FSS  304;315
FSC  248
FSS  309.1
UREF
PNO  D104934
ISD  19370600
NAM  Whited
OCL  D 6540
UREF
PNO  D347512
ISD  19940500
NAM  Yoshikawa
OCL  D 3304
UREF
PNO  D354188
ISD  19950100
NAM  Koehler
OCL  D 6553
UREF
PNO  D362780
ISD  19951000
NAM  Hampshire
OCL  D 6567
UREF
PNO  D399381
ISD  19981000
NAM  Hoernig
OCL  D 6566
LREP
FR2  Zarins; Edgar A.
FR2  Doigan; Lloyd D.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a shower basket with shelf, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167295
SRC  D
APN  0890243
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980605
TTL  Brush holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vinson; Brian N.
NDR  1
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Koop; Eileen
CTY  Elizabeth
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Harris; James
CTY  Aurora
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Chester; Reed
CTY  Lakewood
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Knickerboker; Michael
CTY  Crystal Lake
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Neoteric Cosmetics, Inc.
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6534
EDF  6
ICL  0707
FSC  D 6
FSS  534
FSC  D 4
FSS  108;113
FSC  206
FSS  207;209;361;362.2;368
UREF
PNO  D279941
ISD  19850800
NAM  Anglin, Jr.
OCL  D 4199
UREF
PNO  D293510
ISD  19880100
NAM  Rudnick
OCL  D 4199
UREF
PNO  D295343
ISD  19880400
NAM  Regalado
OCL  D 4108
UREF
PNO  D326383
ISD  19920500
NAM  Tapicok
OCL  D 6534
UREF
PNO  D327171
ISD  19920600
NAM  Moore
OCL  D 6534
UREF
PNO  D330979
ISD  19921100
NAM  Gruberg
OCL  D 4199
UREF
PNO  D334290
ISD  19930300
NAM  Gruberg
OCL  D 4199
UREF
PNO  3746162
ISD  19730700
NAM  Bridges
OCL  206 15.1E
UREF
PNO  4835813
ISD  19890600
NAM  Lorenzana et al.
OCL   15184
UREF
PNO  4927011
ISD  19900500
NAM  Wilkinson
OCL  206217
UREF
PNO  4950902
ISD  19900800
NAM  Ritter
OCL  250455.1
UREF
PNO  4997629
ISD  19910300
NAM  Marchand
OCL  422300
UREF
PNO  5044039
ISD  19910900
NAM  Picard
OCL   15184
UREF
PNO  5048144
ISD  19910900
NAM  Andrews
OCL   15184
UREF
PNO  5107987
ISD  19920400
NAM  Palazzolo et al.
OCL  206209.1
UREF
PNO  5139142
ISD  19920800
NAM  Simon
OCL  206362.3
UREF
PNO  5626400
ISD  19970500
NAM  Humphries
OCL  300 21
UREF
PNO  5630505
ISD  19970500
NAM  Garcia
OCL  206362.1
UREF
PNO  5660285
ISD  19970800
NAM  Tooma
OCL  211 65
OREF
PAL  "Pure Brush" advertising material undated.
PAL  "Stay Clean Toothbrush Holder" advertising material undated.
LREP
FRM  Wolf, Greenfield & Sacks, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a brush holder, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167309
SRC  D
APN  0912859
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980727
TTL  Soap dish holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vinson; Brian N.
NDR  6
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chen; Lien-Fu
STR  No. 11, Lane 66, Fu Dong Street, Fu Shan Li
CTY  Chang Hua City
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  D 6540
EDF  6
ICL  0707
FSC  D 6
FSS  524;535;536;540
FSC  248
FSS  311.2;309.1
FSC  D 8
FSS  352;373
FSC  211
FSS  13.1;86-87;50;134
FSC  206
FSS  77.1
UREF
PNO  D41296
ISD  19110400
NAM  Pratt
OCL  D 6535
UREF
PNO  D157147
ISD  19500200
NAM  Hallenscheid
OCL  D 6535
UREF
PNO  D181851
ISD  19580100
NAM  Hendrickson
OCL  D 6535
UREF
PNO  D283283
ISD  19860400
NAM  Sollen
OCL  D 6535
UREF
PNO  D306689
ISD  19900300
NAM  Hamann
XCL  D 8373
UREF
PNO  D358518
ISD  19950500
NAM  Sharpe
OCL  D 6545
UREF
PNO  D371735
ISD  19960700
NAM  Motta
OCL  D 8373
UREF
PNO  D386343
ISD  19971100
NAM  Moore
OCL  D 6532
LREP
FR2  Baxley, Esq.; Charles E.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a soap dish holder, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167317
SRC  D
APN  0913715
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980728
TTL  Towel rack
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vinson; Brian N.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Klein; Richard B.
CTY  Overland Park
STA  KS
INVT
NAM  Serslev; Chris
CTY  Leawood
STA  KS
INVT
NAM  Scott; John
CTY  Lawrence
STA  KS
ASSG
NAM  Lynk, Inc.
CTY  Lenexa
STA  KS
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6548
EDF  6
ICL  0707
FSC  D 6
FSS  512-514;546-550
FSC  211
FSS  13.1;34;35;87;119
FSC  248
FSS  214
UREF
PNO  D261337
ISD  19811000
NAM  Flak
XCL  D 6548
UREF
PNO  D280479
ISD  19850900
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  D 6548
UREF
PNO  D353734
ISD  19941200
NAM  Walls, Jr.
OCL  D 6548
UREF
PNO  D354412
ISD  19950100
NAM  Emery
OCL  D 6548
UREF
PNO  D358959
ISD  19950600
NAM  Herstedt
OCL  D 6548
UREF
PNO  D367793
ISD  19960300
NAM  Macek
OCL  D 6548
UREF
PNO  D377728
ISD  19970200
NAM  Klein et al.
OCL  D 6570
UREF
PNO  D382434
ISD  19970800
NAM  Klein et al.
OCL  D 6570
UREF
PNO  D403187
ISD  19981200
NAM  Klein et al.
XCL  D 6548
UREF
PNO  632409
ISD  18990900
NAM  Hallowell
OCL  211 35
UREF
PNO  953130
ISD  19100200
NAM  Fellows
UREF
PNO  1377444
ISD  19210500
NAM  Shoemaker
OCL  248304
UREF
PNO  2090108
ISD  19370800
NAM  Cicero
OCL  211 35
LREP
FRM  Shook, Hardy & Bacon LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a towel rack, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167325
SRC  D
APN  0973203
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981203
TTL  Rack for fishing lures
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vinson; Brian N.
NDR  4
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hampshire; James F.
CTY  Twinsburg
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  HCL Limited
CTY  Twinsburg
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6552
EDF  6
ICL  0808
FSC  D 6
FSS  552;553;567;574
FSC  D22
FSS  134
FSC  248
FSS  206.3
FSC  211
FSS  13.1;70.6;87;73
UREF
PNO  D328544
ISD  19920800
NAM  Salazar
OCL  D 6552
UREF
PNO  D370815
ISD  19960600
NAM  Guida
OCL  D 6552
UREF
PNO  4238901
ISD  19801200
NAM  Martinet et al.
XCL  211 13.1
LREP
FRM  Oldham & Oldham Co., LPA
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for the "rack for fishing lures", as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167333
SRC  D
APN  082464&
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980122
TTL  Retractable T-hook parts rack
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Kay H.
NDR  7
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Reeves; Dennis L.
STR  5189 Via de Mansion
CTY  La Verne
STA  CA
ZIP  91750
CLAS
OCL  D 6553
XCL   D6513
EDF  6
ICL  0808
FSC  D 6
FSS  512;513;514;553;556
FSC  211
FSS  85.31;113;18
FSC  248
FSS  304;205.1;215
UREF
PNO  D245892
ISD  19770900
NAM  Yocum
OCL  D 6113
UREF
PNO  D305587
ISD  19900100
NAM  Possemato
OCL  D 6513
UREF
PNO  D320713
ISD  19911000
NAM  Greenhut et al.
OCL  D 6513
UREF
PNO  D348165
ISD  19940600
NAM  Walaski
OCL  D 6556
UREF
PNO  D388641
ISD  19980100
NAM  Reeves
OCL  D 6513
UREF
PNO  1706887
ISD  19290300
NAM  Knostman
OCL  211 85.3
UREF
PNO  4008871
ISD  19770200
NAM  Rex
OCL  248205
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a retractable T-hook parts rack, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167341
SRC  D
APN  0837873
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980217
TTL  Hosiery holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Kay H.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lannon; James
STR  67 Ave. D
CTY  Atlantic Highlands
STA  NJ
ZIP  07716
INVT
NAM  Lannon; Lori
STR  67 Ave. D
CTY  Atlantic Highlands
STA  NJ
ZIP  07716
CLAS
OCL  D 6553
XCL   D6514
EDF  6
ICL  0808
FSC  D 6
FSS  512-514;533;569-571;315
FSC  383
FSS  7;39
FSC  223
FSS  91
UREF
PNO  D247660
ISD  19780400
NAM  Tortorici
OCL  D 7 71
UREF
PNO  D299895
ISD  19890200
NAM  Converti
OCL  D 6514
UREF
PNO  D313524
ISD  19910100
NAM  Barnes
OCL  D 6553
UREF
PNO  D387589
ISD  19971200
NAM  Fukuda
OCL  D 6513
UREF
PNO  4401219
ISD  19830800
NAM  Mink
OCL  206566
LREP
FRM  Goldstein & Canino
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a hosiery holder, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167350
SRC  D
APN  091505&
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980730
TTL  Magnetic article holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vinson; Brain H.
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Haase; Gerald A.
STR  959 Country Club Rd.
CTY  Lake Oswego
STA  OR
ZIP  97034
INVT
NAM  Haase, Jr.; Gerald A.
STR  1959 NE. 162nd Pl.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
ZIP  97230
CLAS
OCL  D 6553
EDF  6
ICL  0808
FSC  D 6
FSS  553;552;567;527
FSC  211
FSS  87;88-89;60.1;70.6;70.7;86;DIG. 1
FSC  200
FSS  77.1;352;818
FSC  248
FSS  37.3
FSC  221
FSS  89
FSC  206
FSS  350
UREF
PNO  D190741
ISD  19610600
NAM  Cronheim
XCL  211DIG.1
UREF
PNO  D253144
ISD  19791000
NAM  Heckler
OCL  D 6527
UREF
PNO  D327387
ISD  19920600
NAM  Hofer
OCL  D 6553
UREF
PNO  D372390
ISD  19960800
NAM  Lloyd-Morris et al.
OCL  D 6553
UREF
PNO  3842980
ISD  19741000
NAM  Kushner
XCL  211DIG.1
UREF
PNO  4497412
ISD  19850200
NAM  LaBelle
XCL  221 89
LREP
FRM  Olson & Olson
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a magnetic article holder, as shown and described
     .
PATN
WKU  D04167368
SRC  D
APN  0921351
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980813
TTL  Concealed jewelry cabinet
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vinson; Brian N.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Bergin; Judy K
STR  2047 Santa Fe Ave.
CTY  Torrance
STA  CA
ZIP  90501
CLAS
OCL  D 6559
EDF  6
ICL  0808
FSC  D 6
FSS  552;553;559;561;567
FSC  206
FSS  6.1
FSC  211
FSS  13.1
FSC  312
FSS  242-245;902
UREF
PNO  D237234
ISD  19751000
NAM  Wertz
OCL  D 6559
UREF
PNO  D243490
ISD  19770300
NAM  Reusink
OCL  D 6559
UREF
PNO  D319749
ISD  19910900
NAM  McPherson
XCL  D 6567
UREF
PNO  D329565
ISD  19920900
NAM  Kane et al.
OCL  D 6559
UREF
PNO  3997219
ISD  19761200
NAM  Phelps
XCL  312245
UREF
PNO  4209212
ISD  19800600
NAM  McGoldrick
OCL  312245
UREF
PNO  4420084
ISD  19831200
NAM  Whelan
XCL  211 13.1
UREF
PNO  5141300
ISD  19920800
NAM  Ciesla
XCL  312245
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a concealed jewelry cabinet, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04167376
SRC  D
APN  0877131
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980507
TTL  Wall table
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Kay H.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Mutrux; James R.
STR  4432 Arco Ave.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
ZIP  63110
CLAS
OCL  D 6567
XCL   D6574
EDF  6
ICL  0808
FSC  D 6
FSS  555;567;574;512;553
FSC  312
FSS  204
FSC  108
FSS  152
FSC  211
FSS  87.01;90.01;134
UREF
PNO  D201023
ISD  19650500
NAM  Sonneveldt
OCL  D 6574
UREF
PNO  D253748
ISD  19791200
NAM  Kovacs
OCL  D 8363
UREF
PNO  D299896
ISD  19890200
NAM  Harrell
OCL  D 6574
LREP
FRM  Polster, Lieder, Woodruff & Lucchesi
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a wall table, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167384
SRC  D
APN  0896748
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980619
TTL  Tool rack
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vinson; Brian N.
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Bergman; Gerald K.
CTY  Pasadena
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Western Pacific Storage Systems, Inc.
CTY  Georgetown
STA  KY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6567
EDF  6
ICL  0808
FSC  D 6
FSS  552;553;567;569;570;571
FSC  211
FSS  60.1;13.1;706;70.7
FSC  248
FSS  309.1
UREF
PNO  D188221
ISD  19600600
NAM  Maro
XCL  D 6567
UREF
PNO  D340607
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hubbard
OCL  D 6567
UREF
PNO  D341051
ISD  19931100
NAM  Hubbard
OCL  D 6567
UREF
PNO  D354874
ISD  19950100
NAM  Burch
OCL  D 6567
UREF
PNO  D392142
ISD  19980300
NAM  Wesiburn et al.
OCL  D 6567
UREF
PNO  D394775
ISD  19980600
NAM  Anderson et al.
XCL  D 6567
UREF
PNO  2805777
ISD  19570900
NAM  Larson
UREF
PNO  2815863
ISD  19571200
NAM  Larson
UREF
PNO  3737131
ISD  19730600
NAM  Larson
UREF
PNO  4343172
ISD  19820800
NAM  Nordlund
LREP
FRM  King and Schickli
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a tool rack, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167392
SRC  D
APN  095103&
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981016
TTL  Mattress overlay
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seeger; Janice E.
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Denney; Denys
CTY  Bear
STA  DE
INVT
NAM  Scattolino; Vincent
CTY  Lester
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Vitelli; Robert
CTY  Essington
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Hnatow; Michael
CTY  Media
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Foamex L.P.
CTY  Linwood
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6596
XCL   D6601
EDF  6
ICL  0609
FSC  D 6
FSS  595;596;601;604;605
FSC  D21
FSS  809
FSC    5
FSS  630;636;638;645;652;654;655;653;419;420;736;901;907
FSC  D 9
FSS  456;341;346
FSC  428
FSS  178
FSC  206
FSS  564;638
UREF
PNO  D294212
ISD  19880200
NAM  Sias et al.
UREF
PNO  D308453
ISD  19900600
NAM  Elrod
UREF
PNO  D316202
ISD  19910400
NAM  Farley
OCL  D 6596
UREF
PNO  D323092
ISD  19920100
NAM  Fenner, Sr.
UREF
PNO  D345072
ISD  19940300
NAM  Rose et al.
OCL  D 6601
UREF
PNO  D391434
ISD  19980300
NAM  Denney et al.
UREF
PNO  D395780
ISD  19980700
NAM  Denney et al.
UREF
PNO  3016317
ISD  19620100
NAM  Brunner
UREF
PNO  3681797
ISD  19720800
NAM  Messner
UREF
PNO  3892902
ISD  19750700
NAM  Ilukowicz
OCL  428 99
UREF
PNO  4203268
ISD  19800500
NAM  Gladden, Jr. et al.
OCL   52630
UREF
PNO  4614000
ISD  19860900
NAM  Mayer
OCL    5484
UREF
PNO  4628549
ISD  19861200
NAM  Lazar
OCL    4498
UREF
PNO  4686724
ISD  19870800
NAM  Bedford
UREF
PNO  4768251
ISD  19880900
NAM  Baskent
UREF
PNO  5077849
ISD  19920100
NAM  Farley
OCL    5727
UREF
PNO  5111542
ISD  19920500
NAM  Farley
OCL    5727
UREF
PNO  5134735
ISD  19920800
NAM  Rose
UREF
PNO  5402545
ISD  19950400
NAM  Jolley
OCL    5653
LREP
FRM  Connolly Bove Lodge & Hutz LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a mattress overlay, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167406
SRC  D
APN  0951374
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981016
TTL  Mattress overlay
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seeger; Janice E.
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Denney; Denys
CTY  Bear
STA  DE
INVT
NAM  Scattolino; Vincent
CTY  Lester
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Vitelli; Robert
CTY  Essington
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Hnatow; Michael
CTY  Media
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Foamex L.P.
CTY  Linwood
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6596
XCL   D6601
EDF  6
ICL  0609
FSC  D 6
FSS  595;596;601;604;605
FSC  D21
FSS  809
FSC    5
FSS  630;636;638;645;652;654;653;655;419;420;736;901;907
FSC  D 9
FSS  341;346;456
FSC  428
FSS  178
FSC  206
FSS  564;538
UREF
PNO  D294212
ISD  19880200
NAM  Sias et al.
UREF
PNO  D308453
ISD  19900600
NAM  Elrod
UREF
PNO  D316202
ISD  19910400
NAM  Farley
OCL  D 6596
UREF
PNO  D323092
ISD  19920100
NAM  Fenner, Sr.
UREF
PNO  D345072
ISD  19940300
NAM  Rose et al.
OCL  D 6601
UREF
PNO  D391434
ISD  19980300
NAM  Denney et al.
UREF
PNO  D395780
ISD  19980700
NAM  Denney et al.
UREF
PNO  3016317
ISD  19620100
NAM  Brunner
UREF
PNO  3681797
ISD  19720800
NAM  Messner
UREF
PNO  3892902
ISD  19750700
NAM  Ilukowicz
OCL  428 99
UREF
PNO  4203268
ISD  19800500
NAM  Gladden, Jr. et al.
OCL   52630
UREF
PNO  4614000
ISD  19860900
NAM  Mayer
OCL    5484
UREF
PNO  4628549
ISD  19861200
NAM  Lazar
OCL    4498
UREF
PNO  4686724
ISD  19870800
NAM  Bedford
UREF
PNO  4768251
ISD  19880900
NAM  Baskent
UREF
PNO  5077849
ISD  19920100
NAM  Farley
OCL    5727
UREF
PNO  5111542
ISD  19920500
NAM  Farley
OCL    5727
UREF
PNO  5134735
ISD  19920800
NAM  Rose
UREF
PNO  5402545
ISD  19950400
NAM  Jolley
OCL    5653
LREP
FRM  Connolly Bove Lodge & Hutz LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a mattress overlay, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167414
SRC  D
APN  0951382
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981016
TTL  Mattress overlay
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seeger; Janice E.
NDR  1
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Denney; Denys
CTY  Bear
STA  DE
INVT
NAM  Scattolino; Vincent
CTY  Lester
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Vitelli; Robert
CTY  Essington
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Hnatow; Michael
CTY  Media
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Foamex L.P.
CTY  Linwood
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6596
XCL   D6601
EDF  6
ICL  0609
FSC  D 6
FSS  595;596;601;604;605
FSC  D21
FSS  809
FSC    5
FSS  630;636;638;645;652;653;654;655;419;420;736;901;907
FSC  D 9
FSS  456;341;346
FSC  428
FSS  178
FSC  206
FSS  564;538
UREF
PNO  D294212
ISD  19880200
NAM  Sias et al.
UREF
PNO  D308453
ISD  19900600
NAM  Elrod
UREF
PNO  D316202
ISD  19910400
NAM  Farley
OCL  D 6596
UREF
PNO  D323092
ISD  19920100
NAM  Fenner, Sr.
UREF
PNO  D345072
ISD  19940300
NAM  Rose et al.
OCL  D 6601
UREF
PNO  D391434
ISD  19980300
NAM  Denney et al.
UREF
PNO  D395780
ISD  19980700
NAM  Denney et al.
UREF
PNO  3016317
ISD  19620100
NAM  Brunner
UREF
PNO  3681797
ISD  19720800
NAM  Messner
UREF
PNO  3892902
ISD  19750700
NAM  Illukowicz
OCL  428 99
UREF
PNO  4203268
ISD  19800500
NAM  Gladden, Jr. et al.
OCL   52630
UREF
PNO  4614000
ISD  19860900
NAM  Mayer
OCL    5484
UREF
PNO  4628549
ISD  19861200
NAM  Lazar
OCL    4498
UREF
PNO  4686724
ISD  19870800
NAM  Bedford
UREF
PNO  4768251
ISD  19880900
NAM  Baskent
UREF
PNO  5077849
ISD  19920100
NAM  Farley
OCL    5727
UREF
PNO  5111542
ISD  19920500
NAM  Farley
OCL    5727
UREF
PNO  5134735
ISD  19920800
NAM  Rose
UREF
PNO  5402545
ISD  19950400
NAM  Jolley
OCL    5653
LREP
FRM  Connolly Bove Lodge & Hutz, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a mattress overlay, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167422
SRC  D
APN  0895156
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980617
TTL  Adjustable pillow
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seeger; Janice E.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Sramek; Roger
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Les Nuages, LLC
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 6601
EDF  6
ICL  0609
FSC  D 6
FSS  595-597;601;604
FSC    5
FSS  630;633;636-638;640;652;652.1;653;659;907
UREF
PNO  D271647
ISD  19831200
NAM  McLeod
OCL  D 6596
UREF
PNO  D364303
ISD  19951100
NAM  Larsen
OCL  D 6601
UREF
PNO  D381232
ISD  19970700
NAM  Jansson
OCL  D 6596
UREF
PNO  5781947
ISD  19980700
NAM  Sramek
OCL    5636
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an adjustable pillow, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167430
SRC  D
APN  1006894
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990216
TTL  Pair of pads for a child seat
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seeger; Janice E.
NDR  1
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Shelton; Cindy
STR  107 Towering Oak
CTY  Kemp
STA  TX
ZIP  75143
CLAS
OCL  D 6601
XCL   D6333
EDF  6
ICL  0609
FSC  D 6
FSS  595;596;601;604;605;333
FSC    5
FSS  630;636;648;650;652;653;654;655;655.9;690;417-420
FSC  297
FSS  219.12
UREF
PNO  D382435
ISD  19970800
NAM  Schaffner et al.
OCL  D 6601
UREF
PNO  2149140
ISD  19390200
NAM  Gonzalez-Rincones
OCL    5636
UREF
PNO  2328871
ISD  19430900
NAM  Woehler
OCL    5636
UREF
PNO  4643481
ISD  19870200
NAM  Saloff et al.
OCL   97452.25
UREF
PNO  4731890
ISD  19880300
NAM  Roberts
OCL    5655
UREF
PNO  5109557
ISD  19920500
NAM  Koy et al.
OCL    5655
LREP
FR2  Williamson; George L.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a pair of pads for a child seat, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167449
SRC  D
APN  1033875
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990414
TTL  Pillow cushion
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seeger; Janice E.
NDR  1
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lawrence; James Thomas
STR  2880 S. Rutland Rd.
CTY  Mt. Juliet
STA  TN
ZIP  37122
CLAS
OCL  D 6601
EDF  6
ICL  0609
FSC  D 6
FSS  595;596;601;604
FSC    5
FSS  630;633;636-638;644;652-654;655.9;656;419;417;420
UREF
PNO  D257105
ISD  19800900
NAM  Morris
OCL  D 6601
UREF
PNO  D276938
ISD  19841200
NAM  Pedersen
OCL  D24183
UREF
PNO  D277316
ISD  19850100
NAM  Meares
OCL  D24190
UREF
PNO  3533113
ISD  19701000
NAM  Stamberger
OCL    5654
LREP
FRM  Waddey & Patterson
FR2  Waddey, Jr.; I. C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a pillow cushion, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167457
SRC  D
APN  1040421
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990427
TTL  Orthopedic pillow
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seeger; Janice E.
NDR  1
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Noyes; Linda G.
STR  2 Lockwood Ave.
CTY  Springfield
STA  VT
ZIP  05156
CLAS
OCL  D 6601
EDF  6
ICL  0609
FSC  D 6
FSS  595;596;601;604
FSC    5
FSS  630;633;636-638;644;652-654;655.5;655.9;656;907
UREF
PNO  D364302
ISD  19951100
NAM  Cloud
OCL  D 6601
UREF
PNO  D396980
ISD  19980800
NAM  Novros
OCL  D 6601
UREF
PNO  3312987
ISD  19670400
NAM  Emery
OCL    5636
UREF
PNO  3382511
ISD  19680500
NAM  Brooks
OCL    5636
LREP
FR2  Welch, Jr., Esq.; John J
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an orthopedic pillow, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167465
SRC  D
APN  1003623
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990210
TTL  Round soccer ball towel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seeger; Janice E.
NDR  1
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kology; Kim
STR  82 Pleasant Lake Ave.
CTY  Harwich
STA  MA
ZIP  02645
INVT
NAM  Kurina; Beth
STR  16 Essex Rd.
CTY  Wellesley
STA  MA
ZIP  02481
CLAS
OCL  D 6608
XCL   D6597
EDF  6
ICL  0613
FSC  D 6
FSS  595-597;601;608
FSC    5
FSS  417-420
FSC   15
FSS  208;209.1
FSC  D11
FSS  172;157
FSC  D21
FSS  713
FSC  D10
FSS  6
UREF
PNO  D259611
ISD  19810600
NAM  Martin
OCL  D 6303
UREF
PNO  D273967
ISD  19840500
NAM  Budde
OCL  D21825
UREF
PNO  D274986
ISD  19840800
NAM  Mermelstein
OCL  D10  6
UREF
PNO  D295391
ISD  19880400
NAM  Maddox et al.
OCL  D11133
UREF
PNO  D355096
ISD  19950200
NAM  Lang
UREF
PNO  D375422
ISD  19961100
NAM  Jurasiniski
OCL  D 6451
UREF
PNO  D390408
ISD  19980200
NAM  Kology et al.
OCL  D 6608
UREF
PNO  D392913
ISD  19980300
NAM  Edwards
OCL  D11133
LREP
FRM  Lambert & Associates, PLLC
FR2  Garrison; Scott B.
FR2  Lambert; Gary E.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a round soccer ball towel, as shown and described
     .
PATN
WKU  D04167473
SRC  D
APN  1003658
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990210
TTL  Round baseball towel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seeger; Janice E.
NDR  1
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kology; Kim
STR  82 Pleasant Lake Ave.
CTY  Harwich
STA  MA
ZIP  02645
INVT
NAM  Kurina; Beth
STR  16 Essex Rd.
CTY  Wellesey
STA  MA
ZIP  02481
CLAS
OCL  D 6608
XCL   D6597
EDF  6
ICL  0613
FSC  D 6
FSS  595-597;601;608
FSC    5
FSS  417-420
FSC   15
FSS  208;209.1
FSC  D11
FSS  172;157
FSC  D21
FSS  713
FSC  D10
FSS  6
UREF
PNO  D261463
ISD  19811000
NAM  Martin
OCL  D 6303
UREF
PNO  D262719
ISD  19820100
NAM  Dweck
OCL  D21328
UREF
PNO  D264571
ISD  19820500
NAM  Ornatek
OCL  D11166
UREF
PNO  D274347
ISD  19840600
NAM  Budde
OCL  D21825
UREF
PNO  D274986
ISD  19840800
NAM  Mermelstein
OCL  D10  6
UREF
PNO  D355096
ISD  19950200
NAM  Lang
UREF
PNO  D375422
ISD  19961100
NAM  Jurasinski
OCL  D 6451
UREF
PNO  D390408
ISD  19980200
NAM  Kology et al.
OCL  D 6608
LREP
FRM  Lambert & Associates, PLLC
FR2  Garrison; Scott B.
FR2  Lambert; Gary E.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a round baseball towel, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167481
SRC  D
APN  061307&
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19961021
TTL  Compact disc storage rack
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Asch; Jeffrey
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Harris; James O.
STR  1335 Jefferson Rd.
CTY  Hoffman Estates
STA  IL
ZIP  60195
CLAS
OCL  D 6630
XCL   D6450
EDF  6
ICL  0604
FSC  D 6
FSS  407;626;630;466-468;450
FSC  D21
FSS  114;119
FSC  D11
FSS  157
FSC  211
FSS  40-42
FSC  206
FSS  308.1;307;309;307.1;387.1;387.15
FSC  312
FSS  9.48;9.1;9.64;9.51;9.53
UREF
PNO  D252962
ISD  19790900
NAM  Wilks
OCL  D 6450
UREF
PNO  D298891
ISD  19881200
NAM  Jackie et al.
OCL  D 6450
UREF
PNO  D319741
ISD  19910900
NAM  Sylvester
XCL  D 6468
UREF
PNO  D335228
ISD  19930500
NAM  Barthelmess et al.
OCL  D 6450
UREF
PNO  D340155
ISD  19931000
NAM  Koziol
OCL  D 6450
UREF
PNO  D352415
ISD  19941100
NAM  Koziol
XCL  D 6468
UREF
PNO  D356701
ISD  19950300
NAM  Chu
UREF
PNO  D360099
ISD  19950700
NAM  Wu
OCL  D 6629
UREF
PNO  D364512
ISD  19951100
NAM  Stravitz
UREF
PNO  D364515
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hou
OCL  D 6450
UREF
PNO  4753343
ISD  19880600
NAM  Flynn
UREF
PNO  4939625
ISD  19900700
NAM  Olson
UREF
PNO  4940147
ISD  19900700
NAM  Hunt
UREF
PNO  5195642
ISD  19930300
NAM  Dardashti
UREF
PNO  5253767
ISD  19931000
NAM  Koeppel
UREF
PNO  5255970
ISD  19931000
NAM  Theosabrata
UREF
PNO  5301819
ISD  19940400
NAM  Moeken
UREF
PNO  5341943
ISD  19940800
NAM  Fraser
UREF
PNO  5615779
ISD  19970400
NAM  Marsilio et al.
OCL  211 40
LREP
FRM  Meroni & Meroni
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for the compact disc storage rack, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167490
SRC  D
APN  0856819
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980327
TTL  Carafe with stylized handle and spout
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Pandozzi; M. N.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Moran; Jorge E.
CTY  Nashville
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Megatrade International, Inc.
CTY  Nashville
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 7319
XCL   D7318
EDF  6
ICL  0701
FSC  D 7
FSS  312;314;317;318;319;321;322;598;600;590
FSC   99
FSS  295;279
FSC  210
FSS  474
FSC  222
FSS  469;465.1
FSC  116
FSS  67 R
UREF
PNO  D200116
ISD  19650100
NAM  Olsen
OCL  D 7319
UREF
PNO  D219994
ISD  19710200
NAM  Ernest
OCL  D 7319
UREF
PNO  D232897
ISD  19740900
NAM  Kemnitzer
OCL  D 7319
UREF
PNO  D239687
ISD  19760400
NAM  Bregen
OCL  D 7319
UREF
PNO  D248917
ISD  19780800
NAM  Kikuchi
OCL  D 7319
UREF
PNO  D269585
ISD  19830700
NAM  Phillips
OCL  D 7321
UREF
PNO  D284927
ISD  19860800
NAM  Zimmermann
OCL  D 7317
UREF
PNO  D286365
ISD  19861000
NAM  Gremonprez et al.
OCL  D 7321
UREF
PNO  D315471
ISD  19910300
NAM  Van Deuresen
OCL  D 7319
UREF
PNO  D409040
ISD  19990500
NAM  Moran, Jr. et al.
OCL  D 7319
LREP
FRM  Arent Fox Kintner Plotkin & Kahn, PLLC
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a carafe with stylized handle and spout, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167503
SRC  D
APN  0820911
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980114
TTL  Open air stove
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  McInroy; Ruth
NDR  5
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Persson; Jerker
CTY  Goteborg
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Primus AB
CTY  Solina
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19970714
APN  97-1610
CLAS
OCL  D 7337
EDF  6
ICL  0702
FSC  D 7
FSS  332;337;402-404;362
FSC  126
FSS  9 R;25 R;29-30;38;39 E;40;41 R;39 R;9 B
UREF
PNO  D355809
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kothrade
OCL  D 7337
UREF
PNO  D371716
ISD  19960700
NAM  Jo
OCL  D 7337
UREF
PNO  D375223
ISD  19961100
NAM  Parnell et al.
OCL  D 7337
UREF
PNO  4177790
ISD  19791200
NAM  Zenzaburo
OCL  126 38
UREF
PNO  4454859
ISD  19840600
NAM  Vincent
OCL  126 38
UREF
PNO  5803727
ISD  19980900
NAM  Long
OCL  431247
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an open air stove, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167511
SRC  D
APN  0852120
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980318
TTL  Fish steaming tray
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Veynar; Caron D.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Sawyer; Derrell
CTY  Caddo Mills
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Morris; Donald R.
CTY  Greenville
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Microperfect, Inc.
CTY  Caddo Mills
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 7359
XCL   D9418
XCL   D9423
EDF  6
ICL  0702
FSC  D 7
FSS  500;538;323;354;357;359;601
FSC  D 9
FSS  341;347;418;423;425
FSC  220
FSS  573.1;574;575;500;553;556
FSC  219
FSS  734
UREF
PNO  D317255
ISD  19910600
NAM  Turk
OCL  D 9341
UREF
PNO  D317864
ISD  19910700
NAM  Turk
OCL  D 9341
UREF
PNO  D375681
ISD  19961100
NAM  Liebermann
OCL  D 9347
UREF
PNO  D378178
ISD  19970200
NAM  Sawyer
OCL  D 7359
UREF
PNO  4705927
ISD  19871100
NAM  Levendusky et al.
OCL  219731
UREF
PNO  4941401
ISD  19900700
NAM  Sarnoff et al.
OCL   99446
UREF
PNO  5278376
ISD  19940100
NAM  Cyr
OCL  219734
LREP
FRM  Smith & Danamraj, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a fish steaming tray, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167520
SRC  D
APN  0850373
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980316
TTL  Electric kitchen machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Veynar; Caron D.
NDR  7
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Leverrier; Bruno
CTY  Lassay les Chateaux
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Moulinex S.A.
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970915
APN  97 5355
CLAS
OCL  D 7379
XCL   D7376
EDF  6
ICL  3100
FSC  D 7
FSS  376-386
FSC  241
FSS  24.26;37.5
FSC  366
FSS  200;282.1;282.2;37.5;92;93
UREF
PNO  D87914
ISD  19321000
NAM  Fryer
OCL  D 7379
UREF
PNO  D142550
ISD  19451000
NAM  Ford
OCL  D 7379
UREF
PNO  D189936
ISD  19610300
NAM  Grange
OCL  D 7379
UREF
PNO  3224743
ISD  19651200
NAM  Freedman et al.
OCL  366200
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an electric kitchen machine, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04167538
SRC  D
APN  0710172
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19970515
TTL  Pair of toaster end panels
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Veynar; Caron D.
NDR  6
NFG  20
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Brady; Martin
CTY  Chesterfield
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Hamilton Beach/Proctor-Silex, Inc.
CTY  Glenn Allen
STA  VA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 7390
XCL   D7330
EDF  6
ICL  0702
FSC  D 7
FSS  323;328-330;390
FSC   99
FSS  327;341;372;385;389;391;392
UREF
PNO  D177033
ISD  19560300
NAM  Guild
OCL  D 7330
UREF
PNO  D201736
ISD  19650700
NAM  Peterson
OCL  D 7330
UREF
PNO  D203527
ISD  19660100
NAM  Peterson
OCL  D 7330
UREF
PNO  D258926
ISD  19810400
NAM  Hentschel
OCL  D 7330
UREF
PNO  D328833
ISD  19920800
NAM  Myers et al.
OCL  D 7330
OREF
PAL  Commonly-owned design patent application ser. No. 29/071,016, originally
      filed May 15, 1997, refiled as continued prosecution application on Mar.
      18, 1998.
PAL  Information concerning prior offers for sale described in Supplemental
      Information Disclosure Statement filed herewith.
LREP
FR2  Dybvig; Roger S.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a pair of toaster end panels, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167546
SRC  D
APN  0749753
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19970815
TTL  Cover for cooking vessel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Veynar; Caron D.
NDR  8
NFG  20
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Laib; Douglas M.
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Dart Industries Inc.
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 73921
XCL   D7391
EDF  6
ICL  0701
FSC  D 7
FSS  360;391;392.1;538-542;387
FSC  D 9
FSS  414;424;434-435;432;452
FSC  220
FSS  306;352;356
UREF
PNO  D219833
ISD  19710200
NAM  Wilkinson et al.
OCL  D 7360
UREF
PNO  D277252
ISD  19850100
NAM  Gulotta
XCL  D 7391
UREF
PNO  D281758
ISD  19851200
NAM  Trombly
XCL  D 7391
UREF
PNO  D287208
ISD  19861200
NAM  Daenen et al.
OCL  D 7392.1
UREF
PNO  D287803
ISD  19870100
NAM  Daenen et al.
OCL  D 7392.1
UREF
PNO  D289719
ISD  19870500
NAM  Daenen et al.
OCL  D 7392.1
UREF
PNO  D352423
ISD  19941100
NAM  Laib
OCL  D 7538
UREF
PNO  D354655
ISD  19950100
NAM  Daenen et al.
XCL  D 7391
UREF
PNO  D360105
ISD  19950700
NAM  Doxey
OCL  D 7391
UREF
PNO  D375654
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ferris
XCL  D 7391
UREF
PNO  D376067
ISD  19961200
NAM  Littmann
OCL  D 7360
UREF
PNO  4351447
ISD  19820900
NAM  Graff
XCL  D 7391
UREF
PNO  5065889
ISD  19911100
NAM  Conti
OCL  220366
UREF
PNO  5415082
ISD  19950500
NAM  Nagao
OCL   99403
UREF
PNO  5613618
ISD  19970300
NAM  Raoult
OCL  220369
FREF
PNO  511634
ISD  19390800
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Ross; Taylor J.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a cover for cooking vessel, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167554
SRC  D
APN  0918334
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980806
TTL  Mug lid design with pivotal closure
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Pandozzi; M. N.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Trombly; Edgar F.
CTY  Wayne County
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Punch Products USA
CTY  Rahway
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 73921
XCL   D7391
XCL   D73962
EDF  6
ICL  0799
FSC  D 7
FSS  391;392;392.1;601;602;608;538;541;542;510;511;396.2
FSC  D 9
FSS  503;435;440;445;446;447;454
FSC  220
FSS  711;713;254
UREF
PNO  D209483
ISD  19671200
NAM  Frank
OCL  D 7392.1
UREF
PNO  D289955
ISD  19870500
NAM  Buist
XCL  D 7510
UREF
PNO  D318777
ISD  19910800
NAM  Freese
OCL  D 7392
UREF
PNO  D364071
ISD  19951100
NAM  Lynd
OCL  D 7510
UREF
PNO  D396381
ISD  19980700
NAM  Chung
OCL  D 7510
UREF
PNO  D405011
ISD  19990200
NAM  DeCoster et al.
OCL  D 9447
UREF
PNO  3297208
ISD  19670100
NAM  Swett
XCL  D 7392.1
UREF
PNO  4629088
ISD  19861200
NAM  Durgin
XCL  220713
UREF
PNO  4925051
ISD  19900500
NAM  Herbst
OCL  220713
UREF
PNO  4949865
ISD  19900800
NAM  Turner
OCL  220713
UREF
PNO  5353942
ISD  19941000
NAM  Dominguez
XCL  220711
UREF
PNO  5660302
ISD  19970800
NAM  Trout
XCL  220254
LREP
FR2  Miskin; Howard C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a mug lid design with pivotal closure, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167562
SRC  D
APN  0877433
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980508
TTL  Drink container
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Pandozzi; M. N.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hurst; Dwayne S.
CTY  Lutz
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Palomino Sports, Inc.
CTY  Tampa
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 7515
XCL   D7536
XCL   D7530
EDF  6
ICL  0701
FSC  D 7
FSS  901;514;515;606;604;623;625;622;507;509;513;510;511;629;533;516;536;517;530
FSC  220
FSS  667;737;673;675;672;630;715;662
FSC  215
FSS  227
FSC  D25
FSS  19
UREF
PNO  D292436
ISD  19871000
NAM  Richter
OCL  D25 19
UREF
PNO  D292462
ISD  19871000
NAM  Petrasek
OCL  D 7515
UREF
PNO  D301003
ISD  19890500
NAM  Burns
OCL  D 7515
UREF
PNO  D340076
ISD  19931000
NAM  Turner
XCL  D 7515
UREF
PNO  D354882
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hurst et al.
OCL  D 7515
UREF
PNO  D357386
ISD  19950400
NAM  Jones
OCL  D 7606
UREF
PNO  D360108
ISD  19950700
NAM  Blankenburg et al.
OCL  D 7515
UREF
PNO  D360109
ISD  19950700
NAM  Blankenburg et al.
OCL  D 7515
UREF
PNO  D364997
ISD  19951200
NAM  Steinfels, III
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D370829
ISD  19960600
NAM  Neale
OCL  D 7515
UREF
PNO  D372836
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hurst et al.
OCL  D 7515
UREF
PNO  D375226
ISD  19961100
NAM  Blankenburg et al.
OCL  D 7515
UREF
PNO  D376730
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hurst et al.
OCL  D 7515
UREF
PNO  D391451
ISD  19980300
NAM  Todorya
OCL  D 7606
UREF
PNO  D400399
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hurst
OCL  D 7515
UREF
PNO  D400400
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hurst
OCL  D 7515
UREF
PNO  2914074
ISD  19591100
NAM  Fuller
XCL  D25 19
UREF
PNO  3057368
ISD  19621000
NAM  Seaman
XCL  D25 19
OREF
PAL  Travelmaster Travel Mug,OGGI, The Gourmet Retailer, p. 167, Apr. 1995.
LREP
FRM  Carlton Fields et al.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a drink container, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04167570
SRC  D
APN  0964115
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981110
TTL  Banded tumbler
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Pandozzi; M. N.
NDR  1
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ginuntoli; Domenic
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Pacific Market, Inc.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 7523
XCL   D7509
XCL   D7511
EDF  6
ICL  0701
FSC  D 7
FSS  509;510;511;523;619;605;622;624;396.2;392.1;532;536;533
FSC  220
FSS  738;718;703
FSC  206
FSS  499
FSC  D19
FSS  85
UREF
PNO  D98420
ISD  19360200
NAM  Deskey
OCL  D 7523
UREF
PNO  D105943
ISD  19370900
NAM  Fuerst
OCL  D 7523
UREF
PNO  D269147
ISD  19830500
NAM  Trombly
UREF
PNO  D327093
ISD  19920600
NAM  Evenson
OCL  D 7532
UREF
PNO  D362156
ISD  19950900
NAM  Goto et al.
UREF
PNO  D379738
ISD  19970600
NAM  Liming et al.
OCL  D 7511
UREF
PNO  2328543
ISD  19430900
NAM  Bauman
OCL  206499
UREF
PNO  2782614
ISD  19570200
NAM  Currie
OCL  220718
UREF
PNO  3972443
ISD  19760800
NAM  Albert
UREF
PNO  4083467
ISD  19780400
NAM  Mullins et al.
UREF
PNO  4099642
ISD  19780700
NAM  Nergard
UREF
PNO  4624384
ISD  19861100
NAM  Ko
UREF
PNO  4852757
ISD  19890800
NAM  Gold
XCL  220703
UREF
PNO  5174469
ISD  19921200
NAM  Policapelli
UREF
PNO  5425497
ISD  19950600
NAM  Sorensen
OCL  220738
OREF
PAL  The Thermos Company, Travel Mug JMD 500, magazine, USA.
PAL  Contemporary Classics, The Traveler Car Mug, catalog, USA.
PAL  Contemporary Classics, Mobile Mug, catalog, USA.
PAL  OGGI Corporation, Travelmaster, The Gourmet Retailer, Apr. 1995, p. 167,
      USA.
PAL  Trudeau, Filter Press, Press 'n Pour, Saturn Rings, Pyramid, Pump Thermal
      Carafe, catalog, USA.
PAL  Contemporary Classics, 1996 Centennial Olympic Collextion, catalog, USA.
PAL  The Thermos Company, Unbreakable Mugs JMC 250G, magazine, USA.
PAL  Ther Thermos Company, Vacuum Insulated Mug JMJ 180/JMJ 350, magazine, USA.
PAL  Highwave Incorporated, Highwave Designs for '95, catalog, USA.
PAL  Pacific Market, Inc.
LREP
FRM  Richardson & Folise
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a banded tumbler, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167589
SRC  D
APN  1050605
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990517
TTL  Cup
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Pandozzi; M. N.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Tsai; Yao-Ming
CTY  Kaohsiung Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Tung Pao Industry Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kaohsiung Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D 7531
XCL   D7536
XCL   D7532
XCL   D7533
EDF  6
ICL  0701
FSC  D 7
FSS  507;510;509;511;536;533;523;531;532;545
FSC  D17
FSS  85;77;95
FSC  206
FSS  214
FSC  220
FSS  737;738;908;485;709
FSC  D 9
FSS  502
FSC  229
FSS  400
UREF
PNO  D55129
ISD  19200500
NAM  Koken
OCL  D 7523
UREF
PNO  D98420
ISD  19360200
NAM  Deskey
OCL  D 7523
UREF
PNO  D189586
ISD  19610100
NAM  Nalle
OCL  D 7531
UREF
PNO  D204783
ISD  19660500
NAM  Johnson
OCL  D 7531
UREF
PNO  D228220
ISD  19730800
NAM  Achenbach
OCL  D 7523
UREF
PNO  D247839
ISD  19780500
NAM  Ashton
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D253215
ISD  19791000
NAM  Trombly
OCL  D 7531
UREF
PNO  D282997
ISD  19860300
NAM  Miller
OCL  D 7523
UREF
PNO  D285035
ISD  19860800
NAM  Petrasek
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D375226
ISD  19961100
NAM  Blakenburg et al.
OCL  D 7533
UREF
PNO  D407271
ISD  19990300
NAM  Tsai
OCL  D 7531
UREF
PNO  2355010
ISD  19440800
NAM  Pera
XCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  2617549
ISD  19521100
NAM  Egger
OCL  D 7531
UREF
PNO  2783614
ISD  19570200
NAM  Currie
XCL  D 7532
UREF
PNO  3169688
ISD  19650200
NAM  Schad
OCL  229400
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Bilker
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a cup, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167597
SRC  D
APN  0810770
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19971014
TTL  Cup
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Pandozzi; M. N.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Cornelissen; Tuur
CTY  Blankerbergen
CNT  BGX
ASSG
NAM  De Ster NV
CTY  Hoogstraten
CNT  BEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970411
APN  M 97 03 728
CLAS
OCL  D 7536
XCL   D7533
EDF  6
ICL  0701
FSC  D 7
FSS  536;533;509;622;624
FSC  215
FSS  229
FSC  220
FSS  715;713;714
UREF
PNO  D103168
ISD  19370200
NAM  Swainson
UREF
PNO  D166014
ISD  19520200
NAM  Wright
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D167917
ISD  19521000
NAM  Wagner
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D177433
ISD  19560400
NAM  Schreckengost
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D184518
ISD  19590300
NAM  Folley
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D184566
ISD  19590300
NAM  Holworth
UREF
PNO  D185971
ISD  19590800
NAM  Saffer
UREF
PNO  D186037
ISD  19590900
NAM  Stageberg
UREF
PNO  D195309
ISD  19630500
NAM  Mount et al.
UREF
PNO  D203615
ISD  19660200
NAM  Metzler et al.
UREF
PNO  D203942
ISD  19660300
NAM  Trombley
UREF
PNO  D212110
ISD  19680800
NAM  Ketcham
OCL  D 7533
UREF
PNO  D215747
ISD  19691000
NAM  Ketcham
OCL  D 7533
UREF
PNO  D219048
ISD  19701000
NAM  Gulotta
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D223503
ISD  19720400
NAM  Simmons
UREF
PNO  D224623
ISD  19720800
NAM  Ketcham et al.
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D227532
ISD  19730700
NAM  Refsgaard et al.
OCL  D 7535
UREF
PNO  D230457
ISD  19740200
NAM  Bateman
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D286723
ISD  19861100
NAM  Everhan
UREF
PNO  D288270
ISD  19870200
NAM  Winterling
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D289485
ISD  19870400
NAM  Unger
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D290325
ISD  19870600
NAM  Ritman
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D297493
ISD  19880900
NAM  Ritman
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D316009
ISD  19910400
NAM  Scherer
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D386046
ISD  19971100
NAM  Bruckner
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  D396605
ISD  19980800
NAM  Benson
OCL  D 7536
UREF
PNO  2770956
ISD  19560900
NAM  Achtziger
UREF
PNO  2876634
ISD  19590300
NAM  Zimmermann et al.
UREF
PNO  3207461
ISD  19650900
NAM  Holzwarth et al.
UREF
PNO  5586682
ISD  19961200
NAM  Yeh
OREF
PAL  Cup #156, Jackson Vitrified China Co., May 1948.
LREP
FRM  Shlesinger, Arkwright & Garvey LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a cup as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167600
SRC  D
APN  0969451
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981124
TTL  Bowl
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Pandozzi; M. N.
NDR  7
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Horvat; Davorin
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Aracaria B.V.
CTY  Amsterdam
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19980616
APN  MI98O0408
CLAS
OCL  D 7558
XCL   D7586
XCL   D75522
EDF  6
ICL  0701
FSC  D 7
FSS  558;354;559;584;560;504;586;505;587;543;376.1;544;545;601;602;552.2
FSC  220
FSS  628;574
UREF
PNO  D103967
ISD  19370400
NAM  Guild
OCL  D 7558
UREF
PNO  D112179
ISD  19381100
NAM  Reinecke et al.
OCL  D 7584
UREF
PNO  D112199
ISD  19381100
NAM  Kostellow
OCL  D 7558
UREF
PNO  D146901
ISD  19470600
NAM  Fiorio
XCL  D 7558
UREF
PNO  D169314
ISD  19530400
NAM  Heisey
OCL  D 7558
UREF
PNO  D272215
ISD  19840100
NAM  Daenen et al.
OCL  D 7558
UREF
PNO  D402506
ISD  19981200
NAM  Chilewich
XCL  D 7584
UREF
PNO  4506799
ISD  19850300
NAM  Mason, Jr.
OCL  220628
OREF
PAL  Hans Hollein bowl, Domus 613, p. 44, Jan. 1981.
LREP
FRM  Notaro & Michalos P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a bowl, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167619
SRC  D
APN  0935867
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980911
TTL  Modular serving stand base
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Wallace; Terry A.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Miller; D. Scott
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Dart Industries Inc.
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 7600
XCL   D7701
EDF  6
ICL  0701
FSC  D 7
FSS  590;600;701;705-708
FSC  211
FSS  71.01;74;126.1
FSC  294
FSS  146
UREF
PNO  49841
ISD  18650900
NAM  Young
OCL  211 74
UREF
PNO  53540
ISD  18660300
NAM  Miller
XCL  211 74
UREF
PNO  D214333
ISD  19690600
NAM  Swett
OCL  D 7600
UREF
PNO  D216145
ISD  19691100
NAM  Swett et al.
UREF
PNO  D246085
ISD  19771000
NAM  Nicholas
OCL  D 7600
UREF
PNO  D372842
ISD  19960800
NAM  Cleary et al.
OCL  D 7590
LREP
FR2  Ross; Taylor J.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design of a modular serving stand base, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167627
SRC  D
APN  0960489
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981104
TTL  Vacuum bottle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Wallace; Terry A.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lu; Sheng-Nan
STR  No. 174, Chunying St.
CTY  Shulin Chen, Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  D 7605
EDF  6
ICL  0701
FSC  D 7
FSS  605-608
FSC  D 9
FSS  516;549;559;574;575
FSC   62
FSS  457.1;457.3;457.7
FSC  215
FSS  12.1;13.1
UREF
PNO  D316653
ISD  19910500
NAM  Spencer
OCL  D 7605
UREF
PNO  D339033
ISD  19930900
NAM  Bishop
OCL  D 7605
UREF
PNO  2963188
ISD  19601200
NAM  Palermo
XCL  215 13.1
LREP
FRM  Patterson & Keough, P.A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for the vacuum bottle, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04167635
SRC  D
APN  0982911
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981224
TTL  Compartmentalized lid for ice chest
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Wallace; Terry A.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Paravati; Frank
STR  2814 Leon Ave.
CTY  Audubon
STA  PA
ZIP  19407
CLAS
OCL  D 7605
EDF  6
ICL  0706
FSC  D 7
FSS  605-608
FSC  D 3
FSS  273;274;294;295;318;319
FSC   62
FSS  371;457.1;457.7
FSC  220
FSS  592.2;592.24;592.25;592.26;592.27;915.1;915.2
UREF
PNO  D353047
ISD  19941200
NAM  Lackie
XCL  D 3273
UREF
PNO  D388282
ISD  19971200
NAM  Floyd et al.
OCL  D 7605
UREF
PNO  D401763
ISD  19981200
NAM  Wolff
OCL  D 3273
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a compartmentalized lid for ice chest, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167643
SRC  D
APN  100512&
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990211
TTL  Suction cup beverage holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Wallace; Terry A.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Gagne; Wayne E
STR  28179 Ryan Rd.
CTY  Warren
STA  MI
ZIP  48092
CLAS
OCL  D 7619
EDF  6
ICL  0706
FSC  D 7
FSS  619-625;605;607;608
FSC  215
FSS  395-398
FSC  220
FSS  737-739;902;903;906;907
FSC  248
FSS  311.2;346.11
UREF
PNO  D351970
ISD  19941100
NAM  Barrio
OCL  D 7619
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a suction cup beverage holder, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04167651
SRC  D
APN  100977&
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990222
TTL  Holder for beverage container
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Wallace; Terry A.
NDR  12
NFG  12
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Dankwardt; Kevin P.
STR  196 Escuela Ave.
CTY  Mt. View
STA  CA
ZIP  94040
INVT
NAM  Burgess; Kenneth
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Dankwardt; Kevin P.
CTY  Mt. View
STA  CA
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  D 7620
XCL   D7628
EDF  6
ICL  0706
FSC  D 7
FSS  619-625;628
FSC  D21
FSS  576;598
FSC  220
FSS  737;906;907
FSC  248
FSS  311.2
UREF
PNO  D315753
ISD  19910300
NAM  Stephensen et al.
OCL  D21598
UREF
PNO  2594896
ISD  19520400
NAM  Feldman
XCL  215395
UREF
PNO  5529202
ISD  19960600
NAM  Shamis
UREF
PNO  5533697
ISD  19960700
NAM  Fletcher et al.
UREF
PNO  5533700
ISD  19960700
NAM  Porter
UREF
PNO  5540409
ISD  19960700
NAM  Cunningham
UREF
PNO  5551592
ISD  19960900
NAM  Barton et al.
UREF
PNO  5570863
ISD  19961100
NAM  Cooper
UREF
PNO  5586804
ISD  19961200
NAM  Burroughs
UREF
PNO  5590808
ISD  19970100
NAM  Schaeppi
UREF
PNO  5597148
ISD  19970100
NAM  Gospodarich
UREF
PNO  5597190
ISD  19970100
NAM  DeMars
UREF
PNO  5601268
ISD  19970200
NAM  Dunchock
UREF
PNO  5603477
ISD  19970200
NAM  Deutsch
UREF
PNO  5609318
ISD  19970300
NAM  Scheh
UREF
PNO  5620724
ISD  19970400
NAM  Adler
UREF
PNO  5628485
ISD  19970500
NAM  Ray
UREF
PNO  5628486
ISD  19970500
NAM  Rossman et al.
UREF
PNO  5634621
ISD  19970600
NAM  Jankovic
UREF
PNO  5645196
ISD  19970700
NAM  Hancuff
UREF
PNO  5647519
ISD  19970700
NAM  Brennan
UREF
PNO  5655742
ISD  19970800
NAM  Whitman et al.
UREF
PNO  5657897
ISD  19970800
NAM  Schwartzburg
UREF
PNO  5664671
ISD  19970900
NAM  Nedblake, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5664718
ISD  19970900
NAM  Vine
UREF
PNO  5906348
ISD  19990500
NAM  Orenstein
OCL  248311.2
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a holder for beverage container, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167660
SRC  D
APN  0976504
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981211
TTL  Spoon
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Veynar; Caron D.
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Richmond; Colin B.
CTY  Vernon Center
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Oneida Ltd.
CTY  Oneida
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 7653
EDF  6
ICL  0703
FSC  D 7
FSS  642;645;653;662;663;401.2
FSC   30
FSS  147-150;324;326
UREF
PNO  D43257
ISD  19121100
NAM  Osborne
OCL  D 7653
UREF
PNO  D78521
ISD  19290500
NAM  Kipp
OCL  D 7653
UREF
PNO  D92568
ISD  19340600
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  D 7653
UREF
PNO  D94688
ISD  19350200
NAM  Helander
OCL  D 7653
UREF
PNO  D107063
ISD  19371100
NAM  Bernstein
OCL  D 7653
UREF
PNO  D152950
ISD  19490300
NAM  Eggleston
OCL  D 7653
UREF
PNO  D165201
ISD  19511100
NAM  Warren
OCL  D 7653
UREF
PNO  D201573
ISD  19650700
NAM  Messel
OCL  D 7653
UREF
PNO  D294102
ISD  19880200
NAM  Richmond, II
OCL  D 7653
UREF
PNO  D314313
ISD  19910200
NAM  Richmond
OCL  D 7653
UREF
PNO  D365731
ISD  19960100
NAM  Gebhardt
OCL  D 7653
UREF
PNO  D400062
ISD  19981000
NAM  Thompson
OCL  D 7653
LREP
FRM  Wall Marjama Bilinski & Burr
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a spoon, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167678
SRC  D
APN  0919802
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980810
TTL  Garlic cutter
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Wallace; Terry
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Repac; Cedomir
CTY  Brechen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Branko; Culig
CTY  Gradac
CNT  SIX
ASSG
NAM  Petra Repac
CTY  Brechen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19980211
APN  98 01 297
CLAS
OCL  D 7665
XCL   D7693
EDF  6
ICL  0704
FSC  D 7
FSS  665;666;679;590;372;373;376;693
FSC   99
FSS  538;495
FSC  241
FSS  95;168;169
UREF
PNO  D266824
ISD  19821100
NAM  Harris
OCL  D 7665
UREF
PNO  D362791
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ming
OCL  D 7665
UREF
PNO  D393400
ISD  19980400
NAM  Chin
OCL  D 7693
LREP
FRM  Liniak, Berenato, Longacre & White
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a garlic cutter, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167686
SRC  D
APN  0732486
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19970710
TTL  Plastic cutting board
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Veynar; Caron D.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lisser; Richie W.
CTY  Westmount
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Brousseau; Ivan
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Duval; Francois
CTY  Terrebonne
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Shanaan; Gad
CTY  Westmount
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Genin, Trudeau & Cie Limitee
CTY  Rroute Trans
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19970110
APN  1997-0052
CLAS
OCL  D 7698
EDF  6
ICL  0704
FSC  D 7
FSS  698;699;637;638;388;550.1;552.2;554.3
FSC  269
FSS  289 R;294;302.1;309
UREF
PNO  D239689
ISD  19760400
NAM  Doman et al.
OCL  D 7698
UREF
PNO  D390072
ISD  19980200
NAM  Miller
OCL  D 7698
LREP
FRM  Woodbridge & Associates
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a plastic cutting board, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167694
SRC  D
APN  0943797
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981001
TTL  Rotating condiment tray
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Wallace; Terry A.
NDR  2
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Morgan; Rudolph
STR  17A Church Rise Forest Hill
CTY  London S.E. 23
CNT  GBX
CLAS
OCL  D 7707
XCL   D7590
EDF  6
ICL  0706
FSC  D 7
FSS  590;600;701;707;708
FSC  D 6
FSS  457;469;513;514;569
FSC  211
FSS  71.01;71;77;78;79;74
UREF
PNO  D129530
ISD  19410900
NAM  Manaster
OCL  D 7706
UREF
PNO  143334
ISD  18730900
NAM  Curtis
OCL  211 77
UREF
PNO  D312949
ISD  19901200
NAM  Persch
OCL  D 7598
UREF
PNO  D323446
ISD  19920100
NAM  Morse
OCL  D 7707
UREF
PNO  D404618
ISD  19990100
NAM  Roy
OCL  D 7701
UREF
PNO  3331515
ISD  19670700
NAM  Lange
OCL  211 77
UREF
PNO  5335804
ISD  19940800
NAM  Flory
OCL  211 78
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a rotating condiment tray, as shown and described
     .
PATN
WKU  D04167708
SRC  D
APN  0928178
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980827
TTL  Sports ball lunch box
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Wallace; Terry A.
NDR  2
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Thorpe; Ivan
STR  4901 Virginia Woods Dr.
CTY  McKinney
STA  TX
ZIP  75070
CLAS
OCL  D 7710
XCL   D7606
XCL   D9307
EDF  6
ICL  1102
FSC  D 7
FSS  606;628;710
FSC   62
FSS  457.1;457.7;371
FSC  206
FSS  457;541;545
FSC  D 9
FSS  307
FSC  D21
FSS  707;712;713;714
FSC  D 3
FSS  270;271
UREF
PNO  D341295
ISD  19931100
NAM  Thorpe
OCL  D 7710
UREF
PNO  D349008
ISD  19940700
NAM  Minor
OCL  D 7606
UREF
PNO  D349629
ISD  19940800
NAM  Redmon
OCL  D 7606
UREF
PNO  D349631
ISD  19940800
NAM  Redmon
OCL  D 7606
UREF
PNO  D357386
ISD  19950400
NAM  Jones
OCL  D 7606
UREF
PNO  D391451
ISD  19980300
NAM  Todorya
OCL  D 7606
UREF
PNO  4339062
ISD  19820700
NAM  Witt, Jr.
XCL  D 9307
LREP
FRM  Markison & Reckamp
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a sports ball lunch box, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167716
SRC  D
APN  0782556
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19971023
TTL  Paint shield with corner indentations
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Shelton; Richelle
EXP  Shooman; Ted
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Cagle; Roy C.
STR  3022 Forest La., No. 123
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
ZIP  75234
CLAS
OCL  D 8 14
EDF  6
ICL  0805
FSC  D 8
FSS  14;45
FSC  D32
FSS  40;46;49
FSC   15
FSS  236.01
FSC    7
FSS  105
FSC   30
FSS  169
FSC  118
FSS  504
UREF
PNO  D248725
ISD  19780800
NAM  McClane
OCL  D 8 14
UREF
PNO  D280109
ISD  19850800
NAM  Lewis et al.
XCL  D32 40
UREF
PNO  D392855
ISD  19980300
NAM  Pillow
OCL  D 8 14
UREF
PNO  4962722
ISD  19901000
NAM  Thompson
OCL  118504
UREF
PNO  5103762
ISD  19920400
NAM  Long et al.
OCL  118504
LREP
FR2  Ray; Jerry C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a paint shield with corner indentations, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167724
SRC  D
APN  0885851
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980528
TTL  Pulling tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Hecker; Reid
EXP  Douglas; Alan P.
NDR  8
NFG  24
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Milbury; Thomas G.
STR  26 Carolina Dr.
CTY  New City
STA  NY
ZIP  10956
CLAS
OCL  D 8 14
XCL   D8 51
XCL  D34 10
EDF  6
ICL  0805
FSC  D 8
FSS  10;14;107;51
FSC  D34
FSS  10;28
FSC   16
FSS  110 R;111 A;111 R;115
FSC  294
FSS  19.3;26;82.1;86.4
UREF
PNO  D311312
ISD  19901000
NAM  Morton
OCL  D 8 14
UREF
PNO  D311482
ISD  19901000
NAM  Morton
OCL  D 8 14
UREF
PNO  D385076
ISD  19971000
NAM  Milbury
OCL  D34 10
UREF
PNO  2739330
ISD  19560300
NAM  Hitchcock
OCL  294 26
UREF
PNO  4955647
ISD  19900900
NAM  Alfredson
OCL  294 26
UREF
PNO  5660099
ISD  19970800
NAM  Figueira, Jr.
OCL  294 26
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a pulling tool, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167732
SRC  D
APN  0891010
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980605
TTL  Corkscrew
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Asch; Jeffrey
NDR  4
NFG  9
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Cellini; Ferdinando
CTY  Maniago
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Farm Di F. Cellini SaS
CTY  Maniago
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19971205
APN  UD97O0064
CLAS
OCL  D 8 42
XCL   D8 34
EDF  6
ICL  0706
FSC  D 8
FSS  33-43;18;19
FSC   30
FSS  400-443
FSC   81
FSS  3.07-3.49
FSC    7
FSS  151-156
UREF
PNO  D258041
ISD  19810100
NAM  Anderson
OCL  D 8 40
UREF
PNO  D347775
ISD  19940600
NAM  Seiler
OCL  D 8 34
UREF
PNO  D385763
ISD  19971100
NAM  Trivellato
OCL  D 8 43
UREF
PNO  D393993
ISD  19980500
NAM  De Bergen
OCL  D 8 32
UREF
PNO  455826
ISD  18910700
NAM  Davis
OCL    7155
UREF
PNO  637048
ISD  18991100
NAM  Toulotte
OCL   81  3.35
UREF
PNO  1273026
ISD  19180700
NAM  Brown
OCL   81  3.35
UREF
PNO  3451076
ISD  19690600
NAM  Denver
XCL  D 8 42
UREF
PNO  4437359
ISD  19840300
NAM  Dejoux et al.
XCL    7154
UREF
PNO  4996895
ISD  19910300
NAM  Brucart Puig
OCL   81  3.09
UREF
PNO  5007310
ISD  19910400
NAM  Cellini
OCL   81  3.45
UREF
PNO  5363725
ISD  19941100
NAM  Cellini
OCL   81  3.09
UREF
PNO  5454282
ISD  19951000
NAM  Del Mistro
OCL   81  3.48
UREF
PNO  5829965
ISD  19981100
NAM  Rubalcava
XCL    7151
UREF
PNO  5887305
ISD  19990300
NAM  Cellini
OCL    7155
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a corkscrew, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167740
SRC  D
APN  1028979
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990402
TTL  Stapler
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Aronovich; Adir
NDR  6
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Huang; Bao-Ruh
STR  No. 136, Tsu Chiang Road
CTY  Chang Hua City
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  D 8 50
EDF  6
ICL  1902
FSC  D 8
FSS  49;50;61;69
FSC  D19
FSS  72
FSC  227
FSS  120;127;128;132;134;156
UREF
PNO  D340847
ISD  19931100
NAM  Bain et al.
OCL  D 8 50
UREF
PNO  D369730
ISD  19960500
NAM  Herbst et al.
OCL  D 8 50
UREF
PNO  D394591
ISD  19980500
NAM  Jacquet
OCL  D 8 50
UREF
PNO  4463890
ISD  19840800
NAM  Ruskin
OCL  227132
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a stapler, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167759
SRC  D
APN  0922765
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980814
TTL  Pneumatic fastener driving tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Nelson C.
NDR  5
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hwang; Shin-Leei
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Rogers; George K.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Goforth; Alan J.
CTY  Alexandria
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Warner; Jim F.
CTY  Hoboken
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Croft; Robert J.
CTY  Jersey City
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Senco Products, Inc.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 8 69
EDF  6
ICL  0805
FSC  D 8
FSS  61;67-70
FSC  227
FSS  5-10;109;120;130-1
UREF
PNO  D219259
ISD  19701100
NAM  Perkins
OCL  D 8 61
UREF
PNO  D241501
ISD  19760900
NAM  Doyle et al.
OCL  D 8 49
UREF
PNO  D282345
ISD  19860100
NAM  Fehrs
OCL  D 8 49
UREF
PNO  D288060
ISD  19870200
NAM  Somers
OCL  D 8 69
UREF
PNO  D322204
ISD  19911200
NAM  Lee
OCL  D 8 61
UREF
PNO  D338818
ISD  19930800
NAM  Katsuba
OCL  D 8 62
UREF
PNO  D365974
ISD  19960100
NAM  Matuschek
OCL  D 8 69
UREF
PNO  4558811
ISD  19851200
NAM  Klaus
OCL  227116
LREP
FR2  Litzinger; Jerrold J.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a pneumatic fastener driving tool, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167767
SRC  D
APN  0961639
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981106
TTL  Screwdriver handle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Hyder; Philip S.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Liu; Tsai-Fa
STR  No. 88, Lane 412, Chen Hsing Rd.
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
ITX  406
CLAS
OCL  D 8 83
XCL   D8107
EDF  6
ICL  0804
FSC  D 8
FSS  82;83;84;85;86;87;107;303
FSC   16
FSS  110 R
FSC   81
FSS  177.1;436;437;438;439
UREF
PNO  D256547
ISD  19800800
NAM  Holland-Letz
OCL  D 8 83
UREF
PNO  D256662
ISD  19800900
NAM  Holland-Letz
OCL  D 8 83
UREF
PNO  D256882
ISD  19800900
NAM  Janson
OCL  D 8 83
UREF
PNO  D307236
ISD  19900400
NAM  Cascio et al.
OCL  D 8 82
UREF
PNO  D346943
ISD  19940500
NAM  Haberstroh
OCL  D 8 83
UREF
PNO  D386063
ISD  19971100
NAM  Badiali
OCL  D 8 83
UREF
PNO  D386382
ISD  19971100
NAM  Shiao
OCL  D 8 83
UREF
PNO  D398828
ISD  19980900
NAM  Shiao
OCL  D 8 83
UREF
PNO  D400420
ISD  19981100
NAM  Shiao
OCL  D 8 83
UREF
PNO  D402176
ISD  19981200
NAM  Lauster et al.
OCL  D 8 83
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a screwdriver handle, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04167775
SRC  D
APN  0946729
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981007
TTL  Tool holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Hyder; Philip S.
NDR  2
NFG  12
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Swenson, Sr.; Albert L.
CTY  Grandview
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Commando Products, Inc.
CTY  Grandview
STA  MO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  083808
APD  19980218
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 407289
CLAS
OCL  D 8107
XCL   D8 83
EDF  6
ICL  0804
FSC  D 8
FSS  82;83;84;85;86;87;107
FSC   81
FSS  436;437;438;439;177.1
UREF
PNO  D204125
ISD  19660300
NAM  Enrietto
OCL  D 8 82
UREF
PNO  D326213
ISD  19920500
NAM  Freilich
OCL  D 8 82
UREF
PNO  D327621
ISD  19920700
NAM  Heller
OCL  D 8 82
UREF
PNO  D401831
ISD  19981200
NAM  Moody
OCL  D 8107
UREF
PNO  1937645
ISD  19331200
NAM  Fegley et al.
OCL  D 8 82
UREF
PNO  2022775
ISD  19351200
NAM  Holland-Letz
OCL  D 8 82
UREF
PNO  2683931
ISD  19540700
NAM  Fahlgren
OCL  D 8 82
UREF
PNO  4827812
ISD  19890500
NAM  Markovetz
OCL   81439
UREF
PNO  5337637
ISD  19940800
NAM  Bih-Lien
OCL   81439
UREF
PNO  5638566
ISD  19970600
NAM  Wu
OCL   81438
OREF
PAL  Sales Literature of C & S Screw Products, Inc., of Grandview, Missouri, for
      Commando Drill Holders, Tip Drill Kits, Replacement Drills, Tip Wire Kits,
      Round Soapstone Holders and Flat Soapstone Holders, exact publication date
      unknown, but at least one year prior to the filing of the present
      application.
LREP
FRM  Litman, Kraai & Brown L.L.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a tool holder, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167783
SRC  D
APN  079323&
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19971112
TTL  Security puck
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Baynham; Holly
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Pitcher; David
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Dwight; Mark M.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Acco Brands, Inc.
CTY  Lincolnshire
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 8330
XCL   D8354
EDF  6
ICL  0807
FSC  D 8
FSS  349;354;356;330-331
FSC   70
FSS  58
FSC  248
FSS  449;551
FSC   24
FSS  115 R;129 R
FSC  D10
FSS  106
UREF
PNO  D344033
ISD  19940200
NAM  Davidge
OCL  D10106
UREF
PNO  D376531
ISD  19961200
NAM  Polley
OCL  D 8356
UREF
PNO  D378987
ISD  19970400
NAM  Ross
OCL  D 8356
UREF
PNO  4267615
ISD  19810500
NAM  Nealy
XCL   24229R
UREF
PNO  5050836
ISD  19910900
NAM  Makous
OCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  5649436
ISD  19970700
NAM  Davidge
XCL   70 58
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a security puck, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167791
SRC  D
APN  0965979
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981116
TTL  Door closer
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Rivard; Jennifer
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Trumpinski; Thomas Ned
CTY  Sublette
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Tonozzi; Laura Ann
CTY  LaSalle
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Jensen; James E.
CTY  Princeton
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Fenwick; Jeffrey Lewis
CTY  Princeton
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Metaxatos; Paul K.
CTY  Collinsville
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Stryker; James D.
CTY  Pittstown
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Bruno; Robert H.
CTY  Avon
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Schlage Lock Company
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 8330
EDF  6
ICL  0807
FSC  D 8
FSS  330;346;400
FSC   16
FSS  49;52;59;71;DIG. 17
UREF
PNO  D261099
ISD  19811000
NAM  Russell
OCL  D 8330
UREF
PNO  D273457
ISD  19840400
NAM  Matsuo et al.
OCL  D 8330
UREF
PNO  D274212
ISD  19840600
NAM  Shohoji
OCL  D 8330
UREF
PNO  D281762
ISD  19851200
NAM  Okazaki
OCL  D 8330
UREF
PNO  3415562
ISD  19681200
NAM  Petersen
XCL   16 49
OREF
PAL  Item 1250 High impact cover, Sargent Door Closers, May 1983.
PAL  Full Cover, Russwin Door Closers, p. 12-11, Mar. 1986.
LREP
FR2  Minns; Michael H.
DCLM
PAL  The oranamental design for a door closer, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167805
SRC  D
APN  091097&
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980722
TTL  Tilt-Latch
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vinson; Brian N.
NDR  1
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Schultz; Steven E.
CTY  Demotte
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Ashland Products, Inc.
CTY  Lowell
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 8343
EDF  6
ICL  0807
FSC  D 8
FSS  330;331;336;338;339;341;343
FSC  292
FSS  137;163-164;DIG. 20;DIG. 35;DIG. 46;DIG. 47
FSC   49
FSS  449;504
UREF
PNO  16228
ISD  18561200
NAM  Copeland
UREF
PNO  D313161
ISD  19901200
NAM  Westphal
OCL  D 8343
UREF
PNO  D371502
ISD  19960700
NAM  Morris
XCL  D 8331
UREF
PNO  D380137
ISD  19970600
NAM  Carlson et al.
OCL  D 8343
UREF
PNO  D380370
ISD  19970700
NAM  Carlson et al.
OCL  D 8343
UREF
PNO  1781729
ISD  19301100
NAM  Major
UREF
PNO  2568273
ISD  19510900
NAM  Clark
UREF
PNO  2965935
ISD  19601200
NAM  Olsen
UREF
PNO  3080621
ISD  19630300
NAM  Mendelsohn
UREF
PNO  3122797
ISD  19640300
NAM  Segre
UREF
PNO  4167835
ISD  19790900
NAM  Nobes et al.
UREF
PNO  4400026
ISD  19830800
NAM  Brown, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4475311
ISD  19841000
NAM  Gibson
XCL   49449
UREF
PNO  4553353
ISD  19851100
NAM  Simpson
XCL   49449
UREF
PNO  4578903
ISD  19860400
NAM  Simpson
UREF
PNO  4581850
ISD  19860400
NAM  Simpson
UREF
PNO  4622778
ISD  19861100
NAM  Simpson
UREF
PNO  4640048
ISD  19870200
NAM  Winner et al.
XCL   49449
UREF
PNO  4669765
ISD  19870600
NAM  Ullman
UREF
PNO  4790579
ISD  19881200
NAM  Maxwell et al.
UREF
PNO  4791756
ISD  19881200
NAM  Simpson
XCL   49449
UREF
PNO  4824154
ISD  19890400
NAM  Simpson
UREF
PNO  4837975
ISD  19890600
NAM  Simpson
UREF
PNO  4901475
ISD  19900200
NAM  Simpson
XCL   49449
UREF
PNO  4917413
ISD  19900400
NAM  Jason et al.
UREF
PNO  5028083
ISD  19910700
NAM  Mischenko
UREF
PNO  5068932
ISD  19911200
NAM  Chang
UREF
PNO  5096240
ISD  19920300
NAM  Schultz
UREF
PNO  5121951
ISD  19920600
NAM  Harbom et al.
UREF
PNO  5121952
ISD  19920600
NAM  Jason
UREF
PNO  5139291
ISD  19920800
NAM  Schultz
UREF
PNO  5165737
ISD  19921100
NAM  Riegelman
UREF
PNO  5618067
ISD  19970400
NAM  Carlson et al.
UREF
PNO  5669639
ISD  19970900
NAM  Lawrence
UREF
PNO  5671958
ISD  19970900
NAM  Szapucki et al.
LREP
FRM  Wallenstein & Wagner, Ltd.
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for a tilt-latch, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167813
SRC  D
APN  0534986
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19960424
TTL  Inlet valve mounting plate with removable protector
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Ramirez; Cynthia E.
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ward; John
CTY  Midhurst
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  McKee; Jim
CTY  Barrie
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Canplas Industries Ltd.
CTY  Barrie
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19951024
APN  1995-2377
CLAS
OCL  D 8354
EDF  6
ICL  0805
FSC  D 8
FSS  354;349
FSC  248
FSS  27.1;300;309.1;200
FSC   15
FSS  314
UREF
PNO  871364
ISD  19071100
NAM  Schmidt
UREF
PNO  1099680
ISD  19140600
NAM  Weirich
UREF
PNO  1875224
ISD  19320800
NAM  Despard
UREF
PNO  2174811
ISD  19391000
NAM  White
UREF
PNO  2248201
ISD  19410700
NAM  Russell et al.
UREF
PNO  2806941
ISD  19570900
NAM  Graziani
UREF
PNO  3034085
ISD  19620500
NAM  Pauler et al.
UREF
PNO  3036170
ISD  19620500
NAM  Forney
UREF
PNO  3076068
ISD  19630100
NAM  Racklyeft
UREF
PNO  3127227
ISD  19640300
NAM  Edwards
UREF
PNO  3173164
ISD  19650300
NAM  Congdon
UREF
PNO  3195095
ISD  19650700
NAM  Field
UREF
PNO  3258553
ISD  19660600
NAM  Breslin
UREF
PNO  3283093
ISD  19661100
NAM  Bishop
UREF
PNO  3291927
ISD  19661200
NAM  Riley, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  3314039
ISD  19670400
NAM  Opper
UREF
PNO  3335744
ISD  19670800
NAM  Hanford
UREF
PNO  3341944
ISD  19670900
NAM  Ligon
UREF
PNO  3357039
ISD  19671200
NAM  Hayward
UREF
PNO  3465111
ISD  19690900
NAM  Breslin
UREF
PNO  3470521
ISD  19690900
NAM  Downey
UREF
PNO  3483503
ISD  19691200
NAM  Paradiso
UREF
PNO  3565103
ISD  19710200
NAM  Maselek
UREF
PNO  3661356
ISD  19720500
NAM  Tucker
UREF
PNO  3812444
ISD  19740500
NAM  Reno
UREF
PNO  3895732
ISD  19750700
NAM  Robinson et al.
UREF
PNO  4036389
ISD  19770700
NAM  Pate et al.
UREF
PNO  4059327
ISD  19771100
NAM  Vann
UREF
PNO  4211457
ISD  19800700
NAM  Meadows
UREF
PNO  4336427
ISD  19820600
NAM  Lindsay
UREF
PNO  4402516
ISD  19830900
NAM  Gans et al.
UREF
PNO  4473923
ISD  19841000
NAM  Neroni et al.
UREF
PNO  4494815
ISD  19850100
NAM  Brzostek et al.
UREF
PNO  4525918
ISD  19850700
NAM  Puritz
UREF
PNO  4550958
ISD  19851100
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  4602504
ISD  19860700
NAM  Barber
UREF
PNO  4618195
ISD  19861000
NAM  Keane
UREF
PNO  4639055
ISD  19870100
NAM  Keane
UREF
PNO  4652063
ISD  19870300
NAM  Genoa et al.
UREF
PNO  4664457
ISD  19870500
NAM  Suchy
UREF
PNO  4732397
ISD  19880300
NAM  Gavin
UREF
PNO  4735579
ISD  19880400
NAM  Muser
UREF
PNO  4758170
ISD  19880700
NAM  Hayden
UREF
PNO  4815747
ISD  19890300
NAM  Wolford
UREF
PNO  4840574
ISD  19890600
NAM  Mills
UREF
PNO  4895528
ISD  19900100
NAM  Choiniere et al.
UREF
PNO  4902043
ISD  19900200
NAM  Zillig et al.
UREF
PNO  4915640
ISD  19900400
NAM  Hayden
UREF
PNO  4920456
ISD  19900400
NAM  Pirdzuns
UREF
PNO  4990094
ISD  19910200
NAM  Chandler et al.
UREF
PNO  5263502
ISD  19931100
NAM  Dick
UREF
PNO  5349146
ISD  19940900
NAM  Radabaugh
XCL   15314
UREF
PNO  5507501
ISD  19960400
NAM  Palmer
UREF
PNO  5578795
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ward
FREF
PNO  1268795
ISD  19900500
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1267174
ISD  19901200
CNT  CAX
OREF
PAL  MetFlo Brochure H.P. Products Inc. 1988 Part No. 1200.
PAL  Hayden T-31-MP 3 pages.
PAL  Distributor Price List, H-P Products Inc., Mar. 18, 1985.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a inlet valve mounting plate with removable
      protector, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04167821
SRC  D
APN  0703265
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19970506
TTL  High density polystyrene spacer for stacking warehouse materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Baynham; Holly
NDR  2
NFG  14
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Reinhardt; Jay A.
STR  4215 Gopher Cir.
CTY  Liverpool
STA  NY
ZIP  13090
CLAS
OCL  D 8354
XCL  D34 38
EDF  6
ICL  0805
FSC  D34
FSS  28;38
FSC  D 8
FSS  354
FSC  108
FSS  57.31;57.33;51.11;53.1;56.1;56.3
UREF
PNO  3000603
ISD  19610900
NAM  Hemann
OCL  108 53.3
UREF
PNO  3338542
ISD  19670800
NAM  Meinhard
OCL  248345.1
UREF
PNO  3677436
ISD  19720700
NAM  Danielson
XCL  108 53.1
UREF
PNO  4435463
ISD  19840300
NAM  Roellchen
OCL  428158
UREF
PNO  4610355
ISD  19860900
NAM  Maurer
OCL  206386
UREF
PNO  4802421
ISD  19890200
NAM  Atterby et al.
OCL  108 57.17
UREF
PNO  4892193
ISD  19900100
NAM  Thomas
OCL  206453
UREF
PNO  4927023
ISD  19900500
NAM  Elzey
OCL  206523
UREF
PNO  5352064
ISD  19941000
NAM  Carruthers et al.
OCL  405229
LREP
FRM  Roylance, Abrams, Berdo & Goodman, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a high density polystyrene spacer for stacking
      warehouse materials, as shown and described herein.
PATN
WKU  D04167830
SRC  D
APN  097319&
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981203
TTL  Suction cup
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Baynham; Holly
NDR  1
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hampshire; James F.
STR  8252 Darrow Rd., Suite F
CTY  Twinsburg
STA  OH
ZIP  44087
CLAS
OCL  D 8354
XCL   D8373
EDF  6
ICL  0805
FSC  D 8
FSS  354;373
FSC  248
FSS  205.5;206.2;206.4
UREF
PNO  D327215
ISD  19920600
NAM  Pestone
OCL  D 8373
UREF
PNO  D357404
ISD  19950400
NAM  Doyle
OCL  D 8373
LREP
FRM  Oldham & Oldham Co., LPA
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for the "suction cup", as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167848
SRC  D
APN  0816361
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980107
TTL  Power tool and extension coupler
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Baynham; Holly
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Singer; Fred G.
STR  363 Burgess St.
CTY  Livermore
STA  CA
ZIP  94550-3363
CLAS
OCL  D 8356
XCL  D13154
EDF  6
ICL  0805
FSC  D 8
FSS  356;382
FSC  D13
FSS  156
FSC   24
FSS  16 R
FSC  428
FSS  100
FSC  224
FSS  219
UREF
PNO  4759963
ISD  19880700
NAM  Uso, Jr. et al.
OCL  428100
UREF
PNO  4815172
ISD  19890300
NAM  Ward
OCL   24 16R
UREF
PNO  5104076
ISD  19920400
NAM  Goodall, Jr.
OCL  248205.2
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a power tool and extension coupler, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167856
SRC  D
APN  1043374
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990501
TTL  Safety hand support of toilet
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vinson; Brian N.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ming-Hsiao; Lai
STR  P.O. Box 453
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  D 8363
EDF  6
ICL  0808
FSC  D 6
FSS  546;549
FSC  D 8
FSS  300;363
FSC   16
FSS  110 R
FSC  248
FSS  262;200.1
FSC  160
FSS  330
FSC   52
FSS  731.6;735.1
UREF
PNO  D336726
ISD  19930600
NAM  Paulin et al.
OCL  D 6549
UREF
PNO  D362362
ISD  19950900
NAM  Moon
OCL  D 6549
UREF
PNO  D385177
ISD  19971000
NAM  Perry
OCL  D 8363
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for a safety hand support of toilet, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167864
SRC  D
APN  0796190
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19971208
TTL  Support for partition walls
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Siegel; Mitchell
NDR  6
NFG  9
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chen; Waterson
STR  No. 477, Kuo-Kuang Rd.
CTY  Taichung City
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  D 8382
EDF  6
ICL  0808
FSC  D 8
FSS  384;382;385;332
FSC  D 6
FSS  332
FSC  248
FSS  188.4
FSC  160
FSS  135;351
FSC   52
FSS  239
UREF
PNO  D352656
ISD  19941100
NAM  Rodman
OCL  D 8385
UREF
PNO  D367812
ISD  19960300
NAM  Spielberger et al.
OCL  D 8835
UREF
PNO  D387927
ISD  19971200
NAM  Canton Gongora et al.
OCL  D 6495
UREF
PNO  2670504
ISD  19540300
NAM  Peterson
XCL   52239
UREF
PNO  3990204
ISD  19761100
NAM  Haworth et al.
UREF
PNO  4223967
ISD  19800900
NAM  Royer
UREF
PNO  4229917
ISD  19801000
NAM  Textoris et al.
UREF
PNO  4361999
ISD  19821200
NAM  Sidney
UREF
PNO  4370840
ISD  19830200
NAM  Bisbee et al.
XCL  D 8384
UREF
PNO  4485602
ISD  19841200
NAM  Flamboe, Jr. et al.
OCL   52239
UREF
PNO  5377466
ISD  19950100
NAM  Insalaco et al.
XCL   52239
UREF
PNO  5596846
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kelly
XCL  D 8385
UREF
PNO  5697586
ISD  19971200
NAM  Lybarger
OCL  248188.4
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for support for partition walls, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167872
SRC  D
APN  1050699
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990517
TTL  Threaded fastener
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Baynham; Holly
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Mensour; Peter
CTY  Sudbury
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Tremblay; Richard
CTY  Sudbury
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Steklasa; Mark
CTY  Sudbury
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Milad Mansour
CTY  Sudbury
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  069613
APD  19970506
CLAS
OCL  D 8387
EDF  6
ICL  0808
FSC  D 8
FSS  387
FSC  403
FSS  293;295-296;405.1
UREF
PNO  D270642
ISD  19830900
NAM  Watts
UREF
PNO  D370624
ISD  19960600
NAM  DiBiagio
UREF
PNO  1933117
ISD  19331000
NAM  Markle
UREF
PNO  4618291
ISD  19861000
NAM  Wright
UREF
PNO  4662796
ISD  19870500
NAM  Clark
UREF
PNO  5282698
ISD  19940200
NAM  Wright et al.
UREF
PNO  5352065
ISD  19941000
NAM  Arnall
UREF
PNO  5352066
ISD  19941000
NAM  Schaeffer et al.
FREF
PNO  497584
ISD  19501200
CNT  BEX
FREF
PNO  445374
ISD  19491200
CNT  ITX
FREF
PNO  2132729
ISD  19840700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Riches, McKenzie & Herbert
DCLM
PAL  We claim the ornamental design for a threaded fastener, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167880
SRC  D
APN  080696&
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19971212
TTL  Spring clip
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bullock; B. J.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Jones; Laura L.
CTY  New Castle
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Stainbrook; Douglas C.
CTY  Grove City
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Adams Mfg. Corp.
CTY  Portersville
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 8395
XCL   D6316
XCL   D6323
XCL   D8367
XCL   D8373
XCL  D19 65
XCL  D21617
EDF  6
ICL  0808
FSC  D 8
FSS  367;395
FSC  D21
FSS  617
FSC  D19
FSS  65
FSC  D 6
FSS  316;323
FSC   24
FSS  499
FSC  248
FSS  206.5;304;316.1;316.7;316.5
UREF
PNO  D81192
ISD  19300500
NAM  Howell
UREF
PNO  D91984
ISD  19340400
NAM  Colby
UREF
PNO  D150374
ISD  19480700
NAM  Schmidt
UREF
PNO  D305910
ISD  19900200
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  D21617
UREF
PNO  D330509
ISD  19921000
NAM  Belknap
OCL  D 8382
UREF
PNO  D343166
ISD  19940100
NAM  Nanji
OCL  D13183
UREF
PNO  D350943
ISD  19940900
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  D13183
UREF
PNO  D360573
ISD  19950700
NAM  Adams
OCL  D 8367
UREF
PNO  D368016
ISD  19960300
NAM  McDowell et al.
OCL  D 8367
UREF
PNO  D368017
ISD  19960300
NAM  McDowell et al.
OCL  D 8367
UREF
PNO  D368018
ISD  19960300
NAM  McDowell et al.
OCL  D 8367
UREF
PNO  D383666
ISD  19970900
NAM  Adams
OCL  D 8395
UREF
PNO  D396074
ISD  19980700
NAM  Mogi
OCL  D21617
UREF
PNO  D396184
ISD  19980700
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  D 8395
UREF
PNO  D405681
ISD  19990200
NAM  McDowell et al.
OCL  D 8367
LREP
FRM  Buchanan Ingersoll, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a spring clip, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167899
SRC  D
APN  0831034
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980121
TTL  Fastener for attaching a rope to an orienteering compass
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Baynham; Holly
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Pernu; Kimmo
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Seppala; Markku
CTY  Helsinki
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Suunto Oy
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D 8395
EDF  6
ICL  0808
FSC  D 8
FSS  356;382;394-396
FSC   24
FSS  115 H;115 R;130
UREF
PNO  D302568
ISD  19890800
NAM  Berger
XCL  D 8395
UREF
PNO  D303590
ISD  19890900
NAM  Pelosi
XCL  D 8395
UREF
PNO  D303862
ISD  19891000
NAM  Henderson
XCL  D 8395
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a fastener for attaching a rope to an
      orienteering compass, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167902
SRC  D
APN  0871567
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980427
TTL  Package for an article
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Matta; Cathron B.
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  2
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Bertozzi; Marina A.
CTY  Islington
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Bertozzi; Patricia A.
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Bertozzi; Elvira H.
CTY  Islington
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  A. Bertozzi Importing Inc.
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19971028
APN  1997-2803
CLAS
OCL  D 9305
EDF  6
ICL  0903
FSC  D 9
FSS  305
FSC  229
FSS  87.01;87.03;87.19;922;923
FSC  383
FSS  19;71
UREF
PNO  D296870
ISD  19880700
NAM  Myers
OCL  D 9305
UREF
PNO  D326002
ISD  19920500
NAM  Rodriguez
XCL  D 9305
UREF
PNO  5529395
ISD  19960600
NAM  French
XCL  229 87.19
UREF
PNO  5535543
ISD  19960700
NAM  Alexander
XCL  383 75
UREF
PNO  5683769
ISD  19971100
NAM  Cheng
XCL  383 19
LREP
FRM  Knoble & Yoshida
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for the package for an article, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167910
SRC  D
APN  0895881
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980618
TTL  Bottle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Wallace; Terry A.
NDR  4
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Albrecht; Sandra
CTY  Toronto
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Kendall; Richard
CTY  Deux Montagnes
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Gill; Terry
CTY  Burlington
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Bestfoods
CTY  Englewood Cliffs
STA  NJ
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19971231
APN  1997-3276
CLAS
OCL  D 9307
XCL   D9574
EDF  6
ICL  0901
FSC  D 9
FSS  307;320;542;573;574
FSC  206
FSS  457
FSC  215
FSS  382-384;400
UREF
PNO  D352461
ISD  19941100
NAM  Flanagan et al.
OCL  D 9542
UREF
PNO  D375900
ISD  19961100
NAM  De Vore
XCL  D 9542
FREF
PNO  26130
ISD  19640100
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  41802
ISD  19760800
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  43870
ISD  19780600
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  50272
ISD  19820900
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1204395
ISD  19830600
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  54971
ISD  19850900
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  57768
ISD  19861200
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  74626
ISD  19940800
CNT  CAX
LREP
FR2  Plotkin; Ellen
DCLM
PAL  We claim an ornamental design for a bottle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167929
SRC  D
APN  0931039
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980903
TTL  Fingernail polish bottle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Dominic
NDR  3
NFG  12
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Indelicato; Len
STR  18080 Boris Ave.
CTY  Encino
STA  CA
ZIP  91436
INVT
NAM  Carroll; George H.
STR  3033 Grove Ave.
CTY  Ventura
STA  CA
ZIP  93003
RLAP
COD  72
APN  090347
APD  19980707
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 401141
CLAS
OCL  D 9310
EDF  6
ICL  0901
FSC  D 9
FSS  310;316-318
FSC  D21
FSS  596
FSC  206
FSS  457
UREF
PNO  D68820
ISD  19251100
NAM  Marcus et al.
OCL  D 9317
UREF
PNO  D115652
ISD  19390700
NAM  Hendricson
OCL  D 9318
UREF
PNO  D166995
ISD  19520600
NAM  Rachins
UREF
PNO  D192391
ISD  19620300
NAM  Kolb
OCL  D 9310
UREF
PNO  D196615
ISD  19631000
NAM  Treude
UREF
PNO  D199546
ISD  19641100
NAM  Plummer
OCL  D 9317
UREF
PNO  D209021
ISD  19671000
NAM  Fagenstrom
UREF
PNO  D237909
ISD  19751200
NAM  Apilado
UREF
PNO  D241224
ISD  19760800
NAM  Holmes
OCL  D 9316
UREF
PNO  D242121
ISD  19761100
NAM  Stoddard
OCL  D 9318
UREF
PNO  D242122
ISD  19761100
NAM  Stoddard
OCL  D 9318
UREF
PNO  D250421
ISD  19781100
NAM  Reich
OCL  D 9318
UREF
PNO  D290810
ISD  19870700
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  D302940
ISD  19890800
NAM  Ferrero
OCL  D 9318
UREF
PNO  D306692
ISD  19900300
NAM  Ferrero
OCL  D 9318
UREF
PNO  D328005
ISD  19920700
NAM  Paullin
UREF
PNO  D333722
ISD  19930300
NAM  Ricciardi
UREF
PNO  D342019
ISD  19931200
NAM  Gozzini
UREF
PNO  D347573
ISD  19940600
NAM  Bishop
OCL  D 9318
UREF
PNO  D358300
ISD  19950500
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  D358301
ISD  19950500
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  D 9318
UREF
PNO  D361787
ISD  19950800
NAM  Melzian et al.
OCL  D 9318
UREF
PNO  D376620
ISD  19961200
NAM  Czapiewski
UREF
PNO  D383667
ISD  19970900
NAM  Frerichs
OCL  D 9310
UREF
PNO  D401141
ISD  19981100
NAM  Carroll et al.
OCL  D 9318
UREF
PNO  5294018
ISD  19940300
NAM  Boucher
LREP
FR2  Lambert; Dennis H.
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for a fingernail polish bottle, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167937
SRC  D
APN  0959103
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981102
TTL  Container, retaining member and dispensing instrument
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Rademaker; Carol
EXP  Shooman; Ted
NDR  3
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Faughey; Michael
CTY  Harleysville
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Backich; Daniel A.
CTY  Churchville
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Freed; M. Simon
CTY  North Brunswick
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Brozell; Brian J.
CTY  Maumee
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  McNeil-PPC, Inc.
CTY  Skillman
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 9338
EDF  6
ICL  0903
FSC  D 4
FSS  114;116;121
FSC  D 9
FSS  337-339;341;447;434
FSC  D24
FSS  108;110;115;224
FSC  141
FSS  24
FSC  604
FSS  295
FSC  401
FSS  123-129
UREF
PNO  D378940
ISD  19970400
NAM  Baxter
OCL  D24224
UREF
PNO  2854003
ISD  19580900
NAM  Kirsch
OCL  114 24
UREF
PNO  2870797
ISD  19590100
NAM  Marchant
OCL  D24115
UREF
PNO  2968423
ISD  19610100
NAM  Mahler et al.
OCL  222 49
UREF
PNO  2989215
ISD  19610600
NAM  Willingham
OCL  222207
UREF
PNO  3101751
ISD  19630800
NAM  Ballin
OCL  141 24
UREF
PNO  3141579
ISD  19640700
NAM  Medlock
OCL  222207
UREF
PNO  3233797
ISD  19660200
NAM  Conry
OCL  222477
UREF
PNO  3321113
ISD  19670500
NAM  Conry
OCL  222477
UREF
PNO  3543964
ISD  19701200
NAM  Schlossmacher
OCL  222 41
UREF
PNO  3908675
ISD  19750900
NAM  Spatz et al.
OCL  401128
UREF
PNO  4143794
ISD  19790300
NAM  Stratford et al.
OCL  222 42
UREF
PNO  4143797
ISD  19790300
NAM  Reed
OCL  222207
UREF
PNO  4185755
ISD  19800100
NAM  Sachs et al.
OCL  222 43
UREF
PNO  4211346
ISD  19800700
NAM  Mehra et al.
OCL  222205
UREF
PNO  4243157
ISD  19810100
NAM  Rettberg
OCL  222 44
UREF
PNO  4261376
ISD  19810400
NAM  Kingsford
OCL  401128
UREF
PNO  4286633
ISD  19810900
NAM  Herr
OCL  114 24
UREF
PNO  4407435
ISD  19831000
NAM  Harmon
OCL  222481
UREF
PNO  4427041
ISD  19840100
NAM  Coetzee
OCL  141294
UREF
PNO  4433799
ISD  19840200
NAM  Corsette
OCL  222309
UREF
PNO  4454964
ISD  19840600
NAM  Sacher
OCL  222 43
UREF
PNO  4474312
ISD  19841000
NAM  Donoghue
OCL  222205
UREF
PNO  4607762
ISD  19860800
NAM  Zulauf et al.
OCL  222 48
UREF
PNO  4684046
ISD  19870800
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL  222451
UREF
PNO  4747521
ISD  19880500
NAM  Saffron
OCL  222205
UREF
PNO  4871092
ISD  19891000
NAM  Maerte
OCL  222153
UREF
PNO  4936490
ISD  19900600
NAM  Battegazzore
OCL  222205
UREF
PNO  5000353
ISD  19910300
NAM  Kostanecki et al.
OCL  222207
UREF
PNO  5044521
ISD  19910900
NAM  Peckels
OCL  222 23
UREF
PNO  5050782
ISD  19910900
NAM  Cheng
OCL  222309
UREF
PNO  5054656
ISD  19911000
NAM  Lasner
OCL  222158
UREF
PNO  5067638
ISD  19911100
NAM  Bavaveas
OCL  222205
UREF
PNO  5078289
ISD  19920100
NAM  Bolton et al.
OCL  215228
UREF
PNO  5119971
ISD  19920600
NAM  Reyman
OCL  222129
UREF
PNO  5127553
ISD  19920700
NAM  Weinstein
OCL  222158
UREF
PNO  5154702
ISD  19921000
NAM  Foyil
OCL  604212
UREF
PNO  5174478
ISD  19921200
NAM  Reyman
OCL  222207
UREF
PNO  5228586
ISD  19930700
NAM  Fuchs
OCL  222 38
UREF
PNO  5251792
ISD  19931000
NAM  Sheen
OCL  222205
UREF
PNO  5259536
ISD  19931100
NAM  Reyman
OCL  222207
UREF
PNO  5261569
ISD  19931100
NAM  Sandwell
OCL  222205
UREF
PNO  5330081
ISD  19940700
NAM  Davenport
OCL  222207
UREF
PNO  5363991
ISD  19941100
NAM  Reyman
OCL  222207
UREF
PNO  5363992
ISD  19941100
NAM  Meshberg
OCL  222309
UREF
PNO  5392966
ISD  19950200
NAM  Bunin
OCL  222454
UREF
PNO  5464048
ISD  19951100
NAM  Allen
OCL  141 24
UREF
PNO  5484070
ISD  19960100
NAM  Graham
OCL  215223
UREF
PNO  5497915
ISD  19960300
NAM  Wass
OCL  222153.07
UREF
PNO  5551607
ISD  19960900
NAM  DeJonge et al.
OCL  222505
UREF
PNO  5573340
ISD  19961100
NAM  Gueret
OCL  401125
UREF
PNO  5584420
ISD  19961200
NAM  Awada et al.
OCL  222153.09
UREF
PNO  5636765
ISD  19970600
NAM  DeJonge
OCL  222107
UREF
PNO  5669530
ISD  19970900
NAM  Cichon et al.
OCL  222153.09
UREF
PNO  5695093
ISD  19971200
NAM  Lucius
OCL  222129
UREF
PNO  5746349
ISD  19980500
NAM  Putteman et al.
OCL  222 49
UREF
PNO  5769278
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kummer et al.
OCL  222158
UREF
PNO  5833124
ISD  19981100
NAM  Groves et al.
OCL  222158
LREP
FR2  Leightner; Joseph F.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a container, retaining member and dispensing
      instrument, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167945
SRC  D
APN  0802565
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19971205
TTL  Container for impregnated wipes
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Deshmukh; Prabhakar
NDR  7
NFG  9
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Cormack; Judith
CTY  Marlow
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Johnson & Johnson Limited
CTY  Berkshire
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19970627
APN  2066978
CLAS
OCL  D 9425
XCL   D9423
EDF  6
ICL  0907
FSC  D 9
FSS  420-425;432;431;414;337
FSC  206
FSS  508;216;581;823;822;812;210;494
FSC  221
FSS  306;33;45;52;55;56;40;41
FSC  220
FSS  335;337;253;376;380
UREF
PNO  D285906
ISD  19860900
NAM  Tyler
OCL  D 9425
UREF
PNO  D330161
ISD  19921000
NAM  Schuh
OCL  D 9423
UREF
PNO  D367609
ISD  19960300
NAM  Frank et al.
OCL  D 9425
UREF
PNO  3836044
ISD  19740900
NAM  Tilp et al.
OCL  221 55
UREF
PNO  3841466
ISD  19741000
NAM  Hoffman et al.
XCL  206812
UREF
PNO  4113095
ISD  19780900
NAM  Dietz et al.
OCL  206508
UREF
PNO  4428497
ISD  19840100
NAM  Julius et al.
XCL  206812
UREF
PNO  5036997
ISD  19910800
NAM  May et al.
XCL  220337
UREF
PNO  5050737
ISD  19910900
NAM  Joslyn et al.
OCL  206494
UREF
PNO  5368188
ISD  19941100
NAM  Twardowski
OCL  221 50
UREF
PNO  5533621
ISD  19960700
NAM  Schoal, Jr.
XCL  206812
OREF
PAL  Rubbermaid Cat, p. 10, 1985.
LREP
FR2  Schuler; Lawrence D.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a container for impregnated wipes, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04167953
SRC  D
APN  0857343
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980330
TTL  Biodegradable container
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Deshmukh; Prabhakar
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Rabouin; Maurice
STR  12 rue des Merens
CTY  F-64000 Pau
CNT  FRX
CLAS
OCL  D 9428
XCL   D9424
EDF  6
ICL  0907
FSC  D 9
FSS  428;429;414;424;500-504;513;549
FSC  229
FSS  4.5;5.5;406;106;116.1;922;93
FSC  206
FSS  303;423
UREF
PNO  D241453
ISD  19760900
NAM  Schwartzburg et al.
XCL  D 9424
UREF
PNO  D243030
ISD  19770100
NAM  Gross
XCL  D 9429
UREF
PNO  D244259
ISD  19770500
NAM  Bergstein
XCL  D 9428
UREF
PNO  3397829
ISD  19680800
NAM  Wilkins
OCL  229  4.5
UREF
PNO  3918629
ISD  19751100
NAM  Forbes, Jr. et al.
XCL  229  4.5
UREF
PNO  4462536
ISD  19840700
NAM  Junge et al.
OCL  229  5.5
UREF
PNO  4997125
ISD  19910300
NAM  Glerum
OCL  229  4.5
UREF
PNO  5007579
ISD  19910400
NAM  Thomas, Jr.
OCL  229  5.5
UREF
PNO  5056679
ISD  19911000
NAM  Lonczak
XCL  229  4.5
UREF
PNO  5403740
ISD  19950400
NAM  Menefee et al.
XCL  229  4.5
LREP
FRM  Harrison & Egbert
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a biodegradable container, as shown and described
     .
PATN
WKU  D04167961
SRC  D
APN  0903922
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980708
TTL  Tapered ice cream container with cover
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Deshmukh; Prabhakar
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Smith; Ernest L.
STR  5910 N. Adrian Ter.
CTY  Kansas City
STA  MO
ZIP  64151
CLAS
OCL  D 9428
XCL   D9431
XCL   D7629
EDF  6
ICL  0907
FSC  D 9
FSS  430;431;415;418;428;337
FSC  D 7
FSS  601;602;608;629;641
FSC  229
FSS  4.5;905;932;406;162
FSC  320
FSS  602;601;608;623;380
FSC  206
FSS  769-770;776;777
FSC  426
FSS  106;130
UREF
PNO  Re31650
ISD  19840800
NAM  Serritella
OCL  229404
UREF
PNO  D190355
ISD  19610500
NAM  Meagher
XCL  D 9429
UREF
PNO  D194247
ISD  19621200
NAM  Eicholtz
OCL  D 9429
UREF
PNO  D195004
ISD  19630400
NAM  Eicholtz
OCL  D 9429
UREF
PNO  D393421
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kovens
OCL  D 9428
UREF
PNO  3057536
ISD  19621000
NAM  Warnsdorfer et al.
OCL  229120.03
UREF
PNO  3070275
ISD  19621200
NAM  Bostrom
OCL  229  4.5
UREF
PNO  4288026
ISD  19810900
NAM  Wilhelm
XCL  229  4.5
UREF
PNO  4350250
ISD  19820900
NAM  Peters
XCL  229160.2
UREF
PNO  4460103
ISD  19840700
NAM  Rama et al.
OCL  220254
OREF
PAL  Modern Packaging, p. 77, 1941.
PAL  H. Barrow Co. Inc., Low Stone Jar, p 148, 1947.
PAL  Nestyle Container--Seal Right Co. Inc. Drawing representing a tapered ice
      cream container having a recessed bottom that has been on sale for more
      than 40 years.
LREP
FR2  Kircher; William B.
     Shook, Hardy & Bacon
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a tapered ice cream container with cover, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167970
SRC  D
APN  0767565
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19970922
TTL  Frozen dessert container
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bondade; Nanda
NDR  2
NFG  3
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Rabe; Johan O.
CTY  Buffalo Grove
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Nielsen; Viggo
CTY  Williams Bay
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Sealright Co., Inc.
CTY  DeSoto
STA  KS
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 9431
XCL   D9432
EDF  6
ICL  0903
FSC  D 7
FSS  612-615;629
FSC  D 9
FSS  420-425;428;429;431;432
FSC  206
FSS  508;519
FSC  220
FSS  260;270;380;780;781
FSC  229
FSS  182.1;406
UREF
PNO  D159811
ISD  19500800
NAM  Hill
OCL  D 7629
UREF
PNO  D238137
ISD  19751200
NAM  Swett
OCL  D 7612
UREF
PNO  D285906
ISD  19860900
NAM  Tyler
XCL  D 9432
UREF
PNO  D308336
ISD  19900600
NAM  Delbanco
XCL  D 9430
UREF
PNO  D336017
ISD  19930600
NAM  Smith et al.
XCL  D 9432
UREF
PNO  D343795
ISD  19940200
NAM  Verchere
XCL  D 9432
UREF
PNO  2780259
ISD  19570200
NAM  Nalle, Jr.
OCL  220780
UREF
PNO  3044610
ISD  19620700
NAM  Tupper
OCL  D 7629
UREF
PNO  3866791
ISD  19750200
NAM  Roper et al.
OCL  220770
UREF
PNO  4819824
ISD  19890400
NAM  Longbottom et al.
XCL  D 7629
OREF
PAL  Rogers Plastic Corp. catalog, p. 38-A, Vacu-Seal utility containers
      (located in Classes D7/629), Feb. 1954.
PAL  Flyer for containers (located in class D7/629), Nov. 1975.
LREP
FRM  Shook, Hardy & Bacon LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a frozen dessert container as shown and described
     .
PATN
WKU  D04167988
SRC  D
APN  0774006
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19971002
TTL  Concentrate cartridge
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Taylor; Robin V.
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Klima, Jr.; Walter F.
CTY  Travelers Rest
STA  SC
INVT
NAM  Klima; William L.
CTY  Stafford
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Sprayex, Inc.
CTY  Travelers Rest
STA  SC
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  485254
APD  19950607
PSC  01
PNO  5890624
RLAP
COD  82
APN  279978
APD  19940725
PSC  01
PNO  5529216
CLAS
OCL  D 9448
EDF  6
ICL  0907
FSC  D 9
FSS  434;448
FSC  141
FSS  18;19
FSC  222
FSS  129;130;383.1
FSC  239
FSS  304;305;309
UREF
PNO  D378663
ISD  19970400
NAM  Daansen
OCL  D 9448
UREF
PNO  4793476
ISD  19881200
NAM  Schrupp
OCL  239309
UREF
PNO  5125534
ISD  19920600
NAM  Rose et al.
OCL  222129
UREF
PNO  5275310
ISD  19940100
NAM  Mielnik et al.
OCL  222130
UREF
PNO  5529216
ISD  19960600
NAM  Klima et al.
OCL  222130
LREP
FRM  Klima & Pezzlo, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a concentrate cartridge, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04167996
SRC  D
APN  0987271
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990105
TTL  Football helmet bottle cap
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Matta; Cathron B.
NDR  1
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Adams; Douglas W.
STR  2588 S. Dahlia
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
ZIP  80222
CLAS
OCL  D 9451
XCL   D9320
XCL   D9449
EDF  6
ICL  0907
FSC  D 9
FSS  307;319;320;447;449;450;451
FSC  D 2
FSS  869;870;878
FSC  D 7
FSS  301;594;625
FSC  D11
FSS  99
FSC  D21
FSS  318;698;771;772;780;788
FSC  D29
FSS  102-107
FSC  222
FSS  78
UREF
PNO  D241496
ISD  19760900
NAM  Grode
OCL  D 7594
UREF
PNO  D330857
ISD  19921100
NAM  Kidd
OCL  D 9451
UREF
PNO  D344659
ISD  19940300
NAM  Hsu
XCL  D 9307
UREF
PNO  D360056
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tamez
XCL  D11133
UREF
PNO  D379149
ISD  19970500
NAM  Powell et al.
OCL  D 9451
UREF
PNO  D382473
ISD  19970800
NAM  Egender
OCL  D 9320
UREF
PNO  D391852
ISD  19980300
NAM  Tucker
OCL  D 9451
LREP
FR2  Lewis, Jr.; Ancel W.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a football helmet bottle cap, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168003
SRC  D
APN  0845728
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980305
TTL  Bottle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Dominic
NDR  1
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Herrmann; Lutz
CTY  Hamburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  The Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19970909
APN  2068938
CLAS
OCL  D 9500
EDF  6
ICL  0901
FSC  D 9
FSS  500;503;545;557;435;454
FSC  215
FSS  381;383;384
UREF
PNO  D39921
ISD  19090400
NAM  Boldt
OCL  D 9500
UREF
PNO  D45248
ISD  19140200
NAM  Whitney et al.
OCL  D 9500
UREF
PNO  D84683
ISD  19310700
NAM  Davis
OCL  D 9503
UREF
PNO  D209480
ISD  19671200
NAM  Wallace
OCL  D 9500
UREF
PNO  D256776
ISD  19800900
NAM  Monnet
OCL  D 9503
UREF
PNO  D406066
ISD  19990200
NAM  Crawford
OCL  D 9557
LREP
FR2  Oney, Jr.; Jack L.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a bottle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168011
SRC  D
APN  0855316
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980325
TTL  Liquid container
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Dominic
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Macauley; Richard P.
CTY  Westerville
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Sita; Lewis H.
CTY  Columbus
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Stevens; Todd A.
CTY  Columbus
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Abbott Laboratories
CTY  Abbott Park
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 9523
XCL   D9543
EDF  6
ICL  0901
FSC  D 9
FSS  520;523;543;564;572;575;434
FSC  215
FSS  382-385;396;398
UREF
PNO  D219954
ISD  19710200
NAM  Koenigsberg
OCL  D 9520
UREF
PNO  D256431
ISD  19800800
NAM  Campbell et al.
OCL  D 9523
UREF
PNO  D293551
ISD  19880100
NAM  Britt
OCL  D 9543
UREF
PNO  D409093
ISD  19990500
NAM  Goettner
OCL  D 9543
LREP
FR2  Woodworth; Brian R.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a liquid container, as shown and described herein
     .
PATN
WKU  D04168020
SRC  D
APN  0877468
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980508
TTL  Bottle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lieberman; Lucy
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Zimmer; Gregory Alan
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Walther; John Dwayne
CTY  Loveland
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Clarke; Peter Brian
CTY  Westport
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 9523
XCL   D9543
XCL   D9565
EDF  6
ICL  0901
FSC  D 9
FSS  523;300;565;552;543;569;575
FSC  222
FSS  382;383.1
FSC  239
FSS  333
FSC  215
FSS  382-384
UREF
PNO  D179173
ISD  19561100
NAM  Wilson
OCL  D 9552
UREF
PNO  D198645
ISD  19640700
NAM  Shepler
OCL  D 9565
UREF
PNO  D247302
ISD  19780200
NAM  Federico et al.
OCL  D23 18
UREF
PNO  D254709
ISD  19800400
NAM  McCredie
OCL  D 9543
UREF
PNO  D287227
ISD  19861200
NAM  Turnbull
OCL  D 9 36
UREF
PNO  D292485
ISD  19871000
NAM  Britt
OCL  D 9375
UREF
PNO  D295497
ISD  19880500
NAM  Silvenis et al.
OCL  D 9373
UREF
PNO  D295498
ISD  19880500
NAM  Silvenis
OCL  D 9373
UREF
PNO  D303083
ISD  19890800
NAM  Powell et al.
OCL  D 9375
UREF
PNO  D308332
ISD  19900600
NAM  Haworth
OCL  D 9367
UREF
PNO  D310169
ISD  19900800
NAM  Kowollik et al.
OCL  D 9367
UREF
PNO  D315671
ISD  19910300
NAM  Zaragoza
OCL  D 9375
UREF
PNO  D319972
ISD  19910900
NAM  Segati et al.
OCL  D 9375
UREF
PNO  D321322
ISD  19911100
NAM  Fuchs
OCL  D 9375
UREF
PNO  D328422
ISD  19920800
NAM  Fuchs et al.
OCL  D 9523
UREF
PNO  D330515
ISD  19921000
NAM  Patel et al.
OCL  D 9523
UREF
PNO  D331195
ISD  19921100
NAM  Weckman
OCL  D 9543
UREF
PNO  D334343
ISD  19930300
NAM  Leslie et al.
OCL  D 9523
UREF
PNO  D342678
ISD  19931200
NAM  Warner et al.
OCL  D 9543
UREF
PNO  D345917
ISD  19940400
NAM  Feen et al.
OCL  D 9523
UREF
PNO  D354000
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hoyt
OCL  D 9543
UREF
PNO  D356036
ISD  19950300
NAM  Hoyt
OCL  D 9523
UREF
PNO  D356736
ISD  19950300
NAM  Armstrong
OCL  D 9552
UREF
PNO  D358990
ISD  19950600
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  D 9523
UREF
PNO  D372428
ISD  19960800
NAM  Malmquist
OCL  D 9523
UREF
PNO  D380681
ISD  19970700
NAM  De Souza et al.
OCL  D 9523
UREF
PNO  D385794
ISD  19971100
NAM  Goettner et al.
OCL  D 9523
UREF
PNO  D386089
ISD  19971100
NAM  Rosen et al.
OCL  D 9542
UREF
PNO  D392567
ISD  19980300
NAM  Dumont et al.
OCL  D 9523
OREF
PAL  Packaging, May, 1987, p. 90, Spray Bottles, May 1987.
LREP
FR2  Vago; James C.
FR2  Koch; Elizabeth M.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a bottle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168038
SRC  D
APN  0928410
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980827
TTL  Bottle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Liberman; Lucy
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Voight; John K.
CTY  Lexington
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Mitchell; Sam
CTY  Lexington
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Kirchner; Steven A.
CTY  Lexington
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Zalla; Doug
CTY  Lexington
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Schrock; Larry A.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Marasligiller; Ares
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Barrack; Richard S.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  McIlvain; Howard
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Gladstone; Claudia S.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Ashland Inc.
CTY  Lexington
STA  KY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  065756
APD  19970923
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  D 9523
EDF  6
ICL  0901
FSC  D 9
FSS  523;543;528;526;572;575
FSC  215
FSS  382;383;384
UREF
PNO  D213766
ISD  19690400
NAM  Weckman
OCL  D 9523
UREF
PNO  D256554
ISD  19800800
NAM  Beaver
OCL  D 9523
UREF
PNO  D282635
ISD  19860200
NAM  Beaver et al.
OCL  D 9523
UREF
PNO  3232495
ISD  19660200
NAM  Schneider
OCL  215384
OREF
PAL  Popular Mechanics, Jul. 1985, p. 4, "Gumout Fuel Mix" bottle.
LREP
FRM  Carrithers Law Office
FR2  Carrithers; David W.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a bottle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168046
SRC  D
APN  0813958
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19971231
TTL  Syrup bottle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lieberman; Lucy
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Haas; Gregory R.
CTY  Northampton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Haas; Peter M.
CTY  Sunderland
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Hillside Plastics, Inc.
CTY  Turners Falls
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 9542
XCL   D9571
EDF  6
ICL  0901
FSC  D 9
FSS  571;542;543;563;574
FSC  215
FSS  382;383;384
UREF
PNO  D220611
ISD  19710500
NAM  Hills
OCL  D 9542
UREF
PNO  D222433
ISD  19711000
NAM  Donoghue
OCL  D 9542
UREF
PNO  D234492
ISD  19750300
NAM  Peterson
OCL  D 9542
UREF
PNO  D242841
ISD  19761200
NAM  Kretz
OCL  D 9542
UREF
PNO  D243064
ISD  19770100
NAM  Beeman et al.
OCL  D 9542
UREF
PNO  D348838
ISD  19940700
NAM  Feen et al.
OCL  D 9542
UREF
PNO  D376310
ISD  19961200
NAM  Crawford
OCL  D 9571
UREF
PNO  4989757
ISD  19910200
NAM  Krall
OCL  222111
LREP
FR2  Crowley; Richard P.
DCLM
PAL  We claim the ornamental design for a syrup bottle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168054
SRC  D
APN  0995495
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990122
TTL  Bottle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lieberman; Lucy
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Mikla; Mark C.
CTY  Highlands
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lander Co., Inc.
CTY  Englewood
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 9542
XCL   D9548
XCL   D9551
EDF  6
ICL  0901
FSC  D 9
FSS  542;543;539;540;558;529;449;571;573;574;548
FSC  215
FSS  382;383;384
FSC  222
FSS  212;213;215
UREF
PNO  D10085
ISD  18770700
NAM  Lilienthal
UREF
PNO  D71125
ISD  19260900
NAM  Becker
UREF
PNO  D74382
ISD  19280200
NAM  Minton
UREF
PNO  D95576
ISD  19350500
NAM  Brenner
UREF
PNO  D119386
ISD  19400300
NAM  Grunberg
UREF
PNO  D176226
ISD  19551100
NAM  Morris
OCL  D 9529
UREF
PNO  D193217
ISD  19620700
NAM  Cassell
UREF
PNO  D202662
ISD  19651000
NAM  Williams
OCL  D58  8
UREF
PNO  D228281
ISD  19730900
NAM  Hoffman
OCL  D 9542
UREF
PNO  D238554
ISD  19760100
NAM  Pardo
OCL  D 9542
UREF
PNO  D252014
ISD  19790600
NAM  Furlong et al.
OCL  D 9529
UREF
PNO  D266620
ISD  19821000
NAM  Krech
UREF
PNO  D278599
ISD  19850400
NAM  Lane
OCL  D 9377
UREF
PNO  D280077
ISD  19850800
NAM  Lemaire
OCL  D 9372
UREF
PNO  D300904
ISD  19890500
NAM  Pardo et al.
OCL  D 9526
UREF
PNO  D323293
ISD  19920100
NAM  Gutkowski
OCL  D 9377
UREF
PNO  D324333
ISD  19920300
NAM  Griffin et al.
OCL  D 9377
UREF
PNO  D329383
ISD  19920900
NAM  Boucheron
OCL  D 9529
UREF
PNO  D336614
ISD  19930600
NAM  Crawford
OCL  D 9529
UREF
PNO  D342676
ISD  19931200
NAM  Wuttke
OCL  D 9529
UREF
PNO  D345919
ISD  19940400
NAM  Chevassus
OCL  D 9529
UREF
PNO  D349058
ISD  19940700
NAM  Farce
OCL  D 9523
UREF
PNO  D356038
ISD  19950300
NAM  Biesecker
OCL  D 9558
UREF
PNO  D360136
ISD  19950700
NAM  Dinard
OCL  D 9529
UREF
PNO  D373536
ISD  19960900
NAM  Kokenge et al.
OCL  D 9529
UREF
PNO  D378276
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kotoucek et al.
OCL  D 9558
UREF
PNO  D378665
ISD  19970400
NAM  Fenton et al.
OCL  D 9558
UREF
PNO  D380389
ISD  19970700
NAM  Crawford
OCL  D 9542
UREF
PNO  D382803
ISD  19970800
NAM  Gavin
OCL  D 9526
UREF
PNO  D382811
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kotyuk, Jr. et al.
OCL  D 9542
UREF
PNO  D394812
ISD  19980600
NAM  Crawford
OCL  D 9543
UREF
PNO  3366284
ISD  19680100
NAM  Marona
UREF
PNO  5105989
ISD  19920400
NAM  Gutkowski
OCL  222182
OREF
PAL  Digital color photo-reproduction of L'Oreal Kids hair conditioner bottle
      (date not provided).
LREP
FRM  Seidel, Gonda, Lavorgna & Monaco, PC
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a bottle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168062
SRC  D
APN  0846597
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980306
TTL  Container
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Dominic
NDR  14
NFG  14
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Zimmer; Gregory Alan
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  de Guzman; Glenn Ilustre
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tomishima; Ryoichi
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  The Procter &Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D 9552
EDF  6
ICL  0901
FSC  D 9
FSS  552;556;500;516
FSC  215
FSS  382-384
UREF
PNO  D398855
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ito
OCL  D 9537
UREF
PNO  D406765
ISD  19990300
NAM  Zimmer et al.
OCL  D 9523
FREF
PNO  648625
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  658456
ISD  19850800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  671267
ISD  19860200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  862853
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Koch; Elizabeth M.
FR2  Vago; James C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a container, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168070
SRC  D
APN  089138&
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980609
TTL  Perfume bottle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Dominic
NDR  3
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Varlet; Hubert
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Verreries Pochet et du Courval
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19971219
APN  97 7445
CLAS
OCL  D 9560
EDF  6
ICL  0901
FSC  D 9
FSS  560;571;544;546;573;574
FSC  215
FSS  382-384
UREF
PNO  D91366
ISD  19340100
NAM  Piazzoli
OCL  D 9560
UREF
PNO  D133415
ISD  19420800
NAM  Mayer
OCL  D 9560
UREF
PNO  D387281
ISD  19971200
NAM  Thompson
OCL  D 9544
UREF
PNO  D395605
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kokenge
OCL  D 9571
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a perfume bottle, as shown and described in the
      accompanying drawings.
PATN
WKU  D04168089
SRC  D
APN  0723657
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19970616
TTL  Paper clock
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Nelson C.
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Haruta; Gale S.
CTY  Charlotte
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Lyerly Agency, Inc.
CTY  Charlotte
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D10 21
XCL  D10 29
EDF  6
ICL  1001
FSC  D10
FSS  1-40;122-132
FSC  368
FSS  276-277;285;316-317
UREF
PNO  D84262
ISD  19310500
NAM  Schuler
UREF
PNO  D112594
ISD  19381200
NAM  Bruce
OCL  D10 21
UREF
PNO  D214282
ISD  19690500
NAM  Rodriguez
UREF
PNO  D219237
ISD  19701100
NAM  Rittinghaus
UREF
PNO  D256780
ISD  19800900
NAM  Williams
OCL  D10  6
UREF
PNO  D304161
ISD  19891000
NAM  Nomizu
OCL  D10 21
UREF
PNO  D333273
ISD  19930200
NAM  Mukoyama
OCL  D10 29
UREF
PNO  D364095
ISD  19951100
NAM  Mak
OCL  D10 21
UREF
PNO  D372677
ISD  19960800
NAM  Albinson
OCL  D10 25
UREF
PNO  3872235
ISD  19750300
NAM  Manly
LREP
FRM  Adams Law Firm, P.A.
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for a paper clock, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04168097
SRC  D
APN  0801909
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19971204
TTL  Wall clock with julian date display
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Nelson C.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ragland; Ralph E
STR  21704 40th Ave. E.
CTY  Spanaway
STA  WA
ZIP  98387
CLAS
OCL  D10 22
XCL  D10  3
EDF  6
ICL  1002
FSC  D10
FSS  1-40;122-132
FSC  368
FSS  223;228-229;232;276-277;280-282;285;28-30;41-44;239-242;10
UREF
PNO  D292694
ISD  19871100
NAM  Panyik
OCL  D12306
UREF
PNO  D353346
ISD  19941200
NAM  Konradsheim
OCL  D10124
UREF
PNO  D355608
ISD  19950200
NAM  Resende
OCL  D10 22
UREF
PNO  D405470
ISD  19990200
NAM  Messina
XCL  D10  3
UREF
PNO  5023850
ISD  19910600
NAM  Metts et al.
OCL  368 28
UREF
PNO  5220539
ISD  19930600
NAM  McDuffee
OCL  368 28
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a wall clock with Julian date display, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04168100
SRC  D
APN  0848212
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980311
TTL  Wristwatch
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Nelson C.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Samizo; Tomoko
CTY  Suwa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Seiko Epson Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970911
APN  9-67480
CLAS
OCL  D10 30
XCL  D10 39
EDF  6
ICL  1002
FSC  D10
FSS  1-40;122-132
FSC  368
FSS  280-282;276-277;285
UREF
PNO  D146300
ISD  19470200
NAM  Chifari
OCL  D10 32
UREF
PNO  D396811
ISD  19980800
NAM  Bulgari
OCL  D10 39
OREF
PAL  Swiss Watch & Jewelry Journal--Feb. 1988 p. 221--watch.
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for wristwatch, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168119
SRC  D
APN  0979287
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981217
TTL  Watch casing and bezel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Nelson C.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Krauss; Aurelie E.
CTY  Danbury
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Riley; Judith R.
CTY  Goshen
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Timex Corporation
CTY  Middlebury
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D10 30
XCL  D10 39
EDF  6
ICL  1002
FSC  D10
FSS  1-40;122-132
FSC  368
FSS  280-282;276-277;285
UREF
PNO  D310035
ISD  19900800
NAM  Braun et al.
OCL  D10 32
UREF
PNO  D356040
ISD  19950300
NAM  Bulgari
OCL  D10 39
UREF
PNO  D400445
ISD  19981100
NAM  Voegeli
OCL  D10 32
OREF
PAL  Hong Kong Enterprise-Nov. 1988-p. 8-watch at right.
PAL  Vogue-Apr. 15, 1969-p. 116-watch at right.
PAL  Harper's Bazaar-Apr. 1971-p. 25-watch at top left.
LREP
FRM  Carmody & Torrance, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a "watch casing and bezel", as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168127
SRC  D
APN  1016229
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990308
TTL  Watch casing and bezel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Nelson C.
NDR  4
NFG  14
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Houlihan; John T.
CTY  Southbury
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Quinlan; David
CTY  Marion
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Timex Corporation
CTY  Middlebury
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D10 30
XCL  D10 38
EDF  6
ICL  1002
FSC  D10
FSS  1-40;122-132
FSC  368
FSS  280-282;276-277;28-30;285;239-242;82-84;41-44
UREF
PNO  D172992
ISD  19540900
NAM  Schwankhaus
OCL  D10 30
UREF
PNO  D183732
ISD  19581000
NAM  Fedor
OCL  D10 39
UREF
PNO  D287341
ISD  19861200
NAM  Grimes
OCL  D10 30
UREF
PNO  D325353
ISD  19920400
NAM  Meyer
OCL  D10 39
UREF
PNO  D342454
ISD  19931200
NAM  Weber
OCL  D10 30
UREF
PNO  D360589
ISD  19950700
NAM  Houlihan
OCL  D10 30
UREF
PNO  D373539
ISD  19960900
NAM  Droz
OCL  D10 30
UREF
PNO  D382492
ISD  19970800
NAM  Houlihan
OCL  D10 30
UREF
PNO  D386694
ISD  19971100
NAM  Houlihan
OCL  D10 30
UREF
PNO  D392903
ISD  19980300
NAM  Yerby et al.
OCL  D10 30
UREF
PNO  D402210
ISD  19981200
NAM  Sang
OCL  D10 30
UREF
PNO  D405702
ISD  19990200
NAM  Ramos et al.
OCL  D10 30
UREF
PNO  5577007
ISD  19961100
NAM  Houlihan
OCL  368282
OREF
PAL  Polar Heart Rate Monitors--1997 Catalog.
PAL  Freestyle Performance Timing--Fall 1997.
LREP
FR2  Schaier; Arthur G.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a "watch casing and bezel," as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168135
SRC  D
APN  0718157
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19970404
TTL  Finger watch
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Nelson C.
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Wright; Gregory T.
STR  4777 Pony Express Trail
CTY  Camino
STA  CA
ZIP  95709
INVT
NAM  Wright; LaDeanna L.
STR  4777 Pony Express Trail
CTY  Camino
STA  CA
ZIP  95709
CLAS
OCL  D10 31
XCL  D11 33
XCL  D10 33
XCL  D10 35
EDF  6
ICL  1002
FSC  D10
FSS  2;6-9;31;33-35
FSC  D11
FSS  31-32;44;48;55;67;81-82;100;106;115;33
UREF
PNO  D133095
ISD  19420700
NAM  Bernstein
OCL  D11 32
UREF
PNO  D162748
ISD  19510400
NAM  Phillipe
OCL  D11  4
UREF
PNO  D248286
ISD  19780600
NAM  Barr
XCL  D11 33
UREF
PNO  D248741
ISD  19780800
NAM  Barr
OCL  D11 33
UREF
PNO  D249253
ISD  19780900
NAM  Watkins
XCL  D11 55
UREF
PNO  D262527
ISD  19820100
NAM  Goldberg
OCL  D11  1
UREF
PNO  D266312
ISD  19820900
NAM  Lin
OCL  D10  2
UREF
PNO  D267312
ISD  19821200
NAM  Frank
OCL  D10  2
UREF
PNO  D267859
ISD  19830200
NAM  Kabaya
OCL  D10  2
UREF
PNO  D292073
ISD  19870900
NAM  DiPasquale
OCL  D11 30
UREF
PNO  D296533
ISD  19880700
NAM  Colvin
OCL  D11  2
LREP
FR2  Gugliotta; John D.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a finger watch, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168143
SRC  D
APN  0881627
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980515
TTL  Ring having a time piece mounted within its central finger opening
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Nelson C.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Welsh; Nancy Lynn
STR  2586 Robert Trent Jones Dr. Apt. 1117
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
ZIP  32835
CLAS
OCL  D10 31
XCL  D11  2
EDF  6
ICL  1002
FSC  D10
FSS  1-40;122-132
FSC  368
FSS  276-277;285;316-317;10
FSC  D11
FSS  2
UREF
PNO  D91086
ISD  19331100
NAM  Rainbault
UREF
PNO  D115553
ISD  19390700
NAM  Harris
UREF
PNO  D262527
ISD  19820100
NAM  Goldberg
OCL  D11  2
UREF
PNO  D377762
ISD  19970200
NAM  Chien
OCL  D10 22
UREF
PNO  D395255
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kothari
OCL  D11 26
UREF
PNO  1618452
ISD  19270200
NAM  Lehr
UREF
PNO  2629981
ISD  19530300
NAM  Melik-Minassiantz
UREF
PNO  3386239
ISD  19680600
NAM  Shiffman
UREF
PNO  4525077
ISD  19850600
NAM  Ketner
OCL  368 77
UREF
PNO  5005161
ISD  19910400
NAM  Boilen
OCL  368295
UREF
PNO  5392261
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hsu
OCL  368281
LREP
FRM  Duane, Morris & Heckscher
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design of a ring having a time piece mounted within its
      central finger opening, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168151
SRC  D
APN  098910&
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990108
TTL  Combined watch and bracelet
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Nelson C.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hartzband; Paul
CTY  Chappaqua
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Hartcase Corp.
CTY  Rockville Centre
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D10 32
EDF  6
ICL  1002
FSC  D10
FSS  1-40;122-132
FSC  D11
FSS  3-25
FSC   63
FSS  1.1;3;5;11
FSC  368
FSS  276-277;280-282;285
UREF
PNO  D236592
ISD  19750900
NAM  Portmann
OCL  D10 32
UREF
PNO  D241630
ISD  19760900
NAM  Burke
OCL  D10 32
UREF
PNO  D330167
ISD  19921000
NAM  Vincent
OCL  D10 32
UREF
PNO  D364098
ISD  19951100
NAM  Giardiello
OCL  D10 32
UREF
PNO  D403597
ISD  19990100
NAM  Hartzband
OCL  D10 32
LREP
FR2  Quinton; James A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a combined watch and bracelet, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168160
SRC  D
APN  0821144
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980115
TTL  Timing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Nelson C.
NDR  1
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Wolff; Stephen H.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Wolff Marketing Group, Inc.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  073521
APD  19970714
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 391178
CLAS
OCL  D10 40
XCL  D10 30
EDF  6
ICL  1003
FSC  D10
FSS  1-40;122-132;75
FSC  200
FSS  38 R
FSC  307
FSS  140 R;141 R;141.4
FSC  368
FSS  97-100;107-109;121;246
UREF
PNO  D303771
ISD  19891000
NAM  Chan
OCL  D10 40
UREF
PNO  D320557
ISD  19911000
NAM  Mizukami
OCL  D10 30
UREF
PNO  D337952
ISD  19930800
NAM  Wolff
OCL  D10 30
UREF
PNO  D346973
ISD  19940500
NAM  Moore
OCL  D10 31
UREF
PNO  D391178
ISD  19980200
NAM  Wolff
OCL  D10 40
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a timing device, shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168178
SRC  D
APN  0975915
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981210
TTL  Ear thermometer
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Antoine Duval
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lin; Kevin
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Oriental System Technology, Inc.
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D10 57
EDF  6
ICL  1004
FSC  D10
FSS  57
FSC  374
FSS  121;130;131;205
FSC  600
FSS  474
UREF
PNO  D409926
ISD  19990500
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  D10 57
UREF
PNO  5522662
ISD  19960600
NAM  Shiokawa
OCL  374130
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an ear thermometer, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168186
SRC  D
APN  0947342
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981008
TTL  Level
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Antoine Duval
NDR  2
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Olson; Paul L
STR  7550 Braemar Ct.
CTY  Sykesville
STA  MD
ZIP  21784
CLAS
OCL  D10 69
EDF  6
ICL  1004
FSC  D10
FSS  69
FSC   33
FSS  360-395
UREF
PNO  D138392
ISD  19440800
NAM  Bernard
OCL  D10 69
UREF
PNO  D247428
ISD  19780300
NAM  Wood
OCL  D10 69
UREF
PNO  D343131
ISD  19940100
NAM  Self
OCL  D10 69
UREF
PNO  5669832
ISD  19970900
NAM  Lehse
OCL   33374
UREF
PNO  5881468
ISD  19990300
NAM  Baumann
OCL   33383
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a level, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168194
SRC  D
APN  0970778
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981130
TTL  Electrical instrument
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Antoine Duval
NDR  2
NFG  12
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Luebke; Thomas M.
CTY  Menomonee Falls
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Wiesemann; David L.
CTY  Pewaukee
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Walsten; Dean R.
CTY  Slinger
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Applied Power Inc.
CTY  Butler
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D10 78
EDF  6
ICL  1004
FSC  D10
FSS  78
FSC  324
FSS  72.5;67;115;133;145;146;156;555;556
UREF
PNO  D399150
ISD  19981000
NAM  Fisher et al.
OCL  D10 78
UREF
PNO  D400455
ISD  19981100
NAM  Fisher
OCL  D10 78
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an electrical instrument, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168208
SRC  D
APN  097501&
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981124
TTL  Clamp meter
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Antoine Duval
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Kouichi
CTY  Ueda
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shionoiri; Kenichi
CTY  Ueda
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hioki Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Ueda
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D10 79
EDF  6
ICL  1004
FSC  D10
FSS  79
FSC  324
FSS  73 R;127;129;133;149;126;128;130;158 F
FSC  336
FSS  175;212
UREF
PNO  D312420
ISD  19901100
NAM  Kuramoto
OCL  D10 79
UREF
PNO  D332574
ISD  19930100
NAM  Chang
OCL  D10 79
UREF
PNO  D362639
ISD  19950900
NAM  Arnoux
OCL  D10 79
UREF
PNO  4283677
ISD  19810800
NAM  Niwa
XCL  D10 79
LREP
FRM  Kanesaka & Takeuchi
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a clamp meter, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168216
SRC  D
APN  0945919
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981006
TTL  Test instruments for measuring properties of liquids
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Antoine Duval
NDR  5
NFG  9
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Narayanan; Bhaskar
CTY  HJ Heights
CNT  SGX
ASSG
NAM  Eutech Instruments Pte. Ltd.
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D10 81
XCL  D10 78
EDF  6
ICL  1004
FSC  D10
FSS  78;81
FSC   73
FSS  431
FSC  204
FSS  400;406;433
FSC  324
FSS  156;158
UREF
PNO  D346123
ISD  19940400
NAM  Narayanan
OCL  D10 81
UREF
PNO  D354921
ISD  19950100
NAM  Narayanan
OCL  D10 78
OREF
PAL  Cole-Parmer Catalog 1999-2000; pp. 600, 603-604, 606, 608-609, 612-613 and
      615.
LREP
FRM  Fitch, Even, Tabin & Flannery
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for test instruments for measuring properties of
      liquids, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168224
SRC  D
APN  0921122
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980812
TTL  Gage protector
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Antoine Duval
NDR  14
NFG  14
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Slate; Jeremy E.
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Meyers; Craig L.
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Hauke; Christopher S.
CTY  Fishers
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  ReGin Manufacturing, Inc.
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D10103
XCL  D10 96
XCL  D10 99
EDF  6
ICL  1004
FSC  D10
FSS  103;100;99
FSC   73
FSS  431;865.1
FSC  359
FSS  808-810;525;636;821;533;528
UREF
PNO  5119677
ISD  19920600
NAM  Porter
OCL   73431
UREF
PNO  5503271
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lynch
XCL   73431
LREP
FRM  Locke Reynolds LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a gage protector, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168232
SRC  D
APN  0972479
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981202
TTL  Set of clock hands
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Nelson C.
NDR  4
NFG  12
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Turner; Russell S.
STR  5640 Wayne Milford Rd.
CTY  Hamilton
STA  OH
ZIP  45013
CLAS
OCL  D10127
EDF  6
ICL  1003
FSC  D10
FSS  1-40;122-132
FSC  368
FSS  223;228-229;232;280-282;285;238
UREF
PNO  D81038
ISD  19300400
NAM  Wynn
OCL  D10126
UREF
PNO  D357883
ISD  19950500
NAM  Krauss
OCL  D10127
UREF
PNO  4163362
ISD  19790800
NAM  Ferina
OCL   58126R
UREF
PNO  4421421
ISD  19831200
NAM  Brandt
OCL  368229
UREF
PNO  4671669
ISD  19870600
NAM  Graves
OCL  368 17
UREF
PNO  5033965
ISD  19910700
NAM  Chiu et al.
OCL  434131
UREF
PNO  5280461
ISD  19940100
NAM  Belik
OCL  368228
LREP
FR2  Miller, P.E.; Richard L.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for: a set of clock hands, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168240
SRC  D
APN  0918431
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980806
TTL  Watch bracelet
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seifert; Ralf
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Schopfer; Eddy
CTY  Gorgier
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Breitling S.A.
CTY  Grenchen
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  WOX
APD  19980206
APN  004006
CLAS
OCL  D11 25
EDF  6
ICL  1101
FSC  D11
FSS  1-25;93;94
FSC   59
FSS  78;78.1;79.3-85
FSC   63
FSS  1.1;11
FSC  224
FSS  171;175;178
FSC   24
FSS  265 SC;265 WS;26 J
FSC  D10
FSS  30
UREF
PNO  D156160
ISD  19491100
NAM  Philippe
OCL  D11 12
UREF
PNO  D396016
ISD  19980700
NAM  Schoepfer
OCL  D11 25
UREF
PNO  2392115
ISD  19460100
NAM  Blumstein
OCL  D11 22
OREF
PAL  Breitling 1884--Instruments for Professionals, Breitling, SA, Oct. 1996.
PAL  Breitling 1884--Instruments for Professionals, Breitling, SA, Oct. 1997.
LREP
FRM  Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a watch bracelet, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04168259
SRC  D
APN  1028391
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990401
TTL  Locket for holding cremated remains
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hull; Denese H
STR  5805 Harmony St.
CTY  Las Vegas
STA  NV
ZIP  89107
INVT
NAM  Burke; Kimberly A
STR  5805 Harmony St.
CTY  Las Vegas
STA  NV
ZIP  89107
INVT
NAM  Milton; Jo Ann
STR  5785 N. Rainbow Blvd.
CTY  Las Vegas
STA  NV
ZIP  89130
CLAS
OCL  D11 51
XCL  D11 82
EDF  6
ICL  1101
FSC  D11
FSS  1;2;43-44;48-51;95-99;100;56;103;80-82
FSC  D 3
FSS  207-212
FSC   63
FSS  18;19;20;1.1;2
UREF
PNO  D98375
ISD  19360100
NAM  Taylor
OCL  D11 82
UREF
PNO  D266555
ISD  19821000
NAM  McNally
OCL  D11 80
UREF
PNO  D282055
ISD  19860100
NAM  Brinkers
OCL  D11 80
UREF
PNO  D300079
ISD  19890200
NAM  Smith
OCL  D11 96
UREF
PNO  331743
ISD  18851200
NAM  Sweet
OCL  D11 82
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a locket for holding cremated remains, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168267
SRC  D
APN  0947296
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981008
TTL  Set of illuminated Christmas tree ornaments
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Dominic
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Newsome; Dorothy A
STR  2725 N. Nansemond Dr.
CTY  Suffolk
STA  VA
ZIP  23435
CLAS
OCL  D11121
EDF  6
ICL  1105
FSC  D11
FSS  121;125
FSC  D26
FSS  25;118
FSC  428
FSS  7;11
FSC  362
FSS  806;812;252;257;311
UREF
PNO  D375468
ISD  19961100
NAM  Connolly et al.
OCL  D11125
UREF
PNO  D405714
ISD  19990200
NAM  Lewis
OCL  D11121
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a set of illuminated Christmas tree ornaments, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168275
SRC  D
APN  082741&
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980129
TTL  Contoured web connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seifert; Ralf
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Anthony; James T.
CTY  Noblesville
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Kaler; David
CTY  Greenwood
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Indiana Mills and Manufacturing, Inc.
CTY  Westfield
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D11218
EDF  6
ICL  0207
FSC  D11
FSS  200;215-218
FSC  D 2
FSS  405;408
FSC  D 8
FSS  383;394;356;382
FSC   24
FSS  196;68 CD;164;168;170
FSC  410
FSS  23
FSC  224
FSS  122 DD;122 AE;151 B
UREF
PNO  D283369
ISD  19860400
NAM  Martin
OCL  D 2408
UREF
PNO  D308186
ISD  19900500
NAM  Udelhofen et al.
OCL  D11218
UREF
PNO  D354457
ISD  19950100
NAM  McIntyre
OCL  D11216
UREF
PNO  2784938
ISD  19570300
NAM  Huber
OCL   24 68CD
UREF
PNO  5146657
ISD  19920900
NAM  Frano
OCL  D 8382
LREP
FRM  Woodard, Emhardt, Naughton, Moriarty & McNett
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a contoured web connector, as shown and described
     .
PATN
WKU  D04168283
SRC  D
APN  0895555
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980617
TTL  Belt buckle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seifert; Ralf
NDR  4
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hwang; Jin Shin
STR  P.O. Box 23-487
CTY  Changhua
CNT  TWX
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19980312
APN  87301652
CLAS
OCL  D11237
EDF  6
ICL  0207
FSC  D11
FSS  200;230-241
FSC   24
FSS  163 R;163 K;170;185;188;191-193;197;199;265 R
FSC   63
FSS  2
UREF
PNO  10704
ISD  18540500
NAM  Crane
OCL  D11237
UREF
PNO  27205
ISD  18600600
NAM  Fussell
OCL  D11237
UREF
PNO  33455
ISD  18611000
NAM  Ross
OCL  D11200
UREF
PNO  D97955
ISD  19351200
NAM  Putman
OCL  D11236
UREF
PNO  D98368
ISD  19360100
NAM  Putman
OCL  D11237
UREF
PNO  237506
ISD  18810200
NAM  Ewart
OCL  D11237
UREF
PNO  D290589
ISD  19870600
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  D11234
UREF
PNO  600331
ISD  18980300
NAM  Lanz
OCL  D11237
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a belt buckle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168291
SRC  D
APN  0952567
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981020
TTL  Surface configuration of a cab for vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Melody N.
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Sacco; Bruno
CTY  Sindelfingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Pfeiffer; Peter
CTY  Boeblingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Honer; Gerhard
CTY  Weil der Stadt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19980420
APN  M 98 03 905
CLAS
OCL  D12 96
EDF  6
ICL  1208
FSC  D12
FSS  96;97
FSC  296
FSS  190
FSC  180
FSS  89.12-89.14;89.16
UREF
PNO  D286031
ISD  19861000
NAM  Breitschwerdt et al.
OCL  D12 96
UREF
PNO  D302257
ISD  19890700
NAM  Breitschwerdt et al.
OCL  D12 96
UREF
PNO  D344472
ISD  19940200
NAM  Savio
OCL  D12 96
UREF
PNO  D367443
ISD  19960200
NAM  Sacco et al.
OCL  D12 96
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a surface configuration of a cab for vehicle, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168305
SRC  D
APN  0792780
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19971112
TTL  Pair of rear frame swing pivot arm covers for a motorcycle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Burgess; Pamela
NDR  4
NFG  14
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  McKay; Scot A.
STR  22841 Mariano St.
CTY  Woodland Hills
STA  CA
ZIP  91367
CLAS
OCL  D12114
XCL  D12223
EDF  6
ICL  1211
FSC  D12
FSS  117;115;110;223;114
FSC  D 8
FSS  354
FSC  180
FSS  219;312
FSC  280
FSS  288.4;202
UREF
PNO  D349266
ISD  19940800
NAM  Rudd et al.
OCL  D12117
UREF
PNO  D383430
ISD  19970900
NAM  Jeffries
OCL  D12223
UREF
PNO  D385515
ISD  19971000
NAM  Grogan et al.
OCL  D12114
UREF
PNO  D386131
ISD  19971100
NAM  Grogan et al.
OCL  D12114
OREF
PAL  Drag Specialties, 1995 p. 33 Hardware for Seat Back on right side of page.
PAL  Drag Specialties, 1987 p. 303 Sissy Bar Supports on top of page.
LREP
FR2  Slehofer; Richard D.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a pair of rear frame pivot arm covers for a
      motorcycle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168313
SRC  D
APN  0869740
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980423
TTL  Floorboard
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Burgess; Pamela
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Negri; Mario
CTY  White Bear Lake
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Polaris Industries Inc.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D12114
EDF  6
ICL  1211
FSC  D12
FSS  107;110;113;114;203
FSC  280
FSS  291;169;87.042
FSC  180
FSS  291
FSC   74
FSS  564
UREF
PNO  D239378
ISD  19760300
NAM  Stecker, Sr.
OCL  D12114
UREF
PNO  D270527
ISD  19830900
NAM  O'Rourke
OCL  D12114
UREF
PNO  D270823
ISD  19831000
NAM  Mounts
OCL  D12114
UREF
PNO  D283413
ISD  19860400
NAM  Preisler et al.
OCL  D12114
UREF
PNO  D395268
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tucker
OCL  D12203
UREF
PNO  5738180
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hofmann et al.
OCL  180291
OREF
PAL  Hugo Wilson, The Encyclopedia of the Motorcycle, 1995, cover and pp. 26 and
      27.
PAL  Cruising Rider, Summer 1998, cover and pages 25, 51, and 71.
PAL  Motorcycle Cruiser, Feb. 1998, cover and pages 4, 22, and 25.
LREP
FRM  Fredrikson & Byron, P.A.
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for a floorboard, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168321
SRC  D
APN  076809&
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19970918
TTL  Motorcycle air cleaner cover
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Burgess; Pamela
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Golden; Earl F.
CTY  Milwaukee
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Davidson; William G.
CTY  Delafield
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Harley-Davidson Motor Company
CTY  Milwaukee
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D12126
EDF  6
ICL  1211
FSC  D12
FSS  126;114;197
FSC  215
FSS  1 A-1 C
FSC  180
FSS  219
FSC  280
FSS  288.4
FSC  D 9
FSS  435
UREF
PNO  D294923
ISD  19880300
NAM  Nagy
OCL  D12126
UREF
PNO  D354460
ISD  19950100
NAM  Davidson et al.
OCL  D12126
UREF
PNO  D363259
ISD  19951000
NAM  Davidson et al.
OCL  D12126
OREF
PAL  1994 Harley-Davidson Genuine Parts & Accessories, pp. 12, 52, 70 and 103.
PAL  1997 J&P Cycles Catalog, pp. 5-12, 5-13 & 5-14.
LREP
FRM  Michael Best & Friedrich LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a motorcycle air cleaner cover, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04168330
SRC  D
APN  0978566
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981216
TTL  Tire tread
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Spear; Robert M.
NDR  4
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Weber; Michael Joseph
CTY  Mogadore
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Reid; Kevin Alan
CTY  Asheville
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company
CTY  Akron
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D12146
XCL  D12143
EDF  6
ICL  1215
FSC  D12
FSS  136-152
FSC  152
FSS  209.1;209.8;209.9;209.11;209.12;209.13;209.16;209.18;209.19;209.21;209.28
     ;900;901;902;903
UREF
PNO  D283212
ISD  19860400
NAM  Martini et al.
OCL  D12143
UREF
PNO  D287580
ISD  19870100
NAM  Cain
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D342469
ISD  19931200
NAM  Diensthuber
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D350719
ISD  19940900
NAM  Graas et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D351126
ISD  19941000
NAM  Manestar
OCL  D12146
UREF
PNO  D384605
ISD  19971000
NAM  Aoki
OCL  D12143
UREF
PNO  D386456
ISD  19971100
NAM  Yukawa
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D389793
ISD  19980100
NAM  Murata
OCL  D12147
OREF
PAL  Kumho Power Racer II Tire, 1997 Tread Design Guide, p. 44, Jan. 1997.
LREP
FR2  Lewandowski; T P
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a tire tread, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168348
SRC  D
APN  0953547
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981021
TTL  Tire tread
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Spear; Robert M.
NDR  2
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Brown, IV; Joseph Nicholas
CTY  Simpsonville
STA  SC
INVT
NAM  Hutz; John Anthony
CTY  Greer
STA  SC
ASSG
NAM  Michelin Recherche et Technique S.A.
CNT  CHX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D12147
EDF  6
ICL  1215
FSC  D12
FSS  136-152
FSC  152
FSS  209.1;209.8;209.9;209.11;209.12;209.13;209.16;209.18;209.19;209.21;209.28
     ;900;901;902;903
UREF
PNO  D350513
ISD  19940900
NAM  Mehta et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D381000
ISD  19970700
NAM  White
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D393612
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hino
OCL  D12146
UREF
PNO  D402243
ISD  19981200
NAM  Heinen
OCL  D12147
OREF
PAL  Dunlop Graspic S200Z Tire, 1997 Tread Design Guide, P. 26.
PAL  Yokohama TY503 Tire, 1997 Tread Design Guide, P. 166.
PAL  Tread Design Guide, 1996, p 60, Ohtsu Hi-Steel HS311.
PAL  Tread Design Guide, 1996, p. 29, Fulda Tramp 4.times.4 H.
PAL  Tread Design Guide, 1997, p. 21, Cordovan Grand Esprit HP130.
PAL  Tread Design Guide, 1997, p. 24, Dean Touring Edition
PAL  Tread Design Guide, 1997, p. 33, General Ameri*Tech ST.
PAL  Tread Design Guide, 1997, p. 48, Mastercraft A/S IV.
PAL  Tread Design Guide, 1997, p. 115, Remington Rimfire A/S.
PAL  Tread Design Guide, 1992, p. 21, Brigadier B/G 560 X/T.
LREP
FR2  Csontos; Alan A.
FR2  Reed; Robert R.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a tire tread, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168356
SRC  D
APN  0972282
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981202
TTL  Automobile tire
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Spear; Robert M.
NDR  5
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Iida; Masahiro
CTY  Kanawaga-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mama; Riichiro
CTY  Kanawaga-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Endo; Kenichiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  The Yokohama Rubber Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980609
APN  10-16309
CLAS
OCL  D12147
EDF  6
ICL  1215
FSC  D12
FSS  136-152
FSC  152
FSS  209.1;209.8;209.9;209.11;209.12;209.13;209.16;209.18;209.19;209.21;209.28
     ;900;901;902;903
UREF
PNO  D340895
ISD  19931100
NAM  Himuro et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D409954
ISD  19990500
NAM  Murata
OCL  D12141
UREF
PNO  5435366
ISD  19950700
NAM  Voigt et al.
OCL  152209.18
LREP
FRM  Nikiaod, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an automobile tire, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168364
SRC  D
APN  0983373
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981228
TTL  Automobile tire
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Spear; Robert M.
NDR  6
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Himuro; Yasuo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Bridgestone Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980625
APN  10-18301
CLAS
OCL  D12147
EDF  6
ICL  1215
FSC  D12
FSS  138-152
FSC  152
FSS  209.1;209.8;209.9;209.11;209.16;209.18;209.28;900;901;902;903
UREF
PNO  D312063
ISD  19901100
NAM  Covert et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D316067
ISD  19910400
NAM  Hammond et al.
OCL  D12146
UREF
PNO  D378075
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hashimoto et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D379443
ISD  19970500
NAM  Arendt et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D379444
ISD  19970500
NAM  Graas et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D379448
ISD  19970500
NAM  Graas et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D389791
ISD  19980100
NAM  Himuro
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D400140
ISD  19981000
NAM  Graas
OCL  D12147
OREF
PAL  Goodyear Invicta GS Tire, 1997 Tread Design Guide, p. 37, Jan. 1997.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an automobile tire, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168372
SRC  D
APN  0984922
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981231
TTL  Tire tread
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Spear; Robert M.
NDR  3
NFG  3
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Moore; Ralston Horace
CTY  Fontain Inn
STA  SC
ASSG
NAM  Michelin Recherche et Technique S.A.
CNT  CHX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D12147
EDF  6
ICL  1215
FSC  D12
FSS  136-152
FSC  152
FSS  209.1;209.8;209.9;209.11;209.13;209.16;209.18;209.28;900;901;902;903
UREF
PNO  D347818
ISD  19940600
NAM  Loser et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D365063
ISD  19951200
NAM  Lurois et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D379606
ISD  19970600
NAM  Lurois et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D379607
ISD  19970600
NAM  Lurois et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D380181
ISD  19970600
NAM  Maruyama et al.
OCL  D12146
UREF
PNO  D389105
ISD  19980100
NAM  Lurois et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D397970
ISD  19980900
NAM  Le et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D399461
ISD  19981000
NAM  Lurois et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D402939
ISD  19981200
NAM  Lurois et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  4854358
ISD  19890800
NAM  Takeuchi
OCL  152209.19
UREF
PNO  5373881
ISD  19941200
NAM  Enoki
OCL  152209.18
OREF
PAL  Tread Design Guide, 1992, p. 98, Cordovan wild Trac Radial XRT.
PAL  Tread Design Guide, 1992, p. 122, Multi-Mile Wild Country Radial XRT.
PAL  Tread Design Guide, 1992, p. 129, Sigma Stampede Radial XRT.
PAL  Tread Design Guide, 1997, p. 137, Dunlop SP231A.
PAL  Tread Design Guide, 1997, p. 131, Continental HT63.
PAL  Tread Design Guide, 1997, p. 154, Michelin XDA2.
PAL  Michelin Tire Corporation Dealer Catalog p. 38, XDHT Specification.
LREP
FR2  Csontos; Alan A.
FR2  Reed; Robert R.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a tire tread, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168380
SRC  D
APN  0991996
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990115
TTL  Pneumatic tire tread and buttress
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Spear; Robert M.
NDR  4
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Cercek; Edward P
CTY  Mogadore
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Slingluff; Mark D
CTY  North Canton
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Kumho & Co, Inc
CTY  Kwangju
CNT  KRX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D12147
EDF  6
ICL  1215
FSC  D12
FSS  136-152
FSC  152
FSS  209.1;209.8;209.9;209.11;209.13;209.16;209.18;209.19;209.28;900;901;902;903
UREF
PNO  D284179
ISD  19860600
NAM  Kemp
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D294815
ISD  19880300
NAM  Nagayasu
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D336269
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hinrichsen et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D400479
ISD  19981100
NAM  Baus
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D402244
ISD  19981200
NAM  Ando et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  3986545
ISD  19761000
NAM  Montagne
OCL  152209.1
UREF
PNO  4982775
ISD  19910100
NAM  Matsumoto
OCL  152209.1
OREF
PAL  Cooper Discoverer Radial STT Tire, 1997 Tread Design Guide, p. 20, Jan.
      1997.
PAL  Bridgestone M857 Tire, 1997 Tread Design Guide, p. 129, Jan. 1997.
PAL  Toyo M610Z Tire, 1997 Tread Design Guide, p. 164, Jan. 1997.
LREP
FR2  Milliken; Paul E
FR2  Weber; Ray L
FR2  Germain; Lee A
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a pneumatic tire tread and buttress, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168399
SRC  D
APN  1002708
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990208
TTL  Tire tread
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Spear; Robert M.
NDR  4
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Heinen; Richard
CTY  Habay-la-Neuve
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Schuler-Wagner; Carine
CTY  Dudelange
CNT  LUX
ASSG
NAM  The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company
CTY  Akron
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D12147
EDF  6
ICL  1215
FSC  D12
FSS  136-152
FSC  152
FSS  209.1;209.8;209.9;209.11;209.13;209.16;209.28;901;902;903
UREF
PNO  D261494
ISD  19811000
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  D12146
UREF
PNO  D279365
ISD  19850600
NAM  Takehara
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D292083
ISD  19870900
NAM  Ozawa
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D294926
ISD  19880300
NAM  Nishio et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D333287
ISD  19930200
NAM  Slingluff et al.
OCL  D12146
UREF
PNO  D384616
ISD  19971000
NAM  Yukawa
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D384621
ISD  19971000
NAM  Coleman, Jr. et al.
OCL  D12147
UREF
PNO  D396674
ISD  19980800
NAM  Lassan et al.
OCL  D12147
OREF
PAL  Atlas Widetrack HR Tire, 1997 Tread Design guide, p. 12. 2/2, Jan. 1997.
PAL  Jetzon Echelon Tire, 1997 Tread Design Guide, p. 42. 3/1, Jan. 1997.
PAL  Mohawk Predator Tire, 1997 Tread Design Guide, p. 53. 3/1, Jan. 1997.
PAL  Monarch Super Ride Tire, 1997 Tread Design Guide, p. 54. 2/2, Jan. 1997.
LREP
FR2  Lewandowski; T P
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a tire tread, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168402
SRC  D
APN  0975338
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981209
TTL  Surface configuration of a rear panel for a vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Melody N.
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Gabath; Peter
CTY  Starnberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayerische Motoren Werke Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19980610
APN  98 05 818
CLAS
OCL  D12169
EDF  6
ICL  1216
FSC  D12
FSS  169;167
FSC  293
FSS  102;113;115;120
FSC  296
FSS  180.1;180.2
UREF
PNO  D327242
ISD  19920600
NAM  Falik et al.
OCL  D12169
UREF
PNO  D360865
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hanson
OCL  D12169
UREF
PNO  D367028
ISD  19960200
NAM  Fairweather
OCL  D12169
UREF
PNO  D374201
ISD  19961000
NAM  Nagashewa
OCL  D12169
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a surface configuration of a rear panel for a
      vehicle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168410
SRC  D
APN  0971839
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981130
TTL  Front portion of a motor vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Melody N.
NDR  15
NFG  18
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Akana; Satoru
CTY  Hiroshima
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mazda Motor Corporation
CTY  Hiroshima-Ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D12196
XCL  D12163
EDF  6
ICL  1216
FSC  D12
FSS  196;163;90-92;169
FSC  296
FSS  185
UREF
PNO  D362831
ISD  19951000
NAM  Minowa et al.
OCL  D12 91
UREF
PNO  D373331
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ohkura et al.
OCL  D12 91
UREF
PNO  D395619
ISD  19980600
NAM  Cho
OCL  D12 91
UREF
PNO  D396022
ISD  19980700
NAM  Kim
OCL  D12 92
UREF
PNO  D396677
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sacco et al.
OCL  D12163
UREF
PNO  D400836
ISD  19981100
NAM  Reynard et al.
OCL  D12163
UREF
PNO  D403285
ISD  19981200
NAM  Abalos et al.
OCL  D12163
UREF
PNO  D403989
ISD  19990100
NAM  Honda et al.
OCL  D12 91
UREF
PNO  D406795
ISD  19990300
NAM  Maguro et al.
OCL  D12 91
UREF
PNO  D407349
ISD  19990300
NAM  Murukami et al.
OCL  D12 91
LREP
FRM  Sidley & Austin
FR2  Abrams; Hugh A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a front portion of a motor vehicle, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168429
SRC  D
APN  0975346
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981209
TTL  Surface configuration of a side panel for a vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Melody N.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Gabath; Peter
CTY  Starnberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayerische Motoren Werke Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19980610
APN  98 05 818
CLAS
OCL  D12196
EDF  6
ICL  1216
FSC  D12
FSS  196;90-92
FSC  296
FSS  185
UREF
PNO  D391911
ISD  19980300
NAM  Layaay et al.
OCL  D12196
UREF
PNO  D393439
ISD  19980400
NAM  Layaay et al.
OCL  D12196
UREF
PNO  D406797
ISD  19990300
NAM  Bangle
OCL  D12 92
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenehan, P.L.L.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a surface configuration of a side panel for a
      vehicle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168437
SRC  D
APN  0880647
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980514
TTL  Transparent tire cover
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Spear; Robert M.
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Brown; Lewis G.
STR  P.O. Box 1074
CTY  Clinton
STA  TN
ZIP  37717
CLAS
OCL  D12202
EDF  6
ICL  1216
FSC  D12
FSS  177;202;401
FSC  D 2
FSS  867;869;873;880;881
FSC   74
FSS  558;558.5
FSC  206
FSS  304;304.1;304.2
FSC  224
FSS  42.12;42.18;42.2
UREF
PNO  D305322
ISD  19900100
NAM  Campbell
OCL  D12202
UREF
PNO  D306995
ISD  19900400
NAM  Reed, Jr.
OCL  D12202
UREF
PNO  2109681
ISD  19380300
NAM  Page
OCL  206304.2
UREF
PNO  2111596
ISD  19380300
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  206304.2
UREF
PNO  2726634
ISD  19551200
NAM  Horner
OCL  206304.2
UREF
PNO  5027990
ISD  19910700
NAM  Sonnenberg
OCL  224 42.2
UREF
PNO  5507205
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ruimi
OCL   74558
OREF
PAL  Photograph from a magazine clipping of an RV with a tire cover. no title or
      date given.
LREP
FRM  Luedeka, Neely & Graham, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for transparent tire cover, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168445
SRC  D
APN  0837563
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980217
TTL  Front face of a motor vehicle wheel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Sinuik; Stacia
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  2
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Neeper; Mark
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  KMC Products, Inc.,
CTY  Riverside
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D12209
EDF  6
ICL  1216
FSC  D12
FSS  204-213
FSC  301
FSS  64.1;65;37.1
UREF
PNO  D311896
ISD  19901100
NAM  Mori
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D329416
ISD  19920900
NAM  Braungart et al.
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D351581
ISD  19941000
NAM  Chung
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D360866
ISD  19950800
NAM  Echazabal et al.
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D366641
ISD  19960100
NAM  Neeper
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D372698
ISD  19960800
NAM  Mantua
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D374420
ISD  19961000
NAM  Neeper
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D377640
ISD  19970100
NAM  Neeper
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D380724
ISD  19970700
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D385842
ISD  19971100
NAM  Cullen
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D386740
ISD  19971100
NAM  Cullen
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D390822
ISD  19980200
NAM  Neeper
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D392930
ISD  19980300
NAM  Embrador
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D393442
ISD  19980400
NAM  Noriega
OCL  D12209
OREF
PAL  Street Rodder, Sep. 1997, p. 148, Author--Eric Geisert.
PAL  Giovanna Wheels, Distributed by: WTW, Inc., Wholesale Tires & Wheels,
      Whittier, CA 90601 (No Date).
PAL  R4 by Radius Advanced Automotive Technologies, Inc, Laguna Hills, CA 92653
      (No Date).
PAL  Vision Custom Wheels, Decatur, AL 35603 (No Date).
PAL  TSW Alloy Wheels, 1998.
PAL  Luxury Alloy Wheels by Raptor (No Date).
PAL  ALBA Performance Wheels; R Reflections Wheels; 307-Cyclone; 508-Galaxy;
      500-Frontier; and 903 Legacy, DM Tech America, Inc. (1998).
PAL  These Wheels are Made for Rollin; Carusi Professional Sport Wheels for Cars
      and Trucks, Corona, CA (No Date).
PAL  ASA Licensed by BBS, The Reinvention of the Wheel.
PAL  Alessio Sport Wheels Promotion (No Date).
PAL  ALBA Visions Series, ALBA Performance Wheels (No Date).
PAL  WELD, Forged; Weld Racing, Inc., Kansas City, MO 64101.
PAL  Carusi Line (No Date).
PAL  AUTO, Dec. 1995, Supercar.
PAL  Primo Piano, Salone Di Tokyo (No Date).
PAL  American Racing Custom Wheels, 1997 Collection, Nov. 5, 1996.
PAL  Custom Wheels Art in Motion 1996, Buena Park, CA 90620.
PAL  Pure Custom Wheels, Riverside, CA 92504, USA (No Date).
PAL  Progressive Custom Wheels, Riverside, CA 92504 (No Date).
LREP
FRM  Dykema Gossett PLLC
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a front face of a motor vehicle wheel, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168453
SRC  D
APN  0907758
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980715
TTL  Front face of a vehicle wheel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Sinuik; Stacia
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  1
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Frueh; Jochen
CTY  Lampertheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Claus Ettensberger Corporation
CTY  Gardena
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D12209
EDF  6
ICL  1216
FSC  D12
FSS  204-213
FSC  301
FSS  64.1;65;37.1
UREF
PNO  D384027
ISD  19970900
NAM  Roesianto
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D391913
ISD  19980300
NAM  Chung
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D397077
ISD  19980800
NAM  Cullen
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D402252
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kulla
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D403288
ISD  19981200
NAM  Cullen
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D403291
ISD  19981200
NAM  Cullen
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D403648
ISD  19990100
NAM  Feriero
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D403649
ISD  19990100
NAM  Moreno
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D409131
ISD  19990500
NAM  Cullen
OCL  D12209
LREP
FRM  Liniak, Berenato, Longacre & White
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a front face of a vehicle wheel, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168461
SRC  D
APN  0957895
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981030
TTL  Front face of a vehicle wheel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Sinuik; Stacia
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  2
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Melegari; Gianfranco
CTY  Castelleone
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Roncadori; Emanuele
CTY  Manerbio
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Bertolinelli; Guglielmo
CTY  Castiglione d/Stiv.
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Cervati; Gualtiero
CTY  Brescia
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Galeazzi; Claudio
CTY  Carpenezolo
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Just Wheels & Tires
CTY  Santa Ana
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D12209
EDF  6
ICL  1216
FSC  D12
FSS  204-213
FSC  301
FSS  64.1;65;37.1
UREF
PNO  D361975
ISD  19950900
NAM  Weld
OCL  D12210
UREF
PNO  D367030
ISD  19960200
NAM  Bouldoukian
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D371533
ISD  19960700
NAM  Castiglione
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D372698
ISD  19960800
NAM  Mantua
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D389112
ISD  19980100
NAM  Chung
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D403649
ISD  19990100
NAM  Moreno
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D407363
ISD  19990300
NAM  Muzzarelli
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D408345
ISD  19990400
NAM  Cullen
OCL  D12209
LREP
FRM  Liniak, Berenato, Longacre & White
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a front face of a vehicle wheel, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168470
SRC  D
APN  096574&
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981112
TTL  Front face of a vehicle wheel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Sinuik; Stacia
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  2
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Couzyn; Nolan
CTY  Strathavon
CNT  ZAX
INVT
NAM  Gilley; Ian
CTY  Constantia
CNT  ZAX
INVT
NAM  Glyn-Jones; Hywel
CTY  Sandown
CNT  ZAX
ASSG
NAM  Just Wheels & Tires
CTY  Santa Ana
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D12209
EDF  6
ICL  1216
FSC  D12
FSS  204-213
FSC  301
FSS  64.1;65;37.1
UREF
PNO  D197840
ISD  19640300
NAM  Deaver
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D199056
ISD  19640900
NAM  Schraft et al.
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D252566
ISD  19790800
NAM  Blanchard
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D256576
ISD  19800800
NAM  Koch
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D256686
ISD  19800900
NAM  Zielinski
OCL  D12205
UREF
PNO  D256910
ISD  19800900
NAM  Patch
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D368694
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hall
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D396681
ISD  19980800
NAM  Boyer
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D398574
ISD  19980900
NAM  McMath
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D407052
ISD  19990300
NAM  Kelley
OCL  D12209
LREP
FRM  Liniak, Berenato, Longacre & White
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for the front face of a vehicle wheel, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168488
SRC  D
APN  0970239
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981125
TTL  Front face of a wheel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Sinuik; Stacia
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  2
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Bernoni; Claudio
STR  Via Monte Ceva 2
CTY  35031 Abano Terme PD
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Bernoni; Claudio
CTY  Miami
STA  FL
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  D12209
EDF  6
ICL  1216
FSC  D12
FSS  204-213
FSC  301
FSS  64.1;65;37.1
UREF
PNO  D267488
ISD  19830100
NAM  Hayashi
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D298527
ISD  19881100
NAM  Lorinser
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D377471
ISD  19970100
NAM  Stach
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D384022
ISD  19970900
NAM  Hatter
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D392237
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kelley
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D398274
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hartmann, Jr.
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D399470
ISD  19981000
NAM  Sacco et al.
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D403649
ISD  19990100
NAM  Moreno
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D407363
ISD  19990300
NAM  Muzzarelli
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D408345
ISD  19990400
NAM  Cullen
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D409132
ISD  19990400
NAM  Cullen
OCL  D12211
LREP
FRM  Liniak, Berenato, Longacre & White
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a front face of a wheel, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168496
SRC  D
APN  0933759
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980904
TTL  Front face of a vehicle wheel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Sinuik; Stacia
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  2
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Weidhase; Ulf
CTY  Garching
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayerische Motoren Werke Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D12211
EDF  6
ICL  1216
FSC  D12
FSS  204-213
FSC  301
FSS  64.1;65;37.1
UREF
PNO  D348243
ISD  19940600
NAM  Echazabal et al.
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D350932
ISD  19940900
NAM  Echazabal
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D376125
ISD  19961200
NAM  Fikse
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D380431
ISD  19970700
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D380432
ISD  19970700
NAM  Hettler
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D384633
ISD  19971000
NAM  Syring
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D394838
ISD  19980600
NAM  Suprihanto
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D395270
ISD  19980600
NAM  Baumgartner et al.
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D398898
ISD  19980900
NAM  Baumgartner et al.
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D401206
ISD  19981100
NAM  Ivanova
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D402951
ISD  19981200
NAM  Wechner
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D405409
ISD  19990200
NAM  Baumgartner
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D405749
ISD  19990200
NAM  Kulla
OCL  D12211
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a front face of a vehicle wheel, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168500
SRC  D
APN  0957933
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981030
TTL  Front face of a vehicle wheel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Sinuik; Stacia
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  2
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Cohen; Dennis
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Scheckter; Terence
CTY  Laguna Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Brown; Rich
CTY  La Palma
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Just Wheels & Tires
CTY  Santa Ana
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D12211
EDF  6
ICL  1216
FSC  D12
FSS  204-213
FSC  301
FSS  64;65;37.1
UREF
PNO  D32459
ISD  19000400
NAM  Conner
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D225626
ISD  19721200
NAM  Davidson
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D270344
ISD  19830800
NAM  Cunard et al.
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D294821
ISD  19880300
NAM  Danbom
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D327049
ISD  19920600
NAM  Boyer
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D339561
ISD  19930900
NAM  Maiworm et al.
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D344924
ISD  19940300
NAM  Braungart et al.
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D375075
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kugler
OCL  D12209
UREF
PNO  D402951
ISD  19981200
NAM  Wechner
OCL  D12211
UREF
PNO  D406807
ISD  19990300
NAM  Shikado
OCL  D12211
LREP
FRM  Liniak, Berenat, Longacre & White
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a front face of a vehicle wheel, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168518
SRC  D
APN  0947806
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981009
TTL  Accessible sailing dinghy
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Kay H.
NDR  5
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Mitchell; Chris
STR  2-15 Coomleigh Ave.
CTY  Glen Waverly
CNT  AUX
ITX  3150
CLAS
OCL  D12303
XCL  D12300
EDF  6
ICL  1206
FSC  D12
FSS  300;302;303;314;315
FSC  114
FSS  39.1;343;56;355;358
UREF
PNO  D113458
ISD  19390200
NAM  Grant
OCL  D12300
UREF
PNO  D202455
ISD  19650900
NAM  Greene
OCL  D12300
UREF
PNO  D207138
ISD  19670300
NAM  Andersen
OCL  D12303
UREF
PNO  3295152
ISD  19670100
NAM  Shelley
OCL  114 39.1
LREP
FR2  Karich; Eric
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a "accessible sailing dinghy", as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168526
SRC  D
APN  0992801
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990119
TTL  Boat
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Kay H.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Clarke; Robert Leslie
STR  37 Bednal Rd.
CTY  Springwood N. S. W. 2777
CNT  AUX
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19980720
APN  2138/1998
CLAS
OCL  D12310
XCL  D12300
XCL  D12314
EDF  6
ICL  1206
FSC  D12
FSS  300-318
FSC  114
FSS  61;56;57;355;357;283;290
UREF
PNO  D336887
ISD  19930600
NAM  Granie et al.
OCL  D12310
UREF
PNO  D348039
ISD  19940600
NAM  Kline
OCL  D12314
UREF
PNO  D402618
ISD  19981200
NAM  Veazey
OCL  D12310
UREF
PNO  5435260
ISD  19950700
NAM  Granie et al.
OCL  114 61
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a boat, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168534
SRC  D
APN  0893447
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980612
TTL  Bollard cap
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Kay H.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Aitken; John W.
CTY  Littleton
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Aitken; Jeffrey
CTY  Littleton
STA  CO
COD  04
ASSG
NAM  Carlile; Jill
CTY  Littleton
STA  CO
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  D12317
EDF  6
ICL  1206
FSC  D12
FSS  317
FSC  114
FSS  218;230
UREF
PNO  D204332
ISD  19660400
NAM  Hargraves
OCL  D12317
UREF
PNO  1694312
ISD  19281200
NAM  Clark
OCL  114218
UREF
PNO  3270705
ISD  19660900
NAM  Roeggen
OCL  114218
UREF
PNO  3780690
ISD  19731200
NAM  McGahee
OCL  114218
UREF
PNO  4437427
ISD  19840300
NAM  Mampaeij
OCL  114218
LREP
FRM  Dorr, Carson, Sloan & Birney, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a bollard cap, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168542
SRC  D
APN  0837229
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980217
TTL  Covering for windows in an automobile
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Sinuik; Stacia
EXP  Coles; Doris V.
NDR  5
NFG  10
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Huh; Hyo-Kil
STR  Dongah Apt. 305, #393-3
CTY  Yongho 3-dong, Nam-gu, Pusan
CNT  KRX
ITX  608-093
CLAS
OCL  D12401
EDF  6
ICL  1216
FSC  D12
FSS  401;190-191
FSC  280
FSS  770;847;848
FSC  296
FSS  97.1-97.3;97.6-97.9;96.11;95.1;96
FSC  160
FSS  370.21;370.22;370.23;DIG. 3
UREF
PNO  Re35080
ISD  19951100
NAM  Nenstiel
OCL  160370.21
UREF
PNO  D356286
ISD  19950300
NAM  Shink
OCL  D12191
UREF
PNO  D356540
ISD  19950300
NAM  Hammontree
OCL  D12401
UREF
PNO  D367029
ISD  19960200
NAM  Spaulding
OCL  D12191
UREF
PNO  D369997
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ruimi
OCL  D12190
UREF
PNO  D369998
ISD  19960500
NAM  Eskandry
OCL  D12191
UREF
PNO  D370449
ISD  19960600
NAM  Wang
OCL  D12191
UREF
PNO  D370650
ISD  19960600
NAM  Eskandry
OCL  D12191
UREF
PNO  D375928
ISD  19961100
NAM  Wang
OCL  D12191
UREF
PNO  5356191
ISD  19941000
NAM  Sheehan
OCL  296 95.1
UREF
PNO  5562142
ISD  19961000
NAM  Ziel et al.
OCL  160370.21
UREF
PNO  5615923
ISD  19970400
NAM  Madison
OCL  296 95.1
LREP
FRM  Anderson Kill & Olick
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a covering for windows in an automobile, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168550
SRC  D
APN  0796425
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19971209
TTL  Snowboard carrier for vehicles
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Sinuik; Stacia
EXP  Gandy; James
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Englander; Curt
CTY  Transbarsstigen
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Industri AB Thule
CTY  Hillerstorp
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19970625
APN  971463
CLAS
OCL  D12406
XCL  D12412
EDF  6
ICL  1216
FSC  D12
FSS  400;406;412;414
FSC  224
FSS  331;322-323;329;400;318-319;324
FSC  D 8
FSS  349;354;394
FSC  248
FSS  499
FSC  230
FSS  DIG. 7
UREF
PNO  D288550
ISD  19870300
NAM  Chu
OCL  D12406
UREF
PNO  D337980
ISD  19930800
NAM  Ng
OCL  D12406
UREF
PNO  D359473
ISD  19950600
NAM  Haines
OCL  D12412
UREF
PNO  2409946
ISD  19461000
NAM  MacLeod
OCL  224318
UREF
PNO  3884404
ISD  19750500
NAM  Frost
OCL  224318
UREF
PNO  4007862
ISD  19770200
NAM  Heftmann
OCL  224329
UREF
PNO  4402442
ISD  19830900
NAM  Martino
OCL  224324
UREF
PNO  4681247
ISD  19870700
NAM  Prosen
OCL  224332
LREP
FRM  Royston, Rayzor, Vickery, Novak & Druce, L.L.P.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for the snowboard carrier for vehicles, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168569
SRC  D
APN  0878022
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980423
TTL  Rotating laser
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Sincavage; Joel
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Onose; Jun
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971111
APN  9-74542
CLAS
OCL  D13101
XCL  D10 66
EDF  6
ICL  1302
FSC  D13
FSS  101
FSC  D10
FSS  65;66
FSC  356
FSS  138;141.1;141.3;152.1
FSC   33
FSS  DIG. 21
UREF
PNO  D383075
ISD  19970900
NAM  Sawaguchi et al.
OCL  D10 66
UREF
PNO  4519705
ISD  19850500
NAM  Morrow
OCL  356138
UREF
PNO  4676634
ISD  19870600
NAM  Petersen
XCL  356141.3
UREF
PNO  4830489
ISD  19890500
NAM  Cain et al.
XCL  356141.1
UREF
PNO  5689330
ISD  19971100
NAM  Gerard et al.
OCL  356138
UREF
PNO  5898490
ISD  19990400
NAM  Ohmoto et al.
OCL  356141.3
LREP
FRM  Thelen Reid & Priest L.L.P.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a rotating laser, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168577
SRC  D
APN  0962260
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981106
TTL  Battery housing for a PCMCIA card modem
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Sincavage; Joel
NDR  4
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Gauld; Craig S.
CTY  Vancouver
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  McKeen; Trent
CTY  North Vancouver
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Vanderhelm; Ronald J.
CTY  Surrey
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Sierra Wireless, Inc.
CTY  Richmond
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D13103
EDF  6
ICL  1302
FSC  D13
FSS  103
FSC  429
FSS  96-100;163;176
UREF
PNO  D236492
ISD  19750800
NAM  Helgesson
OCL  D13103
UREF
PNO  D349483
ISD  19940800
NAM  Weaver et al.
OCL  D13103
UREF
PNO  D397670
ISD  19980900
NAM  Davies et al.
OCL  D13103
UREF
PNO  D405754
ISD  19990200
NAM  Barkley et al.
OCL  D13103
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a battery housing for a PCMCIA card modem, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168585
SRC  D
APN  094243&
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980929
TTL  Mobile generator
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Sincavage; Joel
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Domanski; Daniel J.
CTY  Muskego
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Wacker Corporation
CTY  Menomonee Falls
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D13114
EDF  6
ICL  1302
FSC  D13
FSS  112;114;116
FSC  D12
FSS  101
FSC  290
FSS  1 A;1 B
FSC  307
FSS  150
FSC  296
FSS  181
FSC  123
FSS  2;3
FSC  322
FSS  1
FSC  363
FSS  174;175;176
UREF
PNO  D210937
ISD  19680500
NAM  Clark
OCL  D12101
UREF
PNO  D211166
ISD  19680500
NAM  Pelsue
OCL  D12101
UREF
PNO  D266235
ISD  19820900
NAM  Hughes
OCL  D12101
UREF
PNO  D382853
ISD  19970800
NAM  Crawford
OCL  D13112
UREF
PNO  4376250
ISD  19830300
NAM  Baker, Jr. et al.
OCL  307150
UREF
PNO  4556247
ISD  19851200
NAM  Mahaffey
OCL  322  1
UREF
PNO  4759560
ISD  19880700
NAM  Virgulti
OCL  280 47.26
UREF
PNO  4914373
ISD  19900400
NAM  Rivkine
OCL  322  1
UREF
PNO  5559420
ISD  19960900
NAM  Kohchi
OCL  320  2
LREP
FRM  Nilles & Nilles, S.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a mobile generator, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168593
SRC  D
APN  0876895
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980507
TTL  Insulator for the backside of a T-post
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Sincavage; Joel
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Langlie; Ronald H.
CTY  Ellendale
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Berg; Jon A.
CTY  Ellendale
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  North Central Plastics
CTY  Ellendale
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D13129
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  D13
FSS  129;131;132
FSC  174
FSS  158 F;163 F;175
UREF
PNO  D243343
ISD  19770200
NAM  Berg, Jr. et al.
OCL  D13129
UREF
PNO  D248750
ISD  19780800
NAM  Langlie et al.
OCL  D 8364
UREF
PNO  D248850
ISD  19780800
NAM  Langlie et al.
OCL  D 8364
UREF
PNO  D330008
ISD  19921000
NAM  Berg et al.
OCL  D13128
UREF
PNO  D331221
ISD  19921100
NAM  Langlie et al.
OCL  D13131
UREF
PNO  D347823
ISD  19940600
NAM  Berg et al.
OCL  D13132
UREF
PNO  4028489
ISD  19770600
NAM  Berg, Jr. et al.
OCL  174166R
UREF
PNO  4049905
ISD  19770900
NAM  Maranell
OCL  174163F
UREF
PNO  4077611
ISD  19780300
NAM  Wilson
OCL  256 10
UREF
PNO  4263477
ISD  19810400
NAM  Wilson, Sr.
OCL  174158F
UREF
PNO  4599488
ISD  19860700
NAM  Wilson, Jr.
OCL  174158R
UREF
PNO  5032693
ISD  19910700
NAM  Langlie et al.
OCL  174158F
OREF
PAL  Dare Products, Inc., Advertising Brochure, Reversed T Post Insulator,
      Undated.
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an insulator for the backside of a T-post, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168607
SRC  D
APN  0788031
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19971031
TTL  Extension cord with multiple receptacles
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Rivard; Jennifer
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Seiwert; Michael R
STR  714 Gettysburg Dr.
CTY  Arlington Heights
STA  IL
ZIP  60004
INVT
NAM  Seiwert; Linda M
STR  714 Gettysburg Dr.
CTY  Arlington Heights
STA  IL
ZIP  60004
CLAS
OCL  D131374
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  439
FSS  502;505;650-652;654
FSC  D13
FSS  137.1-137.4;139.1-139.8
FSC  337
FSS  189;198
UREF
PNO  D235265
ISD  19750600
NAM  Michener
OCL  D13137.4
UREF
PNO  D256581
ISD  19800800
NAM  Bartin
OCL  D13 24
UREF
PNO  D264330
ISD  19820500
NAM  Dumoulin
OCL  D13137.4
UREF
PNO  D324670
ISD  19920300
NAM  Ferraro
OCL  D13137.4
UREF
PNO  D362229
ISD  19950900
NAM  Moses
OCL  D13137.3
UREF
PNO  2696607
ISD  19541200
NAM  Witkin
XCL  D13137.4
UREF
PNO  4080036
ISD  19780300
NAM  Hagel
XCL  439138.1
UREF
PNO  4099824
ISD  19780700
NAM  Schoppelrey
OCL  339157
UREF
PNO  4955822
ISD  19900900
NAM  Look et al.
OCL  439505
UREF
PNO  5213519
ISD  19930500
NAM  Dorfman
OCL  439505
UREF
PNO  5234360
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kramer, Jr.
OCL  439505
UREF
PNO  5236374
ISD  19930800
NAM  Leonard et al.
OCL  439505
LREP
FRM  Goldstein & Canino
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an extension cord with multiple receptacles, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168615
SRC  D
APN  0786977
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19971030
TTL  Electrical connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Sincavage; Joel
NDR  7
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Fun; Jones
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Hon Hai Precision Ind. Co., Ltd.
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19970614
APN  86305187
CLAS
OCL  D13146
XCL  D13147
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  D13
FSS  146;147
FSC  439
FSS  78;63;540.1;541.5;607;638;620;578;344;676
UREF
PNO  4648682
ISD  19870300
NAM  Tubbs
XCL  439638
UREF
PNO  5290175
ISD  19940300
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  439540.1
UREF
PNO  5356311
ISD  19941000
NAM  Liu
OCL  439540.1
UREF
PNO  5378172
ISD  19950100
NAM  Roberts
XCL  439676
UREF
PNO  5397353
ISD  19950300
NAM  Wang
OCL  439620
UREF
PNO  5401192
ISD  19950300
NAM  Briones et al.
XCL  439607
UREF
PNO  5730621
ISD  19980300
NAM  Wang
XCL  439620
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an electrical connector, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04168623
SRC  D
APN  0982261
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981222
TTL  Electrical connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Sincavage; Joel
NDR  8
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chiou; Song-Rong
CTY  Lin Kou Hsiang
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Hon Hai Precision Ind. Co., Ltd.
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19980807
APN  87305787
CLAS
OCL  D13146
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  D13
FSS  146;147
FSC  439
FSS  607;609;939;79
UREF
PNO  D298312
ISD  19881100
NAM  Sekiguchi
OCL  D13147
UREF
PNO  D310512
ISD  19900900
NAM  Tajima
OCL  D13146
UREF
PNO  D310513
ISD  19900900
NAM  Tajima
OCL  D13146
UREF
PNO  D314943
ISD  19910200
NAM  Tajima
OCL  D13147
UREF
PNO  4913664
ISD  19900400
NAM  Dixon et al.
OCL  439607
UREF
PNO  4983127
ISD  19910100
NAM  kawai et al.
OCL  439 79
UREF
PNO  5007862
ISD  19910400
NAM  Defibaugh et al.
OCL  439607
UREF
PNO  5037330
ISD  19910800
NAM  Fulponi et al.
OCL  439607
UREF
PNO  5192228
ISD  19930300
NAM  Collins et al.
OCL  439567
UREF
PNO  5281169
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kiat et al.
OCL  439607
UREF
PNO  5288248
ISD  19940200
NAM  Chen
OCL  439609
UREF
PNO  5622523
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kan et al.
OCL  439607
LREP
FR2  Chung; Wei Te
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an electrical connector, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04168631
SRC  D
APN  0984205
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981223
TTL  Electric connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Sincavage; Joel
NDR  1
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Sato; Kiyoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Makita; Akiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980917
APN  10-26476
CLAS
OCL  D13147
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  D13
FSS  147
FSC  439
FSS  59;61;62;76.1;79;83;607;630;632;634;636;637;660
UREF
PNO  D351136
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kurata
OCL  D13147
UREF
PNO  D375293
ISD  19961100
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  D13147
UREF
PNO  D408788
ISD  19990400
NAM  Homma
OCL  D13147
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for electric connector, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168640
SRC  D
APN  1001884
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990204
TTL  Electrical connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Sincavage; Joel
NDR  4
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Huang; Wayne
CTY  Alhambra
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hon Hai Precision Ind. Co., Ltd.
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D13147
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  D13
FSS  146;147;154
FSC  439
FSS  362;636;610;607;608
UREF
PNO  D401905
ISD  19981200
NAM  Sato
OCL  D13147
UREF
PNO  D406819
ISD  19990300
NAM  Taguchi
OCL  D13154
UREF
PNO  4577919
ISD  19860300
NAM  Waters
OCL  439597
UREF
PNO  4861276
ISD  19890800
NAM  Muller et al.
OCL  439365
UREF
PNO  5108294
ISD  19920400
NAM  Marsh et al.
OCL  439 76.1
UREF
PNO  5158474
ISD  19921000
NAM  Frantz
OCL  439362
UREF
PNO  5342216
ISD  19940800
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  439362
UREF
PNO  5829991
ISD  19981100
NAM  Murphy et al.
OCL  439 98
LREP
FR2  Chung; Wei Te
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an electrical connector, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168658
SRC  D
APN  1032933
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990412
TTL  Electrical connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Sincavage; Joel
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chiou; Song-Rong
CTY  Lin-Kou
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Hon Hai Precision Ind. Co., Ltd.
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19981017
APN  87307539
CLAS
OCL  D13147
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  D13
FSS  133;146;147
FSC  439
FSS  79;83;62;607
UREF
PNO  D313007
ISD  19901200
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  D13147
UREF
PNO  D398584
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hirai et al.
OCL  D13147
UREF
PNO  D407690
ISD  19990400
NAM  Lai et al.
OCL  D13147
UREF
PNO  5104326
ISD  19920400
NAM  Smith et al.
XCL  439 79
UREF
PNO  5213515
ISD  19930500
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
OCL  439 79
UREF
PNO  5533901
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hunt et al.
OCL  439 79
LREP
FR2  Chung; Wei Te
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an electrical connector, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04168666
SRC  D
APN  0974919
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981208
TTL  Ground clamp
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Sincavage; Joel
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Amin; Harish A.
STR  644 Port Patrick Pl.
CTY  Fort Mill
STA  SC
ZIP  29715
CLAS
OCL  D13149
XCL   D8395
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  D13
FSS  149
FSC  D 8
FSS  72;395
FSC  439
FSS  92;729;793;812;829;835;838;840
FSC   24
FSS  507;508;509
UREF
PNO  D33026
ISD  19000700
NAM  Walter
OCL  D 8 72
UREF
PNO  1547314
ISD  19250700
NAM  Frankel
OCL  439822
UREF
PNO  2607070
ISD  19520800
NAM  Wertz et al.
XCL   24507
UREF
PNO  3090029
ISD  19630500
NAM  Stroebel
OCL  439822
UREF
PNO  4057313
ISD  19771100
NAM  Polizzano
XCL  439822
UREF
PNO  4797125
ISD  19890100
NAM  Malana
XCL  439838
LREP
FRM  Moore & Van Allen, PLLC
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a ground clamp, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168674
SRC  D
APN  0974935
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981208
TTL  Ground clamp
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Sincavage; Joel
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Amin; Harish A.
STR  644 Port Patrick Pl.
CTY  Fort Mill
STA  SC
ZIP  29715
CLAS
OCL  D13149
XCL   D8395
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  D13
FSS  149
FSC  D 8
FSS  72;395
FSC  439
FSS  92;729;793;812;822;829;835;838;840
FSC   24
FSS  507;508;509
UREF
PNO  D33026
ISD  19000700
NAM  Walter
OCL  D 8 72
UREF
PNO  1547314
ISD  19250700
NAM  Frankel
OCL  439822
UREF
PNO  2607070
ISD  19520800
NAM  Wertz et al.
XCL   24507
UREF
PNO  3090029
ISD  19630500
NAM  Stroebel
OCL  439822
UREF
PNO  4057313
ISD  19771100
NAM  Polizzano
XCL  439822
UREF
PNO  4797125
ISD  19890100
NAM  Malana
XCL  439838
LREP
FRM  Moore & Van Allen, PLLC
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a ground clamp, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168682
SRC  D
APN  1018426
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990311
TTL  Cable connector assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Sincavage; Joel
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Tsai; Thomas R. L.
CTY  Tu-Chen
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Hon Hai Precision Ind. Co., Ltd.
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19980911
APN  87306708
CLAS
OCL  D13153
XCL  D13147
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  D13
FSS  133;146;147;153
FSC  439
FSS  502;459;304;610
UREF
PNO  D293433
ISD  19871200
NAM  Brooks et al.
OCL  D13146
UREF
PNO  D363700
ISD  19951000
NAM  Buongervino et al.
OCL  D13147
UREF
PNO  D409149
ISD  19990500
NAM  Oikawa
OCL  D13153
UREF
PNO  D409150
ISD  19990500
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  D13153
UREF
PNO  5593315
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kinoshita et al.
OCL  439459
UREF
PNO  5797771
ISD  19980800
NAM  Garside
OCL  439610
LREP
FR2  Chung; Wei Te
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a cable connector assembly, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04168690
SRC  D
APN  1046543
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990510
TTL  Cable connector assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Sincavage; Joel
NDR  6
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Tsai; Thomas R. L.
CTY  Tu-Chen
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Hon Hai Precision Ind. Co., Ltd.
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19981218
APN  87309234
CLAS
OCL  D13153
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  D13
FSS  133;146;147;153
FSC  439
FSS  502;459;304;610
UREF
PNO  D363700
ISD  19951000
NAM  Buongervino et al.
OCL  D13147
UREF
PNO  D381629
ISD  19970700
NAM  Goto
OCL  D13147
UREF
PNO  D409149
ISD  19990500
NAM  Oikawa
OCL  D13153
UREF
PNO  D409150
ISD  19990500
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  D13153
UREF
PNO  5573425
ISD  19961100
NAM  Morisawa et al.
OCL  439502
UREF
PNO  5593315
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kinoshita et al.
OCL  439459
LREP
FR2  Chung; Wei Te
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a cable connector assembly, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04168704
SRC  D
APN  0953954
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981022
TTL  Miniature rotary electric switch
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Aronovich; Adir
NDR  1
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Rao; Chepur P.
CTY  North Kingstown
STA  RI
ASSG
NAM  Tower Manufacturing Corporation
CTY  Providence
STA  RI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D13158
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  D13
FSS  158;171;174;184
FSC  200
FSS  6 R;11 R;284;293;303;544
UREF
PNO  D387331
ISD  19971200
NAM  Wong
OCL  D13158
UREF
PNO  4015070
ISD  19770300
NAM  Theurer
OCL  D13184
UREF
PNO  4016387
ISD  19770400
NAM  Aberer
OCL  200303
UREF
PNO  4665464
ISD  19870500
NAM  Vermeulen
OCL  361293
UREF
PNO  5072078
ISD  19911200
NAM  Roa et al.
OCL  200 11R
UREF
PNO  5728982
ISD  19980300
NAM  Rao et al.
OCL  200  6R
UREF
PNO  5750947
ISD  19980500
NAM  Rao et al.
OCL  200  6R
OREF
PAL  Tower Manufacturing Corporation, 3900 Series Rotary Switches Catalog
      Published before the filing date of this Application.
PAL  Tower Manufacturing Corporation, 3000 Series Rotary Snap Switches Catalog;
      Published before the filing date of this Application.
PAL  1 Sheet of Drawings of a Prior Art Switch Published before the filing date
      of this Application.
LREP
FRM  Kriegsman & Kriegsman
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a miniature rotary electric switch, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168712
SRC  D
APN  0982016
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981223
TTL  Rocker switch actuator and bezel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vinson; Brian N.
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Todd; Sean H.
CTY  Windsor
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Carlingswitch, Inc.
CTY  Plainville
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D13169
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  D13
FSS  158;169
FSC  200
FSS  339;315;295;296
UREF
PNO  D323613
ISD  19920200
NAM  Cummins et al.
XCL  D13169
UREF
PNO  D331743
ISD  19921200
NAM  Fujiyoshi
OCL  D13169
UREF
PNO  D369143
ISD  19960400
NAM  Sorenson
OCL  D13169
LREP
FRM  McCormick, Paulding & Huber LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a rocker switch actuator and bezel, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168720
SRC  D
APN  0790052
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19971106
TTL  Single component computer
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Tung; M. H.
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Burke; Jonathan Christopher
CTY  Corte Madera
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  ZF Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D13182
XCL  D14114
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  D14
FSS  100;114
FSC  361
FSS  719;718;820
FSC  439
FSS  71
FSC  D13
FSS  158-60;162;162.1;182
FSC  257
FSS  678;690-2;694-7
FSC  174
FSS  52.2
UREF
PNO  D260091
ISD  19810800
NAM  Mochizuki et al.
OCL  D13182
UREF
PNO  D260986
ISD  19810900
NAM  Mochizuki et al.
OCL  D13182
UREF
PNO  D317592
ISD  19910600
NAM  Yoshizawa
OCL  D13182
UREF
PNO  D318271
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  D13182
UREF
PNO  D396212
ISD  19980700
NAM  Enomoto et al.
OCL  D13182
UREF
PNO  D396213
ISD  19980700
NAM  Enomoto et al.
OCL  D13182
UREF
PNO  D396847
ISD  19980800
NAM  Nakayama et al.
OCL  D13182
UREF
PNO  D402274
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kataoka et al.
OCL  D13182
UREF
PNO  4506938
ISD  19850300
NAM  Madden
OCL  439 71
UREF
PNO  5206792
ISD  19930400
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  5346402
ISD  19940900
NAM  Yasuho et al.
OCL  439 71
UREF
PNO  5422790
ISD  19950600
NAM  Chen
OCL  361719
UREF
PNO  5513073
ISD  19960400
NAM  Block et al.
OCL  361719
UREF
PNO  5574627
ISD  19961100
NAM  Porter
OCL  361719
UREF
PNO  5640305
ISD  19970600
NAM  Smithers
OCL  361719
UREF
PNO  5743748
ISD  19980400
NAM  Takahata et al.
OCL  439 71
UREF
PNO  5844307
ISD  19981200
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  257690
LREP
FRM  Flehr Hohbach Test Albritton & Herbert LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a single component computer, as described and
      claimed.
PATN
WKU  D04168739
SRC  D
APN  0803766
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19971205
TTL  Housing for outdoor electrical equipment
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Aronovich; Adir
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Korsunsky; Leon
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hiemstra; Douglas M.
CTY  Hillsborough
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Abroff; Aaron
CTY  Redwood City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Yashar; Frank D.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Pradzynski; Krzysztof
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Harmonic Lightwaves
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D13184
EDF  6
ICL  1303
FSC  D13
FSS  152;160;184
FSC  D14
FSS  240
FSC  174
FSS  50;50.51
FSC  361
FSS  678;679;691
UREF
PNO  D252568
ISD  19790800
NAM  Comstock
OCL  D13184
UREF
PNO  D315906
ISD  19910400
NAM  Channell
OCL  D13184
UREF
PNO  D336074
ISD  19930600
NAM  Friend et al.
OCL  D13184
UREF
PNO  D337770
ISD  19930700
NAM  Johnson
OCL  D14240
UREF
PNO  D379088
ISD  19970500
NAM  Hopper
OCL  D13152
UREF
PNO  4802060
ISD  19890100
NAM  Immel
OCL  361678
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a housing for outdoor electrical equipment, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168747
SRC  D
APN  0759368
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19970828
TTL  Scanner pedestal portion
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Nunn; Freda
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Khovaylo; Modest
CTY  Fort Collins
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Dow; James C.
CTY  Fort Collins
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D14107
EDF  6
ICL  1402
FSC  D14
FSS  100;107;118
FSC  D18
FSS  36;37;39
FSC  250
FSS  556
FSC  235
FSS  470;476;483;441
FSC  355
FSS  64;65;75;81
UREF
PNO  D318654
ISD  19910700
NAM  Huang
OCL  D14107
UREF
PNO  D340233
ISD  19931000
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  D14107
OREF
PAL  U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 29/092,525 filed Aug. 20, 1998 for
      Optical Scanner of Modest Khovaylo and Davin Stowell.
PAL  U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 09/154,001 filed Sep. 16, 1988 for
      Optical Scanner with Inclined Platen of Modest Khovaylo.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a scanner pedestal portion, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168755
SRC  D
APN  0912573
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980724
TTL  Monitor
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Nunn; Freda
NDR  8
NFG  9
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chuo; Yu-Hsin
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Lin; Yu-Jing
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Compal Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D14113
XCL  D14126
EDF  6
ICL  1402
FSC  D14
FSS  100;101;106;113;124-129
FSC  341
FSS  12
FSC  345
FSS  104;133;156;168;87;173
FSC  348
FSS  180;184;325;739
FSC  349
FSS  1;2;11;62
UREF
PNO  D386159
ISD  19971100
NAM  Wakui et al.
OCL  D14113
UREF
PNO  D388408
ISD  19971200
NAM  Takemasa et al.
OCL  D14113
UREF
PNO  D391934
ISD  19980300
NAM  Uehara et al.
OCL  D14113
UREF
PNO  D394248
ISD  19980500
NAM  Duan
OCL  D14113
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a monitor, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168763
SRC  D
APN  0937223
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980917
TTL  Display device
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Nunn; Freda
NDR  7
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Yin; Chung-Hsiung
CTY  Taoyuan
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Acer Peripherals, Inc.
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D14113
XCL  D14126
EDF  6
ICL  1402
FSC  D14
FSS  100;113;101;124-129
FSC  248
FSS  917-924
FSC  341
FSS  12
FSC  345
FSS  104;133;156;168;87;173
FSC  348
FSS  180;184;325;739
FSC  349
FSS  1;2;11;62
UREF
PNO  D391933
ISD  19980300
NAM  Chang
OCL  D14113
UREF
PNO  D394048
ISD  19980500
NAM  Lee
OCL  D14113
LREP
FRM  Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a display device, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168771
SRC  D
APN  0961930
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981105
TTL  Liquid crystal display
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Nunn; Freda
NDR  6
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Liu; Yu-Mei
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chang; Yuan-Shie
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Dual Technology Corporation
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D14113
XCL  D14126
EDF  6
ICL  1402
FSC  D14
FSS  100;101;106;113;124-129
FSC  341
FSS  12
FSC  345
FSS  104;133;156;168;87;173
FSC  348
FSS  180;184;325;739
FSC  349
FSS  1;2;11;62
FSC  248
FSS  917-924
UREF
PNO  D354949
ISD  19950100
NAM  Yao
OCL  D14100
UREF
PNO  D389462
ISD  19980100
NAM  Johns et al.
OCL  D14100
UREF
PNO  D397094
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kishi et al.
OCL  D14100
UREF
PNO  D397324
ISD  19980800
NAM  Minemoto et al.
OCL  D14100
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel LLP
FR2  MacPherson; Alan H.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a liquid crystal display, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168780
SRC  D
APN  0846198
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980306
TTL  Computer base
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Tung; M. H.
NDR  19
NFG  19
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Yeh; Calvin
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chen; Shu-Yuan
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Ever Case Technology, Inc.
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19971127
APN  86310187
CLAS
OCL  D14114
EDF  6
ICL  1402
FSC  D14
FSS  100;114
FSC  D 6
FSS  449;491;445;396;512
FSC  248
FSS  125.1;127;133;177.1;178.1;179.1;183.1;346.01;346.02;188.1;188.2;917-24
FSC  200
FSS  5 R;5 A;6 R;6 A
FSC  361
FSS  679-85
FSC  D13
FSS  184;199
UREF
PNO  D297365
ISD  19880800
NAM  Judd
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D330021
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kline et al.
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D338882
ISD  19930800
NAM  Reiter
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D349696
ISD  19940800
NAM  Hames
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D361561
ISD  19950800
NAM  Baudot
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D362245
ISD  19950900
NAM  Moffatt
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D388415
ISD  19971200
NAM  Seabert
OCL  D14114
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a computer base, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168798
SRC  D
APN  0950505
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981015
TTL  Computer screen with an icon
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Tung; M. H.
NDR  1
NFG  1
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Zurburg; Dean
CTY  Regina
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  SaskTel
CTY  Regina
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D141141
EDF  6
ICL  1402
FSC  D14
FSS  114;114.1-114.9;173
FSC  D18
FSS  24-33
FSC  D20
FSS  11
FSC  D19
FSS  6
FSC  345
FSS  326;339-40;347-57
FSC  D21
FSS  324-33
UREF
PNO  D119990
ISD  19400400
NAM  Andres
UREF
PNO  D148316
ISD  19480100
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  D149785
ISD  19480600
NAM  Ardner
UREF
PNO  D325030
ISD  19920300
NAM  Ochoa
XCL  D14173
UREF
PNO  D392961
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kontiainen
OCL  D14114.1
UREF
PNO  D399836
ISD  19981000
NAM  Wu et al.
OCL  D14114.2
UREF
PNO  D400195
ISD  19981000
NAM  Otesch
OCL  D14114.1
UREF
PNO  D400520
ISD  19981100
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  D14114.2
LREP
FRM  Swabey Ogilvy Renault
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a computer screen with an icon, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168801
SRC  D
APN  0775754
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19971006
TTL  Personal computer front panel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Tung; M. H.
NDR  7
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Fu; Richard C. Y.
CTY  Cerritos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hon Hai Precision Ind. Co., Ltd.
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D14115
EDF  6
ICL  1402
FSC  D14
FSS  100;107;109;114
FSC  D13
FSS  162;184;199
FSC  312
FSS  208.1
FSC  360
FSS  99.12
FSC  361
FSS  690-96
FSC  D 6
FSS  432;445;448
UREF
PNO  D294579
ISD  19880300
NAM  Kirpluk et al.
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D378515
ISD  19970300
NAM  Senshiki
OCL  D14100
UREF
PNO  D381639
ISD  19970700
NAM  Fraquelli et al.
OCL  D14100
UREF
PNO  D382549
ISD  19970800
NAM  Yoshimoto
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D384943
ISD  19971000
NAM  Brezovar
OCL  D14100
UREF
PNO  D386752
ISD  19971100
NAM  Han
OCL  D14100
UREF
PNO  D389812
ISD  19980100
NAM  Yoda
OCL  D14100
UREF
PNO  D396462
ISD  19980700
NAM  Fu
OCL  D14115
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a personal computer front panel, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168810
SRC  D
APN  0879266
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980512
TTL  Button arrangement on instrument panel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Nunn; Freda
NDR  2
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ross; Peter
CTY  Gnosall
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Gec-Alsthom Limited
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19971114
APN  2070536
CLAS
OCL  D14115
EDF  6
ICL  1402
FSC  D14
FSS  100;102;107-109;114;115;257;258;247
FSC  D13
FSS  162;184;164;177;199;168
FSC  D10
FSS  103
FSC  312
FSS  223.2
FSC  345
FSS  326
FSC  361
FSS  600.622;724-728
UREF
PNO  D354747
ISD  19950100
NAM  Herbstritt et al.
OCL  D14115
UREF
PNO  D365554
ISD  19951200
NAM  Fisher et al.
OCL  D14115
UREF
PNO  D365811
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kemp et al.
OCL  D14115
LREP
FRM  Kirschstein, et al.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a button arrangement on instrument panel, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168828
SRC  D
APN  0944580
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981002
TTL  Computer front panel
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Kay H.
NDR  5
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Jean; Paul
CTY  San-Hsia Chen
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Kan; Kaven
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Hon Hai Precision Ind. Co., Ltd.
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19980403
APN  87302334
CLAS
OCL  D14115
EDF  6
ICL  1402
FSC  D14
FSS  100;102;107;108;109;114;115
FSC  D13
FSS  162;184;199
FSC  361
FSS  600;622;724-728
FSC  428
FSS  99
UREF
PNO  D363478
ISD  19951000
NAM  Tinsley, Jr. et al.
OCL  D14115
UREF
PNO  D396461
ISD  19980700
NAM  Su
OCL  D14115
UREF
PNO  D401926
ISD  19981200
NAM  Leman
OCL  D14115
UREF
PNO  D403315
ISD  19981200
NAM  Fu et al.
OCL  D14115
LREP
FR2  Chung; Wei Te
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a computer front panel, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04168836
SRC  D
APN  0875813
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980506
TTL  Portable handheld scanning device
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Tung; M. H.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Wagner; Gregg
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Stewart; Robert
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Ewald; Douglas
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Allflex USA, Inc.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D14116
EDF  6
ICL  1402
FSC  D14
FSS  100;107;114;116
FSC  D19
FSS  41-51
FSC  235
FSS  375;378;385;454;462;472;486
FSC  382
FSS  312-15;321;318-9
FSC  250
FSS  203.1;216
FSC  D26
FSS  37;45;50
UREF
PNO  D317154
ISD  19910500
NAM  Allgeier
OCL  D14116
UREF
PNO  D319824
ISD  19910900
NAM  Riddiford
OCL  D14116
UREF
PNO  D351392
ISD  19941000
NAM  Bridges
OCL  D14116
UREF
PNO  D374440
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kanno et al.
OCL  D14116
UREF
PNO  D388076
ISD  19971200
NAM  Swift et al.
OCL  D14116
UREF
PNO  D394855
ISD  19980600
NAM  Ahearn et al.
OCL  D14116
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a portable handheld scanning device, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04168844
SRC  D
APN  0946095
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981006
TTL  Upper metal cover for compact flash card
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Tung; M. H.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hirai; Yuji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohtani; Yutaka
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980805
APN  10-22375
CLAS
OCL  D14117
EDF  6
ICL  1402
FSC  D14
FSS  114;117
FSC  D19
FSS  9-10
FSC   40
FSS  124.01
FSC  283
FSS  75-77;48.1;83;107;901
FSC  235
FSS  382.5;375;487-494;441-443
FSC  361
FSS  736-737;752
FSC  D13
FSS  182
FSC  174
FSS  52.1
FSC  439
FSS  152
UREF
PNO  D320225
ISD  19910900
NAM  Ido et al.
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D365339
ISD  19951200
NAM  Smith
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D367387
ISD  19960200
NAM  Sweere
XCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D398602
ISD  19980900
NAM  Aoki
XCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D398604
ISD  19980900
NAM  Aoki
XCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  4149027
ISD  19790400
NAM  Asher et al.
XCL  174 52.1
UREF
PNO  4941835
ISD  19900700
NAM  Lasmayoux et al.
OCL  439152
UREF
PNO  5038250
ISD  19910800
NAM  Uenaka et al.
OCL  361737
UREF
PNO  5061845
ISD  19911000
NAM  Pinnavaia
OCL  235492
UREF
PNO  5107073
ISD  19920400
NAM  Steffen
OCL  174 52.1
UREF
PNO  5242310
ISD  19930900
NAM  Leung
XCL  235492
UREF
PNO  5397857
ISD  19950300
NAM  Farquhar et al.
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
DCLM
PAL  The original design for upper metal cover for compact flash card, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168852
SRC  D
APN  0946214
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981006
TTL  Lower metal cover for compact flash card
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Tung; M. H.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hirai; Yuji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohtani; Yutaka
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980805
APN  10-22374
CLAS
OCL  D14117
EDF  6
ICL  1402
FSC  D14
FSS  114;117
FSC  D19
FSS  9-10
FSC   40
FSS  124.01
FSC  283
FSS  75-77;48.1;83;107;901
FSC  235
FSS  382.5;375;487-94;441-3
FSC  361
FSS  736-7;752
FSC  D13
FSS  182
FSC  174
FSS  52.1
FSC  439
FSS  152
UREF
PNO  D320225
ISD  19910900
NAM  Ido et al.
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D365339
ISD  19951200
NAM  Smith
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D367387
ISD  19960200
NAM  Sweere
XCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D398602
ISD  19980900
NAM  Aoki
XCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D398604
ISD  19980900
NAM  Aoki
XCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  4149027
ISD  19790400
NAM  Asher et al.
XCL  174 52.1
UREF
PNO  4941835
ISD  19900700
NAM  Lasmayoux et al.
OCL  439152
UREF
PNO  5038250
ISD  19910800
NAM  Uenaka et al.
OCL  361737
UREF
PNO  5061845
ISD  19911000
NAM  Pinnavaia
OCL  235492
UREF
PNO  5107073
ISD  19920400
NAM  Steffen
OCL  174 52.1
UREF
PNO  5242310
ISD  19930900
NAM  Leung
XCL  235492
UREF
PNO  5397857
ISD  19950300
NAM  Farquhar et al.
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
DCLM
PAL  The original design for lower metal cover for compact flash card, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168860
SRC  D
APN  0983292
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981224
TTL  Compact flash card
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Tung; M. H.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hirai; Yuji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohtani; Yutaka
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D14117
EDF  6
ICL  1402
FSC  D14
FSS  114;117
FSC  D19
FSS  9-10
FSC   40
FSS  124.01
FSC  283
FSS  75-77;48.1;83;107;901
FSC  235
FSS  382.5;375;487-94;441-3
FSC  361
FSS  736-7;752
FSC  D13
FSS  182
FSC  174
FSS  52.1
FSC  439
FSS  152
UREF
PNO  D305886
ISD  19900200
NAM  Banjo et al.
OCL  D14117
UREF
PNO  D330022
ISD  19921000
NAM  Chen
OCL  D14117
UREF
PNO  D345980
ISD  19940400
NAM  Scheid et al.
XCL  D14117
UREF
PNO  D368082
ISD  19960300
NAM  Goto
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D405441
ISD  19990200
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  D14117
UREF
PNO  D405778
ISD  19990200
NAM  Klinker
OCL  D14117
UREF
PNO  D407392
ISD  19990300
NAM  Kleineidam
OCL  D14117
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
DCLM
PAL  The original design for compact flash card, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168879
SRC  D
APN  1020056
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990316
TTL  Facsimile
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Deshmukh; Prabhakar
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chong; Youn Ui
CTY  Incheon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Daewoo Telecom Ltd.
CTY  Incheon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19980918
APN  98-15938
CLAS
OCL  D14118
EDF  6
ICL  1603
FSC  D14
FSS  118;299;124
FSC  358
FSS  400;401;402
FSC  D18
FSS  36;37
UREF
PNO  D323159
ISD  19920100
NAM  Iwasaki et al.
OCL  D14118
UREF
PNO  D345155
ISD  19940300
NAM  Hiroki et al.
OCL  D14118
UREF
PNO  D365343
ISD  19951200
NAM  Omino
OCL  D14118
UREF
PNO  D368084
ISD  19960300
NAM  Kaneko
OCL  D14118
UREF
PNO  D383742
ISD  19970900
NAM  Sawada et al.
OCL  D14118
UREF
PNO  D385266
ISD  19971000
NAM  Matsushima
OCL  D14118
UREF
PNO  4872061
ISD  19891000
NAM  Uchiyama
OCL  358400
UREF
PNO  4914281
ISD  19900400
NAM  Benton et al.
XCL  D14118
UREF
PNO  5183431
ISD  19930200
NAM  Todokoro
XCL  358400
OREF
PAL  Radio Sjack Catalog, p. 4, Aug. 1990.
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a facsimile, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168887
SRC  D
APN  1025074
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990326
TTL  Game machine cartridge
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Deshmukh; Prabhakar
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kitamori; Hiroki
CTY  Ikoma
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  SNK Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980929
APN  10-28023
CLAS
OCL  D14121
XCL  D21332
EDF  6
ICL  1499
FSC  D14
FSS  100;121;122;114;217
FSC  D21
FSS  332
FSC  273
FSS  148 B
FSC  463
FSS  1;30-35;43-47
FSC  360
FSS  132;133
FSC  242
FSS  348-348.4;341;335
UREF
PNO  D292399
ISD  19871000
NAM  Yukawa
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D294020
ISD  19880200
NAM  Yukawa
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D312081
ISD  19901100
NAM  Yukawa
OCL  D14121
UREF
PNO  D318273
ISD  19910700
NAM  Takaichi
OCL  D14121
UREF
PNO  D321429
ISD  19911100
NAM  Kojo
OCL  D 6634
UREF
PNO  D330022
ISD  19921000
NAM  Chen
OCL  D14117
UREF
PNO  D350951
ISD  19940900
NAM  Tseng
OCL  D14121
UREF
PNO  D371353
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ashida et al.
OCL  D14121
UREF
PNO  D375304
ISD  19961100
NAM  Takahara et al.
OCL  D14121
UREF
PNO  D377488
ISD  19970100
NAM  Ashida
OCL  D14121
UREF
PNO  D381977
ISD  19970800
NAM  Nagata et al.
OCL  D14121
UREF
PNO  D382868
ISD  19970800
NAM  Ashida
OCL  D14121
UREF
PNO  D396707
ISD  19980800
NAM  Ashida
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D406831
ISD  19990300
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  D14121
UREF
PNO  4865321
ISD  19890900
NAM  Nakagawa et al.
XCL  463 46
UREF
PNO  5362068
ISD  19941100
NAM  Liu
XCL  463 46
UREF
PNO  5395112
ISD  19950300
NAM  Darling
OCL  273148B
LREP
FRM  Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP
FR2  Griecci; John A.
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for a game machine cartridge, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168895
SRC  D
APN  0931586
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980904
TTL  Motion picture player
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Deshmukh; Prabhakar
NDR  1
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Amron; Alan
CTY  Syossett
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  VideoChip Technologies
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D14124
EDF  6
ICL  1402
FSC  D14
FSS  124;125;114.3-114.9;117.1
FSC  D21
FSS  329;324;333
FSC  273
FSS  148 B;244;247
FSC  463
FSS  1;4;5;29-47
FSC  345
FSS  348;133;139;905;967;976;977
UREF
PNO  D397370
ISD  19980800
NAM  Chen
OCL  D21329
UREF
PNO  4438926
ISD  19840300
NAM  Yokoi et al.
OCL  463 29
UREF
PNO  4662635
ISD  19870500
NAM  Enokian
OCL  463 31
UREF
PNO  5046739
ISD  19910900
NAM  Reichow
OCL  273148B
UREF
PNO  5393071
ISD  19950200
NAM  Best
OCL  463 35
UREF
PNO  5601487
ISD  19970200
NAM  Oshima et al.
OCL  463  4
UREF
PNO  5661632
ISD  19970800
NAM  Register
XCL  345905
UREF
PNO  5736975
ISD  19980400
NAM  Lunetta
OCL  345156
UREF
PNO  5743801
ISD  19980400
NAM  Welander
OCL  463 44
UREF
PNO  5766077
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hongo
OCL  463 30
UREF
PNO  5890906
ISD  19990400
NAM  Marcri et al.
XCL  345156
LREP
FR2  Gerber, Esq.; Eliot
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a motion picture player, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168909
SRC  D
APN  0856835
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980327
TTL  Television monitor
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Shelton; Richelle
EXP  Shooman; Ted
NDR  7
NFG  12
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Matsuoka; Fumiya
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970929
APN  9-69516
CLAS
OCL  D14126
EDF  6
ICL  1403
FSC  D14
FSS  126-134;113
FSC  312
FSS  7.2
FSC  348
FSS  836;838
UREF
PNO  D384342
ISD  19970900
NAM  Maeno et al.
OCL  D14126
UREF
PNO  D394650
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hirokawa
OCL  D14129
OREF
PAL  Sony Catalog 87, pp. 35 and 37, Nov. 1997.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a television monitor, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168917
SRC  D
APN  095747&
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981029
TTL  Video tape recorder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Shelton; Richelle
EXP  Shooman; Ted
NDR  8
NFG  14
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hyogo; Kuninori
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsuzaka; Yozo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D14135
EDF  6
ICL  1401
FSC  D14
FSS  124;125;135;136;156;160;239
FSC  386
FSS  46
FSC  369
FSS  75.1
UREF
PNO  D327058
ISD  19920600
NAM  Maeyama
OCL  D14135
UREF
PNO  D372711
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hyougo
OCL  D14135
UREF
PNO  D377350
ISD  19970100
NAM  Niitsu
OCL  D14135
UREF
PNO  D387755
ISD  19971200
NAM  Shintani
OCL  D14135
UREF
PNO  D394655
ISD  19980500
NAM  Niitsu
OCL  D14156
OREF
PAL  Catalog "89", pp. 27, 28 & 29, Sony, (Jul. 1998).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a video tape recorder, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168925
SRC  D
APN  1010727
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990225
TTL  Digital video disc player
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Shelton; Richelle
EXP  Shooman; Ted
NDR  5
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Sakamoto; Satoshi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Makino; Shinji
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshioka; Takao
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980902
APN  10-25215
CLAS
OCL  D14136
EDF  6
ICL  1401
FSC  D14
FSS  124;135;136;156;160;239
FSC  386
FSS  46
FSC  369
FSS  75.1
UREF
PNO  D327058
ISD  19920600
NAM  Maeyama
OCL  D14135
UREF
PNO  D339125
ISD  19930900
NAM  Shimose et al.
OCL  D14135
FREF
PNO  961251
ISD  19960800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  964129
ISD  19960900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  974419
ISD  19970200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Saidman DesignLaw Group
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a digital video disc player, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168933
SRC  D
APN  0986445
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990104
TTL  Housing for a portable communications device
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Asch; Jeffrey
NDR  5
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Tyneski; Frank M.
CTY  Ft. Lauderdale
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Claxton; Bruce A.
CTY  Coral Springs
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Robertson, Jr.; William H.
CTY  Plantation
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D14137
EDF  6
ICL  1403
FSC  D14
FSS  137;138;147-148;247-248;250;240;140-142;188;192;194;198;191;155;159
FSC  379
FSS  433.434;419;420;428;440
FSC  455
FSS  550-575;90;347;349;348;128
UREF
PNO  D249682
ISD  19780900
NAM  Kushida et al.
XCL  455 90
UREF
PNO  D288683
ISD  19870300
NAM  Bostler et al.
XCL  D14138
UREF
PNO  D348664
ISD  19940700
NAM  Imazeki
OCL  D14137
UREF
PNO  D382869
ISD  19970800
NAM  Siddoway et al.
OCL  D14137
UREF
PNO  D382870
ISD  19970800
NAM  Siddoway
OCL  D14137
UREF
PNO  D393638
ISD  19980400
NAM  Page et al.
OCL  D14137
UREF
PNO  D406833
ISD  19990300
NAM  Page et al.
OCL  D14137
LREP
FR2  Scutch, III; Frank M.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design housing for a portable communications device, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168941
SRC  D
APN  0984493
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981230
TTL  Answering machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Asch; Jeffrey
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kolwaite; John Stanley
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D14141
EDF  6
ICL  1403
FSC  D14
FSS  140;141;142;137;155;159;167;194;240;243
FSC  D21
FSS  331;334
FSC  379
FSS  66.7;70;67.1;419;420;428;440;88.22;441;442
UREF
PNO  D286774
ISD  19861100
NAM  Geis et al.
OCL  D14142
UREF
PNO  D293780
ISD  19880100
NAM  Martinez
OCL  D14141
UREF
PNO  D320599
ISD  19911000
NAM  Ocepek
OCL  D14141
UREF
PNO  D350745
ISD  19940900
NAM  Tamura et al.
OCL  D14141
UREF
PNO  D363282
ISD  19951000
NAM  Wicks et al.
OCL  D14141
UREF
PNO  D367650
ISD  19960300
NAM  Solomita et al.
OCL  D14141
UREF
PNO  D372715
ISD  19960800
NAM  Lin
XCL  D14141
UREF
PNO  D373585
ISD  19960900
NAM  Nagele et al.
OCL  D14149
UREF
PNO  D377650
ISD  19970100
NAM  Obata
OCL  D14194
UREF
PNO  D380501
ISD  19970700
NAM  Osterhout et al.
OCL  D21331
UREF
PNO  D405093
ISD  19990200
NAM  Sawhney et al.
OCL  D14240
UREF
PNO  5717739
ISD  19980200
NAM  Dyer et al.
OCL  379 67.1
OREF
PAL  One page black and white photograph, perspective view, of Conairphone
      Tapeless Answering System. No Date Provided.
PAL  One page black and white advertisement, Casio Phonemate Digital Answering
      Machine with time/day stamp. No Date Provided.
PAL  One page color photograph, perspective view, Conairphone Tapeless Answering
      Machine. No Date Provided.
PAL  One page color photograph, top view, Conairphone Callkeeper Answering
      Machine. No Date Provided.
PAL  Best catalog, p. 16, item B, GE Family Digital Answ. Mach., Jan. 1996.
PAL  Hello Direct, p. 31, Item 3963B Basic Answ. Mach., spr. 1997.
LREP
FRM  Woodard, Emhardt, Naughton, Moriarty & McNett
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an answering machine, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168950
SRC  D
APN  0916854
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980804
TTL  CDMA based personal assistant
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Asch; Jeffrey
NDR  4
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Fenner; Knut T.
CTY  Westfield
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Gioscia; Richard
CTY  Mahwah
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation of America
CTY  Park Ridge
STA  NJ
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D14144
XCL  D14 10
XCL  D14138
EDF  6
ICL  1403
FSC  D14
FSS  137;138;144;147-148;247-248;250;240;140-142;192;100;106;115
FSC  379
FSS  433;434;419;420;428;440;110.01
FSC  455
FSS  550-575;90
FSC  D21
FSS  239;234
FSC  D18
FSS  7
FSC  364
FSS  708.1;705.01
FSC  361
FSS  863
FSC  345
FSS  168-169;172-173;905
UREF
PNO  D362692
ISD  19950900
NAM  Rissman et al.
OCL  D21329
UREF
PNO  D390509
ISD  19980200
NAM  Antzinas et al.
OCL  D14138
UREF
PNO  D391572
ISD  19980300
NAM  Lee
OCL  D14192
UREF
PNO  D392336
ISD  19980300
NAM  Liu
OCL  D21329
UREF
PNO  D399885
ISD  19981000
NAM  Bagley et al.
OCL  D21329
UREF
PNO  D400596
ISD  19981100
NAM  Keung et al.
OCL  D21329
UREF
PNO  5825675
ISD  19981000
NAM  Want et al.
OCL  364708.1
LREP
FR2  Maioli; Jay H.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a CDMA based personal assistant, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168968
SRC  D
APN  0836168
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980213
TTL  Disc player
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bondade; Nanda
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ogasawara; Shinichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D14156
EDF  6
ICL  1401
FSC  D14
FSS  135-136;156;157;160-162;167;188
FSC  369
FSS  75.1;77.1;77.2
UREF
PNO  D264713
ISD  19820600
NAM  O'Leary
OCL  D14136
UREF
PNO  D268263
ISD  19830300
NAM  Bullock et al.
OCL  D14135
UREF
PNO  D304942
ISD  19891200
NAM  Kataoka
OCL  D14156
UREF
PNO  D350748
ISD  19940900
NAM  Sakata et al.
OCL  D14156
UREF
PNO  4398281
ISD  19830800
NAM  Hughes
OCL  369 77.1
OREF
PAL  Catalog "87", pp. 73, Sony (Nov. 1997).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a disc player, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168976
SRC  D
APN  0932450
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980908
TTL  Digital audio disc player
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bondade; Nanda
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ishii; Daisuke
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hayashi; Haruo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kataoka; Tetsu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980305
APN  10-5949
CLAS
OCL  D14156
EDF  6
ICL  1401
FSC  D14
FSS  124;135-136;156-157;162;164;188;193-198;239;257-260
FSC  369
FSS  75.1;77.1;77.2
UREF
PNO  D342733
ISD  19931200
NAM  Kanno
OCL  D14156
UREF
PNO  D352712
ISD  19941100
NAM  Wada
OCL  D14156
UREF
PNO  D371362
ISD  19960700
NAM  Deguchi
OCL  D14156
UREF
PNO  5642344
ISD  19970600
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  369 77.2
OREF
PAL  Catalog, "Sony", 87, pp. 71-73, (Nov. 1997).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a digital audio disc player, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04168984
SRC  D
APN  086790&
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980420
TTL  Amplifier combined with radio receiver
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bondade; Nanda
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Hitoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D14168
XCL  D14188
XCL  D14197
EDF  6
ICL  1401
FSC  D14
FSS  124;156-157;162;164;168;188;193-198;265;299
FSC  312
FSS  7.1
FSC  455
FSS  344;347;350;351
UREF
PNO  D328747
ISD  19920800
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  D14188
UREF
PNO  D367275
ISD  19960200
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  D14188
UREF
PNO  D372915
ISD  19960800
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  D14188
UREF
PNO  5459702
ISD  19951000
NAM  Greenspan
XCL  D14188
OREF
PAL  Sony catalog "88", pp. 118, 120, 139 and 140, (Mar. 1998).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an amplifier combined with radio receiver, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04168992
SRC  D
APN  0884936
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980526
TTL  Digital audio disc player combined with radio receiver
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bondade; Nanda
NDR  5
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Takayuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D14168
XCL  D14156
EDF  6
ICL  1401
FSC  D14
FSS  135;136;156;160-163;167-168;188;192-198
FSC  369
FSS  75.1;75.2;77.1;77.2
FSC  455
FSS  344;347;350;351
UREF
PNO  D371362
ISD  19960700
NAM  Deguchi
OCL  D14156
UREF
PNO  D372715
ISD  19960800
NAM  Lin
XCL  D14156
UREF
PNO  D379476
ISD  19970500
NAM  Tsui
XCL  D14168
OREF
PAL  Crutchfield fall 1994-Winter 1995, p. 53, Kenwood DPC-542 CD Player, 1994.
PAL  Catalog "86", pp. 69 & 70, Sony (Jul. 1997).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a digital audio disc player combined with radio
      receiver, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169000
SRC  D
APN  0900869
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980630
TTL  Combined disc recorder, player, speaker box and radio
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bondade; Nanda
NDR  4
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Yoshinori
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D14168
XCL  D14172
XCL  D14214
EDF  6
ICL  1401
FSC  D14
FSS  124;156;160-168;171;188;193-198;204;209-216
FSC  181
FSS  144-145;147-148;150;153;157;198;199
FSC  381
FSS  24;88;90;153;159;186;188
FSC  455
FSS  344;345;347-351
UREF
PNO  D339339
ISD  19930900
NAM  Pepall
OCL  D14171
UREF
PNO  D339345
ISD  19930900
NAM  Fuke
OCL  D14168
UREF
PNO  D350960
ISD  19940900
NAM  Sakata et al.
XCL  D14188
UREF
PNO  5146618
ISD  19920900
NAM  Wenner
OCL  455345
OREF
PAL  Sony Catalog "88", p. 121, (Mar., 1998).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for combined disc recorder, player, speaker box and
      radio, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169018
SRC  D
APN  0938750
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980921
TTL  Clock radio
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bondade; Nanda
NDR  5
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Duke; Jim
CTY  Duluth
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  GTC Properties, Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D14171
EDF  6
ICL  1401
FSC  D10
FSS  1;2;15
FSC  D14
FSS  124;162;168-171;188;193-198
FSC  312
FSS  7.1
FSC  455
FSS  344;347;350;351
UREF
PNO  D277960
ISD  19850300
NAM  Brandsma
OCL  D14171
UREF
PNO  D328601
ISD  19920800
NAM  Koshimura
OCL  D14171
UREF
PNO  D339346
ISD  19930900
NAM  Pepall
OCL  D14171
UREF
PNO  D377650
ISD  19970100
NAM  Obata
OCL  D14171
UREF
PNO  D381985
ISD  19970800
NAM  Maeyama
OCL  D14194
LREP
FRM  Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a clock radio, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169026
SRC  D
APN  0949426
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981014
TTL  Amplifier
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bondade; Nanda
NDR  5
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kizawa; Shigemitsu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D14188
EDF  6
ICL  1403
FSC  D14
FSS  124;188;193-198;299
FSC  455
FSS  344;346-348;350;351
UREF
PNO  D316553
ISD  19910400
NAM  Azima
XCL  D14188
UREF
PNO  D347844
ISD  19940600
NAM  Diachyo
OCL  D14198
UREF
PNO  D349702
ISD  19940800
NAM  Diachyo
OCL  D14198
UREF
PNO  D349719
ISD  19940800
NAM  Ohta
XCL  D14188
UREF
PNO  D377795
ISD  19970200
NAM  Gropper
XCL  D14188
OREF
PAL  Catalog "89 "; Sony; Jul. 1998; pp. 114 & 134.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an amplifier, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169034
SRC  D
APN  0949442
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981014
TTL  Amplifier
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bondade; Nanda
NDR  6
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kizawa; Shigemitsu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D14188
EDF  6
ICL  1403
FSC  D14
FSS  124;188;193-198;299
FSC  455
FSS  344;346-348;350;351
UREF
PNO  D266510
ISD  19821000
NAM  Iijima
OCL  D14188
UREF
PNO  D267949
ISD  19830200
NAM  Hisatsune
OCL  D14188
UREF
PNO  D322069
ISD  19911200
NAM  Seror
OCL  D14188
UREF
PNO  5285500
ISD  19940200
NAM  Mantz
OCL  455348
OREF
PAL  Catalog "89", p. 139, Sony, (Jul. 1998).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an amplifier, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169042
SRC  D
APN  0972657
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981202
TTL  Amplifier
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bondade; Nanda
NDR  5
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Rabbani; Soheil
CTY  Calabasas
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  AVA Enterprises, Inc.
CTY  Chatsworth
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D14188
EDF  6
ICL  1403
FSC  D13
FSS  123
FSC  D14
FSS  124;188;193-198;299
FSC  455
FSS  344;346-348;350;351
UREF
PNO  D343838
ISD  19940200
NAM  Frank et al.
OCL  D14198
UREF
PNO  D379174
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kornblum et al.
OCL  D13123
UREF
PNO  D386178
ISD  19971100
NAM  Frederick et al.
OCL  D14188
UREF
PNO  5285500
ISD  19940200
NAM  Mantz
XCL  455348
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an amplifier, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169050
SRC  D
APN  0913510
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980728
TTL  Radio
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bondade; Nanda
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Laskin; Hardy A.
STR  3642 E. Highland Ave.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
ZIP  85018
INVT
NAM  Riess; Steven A.
STR  3626 E. Highland Ave.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
ZIP  85018
CLAS
OCL  D14192
XCL  D14197
EDF  6
ICL  1403
FSC  D14
FSS  124;137;168;188;192-198;163;165
FSC  312
FSS  7.1
FSC  455
FSS  90;100;128;344;347;350;351
UREF
PNO  D235449
ISD  19750600
NAM  Holcomb
OCL  D14197
UREF
PNO  D276158
ISD  19841000
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  D14192
UREF
PNO  D302157
ISD  19890700
NAM  Vories
OCL  D14192
UREF
PNO  D321880
ISD  19911100
NAM  Emmerling
OCL  D14192
UREF
PNO  D376361
ISD  19961200
NAM  Lee
OCL  D14192
LREP
FR2  Meschkow; Jordan M.
FR2  Gresham; Lowell W.
     Meschkow & Gresham, P.L.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a radio, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169069
SRC  D
APN  0925772
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980824
TTL  Speaker box
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bondade; Nanda
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Miyazaki; Tetsuro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D14214
EDF  6
ICL  1401
FSC  D14
FSS  204;209-216;219
FSC  181
FSS  144;145;147;148;150;153;157;198;199
FSC  381
FSS  24;88;90;153;159;186;188
UREF
PNO  D268673
ISD  19830400
NAM  Iijima
OCL  D14214
UREF
PNO  D317008
ISD  19910500
NAM  Emmerling
XCL  D14210
UREF
PNO  D342255
ISD  19931200
NAM  Ito et al.
XCL  D14211
UREF
PNO  D392977
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kim
OCL  D14214
UREF
PNO  4805729
ISD  19890200
NAM  Wascom
OCL  181144
OREF
PAL  PC and Mac Connection, p. 127, MDS 40 Watt Speakers, model No. 18730, Jun.
      1995.
PAL  Sony, "Catalog 89", p. 115, (Jul. 1998).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a speaker box, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169077
SRC  D
APN  097160&
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981130
TTL  Loudspeaker
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bondade; Nanda
NDR  5
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Azima; Henry
CTY  Cambridge
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Owen; Neil Simon
CTY  Buckden
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Matthews; Gair Richard
CTY  Cambs
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  New Transducers Limited
CTY  Cambridgeshire
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19980605
APN  2075179
CLAS
OCL  D14214
EDF  6
ICL  1401
FSC  D14
FSS  204;207-216
FSC  181
FSS  144-145;147-148;150;198;199
FSC  381
FSS  24;88;90;153;159;186;188;203;205
UREF
PNO  D216019
ISD  19691100
NAM  Patch et al.
OCL  D14214
UREF
PNO  D248394
ISD  19780700
NAM  Jensen
OCL  D14214
UREF
PNO  D302979
ISD  19890800
NAM  Sanders
XCL  D14204
UREF
PNO  D369356
ISD  19960400
NAM  Olson
OCL  D14214
UREF
PNO  3143182
ISD  19640800
NAM  Sears et al.
OCL  181153
OREF
PAL  Audio Video International, p. 60, Digital 21 Speaker, Jun. 1985.
PAL  Stereo Review, p. 118, Speaker, Nov. 1985.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a loudspeaker, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169085
SRC  D
APN  0930016
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19970530
TTL  Transceiver carrier
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Asch; Jeffrey
NDR  4
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Whisenant; Claude Richard
CTY  Fairview
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Superior Modular Products Incorporated
CTY  Swannanoa
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D14217
XCL   D8353
XCL  D13177
XCL  D14252
EDF  6
ICL  1403
FSC  D14
FSS  140;240;217;251;252;253;137
FSC  D 6
FSS  573;574;475
FSC  D13
FSS  107;108
FSC  320
FSS  110;113;114;115
FSC  379
FSS  454;455;446;449;450;443
FSC  220
FSS  241
FSC  174
FSS  66;67
FSC  D 8
FSS  353
FSC  D19
FSS  87
FSC  211
FSS  45;50;26;119.012
FSC  D 3
FSS  218
UREF
PNO  D193629
ISD  19620900
NAM  Speciale
OCL  D 6573
UREF
PNO  D222990
ISD  19720200
NAM  Gibson
OCL  D 6573
UREF
PNO  D237893
ISD  19751200
NAM  Wennerstrom
OCL  D14137
UREF
PNO  D304000
ISD  19891000
NAM  Tuberville
XCL  D 6475
UREF
PNO  D323285
ISD  19920100
NAM  Thomson
OCL  D 8372
UREF
PNO  D366246
ISD  19960100
NAM  Simek et al.
OCL  D13177
UREF
PNO  D392619
ISD  19980300
NAM  Ericksen
XCL  D13108
UREF
PNO  D393171
ISD  19980400
NAM  St-Pierre et al.
XCL  D 6574
UREF
PNO  D405347
ISD  19990200
NAM  Mezey
OCL  D 8353
UREF
PNO  3113996
ISD  19631200
NAM  Sanford
XCL  220241
UREF
PNO  4339045
ISD  19820700
NAM  Bodin
XCL  174 66
UREF
PNO  4484033
ISD  19841100
NAM  Licari
OCL  379447
UREF
PNO  5075615
ISD  19911200
NAM  Dantis
XCL  320115
UREF
PNO  5539821
ISD  19960700
NAM  Blonder
OCL  379446
LREP
FRM  Carter & Schnedler P. A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a transceiver carrier, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169093
SRC  D
APN  0857459
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980330
TTL  Remote control
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Andoll; Gregory
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Renk; Thomas Edward
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D14218
EDF  6
ICL  1403
FSC  D14
FSS  124;217;218;299
FSC  D10
FSS  104;106
FSC  D13
FSS  168
FSC  348
FSS  734
FSC  455
FSS  151.1-151.4;152.1;352-355
FSC  200
FSS  331
UREF
PNO  D331888
ISD  19921200
NAM  Lade
OCL  D10106
UREF
PNO  D342739
ISD  19931200
NAM  Atkin et al.
OCL  D14217
UREF
PNO  D346152
ISD  19940400
NAM  Zaugg
OCL  D13168
UREF
PNO  D399209
ISD  19981000
NAM  Yamagishi
OCL  D14218
UREF
PNO  5408275
ISD  19950400
NAM  Song et al.
OCL  348734
LREP
FRM  Woodard, Emhardt, Naughton, Moriarty & McNett
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a remote control, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169107
SRC  D
APN  0898449
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980624
TTL  Remote control
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Andoll; G.
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  3
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Vasquez; Jose S.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  AMX Corporation
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D14218
EDF  6
ICL  1403
FSC  D14
FSS  124;217;218;299;191;117.1
FSC  D10
FSS  104;106
FSC  D13
FSS  168
FSC  D21
FSS  333;329
FSC  348
FSS  734
FSC  455
FSS  151.1-151.4;152.1;352-355
FSC  200
FSS  331
UREF
PNO  D375743
ISD  19961100
NAM  Nishii et al.
OCL  D14191
UREF
PNO  D398608
ISD  19980900
NAM  Nguyen et al.
OCL  D14191
UREF
PNO  D400539
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hippen
OCL  D14218
OREF
PAL  Home Automation Systems, Inc., Catalogp. 88, Touchscreen Learning IR
      Remote, May 1999.
LREP
FR2  Hubbard; Marc A.
     Munsch Hardt Kopf & Harr, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a remote control, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169115
SRC  D
APN  1007750
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990218
TTL  Remote controller for video tape recorder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Andoll; G.
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  3
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Masami
CTY  Ehime
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimose; Norihiko
CTY  Ehime
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980903
APN  10-25244
CLAS
OCL  D14218
EDF  6
ICL  1403
FSC  D14
FSS  124;217;218;299
FSC  D10
FSS  104;106
FSC  D13
FSS  168
FSC  D21
FSS  333
FSC  348
FSS  734
FSC  455
FSS  151.1;151.4;152.1;352-355
FSC  200
FSS  331
UREF
PNO  D376366
ISD  19961200
NAM  Patton et al.
OCL  D14218
UREF
PNO  D382878
ISD  19970800
NAM  Erlin
OCL  D14218
UREF
PNO  D386185
ISD  19971100
NAM  Cho
OCL  D14218
UREF
PNO  D398009
ISD  19980900
NAM  Huppertz et al.
OCL  D14218
UREF
PNO  D407071
ISD  19990300
NAM  Keating
OCL  D13168
OREF
PAL  RCA Home Control, Satellite, NITEglo, and SystemLink universal remotes,
      catalog issued before Sep. 3, 1998, one unnumbered page.
PAL  JVC Video Cassette Recorder Model Nos. HR-DD840, HR-DD750, HR-VP654,
      HR-VP650, HR-A54, HR-VP450, HR-A34, catalog issued before Sep. 3, 1998,
      one unnumbered page.
LREP
FRM  Saidman DesignLaw Group
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a remote controller for video tape recorder, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169123
SRC  D
APN  1006967
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990216
TTL  Microphone for communication
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Bondade; Nanda
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hsieh; Alesex
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Merry Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19990125
APN  88300408
CLAS
OCL  D14225
EDF  6
ICL  1401
FSC  D14
FSS  137;206;223-229
FSC  181
FSS  158;242
FSC  379
FSS  368;430;431
FSC  381
FSS  90;122;153;168;169;183
UREF
PNO  D355915
ISD  19950200
NAM  Chan
OCL  D14225
UREF
PNO  D378820
ISD  19970400
NAM  Tokiyama et al.
OCL  D14225
UREF
PNO  D381024
ISD  19970700
NAM  Hinzmann et al.
XCL  D14228
UREF
PNO  2196342
ISD  19400400
NAM  Ruttenberg
XCL  181158
UREF
PNO  4837833
ISD  19890600
NAM  Madaffari
XCL  181158
LREP
FRM  Browdy and Neimark
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a microphone for communication, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04169131
SRC  D
APN  0982695
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981223
TTL  Front cover for telephone handset
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Asch; Jeffrey
NDR  2
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kolinen; Petteri
CTY  Helsinki
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Nokia Mobile Phones Limited
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19980625
APN  421/98
CLAS
OCL  D14250
XCL  D14248
EDF  6
ICL  1403
FSC  D14
FSS  137;138;250;147-148;247-248;240;140-142
FSC  379
FSS  433;434;419;420;428;440
FSC  455
FSS  550-575;90
UREF
PNO  D353809
ISD  19941200
NAM  Nuovo et al.
OCL  D14138
UREF
PNO  D356562
ISD  19950300
NAM  Nuovo
OCL  D14138
UREF
PNO  D392967
ISD  19980300
NAM  Mason
OCL  D14138
UREF
PNO  D395316
ISD  19980600
NAM  Mason
XCL  D14138
UREF
PNO  D398930
ISD  19980900
NAM  Nuovo et al.
OCL  D14250
UREF
PNO  D398931
ISD  19980900
NAM  Nuovo et al.
OCL  D14250
UREF
PNO  D400203
ISD  19981000
NAM  Kolinen
OCL  D14138
UREF
PNO  D406583
ISD  19990300
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL  D14138
UREF
PNO  D406585
ISD  19990300
NAM  Vuolteenaho et al.
OCL  D14138
UREF
PNO  5615259
ISD  19970300
NAM  Gilbert
OCL  379433
LREP
FR2  Rivers; Brian T.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a front cover for telephone handset, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169140
SRC  D
APN  1038788
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990423
TTL  Phone stand
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Asch; Jeffrey
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lummis; Robert C.
STR  315 Pioxi St.
CTY  Copiaque
STA  NY
ZIP  11726
CLAS
OCL  D14251
XCL  D19 37
EDF  6
ICL  1403
FSC  D14
FSS  137;138;148;147;149-151;140-142;240;241;251;253;252
FSC  379
FSS  433-436;419-420;428;440;454;455;446;447
FSC  D13
FSS  107;108
FSC  320
FSS  110;113;114;115
FSC  D 6
FSS  475
FSC  D19
FSS  87
FSC  248
FSS  477
FSC  108
FSS  26;32
FSC  D 8
FSS  380;354
UREF
PNO  D160213
ISD  19500900
NAM  Samuelson
OCL  D 8354
UREF
PNO  D277662
ISD  19850200
NAM  Huntington et al.
OCL  D13107
UREF
PNO  D288281
ISD  19870200
NAM  Spicer
XCL  D 8380
UREF
PNO  D316416
ISD  19910400
NAM  Cant et al.
OCL  D14252
UREF
PNO  D322061
ISD  19911200
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  D13108
UREF
PNO  D350330
ISD  19940900
NAM  Peterson
OCL  D13107
UREF
PNO  D353371
ISD  19941200
NAM  Delhaes
OCL  D14149
UREF
PNO  D363284
ISD  19951000
NAM  Solomita
OCL  D14149
UREF
PNO  1238899
ISD  19170900
NAM  Enell
OCL  248477
UREF
PNO  5887528
ISD  19990300
NAM  Lummis
OCL  108 26
LREP
FR2  Breaux; Joseph N.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a phone stand, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169158
SRC  D
APN  0899453
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980626
TTL  Fuel dispensing unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seifert; Ralf
NDR  3
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  McSpadden; John S.
CTY  Greensboro
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Felix; Cheryl
CTY  Bedford
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Keane; Charles C.
CTY  Hingham
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Gilbarco Inc.
CTY  Greensboro
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D15  92
EDF  6
ICL  1502
FSC  D15
FSS  9.1;9.2
FSC  137
FSS  234.6
FSC  222
FSS  26;28;23;71;74;372
FSC  141
FSS  198
FSC  251
FSS  129.04
UREF
PNO  D196263
ISD  19630900
NAM  Romonowski
OCL  D15  9.2
UREF
PNO  D244563
ISD  19770500
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  D52  2
UREF
PNO  D262970
ISD  19820200
NAM  Rowan et al.
OCL  D15  9.2
UREF
PNO  D262971
ISD  19820200
NAM  Robinson, Jr. et al.
OCL  D15  9.2
UREF
PNO  D264471
ISD  19820500
NAM  Rowan et al.
OCL  D15  9.2
UREF
PNO  D265092
ISD  19820600
NAM  Robinson, Jr. et al.
OCL  D15  9.2
UREF
PNO  D306719
ISD  19900300
NAM  Austin et al.
OCL  D14105
UREF
PNO  D309144
ISD  19900700
NAM  Austin et al.
OCL  D15  9.2
UREF
PNO  D316471
ISD  19910400
NAM  Austin et al.
OCL  D99 43
UREF
PNO  D334199
ISD  19930300
NAM  Ballew
OCL  D15  9.2
UREF
PNO  5630528
ISD  19970500
NAM  Nanaji
OCL  222 71
UREF
PNO  5651478
ISD  19970700
NAM  Tatsuno
OCL  222 71
OREF
PAL  "BP Apollo--NZ Trial Site Review" (Aug. 14, 1998).
PAL  "Loyalty Builders", No date.
PAL  "V390" (1994).
PAL  "V390U" (1994).
PAL  "Customer Interface Terminal", No date.
PAL  "Horizon 2000 Series Dispenser", No date.
PAL  "The Premier Series H422B: with Insight" (Aug. 1997).
PAL  "Dispensers", No date.
PAL  "The Advantage Series Model Guide" by Gilbarco Inc. (1996).
PAL  "Multidispenser Advantage", No date.
PAL  "Universal Univison" by Universal Epsco, Inc. (1995).
PAL  "Centurion--A Sophisticated and Reliable Dispenser" by Schlumberger
      Electronics Transaction (1997).
LREP
FRM  Jenkins & Wilson, P.A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a fuel dispensing unit, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169166
SRC  D
APN  0910341
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980722
TTL  Fuel dispenser housing
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seifert; Ralf
NDR  4
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Wilson; Amy H.
CTY  Greensboro
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Miller; Paul D.
CTY  Winston Salem
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Felix; Cheryl
CTY  Bedford
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Gilbarco Inc.
CTY  Greensboro
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D15  92
EDF  6
ICL  1502
FSC  D15
FSS  9.1;9.2
FSC  222
FSS  25;71;74;75;383.1;27
FSC  137
FSS  234.6
FSC  364
FSS  528.17
FSC  D25
FSS  56
FSC  D14
FSS  105
FSC  D99
FSS  43
UREF
PNO  D244563
ISD  19770500
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  D52  2
UREF
PNO  D262971
ISD  19820200
NAM  Robinson, Jr. et al.
OCL  D15  9.2
UREF
PNO  D265092
ISD  19820600
NAM  Robinson, Jr. et al.
OCL  D15  9.2
UREF
PNO  D273791
ISD  19840500
NAM  Monigle et al.
OCL  D15  9.1
UREF
PNO  D287498
ISD  19861200
NAM  Monigle et al.
OCL  D15  9.2
UREF
PNO  D303803
ISD  19891000
NAM  Phillips
OCL  D25 56
UREF
PNO  D306719
ISD  19900300
NAM  Austin et al.
OCL  D14105
UREF
PNO  D309144
ISD  19900700
NAM  Austin et al.
OCL  D15  9.2
UREF
PNO  D316471
ISD  19910400
NAM  Austin et al.
OCL  D99 43
UREF
PNO  D395052
ISD  19980600
NAM  Krone et al.
OCL  D15  9.1
UREF
PNO  D396047
ISD  19980700
NAM  Krone et al.
OCL  D15  9.1
UREF
PNO  4576312
ISD  19860300
NAM  Swick, Jr.
OCL  D15  9.2
OREF
PAL  "BP Apollo--NZ Trial Site Review" (Aug. 14, 1998).
PAL  "Loyalty Builders". No Date.
PAL  "V390" (1994).
PAL  "V390U" (1994).
PAL  "Customer Interface Terminal". No Date.
PAL  "Horizon 2000 Series Dispenser". No Date.
PAL  "The Premier Series H422B: with Insight" (Aug. 1997).
PAL  "Dispensers". No Date.
PAL  "The Advantage Series Model Guide" by Gilbarco Inc. (1996).
PAL  "Multidispenser Advantage". No Date.
PAL  "Universal Univision" by Universal Epsco, Inc. (1995).
PAL  "Centurion--A Sophisticated and Reliable Dispenser" by Schlumberger
      Electronics Transaction (1997).
LREP
FRM  Jenkins & Wilson, P.A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a fuel dispenser housing, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169174
SRC  D
APN  0860492
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980403
TTL  Polygonal indexable cutting insert
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Antoine Duval
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Xie; Jeffrey
CTY  Troy
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Lowe; Tony
CTY  Royal Oak
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Bernadic; Thomas
CTY  Madison Heights
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Valenite Inc.
CTY  Madison Heights
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D15139
EDF  6
ICL  1509
FSC  D15
FSS  139
FSC  407
FSS  42;113-117
UREF
PNO  D307149
ISD  19900400
NAM  Niebauer
OCL  D15139
UREF
PNO  D308975
ISD  19900700
NAM  Niebauer
OCL  D15139
UREF
PNO  3786541
ISD  19740100
NAM  Lundgren
UREF
PNO  4214845
ISD  19800700
NAM  Yoshikatsu
UREF
PNO  4318645
ISD  19820300
NAM  McCreery
UREF
PNO  4340324
ISD  19820700
NAM  McCreery
UREF
PNO  4629371
ISD  19861200
NAM  Maeda et al.
UREF
PNO  4787784
ISD  19881100
NAM  Bernadic et al.
UREF
PNO  4846609
ISD  19890700
NAM  Bernadic et al.
UREF
PNO  4856942
ISD  19890800
NAM  Bernadic et al.
UREF
PNO  4859122
ISD  19890800
NAM  Patterson et al.
UREF
PNO  4880338
ISD  19891100
NAM  Stashko
UREF
PNO  4915548
ISD  19900400
NAM  Fouquer et al.
UREF
PNO  4934879
ISD  19900600
NAM  van Barneveld
UREF
PNO  4941780
ISD  19900700
NAM  Takashashi
UREF
PNO  4963061
ISD  19901000
NAM  Katbi et al.
UREF
PNO  5141367
ISD  19920800
NAM  Beeghly et al.
UREF
PNO  5147159
ISD  19920900
NAM  Lowe et al.
UREF
PNO  5192171
ISD  19930300
NAM  Ther et al.
UREF
PNO  5193947
ISD  19930300
NAM  Bernadic et al.
UREF
PNO  5203649
ISD  19930400
NAM  Katbi et al.
UREF
PNO  5207748
ISD  19930500
NAM  Katbi et al.
UREF
PNO  5222843
ISD  19930600
NAM  Katbi et al.
UREF
PNO  5230591
ISD  19930700
NAM  Katbi et al.
UREF
PNO  5265985
ISD  19931100
NAM  Boppana et al.
UREF
PNO  5282703
ISD  19940200
NAM  Itaba et al.
UREF
PNO  5324144
ISD  19940600
NAM  Katbi et al.
UREF
PNO  5330296
ISD  19940700
NAM  Beeghly et al.
UREF
PNO  5350258
ISD  19940900
NAM  Beeghly et al.
XCL  407114
UREF
PNO  5449255
ISD  19950900
NAM  Katbi et al.
UREF
PNO  5476025
ISD  19951200
NAM  Beeghly et al.
UREF
PNO  5503507
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lowe et al.
UREF
PNO  5584616
ISD  19961200
NAM  Katbi et al.
UREF
PNO  5599141
ISD  19970200
NAM  Katbi et al.
FREF
PNO  4437093 A1
ISD  19960400
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Widia Valenite Heinlein, Widia Extra 80, Widaselect-Geometrie-SH, Brochure
      080100W 0897 2 pages.
LREP
FR2  Cameron; Mary K.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a polygonal indexable cutting insert, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169182
SRC  D
APN  0984744
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19981230
TTL  Die cut locking device to hold tools
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Antoine Duval
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Jacobson; Arthur F.
STR  1414 Jacobson Dr.
CTY  Waukegan
STA  IL
ZIP  60085-7408
INVT
NAM  Boyd; Fred E.
STR  41W. 937 Townhall Rd.
CTY  Elburn
STA  IL
ZIP  60119
CLAS
OCL  D15140
EDF  6
ICL  1509
FSC  D15
FSS  140
FSC  D 8
FSS  71
FSC  269
FSS  1;2;8;16;47;48;48.1;86;87.3;287;288
UREF
PNO  60266
ISD  18661200
NAM  Service
OCL  D15140
UREF
PNO  D412511
ISD  19990800
NAM  Lefevre
OCL  D15140
LREP
FRM  Gardner, Carton & Douglas
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for the die cut locking device to hold tools, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169190
SRC  D
APN  1008757
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990219
TTL  Work holding apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Antoine Duval
NDR  10
NFG  14
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lei; Xun
CTY  Cheswick
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Delta International Machinery Corp.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D15140
XCL  D10 65
EDF  6
ICL  1509
FSC  D10
FSS  65
FSC  D15
FSS  140
FSC  144
FSS  287;286.1;477.2
UREF
PNO  D314712
ISD  19910200
NAM  Kunz
OCL  D10 65
UREF
PNO  D352510
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sutton et al.
UREF
PNO  D400453
ISD  19981100
NAM  Holland
OCL  D10 65
UREF
PNO  4058150
ISD  19771100
NAM  Pennington
UREF
PNO  4630656
ISD  19861200
NAM  Collins
UREF
PNO  4687383
ISD  19870800
NAM  Shimomura et al.
UREF
PNO  5452751
ISD  19950900
NAM  Engler, III et al.
UREF
PNO  5617909
ISD  19970400
NAM  Duginske
LREP
FRM  Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a work holding apparatus, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169204
SRC  D
APN  0991074
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990113
TTL  Soldering torch
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Antoine Duval
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chou; An-Chuan
STR  No. 212, Yung An Street
CTY  Tainan
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  D15144
EDF  6
ICL  1509
FSC  815
FSS  144;144.1;144.2
FSC  431
FSS  345;344;266;255;256
UREF
PNO  4643671
ISD  19870200
NAM  Yoshinaga
OCL  431255
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Lee
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a soldering torch, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169212
SRC  D
APN  1029762
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990406
TTL  Thermal binding machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Antoine Duval
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Cheng; James
CTY  Chia Yi Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Homedal Industrial Corporation
CTY  Chia Yi Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D15146
EDF  6
ICL  1509
FSC  D15
FSS  145;146
FSC   53
FSS  373;374.8;374.9;390;405;432-434;510-512;DIG. 2
FSC  118
FSS  242;263;264;270
FSC  156
FSS  497;583.1-583.91
UREF
PNO  D341845
ISD  19931100
NAM  Caruso et al.
OCL  D15146
LREP
FRM  Larson & Taylor
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a thermal binding machine, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169220
SRC  D
APN  1007602
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990217
TTL  Gear
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Seifert; Ralf
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lannoch; Hans-Jurgen
STR  Hauptstr. 57
CTY  D-76351, Linkenheim-Hochstetten
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  XHX
APD  19970221
APN  DM/039261
RLAP
COD  74
APN  074989
APD  19970818
CLAS
OCL  D15148
XCL  D15  5
EDF  6
ICL  1501
FSC  D15
FSS  5;148
FSC   74
FSS  489;606 R;606 A;607
FSC  474
FSS  82;144;146
FSC  476
FSS  42
UREF
PNO  D278824
ISD  19850500
NAM  Votaw
OCL  D15149
UREF
PNO  D324866
ISD  19920300
NAM  Pleet et al.
OCL  D15  5
UREF
PNO  D356094
ISD  19950300
NAM  Curtis
OCL  D15148
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a gear, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169239
SRC  D
APN  085753&
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980330
TTL  Contact lens
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Barkai; Raphael
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Jahnke; Richard L.
CTY  Bark River
STA  MI
R47  4
ASSG
NAM  Wesley Jessen Corporation
CTY  Des Plaines
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D16101
EDF  6
ICL  1606
FSC  D16
FSS  101;306
FSC  351
FSS  41;44;51;52;158;159;160 R;160 H;161;162
UREF
PNO  D211757
ISD  19680700
NAM  Urbach
OCL  D57  1
UREF
PNO  D305768
ISD  19900100
NAM  Barkley
OCL  D16100
UREF
PNO  4377329
ISD  19830300
NAM  Poler
OCL  351160R
UREF
PNO  5059018
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kanome et al.
OCL  351162
UREF
PNO  5120121
ISD  19920600
NAM  Rawlings et al.
OCL  351162
UREF
PNO  5160463
ISD  19921100
NAM  Evans et al.
OCL  264 17
UREF
PNO  5495305
ISD  19960200
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  351160R
FREF
PNO  2308941
ISD  19761100
CNT  FRX
OCL  351160
OREF
PAL  Contacto, Nov. 1975.
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a contact lens, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169247
SRC  D
APN  0923451
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980817
TTL  Contact lens
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Barkai; Raphael
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Soye; Paul J.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Wesley Jessen Corporation
CTY  Des Plaines
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D16101
XCL  D16306
EDF  6
ICL  1606
FSC  D16
FSS  101;306
FSC  351
FSS  41;44;51;52;158;159;160 R;160 H;161;162
UREF
PNO  D211757
ISD  19680700
NAM  Urbach
OCL  D57  1
UREF
PNO  D305768
ISD  19900100
NAM  Barkley
OCL  D16100
UREF
PNO  4377329
ISD  19830300
NAM  Poler
OCL  351160R
UREF
PNO  5059018
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kanome
OCL  351162
UREF
PNO  5120121
ISD  19920600
NAM  Rawlings et al.
OCL  351162
UREF
PNO  5160463
ISD  19921100
NAM  Evans et al.
OCL  264 17
UREF
PNO  5495305
ISD  19960200
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  351160R
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a contact lens, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169255
SRC  D
APN  0447978
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19950922
TTL  Support for arm, hand and wrist
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Mortimer; Paula A.
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Pratt; Marsha
STR  119 Skycrest St.
CTY  Sugar Land
STA  TX
ZIP  77479
CLAS
OCL  D16131
EDF  6
ICL  1606
FSC  D16
FSS  130;131;136;242
FSC  359
FSS  391;392;393;394
FSC  108
FSS  143
FSC  248
FSS  118
FSC  D14
FSS  114
FSC  D 6
FSS  501
UREF
PNO  D337463
ISD  19930700
NAM  Grimm
OCL  D 6501
UREF
PNO  D346816
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kline et al.
OCL  D16131
UREF
PNO  D362665
ISD  19950900
NAM  Knighton et al.
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D368705
ISD  19960400
NAM  deLeon et al.
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D387076
ISD  19971200
NAM  Costa
OCL  D16131
UREF
PNO  3563186
ISD  19710200
NAM  Piper et al.
OCL  108143
UREF
PNO  5605311
ISD  19970200
NAM  McGrath et al.
OCL  248118
LREP
FRM  Parks and Associates
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a support for arm, hand and wrist, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04169263
SRC  D
APN  1011537
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990225
TTL  Lens for single-lens reflex camera
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Aronovich; Adir
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Akira
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980908
APN  10-25610
CLAS
OCL  D16134
XCL  D16219
EDF  6
ICL  1606
FSC  D16
FSS  134;136;216-219;237
FSC  359
FSS  703;704;815;819;827;828;826
FSC  396
FSS  529-531;544;354
UREF
PNO  D289659
ISD  19870500
NAM  Colani
OCL  D16217
UREF
PNO  D338479
ISD  19930800
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  D16134
UREF
PNO  D398315
ISD  19980900
NAM  Miyamoto
OCL  D16219
UREF
PNO  4923281
ISD  19900500
NAM  Krichever et al.
OCL  359826
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a lens for single-lens reflex camera, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169271
SRC  D
APN  0974137
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981207
TTL  Magnifying glass
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Mortimer; Paula A.
NDR  2
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Jim; Frankie S.F.
CTY  Hong Kong
CNT  HKX
ASSG
NAM  Concavex Plastic Works Limited
CTY  Kowloon
CNT  HKX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D16135
EDF  6
ICL  1606
FSC  D16
FSS  130;135
FSC  359
FSS  802;803;804;805;808;809;810;811;742
UREF
PNO  D196452
ISD  19631000
NAM  Burlin et al.
OCL  D16135
UREF
PNO  D199589
ISD  19641100
NAM  Hoogestegor et al.
OCL  D16135
UREF
PNO  D217506
ISD  19700500
NAM  Knoetgen
OCL  D16135
UREF
PNO  D248401
ISD  19780700
NAM  Del Pesco, Sr.
OCL  D16135
UREF
PNO  D269275
ISD  19830600
NAM  Tweedie
OCL  D16135
UREF
PNO  D298634
ISD  19881100
NAM  Yuen
OCL  D16135
UREF
PNO  D372746
ISD  19960800
NAM  Mathews
OCL  D16135
UREF
PNO  1547142
ISD  19250700
NAM  Bausch
XCL  359808
UREF
PNO  2682805
ISD  19540700
NAM  Tomasovic
OCL  D16135
UREF
PNO  3409347
ISD  19681100
NAM  Vogel
XCL  359742
UREF
PNO  4763986
ISD  19880800
NAM  Sego
OCL  359798
LREP
FRM  Smith, Gambrell & Russell, LLP
     Beveridge, DeGrandi, Weilacher & Young Intellectual Property Group
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a magnifying glass, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169280
SRC  D
APN  0842494
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980227
TTL  Combined video tape recorder and camera
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Aronovich; Adir
NDR  5
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Sumita; Kaoru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D16202
EDF  6
ICL  1601
FSC  D16
FSS  200-208
FSC  348
FSS  373-376
FSC  352
FSS  242;243
FSC  358
FSS  906
FSC  396
FSS  535-543
UREF
PNO  D356589
ISD  19950300
NAM  Sumita
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  D375108
ISD  19961000
NAM  Harata
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  D380764
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ishii
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  D381995
ISD  19970800
NAM  Sumita
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  D400900
ISD  19981100
NAM  Harata
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  D404047
ISD  19990100
NAM  Ishii
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  D407424
ISD  19990300
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  5499052
ISD  19960300
NAM  Nakanishi et al.
OCL  348373
OREF
PAL  Sony Catalog, "87", pp. 11-12, (Nov. 1997).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a combined video tape recorder and camera, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169298
SRC  D
APN  0867039
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980417
TTL  Combined video tape recorder and camera
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Aronovich; Adir
NDR  6
NFG  11
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Miyashita; Shin
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D16202
EDF  6
ICL  1601
FSC  D16
FSS  200-208
FSC  348
FSS  373-376
FSC  352
FSS  242;243
FSC  358
FSS  906
FSC  396
FSS  535-543
UREF
PNO  D342960
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kurata
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  D356589
ISD  19950300
NAM  Sumita
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  D376166
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ishii
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  D385568
ISD  19971000
NAM  Harata
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  5499052
ISD  19960300
NAM  Nakanishi et al.
OCL  348373
OREF
PAL  Sony, p. 161, (1996).
PAL  Sony Catalog "87", pp. 6-9, (Nov. 1997).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a combined video tape recorder and camera, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169301
SRC  D
APN  0928917
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980828
TTL  Camera for a telephone capable of observing the subject by TV monitor
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Aronovich; Adir
NDR  4
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Choi; Kwang Youl
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Ko Sung Wook
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19980516
APN  98/8034
CLAS
OCL  D16203
XCL  D14130
XCL  D16202
EDF  6
ICL  1601
FSC  D14
FSS  114;130
FSC  D16
FSS  200-206;208
FSC  248
FSS  917;918;921;922;923;349.1
FSC  348
FSS  14-20;143;373;374-376
FSC  358
FSS  906;909.1
FSC  396
FSS  535-543
FSI  H04N  2225
UREF
PNO  D355205
ISD  19950200
NAM  Yokoi
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  D359499
ISD  19950600
NAM  Gower et al.
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  D374023
ISD  19960900
NAM  Beck et al.
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  D374242
ISD  19961000
NAM  Yamanouchi
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  D386195
ISD  19971100
NAM  Oates
OCL  D16202
UREF
PNO  5734414
ISD  19980300
NAM  Nishimura et al.
OCL  348 14
FREF
PNO  8-102882
ISD  19960400
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  5225
OREF
PAL  Sanyo New Product Information Page, (USB Camera MMC-U10), 1997.
PAL  Vivitar Digital Imaging Page, (Vivicam Y26,800), Mar. 1998.
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a camera for a telephone capable of observing the
      subject by TV monitor, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169310
SRC  D
APN  0903574
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980707
TTL  Camera
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Aronovich; Adir
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Funato; Kenichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Isozaki; Makoto
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980116
APN  10-889
CLAS
OCL  D16209
XCL  D16208
XCL  D16218
EDF  6
ICL  1601
FSC  D16
FSS  200-205;208;209;216-218
FSC  396
FSS  6;7;25;26-29;535-543
UREF
PNO  D328912
ISD  19920800
NAM  Arai et al.
OCL  D16208
UREF
PNO  D353606
ISD  19941200
NAM  Horikiri et al.
OCL  D16208
UREF
PNO  D372722
ISD  19960800
NAM  Isozaki
OCL  D16208
UREF
PNO  D383145
ISD  19970900
NAM  Isozaki
OCL  D16208
UREF
PNO  D388806
ISD  19980100
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  D16209
UREF
PNO  D388810
ISD  19980100
NAM  Yoshida
OCL  D16218
UREF
PNO  5565945
ISD  19961000
NAM  Tobise et al.
OCL  396  6
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a camera, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169328
SRC  D
APN  0963011
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981109
TTL  Frame for eyeglasses or sunglasses
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Barkai; Raphael
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Brown; Tony O.
STR  3075 NW. 97th St.
CTY  Miami
STA  FL
ZIP  33147
CLAS
OCL  D16306
XCL  D16320
EDF  6
ICL  1606
FSC  D16
FSS  101;300-330;335;900
FSC  D29
FSS  109-110
FSC  351
FSS  41;44;51;52;57-59;158
UREF
PNO  D191887
ISD  19611200
NAM  Braunhut
OCL  D16306
UREF
PNO  D227405
ISD  19730600
NAM  Shindler
OCL  D16320
UREF
PNO  D301480
ISD  19890600
NAM  Sonthonnax
OCL  D16320
UREF
PNO  D398323
ISD  19980900
NAM  Bolle
OCL  D16320
UREF
PNO  1681735
ISD  19280800
NAM  King
OCL  D16320
UREF
PNO  1967434
ISD  19340700
NAM  Simonds
OCL  D16320
LREP
FRM  Malloy & Malloy, P.A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for frame for eyeglasses or sunglasses, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04169336
SRC  D
APN  0856061
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980326
TTL  Eyeglasses
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Barkai; Raphael
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lane; Henry Welling
CTY  San Luis Obispo
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Dioptics Medical Products, Inc.
CTY  San Luis Obispo
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D16326
XCL  D16321
XCL  D16337
EDF  6
ICL  1606
FSC  D16
FSS  101;300-330;335-337;339-340;900
FSC  D29
FSS  109-110
FSC    2
FSS  428;430;436;444;448;449
FSC  351
FSS  41;44;51;52;57-61;121-123;153;156-158
UREF
PNO  D191229
ISD  19610800
NAM  Boxer
OCL  D16321
UREF
PNO  D204320
ISD  19660400
NAM  Carmichael
OCL  D16321
UREF
PNO  D204816
ISD  19660500
NAM  Boxer
OCL  D16321
UREF
PNO  D324394
ISD  19920300
NAM  Jannard
OCL  D16102
UREF
PNO  D329445
ISD  19920900
NAM  Jannard
OCL  D16116
UREF
PNO  D330716
ISD  19921100
NAM  Jannard
OCL  D16116
UREF
PNO  D335135
ISD  19930400
NAM  Bolle
OCL  D16112
UREF
PNO  D344742
ISD  19940300
NAM  Jannard
OCL  D16112
UREF
PNO  D365357
ISD  19951200
NAM  Jannard et al.
OCL  D16335
UREF
PNO  D366056
ISD  19960100
NAM  Wolfe
OCL  D16314
UREF
PNO  D371384
ISD  19960700
NAM  Bonnemere
OCL  D16330
UREF
PNO  D377802
ISD  19970200
NAM  Leonardi
OCL  D16313
UREF
PNO  D379633
ISD  19970600
NAM  Garneau
OCL  D16315
UREF
PNO  D385897
ISD  19971100
NAM  Lin
OCL  D16314
UREF
PNO  D387083
ISD  19971200
NAM  Stables
OCL  D16325
UREF
PNO  D388453
ISD  19971200
NAM  Lin
OCL  D16315
UREF
PNO  D389167
ISD  19980100
NAM  Bolle
OCL  D16315
UREF
PNO  D396484
ISD  19980700
NAM  Stables
OCL  D16326
UREF
PNO  D397132
ISD  19980800
NAM  Yee
OCL  D16315
UREF
PNO  D397713
ISD  19980900
NAM  Brune et al.
OCL  D16326
UREF
PNO  D398021
ISD  19980900
NAM  Bolle
OCL  D16315
UREF
PNO  D398323
ISD  19980900
NAM  Bolle
OCL  D16315
UREF
PNO  D399519
ISD  19981000
NAM  Yee
OCL  D16314
UREF
PNO  D401607
ISD  19981100
NAM  Miniutti
OCL  D16314
UREF
PNO  D402303
ISD  19981200
NAM  Simioni
OCL  D16326
UREF
PNO  D403345
ISD  19981200
NAM  Flanagan
OCL  D16327
UREF
PNO  D404054
ISD  19990100
NAM  Arnette et al.
OCL  D16326
UREF
PNO  D404416
ISD  19990100
NAM  Wiedner
OCL  D16315
LREP
FRM  Haverstock & Owens LLP
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for eyeglasses, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169344
SRC  D
APN  0983314
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981228
TTL  Electronic organ
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Aronovich; Adir
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Nagayama; Yosuke
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Casio Keisanki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D17  5
XCL  D17  1
EDF  6
ICL  1701
FSC  D17
FSS  1;2;5;6;7
FSC  D21
FSS  405
FSC   84
FSS  174-177;423;428;644;670;719;DIG. 7
UREF
PNO  D325213
ISD  19920400
NAM  Mizushima
OCL  D17  1
UREF
PNO  D369175
ISD  19960400
NAM  Nakada
OCL  D17  1
UREF
PNO  D372930
ISD  19960800
NAM  Miura
OCL  D17  5
UREF
PNO  5157213
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kashio et al.
OCL   84DIG.7
FREF
PNO  3-203788
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
OCL   84644
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for electronic organ, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169352
SRC  D
APN  0908355
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980717
TTL  Guitar peghead
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Aronovich; Adir
NDR  2
NFG  12
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  DeCola; James B.
CTY  Meridian
STA  MS
ASSG
NAM  Peavey Electronics Corporation
CTY  Meridian
STA  MS
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  064837
APD  19970110
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 404060
CLAS
OCL  D17 20
EDF  6
ICL  1703
FSC  D17
FSS  14;15;18-20
FSC   84
FSS  267;291;293;304
UREF
PNO  D207426
ISD  19670400
NAM  Ludwick
OCL  D17 20
UREF
PNO  D255460
ISD  19800600
NAM  Todd, III
OCL  D17 20
UREF
PNO  D276441
ISD  19841100
NAM  Berardi et al.
OCL  D17 14
UREF
PNO  D277765
ISD  19850200
NAM  Sugai
OCL  D17 20
UREF
PNO  D300538
ISD  19890400
NAM  Powers et al.
OCL  D17 20
UREF
PNO  4951542
ISD  19900800
NAM  Chen
OCL   84293
UREF
PNO  5452637
ISD  19950900
NAM  DeCola
OCL   84291
OREF
PAL  Trademark, Reg. No. 1,138,967, Aug. 1980.
LREP
FRM  Watson Cole Grindle Watson P.L.L.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a guitar peghead, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169360
SRC  D
APN  0674745
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19970310
TTL  Solid ink stick for a color printer
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Maccormac; Cathy Anne
NDR  2
NFG  9
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chin; Henry Y.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Yao; Penelope C.
CTY  Evanston
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Brown; David L.
CTY  Milwaukie
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Tektronix, Inc.
CTY  Wilsonville
STA  OR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D18 56
XCL  347 88
EDF  6
ICL  1802
FSC  D18
FSS  56
FSC  347
FSS  54;88;99
FSC  106
FSS  31.29;31.61
UREF
PNO  D212542
ISD  19681000
NAM  McCarthy
UREF
PNO  D300673
ISD  19890400
NAM  Rhoa et al.
OCL  D 2101
UREF
PNO  D310130
ISD  19900800
NAM  Van Kooten
OCL  D 1100
UREF
PNO  D335683
ISD  19930500
NAM  Smith
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D346821
ISD  19940500
NAM  Smith
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D371801
ISD  19960700
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D371802
ISD  19960700
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D372268
ISD  19960700
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D372270
ISD  19960700
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D373139
ISD  19960800
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D379470
ISD  19970500
NAM  Gilbert
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D379639
ISD  19970600
NAM  Gilbert
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  4361843
ISD  19821100
NAM  Cooke et al.
OCL  347 99
UREF
PNO  4667206
ISD  19870500
NAM  DeYoung
OCL  347 88
UREF
PNO  4723135
ISD  19880200
NAM  Yano et al.
OCL  347 99
UREF
PNO  4739339
ISD  19880400
NAM  DeYoung et al.
OCL  347 88
UREF
PNO  4823146
ISD  19890400
NAM  Cooke et al.
UREF
PNO  5003322
ISD  19910300
NAM  Creagh et al.
OCL  347 88
UREF
PNO  5038157
ISD  19910800
NAM  Howard
OCL  347 88
UREF
PNO  5123961
ISD  19920600
NAM  Yamamoto
OCL  106 31.61
UREF
PNO  5124719
ISD  19920600
NAM  Matsuzaki
OCL  347 88
UREF
PNO  5181049
ISD  19930100
NAM  Mackay et al.
OCL  347 88
UREF
PNO  5209998
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kavassalis et al.
OCL  347 99
UREF
PNO  5223860
ISD  19930600
NAM  Loofbourow et al.
UREF
PNO  5230731
ISD  19930700
NAM  Kanbayaski et al.
OCL  347 99
UREF
PNO  5235350
ISD  19930800
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  347 88
UREF
PNO  5259873
ISD  19931100
NAM  Fujioka
OCL  347 99
UREF
PNO  5259874
ISD  19931100
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  347 99
UREF
PNO  5290346
ISD  19940300
NAM  Fujioka
OCL  347 99
UREF
PNO  5442387
ISD  19950800
NAM  Loofbourow et al.
OCL  347 88
UREF
PNO  5510821
ISD  19960400
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  347 88
UREF
PNO  5539437
ISD  19960700
NAM  Penwell
OCL  347 54
UREF
PNO  5541624
ISD  19960700
NAM  Cooke et al.
OCL  347 99
FREF
PNO  000340533
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
OCL  347 88
FREF
PNO  564742
ISD  19931000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  403193457
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 88
FREF
PNO  404093258
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 99
FREF
PNO  404310751
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 88
FREF
PNO  404358845
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 88
FREF
PNO  405247390
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
OCL  106 31.29
FREF
PNO  406143558
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 88
FREF
PNO  091010711
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
OCL  106 31.29
FREF
PNO  093009193
ISD  19930500
CNT  WOX
OCL  106 31.29
OREF
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin; vol. 26, No. 3A;Ink Spitter For Hot melt
      Ink by F. Hendriks; 347-88, Aug. 1983.
PAL  Howtek Pixelmaster brochure; p. 15--Ink pellets; 347-88, 1988.
LREP
FR2  Moore; Charles F.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a solid ink stick for a color printer, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169379
SRC  D
APN  0787930
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19971031
TTL  Binder or portfolio
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Martie K.
NDR  4
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Moor; Marc
CTY  Oakwood
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Mead Corporation
CTY  Dayton
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D19 26
XCL  D19 86
XCL   D3303
XCL   D3900
EDF  6
ICL  1904
FSC  D19
FSS  1;2;3;26;27;32;33
FSC  150
FSS  131;154
FSC  281
FSS  4;15.1;21.1;29;31;44;45;35
FSC  D 3
FSS  303;247;208;900
FSC  402
FSS  79;80 R
FSC   40
FSS  119;120;122
UREF
PNO  D030170
ISD  18990200
NAM  Lehman
OCL  D 3247
UREF
PNO  D127283
ISD  19410500
NAM  Schwalbe
OCL  D 3203
UREF
PNO  D317675
ISD  19910600
NAM  Shipp et al.
OCL  D 3247
UREF
PNO  1311397
ISD  19190700
NAM  Herter
XCL  D19  3
UREF
PNO  2960783
ISD  19601100
NAM  Nichols
OCL   40120
UREF
PNO  3534489
ISD  19701000
NAM  Diambra et al.
OCL   40122
UREF
PNO  5316404
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hensel
OCL  402 79
LREP
FRM  Thompson Hine & Flory LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a binder or portfolio, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169387
SRC  D
APN  0777528
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19971008
TTL  Sample binder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Martie K.
NDR  6
NFG  12
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Wolf; Paul N.
CTY  Cedar Grove
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  International Service Group, LLC
CTY  Elizabeth
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D19 32
XCL  D19100
EDF  6
ICL  1904
FSC  D 6
FSS  467
FSC  D19
FSS  26;27;32;77;99;100
FSC  281
FSS  15.1;17;21.1;22;38;42;45;46;48
FSC  402
FSS  8;17;18;19;21;75;79;80 R
FSC  211
FSS  40;13.1;41.1
UREF
PNO  D146470
ISD  19470300
NAM  Fresco
OCL  D19 77
UREF
PNO  0242120
ISD  18810500
NAM  Eastman
OCL  211 13.1
UREF
PNO  D310242
ISD  19900800
NAM  Beck
OCL  D19 32
UREF
PNO  D318687
ISD  19910700
NAM  Beck
OCL  D19 32
UREF
PNO  D401451
ISD  19981100
NAM  Sherman
OCL  D 6467
UREF
PNO  2127619
ISD  19380800
NAM  Rosenthal
UREF
PNO  3793758
ISD  19740200
NAM  Feldhusen et al.
UREF
PNO  3909141
ISD  19750900
NAM  Staas
UREF
PNO  4180341
ISD  19791200
NAM  Langhorst
UREF
PNO  4445710
ISD  19840500
NAM  Borel
UREF
PNO  4601489
ISD  19860700
NAM  Stancato
UREF
PNO  4661006
ISD  19870400
NAM  Stevens
OCL  402 18
UREF
PNO  4896900
ISD  19900100
NAM  Hong
UREF
PNO  4949997
ISD  19900800
NAM  Champagne
UREF
PNO  5104147
ISD  19920400
NAM  King
UREF
PNO  5186496
ISD  19930200
NAM  Seki
UREF
PNO  5195782
ISD  19930300
NAM  Schroeder
UREF
PNO  5215198
ISD  19930600
NAM  Sutton
OCL  211 40
UREF
PNO  5433480
ISD  19950700
NAM  Gresham et al.
OCL  281 17
FREF
PNO  2318394
ISD  19731100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  165974
ISD  19710600
CNT  NLX
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a sample binder, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169395
SRC  D
APN  0928836
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980828
TTL  Pattern storage unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Martie K.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Marsy; Susan
STR  404 E. Breen Ave.
CTY  Kingsford
STA  MI
ZIP  49802
CLAS
OCL  D19 33
XCL  D19 27
XCL  D19 86
XCL  D19 90
EDF  6
ICL  1904
FSC  D19
FSS  1;2;3;26;27;32;33;75;78;86;90;91;99;100
FSC  281
FSS  15.1;19.1;20;21.1;31;38;44;45;51
FSC  402
FSS  79;80 R
FSC   40
FSS  359;120;904
FSC  229
FSS  67.1
UREF
PNO  D240815
ISD  19760800
NAM  Peterson
OCL  D19 33
UREF
PNO  D407435
ISD  19990300
NAM  Tell
OCL  D19 33
UREF
PNO  2960783
ISD  19601100
NAM  Nichols
OCL   40120
UREF
PNO  3605287
ISD  19710900
NAM  Jonesi
OCL  281 15.1
UREF
PNO  4566721
ISD  19860100
NAM  Friedman et al.
OCL  281 31
UREF
PNO  4849056
ISD  19890700
NAM  Ristuccia, Sr.
OCL  402 79
UREF
PNO  4954003
ISD  19900900
NAM  Shea
OCL  402 79
UREF
PNO  5265359
ISD  19931100
NAM  Glazer et al.
XCL  402 79
UREF
PNO  5788283
ISD  19980800
NAM  Adler
OCL  281 38
LREP
FR2  Burns; Barbara M.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a pattern storage unit, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169409
SRC  D
APN  0804274
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19971209
TTL  Marking pen
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Martie K.
NDR  1
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ito; Kunio
CTY  Funabashi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Pentel Kabushiki Kaisha
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D19 48
XCL  D19 43
XCL  D19 51
XCL  D19 57
EDF  6
ICL  1906
FSC  D19
FSS  35;36;41-51;53-58;81-85
FSC  401
FSS  196;198;202;261;262;266
UREF
PNO  D169307
ISD  19530400
NAM  Ferber
OCL  D19 49
UREF
PNO  D338038
ISD  19930800
NAM  Oka et al.
OCL  D19 48
UREF
PNO  D363308
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sekine
XCL  D19 51
UREF
PNO  D366497
ISD  19960100
NAM  Otake
XCL  D19 43
UREF
PNO  D366498
ISD  19960100
NAM  Abe et al.
XCL  D19 50
UREF
PNO  D378761
ISD  19970400
NAM  Sekine
OCL  D19 48
UREF
PNO  2526268
ISD  19501000
NAM  Perraud
OCL  401 52
LREP
FRM  Adams & Wilks
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a marking pen, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169417
SRC  D
APN  0896306
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19980618
TTL  Writing instrument
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Martie K.
NDR  2
NFG  9
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chevalier; Jean Francois
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Lovejoy; Marc
CTY  Milford
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Chadwick; Barry
CTY  Simpsonville
STA  SC
ASSG
NAM  BIC Corporation
CTY  Milford
STA  CT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  078524
APD  19971029
CLAS
OCL  D19 51
XCL  D19 56
XCL  D19 57
EDF  6
ICL  1906
FSC  D19
FSS  35;36;41-51;53-58;81-85
FSC  401
FSS  29;31;32;209;221;243-247;202;262;199
UREF
PNO  D151233
ISD  19481000
NAM  Goessling
OCL  D19 36
UREF
PNO  D153290
ISD  19490400
NAM  Jensen
OCL  D19 51
UREF
PNO  D162805
ISD  19510400
NAM  Ferber
OCL  D19 48
UREF
PNO  D252691
ISD  19790800
NAM  Malm et al.
OCL  D19 51
UREF
PNO  D340476
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hiromori
OCL  D19 51
UREF
PNO  D359757
ISD  19950600
NAM  Inami et al.
OCL  D19 51
UREF
PNO  D363308
ISD  19951000
NAM  Jekine
OCL  D19 48
UREF
PNO  D364892
ISD  19951200
NAM  Lin
OCL  D19 49
UREF
PNO  D366497
ISD  19960100
NAM  Otake
XCL  D19 43
UREF
PNO  D366498
ISD  19960100
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  D19 51
UREF
PNO  D373383
ISD  19960900
NAM  Izushima
OCL  D19 57
UREF
PNO  D394457
ISD  19980500
NAM  Izushima
XCL  D19 56
UREF
PNO  D395448
ISD  19980600
NAM  Chevalier
OCL  D19 51
UREF
PNO  3130712
ISD  19640400
NAM  Kahn et al.
OCL  401 29
UREF
PNO  5716152
ISD  19980200
NAM  Kudo
OCL  401199
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a writing instrument, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169425
SRC  D
APN  1015486
APT  4
ART  293
APD  19990305
TTL  Extensible stationery stand
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Holtje; Martie K.
NDR  8
NFG  9
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Tsung; Tsai Ching
STR  364, Sec. 2, Mei Liao, Rd.
CTY  Chu In Li, Ho Mei, Chang Hua
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  D19 75
XCL  D19 69
XCL  D19 77
XCL  D19 85
EDF  6
ICL  1906
FSC  D 6
FSS  364
FSC  D19
FSS  35;36;75;77;78;81-85;86;90;91;95;99;100;67-69
FSC  206
FSS  214;224;371
FSC  211
FSS  69.1-69.9;11
FSC  225
FSS  6;19;25;34;39;45;56;65;77;89
FSC  D 3
FSS  282
UREF
PNO  D250823
ISD  19790100
NAM  Theobald
OCL  D19 75
UREF
PNO  D267370
ISD  19821200
NAM  Cline
OCL  D 3282
UREF
PNO  D278251
ISD  19850400
NAM  Dobbs
OCL  D19 69
UREF
PNO  D288827
ISD  19870300
NAM  Wolff
OCL  D19 78
UREF
PNO  D317627
ISD  19910600
NAM  Lapadakis
OCL  D19 75
UREF
PNO  D333156
ISD  19930200
NAM  Peersmann
XCL  D19 65
UREF
PNO  D343512
ISD  19940100
NAM  Tse
XCL  D19 75
UREF
PNO  D379048
ISD  19970500
NAM  Ros et al.
OCL  D 6634
UREF
PNO  4320835
ISD  19820300
NAM  Palhemus et al.
XCL  206214
UREF
PNO  4429796
ISD  19840200
NAM  Sussman
OCL  211 11
LREP
FRM  Dougherty & Troxell
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an extensible stationery stand, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04169433
SRC  D
APN  0981192
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981222
TTL  Vehicle vanity plate with lighted face
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Rivard; Jennifer
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kalgren; Daniel A.
STR  R.D. #2, Box 79, Kilmer Rd.
CTY  DuBois
STA  PA
ZIP  15801
CLAS
OCL  D20 13
EDF  6
ICL  2003
FSC  D20
FSS  10;13;19
FSC   40
FSS  200;204;205;208;209
FSC  D12
FSS  193
UREF
PNO  D327915
ISD  19920700
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  D20 13
UREF
PNO  4475298
ISD  19841000
NAM  Munoz
XCL   40204
UREF
PNO  5150961
ISD  19920900
NAM  Gonzalez
XCL   40204
UREF
PNO  5615501
ISD  19970400
NAM  Rice
OCL   40205
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a vehicle vanity plate with lighted face, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169441
SRC  D
APN  0737631
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19970717
TTL  Novelty mitt
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Rivard; Jennifer
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Scott; Brad
STR  362 Wonderland Road South, Apt. #1
CTY  London
CNT  CAX
ITX  N6K 1L4
CLAS
OCL  D20 29
XCL  D21100
EDF  6
ICL  2101
FSC  D20
FSS  10;11;19;29;24;25;26;30;31;32;33
FSC  D21
FSS  100
FSC  D 2
FSS  613
FSC   40
FSS  584;124.07;124.01;586
UREF
PNO  D48226
ISD  19151100
NAM  Kroeger
OCL  D20 29
UREF
PNO  D265409
ISD  19820700
NAM  Braasch
OCL  D21100
UREF
PNO  D334951
ISD  19930400
NAM  Mills
OCL  D20 10
OREF
PAL  Specialty Entrance features, No. 1211, Sweets General Building and
      Renovation, vol. 4, May 1993.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a novelty mitt, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169450
SRC  D
APN  0836060
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980212
TTL  Decorative display
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Rivard; Jennifer
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Robinson; Meredith
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Intercraft Company
CTY  Statesville
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D20 37
XCL   D6303
EDF  6
ICL  2003
FSC  D 9
FSS  545;505;544;522
FSC  D 6
FSS  303;306
FSC   40
FSS  310;611;722;538
FSC  D10
FSS  10;29;37
UREF
PNO  D92146
ISD  19340500
NAM  Lazarus
OCL  D20 29
UREF
PNO  D170572
ISD  19531000
NAM  Hart
XCL  D 9505
UREF
PNO  D171543
ISD  19540200
NAM  Hennessy
XCL  D 9544
UREF
PNO  D309101
ISD  19900700
NAM  Gardere
XCL  D 9541
UREF
PNO  D321478
ISD  19911100
NAM  Sassoli
OCL  D 9522
UREF
PNO  D328247
ISD  19920700
NAM  Robineau
XCL  D 9544
UREF
PNO  D369553
ISD  19960500
NAM  Heinz
OCL  D 9544
UREF
PNO  D398242
ISD  19980900
NAM  Fling et al.
OCL  D 9545
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a decorative display, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169468
SRC  D
APN  0852155
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980318
TTL  Emergency communications stanchion
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Rivard; Jennifer
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Gluck; Leon Ernest
STR  2507 E. Yandell Dr.
CTY  El Paso
STA  TX
ZIP  79903
INVT
NAM  Mireles; Victor A.
STR  2507 E. Yandell Dr.
CTY  El Paso
STA  TX
ZIP  79903
CLAS
OCL  D20 41
XCL  D20 10
EDF  6
ICL  2002
FSC   52
FSS  736.1
FSC  248
FSS  156;530;511
FSC  D25
FSS  126;128
FSC  D20
FSS  10;41;17
FSC   40
FSS  585;584;605;606;607;564
UREF
PNO  D264195
ISD  19820500
NAM  Jacobs
OCL  D10109
UREF
PNO  D279909
ISD  19850700
NAM  Huston
OCL  D20 10
UREF
PNO  D280425
ISD  19850900
NAM  Tuduri
OCL  D20 10
UREF
PNO  D331198
ISD  19921100
NAM  Nickerson
OCL  D10114
UREF
PNO  D373000
ISD  19960800
NAM  Brady
OCL  D20 41
UREF
PNO  4454671
ISD  19840600
NAM  Morgenstern
OCL   40607
UREF
PNO  5600909
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hooper
OCL   40564
LREP
FRM  Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, L.L.P.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an emergency communications stanchion, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169476
SRC  D
APN  091438&
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980730
TTL  Toss game
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Deshmukh; Prabhakar
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Coutu, Sr.; Norman E
STR  2076 56th Ave.
CTY  Vero Beach
STA  FL
ZIP  32966
CLAS
OCL  D21303
EDF  6
ICL  2101
FSC  D21
FSS  302;303;306;300;333
FSC  D10
FSS  46.1
FSC  273
FSS  400;401;402;407;415;317;398;425
UREF
PNO  D359991
ISD  19950700
NAM  Dean
OCL  D21303
UREF
PNO  D363953
ISD  19951100
NAM  Buse
OCL  D21303
UREF
PNO  D373147
ISD  19960800
NAM  Varga
OCL  D21303
UREF
PNO  469554
ISD  18920200
NAM  Favor
OCL  273402
UREF
PNO  739254
ISD  19030900
NAM  Borland
XCL  D 3303
UREF
PNO  3837650
ISD  19740900
NAM  Haney
OCL  273402
UREF
PNO  4936590
ISD  19900600
NAM  Palmer
OCL  273402
UREF
PNO  5431403
ISD  19950700
NAM  Pelz
OCL  273402
UREF
PNO  5553862
ISD  19960900
NAM  Konotopsky
OCL  273402
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a toss game, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169484
SRC  D
APN  0926566
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980825
TTL  Lens housing for portable game accessory
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Deshmukh; Prabhakar
NDR  4
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Soga; Kiyoshi
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sun Seibu Entertainment, Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D21330
XCL  D21385
XCL  D21333
XCL  D21329
EDF  6
ICL  2101
FSC  D21
FSS  324;329;330;333;385
FSC  273
FSS  148 B;148 A
FSC  463
FSS  1;29.35;46;47;48
FSC  D26
FSS  51;52;72;24
FSC  362
FSS  26;86;135;257;362;365;109
FSC  D14
FSS  124;125
UREF
PNO  D316454
ISD  19910400
NAM  Tortola et al.
OCL  D26 24
UREF
PNO  D341855
ISD  19931100
NAM  Tortola et al.
OCL  D21385
UREF
PNO  4312507
ISD  19820100
NAM  Smith et al.
XCL  273148B
UREF
PNO  4589659
ISD  19860500
NAM  Yokoi et al.
OCL  463 34
UREF
PNO  4756528
ISD  19880700
NAM  Umasshankar
OCL  463  1
UREF
PNO  5130907
ISD  19920700
NAM  Tortola et al.
OCL  362109
UREF
PNO  5165779
ISD  19921100
NAM  Tortola et al.
OCL  362109
UREF
PNO  5217295
ISD  19930600
NAM  Tortola et al.
XCL  273148B
UREF
PNO  5325280
ISD  19940600
NAM  Tortola et al.
OCL  362 23
FREF
PNO  43415
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  856932
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Saidman DesignLaw Group
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for lens housing for portable game accessory, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169492
SRC  D
APN  0890987
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980608
TTL  Board game
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Morris; Sandra L.
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Switzer; Douglas A.
CTY  Downsview
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  765409 Ontario Ltd.
CTY  Downsview
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D21350
XCL  D21366
EDF  6
ICL  2101
FSC  D21
FSS  334-369
FSC  273
FSS  236-285
UREF
PNO  D23186
ISD  18940200
NAM  Coffill
OCL  D21335
UREF
PNO  D243544
ISD  19770300
NAM  Hope
OCL  D21354
UREF
PNO  D302183
ISD  19890700
NAM  Smith
OCL  D21351
UREF
PNO  D327299
ISD  19920600
NAM  Vlachos
OCL  D21350
UREF
PNO  D396066
ISD  19980700
NAM  Devin, Jr.
OCL  D21350
LREP
FRM  Ridout & Maybee
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a board game, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169506
SRC  D
APN  0731900
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19970703
TTL  Ring puzzle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Dominic
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Reynolds, Jr.; Joe
STR  41 Janice Cir.
CTY  Cheraw
STA  SC
ZIP  29520
CLAS
OCL  D21482
EDF  6
ICL  2101
FSC  D21
FSS  478;482
FSC  273
FSS  156;158
UREF
PNO  D54759
ISD  19200300
NAM  Marr
OCL  D21482
UREF
PNO  D305784
ISD  19900100
NAM  Bertagnoli
OCL  D21482
UREF
PNO  D339614
ISD  19930900
NAM  Ren
OCL  D21482
UREF
PNO  1133061
ISD  19150300
NAM  Quarles
OCL  273158
UREF
PNO  3000901
ISD  19610100
NAM  Flores
OCL  273158
UREF
PNO  4036504
ISD  19770700
NAM  Touchette
OCL  273158
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a ring puzzle, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169514
SRC  D
APN  1021400
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990317
TTL  Toy vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Barkai; Raphael
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Wei; Kam Wah
CTY  Kowloon
CNT  HKX
ASSG
NAM  Wah Hing Toys Development Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kowloon
CNT  HKX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D21553
EDF  6
ICL  2101
FSC  D21
FSS  533;537;539;552-560;424;431-435
FSC  446
FSS  327;424-428;447;465;470
UREF
PNO  D226013
ISD  19730100
NAM  Ogasawara
OCL  D21553
UREF
PNO  D251750
ISD  19790500
NAM  Shigenori
OCL  D21553
UREF
PNO  D390891
ISD  19980200
NAM  Xu
OCL  D21553
UREF
PNO  3037750
ISD  19620600
NAM  Cagan et al.
OCL  446428
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a toy vehicle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169522
SRC  D
APN  1020226
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990316
TTL  Toy vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Barkai; Raphael
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Wei; Kam Wah
CTY  Kowloon
CNT  HKX
ASSG
NAM  Wah Hing Toys Development Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kowloon
CNT  HKX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D21554
EDF  6
ICL  2101
FSC  D21
FSS  533;537;539;552-560;424;431-435
FSC  D12
FSS  135
FSC  446
FSS  424-428;447;456;465;470
UREF
PNO  D252892
ISD  19790900
NAM  Shigenori
OCL  D21554
UREF
PNO  D305555
ISD  19900100
NAM  Spielberger
OCL  D21554
UREF
PNO  D362035
ISD  19950900
NAM  Klawitter
OCL  D21554
UREF
PNO  3711990
ISD  19730100
NAM  Pfeilsticker
OCL  446428
UREF
PNO  5383808
ISD  19950100
NAM  DuBois
OCL  446428
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a toy vehicle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169530
SRC  D
APN  0988677
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990107
TTL  Toy sword
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Barkai; Raphael
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Choi; Chung-Hing
CTY  Kowloon
CNT  HKX
ASSG
NAM  Hing Fat Toys Manufacturer Limited
CNT  HKX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D21568
EDF  6
ICL  2101
FSC  D21
FSS  567;568
FSC  D22
FSS  118
FSC  446
FSS  405;406;473
FSC  482
FSS  12;83
FSC   30
FSS  295;340;346
UREF
PNO  D163022
ISD  19510400
NAM  Brooks
OCL  D21568
UREF
PNO  D170824
ISD  19531100
NAM  Kundikoff
OCL  D22118
UREF
PNO  D269108
ISD  19830500
NAM  Moeller
OCL  D22118
UREF
PNO  D360241
ISD  19950700
NAM  Choi
OCL  D21568
UREF
PNO  D375779
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hibben
OCL  D22118
UREF
PNO  2826859
ISD  19580300
NAM  Shaffer
OCL  D21568
LREP
FRM  Samuels, Gauthier & Stevens
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a "a toy sword", as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169549
SRC  D
APN  1026410
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990329
TTL  Toy water gun
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Barkai; Raphael
NDR  5
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Yu; Jack
CTY  Alhambra
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Regency Merchandise, Inc.
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D21572
EDF  6
ICL  2101
FSC  D21
FSS  567;572-575
FSC  D14
FSS  117.8
FSC  D23
FSS  225;226
FSC  D22
FSS  103
FSC  446
FSS  267;473;475
FSC  222
FSS  78;79
FSC  239
FSS  211;237;229;373
FSC  124
FSS  78;69;6;16;27
UREF
PNO  D336668
ISD  19930600
NAM  D'Andrade
OCL  D21572
UREF
PNO  D336938
ISD  19930600
NAM  D'Andrade
OCL  D21572
UREF
PNO  D347250
ISD  19940500
NAM  Yu
OCL  D21572
UREF
PNO  5238149
ISD  19930800
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  222 79
UREF
PNO  5538457
ISD  19960700
NAM  Deal
OCL  446473
LREP
FRM  Levine & Mandelbaum
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design of a toy water gun, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169557
SRC  D
APN  1019880
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990316
TTL  Toy figurine
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Morris; Sandra L.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Yamazaki; Tomohiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tomy Company, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980917
APN  10-26762
CLAS
OCL  D21576
EDF  6
ICL  2101
FSC  D21
FSS  576;578;585;587;588;590;597
FSC  D11
FSS  158
FSC  446
FSS  97;98;153;269;279;369
UREF
PNO  D216139
ISD  19691100
NAM  Tavela
OCL  D21576
UREF
PNO  D256599
ISD  19800800
NAM  D'Aguanno
OCL  D21576
UREF
PNO  D279494
ISD  19850700
NAM  Nielsen
OCL  D21576
UREF
PNO  D293348
ISD  19871200
NAM  Tong
OCL  D21585
UREF
PNO  D317476
ISD  19910600
NAM  Stephensen et al.
OCL  D21576
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for toy figurine, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169565
SRC  D
APN  103233&
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990412
TTL  Doll
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Rademaker; Carol
EXP  Shooman; Ted
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Collier; Wendy
STR  3501 Rte. 42, 7-A Suite 189
CTY  Williamstown
STA  NJ
ZIP  08012
CLAS
OCL  D21623
EDF  6
ICL  2101
FSC  D21
FSS  406-408;621;623-637;639-649;658-661
FSC  446
FSS  419;421;321
FSC  D 9
FSS  311
UREF
PNO  D98062
ISD  19360100
NAM  Gaba
OCL  D21625
UREF
PNO  D137903
ISD  19440500
NAM  Asch
OCL  D21625
UREF
PNO  D161725
ISD  19510100
NAM  Arnold
OCL  D21631
UREF
PNO  D269886
ISD  19830700
NAM  Nakao et al.
OCL  D21406
UREF
PNO  D327100
ISD  19920600
NAM  Lucas-Haji
OCL  D21623
UREF
PNO  D329263
ISD  19920900
NAM  Cimock
OCL  D21623
UREF
PNO  D368499
ISD  19960400
NAM  Yaney
OCL  D21645
UREF
PNO  D407634
ISD  19990400
NAM  Hobson
OCL  D 9311
UREF
PNO  5848900
ISD  19981200
NAM  Pearson
OCL  446321
LREP
FR2  Lehrer; Norman E.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a doll, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169573
SRC  D
APN  0890847
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980608
TTL  Toy figure
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lieberman; Lucy
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Grimes; Yolanda P.
STR  730 Deerpass
CTY  Channelview
STA  TX
ZIP  77530
CLAS
OCL  D21635
EDF  6
ICL  2101
FSC  D21
FSS  634;635;631;621;643;644
FSC  446
FSS  268;376-384
FSC  D11
FSS  160
UREF
PNO  D298446
ISD  19881100
NAM  Bolger
OCL  D21634
UREF
PNO  D307779
ISD  19900500
NAM  Bryant
OCL  D21621
UREF
PNO  D326884
ISD  19920600
NAM  Cole
OCL  D21635
UREF
PNO  D330348
ISD  19921000
NAM  Roper, Jr.
OCL  D11160
UREF
PNO  D351632
ISD  19941000
NAM  Mitchell
OCL  D21631
UREF
PNO  D390894
ISD  19980200
NAM  Tatano
OCL  D21634
UREF
PNO  4715842
ISD  19871200
NAM  Noble
UREF
PNO  5195917
ISD  19930300
NAM  Russell et al.
UREF
PNO  5197885
ISD  19930300
NAM  Friedel
UREF
PNO  5215493
ISD  19930600
NAM  Zgrodek et al.
UREF
PNO  5800243
ISD  19980900
NAM  Berman
OCL  446378
LREP
FRM  Patent & Trademark Services
FR2  McGlynn; Joseph H.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a toy figure, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169581
SRC  D
APN  0975702
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981209
TTL  Doll
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Rademaker; Carol
EXP  Shooman; Ted
NDR  6
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Fullenwider; Ella Mae
STR  905 W. Oak St.
CTY  Shelby
STA  NC
ZIP  28150
INVT
NAM  Fullenwider; Ron
STR  905 W. Oak St.
CTY  Shelby
STA  NC
ZIP  28150
CLAS
OCL  D21648
EDF  6
ICL  2101
FSC  D19
FSS  59-64
FSC  D21
FSS  398;483;576;585;587;593-594;621-625;631-637;639-649;658;659
FSC  434
FSS  262;267
FSC  446
FSS  295-296;298;330;354;369;371;376;377
UREF
PNO  D65363
ISD  19240700
NAM  Wynn
OCL  D21625
UREF
PNO  D71095
ISD  19260900
NAM  Winters
OCL  D21644
UREF
PNO  D96095
ISD  19350700
NAM  Dumont
OCL  D21659
UREF
PNO  D105861
ISD  19370800
NAM  Goldman
OCL  D21647
UREF
PNO  D243966
ISD  19770400
NAM  Burt et al.
OCL  D21648
UREF
PNO  D271316
ISD  19831100
NAM  Buckley
OCL  D21649
UREF
PNO  D277275
ISD  19730600
NAM  Paruolo
OCL  D21643
UREF
PNO  D283520
ISD  19860400
NAM  Cortez
OCL  D21646
UREF
PNO  D301507
ISD  19890600
NAM  Darville
OCL  D21645
UREF
PNO  D316438
ISD  19910400
NAM  Waine
OCL  D21648
UREF
PNO  D393669
ISD  19980400
NAM  Thomas
OCL  D21648
UREF
PNO  5125864
ISD  19920600
NAM  Roberson et al.
OCL  446268
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a doll, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169590
SRC  D
APN  1009052
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990222
TTL  Weight lifting device
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Hyder; Philip S.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Tumminia; Ronald A.
STR  P.O. Box 181414
CTY  Casselberry
STA  FL
ZIP  32718
CLAS
OCL  D21662
XCL  D21694
XCL  D21679
EDF  6
ICL  2102
FSC  D21
FSS  662;679;677;681;683;684;694
FSC  482
FSS  105;106;107;108;109;93;92;139
UREF
PNO  D247789
ISD  19780400
NAM  Belkir
OCL  D21692
UREF
PNO  4345756
ISD  19820800
NAM  Hoagland
OCL  482108
UREF
PNO  4438920
ISD  19840300
NAM  Veillette
OCL  482 93
UREF
PNO  4641836
ISD  19870200
NAM  Clifton
OCL  482 93
UREF
PNO  4717147
ISD  19880100
NAM  Rochelle
OCL  482 93
UREF
PNO  4984786
ISD  19910100
NAM  Lemke et al.
OCL  482108
UREF
PNO  5284458
ISD  19940200
NAM  Perry et al.
OCL  482 93
UREF
PNO  5496240
ISD  19960300
NAM  Damm
OCL  482 93
UREF
PNO  5540640
ISD  19960700
NAM  Povilaitis
OCL  482108
UREF
PNO  5709634
ISD  19980100
NAM  Pointer
OCL  482105
LREP
FR2  Hobby, III; William M.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a weight lifting device, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169603
SRC  D
APN  0963577
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981111
TTL  Water exerciser
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Hyder; Philip S.
NDR  7
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chen; Chih-Liang
STR  No. 10, Lane 1431, Kuanghsing Rd.
CTY  Pateh City, Taoyuan Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  D21678
XCL  D12306
EDF  6
ICL  2102
FSC  D21
FSS  662;678;801;803;804;806
FSC  D12
FSS  306;307
FSC  441
FSS  129;130
FSC  440
FSS  26;27;90
UREF
PNO  D233740
ISD  19741100
NAM  Martin
OCL  D12306
UREF
PNO  D254485
ISD  19800300
NAM  Stevens
OCL  D12306
UREF
PNO  D292694
ISD  19871100
NAM  Panyik
OCL  D12306
UREF
PNO  D299941
ISD  19890200
NAM  Chang
OCL  D12306
UREF
PNO  4376420
ISD  19830300
NAM  Fracarossi
OCL  D12306
UREF
PNO  4437840
ISD  19840300
NAM  Filippos
OCL  440 27
UREF
PNO  4698033
ISD  19871000
NAM  Hall
OCL  440 27
UREF
PNO  4832631
ISD  19890500
NAM  Gag
OCL  440 26
LREP
FRM  Jackson Walker L.L.P.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a water exerciser, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169611
SRC  D
APN  0855014
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980324
TTL  Ball for use in sports and games
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Shelton; Richelle
EXP  Shooman; Ted
NDR  4
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Sonntag; Jean-Marie
CTY  Kehl/Rh
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Mills; Christopher M.
CTY  Leeds
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Umbro Trademark, Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19970927
APN  2069429
CLAS
OCL  D21713
EDF  6
ICL  2102
FSC  D21
FSS  713;707
FSC  473
FSS  569;596;598;599;604
UREF
PNO  D263491
ISD  19820300
NAM  Surridge
OCL  D21713
UREF
PNO  D393020
ISD  19980300
NAM  Arcos
XCL  D21713
UREF
PNO  1890566
ISD  19321200
NAM  Bartky
OCL  473599
UREF
PNO  5580049
ISD  19961200
NAM  Brantley
OCL  473599
LREP
FRM  Alston & Bird LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a ball for use in sports and games, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04169620
SRC  D
APN  102454&
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990325
TTL  Game ball
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Shelton; Richelle
EXP  Shooman; Ted
NDR  1
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Thurman; Robert T.
CTY  Humboldt
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Wilson Sporting Goods Co.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D21713
EDF  6
ICL  2102
FSC  D21
FSS  707;713
FSC  473
FSS  569;604
UREF
PNO  D183431
ISD  19580800
NAM  Senne
OCL  D21713
UREF
PNO  D393030
ISD  19980300
NAM  Mills
OCL  D21713
UREF
PNO  D408877
ISD  19990400
NAM  Sonntag et al.
OCL  D21713
UREF
PNO  3506265
ISD  19700400
NAM  Yugi
OCL  473604
LREP
FRM  Tilton, Fallon, Lungmus & Chestnut
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a game ball, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169638
SRC  D
APN  0954284
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981022
TTL  Golf club
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Siegel; Mitchell
NDR  8
NFG  28
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ryu; Suk-Ho
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Wavex Corporation
CTY  Toronto
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  896722
APD  19970718
RLAP
COD  75
APN  061700
APD  19961029
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 401981
RLAP
COD  90
APN  760079
APD  19961204
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  D21733
EDF  6
ICL  2102
FSC  D21
FSS  733;756;757
FSC  473
FSS  316-323;324;330;343;344;345
UREF
PNO  D378771
ISD  19970400
NAM  Antonious
OCL  D21757
UREF
PNO  D401981
ISD  19981200
NAM  Yoo
OCL  D21747
UREF
PNO  4725060
ISD  19880200
NAM  Iwanaga
OCL  473319
UREF
PNO  5439219
ISD  19950800
NAM  Vincent
OCL  473319
UREF
PNO  5496028
ISD  19960300
NAM  Chien
OCL  473319
LREP
FR2  Tungol; Maria Parrish
FR2  Parrish; John A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a golf club, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169646
SRC  D
APN  0559520
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19960617
TTL  Golf putter head
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Siegel; Mitchell J.
EXP  Barkai; Raphael
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Steele; Jack F.
STR  929 N. Astor St.
CTY  Milwaukee
STA  WI
ZIP  53202
CLAS
OCL  D21743
EDF  6
ICL  2102
FSC  D21
FSS  217-219
FSC  473
FSS  340;341;251-256
UREF
PNO  D206540
ISD  19661200
NAM  Mackenzie
XCL  D21219
UREF
PNO  D325949
ISD  19920500
NAM  Harris, Jr.
OCL  D21219
UREF
PNO  D335691
ISD  19930500
NAM  Barker et al.
OCL  D21217
UREF
PNO  D342772
ISD  19931200
NAM  Koehler
OCL  D21217
UREF
PNO  D343667
ISD  19940100
NAM  Koehler
OCL  D21217
UREF
PNO  D344562
ISD  19940200
NAM  Koehler
OCL  D21217
UREF
PNO  D375131
ISD  19961000
NAM  Williams
OCL  D21219
UREF
PNO  4960279
ISD  19901000
NAM  Harris, Jr.
OCL  473251
LREP
FRM  Andrus, Sceales, Starke & Sawall
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a golf putter head, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169654
SRC  D
APN  0935034
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980911
TTL  Golf putter head
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Siegel; Mitchell
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Clarkson; Francis J.
STR  21496 Stonehouse Avenue
CTY  Maple Ridge, B.C.
CNT  CAX
ITX  V2X 3Z4
CLAS
OCL  D21744
EDF  6
ICL  2102
FSC  D21
FSS  736-746
FSC  473
FSS  251-256;324;340;341
UREF
PNO  D364664
ISD  19951100
NAM  McNamara
OCL  D21741
UREF
PNO  D401990
ISD  19981200
NAM  Berkebile
OCL  D21738
UREF
PNO  D404781
ISD  19990100
NAM  Reis, Jr.
OCL  D21736
UREF
PNO  5603666
ISD  19970200
NAM  Bowe
OCL  473307
LREP
FRM  Graybeal Jackson Haley LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a golf putter head, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169662
SRC  D
APN  0964425
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981113
TTL  Golf club head
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Siegel; Mitchell
NDR  1
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Boyer; Bernard L.
STR  625 Friday Rd.
CTY  County of Brevard Cocoa
STA  FL
ZIP  32926
CLAS
OCL  D21747
EDF  6
ICL  2102
FSC  D21
FSS  747-751
FSC  473
FSS  324;286;327-331;350
UREF
PNO  D371183
ISD  19960600
NAM  Antonious
OCL  D21748
UREF
PNO  1211708
ISD  19170100
NAM  Hudson
OCL  473330
UREF
PNO  1671956
ISD  19280500
NAM  Sime
OCL  473329
UREF
PNO  1901562
ISD  19330300
NAM  Main
OCL  473330
UREF
PNO  2826417
ISD  19580300
NAM  Marcoccio
OCL  473330
UREF
PNO  3632112
ISD  19720100
NAM  Jacobs
OCL  473286
UREF
PNO  3881733
ISD  19750500
NAM  Csernits
OCL  473330
UREF
PNO  4383690
ISD  19830500
NAM  Maxwell
OCL  473324
UREF
PNO  4846477
ISD  19890700
NAM  Phelan
OCL  473330
LREP
FR2  Hobby, III; William M.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a golf club head, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169670
SRC  D
APN  0981931
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19981222
TTL  Golf club head
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Siegel; Mitchell
NDR  6
NFG  14
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ackerman; William R.
STR  2964 Blake Ave., NW.
CTY  Canton
STA  OH
ZIP  44718-3418
CLAS
OCL  D21752
EDF  6
ICL  2102
FSC  D21
FSS  733;752
FSC  473
FSS  345;346;324;327;328;330
UREF
PNO  D352538
ISD  19941100
NAM  Williams, Jr.
OCL  D21752
UREF
PNO  D363748
ISD  19951000
NAM  Iinuma et al.
OCL  D21752
UREF
PNO  D363750
ISD  19951000
NAM  Reed
OCL  D21752
UREF
PNO  D369392
ISD  19960400
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  D21733
UREF
PNO  D379390
ISD  19970500
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  D21752
UREF
PNO  D390616
ISD  19980200
NAM  Maltby
OCL  D21733
UREF
PNO  D401989
ISD  19981200
NAM  Sheets et al.
OCL  D21733
LREP
FRM  Sand & Sebolt
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a golf club head, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169689
SRC  D
APN  0936774
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980916
TTL  Recessed cavity back for a golf club head
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Siegel; Mitchell
NDR  6
NFG  15
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Gilbert; Peter J.
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bujdos; Mike S.
CTY  Oceanside
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Acushnet Company
CTY  Fairhaven
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D21759
EDF  6
ICL  2102
FSC  D21
FSS  747-751;759
FSC  473
FSS  324;327;328;330;331;350
UREF
PNO  D240841
ISD  19760800
NAM  Solheim
OCL  D21748
UREF
PNO  D247633
ISD  19780300
NAM  Shaw
OCL  D21748
UREF
PNO  D368945
ISD  19960400
NAM  Iinuma et al.
OCL  D21748
UREF
PNO  D377380
ISD  19970100
NAM  Antonious
OCL  D21748
UREF
PNO  D399277
ISD  19981000
NAM  Ezaki
OCL  D21749
UREF
PNO  D440453
ISD  19990100
NAM  Wozny et al.
OCL  D21749
UREF
PNO  5110131
ISD  19920500
NAM  Long
OCL  473350
OREF
PAL  Golf Yearbook; p. 3; PowerBilt iron, Jan. 1985.
PAL  Golf World; p. 7; Titleist DCI irons, Nov. 1990.
PAL  GolfSmith Store; p. 20; Lynk Black Cat irons, middle of page, Mar. 1997.
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental deisgn for a recessed cavity back for a golf club head, as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169697
SRC  D
APN  101403&
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990303
TTL  Face insert for golf club heads
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Siegel; Mitchell
NDR  1
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Solheim; John K.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Solheim; John A.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Karsten Manufacturing Corp.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  082568
APD  19980126
CLAS
OCL  D21759
EDF  6
ICL  2102
FSC  D21
FSS  736-746;759
FSC  473
FSS  340;341;330;331
UREF
PNO  D63284
ISD  19231100
NAM  Challis
OCL  D21736
UREF
PNO  D79684
ISD  19291000
NAM  Munro-Spencer
OCL  D21736
UREF
PNO  D122795
ISD  19401000
NAM  Geerlings
OCL  D21750
UREF
PNO  D314220
ISD  19910100
NAM  Allen
OCL  D21733
UREF
PNO  D350580
ISD  19940900
NAM  Allen
OCL  D21733
UREF
PNO  D350582
ISD  19940900
NAM  Miansian et al.
OCL  D21742
UREF
PNO  D351440
ISD  19941000
NAM  Allen
OCL  D21733
UREF
PNO  D356131
ISD  19950300
NAM  Trimble
OCL  D21739
UREF
PNO  D359781
ISD  19950600
NAM  Allen
OCL  D21749
UREF
PNO  D359783
ISD  19950600
NAM  Allen
OCL  D21749
UREF
PNO  D360444
ISD  19950700
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  D21745
UREF
PNO  D364665
ISD  19951100
NAM  Goodrich
OCL  D21733
UREF
PNO  D385609
ISD  19971000
NAM  Cameron
OCL  D21742
UREF
PNO  D393031
ISD  19980300
NAM  Cameron
OCL  D21748
UREF
PNO  D393675
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hoeflich
OCL  D21748
UREF
PNO  D398357
ISD  19980900
NAM  De La Cruz et al.
OCL  D21748
UREF
PNO  D398687
ISD  19980900
NAM  Miyajima et al.
OCL  D21748
UREF
PNO  1854548
ISD  19320400
NAM  Hunt
OCL  473329
UREF
PNO  3847399
ISD  19741100
NAM  Raymont
OCL  273330
LREP
FR2  Marquette; Darrell F.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a face insert for golf club heads, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04169700
SRC  D
APN  1014641
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990303
TTL  Face insert for golf club heads
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Siegel; Mitchell
NDR  1
NFG  2
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Solheim; John K.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Solheim; John A.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Karsten Manufacturing Corp.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  082568
APD  19980126
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 408881
CLAS
OCL  D21759
EDF  6
ICL  2102
FSC  D21
FSS  736-746;759
FSC  473
FSS  310;341;330;331;324
UREF
PNO  D63284
ISD  19231100
NAM  Challis
OCL  D21736
UREF
PNO  D79684
ISD  19291000
NAM  Munro-Spencer
OCL  D21436
UREF
PNO  D122795
ISD  19401000
NAM  Geerlings
OCL  D21750
UREF
PNO  D314220
ISD  19910100
NAM  Allen
OCL  D21733
UREF
PNO  D350580
ISD  19940900
NAM  Allen
OCL  D21733
UREF
PNO  D350582
ISD  19940900
NAM  Miansian et al.
OCL  D21742
UREF
PNO  D351440
ISD  19941000
NAM  Allen
OCL  D21733
UREF
PNO  D356131
ISD  19950300
NAM  Trimble
OCL  D21739
UREF
PNO  D359781
ISD  19950600
NAM  Allen
OCL  D21749
UREF
PNO  D359783
ISD  19950600
NAM  Allen
OCL  D21749
UREF
PNO  D360444
ISD  19950700
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  D21745
UREF
PNO  D364665
ISD  19951100
NAM  Goodrich
OCL  D21733
UREF
PNO  D385609
ISD  19971000
NAM  Cameron
OCL  D21742
UREF
PNO  D393031
ISD  19980300
NAM  Cameron
OCL  D21748
UREF
PNO  D393675
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hoeflich
OCL  D21748
UREF
PNO  D398357
ISD  19980900
NAM  De La Cruz et al.
OCL  D21748
UREF
PNO  D398687
ISD  19980900
NAM  Miyajima et al.
OCL  D21748
UREF
PNO  1854548
ISD  19320400
NAM  Hunt
OCL  473329
UREF
PNO  3847399
ISD  19741100
NAM  Raymont
OCL  273330
LREP
FR2  Marquette; Darrell F.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a face insert for golf club heads, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04169719
SRC  D
APN  0998834
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990129
TTL  Housing for golf ball dispenser
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Siegel; Mitchell
NDR  3
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Yates; Patrick D.
STR  21417 Brewer Rd.
CTY  Grass Valley
STA  CA
ZIP  95949
CLAS
OCL  D21789
EDF  6
ICL  2102
FSC  D21
FSS  789-796;720
FSC  473
FSS  386;132-137
FSC  124
FSS  4;41;45;16;79
UREF
PNO  D250361
ISD  19781100
NAM  James
OCL  D21720
UREF
PNO  D281891
ISD  19851200
NAM  Topp
OCL  D21720
UREF
PNO  D399286
ISD  19981000
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  D21791
LREP
FR2  Lampe; Thomas R.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for housing for golf ball dispenser, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04169727
SRC  D
APN  0953423
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19981021
TTL  Telescopic sight with mounting rack
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Weingart; Monica A.
EXP  Reid; Stella
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Otteman; Rodney H.
CTY  Aloha
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Peters; Victoria J.
CTY  Forest Grove
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Leupold & Stevens, Inc.
CTY  Beaverton
STA  OR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D22109
XCL  D22108
XCL  D22110
EDF  6
ICL  2201
FSC  D22
FSS  100;108;109;110;199
FSC  D16
FSS  132
FSC   33
FSS  245;246;247;261;265
FSC   42
FSS  100;101;103
UREF
PNO  D235339
ISD  19750600
NAM  Edstrom
OCL  D22109
UREF
PNO  D308982
ISD  19900700
NAM  Moore
OCL  D16132
UREF
PNO  D346392
ISD  19940400
NAM  Tomita
OCL  D16132
UREF
PNO  D349510
ISD  19940800
NAM  Tomita
OCL  D16132
UREF
PNO  D365858
ISD  19960100
NAM  Tomita
XCL  D16132
UREF
PNO  D369367
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tomita
XCL  D22109
UREF
PNO  D378936
ISD  19970400
NAM  DePaoli
OCL  D22109
UREF
PNO  4021954
ISD  19770500
NAM  Crawford
OCL   42  1ST
UREF
PNO  4328624
ISD  19820500
NAM  Ross
OCL   33245
UREF
PNO  4878307
ISD  19891100
NAM  Singletary
OCL   42101
UREF
PNO  5134798
ISD  19920800
NAM  Lee
OCL   42100
LREP
FRM  Stoel Rives LLP
DCLM
PAL  We claim the ornamental design for a telescopic sight with mounting rack,
      as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169735
SRC  D
APN  0891851
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980609
TTL  Knife
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Hyttinen; Inga-Maria
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  1
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ahlund; Bengt
CTY  Skogstorp
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Eka-Knivar AB
CTY  Eskilstona
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19971215
APN  97-2699
CLAS
OCL  D22118
EDF  6
ICL  2202
FSC  D22
FSS  118
FSC  D 7
FSS  649
FSC  D 8
FSS  98;99
FSC   30
FSS  340;151;343;342;344;295;355
UREF
PNO  D298211
ISD  19881000
NAM  Coburn
OCL  D 7649
UREF
PNO  D318002
ISD  19910700
NAM  Loveless
OCL  D 7649
UREF
PNO  D358529
ISD  19950500
NAM  Rich
OCL  D22118
UREF
PNO  D359789
ISD  19950600
NAM  Seber et al.
OCL  D22118
UREF
PNO  2615247
ISD  19521000
NAM  Waters
OCL   30342
UREF
PNO  3900950
ISD  19750800
NAM  Collins
OCL   30342
UREF
PNO  4578864
ISD  19860400
NAM  Hoffman
OCL   30295
UREF
PNO  5365666
ISD  19941100
NAM  Gonzalez
OCL   30340
UREF
PNO  5689890
ISD  19971100
NAM  Glesser
OCL  D22118
UREF
PNO  5724739
ISD  19980300
NAM  Hutton
OCL   30340
OREF
PAL  Gutman Cutlery, Inc. Catalog #21 p. 9. All Knives, Nov. 1982.
PAL  Gun World, Oct. 1977, p. 58. Top Knives.
LREP
FR2  Mangels; Alfred J.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a knife, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169743
SRC  D
APN  088216&
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980518
TTL  Fishing gaff holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Hyttinen; Inga-Maria
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Birdsall; Robert
STR  530 Nottingham Blvd.
CTY  West Palm Beach
STA  FL
ZIP  33405
CLAS
OCL  D22144
EDF  6
ICL  2205
FSC   43
FSS  57.1;25.2;43.15
FSC  D22
FSS  149;199;144;134
UREF
PNO  D152595
ISD  19490200
NAM  Cederblad
OCL  D22149
UREF
PNO  2966001
ISD  19601200
NAM  Sader
OCL   43 57.1
UREF
PNO  3141258
ISD  19640700
NAM  Mayer
OCL   43 57.1
UREF
PNO  4796380
ISD  19890100
NAM  Beese
OCL   43 57.1
LREP
FRM  McHale & Slavin PA
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a fishing gaff holder, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169751
SRC  D
APN  0916706
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980803
TTL  Popping float
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Hyttinen; Inga-Maria
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Haney; Richard A.
STR  1760 E. Creek Dr.
CTY  Dripping Springs
STA  TX
ZIP  78610
CLAS
OCL  D22146
EDF  6
ICL  2205
FSC  D22
FSS  146;145;126
FSC   43
FSS  43.1;44.9;44.91;42.48
UREF
PNO  57871
ISD  18660500
NAM  Stolley
OCL  D22126
UREF
PNO  D314037
ISD  19910100
NAM  Lovelady et al.
OCL  D22146
UREF
PNO  D314417
ISD  19910200
NAM  Lovelady et al.
OCL  D22146
UREF
PNO  2526115
ISD  19501000
NAM  Boyette
OCL   43 42.48
UREF
PNO  2741865
ISD  19560400
NAM  Devoti
OCL   43 44.91
UREF
PNO  2807907
ISD  19571000
NAM  Brite
OCL  D22146
UREF
PNO  5377444
ISD  19950100
NAM  Gibney, Sr.
OCL   43 44.91
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a popping float, as show and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169760
SRC  D
APN  0881643
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980518
TTL  Fishing rod holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Hyttinen; Inga-Maria
EXP  Zarfas; Louis
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Sizer; Gerald R.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Outdoor Creations, Inc.
CTY  Coon Rapids
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D22147
EDF  6
ICL  2205
FSC  D22
FSS  134;137;138;139;142;147;148;199
FSC   43
FSS  1;4;18.1;21.2;23;54.1
FSC  248
FSS  519;538;346.01;346.03;520
FSC  D 7
FSS  619
FSC  D 6
FSS  417
FSC  211
FSS  70.8
UREF
PNO  178012
ISD  18760500
NAM  Koelsch
OCL  248538
UREF
PNO  D215436
ISD  19691000
NAM  Moore et al.
UREF
PNO  D222964
ISD  19720200
NAM  Woodbury
OCL  D22147
UREF
PNO  D267031
ISD  19821100
NAM  Hamlin
OCL  D22147
UREF
PNO  D267504
ISD  19830100
NAM  Hamlin
OCL  D22147
UREF
PNO  D332821
ISD  19930100
NAM  Padilla
OCL  D22147
UREF
PNO  D394300
ISD  19980500
NAM  Samuels et al.
OCL  D22147
UREF
PNO  561826
ISD  18960600
NAM  Smith
OCL  248512
UREF
PNO  1626333
ISD  19270400
NAM  Fain et al.
UREF
PNO  3586274
ISD  19710600
NAM  Hart
UREF
PNO  4565025
ISD  19860100
NAM  Behrle
UREF
PNO  4645167
ISD  19870200
NAM  Hardwick
UREF
PNO  4739575
ISD  19880400
NAM  Behrle
LREP
FRM  Burd, Bartz & Gutenkauf
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design of a fishing rod holder, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169778
SRC  D
APN  0910422
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980722
TTL  Solenoid valve mounting base
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Watterson; Eric
EXP  Clark; Doris
NDR  4
NFG  10
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hayashi; Bunya
CTY  Tsukuba-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumoto; Takumi
CTY  Tsukuba-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Narita; Masaru
CTY  Tsukuba-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  SMC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980122
APN  10-1480
CLAS
OCL  D23211
EDF  6
ICL  2301
FSC  D23
FSS  233-237;244-248
FSC  137
FSS  884;269
FSC  251
FSS  625.64;625.69
UREF
PNO  D388504
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  D389560
ISD  19980100
NAM  Hayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  D390636
ISD  19980200
NAM  Hayashi et al.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for solenoid valve mounting base, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04169786
SRC  D
APN  1008900
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990220
TTL  Watering can
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Taylor; Robin V.
NDR  6
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Haley; Vincent L.
CTY  Orrville
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Levy; Reginald
CTY  Kent
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Rubbermaid Incorporated
CTY  Wooster
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D23212
EDF  6
ICL  0805
FSC  D23
FSS  200;211;212
FSC  239
FSS  375-378
FSC  222
FSS  565;470;572
UREF
PNO  D158914
ISD  19500600
NAM  Tompkins
OCL  D58 17
UREF
PNO  D241032
ISD  19760800
NAM  Burke et al.
OCL  D23 11
UREF
PNO  D241248
ISD  19760800
NAM  Burke et al.
OCL  D23 11
UREF
PNO  D266018
ISD  19820800
NAM  Dilyard
OCL  D23 11
UREF
PNO  D266450
ISD  19821000
NAM  Swett et al.
OCL  D23 11
UREF
PNO  D267473
ISD  19830100
NAM  Telzrow
OCL  D23212
UREF
PNO  D278928
ISD  19850500
NAM  Gerber
OCL  D23 11
UREF
PNO  D279310
ISD  19850600
NAM  Murphy
OCL  D23 11
UREF
PNO  D314810
ISD  19910200
NAM  Carlson
OCL  D23212
UREF
PNO  D357729
ISD  19950400
NAM  Boyd
OCL  D23212
UREF
PNO  D375139
ISD  19961000
NAM  Thorp
OCL  D23212
UREF
PNO  D401668
ISD  19981100
NAM  Kreizel
OCL  D23212
UREF
PNO  880522
ISD  19080300
NAM  Gray
UREF
PNO  1699459
ISD  19290100
NAM  Ullrich
OCL  239375
UREF
PNO  3648933
ISD  19720300
NAM  Grotz
OCL  239377
UREF
PNO  4030664
ISD  19770600
NAM  Tisbo et al.
OCL  239289
OREF
PAL  P. 30, Watering cans; Misco, 325 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10016.
      Published at least as early as Jun., 1994.
PAL  Catalog page, Watering cans; Geeco, Gore road, New Milton, Hampshire 6B,
      B425, 65 E. Published at least as early as Jun., 1994.
PAL  P. 16, Watering cans; Garden Scene, 1109 East Lake Street, Streamwood,
      Illinois 60107-4395. Publication date 1992.
PAL  Sell sheet, Watering cans; Tucker Plastics Inc., 1120 Finch Avenue West,
      Suite 602, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M3J 3H7. Published at least as early
      as Jun., 1994.
PAL  Sell sheet, Watering cans; Dramm Corporation, P. O. Box 1960, Manitowoc,
      Wisconsin 54221-1960. Publication date 1992.
PAL  Catalog page, Watering cans; Planterra, Gale Group Inc., 111 North Orlando
      Avenue, West Palm, Florida 32789. Publication date 1993.
LREP
FR2  O'Planick; Richard B.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a watering can, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169794
SRC  D
APN  0905658
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980710
TTL  Shower unit for kitchen sink
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Taylor; Robin V.
NDR  5
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Bosio; Orlando
CTY  Casaloldo
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  AMFAG S.p.A.
CTY  Castelgoffredo
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19980119
APN  MN9800002
CLAS
OCL  D23223
EDF  6
ICL  2301
FSC  D23
FSS  213-4;223;226;228-230
FSC  239
FSS  394;414-5;460-2
FSC    4
FSS  605;615
UREF
PNO  D348505
ISD  19940700
NAM  Bosio
OCL  D23223
UREF
PNO  D380808
ISD  19970700
NAM  Barre
OCL  D23226
UREF
PNO  D390915
ISD  19980200
NAM  Futo et al.
OCL  D23226
UREF
PNO  D404116
ISD  19990100
NAM  Bosio
OCL  D23223
UREF
PNO  D404117
ISD  19990100
NAM  Bosio
OCL  D23223
LREP
FR2  Modiano; Guido
FR2  Josif; Albert
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a shower unit for kitchen sink, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04169808
SRC  D
APN  0947431
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981009
TTL  Supply and exhaust block for manifold solenoid valve
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Taylor; Robin V.
NDR  3
NFG  9
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Sato; Hideharu
CTY  Tsukuba-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumoto; Takumi
CTY  Tsukuba-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  SMC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980413
APN  10-10523
CLAS
OCL  D23233
EDF  6
ICL  2301
FSC  D23
FSS  233-237;245
FSC  137
FSS  596.13;596.16;884;625.64
UREF
PNO  D200454
ISD  19650200
NAM  Everitt
OCL  D23233
UREF
PNO  D246908
ISD  19780100
NAM  Fetty
OCL  D23233
UREF
PNO  D390636
ISD  19980200
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  D23233
UREF
PNO  4856560
ISD  19890800
NAM  Neff et al.
OCL  137884
UREF
PNO  4889164
ISD  19891200
NAM  Hozumi et al.
OCL  137624.64
UREF
PNO  5437306
ISD  19950800
NAM  Asou et al.
OCL  137625.64
UREF
PNO  5555911
ISD  19960900
NAM  Fukano et al.
OCL  137625.64
UREF
PNO  5699834
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  137884
OREF
PAL  The design of the present application was displayed at IFPEX '87
      Exhibition--Oct. 21-24, 1997.
PAL  IFPEX '97 Catalogue, issued on Oct. 13, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for supply and exhaust block for manifold solenoid
      valve, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169816
SRC  D
APN  1019120
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990312
TTL  Lavatory set
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watterson; Eric
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Warshawsky; Ari Zev
CTY  New York
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Warshawsky; Jerome
CTY  Hewlett Harbor
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Antoniello; Frank
CTY  Commack
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  IW Industries Inc.
CTY  Melville
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D23241
EDF  6
ICL  2301
FSC  D23
FSS  238-243;250-257
FSC  D 8
FSS  300-310
FSC    4
FSS  675-678
FSC  137
FSS  801
UREF
PNO  D404467
ISD  19990100
NAM  Doughty et al.
OCL  D23242
UREF
PNO  D405160
ISD  19990200
NAM  Lord
OCL  D23241
UREF
PNO  D406318
ISD  19990300
NAM  Lord
OCL  D23241
UREF
PNO  D406876
ISD  19990300
NAM  Ko
OCL  D23241
LREP
FR2  Walker; Alfred M.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a lavatory set, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169824
SRC  D
APN  1019163
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990312
TTL  Lavatory set
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watterson; Eric
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Warshawsky; Ari Zev
CTY  New York
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Warshawsky; Jerome
CTY  Hewlett Harbor
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Antoniello; Frank
CTY  Commack
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  IW Industries Inc.
CTY  Melville
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D23241
EDF  6
ICL  2301
FSC  D23
FSS  238-243;250-257
FSC  D 8
FSS  300-310
FSC    4
FSS  675-678
FSC  137
FSS  801
UREF
PNO  D404467
ISD  19990100
NAM  Doughty et al.
OCL  D23242
UREF
PNO  D405160
ISD  19990200
NAM  Lord
OCL  D23241
UREF
PNO  D406318
ISD  19990300
NAM  Lord
OCL  D23241
UREF
PNO  D406876
ISD  19990300
NAM  Ko
OCL  D23241
LREP
FR2  Walker; Alfred M.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a lavatory set, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169832
SRC  D
APN  1027158
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990330
TTL  Handle of a valve
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Taylor; Robin V.
NDR  6
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kitchen; Dale J.
CTY  South Euclid
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  DiBiase; Thomas E.
CTY  Mentor
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Swagelok Company
CTY  Solon
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  069470
APD  19970402
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 407799
CLAS
OCL  D23249
XCL  D23245
EDF  6
ICL  2301
FSC  D23
FSS  233;235;245-248;249-251
FSC  137
FSS  383;384.2
FSC  D 8
FSS  107;DIG. 2
UREF
PNO  D189904
ISD  19610300
NAM  Seltsam
UREF
PNO  D205827
ISD  19660900
NAM  Plagenberg
UREF
PNO  D378400
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kowalics
UREF
PNO  D407799
ISD  19990400
NAM  Kitchen
UREF
PNO  1683649
ISD  19280900
NAM  Belote
UREF
PNO  2592816
ISD  19520400
NAM  Mapes
UREF
PNO  2648517
ISD  19530800
NAM  Berland et al.
OCL  137383
UREF
PNO  2661765
ISD  19531200
NAM  Troy
UREF
PNO  3504694
ISD  19700400
NAM  Noland
OCL  137383
UREF
PNO  4208033
ISD  19800600
NAM  Kesterman
UREF
PNO  5092359
ISD  19920300
NAM  Wirth et al.
OCL  137383
UREF
PNO  5131627
ISD  19920700
NAM  Kolenc
UREF
PNO  5470044
ISD  19951100
NAM  Chi
FREF
PNO  0 347 289
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1106309
ISD  19540500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  88 02 076 U
ISD  19880200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a handle of a valve, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169840
SRC  D
APN  0723355
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19970612
TTL  Faucet handle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watterson; Eric
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Gottwald; Adolf
CTY  Iserlohn
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Friedrich Grohe AG
CTY  Hemer
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970119
APN  97 00 386
CLAS
OCL  D23250
EDF  6
ICL  2301
FSC  D23
FSS  238-243;250-257
FSC  D 8
FSS  300;313
FSC   16
FSS  110 R-120
FSC    4
FSS  675-678
FSC  137
FSS  801
UREF
PNO  D310709
ISD  19900900
NAM  Jans
OCL  D23250
UREF
PNO  D319771
ISD  19910900
NAM  Reid et al.
OCL  D 8312
UREF
PNO  D324807
ISD  19920300
NAM  Reid et al.
OCL  D 8310
UREF
PNO  D326899
ISD  19920600
NAM  Haug et al.
OCL  D23250
UREF
PNO  D336947
ISD  19930600
NAM  Gottwald
OCL  D23250
LREP
FR2  Dubno; Herbert
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a faucet handle as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169859
SRC  D
APN  1006320
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990216
TTL  Shower control lever
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watterson; Eric
NDR  1
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Green; Eric D.
CTY  Cleveland Heights
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Haley; Vincent
CTY  Orrville
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Moen Incorporated
CTY  North Olmsted
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D23252
XCL  D23309
EDF  6
ICL  2301
FSC  D23
FSS  238-243;250-257
FSC  D 8
FSS  300-310
FSC    4
FSS  675-678
FSC  137
FSS  801
FSC   16
FSS  110 R-121
UREF
PNO  D108067
ISD  19380100
NAM  Clemmons
UREF
PNO  D112966
ISD  19390100
NAM  Sammons
UREF
PNO  D254147
ISD  19800200
NAM  Colani
UREF
PNO  D306336
ISD  19900200
NAM  Oberdorfer
UREF
PNO  D337813
ISD  19930700
NAM  Levien
UREF
PNO  D339190
ISD  19930900
NAM  Pieramico et al.
UREF
PNO  D347269
ISD  19940500
NAM  Yost
UREF
PNO  D348307
ISD  19940600
NAM  Gottwald
OCL  D23252
UREF
PNO  D367215
ISD  19960200
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  D368957
ISD  19960400
NAM  Bavoso
UREF
PNO  D371430
ISD  19960700
NAM  Moon
OCL  D23252
UREF
PNO  D381395
ISD  19970700
NAM  Fleischmann
UREF
PNO  D382942
ISD  19970800
NAM  Spurgeon et al.
UREF
PNO  D383831
ISD  19970900
NAM  Esche et al.
UREF
PNO  D388865
ISD  19980100
NAM  Fleischmann
OCL  D23252
UREF
PNO  D391826
ISD  19980300
NAM  Diebel
UREF
PNO  D394795
ISD  19980600
NAM  Diebel
UREF
PNO  D397412
ISD  19980800
NAM  Slothower et al.
OCL  D23250
UREF
PNO  D398039
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ku
UREF
PNO  D398378
ISD  19980900
NAM  Lord
OCL  D23252
UREF
PNO  D405518
ISD  19990200
NAM  Kesti et al.
OCL  D23304
UREF
PNO  D407465
ISD  19990300
NAM  Ko
OCL  D23252
LREP
FRM  Dorn, McEachran, Jambor & Keating
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a shower control lever, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169867
SRC  D
APN  101448&
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990304
TTL  Handle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watterson; Eric
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Formgren; Anna-Pia K.
CTY  Sheboygan
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Kohler Co.
CTY  Kohler
STA  WI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  086568
APD  19980415
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 407144
RLAP
COD  81
APN  069020
APD  19970423
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 409726
CLAS
OCL  D23252
EDF  6
ICL  2301
FSC  D23
FSS  238-243;250-257
FSC  D 8
FSS  300-310
FSC    4
FSS  675-678
FSC  137
FSS  801
UREF
PNO  D221431
ISD  19710800
NAM  Petterson
OCL  D23252
UREF
PNO  D297357
ISD  19880800
NAM  Spangler
OCL  D23252
UREF
PNO  D324412
ISD  19920300
NAM  Bonnell
OCL  D23252
UREF
PNO  D324725
ISD  19920300
NAM  Lang et al.
OCL  D23252
UREF
PNO  D326139
ISD  19920500
NAM  Ragonot
OCL  D23252
UREF
PNO  D339852
ISD  19930900
NAM  Jans
OCL  D23252
UREF
PNO  D346205
ISD  19940400
NAM  Sauter et al.
OCL  D23252
UREF
PNO  D366519
ISD  19960100
NAM  Lobermeier
OCL  D23252
OREF
PAL  A Stanadyne ad showing the 33.500.350 faucet, undated.
PAL  P. 20 of a Kohler catalog showing "Antique" faucet handles, undated.
PAL  A 1985 SH ad showing the Flair faucet.
PAL  A Dorf ad showing a "Colonial" basin set, undated.
PAL  A Kohler catalog ad showing a Coralairs faucet, undated.
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a handle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169875
SRC  D
APN  1051261
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990518
TTL  Wall-mount double-handle escutcheon faucet assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watterson; Eric
NDR  6
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Mullenmeister; Daniel
CTY  Havixbeck
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Friedrich Grohe AG
CTY  Hemer
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19981218
APN  49812216
CLAS
OCL  D23254
EDF  6
ICL  2301
FSC  D23
FSS  238-243;250-257
FSC    4
FSS  675-678
FSC  137
FSS  801
UREF
PNO  D339630
ISD  19930900
NAM  Gottwald
OCL  D23254
UREF
PNO  D363765
ISD  19951000
NAM  Starck
OCL  D23254
UREF
PNO  D373180
ISD  19960800
NAM  Gottwald
OCL  D23254
UREF
PNO  D393895
ISD  19980400
NAM  Gottwald
OCL  D23254
UREF
PNO  D397771
ISD  19980900
NAM  Lobermeier
OCL  D23254
UREF
PNO  D402009
ISD  19981200
NAM  Gottwald
OCL  D23254
UREF
PNO  D406879
ISD  19990300
NAM  Powell et al.
OCL  D23254
UREF
PNO  D409290
ISD  19990500
NAM  Gottwald
OCL  D23254
LREP
FR2  Dubno; Herbert
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a wall-mount double-handle escutcheon faucet
      assembly, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169883
SRC  D
APN  0911895
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980723
TTL  Hand held pull-out spray
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watterson; Eric
NDR  3
NFG  11
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lord; Judd A.
CTY  Carmel
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Masco Corporation of Indiana
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D23255
EDF  6
ICL  2301
FSC  D23
FSS  238-243;280-287;213
FSC    4
FSS  675-678
FSC  137
FSS  801
UREF
PNO  D227363
ISD  19730600
NAM  Genaro
OCL  D23255
UREF
PNO  D261027
ISD  19810900
NAM  Klose
OCL  D23255
UREF
PNO  D266785
ISD  19821100
NAM  Thompson
OCL  D23255
UREF
PNO  D271706
ISD  19831200
NAM  Fabian
OCL  D23255
LREP
FR2  Kapustij; Myron B.
FR2  Doigan; Lloyd D.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a hand held pull-out spray, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04169891
SRC  D
APN  0945064
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19981005
TTL  High rise faucet with pull-out spray
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watterson; Eric
NDR  5
NFG  9
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lord; Judd A.
CTY  Carmel
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Masco Corporation of Indiana
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D23255
EDF  6
ICL  2301
FSC  D23
FSS  238-243;250-257;213
FSC    4
FSS  675-678
FSC  137
FSS  801
UREF
PNO  D213874
ISD  19690400
NAM  Landell
UREF
PNO  D219779
ISD  19710100
NAM  Tiller
UREF
PNO  D290492
ISD  19870600
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D290992
ISD  19870700
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D291117
ISD  19870700
NAM  Ryan
UREF
PNO  D293601
ISD  19880100
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D323877
ISD  19920200
NAM  Haug et al.
UREF
PNO  D331796
ISD  19921200
NAM  Spangler
UREF
PNO  D352766
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D360931
ISD  19950800
NAM  Mark et al.
UREF
PNO  D363536
ISD  19951000
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D364211
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D364218
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D364219
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D364220
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D366099
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D367697
ISD  19960300
NAM  Haug et al.
UREF
PNO  D367699
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D367701
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D367920
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D368764
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D368958
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D388156
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hill et al.
OREF
PAL  Delta Full Line Catalog, pp. 4, 5, 1994.
PAL  Delta Catalog, "The Way Water is Brought to Life", 2 pages, 1991.
LREP
FR2  Kapustij; Myron B.
FR2  Doigan; Lloyd D.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a high rise faucet with pull-out spray, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169905
SRC  D
APN  0945293
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19981005
TTL  High rise faucet with pull-out spray
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Watterson; Eric
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lord; Judd A.
CTY  Carmel
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Masco Corporation of Indiana
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D23255
EDF  6
ICL  2301
FSC  D23
FSS  238-243;250-257;213
FSC    4
FSS  675-678
FSC  137
FSS  801
UREF
PNO  D213874
ISD  19690400
NAM  Landell
UREF
PNO  D219779
ISD  19710100
NAM  Tiller
UREF
PNO  D290492
ISD  19870600
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D290992
ISD  19870700
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D291117
ISD  19870700
NAM  Ryan
UREF
PNO  D293601
ISD  19880100
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D323877
ISD  19920200
NAM  Haug et al.
UREF
PNO  D331796
ISD  19921200
NAM  Spangler
UREF
PNO  D352766
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D360931
ISD  19950800
NAM  Mark et al.
UREF
PNO  D363536
ISD  19951000
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D364211
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D364218
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D364219
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D364220
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D366099
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D367697
ISD  19960300
NAM  Haug et al.
UREF
PNO  D367699
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D367701
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D367920
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D368764
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D368958
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hill et al.
UREF
PNO  D388156
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hill et al.
OREF
PAL  Delta Full Line Catalog, pp. 4, 5, 1994.
PAL  Delta Catalog, "The Way Water is Brought to Life", 2 pages, 1991.
LREP
FR2  Kapustij; Myron B.
FR2  Redman; Leon E.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a high rise faucet with pull-out spray, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169913
SRC  D
APN  1019589
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990315
TTL  Lavatory
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watterson; Eric
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Caplow; Bradley R.
CTY  Sherman Oaks
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Kallista, Inc.
CTY  Kohler
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D23284
EDF  6
ICL  2302
FSC  D23
FSS  284-293.1;303-311
FSC    4
FSS  619;625;637;638;661;635;636;639-650
UREF
PNO  D228500
ISD  19731000
NAM  Ritzenthaler
OCL  D23293.1
UREF
PNO  D234199
ISD  19750100
NAM  Stoirs, Jr.
OCL  D23293.1
UREF
PNO  D337376
ISD  19930700
NAM  Ragonot
OCL  D23284
UREF
PNO  D351460
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kohler, Jr. et al.
OCL  D23284
UREF
PNO  D368959
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kaiser
OCL  D23293.1
UREF
PNO  D385957
ISD  19971100
NAM  Garza
OCL  D23284
UREF
PNO  D387418
ISD  19971200
NAM  Garza
OCL  D23284
OREF
PAL  1997 Kohler catalog ad, p. 14.37, showing a "Man's Lav" lavatory.
PAL  1997 Kohler catalog ad, p. 14.15, showing a "Le Gran" lavatory.
PAL  1998 Kohler catalog ad, p. 14.4, showing a "Bateau" lavatory.
PAL  1990 Kohler catalog ad, p. 11-3, showing a "Northern Italian" vanity.
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a lavatory, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169921
SRC  D
APN  1027883
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990331
TTL  Slide bar for sanitary purpose, specially shower bar
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Watterson; Eric
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Neufeld; Horst Gunter
CTY  Velbert
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Stein; Michael
CTY  Neuss
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Hans Grohe GmbH & Co. KG
CTY  Schiltach
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19981001
APN  49809764
CLAS
OCL  D23304
EDF  6
ICL  2301
FSC  D23
FSS  213;283;303-311
FSC    4
FSS  567-570;601;615
FSC  285
FSS  47;138
FSC  D 8
FSS  349;354;356;373
UREF
PNO  D372963
ISD  19960800
NAM  Luca, Jr. et al.
OCL  D23304
UREF
PNO  D378401
ISD  19970300
NAM  Neufeld et al.
OCL  D23304
UREF
PNO  D384129
ISD  19970900
NAM  Neufeld et al.
OCL  D23213
UREF
PNO  4174822
ISD  19791100
NAM  Larsson
OCL  248 75
UREF
PNO  4229842
ISD  19801000
NAM  Gilmore
OCL    4610
UREF
PNO  5513419
ISD  19960500
NAM  Zinger
OCL   16 87.4R
UREF
PNO  5632049
ISD  19970500
NAM  Chen
OCL    4570
UREF
PNO  5732420
ISD  19980300
NAM  Micciche
OCL    4610
LREP
FRM  Duane, Morris & Heckscher, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a slide bar for sanitary purposes, specially
      shower bar, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169930
SRC  D
APN  067771&
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19970314
TTL  Movable air-conditioner
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lichtenstein; Lisa
NDR  6
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Dong; Rui-Feng
CTY  Shunde
CNT  CNX
INVT
NAM  Lao; Bo-Qiang
CTY  Shunde
CNT  CNX
INVT
NAM  Cao; Xue-Rui
CTY  Shunde
CNT  CNX
INVT
NAM  Wu; Wen-Xin
CTY  Shunde
CNT  CNX
INVT
NAM  Xiao; Shu-Hao
CTY  Shunde
CNT  CNX
ASSG
NAM  Guandong MD Holding, Co. Ltd
CTY  Province
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CNX
APD  19960916
APN  96 3 09242.1
CLAS
OCL  D23333
XCL  D23351
EDF  6
ICL  2304
FSC  D23
FSS  351-354;333
FSC   62
FSS  239
FSC  454
FSS  233;234
UREF
PNO  D308414
ISD  19900600
NAM  Makihara
OCL  D23364
UREF
PNO  D310412
ISD  19900900
NAM  Fukumoto
OCL  D23359
UREF
PNO  D319306
ISD  19910800
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  D23351
UREF
PNO  D368770
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tanner et al.
OCL  D23359
UREF
PNO  1933771
ISD  19331100
NAM  Strang et al.
OCL  D23351
UREF
PNO  2310843
ISD  19430200
NAM  Ditzler
OCL  454233
LREP
FRM  Fulbright & Jaworski, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a movable air-conditioner, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169948
SRC  D
APN  0701122
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19970505
TTL  Water distribution tray for an in-duct humidifier
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lichtenstein; Lisa
NDR  4
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Kensok; Timothy J.
CTY  Minnetonka
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Smith; Timothy J.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Honeywell Inc.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D23358
XCL  D23356
EDF  6
ICL  2304
FSC  D23
FSS  356-363
FSC  261
FSS  106;DIG. 44
UREF
PNO  2947452
ISD  19600800
NAM  Frohmader et al.
OCL  261106
UREF
PNO  3975470
ISD  19760800
NAM  Engel
OCL  261106
UREF
PNO  4125576
ISD  19781100
NAM  Kozinski
OCL  261DIG.44
UREF
PNO  4158679
ISD  19790600
NAM  Yeagle
OCL  261106
UREF
PNO  4562016
ISD  19851200
NAM  Colliver
OCL  261106
UREF
PNO  5851444
ISD  19981200
NAM  Hansell, Jr. et al.
OCL  261106
OREF
PAL  Aprilaire Residential Humidifiers, Apr. 1, 1996.
LREP
FR2  Schwarz; Edward L.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a water distribution tray for an in-duct
      humidifier, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169956
SRC  D
APN  0778605
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19971010
TTL  Filter
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lichtenstein; Lisa
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Malanga; Robert
CTY  Longwood
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Smolowitz; Matthew M.
CTY  Ormond Beach
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  USF Filtration and Separations Group, Inc.
CTY  Timonium
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D23365
EDF  6
ICL  2304
FSC  D23
FSS  365;209
FSC   55
FSS  498
UREF
PNO  3189179
ISD  19650600
NAM  McMichael
UREF
PNO  4248713
ISD  19810200
NAM  Meier
UREF
PNO  4632682
ISD  19861200
NAM  Eromannsdorfer
OCL   55498
UREF
PNO  4810379
ISD  19890300
NAM  Barrington
OCL   55498
UREF
PNO  5015375
ISD  19910500
NAM  Fleck
UREF
PNO  5043068
ISD  19910800
NAM  Karbachsch et al.
UREF
PNO  5076917
ISD  19911200
NAM  Luhrmann et al.
UREF
PNO  5080791
ISD  19920100
NAM  Sims
OCL   55498
UREF
PNO  5112503
ISD  19920500
NAM  Raifman
UREF
PNO  5200077
ISD  19930400
NAM  McNeice et al.
UREF
PNO  5279733
ISD  19940100
NAM  Heymans
UREF
PNO  5332410
ISD  19940700
NAM  Heybutzki et al.
OCL   55498
UREF
PNO  5587071
ISD  19961200
NAM  Belden
OCL   55498
OREF
PAL  Elements "The Leader in Porous Metal Filtration Technology" Fluid Dynamics
      Memtec Group.COPYRGT. 1996.
LREP
FRM  Frijouf, Rust & Pyle, P.A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a filter, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169964
SRC  D
APN  0929492
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980831
TTL  Box fan
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lichtenstein; Lisa
NDR  6
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Mack; Henry
CTY  Levittown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Lasko Holdings, Inc.
CTY  West Chester
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D23382
XCL  D23381
XCL  D23412
EDF  6
ICL  2304
FSC  D23
FSS  380;370;332
FSC  416
FSS  247;246
UREF
PNO  D369403
ISD  19960400
NAM  Reveal et al.
OCL  D23381
UREF
PNO  5110263
ISD  19920500
NAM  Chiu
OCL  416244R
LREP
FRM  Zachary T. Wobensmith, III
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a box fan, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04169972
SRC  D
APN  0853607
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980320
TTL  Heating grate
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Siegel; Mitchell
NDR  5
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Prouty; Wesley C.
STR  6000 N. Five Mile
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ZIP  83713
INVT
NAM  McMillan; Alfred E.
STR  228 Young Ave.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
ZIP  83651
CLAS
OCL  D23397
EDF  6
ICL  2399
FSC  D23
FSS  397-401
FSC  D25
FSS  152-156
FSC  119
FSS  28
FSC  210
FSS  163;460
FSC  404
FSS  2;4
UREF
PNO  D263511
ISD  19820300
NAM  Bartscher
OCL  D25156
UREF
PNO  D339415
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kiras
OCL  D23397
UREF
PNO  2701027
ISD  19550200
NAM  Scoville
OCL  210163
LREP
FR2  Shaver; Robert L.
FR2  Dykas; Frank J.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a heating grate, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169980
SRC  D
APN  0869856
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980424
TTL  Inhaler
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Simmons; I
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  4
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hodson; Darren
CTY  Bridgnorth
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Mayne; Anthony
CTY  Colchester
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  McGugan; Steven
CTY  Lyngby
CNT  DKX
ASSG
NAM  Astra Pharmaceuticals Ltd.
CTY  Herts.
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19971114
APN  972473
CLAS
OCL  D24110
EDF  6
ICL  2902
FSC  D24
FSS  110
FSC  128
FSS  200.23;200.21;200.14;203.15;200.25;204.25
UREF
PNO  D197687
ISD  19640300
NAM  Gurian
OCL  D24110
UREF
PNO  D207143
ISD  19670300
NAM  Goodwin
OCL  D24110
UREF
PNO  D291829
ISD  19870900
NAM  Torongo et al.
OCL  D24110
UREF
PNO  D334057
ISD  19930300
NAM  Byram
OCL  D24110
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an "inhaler," as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04169999
SRC  D
APN  0910937
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980722
TTL  Combined intravenous drop rate monitor and controller
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Simmons; I
EXP  Reid; Stella
NDR  4
NFG  10
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Miyamoto; Isshin
CTY  Fukuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  I'M Co., Ltd
CTY  Fukuoka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980309
APN  10-6430
CLAS
OCL  D24111
EDF  6
ICL  1502
FSC  D24
FSS  111
FSC  D13
FSS  107;108
FSC  604
FSS  151;65;67;131;246;251
FSC  417
FSS  474;470
FSC  128
FSS  DIG. 12;DIG. 13
UREF
PNO  D289327
ISD  19870400
NAM  Campbell et al.
OCL  D24111
UREF
PNO  D312879
ISD  19901200
NAM  Atem
OCL  D24111
UREF
PNO  D347472
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sunderland et al.
OCL  D24111
UREF
PNO  D348730
ISD  19940700
NAM  Walker et al.
OCL  D24111
LREP
FR2  Stewart; John V.
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for an combined intravenous drop rate monitor
      and controller, as shown and described
PATN
WKU  D04170008
SRC  D
APN  0877298
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980507
TTL  Compressible syringe
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Simmons; I
EXP  Reid; Stella
NDR  1
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Poynter; Richard Q.
CTY  Palm Beach Gardens
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Bailey; Albert D.
CTY  West Palm Beach
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Vital Signs Inc.
CTY  Totowa
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  075316
APD  19970810
CLAS
OCL  D24115
EDF  6
ICL  2402
FSC  D24
FSS  112;115;130
FSC  604
FSS  212;216
FSC  215
FSS  49;32;216
FSC  222
FSS  215;209;541.9;633;213;220;95
UREF
PNO  D269706
ISD  19830700
NAM  Green
OCL  D24115
UREF
PNO  D288006
ISD  19870100
NAM  Bergstrom et al.
XCL  D24115
UREF
PNO  D344132
ISD  19940200
NAM  Schneberger et al.
XCL  D24115
UREF
PNO  3473524
ISD  19691000
NAM  Drewe
XCL  D24115
LREP
FR2  Rhodes, Jr.; R. Gale
DCLM
PAL  We claim the ornamental design for a compressible syringe, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04170016
SRC  D
APN  0865001
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980414
TTL  Controller for an X-ray camera for medical treatment
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Reid; Stella
NDR  4
NFG  14
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chikuma; Naoko
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971014
APN  9-71245
CLAS
OCL  D24158
EDF  6
ICL  2401
FSC  D24
FSS  158;159;160
FSC  378
FSS  4;19;114;115;116;117;195;193
UREF
PNO  D319101
ISD  19910800
NAM  Endo
OCL  D24158
UREF
PNO  D324104
ISD  19920200
NAM  Cecil et al.
OCL  D24158
UREF
PNO  D334980
ISD  19930400
NAM  Pritchard
OCL  D24158
UREF
PNO  D355717
ISD  19950200
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  D24158
UREF
PNO  D356792
ISD  19950300
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  D24158
UREF
PNO  5272760
ISD  19931200
NAM  Echerer et al.
OCL  382132
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a controller for an X-ray camera for medical
      treatment, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170024
SRC  D
APN  0898279
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980624
TTL  Roll of protective covers for blood pressure cuff
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Reid; Stella
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Scott; Isaac Ed
STR  1925 S. Aspaas
CTY  Cornville
STA  AZ
ZIP  86325
CLAS
OCL  D24165
EDF  6
ICL  2404
FSC  D24
FSS  165;166
FSC  606
FSS  202
FSC  600
FSS  490;485
UREF
PNO  3669096
ISD  19720600
NAM  Hurwitz
OCL  600499
UREF
PNO  4354503
ISD  19821000
NAM  Golden
OCL  600499
UREF
PNO  4465076
ISD  19840800
NAM  Sturgeon
OCL  600499
UREF
PNO  4548249
ISD  19851000
NAM  Slaughterbeck
OCL  150 52R
UREF
PNO  4838276
ISD  19890600
NAM  Nagai et al.
OCL  128686
UREF
PNO  5228448
ISD  19930700
NAM  Byrd
OCL  128677
UREF
PNO  5411518
ISD  19950500
NAM  Goldstein et al.
OCL  606202
UREF
PNO  5413582
ISD  19950500
NAM  Eaton
OCL  606202
UREF
PNO  5513643
ISD  19960500
NAM  Suite
OCL  128686
UREF
PNO  5620001
ISD  19970400
NAM  Byrd et al.
OCL  128686
UREF
PNO  5651368
ISD  19970700
NAM  Napolitano et al.
OCL  128677
UREF
PNO  5669390
ISD  19970900
NAM  McCormick et al.
OCL  128686
UREF
PNO  5690672
ISD  19971100
NAM  Cohen
OCL  606203
LREP
FRM  Snell & Wilmer, L.L.P.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a roll of protective covers for blood pressure
      cuff, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170032
SRC  D
APN  0958603
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19981030
TTL  Pacifier with temperature indicator
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Reid; Stella
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lin; Colin
CTY  Taichung Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Topshine Technology Corporation
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D24194
EDF  6
ICL  2404
FSC  D24
FSS  194;193
FSC  606
FSS  234;235;236
UREF
PNO  D362073
ISD  19950900
NAM  Hsieh
OCL  D24194
UREF
PNO  D370976
ISD  19960600
NAM  Lin
OCL  D24194
UREF
PNO  D391641
ISD  19980300
NAM  Fields et al.
OCL  D24194
UREF
PNO  3913402
ISD  19751000
NAM  Doyle
XCL  D24194
UREF
PNO  5108423
ISD  19920400
NAM  Lu
OCL  606234
UREF
PNO  5176704
ISD  19930100
NAM  Berndt
OCL  606234
LREP
FRM  Dougherty & Troxell
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a pacifier with temperature indicator, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170040
SRC  D
APN  0184012
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19940204
TTL  Baby bottle with liquid crystal temperature sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Reid; Stella
NDR  1
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Lyons; Brian E.
STR  11 Horton Rd.
CTY  Carmel
STA  NY
ZIP  10512
CLAS
OCL  D24197
EDF  6
ICL  0701
FSC  D24
FSS  197
FSC  215
FSS  11.1-11.6
UREF
PNO  2505037
ISD  19500400
NAM  Frumkin
XCL  215 11.2
UREF
PNO  2953170
ISD  19600900
NAM  Bush
XCL  215 11.1
UREF
PNO  4022060
ISD  19770500
NAM  Rebhan
XCL  215 11.2
UREF
PNO  5447248
ISD  19950900
NAM  Rodriguez et al.
XCL  215 11.2
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for the baby bottle with liquid crystal temperature
      sensor, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170059
SRC  D
APN  1028413
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990401
TTL  Fetus stimulation system
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Reid; Stella
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Jijon; Francisco
STR  1417 14th St. #1
CTY  Santa Monica
STA  CA
ZIP  90404
CLAS
OCL  D24200
EDF  6
ICL  2401
FSC  D24
FSS  200
FSC  607
FSS  138
FSC  600
FSS  376;373
FSC  601
FSS  153
UREF
PNO  4577640
ISD  19860300
NAM  Hofmeister
OCL  128738
UREF
PNO  5184619
ISD  19930200
NAM  Austin
OCL  600376
UREF
PNO  5522877
ISD  19960600
NAM  Garfield et al.
OCL  607138
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a fetus stimulation system, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04170067
SRC  D
APN  0877263
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980507
TTL  Neck wrap
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Andoll; G.
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  1
NFG  1
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Davis; Leane Kristine
CTY  Milford
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Martini; Amy Michelle
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Clear; Sandra Hintz
CTY  Longwood
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  The Proctor & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D24206
XCL  D24200
XCL  D24191
EDF  6
ICL  2404
FSC  D24
FSS  206;200;189;191
FSC  607
FSS  96;98;108-112
FSC  219
FSS  523;527
FSC  128
FSS  DIG. 23
FSC  165
FSS  DIG. 45
UREF
PNO  103026
ISD  18700500
NAM  Dederick
OCL  128DIG.23
UREF
PNO  D294650
ISD  19880300
NAM  De Beys
OCL  D24189
UREF
PNO  D357747
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kelly
OCL  D24206
UREF
PNO  D380051
ISD  19970600
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  D24206
UREF
PNO  D403778
ISD  19990100
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  D24206
UREF
PNO  2562121
ISD  19510700
NAM  Poux
OCL  128DIG.23
UREF
PNO  3149943
ISD  19640900
NAM  Amador
OCL   62  4
UREF
PNO  3164151
ISD  19650100
NAM  Nicoll
OCL  128DIG.23
UREF
PNO  3667462
ISD  19720600
NAM  Moon
OCL  128169
UREF
PNO  3736769
ISD  19730600
NAM  Peterson
OCL   62530
UREF
PNO  3882867
ISD  19750500
NAM  Moran
OCL  128254
UREF
PNO  3893460
ISD  19750700
NAM  Karami
OCL  128287
UREF
PNO  3900035
ISD  19750800
NAM  Welch et al.
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  3955575
ISD  19760500
NAM  Okuda
OCL  128284
UREF
PNO  3976049
ISD  19760800
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  126263
UREF
PNO  4044773
ISD  19770800
NAM  Baldwin, III
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  4081150
ISD  19780300
NAM  Tyson
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  4190054
ISD  19800200
NAM  Brennan
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  4204543
ISD  19800500
NAM  Henderson
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  4243041
ISD  19810100
NAM  Paul
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  4255157
ISD  19810300
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL   44  3C
UREF
PNO  4268272
ISD  19810500
NAM  Taura
OCL   44  3R
UREF
PNO  4282005
ISD  19810800
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL   44  3R
UREF
PNO  4366804
ISD  19830100
NAM  Abe
OCL  126263
UREF
PNO  4516564
ISD  19850500
NAM  Koiso et al.
OCL  126263
UREF
PNO  4517972
ISD  19850500
NAM  Finch, Jr.
OCL  128156
UREF
PNO  4527566
ISD  19850700
NAM  Abare
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  4575097
ISD  19860300
NAM  Brannigan et al.
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  4586506
ISD  19860500
NAM  Nangle
OCL  128403
UREF
PNO  4628918
ISD  19861200
NAM  Johnson, Jr.
OCL  128 90
UREF
PNO  4628932
ISD  19861200
NAM  Tampa
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  4669476
ISD  19870600
NAM  Gordon et al.
OCL  128399
UREF
PNO  4671267
ISD  19870600
NAM  Stout
OCL  128156
UREF
PNO  4706658
ISD  19871100
NAM  Cronin
OCL  128 77
UREF
PNO  4756299
ISD  19880700
NAM  Podella
OCL  126263
UREF
PNO  4802667
ISD  19890200
NAM  Altner
OCL  272123
UREF
PNO  4805620
ISD  19890200
NAM  Meistrell
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  4860748
ISD  19890800
NAM  Chiurco et al.
OCL  128399
UREF
PNO  4886063
ISD  19891200
NAM  Crews
OCL  128403
UREF
PNO  4891501
ISD  19900100
NAM  Lipton
OCL  219527
UREF
PNO  4914717
ISD  19900400
NAM  Gibbon
OCL  219 10.55M
UREF
PNO  4925743
ISD  19900500
NAM  Ikeda et al.
OCL  428702
UREF
PNO  4961418
ISD  19901000
NAM  McLaurin-Smith
OCL  128157
UREF
PNO  4972832
ISD  19901100
NAM  Trapini et al.
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  4981135
ISD  19910100
NAM  Hardy
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  5000176
ISD  19910300
NAM  Daniel
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  5007416
ISD  19910400
NAM  Burns et al.
OCL  128 80H
UREF
PNO  5027801
ISD  19910700
NAM  Grim
OCL  128 80H
UREF
PNO  5046479
ISD  19910900
NAM  Usui
OCL  126204
UREF
PNO  5062269
ISD  19911100
NAM  Siegel
OCL   62  4
UREF
PNO  5065758
ISD  19911100
NAM  Whitehead et al.
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  5072598
ISD  19911200
NAM  Dibrell
OCL   62259.3
UREF
PNO  5086629
ISD  19920200
NAM  Dibrell
OCL   62259.3
UREF
PNO  5086761
ISD  19920200
NAM  Ingram
OCL  602 26
UREF
PNO  5088487
ISD  19920200
NAM  Turner
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  5088549
ISD  19920200
NAM  Schneider
OCL  165 46
UREF
PNO  5094238
ISD  19920300
NAM  Gibbon
OCL  128403
UREF
PNO  5133348
ISD  19920700
NAM  Mayn
OCL  128403
UREF
PNO  5165402
ISD  19921100
NAM  McCoy
OCL  128402
UREF
PNO  5179944
ISD  19930100
NAM  McSymytz
OCL  128403
UREF
PNO  5190033
ISD  19930300
NAM  Johnson
OCL  128403
UREF
PNO  5211623
ISD  19930500
NAM  Sarkozi
OCL  602 18
UREF
PNO  5224349
ISD  19930700
NAM  Siegel
OCL   62  4
UREF
PNO  5233981
ISD  19930800
NAM  Miyashita
OCL  607114
UREF
PNO  5269023
ISD  19931200
NAM  Ross
OCL    2 66
UREF
PNO  5342412
ISD  19940800
NAM  Ueki
OCL  607114
UREF
PNO  5366491
ISD  19941100
NAM  Ingram et al.
OCL  607108
UREF
PNO  5373582
ISD  19941200
NAM  Dragone et al.
OCL    2  2.5
UREF
PNO  5375261
ISD  19941200
NAM  Lipke
OCL    2 92
UREF
PNO  5378225
ISD  19950100
NAM  Chatman, Jr. et al.
OCL  602 19
UREF
PNO  5398667
ISD  19950300
NAM  Witt
OCL  126263R
UREF
PNO  5399150
ISD  19950300
NAM  Saunders
OCL  602 19
UREF
PNO  5415624
ISD  19950500
NAM  Williams
OCL  602 21
UREF
PNO  5451201
ISD  19950900
NAM  Prengler
OCL  602 26
UREF
PNO  5496357
ISD  19960300
NAM  Jensen et al.
OCL  607108
UREF
PNO  5500959
ISD  19960300
NAM  Yewer, Jr.
OCL  602 19
UREF
PNO  5534021
ISD  19960700
NAM  Dvoretzky et al.
OCL  607112
UREF
PNO  5674270
ISD  19971000
NAM  Viltro et al.
OCL  607112
UREF
PNO  5728057
ISD  19980300
NAM  Ouellette et al.
OCL  602 62
UREF
PNO  5728058
ISD  19980300
NAM  Ouellette et al.
OCL  602 62
UREF
PNO  5728146
ISD  19980300
NAM  Burkett et al.
OCL  607109
UREF
PNO  5735889
ISD  19980400
NAM  Burkett et al.
OCL  607109
UREF
PNO  5741318
ISD  19980400
NAM  Ouellette et al.
OCL  607108
FREF
PNO  0 014 300 A1
ISD  19800800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 324 578 A1
ISD  19890700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 370 600 A1
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2687912 A1
ISD  19930900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  58-132074
ISD  19830800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-241575
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-124192
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-194642
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 205 496
ISD  19881200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/18724
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/00087
ISD  19940100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/12125
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Oney, Jr.; Jack L.
FR2  Nichols; Vanessa M.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a neck wrap, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170075
SRC  D
APN  1009168
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990222
TTL  Menstrual pad having thermal cells
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Andoll; G.
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Davis; Leane Kristine
CTY  Milford
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Martini; Amy Michelle
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D24206
XCL  D24200
EDF  6
ICL  2404
FSC  D24
FSS  206;200;207
FSC  607
FSS  96;104;108;109
UREF
PNO  D37787
ISD  19060600
NAM  La Vigne
OCL  D24207
UREF
PNO  D351427
ISD  19941000
NAM  Mason et al.
OCL  D24200
UREF
PNO  D380051
ISD  19970600
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  D24200
UREF
PNO  D407823
ISD  19990400
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  D24206
UREF
PNO  1715540
ISD  19290600
NAM  Cervelli
OCL  607109
UREF
PNO  2497443
ISD  19500200
NAM  Eatman
OCL  607108
UREF
PNO  4575097
ISD  19860300
NAM  Brannigan et al.
OCL  607108
UREF
PNO  4971056
ISD  19901100
NAM  Seacord
OCL  607104
UREF
PNO  5647270
ISD  19970700
NAM  Viltro et al.
OCL  607108
LREP
FR2  Oney, Jr.; Jack L.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a menstrual pad having thermal cells, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170083
SRC  D
APN  102969&
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990405
TTL  Massager
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Reid; Stella
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chien; Kuo-Ching
STR  No. 7, Lane 74, Kung-Wu Road
CTY  Lung-Tan
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  D24211
XCL  D24214
EDF  6
ICL  2803
FSC  D24
FSS  211;214;200
FSC  601
FSS  134;135;136;137
UREF
PNO  D244871
ISD  19770600
NAM  Vincenti
OCL  D24214
UREF
PNO  D289684
ISD  19870500
NAM  Kawashima
OCL  D24212
UREF
PNO  1398150
ISD  19211100
NAM  Pollard
OCL  606240
UREF
PNO  4233966
ISD  19801100
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  601134
UREF
PNO  4421110
ISD  19831200
NAM  DeLisle et al.
OCL  601134
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for massager, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170091
SRC  D
APN  0844500
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980302
TTL  Sample tube rack
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Simmons; I
EXP  Clark; Doris
NDR  5
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Boyd; Robert
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Bayer Corporation
CTY  Tarrytown
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D24227
XCL  D24229
EDF  6
ICL  0604
FSC  D24
FSS  227;229
FSC  422
FSS  102;104;65;63
FSC  211
FSS  74;70.1
UREF
PNO  D382346
ISD  19970800
NAM  Buhler et al.
OCL  D24227
UREF
PNO  4022579
ISD  19770500
NAM  Reuillet et al.
XCL  211 74
UREF
PNO  4534465
ISD  19850800
NAM  Rothermel et al.
XCL  211 74
UREF
PNO  5186339
ISD  19930200
NAM  Heissler
OCL  D24229
UREF
PNO  5378433
ISD  19950100
NAM  Duckett et al.
OCL  422104
LREP
FR2  Klawitter, Esq.; Andrew L.
     Rodman & Rodman
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a sample tube rack, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170105
SRC  D
APN  0883549
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980521
TTL  Portable seating bleacher
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Clark; Doris
NDR  2
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Bryjak; John Jack
CTY  Park Ridge
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Hergott; Arthur
CTY  Deerfield
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Livingston; Troy W.
CTY  Northbrook
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Greenwich Industries, L.P.
CTY  Lake Bluff
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  797030
APD  19970207
PSC  01
PNO  5810430
CLAS
OCL  D25 62
EDF  6
ICL  2504
FSC  D25
FSS  1;62
FSC   52
FSS  6;9;182;190;191
FSC  297
FSS  232-257
UREF
PNO  D216787
ISD  19700300
NAM  Sorenson
OCL  D25 62
UREF
PNO  3117350
ISD  19640100
NAM  Margadant
OCL   52191
UREF
PNO  3451361
ISD  19690600
NAM  Sorenson
OCL   52182
LREP
FRM  Fitch, Even, Tabin & Flannery
DCLM
PAL  We claim the ornamental design for a portable seating bleacher, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170113
SRC  D
APN  0949108
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19981013
TTL  Hunting ladder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Clark; Doris
NDR  2
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Woller, Sr.; John A.
CTY  Decatur
STA  AL
INVT
NAM  Woller; Ronald R.
CTY  Decatur
STA  AL
ASSG
NAM  Summit Specialties, Inc.
CTY  Decatur
STA  AL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  758276
APD  19961203
RLAP
COD  81
APN  341061
APD  19941116
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  D25 64
EDF  6
ICL  2504
FSC  D25
FSS  64;62
FSC  182
FSS  21;22;48;49;180;194;187;189;178;154
UREF
PNO  D394715
ISD  19980500
NAM  Pearson
OCL  D25 64
UREF
PNO  591418
ISD  18971000
NAM  Verne (Noyes)
OCL  182189
UREF
PNO  1005032
ISD  19111000
NAM  Hennessee
UREF
PNO  2810504
ISD  19571000
NAM  Pela
UREF
PNO  3302749
ISD  19670200
NAM  Heaphy
OCL  182178
UREF
PNO  4411335
ISD  19831000
NAM  Forrester
OCL  182187
UREF
PNO  4552246
ISD  19851100
NAM  Thomas
OCL  187116
UREF
PNO  5040635
ISD  19910800
NAM  Strickland
OCL  187160
LREP
FRM  Gardner & Groff, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  We claim the ornamental design for a hunting ladder, as shown and described
     .
PATN
WKU  D04170121
SRC  D
APN  094789&
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19981009
TTL  Portable tree step
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Clark; Doris
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Davenport; Joseph F.
STR  5346 Highway 175
CTY  Hartford
STA  WI
ZIP  53027
INVT
NAM  Mantz; Robert J.
STR  W804 Saylesville Rd.
CTY  Rubicon
STA  WI
ZIP  53078
CLAS
OCL  D25 69
XCL  D25 62
EDF  6
ICL  2504
FSC  D25
FSS  69;62
FSC  182
FSS  221;133;134;135;90;92
FSC  248
FSS  218.4;230;231
UREF
PNO  D297169
ISD  19880800
NAM  Trani, Sr.
OCL  D25 69
UREF
PNO  3726360
ISD  19730400
NAM  Price et al.
OCL  182134
UREF
PNO  4368801
ISD  19830100
NAM  Lewis
OCL  182221
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
DCLM
PAL  We claim the ornamental design for a portable tree step, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04170130
SRC  D
APN  0860093
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980402
TTL  Set of glass inset panels for a front door and matching sidelight windows
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Delehanty; Robert A.
EXP  Reid; Stella
NDR  3
NFG  3
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Gatch; Mabel M.
STR  1243 Waverly Dr.
CTY  Daytona Beach
STA  FL
ZIP  32118
ASSG
NAM  Gatch; Mabel M.
CTY  Daytona Beach
STA  FL
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  D25105
XCL  D25109
XCL  D25 48
XCL  D25 52
XCL  D25160
EDF  6
ICL  2501
FSC  D25
FSS  103-105;109-111;48;52;160-161;157
FSC   52
FSS  204.59;204.61;311.1;311.2;311.3;314
FSC  428
FSS  38
FSC   40
FSS  545
UREF
PNO  D66578
ISD  19250900
NAM  Millard
OCL  D25105
UREF
PNO  D78222
ISD  19290200
NAM  Oppenheim
OCL  D25 48
UREF
PNO  291215
ISD  18840100
NAM  Moneyment
OCL   52311.1
UREF
PNO  D318128
ISD  19910700
NAM  Guetle, Jr.
OCL  D25103
UREF
PNO  D336139
ISD  19930600
NAM  Wilkening et al.
OCL  D25 52
UREF
PNO  D380839
ISD  19970700
NAM  Lint et al.
OCL  D25103
UREF
PNO  1802169
ISD  19310100
NAM  Colbert et al.
OCL  D25105
UREF
PNO  1971261
ISD  19340900
NAM  Harmon
OCL  D25105
UREF
PNO  2321216
ISD  19431200
NAM  Lesko
OCL  D25 52
UREF
PNO  5003745
ISD  19910400
NAM  Fang
OCL   52311.1
UREF
PNO  5664352
ISD  19970900
NAM  Beckman
OCL   40545
OREF
PAL  Beveled Glasss Works, "Elegance", Monoco three quarter lite, BuyLine 7496,
      Sweet's Homebuilding and Remolding 1993 Catalog File, 2900 Library.
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for a set of glass inset panels for a front
      door and matching sidelight windows, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170148
SRC  D
APN  0917052
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980804
TTL  Decorative column
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Clark; Doris
NDR  1
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Tormanen; Mauno
STR  Takatie 5, 90440 Kempele
CTY  Suomi
CNT  FIX
CLAS
OCL  D25126
EDF  6
ICL  2501
FSC   52
FSS  169.9;737.1
FSC  256
FSS  73;24
FSC  D25
FSS  38;126
UREF
PNO  D83922
ISD  19310400
NAM  Sakier
OCL  D25126
UREF
PNO  596217
ISD  18971200
NAM  Rapp
OCL  D25126
UREF
PNO  1429084
ISD  19220900
NAM  Loeffler
OCL  256 24
UREF
PNO  5555696
ISD  19960900
NAM  Morrison, III et al.
OCL   52737.1
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a decorative column, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170156
SRC  D
APN  0865788
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980415
TTL  Panel trim
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Clark; Doris
NDR  1
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chau; Theodore Q.
CTY  Grand Rapids
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Kane; Brian J.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Longhurst; Kevin J.
CTY  Hastings
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Steelcase Inc.
CTY  Grand Rapids
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D25136
EDF  6
ICL  2501
FSC  D25
FSS  136
FSC  D 6
FSS  491
FSC   52
FSS  716.1;717.01;716.8;461;465;459;467;469
UREF
PNO  323518
ISD  18850800
NAM  Merrill
OCL   52461
UREF
PNO  D373203
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kornfalt et al.
OCL  D25136
UREF
PNO  1277319
ISD  19180800
NAM  Joice
OCL   52716.8
LREP
FRM  Price, Heneveld, Cooper, DeWitt & Litton
DCLM
PAL  We claim the ornamental design for a panel trim, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170164
SRC  D
APN  0916463
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980803
TTL  Butt portion of a roofing shingle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Clark; Doris
NDR  30
NFG  60
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Moore; Robert Nolan
CTY  Ardmore
STA  OK
INVT
NAM  Blanpied; Robert H.
CTY  Meridian
STA  MS
ASSG
NAM  Atlas Roofing Corporation
CTY  Meridian
STA  MS
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D25139
EDF  6
ICL  2501
FSC  D25
FSS  139;143
FSC   52
FSS  553;554;557;558;559;518;519;311
UREF
PNO  D251808
ISD  19790500
NAM  Patenaude
OCL  D25139
UREF
PNO  D309027
ISD  19900700
NAM  Noone et al.
OCL  D25139
UREF
PNO  D340294
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hannah et al.
OCL  D25139
OREF
PAL  File R4052, vol. 1, "Follow-Up Service Procedure", Underwriters
      Laboratories Inc., Issued Aug. 10, 1982, Revised Jun. 25, 1998, App. A-D,
      Sec. Gen. pp. 1-4, Sec. 1, pp. 1-4, Sec. 1, FIG. 4 and FIG. 4A.
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye, P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a butt portion of a "roofing shingle", as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170172
SRC  D
APN  0983497
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19981228
TTL  Front of a ceiling tile unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Clark; Doris
NDR  1
NFG  3
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Henderson, Sr.; Edward R
STR  1684 Co. Rd. 188
CTY  Fort Payne
STA  AL
ZIP  35967
INVT
NAM  Henderson, Jr.; Edward R.
STR  2707 Co. Rd. 115
CTY  Fort Payne
STA  AL
ZIP  35967
CLAS
OCL  D25163
EDF  6
ICL  2501
FSC   52
FSS  311.2;313;384;385;506.06
FSC  D25
FSS  58;163;138;157
UREF
PNO  D249895
ISD  19781000
NAM  Oleski
OCL  D25163
UREF
PNO  424958
ISD  18900400
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL   52313
UREF
PNO  457788
ISD  18910800
NAM  McKenzie
OCL   52385
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for the front of a ceiling tile unit, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04170180
SRC  D
APN  0997072
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990127
TTL  Candle jar
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Taylor; Robin V.
NDR  3
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Soller; Douglas A.
CTY  Mount Pleasant
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc.
CTY  Racine
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D26  9
XCL  D26 11
EDF  6
ICL  2601
FSC  D26
FSS  9-11;6;7
FSC  431
FSS  288-292;125-6
FSC  D 7
FSS  509;514;523
UREF
PNO  D75810
ISD  19280700
NAM  Sheeley
OCL  D26 11
UREF
PNO  D115659
ISD  19390700
NAM  Rithner
OCL  D26 11
UREF
PNO  D236908
ISD  19750900
NAM  Frazier
OCL  D26 11
UREF
PNO  D406365
ISD  19990300
NAM  Furner
OCL  D26  9
UREF
PNO  D407270
ISD  19990300
NAM  Wilson
OCL  D 7523
UREF
PNO  D408685
ISD  19990400
NAM  Lage et al.
OCL  D 7523
OREF
PAL  International Candle House; #240 Hobnails; p. 35, 1966-1967.
PAL  Photocopy of Libbey 1999 Retail Catalog (2 pages).
DCLM
PAL  The ornammental design of a candle jar, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170199
SRC  D
APN  0988421
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990107
TTL  Flashlight
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Jackson; Marcus A.
NDR  1
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Rachwal; James D.
STR  4975 Southern Wood Dr.
CTY  Sarasota
STA  FL
ZIP  34241
INVT
NAM  Rachwal; Erwin J.
STR  4975 Southern Wood Dr.
CTY  Sarasota
STA  FL
ZIP  34241
CLAS
OCL  D26 37
EDF  6
ICL  2602
FSC  D26
FSS  37-50
FSC  362
FSS  157;158;183-191;194-208
UREF
PNO  D360837
ISD  19950800
NAM  Chui
OCL  D26 38
UREF
PNO  D361633
ISD  19950800
NAM  Chabria
OCL  D26 37
UREF
PNO  D384175
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ziu
OCL  D26 38
UREF
PNO  D388713
ISD  19980100
NAM  Yuen
OCL  D26 38
UREF
PNO  D397465
ISD  19980800
NAM  Youri
OCL  D26 38
UREF
PNO  D399579
ISD  19981000
NAM  Zai
OCL  D26 38
LREP
FRM  Tarolli, Sundheim, Covell, Tummino & Szabo
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for flashlight, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04170202
SRC  D
APN  0864390
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980413
TTL  Flashlight
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Jackson; Marcus A.
NDR  1
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Petruzzi; Thomas G.
STR  5118 Belleville Ave.
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
ZIP  32812
CLAS
OCL  D26 38
EDF  6
ICL  2602
FSC  D26
FSS  37-50
FSC  D 9
FSS  516;518
FSC  362
FSS  157;158;183;184;187;188;189;190;191;194-200
UREF
PNO  D390983
ISD  19980200
NAM  Petruzzi
OCL  D26 38
UREF
PNO  D393730
ISD  19980400
NAM  Petruzzi
OCL  D26 38
UREF
PNO  D400276
ISD  19981000
NAM  Petruzzi
OCL  D26 38
LREP
FRM  Allen, Dyer, Doppelt, Milbrath & Gilchrist, P.A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a flashlight, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170210
SRC  D
APN  1006630
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990213
TTL  Lighted magnifier-flashlight
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Jackson; Marcus A.
NDR  3
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hollinger; Fred
CTY  Kings Park
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  E & B Giftware, Inc.
CTY  Yonkers
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D26 38
EDF  6
ICL  2602
FSC  D26
FSS  37-50
FSC  362
FSS  103;154;155;156;157;158;183-191;194-202;205
UREF
PNO  D330258
ISD  19921000
NAM  Schneiderman
OCL  D26 37
UREF
PNO  D374492
ISD  19961000
NAM  Coe
OCL  D26 37
UREF
PNO  D390678
ISD  19980200
NAM  Matthes
OCL  D26 37
UREF
PNO  D401371
ISD  19981100
NAM  Chen
OCL  D26 38
UREF
PNO  D402067
ISD  19981200
NAM  Sinclair
OCL  D26 37
LREP
FR2  Yavner; Stanley J.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a lighted magnifier-flashlight, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04170229
SRC  D
APN  087566&
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980505
TTL  Flashlight
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Jackson; Marcus A.
NDR  1
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chiu; Terance Chi Ping
CTY  Hong Kong
CNT  HKX
ASSG
NAM  Forexim (H.K) Limited
CTY  Hong Kong
CNT  HKX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D26 49
EDF  6
ICL  2602
FSC  D26
FSS  37-50
FSC  362
FSS  157;158;183-208
UREF
PNO  D360044
ISD  19950700
NAM  Jillery
OCL  D26 49
UREF
PNO  D363361
ISD  19951000
NAM  Maglica
OCL  D26 49
UREF
PNO  D383234
ISD  19970900
NAM  Smith
OCL  D26 49
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for flashlight, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170237
SRC  D
APN  101742&
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990310
TTL  Flashlight
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Jackson; Marcus A.
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Yang; Man Ho
CTY  Shatin
CNT  HKX
ASSG
NAM  Creative Technology Hong Kong Ltd.
CTY  Shatin
CNT  HKX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D26 49
EDF  6
ICL  2602
FSC  D26
FSS  37-50
FSC  362
FSS  157;158;183-208
UREF
PNO  D367721
ISD  19960300
NAM  Maglica
OCL  D26 49
UREF
PNO  D370543
ISD  19960600
NAM  Huen
OCL  D26 49
UREF
PNO  D394321
ISD  19980500
NAM  Chiu
OCL  D26 49
UREF
PNO  D395719
ISD  19980600
NAM  Concari
OCL  D26 49
UREF
PNO  D396314
ISD  19980700
NAM  Chiu
OCL  D26 49
LREP
FRM  Alix, Yale & Ristas, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a flashlight, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170245
SRC  D
APN  0842036
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980226
TTL  Floodlight
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  7
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Stuyfzand; Joseph Lucas
CTY  Eindhoven
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  XHX
APD  19970917
APN  DMA/003847
CLAS
OCL  D26 63
EDF  6
ICL  2605
FSC  D26
FSS  60;61;63
FSC  362
FSS  267;269;275;285;287;418;419;427;147
UREF
PNO  4349865
ISD  19820900
NAM  Terrel
XCL  362287
OREF
PAL  Abitare magazine, p. 110, floor lamp with adjustable lighting fixture, Dec.
      1988.
PAL  Gabbiano lighting catalog, p. 39, top, left corner, adjustable projector,
      1994.
PAL  Swivelier lighting catalog, p. 83, cellular louvers for spot lights, top,
      right, 1986.
LREP
FR2  Bartlett; Ernestine C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a floodlight, as shown.
PATN
WKU  D04170253
SRC  D
APN  0997560
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990128
TTL  Indoor halogen lamp
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Spitler; Brian
CTY  Elon College
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Regent Lighting Corporation
CTY  Burlington
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D26 65
EDF  6
ICL  2605
FSC  D26
FSS  60;63;65;24;113;72;80;81;84;85;86;87;88;92;89
FSC  362
FSS  404-408;432;147;376;377;378;286;269;275;277;287;418;419;427;431;240;237
UREF
PNO  D240258
ISD  19760600
NAM  Vrignaud
OCL  D26 80
UREF
PNO  2382208
ISD  19450800
NAM  Corbin
XCL   52730.7
UREF
PNO  5386358
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hillinger
OCL  362431
UREF
PNO  5672003
ISD  19970900
NAM  Shemitz et al.
XCL  362418
LREP
FRM  Niro, Scavone, Haller & Niro
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for an indoor halogen lamp, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04170261
SRC  D
APN  0915041
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980730
TTL  Post-mounted lighting fixture
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  4
NFG  12
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Taylor; Tommy Ray
CTY  Crawfordsville
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Brown; Sean H.
CTY  Ladoga
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Bailey; David W.
CTY  Danville
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  NSI Enterprises, Inc.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  082534
APD  19980123
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 405206
CLAS
OCL  D26 67
EDF  6
ICL  2605
FSC  D26
FSS  67;68;69;70;71
FSC  362
FSS  431;147
UREF
PNO  D358898
ISD  19950500
NAM  Compton
OCL  D26 67
UREF
PNO  D383866
ISD  19970900
NAM  Brohard et al.
OCL  D26 67
UREF
PNO  5599094
ISD  19970200
NAM  Fischer et al.
XCL  362431
OREF
PAL  Custom lighting Inc. brochure, p. 1, CL-Monterey-SQ I, exterior luminaire,
      exterior lamp box, Dec. 1984.
LREP
FR2  Darnell; Kenneth E.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a post-mounted lighting fixture, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04170270
SRC  D
APN  0940267
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980924
TTL  Recessed pivoting light
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  3
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Cece; Dennis F.
CTY  Granger
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Ramco Industries, Inc.
CTY  Elkhart
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D26 74
XCL  D26 29
XCL  D26 63
EDF  6
ICL  2605
FSC  D26
FSS  74;86;118;119;63
FSC  362
FSS  345;354;364;365;366;404;147;240;257;479
UREF
PNO  D291253
ISD  19870800
NAM  Ortega
OCL  D26 29
UREF
PNO  D313863
ISD  19910100
NAM  Macaluso
OCL  D26 29
UREF
PNO  D410296
ISD  19990500
NAM  Swarovski
XCL  D26 85
UREF
PNO  5842771
ISD  19981200
NAM  Thrasher et al.
XCL  362364
OREF
PAL  Hong Kong Enterprise, p. 267, recess light, #G-1217D, Feb. 1997.
PAL  Hong Kong Enterprise, p. 270, lamp, #LM-97999, Feb. 1997.
LREP
FRM  Price, Heneveld, Cooper, DeWitt & Litton
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for the recessed pivoting light, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04170288
SRC  D
APN  0901288
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980629
TTL  Chandelier
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  4
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Dolan; Patrick S.
STR  1901 NW. Upshur
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
ZIP  97209
CLAS
OCL  D26 86
EDF  6
ICL  2605
FSC  D26
FSS  72;73;80-92;142;143;144;149;152;155;156;128;135;136
FSC  362
FSS  147;404-408;432;806
UREF
PNO  D366535
ISD  19960100
NAM  Dolan
OCL  D26 86
UREF
PNO  D393919
ISD  19980400
NAM  Dolan
OCL  D26136
OREF
PAL  Kalco lighting catalog, p. 13, ceiling lamp, 1992.
PAL  Dolan lighting catalog, p. 24, ceiling lamp, 1994.
PAL  Hilite Mfg Co. 13450 Monte Vista Ave Chino, CA 91710 Catalog 1994 p. 28,
      Model H5224.
PAL  Progress Lighting 101 Corporate Drive Suite L Spartanburg, SC 29304 Catalog
      1996-1997 p. 46, Model P4014-68.
PAL  Rejuvination Lamp & Fixture Co. 1100 SE Grand Ave Portland, OR 97214
      Catalog 1995--10th Edition Model No. C989-4 p. 11 `Irvington`.
PAL  Thomas Lighting 950 Breckingridge Lane Louisville, KY 40207 Catalog 1996 p.
      88, Model SL 8064-1.
PAL  Quoizel 6 Corporate Parkway Goose Creek, SC 29445 Catalog 1997 Model No.
      AE519 p. 21.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a chandelier, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170296
SRC  D
APN  0965499
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981116
TTL  Lamp
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  5
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Liu; Kuan-Hung
STR  P.O. Box 23-487
CTY  Changhua City 500
CNT  TWX
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19980730
APN  87305579
CLAS
OCL  D26107
EDF  6
ICL  2605
FSC  D26
FSS  93;102-112
FSC  362
FSS  410-414;806
OREF
PAL  Country Loft catalog, p. 39, desk lamp, May 1983.
PAL  faries lighting catalog, p. 3, desk lamp #20113, Jan. 1951.
PAL  Hong Kong Enterprise, p. 493, desk lamp, bottom, right, Jun. 1994.
PAL  Illumina Halogen Lamp Collection Ad., desk lamp # SW0038, 1992.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a lamp, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170300
SRC  D
APN  0899909
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980625
TTL  Section of linear luminaire housing
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  2
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Herst; Douglas J.
CTY  Ross
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Salman; Utkan
CTY  Oakland
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  NSI Enterprises, Inc.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D26118
XCL  D26 77
EDF  6
ICL  2605
FSC  D26
FSS  72;75;76;77;78;81;87;118
FSC  362
FSS  147;404;406;217;222;223;224;225;249;252;246;245;297
UREF
PNO  D191679
ISD  19611000
NAM  Wakefield
OCL  D26 76
UREF
PNO  D202371
ISD  19650900
NAM  Wince et al.
UREF
PNO  D365649
ISD  19951200
NAM  Herst et al.
OCL  D26 77
UREF
PNO  D397480
ISD  19980800
NAM  Herst et al.
OCL  D26 77
UREF
PNO  D399588
ISD  19981000
NAM  St. Ives
OCL  D26 76
UREF
PNO  D404160
ISD  19990100
NAM  Herst et al.
OCL  D26 76
UREF
PNO  D404513
ISD  19990100
NAM  Herst et al.
OCL  D26 77
UREF
PNO  2899541
ISD  19590800
NAM  De Mauro
UREF
PNO  3159352
ISD  19641200
NAM  Wakefield et al.
OCL  362222
UREF
PNO  3275822
ISD  19660900
NAM  Wince et al.
OREF
PAL  "Envison, Rounded V Indirect 81/2.times.4", Peerless Lighting Corporation
      brochure, 1995.
PAL  U.S. application No. 29/078,695, Herst et al., filed Oct. 1997.
PAL  U,S. application No. 29/078,689, Herst et al., filed Oct. 1997.
PAL  U.S. application No. 29/073,568, Herst et al., filed Jul. 1997.
PAL  Architectural Record, p. 203. 1962 (Sylvania "Stylus" lighting fixture).
PAL  "Envision" Product Brochure, Peerless Lighting Corporation, 1994.
LREP
FR2  Beeson; Donald L.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a section of linear luminaire housing, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170318
SRC  D
APN  0656143
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19970130
TTL  Protective grill for work light fixture
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  3
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Joyner; Donald W.
CTY  Greensboro
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Qian; Pei Sheng
CTY  Shanghai
CNT  CNX
ASSG
NAM  Regent Lighting Corporation
CTY  Burlington
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D26119
EDF  6
ICL  2605
FSC  D26
FSS  63;65;119
FSC  362
FSS  376;377;378;267;275;287;418;419;427
UREF
PNO  D365408
ISD  19951200
NAM  Lui
OCL  D26 63
UREF
PNO  D375377
ISD  19961100
NAM  Leen
OCL  D26 63
UREF
PNO  5243507
ISD  19930900
NAM  Atkins et al.
OCL  362376
UREF
PNO  5455756
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sumer et al.
OCL  362376
FREF
PNO  1525219
ISD  19680400
CNT  FRX
OCL  362376
LREP
FRM  Niro, Scavone Haller & Niro
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a "protective grill for work light fixture "as
      shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170326
SRC  D
APN  0857939
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980330
TTL  Lamp-ornament
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Chu; Chin Huei
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Chain Lighting Co., Ltd.
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  D26152
EDF  6
ICL  2699
FSC  D26
FSS  72;73;80-92;142;143;144;149;152;155;156;377;378;379-385;411
FSC  362
FSS  147;404-408;432;806
UREF
PNO  D43582
ISD  19130200
NAM  Schmidt
OCL  D26152
UREF
PNO  D352128
ISD  19941100
NAM  Nicholas
OCL  D26152
UREF
PNO  D372327
ISD  19960700
NAM  Miranda
OCL  D26142
UREF
PNO  D376198
ISD  19961200
NAM  Jaspers-Fayer et al.
XCL  D26377
UREF
PNO  D379221
ISD  19970500
NAM  Jaspers-Fayer et al.
XCL  D23377
UREF
PNO  D391012
ISD  19980200
NAM  Huang
OCL  D26152
UREF
PNO  D399023
ISD  19980900
NAM  Lee
OCL  D26152
UREF
PNO  D405217
ISD  19990200
NAM  Joli
OCL  D26145
OREF
PAL  Home Lighting and Accessories, p. 209, fan blade decorative panel, Jun.
      1995.
PAL  Home Lighting and Accessories, p. 56, decorative panels on ends of wall
      lamp, Dec. 1996.
PAL  Taiwan Lighting, Nov. 1992, p. 325, decorative panel #WT-81.
LREP
FRM  Jacobson, Price, Holman & Stern, PLLC
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a lamp-ornament, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170334
SRC  D
APN  0998397
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990129
TTL  Applicator container
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Tuttle; C.
EXP  Shooman; Ted
NDR  6
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Sachs; Heidi N.
CTY  Memphis
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Killinger; Fred M.
CTY  Cordova
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Schering-Plough HealthCare Products, Inc.
CTY  Memphis
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D28  7
XCL  D28 63
EDF  6
ICL  2802
FSC  D28
FSS  7;63
FSC  D 4
FSS  114;137
FSC  D32
FSS  45;51;52
FSC  132
FSS  320
FSC   15
FSS  244.1;104.94
FSC  401
FSS  6;137-139;183;196;202-207;262-266;268-291
UREF
PNO  D265255
ISD  19820600
NAM  O'Neil
OCL  D28  7
UREF
PNO  D351483
ISD  19941000
NAM  Angeletta
OCL  D28  7
UREF
PNO  D369882
ISD  19960500
NAM  McCarthy
OCL  D28  7
UREF
PNO  D375382
ISD  19961100
NAM  Beeler et al.
OCL  D28  7
UREF
PNO  D394915
ISD  19980600
NAM  Haining
OCL  D28  7
UREF
PNO  D396126
ISD  19980700
NAM  Ohmart
OCL  D28  7
UREF
PNO  733018
ISD  19030700
NAM  De Vilbiss
OCL  401284
UREF
PNO  1329944
ISD  19200200
NAM  Williams
OCL  401279
UREF
PNO  1351723
ISD  19200800
NAM  Marchione
OCL  401278
UREF
PNO  2995768
ISD  19610800
NAM  Skuratowicz
OCL  401146
UREF
PNO  5322382
ISD  19940600
NAM  Hull et al.
XCL  401207
UREF
PNO  5454659
ISD  19951000
NAM  Vosbikian et al.
OCL  401207
UREF
PNO  5851077
ISD  19981200
NAM  Trejo
OCL  401  6
LREP
FR2  Frank; Robert A.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an applicator container, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170342
SRC  D
APN  0870498
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19980424
TTL  Razor handle button
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Tuttle; C.
EXP  Shooman; Ted
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Shurtleff; Jill Marie
CTY  South Boston
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  The Gillette Company
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D28 48
EDF  6
ICL  2803
FSC  D28
FSS  44-54;58
FSC   30
FSS  32;34.05;34.1;34.2;47-51;526-533
UREF
PNO  D131928
ISD  19420400
NAM  Loewy
OCL  D28 51
UREF
PNO  D249565
ISD  19780900
NAM  Levin
OCL  D28 58
UREF
PNO  D277233
ISD  19850100
NAM  Brun
OCL  D24144
UREF
PNO  D310271
ISD  19900800
NAM  Jacobson
OCL  D28 46
UREF
PNO  D319709
ISD  19910900
NAM  Drahus
OCL  D28 46
UREF
PNO  D325790
ISD  19920400
NAM  Cassai
OCL  D28  7
UREF
PNO  D346462
ISD  19940400
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  D28 51
UREF
PNO  D392418
ISD  19980300
NAM  Gray
OCL  D28 48
UREF
PNO  2766521
ISD  19561000
NAM  Benvenuti
OCL   30 34.2
UREF
PNO  3816913
ISD  19740600
NAM  Ferraro
OCL   30 47
UREF
PNO  4658505
ISD  19870400
NAM  Williams
OCL   30 47
UREF
PNO  5269062
ISD  19931200
NAM  Dallaire et al.
OCL   30 41
FREF
PNO  2235897
ISD  19910300
CNT  GBX
ICL  B26B 2144
FREF
PNO  WO 89/10245
ISD  19891100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/37819
ISD  19971000
CNT  WOX
ICL  B26B 2122
LREP
FR2  Podzus; Edwards S.
FR2  Tobin; Donal B.
FR2  Brine; Aubrey C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a razor handle button, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170350
SRC  D
APN  0910023
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980721
TTL  Inflatable boxing glove
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Delehanty; Robert A.
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  2
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Sherwood; Jeffrey Stephen
CTY  Alpharetta
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Howard; Robert J.
CTY  Alpharetta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  International Buying Corporation
CTY  Alpharetta
STA  GA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D29116
EDF  6
ICL  0206
FSC  D29
FSS  116;118;119;113;122;123
FSC  D 2
FSS  623;610;611;612;613;615;622
FSC    2
FSS  18;16;158;20;160;161.1
FSC  602
FSS  13
FSC  446
FSS  220-222;223-224
UREF
PNO  Re28480
ISD  19750700
NAM  Petrusek
UREF
PNO  D240150
ISD  19760600
NAM  Lau
OCL  D29116
UREF
PNO  1054832
ISD  19130300
NAM  Dunn
UREF
PNO  2130200
ISD  19380900
NAM  Smith
OCL    2 18
UREF
PNO  2284300
ISD  19420500
NAM  Portal
OCL    2 18
UREF
PNO  2653319
ISD  19530900
NAM  Slizus
UREF
PNO  2826757
ISD  19580300
NAM  Vrana
OCL    2 18
UREF
PNO  2881445
ISD  19590400
NAM  Vrana
OCL  D29116
UREF
PNO  2881446
ISD  19590400
NAM  Vrana
OCL    2 18
UREF
PNO  3185476
ISD  19650500
NAM  Fechner
OCL    2 18
FREF
PNO  382
ISD  18650200
CNT  GBX
OCL    2 18
FREF
PNO  1397506
ISD  19750600
CNT  GBX
OCL    2 18
LREP
FRM  Jones & Askew, LLP
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an inflatable boxing glove, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04170369
SRC  D
APN  0824291
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980122
TTL  Combined knee and elbow pad
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  McInroy; Ruth
NDR  5
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hamowy; Lewis
CTY  Brooklyn
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Cycle Express, Inc.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D29121
EDF  6
ICL  2902
FSC  D29
FSS  213;120;121;122
FSC  D 2
FSS  901;860
FSC    2
FSS  455;22;23;24;16
FSC   36
FSS  2 R
FSC  602
FSS  3;41;27
FSC  D24
FSS  189;190
UREF
PNO  D255728
ISD  19800700
NAM  Baron
OCL  D29121
UREF
PNO  D341679
ISD  19931100
NAM  Levine
OCL  D29121
UREF
PNO  D341680
ISD  19931100
NAM  Levine
OCL  D29121
UREF
PNO  D385670
ISD  19971000
NAM  Oetting
OCL  D29121
UREF
PNO  D396330
ISD  19980700
NAM  Oetting
OCL  D29121
UREF
PNO  5537689
ISD  19960700
NAM  Dancyger
OCL    2 24
UREF
PNO  5594954
ISD  19970100
NAM  Huang
OCL    2 24
LREP
FRM  Levisohn, Lerner, Berger & Langsam
DCLM
PAL  The design for a combined knee and elbow pad, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170377
SRC  D
APN  0955418
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19981026
TTL  Knee pad for crawling infants
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  McInroy; Ruth
NDR  3
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Bitter; John D.
STR  #91, Hall Store Rd.
CTY  Eldon
STA  MO
ZIP  65026
CLAS
OCL  D29121
EDF  6
ICL  2902
FSC  D29
FSS  213;120;121;122
FSC  D 2
FSS  901;860
FSC    2
FSS  455;22;23;24;16
FSC   36
FSS  2 R
FSC  D24
FSS  189;190
FSC  602
FSS  27;3;41
UREF
PNO  D297343
ISD  19880800
NAM  Winston
OCL  D21196
UREF
PNO  D310433
ISD  19900900
NAM  Zierke
OCL  D29121
UREF
PNO  D312147
ISD  19901100
NAM  Lapin
OCL  D29121
UREF
PNO  D334827
ISD  19930400
NAM  Brown
OCL  D29121
UREF
PNO  D335000
ISD  19930400
NAM  Johnson
OCL  D29121
UREF
PNO  D344609
ISD  19940200
NAM  Lapin
OCL  D29121
UREF
PNO  D361162
ISD  19950800
NAM  Fierek
OCL  D29121
UREF
PNO  D363146
ISD  19951000
NAM  Pando
OCL  D29113
UREF
PNO  D373657
ISD  19960900
NAM  Walker
OCL  D29121
UREF
PNO  2603786
ISD  19520700
NAM  Haines
OCL    2 24
UREF
PNO  4879765
ISD  19891100
NAM  Bailie et al.
OCL    2 24
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a knee pad for crawling infants, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04170385
SRC  D
APN  0805750
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19971211
TTL  Stirrup
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  MacCormac; Cathy Anne
NDR  6
NFG  14
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Bostock; Hayden
STR  203-205 Canning Street
CTY  Carlton, Victoria
CNT  AUX
ITX  3053
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19970611
APN  1809/97
CLAS
OCL  D30142
EDF  6
ICL  3004
FSC  D30
FSS  142
FSC   54
FSS  1;47;49
UREF
PNO  D20746
ISD  18910500
NAM  Moulton
OCL  D30142
UREF
PNO  D32254
ISD  19000200
NAM  Goodman
OCL  D30142
UREF
PNO  368193
ISD  18870800
NAM  Collins
OCL   54 49
UREF
PNO  396179
ISD  18890100
NAM  Taylor
OCL   54 47
UREF
PNO  408944
ISD  18890800
NAM  Welcome
OCL   54 49
UREF
PNO  932574
ISD  19090800
NAM  Putney
OCL   54 49
LREP
FRM  Baker & Daniels
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a stirrup, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170393
SRC  D
APN  0814164
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19971231
TTL  Illuminated animal collar
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  MacCormac; Cathy Anne
NDR  4
NFG  13
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Smith; Colin Ross
STR  3858 West 20th Avenue
CTY  Vancouver, British Columbia
CNT  CAX
ITX  V6S 1G2
INVT
NAM  Strandebo; Jeffrey Michael
STR  1098 Linnae Avenue
CTY  North Vancouver, British Columbia
CNT  CAX
ITX  V7R 1Z4
CLAS
OCL  D30152
EDF  6
ICL  3009
FSC  D30
FSS  152-153
FSC  D29
FSS  124;100
FSC  D21
FSS  803-805
FSC  182
FSS  6;9
FSC  119
FSS  770;719;720;792;793;795;797;856;859;863;821;865;860;798;654
FSC  D 2
FSS  627
FSC  602
FSS  62
FSC  D10
FSS  104;106
FSC  340
FSS  555;556
FSC  362
FSS  103
UREF
PNO  254156
ISD  18820200
NAM  Ricker et al.
OCL  D30152
UREF
PNO  D324437
ISD  19920300
NAM  Davsi
OCL  D30152
UREF
PNO  D346885
ISD  19940500
NAM  Milo
OCL  D30152
UREF
PNO  D353033
ISD  19941200
NAM  Johanson
OCL  D30152
UREF
PNO  D379252
ISD  19970500
NAM  McIntosh
OCL  D30152
UREF
PNO  3935443
ISD  19760100
NAM  Simmons
UREF
PNO  4173201
ISD  19791100
NAM  Chao et al.
OCL  119859
UREF
PNO  4812953
ISD  19890300
NAM  Ask et al.
OCL  362103
UREF
PNO  4887552
ISD  19891200
NAM  Hayden
OCL  119793
UREF
PNO  4895110
ISD  19900100
NAM  LoCascio
OCL  119859
UREF
PNO  4909189
ISD  19900300
NAM  Minotti
OCL  119859
UREF
PNO  5140946
ISD  19920800
NAM  Pennock et al.
UREF
PNO  5353744
ISD  19941000
NAM  Custer
OCL  119719
UREF
PNO  5523927
ISD  19960600
NAM  Gokey
UREF
PNO  5535106
ISD  19960700
NAM  Tangen
FREF
PNO  2578388
ISD  19860900
CNT  FRX
OCL  D30152
FREF
PNO  458518
ISD  19361200
CNT  GBX
OCL  D30152
OREF
PAL  Potpourri catalog; p. 76; #60424 TwinklersGrosgrain ribbon dog collar with
      flashing lights; D30-152, Oct. 1980.
PAL  pedigrees catalog; rear cover of catalog page; #G01-0341 Blinking dog
      collar; D30-152, Oct. 1991.
LREP
FRM  Oyen Wiggs Green & Mutala
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an illuminated animal collar, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04170407
SRC  D
APN  0836303
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980213
TTL  Collar for animals
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  MacCormac; Cathy Anne
NDR  1
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Weick; Heinz Hermann
STR  94, rue de la Servette
CTY  CH-1202 Geneva
CNT  CHX
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19970828
APN  124445
CLAS
OCL  D30152
EDF  6
ICL  3009
FSC  119
FSS  712;729;792-793;795;798;799
FSC  D30
FSS  152
UREF
PNO  D228646
ISD  19731000
NAM  Kissin
OCL  D30152
UREF
PNO  D295908
ISD  19880500
NAM  Wharton
OCL  D30152
UREF
PNO  D295909
ISD  19880500
NAM  Wharton
OCL  D30152
UREF
PNO  D377245
ISD  19970100
NAM  Norman et al.
OCL  D30152
UREF
PNO  1508601
ISD  19240900
NAM  Huff
OCL  119792
FREF
PNO  2 180 576
ISD  19731100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 188 949
ISD  19740100
CNT  FRX
OREF
PAL  Sears, Roebuck & Co. Catalog; p. 362; Nickel studded Leather Collar
      #6E4714, 1931.
PAL  Sporting Dog Specialties, Inc. Catalog; p. 5; The Capri Fancy Dress Collar,
      Dec. 1979.
PAL  Sternco Delta Products Catalog; p. 14; Velvet collar w/jewels #225, Jul.
      1971.
LREP
FRM  Jacobson, Price, Holman & Stern, PLLC
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a collar for animals, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170415
SRC  D
APN  0892858
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980611
TTL  Sifter
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  MacCormac; Cathy Anne
NDR  5
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Rich; Daniel J.
STR  4701 Kilburn Pl.
CTY  Woodbridge
STA  VA
ZIP  22193
CLAS
OCL  D30162
EDF  6
ICL  3099
FSC  D30
FSS  162
FSC  294
FSS  1.3;1.4;55;1.5;50.8
FSC  D 8
FSS  10
FSC  209
FSS  419
FSC   56
FSS  400.11
FSC   15
FSS  236.01
UREF
PNO  D259293
ISD  19810500
NAM  Cooper
OCL  D30162
UREF
PNO  D304245
ISD  19891000
NAM  Ianni
OCL  D28 73
UREF
PNO  1085434
ISD  19140100
NAM  Kerr
OCL  209419
UREF
PNO  2305950
ISD  19421200
NAM  Birch
OCL  294 55
UREF
PNO  2618501
ISD  19521100
NAM  Tallant
OCL  294 55
UREF
PNO  3627368
ISD  19711200
NAM  Baughman
OCL  294 55
UREF
PNO  3810670
ISD  19740500
NAM  Turi
OCL  294  1.4
UREF
PNO  3877742
ISD  19750400
NAM  Hatfield
OCL  294 55
UREF
PNO  4126346
ISD  19781100
NAM  Burns
OCL  294 55
UREF
PNO  4159139
ISD  19790600
NAM  Gawedzinski
OCL  294 55
UREF
PNO  4988005
ISD  19910100
NAM  Graham
OCL  209419
UREF
PNO  5037149
ISD  19910800
NAM  Beck
OCL  294  1.3
UREF
PNO  5536055
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kohn
OCL  294  1.3
UREF
PNO  5706546
ISD  19980100
NAM  Utley
OCL   15236.01
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a sifter, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170423
SRC  D
APN  1009664
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19990219
TTL  Pet scoop
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  MacCormac; Cathy Anne
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hodges, Jr.; James E.
STR  618 Lillie St.
CTY  Elgin
STA  IL
ZIP  60120
INVT
NAM  Hodges; Ruth C.
STR  618 Lillie St.
CTY  Elgin
STA  IL
ZIP  60120
CLAS
OCL  D30162
EDF  6
ICL  3099
FSC  D30
FSS  162
FSC  294
FSS  1.3;1.4;1.5;55;50.8
FSC  D 8
FSS  10
FSC  209
FSS  419
FSC   56
FSS  400.11
FSC   15
FSS  236.01
UREF
PNO  D257406
ISD  19801000
NAM  Ouellette
OCL  D30162
UREF
PNO  D321631
ISD  19911100
NAM  Shaw
OCL  D 8 10
UREF
PNO  D386840
ISD  19971100
NAM  Sturm
OCL  D30162
UREF
PNO  3971503
ISD  19760700
NAM  Allan et al.
OCL  D30162
UREF
PNO  4909553
ISD  19900300
NAM  Hantover
OCL  294  1.3
UREF
PNO  5039148
ISD  19910800
NAM  Brautovich
OCL  294  1.3
UREF
PNO  5584519
ISD  19961200
NAM  Myles et al.
OCL  294  1.3
UREF
PNO  5711564
ISD  19980100
NAM  Campbell
OCL  294  1.3
UREF
PNO  5797636
ISD  19980800
NAM  Hamynen
OCL  294  1.3
UREF
PNO  5865486
ISD  19990200
NAM  Bussani
OCL  294  1.3
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a pet scoop, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170431
SRC  D
APN  0939676
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980921
TTL  Pet training mat
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Oliver; Catherine R.
EXP  Zarfas; Louis S.
NDR  3
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Byrne; Charles
CTY  Mammoth Lakes
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  CB Worldwide, Inc.
CTY  Mammoth Lakes
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D30199
EDF  6
ICL  3099
FSC  D30
FSS  118;120;119
FSC  D 6
FSS  582;585
FSC  D25
FSS  116
FSC   15
FSS  215;238
FSC  119
FSS  526;527;528;529;471;480;712
UREF
PNO  D318148
ISD  19910700
NAM  Peltier
OCL  D30120
UREF
PNO  D332673
ISD  19930100
NAM  Kovatch
OCL  D30120
UREF
PNO  D343260
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kovatch
OCL  D30120
UREF
PNO  D383253
ISD  19970900
NAM  Semenuk
OCL  D30120
UREF
PNO  D407255
ISD  19990300
NAM  Librett
OCL  D 6582
UREF
PNO  3726255
ISD  19730400
NAM  Marr
OCL  119480
UREF
PNO  5488981
ISD  19960200
NAM  Burkhart
OCL  150166
UREF
PNO  5667873
ISD  19970900
NAM  Beckenbach
OCL  D 6582
OREF
PAL  R.C. Steele--Wholesale Pet and Animal Supplies, Non-Skid Pet-Dormat, p. 15,
      Jan. 4, 1997.
PAL  R.C. Steele, Dri-Dek Rolls and Sheets (Dri-Dek Tiles), p. 24, Jan. 4, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Kelly Bauersfeld Lowry & Kelley, LLP.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a pet training mat, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170440
SRC  D
APN  083680&
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980216
TTL  Blower attachment
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  McInroy; Ruth
NDR  5
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ohi; Taku
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Brazell; Kenneth M.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Kikuchi; Naoki
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Ryobi North America, Inc.
CTY  Anderson
STA  SC
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  057517
APD  19960726
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 393506
CLAS
OCL  D32 15
EDF  6
ICL  1505
FSC  D32
FSS  15
FSC   15
FSS  344;345;405;406;415.1;328
UREF
PNO  D258908
ISD  19810400
NAM  Satoh
UREF
PNO  D265503
ISD  19820700
NAM  Krug
UREF
PNO  D282396
ISD  19860100
NAM  Weaver
OCL  D32 15
UREF
PNO  D285132
ISD  19860800
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  D297274
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kimiya et al.
UREF
PNO  D305816
ISD  19900100
NAM  Berfield et al.
OCL  D32 15
UREF
PNO  D339432
ISD  19930900
NAM  Rakocy et al.
OCL  D32 15
UREF
PNO  D340326
ISD  19931000
NAM  Genovese
OCL  D32 15
UREF
PNO  D354378
ISD  19950100
NAM  McKnight et al.
OCL  D32 15
UREF
PNO  D357774
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kishi
UREF
PNO  D359603
ISD  19950600
NAM  Rakocy et al.
OCL  D32 15
UREF
PNO  D361414
ISD  19950800
NAM  Trautloff et al.
OCL  D32 15
UREF
PNO  D363149
ISD  19951000
NAM  Franke et al.
OCL  D32 15
UREF
PNO  D393506
ISD  19980400
NAM  Ohi et al.
OCL  D32 15
UREF
PNO  3441089
ISD  19690400
NAM  Minton
UREF
PNO  4187577
ISD  19800200
NAM  Hansen et al.
UREF
PNO  4242794
ISD  19810100
NAM  Peterson
UREF
PNO  4397059
ISD  19830800
NAM  Chernosky
UREF
PNO  4404706
ISD  19830900
NAM  Loyd
UREF
PNO  5031395
ISD  19910700
NAM  Ohkanda et al.
UREF
PNO  5410866
ISD  19950500
NAM  Long
UREF
PNO  5768749
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ohi et al.
OCL   15361
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman P.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a blower attachment, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170458
SRC  D
APN  0905909
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980711
TTL  Floor cleaning device
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  McInroy; Ruth
NDR  9
NFG  10
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Dziersk; Mark D.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Goldfarb; Joshua P.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Breuer Electric Mfg. Co.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D32 16
XCL  D32 19
EDF  6
ICL  1505
FSC  D32
FSS  15;16;19;20;21;22
FSC   15
FSS  49.1;50.1;78;79.1;79.2;82;87;320;321;353
UREF
PNO  D333018
ISD  19930200
NAM  Bothun et al.
OCL  D32 19
UREF
PNO  D364012
ISD  19951100
NAM  Bothun et al.
OCL  D32 19
UREF
PNO  D365423
ISD  19951200
NAM  Bores et al.
OCL  D32 16
UREF
PNO  D369446
ISD  19960400
NAM  Smith
OCL  D32 19
UREF
PNO  D404859
ISD  19990100
NAM  Dziersk et al.
OCL  D32 21
UREF
PNO  D405567
ISD  19990200
NAM  Kent et al.
OCL  D32 22
LREP
FR2  Dominik; Jack E.
DCLM
PAL  A floor cleaning device, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170466
SRC  D
APN  0834572
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980210
TTL  Electric vacuum cleaner
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  McInroy; Ruth
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Tsuruha; Toshiaki
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sato; Takashi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970822
APN  9-65422
CLAS
OCL  D32 21
EDF  6
ICL  1505
FSC  D32
FSS  21;23;24
FSC   15
FSS  320-321;327.1;327.2;327.6;327.7;347
UREF
PNO  D325273
ISD  19920400
NAM  Ikeda et al.
OCL  D32 21
UREF
PNO  D344375
ISD  19940200
NAM  Piret et al.
OCL  D32 21
UREF
PNO  D391700
ISD  19980300
NAM  Hughes
OCL  D32 21
UREF
PNO  D394527
ISD  19980500
NAM  Pochopien et al.
OCL  D32 21
UREF
PNO  D399617
ISD  19981000
NAM  Fujita
OCL  D32 21
OREF
PAL  Copy of Catalogue issued on May 20, 1996 containing: Matsushita Model No.
      S91, S65, L50, M60, and M50.
LREP
FRM  Saidman DesignLaw Group
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an electric vacuum cleaner, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04170474
SRC  D
APN  0879819
APT  4
ART  294
APD  19980513
TTL  Electric vacuum cleaner
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  McInroy; Ruth
NDR  4
NFG  8
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Tsuda; Yukihiro
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971127
APN  9-76771
CLAS
OCL  D32 21
EDF  6
ICL  1505
FSC  D32
FSS  21;23;24
FSC   15
FSS  320-321;327.1;327.2;327.6;327.7;347
UREF
PNO  D325273
ISD  19920400
NAM  Ikeda et al.
OCL  D32 21
UREF
PNO  D344375
ISD  19940200
NAM  Piret et al.
OCL  D32 21
UREF
PNO  D391700
ISD  19980300
NAM  Hughes
OCL  D32 21
UREF
PNO  D394527
ISD  19980500
NAM  Pochopien et al.
OCL  D32 21
UREF
PNO  D399617
ISD  19981000
NAM  Fujita
OCL  D32 21
OREF
PAL  Sanyo Catalog issued in Aug. 10, 1997, containing Sanyo Model Nos. SC-MX05,
      SC-AO5, SC-ASO5, SC-M9, SC-A9, SC-9, SC-WX55, SC-88, SC-T7, SC-L2,
      SC-ATP2, SC-H20, and SC-P95V.
PAL  National Catalog issued on Nov. 1, 1997, containing Matsushita Model Nos.
      S101XP, S66, S100XP, L52VA, S60VA, M60, M50, L51 and L31P A11C.
LREP
FRM  SAIDMAN DesignLaw Group
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for an electric vacuum cleaner, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04170482
SRC  D
APN  0841323
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980225
TTL  Scraper to remove food from a plate
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Ramirez; Cynthia E.
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Edwards; Richard E.
STR  2145 Gaylord St.
CTY  Long Beach
STA  CA
ZIP  90813
CLAS
OCL  D32 46
XCL  D32 48
XCL   1523601
XCL  D34 10
EDF  6
ICL  0805
FSC  D32
FSS  40;46;48
FSC   30
FSS  169;164.9;171
FSC   15
FSS  236.01;237;236.06;236.07;218.1;236.02;245;245.1
UREF
PNO  D398111
ISD  19980900
NAM  Avrans
OCL  D32 46
UREF
PNO  2176917
ISD  19391000
NAM  Mayers
OCL   15237
UREF
PNO  3103681
ISD  19630900
NAM  Crook
OCL   15237
UREF
PNO  4325158
ISD  19820400
NAM  Divish et al.
OCL   15236.01
UREF
PNO  4803752
ISD  19890200
NAM  Kasama
OCL   15245
UREF
PNO  5419000
ISD  19950500
NAM  Amato et al.
OCL   15236.01
LREP
FRM  Stetina Brunda Garred & Brucker
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a scraper to remove food from a plate, as shown
      and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170490
SRC  D
APN  0977993
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981214
TTL  Scraper
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Ramirez; Cynthia E.
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  10
NFG  12
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Hughes; William Scott
CTY  New York
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Chan; Edwin
CTY  Brooklyn
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  General Housewares Corp.
CTY  Terra Haute
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D32 49
EDF  6
ICL  0401
FSC  D32
FSS  40;46;49;52
FSC   15
FSS  236.01;236.02;236.09
FSC   30
FSS  169;170;171
UREF
PNO  D292949
ISD  19871200
NAM  Vetter
XCL  D32 49
UREF
PNO  D394923
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hellinger et al.
OCL  D32 49
UREF
PNO  3411723
ISD  19681100
NAM  Kohn
UREF
PNO  4164801
ISD  19790800
NAM  Thomas
OCL   15236.01
UREF
PNO  4275476
ISD  19810600
NAM  Hopkins et al.
OCL   15236.01
UREF
PNO  4974286
ISD  19901200
NAM  Stowell et al.
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a scraper, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170504
SRC  D
APN  0852570
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980319
TTL  Floor scrubber
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Ramirez; Cynthia E
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Reede; Dwayne E
STR  22 Jefferson St.
CTY  Norwalk
STA  CT
ZIP  06851
RLAP
COD  74
APN  077204
APD  19970929
CLAS
OCL  D32 50
EDF  6
ICL  0401
FSC  D32
FSS  50;51;52
FSC   15
FSS  115;119.2;116.2;118;229.3;229.6;229.7;229.8;228
UREF
PNO  D152843
ISD  19490200
NAM  Wagner
UREF
PNO  D185727
ISD  19590700
NAM  Yamen et al.
OCL  D32 50
UREF
PNO  D188237
ISD  19600600
NAM  Littleton
OCL  D32 50
UREF
PNO  D205059
ISD  19660600
NAM  Hughes
UREF
PNO  D213217
ISD  19690100
NAM  Littleton
UREF
PNO  D315642
ISD  19910300
NAM  Furgale
XCL  D32 50
UREF
PNO  D374750
ISD  19961000
NAM  Vanderhoef et al.
OCL  D32 50
UREF
PNO  1420180
ISD  19220600
NAM  Casmire
UREF
PNO  1520148
ISD  19241200
NAM  Shickluna
UREF
PNO  1643637
ISD  19270900
NAM  Chadwick
UREF
PNO  2691185
ISD  19541000
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  2975004
ISD  19610300
NAM  Safianoff
UREF
PNO  3224025
ISD  19651200
NAM  Altrock
UREF
PNO  3528120
ISD  19700900
NAM  Lindstrom
UREF
PNO  5625918
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kieson et al.
OCL   15119.2
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a floor scrubber, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170512
SRC  D
APN  0976008
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19981210
TTL  Container assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Taylor; Robin V.
NDR  7
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Dickinson; Thomas
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Gale; Bradley D.
CTY  Greece
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Contico International, Inc.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D32 53
EDF  6
ICL  0707
FSC  D32
FSS  53;53.1;54
FSC   15
FSS  260;262;263;264
UREF
PNO  D255976
ISD  19800700
NAM  Maza et al.
UREF
PNO  D270961
ISD  19831000
NAM  Hawkins et al.
UREF
PNO  D305170
ISD  19891200
NAM  Jaros et al.
OCL  D32 54
UREF
PNO  D320295
ISD  19910900
NAM  Delmerico
UREF
PNO  D338299
ISD  19930800
NAM  Delmerico et al.
UREF
PNO  D345236
ISD  19940300
NAM  Chen
UREF
PNO  D362941
ISD  19951000
NAM  Delmerico et al.
OCL  D32 53
UREF
PNO  D374321
ISD  19961000
NAM  Mandell et al.
UREF
PNO  3747154
ISD  19730700
NAM  O'Neil
OCL   15264
UREF
PNO  5070574
ISD  19911200
NAM  Delmerico et al.
UREF
PNO  5333353
ISD  19940800
NAM  Taylor
OCL   15264
UREF
PNO  5440778
ISD  19950800
NAM  De Guzman
UREF
PNO  5548865
ISD  19960800
NAM  Pagani
OCL   15262
UREF
PNO  5615447
ISD  19970400
NAM  Hardesty et al.
LREP
FRM  Howell & Haferkamp L.C.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a container assembly, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170520
SRC  D
APN  0919470
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19980810
TTL  Collapsible hanging drying rack
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Taylor; Robin V.
NDR  7
NFG  16
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Ancona; Bruce E.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Gasparino; Joseph E.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Ekco Housewares, Inc.
CTY  Franklin Park
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D32 58
EDF  6
ICL  0705
FSC  D32
FSS  58-60
FSC  211
FSS  85.29;85.3;189;195;198;119.01;119.1
UREF
PNO  D168544
ISD  19530100
NAM  Hiser
OCL  D32 58
UREF
PNO  D282497
ISD  19860200
NAM  Wiley
OCL  D32 58
UREF
PNO  D315432
ISD  19910300
NAM  Smith
OCL  D32 58
UREF
PNO  D327343
ISD  19920600
NAM  Gannon
OCL  D32 58
UREF
PNO  5816417
ISD  19981000
NAM  Reaves
OCL  211119.01
LREP
FRM  Ross,Ross & Flavin
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a collapsible hanging drying rack, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04170539
SRC  D
APN  0990477
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19990112
TTL  Trash can receptacle
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Ramirez; Cynthia E
EXP  Lucas; Susan J.
NDR  1
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Skalka; Gerald P.
CTY  Potomac
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Victor Stanley, Inc.
CTY  Potomac
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D34  6
EDF  6
ICL  0909
FSC  D34
FSS  1;6;10;5
FSC  220
FSS  908;909;910
FSC  D 3
FSS  304
UREF
PNO  D51368
ISD  19171000
NAM  Ellis
UREF
PNO  D304253
ISD  19891000
NAM  Skalka
UREF
PNO  D304632
ISD  19891100
NAM  Skalka
OCL  D34  6
UREF
PNO  D306928
ISD  19900300
NAM  Hanna
UREF
PNO  D314461
ISD  19910200
NAM  Skalka
UREF
PNO  D391723
ISD  19980300
NAM  McCombs
OCL  D34  5
UREF
PNO  D397361
ISD  19980800
NAM  Goodman et al.
XCL  D34  1
UREF
PNO  1043510
ISD  19121100
NAM  Cosey
OCL  220908
UREF
PNO  5119960
ISD  19920600
NAM  Robbins, III
XCL  220908
LREP
FRM  Thelen, Reid & Priest
DCLM
PAL  An ornamental design for a trash can receptacle, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170547
SRC  7
APN  746570&
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19910819
TTL  PVC trash can cart
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Kay H.
NDR  3
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Dziengielewski; Bruce
STR  318 Holly Ave.
CTY  Goose Creek
STA  SC
ZIP  29445
CLAS
OCL  D34 24
XCL  D34 17
EDF  6
ICL  1202
FSC  D34
FSS  12;17;24;25;26
FSC  280
FSS  47.19;47.26;47.24;652
FSC  211
FSS  182
UREF
PNO  D362945
ISD  19951000
NAM  Glinski
OCL  D34 17
UREF
PNO  D384464
ISD  19970900
NAM  Tonzillo
OCL  D34 17
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a pvc trash can cart, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170563
SRC  D
APN  0726060
APT  4
ART  291
APD  19970620
TTL  Combination rail and crab
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Taylor; Robin V.
NDR  2
NFG  5
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Marquardt; Harald
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  MHZ Hachtel GmbH & Co. KG
CTY  Leinfelden-Echterdingen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961220
APN  M 96 10 971
CLAS
OCL  D34 29
XCL  D25119
EDF  6
ICL  1205
FSC  D34
FSS  28;29;35
FSC  D25
FSS  119-121;124;125
FSC  198
FSS  851;837;838
UREF
PNO  D238510
ISD  19760100
NAM  Tabler
OCL  D34 29
UREF
PNO  D309817
ISD  19900800
NAM  Burkett
OCL  D34 29
UREF
PNO  D311583
ISD  19901000
NAM  Shell
OCL  D25119
UREF
PNO  D313654
ISD  19910100
NAM  Shel
OCL  D25119
UREF
PNO  D356645
ISD  19950300
NAM  Boer
OCL  D25119
UREF
PNO  D363132
ISD  19951000
NAM  Simon
OCL  D25119
UREF
PNO  D370759
ISD  19960600
NAM  Kubsik et al.
OCL  D34 29
LREP
FR2  Striker; Michael J.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for combination rail and crab, as shown and described
     .
PATN
WKU  D04170571
SRC  D
APN  0990108
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990111
TTL  Casket
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Mortimer; Paula A.
NDR  2
NFG  4
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Jeffers; Richard Nelson
CTY  Richmond
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  J. M. Hutton Company, Inc.
CTY  Richmond
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  D99  7
XCL  D99  1
EDF  6
ICL  9900
FSC  D99
FSS  1;2;4;6;7;8;11
FSC   27
FSS  1;2;3;4;5;6;7;8;9
FSC  D 8
FSS  319;300;303;310
FSC  D 6
FSS  477;480
FSC  D 5
FSS  55
UREF
PNO  D7379
ISD  18740400
NAM  Reid
UREF
PNO  D13703
ISD  18830500
NAM  Noble
UREF
PNO  D14563
ISD  18840100
NAM  Smedes
UREF
PNO  D18193
ISD  18880300
NAM  Maxwell
UREF
PNO  D21582
ISD  18920500
NAM  Smedes
UREF
PNO  D25498
ISD  18960500
NAM  Ripson
UREF
PNO  D28615
ISD  18980500
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  D33048
ISD  19000800
NAM  Maxwell
UREF
PNO  D90280
ISD  19330700
NAM  Fritz
UREF
PNO  D112054
ISD  19381100
NAM  Christian
OCL  D99  7
UREF
PNO  D138656
ISD  19440800
NAM  Neff
OCL  D99  7
UREF
PNO  D161381
ISD  19501200
NAM  Schladermundt
UREF
PNO  D161382
ISD  19501200
NAM  Schladermundt
OCL  D99  7
UREF
PNO  D161384
ISD  19501200
NAM  Schladermundt
UREF
PNO  D203539
ISD  19660100
NAM  Billman
UREF
PNO  D223903
ISD  19720600
NAM  Herricht
UREF
PNO  D276283
ISD  19841100
NAM  Beardsley
OCL  D99  7
UREF
PNO  D288256
ISD  19870200
NAM  Beardsley
OCL  D99  7
UREF
PNO  D288257
ISD  19870200
NAM  Beardsley
OCL  D99  7
UREF
PNO  D294763
ISD  19880300
NAM  Beardsley
OCL  D99  7
UREF
PNO  D321597
ISD  19911100
NAM  Cerny
OCL  D 5 55
UREF
PNO  D351270
ISD  19941000
NAM  Beardsley
UREF
PNO  D388992
ISD  19980100
NAM  Beardsley
OCL  D99  1
UREF
PNO  1780171
ISD  19301100
NAM  Clarke
OCL   27  2
UREF
PNO  1828352
ISD  19311000
NAM  Barr
OCL  D99 24R
UREF
PNO  1965385
ISD  19340700
NAM  Ludwig
UREF
PNO  4890366
ISD  19900100
NAM  Schappveld
OCL   27  7
LREP
FR2  Graham; R. William
DCLM
PAL  I claim the ornamental design for the casket, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170580
SRC  D
APN  0992364
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990118
TTL  Mailbox
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Mortimer; Paula A.
NDR  4
NFG  7
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Royal; Rodney DeWayne
STR  4681 Campground Rd.
CTY  Alexander City
STA  AL
ZIP  35010
INVT
NAM  Grogan; Willard Mark
STR  4681 Campground Rd.
CTY  Alexander City
STA  AL
ZIP  35010
CLAS
OCL  D99 30
EDF  6
ICL  9900
FSC  D99
FSS  29;30;31;32;42
FSC  232
FSS  19;20;27;39
FSC  446
FSS  446
FSC  D14
FSS  114
FSC  D16
FSS  134
FSC  D 2
FSS  869
FSC  D21
FSS  549;548;426
FSC  D12
FSS  86;90-92
UREF
PNO  D84371
ISD  19310600
NAM  Reimer
UREF
PNO  D248580
ISD  19780700
NAM  Luttrell et al.
OCL  D31 24
UREF
PNO  D248976
ISD  19780800
NAM  Raab
OCL  D31 24
UREF
PNO  D254455
ISD  19800300
NAM  Cornwell, Jr. et al.
OCL  D99 29
UREF
PNO  D346266
ISD  19940400
NAM  Tingler
OCL  D99 30
UREF
PNO  D347927
ISD  19940600
NAM  Martin
OCL  D99 30
UREF
PNO  D371888
ISD  19960700
NAM  Tingler
OCL  D99 30
UREF
PNO  D372571
ISD  19960800
NAM  Venditto, Jr.
OCL  D 2869
UREF
PNO  D376249
ISD  19961200
NAM  Bunch et al.
OCL  D99 29
UREF
PNO  D378463
ISD  19970300
NAM  Willis et al.
OCL  D99 33
UREF
PNO  D387748
ISD  19971200
NAM  Martella
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D390433
ISD  19980200
NAM  Miller
XCL  D21549
UREF
PNO  D390584
ISD  19980200
NAM  Layton
OCL  D16134
UREF
PNO  D393304
ISD  19980400
NAM  Yeh
OCL  D21548
UREF
PNO  D393536
ISD  19980400
NAM  Buffer et al.
OCL  D 2869
UREF
PNO  D400341
ISD  19981100
NAM  House
OCL  D 2869
UREF
PNO  D404027
ISD  19990100
NAM  Bush
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D406437
ISD  19990300
NAM  Tullenors
OCL  D 2869
UREF
PNO  D407536
ISD  19990400
NAM  Segal
OCL  D 2869
LREP
FR2  Gugliotta; John D.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a mailbox, as shown and described.
PATN
WKU  D04170598
SRC  D
APN  1000845
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990203
TTL  Coin proportioning device
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Mortimer; Paula A.
NDR  4
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Richter; Herbert
STR  Drosselweg 8
CTY  75331 Engelbrand
CNT  DEX
CLAS
OCL  D99 34
EDF  6
ICL  9900
FSC  D99
FSS  28;34;35;43;99
FSC  D18
FSS  3
FSC  D 6
FSS  467;511
FSC  D 3
FSS  313
FSC  D10
FSS  46.1;97
FSC  206
FSS  81;83;84
FSC  232
FSS  5
FSC   53
FSS  254
FSC  453
FSS  59;60;62
UREF
PNO  D276442
ISD  19841100
NAM  Holland
OCL  D18  3
UREF
PNO  D292739
ISD  19871100
NAM  Izant
OCL  D99 34
UREF
PNO  D303863
ISD  19891000
NAM  Purifoy
OCL  D99 34
UREF
PNO  2839243
ISD  19580600
NAM  Miller
OCL  232  5
UREF
PNO  3107467
ISD  19631000
NAM  Gates
OCL  D99 34
LREP
FR2  Bach; Klaus J.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a coin proportioning device, as shown and
      described.
PATN
WKU  D04170601
SRC  D
APN  1000853
APT  4
ART  292
APD  19990203
TTL  Coin wrapping apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Mortimer; Paula A.
NDR  4
NFG  6
TRM  14
INVT
NAM  Richter; Herbert
STR  Drosselweg 8
CTY  75331 Engelbrand
CNT  DEX
CLAS
OCL  D99 34
EDF  6
ICL  9900
FSC  D99
FSS  28;34;35;43;99
FSC  D18
FSS  3
FSC  D 6
FSS  467;511
FSC  D 3
FSS  313
FSC  D10
FSS  46.1;97
FSC  206
FSS  0.81;0.83;0.84
FSC  232
FSS  5
FSC   53
FSS  254
FSC  453
FSS  59;60;62
UREF
PNO  D192611
ISD  19620400
NAM  Bryant
OCL  D10 97
UREF
PNO  D247992
ISD  19780500
NAM  Garson
XCL  D99 34
UREF
PNO  D276442
ISD  19841100
NAM  Holland
OCL  D18  3
UREF
PNO  D323231
ISD  19920100
NAM  Funcell
OCL  D99 34
UREF
PNO  2736478
ISD  19560200
NAM  Bornhardt, Jr.
OCL   53254
UREF
PNO  3107467
ISD  19631000
NAM  Gates
OCL  D99 34
LREP
FR2  Bach; Klaus J.
DCLM
PAL  The ornamental design for a coin wrapping apparatus, as shown and described
     .
PATN
WKU  PP0111287
SRC  9
APN  0039160
APT  6
ART  169
APD  19980107
TTL  Poinsettia plant named `702`
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Bell; Kent L.
EXP  Locker; Howard J.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Fruehwirth; Franz
CTY  Encinitas
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Paul Ecke Ranch, Inc.
CTY  Encinitas
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  Plt 307
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  500
FSC  Plt
FSS   307
UREF
PNO  PP9951
ISD  19970700
NAM  Fruenwirth
OCL  Plt 307
LREP
FRM  Arnold White & Durkee
ABST
PAL  Poinsettia `702` is a new cultivar, distinguished by dark red flower
      bracts, dark green foliage, self-branching characteristics and 9-week
      flowering response time. The new plant produces a very desirable branched
      flowering pot plant for the mid-season holiday market. Poinsettia `702` is
      resistant to epinasty after being confined to shipping containers. The
      post-production foliage and bract retention is excellent even under low
      light intensities in the consumer's home.
PATN
WKU  PP0111295
SRC  8
APN  987612&
APT  6
ART  169
APD  19971209
TTL  Canna generalis plant named `Roblibkey`
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Mehta; Ashwin
EXP  Locker; Howard J.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Roberson; Robert J.
STR  31706 E. Pink Hill Rd.
CTY  Grain Valley, Jackson County
STA  MO
ZIP  64029
CLAS
OCL  Plt 263
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  500
FSC  Plt
FSS   68.1;263
LREP
FRM  Rothwell, Figg, Ernst & Kurz
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a new and distinct Canna generalis cultivar which
      is outstanding because of its compact dwarf growth habit, its pastel
      yellow color with lime-green hue, its long-term bloom display, its apple
      green foliage edged with white margins, its large, healthy rhizomes, and
      its ultra dwarf early bloom display.
PATN
WKU  PP0111309
SRC  8
APN  9238190
APT  6
ART  169
APD  19970904
TTL  Verbena plant named `Sunmarisa`
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Bell; Kent L.
EXP  Locker; Howard J.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Yomo; Yasunori
CTY  Kitakoma-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Murakami; Yasuyuki
CTY  Gamou-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Suntory Limited
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960904
APN  9057
CLAS
OCL  Plt 308
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  500
FSC  Plt
FSS   87;308
UREF
PNO  PP8995
ISD  19941100
NAM  Tachibana et al.
OCL  Plt  87
UREF
PNO  PP9014
ISD  19941200
NAM  Tachibana et al.
OCL  Plt  87
UREF
PNO  PP9059
ISD  19950200
NAM  Tachibana et al.
OCL  Plt  87
UREF
PNO  PP9085
ISD  19950300
NAM  Tachibana et al.
OCL  Plt  87
UREF
PNO  PP9121
ISD  19950400
NAM  Tachibana et al.
OCL  Plt  87
UREF
PNO  PP9411
ISD  19951200
NAM  Tachibana et al.
OCL  Plt  87
OREF
PAL  GTITM UPOVROM Citation for `Sanmarisa` as per JP PBR 9057, Sep. 4, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed herein is a verbena plant which has a broad spreading growth
      habit and long stems. The plant forms flowers in clusters with a great
      profusion of blooms. The blooming period is late April to November and
      flowering duration is long. The entire plant remains in bloom for an
      extended period of time. The flower size is large and the petal color of
      the flowers is light purplish pink. The plant is highly tolerant to heat,
      and exhibits a high resistance to pests and diseases, particularly powdery
      mildew, and a high resistance to rain.
PATN
WKU  PP0111317
SRC  8
APN  9270817
APT  6
ART  169
APD  19970910
TTL  Torenia plant named `Sunrenidibu`
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Kimball; Melissa L.
EXP  Locker; Howard J.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Miyazaki; Kiyoshi
CTY  Kofu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Suntory Limited
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  Plt 263
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  500
FSC  Plt
FSS   68.1;263
OREF
PAL  Huxley et al. (Eds.) "Torenia", The New RHS Dictionary of Gardening, The
      Stockton Press New York. vol. 4 pp. 487, 1992.
PAL  UPOV CD-ROM Plant Breeder's Rights 9129, Japan, Torenia named Sanrenidhibu,
      1996.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed herein is a Torenia hybrida plant which has bi-colored brilliant
      purple and deep purple flower petals and a brilliant purple floral tube.
      The plant has semi-erect growth habit, medium branching and forms a great
      profusion blooms with the entire plant remaining in bloom for an extended
      period of time. The plant has a high resistance to heat, and moderate
      resistance to diseases and pests. The new variety has the ability to
      flower and to maintain its advantageous semi-erect growth habit even when
      grown in the shade.
PATN
WKU  PP0111325
SRC  8
APN  9933786
APT  6
ART  169
APD  19971218
TTL  Miniature rose plant named `SAValute`
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Locker; Howard J.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Saville, deceased; F. Harmon
CTY  late of Newburyport
STA  MA
ITX  by Charles K. Brown, executor
ASSG
NAM  Nor'East Miniature Roses, Inc.
CTY  Rowley
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  Plt 123
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  500
FSC  Plt
FSS   123;116;128;125;118;121
ABST
PAL  SAValute is a miniature rose which can be grown quite satisfactorily in a
      greenhouse, or as a hardy garden perennial. It blooms continually
      throughout the growing season with buds and flowers of a yellow and
      apricot blend. Blooms are borne singly and in small sprays on a vigorous,
      upright and spreading plant up to about 2 feet tall and with a diameter of
      30 inches or more.
PATN
WKU  PP0111333
SRC  9
APN  0480606
APT  6
ART  169
APD  19980326
TTL  Lysimachia plant named `Golden Harvest`
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Bell; Kent L.
EXP  Locker; Howard J.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Churchus; John William
CTY  Devon Meadows
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Plants Management Australia Pty. Ltd.
CTY  Warragul
CNT  AUX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  Plt 263
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  500
FSC  Plt
FSS   263
LREP
FR2  Whealy; C. A.
ABST
PAL  A new and distinct cultivar of Lysimachia plant named `Golden Harvest`,
      characterized by its compact and prostrate spreading plant habit; greenish
      gold with reddish toned young leaves and greenish gold to green to
      yellowish green mature leaves; numerous bright yellow flowers; long
      flowering period; and tolerance to high and low temperatures.
PATN
WKU  RE0363995
SRC  8
APN  4275551
APT  2
PBL  E
ART  173
APD  19950424
TTL  Method of Disposal of hot water soluble utensils
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  El-Arini; Zeinab
INVT
NAM  Honeycutt; Travis W.
CTY  Norcross
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Isolyser Company, Inc.
CTY  Norcross
STA  CA
COD  02
REIS
COD  50
APN  884806
APD  19920519
PNO  05181967
ISD  19930126
RLAP
COD  72
APN  739902
APD  19910802
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  134 42
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  700
FSC  134
FSS  42
UREF
PNO  3413229
ISD  19681100
NAM  Bianco
OCL  252 90
UREF
PNO  3484874
ISD  19691200
NAM  Bickenheuser, Jr.
OCL    4112
UREF
PNO  3762454
ISD  19731000
NAM  Wilkins, Jr.
OCL  150  1
UREF
PNO  3859125
ISD  19750100
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  428511
UREF
PNO  3886610
ISD  19750600
NAM  Shelden
OCL    5 81R
UREF
PNO  4295850
ISD  19811000
NAM  Haberli et al.
OCL  252 90
UREF
PNO  4372311
ISD  19830200
NAM  Potts
OCL  128287
UREF
PNO  5051222
ISD  19910900
NAM  Marten et al.
OCL  264143
UREF
PNO  5181966
ISD  19930100
NAM  Honeycutt et al.
OCL  134 42
UREF
PNO  5207837
ISD  19930500
NAM  Honeycutt
OCL  134 42
FREF
PNO  8902229
ISD  19900100
CNT  BRX
FREF
PNO  0050288
ISD  19811000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0107576
ISD  19840500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0176316
ISD  19860400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0272816
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1519530
ISD  19700400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3017246
ISD  19811100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  47-41741
ISD  19721000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  55-71532
ISD  19800500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-100704
ISD  19840600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-44897
ISD  19850300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-159995
ISD  19860700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-68396
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  386161
ISD  19330100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  743165
ISD  19560100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1187690
ISD  19700400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1374199
ISD  19741100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1451619
ISD  19761000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2102461
ISD  19830200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2119709
ISD  19831100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2211196
ISD  19890600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2211088
ISD  19890600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2248842
ISD  19920400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/14413
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/17210
ISD  19911100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering, vol. 17, p. 192, John
      Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1989).
LREP
FRM  Needle & Rosenberg, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method of disposing of utensils after use. The utensils are provided as
      molded, formed or extruded articles which are only water soluble at
      temperatures above 37.degree. C. After use, the utensils are subjected to
      water at a sufficient temperature to substantially dissolve them whereupon
      the water and dissolved articles are subjected to sewer disposal.
PATN
WKU  RE0364002
SRC  D
APN  0405329
APT  2
PBL  E
ART  292
APD  19950621
TTL  Pair of handles for a pliers
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Hyder; Philip S.
NDR  1
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Letson; Marshall G.
CTY  Mt. Carmel
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Snap-on Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Lincolnshire
STA  IL
COD  02
REIS
COD  50
APN  002777
APD  19921221
PNO  08343999
ISD  19940208
CLAS
OCL  D 8107
XCL   D8 52
EDF  6
ICL  0805
FSC  D 8
FSS  51;52;14;54;55
FSC  D24
FSS  148;153
FSC   81
FSS  415;416;417;302;324;381
UREF
PNO  D282777
ISD  19860200
NAM  Kurz
OCL  D 8 52
UREF
PNO  D283841
ISD  19860500
NAM  Kurz
OCL  D 8 52
UREF
PNO  D296822
ISD  19880700
NAM  Fenton
OCL  D 8 52
UREF
PNO  D298008
ISD  19881000
NAM  Kim
OCL  D 8 52
UREF
PNO  3521510
ISD  19700700
NAM  Angguist
OCL   81417
UREF
PNO  3583264
ISD  19710600
NAM  Brunosson
OCL   81415
UREF
PNO  4099315
ISD  19780700
NAM  Pudenz
OCL   81416
UREF
PNO  4185523
ISD  19800100
NAM  Kreitz
OCL   81417
UREF
PNO  4414868
ISD  19831100
NAM  Puro
OCL   81416
OREF
PAL  Contact East Catalog, 1985, p. 31, Utica Brand Long Chain Nose Pliers.
PAL  Suburu Pliers.
LREP
FRM  Emrich & Dithmar
ABST
PAC  CLAIM
PAL  The ornamental design for a .[.pliers.]. .Iadd.pair of handles for a
      pliers.Iaddend., as shown and described.
PAC  DESCRIPTION
PAL  FIG. 1 is a top plan view of a .[.pliers.]. .Iadd.pair of handles for a
      pliers .Iaddend.showing my new design with the tool jaws closed, the
      bottom plan view being a mirror image thereof.[.;.]..Iadd., the portion in
      phantom forming no portion of my design;.Iaddend.
PAL  FIG. 2 is a front elevational view thereof, the rear elevational view being
      a mirror image thereof.Iadd., the portion in phantom forming no portion of
      my design.Iaddend.;
PAL  FIG. 3 is a top plan view thereof with the tool jaws open, the bottom plan
      view being a mirror image thereof.Iadd., the portion in phantom forming no
      portion of my design.Iaddend.;
PAL  FIG. 4 is a side elevational view thereof as viewed from the left-hand side
      of FIG. 2 .Iadd.the portion in phantom forming no portion of my
      design.Iaddend.; and,
PAL  FIG. 5 is a side elevational view thereof, as viewed from the right-hand
      side of FIG. 2.
PATN
WKU  RE0364010
SRC  8
APN  9261923
APT  2
PBL  E
ART  285
APD  19970909
TTL  Tandem rotor turbine meter and field calibration module
ISD  19991123
NCL  44
ECL  15
EXP  Patel; Harshad
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Fitzpatrick; James J.
CTY  DuBois
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Peace; Daniel W.
CTY  Punxsutawney
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  M & FC Holding Company, Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
REIS
COD  50
APN  125344
APD  19930922
PNO  05473932
ISD  19951212
RLAP
COD  71
APN  788826
APD  19911107
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   73  3
XCL   73196
XCL   7386179
EDF  6
ICL  G01F 2500
ICL  G01F  700
FSC   73
FSS  3;195;196;861.84;861.79;861.77;861.83
UREF
PNO  2859616
ISD  19581100
NAM  Fellows
UREF
PNO  3053086
ISD  19620900
NAM  Granberg
OCL   73230
UREF
PNO  3060074
ISD  19621000
NAM  Granberg
OCL   73230
UREF
PNO  3083570
ISD  19630400
NAM  Truman
OCL   73  3
UREF
PNO  3135116
ISD  19640600
NAM  Kwong et al.
UREF
PNO  3201987
ISD  19650800
NAM  Ackerman et al.
OCL   73231
UREF
PNO  3241366
ISD  19660300
NAM  Allen
OCL   73230
UREF
PNO  3307396
ISD  19670300
NAM  Griffo
OCL   73231
UREF
PNO  3364743
ISD  19680100
NAM  Clinton
OCL   73231
UREF
PNO  3377856
ISD  19680400
NAM  Haseegawa
OCL   38 77.364
UREF
PNO  3488996
ISD  19700100
NAM  Pfrehn
UREF
PNO  3604265
ISD  19710900
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL   73231
UREF
PNO  3623835
ISD  19711100
NAM  Boyd
OCL   73231
UREF
PNO  3695106
ISD  19721000
NAM  Gelsow
OCL   73231
UREF
PNO  3707872
ISD  19730100
NAM  Masson et al.
OCL   73231
UREF
PNO  3710622
ISD  19730100
NAM  Hammond et al.
OCL   73861.84
UREF
PNO  3735637
ISD  19730500
NAM  Penet
OCL   73231
UREF
PNO  3788142
ISD  19740100
NAM  Goransson
OCL   73230
UREF
PNO  3934473
ISD  19760100
NAM  Griffo
OCL   73861.84
UREF
PNO  3958447
ISD  19760500
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL   73196
UREF
PNO  4067230
ISD  19780100
NAM  Ball
UREF
PNO  4091653
ISD  19780500
NAM  Lee
OCL   73  3
UREF
PNO  4286471
ISD  19810900
NAM  Lee
OCL   73861.84
UREF
PNO  4305281
ISD  19811200
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL   73195
UREF
PNO  4463613
ISD  19840800
NAM  Schmittner et al.
OCL   73861.83
UREF
PNO  4534226
ISD  19850800
NAM  Rose
OCL   73861.84
UREF
PNO  4566307
ISD  19860100
NAM  Boykin
UREF
PNO  4694681
ISD  19870900
NAM  Hoffmann
OCL   73  3
FREF
PNO  4316584
ISD  19660600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  0978664
ISD  19610300
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Rockwell International, Auto-Adjust Turboo-Meters for Accurate Gas
      Measurement, Apr. 1988.
LREP
FRM  Wood, Herron & Evans, LLP
ABST
PAL  Methods and an apparatus for measuring gas flow with greater reliability
      than earlier single-rotor and double-rotor turbine meters and dual turbine
      meter systems are disclosed. The apparatus comprises two independent
      rotors, in close proximity of each other, housed in the same meter body,
      but isolated from the effects of each other. No pressure and temperature
      correction are needed for accuracy performance comparison between the two
      rotors. Because of the two rotor averaging technique, the reliability of
      the volume totalization is greatly improved over earlier double-rotor and
      single-rotor designs.
PATN
WKU  RE0364029
SRC  8
APN  5445302
APT  2
PBL  E
ART  112
APD  19951018
TTL  Electrolytic cell assembly and process for production of bromine
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  14
EXA  Noguerola; Alex
EXP  Gorgos; Kathryn L.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Williams; Ronald C.
CTY  Clearwater
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Kettle; C. Donald
CTY  Clearwater
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Stebbins; Earl E.
CTY  Brooksville
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  McCullough; L. Marshall
CTY  Belleair
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Ad rem Manufacturing, Inc.
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
COD  02
REIS
COD  50
APN  878682
APD  19920505
PNO  05254226
ISD  19931019
CLAS
OCL  205619
XCL  205618
XCL  205620
XCL  205742
XCL  205744
XCL  204228
XCL  204663
EDF  6
ICL  C25B  124
ICL  C02F  1467
FSC  204
FSS  228;663;672
FSC  205
FSS  618;619;620;742;744
UREF
PNO  943188
ISD  19091200
NAM  Hartman
OCL  210710
UREF
PNO  3192146
ISD  19650600
NAM  Vellas et al.
OCL  204240
UREF
PNO  3305472
ISD  19670200
NAM  Oldershaw
OCL  204268
UREF
PNO  3351542
ISD  19671100
NAM  Oldershaw et al.
OCL  204149
UREF
PNO  3458414
ISD  19690700
NAM  Crane et al.
OCL  204149
UREF
PNO  3600286
ISD  19710800
NAM  Sabins
OCL  204149
UREF
PNO  3669857
ISD  19720600
NAM  Kirkham et al.
OCL  204151.21
UREF
PNO  3701728
ISD  19721000
NAM  Appleman
OCL  210 29
UREF
PNO  3785954
ISD  19740100
NAM  Herbert
OCL  204228
UREF
PNO  4033871
ISD  19770700
NAM  Wall
OCL  210 96R
UREF
PNO  4085028
ISD  19780400
NAM  McCallum
OCL  204269
UREF
PNO  4100052
ISD  19780700
NAM  Stillman
OCL  204149
UREF
PNO  4142959
ISD  19790300
NAM  McCallum
OCL  204149
UREF
PNO  4255246
ISD  19810300
NAM  Sweeny
OCL  204 98
UREF
PNO  4263114
ISD  19810400
NAM  Shindell
OCL  204149
UREF
PNO  4306952
ISD  19811200
NAM  Jansen
OCL  204149
UREF
PNO  4332659
ISD  19820600
NAM  Spore
OCL  204237
UREF
PNO  4492618
ISD  19850100
NAM  Eder
OCL  204152
UREF
PNO  4568440
ISD  19860200
NAM  Sutter et al.
OCL  204268
UREF
PNO  4714534
ISD  19871200
NAM  Fair et al.
OCL  204269
UREF
PNO  4781805
ISD  19881100
NAM  Dahlgren
OCL  204149
UREF
PNO  4917782
ISD  19900400
NAM  Davies
OCL  204152
UREF
PNO  5034110
ISD  19910700
NAM  Glore et al.
OCL  204228
FREF
PNO  1673643
ISD  19910800
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1420197
ISD  19760100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2092774
ISD  19820800
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  CAPLUS abstract of SU 1673643 (E. G. Abramov), Aug. 30, 1991.
PAL  CAPLUS abstract of E. G. Abranov; "Elecrosorption extraction of bromine
      from oceanic water", Dokl. Akad. NAuk SSSR (1990), 313(3), 653-6, month
      unavailable 1990.
PAL  Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 1979, 3rd Edition, vol, 8,
      pp.6710-680, (John Wiley and Sons).
LREP
FRM  Allen, Dyer, Doppelt, Milbrath & Gilchrist, P.A.
ABST
PAL  An easily installed, automatically operated sanitizing direct current,
      electrolytic cell canister assembly and a method or efficiently providing
      brominated water for swimming pools and the like, the method including
      furnishing d.c. power at a constant amperage to the bipolar electrode
      graphite plate electrolytic cell canister, controlling the flow of
      electrolyte through the canister, turning the d.c. current on and off to
      provide d.c. on/off switching, turning the d.c. power off, adjusting the
      time of the on/off switching so that the current is off for a
      predetermined selected time in a cycle of about 1 to 60 seconds, and, just
      prior to reversing the polarity of the electrodes, turning the power off
      for about five seconds, with separate polarity changing switching to help
      efficiently clean the graphite plates and keep the bromine atoms from
      going back to their ionized state and reduce any power surge due to the
      reversal of the polarity.
PATN
WKU  RE0364037
SRC  8
APN  3575675
APT  2
PBL  E
ART  174
APD  19941216
TTL  Gasoline octane enhancement in fluid catalytic cracking process with
      split feed injection to riser reactor
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  9
EXP  Griffin; Walter D.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Krishna; Ashok S.
CTY  Concord
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Chevron Research and Technology Company
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
REIS
COD  50
APN  067678
APD  19870626
PNO  04869807
ISD  19890926
RLAP
COD  71
APN  764599
APD  19910924
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  792718
APD  19851030
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  20812001
XCL  208113
XCL  208 80
EDF  6
ICL  C10G 1105
FSC  208
FSS  73;74;80;113;120;155;156;120.01
UREF
PNO  2444131
ISD  19480600
NAM  Seguy
OCL  196 52
UREF
PNO  2908630
ISD  19591000
NAM  Friedman
OCL  208 74
UREF
PNO  2938856
ISD  19600500
NAM  Hettick
OCL  208 74
UREF
PNO  2994659
ISD  19610800
NAM  Slyngstad et al.
OCL  208113
UREF
PNO  3080311
ISD  19630300
NAM  Mertes
OCL  208 78
UREF
PNO  3331766
ISD  19670700
NAM  Young
OCL  208 78
UREF
PNO  3617497
ISD  19711100
NAM  Bryson et al.
OCL  208 80
UREF
PNO  3654137
ISD  19720400
NAM  Dober et al.
OCL  208 87
UREF
PNO  3714024
ISD  19730100
NAM  Youngblood et al.
OCL  208 78
UREF
PNO  3856659
ISD  19741200
NAM  Owen
OCL  208 80
UREF
PNO  4405445
ISD  19830900
NAM  Kovach et al.
OCL  208120
UREF
PNO  4479870
ISD  19841000
NAM  Hammershaimb et al.
OCL  208113
LREP
FR2  Squires; Lawrence S.
ABST
PAL  A fluid catalytic cracking unit equipped with multiple feed injection
      points along the length of the riser is operated such that portions of the
      same fresh feed are charged to different feed injection points.
      Preferably, the hydrocarbon fresh feed can be split into two or more
      non-distinct fractions, with one fraction charged to the bottom injection
      point along the length of the riser reactor, and the remaining fractions
      charged to injection points progressively higher up along the length of
      the riser reactor. Unconverted slurry oil boiling above 650.degree. F. can
      be recycled to one or more of the various injection points along the
      length of the riser.
PATN
WKU  RE0364045
SRC  8
APN  9707808
APT  2
PBL  E
ART  288
APD  19971114
TTL  Semiconductor memory device for use in apparatus requiring high-speed
      access to memory cells
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  14
EXP  Le; Vu A.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kameda; Yasushi
CTY  Yokosuka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Kenichi
CTY  Sumida-Ku
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takamoto; Hiroshi
CTY  Nerima-Ku
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Harima; Takayuki
CTY  Kawaguchi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Segawa; Makoto
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910127
APN  3-157112
REIS
COD  50
APN  328049
APD  19941024
PNO  05467317
ISD  19951114
RLAP
COD  71
APN  905416
APD  19920629
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  36523006
XCL  36523003
XCL  36518905
XCL  327433
XCL  327434
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  230.06;230.03;177;189.05;189.11;189.09
FSC  327
FSS  433;434
UREF
PNO  4761769
ISD  19880800
NAM  Saito
OCL  365203
UREF
PNO  4791382
ISD  19881200
NAM  Shiomi et al.
OCL  330254
UREF
PNO  4796234
ISD  19890100
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  365227
UREF
PNO  4899066
ISD  19900200
NAM  Ikawa et al.
OCL  365203
UREF
PNO  5042010
ISD  19910800
NAM  Ogiue et al.
OCL  365189.05
FREF
PNO  61-20292
ISD  19860100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-20293
ISD  19860100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1245489
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor memory device including a plurality of cell array sections
      each having a plurality of memory cells disposed in a matrix form, the
      plurality of cell array sections being juxtaposed in a row direction. Main
      word lines, are each provided in common for all of the plurality of cell
      array sections in each row, a row select signal being applied to each main
      word line. Section word lines are connected to memory cells, in each cell
      array section at each row, for activating the memory cells. Section select
      lines are provided for each cell array section, a section selection signal
      being applied to each section select line. Logical circuits are provided
      for each cell array section, each logical circuit being connected to each
      main word line and the section select line, executing a logical operation
      between the row select signal and the section select signal, and
      activating the section select line when the logical operation result
      satisfies a predetermined logical condition. Each logical circuit includes
      a first inverter, a CMOS type second inverter and an N-channel transistor.
      Each main word line is connected to the input terminals of the first and
      second inverters. Each section select line is connected to the drain of
      the N-type transistor and the source of a P-channel transistor of the
      second inverter. The gate of the N-channel transistor is connected to the
      output terminal of the first inverter and each section word line is
      connected to the source of the N-channel transistor and the output
      terminal of the second inverter. Bit lines are connected to each memory
      cell for receiving data from a selected memory cell and outputting the
      data.
PATN
WKU  RE0364053
SRC  9
APN  0173193
APT  2
PBL  E
ART  362
APD  19980202
TTL  Slide bearing assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  23
EXP  Footland; Lenard A.
NDR  9
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Akita; Hideki
CTY  Tsuchiura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ota; Makoto
CTY  Ibaraki-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakatani; Hideaki
CTY  Tsuchiura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hatano; Kazuyoshi
CTY  Ibaraki-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ogasawara; Manabu
CTY  Ibaraki-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi Construction Machinery Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931022
APN  5-287527
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940811
APN  6-210493
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940927
APN  6-256095
REIS
COD  50
APN  326334
APD  19941020
PNO  05490730
ISD  19960213
CLAS
OCL  384147
XCL  384279
XCL  384902
EDF  6
ICL  F16C 3310
FSC  384
FSS  147;279;902;371;470
FSC  252
FSS  32.7 E
UREF
PNO  2266379
ISD  19410100
NAM  Floyd
UREF
PNO  3319314
ISD  19670500
NAM  Caubet
UREF
PNO  4371220
ISD  19830200
NAM  Brucher
OCL  384371
UREF
PNO  4952328
ISD  19900800
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  252 32.7E
UREF
PNO  4981602
ISD  19910100
NAM  Ripple et al.
OCL  252 32.7E
UREF
PNO  5401105
ISD  19950300
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  384470
FREF
PNO  1216
ISD  19520600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1056880
ISD  19591000
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  "Iwanami's Dictionary of Physicochemistry", 4th Edition, p. 1276. (no
      date).
PAL  H. Detter, "Operating Behavior, Characteristics and Calculations for
      Sintered Bearings for Precision Mechanical Applications", VDI-Z, vol. 116,
      No. 4, Mar. 1974, pp. 305-310.
PAL  D. Netuschil, "Synthetische Schmierstoffe fur Sintermetall-Gleitlager",
      Maschinemarket, vol. 82, No. 34, 1976, pp. 608-611.
PAL  R. Kuhnel et al, "Werkstoffe fur Gleitlager", Springer-Verlag,
      Berlin/Gottingent/Heidelberg, DE, pp. 323-326, 345-348. (No date).
LREP
FRM  Beall Law Offices
ABST
PAL  The improved slide bearing assembly comprises at least a shaft and a bush
      that is formed of a porous iron-base sintered material and is
      characterized in that the bush is impregnated with a lubricant oil having
      a viscosity of 240-1500 cSt. The bearing assembly can be operated in slow-
      and high-pressure applications without oil refillings for a prolonged
      period of at least several years. The shaft is preferably formed of an
      iron or a steel member that have been subjected to a treatment of surface
      modification. The slide bearing assembly is preferably used in such an
      environment that the working pressure applied to the sliding surfaces is
      at least 6.0 kgf/mm.sup.2 and that the sliding speed is in the range 2-5
      cm/sec.
PATN
WKU  RE0364061
SRC  8
APN  1635115
APT  2
PBL  E
ART  173
APD  19931209
TTL  Process for producing cycloolefin random copolymer
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Teskin; Fred
INVT
NAM  Kishimura; Kotaroh
CTY  Iwakuni
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamaguchi; Hideaki
CTY  Iwakuni
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Minami; Syuji
CTY  Ohtake
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19871002
APN  62-248113
REIS
COD  50
APN  251888
APD  19880930
PNO  04935475
ISD  19900619
CLAS
OCL  5261692
XCL  526280
XCL  526281
XCL  528482
EDF  6
ICL  C08F  206
ICL  C08F  606
ICL  C08F  608
FSC  528
FSS  482
FSC  526
FSS  169.2;281;280
UREF
PNO  3478002
ISD  19691100
NAM  Nakaguchi et al.
XCL  526281
UREF
PNO  3962199
ISD  19760600
NAM  Citron
UREF
PNO  4016349
ISD  19770400
NAM  McKenna
OCL  528482
UREF
PNO  4547620
ISD  19851000
NAM  Miyata et al.
OCL  585852
UREF
PNO  4614778
ISD  19860900
NAM  Kajiura et al.
FREF
PNO  0985848
ISD  19760300
CNT  CAX
OCL  528482
FREF
PNO  61-120816
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-211315
ISD  19860900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  0203799
ISD  19861200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Concise Chemical and Technical Dictionary, H. Bennet (ed.), Chemical
      Publishing Co., N.Y., N.Y. 1974, 708, 1130.
PAL  Hackh's Chemical Dictionary, 4th ed., McGraw-Hill Book Co., N.Y., 1969, 18.
LREP
FRM  Sherman and Shalloway
ABST
PAL  A process for producing a cycloolefin random copolymer, which comprises
PA1  (1) copolymerizing (a) ethylene or both ethylene and an alpha-olefin having
      at least 3 carbon atoms with (b) a cycloolefin such as
      octahydronaphthalenes and bicyclo[2,2,1]hept-2-ene in the presence of (c)
      a catalyst formed from a soluble vanadium compound and an organoaluminum
      compound at least one of which has halogen, in (d) a liquid phase composed
      of a hydrocarbon medium to form a solution of a cycloolefin random
      copolymer, and
PA1  (2) contacting the resulting copolymer solution with (e) an adsorbent
      containing a metal cation.
PATN
WKU  059876409
SRC  9
APN  2073838
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981208
TTL  Visor and eyeshield assembly and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  9
EXP  Oleksa; Diana
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Ryder; Curtis J.
STR  9 Bitterblue La.
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
ZIP  78218
CLAS
OCL    2 10
XCL    220913
XCL    2453
XCL  351155
EDF  6
ICL  A42B  106
FSC    2
FSS  6.3;6.5;6.7;10;209.13;453
FSC  351
FSS  155
UREF
PNO  1696198
ISD  19281200
NAM  Gross
UREF
PNO  1833741
ISD  19311100
NAM  Diehl
UREF
PNO  2481960
ISD  19490900
NAM  Wall et al.
UREF
PNO  2500280
ISD  19500300
NAM  Feldman
UREF
PNO  2538607
ISD  19510100
NAM  Vaca
UREF
PNO  2538608
ISD  19510100
NAM  Vaca
UREF
PNO  2549445
ISD  19510400
NAM  Friess
UREF
PNO  2619641
ISD  19521200
NAM  Vaca
UREF
PNO  2648091
ISD  19530800
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  2654089
ISD  19531000
NAM  Tannenbaum
UREF
PNO  2725560
ISD  19551200
NAM  Feldman
UREF
PNO  4541125
ISD  19850900
NAM  Phillips
UREF
PNO  4819274
ISD  19890400
NAM  Day
UREF
PNO  4951316
ISD  19900800
NAM  Moody
UREF
PNO  5056164
ISD  19911000
NAM  Lisle
UREF
PNO  5129102
ISD  19920700
NAM  Solo
UREF
PNO  5261124
ISD  19931100
NAM  Day
UREF
PNO  5412812
ISD  19950500
NAM  Gotchalian
UREF
PNO  5533207
ISD  19960700
NAM  Diaz
UREF
PNO  5689827
ISD  19971100
NAM  Ryder
FREF
PNO  158859
ISD  19520600
CNT  AUX
LREP
FRM  Gunn, Lee & Keeling
ABST
PAL  The present invention discloses a novel visor and eyeshield combination.
      This visor and eyeshield combination allows the wearer to adjust the
      eyeshield by flipping the eyeshield up to a rest position or down to an
      in-use position, by adjusting the distance of the eyeshield downward from
      the visor, by adjusting the distance of the eyeshield from to the wearer's
      face in order to accommodate eyeglasses and/or facial contours, and, in
      the preferred embodiment, by allowing the eyeshield to be flipped toward
      the wearer's face for a wraparound-look.
PATN
WKU  059876417
SRC  9
APN  0189774
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980205
TTL  Wrist guards
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Tejash
EXP  Calvert; John J.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Walker; William W.
STR  P.O. Box 925213
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ZIP  77292
CLAS
OCL    2 16
XCL    21611
XCL    2162
XCL  602 21
XCL  128879
EDF  6
ICL  A41D 1308
FSC    2
FSS  16;20;160;161.1;162
FSC  602
FSS  21;6;7;64
FSC  128
FSS  878;879
UREF
PNO  2800129
ISD  19570700
NAM  Swaay
OCL  128 90
UREF
PNO  3790168
ISD  19740200
NAM  Hashimoto
OCL  273 54B
UREF
PNO  4374439
ISD  19830200
NAM  Norman
OCL    2161.1
UREF
PNO  4854309
ISD  19890800
NAM  Elsey
OCL  128 87R
UREF
PNO  4925187
ISD  19900500
NAM  Fleenor et al.
OCL  273 54B
UREF
PNO  5307521
ISD  19940500
NAM  Davis
OCL    2 22
UREF
PNO  5313667
ISD  19940500
NAM  Levine
OCL    2 16
UREF
PNO  5339465
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kyewski
OCL    2 20
UREF
PNO  5566389
ISD  19961000
NAM  Li
OCL    2 16
UREF
PNO  5652955
ISD  19970800
NAM  Skewis
OCL    2 20
UREF
PNO  5722092
ISD  19980300
NAM  Borzecki et al.
OCL    2 16
UREF
PNO  5733249
ISD  19980300
NAM  Katzin et al.
OCL  602 21
UREF
PNO  5819313
ISD  19981000
NAM  McCrane
OCL    2 16
ABST
PAL  A wrist pad is provided including a flexible removable wrap with a top
      extent and a bottom extent. At least one sleeve is mounted on the bottom
      extent of the wrap. A rigid element includes at least one portion defining
      a periphery of a cylinder and a sphere. Such rigid element is removably
      situated within the sleeve during use.
PATN
WKU  059876425
SRC  8
APN  6395546
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19960429
TTL  Protective batting glove
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Neas; Michael A.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Webster; Charles Harvey
STR  3834 Janbrook Rd.
CTY  Randallstown
STA  MD
ZIP  21133
CLAS
OCL    2 19
XCL    2 20
XCL    21611
EDF  6
ICL  A41D 1310
FSC    2
FSS  16;19;20;161.1;159;160;161.2
UREF
PNO  325968
ISD  18850900
NAM  Rawlings
UREF
PNO  4042975
ISD  19770800
NAM  Elliott, Jr. et al.
OCL    2 19
UREF
PNO  4094014
ISD  19780600
NAM  Schroeder
OCL    2161
UREF
PNO  4561122
ISD  19851200
NAM  Stanley et al.
OCL    2 20
UREF
PNO  4691387
ISD  19870900
NAM  Lopez
OCL    2161
UREF
PNO  4700405
ISD  19871000
NAM  Sternberg
XCL    2 20
UREF
PNO  4748690
ISD  19880600
NAM  Webster
XCL    2 20
UREF
PNO  4757555
ISD  19880700
NAM  Gold
OCL    2 16
UREF
PNO  4768234
ISD  19880900
NAM  Yamamoto
XCL    2 16
UREF
PNO  5168578
ISD  19921200
NAM  Stanley
XCL    2 20
UREF
PNO  5214799
ISD  19930600
NAM  Fabry
XCL    2 20
UREF
PNO  5557803
ISD  19960900
NAM  Granich et al.
OCL    2 16
UREF
PNO  5581809
ISD  19961200
NAM  Mah
OCL    2 20
FREF
PNO  2492265
ISD  19820400
CNT  FRX
OREF
PAL  Photocopy of Louisville TPS glove, date unknown.
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A protective batting glove including padding in critical hand areas. The
      padding is a thin, shock absorbing material covering the hand areas that
      are susceptible to injury during batting. These critical hand areas
      include portions of both the upper and lower palmar side of the hand,
      portions of the digits, and a portion of the thumb. In additions, certain
      other critical areas have the shock absorbing material wrap around the
      hand, from the palmar surface to the dorsal surface. Non-critical hand
      areas are not padded to maximize tactile sensation and control.
PATN
WKU  059876433
SRC  8
APN  729624&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19961011
TTL  Protective knee pad and method of construction thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Hale; Gloria M.
NDR  10
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Beutler; Park
STR  1431 E. Voughton
CTY  Ogden
STA  UT
ZIP  84403
CLAS
OCL    2 24
XCL    2455
EDF  6
ICL  A41D 1300
FSC    2
FSS  24;22;455;267;456
UREF
PNO  3551912
ISD  19710100
NAM  Viglione
OCL    2 24
UREF
PNO  4120052
ISD  19781000
NAM  Butler
OCL    2 24
UREF
PNO  4198708
ISD  19800400
NAM  Fugere et al.
OCL    2 24
UREF
PNO  4296744
ISD  19811000
NAM  Palumbo
OCL    2 24
UREF
PNO  4354280
ISD  19821000
NAM  Hayes
OCL    2 24
UREF
PNO  4484361
ISD  19841100
NAM  Leighton et al.
OCL    2 24
UREF
PNO  4561123
ISD  19851200
NAM  Hull
OCL    2 24
UREF
PNO  4599747
ISD  19860700
NAM  Robinson
OCL    2 24
UREF
PNO  5416924
ISD  19950500
NAM  Sims
OCL    2 24
UREF
PNO  5477558
ISD  19951200
NAM  Volker et al.
OCL    2 24
LREP
FRM  Trask, Britt & Rossa
ABST
PAL  A knee pad includes an irregularly shaped flat single piece material that
      is folded to form an articulated (bent) pad to provide protection for a
      user's knee. The pad includes side walls to protect the side of the knees.
      The side walls may also help prevent rotation of the knee pad about the
      user's knee. The pad is covered with a cover to which an attaching
      structure is attached. The knee pad is attached to the user's leg through
      the attaching structure. The attaching structure may include a flexible
      sleeve and an optional zipper. Straps provide additional tension and help
      prevent rotational or upward or downward movement of the knee pad with
      respect to the user's knee. An optional additional pad may be attached to
      the articulated pad. A hard shell or cap may be placed on the front of the
      cover. The shell will withstand impacts that may tear the cover, which may
      be nylon. The shell is preferably removable. An elbow pad or wrist pad may
      be used under the same principles. A pad according to the invention may be
      used, for example, by persons participating in sports, such as skating and
      cycling.
PATN
WKU  059876441
SRC  9
APN  048265&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980326
TTL  Athletic shirt and backpack combination
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Jenkins; Shirra L.
EXP  Calvert; John J.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Mengato; Richard A.
STR  2969 Kalakaua Ave.
CTY  Honolulu
STA  HI
ZIP  96815
CLAS
OCL    2 69
XCL    2 94
EDF  6
ICL  A41B  112
ICL  A41D  112
ICL  A41D  100
FSC    2
FSS  69;69.5;89;108;102;105;106;113;114;115;DIG. 2;94
UREF
PNO  1088891
ISD  19140300
NAM  Filson
OCL    2115
UREF
PNO  4689831
ISD  19870900
NAM  Greenberger et al.
OCL    2108
UREF
PNO  4949401
ISD  19900800
NAM  Kimsey, Jr.
OCL    2102
UREF
PNO  5195187
ISD  19930300
NAM  Yang
OCL    2108
UREF
PNO  5418978
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hochman
OCL    2 69
LREP
FRM  Carothers & Carothers
ABST
PAL  An athletic shirt and backpack combination in the form of a vest of
      stretchable fabric having a back panel and a split access front panel with
      a conventional zipper closure and which snugly fits the upper torso of a
      body with a stretch fit. A backpack pocket panel of stretchable fabric is
      secured at its side and bottom edges to the back panel for providing a
      stretchable backpack pocket for containing objects with a stretch fit
      therein. Two horizontal wide straps of elastic material are secured across
      the front panel of the vest and connected to the side seams or side
      portions of the panel. The straps may be stretched and then connected with
      conventional hook and loop fasteners to securely hold the backpack with
      its load in position during athletic events.
PATN
WKU  059876450
SRC  9
APN  1836811
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981030
TTL  Sanitary hand shields
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Moran; Kate M.
EXP  Oleksa; Diana
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Teaster; Sherrill Dean
STR  57533 Apple La.
CTY  New Hudson
STA  MI
ZIP  48165
CLAS
OCL    2159
XCL    2 16
XCL    21616
XCL   15227
XCL  150154
EDF  6
ICL  A41D 1900
FSC    2
FSS  16;158;159;161.7;161.6;167;169
FSC  D 2
FSS  610;611;617;619;622
FSC  150
FSS  154
FSC   15
FSS  227
FSC  602
FSS  21;22;61;62
FSC  132
FSS  73;285
UREF
PNO  628354
ISD  18990700
NAM  Read
UREF
PNO  722863
ISD  19030300
NAM  Lodge
OCL   15227
UREF
PNO  1478914
ISD  19231200
NAM  Ritzenthaler
OCL   15227
UREF
PNO  1731340
ISD  19291000
NAM  Lambert
OCL    2167
UREF
PNO  1910094
ISD  19330500
NAM  Crane et al.
UREF
PNO  2075850
ISD  19370400
NAM  Johnson
OCL  401701
UREF
PNO  2261064
ISD  19411000
NAM  Katz
UREF
PNO  2581340
ISD  19520100
NAM  Allen
UREF
PNO  2695999
ISD  19541200
NAM  Arnold
UREF
PNO  2782912
ISD  19570200
NAM  Humphrey
UREF
PNO  2817851
ISD  19571200
NAM  Barnwell
UREF
PNO  2884162
ISD  19590400
NAM  Crebbs
UREF
PNO  2935241
ISD  19600500
NAM  Brady
UREF
PNO  2999523
ISD  19610900
NAM  Amdur
UREF
PNO  3109474
ISD  19631100
NAM  Levi
UREF
PNO  3181773
ISD  19650500
NAM  Jelling et al.
UREF
PNO  3183543
ISD  19650500
NAM  Worcester
OCL   15104.94
UREF
PNO  3186625
ISD  19650600
NAM  Mead et al.
UREF
PNO  3199121
ISD  19650800
NAM  Greto
UREF
PNO  3343578
ISD  19670900
NAM  Rubin
UREF
PNO  3685720
ISD  19720800
NAM  Brady
UREF
PNO  3722470
ISD  19730300
NAM  Farrell
UREF
PNO  3749237
ISD  19730700
NAM  Dorton
UREF
PNO  4017907
ISD  19770400
NAM  Margolis
UREF
PNO  4071921
ISD  19780200
NAM  Jury
UREF
PNO  4353139
ISD  19821000
NAM  Wainwright et al.
UREF
PNO  4510640
ISD  19850400
NAM  Omori
OCL   15104
UREF
PNO  4605124
ISD  19860800
NAM  Sandel et al.
UREF
PNO  4677697
ISD  19870700
NAM  Hayes
OCL    2159
UREF
PNO  4722296
ISD  19880200
NAM  Bowskill et al.
UREF
PNO  4856140
ISD  19890800
NAM  Visco et al.
UREF
PNO  4871046
ISD  19891000
NAM  Turner
UREF
PNO  4921028
ISD  19900500
NAM  Schwartz
UREF
PNO  4974288
ISD  19901200
NAM  Reasner
UREF
PNO  5007558
ISD  19910400
NAM  Allen et al.
UREF
PNO  5010617
ISD  19910400
NAM  Nelson
OCL   15227
UREF
PNO  5127127
ISD  19920700
NAM  Jarosinksi
OCL   15227
UREF
PNO  5355292
ISD  19941000
NAM  Hoftman et al.
UREF
PNO  5408400
ISD  19950400
NAM  Gordon
UREF
PNO  5473789
ISD  19951200
NAM  Oster
OCL   15227
UREF
PNO  5649336
ISD  19970700
NAM  Finch et al.
OCL   15227
UREF
PNO  5799331
ISD  19980900
NAM  Stewart
OCL    2159
FREF
PNO  2542980
ISD  19830300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  730258
ISD  19430100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Cornwall; Susan M.
FR2  Cargill; Lynn E.
ABST
PAL  A two-sided pocketed hand shield (10, 12, or 16) for protecting a hand from
      germs includes a sheet (18) of flexible material and a piece (28 or 48) of
      flexible material. The piece (28 or 48) of flexible material is shorter
      than the sheet (18) and attached to the front surface of the sheet (18) in
      a manner to form a pocket adapted to fit a hand and in a manner that (a)
      leaves an opening (60, 64, or 72) for the insertion of a hand and (b)
      allows the sheet (18) to extend beyond the opening (60, 64, or 72). The
      opening (60, 64, or 72) has two ends and is preferably angled from one end
      to the other end. The sheet (18) may be rectangular and the piece (28 or
      48) may be mitten-shaped or trapezoidal, and either may be formed of
      absorbent material or plastic. The piece (28 or 48) is preferably attached
      to the sheet in a way which renders the pocket in the shape of a mitten.
      Another embodiment is an array (80) of pocketed sanitary hand shields
      (81). The array (80) of hand shields (81) includes a continuous sheet (82)
      of a flexible material having evenly-spaced weakened connections (85)
      dividing the sheet (82) into sections (86) and a piece (83) of a flexible
      material attached to the front surface of each section (86). Each piece
      (83) is attached to the continuous sheet (82) in a manner that forms a
      pocket adapted to fit a hand.
PATN
WKU  059876468
SRC  9
APN  250913&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19990216
TTL  Padded batting glove
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1,9
EXA  Moran; Katherine M
EXP  Oleksa; Diana
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Bolmer; Stephen G.
STR  3950 Overland Heights
CTY  Greensboro
STA  NC
ZIP  27407
RLAP
COD  72
APN  129190
APD  19980724
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL    21611
XCL    2 16
XCL    2163
XCL  473458
EDF  6
ICL  A41D 1900
FSC    2
FSS  16;21;159;161.1;161.2;161.3;161.4;161.5;161.6;161.8;163;167
FSC  273
FSS  108.3;317.6
FSC  D29
FSS  117
FSC  473
FSS  205;450;451;453;458
UREF
PNO  4295229
ISD  19811000
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL    2 20
UREF
PNO  4484359
ISD  19841100
NAM  Tirinen
OCL    2 20
UREF
PNO  4561122
ISD  19851200
NAM  Stanley et al.
OCL    2 20
UREF
PNO  4757555
ISD  19880700
NAM  Gold
OCL    2 16
UREF
PNO  4793005
ISD  19881200
NAM  Hetzel et al.
OCL    2161
UREF
PNO  4930162
ISD  19900600
NAM  Cote
OCL    2161
UREF
PNO  5184815
ISD  19930200
NAM  Maddox
OCL  273 26
UREF
PNO  5218719
ISD  19930600
NAM  Johnson
OCL    2 19
UREF
PNO  5295269
ISD  19940300
NAM  Ballard
OCL    2 18
UREF
PNO  5542126
ISD  19960800
NAM  Harvanek
OCL    2161.2
UREF
PNO  5604934
ISD  19970200
NAM  Willet
OCL    2161.1
UREF
PNO  5689828
ISD  19971100
NAM  Mah
OCL    2 16
UREF
PNO  5706521
ISD  19980100
NAM  Haney
OCL    2160
UREF
PNO  5758364
ISD  19980600
NAM  Rewoldt
OCL    2160
UREF
PNO  5806091
ISD  19980900
NAM  McHugh
OCL    2 20
UREF
PNO  5890228
ISD  19990400
NAM  Wagner
OCL    2160
ABST
PAL  A pair of batting gloves comprises a dominant hand glove and an off hand
      glove wherein the dominant hand glove includes padding which covers the
      entire length of the thumb, the knuckles of the fingers, the center of the
      back of the dominant hand, and the juncture between the thumb and
      forefinger. The off hand glove lacks the web pad which covers the juncture
      between the thumb and forefinger and the thumb tip is exposed to provide a
      better grip on the bat.
PATN
WKU  059876476
SRC  9
APN  1781561
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981023
TTL  Women's headband its method of construction
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Oleksa; Diana
NDR  6
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Ouellette; Jennifer
STR  690 Fort Washington 4F
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ZIP  10040
CLAS
OCL    2171
XCL    2DIG11
XCL  132273
EDF  6
ICL  A41D 1902
FSC    2
FSS  171;207;DIG. 11
FSC  132
FSS  273
UREF
PNO  3471867
ISD  19691000
NAM  Kirchhoff
OCL  132273
UREF
PNO  5233704
ISD  19930800
NAM  Booher
OCL    2207
UREF
PNO  5867833
ISD  19990200
NAM  Ledonne
OCL    2171
LREP
FRM  Howell & Haferkamp, LC
ABST
PAL  A headband and its method of construction requires only a few sections of
      cloth or fabric that are sewn together in a minimum number of simplified
      steps in constructing the headband.
PATN
WKU  059876484
SRC  9
APN  0791342
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980514
TTL  Cap for catching balls
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Oleksa; Diana
NDR  3
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Boyd; Stan
STR  10121 Conejo La.
CTY  Santee
STA  CA
ZIP  92071
CLAS
OCL    21951
XCL    21716
XCL    220912
XCL    220913
XCL    22093
EDF  6
ICL  A42B  106
FSC    2
FSS  171.4;171.5;171.6;173.5;181;181.2;181.4;195.1;195.2;209.12;209.13;209.3
     ;209.5;209.7
UREF
PNO  2597447
ISD  19520500
NAM  Bruns
UREF
PNO  4628543
ISD  19861200
NAM  Hunt
UREF
PNO  4768232
ISD  19880900
NAM  Villalobos
UREF
PNO  4829600
ISD  19890500
NAM  Courtney
UREF
PNO  5542129
ISD  19960800
NAM  Munoz
UREF
PNO  5742944
ISD  19980400
NAM  Pfefferman
OCL    2209.12
LREP
FR2  Tighe; Thomas J.
ABST
PAL  A cap has a visor and a hole defined by its crown. The hole communicates
      with a pocket that extends from the hole external to the crown. The hole
      and pocket are sized to easily accommodate a ball to be caught, e.g. a
      baseball. A ball flying into the crown will be funneled by the crown
      through the hole and into the pocket to be trapped therein. The pocket
      prevents the ball from bouncing out of the cap's crown. The pocket can be
      folded and fastened against the crown, or concealed inside the crown, to
      give the cap a conventional appearance. The visor has a grip affixed to it
      to help a wearer securely grip the visor while trying to catch a flying
      ball in the crown's pocket. The force of a ball being caught releases the
      pocket and causes it to unfold, trapping the ball.
PATN
WKU  059876492
SRC  9
APN  0365076
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980306
TTL  Cap insert
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Oleksa; Diana L.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Robertson; Richard K.
STR  P.O. Box 877
CTY  Miami
STA  OK
ZIP  74355
CLAS
OCL    21955
XCL    2181
XCL    21818
EDF  6
ICL  A42B  100
FSC    2
FSS  175.4;195.5;181.2;181.4;181.8;181
UREF
PNO  999322
ISD  19110800
NAM  Levin
UREF
PNO  1422366
ISD  19220700
NAM  Leger
OCL    2195.5
UREF
PNO  1501507
ISD  19240700
NAM  Wetherbee
UREF
PNO  1725425
ISD  19290800
NAM  Steingold
OCL    2181
UREF
PNO  2445230
ISD  19480700
NAM  Mattsson et al.
OCL    2195
UREF
PNO  2675558
ISD  19540400
NAM  Richard
OCL    2180
UREF
PNO  2704847
ISD  19550300
NAM  MacPherson
OCL    2195
UREF
PNO  2740567
ISD  19560400
NAM  Kaufman
OCL  223 84
UREF
PNO  3133289
ISD  19640500
NAM  Lipschultz
OCL    2195
UREF
PNO  4637077
ISD  19870100
NAM  Henschel
OCL    2185B
UREF
PNO  4790034
ISD  19881200
NAM  Pass
OCL    2195
UREF
PNO  5481760
ISD  19960100
NAM  Wood, Jr.
OCL    2195.5
UREF
PNO  5647064
ISD  19970700
NAM  Whittaker
OCL    2195.5
UREF
PNO  5887284
ISD  19990300
NAM  Simmons
OCL    2181.4
LREP
FR2  Sharp; William R.
ABST
PAL  A cap insert comprises an elongated sheet which is flexible but
      sufficiently rigid for use as a shaping insert in a billed cap. The sheet
      is substantially planar in a relaxed state and includes a central portion,
      opposing tapered portions, and opposing leg portions. The sheet fits
      inside a billed cap around the sweatband, and successfully returns an old
      billed cap to its proper shape.
PATN
WKU  059876506
SRC  9
APN  0039454
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19980108
TTL  Swim google retaining device for swim wear
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXA  Moran; Kate
EXP  Oleksa; Diana
NDR  4
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Carroll; Constance
STR  25 Evergreen Rd.
CTY  Greenwich
STA  CT
ZIP  06830
CLAS
OCL    2244
XCL    2104
XCL    2 67
EDF  6
ICL  A41D 2708
FSC    2
FSS  46;67;48;49.1;49.2;49.3;49.4;49.5;50;51;52;94;101;104;113;114;115;108;145
     ;338;300
UREF
PNO  Re30899
ISD  19820400
NAM  Kallman
OCL   24  3
UREF
PNO  2006427
ISD  19350700
NAM  Wolfson
OCL    2145
UREF
PNO  4168544
ISD  19790900
NAM  Kallman
OCL    2 94
UREF
PNO  4458384
ISD  19840700
NAM  Arnold
OCL   24  3
UREF
PNO  4771478
ISD  19880900
NAM  Bisagno et al.
OCL    2 69
UREF
PNO  4975987
ISD  19901200
NAM  Teachout et al.
OCL    2244
UREF
PNO  5119979
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kallman
OCL  224250
UREF
PNO  5815834
ISD  19981000
NAM  Bronson
OCL    2 94
LREP
FRM  Finnegan Henderson Farabow Garrett & Dunner, LLP
ABST
PAL  An article of swim wear with a retaining device for swim goggles having a
      pair of lens frames separated by a nose piece, where the article of swim
      wear includes a loop of flexible material affixed to an exterior portion
      of a swimsuit. The loop possesses a inner periphery related to either the
      lens frame or the nose piece of the pair of swim goggles. The swim goggles
      are retained by the loop about their nose piece by either the insertion of
      one of the lens frames of the swim goggles through the inner periphery of
      the loop or the formation of the loop itself.
PATN
WKU  059876514
SRC  8
APN  9893091
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971212
TTL  Mechanism for attaching a rotating plate in a helmet
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Oleksa; Diana
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Haruo
CTY  Ichikawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Shoei Kako Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961217
APN  8-353568
CLAS
OCL    2424
XCL    2425
EDF  6
ICL  A42B  322
FSC    2
FSS  6.3;6.5;6.7;424;425
UREF
PNO  4920585
ISD  19900500
NAM  Arai
OCL    2424
LREP
FRM  Hopgood Calimafde Kalil & Judlowe
ABST
PAL  In accordance with one aspect of this invention, in a mechanism for
      attaching a rotating plate in a helmet, a positioning member which is of
      substantially tubular shape and relatively slidable along a guide groove
      provided in the rotating plate such as a shield plate and shaped into a
      nearly circular arc has an easily bendable portion provided between a
      first cut and a second cut which are formed in substantially opposed
      relation to each other at the upper end and the lower end of the
      positioning member, respectively. In accordance with another aspect of
      this invention, in a mechanism for attaching a rotating plate in a helmet,
      the three engaged openings provided in the guide groove so as to keep in
      the fully closed condition, in the fully opened condition, and in the
      defrosted condition, respectively, can relatively hold the positioning
      member to almost remain its original form, and the arcuated groove
      disposed in the guide groove can relatively hold the positioning member so
      as to deform it elastically.
PATN
WKU  059876522
SRC  9
APN  0497959
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980327
TTL  Releasable strapping system for protective eyewear
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  12
EXP  Nerbun; Peter
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Fowler; Raymond Allen
STR  P.O. Box 545, Rte. 175
CTY  Campton
STA  NH
ZIP  03223
CLAS
OCL    2424
XCL    2452
EDF  6
ICL  A42B  318
FSC    2
FSS  424;426;452;5;10;6.3;6.7
FSC  351
FSS  155;157
FSC  128
FSS  201.24
UREF
PNO  4686712
ISD  19870800
NAM  Spiva
OCL    2 10
UREF
PNO  4713844
ISD  19871200
NAM  Westgate
XCL    2424
UREF
PNO  4796308
ISD  19890100
NAM  Bourgeois
OCL    2 10
UREF
PNO  4918753
ISD  19900400
NAM  Mermillod
OCL    2 10
UREF
PNO  5291880
ISD  19940300
NAM  Almovist et al.
XCL    2  5
UREF
PNO  5303428
ISD  19940400
NAM  Pernicka
OCL    2428
UREF
PNO  5732415
ISD  19980300
NAM  Boyd
OCL    2426
LREP
FRM  Davis and Bujold
ABST
PAL  A protective eyewear housing supporting a transparent lens. A first end of
      the housing has a first strap attached thereto and a second opposite end
      of the first strap has a first clip member attached thereto. A second
      opposed end of the housing has a first end of a second strap affixed
      thereto and a second opposite end of the second strap has a second clip
      member attached thereto. The helmet supports a pair of spaced apart clip
      housings, and the clip housings are sized to matingly engage with one of
      the first and second clip members for releasably securing the protective
      eyewear to the helmet.
PATN
WKU  059876530
SRC  9
APN  131467&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980810
TTL  Protective eyewear for industrial use
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Tejash D
EXP  Calvert; John J.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Cyr; Raymond
CTY  Duvernay
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Leader Industries Inc.
CTY  Quebec
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL    2448
XCL    2450
XCL  351118
XCL  351119
XCL  351153
XCL   16228
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  902
ICL  G02C  522
FSC    2
FSS  426;450;448;439;449;431
UREF
PNO  3544204
ISD  19701200
NAM  Bienenfeld
OCL  351118
UREF
PNO  3705761
ISD  19721200
NAM  Fujisawa
OCL  351118
UREF
PNO  5189447
ISD  19930200
NAM  Oleson
OCL  351121
UREF
PNO  5347325
ISD  19940900
NAM  Lei
OCL  351118
UREF
PNO  5357292
ISD  19941000
NAM  Wiedner
OCL  351105
UREF
PNO  5423092
ISD  19950600
NAM  Kawai
OCL    2441
UREF
PNO  5528320
ISD  19960600
NAM  Specht et al.
OCL  351106
UREF
PNO  5684559
ISD  19971100
NAM  Lin
OCL  351110
UREF
PNO  5764330
ISD  19980600
NAM  Simioni
OCL  351 41
FREF
PNO  614613
ISD  19470800
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The eyewear for industrial use comprises a deformable arcuate lens with a
      pair of temple receiving entries at opposite ends thereof, a deformable
      brow frame shaped to fit the upper edge of the lens so as to be engageable
      therewith and a pair of temple pieces, each piece being hingedly connected
      to a respective opposite end of the brow frame. Assembly of the temple
      pieces and brow frame to the lens is easily effected by inserting the
      temple pieces in the entries of the lens and by snap engagement of a
      mid-section of the brow frame to the upper edge of the lens. The assembly
      is made of plastic material so that it may be resiliently deformed to
      adapt to the various sizes of head of users.
PATN
WKU  059876549
SRC  8
APN  974844&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971120
TTL  Light-weight shoulder pads
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Neas; Michael A.
NDR  10
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Chartrand; Daniel
CTY  Deux-Montagnes
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Bauer, Inc.
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL    2462
EDF  6
ICL  A41D 1300
FSC    2
FSS  455;459;461;462;463;467;44;45
UREF
PNO  1094865
ISD  19140400
NAM  Pierce
OCL    2461
UREF
PNO  1862442
ISD  19320600
NAM  Till
OCL    2462
UREF
PNO  3431560
ISD  19690300
NAM  Austin
OCL    2462
UREF
PNO  3739397
ISD  19730600
NAM  Truelove
OCL    2462
UREF
PNO  4320537
ISD  19820300
NAM  Mitchell
OCL    2462
UREF
PNO  4590622
ISD  19860500
NAM  Wolfe et al.
OCL    2462
UREF
PNO  4698845
ISD  19871000
NAM  Cosby
OCL    2462
UREF
PNO  5390368
ISD  19950200
NAM  Chang
OCL    2462
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A padded protective garment to be worn on the upper body of a user
      comprises a number of padded panels for positioning against the chest and
      back regions to cover the shoulders and a major part of the rib cage of
      the wearer. The garment also includes an external shell comprising
      generally vertically extending stiffener bands provided in laterally
      spaced pairs for overlying portions of the front and rear padded sections.
      The stiffener bands at their upper ends are connected to shoulder arches
      and are fabricated from a stiffly flexible material so as to be able to
      attenuate localized impact forces and distribute such forces to an
      enlarged region of the underlying padding layers.
PATN
WKU  059876557
SRC  9
APN  1335987
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980813
TTL  Flush tank water conditioner
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Fetsuga; Robert M.
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Smet; Stephen J.
STR  16610 Cashell Rd.
CTY  Rockville
STA  MD
ZIP  20853
RLAP
COD  71
APN  834855
APD  19970410
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL    42251
XCL    42271
XCL    4223
EDF  6
ICL  E03D  902
FSC    4
FSS  225.1;223;227.1
UREF
PNO  2570934
ISD  19511000
NAM  Foster
OCL    4225.1
UREF
PNO  2697841
ISD  19541200
NAM  Collins
OCL    4225.1
UREF
PNO  2761151
ISD  19560900
NAM  Ferrando
OCL    4225.1
UREF
PNO  3112499
ISD  19631200
NAM  Thornton
OCL    4222
UREF
PNO  3504384
ISD  19700400
NAM  Radley et al.
OCL    4227.6
UREF
PNO  3597772
ISD  19710800
NAM  Leavitt et al.
OCL    4222
UREF
PNO  3867101
ISD  19750200
NAM  Herring
XCL    4227.1
UREF
PNO  3911507
ISD  19751000
NAM  Johnson
OCL    4224
UREF
PNO  4142260
ISD  19790300
NAM  Snyder
OCL    4223
UREF
PNO  4229410
ISD  19801000
NAM  Kosti
OCL    4226.1
UREF
PNO  4281421
ISD  19810800
NAM  Nyquist et al.
OCL    4227.6
UREF
PNO  4312082
ISD  19820100
NAM  Murphy et al.
OCL    4225.1
UREF
PNO  4416854
ISD  19831100
NAM  Nielsen
XCL    4227.1
UREF
PNO  4435857
ISD  19840300
NAM  Meloy
OCL    4227.6
UREF
PNO  4450594
ISD  19840500
NAM  Hotchkin
OCL    4227.6
UREF
PNO  4453278
ISD  19840600
NAM  Doggett et al.
OCL    4227.7
UREF
PNO  4460490
ISD  19840700
NAM  Barford et al.
OCL  252 92
UREF
PNO  4467480
ISD  19840800
NAM  Keller
OCL    4225.1
UREF
PNO  4480341
ISD  19841100
NAM  Richards
OCL    4227.7
UREF
PNO  4485500
ISD  19841200
NAM  Melville, Jr.
OCL    4227.7
UREF
PNO  4530118
ISD  19850700
NAM  Richards
OCL    4227.6
UREF
PNO  4539179
ISD  19850900
NAM  Meloy
OCL  422 28
UREF
PNO  4587069
ISD  19860500
NAM  Meloy
OCL  264102
UREF
PNO  4597941
ISD  19860700
NAM  Bottom et al.
OCL  422 37
UREF
PNO  4605534
ISD  19860800
NAM  Meloy
OCL  422 37
UREF
PNO  4668475
ISD  19870500
NAM  Meloy
OCL  422 37
UREF
PNO  4738833
ISD  19880400
NAM  Gray
OCL  422266
UREF
PNO  4755354
ISD  19880700
NAM  Trinh et al.
OCL  422 37
UREF
PNO  4800066
ISD  19890100
NAM  Sinclair et al.
OCL  422 55
UREF
PNO  4821346
ISD  19890400
NAM  Jones
OCL    4225.1
OREF
PAL  Rod Chamberlin, "FAX About Chemistry for Pools Spas and Hot Tubs", Absolute
      Spa Services Web Site. [http://infomatch.com/.about.spaguy/faqchem.htm],
      .COPYRGT.1995, 12 pgs.
PAL  Rod Chamberlin, "Alternative Sanitizers", Absolute Spa Services Web Site.
      [http://infomatch.com/.about.spaguy/altrsant.htm], .COPYRGT.1995, 12 pgs.
PAL  Rod Chamberlin, "Handling and Storage of Chemicals", Absolute Spa Services
      Web Site. [httm://infomatch.com/.about.spaguy/chemical.htm#temperature],
      .COPYRGT.1995, 2 pgs.
PAL  Rod Chamberlin, "Water Balance/Water Conditioning", Absolute Spa Services
      Web Site. [http://infomatch.com/.about.spaguy/hndlstrg.htm],
      .COPYRGT.1995, 9 pgs.
PAL  Rod Chamberlin, "Oxidizers", Absolute Spa Services Web Site.
      [http://infomatch.com/.about.spaguy/wtrbal.htm#oxidizer], .COPYRGT.1995,
      16 pgs.
PAL  Rod Chamberlin, "Algae and Algaecides", Absoute Spa Services Web Site.
      [http://infomatch.com/.about.spaguy/algae.htm], .COPYRGT.1995, 3 pgs.
ABST
PAL  A flush tank water conditioner includes an elongate water-soluble solid
      chemical compound column adapted to be suspended in the overflow tube of a
      conventional toilet reservoir tank. The overflow tube located column dries
      between toilet operations to conserve conditioning chemicals and to
      prevent over concentration. A dye material embedded at the center of the
      disinfectant column is released as an end-of-useful-life indicator.
PATN
WKU  059876565
SRC  8
APN  2014793
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19940223
TTL  Toilet seat cover
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Fetsuga; Robert M.
NDR  14
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Kakutani; Masayoshi
CTY  Kainan
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  MAC Sanko Co., Ltd.
CTY  Wakayama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910719
APN  3-064675
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920305
APN  4-011162
RLAP
COD  71
APN  915419
APD  19920717
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL    42453
EDF  6
ICL  A47K 1314
FSC    4
FSS  245.4;245.6;245.3
FSC  156
FSS  87
FSC  428
FSS  316.6
FSC  525
FSS  57
UREF
PNO  3348243
ISD  19671000
NAM  Kelly
OCL    4245.4
UREF
PNO  3579669
ISD  19710500
NAM  Loewenstein
OCL    4245.4
UREF
PNO  3911053
ISD  19751000
NAM  Wiest et al.
XCL  525 57
UREF
PNO  4284275
ISD  19810800
NAM  Fletcher
XCL  428 37
UREF
PNO  4589149
ISD  19860500
NAM  Bassi
OCL    4245.6
FREF
PNO  2625669
ISD  19890700
CNT  FRX
OCL    4245.4
FREF
PNO  892 232
ISD  19531000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  53 864
ISD  19671100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2531269
ISD  19770500
CNT  DEX
OCL    4245.3
FREF
PNO  3906796
ISD  19900900
CNT  DEX
OCL    4245.4
FREF
PNO  63-144098
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-140294
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  88 01 844
ISD  19880300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  A toilet seat cover for a toilet seat including a sheet made of unwoven
      fabric having a shape corresponding to a shape of an upper surface of the
      toilet seat, and a mount layer including synthetic resin emulsion and
      applied to one surface of the sheet. Upon placing and pressing slightly
      the toilet seat cover against the toilet seat, air in pores formed in the
      mount layer is discharged, thereby reducing pressure in the pores.
      Accordingly, the toilet seat cover can be easily attached to the toilet
      seat due to the vacuum suction force. Further, the toilet seat cover can
      be easily detached from the toilet seat by peeling the mount layer
      therefrom, leaving nothing on the toilet seat. The sheet has a laminated
      structure including a fabric layer, a porous buffer layer which provides
      comfortable seating and good heat insulation effect, and a permeation
      inhibitor layer for inhibiting material of the mount layer from permeating
      the porous buffer layer.
PATN
WKU  059876573
SRC  9
APN  140850&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980827
TTL  Toilet attachment and aid
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  2
EXP  Phillips; Charles E.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Byers; Melvin A.
STR  238 Parkville Ave.
CTY  Brooklyn
STA  NY
ZIP  11230
CLAS
OCL    4254
EDF  6
ICL  E03D 1100
FSC    4
FSS  254;667;DIG. 5;483
FSC  D23
FSS  296;297;310
UREF
PNO  3657745
ISD  19720400
NAM  Hickman
XCL    4254
UREF
PNO  4713846
ISD  19871200
NAM  Hodroski
OCL    4254
FREF
PNO  0842422
ISD  19390600
CNT  FRX
OCL    4254
FREF
PNO  1549881
ISD  19790800
CNT  GBX
OCL    4254
ABST
PAL  A new TOILET ATTACHMENT AND AID for MAKING USE OF A TOILET EASIER FOR
      ELDERLY AND INFIRMED PERSONS. The inventive device includes a curved main
      portion dimensioned for straddling and conforming to a front portion of a
      toilet bowl. The curved main portion has an upper edge, a lower edge and
      opposed side edges. A pair of footrests are integrally formed with the
      opposed side edges of the curved main portion. A urine guard is integrally
      formed with the upper edge of the curved main portion.
PATN
WKU  059876581
SRC  9
APN  1634860
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980930
TTL  Single motor, dual clutch marine vessel toilet
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Eloshway; Charles R.
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Richards; William G.
CTY  Portsmouth
STA  RI
INVT
NAM  Allen; Donald T.
CTY  Madison
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Sauro; David
CTY  South Kingstown
STA  RI
INVT
NAM  Baierlein; Richard E.
CTY  Longboat Key
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Wilcox Crittenden, Inc.
CTY  Waterford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL    4300
XCL    4319
XCL    4433
EDF  6
ICL  E03D  910
FSC    4
FSS  300;319-323;313;431-433
FSC  416
FSS  124;128;169 R;172
FSC  137
FSS  596.17;597
UREF
PNO  689914
ISD  19011200
NAM  Sands et al.
UREF
PNO  689915
ISD  19011200
NAM  Sands
UREF
PNO  1329932
ISD  19200200
NAM  Sell et al.
UREF
PNO  1625950
ISD  19270400
NAM  Lee
UREF
PNO  1732192
ISD  19291000
NAM  Lee
UREF
PNO  1822319
ISD  19310900
NAM  Schwarz
UREF
PNO  1888842
ISD  19321100
NAM  Allan
UREF
PNO  3035274
ISD  19620500
NAM  Baughman
UREF
PNO  3275550
ISD  19660900
NAM  Daubenspeck
OCL    4319
UREF
PNO  3478690
ISD  19691100
NAM  Helke et al.
UREF
PNO  3593346
ISD  19710700
NAM  Katona
UREF
PNO  3699592
ISD  19721000
NAM  Minchak
OCL    4320
UREF
PNO  3727241
ISD  19730400
NAM  Drouhard, Jr. et al.
OCL    4319
UREF
PNO  3846847
ISD  19741100
NAM  Tufts et al.
OCL    4320
UREF
PNO  3878569
ISD  19750400
NAM  Peirish, Jr. et al.
OCL    4319
UREF
PNO  4131959
ISD  19790100
NAM  Albertassi et al.
UREF
PNO  4246665
ISD  19810100
NAM  Albertassi et al.
UREF
PNO  4974264
ISD  19901200
NAM  Brian
FREF
PNO  266948
ISD  19270300
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Salter & Michaelson
ABST
PAL  A fluid circulation system is disclosed, comprising a bidirectional motor,
      a first housing having a fluid inlet and a fluid outlet, a second housing
      having a fluid inlet and a fluid outlet, a fluid holding device coupled
      between the fluid outlet of the first housing and the fluid inlet of the
      second housing, a drive shaft operatively coupled to the motor to be
      driven by the motor, the drive shaft extending from the motor into the
      first and second housings and a first fluid transfer device mounted on the
      drive shaft within the first housing. The first fluid transfer device is
      operative to transfer fluid from the fluid inlet of the first housing,
      through the fluid outlet of the first housing and into the fluid holding
      device when the motor drives the drive shaft in a first direction. The
      system further includes a second fluid transfer device mounted on the
      drive shaft within the second housing, the second fluid transfer device
      being operative to transfer water from the fluid holding device, through
      the fluid inlet of the second housing and through the fluid outlet of the
      second housing when the motor drives the drive shaft in a second
      direction, the second direction being opposite the first direction.
PATN
WKU  059876590
SRC  9
APN  042563&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980317
TTL  Bidet device providing repeatable solution treatments
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Phillips; Charles E.
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Cannizzaro; Carl C.
STR  21400 Tudor Dr.
CTY  Boca Raton
STA  FL
ZIP  33486-1411
RLAP
COD  72
APN  650462
APD  19960520
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL    44202
XCL    44204
EDF  6
ICL  A47K  322
FSC    4
FSS  420.1-420.5;443-446
UREF
PNO  3577567
ISD  19710500
NAM  Wintercorn
OCL    4420.1
UREF
PNO  3947899
ISD  19760400
NAM  Robinson et al.
XCL    4420.2
UREF
PNO  4287618
ISD  19810900
NAM  Silver
XCL    4420.2
UREF
PNO  4326308
ISD  19820400
NAM  Silver
XCL    4420.4
UREF
PNO  4550454
ISD  19851100
NAM  Yui
XCL    4420.3
UREF
PNO  4903347
ISD  19900200
NAM  Garcia et al.
OCL    4420.4
UREF
PNO  4995121
ISD  19910200
NAM  Barker
OCL    4443
LREP
FRM  Oltman, Flynn & Kubler
ABST
PAL  A bidet apparatus includes a building fixture having a water pipe carrying
      pressurized water; a valve connector tube having a connector tube first
      end and a connector tube second end; a water pipe coupling structure
      coupling the connector tube to the water pipe so that the water pipe and
      the connector tube first end are in fluid communication; a mixing valve
      including a water inlet structure coupled to the connector tube second
      end, a medication inlet structure and a squeeze bottle containing
      medication and coupled to the medication inlet structure through a bottle
      coupler structure containing a check valve oriented to obstruct liquid
      flow into the bottle from the mixing valve structure, an internal mixing
      cavity in which the medication from the bottle and the water from the
      water pipe are mixed to produce a liquid mixture, a mixture outlet
      structure including an outlet coupling structure; a flexible mixture
      delivery tube having a delivery tube first end and a delivery tube second
      end, the delivery tube first end being coupled to the mixture outlet
      structure by the outlet coupling structure; a nozzle structure coupled to
      the delivery tube second end by a nozzle coupling structure; and a water
      flow control mechanism.
PATN
WKU  059876603
SRC  9
APN  175095&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981019
TTL  Water jet cleaning device for toilet
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Fetsuga; Robert M.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Wang; Chi Hung
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Lin; Wei Ban
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
COD  05
CLAS
OCL    44204
XCL    4448
EDF  6
ICL  E03D  908
FSC    4
FSS  420.4;447;448
UREF
PNO  3570015
ISD  19710300
NAM  Rosengaus
OCL    4420.4
UREF
PNO  5384919
ISD  19950100
NAM  Smith
OCL    4448
ABST
PAL  A water jet cleaning device for a includes a base and a cover secured to a
      toilet. A tube is secured in the base has a lower end coupled to a water
      tank. A pipe is secured on the tube and has an upper end extended outward
      the cover and has an outlet coupled to a sprayer head and has a valve
      seat. A rod is received in the pipe and has a plug for engaging with the
      valve seat of the pipe and a spring may bias the plug to engage with the
      valve seat. A water jet may flow out of the sprayer head via the pipe when
      the plug is forced away from the valve seat against the spring.
PATN
WKU  059876611
SRC  9
APN  1044680
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980625
TTL  Inflatable swimming pool and supporting net
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Walczak; David J.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Peterson; Leroy L.
CTY  Omaha
STA  NE
ASSG
NAM  Sportsstuff, Inc.
CTY  Omaha
STA  NE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL    4506
XCL    4488
EDF  6
ICL  E04H  400
FSC    4
FSS  506;496;488;487
FSC  441
FSS  40;66;131
UREF
PNO  3574244
ISD  19710400
NAM  Huss
OCL  441 40
UREF
PNO  4828520
ISD  19890500
NAM  Baughman et al.
OCL  441 40
UREF
PNO  4935970
ISD  19900600
NAM  Aristone
OCL    4506
UREF
PNO  5383804
ISD  19950100
NAM  Mitch et al.
OCL  441 66
LREP
FRM  Henderson & Sturm
ABST
PAL  An inflatable swimming pool fabricated from polyvinylchloride or similar
      materials, and having supporting netting, preferably fabricated from a
      tough, durable synthetic such as nylon cord. The netting is disposed under
      the floor of the pool and extends over the outside vertical side wall of
      the pool to provide support against deformation when the pool is filled
      with water. A safety cover, fabricated from nylon, includes a number of
      hooks that attach to the upper cord of the netting to secure the cover in
      position when the pool is not in use.
PATN
WKU  059876620
SRC  8
APN  9776923
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971124
TTL  Sauna device
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Phillips; Charles E.
NDR  4
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Kiyokawa; Shin
STR  402, Bentencho
CTY  Sohka-shi, Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kiyokawa; Taro
STR  402, Bentencho
CTY  Sohka-shi, Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970402
APN  9-084176
CLAS
OCL    4524
EDF  6
ICL  A61H 3306
FSC    4
FSS  524-535
UREF
PNO  5546678
ISD  19960800
NAM  Dhaemers
XCL    4524
FREF
PNO  0300577
ISD  19890100
CNT  EPX
OCL    4531
FREF
PNO  3728378
ISD  19880200
CNT  DEX
OCL    4524
FREF
PNO  1079500
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
OCL    4524
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
ABST
PAL  A sauna device, which achieves the above object and can produce a sauna
      effect even at low temperatures, includes: a heating device installed on a
      ceiling surface of a sauna chamber, the heating device including a
      flat-plate heating body having a heat radiating surface, a suction port on
      one side of the heating body, a supply port on the other side, and a
      duct-shaped air heating chamber formed at the back of the heating body;
      wherein hot air heated in the air heating chamber is blown out of the
      supply port down to near a floor surface where it is reversed and
      circulated in the sauna chamber to be drawn into the suction port for
      reheating; wherein a heat radiating area of the heating device for
      radiating heat into the sauna chamber is about 30-70% of the area of the
      ceiling surface of the sauna chamber, and the hot air blown from the
      supply port has a velocity enough to be able to come close to the floor
      surface of the sauna chamber.
PATN
WKU  059876638
SRC  9
APN  1761226
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981021
TTL  Modular system for spas and bathing systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Phillips; Charles E.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ludlow; David Jon
CTY  Salt Lake County
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Fleischer; Stephen M.
CTY  Orem
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  Bullfrog International, L.C.
CTY  Sandy
STA  UT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  037787
APD  19980310
RLAP
COD  81
APN  677840
APD  19960710
PSC  01
PNO  5754989
ISD  19980526
CLAS
OCL    45411
EDF  6
ICL  A47K  300
FSC    4
FSS  492;541.1-541.6
UREF
PNO  5333324
ISD  19940800
NAM  Pinciaro
OCL    4567
UREF
PNO  5682625
ISD  19971100
NAM  Leaverton et al.
XCL    4559
LREP
FR2  Sonntag; James L.
ABST
PAL  An upgradable spa or bathing system where jets are mounted on jet panel
      that covers a pod. The jet panel and pod enclose the air and water supply
      systems to the jets, which are configured with a manifold system to easily
      release the jets and the jet panel for repair or replacement of the jets.
      A separate upper panel covers the upper portion of the pod and includes an
      attachment to the spa shell and a headrest. The jet panel is held in place
      by engagement with structure on the shell and the upper panel and may be
      replaced without also replacing the head rest or the shell attachment of
      the top cover.
PATN
WKU  059876646
SRC  9
APN  1313665
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19980807
TTL  Invalid hoists
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Santos; Robert G.
EXP  Trettel; Michael F.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Somerton; Bruce Edward
CTY  Norton
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Greaves; John
CTY  Romsey
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Arjo Limited
CTY  Gloucestershire
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19970808
APN  9716705
CLAS
OCL    5 861
XCL    5 831
XCL    5 871
EDF  6
ICL  A61G  710
FSC    5
FSS  81.1 R;83.1;86.1;87.1;89.1
UREF
PNO  3407413
ISD  19681000
NAM  James
OCL    5 87.1
UREF
PNO  3694829
ISD  19721000
NAM  Bakker
OCL    5 87.1
UREF
PNO  4409696
ISD  19831000
NAM  Bakker
OCL    5 87.1
UREF
PNO  4712257
ISD  19871200
NAM  James
OCL    5 83.1
UREF
PNO  4742588
ISD  19880500
NAM  James
OCL    5 83.1
UREF
PNO  5649329
ISD  19970700
NAM  Horcher et al.
OCL    5 83.1
UREF
PNO  5692253
ISD  19971200
NAM  Keijser et al.
XCL    5 87.1
UREF
PNO  5784729
ISD  19980700
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL    5 86.1
UREF
PNO  5845348
ISD  19981200
NAM  Dunn et al.
XCL    5 86.1
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  The invalid hoist comprises a lifting arm, a sling hanger support angularly
      displaceable relative to the lifting arm about a vertical or substantially
      vertical axis, and a sling hanger which is a unitary construction
      pivotable about a horizontal axis relative to the sling hanger support and
      which presents two spaced sling attachment points on one side of the
      horizontal axis and at least one sling attachment point on the other side
      of the horizontal axis. The invalid hoist also comprises rotary drive
      means for pivoting the sling hanger about said horizontal axis relative to
      the sling hanger support and switch means for selectively rotating the
      rotary drive means in one or other of two opposite directions.
PATN
WKU  059876654
SRC  8
APN  9613765
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19971030
TTL  Collapsible and convertible combination baby bed and baby carrier system
      with rocker unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1,9
EXP  Grosz; Alexander
NDR  6
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Simantob; Constance P.
STR  865 Arapahoe Ave., #1
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
ZIP  80302
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Cinda H.
STR  3756 Wonderland Hill Ave.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
ZIP  80304
RLAP
COD  72
APN  653413
APD  19960524
PSC  01
PNO  5819341
CLAS
OCL    5 983
XCL    5101
XCL    5102
XCL  297273
EDF  6
ICL  A47D  904
ICL  A47D  900
FSC    5
FSS  98.3;108;102;103;104;127
FSC  297
FSS  273;274
FSC  482
FSS  66;69
UREF
PNO  16150
ISD  18561200
NAM  Robbins
OCL  482 69
UREF
PNO  505797
ISD  18930900
NAM  Wastall
OCL    5 98.3
UREF
PNO  659487
ISD  19001000
NAM  McMurdy
OCL    5104
UREF
PNO  871692
ISD  19070400
NAM  Gray
OCL    5104
UREF
PNO  888045
ISD  19080500
NAM  Shaw
OCL    5104
UREF
PNO  1403552
ISD  19220100
NAM  Holmes
OCL  297273
UREF
PNO  4698862
ISD  19871000
NAM  Mairs
OCL    5 98.1
FREF
PNO  319514
ISD  19290900
CNT  GBX
OCL    5102
LREP
FRM  Davis Graham & Stubbs LLP
ABST
PAL  A collapsible, lightweight, sturdy bassinet-style combination and
      convertible baby bed and carrier which is also flexible, comfortable,
      durable, and modular. A fabric basket with a flexible support structure
      having rounded edges combine to create a soft sided yet semi-rigid and
      sturdy carrier, and a rocker unit is provided.
PATN
WKU  059876662
SRC  9
APN  2684047
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19990315
TTL  Gap-filling pad disposable between a mattress and a bed rail
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  11
EXP  Trettel; Michael F.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Zigmont; N. Darlene
CTY  Akron
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  St. Luke Foundation
CTY  N. Canton
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL    5424
XCL    5663
XCL    5739
EDF  6
ICL  A47C 2108
FSC    5
FSS  185;424;425;427;428;430;732;739;661;663;946
UREF
PNO  4409695
ISD  19831000
NAM  Johnston et al.
XCL    5428
UREF
PNO  4669136
ISD  19870600
NAM  Waters et al.
XCL    5185
UREF
PNO  4672698
ISD  19870600
NAM  Sands
OCL    5424
UREF
PNO  5035014
ISD  19910700
NAM  Blanchard
XCL    5739
UREF
PNO  5044025
ISD  19910900
NAM  Hunsinger et al.
XCL    5425
OREF
PAL  Kara Parker and Steven H. Miles, Deaths Caused By Bedrails, JAGS, vol. 45,
      No. 7 (Jul. 1997), pp. 797-801.
LREP
FRM  Renner, Kenner, Greive, Bobak, Taylor & Weber
ABST
PAL  A pad for preventing patient entrapment between a mattress supported by a
      bed frame and a bed rail movable with respect to the bed frame. The pad
      includes an elongate rail side opposite an elongate mattress side, a frame
      bottom connecting bottom edges of the rail side and the mattress side, a
      corner connecting the mattress side to the frame bottom, and at least one
      pair of elastic straps extending from the corner. Each distal end of each
      elastic strap is detachably securable to the other distal end and the pair
      of elastic straps are securable around either the bed frame or the bed
      rail.
PATN
WKU  059876670
SRC  9
APN  2320584
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19990115
TTL  Convertible blanket and pillow
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Trettel; Michael F.
NDR  4
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Haverly; Shirley Mae
STR  18203 Milmore Ave.
CTY  Carson
STA  CA
ZIP  90746
INVT
NAM  Trojan; R. Joseph
STR  4148 Inglewood #203
CTY  Mar Vista
STA  CA
ZIP  90006
INVT
NAM  Maurer; Shelly S.
STR  2455 Vista Wood Cir., #21
CTY  Thousand Oaks
STA  CA
ZIP  91362
CLAS
OCL    5485
XCL    5502
XCL    5417
EDF  6
ICL  A47G  900
FSC    5
FSS  417;420;485;502;418;419
UREF
PNO  D258035
ISD  19810100
NAM  Fenwick
UREF
PNO  D338586
ISD  19930800
NAM  Dolan
UREF
PNO  D390057
ISD  19980200
NAM  Gower
UREF
PNO  924893
ISD  19090600
NAM  Duddridge
UREF
PNO  1269276
ISD  19180600
NAM  Harris
UREF
PNO  1343881
ISD  19200600
NAM  Christensen
UREF
PNO  2038335
ISD  19360400
NAM  Aronow
UREF
PNO  2045784
ISD  19360600
NAM  Leve
UREF
PNO  2183418
ISD  19391200
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  2344010
ISD  19440300
NAM  Walsh
UREF
PNO  2898609
ISD  19590800
NAM  Storie
UREF
PNO  3774249
ISD  19731100
NAM  Ybarra et al.
UREF
PNO  4087874
ISD  19780500
NAM  Callaway et al.
UREF
PNO  4237380
ISD  19801200
NAM  Silvestri
OCL    5417
UREF
PNO  4375111
ISD  19830300
NAM  Hall
UREF
PNO  4516668
ISD  19850500
NAM  Grayek
UREF
PNO  4590633
ISD  19860500
NAM  Pickens
UREF
PNO  4634618
ISD  19870100
NAM  Greer et al.
UREF
PNO  4754512
ISD  19880700
NAM  Chao-Yang
UREF
PNO  4856131
ISD  19890800
NAM  Mills
UREF
PNO  4967986
ISD  19901100
NAM  Schildkraut
UREF
PNO  4991245
ISD  19910200
NAM  Franco
UREF
PNO  5179741
ISD  19930100
NAM  Book
UREF
PNO  5199120
ISD  19930400
NAM  Holmes
UREF
PNO  5457829
ISD  19951000
NAM  Elliot
UREF
PNO  5535467
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ciske
UREF
PNO  5629071
ISD  19970500
NAM  Feldman
XCL    5417
UREF
PNO  5850643
ISD  19981200
NAM  Brumfield
XCL    5485
LREP
FRM  Trojan Law Offices
ABST
PAL  A blanket having one pocket permanently attached to the top planar surface
      along one elongated edge thereof and a plurality of additional pockets
      permanently attached to either the top or bottom planar surface, each
      along one an elongated edge thereof such that only one pocket is present
      along any elongated edge, the inside surfaces of the pockets consisting of
      different fabric patterns from each other, and which pockets are shaped
      and dimensioned such that when one of the pockets is turned inside out the
      remainder of the blanket can be folded, rolled and tucked into the pocket
      to convert the blanket into a pillow.
PATN
WKU  059876689
SRC  8
APN  9295607
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19970915
TTL  Fabric covered mattress pad
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Grosz; Alexander
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Ackley; Robert E.
CTY  Greenville
STA  SC
ASSG
NAM  Span-America Medical Systems, Inc.
CTY  Greenville
STA  SC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL    5500
XCL    5691
XCL    5737
XCL    5925
XCL    5420
XCL  428159
XCL  442221
XCL  442223
XCL  442370
XCL  442372
EDF  6
ICL  A47C 2714
ICL  A47G  900
FSC    5
FSS  420;690;691;731;737;925;500;502
FSC  442
FSS  221;223;370;372
FSC  428
FSS  159
UREF
PNO  D362578
ISD  19950900
NAM  Ackley
OCL  D 6601
UREF
PNO  2648618
ISD  19530800
NAM  Alderfer
OCL  428138
UREF
PNO  2957793
ISD  19601000
NAM  Dickey
OCL  442221
UREF
PNO  3016317
ISD  19620100
NAM  Brunner
OCL    5420
UREF
PNO  3028279
ISD  19620400
NAM  Heberlein
OCL  442221
UREF
PNO  3256131
ISD  19660600
NAM  Koch et al.
OCL  442221
UREF
PNO  4147828
ISD  19790400
NAM  Heckel et al.
OCL    5420
UREF
PNO  4686725
ISD  19870800
NAM  Mitchell
OCL    5691
UREF
PNO  5010610
ISD  19910400
NAM  Ackley
OCL    5420
UREF
PNO  5281000
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ackley
OCL  297397
UREF
PNO  5360653
ISD  19941100
NAM  Ackley
OCL  428159
UREF
PNO  5645914
ISD  19970700
NAM  Horowitz
OCL    5420
FREF
PNO  2244000A
ISD  19911100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Dority & Manning, PA
ABST
PAL  A washable fabric covered mattress pad involves the combination of a layer
      of resilient foam with a layer of fabric, both of which layers are machine
      washable and dryable. The fabric, either manmade or natural fiber
      material, is flame laminated to one side of the layer of foam. The
      non-covered side of the foam layer frictionally engages a mattress for
      non-slip self-positioning of the mattress pad without requiring straps or
      other specific holding mechanisms. A second or additional layers of foam
      of varying physical characteristics and/or thicknesses may be added
      through heat bonding thereof in a predetermined pattern to the non-covered
      side of the first layer of foam. Such arrangement results in a fabric
      covered, completely washable self-positioning mattress pad, such as having
      a preferred thickness generally in a range of from about one to about four
      inches.
PATN
WKU  059876697
SRC  8
APN  911873&
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19970815
TTL  Closed baffle construction article, baffle gate and method to make same
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Trettel; Michael F.
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Leggett; Gary Richard
CTY  Loveland
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Werthaiser; Marvin
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Down Lite International
CTY  Loveland
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL    5502
XCL    5950
XCL    5952
XCL  112420
XCL  112440
EDF  6
ICL  A47G  902
FSC  112
FSS  420;440
FSC    5
FSS  502;500;950;951;952;413 R;690
UREF
PNO  921664
ISD  19090500
NAM  Bates
UREF
PNO  1123345
ISD  19150100
NAM  Micon
OCL    5690
UREF
PNO  2878481
ISD  19590300
NAM  Siminow
XCL  112420
UREF
PNO  3837021
ISD  19740900
NAM  Sellers et al.
UREF
PNO  4152796
ISD  19790500
NAM  Fogel
UREF
PNO  4208748
ISD  19800600
NAM  Lobach
UREF
PNO  4426945
ISD  19840100
NAM  A-Yan
UREF
PNO  4707873
ISD  19871100
NAM  A-Yan
UREF
PNO  4839934
ISD  19890600
NAM  Rojas
UREF
PNO  5187825
ISD  19930200
NAM  Tesch
UREF
PNO  5199121
ISD  19930400
NAM  Payne
UREF
PNO  5299333
ISD  19940400
NAM  Pedersen et al.
UREF
PNO  5459895
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kikuchi et al.
OCL    5502
FREF
PNO  6184/27
ISD  19270100
CNT  AUX
OCL    5738
FREF
PNO  529155
ISD  19310700
CNT  DEX
OCL    5502
LREP
FRM  Frost & Jacobs LLP
ABST
PAL  A substantially closed baffle construction, filled thermal article
      comprises at least one baffle made with overlapping ribbons. A first
      ribbon is not attached to the inner surface of the lower layer in the
      overlapping portion and a second ribbon is not attached at the inner
      surface of the upper layer in the overlapping portion. The baffles are
      attached to either vertical channel baffles or to the sides of the
      article. This provides a self-closing gate that permits fill material to
      be placed within the baffle but does not allow it to migrate after the
      baffle portion is filled. The article of the present invention can be
      machine-washed.
PATN
WKU  059876700
SRC  9
APN  0656593
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19980423
TTL  Medical equipment transport system
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Hewitt; James M.
EXP  Melius; Terry Lee
NDR  11
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Sims; Nathaniel M.
CTY  Wellesley Hills
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Wollowitz; Michael H.
CTY  Chatham
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  The General Hospital Corporation
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL    5600
XCL    5658
XCL    55031
EDF  6
ICL  A47B 7100
FSC  248
FSS  220.22;230.1;230.8;74.3
FSC    5
FSS  503.1;507.1;658;659;600
UREF
PNO  3709372
ISD  19730100
NAM  Alexander
XCL    5503.1
UREF
PNO  4511157
ISD  19850400
NAM  Wilt, Jr.
OCL  280289
UREF
PNO  4511158
ISD  19850400
NAM  Varga et al.
OCL  280292
UREF
PNO  4591121
ISD  19860500
NAM  Doyle
OCL  248201
UREF
PNO  4591122
ISD  19860500
NAM  Kreuzer
OCL  248280.1
UREF
PNO  4600209
ISD  19860700
NAM  Kerr, Jr.
OCL  280400
UREF
PNO  4729576
ISD  19880300
NAM  Roach
OCL  280493
UREF
PNO  4886237
ISD  19891200
NAM  Dennis
OCL  248289
UREF
PNO  4945592
ISD  19900800
NAM  Sims et al.
OCL    5508
UREF
PNO  5009442
ISD  19910400
NAM  Schneider
OCL  280304.1
UREF
PNO  5117521
ISD  19920600
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL    5510
UREF
PNO  5118127
ISD  19920600
NAM  Partington
OCL  280488
UREF
PNO  5149036
ISD  19920900
NAM  Sheenan
OCL  248215
UREF
PNO  5219139
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hertzler
OCL  248276
UREF
PNO  5236213
ISD  19930800
NAM  Trickett
OCL  280304.1
UREF
PNO  5288093
ISD  19940200
NAM  Gross
OCL  280292
UREF
PNO  5319816
ISD  19940600
NAM  Ruehl
OCL    5600
UREF
PNO  5335651
ISD  19940800
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL  128202.13
UREF
PNO  5344169
ISD  19940900
NAM  Pryor et al.
OCL  280 79.3
UREF
PNO  5355539
ISD  19941000
NAM  Boettger
OCL    5503.1
UREF
PNO  5370111
ISD  19941200
NAM  Reeder et al.
OCL  128202.13
UREF
PNO  5374074
ISD  19941200
NAM  Smith
OCL  280304.1
UREF
PNO  5385324
ISD  19950100
NAM  Pryor et al.
OCL  248231.7
UREF
PNO  5400995
ISD  19950300
NAM  Boyd
OCL  248414
UREF
PNO  5421548
ISD  19950600
NAM  Bennett et al.
OCL  248129
UREF
PNO  5509680
ISD  19960400
NAM  Scharf et al.
OCL  280304.1
UREF
PNO  5527125
ISD  19960600
NAM  Kreuzer et al.
OCL  403325
UREF
PNO  5529427
ISD  19960600
NAM  Bost
OCL  403391
UREF
PNO  5556065
ISD  19960900
NAM  Wadley
OCL  248129
UREF
PNO  5588166
ISD  19961200
NAM  Burnett
OCL    5503.1
UREF
PNO  5647491
ISD  19970700
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL  211113
UREF
PNO  5699988
ISD  19971200
NAM  Boettger et al.
OCL  248122.1
UREF
PNO  5829178
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hillstrom
XCL   40612
LREP
FRM  Nutter, McClennen & Fish, LLP
ABST
PAL  A system for securing a wheeled pole, such as an IV pole, to an adjustable
      height mobile bed to form a movable assembly. The system includes a
      linkage element with first and second mounting blocks effective to secure
      the linkage element to an intermediate frame portion of the bed. An
      elastomeric member is extendable from the linkage element for engagement
      with a plurality of engagement members disposed on opposite sides of a
      channel formed in the linkage element. The elastomeric member effectively
      secures the IV pole in the channel for transport of the IV pole/bed
      assembly.
PATN
WKU  059876719
SRC  9
APN  1508903
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19980910
TTL  Stretcher center wheel mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Trettel; Michael F.
NDR  9
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Heimbrock; Richard H.
CTY  Cincinnatti
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Moore; William K.
CTY  Batavia
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Smith; Donald E.
CTY  Greensburg
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Blyshak; William M.
CTY  Milan
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Turner; Joanthan T.
CTY  Dillsboro
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Hill-Rom, Inc.
CTY  Batesville
STA  IN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  631585
APD  19960412
PSC  01
PNO  5806111
CLAS
OCL    5600
XCL    5 861
XCL  280 4317
XCL  280 98
XCL  2807641
EDF  6
ICL  A61G  102
FSC    5
FSS  600;86.1
FSC   16
FSS  19;34;35.12
FSC  280
FSS  43;43.17;86.5;98;764.1;767
UREF
PNO  1483607
ISD  19240200
NAM  Liedtke
UREF
PNO  3269744
ISD  19660800
NAM  Dobson
UREF
PNO  3304116
ISD  19670200
NAM  Stryker
UREF
PNO  3544127
ISD  19701200
NAM  Dobson
UREF
PNO  3829116
ISD  19740800
NAM  Burdick
UREF
PNO  3831210
ISD  19740800
NAM  Ow
UREF
PNO  4178005
ISD  19791200
NAM  Kent, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4190280
ISD  19800200
NAM  Donohoe
UREF
PNO  4417738
ISD  19831100
NAM  Kendall
UREF
PNO  4439879
ISD  19840400
NAM  Werner
OCL    5600
UREF
PNO  4579381
ISD  19860400
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  4584989
ISD  19860400
NAM  Stith
XCL    5 86.1
UREF
PNO  4921262
ISD  19900500
NAM  Svitak
UREF
PNO  5083625
ISD  19920100
NAM  Bleicher
XCL  280 43.17
UREF
PNO  5279010
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ferrand et al.
UREF
PNO  5308094
ISD  19940500
NAM  McWhorter et al.
UREF
PNO  5348326
ISD  19940900
NAM  Fullenkamp et al.
OCL  280 43.17
UREF
PNO  5526890
ISD  19960600
NAM  Kadowaki
UREF
PNO  5535465
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hannant
OREF
PAL  Hausted, Inc., "Specialty Stretchers--The Unicare Series", Aug., 1993, 8
      pages.
PAL  Hausted, Inc., "Introducing A New Generation of Patient Handling Equipment:
      The Legacy Series", Sep. 1992, 4 pages.
PAL  Hausted, Inc., "The Gemini Series" Oct., 1993, 4 pages.
PAL  Stryker, "Advantage Series Trauma Stretcher Model 1002", Sep. 1993, 2
      pages.
PAL  Stryker, "Advanced Patient Transport and Transfer", Jun. 1994, 6 pages.
PAL  Stryker, "Advantage Stretchers", May 1994, 6 pages.
PAL  Stryker, "Fluoroscopy Stretcher Model 1075", date unknown, 2 pages.
PAL  Stryker, "Specifications Concealacare.RTM. Model 978", Jun. 1993, 1 page.
PAL  Stryker, "921 Instacare.RTM. Trauma/Emergency Department Stretcher
      Modifications", May 1984, 12 pages.
PAL  Stryker, "Renaissance Series 1060 OB/GYN Trauma Bed Maintenance Manual",
      Mar. 1992, 5 pages.
LREP
FRM  Barnes & Thornburg
ABST
PAL  A stretcher for transporting a patient along a floor includes an elongated
      frame, a patient-support deck carried by the frame, and an elongated shaft
      having a longitudinally-extending axis of rotation. The shaft is coupled
      to the frame for rotation about the axis of rotation between a first
      orientation and a second orientation. The stretcher also includes a wheel
      supported relative to the frame and movable relative to the frame in
      response to rotation of the shaft. The wheel is in a first position
      engaging the floor when the shaft is in the first orientation and the
      wheel is in a second position spaced apart from the floor when the shaft
      is in the second orientation.
PATN
WKU  059876727
SRC  8
APN  8803757
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19970623
TTL  Components of a plastic material for use in a magnetic resonance
      apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Smith; Ruth S.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Oosterwaal; Lambertus J.M.P.
CTY  Eindhoven
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960712
APN  96201975
CLAS
OCL    5601
XCL  324318
XCL  600410
XCL  600415
EDF  6
ICL  A47B 1300
FSC  600
FSS  410;415;407;425
FSC    5
FSS  601
FSC  324
FSS  318;322
FSC  128
FSS  845
FSC  252
FSS  62.51
UREF
PNO  3833951
ISD  19740900
NAM  Nurwitz
OCL    5698
UREF
PNO  5014968
ISD  19910500
NAM  Lammers et al.
OCL  269322
UREF
PNO  5285160
ISD  19940200
NAM  Loos et al.
OCL  324318
UREF
PNO  5416413
ISD  19950500
NAM  Leussler
OCL  324318
UREF
PNO  5728079
ISD  19980300
NAM  Weber et al.
OCL  604280
OREF
PAL  Multinuclear NMR Investigations of Probe Construction Materials at 4.7T,
      Magnetic Resonance in Medicine 13, 498-503 (1990), E.E. Babcock, J.T.
      Vaughan, B. Lesan and R.L. Nunnally.
LREP
FR2  Renfrew, Jr.; Dwight H.
ABST
PAL  Magnetic resonance apparatus includes an examination zone (29) for
      receiving an object (37) to be examined, a component (41) of an
      electrically non-conductive plastic material being located in the
      examination zone at least when the apparatus is in an operating condition.
      In order to reduce the visibility of this component (41) in MR
      experiments, the plastic material contains an additive of a paramagnetic
      material.
PATN
WKU  059876735
SRC  9
APN  0518646
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19980421
TTL  Undercarriage extension
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Morales; Rodrigo J.
EXP  Melius; Terry Lee
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Smith; Glenn S
CTY  Brisbane
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Ferno-Washington, Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  OH
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19951107
APN  PN6390
CLAS
OCL    5627
XCL    5 11
XCL    5611
XCL    5 861
XCL   16115
XCL  280655
XCL  2806551
XCL  296 20
EDF  6
ICL  A47B  100
FSC    5
FSS  11;611;86.1;627
FSC   74
FSS  527
FSC  296
FSS  20
FSC   16
FSS  115
FSC  280
FSS  655;655.1
UREF
PNO  2877048
ISD  19590300
NAM  Weil
OCL  296 20
UREF
PNO  3088770
ISD  19630500
NAM  Weil et al.
UREF
PNO  3493262
ISD  19700200
NAM  Ferneau
OCL  296 20
UREF
PNO  3637232
ISD  19720100
NAM  Bourgraf et al.
UREF
PNO  4064574
ISD  19771200
NAM  Schnitzler
UREF
PNO  4263818
ISD  19810400
NAM  Ozaki
XCL   74527
UREF
PNO  4726252
ISD  19880200
NAM  Dawson
XCL   74527
UREF
PNO  5099539
ISD  19920300
NAM  Forester
XCL   16115
UREF
PNO  5271113
ISD  19931200
NAM  White
XCL    5 11
UREF
PNO  5365622
ISD  19941100
NAM  Schirmer
OCL    5611
UREF
PNO  5385070
ISD  19950100
NAM  Tseng
XCL   74527
UREF
PNO  5432966
ISD  19950700
NAM  Berta et al.
XCL    5 11
UREF
PNO  5509159
ISD  19960400
NAM  Du-Bois
UREF
PNO  5575026
ISD  19961100
NAM  Way et al.
XCL    5611
UREF
PNO  5740884
ISD  19980400
NAM  DiMucci et al.
XCL    5611
FREF
PNO  53000/94
ISD  19940100
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  8-26117
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2241995
ISD  19910900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2280706
ISD  19950200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  95/20933
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Killworth, Gottman, Hagan & Schaeff, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AU96/00702
PD1  19980421
PD2  19980421
PD3  19961107
PCP  WO97/17047
PCD  19970515
ABST
PAR  An extendable hand control for a stretcher undercarriage (10) which has
      height adjustable legs (11, 12). It comprises a handle (19) fitted to an
      end of a tube (20), slidable within an undercarriage frame member (21).
      The handle has an associated lever (15) which operates a control cable
      (14) for adjusting the height of the height adjustable legs (11, 12) . The
      arrangement includes a locking bar (26) within the slidable tube (20)
      which sets the maximum extendable position of the handle and the fully
      retractable position of the handle.
PATN
WKU  059876743
SRC  8
APN  812079&
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19970306
TTL  Ergonomic pillow
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Santos; Robert G.
EXP  Melius; Terry Lee
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Schaffner; Todd
STR  643 Collier Rd.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
ZIP  30318
INVT
NAM  Powell; Casey
STR  3219-I Post Woods Dr.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
ZIP  30339
RLAP
COD  72
APN  041432
APD  19950713
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 382435
CLAS
OCL    5632
XCL    5630
XCL    5652
EDF  6
ICL  A47G  900
FSC    5
FSS  632;636;645;630;652
UREF
PNO  D201492
ISD  19650600
NAM  Jacobson
UREF
PNO  D230804
ISD  19740300
NAM  Lijewski
XCL    5636
UREF
PNO  D382435
ISD  19970800
NAM  Schaffner et al.
XCL    5645
UREF
PNO  673872
ISD  19010500
NAM  Von Hillern-Flinsch
XCL    5645
UREF
PNO  726164
ISD  19030400
NAM  Hogan et al.
OCL    5630
UREF
PNO  1343357
ISD  19200600
NAM  Eggers
XCL    5630
UREF
PNO  1787832
ISD  19310100
NAM  Mueller
OCL    5636
UREF
PNO  2149140
ISD  19390200
NAM  Gonzalez-Rincones
UREF
PNO  2328871
ISD  19430900
NAM  Woehler
OCL    5636
UREF
PNO  2561931
ISD  19510700
NAM  Kleiser, Jr.
XCL    5636
UREF
PNO  3312987
ISD  19670400
NAM  Emery
XCL    5636
UREF
PNO  3327330
ISD  19670600
NAM  McCullough
UREF
PNO  3848281
ISD  19741100
NAM  Mathews
OCL    5636
UREF
PNO  3911512
ISD  19751000
NAM  Plate
XCL    5636
UREF
PNO  4060863
ISD  19771200
NAM  Craig
UREF
PNO  4173048
ISD  19791100
NAM  Varaney
UREF
PNO  4287621
ISD  19810900
NAM  Kertz
OCL    5636
UREF
PNO  4574412
ISD  19860300
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  4617691
ISD  19861000
NAM  Monti et al.
XCL    5636
UREF
PNO  4679262
ISD  19870700
NAM  Davis et al.
XCL    5636
UREF
PNO  4731890
ISD  19880300
NAM  Roberts
UREF
PNO  4754510
ISD  19880700
NAM  King
UREF
PNO  4780920
ISD  19881100
NAM  White
OCL    5636
UREF
PNO  4794657
ISD  19890100
NAM  Avery
UREF
PNO  4819287
ISD  19890400
NAM  Halverson
XCL    5632
UREF
PNO  4901384
ISD  19900200
NAM  Eary
UREF
PNO  5097551
ISD  19920300
NAM  Smith
XCL    5632
UREF
PNO  5109557
ISD  19920500
NAM  Koy et al.
UREF
PNO  5261134
ISD  19931100
NAM  Matthews
XCL    5630
UREF
PNO  5313678
ISD  19940500
NAM  Redewill
XCL    5636
UREF
PNO  5519906
ISD  19960500
NAM  Fanto-Chan
XCL    5636
UREF
PNO  5579551
ISD  19961200
NAM  Tommaney
XCL    5632
UREF
PNO  5604944
ISD  19970200
NAM  Meade
XCL    5636
UREF
PNO  5642543
ISD  19970700
NAM  Huntley
XCL    5645
UREF
PNO  5661861
ISD  19970900
NAM  Matthews
XCL    5636
UREF
PNO  5836024
ISD  19981100
NAM  Uglehus et al.
OCL    5636
LREP
FRM  Patton Boggs LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to an ergonomically designed pillow having a shape
      that offers support for a user's head and/or limbs through a portion of
      their range of motion with respect to the user's torso without having to
      reposition or reconfigure the pillow. In the preferred embodiment the
      pillow has a substantially fixed radius curved shape designed to
      correspond to the rotation of the head with respect to the shoulders.
      Therefore, the head of a user resting on their side can be comfortably
      supported on the pillow and will be similarly supported as the head is
      rotated forward and backward with respect to the shoulders. In addition,
      this substantially uniform curved design enables the pillow to be rotated
      forward or backward and provide the same head support while also providing
      support for the user's arms or back, respectively.
PATN
WKU  059876751
SRC  9
APN  1732374
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19981015
TTL  Spinal support and stretch pillow system
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Grosz; Alexander
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kim; Susan Young-Sook
STR  23833 Arroyo Park, No. 1301
CTY  Valencia
STA  CA
ZIP  91355
CLAS
OCL    5632
XCL    5633
XCL    5636
EDF  6
ICL  A47C 2708
ICL  A47C 2002
ICL  A47G  900
FSC    5
FSS  632;630;633;636;637;638;640
FSC  128
FSS  845
FSC  606
FSS  240;242
UREF
PNO  1909039
ISD  19330400
NAM  Bruder
UREF
PNO  2767410
ISD  19561000
NAM  Benson
UREF
PNO  3009172
ISD  19611100
NAM  Eidam
OCL    5632
UREF
PNO  3879775
ISD  19750400
NAM  Iwata
UREF
PNO  3924282
ISD  19751200
NAM  Bond
UREF
PNO  4171549
ISD  19791000
NAM  Morrell et al.
UREF
PNO  4193150
ISD  19800300
NAM  Vineberg
UREF
PNO  4501034
ISD  19850200
NAM  Greenawalt
OCL    5644
UREF
PNO  4665573
ISD  19870500
NAM  Fiore
UREF
PNO  4689844
ISD  19870900
NAM  Alivizatos
UREF
PNO  4741058
ISD  19880500
NAM  Williams et al.
UREF
PNO  4791687
ISD  19881200
NAM  Iwase
UREF
PNO  4843666
ISD  19890700
NAM  Elesh et al.
UREF
PNO  4853993
ISD  19890800
NAM  Walpin et al.
UREF
PNO  4908894
ISD  19900300
NAM  Sanders
UREF
PNO  4955096
ISD  19900900
NAM  Gilroy et al.
UREF
PNO  4977629
ISD  19901200
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  5016303
ISD  19910500
NAM  Tanaka et al.
UREF
PNO  5018790
ISD  19910500
NAM  Jay
OCL    5653
UREF
PNO  5048137
ISD  19910900
NAM  Rogers
UREF
PNO  5168590
ISD  19921200
NAM  O'Sullivan
OCL    5636
UREF
PNO  5172439
ISD  19921200
NAM  Farley
UREF
PNO  5279310
ISD  19940100
NAM  Hsien
OCL    5636
UREF
PNO  5479667
ISD  19960100
NAM  Nelson et al.
OCL    5632
UREF
PNO  5528783
ISD  19960600
NAM  Kunz et al.
OCL    5644
UREF
PNO  5572753
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ruscitto
OCL    5636
UREF
PNO  5632050
ISD  19970500
NAM  Zajas et al.
OCL    5632
LREP
FR2  Rozsa; Thomas I.
FR2  Chen; Tony D.
FR2  Fong; Jerry
ABST
PAL  A spinal support and stretch pillow system offers a distinct, adjustable
      support for sleeping in either a supine position or a lateral-lying
      position. The spinal support and stretch pillow system can be laid over a
      conventional mattress or a floor. The spinal support and stretch pillow
      system is comprised of a bottom liner pad, a cervical and spinal support
      pad, a height adjustment pad, an adjustable shoulder support, an
      adjustable thoracic and lumbar support pad, and a top support pad. The
      bottom liner pad is used as a container to retain the components of the
      spinal support and stretch pillow system and for covering the user's legs
      and feet. The cervical and spinal support pad has a U-shaped cutout
      portion for allowing the head of the user to fall back and stretch the
      neck of the user. The height adjustment pad is positioned underneath a
      cervical section of the cervical and spinal pad for adjusting the height
      of the cervical section. The adjustable shoulder support pad is located
      adjacent to the cervical and spinal support pad for supporting a shoulder
      region of a spinal section of the cervical and spinal support pad. The
      adjustable thoracic and lumbar support pad is positioned underneath a
      thoracic and lumbar region of the spinal section for further supporting
      the back of the human body. The top cover support pad is positioned over
      the cervical and spinal support pad. The top support pad has one end
      folded over against itself to retain an adjustable neck support member and
      the other end folded underneath against itself to retain an adjustable
      knee support member.
PATN
WKU  059876760
SRC  9
APN  010924&
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19980122
TTL  Variable support pillow
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Conley; Fredrick
EXP  Trettel; Michael F.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Littleford; John A.
STR  1776 South Jackson, Suite 907
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
ZIP  80210
INVT
NAM  Littleford; Claudia D.
STR  1776 South Jackson, Suite 907
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
ZIP  80210
CLAS
OCL    5636
XCL    5640
XCL    5657
XCL    5722
EDF  6
ICL  A47C 2002
ICL  A47C 2008
FSC    5
FSS  636;632;640;722;657;490;738
UREF
PNO  3276046
ISD  19661000
NAM  Capelli
OCL    5640
UREF
PNO  4689844
ISD  19870900
NAM  Alivizatos
OCL    5632
UREF
PNO  5363524
ISD  19941100
NAM  Lang
OCL    5640
UREF
PNO  5528784
ISD  19960600
NAM  Painter
OCL    5640
UREF
PNO  5781947
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sramek
OCL    5640
LREP
FR2  Pizarro; Ramon L.
FR2  Crabtree; Edwin H.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method for treating problems associated with improper
      support of the head relative to the spine and shoulder girdle. The
      apparatus and method including providing an adjustable a series of
      stackable pillow cushion for supporting a user's head in a desired
      relationship to the user's body, each pillow cushion including a body with
      a pair of substantially parallel surfaces, one of the surfaces having a
      first recessed area and at least two areas of firm support. Then placing
      the areas of firm support generally opposite to one another and next to
      the recessed areas, and stacking at least two pillow cushions over one
      another with the areas of firm support aligned over one another to adjust
      the height of the support of the stack of cushions and the height of the
      support of the head relative to the spine and shoulder girdle.
PATN
WKU  059876778
SRC  8
APN  8835500
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19970626
TTL  Counter-top mounted infant changing station
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXA  Conley; Fredrick
EXP  Trettel; Michael F.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Betker; Mark A.
CTY  Castle Rock
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Koala Corporation
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL    5655
XCL    5947
EDF  6
ICL  A61G 1300
FSC    5
FSS  655;947;136;625
FSC  D 6
FSS  553;555;559
FSC  269
FSS  289;306;309
UREF
PNO  D229457
ISD  19731200
NAM  Mathiseson
OCL  D 6  1
UREF
PNO  D302088
ISD  19890700
NAM  Burt
OCL  D 6555
UREF
PNO  D326384
ISD  19920500
NAM  Burt et al.
OCL    5947
UREF
PNO  D327786
ISD  19920700
NAM  Ferrell
OCL  D 6397
UREF
PNO  D367771
ISD  19960300
NAM  Julian
OCL  D 6333
UREF
PNO  D378966
ISD  19970400
NAM  Helmsderfer
OCL  D 6555
UREF
PNO  2973889
ISD  19610300
NAM  Phillips
OCL    5655
UREF
PNO  3644947
ISD  19720200
NAM  Padera
OCL    5 92
UREF
PNO  3656193
ISD  19720400
NAM  Schneider et al.
OCL    5 92
UREF
PNO  3721434
ISD  19730300
NAM  Spies
OCL  269328
UREF
PNO  4048684
ISD  19770900
NAM  Korner et al.
OCL    5655
UREF
PNO  4079728
ISD  19780300
NAM  Gatts
OCL    5655
UREF
PNO  4216951
ISD  19800800
NAM  Griffin
OCL  269328
UREF
PNO  4234977
ISD  19801100
NAM  Snow
OCL    5655
UREF
PNO  4466146
ISD  19840800
NAM  Regan
OCL    5 98B
UREF
PNO  4522381
ISD  19850600
NAM  Ludwick
OCL  269328
UREF
PNO  4566130
ISD  19860100
NAM  Coates
OCL  383 15
UREF
PNO  4573608
ISD  19860300
NAM  Hansen
OCL  221 92
UREF
PNO  4613996
ISD  19860900
NAM  Chase et al.
OCL    5  2R
UREF
PNO  4723493
ISD  19880200
NAM  Siani et al.
OCL  108134
UREF
PNO  4796314
ISD  19890100
NAM  Garduno
OCL    5 98A
UREF
PNO  4874340
ISD  19891000
NAM  Smallwood
OCL  446 28
UREF
PNO  4876970
ISD  19891000
NAM  Bolduc
OCL  108 55
UREF
PNO  4895742
ISD  19900100
NAM  Schaub et al.
OCL  428 35.5
UREF
PNO  4935973
ISD  19900600
NAM  Behrman
OCL    5  2R
UREF
PNO  5081724
ISD  19920100
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL    5136
UREF
PNO  5086527
ISD  19920200
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL    5136
UREF
PNO  5297305
ISD  19940300
NAM  Williams
OCL    5655
UREF
PNO  5299336
ISD  19940400
NAM  Marteeny
OCL    5655
UREF
PNO  5339470
ISD  19940800
NAM  Shamie
OCL    5 98.1
UREF
PNO  5345880
ISD  19940900
NAM  Shamie
OCL  108 63
UREF
PNO  5459877
ISD  19951000
NAM  Roberti
OCL    2104
UREF
PNO  5491850
ISD  19960200
NAM  Kiester
OCL    4572.1
UREF
PNO  5546620
ISD  19960800
NAM  Matthews
OCL    5655
UREF
PNO  5588159
ISD  19961200
NAM  Poulson et al.
OCL    4572.1
LREP
FR2  Ross P.C.; Sheridan
ABST
PAL  An infant changing apparatus configured to be mounted to a counter-top. The
      infant changing apparatus can be mounted to a top surface or bottom
      surface of a counter-top, and may extend into a hole or depression
      provided in the counter-top. A method for producing a surface mounted and
      recess mounted infant changing apparatus using a single mold is also
      disclosed. The method includes the steps of forming a surface mounted
      infant changing apparatus using, for example, a molding process, and then
      removing a portion thereof to produce a recess mounted diaper changing
      apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059876786
SRC  8
APN  4388887
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19950510
TTL  Multiple firmness mattress
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Santos; Robert G.
EXP  Melius; Terry Lee
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Ayers; William L.
CTY  Northridge
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Simmons Company
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL    5720
XCL    5716
XCL    5727
XCL    5738
XCL    56558
EDF  6
ICL  A47C 2704
FSC    5
FSS  471;464;475;477
UREF
PNO  2629111
ISD  19530200
NAM  Korney
OCL    5464
UREF
PNO  2651788
ISD  19530900
NAM  Forwood
OCL    5464
UREF
PNO  3608107
ISD  19710900
NAM  Kentor et al.
OCL    5475
UREF
PNO  3981034
ISD  19760900
NAM  MacMorran et al.
OCL    5475
UREF
PNO  4234983
ISD  19801100
NAM  Stumpf
UREF
PNO  4234984
ISD  19801100
NAM  Stumpf
OCL    5477
UREF
PNO  4401501
ISD  19830800
NAM  Stumpf
UREF
PNO  4439977
ISD  19840400
NAM  Stumpf
OCL   53428
UREF
PNO  4449261
ISD  19840500
NAM  Magnusson
UREF
PNO  4578834
ISD  19860400
NAM  Stumpf
OCL    5475
FREF
PNO  0218554
ISD  19850200
CNT  DEX
OCL    5464
LREP
FRM  Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue
ABST
PAL  A unitary mattress assembly comprises a plurality of coil springs
      interarranged to define a single innerspring core having a generally
      rectangular shape in plan. The core has a first portion which is sized to
      accommodate a first sleeping person and comprises coil springs having a
      first preselected compressive strength. Adjacent to the first portion is a
      second core portion sized to accommodate another sleeping person and
      having coil springs of a different compressive strength than the springs
      of the first portion. By the foregoing construction, a mattress may be
      manufactured having a single innerspring core but having two regions of
      differing firmness to suit the particular preferences of two people.
PATN
WKU  059876794
SRC  9
APN  1397281
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980831
TTL  Water level sensing method and apparatus in washing machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1,5
EXP  Coe; Philip R.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Won; Yong-Bok
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Daewoo Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970830
APN  97-44717
CLAS
OCL    8158
XCL    8159
XCL   68 1204
XCL   68 1205
EDF  6
ICL  D06F 3302
FSC    8
FSS  158;159
FSC   68
FSS  12.04;12.05
UREF
PNO  4303406
ISD  19811200
NAM  Ross
XCL   68 12.05
UREF
PNO  5072473
ISD  19911200
NAM  Thuruta et al.
XCL   68 12.05
UREF
PNO  5419163
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kim et al.
XCL   68 12.04
UREF
PNO  5671493
ISD  19970900
NAM  Moon
XCL   68 12.04
UREF
PNO  5768728
ISD  19980600
NAM  Harwood et al.
XCL   68 12.05
LREP
FRM  Jacobson, Price, Holman & Stern, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A water level sensing method and apparatus sense a level of water supplied
      in washing tub of the washing machine. In the apparatus, a key input
      section generates a water level sensing mode signal so as to select a
      water level sensing mode. A sensor firstly senses an amount of laundry in
      a dry state supplied in a washing tub of the washing machine responsive to
      the water level sensing mode signal from the key input section and
      secondly senses an amount of the laundry in a wet state. A water supply
      section supplies the washing tub with water to a predetermined water level
      to thereby change the washing articles in a dry state into a wet state. A
      microprocessor determines first and second water levels according to the
      first and second sensing results of the sensor, respectively, compares the
      second water level with the first water level and determnines a correct
      water level based on the comparison result. The method and apparatus can
      perform a washing operation at suitable water level by sensing an amount
      of laundry by means of dry and wet sensing manners which sense an amount
      of loads in dry and wet states, respectively.
PATN
WKU  059876808
SRC  9
APN  1619187
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980929
TTL  Bridge deck unit and process for construction bridge deck using the unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Markovich; Kristine M.
EXP  Will; Thomas B.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Sakaya; Yoshinori
CTY  Fuji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kazumi Kazaoka
CTY  Shimizu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980525
APN  10-142735
CLAS
OCL   14 73
XCL   14 771
XCL  404 70
EDF  6
ICL  E01D 1912
FSC   14
FSS  73-77.1
FSC  404
FSS  70;134;135;136
FREF
PNO  8-113917
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A bridge deck unit and a process for constructing a bridge deck using the
      unit, wherein deviation and deflection of reinforcements are prevented,
      and problems of complicated operation and high cost are solved. Connecting
      plates for connecting portions of main reinforcements are disposed at a
      predetermined distance from each other in a longitudinal direction of the
      main reinforcements such that upper and lower ends of the connecting
      plates are respectively secured to side surfaces of the main
      reinforcements.
PATN
WKU  059876816
SRC  9
APN  0018686
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971231
TTL  Electric toothbrush
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Graham; Gary K.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hahn; Matthias
CTY  Frankfurt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hofer; Klaus
CTY  Hanau
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Ruhmkorff; Andreas
CTY  Dietzenbach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Rowenta -Werke GmbH
CTY  Offenbach a.M.
CNT  DEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   15 221
EDF  6
ICL  A61C 1700
ICL  A46B 1302
FSC   15
FSS  22.1;22.2;22.3;22.4;23;28
FSC  433
FSS  122;123
FSC  601
FSS  141;142
UREF
PNO  3196299
ISD  19650700
NAM  Kott
OCL   15 22.1
UREF
PNO  3358309
ISD  19671200
NAM  Richardson
OCL   15 22.1
UREF
PNO  3685080
ISD  19720800
NAM  Hubner
OCL   15 22.1
UREF
PNO  4295240
ISD  19811000
NAM  Lex
OCL   15 22.1
UREF
PNO  4757806
ISD  19880700
NAM  Muchisky et al.
OCL   15 22.1
UREF
PNO  5421726
ISD  19950600
NAM  Okada
OCL   15 22.1
UREF
PNO  5471695
ISD  19951200
NAM  Aiyar
OCL   15 22.1
UREF
PNO  5590434
ISD  19970100
NAM  Imai
OCL   15 22.1
UREF
PNO  5706542
ISD  19980100
NAM  Okada
OCL   15 22.1
UREF
PNO  5784743
ISD  19980700
NAM  Shek
OCL   15 22.1
FREF
PNO  75986
ISD  19610700
CNT  FRX
OCL   15 22.1
FREF
PNO  2237734
ISD  19910500
CNT  GBX
OCL   15 22.1
LREP
FRM  Cohen, Pontani, Lieberman & Pavane
ABST
PAL  An electric toothbrush with a handle, a brush head and a shank which
      connects the handle to the brush head. A rotary motor is arranged in the
      handle and drives an unbalanced mass. The unbalanced mass driven by the
      motor is supported on one side or on both sides in the shank close to the
      brush head and is driven via an extended drive shaft, preferably an
      intermediate shaft, by the motor.
PATN
WKU  059876824
SRC  9
APN  0261505
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980219
TTL  Tile scrubber
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Randall E.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Rossi; John L.
STR  2113 Finley St.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ZIP  95132
CLAS
OCL   15 24
XCL    4903
EDF  6
ICL  A46B 1306
FSC   15
FSS  24;29
FSC    4
FSS  606;903
FSC  285
FSS  8
UREF
PNO  785824
ISD  19050300
NAM  Nicholls
OCL  285  8
UREF
PNO  978461
ISD  19101200
NAM  Linegar
OCL   15 24
UREF
PNO  1059136
ISD  19130400
NAM  Gafney
OCL   15 24
UREF
PNO  1819157
ISD  19310800
NAM  Fitter
OCL  285  8
UREF
PNO  2304114
ISD  19421200
NAM  Moore
OCL  285  8
UREF
PNO  2723407
ISD  19551100
NAM  Bardon
UREF
PNO  2744271
ISD  19560500
NAM  Florence
OCL   15 29
UREF
PNO  3431573
ISD  19690300
NAM  Frandsen
UREF
PNO  3515413
ISD  19700600
NAM  Beall
OCL  285  8
UREF
PNO  3909867
ISD  19751000
NAM  Hogsell
OCL   15 24
UREF
PNO  4089079
ISD  19780500
NAM  Nicholson
OCL   15 29
UREF
PNO  4282623
ISD  19810800
NAM  Gacuzana
OCL   15 29
UREF
PNO  4370771
ISD  19830200
NAM  Gonzalvo
OCL   15 29
UREF
PNO  4597127
ISD  19860700
NAM  Swanson
OCL   15 24
UREF
PNO  5028077
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hurst
OCL  285  8
UREF
PNO  5517705
ISD  19960500
NAM  Jackson
OCL    4606
UREF
PNO  5864912
ISD  19990200
NAM  Zhadanov
OCL   15 24
FREF
PNO  147109
ISD  19540900
CNT  SEX
OCL   15 24
FREF
PNO  44716
ISD  19080600
CNT  CHX
OCL  285  8
FREF
PNO  6196
ISD  18880100
CNT  GBX
OCL  285  8
FREF
PNO  4664
ISD  19120200
CNT  GBX
OCL  285  8
ABST
PAL  A cleaning apparatus is provided including a brush assembly adapted to emit
      water therefrom upon the receipt thereof. Also included is a hose
      connected to the brush assembly. Next provided is an elastomeric cover
      connected to the hose and further releasably securable to a water outlet
      of a bathing stall.
PATN
WKU  059876832
SRC  9
APN  1025910
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980622
TTL  Flexible pipe cleaning device and system
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  14
EXP  Till; Terrence R.
NDR  4
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Leiman; Basil C.
STR  P.O. Box 79711
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ZIP  77279
INVT
NAM  Butler; Bruce D.
STR  1609 Milford
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ZIP  77006
RLAP
COD  72
APN  720351
APD  19960927
PSC  01
PNO  5768741
CLAS
OCL   1510419
XCL   1510416
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  900
FSC   15
FSS  104.05;104.068;104.09;104.015;104.13;104.15;104.16;104.19;104.33;304;395
UREF
PNO  1402786
ISD  19220100
NAM  Muehl
UREF
PNO  2125864
ISD  19380800
NAM  Auckland
UREF
PNO  2447869
ISD  19480800
NAM  Pearson et al.
UREF
PNO  2599077
ISD  19520600
NAM  Sturgis
UREF
PNO  2653334
ISD  19530900
NAM  Bay
OCL   15104.19
UREF
PNO  3100904
ISD  19630800
NAM  Stocking
OCL   15104.19
UREF
PNO  4224072
ISD  19800900
NAM  Stewart
UREF
PNO  5230116
ISD  19930700
NAM  Rodriguez
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  5383243
ISD  19950100
NAM  Thacker et al.
UREF
PNO  5768741
ISD  19980600
NAM  Leiman et al.
OCL   15304
OREF
PAL  Basic Plumbing, Sunset Books, 8, 9, 28-32 (date unknown).
PAL  Home Plumbing Projects & Repairs, Black & Decker Home Improvement Library,
      88-89, (Cy DeCosse Incorporated 1990).
PAL  Do Your Own Plumbing, Popular Science, 12, 43, (Popular Science Books 1987,
      reprinted in 1991 by Sterling Publishing Company, Inc.).
LREP
FRM  Duane, Morris & Heckscher LLP
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a device and system for cleaning the interior of
      conduits, gun barrels, or pipes, including drain pipes. The pipe cleaning
      device of the present invention is capable of (a) penetrating and removing
      restrictions that block flow, (b) scouring the interior wall of conduits
      or pipes to remove the buildup of undesirable solids that result in flow
      restriction, and (c) coating the wall of the pipe with a suitable
      substance. The present invention comprises a connecting member housed
      within a bendable or flexible conduit, a retraction handle attached to one
      end of the connecting member, and elastic or flexible strands attached to
      the opposite end of said connecting member. The strands are outwardly
      expandable in a radial dimension when said connecting member is retracted.
      The system of the present invention further comprises a pressure/suction
      source coupled to the conduit.
PATN
WKU  059876840
SRC  9
APN  0933619
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980608
TTL  Urinal auger
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Snider; Theresa T.
EXP  Spisich; Mark
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Evans; Philip S.
CTY  Lee Summit
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Evans; Phillip S.
CTY  Lee Summit
STA  MO
COD  04
CLAS
OCL   1510433
XCL   1510431
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  902
FSC   15
FSS  104.05;104.31;104.32;104.33
UREF
PNO  1844433
ISD  19320200
NAM  Markowitz
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  1959490
ISD  19340500
NAM  Mistelski
OCL  254134.3FT
UREF
PNO  2044848
ISD  19360600
NAM  Hermanson
OCL   24134R
UREF
PNO  2600707
ISD  19520600
NAM  Turnbaugh
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  2661489
ISD  19531200
NAM  Rudolph et al.
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  2961675
ISD  19601100
NAM  Stickney
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  3206782
ISD  19650900
NAM  Larsen
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  3224024
ISD  19651200
NAM  Hunt
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  3449782
ISD  19690600
NAM  Hunt
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  4317247
ISD  19820300
NAM  Levine
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  4361924
ISD  19821200
NAM  Irwin
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  4552338
ISD  19851100
NAM  Lindgren
OCL  254134.3FT
UREF
PNO  4706321
ISD  19871100
NAM  Kaye
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  4819911
ISD  19890400
NAM  Cielker
OCL  254134.3FT
UREF
PNO  5018234
ISD  19910500
NAM  Meyer et al.
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  5230116
ISD  19930700
NAM  Rodriguez
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  5265301
ISD  19931100
NAM  Irwin
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  5301382
ISD  19940400
NAM  Stout
OCL   15104.33
UREF
PNO  5414888
ISD  19950500
NAM  Irwin
OCL   15104.33
LREP
FR2  Morgan; George
ABST
PAL  The present invention is an auger intended for, but not restricted to,
      clearing obstructions from urinal drains, without requiring removal of a
      urinal fixture from a wall. It includes a wire cable, a wire cable storage
      drum, at least one guide shaft along which a squeezable handle assembly
      that can grip the wire cable can slide, moving the wire cable out of, or
      back in, as required, as the squeezable handle assembly is moved along the
      one or more guide shafts. There is a tube that can be rotated so as to
      direct the wire cable as desired as well as a rubber boot to help prevent
      fixture damage from the device.
PATN
WKU  059876859
SRC  9
APN  1601709
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980925
TTL  Combination cleaning tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Randall E.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Lambert; Bill S.
STR  3844 W. Seagull Dr.
CTY  West Valley City
STA  UT
ZIP  84120
CLAS
OCL   15121
XCL   15118
XCL   15232
EDF  6
ICL  A47L  106
ICL  A47L 1312
FSC   15
FSS  118;121;232
UREF
PNO  622809
ISD  18990400
NAM  Keyser
OCL   15121
UREF
PNO  5448793
ISD  19950900
NAM  Mallory et al.
OCL   15121
ABST
PAL  A combination cleaning tool for cleaning surfaces, in particular, glass
      surfaces such as windshields. The cleaning tool includes an elongate shaft
      with a head portion coupled to the distal end of the elongate shaft. An
      elongate resiliently flexible squeegee blade is coupled to the head
      portion. A resiliently compressible sponge member is coupled to the head
      portion distal the squeegee blade. Coupled to each end of the head portion
      is a resiliently compressible scrubbing pad each designed for scrubbing
      debris off of a surface.
PATN
WKU  059876867
SRC  9
APN  0392502
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980316
TTL  Vacuum floor brush cleaner
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Randall E.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Lane; Michael Steven
STR  615 Syracuse St.
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
ZIP  80911
CLAS
OCL   15142
XCL   15160
EDF  6
ICL  A46B 1706
FSC   15
FSS  38;39;104.92;142;238;257.05;257.06;160;161;237
UREF
PNO  787201
ISD  19050400
NAM  Martucci
OCL   15142
UREF
PNO  883752
ISD  19080400
NAM  Spicer
OCL   15142
UREF
PNO  2159176
ISD  19390500
NAM  Nelson
OCL   15142
UREF
PNO  2604377
ISD  19520700
NAM  Eames
OCL   15238
UREF
PNO  2724856
ISD  19551100
NAM  Conkey
OCL   15142
UREF
PNO  2977620
ISD  19610400
NAM  Nilsson
OCL   15142
UREF
PNO  3729764
ISD  19730500
NAM  Vines
OCL   15257.06
UREF
PNO  4099286
ISD  19780700
NAM  Ishikawa
OCL   15142
UREF
PNO  4387477
ISD  19830600
NAM  Eisenberg
OCL   15104.92
UREF
PNO  5204159
ISD  19930400
NAM  Tan
OCL   15238
UREF
PNO  5687444
ISD  19971100
NAM  Hakker
OCL   15142
FREF
PNO  94/10875
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
OCL   15104.92
LREP
FR2  Beech; Dennis W.
ABST
PAL  The vacuum floor brush cleaner is generally in the form of a rectangular
      three sided tray into which a vacuum cleaner brush attachment or floor
      cleaning unit may be placed or rolled. The bottom inside surface of the
      tray may have protrusions extending therefrom which engage the brush
      attachment bristles to remove dirt, hair, thread and other such
      accumulated debris. The tray may have an adjustable wire bar with
      protruding wire elements which can be raised and lowered depending on the
      vacuum cleaner brush attachment. In the case of rotating roller brush
      units used in floor cleaning units, the wire elements are of a length such
      that when the wire bar is at the appropriate height the wire elements
      engage the hard surface of the roller to remove entangled thread and other
      such debris. Rotating handles and gears as well as levers and gears or
      cams may be used to raise and lower the wire bar.
PATN
WKU  059876875
SRC  9
APN  0219150
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980211
TTL  Handle for a bristle holding portion of a brush
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Spisich; Mark
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Kilburn; Jacquelin
STR  10315 Moon Lake Ct.
CTY  Pinckney
STA  MI
ZIP  48169-9305
CLAS
OCL   15145
XCL   151431
XCL   151761
XCL  601137
XCL   D4130
XCL   D4138
EDF  6
ICL  A46B  502
FSC   15
FSS  143.1;145;146;176.1-176.6
FSC  601
FSS  137;138
FSC  D 4
FSS  130;132;134;135;137;138
UREF
PNO  1398864
ISD  19211100
NAM  Kelly
XCL   15143.1
UREF
PNO  2557267
ISD  19510600
NAM  Ellinger
XCL   15176.1
UREF
PNO  2802229
ISD  19570800
NAM  Bangs
OCL   15143.1
UREF
PNO  4283808
ISD  19810800
NAM  Beebe
OCL   15145
UREF
PNO  5003659
ISD  19910400
NAM  Paepke
XCL   15145
FREF
PNO  30546
ISD  19100000
CNT  GBX
OCL   15143.1
OREF
PAL  Southpaw Enterprises' 1997 Collection catalog, p. 51.
LREP
FR2  Burns; Barbara M.
ABST
PAL  A handle for a bristle holding portion of a brush. The handle is
      ergonomically shaped to fit a user's hand. The handle is configured into a
      longitudinal cylinder and can be resilient to further increase the user's
      comfort. The handle can be sanitized for use with different brushes for
      different clients. Hook and loop fasteners connect the handle to the
      bristle holding portion. The handle and the bristle holding portion are
      either readily separable and rejoinable, allowing the handle to be readily
      transferable to another bristle holding portion, or alternately, the
      handle is fixedly formed to the bristle holding portion.
PATN
WKU  059876883
SRC  8
APN  730286&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19961030
TTL  Gum-massaging oral brush
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Spisich; Mark
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Roberts; Michael F.
CTY  Braintree
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Masterman; T. Craig
CTY  Foster City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Park; Edward Hosung
CTY  Sharon
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Sweeney; Philip J.
CTY  Taunton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Tseng; Mingchih M.
CTY  Hingham
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Witkus; Stephen C.
CTY  West Boylston
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Gillette Canada Inc.
CTY  Kirkland
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  554931
APD  19951109
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   151671
XCL   15110
XCL   15188
XCL   152072
XCL   15DIG6
XCL  601141
EDF  6
ICL  A46B  904
ICL  A46B  906
FSC   15
FSS  110;167.1;187;188;207.2;DIG. 6
FSC  601
FSS  137;139;141
UREF
PNO  Re26688
ISD  19691000
NAM  Lemelson
OCL   15209.1
UREF
PNO  D345054
ISD  19940300
NAM  Spence, Jr.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  D350851
ISD  19940900
NAM  Spence, Jr.
OCL  D 4104
UREF
PNO  1251250
ISD  19171200
NAM  Libby
OCL   15110
UREF
PNO  1924152
ISD  19330800
NAM  Coney et al.
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  2139245
ISD  19381200
NAM  Ogden
OCL  601139
UREF
PNO  2328998
ISD  19430900
NAM  Radford
OCL  451536
UREF
PNO  3016554
ISD  19620100
NAM  Peterson
OCL   15207.2
UREF
PNO  3258805
ISD  19660700
NAM  Rossnan
OCL   15110
UREF
PNO  3295156
ISD  19670100
NAM  Brant
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  3302230
ISD  19670200
NAM  Poppelman
XCL   15187
UREF
PNO  3327339
ISD  19670600
NAM  Lemelson
OCL   15209.1
UREF
PNO  3403080
ISD  19680900
NAM  Lewis, Jr.
OCL  428376
UREF
PNO  3553759
ISD  19710100
NAM  Kramer et al.
OCL   15110
UREF
PNO  3613143
ISD  19711000
NAM  Muhler et al.
XCL   15207.2
UREF
PNO  4033008
ISD  19770700
NAM  Warren et al.
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4263691
ISD  19810400
NAM  Pakarnseree
OCL   15207.2
UREF
PNO  4288883
ISD  19810900
NAM  Dolinsky
OCL   15110
UREF
PNO  4356585
ISD  19821100
NAM  Protell et al.
OCL   15111
UREF
PNO  4403623
ISD  19830900
NAM  Mark
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4472853
ISD  19840900
NAM  Rauch
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4476280
ISD  19841000
NAM  Poppe et al.
OCL  524606
UREF
PNO  4585416
ISD  19860400
NAM  DeNiro et al.
XCL  601139
UREF
PNO  4603166
ISD  19860700
NAM  Poppe et al.
OCL  524606
UREF
PNO  4617342
ISD  19861000
NAM  Poppe et al.
OCL  524606
UREF
PNO  4617694
ISD  19861000
NAM  Bori
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4623495
ISD  19861100
NAM  Degoix et al.
OCL  264  1.28
UREF
PNO  4672706
ISD  19870600
NAM  Hill
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4802255
ISD  19890200
NAM  Breuer et al.
OCL   15207.2
UREF
PNO  4852202
ISD  19890800
NAM  Ledwitz
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4882803
ISD  19891100
NAM  Rogers et al.
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4894880
ISD  19900100
NAM  Aznavoorian
OCL   15167.2
UREF
PNO  5021475
ISD  19910600
NAM  Isayev
OCL  524 30
UREF
PNO  5040260
ISD  19910800
NAM  Michaels
XCL   15188
UREF
PNO  5114214
ISD  19920500
NAM  Barman
OCL  300 21
UREF
PNO  5291878
ISD  19940300
NAM  Lombardo et al.
OCL  601139
UREF
PNO  5313909
ISD  19940500
NAM  Tseng et al.
OCL  116208
FREF
PNO  1075171
ISD  19541000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2599361
ISD  19850800
CNT  FRX
OCL   15167.1
FREF
PNO  5-123222
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2137080
ISD  19841000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO92/04589
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Plastics Extrusion Technology Handbook, Chapter Seven, Coextrusion and
      Dual-Extrusion Technology, pp. 168-189.
PAL  Modern Plastics Encyclopedia, 67:168-175, 1990.
PAL  Pebax 3533 SA 00, "Base Polymer for Structural Hot Melt Adhesives".
PAL  Product Literature, Kraton Polymers, pp. 13-21.
PAL  Brochure, "Extrusion Lines for the Production of Monofilaments", pp. 2-12,
      (1989).
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  An oral brush is provided that includes an elongated body a head portion
      extending from the body, and a plurality of bristles, formed of particular
      thermoplastic elastomers, extending from the body. In various embodiments,
      the thermoplastic elastomer has a Shore A hardness of at least 30; the
      thermoplastic elastomer is selected from the group consisting of
      polyetheramides, polyesters, styrene-ethylene-butylene-styrene block
      copolymers, polyurethanes, polyolefin elastomers, and mixtures thereof;
      and the thermoplastic elastomer has a flexural modulus of at least 5 MPa.
PATN
WKU  059876891
SRC  8
APN  9598944
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971029
TTL  Gum and denture cleaning system
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Till; Terrence R.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Gordon; Ray
STR  1218 S. Washington
CTY  Grand Forks
STA  ND
ZIP  58201
CLAS
OCL   151671
XCL   151442
EDF  6
ICL  A46B  904
FSC   15
FSS  144.2;167.1
FSC  134
FSS  6
FSC  433
FSS  216
UREF
PNO  1779057
ISD  19301000
NAM  Tolmach
OCL   15144.2
UREF
PNO  2022039
ISD  19351100
NAM  House
OCL   15144.2
UREF
PNO  2427411
ISD  19470900
NAM  Krueger
OCL   15144.2
UREF
PNO  4570282
ISD  19860200
NAM  Kaufman et al.
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4654922
ISD  19870400
NAM  Chen
OCL   15144.2
UREF
PNO  4796325
ISD  19890100
NAM  Bortman
OCL   15144.2
UREF
PNO  5032082
ISD  19910700
NAM  Herrera
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  5660546
ISD  19970800
NAM  Shafer
OCL  433216
LREP
FR2  Neustel; Michael S.
ABST
PAL  A gum and denture cleaning system for cleaning adhesive from the gums and
      dentures of a denture wearer thereby increasing the wearer's comfort and
      increasing the effectiveness of new adhesive applied to the dentures. The
      gum cleaning system cleans and stimulates the gums of the user leaving the
      gums feeling cleaner and refreshing. The inventive device includes a base,
      a handle pivotally connected to a side of the base, and a plurality of
      cleaning bristles projecting from the base opposite of the handle. The
      bristles contain a depression having a substantially V-shaped cross
      section concentrically positioned. The gums or dentures of the user are
      cleaned by the bristles engaging and removing the denture adhesive from
      them. In a second embodiment, a denture cleaner comprises a gripping
      member, an elongated member, a ring support a plurality of outer bristles
      and inner bristles which define a circular channel. The dentures are
      positioned within the channel between the outer bristles and the inner
      bristles whereby the denture adhesive is removed from the user agitating
      the dentures within the channel.
PATN
WKU  059876905
SRC  8
APN  9731415
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980227
TTL  Resilient toothbrush
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Randall E.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Heuler; Uwe
STR  Karlstrasse 54
CTY  D-79104 Frieburg
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950530
APN  195 19 674
CLAS
OCL   151671
XCL   15172
EDF  6
ICL  A46B  904
FSC   15
FSS  167.1;172;201
UREF
PNO  1132326
ISD  19150300
NAM  Fouyer
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  1739324
ISD  19291200
NAM  Neissl
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  2273207
ISD  19420200
NAM  Kuhn
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4520526
ISD  19850600
NAM  Peters
OCL   15201
UREF
PNO  5054154
ISD  19911000
NAM  Schiffer
OCL   15172
UREF
PNO  5105499
ISD  19920400
NAM  Dirksing
UREF
PNO  5272784
ISD  19931200
NAM  Levin
OCL   15167.1
FREF
PNO  0573514
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  813148
ISD  19510900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  0 339 350
ISD  19891100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  0 371 293
ISD  19900600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 19 674 C1
ISD  19950500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO/21152 94
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Nath; Gary M.
FR2  Novick; Harold L.
     Nath & Associates
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE96/00973
PD1  19980227
PD2  19980227
PD3  19960529
PCP  WO96/38067
PCD  19961205
ABST
PAR  The invention concerns a toothbrush comprising a handle and a brush head,
      which is equipped on one side with clusters of bristles, a resilient
      connection being provided between the handle and the brush head. When
      pressure is exerted on the surface formed by the free ends of the clusters
      of bristles, the connection allows the brush head to be deflected relative
      to the handle. This is achieved in that the connection is formed by a
      hinged rectangle whose axes of rotation extend transversely to the
      longitudinal extension of the handle and the bristles, and in that the
      distance between the two hinges closest to the brush head is less than or
      equal to the distance between the two hinges closest to the handle.
PATN
WKU  059876913
SRC  9
APN  206765&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980715
TTL  Toothbrush bristles containing microfilaments
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Spisich; Mark
NDR  1
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Jurt; Alfred
CTY  Triengen
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Fischer; Franz
CTY  Triengen
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Colgate-Palmotive Company
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTCH9700001
APD  19970106
CLAS
OCL   151671
XCL   152072
EDF  6
ICL  A46B  904
FSC   15
FSS  167.1;207.2
UREF
PNO  792471
ISD  19050600
NAM  Smith
OCL  132329
UREF
PNO  1520491
ISD  19241200
NAM  Weissleder
OCL  433216
UREF
PNO  2160731
ISD  19390500
NAM  Haeberlin
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  2887340
ISD  19590500
NAM  Veneko
OCL  300 21
UREF
PNO  3577839
ISD  19710500
NAM  Charvat et al.
XCL   15207.2
UREF
PNO  3613143
ISD  19711000
NAM  Muhler et al.
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4462136
ISD  19840700
NAM  Nakao et al
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4616374
ISD  19861000
NAM  Novogrodsky
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  4646381
ISD  19870300
NAM  Weihrauch
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  5249327
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hing
XCL   15207.2
UREF
PNO  5345645
ISD  19940900
NAM  Page
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  5722106
ISD  19980300
NAM  Masterman et al.
OCL   15167.1
UREF
PNO  5770307
ISD  19980600
NAM  Rackley et al.
OCL  428373
FREF
PNO  44 17 548
ISD  19951100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  479277
ISD  19691100
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  490124
ISD  19380800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2137080
ISD  19841000
CNT  GBX
OCL   15207.2
OREF
PAL  M. Pader, Oral Hygiene Products and Practice, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York
      (1988), pp. 169-170.
LREP
FR2  Goldfine; Henry S.
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to soft, end rounded toothbrush bristles having
      significant surface area containing a plurality of microfilaments
      surrounded by a sheath, wherein the microfilaments project beyond the
      sheath.
PATN
WKU  059876921
SRC  9
APN  0358053
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980306
TTL  Paint roller with magnet lock
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Spisich; Mark
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Sizemore; James W.
STR  370 NE. 14 St.
CTY  Homestead
STA  FL
ZIP  33030
RLAP
COD  72
APN  786647
APD  19970121
PSC  01
PNO  5870795
CLAS
OCL   1523011
XCL  492 13
XCL  492 19
EDF  6
ICL  B05C 1702
FSC   15
FSS  230.11
FSC  492
FSS  13;19
UREF
PNO  3060555
ISD  19621000
NAM  Kirshenbaum et al.
XCL   15230.11
UREF
PNO  3906581
ISD  19750900
NAM  Marino et al.
OCL   15230.11
FREF
PNO  64044
ISD  19550500
CNT  FRX
OCL   15230.11
FREF
PNO  1103324
ISD  19550500
CNT  FRX
OCL   15230.11
FREF
PNO  1168672
ISD  19580900
CNT  FRX
OCL   15230.11
FREF
PNO  1558712
ISD  19900400
CNT  SUX
OCL   15230.11
FREF
PNO  748329
ISD  19560400
CNT  GBX
OCL   15230.11
FREF
PNO  1353027
ISD  19740500
CNT  GBX
OCL   15230.11
LREP
FR2  Van Der Wall; Robert J.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for applying flowable material to a work surface includes a
      roller frame having a handle portion and an axle portion; a roller cover
      mounting structure rotatably mounted on the axle portion; a roller cover
      having an outer cover surface and engagingly fitted over the roller cover
      mounting structure, for gathering a quantity of the flowable material on
      the outer cover surface and transferring at least part of the quantity of
      flowable material to the work surface; and a mounting structure locking
      mechanism for locking the mounting structure against rotation relative to
      the roller frame. The locking mechanism preferably locks the mounting
      structure against rotation releasably, so that the roller cover transfers
      the flowable material by either rotating or by sliding against the work
      surface. The locking mechanism is located entirely within the roller to
      prevent it from being exposed to the flowable material, and operates with
      a magnet to retain it in either the locked or unlocked mode. The invention
      also contemplates a method of utilizing the foregoing apparatus by
      abruptly moving the apparatus to shift the magnet from one operating mode
      position to another, and vice versa, as well as performing the method
      remotely using a handle extension.
PATN
WKU  059876930
SRC  9
APN  1151541
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980714
TTL  Grill cleaning device
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Till; Terrence R.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Noga; Robert A.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Noga Design
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   1523608
XCL   1523607
XCL   1523609
EDF  6
ICL  A47L 1308
FSC   15
FSS  236.01;236.05;236.06;236.07;236.08;236.09
FSC   30
FSS  169;172
FSC  D32
FSS  46;49
UREF
PNO  2824323
ISD  19580200
NAM  Tos et al.
OCL   15236.05
UREF
PNO  4112537
ISD  19780900
NAM  Heuck
OCL   15236.05
UREF
PNO  4759092
ISD  19880700
NAM  Duddy
OCL   15236.08
UREF
PNO  5720071
ISD  19980200
NAM  Hall
OCL   15236.08
FREF
PNO  672081
ISD  19891000
CNT  CHX
OCL   15236.07
LREP
FR2  Waters; William Patrick
ABST
PAL  A device for cleaning cooking grill rails which includes an elongated blade
      for scraping movement along the rails, and a handle having an elongated
      portion connected to the blade. The blade is attached to the elongated
      handle portion for rotation thereabout in a plane substantially
      perpendicular to the elongated portion axis. The elongated blade includes
      a plurality of flat fingers, disposed substantially perpendicularly to the
      axis of the blade. The fingers are suitable for insertion between grill
      rails for scraping purposes. Rotation of the elongated blade about the
      elongated handle portion imparts a capability for using the fingers with a
      variety of grills where the distance between rails differs.
PATN
WKU  059876948
SRC  9
APN  2492075
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19990212
TTL  Tire protectant applicator
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Spisich; Mark
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Large; Charles F.
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Egl 1 Inc
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  963526
APD  19971103
PSC  01
PNO  5896616
CLAS
OCL   152441
XCL   1510494
XCL  206209
XCL  401 11
XCL   D4137
XCL  D32 40
XCL  D32 52
EDF  6
ICL  A47L 2500
ICL  B05C 1700
FSC   15
FSS  104.93;104.94;210.1;244.1;244.4
FSC  206
FSS  209;229;361
FSC  401
FSS  10;11
FSC  D 4
FSS  137
FSC  D32
FSS  35;40;52
UREF
PNO  Re26385
ISD  19680500
NAM  Gilchrist
OCL   15210.1
UREF
PNO  D392079
ISD  19980300
NAM  Omerza
OCL  D32 52
UREF
PNO  2207959
ISD  19400700
NAM  Way et al.
XCL   15244.1
UREF
PNO  2825084
ISD  19580300
NAM  Sanborn
OCL   15210.1
UREF
PNO  2850754
ISD  19580900
NAM  Davis
XCL   15244.1
UREF
PNO  2922180
ISD  19600100
NAM  Render
XCL  206361
UREF
PNO  2961677
ISD  19601100
NAM  Zecchini
OCL  401132
UREF
PNO  3006023
ISD  19611000
NAM  Worthington
OCL   15104.94
UREF
PNO  3161903
ISD  19641200
NAM  Worthington
OCL   15104.94
UREF
PNO  3255481
ISD  19660600
NAM  Adams
OCL   15104.94
UREF
PNO  3386793
ISD  19680600
NAM  Stanton
OCL  401132
UREF
PNO  3466131
ISD  19690900
NAM  Arcudi
OCL  401132
UREF
PNO  3811783
ISD  19740500
NAM  Johnson
XCL  401 10
UREF
PNO  3860348
ISD  19750100
NAM  Doyle
OCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  3998559
ISD  19761200
NAM  Hoyt
OCL  401132
UREF
PNO  4183684
ISD  19800100
NAM  Avery, Jr.
OCL  401133
UREF
PNO  4475835
ISD  19841000
NAM  Verboom et al.
OCL  401132
UREF
PNO  4601081
ISD  19860700
NAM  Sutton et al.
XCL   15210.1
UREF
PNO  4779386
ISD  19881000
NAM  Harris
OCL  451557
UREF
PNO  4811991
ISD  19890300
NAM  Moreno et al.
OCL  301 37.1
UREF
PNO  4953999
ISD  19900900
NAM  Rivers
XCL  401 10
UREF
PNO  4963045
ISD  19901000
NAM  Willcox
OCL  401132
UREF
PNO  5159735
ISD  19921100
NAM  Owens et al.
OCL   15104.94
UREF
PNO  5295278
ISD  19940300
NAM  Condon
OCL   15104.04
UREF
PNO  5351356
ISD  19941000
NAM  Townsend, Jr.
XCL   15244.1
UREF
PNO  5554417
ISD  19960900
NAM  Heming
OCL  427445
FREF
PNO  1171623
ISD  19590100
CNT  FRX
OCL   15210.1
FREF
PNO  2 686 529
ISD  19930700
CNT  FRX
OCL   15244.1
LREP
FRM  Fulwider Patton Lee & Utecht, LLP
ABST
PAL  A tire protectant applicator for spreading a liquid such as a cleaning
      solution or rubber conditioning agent onto the sidewall of a tire, which
      is constructed of porous, pliable material, configured with a concave
      curved surface to complementally fit the sidewall of a tire, provided at
      its opposite end with a handle for gripping, and further provided with a
      cap for storing the applicator when not in use.
PATN
WKU  059876956
SRC  8
APN  8499217
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970814
TTL  Connecting link for a wiper system, in particular on a motor vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Graham; Gary K.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Edele; Reinhard
CTY  Bietigheim-Bissingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Krizek; Oldrich
CTY  Bietigheim-Bissingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schmid; Eckhardt
CTY  Brackenheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  ITT Manufacturing Enterprises, Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19941220
APN  44 45 417
CLAS
OCL   1525004
XCL   1525032
XCL   1525023
EDF  6
ICL  B60S  146
ICL  B60S  140
ICL  B60S  134
FSC   15
FSS  250.23;250.32;250.31;250.3;250.04;250.351
UREF
PNO  3076991
ISD  19630200
NAM  Macpherson
OCL   15250.23
UREF
PNO  4621389
ISD  19861100
NAM  Grave
OCL   15250.32
UREF
PNO  4716612
ISD  19880100
NAM  D'Alba
OCL   15250.23
UREF
PNO  4791696
ISD  19881200
NAM  Durtnal
OCL   15250.23
UREF
PNO  4967438
ISD  19901100
NAM  Arai et al.
OCL   15250.32
UREF
PNO  5016312
ISD  19910500
NAM  Frimley
OCL   15250.32
UREF
PNO  5245720
ISD  19930900
NAM  Schon
OCL   15250.32
UREF
PNO  5327614
ISD  19940700
NAM  Egner-Walter et al.
OCL   15250.04
FREF
PNO  1109312
ISD  19550900
CNT  FRX
OCL   15250.23
FREF
PNO  1283741
ISD  19620200
CNT  FRX
OCL   15250.32
FREF
PNO  33 40 449
ISD  19850500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3907980
ISD  19900900
CNT  DEX
OCL   15250.04
FREF
PNO  39 17 483
ISD  19901200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2088706
ISD  19820600
CNT  GBX
OCL   15250.23
LREP
FR2  Lewis; J. Gordon
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/04070
PD1  19970814
PD2  19970814
PD3  19951017
PCP  WO96/19367
PCD  19960627
ABST
PAR  In order to configure a connecting link for articulated connecting with a
      wiper arm and with a control arm so that it can be connected in a
      dependable manner with little effort to the widely used type of wiper
      blade, in which an attachment bolt extends transverse to the longitudinal
      direction of the wiper blade in an upward open region between the two side
      cheeks of the wiper blade support bar, which stand apart from each other
      and run parallel to each other; the connecting link has a one-piece base
      element with a back part and a connecting part set at a distance from it
      in the direction of the pane to be wiped, said connecting part is designed
      to snap into the attachment bolt of the wiper blade support bar, and at
      the back part there are mutually spaced connecting elements, in particular
      articulated bolts attached to pivot the wiper arm and the control arm.
PATN
WKU  059876964
SRC  8
APN  7740883
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19961224
TTL  Carpet cleaning machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Moore; Chris K.
NDR  14
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Wang; Kevin W.
STR  1525 Endeavor Pl. Suite O
CTY  Anaheim
STA  CA
ZIP  92801
CLAS
OCL   15319
XCL   15321
EDF  6
ICL  A47L  928
FSC   15
FSS  321;339;319
UREF
PNO  4654924
ISD  19870400
NAM  Getz et al.
OCL   15319
UREF
PNO  4667364
ISD  19870500
NAM  Meili
XCL   15319
UREF
PNO  4958406
ISD  19900900
NAM  Toyashima et al.
OCL   15319
UREF
PNO  5233682
ISD  19930800
NAM  Abe et al.
XCL   15319
UREF
PNO  5265305
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kraft et al.
OCL   15319
UREF
PNO  5301385
ISD  19940400
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL   15319
UREF
PNO  5381584
ISD  19950100
NAM  Jyoraku et al.
OCL   15319
UREF
PNO  5548511
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bancroft
XCL   15319
UREF
PNO  5555595
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ligman
XCL   15321
UREF
PNO  5613271
ISD  19970300
NAM  Thomas
OCL   15321
UREF
PNO  5657509
ISD  19970800
NAM  Trautloff et al.
OCL   15321
FREF
PNO  2 243 992
ISD  19911100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Fish; Robert D.
     Crokett & Fish
ABST
PAL  A microprocessor is used to control various components of a carpet cleaning
      machine to improve its functionality. In various aspects of the invention,
      the microprocessor is software controlled, and can provide sequential
      operating instructions to the operator, enforce start-up and shut down
      sequences, store an electronic record of operating parameters for future
      use, provide auto--and remote diagnostics, and provide remote control. In
      another aspect of the invention the microprocessor can affect the
      operation of the entire system by dynamically controlling the speed of the
      motor. In another aspect of the invention, a more effective muffler can be
      attached to the exhaust of the motor, thereby greatly reducing the noise
      level. In still other aspects of the invention, the microprocessor can
      operate an ignition kill switch to the motor, solenoid and/or clutch
      controls for the fluid and air pumps, an energy cutoff switch for the
      heater, and software updates via modem.
PATN
WKU  059876972
SRC  8
APN  9260498
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970909
TTL  Vacuum cleaner having a brush lamp
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Moore; Chris K.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Song; Jung-Gon
CTY  Kwangju
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Ki-Man
CTY  Kwangju
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Kwangju Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kwangju
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960910
APN  96-28753
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960910
APN  96-28754
CLAS
OCL   15324
XCL  362 91
XCL  362307
EDF  6
ICL  A47L  930
FSC   15
FSS  324
FSC  362
FSS  91;296;307
UREF
PNO  4757574
ISD  19880700
NAM  Sumerau
OCL   15324
UREF
PNO  4939629
ISD  19900700
NAM  Glanton et al.
XCL  362307
UREF
PNO  5107565
ISD  19920400
NAM  Chun
OCL   15324
UREF
PNO  5519594
ISD  19960500
NAM  Wu
XCL  362307
LREP
FRM  Perman & Green, LLP
ABST
PAL  A vacuum cleaner having a suction nozzle lamp which can light and observe a
      forward are of a suction nozzle for collecting dust or alien substances
      without being overheated. A reflection plate with a predetermined shape is
      formed inside a lower case forming a suction nozzle with a suction opening
      for sucking dust or alien substances, and a window is formed at the
      forward area of the reflection plate and at the lower case to light the
      forward area after light is reflected by the reflection plate. A suction
      nozzle lamp is formed between the reflection plate and the window. A
      strip-type electric bulb is located between the reflection plate and the
      window by first and second terminals or a socket terminal, thereby
      emitting enough light to the forward area of the suction nozzle to perform
      cleaning without being overheated.
PATN
WKU  059876980
SRC  8
APN  7968795
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970207
TTL  Apparatus for use in cutting operations
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Moore; Chris K.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Koenig; Arthur S.
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Gonzales; Victor Y.
CTY  Von Ormy
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  MDI Labs, Inc.
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   15339
XCL   154151
XCL  175209
EDF  6
ICL  A47L  902
FSC   15
FSS  339;415.1
FSC  175
FSS  209
UREF
PNO  2144586
ISD  19390100
NAM  Kelley
XCL  175209
UREF
PNO  2590958
ISD  19520400
NAM  Goodrich
OCL  175209
UREF
PNO  2829867
ISD  19580400
NAM  Brochetti
OCL  175209
UREF
PNO  2859940
ISD  19581100
NAM  Brochetti
XCL   15339
UREF
PNO  3946818
ISD  19760300
NAM  Ek
OCL  175209
UREF
PNO  4184226
ISD  19800100
NAM  Loevenich
OCL   15415.1
UREF
PNO  4372401
ISD  19830200
NAM  Fischer
OCL  175209
UREF
PNO  5660240
ISD  19970800
NAM  Harms et al.
OCL  175209
FREF
PNO  230252
ISD  19631100
CNT  AUX
OCL   15339
LREP
FR2  Wisner; Mark R.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for preventing the slinging of the slop, or slurry, which
      results from the use of liquids such as water during cutting, coring, or
      drilling operations on concrete and other strata. A shield fits around the
      cutting element and is positioned closely enough to a vacuum ring to
      effectively close off the area around the strata which is being cut or
      cored so as to contain the slop that is flung about by the cutting
      element. The vacuum ring is coupled to a wet/dry vacuum so that when a
      vacuum is applied into the area which is closed off around the strata
      which is being cut, the slop is suctioned into the vacuum ring and on
      through a hose into the vacuum.
PATN
WKU  059876999
SRC  8
APN  8564582
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970514
TTL  Large-scale cleaning vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Moore; Chris K.
NDR  21
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Katsutoshi
CTY  Nara-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawai; Yuzo
CTY  Nara-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Suiden Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960531
APN  8-138041
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960514
APN  8-118728
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960806
APN  8-206930
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960823
APN  8-222084
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961227
APN  8-349375
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970321
APN  9-67910
CLAS
OCL   15349
XCL   15 27
XCL   15 82
XCL   15 83
EDF  6
ICL  E01H  104
FSC   15
FSS  82;83;27;349;339
UREF
PNO  880124
ISD  19080200
NAM  Butler
XCL   15349
UREF
PNO  1087588
ISD  19140200
NAM  Killman
XCL   15349
UREF
PNO  1207816
ISD  19161200
NAM  Thompson
XCL   15349
UREF
PNO  2709269
ISD  19550500
NAM  Williams
XCL   15 83
UREF
PNO  3006021
ISD  19611000
NAM  Patch
XCL   15349
UREF
PNO  3354489
ISD  19671100
NAM  Ehrlich
OCL   15 83
UREF
PNO  3568232
ISD  19710300
NAM  Swanson
OCL   15 83
FREF
PNO  533030
ISD  19831000
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  586891
ISD  19890700
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  0243512
ISD  19871100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2150496
ISD  19730400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1524953
ISD  19780900
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Morrison Law Firm
ABST
PAL  A large-scale cleaning vehicle, for operation with a forklift, includes
      rotation brushes for sweeping debris toward a center of said cleaning
      vehicle, a sweeping brush for sweeping the debris into a debris collection
      box and a fan for pulling said debris into said debris collection box
      without the need for a motor in the cleaning vehicle. Each of the rotation
      brushes, the sweeping brush, and the fan are rotatably connected to a rear
      wheel of the cleaning vehicle such that when the cleaning vehicle is
      moved, the brushes and fan are rotated. The cleaning vehicle further
      includes a vertical adjustment for the rotation brushes to lift them when
      they are not needed, a lateral adjustment for the rotation brushes to
      adjust a width of sweeping, an audible warning for pedestrians, a water
      sprinkler system to aid in the cleaning process, and a large-scale trash
      removal brush mounted in front of the cleaning vehicle to push large-scale
      trash.
PATN
WKU  059877006
SRC  8
APN  945697&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980311
TTL  Cleaning tool of a vacuum cleaner
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Moore; Chris K.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Edlund; Goran
STR  Holmbacksvagen 17
CTY  S-892 34 Domsjo
CNT  SEX
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19950521
APN  9501912
CLAS
OCL   15420
XCL   15421
EDF  6
ICL  A47L  906
FSC   15
FSS  415.1;420;421
UREF
PNO  2164392
ISD  19390700
NAM  Ellis
XCL   15420
UREF
PNO  2296462
ISD  19420900
NAM  Betts
UREF
PNO  2348082
ISD  19440500
NAM  Lofgren
OCL   15421
UREF
PNO  2581002
ISD  19520100
NAM  Creswell
UREF
PNO  2624063
ISD  19530100
NAM  Van Der Heem
UREF
PNO  2934780
ISD  19600500
NAM  Taplin
XCL   15420
UREF
PNO  3238557
ISD  19660300
NAM  Foster
XCL   15421
UREF
PNO  3550183
ISD  19701200
NAM  Wolf
OCL   15420
UREF
PNO  3952362
ISD  19760400
NAM  Torii
XCL   15421
UREF
PNO  4677705
ISD  19870700
NAM  Schuster
XCL   15420
UREF
PNO  5123141
ISD  19920600
NAM  Erickson et al.
FREF
PNO  227964
ISD  19431000
CNT  SEX
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/00594
PD1  19980311
PD2  19980311
PD3  19960507
PCP  WO96/37142
PCD  19961128
ABST
PAR  This invention relates to a suction nozzle for connection to a hose, which
      is under vacuum and which is connected to a vacuum cleaner, the nozzle
      having a topside and an underside. According to the invention the suction
      nozzle is characterized by the combination of the following features: the
      nozzle has two suction holes (7, 8), which debouch on the underside (3) of
      the nozzle (1), and each of which is connected to a pipe part (5, 6),
      which parts are stationarily arranged on the topside (2) of the nozzle;
      the two pipe parts (5, 6) are connected with a T-formed connection pipe
      (4), which in its turn is connected with the pipe being under vacuum, the
      pipe being under vacuum being pivotally essentially 180.degree. in
      relation to the nozzle; the underside (3) of the nozzle (1) is designed
      with two separate vacuum chambers (13, 14), the one suction hole (7)
      debouching into the one vacuum chamber (13), whereas the other suction
      hole (8) debouches into the other vacuum chamber (14).
PATN
WKU  059877014
SRC  9
APN  088815&
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19980602
TTL  Pop-up mechanism for an extendable handle on a wheeled luggage case
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Mah; Chuck Y.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Kuo; Chung Hsien
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Chaw Khong Technology Co. Ltd.
CTY  Taipei County
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   161131
XCL  190115
XCL  280 37
XCL  280655
XCL  2806551
XCL  280 4724
XCL  280 4726
EDF  6
ICL  A47B 9502
FSC   16
FSS  115
FSC  190
FSS  39;115;18 A;15 R;104;14
FSC  280
FSS  37;651;652;655;655.1;47.18;47.24;47.26
UREF
PNO  5526908
ISD  19960600
NAM  Wang
OCL  190115
UREF
PNO  5639109
ISD  19970600
NAM  Liang
OCL  280655.1
UREF
PNO  5803214
ISD  19980900
NAM  Wang
OCL  190115
LREP
FRM  Tung & Associates
ABST
PAL  A pop-up mechanism is provided for use on the extendable handle of a
      wheeled luggage case to allow the extendable handle to be extended out in
      a pop-up manner that allows the user to easily grip the handle to pull the
      luggage case on the ground. The pop-up mechanism is simple in construction
      than those in the prior art so that the manufacture and maintenance can be
      easily carried out. The pop-up mechanism of the invention includes a
      fastening device mounting on one of the tubes and an elastic driving
      device secured to the fastening device. The elastic driving device is
      formed with a cavity in which an elastic means and a slidable block seated
      on the elastic means are mounted. The slidable block is slidingly movable
      in the cavity. When the extendable handle is in a retracted position, the
      slidable block is urged to compress the elastic means and thus being moved
      downwardly to a lowest position; and when unlocked, the compressed elastic
      means is expanded to cause the slidable block and the elongated bars of
      the extendable handle to be popped up. By utilizing this pop-up mechanism,
      the assembly and disassembly of the component parts of the pop-up
      mechanism are easy to carry out, resulting in a reduction in the
      manufacturing and maintenance costs.
PATN
WKU  059877022
SRC  9
APN  0860344
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19980528
TTL  Connecting device, particularly for eyeglasses
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Mah; Chuck Y.
NDR  4
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Simioni; Luciano
CTY  Montebelluna
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Luxottica Leasing S.p.A.
CTY  Agordo
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19970529
APN  TV97A0070
CLAS
OCL   16228
XCL  351113
XCL  403325
XCL  403327
XCL   16261
EDF  6
ICL  G02C  522
FSC   16
FSS  228;254;257;261;271
FSC  403
FSS  326;327;325
FSC  351
FSS  111;113;114;116;119;121;153
UREF
PNO  3052161
ISD  19620900
NAM  Berend
OCL   88 52
UREF
PNO  3899840
ISD  19750800
NAM  Maillet
OCL  351113
UREF
PNO  4354744
ISD  19821000
NAM  Bononi
OCL  351153
UREF
PNO  4570289
ISD  19860200
NAM  Consolati
OCL   16228
UREF
PNO  4747183
ISD  19880500
NAM  Drlik
OCL   16228
UREF
PNO  4974289
ISD  19901200
NAM  Piard
OCL   16228
UREF
PNO  4991258
ISD  19910200
NAM  Drlik
OCL   16228
UREF
PNO  5025530
ISD  19910600
NAM  Ferrari et al.
OCL   16236
UREF
PNO  5035498
ISD  19910700
NAM  Bolle
OCL  351116
UREF
PNO  5059017
ISD  19911000
NAM  Bennato
OCL  351121
UREF
PNO  5386254
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kahaney
OCL  351 60
UREF
PNO  5387949
ISD  19950200
NAM  Tackles
OCL  351121
UREF
PNO  5400090
ISD  19950300
NAM  Chen
OCL  351113
UREF
PNO  5483302
ISD  19960100
NAM  Jaffelin
OCL  351113
UREF
PNO  5533233
ISD  19960700
NAM  Wagner et al.
OCL   16228
UREF
PNO  5627608
ISD  19970500
NAM  Chao
OCL  351113
UREF
PNO  5661536
ISD  19970800
NAM  Conway
OCL  351121
UREF
PNO  5666181
ISD  19970900
NAM  Conway
OCL  351113
UREF
PNO  5668619
ISD  19970900
NAM  Bolle
OCL  351116
UREF
PNO  5671036
ISD  19970900
NAM  Huang
OCL  351113
UREF
PNO  5673095
ISD  19970900
NAM  Conway
OCL  351113
UREF
PNO  5708489
ISD  19980100
NAM  Jannard
OCL  351 41
UREF
PNO  5739891
ISD  19980400
NAM  Wei
OCL  351113
UREF
PNO  5760869
ISD  19980600
NAM  Mitamura
OCL   16228
UREF
PNO  5793464
ISD  19980800
NAM  Chen
OCL  351116
UREF
PNO  5818567
ISD  19981000
NAM  Sakai
OCL  351113
FREF
PNO  0 749 028 A1
ISD  19861200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 654 846
ISD  19910500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  4132900
ISD  19930400
CNT  DEX
OCL   16228
FREF
PNO  96 13236
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  French Design Registration Number 98 2863 Publication 517 678 to 517 680
      Date of Publication Oct. 16, 1998.
LREP
FR2  McGuire; Katherine
ABST
PAL  A connecting device, particularly for mutually connecting components of
      eyeglasses such as temples and a front and/or a lens and a lens and/or an
      eyewire and an eyewire and/or a temple and a temple. The device is
      constituted by at least one element which is detachably associable, with
      an interlocking action, with at least one of the components, in contrast
      with at least one flexible element, and can be pivoted to the other
      component. The device is structurally simple, easy and straightforward to
      assemble, and at the same time allows to achieve, for example, the
      extrawide opening of the temple at a low cost and without seizing.
PATN
WKU  059877030
SRC  9
APN  0943045
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19980609
TTL  Detachable door hinge for a motor vehicle door
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Mah; Chuck Y.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kluting; Bernd-Alfred
CTY  Radevormwald
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Menten; Klaus
CTY  Remscheid
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Osterkamp; Heinrich
CTY  Wermelskirchen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  ED. Scharwachter GmbH
CTY  Remscheid
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970609
APN  197 24 202
CLAS
OCL   16262
XCL   16263
XCL   16380
XCL   16386
EDF  6
ICL  E05D  710
ICL  E05D  512
FSC   16
FSS  261;262;263;264;254;273;380;381;386
UREF
PNO  1847937
ISD  19320300
NAM  Fetters
OCL   16263
UREF
PNO  4542558
ISD  19850900
NAM  Brockhaus
OCL   16263
UREF
PNO  4800623
ISD  19890100
NAM  Brockhaus
OCL   16262
UREF
PNO  4854009
ISD  19890800
NAM  Brockhaus
OCL   16263
UREF
PNO  4864689
ISD  19890900
NAM  Brockhaus
OCL   16262
UREF
PNO  5033163
ISD  19910700
NAM  Kaibuki et al.
OCL   16386
UREF
PNO  5761769
ISD  19980600
NAM  Bruckner et al.
OCL   16386
LREP
FRM  Anderson, Kill & Olick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A detachable door hinge for a motor vehicle door including a hinge pin for
      connecting two hinge flaps for a pivotal movement relative to each other
      and supported in a gudgeon of one of the two hinge flaps by
      maintenance-free bearing sleeve for a free rotation and extending into a
      gudgeon of another of the two hinge flaps, the hinge pin having a radially
      extending shoulder engageable between adjacent surfaces of the gudgeons of
      the two hinge flaps, a cone adjoining the radially extending collar and
      which tapers toward a free end of the hinge pin and is received in a
      corresponding conical enlargement of a gudgeon bore of the another hinge
      flap, and an attachment extending into the gudgeon bore of the another
      hinge flap and having an outer thread and a diameter which is smaller than
      a diameter of the gudgeon bore of the another hinge flap and a nut for
      preventing an automatic lifting off of the another hinge flap, and having
      a neck portion extendable into the gudgeon bore of the another hinge flap
      into a space between an inner wall of the gudgeon bore and the hinge pin
      attachment and having an inner thread engageable with the outer thread of
      the hingepin attachment.
PATN
WKU  059877049
SRC  9
APN  0610186
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19980415
TTL  Dual axis hinge apparatus with braking mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Mah; Chuck Y.
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Tang; John G.
CTY  San Carlos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Apple Computer, Inc.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   16354
XCL   16342
XCL   74 98
XCL  188 80
XCL  361681
EDF  6
ICL  E05D  700
FSC   16
FSS  354;366;321;341;342
FSC   74
FSS  98
FSC  188
FSS  25;80;82.84
FSC  361
FSS  683;681
UREF
PNO  2072028
ISD  19370200
NAM  Cooper
OCL   16354
UREF
PNO  4091907
ISD  19780500
NAM  Tabler
OCL  188 80
UREF
PNO  4916926
ISD  19900400
NAM  Shieh
OCL   16354
UREF
PNO  5103376
ISD  19920400
NAM  Blonder
OCL  361681
UREF
PNO  5109573
ISD  19920500
NAM  Sherman
OCL   16342
UREF
PNO  5363089
ISD  19941100
NAM  Goldenberg
OCL   16354
UREF
PNO  5867872
ISD  19990200
NAM  Katoh
OCL   16354
FREF
PNO  2171448A
ISD  19860800
CNT  GBX
OCL   16354
LREP
FRM  Beyer & Weaver, LLP
ABST
PAL  An improved hinge mechanism for use with a portable computing device is
      disclosed. According to one embodiment, a hinge mechanism includes a first
      gear and a first deformable braking mechanism that is coupled to the first
      gear. The first deformable braking mechanism is substantially axially
      aligned with the first gear along a first axis. The hinge mechanism also
      includes a second gear that engages the first gear during rotation of the
      first gear, as well as a second braking mechanism. The second braking
      mechanism is arranged to be substantially axially aligned with the second
      gear along a second axis. The second braking mechanism contacts the first
      deformable braking mechanism to cause the first deformable braking
      mechanism to deform during rotation of the first gear. Finally, the hinge
      mechanism includes a linking mechanism that allows a constant distance to
      be maintained between the first axis and the second axis.
PATN
WKU  059877057
SRC  8
APN  886991&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970702
TTL  Handle covering with vibration-reducing bladder
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Neas; Michael A.
NDR  34
NFG  48
INVT
NAM  Reynolds; Douglas D.
CTY  Las Vegas
STA  NV
ASSG
NAM  Ergoair, Inc.
CTY  Las Vegas
STA  NV
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  565921
APD  19951201
PSC  01
PNO  5771490
RLAP
COD  82
APN  367468
APD  19941230
PSC  01
PNO  5537688
ISD  19960723
CLAS
OCL   16431
XCL   16DIG12
XCL   745519
XCL   745585
XCL    2 16
EDF  6
ICL  B25G  101
FSC    2
FSS  16
FSC   16
FSS  110 R;116 A;116 R;114 R
FSC   74
FSS  543;551.1;551.8;551.9;558.5
FSC  273
FSS  75;73 J;67 DA
FSC  473
FSS  300
UREF
PNO  3008214
ISD  19611100
NAM  Foster et al.
XCL    2DIG.3
UREF
PNO  3098563
ISD  19630700
NAM  Skees
XCL    2DIG.3
UREF
PNO  3911501
ISD  19751000
NAM  Seltzer
OCL  128260
UREF
PNO  4183156
ISD  19800100
NAM  Rudy
OCL   36 44
UREF
PNO  4471538
ISD  19840900
NAM  Pomeranz et al.
UREF
PNO  4478408
ISD  19841000
NAM  Bruckner
UREF
PNO  4509228
ISD  19850400
NAM  Landsberger
OCL   16114R
UREF
PNO  4545841
ISD  19851000
NAM  Jackrel
UREF
PNO  4547919
ISD  19851000
NAM  Wang
XCL    2413
UREF
PNO  4820090
ISD  19890400
NAM  Chen
UREF
PNO  4912861
ISD  19900400
NAM  Huang
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4918754
ISD  19900400
NAM  Leatherman et al.
UREF
PNO  4942791
ISD  19900700
NAM  Stewart et al.
UREF
PNO  5018733
ISD  19910500
NAM  Buand
OCL  273 75
UREF
PNO  5142717
ISD  19920900
NAM  Everard et al.
OCL    5450
UREF
PNO  5155864
ISD  19921000
NAM  Walker et al.
OCL    2 18
UREF
PNO  5157807
ISD  19921000
NAM  Keller et al.
UREF
PNO  5193246
ISD  19930300
NAM  Huang
OCL   16114R
UREF
PNO  5195212
ISD  19930300
NAM  Colwell
UREF
PNO  5218719
ISD  19930600
NAM  Johnson
OCL    2 19
UREF
PNO  5257418
ISD  19931100
NAM  Jaskiewicz
OCL    2 20
UREF
PNO  5274846
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kolsky
XCL    2 16
UREF
PNO  5345609
ISD  19940900
NAM  Fabry et al.
OCL    2 20
UREF
PNO  5355552
ISD  19941000
NAM  Huang
OCL   16114R
UREF
PNO  5427577
ISD  19950600
NAM  Picchietti et al.
OCL  473 59
UREF
PNO  5511445
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hildebrandt
OCL   74558.5
UREF
PNO  5603118
ISD  19970200
NAM  Solomon
XCL    2DIG.2
UREF
PNO  5713104
ISD  19980200
NAM  Giampaolo, Jr.
OCL   16114R
UREF
PNO  5846629
ISD  19981200
NAM  Gwinn
OCL   74551.1
FREF
PNO  333946
ISD  19031200
CNT  FRX
OCL    2 16
FREF
PNO  3326085 A1
ISD  19850400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  961646
ISD  19820900
CNT  RUX
OCL    2 16
FREF
PNO  1623590
ISD  19910100
CNT  RUX
OCL    2 16
FREF
PNO  1651831
ISD  19910500
CNT  RUX
OCL    2 16
FREF
PNO  1764615
ISD  19920900
CNT  RUX
OCL    2 16
FREF
PNO  1818058
ISD  19930500
CNT  RUX
OCL    2 16
LREP
FRM  Kinney & Lange, P.A.
ABST
PAL  An air isolation hand or handle covering has a bladder consisting of a
      plurality of interconnected or independent inflation cells that is
      positioned between the hand and a hand-held tool or other vibrating
      object. The cells are oriented to permit easy bending of the hand covering
      in directions appropriate for grasping an object. The effectiveness of the
      bladder in reducing the vibration energy transmitted to the hand is a
      function of the bladder material thickness, the shape and configuration of
      the bladder, the pressure in the bladder, the compressible fluid used, the
      volume of the bladder, and the grip force and push force used when
      clasping a tool or other object. The bladder is attached in place by way
      of an attachment tab which is integrally formed from at least one of the
      layers of the bladder and extends for at least about one sixth the length
      of the fluid cavity. Spacing between weld lines which define the inflation
      cells can be varied such that the thickness of the bladder in an inflated
      state varies at different inflation cells. The bladder can be filled with
      air or other fluid during the fabrication of the bladder or it can be
      inflated or deflated with a small pump and integral air valve connected to
      one of the air cavities. The covering may include an inflation sensor to
      indicate when a proper inflation pressure is reached.
PATN
WKU  059877065
SRC  8
APN  9656294
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19971106
TTL  Device for removably coupling a plurality of structures
ISD  19991123
NCL  39
ECL  21
EXA  Sandy; Robert J.
EXP  Brittain; James R.
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Boe; Craig L.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   24 16PB
XCL   24442
XCL   24577
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 6300
FSC   24
FSS  16 PB;16 R;17 AP;17 A;30.5 P;306;442;450;452;575;576;577
FSC  248
FSS  68.1
UREF
PNO  3000384
ISD  19610900
NAM  Piers, Jr.
OCL   24 17AP
UREF
PNO  3050578
ISD  19620800
NAM  Huebner
OCL   24 17AP
UREF
PNO  3072986
ISD  19630100
NAM  Lefnaer
OCL   24 16PB
UREF
PNO  3266113
ISD  19660800
NAM  Flanagan, Jr.
OCL   24452
UREF
PNO  3312583
ISD  19670400
NAM  Rochlis
XCL   24442
UREF
PNO  3408705
ISD  19681100
NAM  Kayser et al.
OCL   24452
UREF
PNO  3438095
ISD  19690400
NAM  Evans
OCL   24 16PB
UREF
PNO  3501814
ISD  19700300
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL   24 16PB
UREF
PNO  3530543
ISD  19700900
NAM  Desmarais et al.
OCL   24 16PB
UREF
PNO  3604145
ISD  19710900
NAM  Zimmerman
XCL   24 16PB
UREF
PNO  3654049
ISD  19720400
NAM  Ausnit
OCL   24 16PB
UREF
PNO  3869764
ISD  19750500
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL   24577
UREF
PNO  3955246
ISD  19760500
NAM  Tanaka
XCL   24 16PB
UREF
PNO  3983603
ISD  19761000
NAM  Joyce
OCL   24 16PB
UREF
PNO  4183121
ISD  19800100
NAM  Cousins
OCL   24577
UREF
PNO  4870721
ISD  19891000
NAM  Cohen
OCL   24 16PB
UREF
PNO  4920235
ISD  19900400
NAM  Yamaguchi
XCL   24442
UREF
PNO  5212853
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kaneko
OCL   24452
UREF
PNO  5479741
ISD  19960100
NAM  Underwood
XCL   24 20EE
UREF
PNO  5619909
ISD  19970400
NAM  Volk
XCL   24 16PB
UREF
PNO  5640744
ISD  19770600
NAM  Allen
OCL   24442
FREF
PNO  867116
ISD  19610500
CNT  GBX
OCL   2416 PB
LREP
FRM  Perkins Cole, LLP
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for coupling at least two structures. The apparatus comprises
      a resilient, elongated coupling member having a plurality of spaced-apart
      apertures and a plurality of projections positioned between respective
      pairs of adjacent apertures. The apertures in a first portion of the
      coupling member are sized and positioned to removably receive the
      projections of a second portion of the coupling member when the coupling
      member is wrapped around a bundle or structure.
PATN
WKU  059877073
SRC  9
APN  2255626
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19990105
TTL  Bungee cord shortening device
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Sakran; Victor N.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  DeShon; James Richard
STR  2155 Collins Rd.
CTY  Cresent City
STA  CA
ZIP  95531
CLAS
OCL   24 17AP
XCL   24 17AP
XCL   24129A
XCL   24130
EDF  6
ICL  F16G 1100
FSC   24
FSS  129 R;129 B;129 A;130;18;17 AP;16 R
UREF
PNO  483771
ISD  18921000
NAM  Seymour
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  630837
ISD  18990800
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  749235
ISD  19040100
NAM  Smith
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  959076
ISD  19100500
NAM  Scanlon
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  986014
ISD  19110300
NAM  Krenzke
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  1426945
ISD  19220800
NAM  Anderson
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  2418885
ISD  19470400
NAM  Houston
OCL   24129B
UREF
PNO  3981500
ISD  19760900
NAM  Ryan
OCL  272 85
UREF
PNO  4414712
ISD  19831100
NAM  Beggins
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  4640212
ISD  19870200
NAM  Brandt
OCL  114230
UREF
PNO  4976013
ISD  19901200
NAM  Wax
OCL   24129A
UREF
PNO  5094448
ISD  19920300
NAM  Hackett
OCL  272 93
UREF
PNO  5538382
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  414141
LREP
FRM  Patent & Trademark Services
FR2  Zack; Thomas
FR2  McGlynn; Joseph H.
ABST
PAL  A cord retaining device consisting of a T-shaped housing with three legs.
      Through holes extend through each leg with two of the holes in two legs
      being aligned with each other. The third or other leg's through hole
      intersects with the two aligned holes. At the third leg there are two
      opposite cord retaining grooves that open upwardly and taper downwardly. A
      bottom slot extends along the length of the two aligned legs and has an
      enlarged mid portion. By placing a cord having a diameter slightly greater
      than the diameter of the two aligned housing through holes, such as a
      bungee cord, through the bottom slot and pulling a mid portion of the cord
      into the third leg, a loop may be formed by the pulled portion. Lower
      portions of this formed loop may be inserted into the cord retaining
      grooves to fix the cord therein. A second bungee cord may also be used
      with the first bungee cord and housing. In this case, two opposite sides
      fixed to formed opened spaces in the housing are used to hold the second
      bungee cord and restrain the movement of the housing with respect to a
      first bungee cord on which the housing is mounted.
PATN
WKU  059877081
SRC  9
APN  0459690
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19980321
TTL  Garbage bag restraint for securing trash liners to containers
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Sandy; Robert J.
EXP  Brittain; James R.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Newton; Randy Joe
STR  3800 Longhorn La.
CTY  Oakley
STA  CA
ZIP  94561
CLAS
OCL   24 305S
XCL   24 305R
XCL   24 305P
EDF  6
ICL  F16B  220
ICL  A45F  500
ICL  B65D 7710
FSC   24
FSS  30.5 S;30.5 P;30.5 R;547
UREF
PNO  2396906
ISD  19460300
NAM  Windson
OCL   24 30.5S
UREF
PNO  2981990
ISD  19610500
NAM  Balderree, Jr.
OCL   24 30.5S
UREF
PNO  3962757
ISD  19760600
NAM  Gedney
OCL   24 30.5S
UREF
PNO  4760624
ISD  19880800
NAM  Fish
OCL   24 30.5S
UREF
PNO  4896366
ISD  19900100
NAM  Oxman
OCL   24 30.5S
UREF
PNO  5257845
ISD  19931100
NAM  McConnell
OCL  294171
UREF
PNO  5311646
ISD  19940500
NAM  Eischen, Sr.
OCL   24 30.5S
UREF
PNO  5695088
ISD  19971200
NAM  Kasbohm
OCL   24 30.5S
LREP
FRM  Bielen, Peterson & Lampe
ABST
PAL  A pocket sized plastic restraint, having a rigid edge (1a) and flexible
      center (1b). In the flexible center (1b) is a flexible gripping strip
      opening (2d) that gathered excess liner material is inserted through and
      held tight by. The gripping strip opening (2d) is a serrated opening that
      bites into the gathered liner like teeth, to hold the bag tight without
      cutting it. At the base of the garbage bag restraint (2c) is a tucking
      strip opening (2e) for tucking excess bag material. The garbage bag
      restraint (2c) holds bags tight around the rim of containers that are
      smaller than the bag.
PATN
WKU  059877090
SRC  8
APN  9408010
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19970930
TTL  Re-attachable safety connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Bochna; David E.
EXP  Browne; Lynne H.
NDR  12
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Chou; Tser-Wen
STR  19464 Via Del Caballo
CTY  Yorba Linda
STA  CA
ZIP  92686
CLAS
OCL   24116A
XCL   24115F
XCL  403161
XCL  403DIG3
EDF  6
ICL  A44B  104
FSC   24
FSS  116 A;115 F;602
FSC  403
FSS  2;339;340;161;162;DIG. 3;389;391;396;385;384
FSC  248
FSS  548;549
UREF
PNO  1151813
ISD  19150800
NAM  Neufeld
XCL  403391
UREF
PNO  1420790
ISD  19220600
NAM  Varney
OCL  403391
UREF
PNO  1529845
ISD  19250300
NAM  Moeller
OCL  403396
UREF
PNO  2452406
ISD  19481000
NAM  Volkery et al.
OCL  403391
UREF
PNO  2712167
ISD  19550700
NAM  Blanchard
XCL  403391
UREF
PNO  2878080
ISD  19590300
NAM  Brutosky
OCL  403344
UREF
PNO  2963679
ISD  19601200
NAM  Jugle
XCL  403391
UREF
PNO  3604687
ISD  19710900
NAM  Moore
XCL  403391
UREF
PNO  4273465
ISD  19810600
NAM  Schoen
XCL  403389
UREF
PNO  4787514
ISD  19881100
NAM  Pantev
OCL  403400
UREF
PNO  5060961
ISD  19911000
NAM  Bontrager
XCL  403389
UREF
PNO  5120152
ISD  19920600
NAM  Gueli
OCL   24602
UREF
PNO  5518056
ISD  19960500
NAM  Voss
OCL   24115F
UREF
PNO  5769556
ISD  19980600
NAM  Colley
XCL  403391
UREF
PNO  5794897
ISD  19980800
NAM  Jobin et al.
XCL  403391
FREF
PNO  708248
ISD  19310400
CNT  FRX
OCL  403391
FREF
PNO  1567165
ISD  19800500
CNT  GBX
OCL  403391
LREP
FR2  Harrington; Curtis L.
ABST
PAL  A re-attachable safety connector may be a single unit or may have a number
      of components working together as one unit. In the embodiments that have
      multiple components, connection of the components together may be
      accomplished by use of a series of pins inserted into a plurality of
      through bores in the body of the components at the mid-portions, as
      illustrated herein. Depending on the materials used to manufacture each of
      the elements of a given embodiment, the pin series may be sheared in half
      in order to provide for a safety release, or the properties of molded
      plastic as flexible may be relied upon in order to accomplish a safety
      release. Second through fourth embodiments are capsule shaped and provide
      for re-attachment of the chain.
PATN
WKU  059877103
SRC  9
APN  0906301
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980604
TTL  Rope securement clip for forming a break-away connection
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Ark; Darren W.
EXP  Carone; Michael J.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Paul; Dan
STR  797 Greenville Rd.
CTY  Mason
STA  NH
ZIP  03281
INVT
NAM  Jones; Nelson
STR  P.O.B. 481
CTY  Weare
STA  NH
ZIP  03281
CLAS
OCL   24130
XCL   43100
EDF  6
ICL  F16G 1100
FSC   43
FSS  43.1;43.12;100;44.87;44.9;44.91
FSC   24
FSS  130;129 R;129 A;115 H
FSC  403
FSS  391;399;397
UREF
PNO  D23448
ISD  18940700
NAM  Evans
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  88373
ISD  18690300
NAM  D'Heureuse
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  102605
ISD  18700500
NAM  Slaight et al.
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  317350
ISD  18850500
NAM  Hasskarl
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  322501
ISD  18850700
NAM  Taylor
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  446020
ISD  18910200
NAM  Seelbach
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  447618
ISD  18910300
NAM  Miller
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  468819
ISD  18920200
NAM  McAnarney
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  518880
ISD  18940400
NAM  Evans
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  555340
ISD  18960200
NAM  Schwarzman
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  555770
ISD  18960300
NAM  Hisley
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  556485
ISD  18960300
NAM  Wilson
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  585564
ISD  18970600
NAM  Freeman
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  653661
ISD  19000700
NAM  Conger
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  656431
ISD  19000800
NAM  Stewart
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  796143
ISD  19050800
NAM  Nord
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  959076
ISD  19100500
NAM  Scanlon
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  986014
ISD  19110300
NAM  Krenzke
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  1047654
ISD  19121200
NAM  Klersy
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  1205496
ISD  19161100
NAM  Whitehead
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  1235466
ISD  19170700
NAM  Harrison
OCL  403391
UREF
PNO  1361249
ISD  19201200
NAM  Giffin
OCL   24129A
UREF
PNO  1391457
ISD  19210900
NAM  Buckley et al.
OCL   43 87
UREF
PNO  1441737
ISD  19230100
NAM  Mickelson
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  1463456
ISD  19230700
NAM  Bear
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  1565041
ISD  19251200
NAM  Arney
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  2151609
ISD  19390300
NAM  Menderman
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  2359588
ISD  19441000
NAM  Shea
OCL   43 43.12
UREF
PNO  2439141
ISD  19480400
NAM  Meighan
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  2459287
ISD  19490100
NAM  Robbins et al.
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  2523785
ISD  19500900
NAM  Sereno
OCL  403391
UREF
PNO  2884478
ISD  19590400
NAM  Becker et al.
OCL  403391
UREF
PNO  3002780
ISD  19611000
NAM  Eggeman
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  3309745
ISD  19670300
NAM  Gintz et al.
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  3353232
ISD  19671100
NAM  Brownson
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  3399433
ISD  19680900
NAM  Faulkner
OCL  403391
UREF
PNO  3426472
ISD  19690200
NAM  Richard
OCL   43100
UREF
PNO  3466712
ISD  19690900
NAM  Behney
OCL  403391
UREF
PNO  3540083
ISD  19701100
NAM  O'connor
OCL  403391
UREF
PNO  3641700
ISD  19720200
NAM  Harrison
OCL   43 43.12
UREF
PNO  4445295
ISD  19840500
NAM  Litrico
OCL   43100
UREF
PNO  4528771
ISD  19850700
NAM  Rea, Jr.
OCL   43 44.9
UREF
PNO  5239770
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kohus
OCL   43 44.91
UREF
PNO  5307751
ISD  19940500
NAM  Shell
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  5519921
ISD  19960500
NAM  Templer, Jr.
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  5519961
ISD  19960500
NAM  Lauritzen et al.
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  5660133
ISD  19970800
NAM  Munich
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  5697591
ISD  19971200
NAM  Cooper
OCL  403391
UREF
PNO  5769556
ISD  19980600
NAM  Colley
OCL  403391
UREF
PNO  5846017
ISD  19981200
NAM  Meyer
OCL  403397
FREF
PNO  2046826
ISD  19801100
CNT  GBX
OCL   24130
LREP
FRM  Howson and Howson
ABST
PAL  A clip for securing lobster trapping equipment to a buoy. The clip has an
      elongate tubular body through which a rope attached to a lobster trap is
      threaded. The rope is then threaded through a buoy loop and clipped to the
      outer wall of the elongate tubular body by a pair of hooks. The clipped
      rope extends through a slot formed between the pair of hooks. The slot has
      oppositely facing sets of teeth which grab the rope and prevent its
      release under normal rope tensions, ie rope tensions caused by the motion
      of the sea. However, under certain extreme rope tensions, such as a whale
      entangled in the rope, the teeth are specifically designed to be unable to
      hold the rope under the extreme tension and will allow the rope to slip
      back through the teeth, slot and hooks to become disengaged with the outer
      wall of the clip and from the buoy.
PATN
WKU  059877111
SRC  9
APN  1883208
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19981110
TTL  Rope clamp
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Sandy; Robert J.
EXP  Brittain; James R.
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Parsons; Llewellyn Bertram
CTY  Barrie
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  1217145 Ontario Inc.
CTY  Barrie
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19971208
APN  2224363
CLAS
OCL   24130
XCL  114218
XCL  403211
EDF  6
ICL  F16G 1100
FSC  114
FSS  218
FSC   24
FSS  130;129 R;127;129 D;136 R;136 K;115 M;115 K;132 R
FSC  403
FSS  211
UREF
PNO  2608731
ISD  19520900
NAM  Summers
XCL  114218
UREF
PNO  3233934
ISD  19660200
NAM  Osborn et al.
OCL  114218
UREF
PNO  3574900
ISD  19710400
NAM  Emery
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  4361938
ISD  19821200
NAM  Emery
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  5522120
ISD  19960600
NAM  Brinning
OCL   24130
UREF
PNO  5806452
ISD  19980900
NAM  Benoit
OCL  114218
FREF
PNO  2451514
ISD  19801100
CNT  FRX
OCL   24130
LREP
FR2  Parsons; Jane
ABST
PAL  A rope clamp is provided which is suitable either for use to hang
      adjustably an article suspended by a rope, or to act as an adjustable tie
      down. The clamp has a clamping rope channel between a pair of parallel
      plates. Clamping ribs are located in the rope channel to grip the rope
      frictionally and to narrow the channel towards its base. One plate of the
      pair narrows towards one end to leave exposed parts of an inner face on
      the other plate. Guide to maintain the rope in the rope channel are
      located on the exposed parts.
PATN
WKU  059877120
SRC  8
APN  9953485
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19971222
TTL  Cord lock
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Sandy; Robert J.
EXP  Brittain; James R.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Tucker; John C.
STR  2921 Suffolk Ct. E., Suite 500
CTY  Fort Worth
STA  TX
ZIP  76133
CLAS
OCL   24136R
XCL  403211
XCL   24115M
EDF  6
ICL  F16G 1100
FSC   24
FSS  136 R;136 L;134 L;115 R;115 F;115 M;115 G;712.5
FSC  403
FSS  211;213
UREF
PNO  2573806
ISD  19511100
NAM  Paterson
XCL   24136R
UREF
PNO  3845575
ISD  19741100
NAM  Boden
XCL   24136R
UREF
PNO  3953144
ISD  19760400
NAM  Boden
XCL   24136R
UREF
PNO  3965544
ISD  19760600
NAM  Boden
OCL   24136R
UREF
PNO  4156574
ISD  19790500
NAM  Boden
OCL  403211
UREF
PNO  4665590
ISD  19870500
NAM  Udelhofen et al.
XCL  403211
UREF
PNO  5435044
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ida
OCL   24136R
UREF
PNO  5454140
ISD  19951000
NAM  Murai
OCL   24136R
UREF
PNO  5737808
ISD  19980400
NAM  Ikeda
XCL   24136R
LREP
FR2  Hill; Kenneth C.
ABST
PAL  An improved cord lock provides a mechanism for preventing a moveable slide
      from being drawn too far into a cord lock body by heavy forces transmitted
      through the cord being locked. The improved cord lock has a body of
      standard manufacture, and a moveable slide which has been modified to
      provide a positive stop to prevent the slide from entering too far into
      the body. The positive stop may be formed as a number of projections from
      the moveable slide which make its overall cross section too large to fit
      within the lock body.
PATN
WKU  059877138
SRC  9
APN  0439207
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19980805
TTL  Metal bracket with screw for its clamping
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Sandy; Robert J.
EXP  Brittain; James R.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Dominguez; Ramon Palau
CTY  Barcelona
CNT  ESX
ASSG
NAM  Mikalor, S.A.
CTY  Barcelona
CNT  ESX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ESX
APD  19960813
APN  9601868
CLAS
OCL   24274R
XCL   24279
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 3308
ICL  B65D 6300
FSC   24
FSS  274 R;20 T;20 R;23 EE;20 CW;279
FSC  285
FSS  367;406;252;253
UREF
PNO  2944314
ISD  19600700
NAM  Black
UREF
PNO  3371392
ISD  19680300
NAM  Rueckheim
OCL   24274R
UREF
PNO  3914832
ISD  19751000
NAM  Petrus
OCL   24274R
UREF
PNO  3950830
ISD  19760400
NAM  Duprez
OCL   24274R
UREF
PNO  4257149
ISD  19810300
NAM  Sydendal
OCL   24274R
UREF
PNO  4473928
ISD  19841000
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  4528730
ISD  19850700
NAM  Spaulding
UREF
PNO  4706346
ISD  19871100
NAM  Verges
UREF
PNO  4956898
ISD  19900900
NAM  Miyamura et al.
OCL   24274R
UREF
PNO  5315737
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ouimet
UREF
PNO  5473798
ISD  19951200
NAM  Baumann et al.
UREF
PNO  5560087
ISD  19961000
NAM  Marques
UREF
PNO  5682651
ISD  19971100
NAM  Sauer
OCL   24274R
FREF
PNO  25 06 589
ISD  19760800
CNT  DEX
OCL   24274R
FREF
PNO  4 108852A1
ISD  19920900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  80296
ISD  19550800
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  708444
ISD  19540500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2112051
ISD  19830700
CNT  GBX
OCL   24274R
LREP
FRM  Dennison, Meserole, Scheiner & Schultz
PCTA
PCN  PCT/ES97/00203
PD1  19980805
PD2  19980805
PD3  19970731
PCP  WO98/06969
PCD  19980219
ABST
PAR  Improvements to the construction of metal brackets with screw for the
      clamping or tightening thereof, the vertices of the extremities of the two
      arms of the front cross-bar at the body-tunnel entrance are enlarged, and
      a space is provided for the housing thereof into the screw body, with
      concentric bearing flange and double clamping tailpiece of the two ends of
      the metal strip coiled from the tunnel base being substituted by a
      transverse monotailpiece which is rabated to the opposite side, with a
      threaded tongue for clasping purposes, and one of the extremities of the
      strip having two juxtaposed drawn pieces, one in the upper surface and the
      other one in the lower surface of crimping with the edge of the transverse
      monotailpiece, the upper one impeding the excessive elevation of the
      proper extremity.
PATN
WKU  059877146
SRC  9
APN  2091143
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19981210
TTL  Spring fastener of high sealing performance
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Sakran; Victor N.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Smith; Edward John
STR  260 Lely Beach, #301
CTY  Bonita Springs
STA  FL
ZIP  33923
CLAS
OCL   24295
XCL   24289
XCL   24293
XCL   24458
EDF  6
ICL  A44B 2100
FSC   24
FSS  295;293;289;297;458
UREF
PNO  2322656
ISD  19430600
NAM  Murphy
OCL   24 73
UREF
PNO  2329688
ISD  19430900
NAM  Bedford
OCL  189 88
UREF
PNO  2542883
ISD  19510200
NAM  Tinnerman
OCL   24295
UREF
PNO  2607971
ISD  19520800
NAM  Bedford
OCL   24 73
UREF
PNO  2825948
ISD  19580300
NAM  Parkin
OCL   24 73
UREF
PNO  3525129
ISD  19700800
NAM  Holton
OCL   24295
UREF
PNO  3673643
ISD  19720700
NAM  Kindell
OCL   24 73B
UREF
PNO  3864789
ISD  19750200
NAM  Leitner
OCL   24 73MF
UREF
PNO  4609170
ISD  19860900
NAM  Schnabl
OCL  248 71
UREF
PNO  4683622
ISD  19870800
NAM  Oehlke
OCL   24295
UREF
PNO  5095592
ISD  19920300
NAM  Doerfling
OCL   24293
UREF
PNO  5373611
ISD  19941200
NAM  Murata
OCL   24297
UREF
PNO  5422789
ISD  19950600
NAM  Fisher et al.
OCL  361719
UREF
PNO  5542158
ISD  19960800
NAM  Gronau et al.
OCL   24295
UREF
PNO  5887319
ISD  19990300
NAM  Smith
OCL   24293
FREF
PNO  0496700
ISD  19531000
CNT  CAX
OCL   24295
OREF
PAL  Attachment 1 shows an item which was being sold more than one year before
      the date (Nov. 12, 1998) that the provisional application 60/108168 was
      filed. The present application claims priority of the provisional
      application 60/108168.
LREP
FR2  Vassiliou; E.
ABST
PAL  A spring fastener for securing one or more sheets of material on another
      sheet of material having a first clip with inwardly extended barbs, and a
      second clip having two sides. One of the sides has a wide angle bent,
      while the other side has one or more embosses and/or recesses. The
      fastener also comprises a resilient elastic body extending from the
      vicinity of the base of the first clip to at least one of the embosses.
      Examples of resilient bodies are foamed or unfoamed plastisol or
      polyurethane. The substantially central part of the resilient body is
      effectively reinforced and held in position by a sealing promoter
      extending preferably from the vicinity of the base of the first clip
      toward a middle position between the first and the second sides of the
      second clip, thus providing to the fastener superior sealing performance.
PATN
WKU  059877154
SRC  9
APN  0607428
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19980415
TTL  Magnetic closure for a personal effect carrier
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Sakran; Victor N.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Khon; Trinh Cam
STR  1739 Aprilsong Ct.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ZIP  95131
CLAS
OCL   24303
XCL   24 661
XCL  2922515
EDF  6
ICL  A44B 2100
FSC   24
FSS  303;66.1
FSC  292
FSS  251.5
FSC   70
FSS  459
FSC  248
FSS  309.4
UREF
PNO  D247467
ISD  19780300
NAM  Morita
OCL  D 8331
UREF
PNO  D247468
ISD  19780300
NAM  Morita
OCL  D 8331
UREF
PNO  D274883
ISD  19840700
NAM  Aoki
OCL  D 8331
UREF
PNO  2453021
ISD  19481100
NAM  Konelsky
OCL  292251.5
UREF
PNO  3378893
ISD  19680400
NAM  Labek
OCL   24303
UREF
PNO  4021891
ISD  19770500
NAM  Morita
OCL   24303
UREF
PNO  4033013
ISD  19770700
NAM  Peterson
OCL   24201
UREF
PNO  4265002
ISD  19810500
NAM  Hosken
OCL   24303
UREF
PNO  4480361
ISD  19841100
NAM  Morita
OCL   24303
UREF
PNO  4825526
ISD  19890500
NAM  Shenier et al.
OCL   24303
UREF
PNO  4882815
ISD  19891100
NAM  Nilsen
OCL   24303
LREP
FR2  Aiello; Jeffrey P.
FR2  Titus; Carol D.
FR2  Leary; James J.
ABST
PAL  A magnetic closure device for personal effect carriers such as purses,
      pouches, day packs, and backpacks is provided. The invented closure device
      comprises a flap assembly affixed to a flap of the carrier and a receiving
      assembly affixed to the sidewall of the carrier. The receiving assembly is
      configured similar to the flap assembly, so that the receiving assembly
      mates with the flap assembly. The receiving assembly is provided with a
      projecting member configured to extend through the opening in the flap
      assembly, without projecting substantially beyond a cover plate thereof.
      The projecting member and opening coact as a guide to enable a user to
      locate the receiving assembly for quickly interconnecting the two
      assemblies. A magnet is retained in the receiving assembly for positively
      securing the flap assembly to the receiving assembly, to inhibit the
      device from inadvertently releasing. Components of the receiving and flap
      assemblies are configured to prevent the magnetic field radiated by the
      magnet from coming into the interior of the carrier and damaging articles
      stowed therein.
PATN
WKU  059877162
SRC  9
APN  1700944
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19981013
TTL  Tongue assembly for automobile seat belt
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Sakran; Victor N.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Arai; Takeshi
CTY  Tokyo-To
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971016
APN  9-299554
CLAS
OCL   24633
XCL   24631
EDF  6
ICL  A44B 1100
FSC   24
FSS  633;631;602;603
UREF
PNO  4704771
ISD  19871100
NAM  Orje
OCL   24633
UREF
PNO  4961251
ISD  19901000
NAM  Smith
OCL   24633
UREF
PNO  5052087
ISD  19911000
NAM  Portuese
OCL   24633
UREF
PNO  5548878
ISD  19960800
NAM  Romagnoli
OCL   24633
UREF
PNO  5617617
ISD  19970400
NAM  Gustin
OCL   24633
FREF
PNO  07251383A
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  08229849A
ISD  19960900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Smith, Gambrell & Russell
ABST
PAL  A tongue assembly (2) for a seat belt (1) has a plate (20) provided with a
      sharp-pointed projection (23) on one side thereof, and a tongue portion
      (22); and a cover (3) of a synthetic resin covering the plate (20). The
      cover (3) has a front part (31), a back part (32), a projection covering
      part (34), and a base end part (33) fastened to the plate (20) along the
      other side opposite the side on which the sharp-pointed projection (23) is
      formed. The front part (31) and the back part (32) are connected to the
      base end part (33) by thinned hinge portions (35). In an emergency, the
      projection covering part (34) of the cover (3) is opened, the front part
      (31) and the back part (32) of the cover (3) are turned on the hinge
      portions (35) and are folded back so that the sharp-pointed projection
      (23) is exposed, and the front part (31) and the back part (32) extend
      behind the side of the plate (20) opposite the side provided with the
      sharp-pointed projection (23) and overlap each other to form a grip (5).
      The passenger grips the grip (5) and strikes a window glass with the
      sharp-pointed projection (23) to break the glass for emergency escape.
PATN
WKU  059877170
SRC  8
APN  8742375
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19970613
TTL  Remote release latching method and device
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Brittain; James R.
NDR  4
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Peterson; Steven R.
CTY  Brooklyn Park
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Amundson; Arlon J.
CTY  Wyoming
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Superior Flamefighter Corporation
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   24637
XCL  292233
EDF  6
ICL  A44B 1125
FSC  292
FSS  DIG. 25;232;233;196;197;200
FSC  248
FSS  154
FSC   24
FSS  633;636-642
UREF
PNO  4642857
ISD  19870200
NAM  Ono
OCL   24637
UREF
PNO  5050277
ISD  19910900
NAM  Jimenez et al.
OCL   24633
UREF
PNO  5185910
ISD  19930200
NAM  Ziaylek, Jr. et al.
OCL   24650
UREF
PNO  5353482
ISD  19941000
NAM  Ziaylek, Jr. et al.
OCL   24603
UREF
PNO  5354029
ISD  19941000
NAM  Zlaylek, Jr. et al.
OCL  248313
LREP
FRM  Fredikson & Byron, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A latching device capable of being remotely released and a method of
      remotely releasing a locking tab from a locking body. The latching device
      includes a locking tab comprising a shaft with an engaging recess and a
      head with a buckle; a locking body comprising a slide with a channel for
      the shaft of the locking body, a ramp and shoulder for securing the
      locking tab, a leg with a trigger surface, an ejector pin and ejection
      spring for ejecting the locking tab from the locking body and a slide
      biasing spring; a trigger comprising a knob, shank and foot; and an
      extension for attaching the latching device to a brace holding fire
      fighting equipment.
PATN
WKU  059877189
SRC  9
APN  0391867
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19980316
TTL  Clutch fastener
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Brittain; James R.
NDR  3
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Kelly; Kevin J.
STR  4855 Kenneth St.
CTY  Hastings
STA  FL
ZIP  32145
CLAS
OCL   24705
XCL   24674
XCL   247066
XCL   247073
EDF  6
ICL  A44C  700
FSC   24
FSS  707.3;706.6;674;705
FSC   63
FSS  12;438
FSC  411
FSS  929.1
FSC  403
FSS  229
FSC  174
FSS  87
FSC  439
FSS  841
UREF
PNO  986053
ISD  19110300
NAM  Goldsmith
UREF
PNO  995744
ISD  19110600
NAM  Watkins
UREF
PNO  1014838
ISD  19120100
NAM  Meyer
UREF
PNO  2775992
ISD  19570100
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  2934123
ISD  19600400
NAM  Brancato
UREF
PNO  2936625
ISD  19600500
NAM  Heisler
UREF
PNO  3010745
ISD  19611100
NAM  Blomstrand et al.
UREF
PNO  3316795
ISD  19670500
NAM  Tann
UREF
PNO  3497607
ISD  19700200
NAM  Swanson
UREF
PNO  3515027
ISD  19700600
NAM  Textrom
UREF
PNO  3943587
ISD  19760300
NAM  Lasky
UREF
PNO  3945070
ISD  19760300
NAM  Hauser
UREF
PNO  3945089
ISD  19760300
NAM  Gagnon
UREF
PNO  4131167
ISD  19781200
NAM  Richey
UREF
PNO  4292715
ISD  19811000
NAM  Huddon
UREF
PNO  4632496
ISD  19861200
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  4834571
ISD  19890500
NAM  Greenburg
UREF
PNO  5384930
ISD  19950100
NAM  Uno
FREF
PNO  0608504 A1
ISD  19940800
CNT  DKX
FREF
PNO  759758
ISD  19800800
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  2032251
ISD  19800500
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A clutch fastener is provided for securely receiving pins, shafts, and the
      like. The clutch fastener includes a housing and a coil spring disposed
      within a central chamber contained in the housing. The chamber originates
      near the top surface of the housing and extends through the bottom
      surface. The bottom surface is countersunk to provide for easy insertion
      of the shaft. The chamber is sized such that it has a larger diameter than
      the shaft to be retained. The shaft is inserted into the chamber and
      retained by frictional forces generated against the coil spring. The
      clutch fastener may allow the user to selectively increase the tension
      placed on the shaft via a locking mechanism. The clutch fastener may also
      be provided with a second spring disposed within the chamber in order to
      limit the degree of compression of the first spring. Various designs are
      also disclosed for the spring stock from which the coil spring is formed.
PATN
WKU  059877197
SRC  8
APN  4385128
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19950511
TTL  Tamper resistant plastic fastener
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Cranmer; Laurie K.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Cooper; William J.
CTY  Woonsocket
STA  RI
ASSG
NAM  Avery Dennison Corporation
CTY  Pasadena
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  084356
APD  19930628
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   247111
XCL   24 16PB
XCL  206343
EDF  6
ICL  A44B  902
FSC   24
FSS  711.1;16 PB;17 AP;298;302
FSC  206
FSS  343
UREF
PNO  Re32332
ISD  19870100
NAM  Kato
XCL   24711.1
UREF
PNO  3080630
ISD  19630300
NAM  Paliotta
UREF
PNO  3103666
ISD  19630900
NAM  Bone
UREF
PNO  3765110
ISD  19731000
NAM  Olsen
XCL   24711.1
UREF
PNO  4121487
ISD  19781000
NAM  Bone
UREF
PNO  4347932
ISD  19820900
NAM  Furutu
UREF
PNO  4456161
ISD  19840600
NAM  Russell
UREF
PNO  4586609
ISD  19860500
NAM  Won
XCL   24711.1
UREF
PNO  4901854
ISD  19900200
NAM  Bone et al.
XCL   24711.1
LREP
FRM  Kriegsman & Kriegsman
ABST
PAL  Tamper resistant plastic fastener which may be used, among other things, to
      attach a tag to a desired article, such as a garment of clothing, a
      product label or the like. The fastener comprises an elongated unitary
      plastic member shaped to include a cross bar, a paddle, and a flexible
      filament interconnecting the cross bar and paddle. The cross bar is
      sufficiently small so that it cannot easily be manually aligned with the
      installation hole for removal therethrough.
PATN
WKU  059877200
SRC  8
APN  8891907
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19970708
TTL  Portable tomb for resurrection from mummified tissue DNA
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Miller; William L.
EXP  Melius; Terry Lee
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; William Shigeru
STR  3234 N. 5th St.
CTY  Arlington
STA  VA
ZIP  22201-1702
CLAS
OCL   27 35
XCL   27  1
XCL   27 211
XCL  422 40
EDF  6
ICL  A61G 1700
FSC   27
FSS  1;35;21.1
FSC   52
FSS  103;104
FSC   40
FSS  124.5
FSC  428
FSS  13
FSC  422
FSS  1;40
FSC  435
FSS  1
UREF
PNO  397379
ISD  18890200
NAM  Meyers
UREF
PNO  748284
ISD  19031200
NAM  Karwowski
UREF
PNO  1088977
ISD  19140300
NAM  Fratarcangeli et al.
UREF
PNO  1120336
ISD  19141200
NAM  Schnee et al.
UREF
PNO  1252090
ISD  19180100
NAM  Clayton
UREF
PNO  2106261
ISD  19380100
NAM  Weidmann
UREF
PNO  2124143
ISD  19380700
NAM  Long
XCL   40124.5
UREF
PNO  3408712
ISD  19681100
NAM  Pauliukonis et al.
UREF
PNO  4058940
ISD  19771100
NAM  McBrayer
UREF
PNO  4067091
ISD  19780100
NAM  Backman
UREF
PNO  4304076
ISD  19811200
NAM  Splendora
UREF
PNO  4337109
ISD  19820600
NAM  Narita
UREF
PNO  4455772
ISD  19840600
NAM  Miller
OCL   40124.5
UREF
PNO  4739595
ISD  19880400
NAM  Yamagata
UREF
PNO  4759105
ISD  19880700
NAM  Buerosse
OCL   27  1
UREF
PNO  5014472
ISD  19910500
NAM  Svensson
UREF
PNO  5158174
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hereford
UREF
PNO  5255170
ISD  19931000
NAM  Plamp
UREF
PNO  5287603
ISD  19940200
NAM  Schorman
UREF
PNO  5349727
ISD  19940900
NAM  Niebergall
OCL   27  1
UREF
PNO  5350670
ISD  19940900
NAM  Yeh
UREF
PNO  5379499
ISD  19950100
NAM  Jackson
UREF
PNO  5404343
ISD  19950400
NAM  Boggio
UREF
PNO  5405606
ISD  19950400
NAM  Campbell et al.
UREF
PNO  5564816
ISD  19961000
NAM  Arcadia et al.
UREF
PNO  5607668
ISD  19970300
NAM  Campbell et al.
UREF
PNO  5622695
ISD  19970400
NAM  Campbell et al.
UREF
PNO  5625933
ISD  19970500
NAM  Neuberger et al.
XCL   27 35
UREF
PNO  5704103
ISD  19980100
NAM  Crowley et al.
XCL   40124.5
UREF
PNO  5729921
ISD  19980300
NAM  Rojas
XCL   27  1
OREF
PAL  Service, R.F. "Just How Old is That DNA Anyway?" Science vol. 272 p. 810
      1996.
PAL  Grimaldi, D.A. "Captured in Amber" Scientific American Apr. 1996 pp. 84-91.
PAL  Casting Guide 82 pp. Copyright 1996 Castcraft, Box 17000 Memphis, TN
      38187-0000.
PAL  Castolite (Brochure) 1996 The Castolite Company Woodstock, IL 60098.
LREP
FRM  Blank, Rome, Comisky & McCauley LLP
ABST
PAL  A portable object prepared by casting a substantially transparent, water
      insoluble, chemically setting plastic into a shaped mold. While in the
      liquid state, items of the following types are embedded: mummified tissue
      from a deceased or living biological subject, an epitaph, memorabilia, and
      a label describing the biological content and purpose of the tissue. The
      four types of embedded items enclosed together in a single object accord
      with the definition of a tomb. Mummified tissue protected from water, air,
      illumination, and bacterial action preserve the genome of the subject and
      provide a potential for resurrection of a biological subject by
      anticipating future innovation in genetic engineering and somatic cell
      cloning. Portable tombs may be prepared ante mortem as well as post
      mortem. Multiple equivalent tombs may be made for one individual. Multiple
      individuals may be entombed in a single portable object. A portable tomb
      consumes no land, makes visitation travel unnecessary, and may multiply
      entomb a single individual, or singly entomb multiple individuals.
PATN
WKU  059877219
SRC  8
APN  556915&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970828
TTL  Imparting stretch to fabrics
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Vanatta; Amy
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Morris; David Eric
STR  Larkrise Cragg Wood Drive
CTY  Rawdon, Leeds LS19 6LG
CNT  GBX
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19930521
APN  9310707
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19930521
APN  9321124
CLAS
OCL   28155
XCL   28156
XCL   28166
EDF  6
ICL  D03D  700
FSC   26
FSS  18.5;18.6
FSC   28
FSS  134;137;138;155;156;158;166;151
UREF
PNO  2319809
ISD  19430500
NAM  Francis, Jr.
OCL   26 18.6
UREF
PNO  2573773
ISD  19511100
NAM  Rowe
OCL   28155
UREF
PNO  3100925
ISD  19630800
NAM  Messinger
OCL   26 18.6
UREF
PNO  3290209
ISD  19661200
NAM  Ihrman
OCL   26 18.6
UREF
PNO  3382552
ISD  19680500
NAM  Davis et al.
UREF
PNO  3504712
ISD  19700400
NAM  Dusenbury et al.
UREF
PNO  3570085
ISD  19710300
NAM  Heinemann
OCL   26 18.6
UREF
PNO  3589030
ISD  19710600
NAM  Troope
OCL   26 18.6
UREF
PNO  3655474
ISD  19720400
NAM  Constantine
OCL   26 18.6
UREF
PNO  3723217
ISD  19730300
NAM  Bauer
OCL   28155
UREF
PNO  3723993
ISD  19730400
NAM  Ruby
OCL    2237
UREF
PNO  3867248
ISD  19750200
NAM  Bauer
OCL   26 18.6
UREF
PNO  4033783
ISD  19770700
NAM  Groome et al.
OCL   26 18.6
UREF
PNO  4051215
ISD  19770900
NAM  Tsuruta et al.
OCL   28155
FREF
PNO  24 44 923
ISD  19760400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 256 785
ISD  19921200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Kohn & Associates
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB94/01079
PD1  19970828
PD2  19970828
PD3  19940519
PCP  WO94/28227
PCD  19941208
ABST
PAR  A method of treating a woven fabric, this method including applying
      simultaneous and progressive heat and pressure to the fabric in such a
      manner that the yarn strands substantially across the width of the fabric
      are forced closer together thus imparting generally semi-permanent ease or
      stretch into the fabric, which is characterized and the method also
      includes affixing to the fabrics treated a selected interlining or
      interlining combination having inherent stretch whereby the semi-permanent
      ease or stretch imparted to the fabric is made substantially permanent is
      provided. Also provided is a fabric treatment apparatus having a heat
      applicator and pressure to a woven fabric and a transporter for affecting
      relative movement between the heat and pressure applicator and a fabric
      whereby passage of the fabric through the apparatus results in the yarn
      strands substantially across the width of the fabric being forced closer
      together thus imparting semi-permanent ease or stretch into the fabric,
      characterized and that the apparatus also includes means for affixing to
      the treated fabric an interlining and/or interlining combination having
      inherent stretch whereby the semi-permanent ease or stretch imparted to
      the fabric is made substantially permanent.
PATN
WKU  059877227
SRC  8
APN  6082491
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19960228
TTL  Apparatus for transporting lead frames
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Graybill; David E.
NDR  15
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Park; Bok Sik
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Deog Gyu
CTY  Cheonan
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Cho; Sung Hee
CTY  Cheonan
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Yong Choul
CTY  Cheonan
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19950228
APN  95-4187
CLAS
OCL   29 25014
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2168
FSC   29
FSS  25.01
UREF
PNO  4555876
ISD  19851200
NAM  Ohtake
UREF
PNO  4749329
ISD  19880600
NAM  Stout
UREF
PNO  4851902
ISD  19890700
NAM  Tezuka et al.
UREF
PNO  4978253
ISD  19901200
NAM  Lazzari
UREF
PNO  5549716
ISD  19960800
NAM  Takahashi et al.
FREF
PNO  3120696
ISD  19820300
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro
ABST
PAL  A method and appratus for transporting a lead frame on air rails, wherein
      the lead frame is moved by pressurized air, and an in-line package
      assembly system using the method and apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059877235
SRC  8
APN  7823193
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970115
TTL  Apparatus and method for rapid, remote, forcible entry
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Goodman; Charles
EXP  Rada; Rinaldi I.
NDR  4
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  McNally; Daniel L.
STR  2601 Henry Hudson Pkwy.
CTY  Bx.
STA  NY
ZIP  10463
INVT
NAM  Scoolidge; Peter A.
STR  32 Wilson Rd.
CTY  Sparrow Bush
STA  NY
ZIP  12780
CLAS
OCL   29254
XCL   83 30
XCL   86 50
XCL  173141
XCL   29254
EDF  6
ICL  B25F  500
FSC  227
FSS  9;10
FSC   29
FSS  254
FSC    7
FSS  144
FSC  173
FSS  144;141
FSC   83
FSS  30;39
FSC   86
FSS  50
FSC   89
FSS  1.4
FSC  254
FSS  93 R;11
UREF
PNO  2483239
ISD  19490900
NAM  Sharpe
XCL  254 93R
UREF
PNO  2526148
ISD  19501000
NAM  McLean
OCL  254 93R
UREF
PNO  3370421
ISD  19680200
NAM  Piper
XCL  254 93R
UREF
PNO  3594890
ISD  19710700
NAM  Cordell
OCL   29255
UREF
PNO  3710655
ISD  19730100
NAM  Brandle
OCL   81 52.35
UREF
PNO  4054032
ISD  19771000
NAM  Patrichi
XCL   29254
UREF
PNO  4201368
ISD  19800500
NAM  Vetter
OCL  254131
UREF
PNO  4268926
ISD  19810500
NAM  Roxton
OCL    7143
UREF
PNO  4270733
ISD  19810600
NAM  DePue
OCL  254 93R
UREF
PNO  4660806
ISD  19870400
NAM  Masters
XCL  254 93R
UREF
PNO  4681171
ISD  19870700
NAM  Kee et al.
OCL  173 90
UREF
PNO  4783053
ISD  19881100
NAM  Yirmiyahu et al.
OCL  254 93R
UREF
PNO  5088174
ISD  19920200
NAM  Hull et al.
OCL   29254
UREF
PNO  5167043
ISD  19921200
NAM  Lopez et al.
OCL    7144
UREF
PNO  5177850
ISD  19930100
NAM  Hull et al.
OCL   29254
UREF
PNO  5237613
ISD  19930800
NAM  Berry et al.
XCL   29254
UREF
PNO  5329685
ISD  19940700
NAM  Gillespie
OCL   29254
UREF
PNO  5386758
ISD  19950200
NAM  Conley
OCL   86 50
UREF
PNO  5423469
ISD  19950600
NAM  Armstrong
OCL  227  9
UREF
PNO  5657676
ISD  19970800
NAM  Koller
OCL   83 30
UREF
PNO  5673898
ISD  19971000
NAM  Michalo
XCL   29254
LREP
FR2  Turner; Roderick S.W.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus (10) for the rapid, remote, forcible entry of the trunk lid or
      cargo area of a vehicle which includes one or more heads (12) engaged
      under the trunk lid or against the external wall of the vehicle to be
      breached, a piston rod (14) attached to one or more of the heads (12), a
      piston rod collar (16) through which the piston rod (14) slides, a piston
      (20) attached to the remaining end of the piston rod (14), a cylinder (22)
      within which the piston (20) is disposed and freely slides, a firing
      chamber (24) positioned on the external surface of the cylinder (22)
      enclosing an explosive means (24D) which provides the force with which the
      apparatus breaches the vehicle, a foot (28) attached to the cylinder (22)
      which serves as a tractional base for the apparatus (10), and a means for
      detonation connected to the explosive means (24D).
PATN
WKU  059877243
SRC  8
APN  8138958
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970307
TTL  Crossbow bolt cap and fletching nock device and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Bryant; David P.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kleman; John
STR  7302 E. Baseline Rd.
CTY  Mesa
STA  AZ
ZIP  85208
CLAS
OCL   294011
XCL  269 38
XCL  473578
EDF  6
ICL  B21K 2116
FSC   29
FSS  2.1;401.1
FSC  269
FSS  38
FSC  473
FSS  578
UREF
PNO  1794051
ISD  19310200
NAM  Allen
XCL  269 38
UREF
PNO  3108792
ISD  19631000
NAM  Martin
OCL  269 38
UREF
PNO  3322421
ISD  19670500
NAM  Sisty
OCL  269 38
UREF
PNO  4621817
ISD  19861100
NAM  Musacchia
XCL  473578
UREF
PNO  5061008
ISD  19911000
NAM  Saunders
OCL  269 38
UREF
PNO  5067731
ISD  19911100
NAM  Bickel
OCL  473578
UREF
PNO  5306020
ISD  19940400
NAM  Bolf
OCL  473578
UREF
PNO  5516117
ISD  19960500
NAM  Rangel
OCL  473578
UREF
PNO  5803843
ISD  19980900
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  473578
LREP
FR2  Bishop; Douglas S.
ABST
PAL  A device and method for adapting an arrow bolt fletching tool for use in
      fletching crossbow arrow bolts. The invention is designed to facilitate
      fletching crossbow arrow bolts, which are shot without nocks, utilizing a
      commercially available fletching tool which is designed and produced for
      use in fletching arrows having nocks which remain with the arrow and are
      shot with it. The invention provides for an end cap, containing a
      specially shaped indentation, to be placed in the end of the crossbow
      arrow bolt. A special fletching nock, with an end configured to fit within
      the indentation of the end cap, is inserted within the end cap for
      purposes of fletching the arrow only and is then removed. The fletching
      nock has a forked, or u-shaped, end, which engages the fletching tool in
      the same manner as a standard arrow nock.
PATN
WKU  059877251
SRC  8
APN  918323&
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970826
TTL  Method for parting a slider from a slider row
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Bryant; David P.
NDR  8
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Church; Mark Anthony
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Major; John C.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Valdes; Bruno Alejandro
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   2940705
XCL   2940709
XCL   2960312
XCL   29417
EDF  6
ICL  B23Q 1700
ICL  B23P 1700
FSC   29
FSS  407.04;407.5;407.09;415;417;603.12;603.16;603.17
FSC   83
FSS  76.1;371
FSC  364
FSS  468.21
FSC  356
FSS  375
UREF
PNO  4407262
ISD  19831000
NAM  Wirz et al.
UREF
PNO  4628464
ISD  19861200
NAM  McConnell
UREF
PNO  4712970
ISD  19871200
NAM  Nakamura et al.
UREF
PNO  4738025
ISD  19880400
NAM  Arnold
UREF
PNO  4839300
ISD  19890600
NAM  Kawahara et al.
UREF
PNO  4980971
ISD  19910100
NAM  Bartschat et al.
UREF
PNO  5094381
ISD  19920300
NAM  Amos et al.
UREF
PNO  5220398
ISD  19930600
NAM  Horn et al.
UREF
PNO  5389182
ISD  19950200
NAM  Mignardi
UREF
PNO  5509554
ISD  19960400
NAM  Samuelson et al.
OCL   29603.12
UREF
PNO  5531017
ISD  19960700
NAM  Church et al.
OCL   29603.12
UREF
PNO  5752309
ISD  19980500
NAM  Partee et al.
OCL   29603.18
OREF
PAL  IBM Tech. Disclosure Bulletin, Optical Closed-Loop Surface-Mount Placement
      Procedure, Oct. 1988, vol. 31, No. 5, pp. 20-22.
PAL  IBM Tech. Disclosure Bulletin, Surface-Mounted Device Placement, Jun. 1987,
      vol. 30, No. 1, pp. 228-234.
LREP
FRM  Gray Cary Ware Freidenrich
ABST
PAL  An apparatus, method, and article of manufacture to separate a slider from
      a slider row in which it was manufactured. The apparatus comprises an
      articulating robot including a stage which may be moved in X-Y coordinate
      directions and an articulating arm that may be used to place rows of
      sliders on the stage. The articulating arm incorporates a rotating
      effectuator unit mounted at the end of the arm, the effectuator being used
      to pick up individual slider rows, the tray in which they sit when first
      introduced to the robot, or any other item that needs to be positioned
      during the alignment of the rows. The apparatus includes sensors and a
      processing unit that may be used to detect and determine dimensional
      characteristics of an ABS surface of a slider integral to the row. The
      apparatus may also include a parting device for separating the slider from
      the row. In performing the method, a slider row is positioned on the stage
      in a manner that allows the ABS surface of a slider to be sensed by the
      sensors. Using the sensed data, the processing unit determines the
      location of the centroid of the ABS surface for the slider. The processing
      unit uses the centroid location of the ABS surface in establishing a
      parting position for parting the slider from the row.
PATN
WKU  059877260
SRC  8
APN  6136834
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19960311
TTL  Programmable positioner for the stress-free assembly of components
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Vereene; Kevin G.
EXP  Young; Lee
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Akeel; Hadi A.
CTY  Rochester Hills
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Fanuc Robotics North America, Inc.
CTY  Auburn Hills
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   2940708
XCL   29464
XCL   29709
XCL   7449005
XCL   7449006
XCL   7449007
XCL   74490
EDF  6
ICL  B23Q 1700
FSC   29
FSS  469;709;714
FSC   74
FSS  490;490.05;490.06;490.07
UREF
PNO  3952979
ISD  19760400
NAM  Hansen
OCL  248 20
UREF
PNO  4536690
ISD  19850800
NAM  Belsterling et al.
OCL  318687
UREF
PNO  4666362
ISD  19870500
NAM  Landsberger et al.
OCL  414735
UREF
PNO  4819496
ISD  19890400
NAM  Shelef
OCL   74479
UREF
PNO  4831316
ISD  19890500
NAM  Ishiguro et al.
OCL  318568.13
UREF
PNO  4976582
ISD  19901200
NAM  Clavel
OCL  414729
UREF
PNO  4988244
ISD  19910100
NAM  Sheldon et al.
OCL  409132
UREF
PNO  5028180
ISD  19910700
NAM  Sheldon et al.
OCL  409201
UREF
PNO  5053687
ISD  19911000
NAM  Merlet
OCL  318568.2
UREF
PNO  5114300
ISD  19920500
NAM  Shahinpoor et al.
OCL  414729
UREF
PNO  5156062
ISD  19921000
NAM  Appleberry
OCL   74479
UREF
PNO  5239739
ISD  19930800
NAM  Akeel et al.
OCL   29430
UREF
PNO  5271290
ISD  19931200
NAM  Fischer
XCL   74471
UREF
PNO  5272805
ISD  19931200
NAM  Akeel et al.
OCL   29712
UREF
PNO  5354158
ISD  19941000
NAM  Sheldon et al.
OCL  409201
UREF
PNO  5388935
ISD  19950200
NAM  Sheldon
OCL  409201
UREF
PNO  5401128
ISD  19950300
NAM  Lindem et al.
OCL  409132
UREF
PNO  5699695
ISD  19971200
NAM  Canfield et al.
OCL   74490.06
UREF
PNO  5715729
ISD  19980200
NAM  Toyama et al.
OCL   74490.03
UREF
PNO  5787758
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sheldon
OCL   74490.07
OREF
PAL  Stewart, The Institution of Mechanical Engineers, Proceedings 1965-66, vol.
      180, Part 1, pp. 371-394, U.K.
LREP
FRM  Howard & Howard
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for compliant positioning of an object during an assembly
      operation wherein the apparatus includes a base plate, a locator plate for
      mounting an object such as a clamp or a tool spaced from the base plate
      and a plurality of linear actuators connected between the base plate the
      locator plate by universal joints providing six degrees of freedom of
      movement. A control is connected to the actuators for selectively moving
      the locator plate to a predetermined position relative to the base plate
      for contacting a component to be assembled with an object mounted on the
      locator plate. Two or more of the actuators can be mechanically coupled to
      move the locator plate with less than six degrees of freedom. The control
      is responsive to a force applied to the locator plate through the object
      during assembly of the component for actuating the linear actuators to
      change the applied force.
PATN
WKU  059877278
SRC  9
APN  1554387
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980929
TTL  Process for the production of automobile body parts and automobile bodies
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Cameron; Erma
INVT
NAM  Shafik; Ahmed
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Fritz; Pamela
CTY  Erkrath
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hanske; Silke
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Herberts GmbH
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960330
APN  196 12 898
CLAS
OCL   295272
XCL   294695
XCL   295271
XCL   2952501
XCL   2952504
XCL   2952507
XCL   2952509
XCL   2952512
XCL   2952515
XCL   72 46
XCL  156196
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  714
ICL  C09D17506
FSC   29
FSS  527.1;527.2;525.01;525.04;525.07;525.09;525.12;525.15;469.5
FSC   72
FSS  46
FSC  156
FSS  196
UREF
PNO  4103050
ISD  19780700
NAM  Laskin et al.
OCL  427379
UREF
PNO  4619825
ISD  19791000
NAM  Yapp et al.
OCL  525438
UREF
PNO  4720405
ISD  19880100
NAM  Carson et al.
OCL  427410
FREF
PNO  0 438 773
ISD  19910700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 603 772
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/11497
ISD  19891100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP97/01440
PD1  19980929
PD2  19980929
PD3  19970321
PCP  WO97/36694
PCD  19971009
ABST
PAR  A process for the production of automobile parts lacquered with two coats,
      in which two coating layers are applied on both sides of a coil of sheet
      metal and are each stoved, and corresponding sheet metal parts are then
      stamped out of the coil and shaped by the deep-drawing process. In each
      case by the coil coating process, a coating composition (A) which
      comprises, based on its solid resin composition, 55 to 80 wt. % of one or
      more polyester-polyols, 2 to 10 wt. % of one or more aromatic epoxy resins
      and, as crosslinking agents, 5 to 15 wt. % aminoplast resin and 10 to 25
      wt. % blocked polyisocyanate is applied to produce the first coating
      layer, and a coating composition (B) which comprises, based on its solid
      resin composition, 60 to 80 wt. % of one or more polyester-polyols and, as
      crosslinking agents, 10 to 20 wt. % aminoplast resin and 10 to 20 wt. %
      blocked polyisocyanate is applied to produce the second coating layer, the
      sum of the constituents of the coating compositions in each case being 100
      wt. %. A process for the production of lacquered automobile bodies, in
      which the lacquered and shaped sheet metal parts are joined together by
      gluing and/or clinching and/or screwing.
PATN
WKU  059877286
SRC  8
APN  9333894
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970919
TTL  Method of forming a vehicle transmission clutch housing
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Cozart; Jermie E.
EXP  Hughes; S. Thomas
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Townsend; David Richard
CTY  West Bloomfield
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Meier; Thomas
CTY  Rochester Hills
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Mascotech, Inc.
CTY  Taylor
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   29557
XCL  192 702
EDF  6
ICL  B23P 1304
FSC   29
FSS  557;897.2;DIG. 26
FSC  192
FSS  70.2
UREF
PNO  1851700
ISD  19320300
NAM  Gibbs
OCL   29557
UREF
PNO  4705150
ISD  19871100
NAM  Hill
OCL  192 70.2
UREF
PNO  4996859
ISD  19910300
NAM  Rose et al.
OCL   72 86
UREF
PNO  4997073
ISD  19910300
NAM  Fujioka et al.
OCL  192 70.2
UREF
PNO  5384949
ISD  19950100
NAM  Wodrich et al.
OCL   29557
UREF
PNO  5388474
ISD  19950200
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  192 70.2
LREP
FR2  Zarins; Edgar A.
FR2  Doigan; Lloyd D.
ABST
PAL  A clutch housing for a vehicle transmission assembly and a method of making
      the same. The housing is generally cup-shaped with an axial hub. The outer
      wall of the housing is formed with a plurality of longitudinal splines of
      varying configurations. Select splines are formed at an increased depth. A
      groove is formed in the exterior surface of the housing at a depth
      sufficient to intersect the select splines of the inner surface thereby
      forming apertures through the wall of the housing. The dimensions of the
      apertures are determined by the configuration of the exterior groove and
      the interior splines.
PATN
WKU  059877294
SRC  8
APN  5708354
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19951212
TTL  Multiple plenum suction hold down device
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  8
EXP  Bryant; David P.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Moran; Thomas F.
STR  65 Hastings La.
CTY  Chagrin Falls
STA  OH
ZIP  44022
RLAP
COD  71
APN  265007
APD  19940624
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   29559
XCL  269 21
EDF  6
ICL  B23Q  700
FSC   29
FSS  559
FSC  269
FSS  21
FSC  279
FSS  3
FSC  408
FSS  76
UREF
PNO  2782574
ISD  19570200
NAM  Copold
XCL  269 21
UREF
PNO  3307818
ISD  19670300
NAM  Cocito
XCL  269 21
UREF
PNO  4795518
ISD  19890100
NAM  Meinel et al.
XCL  269 21
UREF
PNO  5222719
ISD  19930600
NAM  Effner
OCL  269 21
UREF
PNO  5323821
ISD  19940600
NAM  Suzuki
XCL  269 21
UREF
PNO  5346193
ISD  19940900
NAM  Kitagawa
OCL  269 21
FREF
PNO  148 023
ISD  19810500
CNT  DEX
OCL  269 21
FREF
PNO  3208864
ISD  19830900
CNT  DEX
OCL  269 21
FREF
PNO  63-245341
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
OCL  269 21
FREF
PNO  92/10336
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
OCL  269 21
FREF
PNO  93/22104
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
OCL  269 21
LREP
FRM  Rankin, Hill, Porter & Clark LLP
ABST
PAL  A holddown device is disclosed for use with a automatic machine tool, such
      as a CNC router. The holddown device comprises a flat box having a hollow
      interior forming a reduced pressure chamber therein and having a planar
      work surface for placement of workpieces to be engaged by the machine
      tool. The chamber formed in the interior of the box is connected to an air
      evacuation device which is capable of moving large volumes of air. A
      plurality of plenums substantially cover the planar work surface. Holes
      within each plenum extend through the work surface into the chamber to
      provide fluid connection between the interior of the box and each of the
      plenums, whereby the partial vacuum is created in the plenums. The partial
      vacuum in the plenums serving to hold down the workpieces positioned on
      the work surface. The holddown device provides a flexible and universally
      applicable system for holding down workpieces on the machining center,
      eliminating set up time, and allowing machine time to be used for
      productivity.
PATN
WKU  059877316
SRC  8
APN  4739507
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19950607
TTL  Elongated superconductive member
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXP  Arbes; Carl J.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Yamazaki; Shumpei
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19870401
APN  62-81488
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19870401
APN  62-81489
RLAP
COD  74
APN  485854
APD  19900222
PSC  01
PNO  5474975
RLAP
COD  81
APN  174165
APD  19880328
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   29599
XCL  138140
XCL  138148
XCL  174 152
XCL  174 154
XCL  427 62
XCL  428614
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 3924
FSC   29
FSS  599
FSC  505
FSS  100;433;430;880;885
FSC  428
FSS  614
FSC  174
FSS  15.4;15.5;126.4
FSC  427
FSS  62
FSC  138
FSS  140;143;177;178
UREF
PNO  2139431
ISD  19381000
NAM  Vatter
OCL  113112
UREF
PNO  2332891
ISD  19431000
NAM  Clark
OCL  175 41
UREF
PNO  3158794
ISD  19641100
NAM  Swartz
OCL  335216
UREF
PNO  3205413
ISD  19650900
NAM  Anderson
UREF
PNO  3214249
ISD  19651000
NAM  Bean et al.
OCL   29599
UREF
PNO  3310433
ISD  19670300
NAM  Tragert
UREF
PNO  3325888
ISD  19670600
NAM  Weinig
OCL   29599
UREF
PNO  3408235
ISD  19681000
NAM  Berghout et al.
XCL   29599
UREF
PNO  3428926
ISD  19690200
NAM  Bogner et al.
OCL  335216
UREF
PNO  3444495
ISD  19690500
NAM  Thomas
OCL  336223
UREF
PNO  3447913
ISD  19690600
NAM  Yntema
XCL  428614
UREF
PNO  3472944
ISD  19691000
NAM  Morton et al.
OCL  174 15
UREF
PNO  3493809
ISD  19700200
NAM  Weissman
XCL   29599
UREF
PNO  3713211
ISD  19730100
NAM  Freeman, Jr.
OCL   29599
UREF
PNO  3728463
ISD  19730400
NAM  Kullmann et al.
OCL  174 12
UREF
PNO  3864807
ISD  19750200
NAM  Schneider et al.
XCL  428614
UREF
PNO  3963425
ISD  19760600
NAM  Sambrook
XCL  428614
UREF
PNO  4316785
ISD  19820200
NAM  Suzuki et al.
UREF
PNO  4329539
ISD  19820500
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  174128
UREF
PNO  4407062
ISD  19831000
NAM  Sutcliffe et al.
UREF
PNO  4421946
ISD  19831200
NAM  Furuto et al.
OCL  174128
UREF
PNO  4492089
ISD  19850100
NAM  Rohner
OCL   62 55
UREF
PNO  4571453
ISD  19860200
NAM  Takaoka et al.
OCL  174110
UREF
PNO  4640816
ISD  19870200
NAM  Atzmon
XCL   29599
UREF
PNO  4704249
ISD  19871100
NAM  Glatzle
XCL   29599
UREF
PNO  4754249
ISD  19880600
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  335216
UREF
PNO  4785142
ISD  19881100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  174 15
UREF
PNO  4804649
ISD  19890200
NAM  Sherif
OCL  505  1
UREF
PNO  4813332
ISD  19890300
NAM  Jasper, Jr.
OCL   89  8
UREF
PNO  4843059
ISD  19890600
NAM  Deslandes et al.
OCL  505  1
UREF
PNO  4885273
ISD  19891200
NAM  Sugimoto et al.
OCL  505433
UREF
PNO  4952559
ISD  19900800
NAM  Jin et al.
OCL  505  1
UREF
PNO  5006507
ISD  19910400
NAM  Woolf et al.
OCL  505  1
UREF
PNO  5011823
ISD  19910400
NAM  Jin et al.
XCL  505740
UREF
PNO  5044406
ISD  19910900
NAM  Yamazaki
OCL  138143
UREF
PNO  5081075
ISD  19920100
NAM  Jin et al.
XCL   29599
UREF
PNO  5100865
ISD  19920300
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
XCL  427 62
FREF
PNO  51-16757
ISD  19760500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  52-69295
ISD  19770600
CNT  JPX
OCL   29599
FREF
PNO  54-22592
ISD  19790800
CNT  JPX
OCL   29599
FREF
PNO  56-66080
ISD  19810600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-53011
ISD  19820300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-164504
ISD  19821000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5753011
ISD  19870300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO88/08618
ISD  19881100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  "Y-Ba-Cu-O Films Prepared By a Paint-on Method" Appl. Phys. Lett., vol. 52
      No. 9, Feb. 29, 1988 I. Shih and C. X. Qiu, pp. 748-750.
PAL  "Ba-Y-Cu-O Superconducting Tape Prepared by Surface Diffusion Process",
      vol. 26, No. 7, Jul., 1987, pp. L1172-L1173 Hiroaki Kumakura et al.,
      National Research Institute for Metals.
PAL  "Preparation of Superconducting Y-Ba-Cu-O Thick Film", Japanese Journal of
      Applied Physics, vol. 27, No. 3, Mar., 1988, pp. L420-L422, Mineo Itoh and
      Hiroyuki Ishigaki.
PAL  "High T.sub.c Superconductors--Composite Wire Fabrication", Appl. Phys.
      Lett. 51(3), Jul. 20, 1987, pp. 203-204 1987 American Institute of
      Physics, S. Jin et al.
PAL  "High Tc Superconducting Y-Ba-Cu-O Thick Film By Screen Printing", H.H. Yen
      et al., Materials Research Laboratories, Industrial Technology Research
      Institute.
PAL  "Bulk Superconductivity at 36K in La.sub.1.8 Sr.sub.0.2 CuO.sub.4 " by R.J.
      Cava et al., Physical Review Letters, vol. 58, No. 4, Jan. 26, 1987.
PAL  Asahi Newspaper (Mar. 9, 1987) "A Cu-Ni sheath filled with
      lanthanum-strontium powders is elongated to form a ribbon or a wire.
      Although a heat is not applied, a superconductivity can be realized due to
      a pressure.".
PAL  "Materials At Low Temperatures" American Society For Metals (1983).
PAL  Material Science Of Ceramics, Apr. 10, 1985, "brittleness of ceramic
      materials.".
PAL  Zeitschrift fur Physik B Condensed Matter, vol. 64, No. 2, 1986.
PAL  Shin-ichi Ueda et al., Japanese Journal of Applied Physics, 26 (1987)
      L151-152.
PAL  Ceramic-Science, 1974, "teaches an enamal, that is, a metal coated with a
      glass and baked at high temperatures.".
PAL  Journal of Low Temperature Physics, vol. 53, No. 3/4, 1983.
PAL  Nikkei Sangyo Newspaper, Mar. 13, 1987.
PAL  Nihon Kougyou Newspaper, Mar. 19, 1987.
PAL  Dictionary of Ceramics, teaches the formation of an enamel.
PAL  Proc. Intr. Conf. Low Temp Physics Kyeto, 1987 Japanese Journal of Applied
      Physics, vol. 26 (1987) Supplement 26-3, Superconducting Wires of High Tc
      Oxides by K. Ohmatsu et al. (29/599).
LREP
FRM  Sixbey, Friedman, Leedom & Ferguson, P.C.
FR2  Ferguson, Jr.; Gerald J.
FR2  Costellia; Jeffrey L.
ABST
PAL  A method for manufacturing an elongated member from a superconducting
      ceramic material comprising the steps of providing a hollow supporting
      body of metal or a metallic compound having a hollow inside section
      therein, introducing a superconducting ceramic material into the hollow
      inside section of the hollow supporting body, drying the above liquid, so
      that the superconducting ceramic material is coated on the inside of the
      supporting body; and firing the supporting body and the ceramic material
      in an oxidizing atmosphere.
PATN
WKU  059877324
SRC  9
APN  1372882
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980820
TTL  Method of making compact integrated microwave assembly system
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Arbes; Carl J.
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Lee; Alfred E.
CTY  Torrance
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Davidheiser; Roger A.
CTY  Manhattan Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lau; James C.
CTY  Torrance
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  TRW Inc.
CTY  Redondo Beach
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   29600
XCL   29830
XCL   29852
EDF  6
ICL  H01P 1100
FSC   29
FSS  852;830;25.42;600
UREF
PNO  5323520
ISD  19940600
NAM  Peters et al.
XCL   29852
UREF
PNO  5345205
ISD  19940900
NAM  Kornrumpf
UREF
PNO  5355102
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kornrumpf et al.
UREF
PNO  5359496
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kornrumpf et al.
UREF
PNO  5452182
ISD  19950900
NAM  Eichelberger et al.
UREF
PNO  5463404
ISD  19951000
NAM  Wall
XCL   29600
UREF
PNO  5566441
ISD  19961000
NAM  Marsh et al.
OCL   29600
UREF
PNO  5588198
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kawahata et al.
OCL   29600
UREF
PNO  5701645
ISD  19971200
NAM  Allen et al.
XCL   29600
LREP
FR2  Yatsko; Michael S.
FR2  Thousand; Connie M.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a method for producing low cost integrated
      microwave assemblies, where a photoresist layer is deposited onto a
      substrate, a portion of the photoresist is selectively removed, a first
      conductive layer is applied, and, a second portion of the photoresist is
      removed leaving isolation walls and cavities. Electrical components are
      placed in the cavities and a first dielectric layer fills the cavities.
      Vias are created in the first dielectric material exposing the electrical
      contacts, a second conductive layer is applied into the vias and over the
      first dielectric material. The second conductive layer is patterned by
      removing a portion of the second conductive layer creating a signal line
      pattern in the second conductive layer.
PATN
WKU  059877332
SRC  9
APN  0236845
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19980213
TTL  Method of making a flexure vertical motion stop
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Hall; Carl E.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Goss; Lloyd C.
CTY  Bloomington
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Hutchinson Technology, Inc.
CTY  Hutchinson
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  488119
APD  19950607
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  173685
APD  19931223
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   2960303
XCL  360103
XCL  360104
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  542
FSC   29
FSS  603.04;603.05;603.06;603.03
FSC  360
FSS  103;104
UREF
PNO  5243482
ISD  19930900
NAM  Yamaguvhi et al.
UREF
PNO  5570249
ISD  19961000
NAM  Aoyagi et al.
UREF
PNO  5781381
ISD  19980700
NAM  Koganezawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5808837
ISD  19980900
NAM  Norton
UREF
PNO  5877920
ISD  19990300
NAM  Resh
FREF
PNO  1-107384
ISD  19890400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-282823
ISD  19971000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10-55636
ISD  19980200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10-69745
ISD  19980300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10-69743
ISD  19980300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10-143962
ISD  19980500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10-208415
ISD  19980800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10-261249
ISD  19980900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10-241310
ISD  19980900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10-269734
ISD  19981000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10-269735
ISD  19981000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/43 757
ISD  19971100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/54 669
ISD  19981200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Faegre & Benson LLP
ABST
PAL  A head suspension assembly includes a load beam, a flexure and a constraint
      structure for limiting range of motion of the flexure tongue. The
      constraint structure directly engages a free end of the flexure tongue to
      restrict the range of motion of the free end of the flexure tongue. This
      constraint structure is on the disk-confronting surface of the load beam
      to overlap the proximal end of the flexure tongue. The constraint
      structure may be formed in one piece with a proximal extension of the
      flexure.
PAL  A method for manufacturing a head suspension assembly of the type including
      a load beam and a flexure, includes a step of incorporating into the
      suspension assembly a constraint structure for directly engaging the free
      end of the flexure tongue to restrict the range of motion of the flexure
      tongue. Preferably, the method includes shaping the constraint structure
      from the flexure itself, and bending the constraint structure, so that the
      distal limit of the constraint extends directly over and is spaced from
      the free end of the tongue, between the tongue and its associated disk
      surface.
PATN
WKU  059877340
SRC  9
APN  1264079
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980730
TTL  Semi-automatic block and tackle lacing machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Hong; John C.
EXP  Hughes; S. Thomas
NDR  11
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Overgard; Bruce L.
CTY  Colton
STA  SD
INVT
NAM  Baymiller; Kris D.
CTY  Sioux Falls
STA  SD
INVT
NAM  Rohrbach; Walter
CTY  Burnsville
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Gysling; Walter
CTY  Shorewood
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Balance Systems, Inc.
CTY  Sioux Falls
STA  SD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   29700
XCL  254401
EDF  6
ICL  B23P 1900
FSC   29
FSS  700
FSC  254
FSS  401;402;403;405
FSC  112
FSS  2;303;470.21;470.14
UREF
PNO  3986256
ISD  19761000
NAM  Kilpatrick et al.
OCL   29628
UREF
PNO  4734969
ISD  19880400
NAM  Currier et al.
OCL   29157.3
UREF
PNO  5511502
ISD  19960400
NAM  Moser et al.
OCL  112470.21
LREP
FRM  Pettis & Van Royen, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A semi-automatic lacing machine used to lace a pair of blocks together to
      form a block and tackle assembly that will frequently be used in the
      manufacture of other products. The apparatus includes a structure for
      receiving a pair of blocks and a line therein, and structure including a
      first and a second guide, and a threader to advance the line through the
      first and second guides and thereby through the blocks received within the
      apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059877359
SRC  9
APN  0705144
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980430
TTL  Compliant collet assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Omgba; Essama
EXP  Hughes; S. Thomas
NDR  24
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Horning; Steve Gregory
CTY  Oklahoma City
STA  OK
INVT
NAM  Jenkins; James Randy
CTY  Yukon
STA  OK
ASSG
NAM  Seagate Technology, Inc.
CTY  Scotts Valley
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   29737
XCL   2960303
XCL  279  203
EDF  6
ICL  B23P 1900
FSC   29
FSS  603.03;737;714;407.1
FSC  279
FSS  2.03
FSC  294
FSS  93;94;95;96;97;98;98.1
UREF
PNO  4851943
ISD  19890700
NAM  Perry
OCL  360105
UREF
PNO  4862584
ISD  19890900
NAM  Budy et al.
OCL   29704
UREF
PNO  5404636
ISD  19950400
NAM  Stefansky et al.
UREF
PNO  5555144
ISD  19960900
NAM  Wood et al.
UREF
PNO  5560624
ISD  19961000
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  279  2.03
UREF
PNO  5862019
ISD  19990100
NAM  Larson
OCL  360106
UREF
PNO  5867348
ISD  19990200
NAM  Suwa
OCL  360106
LREP
FRM  Crowe & Dunlevy
ABST
PAL  A collet assembly for picking and placing a disc pack in an automated
      assembly process, the collet assembly having a retractable cylinder that
      extends to spreadingly engage a segmented collet against a lifting surface
      of the disc pack to support the disc pack during a lifting operation. The
      collet assembly is positioned by a positioning assembly to an engaging
      position adjacent the disc pack. A locking cylinder supports a lower pad
      and an upper pad on opposing sides of a flange portion of the collet
      assembly, to provide a fixed mode in a retracted position of the locking
      cylinder wherein the collet assembly position is fixed relative the
      positioning assembly, and to provide a compliant mode in an extended
      position of the locking cylinder wherein the collet assembly is free to
      compliantly float in a two-axis plane relative to the positioning
      assembly.
PATN
WKU  059877367
SRC  8
APN  609774&
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19960301
TTL  Printed circuit board fabrication apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Chang; Rick Kiltae
EXP  Young; Lee
NDR  11
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Copp; John B.
STR  1208 Luanne
CTY  Fullerton
STA  CA
ZIP  92631
CLAS
OCL   29738
XCL   29 33R
XCL   29 3352
XCL   29430
XCL   29771
XCL   29830
EDF  6
ICL  B23P 1900
FSC   29
FSS  738;430;830;469.5;33 R;33.52;771
FSC   83
FSS  277;650;206;649;409;409.1;227;288
FSC  156
FSS  228;299;563;556;580
FSC  428
FSS  901;461;849
FSC  271
FSS  33
FSC  294
FSS  98.1
UREF
PNO  3617613
ISD  19711100
NAM  Benzinger et al.
UREF
PNO  3847656
ISD  19741100
NAM  Baumann et al.
OCL  428481
UREF
PNO  3955264
ISD  19760500
NAM  Klappert
XCL   29738
UREF
PNO  4488466
ISD  19841200
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  4831718
ISD  19890500
NAM  Zumstein et al.
UREF
PNO  4857135
ISD  19890800
NAM  Copp
OCL  156580
UREF
PNO  5007626
ISD  19910400
NAM  Blaimschein
OCL  271 33
UREF
PNO  5160567
ISD  19921100
NAM  Konicek et al.
OCL  156288
UREF
PNO  5249902
ISD  19931000
NAM  Stankiewicz
XCL   29771
UREF
PNO  5315754
ISD  19940500
NAM  Klappert et al.
XCL   29738
UREF
PNO  5325583
ISD  19940700
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL   29849
UREF
PNO  5403056
ISD  19950400
NAM  Wallace
OCL  294 98.1
UREF
PNO  5528817
ISD  19960600
NAM  Klappert et al.
XCL   29738
FREF
PNO  6-171814
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  772706
ISD  19800300
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1007221
ISD  19830300
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  2255451
ISD  19921100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear, LLP.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for assembling copper-caul-copper elements to be used in the
      fabrication of printed circuit boards. The apparatus comprises a roll
      section which has two rolls of copper that provides the rolled copper
      sheets to a cutting section. The cutting section includes two clamp
      mechanisms which clamps the two rolled copper sheets and a cutting
      apparatus that cuts the two rolled copper sheets to produce two cut sheets
      of copper. The apparatus includes a grasping device that reaches into the
      cutting section to partially extract the rolled copper sheets prior to
      cutting. The apparatus also includes a carriage section and a caul supply
      section. After the rolled copper sheets have been cut, the grasping device
      extracts the copper sheets and positions these sheets in the carriage
      assembly as the caul supply section is simultaneously supplying the caul
      to the carriage. The carriage section has two guide rails which support
      the caul and the grasping device is capable of positioning one cut sheet
      of copper on the top side of the caul and the other cut sheet of copper on
      the bottom side of the caul to produce the copper-caul-copper element.
PATN
WKU  059877375
SRC  8
APN  5684250
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19951206
TTL  Gate break device and gate break method
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Vereene; Kevin G
EXP  Young; Lee
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Mieda; Hiroki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakakibara; Junzi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ikegami; Takehiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950725
APN  7-189318
CLAS
OCL   29827
XCL  225 97
XCL  225103
XCL  225104
XCL   29418
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 4300
FSC  257
FSS  678;686
FSC   29
FSS  418;841
FSC  225
FSS  2;97;103;104
UREF
PNO  4560880
ISD  19851200
NAM  Petric et al.
OCL  250441.1
UREF
PNO  4954307
ISD  19900900
NAM  Yokoyama
OCL  264272.15
UREF
PNO  5044912
ISD  19910900
NAM  Billings et al.
OCL  425116
UREF
PNO  5374021
ISD  19941200
NAM  Kleinman
OCL  248362
UREF
PNO  5498942
ISD  19960300
NAM  Ijuin
OCL  318567
FREF
PNO  2209460
ISD  19721000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  5 343454
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5 326584
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A device and method for positioning a resin-sealed lead frame that includes
      semiconductor devices and resin for sealing the semiconductor devices on
      the lead frame. A break unit is provided for moving the resin-sealed lead
      frame to a break table. The break unit includes a vacuum suction portion
      to hold the resin-sealed lead frame during movement and to release it when
      the resin-sealed lead frame is brought into a receiving opening associated
      with the break table. The receiving opening is defined by a plurality of
      guides with the outer tip portions of the guides providing the receiving
      opening as a space larger than that occupied by the outer configuration of
      the resin-sealed lead frame. The guides have a slope to position the
      resin-sealed lead frame onto the break table after it is released in the
      receiving opening. The break unit further includes push down pins for
      pushing down and breaking off unwanted extra portions of resin from
      beneath the resin-sealed lead frame. The break table is further provided
      with notches which have shapes corresponding to the shapes of unwanted
      extra portions of resin of the resin-sealed lead frame.
PATN
WKU  059877383
SRC  8
APN  9461078
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19971002
TTL  Integrated circuit cartridge extracting method
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Smith; Sean
EXP  Young; Lee
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Boe; Craig L.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   29829
XCL   29764
XCL   29278
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  300
FSC   29
FSS  764;747;758;759;278;829;842;837;426.1;426.5;741
FSC  294
FSS  26
UREF
PNO  3110960
ISD  19631100
NAM  Rondash
UREF
PNO  3626575
ISD  19711200
NAM  Greenspan
UREF
PNO  3859706
ISD  19750100
NAM  Williams et al.
UREF
PNO  4215468
ISD  19800800
NAM  Greco
UREF
PNO  4660281
ISD  19870400
NAM  Omand
UREF
PNO  4858309
ISD  19890800
NAM  Korsunsky et al.
OCL   29764
UREF
PNO  5046237
ISD  19910900
NAM  Conforti et al.
UREF
PNO  5062201
ISD  19911100
NAM  Long, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5152052
ISD  19921000
NAM  Rantala et al.
UREF
PNO  5193269
ISD  19930300
NAM  Dattilo
UREF
PNO  5203074
ISD  19930400
NAM  Lam
UREF
PNO  5265328
ISD  19931100
NAM  Gorman
UREF
PNO  5287617
ISD  19940200
NAM  Murphy
UREF
PNO  5425169
ISD  19950600
NAM  Steinman et al.
UREF
PNO  5440803
ISD  19950800
NAM  Selgas, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5502887
ISD  19960400
NAM  Gonzales
UREF
PNO  5617628
ISD  19970400
NAM  Harder et al.
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear, LLP
ABST
PAL  An integrated circuit cartridge extracting method includes providing a
      generally u-shaped frame including a crossbar and first and second legs
      extending from the crossbar. An upper bar is located adjacent to the
      crossbar. First and second rods are coupled to the upper bar and extend
      through the crossbar. Each rod has a dowel extending out from a lower
      portion thereof for engaging a device to be extracted, such as an
      integrated circuit cartridge. A cam lever is operatively in contact with
      the upper bar and the cross bar. The cam lever is moved from a first
      position to a second position which causes the upper bar to move away from
      said crossbar and thereby extract a device engaged by the dowels.
PATN
WKU  059877391
SRC  8
APN  5964725
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19960205
TTL  Method of making a polymer based circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  42
ECL  1,20
EXP  Echols; P. W.
NDR  5
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Lake; Rickie Charles
CTY  Eagle
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Communications, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   29841
XCL   29832
XCL   29846
XCL  427558
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  330
ICL  B05D  306
FSC   29
FSS  832;840;841;846
FSC  427
FSS  553;554;555;412.5;558
UREF
PNO  3227605
ISD  19660100
NAM  Wolinski
OCL  161247
UREF
PNO  4261800
ISD  19810400
NAM  Beckenbaugh et al.
OCL  427553
UREF
PNO  4311749
ISD  19820100
NAM  Hiraiwa et al.
OCL  428209
UREF
PNO  4317011
ISD  19820200
NAM  Mazurk
OCL  200  5A
UREF
PNO  4317013
ISD  19820200
NAM  Larson
OCL  200  5A
UREF
PNO  4843036
ISD  19890600
NAM  Schmidt et al.
OCL   29841
UREF
PNO  4868006
ISD  19890900
NAM  Yorkgitis et al.
OCL  427 53.1
UREF
PNO  5264061
ISD  19931100
NAM  Juskey et al.
OCL  427553
UREF
PNO  5296273
ISD  19940300
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  427553
UREF
PNO  5302402
ISD  19940400
NAM  Dudenhoeffer et al.
OCL  426129
UREF
PNO  5434214
ISD  19950700
NAM  Wolosen et al.
OCL  524720
UREF
PNO  5448110
ISD  19950900
NAM  Tuttle et al.
OCL  257723
UREF
PNO  5461202
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sera et al.
OCL  174254
FREF
PNO  0 357 802
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01L 2329
FREF
PNO  5 809 8340
ISD  19831100
CNT  JPX
ICL  C08J  710
FREF
PNO  5 919 7433
ISD  19840900
CNT  JPX
ICL  C08J  704
FREF
PNO  59-197433
ISD  19841100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  0 602 1620
ISD  19940100
CNT  JPX
ICL  H05K  324
OREF
PAL  "EPIC R1055-01/H5039 Casting System" Resins product bulletin, (3p).
PAL  "1993 Industrial Films Product Guide" Melinex Polyester Films.
PAL  "Melinex 454, Technical Data," Melinex Polyester Films, ICI Films,
      Copyright 1994.
PAL  "Melinex ST 505 Heat-Stabilized Polyester Film, Technical Data," Melinex
      Polyester Films, ICI Films.
PAL  "Melinex ST 507 Heat-Stabilized Polyester Film, Technical Data," Melinex
      Polyester Films, ICI Films.
PAL  McIntyre, N. Stewart and Walzak, Mary Jane," New UV/Ozone Treatment
      Improves Adhesiveness of Polymer Surface," Modern Plastics, Mar. 1995, pp.
      79-81.
LREP
FRM  Mueting, Raasch & Gebhardt, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A polymer based circuit production method provides a polymer based circuit
      by exposing a surface of a polymer substrate to ultraviolet radiation
      resulting in an adhesion promoted polymer substrate surface. A circuit is
      fabricated on the polymer substrate surface and a coating material is
      applied to at least a portion of the adhesion promoted polymer substrate
      surface. A portion of the circuit fabricated on the polymer substrate
      surface may be encapsulated. The polymer based circuit resulting from the
      method includes a polymer substrate having an ultraviolet radiation
      treated surface, a circuit formed on the polymer substrate surface, and a
      coating material encapsulating at least a portion of the at least one
      circuit between the polymer substrate and the coating material.
PATN
WKU  059877405
SRC  8
APN  7352271
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19961022
TTL  Laser machining of molded assemblies
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Arbes; Carl J.
NDR  11
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Andrus; Lance L.
CTY  Southboro
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Curhan; Jeffrey A.
CTY  Medway
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  VLT Corporation
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   29841
XCL   29840
XCL  174 521
XCL  174 163
XCL  174252
XCL  361709
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  330
FSC   29
FSS  832;840;841
FSC  174
FSS  16.3;52.1;252
FSC  361
FSS  709
UREF
PNO  3676745
ISD  19720700
NAM  Traweek
UREF
PNO  5323295
ISD  19940600
NAM  Pines
UREF
PNO  5365403
ISD  19941100
NAM  Vinciarelli et al.
UREF
PNO  5367439
ISD  19941100
NAM  Griffin et al.
UREF
PNO  5467251
ISD  19951100
NAM  Katchmar
UREF
PNO  5644103
ISD  19970700
NAM  Pullen et al.
FREF
PNO  4-291749
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 2329
FREF
PNO  5-243457
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 2350
FREF
PNO  2177965
ISD  19870200
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Howard Green et al., "Reducing MCM Fabrication Costs", Electronic Packaging
      & Production, pp. 50-54, May 1996.
PAL  Roland Heitmann, "The Ultimate Connections: BGA and Flip Chip Attachment",
      Electronic Packaging and Production, pp. 67-76, Electronic Packaging &
      Production, May 1996.
PAL  Charles Bauer, "Package Assembly Technology Directions", Electronic
      Packaging & Production, pp. 79-82, May 1996.
PAL  U.S. Patent Appln. Serial No. 08/077,011, filed Jun. 14, 1993, "Packaging
      Electrical Components".
PAL  U.S. Patent Appln. Serial No. 08/337,269, filed Nov. 10, 1994, "Packaging
      Electrical Components".
PAL  Proceedings of 1996 International Electronics Packaging Conf. pp. 192-202
      by T. Leniham et al, Published by Electron. Packaging Soc. Sep. 29-Oct. 1,
      1996.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A heat generating component is encapsulated within an encapsulant. A window
      is made in the encapsulant to expose a heat dissipating surface of the
      component and a heat sinking device is attached to the heat dissipating
      surface of the heat generating component. The window is formed using a
      laser.
PATN
WKU  059877413
SRC  8
APN  8733589
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19970612
TTL  Method of fabricating an IC card
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Arbes; Carl J.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Banakis; Emanuel G.
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Janota; Kenneth F.
CTY  Lisle
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Lang; Harold Keith
CTY  Fox River Grove
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Molex Incorporated
CTY  Lisle
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  264388
APD  19940623
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   29842
XCL   29884
XCL  439 74
XCL  439 79
XCL  439 95
XCL  439629
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  900
FSC  439
FSS  74;79;329;636;95;629
FSC   29
FSS  889
FSC  174
FSS  51
UREF
PNO  5046955
ISD  19910900
NAM  Olssen
UREF
PNO  5502620
ISD  19960300
NAM  Funck et al.
UREF
PNO  5504994
ISD  19960400
NAM  Banakis et al.
UREF
PNO  5747735
ISD  19980500
NAM  Chang et al.
LREP
FR2  Paschall; James C.
ABST
PAL  An IC card includes a generally rectangular frame. A circuit board assembly
      is mounted on the frame, with the circuit board assembly including a
      generally planar dielectric substrate having circuit traces and at least
      one electrical component mounted thereon. A receptacle connector including
      terminals is mounted at an edge of the circuit board assembly, with the
      terminals being adapted to mechanically and electrically engage the
      circuit traces on the circuit board assembly. Complementary interengaging
      latches are provided between the frame and the receptable connector for
      securing the receptacle connector at the edge of the circuit board
      assembly and for ensuring a mechanical and electrical connection between
      the terminals and the circuit traces on the circuit board assembly. The
      invention also contemplates a method of fabricating the IC card according
      to the above.
PATN
WKU  059877421
SRC  9
APN  1895818
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19981109
TTL  Technique for attaching a stiffener to a flexible substrate
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Chang; Rick Kiltae
EXP  Young; Lee
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Acciai; Michael
CTY  Newark Valley
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Hall; Richard Ronald
CTY  Endwell
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Ives; Robert Nicholas
CTY  Guilford
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  799752
APD  19970211
PSC  01
PNO  5873162
CLAS
OCL   29846
XCL   29840
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  302
ICL  H05K  310
FSC   29
FSS  741;743;840;841;846
UREF
PNO  3557983
ISD  19710100
NAM  Hayes et al.
OCL   29846
UREF
PNO  4893403
ISD  19900100
NAM  Heflinger et al.
OCL   29840
UREF
PNO  5249343
ISD  19931000
NAM  Grosso et al.
OCL   29743
UREF
PNO  5600881
ISD  19970200
NAM  Wanha
OCL   29741
UREF
PNO  5663106
ISD  19970900
NAM  Karavakis et al.
OCL   29841
LREP
FR2  Clarkson; Douglas M.
ABST
PAL  The technique involves attaching a stiffener to a flexible substrate that
      has solder balls on the substrate. The steps include locating the flexible
      substrate on the stiffener with the solder balls on the side away from the
      stiffener, and drawing a vacuum to hold the flexible substrate in place.
      Locating the stiffener on a support with a pressure sensitive adhesive on
      a surface facing away from the support, and drawing a vacuum to hold the
      stiffener in place. Then, applying a pressure around the solder balls
      against the flexible substrate in the order of 2000 pounds per square inch
      to force the flexible substrate against the stiffener.
PATN
WKU  059877430
SRC  8
APN  8472904
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19970424
TTL  Automatic wiring device and its wiring method
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1,5
EXP  Arbes; Carl J.
NDR  10
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Yui; Nobuyasu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960425
APN  8-105245
CLAS
OCL   29850
XCL   29755
XCL   29857
XCL   29863
EDF  6
ICL  H01K  310
FSC   29
FSS  755;850;825;857
UREF
PNO  3633096
ISD  19720100
NAM  Bollman
OCL   29755
UREF
PNO  3693228
ISD  19720900
NAM  Logan
XCL   29755
UREF
PNO  3842496
ISD  19741000
NAM  Mercer
OCL   29755
UREF
PNO  4348805
ISD  19820900
NAM  Gibbons
XCL   29863
UREF
PNO  4627162
ISD  19861200
NAM  Holt
XCL   29850
UREF
PNO  4711025
ISD  19871200
NAM  DeSanto
XCL   29755
UREF
PNO  4724612
ISD  19880200
NAM  Pearson
OCL   29850
UREF
PNO  5083369
ISD  19920100
NAM  Cerda
OCL   29857
UREF
PNO  5355581
ISD  19941000
NAM  Sorlano
OCL   29857
UREF
PNO  5483459
ISD  19960100
NAM  Tamura
XCL   29755
FREF
PNO  1-225335
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-61772
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-236671
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-77322
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-124321
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-236924
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-48221
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  An automatic wiring device comprises an initial wiring unit for performing
      initial wiring processing on the coordinate plane surface for wiring
      arrangement to be processed, a short cost value setting unit for setting a
      cost value on each unit cell arranged on the coordinate plane surface for
      wiring arrangement in such a way that the cost value of the unit cell on
      the connected wiring in the vicinity of the terminals of the connected
      wiring is set larger than the cost values of any other unit cells when
      there remains a terminal pair unconnected in the wiring processing by the
      initial wiring unit, and a peeling and rewiring unit for performing wiring
      processing by the cost-attached labyrinth method, using the set cost
      values, and if peeling off another wiring in the above wiring processing,
      performing rewiring processing for connecting a terminal pair getting
      unconnected owing to the wiring being peeled off.
PATN
WKU  059877448
SRC  8
APN  8883483
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19970701
TTL  Method for supporting one or more electronic components
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Arbes; Carl J.
NDR  10
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Lan; James J. D.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chiang; Steve S.
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Wu; Paul Y. F.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Xie; John Y.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Prolinx Labs Corporation
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  631875
APD  19960410
CLAS
OCL   29852
XCL  216 18
XCL  216 20
XCL  427 97
EDF  6
ICL  H01K  310
FSC   29
FSS  830;852;825;832
FSC  216
FSS  18;20
FSC  427
FSS  97
UREF
PNO  3335327
ISD  19670800
NAM  Damon et al.
UREF
PNO  3384879
ISD  19680500
NAM  Stahl et al.
UREF
PNO  3615913
ISD  19711000
NAM  Shaw
OCL  148 33.3
UREF
PNO  3808576
ISD  19740400
NAM  Castonguay et al.
OCL  338309
UREF
PNO  3857683
ISD  19741200
NAM  Castonguay
OCL   29195
UREF
PNO  3923359
ISD  19751200
NAM  Newsam
UREF
PNO  4024629
ISD  19770500
NAM  Lemoine et al.
UREF
PNO  4090667
ISD  19780500
NAM  Crimmins
UREF
PNO  4146863
ISD  19790300
NAM  Mollenhoff
OCL  337296
UREF
PNO  4238839
ISD  19801200
NAM  Redfern et al.
OCL  365 96
UREF
PNO  4245273
ISD  19810100
NAM  Feinberg et al.
OCL  361382
UREF
PNO  4247981
ISD  19810200
NAM  Walters
OCL   29845
UREF
PNO  4386051
ISD  19830500
NAM  Edgington
OCL  420589
UREF
PNO  4399372
ISD  19830800
NAM  Tanimoto et al.
OCL  307279
UREF
PNO  4413272
ISD  19831100
NAM  Mochizuki et al.
OCL  357 65
UREF
PNO  4420820
ISD  19831200
NAM  Preedy
OCL  365105
UREF
PNO  4424578
ISD  19840100
NAM  Miyamoto
OCL  365104
UREF
PNO  4433331
ISD  19840200
NAM  Kollaritsch
OCL  340825.83
UREF
PNO  4434134
ISD  19840200
NAM  Darrow et al.
OCL  419  5
UREF
PNO  4455495
ISD  19840600
NAM  Masuhara et al.
OCL  307 44
UREF
PNO  4458297
ISD  19840700
NAM  Stopper et al.
OCL  361403
UREF
PNO  4488262
ISD  19841200
NAM  Basire et al.
OCL  365104
UREF
PNO  4491860
ISD  19850100
NAM  Lim
UREF
PNO  4507756
ISD  19850300
NAM  McElroy
OCL  365104
UREF
PNO  4507757
ISD  19850300
NAM  McElroy
OCL  365104
UREF
PNO  4547830
ISD  19851000
NAM  Yamauchi
OCL  361104
UREF
PNO  4562639
ISD  19860100
NAM  McElroy
UREF
PNO  4565712
ISD  19860100
NAM  Noguchi et al.
OCL  427 53.1
UREF
PNO  4566186
ISD  19860100
NAM  Bauer et al.
OCL   29852
UREF
PNO  4569120
ISD  19860200
NAM  Stacy et al.
UREF
PNO  4569121
ISD  19860200
NAM  Lim et al.
UREF
PNO  4585490
ISD  19860400
NAM  Raffel et al.
OCL  148  1.5
UREF
PNO  4590589
ISD  19860500
NAM  Gerzberg
OCL  365100
UREF
PNO  4609241
ISD  19860900
NAM  Peterson
OCL  339 17CF
UREF
PNO  4642160
ISD  19870200
NAM  Burgess
OCL  156530
UREF
PNO  4651409
ISD  19870300
NAM  Ellsworth et al.
UREF
PNO  4652974
ISD  19870300
NAM  Ryan
OCL  361395
UREF
PNO  4678889
ISD  19870700
NAM  Yamanaka
OCL  219121LJ
UREF
PNO  4689411
ISD  19870800
NAM  Dick et al.
UREF
PNO  4700116
ISD  19871000
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  4700214
ISD  19871000
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  4710592
ISD  19871200
NAM  Kimbara
OCL  174 68.5
UREF
PNO  4721868
ISD  19880100
NAM  Cornell et al.
OCL  307465
UREF
PNO  4726991
ISD  19880200
NAM  Hyatt et al.
OCL  428329
UREF
PNO  4731704
ISD  19880300
NAM  Lochner
OCL  361400
UREF
PNO  4732780
ISD  19880300
NAM  Mitoff et al.
OCL  427125
UREF
PNO  4748490
ISD  19880500
NAM  Hollingsworth
UREF
PNO  4757359
ISD  19880700
NAM  Chiao et al.
UREF
PNO  4780670
ISD  19881000
NAM  Cherry
OCL  324158P
UREF
PNO  4786904
ISD  19881100
NAM  Graham, III et al.
OCL  340825.83
UREF
PNO  4789760
ISD  19881200
NAM  Koyama et al.
UREF
PNO  4791075
ISD  19881200
NAM  Lin
UREF
PNO  4792646
ISD  19881200
NAM  Enomoto
UREF
PNO  4792835
ISD  19881200
NAM  Sacarisen et al.
UREF
PNO  4796074
ISD  19890100
NAM  Roesner
UREF
PNO  4796075
ISD  19890100
NAM  Whitten
UREF
PNO  4799128
ISD  19890100
NAM  Chen
OCL  361414
UREF
PNO  4799984
ISD  19890100
NAM  Rellick
OCL  156 89
UREF
PNO  4803595
ISD  19890200
NAM  Kraus et al.
OCL  361412
UREF
PNO  4808967
ISD  19890200
NAM  Rice et al.
OCL  338309
UREF
PNO  4821142
ISD  19890400
NAM  Ushifusa et al.
OCL  361395
UREF
PNO  4823181
ISD  19890400
NAM  Mohsen et al.
UREF
PNO  4829404
ISD  19890500
NAM  Jensen
OCL  361398
UREF
PNO  4839864
ISD  19890600
NAM  Fujishima
OCL  365200
UREF
PNO  4840924
ISD  19890600
NAM  Kinbara
OCL  437189
UREF
PNO  4841099
ISD  19890600
NAM  Epstein et al.
UREF
PNO  4845315
ISD  19890700
NAM  Stopper
OCL  361428
UREF
PNO  4847732
ISD  19890700
NAM  Stopper et al.
OCL  361395
UREF
PNO  4864165
ISD  19890900
NAM  Hoberman et al.
OCL  307467
UREF
PNO  4873506
ISD  19891000
NAM  Gurevich
OCL  337290
UREF
PNO  4874711
ISD  19891000
NAM  Hughes et al.
OCL  437  8
UREF
PNO  4876220
ISD  19891000
NAM  Mohsen et al.
OCL  437170
UREF
PNO  4881114
ISD  19891100
NAM  Mohsen et al.
UREF
PNO  4882611
ISD  19891100
NAM  Blech et al.
UREF
PNO  4888574
ISD  19891200
NAM  Rice et al.
OCL  338309
UREF
PNO  4888665
ISD  19891200
NAM  Smith
OCL  361400
UREF
PNO  4892776
ISD  19900100
NAM  Rice
OCL  428209
UREF
PNO  4893167
ISD  19900100
NAM  Boudou et al.
UREF
PNO  4897836
ISD  19900100
NAM  Fitzpatrick et al.
OCL  370112
UREF
PNO  4899205
ISD  19900200
NAM  Hamdy et al.
UREF
PNO  4910418
ISD  19900300
NAM  Graham et al.
OCL  307465
UREF
PNO  4910584
ISD  19900300
NAM  Mizuo
UREF
PNO  4914055
ISD  19900400
NAM  Gordon et al.
OCL  437192
UREF
PNO  4915983
ISD  19900400
NAM  Lake et al.
OCL  427 98
UREF
PNO  4916809
ISD  19900400
NAM  Boudou et al.
OCL   29852
UREF
PNO  4920454
ISD  19900400
NAM  Stopper et al.
OCL  361398
UREF
PNO  4924287
ISD  19900500
NAM  Orbach
UREF
PNO  4933738
ISD  19900600
NAM  Orbach et al.
UREF
PNO  4935584
ISD  19900600
NAM  Boggs
OCL  174262
UREF
PNO  4937475
ISD  19900600
NAM  Rhodes et al.
OCL  307465
UREF
PNO  4940181
ISD  19900700
NAM  Juskey, Jr. et al.
OCL  228180.2
UREF
PNO  4943538
ISD  19900700
NAM  Mohsen et al.
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  4949084
ISD  19900800
NAM  Schwartz et al.
OCL  340825.83
UREF
PNO  4964948
ISD  19901000
NAM  Reed
OCL  156659.1
UREF
PNO  4969124
ISD  19901100
NAM  Luich et al.
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  4970579
ISD  19901100
NAM  Ardt et al.
OCL  357 81
UREF
PNO  4974048
ISD  19901100
NAM  Chakravorty et al.
UREF
PNO  4977357
ISD  19901200
NAM  Shrier
OCL  338 21
UREF
PNO  4992333
ISD  19910200
NAM  Hyatt
OCL  428402
UREF
PNO  5003486
ISD  19910300
NAM  Hendel et al.
OCL  364483
UREF
PNO  5014002
ISD  19910500
NAM  Wiscombe et al.
OCL  324158F
UREF
PNO  5027191
ISD  19910600
NAM  Bourdelaise et al.
UREF
PNO  5030113
ISD  19910700
NAM  Wilson
OCL  439 80
UREF
PNO  5055321
ISD  19911000
NAM  Enomoto et al.
OCL  427 98
UREF
PNO  5055973
ISD  19911000
NAM  Mohsen
OCL  361414
UREF
PNO  5060116
ISD  19911000
NAM  Grobman et al.
OCL  361474
UREF
PNO  5068634
ISD  19911100
NAM  Shrier
OCL  338 21
UREF
PNO  5077451
ISD  19911200
NAM  Mohsen
OCL  174261
UREF
PNO  5087589
ISD  19920200
NAM  Chapman et al.
UREF
PNO  5092032
ISD  19920300
NAM  Murakami
OCL   29830
UREF
PNO  5097593
ISD  19920300
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL   29852
UREF
PNO  5099149
ISD  19920300
NAM  Smith
OCL  307465
UREF
PNO  5099380
ISD  19920300
NAM  Childers et al.
OCL  361 56
UREF
PNO  5106773
ISD  19920400
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  437 51
UREF
PNO  5108541
ISD  19920400
NAM  Schneider et al.
OCL  156631
UREF
PNO  5120679
ISD  19920600
NAM  Boardman et al.
OCL  437195
UREF
PNO  5136366
ISD  19920800
NAM  Worp et al.
UREF
PNO  5142263
ISD  19920800
NAM  Childers et al.
OCL  338 21
UREF
PNO  5144567
ISD  19920900
NAM  Oelsch et al.
OCL  364708
UREF
PNO  5148265
ISD  19920900
NAM  Khandros et al.
UREF
PNO  5148355
ISD  19920900
NAM  Lowe et al.
OCL  361410
UREF
PNO  5155577
ISD  19921000
NAM  Chance et al.
UREF
PNO  5159535
ISD  19921000
NAM  Desai et al.
OCL  361398
UREF
PNO  5166556
ISD  19921100
NAM  Hsu et al.
OCL  307465
UREF
PNO  5170931
ISD  19921200
NAM  Desai et al.
OCL  228180.2
UREF
PNO  5181096
ISD  19930100
NAM  Forouhi
OCL  257530
UREF
PNO  5181859
ISD  19930100
NAM  Foreman et al.
OCL  439225
UREF
PNO  5189387
ISD  19930200
NAM  Childers et al.
OCL  338 20
UREF
PNO  5191511
ISD  19930300
NAM  Sawaya
OCL  361383
UREF
PNO  5196724
ISD  19930300
NAM  Gordon et al.
OCL  257530
UREF
PNO  5200652
ISD  19930400
NAM  Lee
OCL  307465
UREF
PNO  5203075
ISD  19930400
NAM  Angulas et al.
OCL   29830
UREF
PNO  5210940
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kawakami et al.
OCL   29852
UREF
PNO  5216278
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  257688
UREF
PNO  5218679
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5220490
ISD  19930600
NAM  Weigler et al.
OCL  361409
UREF
PNO  5229549
ISD  19930700
NAM  Yamakawa et al.
OCL  174262
UREF
PNO  5231751
ISD  19930800
NAM  Sachdev et al.
OCL   29852
UREF
PNO  5233217
ISD  19930800
NAM  Dixit et al.
OCL  257530
UREF
PNO  5248517
ISD  19930900
NAM  Shrier et al.
OCL  427 58
UREF
PNO  5250228
ISD  19931000
NAM  Baigrie et al.
OCL  252511
UREF
PNO  5250470
ISD  19931000
NAM  Yamaguchi
UREF
PNO  5258643
ISD  19931100
NAM  Cohen
OCL  257530
UREF
PNO  5260519
ISD  19931100
NAM  Knickerbocker et al.
OCL  174262
UREF
PNO  5260848
ISD  19931100
NAM  Childers
OCL  361127
UREF
PNO  5262352
ISD  19931100
NAM  Woo et al.
UREF
PNO  5262754
ISD  19931100
NAM  Collins
OCL  338 21
UREF
PNO  5264729
ISD  19931100
NAM  Rostoker et al.
OCL  257774
UREF
PNO  5282271
ISD  19940100
NAM  Hsieh et al.
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5282312
ISD  19940200
NAM  DiStefano et al.
OCL   29830
UREF
PNO  5287620
ISD  19940200
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL   29852
UREF
PNO  5291062
ISD  19940300
NAM  Higgins, III
OCL  257698
UREF
PNO  5294750
ISD  19940300
NAM  Sakai et al.
OCL  174 52.4
UREF
PNO  5300208
ISD  19940400
NAM  Angelopoulos et al.
OCL  205 50
UREF
PNO  5311053
ISD  19940500
NAM  Law et al.
OCL  257529
UREF
PNO  5317801
ISD  19940600
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL   29830
UREF
PNO  5319238
ISD  19940600
NAM  Gordon et al.
OCL  257530
UREF
PNO  5321322
ISD  19940600
NAM  Verheyen et al.
OCL  307465.1
UREF
PNO  5329153
ISD  19940700
NAM  Dixit
OCL  257530
UREF
PNO  5345106
ISD  19940900
NAM  Doering et al.
OCL  257675
UREF
PNO  5347258
ISD  19940900
NAM  Howard et al.
OCL  338333
UREF
PNO  5349248
ISD  19940900
NAM  Parlour et al.
OCL  307465
UREF
PNO  5362676
ISD  19941100
NAM  Gordon et al.
UREF
PNO  5367764
ISD  19941100
NAM  DiStefano et al.
OCL   29830
UREF
PNO  5377124
ISD  19941200
NAM  Mohsen
OCL  364489
UREF
PNO  5397921
ISD  19950300
NAM  Karnezos
OCL  257779
UREF
PNO  5404637
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kawakami
OCL   29843
UREF
PNO  5408130
ISD  19950400
NAM  Woo et al.
UREF
PNO  5409865
ISD  19950400
NAM  Karnezos
UREF
PNO  5410806
ISD  19950500
NAM  Schneider
OCL   29840
UREF
PNO  5420456
ISD  19950500
NAM  Galbi et al.
OCL  257529
UREF
PNO  5420460
ISD  19950500
NAM  Massingill
OCL  257693
UREF
PNO  5421083
ISD  19950600
NAM  Suppelsa et al.
UREF
PNO  5435480
ISD  19950700
NAM  Hart et al.
OCL  228180.1
UREF
PNO  5436412
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ahmad et al.
OCL  174265
UREF
PNO  5438166
ISD  19950800
NAM  Carey et al.
OCL  174261
UREF
PNO  5464790
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hawley
UREF
PNO  5468995
ISD  19951100
NAM  Higgins, III
OCL  257697
UREF
PNO  5481795
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hatakeyama et al.
OCL   29852
UREF
PNO  5487218
ISD  19960100
NAM  Bhatt et al.
OCL   29852
UREF
PNO  5502889
ISD  19960400
NAM  Casson et al.
OCL   29830
UREF
PNO  5537108
ISD  19960700
NAM  Nathan et al.
OCL  340825.84
UREF
PNO  5572409
ISD  19961100
NAM  Nathan et al.
OCL  361806
UREF
PNO  5574311
ISD  19961100
NAM  Matsuda
OCL  257697
UREF
PNO  5583376
ISD  19961200
NAM  Sickler et al.
OCL  257702
UREF
PNO  5583378
ISD  19961200
NAM  Marrs et al.
OCL  257710
UREF
PNO  5612574
ISD  19970300
NAM  Summerfelt et al.
OCL  257783
FREF
PNO  0 336 359
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0510900A2
ISD  19921000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  59-13368
ISD  19840100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-287152
ISD  19861200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Hwang, Jennie S., "Solder Paste in Electronics Packaging Technology and
      Applications in Surface Mount, Hybrid Circuits, and Component Assembly",
      Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1992, pp. xv-xx and 59-62.
PAL  "Polyswitch Resettable Fuses for Circuit Protection Information Package",
      Raychem Corporation, Electronics Division, Nov. 9, 1992.
PAL  G.R. Ruschau et al., "Critical Volume Fractions in Conductive Composites",
      Journal of Composite Materials, vol. 26, No. 18/1992, pp. 2727-2735.
PAL  S. Chiang, et al., "Conductive Channel in ONO Formed by Controlled
      Dielectric Breakdown", 1992 Symposium on VLSI Technology Digest of
      Technical Papers, pp. 20-21.
PAL  S. Chiang, et al., "Antifuse Structure Comparison for Field Programmable
      Gate Arrays", IEDM, 1992, pp. 611-614.
PAL  K. Gordon, et al., "Conducting Filament of the Programmed Metal Electrode
      Amorphous Silicon Antifuse", IEDM, 1993, pp. 27-30.
PAL  C. Hu, "Interconnect Devices for Field Programmable Gate Array", IEDM,
      1992, pp. 591-594.
PAL  "Matsushita Team Eliminates Holes in High-Density PCB", Tsuda, Nikkei
      Electronics Asia, Mar. 1995 pp. 69-70.
PAL  "Printed Circuit Board Design Guidelines For Ball Grid Array Packages",
      Johnston, Motorola, Inc., pp. 255-260.
PAL  "An Enhanced Performance Low Cost BGA Package", Marrs, etc., Amkor
      Electronics, Inc., pp. 214-225.
PAL  "A Large Format Modified TEA CO.sub.2 Laser Based Process For Cost
      Effective Small Via Generation", J.M. Morrison etc., MCM 1994 Proceedings,
      pp. 369-377.
PAL  "The Application of Laser Process Technology to Thin Film Packaging", T.F.
      Redmond etc., IEEE, 1992, pp. 1066-1071.
PAL  "A New Circuit Substrate For MCM-L", Yusuke Wada etc., ICEMCM, 1995, pp.
      59-64.
PAL  "Rigid-Flex" The Old and the New, Jahn Stopperan, Shendahl, Inc., 1990, 4
      pages.
PAL  "High-Performance Scalable Switch Design", Joshua Silver, ASIC & EDA, Jun.
      1994, pp. 38-48.
PAL  "Dielectric Based Antifuse For Logic and Memory ICs", Esmat Hamdy etc.,
      IEEE 1988, pp. 786-789.
PAL  "Advanced Single Poly BiCMOS Technology For High Performance Programmable
      TTL/ECL Applications", Ali Iranmanesh etc., IEEE Bipolar Circuits and
      Technology Meeting, 1990, 4 pages.
PAL  "Conducting Filament of the Programmed Metal Electrode Amorphose Silicon
      Antifuse", Kathryn E. Gordon etc., IEEE, 1993, pp. 27-30.
PAL  "Interconnect Devices for Field Programmable Gate Array", Chenming Hu,
      IEEE, 1992, pp. 591-594.
PAL  "Antifuse Structure Comparison For Field Programmable Gate Arrays", Steve
      Chiang etc., IEEE, 1992, pp. 611-614.
PAL  ASM Handbook, vol. 3, "Alloy Phase Diagrams", ASM International, believed
      to be published prior to Apr. 10, 1996, 4 pages.
PAL  "Interplay of Energies in Circuit Breaker and Fuse Combinations", Bernie
      DiMarco etc., IEEE, 1991, pp. 1765-1769.
PAL  "Laser Personalization of NMOS Digital Topologies", James B. Gullett etc.,
      IEEE, 1983, pp. 1249-1252.
PAL  "I/O Buffering System to a Programmable Switching Apparatus", Wen-Jai Hsieh
      etc., Official Gazette, Jan. 25, 1994, one page.
PAL  "Characteriziang Quickturn ASICS: It's Done With Mirrors", Ron Iscoff,
      Semiconductor International, Aug. 1990, 6 pages.
PAL  "An Ultra High Speed ECL Programmable Logic Device", Fred Ki etc., IEEE
      Bipolar Circuits and Technology Meeting, 1990, 5 pages.
PAL  "Distribution Fuses of Nearest Future", T. Lipski, 3rd International
      Conference on Future Trends in Distribution Switch Gear, Jul. 26, 1990,
      pp. 41-45.
PAL  "An Advancement in the Design and Application of Current-Limiting Fuses",
      R. Ranjan etc., General Electric Company, believed to be published prior
      to Apr. 10, 1996, pp. 36-40.
PAL  "A Novel MOS PROM Using a Highly Resistive Poly-Si Resistor", Masafumi
      Tanimoto etc., IEEE, 1980, 4 pages.
PAL  "CMOS Resistive Fuse Circuits", Hae-Seung Lee etc., Dept. of Electrical
      Engineering and Computer Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
      1990, pp. 109-110.
PAL  "CMOS Resistive Fuses For Image Smoothing and Segmentation", Paul C. Yu
      etc., IEEE, 1992, pp. 545-553.
PAL  Letter to Hugo Goris from J. Rapaille, Philips Components, dated Jul. 6,
      1994, two pages.
PAL  "Process Considerations In Restructurable VLSI For Wafer-Scale Integratin",
      P. W. Wyatt, etc., IEDM, 1984, pp. 626-629.
PAL  "A Laser Linking Process For Restructurable VLSI", G. H. Chapman, etc.,
      CLEO, Apr., 1982, pp. 1-4.
PAL  "TAIYO PSR-4000 Photoimageable Solder Mask (Two-Part Aqueous Developing
      System)", Taiyo America, Inc., Feb. 24, 1992, pp. 1-8.
PAL  "Ball Grid Array Technology", John H. Lau, McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1995, p. 38.
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel LLP
FR2  Suryadevara; Omkar K.
ABST
PAL  A structure includes a support layer formed of a conductive material, such
      as a sheet of copper. The support layer has a number of conductive islands
      isolated from other portions of the support layer by isolation gaps. The
      support layer is sandwiched between two compound layers each of which is
      formed of a dielectric layer having a number of via holes and conductive
      elements located in the via holes. The conductive elements are formed at
      predetermined locations such that a conductive element in each compound
      layer contacts a conductive island in the support layer. The structure
      also includes two conductive layers formed on the two respective compound
      layers such that a trace in a first conductive layer is coupled to a trace
      in a second conductive layer through two conductive elements in the
      respective two compound layers and an island in the support layer. Such a
      structure can be formed by a number of processes. For example, the support
      layer can be formed by etching a sheet of conductive material, the
      compound layers can be formed by placing a conductive paste in via holes
      in a dielectric layer, and the conductive layers can be formed by
      lamination followed by etching to form traces.
PATN
WKU  059877456
SRC  8
APN  5690730
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19951204
TTL  Method and devices for jointing cables
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Rushing, Jr.; Bobby
EXP  Young; Lee
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Hoglund; Mikael
CTY  Sjovik
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Johansson; Bert
CTY  Alings.ang.s
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Kabeldon AB
CTY  Alingsas
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19930607
APN  9301932
CLAS
OCL   29869
XCL   29868
XCL   29871
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 4300
FSC   29
FSS  868;869;871;872;758;512;270;235;450
FSC  174
FSS  84 R;84 C
UREF
PNO  2405399
ISD  19460800
NAM  Bugg et al.
OCL   29512
UREF
PNO  2683924
ISD  19540700
NAM  Schryver
XCL   29 75
UREF
PNO  3010194
ISD  19611100
NAM  Fratzke
OCL   29235
UREF
PNO  3119174
ISD  19640100
NAM  Wokeck
OCL   29450
UREF
PNO  4391661
ISD  19830700
NAM  Izraeli
XCL   29871
UREF
PNO  4416059
ISD  19831100
NAM  Humphrey et al.
XCL   29758
UREF
PNO  4968857
ISD  19901100
NAM  McGrane
UREF
PNO  5016346
ISD  19910500
NAM  Gerst et al.
XCL   29450
UREF
PNO  5315065
ISD  19940500
NAM  O'Donovan
XCL   29872
FREF
PNO  301158
ISD  19800000
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Pollock, Vande Sande & Amernick
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE94/00544
PD1  19951204
PD2  19951204
PD3  19940606
PCP  WO94/29938
PCD  19941222
ABST
PAR  Electrical cables are joined end-to-end within an elongate, imperforate,
      expandable jointing body. A tubular-shaped mounting tool is inserted into
      an end of the jointing body and supports at its forward end a separable,
      forwardly tapered extension cone whose maximum outer diameter
      substantially corresponds to the desired expanded inner diameter of the
      jointing body. The mounting tool is inserted into the jointing body when
      the mounting tool is inserted into the jointing body. A handle rearwardly
      of the cone permits its removal from the jointing body but the jointing
      body itself maintains its position so as to maintain an expanded opening
      in the end of the jointing body. Thereafter, removal of the mounting tool
      seals the cable joint as a result of contraction of the cross-section area
      of the jointing body.
PATN
WKU  059877464
SRC  8
APN  604591&
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19960221
TTL  Method of making medical electrical lead
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Arbes; Carl J.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Williams; Terrell M.
CTY  Brooklyn Park
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Medtronic, Inc.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   29876
XCL   29825
XCL  607120
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 4320
FSC   29
FSS  825;876
FSC  607
FSS  120
UREF
PNO  4506680
ISD  19850300
NAM  Stokes
UREF
PNO  4577642
ISD  19860300
NAM  Stokes
UREF
PNO  4711251
ISD  19871200
NAM  Stokes
UREF
PNO  4819662
ISD  19890400
NAM  Heil, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4866051
ISD  19890900
NAM  Hunt et al.
OCL  514180
UREF
PNO  4972848
ISD  19901100
NAM  Di Domenico et al.
UREF
PNO  5103837
ISD  19920400
NAM  Weidlich et al.
OCL  128784
UREF
PNO  5208226
ISD  19930500
NAM  Palmer
UREF
PNO  5246014
ISD  19930900
NAM  Williams et al.
UREF
PNO  5282844
ISD  19940200
NAM  Stokes et al.
UREF
PNO  5324324
ISD  19940600
NAM  Vachon et al.
UREF
PNO  5324325
ISD  19940600
NAM  Moaddeb
UREF
PNO  5408744
ISD  19950400
NAM  Gates
UREF
PNO  5443492
ISD  19950800
NAM  Stokes et al.
FREF
PNO  0 388 480 A1
ISD  19890300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 622 090 A1
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  "Immunosuppression by Glucocorticoids: Inhibition of NF-.sub.K B Activity
      Through Induction of I.sub.K B Synthesis" by Auphan et al, Science, vol.
      270, Oct. 13, 1995.
PAL  "How the Glucocorticoids Suppress Immunity" by Jean Marx, Science, vol.
      270, Oct. 13, 1995.
PAL  "Role of Transcriptional Activation of I.sub.K B.sub.A in Mediation of
      Immunosuppression of Glucocorticoids" by Robert I. Scheinman et al.,
      Science, vol. 270, Oct. 13, 1995.
LREP
FR2  Woods; Thomas F.
FR2  Patton; Harold
FR2  Jaro; Michael J.
ABST
PAL  A medical electrical lead having a drug which is no more than sparingly
      soluble in water applied to the electrode surface. In the preferred
      embodiment the lead of the present invention possesses an electrode
      treated with a very slightly soluble in water steroid, such as
      beclomethasone dipropionate anhydrous. Preferably the steroid is applied
      to the surface of the electrode which contacts tissue when implanted. A
      method of manufacturing such a lead is also disclosed. Through such a
      design, a high impedance, low threshold lead which is simple and easy to
      manufacture is disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059877472
SRC  8
APN  9001034
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970725
TTL  Compact internal combustion engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Cuda; Irene
NDR  25
NFG  39
INVT
NAM  Pong; Alex
CTY  Langley
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Evestar Technologies, Inc.
CTY  West Palm Beach
STA  FL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  387152
APD  19950210
PSC  01
PNO  5655496
CLAS
OCL   2988801
XCL   29428
EDF  6
ICL  B23P 1500
FSC   29
FSS  888.01;428
FSC  123
FSS  197.1;197.2;197.3;197.4;193.4;193.6
UREF
PNO  2926975
ISD  19600300
NAM  Karde et al.
OCL   74579E
UREF
PNO  5195480
ISD  19930300
NAM  Hudson
OCL   29888.01
UREF
PNO  5197416
ISD  19930300
NAM  Zoche
OCL   74579E
UREF
PNO  5201115
ISD  19930400
NAM  Inoue
OCL   29888.01
UREF
PNO  5661904
ISD  19970900
NAM  Loughlin
OCL   29888.01
LREP
FR2  Katz; Paul N.
     Frohwitter
ABST
PAL  An engine which employs a cam follower mechanism to reduce wear and reduce
      the size of an assembled engine. The cam follower mechanism utilizes guide
      rails located to reduce side thrust on the valve stem. The engine employs
      a high speed quill shaft to synchronize independent cam shafts existing in
      each of a plurality of interconnected engines. The engine is assembled
      using a single size fastener to provide a uniform stress gradient within
      the engine. The engines are interconnected utilizing O-ring seals. The
      engine provides a piston crown utilizing a connecting rod directly
      connected to the bottom surface of the piston crown. The piston crown is
      stabilized along the longitudinal cylinder axis by a rail guide.
      Connecting rods are provided which require less than one hundred eighty
      degrees (180.degree.) circumference of a crankshaft pin for support so
      that a plurality of connecting rods can be associated with a single
      crankshaft pin. A tabbed bearing fits under the plurality of connecting
      rods to provide lubrication between the connecting rods and the crankshaft
      pin. Connecting rods are held to the crankshaft pin by a circular
      retaining ring. The engine provides a separate cylinder head and cylinder
      which are attached via a circular deformable retaining band to form a
      metal to metal seal. The engine provides an independent lubrication system
      in each engine. Coolant or lubricant is provided to each engine in
      parallel so that the temperature of the coolant entering each engine is
      the same. A large diameter modular crankshaft is provided.
PATN
WKU  059877480
SRC  9
APN  1273922
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980731
TTL  Method of making ink roller assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Grohusky; Leslie J.
EXP  Burr; Edgar
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Calloway; Ronald G.
CTY  Maineville
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Monarch Marking Systems, Inc.
CTY  Dayton
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   2989521
XCL  101348
XCL  1013517
XCL   2989523
XCL   29446
XCL  492 39
EDF  6
ICL  B41F 3126
FSC  101
FSS  348;351.7;375;376;217;367
FSC  400
FSS  202.4
FSC  492
FSS  39;40
FSC   29
FSS  895.21;895.23;445;446;448
UREF
PNO  2721601
ISD  19551000
NAM  Spencer
OCL  101375
UREF
PNO  3146709
ISD  19640900
NAM  Bass et al.
OCL  101375
UREF
PNO  3336866
ISD  19670800
NAM  Hawthorne
OCL  101348
UREF
PNO  3714693
ISD  19730200
NAM  Peterson
OCL  492 56
UREF
PNO  3724047
ISD  19730400
NAM  Peterson
OCL  492 48
UREF
PNO  3738269
ISD  19730600
NAM  Wagner
OCL  101367
UREF
PNO  4030415
ISD  19770600
NAM  Fellows
OCL  101382.1
UREF
PNO  4399751
ISD  19830800
NAM  Kessler
OCL  101348
UREF
PNO  4409896
ISD  19831000
NAM  Hamisch, Jr.
OCL  101367
UREF
PNO  4416201
ISD  19831100
NAM  Kessler
OCL  101348
UREF
PNO  5215013
ISD  19930600
NAM  Vrotacoe et al.
OCL  101217
UREF
PNO  5497549
ISD  19960300
NAM  Rademacher
OCL   29895.21
UREF
PNO  5706731
ISD  19980100
NAM  Francille et al.
OCL  101375
UREF
PNO  5845574
ISD  19981200
NAM  Dilling et al.
OCL  101351.6
OREF
PAL  U.S. Application No. 08/988,256, filed Dec. 10, 1997.
LREP
FR2  Grass; Joseph J.
ABST
PAL  There is disclosed an ink roller assembly and a method of making an ink
      roller assembly. The assembly includes a base comprised of closely spaced
      connected discs providing capillary chambers and a porous sleeve. The
      method uses air to expand the porous sleeve while the sleeve is being
      slipped onto the base.
PATN
WKU  059877499
SRC  8
APN  7157495
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19960919
TTL  Method of manufacturing a dynamic groove bearing, die suitable for use
      in such a method, and housing and bearing part manufactured by such a
      method
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Larson; Lowell A.
NDR  12
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Tielemans; Leonardus P. M.
CTY  Eindhoven
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19920921
APN  92202886
RLAP
COD  71
APN  428851
APD  19950425
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  124738
APD  19930921
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  110598
APD  19930823
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   2989807
EDF  6
ICL  B21K  104
FSC   29
FSS  898.04;898.041;898.07
FSC   72
FSS  358
FSC  384
FSS  245
FSC  418
FSS  178
UREF
PNO  2546002
ISD  19510300
NAM  Jelinek
OCL  384246
UREF
PNO  3052955
ISD  19620900
NAM  McAndrews et al.
OCL   29898.07
UREF
PNO  3255510
ISD  19660600
NAM  Josephson et al.
OCL   29898.042
UREF
PNO  3659324
ISD  19720500
NAM  Murray
OCL   29898.041
UREF
PNO  3833275
ISD  19740900
NAM  Wendel
OCL  384240
UREF
PNO  3836214
ISD  19740900
NAM  Gengard et al.
OCL  384245
UREF
PNO  4370793
ISD  19830200
NAM  Kanamaru et al.
OCL   29520
UREF
PNO  4377762
ISD  19830300
NAM  Tatsumi et al.
OCL   29520
UREF
PNO  4384828
ISD  19830500
NAM  Rembold et al.
OCL  418178
UREF
PNO  4936126
ISD  19900600
NAM  Sato
OCL   72 26
UREF
PNO  5265457
ISD  19931100
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL   72364
FREF
PNO  282009
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
OCL   29898.041
ABST
PAL  A method of manufacturing a dynamic groove bearing (45, 71, 111) with an
      external bearing part (17, 61, 91) and an internal bearing part (47, 67,
      113) which are rotatable relative to one another and which have
      cooperating bearing surfaces (39, 53), (63, 69), (103, 121) with groove
      patterns (41, 65, 105). According to the invention, the bearing surface
      (39, 63, 103) of one of the bearing parts (17, 61, 91) is formed and
      simultaneously provided with the groove pattern (41, 65, 105) through
      plastic deformation of a ductile material (36, 100) by means of a press
      tool (37, 101) and a die (1, 55, 73) with a die pattern (13, 59, 83) which
      corresponds to the groove pattern (41, 65, 105). The ductile material (36,
      100) is, for example, a tin alloy such as white metal or Babbitt's metal.
      The die (1, 55, 73) can be repeatedly used so that large numbers of
      dynamic groove bearings (45, 71, 111) according to the invention can be
      manufactured in a comparatively simple manner. The method is used in the
      manufacture of a rotatable scanning unit (123) for reading or writing a
      magnetic tape (125) in a magnetic tape device (157). The method is also
      used for the manufacture of a dynamic groove bearing (233, 235) by means
      of which a rotatable information disc (213) is supported in a compact,
      cassette-shaped data storage unit (209).
PATN
WKU  059877502
SRC  9
APN  0584800
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980410
TTL  Tube cutting tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Rachuba; M.
NDR  4
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Tally; Kevin
CTY  Rural Clarinda
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  The Lisle Corporation
CTY  Clarinda
STA  IA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   30 92
XCL   30 94
XCL   30108
XCL   30134
XCL   30252
XCL   30254
XCL   30260
XCL   30341
XCL   81416
EDF  6
ICL  B26B 1300
FSC   30
FSS  92;94;108;131;134;249;250;252;254;260;340;341;363
FSC   81
FSS  416;417
UREF
PNO  4336652
ISD  19820600
NAM  Robertson
OCL   30 92
UREF
PNO  4412380
ISD  19831100
NAM  Kish
OCL   30 92
UREF
PNO  4785538
ISD  19881100
NAM  Meyer
OCL   30 92
UREF
PNO  4872455
ISD  19891000
NAM  Pinchuk et al.
OCL   30 92
UREF
PNO  5012579
ISD  19910500
NAM  Matsumoto
OCL   30 92
UREF
PNO  5197879
ISD  19930300
NAM  Fowler, III et al.
OCL   81416
FREF
PNO  1178426
ISD  19841100
CNT  CAX
OREF
PAL  MAC Tools, 1990 catalog, DG1000 Multi-Cutter, p. 269.
PAL  Matco Tools, '96/'97 catalog, HC14 Hose and Cable Cutter, p. 173.
PAL  Snap-On Tools, 1995 catalog, A174CP Hose Clamp Cutter, p. E63.
PAL  Snap-On Tools, 1995 catalog, YA1000 Multi-Cutter, p. E63.
PAL  Snap-On Tools, 1995 catalog, PWC60 Compound Leverage Hose Cutter, p. E63.
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A hose cutter tool includes scissor arms joined at a pivot point having
      opposed jaws, one of which includes a cutter blade and the other of which
      defines an arcuate support surface to hold tubing material. As the arms
      are manipulated, the blade descends through and cuts the tubing material.
PATN
WKU  059877510
SRC  9
APN  203218&
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19981130
TTL  Utility knife with a safety lock
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Payer; Hwei-Siu
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Chung; Yen-Chao
STR  2nd Fl., No. 203-8, Chinlung Rd., Neihu Dist.
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL   30162
XCL   30332
EDF  6
ICL  B26B  108
FSC   30
FSS  162;151;329;332;337;335
UREF
PNO  5086562
ISD  19920200
NAM  Jacoff
OCL   30162
UREF
PNO  5121544
ISD  19920600
NAM  Gilbert
OCL   30162
UREF
PNO  5301428
ISD  19940400
NAM  Wilcox
OCL   30162
UREF
PNO  5581890
ISD  19961200
NAM  Schmidt
OCL   30162
UREF
PNO  5862596
ISD  19990100
NAM  Chung
OCL   30162
UREF
PNO  5864952
ISD  19990200
NAM  Chung
OCL   30162
LREP
FRM  Heller Ehrman White & McAuliffe
ABST
PAL  A utility knife is provided with a feature of easy replacement of the blade
      and a characteristic that the utility knife body halves are prevented from
      separating from each other. The utility knife has a safety lock which is
      able to enhance the assembly between the body halves, such that even when
      the release mechanism of the knife is accidentally operated or the knife
      accidentally falls to the ground, the knife body halves are still securely
      attached with each other.
PATN
WKU  059877529
SRC  9
APN  0176478
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980202
TTL  Tool for farriers
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Payer; Hwei-Siu
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Swanstrom, Jr.; John E.
CTY  Duluth
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Swanstrom Tools USA Inc.
CTY  Superior
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   30186
XCL   30344
XCL   761041
XCL   76DIG5
EDF  6
ICL  B26B 1700
FSC   30
FSS  186;175;178;179;344;341;342;349
FSC   76
FSS  104.1;106.5;DIG. 5;DIG. 10
UREF
PNO  532509
ISD  18950100
NAM  Whiting
OCL   30186
UREF
PNO  1908208
ISD  19330500
NAM  Yassenoff
OCL   76DIG.5
UREF
PNO  2202340
ISD  19400500
NAM  Faist
OCL   30176
FREF
PNO  0 497 508
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
OCL   30196
OREF
PAL  Photograph 1A showing a top view of a farrier nippers manufactured by
      Swanstrom Tools USA Inc. of Minnesota.
PAL  Photograph 1B showing a close-up of the interior of the jaw of the farrier
      nippers, shown on photograph 1A.
PAL  Photograph 2A showing a side view of a farrier nippers manufactured by GE
      Tool Company of California.
PAL  Photograph 2B showing a close-up view of the interior of the jaw of the
      farrier nippers shown on photograph 2A.
LREP
FRM  Faegre & Benson LLP
ABST
PAL  An improved farrier nippers formed from two elongated members including
      handles, pivot regions and jaws. Blade members are formed separately from
      each elongated member and brazed into shelves of the jaws of the elongated
      members. Neck regions of the jaws of the elongated members each have an
      interior surface which is generally "V"-shaped. This facilitates removal
      of a portion of a work object which would otherwise obstruct a cut.
PATN
WKU  059877537
SRC  9
APN  0858137
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980527
TTL  Hand-held power working machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Payer; Hwei-Slu
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Nagashima; Akira
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kioritz Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970527
APN  9-136556
CLAS
OCL   30216
XCL   30223
EDF  6
ICL  B26B 1912
FSC   30
FSS  208;216;223;224
UREF
PNO  4592143
ISD  19860600
NAM  Pizzuto et al.
OCL   30216
UREF
PNO  5075972
ISD  19911200
NAM  Huang
OCL   30216
UREF
PNO  5426856
ISD  19950600
NAM  Aiyama et al.
FREF
PNO  2189179
ISD  19871000
CNT  GBX
OCL   30216
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A hand-held power working machine which is capable of reducing the weight
      of the clipper blades, capable of being suitably heat-treated in the
      manufacture thereof, and capable of minimizing the stress concentration at
      the slot portions during the operation thereof. The clipper blades
      comprise a large number of cutting edges, and a large number of slots
      formed along a full length of each of the clipper blades; wherein the
      pitch of array of the cutting edges is substantially the same as the pitch
      of array of the slots.
PATN
WKU  059877545
SRC  9
APN  0410020
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980312
TTL  Electric cable cutter
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Watts; Douglas D.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hirabayashi; Shigeru
CTY  Matsumoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Makita; Toyoji
CTY  Matsumoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Isobe; Masashi
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Izumi Products Company
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Japan Storage Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970313
APN  9-058821
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970313
APN  9-058822
CLAS
OCL   30228
XCL   30249
EDF  6
ICL  B26B 1500
FSC   30
FSS  228;92;180;188;182;209;210;216;247;249;250
FSC   83
FSS  580;600
FSC  475
FSS  263
FSC  173
FSS  178
UREF
PNO  4898249
ISD  19900200
NAM  Ohmuri
OCL  173178
UREF
PNO  5067240
ISD  19911100
NAM  You
OCL   30249
UREF
PNO  5642566
ISD  19970700
NAM  Hirabayashi
UREF
PNO  5897454
ISD  19990400
NAM  Cannalirto
OCL  475263
FREF
PNO  5-146935
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Thelen Reid & Priest
ABST
PAL  An electric cable cutter is provided which can shorten the working time
      period, which allows the cutting work to be performed with a rotational
      torque corresponding to the kind of a work piece, and which has a clutch
      mechanism that, when a torque repulsion force of a predetermined level or
      higher is exerted, can cut off a power transmission mechanism.
PAL  In a configuration wherein the rotational torque of an electric motor is
      transmitted to a cutter unit via a planetary gear reduction mechanism, the
      torque is transmitted via a plurality of gears (a constrained-gear train)
      which are rotatably disposed on a stationary portion and function as means
      for transmitting the rotational torque from a driving gear disposed in the
      final stage of the planetary gear reduction mechanism to a rotary blade.
      In the planetary gear reduction mechanism, projections are disposed on a
      side face of an internal gear constituting the planetary gear reduction
      mechanism, and a clutch mechanism is disposed in which a ball urged by a
      spring is abutted against a position between the projections. The cutter
      unit is configured by a stationary blade, and the rotary blade in which a
      sector gear is formed on the outer periphery.
PATN
WKU  059877553
SRC  9
APN  0974536
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980615
TTL  Shear device having double security mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Payer; Hwei-Slu
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Shih; Cheng Hsiung
STR  No. 22, Lane 63, Wen Chang 1st Road, Da Du Hsiang
CTY  Taichung Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL   30262
XCL   30254
EDF  6
ICL  B26B 1328
FSC   30
FSS  254;258;262
UREF
PNO  154637
ISD  18740900
NAM  Breeden
OCL   30262
UREF
PNO  3416226
ISD  19681200
NAM  Pfaffenbach
OCL   30262
UREF
PNO  4341016
ISD  19820700
NAM  Harrison et al.
OCL   30262
UREF
PNO  4980975
ISD  19910100
NAM  Hodson
OCL   30262
UREF
PNO  5297343
ISD  19940300
NAM  Melter et al.
OCL   30262
UREF
PNO  5367774
ISD  19941100
NAM  Labarre et al.
OCL   30262
UREF
PNO  5625952
ISD  19970500
NAM  Thomas
OCL   30262
ABST
PAL  A shear device includes a pair of handles having one end pivotally coupled
      together at a pivot shaft, and a pair of cutter blades secured to the
      handles and each having a notch. A knob is slidably engaged in the handles
      and includes a pin for engaging with the notches and for securing the
      cutter blades together. A button is slidably engaged in one of the
      handles. The knob includes a pawl for hooking to the button and for
      securing the knob to the button such that the knob may be secured to the
      handles and such that the pin may not be disengaged from the notches of
      the cutter blades.
PATN
WKU  059877561
SRC  8
APN  8994714
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970723
TTL  Head and head assembly for a string trimmer
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Payer; Hwei-Siu
NDR  17
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Yates; Jan B.
CTY  Reynoldsburg
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Trees; Gregory A.
CTY  Columbus
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Lind; James
CTY  Columbus
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Searle; John F.
CTY  Hudson
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Krull; Michael
CTY  Hilliard
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Kramer; Gregory S.
CTY  Hilliard
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Smith; Roger W.
CTY  Grove City
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Redding; Glenn K.
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  McCulloch Corporation
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   30276
XCL   30347
XCL   56127
XCL   56295
EDF  6
ICL  A01D 5518
FSC   30
FSS  276;347
FSC   56
FSS  12.7;295
UREF
PNO  3895440
ISD  19750700
NAM  Pittinger, Jr.
OCL   30347
UREF
PNO  4043103
ISD  19770800
NAM  Lakin et al.
OCL   56295
UREF
PNO  4062114
ISD  19771200
NAM  Luick
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4086700
ISD  19780500
NAM  Inada
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4089114
ISD  19780500
NAM  Doolittle et al.
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4118865
ISD  19781000
NAM  Jacyno et al.
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4189833
ISD  19800200
NAM  Kwater
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4203212
ISD  19800500
NAM  Proulx
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4250623
ISD  19810200
NAM  Pittinger et al.
OCL   30347
UREF
PNO  4259782
ISD  19810400
NAM  Proulx
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4268964
ISD  19810500
NAM  Moore
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4271595
ISD  19810600
NAM  Rahe
OCL   30347
UREF
PNO  4285127
ISD  19810800
NAM  Zerrer et al.
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4295324
ISD  19811000
NAM  Frantello et al.
OCL   56 12.7
UREF
PNO  4412382
ISD  19831100
NAM  White, III
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4476623
ISD  19841000
NAM  Proulx
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4524515
ISD  19850600
NAM  Oberg
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4550498
ISD  19851100
NAM  Oliver
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4566189
ISD  19860100
NAM  Muto
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4571831
ISD  19860200
NAM  White
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4656739
ISD  19870400
NAM  Pittinger, Jr.
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4685279
ISD  19870800
NAM  Gullett
OCL   56 12.7
UREF
PNO  4738085
ISD  19880400
NAM  Nishio et al.
OCL   56 12.7
UREF
PNO  4756146
ISD  19880700
NAM  Rouse
OCL   56 12.7
UREF
PNO  4779405
ISD  19881000
NAM  Everts
OCL   56 12.7
UREF
PNO  4790071
ISD  19881200
NAM  Helmig et al.
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4794695
ISD  19890100
NAM  Hurst
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4819416
ISD  19890400
NAM  Jones
OCL   56 12.7
UREF
PNO  4823465
ISD  19890400
NAM  Collins
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4852258
ISD  19890800
NAM  Foster
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  4916886
ISD  19900400
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL   56 12.7
UREF
PNO  5109607
ISD  19920500
NAM  Everts
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  5136782
ISD  19920800
NAM  Calcinai
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  5197264
ISD  19930300
NAM  Lacey
OCL   56 12.1
UREF
PNO  5303476
ISD  19940400
NAM  Tuggle
OCL   30347
UREF
PNO  5398416
ISD  19950300
NAM  Mackey
OCL   30347
UREF
PNO  5433006
ISD  19950700
NAM  Taguchi
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  5461787
ISD  19951000
NAM  Araki et al.
OCL   30276
UREF
PNO  5493785
ISD  19960200
NAM  Lawrence
OCL   30347
UREF
PNO  5651418
ISD  19970700
NAM  Jerez
OCL  172 14
FREF
PNO  2358816
ISD  19780200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2826280
ISD  19791200
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  European Search Report, Application No. EP 98401867 filed Jul. 22, 1998.
PAL  Frigidaire Home Products, "Weed Eater.RTM. Operator's Manual--Cordless
      CLIPSTIK.TM.," Sep. 24, 1997.
PAL  Stihl, Information Sheet for "FS 44, 66, 81, 86,96, 106, FR 106 Fixed Line
      Head," dated Jul., 1996.
PAL  Poulan/Weed Eater, Cover and pp. 2-5 of Twist N' Edge .TM. XT 35 .TM.
      Operator's Manual, dated Mar. 25, 1996.
PAL  Photographs of Flymo Stringtrimmer Head and Removable Flail (date
      commercialized unknown).
LREP
FRM  Marshall, O'Toole, Gerstein, Murray & Borun
ABST
PAL  A string trimmer head and head assembly include a plurality of arms which
      connect the head to a hub member. One or more flails are captured between
      the head and the hub member and extend outwardly into a cutting plane.
PATN
WKU  059877570
SRC  8
APN  9816917
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980106
TTL  Scissors with movable grip eye
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Payer; Hwei-Siu
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Schmidt; Hardi
CTY  Solingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Pracht; Gunther
CTY  Solingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  "Jaguar" Stahlwarenfabrik GmbH & Co. KG
CTY  Solingen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950708
APN  295 11 091  U
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960315
APN  196 10 214
CLAS
OCL   30341
XCL   30232
EDF  6
ICL  B26B 1320
FSC   30
FSS  232;254;341
UREF
PNO  606472
ISD  18980600
NAM  Ogden
OCL   30341
UREF
PNO  923734
ISD  19090600
NAM  Tindall
OCL   30341
UREF
PNO  1317041
ISD  19190900
NAM  Scott
OCL   30341
UREF
PNO  1357200
ISD  19201000
NAM  Kiefer
OCL   30341
UREF
PNO  2640264
ISD  19530600
NAM  Sullivan et al.
OCL   30341
UREF
PNO  3951013
ISD  19760400
NAM  Laurenti
OCL   30254
UREF
PNO  3974563
ISD  19760800
NAM  Koch
OCL   30341
UREF
PNO  4091539
ISD  19780500
NAM  Watanabe
OCL   30341
UREF
PNO  4254551
ISD  19810300
NAM  Megna et al.
OCL   30341
UREF
PNO  5109608
ISD  19920500
NAM  Pracht
OCL   30341
FREF
PNO  2724852
ISD  19781200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2811398
ISD  19790300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  207968
ISD  19231200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/06977
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
OCL   30341
LREP
FRM  Diller, Ramik & Wight, PC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE96/01092
PD1  19980106
PD2  19980106
PD3  19960621
PCP  WO97/02934
PCD  19970130
ABST
PAR  In scissors, especially haircutting scissors, with two handles (1, 2) and
      handle eyes (4) arranged at the ends of the handles, where at least one of
      the handle eyes (4) is provided with a movable grip eye (5) which
      accommodates the thumb or a finger of the person using the scissors, in
      order to guide the scissors with movable grip eye (5) precisely and to
      reliably position the grip eye (5) in the handle eye (4), it is envisaged
      that the grip eye (5) is enclosed by the corresponding handle eye (4)
      along the entire circumference and displays guide elements projecting
      radially outwards on both sides, which lie laterally against the handle
      eye (4), meaning that the grip eye (5) can rotate freely about the axis
      perpendicular to the handle eye (4), while being mounted in the handle eye
      (4) in such a way as to be incapable of rotation perpendicular to this
      axis. (FIG. 1)
PATN
WKU  059877588
SRC  8
APN  9591559
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19971028
TTL  Quick-change blade clamp
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Vaughn; T. Anthony
EXP  Rada; Rinaldi I.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  McCurry; Ronald C.
CTY  West Union
STA  SC
INVT
NAM  Long; Tracy Patrick
CTY  Seneca
STA  SC
INVT
NAM  Yo; Richard Changhuei
CTY  Greer
STA  SC
ASSG
NAM  Ryobi North America, Inc.
CTY  Anderson
STA  SC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   30392
XCL   8369921
XCL  279 77
XCL   30394
EDF  6
ICL  B27B 1902
FSC   30
FSS  392-94
FSC   83
FSS  699.21
FSC  279
FSS  76-77;87
UREF
PNO  3583716
ISD  19710600
NAM  Daniel, Jr.
OCL  279 81
UREF
PNO  3781025
ISD  19731200
NAM  D'Angelo
OCL  279 83
UREF
PNO  3823473
ISD  19740700
NAM  Hoffman
OCL   30338
UREF
PNO  4106181
ISD  19780800
NAM  Mattchen
XCL  279 77
UREF
PNO  4283855
ISD  19810800
NAM  Nalley
OCL   30394
UREF
PNO  4290721
ISD  19810900
NAM  Knoll
OCL  409234
UREF
PNO  4299402
ISD  19811100
NAM  Hoffman
OCL  279 75
UREF
PNO  4601477
ISD  19860700
NAM  Barrett et al.
OCL  279 30
UREF
PNO  4648182
ISD  19870300
NAM  Hoffman
OCL   30392
UREF
PNO  4710223
ISD  19871200
NAM  Matejczyk
OCL   75248
UREF
PNO  5322302
ISD  19940600
NAM  Quirijnen
XCL   30392
UREF
PNO  5443276
ISD  19950800
NAM  Nasser et al.
OCL  279 77
UREF
PNO  5487221
ISD  19960100
NAM  Oda et al.
OCL   30392
UREF
PNO  5634277
ISD  19970600
NAM  Wada et al.
OCL   30392
UREF
PNO  5722309
ISD  19980300
NAM  Seyerle
OCL   83699.21
UREF
PNO  5724742
ISD  19980300
NAM  Grabowski
OCL   30392
FREF
PNO  0719610A1
ISD  19960300
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman P.C.
ABST
PAL  A toolless blade clamp is disclosed for mounting a saw blade to the drive
      shaft of a reciprocating saw, such as a jigsaw. The clamp has a housing
      formed with a channel into which the blade may be inserted and an inclined
      track along which a roller is movable. The roller is biased by a spring
      into engagement with the blade during operation of the reciprocating saw.
      A release device, also attached to the spring, is pivotally mounted to the
      housing and may be rotated against the spring load from a locked position
      adjacent the housing to an unlocked position away from the housing. A pair
      of elongated links are pivotally connected to the release device and
      pivotally support the roller therebetween. The links act to translate
      rotation of the release device to movement of the roller, such that
      rotation of the release device to the unlocked position pulls the roller
      away from the blade allowing the blade to be removed from the channel.
PATN
WKU  059877596
SRC  8
APN  9109935
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970814
TTL  Pencil sharpener
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Watts; Douglas D.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Nita; Ilie
STR  425 Carl Miller Dr.
CTY  Antioch
STA  TN
ZIP  37013
CLAS
OCL   30454
XCL   30458
EDF  6
ICL  B43L 2308
FSC   30
FSS  451;453-455;458;459
FSC    7
FSS  160
UREF
PNO  329486
ISD  18851100
NAM  Price
UREF
PNO  D341251
ISD  19931100
NAM  Bensman et al.
UREF
PNO  661955
ISD  19001100
NAM  Cranstone
UREF
PNO  703967
ISD  19020700
NAM  O'Byrne
UREF
PNO  879998
ISD  19080200
NAM  Augir
UREF
PNO  1780371
ISD  19301100
NAM  Benczalski
UREF
PNO  4485862
ISD  19841200
NAM  Mattheis et al.
UREF
PNO  5367777
ISD  19941100
NAM  Nguyen et al.
FREF
PNO  168171
ISD  19340600
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  708331
ISD  19540500
CNT  GBX
OCL   30455
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A pencil sharpener with structure for covering the pencil receiving inlet
      of the sharpener, to prevent the back flow of the pencil shavings and
      accidental contact between the user and the cutting blades of the
      sharpener when the device is not in use. The device may have a key chain
      to enhance its portability, and include additional sharpeners to sharpen
      pencils (or crayons) of different sizes.
PATN
WKU  059877600
SRC  8
APN  993992&
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971218
TTL  Circle drawing tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Doan; Quyen
EXP  Gutierrez; Diego
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Walter W.
CTY  Yinlin Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Walter's Co., Ltd.
CTY  Yonlin Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   33 2703
XCL   33562
EDF  6
ICL  B43L  900
FSC   33
FSS  27.03;562;555.1;555.2
UREF
PNO  3795053
ISD  19740300
NAM  Burke
OCL   33 27.03
UREF
PNO  4129948
ISD  19781200
NAM  Hatter et al.
OCL   33 27.03
UREF
PNO  4589210
ISD  19860500
NAM  Konrad
OCL   33 27.03
UREF
PNO  4899449
ISD  19900200
NAM  Fouladian
OCL   33 27.03
UREF
PNO  5125161
ISD  19920600
NAM  Guthrie
OCL   33 27.03
UREF
PNO  5384964
ISD  19950100
NAM  McKay
OCL   33 27.03
UREF
PNO  5390418
ISD  19950200
NAM  Buono et al.
OCL   33 27.03
UREF
PNO  5615485
ISD  19970400
NAM  Stoneberg
OCL   33562
FREF
PNO  2806617
ISD  19780800
CNT  DEX
OCL   33 27.03
FREF
PNO  3134890
ISD  19830300
CNT  DEX
OCL   33 27.03
FREF
PNO  564645
ISD  19441000
CNT  GBX
OCL   33 27.03
LREP
FRM  Browdy and Neimark
ABST
PAL  An improved circle drawing tool is equipped with a doughnut-shaped outer
      board, a circular slide track mounted onto the outer board and an inner
      circular board provided with rolling balls in a plurality of receiving
      cavities thereof and having such a diameter that it can be rotarily
      engaged with the slide track as well as the doughnut-shaped outer board in
      assembly. On the doughnut shaped outer board are disposed a plurality of
      round holes distributed one by one consecutively according to their
      diameters. The are 4 straight lines separated apart at 90 degrees in
      angle. There are a number of small pen insertion holes consecutively
      spaced by 4 mm on each line and each starting point of the four lines is 1
      mm farther away from the center of the outer board. There are 10 radial
      lines equally divided on the inner circular board. On each radial line
      there are a plurality of consecutive pen insertion holes defined thereon
      with every two neighboring points 10 mm spaced apart. Each starting point
      of all the 10 lines is 1 mm farther away consecutively from the center of
      the circular board so as to make the pen insertion holes distributed
      within a certain range in 1 mm divisional level. An extension arm having a
      plurality of pen insertion holes can be connected to the rotary outer
      board so as to permit circles larger than the diameter of the outer board
      can be drawn.
PATN
WKU  059877618
SRC  8
APN  8230471
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970321
TTL  Axle measurement holder to fasten a measuring head to the rim of a
      vehicle wheel
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Fulton; Christopher W.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ohnesorge; Axel
CTY  Burgwedel
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Haweka Auswuchttechnik Horst Warkotsch GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970205
APN  197 04 163
CLAS
OCL   3320318
XCL   3320319
EDF  6
ICL  G01B  5255
FSC   33
FSS  203.18;203.19;203.2
UREF
PNO  3758958
ISD  19730900
NAM  Jordan
OCL   33203.18
UREF
PNO  4377038
ISD  19830300
NAM  Ragan
OCL   33203.18
UREF
PNO  5048192
ISD  19910900
NAM  Pascoal
OCL   33203.18
UREF
PNO  5179784
ISD  19930100
NAM  Kowis
OCL   33203.18
UREF
PNO  5625953
ISD  19970500
NAM  Healy et al.
OCL   33203.18
LREP
FRM  Olson & Hierl, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  An axle measurement holder device to fasten a measuring head to the rim (5)
      of a vehicle wheel (2), includes a base body (3) for direct or indirect
      stable contact with a rim (5) of a vehicle wheel (2). Two arms (13, 14)
      arranged diametrically opposed feature respective hooks (15, 16) at their
      ends that are directed radially outward to hook into a tread of a tire
      (17). The ends of the arms (13, 14) directed radially toward the inside
      are attached by means of a pivot bearing (11, 12) to the end of a one
      armed lever (13, 14), the end of which is directed away from the base body
      (3), the other end of which is connected to the base body (3) via an
      articulation (20, 21) and tension springs (22, 23). The one armed levers
      (7, 8) can be tensed radially inward by means of clamping devices. The one
      armed levers (7, 8) are each preloaded radially toward the outside by
      centering springs (33, 34) which exert the same force and have the same
      characteristics and which are supported at a central point of the base
      body (3). The centering springs (33, 34) hold the arms (13, 14) and
      thereby the hooks (15, 16) located at their ends in any tensed position at
      the same radial distance to the axle that is defined by the axle shaft
      (6). This simplifies the attachment and clamping of the axle measurement
      holder device.
PATN
WKU  059877626
SRC  8
APN  9264175
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970909
TTL  Pulley alignment gauge
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Fulton; Christopher W.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Toth; Gerard Steven
CTY  Belleville
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Deneszczuk; William C.
CTY  Saline
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Ford Motor Company
CTY  Dearborn
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   33286
XCL   33DIG21
XCL   33227
EDF  6
ICL  G01B 1127
FSC   33
FSS  286;227;281;DIG. 21;600;529;533;645
UREF
PNO  2714255
ISD  19550800
NAM  Glazer
OCL   33286
UREF
PNO  4231161
ISD  19801100
NAM  Belfiore
UREF
PNO  4249294
ISD  19810200
NAM  Belfiore
UREF
PNO  4319406
ISD  19820300
NAM  Pehrson, Sr. et al.
OCL   33286
UREF
PNO  4553335
ISD  19851100
NAM  Woyton
OCL   33DIG.1
UREF
PNO  4709485
ISD  19871200
NAM  Bowman
OCL   33286
UREF
PNO  5026998
ISD  19910600
NAM  Holzl
UREF
PNO  5320581
ISD  19940600
NAM  Avery
UREF
PNO  5488472
ISD  19960100
NAM  January
OREF
PAL  TacStar Industries, Inc. Universal Pistol Laser Installation
      Instructions(Date Unknown).
LREP
FR2  Drouillard; Jerome R.
ABST
PAL  A pulley alignment gauge for aligning pulleys in a drive system, such as a
      front end accessory drive system on an automotive engine, includes pulley
      mounts and a laser connected to a frame. The drive belt is removed before
      the gauge is placed on the pulleys. The pulley mounts position the gauge
      on one of the pulleys in the pair to be aligned. The laser emits a light
      beam onto the adjacent pulley to determine pulley alignment. The laser
      targets the center rib of the adjacent pulley being aligned and the rib
      spacing is used to gauge the degree of misalignment.
PATN
WKU  059877634
SRC  8
APN  8393389
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970418
TTL  Drive device for aligning a theodolite
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Fulton; Christopher W.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Ammann; Manfred
CTY  Lauterach
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Haele; Anton
CTY  Widnau
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Leica Geosystems AG
CTY  Heerbrugg
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960419
APN  196 15 515
CLAS
OCL   33290
XCL   33281
XCL   33285
XCL   33  1PT
EDF  6
ICL  G01C  102
ICL  G01C 1500
FSC   33
FSS  290;291;292;281;285;286;1 N;1 PT
UREF
PNO  4644659
ISD  19870200
NAM  Takahama
OCL   33285
UREF
PNO  4752126
ISD  19880600
NAM  Fujii
OCL   33285
UREF
PNO  5052119
ISD  19911000
NAM  Eventoff
OCL   33  1PT
UREF
PNO  5475930
ISD  19951200
NAM  Kimura
OCL   33290
UREF
PNO  5533268
ISD  19960700
NAM  Keightley
OCL   33290
UREF
PNO  5621975
ISD  19970400
NAM  Rando
OCL   33  1PT
UREF
PNO  5689892
ISD  19971100
NAM  Beckingham
OCL   33292
UREF
PNO  5711080
ISD  19980100
NAM  Yamada
OCL   33290
UREF
PNO  5742387
ISD  19980400
NAM  Ammann
OCL   33290
FREF
PNO  3324489
ISD  19850100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  87/07366
ISD  19871200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Leica AG, "Vermessungisntrumente," 1993 (No month).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A drive device for aligning a theodolite with a target, in which the
      theodolite is mounted rotatably in the horizontal direction on a
      theodolite foot. Provision is made of a control knob and an encoder
      connected thereto, the encoder emitting control signals in accordance with
      the rotary movement at the control knob to a downstream control circuit.
      The circuit drives a positioning motor. The rotary table is arranged at
      the theodolite foot and carries the control knob. Provided between the
      theodolite and the rotary table is an electric contact which ensures the
      electrical connection between the encoder and the positioning motor.
PATN
WKU  059877642
SRC  8
APN  8950474
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970716
TTL  External thread gage
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Roskoski; Bernard
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Greenslade; Joe E.
STR  2118 Edwin St.
CTY  Fort Worth
STA  TX
ZIP  76110
CLAS
OCL   335551
XCL   33783
XCL   33792
EDF  6
ICL  G01B  300
FSC   33
FSS  555.1;783;784;792;794;795
UREF
PNO  2609614
ISD  19520900
NAM  Johnson
OCL   33199
UREF
PNO  2611970
ISD  19520900
NAM  Johnson
OCL   33174
UREF
PNO  2725637
ISD  19551200
NAM  Johnson
OCL   33174
UREF
PNO  3270424
ISD  19660900
NAM  Johnson
OCL   33174
UREF
PNO  3318011
ISD  19670500
NAM  Johnson
OCL   33199
UREF
PNO  3353277
ISD  19671100
NAM  Johnson
OCL   33199
UREF
PNO  3354553
ISD  19671100
NAM  Heldmaier
OCL   33810
UREF
PNO  3358376
ISD  19671200
NAM  Johnson
OCL   33199
UREF
PNO  5056238
ISD  19911000
NAM  Chi
OCL   33810
OREF
PAL  Johnson Ring-Snap, The Johnson Gage Company brochure, pp. 2-3.
PAL  Thread Dimensional Safety, The Johnson Gage Company brochure.
PAL  Variables Type External Thread Gaging System, The Johnson Gage Company
      brochure.
PAL  External Thread Gaging Systems, ITW Zero Systems brochure.
LREP
FR2  Bradley; James E.
ABST
PAL  A gage for measuring the external threads of a threaded body has a segment
      housing formed from a housing body. The housing body has a generally
      U-shaped cross section with a bottom extending between a pair of opposite,
      upright sidewalls so that a channel with a longitudinal axis is defined.
      First and second gage segments are configured to engage the threads of the
      threaded body when the threaded body is positioned between the first and
      second segments and the first and second segments are closed together. The
      first gage segment is fixed to the housing body, and the second gage
      segment is received within the channel of the housing body. The second
      gage segment moves linearly within the channel along the longitudinal axis
      to allow the first and second segments to be separated for insertion of
      the threaded body between the first and second segments. This also allows
      the first and second segments to be closed together for engagement with
      the threaded body. An indicator having a movable indicator shaft that
      actuates the indicator is mounted to the housing body. The indicator shaft
      is spring loaded so that the indicator shaft projects into the channel of
      the housing and engages the second gage segment, urging the second gage
      segment within the channel into engagement with the threaded body.
PATN
WKU  059877650
SRC  8
APN  8929912
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970715
TTL  Reconfigurable supporting element, particularly for measured parts on a
      measuring machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Smith; Richard A.
EXP  Hirshfeld; Andrew
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Sola; Domenico
CTY  Rivalta
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Garau; Enrico
CTY  Turin
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Causarano; Renato
CTY  Sciolze
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Brown & Sharpe DEA S.p.A.
CTY  Turin
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19960716
APN  TO96A0605
CLAS
OCL   33568
XCL   33549
XCL   33573
XCL   33503
EDF  6
ICL  B23Q 1600
ICL  B23Q  302
FSC   33
FSS  568;502;503;549;573;520
UREF
PNO  4054394
ISD  19771000
NAM  Neuman
OCL  403344
UREF
PNO  4165567
ISD  19790800
NAM  Olsson et al.
OCL   33288
UREF
PNO  4580835
ISD  19860400
NAM  Angeli et al.
OCL  297215.13
UREF
PNO  4848005
ISD  19890700
NAM  Ercole et al.
OCL   33568
UREF
PNO  5513555
ISD  19960500
NAM  Plank et al.
OCL   92 19
UREF
PNO  5625959
ISD  19970500
NAM  Ercole et al.
OCL   33568
UREF
PNO  5848480
ISD  19981200
NAM  Sola et al.
OCL   33573
FREF
PNO  1576024
ISD  19801000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2310929
ISD  19971000
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Hall,Priddy & Myers
ABST
PAL  A supporting element having a base positionable on a table of a measuring
      machine; a rod in turn having a vertical axis, and which is fitted to the
      base and movable axially to adjust the height of the supporting element;
      and an end portion fitted to the rod and cooperating with a position
      reference fixture moved by the machine; the supporting element also having
      locking means interposed between the rod and the end portion, and which
      are releasable to permit a limited amount of movement of the end portion
      with respect to the rod when configuring the supporting element.
PATN
WKU  059877669
SRC  8
APN  9858040
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971205
TTL  Bumper post positioning device
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Wentsler; Stephen S.
EXP  Braun; Leslie A.
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Wawczak; Todd B.
STR  488 Oak St.
CTY  Lockport
STA  IL
ZIP  60441
CLAS
OCL   33613
XCL   521272
EDF  6
ICL  G01D 2100
FSC  248
FSS  345.1;220.1;354.5;354.6
FSC   33
FSS  613
FSC  269
FSS  904;43;69;211;910
FSC   52
FSS  127.2
FSC   29
FSS  464;468
UREF
PNO  1482086
ISD  19240100
NAM  Mayworm
OCL  2478354.6
UREF
PNO  2502166
ISD  19500300
NAM  McKay
XCL  269904
UREF
PNO  2509236
ISD  19500500
NAM  Komar
XCL   33613
UREF
PNO  2568233
ISD  19510900
NAM  Hamilton
OCL  269 43
UREF
PNO  2799093
ISD  19570700
NAM  Miller
XCL   33613
UREF
PNO  3035805
ISD  19620500
NAM  Blank
OCL  248354.5
UREF
PNO  3201874
ISD  19650800
NAM  Christy
OCL   33613
UREF
PNO  3888477
ISD  19750600
NAM  Tate
XCL   33613
UREF
PNO  4674730
ISD  19870600
NAM  Roberts
OCL  269 43
UREF
PNO  4704829
ISD  19871100
NAM  Baumker, Jr.
XCL  269 43
UREF
PNO  5520360
ISD  19960500
NAM  Wensman
OCL  248354.5
UREF
PNO  5628119
ISD  19970500
NAM  Bingham et al.
OCL   33613
UREF
PNO  5820119
ISD  19981000
NAM  Cachon, Sr.
OCL  269 37
FREF
PNO  2600360
ISD  19871200
CNT  FRX
OCL   52127.2
FREF
PNO  5-222842
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
OCL   42127.2
LREP
FRM  Cherskov & Flaynik
ABST
PAL  A device 10 for positioning a bumper post 12 adjacent to a structure 14 to
      guard against a moving vehicle engaging the structure 14. The device 10
      includes joined wall 16 and wall angle members 36 and 38 for engaging the
      structure 14, joined post channels and post angle members 78 and 86 for
      engaging the bumper post 12, and adjustably joining the wall member 16 and
      post channels 78 to predetermined settings corresponding to a
      predetermined distance that the bumper post 12 is positioned from the
      structure 14.
PATN
WKU  059877677
SRC  8
APN  897909&
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970721
TTL  Alignment jig
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  2
EXA  Fernandez; Maria
EXP  Gutierrez; Diego
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Roddie; Granville
STR  624 S. Alacia Ave.
CTY  Compton
STA  CA
ZIP  40220
CLAS
OCL   33645
XCL   33628
XCL   33DIG1
EDF  6
ICL  B27G 2300
FSC   33
FSS  645;613;626;628;636;637;639;533;DIG. 1
UREF
PNO  2508777
ISD  19500500
NAM  Smith
OCL   33613
UREF
PNO  2645194
ISD  19530700
NAM  Underwood
OCL   33613
UREF
PNO  2700993
ISD  19550200
NAM  Pence
OCL   33628
UREF
PNO  3864053
ISD  19750200
NAM  Harwood
OCL   33628
UREF
PNO  3867763
ISD  19750200
NAM  Wilkins
OCL   33639
UREF
PNO  4888875
ISD  19891200
NAM  Strother
OCL   33347
UREF
PNO  5020228
ISD  19910600
NAM  Hessenthaler
OCL   33628
UREF
PNO  5131161
ISD  19920700
NAM  Drag
OCL   33533
UREF
PNO  5361504
ISD  19941100
NAM  Huang
OCL   33451
FREF
PNO  138788
ISD  19490700
CNT  AUX
OCL   33185
FREF
PNO  489775
ISD  19700600
CNT  CHX
OCL   33626
ABST
PAL  A cutting block alignment mechanism is provided including a mounting
      assembly adapted to releasably couple to a cutting block of a cutting
      drum. Next provided is a bracket for releasaby engaging a cutting tool of
      the cutting block. The bracket is adapted to be selectively lowered and
      moved laterally with respect to the mounting assembly.
PATN
WKU  059877685
SRC  8
APN  8090335
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970319
TTL  Arrangement for fastening a length measurement device
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Fulton; Christopher W.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Freitag; Hans-Joachim
CTY  Jena
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Boege; Ludwig
CTY  Jena
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Carl Zeiss Jena GmbH
CTY  Jena
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950720
APN  195 26 517
CLAS
OCL   33706
XCL   33702
XCL   33707
EDF  6
ICL  G01B 1102
FSC   33
FSS  706;700;702;703;707;708;704;705
UREF
PNO  4295742
ISD  19811000
NAM  Nelle et al.
OCL   33707
UREF
PNO  4381609
ISD  19830500
NAM  Holstein
OCL   33708
UREF
PNO  4559707
ISD  19851200
NAM  Oberhans
OCL   33706
UREF
PNO  4570346
ISD  19860200
NAM  Burkhardt
OCL   33706
UREF
PNO  4731930
ISD  19880300
NAM  Miller
OCL   33700
FREF
PNO  0118607
ISD  19840900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0293268
ISD  19870500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 314 940
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2643304
ISD  19760900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2712421
ISD  19770300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4320728
ISD  19930600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 18 017
ISD  19941200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9420679
ISD  19941200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO/90 02919
ISD  19880900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Machine Moderne, Dec. 1996 "Commande numerique pour machines-outils de
      precision" L. Rabian.
PAL  Heidenhain, "NC-Langenmess Systeme," Apr. 194, pp. 44-45.
PAL  Hans Eckenspieler, "Innovativer Schritt in de Lineartechnologie", Technish
      Rundschau, No. 35, 1992, pp. 54-56.
PAL  Company Schneeberger brochures, "Monorail" and "MMS", pp. 52-54 (Date
      Unknown).
PAL  Company Schneeberger brochures, "Heidenhain-Lieferubersicht", Aug. 1994.
LREP
FRM  McAulay Nissen Goldberg Kiel & Hand, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/03094
PD1  19970319
PD2  19970319
PD3  19960715
PCP  WO97/04286
PCD  19970206
ABST
PAR  In an arrangement for fastening a length measurement device at a guide rail
      for a guide slide which is movable in the longitudinal direction of the
      guide rail and has a measurement rod and a measuring head which is movable
      relative to the latter, wherein the measuring head is detachably connected
      with the guide slide, the measurement rod is coupled directly, or
      indirectly in a positive engagement via a measurement rod carrier body
      connected with it, directly to the guide rail (1)so as to be detachable.
      The measurement rod or the measurement rod carrier body can be inserted by
      its longitudinal edges into corresponding recesses arranged at the guide
      rail.
PATN
WKU  059877693
SRC  8
APN  6412122
APT  1
ART  344
APD  19960430
TTL  Centrifugal dryer
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXA  O'Connor; Pamela A.
EXP  Bennett; Henry A.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Ackerman; Kyle D.
CTY  Dassel
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Hauch; David A.
CTY  Afton
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Carter Day International, Inc.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   34 58
XCL   34312
XCL   34167
XCL  210261
XCL  2102571
EDF  6
ICL  F26B 1724
FSC   34
FSS  58;59;60;166;167;349;350
FSC  210
FSS  770;261;262;257.1
UREF
PNO  5265347
ISD  19931100
NAM  Woodson et al.
OCL   34 58
UREF
PNO  5611150
ISD  19970300
NAM  Yore, Jr.
OCL   34 58
ABST
PAL  There is provided an improved centrifugal dryer that includes a motor
      section or portion, a dryer section or portion disposed therebelow, and a
      reservoir section or portion disposed below the dryer portion, the dryer
      portion being hingedly attached to the reservoir portion. A product slurry
      is introduced into the dryer portion through a center inlet pipe and flows
      into the dryer section where the product is dried by forcing the fluid in
      the slurry through apertures in a perforated screen held in position
      between upper and lower screen positioning plates.
PATN
WKU  059877707
SRC  8
APN  8495165
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970721
TTL  Steam recompression type vacuum drying apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Wilson; Pamela A.
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hino; Toshiyuki
CTY  Chofu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kajima Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951031
APN  7-282750
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960930
APN  8-258183
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960930
APN  8-258184
CLAS
OCL   34 92
XCL   34408
EDF  6
ICL  F26B  504
FSC   34
FSS  72;73;74;75;76;77;86;92;402;403;407;408;361;477;514;515
FSC  159
FSS  16.3;24.1;47.3;159;DIG. 16
FSC  202
FSS  186
FSC  203
FSS  24;26;49;87
UREF
PNO  4209911
ISD  19800700
NAM  Weber
OCL   34354
UREF
PNO  4653198
ISD  19870300
NAM  Alsaker
OCL   34515
UREF
PNO  5636449
ISD  19970600
NAM  Gaddis et al.
OCL   34124
UREF
PNO  5819436
ISD  19981000
NAM  Helevirta
OCL   34408
LREP
FRM  Smith, Gambrell & Russell
     Beveridge, DeGrandi, Weilacher & Young
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/03177
PD1  19970721
PD2  19970721
PD3  19961030
PCP  WO97/16689
PCD  19970509
ABST
PAR  A steam re-compression vacuum dryer includes a vacuum tank for
      accommodating waste; a first steam duct for removing steam from the vacuum
      tank; a steam compressor for compressing steam removed from the vacuum
      tank via the first steam duct and for producing a vacuum pressure in the
      vacuum tank; a steam condenser disposed in and/or thermally coupled to the
      vacuum tank; a non-condensing gas exhausting device for automatically
      exhausting non-condensing gas from the steam condenser; and a condensation
      water exhausting device for automatically exhausting condensation water
      from the steam condenser. If desired, a gas heater can be provided on the
      first steam duct to heat gas withdrawn from the tank through this duct.
      This gas heater may use steam discharged from the steam compressor as a
      heat source. The steam condensing device can be disposed in the vacuum
      tank, or it can be integral with an outer surface of the vacuum tank
      (e.g., the tank wall may have a double wall construction).
PATN
WKU  059877715
SRC  8
APN  9858199
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19971205
TTL  Scent charged aeration capsule assembly for hair blower
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  10
EXA  Gravini; Steve
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Curtin; Jason Quinn
STR  5506 N. Cook St.
CTY  McFarland
STA  WI
ZIP  53558
CLAS
OCL   34 97
EDF  6
ICL  A45D 2400
FSC   34
FSS  283;60;96;97
FSC  392
FSS  380;385
FSC  132
FSS  108;271
UREF
PNO  1727212
ISD  19290900
NAM  Martin
UREF
PNO  4195416
ISD  19800400
NAM  Hall
OCL   34 90
UREF
PNO  4383377
ISD  19830500
NAM  Crafton
OCL   34 60
UREF
PNO  4523080
ISD  19850600
NAM  Bolton
OCL  219362
UREF
PNO  4835879
ISD  19890600
NAM  Egelstad
OCL   34 97
UREF
PNO  5261426
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kellett et al.
OCL  132108
UREF
PNO  5490336
ISD  19960200
NAM  Smick et al.
OCL   34 97
UREF
PNO  5572800
ISD  19961100
NAM  West
OCL   34 97
FREF
PNO  874518
ISD  19710600
CNT  CAX
OCL   3497 X
LREP
FR2  Bonneville; Loyd W.
ABST
PAL  A scent charged aeration capsule assembly emplaced over the effluxive end
      of a hair blower whereby, during the blower's operation, a selected
      fragrance may directed into a subject's hair. Alternatively, a hair blower
      manufactured or modified to comprise a pad emplacement chamber permitting
      emplacement of a fragrance impregnated pad therein.
PATN
WKU  059877723
SRC  9
APN  1701487
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19981013
TTL  Hair drier
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Wilson; Pamela A.
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Cheng; Jiun-Liang
STR  58, MA Yuan West St.
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL   34 97
XCL   34 96
XCL  432222
EDF  6
ICL  A45D 2006
FSC   34
FSS  96;97
FSC  432
FSS  219;222
FSC  126
FSS  401;409
UREF
PNO  4603246
ISD  19860700
NAM  Costa
OCL  219370
UREF
PNO  5155925
ISD  19921000
NAM  Choi
OCL   34 97
UREF
PNO  5608975
ISD  19970300
NAM  Hsu
OCL   34 97
FREF
PNO  2170705A
ISD  19860800
CNT  GBX
ABST
PAL  A hair drier has a hollow handle, a barrel support device disposed on the
      hollow handle, and a barrel disposed on the barrel support device. The
      barrel has a through hole, a heat collection net, a fan, and a motor. A
      flame nozzle is disposed in the barrel support device. A gas igniter is
      disposed in the barrel support device in front of the flame nozzle. The
      hollow handle has a gas chamber, a battery chamber, a gas adjustment
      button, a motor speed adjustment button, and an ignition button. A gas
      pipe is connected to the flame nozzle and the gas chamber.
PATN
WKU  059877731
SRC  9
APN  1231952
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980727
TTL  Foot and hand apparel dryer cabinet assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Gravini; Steve
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Lipscy; Gordon E.
STR  851 Auburn Mill Rd.
CTY  Hockessin
STA  DE
ZIP  19707
CLAS
OCL   34106
XCL   34202
EDF  6
ICL  F26B 2500
FSC   34
FSS  103;104;106;202;210;211;218
FSC  211
FSS  88;181;204
FSC  312
FSS  213;229;249.3
UREF
PNO  1688793
ISD  19281000
NAM  Schrenkeisen
UREF
PNO  1731272
ISD  19291000
NAM  Schrenkeisen
UREF
PNO  2465362
ISD  19490300
NAM  Elliott
UREF
PNO  3154392
ISD  19641000
NAM  Littman
UREF
PNO  3299529
ISD  19670100
NAM  Roberts et al.
UREF
PNO  3513564
ISD  19700500
NAM  Gramprie
UREF
PNO  3645009
ISD  19720200
NAM  Ketchum
UREF
PNO  3793744
ISD  19740200
NAM  Saita
UREF
PNO  3798788
ISD  19740300
NAM  Kuntz
UREF
PNO  4085519
ISD  19780400
NAM  Masika
UREF
PNO  4136464
ISD  19790100
NAM  Hay
UREF
PNO  4145602
ISD  19790300
NAM  Lee
UREF
PNO  4171580
ISD  19791000
NAM  Vabrinskas
UREF
PNO  4200993
ISD  19800500
NAM  Blanc et al.
UREF
PNO  4596078
ISD  19860600
NAM  McCartney
UREF
PNO  4682424
ISD  19870700
NAM  Irving
UREF
PNO  4727656
ISD  19880300
NAM  Jannach et al.
UREF
PNO  4768293
ISD  19880900
NAM  Kaffka
UREF
PNO  4967060
ISD  19901000
NAM  Lomeli
UREF
PNO  5003707
ISD  19910400
NAM  Chu
UREF
PNO  5016364
ISD  19910500
NAM  Cochrane
UREF
PNO  5179790
ISD  19930100
NAM  Poulos
UREF
PNO  5199188
ISD  19930400
NAM  Franz
UREF
PNO  5222308
ISD  19930600
NAM  Barker et al.
UREF
PNO  5287636
ISD  19940200
NAM  La Fleur et al.
UREF
PNO  5379525
ISD  19950100
NAM  Raynor
UREF
PNO  5412928
ISD  19950500
NAM  Reithel
UREF
PNO  5528840
ISD  19960600
NAM  Pajak et al.
UREF
PNO  5546678
ISD  19960800
NAM  Dhaemers
XCL   34224
UREF
PNO  5570515
ISD  19961100
NAM  Schulte
UREF
PNO  5592750
ISD  19970100
NAM  Eichten
UREF
PNO  5666743
ISD  19970900
NAM  Dawson
UREF
PNO  5720108
ISD  19980200
NAM  Rice
UREF
PNO  5729908
ISD  19980300
NAM  Braden
UREF
PNO  5755040
ISD  19980500
NAM  Ou
FREF
PNO  406038918
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Internet--INFO atOSMA.de--Boot Dryer Advertisement Jul. 22, 1998--Germany.
PAL  Internet--http://www.jili.com/--Boot Dryer Advertisement Jul. 22,
      1998--USA.
PAL  Internet--http://members.aol.com./mainewd/wwdboot.html Boot Dryer
      Advertisement Jul. 22, 1998--USA.
PAL  Internet--http:/www.rei.com/shopping/store3/skiing/Alpine--Boot Dryer
      Advertisements Jul. 22, 1998--USA.
PAL  Internet--http:/beachcomber.com/gadget--Boot Dryer Advertisement Jul. 22,
      1998--USA.
PAL  Internet--http:/www/bootdryer.com/com.htm--Boot Dryer Advertisement Jul.
      22, 1998--Canada.
PAL  Internet--http:/www.skinet/com/gear/97--Boot Dryer Advertisement Jul. 22,
      1998--USA.
PAL  Internet--http:/www.electric-outlet.com.www.eo/lg3d.htm Boot Dryer
      Advertisement Jul. 22, 1998--USA.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for overnight drying and storage of wet boots, shoes, gloves,
      mittens and the like, which consists of a furniture-style cabinet with
      capacity to hold and dry all of the foot and hand apparel of a family or
      other group in a typical vacation lodging environment. The cabinet
      contains means to support apparel for drying and a drying air distribution
      device wherein ambient drying air is drawn-in from the surrounding room
      and is fan driven from a plenum into a plurality of individual conduits
      through conduit flow restrictors. By resisting the free flow of air,
      conduit flow restrictors act to substantially equalize the air flow
      through all conduits, regardless of length. The individual conduits convey
      the ambient drying air to the interior chambers of the apparel items and
      cause overnight drying. Air mixing within the cabinet assures overnight
      drying of the exterior surfaces of apparel. The drying operation is
      performed quietly and conveniently behind closed doors with damp air being
      exhausted out holes in the cabinet back. Since drying is completed without
      electrical heaters or hot surfaces, there are no associated risks of fire,
      injury or apparel damage. This is an energy conservation device.
PATN
WKU  059877740
SRC  8
APN  5068592
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19950725
TTL  Roller vacuum bridge for single and/or double tier drying sections of
      paper making machines
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  20
EXA  Gravini; Steve
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  24
NFG  48
INVT
NAM  Moskowitz; Max
STR  144-15 70th Rd.
CTY  Flushing
STA  NY
ZIP  11367
RLAP
COD  72
APN  472970
APD  19950607
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   34117
XCL   34118
EDF  6
ICL  D21F  500
FSC   34
FSS  117;111;118;120;126
FSC  162
FSS  270;271;275;289;310;363;369;370;373
FSC  226
FSS  17;21;23
UREF
PNO  989195
ISD  19110400
NAM  Sagar
OCL  162373
UREF
PNO  2716291
ISD  19550800
NAM  Daly, Jr.
OCL   34120
UREF
PNO  4905379
ISD  19900300
NAM  Wedel
OCL   34118
UREF
PNO  5046266
ISD  19910900
NAM  Autio
OCL   34117
UREF
PNO  5144758
ISD  19920900
NAM  Skaugen et al.
OCL   34117
UREF
PNO  5226577
ISD  19930700
NAM  Kohler
OCL  226 21
UREF
PNO  5230168
ISD  19930700
NAM  Heinzmann et al.
OCL   34120
UREF
PNO  5241761
ISD  19930900
NAM  Havser
OCL   34117
OREF
PAL  Pulp & Paper Dictionary (Revised Edition) by John R. Lavigne .COPYRGT. 1993
     .
ABST
PAL  A device for transferring a web of paper in the drying section of a paper
      making machine from one dryer to the next without any open draw. The
      device is a stationary vacuum bridge that is defined by a pair of walls,
      and includes rollers on one of the walls for the felt of the drying
      section to roll thereon.
PATN
WKU  059877758
SRC  8
APN  9500413
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19971014
TTL  Method and apparatus for size reduction of wet gluten
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Gravini; Steve
EXP  Bennett; Henry
INVT
NAM  van den Abeele; Theo
CTY  Oosterhout
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Gonzalez; Ernesto R. Kilian
CTY  Mexico City
CNT  MXX
ASSG
NAM  Cargill B.V.
CTY  Bergen Op Zoom
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19961016
APN  1004292
CLAS
OCL   34291
XCL   34301
EDF  6
ICL  P26B  506
FSC   34
FSS  284;285;301;92;291
FSC  426
FSS  471;524;549;653;656
FSC   99
FSS  468;483
UREF
PNO  3614001
ISD  19711000
NAM  Beike
UREF
PNO  4075369
ISD  19780200
NAM  Ferraro et al.
OCL  427185
UREF
PNO  4102503
ISD  19780700
NAM  Meinass
UREF
PNO  4177574
ISD  19791200
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL   34385
UREF
PNO  4396637
ISD  19830800
NAM  Singer
OCL  426549
UREF
PNO  4520574
ISD  19850600
NAM  Sugisawa et al.
OCL   34289
UREF
PNO  5246724
ISD  19930900
NAM  Mathieu et al.
OCL  426549
FREF
PNO  28 12 122
ISD  19791000
CNT  DEX
ICL  F26B  312
FREF
PNO  30 11 377 A1
ISD  19811000
CNT  DEX
ICL  F26B  312
FREF
PNO  0750944
ISD  19970100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  0600701
ISD  19940600
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Baking & Snack, 1993, pp. 24-26, XP000672626, C.E. Stauffer, "Vital Wheat
      Gluten".
PAL  Voedingsmiddlentechnologie, part 19, Nov. 23, 1986, pp. 24-30 XP002031625,
      Feys and Arnaut, "Tarwe-eiwit: Traditionele toepassing en toekomstige
      mogelijkheden" (with English summary on first page.)
PAL  International Search Report, dated May 27, 1997, for NL 1004292 (4 pages,
      with English translation).
PAL  European Search Report, Feb. 26, 1998, for EP 97 20 3172, 4 pages.
LREP
FRM  Fitch, Even, Tabin & Flannery
ABST
PAL  Acording to the invention, the size reduction of a wet mass of vital gluten
      is carried out while said mass is in a brittle state, as a result of
      which, on the one hand, the vitality is preserved and, on the other hand,
      savings in energy for the subsequent drying process are achieved. Said
      brittle state can be achieved by the mass being cooled to a temperature of
      -75.degree. C. or less. Also described is an apparatus for implementing
      such a method, and a combination thereof with a drier.
PATN
WKU  059877766
SRC  8
APN  9488790
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19971010
TTL  Process for drying and solvent-extraction of water wet solids
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Gravini; Steve
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Holcombe; Thomas C.
CTY  Neshanic Station
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Trowbridge; Theodore D.
CTY  Madison
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  American Biotheim Company LLC
CTY  Somerville
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   34330
EDF  6
ICL  G26B  300
FSC   34
FSS  302;303;305;330;338;340;349;351
FSC  159
FSS  100;473;905
FSC  203
FSS  47.3;88;100
FSC  210
FSS  774;806
UREF
PNO  2663089
ISD  19531200
NAM  Coats
OCL   34330
UREF
PNO  3314160
ISD  19670400
NAM  Forkner
XCL   34330
UREF
PNO  4276115
ISD  19810600
NAM  Greenfield et al.
OCL  159 47.1
UREF
PNO  4642904
ISD  19870200
NAM  Smith, Jr.
OCL   34349
UREF
PNO  5037561
ISD  19910800
NAM  Copeland
XCL   34349
UREF
PNO  5092983
ISD  19920300
NAM  Eppig et al.
OCL  208323
UREF
PNO  5107874
ISD  19920400
NAM  Flanigan et al.
OCL  134 60
UREF
PNO  5256251
ISD  19931000
NAM  Holcombe
OCL  159 47.3
UREF
PNO  5518621
ISD  19960500
NAM  Holcombe et al.
OCL  210634
UREF
PNO  5765293
ISD  19980600
NAM  St. Louis et al.
OCL   34305
LREP
FR2  Liebenstein; E.
ABST
PAL  This invention is an improved continuous process for drying and solvent
      extraction of water-wet solids without experiencing sticky solids
      comprising the steps of (1) mixing the input water-wet with solvent, (2)
      feeding said mixture into two or more stages of evaporation in parallel or
      in series to evaporate some of the water present in the input solids or
      sludges and to extract some of the indigenous solvent-soluble compounds
      from the solids, (3) feeding the slurry from the parallel or serial stages
      of evaporation in series to one or two final evaporation stages operated
      at pressures above atmospheric at preferably between pressures of 18 psia
      and 150 psia and more preferably between pressures of 18 psia and 50 psia,
      (4) feeding the slurry from the final stages of evaporation to a
      centrifuge or other device for separating most of the solvent from the
      solids, (5) subjecting the water-wet solids to none, one, or multiple
      extraction stages before, during, or after the evaporation stages, (6) at
      times, feeding the centrifuge centrate to a solvent distillation system to
      recover the extracted solvent-soluble compounds from the solvent, and (7)
      at times, feeding the final centrifuge cake to a desolventizer to remove
      and recover virtually all of the residual solvent from the solids.
PATN
WKU  059877774
SRC  9
APN  091715&
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980909
TTL  Dry end
ISD  19991123
NCL  44
ECL  35
EXA  Gravini; Steve
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Goebel; Werner
CTY  Lauingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Straub; Karlheinz
CTY  Heidenheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Voith Sulzer Papiermaschinen GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19951222
APN  195 48 303
CLAS
OCL   34448
XCL   34455
XCL   34461
XCL   34465
XCL   34114
XCL   34117
XCL   34120
EDF  6
ICL  F26B  300
ICL  D21F  500
FSC   34
FSS  445;448;454;455;461;463;464;465;114;117;119;120;122;123;611;629;633;638;642
FSC  162
FSS  206;207;208;209
UREF
PNO  4986009
ISD  19910100
NAM  Haessner et al.
OCL   34458
UREF
PNO  5337490
ISD  19940800
NAM  Griffin et al.
UREF
PNO  5477624
ISD  19951200
NAM  Haessner et al.
OCL   34117
UREF
PNO  5600897
ISD  19970200
NAM  Sollinger et al.
XCL   34117
UREF
PNO  5718058
ISD  19980200
NAM  Atzinger
OCL   34117
UREF
PNO  5735060
ISD  19980400
NAM  Atzinger et al.
OCL   34117
FREF
PNO  0479748
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3941242
ISD  19910600
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/05798
PD1  19980909
PD2  19980909
PD3  19961221
PCP  WO97/23690
PCD  19970703
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to a dry end for drying a material web, in particular
      a paper or cardboard web, having at least one drying group with a
      plurality of drying cylinders and web guiding rollers and at least one
      nozzle device for transporting the threading part of the material web
      along a winding path by means of at least one conveyor band. The dry end
      is characterised in that groups of at least two nozzle devices (17, 19,
      21) located at the same side of the material web (11) follow each other in
      the direction of transport of the material web (11).
PATN
WKU  059877782
SRC  9
APN  013189&
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980126
TTL  Protective footwear and lower leg covering
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Stashick; Anthony
EXP  Sewell; Paul T.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Stoner; Ronald N.
STR  3009 Colonial Dr.
CTY  Charlottesville
STA  VA
ZIP  22911
CLAS
OCL   36  15
XCL   36  2R
XCL   36 96
XCL   36109
XCL   36 72R
XCL   36  72
EDF  6
ICL  A43B  320
ICL  A43B  316
ICL  A43B 2302
ICL  A41D 1700
FSC   36
FSS  1.5;2 B;2 R;96;109;7.1 R;7.2;72 R
UREF
PNO  D210190
ISD  19680200
NAM  Garcia
UREF
PNO  D281739
ISD  19851200
NAM  Hazley
UREF
PNO  D306921
ISD  19900300
NAM  Pettinelli
UREF
PNO  D322354
ISD  19911200
NAM  Tully
UREF
PNO  D341475
ISD  19931100
NAM  Ikezawa
UREF
PNO  D354615
ISD  19950100
NAM  Parker
UREF
PNO  D365667
ISD  19951200
NAM  Hargrove et al.
UREF
PNO  2872745
ISD  19590200
NAM  Finegan
OCL   36  7.1R
UREF
PNO  3250025
ISD  19660500
NAM  Crescent
OCL   36  1.5
UREF
PNO  3921313
ISD  19751100
NAM  Mahide et al.
UREF
PNO  4010558
ISD  19770300
NAM  Slusher
UREF
PNO  4057853
ISD  19771100
NAM  McLane
UREF
PNO  4599812
ISD  19860700
NAM  Harmsen
UREF
PNO  4713895
ISD  19871200
NAM  Vallieres
OCL   36  1.5
UREF
PNO  4896438
ISD  19900100
NAM  DeBease
OCL   36  7.1R
UREF
PNO  4967491
ISD  19901100
NAM  Plotkin
UREF
PNO  5144759
ISD  19920900
NAM  Mascotte
OCL   36 71R
UREF
PNO  5165182
ISD  19921100
NAM  Michael
OCL   36  1.5
UREF
PNO  5170503
ISD  19921200
NAM  Hightower, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5311676
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hughes et al.
UREF
PNO  5337491
ISD  19940800
NAM  Mascotte
UREF
PNO  5469637
ISD  19951100
NAM  Adam
UREF
PNO  5600901
ISD  19970200
NAM  Leonor
OCL   36  7.1R
UREF
PNO  5845416
ISD  19981200
NAM  Hands
OCL   36  2R
FREF
PNO  0411524
ISD  19910200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2103069
ISD  19830200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2226943
ISD  19900700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2245477
ISD  19920100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/15691
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A protective footwear and lower leg covering protects the shoes and lower
      trousers or legs of a wearer while using a mower, string trimmer, chain
      saw, or other equipment which may discharge objects at high speed. The
      covering also serves to protect the user's shoes and clothing during
      painting operations, and the complete closure from the sole of the shoe
      upward along the lower leg, also serves to protect the wearer from insect
      bites and stings. The device comprises a molded plastic, rubber, or other
      elastomer shoe or boot cover, which is sewn to an upper legging, spat or
      puttee configured to cover bare or trousered legs. A plurality of
      fastening straps secure the protective cover to a wearer's foot and lower
      leg. The shoe or boot cover has no sole, thus providing for easier donning
      by a wearer. The shoe or boot cover is secured to the shoe or boot by a
      strap which passes beneath the sole, or alternatively by a toe pocket or
      hold formed in the forward end of the cover. The legging portion may
      include a knee pad extending upwardly therefrom, for greater utility and
      versatility for the device. At least the shoe or boot cover portion is
      symmetrically formed, to provide a universal fit to both the left and
      right shoes or boots of the wearer, without regard for specific fit to
      either the left or right shoe or boot.
PATN
WKU  059877790
SRC  8
APN  6328008
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19960417
TTL  Athletic shoe having inflatable bladder
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Dayoan; B.
NDR  33
NFG  59
INVT
NAM  Litchfield; Paul E.
CTY  Westborough
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Foley; Peter M.
CTY  Minnetonka
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Burris; Steven
CTY  Atrzogenaurach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Smith; Steven F.
CTY  Taunton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Phillips; Matthew L.
CTY  North Easton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Lacorazza; David J.
CTY  Quincy
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Reebok International Ltd.
CTY  Stoughton
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  370189
APD  19950109
RLAP
COD  90
APN  434755
APD  19950504
RLAP
COD  86
APN  370189
RLAP
COD  81
APN  162961
APD  19931208
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  857493
APD  19920325
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  588828
APD  19900927
PSC  01
PNO  5113599
RLAP
COD  81
APN  530854
APD  19900530
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  307566
APD  19890208
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  089749
APD  19870827
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  86
APN  434755
RLAP
COD  81
APN  208787
APD  19940311
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  828443
APD  19920131
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   36 29
XCL   36 93
EDF  6
ICL  A43B 1320
ICL  A43B  714
FSC   36
FSS  93;29;71;88;28;139
UREF
PNO  D246486
ISD  19771100
NAM  Nickel
OCL  D 2318
UREF
PNO  D302764
ISD  19890800
NAM  Peoples et al.
OCL  D 2264
UREF
PNO  D307508
ISD  19900500
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  D 2314
UREF
PNO  D309211
ISD  19900700
NAM  Nakagawa
OCL  D 2318
UREF
PNO  508034
ISD  18931100
NAM  Moore
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  510504
ISD  18931200
NAM  Foster
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  545705
ISD  18950900
NAM  MacDonald
XCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  547645
ISD  18951000
NAM  LaCroix
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  566422
ISD  18960800
NAM  Singleton
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  580501
ISD  18970400
NAM  Mobberley
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  586155
ISD  18970700
NAM  Bascom
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  692170
ISD  19020100
NAM  Wallerstein et al.
UREF
PNO  806267
ISD  19051200
NAM  King
UREF
PNO  850327
ISD  19070400
NAM  Tauber
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  900867
ISD  19081000
NAM  Miller
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  950333
ISD  19100200
NAM  Koch
UREF
PNO  1059485
ISD  19130400
NAM  Orlapp
UREF
PNO  1069001
ISD  19130700
NAM  Guy
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  1145534
ISD  19150700
NAM  Wetmore
UREF
PNO  1148376
ISD  19150700
NAM  Gay
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  1184013
ISD  19160500
NAM  Pierce
UREF
PNO  1193608
ISD  19160800
NAM  Poulson
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  1216795
ISD  19170200
NAM  Gause
UREF
PNO  1241832
ISD  19171000
NAM  Druckenmiller
UREF
PNO  1285695
ISD  19181100
NAM  Harman
OCL  137620
UREF
PNO  1304915
ISD  19190500
NAM  Spinney
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  1328154
ISD  19200100
NAM  Jackerson
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  1383067
ISD  19210600
NAM  Borman
UREF
PNO  1498838
ISD  19240600
NAM  Harrison, Jr.
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  1605985
ISD  19261100
NAM  Rasmussen
XCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  1954122
ISD  19340400
NAM  Fiori
XCL   36 88
UREF
PNO  1979972
ISD  19341100
NAM  Guild
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  2007803
ISD  19350700
NAM  Kelly
XCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  2020240
ISD  19351100
NAM  Cochran
XCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  2074289
ISD  19370300
NAM  Sullivan
UREF
PNO  2080469
ISD  19370500
NAM  Gilbert
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  2080499
ISD  19370500
NAM  Nathansohn
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  2177116
ISD  19391000
NAM  Persichino
UREF
PNO  2488382
ISD  19491100
NAM  Davis
UREF
PNO  2532742
ISD  19501200
NAM  Stoiner
OCL   36 35
UREF
PNO  2600239
ISD  19520600
NAM  Gilbert
UREF
PNO  2605560
ISD  19520800
NAM  Gouabault
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  2638690
ISD  19530500
NAM  Bullard, III
UREF
PNO  2677904
ISD  19540500
NAM  Reed
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  2677906
ISD  19540500
NAM  Reed
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  2682712
ISD  19540700
NAM  Owsen et al.
XCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  2762134
ISD  19560900
NAM  Taun
XCL   36 44
UREF
PNO  2774152
ISD  19561200
NAM  Alber
UREF
PNO  2863230
ISD  19581200
NAM  Cortina
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  3027659
ISD  19620400
NAM  Gianola
UREF
PNO  3044190
ISD  19620700
NAM  Urbany
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  3120712
ISD  19640200
NAM  Menken
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  3180039
ISD  19650400
NAM  Burns, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3211164
ISD  19651000
NAM  Bender et al.
OCL  137625.48
UREF
PNO  3225463
ISD  19651200
NAM  Burnham
XCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  3273263
ISD  19660900
NAM  Klima
UREF
PNO  3372495
ISD  19680300
NAM  Finn
OCL   36 93
UREF
PNO  3410004
ISD  19681100
NAM  Finn
UREF
PNO  3664043
ISD  19720500
NAM  Polumbus, Jr.
OCL   36 54
UREF
PNO  3685176
ISD  19720800
NAM  Rudy
OCL   36 71
UREF
PNO  3716930
ISD  19730200
NAM  Brahm
OCL   36  3B
UREF
PNO  3721265
ISD  19730300
NAM  Hoffland
OCL  137625.47
UREF
PNO  3738024
ISD  19730600
NAM  Matsuda
XCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  3744159
ISD  19730700
NAM  Nishimura
XCL   36 71
UREF
PNO  3765422
ISD  19731000
NAM  Smith
OCL  123594
UREF
PNO  3791375
ISD  19740200
NAM  Pfeiffer
XCL   36137
UREF
PNO  3795994
ISD  19740300
NAM  Ava
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  3854228
ISD  19741200
NAM  Conroy
OCL   36 71
UREF
PNO  3888242
ISD  19750600
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL  128 64
UREF
PNO  3973336
ISD  19760800
NAM  Ahn
OCL   36  3B
UREF
PNO  3985155
ISD  19761000
NAM  Nightingale
OCL  137625.47
UREF
PNO  3993099
ISD  19761100
NAM  Nightingale
OCL  137625.47
UREF
PNO  4039039
ISD  19770800
NAM  Gottfried
OCL  128 87R
UREF
PNO  4083127
ISD  19780400
NAM  Hanson
OCL   36 93
UREF
PNO  4100686
ISD  19780700
NAM  Sgarlato et al.
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4106222
ISD  19780800
NAM  Houck
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4123855
ISD  19781100
NAM  Thedford
OCL   36 44
UREF
PNO  4129951
ISD  19781200
NAM  Petrosky
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4178013
ISD  19791200
NAM  Bataille
XCL   36119
UREF
PNO  4183156
ISD  19800100
NAM  Rudy
XCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4211236
ISD  19800700
NAM  Krinsky
OCL  128594
UREF
PNO  4217705
ISD  19800800
NAM  Donzis
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4219945
ISD  19800900
NAM  Rudy
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4232459
ISD  19801100
NAM  Vaccari
OCL   36 71
UREF
PNO  4236725
ISD  19801200
NAM  Bataille
OCL   36 93
UREF
PNO  4271606
ISD  19810600
NAM  Rudy
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4297755
ISD  19811100
NAM  Mollura
OCL    5455
UREF
PNO  4316335
ISD  19820200
NAM  Giese et al.
XCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  4340626
ISD  19820700
NAM  Rudy
XCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4342157
ISD  19820800
NAM  Gilbert
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4372297
ISD  19830200
NAM  Perlin
OCL  128 64
UREF
PNO  4397104
ISD  19830800
NAM  Doak
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4417407
ISD  19831100
NAM  Fukuoka
OCL   36  3B
UREF
PNO  4446634
ISD  19840500
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4458429
ISD  19840700
NAM  Schmid
OCL   36  3R
UREF
PNO  4458430
ISD  19840700
NAM  Peterson
OCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  4462171
ISD  19840700
NAM  Whispell
OCL   36  3B
UREF
PNO  4571853
ISD  19860200
NAM  Medrano
OCL   36 43
UREF
PNO  4571995
ISD  19860200
NAM  Timme
OCL   73199
UREF
PNO  4583305
ISD  19860400
NAM  Miyamoto
OCL   36119
UREF
PNO  4610099
ISD  19860900
NAM  Signori
XCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4628945
ISD  19861200
NAM  Johnson, Jr.
OCL  128 80H
UREF
PNO  4631843
ISD  19861200
NAM  Annovi
OCL   36119
UREF
PNO  4649552
ISD  19870300
NAM  Yukawa
XCL   36132
UREF
PNO  4654986
ISD  19870400
NAM  George
OCL   36119
UREF
PNO  4662087
ISD  19870500
NAM  Beuch
XCL   36 93
UREF
PNO  4670995
ISD  19870600
NAM  Huang
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4694520
ISD  19870900
NAM  Paul et al.
OCL    5453
UREF
PNO  4700403
ISD  19871000
NAM  Vacanti
XCL   36 71
UREF
PNO  4702022
ISD  19871000
NAM  Porcher
OCL   36119
UREF
PNO  4712316
ISD  19871200
NAM  Baggio
OCL   36119
UREF
PNO  4730403
ISD  19880300
NAM  Walkhoff
XCL   36 93
UREF
PNO  4763426
ISD  19880800
NAM  Polus et al.
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4779359
ISD  19881000
NAM  Famolare, Jr.
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4805601
ISD  19890200
NAM  Eischen, Sr.
OCL  128 64
UREF
PNO  4823482
ISD  19890400
NAM  Lakic
XCL   36119
UREF
PNO  4852274
ISD  19890800
NAM  Wilson
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4856208
ISD  19890800
NAM  Zaccaro
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4874640
ISD  19891000
NAM  Donzis
XCL   36 37
UREF
PNO  4877057
ISD  19891000
NAM  Christensen
OCL  137625.48
UREF
PNO  4887367
ISD  19891200
NAM  Mackness et al.
XCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4906502
ISD  19900300
NAM  Rudy
XCL   36 43
UREF
PNO  4912861
ISD  19900400
NAM  Huang
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4991317
ISD  19910200
NAM  Lakic
OCL   36 44
UREF
PNO  4995124
ISD  19910200
NAM  Wridge, Jr. et al.
OCL    5450
UREF
PNO  4995173
ISD  19910200
NAM  Spier
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4999932
ISD  19910300
NAM  Grim
OCL   36 88
UREF
PNO  5025575
ISD  19910600
NAM  Lakic
OCL   36 44
UREF
PNO  5060694
ISD  19911000
NAM  Florida et al.
OCL  137625.18
UREF
PNO  5074765
ISD  19911200
NAM  Pekar
XCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  5113599
ISD  19920500
NAM  Cohen et al.
OCL   36 88
UREF
PNO  5230249
ISD  19930700
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL   73714
UREF
PNO  5406719
ISD  19950400
NAM  Potter
OCL   36 28
FREF
PNO  8305004
ISD  19850400
CNT  BRX
FREF
PNO  1 143 938
ISD  19830400
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1 230 225
ISD  19871200
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0 229 273
ISD  19870700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 389 215
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0472110
ISD  19920200
CNT  EPX
OCL   36 29
FREF
PNO  629360
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
OCL   36 29
FREF
PNO  720 257
ISD  19320200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 026 062
ISD  19690400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 180 315
ISD  19731100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 356 384
ISD  19780100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 496 423
ISD  19820600
CNT  FRX
OCL   36 93
FREF
PNO  820 869
ISD  19510900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 321 817
ISD  19731100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  28 00 359
ISD  19790700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3245182
ISD  19830500
CNT  DEX
OCL   36134
FREF
PNO  8802338
ISD  19890800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  95419
ISD  19880200
CNT  TWX
FREF
PNO  23547
ISD  18000000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  26637
ISD  18970000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  338 266
ISD  19301200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  817 521
ISD  19590700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 039 717
ISD  19800800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  14955
ISD  19940600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 87/03789
ISD  19870700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  87/03789
ISD  19870700
CNT  WOX
OCL   36 93
FREF
PNO  89/10074
ISD  19891100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/04323
ISD  19900500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/18527
ISD  19911200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  93/14 659
ISD  19930800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9314659
ISD  19930800
CNT  WOX
OCL   36 29
FREF
PNO  WO 93/21790
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Sterne, Kessler, Goldstein & Fox P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  An athletic shoe is described, provided with an inflatable tongue or
      bladder for a more secure fit to the user's foot. The bladder may include
      a plurality of chambers with a valve disposed therebetween to selectively
      inflate the chambers. The inflatable tongue or bladder has a lightweight
      pump disposed thereon. Inflatable footwear having an inflation bag under
      the foot is also disclosed. The inflation bag is formed by two sheets of
      material that are welded together. Interior welds are provided to moderate
      the thickness of the inflation bag. A foam layer having apertures is
      positioned adjacent to the inflation bag. The apertures overlie the
      interior welds and are sized larger than the interior welds. Also
      described is a slider valve that enables selective inflation of individual
      bladder chambers.
PATN
WKU  059877804
SRC  8
APN  7812027
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19970110
TTL  Shoe sole including a peripherally-disposed cushioning bladder
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Dayoan; B.
NDR  14
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Lyden; Robert M.
CTY  Beaverton
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Aveni; Michael A.
CTY  Lake Oswego
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Nike, Inc.
CTY  Beaverton
STA  OR
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  220032
APD  19940330
PSC  01
PNO  5595004
CLAS
OCL   36 29
XCL   36 35B
XCL   36153
EDF  6
ICL  A43B 1320
ICL  A43B 2126
ICL  A43B  714
FSC   36
FSS  25 R;28;29;30 R;32 R;35 B;114;153
UREF
PNO  896075
ISD  19080800
NAM  Badgliey
XCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  1625582
ISD  19270400
NAM  Anderson
UREF
PNO  2128134
ISD  19380800
NAM  Giusto
UREF
PNO  2365027
ISD  19441200
NAM  Urbany
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  2434770
ISD  19480100
NAM  Lutey
UREF
PNO  2468886
ISD  19490500
NAM  Lutey
UREF
PNO  3225463
ISD  19651200
NAM  Burnham
UREF
PNO  3251144
ISD  19660500
NAM  Weitzner
UREF
PNO  3350795
ISD  19671100
NAM  Schlecht
UREF
PNO  3765422
ISD  19731000
NAM  Smith
OCL   36153
UREF
PNO  4000566
ISD  19770100
NAM  Famolare, Jr.
OCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  4008530
ISD  19770200
NAM  Gager
OCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  4043058
ISD  19770800
NAM  Hollister et al.
OCL   36102
UREF
PNO  4128950
ISD  19781200
NAM  Bowerman et al.
OCL   36 30R
UREF
PNO  4129951
ISD  19781200
NAM  Petrosky
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4144659
ISD  19790300
NAM  Eisenberg
XCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  4183156
ISD  19800100
NAM  Rudy
OCL   36 44
UREF
PNO  4217705
ISD  19800800
NAM  Donzis
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4219945
ISD  19800900
NAM  Rudy
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4229889
ISD  19801000
NAM  Petrosky
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4271606
ISD  19810600
NAM  Rudy
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4297797
ISD  19811100
NAM  Meyers
OCL   36 44
UREF
PNO  4305212
ISD  19811200
NAM  Coomer
OCL   36 80
UREF
PNO  4340626
ISD  19820700
NAM  Rudy
OCL  428 35
UREF
PNO  4439936
ISD  19840400
NAM  Clarke et al.
OCL   36102
UREF
PNO  4445283
ISD  19840500
NAM  Meyers
OCL   31 29
UREF
PNO  4446634
ISD  19840500
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4471538
ISD  19840900
NAM  Pomeranz et al.
OCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  4486964
ISD  19841200
NAM  Rudy
OCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  4506460
ISD  19850300
NAM  Rudy
OCL   36102
UREF
PNO  4562651
ISD  19860100
NAM  Frederick et al.
OCL   36102
UREF
PNO  4567677
ISD  19860200
NAM  Zona
OCL   36 43
UREF
PNO  4593482
ISD  19860600
NAM  Mayer
XCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  4610099
ISD  19860900
NAM  Signori
OCL   36 38
UREF
PNO  4617745
ISD  19861000
NAM  Batra
OCL   36 38
UREF
PNO  4722131
ISD  19880200
NAM  Huang
OCL   29450
UREF
PNO  4747219
ISD  19880500
NAM  Ammendolea
OCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  4754559
ISD  19880700
NAM  Cohen
OCL   36 38
UREF
PNO  4768295
ISD  19880900
NAM  Ito
OCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  4779359
ISD  19881000
NAM  Famolare, Jr.
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4782603
ISD  19881100
NAM  Brown
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4817304
ISD  19890400
NAM  Parker et al.
OCL   36114
UREF
PNO  4845863
ISD  19890700
NAM  Yung-Mao
OCL   36114
UREF
PNO  4852273
ISD  19890800
NAM  Hamy
OCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  4852274
ISD  19890800
NAM  Wilson
XCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  4893421
ISD  19900100
NAM  Folks
OCL   36132
UREF
PNO  4894933
ISD  19900100
NAM  Tonkel et al.
OCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  4906502
ISD  19900300
NAM  Rudy
XCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  4914836
ISD  19900400
NAM  Horovitz
OCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  4974344
ISD  19901200
NAM  Ching
OCL   36101
UREF
PNO  4991317
ISD  19910200
NAM  Lakic
OCL   36 44
UREF
PNO  5005299
ISD  19910400
NAM  Whatley
OCL   36 25R
UREF
PNO  5010662
ISD  19910400
NAM  Dabuzhsky et al.
OCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  5014449
ISD  19910500
NAM  Richard et al.
OCL   36114
UREF
PNO  5083361
ISD  19920100
NAM  Rudy
OCL   29454
UREF
PNO  5195256
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kim
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  5224277
ISD  19930700
NAM  Sang Do
OCL   36 27
UREF
PNO  5245766
ISD  19930900
NAM  Warren
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  5406719
ISD  19950400
NAM  Potter
OCL   36 28
UREF
PNO  5425184
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lyden
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  5595004
ISD  19970100
NAM  Lyden et al.
OCL   36 29
UREF
PNO  5598645
ISD  19970200
NAM  Kaiser
XCL   36 28
FREF
PNO  283 117
ISD  19880900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  549962
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  913187
ISD  19460800
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1018215
ISD  19521200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 614 510
ISD  19881100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  470996
ISD  19290200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3245182
ISD  19830500
CNT  DEX
OCL   36134
FREF
PNO  33 17 460
ISD  19931000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  81 605
ISD  19861000
CNT  TWX
FREF
PNO  123336
ISD  19900300
CNT  TWX
FREF
PNO  134 162
ISD  19900900
CNT  TWX
FREF
PNO  160 500
ISD  19910600
CNT  TWX
FREF
PNO  173 484
ISD  19911100
CNT  TWX
FREF
PNO  184 346
ISD  19920500
CNT  TWX
FREF
PNO  8 785
ISD  19110400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  390368
ISD  19330400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  503887
ISD  19390400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 023 405
ISD  19800100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 034 169
ISD  19800600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 188 825
ISD  19871000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2200831
ISD  19880800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/10396
ISD  19900900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/10377
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/11924
ISD  19910800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Nike Spring Footwear Brochure, 1993 "Air Max" Shoes.
PAL  Adidas Advertisement.
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  An athletic shoe including an upper and a sole. The sole includes a
      cushioning bladder including a sealed, fluid-filled tube disposed about
      the perimeter of the shoe. In one embodiment, the bladder includes lateral
      and medial portions extending about the heel and forwardly towards the
      forefoot to define a central region occupying a substantial portion of the
      heel and forefoot of the shoe. No portion of the tube extends within the
      central region, which may be occupied by ambient air or by a second
      bladder or chamber which is not in fluid communication with the tube. In
      an alternative embodiment, the bladder includes a tube having lateral,
      medial and transverse portions, with the transverse portion extending
      between the medial and lateral portions at the instep area of the shoe, to
      define a central forefoot region. In a further alternative embodiment,
      both a central forefoot and a central heel area may be defined. The shoe
      may further include a substantially rigid footframe disposed directly
      above the bladder and spanning the lateral and medial sides.
PATN
WKU  059877812
SRC  9
APN  0926434
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980609
TTL  Sports footwear incorporating a plurality of inserts with different
      elastic response to stressing by the user's foot
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Kavanaugh; Ted
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Pavesi; Filippo
CTY  Turin
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Wong; King Chee
CTY  Kowloon
CNT  HKX
ASSG
NAM  Global Sports Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Tortola
CNT  VGX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19970612
APN  MI97A1390
CLAS
OCL   36 29
XCL   36 35B
EDF  6
ICL  A43B 1320
FSC   36
FSS  29;3 B;35 B;28
UREF
PNO  3253355
ISD  19660500
NAM  Menken
UREF
PNO  4316335
ISD  19820200
NAM  Giese et al.
UREF
PNO  5092060
ISD  19920300
NAM  Frachey et al.
UREF
PNO  5134790
ISD  19920800
NAM  Woitschaetzke et al.
UREF
PNO  5369896
ISD  19941200
NAM  Frachey et al.
FREF
PNO  0 399 332
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 82/00571
ISD  19820300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Sports footwear with a vamp, and a lower support part including a sole
      unit, the lower support part having a lower portion or treading sole for
      contacting the ground and an intersole overlying the treading sole,
      wherein within said support part there is present at least a first insert
      containing elements which deform elastically when subjected to pressure
      and which are enclosed within an air-containing sealed casing positioned
      corresponding with the heel region of the sole unit. A further insert is
      positioned corresponding with the metatarsal region of the foot and also
      includes a casing containing elements deformable when subjected to
      pressure. The deformable elements positioned in the insert corresponding
      with the heel region have a different response to pressure-stressing than
      the elements present in the insert corresponding with the metatarsal
      region of the foot.
PATN
WKU  059877820
SRC  9
APN  0208450
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980209
TTL  Reinforced high-traction sole unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Dayoan; B.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Bramani; Marco
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Vibram S.p.A.
CTY  Albizzate
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19970207
APN  MI97A0254
CLAS
OCL   36107
XCL   36 31
EDF  6
ICL  A43B 2300
ICL  A43B 1314
FSC   36
FSS  107;113;25 R;30 R;32 R;31;33
UREF
PNO  2383122
ISD  19450800
NAM  Ghez et al.
OCL   36 32R
UREF
PNO  2557946
ISD  19510600
NAM  Crooker
OCL   36 32R
UREF
PNO  4130947
ISD  19781200
NAM  Denu
OCL   36 30R
UREF
PNO  4364190
ISD  19821200
NAM  Yonkers
OCL   36 32R
UREF
PNO  4561195
ISD  19851200
NAM  Onoda et al.
OCL   36 30R
UREF
PNO  4753021
ISD  19880600
NAM  Cohen
XCL   36 25R
UREF
PNO  4785557
ISD  19881100
NAM  Kelley et al.
XCL   36 30R
UREF
PNO  5255451
ISD  19931000
NAM  Tong et al.
OCL   36 30A
UREF
PNO  5720118
ISD  19980200
NAM  Mayer et al.
OCL   36107
FREF
PNO  0 373 330
ISD  19900600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 434 076
ISD  19910600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  91 10 849
ISD  19920200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Jacobson, Price, Holman & Stern, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A high-traction sole unit, including a rubber tread and a series of more or
      less rigid lattice inserts, which are separated among them by cavities and
      each of them is composed of undulated elements and a series of inverted
      T-shaped transverse ribs, the axes of which are perpendicular, at the
      points of relative intersection, to an S-shaped curved line extending from
      the heel to the toe of the sole unit; the lattice inserts are joined
      together by rubber or elastomeric elements, which are constituted by the
      same material that constitutes the tread or the wedge of the footwear. To
      usefully lighten the structure, further ribs of rubber are provided,
      differing from each other in shape and dimensions, which are suitably
      located within concavities in the inserts; finally the lattice inserts can
      be constructed of different materials, such as carbon fiber or
      fiber-filled plastic material or metal materials.
PATN
WKU  059877839
SRC  8
APN  462310&
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19950605
TTL  Golf shoe having spike socket spine system
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Kavanaugh; Ted
NDR  10
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Allen; Bernie
CTY  Wayland
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Petrovic; Zoran
CTY  Pittsburg
STA  KS
ASSG
NAM  Acushnet Company
CTY  Fairhaven
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   36127
XCL   36 67A
XCL   36 67D
XCL   36102
EDF  6
ICL  A43B  500
ICL  A43C 1502
FSC   36
FSS  127;67 R;67 A;67 B;102
UREF
PNO  2315874
ISD  19430400
NAM  Sabel et al.
OCL   36127
UREF
PNO  2416526
ISD  19470200
NAM  Koenig
OCL   36127
UREF
PNO  2745197
ISD  19560500
NAM  Holt
UREF
PNO  3010229
ISD  19611100
NAM  Snitzer
OCL   36127
UREF
PNO  3066425
ISD  19621200
NAM  Koley
UREF
PNO  3218734
ISD  19651100
NAM  O'Brien
UREF
PNO  3267593
ISD  19660800
NAM  Turner
UREF
PNO  3328901
ISD  19670700
NAM  Strickland
XCL   36127
UREF
PNO  3333352
ISD  19670800
NAM  Livingston
UREF
PNO  3410005
ISD  19681100
NAM  Szerenyi
OCL   36127
UREF
PNO  3492744
ISD  19700200
NAM  Bernier et al.
XCL   36127
UREF
PNO  3583082
ISD  19710600
NAM  Jordan, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3587181
ISD  19710600
NAM  Bernier et al.
UREF
PNO  3597863
ISD  19710800
NAM  Austin et al.
UREF
PNO  3718996
ISD  19730300
NAM  Austin
OCL   36 67B
UREF
PNO  3812603
ISD  19740500
NAM  Goodman
UREF
PNO  3812605
ISD  19740500
NAM  Kaestle
UREF
PNO  3816945
ISD  19740600
NAM  Egtvedt
UREF
PNO  3964180
ISD  19760600
NAM  Cortese
UREF
PNO  4035934
ISD  19770700
NAM  Hrivnak
UREF
PNO  4107858
ISD  19780800
NAM  Bowerman et al.
UREF
PNO  4240215
ISD  19801200
NAM  Broussard
UREF
PNO  4314411
ISD  19820200
NAM  Hanson
XCL   36 91
UREF
PNO  4327503
ISD  19820500
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  4330950
ISD  19820500
NAM  Reddien
UREF
PNO  4367600
ISD  19830100
NAM  Cross, III et al.
UREF
PNO  4393604
ISD  19830700
NAM  Crowley
UREF
PNO  4492047
ISD  19850100
NAM  Arff
UREF
PNO  4523396
ISD  19850600
NAM  Dassler
UREF
PNO  4524531
ISD  19850600
NAM  VanDeripe
UREF
PNO  4559724
ISD  19851200
NAM  Norton
UREF
PNO  4561197
ISD  19851200
NAM  Misevich
UREF
PNO  4569142
ISD  19860200
NAM  Akinasi
UREF
PNO  4577422
ISD  19860300
NAM  Tanel
UREF
PNO  4580359
ISD  19860400
NAM  Kurrash et al.
UREF
PNO  4633600
ISD  19870100
NAM  Dassler et al.
UREF
PNO  4660304
ISD  19870400
NAM  Tanel
UREF
PNO  4667422
ISD  19870500
NAM  Yamaguchi
UREF
PNO  4706394
ISD  19871100
NAM  Regula
UREF
PNO  4742626
ISD  19880500
NAM  Tadiotto
UREF
PNO  4747220
ISD  19880500
NAM  Autry et al.
UREF
PNO  4748752
ISD  19880600
NAM  Tanel
UREF
PNO  4754561
ISD  19880700
NAM  Dufour
UREF
PNO  4782604
ISD  19881100
NAM  Wen-Shown
UREF
PNO  4875300
ISD  19891000
NAM  Kazz
UREF
PNO  4885851
ISD  19891200
NAM  Peterson
UREF
PNO  4922636
ISD  19900500
NAM  Chen
UREF
PNO  4984320
ISD  19910100
NAM  Curley, Jr et al.
UREF
PNO  5025576
ISD  19910600
NAM  Biasiotto et al.
UREF
PNO  5027532
ISD  19910700
NAM  MacNeill et al.
UREF
PNO  5033211
ISD  19910700
NAM  Latraverse et al.
UREF
PNO  5058292
ISD  19911000
NAM  Tanel
UREF
PNO  5070631
ISD  19911200
NAM  Fenton
UREF
PNO  5205056
ISD  19930400
NAM  Okajima et al.
UREF
PNO  5259129
ISD  19931100
NAM  Deacon et al.
UREF
PNO  5265354
ISD  19931100
NAM  Aliano, Jr.
FREF
PNO  0 346 624 A2
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 360 202 A1
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2615075
ISD  19881100
CNT  FRX
OCL   36127
FREF
PNO  3134817 A1
ISD  19830300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3242606 A1
ISD  19830800
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Medicine And Science In Sports And Exercise: vol. 15, No. 3, pp. 247-255,
      1983, article by Keith R. Williams and Peter R. Cavanagh entitled "The
      Mechanics Of Foot Action During The Golf Swing And Implications For Shoe
      Design".
PAL  Sven Carlsoo; "A Kinetic Analysis Of The Golf Swing" pp. 76-82.
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention is an improved golf shoe which incorporates a spike
      socket spine frame system that extends throughout the shoe sole for
      receiving all of the spike receptacles and is embedded in the outsole. The
      spine frame provides improved shoe performance and spike location and is
      made of a material that is stiffer than the outsole material. More
      particularly, the shoe sole is comprised of a spike socket spine having
      seventeen spike socket locations: three spike sockets in the toe section,
      six spike sockets in the metatarsal section, four spike sockets in the
      shank section and four spike sockets in the heel section, for receiving
      the posts of the golf spikes.
PATN
WKU  059877847
SRC  9
APN  1228390
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980727
TTL  Athletic shoe with cleat receptacles
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Mohandesi; J.
EXP  Sewell; Paul T.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Bignell; Tony A.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Nike International Ltd.
CTY  Beaverton
STA  OR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   36134
XCL   36127
XCL   36 67A
EDF  6
ICL  A43B  500
FSC   36
FSS  67 A;67 R;67 C;67 D;134;59 B;59 R;127
UREF
PNO  2506801
ISD  19500500
NAM  MacNeill
OCL   36 59
UREF
PNO  4361971
ISD  19821200
NAM  Bowerman
OCL   36129
OREF
PAL  Nike Catalog, Track and Field, Spring, 1997, p. 13.
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  There is disclosed a cleat or spike receptacle for an athletic shoe,
      particularly for a track shoe. The cleat receptacle comprises a cylinder,
      an integral annular plate, and ribs which extend upward from the annular
      plate and define openings through which the plastic spike plate material
      flows during formation of the outsole spike plate. The annular plate has a
      plurality of slots through which the plastic material also flows during
      the spike plate formation. The holes and slots of the three-dimensional
      shape cleat receptacle, through which the plastic spike plate material
      flows, provide an additional bond of the cleat receptacle to the outsole
      spike plate. In addition, more plastic spike plate material is below the
      annular plate of the cleat receptacle resulting in greater holding
      strength for the attached spikes. Either a detachable cleat, or an
      integrally formed cleat, is carried by the cylinder of the cleat
      receptacle.
PATN
WKU  059877855
SRC  9
APN  1886185
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19981109
TTL  Reactive controlled mechanism for a snow-plow
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Novosad; Christopher J.
NDR  11
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Aguado; Aleck P.
CTY  Slinger
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Hadler; Howard D.
CTY  West Bend
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Schultz; Lynn W.
CTY  Campbellsport
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Syburg; James A.
CTY  Oconomowoc
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Weidner; Thomas E.
CTY  Hartford
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Struck; John M.
CTY  Iron Ridge
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Wendorff; Gary
CTY  Hartford
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Leverenz; John H.
CTY  West Bend
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Sno-Way International, Inc.
CTY  Hartford
STA  WI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  675990
APD  19960709
PSC  01
PNO  5832637
RLAP
COD  81
APN  225215
APD  19940408
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  053060
APD  19930426
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   37234
XCL   37466
EDF  6
ICL  E01H  504
FSC   37
FSS  234;196;195;466
UREF
PNO  1678366
ISD  19280700
NAM  Tann
OCL  362418
UREF
PNO  3201878
ISD  19650800
NAM  Markwardt
OCL   37 42
UREF
PNO  3432946
ISD  19690300
NAM  Peitl
OCL   37 42
UREF
PNO  3749180
ISD  19730700
NAM  Coontz
OCL   37236
UREF
PNO  3793752
ISD  19740200
NAM  Snyder
OCL   37234
UREF
PNO  3828449
ISD  19740800
NAM  Miceli
OCL   37283
UREF
PNO  4028820
ISD  19770600
NAM  Simonds, Jr.
OCL   37234
UREF
PNO  4304056
ISD  19811200
NAM  Watson et al.
OCL   37231
UREF
PNO  4439939
ISD  19840400
NAM  Blau
OCL   37236
UREF
PNO  4803606
ISD  19890200
NAM  Rotter
OCL  362419
UREF
PNO  4807375
ISD  19890200
NAM  Irali
OCL   37236
UREF
PNO  4821436
ISD  19890400
NAM  Slocum
OCL   37283
UREF
PNO  4907357
ISD  19900300
NAM  Lilienthal
OCL   37236
UREF
PNO  4999935
ISD  19910300
NAM  Simi et al.
OCL   37236
UREF
PNO  5050321
ISD  19910900
NAM  Evans
OCL   37232
UREF
PNO  5081775
ISD  19920100
NAM  Veilleux
OCL   37236
UREF
PNO  5111603
ISD  19920500
NAM  Knowlton et al.
OCL   37231
UREF
PNO  5125174
ISD  19920600
NAM  Watson et al.
OCL   37235
UREF
PNO  5136795
ISD  19920800
NAM  Rosenberg
OCL   37283
UREF
PNO  5193296
ISD  19930300
NAM  Reilley
OCL   37236
UREF
PNO  5195261
ISD  19930300
NAM  Vachon
OCL   37236
UREF
PNO  5265356
ISD  19931100
NAM  Winter
OCL   37236
UREF
PNO  5285588
ISD  19940200
NAM  Niemela et al.
OCL   37234
UREF
PNO  5353530
ISD  19941000
NAM  Pieper
OCL   37231
UREF
PNO  5361519
ISD  19941100
NAM  Ciula et al.
OCL   37234
UREF
PNO  5428520
ISD  19950600
NAM  Skief
OCL  362418
LREP
FRM  Reinhart, Boerner, Van Deuren, Norris & Rieselbach, s.c.
ABST
PAL  A snow-plow system having four major features: lighting system, a quick and
      easy disconnect/connect system, a reactive controlled pressure mechanism
      for applying a controlled pressure to the bottom edge of the moldboard of
      the plow, and a simple electric control to activate or de-activate the
      reactive controlled pressure mechanism. The present invention may be
      summarized as a snow-plow system that is mounted to a vehicle having a
      mounting frame by an easy connect and disconnect system connecting to the
      A-frame of the snow-plow by use of three mounting pins which hold the
      snow-plow system in place on the mounting frame of the vehicle and thereby
      rigidly connect the system to the vehicle. A light bar or lighting system
      also is rigidly mounted to the A-frame of the snow-plow at the mounting
      pins so that once the position of the lighting system is determined the
      relative position of the lighting system with respect to the vehicle does
      not change. A reactive controlled pressure mechanism that consists of a
      hydraulic control unit is operated by an electric control unit mounted in
      the vehicle. A reactive controlled pressure cylinder is pivotally mounted
      to the bottom of the A-frame and mechanically connected to the moldboard
      of the plow.
PATN
WKU  059877863
SRC  9
APN  1698958
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19981012
TTL  Guide bar mount for a tree harvester
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Pezzuto; Robert
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Gibson; Duane M.
CTY  Milwaukie
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Seigneur; Christopher David
CTY  West Linn
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Blount, Inc.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   37302
XCL  144 341
XCL  144  41
XCL   30387
EDF  6
ICL  A01G 2308
ICL  B23B 5702
FSC   30
FSS  381;386;387
FSC  144
FSS  4.1;24.13;34.1;343
FSC  414
FSS  739
FSC   37
FSS  302
UREF
PNO  2327233
ISD  19430800
NAM  Wolf
UREF
PNO  2838833
ISD  19580600
NAM  Richardson
UREF
PNO  2839096
ISD  19580600
NAM  Cutrone
UREF
PNO  2845967
ISD  19580800
NAM  Hutchinson
UREF
PNO  2888964
ISD  19590600
NAM  Mall
UREF
PNO  2897856
ISD  19590800
NAM  Carlton
UREF
PNO  4315370
ISD  19820200
NAM  Horne
OCL   30386
UREF
PNO  5093998
ISD  19920300
NAM  Seigneur et al.
OCL   30387
UREF
PNO  5709254
ISD  19980100
NAM  Argue
XCL  144  4.1
LREP
FR2  Harrington; Robert L.
ABST
PAL  A guide bar mounting arrangement for a tree harvester. The tail end of the
      guide bar is provided with a center slot and pin receiving slot at each
      side thereof. A sliding block has a center boss and pins permanently or
      removably mounted therein at the sides of the boss and the combination is
      slidably mounted in a fixture or base member fixedly secured to the
      harvester adjacent a drive sprocket. The guide bar is fitted to the
      sliding block center slot receiving a center boss of the sliding block and
      the pin receiving slots engaging the pins of the sliding block. A saw
      chain is entrained around the guide bar and drive sprocket and the sliding
      block moved relative to the sprocket to tension the saw chain. The sliding
      block is forced against the base member to clamp the bar in position.
PATN
WKU  059877871
SRC  9
APN  0217476
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980211
TTL  Ground engaging tool components
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Novosad; Christopher J.
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Mack; Noel Raymond
CTY  Sandton
CNT  ZAX
ASSG
NAM  Wright Equipment Company (Proprietary) Limited
CNT  ZAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   37456
XCL   37195
XCL   37903
XCL  172713
XCL  172753
XCL  1727725
EDF  6
ICL  E02F  928
FSC  172
FSS  713;751;749;753;772;772.5;701.2;701.3;719;1
FSC   37
FSS  456;455;452;453;450;195;446;903
UREF
PNO  1837341
ISD  19311200
NAM  Shaffer
OCL   37456
UREF
PNO  1845677
ISD  19320200
NAM  Mekeel
XCL   37456
UREF
PNO  5233770
ISD  19930800
NAM  Robinson
OCL   37456
UREF
PNO  5782019
ISD  19980700
NAM  Launder et al.
XCL   37456
UREF
PNO  5806215
ISD  19980900
NAM  Matthews
XCL   37456
FREF
PNO  950501
ISD  19740700
CNT  CAX
OCL   37456
FREF
PNO  4306329
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
OCL   37456
LREP
FRM  Jones & Askew
ABST
PAL  An assembly of ground engaging tool components which are attachable to the
      lip of a bucket of an earth moving machine. The assembly includes a
      nosepiece attachable to the lip of the bucket, an adapter attachable to
      the nosepiece, and a tip attachable to the adaptor. The components are
      attachable to one another by spigot and socket arrangements, the relevant
      spigot in each case defining two opposed tapered faces and a pair of side
      faces spacing the tapered faces from one another, at least one of the side
      faces of the spigot defining a groove with opposed side walls which are
      tapered in an opposite sense to the taper on the opposed tapered faces.
      Similarly, the relevant socket in each case has opposed internal tapered
      faces which correspond to the tapered faces on the spigot, and a pair of
      internal side faces spacing the internal tapered faces from one another,
      at least one of the internal side faces including a wedge having opposed
      side walls which are tapered in an opposite sense to the taper on the
      opposed internal tapered faces of the socket and which correspond to the
      taper on the opposed side walls of the groove. Each spigot is arranged to
      fit within a corresponding socket so that the wedge lies within the
      groove, is movable along the length of the groove, and can be wedged
      therein when the two opposed tapered faces on the spigot mate with the two
      opposed internal tapered faces in the socket.
PATN
WKU  059877880
SRC  9
APN  0303313
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980225
TTL  Removable Teflon cover for the sole plate of a fabric pressing iron
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Izaguirre; Ismael
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Doyel; John S.
STR  404 W. 20th St.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ZIP  10011
CLAS
OCL   38 97
EDF  6
ICL  D06F 7538
FSC   38
FSS  97;93;81;69;74;75;79;80
FSC  219
FSS  275;254
FSC  150
FSS  157;165;901
UREF
PNO  2458530
ISD  19490100
NAM  Resnick
UREF
PNO  2743542
ISD  19560500
NAM  Drummond
OCL   38 97
UREF
PNO  2750697
ISD  19560600
NAM  Jacobson
UREF
PNO  2990635
ISD  19610700
NAM  Rodgers
UREF
PNO  3121965
ISD  19640200
NAM  McBride
OCL   38 97
UREF
PNO  3142916
ISD  19640800
NAM  Jacobson
UREF
PNO  3257746
ISD  19660600
NAM  Cohen
UREF
PNO  3404471
ISD  19681000
NAM  Wilsker et al.
UREF
PNO  3407521
ISD  19681000
NAM  English
UREF
PNO  3905138
ISD  19750900
NAM  Abolafia
UREF
PNO  3930325
ISD  19760100
NAM  Schaeffer et al.
UREF
PNO  4209921
ISD  19800700
NAM  Kochauf
UREF
PNO  4642922
ISD  19870200
NAM  Prudenziati
UREF
PNO  4660307
ISD  19870400
NAM  Fay
UREF
PNO  4665637
ISD  19870500
NAM  Kramer
UREF
PNO  4747222
ISD  19880500
NAM  Riba
UREF
PNO  4800661
ISD  19890100
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
UREF
PNO  4856212
ISD  19890800
NAM  Dikoff
UREF
PNO  5164244
ISD  19921100
NAM  Mattesky
UREF
PNO  5165184
ISD  19921100
NAM  Gardaz et al.
UREF
PNO  5165185
ISD  19921100
NAM  Gardaz et al.
UREF
PNO  5664349
ISD  19970900
NAM  White et al.
FREF
PNO  1372591
ISD  19630500
CNT  FRX
OCL   38 97
FREF
PNO  2753372
ISD  19780700
CNT  GBX
OCL   38 97
LREP
FRM  Cooper & Dunham LLP
ABST
PAL  A removable cover of a PTFE or similar material for a fabric pressing iron
      has steam holes punched and stretched to a form spacing the cover from the
      sole plate of the iron and facilitating the efficient delivery of steam
      from the iron to the material being ironed. The cover has a pocket for the
      tip of the iron which is formed by folding over a part of a flat sheet of
      PTFE and bringing the lateral edges of the fold line together and securing
      them by inserting a cotter pin between the flap and underlying PTFE
      material, and has hook-and-loop strips attached to its back to help secure
      the cover to the iron removably and maintain it in place during ironing.
PATN
WKU  059877898
SRC  9
APN  0366978
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980309
TTL  Stitchery stand and frame
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXP  Izaguirre; Ismael
NDR  8
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Lubina; John R.
STR  7 Marjorie Ct.
CTY  Bear
STA  DE
ZIP  19701
CLAS
OCL   381024
XCL   381021
XCL   3810291
EDF  6
ICL  D06C  308
FSC   38
FSS  102.4;102.1;102.21;102.91
FSC  160
FSS  371;372;378;380;381;391;392
UREF
PNO  D276162
ISD  19841000
NAM  Rancourt
UREF
PNO  351667
ISD  18861000
NAM  Squire
UREF
PNO  2447346
ISD  19480800
NAM  Krantz
OCL  160381
UREF
PNO  2884737
ISD  19590500
NAM  Lamme
OCL   38102.21
UREF
PNO  3303936
ISD  19670200
NAM  Barnawell
UREF
PNO  3559316
ISD  19710200
NAM  Galper
OCL   38102.91
UREF
PNO  3938267
ISD  19760200
NAM  Bard
UREF
PNO  3955511
ISD  19760500
NAM  Bak
UREF
PNO  3980026
ISD  19760900
NAM  Thomas
UREF
PNO  4102065
ISD  19780700
NAM  Selden
UREF
PNO  4229890
ISD  19801000
NAM  Dropinski
UREF
PNO  4292748
ISD  19811000
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  4322901
ISD  19820400
NAM  Spitzke
UREF
PNO  4375197
ISD  19830300
NAM  Hinson
XCL   38102.1
UREF
PNO  4539734
ISD  19850900
NAM  Messerschmitt
UREF
PNO  4665638
ISD  19870500
NAM  Morton
UREF
PNO  4769934
ISD  19880900
NAM  Dolce
UREF
PNO  4944105
ISD  19900700
NAM  Schulle
OCL   38102.4
UREF
PNO  4947561
ISD  19900800
NAM  Delacroix et al.
UREF
PNO  5133140
ISD  19920700
NAM  Frey
UREF
PNO  5271171
ISD  19931200
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  5274934
ISD  19940100
NAM  Newman
UREF
PNO  5351424
ISD  19941000
NAM  Schulle et al.
OCL   38102.1
UREF
PNO  5502906
ISD  19960400
NAM  Yamawaki
UREF
PNO  5579595
ISD  19961200
NAM  Dutton
OCL   38102.1
FREF
PNO  482872
ISD  19520400
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2479861
ISD  19811000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  41 39 756
ISD  19930600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  818920
ISD  19810500
CNT  SUX
LREP
FRM  Connolly Dove Lodge & Hutz LLP
ABST
PAL  A stitchery stand and frame assembly includes a stand having spaced posts
      which are connected together at their lower ends by a box assembly into
      which a tongue is slidably mounted. A frame unit connects the upper end of
      the posts. The frame unit includes a working frame wherein the side
      members and spanning members are connected together by being inserted into
      corner connectors. A fabric is mounted in a peripheral groove of the
      working frame. A mounting frame is mounted against the working frame.
PATN
WKU  059877901
SRC  8
APN  917656&
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19970825
TTL  Stitchable domed display
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Green; Brian K.
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Sullivan; Michael J.
CTY  Barrington Hills
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Michael J. Sullivan, Inc.
CTY  Arlington Heights
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   40  15
XCL   40675
XCL   40800
XCL  428 13
EDF  6
ICL  A44C  300
FSC   40
FSS  329;299.01;626;636;661.04;661.11;662;675;800;615
FSC  428
FSS  13
UREF
PNO  4307527
ISD  19811200
NAM  Suzuki
OCL   40661
UREF
PNO  4332074
ISD  19820600
NAM  Auld et al.
OCL   29527.4
UREF
PNO  4386123
ISD  19830500
NAM  Coburn, Jr.
XCL  428 13
UREF
PNO  4481160
ISD  19841100
NAM  Bree
XCL  428 13
UREF
PNO  4556588
ISD  19851200
NAM  Rockwood
OCL  428 13
UREF
PNO  4682433
ISD  19870700
NAM  Stilling
XCL   40675
UREF
PNO  5572741
ISD  19961100
NAM  Bowman
XCL   40626
LREP
FRM  Gilhooly and Crossman
ABST
PAL  A domed stitchable display article having a substrate base formed from a
      laminated plastic and fabric. Printing images are applied to the upper
      surface and are encapsulated by a dome formed from a polyurethane rubber.
      A barrier is applied to the upper surface to alter the surface tension of
      the upper surface and limit outward flow of polyurethane during the
      fabrication portion. The substrate base forms stitchable flange portions.
PATN
WKU  059877910
SRC  8
APN  5376998
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19951027
TTL  Mounting and display device for card-like items
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Cassandra H.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Paine; Leslie
STR  12 Mandela Street
CTY  London SW9 6EL
CNT  GBX
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19930427
APN  9308644
CLAS
OCL   401244
XCL   401242
XCL   40657
XCL   24563
EDF  6
ICL  A47F  700
FSC   40
FSS  641;652;657;658;124.4;124.2
FSC   24
FSS  67.1;30.5;563;67.9
FSC  211
FSS  50;55
UREF
PNO  D138021
ISD  19440600
NAM  Pollak
UREF
PNO  864648
ISD  19070800
NAM  Jaeger
XCL   40778
UREF
PNO  1845843
ISD  19320200
NAM  Hutchings
OCL   40398
UREF
PNO  1888704
ISD  19321100
NAM  Swett
OCL   24DIG.9
UREF
PNO  2513239
ISD  19500600
NAM  Hatchett
XCL   40657
UREF
PNO  2532131
ISD  19501100
NAM  Vogel
UREF
PNO  2639254
ISD  19530500
NAM  Smith
XCL   40705
UREF
PNO  2842882
ISD  19580700
NAM  Greene et al.
XCL   40777
UREF
PNO  2844900
ISD  19580700
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  2935807
ISD  19600500
NAM  Townsend, Jr. et al.
OCL   40777
UREF
PNO  3810324
ISD  19740500
NAM  Hart
UREF
PNO  4319422
ISD  19820300
NAM  Robins
UREF
PNO  5097961
ISD  19920300
NAM  Patino
OCL  211 10
UREF
PNO  5242062
ISD  19930900
NAM  Engravalle
XCL   40124.4
FREF
PNO  367656
ISD  19061100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  27472
ISD  19060000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2129296
ISD  19840500
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB94/00868
PD1  19951027
PD2  19951027
PD3  19940425
PCP  WO94/25949
PCD  19941110
ABST
PAR  A mounting device (10), for use in the display of a generally flat item
      (20), is constituted by sheet material formed with at least one gripping
      portion (14) which is itself formed with at least one gripping slit (12)
      which is non-linear, the sheet material preferably being a resilient
      plastics material formed with a number of the gripping portions (14) each
      of which is formed with a number of the gripping slits (12).
PATN
WKU  059877928
SRC  8
APN  886618&
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19970701
TTL  System for applying continuous advertising in a display device with
      continuous or sequential animation
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Cassandra H.
NDR  16
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Reyes-Paris; Luis Alfonso
STR  Circuito Valle Azul No. 72, Lomas de Valle Escondido
CTY  Atizapan de Zaragoza, 52930 Edo. de Mexico
CNT  MXX
ITX  52930
CLAS
OCL   40472
XCL   40524
EDF  6
ICL  G09F 1112
FSC   40
FSS  572;524
UREF
PNO  1966634
ISD  19340700
NAM  Von Der Lippe-Lipski
OCL   40472
FREF
PNO  538330
ISD  19561000
CNT  ITX
OCL   40472
FREF
PNO  6118885
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
OCL   40472
FREF
PNO  222630
ISD  19241000
CNT  GBX
OCL   40472
FREF
PNO  3014485
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
OCL   40472
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
ABST
PAL  A system for providing continuous promotional space for advertising media,
      with movement and animation, which is represented by optical line units
      having at least a set of continuous webs having on the surface of the
      front part thereof, a plurality of optical lines that upon overlapping one
      next to the other in a parallel manner, form a complete image. The sets of
      continuous webs are moved synchronically in order to form a plurality of
      advertising images that change sequentially as the webs are sequentially
      moved by a driven system provided with an interval-timer device.
PATN
WKU  059877936
SRC  9
APN  0082627
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19980116
TTL  Illuminative display device and electronic apparatus equipped with same
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Silbermann; Joanne
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Ebine; Nobuhito
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970124
APN  9-011470
CLAS
OCL   40580
XCL   40541
XCL  362 29
EDF  6
ICL  G09F 1306
FSC   40
FSS  580;570;541;579;219
FSC  340
FSS  332
FSC  362
FSS  23;29;109
UREF
PNO  3676943
ISD  19720700
NAM  Kidd, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  3861995
ISD  19750100
NAM  Kellogg, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4170663
ISD  19791000
NAM  Hahn et al.
UREF
PNO  4240220
ISD  19801200
NAM  Smith
OCL   40564
UREF
PNO  4466208
ISD  19840800
NAM  Logan, Jr. et al.
XCL   40580
UREF
PNO  4967317
ISD  19901000
NAM  Plumly
XCL   40570
UREF
PNO  4977695
ISD  19901200
NAM  Armbruster
OCL   40541
UREF
PNO  5210967
ISD  19930500
NAM  Brown
OCL   40219
UREF
PNO  5214870
ISD  19930600
NAM  Cohen
XCL   40580
UREF
PNO  5237766
ISD  19930800
NAM  Mikolay
XCL   40580
UREF
PNO  5249104
ISD  19930900
NAM  Mizobe
UREF
PNO  5299109
ISD  19940300
NAM  Grondal
XCL   40570
UREF
PNO  5544019
ISD  19960800
NAM  Tatavoosian et al.
OCL  362 23
UREF
PNO  5544020
ISD  19960800
NAM  Loeber et al.
OCL  362 29
UREF
PNO  5657004
ISD  19970800
NAM  Whittaker et al.
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts Of Japan, vol. 16, No. 532 (P-1448), Oct. 30, 1992, JP
      4-198977 A (Yutaka Takagaki).
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug, LLP.
FR2  Frommer; William S.
ABST
PAL  An illuminative display device for use in an electronic apparatus including
      a cabinet with a metallic color surface and having at least a main
      function and a subsidiary function. The display device comprises a light
      source and a transparent sheet spaced apart therefrom by a predetermined
      distance, wherein a colored layer composed of a thin film and being the
      same or substantially the same in color as the metallic color of the
      cabinet is formed on one side of the transparent sheet opposed to the
      light source, and a backing layer with cutout characters is formed on one
      side of the colored layer opposed to the light source, so as to display
      the characters relative to the subsidiary function. And other display
      characters relative to the main function are shown on the surface of the
      transparent sheet at positions not overlapping with the display characters
      relative to the subsidiary function. The display characters are completely
      invisible when the illuminating light is turned off, whereby the
      appearance of the display device is rendered congruous with the metallic
      or similar color of the surrounding cabinet.
PATN
WKU  059877944
SRC  8
APN  8217920
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19970321
TTL  Sign with replacement insert
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Johnson; Blair M.
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Lavi; Gavriel
CTY  Valencia
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lavi; Susan
CTY  Valencia
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Lavi Industries
CTY  Valencia
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   40611
XCL   40490
XCL   40606
EDF  6
ICL  G09F  702
FSC   40
FSS  611;606;490;575;649;766
UREF
PNO  1571098
ISD  19260100
NAM  Rimke
UREF
PNO  1674264
ISD  19280600
NAM  Prather
UREF
PNO  2844897
ISD  19580700
NAM  Vance
UREF
PNO  3987567
ISD  19761000
NAM  Fritts
XCL   40611
UREF
PNO  4007552
ISD  19770200
NAM  Brooks
UREF
PNO  4081119
ISD  19780300
NAM  Messmore
UREF
PNO  4144664
ISD  19790300
NAM  DeKorte
UREF
PNO  4145828
ISD  19790300
NAM  Hillstrom
UREF
PNO  4282667
ISD  19810800
NAM  Glade
XCL   40611
UREF
PNO  4299043
ISD  19811100
NAM  Lathrop et al.
XCL   40611
UREF
PNO  4322905
ISD  19820400
NAM  Kruse
UREF
PNO  4512095
ISD  19850400
NAM  Seely
UREF
PNO  5088221
ISD  19920200
NAM  Bussiere et al.
XCL   40611
UREF
PNO  5377434
ISD  19950100
NAM  Wilson
OCL   40611
UREF
PNO  5419134
ISD  19950500
NAM  Gibson
OCL   40606
UREF
PNO  5442871
ISD  19950800
NAM  Sarkisian et al.
XCL   40611
FREF
PNO  2416334
ISD  19790800
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2625019
ISD  19890600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  9429836
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  A frame structure that displays media includes a support member, a frame
      housing and at least one interchangeable cartridge insert. The frame
      housing is supported by the support member and has at least one display
      opening for displaying the media. The frame housing also has at least one
      generic guide on the interior of the frame housing. The at least one
      interchangeable cartridge insert is adapted to fit in and be supported by
      the at least one generic guide of the frame housing of the frame
      structure. The interchangeable cartridge insert includes at least one rail
      member and a media support panel. The at least one rail member has rails
      that are adapted to engage with the at least one generic guide of the
      frame structure. The at least one rail member also has media supports for
      supporting the media support panel. The media support panel is selected
      from a plurality of different media display format structures and
      different thicknesses, such as Styrofoam, cardboard, paperboard, black
      board, white board, magnetic boards, an electric powered display media, a
      Styrofoam panel laminated with paper, and the like to display the media.
      In addition, the media supports of the at least one rail member are
      coupled to and support the media support panel in the frame structure. The
      interchangeable cartridge insert can further include at least one clip
      that is coupled to and supported by the at least one rail member to
      support additional media along with the media support panel. The support
      member is a base or a wall mount. The frame housing also includes a door
      that allows the interchangeable cartridge insert to inserted and removed
      from the frame housing of the frame structure.
PATN
WKU  059877952
SRC  8
APN  9485554
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19971010
TTL  Paper slip holding file card
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Cassandra H.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Wilson; Paul A.
STR  1935 Santa Fe
CTY  Del Mar
STA  CA
ZIP  92014
CLAS
OCL   40658
XCL   24562
XCL   24563
XCL   40377
XCL   40373
EDF  6
ICL  A47B 4900
FSC   40
FSS  372;373;377;378;379;652;658;661.08;666
FSC   24
FSS  67.1;545;555;562;563
UREF
PNO  521259
ISD  18940600
NAM  Davis
OCL   24562
UREF
PNO  1399673
ISD  19211200
NAM  Van Amber
OCL   40658
UREF
PNO  5617982
ISD  19970400
NAM  Wilson
OCL  224411
LREP
FRM  Baker & Maxham
ABST
PAL  A file card for a paper slip holder and dispensing unit comprises a
      substantially flat stiff support panel having a generally rectangular
      configuration, a front face, a back face, a top edge and a bottom edge, a
      mounting attachment at the bottom edge for mounting on a support shaft,
      and a coupon clip on the front and back faces, the clip formed of a
      substantially rectangular sheet of semi-rigid material having a fixed end
      and a free end, the fixed end secured to the support panel adjacent an
      edge thereof, the sheet formed with a rounded fold along a transverse line
      forming a long panel and a short panel having a common edge, the short
      panel having the free end, the short panel disposed adjacent the face of
      the support panel, and the free edge of the short panel curved toward the
      face of the support panel.
PATN
WKU  059877960
SRC  9
APN  118587&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980717
TTL  Firearm safety mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Chelliah; Meena
EXP  Jordan; Charles T.
NDR  19
NFG  38
INVT
NAM  Brooks; Frank
CTY  Jupiter
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Saf-T-Lok Corporation
CTY  West Palm Beach
STA  FL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  719473
APD  19960925
PSC  01
PNO  5782029
CLAS
OCL   42 7011
EDF  6
ICL  F41A 1700
FSC   42
FSS  70.11
UREF
PNO  H278
ISD  19870600
NAM  Steiner
OCL   42 77
UREF
PNO  804694
ISD  19051100
NAM  Whiting
OCL   89138
UREF
PNO  849825
ISD  19070400
NAM  Allen
OCL   42 66
UREF
PNO  1070582
ISD  19130800
NAM  Browning
OCL   89148
UREF
PNO  1480759
ISD  19240100
NAM  Hill
OCL   70306
UREF
PNO  1484671
ISD  19240200
NAM  Pomeroy
OCL   89137
UREF
PNO  2436267
ISD  19480200
NAM  Rogers
OCL   42 70
UREF
PNO  2691232
ISD  19541000
NAM  Hoopes
OCL   42 70
UREF
PNO  2803910
ISD  19570800
NAM  Lyle
OCL   42 70
UREF
PNO  2846925
ISD  19580800
NAM  Norman
OCL   89145
UREF
PNO  2945316
ISD  19600700
NAM  Mulno
OCL   42 66
UREF
PNO  2994981
ISD  19610800
NAM  Carrigan
OCL   42 66
UREF
PNO  3018576
ISD  19620100
NAM  Riechers
OCL   42  1
UREF
PNO  3027674
ISD  19620400
NAM  Mahan
OCL   42 66
UREF
PNO  3115765
ISD  19631200
NAM  Fengler
OCL   70315
UREF
PNO  3159080
ISD  19641200
NAM  Freed
OCL   89148
UREF
PNO  3199240
ISD  19650800
NAM  Largen
OCL   42 70
UREF
PNO  3368297
ISD  19680200
NAM  Lentz
OCL   42  1
UREF
PNO  3415000
ISD  19681200
NAM  Koucky
OCL   42 70
UREF
PNO  3462869
ISD  19690800
NAM  Wallace
OCL   42 70
UREF
PNO  3553877
ISD  19710100
NAM  Welch et al.
OCL   42 70
UREF
PNO  3634963
ISD  19720100
NAM  Hermann
OCL   42  1N
UREF
PNO  3673725
ISD  19720700
NAM  Cravener
OCL   42  1R
UREF
PNO  3715826
ISD  19730200
NAM  Seifried
OCL   47 70E
UREF
PNO  3722238
ISD  19730300
NAM  Ring
OCL   70278
UREF
PNO  3724113
ISD  19730400
NAM  Ludwig
OCL   42 70F
UREF
PNO  3735519
ISD  19730500
NAM  Fox
OCL   42 70D
UREF
PNO  3757634
ISD  19730900
NAM  Uria et al.
OCL   89145
UREF
PNO  3768189
ISD  19731000
NAM  Goodrich
OCL   42  1N
UREF
PNO  3879887
ISD  19750400
NAM  Cizeron
OCL   42 42R
UREF
PNO  3939679
ISD  19760200
NAM  Barker et al.
OCL   70277
UREF
PNO  3962809
ISD  19760600
NAM  Lee
OCL   42 66
UREF
PNO  3978603
ISD  19760900
NAM  Murabito
OCL   42 66
UREF
PNO  4003152
ISD  19770100
NAM  Barker et al.
OCL   42 70R
UREF
PNO  4014123
ISD  19770300
NAM  Williams
OCL   42  1LP
UREF
PNO  4031648
ISD  19770600
NAM  Thomas
OCL   42 70A
UREF
PNO  4084341
ISD  19780400
NAM  Cervantes
OCL   42  1Y
UREF
PNO  4091556
ISD  19780500
NAM  Katsenes
OCL   42 42R
UREF
PNO  4091557
ISD  19780500
NAM  Murabito
OCL   42 66
UREF
PNO  4142388
ISD  19790300
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL   70316
UREF
PNO  4291481
ISD  19810900
NAM  Hillberg
OCL   42 70A
UREF
PNO  4302898
ISD  19811200
NAM  LaRue
OCL   42  1LP
UREF
PNO  4306487
ISD  19811200
NAM  Beretta
OCL   89148
UREF
PNO  4384420
ISD  19830500
NAM  Von Muller
OCL   42  1LP
UREF
PNO  4457091
ISD  19840700
NAM  Wallerstein
OCL   42  1LP
UREF
PNO  4461108
ISD  19840700
NAM  Von Muller
OCL   42  1LP
UREF
PNO  4479320
ISD  19841000
NAM  Fix
OCL   42  1LP
UREF
PNO  4488370
ISD  19841200
NAM  Lemelson
OCL   42 70R
UREF
PNO  4499681
ISD  19850200
NAM  Bako et al.
OCL   42  1Y
UREF
PNO  4532729
ISD  19850800
NAM  Von Muller
OCL   42  1LP
UREF
PNO  4641449
ISD  19870200
NAM  Kapland
OCL   42 65
UREF
PNO  4682435
ISD  19870700
NAM  Heltzel
OCL   42 70.01
UREF
PNO  4763431
ISD  19880800
NAM  Allan et al.
OCL   42 70.11
UREF
PNO  4768302
ISD  19880900
NAM  Beretta
OCL   42 70.08
UREF
PNO  4769936
ISD  19880900
NAM  Miller
OCL   42 66
UREF
PNO  4787224
ISD  19881100
NAM  Mesa
OCL   70313
UREF
PNO  4791747
ISD  19881200
NAM  Pastor
OCL   42 66
UREF
PNO  4802298
ISD  19890200
NAM  Baugus
OCL   42 70.11
UREF
PNO  4827649
ISD  19890500
NAM  Sheehan
OCL   42 70.11
UREF
PNO  4845870
ISD  19890700
NAM  Vernon
OCL   42 70.08
UREF
PNO  4854065
ISD  19890800
NAM  French
OCL   42 65
UREF
PNO  4987693
ISD  19910100
NAM  Brooks
OCL   42 70.11
UREF
PNO  5081779
ISD  19920100
NAM  Pack
OCL   42 70.11
UREF
PNO  5088222
ISD  19920200
NAM  Larson
OCL   42 70.04
UREF
PNO  5090148
ISD  19920200
NAM  Brooks
OCL   42 70.11
UREF
PNO  5140766
ISD  19920800
NAM  Brooks
OCL   42 70.11
UREF
PNO  5229532
ISD  19930700
NAM  Brooks
OCL   42 70.11
UREF
PNO  5291763
ISD  19940300
NAM  Cuisinot
OCL   70201
UREF
PNO  5335521
ISD  19940800
NAM  Brooks
OCL   70298
UREF
PNO  5408777
ISD  19950400
NAM  Brooks
OCL   42 70.11
UREF
PNO  5457907
ISD  19951000
NAM  Brooks
OCL   42 70.11
UREF
PNO  5467550
ISD  19951100
NAM  Mumbleau
OCL   42 70.11
OREF
PAL  Shooting Times, Apr. 1973, "Is Your Safety Really Safe?" pp. 40-43 and 78.
PAL  Beretta dal 1526, Series 81, Instructions for operation, Sep. 1986.
PAL  Smith & Wesson, Revolvers, Safety and Instruction Manual, Apr. 1987.
PAL  Smith & Wesson, Semiautomatic Centerfire Pistols, Safety, Instruction and
      Parts Manual, Jun. 1988.
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady LLP
ABST
PAL  A firearm safety mechanism having a self-contained locking mechanism
      incorporated into the magazine of a semi-automatic pistol which inhibits
      use of the firearm when a locking mechanism disarms the firing mechanism
      as well as locking the magazine in position so as to prevent unauthorized
      replacement. The firearm can be locked against unauthorized use and
      unlocked by an authorized user without resort to external accessories.
PATN
WKU  059877979
SRC  9
APN  1484125
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980904
TTL  Firearm with interchangeable barrels
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Howell; Jeffrey
EXP  Jordan; Charles T.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Dustin; John
STR  29 Pinehurst La.
CTY  Half Moon Bay
STA  CA
ZIP  94019
CLAS
OCL   42 7502
EDF  6
ICL  F41A 2100
FSC   42
FSS  75.02;77
UREF
PNO  1517328
ISD  19241200
NAM  Weiss
OCL   42 77
UREF
PNO  2795881
ISD  19570600
NAM  Bellows
OCL   42 75
UREF
PNO  3138889
ISD  19640600
NAM  Groover
OCL   42 77
UREF
PNO  3731418
ISD  19730500
NAM  Birkenhagen et al.
OCL   42 75B
UREF
PNO  3805434
ISD  19740400
NAM  Sudano
OCL   42 77
UREF
PNO  3842527
ISD  19741000
NAM  Low
OCL   42 75B
UREF
PNO  3877167
ISD  19750400
NAM  Keppeler
OCL   42 75B
UREF
PNO  4288938
ISD  19810900
NAM  Kahn
OCL   42 59
UREF
PNO  4297801
ISD  19811100
NAM  Kahn
OCL   42 59
UREF
PNO  4674217
ISD  19870600
NAM  Matievich
OCL   42 76.01
UREF
PNO  5020260
ISD  19910600
NAM  Houghton
OCL   42 75.02
UREF
PNO  5410834
ISD  19950500
NAM  Benton et al.
OCL   42 75.02
LREP
FR2  Hetherington; Michael
ABST
PAL  We disclose a new switch-barrel system for firearms, particularly
      centerfire rifles, which permits the ready exchangeability of barrels upon
      a single action/stock assembly. Barrels may be quickly and easily
      exchanged under field conditions using a minimum of simple, lightweight
      equipment, without removing the action from the stock. Barrels of many
      different weights and calibers may be used on a single firearm, leading to
      great versatility. Barrels are free-floating in a manner similar to most
      benchrest rifles, ensuring uniform barrel harmonics upon firing. The
      system relies on a secondary set of fine-pitched threads and a locking
      ring to effect the securing of the barrel to the action, which acts to
      repeatably draw all barrels into invariable coaxial alignment with the
      action, thus insuring a return to essentially the same point of impact.
      The system is adaptable to a broad range of existing firearms, and does
      not require a proprietary action. It does not significantly alter the
      lines of fine sporting arms, and adds only a minimum of bulk. It does not
      require hardened setscrews or other securing devices which can easily mar
      barrel steel. It permits firearms to be broken down for transport in more
      compact containers, and is self-correcting for wear in the securing and
      headspacing relationships.
PATN
WKU  059877987
SRC  9
APN  0135909
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980126
TTL  Bolt assembly for electronic firearm
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Buckley; Denise
EXP  Jordan; Charles T.
NDR  6
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Ronkainen; James W.
CTY  Hodgenville
STA  KY
ASSG
NAM  Remington Arms Company, Inc.
CTY  Madison
STA  NC
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  713676
APD  19960917
RLAP
COD  82
APN  680490
APD  19960715
CLAS
OCL   42 84
XCL   42 16
EDF  6
ICL  F41A 1900
FSC   42
FSS  84;16;17
FSC   89
FSS  28.05
UREF
PNO  337872
ISD  18860300
NAM  Russell
OCL   42 84
UREF
PNO  1349675
ISD  19200800
NAM  Johnson
OCL   42 16
UREF
PNO  2957391
ISD  19601000
NAM  Lovercheck
OCL   89 28.05
UREF
PNO  3208181
ISD  19650900
NAM  Calhoun et al.
OCL   42 84
UREF
PNO  3255547
ISD  19660600
NAM  Gregory, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3299812
ISD  19670100
NAM  Suh et al.
OCL   42 84
UREF
PNO  3613282
ISD  19711000
NAM  Ramsay
UREF
PNO  3650174
ISD  19720300
NAM  Nelsen
LREP
FRM  Huntley & Associates
ABST
PAL  Bolt mechanism for an electronic firearm adapted to eliminate rearward
      axial motion of the bolt plug with respect to the bolt body on closing the
      bolt assembly.
PATN
WKU  059877995
SRC  9
APN  0413887
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980312
TTL  Primitive weapon muzzle loader/unloader device
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Buckley; Denise J
EXP  Jordan; Charles T.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Dedeaux; Tina M.
STR  240 Ridge Rd.
CTY  Perkinston
STA  MS
ZIP  39573
INVT
NAM  Dedeaux; Edward W.
STR  240 Ridge Rd.
CTY  Perkinston
STA  MS
ZIP  39573
CLAS
OCL   42 90
EDF  6
ICL  F41A 1522
FSC   42
FSS  90
FSC    7
FSS  170
UREF
PNO  17233
ISD  18570500
NAM  Read
OCL   42 90
UREF
PNO  921569
ISD  19090500
NAM  Harrelson
OCL   42 90
UREF
PNO  4407086
ISD  19831000
NAM  Hasselmann
OCL   42 90
UREF
PNO  4476598
ISD  19841000
NAM  Beauregard
OCL    7170
UREF
PNO  4536983
ISD  19850800
NAM  Fry
OCL   42 90
UREF
PNO  4813169
ISD  19890300
NAM  Calliebe
OCL   42 90
UREF
PNO  4817321
ISD  19890400
NAM  Clement
OCL   42 90
UREF
PNO  4843747
ISD  19890700
NAM  Echeberria
OCL   42 90
UREF
PNO  4875303
ISD  19891000
NAM  DeWeert et al.
OCL   42 90
UREF
PNO  4974357
ISD  19901200
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL   42 90
UREF
PNO  5097615
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kearns
OCL   42 90
UREF
PNO  5127179
ISD  19920700
NAM  Marsh
OCL   42 90
UREF
PNO  5225614
ISD  19930700
NAM  Harchar
OCL   42 90
FREF
PNO  282438
ISD  19880900
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A muzzle-loading firearm loader/unloader device for inserting or extracting
      a specially designed bullet into or from the firearm's barrel. The device
      utilizes a spring mechanism, activated by a plunger handle, to selectively
      capture or release the specially designed bullet. The device permits a
      user to remove the bullet from the firearm without firing or marring the
      bullet. The device also permits a user to insert the bullet to a proper
      depth within the barrel.
PATN
WKU  059878002
SRC  9
APN  0460281
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980323
TTL  Scented trail making device
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  French, III; Fredrick T.
EXP  Carone; Michael J.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Regan; Michael
STR  6763 Minnick Rd., Lock 77
CTY  Lockport
STA  NY
ZIP  14094
CLAS
OCL   43  1
EDF  6
ICL  A01M 2700
FSC   43
FSS  1
UREF
PNO  D351934
ISD  19941100
NAM  Devoe
OCL  D 2946
UREF
PNO  3046192
ISD  19620700
NAM  Bilyeu
OCL   43  1
UREF
PNO  4186502
ISD  19800200
NAM  Foster
OCL   36136
UREF
PNO  4302899
ISD  19811200
NAM  DeHart
OCL   43  1
UREF
PNO  4402560
ISD  19830900
NAM  Swainback
OCL  339175
UREF
PNO  4682715
ISD  19870700
NAM  Reeves
OCL  222175
UREF
PNO  4691466
ISD  19870900
NAM  Lamb
OCL   43 43.13
UREF
PNO  4722477
ISD  19880200
NAM  Floyd
OCL  239 36
UREF
PNO  4735010
ISD  19880400
NAM  Grinarml
OCL   43  1
UREF
PNO  5060411
ISD  19911000
NAM  Uhlman
OCL   43  1
UREF
PNO  5074439
ISD  19911200
NAM  Wilcox
OCL  222175
UREF
PNO  5111981
ISD  19920500
NAM  Allen
OCL  224202
UREF
PNO  5148949
ISD  19920900
NAM  Luca
OCL  222175
UREF
PNO  5161646
ISD  19921100
NAM  Aurich et al.
OCL  222187
UREF
PNO  5327667
ISD  19940700
NAM  Fore
OCL   43 14
UREF
PNO  5461814
ISD  19951000
NAM  Reid et al.
OCL   43  1
UREF
PNO  5465521
ISD  19951100
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL   43  1
UREF
PNO  5655693
ISD  19970800
NAM  Engelman et al.
OCL  223119
UREF
PNO  5664712
ISD  19970900
NAM  Smrt
OCL  224250
UREF
PNO  5672342
ISD  19970900
NAM  Bell
OCL  417 84
UREF
PNO  5761843
ISD  19980600
NAM  Lynch et al.
OCL   43  4.5
FREF
PNO  603037
ISD  19780800
CNT  CHX
OCL   43  1
ABST
PAL  A scented trail making device including a spring-biased alligator clamp. A
      length of rope is secured to the alligator clamp. A retention portion is
      secured to the length of rope. A piece of cloth is slidably disposed
      within the retention portion. A scented liquid soaks the piece of cloth.
      The clamp is secured to a pant leg of a hunter whereby the soaked piece of
      cloth will drag along a ground area to leave a scented trail that will
      attract deer to a hunting site.
PATN
WKU  059878010
SRC  9
APN  0321737
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980227
TTL  Fishing rod holder tip-up
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Ark; Darren
EXP  Carone; Michael J.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Anderson; Arne Ray
STR  412 7.sub.th  St.
CTY  Watertown
STA  SD
ZIP  57201
CLAS
OCL   43 17
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 9712
FSC   43
FSS  15-17;21.2
UREF
PNO  2650052
ISD  19530800
NAM  Bintz
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  2684509
ISD  19540700
NAM  Couturier
OCL   43 17
UREF
PNO  2773326
ISD  19561200
NAM  Calvert
OCL   43 16
UREF
PNO  2828096
ISD  19580300
NAM  Beri
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  3060616
ISD  19621000
NAM  Woodley
OCL   43 17
UREF
PNO  3115722
ISD  19631200
NAM  Mann
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  3824730
ISD  19740700
NAM  Johnson
OCL   43 17
UREF
PNO  4043070
ISD  19770800
NAM  Lamothe
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  4159816
ISD  19790700
NAM  Miyamae
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  4161839
ISD  19790700
NAM  Ward
OCL   43 17
UREF
PNO  4373287
ISD  19830200
NAM  Grahl
OCL   43 17
UREF
PNO  4463511
ISD  19840800
NAM  Copfer
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  4522572
ISD  19850600
NAM  Hahn
OCL   43 16
UREF
PNO  4523403
ISD  19850600
NAM  Ivy et al.
OCL   43 17
UREF
PNO  4805336
ISD  19890200
NAM  Heyerman
OCL   43 17
UREF
PNO  4837965
ISD  19890600
NAM  True
OCL   43 17
UREF
PNO  5050333
ISD  19910900
NAM  Debreczeni
OCL   43 17
UREF
PNO  5228227
ISD  19930700
NAM  Hodgson, Sr.
OCL   43 15
UREF
PNO  5349775
ISD  19940900
NAM  Mondares
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  5873191
ISD  19990200
NAM  Bova et al.
OCL   43 15
UREF
PNO  5890312
ISD  19990400
NAM  Ball
OCL   43 16
LREP
FR2  Harr; Curtis
ABST
PAL  A folding frame apparatus is provided that contains a removable and
      pivoting rod clamp employed to hold a ice fishing jig rod in the desired
      position, and is designed in a manner that it can be used with almost all
      of the ice fishing jig rods on the market today. The frame of the present
      invention is constructed in a manner that all joints are pivotal by the
      use of a wing nut assembly, which allows the frame to be opened or closed
      as desired by the user. The present invention is also equipped with a
      signal flag assembly which, when a fish takes the bait, causes the flag to
      move to an upright position and alerts the fisherman to the presence of a
      fish.
PATN
WKU  059878029
SRC  9
APN  1851357
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19981103
TTL  Fishing lure illuminator
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  10
EXP  Lavinder; Jack W.
NDR  1
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Caprio; Susan M.
STR  4021 NE. 27th Ter.
CTY  Lighthouse Point
STA  FL
ZIP  33064
CLAS
OCL   43 175
XCL   43 176
XCL   43 4312
XCL   43 4315
XCL   43 4483
XCL   43 175
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 8501
FSC   43
FSS  17.5;17.6;44.83;42.04;43.1;44.84;44.85;43.15;43.12;4.5
UREF
PNO  2768468
ISD  19561000
NAM  Kibler
UREF
PNO  3218751
ISD  19651100
NAM  Walker
UREF
PNO  3824731
ISD  19740700
NAM  Sandschaper
OCL   43 17.5
UREF
PNO  4617751
ISD  19861000
NAM  Johansson
OCL   43 17.5
UREF
PNO  4621447
ISD  19861100
NAM  Rhodes
OCL   43 17.5
UREF
PNO  4672765
ISD  19870600
NAM  Lutz
OCL   43 17.5
UREF
PNO  5063700
ISD  19911100
NAM  Kiefer
OCL   43 17.6
UREF
PNO  5122306
ISD  19920600
NAM  Van Moer
OCL  252700
UREF
PNO  5175950
ISD  19930100
NAM  Linder
OCL   43 17.1
UREF
PNO  5175951
ISD  19930100
NAM  Fruchey
OCL   43 17.6
UREF
PNO  5195266
ISD  19930300
NAM  Troescher
OCL   43 17.6
UREF
PNO  5299107
ISD  19940300
NAM  Ratcliffe et al.
OCL   43 17.6
UREF
PNO  5758450
ISD  19980600
NAM  Young
OCL   43 17.6
OREF
PAL  Product Card "Arc Minnow" By Yo-Zuri, Tachibana Takeo, Saga 843 Japan.
LREP
FR2  Blum; Alvin S.
ABST
PAL  A method of illuminating a fishing lure employs an illuminator that
      connects to a fishing line at a leading end and a fishing lure or bait at
      a trailing end. The illuminator has a light emitting diode (LED) or laser
      contained within a body having a battery. The light emitter emits a light
      beam out past the trailing end that illuminates the lure when tension is
      applied to the leading end such as by trolling, retrieving or drifting.
      The light beam subtends a narrow solid angle so that the battery energy is
      only used to illuminate the lure.
PATN
WKU  059878037
SRC  8
APN  7667787
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19961213
TTL  Fishing rod holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Ojini; Anthony
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  White; Charles W.
STR  Rt. 2, Box 253-B
CTY  Delmar
STA  DE
ZIP  19940
CLAS
OCL   43 212
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 9710
FSC   43
FSS  21.2
FSC  248
FSS  512;513;534;538
UREF
PNO  2033007
ISD  19360300
NAM  Raithel
OCL  248 42
UREF
PNO  3063668
ISD  19621100
NAM  Yohe
OCL  248279
UREF
PNO  3259346
ISD  19660700
NAM  Rogers
OCL  248 42
UREF
PNO  3671001
ISD  19720600
NAM  Hall, Sr.
OCL  248 43
UREF
PNO  3802112
ISD  19740400
NAM  Banner
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  3964706
ISD  19760600
NAM  Adams
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  4157804
ISD  19790600
NAM  Byford
OCL  248512
UREF
PNO  4485579
ISD  19841200
NAM  Hawie
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  4793086
ISD  19881200
NAM  Cup
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  4836127
ISD  19890600
NAM  Willie
XCL  248538
UREF
PNO  4871099
ISD  19891000
NAM  Bogar, Jr.
OCL  224 42.45R
UREF
PNO  4948083
ISD  19900800
NAM  McNaney, Jr. et al.
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  5533295
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hochberger
OCL   43 21.2
LREP
FRM  Roylance, Abrams, Berdo & Goodman, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A rod holder has a platform with upper and lower planar surfaces, and a
      support. The support has an upper portion and a lower portion, with the
      lower portion being rigidly connected to the lower surface of the
      platform. The lower portion of the support is adapted to be connected to a
      boat. A first rod receiving member has a first upper end and a first lower
      end, and a second receiving member has a second upper end and a second
      lower end. The first and second lower ends are coupled to the upper
      surface of the platform to pivot the first and second rod receiving
      members about first and second pivot axes, respectively, while prohibiting
      the first and second rod receiving members from moving relative to the
      platform in a direction that is parallel to the first and second pivot
      axes. The first and second pivot axes are perpendicular to the upper
      surface.
PATN
WKU  059878045
SRC  8
APN  9944877
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19971219
TTL  Multiple fishing rod holder and fishing rod cradle
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Lavinder; Jack W.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Shearer; Joseph
STR  P.O. Box 79
CTY  Lancaster
STA  KY
ZIP  40444
INVT
NAM  Sweetser; Charles
STR  206 Wildwood La.
CTY  Wilmore
STA  KY
ZIP  40390
CLAS
OCL   43 212
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 9710
FSC   43
FSS  21.2
FSC  248
FSS  512;511;513;534;538
UREF
PNO  2137645
ISD  19381100
NAM  Doench
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  4645167
ISD  19870200
NAM  Hardwick
UREF
PNO  4877165
ISD  19891000
NAM  Behrle
UREF
PNO  5014458
ISD  19910500
NAM  Wagner
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  5237769
ISD  19930800
NAM  Navarro
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  5295321
ISD  19940300
NAM  Matura
UREF
PNO  5325620
ISD  19940700
NAM  Reed et al.
UREF
PNO  5341589
ISD  19940800
NAM  Gutierrez
UREF
PNO  5557877
ISD  19960900
NAM  Colson
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  5564670
ISD  19961000
NAM  Dysarz
FREF
PNO  774634
ISD  19570500
CNT  GBX
OCL   43 21.2
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A holder for multiple fishing rods pivotally attached to the support column
      of a swivel mounted boat chair, with cradles for each rod capable of
      independent angular adjustment. The rod cradles are mounted to an arcuate
      mounting member which allows the rods to be regularly spaced yet remain
      equidistant from the user. A vertically adjustable arm is secured
      perpendicularly to the support column of a chair using a collar and hand
      operated threaded fastener. Releasably attached the other end of the arm
      is a laterally disposed arcuate support member, supporting a plurality of
      fishing rod holders. A unitary fishing rod cradle made up of parallel
      horizontal side rails, a U-shaped rod receiver, a loop rod stabilizer, and
      an arcuate pivot support slot for pivotal attachment to the arcuate
      support member.
PATN
WKU  059878053
SRC  9
APN  0325937
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980227
TTL  Rising fishing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXA  Palo; Francis T.
EXP  Poon; Peter M.
NDR  4
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Laney; Scot H.
STR  3545 NW. 123.sup.rd  Pl.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
ZIP  97229
CLAS
OCL   43 4213
XCL   43 4237
XCL   43 4313
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 9500
FSC   43
FSS  42.13;42.37
UREF
PNO  D153798
ISD  19490500
NAM  Hinkson
UREF
PNO  D327939
ISD  19920700
NAM  Stecher
UREF
PNO  D375539
ISD  19961100
NAM  Chu
UREF
PNO  D388496
ISD  19971200
NAM  Reiger
UREF
PNO  1644151
ISD  19271000
NAM  Rodgers
UREF
PNO  1801940
ISD  19310400
NAM  Stanley
UREF
PNO  1963380
ISD  19340600
NAM  Peters et al.
UREF
PNO  2241767
ISD  19410500
NAM  Cullerton
UREF
PNO  2295765
ISD  19420900
NAM  Weber
UREF
PNO  2567180
ISD  19510900
NAM  Bunkowski
UREF
PNO  2605577
ISD  19520800
NAM  Waugler
UREF
PNO  2788605
ISD  19570400
NAM  Rediess et al.
UREF
PNO  2986838
ISD  19610600
NAM  Smyser
UREF
PNO  4138792
ISD  19790200
NAM  Hill
UREF
PNO  4141171
ISD  19790200
NAM  Muddiman
UREF
PNO  4164826
ISD  19790800
NAM  Metzler et al.
UREF
PNO  4177597
ISD  19791200
NAM  Thomassin
UREF
PNO  4201008
ISD  19800500
NAM  Sparkman
UREF
PNO  4253263
ISD  19810300
NAM  Franklin et al.
UREF
PNO  4750291
ISD  19880600
NAM  Chilton
UREF
PNO  4783928
ISD  19881100
NAM  Weaver
UREF
PNO  4793089
ISD  19881200
NAM  Long et al.
UREF
PNO  4796378
ISD  19890100
NAM  Krueger et al.
UREF
PNO  4827660
ISD  19890500
NAM  Dudeck
UREF
PNO  4837966
ISD  19890600
NAM  Bethel
UREF
PNO  4845883
ISD  19890700
NAM  Langer
UREF
PNO  4862629
ISD  19890900
NAM  Ryan
UREF
PNO  4891901
ISD  19900100
NAM  Baker, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4916854
ISD  19900400
NAM  Martin
UREF
PNO  4932153
ISD  19900600
NAM  Paluzzi
UREF
PNO  4947574
ISD  19900800
NAM  Tapley
UREF
PNO  4962610
ISD  19901000
NAM  Bleam et al.
UREF
PNO  4998373
ISD  19910300
NAM  Braswell
UREF
PNO  5007195
ISD  19910400
NAM  Patterson
UREF
PNO  5018297
ISD  19910500
NAM  Kennedy, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5090151
ISD  19920200
NAM  Salminen
UREF
PNO  5094026
ISD  19920300
NAM  Correll et al.
UREF
PNO  5117573
ISD  19920600
NAM  Semler
UREF
PNO  5117574
ISD  19920600
NAM  Perry
UREF
PNO  5133146
ISD  19920700
NAM  Stecher
UREF
PNO  5136801
ISD  19920800
NAM  Pond
UREF
PNO  5182876
ISD  19930200
NAM  Lewis
UREF
PNO  5199209
ISD  19930400
NAM  Cook
UREF
PNO  5216830
ISD  19930600
NAM  Brott, II
UREF
PNO  5251395
ISD  19931000
NAM  Wicklund
UREF
PNO  5271177
ISD  19931200
NAM  Cook
UREF
PNO  5305543
ISD  19940400
NAM  Fore
UREF
PNO  5353540
ISD  19941000
NAM  Ward
UREF
PNO  5428917
ISD  19950700
NAM  Cunningham
UREF
PNO  5465523
ISD  19951100
NAM  Garst
UREF
PNO  5490347
ISD  19960200
NAM  Conley
UREF
PNO  5497581
ISD  19960300
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  5605004
ISD  19970200
NAM  Boullt et al.
UREF
PNO  5625975
ISD  19970500
NAM  Imes
LREP
FRM  Kolisch, Hartwell, Dickinson, McCormack & Heuser
ABST
PAL  A rising fishing device is disclosed that includes a rise-inducing
      structure that includes an elongate body and a pair of wings extending
      from the body to define a wing plane that is disposed at an angle with
      respect to the body to create hydrodynamic lift when drawn through a body
      of water. The device preferably further includes a hook assembly extending
      rearward of the body at a defined angle with respect to the wing plane,
      and a coupling that extends forward of body and is adapted to be joined to
      a length of fishing line. In another embodiment, the invented rising
      fishing device is adapted to be what may be referred to as "buzz bait," in
      that it includes a frame with a first branch that is joined to the
      rise-inducing structure described above and a second branch spaced-apart
      from the first branch on which a spinner or propeller structure is
      rotatably mounted.
PATN
WKU  059878061
SRC  8
APN  9382976
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970926
TTL  Castable fishing bobber
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Swiatek; Robert P.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Spencer; Donald R.
STR  Rte. 1, Box 181
CTY  Grafton
STA  IL
ZIP  62037
CLAS
OCL   43 4311
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 9300
FSC   43
FSS  43.11;44.9;44.94
UREF
PNO  3144729
ISD  19640800
NAM  Jonassen
OCL   43 43.11
UREF
PNO  3425151
ISD  19690200
NAM  Salfer
OCL   43 43.11
UREF
PNO  4406081
ISD  19830900
NAM  Garner
OCL   43 43.11
UREF
PNO  4574515
ISD  19860300
NAM  Garner
OCL   43 43.11
UREF
PNO  4825580
ISD  19890500
NAM  Gray
XCL   43 43.11
LREP
FRM  Polster, Lieder, Woodruff & Lucchesi, L.C.
ABST
PAL  A bobber which facilitates casting of a fishing line with a substantial
      portion of the line extended beyond the bobber, includes a spool around
      which the extended length of line is wound preparatory to a cast, and a
      float which shifts between cocked and release positions on the spool. When
      the float is in the cocked position, the extended portion of line remains
      and is held wound around the spool. When the float moves to the release
      position, the line pays off of the spool. The line is cast with the float
      in its cocked position, but when the bobber strikes the water, the float,
      owing to its buoyancy, shifts to its release position and the extended
      portion of line pays off of the spool, allowing a hook and bait on the end
      of the line to descend to a depth best suited for fishing.
PATN
WKU  059878070
SRC  8
APN  6963420
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19960813
TTL  Fishing line float
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Rowan; Kurt
NDR  1
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Reed; Gerald D.
CTY  Independence
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Rieadco Corp.
CTY  Cameron
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   43 4487
XCL   43 4495
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 9300
FSC   43
FSS  44.87;44.92;44.95
UREF
PNO  1371170
ISD  19210300
NAM  Johnson
OCL   43 44.95
UREF
PNO  2560129
ISD  19510700
NAM  Rhotehamel
OCL   43 44.95
UREF
PNO  2670560
ISD  19540300
NAM  Matras
OCL   43 44.95
UREF
PNO  2842888
ISD  19580700
NAM  Landrum
OCL   43 44.95
UREF
PNO  3060621
ISD  19621000
NAM  Schmidt
OCL   43 44.95
UREF
PNO  3142930
ISD  19640800
NAM  Lambach
OCL   43 44.95
UREF
PNO  3204363
ISD  19650900
NAM  Dunham
OCL   43 44.95
UREF
PNO  3925920
ISD  19751200
NAM  Walker
OCL   43 44.95
UREF
PNO  4426805
ISD  19840100
NAM  Riead
OCL   43 44.95
UREF
PNO  4506471
ISD  19850300
NAM  Riead
OCL   43 44.87
LREP
FRM  Shook, Hardy & Bacon LLP
ABST
PAL  A fishing line float is disclosed. The float may be mounted securely to a
      fixed point along the line or in a manner whereby the float may travel
      along the line. The float includes a buoyant body having a recess therein.
      A line guide head is mounted on the end of a stem extending through the
      recess. A plunger is movably mounted on the stem between the head and
      body. The plunger includes a recessed area for acceptance of the head, the
      plunger spring-biased against the head. The plunger and head include a
      slot and a grove respectively which, when aligned, form an enclosed
      straight-line passage through them for mounting the float in movable
      fashion on a fishing line. The head Includes a notch through which the
      line may extend before wrapping around the head between the head and
      plunger. A tab on the plunger extends partially into the notch to prevent
      the line from pulling from its locked position.
PATN
WKU  059878088
SRC  9
APN  1091514
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980702
TTL  Fish stringer with floating weight indicator
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Lavinder; Jack W.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Coles; Michael
STR  142 N. Chester St.
CTY  Kent
STA  OH
ZIP  44240
CLAS
OCL   43 55
XCL  224103
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 9700
FSC   43
FSS  54.1;55;1;4
FSC  D22
FSS  134;149
FSC  224
FSS  103
UREF
PNO  3561652
ISD  19710200
NAM  Ruter
OCL  224  7
UREF
PNO  4328916
ISD  19820500
NAM  Lucas
OCL  224103
UREF
PNO  5036615
ISD  19910800
NAM  Lu
OCL   43 17.5
UREF
PNO  5048219
ISD  19910900
NAM  Georgescu
OCL   43  4
UREF
PNO  5210525
ISD  19930500
NAM  Lennon
OCL  340604
UREF
PNO  5467908
ISD  19951100
NAM  Cote
OCL  224103
UREF
PNO  5758449
ISD  19980600
NAM  Munsterman
OCL   43 17
UREF
PNO  5761843
ISD  19980600
NAM  Lynch
OCL   43  4.5
UREF
PNO  5829181
ISD  19981100
NAM  Fielder
OCL   43 17
LREP
FRM  Renner, Kenner, Greive, Bobak, Taylor & Weber
ABST
PAL  A fish stringer for use in tournament fishing is provided having a weight
      indicator attached thereto which can be manually adjusted to indicate the
      weight of the fish attached to the stringer. A clip attached through the
      fish's gill and thereby fastens the fish to a suitable cord which attaches
      to a floating weight indicating device. The weight indicating device
      contains a number of disks bearing numbers which may be manually rotated
      to create a display of the weight of the fish. This device floats on the
      surface of the water and thereby allows a fisherman to efficiently locate
      the lightest fish held in his live well.
PATN
WKU  059878096
SRC  8
APN  8949832
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980109
TTL  Device for trapping insects
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  French, III; Fredrick T.
EXP  Rowan; Kurt
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Cheok; Kian Yek
STR  No. 28, Lorong Permata 4/1, Jalan Permata 4, Taman Permata
CTY  70200 Seremban, Negeri Sembilan
CNT  MYX
PRIR
CNT  MYX
APD  19950123
APN  PI 9500149
CLAS
OCL   43107
XCL   43122
EDF  6
ICL  A01M  120
ICL  A01M  110
FSC   43
FSS  113;107;121;122
FSC   47
FSS  69
FSC  119
FSS  248;253;246
UREF
PNO  D248744
ISD  19780800
NAM  Murray
OCL  D11143
UREF
PNO  1103656
ISD  19140700
NAM  Campbell
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  1192334
ISD  19160700
NAM  Martin
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  1209993
ISD  19161200
NAM  Oettinger
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  1606568
ISD  19261100
NAM  Gross
OCL   43107
UREF
PNO  1703022
ISD  19290200
NAM  Weinrich
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  2046430
ISD  19360700
NAM  Rutherford
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  2249601
ISD  19410700
NAM  Chapman
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  2478104
ISD  19490800
NAM  Johnson
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  3581429
ISD  19710600
NAM  Hickman
OCL   43107
UREF
PNO  4608774
ISD  19860900
NAM  Sherman
OCL   43114
UREF
PNO  4738049
ISD  19880400
NAM  Baley
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  4793092
ISD  19881200
NAM  Avittan
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  5048224
ISD  19910900
NAM  Frisch
OCL   43114
UREF
PNO  5231791
ISD  19930800
NAM  Falkson
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  5231792
ISD  19930800
NAM  Warner
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  5253450
ISD  19931000
NAM  Muramatsu
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  5339563
ISD  19940800
NAM  Job
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  5392560
ISD  19950200
NAM  Donahue et al.
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  5406743
ISD  19950400
NAM  McSherry et al.
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  5461822
ISD  19951000
NAM  Green et al.
OCL   43122
UREF
PNO  5557880
ISD  19960900
NAM  Schneidmiller
OCL   43122
FREF
PNO  1580233
ISD  19801100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2230172
ISD  19901000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2258130
ISD  19930200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Samuels, Gauthier & Stevens
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB95/00463
PD1  19980109
PD2  19980109
PD3  19950303
PCP  WO96/22683
PCD  19960801
ABST
PAR  A device traps insects, such as flies, by attracting them to a lure or bait
      placed on a black/dark colored plate supporting the device. The device is
      composed of a base frame (13) with dark light blocking walls (21) raised
      above the plate and a combined hollow pyramid (12) and a cuboidal
      container (15) with light transmitting walls above the base frame (13).
      The device is thus designed to be dark at its bottom part and light at its
      upper part, thus inducing the insects which have entered to fly upwards
      towards the small opening (14) at the apex (9) of the pyramid (12). Those
      flies which fly through the opening (14) are then trapped within the
      container.
PATN
WKU  059878100
SRC  9
APN  1677845
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19981007
TTL  Insect trap
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Lavinder; Jack W.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Nash; Troy L.
STR  3253 Washington Rd., #3
CTY  East Point
STA  GA
ZIP  30344
CLAS
OCL   43107
XCL   43118
XCL   43119
EDF  6
ICL  A01M  120
FSC   43
FSS  124;131;132.1;107;118;119
UREF
PNO  1056535
ISD  19130300
NAM  Grimes
UREF
PNO  1184486
ISD  19160500
NAM  Myers
UREF
PNO  4098977
ISD  19780700
NAM  Foster
OCL   43107
UREF
PNO  4310985
ISD  19820100
NAM  Foster
OCL   43131
UREF
PNO  4856226
ISD  19890800
NAM  Taylor
UREF
PNO  4908978
ISD  19900300
NAM  Zacharias
UREF
PNO  5241779
ISD  19930900
NAM  Lee
UREF
PNO  5323556
ISD  19940600
NAM  Carle
OCL   43139
FREF
PNO  2687287
ISD  19930800
CNT  FRX
OCL   43107
OREF
PAL  Article published in the Sunday Star on Jun. 21, 1959 titled "Bothered by
      Flies? Try Using Noose".
PAL  Article published in Popular Mechanics, p. 99, May 1943. Article is
      directed to spraying a screen containing flies with an insecticide.
LREP
FR2  Tolar; Kenneth L
ABST
PAL  An insect trap includes a substantially cylindrical, hollow base component
      having an open top in communication with an interior chamber and a
      chemical attractant device received therein. Superimposed on the open top
      is a mesh screen that is precoated with an insect eradicating substance. A
      plurality of legs extend from the bottom surface of the base component for
      supporting the base component a predetermined distance above a supporting
      surface. In addition, the interior chamber may be selectively enclosed
      with a transparent, semi-spherical lid member whenever the device is not
      in use. The chemical attractant is released to the surrounding environment
      to attract insects to the insecticide coated mesh screen where they are
      eradicated.
PATN
WKU  059878118
SRC  9
APN  1262459
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980730
TTL  Device for the fixing of bait stations at ground level
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Ark; Darren W.
EXP  Carone; Michael J.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Wiesener; Mark
STR  Hauptstrasse 11a
CTY  D - 16567 Muhlenbeck
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wiesener; Bernd
STR  Hauptstrasse 11a
CTY  D - 16567 Muhlenbeck
CNT  DEX
CLAS
OCL   43131
XCL   43 58
XCL   43 96
EDF  6
ICL  A01M 2500
FSC   43
FSS  58;60;61;96;131
FSC  114
FSS  295;294
FSC   52
FSS  160;162;164
UREF
PNO  631168
ISD  18990800
NAM  Langston
OCL  114295
UREF
PNO  677839
ISD  19010700
NAM  Young
OCL  114294
UREF
PNO  691335
ISD  19020100
NAM  Carlgren
OCL   43 96
UREF
PNO  769083
ISD  19040800
NAM  Hick
OCL   52162
UREF
PNO  789990
ISD  19050500
NAM  Miller
OCL   52162
UREF
PNO  817044
ISD  19060400
NAM  Cissna
OCL   52160
UREF
PNO  836678
ISD  19061100
NAM  Gallagher
OCL   52164
UREF
PNO  915784
ISD  19090300
NAM  Miller
OCL   52162
UREF
PNO  1309036
ISD  19190700
NAM  Knight
OCL   43 96
UREF
PNO  1366282
ISD  19210100
NAM  Ropp
OCL   43 61
UREF
PNO  1368813
ISD  19210200
NAM  Lazenby
OCL   43 96
UREF
PNO  1369750
ISD  19210200
NAM  Lazenby
OCL   43 96
UREF
PNO  1389884
ISD  19210900
NAM  Lazenby
OCL   43 92
UREF
PNO  1454015
ISD  19230500
NAM  Schuetz
OCL   43 96
UREF
PNO  1560451
ISD  19251100
NAM  Weyrick
OCL  114294
UREF
PNO  1731785
ISD  19291000
NAM  Mansell
OCL  114294
UREF
PNO  1819762
ISD  19310800
NAM  Birkenmaier
OCL   52160
UREF
PNO  1877979
ISD  19320900
NAM  Savage
OCL   43131
UREF
PNO  1952963
ISD  19341200
NAM  Post
OCL   52162
UREF
PNO  1960464
ISD  19340500
NAM  Thalheimer
OCL   43131
UREF
PNO  2058751
ISD  19361000
NAM  Woolfrey
OCL   43 96
UREF
PNO  2243886
ISD  19410600
NAM  Scott
OCL   52160
UREF
PNO  2513130
ISD  19500600
NAM  Arnest
OCL   43 96
UREF
PNO  2520233
ISD  19500800
NAM  Buehl
OCL  114294
UREF
PNO  2527629
ISD  19501000
NAM  Free
OCL   43 96
UREF
PNO  2556279
ISD  19510600
NAM  Johnson
OCL  114294
UREF
PNO  2570646
ISD  19511000
NAM  Cole
OCL   52160
UREF
PNO  2644266
ISD  19530700
NAM  Updegrove
OCL  114294
UREF
PNO  2736127
ISD  19560200
NAM  McCann
OCL   43131
UREF
PNO  2918748
ISD  19591200
NAM  Oesch
OCL   43 96
UREF
PNO  2941636
ISD  19600600
NAM  Cordes
OCL   52164
UREF
PNO  3488879
ISD  19700100
NAM  Laughlin
OCL   43131
UREF
PNO  3601941
ISD  19710800
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL   52162
UREF
PNO  3653167
ISD  19720400
NAM  Menard
OCL   52162
UREF
PNO  3772820
ISD  19731100
NAM  Bond
OCL   43131
UREF
PNO  3978607
ISD  19760900
NAM  Piere
OCL   43131
UREF
PNO  4158929
ISD  19790600
NAM  Custard
OCL   43 58
UREF
PNO  4173938
ISD  19791100
NAM  Colin
OCL  114294
UREF
PNO  4208829
ISD  19800600
NAM  Manning
OCL   43131
UREF
PNO  4224892
ISD  19800900
NAM  Sandberg
OCL  114294
UREF
PNO  4226042
ISD  19801000
NAM  Gilbert
OCL   43 96
UREF
PNO  4277907
ISD  19810700
NAM  Ernest
OCL   43131
UREF
PNO  4308683
ISD  19820100
NAM  Lee
OCL   43 96
UREF
PNO  4329805
ISD  19820500
NAM  Novak
OCL   43 96
UREF
PNO  4483093
ISD  19841100
NAM  Isborn
OCL   43 58
UREF
PNO  4633610
ISD  19870100
NAM  Thompson
OCL   43 61
UREF
PNO  4660320
ISD  19870400
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL   43131
UREF
PNO  4708086
ISD  19871100
NAM  Brown, Jr.
OCL  114294
UREF
PNO  4748766
ISD  19880600
NAM  Stimac
OCL   43 69
UREF
PNO  4802301
ISD  19890200
NAM  Isborn et al.
OCL   43 58
UREF
PNO  5038516
ISD  19910800
NAM  Doucette
OCL   43131
UREF
PNO  5272832
ISD  19931200
NAM  Marshall et al.
OCL   43131
UREF
PNO  5446992
ISD  19950900
NAM  Stewart
OCL   43131
UREF
PNO  5743207
ISD  19980400
NAM  Al-Sabah
OCL  114294
UREF
PNO  5775848
ISD  19980700
NAM  Blankinship et al.
OCL   52160
UREF
PNO  5868094
ISD  19990200
NAM  Al-Sabah
OCL  114294
LREP
FRM  Notaro & Michalos P.C.
ABST
PAL  A device fixed to the ground, bait stations such as bait boxes for rats.
      Such bait boxes which are secured against undesired opening are anchored
      flush to the ground in such a manner that the unauthorized moving of the
      bait box is practically excluded. For this purpose at least one movable
      wedge-like ground-anchor, connected to a tension element is driven into
      the ground. The opposite end of the tension element is led through an
      assigned opening at the bottom of the bait box into the bait box. From the
      interior of the bait box, an authorized person can pull the tension
      element to move the ground-anchor into an anchoring position and hold the
      bait box flush with its bottom to the ground, whereby the anchoring of the
      bait box can be removed only after its authorized re-opening.
PATN
WKU  059878126
SRC  8
APN  9395814
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970929
TTL  Plant stand system
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  French, III; Fredrick T.
EXP  Carone; Michael J.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Knell; Roger D.
CTY  Yorkville
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Stem Systems, Inc.
CTY  Yorkville
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   47 39
XCL   47 18
EDF  6
ICL  A47G  700
ICL  A01G  900
FSC   47
FSS  18;33;44;39
FSC  248
FSS  154;185.1;140;598.3
FSC  211
FSS  207;74;181.1
FSC  239
FSS  44
FSC  D11
FSS  144-148
UREF
PNO  D224746
ISD  19720900
NAM  Kyle
OCL  D11  2
UREF
PNO  D225252
ISD  19721100
NAM  Ware
OCL  D11144
UREF
PNO  D307877
ISD  19900500
NAM  White, Jr.
OCL  D11148
UREF
PNO  D324658
ISD  19920300
NAM  Crowley
OCL  D11145
UREF
PNO  1885117
ISD  19321100
NAM  Lemert
OCL   47 39
UREF
PNO  2051241
ISD  19360800
NAM  Biggers
OCL   47 40
UREF
PNO  3015024
ISD  19611200
NAM  Charchan et al.
OCL   47 39
UREF
PNO  3664063
ISD  19720500
NAM  Ware
OCL   47 39
UREF
PNO  3772827
ISD  19731100
NAM  Ware
OCL   47 39
UREF
PNO  3842534
ISD  19741000
NAM  Walters et al.
OCL   47  1.1
UREF
PNO  3978612
ISD  19760900
NAM  Young
OCL   47 40
UREF
PNO  4045911
ISD  19770900
NAM  Ware
OCL   47 39
UREF
PNO  4170844
ISD  19791000
NAM  Steele
OCL   47 62
UREF
PNO  4184415
ISD  19800100
NAM  Nicholson
OCL  211 86
UREF
PNO  4236353
ISD  19801200
NAM  Sorenson
OCL   47 81
UREF
PNO  4244145
ISD  19810100
NAM  Polacsek
OCL   47 17
UREF
PNO  4276720
ISD  19810700
NAM  Lyon
OCL   47 39
UREF
PNO  4513531
ISD  19850400
NAM  Lestraden
OCL   47 39
UREF
PNO  5454187
ISD  19951000
NAM  Wasserman
OCL   47 39
UREF
PNO  5584141
ISD  19961200
NAM  Johnson
XCL   47 39
FREF
PNO  2390897
ISD  19790100
CNT  FRX
OCL   47 39
FREF
PNO  3906121
ISD  19900800
CNT  DEX
OCL   47 39
FREF
PNO  8401089
ISD  19851100
CNT  NLX
OCL   4739 S
FREF
PNO  968489
ISD  19640900
CNT  GBX
OCL   47 39
OREF
PAL  Horticulture, vol. LIV, No. 10, p. 75, two advertisments on top and bottom
      of p. 75, Oct. 1976.
LREP
FR2  Rhoads; Kenneth A.
ABST
PAL  A plant stand system 10 for growing plants from seedlings and for growing
      and storing indoor plants includes a frame assembly 12 having first and
      second T-shaped support assemblies 14, 16, first and second generally
      L-shaped light arms 64, 66, and at least one pair of tray brackets 84
      secured to the T-shaped support assemblies 14, 16. The plant stand system
      10 further includes at least one plant tray 94, and a plurality of
      flexible chain members 96, and at least one light fixture 104 connected to
      the flexible members 96. The light fixture 104 and tray 94 is easily
      adjustable and access to the plant tray 94 is convenient from all sides of
      the plant stand 10 system.
PATN
WKU  059878134
SRC  9
APN  0176133
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980202
TTL  Christmas tree stand
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Palo; Frank
EXP  Carone; Michael J.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Lasko; William E.
CTY  West Chester
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Lasko Holdings Inc.
CTY  West Chester
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   47 405
EDF  6
ICL  A01G  702
FSC   47
FSS  40.5;42;43;47;48.5
FSC  248
FSS  527
UREF
PNO  1931376
ISD  19331000
NAM  Cosner
OCL   47 40.5
UREF
PNO  3137969
ISD  19640600
NAM  Sokol
OCL   47 57.5
UREF
PNO  5669178
ISD  19970900
NAM  Petrovic
OCL   47 40.5
FREF
PNO  90084
ISD  19570800
CNT  NOX
OCL   47 40.5
LREP
FR2  Wobensmith, III; Zachary T.
ABST
PAL  A Christmas tree stand for mounting and displaying a Christmas tree, which
      in one embodiment includes a cylindrical base, a bucket for engagement
      with the trunk of a tree with slots therein, which bucket is carried in
      the base, a top cover on the tree trunk, a reservoir base integral with
      the cylindrical base, a water pan engaged with the base, a water reservoir
      detachably engaged with an extension of the water pan to supply water
      thereto, and hold down latches on the base detachably engaged with the top
      cover to retain the bucket in the base, and for the other embodiment the
      base directly captures and retains the tree trunk without using the
      bucket.
PATN
WKU  059878142
SRC  9
APN  0926132
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980605
TTL  Floral display holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Gellner; Jeffrey L.
EXP  Carone; Michael J.
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Ray; James E.
CTY  Brantford
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Floral Ever Fresh Products Inc.
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   47 4112
EDF  6
ICL  A01G  500
FSC   47
FSS  41.1;41.01;41.12;41.13;79;48.5
UREF
PNO  3127698
ISD  19640400
NAM  Smithers
UREF
PNO  3962825
ISD  19760600
NAM  O'Connell
UREF
PNO  4058929
ISD  19771100
NAM  O'Connell
UREF
PNO  4858381
ISD  19890800
NAM  Walton et al.
UREF
PNO  4884364
ISD  19891200
NAM  Ferris
UREF
PNO  5044118
ISD  19910900
NAM  Ferris
UREF
PNO  5146709
ISD  19920900
NAM  Iseki
UREF
PNO  5315787
ISD  19940500
NAM  Scheicher et al.
OCL   47 79
UREF
PNO  5588253
ISD  19961200
NAM  Broodley et al.
OCL   47 41.12
UREF
PNO  5693380
ISD  19971200
NAM  O'Connell
UREF
PNO  5813605
ISD  19980900
NAM  Chou
XCL   47 48.5
FREF
PNO  2541075
ISD  19840800
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  6225829
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8902952
ISD  19890600
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  3099
ISD  18980000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 240 249
ISD  19910700
CNT  GBX
OCL   47 79
LREP
FR2  Armstrong; R. Craig
ABST
PAL  A floral display holder to be used on a funeral casket has a hollow body
      with an inclining recess for receiving water-absorbing foams, and a manual
      pump to draw water from a lower portion defining a liquid reservoir. The
      floral display holder has U-shaped clips to secure the foams generally
      against an inclined floor surface of the recess. The water drawn with the
      pump is directed onto the foam, thereby replenishing the foam with
      additional water.
PATN
WKU  059878150
SRC  8
APN  7652070
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19970103
TTL  Fixing device for a plant stake
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Downs; Joanne C.
EXP  Carone; Michael J.
NDR  2
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Payr; Hubert
CTY  Ebreichsdorf
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Tomco Handelsges m.b.H.
CTY  Ebreichsdorf
CNT  ATX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ATX
APD  19940705
APN  1324/94
CLAS
OCL   47 70
EDF  6
ICL  A01G  912
FSC   47
FSS  70;65.5
UREF
PNO  4074461
ISD  19780200
NAM  Hirschman
OCL   47 70
UREF
PNO  5263279
ISD  19931100
NAM  Delsanne et al.
OCL   47 70
FREF
PNO  0058738
ISD  19820900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2519513
ISD  19830700
CNT  FRX
OCL   47 70
FREF
PNO  2541076
ISD  19840800
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2585212
ISD  19870100
CNT  FRX
OCL   47 70
FREF
PNO  2678476
ISD  19930100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2323763
ISD  19741100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  408516
ISD  19660900
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  636748
ISD  19830600
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  2274571
ISD  19940800
CNT  GBX
OCL   47 70
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AT95/00142
PD1  19970103
PD2  19970103
PD3  19950704
PCP  WO96/01039
PCD  19960118
ABST
PAR  A fixing device for a plant supporting rod has a holder (6, 13, 20) that
      holds the plant supporting rod (3) inserted into the planting substrate
      (4) at the edge (8) of the plant container (1). In order to safely hold
      the plant supporting rod in all directions, the plant supporting rod (3)
      is supported against the edge (8) of the plant pot (1) approximately at
      the level of the edge (8) of the plant container (1) and in two directions
      that form an angle (.alpha.) with each other.
PATN
WKU  059878169
SRC  9
APN  0325562
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980227
TTL  Gate anchor and system and method of locking a gate
ISD  19991123
NCL  47
ECL  1
EXA  Cohen; Curtis
EXP  Stodola; Daniel P.
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Fischer; Kenneth C.
CTY  Burnt Hills
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Higgins; Kevin E.
CTY  South Glens Falls
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  The Tymetal Corporation
CTY  Schuylerville
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  686119
APD  19960723
PSC  01
PNO  5740629
CLAS
OCL   49  9
XCL  404  6
EDF  6
ICL  E01F 1300
FSC   49
FSS  9;394
FSC  256
FSS  73;13.1;1
FSC  292
FSS  333
FSC  404
FSS  6;9
UREF
PNO  321184
ISD  18850500
NAM  Brady
UREF
PNO  326922
ISD  18850900
NAM  Scherer
UREF
PNO  353481
ISD  18861100
NAM  Copeland
UREF
PNO  507717
ISD  18931000
NAM  Neutascher
UREF
PNO  564388
ISD  18960700
NAM  Merritt
UREF
PNO  1126728
ISD  19150200
NAM  Dillabough
UREF
PNO  1231763
ISD  19170700
NAM  Loprete
UREF
PNO  1692425
ISD  19281100
NAM  Strauss
UREF
PNO  1844767
ISD  19320200
NAM  Kelly
UREF
PNO  2023538
ISD  19351000
NAM  Orr et al.
UREF
PNO  2189974
ISD  19400200
NAM  Buford
UREF
PNO  2373783
ISD  19450400
NAM  Schlifer
UREF
PNO  2602249
ISD  19520700
NAM  Sawyer
UREF
PNO  2746745
ISD  19560500
NAM  Damon
UREF
PNO  3394497
ISD  19680700
NAM  Case
UREF
PNO  3531895
ISD  19701000
NAM  Appell
UREF
PNO  3708192
ISD  19730100
NAM  Klebba et al.
UREF
PNO  3775906
ISD  19731200
NAM  Dougherty
UREF
PNO  3871134
ISD  19750300
NAM  Lening
UREF
PNO  4065878
ISD  19780100
NAM  Tsugane
UREF
PNO  4313281
ISD  19820200
NAM  Richmond
UREF
PNO  4791757
ISD  19881200
NAM  Orlando
UREF
PNO  4818137
ISD  19890400
NAM  Gorlov
UREF
PNO  4844653
ISD  19890700
NAM  Dickinson
UREF
PNO  4916859
ISD  19900400
NAM  Butler
UREF
PNO  5452544
ISD  19950900
NAM  Weathington, Sr.
UREF
PNO  5499517
ISD  19960300
NAM  McCraw
UREF
PNO  5740629
ISD  19980400
NAM  Fischer et al.
OCL   49  9
LREP
FRM  Schmeiser, Olsen & Watts
ABST
PAL  A fortified gate system and locking mechanism which utilizes spring loaded
      locking mechanisms, triggered by the impact of an object such as a
      vehicle, to interlock a gate, a brace, and fortified anchoring devices.
      This interconnected structure forms an energy absorbing, impenetrable
      barrier. Because the gate system functions as a normal gate until an
      instance of attempted crashing entry, it provides reasonable accessibility
      while maintaining a high level of security. The present device also
      includes a gate anchor and locking system which is operable independent of
      the direction in which the gate is impacted.
PATN
WKU  059878177
SRC  9
APN  1352873
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980817
TTL  Revolving door
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Redman; Jerry
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Hein; Christian
CTY  Langenhagen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Dorma GmbH + Co. KG
CTY  Ennepetal
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961216
APN  196 51 948
RLAP
COD  72
APN  PCTEP9707031
APD  19971215
CLAS
OCL   49 40
XCL   49118
EDF  6
ICL  E06B  334
FSC   49
FSS  40;41;42;116;118;123;370
UREF
PNO  4259810
ISD  19810400
NAM  West
XCL   49123
UREF
PNO  4341165
ISD  19820700
NAM  Calandritti et al.
XCL   49 42
UREF
PNO  4785579
ISD  19881100
NAM  Sugiyama et al.
OCL   49 40
UREF
PNO  4991347
ISD  19910200
NAM  Takimoto et al.
OCL   49 40
UREF
PNO  5542211
ISD  19960800
NAM  Colombo
OCL   49 42
FREF
PNO  296134
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
OCL   49 42
FREF
PNO  2309698
ISD  19761100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3928911
ISD  19900300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4308802
ISD  19940900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  196 51 948
ISD  19980400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2052612
ISD  19810100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Nils H. Ljungman & Associates
ABST
PAL  A revolving door has at least one night closing panel that runs concentric
      to at least one barrel-type wall. The night closing panel or panels slide
      or roll on a guide rail which is located on the ceiling structure or on
      attachments to the ceiling structure. The night closing panels can be
      moved with respect to the barrel-type wall by at least one flexible,
      endless tension or motive device. The flexible tension device is located
      in a runner, whereby the two strands of the flexible tension device are
      restrictively guided one above the other in the runner.
PATN
WKU  059878185
SRC  9
APN  1766384
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19981021
TTL  Remotely controlled door locking and opening system
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Redman; Jerry
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Dabideen; Pooran
STR  321 Delaware Ave.
CTY  Ft. Lauderdale
STA  FL
ZIP  33312
CLAS
OCL   49280
XCL  292144
EDF  6
ICL  E05F 1500
FSC   49
FSS  13;25;279;280;300;302
FSC   70
FSS  278.1;256;257
FSC  292
FSS  144
UREF
PNO  4334388
ISD  19820600
NAM  Kambic
OCL   49 13
UREF
PNO  4907429
ISD  19900300
NAM  Davis et al.
UREF
PNO  5083448
ISD  19920100
NAM  Karkkainen et al.
XCL  292144
UREF
PNO  5095654
ISD  19920300
NAM  Eccleston
UREF
PNO  5490698
ISD  19960200
NAM  Dezso
UREF
PNO  5511284
ISD  19960400
NAM  Current
UREF
PNO  5636880
ISD  19970600
NAM  Miller et al
UREF
PNO  5678868
ISD  19971000
NAM  Williams et al.
UREF
PNO  5852944
ISD  19981200
NAM  Gollard et al.
XCL  292144
UREF
PNO  5878530
ISD  19990300
NAM  Eccleston et al.
XCL   49 25
LREP
FR2  Tolar; Kenneth L
ABST
PAL  A wireless, remotely controlled door locking and opening system includes a
      door swingable from a closed position to an open position when a manual
      force is applied to either side thereof. A solenoid controlled deadbolt is
      mounted to the doorjamb for locking the swinging door. A motorized
      toothed-gear wheel mechanism is rotatably coupled to the swinging door for
      rotating the swinging door to an ajar position after the doorjamb mounted
      deadbolt has been retracted from the locked position. The deadbolt
      solenoids and the gear wheel motor are selectively activated with a remote
      control means.
PATN
WKU  059878193
SRC  9
APN  0733563
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980506
TTL  Window regulator having improved crank assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Thompson; Hugh B.
EXP  Stodola; Daniel P.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Smith; Peter J.
CTY  Newmarket
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Atoma International Inc.
CTY  Newmarket
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   49352
XCL   49348
EDF  6
ICL  E05F 1148
FSC   49
FSS  352
FSC  192
FSS  223.2;45
FSC  464
FSS  35;160
UREF
PNO  1997646
ISD  19350400
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  2559960
ISD  19510700
NAM  Houplain
UREF
PNO  2583428
ISD  19520100
NAM  Houplain
OCL  192223.2
UREF
PNO  3243023
ISD  19660300
NAM  Boyden
UREF
PNO  3440892
ISD  19690400
NAM  Eskra
OCL   74 89.18
UREF
PNO  3576240
ISD  19710400
NAM  Nicholson
UREF
PNO  4658546
ISD  19870400
NAM  Moriyama
OCL   49352
UREF
PNO  4944375
ISD  19900700
NAM  Ohta et al.
UREF
PNO  5086586
ISD  19920200
NAM  Hlavaty et al.
XCL   49351
FREF
PNO  0 301 645 A1
ISD  19890200
CNT  EPX
ICL  E05F 1150
FREF
PNO  633 274
ISD  19280100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3442308 A1
ISD  19860500
CNT  DEX
ICL  E05F 1500
OREF
PAL  International Search Report re: PCT/CA98/00420 dated Sep. 24, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  A window regulator assembly comprising a window panel, a track, a slider
      member, a slider moving assembly including a drive assembly and a coupling
      assembly. The track is constructed and arranged to guide the window panel
      during movement of the window panel between opened and closed positions.
      The slider member is constructed and arranged to be movable along the
      track between a first position wherein the window panel assumes the closed
      position and a second position wherein the window panel assumes the open
      position. The slider moving assembly is constructed and arranged to move
      the slider member between the first and second position. The coupling
      assembly of the slider moving assembly is constructed and arranged to
      couple an output movement of the drive assembly to the slider member. The
      drive assembly includes a drivable input structure and a driven output
      structure, which structures are rotatable about a common axis. The
      coupling assembly is connected with the output structure to receive the
      output of the output structure, thereby enabling the coupling assembly to
      couple the output movement of the drive assembly to the slider member. The
      drive assembly includes roller and spring members disposed within a
      housing and constructed and arranged to prevent movement of the output
      structure upon predetermined external force being applied thereto via the
      coupling assembly. The output structure has ramp surfaces each converging
      toward the housing. Each of the ramp surfaces frictionally engages an
      associated one of the rollers, the rollers being biased by the spring
      members in a converging surface direction towards the converging surfaces
      between the ramp surfaces and the housing. The rollers are thus biased
      into wedging relation between the ramp surfaces and the housing. Friction
      between the ramp surfaces and the associated rollers during application of
      the predetermined external force to the output structure urges rolling
      movement of the rollers in the converging surface direction and into
      further wedging relation between the ramp surfaces and the housing.
PATN
WKU  059878207
SRC  8
APN  8662185
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19970530
TTL  Glass holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Thompson; Hugh B.
EXP  Stodola; Daniel P.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Shibanushi; Yoshio
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nifco, Inc.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960607
APN  8-146196
CLAS
OCL   49375
XCL   49358
EDF  6
ICL  B60J  116
FSC   49
FSS  374-376;351;358
FSC   16
FSS  252
UREF
PNO  4575967
ISD  19860300
NAM  Bickerstaff
UREF
PNO  4803756
ISD  19890200
NAM  Hufnagel
OCL   16252
UREF
PNO  4986030
ISD  19910100
NAM  Bertolini et al.
XCL   49375
UREF
PNO  4991351
ISD  19910200
NAM  Bertolini
UREF
PNO  5009461
ISD  19910400
NAM  Smith-Horn et al.
XCL   49502
UREF
PNO  5079798
ISD  19920100
NAM  Burke et al.
OCL   16252
FREF
PNO  54-99215
ISD  19790700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  55-1261
ISD  19800100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  774216
ISD  19570500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  861786
ISD  19610200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1410680
ISD  19751000
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Parkhurst & Wendel, L.L.P
ABST
PAL  A glass holder mounted to a raising/lowering member of a window regulator
      of an automobile and holding a window glass, comprising: a holding member
      which holds the window glass; a mounting member mounted to the
      raising/lowering member; and a connecting structure for connecting the
      holding member to the mounting member such that the holding member is
      rotatable with respect to the mounting member.
PATN
WKU  059878215
SRC  8
APN  9377700
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19970925
TTL  Motor vehicle door
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Wells; Chad D.
EXP  Dayoan; D. Glenn
NDR  6
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Heim; Gunther
CTY  Rodgau
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schutt; Stephan
CTY  Russelsheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hock; Jurgen
CTY  Aschaffenburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Scherbaum; Thomas
CTY  Forchheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Wagon Automotive GmbH
CTY  Waldaschaff
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960925
APN  196 39 280
CLAS
OCL   49502
XCL  2961465
EDF  6
ICL  B60J  504
FSC  296
FSS  146.5;146.6;146.7;146.9
FSC   49
FSS  502;501
UREF
PNO  4151683
ISD  19790500
NAM  Narita et al.
OCL   49502
UREF
PNO  4744173
ISD  19880500
NAM  Mesnel et al.
XCL   49502
UREF
PNO  5050351
ISD  19910900
NAM  Goldbach et al.
UREF
PNO  5275455
ISD  19940100
NAM  Harney et al.
XCL  296146.5
UREF
PNO  5398453
ISD  19950300
NAM  Heim et al.
OCL   49502
UREF
PNO  5446999
ISD  19950900
NAM  Inaba et al.
OCL   49502
UREF
PNO  5855094
ISD  19990100
NAM  Baudisch et al.
OCL   49502
FREF
PNO  0 434 552 B1
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 424 760 A2
ISD  19910500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  690 00 874 T2
ISD  19930600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  0 434 552
ISD  19930200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Venable
FR2  Kunitz; Norman N.
ABST
PAL  A motor vehicle door having a door frame (2; 2') and a covering (3; 3'; 3";
      36) attached to the outer side of the door frame. To accomplish that the
      outer covering (3; 3'; 3"; 36) of the vehicle door can be mounted on the
      door frame (2, 2') easily, quickly and economically and that it can be
      replaced in a simple manner, the covering (3; 3'; 3"; 36) is positioned on
      the door frame via a horizontal sliding movement. For this purpose, the
      door frame (2, 2') is respectively provided with a respective horizontal
      guide rail (9, 13) on its side facing the top and bottom edge region (6,
      11; 11') of the covering (3; 3'; 3"; 36) into which guide rail the
      bent-back portions (8, 12) of the corresponding U-shaped edge regions (6,
      11) of the covering (3; 3'; 3"; 36) are engaged.
PATN
WKU  059878223
SRC  8
APN  9326677
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19970918
TTL  Inflatable tent
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Kangv; Timothy B.
EXP  Friedman; Carl D.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  McNiff; Eric J.
CTY  Gloucester
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Rowen; Christopher G.
CTY  Rockport
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Calabro; Paul
CTY  Eastchester
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Cyrk, Inc.
CTY  Gloucester
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   52  211
XCL   52  213
XCL   52  218
XCL  135125
EDF  6
ICL  E04B  134
FSC   52
FSS  2.11;2.13;2.18;2.22;2.24
FSC  135
FSS  119;125
UREF
PNO  547119
ISD  18951000
NAM  Heaton et al.
UREF
PNO  2819724
ISD  19580100
NAM  Barker
UREF
PNO  2875771
ISD  19590300
NAM  Brewin
OCL   52  2.11
UREF
PNO  3899853
ISD  19750800
NAM  Wertman
UREF
PNO  4000749
ISD  19770100
NAM  Busco
UREF
PNO  4093302
ISD  19780600
NAM  Adams
OCL  296 23
UREF
PNO  4197681
ISD  19800400
NAM  Holcombe
UREF
PNO  4384435
ISD  19830500
NAM  Polise et al.
UREF
PNO  4556391
ISD  19851200
NAM  Tardivel et al.
UREF
PNO  4631873
ISD  19861200
NAM  Parish
UREF
PNO  4766918
ISD  19880800
NAM  Odekirk
UREF
PNO  4876829
ISD  19891000
NAM  Mattick
UREF
PNO  4932169
ISD  19900600
NAM  Charbonneau
UREF
PNO  4959901
ISD  19901000
NAM  Parish
UREF
PNO  4977633
ISD  19901200
NAM  Chaffee
UREF
PNO  5007212
ISD  19910400
NAM  Fritts et al.
UREF
PNO  5205086
ISD  19930400
NAM  Heim
UREF
PNO  5247768
ISD  19930900
NAM  Russo
UREF
PNO  5267363
ISD  19931200
NAM  Chaffee
UREF
PNO  5367726
ISD  19941100
NAM  Chaffee
UREF
PNO  5487400
ISD  19960100
NAM  Dawkins
UREF
PNO  5502927
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hammerton
UREF
PNO  5555679
ISD  19960900
NAM  Scherbac
UREF
PNO  5570544
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hale et al.
UREF
PNO  5615521
ISD  19970400
NAM  Simerka
UREF
PNO  5630296
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kendall, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5761852
ISD  19980600
NAM  Liu
OCL   52  2.18
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
ABST
PAL  An inflatable tent comprises a frame and an optionally removable cover. The
      frame has a single inflatable continuous generally-tubular member. The
      generally-tubular member comprises a base section and an upright section.
      The base section is fixedly attached at one or more connection points to
      the upright section. The upright section comprises a rounded main arch
      having two ends, both of which are fixedly attached to the base section.
      The upright section further comprises at least one rounded supporting arch
      segment having one end attached to the main arch and the other end
      attached to the base section.
PATN
WKU  059878231
SRC  8
APN  6867332
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19960726
TTL  Controlling acoustic and emissivity in sports arenas and concert halls
      in warm climates in air conditioning mode
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Safavi; Michael
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Zarnick; Bernard F.
STR  MBI, 5309 Hamilton Ave.
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
ZIP  44114-3909
RLAP
COD  72
APN  432606
APD  19950501
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   52  6
XCL   52144
EDF  6
ICL  E04B  188
ICL  E04B  900
ICL  E04H  310
FSC   52
FSS  144;6;22;506.06
FSC  181
FSS  210;284;286;291;294;287
UREF
PNO  2527031
ISD  19501000
NAM  Rambusch
OCL  181294
UREF
PNO  3021914
ISD  19620200
NAM  Wilson
OCL  181290
UREF
PNO  3049190
ISD  19620800
NAM  Coffman
OCL  181287
UREF
PNO  3255687
ISD  19660600
NAM  Glaser
OCL  181286
UREF
PNO  3321877
ISD  19670500
NAM  Alexieff
OCL  181284
UREF
PNO  3469354
ISD  19690900
NAM  Meeyze, Jr.
OCL   52  6
UREF
PNO  4137678
ISD  19790200
NAM  Varlonga
OCL   52144
UREF
PNO  4531609
ISD  19850700
NAM  Wolf et al.
OCL  181286
ABST
PAL  An arena includes a performance area and an audience area having a ceiling
      extending thereover. A plurality of first insulating elements having high
      acoustic characteristics and low emissivity are mounted in a portion of
      the ceiling extending over the performance area and a plurality of second
      insulating elements having high acoustical characteristics and high
      emissivity are mounted in a portion of the ceiling extending over the
      audience area.
PATN
WKU  059878240
SRC  9
APN  1910833
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19981112
TTL  Locking manhole cover
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Aubrey; Beth
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Fuller; Frank E.
STR  16224 N. 21st St.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
ZIP  85022
RLAP
COD  74
APN  095514
APD  19980610
CLAS
OCL   52 19
XCL  404 25
EDF  6
ICL  E02D 2914
FSC   52
FSS  19.21
FSC  404
FSS  2;4;24-26
UREF
PNO  3426659
ISD  19690200
NAM  Clarke
UREF
PNO  4101154
ISD  19780700
NAM  Kagstrom
UREF
PNO  4964755
ISD  19901000
NAM  Lewis
OCL  404 25
UREF
PNO  4974992
ISD  19901200
NAM  Harter
UREF
PNO  5052851
ISD  19911000
NAM  Frishauf
UREF
PNO  5082392
ISD  19920100
NAM  Marchese
OCL  404 25
UREF
PNO  5328291
ISD  19940700
NAM  Wisniewski
UREF
PNO  5403116
ISD  19950400
NAM  Brewer
LREP
FR2  Ptak; LaValle D.
ABST
PAL  A locking manhole cover which may be made of lighter weight material than
      conventional iron or steel manhole covers has a cover plate dimensioned to
      fit over a manhole opening. A cylindrical frame is attached to the
      underside of the cover plate and extends downwardly into the hole when the
      cover plate is in place. Diametrically opposed apertures are located in
      the side of the frame; and movable locking members are hingedly attached
      to the frame adjacent the apertures for pivotal movement through the
      apertures from a location within the frame to a location where a portion
      of the locking members engage the sides of the manhole in which the device
      is located. An operator is mounted inside the frame for effecting the
      pivotal movement of the locking members by means of an interacting cam or
      gear arrangement.
PATN
WKU  059878258
SRC  9
APN  0363189
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19980306
TTL  Modular message center
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Kent; Christopher T.
NDR  7
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Rosen; Lawrence I.
CTY  Mendham
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Rose Art Industries, Inc.
CTY  Livingston
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   52 361
XCL   525921
XCL   525922
XCL   525923
XCL   40611
EDF  6
ICL  G09F 1500
FSC   52
FSS  36.1;592.1;592.2;592.3;239
FSC   40
FSS  611;618
FSC  428
FSS  14
UREF
PNO  D268118
ISD  19830300
NAM  Herr
UREF
PNO  D270074
ISD  19830800
NAM  Read
UREF
PNO  D371806
ISD  19960700
NAM  Boone
UREF
PNO  D377948
ISD  19970200
NAM  Pruhs
UREF
PNO  D388459
ISD  19971200
NAM  Jack
UREF
PNO  D390263
ISD  19980200
NAM  Jack
UREF
PNO  4133123
ISD  19790100
NAM  Anderson
UREF
PNO  5295342
ISD  19940300
NAM  Roche
UREF
PNO  5527568
ISD  19960600
NAM  Boone
UREF
PNO  5658635
ISD  19970800
NAM  Davis
LREP
FR2  Friedman; Allen N.
     McCarter & English LLP
ABST
PAL  A modular message center consisting of at least two multifunctional modules
      can be assembled with the modules in at least two different relative
      positions. The modules incorporate a plurality of messaging and
      informational functions, such as cork board, dry-erase, adhesive notes,
      calendar, and magnetic message board. The main module is, preferably,
      square so that the supplemental modules can be attached to either side,
      top or bottom, with equal facility. The modules can be arrayed in
      horizontal, vertical, extended horizontal or extended vertical formats.
      The message center may be, for example, hung on a wall or magnetically
      affixed to a metallic surface, such as a refrigerator. The frame around
      one or more of the modules can be fitted to permit storage of felt tip
      markers or other writing implements along the length of frame member.
PATN
WKU  059878266
SRC  8
APN  947904&
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19971009
TTL  Window assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Phi Dieu
EXP  Kent; Christopher T.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Petta; Gabriel
CTY  Woodbridge
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Alpa Lumber Inc.
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   522045
XCL   52208
XCL   5220453
XCL   5220455
XCL   5220471
EDF  6
ICL  E06B  124
FSC   52
FSS  204.5;208;204.53;204.55;204.591;204.593;204.595;204.62;204.71;213;214
UREF
PNO  2776737
ISD  19570100
NAM  Bianco
OCL   52213
UREF
PNO  3090085
ISD  19630500
NAM  Brown
OCL   52204.591
UREF
PNO  3208564
ISD  19650900
NAM  Sitterly
OCL   52213
UREF
PNO  4604840
ISD  19860800
NAM  Mondon
OCL   52204.593
UREF
PNO  4754592
ISD  19880700
NAM  Moench
OCL   52204.593
UREF
PNO  4809469
ISD  19890300
NAM  Klein
OCL   52213
UREF
PNO  4996814
ISD  19910300
NAM  Guillemet
OCL   52208
UREF
PNO  5555684
ISD  19960900
NAM  Galowitz
OCL   52204.5
UREF
PNO  5687519
ISD  19971100
NAM  Bruchu
OCL   52213
FREF
PNO  2252586
ISD  19920800
CNT  GBX
OCL   52208
FREF
PNO  93/11332
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
OCL   52208
LREP
FRM  Bereskin & Parr
ABST
PAL  A snap fitted dual frame window assembly provides for convenient
      installation of a window in a basement foundation of a residential home.
      An outer frame is used as a form or spacer for the window during pouring
      of a concrete foundation wall and has a sloping recessed wall to
      accommodate an inner vinyl frame. Vinyl frame clips are attached to the
      inside of the outer frame to secure the inner vinyl frame. The inner vinyl
      frame includes a channel section which can be forced over the frame clips
      and then is held, in a snap fit, by the frame clips. One arm of a hinged
      window sash is mounted on the inner frame and the other is mounted on a
      window frame. The inner frame can be easily removed from the outer frame
      and re-installed in different orientations.
PATN
WKU  059878274
SRC  8
APN  6574742
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19960529
TTL  Concrete building construction and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Callo; Laura A.
NDR  5
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Lord; Ray
STR  13291 Collecting Canal Rd.
CTY  Loxahatchee
STA  FL
ZIP  33470
CLAS
OCL   52274
XCL   52271
XCL   52284
XCL   52294
XCL   521251
XCL   52604
XCL   52611
XCL   521254
XCL   52286
XCL   525891
EDF  6
ICL  E04B  104
FSC   52
FSS  611;610;609;608;604;602;599;596;574;250;251;258;274;284;294;293.1;293.2
     ;125.1;125.2;125.3;125.4;236.7;236.8;270;271;286;293.3;589.1;591.4;591.5
     ;598;292;295;592.1;578;79.9;79.14
UREF
PNO  1067792
ISD  19130700
NAM  Baron
XCL   52274
UREF
PNO  1709954
ISD  19290400
NAM  Saltiel
OCL   52583.1
UREF
PNO  3685241
ISD  19720800
NAM  Cooper
XCL   52274
UREF
PNO  3952471
ISD  19760400
NAM  Mooney
XCL   52274
UREF
PNO  4222208
ISD  19800900
NAM  Ferver
OCL   52169.5
UREF
PNO  4277921
ISD  19810700
NAM  Gianfranco
OCL   52 79.4
UREF
PNO  4901491
ISD  19900200
NAM  Phillips
OCL   52274
UREF
PNO  5493838
ISD  19960200
NAM  Ross
OCL   52745.1
UREF
PNO  5761862
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hendershot et al.
XCL   52 79.14
FREF
PNO  759688
ISD  19670500
CNT  CAX
OCL   52274
FREF
PNO  2248848
ISD  19730400
CNT  DEX
OCL   52 79.7
FREF
PNO  2221163
ISD  19731100
CNT  DEX
OCL   52274
FREF
PNO  58-127835
ISD  19830700
CNT  JPX
OCL   52292
FREF
PNO  59-165737
ISD  19840900
CNT  JPX
OCL   52292
FREF
PNO  4-5331
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
OCL   52292
FREF
PNO  5-171655
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
OCL   52294
FREF
PNO  6-173277
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
OCL   52294
FREF
PNO  273612
ISD  19270700
CNT  GBX
OCL   52125.4
FREF
PNO  2079810
ISD  19820100
CNT  GBX
OCL   52 79.13
LREP
FR2  Friedland; Norman
ABST
PAL  In a building construction individual concrete panels are formed utilizing
      a horizontal casting platform to tailor the panels to meet structural and
      aesthetic requirements with each panel having abutting joints that
      interlock. The method of installing the panels to erect the building is to
      prepare the strata including a final layer of mixed sand and stone,
      wetting the surface, erecting the panels in position and temporarily
      bracing them and vibrating the strata, attaching the adjacent panels and
      removing the bracing. The panels are individually molded with a
      interlocking base on a planar horizontal table including the form edges
      that are oriented to define the configuration of the panels.
PATN
WKU  059878282
SRC  8
APN  9892850
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19971212
TTL  Self-adjusting tie down
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Dorsey; Dennis L.
EXP  Friedman; Carl D.
NDR  7
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Hardy; Gary L.
CTY  Ventura
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hardy Industries, Inc.
CTY  Ventura
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   52295
XCL   52698
XCL   522933
EDF  6
ICL  E02D 2750
FSC   52
FSS  295;250;264;698;293.3;292;567
UREF
PNO  2689987
ISD  19540900
NAM  Berger
XCL   52567
UREF
PNO  3965542
ISD  19760600
NAM  Gregory
OCL   24136R
UREF
PNO  4812096
ISD  19890300
NAM  Peterson
OCL  411231
UREF
PNO  5051047
ISD  19910900
NAM  Loncaric
OCL  410 77
UREF
PNO  5384993
ISD  19950100
NAM  Phillips
OCL   52 92.2
UREF
PNO  5570549
ISD  19961100
NAM  Lung et al.
OCL   52295
UREF
PNO  5815999
ISD  19981000
NAM  Williams
OCL   52223.13
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon LLP
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for providing a self-adjusting tie down includes a bolt
      extending into a foundation and a nut on that bolt which is supported by
      two shims, one of which can move relative to the other. A spring exerts
      substantially constant force on the movable shim, preventing gaps from
      forming between the nut and the shims underneath.
PATN
WKU  059878290
SRC  9
APN  115172&
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19980714
TTL  Construction block
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Thissell; Jennifer I.
EXP  Friedman; Carl D.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Fisher; Myles A.
STR  2006 E. Mallory St.
CTY  Pensacola
STA  FL
ZIP  32503
RLAP
COD  72
APN  048420
APD  19980325
RLAP
COD  82
APN  603460
APD  19960220
CLAS
OCL   52306
XCL   52307
XCL   52308
XCL   5220462
XCL   52235
XCL   525881
EDF  6
ICL  E04B  546
ICL  E04C  142
FSC   52
FSS  306;307;308;235;204.62;204.63;574;779;780;588.1
UREF
PNO  1025406
ISD  19120500
NAM  Koenig
OCL   52591.2
UREF
PNO  2655032
ISD  19531000
NAM  Zagray
OCL   52591.1
UREF
PNO  2970218
ISD  19610100
NAM  Shaw
OCL  250517.1
UREF
PNO  3148477
ISD  19640900
NAM  Bjorn et al.
OCL   52591.2
UREF
PNO  3410044
ISD  19681100
NAM  Moog
OCL   52309.12
UREF
PNO  3818656
ISD  19740600
NAM  Vigliotti
OCL   52100
UREF
PNO  3834100
ISD  19740900
NAM  Healey
OCL   52309.1
UREF
PNO  3905170
ISD  19750900
NAM  Huettemann
OCL   52591.1
UREF
PNO  4075808
ISD  19780200
NAM  Pearlman
OCL   52439
UREF
PNO  4258522
ISD  19810300
NAM  Amaral
OCL   52591.2
UREF
PNO  4566235
ISD  19860100
NAM  Groll
OCL   52220.2
UREF
PNO  4793104
ISD  19881200
NAM  Hultberg et al.
OCL   52127.3
UREF
PNO  5033245
ISD  19910700
NAM  Kline
OCL   52306
UREF
PNO  5038542
ISD  19910800
NAM  Kline
OCL   52306
UREF
PNO  5588271
ISD  19961200
NAM  Pitchford
OCL   52306
UREF
PNO  5595033
ISD  19970100
NAM  Frey
OCL   52306
UREF
PNO  5836125
ISD  19981100
NAM  Regina
OCL   52306
UREF
PNO  5904019
ISD  19990500
NAM  Kooij et al.
OCL   52306
UREF
PNO  5910086
ISD  19990600
NAM  Fisher
OCL   52306
LREP
FR2  Loffler; Peter
ABST
PAL  A construction block comprises parallel faces joined by four side edges.
      Two side edges have outer spacing flanges while the other two sides have
      inner spacing flanges. Hook receptacles are located on the lower portion
      of the inner spacing flanges and face away each other, while corresponding
      hooks are located along the outer spacing flanges and are adapted to be
      received within a corresponding hook receptacle when the a construction
      block is interconnected with the another of the construction block. A
      structural bar is positionable within the recess of the inner spacing
      flanges.
PATN
WKU  059878304
SRC  9
APN  2292092
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19990113
TTL  Insulated concrete wall and tie assembly for use therein
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Kent; Christopher T.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Worley; Ross W.
CTY  Kansas City
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Wall Ties & Forms, Inc.
CTY  Shawnee
STA  KS
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   5230911
XCL   522821
XCL   5230912
XCL   5230917
XCL   52426
XCL   52699
XCL   52780
XCL   5274214
XCL   5274509
XCL  249 33
XCL  249 40
XCL  249 41
XCL  249190
EDF  6
ICL  E04B  234
FSC   52
FSS  282.1;309.11;309.12;309.17;426;699;780;742.14;745.09
FSC  249
FSS  33;40;41;190
UREF
PNO  4239173
ISD  19801200
NAM  Sawyer
XCL  249190
UREF
PNO  4805366
ISD  19890200
NAM  Long
OCL   52309.11
UREF
PNO  4829733
ISD  19890500
NAM  Long
OCL   52309.11
UREF
PNO  5194323
ISD  19930300
NAM  Savoy
UREF
PNO  5270108
ISD  19931200
NAM  Savoy
UREF
PNO  5431368
ISD  19950700
NAM  Wilde
XCL  249 40
UREF
PNO  5673525
ISD  19971000
NAM  Keith et al.
OCL   52309.11
UREF
PNO  5852907
ISD  19981200
NAM  Tobin et al.
XCL  249 40
LREP
FRM  Shook, Hardy & Bacon LLP
ABST
PAL  An insulated concrete wall is constructed by securing at least one tie
      assembly (14) to a panel (12) of insulative material, securing the tie
      assembly and panel to a pair of spaced forms (60, 68), and pouring
      concrete into an open space defined by the forms adjacent the panel. The
      concrete is then allowed to set, and the forms are removed. The tie
      assembly (14) includes an elongated tie (16) having a central region (24)
      adapted to remain in place in the wall subsequent to construction and a
      pair of opposing end regions (26, 28) adapted to be detached after removal
      of the forms. In addition, the assembly (14) includes an elongated
      retainer body (18) formed of heat insulative material and received on the
      tie (16), and a pair of face plates (20, 22) retained on the body on
      either side of the panel (12).
PATN
WKU  059878312
SRC  9
APN  0022888
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19971231
TTL  Building materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  47
ECL  1
EXA  Dorsey; Dennis L.
EXP  Friedman; Carl D.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Lamberts-Van Assche; Louis
CTY  Loderzeel
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Marlux N.V.
CTY  Tessenderlo
CNT  BEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19970224
APN  9703751
CLAS
OCL   52316
XCL   52314
XCL   523111
EDF  6
ICL  B44F  100
FSC  359
FSS  567;572
FSC  428
FSS  163;167
FSC  D25
FSS  58;138;149-163;146-148
FSC   52
FSS  316;314;311.1
UREF
PNO  1697426
ISD  19290100
NAM  Humphreys et al.
OCL   52311.1
UREF
PNO  1788407
ISD  19310100
NAM  Prentis, Jr.
OCL   52311.1
UREF
PNO  1877481
ISD  19320900
NAM  Prouty
OCL   52311.1
UREF
PNO  2069720
ISD  19370200
NAM  Harvey
OCL   52311.1
UREF
PNO  3338730
ISD  19670800
NAM  Slade et al.
OCL  359567
FREF
PNO  0 399 959 A1
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 414 896 A1
ISD  19910300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 425 670 A1
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  7-188981
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  938087
ISD  19650200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 496 694
ISD  19771200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 134 147
ISD  19840800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 222 389
ISD  19900300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 237 587
ISD  19910500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/01170
ISD  19890200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Killworth, Gottman, Hagan & Schaeff, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A building product has an exposed surface provided by a multiplicity of
      linearly extending parallel asymmetric depressions of saw tooth
      configuration. Thus, a coloured exposed surface appearance apparently
      changes colour as relative positions of the building product and viewer
      change.
PATN
WKU  059878320
SRC  9
APN  1480731
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19980904
TTL  Surface expansion device
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Kent; Christopher T.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kuntz; William
CTY  Ellicott City
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Eagle Inventors, LLC
CTY  Ellicott City
STA  MD
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  740788
APD  19961101
PSC  01
PNO  5802791
CLAS
OCL   52394
XCL   52177
XCL   52526
XCL   52546
XCL   52557
EDF  6
ICL  E04B  162
FSC   52
FSS  177;394;526;546;557
UREF
PNO  3279973
ISD  19661000
NAM  Arne
XCL   52573.1
UREF
PNO  3797188
ISD  19740300
NAM  Mansfeld
OCL   52396.05
UREF
PNO  4034532
ISD  19770700
NAM  Reinwall, Jr.
XCL   52394
UREF
PNO  4616954
ISD  19861000
NAM  Taga
XCL   52393
UREF
PNO  5537790
ISD  19960700
NAM  Jackson
OCL   52393
UREF
PNO  5802791
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kuntz
OCL   52394
LREP
FRM  Sterne, Kessler, Goldstein & Fox, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A surface expansion device that enables an area subject to vertical and/or
      horizontal expansion and contraction to continue to be passable with
      minimum disturbance to the adjacent surface areas. The device causes the
      entire surface subject to expansion to be elevated or elongated at a
      uniform rate. A series of break-off or collapsible tabs in each of several
      segments causes uniform movement of each of the several segments.
PATN
WKU  059878339
SRC  8
APN  8808228
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19970624
TTL  Vacuum packaged batt
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Callo; Laura A.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Heffelfinger; Michael T.
CTY  Westerville
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Shaffer; Roy E.
CTY  Granville
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Owens Corning Fiberglas Technology, Inc.
CTY  Summit
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   524062
XCL   52  216
XCL   52  219
XCL   52  222
XCL   524073
XCL   5274212
XCL  428 69
XCL  428 74
XCL  428 76
XCL  383211
EDF  6
ICL  E04B  162
ICL  E04B  174
ICL  E04G  910
FSC   52
FSS  404.1;406.1;406.2;406.3;407.2;407.3;407.4;407.5;742.11;742.15;2.11;2.13
     ;2.14;2.16;2.17;2.19;2.22;2.25;742.12;741.4;99;404.3
FSC  428
FSS  69;74;76
FSC  383
FSS  2;3;206;211;210;66
FSC  206
FSS  321
UREF
PNO  2226617
ISD  19401200
NAM  Kuenzli
OCL   52742.11
UREF
PNO  2684807
ISD  19540700
NAM  Gerrish
OCL  383206
UREF
PNO  3307318
ISD  19670300
NAM  Bauman
OCL   52742.11
UREF
PNO  3782081
ISD  19740100
NAM  Munters
UREF
PNO  4040804
ISD  19770800
NAM  Harrison
UREF
PNO  4182085
ISD  19800100
NAM  Elson
XCL   52406.3
UREF
PNO  4204373
ISD  19800500
NAM  Davidson
XCL   52741.1
UREF
PNO  4269890
ISD  19810500
NAM  Breitling et al.
OCL  428 71
UREF
PNO  4344265
ISD  19820800
NAM  Davidson
OCL   52745.15
UREF
PNO  4399645
ISD  19830800
NAM  Murphy et al.
XCL   52406.2
UREF
PNO  4509304
ISD  19850400
NAM  Epes
XCL   52406.2
UREF
PNO  4522556
ISD  19850600
NAM  Shapiro
OCL  414786
UREF
PNO  4594279
ISD  19860600
NAM  Yoneno et al.
UREF
PNO  4668551
ISD  19870500
NAM  Kawasaki et al.
UREF
PNO  4669632
ISD  19870600
NAM  Kawasaki et al.
UREF
PNO  4675225
ISD  19870600
NAM  Cutler
XCL  428 74
UREF
PNO  4726974
ISD  19880200
NAM  Nowobilski et al.
UREF
PNO  4749392
ISD  19880600
NAM  Aoki et al.
UREF
PNO  4817365
ISD  19890400
NAM  Yawberg et al.
UREF
PNO  4901676
ISD  19900200
NAM  Nelson
XCL   52406.3
UREF
PNO  4985106
ISD  19910100
NAM  Nelson
OCL  156276
UREF
PNO  5018328
ISD  19910500
NAM  Cur et al.
UREF
PNO  5114003
ISD  19920500
NAM  Jackisch et al.
UREF
PNO  5130018
ISD  19920700
NAM  Tolman et al.
UREF
PNO  5137747
ISD  19920800
NAM  Malandain et al.
UREF
PNO  5152018
ISD  19921000
NAM  Lea
XCL  428 74
UREF
PNO  5196242
ISD  19930300
NAM  Vicino
OCL  428 12
UREF
PNO  5277955
ISD  19940100
NAM  Schelhorn et al.
OCL  428 74
UREF
PNO  5316816
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sextl et al.
UREF
PNO  5330816
ISD  19940700
NAM  Rusek, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5362539
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hall et al.
OCL  428 68
UREF
PNO  5431992
ISD  19950700
NAM  Houpt et al.
UREF
PNO  5458164
ISD  19951000
NAM  Tawil
OCL  141 10
UREF
PNO  5466504
ISD  19951100
NAM  Gavin et al.
UREF
PNO  5508079
ISD  19960400
NAM  Grant et al.
UREF
PNO  5512346
ISD  19960400
NAM  Johnson
OCL  428 74
UREF
PNO  5545279
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hall et al.
UREF
PNO  5545453
ISD  19960800
NAM  Grant
XCL   52406.1
UREF
PNO  5552205
ISD  19960900
NAM  Lea
OCL  428 74
UREF
PNO  5591505
ISD  19970100
NAM  Rusek, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5601897
ISD  19970200
NAM  Vermilion et al.
UREF
PNO  5817387
ISD  19981000
NAM  Allwein et al.
XCL  428 74
FREF
PNO  1313933
ISD  19621100
CNT  FRX
OCL   52407.3
FREF
PNO  2539784
ISD  19840700
CNT  FRX
OCL   52404.1
FREF
PNO  3402377
ISD  19850800
CNT  DEX
OCL   52406.1
LREP
FR2  Eckert; Inger H.
FR2  Barns; Stephen W.
ABST
PAL  A vacuum packaged conformable insulation assembly may be installed in a
      cavity before the vacuum in the insulation assembly is released. The
      insulation assembly includes a compressible batt of mineral fibers such as
      fibrous glass wool. During manufacture, the batt is encased in a
      gas-impervious envelope. The envelope is vacuum-sealed to retain the batt
      in a compressed state. The envelope may be provided with opening
      structures for selectively releasing the vacuum in the envelope. The
      envelope is sufficiently large to permit the batt contained therein to
      fully recover when the vacuum is released. According to a method of the
      present invention, the envelope is placed in a cavity to be insulated, and
      then the envelope is ruptured to allow the batt to expand to cause the
      insulation assembly to conform to the cavity.
PATN
WKU  059878347
SRC  8
APN  9368698
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19970924
TTL  Insulating connector rods and their methods of manufacture
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Yip; Winnie S.
EXP  Friedman; Carl D.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Keith; David O.
CTY  American Fork
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Hansen; David M.
CTY  American Fork
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  H.K. Composites, Inc.
CTY  Orem
STA  UT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  526805
APD  19950911
PSC  01
PNO  5830399
RLAP
COD  84
APN  225910
APD  19940408
PSC  01
PNO  5519973
RLAP
COD  82
APN  011867
APD  19930817
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 357855
CLAS
OCL   52410
XCL   523097
XCL   5230911
XCL   52511
XCL  410387
XCL  410487
XCL  410439
EDF  6
ICL  E04B  162
FSC   52
FSS  410;309.7;309.11;309.12;511-514;713
FSC  411
FSS  387;482;439;456;487
UREF
PNO  2412744
ISD  19461200
NAM  Nelson
OCL   72 16
UREF
PNO  2575079
ISD  19511100
NAM  Temple
OCL   85 28
UREF
PNO  2595123
ISD  19520400
NAM  Callan
OCL   25154
UREF
PNO  2646929
ISD  19530700
NAM  Jones
OCL   72103
UREF
PNO  2653469
ISD  19530900
NAM  Callan
OCL   72 50
UREF
PNO  2718138
ISD  19550900
NAM  Jones
OCL   72 48
UREF
PNO  2769333
ISD  19561100
NAM  Reintjes
OCL   72 19
UREF
PNO  2775018
ISD  19561200
NAM  McLaughlin
OCL   25131
UREF
PNO  2964821
ISD  19601200
NAM  Meehan
OCL   25131
UREF
PNO  3000144
ISD  19610900
NAM  Kitson
OCL   50268
UREF
PNO  3131514
ISD  19640500
NAM  Siek
OCL   50272
UREF
PNO  3208328
ISD  19650900
NAM  Myers
OCL   85  1
UREF
PNO  3304676
ISD  19670200
NAM  Sallie et al.
OCL   52276
UREF
PNO  3426494
ISD  19690200
NAM  Hala
OCL   52410
UREF
PNO  3523359
ISD  19700800
NAM  Rutter et al.
OCL   52410
UREF
PNO  3646715
ISD  19720300
NAM  Pope
OCL   52309
UREF
PNO  3701228
ISD  19721000
NAM  Taylor
OCL   52309
UREF
PNO  3750355
ISD  19730800
NAM  Blum
OCL   52309
UREF
PNO  3869219
ISD  19750300
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  403282
UREF
PNO  3879908
ISD  19750400
NAM  Weismann
OCL   52309
UREF
PNO  4018023
ISD  19770400
NAM  Anderson
OCL   52410
UREF
PNO  4157001
ISD  19790600
NAM  Pickles
OCL   52506
UREF
PNO  4329821
ISD  19820500
NAM  Long et al.
OCL   52309.12
UREF
PNO  4348847
ISD  19820900
NAM  Jukes
OCL   52426
UREF
PNO  4393635
ISD  19830700
NAM  Long
OCL   52309.11
UREF
PNO  4545163
ISD  19851000
NAM  Asselin
OCL   52378
UREF
PNO  4624089
ISD  19861100
NAM  Dunker
OCL   52410
UREF
PNO  4702053
ISD  19871000
NAM  Hibbard
OCL   52309.7
UREF
PNO  4829733
ISD  19890500
NAM  Long
OCL   52309.11
UREF
PNO  4907928
ISD  19900300
NAM  Beck et al.
OCL  411307
UREF
PNO  4932819
ISD  19900600
NAM  Almeras
OCL  411441
UREF
PNO  4945700
ISD  19900800
NAM  Powell
OCL   52514
UREF
PNO  4948312
ISD  19900800
NAM  Jochum
OCL  411  5
UREF
PNO  4973211
ISD  19901100
NAM  Potacek
OCL  411452
UREF
PNO  5011354
ISD  19910400
NAM  Brownlee
OCL  411439
UREF
PNO  5031378
ISD  19910700
NAM  Murphy
OCL   52747
UREF
PNO  5094057
ISD  19920300
NAM  Morris
OCL   52511
UREF
PNO  5265998
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kluser
OCL  411480
FREF
PNO  2024157
ISD  19711200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2715277
ISD  19781000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3925780
ISD  19910200
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  R. Layne, Concrete-Plastic Sandwich Forms Walls Fast, Popular Science, p. 1
      (Sep. 1985).
PAL  Sandwich Wall panels for Expanded Corporate Offices and Warehouse, CI
      Journal, pp. 148-52 (Jul.-Aug. 1979).
PAL  W.E. Yates, Lightweight Cladding Cuts Costs at Worthing, Concrete, pp.
      12-13 (Dec. 1979).
PAL  P. Juhnke, Tilt-Up Panels. Possible Key to Low-Cost Concrete Houses,
      Concrete Construction, vol. 15, No. 5, p. 156-57 (May 1970).
PAL  Composite Technologies Corporation product brochure for "Thermomass
      Building System" (1990).
PAL  Composite Technologies Corporation product brochure for "Thermomass
      Building System" (date unknown).
PAL  Preco Precast Division product brochure for "Fosroc.RTM." (date unknown).
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger & Seeley
ABST
PAL  Methods for manufacturing highly insulating connector rods and highly
      insulating composite wall structures using such connector rods. The
      connector rods are highly insulating and are injection molded in a single
      step from an appropriate resinous material or moldable plastic.
      Discontinuous fibers may be impregnated within the resinous material or
      other moldable plastic. The single-step molding method yields connector
      rods having pointed ends for facilitating entry through an insulating
      layer and a first structural layer not yet cured, and also an enlarged
      head for receiving an impact from a hammer or mallet or for facilitating
      gripping by the installer. The enlarged head also provides an anchoring
      effect within a second structural layer upon curing. The connector rods
      are manufactured to include a ridge or flange to limit the depth of
      penetration by the connector rod when inserted into the insulating
      material when forming the composite wall structure. The ridge or flange
      also helps to prevent the collapse of the second structural layer towards
      the first structural layer after formation of the composite wall structure
      and implementation at a building site.
PATN
WKU  059878355
SRC  8
APN  805200&
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19970227
TTL  Exterior insulating finish panel system
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Wilkens; Kevin D.
EXP  Safavi; Michael
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Santarossa; Ned
STR  281 Applewood Crescent
CTY  Concord, Ontario
CNT  CAX
ITX  L4K 4B4
CLAS
OCL   52417
XCL   523098
XCL   5250605
XCL   525921
XCL   525926
EDF  6
ICL  E04B  208
FSC   52
FSS  287.1;309.8;309.14;309.17;460;591.1;592.1;592.6;742.16;745.1;747.12;506.01
     ;506.05;417
UREF
PNO  335342
ISD  18860200
NAM  Daugherty
XCL   52592.6
UREF
PNO  1116202
ISD  19141100
NAM  Assip
XCL   52592.6
UREF
PNO  1692438
ISD  19281100
NAM  Gates
XCL   52591.1
UREF
PNO  3350827
ISD  19671100
NAM  Sugar
XCL   52742.16
UREF
PNO  4299069
ISD  19811100
NAM  Neumann
OCL   52309.4
UREF
PNO  4388361
ISD  19830600
NAM  Vassalli
XCL   52592.6
UREF
PNO  4608795
ISD  19860900
NAM  Neuschaeffer et al.
XCL   52591.1
UREF
PNO  4774794
ISD  19881000
NAM  Grieb
XCL   52309.17
UREF
PNO  5636489
ISD  19970600
NAM  Leverrier et al.
XCL   52309.8
UREF
PNO  5649398
ISD  19970700
NAM  Isley, Jr. et al.
OCL   52309.17
LREP
FR2  Field; Paul
ABST
PAL  A method of cladding a building wall surface with individual prefabricated
      panels and trim mouldings with any fasteners and joints between the panels
      and trim being covered on site with a coating of stucco to produce a flush
      finished stucco surface. Each panel has a uniform transverse
      cross-sectional profile, and a core of foam material coated with a
      weatherproof stucco coating on its exterior surface. Tongue and groove
      joints are disposed along the longitudinal surfaces and a longitudinal
      recess in the exterior surface adjacent each tongue and groove joint is
      adapted to receive a layer of joint coating to fill the recess and cover
      the longitudinal joints flush with the external surface. The wall surface
      is installed by cutting the elongate cladding panels to the approximate
      length of the wall and mounting the cladding panels temporarily to the
      wall substrate, such as plywood for example. The exterior surface of the
      panels is aligned to a predetermined outside finish datum and fasteners
      secure the cladding panels to the substrate without creating a thermally
      conductive bridge between the substrate and the external ambient
      atmosphere. The openings around doors and windows, vertical corners and
      other details are finished by cutting, mounting and affixing elongate
      transverse end trim mouldings to cover the end surfaces of the cladding
      panels. Installation is completed by applying a joint coating to cover the
      joints and filling the adjacent recesses flush with the exterior surface
      of the panels, then applying a final finish coat to the entire wall
      assembly.
PATN
WKU  059878363
SRC  9
APN  0822620
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19980520
TTL  Louver assembly and method for installing a louver assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  3
EXP  Kent; Christopher T.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Sullivan; David
CTY  Long Island City
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Specialty Metal Fabrications, Inc.
CTY  Long Island City
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  810583
APD  19970304
PSC  01
PNO  5755069
CLAS
OCL   52473
XCL   522208
XCL   526562
XCL   526567
XCL   526568
XCL   5274516
XCL  454277
EDF  6
ICL  E06B  708
FSC   52
FSS  473;220.8;656.2;656.7;656.8;745.16
FSC  454
FSS  271;277;281;309
UREF
PNO  Re30204
ISD  19800200
NAM  Root
UREF
PNO  291428
ISD  18840100
NAM  Trotter
UREF
PNO  1524145
ISD  19250100
NAM  Mitchell et al.
UREF
PNO  2019867
ISD  19351100
NAM  Nelson
UREF
PNO  2214750
ISD  19400900
NAM  Myers
UREF
PNO  2291383
ISD  19420700
NAM  Espenschied
UREF
PNO  2575499
ISD  19511100
NAM  Manow
UREF
PNO  2881854
ISD  19590400
NAM  Uehre, Jr.
UREF
PNO  2981367
ISD  19610400
NAM  Sprouse
UREF
PNO  2995787
ISD  19610800
NAM  Sarria
UREF
PNO  3046719
ISD  19620700
NAM  Tropiano
UREF
PNO  3120036
ISD  19640200
NAM  Minds, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3153819
ISD  19641000
NAM  Bond
UREF
PNO  3181661
ISD  19650500
NAM  Cochran
UREF
PNO  3202082
ISD  19650800
NAM  Viehmann
UREF
PNO  3243942
ISD  19660400
NAM  Burke
UREF
PNO  3250063
ISD  19660500
NAM  Andrews
UREF
PNO  3252580
ISD  19660500
NAM  Getzin
UREF
PNO  3525378
ISD  19700800
NAM  Root
UREF
PNO  3546359
ISD  19701200
NAM  Ciccarelli
UREF
PNO  3566916
ISD  19710300
NAM  Root
UREF
PNO  3580321
ISD  19710500
NAM  Root
UREF
PNO  3606245
ISD  19710900
NAM  Reichow et al.
UREF
PNO  3628442
ISD  19711200
NAM  Nijhuis
UREF
PNO  3677517
ISD  19720700
NAM  Root et al.
UREF
PNO  3718081
ISD  19730200
NAM  Root
UREF
PNO  3732800
ISD  19730500
NAM  Goettel
UREF
PNO  3738254
ISD  19730600
NAM  Root
UREF
PNO  3782050
ISD  19740100
NAM  Dowdell et al.
UREF
PNO  3817485
ISD  19740600
NAM  Root
UREF
PNO  3858355
ISD  19750100
NAM  Root
UREF
PNO  3907020
ISD  19750900
NAM  Root
UREF
PNO  3941179
ISD  19760300
NAM  Root
UREF
PNO  3943679
ISD  19760300
NAM  Dissinger
UREF
PNO  3968738
ISD  19760700
NAM  Matzke
UREF
PNO  3996952
ISD  19761200
NAM  Root
UREF
PNO  4018024
ISD  19770400
NAM  Stelzer
UREF
PNO  4140151
ISD  19790200
NAM  van Becelaere
UREF
PNO  4184509
ISD  19800100
NAM  Kasper
UREF
PNO  4274330
ISD  19810600
NAM  Witten et al.
UREF
PNO  4334899
ISD  19820600
NAM  McConnell
UREF
PNO  4366830
ISD  19830100
NAM  van Becelaere
UREF
PNO  4432272
ISD  19840200
NAM  van Becelaere
UREF
PNO  4446667
ISD  19840500
NAM  Hertel
UREF
PNO  4481734
ISD  19841100
NAM  Vaida
UREF
PNO  4515068
ISD  19850500
NAM  van Becelaere
UREF
PNO  4524678
ISD  19850600
NAM  Klebanoff
UREF
PNO  4738191
ISD  19880400
NAM  Porter
UREF
PNO  4813183
ISD  19890300
NAM  Jordal
UREF
PNO  4958555
ISD  19900900
NAM  Lentz et al.
UREF
PNO  4989502
ISD  19910200
NAM  Ospelt
UREF
PNO  5029628
ISD  19910700
NAM  Lemay
UREF
PNO  5048253
ISD  19910900
NAM  Olsen
UREF
PNO  5060442
ISD  19911000
NAM  Chubb
UREF
PNO  5203394
ISD  19930400
NAM  Hailey
UREF
PNO  5216837
ISD  19930600
NAM  Cleaver et al.
UREF
PNO  5255486
ISD  19931000
NAM  Wang
UREF
PNO  5267414
ISD  19931200
NAM  Vaida
UREF
PNO  5353565
ISD  19941000
NAM  Tanikawa
UREF
PNO  5755069
ISD  19980500
NAM  Sullivan
OCL   52473
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A louver assembly and a method for installing the louver assembly into an
      opening in a wall of a structure are provided wherein the louver includes
      a frame which and a separate louver section which may be mounted within
      the frame after the frame has been mounted in the opening in the wall. The
      frame defines a central channel which extends from an interior opening to
      an exterior opening. The frame includes a frame flange extending from an
      exterior edge of the central channel so that, when the frame is in a
      desired position within the hole in the wall, the frame flange extends
      around the entire perimeter of the hole to seal the perimeter of the hole.
      The louver section is selectively mountable within the central channel so
      that it is prevented from passing through the exterior opening. When the
      louver section is in a desired position within the central channel, the
      frame is sealed so that air is prevented from passing between the frame
      and an outer surface of the louver section.
PATN
WKU  059878371
SRC  8
APN  9690662
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19971112
TTL  Reamer screw and building panels erected with reamer screws
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Maddox; Nkeisha J.
EXP  Kent; Christopher T.
NDR  6
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Nelson; Byron Richard
STR  4182 Bethesda Road
CTY  Stoufville, Ontario
CNT  CAX
ITX  L4A 7X5
CLAS
OCL   5250605
XCL   524042
XCL   527961
XCL  411286
XCL  4113872
XCL  4113875
XCL  4113871
EDF  6
ICL  E04B  200
FSC  411
FSS  386;387;155;156;369;542;544;387.1;387.2;387.5
FSC   52
FSS  796.1;404.2;506.05
UREF
PNO  3869219
ISD  19750300
NAM  Wilson
OCL  411387
UREF
PNO  3916757
ISD  19751100
NAM  Wilson
OCL  411386
UREF
PNO  4114508
ISD  19780900
NAM  Jeal
OCL  411387
UREF
PNO  4312616
ISD  19820100
NAM  Waller
OCL  411111
UREF
PNO  4621963
ISD  19861100
NAM  Reinwall
OCL  411386
UREF
PNO  5046905
ISD  19910900
NAM  Piacenti et al.
OCL  411387
UREF
PNO  5267423
ISD  19931200
NAM  Giannuzzi
OCL   52410
UREF
PNO  5374146
ISD  19941200
NAM  Allen
OCL  411386
UREF
PNO  5433570
ISD  19950700
NAM  Koppel
OCL  411387
UREF
PNO  5649798
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ito
OCL  411387
ABST
PAL  A reamer screw having an elongated shank, with a leading end and a trailing
      end, at opposite ends, and having a self-tapping/cutting threaded portion
      at the leading end adapted for self-tapping and cutting an opening through
      a workpiece, and driving securely into a substrate, a torque formation at
      the trailing end for engagement by a suitable driving tool for the single
      function insertion of the threaded portion through the workpiece and into
      the substrate, in a single operation, a smooth shank portion extending
      between the threaded portion and the trailing end and having a length
      sufficient to extend through the workpiece, driving in of the threaded
      portion through the workpiece, releasing the workpiece allowing the
      threaded portion to be tightened up in the substrate, while the smooth
      shank portion rotates freely in the workpiece permitting the workpiece to
      be drawn snugly against the substrate without binding in the workpiece,
      and reamer formations formed by outwardly extending wing portions of the
      smooth shank, located between the threaded portion and the trailing end,
      the reamer formations reaming an enlarged opening in a workpiece, defining
      a thermal expansion/contraction space between the workpiece and the shank,
      the wing portions being spaced along the shank from the torque formation a
      distance greater than the thickness of the workpiece.
PATN
WKU  059878380
SRC  9
APN  1974874
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19981120
TTL  Reinforced exterior siding
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  18
EXA  Thissell; Jennifer I.
EXP  Kent; Christopher T.
NDR  3
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Beck; David H.
CTY  Jackson
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  CertainTeed
CTY  Valley Forge
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  644135
APD  19960510
PSC  01
PNO  5839247
ISD  19981124
RLAP
COD  81
APN  456249
APD  19950531
PSC  01
PNO  5526627
ISD  19960618
RLAP
COD  81
APN  171726
APD  19931222
PSC  01
PNO  5461839
ISD  19951031
CLAS
OCL   52519
XCL   52524
EDF  6
ICL  E04D  100
FSC   52
FSS  519;520;521;532;541;544;746;747;748
UREF
PNO  876098
ISD  19080100
NAM  Savery
UREF
PNO  1410299
ISD  19220300
NAM  Harshberger
UREF
PNO  2062149
ISD  19361100
NAM  Stark et al.
OCL  108  7
UREF
PNO  2126676
ISD  19380800
NAM  Thomas
OCL  189 86
UREF
PNO  2654328
ISD  19531000
NAM  McCullough
UREF
PNO  3214876
ISD  19651100
NAM  Mattes
UREF
PNO  3282009
ISD  19661100
NAM  Chalmers
UREF
PNO  3324617
ISD  19670600
NAM  Knight et al.
OCL   52481
UREF
PNO  3343325
ISD  19670900
NAM  Curran
OCL   52478
UREF
PNO  3430395
ISD  19690300
NAM  Lashkow
UREF
PNO  3469873
ISD  19690900
NAM  Glaros
OCL  287 89.36
UREF
PNO  3478138
ISD  19691100
NAM  Friesner
UREF
PNO  3504467
ISD  19700400
NAM  Hatch et al.
UREF
PNO  3552078
ISD  19710100
NAM  Mattes
UREF
PNO  3593479
ISD  19710700
NAM  Hinds
UREF
PNO  3647616
ISD  19720300
NAM  Zemlin
UREF
PNO  3687764
ISD  19720800
NAM  Rogosch et al.
UREF
PNO  3706216
ISD  19721200
NAM  Weingarten
UREF
PNO  3715420
ISD  19730200
NAM  Kiyono et al.
UREF
PNO  3998021
ISD  19761200
NAM  Lewis
UREF
PNO  4034528
ISD  19770700
NAM  Sanders et al.
UREF
PNO  4096011
ISD  19780600
NAM  Sanders et al.
UREF
PNO  4100325
ISD  19780700
NAM  Summers et al.
UREF
PNO  4118166
ISD  19781000
NAM  Bartrum
UREF
PNO  4134244
ISD  19790100
NAM  Sjolander
UREF
PNO  4169180
ISD  19790900
NAM  McDonagh
UREF
PNO  4177615
ISD  19791200
NAM  Anderson
OCL   52478
UREF
PNO  4183777
ISD  19800100
NAM  Summers et al.
UREF
PNO  4187270
ISD  19800200
NAM  Bartrum
UREF
PNO  4217741
ISD  19800800
NAM  Cole
OCL   52520
UREF
PNO  4247506
ISD  19810100
NAM  Summers
UREF
PNO  4258520
ISD  19810300
NAM  Rehbein
UREF
PNO  4274236
ISD  19810600
NAM  Kessler
UREF
PNO  4290248
ISD  19810900
NAM  Kemerer et al.
UREF
PNO  4308702
ISD  19820100
NAM  Rajewski
UREF
PNO  4444818
ISD  19840400
NAM  Tominaga et al.
UREF
PNO  4450665
ISD  19840500
NAM  Katz
UREF
PNO  4514947
ISD  19850500
NAM  Grail
OCL   52536
UREF
PNO  4536362
ISD  19850800
NAM  Donaldson
UREF
PNO  4556376
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sievers et al.
UREF
PNO  4575983
ISD  19860300
NAM  Lott, Jr. et al.
OCL   52544
UREF
PNO  4669238
ISD  19870600
NAM  Kellis et al.
UREF
PNO  4685879
ISD  19870800
NAM  Purstinger et al.
UREF
PNO  4718214
ISD  19880100
NAM  Waggoner
UREF
PNO  4740405
ISD  19880400
NAM  Tanaka et al.
UREF
PNO  4767817
ISD  19880800
NAM  Lee
UREF
PNO  4786350
ISD  19881100
NAM  Nesbitt et al.
UREF
PNO  4788088
ISD  19881100
NAM  Kohl
UREF
PNO  4788808
ISD  19881200
NAM  Slocum
OCL   52521
UREF
PNO  4840824
ISD  19890600
NAM  Davis
UREF
PNO  4856975
ISD  19890800
NAM  Gearhart
UREF
PNO  4874306
ISD  19891000
NAM  Gearhart
UREF
PNO  4911628
ISD  19900300
NAM  Heilmayr et al.
UREF
PNO  4929483
ISD  19900500
NAM  Halg et al.
UREF
PNO  4930287
ISD  19900600
NAM  Volk et al.
UREF
PNO  4947609
ISD  19900800
NAM  Champagne
UREF
PNO  4963403
ISD  19901000
NAM  Roberts et al.
UREF
PNO  5030676
ISD  19910700
NAM  Wallen
UREF
PNO  5053176
ISD  19911000
NAM  Cameron et al.
UREF
PNO  5076777
ISD  19911200
NAM  Schmitt
UREF
PNO  5224318
ISD  19930700
NAM  Kemerer
UREF
PNO  5232751
ISD  19930800
NAM  Cameron et al.
UREF
PNO  5241785
ISD  19930900
NAM  Meyer
UREF
PNO  5324277
ISD  19940600
NAM  Davies
UREF
PNO  5358680
ISD  19941000
NAM  Boissonnat et al.
UREF
PNO  5363623
ISD  19941100
NAM  King
UREF
PNO  5388381
ISD  19950200
NAM  Bilinksi et al.
UREF
PNO  5393536
ISD  19950200
NAM  Brandt et al.
UREF
PNO  5415921
ISD  19950500
NAM  Grohman
UREF
PNO  5461839
ISD  19951000
NAM  Beck
UREF
PNO  5465543
ISD  19951100
NAM  Seifert
UREF
PNO  5526627
ISD  19960600
NAM  Beck
OCL   52519
UREF
PNO  5565056
ISD  19961000
NAM  Lause et al.
UREF
PNO  5661939
ISD  19970900
NAM  Coulis et al.
UREF
PNO  5729946
ISD  19980300
NAM  Beck
UREF
PNO  5839247
ISD  19981000
NAM  Beck
OCL   52519
UREF
PNO  5857303
ISD  19990100
NAM  Beck et al.
LREP
FRM  Duane Morris & Heckscher LLP
ABST
PAL  Exterior finishing panels are provided which contain an elongated,
      thermoplastic sheet which is supported by a rigid support member disposed
      along a portion of the length of the sheet. The rigid support member has a
      flexural modulus which is significantly greater than the modulus of the
      thermoplastic sheet, so as to support the panel during handling and
      installation. The panels of this invention will be more kink-resistant,
      and will ride uneven walls better to present a flatter-looking finished
      wall surface. These panels are also capable of being worked with ordinary
      hand tools, such as a standard wood saw made of steel or carbide.
PATN
WKU  059878398
SRC  9
APN  081895&
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19980520
TTL  Multi-panel activity floor with fixed hinge connections
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Tran A; Phi Dieu
EXP  Friedman; Carl D.
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Hamar; Douglas J
STR  220 Willson Memorial Dr.
CTY  Chassel
STA  MI
ZIP  49916
INVT
NAM  Young; Mark S
STR  P.O. Box 318
CTY  Chassel
STA  MI
ZIP  49916
INVT
NAM  Granroth; Richard E
STR  197 Red Jacket Rd.
CTY  Laurium
STA  MI
ZIP  49913
CLAS
OCL   525821
XCL   525861
XCL   525921
XCL   52480
XCL   521261
XCL   52 65
XCL  403 52
XCL  403 65
XCL  403 66
XCL  403 68
EDF  6
ICL  G04B  119
FSC   52
FSS  582.1;586.1;592.1;65;126.1;126.5;480
FSC  403
FSS  52;65;66;68;71;393;292;294;13
UREF
PNO  841998
ISD  19070100
NAM  Mulford
OCL  403 71
UREF
PNO  3566569
ISD  19710300
NAM  Coke et al.
UREF
PNO  3802144
ISD  19740400
NAM  Spica
OCL   52591
UREF
PNO  3874132
ISD  19750400
NAM  Mendelow et al.
OCL   52 71
UREF
PNO  3946529
ISD  19760300
NAM  Chevanaux
UREF
PNO  3967428
ISD  19760700
NAM  Pierce et al.
UREF
PNO  4008548
ISD  19770200
NAM  Leclerc
OCL   52180
UREF
PNO  4527362
ISD  19850700
NAM  Tobey et al.
OCL   52 71
UREF
PNO  4538392
ISD  19850900
NAM  Hamar et al.
OCL   52582
UREF
PNO  4831806
ISD  19890500
NAM  Niese et al.
UREF
PNO  4846762
ISD  19890700
NAM  Betterton et al.
OCL  464 87
UREF
PNO  4860510
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kotler
OCL   52177
UREF
PNO  4890434
ISD  19900100
NAM  Niese
UREF
PNO  4995210
ISD  19910200
NAM  Niese et al.
UREF
PNO  5465546
ISD  19951100
NAM  Buse
OCL   52480
UREF
PNO  5570971
ISD  19961100
NAM  Rixen et al.
OCL  403381
ABST
PAL  A portable activity floor comprised of a plurality of separate panels that
      can be readily and selectively interlocked together into a finalized
      configuration. Each panel has an underlayment providing a core with spaced
      stringers fastened to the underside thereof. Elongated finishing strips
      mounted on the upper surface of the underlayment form the outer surface of
      the panel. In one type of floor assembly, alternate strips are longer than
      their adjacent strips at the inner side of each panel to form laterally
      spaced interlock fingers. A pair of hinge members pivotally connects
      adjacent panels to one another and allows them to be relatively pivoted on
      a fixed axis with finger interlock alignment accuracy from an initial
      connected position to a fully assembled position in which the fingers of
      the finishing strips closely mesh and interlock. Further, the hinge
      members when connected prevent lateral movement of adjacent panels. This
      allows the hinge assembly to be used with many types of floors, such as in
      addition to floors with interlock fingers, square edge floors, square end
      floors and parquet floors.
PATN
WKU  059878401
SRC  9
APN  0855731
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19980528
TTL  Self-aligning block
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Dorsey; Dennis L.
EXP  Friedman; Carl D.
NDR  2
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Leppert; Jeffrey K.
STR  27 Shady La.
CTY  Huntington
STA  NY
ZIP  11743
CLAS
OCL   525926
XCL   525925
XCL   52604
EDF  6
ICL  E04B  208
FSC   52
FSS  592.6;592.5;604
FSC  446
FSS  117;124;476
UREF
PNO  112925
ISD  18710300
NAM  Johnson
OCL   52604
UREF
PNO  1634357
ISD  19270700
NAM  Himmelright
OCL   52604
UREF
PNO  2861388
ISD  19581100
NAM  Favaretto
OCL  446128
UREF
PNO  4026086
ISD  19770500
NAM  Langley
OCL   52582
UREF
PNO  4297816
ISD  19811100
NAM  Kella et al.
OCL   52125
UREF
PNO  4436447
ISD  19840300
NAM  Crowe
UREF
PNO  4639345
ISD  19870100
NAM  Olsen
UREF
PNO  4965979
ISD  19901000
NAM  Larrivee et al.
OCL   52585
UREF
PNO  4990116
ISD  19910200
NAM  Chen
OCL  446124
UREF
PNO  5061218
ISD  19911000
NAM  Garage et al.
OCL  446128
UREF
PNO  5230195
ISD  19930700
NAM  Sease
OCL   52593
UREF
PNO  5350256
ISD  19940900
NAM  Hammer
UREF
PNO  5421135
ISD  19950600
NAM  Stevens et al.
UREF
PNO  5537796
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kliethermes
OCL   52592.6
UREF
PNO  5647185
ISD  19970700
NAM  Forlini
OCL   52604
UREF
PNO  5651642
ISD  19970700
NAM  Kelley, Jr. et al.
OCL  405286
UREF
PNO  5795210
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kushner et al.
OCL  446128
LREP
FR2  Miller, P.E.; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  A self-aligning block that includes a body that has at least one mortise
      therein, and at least one tenon that extends from the body. A respective
      tenon of one self-aligning block is received in a respective mortise in
      the bottom surface of the body of a next higher staggered the
      self-aligning block of one wall to a height that provides an automatic
      mortar space between the one self-aligning block and the next higher
      staggered self-aligning block from course to course of the one wall. That
      portion of the lateral alignment spacer that extends from the longitudinal
      alignment spacer to a respective tenon of one self-aligning block of one
      wall is higher than and is received by a respective longitudinal alignment
      recess in a respective side face of the body of a next higher staggered
      self-aligning block of a perpendicular wall, with a respective side face
      of the body of the next higher staggered self-aligning block of the one
      wall abutting against the longitudinal alignment spacer of the one
      self-aligning block of the perpendicular wall so as to assure proper
      longitudinal and lateral spacing between self-aligning blocks of the same
      course of perpendicular walls, while further assuring proper mortar
      spacing between courses of the perpendicular walls.
PATN
WKU  059878410
SRC  8
APN  7464800
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19961112
TTL  Wooden massive wall system
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Aubrey; Beth
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Campo; Joseph M.
STR  125 Cave Ave.
CTY  Manitou Springs
STA  CO
ZIP  80829
CLAS
OCL   526481
XCL   522363
EDF  6
ICL  E04H 1200
FSC   52
FSS  268;272;275;277;279;210;648.1;653.1;654.1;236.3
UREF
PNO  3206903
ISD  19650900
NAM  Johnson
XCL   52653.1
UREF
PNO  3304677
ISD  19670200
NAM  Pavlecka
OCL   52277
UREF
PNO  4074487
ISD  19780200
NAM  Daniels et al.
XCL   52653.1
UREF
PNO  4130970
ISD  19781200
NAM  Cable
XCL   52653.1
UREF
PNO  4514950
ISD  19850500
NAM  Goodson
OCL   52653.1
UREF
PNO  4671032
ISD  19870600
NAM  Reynolds
OCL   52210
UREF
PNO  4813193
ISD  19890300
NAM  Altizer
OCL   52210
UREF
PNO  5095671
ISD  19920300
NAM  Mitani
OCL   52210
UREF
PNO  5664380
ISD  19970900
NAM  Hsueh
XCL   52653.1
LREP
FR2  Gallinger; G. F.
ABST
PAL  The traditional method of framing energy efficient Southwestern custom
      built homes entails the framing of an exterior wall and a second wall
      which is inside the exterior wall. All of this framing is done on site,
      and most frequently, in less than ideal weather conditions. It is more
      efficient to erect wall unit assemblies built in the controlled and more
      productive environment of a shop. A wall unit assembly is built with a
      multiplicity of double stud units each unit having an interior load
      bearing vertical stud, and an exterior upright stud, an upper connecting
      member extending laterally between top end portions of the interior and
      exterior studs, and a lower connecting member extending laterally between
      bottom end portions of the interior and the exterior studs. The studs and
      connecting members preferably are made from dimension lumber, and fastened
      together by connecting plates. The double stud units are spaced along, and
      fastened above two parallel footers, and beneath two parallel headers
      thereby forming a wall unit assembly. Window, door, and straight wall unit
      assemblies are disclosed so that the walls of an entire building may be
      quickly erected using these prefabricated unit assembliess.
PATN
WKU  059878428
SRC  9
APN  0073296
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19980115
TTL  Steel house framing construction panels
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Kent; Christopher T.
NDR  7
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Klein; Alfred Leonard
STR  P.O. Box 829
CTY  Williamsburg
STA  NM
ZIP  87942-0829
CLAS
OCL   526561
XCL   52690
XCL   527362
XCL   527372
EDF  6
ICL  E04C  304
FSC   52
FSS  693;638;653.1;656.1;656.2;690;736.2;737.2
UREF
PNO  925677
ISD  19090600
NAM  Belcher
OCL   52693
UREF
PNO  1924881
ISD  19330800
NAM  Ragsdale
OCL   52693
UREF
PNO  2152189
ISD  19390300
NAM  Henderson
OCL   52167
UREF
PNO  2514607
ISD  19500700
NAM  Mclean
OCL   52638
UREF
PNO  2963127
ISD  19600200
NAM  Manville
OCL   52693
UREF
PNO  4102108
ISD  19780700
NAM  Cody
OCL   52693
UREF
PNO  4106258
ISD  19780800
NAM  Lindsay
OCL   52693
UREF
PNO  4615157
ISD  19861000
NAM  Murray
OCL   52167
UREF
PNO  4720956
ISD  19880100
NAM  Wiklund
OCL   52648
UREF
PNO  5619823
ISD  19970400
NAM  Ruff et al.
OCL   49504
UREF
PNO  5647186
ISD  19970700
NAM  Donaldson
OCL   52653.1
UREF
PNO  5680738
ISD  19971000
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL   52729
LREP
FR2  Halvonik; John P.
ABST
PAL  A metal construction unit comprising the connection of rail type channels
      with hat type channels. A plurality of such metal hat channels may be
      attached to a pair of such rail channels. Hat channels being "U" shaped
      with side extensions at the top of the "U" and the rail channels having a
      base portion with upright portions extending perpendicular to the base so
      as to divide the base into left, right and middle portions. Both side
      flanges of each hat channel in the group are connected to one of the
      flanges of each of the rails. Similar construction would take place on the
      other side of the top and bottom rail with another set of hat channels.
PATN
WKU  059878436
SRC  8
APN  9788514
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19971126
TTL  Composite door frame and method of making the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  13
EXP  Callo; Laura A.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Canfield; Fred C.
STR  63435 Deschutes Rd.
CTY  Bend
STA  OR
ZIP  97701
CLAS
OCL   526564
XCL   52211
XCL   527168
XCL   5274516
XCL   527381
XCL   5271705
XCL   49504
XCL   49DIG2
EDF  6
ICL  E06B  104
ICL  E06B  134
FSC   52
FSS  656.2;656.4;211;212;716.8;717.01;717.02;717.04;717.05;745.15;745.16;741.3
     ;730.3;734.1;738.1;716.2
FSC   49
FSS  504;505;DIG. 2
UREF
PNO  2586102
ISD  19520200
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  3082490
ISD  19630300
NAM  Loucks
UREF
PNO  3130455
ISD  19640400
NAM  Borlenghi
XCL   52211
UREF
PNO  3345780
ISD  19671000
NAM  McGhee
XCL   52211
UREF
PNO  3349519
ISD  19671000
NAM  Nehlig
UREF
PNO  3375627
ISD  19680400
NAM  Bursiek et al.
XCL   49504
UREF
PNO  3393471
ISD  19680700
NAM  Skowlund et al.
XCL   49504
UREF
PNO  3443345
ISD  19690500
NAM  Spencer
UREF
PNO  3591985
ISD  19710700
NAM  Coppins
UREF
PNO  3662494
ISD  19720500
NAM  Sitterly
UREF
PNO  4236354
ISD  19801200
NAM  Passovoy
UREF
PNO  4281480
ISD  19810800
NAM  Wendt
UREF
PNO  4439965
ISD  19840400
NAM  Langenhorst
OCL   52211
UREF
PNO  4803815
ISD  19890200
NAM  Burgers
UREF
PNO  5058323
ISD  19911000
NAM  Gerritsen
UREF
PNO  5203130
ISD  19930400
NAM  Freelove
OCL   52211
UREF
PNO  5249399
ISD  19931000
NAM  Aulson
OCL   52211
UREF
PNO  5293723
ISD  19940300
NAM  Slessor
XCL   52717.01
UREF
PNO  5347780
ISD  19940900
NAM  Richards et al.
XCL   49504
UREF
PNO  5546715
ISD  19960800
NAM  Edstrom
XCL   49504
UREF
PNO  5613324
ISD  19970300
NAM  Theune
OCL   49380
UREF
PNO  5634303
ISD  19970600
NAM  Ellingson
UREF
PNO  5669192
ISD  19970900
NAM  Opdyke et al.
OCL   52211
UREF
PNO  5758458
ISD  19980600
NAM  Ridge
XCL   52211
UREF
PNO  5836118
ISD  19981100
NAM  Thornton et al.
OCL   52204.1
FREF
PNO  2809253
ISD  19790900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2197015
ISD  19880500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2276187
ISD  19940900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Holm Industries Inc. advertisement entitled "Quietly Manufacturing the Best
      Weather-strip in the Industry."
LREP
FRM  Kolisch, Hartwell, Dickinson, McCormack & Heuser
ABST
PAL  A maintenance free composite door frame and a method for making the door
      frame. The composite door frame includes a plurality of framing members,
      each including a core formed from a foamed or cellulosic material that
      includes a wall surface adapted to be mounted within a cavity formed in
      the wall of the house or other building with which the frame is to be
      used, and a door surface is opposed to the wall surface and is adapted to
      extend within the cavity. The core preferably includes an elongate base
      member and an elongate stop member mounted on the base member in a
      parallel relationship to the base member. Each framing member further
      includes a resilient shell, which is preferably formed from a waterproof
      material, and which may be snap-fit on the core. The shell forms a
      continuous waterproof expanse which generally conforms to the shape and
      configuration of the core to cover and protect the door surface of the
      core and the lateral edges extending between the core's wall surface and
      the door surface. The shell may further include weather stripping that is
      formed with the shell in a one-piece unit, and the framing members may
      further include conventional or invented brickmold attached thereto. A
      method for making the invented door frame is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059878444
SRC  9
APN  1530968
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19980914
TTL  Snap-lock vision frame assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Maddox; Nkeisha J.
EXP  Kent; Christopher T.
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Reid; Marvin
CTY  Placentia
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chipman; David
CTY  Huntington Beach
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Anemostat Products Division, Dynamics Corp. of Amerca, A New York Corp.
CTY  Carson
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   526565
XCL   526562
XCL   526566
XCL   52208
XCL   52455
EDF  6
ICL  E04C  238
FSC   52
FSS  656.2;656.5;656.6;208;455
UREF
PNO  3768220
ISD  19731000
NAM  Riegelman, Jr.
OCL   52204
UREF
PNO  3969857
ISD  19760700
NAM  Stark
OCL   52208
UREF
PNO  4550542
ISD  19851100
NAM  La See
OCL   52476
LREP
FR2  Jagger; Bruce A.
ABST
PAL  A vision frame assembly for use in fire-rated structures such as doors and
     alls. The frame assembly includes a pair of opposed frame members that
      snap-fit into a plurality of resilient latching clips mounted in the door
      or wall. The latching clips include mounting members to mount the clip to
      the door or wall and spring finger elements having differing lengths. The
      unique configuration of the spring finger elements makes the frame
      assembly adaptable to wide tolerance variations from different
      manufactures of doors, walls, and other fire-rated structures.
PATN
WKU  059878452
SRC  9
APN  0746622
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19980508
TTL  Post cover with tongue and groove joint
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Kent; Christopher T.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Laronde; Mark J.
STR  135 Union Boulevard
CTY  Kitchener, Ontario
CNT  CAX
ITX  N2M 2S3
CLAS
OCL   527312
XCL   527321
XCL   527371
XCL   527374
XCL   527381
XCL   525911
XCL   525922
EDF  6
ICL  E04C  336
FSC   52
FSS  245;591.1;592.1;731.2;732.1;737.4;738.1;737.1;737.3
UREF
PNO  230829
ISD  18800800
NAM  Shear et al.
OCL   52245
UREF
PNO  731742
ISD  19030600
NAM  Beaumont
OCL   52245
UREF
PNO  996926
ISD  19110700
NAM  Harrington
XCL   52738.1
UREF
PNO  1367511
ISD  19210200
NAM  Cathroe
OCL   52245
UREF
PNO  1453806
ISD  19230500
NAM  Nord
OCL   52245
UREF
PNO  2036363
ISD  19360400
NAM  Schaefer
OCL   52245
UREF
PNO  4522006
ISD  19850600
NAM  Plikuhn
XCL   52245
LREP
FR2  Armstrong; R. Craig
ABST
PAL  The cover assembly is designed to surround exposed posts. The assembly
      includes a number of sections each with an inner surface, outer surface
      and two side edges, the side edges being angled relative to the inner
      surface and outer surface. The sections are configured to abut each other
      along their side edges so that when a number of sections are abutted they
      form a polygon with a hollow interior portion to accommodate the post.
      Each section has one side edge with a tongue projecting from it and
      extending the length thereof, and one side edge having a groove extending
      the length thereof configured to receive the tongue of an abutting
      section. Preferably the cover assembly is preassembled into two section
      assemblies each consisting of a number of sections previously bonded to
      each other such that the end user can place the two section assemblies
      around a post, place adhesive in the grooves of the exposed side edges of
      the section assemblies, press the section assemblies together so that they
      surround the post, and apply pressure, so that the section assemblies
      become fixed to each other. The tongues and grooves preferably are
      positioned closer to the inner surface than to the outer surface, so that
      any leakage of adhesive is less likely to make its way to the outer
      surface of the assembly.
PATN
WKU  059878460
SRC  9
APN  0079510
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19980116
TTL  Wallboard fastening member and methods of using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  A; Phi Dieu Tran
EXP  Friedman; Carl D.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Nahas; Michael
STR  2378 Roth Dr.
CTY  Cuyahoga Falls
STA  OH
ZIP  44221
CLAS
OCL   527333
XCL   52 98
XCL   52459
XCL   524831
XCL   527311
XCL   527319
XCL   5250606
XCL  403389
XCL  403393
EDF  6
ICL  E04C  232
FSC   52
FSS  582.1;698;712;733.2;733.3;98;459;481.1;483.1;730.7;731.1;731.9;506.06;733.4
     ;281;578
FSC  403
FSS  389;393;384
UREF
PNO  552939
ISD  18960100
NAM  Wahl et al.
XCL   52 98
UREF
PNO  1078714
ISD  19131100
NAM  Brownstein
OCL   52712
UREF
PNO  1787038
ISD  19301200
NAM  Geoffray
OCL   52698
UREF
PNO  2594928
ISD  19520400
NAM  Horowitz
XCL   52578
UREF
PNO  2889016
ISD  19590600
NAM  Warren
OCL   52 98
UREF
PNO  3005293
ISD  19611000
NAM  Hunter
OCL   52712
UREF
PNO  3712015
ISD  19730100
NAM  Nelson
UREF
PNO  3831333
ISD  19740800
NAM  Nelsson et al.
UREF
PNO  3854259
ISD  19741200
NAM  Lechene
XCL   52 98
UREF
PNO  3967432
ISD  19760700
NAM  Starr
UREF
PNO  3999343
ISD  19761200
NAM  Roberts
UREF
PNO  4394808
ISD  19830700
NAM  Thorsell
UREF
PNO  4435936
ISD  19840300
NAM  Rutkowski
UREF
PNO  4455794
ISD  19840600
NAM  MacKinnon, Jr. et al.
OCL   52 98
UREF
PNO  4596094
ISD  19860600
NAM  Teller et al.
UREF
PNO  4649689
ISD  19870300
NAM  Everman et al.
UREF
PNO  4651484
ISD  19870300
NAM  Rutkowski
UREF
PNO  4674242
ISD  19870600
NAM  Oboler et al.
UREF
PNO  4713921
ISD  19871200
NAM  Minialoff et al.
UREF
PNO  4757663
ISD  19880700
NAM  Kuhr
UREF
PNO  4796396
ISD  19890100
NAM  Menchetti
UREF
PNO  4837988
ISD  19890600
NAM  Menchetti et al.
UREF
PNO  4843784
ISD  19890700
NAM  Menchetti et al.
UREF
PNO  4854096
ISD  19890800
NAM  Smolik
UREF
PNO  4866899
ISD  19890900
NAM  Houser
UREF
PNO  4902179
ISD  19900200
NAM  Harker
UREF
PNO  5060434
ISD  19911000
NAM  Allison
UREF
PNO  5067296
ISD  19911100
NAM  Brown et al.
XCL   52733.3
UREF
PNO  5095678
ISD  19920300
NAM  Murphy
UREF
PNO  5177925
ISD  19930100
NAM  Winkler et al.
UREF
PNO  5189850
ISD  19930300
NAM  Felton
OCL   52 36.4
UREF
PNO  5274973
ISD  19940100
NAM  Liang
UREF
PNO  5325641
ISD  19940700
NAM  Felton
UREF
PNO  5351452
ISD  19941000
NAM  Gates
UREF
PNO  5408796
ISD  19950400
NAM  Hashimoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5426904
ISD  19950600
NAM  Gilmore
UREF
PNO  5452556
ISD  19950900
NAM  Taylor
UREF
PNO  5475961
ISD  19951200
NAM  Menchetti
UREF
PNO  5485706
ISD  19960100
NAM  Menchetti
UREF
PNO  5515658
ISD  19960500
NAM  Jorde
UREF
PNO  5706621
ISD  19980100
NAM  Pervan
OCL   52403.1
FREF
PNO  259759
ISD  19640600
CNT  AUX
OCL   52 98
FREF
PNO  678933
ISD  19641200
CNT  ITX
OCL   52350
FREF
PNO  259759
ISD  19650600
CNT  SUX
OCL   52 98
FREF
PNO  2260346
ISD  19930400
CNT  GBX
OCL   52582.1
LREP
FRM  Oldham & Oldham Co., L.P.A.
ABST
PAL  A wallboard fastening member and methods of using the same which is adapted
      to be positioned as a wall stud or joist between existing studs or joists
      present in a walls and ceilings of residential, commercial and industrial
      structures. The wallboard fastening member in accordance with the present
      invention is intended to be used where opposing ends of a piece of
      wallboard, such as gypsum drywall wallboard, are not aligned with an
      existing stud or joist to avoid the necessity of fitting up or cutting the
      wallboard and thus creating undesirable scrap. The preferred embodiment of
      a wallboard fastening member is a generally elongated member and
      preferably includes a stepped configuration on one side to permit the
      wallboard fastening member to fasten adjacent pieces of wallboard having
      different sizes by using the side having a stepped configuration or to
      fasten adjacent pieces of wallboard of the same size by using the flat
      side. In addition, if desired, wallboard fastening member can include
      score lines or perforations to permit the length of wallboard fastening
      member to be easily and quickly adjusted.
PATN
WKU  059878479
SRC  8
APN  9505385
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971015
TTL  Wrapping machine and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Johnson; Linda
NDR  19
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Nordstrom; John E.
CTY  Manitowoc
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Rusch; Christopher J.
CTY  Two Rivers
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Omega Manufacturing Corporation
CTY  Two Rivers
STA  WI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  671971
APD  19960628
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  605262
APD  19960112
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  496646
APD  19950628
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   53234
XCL   53204
XCL   533729
EDF  6
ICL  B65B 1128
FSC   53
FSS  204;409;234;372.8;372.9;210
UREF
PNO  2110815
ISD  19380300
NAM  Parsons
XCL   53372.8
UREF
PNO  2301016
ISD  19421100
NAM  Cannard
OCL   53204
UREF
PNO  2363751
ISD  19441100
NAM  Schultz et al.
OCL   53204
UREF
PNO  2383664
ISD  19450800
NAM  Malhiot
XCL   53204
UREF
PNO  3899865
ISD  19750800
NAM  Revaz
OCL   53234
UREF
PNO  4548019
ISD  19851000
NAM  Kruse
XCL   53234
LREP
FRM  Ryan Kromholz & Manion, S.C.
ABST
PAL  A machine and method for wrapping cylindrical workpieces such as rolls of
      bathroom tissue and paper towel. The machine includes a workpiece infeed
      conveyor, a wrapping paper feeder, a rotating carousel having a plurality
      of pockets, and a discharge conveyor. A piece of wrapping paper supplied
      by the paper feeder is perforated and burst into a single sheet. The sheet
      and a workpiece are directed into a pocket in the rotating carousel
      whereby the sheet is banded around the periphery of the workpiece by a
      clamping plate, underfolder plate, and brush. Next a pair of stuffer
      spindles driven by a barrel cam and a pair of rotating star wheels whose
      compound motion is derived from geneva wheels fold and tuck the wrapping
      paper around the parallel sides and into the center tube of each
      workpiece. The wrapped workpieces are ejected from the rotating carousel
      onto a discharge conveyor. Alternative folder mechanisms include folding
      fingers. The method of wrapping is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059878487
SRC  9
APN  0200913
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980206
TTL  Needle transfer arrangement in a machine for the automated packaging of
      needles and attached sutures
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Hong; William
EXP  Hail, III; Joseph J.
NDR  10
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Blanch; John F.
CTY  Tinton Falls
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Demarest; David D.
CTY  Parsippany
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Daniele; Robert A.
CTY  Flemington
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Esteves; Anthony
CTY  Somerville
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Smith; William F.
CTY  Ringoes
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Reinemuth; George Horst
CTY  Glen Mills
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Branco; Richard Paul
CTY  Collegeville
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Ethicon, Inc.
CTY  Somerville
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   53234
XCL   53118
XCL   53430
EDF  6
ICL  B65B 1128
FSC   53
FSS  234;118;138.1;244;253;329;430
UREF
PNO  2620028
ISD  19521200
NAM  Kohut
UREF
PNO  2928395
ISD  19600300
NAM  Forbes et al.
UREF
PNO  3167895
ISD  19650200
NAM  Egler et al.
UREF
PNO  3611551
ISD  19711000
NAM  Shave et al.
UREF
PNO  3618282
ISD  19711100
NAM  Hagel et al.
UREF
PNO  3980177
ISD  19760900
NAM  McGregor
UREF
PNO  4072041
ISD  19780200
NAM  Hoffman et al.
UREF
PNO  4424898
ISD  19840100
NAM  Thyen et al.
UREF
PNO  4722384
ISD  19880200
NAM  Matsutani
UREF
PNO  4806737
ISD  19890200
NAM  Coates
UREF
PNO  4832025
ISD  19890500
NAM  Coates
UREF
PNO  4922904
ISD  19900500
NAM  Uetake et al.
UREF
PNO  5056658
ISD  19911000
NAM  Sobel et al.
UREF
PNO  5230424
ISD  19930700
NAM  Alpern et al.
UREF
PNO  5438746
ISD  19950800
NAM  Demarest et al.
UREF
PNO  5452636
ISD  19950900
NAM  Rattan
UREF
PNO  5469689
ISD  19951100
NAM  Demarest et al.
UREF
PNO  5473810
ISD  19951200
NAM  Demarest et al.
UREF
PNO  5473854
ISD  19951200
NAM  Demarest et al.
UREF
PNO  5477609
ISD  19951200
NAM  Demarest et al.
UREF
PNO  5485668
ISD  19960100
NAM  Demarest et al.
UREF
PNO  5487212
ISD  19960100
NAM  Demarest et al.
UREF
PNO  5487216
ISD  19960100
NAM  Demarest et al.
OCL   29705
UREF
PNO  5500991
ISD  19960300
NAM  Demarest et al.
UREF
PNO  5511670
ISD  19960400
NAM  Demarest et al.
FREF
PNO  428253
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2632850
ISD  19891200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  63-212027
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-299834
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
ABST
PAL  A machine for the automated packaging of armed sutures or; in effect,
      surgical needles having sutures attached thereto and, more particularly, a
      needle gripper and transfer arrangement in an automated machine for the
      high-speed individualized packaging into trays of single or individual
      surgical needles each having an attached suture and a detachable cover
      providing a suture package utilized for the packaging of the individual or
      single needles and attached sutures. The machine includes vertically
      adjustable frame structure so as to adjust the elevation thereof relative
      to the needle transfer arrangement to facilitate the packaging of
      differently sized needles in a single size of packaging tray.
PATN
WKU  059878495
SRC  9
APN  0360597
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980306
TTL  Method for providing a multi-layered decorative cover for a flower pot
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Coan; James F.
NDR  5
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Weder; Donald E.
CTY  Highland
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Southpac Trust International, Inc.
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   53397
XCL   53390
XCL   53399
XCL   53449
EDF  6
ICL  A01G  902
ICL  B65B 2502
FSC   53
FSS  399;397;449;390;414;410;464;461;138.6;139.1;592;172;171;170;176;139.4;219
     ;218;221;220
FSC  206
FSS  423
FSC   47
FSS  72
UREF
PNO  5526932
ISD  19960600
NAM  Weder
XCL   53449
UREF
PNO  5551140
ISD  19960900
NAM  Weder et al.
XCL   53397
UREF
PNO  5595045
ISD  19970100
NAM  Weder et al.
OCL   53397
UREF
PNO  5596862
ISD  19970100
NAM  Weder
OCL   53397
UREF
PNO  5626003
ISD  19970500
NAM  Weder
XCL   53449
LREP
FRM  Dunlap, Codding & Rogers, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A decorative flower pot cover and method for producing same is disclosed
      wherein the decorative flower pot cover is provided with a multi-layered
      upper portion formed of a plurality of sheets of material wherein each
      sheet of material is provided with an opening therein adapted to receiver
      a lower potion of a flower pot such that, upon positioning the lower end
      of the flower pot through the openings in the sheets of material, a
      portion of the sheets of material are connected to a portion of a sidewall
      of the flower pot and the sheets of material forming the multi-layered
      upper portion of the decorative flower pot cover extend substantially
      independent of one another in an upwardly and outwardly angular direction
      from the sidewall of the flower pot so that an open upper end of the
      flower pot remains substantially uncovered by the decorative flower pot
      cover.
PATN
WKU  059878509
SRC  9
APN  0324442
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980227
TTL  Process for the application of a revenue seal to a cigarette pack
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Hong; William
EXP  Hail, III; Joseph J.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Schoch; Reinhard A.
CTY  Hamburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Friedrich; H.H. Detlef
CTY  Hamburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  H.F. & Ph. F. Reemtsma GmbH
CTY  Hamburg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970306
APN  197 11 108
CLAS
OCL   53415
XCL   531351
XCL   531361
EDF  6
ICL  B65B 6126
FSC   53
FSS  415;135.1;136.1;397;383.1
UREF
PNO  3772848
ISD  19731100
NAM  Rudszinat et al.
OCL   53 24
UREF
PNO  4330976
ISD  19820500
NAM  Blackall et al.
OCL   53151
UREF
PNO  4969305
ISD  19901100
NAM  York et al.
OCL   53137
UREF
PNO  5131967
ISD  19920700
NAM  Tweadey et al.
OCL  156101
UREF
PNO  5375613
ISD  19941200
NAM  Aindow et al.
OCL  131281
FREF
PNO  0540184A1
ISD  19930500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4113714A1
ISD  19921000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4218471A1
ISD  19921200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4332853A1
ISD  19950300
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Rompp Chemie Lexikon--pp. 2456-2457.
PAL  Verfahrensfortschritte zur Oberflachenvorbehandlung Papier +
      Kunstsoff-Verarbeiter 3-88.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A cigarette pack is treated with a larger beam in the areas (6) onto which
      the revenue seal (7) is to be glued, in such a way that the coating of the
      pack is destroyed there.
PATN
WKU  059878517
SRC  9
APN  0818267
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980520
TTL  Packaging a strip of material
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Johnson; Linda
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  O'Connor; Lawrence J.
CTY  Winnipeg
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Stac-Pac Technologies Inc.
CTY  Christchurch
CNT  BBX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   53429
XCL   53445
XCL   53436
XCL   53434
XCL  206494
XCL  2065248
XCL  493410
XCL  493413
EDF  6
ICL  B65B 1320
ICL  B65B 6120
ICL  B65B 6304
FSC   53
FSS  429;116;117;434;513;520;527;436;445;135.1;156;157
FSC  206
FSS  494;524.8
FSC  493
FSS  413;414;415;410;411;437;439;440;357;356;363
UREF
PNO  32761
ISD  18610700
NAM  Elliot
UREF
PNO  1463918
ISD  19230800
NAM  Borroughs
UREF
PNO  1985676
ISD  19341200
NAM  Hand
UREF
PNO  2425301
ISD  19470800
NAM  Browner
OCL   53436
UREF
PNO  2659187
ISD  19531100
NAM  Barnes
OCL   53446
UREF
PNO  3245680
ISD  19660400
NAM  Harrison et al.
OCL  493413
UREF
PNO  3321889
ISD  19670500
NAM  Zubik et al.
OCL   53527
UREF
PNO  3351992
ISD  19671100
NAM  Carter
OCL   53429
UREF
PNO  3429095
ISD  19690200
NAM  Huson
OCL   53436
UREF
PNO  3499261
ISD  19700300
NAM  Hullhorst et al.
OCL   53436
UREF
PNO  3645759
ISD  19720200
NAM  Heiligman
XCL   53429
UREF
PNO  3673757
ISD  19720700
NAM  Willis
OCL   53429
UREF
PNO  3684275
ISD  19720800
NAM  Schweitzer et al.
XCL  493413
UREF
PNO  3729367
ISD  19730400
NAM  Shore et al.
OCL   53429
UREF
PNO  3739544
ISD  19730600
NAM  Hanemann
UREF
PNO  4097039
ISD  19780600
NAM  Fischer
OCL  493413
UREF
PNO  4201029
ISD  19800500
NAM  Lerner et al.
OCL   53429
UREF
PNO  4240854
ISD  19801200
NAM  Massey et al.
XCL   53429
UREF
PNO  4418514
ISD  19831200
NAM  Spann
XCL   53434
UREF
PNO  4427404
ISD  19840100
NAM  Yamada
UREF
PNO  4499707
ISD  19850200
NAM  Desjobert et al.
UREF
PNO  4512464
ISD  19850400
NAM  Sylvester
XCL   53429
UREF
PNO  4547184
ISD  19851000
NAM  Bunch, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4597748
ISD  19860700
NAM  Wolf
UREF
PNO  4603817
ISD  19860800
NAM  O'Connor
UREF
PNO  4716706
ISD  19880100
NAM  Boeckmann
UREF
PNO  4896475
ISD  19900100
NAM  McAvinew
OCL   53117
UREF
PNO  4907397
ISD  19900300
NAM  Goodman
XCL   53157
UREF
PNO  4941374
ISD  19900700
NAM  Focke
XCL   53157
UREF
PNO  5036977
ISD  19910800
NAM  Schofield et al.
OCL  206389
UREF
PNO  5064179
ISD  19911100
NAM  Martin
UREF
PNO  5087140
ISD  19920200
NAM  Keeton et al.
UREF
PNO  5104366
ISD  19920400
NAM  Bunch
XCL  493414
UREF
PNO  5177934
ISD  19930100
NAM  Yamamoto
XCL   53434
UREF
PNO  5290226
ISD  19940300
NAM  Green, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5529564
ISD  19960600
NAM  Hediger
FREF
PNO  B-22983/83
ISD  19840500
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  383501
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  47638
ISD  19820300
CNT  JPX
OCL   53116
FREF
PNO  2-182666
ISD  19900700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1555205
ISD  19900400
CNT  SUX
OCL   53429
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
FR2  Battison; Adrian D.
ABST
PAL  A package of a continuous strip of material comprises a plurality of
      parallel side by side stacks each containing a length of the strip which
      is folded back and forth such that each folded portion of the stack is
      folded relative to the next portion about a line transverse to the strip
      and such that the side edges of the strip portions are aligned. The strip
      is continuous through each stack and is connected by a splice from the end
      of one stack to beginning of the next stack. The package is compressed to
      reduce the height of the stacks and maintained in the compressed condition
      by an evacuated sealed bag. The preferred package arrangement uses the
      package for pay off of the strip in the orientation in which it is formed
      with the bottom of the stacks resting on a support and the package tilted
      to one side so that the stacks lean against a support surface for
      stability. The spliced connection portions extend along one end of the
      package and are folded to take up the difference in height between the
      compressed condition and the released condition for unfolding. A spacer
      plate prevents the connection portions from being wrinkled against the end
      of the package under the compression from the bag.
PATN
WKU  059878525
SRC  9
APN  0249475
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980217
TTL  Method for the tack-free packaging of a hot-melt pressure sensitive
      adhesive
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Johnson; Linda
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Bozich; Frank
CTY  Oak Brook
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  King; Charles James
CTY  Wooddale
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Croda Adhesives, Inc.
CTY  Itasca
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   53440
XCL   53450
EDF  6
ICL  B65B 6308
FSC   53
FSS  440;450;122;127;553
UREF
PNO  2616232
ISD  19521100
NAM  Meyer
OCL   53450
UREF
PNO  2759308
ISD  19560800
NAM  Nawrocki
OCL   53122
UREF
PNO  3481283
ISD  19691200
NAM  Vogt
OCL   53122
UREF
PNO  3851438
ISD  19741200
NAM  Brisman
XCL   53440
UREF
PNO  5715654
ISD  19980200
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL   53440
UREF
PNO  5804610
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hamer et al.
XCL   53440
UREF
PNO  5806285
ISD  19980900
NAM  Rizzieri
XCL   53440
UREF
PNO  5819505
ISD  19981000
NAM  Fayolle et al.
OCL   53440
LREP
FRM  McAndrews, Held & Malloy, Ltd.
FR2  Pochopien; Donald J.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to a method for the high throughput
      tack-free packaging of a hot-melt thermoplastic or thermosetting pressure
      sensitive adhesive composition. The method provides for the conveyorized
      packaging of a continuous stream of a molten hot-melt adhesive composition
      in a non-tack thermoplastic film wherein the stream is converted into two
      or more rows of tack-free packaged hot-melt blocks.
PATN
WKU  059878533
SRC  9
APN  0719781
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980504
TTL  Back seal support for vertical form, fill and seal machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  8
EXP  Sipos; John
NDR  3
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Dobbs; Larence Calvin
CTY  Greer
STA  SC
ASSG
NAM  Hayssen, Inc.
CTY  Duncan
STA  SC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   53451
XCL   53551
XCL   533759
EDF  6
ICL  B65B  906
FSC   53
FSS  451;550;551;552;375.9;375.8
FSC  493
FSS  302
UREF
PNO  2385897
ISD  19451000
NAM  Waters
OCL   53551
UREF
PNO  3538676
ISD  19701100
NAM  Runo
OCL   53375.9
UREF
PNO  4442656
ISD  19840400
NAM  Wylie
OCL   53552
UREF
PNO  4630429
ISD  19861200
NAM  Christine
OCL   53551
UREF
PNO  4646507
ISD  19870300
NAM  Ohlsson et al.
OCL   53551
UREF
PNO  5067311
ISD  19911100
NAM  Andersson
OCL   53551
UREF
PNO  5505040
ISD  19960400
NAM  Janssen et al.
OCL   53551
LREP
FRM  Lee, Mann, Smith, McWilliams, Sweeney & Ohlson
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for use in a vertical form, fill and seal machine to
      protect the longitudinal back seal. A pair of clamps retains the plastic
      film against the forming tube on either side of the back seal and on
      either side of a sealing platen if the platen is used for forming the back
      seal. The clamps extend for at least the length of the platen, and the
      clamps are operated together in unison.
PATN
WKU  059878541
SRC  9
APN  0643335
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980422
TTL  Method and apparatus for opening and transporting bags
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Sipos; John
NDR  15
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Killinger; Glenn W.
CTY  Simpsonville
STA  SC
INVT
NAM  McDonald; Gregory E.
CTY  Simpsonville
STA  SC
INVT
NAM  Zende; Charles C.
CTY  Greer
STA  SC
ASSG
NAM  Cryovac, Inc.
CTY  Duncan
STA  SC
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  857277
APD  19970516
PSC  01
PNO  5826405
CLAS
OCL   53459
XCL   53570
XCL   533861
EDF  6
ICL  B65B 4330
ICL  B65B 4336
FSC   53
FSS  459;468;469;570;573;385.1;386.1;381.6
FSC  141
FSS  10;114;166;313
UREF
PNO  997193
ISD  19110700
NAM  Hoyt
UREF
PNO  2601480
ISD  19520600
NAM  Williams
OCL  226 49
UREF
PNO  2702150
ISD  19550200
NAM  Vogt
OCL   53570
UREF
PNO  2914895
ISD  19591200
NAM  Martin
OCL   53 59
UREF
PNO  3059550
ISD  19621000
NAM  Wellman
OCL   93 29
UREF
PNO  3161347
ISD  19641200
NAM  Hannon
OCL  229 69
UREF
PNO  3501888
ISD  19700300
NAM  Egli et al.
OCL   53 86
UREF
PNO  3552090
ISD  19710100
NAM  Roberts et al.
OCL   53 71
UREF
PNO  3579948
ISD  19710500
NAM  Lerner
OCL   53459
UREF
PNO  3587843
ISD  19710600
NAM  Wing
OCL  206 57
UREF
PNO  3740922
ISD  19730600
NAM  Liou
OCL   53188
UREF
PNO  3793797
ISD  19740200
NAM  Roberts et al.
OCL   53459
UREF
PNO  3804322
ISD  19740400
NAM  Ericson
OCL  229 53
UREF
PNO  3908343
ISD  19750900
NAM  Farrelly
XCL   53570
UREF
PNO  4137958
ISD  19790200
NAM  Golby et al.
OCL  150  1
UREF
PNO  4159611
ISD  19790700
NAM  Russell
OCL   53381.6
UREF
PNO  4248032
ISD  19810200
NAM  Woods et al.
OCL   53570
UREF
PNO  4484904
ISD  19841100
NAM  Fowler
OCL  493213
UREF
PNO  4516384
ISD  19850500
NAM  Imperiale
OCL   53459
UREF
PNO  4674268
ISD  19870600
NAM  Gavronsky et al.
XCL   53469
UREF
PNO  4795413
ISD  19890100
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  493309
UREF
PNO  5551215
ISD  19960900
NAM  McDonald et al.
OCL   53459
UREF
PNO  5826405
ISD  19981000
NAM  Killinger et al.
OCL   53459
LREP
FR2  Quatt; Mark B.
ABST
PAL  A method of opening a bag mounted on a tape includes the steps of providing
      a bag including a first panel, a second panel, a first bag edge, a second
      bag edge, a bag bottom, and a bag mouth; gripping the bag between a first
      means for vacuumizing and a second means for vacuumizing; and moving the
      first and second means for vacuumizing such that the bag disengages from
      the tape, and the bag mouth opens. The first and second means for
      vacuumizing are activated before or during the gripping step, or after
      these means have been moved, but before the bag mouth opens. An apparatus
      for transporting a bag, and loading a bag, are also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059878550
SRC  8
APN  8881855
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970703
TTL  Method of and apparatus for sealing surgical suture packages
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Kim; Gene L
EXP  Coan; James F.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Dey; Clifford A.
CTY  Lebanon
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Houston; Milton Cary
CTY  Miles
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Szabo; David A.
CTY  Branchburg
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Ethicon, Inc.
CTY  San Angelo
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   53477
XCL   53 53
XCL   533737
XCL   533759
EDF  6
ICL  B65B 5110
FSC   53
FSS  477;453;559;53;425;426;54;373.7;375.9
UREF
PNO  3162307
ISD  19641200
NAM  Regan, Jr.
OCL  206 63.3
UREF
PNO  3163288
ISD  19641200
NAM  Arvidsson
OCL  206 63.3
UREF
PNO  3256981
ISD  19660600
NAM  Kurtz
OCL  206 56
UREF
PNO  3724651
ISD  19730400
NAM  Link
OCL  206 56
UREF
PNO  3809230
ISD  19740500
NAM  Poncy
OCL  206306
UREF
PNO  3967729
ISD  19760700
NAM  Tanner, II
OCL  206438
UREF
PNO  3980177
ISD  19760900
NAM  McGregor
OCL  206 63.3
UREF
PNO  4261463
ISD  19810400
NAM  Shave
OCL  206 63.3
UREF
PNO  4615926
ISD  19861000
NAM  Hsu et al.
OCL  428 35
UREF
PNO  4918907
ISD  19900400
NAM  Roach et al.
OCL   53 53
UREF
PNO  4961498
ISD  19901000
NAM  Kalinski et al.
OCL  206339
UREF
PNO  4967902
ISD  19901100
NAM  Sobel et al.
OCL  206 63.3
UREF
PNO  5048678
ISD  19910900
NAM  Chambers
OCL  206 63.3
UREF
PNO  5081816
ISD  19920100
NAM  Cardinali
OCL   53559
UREF
PNO  5127211
ISD  19920700
NAM  Mancini
OCL   53477
UREF
PNO  5129511
ISD  19920700
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  206 63.3
UREF
PNO  5220769
ISD  19930600
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL   53453
UREF
PNO  5249406
ISD  19931000
NAM  Kalmanides
OCL   53387.2
UREF
PNO  5284240
ISD  19940200
NAM  Alpern et al.
OCL  206 63.3
UREF
PNO  5341922
ISD  19940800
NAM  Cerwin et al.
OCL  206 63.3
UREF
PNO  5439102
ISD  19950800
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  206 63.3
UREF
PNO  5568715
ISD  19961000
NAM  Ebel et al.
OCL   53 54
UREF
PNO  5623810
ISD  19970400
NAM  Dey et al.
OCL   53425
UREF
PNO  5709067
ISD  19980100
NAM  Dey et al.
OCL   53 53
UREF
PNO  5732529
ISD  19980300
NAM  Dey et al.
OCL   53559
LREP
FR2  Hammond; Herbert J.
ABST
PAL  A method of and apparatus for sealing unsealed surgical suture packages by
      applying heat and sealing pressure substantially simultaneously to both
      the sealed edge and the unsealed edge of an unsealed surgical suture
      package, thereby forming a sealed surgical suture package.
PATN
WKU  059878568
SRC  8
APN  9039252
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970731
TTL  Sealing machine and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Calve; James P.
EXP  Vo; Peter
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Lerner; Hershey
CTY  Aurora
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Automated Packaging Systems, Inc.
CTY  Streetsboro
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  699129
APD  19960816
PSC  01
PNO  5743070
CLAS
OCL   53479
XCL   532847
XCL   53459
XCL   53570
XCL  226172
EDF  6
ICL  B65B 5120
FSC   53
FSS  479;373.9;468;469;284.7;568;570;459
FSC  226
FSS  172
FSC  493
FSS  319;189;193;198;209
FSC  271
FSS  272;273;274
FSC  270
FSS  52.07
FSC  198
FSS  626.1
UREF
PNO  3286433
ISD  19661100
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  3359703
ISD  19671200
NAM  Quaadgras
OCL   53562
UREF
PNO  3488244
ISD  19700100
NAM  Lepisto
OCL   53373.9
UREF
PNO  3559748
ISD  19710200
NAM  Titchenal
OCL  229 69
UREF
PNO  3567095
ISD  19710300
NAM  Geist
OCL  226172
UREF
PNO  3583127
ISD  19710600
NAM  Marchand
OCL   53459
UREF
PNO  3610501
ISD  19711000
NAM  Wolfelsperger
OCL  226172
UREF
PNO  3665673
ISD  19720500
NAM  Billett
OCL   53441
UREF
PNO  3699746
ISD  19721000
NAM  Titchenal et al.
OCL   53570
UREF
PNO  3720565
ISD  19730300
NAM  Cavanna
OCL   53373.9
UREF
PNO  3744211
ISD  19730700
NAM  Titchenal et al.
OCL   53459
UREF
PNO  3746056
ISD  19730700
NAM  Titchenal et al.
OCL   53570
UREF
PNO  3779449
ISD  19731200
NAM  Membrino
OCL   53459
UREF
PNO  3791573
ISD  19740200
NAM  Titchenal et al.
OCL  229 69
UREF
PNO  3817017
ISD  19740600
NAM  Titchenal
OCL   53459
UREF
PNO  3887063
ISD  19750600
NAM  Villanueva et al.
OCL  226172
UREF
PNO  4019946
ISD  19770400
NAM  Greisman
OCL   53373.9
UREF
PNO  4145039
ISD  19790300
NAM  Carlsson
OCL  226172
UREF
PNO  4201031
ISD  19800500
NAM  Wiles
OCL   53459
UREF
PNO  4558556
ISD  19851200
NAM  Jostler
OCL   53459
UREF
PNO  4586317
ISD  19860500
NAM  Bussell
OCL   53451
UREF
PNO  4586319
ISD  19860500
NAM  Ausnit
OCL   53468
UREF
PNO  4654878
ISD  19870300
NAM  Lems
OCL   53459
UREF
PNO  4945714
ISD  19900800
NAM  Bodolay et al.
OCL   53568
UREF
PNO  4969310
ISD  19901100
NAM  Lerner et al.
OCL   53459
UREF
PNO  5134833
ISD  19920800
NAM  Lerner
OCL   53468
UREF
PNO  5184447
ISD  19930200
NAM  Johnsen
OCL   53373.9
UREF
PNO  5187917
ISD  19930200
NAM  Mykleby
OCL   53434
UREF
PNO  5722218
ISD  19980300
NAM  Lerner
OCL   53459
FREF
PNO  2145774
ISD  19730200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/25345
ISD  19941100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Watts, Hoffmann, Fisher & Heinke, Co., L.P.A.
ABST
PAL  A sealing machine and process for sealing loaded bags of a novel web of
      side connected bags are disclosed. The web is fed through the sealer by a
      pair of grooved main transport belts. A holding belt is disposed in the
      groove of an associated main belt and extends into the groove of the other
      main belt as the belts move through the seal station. Processes of
      transporting and sealing side connected bags are also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059878576
SRC  8
APN  9235949
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970904
TTL  Packaging apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Johnson; Linda
NDR  3
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Haddow; Philip Gordon
CTY  Coventry
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Shirley; Graham Leonard
CTY  Coventry
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Lipton, Division of Conopco, Inc.
CTY  Englewood Cliffs
STA  NJ
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960909
APN  96306533
CLAS
OCL   53527
XCL   53529
XCL   53248
EDF  6
ICL  B65B 6302
FSC   53
FSS  527;529;530;248;250;260
UREF
PNO  3086564
ISD  19630400
NAM  Staff
OCL  141 81
UREF
PNO  3088499
ISD  19630500
NAM  Rieger
OCL  141 81
UREF
PNO  3325977
ISD  19670600
NAM  Kirsten
OCL   53250
UREF
PNO  3501890
ISD  19700300
NAM  Hunt
OCL   53124
UREF
PNO  3509681
ISD  19700500
NAM  Sass
OCL   53 35
UREF
PNO  3968619
ISD  19760700
NAM  Fishburne
OCL   53 24
UREF
PNO  4085563
ISD  19780400
NAM  Egee et al.
XCL   53250
UREF
PNO  4718540
ISD  19880100
NAM  Greenwell
OCL  198627
UREF
PNO  4874067
ISD  19891000
NAM  Greenwell
OCL  192  4R
UREF
PNO  5038919
ISD  19910800
NAM  Harston
OCL  198626.1
UREF
PNO  5145053
ISD  19920900
NAM  Krieger
OCL  198626.5
UREF
PNO  5224911
ISD  19930700
NAM  Wong
OCL   53426
UREF
PNO  5401156
ISD  19950300
NAM  Anderson
OCL  425147
FREF
PNO  1 090 626
ISD  19541000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3335754
ISD  19850400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  96/07592
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Farrell; James J.
ABST
PAL  Packing apparatus on a conveyor line for use in filling cartons with
      compressible articles comprises first and second tamping pistons (4,6)
      operating in sequence in a chamber (2) to successively compress the
      articles and drive them through a chute (2a) into a carton (C). A planar
      shutter (32) is provided at the bottom of the chute (2a) to close it
      between carton-filling operations. The chute and carton are separated by
      only the shutter so as to minimize the gap between them and also to
      facilitate the extension of the driving piston (6) into the container to
      pack the articles more firmly therein. The shutter rotates on a vertical
      axis offset from the chute with its lower face contacting the cartons and
      moves generally in the direction of advance of the carton along the
      conveyor line.
PATN
WKU  059878584
SRC  8
APN  5193753
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19950825
TTL  Apparatus for densifying and packaging a bulky material
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Kim; Eugene L.
NDR  8
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Long; James Michael
CTY  Toledo
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Johns Manville International, Inc.
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  227432
APD  19940414
PSC  01
PNO  5459982
CLAS
OCL   53529
XCL   53525
XCL   53527
XCL   53530
XCL   16355
XCL   16356
XCL  100190
XCL  100233
EDF  6
ICL  B65B  124
FSC   53
FSS  523;529;527;530;438;439;436
FSC   16
FSS  268;355;356
FSC  100
FSS  233;190
UREF
PNO  3088499
ISD  19630500
NAM  Rieger
OCL   53258
UREF
PNO  3621775
ISD  19711100
NAM  Dedio et al.
OCL   53530
UREF
PNO  3694992
ISD  19721000
NAM  Hunt
OCL   53438
UREF
PNO  4162603
ISD  19790700
NAM  Stromberg
OCL   53529
UREF
PNO  4406379
ISD  19830900
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL   16356
UREF
PNO  5459982
ISD  19951000
NAM  Long
OCL   53529
LREP
FR2  Touslee; Robert D.
ABST
PAL  A movable retaining wall is used in a first position in a compression baler
      to retain a compressed mass, such as microfibers, and is then moved to a
      second position into an opening in a wall of a packaging chamber filling
      the opening such that a gap between the edges of the interior surface of
      the retaining wall and the edges of the opening is too small to allow the
      compressed material to enter the gap when it passes through the packaging
      chamber and past the gap. To accomplish this requires the use of hidden
      hinges to guide the retaining wall as it moves from the first position to
      the second position and back to the first position. The hidden hinges
      allow the retaining wall to move essentially straight out of the opening
      in the wall of the packaging chamber before it begins to pivot towards the
      second position, thus allowing the tight fit. This feature prevents damage
      to the material being packaged since if it enters a gap while compressed,
      agglomerates will be formed when the compressed mass is moved through the
      apparatus which agglomerates cause processing problems and product
      defects.
PATN
WKU  059878592
SRC  9
APN  1225103
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980724
TTL  Product orientation for elongated products
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Moon; Daniel B.
NDR  6
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Dreger; Douglas D.
CTY  Kiel
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Hayssen, Inc.
CTY  Duncan
STA  SC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   53544
XCL   53 54
XCL   53525
EDF  6
ICL  B65B 3530
FSC   53
FSS  54;437;446;494;525;544
UREF
PNO  3842569
ISD  19741000
NAM  McClelland et al.
XCL   53525
UREF
PNO  3990209
ISD  19761100
NAM  Eisenberg
XCL   53525
UREF
PNO  3994321
ISD  19761100
NAM  Eisenberg
XCL   53534
UREF
PNO  4019547
ISD  19770400
NAM  Ross
XCL   53525
UREF
PNO  4054015
ISD  19771000
NAM  Rowell
XCL   53544
UREF
PNO  4265072
ISD  19810500
NAM  Egli
XCL   53544
UREF
PNO  4514959
ISD  19850500
NAM  Shroyer
XCL   53525
UREF
PNO  4519179
ISD  19850500
NAM  Meier
XCL   53525
UREF
PNO  4586313
ISD  19860500
NAM  Maglecic
XCL   53451
UREF
PNO  4607478
ISD  19860800
NAM  Maglecic
XCL   53544
UREF
PNO  4629017
ISD  19861200
NAM  Shroyer
XCL   53 77
UREF
PNO  4843795
ISD  19890700
NAM  Shroyer
XCL   53525
UREF
PNO  4955178
ISD  19900900
NAM  Shroyer
XCL   53544
UREF
PNO  4965984
ISD  19901000
NAM  Farnsworth et al.
XCL   53544
UREF
PNO  5001889
ISD  19910300
NAM  Mueller
XCL   53525
UREF
PNO  5473866
ISD  19951200
NAM  Maglecic et al.
XCL   53544
LREP
FRM  Lee, Mann, Smith, McWilliams, Sweeney & Ohlson
ABST
PAL  An orientation device for vertically orienting products in a vertical form,
      fill and seal machine. It includes a product receipt station for receiving
      a plurality of unoriented products and a product discharge station for
      discharging a plurality of oriented products. The products are indexed in
      discrete groups from the product receipt station to the product discharge
      station, during which the products of each group are oriented with their
      longitudinal axes being essentially vertical.
PATN
WKU  059878606
SRC  9
APN  1116193
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980707
TTL  Guiding plate for a wrapping device
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Sipos; John
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Yang; Terry
STR  5th Fl., No. 360, Sec. 6, Chungshan N. Rd.
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL   53550
XCL   53578
XCL  493302
XCL  493476
EDF  6
ICL  B65B  906
FSC   53
FSS  550;578
FSC  493
FSS  302;475;476;478
UREF
PNO  3340669
ISD  19670900
NAM  Farquharson
UREF
PNO  3739545
ISD  19730600
NAM  Lattke
UREF
PNO  4267684
ISD  19810500
NAM  Ambrose
UREF
PNO  4519185
ISD  19850500
NAM  Horn et al.
OCL   53550
UREF
PNO  4653251
ISD  19870300
NAM  Ambrose
UREF
PNO  4662148
ISD  19870500
NAM  Nilsson
UREF
PNO  4918904
ISD  19900400
NAM  Pharo
UREF
PNO  5129512
ISD  19920700
NAM  Garwood
UREF
PNO  5133173
ISD  19920700
NAM  Draghetti et al.
UREF
PNO  5272856
ISD  19931200
NAM  Pharo
UREF
PNO  5435115
ISD  19950700
NAM  Simmons
OCL   53550
UREF
PNO  5713185
ISD  19980200
NAM  Lindstrom et al.
UREF
PNO  5799467
ISD  19980900
NAM  Nankervis et al.
OCL   53550
LREP
FRM  Kolisch Hartwell Dickinson McCormack & Heuser
ABST
PAL  Two spaced guiding plates for a wrapping device each have a first inclined
      face formed thereon and each of which faces the other, therefore, a
      V-shaped space is defined therebetween. An adjusting plate is securely
      mounted on a side of the wrapping device and has a second inclined face
      formed thereon. The first inclined face and the second inclined face are
      in line with each other, such that edges of a sheet of material for
      wrapping a article are able to be guided by the first inclined face and
      the second inclined face. With the help of the guiding plates and the
      adjusting plate, the present invention is able to precisely guide edges of
      the sheet of material and to efficiently wrap the article.
PATN
WKU  059878614
SRC  8
APN  9995633
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970623
TTL  Pea harvester
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Pezzuto; Robert E.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Duncan; Allister T.
STR  1015 Alvey Street
CTY  Morden, MB
CNT  CAX
ITX  R6M 1H4
INVT
NAM  McDonald; James Michael
STR  1920 Skyline Dr.
CTY  Minot
STA  ND
ZIP  58701
CLAS
OCL   56 144
XCL   563271
XCL  460142
EDF  6
ICL  A01D 4300
FSC   56
FSS  13.3;14.4;17.4;17.5;16.2;221;222;226;364;220;127;327.1
FSC  460
FSS  131;132;16;141;142
UREF
PNO  3769988
ISD  19731100
NAM  Burenga
OCL  460142
UREF
PNO  3940910
ISD  19760300
NAM  d'Acremont
OCL   56 14.4
UREF
PNO  3958399
ISD  19760500
NAM  Schoeneberger
XCL   56 14.4
UREF
PNO  4052992
ISD  19771000
NAM  Taylor
OCL  460142
UREF
PNO  4216641
ISD  19800800
NAM  Koch et al.
OCL   56 14.4
UREF
PNO  5056303
ISD  19911000
NAM  Lawrence
OCL   56327.7
LREP
FRM  Jacobson & Johnson
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides an improved harvester particularly of the
      type for harvesting peas. The harvester employees an improved technique of
      harvesting peas and similar crops. Instead of attempting to break the stem
      of the plant by pulling it away from the ground, which is the usual
      technique employed by current harvesters, the individual plants are drawn
      upwards then cut with a cutting bar or like device. This technique may be
      utilized by harvesters built specifically for this type of harvesting, or
      by existing harvesters after modifying the reel of the harvester, The
      improved harvester comprises a cutting bar, a rotary reel, a plurality of
      tines arranged in a plurality of rows on the reel, cam tracks and cam
      followers for raising the plurality of tines relative to crops in front of
      the cutting bar, as the reel rotates, thereby lifting the crops upwards to
      a position for cutting.
PATN
WKU  059878622
SRC  8
APN  9624953
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971031
TTL  Apparatus and method for simultaneously topping and applying a precision
      application of sucker control chemicals to tobacco and other row crops
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Shackelford; H.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Long; Raymond C.
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Seltmann; Heinz
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Barnhardt; R. Wayne
CTY  Kannapolis
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  North Carolina State University
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Hydraulic & Pneumatic Sales, Inc.
CTY  Charlotte
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   56 275
XCL   56 168
XCL   47  17
EDF  6
ICL  A01D 4516
FSC   56
FSS  27.5;1;16.8;327.1;327.2;DIG. 2;DIG. 17
FSC   47
FSS  1.7
UREF
PNO  3834137
ISD  19740900
NAM  Long
OCL   56 27.5
UREF
PNO  3866397
ISD  19750200
NAM  Koziol
XCL   47  1.7
UREF
PNO  3959924
ISD  19760600
NAM  Allen, Jr.
OCL   47  1.43
UREF
PNO  5086582
ISD  19920200
NAM  Hamilton
OCL   47  1.7
UREF
PNO  5329752
ISD  19940700
NAM  Milbourn
XCL   56 16.8
UREF
PNO  5809440
ISD  19980900
NAM  Beck et al.
XCL   47  1.7
OREF
PAL  Seltmann, Heinz, "Contact Suckercide Effectiveness: A Comparison of
      Theoretical and Actual Results", Tobacco Science, Aug. 1994, 58-61.
PAL  Marshall, Jr. et al., Topping/Sucker Control Program, Rev. Mar. 14, 1983.
LREP
FRM  Jenkins & Wilson, P.A.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for simultaneously topping and precisely applying sucker
      control chemicals to tobacco plants and for related uses wherein the
      apparatus comprises a housing wherein the front and bottom of the housing
      are open. A blower is positioned in the top of the apparatus for creating
      a downwardly directed air stream to facilitate decapitating the tobacco
      plants by a mechanical cutter positioned in the bottom of the apparatus as
      the tobacco plants pass therebeneath. A pair of spaced-apart rotating
      belts are located beneath the mechanical cutter and define a pathway from
      the front to the back of the housing and act to gather tobacco plants at
      the front and guide the tobacco plants through the housing. A spray
      manifold is provided for applying sucker control chemicals downwardly in a
      confined pattern onto decapitated tobacco plants as they pass from the
      mechanical cutter and beneath the spray manifold. Circuit means is
      provided for actuating application of the sucker control chemicals by the
      spray manifold when the tobacco plants are properly oriented substantially
      beneath the spray manifold.
PATN
WKU  059878630
SRC  9
APN  1359266
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980818
TTL  Lawn mower having flow control baffles and removable mulching baffles
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Batson; Victor
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Busboom; Garry W.
CTY  Beatrice
STA  NE
INVT
NAM  Crumrine; John C.
CTY  Beatrice
STA  NE
ASSG
NAM  Exmark Mfg. Co.
CTY  Beatrice
STA  NE
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  784825
APD  19970117
PSC  01
PNO  5845475
RLAP
COD  82
APN  559575
APD  19951116
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   563201
XCL   56 174
XCL   56DIG20
EDF  6
ICL  A01D 6700
FSC   56
FSS  320.1;320.2;DIG. 9;17.5;17.4;DIG. 20;DIG. 24;DIG. 22
UREF
PNO  4055036
ISD  19771000
NAM  Kidd
XCL   56320.2
UREF
PNO  4967543
ISD  19901100
NAM  Scag et al.
OCL   56 10.8
UREF
PNO  5077959
ISD  19920100
NAM  Wenzel
OCL   56 11.1
UREF
PNO  5127215
ISD  19920700
NAM  Wenzel
OCL   56 11.1
UREF
PNO  5129217
ISD  19920700
NAM  Loehr
OCL   56 13.6
UREF
PNO  5133176
ISD  19920700
NAM  Baumann et al.
XCL   56320.1
UREF
PNO  5155985
ISD  19921000
NAM  Oshima et al.
OCL   56 10.8
UREF
PNO  5205112
ISD  19930400
NAM  Tillotson et al.
OCL   56  2
UREF
PNO  5210998
ISD  19930500
NAM  Hojo et al.
XCL   56320.1
UREF
PNO  5212938
ISD  19930500
NAM  Zenner et al.
OCL   56320.1
UREF
PNO  5239810
ISD  19930800
NAM  Gugel
OCL   56 10.8
UREF
PNO  5249411
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hake
OCL   56 11.6
UREF
PNO  5251429
ISD  19931000
NAM  Minato et al.
OCL   56 17.2
UREF
PNO  5267429
ISD  19931200
NAM  Kettler et al.
XCL   56320.2
UREF
PNO  5305589
ISD  19940400
NAM  Rodriguez et al.
OCL   56320.1
UREF
PNO  5337543
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kitamura et al.
OCL   56 10.8
UREF
PNO  5355661
ISD  19941000
NAM  Tomiyama
OCL   56 10.8
UREF
PNO  5355664
ISD  19941000
NAM  Zenner
OCL   56 15.8
UREF
PNO  5457947
ISD  19951000
NAM  Samejima et al.
XCL   56320.2
UREF
PNO  5465564
ISD  19951100
NAM  Koehn et al.
OCL   56320.2
UREF
PNO  5483790
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kuhn et al.
XCL   56320.1
UREF
PNO  5488821
ISD  19960200
NAM  McCunn et al.
XCL   56320.1
UREF
PNO  5518079
ISD  19960500
NAM  Zvolanek
OCL  180 19.1
UREF
PNO  5609011
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kuhn et al.
XCL   56320.1
UREF
PNO  5628171
ISD  19970500
NAM  Stewart et al.
OCL   56320.2
UREF
PNO  5765346
ISD  19980600
NAM  Benter et al.
XCL   56 17.4
OREF
PAL  Walker Mowers "Fast, Easy, Beautiful Mowing" Brochure Dec. 1996.
PAL  Toro "Groundmaster 580-D" Brochure.
PAL  Toro "Groundmaster 300 Series" Brochure.
PAL  Toro "Groundmaster 200 Series" Brochure.
PAL  Toro "Proline P.O.S." Brochure.
PAL  Toro "Landscape Contractor Equipment" Brochure.
LREP
FRM  Zarley, McKee, Thomte, Voorhees & Sease
FR2  Thomte; Dennis L.
ABST
PAL  A multiblade lawn mower including a mower deck having a plurality of
      cutting blades rotatably disposed therein. A first flow control baffle is
      positioned in the mower deck between the cutting blades and the front wall
      of the mower deck and extends substantially continuously between the sides
      of the mower deck. A second flow control baffle is positioned in the mower
      deck rearwardly of the cutting blades. The first and second flow control
      baffles include a plurality of semi-circular baffle portions which define
      a plurality of open throat portions therebetween. A plurality of
      selectively removable mulcher baffles are positioned in the mower deck to
      close the throat portions, thereby defining a substantially cylindrical
      mulching chamber around each of the cutting blades.
PATN
WKU  059878649
SRC  9
APN  1793462
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19981021
TTL  Front mounted rake
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Pezzuto; Robert E.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Lutz; Henry
STR  Site 25, Box 4, R.R. #2, Carvel
CTY  Alberta T0E 0H0
CNT  CAX
CLAS
OCL   56377
EDF  6
ICL  A01D 7700
FSC   56
FSS  341;344;370;377;375;380;384;397;228;350
FSC  172
FSS  311;456;459
UREF
PNO  2635411
ISD  19530400
NAM  Hicks
OCL   56377
UREF
PNO  2893192
ISD  19590700
NAM  Tallman
XCL   56377
UREF
PNO  2975582
ISD  19610300
NAM  Pollard
OCL   56377
UREF
PNO  3706191
ISD  19721200
NAM  Barbot
OCL   56377
UREF
PNO  4183198
ISD  19800100
NAM  Sligter
OCL   56377
UREF
PNO  4214428
ISD  19800700
NAM  Caraway
OCL   56341
UREF
PNO  4753063
ISD  19880600
NAM  Buck
OCL   56377
FREF
PNO  1066068
ISD  19791100
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1139571
ISD  19830100
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  4142496A1
ISD  19930500
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Tram Sales Ltd. product brochure, 1 page, undated.
LREP
FRM  Davis and Bujold
ABST
PAL  A front mounted rake includes a primary support, a first arm and a second
      arm. Tine wheels are mounted each of the arms. The first end of each arm
      is secured for pivotal movement about both a substantially vertical axis
      and about a substantially horizontal axis to the primary support. The
      second end of each arm is supported by ground engaging wheels. A brace
      maintains the relative lateral spacing of the arms. The pivotal movement
      of the second arm about the substantially horizontal axis is independent
      of the pivotal movement of the first arm about the substantially
      horizontal axis thereby permitting the first arm and the second arm to
      independently raise and lower as the ground engaging wheels travel over
      ground contours.
PATN
WKU  059878657
SRC  9
APN  1878778
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19981109
TTL  Underwater sensing apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  20
EXP  Lavinder; Jack W.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Rodriguez; Linda
STR  147 Montrose Ave.
CTY  South Plainfield
STA  NJ
ZIP  07080
CLAS
OCL   5640001
XCL   43  45
XCL   43  1
EDF  6
ICL  A01D  700
FSC   43
FSS  1;4;4.5;137
FSC  452
FSS  146
FSC  D22
FSS  121;149;150
FSC    7
FSS  106;170;167;115
FSC  D 8
FSS  DIG. 7
FSC  294
FSS  49;55.5
FSC   56
FSS  400.01
UREF
PNO  D25841
ISD  18960700
NAM  Bonte
UREF
PNO  D235304
ISD  19750600
NAM  Greenberg
OCL  D 7101
UREF
PNO  1920954
ISD  19330800
NAM  Benedict
UREF
PNO  2480924
ISD  19490900
NAM  Heger
OCL   43  4
UREF
PNO  2891814
ISD  19590600
NAM  Idoine et al.
UREF
PNO  3581651
ISD  19710600
NAM  Johnson
OCL   99254
UREF
PNO  4190279
ISD  19800200
NAM  Sguazzin
OCL  294 49
UREF
PNO  5014921
ISD  19910500
NAM  Skerker et al.
OCL  241169.2
UREF
PNO  5617605
ISD  19970400
NAM  Joerner et al.
OCL   15105
UREF
PNO  5799998
ISD  19980900
NAM  Gitterman, III
OCL  294 59
LREP
FR2  Tencza, Jr.; Walter J.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method for sensing objects under water, such as fish or
      clams, is provided. First and second handles attached to a base are
      provided. A plurality of protrusions are attached to the base and protrude
      from the base. The first and second handles are part of first and second
      rigid members. The first and second rigid members are preferably elongated
      and each have a top and a bottom. The first and second handles lie at the
      top of the first and second rigid members. The base is preferably
      connected to the bottom of the first and second rigid members. The base
      preferably is more densely weighted than the first rigid member and more
      densely weighted than the second rigid member. The base, and first and
      second rigid members may have a plurality of openings which allow water to
      pass through. The first and second handles may have outer shapes comprised
      of first and second curves. The first curve may have substantially lesser
      curvature than the second curve to provide a handle and to provide an easy
      to maneuver and lightweight apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059878665
SRC  9
APN  1733702
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981015
TTL  Spinning process utilizing roving frames and ring-spinning frames
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Stryjewski; William
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Weeger; Hans-Peter
CTY  Hattenhofen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wilhelmstatter; Ralf
CTY  Kuchen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Zinser Textilmaschinen GmbH
CTY  Ebersbach/Fils
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19971022
APN  97118299
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19980303
APN  98103678
CLAS
OCL   57 67
XCL   57267
XCL   57281
EDF  6
ICL  D01H  104
FSC   57
FSS  281;266;267;67;264
UREF
PNO  4720967
ISD  19880100
NAM  Guttler
OCL   57281
UREF
PNO  4841719
ISD  19890600
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL   57281
UREF
PNO  5560193
ISD  19961000
NAM  Sekiya et al.
OCL   57264
UREF
PNO  5724801
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kogiso et al.
OCL   57281
FREF
PNO  0 308 215 A2
ISD  19890300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  34 17 779 C2
ISD  19841200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  34 17 779 A 1
ISD  19841200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  36 30 214 C 3
ISD  19880300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  36 30 214 A 1
ISD  19880300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  37 09 540 A 1
ISD  19881000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  37 09 540 C 2
ISD  19881000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  37 34 275 A 1
ISD  19890400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4-352821
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
OCL   57264
FREF
PNO  WO 81/00264
ISD  19810200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Mitteilung, applic. no. 97118200.3-2314, dated Jun. 30, 1998.
PAL  Flugelzwirnmaschine Metumat mit automatischem Wechsel der Zwirnspulen, 2454
      Draht, XP-002068267.
PAL  Was gibt es Neues im Baumwollspinnereimaschinenbau?, Grossman,
      XP-002068268.
PAL  Automatisierung des Flyers in Verbindung mit der Ringspinnmaschine; Schulz,
      Gunter; XP-002068266.
LREP
FR2  Dubno; Herbert
ABST
PAL  Roving bobbins of a weight of about 5 kg, by contrast to standard bobbins
      with weights up to 3 kg, can be used in a spinning system in which the
      flyer frames are of the multi-axial drive type and are equipped with an
      automatic bobbin change mechanism which transfers the full bobbins to
      suspension carriage trains displaced thereby to ring-spinning machines and
      wherein the suspension carriage trains pass into the creels of the
      ring-spinning frames directly or are transferred from such suspension
      carriage trains to the creels.
PATN
WKU  059878673
SRC  8
APN  9529551
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971124
TTL  Floor textile material
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Stryjewski; William
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Lang; Aage
CTY  Kolind
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Lang; Jan
CTY  Ryomgaard
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  DeMeyer; Willy
CTY  Drongen
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Milliken Denmark A/S
CTY  Morke
CNT  DKX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950526
APN  9510697
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960316
APN  9605573
CLAS
OCL   57236
XCL   57238
XCL   57242
XCL   57243
XCL   57244
XCL   57250
XCL   57252
EDF  6
ICL  D02G  302
FSC   57
FSS  236;238;242;243;244;250;252;255
FSC  428
FSS  88;92
UREF
PNO  2508852
ISD  19500500
NAM  Blumfield
OCL   57238
UREF
PNO  2571077
ISD  19511000
NAM  Underwood et al.
OCL   57238
UREF
PNO  3158982
ISD  19641200
NAM  Marshall
OCL   57244
UREF
PNO  3422615
ISD  19690100
NAM  Norman
OCL   57244
UREF
PNO  3940522
ISD  19760200
NAM  Wessells
OCL  428 17
UREF
PNO  4045605
ISD  19770800
NAM  Breens et al.
OCL  428 88
UREF
PNO  4762750
ISD  19880800
NAM  Girgis et al.
OCL  428378
UREF
PNO  4771596
ISD  19880900
NAM  Klein
OCL   57238
UREF
PNO  4808459
ISD  19890200
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  428 95
UREF
PNO  4820566
ISD  19890400
NAM  Heine et al.
OCL  428 88
UREF
PNO  5055333
ISD  19911000
NAM  Heine et al.
OCL  428 88
UREF
PNO  5209974
ISD  19930500
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  428357
UREF
PNO  5284009
ISD  19940200
NAM  Tung et al.
OCL   57239
UREF
PNO  5786083
ISD  19980700
NAM  Harris
OCL   57244
FREF
PNO  64-85341
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
OCL   57238
FREF
PNO  94/20657
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
OCL   57242
FREF
PNO  WO 95/30040
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Moyer; Terry T.
FR2  Marden; Earle R.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/01189
PD1  19971124
PD2  19971124
PD3  19960517
PCP  WO96/37645
PCD  19961128
ABST
PAR  A yarn for a floor textile material which is comprised of a coarse yarn and
      a fine yarn twisted together for tufting into a backing material to
      provide a floor mat. The finer yarn has fibers in the range of 32 to 100
      decitex while the coarser yarn has fibers in the range of 110-290 decitex.
PATN
WKU  059878681
SRC  9
APN  1594885
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980923
TTL  Monitoring of core mounting for a roving frame
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Stryjewski; William
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Weeger; Hans-Peter
CTY  Hattenhofen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Stahle; Dietmar
CTY  Adelberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Zinser Textilmaschinen GmbH
CTY  Ebersbach/Fils
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970924
APN  197 42 154
CLAS
OCL   57281
XCL   57264
XCL   57266
XCL   57267
EDF  6
ICL  D01H  910
FSC   57
FSS  264;266;267;281;90
UREF
PNO  4720967
ISD  19880100
NAM  Guttler
OCL   57281
UREF
PNO  4841719
ISD  19890600
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL   57281
UREF
PNO  5010725
ISD  19910400
NAM  Yasui et al.
OCL   57281
UREF
PNO  5148665
ISD  19920900
NAM  Kidani
OCL   57281
UREF
PNO  5375405
ISD  19941200
NAM  Weeger
OCL   57281
UREF
PNO  5402951
ISD  19950400
NAM  Hermanns et al.
OCL   57264
UREF
PNO  5724801
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kogiso et al.
OCL   57281
UREF
PNO  5768876
ISD  19980600
NAM  Messing
OCL   57281
FREF
PNO  38 36 330
ISD  19900400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  40 37 880
ISD  19920600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  41 32 243
ISD  19930400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 29 296
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 05 225
ISD  19960800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 21 778
ISD  19961100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  93/01336
ISD  19930100
CNT  WOX
OCL   57281
LREP
FR2  Dubno; Herbert
ABST
PAL  A roving frame has a flyer region into which the suspension carriage trains
      are moved past a device for monitoring the presence or absence of cores or
      bobbins on the hangers. An error signal is transmitted in the case of an
      error and correction is effected when the suspension carriage train is in
      the flyer region. The suspension carriage train is then moved back past
      the sensors and either on this backward movement or the next forward
      movement, the functional correctness or poor mounting is again measured.
      Correction is effected in each case in the flyer region where the hangers
      are more readily accessible.
PATN
WKU  059878690
SRC  8
APN  9363971
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970925
TTL  Debris removal device for an open-end spinning machine with a plurality
      of spinning units
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Stryjewski; William
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Meier; Wolfgang
CTY  Juchen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schlomer; Bert
CTY  Heinsberg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Siewert; Ralf
CTY  Monchengladbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Weide; Thomas
CTY  Monchengladbach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  W. Schlafhorst AG & Co.
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961001
APN  196 40 546
CLAS
OCL   57301
XCL   57304
XCL   57406
XCL   57407
XCL   57411
EDF  6
ICL  D01H 1100
FSC   57
FSS  301;304;406;407;408;411;412
UREF
PNO  3777329
ISD  19731200
NAM  Lane
OCL   57301
UREF
PNO  3924397
ISD  19751200
NAM  Stahlecker et al.
OCL   57301
UREF
PNO  3959961
ISD  19760600
NAM  Stahlecker
OCL   57301
UREF
PNO  3986328
ISD  19761000
NAM  Harrap
OCL   57301
UREF
PNO  4162556
ISD  19790700
NAM  Van Ditshuizen et al.
OCL   57301
UREF
PNO  4183201
ISD  19800100
NAM  Stahlecker
OCL   57301
UREF
PNO  5611195
ISD  19970300
NAM  Lovas et al.
OCL   57301
UREF
PNO  5732543
ISD  19980300
NAM  Bungter et al.
OCL   57301
FREF
PNO  26 34 770 B2
ISD  19780200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  21 59 286 C3
ISD  19820200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  24 58 538 C2
ISD  19820700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  36 40 001 C2
ISD  19950600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 29 654 A1
ISD  19970200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  547 873
ISD  19740400
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  610 941 A5
ISD  19750600
CNT  CHX
OREF
PAL  Schlafhorst/Autocoro publication entitled "Spinnbox," pp. 1.3.0, 1.3.1,
      1.3.2, 1.3.3 and 1.3.20.
LREP
FRM  Kennedy Covington Lobdell & Hickman
ABST
PAL  A mechanically operating debris removal device for an open-end spinning
      machine 1 comprises a guide conduit arranged below the spinning units and
      enclosing a debris conveyor belt. The guide conduit comprises a base and a
      cover, which may be pivotable or detachable relative to the base. During
      spinning operation, the base and the cover form an essentially closed belt
      guide conduit. Debris passage openings are formed in the cover with
      associated air and debris guide deflectors to communicate with debris exit
      openings in the sliver opening devices. The upper run of debris conveyor
      belt creates a slight suction flow in guide conduit and at the debris
      passage openings to prevent fine debris from settling in the area of the
      debris passage openings and in the area of debris exit openings of the
      sliver opening devices.
PATN
WKU  059878703
SRC  9
APN  0657778
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980424
TTL  Open-end spinning device
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Stryjewski; William
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Wassenhoven; Heinz-Georg
CTY  Moenchengladbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Landolt; Claus-Dieter
CTY  Moenchengladbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Dressen; Jochen
CTY  Moenchengladbach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  W. Schlafhorst AG & Co.
CTY  Moenchengladbach
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970426
APN  197 17 735
CLAS
OCL   57406
XCL   57404
XCL   57407
XCL   57408
XCL   57417
EDF  6
ICL  D01H  400
FSC   57
FSS  400;404;406;407;408;415;417
UREF
PNO  5280700
ISD  19940100
NAM  Haase et al.
OCL   57406
UREF
PNO  5638671
ISD  19970600
NAM  Stahlecker et al.
OCL   57417
UREF
PNO  5778654
ISD  19980700
NAM  Stahlecker
OCL   57407
UREF
PNO  5794430
ISD  19980800
NAM  Grecksch et al.
OCL   57407
FREF
PNO  43 34 485 A1
ISD  19950400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  295 07 654 U1
ISD  19961000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 24 837 A1
ISD  19970100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Kennedy Covington Lobdell & Hickman, LLP
ABST
PAL  An open-end spinning device comprises a spinning rotor rotating in a
      vacuum-loaded rotor housing which can be closed by a conduit plate having
      a receptacle receiving a replaceable conduit-plate adapter and a locking
      device, e.g., a bar spring, for spring-biasing the conduit-plate adapter
      into the receptacle. A blocking device comprising a hood-like cover is
      associated with the locking device for movement into an operating position
      only when the locking device is positioned in a locking position in which
      it reliably fixes the conduit-plate adapter.
PATN
WKU  059878711
SRC  9
APN  1129031
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980709
TTL  Open-end spinning device with a spinning rotor
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Stryjewski; William
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Winzen; Lothar
CTY  Heinsberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  W. Schlafhorst AG & Co.
CTY  Moenchengladbach
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970709
APN  197 29 191
CLAS
OCL   57406
XCL   57404
XCL  310 905
EDF  6
ICL  D01H  400
FSC   57
FSS  404;406
FSC  384
FSS  610
FSC  310
FSS  90.5
UREF
PNO  3747998
ISD  19730700
NAM  Klein et al.
OCL  308 10
UREF
PNO  5622040
ISD  19970400
NAM  Preutenborbeck et al.
OCL   57406
UREF
PNO  5720160
ISD  19980200
NAM  Taxler et al.
OCL   57 76
UREF
PNO  5887417
ISD  19990300
NAM  Derichs
OCL   57406
FREF
PNO  270459
ISD  19690400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  22 06 237
ISD  19730800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  22 48 695
ISD  19740400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  25 14 734 A1
ISD  19761000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  26 34 070
ISD  19780200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2639763
ISD  19780300
CNT  DEX
OCL   57406
FREF
PNO  30 47 606 A1
ISD  19910900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 36 831 A1
ISD  19950600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 42 079 A1
ISD  19960600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  6-185526
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Kennedy Covington Lobdell & Hickman, LLP
ABST
PAL  An open-end spinning device has a spinning rotor (3) supported by its rotor
      shaft (4) in the bearing nip of a support-disk bearing (5) and positioned
      by a magnetic thrust bearing (18). The magnetic thrust bearing (18)
      comprises a stationary bearing component (41) with permanent-magnet rings
      (42, 43) which are enclosed by pole disks (44, 45, 46) and a replaceably
      arranged bearing component formed of ferromagnetic annular attachments
      (32, 33, 34) arranged on the rotor shaft (4) which rotate with the
      spinning rotor. The rotor shaft (4) comprises on one end a bearing area
      (35) with offset diameter and with at least three ferromagnetic annular
      elements (32, 33, 34) arranged at the spacing of the pole disks (44, 45,
      46), with the ferromagnetic annular elements being optimized as regards
      their design and arrangement.
PATN
WKU  059878720
SRC  9
APN  2086867
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981210
TTL  Brake for an open-end spinning rotor
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Stryjewski; William
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Wessenhoven; Heinz-Georg
CTY  Monchengladbach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  W. Schlafhorst Ag & Co.
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19980124
APN  198 02 655
CLAS
OCL   57406
XCL   57 88
EDF  6
ICL  D01H  400
FSC   57
FSS  404;406;407;414;78;88
UREF
PNO  4259397
ISD  19810300
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  428288
UREF
PNO  4266634
ISD  19810500
NAM  Hishida
OCL  188 75
UREF
PNO  4706450
ISD  19871100
NAM  Feuchter et al.
OCL   57 88
UREF
PNO  4785620
ISD  19881100
NAM  Feuchter
OCL   57 88
UREF
PNO  4989401
ISD  19910200
NAM  Feuchter et al.
OCL   57406
UREF
PNO  5046590
ISD  19910900
NAM  Trema
OCL   88 72.5
UREF
PNO  5184452
ISD  19930200
NAM  Stahlecker et al.
OCL   57 78
FREF
PNO  32 24 874 A1
ISD  19840100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  32 24 876 A1
ISD  19840100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  8530124
ISD  19860200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  36 30 256 A1
ISD  19880300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  39 42 402 A1
ISD  19910600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  38 20 328 C2
ISD  19931200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  36 13 843 C2
ISD  19941200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  196 18 261 A1
ISD  19971100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Kennedy Covington Lobdell & Hickman
ABST
PAL  A rotor brake (8) for an open-end spinning rotor rotating at a high speed
      in a rotor housing with its rotor shaft (2) rotatably supported in the
      bearing nip (3) of a support-disk bearing (4). The rotor brake (8)
      comprises brake levers (9, 10) having a replaceable brake lining (16, 26)
      on their ends engagable against the rotor shaft (2). The brake linings
      (16, 26) are manufactured from a carbon-fiber composite material resistant
      to changes in temperature.
PATN
WKU  059878738
SRC  8
APN  9812717
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980501
TTL  Power guide chain
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Jones; David
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Blase; Gunter
CTY  Bergisch Gladbach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Igus Spritzgussteile fur die Industrie GmbH
CTY  Koln
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960422
APN  296 07 171  U
CLAS
OCL   59 781
XCL   59900
XCL  248 49
EDF  6
ICL  F16G 1316
FSC   59
FSS  78.1;900
FSC  248
FSS  49
UREF
PNO  4800714
ISD  19890100
NAM  Moritz
OCL   59 78.1
UREF
PNO  5771676
ISD  19980600
NAM  Komiya et al.
OCL   59 78.1
FREF
PNO  0499784
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1574369
ISD  19710800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3333543
ISD  19850400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3531066
ISD  19870300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3928238
ISD  19901000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4105650
ISD  19920400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2186146
ISD  19900700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7280656
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Browdy and Neimark
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE97/00726
PD1  19980501
PD2  19980501
PD3  19970408
PCP  WO97/40288
PCD  19971030
ABST
PAR  An energy guiding chain for guiding hoses and the like between two
      connecting points, the position of at least one of which can be changed,
      comprises several chain links comprising side elements and cross-members
      connected to each other in articulated fashion, where the pivoting of
      adjacent chain links relative to each other is limited by corresponding
      stops with contact surfaces arranged on the chain links. In order to allow
      a higher traversing speed and reduce the noise emission of the chain, the
      chain links are provided with means for reducing the angling speed of
      adjacent chain links relative to each other.
PATN
WKU  059878746
SRC  8
APN  9524843
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19971208
TTL  Method and apparatus for power generation based on char and a fluidized
      bed reactor
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Kim; Ted
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Collin; Per
CTY  Stocksund
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Nykomb Synergetics Technology Holding AB
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19950519
APN  9501886
CLAS
OCL   60 3902
XCL   60 3912
XCL   60 39182
EDF  6
ICL  F02B 4300
ICL  F02C  600
ICL  F01K 2306
FSC   60
FSS  39.02;39.12;39.182;39.464
FSC  110
FSS  245
UREF
PNO  4338788
ISD  19820700
NAM  Fink
OCL   60 39.02
UREF
PNO  4508041
ISD  19850400
NAM  Voetter et al.
OCL  110245
UREF
PNO  4655147
ISD  19870400
NAM  Brannstrom et al.
OCL   60 39.464
UREF
PNO  5099801
ISD  19920300
NAM  Scholl et al.
OCL  110245
UREF
PNO  5241825
ISD  19930900
NAM  Collin et al.
OCL   60655
UREF
PNO  5255507
ISD  19931000
NAM  Gounder
OCL   60 39.12
UREF
PNO  5327726
ISD  19940700
NAM  Daman et al.
OCL   60648
UREF
PNO  5469698
ISD  19951100
NAM  Garcia-Mallol et al.
OCL   60 39.12
UREF
PNO  5765365
ISD  19980600
NAM  Fujioka et al.
OCL   60 39.12
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/00654
PD1  19971208
PD2  19971208
PD3  19960520
PCP  WO96/36791
PCD  19961121
ABST
PAR  A method and apparatus for power generation based on char includes partial
      combustion of char with preheated air in a flow of recirculated bed
      material; final combustion of the partially burned material in a flow of
      bed material; separation of the products of the final combustion in a
      separator which delivers bed material to an intermediary vessel and gas to
      the gas turbine combustion chamber; recirculation of bed material to the
      combustion steps via the intermediary vessel, where it is cooled and
      divided into two flows; preheating of air from the gas turbine compressor,
      which has been divided into two flows by mixing the air with bed material
      from the intermediary vessel; generation of electric power in a combine
      cycle with a gas turbine with reheated gas from the separator, and a steam
      turbine; and recovery of heat from the turbine exhaust gases for use in
      the steam cycle.
PATN
WKU  059878754
SRC  8
APN  892662&
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970714
TTL  Pilot nozzle steam injection for reduced NO.sub.x emissions, and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Casaregola; Louis J.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hilburn; Margery Norcom
CTY  Oviedo
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Parker; David Marchant
CTY  Oviedo
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Markovitz; Joseph Scott
CTY  Sanford
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   60 3905
XCL   60 393
XCL   60 3955
EDF  6
ICL  F02C  330
FSC   60
FSS  39.05;39.3;39.55
UREF
PNO  4089639
ISD  19780500
NAM  Reed et al.
OCL  431211
UREF
PNO  4259837
ISD  19810400
NAM  Russell et al.
OCL   60 39.55
UREF
PNO  4629413
ISD  19861200
NAM  Michelson et al.
OCL  431  9
UREF
PNO  4671069
ISD  19870600
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL   60737
UREF
PNO  4701124
ISD  19871000
NAM  Maghon et al.
OCL   60 39.55
UREF
PNO  4910957
ISD  19900300
NAM  Moreno et al.
OCL   60 39.06
UREF
PNO  4955191
ISD  19900900
NAM  Okamoto et al.
OCL   60 39.55
UREF
PNO  5281129
ISD  19940100
NAM  Urushidani et al.
OCL  431 12
UREF
PNO  5285628
ISD  19940200
NAM  Xorenberg
OCL   60 39.05
UREF
PNO  5307619
ISD  19940500
NAM  McCarty et al.
OCL   60 39.3
UREF
PNO  5357741
ISD  19941000
NAM  Talabisco et al.
OCL   60 39.05
UREF
PNO  5361578
ISD  19941100
NAM  Donlan
OCL   60 39.55
UREF
PNO  5404711
ISD  19950400
NAM  Rajput
OCL   60 39.463
UREF
PNO  5408830
ISD  19950400
NAM  Lovett
OCL   60 73
UREF
PNO  5415000
ISD  19950500
NAM  Mumford et al.
UREF
PNO  5471957
ISD  19951200
NAM  Brady et al.
OCL  122367.1
UREF
PNO  5472341
ISD  19951200
NAM  Meeks
OCL  431243
UREF
PNO  5501162
ISD  19960300
NAM  Kravets
OCL  110347
FREF
PNO  0 643 267
ISD  19950300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3606625A
ISD  19860900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/31676
ISD  19951100
CNT  RUX
LREP
FRM  Eckert Seamans Cherin & Mellott, LLC
ABST
PAL  A combustion system has a diffusion flame pilot assembly and a steam
      delivery assembly. The diffusion flame pilot assembly has a fuel line with
      a downstream end terminating at a pilot nozzle. The steam delivery
      assembly has a steam line terminating at a steam outlet proximate to said
      fuel line and upstream of said pilot nozzle for directing steam to the
      pilot nozzle. An aspect of the invention has a steam throttle valve for
      adjusting the steam flow to the pilot nozzle based on the combustion
      system's NO.sub.X emissions and/or characteristics of said pilot fuel
      stream.
PATN
WKU  059878762
SRC  9
APN  1306707
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980807
TTL  Method of expanding a flue-gas flow in a turbine, and corresponding
      turbine
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Casaregola; Louis J.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ziegner; Manfred
CTY  Mulheim an der Ruhr
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960207
APN  196 04 416
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTDE9700206
APD  19970203
CLAS
OCL   60 3906
XCL   60 3975
EDF  6
ICL  F02C  712
FSC   60
FSS  39.06;39.07;39.75
UREF
PNO  4197700
ISD  19800400
NAM  Jahnig
UREF
PNO  4767259
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kurosawa et al.
OCL   60 39.75
UREF
PNO  5003766
ISD  19910400
NAM  Paul
OCL   60 39.75
FREF
PNO  3500447
ISD  19860800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4330613
ISD  19950300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  241749
ISD  19460800
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  589791
ISD  19770700
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  2288640
ISD  19951000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  International Application WO 91/059046 (Ribesse), dated May 2, 1991.
LREP
FR2  Lerner; Herbert L.
FR2  Greenberg; Laurence A.
ABST
PAL  A method of expanding a hot flue-gas flow in a turbine through which a hot
      flue-gas passes. A structural component of the turbine is cooled by a
      cooling-gas flow which flows through the structural component and is fed
      to the hot flue-gas flow. Fuel is added in a metered fashion to the
      flue-gas flow in the turbine in such a way that a temperature drop in the
      flue-gas flow, which temperature drop results from the feeding of the
      cooling-gas flow without a metered addition of the fuel, is largely
      compensated for by the combustion of the fuel added in a metered fashion
      to the hot flue-gas flow. A corresponding turbine is also taught.
PATN
WKU  059878770
SRC  8
APN  9831150
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980706
TTL  Turboprop engine with an air-oil cooler
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Casaregola; Louis J.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Steiner; Kurt
CTY  Rangsdorf
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayerische Motoren Werke Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950707
APN  195 24 731
CLAS
OCL   60 3908
XCL   60 3983
EDF  6
ICL  F02C  712
FSC   60
FSS  39.07;39.08;39.83;226.1;736
UREF
PNO  2268183
ISD  19411200
NAM  Bugatti
UREF
PNO  2593541
ISD  19520400
NAM  Cowdrey et al.
UREF
PNO  4887424
ISD  19891200
NAM  Geidel et al.
OCL   60 39.08
UREF
PNO  4999994
ISD  19910300
NAM  Rud
OCL   60 39.08
FREF
PNO  0 283 578
ISD  19880900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  864010
ISD  19410400
CNT  FRX
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/02634
PD1  19980706
PD2  19980706
PD3  19960618
PCP  WO97/02985
PCD  19970130
ABST
PAR  A turboprop engine in the pod of which an air-oil cooler is disposed
      downstream of a cooling air inlet opening. The oil cooler exhaust air is
      discharged via an air duct with which a cooling air conveying device is
      associated. In this way it is ensured that there is always a sufficient
      cooling air flow and that this air flow, as a relatively cold air flow,
      can also cool other units in the engine pod before acting on the oil
      cooler.
PATN
WKU  059878789
SRC  9
APN  1155210
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980715
TTL  Fuel reforming apparatus and electric power generating system having the
      same
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Freay; Charles G.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Koyama; Kazuhito
CTY  Hitachi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugita; Shigehisa
CTY  Hitachi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Marushima; Shinya
CTY  Hitachi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Makino; Yuji
CTY  Hitachi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Gonda; Kazuhiro
CTY  Hitachi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950109
APN  7-1019
RLAP
COD  71
APN  901266
APD  19970728
PSC  01
PNO  5826422
RLAP
COD  81
APN  580376
APD  19951228
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   60 3912
XCL   60 3955
XCL   60723
XCL  431  7
XCL  431328
XCL  422177
EDF  6
ICL  F02B 4300
FSC   60
FSS  39.12;39.55;723
FSC  431
FSS  7;170;326;328;351;352;353
FSC  422
FSS  177;171
UREF
PNO  4341069
ISD  19820700
NAM  Bell et al.
OCL   60 39.12
UREF
PNO  4472936
ISD  19840900
NAM  Uchiyama et al.
OCL   60 39.12
UREF
PNO  5388395
ISD  19950200
NAM  Scharpf et al.
OCL   60 39.12
UREF
PNO  5595059
ISD  19970100
NAM  Huber et al.
OCL   60 39.12
UREF
PNO  5826422
ISD  19981000
NAM  Koyama et al.
OCL   60 39.12
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  A cylindrical fuel reforming apparatus covered with a thermal insulating
      layer 16 comprises a fuel flow passage 1 contoured by a cylindrical
      contour wall 2 in its central axial direction and a reforming catalyst bed
      3 in the middle of the flow passage for reforming gas to be reformed
      flowing from the upstream of the fuel flow passage 1 into a proper
      reformed gas. A cooling jacket 10 is arranged in the upstream of the
      reforming catalyst bed 3 so as to surround the fuel flow passage 1 and to
      be supplied with steam 11 for cooling the cylindrical contour wall 2.
      There are provided in the cylindrical contour wall 2 in the upstream of
      the reforming catalyst bed 3 a plurality of injection nozzles 15
      communicating the cooling jacket 10 with the fuel flow passage 1 so that
      the steam 11 introduced into the cooling jacket 10 is allowed to flow into
      the fuel flow passage 1.
PATN
WKU  059878797
SRC  8
APN  9135723
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970917
TTL  Spring seal device for combustor
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Gartenberg; Ehud
EXP  Thorpe; Timothy S.
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Ono; Masaki
CTY  Takasago
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960117
APN  8-5606
CLAS
OCL   60 3932
XCL   60 3931
XCL   60 3937
EDF  6
ICL  F02C  720
FSC   60
FSS  39.32;39.31;39.37
UREF
PNO  3344601
ISD  19671000
NAM  Mieczkowski, Jr.
OCL   60 39.32
UREF
PNO  3759038
ISD  19730900
NAM  Scalzo et al.
OCL   60 39.32
UREF
PNO  4640092
ISD  19870200
NAM  Coburn et al.
OCL   60 39.36
UREF
PNO  4688378
ISD  19870800
NAM  Harris
OCL   60 39.32
UREF
PNO  4805397
ISD  19890200
NAM  Barbier et al.
OCL   60 39.32
UREF
PNO  4912922
ISD  19900400
NAM  Maclin
OCL   60 39.32
UREF
PNO  5749218
ISD  19980500
NAM  Cromer et al.
OCL   60 39.31
FREF
PNO  51-012763
ISD  19760400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-102031
ISD  19830600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-030431
ISD  19850200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-173024
ISD  19860800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-293276
ISD  19951100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/00057
PD1  19970917
PD2  19970917
PD3  19970114
PCP  WO97/26485
PCD  19970724
ABST
PAR  To provide a spring seal device for connecting inner tube and tail tube of
      combustor by which air leakage caused by aged deterioration of spring seal
      is prevented.
PAL  The spring seal 3, 4 for connecting the inner tube 1 and the tail tube 2 of
      combustor is fitted at its end portion on the upstream side to outer
      circumference of the inner tube 1.
PAL  The downstream side end portion of the spring seal 3, 4 is pinched between
      inner circumference of the tail tube 2 and a spring seal guide 5 fitted
      thereto and connects the inner tube 1 and the tail tube 2. At the time of
      start and stop of gas turbine, the spring seal slides in the spring seal
      guide 5, thereby thermal deformation is absorbed.
PATN
WKU  059878800
SRC  8
APN  8894035
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970708
TTL  Supersonic engine, multi-port thrust reversing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  16
EXP  Freay; Charles G.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Culbertson; Christopher C.
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  McDonnell Douglas Corporation
CTY  Huntington Beach
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   60204
XCL   602262
XCL  23926537
XCL  244110B
EDF  6
ICL  F02K  302
FSC   60
FSS  204;226.2;262;271
FSC  239
FSS  127.3;265.37
FSC  244
FSS  110 B
UREF
PNO  3248878
ISD  19660500
NAM  Clark et al.
UREF
PNO  3262270
ISD  19660700
NAM  Beavers
UREF
PNO  3601992
ISD  19710800
NAM  Maison
UREF
PNO  3603090
ISD  19710900
NAM  Billinger et al.
UREF
PNO  3736750
ISD  19730600
NAM  Britt
UREF
PNO  3739582
ISD  19730600
NAM  Maison
UREF
PNO  3759467
ISD  19730900
NAM  Roudil
UREF
PNO  3764096
ISD  19731000
NAM  Wright
UREF
PNO  3831376
ISD  19740800
NAM  Moorehead
UREF
PNO  3837411
ISD  19740900
NAM  Nash et al.
UREF
PNO  3841091
ISD  19741000
NAM  Sargisson et al.
UREF
PNO  3943707
ISD  19760300
NAM  Nash
UREF
PNO  4030291
ISD  19770600
NAM  Sargisson
UREF
PNO  4145877
ISD  19790300
NAM  Montgomery
UREF
PNO  4147028
ISD  19790400
NAM  Rodgers
UREF
PNO  4183478
ISD  19800100
NAM  Rudolph
UREF
PNO  4184798
ISD  19800100
NAM  Dickenson
UREF
PNO  4353516
ISD  19821000
NAM  Soligny et al.
UREF
PNO  4373328
ISD  19830200
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  4805401
ISD  19890200
NAM  Thayer et al.
OCL   60226.2
UREF
PNO  4998409
ISD  19910300
NAM  Mutch
UREF
PNO  5228641
ISD  19930700
NAM  Remlaoui
UREF
PNO  5347808
ISD  19940900
NAM  Standish et al.
UREF
PNO  5507143
ISD  19960400
NAM  Luttgeharm et al.
UREF
PNO  5575147
ISD  19961100
NAM  Nikkanen
UREF
PNO  5598701
ISD  19970200
NAM  Newton
UREF
PNO  5666802
ISD  19970900
NAM  Lair
OCL   60226.2
FREF
PNO  76 19695
ISD  19770700
CNT  FRX
OCL   60226.2
LREP
FRM  Harness Dickey & Pierce P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A thrust reverser system for a gas turbine engine 10 of the type which
      includes an outer nacelle 16 spaced apart from a core engine to define an
      annular bypass duct 32 therebetween and having a fan 22 disposed in an
      inlet for providing forced air to the bypass duct 32 and core engine. The
      thrust reverser system includes at least one passageway 40 through the
      nacelle 16 having a plurality of vanes 42 disposed therein. An internal
      reverser door 44 is disposed to be movable between a closed position
      wherein the internal reverser door 44 generally covers the at least one
      passageway 40 and an open position so as to allow at least a portion of
      air flow in the bypass duct 32 to pass through the at least one passageway
      40. At least one mixer lobe 54 is disposed upstream of the at least one
      passageway 40. The at least one mixer lobe 54 is rotatable from a first
      position for mixing air from the bypass duct 32 into a core stream airflow
      and a second position corresponding with the open position of the internal
      reverser door 44 for directing air from the bypass duct 32 through the at
      least one passageway 40 for generating a reverser thrust.
PATN
WKU  059878819
SRC  9
APN  041767&
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980313
TTL  Thrust reverser door with spring biased movable external panel
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Kim; Ted
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Gonidec; Patrick
CTY  Montivilliers
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Rouyer; Pascal Gerard
CTY  Saint Aubin Routot
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Vauchel; Guy Bernard
CTY  Le Havre
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Societe Hispano-Suiza Aerostructures
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970313
APN  97.02982
CLAS
OCL   602262
XCL   60230
XCL  244110B
XCL  23926529
EDF  6
ICL  F02K  170
FSC   60
FSS  226.2;230
FSC  244
FSS  110 B
FSC  239
FSS  265.27;265.29
UREF
PNO  3279182
ISD  19661000
NAM  Helmintoller
OCL   60226
UREF
PNO  3344604
ISD  19671000
NAM  Mattia et al.
OCL   60229
UREF
PNO  3605411
ISD  19710900
NAM  Maison et al.
OCL   60226
UREF
PNO  4005836
ISD  19770200
NAM  Mutch
OCL  244110B
UREF
PNO  4894985
ISD  19900100
NAM  Dubois et al.
OCL   60226.2
UREF
PNO  5230213
ISD  19930700
NAM  Lawson
OCL   60226.2
UREF
PNO  5297387
ISD  19940300
NAM  Carimali et al.
OCL   60226.2
FREF
PNO  1 482 538
ISD  19670500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 030 034
ISD  19701000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 618 853
ISD  19890200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 680 547
ISD  19930200
CNT  FRX
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A thrust reverser is disclosed for an aircraft jet engine having a cowling
      with an outer surface and at least one reverse thrust opening, the thrust
      reverser including a thrust reverser door assembly movable with respect to
      the cowling between a forward thrust position, in which the reverse thrust
      opening is uncovered, and a reverse thrust position in which the thrust
      reverser door uncovers the reverse thrust opening. The thrust reverser
      door assembly includes an inner structure, an external panel movably
      connected to the inner structure and one or more resilient devices acting
      on the inner structure and the external panel to bias the external panel
      toward the inner structure such that, when the thrust reverser door is in
      the forward thrust position the external panel is displaced away from the
      inner structure by contact with the cowling such that an outer surface of
      the external panel is substantially flush with the outer surface of the
      cowling.
PATN
WKU  059878827
SRC  8
APN  6353452
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19960419
TTL  System for reduction of harmful exhaust emissions from diesel engines
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  4
EXP  Wolfe; Willis R.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Voss; Kenneth E.
CTY  Somerville
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Wildman; Timothy D.
CTY  Monmouth Junction
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Norris; Michael G.
CTY  Westfield
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Rice; Gary W.
CTY  Scotch Plains
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Engelhard Corporation
CTY  Iselin
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   60274
XCL   60300
XCL   60302
XCL  123670
EDF  6
ICL  F01N  320
ICL  F01N  328
ICL  F02B 5102
FSC  123
FSS  668;669;670;193.2;193.5
FSC   60
FSS  274;280;297;299;302
UREF
PNO  2914048
ISD  19591100
NAM  Philip
OCL  123 48
UREF
PNO  3082752
ISD  19630300
NAM  Thomas
OCL  123668
UREF
PNO  3166895
ISD  19650100
NAM  Slayter et al.
OCL   60299
UREF
PNO  3233697
ISD  19660200
NAM  Slayter et al.
OCL  181 42
UREF
PNO  3302394
ISD  19670200
NAM  Pahnke et al.
OCL   60302
UREF
PNO  3459167
ISD  19690800
NAM  Briggs et al.
OCL  123668
UREF
PNO  3649225
ISD  19720300
NAM  Simmons
OCL   29194
UREF
PNO  3820523
ISD  19740600
NAM  Showalter et al.
OCL  123668
UREF
PNO  3873347
ISD  19750300
NAM  Walker et al.
OCL  117 71M
UREF
PNO  3874901
ISD  19750400
NAM  Rairden, III
OCL  117 71M
UREF
PNO  3899300
ISD  19750800
NAM  D'Olier
OCL   60302
UREF
PNO  3911890
ISD  19751000
NAM  Ansdale
OCL  123179.7
UREF
PNO  3911891
ISD  19751000
NAM  Dowell
OCL  123668
UREF
PNO  3928026
ISD  19751200
NAM  Hecht et al.
OCL   75134F
UREF
PNO  3947545
ISD  19760300
NAM  Ishida et al.
OCL   60302
UREF
PNO  3969082
ISD  19760700
NAM  Cairns et al.
OCL   23288FC
UREF
PNO  3976809
ISD  19760800
NAM  Dowell
OCL  427 34
UREF
PNO  4005989
ISD  19770200
NAM  Preston
OCL   29194
UREF
PNO  4074671
ISD  19780200
NAM  Pennila
OCL  123668
UREF
PNO  4077637
ISD  19780300
NAM  Hyde et al.
OCL  277235A
UREF
PNO  4122673
ISD  19781000
NAM  Leins
OCL   60280
UREF
PNO  4132743
ISD  19790100
NAM  Castor et al.
OCL  260669R
UREF
PNO  4254621
ISD  19810300
NAM  Nagumo
OCL   60282
UREF
PNO  4273824
ISD  19810600
NAM  McComas et al.
OCL  428256
UREF
PNO  4300494
ISD  19811100
NAM  Graiff et al.
OCL  123193.5
UREF
PNO  4318894
ISD  19820300
NAM  Hensel et al.
OCL  423212
UREF
PNO  4330732
ISD  19820500
NAM  Lowther
OCL  313130
UREF
PNO  4332618
ISD  19820600
NAM  Ballard
OCL  106 84
UREF
PNO  4335190
ISD  19820600
NAM  Bill et al.
OCL  428623
UREF
PNO  4339509
ISD  19820700
NAM  Dardi et al.
OCL  428632
UREF
PNO  4353208
ISD  19821000
NAM  Volker et al.
OCL   60299
UREF
PNO  4471017
ISD  19840900
NAM  Poeschel et al.
OCL  428215
UREF
PNO  4485151
ISD  19841100
NAM  Stecura
OCL  428633
UREF
PNO  4495907
ISD  19850100
NAM  Kamo
OCL  123193.2
UREF
PNO  4536371
ISD  19850800
NAM  Thayer et al.
OCL  422171
UREF
PNO  4578114
ISD  19860300
NAM  Rangaswamy et al.
OCL   75252
UREF
PNO  4599270
ISD  19860700
NAM  Rangaswamy et al.
OCL  428402
UREF
PNO  4633936
ISD  19870100
NAM  Nilsson
OCL  165  8
UREF
PNO  4659680
ISD  19870400
NAM  Guile
OCL  501104
UREF
PNO  4706616
ISD  19871100
NAM  Yoshimitsu
OCL  123 41.84
UREF
PNO  4755360
ISD  19880700
NAM  Dickey et al.
OCL  422122
UREF
PNO  4772511
ISD  19880900
NAM  Wood et al.
OCL  428325
UREF
PNO  4810334
ISD  19890300
NAM  Honey et al.
OCL  204 16
UREF
PNO  4849247
ISD  19890700
NAM  Scanlon et al.
OCL  427 34
UREF
PNO  4852542
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kamo et al.
OCL  123668
UREF
PNO  4877705
ISD  19891000
NAM  Polidor
OCL  428 34.6
UREF
PNO  4880614
ISD  19891100
NAM  Strangman et al.
OCL  428623
UREF
PNO  4902358
ISD  19900200
NAM  Napier et al.
OCL  148127
UREF
PNO  4909230
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kawamura
OCL  123668
UREF
PNO  4916022
ISD  19900400
NAM  Solfest et al.
OCL  428623
UREF
PNO  4930678
ISD  19900600
NAM  Cyb
OCL  228176
UREF
PNO  4966820
ISD  19901000
NAM  Kojima et al.
OCL  428622
UREF
PNO  5033427
ISD  19910700
NAM  Kawamura et al.
OCL  123193.5
UREF
PNO  5057379
ISD  19911000
NAM  Fayeulle et al.
OCL  428632
UREF
PNO  5080977
ISD  19920100
NAM  Zaplatynsky
OCL  428432
UREF
PNO  5085268
ISD  19920200
NAM  Nilsson
OCL  165  8
UREF
PNO  5151254
ISD  19920900
NAM  Arai et al.
OCL   60302
UREF
PNO  5384200
ISD  19950100
NAM  Giles et al.
OCL  428552
UREF
PNO  5419126
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kiyooka
OCL   60302
UREF
PNO  5462907
ISD  19951000
NAM  Farrauto et al.
OCL  502304
UREF
PNO  5491120
ISD  19960200
NAM  Voss et al.
OCL  502304
UREF
PNO  5589144
ISD  19961200
NAM  Filippi et al.
OCL  422179
OREF
PAL  Assanis, Dennis, et al, The Effects of Ceramic Coatings on Diesel Engine
      Performance and Exhaust Emissions, International Congress and Exposition,
      Detroit, Michigan, Feb. 25-Mar. 1, 1991, SAE Technical Paper Series
      910460, pp. 1-9.
PAL  Jones, Robert L., Catalytic Combustion in Internal Combustion Engines: A
      Possible Explanation for the Woschni Effect in Thermally-Insulated Diesel
      Engines, Naval Research Laboratory, NRL/MR/6170--96-7897, Nov. 15, 1996,
      pp. i-26.
PAL  Kamo, Roy, High Performance Coatings for Diesels and Other Heat Engines,
      Adiabatics, Inc. Advanced Engine Concepts, Columbus, Indiana, Thermal
      Spray Coatings Conference, Gorham Advanced Materials Institute, Orlando,
      Florida, Sep. 12, 13, 14, 1993.
PAL  Kawamura, Hideo, et al, Improvement of Fuel Consumption and Exhaust
      Emissions in Ceramics Low Heat Rejection Engine, Isuzu Ceramics Research
      Institute Co., Ltd., Japan, ICE-vol. 27-1, 1996 Fall Technical Conference,
      vol. 1, ASME 1996, pp. 69-78.
PAL  Klett, D. E., et al, Soot and No.sub.x Emissions and Combustion
      Characteristics of Low Heat Rejection Direct Injection Diesel Engines, U.
      S. Army Research Office, Jan. 10, 1994, pp. i-iii, 1-109.
PAL  Osawa, Katsuyuki, et al, Performance of Thin Thermal Barrier Coating on
      Small Aluminum Block Diesel Engine, SAE Technical Paper Series 910461,
      International Congress and Exposition, Detroit, Michigan, Feb. 25-Mar. 1,
      1991, pp. 1-8.
PAL  Tree, Dale R., et al, Experimental Results on the Effect of Piston Surface
      Roughness and Porosity on Diesel Engine Combustion, Society of Automotive
      Engineers, Inc, 960036, pp. 103-112, Mar. 1996.
PAL  Tree, Dale R., et al. Experimental Measurements on the Effect of Insulated
      Pistons on Engine Performance and Heat Transfer, Society of Automotive
      Engineers, Inc., 960317, pp. 131-142, Mar. 1996.
PAL  Winkler, Matthew F., et al, The Role of Diesel Ceramic Coatings in Reducing
      Automotive Emissions and Improving Combustion Efficiency, SAE Technical
      Paper Series 930158, International Congress and Exposition, Detroit,
      Michigan, Mar. 1-5, 1993, pp. 1-9.
PAL  Wong, Victor W., et al, Assessment of Thin Thermal Barrier Coatings for
      I.C. Engines, SAE Technical Paper Series 950980, International Congress
      and Exposition, Detroit, Michigan, Feb. 27-Mar. 2, 1995, pp. 1-11.
PAL  Yonushonis, T.M., et al, Engineered Thermal Barrier Coatings for Diesels,
      SAE Technical Paper Series 890297, Reprinted from SP-785-Worldwide
      Progress on Adiabatic Engines, International Congress and Exposition,
      Detroit, Michigan, Feb. 27-Mar. 3, 1989, pp. 133-142.
ABST
PAL  Methods and apparatus for reducing the TPM level of a diesel engine exhaust
      stream by providing a suitable oxidation catalyst into the exhaust train.
      The oxidation catalyst may be incorporated into a thermal insulative
      coating on the inner surface of the exhaust train, particularly the
      exhaust manifold and exhaust pipes prior to the turbocharger.
      Alternatively, when the exhaust train includes a turbocharger, the
      catalyst can be in a separate monolithic unit between the engine and the
      turbocharger. The system may also include an improved diesel oxidation
      catalyst unit having a metal monolithic substrate.
PATN
WKU  059878835
SRC  8
APN  8732922
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19970611
TTL  Method of diagnosing a catalytic converter
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Denion; Thomas E.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Schneider; Erich
CTY  Kirchheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Robert Bosch GmbH
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960612
APN  196 23 335
CLAS
OCL   60274
XCL   60277
XCL   731181
EDF  6
ICL  F01N  300
FSC   60
FSS  274;276;277;285
FSC   73
FSS  118.1
UREF
PNO  4622809
ISD  19861100
NAM  Abthoff et al.
UREF
PNO  5228287
ISD  19930700
NAM  Kuronishi et al.
OCL   60276
UREF
PNO  5335538
ISD  19940800
NAM  Blischke et al.
OCL   73118.1
UREF
PNO  5404718
ISD  19950400
NAM  Orzel et al.
OCL   60274
UREF
PNO  5602737
ISD  19970200
NAM  Sindano et al.
OCL   60285
FREF
PNO  0492165
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0589169
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3830515
ISD  19900300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4441432
ISD  19960500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/03358
ISD  19930200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Ottesen; Walter
ABST
PAL  The invention is directed to a method for evaluating the operability of a
      catalytic converter mounted in the exhaust-gas system of an internal
      combustion engine. In the method, the actual value of a signal of an
      exhaust-gas probe mounted downstream of the catalytic converter is
      detected and an expectation value of the signal of the exhaust-gas probe
      is formed from quantities measured upstream of the catalytic converter. A
      measure is formed for the deviation of the actual value from the
      expectation value and the operability of the catalytic converter is
      evaluated on the basis of the measure.
PATN
WKU  059878843
SRC  9
APN  0957631
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980611
TTL  Exhaust gas purification device
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Binh
EXP  Denion; Thomas E.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kibe; Kazuya
CTY  Susono
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Gotoh; Masato
CTY  Susono
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mizuno; Tatsuji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Akita; Kouichi
CTY  Susono
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970619
APN  9-162956
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970703
APN  9-178443
CLAS
OCL   60286
XCL   60278
XCL   60285
XCL   60280
XCL  123443
EDF  6
ICL  F01N  300
FSC   60
FSS  278;280;285;286;323
FSC  123
FSS  443;305;568.11
UREF
PNO  4056933
ISD  19771100
NAM  Nohira et al.
UREF
PNO  4179892
ISD  19791200
NAM  Heydrich
UREF
PNO  5746189
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kuzuya et al.
OCL  123568
UREF
PNO  5803048
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yano et al.
OCL  123443
UREF
PNO  5884476
ISD  19990300
NAM  Hirota et al.
OCL   60278
UREF
PNO  5894726
ISD  19990400
NAM  Monnier
OCL   60274
FREF
PNO  0 838 582 A1
ISD  19980400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4421 258 A1
ISD  19951200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  6-74022
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-81631
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  According to the invention, there is provided an exhaust gas purification
      device for purifying an exhaust gas discharged from an engine having
      cylinders including first and second cylinders. An exhaust stroke in the
      first cylinder is carried out next to an exhaust stroke in the second
      cylinder. The exhaust gas purification device comprises exhaust branch
      passages which are connected to the cylinders, respectively. The exhaust
      branch passages include first and second exhaust branch passages which are
      connected to the first and second cylinders, respectively. The exhaust gas
      purification device comprises a common exhaust passage connected to the
      exhaust branch passages, a catalyst positioned in the common exhaust
      passage for purifying an exhaust gas, and an exhaust gas recirculation
      passage connected to the first exhaust branch passage. The exhaust gas
      recirculation passage introduces the exhaust gas from the first exhaust
      branch passage into an intake passage which is connected to the cylinders.
      According to the invention, a reducing agent is fed to only the second
      cylinder during the power or the exhaust stroke in the second cylinder to
      promote the purifying operation of the catalyst when the exhaust gas is
      introduced into the intake passage via the exhaust gas recirculation
      passage.
PATN
WKU  059878851
SRC  9
APN  0151408
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980129
TTL  Combination catalytic converter and heat exchanger that maintains a
      catalyst substrate within an efficient operating temperature range for
      emmisions reduction
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Binh
EXP  Denion; Thomas E.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kizer; Thomas L.
CTY  Farmington Hills
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Borroni-Bird; Christopher E.
CTY  Rochester Hills
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Chrysler Corporation
CTY  Auburn Hills
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   60298
XCL   60274
XCL   60303
XCL   60286
XCL  422169
XCL  422173
XCL  422170
EDF  6
ICL  F01N  300
FSC   60
FSS  274;276;284;286;290;298;300;303
FSC  422
FSS  173;168;169;170;171
UREF
PNO  3599427
ISD  19710800
NAM  Jones et al.
UREF
PNO  3747346
ISD  19730700
NAM  Onoda et al.
UREF
PNO  3812673
ISD  19740500
NAM  Muroki et al.
UREF
PNO  3817032
ISD  19740600
NAM  Crow
UREF
PNO  3819334
ISD  19740600
NAM  Yoshida et al.
UREF
PNO  3820327
ISD  19740600
NAM  Henault
UREF
PNO  3835645
ISD  19740900
NAM  Zoleta
UREF
PNO  3898802
ISD  19750800
NAM  Tadokoro et al.
UREF
PNO  3910042
ISD  19751000
NAM  Yuge et al.
UREF
PNO  3947544
ISD  19760300
NAM  Yamada et al.
UREF
PNO  3967929
ISD  19760700
NAM  Tamazawa et al.
UREF
PNO  3968649
ISD  19760700
NAM  Edwards
OCL   60297
UREF
PNO  3979185
ISD  19760900
NAM  Stevenson
UREF
PNO  4091616
ISD  19780500
NAM  Loweg
UREF
PNO  4272958
ISD  19810600
NAM  Waltrip
UREF
PNO  4291760
ISD  19810900
NAM  Argvle et al.
UREF
PNO  4391235
ISD  19830700
NAM  Majkrzak
UREF
PNO  4420462
ISD  19831200
NAM  Clyde
OCL  422201
UREF
PNO  4426844
ISD  19840100
NAM  Nakano
UREF
PNO  5158753
ISD  19921000
NAM  Take et al.
UREF
PNO  5216880
ISD  19930600
NAM  Aoki et al.
UREF
PNO  5224334
ISD  19930700
NAM  Bell
UREF
PNO  5255511
ISD  19931000
NAM  Maus et al.
UREF
PNO  5398747
ISD  19950300
NAM  Miaoulis
UREF
PNO  5450721
ISD  19950900
NAM  Golben et al.
UREF
PNO  5566547
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hosoya et al.
UREF
PNO  5603215
ISD  19970200
NAM  Sung et al.
UREF
PNO  5607010
ISD  19970300
NAM  Schonfeld et al.
UREF
PNO  5634331
ISD  19970600
NAM  Aoki et al.
UREF
PNO  5647204
ISD  19970700
NAM  Atanasyan
UREF
PNO  5651088
ISD  19970700
NAM  Abe et al.
UREF
PNO  5664049
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kondo et al.
UREF
PNO  5685145
ISD  19971100
NAM  Sung et al.
OCL   60284
UREF
PNO  5694770
ISD  19971200
NAM  Bruck et al.
UREF
PNO  5695722
ISD  19971200
NAM  Myers et al.
UREF
PNO  5753188
ISD  19980500
NAM  Shimoda et al.
OCL  422108
FREF
PNO  1359660
ISD  19700000
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Stec; Jennifer M.
ABST
PAL  A combination catalytic converter and heat exchanger unit that controls the
      temperature of one or more catalytic converters within their efficient
      conversion operating temperature ranges. The unit includes a plurality of
      spaced apart tubes through which the exhaust emissions flow through the
      unit. Each of the plurality of tubes includes a substrate on which is
      formed a catalyst that reduces or eliminates harmful by-products in the
      exhaust emissions. A cooling system, such as a fan, forces a cooling
      fluid, such as air, around the tubes to cool the catalyst to be within its
      efficient operating temperature range. The tubes have a suitable diameter
      that allows the center of the tubes to be effectively cooled. The speed of
      the fan is controlled to variably adjust the temperature of the exhaust
      emissions in response to various input data, such as the temperature of
      the exhaust emissions at different locations in the exhaust path, engine
      speed and load, and the type of catalyst being used. The plurality of
      tubes can incorporate two or more catalysts that have different operating
      ranges so as to control the effectiveness of the conversion for increased
      efficiency and reduction of energy consumption. It is also possible to
      provide supplemental electrical heat to the plurality of tubes to extend
      the duration whereby the catalytic converter is operating within its
      efficient conversion window.
PATN
WKU  059878860
SRC  8
APN  9674578
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19971113
TTL  Stirling cycle engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Hoang
NDR  13
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Sekiya; Hiroshi
CTY  Ota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Inoue; Takashi
CTY  Oizumi-machi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Moriguchi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961115
APN  8-318554
CLAS
OCL   60523
XCL   60524
XCL   60526
EDF  6
ICL  F01B 2910
FSC   60
FSS  517;518;523;524;525;526
UREF
PNO  3845624
ISD  19741100
NAM  Roos
UREF
PNO  3971230
ISD  19760700
NAM  Fletcher et al.
OCL   62  6
UREF
PNO  4511805
ISD  19850400
NAM  Boy-Marcotte et al.
XCL   60525
UREF
PNO  4532767
ISD  19850800
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL   60525
UREF
PNO  4583364
ISD  19860400
NAM  Wood
UREF
PNO  4717405
ISD  19880100
NAM  Budliger
UREF
PNO  4738106
ISD  19880400
NAM  Yamaguchi
XCL   60517
UREF
PNO  4751819
ISD  19880600
NAM  Eder
OCL   60517
UREF
PNO  5134848
ISD  19920800
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
XCL   60525
UREF
PNO  5461859
ISD  19951000
NAM  Beale et al.
UREF
PNO  5755100
ISD  19980500
NAM  Lamos
XCL   60524
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A Stirling cycle engine includes: a housing having at least one cylinder; a
      motor element disposed in the housing; and a Stirling refrigerator portion
      driven by the motor element. The cylinder is made to be a cross guide for
      a piston or a displacer of the Stirling refrigerator portion. Thus, it is
      possible to provide a desired Stirling cycle engine, for example, a
      Stirling refrigerator, a Stirling engine generator, etc. with a single
      configuration.
PATN
WKU  059878878
SRC  9
APN  0118648
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980217
TTL  Master cylinder
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Hoang
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Prosch; Gerhard
CTY  Hochstadt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Sperner; Christian
CTY  Hochstadt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Adler; Dieter
CTY  Herzogenaurach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schaaf; Peter
CTY  Neustadt/Aisch
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Luk GmbH & Co.
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19951007
APN  195 37 423
CLAS
OCL   60594
XCL   60533
EDF  6
ICL  B60T  702
FSC   60
FSS  533;594
FSC   92
FSS  187
UREF
PNO  2349345
ISD  19440500
NAM  Goepfrich
UREF
PNO  4109899
ISD  19780800
NAM  Takatsu
XCL   92187
UREF
PNO  4372118
ISD  19830200
NAM  Andresen
XCL   60533
UREF
PNO  4831916
ISD  19890500
NAM  Leigh-Monstevens et al.
XCL   92187
UREF
PNO  5284017
ISD  19940200
NAM  Kopacin
OCL   60533
FREF
PNO  17488853
ISD  19570300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1930311
ISD  19631000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1525600
ISD  19700200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2751931
ISD  19700500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2510957
ISD  19760900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3720410
ISD  19881200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4201422
ISD  19930700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4212107
ISD  19931000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4434254
ISD  19950400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4405581
ISD  19950800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1455316
ISD  19761100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  407148
ISD  19800300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2265963
ISD  19931000
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Bierman, Muserlian and Lucas
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/04229
PD1  19980217
PD2  19980217
PD3  19960927
PCP  WO97/13671
PCD  19970417
ABST
PAR  A master cylinder for a hydraulic friction clutch, said master cylinder
      being connected to a physically actuatable pedal by a piston rod (17)
      which is articulated in semi-shells (14) enclosed in a piston skirt
      bushing (10), an end of said piston skirt bushing (10) remote from the
      piston rod (17) being connected to a piston (7) which is longitudinally
      displaceable in a guide sleeve (96) of the master cylinder (1), an end
      face of said piston (7) delimiting a pressure chamber (8) wherein the
      semi-shells (14) fill an inner space of the piston skirt bushing (10)
      without play and comprise a cup-shaped recess (15) in which a ball head
      (16) of the piston rod (17) is retained by positive locking, the piston
      skirt bushing (10) forming a structural unit with the radially stepped
      piston (7).
PATN
WKU  059878886
SRC  8
APN  8928185
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970715
TTL  System and method for controlling a turbocharger
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Koczo; Michael
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Weisman, II; S. Miller
CTY  Farmington Hills
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Trumbower; Michael Wayne
CTY  Milan
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Avery, Jr.; Richard Michael
CTY  West Bloomfield
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Letang; Dennis Michael
CTY  Canton
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Detroit Diesel Corporation
CTY  Detroit
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   60612
XCL   606051
XCL  123436
EDF  6
ICL  F02D 2302
FSC   60
FSS  600-603;605.1;612
FSC  123
FSS  436
UREF
PNO  4075849
ISD  19780200
NAM  Richardson
UREF
PNO  4203296
ISD  19800500
NAM  Tanaka et al.
UREF
PNO  4292806
ISD  19811000
NAM  Moore et al.
UREF
PNO  4397285
ISD  19830800
NAM  O'Neill
UREF
PNO  4428199
ISD  19840100
NAM  Moore et al.
UREF
PNO  4442672
ISD  19840400
NAM  Fischer
UREF
PNO  4467607
ISD  19840800
NAM  Rydquist et al.
UREF
PNO  4489557
ISD  19841200
NAM  Fawcett et al.
UREF
PNO  4671068
ISD  19870600
NAM  Moody et al.
UREF
PNO  4679398
ISD  19870700
NAM  Noguchi et al.
UREF
PNO  4680933
ISD  19870700
NAM  Bozung et al.
UREF
PNO  4697421
ISD  19871000
NAM  Otobe et al.
UREF
PNO  4741163
ISD  19880500
NAM  Hidaka et al.
UREF
PNO  4745755
ISD  19880500
NAM  Kawamura
UREF
PNO  4779423
ISD  19881000
NAM  Szczupak
UREF
PNO  4848086
ISD  19890700
NAM  Inoue
UREF
PNO  4953110
ISD  19900800
NAM  Chartrand
UREF
PNO  5069194
ISD  19911200
NAM  Deutschmann et al.
UREF
PNO  5123246
ISD  19920600
NAM  Younessi et al.
UREF
PNO  5148364
ISD  19920900
NAM  Scherer
UREF
PNO  5186081
ISD  19930200
NAM  Richardson
OCL   60600
UREF
PNO  5231830
ISD  19930800
NAM  Entemann et al.
UREF
PNO  5261236
ISD  19931100
NAM  Ironside et al.
UREF
PNO  5445128
ISD  19950800
NAM  Letang et al.
OCL  123436
UREF
PNO  5477827
ISD  19951200
NAM  Weisman et al.
OCL  123436
UREF
PNO  5622053
ISD  19970400
NAM  Freen
OCL   60603
UREF
PNO  5709192
ISD  19980100
NAM  Zimmermann
UREF
PNO  5769052
ISD  19980600
NAM  Oestreicher et al.
UREF
PNO  5771867
ISD  19980600
NAM  Amstutz et al.
UREF
PNO  5791145
ISD  19980800
NAM  Freen
OCL   60603
FREF
PNO  30 05 108
ISD  19810800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO/9745633
ISD  19971200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  R. Schulmeister, et al., Advanced Diesel Engines With Integrated Electronic
      Systems, ImechE, 1991, C430/012, Germany.
PAL  SAE Technical Paper Series, 951201, "Electronic Engine Management on an MTU
      396 Heavy Duty Truck Engine", Steffan Spindler, SAE Library, 1995.
PAL  SAE Technical Paper Series, "Electronic Control of a Variable Geometry
      Turbocharger", Dilip Jain, May 3, 1990, SAE Library.
PAL  SAE Technical Paper Series, "Schwitzer Variable Geometry Turbo and
      Microprocessor Control Design and Evaluation", Steve Arnold, Feb. 16,
      1987, SAE Library.
PAL  Dilip Jain, Electronic Control of a Variable Geometry Turbocharger, SAE
      Technical Paper Series 900889.
PAL  Steve Arnold, Schwitzer Variable Geometry Turbo and Microprocessor Control
      Design and Evaluation, SAE Technical Paper Series 870296.
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method of controlling a turbocharger in an internal combustion engine
      includes monitoring a turbocharger parameter such as turbine speed or
      turbo boost pressure, and establishing a turbocharger parameter limit
      value for the turbocharger parameter. A dynamic engine torque limit value
      is determined based on the current value of the turbocharger parameter and
      the turbocharger parameter limit value. A provisional engine torque is
      based on engine conditions, and an applied or desired engine torque is
      limited to the lesser of the dynamic engine torque limit value and the
      provisional engine torque.
PATN
WKU  059878894
SRC  8
APN  9475540
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19971009
TTL  Fuel injector for producing outer shear layer flame for combustion
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Kim; Ted
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Graves; Charles B.
CTY  Jupiter
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Smith; Clifford E.
CTY  Madison
STA  AL
ASSG
NAM  United Technologies Corporation
CTY  Hartford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   60748
XCL   60746
EDF  6
ICL  F23R  314
FSC   60
FSS  737;746;747;748;749;750
FSC  239
FSS  400;405;406;463
UREF
PNO  Re30160
ISD  19791100
NAM  Emory, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  3099134
ISD  19630700
NAM  Calder et al.
OCL   60747
UREF
PNO  3570242
ISD  19710300
NAM  Leonardi
UREF
PNO  3853273
ISD  19741200
NAM  Bahr et al.
UREF
PNO  3901446
ISD  19750800
NAM  Petreikis, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3946552
ISD  19760300
NAM  Weinstein et al.
OCL   60748
UREF
PNO  4054028
ISD  19771000
NAM  Kawaguchi
OCL   60749
UREF
PNO  4171612
ISD  19791000
NAM  Zwick
OCL   60 39.23
UREF
PNO  4194358
ISD  19800300
NAM  Stenger
UREF
PNO  4842197
ISD  19890600
NAM  Simon et al.
UREF
PNO  4914918
ISD  19900400
NAM  Sullivan
OCL   60756
UREF
PNO  4991398
ISD  19910200
NAM  Clark et al.
UREF
PNO  5319935
ISD  19940600
NAM  Toon et al.
OCL   60737
UREF
PNO  5417070
ISD  19950500
NAM  Richardson
OCL   60748
UREF
PNO  5603211
ISD  19970200
NAM  Graves
LREP
FR2  Friedland; Norman
ABST
PAL  The fuel nozzle is configured with a fuel injector with a pair of coaxially
      mounted air swirlers utilized in an annular combustor of a gas turbine
      engine that is dimensioned to provide 70-90 percent of the mass airflow in
      the inner passage and the swirl angle of the inner swirler is
      45.degree.-55.degree. and the outer swirler is 70.degree. and the L/D of
      the combustion hole location relative to the fuel injector is 0.6-0.7
      which serve to produce an outer shear layer flame for improved lean
      blowout characteristics.
PATN
WKU  059878908
SRC  9
APN  1009060
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980619
TTL  Electronic component cooling using a heat transfer buffering capability
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Shulman; Mark
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Chiu; George Liang-Tai
CTY  Cross River
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Hougham; Gareth Geoffrey
CTY  Ossining
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Mok; Lawrence Shungwei
CTY  Brewster
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Company
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   62  32
XCL   622592
XCL  361700
XCL  16510433
EDF  6
ICL  F25B 2102
FSC   62
FSS  259.2;3.2
FSC  361
FSS  700
FSC  165
FSS  104.33
UREF
PNO  5188286
ISD  19930200
NAM  Pence, IV
OCL  236  1F
UREF
PNO  5339214
ISD  19940800
NAM  Nelson
OCL  361695
UREF
PNO  5513070
ISD  19960400
NAM  Xie et al.
OCL  361700
UREF
PNO  5549155
ISD  19960800
NAM  Meyer, IV et al.
OCL  165104.33
UREF
PNO  5568360
ISD  19961000
NAM  Penniman et al.
OCL  361687
UREF
PNO  5598320
ISD  19970100
NAM  Toedtman et al.
OCL  361687
UREF
PNO  5634351
ISD  19970600
NAM  Larson et al.
OCL   62259.2
UREF
PNO  5731954
ISD  19980300
NAM  Cheon
OCL  361699
UREF
PNO  5794454
ISD  19980800
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL   62259.2
OREF
PAL  Wu, "A Silent Cool", Science News, vol. 152, Sep. 6, 1997, pp. 152-153.
LREP
FR2  Morris; Daniel P.
FR2  Riddles; Alvin J.
ABST
PAL  Heat transfer out of a housing for a locallized source of heat such as that
      produced by a semiconductor chip of electronic apparatus is provided by a
      low thermal impedance heat transfer member such as a heat pipe, a thermal
      reservoir or heat transfer buffering member and a Peltier effect device
      interfaced with the thermal reservoir and the ambient surrounding the
      housing so as to provide a refrigeration function for the thermal
      reservoir. A high heat capacity or high latent heat of phase transition
      material can be used for the thermal reservoir. In a portable computer
      with a battery power supply, the thermal reservoir can be independent or
      the battery can be employed in the thermal reservoir functions.
PATN
WKU  059878916
SRC  9
APN  0937193
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980609
TTL  Thermoelectric refrigerator/warmer using no external power, and
      refrigerating/warming method
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Shulman; Mark
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Kim; Yong-Gyoo
CTY  Daejeon-Si
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Song; Chang-Ho
CTY  Daejeon-Si
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Gam; Kee-Sool
CTY  Daejeon-Si
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kang; Kee-Hoon
CTY  Daejeon-Si
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Jeong-Hoon
CTY  Daejeon-Si
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Korea Research Institute of Standards and Science
CTY  Daejem-Si
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19980320
APN  98-9595
CLAS
OCL   62  36
XCL   62  3
XCL   62  37
XCL   62457
XCL   624577
EDF  6
ICL  F25B 2102
FSC   62
FSS  3.6;3.7;457;457.7
UREF
PNO  4326383
ISD  19820400
NAM  Reed et al.
OCL   62  3
UREF
PNO  4364234
ISD  19821200
NAM  Reed
OCL   62  3
UREF
PNO  5197291
ISD  19930300
NAM  Levinson
OCL   62  3.2
UREF
PNO  5362983
ISD  19941100
NAM  Yamamura et al.
OCL  257414
UREF
PNO  5379596
ISD  19950100
NAM  Grayson
OCL   62362
UREF
PNO  5483799
ISD  19960100
NAM  Dalto
OCL   62  3.7
UREF
PNO  5594609
ISD  19970100
NAM  Lin
OCL  361104
UREF
PNO  5603220
ISD  19970200
NAM  Seaman
OCL   62  3.7
UREF
PNO  5715684
ISD  19980200
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL   62  3.2
UREF
PNO  5860281
ISD  19990100
NAM  Coffee et al.
OCL   62  3.62
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram, LLP.
ABST
PAL  A thermoelectric refrigerator/warmer using no external power, and a
      refrigerating/warming method are disclosed. A natural energy such as the
      solar energy is utilized so as to make an external power needless. Thus a
      thermoelectric device is made to convert the natural energy into electric
      power based on the difference between the internal and external
      temperatures, and this electric energy is converted again into a thermal
      energy by means of a peltier device, thereby varying the internal
      temperature of the apparatus. An outer part 4 of a thermoelectric device 3
      is attached on the side face of the refrigerator/warmer, and an inner part
      5 of it is attached on a bottom plate 7 of the refrigerator/warmer. Thus a
      thermoelectromotive force is generated based on the temperature difference
      between outside and inside of the refrigerator/warmer. The voltage thus
      generated is supplied to a peltier device 6 to cool or heat the bottom
      plate 7. In this manner, the thermoelectric refrigerator/warmer can be
      operated even without using an external power.
PATN
WKU  059878924
SRC  8
APN  9978194
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19971224
TTL  Storage box apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Jones; Melvin
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  18
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Hideo
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kiya; Fumikazu
CTY  Noboribetsu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Thermovonics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961227
APN  8-350848
CLAS
OCL   62  37
XCL   62  33
XCL   62  36
XCL   622592
XCL   62434
EDF  6
ICL  F25B 2102
FSC   62
FSS  3.2;3.3;3.6;3.7;259.2;434
UREF
PNO  3220198
ISD  19651100
NAM  Muller
OCL   62  3
UREF
PNO  3252504
ISD  19660500
NAM  Newton
OCL  165  2
UREF
PNO  5349831
ISD  19940900
NAM  Daikoku
OCL   62376
UREF
PNO  5515683
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kessler
OCL   62  3.7
UREF
PNO  5713208
ISD  19980200
NAM  Chen
OCL   62  3.7
UREF
PNO  5737923
ISD  19980400
NAM  Gilley
OCL   62  3.7
FREF
PNO  3-13504
ISD  19910200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A storage box apparatus makes use of thermoelectric modules as devices for
      cooling or heating storage units, respectively. Each thermoelectric module
      is provided with a heat-dissipating-side base and a heat-absorbing-side
      base. A liquid heat transfer medium is spouted against a surface of the
      heat-dissipating-side base substantially at a right angle.
PATN
WKU  059878932
SRC  9
APN  123286&
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980728
TTL  Heat exchanger arrangement and cooling system with at least one such
      heat exchanger arrangement
ISD  19991123
NCL  46
ECL  1
EXA  Jones; Melvin
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  24
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Schulz-Harder; Jurgen
CTY  Lauf
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Exel; Karl
CTY  Rimbach/Odw.
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Medick; Bernd
CTY  Wunsiedel
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bauer-Schulz-Harder; Veronika
CTY  Lauf
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Curamik Electronics GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970802
APN  197 38 455
CLAS
OCL   62  37
XCL   62  32
XCL  136204
XCL  165 804
XCL  165185
EDF  6
ICL  F25B 2102
FSC   62
FSS  3.2;3.7;259.2
FSC  136
FSS  204
UREF
PNO  5228923
ISD  19930700
NAM  Hed
OCL  136208
UREF
PNO  5269372
ISD  19931200
NAM  Chu
OCL  165 80.4
UREF
PNO  5504651
ISD  19960400
NAM  Atarashi
OCL  361700
UREF
PNO  5640852
ISD  19970600
NAM  Atlas
OCL   62  3.7
UREF
PNO  5761037
ISD  19980600
NAM  Anderson
OCL  361700
UREF
PNO  5761909
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hughes
OCL   62  3.2
LREP
FRM  Hoffman, Wasson & Gitler
ABST
PAL  A microcooler with channels through which coolant flows. The channels are
      formed by individual cooler layers having a region which is structured in
      the manner of a screen and having a plurality of openings with edge lines
      closed and with material bridges or material regions remaining between
      these openings. None of the openings on any of the cooler layers form a
      continuous channel which extends from a collection space for feed of the
      coolant to a collection space for drainage of the coolant. The individual
      breaches, and the material bridges or material regions, provided between
      them are offset from cooler layer to cooler layer such that flow of the
      coolant through the cooler is possible only with continuous changing of
      the layers. Using the breaches within the cooler results in a highly
      branched labyrinth through which coolant flows. The size of the breaches
      and the width of the material sections and material bridges are matched to
      one another such that flow through is possible with continuous changing of
      the layers. This microcooler has the advantage that very intensive flow
      around the bridges and material regions formed by the individual layers
      takes place by the heat-transporting medium so that intensive heat
      transfer is achieved between this medium and the layers of the
      microcooler.
PATN
WKU  059878940
SRC  9
APN  0077283
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980115
TTL  Temperature lowering apparatus using cryogenic expansion with the aid of
      spirals
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Capossela; Ronald
NDR  9
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Claudet; Gerard
CTY  La Tronche
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Commissariat A L'Energie Atomique
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  PCTFR9601102
APD  19960716
CLAS
OCL   62  6
XCL   62499
XCL   62904
XCL   60520
EDF  6
ICL  F25B  900
FSC   62
FSS  6;499;904
FSC   60
FSS  520
UREF
PNO  2281065
ISD  19420400
NAM  Lavigne
OCL   62904
UREF
PNO  2586207
ISD  19520200
NAM  Collins
OCL   62904
UREF
PNO  3498370
ISD  19700300
NAM  Baees
OCL   62904
UREF
PNO  3817664
ISD  19740600
NAM  Bennett et al.
UREF
PNO  4291547
ISD  19810900
NAM  Leo
UREF
PNO  4472120
ISD  19840900
NAM  McCullough
UREF
PNO  5391065
ISD  19950200
NAM  Wolverton et al.
FREF
PNO  0 122 722
ISD  19841000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 275 415
ISD  19880700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1596943
ISD  19700600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2532011
ISD  19840200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  30 17 045
ISD  19801100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  59-110894
ISD  19840600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2132276
ISD  19840700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Lieberstein; Eugene
FR2  Meller; Michael N.
ABST
PAL  The apparatus for the expansion of fluid in the gaseous or liquid state or
      in double phase is characterized in that it has an expansion compartment
      comprising:
PA1  a first spiral (72),
PA1  a second spiral (70) located within said first spiral,
PA1  means (52, 63) to permit a circular translation movement without
      self-rotation of the second spiral within the first spiral during the
      expansion of a fluid.
PATN
WKU  059878959
SRC  9
APN  0963860
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980612
TTL  Hydrogen storage containers
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Kilner; Christopher B.
NDR  17
NFG  50
INVT
NAM  Nishimura; Kouichi
CTY  Suita
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Satoh; Kouichi
CTY  Hirakata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujitani; Shin
CTY  Hirakata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yonezu; Ikuo
CTY  Hirakata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishio; Koji
CTY  Hirakata
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Moriguchi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960223
APN  8-36446
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960229
APN  8-42758
RLAP
COD  74
APN  804334
APD  19970221
PSC  01
PNO  5797269
CLAS
OCL   62 462
XCL  123  3
XCL  123DIG12
EDF  6
ICL  F17C 1100
FSC   62
FSS  46.2
FSC  123
FSS  3;DIG. 12
UREF
PNO  4489564
ISD  19841200
NAM  Hausler et al.
OCL   62 46.2
UREF
PNO  4499864
ISD  19850200
NAM  Lovercheck et al.
OCL   12  3
UREF
PNO  4505120
ISD  19850300
NAM  Golben
OCL   62 46.2
UREF
PNO  4548044
ISD  19851000
NAM  Sakai et al.
OCL   62 46.2
UREF
PNO  4570446
ISD  19860200
NAM  Matsubara et al.
OCL   62 46.2
UREF
PNO  4583638
ISD  19860400
NAM  Bernauer et al.
XCL   62 46.2
UREF
PNO  4609038
ISD  19860900
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
OCL   62 46.2
UREF
PNO  4928496
ISD  19900500
NAM  Wallace et al.
OCL   62 46.2
UREF
PNO  5092281
ISD  19920300
NAM  Iwaki et al.
OCL  123  3
UREF
PNO  5305714
ISD  19940400
NAM  Sekiguchi et al.
OCL  123  3
UREF
PNO  5347816
ISD  19940900
NAM  Nelson et al.
OCL   62 46.2
UREF
PNO  5359968
ISD  19941100
NAM  Shiraishi et al.
OCL  123  3
UREF
PNO  5450721
ISD  19950900
NAM  Golben et al.
XCL   62 46.2
UREF
PNO  5462021
ISD  19951000
NAM  Minami et al.
OCL  123  3
UREF
PNO  5697221
ISD  19971200
NAM  Sapru et al.
OCL   62 46.2
FREF
PNO  56-18521
ISD  19810400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-114802
ISD  19810900
CNT  JPX
OCL   62 46.2
FREF
PNO  58-37395
ISD  19830300
CNT  JPX
OCL   62 46.2
FREF
PNO  62-49100
ISD  19870300
CNT  JPX
OCL   62 46.2
FREF
PNO  62-246697
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
OCL   62 46.2
FREF
PNO  62-270899
ISD  19871100
CNT  JPX
OCL   62 46.2
FREF
PNO  63-76997
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
OCL   62 46.2
FREF
PNO  4-36083
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-60423
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-248598
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
OCL   62 46.2
FREF
PNO  6-159897
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
OCL   62 46.2
FREF
PNO  2122330
ISD  19840100
CNT  GBX
OCL   62 46.2
FREF
PNO  2148478
ISD  19850500
CNT  GBX
OCL   62 46.2
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  Molded bodies of a hydrogen absorbing alloy accommodated in a hydrogen
      storage container are made readily replaceable to ensure stabilized supply
      of hydrogen gas. When exhibiting an impaired hydrogen absorbing-desorbing
      capacity, the molded bodies can be easily replaced by new molded bodies,
      whereby a specified hydrogen absorbing-desorbing capacity can be
      maintained. The hydrogen gas released from the storage container is partly
      utilized to heat the container and thereby maintain the alloy at a
      predetermined temperature, consequently assuring a device, such as a fuel
      cell, of stabilized supply of hydrogen from the container.
PATN
WKU  059878967
SRC  8
APN  9118748
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970815
TTL  System and method for regulating the flow of a fluid refrigerant to a
      cooling element
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Kilner; Christopher B.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  James; Timothy W.
CTY  Santa Barbara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Cornelius; Wayne D.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Rose, Jr.; Freeman H.
CTY  Del Mar
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Panadea Medical Laboratories
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   62 483
XCL   62 501
XCL   62 502
XCL   62 511
EDF  6
ICL  F17C  310
FSC   62
FSS  48.3;50.1;50.2;51.1
UREF
PNO  5250901
ISD  19931000
NAM  Kaufman et al.
UREF
PNO  5291169
ISD  19940300
NAM  Ige et al.
UREF
PNO  5412363
ISD  19950500
NAM  Breneman et al.
UREF
PNO  5414399
ISD  19950500
NAM  Breneman et al.
OREF
PAL  Chapter 5, entitled Psychrometrics , from the ASHRAE Handbook of
      Fundamentals, pp. 97-101.
LREP
FRM  Nydegger & Associates
ABST
PAL  A system for providing a fluid refrigerant to a cooling element is provided
      herein. The system includes a vessel which holds the fluid refrigerant, a
      heat source evaporating a portion of the fluid in the vessel, and a heat
      exchanger condensing a portion of the gaseous phase of the fluid in the
      vessel. A conduit establishes fluid communication between: (i) the vessel
      and the cooling element; and (ii) the cooling element and the heat
      exchanger. Importantly, the system controls the flow rate of the fluid
      refrigerant to the cooling element by controlling the pressure of the
      fluid in the vessel. The system is particularly useful with cryogenic
      fluid refrigerants to cool a superconductor for an MRI System.
PATN
WKU  059878975
SRC  9
APN  0863343
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980528
TTL  Ice bank system
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Tapolcai; William E.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Hall; James R.
CTY  Hillard
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Ranco Incorporated of Delaware
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   62 59
XCL   62139
XCL   62201
EDF  6
ICL  F25C  300
FSC   62
FSS  59;139;138;201
UREF
PNO  2459337
ISD  19490100
NAM  Raney
UREF
PNO  2632308
ISD  19530300
NAM  Engelhardt
OCL   62 59
UREF
PNO  3496733
ISD  19700200
NAM  Parker et al.
OCL   62139
UREF
PNO  3502899
ISD  19700300
NAM  Jones
OCL   62139
UREF
PNO  3898856
ISD  19750800
NAM  Komedera
OCL   62 98
UREF
PNO  4008832
ISD  19770200
NAM  Rodth
OCL   62138
UREF
PNO  4011733
ISD  19770300
NAM  Kuckens et al.
OCL   62 59
UREF
PNO  4365486
ISD  19821200
NAM  Iwanami et al.
OCL   62392
UREF
PNO  4497179
ISD  19850200
NAM  Iwans
OCL   62 59
UREF
PNO  4526012
ISD  19850700
NAM  Chigira
OCL   62201
UREF
PNO  4561263
ISD  19851200
NAM  Bonne
OCL   62176.2
UREF
PNO  4823556
ISD  19890400
NAM  Chesnut
OCL   62139
UREF
PNO  4843830
ISD  19890700
NAM  Haul
OCL   62 59
UREF
PNO  4934150
ISD  19900600
NAM  Fessler
OCL   62 59
UREF
PNO  5022233
ISD  19910600
NAM  Kirschner et al.
OCL   62138
UREF
PNO  5163298
ISD  19921100
NAM  Hassell et al.
OCL   62 59
UREF
PNO  5399300
ISD  19950300
NAM  Notar
OCL  261130
UREF
PNO  5502977
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ziesel et al.
OCL   62139
FREF
PNO  0315439 A2
ISD  19880200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2133130
ISD  19840700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Watts, Hoffmann, Fisher & Heinke Co., LPA
ABST
PAL  A refrigeration system control apparatus for use with an ice bank for
      sequentially cycling a refrigerator compressor on and off based on sensed
      conditions. The system includes a first temperature probe located a first
      distance from a refrigerator evaporator coil and a second temperature
      probe located a second, greater distance from the refrigerator evaporator
      coil. A programmable controller monitors temperature outputs from the
      first and second temperature probes and turns on and off the refrigerator
      compressor based upon a rate of change of the temperature difference
      between the sensed temperatures of the first and second probes.
PATN
WKU  059878983
SRC  8
APN  9397280
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19971003
TTL  Pellet freezing
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Capossela; Ronald
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Olofsson; Mats
CTY  Hjrnarp
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Andersson; Bo
CTY  Oxie
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Nestec S.A.
CTY  Vevey
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19961008
APN  96202790
CLAS
OCL   62 63
XCL   62 66
XCL   62 74
XCL   62340
XCL  426524
XCL  426589
EDF  6
ICL  F25D 1306
FSC   62
FSS  63;66;74;340
FSC  426
FSS  524;589
UREF
PNO  4655047
ISD  19870400
NAM  Temple et al.
OCL   62 74
UREF
PNO  4748029
ISD  19880500
NAM  Alfred et al.
OCL  426231
UREF
PNO  4761962
ISD  19880800
NAM  Andersson
OCL   62 63
UREF
PNO  4906486
ISD  19900300
NAM  Young
OCL  426518
UREF
PNO  4929456
ISD  19900500
NAM  Bejarano-Wallens et al.
OCL  427 99
UREF
PNO  4934928
ISD  19900600
NAM  Akamatsu
OCL  432 59
UREF
PNO  5257510
ISD  19931100
NAM  Cox
OCL   62346
UREF
PNO  5661981
ISD  19970900
NAM  Laux et al.
OCL   62 74
FREF
PNO  0 332 287 A1
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  58 190348
ISD  19831100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1016574
ISD  19660100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to extruded frozen pellets of sauce and a
      method for freezing pellets of sauce. This method includes dosing a layer
      of sauce onto a refrigerated surface, partially freezing the sauce on the
      surface to cause a generation of ice crystals and an increase in the
      viscosity of the unfrozen sauce, removing the partially frozen sauce from
      the surface, mixing the frozen and unfrozen sauce to form a shapeable
      sauce, forming the shapeable sauce into pellets, and freezing the pellets.
      The invention also relates to a method wherein the sauce is fully frozen
      in a thin layer and subsequently mixed with unfrozen sauce to form the
      shapeable sauce.
PATN
WKU  059878991
SRC  8
APN  4489187
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19950525
TTL  Process for cooling liquid melt during thermal waste treatment
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Capossela; Ronald
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Kiss; Gunter H.
CTY  Minusio
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Thermoselect AG
CTY  Liechtenstein
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19940610
APN  44 20 415
CLAS
OCL   62 64
XCL   62 78
EDF  6
ICL  F25D 1702
FSC   62
FSS  62;63;64;78
UREF
PNO  4704873
ISD  19871100
NAM  Imaike et al.
OCL   62 78
UREF
PNO  5475984
ISD  19951200
NAM  Fermani et al.
OCL   62 64
FREF
PNO  429554
ISD  19260500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1113535
ISD  19610900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4117444
ISD  19920300
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Von R. Dolezal, Ostrava, Ruckgewinnug der Schlackenwarme uber Verdampfung,
      Feb., 1958.
LREP
FRM  Howard & Howard
ABST
PAL  A process for the discharge of melted liquid material, heated to a high
      temperature, which occurs during the thermal treatment of waste by direct
      melting or the melting down of residues. The liquid melted phases are
      sprayed into a jet of cooling agent with a high rate of flow and cooled
      until they solidify and are then passed into a water bath as a granulate.
      The temperature of the water bath is stabilized by the circulation of
      liquid, the residual heat given off, the result of further cooling of the
      granulate, being recovered.
PATN
WKU  059879009
SRC  9
APN  0734691
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980506
TTL  Method and system for prechilling ambient waters for beverage dispensing
      machines and ice machines
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  15
EXP  Tapolcai; William E.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Love; Jeff L.
CTY  Leander
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Maximicer, LLC
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   62 66
XCL   62348
XCL   62396
EDF  6
ICL  F25C  112
FSC   62
FSS  348;344;396;398;399;400;66
UREF
PNO  3744263
ISD  19730700
NAM  Franck et al.
OCL   62348
UREF
PNO  3779029
ISD  19731200
NAM  Larriva
OCL   62348
UREF
PNO  4262489
ISD  19810400
NAM  Sakamoto et al.
OCL   62348
UREF
PNO  4300359
ISD  19811100
NAM  Koeneman et al.
OCL   62344
UREF
PNO  4678104
ISD  19870700
NAM  Pritchett
OCL   62344
UREF
PNO  4848102
ISD  19890700
NAM  Stanfill
OCL   62348
UREF
PNO  4881378
ISD  19891100
NAM  Bryant
OCL   62348
UREF
PNO  5230448
ISD  19930700
NAM  Strohmeyer et al.
OCL   62344
UREF
PNO  5555734
ISD  19960900
NAM  Welch et al.
OCL   62348
LREP
FR2  Breston; Michael P.
ABST
PAL  The system for prechilling the ambient water, derived from a pressurized
      source of ambient water, that is needed by an existing beverage dispenser
      machine and by an existing ice maker machine, includes a heat exchanger
      positioned outside of the dispenser machine. This heat exchanger receives
      the cold waste waters being discharged during use by both machines. A heat
      exchange tubing is immersed inside the heat exchanger for precooling, in
      heat exchange relationship, the needed ambient water with the cold waste
      water inside the heat exchanger. The prechilled ambient water is supplied
      to the ice machine for producing ice to fill the dispenser's bin, and the
      ice is supplied to the bin of the dispenser machine for cooling the
      dispenser's cold plate and for dispensing chilled beverages.
PATN
WKU  059879025
SRC  9
APN  1108514
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980707
TTL  Additive for improving performance and cooling capacity of vapor
      compression systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Doerrler; William
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Scaringe; Robert P.
CTY  Rockledge
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Grzyll; Lawrence R.
CTY  Merritt Island
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Mainstream Engineering Corporation
CTY  Rockledge
STA  FL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  707257
APD  19960903
PSC  01
PNO  5826436
CLAS
OCL   62114
XCL   62467
XCL   62112
EDF  6
ICL  F25D 1500
FSC   62
FSS  112;114;467;476;498;430;434
FSC  252
FSS  67
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A performance enhancing additive is introduced into a vapor compression
      system used in cooling and the like. The additive is selected from a class
      of compounds, e.g. tetraglyme, and added in a predetermined concentration
      measured relative to the mass of the system's lubricant. The additive can
      be soluble or non-soluble in the lubricant used in the system's
      single-phase compressor. It can be added anywhere in the system to provide
      lower thermodynamic load on the system compressor.
PATN
WKU  059879033
SRC  9
APN  1867989
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19981105
TTL  Method and device to detect the charge level in air conditioning systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Norman; Marc
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Bathla; Pritam S.
CTY  Shelby Township
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  DaimlerChrysler Corporation
CTY  Auburn Hills
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   62129
XCL   62126
XCL   62127
XCL   622283
EDF  6
ICL  F25B 4900
FSC   62
FSS  126;127;129;228.3
UREF
PNO  4463576
ISD  19840800
NAM  Burnett et al.
UREF
PNO  4677830
ISD  19870700
NAM  Sumikawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4827730
ISD  19890500
NAM  Doi et al.
UREF
PNO  4967567
ISD  19901100
NAM  Proctor et al.
UREF
PNO  5009076
ISD  19910400
NAM  Winslow
OCL  652129
UREF
PNO  5150584
ISD  19920900
NAM  Tomasov et al.
UREF
PNO  5152152
ISD  19921000
NAM  Brickner et al.
UREF
PNO  5197298
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL   62115
UREF
PNO  5214918
ISD  19930600
NAM  Oguni et al.
UREF
PNO  5239865
ISD  19930800
NAM  Salzer et al.
UREF
PNO  5251453
ISD  19931000
NAM  Stanke et al.
UREF
PNO  5301514
ISD  19940400
NAM  Bessler
UREF
PNO  5341649
ISD  19940800
NAM  Nevitt et al.
UREF
PNO  5457965
ISD  19951000
NAM  Blair et al.
OCL   62129
UREF
PNO  5481884
ISD  19960100
NAM  Scoccia
UREF
PNO  5586445
ISD  19961200
NAM  Bessler
UREF
PNO  5647222
ISD  19970700
NAM  Sarakinis
UREF
PNO  5649429
ISD  19970700
NAM  Schreiber
UREF
PNO  5713213
ISD  19980200
NAM  Nobuta et al.
LREP
FR2  Fuller III; Roland A.
ABST
PAL  A method for detecting a refrigerant charge in an air conditioning system.
      A charge detection device is connected to the air conditioning system that
      is operated to produce cooling air. The input temperature and pressure are
      measured from sensors in the air conditioning system. The charge detection
      device determines an actual sub cooling value of the air conditioning
      system from the input temperature and pressure. A desired sub cooling
      value is then assigned based on the ambient temperature and humidity of
      the air in which the air conditioning system is operating. The desired sub
      cooling value is obtained from a database in the charge detection device.
      The database stores predetermined sub cooling values at an optimum charge
      for a fixed compressor rpm, a fixed evaporator airflow and various ambient
      conditions encountered during normal operation. The charge detection
      device selects the desired sub cooling value according to the specific
      ambient temperature and humidity during operation of the air conditioning
      system. The actual sub cooling value is than compared to the desired sub
      cooling value. The difference between the actual sub cooling value and the
      desired sub cooling value is compared to the acceptable predetermined sub
      cooling value range. If the difference is outside of the range, the user
      is informed that the air conditioning system requires service.
PATN
WKU  059879041
SRC  9
APN  053952&
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980403
TTL  Refrigerator with a device for opening/closing cool air discharge ports
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Tanner; Harry B.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kim; Jae-in
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Ji; Jun-dong
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970418
APN  97-14297
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970726
APN  97-35334
CLAS
OCL   62131
XCL   62186
XCL   62187
XCL   62276
EDF  6
ICL  F25D 1708
FSC   62
FSS  131;151;152;153;186;187;275;276;277;278;279
UREF
PNO  2527368
ISD  19501000
NAM  McGrath
XCL   62275
UREF
PNO  3126716
ISD  19640300
NAM  De Witte
XCL   62187
UREF
PNO  3425236
ISD  19690200
NAM  Steed et al.
XCL   62186
UREF
PNO  4569206
ISD  19860200
NAM  Mitani et al.
XCL   62276
UREF
PNO  5490394
ISD  19960200
NAM  Marques et al.
XCL   62131
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A refrigerator which has a device for opening/closing cool air discharge
      ports is disclosed. The device includes plates for opening/closing the
      ports, and an operation member having racks for driving the plates, and a
      motor for driving the operation member. The heat exchange between an
      evaporator and the outside warm air is prevented during the defrosting
      operation and when a door is open. Hence the cooling efficiency is
      enhanced and the frost caused by the outside warm air is not generated on
      the evaporated.
PATN
WKU  059879050
SRC  9
APN  1687115
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19981008
TTL  Air conditioning apparatus for vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Tanner; Harry B.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Nonoyama; Hiroshi
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawai; Takayoshi
CTY  Hoi-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Muraki; Toshihiko
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takechi; Tetsuya
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yokoi; Junji
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mimoto; Makoto
CTY  Chita-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Denso Corporation
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971009
APN  9-277736
CLAS
OCL   62133
XCL   62244
XCL   62409
XCL  454 75
XCL  165249
EDF  6
ICL  B60H  100
FSC   62
FSS  133;186;244;177;178;179;180;409
FSC  454
FSS  75;256;258
FSC  165
FSS  202;203;204;42;43;248;249
FSC  236
FSS  49.3
UREF
PNO  4566373
ISD  19860100
NAM  Ohashi
OCL  454 75
UREF
PNO  5074463
ISD  19911200
NAM  Suzuki et al.
XCL   62244
UREF
PNO  5361593
ISD  19941100
NAM  Dauvergne
XCL   62133
UREF
PNO  5699960
ISD  19971200
NAM  Kato et al.
XCL  454 75
FREF
PNO  5-124426
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-76733
ISD  19970300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey Pierce, PLC
ABST
PAL  An air conditioning apparatus for a vehicle includes an air conditioning
      case for forming an air passage through which air is blown into a
      passenger compartment. In the air conditioning apparatus, during a cooling
      mode for cooling a passenger compartment, an inside/outside air
      introduction mode is switched from an inside/outside air-mixing mode where
      both inside air and outside air are introduced into the air conditioning
      case to an entire outside air mode where only outside air is introduced
      into the air conditioning case, when an engine of the vehicle is stopped
      and the cooling load is smaller than a predetermined cooling load.
      Therefore, air-suction noise from an inside air introduction port is not
      caused, and the air-suction noise is not noted by a passenger in the
      passenger compartment even when the engine is stopped. Thus, noise of the
      air conditioning apparatus in the passenger compartment can be reduced.
PATN
WKU  059879068
SRC  8
APN  8562016
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970514
TTL  Pipe freezing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Tapolcai; William E.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Hallett; Trevor
CTY  Harrow
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Freeze Master Limited
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960514
APN  9609985
CLAS
OCL   62199
XCL   62231
XCL   62293
EDF  6
ICL  F25B 4104
FSC   62
FSS  199;200;293;231
UREF
PNO  2123497
ISD  19380700
NAM  Buchanan
OCL   62205
UREF
PNO  2182318
ISD  19391200
NAM  Newill
OCL   62200
UREF
PNO  4122892
ISD  19781000
NAM  Delaporte
OCL   62199
UREF
PNO  4416118
ISD  19831100
NAM  Brister
OCL   62 66
UREF
PNO  4637220
ISD  19870100
NAM  Sakano
OCL   62200
UREF
PNO  5156016
ISD  19921000
NAM  Day
OCL   62199
UREF
PNO  5548965
ISD  19960800
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL   62293
FREF
PNO  145114
ISD  19850600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3916025
ISD  19901100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  61-91439
ISD  19860500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2033066
ISD  19800500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2168467
ISD  19860600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2168137
ISD  19860600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A pipe freezing apparatus 2 has pipe freezer heads 12a, 12b supplied with
      refrigerant by a compressor 4. The freezer heads 12a, 12b comprise
      expansion chambers in which the refrigerant expands, to cool the heads. A
      valve 10 alternately diverts flow of the refrigerant to the freezer heads
      12a, 12b. When a supply to a head 12a, 12b is shut off, the compressor
      lowers the pressure in the head, resulting in enhanced cooling when supply
      to the head is restored. The compressor 4 can be run continuously while
      the cooling at the heads is controlled.
PATN
WKU  059879076
SRC  8
APN  6814883
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19960723
TTL  Refrigerant circulating system
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Wayner; William E.
NDR  40
NFG  67
INVT
NAM  Morimoto; Osamu
CTY  Wakayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hitomi; Fujio
CTY  Wakayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miyamoto; Moriya
CTY  Wakayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tani; Hidekazu
CTY  Wakayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kasai; Tomohiko
CTY  Wakayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sumida; Yoshihiro
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iijima; Hitoshi
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940530
APN  6-116966
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941125
APN  6-291331
RLAP
COD  71
APN  386648
APD  19950210
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   62212
XCL   62227
XCL   62502
EDF  6
ICL  F25B  100
ICL  F25B 4100
FSC   62
FSS  212;502;227
UREF
PNO  4230470
ISD  19801000
NAM  Matsuda et al.
OCL   62197
UREF
PNO  5056329
ISD  19911000
NAM  Wilkisson
OCL   62197
UREF
PNO  5186012
ISD  19930200
NAM  Czachorski et al.
OCL   62114
UREF
PNO  5297392
ISD  19940300
NAM  Takata et al.
XCL   62197
UREF
PNO  5353604
ISD  19941000
NAM  Oguni et al.
OCL   62502
FREF
PNO  0 586 193 A1
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 631 095 A2
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  5-24417
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-66503
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-77942
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  406018105
ISD  19940100
CNT  JPX
OCL   62502
FREF
PNO  6-12201
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-101912
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-101911
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A refrigerant circulation system of the present invention includes a
      compressor, a condenser, a evaporator, a throttle device and a control
      unit. The control unit controls a composition of a refrigerant circulating
      in the refrigerant circulation system based on a temperature and pressure
      of the refrigerant of an inlet and outlet portion of the compressor,
      condenser, evaporator and throttle device. The control unit controls to
      open and close the throttle device to change the composition of the
      refrigerant circulating in the refrigerant circulation system.
PATN
WKU  059879084
SRC  9
APN  2290510
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19990111
TTL  Self-contained air conditioner with discharge-air filter
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Jones; Melvin
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Wetzel; Lawrence E.
CTY  Cazenovia
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Floratech Industries
CTY  Syracuse
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  937946
APD  19970925
PSC  01
PNO  5884500
CLAS
OCL   622591
XCL   62298
XCL   62DIG16
EDF  6
ICL  F25D 2312
FSC   62
FSS  259.1;298;296;317;DIG. 16
UREF
PNO  2638757
ISD  19530500
NAM  Borgerd
OCL   62140
UREF
PNO  2920460
ISD  19600100
NAM  Atchison
OCL   62296
UREF
PNO  4507940
ISD  19850400
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL   62407
UREF
PNO  4560395
ISD  19851200
NAM  Davis
OCL   55276
UREF
PNO  4786300
ISD  19881100
NAM  Uesmatsu et al.
OCL   62259.1
FREF
PNO  60-226639
ISD  19851100
CNT  JPX
OCL   62DIG.16
FREF
PNO  6-74477
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
OCL   62259.1
LREP
FRM  Trapani & Molldrem
ABST
PAL  A ceiling or overhead air conditioner unit is configured to fit into a
      standard space, e.g., two-foot by four-foot, in a dropped ceiling. The
      unit can be a self-contained air conditioning unit with HEPA filter, or an
      air conditioner attachment adapted to fit onto a blower and filter
      assembly. The positions of the condenser air intake and outlet can be
      field-selected at either the end, the top, or the side, e.g., using a
      movable plate. The evaporator return inlet can similarly be field-selected
      at the top, side, or end. The return bypass inlet can be field-selected at
      the side or top. The room air intake can be connected by a duct either to
      outside air or to an intake air grille in the ceiling. The air
      conditioning attachment unit that fits an existing or available ceiling
      mounted filter and blower assembly has its condenser section on one side
      of the unit, and its evaporator section at the other side, guiding
      conditioned air into a centrally situated cool air plenum. Bypass air is
      supplied to the plenum to mix with the conditioned air. Dampers and
      ducting permit the environment to be maintained at overpressure or
      underpressure, as needed for a given application. The unit can be coupled
      to additional client filter and blower assemblies.
PATN
WKU  059879092
SRC  9
APN  1440233
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980831
TTL  Air conditioner drain pan
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  4
EXA  Jones; Melvin
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  8
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Martin, Sr.; Lendell
STR  P.O. Box 40699
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ZIP  77240-0696
CLAS
OCL   62291
XCL   62288
EDF  6
ICL  F25D 2114
FSC   62
FSS  286;288;291
UREF
PNO  1846608
ISD  19320200
NAM  Phelps
UREF
PNO  1860357
ISD  19320500
NAM  Grant
UREF
PNO  2584442
ISD  19520200
NAM  Frie
OCL  257137
UREF
PNO  3299660
ISD  19670100
NAM  Sullivan
OCL   62285
UREF
PNO  3596475
ISD  19710800
NAM  Berger
OCL   62285
UREF
PNO  3716097
ISD  19730200
NAM  Kelp et al.
OCL  165 39
UREF
PNO  4076072
ISD  19780200
NAM  Bentz
OCL  165 41
UREF
PNO  4088466
ISD  19780500
NAM  Humphrey et al.
OCL   62286
UREF
PNO  4129013
ISD  19781200
NAM  Hine, Jr.
OCL   62285
UREF
PNO  4429734
ISD  19840200
NAM  Vandervaart
OCL  165144
UREF
PNO  4474232
ISD  19841000
NAM  Wright et al.
OCL  165137
UREF
PNO  4542786
ISD  19850900
NAM  Anders
OCL  165144
UREF
PNO  4671076
ISD  19870600
NAM  Duren
OCL   62289
UREF
PNO  4698982
ISD  19871000
NAM  Laios et al.
OCL   62286
UREF
PNO  5121613
ISD  19920600
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL   62419
UREF
PNO  5143178
ISD  19920900
NAM  Latham, Jr.
OCL  184106
UREF
PNO  5195332
ISD  19930300
NAM  Sullivan
OCL   62291
UREF
PNO  5199276
ISD  19930400
NAM  Sullivan
OCL   62291
UREF
PNO  5207074
ISD  19930500
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL   62285
UREF
PNO  5284027
ISD  19940200
NAM  Martin, Sr.
OCL   62291
UREF
PNO  5347980
ISD  19940900
NAM  Shellenberger
OCL  126110
UREF
PNO  5664431
ISD  19970900
NAM  Martin, Sr.
OCL   62286
UREF
PNO  5715697
ISD  19980200
NAM  Rust, Jr. et al.
OCL   62286
UREF
PNO  5904053
ISD  19990500
NAM  Polk et al.
OCL   62285
FREF
PNO  58-35343
ISD  19830200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-18094
ISD  19830200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  A Coil of Quality, ASM Series Low Profile Vertical Coils, All Style Coil
      Co., Inc., 1994.
PAL  A Coil of Quality, Evaporator Coils For All Styles of Air Conditioning
      Equipment, Allstyle Coil Co., Inc., 1994.
PAL  Payne Model 519E, Form No. PDS 519E 18.4P, Payne Air Conditioning, 1990.
PAL  M Series Vertical Evaporator Coils, Allstyle Coil Co., Inc., 1996.
PAL  ASFM Series: Horizontal Evaporator Coil, Allstyle Coil Co., 1991.
LREP
FR2  McClung; Guy
ABST
PAL  A multi-pan for an air conditioning system which has a coil positionable in
      one of three orientations has been invented, the multi-pan includes, in
      certain aspects, a bottom pan having walls defining an inner space the
      bottom pan disposed for receiving water from the coil when the coil is
      positioned above the bottom pan, a first side pan connected at one end to
      the bottom pan, the first side pan disposed for receiving water from the
      coil when the coil is positioned above the first side pan, and a second
      side pan connected at one end to the bottom pan and spaced apart from the
      first side pan by the bottom pan, the second side pan disposed for
      receiving water from the coil when the coil is positioned above the second
      side pan. the bottom pan can be configured for an A (or V) coil with an
      air flow space therethrough, or for an M-coil with two air flow spaces
      therethrough and a middle pan part.
PATN
WKU  059879106
SRC  8
APN  9826572
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19971202
TTL  Large-volume insulated shipping container
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Shulman; M
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  3
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Kothe; Horst
CTY  Betheln
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Graaff; Wolfgang
CTY  Hildesheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Waggonbau Elze GmbH & Co. Besitz KG
CTY  Elze
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961202
APN  196 49 871
CLAS
OCL   62371
XCL   62407
XCL   62239
XCL  220  15
XCL  2205921
XCL  22059209
EDF  6
ICL  F25D  308
FSC  220
FSS  1.5;592.1;592.09
FSC   62
FSS  371;407;239
UREF
PNO  3242625
ISD  19660300
NAM  Tillinghast
OCL   52161
UREF
PNO  3844203
ISD  19741000
NAM  Takahashi
OCL   98 33
UREF
PNO  4502293
ISD  19850300
NAM  Franklin, Jr.
OCL   62388
UREF
PNO  4553403
ISD  19851100
NAM  Taylor
OCL   62239
UREF
PNO  4553584
ISD  19851100
NAM  Bloomquist
OCL  165 30
UREF
PNO  5101643
ISD  19920400
NAM  Hicke
OCL   62407
UREF
PNO  5642827
ISD  19970700
NAM  Madsen
OCL  220  1.5
FREF
PNO  44 33 728 A1
ISD  19950400
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Dubno; Herbert
FR2  Wilford; Andrew
ABST
PAL  An insulated freight-transport container has a pair of longitudinally
      extending and parallel side walls, a top wall bridging the side walls, a
      front end wall bridging the side walls and connected to the top wall, and
      a rear end wall formed by a sill and a lintel attached to the top wall and
      defining a door opening therewith. A pair of doors are engageable with the
      opening to close same and a floor is formed of upper and lower skins and a
      body of insulation therebetween. The floor extends horizontally
      longitudinally from the door sill to the front end wall and bridges the
      two side walls. It is recessed below an upper edge of the door sill. A
      plurality of longitudinally extending rails fixed to the top door skin
      define a plurality of longitudinally extending air-conducting passage and
      have an upper surface level with the upper edge of the door sill.
PATN
WKU  059879114
SRC  9
APN  0976962
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980616
TTL  Air conditioner
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Doerrler; William
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Arai; Yasuyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miwa; Masaharu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uchiyama; Tetsuji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kuwahara; Yoshiaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Kengo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971113
APN  9-311938
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971114
APN  9-313186
CLAS
OCL   62407
XCL   62229
XCL   62404
EDF  6
ICL  F25D 1704
ICL  F25B 4900
FSC   62
FSS  214;262;404;186;407;408;187;227;229
UREF
PNO  3623335
ISD  19711100
NAM  Shanner
OCL   62262
UREF
PNO  3636724
ISD  19720100
NAM  Moy
OCL   62215
UREF
PNO  3640087
ISD  19720200
NAM  Harrison et al.
OCL   62227
UREF
PNO  3785166
ISD  19740100
NAM  Schrader
OCL   62227
UREF
PNO  3890799
ISD  19750600
NAM  Sisk
OCL   62215
UREF
PNO  4835981
ISD  19890600
NAM  Rinholen
OCL   62229
UREF
PNO  5295531
ISD  19940300
NAM  Tsunekawa et al.
OCL  165 48.1
FREF
PNO  60-55917
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-293929
ISD  19951100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-152155
ISD  19960600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An air conditioner includes suction grill for sucking the air in a room, a
      front panel including an inlet port for sucking the air from the suction
      grill inside and a blowout port for blowing the air out into the room, a
      heat exchanger for working heat exchange of the air, and a blower for
      circulating the air, wherein a concave air passage for room temperature
      detection is formed on the front face of the front panel, and an air
      suction port for sucking air for room temperature detection is formed in
      suction grill at an opposite part to air passage.
PATN
WKU  059879122
SRC  9
APN  1792288
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19981026
TTL  Low temperature air convection cooling/freezing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Shulman; Mark
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Flessner; Stephen M.
STR  235 Needleleaf La.
CTY  Sugar Land
STA  TX
ZIP  77479-5037
CLAS
OCL   62407
XCL   62186
XCL   62419
EDF  6
ICL  F25D 1708
FSC   62
FSS  186;419
FSC  454
FSS  255;340
UREF
PNO  4662186
ISD  19870500
NAM  Park
UREF
PNO  4876860
ISD  19891000
NAM  Negishi
OCL   62179
UREF
PNO  4972682
ISD  19901100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL   62405
UREF
PNO  5111664
ISD  19920500
NAM  Yang
UREF
PNO  5187947
ISD  19930200
NAM  Breunig et al.
UREF
PNO  5355686
ISD  19941000
NAM  Weiss
OCL   62 89
UREF
PNO  5421168
ISD  19950600
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  5471849
ISD  19951200
NAM  Bessler
OCL   62186
UREF
PNO  5657639
ISD  19970800
NAM  Lidbeck
UREF
PNO  5729994
ISD  19980300
NAM  Mukaiyama et al.
OCL   62186
UREF
PNO  5816060
ISD  19981000
NAM  Brownell et al.
OCL   62186
LREP
FR2  Nichols, Jr.; Nick A.
ABST
PAL  A refrigeration apparatus comprises a chilling compartment within a housing
      enclosing the chilling compartment and a refrigeration system for
      directing cold air into the chilling compartment. Cold air enters the
      chilling compartment through a plurality of inlet nozzles located in the
      walls of the compartment housing. A chilled air manifold connects the
      inlet nozzles to the refrigeration system. A control circuit includes an
      air temperature controller for selectively setting the air temperature. A
      timer and on/off controls are incorporated in the control circuit. A
      moisture sensor monitors the moisture of the chilled air flowing into the
      chilling compartment and terminates air flow into the compartment when the
      moisture in the air exceeds a predetermined level. The moisture on the
      drier bed is removed during a regeneration cycle, which directs hot air
      flow through a drier for reducing the water content to an acceptable level
      on the drier bed contents.
PATN
WKU  059879130
SRC  9
APN  1640704
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980930
TTL  Multi-serving cereal transport
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  17
EXA  Jones; Melvin
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Andrzejczak; Stanley
STR  8590 Peffer Rd.
CTY  Fairview
STA  PA
ZIP  16415
CLAS
OCL   624572
XCL   62371
XCL  215 121
EDF  6
ICL  F25D  308
FSC   62
FSS  457.2;457.6;371;372
FSC  215
FSS  12.1
FSC  220
FSS  301
FSC   99
FSS  516
UREF
PNO  922125
ISD  19090500
NAM  Friedrich
OCL  215 12.1
UREF
PNO  2711866
ISD  19550600
NAM  Archer et al.
OCL  220 62.18
UREF
PNO  2756889
ISD  19560700
NAM  Bramming
OCL  215 12.1
UREF
PNO  4393975
ISD  19830700
NAM  Moore
OCL  206385
UREF
PNO  4401245
ISD  19830800
NAM  Zills
OCL  224148.3
UREF
PNO  4974423
ISD  19901200
NAM  Pring
OCL   62371
UREF
PNO  5241835
ISD  19930900
NAM  Ascone
OCL   62372
UREF
PNO  5600958
ISD  19970200
NAM  Henning et al.
OCL   62 60
UREF
PNO  5709105
ISD  19980100
NAM  Palermo
OCL   62457.4
UREF
PNO  5871116
ISD  19990200
NAM  Picchietti
OCL  220501
UREF
PNO  5934099
ISD  19990800
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL   62457.2
LREP
FR2  Thomson; Richard K.
ABST
PAL  A stackable group of containers permit transport of up to 21/2 cups of
      cereal, at least 5 oz of fruit, at least 10 teaspoons full of sugar, up to
      12 oz of milk which is kept chilled for up to 8 hours by a freezable cup,
      each is a separate compartment. The three principle components include an
      insulated compartment, a cereal bowl unit, and a cereal container, each
      element nesting within the next successively named element. The cereal
      bowl unit has individual compartments for fruit and sweetener which
      threadingly engage other members of the bowl unit, the unit itself
      threading onto the cereal container. A single serving transport can be
      created using the cereal bowl unit and a bowl liner which alternatively
      snaps onto the top of the insulated compartment, when used, or the cereal
      bowl unit to form the single serving transport. When the full stackable
      group is used, a tote bag with a draw string can be used for carrying
      convenience and providing added thermal insulation.
PATN
WKU  059879149
SRC  9
APN  0878596
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980601
TTL  Refrigerating/air-conditioning apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Drake; Malik N.
EXP  Bennett; Henry
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Sumida; Yoshihiro
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakayama; Masahiro
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Sou
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Funayama; Isao
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morishita; Kunihiro
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970819
APN  9-222139
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971225
APN  9-357314
CLAS
OCL   62468
EDF  6
ICL  F25B 4302
FSC   62
FSS  84;114;468
UREF
PNO  5419144
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kawaguchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5517824
ISD  19960500
NAM  Konishi et al.
UREF
PNO  5531080
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hirahara et al.
FREF
PNO  5-157379
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-208819
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-41448
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, LLP
ABST
PAL  In a refrigeration cycle using a cooling medium circuit in which a
      compressor, a heat-source-side heat exchanger, a decompressor, and a
      user-side heat exchanger are connected successively for circulating a
      cooling medium, and refrigerating machine oil having no or extremely low
      mutual solubility to the cooling medium; an internal diameter of a down
      comer in which a liquid phase cooling medium flows from the upstream side
      to the down stream side in the refrigeration cycle is adjusted so that the
      flow velocity of cooling medium in the down comer is made to be higher
      than that at which refrigerating machine oil floating in a cooling medium
      goes down.
PATN
WKU  059879157
SRC  9
APN  0845361
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980526
TTL  Saddle-type adsorbent unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXP  Doerrler; William
NDR  4
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Incorvia; Samuel A.
CTY  N. Tonawanda
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Murray; Patrick M.
CTY  Lockport
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Riemenschneider; Paul A.
CTY  Williamsville
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Multisorb Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Buffalo
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   62474
XCL   62503
XCL   55503
XCL   96147
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 5302
ICL  F25B 4300
FSC   62
FSS  474;475;503
FSC   96
FSS  147
FSC   55
FSS  503
UREF
PNO  4116649
ISD  19780900
NAM  Cullen et al.
OCL   55387
UREF
PNO  4272264
ISD  19810600
NAM  Cullen et al.
OCL   55387
UREF
PNO  4401447
ISD  19830800
NAM  Huber
OCL   55387
UREF
PNO  4405347
ISD  19830900
NAM  Cullen et al.
OCL   55387
UREF
PNO  4464261
ISD  19840800
NAM  Cullen et al.
OCL  210282
UREF
PNO  4619673
ISD  19861000
NAM  Cullen et al.
OCL   55387
UREF
PNO  4911739
ISD  19900300
NAM  Cullen et al.
OCL   55387
UREF
PNO  4994185
ISD  19910200
NAM  Cullen et al.
OCL  210282
UREF
PNO  5177982
ISD  19930100
NAM  Plemens
OCL   62503
UREF
PNO  5636525
ISD  19970600
NAM  Riemenschneider
OCL   62474
LREP
FR2  Gastel; Joseph P.
ABST
PAL  An adsorbent unit consisting of first and second porous fabric containers
      having adsorbent therein, a connecting member connecting end portions of
      the containers to each other, and tabs connecting side edge portions of
      the containers to each other with the containers oriented in side-by-side
      relationship. The foregoing adsorbent unit is mounted on the U-shaped pipe
      of a refrigerant accumulator with the connecting member adjacent the
      return bend of the accumulator and the tabs adjacent the pipe portions of
      the U-shaped pipe. The adsorbent unit can be shrunk relative to the
      U-shaped pipe after it has been installed thereon.
PATN
WKU  059879165
SRC  8
APN  9345736
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970919
TTL  System for supermarket refrigeration having reduced refrigerant charge
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Tanner; Harry B.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Egbert; Mark
STR  18 Orchard Pl.
CTY  Bernville
STA  PA
ZIP  19506-9587
CLAS
OCL   62498
XCL   62525
XCL   62528
XCL   62278
EDF  6
ICL  F25B 3900
FSC   62
FSS  151;196.4;238.6;238.7;277;278;498;504;511;525;527;528
UREF
PNO  2084755
ISD  19370600
NAM  Young, Jr.
XCL   62525
UREF
PNO  2126364
ISD  19380800
NAM  Witzel
OCL   62525
UREF
PNO  2164761
ISD  19390700
NAM  Ashley
XCL   62511
UREF
PNO  2229940
ISD  19410100
NAM  Spofford
OCL   62525
UREF
PNO  3150498
ISD  19640900
NAM  Blake
XCL   62278
UREF
PNO  3392542
ISD  19680700
NAM  Nussbaum
XCL   62278
UREF
PNO  3822562
ISD  19740700
NAM  Crosby
XCL   62278
UREF
PNO  4955207
ISD  19900900
NAM  Mink
OCL   62238.6
LREP
FR2  Renz, Jr.; Eugene E.
ABST
PAL  A compression type refrigeration system having a compressor, a condenser
      and an evaporator positioned remotely from the condenser, a liquid feed
      line connecting the condenser outlet with the evaporator inlet, said feed
      line having a length, and an expansion device located in the liquid feed
      line and positioned remotely from the evaporator. Where multiple
      evaporators are employed a novel distributing device is employed to divide
      the main refrigerant stream flowing in the liquid feed line between the
      expansion device and the evaporators into sub-streams which flow to each
      of the multiple evaporators. A hot gas defrost is provided which is
      designed to avoid condensation of refrigerant within the defrosting
      evaporator.
PATN
WKU  059879173
SRC  9
APN  0434302
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980319
TTL  Process and device for producing nitrogen from air
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Doerrler; William
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Dannohl; Peter Fritz
CTY  Oberhausen-Buschhausen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Druckluff Dannohl GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960808
APN  196 31 949
CLAS
OCL   62640
XCL   62655
XCL   95 54
EDF  6
ICL  C01B 2104
FSC   62
FSS  640;642;655
FSC   95
FSS  54
UREF
PNO  5102432
ISD  19920400
NAM  Prasad
OCL   95 54
UREF
PNO  5582030
ISD  19961200
NAM  Dannohl
OCL   62655
LREP
FRM  Blakely Sokoloff Taylor & Zafman
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP97/03263
PD1  19980319
PD2  19980319
PD3  19970621
PCP  WO98/06664
PCD  19980219
ABST
PAR  The air is compressed in a precompressor (1) to a prepressure, then cooled,
      cleaned and reheated. A heat exchanger (2) is used for simultaneous
      cooling and reheating. The separation of the nitrogen is effected in a
      separation device (4), which comprises a plurality of membrane separators.
      The concentrate, which is enriched with nitrogen, from the last stage is
      recirculated to the inlet side of the precompressor (1). The separated
      nitrogen is compressed to the nominal pressure in a final compressor (6)
      connected to the separation device (4). A pressure switch (8) controls the
      system such that the final compressor (6) only switches on during start-up
      when the working pressure of the separation device (4) has been reached.
      Up to this time the gas supplied from the separation device (4) is
      partially recirculated to the precompressor (1). There is also
      recirculation of the leakage nitrogen from the final compressor (6) to the
      precompressor (1).
PATN
WKU  059879181
SRC  9
APN  0400955
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980317
TTL  Method of separating nitrogen from air
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Capossela; Ronald
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Brooks; Charles
CTY  North Plainfield
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Toppel; Karl O.
CTY  Flemington
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  The BOC Group, Inc.
CTY  New Providence
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   62643
XCL   62913
EDF  6
ICL  F25J  100
FSC   62
FSS  641;643;913
UREF
PNO  2959021
ISD  19601100
NAM  Grenier
OCL   62913
UREF
PNO  3364686
ISD  19680100
NAM  Becker
OCL   62641
UREF
PNO  4092131
ISD  19780500
NAM  Rohde
OCL   62641
UREF
PNO  4731102
ISD  19880300
NAM  Yoshino
OCL   62913
LREP
FR2  Rosenblum; David M.
FR2  Pace; Salvatore P.
ABST
PAL  A method of separating air in a liquid nitrogen assist plant in which
      oxygen rich waste stream produced by the plant is used to partially
      pressurize adsorbent beds in a pre-purification unit operating in
      accordance with a pressure swing adsorption cycle.
PATN
WKU  059879190
SRC  9
APN  1570455
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19980918
TTL  Mourning ring construction
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Chop; Andrea
EXP  Melius; Terry Lee
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hooser; Irma
STR  92 Midvale La.
CTY  Willingboro
STA  NJ
ZIP  08046
CLAS
OCL   63 15
XCL   63  114
XCL   63 152
EDF  6
ICL  A44C  900
FSC   63
FSS  1.11;1.14;15;15.1;15.2;15.3;15.4;15.5;15.6;15.65;15.7
UREF
PNO  307869
ISD  18841100
NAM  Place et al.
OCL   63 15.5
UREF
PNO  581549
ISD  18970400
NAM  Goetz
XCL   63 15.4
UREF
PNO  1003696
ISD  19110900
NAM  Briggs
XCL   63 15.7
UREF
PNO  1325840
ISD  19191200
NAM  Feagans
OCL   63 15
UREF
PNO  1586606
ISD  19260600
NAM  Cain
XCL   63 15.4
UREF
PNO  1691445
ISD  19281100
NAM  Meliodon
XCL   63 15
UREF
PNO  1814467
ISD  19310700
NAM  Cedar
OCL   63 15
UREF
PNO  2128644
ISD  19380800
NAM  Gittler
OCL   63 15
UREF
PNO  2146426
ISD  19390200
NAM  Gittler
OCL   63 15
UREF
PNO  2182876
ISD  19391200
NAM  Moldenhauer
OCL   63 15
UREF
PNO  2827309
ISD  19580300
NAM  Fred
XCL   63  1.14
UREF
PNO  3423956
ISD  19690100
NAM  Manne
OCL   63 15.45
UREF
PNO  3609993
ISD  19711000
NAM  Graf
OCL   63 15.65
UREF
PNO  3678705
ISD  19720700
NAM  Korwin
OCL   63 18
UREF
PNO  3890801
ISD  19750600
NAM  Newman
OCL   63 15.65
UREF
PNO  4989420
ISD  19910200
NAM  Reinhold et al.
XCL   63  1.14
UREF
PNO  5131243
ISD  19920700
NAM  Coleman
OCL   63 15.65
UREF
PNO  5193360
ISD  19930300
NAM  Lovegrove
OCL   63 15
UREF
PNO  5253490
ISD  19931000
NAM  Doganay
XCL   63 15
UREF
PNO  5412956
ISD  19950500
NAM  Levy
OCL   63 15.65
FREF
PNO  760792
ISD  19340300
CNT  FRX
OCL   63  1.1
FREF
PNO  2693880
ISD  19940100
CNT  FRX
OCL   63 15
FREF
PNO  804
ISD  19090100
CNT  GBX
OCL   63 15
LREP
FRM  Henderson & Sturm
ABST
PAL  A ring construction 10 for providing a visual indication that the wearer is
      mourning or otherwise honoring the memory of a deceased loved one. The
      ring construction 10 includes a generally C-shaped ring body member 20
      provided with a slidable sleeve member 30 that acts as a closure for the
      peripheral opening 21 in the ring body member 20. The sleeve member 30 is
      provided with a loop element 32 adapted to be operatively engaged by a
      length of chain 50 for joining two identical ring constructions 10, 10'
      together.
PATN
WKU  059879203
SRC  8
APN  9324097
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970917
TTL  Method of producing a patterned surfacial marking on a transparent body
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Vincent; Sean
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Bosman; Johan
CTY  Eindhoven
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Van Kooyk; Raymond J. L.
CTY  Eindhoven
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960919
APN  96202618
CLAS
OCL   65 23
XCL   65 61
XCL  2191216
XCL  264400
XCL  264482
XCL  451 41
EDF  6
ICL  C03C 1900
FSC   65
FSS  23;61;33.2;103;441
FSC  219
FSS  121.6
FSC  264
FSS  400;482
FSC  451
FSS  41
UREF
PNO  3790744
ISD  19740200
NAM  Bowen
OCL  219121.6
UREF
PNO  4654290
ISD  19870300
NAM  Spanjer
OCL  430138
UREF
PNO  4743463
ISD  19880500
NAM  Ronn et al.
OCL  427597
UREF
PNO  4843207
ISD  19890600
NAM  Urbanek et al.
OCL  219212.6
UREF
PNO  5173441
ISD  19921200
NAM  Yu et al.
OCL  438676
FREF
PNO  0531584
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  95/25639
ISD  19950900
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Faller; F. Brice
ABST
PAL  A method of producing a surfacial marking (11) on a surface (1b) of a body
      (1) of transmissive material, whereby use is made of a laser beam (5)
      having a wavelength .lambda. to which the material is substantially
      transparent, which method comprises the following steps:
PA0  (a) providing a layer (3) of assistant material against the surface (1b),
      which assistant material is absorptive at the wavelength .lambda.;
PA0  (b) directing the laser beam (5) through the body (1) onto the layer (3),
      so as to locally heat and ablate the layer (3).
PATN
WKU  059879211
SRC  9
APN  0593419
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980114
TTL  Method for making a semiconductor acceleration sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Vincent; Sean
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Ueyanagi; Katsumichi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Electric Co., Ltd
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Ten Limited
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941021
APN  6-256587
RLAP
COD  74
APN  553721
APD  19951023
PSC  01
PNO  5760290
CLAS
OCL   65 40
XCL   65 40
XCL   65 42
XCL   65 43
XCL   65 58
XCL   65 591
EDF  6
ICL  C03C 2700
FSC   65
FSS  36;40;42;43;56;58;59.1
UREF
PNO  3397278
ISD  19680800
NAM  Pomerantz
OCL  257650
UREF
PNO  4553436
ISD  19851100
NAM  Hansson
OCL   73514.33
UREF
PNO  4882933
ISD  19891100
NAM  Petersen et al.
OCL   73514.33
UREF
PNO  5009690
ISD  19910400
NAM  Curlee et al.
OCL   65 40
UREF
PNO  5060504
ISD  19911000
NAM  White et al.
OCL   73514.37
UREF
PNO  5095752
ISD  19920300
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL   73514.32
UREF
PNO  5103667
ISD  19920400
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL   73  1.38
UREF
PNO  5264075
ISD  19931100
NAM  Zanini-Fisher et al.
OCL  438 53
UREF
PNO  5747169
ISD  19980500
NAM  Fan et al.
OCL  428426
UREF
PNO  5769997
ISD  19980600
NAM  Akaike et al.
OCL  156273.1
FREF
PNO  368 446
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  492 986
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  39 22 476
ISD  19910100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 19 267
ISD  19941200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 26 590
ISD  19950200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1-240865
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-301770
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 266 151
ISD  19931000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 280 307
ISD  19950100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Leonard, "IC Fabrication Techniques Sculpt Silicon Sensors" Electronic
      Design, Oct. 26, 1989 pp. 39-46.
PAL  Iversen, "The Vendors are Betting Their Chips on Silicon Sensors"
      Electronics, Jul. 1989, pp. 54-59.
PAL  Buttgenbach, "Mikromechanik" B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1991, pp. 134-136,
      168-171. (no month available).
PAL  Albaugh, "Electrode Phenomena during Anodic Bonding of Silicon to Sodium
      Borosilicate Glass" J. Electrochem. Soc., vol. 138, No. 10, Oct. 1991, pp.
      3089-3094.
PAL  Wallis et al., "Field Assisted Glass-Metal Sealing" Journal of Applied
      Physics, vol. 40, No. 10, Sep. 1969, pp. 3946-3949.
LREP
FRM  Venable
FR2  Frank; Robert J.
FR2  Wood; Allen
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor acceleration sensor has a silicon detecting body and a
      glass substrate. The silicon detecting body has a weight, a supporting
      frame, and beams for coupling the weight to the supporting frame, which
      are integrally processed from a silicon wafer. At least one semiconductor
      strain gauge is formed on a surface of a beam. The glass substrate is
      electrostatically joined with the supporting frame of the silicon
      detecting body. Furthermore, a gap portion is formed between a surface of
      the glass substrate and a lower surface of the weight.
PATN
WKU  059879220
SRC  9
APN  0809594
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980519
TTL  Manufacturing method for molded glass articles
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Vincent; Sean
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Hirota; Shinichiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uno; Ken
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugawara; Kishio
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Saitoh; Kohichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hoya Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970519
APN  9-128772
CLAS
OCL   65 64
XCL   65 291
XCL   65 2919
XCL   65102
XCL   65275
EDF  6
ICL  C03B 2300
FSC   65
FSS  29.1;29.19;64;275;102
UREF
PNO  4915720
ISD  19900400
NAM  Hirota et al.
OCL   65 64
UREF
PNO  5032160
ISD  19910700
NAM  Murata et al.
OCL   65102
UREF
PNO  5188650
ISD  19930200
NAM  Nomura et al.
OCL   65 64
UREF
PNO  5228894
ISD  19930700
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL   65102
UREF
PNO  5762673
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hirota et al.
OCL   65 25.1
UREF
PNO  5782946
ISD  19980700
NAM  Komiyama et al.
OCL   65102
UREF
PNO  5788732
ISD  19980400
NAM  Nomura et al.
OCL   65 64
UREF
PNO  5817161
ISD  19881000
NAM  Takagi et al.
OCL   65102
FREF
PNO  7-10556
ISD  19950100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-133758
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-12317
ISD  19970100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A manufacturing method for molded glass articles including glass optical
      elements such as high precision lenses not requiring grinding and
      polishing after press molding. The manufacturing method according to the
      invention is a method for manufacturing the molded glass articles having a
      higher surface precision with a high productivity by pressing a glass
      material in a stepwise manner constituted of some steps depending on a
      temperature condition of the glass material.
PATN
WKU  059879238
SRC  9
APN  0486337
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980326
TTL  Process and apparatus for hot forming precision structures in flat glass
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  13
EXP  Vincent; Sean
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Ostendarp; Heinrich
CTY  Mainz
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Paasch; Marita
CTY  Mainz
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Glas; Schott
CTY  Mainz
CNT  DEX
COD  05
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970329
APN  197 13 309
CLAS
OCL   65102
XCL   65106
XCL   65171
XCL   65255
XCL   65273
XCL   65355
XCL   65356
XCL   653701
XCL   6537413
EDF  6
ICL  C03B 1112
FSC   65
FSS  29.19;94;93;102;106;162;171;255;256;245;273;355;370.1;374.13;356
UREF
PNO  528240
ISD  18941000
NAM  Sievert
OCL   65362
UREF
PNO  661025
ISD  19001000
NAM  Ripley et al.
OCL   65 94
UREF
PNO  798643
ISD  19050900
NAM  Wadsworth
OCL   65 93
UREF
PNO  907656
ISD  19081200
NAM  Wadsworth
OCL   65185
UREF
PNO  1028128
ISD  19120600
NAM  Neuhauser
OCL   65 94
UREF
PNO  1248582
ISD  19171200
NAM  Wiley
OCL   65106
UREF
PNO  1261939
ISD  19180400
NAM  Johanson
OCL   65156
UREF
PNO  1297566
ISD  19190300
NAM  Johanson
OCL   65255
UREF
PNO  1308408
ISD  19190700
NAM  Gast
OCL   65104
UREF
PNO  1528194
ISD  19250300
NAM  Burgess
OCL   65255
UREF
PNO  2702411
ISD  19550200
NAM  Winstead
OCL  264548
UREF
PNO  3238031
ISD  19660300
NAM  Nikoll
OCL   65 94
UREF
PNO  3369883
ISD  19680200
NAM  Smith
OCL   65112
UREF
PNO  5118543
ISD  19920600
NAM  McColl
OCL  428 34
UREF
PNO  5224978
ISD  19930700
NAM  Hermant et al.
OCL   65 94
FREF
PNO  0 493 202 A1
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  904468
ISD  19451100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 741 335
ISD  19970500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  31 14 881 A1
ISD  19821000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  31 14 881 C2
ISD  19830200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  38 08 380 A1
ISD  19890900
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Striker; Michael J.
ABST
PAL  Flat glass provided with precision structures is required for precision
      applications, especially for glasses with optical properties, for example
      for modern flat display screen glass. The process of the invention for hot
      forming precision structures in or on flat glass includes pressing a
      heated forming tool with a structuring surface into a surface of the flat
      glass. In this process the structuring surface of the forming tool is
      heated locally from the outside of the forming tool, prior to and/or
      during contacting of the forming tool with the glass surface until a
      predetermined surface depth corresponding to a height of the structures
      being formed has reached a process temperature at which a melting to form
      the structures occurs on contacting the forming tool to the glass surface.
      The local heating of the structuring surface (2) is performed by laser
      radiation which is passed through the flat glass (3) to the structuring
      surface (2). Alternatively an inductive or resistance heating can be
      performed.
PATN
WKU  059879246
SRC  9
APN  1228463
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980727
TTL  Lens mold and method of manufacturing a lens
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Vincent; Sean
NDR  32
NFG  51
INVT
NAM  Lee; Chul-woo
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Shin; Dong-ho
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Rim; Kyung-hwa
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Chung; Chong-sam
CTY  Sung Nam
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Cho; Kun-ho
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Seong; Pyong-yong
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Yoo; Jang-hoon
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Yong-hoon
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19950830
APN  95-27715
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19950925
APN  95-31679
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19951004
APN  95-33914
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960125
APN  96-1605
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960214
APN  96-3605
RLAP
COD  74
APN  640474
APD  19960501
PSC  01
PNO  5822135
CLAS
OCL   65102
XCL   65 37
XCL   65 39
XCL   65 64
XCL  264  132
XCL  264  25
XCL  264  27
XCL  425233
XCL  425808
EDF  6
ICL  C03B 1100
FSC   65
FSS  37;39;64;102
FSC  264
FSS  1.32;2.5;2.7
FSC  425
FSS  233;808
UREF
PNO  1646292
ISD  19271000
NAM  Hough
OCL  369118
UREF
PNO  2724305
ISD  19551100
NAM  Brandt
OCL  351201
UREF
PNO  3913076
ISD  19751000
NAM  Lehureau et al.
OCL  250550
UREF
PNO  3971002
ISD  19760700
NAM  Bricot et al.
OCL  369 44.24
UREF
PNO  4465369
ISD  19840800
NAM  Saegusa et al.
OCL  356222
UREF
PNO  4507772
ISD  19850300
NAM  Yamamoto
OCL  369109
UREF
PNO  4695158
ISD  19870900
NAM  Kotaka et al.
OCL  356123
UREF
PNO  4704024
ISD  19871100
NAM  Tsunekawa
OCL  396234
UREF
PNO  4712885
ISD  19871200
NAM  Dawson et al.
OCL  359728
UREF
PNO  4816665
ISD  19890300
NAM  Hsu
OCL  250201.5
UREF
PNO  4843227
ISD  19890600
NAM  Matsui et al.
OCL  250201.5
UREF
PNO  4882478
ISD  19891100
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  250214.1
UREF
PNO  5146258
ISD  19920900
NAM  Bell et al.
OCL  396234
UREF
PNO  5148317
ISD  19920900
NAM  Foresi
OCL  359566
UREF
PNO  5235581
ISD  19930800
NAM  Miyagawa et al.
OCL  369 44.12
UREF
PNO  5281797
ISD  19940100
NAM  Tatsuno et al.
OCL  250201.5
UREF
PNO  5349592
ISD  19940900
NAM  Ando
OCL  372 32
UREF
PNO  5381394
ISD  19950100
NAM  Yanagawa
OCL  369100
UREF
PNO  5390050
ISD  19950200
NAM  Yanagi et al.
OCL  359742
UREF
PNO  5398137
ISD  19950300
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
OCL  359742
UREF
PNO  5416757
ISD  19950500
NAM  Luecke et al.
OCL  369 44.23
UREF
PNO  5446565
ISD  19950800
NAM  Komma
OCL  359 19
UREF
PNO  5453607
ISD  19950900
NAM  Ando et al.
OCL  250201.5
UREF
PNO  5496995
ISD  19960300
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  250216
UREF
PNO  5502001
ISD  19960300
NAM  Okamoto
OCL  438798
UREF
PNO  5524018
ISD  19960600
NAM  Adachi
OCL  372 98
UREF
PNO  5526336
ISD  19960600
NAM  Park et al.
OCL  369 94
UREF
PNO  5526338
ISD  19960600
NAM  Hasman et al.
OCL  369109
UREF
PNO  5541678
ISD  19960700
NAM  Awanohara et al.
OCL  351161
UREF
PNO  5565986
ISD  19961000
NAM  Knuttel
OCL  356346
UREF
PNO  5578332
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hamilton et al.
OCL  425555
UREF
PNO  5615199
ISD  19970300
NAM  Tatsuno et al.
OCL  369112
UREF
PNO  5621717
ISD  19970400
NAM  Finkelstein et al.
OCL  369112
UREF
PNO  5665957
ISD  19970900
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  250201.5
FREF
PNO  0 492 844
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  5-325245
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-295467
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-98431
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-302437
ISD  19951100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/28816
ISD  19960900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Y. Komma et al., "Dual Focus Optical Head for 0.6 mm and 1.2 mm Disks,"
      Optical Review, vol. 1, No. 1, Accepted Jul. 22, 1994, pp. 27-29.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A lens device which can be used as an objective lens in an optical pickup
      apparatus includes an objective lens provided along a light path facing a
      disc and having a predetermined effective diameter, and light controlling
      means provided along the light path for controlling the light in an
      intermediate region between near and far axes of an incident light beam,
      thus providing a simplified and inexpensive device for using discs of
      differing thickness in a single disc drive, by reducing the spherical
      aberration effect.
PATN
WKU  059879254
SRC  8
APN  9473025
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971008
TTL  Glass gob shearing apparatus with internally cooled blades
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Ruller; Jacqueline A
EXP  Silverman; Stanley S.
NDR  10
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Flynn; Robin L.
CTY  Toledo
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc.
CTY  Toledo
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  602874
APD  19960206
CLAS
OCL   65174
XCL   65133
XCL   65332
XCL   65334
XCL   83169
XCL   83623
EDF  6
ICL  C03B  710
ICL  C03B  946
ICL  C03B 2102
ICL  C03B 3300
FSC   65
FSS  26;133;170;174;207;221;334;332;356
FSC   83
FSS  169;171;623;16
UREF
PNO  1760255
ISD  19300500
NAM  Peiler
OCL   83171
UREF
PNO  2053039
ISD  19360900
NAM  McSwain
OCL   83171
UREF
PNO  3264077
ISD  19660800
NAM  Bishop
OCL   65133
UREF
PNO  3758286
ISD  19730900
NAM  Heyne
OCL   65334
UREF
PNO  3817133
ISD  19740600
NAM  Romberg
OCL   65133
UREF
PNO  4083278
ISD  19780400
NAM  Steffan
OCL   83169
UREF
PNO  4246819
ISD  19810100
NAM  Dahms
OCL   83623
UREF
PNO  4450741
ISD  19840500
NAM  Mumford
OCL   83623
UREF
PNO  4499806
ISD  19850200
NAM  Mumford
OCL   83527
UREF
PNO  4813994
ISD  19890300
NAM  Kulig
OCL   65334
UREF
PNO  5207815
ISD  19930500
NAM  Wright
OCL   83169
UREF
PNO  5573570
ISD  19961100
NAM  Leidy et al.
OCL   65334
UREF
PNO  5711777
ISD  19980100
NAM  Nickey et al.
OCL   65 26
FREF
PNO  0 004 906
ISD  19791000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/01371
ISD  19940100
CNT  WOX
ABST
PAL  A parallel shear apparatus (20) for simultaneously shearing a plurality of
      streams of molten glass (A, B, C) into gobs comprising opposed carriages
      (22, 24) which are repetitively moved along rectilinear opposed paths
      toward and away from one another by a unidirectionally acting servo
      motor/gear reducer (44) acting through an oscillating bell crank (30).
      Each of the carriages carries a plurality of shear blades (40a, 40b,
      40c/42a, 42b, 42c) which cooperate with one another to shear the glass
      streams into gobs when the carriages are positioned close to one another.
      The shear blades carried by each of the carriages have internal flow
      passages (66) to permit the blades to be internally liquid cooled by
      liquid entering the carriages from inlet lines (52, 56), and the blades
      carried by one of the carriages (22) are biased by compression springs
      (82) into contact with the blades carried by the other carriage (24) to
      prevent excessive contact loads between the blades in their shearing
      positions. A contact lubricator (88) is provided to lubricate the contact
      surfaces of the blades carried by one of the carriages (22).
PATN
WKU  059879262
SRC  9
APN  0842044
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980526
TTL  Mold made of cuproaluminum alloy for the manufacture of glass products
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Vincent; Sean
INVT
NAM  Hallouis; Martine
CTY  Nancy
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Saint-Gobain Emballage
CTY  Courbevoie
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970523
APN  97 06293
CLAS
OCL   6537412
XCL  249135
EDF  6
ICL  C03B 1316
ICL  B28B  734
FSC   65
FSS  374.12
FSC  420
FSS  471;479;481
FSC  148
FSS  433;434;435
FSC  425
FSS  175;472
FSC  249
FSS  135
UREF
PNO  4732602
ISD  19880300
NAM  Dakan et al.
OCL   65374.12
UREF
PNO  5656104
ISD  19970800
NAM  Imamura et al.
OCL  148325
FREF
PNO  383998
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  49-122420
ISD  19741100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-310133
ISD  19951100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-165532
ISD  19960600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-311634
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2157315
ISD  19851000
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A mold for the manufacture of glass products at least a portion of which
      consists of a cuproaluminum alloy that contains: 0.02% wt. or more of one
      or several elements chosen from among Sc, Sr, Y, Zr and Hf, and/or from
      0.02% wt. or more of one or several lanthanides. The cuproaluminum alloy
      is one of a composition comprising 5 to 15% wt. Al, 2 to 7% wt. Ni, 2 to
      7% wt. Fe, 0.05 to 1.5% wt. Si, 0.02% to 2% wt. Mn, and at most 0.25% wt.
      Zn, with the remainder comprising Cu; or a composition comprising 12 to
      18% wt. Ni, 1% wt. or less Fe, 0.05 to 1.5% wt. Si, 0.5% to 2% wt. Mn, and
      6 to 12% wt. Zn, with the remainder comprising Cu.
PATN
WKU  059879270
SRC  8
APN  7671547
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19961216
TTL  Method of making fibers with deducing the position of the point of
      impact of a stream of molten material
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Hoffmann; John
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Melinand; Alain
CTY  Gouvieux
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Alliel; Luc
CTY  St. Just En Chaussee
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Isover Saint Gobain
CTY  Courbevoie
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19930429
APN  93 05057
RLAP
COD  71
APN  231171
APD  19940422
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   65377
XCL   65469
XCL   65484
XCL   65 2917
XCL   65164
EDF  6
ICL  C03B 3705
FSC   65
FSS  377;469;484;485;520;29.17;164;456
UREF
PNO  2520169
ISD  19500900
NAM  Powell
OCL   65469
UREF
PNO  2561843
ISD  19510700
NAM  Coleman
UREF
PNO  2663051
ISD  19531200
NAM  Graybeal
OCL   65469
UREF
PNO  3303004
ISD  19670200
NAM  Sagen
OCL   65469
UREF
PNO  4238213
ISD  19801200
NAM  Pallo
OCL   65469
FREF
PNO  0 059 152
ISD  19820900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 479 676
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  292 439
ISD  19910800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  574409
ISD  19770900
CNT  SUX
OCL   65484
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The production of mineral fibers by centrifuging on rollers (3, 4, 5, 6)
      with horizontal axes from a stream (1) of molten material includes
      determining the relative position of the stream (1) of molten material in
      relation to the first roller (3), and controlling this position by use of
      CCD cameras (8, 11, 40). A camera (11) observes the periphery of a
      fiber-drawing roller (4).
PATN
WKU  059879289
SRC  8
APN  8359849
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970410
TTL  Device for fiberizing molten mineral materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Ruller; Jacqueline A.
EXP  Silverman; Stanley S.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Bernard; Jean-Luc
CTY  Clermont
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Berthier; Guy
CTY  Clermont
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Battigelli; Jean Antoine
CTY  Rantigny
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Giboult; Alain
CTY  Rantigny
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Plantard; Dominique
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Isover Saint-Gobain
CTY  Courbevoie
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960412
APN  196 14 570
CLAS
OCL   65504
XCL   65521
XCL   65538
EDF  6
ICL  C03B 37022
ICL  C03B 3704
ICL  C03B 3702
FSC   65
FSS  504;521;538
UREF
PNO  2998620
ISD  19610900
NAM  Stalego
UREF
PNO  5085679
ISD  19920200
NAM  Hinze et al.
UREF
PNO  5474590
ISD  19951200
NAM  Lin
OCL   65521
UREF
PNO  5482527
ISD  19960100
NAM  Czastkiewicz
OCL   65504
UREF
PNO  5509953
ISD  19960400
NAM  Gavin
OCL   65504
UREF
PNO  5514199
ISD  19960500
NAM  Houpt
OCL   65504
UREF
PNO  5595766
ISD  19970100
NAM  Houpt et al.
OCL   65504
UREF
PNO  5618328
ISD  19970400
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL   65504
UREF
PNO  5743932
ISD  19980400
NAM  Houpt et al.
OCL   65438
LREP
FR2  Bennett; David
ABST
PAL  The present invention furnishes a device for fiberizing molten mineral
      materials in order to produce mineral fiber products by means of a spinner
      (2) having a multiplicity of orifices (6; 8) provided in the peripheral
      wall (4) thereof, for centrifuging molten mineral materials (10; 12)
      supplied to the spinner (2), with the spinner (2) comprising on the inside
      (14) of the peripheral wall (4) compartments (18; 20) arranged in sections
      and delimited by baffles (16) for separately feeding and separately
      receiving a respective molten material (10; 12) to at least one associated
      orifice (6; 8), with the orifices (6; 8) extending at least approximately
      in a radial direction through the peripheral wall (4). In the present
      invention a method for producing this device is moreover proposed.
PATN
WKU  059879297
SRC  9
APN  063140&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980420
TTL  Method and apparatus for fabrication of composite and arbitrary three
      dimensional objects
ISD  19991123
NCL  68
ECL  1
EXA  Worrell, Jr.; Larry D.
EXP  Calvert; John J.
NDR  15
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Bostani; Arman
STR  10515 Tennessee Ave.
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
ZIP  90064
CLAS
OCL   66  1R
XCL   66 62
XCL   66 64
XCL   66125R
EDF  6
ICL  D04B 3500
FSC  364
FSS  470.12
FSC   66
FSS  1 R;7;5;6;60 R;62;64;82 R;114;231;238;125 R
UREF
PNO  4078253
ISD  19780300
NAM  Kajiura et al.
OCL  364470.12
UREF
PNO  4183232
ISD  19800100
NAM  Banos et al.
OCL   66 11
UREF
PNO  4526026
ISD  19850700
NAM  Krauland, Jr.
OCL   66  1R
UREF
PNO  4631931
ISD  19861200
NAM  Banos
OCL   66 83
UREF
PNO  4779429
ISD  19881000
NAM  Banos
OCL   66 83
LREP
FRM  Farjami & Farjami
ABST
PAL  The invention's object generator utilizes two frames, a y-frame that is
      atop an x-frame. The y-frame (or the x-frame) is divided into two halves.
      Each half of the y-frame (or the x-frame) contains a number of needles and
      latches. The needles in one half of the y-frame are opposed by the needles
      in the other half of the y-frame. Similarly, The needles in one half of
      the x-frame are opposed by the needles in the other half of the x-frame.
      The invention also includes a "head" which comprises a bobbin/tensioning
      mechanism along with other components. The object generator's head is
      movable to any location on a grid formed by the y-frame and x-frame. The
      head dispenses yarn under direction of a custom control software. A
      computer operating the invention's object generator has stored therein a
      three dimensional image of the object to be generated. The computer
      dissects the three dimensional image into two dimensional layer data. The
      computer and the custom control software feed the two dimensional layer
      data, layer by layer, to the invention's object generator. The needles of
      the invention's object generator perform various knitting actions on the
      yarn that is dispensed by the object generator's head. The needles
      generate two dimensional layers corresponding to the two dimensional layer
      data received from the computer. The two dimensional layers are built upon
      one another and gradually form a three dimensional object.
PATN
WKU  059879300
SRC  9
APN  0234826
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980213
TTL  Method of joining fabrics on a flat knitting machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Falik; Andy
NDR  11
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Nakai; Syunichi
CTY  Naga-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Shima Seiki Manufacturing, Ltd.
CTY  Wakayama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970217
APN  9-031003
CLAS
OCL   66 69
XCL   66 70
XCL   66176
XCL   66 64
EDF  6
ICL  D04B  700
FSC   66
FSS  64;70;69;176
UREF
PNO  3668898
ISD  19720600
NAM  Betts et al.
UREF
PNO  5203185
ISD  19930400
NAM  Okuno
UREF
PNO  5284031
ISD  19940200
NAM  Stroll et al.
OCL   66 64
UREF
PNO  5377507
ISD  19950100
NAM  Shima
OCL   66 69
UREF
PNO  5487282
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kuhnert
OCL   66 69
FREF
PNO  3-75656
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 183 264
ISD  19870600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 228 750
ISD  19900900
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram, LLP
ABST
PAL  In joining fabrics on a flat knitting machine, more specifically joining
      sleeves to a body, stitch courses are formed on both of the body and the
      sleeves. A stitch of the edge portion of a sleeve is overlapped with a
      stitch of the edge portion of the body. Stitch courses are formed on the
      body and on the edge portions of a sleeve. At least one stitch of the edge
      portion of the sleeve is overlapped with at least one adjacent stitch of
      the sleeve. With the decrease in knitting width, when joining the body and
      sleeve, double stitches are formed in two wales, on the edge portion of
      the body and on the edge portion of the sleeve.
PATN
WKU  059879319
SRC  8
APN  9328211
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970918
TTL  Knit design apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Worrell, Jr.; Larry D.
EXP  Calvert; John J.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Nobuyasu
CTY  Wakayama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Shima Seiki Manufacturing Ltd.
CTY  Wakayama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  752243
APD  19961121
PSC  01
PNO  5701766
CLAS
OCL   66 751
XCL   66 77
XCL   66231
XCL   66238
XCL  36447003
EDF  6
ICL  D04B  710
FSC   66
FSS  75.1;75.2;231;232;237;60 R;62;70;67;238;77
FSC  364
FSS  470.01;470.02;470.03;470.12
UREF
PNO  4167861
ISD  19790900
NAM  Krause et al.
XCL   66232
UREF
PNO  4258558
ISD  19810300
NAM  Tobe
XCL   66232
UREF
PNO  4608642
ISD  19860800
NAM  Shima
XCL   66 75.2
UREF
PNO  4774819
ISD  19881000
NAM  Goller et al.
OCL   66 75.2
UREF
PNO  5388050
ISD  19950200
NAM  Inoue et al.
XCL   66 75.2
UREF
PNO  5557527
ISD  19960900
NAM  Kotaki et al.
XCL   66 75.2
UREF
PNO  5754431
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kotaki
FREF
PNO  0 449 549A2
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 533 612A2
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 638 678A1
ISD  19950200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1 417 165
ISD  19751200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
ABST
PAL  A tubular knitted fabric is broadened while fully preventing generation of
      open gap. Yarn is hooked on a needle of a second needle bed and twisted to
      form a loop, and this loop is transferred onto a first needle bed to
      become a broadening loop. A subsequent stitch is formed on the broadening
      loop and transferred back to the second needle bed. Yarn is hooked again
      on a needle of the second needle bed and twisted to form a loop, and this
      loop is transferred to the first needle bed to become a broadening loop.
PATN
WKU  059879327
SRC  9
APN  0733245
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980505
TTL  Slider type needle for knitting machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Worrell Jr.; Larry D.
EXP  Calvert; John
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Baseggio; Marcello
CTY  Ollon
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Prost; Michel
CTY  Ollon
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Marcoz; Claude-Yvan
CTY  St-Maurice
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Atelier De Construction Steiger S.A.
CTY  Vionnaz
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19970527
APN  1234/97
CLAS
OCL   66120
XCL   66116
EDF  6
ICL  D04B 3506
FSC   66
FSS  64;68;71;62;74;75.1;76;77;96 R;120
LREP
FRM  Bugnion S.A.
FR2  Moetteli; John
ABST
PAL  A slider type needle for a knitting machine, comprising a needle (1)
      equipped with a beard (3) and a slider (2) having an associated length, a
      butt (4), a nose (5) and a stitch bearing shoulder (6), this slider being
      displaceable relative to the needle in order to close and open the beard
      of the needle and in order to permit the nose and shoulder of the needle
      to drive a stitch so as to execute a stitch transfer. The slider (2) has a
      U-shaped profile enabling it to straddle the needle (1). The slidcr is
      split (7, 15) in its end region, in order to allow an opposite needle or
      slider to pass through in order to carry out a stitch transfer or
      punching. This needle affords new knitting possibilities, in particular it
      makes it possible to carry out punching without an auxiliary section.
PATN
WKU  059879335
SRC  9
APN  202473&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981214
TTL  Elastic tan-through garment
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Muromoto, Jr.; Robert H
EXP  Calvert; John J.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Metzler; Josef
CTY  Bregenz
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Wolford Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Bregenz
CNT  ATX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ATX
APD  19960613
APN  1042/96
CLAS
OCL   66202
XCL    2 67
XCL   57226
XCL  428229
EDF  6
ICL  A41D  500
ICL  D04B  716
ICL  D02G  336
ICL  D03D  300
FSC    8
FSS  925;926
FSC    2
FSS  67
FSC   66
FSS  202;171;189
FSC  442
FSS  60;131;187
FSC  428
FSS  229
FSC   52
FSS  226
UREF
PNO  3425246
ISD  19690200
NAM  Knohl
OCL   66171
UREF
PNO  3651670
ISD  19720300
NAM  Burleson et al.
OCL   66177
UREF
PNO  3933013
ISD  19760100
NAM  Cassidy
OCL   66177
UREF
PNO  3940917
ISD  19760300
NAM  Strachan
OCL   57152
UREF
PNO  4106313
ISD  19780800
NAM  Boe
OCL   66202
UREF
PNO  4115615
ISD  19780900
NAM  De Buck Van Overstraeten
OCL  428229
UREF
PNO  4546493
ISD  19851000
NAM  Bortnick
OCL    2 67
UREF
PNO  5181278
ISD  19930100
NAM  Peleg et al.
OCL    2243
UREF
PNO  5518798
ISD  19960500
NAM  Riedel
OCL  428135
UREF
PNO  5560192
ISD  19961000
NAM  Frith
OCL   57226
FREF
PNO  0599266 A1
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
ICL  D04B  124
FREF
PNO  2161508
ISD  19860100
CNT  GBX
ICL  D03D 1500
LREP
FR2  Hormann; Karl
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AT97/00120
PD1  19981214
PD2  19981214
PD3  19970610
PCP  WO97/47793
PCD  19971218
ABST
PAR  Garment snugly fitting to a body, in particular a bathing suit, having a
      front section (1), a back section (2), a crotch section (4) and at least
      one suspended section (5), the front section and the back section being
      circularly knitted substantially in a hose-like configuration from elastic
      yarn which over the extend of the garment is knitted at different tensions
      and/or mesh sizes, so that the garment follows the contour of the body,
      the elastic yarn in each row consisting of an elastic core yarn and at
      least one surface yarn covering it.
PATN
WKU  059879343
SRC  9
APN  1289209
APT  1
ART  176
APD  19980804
TTL  Textile wet processing machine having an adjustable inner wall
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Coe; Philip R.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Scholl; Marc D.
CTY  Charlotte
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Scholl America, Inc.
CTY  Gibsonville
STA  NC
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  792645
APD  19970131
PSC  01
PNO  5873270
ISD  19990223
CLAS
OCL   68178
EDF  6
ICL  D06B  326
FSC   68
FSS  177;178
FSC   26
FSS  21
UREF
PNO  1209880
ISD  19161200
NAM  Palmer
UREF
PNO  1531788
ISD  19250300
NAM  Jefferson
UREF
PNO  2503817
ISD  19500400
NAM  Graham
OCL   68178
UREF
PNO  3921420
ISD  19751100
NAM  Aurich
OCL   68  5C
UREF
PNO  3949575
ISD  19760400
NAM  Turner
OCL   68  5C
UREF
PNO  4001945
ISD  19770100
NAM  Aurich
OCL   34155
UREF
PNO  4007517
ISD  19770200
NAM  Turner
OCL   26 18.5
UREF
PNO  4114407
ISD  19780900
NAM  Turner
OCL   68178
UREF
PNO  4318286
ISD  19820300
NAM  Sturkey
OCL   68178
UREF
PNO  4340986
ISD  19820700
NAM  Sturkey
OCL    8152
UREF
PNO  4419871
ISD  19831200
NAM  Zonco
OCL   68 22R
UREF
PNO  5014526
ISD  19910500
NAM  Hacker
OCL   68178
UREF
PNO  5577282
ISD  19961100
NAM  Turner
OCL    8152
UREF
PNO  5873270
ISD  19990200
NAM  Scholl
OCL   68178
FREF
PNO  212591
ISD  19090800
CNT  DEX
OCL   26 21
FREF
PNO  29 45 942 A1
ISD  19810500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  576088
ISD  19580400
CNT  ITX
OCL   68177
FREF
PNO  20545
ISD  19840900
CNT  GBX
OCL   26 21
LREP
FRM  Christopher C. Dremann, PC
FR2  Dremann; Christopher C.
ABST
PAL  A textile wet processing machine includes a processing chamber having an
      adjustable inner wall. The inner wall is continuously adjustable to
      accommodate textile fabrics in cloth rope form having great variations in
      weight, texture, thickness, flexibility and load. The inner wall may be
      positioned at any position relative to the outer wall of the processing
      chamber between a predetermined innermost position and a predetermined
      outermost position. In a preferred embodiment, adjustment is accomplished
      by a worm gear assembly, a transverse drive shaft coupled to the worm gear
      assembly and a linkage assembly. The worm gear assembly includes a worm
      gear positioned within a gear box housing that is rotated manually by a
      hand wheel, or is rotated automatically by an electric drive motor or
      pneumatic positioner programmed by an electronic processor to set the
      volumetric size of the processing chamber in accordance with a preselected
      textile fabric. The transverse drive shaft includes a worm wheel at one
      end adjacent the worm gear. The linkage assembly includes a first rigid
      link fixed to the transverse drive shaft and a second rigid link rotatably
      secured to the free end of the first rigid link. The free end of the
      second rigid link is secured to the inner wall such that rotation of the
      transverse drive shaft rotates the inner wall of the processing chamber
      about a transverse axis between the predetermined innermost position and
      the predetermined outermost position.
PATN
WKU  059879351
SRC  9
APN  1427083
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980914
TTL  Washing machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Coe; Philip R.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Uhlin; Goran
CTY  Lagan
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Aktiebolget Electrolux
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19970120
APN  9700147
CLAS
OCL   68207
XCL   68208
EDF  6
ICL  D06F 3908
FSC   68
FSS  207;208;12.21
UREF
PNO  2443816
ISD  19480600
NAM  Davis, Jr.
XCL   68208
UREF
PNO  3013765
ISD  19611200
NAM  Buss
XCL   68208
UREF
PNO  3285038
ISD  19661100
NAM  Wolverton
XCL   68208
UREF
PNO  4224811
ISD  19800900
NAM  Yamashita
XCL   68208
UREF
PNO  5072473
ISD  19911200
NAM  Thuruta et al.
XCL   68207
LREP
FRM  Pearne, Gordon, McCoy & Granger LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE98/00050
PD1  19980914
PD2  19980914
PD3  19980114
PCP  WO98/31865
PCD  19980723
ABST
PAR  A laundry washing machine comprises a tub (11) rotatably housing a wash
      drum (12) supporting laundry items, water supply means (13) for the supply
      of water to the tub (11), level sensing means (15, 16, 17) for sensing the
      liquid level in the tub (11) and liquid draining means (20, 32, 33) for
      draining off wash and rinse liquid from the tub (11) said liquid draining
      means including a bottom valve (20) with a valve housing (21) and a
      movable valve member (27) adapted to sealingly bear against an annular
      edge (26) in the valve housing (21). The level sensing means comprises a
      chamber (17) annularly surrounding said annular edge (26). The upper part
      of said chamber is adapted to communicated with a pressure sensor (15) and
      the lower part of said chamber is adapted to communicate with the interior
      of the tub via at least one channel (42) having a small cross section. An
      elastic, annular sealing means (39) is provided which is adapted to close
      the annular chamber (17), by means of the movable valve member (27), when
      the bottom valve (20) is closed.
PATN
WKU  059879360
SRC  8
APN  9853960
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19971205
TTL  Hinged securing member
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Gall; Lloyd A.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hartman, Jr.; Charles William
STR  39 Woodlake Dr.
CTY  Charlottesville
STA  VA
ZIP  22901
CLAS
OCL   70  2
XCL   70 18
XCL   70 58
XCL   70164
XCL   70232
XCL  248552
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 7300
FSC   70
FSS  58;232;DIG. 57;14;18;2;19;57;159;164
FSC  248
FSS  551-553
UREF
PNO  490537
ISD  18930100
NAM  Bremer
OCL   70463
UREF
PNO  2529432
ISD  19701100
NAM  Tenner
OCL   70 19
UREF
PNO  3664616
ISD  19720500
NAM  Raskin
OCL  248553
UREF
PNO  3673828
ISD  19720700
NAM  Jones
XCL   70DIG.57
UREF
PNO  3945227
ISD  19760300
NAM  Reiland
XCL   70DIG.57
UREF
PNO  4052867
ISD  19771000
NAM  Faunce
XCL   70DIG.57
UREF
PNO  4473176
ISD  19840900
NAM  Harper
XCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  4556187
ISD  19851200
NAM  McLin
XCL  248552
UREF
PNO  5052198
ISD  19911000
NAM  Watts
OCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  5076079
ISD  19911200
NAM  Monoson et al.
OCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  5076531
ISD  19911200
NAM  Delaney
XCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  5085395
ISD  19920200
NAM  Frater et al.
XCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  5675999
ISD  19971000
NAM  Carlstrom
XCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  5839303
ISD  19981100
NAM  Umberg et al.
OCL   70 58
FREF
PNO  509840
ISD  19550200
CNT  CAX
OCL   70 58
FREF
PNO  543386
ISD  19220900
CNT  FRX
OCL   70  2
FREF
PNO  2643409
ISD  19900800
CNT  FRX
OCL   70 58
FREF
PNO  566289
ISD  19441200
CNT  GBX
OCL   70 58
LREP
FR2  Parker; Sheldon H.
ABST
PAL  A device is disclosed for securing items, such as boat batteries and gas
      tanks, against theft and breakage. The locking unit is formed of dual base
      units, hingeably connected to vertical walls. The base units are connected
      to a support structure through use of screws or bolts. The top plates are
      connected to the vertical walls through use of hinges. The top plates can
      be provided with an adjustable locking member to secure various sized
      containers. L-shaped plates can be used to prevent any end to end
      horizontal movement of the container while the locking unit prevents side
      to side and vertical movement. The base unit can be one or two pieces,
      depending upon required adjustability. Parallel, opposing, side units, are
      affixed to the base unit at approximately right angles and a pair of top
      locking plates are then secured at right angles to the opposite end of the
      side units. The object is secured within the locking device through use of
      a lock which secures the top locking plates to one another. The side unit
      can be chamfered proximate the top locking plates and/or the base unit. A
      first side unit has a length greater than the second side unit allowing
      the first locking plate to overlap the second plate. The plates are locked
      together, through the use of a hasp or similar device, proximate the point
      of overlap.
PATN
WKU  059879378
SRC  9
APN  1759884
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19981021
TTL  Peripheral locking device for portable computers
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Gall; Lloyd A.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Lee; Myoung-Kyu
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  SamSung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19971022
APN  97-29333
CLAS
OCL   70 14
XCL   70 18
XCL   70 58
XCL  248553
XCL  361686
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 7300
ICL  G06F  116
FSC   70
FSS  14;18;49;58
FSC  248
FSS  553
FSC  361
FSS  686
UREF
PNO  4579311
ISD  19860400
NAM  Spranza, III
XCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  4585202
ISD  19860400
NAM  Parsekian
XCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  4843848
ISD  19890700
NAM  Igelmund
XCL   70 18
UREF
PNO  5327752
ISD  19940700
NAM  Myers et al.
OCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  5397176
ISD  19950300
NAM  Allen et al.
XCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  5447044
ISD  19950900
NAM  Cheng
OCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  5608605
ISD  19970300
NAM  Siow et al.
XCL   70 14
UREF
PNO  5687592
ISD  19971100
NAM  Penniman
OCL   70 14
UREF
PNO  5787738
ISD  19980800
NAM  Brandt et al.
OCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  5870283
ISD  19990200
NAM  Maeda et al.
XCL   70 58
LREP
FR2  Bushnell, Esq.; Robert E.
ABST
PAL  A device is provided that can be used to lock auxiliary, or peripheral,
      devices in portable computers. A portable computer using the device may be
      constructed using a housing, or body, for the portable computer that has a
      recessed peripheral port in a side wall of the computer body. A peripheral
      port is then engageable with the port in the side wall of the portable
      computer. A face plate on the front side of the peripheral port has a
      greater area than the area of the front side of the peripheral device,
      forming a rim around the peripheral device that fits flush with the outer
      surface of the body. A bracket and a locking unit are then used to secure
      the peripheral device to the portable computer.
PATN
WKU  059879386
SRC  9
APN  179907&
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19981028
TTL  Trailer kingpin locking apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Gall; Lloyd A.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Frei; Roger E.
STR  c/o Box 8, Site 12, R.R. #9
CTY  Alberta
CNT  CAX
ITX  T2J 5G5
CLAS
OCL   70 14
XCL   70 58
XCL   70232
XCL   70258
XCL  280507
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2500
ICL  F16B 4100
FSC   70
FSS  54-56;58;14;232;258
FSC  280
FSS  507
UREF
PNO  2641124
ISD  19530600
NAM  Gallagher et al.
OCL  280507
UREF
PNO  3415085
ISD  19681200
NAM  Eble, Jr.
OCL   70 56
UREF
PNO  3780546
ISD  19731200
NAM  Longenecker
XCL  280507
UREF
PNO  3832872
ISD  19740900
NAM  Gerlach
OCL   70232
UREF
PNO  4141233
ISD  19790200
NAM  Reyes
OCL   70232
UREF
PNO  4620718
ISD  19861100
NAM  Mickelson
OCL  280507
UREF
PNO  4841756
ISD  19890600
NAM  Curtis
OCL   70232
UREF
PNO  5052203
ISD  19911000
NAM  Van Cuyk
OCL   70232
UREF
PNO  5136863
ISD  19920800
NAM  Richardson
OCL   70 14
UREF
PNO  5197311
ISD  19930300
NAM  Clark
XCL  280507
UREF
PNO  5259223
ISD  19931100
NAM  Nee
OCL   70232
UREF
PNO  5297407
ISD  19940300
NAM  Tarr
OCL   70232
OREF
PAL  The Coast Connector RV Catalogue, Jan. 1996, p. 469, Item #30901 --Fifth
      Wheel Lock.
LREP
FR2  Jamieson; Emery
ABST
PAL  A trailer kingpin locking apparatus, for use with a trailer having a
      kingpin with an annular groove, features a lock body with a cylindrical
      opening to receive a kingpin. A padlock channel, running transversely to
      the axis of the kingpin opening and sized to accommodate the body of a
      padlock, extends partially into the sidewall of the lock body. A shackle
      channel, parallel to and narrower than the padlock channel, extends inward
      from the padlock channel and intercepts the kingpin opening to form an
      opening thereinto. A retaining pin bridges the shackle channel near the
      kingpin opening. The locking apparatus may be slipped over a kingpin such
      that the shackle channel coincides with the annular groove of the kingpin.
      The shackle of a standard padlock is inserted into the shackle channel and
      around the retaining pin, with the shackle projecting partially into the
      annular groove and preventing the locking apparatus from being slipped off
      of the kingpin. The padlock is then closed, with the body of the padlock
      projecting partially into the padlock channel, such that the shackle is
      entirely enclosed within the lock body and is inaccessible to bolt cutters
      or similar tools.
PATN
WKU  059879394
SRC  9
APN  1681273
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19981007
TTL  Padlock for use with steel grilles
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Gall; Lloyd A.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Pitisettakarn; Thanyaluk
CTY  Bangkok
CNT  THX
ASSG
NAM  Solex International (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
CTY  Bangkok
CNT  THX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   70 33
XCL   70 34
XCL   70 38R
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 6736
FSC   70
FSS  31-35;38 R;DIG. 60
UREF
PNO  2104981
ISD  19380100
NAM  Falk
OCL   70 33
UREF
PNO  2656704
ISD  19531000
NAM  Mancuso
XCL   70 33
UREF
PNO  3581530
ISD  19710600
NAM  Raspadori
OCL   70 38R
UREF
PNO  5517837
ISD  19960500
NAM  Wang
XCL   70 33
FREF
PNO  429320
ISD  19260500
CNT  DEX
OCL   70 33
FREF
PNO  412692
ISD  19460200
CNT  ITX
OCL   70 33
FREF
PNO  417571
ISD  19470100
CNT  ITX
OCL   70 33
FREF
PNO  426892
ISD  19471100
CNT  ITX
OCL   70 33
FREF
PNO  435219
ISD  19480500
CNT  ITX
OCL   70 33
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
ABST
PAL  A lock includes a locking bolt (21) and a lock body (32, 33). The lock body
      (32, 33) has a locking space (43) and aligned bores (37, 38) provided on
      either side of the locking space (43). The aligned bores (37, 38) received
      the locking bolt (21). A latch member (14) is provided within the lock
      body (32, 33) to release the locking bolt (21). A transverse bolt member
      (10) engages with the latch member (14) and thereby controls operation of
      the latch member (14). The transverse bolt member (10) is also provide
      within the lock body (32, 33). User operable locking cylinders (6) are
      operable on the transverse bolt member (10) to move the transverse bolt
      member (10) axially. The engagement between the latch member (14) and the
      transverse bolt member (10) is by way of respective engagement surfaces
      (15, 12a). One of the engagement surfaces is an inclined surface (12a).
      The second of the engagement surfaces (15) is slidable along the inclined
      engagement surface (12a) on axial movement of one of the members (10, 14)
      to bring about axial movement of the other member (10, 14). One of the
      members (10) extends through a through gap (16) provided in other member
      (14) from one side of that other member (14) of the opposite side.
PATN
WKU  059879408
SRC  8
APN  7207980
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19961001
TTL  U-shaped lock
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Gall; Lloyd A.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Chang; Kuo-Chou
STR  P.O. Box 28-24
CTY  Kaohsiung
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL   70 38A
XCL   70 39
XCL   70 52
XCL   70358
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 8724
FSC   70
FSS  38 A;39;52;358;375;493;DIG. 37;DIG. 62
UREF
PNO  257086
ISD  18820400
NAM  Shallus
OCL   70 38A
UREF
PNO  1451860
ISD  19230400
NAM  Best
OCL   70 39
UREF
PNO  1548239
ISD  19250800
NAM  Allain
OCL   70 38A
UREF
PNO  1755847
ISD  19300400
NAM  Stevens
OCL   70493
UREF
PNO  1779716
ISD  19301000
NAM  Shaw
OCL   70 38A
UREF
PNO  1881809
ISD  19321000
NAM  Maxwell
OCL   70 52
UREF
PNO  2199165
ISD  19400400
NAM  Smith
XCL   70493
UREF
PNO  4464915
ISD  19840800
NAM  Moshe et al.
OCL   70 52
UREF
PNO  5140836
ISD  19920800
NAM  Hogan et al.
XCL   70 38A
UREF
PNO  5148690
ISD  19920900
NAM  Wang
XCL   70358
UREF
PNO  5230231
ISD  19930700
NAM  Liou
XCL   70 52
UREF
PNO  5475997
ISD  19951200
NAM  Chung
XCL   70358
FREF
PNO  977988
ISD  19751100
CNT  CAX
OCL   70358
FREF
PNO  2462536
ISD  19810300
CNT  FRX
OCL   70 52
FREF
PNO  353111
ISD  19220500
CNT  DEX
OCL   70 39
FREF
PNO  1176516
ISD  19640800
CNT  DEX
OCL   70358
FREF
PNO  2706302
ISD  19780800
CNT  DEX
OCL   70 39
FREF
PNO  383197
ISD  19641200
CNT  CHX
OCL   70493
FREF
PNO  11362
ISD  18860900
CNT  GBX
OCL   70 39
FREF
PNO  2054021
ISD  19810200
CNT  GBX
OCL   7038 A
LREP
FRM  Dougherty & Troxell
ABST
PAL  A U-shaped lock includes a housing, a shackle holder and a cap closing the
      housing. A U-shaped shackle has two ends inserted in two shackle holes in
      the cap and the shackle holder. A lock unit with a pin tumbler mechanism
      is fixed in a lock hole of the shackle holder, being rotated for two
      stages of angles by a key to move a pull rod unit fitted in a horizontal
      lengthwise hole on the lock hole in the shackle holder outward or inward
      to lock or unlock the two ends of the shackle.
PATN
WKU  059879416
SRC  9
APN  0695033
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19980429
TTL  Weapons security apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Barrett; Suzanne Dino
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Zocco; Chris J.
STR  4444 Alpine Way
CTY  Murfreesboro
STA  TN
ZIP  37129
CLAS
OCL   70 63
XCL  109 59R
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 6500
FSC   70
FSS  63
FSC  109
FSS  50-53;59 R;69;45;47
FSC  220
FSS  334;210
FSC  206
FSS  1.5;317
UREF
PNO  4615281
ISD  19861000
NAM  Gaston
XCL   70 63
UREF
PNO  4651544
ISD  19870300
NAM  Hungerford
OCL   70 63
UREF
PNO  4768021
ISD  19880800
NAM  Ferraro
XCL   70 63
UREF
PNO  4788838
ISD  19881200
NAM  Cislo
OCL   70 63
UREF
PNO  4850287
ISD  19890700
NAM  Lichter
OCL  109 59R
UREF
PNO  5009088
ISD  19910400
NAM  Cislo
OCL   70 63
UREF
PNO  5111755
ISD  19920500
NAM  Rouse
XCL   70 63
UREF
PNO  5161396
ISD  19921100
NAM  Loeff
OCL   70 63
UREF
PNO  5329865
ISD  19940700
NAM  McWard
XCL   70 63
UREF
PNO  5701770
ISD  19971200
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL   70 63
UREF
PNO  5794466
ISD  19980800
NAM  Hungerford et al.
OCL   70 63
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a weapons vault specifically designed to operate within the
      parameters of security and restricted access systems. The said weapons
      vault consists of an electronic enclosure having an asymmetrical shaped
      hopper capable of holding a pistol or hand gun. The hopper is secured into
      place by a solenoid locking mechanism and through the force of gravity,
      the hopper can physically move the pistol or handgun outside of the
      electronic enclosure. Provided in the electronic enclosure is a magnetic
      micro switch detecting the position of the hopper in the open or closed
      position. The electronic enclosure is also provided with flush mounting
      features, and industry standard equipment for versatility of operating
      methods. The weapons vault can be connected to most any security or
      restricted access systems as an accessory capable of being programmed to
      effect various signals for dispatch.
PATN
WKU  059879424
SRC  8
APN  8808627
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19970623
TTL  Outer open handle assembly for a vehicle door
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Boucher; Darnell M.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Ichinose; Mikio
CTY  Yamanashi-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsui Kinzoku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960626
APN  8-185445
CLAS
OCL   70208
XCL  2923363
XCL   70370
XCL   70451
EDF  6
ICL  F05B 1310
FSC  292
FSS  336.3;348;354;DIG. 53
FSC   70
FSS  208;224;370;215;451
UREF
PNO  843048
ISD  19070200
NAM  Voight
OCL  292348
UREF
PNO  4412696
ISD  19831100
NAM  Ishii et al.
UREF
PNO  4565994
ISD  19860100
NAM  Mochia et al.
UREF
PNO  4892342
ISD  19900100
NAM  Newman et al.
OCL  292336.3
UREF
PNO  5297405
ISD  19940300
NAM  Manning et al.
OCL   70370
UREF
PNO  5377450
ISD  19950100
NAM  Varajon
OCL  292336.3
UREF
PNO  5410899
ISD  19950500
NAM  McConnell
OCL   70370
FREF
PNO  105678
ISD  19630800
CNT  NLX
OCL  292336.3
FREF
PNO  657584
ISD  19510900
CNT  GBX
OCL   70370
FREF
PNO  1203008
ISD  19700800
CNT  GBX
OCL  292336.3
FREF
PNO  1226372
ISD  19710300
CNT  GBX
OCL   70336.3
FREF
PNO  2203790
ISD  19881000
CNT  GBX
OCL   70370
LREP
FRM  Browdy and Neimark
ABST
PAL  An outer open handle assembly for a vehicle door comprises a handle base
      secured to a door outer panel by means of a first fastener, an outer
      opening handle rotatably attached to the handle base, a cylindrical
      attaching portion integrally formed with a rear surface of the handle
      base, a door key cylinder inserted into the attaching portion, and a
      U-shaped retainer having a first leg part, a second leg part, a U-shaped
      engaging part. The attaching portion has a first slit, and the key
      cylinder has a second slit. The handle base has a supporting portion to
      which a tip end of the first leg part is rotatably attached by a second
      fastener, and a boss part with which the first fastener is engaged. The
      engaging part is engaged with the first and second slits to secure the key
      cylinder to the attaching portion when the retainer is rotated about the
      second fastener as a center. A tip end of the second leg part is supported
      on the first and second slits.
PATN
WKU  059879432
SRC  9
APN  0664987
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19980424
TTL  Lockable endgate for a pickup truck
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Barrett; Suzanne Dino
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Verga; Charles Frederick
CTY  Holly
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Santiago; Tony
CTY  Inkster
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Diestel; Joachim
CTY  Flushing
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Marwah; Amit
CTY  Southfield
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Burton; Michael L.
CTY  Durand
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  General Motors Corporation
CTY  Detroit
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   70208
XCL  292DIG31
XCL  292DIG43
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2502
FSC   70
FSS  208;209
FSC  292
FSS  DIG. 42;43;31;336.3
UREF
PNO  3550412
ISD  19701200
NAM  Pitel et al.
XCL   70208
UREF
PNO  4143904
ISD  19790300
NAM  Cooper et al.
OCL  296 57.4
UREF
PNO  4850209
ISD  19890700
NAM  Weinerman et al.
OCL   70208
UREF
PNO  4911487
ISD  19900300
NAM  Rachocki
XCL   70208
UREF
PNO  4951486
ISD  19900800
NAM  Braun et al.
OCL   70208
UREF
PNO  4969916
ISD  19901100
NAM  Weinerman et al.
OCL   70208
UREF
PNO  5004287
ISD  19910400
NAM  Doyle
OCL  295 57.1
UREF
PNO  5104171
ISD  19920400
NAM  Johnsen et al.
OCL  296 50
UREF
PNO  5127686
ISD  19920700
NAM  Gleason et al.
XCL   70208
UREF
PNO  5172946
ISD  19921200
NAM  Dowling
XCL  292DIG.43
UREF
PNO  5265450
ISD  19931100
NAM  Doyle
OCL   70118
UREF
PNO  5303971
ISD  19940400
NAM  Johnsen et al.
OCL  296 50
UREF
PNO  5340174
ISD  19940800
NAM  Bender et al.
XCL   70208
UREF
PNO  5439260
ISD  19950800
NAM  Weinerman et al.
XCL   70208
UREF
PNO  5443292
ISD  19950800
NAM  Shimada et al.
XCL  292DIG.43
UREF
PNO  5556145
ISD  19960900
NAM  Takasaki
XCL   70208
UREF
PNO  5595076
ISD  19970100
NAM  Weinerman et al.
OCL   70208
LREP
FR2  Sedlar; Jeffrey A.
FR2  Marra; Kathryn A.
ABST
PAL  A lockable endgate for a pickup truck includes a lift handle assembly
      mounted within the endgate for releasably securing the endgate in a closed
      position. The lift handle assembly includes a lift handle actuating a pair
      of handle pawls which translate a pair of latching mechanisms thereby
      releasing the endgate from the closed position. The lockable endgate
      further includes a bezel mounted on the outer panel having an access hole
      for the lift handle to extend through. A key actuated locking cylinder is
      mounted to the bezel and includes a locking pawl which prevents the
      actuation of the handle pawls in the locked position. A rigid close out
      plate is also included which mounts between the locking pawl and the
      bezel.
PATN
WKU  059879440
SRC  8
APN  9885668
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19971211
TTL  Locking device
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Gall; Lloyd A.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Brekiewicz; Reiner
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kasum; Alfred
CTY  Neuss
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Becker Group Europe GmbH
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961214
APN  196 52 093
CLAS
OCL   70264
XCL   70277
XCL   702786
XCL   702787
XCL   70282
XCL  292153
XCL  292201
XCL  292254
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 6536
FSC   70
FSS  264;277;278.6;278.7;280-283
FSC  292
FSS  153;201;254
UREF
PNO  1262435
ISD  19180400
NAM  Berg
XCL  292153
UREF
PNO  1337554
ISD  19200400
NAM  Harris
OCL  292153
UREF
PNO  2031523
ISD  19360200
NAM  Braren
XCL  292153
UREF
PNO  2299646
ISD  19421000
NAM  Muller
XCL  292153
UREF
PNO  2325225
ISD  19430700
NAM  Burke
XCL  292201
UREF
PNO  3813119
ISD  19740500
NAM  Panici
XCL  292201
UREF
PNO  3915491
ISD  19751000
NAM  Montgomery
XCL  292201
UREF
PNO  3919869
ISD  19751100
NAM  Fromm
XCL   70264
UREF
PNO  4109950
ISD  19780800
NAM  Amdal
OCL  292254
UREF
PNO  4288118
ISD  19810900
NAM  Ohkado
OCL  292201
UREF
PNO  4355830
ISD  19821000
NAM  Rau, III
XCL  292254
UREF
PNO  4428607
ISD  19840100
NAM  Levine
OCL  292201
UREF
PNO  4534193
ISD  19850800
NAM  Takemura et al.
OCL   70218
UREF
PNO  4540208
ISD  19850900
NAM  Logan, Jr. et al.
XCL  292201
UREF
PNO  4896520
ISD  19900100
NAM  Bruhnke et al.
OCL   70159
UREF
PNO  5755126
ISD  19980500
NAM  Lanigan et al.
XCL  292201
FREF
PNO  524460
ISD  19531200
CNT  BEX
OCL  292201
FREF
PNO  2 448 610
ISD  19800900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  59965
ISD  18911200
CNT  DEX
OCL  292201
FREF
PNO  3743282
ISD  19890700
CNT  DEX
OCL   70264
FREF
PNO  42 30 242 A1
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  295 02 202 U
ISD  19950500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 07 522 C1
ISD  19950600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 24 201 A1
ISD  19960100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  446613
ISD  19750500
CNT  SUX
OCL  292254
FREF
PNO  777191
ISD  19801100
CNT  SUX
OCL  292201
FREF
PNO  989018
ISD  19830100
CNT  SUX
OCL  292336.3
FREF
PNO  287293
ISD  19280300
CNT  GBX
OCL  292153
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A locking device for a container lid is provided, in particular for the lid
      of a storage compartment in a motor vehicle, with a spring-loaded closing
      cam which is arranged in a projecting manner at the free end of the lid
      and which, when the lid is closed, engages releasably in a latching recess
      of a latching recess housing arranged on the storage compartment, with a
      transducer element which is likewise arranged on the storage compartment
      and can be triggered via a central locking system with a view to locking
      and unlocking, and with a reversing linkage, mounted at one end on the
      transducer element and at the other end on the latching recess housing,
      for actuating a closing hook which can be pivoted into a latching opening
      of the closing cam.
PATN
WKU  059879459
SRC  9
APN  0091715
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19980120
TTL  Security closure for control of access
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Boucher; Darnell M.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Ruano Aramburu; Luis Angel
CTY  San Sebastian
CNT  ESX
ASSG
NAM  Talleres De Escoriaza, S.A.
CNT  ESX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ESX
APD  19970227
APN  9700430
CLAS
OCL   70277
XCL   70107
XCL   702791
XCL   70218
XCL   702781
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 4700
FSC   70
FSS  279.1;218;219;220;278.3;278.7;283;283.1;107;110;111;371;370;451;277;224
UREF
PNO  1684230
ISD  19280900
NAM  Lach
OCL   70370
UREF
PNO  3390558
ISD  19680700
NAM  Tornoe et al.
OCL   70107
UREF
PNO  3455129
ISD  19690700
NAM  Forbes et al.
OCL   70370
UREF
PNO  3881331
ISD  19750500
NAM  Tranberg et al.
OCL   70218
UREF
PNO  4276760
ISD  19810700
NAM  Nolin
OCL   70107
UREF
PNO  4429556
ISD  19840200
NAM  Kambic
OCL   70218
UREF
PNO  4820330
ISD  19890400
NAM  Lin
OCL   70277
UREF
PNO  5083448
ISD  19920100
NAM  Karkkainen et al.
OCL   70107
UREF
PNO  5457975
ISD  19951000
NAM  Berger et al.
OCL   70370
UREF
PNO  5475996
ISD  19951200
NAM  Chen
OCL   70279.1
UREF
PNO  5640863
ISD  19970600
NAM  Frolov
OCL   70283
UREF
PNO  5809812
ISD  19980900
NAM  Gallego
OCL   70107
FREF
PNO  0378124
ISD  19900700
CNT  EPX
OCL   70107
FREF
PNO  0425431
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
OCL   70107
FREF
PNO  3631118
ISD  19880300
CNT  DEX
OCL   70107
FREF
PNO  2262770
ISD  19930600
CNT  GBX
OCL   70283
LREP
FRM  Nields, Lemack & Dingman
ABST
PAL  A safety closure for controlled access, that includes an inner and outer
      unit mounted on a door to drive a main bolt and a privacy bolt. The outer
      unit has an armored chassis with a primary tube of the actuating handle
      and carrying a secondary tube having a square axis that drives the main
      latch. A retractable tenon provides the connection between the primary and
      secondary tubes and a retractor treadle is in permanent contact with the
      retractable tenon and a rocker having elastic arms that drives the
      retractor treadle. A motorize actuator is activated by an electronic card
      reader. The motorized actuator or an emergency handle may actuate the
      rocker in opposite directions. The inner tube has first and second pushing
      tabs symmetrically arranged in mutual opposition whereby the pushing tabs
      act independently of each other in response to the direct or opposite
      turning of the inner actuating handle to actuate the privacy bolt. An
      emergency lock cylinder drives the emergency handle.
PATN
WKU  059879467
SRC  8
APN  9116478
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19970815
TTL  Lock picking method and apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Gall; Lloyd A.
NDR  2
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Watts; James A.
STR  2450 W. 82 St., Unit 201
CTY  Hialeah
STA  FL
ZIP  33016
CLAS
OCL   70394
XCL   294261
XCL   294264
XCL   70379R
XCL   70380
XCL   70417
XCL   70465
XCL  408  1R
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 1920
FSC   70
FSS  1.5;380;1.7;394;417;428;465;379 R;379 A
FSC   29
FSS  426.1;426.4;426.5
FSC   33
FSS  539;540
FSC  408
FSS  1 R
UREF
PNO  2036764
ISD  19360400
NAM  Lowe
OCL   70379R
UREF
PNO  3276233
ISD  19661000
NAM  Russell et al.
OCL   70428
UREF
PNO  3319443
ISD  19670500
NAM  Perlick
OCL   70417
UREF
PNO  3827151
ISD  19740800
NAM  Naill
XCL   70394
UREF
PNO  3985010
ISD  19761000
NAM  Idoni
XCL   70394
UREF
PNO  4068510
ISD  19780100
NAM  Neary
OCL   70379R
UREF
PNO  4338806
ISD  19820700
NAM  Cox
OCL   70417
UREF
PNO  4535546
ISD  19850800
NAM  Smith
XCL   70394
UREF
PNO  4667494
ISD  19870500
NAM  Joosten
OCL   70394
UREF
PNO  5172578
ISD  19921200
NAM  Bitzios
OCL   70394
FREF
PNO  2415184
ISD  19790900
CNT  FRX
OCL   70417
FREF
PNO  320773
ISD  19200500
CNT  DEX
OCL   70394
FREF
PNO  386620
ISD  19310400
CNT  GBX
OCL   70379R
FREF
PNO  872276
ISD  19610700
CNT  GBX
OCL   70379R
LREP
FR2  Schwartz; Robert M.
FR2  Hibnick; Gerald
ABST
PAL  Method and apparatus for non-destructively picking locks which normally are
      operated by keys, such locks capable of having twisting tumbler pins and
      sidebars. The method requires that: the pins be raised high in the keyway;
      the plug be axially bored by a thin drill which enters through a low
      portion of the keyway, the rear end of the drilled bore opening to the
      bolt cam operator; the drill bit be removed from the bore; and then the
      bolt cam operator be directly turned to shift open the bolt. This method
      does not decode the tumblers nor release any sidebar. The preferred
      apparatus comprises a pin raiser tool, which is self-retaining due to bias
      on the pins, which is transmitted to the handle of this tool; and a
      torquing tool, which is passed through the bore and has a blade which
      seats in the cam operator for turning the operator to shift open the lock
      bolt. A unique safety shield can be installed on the tailpiece to prevent
      picking by the method of this invention.
PATN
WKU  059879475
SRC  9
APN  2327171
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19990119
TTL  Manual control device for a pickproof lock assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Gall; Lloyd A.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Shen; Mu-Lin
STR  No. 32, Lane 76, Sec. 5, Fuan Rd.
CTY  Tainan
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL   70467
XCL   70216
XCL   70224
XCL   70386
XCL   70473
XCL   70476
XCL   70483
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 1310
FSC   70
FSS  215;216;224;386;467;470;471;473-483
UREF
PNO  841209
ISD  19070100
NAM  Wykoff
XCL   70478
UREF
PNO  1395414
ISD  19211100
NAM  Huffman
XCL   70475
UREF
PNO  2293856
ISD  19420800
NAM  Schlage
OCL   70480
UREF
PNO  2966054
ISD  19601200
NAM  Muttart
OCL   70216
UREF
PNO  2998274
ISD  19610800
NAM  Russell
XCL   70467
UREF
PNO  3111021
ISD  19631100
NAM  Patriquin et al.
XCL   70476
UREF
PNO  3125876
ISD  19640300
NAM  Kuchler
OCL   70216
UREF
PNO  3321942
ISD  19670500
NAM  Russell et al.
OCL   70479
UREF
PNO  3955387
ISD  19760500
NAM  Best et al.
OCL   70224
UREF
PNO  4594864
ISD  19860600
NAM  Hart
OCL   70143
UREF
PNO  5177987
ISD  19930100
NAM  Shen
OCL   70224
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Lee
ABST
PAL  A manual control device includes an actuated tube which is connected to the
      stem member contacting against the rod movably received in the plug of the
      pickproof lock, an operating member securely connected to the actuating
      tube by receiving the boss thereof in the groove defined in the actuating
      tube, wherein the operating member has a rib so as to be frictionally
      received in the actuating tube. Both of the actuating tube and the
      operating member are received in the sleeve which has an L-shaped groove
      into which the protrusion extending from the actuating tube is movably
      received. The stem member pushes the rod of the pickproof lock by pushing
      the combination of the actuating tube and the operation member and
      rotating the combination to let the protrusion be securely positioned in
      the L-shaped groove of the sleeve.
PATN
WKU  059879483
SRC  8
APN  8689172
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19970604
TTL  Presetting for cold-roll reversal stand
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Tolan; Ed
EXP  Larson; Lowell A.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Neushutz; Eberhard
CTY  Ratingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Mucke; Gert
CTY  Hilden
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Lathe; Roger
CTY  Remscheid
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Gorgels; Frank
CTY  Aachen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Betriebsforschungsinstitut, VDEH-Institut fur Angewandte Forschung GmbH
CTY  Dusseldorf
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960607
APN  196 22 825
CLAS
OCL   72  71
XCL   723652
EDF  6
ICL  B21B 3724
FSC   72
FSS  7.1;7.2;7.4;7.6;8.1;8.2;8.3;8.9;9.1;11.1;11.2;11.6;11.7;12.7;12.8;229;365.2
UREF
PNO  4745556
ISD  19880500
NAM  Turley
OCL   72229
UREF
PNO  4912954
ISD  19900400
NAM  Vegter et al.
OCL   72  9.2
UREF
PNO  5054302
ISD  19911000
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL   72365.2
UREF
PNO  5609053
ISD  19970300
NAM  Ferreira et al.
OCL   72 11.8
UREF
PNO  5797288
ISD  19980800
NAM  Mas
OCL   72  7.1
FREF
PNO  4040360
ISD  19910600
CNT  DEX
OCL   72  8.3
FREF
PNO  44 21 005
ISD  19951200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  57-137014
ISD  19820800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-234608
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-78612
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-138220
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-246408
ISD  19950900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-24927
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1547898
ISD  19900300
CNT  SUX
OCL   72  8.3
OREF
PAL  1979, Ake Nilsson, "Automatic Flatness Control Systemfor Cold Rolling
       Mil, Iron and Steel Engineer, (Jun. 1979), pp. 55-60.
PAL  1984, Dr.-Ing. Bernd Berger et al., "Control of the Tensile Stress
      Distribution of Strip when Rolling Special Steel in a 20-roll Mill--Design
      of the Developed Control System", Metallurgical Plant and Technology,
      (Feb. 1984), p. 72 ff.
PAL  1984, Trevor J. Knox et al., "Installation and Operation of Automatic Shape
      Control on the BSC Llanwern 4-stand Tandem Mill", Iron and Steel Engineer,
      (Mar. 1984), pp. 31-38.
PAL  1986, Klaus Klamma, "Zukunftsorientierte Kaltwalztechnologie", Neue Hutte,
      (Oct. 1986), pp. 365-370. (English summary).
PAL  Jun. 1992, Arthur J. Carlton et al., "Automation of the LTV Steel Hennepin
      tandem cold mill" Iron and Steel Engineer, vol. 69, No. 6, pp. 20-28.
PAL  Jul. 1990/Aug. 1990, A. Serrano et al., "Prereglage automatique pour
      laminoirs reversibles" Revue de Metallurgie, vol. 87, No. 7/8, pp.
      669-679.
PAL  Mar. 1998, Communication from the European Patent Office and attached
      Search Report.
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  In a process for presetting the adjusting-member positions of a roll stand
      upon the rolling of a new coil or for the next pass in each case during
      cold rolling of bands, adjusting-member positions for the band flatness
      are used that are based on the corresponding actual data of the first pass
      of a reference coil, whose reference data results in the best
      correspondence with the target data of the new coil, or on the actual data
      of the preceding pass. At the same time, the band thickness can be preset
      by the specification of a rolling force or adjustment position adapted
      over a certain time period from the actual data of reference conditions of
      the roll stand or the rolling mill train.
PATN
WKU  059879491
SRC  8
APN  8204861
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19970318
TTL  Plate scanner--bending device
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  7
EXA  Tolan; Ed
EXP  Hail, III; Joseph J.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Palmatier; Roland Thomas
CTY  Durham
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Jones; Jackson Hacker
CTY  Rochester
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Murray; Robert Richard
CTY  Madbury
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Richards; John Sheridan
CTY  Barrington
STA  NH
ASSG
NAM  Heidelburg Harris, Inc.
CTY  Dover
STA  NH
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG
CTY  Heildelberg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   72 173
XCL   72306
XCL   72319
XCL   72 37
EDF  6
ICL  B21B 3700
FSC   72
FSS  17.3;18.1;18.2;18.5;19.4;31.1;31.12;37;306;319;320;321;323;324;411;420;421
     ;422
FSC  101
FSS  378;401.1;415.1;DIG. 36;DIG. 45
UREF
PNO  4594868
ISD  19860600
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
OCL   72319
UREF
PNO  4598568
ISD  19860700
NAM  Stadler
OCL   72320
UREF
PNO  4681455
ISD  19870700
NAM  Jeschke et al.
UREF
PNO  5031440
ISD  19910700
NAM  Enami
OCL   72421
UREF
PNO  5187958
ISD  19930200
NAM  Prunotto et al.
OCL   72420
UREF
PNO  5193690
ISD  19930300
NAM  Powers et al.
OCL   72420
UREF
PNO  5257444
ISD  19931100
NAM  Nishiyama
OCL   72324
UREF
PNO  5454247
ISD  19951000
NAM  Powers et al.
OCL   72319
UREF
PNO  5502993
ISD  19960400
NAM  Powers et al.
OCL   72319
UREF
PNO  5542002
ISD  19960700
NAM  Choate et al.
FREF
PNO  42 28 904
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 275 655
ISD  19940900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Brochure--"Akiyama Register Punch", Akiyama Machinery Trading Corp.,
      Akiyama Printing Mach. Mfg. Corp., Aug. 1988.
PAL  Brochure--"Electronic-Hydraulic Bender", pp. 8, 10, 11.
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A plate scanner-bending device having a plate bed for receiving a printing
      plate and a plate driver for moving the printing plate along the plate bed
      is disclosed. At least one scan sensor is located above the plate bed for
      scanning an image on the printing plate for density, along with at least
      one register sensor for sensing a register mark on the printing plate. The
      plate bed has at least one anvil at one end for a bending mechanism for
      bending the plate.
PATN
WKU  059879505
SRC  9
APN  1155881
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980715
TTL  Hydroforming of a tubular blank having an oval cross section
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Jones; David
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Horton; Frank A.
CTY  Rochester Hills
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Cosma International Inc.
CTY  Concord Ontario
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   72 58
XCL   72 58
XCL   72 61
EDF  6
ICL  B21D 2602
FSC   72
FSS  57;58;61;62
UREF
PNO  5070717
ISD  19911200
NAM  Boyd et al.
OCL   72 57
UREF
PNO  5170557
ISD  19921200
NAM  Rigsby
OCL   29890.08
UREF
PNO  5214948
ISD  19930600
NAM  Sanders
UREF
PNO  5259268
ISD  19931100
NAM  Ebbinghaus
UREF
PNO  5339667
ISD  19940800
NAM  Shah et al.
OCL   72 58
UREF
PNO  5353618
ISD  19941000
NAM  Roper et al.
OCL   72 58
UREF
PNO  5479699
ISD  19960100
NAM  Snyder
UREF
PNO  5491883
ISD  19960200
NAM  Marlinga
UREF
PNO  5557961
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ni et al.
OCL   72 61
UREF
PNO  5561902
ISD  19961000
NAM  Jacobs et al.
OCL   29897.2
UREF
PNO  5815901
ISD  19981000
NAM  Mason et al.
OCL   72 58
UREF
PNO  5845382
ISD  19981200
NAM  Schultz et al.
OCL   72 61
UREF
PNO  5862877
ISD  19990100
NAM  Horton et al.
OCL   72 61
FREF
PNO  588528
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
OCL   72 58
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for forming an
      elongated tubular metal member from a tubular metal blank. The method
      comprises: i) placing a tubular metal blank having a generally oval
      cross-section into a die cavity and orienting the tubular metal blank such
      that a relatively larger cross-sectional dimension of the generally oval
      cross-section extends generally in a direction of the relatively larger
      cross-sectional dimension of the die cavity and such that a relatively
      smaller cross-sectional dimension of the generally oval cross-section
      extends generally in a direction of the relatively smaller cross-sectional
      dimension of the die cavity; ii) engaging and sealing opposite ends of the
      tubular metal blank; and iii) injecting fluid under pressure into the
      tubular metal blank so as to expand the tubular metal blank into
      conformity with the surfaces defining the die cavity and thereby transform
      the tubular metal blank into the elongated tubular metal member.
PATN
WKU  059879513
SRC  8
APN  8660107
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970530
TTL  Fabricating one-piece can bodies with controlled side wall elongation
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Ojini; Anthony
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  8
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Saunders; William T.
CTY  Weirton
STA  WV
ASSG
NAM  Weirton Steel Corporation
CTY  Weirton
STA  WV
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  269687
APD  19940701
PSC  01
PNO  5647242
RLAP
COD  84
APN  596854
APD  19901012
PSC  01
PNO  5343729
RLAP
COD  82
APN  573548
APD  19900827
RLAP
COD  90
APN  831624
APD  19860221
RLAP
COD  82
APN  712238
APD  19850315
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   72 69
XCL   72349
EDF  6
ICL  B21D 2221
FSC  413
FSS  26;30-33;62;69;73-76
FSC   72
FSS  347;349
UREF
PNO  3348511
ISD  19671000
NAM  Cowles
OCL   72349
UREF
PNO  4485663
ISD  19841200
NAM  Gold et al.
OCL   72347
UREF
PNO  4559802
ISD  19851200
NAM  Budrean et al.
OCL   72349
UREF
PNO  4584859
ISD  19860400
NAM  Saunders
XCL   72349
UREF
PNO  4711611
ISD  19871200
NAM  Bachmann et al.
OCL  413 69
UREF
PNO  4962659
ISD  19901000
NAM  Imazu et al.
OCL   72349
LREP
FRM  Shanley and Baker
ABST
PAL  New technology for fabricating a one-piece cup-shaped can body which is
      formed free of side wall ironing from can stock comprising flat-rolled
      sheet metal substrate precoated with protective organic coating and
      forming lubricant. A plurality of successive diameter-reduction operations
      are carried out on a planar blank and cup-shaped work product during which
      side wall height is increased and side wall substrate is decreased in
      thickness to provide controlled uniformity in side wall substrate
      thickness over about 85% to about 95% of side wall height for such can
      body. The fabricating tooling provides for a preselected clearance between
      a punch peripheral wall and a die cavity internal wall in each of such
      plurality of diameter-reduction operations to achieve a desired decrease
      in side wall thickness as the precoated substrate is moved into a die
      cavity by relative movement of its respective punch. In a flat-rolled
      steel embodiment, one-piece can bodies for carbonated beverage packs
      require less metal than that currently being used to produce the
      commercially drawn and ironed product from flat-rolled steel, and can body
      finishing steps are diminished.
PATN
WKU  059879521
SRC  9
APN  0710814
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980430
TTL  Method for making a hub/pulley with a radially inward annular collar
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Larson; Lowell A.
NDR  5
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Kutzscher; Michael H.
CTY  London
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Roes; John P.
CTY  Strathroy
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Hodjat; Yahya
CTY  Oxford
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  The Gates Corporation
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  668898
APD  19960624
CLAS
OCL   72 71
XCL   72 82
XCL   29894362
EDF  6
ICL  B21H  100
FSC   72
FSS  68;71;82;83;84;85
FSC   29
FSS  894.362
UREF
PNO  5619879
ISD  19970400
NAM  Friese
OCL   72 85
UREF
PNO  5829291
ISD  19981100
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL   72 71
LREP
FR2  Castleman, Esq.; C. H.
FR2  Austin, Esq.; S. G.
FR2  Jones, Esq.; R. A.
ABST
PAL  A method for making a hub/pulley by spin forming from a disc including
      forming an annular collar extending radially inward of the hub and
      defining a blind bore of the hub.
PATN
WKU  059879530
SRC  9
APN  0935379
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980608
TTL  Power transmission formation rolling machine having movable headstock
      and tailstock spindle supports
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Crane; Daniel C.
NDR  12
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Killop; James Thomas
CTY  Warren
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Roseliep; Robert E.
CTY  Grosse Pointe
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Utica Enterprises, Inc.
CTY  Shelby Twp.
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   72 88
EDF  6
ICL  B21H  500
FSC   72
FSS  88;90
FSC  384
FSS  50;53;56;58
UREF
PNO  408529
ISD  18890800
NAM  Rogers
OCL   72 88
UREF
PNO  432164
ISD  18900700
NAM  McGinnis
OCL   72 88
UREF
PNO  1266402
ISD  19180500
NAM  Canda
OCL   72 88
UREF
PNO  3303682
ISD  19670200
NAM  Allured
OCL   72 88
UREF
PNO  3793866
ISD  19740200
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL   72 88
UREF
PNO  4155236
ISD  19790500
NAM  Jungesjo
OCL   72 88
UREF
PNO  4270375
ISD  19810600
NAM  Jungesjo
OCL   72 88
UREF
PNO  4384466
ISD  19830500
NAM  Jungesjo
OCL   72 88
UREF
PNO  4519231
ISD  19850500
NAM  Roth
OCL   72 88
UREF
PNO  4633696
ISD  19870100
NAM  Murayama
OCL   72 88
UREF
PNO  4646549
ISD  19870300
NAM  Saito
OCL   72 88
FREF
PNO  224838
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
OCL   72 88
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman P.C.
ABST
PAL  A machine (20) for rolling power transmission formations in a workpiece
      includes a base (22) having spaced base portions (30) and a rear
      connecting base portion (32) extending between the spaced base portions
      which project forwardly therefrom to define a workspace (34). A headstock
      spindle support (48) is mounted on the rear connecting base portion (32)
      along a rotational axis A of the machine and is moved therealong by a
      headstock electric servomotor (152). A tailstock spindle support (52) is
      mounted on the spaced base portions (30) adjacent front ends (36) thereof
      to cooperate with the headstock spindle support (48) in rotatably mounting
      the workpiece and is also movable along the rotational axis by a tailstock
      electric servomotor (180). A pair of movable slides (66) respectively
      support a pair of forming racks (68) and are respectively supported by the
      pair of spaced base portions (30) within the workspace (34). A pair of
      slide electric servomotors (94) move the pair of slides (66) in opposite
      directions such that the forming racks (68) thereon provide the rolling of
      the power transmission formations in the workpiece.
PATN
WKU  059879548
SRC  8
APN  9856005
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19971205
TTL  Eccentric-journal mount for rolling-frame support shafts
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Tolan; Ed
EXP  Larson; Lowell A.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hauck; Albert
CTY  Hilchenbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Grimmel; Rudiger
CTY  Netphen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  SMS Schloemann-Siemag AG
CTY  Dusseldorf
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961206
APN  196 50 580
CLAS
OCL   72248
XCL   72237
EDF  6
ICL  B21B 3107
FSC   72
FSS  237;238;239;246;248
UREF
PNO  3143786
ISD  19640800
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  5127251
ISD  19920700
NAM  Casagrande et al.
OCL   72248
UREF
PNO  5400632
ISD  19950300
NAM  Castellani
OCL   72248
UREF
PNO  5743126
ISD  19980400
NAM  Shore et al.
OCL   72248
FREF
PNO  0197568
ISD  19861000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0824045
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  875035
ISD  19530400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1452139
ISD  19690500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3703756
ISD  19880800
CNT  DEX
OCL   72248
OREF
PAL  "odern High Speed Rod Mill Development" Iron and Steel Engineerm Jul. 1969
      p. 59ff.
LREP
FR2  Dubno; Herbert
FR2  Wilford; Andrew
ABST
PAL  A rolling apparatus has a frame and a first eccentric journal sleeve
      mounted on the frame, defining a first axis, and having axially inner and
      outer ends. A first shaft journaled in the sleeve has respective inner and
      outer ends at the first-sleeve inner and outer ends. The first-shaft outer
      end projects axially from the frame and carries a workpiece-deforming
      first roller. A rocker is displaceable transversely of the axis on the
      frame and carries a second eccentric journal sleeve defining a second axis
      generally parallel to the first axis and having axially inner and outer
      ends. A second shaft journaled in the second sleeve has respective inner
      and outer ends at the second-sleeve inner and outer ends. The second-shaft
      outer end also projects axially from the frame and carries a workpiece
      deforming second roller forming with the first roller a
      workpiece-receiving nip. Respective first and second drive gears engaging
      the respective first and second shafts between the respective ends rotate
      same about the respective axes. an actuator having a radially displaceable
      element urges the rocker radially toward the first axis and for holding
      the first and second axes at a predetermined spacing from each other at
      the outer ends.
PATN
WKU  059879556
SRC  9
APN  2325128
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19990115
TTL  Method of operating a coil transfer apparatus and a corresponding coil
      transfer apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Butler; Rodney
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Benner; Frank
CTY  Hilchenbach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  SMS Schloemann-Siemag Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Dusseldorf
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19980128
APN  198 03 091
CLAS
OCL   72250
XCL  2425332
XCL  242538
EDF  6
ICL  B21B 3920
FSC   72
FSS  142;146;148;170;172;205;250;419;426
FSC  242
FSS  533;533.2;538;538.2
UREF
PNO  4096724
ISD  19780600
NAM  Eshelman et al.
OCL   72146
UREF
PNO  4306438
ISD  19811200
NAM  Child et al.
OCL   72146
UREF
PNO  5673869
ISD  19971000
NAM  Honegger
OCL  242528
OREF
PAL  Stahl and Eisen 103 (1983), No. 7, pp. 31 to 36.
LREP
FR2  Kueffner; Friedrich
ABST
PAL  A method of operating a coil transfer apparatus and a coil transfer
      apparatus with a coiling station having a coiling roller each at an entry
      side and an exit side and with a uncoiling station with an uncoiling
      roller each on an entry side and an exit side. The method includes coiling
      a strip in a coiling station into a coil or placing a coil onto the
      coiling rollers, supporting the coil by the coiling rollers during coiling
      or after placement of the coil on the coiling rollers, and transferring
      the coil for uncoiling to the uncoiling station and supporting the coil
      after the transfer during uncoiling by the uncoiling rollers. The method
      further includes the steps of moving the coiling and uncoiling stations
      toward each other and raising the coiling roller on the entry side of the
      coiling station.
PATN
WKU  059879564
SRC  9
APN  1889443
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19981110
TTL  Process for further treating a closure end made of sheet
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Larson; Lowell A.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Strube; Lutz
CTY  Cremlingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hoft; Peter
CTY  Braunschweig
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Heinecke; Dieter
CTY  Wendeburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Schmalbach-Lubeca AG
CTY  Braunscweig
CNT  DEX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  411739
APD  19950517
PSC  01
PNO  5832770
CLAS
OCL   72348
XCL   723794
EDF  6
ICL  B21D 5144
FSC  413
FSS  8
FSC   72
FSS  348;379.4
UREF
PNO  3441170
ISD  19690400
NAM  Khoury
OCL  220 54
UREF
PNO  4354784
ISD  19821000
NAM  Westphal
OCL  413 12
FREF
PNO  0088968
ISD  19860700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2303943
ISD  19740500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO9510373
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Duane, Morris & Heckscher LLP
ABST
PAL  A process for further treating a closure end made of sheet material is
      provided, particularly for beverage cans, in which an annular fringe
      region is radially coupled between the central panel portion and a radius
      of curvature coupled to a core groove with an inner leg. The central panel
      portion is squeezed such that material is displaced (flows) from the
      fringe region in a substantially radial outward direction towards the
      radius of curvature. The squeezing is accomplished by a coining tool
      having a coining surface operable to contact the closure end. The closure
      surface is pressed against the closure end causing the thickness of the
      sheet material of the closure end to be reduced in the annular fringe
      region. The reduction in thickness gradually decreasing in the direction
      of the radius of curvature. The material displaced by the squeezing
      flowing towards the radius of curvature. A ring tool which is finger like
      in cross section can be used to exert pressure on the core groove during
      or after the squeezing thereby causing the inner leg of the core groove to
      move towards a more vertical orientation.
PATN
WKU  059879572
SRC  9
APN  0302724
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980225
TTL  Method of forming a metal-thermoplastic-metal laminate
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Butler; Rodney
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Foeller; David E.
CTY  Batavia
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Corby; Kenneth D.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   723792
XCL  156196
EDF  6
ICL  B21C 3702
FSC   72
FSS  46;47;361;379.2;379.4;420;397
FSC   29
FSS  469.5
FSC  156
FSS  196;245;285;297;308.2;309.6;580
UREF
PNO  4116736
ISD  19780900
NAM  Sanson et al.
OCL  156245
UREF
PNO  4390489
ISD  19830600
NAM  Segal
OCL   72 46
UREF
PNO  5743979
ISD  19980400
NAM  Lorbiecki
OCL  156285
FREF
PNO  7070-610
ISD  19820500
CNT  JPX
OCL  156285
LREP
FR2  Noval; William F.
ABST
PAL  A method of forming a metal-thermoplastic polymer-metal laminate into a
      desired shape comprising the steps of: heating a metal-thermoplastic
      polymer-metal laminate to a temperature exceeding the melting temperature
      of the thermoplastic polymer; forming the heated laminate into a desired
      shape; and cooling the formed laminate. A method of making a cassette
      comprising the steps of: providing a front panel and a back panel with at
      least the front panel formed from a shaped metal-thermoplastic
      polymer-metal laminate; joining the panels so that a cavity exists between
      them; positioning at least one intensifying screen between the panels, the
      screen adapted to contact an x-ray film placed in the cassette, such that
      the shaped laminate panel presses the screen and film in intimate contact;
      wherein the metal-thermoplastic polymer-metal laminate panel is formed
      into a desired shape by the steps of: heating a metal-thermoplastic
      polymer-metal laminate to a temperature exceeding the melting temperature
      of the thermoplastic polymer; forming the heated laminate into a desired
      shape; and cooling the formed laminate.
PATN
WKU  059879580
SRC  8
APN  9803017
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19971128
TTL  Methods and apparatus for backgaging and sensor-based control of bending
      operation
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  7
EXA  Tolan; Ed
EXP  Larson; Lowell A.
NDR  37
NFG  42
INVT
NAM  Moore, Jr.; Richard M.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Bourne; David Alan
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Elkins; Kerry L.
CTY  Uniontown
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Murray; Anne Marie
CTY  Onalaska
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Sturgas, Jr.; Robert H.
CTY  Mt. Lebanon
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Hazama; Kensuke
CTY  Buena Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Amada Company, Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Amada America, Inc.
CTY  Buena Park
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  385829
APD  19950209
PSC  01
PNO  5761940
RLAP
COD  81
APN  338153
APD  19941109
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   72422
XCL   72 185
XCL   72 194
XCL   72 37
XCL   72420
XCL  36446821
XCL  36447407
EDF  6
ICL  B21D 4310
FSC   72
FSS  16.8;16.9;17.3;18.5;18.6;18.8;19.4;19.6;31.1;31.11;31.12;37;389.1;389.3
     ;389.4;420;421;422;441;443;446;702
FSC  483
FSS  14;15
FSC   33
FSS  263;282;285;286
FSC  364
FSS  468.21;469.03;474.07
UREF
PNO  3654616
ISD  19720400
NAM  Dunne et al.
UREF
PNO  3890552
ISD  19750600
NAM  Devol et al.
UREF
PNO  4111027
ISD  19780900
NAM  Bottomley
UREF
PNO  4260940
ISD  19810400
NAM  Engelberger et al.
UREF
PNO  4309600
ISD  19820100
NAM  Perry et al.
UREF
PNO  4356718
ISD  19821100
NAM  Williamson
UREF
PNO  4369563
ISD  19830100
NAM  Makino
UREF
PNO  4455857
ISD  19840600
NAM  Salvagnini
UREF
PNO  4495588
ISD  19850100
NAM  Nio et al.
UREF
PNO  4501135
ISD  19850200
NAM  Chivens et al.
UREF
PNO  4509357
ISD  19850400
NAM  Zbornik
UREF
PNO  4517653
ISD  19850500
NAM  Tsuchihashi et al.
UREF
PNO  4564765
ISD  19860100
NAM  Blaich
OCL   72389.3
UREF
PNO  4571694
ISD  19860200
NAM  Inaba et al.
UREF
PNO  4602345
ISD  19860700
NAM  Yokoyama
UREF
PNO  4604526
ISD  19860800
NAM  Moir
OCL   33263
UREF
PNO  4613943
ISD  19860900
NAM  Miyake et al.
UREF
PNO  4640113
ISD  19870200
NAM  Dieperink et al.
UREF
PNO  4658625
ISD  19870400
NAM  Koyama et al.
UREF
PNO  4706491
ISD  19871100
NAM  Sartorio
UREF
PNO  4745812
ISD  19880500
NAM  Amazeen et al.
UREF
PNO  4748571
ISD  19880500
NAM  Shippy
OCL  364513
UREF
PNO  4772801
ISD  19880900
NAM  Fornerud et al.
OCL   72389.3
UREF
PNO  4802357
ISD  19890200
NAM  Jones
OCL   72389.3
UREF
PNO  4942767
ISD  19900700
NAM  Haritonidis et al.
UREF
PNO  4947666
ISD  19900800
NAM  Hametner et al.
UREF
PNO  4962654
ISD  19901000
NAM  Zbornik
UREF
PNO  4979385
ISD  19901200
NAM  Lafrasse et al.
UREF
PNO  4991422
ISD  19910200
NAM  Sartorio
UREF
PNO  4995087
ISD  19910200
NAM  Rathi et al.
OCL  382  8
UREF
PNO  5005394
ISD  19910400
NAM  Sartorio et al.
UREF
PNO  5007264
ISD  19910400
NAM  Haack
UREF
PNO  5009098
ISD  19910400
NAM  Van Merksteijn
UREF
PNO  5012661
ISD  19910500
NAM  Catti et al.
UREF
PNO  5031441
ISD  19910700
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  5036694
ISD  19910800
NAM  Farney et al.
UREF
PNO  5042287
ISD  19910800
NAM  Sartorio
UREF
PNO  5058406
ISD  19911000
NAM  Sartorio et al.
UREF
PNO  5081763
ISD  19920100
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  5088181
ISD  19920200
NAM  Jeppson
UREF
PNO  5092645
ISD  19920300
NAM  Okada
UREF
PNO  5146670
ISD  19920900
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  5182936
ISD  19930200
NAM  Sartorio
UREF
PNO  5187958
ISD  19930200
NAM  Prunotto et al.
UREF
PNO  5212647
ISD  19930500
NAM  Raney et al.
OCL  364474.34
UREF
PNO  5307282
ISD  19940400
NAM  Conradson et al.
UREF
PNO  5329597
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kouno et al.
UREF
PNO  5483750
ISD  19960100
NAM  Ooenaki et al.
OCL   72389.3
UREF
PNO  5531087
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kitabayashi et al.
OCL   72389.3
UREF
PNO  5608817
ISD  19970300
NAM  Yamakota et al.
OCL  382152
FREF
PNO  0301527
ISD  19890200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0335314
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0355454
ISD  19900200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0555908
ISD  19930800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3110018
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3110022
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4309414
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9109696
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9503901
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Bourne, David A., "Intelligent Manufacturing Workstations," whcih appeared
      inKnowledge-Based Automation of Processes, Session at the 1992 ASMEWinter
      Annual Meeting, Nov. 1992.
PAL  Craig, John J. Introduction to Robotics Mechanics and Control, Second
      Edition, Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Reading, MA (1989).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 017, No.126, Mar. 17,1993,& JP-A-04 309
      414.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 015, No. 298, Jul. 29, 1991, & JP-A-03 110
      022.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 015, No.298, Jul. 29, 1991, & JP-A-03 110
      018.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 018, No. 239, May 9, 1994, & JP-A-06 031
      345.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 015, No. 325, Aug, 19, 1991, & JP-A-03 124
      318.
PAL  Ichikawa et al.,Y., "A Heuristic Planner And An Executive For Mobile Robor
      Control", IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man and Cybernetics, vol. SMC-15,
      No. 4, pp. 558-563, New York, U.S.A. (Jul./Aug. 1985).
PAL  Zussman et al.,E.,"A Planning Approach For Robot-Assisted Multiple-Bent
      Profile Handling", Robotics and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing, vol.
      11, No. 1, pp. 35-40, Kidlington, Oxford, GB(Mar. 1994).
PAL  Huang et al., H., "Time-Optimal Control For A Robotic Contour Following
      Problem", IEEE Journal of Robotics and Automation, vol. 4, No. 2, pp.
      140-149, New York, U.S.A. (Apr. 1988).
PAL  Hoermann, K., "A Cartesian Approach To Findpath For Industrial Robots",
      NATO ASI Series, vol. F29, pp. 425-450, Springler-Verlag Berlin
      Heidelberg, DE(1987).
PAL  Fink et al., B., "Schnelle Bahnplanung Fuer Industrieroboter mit
      Veraenderlichem Arbeitsraum", Automatisierungstechnik-AT, vol. 39, No. 6,
      pp. 197-200, 201-204,Munich, DE (Jun. 1991).
PAL  Shaffer et al., C.A., "A Real-Time Robot Arm Collision Avoidance System",
      IEEE Transactions on Robotics and Automation, vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 149-160,
      New York, U.S.A. (Apr. 1992).
PAL  Lee et al., C.T. "A Divide-And-Conquer Approach With Heuristics Of Motion
      Planning For A Cartesian Manipulator", IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man
      and Cybernetics, vol. 22, No. 5, pp.929-944,New York U.S.A. (Sept./Oct.
      1992).
PAL  O'Donnell et al., P.A., "Deadlock-Free And Collision-Free Coordination Of
      Two Robot Manipulators", Proceedings of the 1989 IEEE International
      Conference on Robotics and Automation, vol.1, pp. 484-489, Scottsdale, AZ
      (May 1989).
PAL  Weule et al., V.H., "Rechnerintergrierte Fertigung Von Abkantteilen",
      V.A.I.-Zeitschrift, vol. 130, No. 9 pp. 101-106, Dusseldorf, W. Germany
      (sep. 1988).
PAL  Reissner,V.J., "Innovationsschub Bei Rechnerintegrierten Umformsystemen",
      Technische Rundschau, vol.85 No. 5, pp.20-25, Bern, CH )Feb. 5, 1993).
PAL  Geiger et al., M., "Infernzmaschine Fuer Ein Biegestadienplanungssystem",
      ZWF CIM Zeitschrift fur Wirtschaftliche Fertigung und Automatisierung,
      vol. 87, No. 5, pp. 261-264, Munich, DE (May 1992).
PAL  Database Dialog, Information Access Co., File 621, Access No. 0134529,
      Communigraphics Inc: "LVD Introduces New CNC/DNC/CAD/CAM Control System
      For Press Brakes At IMTS'86", & New Product Announcements, No. 0134529,
      Plainville, CT, U.S.A. (Jul. 1996).
PAL  An International Search Report for PCT/JP 95/02288.
PAL  An Invitation to Pay Additional Fees with a Partial International Search
      Report for PCT/JP 95/02289.
PAL  An International Search Report for PCT/JP 95/02290.
PAL  An International Search report for PCT/JP 95/02291.
LREP
FRM  Greenblum & Bernstein
ABST
PAL  Several methods and subsystems are disclosed for aligning a workpiece as it
      is being loaded into a die space of a bending apparatus, and for
      performing sensor-based control of a robot as it moves a workpiece from
      one location to another within a bending apparatus environment. A
      backgaging mechanism is provided with finger gaging mechanisms having
      force sensors for sensing forces in directions perpendicular to and
      parallel to a die. In addition, a robot gripper sensor is provided for
      sensing either or both of shear forces and normal forces created by
      movement of a workpiece being held by the gripper. Several sensor-based
      control modules are disclosed, including a bend-following control module,
      a speed control module, a module for actively damping vibrations in a
      workpiece, a module for controlling active compliance/contact between a
      workpiece and an obstacle, a module for performing a guarded move to
      intentionally bring a workpiece into contact with an obstacle, and a
      module for detecting unintentional impacts between a workpiece and an
      obstacle. Several droop sensing methods and systems are also disclosed,
      including methods for performing droop sensing and compensation with the
      use of a vision-based droop sensor, a compound break-beam droop sensor,
      and a single break-beam droop sensor. In addition, an angle sensor is
      disclosed, along with a springback control method utilizing the disclosed
      angle sensor.
PATN
WKU  059879599
SRC  9
APN  0366587
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980306
TTL  Automated retention time locking
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Larken; Daniel S.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Klee; Matthew S.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
INVT
NAM  Quimby; Bruce D.
CTY  Lincoln University
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Blumberg; Leonid M.
CTY  Hockessin
STA  DE
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  728868
APD  19961010
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   73  102
XCL   73 2322
XCL   73 2336
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 3002
FSC   73
FSS  23.22;23.23;23.24;23.34;23.36;1.02;1.03
UREF
PNO  4927532
ISD  19900500
NAM  Pospisil
XCL   73 23.23
UREF
PNO  5405432
ISD  19950400
NAM  Snyder et al.
OCL   95 82
UREF
PNO  5436166
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ito et al.
XCL   73 23.36
UREF
PNO  5670379
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ito et al.
XCL   73 23.22
UREF
PNO  5827946
ISD  19981000
NAM  Klee et al.
OCL   73 23.36
FREF
PNO  1-191055
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
OCL   73 23.23
OREF
PAL  HP 5898A Microbial Identification System Operating Manual, Version 3.0 pp.
      10-13 & 10-14, P/N 19298-90100, Mar. 1984 (Rev. Oct. 1987).
LREP
FR2  Schuette; Richard F.
FR2  Sismilich; Robert C.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a method for automated matching of retention times
      obtained using a known chromatographic method having a defined set of
      column parameters and operating parameters to the retention times obtained
      using a new chromatographic method having a new set of column parameters,
      wherein the retention times of components separated in accordance with the
      new chromatographic method are matched to the retention times set forth in
      the known chromatographic methods. A procedure is described to adjust head
      pressure to compensate for differences in a new versus the original
      column, carrier gas, and column outlet pressure of the known method.
PATN
WKU  059879602
SRC  8
APN  9382100
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970926
TTL  Tool calibrator
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Raevis; Robert
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Messner; Dale A.
CTY  Uniontown
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Dayton; Patrick A.
CTY  Munroe Falls
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Picker International, Inc.
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   73  179
EDF  6
ICL  G01C 1738
FSC   73
FSS  1.79;1.81;104
FSC  348
FSS  135;142;61
FSC  606
FSS  130
UREF
PNO  5181416
ISD  19930100
NAM  Evans
OCL   73104
UREF
PNO  5186174
ISD  19930200
NAM  Schlondorff et al.
UREF
PNO  5383454
ISD  19950100
NAM  Bucholz
UREF
PNO  5494034
ISD  19960200
NAM  Schlondorff et al.
UREF
PNO  5517990
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kalfas et al.
UREF
PNO  5552822
ISD  19960900
NAM  Nallakrishnan
OCL   73104
OREF
PAL  "A Frameless Stereotaxic Operating Microscope for Neurosurgery", Eric M.
      Friets, et al.; IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, vol. 36, No.
      6, Jun. 1989 pp. 608-617.
PAL  "A frameless stereotaxic integration of computerized tomographic imaging
      and the operating microscope", David W. Roberts, M.D., et al.; J.
      Neurosurg; vol. 65; Oct. 1986; pp. 545-549.
LREP
FR2  Gurin; Timothy B.
FR2  Fry; John J.
FR2  Clair; Eugene E.
ABST
PAL  A tool calibrator includes two portions shaped to slidably engage and
      secure a tool in a desired position. The tool is secured by a series of
      staggered V shaped grooves on each of the two portions having a known
      geometrical relationship with a diameter of a tool head of the tool. The
      tool calibrator further includes at least one position signaling device
      for communicating a location of the tool calibrator in an operating room
      or other area. A position and direction of a tip of the tool is determined
      by comparing a location of the tool secured within the tool calibrator to
      the location of each of the two portions. Further, based on the location
      of each of the two portions, the diameter of the tool head is calculated.
PATN
WKU  059879610
SRC  9
APN  1763067
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19981022
TTL  Apparatus and method for testing paving
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Thuy Vinh
EXP  Williams; Hezron
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Harris; Jeffrey A.
STR  2231-D #1 Centennial Rd.
CTY  Salina
STA  KS
ZIP  67401
INVT
NAM  Harris; Tamara K.
STR  6321 N. Old Hwy.
CTY  Salina
STA  KS
ZIP  67401
CLAS
OCL   73 1101
XCL   73  7
XCL   73 38
XCL   73866
EDF  6
ICL  G01L  500
FSC   73
FSS  7;11.01;38;204.23;215;54.01;54.03;865.6;866
FSC  702
FSS  34
UREF
PNO  3431776
ISD  19690300
NAM  Hughes
OCL   73146
UREF
PNO  3459038
ISD  19690800
NAM  Swift
OCL   73146
UREF
PNO  3854328
ISD  19741200
NAM  Schmidt
OCL   73146
UREF
PNO  3888118
ISD  19750600
NAM  Nims
OCL   73105
UREF
PNO  4788859
ISD  19881200
NAM  Khattak
OCL   73146
UREF
PNO  4938055
ISD  19900700
NAM  Tsuda
OCL   73146
UREF
PNO  5036709
ISD  19910800
NAM  McRae
OCL   73841
UREF
PNO  5365793
ISD  19941100
NAM  Terrel et al.
OCL   73813
FREF
PNO  568559
ISD  19751000
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  1377321
ISD  19880200
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  2067769
ISD  19810700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for testing asphalt or other paving samples includes a cabinet
      for housing the mechanical elements of the invention, and a computerized
      control console for monitoring and controlling the mechanism. The cabinet
      includes a pair of weighted rollers or wheels, which are driven
      reciprocatingly over a corresponding pair of pavement samples placed in
      trays beneath the wheels. The trays in turn rest in a water bath contained
      in an open water tank within the cabinet. The water may be heated to a
      predetermined temperature as desired, for providing the effects of high
      heat and moisture during testing. Each roller arm is in contact with a
      linear value displacement transducer, which measures the wear of each
      sample several times during each roller stroke. Lifting devices are also
      provided to lift the subject roller arm if one of the samples breaks down
      prematurely, in order to avoid premature abandonment of the testing of the
      second sample. All of the electromechanical components and their functions
      are controlled and/or monitored by a computer, which controls the speed of
      the wheel or roller drive motor, the temperature and circulation of the
      water bath, monitors the wear of each pavement sample according to the
      corresponding displacement transducer, and controls the lifting of either
      roller arm in the event of the breakdown of one of the samples. The
      computer and monitor are installed with a cabinet which houses various
      electrical components which in turn monitor and control the various
      elements of the sample test cabinet.
PATN
WKU  059879629
SRC  8
APN  9299769
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970915
TTL  Copper crusher gauge holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Noori; Max
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Bowie; Eugene W.
CTY  Colonial Beach
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Bowen; Raymond E.
CTY  Montross
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL   73 1201
XCL   73 3514
XCL   29592
EDF  6
ICL  G01M  700
FSC   73
FSS  12.01;12.04;12.08;12.09;35.14;862.68
FSC   29
FSS  592;593
UREF
PNO  815468
ISD  19060300
NAM  Du Pont
UREF
PNO  2620652
ISD  19521200
NAM  Hartmann
OCL   73 35
UREF
PNO  2870631
ISD  19590100
NAM  Musser et al.
OCL   73167
UREF
PNO  3343400
ISD  19670900
NAM  Rogers et al.
OCL   73 12
UREF
PNO  3693432
ISD  19720900
NAM  Stewart et al.
OCL   73167
UREF
PNO  3879982
ISD  19750400
NAM  Schmidt
OCL   73 12
UREF
PNO  4130624
ISD  19781200
NAM  Walker
OCL   73862.68
UREF
PNO  4696182
ISD  19870900
NAM  Meir
OCL   73 12
UREF
PNO  4738146
ISD  19880400
NAM  Buamgartner et al.
OCL   73862.68
UREF
PNO  4821584
ISD  19890400
NAM  Lembke
OCL   73862.68
UREF
PNO  4982664
ISD  19910100
NAM  Norton
OCL  102272
UREF
PNO  5222399
ISD  19930600
NAM  Kropp
OCL   73862.68
UREF
PNO  5551279
ISD  19960900
NAM  Quick
OCL   73 12.01
UREF
PNO  5777225
ISD  19980700
NAM  Sada et al.
OCL   73488
LREP
FR2  Bechtel, Esq.; James B.
ABST
PAL  A copper crusher gauge holder for testing internal pressures of cartridges
     uring test firing is provided. The copper crusher gauge holder has a
      circular aluminum upper plate and a circular aluminum lower plate having a
      layer of urethane rubber approximately 3/4  inch thick sandwiched between
      the plates. The gauge holder is bored to hold copper crusher gauges and
      center-bored to fit over a cartridge centerline primer tube. A series of
      machine screws hold the plates together and allow for tightening the
      screws once the copper crusher gauge holder is in place in a cartridge to
      be tested. As the machine screws are tightened, the urethane rubber
      expands laterally gripping the inside of the cartridge and gripping the
      copper crusher gauges. A method to manufacture the gauge holder is
      provided.
PATN
WKU  059879637
SRC  8
APN  9888969
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971211
TTL  Method of improving the selectivity of a polymer-film gas sensor and a
      sensor structure for implementing the method
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Larkin; Daniel S.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Stormbom; Lars
CTY  Vantaa
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Vaisala Oy
CTY  Helsinki
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19961213
APN  965015
CLAS
OCL   73 2501
XCL   73 232
XCL   73 2505
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2700
FSC   73
FSS  23.2;25.01;25.05
UREF
PNO  5288645
ISD  19940200
NAM  Toshima et al.
XCL   73 19.01
UREF
PNO  5625139
ISD  19970400
NAM  Stormborm
OCL   73 23.21
FREF
PNO  0075101A3
ISD  19820800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0092068A1
ISD  19830300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2218523A
ISD  19891100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a method for improving the selectivity of a
      polymer film gas sensor. According to the method, the gas sensor is heated
      and a sensor parameter sensitive to the variable under measurement is
      recorded. According to the invention, the parameter of the sensor
      sensitive to the variable under measurement is measured at a plurality of
      instants during both the heating period and the cooling period of the
      sensor, a hysteresis function of the sensor response is formed over the
      heating and cooling periods, and on the basis of the hysteresis function,
      the concentration of each measured gas component is determined.
PATN
WKU  059879645
SRC  9
APN  0490865
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980327
TTL  Apparatus and method for detecting gas and vapor
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Larkin; Daniel S.
NDR  12
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Miremadi; Bijan K.
CTY  Coquitlam
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Simon Fraser University
CTY  Burnaby
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   73 3105
XCL   73 232
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2712
FSC   73
FSS  31.05;23.2
UREF
PNO  4327054
ISD  19820400
NAM  Yasuda et al.
UREF
PNO  4377944
ISD  19830300
NAM  Hishii et al.
UREF
PNO  4457161
ISD  19840700
NAM  Iwanaga et al.
XCL   73 31.05
UREF
PNO  4542640
ISD  19850900
NAM  Clifford
XCL   73 31.05
UREF
PNO  4586143
ISD  19860400
NAM  Kaneyasu et al.
XCL   73 31.05
UREF
PNO  4638443
ISD  19870100
NAM  Kaneyasu et al.
XCL   73 31.05
UREF
PNO  4670405
ISD  19870600
NAM  Stetter et al.
XCL   73 23.2
UREF
PNO  4907441
ISD  19900300
NAM  Shurmer
XCL   73 31.05
UREF
PNO  5025653
ISD  19910600
NAM  Schuldt
OCL   73 23.2
UREF
PNO  5298783
ISD  19940300
NAM  Wu
UREF
PNO  5305231
ISD  19940400
NAM  Coppler et al.
OCL  364497
UREF
PNO  5415760
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hitomi et al.
UREF
PNO  5426934
ISD  19950600
NAM  Hunt et al.
LREP
FRM  Hall, Priddy & Myers
ABST
PAL  A gas detection circuit for use in selectively detecting a predetermined
      gas has a plurality of gas sensors coupled to a sensor measuring circuit.
      Each gas sensor has a different response to the predetermined gas at a
      predetermined concentration. The sensor measuring circuit measures a
      conditioned state of each gas sensor and transmits the measurements to a
      cross checking circuit which determines whether the conditioned state of
      each gas sensor is within a corresponding window of upper and lower limit
      values thereby indicating the possible presence of the predetermined gas
      by the corresponding gas sensor. Following the testing of the conditioned
      state of each gas sensor, the cross checking circuit transmits a signal
      indicating which of the gas sensors indicates the possible presence of the
      predetermined gas and if all sensors are within corresponding windows,
      representing detection of the gas, another signal is transmitted to
      trigger an alarm or other warning system.
PATN
WKU  059879653
SRC  9
APN  1724878
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19981014
TTL  Gas sensor with conductive housing portions
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Larkin; Daniel S.
NDR  2
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Martell; Dennis
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Warburton; Richard Grove
CTY  Coraopolis
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Lindner; Laura Ann
CTY  Oakdale
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Lindner; Juergen
CTY  Bethel Park
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  J and N Associates, Inc.
CTY  Valparaiso
STA  IN
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  National Draeger Incorporated
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  889648
APD  19970708
PSC  01
PNO  5827948
RLAP
COD  84
APN  515688
APD  19950816
PSC  01
PNO  5744697
CLAS
OCL   73 3106
XCL   73 3105
XCL   73 2331
XCL  204412
XCL  204431
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2177
FSC   73
FSS  31.06;23.31;31.05
FSC  204
FSS  412;415;431
UREF
PNO  3622488
ISD  19711100
NAM  Chand et al.
UREF
PNO  3776832
ISD  19731200
NAM  Oswin et al.
UREF
PNO  3878080
ISD  19750400
NAM  Luck
UREF
PNO  3909386
ISD  19750900
NAM  Oswin et al.
UREF
PNO  4036724
ISD  19770700
NAM  Binder et al.
UREF
PNO  4171253
ISD  19791000
NAM  Nolan et al.
UREF
PNO  4329214
ISD  19820500
NAM  Spritzer et al.
UREF
PNO  4478704
ISD  19841000
NAM  Miyoshi et al.
UREF
PNO  4525266
ISD  19850600
NAM  Schmidt et al.
OCL  204412
UREF
PNO  4621035
ISD  19861100
NAM  Bruder
UREF
PNO  4688021
ISD  19870800
NAM  Buck et al.
UREF
PNO  4695361
ISD  19870900
NAM  Grady
UREF
PNO  4717633
ISD  19880100
NAM  Hauser
UREF
PNO  4767994
ISD  19880800
NAM  Hopkins et al.
UREF
PNO  4816355
ISD  19890300
NAM  Kulibert et al.
UREF
PNO  4874500
ISD  19891000
NAM  Madou et al.
OCL  204412
UREF
PNO  4900643
ISD  19900200
NAM  Eskra et al.
UREF
PNO  4948681
ISD  19900800
NAM  Zagrodnik et al.
UREF
PNO  5126035
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kiesele et al.
UREF
PNO  5173166
ISD  19921200
NAM  Tomantschger et al.
UREF
PNO  5183549
ISD  19930200
NAM  Joseph et al.
XCL  204412
UREF
PNO  5183550
ISD  19930200
NAM  Mattiessen
XCL  204412
UREF
PNO  5250171
ISD  19931000
NAM  Warburton et al.
OCL  204431
UREF
PNO  5281324
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kiesele et al.
XCL  204412
UREF
PNO  5302274
ISD  19940400
NAM  Tomantschger et al.
OCL  204412
UREF
PNO  5314605
ISD  19940500
NAM  Matthiessen
XCL  204412
UREF
PNO  5331310
ISD  19940700
NAM  Stetter et al.
OCL  340632
UREF
PNO  5336390
ISD  19940800
NAM  Busack et al.
OCL  204431
UREF
PNO  5573648
ISD  19961100
NAM  Shen et al.
OCL  204412
FREF
PNO  0298570
ISD  19890100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0762116
ISD  19970300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4025635
ISD  19910200
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Japanese Patent Abstract No. 62218852, dated Sep. 26, 1987.
PAL  Japanese Patent Abstract No. 4134234, dated May 8, 1992.
PAL  Blurton et al., "Controlled-Potential Electrochemical Analysis of Carbon
      Monoxide," American Laboratory, Jul. 1974, 5 pages.
PAL  Bay et al., "Electrochemical Technique for the Measurement of Carbon
      Monoxide," Analytical Chemistry, vol. 46, Oct. 1974, pp. 1837-1839.
LREP
FRM  Marshall, O'Toole, Gerstein, Murray & Borun
ABST
PAL  A gas sensor assembly having a first housing portion having a receptacle
      formed therein and a second housing portion in the form of a cover. A
      gas-sensing agent is disposed in the receptacle, and a working electrode,
      a counter electrode, and a reference electrode provided on a single
      electrode support sheet are disposed in fluid contact with the gas-sensing
      agent. The first housing portion is provided with three conductive housing
      portions which are in electrical contact with the three electrodes, and
      the cover maintains pressurized contact between the three conductive
      housing portions and the three corresponding electrodes. The gas sensor
      may be provided with two different types of leakage detectors to sense
      leakage of the gas-sensing agent from the sensor.
PATN
WKU  059879661
SRC  8
APN  4940784
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19950623
TTL  Device for measuring the quantity of coal in a ball grinder
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Amrozowicz; Paul D.
EXP  Dombroske; George
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Fontanille; Daniel
CTY  Hermeray
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Barbot; Jacques
CTY  Clamart
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  GEC Alsthom Stein Industrie
CTY  Velizy-Villacoublay
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19940624
APN  94 07807
CLAS
OCL   73 32A
XCL   73628
XCL   73649
EDF  6
ICL  G01N  900
FSC   73
FSS  624;630;632;597;32 A;628;649
UREF
PNO  3834233
ISD  19740900
NAM  Willis et al.
OCL   73290V
UREF
PNO  3925850
ISD  19751200
NAM  Lytton
XCL   73160
UREF
PNO  3984895
ISD  19761000
NAM  Grice, Jr.
OCL   73 32A
UREF
PNO  4212201
ISD  19800700
NAM  Hirsch et al.
OCL   73290V
UREF
PNO  4399701
ISD  19830800
NAM  Dunlop
OCL   73579
UREF
PNO  4412188
ISD  19831000
NAM  Zetting et al.
OCL  340558
UREF
PNO  4624129
ISD  19861100
NAM  Haynes
UREF
PNO  4909449
ISD  19900300
NAM  Etheridge
XCL   73290V
UREF
PNO  4930511
ISD  19900600
NAM  Rossman et al.
OCL  128661.03
UREF
PNO  5105661
ISD  19920400
NAM  Sekita et al.
OCL   73290V
UREF
PNO  5280724
ISD  19940100
NAM  Higo et al.
OCL   73624
FREF
PNO  WO 90/10849
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
OCL   73290V
FREF
PNO  3412615A1
ISD  19851000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4023179A1
ISD  19910100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2054146
ISD  19810200
CNT  GBX
OCL   73628
FREF
PNO  2160974
ISD  19860100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A device for continuously measuring the quantity of coal inside a ball
      grinder including an ultrasound wave or electromagnetic wave emitter and a
      wave receiver. The emitter and the receiver are disposed so that the wave
      passes through at least part of the interior of the grinder. The receiver
      is associated with an electronic circuit for deducing the quantity of coal
      by comparing the signal received with data obtained from previous
      calibration measurements.
PATN
WKU  059879670
SRC  9
APN  1279076
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980803
TTL  Main-shaft malfunction-state detector in an air bearing type machine tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Noori; Max
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Shiozaki; Masahito
CTY  Shizuoka-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Momochi; Takeshi
CTY  Numazu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujie; Hideo
CTY  Shizuoka-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagashima; Kazuo
CTY  Shizuoka-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toshiba Kikai Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  837724
APD  19970422
PSC  01
PNO  5877408
CLAS
OCL   73 375
XCL   7386268
EDF  6
ICL  G01B 1308
FSC   73
FSS  37.5;37.6;593;600;9;862.381;862.68
FSC  324
FSS  662
UREF
PNO  4423635
ISD  19840100
NAM  Senicourt et al.
OCL   73593
UREF
PNO  4433571
ISD  19840200
NAM  Snow, Jr.
OCL   73 37.5
UREF
PNO  4977777
ISD  19901200
NAM  Bieg
OCL   73 37.5
UREF
PNO  5174039
ISD  19921200
NAM  Murai
OCL   73 37.5
UREF
PNO  5311763
ISD  19940500
NAM  Gibbs, Jr. et al.
OCL   73  9
FREF
PNO  09257037
ISD  19970900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A main-shaft malfunction-state detector in an air bearing type machine
      tool, in which an abnormal contact of a main shaft with a housing is
      reliably and automatically detected. The contacting state of the main
      shaft 11 and the housing 13 is detected through the presence of electric
      conductivity by a contact detection means 31. A contact decision means 32
      determines the contact of the main shaft 11 with the housing 13 based on
      the detected conductivity, thus automatic and certain preventative
      measures, such as the main shaft of the machine tool stops and so on, are
      based on the above decision.
PATN
WKU  059879688
SRC  9
APN  037783&
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980310
TTL  Automotive evaporative emission leak detection system module
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Brock; Michael
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Cook; John
CTY  Chatham
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Weldon; Craig A.
CTY  Chatham
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Perry; Paul D.
CTY  Chatham
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Rasokas; Raymond
CTY  Thamesville
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Canada Limited
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   73 497
XCL   731181
XCL  123520
EDF  6
ICL  G01M  320
ICL  F02M 3704
FSC   73
FSS  49.7;40.5 R;40;118.1
FSC  123
FSS  518;519;520;521
UREF
PNO  5383437
ISD  19950100
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL  123520
UREF
PNO  5474050
ISD  19951200
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL  123520
UREF
PNO  5606121
ISD  19970200
NAM  Blomquist et al.
OCL   73118.1
UREF
PNO  5641899
ISD  19970600
NAM  Blomquist et al.
OCL   73118.1
UREF
PNO  5817925
ISD  19981000
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL  783 40
ABST
PAL  A module for an on-board evaporative emission leak detection system that
      detects leakage from an evaporative emission space of a fuel system of an
      automotive vehicle. A housing provides an inlet port, an outlet port, and
      a flow path between the inlet port and the outlet port. An
      electric-motor-operated impeller pump causes flow in one direction along
      the flow path when in a pumping mode of operation. The pump is open to
      flow in both the one direction and an opposite direction when in a
      non-pumping mode. A solenoid-operated valve is disposed in the flow path
      to block flow through the flow path when in a blocking mode and to pass
      flow through the flow path when in a passing mode. A pressure switch is
      exposed to the flow path at the outlet port. A lead frame assembly
      provides respective electric circuit connections to the motor, solenoid,
      and pressure switch.
PATN
WKU  059879696
SRC  9
APN  0305618
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980225
TTL  Apparatus and method for determining dynamic stability of emulsions
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Thuy Vinh
EXP  Williams; Hezron
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Joseph; Daniel D.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  McGrath; Geoffrey
CTY  Caracas
CNT  VEX
INVT
NAM  Nunez; Gustavo
CTY  Caracas
CNT  VEX
INVT
NAM  Ortega; Pedro J
CTY  Los Teques Edo Miranda
CNT  VEX
ASSG
NAM  Intevep, S.A.
CTY  Caracas
CNT  VEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   73 5301
XCL   73 5439
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 1100
FSC   73
FSS  53.01;54.02;54.39;61.41;61.43;61.44;61.47;53.02;60.11
UREF
PNO  4618348
ISD  19861000
NAM  Hayes et al.
OCL   44 51
UREF
PNO  5042292
ISD  19910800
NAM  Plint et al.
OCL   73 60
UREF
PNO  5319958
ISD  19940600
NAM  Date et al.
OCL   73 53.01
LREP
FRM  Bachman & LaPointe, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for characterizing dynamic stability of an emulsion includes a
      test vessel, a gap within the test vessel defined between a stationary
      surface and a moving surface; and an inlet for feeding an emulsion through
      the gap within the test vessel, whereby dynamic stability of the emulsion
      can be characterized based upon cycles of flow through the test vessel.
      Methods for characterizing dynamic stability are also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059879700
SRC  9
APN  1319477
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980810
TTL  Rotational viscosity measurement apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Wiggins; J. David
EXP  Williams; Hezron
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Ball; Dean M.
CTY  Gainesville
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Cannon Instrument Company
CTY  State College
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   73 5428
XCL   73 5434
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 1114
ICL  G01N 3348
ICL  H01J  516
FSC   73
FSS  54.28;54.33;54.34;54.38
UREF
PNO  1192861
ISD  19160800
NAM  Carmichael et al.
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  1236706
ISD  19170800
NAM  Grosvenor
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  1281042
ISD  19181000
NAM  MacMichael
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  1334856
ISD  19200300
NAM  Hayes et al.
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  1817739
ISD  19310800
NAM  Dintilhac
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  1930629
ISD  19331000
NAM  Stephens
OCL  265 11
UREF
PNO  2239726
ISD  19410400
NAM  Martin
OCL  265 11
UREF
PNO  2354299
ISD  19440700
NAM  Bays
OCL  265 11
UREF
PNO  2382979
ISD  19450800
NAM  Demb
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  2638779
ISD  19530500
NAM  Wilson
OCL   73 57
UREF
PNO  2657572
ISD  19531100
NAM  Fann
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  2713790
ISD  19550700
NAM  Barber et al.
OCL   73 60
UREF
PNO  2977790
ISD  19610400
NAM  Dubsky et al.
OCL   73 60
UREF
PNO  3126735
ISD  19640300
NAM  Vogtle et al.
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  3162038
ISD  19641200
NAM  Roberson et al.
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  3212319
ISD  19651000
NAM  Levy et al.
OCL   73 15.4
UREF
PNO  3465575
ISD  19690900
NAM  Kepes
OCL   73 60
UREF
PNO  3545257
ISD  19701200
NAM  Zemp et al.
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  3667286
ISD  19720600
NAM  Kaufman et al.
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  3722262
ISD  19730300
NAM  Gilinson, Jr. et al.
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  3803903
ISD  19740400
NAM  Lin
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  3875791
ISD  19750400
NAM  Fitzgerald et al.
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  3935726
ISD  19760200
NAM  Heinz
OCL   73 60
UREF
PNO  3935729
ISD  19760200
NAM  McCarthy
OCL   73 60
UREF
PNO  3939690
ISD  19760200
NAM  Kuss et al.
OCL   73  9
UREF
PNO  4045999
ISD  19770900
NAM  Palmer
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  4077252
ISD  19780300
NAM  Stutz et al.
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  4175425
ISD  19791100
NAM  Brookfield
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  4181023
ISD  19800100
NAM  Clamroth et al.
OCL   73432R
UREF
PNO  4352287
ISD  19821000
NAM  Orth et al.
OCL   73 60
UREF
PNO  4488427
ISD  19841200
NAM  Matusik et al.
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  4566181
ISD  19860100
NAM  Matusik et al.
OCL   29602R
UREF
PNO  4726220
ISD  19880200
NAM  Feier et al.
OCL   73 59
UREF
PNO  5120951
ISD  19920600
NAM  Small
OCL  250227.21
UREF
PNO  5167143
ISD  19921200
NAM  Brookfield
OCL   73 54.23
UREF
PNO  5187975
ISD  19930200
NAM  Chiba et al.
OCL   73 54.01
UREF
PNO  5269174
ISD  19931200
NAM  Chiba et al.
OCL   73 54.01
UREF
PNO  5365777
ISD  19941100
NAM  Layton
OCL   73 54.28
UREF
PNO  5483840
ISD  19960100
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL   73861.71
UREF
PNO  5503003
ISD  19960400
NAM  Brookfield
OCL   73 54.32
UREF
PNO  5513517
ISD  19960500
NAM  Van Meter et al.
OCL   73 54.28
UREF
PNO  5531102
ISD  19960700
NAM  Brookfield et al.
OCL   73 54.32
UREF
PNO  5535619
ISD  19960700
NAM  Brookfield
OCL   73 54.33
UREF
PNO  5763766
ISD  19980600
NAM  Robinson
OCL   73 54.33
UREF
PNO  B14448061
ISD  19951100
NAM  Brookfield
OCL   73 54.33
FREF
PNO  711446
ISD  19411000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  404054435
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  433381
ISD  19740600
CNT  RUX
FREF
PNO  0851190
ISD  19810700
CNT  RUX
FREF
PNO  1224674
ISD  19860400
CNT  RUX
FREF
PNO  1627919
ISD  19910200
CNT  RUX
FREF
PNO  684935
ISD  19521200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Seidel, Gonda, Lavorgna & Monaco, PC
ABST
PAL  A rotational viscometer is disclosed for measuring the viscosity of a
      rotating fluid. The viscometer includes a measurement disk that is
      positioned within the rotating fluid and is interconnected via a shaft
      with a measurement arm mounted within a housing. A light source is mounted
      within the housing and emits a beam of light onto one or more light
      receivers. The light receivers provide an output signal that is a function
      of the amount of light received. An end of the measurement arm is movably
      disposed between the light source and the light receivers. Pivoting of the
      measurement arm controls the amount of light received by the light
      receivers. A signal processor receives the output signals from the light
      receivers and determines a restorative signal therefrom. The restorative
      signal is provided to a balance coil which is located adjacent a permanent
      magnet. The balance coil generates an electromagnetic field as a, function
      of the restorative signal. An adjustment shaft has one end engaged with
      the balance coil and the other end attached to the measurement arm. The
      generation of an electromagnetic field in the balance coil causes the
      adjustment shaft to translate resulting in pivoting of the measurement arm
      about its center of rotation in an opposite direction from its initial
      displacement. An output device receives the restorative signal and
      determines the viscosity of the fluid therefrom.
PATN
WKU  059879718
SRC  9
APN  2267292
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19990107
TTL  Interlock for a storage tank used in containing a respirable liquid
      cryogen
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Chapman; John E.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Sahm; Michael K.
CTY  Annendale
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Wardle; David G.
CTY  Bridgewater
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  The BOC Group, Inc.
CTY  New Providence
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  879230
APD  19970619
CLAS
OCL   73 6151
XCL   62 491
XCL   62 507
XCL   73453
EDF  6
ICL  G01N  910
ICL  F17C 1302
FSC   73
FSS  453;32 R;61.51;61.44
FSC   62
FSS  49.1;49.2;50.7
FSC  137
FSS  467.5;487.5
UREF
PNO  2460503
ISD  19490200
NAM  Howe
OCL   73453
UREF
PNO  2688868
ISD  19540900
NAM  Elkins
OCL   73453
UREF
PNO  3933030
ISD  19760100
NAM  Forster et al.
OCL   73 32R
UREF
PNO  3964317
ISD  19760600
NAM  Blanchard
OCL   73453
UREF
PNO  4062223
ISD  19771200
NAM  Lamphere et al.
OCL   62 49.2
LREP
FR2  Rosenblum; David M.
FR2  Pace; Salvatore P.
ABST
PAL  An sensor for sensing buoyancy force within a liquid mixture stored within
      a storage tank and an interlock employing the sensor to prevent a
      respirable cryogenic mixture from being dispensed from the storage tank
      with an unsafe oxygen content. The sensor has a float adapted to be
      submerged in the liquid mixture, thereby to exert a buoyancy force
      referable to the density. The buoyancy force is sensed by a load cell
      connected to an elongated base element cantilevered from the outlet by a
      bracket. The mounting of such sensor ensures that the buoyancy force and
      therefore, the density of the liquid as dispensed will be measured as
      opposed to liquid density at some other location of the tank. Such sensor
      can serve in an interlock in which a controller responsive to the load
      cell and a temperature sensor, also located within the outlet, controls a
      valve to close the outlet when the mixture has an unsafe oxygen level.
PATN
WKU  059879726
SRC  9
APN  0471186
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980324
TTL  Method for detection of solid particles in fluid and particle sensor
      used in said method
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Larkin; Daniel S.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hirota; Toshikazu
CTY  Kuwana
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shibata; Kazuyoshi
CTY  Mizunami
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yajima; Yasuhito
CTY  Haguri-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NGK Insulators, Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970820
APN  9-223533
CLAS
OCL   73 6175
XCL   73 6149
XCL  310338
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 1506
ICL  G01N 2902
FSC   73
FSS  24.01;24.03;24.06;28.01;53.01;53.05;53.07;61.41;61.42;61.49;61.71;61.75
     ;61.79
FSC  310
FSS  338
UREF
PNO  5698931
ISD  19971200
NAM  Shibata et al.
OCL  310338
UREF
PNO  5747671
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hirota et al.
OCL   73 61.75
UREF
PNO  5825119
ISD  19981000
NAM  Shibata et al.
OCL  310338
UREF
PNO  5877411
ISD  19990300
NAM  Namerikawa et al.
XCL   73 61.49
FREF
PNO  7-301594
ISD  19951100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Wall, Marjama, Bilinski & Burr
ABST
PAL  A method for detecting the solid particles contained in a fluid, by the use
      of a particle sensor having a flow path of a fluid, having a fluid inlet
      and a fluid outlet, and a sensor element provided in the flow path, which
      comprises (a) a vibrating section having such a mass that is sensitive to
      the collision of solid particles contained in the fluid, with the
      vibrating section and (b) a detecting section for detecting the vibration
      of the vibrating section caused by the collision and converting the
      vibration to electric signals. The method includes steps of: passing a
      fluid to be examined, through the particle sensor, selectively detecting,
      from the electric signals outputted from the particle sensor, an electric
      signal portion having particular frequencies ranging from 1/50 to 10 times
      the primary resonance frequency of the sensor element, measuring the
      maximum amplitude of the electric signal portion, comparing the maximum
      amplitude measured above, with a given value predetermined with the
      particle sensor based on (1) the maximum amplitude of a portion of the
      electric signals caused by the collision of solid particles contained in a
      fluid, having the above particular frequencies and (2) the maximum
      amplitude of a portion of the electric signals caused by the turbulent
      flow of the same fluid containing no solid particles, having the above
      particular frequencies, and judging, depending upon the result of the
      above comparison, whether or not the electric signals outputted from the
      particle sensor with the fluid to be examined have been caused by the
      collision of solid particles with the particle sensor.
PATN
WKU  059879734
SRC  8
APN  8933219
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970716
TTL  Rotation detecting device of an engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  McCall; Eric S.
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Fujii; Noriaki
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kosuge; Mamoru
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Satoh; Taketoshi
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960724
APN  8-194917
RLAP
COD  72
APN  838081
APD  19970415
CLAS
OCL   73116
XCL  123617
EDF  6
ICL  G01M 1500
FSC   73
FSS  116;117.3;119 R
FSC  123
FSS  90.16;90.17;612;617;414
UREF
PNO  5182943
ISD  19930200
NAM  Fukui et al.
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  5293776
ISD  19940300
NAM  Takegami et al.
OCL   73119R
UREF
PNO  5333577
ISD  19940800
NAM  Shinojima
OCL  123 90.17
UREF
PNO  5463898
ISD  19951100
NAM  Blander et al.
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  5497737
ISD  19960300
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  123 90.16
UREF
PNO  5623897
ISD  19970400
NAM  Hampton et al.
OCL  123 90.16
UREF
PNO  5627464
ISD  19970500
NAM  Shinjo et al.
OCL  123617
UREF
PNO  5769044
ISD  19980600
NAM  Moriya
OCL  123 90.17
FREF
PNO  62-96860
ISD  19870600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-26566
ISD  19870800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Carrier, Blackman & Associates, P.C.
FR2  Carrier; Joseph P.
FR2  Blackman; William D.
ABST
PAL  On the upper portion of a cylinder head 1 of an engine mounted on a vehicle
      body in such a way that a crankshaft faces in the lateral direction of the
      body, a head cover 36 is supported in a floating state through an elastic
      member 14 and a rubber bush 52. A pair of TDC sensors 37i and 37e for
      detecting the rotational positions of engine camshafts 6i and 6e, are
      attached from the outside to the front surface and to the rear portion of
      the upper surface of the head cover 36 with bolts 38 respectively in such
      a way as not to interfere with a bonnet 39 of the body descending forward.
      Consequently, while ensuring the maintainability of the TDC sensors 37i
      and 37e of the engine, the TDC sensors 37i and 37e can compactly be
      attached to the engine.
PATN
WKU  059879742
SRC  9
APN  0068527
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980114
TTL  Portable cylinder contribution tester for a vehicle which includes a
      diesel engine which is controlled by an electronic circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Dombroske; G.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Lewis; John Joseph
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hart; Glen Thomas
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Mission Valley Ford Truck Sales, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   73116
EDF  6
ICL  G01M 1500
FSC  701
FSS  101;110;111
FSC   73
FSS  116;117.2;117.3;118.1
UREF
PNO  1414734
ISD  19220500
NAM  Giovannoni
OCL  324384
UREF
PNO  1450896
ISD  19230400
NAM  Pache
OCL  324384
UREF
PNO  1617617
ISD  19270200
NAM  Doody
OCL  324397
UREF
PNO  1632166
ISD  19270600
NAM  Bourcier
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  2477618
ISD  19490800
NAM  Kasper et al.
OCL  324384
UREF
PNO  3356935
ISD  19671200
NAM  Morgan
OCL  324383
UREF
PNO  3499322
ISD  19700300
NAM  Pelta et al.
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  3583217
ISD  19710600
NAM  Howes
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  3788129
ISD  19740100
NAM  Trussell
OCL  324378
UREF
PNO  3940977
ISD  19760300
NAM  Voross et al.
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  3964301
ISD  19760600
NAM  Hanson et al.
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  4325128
ISD  19820400
NAM  Abnett et al.
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  5119783
ISD  19920600
NAM  Komurasaki
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5481461
ISD  19960100
NAM  Miyamoto et al.
OCL  701101
UREF
PNO  5710375
ISD  19980100
NAM  Roger
OCL   73117.3
LREP
FRM  Sawyer & Associates
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a portable cylinder contribution tester for
      an electronic diesel engine, the diesel engine including a plurality of
      cylinders. The tester comprises a plurality of switches, each of the
      plurality of switches coupled to and for controlling one of the plurality
      of cylinders and a case for mounting the plurality of switches. When an
      abnormal diesel engine operation is detected each of the plurality of
      switches can be activated. When one of the plurality of switches is
      activated and the diesel engine does not decrease in performance it is
      indicated that the associated cylinder is malfunctioning. Existing test
      equipment for most electronic diesel engines is PC based and available to
      franchised dealers only, as well as not being portable for drive testing.
      Through the use of a cylinder contribution tester in accordance with the
      present invention, these type of repairs could be available to many
      independently owned non-franchised facilities. A cylinder contribution
      tester in accordance with the present invention is electromechanical,
      stand alone, self contained, and portable on the vehicle for driver
      testing.
PATN
WKU  059879750
SRC  8
APN  9936653
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19971218
TTL  Machine lubrication system monitor
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  McCall; Eric S.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Rafei; Iraj
STR  5706 SW. Hamilton
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
ZIP  97221
CLAS
OCL   731172
XCL  123196S
EDF  6
ICL  G01M 1500
FSC   73
FSS  116;117.2;117.3;118.1;204.19;204.23;861.02;861.03
FSC  123
FSS  196 AB;196 S
FSC  392
FSS  480;481;485
UREF
PNO  4497200
ISD  19850200
NAM  Tournier
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  4677847
ISD  19870700
NAM  Sawatari et al.
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  4796204
ISD  19890100
NAM  Inoue
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  4839831
ISD  19890600
NAM  Imajo et al.
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5107246
ISD  19920400
NAM  Mogaki
OCL   73118.1
UREF
PNO  5319963
ISD  19940600
NAM  Benford
OCL   73118.1
UREF
PNO  5646341
ISD  19970700
NAM  Schricker et al.
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5795998
ISD  19980800
NAM  Smith
OCL   73118.1
UREF
PNO  5831154
ISD  19981100
NAM  Guertler et al.
OCL   73116
LREP
FR2  Cushing; Keith A.
ABST
PAL  A machine lubrication system monitor collects lubricant pressure, flow
      rate, and temperature information and calculates as a function thereof a
      substantially constant magnitude signal representing normal machine
      operation. Deviation therefrom indicates abnormal and potentially damaging
      machine operation. As a result, variation in lubricating oil viscosity,
      excess operating temperature, or change in oil flow path, e.g. leakage, in
      a pressurized lubricating fluid supply may be detected and machine damage
      avoided.
PATN
WKU  059879769
SRC  9
APN  041557&
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980312
TTL  Method for determining the condition of engine oil based on TBN modeling
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  McCall; Eric S.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Sarangapani; Jagannathan
CTY  Peoria
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Caterpillar Inc.
CTY  Peoria
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   731172
XCL   73113
XCL  340438
XCL  3404503
XCL  3404574
XCL  701  1
XCL  701123
EDF  6
ICL  F01M 1110
FSC   73
FSS  113;116;117.2;117.3
FSC  340
FSS  438;450.3;457.4
FSC  701
FSS  1;123
UREF
PNO  4506337
ISD  19850300
NAM  Yasuhara
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  4706193
ISD  19871100
NAM  Imajo et al.
OCL  364424
UREF
PNO  4796204
ISD  19890100
NAM  Inoue
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  4862393
ISD  19890800
NAM  Reid et al.
OCL  364550
UREF
PNO  5043697
ISD  19910800
NAM  Ayabe et al.
OCL  340457.4
UREF
PNO  5382942
ISD  19950100
NAM  Raffa et al.
OCL  340457.4
UREF
PNO  5523692
ISD  19960600
NAM  Kuroyanagi et al.
OCL  324438
UREF
PNO  5750887
ISD  19980500
NAM  Schricker
OCL   73117.3
OREF
PAL  ASN 8/749,603 filed Nov. 18, 1996 (Docket No. 95-401) David R. Schricker.
PAL  ASN 8/961,445 filed Oct. 30, 1997 (Docket No. 97-503) Jagannathan
      Sarangapani, et al.
PAL  SAE Paper--1987 #870403 Development of an Automatic Engine Oil-Change
      Indicator System (Feb. 23-27, 1987).
LREP
FR2  Lundquist; Steve D.
ABST
PAL  A method for monitoring the condition of oil in an engine is disclosed
      which includes the steps of determining a plurality of parameters,
      determining a fuel injection model, determining the area of the cylinder
      walls that is coated with fuel, and responsively determining a total base
      number (TBN) model. The TBN determined from the model may be trended over
      time to predict the useful life of the oil.
PATN
WKU  059879777
SRC  8
APN  6856462
APT  1
ART  168
APD  19960724
TTL  Device for determining an abnormal degree of deterioration of a catalyst
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Parkin; J. S.
EXP  Scheiner; Laurie
NDR  16
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Hanafusa; Toru
CTY  Susono
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohashi; Michihiro
CTY  Mishima
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950726
APN  7-190803
CLAS
OCL   731181
XCL   731182
EDF  6
ICL  G01M 1900
FSC   60
FSS  277;274;276;285
UREF
PNO  5303548
ISD  19940400
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL   60277
UREF
PNO  5431011
ISD  19950700
NAM  Casarella et al.
OCL   60274
UREF
PNO  5591905
ISD  19970100
NAM  Fujimoto et al.
OCL   73118.1
FREF
PNO  0 492 165 A2
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 095, No. 004, May 31, 1995, Publication No.
      07026944 dated Jan. 27, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A device for determining the abnormal degree of deterioration of catalyst
      of a catalytic converter arranged in an internal combustion engine exhaust
      system is disclosed. The device comprises ability value grasping means for
      grasping an ability value in relation with a current purification ability
      of the catalyst and varying amount grasping means for grasping a varying
      amount of the ability value grasped by the ability value grasping means.
      It is determined that the degree of deterioration of the catalyst is
      abnormal when the varying amount grasped by the varying amount grasping
      means is smaller than a predetermined value.
PATN
WKU  059879785
SRC  9
APN  0392375
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980316
TTL  Apparatus for testing tire tread depth
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Felber; Joseph L.
NDR  10
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Whitehead; Mark
CTY  Northwich
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Assembly Technology & Test Ltd.
CTY  Buckingham
CNT  GBX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   73146
EDF  6
ICL  G01M 1702
FSC   73
FSS  146
UREF
PNO  3918816
ISD  19751100
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL   73146
UREF
PNO  4095464
ISD  19780600
NAM  Breedijk
UREF
PNO  5801304
ISD  19980900
NAM  Cantu et al.
OCL   73146
FREF
PNO  0 440 418
ISD  19910800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 536 705
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 547 365
ISD  19930600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  96/10727
ISD  19960400
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Dickstein Shapiro Morin & Oshinsky LLP
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for determining the depth of a tire tread includes a radiation
      source for illuminating the tread of a tire, the direction of the
      illumination being non-normal with respect to the local surface of a
      portion of a tire under inspection, at least one detector responsive to
      radiation reflected from the tire, and a data processor responsive to the
      at least one detector for calculating the tread depth. In one embodiment,
      differences in displacement between radiation reflected from the top
      surface of a tread and radiation reflected from the bottom surface of a
      tread are measured to determine tread depth. In a second embodiment, the
      shadow cast by the top surface of the tread over the bottom surface of the
      tread is measured to determine tread depth. A third embodiment employs a
      sheet of radiation with varying wavelength to determine the tread depth.
PATN
WKU  059879793
SRC  9
APN  2013266
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19981130
TTL  Method and apparatus for detecting railtrack failures by comparing data
      from a plurality of railcars
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  16
EXP  Felber; Joseph L.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Bryan; Michael A.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Cairo Systems, Inc.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  829771
APD  19970331
CLAS
OCL   73146
XCL   33  1Q
XCL   33651
EDF  6
ICL  B61K  900
FSC   73
FSS  146
FSC   33
FSS  1 Q;651
UREF
PNO  3775859
ISD  19731200
NAM  Sauterel
OCL   33338
UREF
PNO  3940597
ISD  19760200
NAM  DiMatteo
OCL  235150.2
UREF
PNO  4027840
ISD  19770600
NAM  Blair
OCL  246122R
UREF
PNO  4071282
ISD  19780100
NAM  Callahan et al.
OCL  303106
UREF
PNO  4361301
ISD  19821100
NAM  Rush
OCL  246 34R
UREF
PNO  4531300
ISD  19850700
NAM  Heidel et al.
OCL   33366
UREF
PNO  4599620
ISD  19860700
NAM  Evans
OCL  343357
UREF
PNO  4711418
ISD  19871200
NAM  Aver, Jr. et al.
OCL  246  5
UREF
PNO  4741207
ISD  19880500
NAM  Spangler
OCL   73146
UREF
PNO  4768740
ISD  19880900
NAM  Corrie
OCL  246  2S
UREF
PNO  4894662
ISD  19900100
NAM  Counselman
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  4903212
ISD  19900200
NAM  Yokouchi et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  4924402
ISD  19900500
NAM  Ando et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  4989151
ISD  19910100
NAM  Nuimura
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5129605
ISD  19920700
NAM  Burns et al.
OCL  246  5
UREF
PNO  5225842
ISD  19930700
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5247338
ISD  19930900
NAM  Danneskiold-Samsoe et al.
OCL  356  1
UREF
PNO  5341683
ISD  19940800
NAM  Searle
OCL   73597
UREF
PNO  5344105
ISD  19940900
NAM  Youhanaie
OCL  244  3.14
UREF
PNO  5386727
ISD  19950200
NAM  Searle
OCL   73602
UREF
PNO  5433111
ISD  19950700
NAM  Hershey et al.
OCL   73593
UREF
PNO  5475597
ISD  19951200
NAM  Buck
OCL  364443
UREF
PNO  5488558
ISD  19960100
NAM  Ohki
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5491486
ISD  19960200
NAM  Welles, II et al.
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5579013
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hershey et al.
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5610815
ISD  19970300
NAM  Gudat et al.
OCL  364424.027
UREF
PNO  5627508
ISD  19970500
NAM  Cooper et al.
OCL  340425.5
UREF
PNO  5719771
ISD  19980200
NAM  Bock et al.
OCL  364443
UREF
PNO  5721685
ISD  19980200
NAM  Holland et al.
OCL  364449.1
UREF
PNO  5731997
ISD  19980300
NAM  Manson et al.
OCL  364559
OREF
PAL  Vantuono, W., "Mapping New roles for GIS", Simmons-Boardman Publishing
      Corp. (1995), 5 pages.
PAL  Desai, C.S., et al., "Constitutive modeling for materials in track support
      structures" Transportation Research Record (1988) 939:10-18.
PAL  Dialog File 63:TRIS Abstract of Marowski, G., "Analysis of the mathematical
      model of the railway track bed" Rail International (1978) 9(6):397-431.
PAL  Graf et al., "Locating railroad rack bed subsurface defects utilizing
      nondestructive remote sensing technologies" SPIE (1994) 2245:188-195.
PAL  Hayre, H.S., "Automated railroad track inspection" IEEE Transactions on
      Industry Applications (1974) IA-10(3):380-384.
PAL  Huang, Y.H., et al., "Hot-mix asphalt railroad trackbeds" Transportation
      Research Record (1986) 1095:102-110.
PAL  Jirsak, Z., "Vertical effects of vehicles on the bed" DET Eisenbahntechnik
      (1977) 25(4):166-169. An English abstract from Dialog File 63:TRIS is
      attached.
PAL  Lancaster, T., "Erosion and sediment control in a light railway system"
      Public Works (1993) 124(7):60.
PAL  Product brochure for Trimble PC Vtrak.TM. Vehicle Tracking Software,
      Vehicle Tracking & Communications Products, 645 North Mary Avenue, Post
      Office Box 3642, Sunnyvale, CA 94088, 2 pages total.
PAL  Product brochure for Series 0711 and Series 0713 Proportional Non-linear
      sensor, The Fredericks Company, 2400 Philmont Avenue, P.O. Box 67,
      Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006, 2 pages total.
PAL  Product brochure for Endevco Model 7290A Variable Capacitance
      Accelerometer, Endevco Corporation, 30700 Rancho Viejo Road, San Juan
      Capistrano, CA, 92675, 1 page total.
PAL  Product brochure for Placer.TM. GPS 300 Compact 6-Channel GPS Sensor &
      Antenna, Vehicle Tracking Products Division, 645 North Mary Avenue, Post
      Office Box 3642, Sunnyvale, CA 94088, 2 pages total.
PAL  Product brochure for SVeeSix Series 6-Channel GPS Receivers, OEM Sales, 645
      North Mary Avenue, Post Office Box 3642, Sunnyvale, CA 94088, 2 pages
      total.
PAL  Profillidis, V.A., et al., "Elastoplastic study of the behavior of a
      railway track and its bed using the method of finite elements" Bulletin de
      Liaison des Laboratories des Ponts et Chaussees (1986) 141:18-19. An
      English abstract from Dialog File 8:Ei Compendex Plus is attached.
PAL  Profillidis, V.A., "Three-dimensional elasto-plastic finite element
      analysis for track end structures" Civil Engineering for Practicing and
      Design Engineers (1985) 4(9):685-701.
PAL  Profillidis, V.A., "Applications of finite element analysis in the rational
      design of track bed structures" Computers and Structures (1986)
      22(3):439-443.
PAL  Weil, G.J., "Non-destructive, remote sensing technologies for locating
      subsurface anomalies on railroad track beds" Proceedings of the
      International Society for Optical Engineering (1995) 2458:74-81.
PAL  Xuejun, D. "Computer analysis of stresses and strains in railway track
      structures" Proceedings of the Second International Conference on
      Computing and Civil Engineering (1985) Science Press, Beijing, China,
      Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 834-844.
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A technique for monitoring anomalies in a railway system 400 to predict a
      future track behavior. The technique uses a motion sensor 207, 209
      operably coupled to a chassis of a rail car 101 to detect a possibility of
      an event which may correspond to an anomaly in the railway system. A
      global positioning sensor (GPS) 213 operably coupled to the chassis
      detects a geographical location of the rail car 101 at a time
      corresponding to the event, which correlates the anomaly to the
      geographical location and the time. The technique also uses a processor
      301 operably coupled to the motion sensor 207, 209 to direct a signal
      corresponding to the event and a recorder 215 operably coupled to the
      processor 301 to log the signal which may correspond to the anomaly and
      the geographical location of the rail car corresponding to the event. A
      central station 104 tracks and analyzes the anomaly over time to predict a
      possible defect in the railway system using a record of the events over
      time.
PATN
WKU  059879807
SRC  8
APN  9132872
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970825
TTL  In situ tire valve assembly employing short valve element as antenna
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Felber; Joseph L.
NDR  10
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Mangafas; Nicholas
STR  8 Canal Road.
CTY  St Peters New South Wales 2044
CNT  AUX
INVT
NAM  Cohen; Phillip Albert
STR  8 Adair Place.
CTY  Killara New South Wales 2071
CNT  AUX
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19950223
APN  PN1337
CLAS
OCL   731468
XCL   731464
XCL  340447
EDF  6
ICL  B60C 2304
FSC   73
FSS  146.3;146.4;146.5;146.8
FSC  340
FSS  447;451;626
UREF
PNO  4037192
ISD  19770700
NAM  Cowit
UREF
PNO  4074227
ISD  19780200
NAM  Kalmus
UREF
PNO  4308520
ISD  19811200
NAM  Darlington
UREF
PNO  4686855
ISD  19870800
NAM  Smith
OCL   73146.8
UREF
PNO  4998092
ISD  19910300
NAM  Ohno et al.
XCL   73146.8
FREF
PNO  7350281
ISD  19810700
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  2915272
ISD  19801000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3150864
ISD  19820700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3931830
ISD  19900300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3930480
ISD  19910300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3930479
ISD  19910300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4242861
ISD  19940600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4303583
ISD  19940800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4303591
ISD  19940800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1359536
ISD  19740700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AU96/00099
PD1  19970825
PD2  19970825
PD3  19960223
PCP  WO96/26076
PCD  19960829
ABST
PAR  A tire valve element assembly comprises a pressure sensing and transponder
      arrangement. The arrangement is mounted on a short valve element so as to
      extend axially from the short valve element and is sized to slidably fit
      within and be removable from a valve stem of a tire. The tire valve
      element assembly is adapted to be connected via an electrically conducting
      receptacle within the stem, so as to be a direct substitution for an
      existing in situ valve element in the tire valve stem. The arrangement is
      in fluid contact with the interior of the tire to sense the pressure
      within the tire when the short valve element is in situ. The arrangement,
      when in situ, is electrically connected to a conductive portion of the
      valve element via the receptacle to facilitate an antenna system for radio
      frequency communication with the arrangement.
PATN
WKU  059879815
SRC  8
APN  9219137
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970902
TTL  Method for momentarily identifying a gas or liquid flow, and device for
      carry out the method
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Thompson; Jewel V.
EXP  Chilcot; Richard
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Boer; Hendrik Jan
CTY  Lochem
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Berkin B.V.
CTY  Ruurlo
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19960609
APN  1003973
CLAS
OCL   732025
EDF  6
ICL  G01F  168
FSC   73
FSS  861.41;200;204.26;202;204.21;202.5
UREF
PNO  3425277
ISD  19690200
NAM  Adams
OCL   73202
UREF
PNO  3559482
ISD  19710200
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL   73202
UREF
PNO  4100801
ISD  19780700
NAM  LeMAy
OCL   73202
UREF
PNO  4433545
ISD  19840200
NAM  Rutherford
OCL   73202
UREF
PNO  4790194
ISD  19881200
NAM  Bellows et al.
UREF
PNO  5036701
ISD  19910800
NAM  Van Der Graaf
OCL   73204.12
UREF
PNO  5295394
ISD  19940300
NAM  Suzuki
OCL   73202
UREF
PNO  5388604
ISD  19950200
NAM  Clem
UREF
PNO  5511416
ISD  19960400
NAM  Shambayati
FREF
PNO  0395126
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0572108
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2723809
ISD  19771200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1319160
ISD  19730600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2026704
ISD  19800200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  Method for momentarily identifying the composition of a gas or fluid flow,
      and device for carrying out the method.
PAL  The flow is conducted through an orifice in a conduit. Parallel to--and
      passing over--the orifice, there is a capillary conduit having a mass-flow
      meter therein. There is measured a combination of physical properties. By
      comparing said combination with values from a table, each of which is
      associated with a specific gas composition, the current composition may be
      determined.
PATN
WKU  059879823
SRC  8
APN  9238352
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970904
TTL  Balance performance monitor
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Noori; Max
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Wenman; Alan
CTY  Dunmow
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Daughtery; Christopher
CTY  Bishops Stortford
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  SMS Sandland Manufacturing Services Limited
CNT  GBX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  325314
CLAS
OCL   7337908
XCL  482  9
XCL  434253
XCL   73172
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  522
FSC   73
FSS  462;457;172;379.01;379.05;379.08;379.09
FSC  434
FSS  253
FSC  482
FSS  1;4;8;9
UREF
PNO  4151839
ISD  19790500
NAM  Schwarz
OCL  601104
UREF
PNO  4669722
ISD  19870600
NAM  Rangaswamy
OCL  482 79
UREF
PNO  4760850
ISD  19880800
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL  607 49
UREF
PNO  4986534
ISD  19910100
NAM  Meier et al.
OCL  482  8
UREF
PNO  5049079
ISD  19910900
NAM  Furtado et al.
OCL  482  4
LREP
FRM  Andrus, Sceales, Starke & Sawall
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and a method to monitor the balance performance of a user
      comprises two separate but similar foot-plates each slightly larger than
      the foot of a user. Each foot-plate includes detectors to detect the load
      imparted to the foot-plate by a user, about two axes generally at right
      angles with one axis lying more or less along the length of the user's
      foot and the other axis transverse thereto. The outputs from the
      foot-plates are fed to a processing unit which drives a display device,
      graphically to show to the user on a real-time basis the detected loads
      and so to allow a user to modify his balance performance.
PATN
WKU  059879831
SRC  9
APN  0514594
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980623
TTL  Method and apparatus for measuring acceleration
ISD  19991123
NCL  38
ECL  1
EXA  Kwok; Helen C.
EXP  Williams; Hezron
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Ariav; Aryeh
STR  Cochav Michael 122
CTY  D.N. Hof Ashkelon
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Ravitch; Vladimir
STR  Nitzanium 719/4
CTY  Ashkelon 78505
CNT  ILX
PRIR
CNT  ILX
APD  19960401
APN  117767
CLAS
OCL   73488
XCL  702141
XCL  367117
XCL  367129
EDF  6
ICL  G01S  172
FSC   73
FSS  488;492;503;510;596;597;599;1.37
FSC  324
FSS  162
FSC  702
FSS  141
FSC  367
FSS  117;129;902
UREF
PNO  4094306
ISD  19780600
NAM  Kossoff
OCL   73620
UREF
PNO  4095547
ISD  19780600
NAM  Benington
OCL   73510
UREF
PNO  4408290
ISD  19831000
NAM  Kubo et al.
OCL  324162
UREF
PNO  5659617
ISD  19970800
NAM  Fischer
OCL  380 25
FREF
PNO  384 110
ISD  19871000
CNT  ATX
FREF
PNO  1 263 358
ISD  19611000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 309 873
ISD  19761100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  32 34733 A1
ISD  19830500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  680 395 A5
ISD  19920800
CNT  CHX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/IL97/00114
PD1  19980623
PD2  19980623
PD3  19970331
PCP  WO97/37232
PCD  19971009
ABST
PAR  A method and apparatus for measuring acceleration of a moving object. A
      body capable of transmitting pulses of energy is applied to the moving
      object, so as to be carried thereby and to move therewith. A pulse of the
      energy is transmitted in a forward direction from a first location on the
      body to a second location on the body at a known distance between the
      first and the second locations. The transmitted pulse is detected at the
      second location and the transit time of the pulse from the first location
      to the second location is measured. The measured transit time, together
      with the known distance between the first and the second locations, is
      utilized to determine the acceleration of the body and thereby of the
      moving object.
PATN
WKU  059879840
SRC  9
APN  0387762
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980311
TTL  Device for determining a motion parameter with automatic scaling factor
      correction
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Chapman; John E.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Artzner; Johannes
CTY  Reutlingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bauer; Wolfram
CTY  Tuebingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Robert Bosch GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970313
APN  197 10 359
CLAS
OCL   73497
XCL   7350413
EDF  6
ICL  G01P  904
FSC   73
FSS  1.37;1.88;497;504.12;504.13;504.14;504.15;504.16
UREF
PNO  5540094
ISD  19960700
NAM  Varnham et al.
OCL   73  1.37
UREF
PNO  5806364
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL   73504.12
FREF
PNO  44 47 005
ISD  19960700
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A device which determines a motion parameter with a sensor having a
      plurality of sensor elements coupled to one another, in which the motion
      parameter corresponds to a rotational speed. The device includes a starter
      loop for putting the sensor in a state of excitation via a starter signal
      via at least one of the sensor elements and for generating a sensor
      quantity, with the sensor quantity being a measure of a response of the
      sensor to the starter signal, and the starter signal having a
      substantially constant amplitude. A detector loop coupled to at least one
      of the sensor elements is also provided in the device for providing a
      measurement signal correlating with the motion parameter. The device
      further includes an analysis unit for providing an output voltage
      representing the motion parameter as a function of the measurement signal,
      a correction unit for keeping a substantially constant correlation between
      the output voltage and the motion parameter and for generating a
      correction signal as a function of the sensor quantity, and a multiplier
      providing the correction signal to the analysis unit.
PATN
WKU  059879858
SRC  9
APN  0671754
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980427
TTL  Angular velocity sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Kwok; Helen C.
EXP  Williams; Hezron
NDR  40
NFG  85
INVT
NAM  Okada; Kazuhiro
STR  73, Sugaya 4-Chome
CTY  Ageo-Shi, Saitama 362
CNT  JPX
RLAP
COD  74
APN  779464
APD  19970107
PSC  01
PNO  5831163
RLAP
COD  84
APN  366026
APD  19941229
PSC  01
PNO  5646346
RLAP
COD  82
APN  331641
CLAS
OCL   7350404
XCL   73862043
EDF  6
ICL  G01P  344
FSC   73
FSS  504.04;504.11;504.03;504.08;504.09;510;511;504.02;862.043;862.042;862.044
     ;862.626
UREF
PNO  4303919
ISD  19811200
NAM  Demeff
OCL  340870.37
UREF
PNO  4309907
ISD  19820100
NAM  Budraitis et al.
OCL   73862.041
UREF
PNO  4598585
ISD  19860700
NAM  Boxenhorn
OCL   73505
UREF
PNO  4802371
ISD  19890200
NAM  Calderara et al.
OCL   73862.04
UREF
PNO  4905523
ISD  19900300
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.04
UREF
PNO  4967605
ISD  19901100
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.04
UREF
PNO  4969366
ISD  19901100
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.08
UREF
PNO  5014415
ISD  19910500
NAM  Okada
OCL   29621.1
UREF
PNO  5035148
ISD  19910700
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.04
UREF
PNO  5092645
ISD  19920300
NAM  Okada
OCL  294 86.4
UREF
PNO  5182515
ISD  19930100
NAM  Okada
OCL  324259
UREF
PNO  5203208
ISD  19930400
NAM  Bernstein
OCL   73504.12
UREF
PNO  5257542
ISD  19931100
NAM  Voss
OCL   73724
UREF
PNO  5263375
ISD  19931100
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.042
UREF
PNO  5295386
ISD  19940300
NAM  Okada
OCL   73  1D
UREF
PNO  5343765
ISD  19940900
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.043
UREF
PNO  5365799
ISD  19941100
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.041
UREF
PNO  5392658
ISD  19950200
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.043
UREF
PNO  5406848
ISD  19950400
NAM  Okada
OCL   73517R
UREF
PNO  5421213
ISD  19950600
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.043
UREF
PNO  5437196
ISD  19950800
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.043
UREF
PNO  5492020
ISD  19960200
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.626
UREF
PNO  5497668
ISD  19960300
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.626
UREF
PNO  5531002
ISD  19960700
NAM  Okada
OCL   29 25.41
UREF
PNO  5531092
ISD  19960700
NAM  Okada
OCL   73  1D
UREF
PNO  5571972
ISD  19961100
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.043
UREF
PNO  5639973
ISD  19970600
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.043
UREF
PNO  5646346
ISD  19970700
NAM  Okada
OCL   73504.04
UREF
PNO  5668318
ISD  19970900
NAM  Okada
OCL   73504.11
UREF
PNO  5682000
ISD  19971000
NAM  Okada
OCL   73862.043
UREF
PNO  5744718
ISD  19980400
NAM  Okada
OCL   73514.33
UREF
PNO  5831163
ISD  19981100
NAM  Okada
OCL   73504.12
FREF
PNO  0461761
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0480471
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4148833
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4249726
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9501081
ISD  19950000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
ABST
PAL  A multi-axial angular velocity sensor for detecting angular velocity
      components about respective coordinate axes in a three-dimensional
      cooridnate system has a flexible substrate having flexibility. A fixed
      substrate is disposed so as to oppose the flexible substrate a
      predetermined distance above the flexible substrate. An oscillator is
      fixed on a lower surface of the flexible substrate. A sensor casing
      supports the flexible substrate and the fixed substrate and accommodates
      the oscillator therewithin. A plurality of lower electrodes is provided on
      an upper surface of the flexible substrate and a plurality of upper
      electrodes are provided on a lower surface of the fixed substrate and
      disposed at positions respectively opposite to the lower electrodes. A
      piezoelectric element is disposed between the lower electrodes and the
      upper electrodes. An a.c. signal is applied across a pair of the lower and
      upper electrodes that are opposite to each other thereby to oscillate the
      oscillator in respective coordinate axial directions for the detecting of
      a potential produced across a pair of the lower and upper electrodes that
      are opposite to each other, thereby to detect displacements in respective
      coordinate axial directions of the oscillator.
PATN
WKU  059879866
SRC  8
APN  9034994
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970730
TTL  Navigation grade micromachined rotation sensor system
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Chapman; John E.
NDR  13
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Wyse; Stanley F.
CTY  Encino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Stewart; Robert E.
CTY  Woodland Hills
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Fersht; Samuel H.
CTY  Studio City
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Litton Systems, Inc.
CTY  Woodland Hills
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  522523
APD  19950901
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  282757
APD  19940729
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   7350412
EDF  6
ICL  G01P  904
FSC   73
FSS  504.12;504.14;510
UREF
PNO  5016072
ISD  19910500
NAM  Greiff
OCL   73504.12
UREF
PNO  5065627
ISD  19911100
NAM  Stewart et al.
OCL   73505
UREF
PNO  5377544
ISD  19950100
NAM  Dunn
OCL   73504.12
UREF
PNO  5396797
ISD  19950300
NAM  Hulsing, II
OCL   73505
UREF
PNO  5555765
ISD  19960900
NAM  Greiff
OCL   73504.09
UREF
PNO  5650568
ISD  19970700
NAM  Greiff et al.
OCL   73504.09
OREF
PAL  Boser et al. "Monolithic Surface-Machined Inertial Sensors" May 7-9, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Lynn & Lynn
ABST
PAL  An angular rate sensor provides a digital delta theta output signal. A
      drive member is formed of a single, silicon wafer having a pair of
      oppositely-facing planar surfaces. The drive member includes a frame and a
      drive member central portion connected to the frame and arranged to have
      rotational compliance between the frame and the central portion about an
      axis perpendicular to the planar surfaces of the silicon wafer. Drive
      signals are applied to a plurality of electrodes on the central portion to
      cause rotational oscillation of the drive member central portion about a
      drive axis perpendicular to the planar surfaces of the silicon wafer. A
      silicon sensing member is connected to the drive member. The sensing
      member has a central support member connected to the drive member central
      portion such that rotational oscillations of the drive member central
      portion are transmitted to the sensing member central portion. A sensing
      portion is connected to the sensing member central support member to allow
      the sensing portion to oscillate about the drive axis and to allow an
      input rotation rate about an axis perpendicular to the drive axis to
      produce out-of-plane oscillations of the sensing portions. Signal
      processing apparatus is connected to the sensing portion for producing a
      signal indicative of the input rotational rate as a function of the
      amplitude of the out-of-plane oscillations of the sensing portion.
PATN
WKU  059879874
SRC  9
APN  0587877
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980413
TTL  Angular velocity sensor, related method for manufacturing the sensor,
      and piezoelectric vibrator element used in this sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Kwok; Helen C.
EXP  Brock; Michael
NDR  48
NFG  93
INVT
NAM  Watarai; Takehiro
CTY  Mie-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Denso Corporation
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970414
APN  9-096086
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970512
APN  9-121098
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970613
APN  9-156932
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970709
APN  9-184154
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970709
APN  9-184155
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970725
APN  9-200427
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970821
APN  9-225185
CLAS
OCL   7350416
XCL  310316
XCL  310366
XCL  310370
EDF  6
ICL  G01P  904
ICL  H01L 4108
FSC   73
FSS  504.16;504.12;1 D;504.15
FSC  310
FSS  316;366;370;348
UREF
PNO  3636810
ISD  19720100
NAM  Reefman
OCL  310 25
UREF
PNO  4099078
ISD  19780700
NAM  Shibata et al.
OCL  310370
UREF
PNO  4173726
ISD  19791100
NAM  Hanji
OCL  310366
UREF
PNO  4356425
ISD  19821000
NAM  Kogure et al.
OCL  310366
UREF
PNO  5388458
ISD  19950200
NAM  Weinberg et al.
OCL   73504.16
UREF
PNO  5396144
ISD  19950300
NAM  Gupta et al.
OCL   73504.16
UREF
PNO  5719460
ISD  19980200
NAM  Watarai et al.
OCL  310366
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro
ABST
PAL  Drive electrodes and sensing electrodes are formed on a front face of a
      piezoelectric body of a vibrator. A first reference electrode is formed on
      a rear face. Second reference electrodes are formed on side faces of arm
      bars of the vibrator at a position corresponding to the sensing
      electrodes. The second reference electrodes are connected to the first
      reference electrode formed on said rear face.
PATN
WKU  059879882
SRC  8
APN  9057242
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970804
TTL  Acceleration sensor and method for manufacturing thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Moller; Richard A.
EXP  Williams; Hezron
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Kunimi; Takashi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nezu; Masahiro
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mori; Masatomo
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsunaga; Tadao
CTY  Miyagi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Akebono Brake Industry Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960805
APN  8-205891
CLAS
OCL  07351401
XCL  200 6145R
EDF  6
ICL  G01P 1500
FSC   73
FSS  1.37;1.38;514.01;514.35;488
FSC  200
FSS  61.45 R;61.52
FSC  438
FSS  639;635;647;696;701;702
UREF
PNO  3733447
ISD  19730500
NAM  Schneider, Jr.
OCL  200 61.52
UREF
PNO  4001185
ISD  19770100
NAM  Mitsui et al.
OCL  200 61.45R
UREF
PNO  4031848
ISD  19770600
NAM  Killen
OCL   73514.01
UREF
PNO  4135067
ISD  19790100
NAM  Bitko
OCL  200 61.52
UREF
PNO  4337402
ISD  19820600
NAM  Nowakowski
OCL  307121
UREF
PNO  4927783
ISD  19900500
NAM  Arai et al.
OCL  437196
UREF
PNO  4977105
ISD  19901200
NAM  Okamoto et al.
OCL  437190
UREF
PNO  5410113
ISD  19950400
NAM  Mielke
OCL  200 61.45R
FREF
PNO  4-127574
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-136575
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
ABST
PAL  An acceleration sensor includes a first substrate, a second substrate and a
      third substrate. The second substrate has a through-hole, a first contact
      formed on an inner surface of the through-hole, and a first bonding pad
      connected to the first contact. An electrically conductive ball is
      accommodated in the through-hole. The third substrate has a recess, a
      second contact formed in the recess contacting the bottom of the
      electrically conductive ball, and a second bonding pad connected to the
      second contact.
PATN
WKU  059879890
SRC  8
APN  7954026
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970205
TTL  Semiconductor physical quantity sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Chapman; John E.
NDR  21
NFG  48
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Toshimasa
CTY  Bisai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ao; Kenichi
CTY  Tokai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takeuchi; Yukihiro
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Denso Corporation
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960205
APN  8-019192
CLAS
OCL   7351424
XCL   7351432
XCL  361280
EDF  6
ICL  G01P 15125
FSC   73
FSS  514.18;514.32;514.24;514.38
FSC  257
FSS  415
FSC  361
FSS  280
UREF
PNO  5461916
ISD  19951000
NAM  Fujii et al.
UREF
PNO  5465604
ISD  19951100
NAM  Sherman
UREF
PNO  5540095
ISD  19960700
NAM  Sherman et al.
UREF
PNO  5756901
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kurle et al.
OCL   73514.32
FREF
PNO  0591554
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0605300
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  6-123628
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-44008
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-98327
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  92/03740
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury, Madison & Sutro
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor physical quantity sensor includes a substrate and a beam
      structure having movable electrodes and spacing a given distance from an
      upper surface of the substrate. First fixed electrodes and second fixed
      electrodes are fixedly provided on the upper surface of the substrate.
      Each first fixed electrode faces one side of the corresponding movable
      electrode, while each second fixed electrode faces the other side of the
      corresponding movable electrode. A laminated structure of a lower layer
      insulating film, conductive films and an upper layer insulating film is
      arranged at an upper portion of the substrate. The conductive layers form
      a first wiring pattern for the first fixed electrodes, a second wiring
      pattern for the second fixed electrodes and a lower electrode. The first
      wiring pattern is electrically connected to the first fixed electrodes via
      openings formed in the upper layer insulating film and anchors of the
      first fixed electrodes, respectively. The second wiring pattern is
      electrically connected to the second fixed electrodes via openings formed
      in the upper layer insulating film and anchors of the second fixed
      electrodes, respectively. The lower electrode is electrically connected to
      the beam structure via an opening formed in the upper layer insulating
      film and an anchor of the beam structure.
PATN
WKU  059879904
SRC  8
APN  9638695
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971104
TTL  System of autonomous sensors for pipeline inspection
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  Miller; Rose M.
EXP  Williams; Hezron
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Worthington; Henry W.
CTY  Scottsdale
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Worthington; Loren K.
CTY  Scottsdale
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Pipeline Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Scottsdale
STA  AZ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   73592
XCL   73594
XCL   73 405A
XCL   73579
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2904
FSC   73
FSS  592;587;40.5 A;594;579
UREF
PNO  4083229
ISD  19780400
NAM  Anway
UREF
PNO  4289019
ISD  19810900
NAM  Claytor
OCL   73 40.5A
UREF
PNO  4459851
ISD  19840700
NAM  Crostack
OCL   73587
UREF
PNO  4549437
ISD  19851000
NAM  Weins et al.
OCL   73587
UREF
PNO  4858462
ISD  19890800
NAM  Coulter et al.
OCL   73 40.5A
UREF
PNO  4901575
ISD  19900200
NAM  Bohannan et al.
OCL   73487
UREF
PNO  4956999
ISD  19900900
NAM  Bohannan et al.
OCL   73587
UREF
PNO  5117676
ISD  19920600
NAM  Chang
UREF
PNO  5255565
ISD  19931000
NAM  Judd et al.
OCL   73579
UREF
PNO  5333501
ISD  19940800
NAM  Okada et al.
UREF
PNO  5456113
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kwun et al.
OCL   73587
UREF
PNO  5457994
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kwun et al.
OCL   73587
UREF
PNO  5540096
ISD  19960700
NAM  Woodcock et al.
OCL   72579
UREF
PNO  5739420
ISD  19980400
NAM  Peterson
OCL   73 40.5R
OREF
PAL  Suprenant, B.A., et al., "Nondestructive evaluation of Civil Structures and
      Materials", May 1992, pp. 427-453.
PAL  Travers, Fred "Acoustic Monitoring of Prestressed concrete Pipe at the Agua
      Fria River Siphon, "Bureau of Reclamation Fimal Report, Dec. 1994.
LREP
FR2  Wray; James C.
FR2  Narasimhan; Meera P.
ABST
PAL  A flaw detection system for a prestressed concrete cylinder pipe uses
      hydrophones inserted into valves in the pipe while the pipe is in use. The
      hydrophones listen for sounds that are consistent with the breaking of the
      pre-tensioned reinforcements and the sliding and re-anchoring of broken
      ends. Detecting the sound at two or more locations and establishing
      precise time differentiation allows the precise calculation of the
      location of the defect. Global positioning system (GPS) satellite
      receivers provide precise timing of reception of the targeted sound events
      in milliseconds. The location of each of the hydrophones is established
      using GPS. Each hydrophone is connected to a box, which includes a
      pre-amplifier, a signal processor, a memory, an output and a GPS receiver.
      The hydrophone, or box, or both, are tunes to recognize a significant
      sound that emanates from a breaking, moving or re-anchoring reinforcement.
      The precise time of arrival of that sound is recorded in the boxes using
      the GPS time signals. The sound wave information may also be recorded, as
      well as water temperature, pressure and velocity. Later the precise time
      and sound wave data is collected from the memories in the boxes and is
      compared with time and sound wave data from the memories and other boxes.
      Time differentials are used to determine the precise location of the
      source of the sound along the pipeline.
PATN
WKU  059879912
SRC  9
APN  0024996
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980102
TTL  Determination of Rayleigh wave critical angle
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Miller; Rose M.
EXP  Williams; Hezron
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Trantow; Richard L.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Bashyam; Manohar
CTY  West Chester
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  General Electric Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   73624
XCL   73625
XCL   73628
XCL   73634
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2910
ICL  G01N 2926
FSC   73
FSS  597;599;602;620;621;622;624;625;627;628;632;633;634
UREF
PNO  2799157
ISD  19570700
NAM  Pohlman
OCL   73624
UREF
PNO  2819613
ISD  19580100
NAM  Neiley
OCL   73627
UREF
PNO  2995925
ISD  19610800
NAM  Worlton
OCL   73627
UREF
PNO  3340953
ISD  19670900
NAM  Zemanek, Jr.
OCL  367 28
UREF
PNO  3512400
ISD  19700500
NAM  Lynnworth
OCL   73597
UREF
PNO  3580057
ISD  19710500
NAM  Seegmiller
OCL   73597
UREF
PNO  3937067
ISD  19760200
NAM  Flambard et al.
OCL   73627
UREF
PNO  4098129
ISD  19780700
NAM  Deblaere et al.
OCL   73599
UREF
PNO  4210028
ISD  19800700
NAM  Hildebrand
OCL   73598
UREF
PNO  4338820
ISD  19820700
NAM  Jassby et al.
OCL   73597
UREF
PNO  4435985
ISD  19840300
NAM  Wickramasinghe
OCL   73642
UREF
PNO  4462256
ISD  19840700
NAM  Moffett
OCL   73642
UREF
PNO  4524621
ISD  19850600
NAM  Yamanaka
OCL   73597
UREF
PNO  4574637
ISD  19860300
NAM  Adler et al.
OCL   73629
UREF
PNO  4606235
ISD  19860800
NAM  Kindt
OCL   74113
UREF
PNO  4674334
ISD  19870600
NAM  Chimenti et al.
OCL   73627
UREF
PNO  4765196
ISD  19880800
NAM  Russ
OCL   74436
UREF
PNO  4817016
ISD  19890300
NAM  Thompson et al.
OCL  364507
UREF
PNO  5024093
ISD  19910600
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL   73633
UREF
PNO  5079952
ISD  19920100
NAM  Nakaso et al.
OCL   73624
UREF
PNO  5111696
ISD  19920500
NAM  Lund et al.
OCL   73627
UREF
PNO  5402681
ISD  19950400
NAM  Nakaso et al.
OCL   73602
UREF
PNO  5481945
ISD  19960100
NAM  Whipple et al.
OCL   74820
OREF
PAL  "Measurement of Applied and Residual Stresses Using an Ultrasonic
      Instrumentation System", by B.E. Gordon, Jr., ISA Transactions, vol. 19,
      No. 2, pp. 33-41.
PAL  "Acoustic Evaluation Of Cold Work In 316 Stainless Steel Tubing And Plate",
      R.L. Trantow, Prepared for the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission Division of
      Reactor Development and Technology, Jun., 1973.
LREP
FR2  Hess; Andrew C.
FR2  Gressel; Gerry S.
ABST
PAL  A method of non-destructively evaluating or validating a processed area of
      an object such as a metallic laser shock peened surface by determining
      Rayleigh wave angles at various positions on the surface. The Rayleigh
      wave angle is determined by: (a) directing incident beams of ultrasonic
      waves onto at least one point of a surface at a plurality of incident
      angles; (b) simultaneously measuring intensity of a combination of
      corresponding directly reflected and re-radiated beams at a plurality of
      corresponding reflected angles equal in magnitude to the incident angles
      with respect to a line normal to the surface; (c) generating a null angle
      profile of data indicating intensity versus corresponding incident angles
      from measured intensities in step (b); (d) determining an intensity curve
      by applying a polynomial curve fit to a low intensity portion of the null
      angle profile; and (e) determining the effective critical angle for the
      corresponding Rayleigh wave by determining a substantially minimum point
      on the curve. The polynomial curve fit may be a second order polynomial
      fit and the plurality of incident angles and corresponding reflected
      angles are predetermined and in close proximity to a predetermined
      critical angle.
PATN
WKU  059879920
SRC  9
APN  0062863
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980113
TTL  Ultrasonic sensor with temperature compensation capacitor
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Miller; Rose M.
EXP  Williams; Hezron
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Koichi
CTY  Shiga-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ochiai; Chitaka
CTY  Oumihachiman
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohta; Junshi
CTY  Ishikawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kota; Masaharu
CTY  Ishikawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970307
APN  9-053494
CLAS
OCL   73632
XCL  310315
XCL  310334
XCL  310336
XCL  310346
EDF  6
ICL  C01N 2900
FSC   73
FSS  632;596;642
FSC  310
FSS  311;314-319;334;336;340-341;344;346
UREF
PNO  3390286
ISD  19680600
NAM  Gradin et al.
OCL  310329
UREF
PNO  3400284
ISD  19680900
NAM  Elazar
OCL  310319
UREF
PNO  3831111
ISD  19740800
NAM  Lafferty
OCL  331116R
UREF
PNO  3967143
ISD  19760600
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  310315
UREF
PNO  4583059
ISD  19860400
NAM  Konno
OCL  331158
UREF
PNO  4608506
ISD  19860800
NAM  Tanuma
OCL  310315
UREF
PNO  4851791
ISD  19890700
NAM  Marotel
OCL  331158
UREF
PNO  5517845
ISD  19960500
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL   73  1DV
UREF
PNO  5608359
ISD  19970300
NAM  Knecht et al.
OCL  331 68
UREF
PNO  5734087
ISD  19980300
NAM  Yamashita
OCL   73  1.15
FREF
PNO  0 594 331 A1
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  295 09 574 U
ISD  19960800
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Graham & James LLP
ABST
PAL  An ultrasonic sensor has a built-in temperature compensation capacitor
      housed in a casing and facilitates an inside-the-casing lead-wire bonding
      connection process and a connection verifying process while increasing
      reliability. The ultrasonic sensor is provided with a piezoelectric
      vibration element and a capacitor for temperature compensation capacitor
      both housed in a casing. The temperature compensation capacitor includes a
      pair of electrodes located on one common surface of a dielectric body thus
      allowing the ultrasonic sensor to be electrically connected to lead wires
      on the one common surface.
PATN
WKU  059879939
SRC  8
APN  8938245
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970711
TTL  Test apparatus and method for nondestructive material testing
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Miller; Rose M.
EXP  Williams; Hezron
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Meier; Rainer
CTY  Erlangen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Lingenberg; Dieter
CTY  Frankfurt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960711
APN  196 28 028
CLAS
OCL   73643
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2906
ICL  G01N 2924
FSC   73
FSS  643;632;641;578
FSC  324
FSS  221;222
UREF
PNO  3697867
ISD  19721000
NAM  Kleesattel
OCL   73643
UREF
PNO  4312231
ISD  19820100
NAM  Kawashima et al.
OCL   73643
UREF
PNO  4320661
ISD  19820300
NAM  Peterson et al.
OCL   73643
UREF
PNO  4395913
ISD  19830800
NAM  Peterson
OCL   73643
UREF
PNO  4450725
ISD  19840500
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL   73643
UREF
PNO  4466287
ISD  19840800
NAM  Repplinger et al.
OCL   73643
UREF
PNO  4471658
ISD  19840900
NAM  Morimoto
OCL   73643
UREF
PNO  5421203
ISD  19950600
NAM  Graff et al.
OCL   73643
FREF
PNO  0579255B1
ISD  19940100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2726827
ISD  19780200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3511768A1
ISD  19861000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4204643C1
ISD  19930500
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Lerner; Herbert L.
FR2  Greenberg; Laurence A.
ABST
PAL  The test apparatus for nondestructive material testing using
      electrodynamically generated ultrasonic waves. A high-frequency coil
      assembly has an end face perpendicular to a surface of the workpiece and
      it is disposed between at least two magnets. Efficient generation and
      reception of ultrasonic waves is thereby assured.
PATN
WKU  059879947
SRC  9
APN  048606&
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980326
TTL  Ultrasonic method for material monitoring
ISD  19991123
NCL  42
ECL  1
EXA  Kwok; Helen C.
EXP  Brock; Michael
NDR  16
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Maltby; Frederick L.
CTY  Jenkintown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Kramer; L. Jonathan
CTY  Warminster
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Mitchell; Glen
CTY  Dresher
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Drexelbrook Engineering Company
CTY  Horsham
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  653623
APD  19960524
PSC  01
PNO  5760309
CLAS
OCL   73646
XCL   73290V
XCL   73597
EDF  6
ICL  G01F 2328
FSC   73
FSS  597;612;618;290 V;602;646
FSC  340
FSS  612;618;621
FSC  364
FSS  506;508;562
UREF
PNO  3894431
ISD  19750700
NAM  Muston et al.
OCL   73194A
UREF
PNO  4279157
ISD  19810700
NAM  Schomberg et al.
OCL   73618
UREF
PNO  4299128
ISD  19811100
NAM  Gruber
OCL   73627
UREF
PNO  5266953
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kelly et al.
OCL  364569
UREF
PNO  5392257
ISD  19950200
NAM  Gilmour
OCL  367135
UREF
PNO  5760309
ISD  19980600
NAM  Maltby et al.
OCL   73646
LREP
FRM  Reed Smith Shaw & McClay
ABST
PAL  An ultrasonic measurement method in an ultrasonic measurement system having
      an ultrasonic transducer includes emitting an ultrasonic pulse from the
      ultrasonic transducer. An ultrasonic pulse is received in accordance with
      a pulse travel time wherein the amplitude of the received ultrasonic pulse
      varies according to the pulse travel time. A first electrical signal is
      provided representative of the received ultrasonic pulse wherein the
      amplitude of the first electrical signal varies in accordance with the
      pulse travel time. A second electrical signal is provided in accordance
      with the first electrical signal wherein the amplitude of the second
      electrical signal is substantially independent of the pulse travel time.
      In order to determine the second electrical signal variable amplification
      is applied to the first electrical signal in accordance with the travel
      time. A distance is determined according to the pulse travel time wherein
      the distance is representative of the distance between the transducer and
      a material surface.
PATN
WKU  059879955
SRC  8
APN  8957274
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970717
TTL  Fiber optic pressure catheter
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Clark; Robin
EXP  Dombroske; George
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Sawatari; Takeo
CTY  Bloomfield Hills
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Lin; Yuping
CTY  Troy
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Gaubis; Philip A.
CTY  Walled Lake
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Sentec Corporation
CTY  Walled Lake
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   73705
XCL   73715
XCL  128667
XCL  128675
EDF  6
ICL  G01L  900
ICL  G01L  708
ICL  A61B  502
FSC  600
FSS  488
FSC   73
FSS  705;715
FSC  250
FSS  231.19
FSC  128
FSS  667;672
UREF
PNO  4135601
ISD  19790100
NAM  Tsukagoshi et al.
OCL  181167
UREF
PNO  4589286
ISD  19860500
NAM  Berthold, III
OCL   73715
UREF
PNO  4611600
ISD  19860900
NAM  Cohen
OCL   73705
UREF
PNO  4667069
ISD  19870500
NAM  Cholkeri
OCL  200 83
UREF
PNO  4691708
ISD  19870900
NAM  Kane
OCL   73705
UREF
PNO  4924870
ISD  19900500
NAM  Wlodarczyk et al.
OCL   73705
UREF
PNO  4924877
ISD  19900500
NAM  Brooks
OCL  128667
UREF
PNO  4926696
ISD  19900500
NAM  Haritonidis et al.
OCL   73705
UREF
PNO  4927461
ISD  19900500
NAM  Ciloglu et al.
OCL   75254
UREF
PNO  4942767
ISD  19900700
NAM  Haritonidis et al.
OCL   73705
UREF
PNO  4991590
ISD  19910200
NAM  Shi
OCL  128667
UREF
PNO  5018529
ISD  19910500
NAM  Tenerz et al.
OCL  128667
UREF
PNO  5275053
ISD  19940100
NAM  Wlodarczyk et al.
OCL   73705
UREF
PNO  5365789
ISD  19941100
NAM  Totterdell et al.
OCL   73721
UREF
PNO  5425371
ISD  19950600
NAM  Mischenko
OCL   73705
UREF
PNO  5485741
ISD  19960100
NAM  Madison
OCL   73  4R
UREF
PNO  5633552
ISD  19970500
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  310311
LREP
FRM  Dykema Gossett PLLC
ABST
PAL  A fiber optic pressure catheter includes a light source, an optical fiber
      coupled to receive light from the light source and a sensor head that is
      optically coupled to the optical fiber. The sensor head has a housing
      defining a chamber coupled to an end of the optical fiber opposite the
      light source. The housing has an opening which is enclosed by a membrane.
      The membrane is responsive to pressure differentials between the chamber
      and outside the sensor head. A resilient ribbon is coupled within the
      chamber and has a first end fixedly coupled to a support. The ribbon has a
      second end that is movable in front of the optical fiber. The ribbon is
      mounted so that the middle portion of the ribbon touches the membrane and
      is biased by the membrane in response to various pressure differentials.
      Thus, various amounts of light are reflected back into the optical fiber
      based on the amount of pressure at the membrane. A detection system is
      optically coupled to the optical fiber which determines the pressure at
      the sensor head from the contrast of spectral fringes of light created by
      an optical coating on the end of the optical fiber and the light
      reflecting from the ribbon.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY FUNDED RESEARCH
PAR  This invention was made with Government support under Grant Number
      5R44HL47277 awarded by the National Institute of Health. The Government
      has certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059879963
SRC  9
APN  101157&
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980702
TTL  Manifold absolute pressure sensor for internal combustion engines
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Oen; William
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Kim; Joo-Young
CTY  Kyunggi-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Park; Hyun-Ju
CTY  Inchun-si
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Sang-Jo
CTY  Kyunggi-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Park; Tae-Wook
CTY  Kyunggi-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Yu; Dae-Hyun
CTY  Kyunggi-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Kefico Corporation
CTY  Kyunggi-Do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961105
APN  96-38408
CLAS
OCL   73756
EDF  6
ICL  G01L  700
FSC   73
FSS  706;714;756;49.7;118.1;119 A;115
FSC  123
FSS  73 R;442;478;494;520
UREF
PNO  4714998
ISD  19871200
NAM  Bussey et al.
OCL   73119A
UREF
PNO  5127373
ISD  19920700
NAM  Mochizuki
OCL   73756
UREF
PNO  5351548
ISD  19941000
NAM  Briggs et al.
OCL   73119A
LREP
FRM  Browdy and Neimark
PCTA
PCN  PCT/KR97/00207
PD1  19980702
PD2  19980702
PD3  19971030
PCP  WO98/20248
PCD  19980514
ABST
PAR  A manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor for internal combustion engines
      is disclosed. In the MAP sensor, the top and bottom cases (1, 7) of a
      sensor housing have a plurality of fitting slots (10) and fitting
      protrusions (11) at their connection edges respectively and are easily and
      tightly assembled into a single structure through a mechanical fitting and
      epoxy bonding process. A plurality of support protrusions (12, 12') are
      internally formed on each of the top and bottom cases (1, 7) and support
      each side of the circuit board (5), with the circuit board (5) being
      positioned under the sensor member (4) and allowing the pressure inlet
      pipe (4') of the sensor member (4) to pass through. A supporting ring (13)
      and an O-ring (14) are commonly fitted over the pressure inlet pipe (4')
      of the sensor member (4) and are closely fitted into the enlarged top end
      of the pressure inlet port (8).
PATN
WKU  059879971
SRC  8
APN  8360162
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970915
TTL  Ultrasound flow measurement method
ISD  19991123
NCL  55
ECL  1
EXA  Thompson; Jewel V.
EXP  Oen; William
NDR  10
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Roskam; Abram Klaas
CTY  Sleeuwijk
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  van Bekkum; Jan Aart
CTY  Hoornaar
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Smychliaev; Vladimir
CTY  Dordrecht
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Krohne A.G.
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19951122
APN  1001719
CLAS
OCL   7386129
EDF  6
ICL  G01F  166
FSC   73
FSS  861.27;861.28;861.29;861.31
UREF
PNO  3940985
ISD  19760300
NAM  Wyler
OCL   73861.31
UREF
PNO  4102186
ISD  19780700
NAM  Brown
OCL   73861.31
UREF
PNO  4331025
ISD  19820500
NAM  Ord, Jr.
OCL   73861.02
UREF
PNO  4432243
ISD  19840200
NAM  Lowell et al.
OCL   73861.31
UREF
PNO  5546813
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hastings et al.
OCL   73861.29
UREF
PNO  5705753
ISD  19980100
NAM  Hastings et al.
OCL   73861.28
LREP
FRM  Cesari and McKenna, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/05082
PD1  19970915
PD2  19970915
PD3  19961118
PCP  WO97/19326
PCD  19970529
ABST
PAR  The invention concerns a method and a device for ultrasound measurement of
      the flow of flowing media with a measuring tube (1), with at least two
      pairs of ultrasound transducers arranged on the measuring tube, each
      forming a measuring path (M1,M2,M3,M4,M5), with a transducer (2)
      determining the velocities of the medium along the measuring paths
      (M1,M2,M3,M4,M5) from the signals of the pair of ultrasound transducers
      and with an adder (3) determining the flow quantity of the medium from the
      velocities of the medium along the measuring paths (M1,M2,M3,M4,M5).
PAL  According to the invention, such a method and such a device are designed
      with a Reynolds' number meter (5) that determines the Reynolds' number
      constantly and a flow-quantity corrector (6) connected to the adder (3)
      and the Reynolds' meter (5).
PATN
WKU  059879980
SRC  9
APN  1400983
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980826
TTL  High temperature drive system for a coriolis mass flowmeter
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Thompson; Jewel V.
EXP  Fuller; Benjamin R.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Campbell; David Lee
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  McCarthy; John Richard
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  McCormick; Kurtis Leroy
CTY  Lafayette
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  McNulty; Daniel Patrick
CTY  Westminster
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Micro Motion, Inc.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   73861356
XCL   73861355
XCL   73861357
EDF  6
ICL  G01F  178
FSC   73
FSS  861.355;861.356;861.357
UREF
PNO  4876898
ISD  19891000
NAM  Cage et al.
OCL   73861.38
UREF
PNO  5038620
ISD  19910800
NAM  Rogers, Jr. et al.
OCL   73861.355
UREF
PNO  5301557
ISD  19940400
NAM  Cage et al.
OCL   73861.355
UREF
PNO  5379649
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kalotay
OCL   73861.357
UREF
PNO  5497666
ISD  19960300
NAM  Patten et al.
OCL   73861.355
LREP
FRM  Duft, Graziano & Forest, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A drive system for use in a temperature environment. The drive system is
      made of materials that can withstand high temperatures without degrading.
      There are no plastics or epoxy adhesives used in this drive system. The
      drive system is also made more efficient by placing the drive system on a
      flow tube outside of a loop in the flow tube between the inlet and the
      outlet.
PATN
WKU  059879998
SRC  9
APN  1082949
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980701
TTL  Sensitivity enhancing balance bar
ISD  19991123
NCL  42
ECL  22
EXP  Patel; Harshad
NDR  10
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  VanCleve; Craig Brainerd
CTY  Lyons
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Stack; Charles Paul
CTY  Louisville
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Lanham; Gregory Treat
CTY  Longmont
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Micro Motion, Inc.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   73861357
XCL   73861355
EDF  6
ICL  G01F  184
FSC   73
FSS  861.357;861.356;861.355
UREF
PNO  4823614
ISD  19890400
NAM  Dahlin
OCL   73861.357
UREF
PNO  5531126
ISD  19960700
NAM  Drahm
OCL   73861.356
UREF
PNO  5616868
ISD  19970400
NAM  Hegenmeyer
OCL   73861.357
UREF
PNO  5796012
ISD  19980800
NAM  Gomi et al.
OCL   73861.356
LREP
FRM  Duft, Graziano & Forest, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A single tube Coriolis flowmeter having a balance bar that enhances the
      flowmeter sensitivity to material flow. The balance bar's design lowers
      its second bending mode response to have a frequency that may be lower
      than the flow tube resonant drive frequency. The lowering of the second
      bending mode frequency of the balance bar enables the Coriolis response of
      the vibrating flow tube with material flow to extend force from the flow
      tube through a brace bar to the balance bar. These Coriolis forces induce
      Coriolis-like response vibrations in the balance bar because of the
      lowered second bending mode frequency of the balance bar. The Coriolis
      response of the flowmeter is enhanced since the Coriolis-like response of
      the balance bar is out of phase with and is additive to the Coriolis
      deflection of the flow tube.
PATN
WKU  059880007
SRC  9
APN  1030027
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980623
TTL  Multi dimensional strain sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Noori; Max
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Adams; Brian Todd
CTY  Pleasant Hill
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Case Corporation
CTY  Racine
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   73862044
EDF  6
ICL  G01L  516
FSC   73
FSS  862.041;862.042;862.043;862.044;862.045;862.046
UREF
PNO  2520923
ISD  19500900
NAM  Franzel et al.
UREF
PNO  3246701
ISD  19660400
NAM  Schulz
UREF
PNO  3589175
ISD  19710600
NAM  Bock
UREF
PNO  3814188
ISD  19740600
NAM  Ahne
UREF
PNO  3913392
ISD  19751000
NAM  Nagase et al.
OCL   73766
UREF
PNO  4367656
ISD  19830100
NAM  Fritsch
UREF
PNO  4456074
ISD  19840600
NAM  Prudenziati
UREF
PNO  4516110
ISD  19850500
NAM  Overmyer
OCL  340323R
UREF
PNO  4640138
ISD  19870200
NAM  Meyer et al.
OCL   73862.045
UREF
PNO  5511812
ISD  19960400
NAM  Milner
UREF
PNO  5526702
ISD  19960600
NAM  Schedrat et al.
UREF
PNO  5883337
ISD  19990300
NAM  Dolan et al.
OCL  177163
UREF
PNO  5894094
ISD  19990400
NAM  Kuchler et al.
OCL   73862.044
LREP
FRM  Mayer, Brown & Platt
ABST
PAL  A multi-dimensional strain sensor for measuring the strain forces on a
      drawbar or other load bearing member. The strain sensor is used in
      conjunction with a load bearing member having a top surface, a bottom
      surface, a left surface and a right surface. The strain sensor has a four
      strain gauge pairs, each located on the top, bottom, right and left
      surfaces. The gauges are configured to output voltage relative to strain
      placed on them. The outputs from the four gauges are amplified. The
      outputs from the top and bottom gauges are then input to a differential
      amplifier in order to determine vertical load. The outputs from the right
      and left gauges are input to a differential amplifier to determine side
      load. The sum of the top and bottom gauges and the sum of the left and
      right gauges are input to a differential amplifier to determine draft
      load. An analog to digital converter is coupled to the gain amplifiers in
      order to zero the gauges.
PATN
WKU  059880015
SRC  8
APN  9468560
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19971008
TTL  Method of locating a particle on a surface
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Norri; Max
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Vucinovich; Craig
STR  61 Orion Road, Kensington
CTY  Johannesburg
CNT  ZAX
PRIR
CNT  ZAX
APD  19961008
APN  96/8473
CLAS
OCL   7386471
XCL   7386321
EDF  6
ICL  G01N  104
FSC   73
FSS  821;865.5;432.1;864.71;863.21
FSC  422
FSS  68.1
UREF
PNO  3919042
ISD  19751100
NAM  Spiller
OCL  162175
UREF
PNO  5039487
ISD  19910800
NAM  Smith
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  5243864
ISD  19930900
NAM  Duummyre et al.
OCL   73864.71
FREF
PNO  2 302 540
ISD  19760900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  57-125340
ISD  19820800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1599703
ISD  19901000
CNT  SUX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method of locating a single particle on a target surface includes the
      steps of providing, on the target surface, a droplet of a liquid capable
      of wetting the surface of the particle, causing the particle to come into
      contact with the liquid, and allowing the liquid to evaporate. The method
      has particular application to the testing of the strength of a diamond and
      other abrasive particles.
PATN
WKU  059880023
SRC  9
APN  1383914
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980824
TTL  Method of collecting trace samples for analysis
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Noland; Thomas P.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Danylewych-May; Ludmila
CTY  North York
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Davies; John Henry
CTY  Port Credit
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Barringer Research Limited
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  627196
APD  19960403
PSC  01
PNO  5859375
CLAS
OCL   7386471
EDF  6
ICL  G01N  114
FSC   73
FSS  863.21;863.23;863.25;864.34;864.71;864.72
UREF
PNO  3066342
ISD  19621200
NAM  Jackson et al.
OCL   73864.71
UREF
PNO  3074276
ISD  19630100
NAM  Moos
OCL   73864.71
UREF
PNO  3091967
ISD  19630600
NAM  Hurdlow et al.
OCL   73864.71
UREF
PNO  3684660
ISD  19720800
NAM  Kereluk et al.
XCL   73864.71
UREF
PNO  3748905
ISD  19730700
NAM  Fletcher et al.
OCL   73863.25
UREF
PNO  3897688
ISD  19750800
NAM  Meserol et al.
XCL   73864.71
UREF
PNO  3970428
ISD  19760700
NAM  Barringer
UREF
PNO  4192176
ISD  19800300
NAM  Barringer
UREF
PNO  4220414
ISD  19800900
NAM  Barringer
OCL  356318
UREF
PNO  4426214
ISD  19840100
NAM  Vandrish
XCL   73863.25
UREF
PNO  4909090
ISD  19900300
NAM  McGown et al.
OCL   73864.33
UREF
PNO  5071771
ISD  19911200
NAM  Barbour et al.
OCL  436153
UREF
PNO  5243865
ISD  19930900
NAM  Hsu et al.
OCL   73864.72
UREF
PNO  5333511
ISD  19940800
NAM  Boyum et al.
XCL   73863.25
UREF
PNO  5425263
ISD  19950600
NAM  Davies et al.
OCL   73 28.05
UREF
PNO  5476794
ISD  19951200
NAM  O'Brien et al.
OCL  436 92
UREF
PNO  5517866
ISD  19960500
NAM  Manning et al.
OCL   73863.21
UREF
PNO  5571976
ISD  19961100
NAM  Drolet
OCL   73864.71
UREF
PNO  5741984
ISD  19980400
NAM  Danylewycl-May et al.
OCL   73864.71
UREF
PNO  5823592
ISD  19981000
NAM  Kaliddindi
XCL   73864.71
FREF
PNO  2 634 018 A1
ISD  19900100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 660 873
ISD  19911000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 708 740 A1
ISD  19950200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 185 571
ISD  19870700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Bereskin & Parr
ABST
PAL  A hand held sampling method is carried out using apparatus have a handle, a
      head connected to the handle and a mechanism for retaining a substrate on
      the head. The substrate is preferably a sheet-form flexible substrate
      which is mounted so as to present a collection portion thereof for
      collection of a sample. The substrate is preferably of a dimension so as
      to be readily fitted into the inlet portion of an analyzer. The apparatus
      is manipulated so that the collection portion of the substrate traverses
      surfaces of interest. The substrate is then removed and placed at the
      inlet of an analyzer for desorption of a sample. The apparatus enables an
      area to be sampled quickly and efficiently, while keeping a user's hands
      away from the surface, and this enables otherwise inaccessible areas to be
      sampled. It does not require any intermediate transfer steps, transferring
      a sample from a collection media to another substrate for subsequent
      analysis.
PATN
WKU  059880031
SRC  9
APN  1307622
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980807
TTL  Relative humidity control system for corrosion test chamber
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  16
EXA  Soliz; Chad
EXP  Williams; Hezron
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Zuk; Boris
CTY  Parma
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Singleton Corporation
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  800476
APD  19970214
PSC  01
PNO  5824918
CLAS
OCL   738656
XCL   73 2901
XCL   73 86
EDF  6
ICL  G01N  716
ICL  G01N 1700
FSC   73
FSS  865.6;29.01;86;147
UREF
PNO  3594128
ISD  19710700
NAM  Singleton
OCL   73865.6
UREF
PNO  3886791
ISD  19750600
NAM  Grossman
OCL   73865.6
UREF
PNO  3987133
ISD  19761000
NAM  Andra
OCL  261130
UREF
PNO  4622049
ISD  19861100
NAM  Abernathy et al.
OCL   73865.6
UREF
PNO  4643351
ISD  19870200
NAM  Fukamachi et al.
OCL   73335.02
UREF
PNO  4751844
ISD  19880600
NAM  Matsushtia
OCL   73147
UREF
PNO  4770031
ISD  19880900
NAM  Roth et al.
OCL   73147
UREF
PNO  4779468
ISD  19881000
NAM  Susuki
OCL   73865.6
UREF
PNO  4852389
ISD  19890800
NAM  Mayer et al.
OCL   73 38
UREF
PNO  5463940
ISD  19951100
NAM  Cataldo
OCL   99476
UREF
PNO  5476636
ISD  19951200
NAM  Tomiita et al.
OCL   73865.6
UREF
PNO  5503032
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tikhtman et al.
OCL   73865.6
UREF
PNO  5824918
ISD  19981000
NAM  Zuk
OCL   73865.6
LREP
FRM  Fay, Sharpe, Fagan, Minnich & McKee, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for controlling the level of relative humidity
      within a corrosion test apparatus is disclosed. The corrosion test
      apparatus includes a testing chamber, an atomizer which fogs the testing
      chamber with de-ionized water, a sensor which senses a relative humidity
      level within the testing chamber, a humidifying valve coupled to the
      atomizer which regulates a supply of pressurized air to the atomizer, and
      a controller coupled to the sensor and to the humidifying valve. The
      controller includes a heating control loop mechanism which generates an
      output signal proportional to a differential between a relative humidity
      set point and the relative humidity level. The humidifying valve regulates
      the supply of operating medium to the atomizer based on the output signal.
      The atomizer regulates the amount of operating liquid fogged into the test
      chamber based on the supply of operating medium received from the
      humidifying valve. The corrosion test apparatus also includes a
      dehumidifying valve which regulates a supply of ambient air to the testing
      chamber based on the differential between the relative humidity set point
      and the relative humidity level, and a passive, low-cost, low maintenance
      air amplifier coupled to the dehumidifying valve which draws ambient air
      into the testing chamber.
PATN
WKU  059880040
SRC  8
APN  9290710
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970915
TTL  Internal power take-off shaft
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Charles; Marcus
EXP  Graysay; Tamara L.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hauser; Hans
CTY  Strongsville
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  MTD Products Inc
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   74 1563
XCL   74665GL
XCL   74606R
EDF  6
ICL  F16H 3700
FSC   74
FSS  15.2;15.63;665 GL;730.1;664;606 L;421;606 R
FSC  475
FSS  72
UREF
PNO  1487445
ISD  19240300
NAM  Dickinson
UREF
PNO  1559617
ISD  19251100
NAM  Johnston
UREF
PNO  1749828
ISD  19300300
NAM  Maier
UREF
PNO  1849144
ISD  19320300
NAM  Hamilton
UREF
PNO  2601297
ISD  19520600
NAM  Keese
XCL   74 15.63
UREF
PNO  2932202
ISD  19600400
NAM  Rinkema
XCL   74 15.63
UREF
PNO  2945382
ISD  19600700
NAM  Ritter et al.
XCL   74 15.63
UREF
PNO  3813956
ISD  19740600
NAM  Whitecar
XCL   74606R
UREF
PNO  4464945
ISD  19840800
NAM  Ertl
OCL   74 15.6
UREF
PNO  4498349
ISD  19850200
NAM  Nishihara
OCL   74 15.2
UREF
PNO  4677866
ISD  19870700
NAM  Tone
OCL   74 15.86
UREF
PNO  4773277
ISD  19880900
NAM  Cook et al.
XCL   74 15.63
UREF
PNO  4924720
ISD  19900500
NAM  Shust
OCL   74377
FREF
PNO  717803
ISD  19650900
CNT  CAX
OCL   74 15.2
LREP
FRM  Emerson & Associates
FR2  Emerson; Roger D.
FR2  Bennett; Timothy D.
ABST
PAL  A transmission is provided for use with an associated vehicle having an
      engine and a drive axle. The transmission has power input means for
      receiving power from the engine, a hydrostatic unit and first gearing
      means for communicating power from the power input means to the drive
      axle, a PTO shaft having first and second ends for use in selectively
      driving first and second associated implements, second gearing means for
      communicating power from the power input means to the PTO shaft and, a
      housing for holding the first and second gearing means as well as the PTO
      shaft. The transmission also has lubricating means for simultaneously
      lubricating the first and second gearing means, the PTO shaft and an
      intermediate shaft.
PATN
WKU  059880058
SRC  9
APN  0628182
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980420
TTL  Electric power steering unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Fenstermacher; David
EXP  Graysay; Tamara L.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Onodera; Tsugio
CTY  Azuma-mura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kodaira; Tadao
CTY  Maebashi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Taniguchi; Yoshiaki
CTY  Oi-machi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsuba Corporation
CTY  Cunma
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970704
APN  9-179591
CLAS
OCL   74388PS
XCL   74422
XCL   74109
XCL  180  644
EDF  6
ICL  B62D  504
FSC   74
FSS  388 PS;89.15;424.8 R;459;422;89.11;109
FSC  318
FSS  489;486
FSC  180
FSS  6.28;6.44
UREF
PNO  4572314
ISD  19860200
NAM  Anguera
OCL  180 79.1
UREF
PNO  4653602
ISD  19870300
NAM  Anders et al.
OCL  180 79.1
UREF
PNO  5623409
ISD  19970400
NAM  Miller
OCL  364424.051
UREF
PNO  5650701
ISD  19970700
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  318489
UREF
PNO  5711396
ISD  19980100
NAM  Joerg et al.
OCL  180444
LREP
FRM  McCormick, Paulding & Huber
ABST
PAL  An electric power steering unit comprises a rack-shaft 2 to be coupled to
      the guiding wheels of a vehicle, a housing A for slidably containing the
      rack-shaft 2 and holding therein a coupling section 6 for causing the
      teeth of the rack-shaft 2 to engage those of a pinion arranged on the
      steering column 5 linked to the steering handle of the vehicle and an
      electric motor 1 coaxially arranged around the rack-shaft 2, which the
      rotary force is transmitted to the rack-shaft 2 by way of a ball screw
      mechanism 3 as the steering assisting power. A nut section 19 of the
      ball-screw mechanism 3 is rotatably supported by a housing B separately
      formed from the housing A, in a state of supporting the armature shaft 11
      of the electric motor 1. The rack-shaft 2 is axially movable and supported
      by two points of support, one at the coupling section and the other at the
      nut section supported by the housing B. Thus, the rack-shaft is not
      supported by three points such as the conventional power steering unit but
      supported by two points, the precision requirements for the components are
      eased and hence the manufacturing cost thereof is reduced.
PATN
WKU  059880066
SRC  8
APN  3537978
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19941212
TTL  Method of moving objects with self-locking mechanical transmission
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Fenstermacher; David
EXP  Graysay; Tamara L.
NDR  4
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Fleytman; Yakov
STR  2875 Troy Center Dr., Apt. 3028
CTY  Troy
STA  MI
ZIP  48084
CLAS
OCL   74425
EDF  6
ICL  F16H  116
FSC   74
FSS  409;89.14;424.8 R;425;441
UREF
PNO  2567483
ISD  19510900
NAM  Hotine
OCL   74459
UREF
PNO  4261218
ISD  19810400
NAM  Eagan, Sr.
OCL   74409
UREF
PNO  4679458
ISD  19870700
NAM  Brandenstein et al.
OCL   74424.8R
UREF
PNO  4685344
ISD  19870800
NAM  Horn et al.
OCL   74424.8R
UREF
PNO  4989472
ISD  19910200
NAM  James, Sr. et al.
OCL   74409
UREF
PNO  5063316
ISD  19911100
NAM  E-ming
OCL   74 89.14
UREF
PNO  5239882
ISD  19930800
NAM  Druet
OCL   74459
UREF
PNO  5387162
ISD  19950200
NAM  Yang
OCL   74409
UREF
PNO  5392666
ISD  19950200
NAM  Lin
OCL   74409
FREF
PNO  1399721
ISD  19880000
CNT  SUX
ICL  G05G 1900
FREF
PNO  1442983
ISD  19880000
CNT  SUX
ICL  G05G 1900
FREF
PNO  1401209
ISD  19880000
CNT  SUX
ICL  F16H 2702
FREF
PNO  1437212
ISD  19880000
CNT  SUX
ICL  B25J  912
FREF
PNO  1486686
ISD  19890000
CNT  SUX
ICL  F16H 2900
FREF
PNO  1495110
ISD  19890000
CNT  SUX
ICL  B25G  900
FREF
PNO  1516685
ISD  19890000
CNT  SUX
ICL  F16H 2702
FREF
PNO  1609646
ISD  19900000
CNT  SUX
ICL  B25G  900
FREF
PNO  1603104
ISD  19900000
CNT  SUX
ICL  F16H 2520
FREF
PNO  1665358
ISD  19910000
CNT  SUX
ICL  G05G 1900
FREF
PNO  4717697
ISD  19910000
CNT  SUX
ICL  G05G 1900
OREF
PAL  Nicholas P. Chironis, Mechanisms & Mechanical Devices Sourcebook, p. 402
      (McGraw Hill 1991).
ABST
PAL  A method of moving of moving objects with a self-locking mechanical
      transmission including a driving element and a driven element with a
      controlling element selected from the driving element and the driven
      element, the method comprises steps of moving the controlling element
      until a contact between the driving element and the driven element is
      established, applying to one of elements a power action so as to push the
      one element and simultaneously and jointly move the driving element and
      the driven element in the direction of the established contact between the
      driving element and the driven element; unloading of the controlling
      element so as to interrupt a power interaction between the driving element
      and the driven element.
PATN
WKU  059880074
SRC  9
APN  0114723
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980520
TTL  Ball screw apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Herrmann; Allan D.
NDR  14
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Nishimura; Kentaro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  THK Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960621
APN  8-181639
CLAS
OCL   74459
XCL   744248R
EDF  6
ICL  F16H 2522
FSC   74
FSS  424.8 R;459
UREF
PNO  477642
ISD  18920600
NAM  Brunthaver
OCL   74459
UREF
PNO  2724284
ISD  19551100
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL   74459
UREF
PNO  4074585
ISD  19780200
NAM  Richaud et al.
OCL   74424.8R
UREF
PNO  4148226
ISD  19790400
NAM  Benton
OCL   74459
UREF
PNO  5154091
ISD  19921000
NAM  Bianco
OCL   74459
UREF
PNO  5279175
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kasuga et al.
OCL   74459
FREF
PNO  36-9353
ISD  19610700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  37-7107
ISD  19620400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  50-121662
ISD  19750900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-201013
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Nikaido Marmelstein Murray & Oram LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/02155
PD1  19980520
PD2  19980520
PD3  19970623
PCP  WO97/48922
PCD  19971224
ABST
PAR  A ball screw unit is provided including a screw shaft having a helical ball
      rolling groove on the outer peripheral surface thereof; a nut fitted about
      the screw shaft, having a helical load rolling groove on the inner
      peripheral surface thereof for forming a helical load ball path in
      opposing relationship with the ball rolling groove of the screw shaft, and
      having a ball return path along the axis thereof; a pair of end caps
      arranged at both ends of the nut, each end cap having change of direction
      paths for establishing communication between ends of the load ball path
      and ends of ball return path of the nut respectively; and a number of
      balls inserted into an endless circulation path which is formed by the
      load ball path, the ball return path and the change of direction paths,
      and disposed to circulate through the endless circulation path following
      the rotation of the screw shaft relative to the nut; wherein each of the
      change of direction paths formed on the pair of end caps includes a guide
      groove for guiding the balls which roll out from the load ball path in a
      direction different from a direction in which the ball rolling groove of
      the screw shaft extends, and for lifting the balls from the ball rolling
      groove along the inner peripheral surface of the ball rolling groove; and
      a ball guide hole to receive the balls lifted from the ball rolling groove
      by the guide groove, and guide the balls to an entrance of the ball return
      path of the nut.
PATN
WKU  059880082
SRC  9
APN  1326252
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980811
TTL  Device for shifting bicycle gears
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Hansen; Colby
EXP  Graysay; Tamara L.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Rau; Johannes
CTY  Schweinfurt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  SRAM Deutschland GmbH
CTY  Schweinfurt
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970811
APN  197 34 683
CLAS
OCL   744731
XCL   745022
XCL   74527
XCL   74489
EDF  6
ICL  F16C  110
ICL  G05G  104
ICL  G05G 1100
FSC   74
FSS  502.2;527;473.13;489;495
FSC  464
FSS  77
UREF
PNO  5476019
ISD  19951200
NAM  Cheever et al.
XCL   74489
UREF
PNO  5524501
ISD  19960600
NAM  Patterson et al.
XCL   74489
UREF
PNO  5676020
ISD  19971000
NAM  Jordan et al.
XCL   74489
FREF
PNO  1011306
ISD  19570600
CNT  DEX
OCL   74489
FREF
PNO  44 42 953
ISD  19960200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Cohen, Pontani, Lieberman & Pavane
ABST
PAL  A device for shifting bicycle gears. The device includes a housing part and
      a rotary element. The housing part has a circumferential surface and a
      plurality of notches formed in the circumferential surface. Each of the
      plurality of notches corresponds to a gear-shifting position. The rotary
      element has a circumferential wall and is selectively rotatable relative
      to the housing part, the housing part being disposed concentrically within
      the circumferential wall of the rotary element. The device further
      includes a detent spring configured as a wrap spring and arranged
      circumferentially around the housing part, the wrap spring having a wrap
      diameter and a wrap angle of between approximately 180.degree. and
      360.degree..
PATN
WKU  059880090
SRC  8
APN  9909672
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971215
TTL  Control device for a gearbox of a vehicle with actuator and cam
      activated selection of gears
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Fenstermacher; David
EXP  Graysay; Tamara L.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Tornatore; Giovanni
CTY  S. Benigno Canavese
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Lenzi; Gianluigi
CTY  Bologna
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Magneti Marelli S.p.A.
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19961217
APN  T096A1035
CLAS
OCL   7447327
XCL   743375
EDF  6
ICL  B60K 2000
FSC   74
FSS  473.27;473.11;337.5
UREF
PNO  4891999
ISD  19900100
NAM  Scott
OCL   74337.5
UREF
PNO  5094121
ISD  19920300
NAM  Von Kaler
OCL   74473.27
UREF
PNO  5150629
ISD  19920900
NAM  Morris et al.
OCL   74337.5
UREF
PNO  5251503
ISD  19931000
NAM  Morris et al.
OCL   74337.5
UREF
PNO  5590563
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kuwahata et al.
OCL   74337.5
UREF
PNO  5740695
ISD  19980400
NAM  Janson
OCL   74337.5
UREF
PNO  5809836
ISD  19980900
NAM  Patzold et al.
OCL   74337.5
FREF
PNO  0 038 787 A2
ISD  19811000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  795701
ISD  19970900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  7-91537
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A control device for a gearbox of a vehicle is provided with fixed support.
      A control element carried by the fixed support is able to move along a
      first axis to carry out a gear rank selection operation and also able to
      rotate about the first axis to carry out a gear engagement/disengagement
      operation. An actuator having an output element movable along a second
      axis is orthogonal to the first axis and cooperating with the control
      element to rotate it about the first axis. An engagement element carried
      in an integral manner by the control element is also provided. A cam which
      can be activated selectively and is suitable for cooperating in a sliding
      manner with the engagement element to displace the control element axially
      by a predetermined quantity during the rotation of the control element
      about the first axis is included. Selective activation of the cam during
      the gear selection operation is possible.
PATN
WKU  059880104
SRC  9
APN  0722391
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980504
TTL  Adjustable steering column for motor vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Fenstermacher; David
EXP  Graysay; Tamara L.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Olgren; Leland Nels
CTY  Frankenmuth
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  General Motors Corporation
CTY  Detroit
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   74493
XCL   74491
XCL   74492
XCL  280775
EDF  6
ICL  B62D  118
FSC   74
FSS  491;492;493
FSC  280
FSS  775;777
UREF
PNO  4209074
ISD  19800600
NAM  York
OCL  180 78
UREF
PNO  5213004
ISD  19930500
NAM  Hoblingre
OCL  280775
UREF
PNO  5394767
ISD  19950300
NAM  Hoblingre et al.
OCL   74493
LREP
FR2  Ellis; Dean L.
FR2  Sigler; Robert M.
ABST
PAL  A steering column including a mast jacket adjustable vertically and
      horizontally and clamp. The clamp includes a housing having a pair of
      piston bores and a control shaft bore intersecting each of the piston
      bores. A control shaft is rotatable in the control shaft bore and
      connected to a manual operating lever. A pair of passages in the control
      shaft define gates in the piston bores which are fully open and partially
      open in an unlocked position and in a locked position, respectively, of
      the manual operating lever. Aggregates of media grains in the piston bores
      traverse the open gates without interference in response to relative
      linear translation between the pistons and the piston bores. The media
      grains bridge the partially open gates and clump in the piston bores to
      define solid plugs which rigidly immobilize the pistons. Vertical
      adjustment of the steering column induces relative linear translation
      between one of the pistons and its piston bore and horizontal adjustment
      of the steering column induces relative linear translation between the
      other of the pistons and its piston bore. When the pistons are
      immobilized, the position of the steering column relative to the vehicle
      body is rigidly captured.
PATN
WKU  059880112
SRC  9
APN  0107093
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980122
TTL  Cable end-piece
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Luong; Vinh T.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Crepin; Herve
CTY  Noyelles Sur Mer
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Sram France s.a.r.l.
CTY  Chepy
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970203
APN  97 01167
CLAS
OCL   745024
XCL   745026
XCL   745015R
XCL  403197
EDF  6
ICL  F16C  110
FSC   74
FSS  500.5-502.6
FSC  403
FSS  197
UREF
PNO  3221572
ISD  19651200
NAM  Swick
OCL   74501.5R
UREF
PNO  3528313
ISD  19700900
NAM  Berno
OCL   74501.5R
UREF
PNO  4079950
ISD  19780300
NAM  Langford
OCL   74502
UREF
PNO  4132415
ISD  19790100
NAM  Langford
XCL   74503
UREF
PNO  4304149
ISD  19811200
NAM  Heimann
OCL   74501R
UREF
PNO  4534239
ISD  19850800
NAM  Heimann
OCL   74501.5R
UREF
PNO  4621937
ISD  19861100
NAM  Maccuaig
OCL  403197
UREF
PNO  4860609
ISD  19890800
NAM  Spease
OCL   74502.4
UREF
PNO  4884467
ISD  19891200
NAM  Martell
OCL   74501.5R
UREF
PNO  5582074
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kelley et al.
OCL   74502.4
FREF
PNO  2 614 659
ISD  19881100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  85 10 490 U
ISD  19870100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1 389 297
ISD  19750400
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Baker & Daniels
ABST
PAL  A cable end-piece for a cable which slides in a flexible sheath. The
      end-piece includes a hollow tubular body which is closed by a base. The
      base has an opening for the passage of a cable therethrough. The base
      includes an extension which has an outer surface and an inner surface. The
      inner surface is provided with a seal to sealingly contact the cable. The
      outer surface has at least one groove which is connected to the inner
      surface by means of channels. The material from which the seal is made
      also fills the channels.
PATN
WKU  059880120
SRC  9
APN  0963933
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980611
TTL  Cam activated rotational gear lock
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Luong; Vinh T.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Arnoth; Frank W.
STR  20 Concord Creek Rd.
CTY  Glen Mills
STA  PA
ZIP  19342
CLAS
OCL   74527
XCL   74567
XCL  280650
XCL  280647
EDF  6
ICL  G05G  506
ICL  F16H 5300
ICL  B62B  100
FSC   74
FSS  526;527;512;567;475
FSC   24
FSS  590
FSC  280
FSS  650;647
UREF
PNO  2291975
ISD  19420800
NAM  Minero
OCL  248158
UREF
PNO  3470524
ISD  19690900
NAM  Culver
OCL  339 90
UREF
PNO  3525272
ISD  19700800
NAM  Olson
OCL   74530
UREF
PNO  3596013
ISD  19710700
NAM  Pihl
OCL  200 11EA
UREF
PNO  4202227
ISD  19800500
NAM  Thumm
UREF
PNO  4709454
ISD  19871200
NAM  Barnes
OCL   24590
UREF
PNO  4770057
ISD  19880900
NAM  Foggini
OCL   74523
UREF
PNO  4944073
ISD  19900700
NAM  Haug
OCL   24590
UREF
PNO  5213004
ISD  19930500
NAM  Hoblingre
OCL   74493
UREF
PNO  5482417
ISD  19960100
NAM  Erickson
UREF
PNO  5530999
ISD  19960700
NAM  Barnes
UREF
PNO  5699698
ISD  19971200
NAM  Geyer
UREF
PNO  5819798
ISD  19981000
NAM  Claflin et al.
XCL   74527
UREF
PNO  5823066
ISD  19981000
NAM  Huitema et al.
OCL   74527
UREF
PNO  5884533
ISD  19990300
NAM  Shyu et al.
OCL   74527
FREF
PNO  856087
ISD  19521100
CNT  DEX
OCL   74527
LREP
FR2  Kaliski; Edward J.
ABST
PAL  The invention is a mechanism for selectively fixing the angular
      relationship of two pivotaly related structural members in finite steps
      using a manually actuated, cam-activated gear lock. This provides an
      adjustable and selectively lockable angular relationship. Fixed and
      moveable cylindrical cams and a concentric face gear/clutch are used. In
      one application, the mechanism is incorporated into a four bar linkage.
PATN
WKU  059880139
SRC  8
APN  9820949
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971201
TTL  Mounting arrangement for a control lever
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Kim; Chong H.
EXP  Hannon; Thomas R.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Carr, Jr.; Charles W.
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Fryrear; Max D.
CTY  Oswego
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Greving; Derek D.
CTY  Morton
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Kuhn; Mary A.
CTY  Brookfield
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Caterpillar Inc.
CTY  Peoria
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   74532
XCL   74527
EDF  6
ICL  G05G  505
FSC   74
FSS  473.25;532;533;535;527
UREF
PNO  1914506
ISD  19330600
NAM  House
OCL   74533
UREF
PNO  2922669
ISD  19600100
NAM  Hansen
OCL   74527
UREF
PNO  3534629
ISD  19701000
NAM  Schwerdhofer
OCL   74535
UREF
PNO  4840083
ISD  19890600
NAM  Hagan et al.
OCL   74527
UREF
PNO  5537892
ISD  19960700
NAM  Wiechman
OCL   74527
FREF
PNO  002058511
ISD  19920600
CNT  CAX
OCL   74527
LREP
FR2  Perry; William C.
FR2  Buck, II; Byron G.
ABST
PAL  In the operation of construction machines having multiple functions it has
      been a problem to provide a mounting arrangement for the levers that
      incorporates low lever effort operational detents without experiencing
      undue wear within the components. The present invention provides a
      mounting arrangement for a control lever that has a plurality of upraised
      ribs defined thereon in a preselected array. A plurality of grooves are
      positioned on an adjacent bearing member that are positioned to engage the
      upraised ribs in a first condition of the control lever. The control lever
      may be rotated out of engagement with the ribs to operate in a second
      condition while at the same time being engageable with a plurality of
      operational detents to provided feedback to an operator as to impending
      operational conditions.
PATN
WKU  059880147
SRC  8
APN  8745528
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970613
TTL  Sheet-metal steering wheel
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Luong; Vinh T.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Liesenfeld; Udo
CTY  Goldbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Drefahl; Klaus
CTY  Hanau
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kreuzer; Martin
CTY  Kleinwallstadt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hartmann; Peter
CTY  Waldaschaff
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Werner; Heribert
CTY  Kahl
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  TRW Automotive Safety Systems GmbH
CTY  Aschaffenburg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960621
APN  196 24 799
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970609
APN  197 24 073
CLAS
OCL   74552
XCL   298941
EDF  6
ICL  B62D  104
FSC   74
FSS  552
FSC   29
FSS  894.1
UREF
PNO  1375670
ISD  19210400
NAM  Bundy
OCL   29894.1
UREF
PNO  1779219
ISD  19301000
NAM  Sheller
OCL   29894.1
UREF
PNO  1785897
ISD  19301200
NAM  Geyer
OCL   29894.1
UREF
PNO  1823562
ISD  19310900
NAM  Husted
OCL   29894.1
UREF
PNO  1869267
ISD  19320700
NAM  Marbach et al.
OCL   29894.1
UREF
PNO  1869333
ISD  19320700
NAM  Bronson et al.
OCL   74552
UREF
PNO  1869334
ISD  19320700
NAM  Bronson et al.
OCL   29894.1
UREF
PNO  1872052
ISD  19320800
NAM  Wrigley
OCL   29894.1
UREF
PNO  2297137
ISD  19420900
NAM  Fennema
OCL   74552
UREF
PNO  2425240
ISD  19470800
NAM  George
OCL   74552
UREF
PNO  3686969
ISD  19720800
NAM  Siepmann
XCL   74552
UREF
PNO  3714844
ISD  19730200
NAM  Tsuda
UREF
PNO  4011645
ISD  19770300
NAM  Muller
OCL   74552
UREF
PNO  4359911
ISD  19821100
NAM  Eubanks et al.
OCL   74552
UREF
PNO  4892006
ISD  19900100
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL   74552
UREF
PNO  4976801
ISD  19901200
NAM  Martine et al.
OCL   29894.1
FREF
PNO  512 755
ISD  19210100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  553348
ISD  19230500
CNT  FRX
OCL   29894.1
FREF
PNO  2496036
ISD  19820600
CNT  FRX
OCL   74552
FREF
PNO  1981140
ISD  19680300
CNT  DEX
OCL   74552
FREF
PNO  37 19 658 A1
ISD  19880100
CNT  DEX
OCL   74552
FREF
PNO  270890
ISD  19300100
CNT  ITX
OCL   29894.1
FREF
PNO  4-62272
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4193681
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  318 680
ISD  19290900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Abstract of the technical paper "Development of Magnesium Steering Wheel",
      Yoshinari et al., Toyota Motor Corp., Published by Society of Automotive
      Engineers, Inc, Feb. 25, 1991.
LREP
FRM  Sprung Kramer Schaefer & Briscoe
ABST
PAL  A steering-wheel skeleton has a hub, spokes, and a rim made in one piece
      out of a single sheet-metal blank and provided with its final shape by
      separation and bending without machining. The hub is provided with a cone
      facing the vehicle. The spokes, which extend up and out, are provided with
      unthreaded bores, cutouts, or threaded bore for attaching an airbag
      module. A nut can, if necessary, be forced into one cutout. The hub can be
      reinforced by using two layers of the material.
PATN
WKU  059880155
SRC  8
APN  8942862
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971027
TTL  Drive devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Battista; Mary Ann
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Riu; Herve
CTY  La Murette
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Holset Engineering Co., Limited
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950217
APN  95 01860
CLAS
OCL   74574
XCL  464 90
XCL  474 94
EDF  6
ICL  F16F 15126
FSC   74
FSS  574;573 R;572
FSC  464
FSS  89;90;160
FSC  474
FSS  94;161;902
UREF
PNO  4781659
ISD  19881100
NAM  Gebhardt
XCL   74574
UREF
PNO  5449322
ISD  19950900
NAM  Wagner
XCL   74574
FREF
PNO  0 012 669
ISD  19800600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  31 07 371
ISD  19820900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4018596
ISD  19911200
CNT  DEX
OCL  464 90
FREF
PNO  44 20 178
ISD  19941200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 22 710
ISD  19950100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 04 311
ISD  19950400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  896 548
ISD  19620500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2121914
ISD  19840100
CNT  GBX
OCL   74574
FREF
PNO  92/03669
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Abstract, Laid Open Japanese Patent Application No. 7-238949, 1 page,
      English language, Sep. 12, 1995.
PAL  Japanese Patent No. 7-238949, Japanese language, front page, Sep. 12, 1995.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, Publication No. 07229538 A, Japanese Patent
      Office, English language, 1 page, Aug. 29, 1995.
PAL  Japanese Patent No. 7-229538, Japanese language, front page, Aug. 29, 1995.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, Publication No. 08004881 A, Japanese Patent
      Office, English language, 1 page, Jan. 12, 1996.
PAL  Japanese Patent No. 8-4881, Japanese language, front page, Jan. 12, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Akin, Gump, Strauss Hauer & Feld
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/00371
PD1  19971027
PD2  19971027
PD3  19960219
PCP  WO96/25611
PCD  19960822
ABST
PAR  A device for driving a piece of equipment from a driving shaft has a
      torsional vibration damper and comprises a primary element for connection
      to the driving shaft and a secondary element for connection to the piece
      of equipment. A first elastic member surrounds the primary element and an
      inertia ring surrounds the first elastic member. The secondary element has
      a rim extending parallel to the longitudinal axis of the device, and the
      rim partly covers the inertia ring. A cylindrical ring is located between
      the rim and the inertia ring for providing friction and a radial guide
      bearing. The secondary element has a transverse covering integral with the
      rim extending radially inwardly toward the longitudinal axis of the
      driving shaft. A second elastic member is located between the transverse
      covering and the primary element.
PATN
WKU  059880163
SRC  9
APN  2282828
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19990111
TTL  Bycycle crank arm
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Luong; Vinh T.
NDR  12
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Yamanaka; Masahiro
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Shimano Inc.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  770501
APD  19961220
PSC  01
PNO  5904072
ISD  19990518
CLAS
OCL   745942
XCL   745941
XCL  474160
XCL  D12123
EDF  6
ICL  G05G  114
FSC   74
FSS  594.1-594.6
FSC  474
FSS  144;160
FSC  D12
FSS  123
UREF
PNO  D299221
ISD  19890100
NAM  Borromeo
OCL  D12123
UREF
PNO  D319808
ISD  19910900
NAM  Cook
OCL  D12123
UREF
PNO  D356526
ISD  19950300
NAM  Burns
OCL  D12123
UREF
PNO  D365049
ISD  19951200
NAM  Kuylman
OCL  D12123
UREF
PNO  5609070
ISD  19970300
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL   74594.1
UREF
PNO  5623856
ISD  19970400
NAM  Durham
OCL   74594.1
UREF
PNO  5644953
ISD  19970700
NAM  Leng
OCL   74594.2
FREF
PNO  0036750
ISD  19810900
CNT  EPX
OCL   74594.1
FREF
PNO  0176639
ISD  19860400
CNT  EPX
OCL   74594.1
FREF
PNO  417313
ISD  19101100
CNT  FRX
OCL   74594.1
FREF
PNO  843684
ISD  19390700
CNT  FRX
OCL   74594.1
FREF
PNO  980071
ISD  19510500
CNT  FRX
OCL   74594.1
FREF
PNO  2441533
ISD  19800600
CNT  FRX
OCL   74594.1
FREF
PNO  2225296
ISD  19900500
CNT  GBX
OCL   74594.1
LREP
FRM  Shinjyu Global IP Counselors, LLP
ABST
PAL  A bicycle crank arm assembly for a bicycle is designed for mounting a
      sprocket thereto. The crank arm has a centrally located hub portion, a
      crank portion extending radially outwardly from the hub portion and at
      least three fastening fingers extending radially outwardly from the hub
      portion. The fastening fingers are designed to have substantially the same
      stiffness at their free ends. This can be accomplished in a variety of
      ways such as change the cross-section of the fastening fingers adjacent
      the crank portion or changing the shape of the sprocket mounting portions
      of the fastening fingers. Also, in certain embodiments, the fastening
      fingers adjacent the crank portion are constructed such that their rear
      surfaces lie in the same plane as the rear surface of the crank portion
      adjacent thereto, or in a lower plane.
PATN
WKU  059880171
SRC  8
APN  9334335
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970916
TTL  Safety web lid retainer for waste drum
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Meislin; D. S.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Franklin; Jacky L.
CTY  Smith
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Williams; Michael E.
CTY  Clinton
STA  KY
ASSG
NAM  EET TN Corporation
CTY  Knoxville
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   81  355
XCL  220315
XCL  220319
EDF  6
ICL  B67B  714
ICL  B65D 4500
FSC  292
FSS  258;259 R;288
FSC  220
FSS  315;317-320;323
FSC  217
FSS  66
FSC  410
FSS  96;97;100
FSC  215
FSS  273;278;280;286;291
FSC   81
FSS  3.55
UREF
PNO  136045
ISD  18730200
NAM  de Mestre
UREF
PNO  1137607
ISD  19150400
NAM  Gross et al.
UREF
PNO  1183892
ISD  19160500
NAM  McTague
UREF
PNO  2731972
ISD  19560100
NAM  Braun
UREF
PNO  3050838
ISD  19620800
NAM  Stultz, Jr.
XCL   81  3.55
UREF
PNO  4216685
ISD  19800800
NAM  Taylor
OCL   81  3.55
UREF
PNO  4545501
ISD  19851000
NAM  DeFord
UREF
PNO  4829744
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kapke
UREF
PNO  4974441
ISD  19901200
NAM  Keeney et al.
XCL   81  3.55
UREF
PNO  4976371
ISD  19901200
NAM  Wise et al.
UREF
PNO  5222265
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hermansson
XCL   81  3.55
LREP
FRM  Pitts & Brittian, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A safety web for retaining the lid of a waste drum during opening of the
      lid. Safety web 10 is adapted to form a secure containment volume 22 that
      prevents lid 14 from becoming an airborne safety hazard. Safety web 10
      includes a belt 20 for securing the safety web to the drum. The ends of
      belt 20 are secured to a ratcheting turnbuckle 25 that allows adjustment
      of the length of belt 20. Safety web 10 further includes a plurality of
      radial straps 30 radially disposed about belt 20. The ends 32 of radial
      straps 30 are fixedly secured to belt 20. Radial straps 30 are further
      fixedly secured to each other at a central point 35 defined by the
      midpoint of each radial strap 30. An annular strap 40 is provided on
      safety web 10 between belt 20 and central point 35. In order to allow an
      operator to vent pressure off of the drum with safety web 10 in place on
      drum 12, a steel elongated pry bar 50 is also provided. Elongated pry bar
      50 has a first end 55 adapted for grasping by the operator and a second
      end 60 adapted to engage the perimetric lip 62 of the drum lid so as to
      pry the lip 62 of the drum lid 14 upwards. A bend 65 and a short
      cross-member 70 cooperate to act as a fulcrum.
PATN
WKU  059880180
SRC  8
APN  9708480
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19971114
TTL  Mechanical wire stripper
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXA  Skinner; Sinclair
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Tolbert; Thomas R.
STR  277 S. Fair View La.
CTY  Ely
STA  NV
ZIP  89301
INVT
NAM  Locke; Tony
STR  900 Ave. O
CTY  Ely
STA  NV
ZIP  89301
CLAS
OCL   81  94
XCL   81  941
XCL   81  942
XCL   81  943
EDF  6
ICL  H02G  112
FSC   81
FSS  9.4;9.41;9.42;9.43
UREF
PNO  562097
ISD  18960600
NAM  Rieckel
OCL   30 90.7
UREF
PNO  1275225
ISD  19180800
NAM  Cleve
UREF
PNO  1866095
ISD  19320700
NAM  Foley
OCL   30 90.7
UREF
PNO  1885944
ISD  19321100
NAM  Pedersen
UREF
PNO  3554243
ISD  19710100
NAM  DeRose et al.
UREF
PNO  4449298
ISD  19840500
NAM  Putz
UREF
PNO  4536957
ISD  19850800
NAM  Britton
UREF
PNO  4577405
ISD  19860300
NAM  Butler
UREF
PNO  4656893
ISD  19870400
NAM  Hudson
OCL   81  9.51
UREF
PNO  4785535
ISD  19881100
NAM  Nespor
UREF
PNO  4945788
ISD  19900800
NAM  Matthews
UREF
PNO  4977671
ISD  19901200
NAM  Ducret
OCL   30 90.2
UREF
PNO  5140873
ISD  19920800
NAM  Schwartzman
UREF
PNO  5230260
ISD  19930700
NAM  Bell
UREF
PNO  5582078
ISD  19961200
NAM  Talley
LREP
FRM  Morriss, Bateman, O'Bryant & Compagni
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for stripping housing from a cable. The apparatus
      includes a frame having an interior channel or passage for receiving a
      cable therethrough and an exterior. The frame has a guide coupled to the
      frame interior for supporting the cable when the cable is received through
      the frame and moved axially therethrough. Disposed in the frame is an
      adjustable shaft having a first end and a second end. The shaft is
      adjustably coupled to the frame so that the first end is disposed in the
      frame interior opposite the guide and can be quickly and safely adjusted
      relative to the guide depending on the size of cable disposed therein. The
      first end also has a blade attached thereto for splitting the housing of
      the cable when the cable is moved axially through the frame interior while
      supported by the guide. The guide supports the cable so that the housing
      on the cable is perforated by the blade when the adjustable shaft is
      adjusted to press the blade against the cable. The frame exterior has a
      separator mechanism adjustably coupled thereto for efficiently stripping
      split cable housing from the cable.
PATN
WKU  059880198
SRC  9
APN  2340429
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19990119
TTL  Striking tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Danganan; Joni B.
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  13
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Coonrad; Todd Douglas
CTY  Santa Cruz
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Douglas Tool, LLC
CTY  Santa Cruz
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  064205
APD  19980421
PSC  01
PNO  5860334
RLAP
COD  81
APN  624178
APD  19960328
PSC  01
PNO  5768956
CLAS
OCL   81 20
EDF  6
ICL  B25D  100
FSC   81
FSS  20;21;22;23;25;26
FSC  254
FSS  21;25;26 R
UREF
PNO  4773286
ISD  19880900
NAM  Krauth
OCL   81 20
UREF
PNO  5211085
ISD  19930500
NAM  Liou
OCL   81 20
LREP
FR2  Boys; Donald R.
ABST
PAL  A head-to-handle interface for a striking tool having a plane of symmetry
      has a web in the plane of symmetry and sidewalls around the periphery of
      the web except for the direction of joining the handle to the head, the
      web and sidewalls forming socket areas on both sides of the web, such that
      a handle shaped to engage the sockets is joined to the head in a manner
      that bending stresses are greatly alleviated at and near the
      head-to-handle interface. In one embodiment a variable weight system
      provides for a user varying the weight of the head of a striking tool. In
      another aspect, a nail-pulling slot is provided with significantly tapered
      inner walls.
PATN
WKU  059880201
SRC  9
APN  0026093
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980105
TTL  Hammerhead
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Danganan; Joni B.
EXP  Morgan; Eileen P.
NDR  1
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Ray W.
STR  151 N. Gow
CTY  Wichita
STA  KS
ZIP  67203
CLAS
OCL   81 23
XCL   81 24
EDF  6
ICL  B25D  100
FSC   81
FSS  20;23;24
UREF
PNO  299717
ISD  18840600
NAM  Barber
OCL   81 23
UREF
PNO  450011
ISD  18910400
NAM  Hackett
OCL   81 23
UREF
PNO  2597876
ISD  19520500
NAM  Kurkjian
OCL   81 23
UREF
PNO  3987828
ISD  19761000
NAM  Matheis
OCL   81 24
UREF
PNO  4273172
ISD  19810600
NAM  Hoosier
OCL   81 23
UREF
PNO  4465115
ISD  19840800
NAM  Palomera
OCL   81 24
FREF
PNO  141678
ISD  19491000
CNT  AUX
OCL   81 24
LREP
FR2  Crabtree; Edwin H.
FR2  Pizarro; Ramon L.
FR2  Margolis; Donald W.
ABST
PAL  A hammerhead used for magnetically holding different sizes and lengths of
      nails. Also, the hammerhead can be used for holding tacks, brads and other
      types of fasteners. The hammerhead is used to start the initial driving of
      a nail into a nail receiving surface and avoids the holding of the nail
      with one hand and possibly hitting the hand with the hammerhead. The
      hammerhead is characterized by having a head member with an outwardly
      extending annular shaped nose. The nose includes a rear portion integral
      to and extending outwardly from the head member, a front portion with a
      nail striking face, a top portion and a bottom portion. The length of the
      top portion of the nose includes a "V" shaped groove for receiving a
      portion of the nail therein. A magnet hole, in the top portion of the
      nose, is disposed next to the nail striking face. The magnet hole is used
      for receiving a magnet with a non-magnetic sleeve therearound. Extending
      downwardly from the magnet hole is a knock-out hole which is used for
      removing the magnet when the magnet is damaged or it loses it's magnetic
      flux. The top of the magnet is disposed along the length of the "V" shaped
      groove for holding the nail received in the groove. The top portion also
      includes a nail head slot at one end of the "V" shaped groove for
      receiving different size nail heads.
PATN
WKU  059880210
SRC  9
APN  1216422
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980723
TTL  Shingle removing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Wilson; Lee
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Nicolosi; Michael
STR  20 Doral Court
CTY  Marlton
STA  NJ
ZIP  08053
INVT
NAM  Bridge, Jr.; William L.
STR  20 Doral Court
CTY  Marlton
STA  NJ
ZIP  08053
CLAS
OCL   81 45
EDF  6
ICL  E04D 1500
FSC   81
FSS  45
FSC  299
FSS  37.1
FSC   30
FSS  169;170
FSC  254
FSS  131
UREF
PNO  3885688
ISD  19750500
NAM  Larsen
OCL  254131
UREF
PNO  4663995
ISD  19870500
NAM  Amundson et al.
OCL   81 45
UREF
PNO  4763547
ISD  19880800
NAM  Dike, Jr.
OCL   81 45
UREF
PNO  4858503
ISD  19890800
NAM  Dike, Jr.
OCL   81 45
UREF
PNO  5001946
ISD  19910300
NAM  Shirlin et al.
OCL   81 45
UREF
PNO  5741047
ISD  19980400
NAM  Ordonez
OCL   81 45
UREF
PNO  5819603
ISD  19981000
NAM  Murray
OCL   81 45
UREF
PNO  5863100
ISD  19990100
NAM  Martin
OCL   81 45
UREF
PNO  5893611
ISD  19990400
NAM  Gamber
OCL   81 45
LREP
FRM  Henderson & Sturm
ABST
PAL  A shingle removing apparatus 10 including an elongated handle member 20
      connected on one end 21 to source of compressed gas 100 and provided with
      a trigger mechanism 22, wherein the other end 23 of the handle member 20
      is provided with a framework element 24 which is further provided with a
      roller 30 and operatively associated with a lifter unit 13 and wherein the
      operation of the lifter unit 13 is governed both by the trigger mechanism
      22 and a trip switch 50 operatively associated with the framework element
      24.
PATN
WKU  059880228
SRC  9
APN  1082272
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980701
TTL  Ratchet wrench
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Smith; James G.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Wang; Yen-Yu
STR  P.O. Box 2103
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL   81 60
XCL   81 5729
EDF  6
ICL  B25B 1346
FSC   81
FSS  57.29;60
UREF
PNO  2764048
ISD  19560900
NAM  Thompson
XCL   81 60
UREF
PNO  5533427
ISD  19960700
NAM  Chow
XCL   81 60
ABST
PAL  A ratchet wrench including a handle and at least one fitting wheel
      rotatably mounted at one end of the handle. A middle section of outer side
      of the fitting wheel is formed with multiple annularly arranged teeth. A
      spiral rod is rotatably connected with two pivot sections of the handle
      near the fitting wheel. The spiral rod meshes with the teeth of the
      fitting wheel. One end of the spiral rod abuts against an intermediate
      member for reducing frictional force between the spiral rod and one of the
      pivot sections. The other end of the spiral rod is engaged with the other
      of the pivot sections. The spiral rod can cooperate with the teeth of the
      fitting wheel by any angle so that the handle of the ratchet wrench can be
      rotated by any angle without limitation of pitch.
PATN
WKU  059880236
SRC  8
APN  6891233
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19960730
TTL  Slotted pin engaging tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Meislin; D. S.
NDR  3
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Townsend; Donley
CTY  Detroit
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Charland; Richard N.
CTY  New Baltimore
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Chrysler Corporation
CTY  Auburn Hills
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   81 902
XCL   81114
XCL   81443
XCL   81448
XCL  279107
EDF  6
ICL  B25B 1332
FSC   81
FSS  442-444;448-449;452-455;90.1-90.3;90.9;91.3;92;94;98-99;111-115;176.3
FSC  279
FSS  35;37;43;50;74;107
UREF
PNO  216776
ISD  18790600
NAM  Backus
OCL   81114
UREF
PNO  412535
ISD  18891000
NAM  Parker
XCL   81114
UREF
PNO  494631
ISD  18930400
NAM  Fleurant
XCL   81115
UREF
PNO  789679
ISD  19050500
NAM  Turnbull
OCL  279 37
UREF
PNO  978208
ISD  19101200
NAM  Reilly
OCL   81113
UREF
PNO  1786701
ISD  19301200
NAM  Butlin
XCL   81114
UREF
PNO  2277026
ISD  19420300
NAM  Saucedo
OCL   81114
UREF
PNO  2381597
ISD  19450800
NAM  Johnson
XCL   81111
UREF
PNO  2704954
ISD  19550300
NAM  Martorella
OCL   81112
UREF
PNO  3339439
ISD  19670900
NAM  Van Dalen et al.
OCL   81112
UREF
PNO  3377893
ISD  19680400
NAM  Shorb
OCL   81113
UREF
PNO  3750500
ISD  19730800
NAM  Peterson
OCL   81 52.35
UREF
PNO  3862516
ISD  19750100
NAM  Broscoff et al.
OCL   51217P
UREF
PNO  4374481
ISD  19830200
NAM  Brodie
OCL   81115
UREF
PNO  4513643
ISD  19850400
NAM  McKean
OCL   81 53.2
UREF
PNO  4590826
ISD  19860500
NAM  McKean
OCL   81 53.2
UREF
PNO  4741229
ISD  19880500
NAM  Rachanski et al.
OCL   81 53.2
UREF
PNO  4940370
ISD  19900700
NAM  Gipson
OCL  408 72R
UREF
PNO  4982625
ISD  19910100
NAM  Bonner
OCL   81 53.2
UREF
PNO  5270084
ISD  19931200
NAM  Parker
OCL  428 34
UREF
PNO  5277084
ISD  19940100
NAM  Weber et al.
OCL   81 53.2
UREF
PNO  5461946
ISD  19951000
NAM  Nutt
OCL   81 53.2
UREF
PNO  5492039
ISD  19960200
NAM  Haikal et al.
OCL   81 53.2
FREF
PNO  0137827
ISD  19790900
CNT  DEX
OCL  279 37
LREP
FR2  Yee; James R.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for engaging a slotted pin comprising a cylindrical member
      defining a cylindrical axial pin bore and two tab slots spaced 180.degree.
      apart, the slots for a portion of their length connecting through the
      member to the bore, engaging tabs pivotally connected in the tab slots,
      means for biasing the tab members outwardly from the tab slots, and means
      for causing engagement of the tabs with the slots of a slotted pin
      inserted into the bore.
PATN
WKU  059880244
SRC  8
APN  7856555
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970117
TTL  Adjustable box wrench
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Smith; James G.
NDR  2
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Boyd; Bill E.
STR  358 Brightview Dr.
CTY  Lake Mary
STA  FL
ZIP  32746
INVT
NAM  Boyd; William D.
STR  1654 Torrington Cir.
CTY  Longwood
STA  FL
ZIP  32750
CLAS
OCL   81170
XCL   81166
EDF  6
ICL  B25B 1316
FSC   81
FSS  166;170
UREF
PNO  D239759
ISD  19760500
NAM  Glantz
OCL  D 8 22
UREF
PNO  D303916
ISD  19891000
NAM  Colvin
OCL  D 8 22
UREF
PNO  D304669
ISD  19891100
NAM  Boyd et al.
OCL  D 8 22
UREF
PNO  D313925
ISD  19910100
NAM  Cone
OCL  D 8 22
UREF
PNO  D322545
ISD  19911200
NAM  Cone
OCL  D 8 22
UREF
PNO  390422
ISD  18881000
NAM  White
UREF
PNO  717390
ISD  19021200
NAM  Gray
UREF
PNO  1133132
ISD  19150300
NAM  Greb
OCL   81170
UREF
PNO  1359403
ISD  19201100
NAM  Lynds
OCL   81166
UREF
PNO  3204497
ISD  19650900
NAM  Dinkler
OCL   81 77
UREF
PNO  4520699
ISD  19850600
NAM  Jeremic
OCL   81166
UREF
PNO  4766786
ISD  19880800
NAM  Jeremic
OCL   81129
UREF
PNO  4967613
ISD  19901100
NAM  Cone
OCL   81166
UREF
PNO  4987805
ISD  19910100
NAM  Ejdenwik
OCL   81 77
FREF
PNO  60657
ISD  19230300
CNT  SEX
LREP
FRM  Rader, Fishman & Grauer PLLC
ABST
PAL  An improved adjustable box wrench having a mouth (9) with a plurality of
      gripping surfaces (27, 31, 32) for surrounding a nut, bolt or the like. A
      movable jaw (5) allows the size of the mouth to be altered when a worm
      screw (8) is turned. The worm screw (8) has gear (24) which fit between
      teeth (20) in an arm (4) extending from the movable jaw (5). The
      adjustment arm (4) and worm screw (8) fit into cavities (14, 17) in the
      wrench body (1). Increased lateral support for the movable jaw is provided
      by protrusions (19) on each side (21) of the jaw which fit into and move
      longitudinally within channels (26) in fixed gripping surfaces (32) on
      opposite sides of the mouth (9). A removable closure plate (6) covers the
      adjustment arm (4) and the worm screw (8) and facilitates assembly of the
      wrench and disassembly for repair or other purposes.
PATN
WKU  059880252
SRC  8
APN  9009345
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970725
TTL  Screw feeding device in continuous screw driving tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Wilson; Lee
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  23
NFG  36
INVT
NAM  Sasaki; Katsuhiko
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsuge; Kazunori
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ukai; Tomohiro
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Makita Corporation
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960726
APN  8-197730
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970228
APN  9-046023
CLAS
OCL   81434
XCL   81 5737
EDF  6
ICL  B25B 2306
FSC   81
FSS  434;57.37;433
UREF
PNO  4059034
ISD  19771100
NAM  Hornung
OCL   81 57.37
UREF
PNO  4146071
ISD  19790300
NAM  Muller et al.
OCL   81434
UREF
PNO  4428261
ISD  19840100
NAM  Takatsu et al.
OCL   81434
UREF
PNO  5083483
ISD  19920100
NAM  Takagi
UREF
PNO  5687624
ISD  19971100
NAM  Tsuge et al.
OCL   81 57.37
FREF
PNO  0749808
ISD  19961200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2641828
ISD  19780300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4119925
ISD  19920100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4208715
ISD  19920900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19526543
ISD  19960100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4208715
ISD  19960300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19606110
ISD  19960800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  6114751
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8216043
ISD  19960800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Dennison, Meserole, Scheiner & Schultz
ABST
PAL  A screw feeding device in a continuous screw driving tool includes a casing
      mounted on a tool body of the continuous screw driving tool. A feeder box
      is reciprocally movable within the casing, so that a screw carrying belt
      is fed by a distance corresponding to one pitch of screws carried thereon
      as the feeder box is reciprocally moved by one stroke. A stopper base is
      mounted on the feeder box, and a mounting mechanism is provided for
      mounting the stopper base on the feeder box, so that the stopper base can
      be changed in its position relative to the feeder box. The mounting
      mechanism includes a plurality of lock holes and a lock member. The lock
      holes are formed on one of the stopper base and the feeder box and spaced
      from each other by a predetermined distance in a driving direction of a
      screw. The lock member has a lock protrusion engageable with any of the
      lock holes and is held in position in the screw driving direction relative
      to the other of the stopper base and the feeder box.
PATN
WKU  059880260
SRC  8
APN  9846743
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19971203
TTL  Screw feed and driver for a screw driving tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1,35
EXA  Hoffmann; Philip J.
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  28
NFG  59
INVT
NAM  Reckelhoff; Jerome E.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Massari, Jr.; Donald J.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Senco Products, Inc.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   81434
XCL  227136
XCL  227138
XCL  227119
XCL  192 34
EDF  6
ICL  B25B 2304
ICL  B25B 1322
ICL  B25B 1302
ICL  F16D 1304
FSC   81
FSS  57.37;434
FSC  173
FSS  11;4
FSC  227
FSS  138;136;135;119
FSC  192
FSS  69.82;54.5;93 A;34
UREF
PNO  4014488
ISD  19770300
NAM  Potucek et al.
OCL  226  6
UREF
PNO  4404877
ISD  19830900
NAM  Mizuno et al.
UREF
PNO  4774863
ISD  19881000
NAM  Geist
OCL   81434
UREF
PNO  5083483
ISD  19920100
NAM  Takagi
OCL   81434
UREF
PNO  5109738
ISD  19920500
NAM  Farian et al.
OCL   81434
UREF
PNO  5167174
ISD  19921200
NAM  Fujiyama et al.
OCL   81434
UREF
PNO  5337636
ISD  19940800
NAM  Shea
UREF
PNO  5473965
ISD  19951200
NAM  Chen
UREF
PNO  5687624
ISD  19971100
NAM  Tsuge et al.
OCL   81434
FREF
PNO  27254/77
ISD  19790100
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  058986
ISD  19820900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  623426
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4119925
ISD  19920100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4208715
ISD  19920900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19526543
ISD  19960100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Litzinger; Jerrold J.
ABST
PAL  A screw feed and driver assembly which may constitute a part of a screw
      driving tool of the type having a prime mover, a speed and torque
      determining gear assembly and a clutch; which can constitute an accessory
      for a clutch containing manual feed power screw driver; and which,
      combined with a clutch, can comprise an accessory for a standard manual
      power drill. The screw feed and driver assembly comprises a feed housing
      with a slide body mounted therein and shiftable between forward and
      rearward positions. The slide body is biased to its forward position. The
      slide body receives a strip bearing screws. A contact foot is mounted on
      the slide body and shifts the slide body rearwardly when pressed against a
      workpiece. A screw driver, affixed to the clutch, extends into the slide
      body. The slide body contains a pawl and feed sprocket assembly. The
      sprocket engages notches in one edge of the screw bearing strip. When the
      slide body is shifted rearwardly by the contact foot, the pawl rotates the
      sprocket a predetermined amount to advance the forwardmost screw of the
      strip to a driving position. Further rearward movement of the slide body
      engages a driver with the forwardmost screw and thereafter actuates the
      clutch to drive the forwardmost screw. The mounting of the contact foot on
      the slide body can be adjusted to accommodate different length screws. An
      adjustable stop block determines the rearwardmost position of the slide
      body and the depth to which the screws are driven. An improved clutch
      mechanism substantially eliminates clutch chatter.
PATN
WKU  059880279
SRC  8
APN  8561354
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970514
TTL  Surgical rod cutter
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Goodman; Charles
EXP  Rada; Rinaldi I.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Lenox; Linda Kathleen
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Lenox - MacLaren
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   83 13
XCL   83200
XCL   83634
XCL   8369961
EDF  6
ICL  B26D  316
FSC   16
FSS  115
FSC   83
FSS  13;199;200;633;634;694;699.61
FSC   30
FSS  93;94;95;341;340;193;186;175
UREF
PNO  78420
ISD  18680600
NAM  Bryan
OCL   83633
UREF
PNO  132544
ISD  18721000
NAM  Snow
XCL   83694
UREF
PNO  368470
ISD  18870800
NAM  Hammond
OCL   30193
UREF
PNO  596837
ISD  18980100
NAM  Werner
OCL   83199
UREF
PNO  975112
ISD  19101100
NAM  Bilcsik
OCL   83199
UREF
PNO  1265345
ISD  19180500
NAM  La Rock
OCL   83200
UREF
PNO  1729264
ISD  19290900
NAM  Fitch
XCL   30193
UREF
PNO  2057201
ISD  19361000
NAM  McCluskey
XCL   30341
UREF
PNO  2168121
ISD  19390800
NAM  French
OCL   15144.3
UREF
PNO  2239852
ISD  19410400
NAM  Lind
OCL   30193
UREF
PNO  2348903
ISD  19440500
NAM  Hart
XCL   30341
UREF
PNO  3220294
ISD  19651100
NAM  Bradburn, Sr.
OCL   83633
UREF
PNO  3669463
ISD  19720600
NAM  Boudreau
XCL   16115
UREF
PNO  4048735
ISD  19770900
NAM  Brunty
OCL   37130
UREF
PNO  5060382
ISD  19911000
NAM  Wilhelm et al.
XCL   30341
UREF
PNO  5156074
ISD  19921000
NAM  De Ros et al.
OCL   83633
UREF
PNO  5172622
ISD  19921200
NAM  Sabin
OCL   83633
UREF
PNO  5261303
ISD  19931100
NAM  Strippgen
OCL   63199
UREF
PNO  5285702
ISD  19940200
NAM  Hillinger
OCL   16115
UREF
PNO  5404616
ISD  19950400
NAM  Carmien
XCL   30341
UREF
PNO  5493758
ISD  19960200
NAM  Carmien
OCL   16115
UREF
PNO  5515574
ISD  19960500
NAM  Larson
OCL   16115
FREF
PNO  431112
ISD  19241200
CNT  DEX
OCL   83633X
FREF
PNO  102802
ISD  19940100
CNT  CHX
OCL   83200
FREF
PNO  570155
ISD  19450600
CNT  GBX
OCL   30341
LREP
FRM  Sheridan Ross P.C.
ABST
PAL  A manually operated surgical steel rod cutter is disclosed. The rod cutter
      has a rod shearing tool head for cutting a rod when the rod is provided
      within aligned bores of two shearing subassemblies of the tool head. To
      cut the rod, an operator rotates an extendable handle to a substantially
      vertical position, inserts the rod in the tool head and rotates the handle
      to a substantially horizontal position. In order to increase the
      operator's shearing leverage, the handle can be extended from its
      retracted compact position by a linear pulling motion on a handle grip.
      The motion causes a handle extension that is adjacent and along the length
      of a first portion of the handle that has one end attached to the tool
      head, to extend from a sheath also attached to the first portion. The
      handle extension subsequently locks into an extended position when fully
      extended. The handle also has a vertical bow or bend which cooperates with
      a handle stop so that the handle not only rotates through an angle
      effective for shearing of rods but also limits handle movement in the
      horizontal direction so that an operator's hand on the handle grip does
      not contact the surface upon which the rod cutter rests.
PATN
WKU  059880287
SRC  8
APN  8889511
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970707
TTL  Process for conveying thick matter containing preshredded scrap metal or
      similar solids
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXA  Ashley; Boyer
EXP  Rada; Rinaldi I.
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Schlecht; Karl
CTY  Filderstadt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schuster; Ulrich
CTY  Waldkraiburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Zey; Wolfgang
CTY  Eningen u.A.
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Putzmeister Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Aichtal
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19930202
APN  43 02 799
RLAP
COD  71
APN  495570
CLAS
OCL   83 72
XCL   83438
XCL   83338
XCL   83686
XCL   836391
XCL   83169
XCL   83368
XCL  100 98R
XCL   91196
XCL   91420
XCL   91436
XCL  409185
EDF  6
ICL  B23Q 15013
ICL  B30B  132
FSC   83
FSS  168;438;338;686;639.1;639.2;639.5;62;63;62.1;72;169;167;368;563;566
FSC  409
FSS  185
FSC   91
FSS  1;28;196;420;436
FSC  241
FSS  278.1;280;281
FSC  100
FSS  98 R;269.06;269.14;269.18
UREF
PNO  2061425
ISD  19361100
NAM  Karstens
OCL  103227
UREF
PNO  2598203
ISD  19520500
NAM  Acker, Jr.
XCL   91196
UREF
PNO  3384007
ISD  19680500
NAM  Boje et al.
OCL  100 49
UREF
PNO  3398693
ISD  19680800
NAM  Schumann
OCL  103 49
UREF
PNO  3559823
ISD  19710200
NAM  Ostrin
OCL  214 23
UREF
PNO  3563164
ISD  19710200
NAM  Carkhuff
OCL  100 98R
UREF
PNO  3563168
ISD  19710200
NAM  Doninger
OCL  100215
UREF
PNO  3604313
ISD  19710900
NAM  Fruehauf
XCL   91436
UREF
PNO  3613711
ISD  19711000
NAM  Wilke
XCL   91436
UREF
PNO  3802337
ISD  19740400
NAM  St-Hilaire
OCL  100 98
UREF
PNO  3828663
ISD  19740800
NAM  Poplinski
OCL  100 42
UREF
PNO  3908515
ISD  19750900
NAM  Johnson
OCL   91420
UREF
PNO  4096797
ISD  19780600
NAM  Seiler et al.
OCL  100 39
UREF
PNO  4322023
ISD  19820300
NAM  Olson
OCL  222380
UREF
PNO  4610193
ISD  19860900
NAM  Barker et al.
OCL   91420
UREF
PNO  4958548
ISD  19900900
NAM  Schulze
OCL   91420
UREF
PNO  5030069
ISD  19910700
NAM  Olson
OCL  417489
UREF
PNO  5042362
ISD  19910800
NAM  Schulze
XCL   91436
UREF
PNO  5065665
ISD  19911100
NAM  Kimura
OCL   91433
UREF
PNO  5347921
ISD  19940900
NAM  Gourdol
OCL  100 98R
UREF
PNO  5351613
ISD  19941000
NAM  Newsom
OCL  100 96R
FREF
PNO  1 349 263
ISD  19621100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1 963 382
ISD  19710600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1 653 605
ISD  19711200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 010 112
ISD  19711200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 257 455
ISD  19730500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 315 857
ISD  19741000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 423 386
ISD  19741200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 509 081
ISD  19750900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3048800
ISD  19820700
CNT  DEX
OCL   83438
FREF
PNO  3048843
ISD  19820700
CNT  DEX
OCL   83438
FREF
PNO  3 103 942
ISD  19821000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3 530 550
ISD  19870300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3 605 723
ISD  19870800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4 102 062
ISD  19910800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  92 08 276 U
ISD  19921000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3 490 354
ISD  19930200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  0182332
ISD  19900700
CNT  JPX
OCL   83168
FREF
PNO  513 378
ISD  19711100
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  568 481
ISD  19751000
CNT  CHX
LREP
FRM  Flynn, Theil, Boutell & Tanis, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Thick matter and solids are conveyed together and substantially
      continuously through a conveyor pipeline. The thick matter is forced by a
      conveyor piston driven by a piston pump from a feed container into a
      conveyer cylinder. A forward face of the piston has a cutting crown with a
      cutting edge cooperating with an annular cutting ring to cut off solids
      projecting beyond an inlet in the conveyer pipeline.
PATN
WKU  059880295
SRC  8
APN  9391738
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970929
TTL  Height-adjustable table for a microtome
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Ashley; Boyer
EXP  Rada; Rinaldi I.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Rottermann; Bernd
CTY  Birkenau
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Berleth; Manfred
CTY  Eppelheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Microm Laborgerate GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960930
APN  296 16 881
CLAS
OCL   83100
XCL   83168
XCL   839155
XCL   83177
XCL  108138
XCL  269 27
EDF  6
ICL  G01N  106
ICL  B26D  718
FSC   83
FSS  100;168;169;177;915.5;170;171
FSC  108
FSS  20;138;143;144.11
FSC  248
FSS  429;297.11;298.1
FSC  254
FSS  122
FSC  269
FSS  903;20;27;312
UREF
PNO  3191476
ISD  19650600
NAM  McCormick et al.
XCL   83915.5
UREF
PNO  3204424
ISD  19650900
NAM  McCormick et al.
XCL   83915.5
UREF
PNO  3491638
ISD  19700100
NAM  Idlis
XCL   83915.5
UREF
PNO  3603189
ISD  19710900
NAM  Stachl
XCL   83915.5
UREF
PNO  3611875
ISD  19711000
NAM  Wistedt
XCL   83915.5
UREF
PNO  4060440
ISD  19771100
NAM  Behme et al.
XCL   83915.5
UREF
PNO  4566741
ISD  19860100
NAM  Eriksson et al.
XCL  108138
UREF
PNO  4703700
ISD  19871100
NAM  Sema
OCL  108 11
UREF
PNO  4714028
ISD  19871200
NAM  Uredat-Neuhoff
OCL  108144
UREF
PNO  4979376
ISD  19901200
NAM  Biehl et al.
XCL   83915.5
UREF
PNO  5161446
ISD  19921100
NAM  Holbl et al.
XCL   83915.5
UREF
PNO  5255585
ISD  19931000
NAM  Gordon
OCL   83100
FREF
PNO  0085420 A1
ISD  19830100
CNT  EPX
ABST
PAL  The combination of a table and a table-type microtome has a base having an
      internal volume and a linear guide. A seating device is movably mounted on
      the base. The seating device is movable along the linear guide. A drive
      causes movement of the seating device relative to the base along the
      linear guide for height adjustment. A table-type microtome is arranged on
      the seating device. At least one appliance for the table-type microtome is
      arranged in the internal volume of the base and is operatingly connected
      to the table-type microtome.
PATN
WKU  059880309
SRC  8
APN  9336540
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970919
TTL  Apparatus for penetrating a sheet material web carried on a fabric
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXP  Rachuba; M.
NDR  6
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Hada; Frank S.
CTY  Appleton
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Thoms; Lowell E.
CTY  Appleton
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc.
CTY  Neenah
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   83176
XCL   83402
XCL   83471
XCL   83477
XCL  493 25
EDF  6
ICL  B26D  714
FSC   83
FSS  176;402;425;438;471;477;444
FSC  493
FSS  25
UREF
PNO  3880047
ISD  19750400
NAM  Dosier
OCL   90 12D
UREF
PNO  3976237
ISD  19760800
NAM  Bossons
OCL  226 97
UREF
PNO  4090425
ISD  19780500
NAM  Platt
OCL   83402
UREF
PNO  4403533
ISD  19830900
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL   83 56
UREF
PNO  4523500
ISD  19850600
NAM  Maruyama
OCL   83 37
UREF
PNO  4542842
ISD  19850900
NAM  Reba
OCL  225  2
UREF
PNO  5031494
ISD  19910700
NAM  Asselborn et al.
OCL   83100
UREF
PNO  5036737
ISD  19910800
NAM  Glaser
OCL   83100
UREF
PNO  5406869
ISD  19950400
NAM  Prochnow et al.
OCL   83 22
UREF
PNO  5591309
ISD  19970100
NAM  Rugowski et al.
OCL  162283
UREF
PNO  5593545
ISD  19970100
NAM  Rugowski et al.
OCL  162207
UREF
PNO  5794500
ISD  19980800
NAM  Long et al.
OCL   83 22
OREF
PAL  Laser Analog Displacement Sensor LAS-5010 LAS-8010, Technical Manual, cover
      page and p. 7.
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Leone
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for penetrating a sheet material web being carried on a
      fabric. The apparatus including a penetrating device and an air flow that
      separates a portion of the sheet material web from the fabric adjacent the
      penetrating device so as to bring the web into contact with the
      penetrating device. In one embodiment, a vacuum lifts a portion of the
      sheet material web into contact with a slitting member such that it
      continuously slits the sheet material web longitudinally along its length
      as the fabric carries the sheet material web beneath it. In an alternative
      embodiment, a pressurized air stream is directed to a bottom portion of
      the sheet material web so as to separate the web from the fabric. A method
      for penetrating a sheet material web as it is carried on a fabric includes
      the steps of carrying the sheet material web on a fabric in a longitudinal
      direction, applying an air flow to the web so as to separate a portion of
      the web from the fabric, penetrating the web as it is separated from the
      fabric and reapplying the sheet material web to the fabric.
PATN
WKU  059880317
SRC  8
APN  8460477
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970425
TTL  Adjustable tool station with rotatable table and wear components therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  6
EXP  Dexter; Clark F.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Wixey; Barry D.
CTY  Westminster
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Delta International Machinery Corp.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  255421
APD  19940608
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   834713
XCL   83473
XCL   834861
XCL   83490
XCL   83581
EDF  6
ICL  B27B  520
ICL  B23D 4514
FSC   83
FSS  468.3;468.4;468.7;471.2;471.3;486;486.1;488;489;472;473;581;490
FSC  269
FSS  57;63;290;291;303;304;305;315
FSC  144
FSS  286.1;286.5
UREF
PNO  1646589
ISD  19271000
NAM  Meek et al.
OCL   83471.3
UREF
PNO  2902066
ISD  19590900
NAM  Borden
OCL   83471
UREF
PNO  4245533
ISD  19810100
NAM  Batson
OCL   83471.3
UREF
PNO  4537105
ISD  19850800
NAM  Bergler
OCL   83471.3
UREF
PNO  4587875
ISD  19860500
NAM  Deley
OCL   83471.3
UREF
PNO  5054352
ISD  19911000
NAM  Fushiya et al.
OCL   83468.3
UREF
PNO  5060548
ISD  19911000
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL   83471.3
UREF
PNO  5241888
ISD  19930900
NAM  Chen
OCL   83471.3
UREF
PNO  5392678
ISD  19950200
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL   83471.3
FREF
PNO  2140158
ISD  19951200
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0133666
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  47-32229
ISD  19720900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-38978
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Delta Specialty Saws Product Brochure, Jan. 1993.
PAL  Article entitled "Makita Fills the compound Miter Gap", Apr. 1991.
PAL  Advertisements for Makita and Ryobi Saws, Date unknown.
PAL  "Sliding Compound Miter Saws; Surveying Six Clever Crosscutting Tools",
      Fine Woodworking, May/Jun. 1993, No. 100, pp. 44-48, depicting the AEG
      SKS300, Delta Sidekick 33-060, Makita LS1011, Hitachi C8FB, Ryobi TSS-220,
      Sears 23488 and DeWalt DW 705 miter saws.
PAL  "Sliding Compound Miter Saws", The Woodworker's Journal, Jan./Feb. 1993,
      vol. 17, No. 1, pp. 69-71, depicting the Hitachi C8FB, Makita LS1011,
      Ryobi TSS-220, Sears 23488 and Delta 33-060 miter saws.
PAL  "A Buyer's Guide to Sliding Compound Miter Saws", American Woodworker,
      Mar./Apr. 1993, depicting the Hitachi Model No. C8FB, Makita LS1011, Ryobi
      TSS-220, AEG SK300 and Sears 23488 sliding compound miter saws.
PAL  Advertisement entitled "Hitachi. . .The Miter Box People" for Hitachi Model
      Nos. C12FA, C8FB and C10FA Miter Boxes in Feb. 1991 Woodworker's Supply
      Sales Catalog.
LREP
FRM  Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP
ABST
PAL  An adjustable tool station is disclosed which includes a subframe, a table
      portion rotatably attached to the subframe, wherein the table portion
      includes an upper surface defining a work support plane, a tool mounted to
      the table portion, and a fence fixed to the subframe and extending above
      the work support plane, wherein the fence includes a first side and a
      second, opposite side. The first side constitutes a workpiece guide
      surface, and defines a workpiece guide area which includes all points
      which are closer to the first side than the second side. All portions of
      the subframe located within the workpiece guide area are located below the
      work support plane. Additionally, the subframe includes a wear ring which
      is fixed to the base portion between the table portion and the base
      portion, the wear ring having at least three arcuate wear zones. At least
      three pads are provided on an underside of the table portion, each wear
      pad having a contact point that contacts a corresponding wear zone on the
      wear ring to locate the work support plane in a position generally
      perpendicular to the workpiece guide surface.
PATN
WKU  059880325
SRC  8
APN  7989261
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970211
TTL  Slotting tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  3
EXP  Peterson; Kenneth E.
NDR  10
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Seki; Masayuki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Amada Metrecs Company, Limited
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960213
APN  8-025657
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960722
APN  8-192374
CLAS
OCL   83583
XCL   83682
XCL   83689
XCL   83916
EDF  6
ICL  B26F  114
FSC   83
FSS  916;583;689;682
UREF
PNO  1139572
ISD  19150500
NAM  Perry
OCL   83583
UREF
PNO  3426633
ISD  19690200
NAM  Jores
OCL   83583
UREF
PNO  5400682
ISD  19950300
NAM  Matsuura
UREF
PNO  5499566
ISD  19960300
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL   83916
FREF
PNO  0 639 413 A1
ISD  19950200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  858107
ISD  19401100
CNT  FRX
OCL   83916
FREF
PNO  477536
ISD  19290500
CNT  DEX
OCL   83583
FREF
PNO  63-130228
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-51766
ISD  19950200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-23058
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  European Search Report dated Jun. 16, 1997 (3 pages).
LREP
FRM  Blank Rome Comisky & McCauley LLP
ABST
PAL  A slotting tool to slot a workpiece and cut off a slotted scrap from the
      workpiece comprising a punch having a toe portion and a heel portion
      located higher than the toe portion and a slotting portion located between
      the toe portion and the heel portion; a die having a starting blade to
      punch out a tip portion of the slotted scrap from the workpiece by
      cooperating with the toe portion to shear the workpiece; side blades to
      slot the workpiece by cooperating with the slotting portion to slot the
      workpiece; a terminating blade to cut off the slotted scrap by cooperating
      with the heel portion; a scrap cutting blade mounted to the die, the scrap
      cutting blade located below the starting blade for cooperating with the
      toe portion to cut off a tip portion of the slotted scrap; and a scrap
      path formed in the die, the scrap path locating under the starting blade
      to receive the tip portion of the slotted scrap.
PATN
WKU  059880333
SRC  8
APN  7572247
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19961127
TTL  Food slicing apparatus, blade and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Pryor; Sean
EXP  Rachuba; M.
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Skaar; Gary R.
CTY  Marshall
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Watson; Timothy T.
CTY  Waunakee
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Wicke; Greg C.
CTY  Cambridge
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Flisram; Dennis G.
CTY  Plainfield
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Glennon; Robert B.
CTY  Sun Prairie
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Gundlach; Larry C.
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Kraft Foods, Inc.
CTY  Northfield
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  751798
APD  19961118
RLAP
COD  81
APN  328213
APD  19941025
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  213494
APD  19940314
PSC  01
PNO  5404777
RLAP
COD  81
APN  968622
APD  19921029
PSC  01
PNO  5320014
CLAS
OCL   83596
XCL   83342
XCL   83672
XCL   83676
XCL   83932
EDF  6
ICL  B26D  112
ICL  B26D  520
FSC   83
FSS  355;437.1;444;596;665;666;676;932;340;342;672
UREF
PNO  8193
ISD  18510700
NAM  Lazell et al.
UREF
PNO  1143285
ISD  19150600
NAM  Koella
UREF
PNO  1809764
ISD  19310600
NAM  Trunz
UREF
PNO  1957623
ISD  19340500
NAM  Walter
UREF
PNO  2232849
ISD  19410200
NAM  Glerum
UREF
PNO  2472876
ISD  19490600
NAM  Ahrndt et al.
UREF
PNO  3286569
ISD  19661100
NAM  Hancock et al.
UREF
PNO  3299925
ISD  19670100
NAM  McBrady et al.
UREF
PNO  3799013
ISD  19740300
NAM  Long et al.
UREF
PNO  3799019
ISD  19740300
NAM  Long et al.
UREF
PNO  3921485
ISD  19751100
NAM  Tobey et al.
UREF
PNO  3969966
ISD  19760700
NAM  Dillon
UREF
PNO  4043238
ISD  19770800
NAM  van Ham
UREF
PNO  4428263
ISD  19840100
NAM  Lindee et al.
UREF
PNO  4625782
ISD  19861200
NAM  Jameson
UREF
PNO  4685364
ISD  19870800
NAM  Scheflow et al.
UREF
PNO  4805503
ISD  19890200
NAM  Yokokawa
UREF
PNO  4854204
ISD  19890800
NAM  Faltin
UREF
PNO  4907920
ISD  19900300
NAM  Lund et al.
UREF
PNO  4913019
ISD  19900400
NAM  Hayashi
OCL   83437.1
UREF
PNO  5065656
ISD  19911100
NAM  Flisram
UREF
PNO  5101873
ISD  19920400
NAM  Marshall
UREF
PNO  5136908
ISD  19920800
NAM  Callandrello
UREF
PNO  5282406
ISD  19940200
NAM  Ng
UREF
PNO  5291815
ISD  19940300
NAM  Reifenhauser
UREF
PNO  5301577
ISD  19940400
NAM  Flisram
OCL   83596
UREF
PNO  5320014
ISD  19940600
NAM  Skaar et al.
UREF
PNO  5379633
ISD  19950100
NAM  Flisram et al.
UREF
PNO  5404777
ISD  19950400
NAM  Skaar et al.
FREF
PNO  243981
ISD  19871100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  595489
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  8813952
ISD  19890200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Cook, Alex, McFarron, Manzo, Cummings & Mehler, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  Apparatus, device and method for improved slicing of large food sticks,
      loaves and the like are provided. A slicing blade which has a top flat
      surface or top flat land width along its cutting edge provides generally
      longitudinal forces on the food product being sliced, which forces are in
      a direction generally opposite to the direction through which the food
      products are fed through a slicing apparatus. The slicing blade includes a
      bottom primary bevel land width surface and an advantageous primary angle
      for imparting improved stack and slice uniformity and for controlling
      package overfill. The slicing blade also exhibits a long slicing blade
      surface which follows an Archimedean spiral. The invention is particularly
      important in improving handling of large luncheon meat sticks, especially
      non-frozen, high water content and reduced fat content luncheon meat
      sticks. Fast feed rates can be practiced without experiencing jamming,
      yields are increased, slice and stack quality and sizing are made more
      consistent and repeatable, slicing line utilization is enhanced, and
      sanitary conditions are more easily maintained.
PATN
WKU  059880341
SRC  9
APN  0337099
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980303
TTL  Blade mounting device in cutting tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Pryor; Sean
EXP  Rachuba; M.
NDR  10
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Okubo; Hideki
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hiramatsu; Shinichi
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Makita Corporation
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950215
APN  7-026787
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950216
APN  7-028103
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950308
APN  7-048377
RLAP
COD  74
APN  602152
APD  19960215
PSC  01
PNO  5765463
CLAS
OCL   8369921
XCL   83747
XCL   30392
EDF  6
ICL  B23D 5110
FSC   83
FSS  699.21;747
FSC   30
FSS  392;394
UREF
PNO  2087018
ISD  19370700
NAM  Carter
UREF
PNO  2092067
ISD  19370900
NAM  Oakley
UREF
PNO  3205722
ISD  19650900
NAM  Happe
UREF
PNO  3494390
ISD  19700200
NAM  Dudek
UREF
PNO  3494391
ISD  19700200
NAM  Mango
UREF
PNO  3795980
ISD  19740300
NAM  Batson
UREF
PNO  3927893
ISD  19751200
NAM  Dillon et al.
UREF
PNO  4021914
ISD  19770500
NAM  Leibundgut et al.
UREF
PNO  4262420
ISD  19810400
NAM  Nalley
UREF
PNO  4283855
ISD  19810800
NAM  Nalley
UREF
PNO  4351112
ISD  19820900
NAM  Nalley
UREF
PNO  4528753
ISD  19850700
NAM  Kuhlmann et al.
UREF
PNO  4550500
ISD  19851100
NAM  Kuhlmann et al.
UREF
PNO  4610088
ISD  19860900
NAM  Kuhlmann
UREF
PNO  5165173
ISD  19921100
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  5267498
ISD  19931200
NAM  Miyamoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5306025
ISD  19940400
NAM  Langhoff
UREF
PNO  5402580
ISD  19950400
NAM  Seto et al.
UREF
PNO  5421232
ISD  19950600
NAM  Laverick
UREF
PNO  5661909
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kondo et al.
OCL   30392
LREP
FRM  Dennison, Meserole, Scheiner & Schultz
ABST
PAL  A blade mounting device is operable for mounting a blade on a drive shaft
      of a cutting tool which is moved in a predetermined motion for a cutting
      operation. The blade mounting device includes an operation knob mounted on
      a body of the cutting tool and adapted to be rotated by an operator. An
      actuation rod is mounted on the drive shaft and is movable with the drive
      shaft and rotatable relative to the drive shaft. A holder device is
      mounted on the drive shaft for holding and releasing the blade in response
      to the rotation of the actuation rod relative to the drive shaft. A
      connection member is rotatable with the operation knob and is disposed on
      the same axis as the actuation rod. A connecting mechanism is provided for
      connecting the connection member and the actuation rod to each other, so
      that the connection member and the actuation rod are axially movable
      relative to each other and are rotatable together with each other. The
      connecting mechanism includes a shaft provided on one of the connection
      member and the actuation rod and includes an axial hole provided on the
      other for receiving the shaft.
PATN
WKU  059880350
SRC  8
APN  8515123
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970505
TTL  Sawing chain for chain saws
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Rachuba; M.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Rossmann; Christoph
CTY  Kitzeck i. Sausal
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Hard-Stiftung
CTY  Vaduz/Liechtenstein
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19921109
APN  42 37 781
RLAP
COD  71
APN  256408
CLAS
OCL   83830
XCL   83831
XCL   83832
XCL   83834
EDF  6
ICL  B26D  146
FSC   83
FSS  830;831;832;833;834
FSC   30
FSS  166.3;381
UREF
PNO  614003
ISD  18981100
NAM  Johnson
XCL   83831
UREF
PNO  1178362
ISD  19160400
NAM  Wall
OCL   83831
UREF
PNO  1483387
ISD  19240200
NAM  Serin
XCL   83832
UREF
PNO  1634643
ISD  19270700
NAM  Bens
OCL   83832
UREF
PNO  2435892
ISD  19480200
NAM  Mall
OCL   83830
UREF
PNO  2583243
ISD  19520100
NAM  Tweedie
OCL   83831
UREF
PNO  3298406
ISD  19670100
NAM  Erickson
XCL   83832
UREF
PNO  3945289
ISD  19760300
NAM  Baez Rios
XCL   83831
UREF
PNO  5029501
ISD  19910700
NAM  Smith
XCL   83830
UREF
PNO  5209216
ISD  19930500
NAM  Mogi
XCL   83831
UREF
PNO  5226404
ISD  19930700
NAM  Mogi et al.
XCL   83831
FREF
PNO  855018
ISD  19701100
CNT  CAX
OCL   83834
LREP
FRM  Jacobson, Price, Holman & Stern, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A sawing chain for chain saws, having a plurality of chain links which are
      linked together so as to be mutually pivotable in a common plane of extent
      and advance (which plane is in the operating plane of the chain) and which
      links bear cutting elements. To facilitate replacement of damaged
      individual links, and to simplify the driving and guiding of the chain,
      the chain links are linked together in succession in a direct intermeshing
      fashion i.e. not relying on fasteners to mediate the linkage of the
      successive chain links, along edge surfaces which extend transversely to
      the common plane of extent and advance (which plane is in the operating
      plane of the chain), resulting in a chain structure which is resistant to
      flexure in the direction perpendicular to the plane.
PATN
WKU  059880368
SRC  9
APN  2296969
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19990113
TTL  Ballistically deployed restraining net system
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Tudor; Harold J.
NDR  13
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Mangolds; Arnis
CTY  Stow
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Farinella; Michael David
CTY  Mansfield
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Deguire; Daniel Rene
CTY  Blackstone
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Cardenas; Robert Lee
CTY  Framingtham
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Foster-Miller, Inc.
CTY  Waltham
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  866745
APD  19970530
PSC  01
PNO  5898125
RLAP
COD  82
APN  544012
APD  19951017
PSC  01
PNO  5750918
CLAS
OCL   86  11
XCL   29  12
XCL   89  111
XCL  102502
EDF  6
ICL  F42B 3300
FSC  102
FSS  293;502
FSC   29
FSS  1.2;1.22;1.23
FSC   86
FSS  1.1
FSC   89
FSS  1.11
UREF
PNO  1309530
ISD  19190700
NAM  Lamberson
OCL  102504
UREF
PNO  2251918
ISD  19410800
NAM  Dawson
OCL  102504
UREF
PNO  3710720
ISD  19730100
NAM  Mawhinney
OCL  102502
UREF
PNO  4253132
ISD  19810200
NAM  Cover
OCL  361232
UREF
PNO  4768417
ISD  19880900
NAM  Wright
OCL   89  1.11
UREF
PNO  4912869
ISD  19900400
NAM  Govett
OCL   89  1.11
UREF
PNO  5326101
ISD  19940700
NAM  Fay
OCL  102504
UREF
PNO  5583311
ISD  19961200
NAM  Rieger
OCL  102504
UREF
PNO  5698815
ISD  19971200
NAM  Ragner
OCL  102502
FREF
PNO  859282
ISD  19401200
CNT  FRX
OCL  102504
FREF
PNO  2166225
ISD  19860400
CNT  GBX
OCL   89  1.34
LREP
FRM  Iandiorio & Teska
FR2  Colandreo; Brian J.
ABST
PAL  A ballistically deployed restraining net system including a cartridge
      receivable within a barrel, the cartridge having a base and an opposing
      open end. There is a restraining net packaged in the cartridge and a set
      of weights attached to the restraining net and packaged within the
      cartridge between the base of the cartridge and the restraining net. A
      deployment charge ejects the restraining net and the set of weights out of
      the barrel and out of the cartridge and a spreader charge deploys the
      weights after the net and the set of weight exit the cartridge so that the
      weights overtake the net in flight.
PATN
WKU  059880376
SRC  8
APN  9506578
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971015
TTL  Mine clearing vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Johnson; Stephen M.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Haughom; Kjell Jann
STR  4440 Tonstad
CTY  4440 Tonstad
CNT  NOX
INVT
NAM  stholm; Nils Magnus
STR  P.O. Box 37
CTY  68060 Syssleback
CNT  SEX
PRIR
CNT  NOX
APD  19940307
APN  940783
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTNO9500046
APD  19950306
RLAP
COD  90
APN  702591
APD  19960903
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   89  113
XCL  172112
XCL  172120
XCL  172122
XCL  172548
XCL  172554
EDF  6
ICL  F41H 1116
FSC   89
FSS  1.13
FSC  404
FSS  132
FSC  172
FSS  112;119;118;120;122;123;554;555;544;548
UREF
PNO  3136078
ISD  19640600
NAM  Renault
OCL  404132
UREF
PNO  3236312
ISD  19660200
NAM  Vivas
OCL  172119
UREF
PNO  3570604
ISD  19710300
NAM  Allard et al.
OCL  172123
UREF
PNO  4704045
ISD  19871100
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  172122
UREF
PNO  4765221
ISD  19880800
NAM  Sombrowski
OCL   89  1.13
FREF
PNO  326368
ISD  19890800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  397551
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2052900
ISD  19720500
CNT  DEX
OCL   89  1.13
FREF
PNO  2318055
ISD  19741000
CNT  DEX
OCL   89  1.13
FREF
PNO  2430709
ISD  19760100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2721041
ISD  19781100
CNT  DEX
OCL  172123
FREF
PNO  3127856
ISD  19830200
CNT  DEX
OCL   89  1.13
FREF
PNO  3127856
ISD  19881000
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Andrus, Sceales, Starke & Sawall
ABST
PAL  A mine clearing vehicle (1) having a milling cutter drum (2) adapted to
      tear up soil, plant parts, mines, etc. on or within the top soil layer.
      The milling cutter drum (2) may advantageously be divided into discs (7)
      provided with teeth (8).
PATN
WKU  059880384
SRC  9
APN  0106003
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980122
TTL  Method and apparatus for destroying buried objects
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Howell; Jeffrey
EXP  Jordan; Charles T.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Feintuch; Paul L.
CTY  Covina
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Raytheon Company
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   89  113
EDF  6
ICL  B64D  104
FSC   89
FSS  1.13;1.11
FSC  364
FSS  400
UREF
PNO  5291819
ISD  19940300
NAM  Hambric
OCL   89  1.13
UREF
PNO  5307272
ISD  19940400
NAM  Butler et al.
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5448936
ISD  19950900
NAM  Turner
OCL   89  1.13
UREF
PNO  5452639
ISD  19950900
NAM  Aulenbacher et al.
OCL   89  1.13
UREF
PNO  5712441
ISD  19980100
NAM  Grunewald
OCL   89  1.13
UREF
PNO  5808969
ISD  19980900
NAM  Arnaud et al.
OCL  367103
LREP
FR2  Raufer; Colin M.
FR2  Alkov; Leonard A.
FR2  Lenzen, Jr.; Glenn H.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for destroying a buried object includes a targeting system
      including a sensor operable to detect the presence and location of an
      object which is at least partially buried in the ground, a gun system
      including a gun operable to fire a projectile into the ground, and a
      control system that aims the gun responsive to the presence and location
      of the buried object as determined by the targeting system. The sensor
      also desirably detects the presence and location of the projectile fired
      by the gun system, and the gun pointer is responsive to the location of
      the projectile. The sensor thus detects the presence of the buried object,
      the control system aims the gun at the buried object, and the gun fires
      the projectile. The sensor detects the relative positions of the buried
      object and the projectile as it passes near the buried object, the control
      system corrects the aim of the gun in the event that the prior shot
      misses, and the gun fires another projectile with a corrected aim.
PATN
WKU  059880392
SRC  8
APN  9301143
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980625
TTL  Weapon simulator
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Johnson; Stephen M.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Denchfield; Clifford
CTY  Ellington
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Gledhill; Paul
CTY  Knebworth
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Lockheed Martin Tactical Sytems U.K. Limited
CTY  Hertfordshire
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950510
APN  9509490
CLAS
OCL   89  7
XCL   89  12
XCL   89  114
EDF  6
ICL  F41A 3300
FSC   89
FSS  7;1.14;1.2;31
UREF
PNO  3479857
ISD  19691100
NAM  Bloxsom, Jr. et al.
OCL   89  7
UREF
PNO  4416630
ISD  19831100
NAM  Hagen et al.
OCL   42  1.05
UREF
PNO  4662844
ISD  19870500
NAM  Gallagher et al.
OCL   89  7
UREF
PNO  4732085
ISD  19880300
NAM  Gershenson et al.
OCL  102334
UREF
PNO  5180878
ISD  19930100
NAM  Denchfield
OCL   89  7
UREF
PNO  5646363
ISD  19970700
NAM  Denchfield
OCL   89  7
FREF
PNO  100408
ISD  19160400
CNT  GBX
OCL   89  7
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/01090
PD1  19980625
PD2  19980625
PD3  19960508
PCP  WO96/35919
PCD  19961114
ABST
PAR  A collapsible diaphragm covers an exhaust port of a weapon simulator. The
      weapon simulator containing a combustion chamber with admitted fuel gas,
      an ignition assembly within the combustion chamber; and an exhaust port.
      The collapsible diaphragm holds or contains a powder that discharges to
      simulate smoke associated with the weapon simulator.
PATN
WKU  059880406
SRC  8
APN  9451374
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19971015
TTL  Variable displacement swash plate compressor with improved swash plate
      support means
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Ryznic; John
NDR  10
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Ota; Masaki
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hidaka; Shigeyuki
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Hisakazu
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okadome; Youichi
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toyoda Jidoshokki Seisakusho
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   92 122
XCL   91505
EDF  6
ICL  F04B  126
FSC   92
FSS  12.2
FSC   91
FSS  505
FSC  417
FSS  222.2
UREF
PNO  4842488
ISD  19890600
NAM  Terauchi
OCL  417222.2
UREF
PNO  4846049
ISD  19890700
NAM  Terauchi
OCL   92 12.2
UREF
PNO  5259736
ISD  19931100
NAM  Terauchi
OCL  417222.1
UREF
PNO  5540559
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kimura et al.
OCL   92 12.2
UREF
PNO  5713725
ISD  19980200
NAM  Kawaguchi et al.
OCL  417222.2
UREF
PNO  5882179
ISD  19990300
NAM  Ota et al.
OCL  417222.2
FREF
PNO  62-87678
ISD  19870400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-288347
ISD  19941100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Burgess, Ryan & Wayne
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/00163
PD1  19971015
PD2  19971015
PD3  19970124
PCP  WO98/32969
PCD  19980730
ABST
PAR  A variable displacement swash plate type compressor including a sleeve
      member (18) placed on a drive shaft (6) between a through-bore (20) formed
      in a swash plate (11) and a drive shaft (6) so as to move along the axis
      of the drive shaft (6) in response to a movement of the swash plate (11)
      for changing its angle of inclination. The swash plate (11) is provided
      with a support portion (20a) to be locally in contact with the sleeve (18)
      in a portion of an inner surface defining the through-bore (20), opposite
      a hinge mechanism (K) with respect to the axis of the drive shaft (6), and
      the angle of inclination of the swash plate supported by the support
      portion (20a) can be changed in a controlled range, and thus, a range of
      sliding movement of the support portion (20a) of the inner surface
      defining the through-bore (20) of the swash plate (11) relative to the
      sleeve (18) is reduced to suppress abrasion of the sleeve (18) and the
      support portion (20a), and to ensure a smooth inclination-angle changing
      operation of the swash plate (11). The through-bore (20) of the swash
      plate (11) has an inner surface (20b) which comes into contact with the
      outer circumference of the sleeve (18) to determine the minimum angle of
      inclination of the swash plate (11).
PATN
WKU  059880414
SRC  8
APN  8930503
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970714
TTL  Piston for compressors
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Tyler; Cheryl J.
EXP  Thorpe; Timothy S.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Hiramatsu; Osamu
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kanzaki; Shigeki
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Murao; Kazushige
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hoshida; Takahiro
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toyoda Jodoshokki Seiksakusho
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960715
APN  8-184752
CLAS
OCL   92 71
XCL   92165PR
XCL  4172222
XCL  184  617
EDF  6
ICL  F01B 3110
FSC  417
FSS  222.2
FSC   92
FSS  71;165 PR
FSC  184
FSS  6.17
UREF
PNO  5174728
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kimura et al.
OCL  417222.2
UREF
PNO  5382139
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kawaguchi et al.
OCL  417269
UREF
PNO  5490767
ISD  19960200
NAM  Kanou et al.
OCL   92 71
UREF
PNO  5498140
ISD  19960300
NAM  Kawaguchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5706716
ISD  19980100
NAM  Umemura
OCL   92163PR
UREF
PNO  5720215
ISD  19980200
NAM  Asplund et al.
OCL   92 71
FREF
PNO  861237
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Morgan & Finnegan, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A piston for use in a compressor that compresses gas containing lubricating
      oil is disclosed. The compressor includes a housing having a crank chamber
      and cylinder bores, and a swash plate located in the crank chamber. The
      swash plate is operably connected to the pistons by shoes to convert the
      rotation of a drive shaft to the reciprocation of each piston. Each piston
      has a head for compressing the gas supplied to the cylinder bore and a
      skirt projecting from the head toward the crank chamber. The skirt is
      connected to the swash plate. A restrictor is provided on the skirt to
      prevent the piston from rotating in the cylinder bore. The restrictor has
      a pair of arched surfaces slidably contacting an inner surface of the
      housing and a recessed surface located between the arched surfaces and
      free from contact with the inner surface. The recessed surface defines a
      gap for allowing passage of the oil between the recessed surface and the
      inner surface. The gap leads the oil in the crank chamber toward the shoes
      when the piston moves from a top dead center position to a bottom dead
      center position.
PATN
WKU  059880422
SRC  8
APN  9570616
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19971024
TTL  Rodless cylinder with internal bearings
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1,15
EXP  Denion; Thomas E.
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Lamle; Michael E.
CTY  Syracuse
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  PHD, Inc.
CTY  Fort Wayne
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   92 88
XCL   92140
EDF  6
ICL  F01B 2900
FSC   92
FSS  88;247;140
UREF
PNO  Re33637
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hoglund
UREF
PNO  Re34049
ISD  19920900
NAM  Taki et al.
UREF
PNO  1379041
ISD  19210500
NAM  Pulliam
UREF
PNO  1469087
ISD  19230900
NAM  Hewitt
UREF
PNO  2410405
ISD  19461100
NAM  Cornelius
UREF
PNO  3023739
ISD  19620300
NAM  Dickson, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  3128468
ISD  19640400
NAM  Bade
UREF
PNO  3199289
ISD  19650800
NAM  Ramsay et al.
UREF
PNO  3205787
ISD  19650900
NAM  Volkmann
UREF
PNO  3893378
ISD  19750700
NAM  Hewitt
OCL   92 88
UREF
PNO  4137827
ISD  19790200
NAM  Hewitt
OCL   92 88
UREF
PNO  4373427
ISD  19830200
NAM  Garlapaty
UREF
PNO  4419924
ISD  19831200
NAM  Peter et al.
OCL   92 88
UREF
PNO  4519297
ISD  19850500
NAM  Lipinski
UREF
PNO  4545290
ISD  19851000
NAM  Lieberman
UREF
PNO  4555980
ISD  19851200
NAM  Hoglund
UREF
PNO  4664020
ISD  19870500
NAM  Kaiser
UREF
PNO  4685383
ISD  19870800
NAM  Ruchser
UREF
PNO  4724744
ISD  19880200
NAM  Rosengren
UREF
PNO  4733604
ISD  19880300
NAM  Lipinski
UREF
PNO  4819546
ISD  19890400
NAM  Ernst et al.
UREF
PNO  4829881
ISD  19890500
NAM  Taki et al.
UREF
PNO  4852465
ISD  19890800
NAM  Rosengren
UREF
PNO  4856415
ISD  19890800
NAM  Noda
UREF
PNO  4881454
ISD  19891100
NAM  Granbom
UREF
PNO  4891908
ISD  19900100
NAM  Aquilina
UREF
PNO  4960037
ISD  19901000
NAM  Granbom
UREF
PNO  4991494
ISD  19910200
NAM  Migliori
UREF
PNO  4998459
ISD  19910300
NAM  Blatt
UREF
PNO  5111913
ISD  19920500
NAM  Granbom
UREF
PNO  5138935
ISD  19920800
NAM  Granbom
UREF
PNO  5159814
ISD  19921100
NAM  Jakobhsson
UREF
PNO  5207145
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kemner
UREF
PNO  5224413
ISD  19930700
NAM  Herner
UREF
PNO  5241897
ISD  19930900
NAM  Drittel
UREF
PNO  5245912
ISD  19930900
NAM  Muller et al.
UREF
PNO  5277101
ISD  19940100
NAM  Matsuki et al.
UREF
PNO  5279207
ISD  19940100
NAM  Takada et al.
UREF
PNO  5303638
ISD  19940400
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  5311810
ISD  19940500
NAM  Takada et al.
UREF
PNO  5317957
ISD  19940600
NAM  Miyamoto
UREF
PNO  5335583
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kaneko et al.
UREF
PNO  5353690
ISD  19941000
NAM  Shin
UREF
PNO  5467685
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hubl
UREF
PNO  5473971
ISD  19951200
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5483868
ISD  19960100
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  5531151
ISD  19960700
NAM  Matsui
UREF
PNO  5537912
ISD  19960700
NAM  Miyamoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5555789
ISD  19960900
NAM  Rosengren et al.
UREF
PNO  5606903
ISD  19970300
NAM  Drittel
UREF
PNO  5619899
ISD  19970400
NAM  Asai et al.
FREF
PNO  0 147 803
ISD  19850700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  44 13 512
ISD  19951000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 002 088
ISD  19790200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 163 499
ISD  19860200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Barnes & Thornburg
ABST
PAL  Internal bearings for a rodless piston assembly. The internal bearings are
      seated on inclined rail structures of a transmission bracket. Force
      applied to the internal bearings causes them to slide up the inclined rail
      structures and press against the inner surface of the rodless piston bore.
      As a result, a radially inward force is applied to the transmission
      bracket. This radially inward force is transmitted to a saddle and
      external bearing assembly. The internal bearings thus hold the saddle
      against the outer surface of the rodless piston cylinder. Piston elements
      for rodless piston assemblies are movably coupled to the transmission
      brackets so that the piston elements float with respect to the
      transmission bracket. The floating piston elements can self-align with the
      rodless piston bore.
PATN
WKU  059880430
SRC  7
APN  6237118
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19900410
TTL  Modulator adjustment device
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Denion; Thomas E.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Velasco; Robert
STR  734 Berryessa Rd.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ZIP  95112
RLAP
COD  72
APN  335714
APD  19890410
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   92133
XCL   92130R
XCL   92145
XCL   74DIG1
XCL  477156
EDF  6
ICL  F01B 3100
FSC   92
FSS  98 R;99;96;130 A;130 R;133;145;128
FSC   74
FSS  363;366;367;DIG. 1
FSC  477
FSS  156
UREF
PNO  3377922
ISD  19680400
NAM  Spender
OCL   92130R
UREF
PNO  3397621
ISD  19680800
NAM  Groves
OCL   92130R
UREF
PNO  3410159
ISD  19681100
NAM  Zundel
OCL  477156
UREF
PNO  3566718
ISD  19710300
NAM  Wrightman
OCL  477156
UREF
PNO  3724294
ISD  19730400
NAM  Gaus
OCL  477156
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US90/01940
PD1  19920211
PD2  19920211
PD3  19900410
PCP  WO90/12198
PCD  19901018
ABST
PAR  A modulator adjustment device (10) including a generally cylindrical body
      (36, 37) having cavities formed at opposite ends thereof and a dial wheel
      (32) extending radially outwardly and circumscribing the body, a rotatable
      coupling (48) disposed in the cavity at one end of the body for sealingly
      engaging the vacuum fitting (20) of a modulator or the like, and a tube
      fitting (38) rotatably disposed within the cavity (35) at the other end of
      the body and having a distal end to which a vacuum tube (12) may be
      coupled. Suitable means are provided along the axis of the body for
      drivably engaging the adjustment screw (22) of the modulator. In one
      embodiment, such means includes an appropriately configured opening (20)
      for receiving and mating with the drive screw (22), and in a second
      embodiment the means includes a spring loaded screwdriver device (84) for
      drivably engaging a slot or socket in the end of the adjustment screw.
PATN
WKU  059880449
SRC  9
APN  0366382
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980306
TTL  Piston having insulated cap
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1,9
EXP  Denion; Thomas E.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Meyer; Leon G.
CTY  Alden
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Occidental Chemical Corporation
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   92176
XCL   92172
XCL   92248
XCL  188264G
EDF  6
ICL  F01B 3100
FSC   92
FSS  248;176;172
FSC  188
FSS  264 G;72.4
UREF
PNO  4248329
ISD  19810200
NAM  Torigoe
OCL  188264G
UREF
PNO  4449447
ISD  19840500
NAM  Yanagi
OCL   92248
UREF
PNO  4513844
ISD  19850400
NAM  Hoffman, Jr.
OCL  188264G
UREF
PNO  4572334
ISD  19860200
NAM  Villata
UREF
PNO  4649806
ISD  19870300
NAM  Hartsock
UREF
PNO  5031511
ISD  19910700
NAM  Villata
UREF
PNO  5127494
ISD  19920700
NAM  Mery
UREF
PNO  5575358
ISD  19961100
NAM  McCormick
OCL  188264G
UREF
PNO  5713435
ISD  19980200
NAM  Schneider et al.
OCL  188264G
LREP
FR2  Brookes; Anne E.
FR2  Fuerle; Richard D.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a piston having a cylindrical body made from a thermosetting
      molding compound. The body has a central well and a molded-on metal cap
      having sides that extend downward over the exterior of the body and into
      the well. There is insulation under and in contact with the metal cap.
PATN
WKU  059880457
SRC  9
APN  1635026
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980930
TTL  Utensil supporting multiple cooking environments for preparing foods
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Timothy
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Housley; Todd B.
STR  2501 Powderhorn
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
ZIP  75025
CLAS
OCL   99339
XCL   99400
XCL   99426
XCL   99446
XCL   99448
XCL   99450
XCL  126 20
XCL  126369
XCL  219401
EDF  6
ICL  A47J 2700
ICL  A47J 3700
ICL  A47J 2704
FSC   99
FSS  339;340;352;400;401;426;444-450;482;476;410-418
FSC  122
FSS  40;31.1
FSC  126
FSS  20;369
FSC  219
FSS  401;441;442;678;725-735
FSC  220
FSS  425;428;753;912;4.01
FSC  426
FSS  510;511;523
FSC  D 7
FSS  354-361
UREF
PNO  176524
ISD  18760400
NAM  Elmore
OCL   99339
UREF
PNO  197871
ISD  18771200
NAM  Lightfoot
XCL   99340
UREF
PNO  D275440
ISD  19840900
NAM  Matsuhisa
OCL  D 7357
UREF
PNO  1103169
ISD  19140700
NAM  Beam
UREF
PNO  1862420
ISD  19320600
NAM  O'Brien
OCL   99339
UREF
PNO  2742850
ISD  19560400
NAM  Fond
OCL   99339
UREF
PNO  2932293
ISD  19600400
NAM  Rassieur
XCL   99416
UREF
PNO  3199438
ISD  19650800
NAM  Myler et al.
XCL   99446
UREF
PNO  3299800
ISD  19670100
NAM  Angelo
XCL   99340
UREF
PNO  4081646
ISD  19780300
NAM  Goltsos
OCL  219 10.55E
UREF
PNO  4486640
ISD  19841200
NAM  Bowen et al.
OCL  219 10.55E
UREF
PNO  4941401
ISD  19900700
NAM  Sarnoff et al.
XCL  126369
UREF
PNO  5076155
ISD  19911200
NAM  Golob
XCL   99450
UREF
PNO  5097753
ISD  19920300
NAM  Naft
XCL  219401
UREF
PNO  5211105
ISD  19930500
NAM  Liu
XCL   99400
UREF
PNO  5275094
ISD  19940100
NAM  Naft
OCL   99416
UREF
PNO  5473980
ISD  19951200
NAM  Carpenter
OCL   99446
UREF
PNO  5511466
ISD  19960400
NAM  Dzibinski
XCL  220912
OREF
PAL  "Microwise" information brochure, DTR, Framington, Massachusetts, 1 page,
      undated.
LREP
FRM  Madson & Metcalf
ABST
PAL  A utensil supporting multiple cooking environments for preparing foods is
      disclosed in one presently preferred embodiment of the present invention
      as including a cooking grill and a cover member selectively disposed in
      relation to a base unit comprising one or more cooking compartments. The
      cooking grill having a cooking surface and a collection reservoir disposed
      beneath at least a portion of the cooking surface. Formed in the upper
      cooking surface of the cooking grill are a plurality of openings.
      Collection channels may also be disposed along the upper cooking surface
      so as to provide device for feeding run-off liquids through the openings
      and into the underlying collection reservoir of the cooking grill. Having
      a dimensional size and shape substantially corresponding to the outer
      perimeter of the base unit, the cooking grill, when selectively disposed
      over the internal periphery of the base unit, facilitates a first cooking
      environment within the base unit. The air generally sealed within the
      first cooking environment may circulate around the food items retained
      within the various cooking compartments to provide device for preparing
      the food items contained therein. The cooking grill supports a second
      cooking environment for preparing foods, wherein liquids (i.e., water,
      oil, grease, etc.) may be collected from those food items disposed on or
      suspended above the upper cooking surface of the cooking grill. Depending
      upon whether the cover member is selectively positioned in supportable
      relation to the base unit and over the cooking grill, the second
      environment may facilitate the preparation of food items by means of
      grilling, baking, roasting and/or broiling. In addition, water may be
      introduced into the collection reservoir of the cooking grill to provide
      device for steaming the food item(s) disposed within the second
      environment.
PATN
WKU  059880465
SRC  9
APN  019283&
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980205
TTL  Deep frying and serving implement
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Timothy
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Noll; Philip A.
STR  2604 SW. 34th Ave.
CTY  Fort Lauderadale
STA  FL
ZIP  33312
CLAS
OCL   99340
XCL   99403
XCL   99410
XCL   99415
XCL   99418
XCL   99426
XCL   99449
XCL   99450
XCL  2111811
EDF  6
ICL  A47J 3700
ICL  A47J 3712
FSC   99
FSS  467;339;419-421 V;349;403;426;646 R;532;410-418;442;448
FSC  452
FSS  195;196;132
FSC  426
FSS  523;420
FSC  165
FSS  185
FSC  211
FSS  181.1
UREF
PNO  692833
ISD  19020100
NAM  Williamson
XCL   99426
UREF
PNO  1890907
ISD  19321200
NAM  Hoover
XCL   99419
UREF
PNO  2052505
ISD  19360800
NAM  Vetrosky
XCL   99426
UREF
PNO  2111456
ISD  19380300
NAM  Markle, Jr.
OCL   99419
UREF
PNO  2584295
ISD  19520200
NAM  Sanzenbacher
XCL   99426
UREF
PNO  2763198
ISD  19560900
NAM  Williams
OCL   99339
UREF
PNO  3379118
ISD  19680400
NAM  Perez
OCL   99419
UREF
PNO  4542684
ISD  19850900
NAM  Centrell
OCL  211181.1
UREF
PNO  4612851
ISD  19860900
NAM  McManus
XCL   99441
UREF
PNO  4745968
ISD  19880500
NAM  Demos
XCL  426523
UREF
PNO  4924768
ISD  19900500
NAM  Jay
XCL   99448
UREF
PNO  5842689
ISD  19981200
NAM  Hunter
XCL   99419
ABST
PAL  A new deep frying and serving implement for efficiently deep frying foods
      and being utilized as a serving tray. The inventive device includes a
      planar platter portion having a generally rectangular configuration
      defined by opposed long side walls and opposed short end walls. The
      platter portion includes an upper surface and a lower surface. A plurality
      of stainless steel rods extend outwardly of the lower surface of the
      planar platter portion. The plurality of stainless steel rods each have
      pointed free ends and spiraled threads extending upwardly from the pointed
      free ends.
PATN
WKU  059880473
SRC  9
APN  1426559
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980910
TTL  Baking device for production of endless strips
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Timothy
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Haas; Franz Sen
CTY  Vienna
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Haas; Johann
CTY  Klosterneuburg
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Jiraschek; Stefan
CTY  Vienna
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Franz Haas Waffelmaschinen-Industrie Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Vienna
CNT  ATX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ATX
APD  19960318
APN  504/96
CLAS
OCL   99353
XCL   99427
XCL   99443R
XCL   994501
EDF  6
ICL  A23L  100
ICL  A47J 3700
ICL  A21B  148
ICL  A21B  503
FSC   99
FSS  353-355;372-379;386;450.1;443 R;427;443 C;476-479
FSC  126
FSS  21 A;149
FSC  198
FSS  432;459.5
FSC  219
FSS  388;400
FSC  432
FSS  112-114
UREF
PNO  4283171
ISD  19810800
NAM  Bronnec
OCL  432112
UREF
PNO  4417508
ISD  19831100
NAM  Haas, Sr. et al.
OCL   99355
UREF
PNO  4669603
ISD  19870600
NAM  Haas, Sr. et al.
OCL  198432
UREF
PNO  4694741
ISD  19870900
NAM  Haas, Sr. et al.
OCL   99354
UREF
PNO  4953453
ISD  19900900
NAM  Haas, Sr. et al.
OCL   99373
UREF
PNO  5048403
ISD  19910900
NAM  Haas, Sr. et al.
OCL   99355
UREF
PNO  5103717
ISD  19920400
NAM  Haas, Sr. et al.
OCL   99353
UREF
PNO  5463939
ISD  19951100
NAM  Koletnik et al.
OCL   99353
UREF
PNO  5795607
ISD  19980800
NAM  Haas et al.
OCL   99443C
FREF
PNO  1 026 103
ISD  19530400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 432 141
ISD  19800200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  95 32630
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Dubno; Herbert
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AT97/00052
PD1  19980910
PD2  19980910
PD3  19970312
PCP  WO97/34492
PCD  19970925
ABST
PAR  A baking apparatus for producing endless strips of baked dough having a
      drum mounted on rotatable supports offset from the axis of the drum and
      separating the interior of a housing of the apparatus into inner and outer
      chambers which can each be equipped with heating devices. Along the inner
      and/or outer surface of the drum for each strip, a dough application
      device and a strip removal device can be provided in succession so that a
      respective endless strip is formed.
PATN
WKU  059880481
SRC  9
APN  0241083
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980217
TTL  Apparatus for shaping deep-fried food product
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Timothy
NDR  4
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Hunter; Thomas B.
CTY  Collinsville
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Trager; Neil J.
CTY  Bridgeton
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Kerry Inc.
CTY  Beloit
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   99413
XCL   99415
XCL   99418
XCL   99442
XCL   99450
EDF  6
ICL  A47J 3700
ICL  A47J 3712
ICL  A23P  100
FSC   99
FSS  394;421 A;407-418;353;450
FSC  211
FSS  181.1
UREF
PNO  489056
ISD  18930100
NAM  Westheimer
OCL   99394
UREF
PNO  1487909
ISD  19240300
NAM  Andrews
OCL   99407
UREF
PNO  3279353
ISD  19661000
NAM  Shelor
OCL   99407
UREF
PNO  4173926
ISD  19791100
NAM  Brignall
OCL   99349
UREF
PNO  4535688
ISD  19850800
NAM  Bentson
OCL   99353
UREF
PNO  4542685
ISD  19850900
NAM  Wilson
OCL   99413
UREF
PNO  5537917
ISD  19960700
NAM  Schiffer et al.
OCL   99442
UREF
PNO  5662027
ISD  19970900
NAM  Neville et al.
OCL   99415
UREF
PNO  5676050
ISD  19971000
NAM  Beck
OCL   99428
LREP
FRM  Griffin, Butler, Whisenhunt & Szipl, LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention includes a process for preparing a unified serving of a
      batter-cooked food, for example shrimp tempura in the shape of a ring,
      that comprises the steps of: providing multiple pieces of a food to be
      cooked; coating each piece with a batter; frying the coated pieces in a
      mold in a hot oil or fat medium in order to cook the food, expand the
      batter, and join the battered pieces into a shaped food product reflecting
      the shape of the mold; and removing the shaped food product from the oil
      or fat and the mold. The cooking mold is preferably a deep-frying cooking
      vessel assembly comprising a generally U-shaped channel of flat metal. The
      cooking vessel assembly is configured with apertures and with a handle
      and/or a scraper. The apertures and handle are configured to provide quick
      submerging and quick fryer medium contact around the food being deep-fried
      in the cooking vessel assembly. The cooking vessel assembly is further
      configured to shape food items to be deep-fried in the cooking vessel
      assembly.
PATN
WKU  059880490
SRC  9
APN  0217980
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980211
TTL  Fluid removal by mechanized long vacuum blade
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Timothy F.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Gonzenbach; Max A.
CTY  Milbank
STA  SD
INVT
NAM  Nef; Rudolph A.
CTY  Milbank
STA  SD
INVT
NAM  Gonzenbach; David K.
CTY  Milbank
STA  SD
INVT
NAM  Czmowski; Timothy P.
CTY  Milbank
STA  SD
INVT
NAM  Hermans; Kenneth J.
CTY  Milbank
STA  SD
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Lance M.
CTY  Milbank
STA  SD
INVT
NAM  Hooth; Shaun R.
CTY  Corona
STA  SD
ASSG
NAM  Valley Queen Cheese Factory, Inc.
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   99454
XCL   99458
EDF  6
ICL  A01J 2511
ICL  A01J 2513
ICL  A23C 1902
ICL  A23C 1905
FSC   99
FSS  452;453;454;456-459;353-356;495
FSC  100
FSS  115-118;125;110
FSC  249
FSS  113
FSC  425
FSS  84;85;405 R
FSC  426
FSS  414;36;413;478;491;512;582;495
FSC  210
FSS  513-515;808
UREF
PNO  3355805
ISD  19671200
NAM  Krueger et al.
OCL   99458
UREF
PNO  3969995
ISD  19760700
NAM  Krueger et al.
UREF
PNO  4049838
ISD  19770900
NAM  Krueger et al.
UREF
PNO  4234615
ISD  19801100
NAM  Krueger
UREF
PNO  4263330
ISD  19810400
NAM  Streeter et al.
UREF
PNO  4289793
ISD  19810900
NAM  Gustafson et al.
OCL  426491
UREF
PNO  4291064
ISD  19810900
NAM  Retzlaff
UREF
PNO  4334465
ISD  19820600
NAM  Brockwell et al.
OCL   99454
UREF
PNO  5024146
ISD  19910600
NAM  Dull
UREF
PNO  5373779
ISD  19941200
NAM  Grusin
OCL   99458
UREF
PNO  5752434
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kuan
XCL   99458
LREP
FR2  Helget; Gerald E.
     Mackall, Crounse & Moore, PLC
ABST
PAL  Fluid is efficiently and uniformly removed from successive bodies of a
      product by a combination of finely perforated wedge shaped hollow blades
      sufficiently long as to fully penetrate the product body depth, a series
      of vacuum suction tubes arranged within the blades for pressure
      differential removal of accumulated free fluid from the lowest point of
      the product body, a pneumatic or other cylinder to provide linear motion,
      position control, and cyclic variation in applied load for introduction
      and withdrawal of each blade and suction tube assembly to and from
      successive bodies of the product, and mechanism allowing the blade and
      suction tube assembly to travel only in a defined linear path for
      repeatable unimpeded entry to and withdrawal from successive product
      containers, each of which is mechanically fed into and precisely held in a
      series of locations directly beneath wedge and suction tube assemblies.
PATN
WKU  059880503
SRC  9
APN  1684639
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19981008
TTL  Container assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Timothy
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Foster, Jr.; Thomas E.
STR  700 Chestnut St.
CTY  Delanco
STA  NJ
ZIP  08075
CLAS
OCL   99467
XCL   99646C
XCL  210241
XCL  210464
XCL  220361
XCL  220371
XCL  426106
XCL  426118
XCL  426124
EDF  6
ICL  A23L  100
ICL  B65D 8500
FSC   99
FSS  467;472;646 R;646 C;403-410;416-418
FSC   53
FSS  88;432;403;510;426;110
FSC  141
FSS  155
FSC   62
FSS  62;91;239
FSC  206
FSS  204;205;213.1
FSC  220
FSS  361;371;335;231;252;521;902
FSC  426
FSS  8;106;118;124;395;418;419;398
FSC  210
FSS  241;419;464-474
FSC  D 7
FSS  667;629;538
UREF
PNO  D366989
ISD  19960200
NAM  Zimmerman
OCL  D 7629
UREF
PNO  1584903
ISD  19260500
NAM  Supplee
OCL  426124
UREF
PNO  3037652
ISD  19620600
NAM  Wallace
XCL  220335
UREF
PNO  3586201
ISD  19710600
NAM  Ebet
XCL  220371
UREF
PNO  4640228
ISD  19870200
NAM  Sedlacek et al.
XCL  426106
UREF
PNO  4844263
ISD  19890700
NAM  Hadtke
XCL  220361
UREF
PNO  4898273
ISD  19900200
NAM  Kristiansen
XCL  426124
UREF
PNO  5139834
ISD  19920800
NAM  Cole
OCL  220902
UREF
PNO  5163360
ISD  19921100
NAM  Petz
OCL   99467
UREF
PNO  5398811
ISD  19950300
NAM  Latella, Jr.
XCL   99472
UREF
PNO  5505850
ISD  19960400
NAM  Licari
OCL  210464
UREF
PNO  5766660
ISD  19980600
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  426118
UREF
PNO  5853581
ISD  19981200
NAM  Rayborn et al.
OCL  210241
ABST
PAL  A container assembly for keeping food stored therein fresh. The container
      assembly includes a plurality of nested members each having a bowl-shaped
      configuration comprising exterior and interior surfaces, a base and a
      perimeter side wall extending upwardly around the base. The perimeter side
      wall terminating at an upper edge. The nested members include an outer
      bowl, a filter, and an inner bowl. The filter is rested inside the outer
      bowl. The inner bowl is rested inside the filter such that the filter is
      interposed between the inner and outer bowls. The inner bowl having a
      plurality of spaced apart holes therethrough. A lid assembly is provided
      for substantially covering upper opening of the outer bowl.
PATN
WKU  059880511
SRC  9
APN  1063057
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980629
TTL  Vacuum-heat processing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Timothy
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Hashiguchi; Toshio
CTY  Okayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Myojin; Nobuo
CTY  Okayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iwase; Nobuo
CTY  Hiroshima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hayashi; Tetsuya
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Engineering Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970630
APN  9-173935
CLAS
OCL   99472
XCL   99355
XCL   99405
XCL   99407
XCL   99410
XCL   99470
EDF  6
ICL  A47J 3712
FSC   99
FSS  330;336;352-355;470;472;516;534;403-410
FSC  210
FSS  167;DIG. 8
FSC  126
FSS  391;41 R
FSC  426
FSS  438;523
UREF
PNO  3718485
ISD  19730200
NAM  Lankford
OCL  426438
UREF
PNO  4059046
ISD  19771100
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL   99355
UREF
PNO  4852475
ISD  19890800
NAM  Yang
OCL   99409
UREF
PNO  4873920
ISD  19891000
NAM  Yang
XCL   99472
UREF
PNO  5168797
ISD  19921200
NAM  Wang
XCL   99403
UREF
PNO  5179891
ISD  19930100
NAM  Chiu
XCL  210167
UREF
PNO  5235903
ISD  19930800
NAM  Tippmann
XCL   99472
UREF
PNO  5239915
ISD  19930800
NAM  Chiu
OCL   99407
UREF
PNO  5263406
ISD  19931100
NAM  Chiu
XCL   99472
UREF
PNO  5275093
ISD  19940100
NAM  Chiu
OCL   99408
UREF
PNO  5301604
ISD  19940400
NAM  Takahashi
OCL   99407
UREF
PNO  5676042
ISD  19971000
NAM  Sakuma et al.
OCL   99330
UREF
PNO  5767487
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tippmann
XCL   99472
FREF
PNO  51-82778
ISD  19510700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-183048
ISD  19831000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-92718
ISD  19850500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-132527
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The vacuum-heat processing apparatus according to the present invention
      includes: a vacuum container forming a vacuum chamber; a hopper into which
      an object to be processed and a processing liquid adjusted to a first
      temperature are thrown, the hopper being arranged above and communicating
      with an intake port formed in an upper end portion of the vacuum
      container; a sealing member arranged between the hopper and the intake
      port of the vacuum container to keep the vacuum chamber airtight; a
      transport conveyor installed in the vacuum chamber below the intake port
      to receive at one end side thereof the object flowing down the hopper from
      the intake port through the sealing member and carry it to the other end
      side; a processing liquid showering nozzles installed in the vacuum
      chamber immediately above the transport conveyor to shower a processing
      liquid adjusted to a second temperature over the object on the transport
      conveyor; and a processing liquid tank containing a processing liquid
      adjusted to a third temperature and installed in the vacuum chamber
      immediately below the transport conveyor to receive the object dropped
      from the transport conveyor.
PATN
WKU  059880520
SRC  9
APN  0838403
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980522
TTL  Apparatus for measuring rate of cheese production
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Simone; Timothy
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Abler; Joseph H.
CTY  Brookfield
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Stainless Steel Fabricating, Inc.
CTY  Columbus
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   99494
XCL   99452
XCL   99459
XCL   99489
XCL  118 13
XCL  118 24
XCL  222630
XCL  222637
EDF  6
ICL  A01J 2500
ICL  A01J 2511
ICL  A23C 1900
ICL  A23L  100
FSC   99
FSS  452;453-459;460-466;494;486-489;535
FSC  118
FSS  13;24;308;425;696;664
FSC  222
FSS  630;637;55;200
FSC  426
FSS  582;231;519;522;478;491;495
UREF
PNO  3592124
ISD  19710700
NAM  Pontecorvo et al.
OCL   99464
UREF
PNO  4112131
ISD  19780900
NAM  Bosy et al.
OCL  426582
UREF
PNO  4244286
ISD  19810100
NAM  Rust
XCL   99535
UREF
PNO  4254698
ISD  19810300
NAM  Savarese
OCL   99460
UREF
PNO  4332831
ISD  19820600
NAM  Rust
XCL   99459
UREF
PNO  4741460
ISD  19880500
NAM  Blain et al.
OCL  222 55
UREF
PNO  4820540
ISD  19890400
NAM  Budahn
OCL   99452
UREF
PNO  4936489
ISD  19900600
NAM  Blain et al.
OCL   99494
UREF
PNO  5195426
ISD  19930300
NAM  Thuli
OCL   99452
UREF
PNO  5704280
ISD  19980100
NAM  Scherping et al.
XCL   99459
UREF
PNO  5738772
ISD  19980400
NAM  Bartasis et al.
XCL  118 24
UREF
PNO  5853786
ISD  19981200
NAM  Anbarci et al.
XCL   99452
UREF
PNO  5855671
ISD  19990100
NAM  Scherping et al.
OCL  118 13
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady LLP
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for producing cheese includes a dispenser for applying salt to
      the cheese at a rate which varies in response to a control signal. The
      cheese travels across a platform to which a first sensor is attached for
      measuring the weight of the cheese. A second sensor measures the linear
      amount of cheese traveling across the platform. A controller derives the
      rate of cheese production based on the weight and the linear amount of
      cheese. The controller utilizes the rate of cheese production to produce
      the control signal and thereby control application of salt to the cheese.
PATN
WKU  059880538
SRC  9
APN  0073385
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980115
TTL  Mistie detection system for agricultural balers
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  3
EXP  Gerrity; Stephen F.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Leupe; Dirk Georges Cornelius
CTY  Roeselare
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Vande Ginste; Johan Maurice
CTY  Tielt
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Schoonheere; Marnix Jozef
CTY  Ichtegem
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  New Holland North America, Inc.
CTY  New Holland
STA  PA
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19970128
APN  9701681
CLAS
OCL  100  3
XCL   56343
XCL  100  4
XCL  100 19R
XCL  200 6118
EDF  6
ICL  B65B 1326
ICL  A01F 1508
FSC  100
FSS  2;3;4;17;18;19 R;189
FSC   56
FSS  341;343
FSC  200
FSS  61.18
UREF
PNO  4074623
ISD  19780200
NAM  White
UREF
PNO  4196661
ISD  19800400
NAM  Yatcilla et al.
UREF
PNO  4756235
ISD  19880700
NAM  Cartner
UREF
PNO  4765235
ISD  19880800
NAM  Schrag et al.
OCL  100  4
UREF
PNO  4885991
ISD  19891200
NAM  Borba
OCL  100  4
UREF
PNO  4998961
ISD  19910300
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  100  4
UREF
PNO  5388504
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kluver
OCL  100  4
UREF
PNO  5783816
ISD  19980700
NAM  McPherson
OCL  100  4
FREF
PNO  0400379
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
OCL  10019 R
FREF
PNO  0294075
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0294078
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  208748
ISD  19840400
CNT  DDX
FREF
PNO  289917
ISD  19910500
CNT  DDX
OCL  100  4
FREF
PNO  3640696
ISD  19880600
CNT  DEX
OCL  100  4
FREF
PNO  4116619
ISD  19921100
CNT  DEX
OCL  100  4
LREP
FR2  Seemar; Frank A.
FR2  Miller; Larry W.
FR2  Stader; J. William
ABST
PAL  An agricultural baler comprising a baling chamber and a mechanism for
      loading successive charges of crop material into the chamber. The baler
      also comprises a tying mechanism for forming a plurality of loops of
      binding material around the packages of crop material formed in the baling
      chamber. The movement of the strands of binding material is monitored by
      sensors and compared. In case the movement of a strand deviates
      substantially from the movement of the other strands a mistie indication
      is generated. Such mistie detection system is operable to detect a wide
      range of mistie conditions.
PATN
WKU  059880546
SRC  9
APN  130190&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980804
TTL  Automated system for handling returned drink containers
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1,2
EXP  Gerrity; Stephen F.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Wieglus; Richard W.
CTY  Lewiston
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Tomra of North America, Inc.
CTY  Stratford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  100102
XCL  100193
XCL  100215
XCL  100902
XCL  194209
XCL  198363
XCL  198601
EDF  6
ICL  B30B  932
FSC  100
FSS  45;49;91;102;137;193;215;902
FSC  194
FSS  208;209
FSC  198
FSS  348;363;601
UREF
PNO  1425556
ISD  19220800
NAM  Tingwall et al.
OCL  198363
UREF
PNO  1600357
ISD  19260900
NAM  Peil, Jr.
OCL  198601
UREF
PNO  1847263
ISD  19320300
NAM  Sandberg
OCL  198601
UREF
PNO  1907189
ISD  19330500
NAM  Seaman
UREF
PNO  1943149
ISD  19340100
NAM  Schneider
OCL  198601
UREF
PNO  2157642
ISD  19390500
NAM  Vosler
UREF
PNO  2344664
ISD  19440300
NAM  Adams
UREF
PNO  2578603
ISD  19511200
NAM  Rothman
UREF
PNO  2801728
ISD  19570800
NAM  Temple
OCL  198601
UREF
PNO  3212432
ISD  19651000
NAM  Raab
OCL  100215
UREF
PNO  3269571
ISD  19660800
NAM  McLearn et al.
UREF
PNO  3371767
ISD  19680300
NAM  Rehr et al.
OCL  198363
UREF
PNO  3838634
ISD  19741000
NAM  Alexandrov et al.
OCL  100 45
UREF
PNO  4248389
ISD  19810200
NAM  Thompson et al.
OCL  100 91
UREF
PNO  4898270
ISD  19900200
NAM  Hopkins et al.
OCL  198396
UREF
PNO  5226519
ISD  19930700
NAM  DeWoolfson
OCL  194209
UREF
PNO  5461972
ISD  19951000
NAM  Tahkanen
OCL  100137
UREF
PNO  5474415
ISD  19951200
NAM  Becker et al.
UREF
PNO  5477953
ISD  19951200
NAM  Powell et al.
OCL  194209
UREF
PNO  5567105
ISD  19961000
NAM  Williams
FREF
PNO  1761043
ISD  19920900
CNT  RUX
OCL  100102
FREF
PNO  3706
ISD  18920200
CNT  GBX
OCL  100193
FREF
PNO  2269774
ISD  19940200
CNT  GBX
OCL  100902
LREP
FRM  Harris Beach & Wilcox, LLP.
ABST
PAL  An automated container handling and processing system includes a metal
      container handling subsystem and a plastic container handling subsystem.
      Each container subsystem includes a roller conveyor for conveying a
      plurality of large bins carrying crushed containers derived from reverse
      vending machines. An automated dumping station receives and inverts the
      bins sequentially to dump the crushed containers into a central hopper,
      then sends the bins to a washer which cleans the bins for reuse. A
      separate belt conveyor receives containers which do not require
      identification or accounting and conveys them to the central hopper. A
      second belt conveyor which also leads to the central hopper receives
      containers from one or more sorting machines which process non-crushed
      containers from non-RV machine return centers. Each sorting machine is
      capable of reading a bar code on each container to identify the brand and
      of providing that information to a central accounting system which keeps
      track of the number of containers of each brand and credits them to the
      correct original distributor. The central hopper feeds all containers to a
      crusher/baler which crushes and bales containers from all three sources.
PATN
WKU  059880554
SRC  9
APN  0419710
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980313
TTL  Calendar for paper and similar web material
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Gerrity; Stephen F.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Cramer; Dirk
CTY  Duisburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Voith Sulzer Finishing GmbH
CTY  Krefeld
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970318
APN  197 11 241
CLAS
OCL  100163
XCL  100170
EDF  6
ICL  D21G  100
FSC  100
FSS  47;161;162 R;163 R;163 A;164;165;168-170
UREF
PNO  509930
ISD  18931200
NAM  Moore
OCL  100162R
UREF
PNO  3369483
ISD  19680200
NAM  Muller
OCL  100170
UREF
PNO  4501197
ISD  19850200
NAM  Karr et al.
UREF
PNO  4510859
ISD  19850400
NAM  Berry
UREF
PNO  4890551
ISD  19900100
NAM  Dahl et al.
OCL  100163A
UREF
PNO  5704285
ISD  19980100
NAM  Van Haag
FREF
PNO  0732443
ISD  19960900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  16963
ISD  18820300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2823738
ISD  19851100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4231472
ISD  19930400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  29504034
ISD  19950600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  62-90394
ISD  19870400
CNT  JPX
OCL  100162R
LREP
FRM  Greenblum & Berstein, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  Calender for a material web that includes a roll stack having at least four
      rolls that includes an upper and a lower roll, a frame, and bearing blocks
      associated with the at least four rolls. The bearing blocks are movably
      coupled to the frame. The calender also includes a load device coupled to
      at least one of upper bearing blocks associated with the upper roll and
      lower bearing blocks associated with the lower roll, and tensile rods
      extending along and positioned on opposite ends of the roll stack. The
      tensile rods include upper and lower ends, the upper ends being coupled to
      one of the upper bearing blocks and the load device, and the lower ends
      being coupled to one of the lower bearing blocks and the load device.
PATN
WKU  059880562
SRC  9
APN  0940976
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980609
TTL  Printing apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Bennett; Christopher A.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Bolch; Michael W.
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Acroprint Time Recorder Company
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  101 72
XCL  101287
XCL  101 93
XCL  40012001
XCL  346 82
XCL  346 87
EDF  6
ICL  B41J 2100
FSC  101
FSS  55;56;57;68;69;70;72;93;287;93.05
FSC  400
FSS  124.01;316
FSC  346
FSS  78;80;82;84;87;89
UREF
PNO  602026
ISD  18980400
NAM  Blessing
OCL  346 82
UREF
PNO  3101046
ISD  19630800
NAM  Spiazzi
OCL  101 57
UREF
PNO  4420759
ISD  19831200
NAM  Maejima
OCL  346 89
UREF
PNO  4949098
ISD  19900800
NAM  Gluck et al.
OCL  400 56
UREF
PNO  5136937
ISD  19920800
NAM  Nogawa
OCL  101 72
UREF
PNO  5325773
ISD  19940700
NAM  Manduley
OCL  101287
UREF
PNO  5761996
ISD  19980600
NAM  Gauthier et al.
OCL  101 93
LREP
FR2  Barrett; William A.
FR2  Hultquist; Steven J.
ABST
PAL  A printing device wherein top frontal positioning of motor and drive train
      is avoided so that the size of the top portion can be reduced thereby
      improving the ability of the operator to view the alignment of a printable
      article in relation to the printer. The device includes a printer rack
      having a vertical support member and a base; a moving clamping piece
      movably mounted on the printer rack permitting the clamping piece to move
      towards and away from the base; a printer movably mounted on the clamping
      piece; a cam shaft rotatably mounted on the printer rack and provided
      thereon with a cylindrical cam for moving the printer towards and away
      from the vertical support member and further provided thereon with means
      for raising and lowering the clamping piece so that the clamping piece
      clamps the article during printing and releases the article upon
      completion of printing; and a motor mounted on the printer rack for
      turning the cam shaft.
PATN
WKU  059880570
SRC  8
APN  9434054
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971003
TTL  Postal cancellation machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Eickholt; Eugene
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Salomon; James A
CTY  Cheshire
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Yap; Anthony E.
CTY  Danbury
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Pitney Bowes Inc.
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  101 91
XCL  40012009
XCL  209578
EDF  6
ICL  B41L 4746
FSC  101
FSS  91;2
FSC  400
FSS  120.09
FSC  209
FSS  584;578;592;594;587
FSC  380
FSS  55
FSC  705
FSS  408;410
UREF
PNO  2887951
ISD  19590500
NAM  Strother et al.
UREF
PNO  2976803
ISD  19610300
NAM  Van Marle
UREF
PNO  2988984
ISD  19610600
NAM  Eckert, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  3373685
ISD  19680300
NAM  Adams
OCL  101  2
UREF
PNO  3938435
ISD  19760200
NAM  Suda et al.
OCL  101  2
UREF
PNO  4511793
ISD  19850400
NAM  Racanelli
OCL  101 91
UREF
PNO  4520932
ISD  19850600
NAM  Matsuda et al.
OCL  209578
UREF
PNO  4998626
ISD  19910300
NAM  Ota
OCL  209584
UREF
PNO  5061100
ISD  19911000
NAM  Brouwer et al.
UREF
PNO  5308932
ISD  19940500
NAM  Manduley et al.
UREF
PNO  5322977
ISD  19940600
NAM  Manduley et al.
UREF
PNO  5440979
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bonham et al.
UREF
PNO  5611630
ISD  19970300
NAM  Dolan et al.
OCL  400120.09
UREF
PNO  5730049
ISD  19980300
NAM  Broschart
OCL  101 91
UREF
PNO  5734723
ISD  19980300
NAM  Windel et al.
OCL  380 55
UREF
PNO  5799290
ISD  19980800
NAM  Dolan et al.
OCL  705410
UREF
PNO  5819241
ISD  19981000
NAM  Reiter
OCL  705408
LREP
FR2  Shapiro; Steven J.
FR2  Scolnick; Melvin J.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for canceling postage on individual mailpieces of a stack of
      mixed mail includes an apparatus for separating individual mailpieces from
      the stack of mixed mail; structure for feeding the separated individual
      mailpieces along a feed path; a mechanism, positioned along the feed path,
      for detecting the presence of stamps on individual mailpieces; a printing
      mechanism having a plurality of digital printheads; a control, in
      communication with the detecting mechanism, for operating the printing
      mechanism to print a cancellation mark over stamps on individual
      mailpieces in response to detection by the detecting mechanism of the
      presence of stamps on individual mailpieces; and apparatus for determining
      the number of rows of stamps on individual mailpieces and for selectively
      energizing only the individual ones of the plurality of digital printheads
      needed to ensure that the cancellation mark is printed over each of the
      sensed number of rows of stamps on individual mailpieces. A method is
      associated with the apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059880589
SRC  9
APN  0021725
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971231
TTL  Wool attaching machine for cloth
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Eickholt; Eugene
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Lee; Ching Huang
STR  1Fl., No. 44, Lane 144, Sec. 2, Nan Ya South Rd.
CTY  Pan Chiao City, Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  101114
XCL    8445
XCL  156240
XCL  428 90
XCL  234  2
XCL  427206
EDF  6
ICL  B41F 1500
ICL  B05D  114
FSC  101
FSS  114
FSC    8
FSS  470;445;467;468;478;488
FSC  156
FSS  230;235;239;240
FSC  427
FSS  206;207.1;208.2;208.4;208.8
FSC  428
FSS  88;90
FSC  234
FSS  2
UREF
PNO  3918895
ISD  19751100
NAM  Mizuno
OCL  101470
UREF
PNO  3956552
ISD  19760500
NAM  Geary
OCL  428 90
UREF
PNO  4019036
ISD  19770400
NAM  Hiramatsu et al.
OCL  234  2
UREF
PNO  4027345
ISD  19770600
NAM  Fujisawa et al.
OCL  101470
UREF
PNO  4201810
ISD  19800500
NAM  Higashiguchi
OCL  428 90
UREF
PNO  4233027
ISD  19801100
NAM  Albero
OCL    8488
UREF
PNO  4314813
ISD  19820200
NAM  Masaki
OCL  156235
UREF
PNO  4742699
ISD  19880500
NAM  Nakahara et al.
OCL  101119
UREF
PNO  5160505
ISD  19921100
NAM  Seveno et al.
OCL  101470
UREF
PNO  5673621
ISD  19971000
NAM  Vaughan
OCL  101126
LREP
FRM  Dougherty & Troxell
ABST
PAL  A wool attaching machine for cloth is composed of a working table, a
      conveyer, a plurality of printing rollers, a bonding agent transfer
      device, a static electricity wool attaching device and a baking device.
      The conveyer is installed on the working table for delivering cloth, and
      the printing rollers are used for printing patterns on the cloth. The
      bonding agent transfer device has a bonding agent roller with stencil
      patterns, a strainer net attached closely to an inner surface of the
      stencil patterns, to enable bonding agent in the bonding agent roller to
      penetrate slowly from the strainer net through the stencil patterns onto
      the cloth to form bonding agent patterns. The static electricity wool
      attaching device is installed behind the bonding agent transfer device. As
      the cloth having the bonding agent patterns passes through the static
      electricity wool attaching device, the floating wool stored in this device
      is attracted into contact with the bonding agent pattern by means of
      static electricity to form wool patterns on the cloth. The wool attaching
      machine can produce printing patterns and wool patterns on cloth in a
      single manufacturing step.
PATN
WKU  059880597
SRC  9
APN  1746847
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19981019
TTL  System for registration of work support pallets with screen frames of
      printing machines
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Colilla; Daniel J.
EXP  Burr; Edgar
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Hamu; Alan J.
CTY  Sunset Beach
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Olec Corporation
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  101114
XCL  101126
XCL  101 35
XCL  101 41
EDF  6
ICL  B41F 1518
ICL  B41F 1536
ICL  B41F 1526
FSC  101
FSS  114;115;41;42;126;35
UREF
PNO  T918002
ISD  19740100
NAM  Knoth
OCL  101 41
UREF
PNO  4054091
ISD  19771000
NAM  Bradley
OCL  101129
UREF
PNO  4907506
ISD  19900300
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  101115
UREF
PNO  4911070
ISD  19900300
NAM  Miske et al.
OCL  101126
UREF
PNO  5014614
ISD  19910500
NAM  Thieme
OCL  101128.1
UREF
PNO  5226362
ISD  19930700
NAM  Iaccino et al.
UREF
PNO  5315929
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sundqvist
OCL  101127.1
UREF
PNO  5806422
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hamu
UREF
PNO  5845569
ISD  19981200
NAM  Tkacz et al.
OCL  101115
LREP
FR2  Brown; Boniard I.
ABST
PAL  A system for registering a work support pallet on an arm of a printing
      machine with a screen frame of the machine has spaced-apart rods pivotally
      mounted on a pallet tool and on an arm of the machine for accurate shuttle
      movement of the pallet tool and a work support pallet thereon into
      proximity with the screen frame.
PATN
WKU  059880600
SRC  9
APN  1387030
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980824
TTL  Screen printing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Anthony H.
EXP  Burr; Edgar
NDR  25
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Asai; Koichi
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Isogai; Takeyoshi
CTY  Hekinan
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mizuno; Manabu
CTY  Chiryu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Adachi; Jun
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Machine Mfg. Co., Ltd.
CTY  Chiryu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940805
APN  6-184544
RLAP
COD  74
APN  921052
APD  19970829
PSC  01
PNO  5865117
RLAP
COD  84
APN  650453
APD  19960520
PSC  01
PNO  5701821
CLAS
OCL  101123
XCL  101DIG34
EDF  6
ICL  B05C 1704
FSC  101
FSS  424;425;423;123;120;DIG. 34
UREF
PNO  4111546
ISD  19780900
NAM  Maret
OCL  355 15
UREF
PNO  4389936
ISD  19830600
NAM  Jaffa et al.
OCL  101123
UREF
PNO  4453462
ISD  19840600
NAM  Mitter
OCL  101120
UREF
PNO  4620256
ISD  19861000
NAM  Rubey
OCL  360137
UREF
PNO  5150650
ISD  19920900
NAM  Murakami
OCL  101423
UREF
PNO  5201452
ISD  19930400
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  101114
UREF
PNO  5287806
ISD  19940200
NAM  Nanzai
OCL  101123
UREF
PNO  5390597
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hashimato et al.
OCL  101425
UREF
PNO  5452655
ISD  19950900
NAM  Tani
OCL  101114
UREF
PNO  5483879
ISD  19960100
NAM  Tani et al.
OCL  101425
UREF
PNO  5485781
ISD  19960100
NAM  Rovaris
OCL  101425
UREF
PNO  5802970
ISD  19980900
NAM  Tani
OCL  101123
UREF
PNO  5806423
ISD  19980900
NAM  Tani
OCL  101123
FREF
PNO  0302407
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-220460
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-246005
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-261900
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for printing a printing material on a substrate, such as a
      printed circuit board includes: a squeegee which extends in a first
      direction parallel to a plane screen and which slides on the screen to
      squeeze the printing material into through-holes of the screen; and an
      outlet-defining member which is opposed to the squeegee and which
      cooperates with the squeegee to define an elongate printing-material
      outlet. A printing-material container has a printing-material chamber
      which extends parallel to the printing-material outlet, has a length
      substantially equal to a length of the outlet and communicates with the
      outlet over a substantially entire length thereof. A printing-material
      thrust member is provided in the printing-material chamber such that the
      printing-material thrust member is substantially fluid-tightly movable
      relative to the printing-material container. A container moving device
      moves the printing-material container relative to the screen in a second
      direction parallel to the screen and perpendicular to the first direction.
PATN
WKU  059880619
SRC  8
APN  926423&
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970909
TTL  Stencil printing method and printer using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Bennett; Christopher A.
NDR  32
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Kagawa; Hideyuki
CTY  Sendai
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tohoku Ricoh Co., Ltd.
CTY  Miyagi-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961227
APN  8-350346
CLAS
OCL  1011284
XCL  101116
EDF  6
ICL  B41C  114
FSC  101
FSS  114;116;117;118;128.21;128.4;129;127;DIG. 36
UREF
PNO  5207157
ISD  19930500
NAM  Okazaki et al.
OCL  101116
UREF
PNO  5224419
ISD  19930700
NAM  Fukai
OCL  101128.4
UREF
PNO  5575205
ISD  19961100
NAM  Iida
OCL  101116
UREF
PNO  5632200
ISD  19970500
NAM  Fukai
OCL  101116
UREF
PNO  5640904
ISD  19970600
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  101128.4
UREF
PNO  5662039
ISD  19970900
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  101116
FREF
PNO  61-287781
ISD  19861200
CNT  JPX
OCL  101477
FREF
PNO  6-51421
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-25127
ISD  19950100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-257002
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  In a stencil printer, when a print drum reaches a stand-by position where a
      new master produced by a master making operation should have its leading
      edge clamped on the drum, a master discharging operation under way for
      discharging a used master is interrupted. After the leading edge of the
      new master has been clamped on the print drum, the master discharging
      operation is resumed while a master feeding operation for wrapping the new
      master around the print drum is under way. A printing operation for
      printing a document image on a sheet is effected simultaneously with the
      resumption of the master discharging operation. Such a procedure is
      implemented as a high speed 1 control mode and executed by a main control
      unit.
PATN
WKU  059880627
SRC  9
APN  0008370
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971230
TTL  Light radiating device of heatsensitive perforating device
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Sandusky; Amanda B.
EXP  Burr; Edgar
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Kikuchi; Makoto
CTY  Ibaraki-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Riso Kagaku Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950428
APN  7-105603
RLAP
COD  72
APN  638047
APD  19960426
PSC  01
PNO  5711218
CLAS
OCL  1011284
EDF  6
ICL  B41C  1055
FSC  101
FSS  128.4;128.21
FSC  362
FSS  301
FREF
PNO  428057
ISD  19350400
CNT  GBX
OCL  362301
LREP
FRM  Kanesaka & Takeuchi
ABST
PAL  A light radiating device of a heatsensitive perforating device includes a
      casing having an opened lower surface arranged at a perforating plane of a
      heatsensitive stencil sheet; a light emitting device arranged within the
      casing, the light emitting means having a bulb portion, a base portion and
      a contact; an electrode connected to a power supply for energizing the
      light emitting device, said electrode contacting with the contact of the
      light emitting device; lower side reflection mirrors contacting with the
      perforating plane of the heatsensitive stencil sheet; upper side
      reflection mirrors continuous with the lower side reflection mirrors in a
      predetermined angle; an upper reflection mirror arranged continuous with
      the upper side reflection mirrors and in parallel with the perforating
      plane of the heatsensitive stencil sheet; a holding device for holding the
      light emitting device in such a manner that a line passing straight
      through the contact, the center of the base portion and the center of the
      lower surface of the bulb portion of the light emitting device is
      perpendicular to the perforating plane of the heatsensitive stencil sheet.
PATN
WKU  059880635
SRC  9
APN  152951&
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980914
TTL  Printing machine with printing groups driven by individual electric
      motors
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Nolan, Jr.; Charles H.
EXP  Burr; Edgar
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Brandenburg; Gunther
CTY  Grobenzell
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Geissenberger; Stephen
CTY  Augsburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schramm; Michael
CTY  Aindling
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schall; Nils-Hendric
CTY  Augsburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Man Roland Druckmaschinen AG
CTY  Offenbach am Main
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970912
APN  197 40 153
CLAS
OCL  101219
XCL  101183
EDF  6
ICL  B41F  504
FSC  101
FSS  219;183
FSC  318
FSS  803
UREF
PNO  4271379
ISD  19810600
NAM  Eckelmeyer
OCL  318 77
UREF
PNO  4905135
ISD  19900200
NAM  Unehara et al.
OCL  363 98
UREF
PNO  5272428
ISD  19931200
NAM  Spiegel et al.
OCL  318803
UREF
PNO  5826505
ISD  19981000
NAM  Volz et al.
OCL  101183
UREF
PNO  5826508
ISD  19981000
NAM  Komori
OCL  101350.3
FREF
PNO  43 22 744
ISD  19950100
CNT  DEX
OCL  101183
OREF
PAL  IFRA Newspaper Techniques, English Edition, Dec. 1991, pp. 1,3,68,69.
LREP
FRM  Cohen, Pontani, Lieberman & Pavane
ABST
PAL  A printing machine driven by one electric motor or by individual electric
      motors controllable by their own respective associated control systems.
      The control systems contain a subsystem observer or a total system
      observer, which obtains from the actual rotational angle speed
      (.omega..sub.ist) or the actual rotational angle (.phi..sub.ist) as well
      as from the electric-current or moment target value or actual value of the
      electric motor, an observed load torque (M.sub.LAST), which is supplied to
      the adjustment element as a component of the target moment (M.sub.soll).
      This signal can be applied via a differentiating filter or, in addition,
      via the proportional element, to the summing point. Alternatively to or in
      conjunction with the observer, a periodic compensation controller is
      provided in the control loop. The periodic compensation controller
      provides deviation-control for periodic disturbances and obtains, from the
      differential angular speed (.omega..sub.D), a component (M.sub.2soll) of
      the target load moment (M.sub.soll). To improve signal quality, filters
      can be used.
PATN
WKU  059880643
SRC  9
APN  0402095
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980317
TTL  Printing coating head device
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Fisher; J. Reed
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Deneka; P. Kenneth
STR  243 Provinceline Rd.
CTY  Allentown
STA  NJ
ZIP  08501
RLAP
COD  71
APN  544844
APD  19951018
PSC  01
PNO  5826509
CLAS
OCL  101366
EDF  6
ICL  B41F 3108
ICL  B41F 3104
FSC  101
FSS  350;366;363;364;207-210;157;158;169
FSC  118
FSS  259;261
UREF
PNO  2377110
ISD  19450500
NAM  Smith
OCL  101157
UREF
PNO  3160094
ISD  19641200
NAM  Bean
OCL  101181
UREF
PNO  3210826
ISD  19651000
NAM  Connelly
OCL   29129
UREF
PNO  3776133
ISD  19731200
NAM  Ritzerfeld
OCL  101147
UREF
PNO  3793952
ISD  19740200
NAM  Neumann et al.
OCL  101157
UREF
PNO  4057012
ISD  19771100
NAM  Heidemann
OCL  101153
UREF
PNO  4089265
ISD  19780500
NAM  White et al.
OCL  101357
UREF
PNO  4362104
ISD  19821200
NAM  Imai et al.
OCL  101 34
UREF
PNO  4413560
ISD  19831100
NAM  Rogge
OCL  101247
UREF
PNO  4499826
ISD  19850200
NAM  Regge
OCL  101181
UREF
PNO  4602562
ISD  19860700
NAM  Ottenhues et al.
OCL  101182
UREF
PNO  4727806
ISD  19880300
NAM  Green, Sr.
OCL  101415.1
UREF
PNO  4796528
ISD  19890100
NAM  Sarazen
OCL  101208
UREF
PNO  4958561
ISD  19900900
NAM  Grosshauserf et al.
OCL  101363
UREF
PNO  4998474
ISD  19910300
NAM  Hauer
OCL  101366
UREF
PNO  5010817
ISD  19910400
NAM  Grosshauser
OCL  101350
UREF
PNO  5039378
ISD  19910800
NAM  Pommier et al.
OCL  162128
UREF
PNO  5054392
ISD  19911000
NAM  Greenwood
OCL  101142
UREF
PNO  5081928
ISD  19920100
NAM  Harrison
OCL  101351
UREF
PNO  5181471
ISD  19930100
NAM  Sillars
OCL  101483
UREF
PNO  5239924
ISD  19930800
NAM  Wallmann et al.
OCL  101179
UREF
PNO  5239925
ISD  19930800
NAM  Bobo
OCL  101366
UREF
PNO  5243907
ISD  19930900
NAM  Weishew
OCL  101208
UREF
PNO  5279697
ISD  19940100
NAM  Peterson et al.
OCL  156358
UREF
PNO  5370622
ISD  19941200
NAM  Livingston et al.
OCL  604151
UREF
PNO  5497702
ISD  19960300
NAM  Gorter
OCL  101366
LREP
FRM  Paul & Paul
ABST
PAL  A coating head device for coating an engraved surface on a coating cylinder
      of a printing press having a main body with a longitudinal cavity for
      liquid, open to the coating cylinder and substantially sealable to the
      coating cylinder. The cavity has an injection zone providing for a zone
      pressurizing the liquid within a portion of said cavity in the main body
      to compel liquid into cells in the engraved surface of the coating
      cylinder. The main body has an inlet to provide liquid to the supply
      chamber and a return to exhaust liquid from the outlet section.
PATN
WKU  059880651
SRC  9
APN  0717967
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980504
TTL  Device for controlling suction air or vacuum and method of actuating the
      device
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  21
EXA  Colilla; Daniel J.
EXP  Burr; Edgar
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Schroder; Raimund
CTY  Hockenheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Haupenthal; Rudi
CTY  Epfenbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Helmstadter; Karl-Heinz
CTY  Sinsheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hiltwein; Hans-Peter
CTY  Wagenhausel
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Krupp; Roland
CTY  Neulussheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG
CTY  Heidelberg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970502
APN  197 18 558
CLAS
OCL  1013891
XCL  101232
EDF  6
ICL  B41F 2500
FSC  101
FSS  389.1;232
FSC  269
FSS  21
FSC  279
FSS  3
FSC  451
FSS  494
FSC  271
FSS  276
UREF
PNO  4145040
ISD  19790300
NAM  Huber
OCL  271276
UREF
PNO  4202542
ISD  19800500
NAM  Lammers et al.
OCL  271276
LREP
FR2  Lerner; Herbert L.
FR2  Greenberg; Laurence A.
ABST
PAL  A device for controlling vacuum applied to suction openings formed in a
      cylinder, the suction openings being connectable to a vacuum source via
      valves arranged in rows and assigned to the suction openings, includes a
      rotatable adjusting shaft carrying adjusting elements assigned to the
      valves, the adjusting elements serving to actuate the valves in a defined
      sequence when the adjusting shaft is rotated, the valves having adjusting
      bodies therein movable by the adjusting elements out of a first switching
      position of the adjusting bodies into a second switching position thereof,
      the vacuum applied to the suction openings being of different magnitudes
      in the first and the second switching positions; and a method for
      incrementally actuating the vacuum-controlling device.
PATN
WKU  059880660
SRC  9
APN  0133744
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980126
TTL  Process of making lithographic sheet material for laser imaging
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  13
EXP  Funk; Stephen R.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Robinson; Edward C.
CTY  New Kensington
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Skiles; Jean Ann
CTY  Gibsonia
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Wieserman; Larry F.
CTY  Apollo
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Aluminum Company of America
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  101457
XCL  101467
XCL  101395
XCL  1014011
EDF  6
ICL  B41N  114
ICL  B41C  110
FSC  101
FSS  453;454;457;462;467;401.1;395
UREF
PNO  Re35512
ISD  19970500
NAM  Nowak et al.
OCL  101454
UREF
PNO  4461663
ISD  19840700
NAM  Tachibana et al.
OCL  101375
UREF
PNO  5188032
ISD  19930200
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  101453
UREF
PNO  5339737
ISD  19940800
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  101454
UREF
PNO  5353705
ISD  19941000
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  101453
UREF
PNO  5378580
ISD  19950100
NAM  Leenders
OCL  101467
UREF
PNO  5407702
ISD  19950400
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  427211
UREF
PNO  5440987
ISD  19950800
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  101467
FREF
PNO  1050805
ISD  19790300
CNT  CAX
OCL  101467
OREF
PAL  Research Disclosure April 1980, 19201 "Method and material for the
      production of a dry planographic printing plate", p. 131, Leenders et al.
LREP
FR2  Klepac; Glenn E.
ABST
PAL  A sheet material suitable for imaging by laser radiation includes a
      substrate, an adhesive layer comprising a thermoplastic or elastomeric
      polymer coated onto the substrate, and a particle layer adhered to the
      adhesive layer and comprising a plurality of carbon or metal or mineral
      particles that are subject to laser ablation. The particle layer
      preferably contains alumina particles. The adhesive layer may be filled
      with particles and is preferably filled with titanium dioxide particles
      that are more sensitive to laser radiation than the thermoplastic or
      elastomeric polymer. Preferably, a silicone or silicate layer that is not
      subject to laser ablation overlies the particle layer.
PATN
WKU  059880678
SRC  9
APN  2110997
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19981215
TTL  Method and apparatus for controlling ink film thickness
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Fisher; J. Reed
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Ishida; Masaaki
CTY  Ibaragi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okuda; Tetsuya
CTY  Ibaragi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugiyama; Hiroyuki
CTY  Ibaragi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Komori Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971226
APN  9-359634
CLAS
OCL  101484
XCL  101183
XCL  1013501
EDF  6
ICL  B41F 3104
FSC  101
FSS  365;350.1;350.2;350.3;350.4;351.3;352.01;352.05;352.09;483;484;485;DIG. 32
     ;DIG. 38;181;183;136;137;138;141;363
UREF
PNO  4660470
ISD  19870400
NAM  Kramp et al.
OCL  101365
UREF
PNO  5010820
ISD  19910400
NAM  Loffler
OCL  101484
UREF
PNO  5070784
ISD  19911200
NAM  Nishida et al.
OCL  101365
UREF
PNO  5148747
ISD  19920900
NAM  Rodi et al.
XCL  101137
UREF
PNO  5447102
ISD  19950900
NAM  Pfeiffer et al.
OCL  101148
LREP
FRM  Blakely Sokoloff Taylor & Zafman
ABST
PAL  In an ink film thickness control method, second ink film thickness
      distribution, corresponding to an image on an old printing plate, on a
      minimum first ink film thickness distribution formed on the surface of an
      ink roller group and required during printing, is removed for a
      predetermined one of printing units thereby leaving the first ink film
      thickness distribution. Which one of pre-inking I mode and pre-inking II
      mode is to be performed is set for each printing unit. The minimum first
      ink film thickness distribution required during printing is formed on the
      surface of the ink roller group of the printing unit set in the pre-inking
      I mode after a new printing plate is mounted in the printing unit set in
      the pre-inking I mode. The second ink film thickness distribution
      corresponding to the image of the new printing plate is superposed on the
      first ink film thickness distribution. For the printing unit set in the
      pre-inking II mode, the second ink film thickness distribution is formed
      simultaneously on the first ink film thickness distribution which has
      already been formed. An ink film thickness control apparatus is also
      disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059880686
SRC  8
APN  9431853
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971003
TTL  Method and apparatus for decorating ceramic and glass substrates and the
      toner powder used in such a system
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Anthony H.
EXP  Burr; Edgar
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Van Ritter; Hendrik R.P.
CTY  Eindhoven
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Mols; Rainier F.X.A.M.
CTY  Venlo
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Oce-Nederland, B.V.
CTY  Venlo
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19961003
APN  1004179
CLAS
OCL  101488
XCL  101483
EDF  6
ICL  B41L 3514
FSC  101
FSS  488;483;35;487;171;173;175;177;DIG. 37;DIG. 48
UREF
PNO  3698314
ISD  19721000
NAM  Grier
OCL  101487
UREF
PNO  4187774
ISD  19800200
NAM  Masakazu et al.
OCL  101  1
UREF
PNO  5045697
ISD  19910900
NAM  Schneider
OCL  250316.1
UREF
PNO  5544582
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bocko et al.
OCL  101483
UREF
PNO  5594484
ISD  19970100
NAM  Furukawa
OCL  347 95
UREF
PNO  5641558
ISD  19970600
NAM  Noda et al.
OCL  428210
UREF
PNO  5677370
ISD  19971000
NAM  Huber et al.
OCL  524490
FREF
PNO  0647885 A1
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2238985
ISD  19910700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  94 15263
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Noriyoshi, et al., "Recording Method," English-language abstract of
      Japanese patent JP-A-59-125766 (Jul. 20, 1984).
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for printing ceramic or glass flat substrate,
      wherein a fusible powder is applied to an image forming medium in order to
      form an image thereon which is transferred to an intermediate medium, and
      the powder image formed on the intermediate medium is brought into contact
      with the substrate in a contact zone, the ceramic or glass substrate being
      heated in a pre-heating device before the contact zone to a temperature of
      at least 60.degree. C., and wherein the intermediate medium in the contact
      zone is heated to a temperature of at least 100.degree. C.
PATN
WKU  059880694
SRC  8
APN  7473494
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19961112
TTL  Electric initiator having a sealing material forming a ceramic to metal
      seal
ISD  19991123
NCL  43
ECL  1
EXA  Montgomery; Christopher K.
EXP  Jordan; Charles T.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Bailey; Todd Raymond
CTY  Higley
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Universal Propulsion Company, Inc.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  1022029
XCL  1022025
XCL  10220214
EDF  6
ICL  F42C 19098
ICL  F42C 1912
FSC  102
FSS  202.14;202.9;202.7;202.8;202.2;202.1;202.5
FSC  280
FSS  737;741
UREF
PNO  2872870
ISD  19590200
NAM  Gey
UREF
PNO  3101669
ISD  19630800
NAM  Gatley et al.
UREF
PNO  3134329
ISD  19640500
NAM  Zeman
UREF
PNO  3175492
ISD  19650300
NAM  Reyne et al.
UREF
PNO  3971320
ISD  19760700
NAM  Lee
UREF
PNO  4103619
ISD  19780800
NAM  Fletcher et al.
UREF
PNO  4110813
ISD  19780800
NAM  Hoheisel et al.
UREF
PNO  4249673
ISD  19810200
NAM  Katoh et al.
UREF
PNO  4261263
ISD  19810400
NAM  Coultas et al.
UREF
PNO  4267567
ISD  19810500
NAM  Nygaard et al.
UREF
PNO  4271453
ISD  19810600
NAM  Yajima et al.
UREF
PNO  4378738
ISD  19830400
NAM  Proctor et al.
UREF
PNO  4422381
ISD  19831200
NAM  Barrett
UREF
PNO  4592280
ISD  19860600
NAM  Shores
UREF
PNO  4616565
ISD  19861000
NAM  Reinovsky
UREF
PNO  4690063
ISD  19870900
NAM  Granier et al.
UREF
PNO  4959011
ISD  19900900
NAM  Nilsson
UREF
PNO  5054395
ISD  19911000
NAM  Vetter et al.
UREF
PNO  5056815
ISD  19911000
NAM  Geisreiter
OCL  280736
UREF
PNO  5099762
ISD  19920300
NAM  Drapala
OCL  102202.1
UREF
PNO  5131679
ISD  19920700
NAM  Novak et al.
UREF
PNO  5140906
ISD  19920800
NAM  Little, II
UREF
PNO  5142982
ISD  19920900
NAM  Diepold et al.
OCL  102202.5
UREF
PNO  5153368
ISD  19921000
NAM  Fogle, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5178547
ISD  19930100
NAM  Bonas et al.
UREF
PNO  5253584
ISD  19931000
NAM  Allford
UREF
PNO  5387009
ISD  19950200
NAM  Lauritzen et al.
UREF
PNO  5403036
ISD  19950400
NAM  Zakula et al.
OCL  280741
UREF
PNO  5404263
ISD  19950400
NAM  Graves et al.
OCL  361247
UREF
PNO  5423261
ISD  19950600
NAM  Bernardy et al.
OCL  102202.14
UREF
PNO  5433147
ISD  19950700
NAM  Brede et al.
OCL  102202.2
UREF
PNO  5433476
ISD  19950700
NAM  Materna et al.
UREF
PNO  5454320
ISD  19951000
NAM  Hilden et al.
UREF
PNO  5483896
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hock et al.
UREF
PNO  5487559
ISD  19960100
NAM  Headley
OCL  280735
UREF
PNO  5496062
ISD  19960300
NAM  Rink et al.
OCL  280737
UREF
PNO  5556132
ISD  19960900
NAM  Sampson
OCL  280741
UREF
PNO  5558366
ISD  19960900
NAM  Fogle, Jr. et al.
OCL  280736
UREF
PNO  5576509
ISD  19961100
NAM  Refouvelet et al.
OCL  102202.7
UREF
PNO  5596163
ISD  19970100
NAM  Caflisch et al.
OCL  102202.2
UREF
PNO  5602359
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hambro et al.
OCL  102202.5
UREF
PNO  5613706
ISD  19970300
NAM  Parker et al.
OCL  280741
UREF
PNO  5621183
ISD  19970400
NAM  Bailey
OCL  102202.7
UREF
PNO  5639986
ISD  19970600
NAM  Evans
OCL  102531
UREF
PNO  5678163
ISD  19971000
NAM  Rice
OCL  419  2
OREF
PAL  Webster's II New Riverside University Dictionary, "recess", p. 982, 1994.
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  An airbag initiator having an ignition charge and a low temperature
      ignition charge in an inner case and a metal header closing the inner
      case, a glass seal providing feed through of one or more electrical
      connections to the ignition charge through the header. The seal is
      preferably formed using glass material. A ceramic base supports the header
      and their spaced relationship maintained by a single continuous glass
      seal. The ceramic base and glass seal electrically isolates the header and
      ignition charge against accidental ignition. The ceramic to glass to metal
      seal provides protection against leakage of unfiltered gas from the
      inflator system. A ferromagnetic pressed material is assembled into the
      ceramic base and it's spaced relationship to the ceramic body and the
      electrical connections are maintained by a single continuous glass seal.
PATN
WKU  059880708
SRC  9
APN  1617354
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980929
TTL  Plasma injection device for an electrothermal gun
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Tudor; Harold J.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Krumm; Herbert
CTY  Kaarst
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Weise; Thomas
CTY  Unterluss
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Venier; Frank
CTY  Essen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Stoffler; Gunter
CTY  Vierkirchen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Rheinmetall W & M GmbH
CTY  Unterluss
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960504
APN  196 17 895
RLAP
COD  74
APN  848836
APD  19970505
PSC  01
PNO  5898124
ISD  19990424
CLAS
OCL  102430
XCL  102440
XCL  102465
XCL  102472
XCL   89  8
EDF  6
ICL  F42B  508
FSC  102
FSS  430;440;443;466;467;472
FSC   89
FSS  7;8
UREF
PNO  667435
ISD  19010200
NAM  Friese-Greene et al.
OCL   89  8
UREF
PNO  3228333
ISD  19660100
NAM  Phelps et al.
OCL  102472
UREF
PNO  3756156
ISD  19730900
NAM  Schuster
OCL  102467
UREF
PNO  4449458
ISD  19840500
NAM  Buckley et al.
OCL  102430
UREF
PNO  5042359
ISD  19910800
NAM  Witt et al.
OCL   89  8
UREF
PNO  5231242
ISD  19930700
NAM  Chryssomallis et al.
OCL  102472
UREF
PNO  5287791
ISD  19940200
NAM  Chaboki et al.
OCL   89  8
UREF
PNO  5355764
ISD  19941000
NAM  Marinos et al.
OCL   89  8
UREF
PNO  5444208
ISD  19950800
NAM  Mortensen
OCL   89  8
UREF
PNO  5549046
ISD  19960800
NAM  Widner et al.
OCL  102472
UREF
PNO  5612506
ISD  19970300
NAM  Goldstein
OCL  102472
LREP
FRM  Venable
FR2  Kelemen; Gabor J.
ABST
PAL  A plasma injection device in combination with a projectile includes a
      reusable multi-part propellant case which has a cartridge base and an
      electrically insulating case body directly attached to the cartridge base.
      The case body has an interior, a front end and an opposite rearward end.
      The rearward end of the case body is directly attached to the cartridge
      base. The case body has an outer surface for engaging an inner surface of
      a weapon tube whereby the case body constitutes an obturator. An electrode
      is held in the cartridge base in direct contact therewith. The electrode
      extends into the electrically insulating material and is exposed to the
      interior of the case body. The device further includes a plasma-receiving
      container having a front end and a rearward end; the rearward end is
      attached to the front end of the case body. The case body and the
      plasma-receiving container are substantially consecutively disposed
      end-to-end. The front end of the plasma-receiving container is in
      engagement with the projectile, whereby the container is flanked by the
      case body and the projectile. The propellant case, the plasma-receiving
      container and the projectile form a structural unit.
PATN
WKU  059880716
SRC  9
APN  0710881
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980501
TTL  Penetrator having multiple impact segments, including an explosive
      segment
ISD  19991123
NCL  108
ECL  1
EXP  Tudor; Harold J.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Taylor; Robert J.
CTY  Arlington
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Lockheed Martin Corporation
CTY  Bethesda
STA  MD
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  915652
APD  19970821
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  102473
XCL  102388
XCL  102517
XCL  102489
XCL  244  328
XCL  244  33
EDF  6
ICL  F42B 1220
ICL  F42B 1204
FSC  102
FSS  357;388;393;394;439;473;478;489;501;504;506;517-519;521
FSC  244
FSS  3.24-3.3
UREF
PNO  H905
ISD  19910400
NAM  Rottenberg
OCL  244  3.28
UREF
PNO  395881
ISD  18890100
NAM  Cunningham
UREF
PNO  1146484
ISD  19150700
NAM  Dunwoody
OCL  102478
UREF
PNO  2804823
ISD  19570900
NAM  Jablansky
OCL  102 49
UREF
PNO  3838644
ISD  19741000
NAM  Prochnow et al.
OCL  102 56
UREF
PNO  4492166
ISD  19850100
NAM  Purcell
OCL  102384
UREF
PNO  4516502
ISD  19850500
NAM  Klein et al.
OCL  102523
UREF
PNO  4565340
ISD  19860100
NAM  Bains
OCL  244  3.2
UREF
PNO  4635556
ISD  19870100
NAM  Boecker et al.
OCL  102518
UREF
PNO  4708064
ISD  19871100
NAM  Bisping et al.
OCL  102517
UREF
PNO  4716834
ISD  19880100
NAM  Wallow et al.
OCL  102519
UREF
PNO  4860660
ISD  19890800
NAM  Synofzik et al.
OCL  102501
UREF
PNO  4901645
ISD  19900200
NAM  Bisping et al.
OCL  102521
UREF
PNO  4907512
ISD  19900300
NAM  Arene
OCL  102476
UREF
PNO  5003886
ISD  19910400
NAM  Pahnke et al.
OCL  102521
UREF
PNO  5088416
ISD  19920200
NAM  Sabranski
OCL  102517
UREF
PNO  5526752
ISD  19960600
NAM  Dahl et al.
OCL  102517
FREF
PNO  2535450
ISD  19840400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1231139
ISD  19661200
CNT  DEX
OCL  244  3.28
FREF
PNO  3834925
ISD  19900400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4007810
ISD  19910900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4031208
ISD  19920400
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Sidley & Austin
ABST
PAL  A penetrator having a plurality of stacked penetrator segments is
      disclosed. One or more of the segments contains an explosive element Each
      segment has a nose portion and a rear portion. The rear portion of each
      segment has a rearwardly opening cavity therein and a plurality of fins
      pivotally mounted thereon. The segments are stacked such that the cavity
      of the forwardmost segment contains the nose portion of the following
      segment, and the following segments are similarly positioned such that the
      nose portion of each following segment is positioned in the cavity of the
      immediately preceding segment. The fins of each segment are restrained in
      a stowed position when the cavity of the respective segment contains the
      nose portion of a following segment. Upon initiation of deployment of the
      penetrator, aerodynamic drag against the tail portion of the rearmost
      segment causes the rearmost segment to separate from the stack of segments
      by withdrawing from the cavity of the preceding segment, which thereby
      allows the fins of the preceding segment to deploy, which in turn causes
      that segment to separate from the remaining stack of segments. Each
      segment aerodynamically separates from the stack in a like manner, until
      all of the segments have separated. The penetrator is then in a fully
      deployed configuration such that each segment can separately impact a
      target. When a segment containing an explosive element impacts the target,
      the explosive element contained therein explodes.
PATN
WKU  059880724
SRC  8
APN  8753016
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19971003
TTL  Product carrier for sensitive products
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Morano; S. Joseph
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Davidsson; Mikael
CTY  L.ang.nghult
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Eton Construction AB
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19950123
APN  9500214
CLAS
OCL  105148
XCL  104 89
EDF  6
ICL  B61B  300
FSC  105
FSS  148;150;154;155
FSC  104
FSS  89;93;94;95
FSC  223
FSS  85
UREF
PNO  1483058
ISD  19240100
NAM  Frank
UREF
PNO  3085724
ISD  19630400
NAM  Wilde
UREF
PNO  3580183
ISD  19710500
NAM  Nearman
OCL  104 94
UREF
PNO  3759190
ISD  19730900
NAM  Harvey
OCL  105150
UREF
PNO  3926303
ISD  19751200
NAM  McCall
OCL  104 89
UREF
PNO  4142814
ISD  19790300
NAM  Sanchez
OCL  404  7
UREF
PNO  4313397
ISD  19820200
NAM  Markum
OCL  104 89
UREF
PNO  5076446
ISD  19911200
NAM  Simmerman et al.
OCL  104 89
UREF
PNO  5127559
ISD  19920700
NAM  Freer et al.
UREF
PNO  5154122
ISD  19921000
NAM  Goldschmidt
OCL  104 93
FREF
PNO  373097
ISD  19750100
CNT  SEX
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE95/01550
PD1  19971003
PD2  19971003
PD3  19951220
PCP  WO96/22709
PCD  19960801
ABST
PAR  A product carrier for carrying products includes a suspending member for
      suspending said products, a transporting device for transporting the
      suspending member in a direction of travel, a protecting plate associated
      with the suspending member for protecting the products, and a spacer
      element projecting from the protecting plate for maintaining the
      protecting plate in a spaced relation from an adjacent product carrier so
      as to protect the product from the adjacent product carrier.
PATN
WKU  059880732
SRC  8
APN  9524347
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19971118
TTL  Railway waggon
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  McCarry, Jr.; Robert J.
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Eriksson; Jan
STR  Backen 2834 A
CTY  Nalden S-830 44
CNT  SEX
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19950526
APN  9501954
CLAS
OCL  105355
XCL  105370
XCL  104 29
XCL  104 30
XCL  104 31
EDF  6
ICL  B61D  300
FSC  105
FSS  455;28;355;370
FSC  104
FSS  29;30;31
FSC  410
FSS  1
FSC  414
FSS  333
FREF
PNO  0 023 372
ISD  19800700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 207 491
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 293 359
ISD  19900700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 528 741
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 584 026
ISD  19930800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 622 284
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3234374
ISD  19820900
CNT  DEX
OCL  410  1
FREF
PNO  3234375
ISD  19840300
CNT  DEX
OCL  410  1
FREF
PNO  4112995
ISD  19921100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  82061813
ISD  19821100
CNT  SEX
FREF
PNO  451 612
ISD  19871000
CNT  SEX
FREF
PNO  9001832
ISD  19900500
CNT  SEX
FREF
PNO  2198405
ISD  19871100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO81/02142
ISD  19810800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Pamphlet, Trommelbremse fur Schienenfahrzeuge Leise Sicher und
      Wirtschaftlich ABB Henschel Waggon Union GmbH, Thyssen Bergische
      Stahlindustrie & Vereinigte Schmiedewerke GmbH.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/00429
PD1  19971118
PD2  19971118
PD3  19960402
PCP  WO96/37396
PCD  19961128
ABST
PAR  A railway waggon comprises on one hand a load carrier (2) composed of two
      carrying beams (12, 12') and an intermediate, load-receiving platform part
      (13), and on the other hand bogies (3) with wheels (4) for railway tracks
      (5). The platform part (13) is located on level with or below the carrying
      beams (12, 12'), which at their ends change into jibs (15, 15') located
      above the beams so that these may be applied on top of the bogies (3),
      without the platform (13) being markedly distanced vertically from the
      wheel base of the bogies. The load carrier (2) is on one hand coupled to
      the bogie via a joint (25, 26) in order to allow for relative turning
      motions between the bogie and the load carrier, and on the other hand
      detachably connected with each one of the bogies, in order to, in an
      inactive state in connection with loading and unloading, be able to be
      displaced with each end laterally. In this way, a removal of the load
      carrier to a laterally pivoted position is allowed for, in which a vehicle
      may be driven on and off the platform part in the area between the
      carrying beams (12, 12') of the load carrier.
PATN
WKU  059880740
SRC  8
APN  9970754
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19971223
TTL  Composite roof for a railway car
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  McCarry, Jr.; Robert J.
EXP  Le; Mark T.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Thoman; Mell R.
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  TRN Business Trust
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  105404
XCL  105396
XCL  105409
XCL  296215
EDF  6
ICL  B61D 1700
FSC  105
FSS  396;397;401;404;409
FSC  296
FSS  215
UREF
PNO  709894
ISD  19020900
NAM  Ferrell
UREF
PNO  1133335
ISD  19150300
NAM  Summers
UREF
PNO  1170129
ISD  19160200
NAM  Weaver
UREF
PNO  1749473
ISD  19300300
NAM  Des Islets
UREF
PNO  2065043
ISD  19361200
NAM  Bosnall
OCL  108  5.4
UREF
PNO  2406863
ISD  19460900
NAM  Swann
OCL  108  5.4
UREF
PNO  2513829
ISD  19500700
NAM  Vaughn
OCL  108  5.4
UREF
PNO  2620226
ISD  19521200
NAM  Jones
OCL  298 27
UREF
PNO  2635559
ISD  19530400
NAM  Nystrom et al.
OCL  105416
UREF
PNO  2783718
ISD  19570300
NAM  Cheshire
OCL  105419
UREF
PNO  2788750
ISD  19570400
NAM  Priest
OCL  105406
UREF
PNO  2921814
ISD  19600100
NAM  Mede
OCL  296215
UREF
PNO  3057284
ISD  19621000
NAM  Learmont
OCL  410135
UREF
PNO  3100458
ISD  19630800
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  105397
UREF
PNO  3175520
ISD  19650300
NAM  Talmey
OCL  105409
UREF
PNO  3200549
ISD  19650800
NAM  Cripe
OCL   52376
UREF
PNO  3252430
ISD  19660500
NAM  Eckhardt et al.
OCL  105397
UREF
PNO  3263379
ISD  19660800
NAM  Cisco
OCL   52 53
UREF
PNO  3266441
ISD  19660800
NAM  Pulcrano
OCL  105416
UREF
PNO  3408779
ISD  19681100
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL   52 53
UREF
PNO  3429083
ISD  19690200
NAM  Voros
OCL   52 53
UREF
PNO  3563403
ISD  19710200
NAM  Luisada et al.
OCL  220  1.5
UREF
PNO  3599575
ISD  19710800
NAM  Yurkoski et al.
OCL  105358
UREF
PNO  3616764
ISD  19711100
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  105366
UREF
PNO  3789773
ISD  19740200
NAM  McNally et al.
OCL  105248
UREF
PNO  3823518
ISD  19740700
NAM  Allen
OCL   52 53
UREF
PNO  4020603
ISD  19770500
NAM  Austill
OCL   52 53
UREF
PNO  4076166
ISD  19780200
NAM  Austill
OCL  228157
UREF
PNO  4168665
ISD  19790900
NAM  Needham et al.
OCL  105248
UREF
PNO  4209892
ISD  19800700
NAM  Hofstaedter et al.
OCL  105401
UREF
PNO  4226189
ISD  19801000
NAM  Bertolini
OCL  105423
UREF
PNO  4230048
ISD  19801000
NAM  Gordon et al.
OCL  105248
UREF
PNO  4275662
ISD  19810600
NAM  Adler et al.
OCL  105377
UREF
PNO  4286507
ISD  19810900
NAM  Dorpmund
OCL   98 32
UREF
PNO  4292898
ISD  19811000
NAM  Gordon et al.
OCL  105238
UREF
PNO  4385563
ISD  19830500
NAM  Bell et al.
OCL  105377
UREF
PNO  4422558
ISD  19831200
NAM  Mittelmann et al.
OCL  220  1.5
UREF
PNO  4469541
ISD  19840900
NAM  Goldsworthy
OCL  156180
UREF
PNO  4474632
ISD  19841000
NAM  Spees
OCL  156 78
UREF
PNO  4497258
ISD  19850200
NAM  Ruhmann et al.
OCL  105248
UREF
PNO  4498941
ISD  19850200
NAM  Goldsworthy
OCL  156148
UREF
PNO  4608931
ISD  19860900
NAM  Ruhmann et al.
OCL  105248
UREF
PNO  4902215
ISD  19900200
NAM  Seemann, III
OCL  425406
UREF
PNO  4904017
ISD  19900200
NAM  Ehrlich
OCL  296181
UREF
PNO  4998637
ISD  19910300
NAM  Marovskis
OCL  220  1.5
UREF
PNO  5042395
ISD  19910800
NAM  Wackerle et al.
OCL  105397
UREF
PNO  5050402
ISD  19910900
NAM  Graaff
OCL   62457.9
UREF
PNO  5052906
ISD  19911000
NAM  Seemann
OCL  425112
UREF
PNO  5063859
ISD  19911100
NAM  Rader
OCL  105340
UREF
PNO  5098007
ISD  19920300
NAM  Tsuruda et al.
OCL  228125
UREF
PNO  5114516
ISD  19920500
NAM  Pilling et al.
OCL  156180
UREF
PNO  5168717
ISD  19921200
NAM  Mowatt-Larssen
OCL   62239
UREF
PNO  5199632
ISD  19930400
NAM  Takeichi et al.
OCL  228181
UREF
PNO  5201432
ISD  19930400
NAM  Elvin-Jensen
OCL  220  1.5
UREF
PNO  5246321
ISD  19930900
NAM  Hesch
OCL  410 58
UREF
PNO  5255806
ISD  19931000
NAM  Korzeniowski et al.
OCL  220  1.5
UREF
PNO  5265748
ISD  19931100
NAM  Furukawa
OCL  220  1.5
UREF
PNO  5267515
ISD  19931200
NAM  Tsuruda et al.
OCL  105397
UREF
PNO  5287814
ISD  19940200
NAM  Masai et al.
OCL  105422
UREF
PNO  5299405
ISD  19940400
NAM  Thompson
OCL   52795
UREF
PNO  5303658
ISD  19940400
NAM  Kohira
OCL  105401
UREF
PNO  5316462
ISD  19940500
NAM  Seemann
OCL  425112
UREF
PNO  5320046
ISD  19940600
NAM  Hesch
OCL  105413
UREF
PNO  5362345
ISD  19941100
NAM  Stettler et al.
OCL  105397
UREF
PNO  5370482
ISD  19941200
NAM  Long
OCL  105406
UREF
PNO  5373792
ISD  19941200
NAM  Pileggi et al.
OCL  105406
UREF
PNO  5383406
ISD  19950100
NAM  Vanolo et al.
OCL  105401
UREF
PNO  5386674
ISD  19950200
NAM  Sfirakis et al.
OCL   52243.1
UREF
PNO  5392717
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hesch et al.
OCL  105404
UREF
PNO  5403062
ISD  19950400
NAM  Sjostedt et al.
OCL  296181
UREF
PNO  5403063
ISD  19950400
NAM  Sjostedt et al.
OCL  296187
UREF
PNO  5449081
ISD  19950900
NAM  Sjostedt et al.
OCL  220  1.5
UREF
PNO  5450977
ISD  19950900
NAM  Moe
OCL  220  1.5
UREF
PNO  5458066
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ishida et al.
OCL  105397
UREF
PNO  5601034
ISD  19970200
NAM  Tao et al.
OCL  105423
UREF
PNO  5685229
ISD  19971100
NAM  Ohara et al.
OCL  105397
UREF
PNO  5690378
ISD  19971100
NAM  Romesburg
OCL  296181
UREF
PNO  5802984
ISD  19980900
NAM  Thoman et al.
OCL  105404
FREF
PNO  232242
ISD  19590600
CNT  AUX
OCL  105397
FREF
PNO  145249
ISD  19801200
CNT  DEX
OCL  105401
FREF
PNO  3911138
ISD  19901000
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  "Scrimp Systems" brochure of Composite Resin Infusion Molding, p. 2
      diagram.
PAL  Trinity Industries Inc. "Shipper's Problems . . . Trinity's Solutions"
      pamphlet of steel box car features.
PAL  "Trinity Steel Box Car Key Features" one page.
PAL  "Shippers' Problems . . . Trinity's Solution!" Trinity Industries, Inc.,
      one page.
PAL  Letter from American Composite Inc. of Aug. 27, 1997 including a list of
      Custom Fiberglass and Composites.
PAL  Freight Cars: Mechanical Refrigerator (p. 135).
PAL  Co-pending application No. 08/684,345 entitled Insulated Composite Railway
      Boxcar and Method filed Jul. 19, 1996 (Attorney's Docket 091078.0444).
PAL  Co-pending application No. 08/684,564 entitled Composite Box Structure for
      a Railway Boxcar filed Jul. 19, 1996 (Attorney's Docket 091078.0446).
PAL  Co-pending application No. 08/684,537 entitled Load Divider Assembly and
      Door Assembly for a Composite Railway Boxcar filed Jul. 19, 1996
      (Attorney's Docket 091078.0447).
PAL  Co-pending application No. 08/859,671 entitled Insulated Composite Railway
      Boxcar and Method filed May 20, 1997 (Attorney's Docket 091078.0587).
PAL  Co-pending application No.08/859,575 entitled Insulated Composite Railway
      Boxcar Underframe filed May 20, 1997 (Attorney's Docket 091078.0588).
PAL  Co-pending application No. 09/020,372 entitled Temperature Controlled
      Composite Boxcar filed Feb. 9, 1998 (Attorney's Docket 091078.0600).
PAL  Co-pending application No. 08/684,345 entitled Railway Car Underframe for
      an Insulated Composite Boxcar filed Dec. 5, 1997 (Attorney's Docket
      091078.0650).
PAL  Single Page: "Freight Cars: Mechanical Refrigerator." Pacific Fruit
      Express, p. 135.
PAL  Manual: "Equipment Diagram For Unrestricted Interchange Service."
      Association of American Railroads Mechanical Division, Aug. 1991, pp.
      C-249--C-256.2.
PAL  Article:"A better boat, a greener boatwords." Sail Magazine, Aug. 1993, pp.
      27-29.
PAL  Brochure: "Simply . . . Making it Easier to Ship Your Frozen Foods."
      General American Transportation Corporation.
PAL  Brochure: "Scrimp Systems . . . Composite performance and quality." Dupont,
      Delaware Technology Park.
PAL  Catalog pages from General American Transportation Corporation on GATX
      ARCTICAR (8 pages).
PAL  Catalog pages from Stoughton Composites, Inc. on Domestic Container (5
      pages).
PAL  Catalog pages from Pullman-Standard, Division of Pullman Incorporated, on
      Foamed-in-Place Insulated Box Cars (5 pages).
PAL  Catalog pages from Pacific Car and Foundry Company (19 pages).
PAL  Catalog page on C.H. Robinson 48-foot domestic container.
PAL  Catalog pages from GRAAFF GmbH on "Sandwich Technology for Refrigerated and
      Insulated Transport Equipment" May 1994 (9 pages).
PAL  Miscellaneous pages from Introduction to Composites on Constituents of
      Composites (20 pages).
PAL  G. Welty "New Designs, New Materials, Freight Cars", Railway Age, Feb.
      1994, p. 29.
PAL  M. Gabriele, "Pultrusion's Promise", Plastics Technology, Mar. 1995, p. 36.
PAL  "FRP Goes After Intermodal Container Market", Plastics World, Oct. 1993, p.
      16.
PAL  Brochure, "Stoughton Composites, Inc. Introduces Lightweight Refrigerated
      Domestic Containers", Stoughton Composites, Dec. 1993, pp. 1-10.
PAL  Drawing, "Car Body Assembly" GRAAFF GmbH, May 1994, p. 1.
PAL  Catalogue Item, "Durashield Foam Core Building Panels", Ryerson Plastics
      Catalogue No. 21, 1992, p. 112.
PAL  Shippers' Problems . . . Trinity's Solution!, Trinity Industries, Inc.
      advertisement.
PAL  "Trinity Steel Box Car Key Features", specification sheet.
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A composite roof having a core encapsulated in multiple layers of fiber
      reinforced plastic is provided. The composite roof may be mounted on a
      conventional railway car during initial manufacture or used to replace a
      damaged steel roof on a conventional railway car. The layers of fiber
      reinforced plastic provide non-corrosive and non-leaking exterior and
      interior surfaces for the composite roof. The core may be formed from
      various materials which provide improved resistance to heat transfer
      between the interior and the exterior of an associated railway car. The
      composite roof may be mounted on an enclosed structure having a pair of
      end walls, a pair of side walls and a floor. An opening may be formed in
      each side wall to allow access to the interior of the railway car. A top
      retainer and guide rail assembly will typically be mounted above each
      opening to allow installing a door to control access through the
      respective opening. A strip of fiber reinforced plastic is preferably
      attached to the top retainer and guide rail assembly to form a composite
      rain gutter over each opening.
PATN
WKU  059880759
SRC  8
APN  8941114
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19970812
TTL  Swiveling table device
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Chen; Jose V.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Arai; Shigehiro
CTY  Narashino
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Akbari; Javad
CTY  Narashino
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Seiko Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950206
APN  7-018212
CLAS
OCL  108 20
EDF  6
ICL  A47B 8500
FSC  108
FSS  20;21;22
FSC   74
FSS  813 R;813 C;16;89.15
UREF
PNO  2902741
ISD  19590900
NAM  Hankin, Jr.
XCL  108 22
UREF
PNO  5685232
ISD  19971100
NAM  Inoue
OCL  108 20
UREF
PNO  5761960
ISD  19980600
NAM  Nagai et al.
XCL  108 20
UREF
PNO  5794541
ISD  19980800
NAM  Hirose
OCL  108 20
FREF
PNO  311820A2
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  428907
ISD  19750100
CNT  SUX
OCL  108 20
LREP
FRM  Adams & Wilks
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP95/01921
PD1  19970812
PD2  19970812
PD3  19950925
PCP  WO96/24461
PCD  19960815
ABST
PAR  A swiveling table apparatus comprises a base and a table main body disposed
      on the base and mounted for swiveling movement about a swivel axis. A
      driving mechanism includes a servo motor for generating a driving power to
      swivel the table main body about the swivel axis. A power transmission
      mechanism transmits the driving power of the servo motor to the table main
      body.
PATN
WKU  059880767
SRC  9
APN  2631245
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19990305
TTL  Combined cable manager and table connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Chen; Jose V.
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Vander Park; Antonius Adrian
CTY  Caledon
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Nova-Link Limited
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  108 5002
XCL  3122236
EDF  6
ICL  A47B 3500
FSC  108
FSS  50.02;50.01;50.11;64;23
FSC  312
FSS  223.6;223.3;249.9;195;245
FSC  248
FSS  918
UREF
PNO  2943897
ISD  19600700
NAM  Johnson et al.
XCL  108 23
UREF
PNO  3538862
ISD  19701100
NAM  Patriarca
XCL  108 23
UREF
PNO  4658577
ISD  19870400
NAM  Klein
UREF
PNO  4748913
ISD  19880600
NAM  Favaretto et al.
OCL  108 50.02
UREF
PNO  4838177
ISD  19890600
NAM  Vander Park
UREF
PNO  4840023
ISD  19890600
NAM  Borsani
UREF
PNO  4852500
ISD  19890800
NAM  Ryburg et al.
XCL  108 50.01
UREF
PNO  4879955
ISD  19891100
NAM  Moll et al.
OCL  108 50.02
UREF
PNO  5083512
ISD  19920100
NAM  Newhouse et al.
OCL  108 50.02
UREF
PNO  5116264
ISD  19920500
NAM  Wiederrich et al.
OCL  108 23
UREF
PNO  5163281
ISD  19921100
NAM  Kanehira et al.
UREF
PNO  5174223
ISD  19921200
NAM  Nagy et al.
OCL  108 50.01
UREF
PNO  5240209
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kutsch
UREF
PNO  5443312
ISD  19950800
NAM  Schluter
XCL  312249.9
UREF
PNO  5618090
ISD  19970400
NAM  Montague et al.
UREF
PNO  5704299
ISD  19980100
NAM  Corpuz, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5752449
ISD  19980500
NAM  Simon et al.
OCL  108 50.02
UREF
PNO  5824957
ISD  19981000
NAM  Holshausen
UREF
PNO  5842313
ISD  19981200
NAM  Murray et al.
XCL  312223.6
FREF
PNO  2207344
ISD  19981200
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  169955
ISD  19860200
CNT  EPX
OCL  312223.6
FREF
PNO  2839770
ISD  19800300
CNT  DEX
OCL  312223.6
OREF
PAL  NL/Systempac, Series III, vol. 2/96 the quarterly global review,
      Flexibility and Simplicity, 1996.
PAL  NL/Systempac, Furniture Solutions for the Intense Office, SIA Show, Jun.
      4-6, 1996.
PAL  The quarterly global review, winter of 96.Series 2.25, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Baker & Daniels
ABST
PAL  A work station system suitable for an office can include an elongate
      support beam, rigid, vertical posts supporting this beam above the floor,
      and a movable desk unit with a work surface and rollable members mounted
      at a bottom end thereof A wall is mounted on the top of the beam in a
      vertical position and is supported by the beam. A flexible cable and wire
      carrier device extends between elevated positions on the support beam and
      the desk unit and is connected to both. Preferably this carrier device
      includes an elongate carrier section comprising a plurality of
      interconnected links that are pivotable with respect to each other. The
      carrier device permits the desk unit to move towards and away from the
      support beam and, if a desk unit which is vertically adjustable is
      connected to the carrier device, the carrier device also permits the desk
      unit to move upwardly or downwardly. The carrier device can include a
      connecting module attached to its beam end. The invention can also be used
      with a supporting wall that is supported directly by the floor and that
      has no beam member supporting it.
PATN
WKU  059880775
SRC  9
APN  2078759
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19981208
TTL  Convertible table leg apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Hanh V.
EXP  Cuomo; Peter M.
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Balderi; Nicola
CTY  Kansas City
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Jofco Incorporated
CTY  Jasper
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  108 64
XCL  248188
EDF  6
ICL  A47B 5700
FSC  108
FSS  59;64;65;69
FSC  248
FSS  188;188.1
UREF
PNO  2053659
ISD  19360900
NAM  Gisser
UREF
PNO  3136517
ISD  19640600
NAM  Gariepy
OCL  248188
UREF
PNO  4102587
ISD  19780700
NAM  Herb et al.
XCL  248188
UREF
PNO  4290710
ISD  19810900
NAM  Waller
UREF
PNO  4366758
ISD  19830100
NAM  Brecher
OCL  108 64
UREF
PNO  4665836
ISD  19870500
NAM  Burr
UREF
PNO  4735151
ISD  19880400
NAM  Bishing
OCL  108 69
UREF
PNO  5035186
ISD  19910700
NAM  Uredat et al.
XCL  108 64
UREF
PNO  5182996
ISD  19930200
NAM  Gutgsell
OCL  108 64
UREF
PNO  5232303
ISD  19930800
NAM  Rubner
UREF
PNO  5341749
ISD  19940800
NAM  Noakes
UREF
PNO  5435254
ISD  19950700
NAM  Amey et al.
OCL  108 64
UREF
PNO  5528996
ISD  19960600
NAM  Edwards et al.
UREF
PNO  5560302
ISD  19961000
NAM  Diffrient et al.
OCL  108 64
UREF
PNO  5794545
ISD  19980800
NAM  McDaniel et al.
LREP
FRM  Baker & Daniels
ABST
PAL  A convertible leg apparatus is provided for use with articles of furniture,
      such as for supporting two tables in abutting relation. The apparatus
      preferably includes a double-post leg assembly mounted to a plate. The
      plate defines a pair of parallel slots, each elongated along parallel
      axes, and a pair of apertures spaced apart from an end of each slot and
      aligned along the corresponding axis of the slot. The slots and apertures
      are sized to receive an elongated fastener therethrough. The underside of
      each tabletop includes a plurality of fastener bores, each of the bores
      being aligned with one of the pair of slots or pair of apertures.
      Elongated fasteners, such as thumbscrews, extend through the slots and
      apertures for engagement within threaded bores aligned therewith. The
      convertible leg apparatus can be engaged at each end of a tabletop, and
      optimally at the joint between the abutting tabletops. The parallel slots
      in the plate of the convertible leg apparatus allows the plate to slide
      between a first position solely underneath one table, to a second position
      spanning the adjacent tabletops. In the second position, the parallel
      slots are aligned with the fastener bores in one tabletop, while the pair
      of apertures are aligned with outboard fastener bores in the abutting
      second tabletop.
PATN
WKU  059880783
SRC  8
APN  9479503
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19971009
TTL  Method and apparatus for receiving customized television programming
      information by transmitting geographic location to a service provider
      through a wide-area network
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Wang; Albert
EXP  Lee; Thomas C.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Levine; Michael R.
CTY  Boca Raton
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Gemstar Development Corp.
CTY  Pasadena
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  287343
APD  19940808
PSC  01
PNO  5692214
RLAP
COD  82
APN  848338
APD  19920309
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  802249
APD  19911204
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  110  8
XCL  348 13
XCL  348460
XCL  709218
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1314
ICL  H04N  703
FSC  395
FSS  200
FSC  348
FSS  13;460
FSC  709
FSS  218
FSC  710
FSS  8
UREF
PNO  4521914
ISD  19850600
NAM  Petrovic
OCL  455158.5
UREF
PNO  4630108
ISD  19861200
NAM  Gomersall
OCL  348 13
UREF
PNO  4734765
ISD  19880300
NAM  Okada et al.
OCL  348107
UREF
PNO  4751578
ISD  19880600
NAM  Reiter et al.
OCL  348564
UREF
PNO  5223924
ISD  19930600
NAM  Strubbe
OCL  358 86
UREF
PNO  5291554
ISD  19940300
NAM  Morales
OCL  380  5
UREF
PNO  5382983
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kwoh et al.
OCL  348716
UREF
PNO  5404505
ISD  19950400
NAM  Levinson
OCL  707 10
UREF
PNO  5485219
ISD  19960100
NAM  Woo
OCL  348460
UREF
PNO  5534911
ISD  19960700
NAM  Levitan
OCL  348  1
UREF
PNO  5619274
ISD  19970400
NAM  Roop et al.
OCL  348461
UREF
PNO  5663757
ISD  19970900
NAM  Morales
OCL  348 13
UREF
PNO  5703795
ISD  19971200
NAM  Mankovitz
OCL  345327
UREF
PNO  5781246
ISD  19980700
NAM  Alten et al.
OCL  348569
LREP
FRM  Gifford, Krass, Groh, Sprinkle, Anderson & Citkowski, PC
ABST
PAL  A personal computer is used to assist in the selection of television
      programs to be recorded at future times and to control a video tape
      recorder to implement the selected recordings. An application program
      allows the computer to receive data representing a schedule of future
      programs. The operator can perform data base operations on the data to
      obtain listings of programs of particular interest. A program to be
      recorded is selected by moving a cursor into position with the display of
      the program listing on the computer. An output device generates infrared
      signals to control the video tape recorder and a cable box to tune and
      record a selected program.
PATN
WKU  059880791
SRC  8
APN  9253408
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970908
TTL  Unburned carbon and other combustibles monitor
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1,29
EXA  Ciric; Ljiljana V.
EXP  Lazarus; Ira S.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Carter; Hudson R.
CTY  Forest
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Framatome Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Lynchburg
STA  VA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  372604
APD  19950113
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  110185
XCL  110186
XCL  110188
XCL  110191
XCL  110234
XCL  431 12
XCL  431 76
XCL  348 83
EDF  6
ICL  F23N  500
ICL  F23N  518
FSC  110
FSS  185;186;188;187;190;234;191
FSC  431
FSS  8;12;75;79;76
FSC  236
FSS  15 R;15 E
FSC  348
FSS  82;83
UREF
PNO  4043743
ISD  19770800
NAM  Seider
XCL  431 79
UREF
PNO  4690634
ISD  19870900
NAM  Herngren et al.
OCL  431  8
UREF
PNO  4814868
ISD  19890300
NAM  James
OCL  358100
UREF
PNO  4969408
ISD  19901100
NAM  Archer et al.
OCL  110347
UREF
PNO  5010827
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kychakoff et al.
OCL  110185
UREF
PNO  5069551
ISD  19911200
NAM  Brown
OCL  356423
UREF
PNO  5112215
ISD  19920500
NAM  Frish et al.
XCL  431 76
UREF
PNO  5196170
ISD  19930300
NAM  Patashnick et al.
XCL  431 76
UREF
PNO  5231939
ISD  19930800
NAM  Tanaka et al.
XCL  110186
UREF
PNO  5252060
ISD  19931000
NAM  McKinnon et al.
XCL  431 76
UREF
PNO  5488916
ISD  19960200
NAM  Bozzuto
OCL  110347
UREF
PNO  5599179
ISD  19970200
NAM  Lindner et al.
XCL  431 76
UREF
PNO  5774176
ISD  19980600
NAM  Carter
OCL  348 83
LREP
FRM  Rhodes & Mason, PLLC
ABST
PAL  An unburned carbon and other combustibles monitoring and control system for
      a fly ash producing fossil-fueled boiler, such as a pulverized coal fired
      boiler. An infrared imaging camera counts the moving hot particles
      entrained in the hot gases downstream of the furnace region of the boiler
      and provides a first signal representative of the number of hot particles
      in the hot gases over a predetermined period of time. A signal processor
      is connected to the infrared imaging camera for counting the hot particles
      for receiving the signal representative of the number of particles in the
      hot gases and providing a second signal representative of the mass flow of
      unburned carbon and other combustibles content of the fly ash produced by
      the boiler, the second signal being a function of the first signal. In the
      preferred embodiment, the apparatus includes at least one air/fuel control
      element for controlling the air/fuel ratio of the fossil-fueled boiler and
      a control system connected to the control element for receiving the second
      signal representative of the mass flow of unburned carbon and other
      combustibles content of the fly ash produced by the boiler and a
      predetermined set point for the mass flow of unburned carbon and other
      combustibles content of the fly ash produced by the boiler, the control
      system being operable to adjust the air/fuel control element in response
      to the second signal and the set point.
PATN
WKU  059880805
SRC  8
APN  7264038
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19961003
TTL  Waste heat recovery system and power generation system with dust
      filtration
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Kim; Ted
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Miyoshi; Norihisa
CTY  Chiba-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujinami; Shosaku
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hirose; Tetsuhisa
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Irie; Masaaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takano; Kazuo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Oshita; Takahiro
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ebara Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951003
APN  7-278243
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960628
APN  8-187031
CLAS
OCL  110343
XCL  110216
XCL  110229
XCL  110245
EDF  6
ICL  F23R  700
ICL  F23G  500
FSC   60
FSS  39.12;39.182;39.464
FSC  110
FSS  216;229;245;343
UREF
PNO  4425757
ISD  19840100
NAM  Heyn et al.
OCL   60 39.182
UREF
PNO  4546603
ISD  19851000
NAM  Arakawa et al.
OCL   60 39.12
UREF
PNO  4638629
ISD  19870100
NAM  Archer et al.
OCL   60 39.12
UREF
PNO  4697413
ISD  19871000
NAM  Pohl
OCL   60 39.12
UREF
PNO  4747356
ISD  19880500
NAM  Beisswenger et al.
OCL  110343
UREF
PNO  4771712
ISD  19880900
NAM  Engstrom et al.
OCL  110343
UREF
PNO  4882903
ISD  19891100
NAM  Lowry, Jr. et al.
OCL   60 39.464
UREF
PNO  5290327
ISD  19940300
NAM  Rossle
OCL   60 39.12
UREF
PNO  5345884
ISD  19940900
NAM  Vandycke et al.
OCL  110216
UREF
PNO  5425229
ISD  19950600
NAM  Van Ackeren et al.
OCL   60 39.12
UREF
PNO  5440873
ISD  19950800
NAM  Toda et al.
OCL   60 39.12
UREF
PNO  5509264
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL   60 39.12
UREF
PNO  5513599
ISD  19960500
NAM  Nagato et al.
OCL   60 39.464
UREF
PNO  5540896
ISD  19960700
NAM  Newby
UREF
PNO  5601788
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hyppanen et al.
OCL  110216
UREF
PNO  5620488
ISD  19970400
NAM  Hirayama et al.
UREF
PNO  5651321
ISD  19970700
NAM  Siniakevith et al.
OCL  110229
FREF
PNO  0 453 059
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 503 243
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 507 422
ISD  19921000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 676 464
ISD  19951000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 687 862
ISD  19951200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  43 42 165
ISD  19950500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  7-332614
ISD  19951200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-134473
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  In an improved system for recovering heat from a combustion gas produced by
      burning wastes, the combustion gas or combustible gas produced by partial
      burning of the wastes subjected to dust filtration in a temperature range
      of 450-650.degree. C. at a filtration velocity of 1-5 cm/sec under a
      pressure of from -5 kPa (gage) to 5 MPa before heat recovery is effected.
      The dust filtration is preferably performed using a filter medium which
      may or may not support a denitration catalyst. Heat recovery is preferably
      effected using a steam superheater. The dust-free gas may partly or wholly
      be reburnt with or without an auxiliary fuel to a sufficiently high
      temperature to permit heat recovery. The combustion furnace may be a
      gasifying furnace which, in turn, may be combined with a melting furnace.
      If desired, the reburning to a higher temperature may be performed under
      pressure and the obtained hot combustion gas is supplied to a gas turbine
      to generate electricity, followed by introduction of the exhaust gas from
      the gas turbine into a steam superheater for further heat recovery. The
      system can raise the temperature of superheated steam to a sufficient
      level to enhance the efficiency of power generation without possibility of
      corrosion of heat transfer pipes by the combustion gas or combustible gas.
PATN
WKU  059880813
SRC  8
APN  8981469
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970722
TTL  Method and system for the disposal of coal preparation plant waste coal
      through slurry co-firing in cyclone-fired boilers to effect a reduction
      in nitrogen oxide emissions
ISD  19991123
NCL  42
ECL  1,15
EXA  Ciric; Ljiljana V.
EXP  Lazarus; Ira S
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ashworth; Robert A.
CTY  Wooster
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Carson; W. Richard
CTY  Chattanooga
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Melick; Todd A.
CTY  Dalton
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Sommer; Todd M.
CTY  Dalton
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Energy & Environmental Research Corporation
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Tennessee Valley Authority
CTY  Chattanooga
STA  TN
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  110345
XCL  110346
XCL  110347
XCL  110233
XCL  110238
XCL  110263
XCL  110266
XCL  110264
EDF  6
ICL  F23B  700
ICL  F23D  102
FSC  110
FSS  233;234;238;243;244;260;261;262;263;264;346;347;165 A;345
UREF
PNO  2678615
ISD  19540500
NAM  Soderlund et al.
XCL  110244
UREF
PNO  3124086
ISD  19640300
NAM  Sage et al.
XCL  110347
UREF
PNO  3396681
ISD  19680800
NAM  Hubbard
OCL  110244
UREF
PNO  3421824
ISD  19690100
NAM  Herbst
XCL  110348
UREF
PNO  3500775
ISD  19700300
NAM  Hubbard
OCL  110244
UREF
PNO  3589314
ISD  19710600
NAM  Tratz et al.
OCL  110 28
UREF
PNO  3861330
ISD  19750100
NAM  Santoleri
OCL  110244
UREF
PNO  3892190
ISD  19750700
NAM  Sharpe
XCL  110244
UREF
PNO  3900554
ISD  19750800
NAM  Lyon
OCL  423235
UREF
PNO  4208386
ISD  19800600
NAM  Arand et al.
OCL  423235
UREF
PNO  4325924
ISD  19820400
NAM  Arand et al.
OCL  423235
UREF
PNO  4335084
ISD  19820600
NAM  Brogan
OCL  423235
UREF
PNO  4403941
ISD  19830900
NAM  Okiura et al.
OCL  431 10
UREF
PNO  4444126
ISD  19840400
NAM  Forster
OCL  110238
UREF
PNO  4465495
ISD  19840800
NAM  Scheffee
OCL   44 51
UREF
PNO  4785746
ISD  19881100
NAM  Roy et al.
OCL  110347
UREF
PNO  4800825
ISD  19890100
NAM  Kuenzly
XCL  110347
UREF
PNO  4851201
ISD  19890700
NAM  Heap et al.
OCL  423235
UREF
PNO  4861567
ISD  19890800
NAM  Heap et al.
OCL  423235
UREF
PNO  4886519
ISD  19891200
NAM  Hayes et al.
XCL  110342
UREF
PNO  5078064
ISD  19920100
NAM  Breen et al.
OCL  110212
UREF
PNO  5116584
ISD  19920500
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  423235
UREF
PNO  5139755
ISD  19920800
NAM  Seeker et al.
OCL  423235
UREF
PNO  5224334
ISD  19930700
NAM  Bell
OCL   60274
UREF
PNO  5270025
ISD  19931200
NAM  Ho et al.
OCL  423235
UREF
PNO  5272820
ISD  19931200
NAM  Ito et al.
XCL  110244
UREF
PNO  5380342
ISD  19950100
NAM  Leonard, III et al.
OCL   44280
UREF
PNO  5443805
ISD  19950800
NAM  Beer et al.
OCL  423235
UREF
PNO  5513583
ISD  19960500
NAM  Battista
OCL  110261
UREF
PNO  5544598
ISD  19960800
NAM  Guibelin et al.
OCL  110238
UREF
PNO  5685153
ISD  19971100
NAM  Dickinson et al.
XCL  110238
UREF
PNO  5690039
ISD  19971100
NAM  Monro et al.
OCL  110264
UREF
PNO  5746144
ISD  19980500
NAM  Breen et al.
OCL  110345
FREF
PNO  1-284382
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
OCL  110344
FREF
PNO  1537961
ISD  19900100
CNT  SUX
OCL  110238
OREF
PAL  Morrison D.K. et al., Coal-Water Slurry Reburning for Nox Emissions
      Control, Proceedings of the 20th International Technical Conference on
      Coal Utilization & Fuel Systems, Clearwater, FL USA, pp. 47-58, Mar. 1995.
PAL  Ashworth R.A. et al., Coal Fines Utilization Technologies, Proceedings of
      the 20th International Technical Conference on Coal Utilization & Fuel
      Systems, Clearwater, FL, pp. 559-570, Mar. 1995.
PAL  Hsieh, B.C. et al., An Analysis of Chemistry and Mechanisms for High
      Temperature Desulfurization of Low BTU Gas When Using Lime or Limestone,
      Gilbert Associates, Inc., 1974. (No month.).
PAL  Gullet, Brian K. et al., Furnance Slurry Injection for Simultaneous
      SO.sub.2 /NO.sub.x Removal, The 1991 SO.sub.2 Control Symposium, vol.
      2:Sessions 5A-6B, pp. 87-103, Dec. 3-6, 1991.
PAL  Eckhart, C.F. and DeVault, R.F., Cyclone Reburn Using Coal-Water Fuel:
      Pilot Scale Development and Testing, Report DOE/PC/90157-1, Sponsored by
      U.S. Dept. of Energy and Pittsburgh Energy Technology Center, The Babcock
      & Wilcox Company, Oct. 1991.
PAL  Elliott, Martin A. (Ed.), Chemistry of Coal Utilization, Prepared under the
      Guidance of the Committee on Chemistry of Coal Utilization, Second
      Supplementary vol., pp. 1272-1277, John Wiley & Sons, 1981 (no month).
PAL  Lyon, Richard K. and Hardy, James E., Discovery and Development of the
      Thermal DeNO.sub.X Process, Exxon Res. and Eng. Co., Reprinted from I&EC
      Fundamental, vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 19-24, 1986. (No month.).
PAL  Miller, James A. and Bowman, Craig T., Mechanism and Modeling of Nitrogen
      Chemistry in Combustion, Prog. Energy Combust. Sci., vol. 15, pp. 287-338,
      1989. (No month.).
PAL  Chen, S.L. et al., Advanced Non-Catalytic Post Combustion NO.sub.x Control,
      Evinronmental Progress, vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 182-185, Aug. 1991.
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger & Seeley
ABST
PAL  A method and system for the use of waste coal fines to reduce nitrogen
      oxides emissions from a coal-fired cyclone boiler. A coal water slurry
      including waste coal fines is injected as a co-firing fuel into a cyclone
      barrel of the cyclone boiler to partially oxidize the coal water slurry in
      a central portion of the cyclone barrel where injected. This produces a
      reducing zone having reducing gas species that convert nitrogen oxides to
      diatomic nitrogen. The coal water slurry can alternatively be injected
      into the cyclone barrel from a secondary combustion air conduit. The
      evaporation of the water from the coal water slurry reduces the overall
      combustion temperature in the cyclone barrel, further reducing the
      production of nitrogen oxides.
PATN
WKU  059880821
SRC  8
APN  7387067
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19961028
TTL  Germination promoter and sowing method for seeds of plant
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Batson; Victor
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Ido; Yoichi
CTY  Susono
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yazaki Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951030
APN  7-281700
CLAS
OCL  111200
XCL  111900
XCL  111917
EDF  6
ICL  A01C  700
FSC  111
FSS  200;900;917
FSC   47
FSS  58;9;73 F;74
UREF
PNO  3973355
ISD  19760800
NAM  McKenzie
OCL   47 37
UREF
PNO  4313967
ISD  19820200
NAM  Kahn et al.
OCL  426327
UREF
PNO  4384537
ISD  19830500
NAM  Dubrucq
OCL  111  2
UREF
PNO  4465017
ISD  19840800
NAM  Simmons
OCL  118418
UREF
PNO  4715143
ISD  19871200
NAM  Redenbaugh et al.
OCL   47 57.6
UREF
PNO  4917029
ISD  19900400
NAM  Upadhyaya et al.
OCL  111185
UREF
PNO  5441877
ISD  19950800
NAM  Chiaffredo et al.
OCL  435176
UREF
PNO  5464769
ISD  19951100
NAM  Attree et al.
OCL  435240.4
UREF
PNO  5609684
ISD  19970300
NAM  Ido et al.
OCL  118 13
UREF
PNO  5645093
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ido et al.
OCL  134104.3
UREF
PNO  5683957
ISD  19971100
NAM  Huang et al.
OCL  504100
FREF
PNO  58-819
ISD  19830100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A germination promotor for promoting germination of plants, the germination
      promotor being adapted to hold seeds within a condition of high moisture
      percent in order to sprout the seeds promptly and uniformly without need
      for water irrigation, with the result that a high uniform germination and
      also a high germination percentage are obtained.
PATN
WKU  059880830
SRC  9
APN  2206064
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981228
TTL  Sewing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Nerbun; Peter
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Tomita; Shintaro
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morita; Nami
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980209
APN  10-044536
CLAS
OCL  1121025
XCL  11247519
EDF  6
ICL  D05B 1900
ICL  D05B 2100
ICL  D05C  502
FSC  112
FSS  102.5;470.06;475.19;456;457;458
FSC  364
FSS  470.09;470.07
UREF
PNO  4849902
ISD  19890700
NAM  Yokoe et al.
XCL  112102.5
UREF
PNO  5359949
ISD  19941100
NAM  Asano
OCL  112102.5
UREF
PNO  5390126
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kongho et al.
XCL  112102.5
FREF
PNO  B2-1-40635
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  A-6-154443
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  A-6-154442
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  A-8-98968
ISD  19960400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  A-8-89678
ISD  19960400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  B2-2561650
ISD  19960900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  When a power source of an electronic control type embroidery machine is
      switched on, all pattern data of a plurality of embroidery patterns stored
      on a ROM card is summarily written to either a pattern data memory of RAM
      (volatile memory) or a flash memory (involatile memory) without any
      instruction for storing the data. As a result, the ROM card can be
      detached during the embroidery sewing operation, embroidery sewing of the
      plurality of embroidery patterns is simplified and operational performance
      of the sewing operation can be improved.
PATN
WKU  059880848
SRC  9
APN  1034006
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980624
TTL  Workpiece clamping unit driving mechanism for sewing machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Nerbun; Peter
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Soutome; Kenichi
CTY  Utsunomiya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Murata; Shingo
CTY  Utsunomiya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iso; Naohisa
CTY  Utsunomiya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  The Singer Company N.V.
CTY  Curacao
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970918
APN  9-272199
CLAS
OCL  11247009
XCL  11247018
EDF  6
ICL  D05B 2100
FSC  112
FSS  470.09;470.18;65;70;459;461;465;466
UREF
PNO  3399640
ISD  19680900
NAM  Bryan et al.
OCL  112470.18
UREF
PNO  3543737
ISD  19701200
NAM  Maschmann
OCL  112470.09
UREF
PNO  3970016
ISD  19760700
NAM  Yanikoski
OCL  112102.5
UREF
PNO  4459925
ISD  19840700
NAM  Miyachi et al.
OCL  112 70
LREP
FRM  Cummings & Lockwood
ABST
PAL  A sewing machine is provided with a workpiece clamping unit which clamps
      and carries a workpiece along the surface of the bed during stitching
      operation, and a workpiece clamping unit driving mechanism comprising a
      driving means and a motion converting means. The driving means comprises
      first and second drive shafts, first and second driving sources for
      driving the first and the second drive shaft, and first and second
      compound plate cams fixedly mounted respectively on the first and the
      second drive shafts. The motion converting means converts the angular
      motions of the first and the second drive shaft into motions parallel to
      the upper surface of the bed (6) of the sewing machine.
PATN
WKU  059880856
SRC  9
APN  0114030
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980128
TTL  Method and device for producing a textile hollow body
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Izaguirre; Ismael
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Martz; Josef
CTY  Eching
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Berger; Johann
CNT  DEX
COD  05
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950728
APN  195 27 620
CLAS
OCL  11247013
XCL  11247508
XCL  2807281
EDF  6
ICL  D05B 1300
ICL  B60R 2116
FSC  112
FSS  10;470.27;470.12;470.13;470.35;155;217.2;475.04
FSC  280
FSS  728.2;743.1;728.7;728.1
UREF
PNO  3661684
ISD  19720500
NAM  Rallis et al.
UREF
PNO  4957054
ISD  19900900
NAM  Sakuma et al.
XCL  112470.13
UREF
PNO  4989525
ISD  19910200
NAM  Portilla
UREF
PNO  5222932
ISD  19930600
NAM  Fontecchio
XCL  112475.08
UREF
PNO  5313897
ISD  19940500
NAM  Katamine et al.
OCL  112470.13
UREF
PNO  5379708
ISD  19950100
NAM  Moll et al.
OCL  112470.17
UREF
PNO  5381743
ISD  19950100
NAM  Moll
OCL  112470.13
UREF
PNO  5544602
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kawasaki
OCL  112470.09
UREF
PNO  5727488
ISD  19980300
NAM  Moll
OCL  112470.14
FREF
PNO  1660811
ISD  19710500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO-A-9213986
ISD  19920800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO-A-9304228
ISD  19930300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/00221
PD1  19980128
PD2  19980128
PD3  19960119
PCP  WO97/05317
PCD  19970213
ABST
PAR  The invention concerns an automatic device and method for producing a
      hollow body from blanks obtained from a web of material, in particular, a
      textile material. The hollow body is intended to be used for an airbag or
      as a cover for a seat or cushion. The device includes a main part (16) in
      the form of a plate which is self-enclosed in a ring-like manner, two side
      plates (18, 19) matching the sides of the main part (16), and one or two
      sewing devices (48, 59). Suction openings (24) connecting to a suction
      device can be used for securing the blanks to the inner walls of the main
      part and the side plates, or the blanks can be drawn in electrostatically.
      A moving device guides the two side plates (18, 19) from the exterior into
      a position inside the two inner edges (32) of the main part (16) and back
      out again after the blanks have been sewn. Two guides per automatic sewing
      device (48,49) can be provided in the vicinity of the edges of the main
      part or of the side plates.
PATN
WKU  059880864
SRC  9
APN  0315028
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980226
TTL  Sailboat and methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  43
ECL  23
EXP  Basinger; Sherman
NDR  13
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Mitchell; David N.
CTY  Englewood
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Bradley; John W.
CTY  Littleton
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Keesling; James H.
CTY  Englewood
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Cerebral Technologies, Inc.
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  114 3911
XCL  114 3929
XCL  11410215
XCL  11410219
XCL  11410221
EDF  6
ICL  B63B 3500
ICL  B63H  908
FSC  114
FSS  204;102.1;102.15;102.19;102.16;102.18;102.21;111;112;223;97;98;89;94;102.2
     ;39.11;39.21;39.29
UREF
PNO  3658025
ISD  19720400
NAM  Hood et al.
OCL  114105
UREF
PNO  3851609
ISD  19741200
NAM  Stearn
OCL  114105
UREF
PNO  3948200
ISD  19760400
NAM  Hood et al.
OCL  114105
UREF
PNO  4263861
ISD  19810400
NAM  Vicard
OCL  114 39
UREF
PNO  4354444
ISD  19821000
NAM  Puretic
OCL  114105
UREF
PNO  4856448
ISD  19890800
NAM  Peyman
OCL  114103
UREF
PNO  5485799
ISD  19960100
NAM  Julien
OCL  114103
UREF
PNO  5603276
ISD  19970200
NAM  Julien
OCL  114 39.1
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention provides various improved sailboats and methods for their
      use. In one exemplary embodiment, a sailboat comprises a hull and a deck
      that is operably attached to the hull. The deck has a longitudinal axis
      extending along its center. A mast is generally aligned with the
      longitudinal axis, and a luff cable is coupled to the mast and the deck.
      The luff cable is movable relative to the longitudinal axis. Further, a
      foresail is coupled to the luff cable such that at least a portion of the
      foresail is movable relative to the longitudinal axis upon movement of the
      luff cable.
PATN
WKU  059880872
SRC  9
APN  1245880
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980729
TTL  Pontoon for boats
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Avila; Stephen
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Pepper; Geoffrey T.
CTY  Junction City
STA  KS
ASSG
NAM  Horizon Marine, L.C.
CTY  Junction City
STA  KS
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  114 611
XCL  114 612
EDF  6
ICL  B63B  100
FSC  114
FSS  123;292;61.1;61.2;61.26;61.27
UREF
PNO  4738215
ISD  19880400
NAM  McMahon
OCL  114 61.1
UREF
PNO  4777898
ISD  19881000
NAM  Faulkner
OCL  114 61.1
UREF
PNO  5259330
ISD  19931100
NAM  Faulkner
OCL  114 61.1
UREF
PNO  5575231
ISD  19961100
NAM  Metcalf
OCL  114 61.27
LREP
FRM  Hovey, Williams, Timmons & Collins
ABST
PAL  A pontoon (20) for a boat (22) includes a base member (24) and a closure
      member (26) which are attached to form a U-shaped performance structure
      and a cylindrical support structure. A foam (74) filled nose cone (29) is
      connected to front ends (36,46) of the base member (24) and closure member
      (26), and an end cap (28) is connected to the back ends (38,48) thereof to
      form an air tight chamber (66) in the support structure. The pontoon (20)
      is connected to a deck (30) of the boat (22), so that the pontoon (20)
      contacts the deck (30) along the entire length of the pontoon (20).
PATN
WKU  059880880
SRC  9
APN  1744607
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19981019
TTL  Underwater sightseeing craft
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Avila; Stephen
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Ishida; Masanori
CTY  Hiroshima-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Maeda; Tadahiko
CTY  Hiroshima-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ishida Shipbuilding and Construction Co., Ltd.
CTY  Hiroshima-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971126
APN  342067
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980719
APN  217812
CLAS
OCL  114 66
XCL  114 611
XCL  114123
EDF  6
ICL  B63B 3500
FSC  114
FSS  61.1;61.12;61.13;66;123
UREF
PNO  2525955
ISD  19501000
NAM  Scott
OCL  114 61.13
UREF
PNO  4423695
ISD  19840100
NAM  Rougerie
OCL  114 66
UREF
PNO  4548148
ISD  19851000
NAM  Bloomfield, III
OCL  114 66
UREF
PNO  5315952
ISD  19940500
NAM  Jackson, Jr.
OCL  114 66
UREF
PNO  5619944
ISD  19970400
NAM  Baker
OCL  114 61.1
LREP
FRM  Lane, Aitken & McCann
ABST
PAL  The present invention is characterized by an underwater sightseeing craft,
      wherein a plurality of displacement bodies for sightseeing equipped with
      underwater sightseeing rooms are provided and paralleled with a fixed
      distance therebetween, wherein floating cavity bodies are provided outside
      each of said displacement bodies, wherein whole the said bodies are
      combined and integrated into one body by means of connecting members so as
      to be in a symmetrical form, wherein sightseeing windows are formed on
      each of said displacement bodies for sightseeing at a fixed depth below
      water, and wherein said floating cavity bodies are located so as not to
      obstruct a view through the sightseeing windows.
PATN
WKU  059880899
SRC  9
APN  2104555
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19981214
TTL  Silencer
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Swinehart; Ed
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Benoit; Richard
STR  14 Manters Point
CTY  Plymouth
STA  MA
ZIP  02360
CLAS
OCL  1141021
XCL  114111
EDF  6
ICL  B63H  904
FSC  114
FSS  102.1;102.12;102.18;108;109;111
UREF
PNO  3996873
ISD  19761200
NAM  Weghorn
OCL  114108
UREF
PNO  4157073
ISD  19790600
NAM  Vall
OCL  114102
UREF
PNO  4473024
ISD  19840900
NAM  Armstrong
OCL  114111
UREF
PNO  5113776
ISD  19920500
NAM  Knecht
OCL  114102.1
UREF
PNO  5458076
ISD  19951000
NAM  Loutrel et al.
OCL  114111
UREF
PNO  5495818
ISD  19960300
NAM  Woodcock
OCL  114111
UREF
PNO  5738031
ISD  19980400
NAM  Malina
OCL  114102.1
LREP
FRM  Patent & Trademark Services
FR2  Zack; Thomas
FR2  McGlynn; Joseph H.
ABST
PAL  Two spaced halyard restraining devices that are fixed to spreaders attached
      to a sailboat's mast. The two spaced spreaders are horizontally disposed
      from and fixed to opposite sides of an interposed vertically disposed
      mast. The halyard restraining devices are identical and each is shaped
      like a U-shaped bracket having one leg fixed to a spreader while another
      outer leg is a longer leg with a rounded free end. Each restraining device
      has a legs joining bight portion with the opened side facing generally
      either towards the boat's bow or stern. The halyard or the like are pulled
      into engagement with the device's bight portion to restrain their movement
      towards the mast by placing them under increased tension. To accommodate
      two different common cross sectional types of spreaders, round or wing
      shaped, the outer opposite side bearing surfaces of the inner leg may be
      shaped differently to complement these two types of spreader's shapes thus
      allowing for their dual-use with two different shaped spreaders.
PATN
WKU  059880902
SRC  8
APN  9462732
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971007
TTL  Stabilization pontoon system for small watercraft
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Sotelo; Jesus D.
NDR  5
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Barker, Jr.; Denver L.
STR  37 Winster Fax
CTY  Williamsburg
STA  VA
ZIP  23185
CLAS
OCL  114123
XCL  114283
EDF  6
ICL  B63B 4314
FSC  114
FSS  123;283
UREF
PNO  655234
ISD  19000800
NAM  Howe et al.
UREF
PNO  1100044
ISD  19140600
NAM  Alexovic
OCL  114123
UREF
PNO  3002484
ISD  19611000
NAM  Dube
OCL  114123
UREF
PNO  3064370
ISD  19621100
NAM  La Fleur
OCL  114123
UREF
PNO  3150632
ISD  19640900
NAM  Evans
UREF
PNO  3929085
ISD  19751200
NAM  Mason
OCL  114123
UREF
PNO  4964357
ISD  19901000
NAM  Genfan
OCL  114123
UREF
PNO  5235925
ISD  19930800
NAM  Farrier
OCL  114123
FREF
PNO  1555762
ISD  19671200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  62-244790
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1761586
ISD  19920900
CNT  SUX
OCL  114123
LREP
FRM  Dowell & Dowell, P. C.
ABST
PAL  A stabilizing pontoon system adapted for use in small watercraft which
      includes a pair of vertically adjustable outriggers connected by a linkage
      system to an actuator and to each of which is mounted a pontoon which is
      lowered into the water to stabilize the watercraft but which may be
      incrementally elevated to reduce drag as the watercraft is moving through
      the water.
PATN
WKU  059880910
SRC  9
APN  1978837
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19981123
TTL  Jet ski brake apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Sotelo; Jesus D.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Willis; Charles M.
STR  12240 Eakin St.
CTY  Brooksville
STA  FL
ZIP  34614
CLAS
OCL  114145R
XCL  114285
EDF  6
ICL  B63H 2534
FSC  114
FSS  145 R;145 A;285
UREF
PNO  2994290
ISD  19610800
NAM  Merchant
UREF
PNO  3209716
ISD  19651000
NAM  Hartley
UREF
PNO  5193478
ISD  19930300
NAM  Mardikian
OCL  114285
UREF
PNO  5377610
ISD  19950100
NAM  Goebel
OCL  114145R
UREF
PNO  5493990
ISD  19960200
NAM  Dyer
OCL  114145A
FREF
PNO  2172866
ISD  19861000
CNT  GBX
OCL  114285
ABST
PAL  A brake apparatus is provided for a water craft that has a rear discharge
      nozzle and includes a first craft attachment member attached to a portion
      of the water craft. A hinge assembly is connected to the first craft
      attachment member. A brake plate assembly is connected to the hinge
      assembly. A brake plate control assembly is connected to the brake plate
      assembly. The brake plate control assembly includes a control cable
      connected to the brake plate assembly. The water craft is a jet ski. When
      the brake plate member is impinged by water flow from the discharge nozzle
      of the jet ski, the water flows upward, causing a reactive downward force
      which pushes the stem of the jet ski into the water, whereby a drag and
      braking action is created. A rudder member may also be attached to the
      discharge nozzle to assist in steering the jet ski.
PATN
WKU  059880929
SRC  8
APN  835877&
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970408
TTL  Paddle wheel boat
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Basinger; Sherman
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Price; Harold L.
STR  1521 Young St.
CTY  Henderson
STA  TX
ZIP  75652
CLAS
OCL  114162
XCL  440 91
EDF  6
ICL  B63H 2506
FSC  440
FSS  90-92;62
FSC  114
FSS  63;162;165
UREF
PNO  1540259
ISD  19250600
NAM  Dravo
OCL  440 90
UREF
PNO  2315027
ISD  19430300
NAM  Svenson
OCL  440 90
UREF
PNO  3371637
ISD  19680300
NAM  Woodall
OCL  440 90
UREF
PNO  3486253
ISD  19691200
NAM  Bruggeman
OCL  440 90
UREF
PNO  4349340
ISD  19820900
NAM  Hoffmann
OCL  114162
UREF
PNO  4872413
ISD  19891000
NAM  Hebert
OCL  440 92
FREF
PNO  926224
ISD  19630500
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Nisbett; Robert
ABST
PAL  The vessel of this invention has a relatively uniform weight distribution
      throughout the length of the vessel which maintains a level trim under all
      operation conditions thereby maximizing the efficiency of the design and
      operation. This is, in part, accomplished by locating the engine and major
      transmission drive components inboard of the boat rather than outboard
      astern, and by locating the operator and the rudder assembly at the bow of
      the boat. Unique features of the invention include the propulsion and
      steering systems for a boat consisting of a paddle wheel, a power supply,
      a clutch, a gear reduction system to transfer and reverse power to the
      paddle wheel, an optional splash guard mounted between the stern of the
      boat and the paddle wheel, a frame to attach the propulsion members to the
      boat and a rudder assembly mounted to the bow of the boat. The paddle
      wheel can include blades to effect vertical lift secured to angled spokes
      at an angle radially, inclined or skewed to the axis of rotation of the
      paddle wheel rather than extending radially from the axis of rotation of
      the center hubs. The steering system includes the rudder assembly mounted
      at the bow of the boat and being formed and arranged to pivot freely about
      a horizontal axis in a vertical direction as well as having a rudder blade
      which pivots about a vertical axis.
PATN
WKU  059880937
SRC  8
APN  9832297
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980109
TTL  Floating dock
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Muldoon; Patrick
EXP  Dayoan; D. Glenn
NDR  12
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Ni; James Jiann-Gwo
CTY  Auckland
CNT  NZX
ASSG
NAM  Orca Marine Company Limited
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  NZX
APD  19950713
APN  272569
PRIR
CNT  NZX
APD  19950828
APN  272871
CLAS
OCL  114222
EDF  6
ICL  B63B 5900
FSC  114
FSS  256;258;263;44;45;221;222
UREF
PNO  3734048
ISD  19730500
NAM  Michaelsen
OCL  114222
UREF
PNO  3752109
ISD  19730800
NAM  Seiple
OCL  114222
UREF
PNO  4007701
ISD  19770200
NAM  Fike
OCL  114222
UREF
PNO  4043286
ISD  19770800
NAM  Doty
OCL  114222
UREF
PNO  4784078
ISD  19881100
NAM  Feurt
OCL  114222
FREF
PNO  WO 94/23993
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/06584
ISD  19950300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Casella; Anthony J.
FR2  Hespos; Gerald E.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/NZ96/00073
PD1  19980109
PD2  19980109
PD3  19960712
PCP  WO97/02983
PCD  19970130
ABST
PAR  A floating dock is provided for efficiently cleaning ship hulls and for
      reducing pollution problems associated with the cleaning of ship hulls. A
      method for cleaning ship hulls with a floating dock also is provided. The
      floating dock is ballasted and independently manoeuvrable. The floating
      dock has a ship hull receiving section which can be submerged at least
      partly so that a base part of the ship hull receiving section may be
      positioned beneath a ship hull. Cleaners are provided on at least one
      inner side of the ship hull receiving section to contact a side of the
      ship hull, and a debris collector may be provided to collect debris
      removed from the cleaning operation for later processing or dumping at a
      remote site. The floating dock can be self propelled forward and backward
      to reach the ship and can be self propelled laterally to clean the ship.
PATN
WKU  059880945
SRC  8
APN  7919735
APT  1
ART  312
APD  19970131
TTL  Mooring line receptacle apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Basinger; Sherman
NDR  5
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Obrinski; Brad Alan
STR  38716 Golfview
CTY  Clinton Twp.
STA  MI
ZIP  48038
RLAP
COD  72
APN  540081
APD  19951006
PSC  01
PNO  5598805
CLAS
OCL  114230
XCL  114218
XCL  114221R
EDF  6
ICL  B63B 1700
FSC  114
FSS  218;230;221 R
FSC   24
FSS  115 A;129 R;129 D
UREF
PNO  2832116
ISD  19580400
NAM  Clevett, Jr. et al.
OCL   24129D
UREF
PNO  3012736
ISD  19611200
NAM  Burst
OCL  114230
UREF
PNO  3464113
ISD  19690900
NAM  Silverman et al.
UREF
PNO  3841685
ISD  19741000
NAM  Kolodziej
OCL  114230
UREF
PNO  3897745
ISD  19750800
NAM  Hutchings
OCL  114218
UREF
PNO  4109603
ISD  19780800
NAM  Guthmann
OCL  114230
UREF
PNO  4114553
ISD  19780900
NAM  Zikek
OCL  114230
UREF
PNO  4519643
ISD  19850500
NAM  Harris
OCL  114221R
UREF
PNO  4648159
ISD  19870300
NAM  Dougherty
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  4912816
ISD  19900400
NAM  Brandt
OCL  114230
UREF
PNO  5050813
ISD  19910900
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
OCL   24129R
UREF
PNO  5116260
ISD  19920500
NAM  Upchurch
OCL  114221R
UREF
PNO  5598805
ISD  19970200
NAM  Obrinski
OCL  114230
LREP
FR2  Keepe; Peter D.
ABST
PAL  A mooring line receptacle apparatus for a watercraft includes an elongated
      mooring line receptacle for each mooring line, wherein each mooring line
      receptacle is connected with the hull of the watercraft preferably at the
      gunwale thereof; and further includes an abutment member connected with
      each mooring line at a distal end thereof. The mooring line receptacle has
      an interior hollow defined by a sidewall composed of a durable material
      having a slot therein along its entire length. The sidewall opposite the
      slot is attached to the hull of a selected watercraft via threaded
      fasteners. One mooring line receptacle is located at the port bow, another
      at the starboard bow, another at the port stern and another at the
      starboard stern. Preferably, each of the sets of port and starboard
      mooring line receptacles end near each other at a generally amidship
      location on the gunwale where the skipper and crew/passengers enter and
      leave the watercraft. The mooring line is composed of conventional
      material used for nautical moorage, and has an abutment member at its
      distal end. The slot has a width either smaller than the cross-section of
      the mooring line such that the mooring line is forced through the slot
      into the interior hollow of the mooring line receptacle or is larger than
      the cross-section of the mooring line such that the mooring line easily
      passes through the slot. Thereupon, the mooring line rests storingly in
      the interior hollow for storing the mooring line when not in use.
PATN
WKU  059880953
SRC  9
APN  0645346
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980422
TTL  Clamping mechanism for securing a rope to a winch drum
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Avila; Stephen
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Kallenberger; Harvey J.
CTY  Wind Lake
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Harnischfeger Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  11423023
XCL   241226
XCL   24135K
EDF  6
ICL  B63B 2100
FSC  403
FSS  306;312
FSC   24
FSS  122.6;135 K
FSC  114
FSS  230.1;230.2;230.23
UREF
PNO  3395668
ISD  19680800
NAM  George
OCL  114230.2
UREF
PNO  3851613
ISD  19741200
NAM  Armour
OCL  114230.23
UREF
PNO  4446807
ISD  19840500
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  114230.23
UREF
PNO  5215463
ISD  19930600
NAM  Crook
OCL   24135K
UREF
PNO  5427469
ISD  19950600
NAM  Galarnyk
OCL   24122.6
LREP
FR2  Lowe, Jr.; James Earl
ABST
PAL  A rope clamp for clamping a rope to a winch drum surface comprises first
      and second bolts, each of which has a head and a threaded end, an upper
      clamp having two opposed ends and a first hole receiving the first bolt
      near the one end thereof and a second hole receiving the second bolt near
      the other end thereof. The clamp further includes a lower clamp having two
      opposed ends and a first indentation open from the one end thereof and
      receiving the first bolt, and a second indentation open from the other end
      thereof and receiving the second bolt. The lower clamp further has a
      bottom adapted to be secured to the surface and having first and second
      bolt head receiving slots, each of which is wider than its respective one
      of the first and second indentations, the first and second slots each
      being open at its respective lower clamp end and receiving a respective
      bolt head and preventing the respective bolt head from rotating. The clamp
      further includes two bolt retainer plates, each of which is releasably
      secured to a respective one of the lower clamp ends over the respective
      one of the first and second indentations so that the bolts are held in the
      first and second indentations. The clamp further includes two nuts, each
      of which is on a respective one of the threaded ends of the bolts.
PATN
WKU  059880961
SRC  9
APN  1650181
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19981001
TTL  Tow sub
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Avila; Stephen
NDR  11
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Benesch; Daniel
STR  P.O. Box 141655
CTY  Anchorage
STA  AK
ZIP  99514
INVT
NAM  Kaufman; David
STR  1464 Bluebell Dr.
CTY  Livermore
STA  CA
ZIP  94550
CLAS
OCL  114244
XCL  114253
XCL  114315
EDF  6
ICL  B63B 2166
FSC  114
FSS  315;271;274;253;254;242;244;312;313
UREF
PNO  3084654
ISD  19630400
NAM  Rosenberg et al.
OCL  114315
UREF
PNO  3131664
ISD  19640500
NAM  McInvale
OCL  114315
UREF
PNO  3204596
ISD  19650900
NAM  Fallon
OCL  114315
UREF
PNO  4946412
ISD  19900800
NAM  Maruo et al.
OCL  441135
UREF
PNO  5178090
ISD  19930100
NAM  Carter
OCL  114315
LREP
FR2  Tavella; Michael J.
ABST
PAL  A tow sub that has a bullet-shaped shell to cover the front of a diver. The
      shell is large enough to be comfortable for a diver lying in the shell.
      The shell has lenses that provide ample vision for the diver. The tow sub
      has two independent control surfaces. The first, is a fixed dive plane
      that can be attached to the top, sides or bottom of the shell. This dive
      plane acts as a diving plane. The second is a pivoting rear elevator
      control surface that is mounted on a tail boom. The pivoting elevator is
      controlled from within the shell by a yoke controller. The tow sub has a
      tow hook that has a quick release mechanism. Using this mechanism, the
      diver can disconnect the sub from the tow line from within the shell. When
      disconnected in this way, the sub stops and slowly rises to the surface.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
PAR  Not Applicable
PATN
WKU  059880970
SRC  9
APN  1979876
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19981123
TTL  Watercraft stabilized by controlled hydrofoil elevation
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Swinehart; Ed
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Karney; Steven
STR  7322 NW. 58th Way
CTY  Parkland
STA  FL
ZIP  33068
INVT
NAM  Frieling; Edward
STR  5670 Willow Creek Ct.
CTY  Delray Beach
STA  FL
ZIP  33484
RLAP
COD  72
APN  646849
APD  19960508
PSC  01
PNO  5839386
CLAS
OCL  114283
EDF  6
ICL  B63B  120
FSC  114
FSS  61.15;283;274;275;278;280;282;61.1;61.12;61.13
UREF
PNO  3156209
ISD  19641100
NAM  Ask
OCL  114275
UREF
PNO  3998176
ISD  19761200
NAM  Stout et al.
OCL  114283
UREF
PNO  5107783
ISD  19920400
NAM  Magazzu
OCL  114123
UREF
PNO  5787832
ISD  19980800
NAM  Spinka
OCL  114122
FREF
PNO  404133893
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
OCL  114283
LREP
FR2  Blum; Alvin S.
ABST
PAL  A watercraft has starboard and port hydrofoils or hydroskis that are
      supported by individually powered fore and aft supports for adjustable
      retraction and extension below the hull under control of a computer using
      signals from water speed, turn angle, roll angle and pitch angle sensors
      to maintain stability of operation, especially on high speed turns where
      the hull may be banked into a turn by positioning the ski on the inside of
      the turn lower than the other ski.
PATN
WKU  059880988
SRC  9
APN  2346400
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19990121
TTL  Kayaking harness
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Avila; Stephen
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hillhouse; Kevin E.
STR  HHC 22nd Sig BN, CMR 431 Box 1608
CTY  APO AE
ZIP  09175-1608
CLAS
OCL  114347
EDF  6
ICL  B63B 3500
FSC  297
FSS  484
FSC  182
FSS  3
FSC  114
FSS  347;343;364
FSC  441
FSS  80;84
UREF
PNO  D290293
ISD  19870600
NAM  Hambley
UREF
PNO  293799
ISD  18840200
NAM  Simkin
UREF
PNO  604677
ISD  18980500
NAM  Humphrey
UREF
PNO  638861
ISD  18991200
NAM  Bean
UREF
PNO  2441115
ISD  19480500
NAM  Lambert
UREF
PNO  3125375
ISD  19640300
NAM  Bird et al.
UREF
PNO  3990743
ISD  19761100
NAM  Nelson
UREF
PNO  5159044
ISD  19921000
NAM  Wydra
OCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  5215239
ISD  19930600
NAM  Walters, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5367975
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hamilton et al.
OCL  114347
UREF
PNO  5511507
ISD  19960400
NAM  Allen
OCL  114347
UREF
PNO  5544363
ISD  19960800
NAM  McCue et al.
UREF
PNO  5664844
ISD  19970900
NAM  Greene
OCL  297484
UREF
PNO  5676426
ISD  19971000
NAM  Herring
OCL  297484
FREF
PNO  72350
ISD  19510400
CNT  DKX
FREF
PNO  79436
ISD  19511100
CNT  NOX
FREF
PNO  969687
ISD  19620600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  The kayaking harness provides a kayaker with support for his back during
      extended boating sessions. The harness has a back support structure and a
      tether for attaching the back support structure to the kayak. The back
      support structure has a torso band having a first end and a second end,
      the torso band encircling the trunk of the body, a pair of shoulders
      straps, each shoulder strap having a first end attached to the torso band
      and a free second end, and a support band attached between the shoulder
      straps parallel to the torso band. The tether has a loop at one end, the
      two ends of the torso band and the free ends of the shoulder straps being
      attached to the loop, and an attachment mechanism at the other end for
      attaching the tether to the kayak, at least part of the tether having an
      elastic strap in parallel with nylon webbing so that the tether is
      resilient and extensible to the length of the webbing.
PATN
WKU  059880996
SRC  9
APN  094856&
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980615
TTL  Deployable boat roof with inflatable member
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Basinger; Sherman
NDR  2
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Ferrell; Richard S.
STR  39595 Higbee Rd.
CTY  Albany
STA  OR
ZIP  97321
CLAS
OCL  114361
XCL  114345
XCL  114348
EDF  6
ICL  B63B 1700
FSC  114
FSS  343;361;348;345;349
FSC  441
FSS  38;40
UREF
PNO  3734047
ISD  19730500
NAM  Burton
OCL  114361
UREF
PNO  3810266
ISD  19740500
NAM  Iller
OCL  114361
UREF
PNO  4036520
ISD  19770700
NAM  Zuidema
OCL  296 23B
UREF
PNO  4261613
ISD  19810400
NAM  Alford
OCL  296156
UREF
PNO  4333191
ISD  19820600
NAM  Long
OCL  114344
UREF
PNO  4554884
ISD  19851100
NAM  Bouliane
OCL  114344
UREF
PNO  5662063
ISD  19970900
NAM  Seijas
OCL  114361
FREF
PNO  226884
ISD  19581100
CNT  AUX
OCL  441 38
FREF
PNO  WO 92/13755
ISD  19920800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Abstract for publication Australia 8426033 A, puiblished Oct. 4, 1984,
      Harris, R.K. inventor.
LREP
FR2  Givnan, Jr.; James D.
ABST
PAL  A roof structure is adapted for removable attachment to a boat permitting
      use of the roof as an emergency float for boat occupants. The roof
      includes a shell having a buoyant member affixed thereto with an
      inflatable ring carried on the shell in a collapsed manner. A source of
      pressurized air is in controlled communication with the inflatable ring.
      Roof support structure includes lug equipped plates on the boat and the
      roof which, upon roof repositioning, permits separation and launching of
      the roof. A modified form of root support structure includes deck mounted,
      swingably mounted upright supports located adjacent the roof sides and
      which permit lowering of the roof into the water. The inflatable ring
      contributes to buoyancy as well as occupant protection from the water.
PATN
WKU  059881003
SRC  8
APN  9608494
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971030
TTL  Apparatus for supporting and illuminating display flags
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Hopper; Todd Reed
EXP  Patel; Nimeshkumar D.
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Schmitt; Larry
STR  14068 Linden Rd.
CTY  Grass Valley
STA  CA
ZIP  95945
CLAS
OCL  116173
XCL  362431
XCL  362223
EDF  6
ICL  G09F 1700
FSC  362
FSS  223;253;431
FSC  116
FSS  173
UREF
PNO  1171917
ISD  19160200
NAM  Axford
OCL  116173
UREF
PNO  1256232
ISD  19180200
NAM  Howard
OCL  116173
UREF
PNO  1258022
ISD  19180300
NAM  Kray
UREF
PNO  1660341
ISD  19280200
NAM  Lapworth
UREF
PNO  1878447
ISD  19320900
NAM  Sutphen
UREF
PNO  3323486
ISD  19670600
NAM  Woolf
OCL  116173
UREF
PNO  3752975
ISD  19730800
NAM  Meyer
UREF
PNO  3890497
ISD  19750600
NAM  Rush
UREF
PNO  4079555
ISD  19780300
NAM  Barnes
UREF
PNO  4791878
ISD  19881200
NAM  Lewis
OCL  116173
UREF
PNO  5101329
ISD  19920300
NAM  Doyle
OCL  362431
FREF
PNO  WO 87/01755
ISD  19870300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  O'Banion; John P.
ABST
PAL  An internally lighted flag mast that reflects light externally using
      reflective surfaces within the flag mast to illuminate a flag hanging
      therefrom. An opaque cover, sides and baffles on the flag mast block
      direct light from being emitted and only allow reflected light to
      illuminate the flag. During darkness, a photosensor means automatically
      activates the light source.
PATN
WKU  059881011
SRC  9
APN  0327573
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980227
TTL  Safety directional line for underground mining and method of making same
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Hirshfeld; Andrew
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Jacobs; William J. B..
STR  P.O. Box 429
CTY  Sylvester
STA  WV
ZIP  25193
INVT
NAM  Jacobs; Tanya S.
STR  P.O. Box 429
CTY  Sylvester
STA  WV
ZIP  25193
INVT
NAM  Jacobs; Mark W.
STR  P.O. Box 429
CTY  Sylvester
STA  WV
ZIP  25193
CLAS
OCL  116205
XCL  116202
XCL  116DIG17
XCL  182 18
EDF  6
ICL  G08B  600
FSC  116
FSS  205;200;201;202;209;DIG. 17
FSC  182
FSS  18;206;230
UREF
PNO  257781
ISD  18820500
NAM  Sullivan
OCL  182206
UREF
PNO  326616
ISD  18850900
NAM  Woodbury et al.
OCL  182206
UREF
PNO  4179160
ISD  19791200
NAM  Sabo
OCL  116205
UREF
PNO  4401050
ISD  19830800
NAM  Britt et al.
OCL  116205
UREF
PNO  4844000
ISD  19890700
NAM  Clement
OCL  116205
UREF
PNO  5027741
ISD  19910700
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  116205
UREF
PNO  5612665
ISD  19970300
NAM  Gerhardsen
OCL  116205
FREF
PNO  2224154
ISD  19900400
CNT  GBX
OCL  116205
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A safety directional line for underground mining that can be adjusted
      during to conform with any local codes. The line is constructed from high
      strength polypropylene which is non-conductive. A flame retardant is added
      to the polypropylene to make it flame resistant. There are flame retardant
      and non-conductive directional indicator cones evenly spaced and
      positioned such that they are pointing along the axis of the line. The
      cones are placed on the line such that when someone is exiting the mine
      his hand slides along the slope of the cone and meets little resistance.
      In the event that the miner is traveling the wrong direction, his hand
      will meet the flat surface of the cone and come to a stop, indicating that
      he is traveling in the wrong direction. There is fluorescent tape on the
      cones to make it more clearly visible to one trying to exit the mine. The
      tape is formed in an X on the flat surface of the cone indicating that it
      is the wrong direction. Additionally, the tape is placed parallel to the
      axis of the cone along the conical surface indicating the correct
      direction of travel. The rope is connected at one end by a solid bronze
      ring and at the other end by a solid bronze swivel hook or a solid fixed
      hook. The bronze ring and hook are non-sparking and non-corrosive.
PATN
WKU  059881020
SRC  8
APN  9981160
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971224
TTL  Pop-up temperature indicating device
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Miska; Vit
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Volk; Steven John
CTY  Turlock
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Thompson; Gary Myrle
CTY  Turlock
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Volk Enterprises, Inc.
CTY  Turlock
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  743754
APD  19961107
PSC  01
PNO  5799606
RLAP
COD  81
APN  359229
APD  19941219
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  116218
XCL  374155
XCL  374160
EDF  6
ICL  G01K 1106
ICL  G01K  102
FSC  116
FSS  216-218;281;283;101;106
FSC   99
FSS  342
FSC  374
FSS  155;160
FSC  252
FSS  408.1
UREF
PNO  3559615
ISD  19710200
NAM  Kliewer
OCL  116218
UREF
PNO  3682130
ISD  19720800
NAM  Jeffers
OCL  116114.5
UREF
PNO  3693579
ISD  19720900
NAM  Kliewer
OCL  116218
UREF
PNO  3713416
ISD  19730100
NAM  Volk
OCL  116114.5
UREF
PNO  3759103
ISD  19730900
NAM  Volk
OCL   73358
UREF
PNO  4082000
ISD  19780400
NAM  Volk
OCL   73358
UREF
PNO  4289088
ISD  19810900
NAM  Scibelli
OCL  374160
UREF
PNO  4421053
ISD  19831200
NAM  Volk
OCL  116218
UREF
PNO  4748931
ISD  19880600
NAM  Volk
OCL  116218
UREF
PNO  5323730
ISD  19940600
NAM  Ou-Yang
OCL  116218
UREF
PNO  5487352
ISD  19960100
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  116218
UREF
PNO  5537950
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ou-Yang
OCL  116218
LREP
FR2  Caplan; Julian
     Flehr Hohbach Test Albritton & Herbert LLP
ABST
PAL  A pop-up thermometer having an elongate housing formed with a
      longitudinally extending bore, a plurality of internal neck regions, and a
      plurality of internal cavities. The neck regions each having a minimum
      diameter portion and a neck locking surface extending outwardly from the
      minimum diameter portion of the neck. An indicator rod slidably disposed
      in the bore of the housing includes at least one stem stretch having a
      diameter less than the remainder of the bore and a stem locking surface
      extending outwardly from said stem stretch. A fusible material fills the
      internal cavities. When the fusible material is in solid form, the neck
      locking surface exerts a substantially downward directed force on said
      stem locking surface on the rod to resist upward movement of the rod
      relative to the housing.
PATN
WKU  059881038
SRC  8
APN  7789556
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970106
TTL  Apparatus for plasma source ion implantation and deposition for
      cylindrical surfaces
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Dang; Thi
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Fetherston; Robert P.
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Shamim; Muhammad M.
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Conrad; John R.
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  494192
APD  19950623
PSC  01
PNO  5693376
CLAS
OCL  118723E
XCL  31511121
EDF  6
ICL  H05H  100
FSC  118
FSS  723 E
FSC  156
FSS  345
FSC  315
FSS  111.21
UREF
PNO  4587430
ISD  19860500
NAM  Adler
UREF
PNO  4676195
ISD  19870600
NAM  Yasui et al.
OCL  118723E
UREF
PNO  4764394
ISD  19880800
NAM  Conrad
UREF
PNO  4937205
ISD  19900600
NAM  Nakayama et al.
UREF
PNO  5013578
ISD  19910500
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  5126163
ISD  19920600
NAM  Chan
UREF
PNO  5212425
ISD  19930500
NAM  Goebel et al.
UREF
PNO  5218179
ISD  19930600
NAM  Matossian et al.
UREF
PNO  5244375
ISD  19930900
NAM  Laurence et al.
UREF
PNO  5296272
ISD  19940300
NAM  Matossian et al.
UREF
PNO  5296714
ISD  19940300
NAM  Treglio
UREF
PNO  5306531
ISD  19940400
NAM  Laurence et al.
UREF
PNO  5330800
ISD  19940700
NAM  Shumacher et al.
UREF
PNO  5354381
ISD  19941000
NAM  Sheng
UREF
PNO  5374456
ISD  19941200
NAM  Matossian et al.
UREF
PNO  5389195
ISD  19950200
NAM  Ouderkirk et al.
FREF
PNO  6-279998
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9318201
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  M. Renier, et al., "A new low energy ion implanter for bombardment of
      cylindrical surfaces", Vacuum, vol. 35, No. 12, 1985, pp. 577-578.
PAL  J.R. Conrad, et al., "Manufacturing Aspects of Plasma Source Ion
      Implantation", PED, vol. 41, 1989, pp. 65-70.
PAL  K. Sridharan, et al., "Ion Beam Enhanced Deposition of Titanium-Nitride on
      INCONEL 718", Mat. Res. Bull., vol. 26, No. 5, 1991, pp. 367-373.
PAL  Ling Xie, et al., "Production of Diamond-Like Carbon Films By Plasma Source
      Ion Implantation", Proc. Mater. Res., vol. 4, 1992, pp. 427-432.
PAL  K. Sridharan, et al., "Carbon Ion Implantation of Pure Iron", Scripta
      Metallurgica and Materialia, vol. 26, No. 7, 1992, pp. 1037-1043.
PAL  Shamim M. Malik, et al., "Overview of plasma source ion implantation
      research at University of Wisconsin-Madison", J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B,
      vol. 12, No. 2, Mar./Apr. 1994, pp. 843-849.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  Uniform ion implantation and deposition onto cylindrical surfaces is
      achieved by placing a cylindrical electrode in coaxial and conformal
      relation to the target surface. For implantation and deposition of an
      inner bore surface the electrode is placed inside the target. For
      implantation and deposition on an outer cylindrical surface the electrode
      is placed around the outside of the target. A plasma is generated between
      the electrode and the target cylindrical surface. Applying a pulse of high
      voltage to the target causes ions from the plasma to be driven onto the
      cylindrical target surface. The plasma contained in the space between the
      target and the electrode is uniform, resulting in a uniform implantation
      or deposition of the target surface. Since the plasma is largely contained
      in the space between the target and the electrode, contamination of the
      vacuum chamber enclosing the target and electrodes by inadvertent ion
      deposition is reduced. The coaxial alignment of the target and the
      electrode may be employed for the ion assisted deposition of sputtered
      metals onto the target, resulting in a uniform coating of the cylindrical
      target surface by the sputtered material. The independently generated and
      contained plasmas associated with each cylindrical target/electrode pair
      allows for effective batch processing of multiple cylindrical targets
      within a single vacuum chamber, resulting in both uniform implantation or
      deposition, and reduced contamination of one target by adjacent
      target/electrode pairs.
PATN
WKU  059881046
SRC  8
APN  9020373
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970729
TTL  Plasma treatment system
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Alejandro; Luz
EXP  Breneman; Bruce
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Nambu; Hidetaka
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960730
APN  8-200719
CLAS
OCL  118723MW
XCL  118723E
XCL  118723ME
XCL  118723ER
XCL  156345
EDF  6
ICL  C23C 1600
FSC  118
FSS  723 E;723 ER;723 MW;723 MA;723 MR;723 ME;723 I;723 IR;723 AN
FSC  156
FSS  345
UREF
PNO  5173641
ISD  19921200
NAM  Imahashi et al.
OCL  315111.41
UREF
PNO  5342472
ISD  19940800
NAM  Imahashi et al.
OCL  156345
UREF
PNO  5614025
ISD  19970300
NAM  Akimoto
OCL  118723MP
UREF
PNO  5639309
ISD  19970600
NAM  Akimoto
OCL  118723MP
UREF
PNO  5685949
ISD  19971100
NAM  Yashima
OCL  156643.1
UREF
PNO  5698036
ISD  19971200
NAM  Ishii et al.
OCL  118723MW
UREF
PNO  5858162
ISD  19990100
NAM  Kubota
OCL  156345
FREF
PNO  0 264 913
ISD  19880400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 382 065
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 477 906
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1-283359
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-361529
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-163483
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-335567
ISD  19951200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-96990
ISD  19960400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  H. Mabuchi et al., "Surface-Wave-Coupled-Plasma for Anisotropic Etching",
      pp. 235-240, 1994 Dry Process Symposium.
PAL  Takeshi Akimoto et al., "Oxide Etching Using Surface Wave Coupled Plasma",
      pp. 7037-7041, Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. vol. 33, Part 1, No. 12B, Dec. 1994.
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a plasma treatment system having a reaction
      chamber in which a plasma is generated to be irradiated onto a sample held
      on a sample holder in the reaction chamber. The reaction chamber has a top
      covered by a dielectric plate. The plasma treatment system also has an
      opposite electrode having a plurality of windows through which microwave
      is transmitted into the reaction chamber for causing the plasma, wherein
      the opposite electrode is provided over a top surface of the dielectric
      plate so that the opposite electrode is separated by the dielectric plate
      from the plasma generated in the reaction chamber.
PATN
WKU  059881054
SRC  9
APN  1176749
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980804
TTL  Claw for a milking machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Shaw; Elizabeth
EXP  Swiatek; Robert P.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Sandgren; Karl-Olof
CTY  Grodinge
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Alfa Laval Agri AB
CTY  Tumba
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19960202
APN  9600412
CLAS
OCL  119 1454
EDF  6
ICL  A01J  504
FSC  119
FSS  14.37;14.54;14.55
UREF
PNO  2775225
ISD  19561200
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  119 14.54
UREF
PNO  3029787
ISD  19620400
NAM  Lamberson
OCL  119 14.54
UREF
PNO  3094099
ISD  19630600
NAM  Bertao
OCL  119 14.54
UREF
PNO  3139856
ISD  19640700
NAM  Lippke
OCL  119 14.54
UREF
PNO  3150637
ISD  19640900
NAM  Fosnes
OCL  119 14.54
UREF
PNO  4136639
ISD  19790100
NAM  Noorlander
OCL  119 14.55
UREF
PNO  4537152
ISD  19850800
NAM  Thompson
OCL  119 14.54
UREF
PNO  5076211
ISD  19911200
NAM  Tonelli
OCL  119 14.55
UREF
PNO  5291853
ISD  19940300
NAM  Steingraber et al.
OCL  119 14.54
UREF
PNO  5586518
ISD  19961200
NAM  Carrano
OCL  119 14.54
FREF
PNO  74799
ISD  19521000
CNT  DKX
FREF
PNO  418260
ISD  19950100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  977930
ISD  19510400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  104989
ISD  19420300
CNT  SEX
FREF
PNO  133288
ISD  19511000
CNT  SEX
FREF
PNO  212649
ISD  19670300
CNT  SEX
FREF
PNO  449154
ISD  19870400
CNT  SEX
FREF
PNO  WO9322901
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Hovey, Williams, Timmons & Collins
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE97/00168
PD1  19980804
PD2  19980804
PD3  19970204
PCP  WO97/27738
PCD  19970807
ABST
PAR  A claw for a milking machine comprises a housing (1) having a first portion
      (2) and a second portion (3). On the second portion (3), there are
      provided inlet members (8, 9) which are intended to connect the inner
      space of the housing (1) to teatcup of the milking machine. On the first
      portion (2), there is provided an outlet member (6), which via a conduit
      member is intended to connect the inner space of the housing (1) to a milk
      collecting member of the milking machine and a distributing member having
      at least one inlet pipe directed in essentially the same direction as the
      outlet member. In order to minimize the torsional forces, which via the
      conduit member act on the claw when it is attached to an animal to be
      milked, the first portion (2) is movable in relation to the second portion
      (3).
PATN
WKU  059881062
SRC  8
APN  9917470
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19971027
TTL  Method and apparatus of caring for animals, in particular feeding same
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Bergin; James S.
EXP  Carone; Michael J.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  van den Berg; Karel
CTY  Bleskensgraaf
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Massland N.V. a Dutch limited liability company
CTY  Massland
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19960228
APN  1002471
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTNL9700081
APD  19970221
CLAS
OCL  119 5102
XCL  119511
XCL  119842
XCL  119521
XCL  119 1418
EDF  6
ICL  A01K  100
ICL  A01K  112
FSC  119
FSS  511;51.02;515;521;842;520;14.02;14.08;14.18
UREF
PNO  3929277
ISD  19751200
NAM  Byrne et al.
OCL  235376
UREF
PNO  4288856
ISD  19810900
NAM  Linseth
OCL  119841
UREF
PNO  4517923
ISD  19850500
NAM  Palmer
OCL  119 51.02
UREF
PNO  4589372
ISD  19860500
NAM  Smith
OCL  119 51.02
UREF
PNO  4617876
ISD  19861000
NAM  Hayes
OCL  119842
UREF
PNO  4624215
ISD  19861100
NAM  Goldstein
OCL  119 51.01
UREF
PNO  4920923
ISD  19900500
NAM  Hosoya
OCL  119 51.02
UREF
PNO  5579719
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hoff et al.
OCL  119 51.02
UREF
PNO  5673647
ISD  19971000
NAM  Pratt
OCL  119 51.02
UREF
PNO  5769023
ISD  19980600
NAM  Van Der Lely et al.
OCL  119 14.02
FREF
PNO  3313532
ISD  19841000
CNT  DEX
OCL  119 51.02
LREP
FR2  Albright; Penrose Lucas
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for treating animals that are milked in an automated
      milking system. For the animals involved or groups of such animals, there
      is stored a predetermined desired weight pattern for such animals or
      groups of animals, which weight pattern is based on the animal's actual
      weight pattern which extends over a relatively long period of time
      including, at least, each animal's last lactation period, into a computer
      memory. An animal is weighed in a milking compartment where it is
      simultaneously milked and fed two to four times in each twenty-four hour
      period. On the basis of the animal's ongoing weights, having in view its
      earlier established desired weight values, there is determined average
      actual weight values taking into account the weight variations due to
      contents of the animal's digestive tract and udder to provide expected
      variations around the average value. Thereafter, when the desired weight
      value stored in the computer memory applicable to the particular time
      insofar as the animal's life cycle is concerned is different than the
      actual average weight of the animal, considering variations, the quantity
      of feed to be distributed to the animal while it is being milked in the
      milking compartment is adjusted accordingly. If the actual weight of an
      animal is sufficiently different from the expected weight, the operator of
      the automated milking process is informed of such fact by signals provided
      to capture the operator's attention.
PATN
WKU  059881070
SRC  9
APN  1194976
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980721
TTL  Waterer
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Nelson; Judith A.
EXP  Poon; Peter M.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  von Taschitzki; Martin
CTY  Lohmar
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Aratowerk Walter von Tashitzki GmbH & Co. KG
CTY  Koln
CNT  DEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  119 515
XCL  119 72
EDF  6
ICL  A01K  110
FSC  119
FSS  72;51.5;454;464;475;477;515
UREF
PNO  3295500
ISD  19670100
NAM  Blough
OCL  119 51.5
UREF
PNO  3556057
ISD  19710100
NAM  Icking
OCL  119 51.5
UREF
PNO  4019462
ISD  19770400
NAM  Palfalvy
OCL  119 51.5
UREF
PNO  4252083
ISD  19810200
NAM  Gilst et al.
OCL  119 51.5
UREF
PNO  4628866
ISD  19861200
NAM  Israel et al.
OCL  119 51.5
UREF
PNO  4800844
ISD  19890100
NAM  Van Gilst
OCL  119 51.5
FREF
PNO  2203556
ISD  19790300
CNT  DEX
OCL  119 51.5
LREP
FRM  Diller, Ramik & Wight, PC
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a waterer to be mounted on an animal housing
      facility, which is provided with an essentially vertical feed delivery
      pipe (4), a vertical water pipe (2) and at least one water valve (3)
      fitted on the water pipe (2). It is characterised by a mounting unit (5),
      at least parially surrounding the feed delivery pipe (4), which can be
      firmly clamped to the feed delivery pipe (4), and a water pipe holder with
      a strap (6) and an angled leg (7) provided on the mounting unit (5), where
      the water pipe (2) lies against the strap (6) and the leg (7) in
      height-adjustable fashion, and with a height adjustment clamp (8) which
      surrounds the water pipe (2) and is connected to the strap (6) and the leg
      (7), with which the strap (6), the leg (7) and the height adjustment clamp
      (8) can be clamped against the water pipe (2).
PATN
WKU  059881089
SRC  8
APN  9973362
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19971224
TTL  Feline litter box
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Shaw; Elizabeth
EXP  Swiatek; Robert P.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Silver; Dean
STR  37, 9619-180 Street
CTY  Edmonton, Alberta
CNT  CAX
ITX  T5T 4L9
CLAS
OCL  119166
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 2900
FSC  119
FSS  165;166;170
FSC   96
FSS  57;135;136;153
UREF
PNO  4164901
ISD  19790800
NAM  Everett
OCL   96 57
UREF
PNO  4244710
ISD  19810100
NAM  Burger
OCL   96 57
UREF
PNO  4630530
ISD  19861200
NAM  Eckstrom et al.
OCL   96 57
UREF
PNO  4784675
ISD  19881100
NAM  Leber et al.
OCL   96135
UREF
PNO  5140948
ISD  19920800
NAM  Roberts
OCL  119165
UREF
PNO  5201860
ISD  19930400
NAM  Richardson
OCL   47 39
UREF
PNO  5478379
ISD  19951200
NAM  Bevins
OCL   96135
UREF
PNO  5655478
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kiera
OCL  119165
UREF
PNO  5738040
ISD  19980400
NAM  Simmons
OCL  119165
UREF
PNO  5778822
ISD  19980700
NAM  Giffin et al.
OCL  119165
LREP
FR2  Gernstein; Terry M
ABST
PAL  There is provided a ventilation assembly unit for a feline litter box. The
      unit comprises a housing containing a fan at the base thereof. A filtering
      medium is contained in a canister adapted for removal and insertion within
      the housing. The filtering medium comprises, in combination, an air
      dispersing mesh covered with a layer of particulate carbon.
PATN
WKU  059881097
SRC  9
APN  3133230
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19990517
TTL  Aquarium wall cleaning apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Price; Thomas
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Rofen; Robert R.
CTY  Hayward
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Novalek, Inc.
CTY  Hayward
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  119245
XCL   152202
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 6304
ICL  A47L  108
FSC  119
FSS  245;264;269
FSC   15
FSS  220.2;250.28;250.11;245;210.1;219;218;103
UREF
PNO  3208090
ISD  19650900
NAM  Roesel, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4040864
ISD  19770800
NAM  Steeves
OCL  134  6
UREF
PNO  4087286
ISD  19780500
NAM  Sexton et al.
OCL  134167R
UREF
PNO  4312296
ISD  19820100
NAM  Stelleman et al.
OCL  119  3
UREF
PNO  4380213
ISD  19830400
NAM  Blair et al.
OCL  119  3
UREF
PNO  4921614
ISD  19900500
NAM  Frickman et al.
UREF
PNO  5264122
ISD  19931100
NAM  Lakotish
OCL  210169
UREF
PNO  5515570
ISD  19960500
NAM  Muscroft
UREF
PNO  5845602
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kaarstad et al.
OCL  119223
LREP
FR2  Zimmerman; Harris
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for cleaning the inner wall surfaces of an aquarium tank
      includes a pair of magnetic assemblies adapted for mutual magnetic
      engagement. Both assemblies include an outer housing of waterproof
      material, and a planar surface adapted to impinge on the aquarium walls. A
      scrubber pad is laminated to at least one planar surface of the
      assemblies, and a strong permanent magnet is secured within the protective
      enclosure of each housing. One assembly impinges its scrubber surface on
      the inner surface of an aquarium wall, and the other assembly is disposed
      directly adjacent to the inner assembly and in magnetic engagement
      therewith. Translating movement of the outer assembly causes concomitant
      movement of the inner assembly, whereby the scrubber surface of the inner
      assembly is translated across the inner surface of the aquarium wall for
      cleaning purposes. A float is secured by a line or cord to the magnetic
      assembly disposed within the aquarium. If the inner assembly disengages
      from the outer assembly, and falls to the bottom of the aquarium, the
      float will remain at the surface of the water in the aquarium, and the
      inner assembly may be retrieved by grasping the float and pulling the line
      and inner assembly from the water. The float permits the inner assembly to
      be retrieved without requiring any exposure of the hands or clothing to
      the aquarium water, and with minimal disturbance to the fish within the
      aquarium.
PATN
WKU  059881100
SRC  9
APN  0279455
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980223
TTL  Pet enclosure with waste tray
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Nelson; Judith A.
EXP  Poon; Peter M.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Peterson; R. Dale
STR  5000 Cahaba Valley Trace
CTY  Birmingham
STA  AL
ZIP  35242
CLAS
OCL  119453
XCL  119454
XCL  119479
EDF  6
ICL  A01L 3107
FSC  119
FSS  496;482;481;480;432;479;458;462;485;452;453;464;752;417
UREF
PNO  324704
ISD  18850800
NAM  Kaiser
OCL  119462
UREF
PNO  1151865
ISD  19150800
NAM  Clippinger
OCL  119479
UREF
PNO  1733382
ISD  19291000
NAM  McCurdy
OCL  119458
UREF
PNO  1863982
ISD  19320600
NAM  Hatch
OCL  119458
UREF
PNO  2175754
ISD  19391000
NAM  Harrison
OCL   43 58
UREF
PNO  3399654
ISD  19680900
NAM  Schroer
OCL  119752
UREF
PNO  3429297
ISD  19690200
NAM  Schroer
OCL  119417
UREF
PNO  3618568
ISD  19711100
NAM  Breeden
OCL  119482
UREF
PNO  4171683
ISD  19791000
NAM  Godin
OCL  119482
UREF
PNO  4334501
ISD  19820600
NAM  McDaniel et al.
OCL  119482
UREF
PNO  4966097
ISD  19901000
NAM  Rosenberger
OCL  119482
UREF
PNO  5335617
ISD  19940800
NAM  Hoffman
OCL  119479
UREF
PNO  5435266
ISD  19950700
NAM  Carson
OCL  119464
UREF
PNO  5749589
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hopkins et al.
OCL  280 47.34
FREF
PNO  00165359B
ISD  19720600
CNT  NLX
OCL  119496
LREP
FR2  Veal; Robert J.
FR2  Buxh; Kenneth M.
     Veal & Bush, LLC
ABST
PAL  A pet enclosure and waste tray system includes a rectilinear cage, an
      detachably integrated waste pan removably attached to the bottom portion
      of the cage, a molded waste tray into which the combination cage and waste
      pan may be nested, and a dolly upon which the waste tray securely fits.
      The rectilinear cage has a movable rectilinear section capable of being
      swung up and away from the cage to facilitate removal of enclosed pets.
      Nesting material may be introduced into the waste pan which supports and
      is spaced from the bottom portion of the cage. Due to the proximity of the
      waste pan to the wire mesh of the bottom of the cage, the nesting material
      penetrates the cage for the occupant's use. A continuous shoulder along
      the inside of the waste tray is dimensioned such that the cage is
      supported by the shoulder when nested within the waste tray. The waste
      tray has a downwardly curled upper lip receivable on railings extending
      upward from the dolly to securely support the tray-pan-cage combination.
      During cleaning of the waste pan, the cage without the nesting material
      and pan may be securely placed within the waste tray, which can then be
      easily cleaned. The interior edges below the internal shoulder of the
      waste tray are smoothly and gradually curved to facilitate cleaning.
PATN
WKU  059881119
SRC  9
APN  0740861
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980507
TTL  Seed platform
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Abbott; Yvonne R.
EXP  Poon; Peter M.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Kujath; Erik
STR  216 20th St. SE.
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
ZIP  55904
CLAS
OCL  119469
XCL  119 578
XCL  119900
XCL  119432
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 3106
FSC  119
FSS  51.01;432;469;462;463;52.2;52.3;57.8;57.9;900;429;467
FSC  D30
FSS  124
UREF
PNO  310085
ISD  18841200
NAM  Schultzx
UREF
PNO  363879
ISD  18870500
NAM  Armstrong
UREF
PNO  2045472
ISD  19360600
NAM  Kearney et al.
UREF
PNO  2786446
ISD  19570300
NAM  Newman
UREF
PNO  2987041
ISD  19610600
NAM  Bard
UREF
PNO  5215040
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lemley
UREF
PNO  5711247
ISD  19980100
NAM  Henshaw
UREF
PNO  5758596
ISD  19980600
NAM  Loiselle
UREF
PNO  5826539
ISD  19981000
NAM  Bloedorn
ABST
PAL  A new seed platform for suspending below a bird feeder to catch feed that
      falls from the feeder. The inventive device includes a platform having a
      perimeter frame portion and a central portion. The central portion of the
      platform is generally flat and has a plurality of apertures of a
      predetermined size through it. A number of hooks are coupled to the upper
      face of frame portion of the platform. Each of the hooks has one end of an
      associated flexible member hooked thereon. The other end of each of the
      flexible members is attachable to the bottom of a bird feeder to suspend
      the platform below the bird feeder.
PATN
WKU  059881127
SRC  9
APN  2539217
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19990222
TTL  Animal separators for waiting rooms
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Price; Thomas
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Pisa; Anna Crispino
STR  1 Fairmont Ter.
CTY  West Nyack
STA  NY
ZIP  10094
CLAS
OCL  119479
XCL  119 285
EDF  6
ICL  A01J  100
FSC  119
FSS  479;452;474;482;502;512;161;165;905;28.5
FSC  D 6
FSS  329;334;335;360;364
UREF
PNO  5184568
ISD  19930200
NAM  Healey
OCL  119165
UREF
PNO  5283962
ISD  19940200
NAM  Humann
OCL  119 15
UREF
PNO  5357900
ISD  19941000
NAM  Ho
OCL  119 19
LREP
FR2  Joel, Esq.; Richard A.
ABST
PAL  An animal separator particularly for waiting rooms in animal hospitals
      comprises an enclosed pet resting area for isolating pets and an integral
      chair for the owner. The resting area comprises a base having a raised
      side portion and end portions at the front and rear extending upwardly
      therefrom substantially at right angles. A pull out drawer is located
      beneath the base for ease of cleaning while a forward hinged door is
      located in the base of the unit to permit the base to move upwardly from
      the rear to deposit waste through the door into the drawer. The sides and
      end portions include a plurality of spaced apertures to permit an open
      feeling for the pet. The front end portion includes a slight lip to
      encourage the pet such as a dog to remain on the base which is grooved to
      permit ease of movement. A chair may be integrally molded to a one side of
      the separator adjacent the entrance side or the legs thereof may be
      inserted in a pair of elongated slots positioned adjacent the wall on the
      entrance side.
PATN
WKU  059881135
SRC  9
APN  063090&
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980420
TTL  Self-activated acaricide applicator for controlling ectoparasites on
      animals
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Bergin; James S.
EXP  Carone; Michael J.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Zhioua; Elyes
CTY  Wood River Junction
STA  RI
INVT
NAM  LeBrun; Roger A.
CTY  West Kingston
STA  RI
INVT
NAM  Zaki; Ahmed
CTY  Kingston
STA  RI
INVT
NAM  Butler; David
CTY  North Kingston
STA  RI
ASSG
NAM  The Board of Governors for Higher Education, State of Rhode Island and
      Providence Plantations
CTY  Providence
STA  RI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  119666
XCL  119657
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 2900
FSC  119
FSS  656;657;658;665;666;667;669;604;163
FSC  250
FSS  221
FSC  251
FSS  11
UREF
PNO  4459942
ISD  19840700
NAM  Cauthron
OCL  119666
UREF
PNO  5009192
ISD  19910400
NAM  Burman
OCL  119720
UREF
PNO  5050539
ISD  19910900
NAM  Liegner
OCL  119666
UREF
PNO  5063880
ISD  19911100
NAM  Bouthillier
OCL  119667
UREF
PNO  5367983
ISD  19941100
NAM  Pound et al.
OCL  119 53
UREF
PNO  5483922
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hall
OCL  119428
UREF
PNO  5501179
ISD  19960300
NAM  Cory
OCL  119712
UREF
PNO  5603287
ISD  19970200
NAM  Houck
OCL  119719
UREF
PNO  5630379
ISD  19970500
NAM  Gerk et al.
OCL  119667
UREF
PNO  5758603
ISD  19990600
NAM  Vivier
OCL  119669
OREF
PAL  A self-medicating applicator for control of ticks on deer, Daniel E.
      Sonenshine et al., Medical and Veterinary Entomology (1996) 10, 149-154.
PAL  Journal of Medical Entomology, vol. 33, No. 3, p. 394.
PAL  Pathogenicity of the entomopathogenic fungus metarhizium anisopliae
      (deuteromycetes) to ixodes scapularis (acari: ixodidae), Elyes Zhioua et
      al., J. Parasitol., 83(5), 1997, pp. 815-818.
LREP
FRM  Samuels, Gauthier & Stevens
ABST
PAL  A self-activated acaricide applicator for killing ticks on large mammals.
      The applicator is self-activated by motion and heat detection when the
      mammal moves to investigate an attractant canister. This results in the
      discharge of an atomized acaricide onto the mammal.
PATN
WKU  059881143
SRC  9
APN  2374315
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19990126
TTL  Over-the-door cat scratching post
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Price; Thomas
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Krietzman; Mark Howard
STR  P.O. Box 3185
CTY  Palos Verdes Estates
STA  CA
ZIP  90274
INVT
NAM  Chen; Yu-Hsin
STR  P.O. Box 3185
CTY  Palos Verdes Estates
STA  CA
ZIP  90274
CLAS
OCL  119706
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 1502
FSC  119
FSS  702;706;708;709;710;711
UREF
PNO  5275128
ISD  19940100
NAM  Barnes
OCL  119706
UREF
PNO  5474032
ISD  19951200
NAM  Krietzman
OCL  119708
UREF
PNO  5803786
ISD  19980900
NAM  McCormick
OCL  119708
UREF
PNO  5829390
ISD  19981100
NAM  Jonila et al.
OCL  119706
UREF
PNO  5829391
ISD  19981100
NAM  Krietzman et al.
OCL  119708
LREP
FR2  Krietzman; Mark
ABST
PAL  A removable over-the-door suspending scratching device for cats which is
      self-dampening and provides a large volume scratching surface without
      requiring floor space for a base, which encourages a pet to scratch at and
      climb the device rather than upholstered furniture. A track suspending a
      raised rolling target may also be formed as part of the scratching device.
PATN
WKU  059881151
SRC  9
APN  1325353
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980811
TTL  SCR reactant injection grid
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Lu; Jiping
EXP  Leung; Philip H.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Anderson; David K.
STR  25 Mapleshade Ave.
CTY  East Longmeadow
STA  MA
ZIP  01028
INVT
NAM  Rini; Michael J.
STR  515 Old Slocum Rd.
CTY  Hebron
STA  CT
ZIP  06248
CLAS
OCL  122  4D
XCL  110215
XCL  110345
XCL  422171
XCL  422172
EDF  6
ICL  F22B  100
FSC  122
FSS  1 A;4 D
FSC  110
FSS  215;216;342;343;345;347
FSC  422
FSS  171;172
UREF
PNO  4309386
ISD  19820100
NAM  Pirsh
OCL  422177
UREF
PNO  5313895
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sekiguchi et al.
OCL  110346
UREF
PNO  5555849
ISD  19960900
NAM  Wiechard et al.
OCL  122  4D
LREP
FR2  Fournier, Jr.; Arthur E.
ABST
PAL  A system and method of injecting an ammonia or urea reactant into a flue
      gas stream in a steam generating power plant that utilizes Selective
      Catalytic Reduction (SCR) to lower NO.sub.x emissions and more
      specifically the injection of the reactant in such a manner that a more
      uniform mixing of the reactant with the flue gas stream is achieved more
      rapidly thereby increasing the efficiency of the catalytic reduction
      process and further a method of increasing the amount of reaction that
      takes place between the reactant/flue gas mixture and the catalytic
      material.
PATN
WKU  059881160
SRC  9
APN  1594494
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980924
TTL  Low NO.sub.x gas burner and method of operation
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Dority; Carroll
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Vago; Otto Z.
CTY  Burns
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Donastorg; Hector J.
CTY  Clarksville
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Carlton; Clifford
CTY  Goodlettsville
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Pryor; William M.
CTY  Portland
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  State Industries, Inc.
CTY  Ashland City
STA  TN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  871242
APD  19970609
CLAS
OCL  122 14
XCL  239520
XCL  239567
XCL  126361
XCL  126 39R
XCL  431172
XCL  431  8
EDF  6
ICL  F22B  500
FSC  431
FSS  171;172;8
FSC  126
FSS  39 R;39 H;361
FSC  239
FSS  554;567;520
FSC  122
FSS  13.1;14
UREF
PNO  1933790
ISD  19331100
NAM  Crone
OCL  431172
UREF
PNO  3992137
ISD  19761100
NAM  Streisel
OCL  239554
UREF
PNO  4372290
ISD  19830200
NAM  Visos et al.
OCL  239104
UREF
PNO  4951614
ISD  19900800
NAM  Akkala et al.
OCL  239520
UREF
PNO  5335646
ISD  19940800
NAM  Katchka
OCL  239359
UREF
PNO  5826569
ISD  19981000
NAM  Voorhis
OCL  431171
FREF
PNO  377377
ISD  19391200
CNT  ITX
OCL  239567
LREP
FR2  Puerner; Paul R.
ABST
PAL  A gas burner adapted to discharge said fuel at its the periphery for
      combustion, includes upper and lower concave plates secured together to
      define a chamber and an outer periphery having a plurality of burner
      ports. The upper plate preferably has a periphery extending radially at
      least as far as the lower plate. The periphery of the upper plate is
      downwardly angled, preferably more steeply than the periphery of the lower
      plate. The peripheral edge of at least one or the other of the top or
      bottom burner plates extends radially outwardly from the central axis a
      distance beyond the location of the burner ports and into the path of
      burning gases issuing from the ports whereby the temperature of said
      burning gases is reduced. Preferably, the periphery of the upper plate
      extends downwardly to an elevation below the upper edges of the burner
      ports, so that gases emerging from the ports are caused to impinge against
      the periphery, thus cooling the gases and thereby reducing the NO.sub.x
      content of the combustion gases.
PATN
WKU  059881178
SRC  8
APN  8650519
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970529
TTL  Top inlet for a water heater
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Wilson; Gregory A.
EXP  Walberg; Teresa
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Lannes; Eric M.
STR  2158 Wolfboro Dr., SE.
CTY  Kentwood
STA  MI
ZIP  49508
CLAS
OCL  122383
XCL  122159
XCL  122382
XCL  122405
EDF  6
ICL  F22B 3748
FSC  122
FSS  13.1;17;159;382;383;390;405
UREF
PNO  241360
ISD  18810500
NAM  Hayes et al.
UREF
PNO  349046
ISD  18860900
NAM  Hooker
UREF
PNO  1790357
ISD  19310100
NAM  Stack
UREF
PNO  2123809
ISD  19380700
NAM  Seitz
UREF
PNO  2592863
ISD  19520400
NAM  Conner
UREF
PNO  2602465
ISD  19520700
NAM  Goehring
UREF
PNO  2766200
ISD  19561000
NAM  Kaufman
UREF
PNO  2825464
ISD  19580300
NAM  Mack
UREF
PNO  3229683
ISD  19660100
NAM  Russell et al.
UREF
PNO  3465123
ISD  19690900
NAM  Harris
UREF
PNO  3762395
ISD  19731000
NAM  Taylor
UREF
PNO  4157077
ISD  19790600
NAM  Lindahl
UREF
PNO  4216092
ISD  19800800
NAM  Shalhoob et al.
UREF
PNO  4257355
ISD  19810300
NAM  Cook
UREF
PNO  4263879
ISD  19810400
NAM  Lindahl
UREF
PNO  4505231
ISD  19850300
NAM  Syler
UREF
PNO  4512289
ISD  19850400
NAM  Collins
UREF
PNO  4549525
ISD  19851000
NAM  Narang
UREF
PNO  4662314
ISD  19870500
NAM  Moore, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4714053
ISD  19871200
NAM  Perry
UREF
PNO  4735174
ISD  19880400
NAM  Crump
UREF
PNO  4790289
ISD  19881200
NAM  Barrett
UREF
PNO  4790291
ISD  19881200
NAM  Barrett
UREF
PNO  4813383
ISD  19890300
NAM  Daugirda
UREF
PNO  4817564
ISD  19890400
NAM  Akkala et al.
UREF
PNO  4838211
ISD  19890600
NAM  Vago
UREF
PNO  4858563
ISD  19890800
NAM  Perry
UREF
PNO  4870927
ISD  19891000
NAM  Sundheimer
UREF
PNO  4898124
ISD  19900200
NAM  Granberg et al.
UREF
PNO  4898150
ISD  19900200
NAM  Lewis
UREF
PNO  4905900
ISD  19900300
NAM  Scharton et al.
UREF
PNO  4911108
ISD  19900300
NAM  Akkala et al.
UREF
PNO  4949680
ISD  19900800
NAM  Kale
UREF
PNO  4951614
ISD  19900800
NAM  Akkala et al.
UREF
PNO  4964394
ISD  19901000
NAM  Threatt
UREF
PNO  4972804
ISD  19901100
NAM  Stolmar
UREF
PNO  5152843
ISD  19921000
NAM  McDonald et al.
UREF
PNO  5169180
ISD  19921200
NAM  Villoni et al.
OCL  285 53
UREF
PNO  5341770
ISD  19940800
NAM  Lannes
UREF
PNO  5365891
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hanning
FREF
PNO  17117/76
ISD  19790500
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  132112
ISD  19850100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2183339
ISD  19731200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  90 07 155.7
ISD  19900800
CNT  DEX
ABST
PAL  An inlet is provided for delivering water into a water heater through a
      port in its top. The inlet includes a conduit having a distal portion that
      extends downwardly toward a bottom of the water heater. The inlet includes
      means for deflecting the water flow through openings in the inlet's wall
      in order to reduce the generation of temperature gradients that otherwise
      tend to develop within water heater tanks. A water heater assembly
      including such an inlet is also described.
PATN
WKU  059881186
SRC  8
APN  9603417
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971029
TTL  Water supplying method for a boiler
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Wilson; Gregory A.
EXP  Walberg; Teresa
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Park; Jae-Gyeong
CTY  Incheon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Daewoo Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19971029
APN  96-49764
CLAS
OCL  1224061
XCL  122332
EDF  6
ICL  F22D  700
FSC  122
FSS  1 C;5;17;6 R;44.1;114;332;406.1;379;380;392
UREF
PNO  3399655
ISD  19680900
NAM  Arant
OCL  122406.1
UREF
PNO  4090474
ISD  19780500
NAM  Kauffmann
OCL  122 20B
UREF
PNO  4298165
ISD  19811100
NAM  McKinley
UREF
PNO  5596953
ISD  19970100
NAM  Hong
UREF
PNO  5709173
ISD  19980100
NAM  Ahtila et al.
OCL  122  1C
LREP
FRM  Smith, Gambrell & Russell, LLP
     Beveridge, DeGrandi, Weilacher & Young Intellectual Property Group
ABST
PAL  A method for supplementing fresh water into a boiler, which can effectively
      exhaust air from a pipeline circuit connected with the boiler, is
      disclosed. The method includes the steps of: a) determining whether a
      supply of the supplementary water into the boiler is completed; b)
      operating a circulation pump with a first operation manner for a first
      predetermined period when the supplementation of the fresh water is
      completed; and c) operating the circulation pump with a second operation
      manner for a second predetermined period after the first predetermined
      period passes. Therefore, the air, which has flowed into the pipeline
      circuit when the supplementary water was supplemented into the boiler, is
      effectively exhausted.
PATN
WKU  059881194
SRC  9
APN  1280058
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980803
TTL  Electronic control module assembly using throttle body air for cooling
      and method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Hairston; Brian
EXP  Wolfe; Willis R.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Trublowski; John
CTY  Troy
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  DePerno; Mitchell Anthony
CTY  Royal Oak
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Bronzetti; Marc
CTY  Berkley
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Mohr; Bertrand
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Ford Motor Company
CTY  Dearborn
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  123 4131
XCL  123556
XCL  123585
XCL  123647
XCL  361690
XCL  361691
EDF  6
ICL  F01P  106
FSC  123
FSS  41.31;547;556;585;647
FSC  361
FSS  690-699
UREF
PNO  4319188
ISD  19820300
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  324173
UREF
PNO  4557225
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sagues et al.
OCL  123 41.31
UREF
PNO  4766869
ISD  19880800
NAM  De Concini et al.
OCL  123647
UREF
PNO  5012780
ISD  19910500
NAM  Bugamelli
UREF
PNO  5094212
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kawaguchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5207186
ISD  19930500
NAM  Okita
OCL  123 41.31
UREF
PNO  5243279
ISD  19930900
NAM  Bajat et al.
UREF
PNO  5450832
ISD  19950900
NAM  Graf
UREF
PNO  5861747
ISD  19990100
NAM  Kubinski
OCL  324207.21
LREP
FR2  Hodges; Leslie C.
ABST
PAL  There is disclosed herein an electronic control module assembly 30 for use
      in an internal combustion engine, wherein the engine includes an intake
      manifold 10 with N air inlet port(s) 14 and a throttle body 20 with N air
      outlet port(s) 24 where N=(1 or 2). One embodiment of the assembly 30
      comprises: (a) a housing 32 having opposed upper and lower mounting
      surfaces 34/36 and an outer surface 38 about the housing, and N bore(s) 42
      through the housing, wherein each bore has an upstream port 44 defined in
      the upper mounting surface 34 and a downstream port 54 defined in the
      lower mounting surface 36; (b) an electronic control module 60 for
      controlling one or more sub-systems of the engine; and (c) means 70 for
      attaching the electronic control module 60 to the outer surface 38 of the
      housing 32.
PATN
WKU  059881208
SRC  9
APN  0792357
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980515
TTL  Liquid-cooled cylinder block and crankcase
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Benton; Jason
EXP  Kamen; Noah P.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Betsch; Jochen
CTY  Waiblingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kaden; Arnold
CTY  Remshalden
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Stumpp; Georg
CTY  Luwigsburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Daimler-Genz Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970515
APN  197 20 380
CLAS
OCL  123 4174
EDF  6
ICL  F01P  302
FSC  123
FSS  41.79;41.74;41.84
UREF
PNO  2413753
ISD  19470100
NAM  Dittmar
OCL  123 41.79
UREF
PNO  4493294
ISD  19850100
NAM  Umemura
OCL  123 41.74
UREF
PNO  4672923
ISD  19870600
NAM  Wahnschaffe et al.
OCL  123 41.74
UREF
PNO  4779578
ISD  19881000
NAM  Eiermann
OCL  123 41.79
UREF
PNO  4794884
ISD  19890100
NAM  Hilker et al.
OCL  123 41.79
UREF
PNO  4926801
ISD  19900500
NAM  Eisenberg et al.
OCL  123 41.84
UREF
PNO  4930470
ISD  19900600
NAM  Kabat et al.
OCL  123 41.74
UREF
PNO  5505167
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kennedy
OCL  123 41.79
FREF
PNO  0 261 506
ISD  19880300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  36 23 742
ISD  19880100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  36 32 159
ISD  19880300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 11 864
ISD  19960700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  57-153942
ISD  19820900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  In a liquid-cooled cylinder block and crankcase in an open-deck
      construction, a displacement body is placed in the coolant space. The
      shape of the displacement body approaches the shape of the coolant space.
      The interior wall of the displacement body, together with the exterior
      surface of the cylinder block containing the cylinders, bound a narrow gap
      which is connected with the coolant inlet connection. As the result, the
      coolant is forced to flow along the cylinder block so that an intensive
      cooling is achieved with a reduced coolant quantity.
PATN
WKU  059881216
SRC  9
APN  0116521
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980213
TTL  Piston engine having a hypocycloidal piston stroke transmission with a
      Watt's guide, particularly with pistons in opposed cylinders
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Huynh; Hai
EXP  Kamen; Noah P.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Fischer; Gert
CTY  Feldafing
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hoehl; Johannes
CTY  Maisoch
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayerische Motoren Werke Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960613
APN  196 23 552
CLAS
OCL  123 552
XCL  123 555
XCL  123 557
XCL  1231973
XCL  1231974
EDF  6
ICL  F16H 2134
FSC  123
FSS  55.2;55.5;55.7;197.3;197.4
UREF
PNO  4779472
ISD  19881000
NAM  Brackett
OCL   74 50
UREF
PNO  5727513
ISD  19980300
NAM  Fischer
OCL  123197.4
FREF
PNO  37 23 950
ISD  19880800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  37 23 948
ISD  19881100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  41 08 311
ISD  19920900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 05 283
ISD  19930800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 12 165
ISD  19940900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 04 890
ISD  19960800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  92/17694
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Calculating Watt's Straight-Line Transmissions" vol. 1/1980, German
      Democratic Republic with German title "Maschinenbautechnik" ("Mechanical
      Engineering Technology").
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP97/02341
PD1  19980213
PD2  19980213
PD3  19970507
PCP  WO97/47860
PCD  19971218
ABST
PAR  For a piston engine having a hypocycloidal piston stroke transmission with
      a Watt's guide, particularly having pistons in opposed cylinders, in which
      case the transmission is rotatably arranged on the crank pin of a
      crankshaft and comprises a stroke and a guide eccentric which are
      non-rotatably connected with one another, it is suggested for achieving
      the lowest transverse deviations of the stroke eccentric from the piston
      path that a path course 20 which is rendered uniform with respect to the
      transverse deviations .increment.q.sub.H of the stroke eccentric is
      achieved by means of a path course 21 of the guide eccentric achieved by
      way of parameters of the Watt's guide with maximal transverse deviations
      .increment..sub.f up to and including the respective reversal point of the
      guide eccentric or of the Watt's connecting rod guiding it.
PATN
WKU  059881224
SRC  9
APN  0504270
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980331
TTL  Two-cycle engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  McMahon; Marguerite
NDR  13
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Amano; Masashi
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takubo; Masami
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kurosaki; Takaharu
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970331
APN  9-098414
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970403
APN  9-101021
CLAS
OCL  123 65PE
EDF  6
ICL  F02B 2500
FSC  123
FSS  65 PE;65 R;65 P
UREF
PNO  5373816
ISD  19941200
NAM  Asai et al.
OCL  123 65PE
UREF
PNO  5507263
ISD  19960400
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  123 65PE
UREF
PNO  5697332
ISD  19971200
NAM  Asai et al.
OCL  123 65PE
UREF
PNO  5709177
ISD  19980100
NAM  Worth et al.
OCL  123 65PE
UREF
PNO  5829394
ISD  19981100
NAM  Oike et al.
OCL  123 65PE
UREF
PNO  5839408
ISD  19981100
NAM  Oike et al.
OCL  123 65PE
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  To provide a structure for attaching exhaust control valves near exhaust
      ports in a two-cycle engine, the exhaust control valves variably
      controlling open areas of the exhaust ports. The cavity for receiving the
      exhaust control valves is formed near the upper edges of the exhaust ports
      on the cylinder block. The holder member is interposed between the
      cylinder block and the exhaust manifold, is attached to the pivot for
      supporting the exhaust control valves. A flange is provided for connection
      with the cylinder block. Therefore, the exhaust control valves are
      disposed near the upper edges of the exhaust ports. It is not necessary to
      form bearings on the cylinder block using a complicated process.
      Complicated parts such as bearings are collectively formed on the holder
      member that is independent and compact and easily machined. The pivot
      extends across the exhaust passages that are formed downwardly in order to
      detour around the pivot. A jet-propelled boat is provided with a saddle
      seat in which the power unit is neatly and compactly arranged in a limited
      space.
PATN
WKU  059881232
SRC  9
APN  2102897
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19981211
TTL  Method of controlling an electric valve drive device and a control
      system therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Kamen; Noah P.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Miyoshi; Noriomi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohtsubo; Kizuku
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Oozx, Inc.
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980715
APN  10-200088
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980715
APN  10-200091
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19981002
APN  10-281161
CLAS
OCL  123 9011
EDF  6
ICL  F01L  904
FSC  123
FSS  90.11
UREF
PNO  5598814
ISD  19970200
NAM  Schroeder et al.
OCL  123 90.11
FREF
PNO  2063158
ISD  19720600
CNT  DEX
OCL  123 90.11
FREF
PNO  10-37726
ISD  19980200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10-141028
ISD  19980500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sheldon & Mak
ABST
PAL  A poppet valve which has a valve stem is moved up and down to open and
      close a valve port in an internal combustion engine of a vehicle such as
      an automobile. A moving coil is wound on a bobbin mounted to the valve
      stem, and a magnet is mounted to a yoke fixed to a cylinder head. A
      plurality of sensors detect working conditions of the engine to send a
      signal to a working condition discriminating portion of CPU. The signal is
      further sent to a valve timing lift pattern memory in which optimum valve
      timing and lift are set corresponding to the working conditions to
      generate an optimum valve position signal. In the meantime, an actual
      position of the valve is detected by a sensor on the yoke to send an
      actual valve position signal to a valve position detector. In a
      comparator, the actual valve position signal from the valve position
      detector is compared with the optimum valve position signal from the valve
      timing lift pattern memory to apply to an electric current to the moving
      coil to move the valve up and down so that difference between the two
      signals may not occur.
PATN
WKU  059881240
SRC  9
APN  2677865
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19990315
TTL  Electromagnetically actuated cylinder valve having pneumatic resetting
      springs
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Barrera; Raymond
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Duesmann; Markus
CTY  Stolberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  FEV Motorentechnik GmbH & Co. Kommanditgesellschaft
CTY  Aachen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19980314
APN  298 04 549  U
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19980909
APN  198 41 124
CLAS
OCL  123 9011
XCL  123 9014
XCL  335240
EDF  6
ICL  F01L  904
FSC  335
FSS  240;266;268
FSC  123
FSS  90.11-90.14
UREF
PNO  5611303
ISD  19970300
NAM  Izuo
OCL  123 90.11
LREP
FRM  Venable
FR2  Kelemen; Gabor J.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for reciprocating an engine valve between open and closed
      positions in an internal-combustion engine includes an electromagnetic
      actuator having first and second mutually spaced electromagnets for
      generating electromagnetic forces; and an armature disposed between the
      first and second electromagnets and movable in response to the
      electromagnetic forces. The armature is operatively coupled to the engine
      valve to cause it to reciprocate between its open and closed positions.
      First and second gas springs are coupled to the armature for opposing the
      electromagnetic forces generated by the first and second electromagnets,
      respectively. A pressurized gas source supplies the first and second gas
      springs with pressure and a control arrangement varies the pressure in the
      first and second gas springs. A positioning spring is coupled to the
      engine valve for moving the engine valve into its closed position when the
      first and second gas springs are in a depressurized state.
PATN
WKU  059881259
SRC  9
APN  1304909
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980807
TTL  Variable valve actuation apparatus for engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Lo; Weilun
NDR  25
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Hara; Seinosuke
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Yoshihiko
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takeda; Keisuke
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hibi; Tsutomu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohnuki; Akira
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Aoyama; Shunichi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Makoto
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takemura; Shinichi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Goto; Tetsuro
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Moteki; Katsuya
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nohara; Tsuneyasu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Unisia Jecs Corporation
CTY  Atsugi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970807
APN  9-212831
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970808
APN  9-214221
CLAS
OCL  123 9016
XCL  123 9017
XCL  123 906
EDF  6
ICL  F01L 1300
FSC  123
FSS  90.15;90.16;90.17;90.22;90.23;90.39;90.6
FSC   74
FSS  567;568 R
UREF
PNO  4397270
ISD  19830800
NAM  Aoyama
OCL  123 90.16
UREF
PNO  4572118
ISD  19860200
NAM  Baguena
OCL  123 90.16
UREF
PNO  5148783
ISD  19920900
NAM  Shinkai et al.
OCL  123 90.16
UREF
PNO  5431132
ISD  19950700
NAM  Kreuter et al.
OCL  123 90.16
UREF
PNO  5586527
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kreuter
OCL  123 90.15
UREF
PNO  5592906
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kreuter et al.
OCL  123 90.16
UREF
PNO  5732669
ISD  19980300
NAM  Fischer et al.
OCL  123 90.16
UREF
PNO  5787849
ISD  19980800
NAM  Mitchell
OCL  123 90.17
UREF
PNO  5899180
ISD  19990500
NAM  Fischer
OCL  123 90.16
FREF
PNO  55-137305
ISD  19801000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  R.J. Pierik et al., "A Low-Friction Variable-Valve-Actuation Device, Part
      I: Mechanism Description and Friction Measurements", pp. 81-87, (1997).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A variable valve actuation (VVA) apparatus comprises an eccentric rotary
      (ER) cam fixed to a driving shaft for rotation therewith, a pivotal valve
      operating (VO) cam, a rocker arm having a first arm and a second arm, a
      control rod having an eccentric control cam, and a crank arm. The
      eccentric control cam supports the rocker arm for pivotal motion. The
      crank arm interconnects the ER cam and the first arm of the rocker arm. A
      link interconnects the second arm of the rocker arm and the VO cam.
PATN
WKU  059881267
SRC  9
APN  164548&
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19981001
TTL  Device for varying valve timing of gas exchange valves of external
      combustion engines
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Lo; Weiun
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Strauss; Andreas
CTY  Herzogenaurach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Dietz; Joachim
CTY  Frensdorf
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wilhelm; Manfred
CTY  Birnbaum
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Ina Walzlager oHG
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19971017
APN  197 45 670
CLAS
OCL  123 9017
XCL  123 9031
EDF  6
ICL  F01L  1344
FSC  123
FSS  90.12;90.15;90.17;90.31;90.37;90.38
UREF
PNO  5189999
ISD  19930300
NAM  Thoma
OCL  123 90.17
UREF
PNO  5301639
ISD  19940400
NAM  Satou
OCL  123 90.17
UREF
PNO  5474038
ISD  19951200
NAM  Golovatai-Schmidt et al.
OCL  123 90.17
UREF
PNO  5522352
ISD  19960600
NAM  Adachi et al.
OCL  123 90.15
UREF
PNO  5540197
ISD  19960700
NAM  Golovatai-Schmidt et al.
OCL  123 90.17
UREF
PNO  5715780
ISD  19980200
NAM  Haller
OCL  123 90.17
FREF
PNO  3929623
ISD  19910300
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Bierman, Muserlian and Lucas
ABST
PAL  The invention concerns a device for varying the valve timing of gas
      exchange valves of an internal combustion engine, said device being
      arranged in the region of the cylinder head (1) of the internal combustion
      engine on a camshaft (3) and comprising an element (6) which is attached
      to a crankshaft of the internal combustion engine and is in driving
      relationship with the crankshaft through a traction element, said device
      further comprising an element (7) attached rotationally fast to the
      camshaft (3), both of said elements (6, 7) being adapted to rotate and to
      be fixed relative to each other between two end positions in response to
      an adjusting element which is hydraulically actuatable by a solenoid
      control valve (25). According to the invention there are fixed in axial
      direction of the camshaft (3), on a camshaft-remote end of the element (7)
      attached to the camshaft, firstly a cylindrical pressure medium adapter
      (10) for pressure medium supply to the device (5) and secondly, a pulse
      emitter wheel (19) for determining the camshaft position relative to the
      crankshaft position, the pressure medium adapter (10) being sealingly
      surrounded by a hollow cylindrical portion (22) and the pulse emitter
      wheel (19) being surrounded by a further hollow space (23) formed adjacent
      to the hollow cylindrical housing portion (22) by a housing cap (21) which
      is fixed on the cylinder head (1) of the internal combustion engine and in
      which there are also received the control valve (25) for actuating the
      adjusting element of the device (5) as well as the necessary pressure
      medium channels (26, 27) and a pulse reading device (20) which cooperates
      with the pulse emitter wheel (19).
PATN
WKU  059881275
SRC  9
APN  001222&
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19971230
TTL  Valve lifter structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Lo; Weilun
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Hasegawa; Tadao
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugimoto; Kiyoshi
CTY  Okazaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Moriya; Yoshihito
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970114
APN  9-004831
CLAS
OCL  123 9018
XCL  123 905
EDF  6
ICL  F01L 1300
FSC  123
FSS  90.15;90.17;90.18;90.48;90.5
UREF
PNO  5159906
ISD  19921100
NAM  Fontichiaro et al.
OCL  123 90.18
FREF
PNO  0 108 238
ISD  19840500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 208 663
ISD  19870100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3-179116
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-279631
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A valve lifter structure having a follower which tilts in a guide groove,
      for a mechanism for varying valve characteristics of a poppet valve by
      axial displacement of a three-dimensional cam having a profile varying in
      the axial direction, which is easily machined without degrading a
      mechanical strength. A guide groove is formed on a top surface of a valve
      lifter interposed between a cam and a top of a valve stem of a poppet
      valve to extend perpendicular to the axis of the cam. A follower is
      located in the guide groove, which extends in parallel to the guide groove
      and is capable of tilting in accordance with the change of the cam profile
      while being brought into slide-contact with the guide groove, and is
      inhibited from displacing in the extending direction by a limiting means.
      The guide groove is formed to have opposite open ends. The limiting means
      is defined by a stopper located on the guide groove side and an abutment
      member located on the follower side to abut to the stopper. The abutment
      member is defined by a pair of walls of the follower spaced at a distance
      opposite to each other in the extending direction thereof.
PATN
WKU  059881283
SRC  9
APN  0472492
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980324
TTL  Valve driving apparatus for engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  10
EXP  Lo; Weilun
NDR  11
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Moriya; Yoshihito
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugimoto; Kiyoshi
CTY  Okazaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hasegawa; Tadao
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iden; Noriyuki
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970327
APN  9-075487
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970404
APN  9-086711
CLAS
OCL  123 9018
XCL  123 9022
XCL  123 905
EDF  6
ICL  F01L 1300
FSC  123
FSS  90.15;90.17;90.18;90.22;90.27;90.48;90.5
UREF
PNO  4635592
ISD  19870100
NAM  Weichsler
OCL  123 90.18
UREF
PNO  4658780
ISD  19870400
NAM  Hosoi
OCL  123 90.22
UREF
PNO  4773359
ISD  19880900
NAM  Titolo
OCL  123 90.22
UREF
PNO  4850311
ISD  19890700
NAM  Sohn
OCL  123 90.18
UREF
PNO  5337712
ISD  19940800
NAM  Reitz
OCL  123 90.22
UREF
PNO  5445117
ISD  19950800
NAM  Mendler
OCL  123 90.18
UREF
PNO  5606942
ISD  19970300
NAM  Tsuzuku et al.
OCL  123 90.28
UREF
PNO  5645023
ISD  19970700
NAM  Regueiro
OCL  123 90.22
UREF
PNO  5673661
ISD  19971000
NAM  Jesel
OCL  123 90.48
UREF
PNO  5682849
ISD  19971100
NAM  Regueiro
OCL  123 90.22
FREF
PNO  570963
ISD  19931100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3-179116
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-279631
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A valve driving apparatus for an internal combustion engine. Each
      combustion chamber has a pair of intake ports and a pair of intake valves
      for selectively opening and closing the intake ports. Each intake valve is
      driven with a variable amount of valve lift. The apparatus includes a
      camshaft rotatably supported by the engine, cams, cam followers, a shaft
      moving mechanism, and brackets. Each cam lifts an associated intake valve
      in response to rotation of the camshaft. Each cam has a cam nose for
      lifting a corresponding intake valve. The radius of the cam nose varies in
      the axial direction. Cam followers transmit movement of the intake cams to
      the intake valves. The shaft moving mechanism moves the cams relative to
      the valves in an axial direction of the camshaft thereby varying the
      amount of valve lift. A lifter structure is provided that is circularly
      shaped to improve manufacturing accuracy. In another embodiment, the
      valves are oriented to increase the amount of axial movement that the cam
      can make, which results in greater optimization of the air intake amount.
PATN
WKU  059881291
SRC  9
APN  1578731
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980921
TTL  Engine lubrication system
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Lo; Weilun
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Prior; Gregory Paul
CTY  Birmingham
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Zsirai; Frank R.
CTY  Beverly Hills
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Peterson; Ambyr D.
CTY  Pinckney
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  General Motors Corporation
CTY  Detroit
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  123 9034
XCL  123 9033
XCL  123196M
XCL  184  65
XCL  184 111
EDF  6
ICL  F01M  910
FSC  123
FSS  90.31;90.33;90.34;90.38;196 R;196 M
FSC  184
FSS  6.5;6.9;11.1;11.5;13.1
UREF
PNO  4343270
ISD  19820800
NAM  Kawabe
OCL  123196V
UREF
PNO  4881497
ISD  19891100
NAM  Matayoshi et al.
OCL  123 90.34
UREF
PNO  4944264
ISD  19900700
NAM  Murasaki et al.
OCL  123195C
UREF
PNO  4987974
ISD  19910100
NAM  Crouch
OCL  184  6.12
UREF
PNO  5033989
ISD  19910700
NAM  Shimaguchi
OCL  474  8
UREF
PNO  5447127
ISD  19950900
NAM  Luck et al.
OCL  123 90.31
LREP
FR2  Wideman; Laura C.
FR2  Barr, Jr.; Karl F.
ABST
PAL  An overhead cam engine with an engine lubrication system comprises a valve
      train assembly which includes a camshaft rotatably supported by a cylinder
      head. An oil lubricated camshaft drive chain engages the camshaft to
      rotate it. A valve train lubricating assembly is disposed above the
      cylinder head and includes a baffle, radially positioned from the drive
      chain, to capture oil spray departing from the drive chain and a trough
      positioned above the valve train assembly. The trough is configured as an
      upward facing U-shaped channel, including an end wall to close the trough,
      defining a reservoir to collect oil from the baffle. Side outlets allow
      oil to overflow from the trough where outward protruding dimples act as
      precipitation points to target lubrication onto the valve train assembly.
PATN
WKU  059881305
SRC  8
APN  9181881
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19970821
TTL  Electrical system for marine engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Castro; Arnold
EXP  Wolfe; Willis R.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Kazuhiro
CTY  Shizuoka-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanshin Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Hamamatsu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  1231795
XCL  123652
XCL  123623
XCL  123641
EDF  6
ICL  F02N 1700
ICL  F02P 0301
FSC  123
FSS  655;652;641;640;179.5;406.57;406.56;623;630
FSC  320
FSS  163
FSC  290
FSS  35;37 R;41
UREF
PNO  4127782
ISD  19781100
NAM  Omura et al.
OCL  301 10.1
UREF
PNO  4473025
ISD  19840900
NAM  Elliott
OCL  114211
UREF
PNO  4757249
ISD  19880700
NAM  Farber et al.
OCL  320126
UREF
PNO  4917061
ISD  19900400
NAM  Nagakura
UREF
PNO  4972822
ISD  19901100
NAM  Hashizume
OCL  123631
UREF
PNO  5479909
ISD  19960100
NAM  Blakeslee et al.
OCL  123491
UREF
PNO  5593330
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kobayashi
UREF
PNO  5685802
ISD  19971100
NAM  Kanno
OCL  477111
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention is an electrical system for an engine of the type
      used to power a watercraft. A primary power supply of the system is
      connected to a main circuit by a feed circuit. A main switch controls the
      flow of power from the primary power supply to the main circuit through
      the feed circuit. An auxiliary power supply is connected to the main
      circuit in a manner which allows power to flow from the auxiliary power
      supply to the main circuit even if the main switch is preventing power to
      flow from the primary power supply to the main circuit.
PATN
WKU  059881313
SRC  8
APN  9974148
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19971223
TTL  Air intake system with composite throttle body
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Huynh; Hai
EXP  Kamen; Noah P.
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Hernandez; Edward Charles
CTY  Canton
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Redmon; Jill Lynn
CTY  Chelsea
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Song; Susan Eunwon
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Ford Global Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Dearborn
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  12318421
XCL  12318461
XCL  123337
XCL  251305
XCL  285921
EDF  6
ICL  F02D  900
FSC  123
FSS  184.21;184.61;337
FSC  251
FSS  305
FSC  285
FSS  921
UREF
PNO  2333496
ISD  19431100
NAM  Townhill et al.
UREF
PNO  2643581
ISD  19530600
NAM  Wehrenfennig
UREF
PNO  3159180
ISD  19641200
NAM  Courtot et al.
UREF
PNO  3468565
ISD  19690900
NAM  Roder
UREF
PNO  4449737
ISD  19840500
NAM  Specht
UREF
PNO  4805564
ISD  19890200
NAM  Hudson, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4960153
ISD  19901000
NAM  Bergsma
UREF
PNO  5035214
ISD  19910700
NAM  Daly et al.
OCL  251306
UREF
PNO  5150735
ISD  19920900
NAM  Bandy et al.
UREF
PNO  5158045
ISD  19921000
NAM  Arthur et al.
UREF
PNO  5188078
ISD  19930200
NAM  Tamaki
OCL  123184.61
UREF
PNO  5219185
ISD  19930600
NAM  Oddenino
OCL  285187
UREF
PNO  5341773
ISD  19940800
NAM  Schulte et al.
UREF
PNO  5555929
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ishikawa
UREF
PNO  5575250
ISD  19961100
NAM  Van Dyne, II
UREF
PNO  5596961
ISD  19970100
NAM  Faber
UREF
PNO  5666988
ISD  19970900
NAM  Becker
OCL  137 15
UREF
PNO  5692470
ISD  19971200
NAM  Sattler et al.
OCL  123337
UREF
PNO  5722357
ISD  19980300
NAM  Choi
OCL  123590
UREF
PNO  5758614
ISD  19980600
NAM  Choi
OCL  123590
UREF
PNO  5878715
ISD  19990300
NAM  Hernandez et al.
OCL  123337
FREF
PNO  0 554 096 A1
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Wilkinson; Donald A.
ABST
PAL  An air intake system for an internal combustion engine. The air intake
      system includes an intake manifold (24) with a throttle body (22) mounted
      thereto. The intake manifold (24) and throttle body housing (26) are both
      formed primarily from a plastic or composite material. A snap-fit joint
      secures the throttle body (22) to the intake manifold (24). The joint
      includes a pair of mounting flanges (46,48), with the throttle body flange
      (46) including a set of lugs (54), and the manifold flange (48) including
      cutouts (56) and ramps (58) for receiving the lugs (54). The throttle body
      flange (46) also includes a loop hook (76) and gasket (52), which mate,
      respectively, with retention surfaces (84) and a sealing surface (70) on
      the manifold flange (48). The throttle body (22) also includes a main bore
      extension (62) with pilots (66) that mate with an entrance region (68) in
      the manifold (24).
PATN
WKU  059881321
SRC  9
APN  027609&
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980223
TTL  Pull starter for outboard motor
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Huynh; Hai
EXP  Kamen; Noah P.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Kazuhiko
CTY  Hamamatsu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanshin Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Hamamatsu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970221
APN  9-037612
CLAS
OCL  1231852
XCL  440 77
XCL  440 85
EDF  6
ICL  F02N  302
FSC  123
FSS  185.2;185.3;185.4;198 E
FSC  440
FSS  77;76;85;900
UREF
PNO  2374685
ISD  19450500
NAM  Kissel et al.
OCL  123185.9
UREF
PNO  2942599
ISD  19600600
NAM  Irgens
OCL  123185.4
UREF
PNO  3814073
ISD  19740600
NAM  Nakatani
OCL  123185.2
UREF
PNO  4230085
ISD  19801000
NAM  Baltz
OCL  123185.2
UREF
PNO  4721485
ISD  19880100
NAM  Suzuki
UREF
PNO  4909201
ISD  19900300
NAM  Nagashima et al.
OCL  123185.3
UREF
PNO  5064393
ISD  19911100
NAM  Inoue
FREF
PNO  0153971
ISD  19840900
CNT  JPX
OCL  123185.3
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson, & Bear LLP
ABST
PAL  A pull starter for an engine powering an outboard motor having a cowling
      and a water propulsion device is disclosed. The engine is positioned in
      the cowling and has a generally vertically extending crankshaft. A lower
      end of the crankshaft is arranged to drive the water propulsion device.
      The starter includes a drum connected to the crankshaft at a top end of
      the engine, a starter cord having a first end connected to the drum and a
      second end connected to a handle, and a cord guide for guiding the cord
      through the cowling, the cord guide including an arcuate cord-engaging
      surface. The cord extends through said cowling in a first direction and is
      then guided by the arcuate surface of the cord guide into a second
      direction to the drum.
PATN
WKU  059881330
SRC  9
APN  0305286
APT  1
ART  342
APD  19980224
TTL  Engine disc valve
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Huynh; Hai
EXP  Kamen; Noah P.
NDR  3
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Agapiades; Thomas
STR  1269 Stafford Way
CTY  Yuba City
STA  CA
ZIP  95991
INVT
NAM  Agapiades; Fotis
STR  1269 Stafford Way
CTY  Yuba City
STA  CA
ZIP  95991
CLAS
OCL  12319014
XCL  123 80D
EDF  6
ICL  F01L  700
FSC  123
FSS  190.14;80 D
UREF
PNO  670060
ISD  19010300
NAM  Quick
OCL  123151
UREF
PNO  1098679
ISD  19140600
NAM  Mueller et al.
OCL  123 59.4
UREF
PNO  1222681
ISD  19170400
NAM  Schofield
OCL  184  6.8
UREF
PNO  1227698
ISD  19170500
NAM  Tibbetts
OCL  123 41.76
UREF
PNO  1282602
ISD  19181000
NAM  Lindstrom
OCL  123190.14
UREF
PNO  2444696
ISD  19480700
NAM  De la Riestra et al.
OCL  123190.14
UREF
PNO  4418658
ISD  19831200
NAM  Di Ross
OCL  123 80D
UREF
PNO  5558049
ISD  19960900
NAM  Dubose
OCL  123 80DD
ABST
PAL  Within the cylinder head of an internal combustion engine, a rotatively
      mounted disc valve having beveled gear teeth upon the edge of its outer
      perimeter and a plurality of equally spaced ports about its center of
      rotation for cyclic indexing with a like number of sets of exhaust and
      intake conduits within the said cylinder head leading from the combustion
      chamber to respective exhaust and intake manifolding. The disc valve
      completes one whole revolution for every eight revolutions of the
      crankshaft of said internal combustion engines.
PATN
WKU  059881348
SRC  8
APN  6040675
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19960220
TTL  Two piece locking oil pickup tube assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Huynh; Hai
EXP  Kamen; Noah P.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Smietanski; Richard A.
CTY  Lockport
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Navistar International Transportation Corp
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  123196R
XCL  123195C
EDF  6
ICL  F01M  100
FSC  123
FSS  196 R;195 C
FSC  184
FSS  106
UREF
PNO  4616610
ISD  19861000
NAM  Ishida
OCL  123196A
UREF
PNO  4770276
ISD  19880900
NAM  Takubo
OCL  184106
UREF
PNO  4825825
ISD  19890500
NAM  Chino et al.
OCL  123195C
UREF
PNO  5014659
ISD  19910500
NAM  Ohshima et al.
OCL  123195H
UREF
PNO  5161642
ISD  19921100
NAM  Murakana
OCL  184  6.5
UREF
PNO  5653205
ISD  19970800
NAM  Ozeki
OCL  123195C
LREP
FRM  Dennis Kelly Sullivan
FR2  Calfa; Jeffrey P.
ABST
PAL  An oil pickup tube assembly for an internal combustion engine comprises a
      two-piece structure including a base member which attaches to an oil
      intake or inlet of an engine and includes an elbow therein permitting
      angling the inlet end of the pickup member into the appropriate position
      within a sump area of the oil pan. The pickup member comprises a U-shaped
      tube, one end of which engages the base member and another end of which
      depends into the sump area, with the inlet end being supported by a
      bracket attached to the crankcase. The interface between the tube and the
      base member includes an O-ring seal, with the tube and base member being
      releasably locked together by relative rotation therebetween and a tab and
      slot engagement formed between the pieces to permit a certain amount of
      stress-free misalignment between the base member and the pickup member.
PATN
WKU  059881356
SRC  9
APN  046824&
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980324
TTL  Overhead vertical camshaft engine with external camshaft drive
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Kwon; John
NDR  7
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Moorman; James W.
CTY  Kiel
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Christiansen; Erik J.
CTY  Cedarburg
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Molina; Roberto
CTY  Torino
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Adams; Gar M.
CTY  Elkhart Lake
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Tecumseh Products Company
CTY  Tecumseh
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  673100
APD  19960701
PSC  01
PNO  5755194
CLAS
OCL  123196W
XCL  123195HC
EDF  6
ICL  F01M  100
FSC  123
FSS  196 W;196 CO;195 HC
FSC  184
FSS  6.18
UREF
PNO  Re21031
ISD  19390300
NAM  Schenk
OCL  184  6
UREF
PNO  Re32620
ISD  19880300
NAM  Iwai
OCL  440 77
UREF
PNO  1024727
ISD  19120400
NAM  Huff
UREF
PNO  1112536
ISD  19141000
NAM  Huff
UREF
PNO  1191246
ISD  19160700
NAM  Tillotson
UREF
PNO  1291839
ISD  19190100
NAM  Gorham
UREF
PNO  1339497
ISD  19200500
NAM  Chuch
UREF
PNO  1384873
ISD  19210700
NAM  Strickland
UREF
PNO  1470769
ISD  19231000
NAM  Shaw
UREF
PNO  1575359
ISD  19260300
NAM  Nutt
UREF
PNO  1799271
ISD  19310400
NAM  Woolson
UREF
PNO  1845136
ISD  19320200
NAM  Dieter
UREF
PNO  1910375
ISD  19330500
NAM  Woolson
UREF
PNO  2000714
ISD  19350500
NAM  Nutt
OCL  184  6
UREF
PNO  2235160
ISD  19410300
NAM  Ljungstrom
OCL  123192
UREF
PNO  2306554
ISD  19421200
NAM  Morehouse
OCL  184  6
UREF
PNO  2324373
ISD  19430600
NAM  Dusevoir
OCL   74598
UREF
PNO  2346207
ISD  19440400
NAM  Brown
OCL  123 65
UREF
PNO  2458051
ISD  19490100
NAM  Bosma
OCL  123196
UREF
PNO  2496434
ISD  19500200
NAM  Bosma
OCL  184  6
UREF
PNO  2700964
ISD  19550200
NAM  Nallinger
OCL  123 41.77
UREF
PNO  2752213
ISD  19560600
NAM  Swart
OCL  309 10
UREF
PNO  2857903
ISD  19581000
NAM  Watkins
OCL  123196
UREF
PNO  3037582
ISD  19620600
NAM  Egloff
OCL  184  6
UREF
PNO  3042146
ISD  19620600
NAM  Shimanckas
OCL  184  6
UREF
PNO  3044238
ISD  19620700
NAM  Harkness
OCL   56 25.4
UREF
PNO  3144095
ISD  19640800
NAM  Trapp
OCL  184  6
UREF
PNO  3195526
ISD  19650700
NAM  Jordan
OCL  123 73
UREF
PNO  3331364
ISD  19670700
NAM  Chariatte
OCL  123196
UREF
PNO  3416295
ISD  19681200
NAM  Kaufman
OCL   56 25.4
UREF
PNO  3418993
ISD  19681200
NAM  Scheiterlein
OCL  123195
UREF
PNO  3523592
ISD  19700800
NAM  Fenton
OCL  184  6
UREF
PNO  3669082
ISD  19720600
NAM  Hatz
OCL  123 41.65
UREF
PNO  3687231
ISD  19720800
NAM  Scheiterlein
OCL  184  6.5
UREF
PNO  3691914
ISD  19720900
NAM  Reisacher
OCL   92169
UREF
PNO  3983852
ISD  19761000
NAM  Chatourel
OCL  123 41.69
UREF
PNO  4372258
ISD  19830200
NAM  Iwai
OCL  123 73
UREF
PNO  4433655
ISD  19840200
NAM  Villella
OCL  123196
UREF
PNO  4446828
ISD  19840500
NAM  Bauder
OCL  123196
UREF
PNO  4466409
ISD  19840800
NAM  Asaka
OCL  123433
UREF
PNO  4475488
ISD  19841000
NAM  Odashima
OCL  123 73
UREF
PNO  4493661
ISD  19850100
NAM  Iwai
OCL  440 77
UREF
PNO  4523556
ISD  19850600
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  123196
UREF
PNO  4570584
ISD  19860200
NAM  Uetsuji
OCL  123179
UREF
PNO  4570586
ISD  19860200
NAM  Roe
OCL  123192
UREF
PNO  4579093
ISD  19860400
NAM  Eanes
OCL  123 65
UREF
PNO  4606304
ISD  19860800
NAM  Kruger
OCL  123 90.27
UREF
PNO  4641546
ISD  19870200
NAM  Mettler
OCL   74598
UREF
PNO  4727834
ISD  19880300
NAM  Isaka
OCL  123196
UREF
PNO  4766859
ISD  19880800
NAM  Miyaki
OCL  123196
UREF
PNO  4773884
ISD  19880900
NAM  Matsumoto
OCL  440 88
UREF
PNO  4805565
ISD  19890200
NAM  Sato
OCL  123 90.6
UREF
PNO  4881510
ISD  19891100
NAM  Etoh
OCL  123572
UREF
PNO  4903654
ISD  19900200
NAM  Sato
OCL  123196
UREF
PNO  4911119
ISD  19900300
NAM  Ohno
OCL  123196
UREF
PNO  4982705
ISD  19910100
NAM  Hudson
OCL  123 41.65
UREF
PNO  4984539
ISD  19910100
NAM  Shinoda
OCL  123 41.42
UREF
PNO  5090375
ISD  19920200
NAM  Hudson
OCL  123196
UREF
PNO  5143033
ISD  19920900
NAM  Catterson
OCL  123195
UREF
PNO  5176116
ISD  19930100
NAM  Imagawa
OCL  123196
UREF
PNO  5193500
ISD  19930300
NAM  Haft
OCL  123196CP
UREF
PNO  5213074
ISD  19930500
NAM  Imagawa
OCL  123196
UREF
PNO  5230795
ISD  19930700
NAM  Mitchell
OCL  264318
UREF
PNO  5241932
ISD  19930900
NAM  Everts
OCL  123195
UREF
PNO  5243937
ISD  19930900
NAM  Imagawa
OCL  123195
UREF
PNO  5293847
ISD  19940300
NAM  Hoffman
OCL  123 90.6
UREF
PNO  5347967
ISD  19940900
NAM  Todero
OCL  123317
UREF
PNO  5447127
ISD  19950900
NAM  Luck et al.
OCL  123 90.33
UREF
PNO  5524581
ISD  19960600
NAM  Rush, II et al.
OCL  123196M
UREF
PNO  5606943
ISD  19970300
NAM  Tamba et al.
OCL  123196W
UREF
PNO  5687688
ISD  19971100
NAM  Tsunoda et al.
OCL  123196W
UREF
PNO  5755194
ISD  19980500
NAM  Moorman et al.
OCL  123196W
UREF
PNO  5778848
ISD  19980700
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  123196W
FREF
PNO  63-147906
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Baker & Daniels
ABST
PAL  A single cylinder, internal combustion engine with an engine housing in
      which the overhead camshaft and crankshaft are rotatably supported. The
      housing includes an integrally formed cylinder and head. A timing belt
      disposed externally of the engine housing interconnects the crankshaft and
      camshaft, and a piston connected to the crankshaft reciprocates within an
      internal bore provided in the engine housing cylinder. The cylinder wall
      around the internal bore is of a generally uniform thickness and
      circumscribed by cooling fins such that the cylinder resists bore
      distortion during operation. The inventive engine further provides for the
      mounting of flywheels within the crankcase cavity in conjunction with an
      external, lightweight fan for engine housing cooling, as well as employs a
      cast in valve seat for the overhead valve assemblies.
PATN
WKU  059881364
SRC  9
APN  0416738
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980313
TTL  Method of introducing fuel into the combustion chamber of an internal
      combustion spark-ignition engine with direct fuel injection
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Kwon; John
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Piock; Walter
CTY  Hitzendorf
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Wirth; Martin
CTY  Hitzendorf
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  AVL List GmbH
CTY  Graz
CNT  ATX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ATX
APD  19970314
APN  160/97  U
CLAS
OCL  123295
XCL  123305
EDF  6
ICL  F02B 1700
FSC  123
FSS  295;305
UREF
PNO  4955339
ISD  19900900
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  123295
UREF
PNO  5078107
ISD  19920100
NAM  Morikawa et al.
OCL  123295
UREF
PNO  5313920
ISD  19940500
NAM  Matsushita
OCL  123295
UREF
PNO  5718203
ISD  19980200
NAM  Shimada et al.
OCL  123305
UREF
PNO  5749334
ISD  19980500
NAM  Oda et al.
OCL  123305
UREF
PNO  5778857
ISD  19980700
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  123425
UREF
PNO  5873344
ISD  19990200
NAM  Kudou et al.
OCL  123295
FREF
PNO  0598941A1
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0741237A3
ISD  19970200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1437447
ISD  19760500
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Watson Cole Grindle Watson, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  In order to reduce No.sub.x and HC emissions during starting and warm-up of
      a throttled internal combustion spark-ignition engine with direct
      injection, the beginning of fuel injection into the combustion chamber is
      shifted into the compression phase, while the total air ratio .lambda. is
      1 or slightly lean.
PATN
WKU  059881372
SRC  9
APN  0664383
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980428
TTL  Controller of in-cylinder injection spark ignition internal combustion
      engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Kwon; John
NDR  14
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Tamura; Hiroki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tashima; Kazuchika
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960828
APN  8-226568
CLAS
OCL  123295
XCL  123430
EDF  6
ICL  F02B 1700
FSC  123
FSS  295;430
UREF
PNO  5313920
ISD  19940500
NAM  Matsushita
OCL  123295
UREF
PNO  5870992
ISD  19990200
NAM  Kamura et al.
OCL  123305
UREF
PNO  5873344
ISD  19990200
NAM  Kudou et al.
OCL  123295
UREF
PNO  5875756
ISD  19990300
NAM  Kamura et al.
OCL  123305
UREF
PNO  5878711
ISD  19990300
NAM  Kamura et al.
OCL  123295
FREF
PNO  4110618 A1
ISD  19911000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4112574 A1
ISD  19911000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  59-10862
ISD  19840100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-157760
ISD  19860700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3281965
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4237854
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4228856
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  512537
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5118244
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  799105
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  799114
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7293260
ISD  19951100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8170556
ISD  19960700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8189405
ISD  19960700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9126028
ISD  19970500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9177582
ISD  19970700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9268942
ISD  19971000
CNT  JPX
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/02982
PD1  19980428
PD2  19980428
PD3  19970827
PCP  WO98/09062
PCD  19980305
ABST
PAR  A control apparatus for a cylinder-injection spark-ignition internal
      combustion engine switches control mode in accordance with an engine
      operating state between compression stroke injection mode control, in
      which fuel is injected during the compression stroke to achieve stratified
      combustion, and suction stroke injection mode control, in which fuel is
      injected during the suction stroke to achieve uniform mixture combustion.
      Where regular gasoline lower in octane number than premium gasoline is
      used, a target mean effective pressure (P.sub.e), which is set in
      accordance with throttle opening (.theta..sub.th), is subjected to octane
      number-based correction to thereby compensate for an engine output change
      at the mode switching, whereby a torque shock at the time of mode
      switching is prevented.
PATN
WKU  059881380
SRC  9
APN  014651&
APT  1
ART  342
APD  19980128
TTL  Inter-cylinder-injection fuel controller for an internal combustion
      engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Gimie; Mahmoud M.
EXP  Wolfe; Willis R.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kadota; Yoichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971027
APN  9-294565
CLAS
OCL  123305
XCL  123295
EDF  6
ICL  F02B  502
FSC  123
FSS  295;305;436;478;406.24
UREF
PNO  4883038
ISD  19891100
NAM  Nakaniwa
OCL  123436
UREF
PNO  5020504
ISD  19910600
NAM  Morikawa
OCL  123531
UREF
PNO  5078107
ISD  19920100
NAM  Morikawa
OCL  123295
UREF
PNO  5875756
ISD  19990300
NAM  Kamura et al.
OCL  123305
FREF
PNO  4-187819
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  An inter-cylinder-injection fuel controller for an internal combustion
      engine maintaining stable operation performance at a low cost. The
      inter-cylinder-injection fuel controller comprises a control unit 8B for
      controlling the injectors in a mode of the compression stroke injection or
      in a mode of the intake stroke injection, wherein various sensors 20
      include an amount-of-intaken-air sensor and a crank angle sensor, and said
      control unit includes change-in-the-running-speed suppressing portion 82,
      83 for suppressing a change in the running speed caused by a change in the
      external load in the mode of the compression stroke injection by
      correcting the amount F of supplying fuel, a rich determining portion 85
      for forming a rich signal RC when a target air-to-fuel ratio A/Fo based
      upon the corrected amount of supplying fuel is on the side more rich than
      a predetermined lower-limit value .alpha., an air-to-fuel-ratio clipping
      portion 86 for clipping the controlled air-to-fuel ratio to the
      lower-limit value in response to the rich signal, an amount-of-deviation
      operation means for operating the amount of deviation .DELTA.A/F between
      the lower-limit value and the target air-to-fuel ratio in response to the
      rich signal, and parameter correction portion 87, 88 for correcting the
      control parameters toward the direction of increasing the output depending
      upon the amount of deviation.
PATN
WKU  059881399
SRC  9
APN  2037858
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19981202
TTL  Method and apparatus for controlling an internal combustion engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Kwon; John
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Wasilewski; Kurt J.
CTY  Oshkosh
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Griffiths; John M.
CTY  Fond du Lac
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Hall; Ronald L.
CTY  Fond du Lac
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Brunswick Corporation
CTY  Lake Forest
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  12333911
XCL  12333916
EDF  6
ICL  F02M  300
FSC  123
FSS  339.11;339.16
UREF
PNO  4071002
ISD  19780100
NAM  Frahm
UREF
PNO  4267810
ISD  19810500
NAM  Wesemeuer et al.
UREF
PNO  4429671
ISD  19840200
NAM  Surace
UREF
PNO  4580221
ISD  19860400
NAM  Isobe et al.
UREF
PNO  5012779
ISD  19910500
NAM  Fukui et al.
OCL  123339.19
UREF
PNO  5107815
ISD  19920400
NAM  Van Duyne
UREF
PNO  5608632
ISD  19970300
NAM  White
LREP
FR2  Lanyi; William D.
ABST
PAL  An engine control system digitally stores corresponding values of timing
      angles and engine speeds and selects the timing angles based on the
      operating speed of the engine. In the engine speed range near idle speed,
      the timing angle is set to a pre-selected angle after top dead center
      (ATDC) and the relationship between engine speed and timing angle calls
      for the timing angle to be advanced from the pre-selected angle after top
      dead center (ATDC) to successively advancing angles which subsequently
      increase angles before top dead center (BTDC) as the engine increases in
      speed. In one application, a timing angle of 10 degrees after top dead
      center (ATDC) is selected for a engine idle speed of approximately 800
      RPM. This relationship, which is controlled by the engine control unit,
      avoids stalling the engine when an operator suddenly decreases the engine
      speed.
PATN
WKU  059881402
SRC  9
APN  107119&
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980630
TTL  Engine management system
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Gimie; Mahmoud M.
EXP  Wolfe; Willis R.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Gartner; Paul M.
CTY  Dearborn
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Darin; Bradley J.
CTY  White Lake
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  List; Werner
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Nick; Dennis P.
CTY  Livonia
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Robert Bosch Corporation
CTY  Broadview
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  12340624
XCL  12340625
XCL  123436
XCL  123480
XCL  123488
XCL  701110
EDF  6
ICL  F02D 4118
FSC  123
FSS  305;406.24;406.25;436;437;480;486;488
FSC  701
FSS  104;110;111
UREF
PNO  3969614
ISD  19760700
NAM  Moyer et al.
OCL  235150.24
UREF
PNO  4276600
ISD  19810600
NAM  Hartford et al.
OCL  364431
UREF
PNO  4309759
ISD  19820100
NAM  Tokuda et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  4309971
ISD  19820100
NAM  Chiesa et al.
OCL  123480
UREF
PNO  4403584
ISD  19830900
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  123417
UREF
PNO  4433381
ISD  19840200
NAM  Wilkinson
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  4590563
ISD  19860500
NAM  Matsumura et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  4725955
ISD  19880200
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  4814997
ISD  19890300
NAM  Matsumura et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  4829440
ISD  19890500
NAM  Abe
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  4840245
ISD  19890600
NAM  Kamei et al.
OCL  180179
UREF
PNO  4870586
ISD  19890900
NAM  Asakura et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  4879656
ISD  19891100
NAM  Quigley et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  4884547
ISD  19891200
NAM  Tamura
OCL  123489
UREF
PNO  4887216
ISD  19891200
NAM  Ohnari et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  4893600
ISD  19900100
NAM  Holmes
OCL  123419
UREF
PNO  4911128
ISD  19900300
NAM  Hara et al.
OCL  123488
UREF
PNO  4951206
ISD  19900800
NAM  Kyohzuka
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  4991102
ISD  19910200
NAM  Sakamoto et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  5021956
ISD  19910600
NAM  Yoshimura et al.
OCL  364424.1
UREF
PNO  5021959
ISD  19910600
NAM  Jundt et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  5099429
ISD  19920300
NAM  Onari et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  5121324
ISD  19920600
NAM  Rini et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  5184589
ISD  19930200
NAM  Nonaka
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  5191531
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kurosu et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  5218945
ISD  19930600
NAM  Kapellen et al.
OCL  123687
UREF
PNO  5249130
ISD  19930900
NAM  Mamiya et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  5278762
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kawamura
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  5284116
ISD  19940200
NAM  Richeson, Jr.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  5341299
ISD  19940800
NAM  Stellwagen et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  5445014
ISD  19950800
NAM  Fiorenza, II et al.
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5485382
ISD  19960100
NAM  Seki et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  5548514
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  5566071
ISD  19961000
NAM  Akazaki et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  5575268
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hirano et al.
OCL  123701
UREF
PNO  5629853
ISD  19970500
NAM  Ogawa et al.
OCL  364431.05
UREF
PNO  5672817
ISD  19970900
NAM  Sagisaka et al.
OCL   73118.1
UREF
PNO  5684248
ISD  19971100
NAM  Iwata
OCL   73118.1
FREF
PNO  2196153
ISD  19880400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2237388
ISD  19910500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2313200
ISD  19971100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Greer, Burns & Crain, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  An engine management system for 4-cycle engines includes a processing means
      and utilizes various inputs from sensors operatively connected to the
      engine for the purpose of providing the correct fuel/air ratio or spark
      ignition angle for the engine in a manner whereby the transient response
      is fast. The engine management system utilizes the rotational speed
      information that is obtained from a magneto or speed sensor to determine
      the speed of each engine revolution. The system effectively solves many of
      the fuel/air ratio problems that are caused by load transients occurring
      on the engine. By comparing such high pass filtered speeds of selected
      revolutions, the system is able to determine the inferred engine intake
      air flow. By using measured system rotational inertia compensation factors
      for the engine together with the inferred intake air flow, the system can
      accurately determine the amount of fuel to be fed to the engine for proper
      operation.
PATN
WKU  059881410
SRC  9
APN  1226495
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980727
TTL  Engine torque control apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Vo; Hieu T.
EXP  Wolfe; Willis R.
NDR  13
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Uchida; Masaaki
CTY  Yokosuka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960223
APN  8-36902
RLAP
COD  71
APN  804454
APD  19970221
CLAS
OCL  123436
XCL  123480
EDF  6
ICL  F02D 4100
ICL  F02D 4126
FSC  123
FSS  436;361;399;478;480;295
UREF
PNO  4763264
ISD  19880800
NAM  Okuno et al.
OCL  123361
UREF
PNO  4971011
ISD  19901100
NAM  Nanyoshi et al.
OCL  123350
UREF
PNO  5642709
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ozaki et al.
OCL  123361
UREF
PNO  5660157
ISD  19970800
NAM  Minowa et al.
OCL  123436
UREF
PNO  5722362
ISD  19980300
NAM  Takano et al.
OCL  123295
UREF
PNO  5755198
ISD  19980500
NAM  Grob et al.
OCL  123295
UREF
PNO  5813387
ISD  19980900
NAM  Minowa et al.
OCL  123436
FREF
PNO  62-110536
ISD  19870500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-313636
ISD  19891200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for controlling a torque produced from an internal combustion
      engine operable at an air/fuel ratio. The engine torque control apparatus
      includes a first control device for controlling an amount of air permitted
      to enter the engine, and a second control device for controlling an amount
      of fuel metered to the engine. Target values for the engine torque and
      air/fuel ratio are calculated based on the sensed engine operating
      conditions. The first and second control devices are set to control the
      engine torque to the target value calculated therefor and the air/fuel
      ratio to the target value calculated therefor.
PATN
WKU  059881429
SRC  8
APN  9954848
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19971222
TTL  Duration control of common rail fuel injector
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Moulis; Thomas N.
NDR  9
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Klopfer; Kenneth H.
CTY  East Hartland
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Stanadyne Automotive Corp.
CTY  Windsor
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  123446
XCL  123494
XCL   73119A
EDF  6
ICL  F02M 3704
ICL  F02M 5100
FSC  123
FSS  446;494
FSC   73
FSS  119 A;117.3
UREF
PNO  4130013
ISD  19781200
NAM  Bailey et al.
OCL   73119A
UREF
PNO  4179939
ISD  19791200
NAM  Price
OCL   73119A
UREF
PNO  4404944
ISD  19830900
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
UREF
PNO  4438496
ISD  19840300
NAM  Ohie
UREF
PNO  4475507
ISD  19841000
NAM  Miyaki et al.
UREF
PNO  4502438
ISD  19850300
NAM  Yasuuhara
OCL  123494
UREF
PNO  4572122
ISD  19860200
NAM  Kamai et al.
OCL  123494
UREF
PNO  4887569
ISD  19891200
NAM  Igashira et al.
OCL  123494
UREF
PNO  4893750
ISD  19900100
NAM  Haworth et al.
OCL  123494
UREF
PNO  5103792
ISD  19920400
NAM  Winkler et al.
UREF
PNO  5485822
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hirose et al.
UREF
PNO  5697338
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hirose et al.
LREP
FRM  Alix, Yale & Ristas, LLP
ABST
PAL  A fuel injector employs at least one sensing device for sensing material
      deformations occurring in the injector components during usage to thereby
      monitor injector performance. The sensing device is preferably at least
      one of the many piezoelectric sensors available and is advantageously
      affixed within a cylinder of an injector to detect deformations of the
      injector cylinder within the needle valve/power piston column of an
      injector to detect deformations of the column which occurs when the
      high-pressure fuel in the control chamber is suddenly converted pressure
      and vice versa. Whereas the sensing devices of the invention can be placed
      at a variety of locations, they are advantageously arranged to detect
      material deformations within the injector cylinder or valve/piston column
      where such deformations are appreciably large during injector usage.
      Preferably, injectors of the invention are compatible with
      microprocessor-based fuel injection control systems of the type described
      above to maintain near-ideal control over the injector.
PATN
WKU  059881437
SRC  9
APN  0793914
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980515
TTL  Process for determining the opening time of an injection valve of a
      common-rail injection system
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Moulis; Thomas N.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Dietz; Martin
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Lindemann; Bernd
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Steffen; Erhard
CTY  Waiblingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  DaimlerChrysler AG
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970515
APN  197 20 378
CLAS
OCL  123458
XCL  123494
XCL   73119A
EDF  6
ICL  F02M 3704
FSC  123
FSS  456;457;458;494
FSC   73
FSS  119 A
UREF
PNO  4928655
ISD  19900500
NAM  Kako
OCL  123494
UREF
PNO  5176122
ISD  19930100
NAM  Ito
OCL  123478
UREF
PNO  5402760
ISD  19950400
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
OCL  123490
UREF
PNO  5708202
ISD  19980100
NAM  Augustin et al.
OCL   73119A
UREF
PNO  5747684
ISD  19980500
NAM  Pace et al.
OCL   73119A
UREF
PNO  5773716
ISD  19980600
NAM  Antonioli et al.
OCL   73119A
UREF
PNO  5895844
ISD  19990400
NAM  Krueger
OCL   73119A
FREF
PNO  0 570 986 A2
ISD  19930000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 651 150 A2
ISD  19940000
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  In a process for determining the opening time of an injection valve of a
      common-rail injection system, an injection duration is derived from a
      characteristic diagram based on the fuel quantity to be injected and the
      static pressure in the common rail. For reading in the characteristic
      diagram, the value of the static pressure in the common rail is corrected
      by an amount obtained from the compressional vibration of the fuel as a
      function of its compressibility, the injected fuel quantity during at
      least one preceding injection operation, and the time between the at least
      one preceding injection operation and the current injection operation.
PATN
WKU  059881445
SRC  9
APN  0085006
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980116
TTL  Engine air-fuel ratio controller
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Wolfe; Willis R.
NDR  17
NFG  42
INVT
NAM  Yoshioka; Yoshiaki
CTY  Sagamihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawasaki; Takao
CTY  Yamato
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hashimoto; Masahiko
CTY  Isehara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970116
APN  9-005716
CLAS
OCL  123493
XCL  701104
XCL  701110
XCL  477111
EDF  6
ICL  F02D 4104
ICL  B60K 4112
FSC  123
FSS  325;326;492;493
FSC  701
FSS  104;110
FSC  477
FSS  111;112;113
UREF
PNO  4416240
ISD  19831100
NAM  Matsuoka
OCL  123493
UREF
PNO  4512321
ISD  19850400
NAM  Yamato
OCL  123493
UREF
PNO  4558672
ISD  19851200
NAM  Boccadoro et al.
OCL  123493
UREF
PNO  4655179
ISD  19870400
NAM  Kashiwagura
OCL  123493
UREF
PNO  4667631
ISD  19870500
NAM  Kinugasa
OCL  701110
UREF
PNO  5445131
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kusunoki et al.
OCL  123493
UREF
PNO  5762043
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yoshioka et al.
OCL  123493
FREF
PNO  3-111639
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  In a vehicle engine, when an accelerator pedal is released and a vehicle
      speed has decreased after fuel injection by a fuel injector has stopped, a
      controller restarts fuel injection. An engine rotation speed decrease rate
      immediately prior to restarting fuel injection is calculated, and a
      restart fuel injection amount is set which is larger the larger the
      decrease rate. In this way, the torque generated by the engine quickly
      recovers even during rapid deceleration, while during gradual
      deceleration, the generated torque increases gradually so that a torque
      shock does not occur.
PATN
WKU  059881453
SRC  9
APN  0336777
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980303
TTL  Drain pipe of canister
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Moulis; Thomas N.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Horiuchi; Masaaki
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujino; Ryuji
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Honda; Takeshi
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970304
APN  9-049323
CLAS
OCL  123519
EDF  6
ICL  F02M 3304
FSC  123
FSS  516;518;519;520
UREF
PNO  5427076
ISD  19950600
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  123520
UREF
PNO  5727530
ISD  19980300
NAM  Honda et al.
OCL  123520
UREF
PNO  5855198
ISD  19990100
NAM  Nakajima et al.
OCL  123520
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  Blockage of a drain pipe of a canister due to freezing or clogging with mud
      is prevented with a simple structure comprised of a small number of parts.
      A drain pipe, mounted to a canister body having an adsorbent accommodated
      therein, includes an inner shell which extends downwards from the canister
      body and opens at its lower end, and an outer shell which opens at its
      upper and lower ends. The lower end of the inner shell is inserted into
      the opening in the upper end of the outer shell with a gap left
      therebetween. Even if the opening in the lower end of the outer shell is
      blocked due to freezing or clogging with mud, surplus fuel or the exterior
      air can flow from the canister body via the opening in the upper end of
      the outer shell. If the opening in the lower end of the outer shell is
      submerged in water when evaporated fuel is purged into intake system, the
      drawing of water into the canister body can be prevented, because the
      opening in the upper end of the outer shell opens into the atmosphere.
PATN
WKU  059881461
SRC  9
APN  0608084
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980415
TTL  Modular air intake heater
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Kamen; Noah P.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Anderson; Chadwick P.
CTY  Golden Valley
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Thimmesch; Jan P.
CTY  Eden Prairie
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Phillips & Temro Industries Inc.
CTY  Eden Prairie
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  123549
XCL  123556
XCL  219206
EDF  6
ICL  F02G  500
FSC  123
FSS  549;556
FSC  219
FSS  206;207
UREF
PNO  909898
ISD  19090100
NAM  Hertzberg et al.
UREF
PNO  1068322
ISD  19130700
NAM  Church et al.
UREF
PNO  1136845
ISD  19150400
NAM  Tate
UREF
PNO  1369551
ISD  19210200
NAM  Schmid
UREF
PNO  1456018
ISD  19230500
NAM  Weigand
UREF
PNO  1724481
ISD  19290800
NAM  Heginbottom et al.
UREF
PNO  1931379
ISD  19331000
NAM  Graziano
UREF
PNO  1931837
ISD  19331000
NAM  Belanger
UREF
PNO  2115634
ISD  19380400
NAM  Kiesel
UREF
PNO  2177840
ISD  19391000
NAM  Roualet
UREF
PNO  2668900
ISD  19540200
NAM  Kwartz
UREF
PNO  3088447
ISD  19630500
NAM  Henderson
UREF
PNO  3492457
ISD  19700100
NAM  Subt
UREF
PNO  3625190
ISD  19711200
NAM  Boissevain
UREF
PNO  3892215
ISD  19750700
NAM  Hickling et al.
UREF
PNO  3912903
ISD  19751000
NAM  Northrup, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4020812
ISD  19770500
NAM  Hayward
UREF
PNO  4106454
ISD  19780800
NAM  Henlis
UREF
PNO  4108125
ISD  19780800
NAM  Marcoux et al.
UREF
PNO  4363958
ISD  19821200
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  4395994
ISD  19830800
NAM  Goto et al.
UREF
PNO  4463721
ISD  19840800
NAM  Hayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  4501255
ISD  19850200
NAM  Van Der Ploeg et al.
UREF
PNO  4651702
ISD  19870300
NAM  Nara et al.
UREF
PNO  4667644
ISD  19870500
NAM  Hori et al.
OCL  123549
UREF
PNO  4667645
ISD  19870500
NAM  Gluckman
UREF
PNO  4685437
ISD  19870800
NAM  Tanaka et al.
UREF
PNO  4870249
ISD  19890900
NAM  Kayanuma et al.
UREF
PNO  4944260
ISD  19900700
NAM  Shea et al.
UREF
PNO  5595164
ISD  19970100
NAM  Thimmesch
UREF
PNO  5666804
ISD  19970900
NAM  Sekiya et al.
UREF
PNO  5743242
ISD  19980400
NAM  Thimmesch
FREF
PNO  648536
ISD  19281200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  771774
ISD  19340400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  867019
ISD  19410900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  4410820
ISD  19941000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  62-91649
ISD  19870400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  194009
ISD  19230300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  667509
ISD  19520300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2067245
ISD  19810700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A modular intake heater for an internal combustion engine. The heater
      includes a first holder, a second holder, a heating element coupled to the
      first holder, biasing means for urging one of said first holder and said
      second holder away from the other of said first holder and said second
      holder, and a retainer mechanism coupling the first holder to the second
      holder against the urging of the biasing means.
PATN
WKU  059881470
SRC  8
APN  9091343
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19970811
TTL  Exhaust gas recirculation valve with floating valve assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  7
EXP  Wolfe; Willis R.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Everingham; Gary
CTY  Chatham
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Canada Limited
CTY  Chatham
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  754572
APD  19961121
PSC  01
PNO  5669364
CLAS
OCL  123568
XCL  12356826
EDF  6
ICL  F02B 4708
ICL  F02M 2507
FSC  123
FSS  568;569;571;90.11;339.27;568.18;568.26
FSC  251
FSS  129.15;129.16
FSC  335
FSS  255;261
UREF
PNO  4312494
ISD  19820100
NAM  Aoyama
OCL  251129.15
UREF
PNO  4515343
ISD  19850500
NAM  Pischinger et al.
OCL  123 90.11
UREF
PNO  4538569
ISD  19850900
NAM  Sugino et al.
OCL  123 90.11
UREF
PNO  4682574
ISD  19870700
NAM  Kreuter
OCL  123 90.11
UREF
PNO  5094218
ISD  19920300
NAM  Everingham et al.
OCL  123571
UREF
PNO  5460146
ISD  19951000
NAM  Frankenberg
OCL  123571
UREF
PNO  5494255
ISD  19960200
NAM  Pearson et al.
OCL  251129.15
UREF
PNO  5626165
ISD  19970500
NAM  Shinobu
OCL  251129.15
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, JP6249032, Jun. 9, 1994, Application No.
      JP930039863, Dated Jan. 3, 1993 for Motor Driving Actuator, 1 page.
ABST
PAL  An installation for an exhaust gas recirculation valve in which the valve
      is mounted directly in the intake manifold, a tubular base piece receiving
      exhaust gas mounted in an opening in the manifold by a double-walled thin
      metal heat gradient element. An attached solenoid housing is mounted in an
      opening in an opposite manifold wall. An operating rod having an attached
      valve element is actuated by a pushing force generated by energization of
      the solenoid, the valve element controlling the flow of exhaust gas out of
      a valve seat in a partition in the tubular base piece and out of the
      tubular base piece into the air flow in the air induction ducting. The
      solenoid is designed by allow controlled proportionate opening movement of
      the valve element to correspondingly control the volume of exhaust gas
      diverted into the manifold air flow. The valve is cooled by air flow
      within the air induction duct to prevent heat damage to the manifold and
      the solenoid components are isolated from direct exposure to exhaust gas.
PATN
WKU  059881488
SRC  9
APN  009028&
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980120
TTL  Mounting arrangement for an exhaust gas recirculation pipe on an
      internal combustion engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Wolfe; Willis R.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Astner; Josef
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Krosche; Reinhard
CTY  Neckartenzlingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Metzger; Karl-Heinz
CTY  Schorndorf
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Daimler Chrysler AG
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970121
APN  197 01 873
CLAS
OCL  12356811
XCL  123195A
XCL  12356818
EDF  6
ICL  F02M 2507
FSC  123
FSS  568.11;568.12;568.17;568.18;90.38;184.31;195 A;184.34;184.38;184.42;184.47
UREF
PNO  2720196
ISD  19551000
NAM  Wolf
OCL  123568.17
UREF
PNO  3786793
ISD  19740100
NAM  Bohls et al.
OCL  123568.18
UREF
PNO  4909036
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kimura
OCL  123568.17
UREF
PNO  5168838
ISD  19921200
NAM  Seike et al.
OCL  123184.31
UREF
PNO  5309886
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hitomi et al.
OCL  123568.12
UREF
PNO  5666930
ISD  19970900
NAM  Elder
FREF
PNO  0 223 378
ISD  19870500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 565 410
ISD  19931000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 763 655
ISD  19970300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  35 29 543
ISD  19870200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  40 17 074
ISD  19911100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 07 354
ISD  19960900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 48 024
ISD  19961200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Bach; Klaus J.
ABST
PAL  In a mounting arrangement for an exhaust gas recirculation pipe in an
      internal combustion engine wherein the exhaust gas recirculation pipe
      extends from an exhaust gas pipe adjacent the engine to an intake duct and
      is supported on the engine in an intermediate area by a bracket, at least
      a part of the exhaust gas recirculation pipe and the bracket are formed as
      an integral building component so as to form a rigid support structure for
      the intake duct.
PATN
WKU  059881496
SRC  9
APN  1207482
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980723
TTL  Pressure sensing system for an internal combustion engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  4
EXP  Wolfe; Willis R.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Gates; Freeman Carter
CTY  Bloomfield Hills
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Ford Global Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Dearborn
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  12356821
XCL  12356827
XCL  123497
EDF  6
ICL  F02M 2507
ICL  F02M 3704
FSC  123
FSS  458;497;568.11;568.16;568.17;568.18;568.21;568.23;568.24;568.25;568.26
     ;568.27;568.28
FSC   73
FSS  31.04;723
UREF
PNO  4257381
ISD  19810300
NAM  Yuzawa et al.
OCL  477111
UREF
PNO  4274385
ISD  19810600
NAM  Yuzawa et al.
OCL  123568.27
UREF
PNO  4290404
ISD  19810900
NAM  Hata et al.
OCL  123478
UREF
PNO  4318385
ISD  19820300
NAM  Yamaguchi
OCL  123676
UREF
PNO  4390001
ISD  19830600
NAM  Fujimoto
OCL  123568.2
UREF
PNO  4428354
ISD  19840100
NAM  Sundeen et al.
OCL  123568.28
UREF
PNO  5133323
ISD  19920700
NAM  Treusch
OCL  123494
UREF
PNO  5190017
ISD  19930300
NAM  Cullen et al.
OCL  123568.16
UREF
PNO  5241940
ISD  19930900
NAM  Gates, Jr.
OCL  123568.27
UREF
PNO  5355859
ISD  19941000
NAM  Weber
OCL  123497
UREF
PNO  5443046
ISD  19950800
NAM  White
OCL  123438
UREF
PNO  5515833
ISD  19960500
NAM  Cullen et al.
OCL  123568.27
UREF
PNO  5542395
ISD  19960800
NAM  Tuckey et al.
OCL  123497
UREF
PNO  5546911
ISD  19960800
NAM  Iwamoto et al.
OCL  123497
UREF
PNO  5577484
ISD  19961100
NAM  Izutani et al.
OCL  123568.16
UREF
PNO  5579738
ISD  19961200
NAM  Frischmuth et al.
OCL  123497
UREF
PNO  5586539
ISD  19961200
NAM  Yonekawa et al.
OCL  123497
UREF
PNO  5590631
ISD  19970100
NAM  Tuckey
OCL  123447
UREF
PNO  5613479
ISD  19970300
NAM  Gates et al.
OCL  123568.27
UREF
PNO  5819709
ISD  19981000
NAM  Holmes et al.
OCL  123497
UREF
PNO  5848583
ISD  19981200
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  123497
LREP
FR2  Drouillard; Jerome R.
ABST
PAL  An internal combustion engine including a pressure sensing system. A first
      (80) and a second (82) absolute pressure sensor are located in a main
      sensor housing (60) mounted near an intake manifold (20). The first
      pressure sensor (80) measures the pressure in an EGR passage (68) between
      an EGR valve (30) and an orifice (76), and the second pressure sensor 82
      measures the pressure in the intake manifold (20) downstream of the
      throttle valve (46). A fuel sensor housing (54) is mounted to the fuel
      rail (50) and includes a third absolute pressure sensor (84) that measures
      the pressure in the fuel rail (50). The signals from three sensors are
      then used by a powertrain control module (42) to control the exhaust gas
      recirculation and returnless fuel systems.
PATN
WKU  059881500
SRC  8
APN  9843264
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19971003
TTL  Evaporated fuel treatment device of engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Solis; Erick R.
NDR  55
NFG  67
INVT
NAM  Osanai; Akinori
CTY  Susono
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961205
APN  8-325426
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970207
APN  9-925389
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970214
APN  9-930386
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971110
APN  9-307614
CLAS
OCL  123698
XCL  123520
EDF  6
ICL  F02M 3304
FSC  123
FSS  698;516-520
UREF
PNO  5611320
ISD  19970300
NAM  Hara et al.
OCL  123698
UREF
PNO  5634454
ISD  19970600
NAM  Fujitsu
OCL  123698
UREF
PNO  5655507
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kawasaki
OCL  123698
UREF
PNO  5694911
ISD  19971200
NAM  Kawamoto et al.
OCL  123698
UREF
PNO  5699778
ISD  19971200
NAM  Muraguchi et al.
OCL  123698
UREF
PNO  5727537
ISD  19980300
NAM  Nakagawa et al.
OCL  123698
FREF
PNO  6-93898
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-93899
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-146965
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-200804
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-259615
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-269399
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  305646
ISD  19951100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-144870
ISD  19960600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  An evaporated fuel treatment device comprising a purge control valve
      arranged between a canister and an intake passage of an engine. A drive
      pulse of the purge control valve is controlled by a duty ratio. When the
      engine operating state is one in which a large amount of evaporated fuel
      is produced in the fuel tank, the feedback correction coefficient is
      maintained at a is position deviated from the reference value so as to
      enable the feedback correction coefficient to change in accordance with
      the fluctuations of the air-fuel ratio.
PATN
WKU  059881518
SRC  8
APN  9980040
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980116
TTL  Method for tank venting in an internal combustion engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Kwon; John
NDR  13
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Schneider; Stefan
CTY  Wenzenbach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970116
APN  197 01 353
CLAS
OCL  123698
XCL  123520
EDF  6
ICL  F02M 2500
FSC  123
FSS  698;520
UREF
PNO  5299546
ISD  19940400
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  123698
UREF
PNO  5406927
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  123698
UREF
PNO  5469833
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hara et al.
OCL  123698
UREF
PNO  5520160
ISD  19960500
NAM  Aota et al.
OCL  123698
UREF
PNO  5546917
ISD  19960800
NAM  Osanai et al.
UREF
PNO  5553595
ISD  19960900
NAM  Nishioka et al.
UREF
PNO  5570674
ISD  19961100
NAM  Izumiura et al.
OCL  123698
UREF
PNO  5611320
ISD  19970300
NAM  Hara et al.
OCL  123698
UREF
PNO  5754971
ISD  19980500
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  123698
UREF
PNO  5791321
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kondoh
OCL  123698
UREF
PNO  5836293
ISD  19981100
NAM  Osanai
OCL  123698
FREF
PNO  38 13 220 A1
ISD  19891100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Lerner; Herbert L.
FR2  Greenberg; Laurence A.
ABST
PAL  A Method for tank venting in an internal combustion engine includes
      ascertaining a degree of loading of an activated carbon filter. A desired
      flushing flow is calculated and a pulse duty factor for a tank venting
      valve is set depending on the level of the degree of loading and a
      predefined value for a maximum possible fuel mass flow through the tank
      venting valve. This is done as a function of the desired flushing flow,
      the temperature of a flushing stream and a pressure gradient at the tank
      venting valve, in such a way that the lambda deviation, brought about by a
      flushing procedure, of a lambda controller of the lambda control device,
      does not exceed a predefined maximum value.
PATN
WKU  059881526
SRC  9
APN  0534838
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980401
TTL  Toy gun for sequentially firing a plurality of projectiles
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Eldred; J. Woodrow
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Halter; Jeffrey T.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Dengler; Brian S.
CTY  Liberty Township
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Hasbro, Inc.
CTY  Pawtucket
STA  RI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  124 65
XCL  124 66
XCL  124 31
EDF  6
ICL  F41B 1100
FSC  124
FSS  59;63;64;65;66;67;31
UREF
PNO  399882
ISD  18890300
NAM  Graydon
OCL  124 56
UREF
PNO  1171197
ISD  19160200
NAM  Harmon, Jr.
OCL  124 65
UREF
PNO  1217553
ISD  19170200
NAM  Beatty
OCL  124 16
UREF
PNO  1478597
ISD  19231200
NAM  Bebler
OCL  124 73
UREF
PNO  2196732
ISD  19400400
NAM  Lefever
OCL  124 11
UREF
PNO  2214224
ISD  19400900
NAM  Douglas
OCL  124 15
UREF
PNO  2237678
ISD  19410400
NAM  Lohr et al.
OCL  124 11
UREF
PNO  2630108
ISD  19530300
NAM  White
OCL  124 13
UREF
PNO  3009453
ISD  19611100
NAM  Ayala
OCL  124 27
UREF
PNO  3010729
ISD  19611100
NAM  Tomosy
OCL  280  1.181
UREF
PNO  3111121
ISD  19631100
NAM  Baggott
OCL  124 15
UREF
PNO  3119385
ISD  19640100
NAM  Ashley
OCL  124 19
UREF
PNO  3262440
ISD  19660700
NAM  Kuhn
OCL  124 15
UREF
PNO  3465744
ISD  19690900
NAM  Nielsen
OCL  124 27
UREF
PNO  3540426
ISD  19701100
NAM  Lohr et al.
OCL  124 15
UREF
PNO  3612026
ISD  19711000
NAM  Vadas et al.
OCL  124 11
UREF
PNO  3627367
ISD  19711200
NAM  Levy
OCL  294 16
UREF
PNO  3774586
ISD  19731100
NAM  Saito
OCL  124 29
UREF
PNO  3913553
ISD  19751000
NAM  Braughler et al.
OCL  124 15
UREF
PNO  4223658
ISD  19800900
NAM  Sundstrom
OCL  124 19
UREF
PNO  4696654
ISD  19870900
NAM  Welch et al.
OCL  446268
UREF
PNO  4848307
ISD  19890700
NAM  Tsao
OCL  124 59
UREF
PNO  5156137
ISD  19921000
NAM  Clayton
OCL  124 27
UREF
PNO  5186156
ISD  19930200
NAM  Clayton
OCL  124 59
UREF
PNO  5267549
ISD  19931200
NAM  Webber
OCL  124 65
UREF
PNO  5323755
ISD  19940600
NAM  Hsieh
OCL  124 66
UREF
PNO  5460150
ISD  19951000
NAM  Joppe
OCL  124 19
UREF
PNO  5522374
ISD  19960600
NAM  Clayton
OCL  124 59
UREF
PNO  5535729
ISD  19960700
NAM  Griffin et al.
OCL  124 66
UREF
PNO  5564964
ISD  19961000
NAM  Chin-Chien
OCL  446406
UREF
PNO  5592931
ISD  19970100
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  124 69
UREF
PNO  5660159
ISD  19970800
NAM  Clayton
OCL  124 66
UREF
PNO  5738079
ISD  19980400
NAM  Keller et al.
OCL  124 66
UREF
PNO  5797385
ISD  19980800
NAM  Thai
OCL  124 66
FREF
PNO  2 250 574
ISD  19920600
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Drucker et al., co-pending U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 08/797,090,
      filed Feb. 7, 1997 for "Projectile Launcher With Articulated Cocking
      Mechanism".
LREP
FRM  Marshall, O'Toole, Gerstein, Murray & Borun
ABST
PAL  A toy gun which fires at least two projectiles with a single cycle of an
      actuation device is disclosed. The gun includes a piston for developing a
      firing force and a magazine having at least two stations, each of which
      receives a projectile. The magazine is movable to sequentially position
      each of the stations in a firing position to receive the firing force from
      the piston. The actuating device operatively engages the piston and the
      magazine for periodic actuation thereof. In some embodiments, the
      actuating device comprises an elongated strip with a plurality of spaced
      abutments.
PATN
WKU  059881534
SRC  8
APN  9513760
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971016
TTL  Paint ball gun
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Eldred; J. Woodrow
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Yoshimura; Haruhiko
CTY  Kanagawaken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Galactic System, Inc.
CTY  Cedar Rapids
STA  IA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  124 81
XCL  124 83
XCL  124 84
EDF  6
ICL  F41B 1100
FSC  124
FSS  81;83;84;85;72;73
UREF
PNO  2182369
ISD  19391200
NAM  Barron
OCL  124 81
UREF
PNO  5265583
ISD  19931100
NAM  Otto
OCL  124 81
UREF
PNO  5413085
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kraeft
OCL  124 81
UREF
PNO  5634456
ISD  19970600
NAM  Perrone
OCL  124 76
UREF
PNO  5640945
ISD  19970600
NAM  Slonaker et al.
OCL  124 56
UREF
PNO  5655510
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kunimoto
OCL  124 81
UREF
PNO  5735256
ISD  19980400
NAM  Monk
OCL  124 65
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg, Woessner & Kluth PA
ABST
PAL  The present invention includes a device for increasing distance traversed
      by a projectile. The device includes a main body comprising a tubular
      component wherein the tubular component defines an orifice. The main body
      also comprises a collar component positionable about the tubular
      component. The collar component enclosed a second orifice for receipt of a
      screw. A tab is positioned adjacent to the orifice which is defined by the
      tubular component. The tab includes an oblique section. A screw is
      positionable in the collar component and extends through the orifice
      defined by the tubular component. The screw is in moveable contact with
      the oblique segment of the tab.
PATN
WKU  059881542
SRC  8
APN  9619860
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19971031
TTL  Combination steamer and convection oven with double doors
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Price; Carl D.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Douglas; Scott
CTY  Burlington
STA  VT
INVT
NAM  Haas; Jonathon
CTY  Colchester
STA  VT
INVT
NAM  Kingdon; Charles
CTY  Vergennes
STA  VT
ASSG
NAM  G.S. Blodgett Corporation
CTY  Burlington
STA  VT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  126 201
XCL  126 20
XCL  292DIG30
XCL  292DIG49
XCL  292DIG69
EDF  6
ICL  A21B  108
FSC  126
FSS  20;273 R;20.1;19 R
FSC  292
FSS  304;224;DIG. 69;DIG. 30;DIG. 49
FSC   49
FSS  503;394
UREF
PNO  751450
ISD  19040200
NAM  Beck
UREF
PNO  3409003
ISD  19681100
NAM  Rehberg et al.
UREF
PNO  4163344
ISD  19790800
NAM  Scherer
UREF
PNO  4506598
ISD  19850300
NAM  Meister
UREF
PNO  4641630
ISD  19870200
NAM  Meister
UREF
PNO  4655192
ISD  19870400
NAM  Jovanovic
UREF
PNO  4698487
ISD  19871000
NAM  Meister
UREF
PNO  4699119
ISD  19871000
NAM  Benko et al.
UREF
PNO  4700685
ISD  19871000
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  4742847
ISD  19880500
NAM  Meister
UREF
PNO  5618458
ISD  19970400
NAM  Thomas
UREF
PNO  5619983
ISD  19970400
NAM  Smith
LREP
FR2  Casey, Esq.; Donald C.
ABST
PAL  An improvement for a combination steamer and convection oven is described.
      The improvement includes double access doors in the front of the oven for
      controlling access to the cooking cavity within. The doors are cam
      actuated between a closed position, a first open position wherein the
      doors are cracked to release hot gases from within the cavity and a second
      open position wherein the doors are fully open. The admission of steam to
      the cavity is controlled by a positive displacement flapper valve and one
      or a pair of the ovens can be used, and if a pair is used a single steamer
      provides steam for either or both cooking cavities.
PATN
WKU  059881550
SRC  9
APN  1643827
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19981001
TTL  Fluid flow valves and cooking machine control systems utilizing such
      valves
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Dority; Carroll
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Garceau; William J.
STR  170 W. 37th St.
CTY  Reading
STA  PA
ZIP  19606
INVT
NAM  Speakman; Thomas F.
STR  100 Adams Dr.
CTY  Reading
STA  PA
ZIP  19606
RLAP
COD  74
APN  710010
APD  19960911
PSC  01
PNO  5865164
CLAS
OCL  126 39G
XCL  126 39R
XCL  431349
XCL  251117
XCL  251207
EDF  6
ICL  F24C  300
FSC  126
FSS  39 G;39 R
FSC  431
FSS  56;82;349
FSC  137
FSS  599.1
FSC  251
FSS  117;206;207;249.5
UREF
PNO  409577
ISD  18890800
NAM  Gregory
UREF
PNO  848811
ISD  19070400
NAM  Cook
OCL  251117
UREF
PNO  1242245
ISD  19171000
NAM  Rutz
UREF
PNO  1414323
ISD  19220400
NAM  Barton
UREF
PNO  1506434
ISD  19240800
NAM  Leins
OCL  251117
UREF
PNO  1631109
ISD  19270500
NAM  Hitzemann
UREF
PNO  2043991
ISD  19360600
NAM  Dalen et al.
UREF
PNO  2371351
ISD  19450300
NAM  Paille
UREF
PNO  2436575
ISD  19480200
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  2498376
ISD  19500200
NAM  Mueller
UREF
PNO  2507410
ISD  19500500
NAM  Kemp
OCL  137599.1
UREF
PNO  2524730
ISD  19501000
NAM  Lawhon
UREF
PNO  2527733
ISD  19501000
NAM  Imhoff et al.
UREF
PNO  2590535
ISD  19520300
NAM  Harper
UREF
PNO  2632467
ISD  19530300
NAM  Lamar
UREF
PNO  2635683
ISD  19530400
NAM  Klein
UREF
PNO  2690894
ISD  19541000
NAM  Blevans
OCL  251249.5
UREF
PNO  2965015
ISD  19601200
NAM  Huchok
UREF
PNO  3262486
ISD  19660700
NAM  Rose
UREF
PNO  3488133
ISD  19700100
NAM  Perl
UREF
PNO  3570391
ISD  19710300
NAM  Rejler
UREF
PNO  3635018
ISD  19720100
NAM  De Corso et al.
UREF
PNO  3765820
ISD  19731000
NAM  Ito et al.
UREF
PNO  3827345
ISD  19740800
NAM  Willson
UREF
PNO  3870859
ISD  19750300
NAM  Price
UREF
PNO  3965322
ISD  19760600
NAM  Mori
UREF
PNO  3972275
ISD  19760800
NAM  Schweig et al.
UREF
PNO  4044660
ISD  19770800
NAM  Montague et al.
UREF
PNO  4054151
ISD  19771000
NAM  Parker et al.
OCL  137599
UREF
PNO  4195558
ISD  19800400
NAM  Speakman
UREF
PNO  4556032
ISD  19851200
NAM  Miller
OCL  123438
UREF
PNO  4899981
ISD  19900200
NAM  Thomas
OCL  251207
UREF
PNO  5096116
ISD  19920300
NAM  Akamatu et al.
OCL  126 39G
UREF
PNO  5149262
ISD  19920900
NAM  Riehl
OCL  126 39R
UREF
PNO  5305986
ISD  19940400
NAM  Hunt
OCL  251207
UREF
PNO  5865164
ISD  19990200
NAM  Garceau et al.
OCL  126 39R
FREF
PNO  105221
ISD  19420800
CNT  SEX
OCL  251117
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  A cooking machine control system for controlling the consumption of fuel by
      cooking machines, including cooking machines of the type used in
      restaurant kitchens, such as gas/barbecue broilers, and home cooking
      machines such as grills, and gas flow valves usable in such cooking
      machine control systems. The cooking machine control system controls the
      flow of gas to the burners of the cooking machine to maintain the cooking
      surface of the cooking machine at an appropriate standby temperature when
      no food is being cooked, to bring the cooking surface to an appropriate
      cooking temperature for a predetermined period of time when food is being
      cooked, and then to return the cooking surface to the standby temperature.
      In one embodiment, a valve in the gas pipe controls the flow of the gas to
      provide the desired cooking levels. This valve provides a first gas flow
      path for flow of gas at a rate required for cooking of food and a second
      gas flow path for flow of gas at a lower rate to maintain the standby
      temperature of the cooking machine. With the cooking machine control
      system in the standby mode, when food is to be cooked a switch is
      actuated, causing the valve to open the cooking flow rate path for a
      period of time sufficient to cook the food. In another embodiment, the
      cooking machine controls system includes a first gas pipe which provides
      gas to each burner of the cooking machine at the standby level and a
      second gas pipe which in the standby mode is closed by a valve. When food
      is to be cooked, the valve is opened to provide gas to each burner at a
      rate sufficient to bring the cooking surface to the appropriate cooking
      temperature. Each of these gas pipes feeds the burners through a cut-off
      valve which has two inlets and a single outlet. During times when the
      burners are not in use, this shut-off valve can be closed to prevent gas
      flow from both the first and the second inlets from leaving the valve
      through the outlet.
PATN
WKU  059881569
SRC  8
APN  8608393
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970612
TTL  Fluid fuel spray burner for a heater
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Yeung; James C.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Schmid; Hans-Jurgen
CTY  Ludwigsburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Mohring; Fritz
CTY  Ostfildern
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schodt; Adolf
CTY  Esslingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Keinert; Helmut
CTY  Nurtingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  J. Eberspacher GmbH and Co.
CTY  Esslingen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19941224
APN  94 20 677  U
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950920
APN  195 34 866
CLAS
OCL  126110B
XCL  126110D
XCL  237 123C
XCL  237 32
EDF  6
ICL  F24H  302
FSC  126
FSS  110 D;110 R;110 B;116 R
FSC  237
FSS  12.3 C;12.3 A
FSC  431
FSS  89;90;22;38;350;354
FSC  432
FSS  222;223;224
UREF
PNO  3648681
ISD  19720300
NAM  Stump
OCL  126110B
UREF
PNO  4718602
ISD  19880100
NAM  Beck et al.
OCL  126110B
UREF
PNO  4998878
ISD  19910300
NAM  Gruber
OCL  431 89
FREF
PNO  2248484
ISD  19730500
CNT  DEX
OCL  126110B
LREP
FRM  McGlew and Tuttle, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE95/01726
PD1  19970612
PD2  19970612
PD3  19951201
PCP  WO96/20372
PCD  19960704
ABST
PAR  A fluid spray burner for a heater having a nozzle block which supports a
      spray nozzle and to which fuel can be fed from a fuel line via a fuel
      pump. A fuel pump is integrated in the burner housing, and in particular
      to a radial carrier plate thereof.
PATN
WKU  059881577
SRC  9
APN  0466956
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980324
TTL  Furnace with split heat exchanger
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Cocks; Josiah C.
EXP  Lazarus; Ira S.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Brown; Michael N.
CTY  Waterloo
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Roy; Gaetan
CTY  St.-Elie D'Orford
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Dobre; Dan C.
CTY  Kitchener
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  1036684 Ontario Inc. c.o.b. as Clare Brothers
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  126110R
XCL  126116R
XCL  126110D
XCL  126102
XCL  126112
XCL  126119
XCL  431154
XCL  431189
EDF  6
ICL  F24H  302
ICL  F23D 1136
FSC  126
FSS  110 R;99 R;110 D;114;116 R;102;112;118;119
FSC  431
FSS  154;186;189
UREF
PNO  849890
ISD  19070400
NAM  Chromie
OCL  126102
UREF
PNO  913496
ISD  19090200
NAM  Heckler et al.
OCL  126102
UREF
PNO  2329920
ISD  19430800
NAM  Loveley
OCL  126116R
UREF
PNO  2389264
ISD  19451100
NAM  Livar
OCL  126116R
UREF
PNO  2561100
ISD  19510700
NAM  Dahlstrom
OCL  126110R
UREF
PNO  2793638
ISD  19570500
NAM  Walter
OCL  126102
UREF
PNO  2805659
ISD  19570900
NAM  Salter
OCL  126102
UREF
PNO  3260836
ISD  19660700
NAM  Villeneuve
OCL  126102
UREF
PNO  4203415
ISD  19800500
NAM  Gruber et al.
OCL  126110R
UREF
PNO  4243014
ISD  19810100
NAM  Hunt
OCL  126119
UREF
PNO  4275705
ISD  19810600
NAM  Schaus et al.
OCL  126110R
UREF
PNO  4620490
ISD  19861100
NAM  Brady et al.
OCL  126190
LREP
FRM  Bereskin & Parr
ABST
PAL  A furnace having improved heat exchanger, which is particularly suitable
      for use in a positive pressure, direct-vented hot air furnace. The heat
      exchanger has a split housing construction allowing the heat exchanger to
      be partible into halves. Parting the heat exchanger housing of the present
      invention permits access to the ceramic combustion chamber disposed
      therein, facilitating periodic repair and replacement. The partible
      portions of the present heat exchanger housing are connectable using one
      of several available connection means, including bolted mating flanges,
      encircling clamps, and twisting quick-locking means. The connection
      between the partible portions is gasketed to provide a positive pressure
      seal of the connection, impeding leakage of pressurized combustion gases
      from within the heat exchanger to the occupied air.
PATN
WKU  059881585
SRC  9
APN  1794868
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19981027
TTL  Outdoor oven apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; David
EXP  Lazarus; Ira S.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Schmidt, Jr.; Henry G.
STR  2340 Calhoun Rd.
CTY  Eagle Lake
STA  TX
ZIP  77434
CLAS
OCL  126276
XCL  126 25R
XCL  126 41R
XCL  126337R
XCL  126339
XCL   99339
XCL   99357
EDF  6
ICL  F24C  116
ICL  F24C 1516
ICL  A23L 2902
FSC  126
FSS  25 R;41 R;276;339;337 R;41 D
FSC   99
FSS  339;357
FSC  219
FSS  392;385;521;242
UREF
PNO  34726
ISD  18620300
NAM  Ayres
OCL  126276
UREF
PNO  2851941
ISD  19580900
NAM  Cogar
OCL  126276
UREF
PNO  3029754
ISD  19620400
NAM  Doyle
OCL  110240
UREF
PNO  4086849
ISD  19780500
NAM  Simmons
OCL   99357
UREF
PNO  4757755
ISD  19880700
NAM  Sarten
OCL   99357
UREF
PNO  4757756
ISD  19880700
NAM  Van Marr
OCL   99482
UREF
PNO  4819614
ISD  19890400
NAM  Hitch
UREF
PNO  4840118
ISD  19890600
NAM  Rinehart
UREF
PNO  5031602
ISD  19910700
NAM  Vick
OCL  126 25R
UREF
PNO  5213027
ISD  19930500
NAM  Tsotsos et al.
UREF
PNO  5284125
ISD  19940200
NAM  Hunziker
UREF
PNO  5325841
ISD  19940700
NAM  Hooper, Sr.
UREF
PNO  5481964
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kitten
OCL   99339
ABST
PAL  An oven apparatus includes a support unit which supports a cylindrically
      shaped oven unit which includes a first oven end and a second oven end. An
      oven access door is located at each oven end. Drawer guide tracks are
      supported by interior portions of the oven unit and extend outward from
      the interior portions of the oven unit. Grill drawers are supported by the
      respective drawer guide tracks. Fuel access doors having adjustable draft
      valves are located on the respective oven ends, and a damper-containing
      vent pipe is connected to the oven unit. The oven access doors are
      supported by the oven ends by horizontally oriented access door hinges.
      The oven access doors are located above the drawer guide tracks. The oven
      unit includes drain ports located at bottom portions of the oven unit. A
      thermometer is supported by the oven unit. First and second trays are
      supported at the respective oven ends, and the trays are located astride
      of the oven access doors. A fuel support grate is located within the oven
      unit at a level above the drain ports. An upper rack is supported by
      support hooks within the oven unit above the oven access doors.
      Longitudinally extending trays are located on outside walls of the oven
      unit. A carriage assembly can be employed for supporting the support unit.
      Also, a trailer hitch assembly can be connected to the support unit. Props
      are connected to the support unit to retain the apparatus in a horizontal
      orientation.
PATN
WKU  059881593
SRC  8
APN  6264980
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19960402
TTL  Gas-fired artificial logs and coals-burner assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Jones; Larry
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Blount; Golden
STR  5310 Harbor Town
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
ZIP  75287
RLAP
COD  72
APN  276894
APD  19940719
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  061727
APD  19930517
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  126512
XCL  126500
XCL  126540
XCL  431125
EDF  6
ICL  F23C  118
FSC  431
FSS  125
FSC  126
FSS  512;500;524;540;503
UREF
PNO  3042109
ISD  19620700
NAM  Peterson
OCL  126512
UREF
PNO  3871355
ISD  19750300
NAM  Henry
XCL  431125
UREF
PNO  5000162
ISD  19910300
NAM  Shimek et al.
OCL  126512
UREF
PNO  5033455
ISD  19910700
NAM  Eiklor et al.
OCL  126512
UREF
PNO  5052370
ISD  19911000
NAM  Karabin
OCL  126512
UREF
PNO  5081981
ISD  19920100
NAM  Beal
OCL  126 92R
UREF
PNO  5263852
ISD  19931100
NAM  Beck
OCL  431125
LREP
FR2  Tucker; L. Dan
ABST
PAL  A gas-fired artificial logs and coals-burner assembly is provided for
      fireplace use in cooperation with decorative gas logs, and artificial
      coals and embers decorative items by placement forward of the gas logs in
      the fireplace arrangement, a secondary elongated coals- and embers-burner
      tube apparatus. The assembly provides gas-fired artificial logs, coals-
      and embers-burner apparatus for fireplaces wherein gas flow through
      primary burner tube is the source of gas flow to a secondary coals- and
      embers-burner tube positioned forward and below the primary burner tube
      with multiple discharge ports in the secondary tube directed away from the
      front of the fireplace, thus enhancing the natural burn in cooperation of
      the fireplace draft as well as the aesthetic beauty of the imitation
      burning logs, coals and embers.
PATN
WKU  059881607
SRC  8
APN  8429561
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970425
TTL  Exhalation valve for face mask with spacer chamber connection
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Lewis; Aaron J.
NDR  2
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Foley; Martin P.
CTY  London
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Morton; Robert
CTY  London
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Trudell Medical Limited
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  270752
APD  19940705
PSC  01
PNO  5645049
RLAP
COD  82
APN  973280
APD  19921109
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  12820022
XCL  12820014
XCL  12820023
XCL  12820329
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 1100
FSC  128
FSS  200.14;200.23;203.12;203.29;205.25;206.21;207.12;200.29;205.233;206.28
     ;200.22
UREF
PNO  374831
ISD  18871200
NAM  Harrington
UREF
PNO  440713
ISD  18901100
NAM  Krohn et al.
UREF
PNO  1007644
ISD  19111000
NAM  Cocke
UREF
PNO  1671010
ISD  19280500
NAM  Braecklein
UREF
PNO  1998327
ISD  19350400
NAM  McGuire
UREF
PNO  2164330
ISD  19390700
NAM  Katz et al.
UREF
PNO  2381568
ISD  19450800
NAM  Booharin
UREF
PNO  2432946
ISD  19471200
NAM  Theunissen
UREF
PNO  2848994
ISD  19580800
NAM  Aguado
UREF
PNO  2931356
ISD  19600400
NAM  Schwartz
UREF
PNO  2985169
ISD  19610500
NAM  Elling
UREF
PNO  3182659
ISD  19650500
NAM  Blount
UREF
PNO  3232292
ISD  19660200
NAM  Schaefer
UREF
PNO  3490452
ISD  19700100
NAM  Greenfield
UREF
PNO  4470412
ISD  19840900
NAM  Nowacki et al.
UREF
PNO  4809692
ISD  19890300
NAM  Nowacki et al.
UREF
PNO  4832015
ISD  19890500
NAM  Nowacki et al.
OCL  128206.12
UREF
PNO  4850346
ISD  19890700
NAM  Michel et al.
OCL  128206.15
UREF
PNO  4865027
ISD  19890900
NAM  Laanen et al.
UREF
PNO  4938209
ISD  19900700
NAM  Fry
UREF
PNO  5109839
ISD  19920500
NAM  Blasdell et al.
UREF
PNO  5645049
ISD  19970700
NAM  Foley et al.
OCL  128203.29
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
ABST
PAL  A mask is provided for the inhalation of medication, such as asthmatic
      medication. The mask is molded of a resilient plastic or rubber material
      and has a central through opening and includes an open front portion
      adapted to receive an aerosolization chamber which receives medication
      from a metered dose inhaler. A sidewall expands outwardly from the open
      front portion and is adapted to fit sealingly on a face covering the mouth
      and nose. The sidewall is provided with an extension to accommodate the
      nose. A one-way exhalation valve is provided in the mask, preferably at
      the far end of the nose accommodating extension for conveying exhaled air
      to the outside, and preventing entrance of outside air therethrough into
      said mask.
PATN
WKU  059881615
SRC  8
APN  9272429
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970911
TTL  Altitude adjustment method and apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Lewis; Aaron J.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kroll; Mark W.
STR  651 Carnellon Ct.
CTY  Simi Valley
STA  CA
ZIP  93065
CLAS
OCL  12820212
XCL  12820325
XCL  12820511
EDF  6
ICL  A61G 1000
FSC  128
FSS  202.12;203.25;205.11;205.24;205.25;205.26
UREF
PNO  5101819
ISD  19920400
NAM  Lane et al.
UREF
PNO  5398678
ISD  19950300
NAM  Gamow et al.
UREF
PNO  5647345
ISD  19970700
NAM  Saul
OCL  128201.23
UREF
PNO  5799652
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kotliar
OCL  128205.11
UREF
PNO  5848589
ISD  19981200
NAM  Welnetz
OCL  128202.12
UREF
PNO  5850833
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kotliar
OCL  128202.12
FREF
PNO  1456161
ISD  19890200
CNT  SUX
OCL  128205.11
FREF
PNO  1531986
ISD  19891200
CNT  SUX
OCL  128205.11
FREF
PNO  1602543
ISD  19901000
CNT  SUX
OCL  128205.11
FREF
PNO  1674858
ISD  19910900
CNT  SUX
OCL  128200.24
FREF
PNO  1680166
ISD  19940900
CNT  SUX
OCL  128202.12
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for allowing an individual to adjust to high
      altitudes is taught. The invention teaches the use of a small portable
      breathing gas control system to adjust the gas concentrations going to the
      subject's mask. This allows the subject to gradually adjust to high
      altitudes by breathing through this system during sleeping or other quiet
      activities.
PATN
WKU  059881623
SRC  8
APN  5560993
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19951109
TTL  Apparatus and method for treating the lungs
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Srivastava; V.
EXP  Weiss; John G.
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Retallick, III; Donald L.
STR  4227-B, Arnold Ave., P.O. Box 8207
CTY  Naples
STA  FL
ZIP  33941-8207
CLAS
OCL  12820312
XCL  12820014
XCL  12820019
XCL  12820328
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 1600
FSC  128
FSS  200.11;200.14;200.19;200.21;203.12;205.13;912;202.28;202.29;203.11;200.23
     ;200.18;203.28;200.29;204.28
UREF
PNO  3502077
ISD  19700300
NAM  Joseph
OCL  128200.14
UREF
PNO  3769973
ISD  19731100
NAM  Esbenshade, Jr.
OCL  128200.14
UREF
PNO  4253468
ISD  19810300
NAM  Lehmbeck
OCL  128200.18
UREF
PNO  4446864
ISD  19840500
NAM  Watson et al.
OCL  128202.28
UREF
PNO  4676239
ISD  19870600
NAM  Humphrey
OCL  128203.28
UREF
PNO  4796615
ISD  19890100
NAM  Bullock et al.
OCL  128202.27
UREF
PNO  4953547
ISD  19900900
NAM  Poole, Jr.
OCL  128203.12
UREF
PNO  5072726
ISD  19911200
NAM  Mazloomdoost et al.
OCL  128200.14
UREF
PNO  5099833
ISD  19920300
NAM  Michaels
OCL  128200.14
UREF
PNO  5181508
ISD  19930100
NAM  Pool, Jr.
OCL  128203.12
FREF
PNO  9300952
ISD  19930100
CNT  WOX
ABST
PAL  Apparatus and method for the simultaneous administration of pressurized
      oxygen, a nebulized mist of bronchodilator, and an additional liquid
      medicant into the trachea and lungs of a patient exhibiting little or no
      respitory function. The oxygen is fed through a tube from a manually
      operable resuscitator such as an Ambu-Bag. The nebulized bronchodilator is
      fed from a conventional nebulizer into the tube carrying oxygen from the
      resuscitator. The additional liquid medicant is fed from the needle of a
      pre-filled syringe containing the liquid medicant directly into the tube
      carrying pressurized oxygen and the mist of nebulized bronchodilator. The
      tube carrying the oxygen, the bronchodilator and the additional liquid
      medicant is connected to the upper end of an endotracheal tube which
      terminates in the patient's trachea.
PATN
WKU  059881631
SRC  9
APN  0762555
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980511
TTL  Dry powder medicament inhalator having an inhalation-activated flow
      diverting means for triggering delivery of delivery of medicament
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Lewis; Aaron J.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Casper; Robert A.
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Leith; Frank A.
CTY  Chapel Hill
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Gardner; David L.
CTY  Chapel Hill
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Innovative Devices
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  823139
APD  19970325
PSC  01
PNO  5823183
RLAP
COD  82
APN  690989
APD  19960801
PSC  01
PNO  5692496
CLAS
OCL  12820315
XCL  12820321
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 1500
FSC  128
FSS  203.12;203.15;203.21
FSC  604
FSS  58
UREF
PNO  3807400
ISD  19740400
NAM  Cocozza
OCL  128203.21
UREF
PNO  3906950
ISD  19750900
NAM  Cocozza
OCL  128203.21
UREF
PNO  3921637
ISD  19751100
NAM  Bennie et al.
OCL  128203.15
UREF
PNO  3991761
ISD  19761100
NAM  Cocozza
OCL  128203.21
UREF
PNO  4013075
ISD  19770300
NAM  Cocozza
OCL  128203.21
UREF
PNO  4627432
ISD  19861200
NAM  Newell et al.
OCL  128203.15
UREF
PNO  4664107
ISD  19870500
NAM  Wass
OCL  128200.23
UREF
PNO  4667668
ISD  19870500
NAM  Wetterlin
OCL  128203.15
UREF
PNO  4668218
ISD  19870500
NAM  Virtanen
OCL  604 58
UREF
PNO  4805811
ISD  19890200
NAM  Wetterlin
OCL  222337
UREF
PNO  5033463
ISD  19910700
NAM  Cocozza
OCL  128203.21
UREF
PNO  5161524
ISD  19921100
NAM  Evans
OCL  128203.15
UREF
PNO  5201308
ISD  19930400
NAM  Newhouse
OCL  128203.15
UREF
PNO  5320714
ISD  19940600
NAM  Brendel
OCL  128203.15
UREF
PNO  5327883
ISD  19940700
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  128203.12
UREF
PNO  5347999
ISD  19940900
NAM  Poss et al.
OCL  128203.15
UREF
PNO  5388572
ISD  19950200
NAM  Mulhauser et al.
OCL  128203.15
UREF
PNO  5408994
ISD  19950400
NAM  Wass et al.
OCL  128200.23
UREF
PNO  5437271
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hodson et al.
OCL  128203.15
UREF
PNO  5447151
ISD  19950900
NAM  Bruna et al.
OCL  128203.15
UREF
PNO  5482032
ISD  19960100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  128203.15
UREF
PNO  5483954
ISD  19960100
NAM  Mecikalski
OCL  128203.15
UREF
PNO  5622166
ISD  19970400
NAM  Eisele et al.
OCL  128203.12
UREF
PNO  5692496
ISD  19971200
NAM  Casper et al.
OCL  128203.15
UREF
PNO  5823183
ISD  19981000
NAM  Casper et al.
OCL  128203.15
FREF
PNO  0 211 595 A2
ISD  19860700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 455 463 A1
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 467 172 A1
ISD  19910700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  40 20 571 A1
ISD  19900600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  41 33 274 A1
ISD  19911000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 165 159
ISD  19851000
CNT  GBX
OCL  128203.15
FREF
PNO  WO 90/13328
ISD  19900400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/12831
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Thorpe, North & Western, LLP
ABST
PAL  An inhalation-activated inhalator having a primary inhalation passage and a
      secondary inhalation passage disposed in communication with the primary
      inhalation passage and a source of medicament. The primary inhalation
      passage has a flow inhibiting mechanism connected to a blocking plate
      positioned to selectively block fluid flow between the secondary and
      primary inhalation passage. As the user's inhalation reaches a defined
      rate, the flow inhibiting mechanism restricts flow through the primary
      inhalation passage and moves the blocking plate to enable airflow through
      the secondary passage. Thus, as the user achieves a desired inhalation
      rate, the medicament is provided through the secondary inhalation passage,
      thereby optimizing the delivery of medicament to the lungs.
PATN
WKU  059881640
SRC  8
APN  5090784
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19950731
TTL  Breathing circuits with humidity controls
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Lewis; Aaron J.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Paluch; Bernard
STR  1607 Cedar La.
CTY  Mount Prospect
STA  IL
ZIP  60056
CLAS
OCL  12820326
XCL  12820417
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 1600
FSC  128
FSS  203.26;203.27;204.17;911
UREF
PNO  379952
ISD  18880300
NAM  Gold
OCL  128911
UREF
PNO  3898978
ISD  19750800
NAM  Marcus
OCL  128204.17
UREF
PNO  3912795
ISD  19751000
NAM  Jackson
OCL  128911
UREF
PNO  4013122
ISD  19770300
NAM  Long
OCL  128204.17
UREF
PNO  4333451
ISD  19820600
NAM  Paluch
UREF
PNO  4355636
ISD  19821000
NAM  Oetjen et al.
OCL  128204.17
UREF
PNO  4589409
ISD  19860500
NAM  Chatburn et al.
OCL  128203.26
UREF
PNO  4773410
ISD  19880900
NAM  Blackmer et al.
OCL  128203.26
UREF
PNO  4829997
ISD  19890500
NAM  Douwens et al.
OCL  128203.26
UREF
PNO  4967744
ISD  19901100
NAM  Chua
UREF
PNO  5121746
ISD  19920600
NAM  Sikora
OCL  128911
UREF
PNO  5163423
ISD  19921100
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  128203.26
UREF
PNO  5309906
ISD  19940500
NAM  LaBombard
OCL  128911
UREF
PNO  5375948
ISD  19941200
NAM  Eilentropp
UREF
PNO  5377670
ISD  19950100
NAM  Smith
OCL  128911
UREF
PNO  5431157
ISD  19950700
NAM  Mourkidou et al.
OCL  128203.12
UREF
PNO  5537996
ISD  19960700
NAM  McPhee
OCL  128204.17
UREF
PNO  5558084
ISD  19960900
NAM  Daniell et al.
OCL  128204.17
UREF
PNO  5701887
ISD  19971200
NAM  Rustad et al.
OCL  128911
OREF
PAL  U.S. Department of HHS, "FDA Safety Alert--Hazards of Heated-Wire Breathing
      Circuits", Jul. 14, 1993, Washington, DC.
LREP
FR2  Ramm; Walter C.
ABST
PAL  Breathing circuits for medical respiratory devices which have an
      inspiratory conduit for delivery of respiration-related aeriform
      substances to a patient, may also have a expiratory conduit, and, in any
      case are arranged to communicate with a patient interface, such as a wye
      (14), and have heating means for respiration-related aeriform substances
      in at least the inspiratory conduit. The heating means may be a
      heated-liquid heating tube (11) within at least the inspiratory conduit or
      an electrical heating wire (38) on or in an inspiratory conduit comprising
      respiratory hose (37). The tube is in circulatory relationship with a
      heated-liquid reservoir (13) and is arranged internally to contain heated
      liquid (30) from the reservoir, and to transfer heat from the liquid--by
      radiation and conduction from the tube wall--to the substances in the
      conduit. This transferred heat tends to inhibit or to control formation of
      dangerous aqueous condensate from the substances by compensating heat
      losses they otherwise sustain, enhancing their capacity to retain water
      vapor and providing an intra-conduit environment in which the condensate
      is unlikely to form. A manifold (12) enables the tube to extend to the
      expiratory conduit.
PATN
WKU  059881658
SRC  8
APN  9420630
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971001
TTL  Apparatus and method for forming oxygen-enriched gas and compression
      thereof for high-pressure mobile storage utilization
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Weiss, Jr; Joseph F.
EXP  Weiss; John G.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Richey, II; Joseph B.
CTY  Chagrin Falls
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Goertzen; Gerold G.
CTY  Brunswick
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Invacare Corporation
CTY  Elyria
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  12820512
XCL  12820511
XCL  12820527
XCL  12820422
EDF  6
ICL  A62B  710
ICL  A62B 1900
ICL  A62B 2302
FSC  128
FSS  205.12;205.18;204.18;207.26;200.24;205.11;205.27;204.22;204.24;204.25;204.2
     1
FSC  141
FSS  2;3;4;18;21
FSC   95
FSS  100
FSC   96
FSS  130
FSC  417
FSS  27;244;243
UREF
PNO  2944627
ISD  19600700
NAM  Skarstrom
UREF
PNO  3313091
ISD  19670400
NAM  Berlin
UREF
PNO  3898047
ISD  19750800
NAM  Cramer
OCL  128202.26
UREF
PNO  4013429
ISD  19770300
NAM  Sircar et al.
OCL   95130
UREF
PNO  4194890
ISD  19800300
NAM  McCombs et al.
UREF
PNO  4222750
ISD  19800900
NAM  Gauthier et al.
UREF
PNO  4331455
ISD  19820500
NAM  Sato
OCL  128202.26
UREF
PNO  4428372
ISD  19840100
NAM  Beysel et al.
OCL  128202.26
UREF
PNO  4449990
ISD  19840500
NAM  Tedford, Jr.
OCL   95130
UREF
PNO  4552571
ISD  19851100
NAM  Dechene
UREF
PNO  4627860
ISD  19861200
NAM  Rowland
OCL   95130
UREF
PNO  4636226
ISD  19870100
NAM  Canfora
OCL   96130
UREF
PNO  4673415
ISD  19870600
NAM  Stanford
OCL   96130
UREF
PNO  4706664
ISD  19871100
NAM  Snook et al.
OCL  128204.21
UREF
PNO  4765804
ISD  19880800
NAM  Lloyd-Williams et al.
OCL   96130
UREF
PNO  4844059
ISD  19890700
NAM  Koch
UREF
PNO  4867766
ISD  19890900
NAM  Campbell et al.
OCL   96130
UREF
PNO  4869733
ISD  19890900
NAM  Stanford
OCL   96130
UREF
PNO  4905685
ISD  19900300
NAM  Olsson et al.
OCL  128203.12
UREF
PNO  4991616
ISD  19910200
NAM  Fabregat
UREF
PNO  5071453
ISD  19911200
NAM  Hradek et al.
UREF
PNO  5144945
ISD  19920900
NAM  Nishino et al.
OCL  128205.12
UREF
PNO  5195874
ISD  19930300
NAM  Odagiri
OCL  417 27
UREF
PNO  5199423
ISD  19930400
NAM  Harral et al.
UREF
PNO  5237987
ISD  19930800
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  128204.18
UREF
PNO  5354361
ISD  19941000
NAM  Coffield
UREF
PNO  5474595
ISD  19951200
NAM  McCombs
OCL   95130
UREF
PNO  5584669
ISD  19961200
NAM  Becker
FREF
PNO  860 647
ISD  19980800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  374 540
ISD  19320600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Hudak & Shunk Co.
ABST
PAL  An oxygen concentrator is utilized in combination with a compressor to
      provide a highly enriched and compressed oxygen gas in a mobile container
      such as a gas cylinder. The combination and method of production provides
      for the facile preparation of an enriched source of oxygen for use by an
      ambulatory or wheelchair-confined patient. The oxygen concentrator
      utilizes two or more molecular sieves to provide a breathable gas of from
      approximately 80 to about 98 percent oxygen from atmospheric air. The
      oxygen-enriched gas is stored in a concentrator product tank and can be
      prioritized so as to supply a patient with a proper amount and
      concentration of oxygen and secondarily to supply any surplus or excess
      enriched oxygen to a compressor. The compressor utilizes multiple stages
      to produce the highly compressed oxygen-enriched gas and utilizes a
      two-part piston at low rpm to enhance low wear and low noise.
PATN
WKU  059881666
SRC  8
APN  750179&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970410
TTL  Ventilator apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Srivastava; V.
EXP  Weiss; John G.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Hayek; Zamir
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Dranez Anstalt
CTY  Liechtenstein
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19940601
APN  9410935
CLAS
OCL  12820526
XCL  12820212
XCL  12820418
XCL  12820424
XCL  12820524
XCL  601 41
XCL  601 48
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 1600
FSC  128
FSS  204.18;204.21;204.23;202.12;205.26;204.24;205.24
FSC  601
FSS  41;48
UREF
PNO  Re20226
ISD  19370100
NAM  Drinker et al.
UREF
PNO  2875946
ISD  19590300
NAM  Tunnicliffe et al.
UREF
PNO  2918917
ISD  19591200
NAM  Emerson
OCL  601 41
UREF
PNO  4155356
ISD  19790500
NAM  Venegas
OCL  601 41
UREF
PNO  4265237
ISD  19810500
NAM  Schwanbom et al.
OCL  128204.24
UREF
PNO  4397306
ISD  19830800
NAM  Weisfeldt et al.
OCL  601 41
UREF
PNO  4770165
ISD  19880900
NAM  Hayek
UREF
PNO  4815452
ISD  19890300
NAM  Hayek
UREF
PNO  4881527
ISD  19891100
NAM  Lerman
UREF
PNO  4930498
ISD  19900600
NAM  Hayek
UREF
PNO  5076259
ISD  19911200
NAM  Hayek
UREF
PNO  5359999
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kinsman
OCL  128204.21
UREF
PNO  5573498
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hayek
FREF
PNO  192337
ISD  19860800
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61H 3102
FREF
PNO  978758
ISD  19510400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  87/04615
ISD  19870800
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61H 3102
FREF
PNO  91/11166
ISD  19910800
CNT  WOX
OCL  601 41
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB95/01248
PD1  19970410
PD2  19970410
PD3  19950531
PCP  WO95/32753
PCD  19951207
ABST
PAR  Ventilator apparatus for ventilating the lungs of a patient comprises a
      source of as pressure to be applied internally or externally to a
      patient's lungs. The alternating pressure has a complex waveform
      deconstructable into a large amplitude waveform of a first frequency which
      may be produced by a blower (18) and a valve (10) and a lower amplitude
      waveform of a higher frequency which may be produced by a second blower
      and valve unit (4).
PATN
WKU  059881674
SRC  8
APN  8504148
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19970502
TTL  Foam cuff for laryngeal mask airway
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Lewis; Aaron J.
NDR  6
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Kamen; Jack M.
STR  8782 N. Cricket Tree La.
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
ZIP  46260
CLAS
OCL  12820715
XCL  12820714
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 1600
FSC  128
FSS  207.15;200.26;207.14;912
FSC  604
FSS  96
UREF
PNO  2548602
ISD  19510400
NAM  Greenburg
UREF
PNO  3640282
ISD  19720200
NAM  Kamen et al.
OCL  128207.15
UREF
PNO  3799173
ISD  19740300
NAM  Kamen
OCL  128207.15
UREF
PNO  3889685
ISD  19750600
NAM  Miller, Jr. et al.
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  3971385
ISD  19760700
NAM  Corbett
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  4509514
ISD  19850400
NAM  Brain
OCL  128207.15
UREF
PNO  4995388
ISD  19910200
NAM  Brain
OCL  128207.15
UREF
PNO  5009639
ISD  19910400
NAM  Keymling
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5038766
ISD  19910800
NAM  Parker
OCL  128200.26
UREF
PNO  5042469
ISD  19910800
NAM  Augustine
OCL  128200.26
UREF
PNO  5203320
ISD  19930400
NAM  Augustine
OCL  128207.14
UREF
PNO  5241956
ISD  19930900
NAM  Brain
OCL  128207.15
UREF
PNO  5249571
ISD  19931000
NAM  Brain
OCL  128207.14
UREF
PNO  5297547
ISD  19940300
NAM  Brain
OCL  128207.15
UREF
PNO  5305743
ISD  19940400
NAM  Brain
OCL  128207.15
UREF
PNO  5308325
ISD  19940500
NAM  Quinn et al.
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5339805
ISD  19940800
NAM  Parker
OCL  128200.26
UREF
PNO  5355879
ISD  19941000
NAM  Brain
OCL  128207.15
UREF
PNO  5391248
ISD  19950200
NAM  Brain
OCL  156242
UREF
PNO  5439444
ISD  19950800
NAM  Andersen et al.
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5477851
ISD  19951200
NAM  Callaghan et al.
OCL  128207.15
UREF
PNO  5513627
ISD  19960500
NAM  Flam
OCL  128200.26
UREF
PNO  5632271
ISD  19970500
NAM  Brain
OCL  128207.15
UREF
PNO  5653690
ISD  19970800
NAM  Booth et al.
OCL  604 96
FREF
PNO  0 294 200 B1
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 294 200 A2
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 448 878 A2
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 267 034
ISD  19931100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  922073
ISD  19960200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  PCT/GB95/01292
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  PCT/GB96/02425
ISD  19970400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Instruction Video --Intavent Laryngeal Mask Airway.
PAL  Instruction Manual --The Intavent Laryngeal Mask, Oct. 1992.
PAL  Instruction Manual --LMA Laryngeal Mask Airway, Aug. 1996.
PAL  Brochure --LMA Laryngeal Mask Airway.
LREP
FRM  Barnes & Thornburg
ABST
PAL  An artificial airway is provided for permitting medical personnel access to
      a patient's airway. The artificial airway includes a foam cuff laryngeal
      mask having an air tube, a pilot tube, and a laryngeal mask. The air tube
      and the laryngeal mask cooperate to form a gas passage that permits gases
      to flow through the foam cuff laryngeal mask. The laryngeal mask includes
      a foam cuff having a pliable sheath filled with a resilient material. Air
      is drawn out of the resilient material through the pilot tube which causes
      the foam cuff to deflate. The foam cuff laryngeal mask is then inserted
      into the patient's airway and positioned over the larynx. Air is allowed
      to enter the pilot tube and the resilient material expands so that the
      foam cuff forms a substantial seal with the larynx.
PATN
WKU  059881682
SRC  8
APN  8579113
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970516
TTL  Method and apparatus for establishing a surgical airway
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Lewis; Aaron J.
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Bair; Aaron E.
STR  215 Diablo Ave.
CTY  Davis
STA  CA
ZIP  95616
CLAS
OCL  12820729
XCL  606172
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 1600
FSC  128
FSS  207.29
FSC  606
FSS  170;172;174
FSC  604
FSS  117
FSC  D 8
FSS  57
FSC   30
FSS  146
UREF
PNO  241036
ISD  18810500
NAM  Lyman
UREF
PNO  D310714
ISD  19900900
NAM  Dolwick
OCL  D24 10
UREF
PNO  2725629
ISD  19551200
NAM  Jodhunter
UREF
PNO  2834349
ISD  19580500
NAM  Springer
UREF
PNO  2873742
ISD  19590200
NAM  Shelden
UREF
PNO  2991787
ISD  19610700
NAM  Shelden et al.
UREF
PNO  3759263
ISD  19730900
NAM  Taylor
UREF
PNO  3893454
ISD  19750700
NAM  Hagelin
UREF
PNO  4182337
ISD  19800100
NAM  Nickson
UREF
PNO  4285344
ISD  19810800
NAM  Marshall
UREF
PNO  4608982
ISD  19860900
NAM  Pollard
UREF
PNO  4889112
ISD  19891200
NAM  Schachner et al.
UREF
PNO  5147356
ISD  19920900
NAM  Bhatta
OCL  606174
UREF
PNO  5217007
ISD  19930600
NAM  Ciaglia
UREF
PNO  5219354
ISD  19930600
NAM  Choudhury et al.
OCL  606174
UREF
PNO  5279285
ISD  19940100
NAM  Griggs
FREF
PNO  WO 91/08709
ISD  19910600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Brofeldt et al., "An Easy Cricothyrotomy Approach: The Rapid Four-Step
      Technique," Academic Emergency Medicine, vol. 3, No. 11, pp. 1060-1063,
      Nov. 1996.
PAL  Milner et al., "Review Article Emergency Criothyrotomy," Journal of
      Laryngology and Otology, vol. 105, pp. 883-885, Nov. 1991.
PAL  Johnson et al., "Cricothyrotomy Performed by Prehosptal Personnel: A
      Comparison of Two Techniques in a Human Cadaver Model," American Journal
      of Emergency Medicine, vol. 11, No. 3, pp. 207-209, May 1993.
PAL  Ravlo et al., "A Comparison Between Two Emergency Cricothyroidotomy
      Instruments," ACLA Anaesthesiol Scand, vol. 31, pp. 317-319, 1987.
PAL  Weiss, S., "A New Emergency Cricothyroidotomy Instrument," The Journal of
      Trauma, vol. 23, No. 2, pp. 155-158, Feb. 1983.
LREP
FR2  O'Banion; John P.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method for performing emergency cricothyrotomy on a
      patient. The apparatus includes a pair of handles with an arcuate tip
      connected to the distal end of each handle with both sets of handles/tips
      attached together by a detachable pivot mechanism. The handles are angled
      away opposite in direction to the arcuate tips. The arcuate tips can grip
      a surgical scalpel which has at least one hub protruding from the side of
      the scalpel thereby limiting the incision depth to which the scalpel can
      cut. The arcuate tips are held apart by a spring mechanism but can be
      locked together. When used during a cricothyrotomy procedure, the
      apparatus engages a scalpel which is conjunctively used to make an
      incision into the patient's the skin and cricothyroid membrane. Once entry
      into the patient's airway is accomplished, the scalpel is removed. The
      arcuate tips are rotated and spread apart, thus allowing a tracheal tube
      to be inserted into the airway between the arcuate tips. The arcuate tips
      are then removed from the airway by angling the handles downward.
PATN
WKU  059881690
SRC  8
APN  6258093
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19960329
TTL  Vaginal insert and method for treating urogenital disorders
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Michael A.
NDR  6
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Anderson; David W.
CTY  Maple Grove
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Buuck; Robert E.
CTY  Bloomington
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Thornton; Arnold W.
CTY  Roseville
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Zhang; Xiao Kang
CTY  Champlin
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Iotek, Inc.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  128830
XCL  128832
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  606
FSC  128
FSS  830-841
FSC  604
FSS  20
UREF
PNO  487655
ISD  18921200
NAM  Wardell
UREF
PNO  527788
ISD  18941000
NAM  Hebard
UREF
PNO  600290
ISD  18980300
NAM  Muir
UREF
PNO  866180
ISD  19070900
NAM  Ball
UREF
PNO  1030543
ISD  19120600
NAM  Saunders
UREF
PNO  1253955
ISD  19180100
NAM  Galligan
UREF
PNO  1584464
ISD  19260500
NAM  Maranville
UREF
PNO  1740240
ISD  19291200
NAM  Honey
UREF
PNO  1790801
ISD  19310200
NAM  Dickstein
UREF
PNO  1852351
ISD  19320400
NAM  Lewis
UREF
PNO  2711172
ISD  19550600
NAM  Booth
UREF
PNO  3705575
ISD  19721200
NAM  Edwards
UREF
PNO  3726277
ISD  19730400
NAM  Hirschman
UREF
PNO  3815600
ISD  19740600
NAM  Groves
UREF
PNO  3817248
ISD  19740600
NAM  Buckles et al.
UREF
PNO  3857394
ISD  19741200
NAM  Alemany
UREF
PNO  3865108
ISD  19750200
NAM  Hartop
UREF
PNO  3866613
ISD  19750200
NAM  Kenny et al.
UREF
PNO  3902493
ISD  19750900
NAM  Baier et al.
UREF
PNO  3921636
ISD  19751100
NAM  Zaffaroni
UREF
PNO  3938515
ISD  19760200
NAM  Leeper et al.
UREF
PNO  3948254
ISD  19760400
NAM  Zaffaroni
UREF
PNO  3948262
ISD  19760400
NAM  Zaffaroni
UREF
PNO  3967618
ISD  19760700
NAM  Zaffaroni
UREF
PNO  3991760
ISD  19761100
NAM  Drobish et al.
UREF
PNO  3993072
ISD  19761100
NAM  Zaffaroni
UREF
PNO  3993073
ISD  19761100
NAM  Zaffaroni
UREF
PNO  3995631
ISD  19761200
NAM  Higuchi et al.
UREF
PNO  3995633
ISD  19761200
NAM  Gougeon
UREF
PNO  3995634
ISD  19761200
NAM  Drobish
UREF
PNO  4031886
ISD  19770600
NAM  Morhenn
UREF
PNO  4066075
ISD  19780100
NAM  Hughes
UREF
PNO  4144317
ISD  19790300
NAM  Higuchi et al.
UREF
PNO  4155991
ISD  19790500
NAM  Schopflin et al.
UREF
PNO  4169804
ISD  19791000
NAM  Yapel, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4210139
ISD  19800700
NAM  Higuchi
UREF
PNO  4217898
ISD  19800800
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4235236
ISD  19801100
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4237888
ISD  19801200
NAM  Roseman et al.
UREF
PNO  4250611
ISD  19810200
NAM  Wong
UREF
PNO  4286587
ISD  19810900
NAM  Wong
UREF
PNO  4286596
ISD  19810900
NAM  Rubinstein
UREF
PNO  4291014
ISD  19810900
NAM  Keith et al.
UREF
PNO  4304232
ISD  19811200
NAM  Michaels
UREF
PNO  4312347
ISD  19820100
NAM  Magoon et al.
UREF
PNO  4402693
ISD  19830900
NAM  Roseman et al.
UREF
PNO  4402695
ISD  19830900
NAM  Wong
UREF
PNO  4411658
ISD  19831000
NAM  Godbille et al.
UREF
PNO  4438139
ISD  19840300
NAM  Keith et al.
UREF
PNO  4439196
ISD  19840300
NAM  Higuchi
UREF
PNO  4449980
ISD  19840500
NAM  Millar et al.
UREF
PNO  4469671
ISD  19840900
NAM  Zimmerman et al.
UREF
PNO  4553965
ISD  19851100
NAM  Conn et al.
UREF
PNO  4564362
ISD  19860100
NAM  Burnhill
UREF
PNO  4578076
ISD  19860300
NAM  Luukkainen et al.
UREF
PNO  4582052
ISD  19860400
NAM  Dunn et al.
UREF
PNO  4585451
ISD  19860400
NAM  Millar
UREF
PNO  4596576
ISD  19860600
NAM  de Nijs
UREF
PNO  4601714
ISD  19860700
NAM  Burnhill
UREF
PNO  4612924
ISD  19860900
NAM  Cimber
OCL  128839
UREF
PNO  4629449
ISD  19861200
NAM  Wong
UREF
PNO  4804380
ISD  19890200
NAM  Lassen et al.
UREF
PNO  4822616
ISD  19890400
NAM  Zimmerman et al.
UREF
PNO  4846824
ISD  19890700
NAM  Lassen et al.
UREF
PNO  4860754
ISD  19890800
NAM  Sharik
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4871543
ISD  19891000
NAM  Lindskog et al.
UREF
PNO  4881526
ISD  19891100
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  4932421
ISD  19900600
NAM  Kaali
OCL  128839
UREF
PNO  4961931
ISD  19901000
NAM  Wong
UREF
PNO  5007894
ISD  19910400
NAM  Enhorning
UREF
PNO  5019372
ISD  19910500
NAM  Folkman et al.
UREF
PNO  5036867
ISD  19910800
NAM  Biswas
UREF
PNO  5045079
ISD  19910900
NAM  West
UREF
PNO  5070889
ISD  19911200
NAM  Leveen
OCL  128832
UREF
PNO  5188122
ISD  19930200
NAM  Phipps et al.
UREF
PNO  5190766
ISD  19930300
NAM  Ishihara
UREF
PNO  5298017
ISD  19940300
NAM  Theeuwes
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5299581
ISD  19940400
NAM  Donnell et al.
UREF
PNO  5386836
ISD  19950200
NAM  Biswas
UREF
PNO  5458568
ISD  19951000
NAM  Racchini et al.
UREF
PNO  5499971
ISD  19960300
NAM  Shapland et al.
FREF
PNO  0 018 097 A2
ISD  19801000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 0438078A2
ISD  19910700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0510857A1
ISD  19921000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 398 960 B1
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3809815 C2
ISD  19900600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2090535A
ISD  19820700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  A vaginal insert and method for delivering an agent to a urogenital tract
      in a patient, the patient having a vagina, the vagina having anterior and
      posterior walls. The vaginal insert comprises a main portion and first and
      second portions operably connected to the main portion. The first and
      second portions each have an end projecting outward from the main portion,
      at least one of the projecting ends has means for containing the agent.
      The projecting ends of the first and second portions are configured to
      engage the anterior vaginal wall while the main portion engages the
      posterior vaginal wall, thereby positioning the projecting end of the
      first portion proximal to one side of the urogenital tract and positioning
      the projecting end of the second portion proximal to an opposite side of
      the urogenital tract.
PATN
WKU  059881704
SRC  8
APN  8616752
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970522
TTL  Snoring prevention apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Michael A.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Thomas; Thomas
STR  1110 Breezy Meadow La.
CTY  Spencer
STA  IA
ZIP  51301
CLAS
OCL  128848
XCL  128860
XCL  602902
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  556
FSC  128
FSS  848;859-862
FSC  602
FSS  902
UREF
PNO  2669988
ISD  19540200
NAM  Carpenter
OCL  128861
UREF
PNO  2882893
ISD  19590400
NAM  Godfroy
OCL  128861
UREF
PNO  4270531
ISD  19810600
NAM  Blachly
OCL  128861
UREF
PNO  4676240
ISD  19870600
NAM  Gardy
OCL  128207.14
UREF
PNO  4971072
ISD  19901100
NAM  Randall
OCL  128857
UREF
PNO  5533523
ISD  19960700
NAM  Bass
OCL  128859
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  A snoring prevention apparatus for depressing a person's tongue during
      sleep is provided which includes a base plate, a tongue depressing member,
      an opening through which air may flow and a flexible band or strap to
      secure the apparatus to the person's mouth. The tongue depressing member
      is preferably a substantially flat member that extends from the base plate
      for disposition against the upper surface of the tongue such that the
      person's tongue is depressed which opens the airway of the person and
      prevents snoring. The flexible band is connected to the base plate and is
      disposed against the person's head for maintaining the apparatus in place.
      The tongue depressing member is resilient and flexible between a first
      tongue depressing position and a second upper position such that the
      tongue depressing member flexes from the first position to the second
      position in response to a normal body function which requires the tongue
      to raise during sleep, such as swallowing, coughing or sneezing. After the
      body function is accommodated, the tongue depressing member flexes back to
      the first tongue depressing position.
PATN
WKU  059881712
SRC  8
APN  883220&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970626
TTL  Methods and devices for the treatment of airway obstruction, sleep apnea
      and snoring
ISD  19991123
NCL  57
ECL  1
EXP  Jackson; Gary
NDR  24
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Sohn; Ze'ev
CTY  Modiin
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  DeRowe; Ari
CTY  Moshav Salit
CNT  ILX
ASSG
NAM  Influence Medical Technologies, Ltd.
CTY  Herzelia B.
CNT  ILX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  128848
XCL  606232
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  556
FSC  128
FSS  846;848
FSC  606
FSS  232
UREF
PNO  4676240
ISD  19870600
NAM  Gardy
OCL  128848
UREF
PNO  5154184
ISD  19921000
NAM  Alvarez
OCL  128848
UREF
PNO  5316020
ISD  19940500
NAM  Truffer
OCL  128848
UREF
PNO  5373859
ISD  19941200
NAM  Forney
OCL  128846
UREF
PNO  5620012
ISD  19970400
NAM  Benderev et al.
OCL  128898
LREP
FRM  Levisohn, Lerner, Berger & Langsam
ABST
PAL  Methods and devices for the treatment of airway obstruction, sleep apnea
      and snoring, by tongue suspension for treatment of airway obstruction in a
      human subject, including the steps of inserting a bone anchor into the
      mandible of the subject, and fastening at least one suture to the bone
      anchor to suspend the tongue to the mandible. Preferably, the bone anchors
      used are surgical screws. The sutures are fastened to at least one
      surgical screw, and are preferably inserted in positions adjacent to the
      mandible's midline. Alternatively, suspension of the hyoid bone is
      accomplished.
PATN
WKU  059881720
SRC  9
APN  1660489
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19981005
TTL  Perineal surgical apron
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Michael A.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Sosebee; Shirley G.
STR  P.O. Box 437
CTY  Dawsonville
STA  GA
ZIP  30534
RLAP
COD  71
APN  953137
APD  19971017
PSC  01
PNO  5816253
CLAS
OCL  128849
XCL  128852
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1900
FSC  128
FSS  849-856
UREF
PNO  Re27710
ISD  19730700
NAM  Melges
OCL  128853
UREF
PNO  1491011
ISD  19240400
NAM  Hodgin
UREF
PNO  3030957
ISD  19620400
NAM  Melges
OCL  128853
UREF
PNO  3494356
ISD  19700200
NAM  Melges
OCL  128132
UREF
PNO  3503391
ISD  19700300
NAM  Melges
OCL  128853
UREF
PNO  3791382
ISD  19740200
NAM  Collins
OCL  128853
UREF
PNO  3921627
ISD  19751100
NAM  Wilson
OCL  128853
UREF
PNO  4471769
ISD  19840900
NAM  Lockhart
OCL  128849
UREF
PNO  4476860
ISD  19841000
NAM  Collins
OCL  128853
UREF
PNO  4570628
ISD  19860200
NAM  Neal
OCL  128853
UREF
PNO  4690137
ISD  19870900
NAM  Starzmann
OCL  128132D
UREF
PNO  4903710
ISD  19900200
NAM  Jessamine et al.
OCL  128849
UREF
PNO  4974604
ISD  19901200
NAM  Morris
OCL  128853
UREF
PNO  5388593
ISD  19950200
NAM  Thomalla
OCL  128849
UREF
PNO  5522403
ISD  19960600
NAM  Bark
OCL  128849
LREP
FRM  Kennedy, Davis & Hodge
ABST
PAL  A perineal surgical apron (10) for use in obstetrics and surgical
      procedures which apron comprises a fluid impermeable drape (11) having
      adhesive strips (15) and (15') at distal ends, and ties (17) for attaching
      the drape to a covering over a patient and to garb worn by the doctor and
      thereby defining a surgical surface between the doctor and the patient. An
      absorbent pad (24) centrally attached to the drape absorbs fluid from the
      surgical instruments used during surgical procedures. Side pockets (20) on
      the drape capture surgical instruments which are dropped or fall from the
      grasp of the doctor. Additional pockets (26) and (28) attached to the
      drape hold instruments for use during surgical procedures.
PATN
WKU  059881739
SRC  9
APN  0780561
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980513
TTL  Head and neck immobilization system
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Michael A.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Scruggs; Sandy
STR  P.O. Box 1042
CTY  Mesilla
STA  NM
ZIP  88046
CLAS
OCL  128870
XCL    5637
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  537
FSC  128
FSS  845;846;869;870;874;875;876
FSC    5
FSS  630;636;637;638;640
UREF
PNO  3897777
ISD  19750800
NAM  Morrison
OCL  128133
UREF
PNO  3957262
ISD  19760500
NAM  McReynolds
OCL    5637
UREF
PNO  4297994
ISD  19811100
NAM  Bashaw
OCL  128133
UREF
PNO  4528981
ISD  19850700
NAM  Behar
OCL  128133
UREF
PNO  4655206
ISD  19870400
NAM  Moody
OCL  128134
UREF
PNO  4964418
ISD  19901000
NAM  Wilson
OCL  128857
UREF
PNO  5207716
ISD  19930500
NAM  McReynolds et al.
OCL    5637
UREF
PNO  5297304
ISD  19940300
NAM  O'Sullivan
OCL    5630
UREF
PNO  5382226
ISD  19950100
NAM  Graham
OCL  602 32
UREF
PNO  5535467
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ciske
OCL    5636
LREP
FR2  Breaux; Joseph N.
ABST
PAL  A head and neck immobilization system includes a carrying bag; a rigid
      head, neck and shoulder support board having a curved forward pushing
      edge, two side mounted strap attachment slot members, a beveled leading
      edge, a T-shaped neck and shoulder support surface runway, and a U-shaped,
      hook and pile fastener covered, securing surface; a forehead securing
      assembly including a half-circular shaped forehead gripper, left and right
      elastic immobilizing straps, and metal securing clips secured to the ends
      of the immobilizing straps and securable to the strap attachment slot
      members of the support board; at least one gel filled posterior cervical
      spine support bag, the spine support bag including a gel filled spine
      support pouch, an adjustable volume support pouch adjustment reservoir, a
      lower hook and pile fastener material covered surface, and an upper hook
      and pile fastener material covered surface; and at least one elongated,
      cylindrical shaped around-the-helmet support, the around-the-helmet
      support being covered with hook and pile fastener material that is
      companionately securable to the hook and pile fastener material covering
      the U-shaped securing surface of the rigid support board.
PATN
WKU  059881747
SRC  8
APN  8980659
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19970722
TTL  Method for coloring the skin
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Peffley; Michael
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Chasan; Paul E.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  University of Utah
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  504438
APD  19950720
PSC  01
PNO  5713890
RLAP
COD  82
APN  278021
APD  19940720
PSC  01
PNO  5496304
CLAS
OCL  128898
XCL  606  1
XCL  606116
XCL  606186
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1700
FSC  128
FSS  898
FSC  606
FSS  1;116;185;186
FSC  604
FSS  46-48
FSC   81
FSS  9.22
UREF
PNO  1699012
ISD  19290100
NAM  Naylor
UREF
PNO  4392498
ISD  19830700
NAM  Niemeijer
UREF
PNO  4437361
ISD  19840300
NAM  Steckel et al.
UREF
PNO  4488550
ISD  19841200
NAM  Niemeijer
UREF
PNO  4608045
ISD  19860800
NAM  Fretwell
UREF
PNO  4671277
ISD  19870600
NAM  Beuchat
UREF
PNO  4796624
ISD  19890100
NAM  Trott et al.
UREF
PNO  4798582
ISD  19890100
NAM  Sarath et al.
UREF
PNO  5139029
ISD  19920800
NAM  Fishman et al.
UREF
PNO  5279552
ISD  19940100
NAM  Magnet
UREF
PNO  5496304
ISD  19960300
NAM  Chasan
FREF
PNO  65858
ISD  19140700
CNT  AUX
LREP
FRM  Thorpe, North & Western, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method are disclosed for marking the proper location of
      incisions to be made during a surgical procedure and for coloring the
      skin. The apparatus includes a pinwheel with a plurality of marking points
      extending therefrom for penetrating the outermost layer of the epidermis.
      A reservoir supplies a marking agent so that as the penetrating member
      penetrates the epidermis, marking agent is left within the epidermis,
      thereby leaving a dotted line which may be followed when making incisions
      during surgery. The method includes penetrating the outermost layer of the
      epidermis and leaving marking agent between the outermost layer of the
      epidermis and an innermost layer of the epidermis.
PATN
WKU  059881755
SRC  9
APN  056883&
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980409
TTL  Method for voice evaluation
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Gilbert; Samuel
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Grover; Mary C.
STR  15538 Covello St.
CTY  Van Nuys
STA  CA
ZIP  91406-3341
CLAS
OCL  128898
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1900
FSC  128
FSS  897;898
FSC  600
FSS  300;586
FSC  704
FSS  207;271
UREF
PNO  3760108
ISD  19730900
NAM  Gacek et al.
OCL  704271
UREF
PNO  4093821
ISD  19780600
NAM  Williamson
OCL  704207
UREF
PNO  5008942
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kiluchi
OCL  704270
LREP
FRM  Beehler & Pavitt
FR2  Belasco; David A.
FR2  Pavitt, Jr.; William H.
ABST
PAL  A method for voice evaluation having three analysis steps is described.
      First, the subject is caused to stand with the arms at the sides and
      produce a yawn-sigh-like sound ("AH") without vibrato for approximately
      one second. The subject is instructed to begin the sound fairly high on
      the vocal scale, using the light mechanism of the voice, and to gradually
      lower (descend) the pitch of the tone in a smooth sliding/glissando
      effect. The tone descends through the middle voice and down through the
      chest voice or heavy mechanism of the voice, ending on the lowest tone
      that the subject can produce. The analyst listens to the quality of the
      descending tone evaluating it for clarity across the vocal scale and
      listening for disturbances in the quality, registration, resonance and
      placement of the tone, as well as a skip/interruption in the tone, a
      flutter/shakiness, a double tone, or any other vocal aberration. Second,
      the subject is caused to turn the head to a first side, facing the
      shoulder, without turning the torso, thus inhibiting the functioning of
      the vocal cord on the side being faced and allowing the vocal cord on the
      opposite side to vibrate freely so that it may be examined. The subject is
      then instructed to produce a yawn-sigh-like sound as described under the
      first procedure and the analyst listens to the tone produced and evaluates
      it as described in the first analysis step. Third, the subject is
      instructed to turn the head to the opposite side, facing the opposite
      shoulder, without turning the torso. The subject is then caused to produce
      the yawn-sigh-like sound as described under the first procedure and the
      analyst listens to the tone produced and evaluates it as described above.
      The analyst then compares the tone produced by the subject when facing
      forward with the tone produced when facing to the first side and then when
      facing to the opposite side. The tones produced are then analyzed to
      determine the type, severity and location of bumps or protrusions,
      swellings, or irritations.
PATN
WKU  059881763
SRC  8
APN  921724&
APT  1
ART  332
APD  19970827
TTL  Cigarette for electrical smoking system
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Dinh X.
EXP  Lewis; Aaron J.
NDR  16
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Baggett, Jr.; James D.
CTY  Richmond
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Clark; David A.
CTY  Richmond
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Cowling; Patrick C.
CTY  Richmond
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Uhl; Richard G.
CTY  Midlothian
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Wrenn; Susan E.
CTY  Chesterfield
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Philip Morris Incorporated
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  775540
APD  19961231
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  425166
APD  19950420
PSC  01
PNO  5692525
RLAP
COD  82
APN  380718
APD  19950130
PSC  01
PNO  5666978
RLAP
COD  81
APN  118665
APD  19930910
PSC  01
PNO  5388594
RLAP
COD  82
APN  943504
APD  19920911
PSC  01
PNO  5505214
CLAS
OCL  131352
XCL  131357
EDF  6
ICL  A24B  314
FSC  131
FSS  194;270;271;273;329;330;140;343;365;352;353;354;355;356;357;366
UREF
PNO  4164948
ISD  19790800
NAM  Beringer et al.
OCL  131140
UREF
PNO  5016656
ISD  19910500
NAM  McMurtrice
UREF
PNO  5028859
ISD  19910700
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  5388594
ISD  19950200
NAM  Counts et al.
OCL  131329
UREF
PNO  5415186
ISD  19950500
NAM  Casey, III et al.
OCL  131194
LREP
FR2  Glenn; Charles E. B.
FR2  Schardt; James E.
FR2  Moore; James T.
ABST
PAL  A novel cigarette adapted for use in an electrical cigarette system
      comprising a tobacco rod having filled and unfilled tobacco rod portions
      and being arranged so that electrical heater elements may overlap the
      filled and unfilled tobacco rod portions. The tobacco rod includes a
      tobacco web rolled into tubular form. The tobacco web is constructed in
      accordance with a novel process comprising the steps of converting tobacco
      feedstock into a continuous sheet of tobacco web and converting the
      continuous sheet of tobacco web into one or more bobbins of tobacco web
      suitable for automated manufacture of cigarettes.
PATN
WKU  059881771
SRC  9
APN  1495984
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980908
TTL  Wig foundation with contoured front hairline
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Manahan; Todd E.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Bate; Laurence
CTY  Kansas City
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Celebrity Signatures International, Inc.
CTY  Kansas City
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  132 54
EDF  6
ICL  A41G  500
FSC  132
FSS  1;53;54;56
UREF
PNO  3307563
ISD  19670300
NAM  Regina
OCL  132 53
UREF
PNO  3734105
ISD  19730500
NAM  Borgese
OCL  132 53
UREF
PNO  3777768
ISD  19731200
NAM  Seigliano
OCL  132 53
UREF
PNO  3834403
ISD  19740900
NAM  Ahn
OCL  132 53
UREF
PNO  3862638
ISD  19750100
NAM  Fannin
OCL  132 53
UREF
PNO  4576189
ISD  19860300
NAM  Regina
OCL  132 53
UREF
PNO  5271420
ISD  19931200
NAM  Park
OCL  132 53
UREF
PNO  5406971
ISD  19950400
NAM  Taylor
OCL  132 56
FREF
PNO  3542123
ISD  19870600
CNT  DEX
OCL  132 53
LREP
FRM  Armstrong Teasdale LLP
ABST
PAL  A wig includes a foundation fabricated from thin nylon lace. The wig also
      includes a plurality of wefts of hair. The foundation includes a crown, a
      top area, a back, a plurality of sides, and a front. The crown and the top
      area are fabricated from a thin non-stretch nylon lace and the back and
      sides are fabricated from a thin stretch nylon lace. The front is also
      fabricated from nylon and has a velvet-like front that closely follows the
      contour of the wearer's head. The wefts of hair are attached to the
      foundation in such a manner as to provide a natural appearance. A net
      material at the crown of the foundation provides support for each weft of
      hair resulting in a light airy appearance with a natural look.
PATN
WKU  059881780
SRC  9
APN  1469665
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980904
TTL  Nail tip sizing tool and method of manufacture thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXA  Doan; Robyn K.
EXP  Wilson; John J.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Bair; Christina S.
STR  942 Bent Rd.
CTY  Hatfield
STA  PA
ZIP  19440
CLAS
OCL  132 73
XCL  132 735
XCL  132285
XCL  D28 56
XCL  D28 57
EDF  6
ICL  A45D 2900
ICL  A45D 2918
FSC  132
FSS  73;73.5;285
FSC  D28
FSS  56;57;61;99;9
UREF
PNO  D293839
ISD  19880100
NAM  Wienslaw
UREF
PNO  D299878
ISD  19890200
NAM  Wienslaw
OCL  D28  3
UREF
PNO  D309196
ISD  19900700
NAM  Lajoie
OCL  D28 56
UREF
PNO  D386823
ISD  19971100
NAM  Carroll et al.
OCL  D28 56
UREF
PNO  3722104
ISD  19730300
NAM  Enzetti
UREF
PNO  4140139
ISD  19790200
NAM  Aylott
OCL  132 73
UREF
PNO  5070892
ISD  19911200
NAM  Trematerra
OCL  132 73
UREF
PNO  5450864
ISD  19950900
NAM  Lajoie et al.
OCL  132 73
UREF
PNO  5570793
ISD  19961100
NAM  Killough
OCL  132 73
UREF
PNO  5791482
ISD  19980800
NAM  Murphy
OCL  132 73
FREF
PNO  522108
ISD  19510200
CNT  CAX
OCL  132 73
FREF
PNO  1017199
ISD  19660100
CNT  GBX
OCL  132 73
FREF
PNO  1185186
ISD  19700300
CNT  GBX
OCL  132 73
LREP
FRM  Diller, Ramik & Wight, PC
ABST
PAL  A method of manufacturing a nail tip sizing tool is performed by providing
      a handle with at least one slot and a set of artificial nail tips of
      different widths and lengths with each nail tip having a cuticle end and a
      tip end. The tip ends of at least selected ones of the nail tips are cut
      to establish a substantially uniform nail tip length as measured between
      the cuticle end and the cut tip end. The cut tip ends are then inserted
      equal distances into at least one slot of the handle such that the cuticle
      ends of the nail tips are substantially aligned and the nail tips are in
      adjacent side-by-side relationship in progressively nail tip width size.
      Since the nail tip sizing tool has nail tips identical to the nail tips
      stored in "tip boxes" of the operator, once sizing is performed, the
      selected artificial nail tip is identical to the sized artificial nail tip
      of the nail tip sizing tool. This assures decreased downtime as well as
      corresponding aesthetics because of the identity between the nail tips
      used for sizing via the nail tip sizing tool and the identical nail tips
      selected from the operator's "tip box."
PATN
WKU  059881798
SRC  9
APN  0566357
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980408
TTL  Method and machine for creating nail art on person's digit
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Manahan; Todd E.
NDR  12
NFG  37
INVT
NAM  Jenkins; Nevin C.
CTY  Homosassa
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Newberry; Rande W.
CTY  Palm Harbor
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Fashion Nails, Inc.
CTY  Homosassa
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  132200
XCL  132 73
EDF  6
ICL  A45D 2900
FSC  132
FSS  73;285;200
FSC  101
FSS  33;163;166;193;41
UREF
PNO  Re14619
ISD  19190300
NAM  Moeller
UREF
PNO  310784
ISD  18850100
NAM  Bollinger
UREF
PNO  1594431
ISD  19260800
NAM  Thomson
UREF
PNO  1728512
ISD  19290900
NAM  Sharp
UREF
PNO  2031225
ISD  19360200
NAM  O'Donnell
UREF
PNO  2180519
ISD  19391100
NAM  Hamilton et al.
UREF
PNO  2220758
ISD  19401100
NAM  Florio
UREF
PNO  2245929
ISD  19410600
NAM  Mangold
UREF
PNO  2246729
ISD  19410600
NAM  Gutberlet
UREF
PNO  2262977
ISD  19411100
NAM  Vasil
UREF
PNO  2287062
ISD  19420600
NAM  Powers et al.
UREF
PNO  2296795
ISD  19420900
NAM  Landsman
UREF
PNO  2454004
ISD  19481100
NAM  Pettyjohn
UREF
PNO  2485384
ISD  19491000
NAM  Klein
UREF
PNO  2519335
ISD  19500800
NAM  Ballou et al.
UREF
PNO  2524322
ISD  19501000
NAM  Lipnicki et al.
OCL  132285
UREF
PNO  2580893
ISD  19520100
NAM  Dee
UREF
PNO  2701520
ISD  19550200
NAM  Rider
OCL  101163
UREF
PNO  2735435
ISD  19560200
NAM  Feinstein
UREF
PNO  2799282
ISD  19570700
NAM  Slack
UREF
PNO  2842046
ISD  19580700
NAM  Murray
UREF
PNO  3070906
ISD  19630100
NAM  Tinsley
UREF
PNO  3094920
ISD  19630600
NAM  Priesmeyer
UREF
PNO  3164259
ISD  19650100
NAM  De'Caccia
UREF
PNO  3461885
ISD  19690800
NAM  Coveney
UREF
PNO  3480020
ISD  19691100
NAM  Ernest
UREF
PNO  3515154
ISD  19700600
NAM  Morgese
UREF
PNO  3598685
ISD  19710800
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  132 73
UREF
PNO  3898357
ISD  19750800
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  3916784
ISD  19751100
NAM  Dubuit
UREF
PNO  4019436
ISD  19770400
NAM  Handweiler et al.
UREF
PNO  4060031
ISD  19771100
NAM  Philipp
UREF
PNO  4314504
ISD  19820200
NAM  Combeau
UREF
PNO  4508032
ISD  19850400
NAM  Philipp
UREF
PNO  4738199
ISD  19880400
NAM  Chen
UREF
PNO  4803922
ISD  19890200
NAM  Dennesen
OCL  101 41
UREF
PNO  4915239
ISD  19900400
NAM  Persch
UREF
PNO  4968253
ISD  19901100
NAM  Thomas
UREF
PNO  5090320
ISD  19920200
NAM  Nave
OCL  101 41
UREF
PNO  5133369
ISD  19920700
NAM  Billings
OCL  132 73
UREF
PNO  5151386
ISD  19920900
NAM  Bottari et al.
UREF
PNO  5269330
ISD  19931200
NAM  Hayes
OCL  132 73
UREF
PNO  5277205
ISD  19940100
NAM  Jenkins
UREF
PNO  5302224
ISD  19940400
NAM  Jenkins et al.
OCL  101163
UREF
PNO  5316026
ISD  19940500
NAM  Jenkins
OCL  132285
UREF
PNO  5743180
ISD  19980400
NAM  Arnke
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A hand operated self-contained machine made out of molded plastic for
      applying an image on a nail of a person's digit or a golf ball, consisting
      of a base frame including side rails. An element is provided to establish
      a reference point. An image creating holder is integrally molded to the
      side rails. A wheel having projections holding a plate containing a
      plurality of images is supported on the holder and can be indexed to any
      one of a plurality of positions by the interaction of the projections and
      the holder. An image composed of an image defining coating material is
      created at one image position on the plate. A positioning member receives
      and adjustably positions a person's digit or object in an appropriate
      orientation relative to the reference point. A transfer member is mounted
      on the side rails and a manually operable drive member drives the transfer
      member in a continuous smooth movement, and a method wherein the support
      of the image plate is indexed to present a new image.
PATN
WKU  059881801
SRC  8
APN  8156956
APT  1
ART  167
APD  19970312
TTL  Leave-on oxidizing solution for permanent waving of hair and a process
      for permanent waving of hair
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Harrison; Robert H.
INVT
NAM  Bergstrom; Joan M.
CTY  Fridley
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Zotos International, Inc.
CTY  Darien
STA  CT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  725062
APD  19961002
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  362697
APD  19941222
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  132204
XCL  132202
XCL  132203
XCL  424 702
EDF  6
ICL  A45D  704
FSC  424
FSS  70.2;70.4
FSC  132
FSS  203;204;202
UREF
PNO  2983569
ISD  19610500
NAM  Charle et al.
OCL    8127.5
UREF
PNO  3459198
ISD  19690800
NAM  Zemlin et al.
OCL  132  7
UREF
PNO  3768490
ISD  19731000
NAM  Kalopissis et al.
OCL  132  7
UREF
PNO  3913593
ISD  19751000
NAM  Sato
OCL  132251
UREF
PNO  4134411
ISD  19790100
NAM  Yamazaki
OCL  132  7
UREF
PNO  4192863
ISD  19800300
NAM  Kondo
OCL  424 72
UREF
PNO  4201235
ISD  19800500
NAM  Ciavatta
OCL  132  7
UREF
PNO  4349537
ISD  19820900
NAM  Forbriger, Jr.
OCL  424 70.2
UREF
PNO  4366827
ISD  19830100
NAM  Madrange et al.
OCL  132  7
UREF
PNO  4416297
ISD  19831100
NAM  Wolfram et al.
OCL  132  7
UREF
PNO  4660580
ISD  19870400
NAM  Hoch et al.
OCL  132  7
UREF
PNO  4770872
ISD  19880900
NAM  Hsiung et al.
OCL  424 71
UREF
PNO  4793994
ISD  19881200
NAM  Helioff et al.
OCL  424 71
UREF
PNO  4798722
ISD  19890100
NAM  Edman et al.
OCL  424 72
UREF
PNO  4919924
ISD  19900400
NAM  Pigiet
OCL  424 72
UREF
PNO  4935230
ISD  19900600
NAM  Naito et al.
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4935231
ISD  19900600
NAM  Pigiet
OCL  424 71
UREF
PNO  4941885
ISD  19900700
NAM  Pigiet
OCL    8161
UREF
PNO  5051252
ISD  19910900
NAM  Schultz et al.
OCL  424 71
UREF
PNO  5080890
ISD  19920100
NAM  Ueno
OCL  424 71
UREF
PNO  5165427
ISD  19921100
NAM  Borish
OCL  132204
UREF
PNO  5260054
ISD  19931100
NAM  Nandagiri et al.
OCL  424 71
UREF
PNO  5277206
ISD  19940100
NAM  Rose et al.
OCL  132204
UREF
PNO  5293885
ISD  19940300
NAM  Darkwa et al.
OCL  132203
UREF
PNO  5294230
ISD  19940300
NAM  Wu et al.
OCL  132203
UREF
PNO  5332570
ISD  19940700
NAM  Bergstrom et al.
OCL  424 72
UREF
PNO  5520909
ISD  19960500
NAM  Salce et al.
OCL  424 70.51
UREF
PNO  5715845
ISD  19980200
NAM  Samain
OCL  132204
UREF
PNO  5775342
ISD  19980700
NAM  Hohenstein et al.
OCL  132204
FREF
PNO  80922/87
ISD  19900000
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  0 257 256
ISD  19880000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  36 10 394 A1
ISD  19870000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 10 481 A1
ISD  19930000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  54-113446
ISD  19790000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Japanese Public Patent Disclosure Bulletin No.: 48-38859, Jun. 7, 1973, Ito
      et al.
PAL  Japanese Public Patent Disclosure Bulletin No.: 51-15639, Feb. 7, 1976,
      Takehara et al.
PAL  Japanese Public Patent Disclosure Bulletin No.: 54-86635, Jul. 10, 1979,
      Hiroshi Isokuni.
PAL  Abstract, Derwent Publications Ltd., J54113446-A, Assignee Saka/Sakai Y,
      Sep. 5, 1979.
PAL  Abstract, J57179-110, Lion Corporation, Apr. 25, 1981.
PAL  Abstract, Derwent Publications Ltd., J6 0120-807-A, Jan. 12, 1983, Lion
      Corporation.
PAL  Japanese Public Patent Disclosure Bulletin No.: 60-197615, Susumu Morita,
      Oct. 1, 1985.
PAL  Abstract, Derwent Publications Ltd., DE 3610394-A, Hartmann et al., Oct. 1,
      1987.
PAL  62-Essential Oils, Cosmetics, vol. 103, p. 319, 103:11226z Permanent wave
      neutralizer containing aluminum and/or zirconium compounds and hair cold
      waving, 1985.
PAL  Abstract, Derwent Publications Ltd., DE4210481-A1, Glauder et al., Oct. 7,
      1993.
PAL  LaMaur, Something Right For Your Hair, 5 pages.
LREP
FRM  Moore & Hansen
ABST
PAL  A leave-on oxidizing solution useful for permanent waving of hair
      containing water, an oxidant which is capable of being left on the hair
      and dried on the hair without damage to the hair, and an acidic agent to
      provide the solution with a pH value of less than about 7. The use of the
      leave-on oxidizing solution decreases the amount of time required for
      carrying out a permanent waving of hair process.
PATN
WKU  059881810
SRC  9
APN  220181&
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19981223
TTL  Filament braiding apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  46
ECL  1
EXA  Pedro; Philogene
EXP  Mancene; Gene
NDR  7
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Gable; Derek
CTY  Rancho Palos Verdes
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Betty; Morris
CTY  Redondo Beach
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Solutions Toy Innovations, Inc.
CTY  Torrance
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  132210
XCL  132212
XCL  132200
XCL   87 33
EDF  6
ICL  A45D  700
FSC  132
FSS  210;212;271;223;200;273;330;332
FSC   87
FSS  33;8;13;62
FSC   57
FSS  4;28;29;30
FSC  242
FSS  442
UREF
PNO  3295535
ISD  19670100
NAM  Amato
OCL  132210
UREF
PNO  3808736
ISD  19740500
NAM  Terzian et al.
UREF
PNO  4038996
ISD  19770800
NAM  Eronini et al.
UREF
PNO  4307737
ISD  19811200
NAM  Shipman
OCL  132223
UREF
PNO  4369690
ISD  19830100
NAM  Sapkus
OCL   87 33
UREF
PNO  4427017
ISD  19840100
NAM  Eronini
UREF
PNO  4580585
ISD  19860400
NAM  Sapkus
OCL  132271
UREF
PNO  4583561
ISD  19860400
NAM  Larsson
OCL  132212
UREF
PNO  4824036
ISD  19890400
NAM  Buta
OCL  242442
UREF
PNO  5180324
ISD  19930100
NAM  Simmons
UREF
PNO  5456271
ISD  19951000
NAM  Legette
OCL  132212
UREF
PNO  5456272
ISD  19951000
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  5488963
ISD  19960200
NAM  Fishman
OCL  132212
UREF
PNO  5518011
ISD  19960500
NAM  Nash
UREF
PNO  5575297
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hatchett et al.
UREF
PNO  5590668
ISD  19970100
NAM  Macy
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik, LLP
ABST
PAL  A hand held braiding apparatus is operative for braiding elongated
      filaments in the nature of natural hair and filaments of synthetic
      material. The apparatus includes a rotatable actuator having an opening
      operative for receiving a plurality of filament holders in the form of
      elongated cylindrical tubes. By repetitive operation of the actuator, the
      filament holders are manipulated into a sequence of positions which effect
      braiding of filaments received therein.
PATN
WKU  059881828
SRC  8
APN  8615519
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970522
TTL  Microwave heatable hair roller
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Manahan; Todd E.
NDR  3
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Engelbrecht; Tonya
STR  651 W. Oakdale, 1A
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
ZIP  60657
RLAP
COD  72
APN  538023
APD  19951002
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  132262
XCL  132233
XCL  132267
XCL  132227
EDF  6
ICL  A45D  212
ICL  A45D  236
FSC  132
FSS  227;229;233;262;267
UREF
PNO  3473005
ISD  19691000
NAM  Grandinetti
OCL  132229
UREF
PNO  3516421
ISD  19700600
NAM  Rosmarin
UREF
PNO  3533418
ISD  19701000
NAM  Mestral
OCL  132262
UREF
PNO  3540457
ISD  19701100
NAM  Solomon
UREF
PNO  3559658
ISD  19710200
NAM  Genest et al.
UREF
PNO  3624749
ISD  19711100
NAM  Girard et al.
OCL  132262
UREF
PNO  3766930
ISD  19731000
NAM  Madsen et al.
OCL  132233
UREF
PNO  4499355
ISD  19850200
NAM  Walter
OCL  132229
UREF
PNO  4520832
ISD  19850600
NAM  Skovdal
OCL  132233
UREF
PNO  4538630
ISD  19850900
NAM  Henderson
UREF
PNO  4627452
ISD  19861200
NAM  Caruso
OCL  132229
UREF
PNO  4710609
ISD  19871200
NAM  Switlicki
UREF
PNO  4743726
ISD  19880500
NAM  Hughes et al.
UREF
PNO  4829155
ISD  19890500
NAM  Fukiutka et al.
UREF
PNO  4952360
ISD  19900800
NAM  Gibbon
UREF
PNO  5030820
ISD  19910700
NAM  Gibbon
UREF
PNO  5297567
ISD  19940300
NAM  Summerville et al.
UREF
PNO  5299367
ISD  19940400
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  5375278
ISD  19941200
NAM  VanWinkle et al.
UREF
PNO  5494598
ISD  19960200
NAM  Hughes
LREP
FRM  McDonnell Boehnen Hulbert & Berghoff
ABST
PAL  A clipless hair roller that includes a heated metallic inner cylinder and
      elongated outer plastic cylinder having a plurality of ventilation
      openings to allow for the efficient and uniform transfer of heat from the
      metallic inner cylinder to hair associated with the roller.
PATN
WKU  059881836
SRC  9
APN  2406705
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19990202
TTL  Hair organizer
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Pedro; Philo Gene
EXP  Mancene; Gene
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Huang; Tsu-Hsueh
STR  P.O. Box 82-144
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  132273
XCL  132275
XCL  132222
XCL  132210
EDF  6
ICL  A45D  800
ICL  A45D  200
FSC  132
FSS  273;222;275;210;212
FSC  D28
FSS  39;40;41
FSC    2
FSS  174;207;171;170
UREF
PNO  537542
ISD  18950400
NAM  Moore
OCL  132273
UREF
PNO  1811842
ISD  19310600
NAM  Bossart
OCL  132273
UREF
PNO  2524266
ISD  19501000
NAM  Licastro
OCL  132273
UREF
PNO  5156171
ISD  19921000
NAM  Goodman
OCL  132200
UREF
PNO  5301696
ISD  19940400
NAM  Revson
OCL  132273
UREF
PNO  5303723
ISD  19940400
NAM  Schach
OCL  132246
UREF
PNO  5494059
ISD  19960200
NAM  Barrows et al.
OCL  132273
UREF
PNO  5553631
ISD  19960900
NAM  Schach
OCL  132210
UREF
PNO  5819761
ISD  19981000
NAM  Sloan
OCL  132210
UREF
PNO  5826593
ISD  19981000
NAM  Haubrich
OCL  132273
LREP
FRM  A & J
ABST
PAL  A hair organizer includes an envelope made of cloth and having an
      intermediate portion formed with a pocket by stitching; the pocket having
      a central portion formed with an opening, and an axial member having an
      intermediate portion formed with a slot, the axial member being fitted in
      the pocket with the opening stitched around an inner periphery of the
      slot, whereby one's long hair can be easily held in position without a
      hair clip.
PATN
WKU  059881844
SRC  9
APN  273737&
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19990322
TTL  Device for styling hair
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Doan; Robyn
EXP  Wilson; John J.
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Shu; Ying Jen
STR  No. 96, Lane 349, Chung Cheng South Road, Yung Kang
CTY  Tainan Hsien
CNT  TWX
ITX  710
CLAS
OCL  132277
XCL  132273
XCL  132129
XCL  132276
XCL  132212
XCL  132219
EDF  6
ICL  A45D  820
ICL  A45D  804
ICL  A45D  800
ICL  A45D  702
FSC  132
FSS  277;276;278;279;273;275;259;260;144;145;146;151;152;126;107;219;213.1;212
     ;129;130;131;132
UREF
PNO  1595595
ISD  19260800
NAM  Bonat et al.
OCL  132129
UREF
PNO  2100538
ISD  19371100
NAM  Copenhefer
OCL  132129
UREF
PNO  4414992
ISD  19831100
NAM  Russell
OCL  132129
UREF
PNO  5285774
ISD  19940200
NAM  Stachurski
OCL  132129
UREF
PNO  5449007
ISD  19950900
NAM  Arnhols
OCL  132136
UREF
PNO  5533533
ISD  19960700
NAM  Shing
OCL  132279
LREP
FR2  Baxley, Esq.; Charles E.
ABST
PAL  A device for styling hair includes a pair of plates pivotally coupled
      together at a middle shaft. A pair of combs are pivotally coupled to the
      lower portions of the plates for allowing the combs to be rotated downward
      of the plates and to be rotated inward between the plates. The combs each
      includes a number of outward extended comb teeth for styling the hair. The
      plates each includes a pair of sleeves disposed in the lower portion. The
      combs each includes two pins rotatably engaged in the sleeves for
      pivotally coupling the combs to the plates.
PATN
WKU  059881852
SRC  8
APN  9533206
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971017
TTL  Compact with protective element elastically pressed against product
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Manahan; Todd E.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Gueret; Jean-Louis H.
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  L'Oreal
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19961017
APN  96 12663
CLAS
OCL  132294
XCL  132301
EDF  6
ICL  A45D 3300
FSC  132
FSS  306;307;300;293;294;303
UREF
PNO  1194187
ISD  19160800
NAM  Kendall
OCL  132303
UREF
PNO  1813281
ISD  19310700
NAM  Davis
UREF
PNO  2054004
ISD  19360900
NAM  Sandberg
UREF
PNO  2438841
ISD  19480300
NAM  Casalino
OCL  132300
UREF
PNO  2656090
ISD  19531000
NAM  Hamblet
OCL  132293
UREF
PNO  4129213
ISD  19781200
NAM  Fleig
UREF
PNO  5520202
ISD  19960500
NAM  Arbree
OCL  132293
UREF
PNO  5533823
ISD  19960700
NAM  Pierpoint et al.
UREF
PNO  5603340
ISD  19970200
NAM  Gueret
OCL  132306
FREF
PNO  562965
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
OCL  132293
FREF
PNO  737089
ISD  19320500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2539968
ISD  19840800
CNT  FRX
OCL  132293
FREF
PNO  2 683 669
ISD  19930500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  295 04 252 U1
ISD  19950800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  07184717
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  08126522
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/29607
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A packaging device, in particular for a make-up product, having a body
      defining a recess for the packaged product, and a lid capable of covering
      the body in a detachable manner, the product having a free surface for
      taking up the product. The compact has at least one resiliently deformable
      element mounted in such a way that, when the lid is in its closed position
      on the body, the free surface bears elastically against a protective
      element covering substantially the whole of the free surface. The
      protective element being impermeable to at least one solvent present in
      the product.
PATN
WKU  059881860
SRC  8
APN  9514244
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971016
TTL  Aqueous stripping and cleaning compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Delcotto; Gregory R.
EXP  Lieberman; Paul
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Ward; Irl E.
CTY  Bethlehem
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Michelotti; Francis
CTY  Easton
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Ashland, Inc.
CTY  Dublin
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  590883
APD  19960124
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  501206
APD  19950711
PSC  01
PNO  5556482
RLAP
COD  82
APN  433677
APD  19950504
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  983257
APD  19921130
PSC  01
PNO  5417877
RLAP
COD  82
APN  647487
APD  19910125
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  134  13
XCL  134  3
XCL  134 38
XCL  510176
EDF  6
ICL  C11D  726
ICL  C11D  732
ICL  B08B  304
FSC  510
FSS  176
FSC  134
FSS  1.3;3;38
UREF
PNO  4395348
ISD  19830700
NAM  Lee
OCL  252143
UREF
PNO  4610953
ISD  19860900
NAM  Hashimoto et al.
OCL  430331
UREF
PNO  4770713
ISD  19880900
NAM  Ward
OCL  134 38
UREF
PNO  4859418
ISD  19890800
NAM  Ohlendorf et al.
OCL  422 16
UREF
PNO  5190723
ISD  19930300
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL  422 15
UREF
PNO  5279771
ISD  19940100
NAM  Lee
OCL  252548
UREF
PNO  5308745
ISD  19940500
NAM  Schwartzkopf
OCL  430329
UREF
PNO  5334332
ISD  19940800
NAM  Lee
OCL  252548
UREF
PNO  5381807
ISD  19950100
NAM  Lee
OCL  134  2
UREF
PNO  5419779
ISD  19950500
NAM  Ward
OCL  134 38
UREF
PNO  5419877
ISD  19950500
NAM  Ward
OCL  252153
UREF
PNO  5496491
ISD  19960300
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  252153
UREF
PNO  5556482
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  134 38
UREF
PNO  5563119
ISD  19961000
NAM  Ward
OCL  510176
UREF
PNO  5597420
ISD  19970100
NAM  Ward
OCL  134 38
UREF
PNO  5648324
ISD  19970700
NAM  Honda et al.
OCL  510176
UREF
PNO  5665688
ISD  19970900
NAM  Honda et al.
OCL  510178
UREF
PNO  5698503
ISD  19971200
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  510176
UREF
PNO  5707947
ISD  19980100
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  510176
UREF
PNO  5709756
ISD  19980100
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  134  1.3
UREF
PNO  5753601
ISD  19980500
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  510176
FREF
PNO  647884
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Morrison and Boyd, Organic Chemistry, 3rd ed., Allyn and Bacon, Inc., p.
      727, Month not known. 1973.
LREP
FRM  John Lezdey & Assoc
ABST
PAL  An aqueous stripping composition comprising a mixture of a polar amine, an
      organic or inorganic amine and a corrosion inhibitor which is gallic acid,
      its ester or analog. The stripping composition is effective to strip
      photoresists, residues from plasma process generated organic,
      metal-organic materials, inorganic salts, oxides, hydroxides or complexes
      in combination with or exclusive of organic photoresist films at low
      temperatures without redepositing any substantial amount of metal ions.
PATN
WKU  059881879
SRC  8
APN  6793568
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19960709
TTL  Chemical vapor deposition system with a plasma chamber having separate
      process gas and cleaning gas injection ports
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Salimi; Ali R.
EXP  Smith; Lynette F.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Trussell; David
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Koemtzopoulos; C. Robert
CTY  Hayward
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kozakevich; Felix
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Lam Research Corporation
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  134 221
XCL  134  11
XCL  134 37
XCL  134 2218
XCL  134 31
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  900
ICL  A45B 2512
ICL  A45B 2500
ICL  A45B 2514
FSC  134
FSS  1.1;37;31;33;22.1;22.18
UREF
PNO  4786352
ISD  19881100
NAM  Benzing
OCL  156345
UREF
PNO  5207836
ISD  19930500
NAM  Chang
OCL  134  1
LREP
FRM  Lowe Hauptman Gopstein Gilman & Berner
ABST
PAL  A method and arrangement for the insitu cleaning of a chamber in which
      process gas is injected into the chamber through gas injection ports.
      Separate gas injection ports through which process gas and the cleaning
      gas are injected into the chamber are provided. The process gas is
      injected into the chamber, such as a plasma chamber, through a first gas
      injection port while the cleaning gas, which cleans the residue left by
      the process gas during the deposition process, is injected into the
      chamber through the second gas injection port that is separate from the
      first gas injection port through which the process gas is injected. The
      separation of the gas injection ports provides an equalized pressure
      within the jet screw ports for the process gas and the interior of the
      chamber. This allows the jet screw ports to be maximally cleaned and
      reduces the frequency of replacement of the jet screw ports in the
      chamber.
PATN
WKU  059881887
SRC  9
APN  0014826
APT  1
ART  176
APD  19971231
TTL  Method and apparatus to remove obstructions from sewers without cutters
      or chemicals
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Chaudhry; Saeed
NDR  7
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Born; Joseph C.
CTY  Burlington
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  JIR, Inc.
CTY  Burlington
STA  IA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  134 2211
XCL  134 2212
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  902
FSC  134
FSS  22.11;22.12;24;31;23;30;22.15
UREF
PNO  77857
ISD  18680500
NAM  Young
OCL  138 35
UREF
PNO  2117648
ISD  19380500
NAM  Bottorf
OCL  134 24
UREF
PNO  2694022
ISD  19541100
NAM  Schreiner
OCL  134 24
UREF
PNO  2735794
ISD  19560200
NAM  Pletcher
OCL  134 24
UREF
PNO  2758917
ISD  19560800
NAM  Popp
OCL  134 24
UREF
PNO  2763288
ISD  19560900
NAM  Tharp
OCL  137565.12
UREF
PNO  3171150
ISD  19650300
NAM  Gray
OCL   15104.12
UREF
PNO  3525112
ISD  19700800
NAM  Masters
OCL   15104.12
UREF
PNO  3535161
ISD  19701000
NAM  Gutrich
OCL  134 24
UREF
PNO  3600225
ISD  19710800
NAM  Parmelee
OCL  134 24
UREF
PNO  3658589
ISD  19720400
NAM  Shaddock
OCL  134 24
UREF
PNO  4082567
ISD  19780400
NAM  Conklin et al.
OCL  134 10
UREF
PNO  5551458
ISD  19960900
NAM  Faxon
OCL  134 24
LREP
FR2  Frantz; Keith
ABST
PAL  Adapter fittings formed with an opening therethrough are inserted into a
      sewer manhole with the outlet opening facing an obstruction, or build-up
      along the sewer walls. A forwardly thrusting nozzle adapted to spray jets
      of high-pressure, high-temperature water or steam is connected to a hose.
      Alternately, a nozzle adapted to spray jets of high-pressure,
      high-temperature water of steam forwardly therefrom is connected to a hose
      and a stiffened push wand. The nozzle and hose and/or push wand are then
      inserted through the adapter fittings to exit from the outlet opening into
      the leg of the sewer with the build-up or obstruction. A hot water/steam
      supply connected to the upstream end of the hose provides a supply of
      steam or hot, pressurized water to the nozzle. The nozzle is advanced
      through the sewer line to remove the build-up from the sewer walls with
      the aid of the hot, pressurized jets of water, and/or to an obstruction
      whereupon the obstruction is cleared with one of several alternate methods
      utilizing the hot, pressurized water or steam.
PATN
WKU  059881895
SRC  9
APN  1111493
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980706
TTL  Method and apparatus for cleaning wafers using multiple tanks
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  24
EXP  Stinson; Frankie L.
NDR  10
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Mohindra; Raj
CTY  Los Altos Hills
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Wong; David C.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Puri; Suraj
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  YieldUP International
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  710701
APD  19960919
RLAP
COD  81
APN  555643
APD  19951108
PSC  01
PNO  5772784
RLAP
COD  82
APN  437541
APD  19950509
PSC  01
PNO  5571337
RLAP
COD  82
APN  339326
APD  19941114
PSC  01
PNO  5634978
CLAS
OCL  134 952
XCL  1341023
XCL  134902
XCL  134201
XCL  134186
XCL  134184
XCL  134108
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  302
FSC  134
FSS  1;25.4;42;102.3;902;201;107.2;155;186;184;88;107;108;103;95.2
UREF
PNO  4520834
ISD  19850600
NAM  DiCicco
OCL  134902
UREF
PNO  4715392
ISD  19871200
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  134902
UREF
PNO  4731154
ISD  19880300
NAM  Hazlitt et al.
OCL  134902
UREF
PNO  4881561
ISD  19891100
NAM  Schwarzwalder
OCL  134184
UREF
PNO  4984597
ISD  19910100
NAM  McConnell et al.
OCL  134902
UREF
PNO  5107880
ISD  19920400
NAM  Pierson
OCL  134902
UREF
PNO  5186192
ISD  19930200
NAM  Netsu et al.
OCL  134199
UREF
PNO  5190064
ISD  19930300
NAM  Aigo
OCL  134902
UREF
PNO  5271774
ISD  19931200
NAM  Leenaars et al.
OCL  134 31
UREF
PNO  5339539
ISD  19940800
NAM  Shiraishi et al.
OCL   34 58
UREF
PNO  5520744
ISD  19960500
NAM  Fujikawa et al.
OCL  134102.3
UREF
PNO  5569330
ISD  19961000
NAM  Schild et al.
OCL  134902
FREF
PNO  4139465
ISD  19920600
CNT  DEX
OCL  134902
FREF
PNO  61-46016
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
OCL   21  2
FREF
PNO  61-88534
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
OCL   21324
FREF
PNO  4-79326
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
OCL  134902
FREF
PNO  5-13397
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
OCL  134902
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A cleaning system (1, 5) having multiple cleaning chambers (200) is
      provided. Each cleaning chamber (200) includes an interior region
      sufficient for immersing a carrier (242), which has at least one wafer
      disposed therein, into an ultra-clean liquid. The cleaning chamber (200)
      also has an inlet operably coupled to the interior region to introduce a
      gas into the interior region and a drain operably coupled to the interior
      region to remove the ultra-clean liquid from the interior region at a
      selected rate. A controller 14 is operably coupled to the chamber (200)
      for selectively controlling the selected rate. In an alternative
      embodiment, an installation technique (80) for the above cleaning system
      (1,5) is provided.
PATN
WKU  059881909
SRC  8
APN  9260390
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970909
TTL  Strainer type cleaner
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Coe; Philip R.
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Borges; Michael
STR  19049 Janisse La.
CTY  Lake Elsinore
STA  CA
ZIP  92530
CLAS
OCL  134117
XCL  1341044
XCL  134135
XCL  206  61
XCL  206205
XCL  210244
XCL  210464
XCL  220 2386
XCL  220402
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  304
FSC  134
FSS  92;104.4;110;117;135;182
FSC   68
FSS  213
FSC  422
FSS  274
FSC   99
FSS  413;295;306
FSC  210
FSS  244;464;474
FSC  206
FSS  6.1;205;207
FSC  220
FSS  23.83;28.86;400;402;408
FSC  366
FSS  130
UREF
PNO  235044
ISD  18801100
NAM  Thompson
XCL  220408
UREF
PNO  681406
ISD  19010800
NAM  Chavous
XCL  220408
UREF
PNO  2016550
ISD  19351000
NAM  Kirby
OCL  210244
UREF
PNO  3005717
ISD  19611000
NAM  Pilibos
XCL  220400
UREF
PNO  3167079
ISD  19650100
NAM  Weil
XCL  134135
UREF
PNO  3894551
ISD  19750700
NAM  Stohlman
XCL  134117
UREF
PNO  4765323
ISD  19880800
NAM  Horton
XCL  134117
FREF
PNO  971639
ISD  19500800
CNT  FRX
OCL  210474
FREF
PNO  851406
ISD  19521000
CNT  DEX
OCL   99413
FREF
PNO  367472
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
OCL  206205
LREP
FR2  Dickman, III; John B.
ABST
PAL  A cleaning device for cleaning bearings, jewelry, brushes and various parts
      including a container having a rim, a container seal ledge resting on the
      container rim forming a fluid seal between the container rim and the
      container seal lodge, this is a way of supporting a screen a distance from
      the container bottom including a riser and a cap plug to seal the
      container while it is being agitated. In one embodiment the riser supports
      a screen which wedges against the container wall to hold the screen in
      place. Another embodiment has a frusto conical tube which holds the screen
      in place.
PATN
WKU  059881917
SRC  8
APN  9743332
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971119
TTL  Holder for ophthalmic lenses and lens blocks
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  17
EXP  Stinson; Frankie L.
NDR  5
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Duncan; Rod Allen
CTY  Ft. Gibson
STA  OK
ASSG
NAM  Coburn Optical Industries, Inc.
CTY  Tulsa
STA  OK
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  134149
XCL  134153
XCL  134157
XCL  134902
XCL  134901
XCL  211 4118
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  304
FSC  134
FSS  149;157;153;902;901
FSC  211
FSS  41.18
UREF
PNO  3964957
ISD  19760600
NAM  Walsh
OCL  134159
UREF
PNO  5286657
ISD  19940200
NAM  Bran
UREF
PNO  5468302
ISD  19951100
NAM  Thietje
UREF
PNO  5791357
ISD  19980800
NAM  Hasegawa
OCL  134902
UREF
PNO  5816274
ISD  19981000
NAM  Bartram et al.
OCL  134902
UREF
PNO  5839460
ISD  19981100
NAM  Chai et al.
OCL  134902
UREF
PNO  5861066
ISD  19990100
NAM  Monipour et al.
OCL  134902
LREP
FR2  Catalano; Frank J.
ABST
PAL  A holder for suspending ophthalmic lenses and lens blocks of various
      diameters from a rod in a lens and block cleaning machine has a frame with
      a horizontal base member and a pair of upright members extending upwardly,
      one from each end of the base member. A hanger extending from the upper
      ends of the upright members is adapted to suspend the frame from the rod.
      Pairs of pins extend forwardly from the front and rearwardly from the back
      of the base member along parallel spaced apart first and second axes in a
      horizontal plane. Arms are pivotally pinned to the upright members for
      rotation about axes parallel to the first and second axes from lowest
      positions approximately sixty degrees below horizontal to highest
      positions approximately sixty degrees above horizontal. Detents prevent
      rotation of the arms below the lowest position or above the highest
      position. Torsion springs connected between the upright members and the
      arms bias arms toward their lowest positions. Another pin extends from the
      other end of each arm along axes parallel to the first and second axes.
      The axes are located and spaced so that the arcs generated by the axes of
      the pins on the arms when the arms are rotated between their lowest and
      highest positions are above the horizontal plane and between vertical
      planes extending through the first and second axes.
PATN
WKU  059881925
SRC  9
APN  0548170
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980403
TTL  Soaking casks for malthouses
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Williams-Bibbs; Mialeeka C.
EXP  Stinson; Frankie L.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Belvedere; Francesco
CTY  Madrid
CNT  ESX
ASSG
NAM  Seeger Industrial, S.A.
CTY  Madrid
CNT  ESX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ESX
APD  19970404
APN  9700707
CLAS
OCL  134166R
XCL  1341041
XCL  134115R
XCL  134201
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  304
FSC  134
FSS  166 R;104.1;115 R;201
FSC  210
FSS  498;499
FSC  366
FSS  138
FSC  209
FSS  380
UREF
PNO  161708
ISD  18750400
NAM  Schafhaus
OCL  366138
UREF
PNO  515618
ISD  18940200
NAM  Saladin
OCL  134201
UREF
PNO  1148087
ISD  19150700
NAM  Harless
OCL  134201
UREF
PNO  1938254
ISD  19331200
NAM  Hinson
OCL  134201
UREF
PNO  3291144
ISD  19661200
NAM  Diamond
OCL  134104
UREF
PNO  3961637
ISD  19760600
NAM  Owen
OCL  134 65
UREF
PNO  4243431
ISD  19810100
NAM  Dingler
OCL  134104
UREF
PNO  4390034
ISD  19830600
NAM  Bes
OCL  134104
UREF
PNO  4667420
ISD  19870500
NAM  Amelung
OCL   34241
UREF
PNO  5127416
ISD  19920700
NAM  Wakabayashi
OCL  134104.1
LREP
FRM  Helfgott & Karas, PC
ABST
PAL  They consist in the arrangement, as bottom of the cask (1), of a
      pluri-grooved sheet (7) which defines a plurality of cylindrical grooves,
      laterally adjacent and with coplanar mouths, the width of said grooves
      (7), being at a level with its mouth, corresponding with the spacing
      between the beams (3) which constitute the supporting structure for the
      false grated bottom (2), permitting that said supporting structure (3) be
      outside the receptacle (1), abutting in the first place, on the upper edge
      of the beams (3) which constitute the same, flat facets (8) of the
      pluri-grooved sheet (7) which separate the different grooves (7-7') of the
      same, and immediately on said facets, the marginal zones of the grated
      modules (2) . In this manner, the structure (3), which supports the bottom
      and the false bottom, is not affected by the soaking or germination
      processes produced in the inside of the cask, and the cleaning of the
      chambers (9-9') defined between the bottom (7) and the false bottom (2)
      becomes comfortable and simple, specifically by the provision of water
      through the tubes (10) which longitudinally runs through the chambers (9),
      in sensibly centered arrangement and which counts with radial nozzles for
      the spraying of the water.
PATN
WKU  059881933
SRC  9
APN  1965786
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19981120
TTL  Ultrasonic sinks for medical, dental and industrial instruments
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; Paul J.
EXP  Stinson; Frankie L.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hernandez; Teresita V.
STR  4629 St. Martin St.
CTY  Metairie
STA  LA
ZIP  70006
CLAS
OCL  134184
XCL  134186
XCL  134 84
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  312
FSC  134
FSS  184;186;172;200;84;86;89
FSC  422
FSS  300;292;301
FSC  312
FSS  228
UREF
PNO  1127801
ISD  19150200
NAM  Oberheim
UREF
PNO  1414634
ISD  19220500
NAM  Fassio
OCL  134186
UREF
PNO  1658413
ISD  19280200
NAM  Patelski
UREF
PNO  1668923
ISD  19280500
NAM  Rymann
UREF
PNO  1976902
ISD  19341000
NAM  Stoddard
OCL  134186
UREF
PNO  1995331
ISD  19350300
NAM  Snyder et al.
OCL  134186
UREF
PNO  2061775
ISD  19361100
NAM  Panos et al.
UREF
PNO  2121361
ISD  19380600
NAM  Marran
UREF
PNO  2205113
ISD  19400600
NAM  Adams
UREF
PNO  2218942
ISD  19401000
NAM  Webber
OCL  134186
UREF
PNO  2418366
ISD  19470400
NAM  Powers
OCL  134186
UREF
PNO  3007478
ISD  19611100
NAM  Leonhardt et al.
OCL  134186
UREF
PNO  3502384
ISD  19700300
NAM  Gipson
UREF
PNO  3717159
ISD  19730200
NAM  Caviccioli
UREF
PNO  4088145
ISD  19780500
NAM  Noren
OCL  134104
UREF
PNO  4736760
ISD  19880400
NAM  Coberly et al.
OCL  134134
UREF
PNO  4776359
ISD  19881000
NAM  Federighi et al.
OCL  134111
UREF
PNO  5090430
ISD  19920200
NAM  Nixon
OCL  134 84
UREF
PNO  5095925
ISD  19920300
NAM  Elledge et al.
OCL  134 61
UREF
PNO  5143102
ISD  19920900
NAM  Blaul
OCL  134 58R
UREF
PNO  5242032
ISD  19930900
NAM  Prestwood et al.
OCL  184  1.5
UREF
PNO  5248456
ISD  19930900
NAM  Evan et al.
OCL  264 22
UREF
PNO  5286424
ISD  19940200
NAM  Su et al.
OCL  264 23
UREF
PNO  5401328
ISD  19950300
NAM  Schmitz
OCL  134 58R
UREF
PNO  5447171
ISD  19950900
NAM  Shibano
OCL  134102.2
UREF
PNO  5538024
ISD  19960700
NAM  Inada et al.
OCL  134 60
LREP
FRM  Keaty & Keaty
ABST
PAL  An ultrasonic cleaner for instruments is provided with at least one tank
      suitable for holding the medical instruments and a cleaning solution
      therein. A source of ultrasonic waves, such as ultrasonic transducers, is
      mounted on the exterior of the tank and is connected to a source of
      electrical power. The cleaning tank has a bottom plate with a drain
      opening connectable to a municipal sewage line, allowing to drain the
      cleaning solution along with impurities discharged after the cleaning
      cycle has been completed. In an alternative embodiment, the cleaning
      solvents are recycled via a Y-type connector into a second high-pressure
      hose and then into a storage receptacle with a cover. The alternative
      embodiment is designed for industrial applications only, where
      contamination does not pose a risk.
PATN
WKU  059881941
SRC  9
APN  0140244
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19980127
TTL  Method and system for anchoring a temporary structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  3
EXA  Yip; Winnie
EXP  Friedman; Carl D.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Collins; Larry Phillip
STR  686 Richardson Rd.
CTY  Owosso
STA  MI
ZIP  48867
CLAS
OCL  135118
XCL  135119
XCL   52155
XCL   52156
XCL  248530
XCL  248156
EDF  6
ICL  E04H 1562
FSC  135
FSS  118;119
FSC   52
FSS  4;155-158;162
FSC  248
FSS  156;530;508
UREF
PNO  781221
ISD  19050100
NAM  Morris
OCL   52156
UREF
PNO  1120406
ISD  19141200
NAM  Reach
OCL   52156
UREF
PNO  1349476
ISD  19200800
NAM  Solberg
OCL   52156
UREF
PNO  1904700
ISD  19330400
NAM  Starks
XCL  135118
UREF
PNO  2156021
ISD  19390400
NAM  Little
OCL  135118
UREF
PNO  3306560
ISD  19670200
NAM  Wheeler
OCL  248530
UREF
PNO  3498305
ISD  19700300
NAM  Hulin
UREF
PNO  4063567
ISD  19771200
NAM  Martin et al.
UREF
PNO  4222401
ISD  19800900
NAM  Allweil
UREF
PNO  4404980
ISD  19830900
NAM  Wade
UREF
PNO  4432382
ISD  19840200
NAM  Wolf
UREF
PNO  4543972
ISD  19851000
NAM  Bennett et al.
OCL  135118
UREF
PNO  4831798
ISD  19890500
NAM  Otteson
UREF
PNO  5625983
ISD  19970500
NAM  Lachance et al.
UREF
PNO  5662134
ISD  19970900
NAM  Auer
LREP
FRM  Young & Basile, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An anchoring system and method for temporary structures is disclosed. The
      system comprises: At least a first stake having a shaft with a lower end
      for insertion into the ground, and an upper end including a loop; at least
      a second stake having a shaft with a lower end for insertion into the
      ground, and an upper end including at least one hook. When the lower ends
      of the at least first and second stakes are inserted into the ground, the
      lower ends of the stakes are angled away from each other, the shaft of the
      second stake is received through the loop of the first stake, and a
      portion of the shaft of the first stake is received within the at least
      one hook, whereby the at least first and second stakes are in a mutually
      interlocked condition which prevents the at least first and second stakes
      from being independently extracted from the ground.
PATN
WKU  059881950
SRC  8
APN  9869441
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19971208
TTL  Pickup truck tent assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Yip; Winnie S.
EXP  Friedman; Carl D.
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Kaestner; Jeffrey M.
STR  3990 Doc Henry Rd.
CTY  Lee's Summit
STA  MO
ZIP  64082
INVT
NAM  Kaestner; Virginia A.
STR  3990 Doc Henry Rd.
CTY  Lee's Summit
STA  MO
ZIP  64082
CLAS
OCL  135144
XCL  135 8809
XCL  135 8813
XCL  29610001
EDF  6
ICL  E04H 1506
FSC  135
FSS  88.13;88.15;88.16;88.09;143;144
FSC  296
FSS  100.01;100.08;107.09;107.11;168
UREF
PNO  1291947
ISD  19190100
NAM  Linville
XCL  135143
UREF
PNO  1433457
ISD  19221000
NAM  Hunter
XCL  135143
UREF
PNO  2358446
ISD  19440900
NAM  Couse
XCL  135 88.13
UREF
PNO  2510365
ISD  19500600
NAM  Barnett et al.
XCL  135 88.09
UREF
PNO  2824764
ISD  19580200
NAM  Stirling
XCL  135906
UREF
PNO  3307565
ISD  19670300
NAM  Luccarelli
XCL  135137
UREF
PNO  3367347
ISD  19680200
NAM  Smith
XCL  135 88.13
UREF
PNO  3737190
ISD  19730600
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  4066089
ISD  19780100
NAM  Rainwater
XCL  135143
UREF
PNO  4471793
ISD  19840900
NAM  Cattaneo
OCL  135 88.16
UREF
PNO  4652040
ISD  19870300
NAM  Mahan
UREF
PNO  4683900
ISD  19870800
NAM  Carmichael
XCL  135904
UREF
PNO  5018778
ISD  19910500
NAM  Goble
UREF
PNO  5299849
ISD  19940400
NAM  Cook et al.
XCL  135 88.09
UREF
PNO  5353826
ISD  19941000
NAM  Davis, Sr.
OCL  135 88.13
UREF
PNO  5419607
ISD  19950500
NAM  Oliveira
UREF
PNO  5752736
ISD  19980500
NAM  Nodier
XCL  135 88.15
LREP
FR2  Tolar; Kenneth L
ABST
PAL  A tent assembly which may be attached to the sidewalls of a pickup truck
      bed or alternatively anchored to the ground includes a plurality of frame
      members each with a V-shaped roof support and a pair of opposing side arms
      vertically extending therefrom. The side arms are attached to the V-shaped
      roof supports with a hinge on one side and a slide lock mechanism on an
      opposing side so that they may be selectively pivoted in either direction
      relative to the roof supports. The V-shaped roof supports are likewise
      collapsible using a hinge. The vertices of the roof shaped supports are
      interconnected using hingedly engaging beams each with a centrally located
      hinge so that a frame member may be easily stacked against an adjacent
      frame member even with the beam attached thereto. The frame members are
      received within sleeves integral with a tent member. Each end wall of the
      tent member has a plurality of separable seams providing several different
      access openings. The endwalls and sidewalls of the tent member have rain
      guards extending therefrom for preventing moisture from leaking therein.
PATN
WKU  059881968
SRC  8
APN  9430342
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19971002
TTL  Cyclically-operated hydraulic device particularly useful as a liquid
      pulsators, and method of operating same
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  17
EXP  Lee; Kevin
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Rosenberg; Peretz
STR  Moshav Beit Shearim
CTY  30046 D.N. Haamakim
CNT  ILX
PRIR
CNT  ILX
APD  19961004
APN  119351
CLAS
OCL  137  1
XCL  13762414
XCL  137211
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 5100
FSC  137
FSS  624.14;209;211;211.5;1
UREF
PNO  3981319
ISD  19760900
NAM  Holt
OCL  137211
UREF
PNO  4002184
ISD  19770100
NAM  Tubbs et al.
OCL  137211
UREF
PNO  4949747
ISD  19900800
NAM  Rosenberg
XCL  137624.14
UREF
PNO  5738136
ISD  19980400
NAM  Rosenberg
XCL  137624.14
LREP
FR2  Barish; Benjamin J.
ABST
PAL  A cyclically-operated hydraulic device includes: an air-liquid chamber
      which, during a first part of each cycle is partially filled with a liquid
      while air in the chamber is compressed, and during a second part of each
      cycle discharges under pressure a portion of said liquid from the chamber;
      and an air-replenishing device which inlets a small quantity of air into
      the air-liquid chamber during each cycle to replenish air contained in the
      liquid discharged under pressure.
PATN
WKU  059881976
SRC  8
APN  5986079
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19960212
TTL  Freeze valve and treatment enclosure controlled by at least one such
      valve
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  5
EXP  Rivell; John
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Colin; Bruno
CTY  Marcy L'Etoile
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Mandrand; Bernard
CTY  Villeurbanne
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Bio Merieux
CTY  Marcy L'Etoile
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950213
APN  95 01802
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950228
APN  95 02541
CLAS
OCL  137 13
XCL  1372511
XCL  137341
XCL  137828
EDF  6
ICL  F17D  118
ICL  F16K 4900
FSC  137
FSS  13;251.1;341;828
UREF
PNO  338447
ISD  18860300
NAM  Snee
OCL  137 13
UREF
PNO  3712322
ISD  19730100
NAM  Cleary
OCL  137828
UREF
PNO  4082109
ISD  19780400
NAM  Sun et al.
XCL  137 13
UREF
PNO  4203472
ISD  19800500
NAM  Dulaney
OCL  137828
UREF
PNO  4766922
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kaartinen et al.
XCL  137828
UREF
PNO  4989626
ISD  19910200
NAM  Takagi et al.
XCL  137828
UREF
PNO  5101848
ISD  19920400
NAM  Kojima et al.
XCL  137828
FREF
PNO  2 663 040
ISD  19911200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  43 36 283 A1
ISD  19950400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/04927
ISD  19900300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/21955
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A freeze valve for a substantially single-phase fluid contains a pipe
      designed to receive fluid in a flow area, a cold source and a heat source.
      The cold source and the heat source are placed in thermal contact with the
      pipe. The pipe is positioned in relation to the cold source and the heat
      source in such a way so as to permit the freezing of fluid passing through
      the pipe, thereby closing the passage through the pipe, or the heating of
      the fluid, thereby opening the passage. The pipe contains, for example, a
      metallic material that is mechanically strong and capable of dissipating
      heat by the Joule effect.
PATN
WKU  059881984
SRC  9
APN  1900196
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19981112
TTL  Process for pumping bitumen froth through a pipeline
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Michalsky; Gerald A.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Neiman; Owen
CTY  Edmonton
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Sury; Ken
CTY  Edmonton
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Joseph; Daniel D.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Bai; Runyuan
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Grant; Christopher
CTY  Edmonton
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  AEC Oil Sands, L.P.
CTY  Calgary
CNT  CAX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  AEC Oil Sands Limited Partnership
CTY  Calgary
CNT  CAX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Athabasca Oil Sands Investments Inc.
CTY  Calgary
CNT  CAX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Canadian Occidental Petroleum Ltd.
CTY  Calgary
CNT  CAX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Canadian Oil Sands Investments Inc.
CTY  Calgary
CNT  CAX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Gulf Canada Resources Limited
CTY  Calgary
CNT  CAX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Imperial Oil Resources
CTY  Calgary
CNT  CAX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Mocal Energy Limited
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Murphy Oil Company Ltd.
CTY  Calgary
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Petro-Canada
CTY  Calgary
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19971112
APN  2220821
CLAS
OCL  137 13
XCL  507 90
EDF  6
ICL  F17D  108
FSC  137
FSS  13
FSC  507
FSS  90
UREF
PNO  2821205
ISD  19580100
NAM  Chilton et al.
UREF
PNO  3225787
ISD  19651200
NAM  Gogarty et al.
UREF
PNO  3502103
ISD  19700300
NAM  Verschuur
UREF
PNO  3791395
ISD  19740200
NAM  Dunlap et al.
UREF
PNO  3822721
ISD  19740700
NAM  Verschuur
UREF
PNO  3826279
ISD  19740700
NAM  Verschuur
UREF
PNO  3886972
ISD  19750600
NAM  Scott et al.
UREF
PNO  3892252
ISD  19750700
NAM  Poettmann
UREF
PNO  3977469
ISD  19760800
NAM  Broussard et al.
UREF
PNO  4047539
ISD  19770900
NAM  Kruka
OCL  137 13
UREF
PNO  4745937
ISD  19880500
NAM  Zagustin et al.
FREF
PNO  1008108
ISD  19770400
CNT  CAX
LREP
FRM  Millen, White, Zelano & Branigan, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A process for transporting deaerated bitumen froth in a pipeline is
      described which comprises injecting water into the pipeline prior to
      deaerated bitumen froth injection to wet the interior walls of the
      pipeline. The deaerated bitumen froth is then injected into the pipeline
      at a critical velocity above 0.3 m/sec thereby initiating self-lubricating
      core-annular flow of the bitumen froth.
PATN
WKU  059881992
SRC  8
APN  7427077
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19961101
TTL  Corporation stop assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  6
EXP  Walton; George L.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Ryan; Timothy B.
CTY  Sparks
STA  NV
INVT
NAM  Svetlik; Harvey E.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Phillips Petroleum Company
CTY  Bartlesville
STA  OK
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  137 15
XCL  137318
XCL  25131514
XCL  285197
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 4300
ICL  F16L 4104
FSC  137
FSS  15;315;318
FSC  285
FSS  197
FSC  251
FSS  315.14
UREF
PNO  3410522
ISD  19681100
NAM  Daghe et al.
OCL  137318
UREF
PNO  3412742
ISD  19681100
NAM  Smith
OCL  137318
UREF
PNO  3635439
ISD  19720100
NAM  McNally
OCL  251315.14
UREF
PNO  3723229
ISD  19730300
NAM  Hutton
OCL  156580
UREF
PNO  3799182
ISD  19740300
NAM  Long
OCL  137318
UREF
PNO  3841667
ISD  19741000
NAM  Sands
OCL  285 39
UREF
PNO  3905718
ISD  19750900
NAM  Luckenbill et al.
OCL  137318
UREF
PNO  3937245
ISD  19760200
NAM  Christie
OCL  137318
UREF
PNO  3965593
ISD  19760600
NAM  Christie
OCL  137318
UREF
PNO  3995655
ISD  19761200
NAM  Sands
OCL  137318
UREF
PNO  4005880
ISD  19770200
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  285 47
UREF
PNO  4411407
ISD  19831000
NAM  Ninomiya et al.
OCL  251315.14
UREF
PNO  4523740
ISD  19850600
NAM  Paitchell
OCL  251315.14
UREF
PNO  5076318
ISD  19911200
NAM  Fedora
OCL  137318
UREF
PNO  5150923
ISD  19920900
NAM  Ohya et al.
OCL  285 21
UREF
PNO  5577529
ISD  19961100
NAM  Katz
OCL  137318
LREP
FR2  Bogatie; George E.
ABST
PAL  A fitting for coupling a service line to a polyethylene fluid distribution
      pipe such as a water main or a gas main includes a stub length of
      polyethylene pipe that serves as a base for attaching a corporation stop
      valve. The cross section of the open base end is machined to match the
      curvature of the outside surface of the main pipe and then fused into the
      sidewall of the main. The corporation stop valve can then be used for hot
      tapping polyethylene mains.
PATN
WKU  059882000
SRC  8
APN  931511&
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970916
TTL  Repetitive stamped valve guard
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Chambers; A. Michael
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Rude; Arthur D.
CTY  Ash Grove
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Custom Metalcraft, Inc.
CTY  Springfield
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  137 15
XCL  137377
XCL  137382
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 3500
FSC  137
FSS  377;382;15
UREF
PNO  D31742
ISD  18991000
NAM  Wilhelm
UREF
PNO  D296027
ISD  19880500
NAM  Dietzen
OCL  D34 39
UREF
PNO  D319286
ISD  19910800
NAM  Waltke et al.
OCL  D23206
UREF
PNO  976475
ISD  19101100
NAM  Livingston
OCL  137382
UREF
PNO  1469646
ISD  19231000
NAM  Rowland
UREF
PNO  1602506
ISD  19261000
NAM  Rowland
UREF
PNO  2327654
ISD  19430800
NAM  McIntosh
UREF
PNO  2476578
ISD  19490700
NAM  Barnwell
UREF
PNO  2946223
ISD  19600700
NAM  Lauer, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3963144
ISD  19760600
NAM  Berwald
OCL  220 85P
UREF
PNO  4220097
ISD  19800900
NAM  Wempe et al.
OCL  137377
UREF
PNO  4605126
ISD  19860800
NAM  Goedken et al.
OCL  206386
UREF
PNO  4635676
ISD  19870100
NAM  Reilley
OCL  137382
UREF
PNO  4697528
ISD  19871000
NAM  Rehbein
OCL  105358
LREP
FRM  Bergert & Bergert
ABST
PAL  A valve guard for the protection of a bottom discharge valve on a portable
      tank is formed of a single elongated piece of metal and has a central
      stabilizing ridge which extends outwardly from the front wall of the valve
      guard and which runs nearly the full length of the valve guard. The valve
      guard has a deflector arm at each end which extends out from the valve
      guard body at an angle and which cooperates with the tank legs to deflect
      any misguided forklifts or other machinery away from the valve on the
      underside of the tank. The central ridge is rounded and can have a width
      from approximately one-fourth to approximately one-third the width of the
      front wall of the valve guard. The valve guard is lightweight, durable,
      and can be formed quickly and economically through a rapid sequence of
      metal stamping operations.
PATN
WKU  059882018
SRC  9
APN  1270478
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980731
TTL  Automatic vent having a multi-hinged valve
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Michalsky; Gerald A.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Lebkuchner; Benno
CTY  Warwick
STA  RI
INVT
NAM  Sundberg; Kenneth
CTY  Cranston
STA  RI
ASSG
NAM  Sparco, Inc.
CTY  Warwick
STA  RI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  137202
XCL  137448
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 2404
FSC  137
FSS  202;448
UREF
PNO  2677387
ISD  19540500
NAM  Crawford
UREF
PNO  3002522
ISD  19611000
NAM  Klinefelter
UREF
PNO  3018787
ISD  19620100
NAM  Kirk, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3394724
ISD  19680700
NAM  Klinefelter
UREF
PNO  3586032
ISD  19710600
NAM  Weinstein
OCL  137202
UREF
PNO  3599659
ISD  19710800
NAM  Nuter
UREF
PNO  4299248
ISD  19811100
NAM  Becker et al.
UREF
PNO  4387733
ISD  19830600
NAM  Balazs et al.
XCL  137448
UREF
PNO  4886089
ISD  19891200
NAM  Gabrlik et al.
OCL  137202
UREF
PNO  5313977
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bergsma et al.
XCL  137202
UREF
PNO  5379795
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hartley et al.
OCL  137202
UREF
PNO  5575031
ISD  19961100
NAM  Mertens
OCL  137202
UREF
PNO  5592963
ISD  19970100
NAM  Bucci et al.
OCL  137202
LREP
FRM  Salter & Michaelson
ABST
PAL  An automatic vent has a cup including a bottom wall, a side wall, an open
      top, and an inlet for introducing fluid into a compartment defined by the
      bottom and side walls. A valve assembly of the automatic vent includes a
      cap disposed over the open top of the cup. The cap has a body with an
      upwardly facing surface, a downwardly facing surface, a bore formed within
      the body for enabling fluid communication between the compartment and
      atmosphere, and an annular rim provided around the bore on the downwardly
      facing surface. A lever arm is hingedly connected at one end thereof to
      the body of the cap adjacent the annular rim. The automatic vent further
      includes a multi-hinged connection for hingedly moving the lever arm
      between a closed position in which the lever arm blocks the bore of the
      cap in response to the fluid level in the compartment rising above a
      predetermined fluid level, a partially open position in which the lever
      arm hingedly moves away from the cap but still engages the annular rim to
      allow gas to escape through the bore in response to the fluid level in the
      compartment lowering below the predetermined fluid level as a result of
      gas build up within the compartment, and an open position in which the
      lever arm hingedly moves away from the cap and annular rim in response to
      the fluid level in the compartment lowering substantially below the
      predetermined level.
PATN
WKU  059882026
SRC  9
APN  1849158
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19981102
TTL  Pre-set maximum flow metering and mixing valves
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Hepperle; Stephen M.
NDR  4
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Spitzer, Sr.; Harry L.
STR  16318 Rappelo Rd.
CTY  Brooksville
STA  FL
ZIP  34601
CLAS
OCL  137269
XCL  1376254
XCL  251122
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 1102
FSC  137
FSS  269;605;607;625.4
FSC  251
FSS  122;223
UREF
PNO  274512
ISD  18830300
NAM  O'Reilly
OCL  251223
UREF
PNO  1763313
ISD  19300600
NAM  McClatchie
XCL  251223
UREF
PNO  2516825
ISD  19500700
NAM  Hejduk et al.
OCL  251122
UREF
PNO  3228655
ISD  19660100
NAM  Weise
XCL  251122
UREF
PNO  3240230
ISD  19660300
NAM  Callahan
OCL  251223
UREF
PNO  4134420
ISD  19790100
NAM  Okonowitz
XCL  251223
UREF
PNO  5544674
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kelly
XCL  251122
LREP
FR2  McClure; Charles A.
ABST
PAL  Pre-set maximum-flow metering and mixing valves and methods of their
      operation, including limiting maximum axial (longitudinal) withdrawal of a
      valve metering stem corresponding to its minimally outlet-occluding
      location at fully open valve position. A sleeved member is threaded within
      a mating threaded end of a valve housing and about a mating end of an
      axially (longitudinally) adjustable flow-metering stem member to limit its
      travel (as by rotation) from seated fully closed position to a fully open
      position, corresponding to maximum withdrawal of its tapered end portion
      from its occluding insertion within the fluid outlet.
PATN
WKU  059882034
SRC  8
APN  9419519
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19971001
TTL  Two-piece manifold
ISD  19991123
NCL  42
ECL  23
EXA  Farid; Ramyar
EXP  Ferensic; Denise L.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hutton; Peter B.
STR  2024 26 A Street S.W.
CTY  Calgary, Alberta
CNT  CAX
ITX  T32C1
CLAS
OCL  137271
XCL  137884
XCL  137597
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 1120
FSC  137
FSS  884;597;557;269;271
UREF
PNO  Re34610
ISD  19940500
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  D287827
ISD  19870100
NAM  Broden
UREF
PNO  D297315
ISD  19880800
NAM  Pierce et al.
UREF
PNO  D317266
ISD  19910600
NAM  Broden et al.
UREF
PNO  D318432
ISD  19910700
NAM  Broden et al.
UREF
PNO  3564923
ISD  19710200
NAM  Nudd, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  3596680
ISD  19710800
NAM  Adams
UREF
PNO  3618390
ISD  19711100
NAM  Frick
UREF
PNO  3653405
ISD  19720400
NAM  Nelson
UREF
PNO  3747637
ISD  19730700
NAM  Mollere
OCL  137271
UREF
PNO  3765441
ISD  19731000
NAM  Chang
OCL  137271
UREF
PNO  3768511
ISD  19731000
NAM  Bias
UREF
PNO  3817283
ISD  19740600
NAM  Hewson
UREF
PNO  4182362
ISD  19800100
NAM  Hewson et al.
UREF
PNO  4193420
ISD  19800300
NAM  Hewson
UREF
PNO  4215721
ISD  19800800
NAM  Hetherington et al.
UREF
PNO  4281683
ISD  19810800
NAM  Hetherington et al.
UREF
PNO  4319492
ISD  19820300
NAM  Hewson et al.
UREF
PNO  4321261
ISD  19820300
NAM  Elmer
UREF
PNO  4466290
ISD  19840800
NAM  Frick
UREF
PNO  4494568
ISD  19850100
NAM  Young
UREF
PNO  4602657
ISD  19860700
NAM  Anderson, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4672728
ISD  19870600
NAM  Nimberger
UREF
PNO  4726399
ISD  19880200
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  4738276
ISD  19880400
NAM  Adams
UREF
PNO  4745810
ISD  19880500
NAM  Pierce et al.
UREF
PNO  4798089
ISD  19890100
NAM  Frick et al.
UREF
PNO  4833922
ISD  19890500
NAM  Frick et al.
UREF
PNO  4865360
ISD  19890900
NAM  Adams
UREF
PNO  4879912
ISD  19891100
NAM  Suckow
UREF
PNO  4921072
ISD  19900500
NAM  Divisi
UREF
PNO  4977917
ISD  19901200
NAM  Adams
UREF
PNO  4993754
ISD  19910200
NAM  Templin, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5036884
ISD  19910800
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  5048569
ISD  19910900
NAM  Stoll et al.
UREF
PNO  5117867
ISD  19920600
NAM  Adams
UREF
PNO  5209258
ISD  19930500
NAM  Sharp et al.
UREF
PNO  5248167
ISD  19930900
NAM  Petrich et al.
UREF
PNO  5272646
ISD  19931200
NAM  Farmer
UREF
PNO  5277224
ISD  19940100
NAM  Hutton et al.
UREF
PNO  5303733
ISD  19940400
NAM  Nelson
UREF
PNO  5341846
ISD  19940800
NAM  Framberg
OCL  137884
UREF
PNO  5449294
ISD  19950900
NAM  Rench et al.
UREF
PNO  5494071
ISD  19960200
NAM  Bell et al.
UREF
PNO  5586570
ISD  19961200
NAM  Fukano
OCL  137271
FREF
PNO  1008701
ISD  19770400
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2086535
ISD  19820500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2271164A
ISD  19940400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/05329
ISD  19930300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/18091
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Brochure: Manifolds. Century Valve Ltd., Calgary, Alberta, Canada. Admitted
      prior art.
PAL  Flier: DA Minimatic Three Valve Manifold. DA Mfg. Co., Tulia, Texas. Jun.
      20, 1978.
PAL  Brochure: Instrumentation Manifolds: The World Standard. Bulletin 4190.
      Parker Fluid Connections. Dec. 1992.
PAL  Flier: "Safti-fold.RTM." 3 Valve Unimount. Admitted prior art.
LREP
FR2  Bushman; Browning
ABST
PAL  A two-piece, modular valve manifold adapted to be positioned between a main
      flowline and a pressure sensor to control fluid flow from the main
      flowline to the sensor, the manifold comprising a first module that adapts
      to a pressure sensor, such as a differential pressure transmitter, and a
      second module that is connected to a source of process fluid, the second
      module containing a block valve system, the first module containing an
      equalizer valve system and a vent valve system, the modules being
      connected together whereby process fluid can be transferred through the
      first module to the second module and ultimately, to the pressure sensor.
PATN
WKU  059882042
SRC  9
APN  013354&
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980126
TTL  Adjustable fluid flow regulator
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Hepperle; Stephen M.
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Reinhardt; Paul E.
CTY  High Ridge
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Buescher; Thomas P.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Reitz; Timothy E.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Koopman; Wayne A.
CTY  Red Bud
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Emerson Electric Co.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  137271
XCL  137505
XCL  13750541
XCL  251337
EDF  6
ICL  G05D 1606
FSC  137
FSS  270;271;505;505.41
FSC  251
FSS  337
UREF
PNO  383024
ISD  18880500
NAM  Stork
UREF
PNO  1734527
ISD  19291100
NAM  Mueller
UREF
PNO  1939912
ISD  19331200
NAM  McNeal
OCL  251337
UREF
PNO  2007805
ISD  19350700
NAM  Lippert et al.
UREF
PNO  3128086
ISD  19640400
NAM  Wolfhope
UREF
PNO  3338264
ISD  19670800
NAM  Dykzeul et al.
OCL  137505.41
UREF
PNO  3405927
ISD  19680900
NAM  Drabik et al.
XCL  137505.41
UREF
PNO  3451421
ISD  19690600
NAM  Vincenzi et al.
OCL  137495
UREF
PNO  3603214
ISD  19710900
NAM  Murrell
XCL  137505.41
UREF
PNO  3747629
ISD  19730700
NAM  Bauman
OCL  137270
UREF
PNO  3825029
ISD  19740700
NAM  Genbauffe
XCL  137505.41
UREF
PNO  3915335
ISD  19751000
NAM  Shanklin et al.
UREF
PNO  3938542
ISD  19760200
NAM  Bolha
XCL  137505.41
UREF
PNO  5176269
ISD  19930100
NAM  Herman
UREF
PNO  5284239
ISD  19940200
NAM  Kiricoples
UREF
PNO  5381819
ISD  19950100
NAM  Gotthelf
UREF
PNO  5435343
ISD  19950700
NAM  Buezis
LREP
FRM  Howell & Haferkamp, L.C.
ABST
PAL  An adjustable fluid flow regulator that can be adjusted for operating at
      two different operating pressures includes a casing having a chamber
      therein, an inlet and an outlet communicating with the chamber, and a
      valve for controlling fluid flow between the inlet and the outlet. A
      flexible diaphragm in the casing is connected to the valve for operating
      the valve in response to pressure changes in the chamber. The fluid flow
      regulator further includes a spring, a removable hollow cap aligned with
      the spring, and a link adapted to fit in the cap. The link, when installed
      in the cap, engages the spring to cause the spring to apply a biasing
      force against the diaphragm that is higher than when the link is not in
      the cap. According to the method of this invention, the adjustable fluid
      flow regulator is adjusted for use at two different operating pressures by
      installing or removing the link from the hollow, removable cap.
PATN
WKU  059882050
SRC  8
APN  8456178
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970425
TTL  Rotary valve actuator with zero lost motion universal connection
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Walton; George L.
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Eggleston; Philip Wayne
CTY  Sherman
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Fisher Controls International, Inc.
CTY  Clayton
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  137315
XCL  251 58
XCL  251292
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 31126
ICL  F16K 3152
FSC  251
FSS  58;229;279;291;292
FSC  137
FSS  315
UREF
PNO  Re35136
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL   92 99
UREF
PNO  362767
ISD  18870500
NAM  McNair
UREF
PNO  995027
ISD  19110600
NAM  Mueller
OCL  251292
UREF
PNO  1878569
ISD  19320900
NAM  Zolleis
OCL  251292
UREF
PNO  2043418
ISD  19360600
NAM  Newmark
OCL  251291
UREF
PNO  2190117
ISD  19400200
NAM  Griffith
OCL  200 58
UREF
PNO  2251481
ISD  19410800
NAM  Corbin, Jr.
OCL  251 58
UREF
PNO  2293269
ISD  19420800
NAM  Rufus
OCL  137 21
UREF
PNO  2296213
ISD  19420900
NAM  Kretzschmar
OCL  267  1
UREF
PNO  2305099
ISD  19421200
NAM  Morris
OCL  287 53
UREF
PNO  2535382
ISD  19501200
NAM  Bachli et al.
OCL  287 53
UREF
PNO  2641280
ISD  19530600
NAM  Fleischhauer
OCL  137 62.5
UREF
PNO  2642216
ISD  19530600
NAM  Carter
OCL  226116
UREF
PNO  2707966
ISD  19550500
NAM  Taplin
OCL  137116.5
UREF
PNO  2722881
ISD  19551100
NAM  Sutterfield et al.
OCL   98 41
UREF
PNO  2731534
ISD  19560100
NAM  Hansen et al.
OCL  219  4
UREF
PNO  2870873
ISD  19590100
NAM  Mueller
OCL  188 33
UREF
PNO  2878701
ISD  19590300
NAM  Weersma
OCL   81 71
UREF
PNO  3011758
ISD  19611200
NAM  McFarland, Jr.
OCL  251331
UREF
PNO  3070029
ISD  19621200
NAM  Russell
OCL  103150
UREF
PNO  3082792
ISD  19630300
NAM  Jenkins
OCL  137790
UREF
PNO  3084901
ISD  19630400
NAM  Thorburn
OCL  251 61
UREF
PNO  3195418
ISD  19650700
NAM  Zukas
OCL   91416
UREF
PNO  3204920
ISD  19650900
NAM  Generke
OCL  251 58
UREF
PNO  3224345
ISD  19651200
NAM  Doetsch
OCL   92 94
UREF
PNO  3254660
ISD  19660600
NAM  Ray
OCL  137 66
UREF
PNO  3275286
ISD  19660900
NAM  Wood
OCL  251 30
UREF
PNO  3282171
ISD  19661100
NAM  Tuckmantel
OCL   92 99
UREF
PNO  3395886
ISD  19680800
NAM  Fawkes
OCL  251229
UREF
PNO  3434395
ISD  19690300
NAM  Londal
OCL   92  6
UREF
PNO  3452961
ISD  19690700
NAM  Forsman
OCL  251 31
UREF
PNO  3486731
ISD  19691200
NAM  Magnani et al.
OCL  251 58
UREF
PNO  3513059
ISD  19700500
NAM  Prohaska
OCL  156446
UREF
PNO  3516442
ISD  19700600
NAM  Munroe
OCL  137625.66
UREF
PNO  3575378
ISD  19710400
NAM  Fawkes
OCL  251229
UREF
PNO  3588036
ISD  19710600
NAM  Harter
OCL  251 61
UREF
PNO  3610571
ISD  19711000
NAM  Cisco
OCL  251 63.6
UREF
PNO  3717322
ISD  19730200
NAM  Bernard
OCL  251 61
UREF
PNO  3719199
ISD  19730300
NAM  Mentink
OCL  137269
UREF
PNO  3719343
ISD  19730300
NAM  Werra
OCL  251 61.1
UREF
PNO  3804364
ISD  19740400
NAM  De Lepeleire
OCL  251 43
UREF
PNO  3814119
ISD  19740600
NAM  Bertrand et al.
OCL  137 86
UREF
PNO  3817452
ISD  19740600
NAM  Dean, Jr.
OCL  236 49
UREF
PNO  3845783
ISD  19741100
NAM  De Lepeleire
OCL  137504
UREF
PNO  3862739
ISD  19750100
NAM  Fujiwara
OCL  251134
UREF
PNO  3945565
ISD  19760300
NAM  Lynch et al.
OCL  236 49
UREF
PNO  3958592
ISD  19760500
NAM  Wells et al.
OCL  137315
UREF
PNO  3963377
ISD  19760600
NAM  Elliot et al.
OCL  417 90
UREF
PNO  3978922
ISD  19760900
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  166224A
UREF
PNO  3980135
ISD  19760900
NAM  Garrett
OCL  166224A
UREF
PNO  3982558
ISD  19760900
NAM  Ochs
OCL  137455
UREF
PNO  4003547
ISD  19770100
NAM  Snyder et al.
OCL  251 31
UREF
PNO  4014386
ISD  19770300
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  166321
UREF
PNO  4017025
ISD  19770400
NAM  Dravnieks et al.
OCL  236 49
UREF
PNO  4027692
ISD  19770600
NAM  Bouteille et al.
OCL  137270
UREF
PNO  4111221
ISD  19780900
NAM  Olsen
OCL  137 67
UREF
PNO  4111608
ISD  19780900
NAM  Elliot et al.
OCL  417112
UREF
PNO  4147094
ISD  19790400
NAM  Iguchi
OCL   92 48
UREF
PNO  4151819
ISD  19790500
NAM  Inada et al.
OCL  123119A
UREF
PNO  4178938
ISD  19791200
NAM  Au
OCL  128207.15
UREF
PNO  4225110
ISD  19800900
NAM  Akkerman et al.
OCL  251 58
UREF
PNO  4240335
ISD  19801200
NAM  Stucka et al.
OCL   92 96
UREF
PNO  4261546
ISD  19810400
NAM  Cory et al.
OCL  251 58
UREF
PNO  4278108
ISD  19810700
NAM  Casacci
OCL  137613
UREF
PNO  4295630
ISD  19811000
NAM  Card et al.
OCL  251 14
UREF
PNO  4340079
ISD  19820700
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  137207
UREF
PNO  4364414
ISD  19821200
NAM  Bouteille et al.
OCL  137624.14
UREF
PNO  4434707
ISD  19840300
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
OCL   91376R
UREF
PNO  4441519
ISD  19840400
NAM  Terral
OCL  137 15
UREF
PNO  4445529
ISD  19840500
NAM  Lagarelli
OCL  251292
UREF
PNO  4480811
ISD  19841100
NAM  Card et al.
OCL  251 14
UREF
PNO  4527769
ISD  19850700
NAM  Stogner et al.
OCL  251 14
UREF
PNO  4545433
ISD  19851000
NAM  Wambaugh
OCL  166105
UREF
PNO  4546953
ISD  19851000
NAM  Vinoiguerra et al.
OCL  251 58
UREF
PNO  4569378
ISD  19860200
NAM  Bergandy
OCL  141266
UREF
PNO  4572237
ISD  19860200
NAM  Thompson
OCL  137487.5
UREF
PNO  4582082
ISD  19860400
NAM  Tosseghini
OCL  137270
UREF
PNO  4604944
ISD  19860800
NAM  Tsubouchi
OCL   92 98D
UREF
PNO  4716922
ISD  19880100
NAM  Camp
OCL  251291
UREF
PNO  4732189
ISD  19880300
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  137220
UREF
PNO  4783046
ISD  19881100
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  251 61.4
UREF
PNO  4787413
ISD  19881100
NAM  Saggers
OCL  137494
UREF
PNO  4809733
ISD  19890300
NAM  Hawkins
XCL  251 62
UREF
PNO  4876766
ISD  19891000
NAM  Cohen
OCL  251291
UREF
PNO  4877058
ISD  19891000
NAM  Stoll
OCL  137625.48
UREF
PNO  4889153
ISD  19891200
NAM  Zepernick et al.
OCL  137269
UREF
PNO  4925498
ISD  19900500
NAM  Kemmler
OCL  137382
UREF
PNO  4930555
ISD  19900600
NAM  Rudick
OCL  141 98
UREF
PNO  4977922
ISD  19901200
NAM  McWilliams
OCL  137269
UREF
PNO  4986299
ISD  19910100
NAM  Schultz
OCL  137269
UREF
PNO  5007330
ISD  19910400
NAM  Scobie et al.
OCL   92120
UREF
PNO  5016856
ISD  19910500
NAM  Tartaglino
OCL  251 61
UREF
PNO  5029806
ISD  19910700
NAM  Huo-Lien et al.
OCL  251 14
UREF
PNO  5069248
ISD  19911200
NAM  Gill
OCL  137613
UREF
PNO  5086801
ISD  19920200
NAM  Peacock et al.
OCL  137 12
UREF
PNO  5101853
ISD  19920400
NAM  Mailliet et al.
OCL  137242
UREF
PNO  5190263
ISD  19930300
NAM  Roberts
OCL  251 60
UREF
PNO  5236006
ISD  19930800
NAM  Platusich et al.
OCL  137375
UREF
PNO  5275014
ISD  19940100
NAM  Solomon
OCL   62324.1
UREF
PNO  5277397
ISD  19940100
NAM  Tartaglino
OCL  251 61
UREF
PNO  5279325
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kaspers
OCL  137270
UREF
PNO  5305987
ISD  19940400
NAM  Baumann
OCL  251298
UREF
PNO  5337797
ISD  19940800
NAM  Janssen et al.
OCL  141206
UREF
PNO  5348270
ISD  19940900
NAM  Dinh
OCL  251 61.1
UREF
PNO  5357999
ISD  19941000
NAM  Loth et al.
XCL  251 62
UREF
PNO  5370147
ISD  19941200
NAM  Brusse et al.
OCL  137 15
UREF
PNO  5469774
ISD  19951100
NAM  Kaspers
OCL   91 54
UREF
PNO  5487527
ISD  19960100
NAM  Eggleston
OCL  251 62
UREF
PNO  5507467
ISD  19960400
NAM  Mott
OCL  251 58
FREF
PNO  0 192 973
ISD  19860900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2250058
ISD  19750500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 509 008
ISD  19830100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2133237
ISD  19730100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 343 069
ISD  19750200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3024439
ISD  19820100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 44 573
ISD  19940700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4420822
ISD  19951200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  56-63164
ISD  19810500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  958832
ISD  19640500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 595 576
ISD  19690700
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Fisher Controls, "Type 657 and 667 Diaphragm Actuators," Bulletin 61.1:657,
      Apr. 1992.
PAL  Fisher Controls "470 Series Piston Actuators," Billetin 61.2:470, Jul.
      1993.
PAL  Fisher Controls, "Type 585 and 585R Piston Actuators," Bulletin 61.2:585,
      Jul. 1993.
PAL  Compteurs Schlumberger, Division Controle Industriel, Technical File,
      FT50-37/C, "Servo-Moteur Pneumatique Reversible, Type KW," pp. 1-8, Mai
      1976 (Translation supplied).
LREP
FRM  Marshall, O'Toole, Gerstein, Murray & Borun
ABST
PAL  A rotary valve actuator with movable actuator linkage maintained in a
      constant "pull-pull" tension, includes a sliding canister, rotatable
      lever, and a return spring substantially aligned in-line with each other.
      The linear motion of the canister in response to an expanding and
      contracting pressurized bladder is converted through chain linkage into
      rotary lever motion. The return spring is connected through respective
      chain linkage to the lever so the pulling tension of the spring/lever
      linkage rotates the lever and maintains tension on both chain linkages.
      Adjustable travel stops are provided. In an alternate embodiment the
      return spring chain linkage is configured at right angles to the linear
      movement of the canister. A zero lost motion universal connection includes
      a splined sleeve matching the splined valve shaft and inserted into a
      lever bore. A set screw with a flat front end is threaded into the lever
      and tightened against a flat surface on the splined sleeve exterior.
PATN
WKU  059882069
SRC  9
APN  0414026
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980312
TTL  Apparatus and method for testing leaks
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Rivell; John
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Bare; Eric
CTY  Dublin
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Henry; Joe
CTY  West Liberty
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Quay; Lorne
CTY  Huntsville
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Honda of America Mfg., Inc.
CTY  Marysville
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  137354
XCL  137588
XCL  137597
XCL  123527
XCL   73 46
EDF  6
ICL  F02B 4300
ICL  F16K 2400
FSC  137
FSS  351;354;588;597;899
FSC  123
FSS  527;528;529
FSC   73
FSS  46
UREF
PNO  4523548
ISD  19850600
NAM  Engel et al.
XCL  123527
UREF
PNO  5237981
ISD  19930800
NAM  Polletta et al.
OCL  123527
UREF
PNO  5330031
ISD  19940700
NAM  Hill et al.
XCL  123527
UREF
PNO  5474104
ISD  19951200
NAM  Borland et al.
XCL  137351
UREF
PNO  5488970
ISD  19960200
NAM  Cippitani
OCL  137351
UREF
PNO  5522369
ISD  19960600
NAM  Povinger
OCL  123527
UREF
PNO  5529089
ISD  19960600
NAM  Hicks et al.
XCL  137588
UREF
PNO  5611316
ISD  19970300
NAM  Oshima et al.
XCL  123529
UREF
PNO  5632250
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  123490
UREF
PNO  5701928
ISD  19971200
NAM  Aoki
XCL  123529
UREF
PNO  5785082
ISD  19980700
NAM  Geis et al.
OCL  137516.29
UREF
PNO  5794979
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kasuga et al.
OCL  280834
UREF
PNO  5829418
ISD  19981100
NAM  Tamura et al.
OCL  123529
LREP
FRM  Pearne, Gordon, McCoy & Granger LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for testing leaks in a compressed natural gas fuel
      system on an assembly line. The apparatus includes a filling receptacle, a
      filling conduit, a fuel tank assembly, a supply conduit, a pressure
      regulating assembly, and a joint box. The filling conduit extends between
      the filling receptacle and the fuel tank assembly. The supply conduit
      extends between the fuel tank assembly and the pressure regulating
      assembly. The joint box includes a valve which regulates fluid
      communication between the filling conduit and the supply conduit. In the
      method according to the present invention, the tank assembly is fluidly
      isolated from the remainder of the fuel system and the filling conduit and
      supply conduit are fluidly connected, by opening the joint box valve, to
      permit pressurization and leak detection of a first portion of the fuel
      system. Thereafter, the joint box valve is closed to isolate the filling
      conduit from the supply conduit, and the pressure regulating assembly is
      activated to pressurize a second portion of the fuel system for leak
      detection purposes.
PATN
WKU  059882077
SRC  9
APN  1008994
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980619
TTL  Decorative storage device for garden hose
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Fox; John
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kownacki; Charles D.
CTY  Erie
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Clark, Jr.; Franklin T.
CTY  Girard
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Oas; Stephen M.
CTY  Erie
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Ramsey; John C.
CTY  Erie
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  EMSCO, Inc.
CTY  Girard
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  13735527
XCL  13735528
XCL  248 79
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 7534
FSC  137
FSS  355.26;355.27;355.28
FSC  248
FSS  79;88
UREF
PNO  4520872
ISD  19850600
NAM  Holman
XCL  137355.27
UREF
PNO  5404900
ISD  19950400
NAM  Fletcholl
OCL  137355.27
LREP
FR2  Thomson; Richard K.
ABST
PAL  A hose storage device has a tub shaped base and a hemispherical top that is
      attached to the base by a clamshell hinge. The storage device can be
      anchored in place in a yard by U-shaped stakes that are inserted through
      pairs of openings. The storage device is decorated to appear like a
      fanciful character statue, a galapagos tortoise, for example, so that it
      can remain in the yard as a lawn or garden decoration. A center post in
      the tub provides a bearing surface for a reel which includes a handle to
      facilitate coiling and fixtures to which the hose can be connected so that
      it need never be removed from the reel. A downwardly extending nipple
      provides a place to connect a short length of hose to a spigot, a
      clearance passageway being afforded by an inwardly extending reinforcing
      rib in the tub.
PATN
WKU  059882085
SRC  8
APN  6783759
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19960702
TTL  Gas containment and delivery system
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Chambers; A. Michael
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Tudhope; Andrew
STR  522 Silver Lake Dr.
CTY  Danville
STA  CA
ZIP  94526
INVT
NAM  Jordan; David
STR  12581 Clayton Rd.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ZIP  95127
INVT
NAM  Jones; Jerry
STR  4271 N. First St., #100
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ZIP  95134-1213
CLAS
OCL  137382
XCL  137360
XCL  137377
XCL  137362
EDF  6
ICL  F16L  300
FSC  137
FSS  377;382;360;362
UREF
PNO  3136442
ISD  19640600
NAM  Massey
OCL  137360
UREF
PNO  3831625
ISD  19740800
NAM  Roediger
OCL  137337
UREF
PNO  5522420
ISD  19960600
NAM  Martin
OCL  137382
UREF
PNO  5687757
ISD  19971100
NAM  Heintz et al.
OCL  137377
LREP
FRM  McCutchen, Doyle, Brown & Enersen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A gas containment and delivery system that can be efficiently and
      cost-effectively adapted to a wide variety of gas delivery needs. The
      system has a gas containment box that can be efficiently adapted to
      provide double containment for sections of toxic gas lines having gas
      delivery components such as valves, regulators, and gauges. The system may
      be either floor-mounted or wall-mounted, and can be used in a wide variety
      of semiconductor fabrication facilities.
PATN
WKU  059882093
SRC  9
APN  2824280
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19990331
TTL  Security device for utility shutoff valve
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Fox; John
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Hardy; Michael P.
STR  123 Slater Dr.
CTY  Wernersville
STA  PA
ZIP  19565
CLAS
OCL  137382
XCL  137368
XCL  1373825
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 3104
FSC  137
FSS  327;328;368;382;382.5
UREF
PNO  3453655
ISD  19690700
NAM  Quinones et al.
OCL  137296
UREF
PNO  3797286
ISD  19740300
NAM  Saporito
OCL   70169
UREF
PNO  4620428
ISD  19861100
NAM  Kopesky
OCL   70175
UREF
PNO  5234029
ISD  19930800
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL  137559
UREF
PNO  5456278
ISD  19951000
NAM  Morris et al.
OCL  137  1
UREF
PNO  5596893
ISD  19970100
NAM  Stehling
OCL   70175
UREF
PNO  5597010
ISD  19970100
NAM  Hoffman et al.
OCL  137381
UREF
PNO  5638590
ISD  19970600
NAM  Silano
OCL   29254
UREF
PNO  5664597
ISD  19970900
NAM  Miskiewicz
OCL  137 15
UREF
PNO  5671772
ISD  19970900
NAM  Bliss
OCL  137370
FREF
PNO  2380381
ISD  19780200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  589268
ISD  19450600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A security device for a utility shutoff valve and a tool for inserting and
      removing the security device. The security device and tool are utilized
      for water and gas shutoff valves located underground that are accessed
      through a vertical access pipe. The invention is a cylindrical plug which
      is placed inside the access pipe, resting on top of the valve. The plug
      includes a grip resistant dummy valve handle which, when turned, causes
      the plug to rotate without having any effect on the valve. The plug is
      also very difficult to remove without the insertion/removal tool,
      comprising an inverted cup with a long handle, wherein the inside of the
      cup is lined with horizontal steel bristles. When the cup is placed over
      the top of the plug, the bristles enter corresponding holes in the dummy
      valve handle, allowing the plug to be lifted.
PATN
WKU  059882107
SRC  8
APN  9802460
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19971128
TTL  Flow control valve utilizing sonic nozzle
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Kim; Joanne Y.
EXP  Ferensic; Denise L.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Komiya; Isamu
CTY  Akiruno
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nambu; Masahiro
CTY  Tama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Aera Japan Ltd
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970327
APN  9-091330
CLAS
OCL  1374875
XCL  137486
XCL  25112906
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 3112
FSC  137
FSS  487.5;486
FSC  251
FSS  129.06
UREF
PNO  4146051
ISD  19790300
NAM  Sparks
OCL  137487.5
UREF
PNO  4399836
ISD  19830800
NAM  De Versterre et al.
OCL  137487.5
UREF
PNO  4641683
ISD  19870200
NAM  Murner
OCL  137487.5
UREF
PNO  4836233
ISD  19890600
NAM  Milgate, III
OCL  137486
UREF
PNO  5029610
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hiratsuka et al.
OCL  251129.06
UREF
PNO  5033496
ISD  19910700
NAM  Reid
OCL  251129.06
UREF
PNO  5460202
ISD  19951000
NAM  Hanley et al.
OCL  251129.06
UREF
PNO  5669408
ISD  19970900
NAM  Nishino et al.
OCL  137487.5
LREP
FRM  Lightbody & Lucas
ABST
PAL  A flow control valve for a semiconductor manufacturing process, which valve
      utilizes a pressure sensor between the flow control valve and a subsequent
      sonic nozzle to detect the gas pressure which is fed back to the valve to
      control the flow through the valve.
PATN
WKU  059882115
SRC  9
APN  1101641
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980706
TTL  I.V. flow controller
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Hepperle; Stephen M.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Cornell; William Daniel
CTY  Ballwin
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Cornell; Randolph W.
CTY  Omaha
STA  NE
COD  04
ASSG
NAM  Cornell; Alice M.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  04
ITX  part interest to each
CLAS
OCL  137504
XCL  137501
XCL  13751625
XCL  137517
XCL  137550
XCL  1375566
EDF  6
ICL  G05D  701
FSC  137
FSS  501;504;517;521;516.25;843;550;556.6
UREF
PNO  3288578
ISD  19661100
NAM  Witt
OCL  137516.25
UREF
PNO  3886968
ISD  19750600
NAM  Murrell
OCL  137504
UREF
PNO  4241757
ISD  19801200
NAM  Bron
OCL  137501
UREF
PNO  4245669
ISD  19810100
NAM  Schmidt
OCL  137501
ABST
PAL  An I.V. Flow Controller incorporating an adjustable, differential pressure
      regulator that provides a constant but adjustable differential pressure
      across a fixed orifice. One end of the adjustment range provides shut-off
      and the other end full-flow. The adjustment range covers flow rates from
      zero to 250 ml/hr. At a given setting, the flow rate is independent of the
      total hydrostatic head height between the supply reservoir and a patient,
      provided the head height is greater than the pressure drop across the
      orifice at the maximum regulated flow rate, plus venous pressure, plus the
      pressure drop in the indwelling catheter.
PATN
WKU  059882123
SRC  9
APN  1410903
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980827
TTL  Connecting unit having a gas pressure regulating apparatus mounted
      between a gas cylinder and a gas burner apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Prunner; Kathleen J.
EXP  Douglas; Steven O.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Drayer; Hans-Rudolf
CTY  Rothenburg
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Dutat; Dimitri
CTY  Cernay La Ville
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Boa AG
CTY  Rothenburg
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970829
APN  97114973
CLAS
OCL  13750546
XCL  13750547
XCL  13761406
XCL  13761419
XCL  2511499
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 31126
FSC  137
FSS  505.47;505.46;614.19;614.06;613
FSC  251
FSS  251;149.9
FSC  128
FSS  201.28;202.27;205.22;205.24
UREF
PNO  505064
ISD  18930700
NAM  Beard
OCL  137505.46
UREF
PNO  1961550
ISD  19340600
NAM  Carson, Jr.
XCL  137505.47
UREF
PNO  2038013
ISD  19360400
NAM  Temple
OCL  137505.46
UREF
PNO  2253866
ISD  19410800
NAM  Quoos
XCL  137614.19
UREF
PNO  3704002
ISD  19721100
NAM  Skarzynski
XCL  251149.9
UREF
PNO  4088436
ISD  19780500
NAM  Alferes
XCL  137517
UREF
PNO  4862916
ISD  19890900
NAM  Gaunt
XCL  137505.46
FREF
PNO  716371
ISD  19661000
CNT  ITX
OCL  137505.47
LREP
FRM  Marshall, O'Toole, Gerstein, Murray & Borun
ABST
PAL  A metal bellows is located in a chamber of the housing. A channel connects
      its inner space with the ambient. The gastight metal bellows ends at a
      reaction area disk. A pivoting arm with a baffle plate is pivotably
      mounted at one end to the housing. Its opposite end is coupled to the
      reaction area disk. Pressurized gas flows out of an outlet nozzle against
      the baffle plate and into the inner chamber of the housing and acts upon
      the reaction area disk. The pressure in the inner space of the chamber
      depends from the distance between the baffle plate of the upwards pivoted
      pivot arm and the outlet nozzle. This pressure is balanced by the
      counter-force of the circumferential wall of the metal bellows acting as
      spring member. Accordingly, the pressure of the fuel gas stored in a gas
      cylinder is reduced at the gas outlet of the housing to a preset pressure,
      from which gas outlet the fuel gas is led through a conduit to a gas
      burner.
PATN
WKU  059882131
SRC  8
APN  9037284
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970731
TTL  Vehicular fuel supplying apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Chambers; A. Michael
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Yoshioka; Hiroshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970131
APN  9-018404
CLAS
OCL  137590
XCL  13756515
XCL  123509
XCL  123510
EDF  6
ICL  F02M 3704
FSC  123
FSS  509;510
FSC  137
FSS  565.01;565.15;590
UREF
PNO  5195494
ISD  19930300
NAM  Tuckey
OCL  123510
UREF
PNO  5623910
ISD  19970400
NAM  Riggle
OCL  123510
FREF
PNO  1-37178
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A vehicular fuel supplying apparatus comprising an in-tank type fuel pump
      mounted within the fuel tank from an opening in a bottom wall of a fuel
      tank. A fuel flowing out prevention valve 21 is connected between a
      discharge port 7a of a fuel pump 7 and a vehicle body side pipe 16 to an
      engine. A valve 25 seating on a seal surface and having a coil spring 28
      is disposed within the fuel flowing out prevention valve 21 to provide a
      valve function, the valve opening pressure of the fuel flowing out
      prevention valve 21 from the side of the fuel pump is set to be greater
      than a total maximum value of a fuel head pressure inside of the fuel tank
      and an internal pressure of the fuel tank and is set smaller than a fuel
      discharge pressure at the fuel pump 7.
PATN
WKU  059882140
SRC  9
APN  0428469
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980317
TTL  Pressure-regulating valve mounted in base-mounted transfer valve
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Michalsky; Gerald A.
NDR  9
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Tajima; Masamichi
CTY  Yawara-mura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katsuta; Hiroyuki
CTY  Yawara-mura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishikawa; Makoto
CTY  Yawara-mura
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  SMC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970403
APN  9-100945
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970403
APN  9-100946
CLAS
OCL  137596
XCL  1371165
XCL  137884
EDF  6
ICL  F15B 13043
FSC  137
FSS  116.5;596;884
UREF
PNO  3513876
ISD  19700500
NAM  Tarbox
OCL  137596
UREF
PNO  4170214
ISD  19791000
NAM  Gill et al.
UREF
PNO  4453565
ISD  19840600
NAM  Neff
UREF
PNO  4726393
ISD  19880200
NAM  Herner
UREF
PNO  4770210
ISD  19880900
NAM  Neff et al.
UREF
PNO  5048569
ISD  19910900
NAM  Stoll et al.
UREF
PNO  5829481
ISD  19981100
NAM  Tajima et al.
OCL  137884
FREF
PNO  0 822 361
ISD  19980200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A pressure-regulating valve, which is mounted in such a way as to be
      directly sandwiched between a transfer valve and a base has a valve body
      having substantially the same breadth as the transfer valve. The valve
      body contains a plurality of communication passages that allow opposed
      through-holes in the transfer valve and base; a pressure-regulating valve
      hole provided so as to traverse these communication passages; a
      pressure-regulating valve stem inserted into the valve hole; and means for
      cooperating with the pressure-regulating valve stem in regulating the air
      pressure in an output communication passage to a set value.
PATN
WKU  059882158
SRC  9
APN  0508381
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980330
TTL  Fluid control assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  12
EXP  Lee; Kevin
NDR  9
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Martin; David D.
CTY  Dunbar
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Ray; Douglas W.
CTY  Irwin
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Robertshaw Controls Co.
CTY  Richmond
STA  VA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  561579
APD  19951121
CLAS
OCL  137613
XCL  13750541
XCL  251331
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 31126
ICL  F16K 2712
FSC  251
FSS  331;61.1;61.2;61.4;129.17
FSC  137
FSS  505.41;613
UREF
PNO  1897517
ISD  19330200
NAM  Hughes
UREF
PNO  3180356
ISD  19650400
NAM  Galley
UREF
PNO  3405869
ISD  19681000
NAM  Grayson et al.
UREF
PNO  3433262
ISD  19690300
NAM  Ray
XCL  137505.41
UREF
PNO  3648727
ISD  19720300
NAM  Huyck
UREF
PNO  3857407
ISD  19741200
NAM  Olson
UREF
PNO  4089319
ISD  19780500
NAM  Tamada et al.
UREF
PNO  4104016
ISD  19780800
NAM  Baysinger
UREF
PNO  4298336
ISD  19811100
NAM  Riehl
UREF
PNO  4304260
ISD  19811200
NAM  Turner et al.
OCL  137613
UREF
PNO  4354633
ISD  19821000
NAM  Turner et al.
UREF
PNO  4501290
ISD  19850200
NAM  Sturman et al.
UREF
PNO  4749005
ISD  19880600
NAM  Bergquist
FREF
PNO  58-060123
ISD  19830400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-075617
ISD  19830500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-294807
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-140219
ISD  19881100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A fluid control assembly that includes fluid valving, fluid regulation,
      automatic safety shut-off valving and manual shut-off valving in one
      assembly, a novel fluid control unit that integrates the above functions
      in one unit, and a novel ignitor and a novel seal and diaphragm for use in
      the assembly.
PATN
WKU  059882166
SRC  9
APN  066202&
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980424
TTL  Hydraulic sleeve for hydraulic coupling
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Chambers; A. Michael
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Schumacher; Gustav
STR  Gartenstrasse 8
CTY  57612 Eichelhardt
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970426
APN  197 17 820
CLAS
OCL  13761405
XCL  137614
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 3728
FSC  137
FSS  614;614.05;614.06
UREF
PNO  3680591
ISD  19720800
NAM  Vik
OCL  137614.05
UREF
PNO  4009729
ISD  19770300
NAM  Vik
OCL  137614.05
UREF
PNO  4564042
ISD  19860100
NAM  Ekman
OCL  137614.05
UREF
PNO  5316033
ISD  19940500
NAM  Schumacher et al.
OCL  137614.05
UREF
PNO  5586748
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kish
OCL  137614.05
FREF
PNO  43 18 840 C2
ISD  19940100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  196 19 839 C1
ISD  19970500
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey, & Pierce, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A coupling sleeve (1) for a hydraulic coupling has a member to receive and
      arrest a coupling plug. To open the plug valve of the coupling plug, a
      switching pin (16) is provided which passes through the valve body (9) of
      the coupling sleeve (1). In the open position, the pin (16) projects
      beyond the end face (12) into the receiving means (6). If the switching
      member (30) is opened by mistake, and it is to be returned to its closed
      position, the switching pin (16) must move into the starting position
      against the pressure in the sleeve chamber (37). To accomplish this
      movement, the switching pin (16) has an opening valve. The opening valve
      has an opening valve body (21) arranged in a through-channel (17) in the
      switching pin (16). The through-channel effects a connection between the
      receiving means (6) and the sleeve chamber (37) when the switching member
      (30) is returned into a closed position. Thus, the switching member (30)
      is able to return against the pressure building up in the sleeve chamber
      (37).
PATN
WKU  059882174
SRC  8
APN  9724362
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19971118
TTL  Shutoff-opening device
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  McShane; Thomas L.
EXP  Chambers; A. Michael
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ohmi; Tadahiro
CTY  Sendai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hirao; Keiji
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Shigeaki
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamaji; Michio
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morokoshi; Hiroshi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ikeda; Nobukazu
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tadahiro Ohmi
CTY  Sendai
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Fujikin Incorporated
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961120
APN  8-308865
CLAS
OCL  1376142
XCL  137496
XCL  137613
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 3112
FSC  137
FSS  613;496;614.2
UREF
PNO  4182355
ISD  19800100
NAM  Briel et al.
OCL  137496
UREF
PNO  5107885
ISD  19920400
NAM  Nakazawa et al.
OCL  137496
UREF
PNO  5139225
ISD  19920800
NAM  Olson et al.
UREF
PNO  5161571
ISD  19921100
NAM  Nakazawa
OCL  137496
UREF
PNO  5762086
ISD  19980600
NAM  Ollivier
OCL  137613
FREF
PNO  0 660 030 A2
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  5-172265
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-172265
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  European Search Report, Apr. 17, 1998, Appln. No. 97120081.1.
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A valve body has a main body formed with an inflow channel for a first
      fluid, an inflow channel for a second fluid, and an outflow channel for
      the first and second fluids in common. The first fluid inflow channel is
      always in communication with the common outflow channel through a valve
      chamber. A valve element operates to bring the second fluid inflow channel
      into or out of communication with the first fluid inflow channel and the
      common outflow channel.
PATN
WKU  059882182
SRC  9
APN  0954802
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980610
TTL  Connection fitting for connecting a pressure expansion vessel for heated
      drinking water
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  19
EXP  Fox; John
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hecking; Willi
CTY  Monchengladbach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Hans Sasserath & Co. KG
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970610
APN  97250179
CLAS
OCL  13762529
XCL  138 30
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 11087
FSC  137
FSS  625.29;599;501 A
FSC  138
FSS  30
FSC  122
FSS  35
FSC  126
FSS  362;380
UREF
PNO  5052657
ISD  19911000
NAM  Winship
OCL  251160
UREF
PNO  5622207
ISD  19970400
NAM  Frank
OCL  137561A
FREF
PNO  0602430 B1
ISD  19931100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  19529959 A1
ISD  19970200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  29621353 U1
ISD  19970300
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Mallinckrodt & Mallinckrodt
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a connection fitting for connecting a pressure
      expansion vessel to a conduit system, in which a water flow flows, a
      diaphragm dividing said vessel into a cavity filled with water and a
      pressurized gas chamber filled with pressurized gas. The fitting comprises
      a suction device, in which a suction is generated by the water flow and a
      water exchange flow is generated by means of this suction along a flow
      path extending parallel to the water flow and through the cavity. A plug
      valve is arranged to shut off the parallel flow path. The valve plug is
      directly arranged between a first formed body forming the suction device
      and located adjacent to the water flow and a second formed body likewise
      located in the connecting socket on the side of the pressure expansion
      vessel. The formed bodies and the valve plug have coaxial passages, which
      are aligned with each other and form forward-flow path and return-flow
      path of a flow path parallel to the water flow. The suction device is
      formed by a bent-off end of the return-flow path extending into the water
      flow.
PATN
WKU  059882190
SRC  8
APN  8581053
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970519
TTL  Hydrant multi-port diverting valve
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Fox; John
NDR  3
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Larsen; Dana P.
STR  2758 N. Las Posas Cir.
CTY  Camarillo
STA  CA
ZIP  93012
CLAS
OCL  13762543
XCL  13762546
XCL  251369
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 1102
FSC  137
FSS  625.43;625.44;625.46;625.47
FSC  251
FSS  315.08;315.09;315.12;368;369
UREF
PNO  2414966
ISD  19470200
NAM  Melichar
OCL  137625.43
UREF
PNO  3191628
ISD  19650600
NAM  Kirkwood et al.
OCL  137625.43
UREF
PNO  3762443
ISD  19731000
NAM  Sorenson
XCL  251368
UREF
PNO  3841601
ISD  19741000
NAM  Grove et al.
OCL  251315.09
UREF
PNO  4587990
ISD  19860500
NAM  Pennell et al.
XCL  251315.12
UREF
PNO  4774977
ISD  19881000
NAM  Cohen
XCL  137625.46
LREP
FR2  Cota; Albert O.
ABST
PAL  A diverting valve for a fire hydrant which has a valve body (20) defining
      four orifices (28) to which adapter (42) are connected to accept hoses
      that are directed to a fire and a pumping apparatus. A cylindrical
      diverter (50) is rotatably disposed within the body and contains a pair of
      opposed hollow cavities (54) providing a flowpath between adjacent
      orifices. A lid (84) encloses the valve and a handle (98) affixed upon a
      stem (52) of the diverter permits manual rotation. The valve is made of
      lightweight material and the handle is ergonomically shaped.
PATN
WKU  059882204
SRC  9
APN  1343831
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980814
TTL  Three-way ball valve
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Maust; Timothy L.
EXP  Recla; Henry J.
NDR  9
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Sakaki; Kazuhiro
CTY  Nobeoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Organic Chemicals Industry Co., Ltd.
CTY  Nobeoka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  13762547
XCL  13762546
XCL  13762522
XCL  25131501
EDF  6
ICL  E03B 3100
ICL  E03C 3100
ICL  F17D 3100
FSC  137
FSS  625.22;625.24;625.46;625.47
FSC  251
FSS  315.01;315.16
UREF
PNO  3684241
ISD  19720800
NAM  Hartmann et al.
OCL  251315
UREF
PNO  4441524
ISD  19840400
NAM  Mese
UREF
PNO  4685488
ISD  19870800
NAM  Corbin et al.
UREF
PNO  4809949
ISD  19890300
NAM  Rakieski
UREF
PNO  4915133
ISD  19900400
NAM  Harrison
OCL  137625.47
FREF
PNO  40-34231
ISD  19651100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  48-18824
ISD  19730300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  48-65533
ISD  19730900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  48-65532
ISD  19731000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-34061
ISD  19870800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-280390
ISD  19971000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  In a vertical type three-way ball valve wherein a ball (2) fitted on a stem
      (8) is accommodated in a valve body (1) and a flow passage is switched by
      the rotation of the stem (8), the ball (2) has a first port (13), a second
      port (14) and a third port (15) oriented in the directions vertical to the
      axis of the stem (8), and a fourth port (16) oriented in the axial
      direction of the stem (8), wherein a flow passage formed between the first
      port (13) and the second port (14) and a flow passage formed between the
      third port (15) and the fourth port (16) are isolated from each other by a
      partition wall (17).
PATN
WKU  059882212
SRC  9
APN  0277460
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980223
TTL  Drain line extender for recreational vehicles
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Chambers; A. Michael
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Walker; Dewey W.
STR  1115 Russell St.
CTY  Golden
STA  CO
ZIP  80401
CLAS
OCL  137899
XCL  137351
XCL  137615
EDF  6
ICL  F16K  300
FSC  137
FSS  615;899;351
UREF
PNO  2915081
ISD  19591200
NAM  Warren
UREF
PNO  3496959
ISD  19700200
NAM  Wolfe et al.
UREF
PNO  3623500
ISD  19711100
NAM  Hoy
OCL  137615
UREF
PNO  4133347
ISD  19790100
NAM  Mercer
OCL  137355.16
UREF
PNO  4223702
ISD  19800900
NAM  Cook
OCL  138106
UREF
PNO  4554949
ISD  19851100
NAM  Sell
OCL  137899
UREF
PNO  4650224
ISD  19870300
NAM  Smith
OCL  137899
UREF
PNO  4779650
ISD  19881000
NAM  Sargent et al.
OCL  137899
UREF
PNO  4844121
ISD  19890700
NAM  Duke
OCL  137355.16
UREF
PNO  4854349
ISD  19890800
NAM  Foreman
OCL  137899
UREF
PNO  5023959
ISD  19910600
NAM  Mercer
OCL  137899
UREF
PNO  5141017
ISD  19920800
NAM  Trottier
OCL  137355.16
LREP
FR2  Margolis; Donald W.
FR2  Tracy; Emery L.
ABST
PAL  A short drain line extender assembly is provided for use with waste holding
      tanks on recreational vehicles or the like in conjunction with a removable
      waste discharge conduit. The extender assembly includes first rigid short,
      rigid fluid conduit member communicating with a holding tank of a
      recreational vehicle. A second rigid short, rigid fluid conduit member is
      telescopically mounted to the first short, rigid fluid conduit member. The
      second conduit member includes a first movable end secured to the first
      conduit member and a second distal end adapted for telescoping movement
      outwardly from the first conduit member. Fluid sealing members are
      disposed between the first and second short, rigid fluid conduit members.
      A mechanism is provided for guiding the second short, rigid fluid conduit
      member longitudinally relative to the first short, rigid fluid conduit
      member and includes an arrangement for preventing rotational movement
      between the first and second short, rigid fluid conduit members as the
      second short, rigid fluid conduit member telescopically moves relative to
      the first short, rigid fluid conduit member. A device is disposed at the
      second short, rigid fluid conduit member's distal end for controlling the
      outflow of short, rigid fluid from the holding tanks through the short,
      rigid fluid conduit members. Finally, a mechanism is disposed at the
      distal end of the second short, rigid fluid conduit member for attaching a
      removable waste discharge conduit.
PATN
WKU  059882220
SRC  8
APN  9539689
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19971020
TTL  Pulsation damper
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Brinson; Patrick
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Dworak; Wilhelm
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Aichele; Hans
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Steudel; Wolfgang
CTY  Bietigheim-Bissingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Winkes; Georg-Alois-Hermann
CTY  Hemmingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Sacha; Bernhard
CTY  Besigheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bredenfeld; Guido
CTY  Markgroeningen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Klemd; Olaf
CTY  Markgroeningen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Steprath; Werner
CTY  Dormagen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Robert Bosch GmbH
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961021
APN  196 43 327
CLAS
OCL  138 30
XCL  138 26
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 5504
FSC  138
FSS  26;30;31
UREF
PNO  4014213
ISD  19770300
NAM  Parquet
XCL  138 30
UREF
PNO  4177836
ISD  19791200
NAM  Thompson
OCL  138 30
LREP
FR2  Striker; Michael J.
ABST
PAL  A pulsation damper for hydraulic circuits has a housing including a bottom,
      a casing, and a cover, a damper chamber which is sealed from outside and
      provided with supply and discharge means for a pressure medium, the
      housing being composed of two parts so that the bottom and the cover are
      connected with one another to form a single central element, while the
      casing peripherally surrounds the central element, the central element,
      and means forming force-free connecting points between the central element
      and the cover.
PATN
WKU  059882239
SRC  8
APN  9799761
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971126
TTL  Sealing plug device for a refrigerant compressor
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Hook; James F.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Kanzaki; Shigeki
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hoshida; Takahiro
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mera; Minoru
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toyoda Jidoshokki Seisakusho
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961128
APN  8-317967
CLAS
OCL  138 89
XCL  138 92
XCL  138 96R
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 5511
FSC  138
FSS  89;89.2;92;94.5;96 R
UREF
PNO  127620
ISD  18720600
NAM  Lowe
OCL  138 92
UREF
PNO  1827663
ISD  19311000
NAM  Mastrillo
OCL  138 92
UREF
PNO  3777926
ISD  19731200
NAM  Stieler et al.
OCL  138 89
UREF
PNO  4979885
ISD  19901200
NAM  Yasuda et al.
FREF
PNO  7927235
ISD  19790900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  8336505
ISD  19831200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  410478
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Burgess, Ryan & Wayne
ABST
PAL  A removable sealing plug device for protecting the interior of a
      refrigerant compressor from dust, dirt, and corrosion during storage
      and/or transport of the compressor before it is assembled into a
      refrigerating system, including a plug element made of a rubber material
      and having a body portion adapted to being sealingly fitted in an inlet
      and/or outlet port of the compressor and a columnar head portion formed in
      an upper face of the body portion, and a base plate element having a
      through-bore in which the columnar head of the plug element is fitted with
      an interference fit, the base plate being secured to the outer
      circumference of the compressor, by using an existing threaded hole and a
      screw bolt, to hold the plug element between the base plate element and
      the outer circumference of the compressor. The plug element of the sealing
      plug device is provided with a handle portion extending laterally from the
      body portion thereof to permit the sealing plug device to be easily
      removed from the inlet port and/or outlet port of the compressor.
PATN
WKU  059882247
SRC  9
APN  0517739
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980420
TTL  Modular sleeve for protecting, repairing or renovating a pipe
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Hwu; Davis
EXP  Kashnikow; Andres
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  D'Auria; Stanislas Boulet
CTY  Cap D'Ail
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  3X Engineering
CTY  Monaco
CNT  MCX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19951018
APN  9512471
CLAS
OCL  138 99
XCL  285 45
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 5516
ICL  F16L 1112
FSC  138
FSS  99
FSC  425
FSS  117;577
FSC  525
FSS  457
FSC  264
FSS  466
FSC  439
FSS  572
FSC  285
FSS  45
UREF
PNO  1510483
ISD  19241000
NAM  Lang
UREF
PNO  1698967
ISD  19290100
NAM  Reading
UREF
PNO  4073841
ISD  19780200
NAM  Dultgen et al.
OCL  264 46.6
UREF
PNO  4585091
ISD  19860400
NAM  Budd
OCL  138 99
UREF
PNO  4607866
ISD  19860800
NAM  Erlichman
OCL  138 99
UREF
PNO  4752208
ISD  19880600
NAM  Iwata et al.
OCL  425577
UREF
PNO  5115048
ISD  19920500
NAM  Maeda et al.
OCL  525457
FREF
PNO  0 653 293 A1
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 119 884
ISD  19831100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 121 708
ISD  19840100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Lydon & Brown, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR96/01637
PD1  19980420
PD2  19980420
PD3  19961018
PCP  WO97/14909
PCD  19970424
ABST
PAR  A sleeve (10) for use as a mould for protecting, repairing or renovating a
      pipe (12) for carrying water, gas or other fluids. A liquid material such
      as polyurethane or epoxy resin is injected into the sleeve so that, as it
      polymerizes, it protects or seals the pipe section covered by the sleeve.
      The sleeve includes a plurality of identical modules (14, 16, 18, 20, 22)
      assembled to form the mould and each including a male portion and a female
      portion linked by an intermediate portion. The male portion of one module
      is designed to fit into the female portion of the adjacent module.
PATN
WKU  059882255
SRC  8
APN  4693051
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19950606
TTL  Superplastic tubular part
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Brinson; Patrick
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Schulz; David W.
CTY  Kent
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  The Boeing Company
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  228488
APD  19940415
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  138109
XCL  138178
XCL  138 89
XCL   29447
EDF  6
ICL  F16L  900
FSC  138
FSS  177;178;109;DIG. 11;89
FSC   29
FSS  447
UREF
PNO  1949197
ISD  19340200
NAM  Cornell, Jr.
OCL   29157
UREF
PNO  2038304
ISD  19360400
NAM  Middler
OCL   72 56
UREF
PNO  2292462
ISD  19420800
NAM  Milford
OCL   72 60
UREF
PNO  2748463
ISD  19560600
NAM  Mueller
OCL   29523
UREF
PNO  2861530
ISD  19581100
NAM  Macha
OCL   72 62
UREF
PNO  3340101
ISD  19670900
NAM  Fields et al.
OCL   72 54
UREF
PNO  3896648
ISD  19750700
NAM  Schertenleib
OCL   72 61
UREF
PNO  3900939
ISD  19750800
NAM  Greacen
OCL   29890.031
UREF
PNO  4392602
ISD  19830700
NAM  Darby
OCL  228118
UREF
PNO  4754537
ISD  19880700
NAM  Lee
XCL   29447
UREF
PNO  4807669
ISD  19890200
NAM  Prestidge, Sr.
OCL  138178
UREF
PNO  4830062
ISD  19890500
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  138177
UREF
PNO  4907330
ISD  19900300
NAM  Akao et al.
XCL   29447
UREF
PNO  4998597
ISD  19910300
NAM  Bainbridge et al.
OCL  181243
UREF
PNO  4998754
ISD  19910300
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  285150
UREF
PNO  5022135
ISD  19910600
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL   29421.1
UREF
PNO  5024249
ISD  19910600
NAM  Botsolas
OCL  138110
UREF
PNO  5107693
ISD  19920400
NAM  Olszewski et al.
OCL   72 58
UREF
PNO  5171041
ISD  19921200
NAM  McMillan et al.
OCL  285 21
UREF
PNO  5233855
ISD  19930800
NAM  Maki et al.
OCL   72 62
UREF
PNO  5515757
ISD  19960500
NAM  O'Connor et al.
XCL   29447
FREF
PNO  733669
ISD  19550700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Neary; J. Michael
FR2  Nelson; Lawrence W.
ABST
PAL  A tubular part formed by superplastic forming has a tubular structure made
      of superplastic material having a tubular wall with an outside surface
      like an inside surface of a die against which the tubular wall was
      superplastically formed by heating to superplastic forming temperature,
      and injecting the forming gas through connectors in end portions of the
      tubular structure, sealed against escape of forming gas from the tubular
      structure, to inflate the tubular structure against the inside surface of
      the die. Two open ends at opposite ends of the tubular wall are made by
      cutting off the end portions of the tubular structure. An integral
      projecting pull-out in the tubular wall for connection to a connecting
      tube is formed simultaneously with the tubular wall against a concave
      shape on the die.
PATN
WKU  059882263
SRC  8
APN  6449905
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19960509
TTL  High pressure safety hose assembly and method of manufacturing
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Hook; James F.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Matthews; Andy
CTY  Evanston
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Senior Engineering Investments AG
CNT  CHX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  138109
XCL  138110
XCL  138127
XCL  138134
XCL  138DIG3
XCL  285254
XCL  2852225
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 1112
FSC  138
FSS  110;109;127;134;DIG. 3
FSC  285
FSS  256;258;254;255;259;222.2;222.4;222.5
UREF
PNO  1651022
ISD  19271100
NAM  Fulton
OCL  138127
UREF
PNO  1684554
ISD  19280900
NAM  Riefenstahl
OCL  138134
UREF
PNO  2121624
ISD  19380600
NAM  Cowles
OCL  285 84
UREF
PNO  2166448
ISD  19390700
NAM  Schuknecht et al.
OCL  138110
UREF
PNO  2305644
ISD  19421200
NAM  Stone
OCL  138127
UREF
PNO  2540203
ISD  19510200
NAM  Hatcher, Sr.
OCL  138134
UREF
PNO  2807502
ISD  19570900
NAM  Tharp
OCL  285254
UREF
PNO  3831635
ISD  19740800
NAM  Burton
OCL  138110
UREF
PNO  4367889
ISD  19830100
NAM  Redl
OCL  138127
UREF
PNO  5199752
ISD  19930400
NAM  Sanders et al.
OCL  138121
UREF
PNO  5413147
ISD  19950500
NAM  Moreiras et al.
OCL  138109
UREF
PNO  5430603
ISD  19950700
NAM  Albino et al.
OCL  138DIG.3
OREF
PAL  Western Enterprises Catalog, Jan. 1991, pp. 1, 2, and 43 showing
      "Western.RTM. Pigtail".
PAL  Applicant's Demonstrative Drawing, showing detailed assembly of
      "Western.RTM. Pigtail".
PAL  Jackson Industries Brochure Jan. 1995, pp. 1 and 2 showing "Whipcheck".
PAL  Jackson Industries Demonstrative Drawing, Mar. 13, 1995, showing detailed
      assembly of "Whipcheck" apparatus.
LREP
FRM  Dick & Harris
ABST
PAL  A flexible, high pressure gas safety hose assembly is provided. The safety
      hose assembly has a tube with a first end and a second end, and a metal
      braid covering the tube. The hose assembly also has an inner fitting
      connected about the tube at the first end and at the second end,
      respectively, as well as a spiral spring guard wrapped around the braid
      covering the tube. An connection fitting having an integral inner flange
      is provided at the first end and at the second end of the tube. A collar
      is crimped over the spring guard to secure the spring guard to the
      integral inner flange of the connection fitting at the first end and at
      the second end of the tube. A method of manufacturing a safety hose
      assembly without welding is also provided. The method has the steps of:
      providing a tube having a first end and a second end; wrapping the tube in
      a protective braid; connecting an inner collar at the first end and at the
      second end of the tube; wrapping a spiral spring guard around the tube;
      providing a connection fitting having an inner flange; press-fitting the
      tube and spiral spring guard onto the connection fitting such that the
      spring guard encircles the inner flange; and crimping an outer collar over
      the spring guard and the inner flange to capture the spring guard onto the
      connection fitting.
PATN
WKU  059882271
SRC  9
APN  0452300
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980320
TTL  Protective shield for elongated underground utilities
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Hwu; Davis
EXP  Ferensic; Denise L.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Magoffin; Howard G.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Tuff-N-Nuff Industries
CTY  British Columbia
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  138110
XCL  138128
XCL  138105
XCL  138110
XCL  405157
XCL  405154
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 5510
FSC  138
FSS  128;105;110;151;157
FSC  405
FSS  157;154
UREF
PNO  2650619
ISD  19530900
NAM  Phlaumer
OCL  138105
UREF
PNO  3237647
ISD  19660300
NAM  Jordon
OCL  138128
UREF
PNO  3251382
ISD  19660500
NAM  Tatsch
OCL  138151
UREF
PNO  3336951
ISD  19670800
NAM  Huelster
OCL  138151
UREF
PNO  3473339
ISD  19691000
NAM  Schafly, Jr.
OCL  138105
UREF
PNO  3504503
ISD  19700400
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  405157
UREF
PNO  4068488
ISD  19780100
NAM  Ball
OCL  138105
UREF
PNO  4576206
ISD  19860300
NAM  Lauren
OCL  138151
UREF
PNO  4767237
ISD  19880800
NAM  Cosman et al.
OCL  405157
UREF
PNO  5006806
ISD  19910400
NAM  Rippingdale et al.
OCL  405157
UREF
PNO  5036210
ISD  19910700
NAM  Goodman
OCL  405157
UREF
PNO  5099889
ISD  19920300
NAM  Ratzlaff
OCL  138110
UREF
PNO  5200704
ISD  19930400
NAM  Clark, Jr. et al.
OCL  405157
UREF
PNO  5310594
ISD  19940500
NAM  Holland et al.
OCL  138128
UREF
PNO  5527070
ISD  19960600
NAM  Blackwell
OCL  138105
LREP
FRM  Polster, Lieder, Woodruff & Lucchesi
ABST
PAL  A protective shield for elongated underground utilities such as an
      elongated underground utility strand or pipe is disclosed. The protective
      shield includes a foldable elongated flexible sheet of shock absorbing
      material adapted to both overlie and underlie the elongated underground
      utilities. The foldable elongated flexible sheet of shock absorbing
      material includes at least one longitudinally extending fold line that
      extends in the same direction as the elongated underground utilities and
      may be transversely offset from a longitudinal midpoint of the foldable
      elongated flexible sheet of shock absorbing material. In some instances,
      the foldable elongated flexible sheet of shock absorbing material may
      include two longitudinally extending fold lines that are transversely
      offset on each side of a longitudinal midpoint area of the foldable
      elongated flexible sheet of shock absorbing material. The foldable
      elongated flexible sheet includes an upper overlying panel and a lower
      underlying panel such that end marginal areas of the upper overlying panel
      and lower underlying panel are juxtaposed one another when protecting the
      elongated underground utilities. The foldable elongated flexible sheet
      preferably comprises a flexible porous filamentary mat to enable moisture
      to be dissipated from around elongated underground utilities while also
      permitting cathodic testing therethrough.
PATN
WKU  059882280
SRC  8
APN  9858547
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971205
TTL  Leno selvage former for a weaving loom
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Falik; Andy
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Krumm; Valentin
CTY  Hergensweiler
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Lindauer Dornier Gesellschaft mbH
CTY  Lindau
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961212
APN  196 51 610
CLAS
OCL  139 54
EDF  6
ICL  D03C  704
FSC  139
FSS  54
UREF
PNO  2399880
ISD  19460500
NAM  Moessinger
UREF
PNO  3613741
ISD  19711000
NAM  Ravella
UREF
PNO  3698441
ISD  19721000
NAM  Van Mullekom
OCL  139 54
UREF
PNO  3841358
ISD  19741000
NAM  Svaty et al.
OCL  139 54
UREF
PNO  3945406
ISD  19760300
NAM  Wueger
OCL  139 54
UREF
PNO  4103716
ISD  19780800
NAM  Cornellier
UREF
PNO  4108213
ISD  19780800
NAM  Guttinger
OCL  139 54
UREF
PNO  4421141
ISD  19831200
NAM  Brouwer
OCL  139 54
UREF
PNO  4580605
ISD  19860400
NAM  Gosciniak et al.
OCL  139 54
UREF
PNO  5518039
ISD  19960500
NAM  Haeussler et al.
FREF
PNO  0020796A1
ISD  19810100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2811275
ISD  19780900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2538135C2
ISD  19860700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19548955C1
ISD  19960900
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Fasse; W. F.
FR2  Fasse; W. G.
ABST
PAL  A leno thread tensioner (26, 26A, 26B) is positioned upstream, as viewed in
      the movement direction of the leno threads (9, 10), of a leno selvage
      former (1) for tensioning the leno threads especially during change-over
      of the leno thread. Additionally, or instead, a leno thread spreader (23)
      and detour member is positioned downstream of the leno selvage former for
      preventing intertwining of the leno threads before they are bound into the
      leno selvage.
PATN
WKU  059882298
SRC  9
APN  1373846
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980820
TTL  Papermakers forming fabric with weft dominated paper support surface
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Falik; Andy
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Quigley; Scott D.
CTY  Townville
STA  SC
ASSG
NAM  Wangner Systems Corporation
CTY  Greenville
STA  SC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  139383A
XCL  442207
EDF  6
ICL  D03D 1300
FSC  139
FSS  383 A
FSC  442
FSS  207;203
UREF
PNO  4709732
ISD  19871200
NAM  Kinnunen
OCL  139383A
UREF
PNO  4739803
ISD  19880400
NAM  Borel
UREF
PNO  5025839
ISD  19910600
NAM  Wright
UREF
PNO  5067526
ISD  19911100
NAM  Herring
OCL  139383A
UREF
PNO  5094719
ISD  19920300
NAM  Fry
UREF
PNO  5555917
ISD  19960900
NAM  Quigley
UREF
PNO  5713397
ISD  19980200
NAM  Quigley
UREF
PNO  5857498
ISD  19990100
NAM  Barreto et al.
OCL  139383A
LREP
FR2  Jaudon; Henry S.
FR2  Flint; Cort
ABST
PAL  A forming fabric for use in papermaking machines having a paper support
      surface and a machine contact surface. The support surface comprises first
      weft yarns interwoven in a weaving pattern with warp yarns to form a weft
      dominated surface having alternating weft floats of first and second
      lengths. These floats are formed by the first weft yarns passing over
      different numbers of adjacent warp yarns in each pick of the weft across
      the weave pattern. The contact surface is woven with the second weft yarns
      weaving with the warp yarns in a weave pattern which also forms a weft
      dominated surface. The second weft yarns are passed under a greater number
      of adjacent warp yarns in each pick across the weave pattern than the
      first weft yarns are passed over forming the contact surface with very
      long weft floats.
PATN
WKU  059882301
SRC  8
APN  9380361
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970718
TTL  Dual chamber dispensing cartridge refilling device
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Maust; Timothy L.
EXP  Walczak; David J.
NDR  15
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Black; Kevin L.
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Turk; Frederick J.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Broyles; Bruce R.
CTY  Oakdale
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Meyertholen; Darin J.
CTY  Woodbury
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Dubbe; John W.
CTY  Oakdale
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Christoff; James D.
CTY  Birchwood
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Co.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  558844
APD  19951115
PSC  01
PNO  5651397
CLAS
OCL  141 18
XCL  144 25
XCL  144 27
XCL  144237
XCL  144247
XCL  144346
XCL  2851241
EDF  6
ICL  B65B  104
FSC  141
FSS  9;18;25;27;99;234;237;242;247;383;384;346
FSC  285
FSS  131.1;137.11;124.1
FSC   92
FSS  151
UREF
PNO  4199081
ISD  19800400
NAM  Mason
OCL  222 43
UREF
PNO  4274453
ISD  19810600
NAM  Lee
OCL  141  1
UREF
PNO  4421146
ISD  19831200
NAM  Bond et al.
OCL  141349
UREF
PNO  4434820
ISD  19840300
NAM  Glass
OCL  141  2
UREF
PNO  4469153
ISD  19840900
NAM  Morrisette
OCL  141364
UREF
PNO  4538920
ISD  19850900
NAM  Drake
OCL  366177
UREF
PNO  4551135
ISD  19851100
NAM  Gorman et al.
OCL  604 82
UREF
PNO  4750532
ISD  19880600
NAM  Grothoff
OCL  141 27
UREF
PNO  4974756
ISD  19901200
NAM  Pearson et al.
OCL  222562
UREF
PNO  5020693
ISD  19910600
NAM  Ernst et al.
OCL  222137
UREF
PNO  5064098
ISD  19911100
NAM  Hutter, III et al.
OCL  222137
UREF
PNO  5080493
ISD  19920100
NAM  McKown et al.
OCL  366177
UREF
PNO  5092492
ISD  19920300
NAM  Centea
OCL  222137
UREF
PNO  5137181
ISD  19920800
NAM  Keller
OCL  222134
UREF
PNO  5236108
ISD  19930800
NAM  House
OCL  222541
UREF
PNO  5289949
ISD  19940300
NAM  Gentile
OCL  222137
UREF
PNO  5304165
ISD  19940400
NAM  Haber et al.
OCL  604411
UREF
PNO  5333670
ISD  19940800
NAM  Brandy et al.
OCL  164364
UREF
PNO  5335827
ISD  19940800
NAM  Gentile
OCL  222137
UREF
PNO  5651397
ISD  19970700
NAM  Black et al.
OCL  141 18
FREF
PNO  0 539 074 A1
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/14698
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/22941
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Christoff; James D.
ABST
PAL  A device for consolidating compositions contained in partially filled dual
      chamber dispensing cartridges includes a body having a pair of passages,
      and first and second couplers for connecting the body to first and second
      dual chamber dispensing cartridges. Once the device is connected to two
      cartridges, an applicator is connected to one of the cartridges and is
      used to expel any remaining compositions in such cartridge to chambers of
      the other cartridge. The contents of several partially empty cartridges
      can be consolidated in this manner so that a subsequent dispensing
      operation need not be interrupted to replace cartridges.
PATN
WKU  059882310
SRC  8
APN  6588042
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19960607
TTL  Valve stem for transferring fluid between sealed containers
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Maust; Timothy L.
EXP  Walczak; David J.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Blake; Robert R.
CTY  La Florida Naucalpan
CNT  MXX
ASSG
NAM  Precision Valve Corporation
CTY  Yonkers
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  141 21
XCL  141 18
XCL  141293
XCL  141296
XCL  141348
XCL  141349
XCL  141379
EDF  6
ICL  B65B  104
FSC  141
FSS  18;21;293;296;348;349;351;352;353;357;360;363;364;366;367;379
UREF
PNO  3217762
ISD  19651100
NAM  Burchett
OCL  141293
UREF
PNO  3240430
ISD  19660300
NAM  Diamond
OCL  141352
UREF
PNO  3307595
ISD  19670300
NAM  Berning et al.
OCL  141293
UREF
PNO  3756472
ISD  19730900
NAM  Vos
OCL  222189
LREP
FRM  Kilgannon & Steidl
ABST
PAL  This invention concerns an aerosol valve stem configuration wherein the
      discharge end of the valve stem has a distortable membrane flange
      extending therefrom. The distortable membrane flange permits accommodation
      of filling lighters wherein the pin in the lighter opener is either of the
      centrally disposed orifice through the pin or of the orifice being
      disposed through the side wall of the pin.
PATN
WKU  059882328
SRC  9
APN  1340204
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980814
TTL  Vapor recovery system employing oxygen detection
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Douglas; Steven O.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Koch; Wolfgang H.
CTY  Batavia
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Brown; Arthur R.
CTY  Warrenville
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Tokheim Corporation
CTY  Fort Wayne
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  141 59
XCL  141 83
EDF  6
ICL  B65B  104
FSC  141
FSS  5;7;59;83;94;290
FSC   73
FSS  23.2
UREF
PNO  4237722
ISD  19801200
NAM  Achari
UREF
PNO  4664886
ISD  19870500
NAM  Novack et al.
UREF
PNO  4883643
ISD  19891100
NAM  Nishio et al.
UREF
PNO  5209275
ISD  19930500
NAM  Akiba et al.
UREF
PNO  5325896
ISD  19940700
NAM  Koch et al.
UREF
PNO  5355915
ISD  19941000
NAM  Payne
UREF
PNO  5395507
ISD  19950300
NAM  Aston et al.
UREF
PNO  5417256
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hartsell, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5498487
ISD  19960300
NAM  Ruka et al.
UREF
PNO  5507325
ISD  19960400
NAM  Finlayson
UREF
PNO  5522980
ISD  19960600
NAM  Hobbs et al.
UREF
PNO  5570672
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kunimitsu et al.
UREF
PNO  5832967
ISD  19981100
NAM  Andersson
OCL  141 59
LREP
FR2  Knuth; Randall J.
ABST
PAL  A vapor recovery system is disclosed that provides direct measurements of
      the oxygen concentration within fugitive vapor emissions displaced from a
      fuel tank during refueling activity. The hydrocarbon concentration is
      derived from the oxygen concentration and used to adjust the operating
      speed of a vapor pump so as to minimize the presence of oxygen in the
      vapor recovery line.
PATN
WKU  059882336
SRC  9
APN  0494615
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980327
TTL  Evacuation-driven SMIF pod purge system
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Douglas; Steven O.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Fosnight; William J.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Bonora; Anthony C.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Martin; Raymond S.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tatro; Jay
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Asyst Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  141 63
XCL  141 98
XCL  414217
EDF  6
ICL  B65B  104
FSC  141
FSS  63;65;66;98;59
FSC  414
FSS  217;221;292
UREF
PNO  5169272
ISD  19921200
NAM  Bonora et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  5378283
ISD  19950100
NAM  Ushikawa
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  5806574
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  141 63
UREF
PNO  5810062
ISD  19980900
NAM  Bonora et al.
OCL  141 98
LREP
FRM  Fliesler, Dubb, Meyer & Lovejoy LLP
ABST
PAL  A system for providing uniform, controlled and efficient purge gas flow
      rates and gas flow patterns for removing contaminants and/or particulates
      from wafers within a pod. The purge system includes seals at the
      interfaces between the gas inlet and removal lines to substantially
      prevent leakage at the interfaces. The system may establish seals at the
      inlet and outlet without having to use conventional fluid flow pins
      extending above the support surface. The negative pressure applied at the
      outlet controls the flow rate through the pod, and the rate at which gas
      leaves the pod will limit the rate at which gas may enter the pod. In a
      preferred embodiment, the inlet flow is approximately equal to the outlet
      flow. With substantially equal inlet and outlet pressures, the purging gas
      flows through the upper and lower portions of the pod in a substantially
      uniform flow pattern so that contaminants and particulates are removed
      evenly from wafers throughout the pod. As an alternative to the normal
      purge and/or trickle modes of operation, the system may remove a volume of
      gas from a pod and replace it with a new volume of gas by operating the
      low pressure source with the high pressure source turned off. Further
      still, the flow lines may include flow rate control systems that provide
      purging flow for a predetermined time interval, and thereafter provide a
      trickle flow as long as the pod is seated on the support surface.
PATN
WKU  059882344
SRC  9
APN  0611220
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980416
TTL  Apparatus for particulate processing
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Douglas; Steven O.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Wegman; Paul M.
CTY  Pittsford
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Xerox Corporation
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  141 67
XCL  141 93
XCL  141286
EDF  6
ICL  B65B  104
FSC  141
FSS  67;69;285;286;93
UREF
PNO  4185669
ISD  19800100
NAM  Jevakohoff
OCL  141286
UREF
PNO  4974646
ISD  19901200
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  141 67
UREF
PNO  5227460
ISD  19930700
NAM  Mahabadi et al.
OCL  528272
UREF
PNO  5531253
ISD  19960700
NAM  Nishiyama et al.
OCL  141 90
UREF
PNO  5598876
ISD  19970200
NAM  Zanini et al.
OCL  141 67
UREF
PNO  5685348
ISD  19971100
NAM  Wegman et al.
OCL  141  2
UREF
PNO  5699842
ISD  19971200
NAM  Wegman
OCL  141369
UREF
PNO  5727607
ISD  19980300
NAM  Ichikawa et al.
OCL  141 67
LREP
FR2  Haack; John L.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus including:
PAL  a funnel comprising a housing operably connected to a particulate source at
      one end and extending downwardly therefrom to a receiver member at the
      other end, the funnel being adapted to permit a flow of powder
      therethrough, and wherein the inner wall of the funnel is adapted with a
      porous member which provides a boundary layer of gas between the porous
      member and the powder.
PATN
WKU  059882352
SRC  9
APN  1003240
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980619
TTL  Apparatus for sterilizing, filling and sealing packaging containers
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Maust; Timothy L.
EXP  Walczak; David J.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Lemke; Kuno
STR  Birkenweg 23, 74321
CTY  Bietigheim-Bissingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Weber; Helmut
STR  Am Wasserfall 3, 71384
CTY  Weinstadt-Beutelsbach
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970620
APN  197 26 222
CLAS
OCL  141 91
XCL  141 90
XCL  422292
XCL  422300
XCL  422302
XCL  422304
XCL  134 61
XCL  134 70
XCL  134 71
EDF  6
ICL  B65B  104
FSC  141
FSS  85;89;91-93
FSC  134
FSS  61;70;71
FSC   53
FSS  111 R
FSC   99
FSS  483
FSC  422
FSS  292;300;302;304
FSC   34
FSS  62;105
UREF
PNO  3889009
ISD  19750600
NAM  Lipoma
UREF
PNO  5022165
ISD  19910600
NAM  Beswick
UREF
PNO  5792435
ISD  19980800
NAM  Mueller et al.
OCL  422292
FREF
PNO  0206096
ISD  19860600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0312022
ISD  19881000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0570946A1
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2358163
ISD  19770600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2547732
ISD  19830600
CNT  FRX
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for sterilizing, filling and sealing containers has a
      sterilization chamber, a cooling chamber, and a filling and sealing
      chamber, through which the containers are conveyed by means of an endless
      conveyor device. For presterilizing the chambers before the apparatus is
      put into operation, these chambers are acted upon by a gaseous sterilizing
      agent flowing through them, which is fed through an inlet or an outlet for
      the containers. In order that regions less affected by the flowing
      sterilizing agent as it flows, because they are in the lee, will also be
      disinfected well, the flow direction of the sterilizing agent is changed
      multiple times. A blower with a reversible flow direction is used for this
      purpose.
PATN
WKU  059882360
SRC  9
APN  1273078
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980731
TTL  Multiple syringe pump assembly for liquid handler
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Jacyna; J. Casimer
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Fawcett; Kevin R.
CTY  Ridgeway
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Gilson, Inc.
CTY  Middleton
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  141130
XCL  141242
XCL  141238
XCL  222173
XCL  222142
XCL  222386
XCL  222276
XCL  222387
XCL  222390
XCL  422 65
XCL  422100
XCL   7386417
EDF  6
ICL  B67C  300
FSC  222
FSS  135;137;333;386;142;255;275;276;387;390
FSC  141
FSS  130;234;236-238;242-245
FSC  422
FSS  63;65;99;100;103
FSC   73
FSS  864.16;864.17
UREF
PNO  3536449
ISD  19701000
NAM  Astle
OCL  141130
UREF
PNO  4000976
ISD  19770100
NAM  Kramer et al.
OCL  141130
UREF
PNO  4042338
ISD  19770800
NAM  Huber
OCL  141130
UREF
PNO  4199013
ISD  19800400
NAM  Reich et al.
OCL  141130
UREF
PNO  4422151
ISD  19831200
NAM  Gilson
UREF
PNO  4478094
ISD  19841000
NAM  Salomaa et al.
OCL  422 65
UREF
PNO  4505522
ISD  19850300
NAM  Tanaka
UREF
PNO  4598049
ISD  19860700
NAM  Zelinka et al.
OCL  222137
UREF
PNO  5012845
ISD  19910500
NAM  Averette
OCL  141130
UREF
PNO  5217146
ISD  19930600
NAM  Neff et al.
OCL  222137
UREF
PNO  5309959
ISD  19940500
NAM  Shaw et al.
OCL  141130
LREP
FRM  Mason, Kolehmainen Rathburn & Wyss
ABST
PAL  A multiple probe liquid handler includes a syringe pump assembly with
      multiple syringe pumps communicating with the probes. A carriage movable
      with respect to a fixed support base carries syringe pump pistons moving
      within syringe pump cylinders secured to the base. A drive system
      including a single drive motor has a single drive point connection to the
      carriage for moving the carriage and operating the syringe pumps in order
      to draw fluid into or discharge fluid from the multiple probes. A linear
      motion support assembly includes spaced rails attached to the support base
      and slides attached to the carriage and riding along the rails. The
      assembly includes two parallel rails and three slides, one riding along
      one rail and two riding along the other rail, providing an inexpensive yet
      imbalance tolerant three point support.
PATN
WKU  059882379
SRC  9
APN  1656309
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981001
TTL  Manually operated sandbag filling apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Douglas; Steven O.
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Bedsole; Robert
STR  c/o Adcom Technologies, Incorporated, P.O. Box 658
CTY  Mount Prospect
STA  IL
ZIP  60056
CLAS
OCL  141231
XCL  141114
XCL  141313
XCL  141391
EDF  6
ICL  B65B  104
FSC  141
FSS  231;114;313-317;391
UREF
PNO  1495886
ISD  19240500
NAM  Craite
UREF
PNO  1700405
ISD  19290100
NAM  Guidi
UREF
PNO  3552346
ISD  19710100
NAM  Garden
UREF
PNO  4044921
ISD  19770800
NAM  Caverly
UREF
PNO  4585041
ISD  19860400
NAM  Cavanagh
UREF
PNO  4763702
ISD  19880800
NAM  High, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4819701
ISD  19890400
NAM  Thornton
UREF
PNO  5215127
ISD  19930600
NAM  Bergeron
UREF
PNO  5353851
ISD  19941000
NAM  Cline
OCL  141313
UREF
PNO  5396753
ISD  19950300
NAM  Cullen
UREF
PNO  5425403
ISD  19950600
NAM  Herrmann
UREF
PNO  5771665
ISD  19980600
NAM  Nelson et al.
UREF
PNO  5802807
ISD  19980900
NAM  Johnson
OCL  141391
UREF
PNO  5901762
ISD  19990500
NAM  Rollins
OCL  141313
LREP
FRM  Wood, Phillips, VanSanten, Clark & Mortimer
ABST
PAL  A manually operated sandbag filling apparatus includes a frame and wheels
      rotatably mounted to the frame for moving the frame over a ground surface
      including into position proximate a supply of sand on the ground surface.
      Handles project from the frame for manually manipulating the frame into
      and out of the position. An auger drive is operatively mounted to the
      frame to convey sand on the ground surface to a discharge port. A power
      drive is mounted to the frame for driving the auger drive. A support table
      is provided for supporting a sandbag to be filled proximate the discharge
      port.
PATN
WKU  059882387
SRC  8
APN  8751692
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980127
TTL  Closure device for a vehicle tank filler neck
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Jacyna; J. Casimer
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Palvolgyi; Sandor
CTY  Gleisdorf
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Blau International GesmbH
CTY  Preding
CNT  ATX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ATX
APD  19951121
APN  1896/95
PRIR
CNT  ATX
APD  19960826
APN  1520/96
CLAS
OCL  141312
XCL  220 862
XCL  220DIG33
XCL  296 9722
XCL  280834
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 5118
FSC  141
FSS  312
FSC  220
FSS  86.1-86.3
FSC  280
FSS  834;835
FSC  296
FSS  97.22
UREF
PNO  1995960
ISD  19350300
NAM  Boyd
OCL  220 86.3
UREF
PNO  2035895
ISD  19360300
NAM  Kelly
OCL  220 86.2
UREF
PNO  2054145
ISD  19360900
NAM  Tandy
OCL  280834
UREF
PNO  2151249
ISD  19390300
NAM  Vidmar
OCL  280834
UREF
PNO  2294190
ISD  19420800
NAM  Lee
OCL  220 86.2
UREF
PNO  2469283
ISD  19490500
NAM  Steele
OCL  280834
UREF
PNO  2574836
ISD  19511100
NAM  Marcell
OCL  220DIG.33
UREF
PNO  3133741
ISD  19640500
NAM  Garabello
OCL  220 86.2
UREF
PNO  3374007
ISD  19680300
NAM  Ingolia
OCL  296 97.22
UREF
PNO  5145081
ISD  19920900
NAM  Gravino
OCL  220 86.2
UREF
PNO  5533766
ISD  19960700
NAM  Farber
OCL  296 97.22
FREF
PNO  010 005
ISD  19800400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  342 679
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 538 785
ISD  19840700
CNT  FRX
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AT96/00233
PD1  19980127
PD2  19980127
PD3  19961121
PCP  WO97/18968
PCD  19970529
ABST
PAR  A closure device for a vehicle tank filler neck, which has a shut-off valve
      (21) provided with an actuating device (22) and which terminates in a
      recessed area (8) of the vehicle body (9), which can be covered by means
      of a body flap (10), wherein the body flap (10) has a drive device (23)
      which is controlled by the actuating device (22) via a unidirectional
      control path.
PATN
WKU  059882395
SRC  9
APN  2134101
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19981217
TTL  Wood planing machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Bray; W. Donald
NDR  13
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Chen; Chin-Te
STR  No. 21, Lane 125
CTY  Yung-Ho St., Nan Dist., Taichung City
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  144129
XCL  1441171
XCL  403343
EDF  6
ICL  B27C  114
ICL  B27C  102
FSC  144
FSS  114.1;117.1;129;130
FSC  403
FSS  345;343
UREF
PNO  3718168
ISD  19730200
NAM  Berends
OCL  144129
UREF
PNO  4456042
ISD  19840600
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  144129
UREF
PNO  5176190
ISD  19930100
NAM  Miyamoto et al.
OCL  144117.1
UREF
PNO  5725035
ISD  19980300
NAM  Shadeck
OCL  144130
UREF
PNO  5829499
ISD  19981100
NAM  Liao
OCL  144129
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A wood planing machine includes left and right mounting frames fixed
      uprightly on left and right mounting sides of a bed body. Left and right
      pairs of lifting rods are upright disposed rotatably on the bed body, and
      have lower ends extending into the bed body and connected to each other by
      a transmission belt. A working table is disposed on the bed body, and has
      four lugs connected operably with the working table such that rotation of
      the lifting rods results in movement of the working table relative to the
      bed body. Feed-in and take-out shaftd are journalled between the left and
      right mounting frames above the working table. A tool mounting shaft is
      disposed between the feed-in and take-out shafts and is journalled between
      the mounting frames. A motor for driving the tool mounting shaft is
      disposed movably in the bed body so as to permit tension adjustment of a
      transmissin belt trailed over an output shaft of the motor and the tool
      mounting shaft.
PATN
WKU  059882409
SRC  9
APN  0641944
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980422
TTL  Lamella groove milling tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Bray; W. Donald
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Markus; Jaeggi
CTY  Sissach
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Lamello AG
CTY  Bubendorf
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970422
APN  97106621
CLAS
OCL  14413695
XCL  1441545
XCL  144371
XCL  409182
XCL  409218
XCL  409231
EDF  6
ICL  B27M  100
ICL  B27C  500
FSC  144
FSS  136.95;154.5;137;371
FSC  409
FSS  218;231;182;137;180;181;178
FSC   74
FSS  63
UREF
PNO  4627773
ISD  19861200
NAM  Ehnert
UREF
PNO  4942912
ISD  19900700
NAM  Gakhar et al.
UREF
PNO  4971122
ISD  19901100
NAM  Sato et al.
UREF
PNO  4988245
ISD  19910100
NAM  Fukuda
OCL  144154.5
UREF
PNO  5273091
ISD  19931200
NAM  Shibata
UREF
PNO  5694992
ISD  19971200
NAM  Kikuchi
OCL  144154.5
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A lamella groove milling tool has a drive shaft receiving the cutter. The
      drive shaft is arranged to be vertically displaceable with respect to the
      carriage of the milling tool. The displacement preferably takes place by
      means of a positioning body which is rotatably connected with the housing
      by way of a thread and which is connected with the drive shaft. The
      positioning body has resilient detent devices in order to be able to
      adjust the rotating position in lockable discrete steps. This achieves
      reproducible height adjustments of the milling plane of the milling tool.
PATN
WKU  059882417
SRC  9
APN  1928201
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19981116
TTL  Ergonomic router handles
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Bray; W. Donald
NDR  31
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Bosten; Donald R.
CTY  Jackson
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Stolzer; James T.
CTY  Milan
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Cooper; Randy G.
CTY  Milan
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  McNeal, Jr.; Waymon L.
CTY  Jackson
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Etter; Mark A.
CTY  Jackson
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Porter-Cable Corporation
CTY  Jackson
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  1441545
XCL  14413695
XCL  144371
XCL  409182
EDF  6
ICL  B27C  510
ICL  B27C  120
FSC  144
FSS  135.2;134.95;154.5;371
FSC  409
FSS  214;181;182;206;210
FSC  200
FSS  302.1;302.2;318;332;332.2
UREF
PNO  Re33045
ISD  19890900
NAM  Gronholz et al.
UREF
PNO  1581720
ISD  19260400
NAM  Carter
UREF
PNO  1904109
ISD  19330400
NAM  Wendorf
UREF
PNO  3767876
ISD  19731000
NAM  Batson
UREF
PNO  3767948
ISD  19731000
NAM  Batson
OCL  144154.5
UREF
PNO  3881081
ISD  19750400
NAM  Schilling et al.
UREF
PNO  4051880
ISD  19771000
NAM  Hestily
UREF
PNO  4316685
ISD  19820200
NAM  George
UREF
PNO  4319860
ISD  19820300
NAM  Beares
UREF
PNO  4323100
ISD  19820400
NAM  Silken
UREF
PNO  4445811
ISD  19840500
NAM  Sanders
UREF
PNO  4461330
ISD  19840700
NAM  Judkins
OCL  409182
UREF
PNO  4562872
ISD  19860100
NAM  Fushiya et al.
UREF
PNO  4566830
ISD  19860100
NAM  Maier et al.
UREF
PNO  4606685
ISD  19860800
NAM  Maier et al.
UREF
PNO  4770573
ISD  19880900
NAM  Monobe
UREF
PNO  4938264
ISD  19900700
NAM  Ferenczffy
UREF
PNO  4938642
ISD  19900700
NAM  Imahashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5078557
ISD  19920100
NAM  McCracken
UREF
PNO  5088865
ISD  19920200
NAM  Beth et al.
UREF
PNO  5094575
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kieser et al.
UREF
PNO  5143494
ISD  19920900
NAM  McCurry
UREF
PNO  5181813
ISD  19930100
NAM  McCracken
UREF
PNO  5188492
ISD  19930200
NAM  McCracken
UREF
PNO  5191921
ISD  19930300
NAM  McCurry
UREF
PNO  5207253
ISD  19930500
NAM  Hoshino et al.
UREF
PNO  5273089
ISD  19931200
NAM  Fuchs et al.
UREF
PNO  5308201
ISD  19940500
NAM  Wilson et al.
UREF
PNO  5310296
ISD  19940500
NAM  McCurry
UREF
PNO  5320463
ISD  19940600
NAM  McCurry et al.
UREF
PNO  5353852
ISD  19941000
NAM  Stolzer et al.
UREF
PNO  5428197
ISD  19950600
NAM  McCurry et al.
OCL  200332.2
UREF
PNO  5496139
ISD  19960300
NAM  Ghode et al.
UREF
PNO  5570776
ISD  19961100
NAM  Buchholz et al.
UREF
PNO  5584620
ISD  19961200
NAM  Blickhan et al.
UREF
PNO  5590988
ISD  19970100
NAM  Rusconi
UREF
PNO  5613813
ISD  19970300
NAM  Winchester et al.
UREF
PNO  5671789
ISD  19970900
NAM  Stolzer et al.
UREF
PNO  5678965
ISD  19971000
NAM  Strick
UREF
PNO  5725036
ISD  19980300
NAM  Walter
FREF
PNO  1015225
ISD  19651200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 590 290
ISD  19810500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 078 028
ISD  19811200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 145 678
ISD  19850400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 248 987
ISD  19920400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 87/04276
ISD  19870700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "The Art of Woodworking Routing and Shaping," Time-Life Books, Alexandria,
      Virgina/St. Remy Press, Montreal and New York; pp. cover pp. and 9-35 and
      117-139, .COPYRGT. 1993 Time-Life Books Inc.
PAL  Bosch Product Brochure, Operating/Safety Instructions, cover p. and pp.
      2-10, undated.
PAL  Bosch Plunge Router Operating Instructions, cover p. and pp. 2-19 (Apr.
      1992).
PAL  DeWalt.RTM. Instruction Manual, DW624 Plunge Cut Router, DW625 Electronic
      Plunge Cut Router, 15 pp., undated.
PAL  Porter-Cable Instruction Manual, Routers, cover p. and pp. 2-28,
      Copyright.COPYRGT. 1994, Porter-Cable Corporation.
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  Improvements made to a router relate to ergonomic router handles. The
      preferred router handles are generally elliptical in shape and have one
      end narrower than the other end. The handles are shaped to provide an
      operator an infinite number of angles to which the operator's hand may
      effectively grip the handles. Additionally the handles provide an outer
      surface which provides a flat tactile grip area. The combination of these
      elements, along with the shape and location of the preferred trigger and
      locking arm switch used to activate the preferred router, provides an
      operator, while operating the router, with the ability to find and use a
      handle-holding position which is comfortable for the individual user for
      holding the handles.
PATN
WKU  059882425
SRC  9
APN  2680947
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19990313
TTL  Pivoted fence with locating post
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Bray; W. Donald
NDR  10
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Minardi; John E.
STR  4163 Braewick Cir.
CTY  Kettering
STA  OH
ZIP  45440-1405
RLAP
COD  72
APN  966628
APD  19971110
PSC  01
PNO  5881785
CLAS
OCL  1442532
XCL  1441352
XCL  1442531
XCL  14414451
XCL   33501
XCL   33566
XCL   33571
XCL  408 16
XCL  4082416
XCL  409130
EDF  6
ICL  B27B  502
FSC  144
FSS  134.1;135.2;1.1;253.1;253.2;253.7;286.1;286.5;144.51
FSC   33
FSS  628;638;640;643;501;429;403;833;836;566;567;571
FSC  409
FSS  212;125;130
FSC  269
FSS  303;315
FSC  408
FSS  241.6;16
UREF
PNO  5423360
ISD  19950600
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  144253.1
LREP
FR2  Nauman; Joseph G.
ABST
PAL  A router and other cutting tools with a fixed center such as drills,
      shapers, milling machines, etc., used for cutting wood, metal or other
      materials, is provided with a fence mechanism for either a table or the
      base of a portable tool, for rapid and easy settings of the fence with
      respect to the center of the cutting tool. This is accomplished by a pivot
      mounting of the fence on a table or on a portable tool base, with respect
      to a block pivoted to the table or tool base, wherein the center of the
      pivot for the block and the center for the pivot for the fence are on
      opposite sides of the cutting tool and located on a line which passes
      through the tool center and the respective pivot locations. The desired
      spacing of the fence to the tool can be achieved using accurate spacers
      between the fence and the block, even with the tool being mounted in
      place. A curved slot in the fence structure, of predetermined shape and
      location with respect to the tool center, can be provided to receive a
      follower pin extending from the table and function as the fence pivot. The
      disclosure teaches how to develop such a curved guiding slot. A setup gage
      plate is also provided, with incrementally spaced holes to receive a post
      and cooperate with the pivoting fence to set the spatial relationship
      between the fence face and the bit.
PATN
WKU  059882433
SRC  9
APN  2073552
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19981208
TTL  Portable work bench
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Bray; W. Donald
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Ayala; Adan
CTY  Owings Mills
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Quiram; Ronald
CTY  Phoenix
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Black & Decker Inc.
CTY  Newark
STA  DE
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  899937
APD  19970724
PSC  01
PNO  5875828
CLAS
OCL  144329
XCL   83859
XCL  1442865
XCL  144287
XCL  269157
XCL  269204
EDF  6
ICL  B27B  524
ICL  B27C  900
FSC  248
FSS  165;166;170;177.1;439;637;646;647
FSC  182
FSS  181;184
FSC   83
FSS  574;859
FSC  269
FSS  204;157;158;901
FSC  144
FSS  48.3;286.1;286.5;287;329
UREF
PNO  3222053
ISD  19651200
NAM  Severdia
OCL  269197
UREF
PNO  5526856
ISD  19960600
NAM  Pedri
OCL  144287
UREF
PNO  5592981
ISD  19970100
NAM  Derecktor
OCL  144287
UREF
PNO  5836365
ISD  19981100
NAM  Derecktor
OCL  144256.5
UREF
PNO  5875828
ISD  19990300
NAM  Quiram et al.
OCL  144286.5
FREF
PNO  529969
ISD  19211200
CNT  FRX
OCL  269204
LREP
FR2  Ayala; Adan
ABST
PAL  An improved portable work bench includes a structural body, and a platform
      disposed on the structural body. In addition, the platform includes a cam
      mechanism for locking the position of the platform along the structural
      body. Further, the portable work bench may include a plurality of legs for
      supporting the structural body. The structural body may be tubular and
      preferably has a square cross-section. Accordingly, the user need only
      place the platform in any position along the length of the structural body
      and move the cam mechanism to lock the platform in place. The cam
      mechanism may include a cam pivotally attached to the platform near the
      structural body, so that when the user rotates the cam, the cam contacts
      the structural body, locking the platform. A plate may be disposed between
      the cam and the structural body. The plate may have a hook portion, which
      contacts the bottom surface of the structural body.
PATN
WKU  059882441
SRC  9
APN  1538888
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980916
TTL  Safety liner for protecting tubeless tires
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Knable; Geoffrey L.
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Chang; Tung-shun
STR  P.O. Box 55-175
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
RLAP
COD  71
APN  885860
APD  19970630
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  152158
XCL  152520
EDF  6
ICL  B60C 1704
FSC  152
FSS  158;520
UREF
PNO  3587702
ISD  19710600
NAM  Kaunitz
OCL  152158
UREF
PNO  4046182
ISD  19770900
NAM  Farnsworth
OCL  152158
UREF
PNO  4252170
ISD  19810200
NAM  Watts
OCL  152158
UREF
PNO  4270592
ISD  19810600
NAM  Patecell
OCL  152158
UREF
PNO  4346747
ISD  19820800
NAM  Osada et al.
OCL  152158
UREF
PNO  5186771
ISD  19930200
NAM  Carpentier et al.
OCL  152520
ABST
PAL  A safety liner for protecting the tubeless tires is provided. The liner is
      combined a predetermined number of segment of identical shape to form a
      circular configuration for disposing in place into the drop center of a
      tire rim and adjustably locked up by a coupling member at the confronting
      ends of the circular configuration. A wedge plate slidably secures between
      each segment and the drop center at one side and a cushion runner disposes
      between the circular configuration and the drop center at the other side.
      When the tire becomes flat, the flexible outer surface of the liner
      engages with the inner surface of the tire that permits a vehicle
      continuous operation. Because the liner is combined by a plurality of
      segments, it is structurally flexible to suite to different types of tire
      rim and because the segments are in identical shape, it facilitate a mass
      production and low cost to manufacture.
PATN
WKU  059882450
SRC  8
APN  9049355
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970801
TTL  Vehicle wheel assemblies including protection against excessive tire
      pressure
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Long Bao
EXP  Daydan; D. Glenn
NDR  4
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Rosenberg; Gideon
STR  20 Ana Senesh
CTY  36000 Tiveon
CNT  ILX
CLAS
OCL  152427
XCL  152429
XCL  137228
XCL  137230
XCL  137226
XCL  137523
XCL  137137
EDF  6
ICL  B60C 2310
FSC  152
FSS  427;429;415
FSC  137
FSS  228;230;226;523;860
UREF
PNO  1246131
ISD  19171100
NAM  Marston
OCL  137226
UREF
PNO  2501937
ISD  19500300
NAM  Gramelspacher
OCL  301429
UREF
PNO  2512766
ISD  19500600
NAM  Caldwell
OCL  137226
UREF
PNO  2671466
ISD  19540300
NAM  Conrad
OCL  137860
UREF
PNO  3618690
ISD  19711100
NAM  Johnson
OCL  137860
UREF
PNO  3911988
ISD  19751000
NAM  Richards
OCL  152427
UREF
PNO  3994312
ISD  19761100
NAM  Tanner et al.
OCL  137226
UREF
PNO  4151863
ISD  19790500
NAM  Stevens et al.
OCL  137230
UREF
PNO  4153096
ISD  19790500
NAM  Kirk
OCL  152415
UREF
PNO  4237935
ISD  19801200
NAM  Delmonte et al.
OCL  137860
UREF
PNO  4283991
ISD  19810800
NAM  Gaun et al.
OCL  137860
UREF
PNO  4445527
ISD  19840500
NAM  Leimbach
OCL  137226
UREF
PNO  4660590
ISD  19870400
NAM  Sanchez
OCL  137226
UREF
PNO  4681148
ISD  19870700
NAM  Decker, Jr. et al.
OCL  152431
UREF
PNO  4883107
ISD  19891100
NAM  Keys
OCL  152431
UREF
PNO  5181977
ISD  19930100
NAM  Gneiding et al.
OCL  152429
UREF
PNO  5665908
ISD  19970900
NAM  Burkey et al.
OCL  137228
UREF
PNO  5762103
ISD  19980600
NAM  Gregoire
OCL  137860
LREP
FR2  Friedman; Mark M.
ABST
PAL  A vehicle wheel assembly includes a tire, a rim, an air valve and a relief
      valve. The relief valve can be installed in the rim, in the tire, or
      incorporated into the housing of the air valve to communicate directly
      with the interior of the tire; or as an adapter attachable to the outer
      end of the air valve. The relief valve includes an aperture normally
      covered by pre-stressed flexible belt which seals the aperture, but upon
      the presence of excessive pressure in the tire is deforming to vent the
      excessive pressure to the atmosphere. A second described variation relief
      valve includes a weakened portion of its housing which is automatically
      ruptured upon the presence of excessive pressure; this variation provides
      a one-time venting adapter.
PATN
WKU  059882468
SRC  8
APN  5771293
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19951222
TTL  High-transverse-curvature tire
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Knable; Geoffrey L.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Villani; Claudio
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Volpi; Alessandro
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Pirelli Coordinamento Pneumatici S.p.A.
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19941222
APN  MI94A2605
CLAS
OCL  152458
XCL  152527
XCL  152530
XCL  152531
XCL  152532
XCL  152537
XCL  156117
EDF  6
ICL  B60C  922
FSC  152
FSS  531;532;533;536;537;527;458;530
FSC  156
FSS  117
UREF
PNO  4949770
ISD  19900800
NAM  Polvara et al.
OCL  152531
UREF
PNO  5052458
ISD  19911000
NAM  Bajer
OCL  152532
UREF
PNO  5176770
ISD  19930100
NAM  Ohkuni
OCL  156117
UREF
PNO  5339878
ISD  19940800
NAM  Takase
OCL  152531
UREF
PNO  5467807
ISD  19951100
NAM  Neddenriep et al.
OCL  152532
UREF
PNO  5562792
ISD  19961000
NAM  Caretta
OCL  156117
FREF
PNO  0320705
ISD  19890600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0329589
ISD  19890800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0433974
ISD  19910600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0461646
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Stevens, Davis, Miller & Mosher, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  In a tire for motor-vehicles, an auxiliary support element (9) is
      interposed between a carcass ply (3) and a belt structure (6). The support
      element is employed during the manufacturing step of the belt structure
      (6) in order to stably retain, on the sectors of a comb drum (10), coils
      (7a) consecutively formed by winding of an inextensible cord (7)
      therearound. The auxiliary support element (9) is made in the form of an
      elastomeric sheet containing short aramid fibers in an amount included
      between 1 and 10 parts by weight per 100 parts of elastomeric material, to
      increase the stretchability of said element without impairing its
      adhesiveness. The introduction of the short aramid fibers in the blend
      enables the thickness of the auxiliary support element (9) to be reduced
      to about 0.075 mm.
PATN
WKU  059882476
SRC  8
APN  9713603
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971117
TTL  Pneumatic tire with crown reinforcing rubber layer and side reinforcing
      rubber layers
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Johnstone; Adrienne C.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Masatoshi
CTY  Takarazuka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Rubber Industries, Ltd.
CTY  Hyogo-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  152517
XCL  152549
XCL  152550
XCL  152555
XCL  152564
EDF  6
ICL  B60C 1700
FSC  152
FSS  517;549;555;564;550
UREF
PNO  5427166
ISD  19950600
NAM  Willard, Jr.
XCL  152517
UREF
PNO  5685927
ISD  19971100
NAM  Hammond et al.
XCL  152517
FREF
PNO  2 138 367
ISD  19841000
CNT  GBX
OCL  152517
ABST
PAL  A pneumatic tire, more particularly a run flat tire, comprises at least
      three radial carcass plies each extending between bead portions through a
      tread portion and sidewall portions, the tread portion is provided between
      the radially outermost carcass ply and radially inner next carcass ply
      with a crown reinforcing rubber layer so that at least two carcass plies
      are disposed radially inside the crown reinforcing rubber layer, and each
      of the sidewall portions is provided between the axially innermost carcass
      ply and axially outer next carcass ply with a side reinforcing rubber
      layer so that at least two carcass plies are disposed axially outside the
      side reinforcing rubber layer. The reinforcing rubber layers are
      preferably made of a low heat generation rubber having a complex elastic
      modulus of 8 to 15 Mpa, and a loss tangent of 0.03 to 0.08. The complex
      elastic modulus of the side reinforcing rubber layer is preferably less
      than that of the crown reinforcing rubber layer.
PATN
WKU  059882484
SRC  8
APN  8065764
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970225
TTL  Tire with rubber sidewall
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Knable; Geoffrey L.
INVT
NAM  Sandstrom; Paul Harry
CTY  Tallmadge
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company
CTY  Akron
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  152524
XCL  152525
XCL  152DIG12
EDF  6
ICL  B60C 1304
FSC  152
FSS  524;525;DIG. 12
FSC  525
FSS  236;237
UREF
PNO  4224196
ISD  19800900
NAM  Gursky
OCL  152525
UREF
PNO  5124390
ISD  19920600
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  152524
UREF
PNO  5386865
ISD  19950200
NAM  Sandstrom et al.
OCL  152525
FREF
PNO  60-197749
ISD  19851000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Young Jr; Henry C
ABST
PAL  A pneumatic rubber tire having a rubber sidewall with at least a portion of
      its outer surface being composed of white rubber devoid of carbon black
      reinforcement and composed of an elastomer composition which contains a
      combination of trans 1,4-polybutadiene and synthetic cis 1,4-polyisoprene
      rubber and an exclusion of, or substantial exclusion of, natural cis
      1,4-polyisoprene rubber.
PATN
WKU  059882492
SRC  8
APN  909363&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970811
TTL  Hand-held labeler
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Osele; Mark A.
NDR  9
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Mistyurik; John D.
CTY  Troy
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Makley; James A.
CTY  Springboro
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Hamisch, Jr.; Paul H.
CTY  Las Vegas
STA  NV
INVT
NAM  Fogle; Ronald L.
CTY  Springboro
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Monarch Marking Systems, Inc.
CTY  Dayton
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  701259
APD  19960822
CLAS
OCL  156384
XCL  156579
XCL  156577
XCL  156DIG49
XCL  101292
EDF  6
ICL  B65C 1102
ICL  B65C  946
FSC  156
FSS  384;577;579;DIG. 48;DIG. 49
FSC  242
FSS  588.2;588.3;588.6
FSC  101
FSS  288;292
UREF
PNO  3890188
ISD  19750600
NAM  Sams
UREF
PNO  4104106
ISD  19780800
NAM  Hamisch, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4125421
ISD  19781100
NAM  Hamisch, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4142932
ISD  19790300
NAM  Hamisch, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4148679
ISD  19790400
NAM  Hamisch, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4206704
ISD  19800600
NAM  Sato
XCL  156384
UREF
PNO  4227457
ISD  19801000
NAM  Hamisch, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4257326
ISD  19810300
NAM  Sato
UREF
PNO  4261783
ISD  19810400
NAM  Finke
UREF
PNO  4267006
ISD  19810500
NAM  Karn
UREF
PNO  4280863
ISD  19810700
NAM  Hamisch, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4350554
ISD  19820900
NAM  Pabodie
UREF
PNO  4352710
ISD  19821000
NAM  Makley
UREF
PNO  4419930
ISD  19831200
NAM  Holland-Letz
UREF
PNO  4436572
ISD  19840300
NAM  Makley
OCL  156384
UREF
PNO  4440592
ISD  19840400
NAM  Sato et al.
UREF
PNO  4450035
ISD  19840500
NAM  Hamisch, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4668326
ISD  19870500
NAM  Mistyurik
UREF
PNO  4813355
ISD  19890300
NAM  Stork
XCL  156384
UREF
PNO  5486259
ISD  19960100
NAM  Goodwin et al.
LREP
FR2  Grass; Joseph J.
ABST
PAL  There is disclosed a hand-held labeler which is easy to load, clean and
      service. The labeler has a gear driven print head wherein the print head
      is situated on an upper housing section and the print head is actuated
      from a lower housing section. The upper housing section can be moved to an
      open position without interfering with the maintenance of the drive
      connection with the print head or the advance of a label carrying web
      through the labeler.
PATN
WKU  059882506
SRC  9
APN  0092509
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980120
TTL  Apparatus for producing containers with a film made of thermoplastic
      synthetic material
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Yao; Sam Chuan
NDR  4
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Accorsi; Marco
CTY  Reggiolo
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Trimat S.r.l.
CTY  Reggiolo
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19941223
APN  MO94A0173
RLAP
COD  74
APN  571565
APD  19951213
PSC  01
PNO  5743988
CLAS
OCL  156498
XCL  156500
XCL  425523
XCL  425535
XCL  425539
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 4900
ICL  B32B 3114
FSC  156
FSS  382;498;500;510
FSC  425
FSS  523;535;538;539
UREF
PNO  762064
ISD  19040700
NAM  Kepler
UREF
PNO  3070479
ISD  19621200
NAM  Meyer
UREF
PNO  3072959
ISD  19630100
NAM  Leeds
FREF
PNO  0479152
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3141069
ISD  19830500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3929664
ISD  19910300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9408852
ISD  19940400
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Modiano; Guido
FR2  Josif; Albert
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for producing containers with a film made of thermoplastic
      synthetic material, having elements for advancing, along an advancement
      direction, two facing strips of film made of thermoplastic synthetic
      material; a thermal bonding station including thermal-bonding half-molds
      which face said two strips of film on opposite sides thereof along the
      advancement direction of the two strips of film, the thermal-bonding
      half-molds being adapted to thermally bond the strips of film to each
      other at preset regions thereof so as to form thermal bond regions
      delimiting between the two strips of film, a plurality of pouches that are
      each open at a longitudinal edge end of the two strips of film; a cooling
      station arranged downstream of the thermal bonding station along the
      advancement direction and including cooling half-molds being shaped so as
      to carry out a film strip cooling which is limited only to the thermal
      bond regions; a thermoforming station, arranged downstream of the cooling
      station and including a forming mold enclosing molding cavities that are
      adapted to accommodate each a pouch with portions of the thermal bond
      regions delimiting the respective pouch arranged inside the molding
      cavity, which cavity is further provided with an opening located at the
      open end of the enclosed pouch; and pressurized-fluid injectors for
      injecting pressurized fluid through the openings of the molding cavities
      into the pouches.
PATN
WKU  059882514
SRC  8
APN  9458662
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980414
TTL  Label applying apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Lorengo; J. A.
EXP  Mayes; Curtis
NDR  7
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Hunt; Anthony Raymond
CTY  Middlewich
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Diggle; Steven John
CTY  Bury
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Swinburn; Craig
CTY  Manchester
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Markem Technologies Limited
CTY  Nottingham
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960304
APN  9604568
CLAS
OCL  156539
XCL  156541
XCL  156542
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 3100
ICL  B44C 3100
FSC  156
FSS  542;541;539;350;384;556;362;357
UREF
PNO  3238080
ISD  19660300
NAM  Schluter
OCL  156351
UREF
PNO  4321103
ISD  19820300
NAM  Lindstrom et al.
OCL  156351
UREF
PNO  5421948
ISD  19950600
NAM  Crankshaw et al.
OCL  156486
UREF
PNO  5540795
ISD  19960700
NAM  Franklin et al.
OCL  156 64
FREF
PNO  35 25 599 A1
ISD  19870100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1000055
ISD  19950400
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/08081
ISD  19900700
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB97/00593
PD1  19980414
PD2  19980414
PD3  19970304
PCP  WO97/32785
PCD  19970912
ABST
PAR  A label applicator for applying labels to each of two mutually
      perpendicular surfaces of a box that is advanced past the applicator. A
      displaceable arm defines a label support station adjacent its free end and
      conveyor belts are provided for delivering labels to the support stations.
      The arm is selectively positioned in either a first position in which a
      label located at the support station is contacted by and thereby
      transferred to a leading surface of an advancing box or a second position
      in which a label located at the support station is contacted by and
      thereby transferred to a side surface of an advancing box. Displacements
      of the arm are controlled independent upon the passage of the box past the
      applicator and labels transferred from the support station are replaced as
      they are applied to a box.
PATN
WKU  059882522
SRC  8
APN  843140&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970428
TTL  Postage stamp applicator
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Engel; James
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Carroll; William
STR  12861 Western Ave. Unit A
CTY  Garden Grove
STA  CA
ZIP  92641-4164
RLAP
COD  72
APN  686686
APD  19960726
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  156540
XCL  156528
XCL  156442
XCL  156579
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 3100
FSC  156
FSS  530;531;532;442;540;DIG. 1;579;528
UREF
PNO  195209
ISD  18770900
NAM  Dick
OCL  156531
UREF
PNO  708424
ISD  19020900
NAM  Strong
OCL  156531
UREF
PNO  740901
ISD  19031000
NAM  Olsen
XCL  156531
UREF
PNO  4469550
ISD  19840900
NAM  O'Steen, Jr.
XCL  156540
UREF
PNO  4712114
ISD  19871200
NAM  Kikuchi
XCL  156579
LREP
FR2  Thomas; Charles H.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus is provided for dispensing postage stamps that are coated with
      a pressure-sensitive adhesive onto envelopes located therebeneath. Such
      postage stamps are wound in rolls and have a uniform width. In some
      postage stamp rolls the stamps are supported upon a carrier strip coated
      with a release agent, while in other arrangements the roll of stamps
      includes no separate carrier strip. The stamp application device of the
      invention is applicable to both types of postage stamp rolls. The stamp
      application apparatus employs a body that defines a stamp roll cavity and
      a postage stamp dispensing position. An advancement roller is located
      beneath the stamp roll cavity and above the postage stamp dispensing
      position and serves to advance the exposed end of the postage stamp roll
      toward the postage stamp dispensing position in incremental steps in
      response to operation of an advancement actuator mechanism. A guide
      mechanism directs the exposed end of the elongated strip of postage stamps
      from the advancement roller to the stamp dispensing position. A press
      mechanism is mounted on the dispenser body and is operable to press a
      postage stamp located at the postage stamp dispensing position against an
      envelope located directly therebeneath. When the device is utilized to
      apply stamps from a roll employing a carrier strip, a takeup roller is
      provided with a traction enhancing surface that frictionally seizes the
      extremity of the carrier strip. The carrier strip is advanced toward a
      carrier strip ejection location, while postage stamps are directed along a
      different path to the stamp application position.
PATN
WKU  059882530
SRC  8
APN  9098496
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970812
TTL  Press holding mechanism for use in pocket coil spring structure
      assembling apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Lorengo; J. A.
EXP  Crispino; Richard
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Eto; Hiroyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950921
APN  7-243234
RLAP
COD  74
APN  704241
APD  19960828
PSC  01
PNO  5792309
CLAS
OCL  156578
XCL  156516
XCL  156556
XCL  156558
XCL  294 871
XCL  140  3CA
EDF  6
ICL  B65C 1104
ICL  B32B 3100
ICL  B31F  500
ICL  B66C  142
FSC  156
FSS  512;517;529;556;563;566;567;264;256;559;516;518
FSC  294
FSS  87.1;87.22;93;94;103.2
FSC  297
FSS  452.5
FSC  198
FSS  418.5;430
FSC   29
FSS  91.1
FSC  140
FSS  3 CA
FSC    5
FSS  716;690;655.7
UREF
PNO  2403346
ISD  19460700
NAM  Deiters
OCL  294 87
UREF
PNO  2429193
ISD  19471000
NAM  Pool et al.
OCL  294 87
UREF
PNO  3652117
ISD  19720300
NAM  Schroder
OCL  294 87R
UREF
PNO  4563031
ISD  19860100
NAM  Kishimoto et al.
OCL  294 81.21
UREF
PNO  4566926
ISD  19860100
NAM  Stumpf
OCL  156165
UREF
PNO  4578834
ISD  19860400
NAM  Stumpf
OCL    5477
UREF
PNO  5007788
ISD  19910400
NAM  Asano et al.
OCL  414417
UREF
PNO  5016305
ISD  19910500
NAM  Suenens et al.
OCL    5477
UREF
PNO  5637178
ISD  19970600
NAM  Suenens et al.
OCL  156297
UREF
PNO  5885407
ISD  19990300
NAM  Mossbeck
OCL  156558
FREF
PNO  0 155 158
ISD  19850900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 421 495
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2-20346
ISD  19900500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A pocket coil spring structure assembling apparatus includes a feeder
      mechanism for supplying a group of pocket coil springs to a positioning
      transfer conveyor. A positioning transfer conveyor mechanism conveys the
      group of the pocket coil springs supplied from the feeder mechanism to a
      predetermined location. A cutter mechanism mounted between the feeder
      mechanism and the positioning transfer conveyor mechanism separates a
      group of the pocket coil springs from succeeding pocket coil springs by
      cutting to a given length. A press holding mechanism holds and lifts the
      group of the pocket coil springs on the positioning transfer conveyor by
      pressing the radial center of each pocket coil spring from opposite ends
      thereof. A press holding mechanism carrier mechanism moves the press
      holding mechanism in four, i.e. forward, backward, leftward, and
      rightward, directions. A spray mechanism including a spray nozzle applies
      a spray of an adhesive material to the group of the pocket coil springs. A
      nozzle carrier mechanism moves the spray nozzle. A controller mechanism
      controls each of the mechanisms.
PATN
WKU  059882549
SRC  9
APN  1063804
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980629
TTL  Washable window shade with removable components
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Purol; David M.
NDR  3
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Hanright; Connie A.
STR  P.O. Box 1045
CTY  Rome
STA  NY
ZIP  13442-1045
CLAS
OCL  160 8401
XCL  160264
EDF  6
ICL  A47H  5032
FSC  160
FSS  84.01;84.04;84.05;264;124;243
UREF
PNO  3777800
ISD  19731200
NAM  Susoev
OCL  160 84.04
UREF
PNO  4739815
ISD  19880400
NAM  Altman
OCL  160 84.01
UREF
PNO  4934435
ISD  19900600
NAM  Regev
OCL  160 84.04
UREF
PNO  4986329
ISD  19910100
NAM  Kupchunos
OCL  160 84.01
UREF
PNO  5273096
ISD  19931200
NAM  Thomsen et al.
OCL  160 84.01
UREF
PNO  5355928
ISD  19941000
NAM  Robertson
OCL  160 84.04
UREF
PNO  5690156
ISD  19971100
NAM  Ruggles
OCL  160 84.04
UREF
PNO  5738159
ISD  19980400
NAM  O'Brien
OCL  160 84.01
LREP
FRM  Weiner & Burt, P.C.
FR2  Burt; Pamela S.
FR2  Weiner; Irving M.
ABST
PAL  A washable window shade in which all non-washable components are readily
      removable. The washable window shade includes a main shade member made of
      a decorative, washable fabric such as silk, cotton, or a natural or
      synthetic blend. Stiffener members provided on the main shade member to
      maintain it flat are either removable or provided in a washable form. A
      drawstring assembly for raising and lowering the main shade member is also
      removable, as is a rigid bottom member. All removable parts can be
      conveniently removed before washing and conveniently re-assembled after
      washing, all without the use of tools.
PATN
WKU  059882557
SRC  8
APN  3848299
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19950207
TTL  Portable wall and methods of making same
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Purol; David M.
NDR  3
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Wigglesworth, III; Albert Gifford
STR  60 Border St.
CTY  E. Boston
STA  MA
ZIP  02128
CLAS
OCL  160135
XCL  160352
EDF  6
ICL  A47G  500
FSC  160
FSS  135;351;352;405
FSC   40
FSS  605;606;610;611
UREF
PNO  2070544
ISD  19370200
NAM  Clark
UREF
PNO  3571999
ISD  19710300
NAM  Downing
XCL   40605
UREF
PNO  3913656
ISD  19751000
NAM  Guyer
OCL  160135
UREF
PNO  4102525
ISD  19780700
NAM  Albano
OCL  248175
UREF
PNO  4415077
ISD  19831100
NAM  Murphy
OCL  206 44R
UREF
PNO  4761922
ISD  19880800
NAM  Black
OCL  160135
UREF
PNO  4865111
ISD  19890900
NAM  Perutz
OCL  160135
UREF
PNO  4979554
ISD  19901200
NAM  Nelson
OCL  160135
UREF
PNO  4991813
ISD  19910200
NAM  Beaulleu
OCL  248469
UREF
PNO  5269112
ISD  19931200
NAM  Weirub et al.
OCL   40610
UREF
PNO  5388382
ISD  19950200
NAM  Brooks
XCL  160135
UREF
PNO  5439043
ISD  19950800
NAM  Carter
OCL  160135
LREP
FRM  Schwartz & Weinrieb
ABST
PAL  A portable wall assembly and methods of making same include support columns
      made from thin flexible sheets rolled into free standing cylinders. Wall
      panels also made from thin flexible sheets may be attached to the support
      columns. After disassembly of the wall, the sheets can be spiraled into a
      nested circular bundle for storage and transportation.
PATN
WKU  059882565
SRC  9
APN  0864404
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980528
TTL  Automatic garage door screen
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Purol; David M.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Winters; Bryan D.
STR  23992 Bough Ave.
CTY  Mission Viejo
STA  CA
ZIP  92691
CLAS
OCL  160310
XCL  160116
XCL  160DIG18
EDF  6
ICL  E06B  970
FSC  160
FSS  310;273.1;271;180;116;23.1;41;DIG. 18
UREF
PNO  4335773
ISD  19820600
NAM  Masi
XCL  160370.22
UREF
PNO  4478268
ISD  19841000
NAM  Palmer
OCL  160310
UREF
PNO  4673019
ISD  19870600
NAM  Silverthorne et al.
OCL  160268.1
UREF
PNO  4815515
ISD  19890300
NAM  Lee
OCL  160 23.1
UREF
PNO  4846241
ISD  19890700
NAM  Chomka et al.
OCL  160 23.1
UREF
PNO  5323835
ISD  19940600
NAM  Bachmeier
XCL  160368.1
UREF
PNO  5358025
ISD  19941000
NAM  Wood
OCL  160368.1
UREF
PNO  5372173
ISD  19941200
NAM  Horner
XCL  160310
UREF
PNO  5427169
ISD  19950600
NAM  Saulters
XCL  160DIG.18
UREF
PNO  5758704
ISD  19980600
NAM  Elrod
XCL  160327
ABST
PAL  A new automatic garage door screen for covering a garage door opening to
      let air through while still providing a barrier to insects and debris. The
      inventive device includes a flexible panel having a plurality of apertures
      therethrough extending between first and second surfaces of the panel. A
      storage housing mountable to the top of a garage door opening is also
      provided. An elongate roller is rotatably mounted in the interior of the
      storage housing with a motor included for rotating the roller. The top
      edge of the panel is coupled to the roller. A pair of elongate guide
      tracks are mountable to the sides of a garage door opening. Each guide
      track has an elongate side channel extending between the ends of the guide
      track. One of the side edges of the panel is inserted into the side
      channel of one of the guide tracks while the other side edge of the panel
      is inserted into the side channel of the other guide track.
PATN
WKU  059882573
SRC  9
APN  1129228
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980709
TTL  Method and the directional solidification of a molten metal and a
      casting apparatus for the practice thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1,8
EXP  Lin; Kuang Y.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hugo; Franz
CTY  Aschaffenburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Ald Vacuum Technologies GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970717
APN  197 30 637
CLAS
OCL  1641221
XCL  164126
XCL  164128
EDF  6
ICL  B22D 2704
FSC  164
FSS  122.1;122.2;348;126;128
UREF
PNO  3635279
ISD  19720100
NAM  Matsunaga et al.
OCL  164128
UREF
PNO  3763926
ISD  19731000
NAM  Tschinkel
UREF
PNO  4108236
ISD  19780800
NAM  Salkeld
UREF
PNO  4190094
ISD  19800200
NAM  Giamei
FREF
PNO  43 21 640 A1
ISD  19950100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Fulbright & Jaworski, LLP
ABST
PAL  A casting apparatus has within a heating chamber (6) a mold (5) which can
      be moved out of the heating chamber (6) into a molten cooling metal (10)
      disposed beneath it. As heat insulation between the heating chamber (6)
      and the molten cooling metal (10) a thermal insulation layer (13) floating
      on the molten cooling metal is provided through which the mold (5) dips
      into the molten cooling metal (10). To prevent clumping within the thermal
      insulation layer (13) a rake or stirrer (19) is provided, which is driven
      by a shaker (17) and whisks or stirs the thermal insulation layer.
PATN
WKU  059882581
SRC  9
APN  0342394
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980304
TTL  Casting metal strip
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1,5
EXP  Lin; Kuang Y.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Blejde; Walter
CTY  Balgownie
CNT  AUX
INVT
NAM  Barlow; Christian
CTY  Balgownie
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Ishikawajima-Harima Heavy Industries Company Limited
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  BHP Steel (JLA) Pty Ltd
CTY  Victoria
CNT  ATX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19970327
APN  PO5916
CLAS
OCL  164453
XCL  164454
XCL  164480
XCL  164428
XCL  1644491
EDF  6
ICL  B22D 1106
ICL  B22D 1118
ICL  B22D 1120
FSC  164
FSS  480;428;453;454;449.1;450.1;450.2;450.4;458.5;413
UREF
PNO  4774999
ISD  19881000
NAM  Kraus
OCL  164454
FREF
PNO  1-154850
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
OCL  164480
FREF
PNO  4-167950
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
OCL  164480
LREP
FRM  Kerkam, Stowell, Kondracki & Clarke, P.C.
FR2  Kerins; John C.
ABST
PAL  Casting metal strip by delivering molten metal to a casting pool (81)
      supported on a pair of parallel casting rolls (16) and passing metal
      downwardly between the rolls to produce solidified strip (20). Flow of
      metal to the casting pool (81) is controlled by an input flow control
      valve (47). At start of casting when pool (81) is being filled speed of
      rolls (16) is varied in response to variations between actual
      instantaneous pool level and predicted level until pool approaches desired
      operational level. Thereafter any variations between instantaneous roll
      speed and desired operational roll speed are caused to adjust valve (47)
      to being pool level and roll speed to desired operational valves.
PATN
WKU  059882590
SRC  8
APN  8262187
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970327
TTL  Method and apparatus for controlling the cooling of a strand in a
      continuous casting installation
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1,7
EXP  Batten, Jr.; J. Reed
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Welker; Hans-Herbert
CTY  Herzogoenaurach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hartleb; Franz
CTY  Weiterstadt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Gramckow; Otto
CTY  Erlangen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960328
APN  196 12 420
CLAS
OCL  164455
XCL  164414
EDF  6
ICL  B22D 1122
FSC  164
FSS  455;486;414;444
UREF
PNO  4463795
ISD  19840800
NAM  Chielens et al.
XCL  164414
UREF
PNO  4699202
ISD  19871000
NAM  Gilles
XCL  164414
FREF
PNO  2554026
ISD  19850500
CNT  FRX
OCL  164455
FREF
PNO  2 344 438
ISD  19740400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 17 808
ISD  19941200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  56-151155
ISD  19811100
CNT  JPX
OCL  164414
FREF
PNO  57-154364
ISD  19820900
CNT  JPX
OCL  164414
FREF
PNO  59-174258
ISD  19841000
CNT  JPX
OCL  164455
FREF
PNO  60-54258
ISD  19850300
CNT  JPX
OCL  164455
FREF
PNO  63-8868
ISD  19880200
CNT  JPX
OCL  164455
OREF
PAL  Hans G. Baumann, Steel Continuous Casting, Verlag Stahieisen mbH,
      Dusseldorf, 1976, pp. 23-42.
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  Method and apparatus for controlling the cooling of a strand in a
      continuous casting installation, in which the cooling or, respectively,
      the solidification behavior of the strand ensures by means of the quantity
      of cooling agent used for cooling the strand, whereby the required
      quantity of cooling agent is determined, constantly and in real time,
      dependent on a predetermined target temperature distribution. A cooling
      model is used with which a temperature distribution in the strand can be
      calculated from a quantity of cooling agent.
PATN
WKU  059882603
SRC  8
APN  8123101
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970305
TTL  Method for controlling injection in a die casting machine and apparatus
      for the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Lin; I.-H.
EXP  Pyon; Harold Y.
NDR  12
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Iwamoto; Norihiro
CTY  Sagamihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kitamura; Hiroshi
CTY  Zama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toshiba Kikai Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960305
APN  8-047519
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960606
APN  8-144262
CLAS
OCL  164457
XCL  164113
XCL  164312
XCL  1641553
XCL  1641554
XCL  1641555
XCL  1641541
EDF  6
ICL  B22D 4600
ICL  B22D 1732
FSC  164
FSS  457;154.1;155.3;113;312;4.1;155.4;155.5
UREF
PNO  4334575
ISD  19820600
NAM  Miki et al.
OCL  164113
UREF
PNO  5067550
ISD  19911100
NAM  Maekawa et al.
OCL  164120
UREF
PNO  5119866
ISD  19920600
NAM  Mihara
OCL  164120
UREF
PNO  5363899
ISD  19941100
NAM  Takagi et al.
OCL  164  4.1
UREF
PNO  5365999
ISD  19941100
NAM  Stummer et al.
OCL  164457
UREF
PNO  5622217
ISD  19970400
NAM  Iwamoto et al.
OCL  164457
UREF
PNO  5662159
ISD  19970900
NAM  Iwamoto et al.
OCL  164457
UREF
PNO  5671797
ISD  19970900
NAM  Nozaki et al.
OCL  164457
FREF
PNO  62-6754
ISD  19870100
CNT  JPX
OCL  164457
FREF
PNO  63-21121
ISD  19880100
CNT  JPX
OCL  164457
FREF
PNO  64-53754
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
OCL  164457
FREF
PNO  6-79432
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
OCL  164457
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A method for controlling injection in a die casting machine and apparatus
      for the same capable of producing high-quality die-casting products, which
      are not produced with fins, even in a high-speed cast or the use of the
      die with a low precision. A pressurizing controllable valve (21) is a flow
      adjustable type. A main spool (211) is structured to have a two-way valve
      (212) with a check-valve function and a position detector (213) for
      controlling servo, so that the flow of hydraulic fluid charged to a
      pressurizing cylinder device 20 is not controlled to be switched between
      ON-OFF but is allowed to adjustably flow, and a pressurizing process is
      controlled in response to a fin critical curve, thereby fins are
      previously avoided to be produced, thus producing the high-quality
      die-casting productions.
PATN
WKU  059882611
SRC  8
APN  8553602
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970513
TTL  Continuous casting method and relative crystalliser for continuous
      casting
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1,12
EXP  Lin; Kuang Y.
NDR  3
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Milorad; Pavlicevic
CTY  Udine
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Kolesnichenko; Anatoly
CTY  Kiev
CNT  UAX
INVT
NAM  Poloni; Alfredo
CTY  Fogliano Di Redipuglia
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Danieli & C. Officine Meccaniche SpA
CTY  Udine
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19960513
APN  UD96A0076
CLAS
OCL  164466
XCL  164468
XCL  164502
XCL  164504
EDF  6
ICL  B22D 2702
FSC  164
FSS  466;468;502;504;498;499;500;147.1;478;416
UREF
PNO  4419177
ISD  19831200
NAM  Pryor et al.
OCL  164504
UREF
PNO  4522249
ISD  19850600
NAM  Mulcahy
OCL  164478
FREF
PNO  277889
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1174154
ISD  19850800
CNT  SUX
OCL  164504
FREF
PNO  95-13154
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan vol. 6, No. 1 (M-105) Jan. 7, 1982 & JP-A-56
      126048 (Mitsubishi Jukogyo) Oct. 3, 1981 Abstract.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan vol. 5, No. 76 (M-76) [748] May 20, 1981 &
      JP-A-56 026660 (Shin Nippon) Mar. 14, 1981) abstract.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan vol. 10 No. 96 (M-469) [2153] Apr. 12, 1986 &
      JP-A-60 231554 (Kobe) Nov. 18, 1985 abstract.
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  Crystalliser for the continuous casting of billets, blooms, slabs and round
      bars, whether the crystalliser be of the plate type or substantially
      tubular, having cooled sidewalls (11) which include, in at least one
      longitudinal area, at least one perimeter area with electrical insulation
      elements (19) defining two electrically insulated ends, the sidewall of
      the crystalliser (10) included between the aforesaid two insulated ends
      having an electrical continuity, the ends being associated to electrical
      feed means (22) governed by a power supply system able to generate
      electromagnetic waves, defined and desired, interacting at least with the
      forming skin of the cast metal (12). Continuous casting method for
      billets, blooms, slabs, round bars and other products, used in a
      crystalliser (10) containing the cast metal (12), as shown above, at least
      the forming skin of the cast metal (12) inside the crystalliser (10)
      undergoing the action of a pulsating magnetic field generated by
      connecting at least two electrically insulated ends of at least one
      circumferential part of at least one longitudinal part of the sidewalls
      (11) of the crystalliser (10) to an electrical power source, the
      electrical power source inducing on the cast metal (12) pulsating currents
      of an intensity up to 150 kA.
PATN
WKU  059882620
SRC  9
APN  1074873
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980630
TTL  Sputtering target of single crystal aluminum alloy and method for
      producing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Cantelmo; Gregg
EXP  Nguyen; Nam
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hasegawa; Masahiro
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yasuda; Hitoshi
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Akihiko
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940428
APN  6-092321
RLAP
COD  74
APN  792750
APD  19970204
PSC  01
PNO  5906717
ISD  19990525
RLAP
COD  81
APN  429569
APD  19950427
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  164484
XCL  164484
XCL  1641222
XCL  20429813
EDF  6
ICL  B22D 11128
ICL  B22D  710
ICL  C23C 1434
FSC  204
FSS  192.12;192.15;298.12;298.13
FSC  164
FSS  122.1;122.2;471;484
FSC  148
FSS  439;437;438
UREF
PNO  4231817
ISD  19801100
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
OCL  148 32.5
UREF
PNO  4665970
ISD  19870500
NAM  Ohno
OCL  164122.2
UREF
PNO  5087297
ISD  19920200
NAM  Pouliquen
UREF
PNO  5456815
ISD  19951000
NAM  Fukuyo et al.
FREF
PNO  573002
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1-24566
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  40-5125523
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-309448
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Wickersham, Jr. "Crystallographic . . . sputtering", J. Vac. Sci. Technol.
      A 5(4), Jul./Aug. 1987 pp. 1755-1758.
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  A sputtering target of a single crystal aluminum alloy which has a uniform
      concentration distribution of an added metal element and a controlled
      crystal orientation is prepared using a continuous casting apparatus
      equipped with a starting rod by solidifying a melt of aluminum having a
      purity of at least 99.9 wt. % which contains 0.1 to 3.0 wt. % of at least
      one metal element selected from the group consisting of elements having
      atomic numbers of 3 to 83, at a casting temperature of 670 to 850.degree.
      C. at a casting rate of 1 to 80 mm/min. in one direction with maintaining
      an angle between a center axis of a continuous casting mold and a
      direction of pulling a casting material at 2 degrees or less.
PATN
WKU  059882638
SRC  8
APN  8892474
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970708
TTL  Mixing device for air conditioning system
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  McKinnon; Terrell
EXP  Lazarus; Ira S.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Schwarz; Stefan Helmut
CTY  Rochester Hills
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Valeo Climate Control, Inc.
CTY  Rochester Hills
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  165 41
XCL  165 42
XCL  165 43
XCL  165903
XCL  165103
XCL  454121
XCL  454261
XCL  454269
EDF  6
ICL  F28F  100
FSC  165
FSS  41;42;43;903;103
FSC  454
FSS  121;261;156;269
UREF
PNO  4616693
ISD  19861000
NAM  Dietzsch et al.
OCL  165 41
UREF
PNO  4852639
ISD  19890800
NAM  Horiguchi et al.
OCL  165103
UREF
PNO  5062352
ISD  19911100
NAM  Ostrand
OCL  454121
UREF
PNO  5101883
ISD  19920400
NAM  Kinmartin et al.
OCL  165 42
UREF
PNO  5217405
ISD  19930600
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  454121
UREF
PNO  5305823
ISD  19940400
NAM  Elliot
OCL  165 42
UREF
PNO  5368521
ISD  19941100
NAM  Koenig
OCL  454261
UREF
PNO  5463967
ISD  19951100
NAM  Gielow et al.
OCL  454261
UREF
PNO  5476418
ISD  19951200
NAM  Loup
OCL  454121
UREF
PNO  5518449
ISD  19960500
NAM  Danieau
OCL  454121
UREF
PNO  5676595
ISD  19971000
NAM  Sumiya et al.
OCL  454121
FREF
PNO  1044-926
ISD  19830900
CNT  GRX
OCL  454261
LREP
FRM  Morgan & Finnegan LLP
ABST
PAL  An air flow mixer structure for a vehicle air conditioning system has a
      first conduit for a first air flow, a second conduit for a second air
      flow, an opening between said first and second conduits for merging said
      first and second air flows in a merging region and a common air channel
      for said merged air flows, the mixer structure having an air inlet region
      and an air outlet region opening into said merging region, the structure
      comprising plural air passages disposed between said inlet region and said
      outlet region for dividing an air flow at said inlet region into plural
      air flows at plural said openings into said merging region.
PATN
WKU  059882646
SRC  9
APN  0221678
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980211
TTL  Dynamic insulation and air conditioning and radiant heating system
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Joyce; Harold
NDR  4
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Goldsmith; Aaron
STR  24806 Alexandra Ct
CTY  Calabasas
STA  CA
ZIP  91302
CLAS
OCL  165 481
XCL   62314
XCL  165 53
XCL  165 56
XCL  165 60
XCL  237 69
XCL  169 37
XCL  169 48
XCL  169 57
EDF  6
ICL  F25B 2900
FSC  165
FSS  48.1;60;56;53
FSC  237
FSS  69
FSC   62
FSS  171;314;304
FSC  169
FSS  48;57;37
UREF
PNO  430822
ISD  18900600
NAM  Beckford et al.
UREF
PNO  1050907
ISD  19130100
NAM  Banker
XCL  165 53
UREF
PNO  1375417
ISD  19210400
NAM  Richardson
OCL   62314
UREF
PNO  2187954
ISD  19400100
NAM  Smith
XCL  165 60
UREF
PNO  2637181
ISD  19530500
NAM  Schramm
UREF
PNO  2767961
ISD  19561000
NAM  Frankland
XCL  165 53
UREF
PNO  3964268
ISD  19760600
NAM  DiPeri
OCL   62121
ABST
PAL  A system for cooling, heating and fire-protecting an enclosure or dwelling,
      consisting of six principal entities acting in cooperation. The first is
      an expansive system of wide, shallow ducting installed just outboard and
      against the innermost wall layers of the peripheral walls, ceiling and at
      times, the floor, thermally intimate but physically isolated from the
      interior volume of the enclosure. The second is an evaporatively-cooled
      air source, supplying the duct system, which cools the innermost wall
      layers and in turn, the interior volume, by radiation and convection. The
      third entity, being an encompassing layer of efficient insulation, just
      outboard of the ducting and within the enclosure, biasing the cooling and
      heating action to the interior volume. The fourth is a network of
      hot-water circulating tubes, lying within, or adjacent to said cooling
      ducts, and against the innermost wall layer, or inboard plate thereof. The
      fifth entity utilizes the in-place source of water in the peripheral walls
      and ceiling, for incorporation of heat-activated fire a suppression units
      therein, spraying into both, rooms and the duct system, as well. The last
      (sixth) entity provides for humidity control, convection, and `sensible`
      cooling of infiltration air by a limited size, integral air-conditioner
      and independent air circulation fans within the interior volume of the
      enclosure or dwelling.
PATN
WKU  059882654
SRC  9
APN  024726&
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980217
TTL  Fuel cooler and coolant filter assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  McKinnon; Terrell
EXP  Lazarus; Ira S.
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Marthaler; Michael J.
CTY  Columbus
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Cummins Engine Company, Inc.
CTY  Columbus
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  165 51
XCL  165916
XCL  165103
XCL  165109
XCL  165119
XCL  123 4131
XCL  123541
XCL  123196AB
XCL  123196R
XCL  1841041
XCL  1841043
XCL  251317
XCL  210185
XCL  210178
XCL  210183
EDF  6
ICL  F01P  300
FSC  165
FSS  51;916;119;103;109
FSC  123
FSS  41.31;541;196 AB;196 R
FSC  251
FSS  317
FSC  210
FSS  184;185;177;178;183
FSC  184
FSS  104.1;104.2;104.3
UREF
PNO  1084131
ISD  19140100
NAM  Clark
UREF
PNO  2834469
ISD  19580500
NAM  Mitterer
OCL  123541
UREF
PNO  3083833
ISD  19630400
NAM  Kasten
OCL  165119
UREF
PNO  3097165
ISD  19630700
NAM  Kasten
OCL  165119
UREF
PNO  4036182
ISD  19770700
NAM  Gandy
OCL  123541
UREF
PNO  4036188
ISD  19770700
NAM  Sami et al.
OCL  165 51
UREF
PNO  4324213
ISD  19820400
NAM  Kasting et al.
OCL  165 51
UREF
PNO  4333516
ISD  19820600
NAM  Krueger et al.
UREF
PNO  4367717
ISD  19830100
NAM  Ray
OCL  165 51
UREF
PNO  4423708
ISD  19840100
NAM  Sweetland
OCL  165 51
UREF
PNO  4426965
ISD  19840100
NAM  Patel
UREF
PNO  4669533
ISD  19870600
NAM  Hehl
OCL  165119
UREF
PNO  4715434
ISD  19871200
NAM  Rudavicius
UREF
PNO  4759401
ISD  19880700
NAM  Pfouts et al.
OCL  165 51
UREF
PNO  4782891
ISD  19881100
NAM  Cheadle et al.
UREF
PNO  4878536
ISD  19891100
NAM  Stenlund
OCL  165119
UREF
PNO  4898141
ISD  19900200
NAM  Fiedler
OCL  123541
UREF
PNO  5024268
ISD  19910600
NAM  Cheadle et al.
UREF
PNO  5435346
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tregidgo et al.
OCL  165119
LREP
FRM  Woodard, Emhardt, Naughton, Moriarty & McNett
ABST
PAL  A fuel cooler and coolant filter assembly for the filtering of coolant and
      the cooling of a fuel flow for use in connection with a cylinder head of a
      vehicle engine includes three primary components which are assembled to
      one another in a stacked configuration and which in turn are assembled to
      the cylinder head. These three primary components include a fuel cooler
      core which is assembled directly to the cylinder head and which includes a
      fuel inlet, a fuel outlet, and a heat exchanger. The interior of the fuel
      cooler core is designed for the incoming fuel to flow and circulate across
      the exterior of the heat exchanger prior to exiting. The second primary
      component includes a filter head assembly with various inlets, outlets,
      and passageways. The filter head assembly is attached directly to the fuel
      cooler core so as to deliver coolant into the heat exchanger. The third
      component is a coolant filter which is connected to the filter head
      assembly and which filters the flow of coolant from the filter head
      assembly and then introduces the coolant back into the filter head
      assembly. A shut off valve is positioned in the filter head assembly so as
      to block the flow of coolant from the coolant filter, allowing the coolant
      filter to be replaced without the loss of coolant. A by-pass passageway
      ensures that coolant continues to flow to the heat exchanger, even when
      the shut off valve is in a closed condition.
PATN
WKU  059882662
SRC  9
APN  1292455
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980805
TTL  Bonded cast, pin-finned heat sink and method of manufacture
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Leo; Leonard
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Smith; Dean L.
CTY  Pittsford
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Sobresky; Edmund J.
CTY  Batavia
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Kerr; Roger S.
CTY  Brockport
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  959692
APD  19971029
PSC  01
PNO  5829514
CLAS
OCL  165 78
XCL  165 803
XCL  165185
XCL  174 163
XCL  257722
XCL  361704
EDF  6
ICL  F28F  700
FSC  165
FSS  80.3;185;78;170
FSC  174
FSS  16.3
FSC  257
FSS  722
FSC  361
FSS  704
UREF
PNO  3387653
ISD  19680600
NAM  Coe
XCL  165170
UREF
PNO  3524497
ISD  19700800
NAM  Chu et al.
XCL  165185
UREF
PNO  4638858
ISD  19870100
NAM  Chu
OCL  165185
UREF
PNO  4733453
ISD  19880300
NAM  Jacoby
XCL  165 80.3
UREF
PNO  4762173
ISD  19880800
NAM  Blakely et al.
OCL   16170
UREF
PNO  4777560
ISD  19881000
NAM  Herrell et al.
UREF
PNO  4884331
ISD  19891200
NAM  Hinshaw
UREF
PNO  5172301
ISD  19921200
NAM  Schneider
XCL  165185
UREF
PNO  5304846
ISD  19940400
NAM  Azar et al.
UREF
PNO  5351748
ISD  19941000
NAM  Dagan
OCL  165 80.3
UREF
PNO  5504650
ISD  19960400
NAM  Katsui et al.
XCL  165 80.3
UREF
PNO  5655600
ISD  19970800
NAM  Dewar et al.
XCL  165185
FREF
PNO  199736
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
OCL  165185
OREF
PAL  catalogue material--Augmented Surface Bonded Heat Sinks published by
      AAVID.TM. Thermal Technologies, Inc. (Mar. 1996).
LREP
FR2  Bailey, Sr.; Clyde E.
ABST
PAL  A high performance, high pin fin density heat sink (10) has mating first
      and second opposing base members (22, 24) having first and second pin fins
      (18, 20) extending generally perpendicularly therefrom. The pin fins (18,
      20) are generally cylindrical and each bonded into recesses (30,32) formed
      on the opposing base member (22, 24). The spaces between nearest adjacent
      first and second pin fins (18, 20) form narrow fluid passageways (12)
      having a gas inlet in (14) for communicating with a heat generating body
      and gas out let end (16).
PATN
WKU  059882670
SRC  9
APN  097482&
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980615
TTL  Multistage gas and liquid phase separation type condenser
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Leo; Leonard
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Park; Tae Young
CTY  Taejon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Oh; Kwang Heon
CTY  Taejon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Halla Climate Control Corp.
CTY  Taejon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970616
APN  97-24918
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19980502
APN  98-15867
CLAS
OCL  165110
XCL  165144
XCL  165174
XCL  165176
XCL   62509
EDF  6
ICL  F25B  100
ICL  F25B 3904
FSC  165
FSS  110;144;145;174;176
FSC   62
FSS  509
UREF
PNO  5203407
ISD  19930400
NAM  Nagasaka
OCL  165174
UREF
PNO  5228315
ISD  19930700
NAM  Nagasaka et al.
OCL   62509
UREF
PNO  5752566
ISD  19980500
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  165110
FREF
PNO  103612
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  180930
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  183325
ISD  19960700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
ABST
PAL  A multistage gaseous and liquid phase separation type condenser has a pair
      of headers disposed in parallel with each other, and a plurality of flat
      tubes each connected to the headers at opposite ends thereof and
      corrugated fins interposed between adjacent flat tubes. Each header is
      divided by baffles into four chambers. The second header has a receiver
      and chambers of the second header have communication passageways for
      placing the chambers of the second header in flow communication with the
      receiver. The first header has an inlet pipe connected to a middle chamber
      thereof so as to form an inlet path and an outlet pipe connected to a
      lower chamber thereof. While the refrigerant flows through the paths
      defined by a plurality of flat tubes, a first separation of gaseous and
      liquid phases of the refrigerant occurs within the second header so that
      the separated gaseous refrigerant is recondensed flowing through an upper
      path above the inlet path and introduced into the receiver via the
      communication passageway, whereas the separated liquid refrigerant is
      introduced into the receiver. A second separation of gaseous and liquid
      phases of the refrigerant occurs within the receiver in connection with a
      certain amount of the liquid refrigerant stored in the receiver. The
      liquid refrigerant in the receiver is communicated with the lower path via
      a lower communication passageway formed in the lower chamber of the second
      header.
PATN
WKU  059882689
SRC  8
APN  7323506
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19961104
TTL  Plate type heat exchanger
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Leo; Leonard
NDR  5
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Usami; Toshiya
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kusunoki; Kenji
CTY  Higashiosaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hisaka Works Limited
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950329
APN  7-71955
CLAS
OCL  165166
XCL  165167
XCL  277652
EDF  6
ICL  F28F  310
FSC  165
FSS  166;167
FSC  277
FSS  652
UREF
PNO  2580546
ISD  19520100
NAM  Hobson, Jr.
XCL  277652
UREF
PNO  3322433
ISD  19670500
NAM  Rentschler
XCL  277652
UREF
PNO  4915355
ISD  19900400
NAM  Fort
XCL  277652
UREF
PNO  5178212
ISD  19930100
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  165166
LREP
FRM  Nikaido Marmelstein Murray & Oram LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/00848
PD1  19961104
PD2  19961104
PD3  19960329
PCP  WO96/30711
PCD  19961003
ABST
PAR  A plate type heat exchanger includes a plurality of laminated plates 11
      each having a resin-covered gasket 15 mounted in a gasket groove 13
      therein surrounding a heat transfer surface 12. The resin-covered gasket
      includes a core 15a of elastic material whose liquid-contacted side
      surface is covered with a corrosion-resistant resin cover 15b. In this
      plate type heat exchanger, the liquid-noncontacted side of the core 15a is
      integrally formed with a fixing element 16, while the outer peripheral
      surface of the plate 11 is formed with a recess 14 adapted to fit on the
      fixing element 16. Thus, the resin-covered gasket 15 can be mounted in the
      gasket groove 13 without using any adhesive agent.
PATN
WKU  059882697
SRC  9
APN  0519235
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980423
TTL  Plate heat exchanger
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Leo; Leonard
NDR  8
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Karlsson; Sven
CTY  Loddekopinge
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Andersson; Sven
CTY  Landskrona
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Dahlberg; Thomas
CTY  Helsingborg
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Pihlajaniemi; Veikko
CTY  Lund
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  SWEP International AB
CTY  Landskrona
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19951023
APN  9503709
CLAS
OCL  165167
XCL  165DIG372
EDF  6
ICL  F28F  308
FSC  165
FSS  166;167
UREF
PNO  4871017
ISD  19891000
NAM  Cesaroni
XCL  165167
UREF
PNO  4987955
ISD  19910100
NAM  Bergqvist et al.
OCL  165167
UREF
PNO  5462113
ISD  19951000
NAM  Wand
OCL  165167
FREF
PNO  611941
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
OCL  165167
FREF
PNO  237997
ISD  19861000
CNT  JPX
OCL  165167
LREP
FR2  Brown; Laurence R.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/01339
PD1  19980423
PD2  19980423
PD3  19961021
PCP  WO97/15798
PCD  19970501
ABST
PAR  A plate heat exchanger for two or more flowing media may according to the
      invention be designed so that the front and rear cover plates (1, 8) of
      the exchanger act as channel defining walls for a flowing heat exchanging
      medium, and so that the tube connections at the inlet and outlet ports
      (10-13) can be established in a common plane. This is obtained thereby
      that the front and rear cover plates (1, 8) together with the adjacent
      first (2) and last (5) channel forming plates define distribution channels
      (18) crossing the direction between adjacent inlet and outlet ports.
PATN
WKU  059882700
SRC  8
APN  8248311
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970326
TTL  Coupling device for a plate-type heat exchanger, especially for motor
      vehicles
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1,20
EXP  Leo; Leonard
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Chevallier; Christophe
CTY  Le Mans
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Valeo Climatisation
CTY  La Verriere
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960328
APN  96 03899
CLAS
OCL  165178
XCL  165153
XCL  2853822
XCL  2853827
EDF  6
ICL  F28F  916
FSC  165
FSS  153;178
FSC  285
FSS  382.2;382.7
UREF
PNO  3425452
ISD  19690200
NAM  Shaw
XCL  285382.2
UREF
PNO  4296804
ISD  19811000
NAM  Press et al.
XCL  165178
UREF
PNO  4482174
ISD  19841100
NAM  Puri
OCL  285382.2
UREF
PNO  5088771
ISD  19920200
NAM  Hosseinian et al.
XCL  285382.2
UREF
PNO  5358034
ISD  19941000
NAM  Nishishita et al.
OCL  165153
UREF
PNO  5390732
ISD  19950200
NAM  Bathla
OCL  165153
FREF
PNO  1 542 634
ISD  19680900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1 383 267
ISD  19751200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 086 514
ISD  19821200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Morgan & Finnegan, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A plate type heat exchanger, which may for example be an evaporator for a
      motor vehicle air conditioning installation, comprises a stack of hollow
      plates with a pipe connector interposed in the stack. The flow circuit in
      which the heat exchanger is inserted includes a fluid flow tube coupled to
      the pipe connection of the heat exchanger by means of a coupling device
      which includes a clamping ring. This coupling device includes an
      intermediate sleeve having a cylindrical portion fitted intimately around
      a cylindrical end portion of the pipe connection, together with another
      cylindrical portion which serves in effect as an extension of the
      cylindrical end portion. The clamping ring is engaged around the outer
      cylindrical portion of the sleeve, so as to clamp the latter around the
      end of the fluid flow tube, the latter having previously been introduced
      into the sleeve and the end portion of the pipe connection.
PATN
WKU  059882719
SRC  9
APN  1284096
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980803
TTL  Proppant slurry screen apparatus and methods of using same
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  8
EXA  Kang; Chi H.
EXP  Bagnell; David J.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Oneal; Dean S.
CTY  Lafayette
STA  LA
INVT
NAM  Ross; Colby M.
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Halliburton Energy Services, Inc.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  791966
APD  19970131
CLAS
OCL  166 51
XCL  166278
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 4304
FSC  166
FSS  51;278
UREF
PNO  2652117
ISD  19530900
NAM  Arendt et al.
XCL  166 51
UREF
PNO  4750557
ISD  19880600
NAM  Gavranovic
OCL  166 51
UREF
PNO  5127474
ISD  19920700
NAM  Schroeder, Jr. et al.
XCL  166 51
UREF
PNO  5443117
ISD  19950800
NAM  Ross
OCL  166 51
FREF
PNO  0789131A2
ISD  19960800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0785337A2
ISD  19970100
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Imwalle; William M.
FR2  Smith; Marlin R.
ABST
PAL  A proppant slurry screen apparatus and associated method of using it
      prevent sticking of a service tool during proppant slurry delivery to a
      subterranean wellbore after failure of a crossover portion of the
      apparatus. In a preferred embodiment, a proppant slurry screen apparatus
      has a tubular crossover member with an internal flow passage, circulation
      port, and side wall outlet openings, first and second coaxial tubular
      structures, the first tubular structure extending above a packer and
      having a radial port which provides fluid communication between the
      wellbore above the packer and an annular flow passage between the first
      and second tubular structures, and a tubular screen positioned between the
      first and second tubular structures adjacent the port and operative to
      screen proppant from the proppant slurry.
PATN
WKU  059882727
SRC  9
APN  0512095
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980617
TTL  Apparatus and method for milling a well casing
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1,10
EXP  Tsay; Frank
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Bruce; Ronald James
STR  Morven View, Lumphanan
CTY  Aberdeen, AB31 4QB
CNT  GBX
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19951005
APN  9520347
CLAS
OCL  166 556
XCL  166298
XCL  175 61
EDF  6
ICL  E21B  706
FSC  166
FSS  117.6;50;117.5;298;55.7;55.6
FSC  175
FSS  61;81
UREF
PNO  4059165
ISD  19771100
NAM  Clark
OCL  175107
UREF
PNO  4144936
ISD  19790300
NAM  Evans
OCL  166298
UREF
PNO  5431219
ISD  19950700
NAM  Leising et al.
OCL  166 50
UREF
PNO  5584350
ISD  19961200
NAM  Schnitker et al.
OCL  175 61
UREF
PNO  5860474
ISD  19990100
NAM  Stoltz et al.
OCL  166 50
LREP
FRM  Watson Cole Grindle Watson, P.L.L.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/02447
PD1  19980617
PD2  19980617
PD3  19961007
PCP  WO97/13053
PCD  19970410
ABST
PAR  Apparatus for milling the casing of an oil or gas well comprises a downhole
      assembly which is run into the well on a rotatable drill string. The
      assembly comprises a motor (6) the body of which is connected to the drill
      string and the output shaft of which is connected to a casing mill (9). In
      use, the drill string is rotated in one rotational direction and the motor
      (6) is operated to rotate the output shaft thereof in the same rotational
      direction whereby the speed of rotation of the mill (9) is faster than the
      rotational speed of the drill string. Because the rotational speed of the
      milling tool (9) cannot be less than the rotational speed of the output
      shaft of the motor (6) relative to the body thereof extreme variations in
      the rotational speed of the milling tool due to winding up of the drill
      string are avoided. The downhole assembly may incorporate a taper mill
      (11), stabilizers (10, 8 and 5) and a jet sub (4). The assembly may also
      incorporate a constant thrust device for producing a substantially
      constant thrust loading on the milling tool and one or more cement
      removing tools.
PATN
WKU  059882735
SRC  9
APN  1406019
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980826
TTL  Coiled tubing completion system
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Walker; Zakiya
EXP  Bagnell; David
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Monjure; Noel A.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Thevenet; Thomas A.
CTY  Breaux Bridge
STA  LA
ASSG
NAM  ABB Vetco Gray Inc.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  166 7514
XCL  166 882
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 3304
FSC  166
FSS  75.14;88.2;88.4;96.1;77.2;208;382
UREF
PNO  3373816
ISD  19680300
NAM  Cochran
UREF
PNO  3675719
ISD  19720700
NAM  Slator et al.
UREF
PNO  3690381
ISD  19720900
NAM  Slator et al.
UREF
PNO  3827487
ISD  19740800
NAM  Jackson et al.
UREF
PNO  3866679
ISD  19750200
NAM  Laky
UREF
PNO  4844166
ISD  19890700
NAM  Going, III et al.
UREF
PNO  5092400
ISD  19920300
NAM  Jagert
UREF
PNO  5467825
ISD  19951100
NAM  Vallet
UREF
PNO  5515925
ISD  19960500
NAM  Boychuk
UREF
PNO  5515926
ISD  19960500
NAM  Boychuk
UREF
PNO  5522464
ISD  19960600
NAM  Piper
UREF
PNO  5544706
ISD  19960800
NAM  Reed
UREF
PNO  5725056
ISD  19980300
NAM  Thomson
OCL  166382
UREF
PNO  5727631
ISD  19980300
NAM  Baker et al.
OREF
PAL  Walker VCT Clamp Style Coiled Tubing Hanger (Undated).
LREP
FR2  Bradley; James E.
ABST
PAL  A coiled tubing completion system has a gripping mechanism on a lower end
      which land in a tubing hanger and engage coiled tubing extending through
      the tubing hanger. A tubular member is located above the gripping member
      and receives the upper end of the tubing. A tapered metal seal seals
      between the tubular member and the coiled tubing. A threaded nut, when
      rotated, causes the seal to energize.
PATN
WKU  059882743
SRC  8
APN  9030271
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970730
TTL  Method of and apparatus for inserting pipes and tools into wells
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  21
EXA  Singh; Sunil
EXP  Bagnell; David
NDR  27
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Funk; Kelly
STR  301 Mount Royal Place
CTY  Nanaimo, British Columbia
CNT  CAX
ITX  V9R 6A4
CLAS
OCL  166 774
XCL  166 7753
XCL  254 29R
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 1908
FSC  166
FSS  77.4;77.53;85.4;70;379;381;383
FSC  254
FSS  29 R
UREF
PNO  1586923
ISD  19260200
NAM  Townsend
OCL  166 77.4
UREF
PNO  3096075
ISD  19630700
NAM  Brown
OCL  166 77.4
UREF
PNO  4162704
ISD  19790700
NAM  Gunther
OCL  166 77.53
UREF
PNO  5020590
ISD  19910600
NAM  McLeod
OCL  254 29R
ABST
PAL  A snubbing configuration for inserting a pipe and/or a tool assembly on a
      pipe into a live well head employs a telescopic cylinder, e.g. a
      telescopic snubbing jack, between an upper BOP, e.g. an annular BOP, and a
      lower BOP, e.g. a double-gate BOP, in place of a conventional stripping
      BOP and an extended spool which are required in conventional
      configurations to accommodate long tool assemblies.
PATN
WKU  059882751
SRC  9
APN  1583913
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980922
TTL  Method and system for separating and injecting gas and water in a
      wellbore
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Singh; Sunil
EXP  Bagnell; David
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Brady; Jerry L.
CTY  Anchorage
STA  AK
INVT
NAM  Cawvey; James L.
CTY  Anchorage
STA  AK
INVT
NAM  Stevenson; Mark D.
CTY  Anchorage
STA  AK
INVT
NAM  Klein; John M.
CTY  Anchorage
STA  AK
ASSG
NAM  Atlantic Richfield Company
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  1661055
XCL  1661056
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 4316
FSC  166
FSS  265;105;105.5;105.6;169;306;369
UREF
PNO  4378047
ISD  19830300
NAM  Elliott et al.
OCL  166 68
UREF
PNO  4531584
ISD  19850700
NAM  Ward
OCL  166265
UREF
PNO  4531593
ISD  19850700
NAM  Elliott et al.
OCL  175 71
UREF
PNO  4610793
ISD  19860900
NAM  Miller
OCL  210767
UREF
PNO  4981175
ISD  19910100
NAM  Powers
OCL  166265
UREF
PNO  4995456
ISD  19910200
NAM  Cornette et al.
OCL  166 51
UREF
PNO  5343945
ISD  19940900
NAM  Weingarten et al.
OCL  166105.5
UREF
PNO  5385446
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hays
OCL  415202
UREF
PNO  5431228
ISD  19950700
NAM  Weingarten et al.
OCL  166357
UREF
PNO  5450901
ISD  19950900
NAM  Ellwood
OCL  166266
UREF
PNO  5482117
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kolpak et al.
OCL  166265
UREF
PNO  5605193
ISD  19970200
NAM  Bearden et al.
OCL  166370
UREF
PNO  5730871
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kennedy et al.
OCL  210512.2
UREF
PNO  5794697
ISD  19980800
NAM  Wolflick et al.
OCL  166265
OREF
PAL  "New Design for Compact Liquid-Gas Partial Separation: Downhole and Surface
      Installations for Artificial Lift Applications" by J.S. Weingarten, M.M.
      Kolpak, S.A. Mattison and M.J. Williamson, 1995.
PAL  "Development and Testing of a Compact Liquid-Gas Auger Partial Separator
      for Downhole or Surface Applications" by J.S. Weingarten, M.M. Kolpak,
      S.A. Mattison and M.J. Williamson, 1997.
PAL  "Slim Phase 4.TM.", Sperry-Sun Drilling Services, 1994, 1995.
PAL  "New Design Expands Success of Slim Phase 4.TM. MWD Resistivity Tool",
      Sperry Sun Drilling Services, Fall 1995.
PAL  "Improved Production Log Interpretation in Horizontal Wells Using Pulsed
      Neutron Logs", by J.L. Brady, J.J. Kohring and R.J. North, 1996.
PAL  "Glossary of Terms & Expressions Used in Well Logging", Society of
      Professional Well Log Analysis, Oct., 1984.
PAL  "Jet Pumping" by Hal Petrie, undated.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/906,862, Brady et al., filed Aug. 6, 1997.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/939,359, Brady et al., filed Sep. 29, 1997.
PAL  U.S. application No. 09/016612, Brady et al., filed Jan. 30, 1998.
PAL  U.S. application No. 09/028,624, Stevenson et al., filed Feb. 24, 1998.
PAL  U.S. application No. 09/056,272, Brady et al., filed Apr. 7, 1998.
PAL  U.S. application No. 09/170,829, Brady et al., Oct. 13, 1998.
LREP
FR2  Scott; F. Lindsey
ABST
PAL  A method and system for increasing oil production from an oil well
      producing a mixture of oil, water, and gas through a wellbore penetrating
      an oil-bearing formation containing an oil-bearing zone, an aqueous zone,
      and a gas zone by separating from the mixture of oil, water, and gas in
      the oil well at least a portion of the water to produce a separated
      water-enriched portion and a separated oil/gas-enriched portion; driving a
      turbine with the separated oil/gas enriched portion; driving a water pump
      and a compressor in the oil well with the turbine; injecting the separated
      water-enriched portion into a water injection zone; separating from the
      separated oil/gas-enriched portion in the oil well at least a portion of
      the gas to produce a separated gas and an the oil-enriched mixture;
      compressing the separated gas to a pressure greater than a pressure in a
      gas injection zone to produce a compressed gas; injecting the compressed
      gas into the gas injection zone; and recovering at least a major portion
      of the oil-enriched mixture.
PATN
WKU  059882760
SRC  8
APN  9766243
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971125
TTL  Compact retrievable well packer
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Schoeppel; Roger
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Oneal; Dean
CTY  Lafayette
STA  LA
ASSG
NAM  Halliburton Energy Services, Inc.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  166118
XCL  166134
XCL  166196
XCL  166213
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 2306
FSC  166
FSS  72;116;118;124;134;179;196;382;387;213
UREF
PNO  3503445
ISD  19700300
NAM  Cochrum et al.
XCL  166187
UREF
PNO  3529665
ISD  19700900
NAM  Malone
XCL  166187
UREF
PNO  3575237
ISD  19710400
NAM  Malone
XCL  166187
UREF
PNO  3575238
ISD  19710400
NAM  Shillander
XCL  166187
UREF
PNO  3604732
ISD  19710900
NAM  Malone
XCL  166187
UREF
PNO  3690375
ISD  19720900
NAM  Shillander
OCL  166187
UREF
PNO  3889749
ISD  19750600
NAM  Hutchison
OCL  166187
UREF
PNO  4253676
ISD  19810300
NAM  Baker et al.
XCL  166187
UREF
PNO  4403660
ISD  19830900
NAM  Coone
UREF
PNO  4979570
ISD  19901200
NAM  Mody
OCL  166387
UREF
PNO  5685369
ISD  19971100
NAM  Ellis et al.
OCL  166195
FREF
PNO  2 312 697
ISD  19970300
CNT  GBX
ICL  E21B 3312
OREF
PAL  UK Search Report For Application #GB9825755.3.
LREP
FR2  Herman; Paul I.
FR2  Smith; Marlin R.
ABST
PAL  A packer is provided which reduces the number of components required in a
      retrievable packer. The packer is compact in size, and convenient and
      economical in use. In a described embodiment, the packer includes seal
      carrying and gripping assemblies mounted on a mandrel. Axial compression
      of the assemblies causes a seal and grip structures carried on the
      assemblies to radially outwardly deflect. Each of the assemblies may be
      integrally formed, thereby further reducing the number of components
      needed to construct the packer. Each of the assemblies is usable
      separately on the mandrel to produce apparatus which only grippingly
      engage or only sealingly engage a tubular member in a well. The packer or
      similar apparatus is retrieved by releasing the force axially compressing
      the assemblies.
PATN
WKU  059882778
SRC  9
APN  124809&
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980729
TTL  Running tool for static wellhead plug
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Schoeppel; Roger
NDR  12
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Vick, Jr.; James D.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Dickson; Rennie L.
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Welch; William R.
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Byrd; Jayson A.
CTY  Arlington
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Halliburton Energy Services, Inc.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  753194
APD  19961121
PSC  01
PNO  5875851
CLAS
OCL  166123
XCL  166135
XCL  166181
XCL  166192
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 33035
FSC  166
FSS  115;123;135;181;192;386;387
UREF
PNO  3602303
ISD  19710800
NAM  Blenkarn
OCL  166360
UREF
PNO  4928761
ISD  19900500
NAM  Gazda et al.
OCL  166123
UREF
PNO  5080174
ISD  19920100
NAM  Hynes
XCL  166123
UREF
PNO  5509476
ISD  19960400
NAM  Vick, Jr.
OCL  166 75.13
UREF
PNO  5542475
ISD  19960800
NAM  Turner et al.
OCL  166387
UREF
PNO  5555935
ISD  19960900
NAM  Brammer et al.
OCL  166 88.1
LREP
FR2  Imwalle; William M.
FR2  Smith; Marlin R.
ABST
PAL  A plug is provided which is specially adapted for statically setting a plug
      portion within an internal profile formed in a wellhead. In an illustrated
      preferred embodiment, the plug portion is set by application of fluid
      pressure to a running tool portion. When set in. the profile, the plug
      portion is secured statically relative to the profile, thereby permitting
      advantageous utilization of a metal-to-metal seal on the plug portion. The
      plug portion includes features which maintain its set configuration in the
      profile. The running tool portion includes multiple pistons which enhance
      operation of the running tool portion. A disclosed verification tool
      provides an indication that the plug portion has been properly set.
PATN
WKU  059882786
SRC  8
APN  9825746
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971202
TTL  Using a horizontal circular wellbore to improve oil recovery
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Schoeppel; Roger
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Mark O.
CTY  Anchorage
STA  AK
ASSG
NAM  Atlantic Richfield Company
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  166245
XCL  166269
XCL  1662727
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 4330
FSC  166
FSS  245;244.1;268;272.6;272.7;269;305.1
UREF
PNO  3762474
ISD  19731000
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  166250
UREF
PNO  4022278
ISD  19770500
NAM  Allen
OCL  166269
UREF
PNO  4205723
ISD  19800600
NAM  Clauset, Jr.
OCL  166294
UREF
PNO  4560003
ISD  19851200
NAM  McMillen et al.
OCL  166305.1
UREF
PNO  4834179
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kokolis et al.
OCL  166268
UREF
PNO  5083610
ISD  19920100
NAM  Sheehy
OCL  166246
UREF
PNO  5190105
ISD  19930300
NAM  D'Souza
OCL  166303
UREF
PNO  5193617
ISD  19930300
NAM  D'Souza
OCL  166263
UREF
PNO  5246072
ISD  19930900
NAM  Frazier, Jr. et al.
OCL  166273
UREF
PNO  5339900
ISD  19940800
NAM  Clough
OCL  166274
UREF
PNO  5339904
ISD  19940800
NAM  Jennings, Jr. et al.
OCL  166303
UREF
PNO  5363915
ISD  19941100
NAM  Marquis et al.
OCL  166274
UREF
PNO  5381863
ISD  19950100
NAM  Wehner
OCL  166263
UREF
PNO  5472049
ISD  19951200
NAM  Chaffee et al.
XCL  166308
UREF
PNO  5503226
ISD  19960400
NAM  Wadleigh
OCL  166252.1
UREF
PNO  5720350
ISD  19980200
NAM  McGuire
OCL  166305.1
UREF
PNO  5826656
ISD  19981000
NAM  McGuire
OCL  166305.1
LREP
FR2  Scott; F. Lindsey
ABST
PAL  A method for increasing the recovery of oil from a subterranean formation
      having at least one producer wellbore drilled therein, whereby a generally
      horizontal and generally circular wellbore is drilled so that oil is
      located between the generally horizontal and generally circular wellbore
      and the at least one producer wellbore. Fluid is injected through the
      generally horizontal and generally circular wellbore into the formation so
      that oil is swept to the at least one producer wellbore for recovery
      through the at least one producer wellbore.
PATN
WKU  059882794
SRC  8
APN  9646221
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971105
TTL  Method for control of fluid loss and gas migration in well cementing
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Suchfield; George
INVT
NAM  Udarbe; Rebecca G.
CTY  Garland
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Hancock-Grossi; Kim
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Fritz Industries, Inc.
CTY  Mesquite
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  166293
XCL  106696
XCL  106725
XCL  106727
XCL  106823
XCL  166295
XCL  524  3
XCL  524  5
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 33138
ICL  E21B 3314
FSC  166
FSS  293;294;295
FSC  106
FSS  696;708;714;724;725;727;778;781;790;823
FSC  524
FSS  3;5
UREF
PNO  3116264
ISD  19631200
NAM  Wahl
XCL  166293
UREF
PNO  3943996
ISD  19760300
NAM  Guilbault et al.
OCL  166293
UREF
PNO  4015991
ISD  19770400
NAM  Persinski
UREF
PNO  4107057
ISD  19780800
NAM  Dill
UREF
PNO  4404111
ISD  19830900
NAM  Bi
UREF
PNO  4515635
ISD  19850500
NAM  Rao
UREF
PNO  4555269
ISD  19851100
NAM  Rao
UREF
PNO  4587283
ISD  19860500
NAM  Hille et al.
OCL  524  3
UREF
PNO  4602685
ISD  19860700
NAM  McKenzie
OCL  166293
UREF
PNO  4610306
ISD  19860900
NAM  Reese
OCL  166293
UREF
PNO  4652623
ISD  19870300
NAM  Chen
OCL  526287
UREF
PNO  4676317
ISD  19870600
NAM  Fry
OCL  166293
UREF
PNO  4703801
ISD  19871100
NAM  Fry
OCL  166293
UREF
PNO  4726906
ISD  19880200
NAM  Chen
UREF
PNO  4743301
ISD  19880500
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  524  5
UREF
PNO  4951921
ISD  19900800
NAM  Stahl et al.
XCL  166295
UREF
PNO  5028271
ISD  19910700
NAM  Huddleston
OCL  106720
UREF
PNO  5116421
ISD  19920500
NAM  Ganguli
OCL  106823
UREF
PNO  5134215
ISD  19920700
NAM  Huddleston
OCL  527400
UREF
PNO  5147964
ISD  19920900
NAM  Huddleston
OCL  527400
UREF
PNO  5153240
ISD  19921000
NAM  Stephens
OCL  524  3
UREF
PNO  5336316
ISD  19940800
NAM  Dawson
OCL  106724
UREF
PNO  5339903
ISD  19940800
NAM  Eoff
OCL  166293
UREF
PNO  5341881
ISD  19940800
NAM  Rodrigues
OCL  166293
UREF
PNO  5855244
ISD  19990100
NAM  Ahmed et al.
OCL  166295
OREF
PAL  The Relationship of Thickening Time, Gel Strength, and Compressive Strength
      of Oilwell Cements, Sabins Mar. 1986, p. 10.
LREP
FR2  Weaver; Thomas R.
ABST
PAL  This invention discloses a composition and a method of using the
      composition to cement a borehole penetrating a subsurface earth formation.
      The composition, the random polymerization product of two or three
      different vinyl-containing monomers including a vinylamide morpholine
      derivative, operates to reduce fluid loss from the cement slurry used to
      cement the borehole to the subsurface formation.
PATN
WKU  059882808
SRC  8
APN  7723148
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19961223
TTL  Use of engine heat in treating a well bore
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Schoeppel; Roger J.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Crawford; James B.
CTY  Lafayette
STA  LA
INVT
NAM  LeBlanc; Michael J.
CTY  Broussard
STA  LA
ASSG
NAM  AMBAR, Inc.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  166303
XCL  166 57
XCL  405128
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 3600
FSC  166
FSS  302;303;57;77.2;90.1;272.2
FSC  405
FSS  128
UREF
PNO  2823752
ISD  19580200
NAM  Walter
XCL  166 57
UREF
PNO  3066737
ISD  19621200
NAM  Baldwin
OCL  166 57
UREF
PNO  3156299
ISD  19641100
NAM  Trantham
XCL  166272.1
UREF
PNO  3522843
ISD  19700800
NAM  New
XCL  166303
UREF
PNO  3658270
ISD  19720400
NAM  Slator et al.
XCL  166 77.2
UREF
PNO  3833059
ISD  19740900
NAM  Sisson
XCL  166303
UREF
PNO  4044549
ISD  19770800
NAM  Zwick
OCL   60 39.02
UREF
PNO  4197712
ISD  19800400
NAM  Zwick et al.
OCL   62 53
UREF
PNO  4255116
ISD  19810300
NAM  Zwick
OCL  431 11
UREF
PNO  4290271
ISD  19810900
NAM  Granger
OCL   62 53
UREF
PNO  4373896
ISD  19830200
NAM  Zwick et al.
OCL  431  9
UREF
PNO  4454917
ISD  19840600
NAM  Poston
OCL  166303
UREF
PNO  4472946
ISD  19840900
NAM  Zwick
OCL   62 55
UREF
PNO  4480695
ISD  19841100
NAM  Anderson
OCL  166303
UREF
PNO  4546610
ISD  19851000
NAM  Zwick
OCL   62 52
UREF
PNO  4589488
ISD  19860500
NAM  Schirmer
XCL  166303
UREF
PNO  4655285
ISD  19870400
NAM  Spitzer
OCL  166250
UREF
PNO  4860545
ISD  19890800
NAM  Zwick et al.
OCL   62 50.6
UREF
PNO  4882009
ISD  19891100
NAM  Santoleri et al.
XCL  166267
UREF
PNO  4924679
ISD  19900500
NAM  Brigham et al.
OCL   62 50.7
UREF
PNO  5056315
ISD  19911000
NAM  Jenkins
OCL   60614
UREF
PNO  5215454
ISD  19930600
NAM  Ferramola et al.
OCL  431  2
UREF
PNO  5242133
ISD  19930900
NAM  Zwick
OCL  244134C
UREF
PNO  5261765
ISD  19931100
NAM  Nelson
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5282590
ISD  19940200
NAM  Zwick
OCL  244134C
UREF
PNO  5335728
ISD  19940800
NAM  Strahan
XCL  166 57
UREF
PNO  5388650
ISD  19950200
NAM  Michael
OCL  175 71
UREF
PNO  5656136
ISD  19970800
NAM  Gayaut et al.
OCL  166302
OREF
PAL  Walker, et al. "Heated Acid for Improved Stimulation Results," SPE# 13371,
      Oct. 31, 1984, pp. 159-163.
LREP
FRM  Arnold White & Durkee
ABST
PAL  A method of heating a chemical solution used in a well bore having a tubing
      string is disclosed. The well bore will intersect a hydrocarbon reservoir.
      The method will comprise providing a diesel engine that produces heat as a
      result of its operation. The engine will in turn produce a gas exhaust, a
      water exhaust, and a hydraulic oil exhaust. The method would further
      include channeling the exhaust to a series of heat exchangers. The method
      may further include flowing a treating compound into the heat exchangers
      and heating the treating compound in the series of heat exchangers by heat
      transfer from the exhaust to the treating compound. The operator may then
      inject the treating compound into the well bore for treatment in
      accordance with the teachings of the present invention. One such method
      would be to inject utilizing a coiled tubing unit. The novel thermal fluid
      heating system is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059882816
SRC  8
APN  7886888
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19970124
TTL  Engageable metal seal pressure balanced stab
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Tsay; Frank
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Douglas; Larry D.
CTY  Cypress
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Buck; Jon D.
CTY  Tomball
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Oceaneering International Inc.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  166344
XCL  405169
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 4301
ICL  F16L  104
FSC  166
FSS  344;341;342;343;338;339
FSC  405
FSS  169;191
UREF
PNO  4097069
ISD  19780600
NAM  Morrill
OCL  285 84
UREF
PNO  4294471
ISD  19811000
NAM  Van Bilderbeek
OCL  285 24
UREF
PNO  4593937
ISD  19860600
NAM  Schawann et al.
XCL  166344
UREF
PNO  4620818
ISD  19861100
NAM  Langner
XCL  166343
UREF
PNO  4673041
ISD  19870600
NAM  Turner et al.
XCL  166344
UREF
PNO  4676696
ISD  19870600
NAM  Laursen
XCL  166338
UREF
PNO  4863314
ISD  19890900
NAM  Baugh
XCL  166338
UREF
PNO  4878783
ISD  19891100
NAM  Baugh
XCL  166344
UREF
PNO  5143483
ISD  19920900
NAM  Petersen
XCL  166340
LREP
FRM  Rosenblatt & Redano P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides for the connection of a pressure balanced
      stab and a manifold in which offsetting forces maintained on the stab
      allow it to remain in an inserted state within the manifold without the
      use of a significant amount of force to maintain the connection. The
      offsetting forces are contained within the stab through the use of C-ring
      seals on the stab, which are activated by a downward force created by an
      actuator. The compression of the C-rings is delayed until insertion is
      complete, therefore allowing an installation which does not damage the
      seals. The O-ring designs, used in prior pressure balanced stabs, are
      likely to be damaged upon insertion of the stab into the receptacle. The
      damage to the O-ring seals takes place when the O-ring, partially
      protruding from the stab, makes contact with the surface of the receptacle
      in such a manner that causes the O-ring seal to tear or become manipulated
      in a way that creates an ineffective seal. The preferred embodiment allows
      for activation of the C-ring seal to take place following insertion of the
      stab within the receptacle and therefore the C-ring does not encounter
      interference from the surface of the receptacle until it is activated. In
      addition to the prevention of damage to the C-ring seal, the preferred
      embodiment allows for the seal to withstand greater pressure than prior
      O-ring designs.
PATN
WKU  059882824
SRC  8
APN  9953019
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971222
TTL  Pressure compensated actuated check valve
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Dang; Hoang C.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Jennings; Charles
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Cuiper; Glen H.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  ABB Vetco Gray Inc.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  166348
XCL  166 861
XCL  166 881
XCL  166 884
XCL  166 951
XCL  166 971
XCL  166368
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 33035
FSC  166
FSS  348;368;86.1;88.1;89.1;88.4;95.1;97.1;78.14;90.1
UREF
PNO  2830666
ISD  19580400
NAM  Rhodes
OCL  166 97.1
UREF
PNO  2939534
ISD  19600600
NAM  Allen
OCL  166 97.1
UREF
PNO  5372199
ISD  19941200
NAM  Cegielski et al.
OCL  166368
UREF
PNO  5544707
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hopper et al.
OCL  166382
UREF
PNO  5575336
ISD  19961100
NAM  Morgan
OCL  166330
UREF
PNO  5868204
ISD  19990200
NAM  Pritchett
OCL  166368
UREF
PNO  5884706
ISD  19990300
NAM  Edwards
OCL  166335
LREP
FR2  Bradley; James E.
ABST
PAL  A horizontal tree having a vertical bore and a horizontal production
      passage is landed in a wellhead housing. A tubing hanger lands in the bore
      and has a vertical passage and a horizontal passage that aligns with that
      of the tree. A retrievable first plug seals the vertical passage. A tree
      cap seals in the tree bore above the tubing hanger and has an axial
      passage. A retrievable second plug having a valve seals the tree cap
      passage. A vent port extends laterally through the tree cap between its
      axial passage and outer surface. A pair of seals on the second plug seal
      above and below the vent port. A tubing annulus passage communicates with
      the vent port and an annulus passage. The second plug serves as a second
      pressure barrier to the first plug and blocks the vent port when the valve
      is closed. The annulus passage is sealed from communication with a void
      between the plugs. The valve may be opened to release pressure in the void
      by applying pressure to an upper end of the check valve.
PATN
WKU  059882832
SRC  8
APN  8871779
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970702
TTL  Vertical combined production facility
ISD  19991123
NCL  51
ECL  1
EXP  Hruskoci; Peter A.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Gann; Don Mike
CTY  Keller
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Union Pacific Resources Company
CTY  Fort Worth
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  166357
XCL   95193
XCL   95231
XCL   95253
XCL   96183
XCL   96185
XCL   96186
XCL  166267
XCL  210747
XCL  210774
XCL  210776
XCL  210787
XCL  210802
XCL  210804
XCL  210806
XCL  210170
XCL  210180
XCL  210181
XCL  210182
XCL  210188
XCL  210260
XCL  210262
XCL  210294
XCL  210DIG5
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 4334
FSC   95
FSS  253;193;231
FSC   96
FSS  183;185;186
FSC  166
FSS  267;357
FSC  210
FSS  787;799;802;806;180;181;182;188;260;261;262;294;295;521;522;DIG. 5;747;774
     ;776;804;170;242.1
UREF
PNO  2528032
ISD  19501000
NAM  Candler et al.
OCL  183  2.7
UREF
PNO  2995202
ISD  19610800
NAM  Glasgow
OCL   96186
UREF
PNO  3043073
ISD  19620700
NAM  Walker et al.
OCL   55 45
UREF
PNO  3094574
ISD  19630600
NAM  Glasgow
OCL  261 23
UREF
PNO  3881549
ISD  19750500
NAM  Thomas
OCL  166  5
UREF
PNO  4017275
ISD  19770400
NAM  Hodgson et al.
OCL   55177
UREF
PNO  4115084
ISD  19780900
NAM  Coggins
OCL   55176
UREF
PNO  4424068
ISD  19840100
NAM  McMillan
OCL   55 38
UREF
PNO  4506735
ISD  19850300
NAM  Chaudot
OCL  166357
UREF
PNO  4643834
ISD  19870200
NAM  Batutis
OCL  210740
UREF
PNO  4685833
ISD  19870800
NAM  Iwamoto
OCL  405195
UREF
PNO  4793418
ISD  19881200
NAM  Wheeler et al.
OCL  166357
UREF
PNO  4848475
ISD  19890700
NAM  Dean et al.
OCL  166357
UREF
PNO  4900433
ISD  19900200
NAM  Dean et al.
OCL  210170
UREF
PNO  5474601
ISD  19951200
NAM  Choi
OCL   96182
UREF
PNO  5656173
ISD  19970800
NAM  Jordon et al.
OCL  210703
UREF
PNO  5665144
ISD  19970900
NAM  Hill et al.
OCL   96185
FREF
PNO  8101310
ISD  19810500
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A Vertical Combined Production Facility, or gas-well production system, in
      which the separation of each phase (hydrocarbon gas, hydrocarbon liquids,
      and produced water), dehydration of natural gas, removal of minute traces
      of water from the hydrocarbon liquids, and polishing of produced water,
      are performed in a single pressure vessel. Additionally, the pressure
      vessel is installed in a vertical configuration such that the pressure
      vessel shell also serves as the structural support for a small deck and
      helideck. Additionally, the inlet heating of the well flow-stream is
      accomplished by a heat exchanger installed in the dehydration/regeneration
      heater (reboiler).
PATN
WKU  059882840
SRC  8
APN  9503528
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971014
TTL  Method and apparatus for enhancing well performance
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Neuder; William
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Dea; Thomas M.
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Layne Christensen Company
CTY  Mission Woods
STA  KS
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  166369
XCL  166115
XCL  166187
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 4302
FSC  166
FSS  369;68;68.5;105;107;115;116;187
UREF
PNO  2290431
ISD  19420700
NAM  Hoffman
OCL  166369
UREF
PNO  2374922
ISD  19450500
NAM  Byrd
OCL  166369
UREF
PNO  4605067
ISD  19860800
NAM  Burton, Jr.
OCL  166369
UREF
PNO  5082053
ISD  19920100
NAM  Bernhardt
OCL  166369
OREF
PAL  Seal Well brochure by Gordon L. Newby, Inc.
LREP
FRM  Shook, Hardy & Bacon LLP
ABST
PAL  A shroud which surrounds a submersible pump is lowered into a water well
      along with a column pipe which carries the pump. The pump is located below
      the top of a screen which provides a perforated portion of the well
      casing. The shroud has an open bottom end located below the pump. An
      inflatable bladder attached to the shroud can be inflated through an
      inflation hose extending to the surface. The shroud may be connected with
      the column pipe by radial arms which maintain an open flow path between
      the column pipe and shroud. Water which falls in the casing when the
      pumping level drops below the top of the screen is not subject to aeration
      from the surface because of the seal provided by the bladder. The shroud
      around the pump creates a vacuum effect which increases the well capacity.
PATN
WKU  059882859
SRC  8
APN  9182136
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970825
TTL  Zone isolation system
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Neuder; William
NDR  7
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Tucker; Andrew J.
CTY  Lafayette
STA  LA
INVT
NAM  Bissonnette; Harold S.
CTY  Lafayette
STA  LA
ASSG
NAM  Schlumberger Technology Corporation
CTY  Sugar Land
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  166373
XCL  166386
XCL  1663344
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 3414
ICL  E21B 4312
FSC  166
FSS  278;373;386;334.1;334.4
UREF
PNO  4401158
ISD  19830800
NAM  Spencer et al.
OCL  166278
UREF
PNO  4858690
ISD  19890800
NAM  Rebardi et al.
OCL  166278
UREF
PNO  5579844
ISD  19961200
NAM  Rebardi et al.
OCL  166296
UREF
PNO  5609204
ISD  19970300
NAM  Rebardi et al.
OCL  166 51
OREF
PAL  Schllumberger Oilfield Services Brochure, "PERFPAC Intergrated Perforating
      and Gravel Packing," Oct. 1995.
PAL  Schlumberger Dowell Technical Paper, "Sand Control: Why and How?" p. 41-53,
      Oct. 1992.
LREP
FR2  Y'Barbo; Douglas
ABST
PAL  A system for isolating a production pipeline string from the flow of fluids
      includes an isolation pipe string assembly. The isolation pipe string
      assembly is positioned by a shifting collet assembly so that in a first
      position fluids are allowed to the well bore through a sand control
      production screen. The shifting collet assembly is then used to position
      the isolation pipe string assembly in a second position wherein seals are
      placed both above and below the sand control production screen so that
      fluids are not allowed to re-enter the well bore.
PATN
WKU  059882867
SRC  8
APN  8739803
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970612
TTL  Cable anchor assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Dang; Hoang C.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Dwiggins; Jeffrey L.
CTY  Windsor
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Camco International, Inc.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  166382
XCL  166212
XCL  166217
XCL  166385
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 1902
ICL  E21B 2304
FSC  166
FSS  212;217;382;242.2;385
UREF
PNO  H1232
ISD  19930900
NAM  Disiena
OCL  166385
UREF
PNO  3087552
ISD  19630400
NAM  Graham
OCL  166212
UREF
PNO  3835929
ISD  19740900
NAM  Suman, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4336415
ISD  19820600
NAM  Walling
UREF
PNO  4346256
ISD  19820800
NAM  Hubbard et al.
UREF
PNO  4428422
ISD  19840100
NAM  Laurent
OCL  166212
UREF
PNO  4681169
ISD  19870700
NAM  Brookbank, III
UREF
PNO  4830113
ISD  19890500
NAM  Geyer
UREF
PNO  5145007
ISD  19920900
NAM  Dinkins
UREF
PNO  5146982
ISD  19920900
NAM  Dinkins
UREF
PNO  5180014
ISD  19930100
NAM  Cox
UREF
PNO  5191173
ISD  19930300
NAM  Sizer et al.
UREF
PNO  5193614
ISD  19930300
NAM  Cox
UREF
PNO  5269377
ISD  19931200
NAM  Martin
UREF
PNO  5435351
ISD  19950700
NAM  Head
UREF
PNO  5769163
ISD  19980600
NAM  Meynier
OCL  166206
LREP
FRM  Fletcher, Yoder & Van Someren
ABST
PAL  A cable anchor for preventing longitudinal movement of a cable within a
      conduit to transfer the weight of the cable to the conduit, comprises a
      housing connectable to the cable. An arm member is connected to the
      housing and is movable from a retracted position to an extended position
      in gripping contact with an interior surface of the conduit to thereby
      transfer the weight of the cable to the conduit. A piston and cylinder
      assembly, operable from fluid pressure within the conduit, is connected to
      the housing and in operable contact with the arm member to extend the arm
      member.
PATN
WKU  059882875
SRC  8
APN  9624775
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971031
TTL  Thru-tubing anchor seal assembly and/or packer release devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Tsay; Frank
NDR  9
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Jordan, Jr.; Henry Joe
CTY  Conroe
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Zimmerman; Patrick J.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Baker Hughes Incorporated
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  888149
APD  19970703
CLAS
OCL  166386
XCL  1661176
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 2302
FSC  166
FSS  117;117.6;117.7;242.7;386
UREF
PNO  4089548
ISD  19780500
NAM  Gurley
UREF
PNO  4290484
ISD  19810900
NAM  Beall et al.
UREF
PNO  4399873
ISD  19830800
NAM  Lindsey, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4971365
ISD  19901100
NAM  Schultz
FREF
PNO  0 109 541
ISD  19840500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 272 770 A2
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Rosenblatt & Redano P.C.
ABST
PAL  A configuration is provided to anchor the tubing string into a
      polished-bore receptacle while providing the ability to disconnect the
      tubing string from the polished-bore receptacle in a single trip in the
      wellbore. The configuration of the anchor provides for metal-to-metal
      sealing, and the disconnection is accomplished by a penetrating tool which
      accesses an annular cavity to unsupport locking dogs which facilitate
      removal of the tubing string from the polished-bore receptacle with
      applied pressure. If the packer needs to come out for any reason, a
      retrieving tool is described which, in a single trip, allows the
      retrieving tool to be advanced thru-tubing into the packer itself to
      unlock it. The retrieving tool is pulled out of the tubing and a pick-up
      force is applied to the tubing string to extend the packer to allow for
      its ultimate removal with the tubing. The retrieving tool preferably
      employs jarring forces to release the packer.
PATN
WKU  059882883
SRC  8
APN  9371060
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970924
TTL  Horseshoe with resilient properties
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Swiatek; Robert P.
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Bourdieu; Agustin Maria
STR  Basavilbaso 1219 (P.B.)
CTY  Buenos Aires
CNT  ARX
PRIR
CNT  ARX
APD  19960925
APN  338284
PRIR
CNT  ARX
APD  19970731
APN  P97 01 03463
CLAS
OCL  168 12
EDF  6
ICL  A01L  500
FSC  168
FSS  4;12;13;28
UREF
PNO  643272
ISD  19000200
NAM  Paar
OCL  168 13
UREF
PNO  924790
ISD  19090600
NAM  Kane
XCL  168 13
UREF
PNO  2024265
ISD  19351200
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  168  4
UREF
PNO  4690222
ISD  19870900
NAM  Cameron
OCL  168  4
UREF
PNO  4844172
ISD  19890700
NAM  Lee
OCL  168 13
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  A horseshoe having an excellent adherence and gripping effect over any kind
      of grounds, particularly rigid and hard surfaces, such as pavements, the
      horseshoe being at least partially encased in a resilient material.
PATN
WKU  059882891
SRC  8
APN  9056351
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970804
TTL  Sod laying apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Novosad; Christopher J.
NDR  15
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Holland; Gregory Paul
STR  6504 3.sup.rd  St. N.
CTY  Moorhead
STA  MN
ZIP  56560
INVT
NAM  Ishaug; Steven Douglas
STR  63 6.sup.th  Ave. N., #1,
CTY  Fargo
STA  ND
ZIP  58102
CLAS
OCL  172 20
XCL  242403
XCL  242557
XCL  242919
XCL  414528
XCL  414911
XCL  414920
EDF  6
ICL  A01B 4500
FSC  721
FSS  19;20
FSC  414
FSS  528;911;920;786;24.6
FSC  242
FSS  403;557;919
UREF
PNO  2358000
ISD  19440900
NAM  Cornell
XCL  172 20
UREF
PNO  2780376
ISD  19570200
NAM  Sanders
XCL  414528
UREF
PNO  3302739
ISD  19670200
NAM  Beck et al.
XCL  414528
UREF
PNO  3632054
ISD  19720100
NAM  Heppelmann
OCL  242557
UREF
PNO  3807505
ISD  19740400
NAM  Nunes
OCL  172 20
UREF
PNO  3854610
ISD  19741200
NAM  Carder
XCL  414528
UREF
PNO  3982711
ISD  19760900
NAM  Bradley et al.
XCL  172 19
UREF
PNO  4084763
ISD  19780400
NAM  Zamboni
OCL  242 86.52
UREF
PNO  4164295
ISD  19790800
NAM  White
OCL  414786
UREF
PNO  4456399
ISD  19840600
NAM  Conover
XCL  242557
UREF
PNO  4754815
ISD  19880700
NAM  Brouwer et al.
OCL  172  2
UREF
PNO  4777890
ISD  19881000
NAM  Raymond
XCL  172 19
UREF
PNO  4861219
ISD  19890800
NAM  Mayle
XCL  414911
UREF
PNO  4878542
ISD  19891100
NAM  Brouwer et al.
OCL  172  1
UREF
PNO  4890801
ISD  19900100
NAM  Brouwer et al.
OCL  242 56B
UREF
PNO  4944352
ISD  19900700
NAM  Brouwer et al.
OCL  172 19
UREF
PNO  4968205
ISD  19901100
NAM  Biasotto et al.
OCL  414 24.6
UREF
PNO  5000394
ISD  19910300
NAM  Wales et al.
XCL  242557
UREF
PNO  5119744
ISD  19920600
NAM  Comer
OCL  111127
UREF
PNO  5129462
ISD  19920700
NAM  Mail
OCL  172 19
UREF
PNO  5207168
ISD  19930500
NAM  Comer
OCL  111200
UREF
PNO  5215278
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hess
OCL  242 86.52
UREF
PNO  5307880
ISD  19940500
NAM  Woerner
OCL  172 19
UREF
PNO  5437528
ISD  19950800
NAM  Decker
OCL  414 24.6
UREF
PNO  5509770
ISD  19960400
NAM  Burenga
XCL  242557
UREF
PNO  5697452
ISD  19971200
NAM  Link
OCL  172 19
LREP
FR2  Harr; Curtis V.
ABST
PAL  A three wheeled sod laying apparatus is provided that employs a hydrostatic
      power system which allows the drive function and sod dispensing function
      to be operated at different speeds. This configuration enables the
      operator to vary the speed at which the sod is dispensed from the
      apparatus in relation to its forward speed to compensate for varying
      terrain or for inconsistences in the sod roll itself. The three wheeled
      configuration allows for a highly maneuverable vehicle that can straddle
      new sod as it is laid. Thus, the present invention allows for the laying
      of sod from large commercial sod rolls while avoiding the problems of sod
      buckling or tearing encountered while using presently available equipment.
PATN
WKU  059882905
SRC  9
APN  2003414
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19981125
TTL  Bi-directionally biased vertical cultivating machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Novosad; Christopher J.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Banks; John Stanley
CTY  Templestowe
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Deere & Company
CTY  Moline
STA  IL
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19951108
APN  6426
RLAP
COD  71
APN  598422
APD  19960208
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  172 21
XCL  172 42
XCL  172 95
XCL  172101
XCL  172125
EDF  6
ICL  A01B 4502
FSC  172
FSS  22;75;97;125;21;84;88;95;93;101;42
UREF
PNO  2056337
ISD  19361000
NAM  Archibald
OCL   97 36
UREF
PNO  2236562
ISD  19410400
NAM  Brandes
OCL   97 44
UREF
PNO  2638831
ISD  19530500
NAM  Ferguson et al.
OCL   97 44
UREF
PNO  3022834
ISD  19620200
NAM  Ruka et al.
OCL  172 21
UREF
PNO  3136274
ISD  19640600
NAM  Townsend
OCL  111  6
UREF
PNO  3204703
ISD  19650900
NAM  Hansen
OCL  172 21
UREF
PNO  4236582
ISD  19801200
NAM  Hastings
OCL  172 22
UREF
PNO  4632189
ISD  19861200
NAM  Rizzo
OCL  172 22
UREF
PNO  4753298
ISD  19880600
NAM  Hansen et al.
OCL  172 22
UREF
PNO  4819734
ISD  19890400
NAM  Classen
OCL  172 22
UREF
PNO  4867244
ISD  19890900
NAM  Cozine et al.
OCL  172 22
UREF
PNO  4884637
ISD  19891200
NAM  Rohleder
OCL  172 22
UREF
PNO  5207278
ISD  19930500
NAM  Hatlen
OCL  172 22
FREF
PNO  101106
ISD  19370600
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  143451
ISD  19510900
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  58384
ISD  19770400
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  73500
ISD  19871200
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  41609
ISD  19900300
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  0195103
ISD  19860900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  497277
ISD  19381200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  918914
ISD  19630200
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Sketch of Aerating Machine Linkage Commercially Available More Than One
      Year Prior To Filing The Present Application.
PAL  Affadavit Of Mark E. Lamb.
PAL  Declalration of Mark E. Lamb.
PAL  Sketch of TM1500 aerating machine commercially available more than one year
      prior to filing the present application.
ABST
PAL  A cultivating machine has a structure arranged to be mounted on ground
      engaging wheels for movement in a line of travel. At least one tool
      support is mounted on the structure so as to be moveable with respect
      thereto, and a drive is also mounted on the structure for driving the tool
      support. The tool support has a body having two end portions, the first
      end portion being driven in use in a circular path by the drive. The
      second end portion is connected to the structure through a link arm
      pivotably attached to the tool support and to a swing arm, which in turn
      is pivotably attached to the structure, the swing arm being biased toward
      a median position and the second end of the tool support carrying at least
      one cultivating tool.
PATN
WKU  059882913
SRC  8
APN  9836047
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971229
TTL  Soil penetrating tool assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Novosad; Christopher J.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Yeomans; Allan J.
STR  60 Sunrise Boulevard
CTY  Surfers Paradise QLD 4217
CNT  AUX
CLAS
OCL  172 38
XCL  172261
EDF  6
ICL  A01B 6104
FSC  172
FSS  38;35;5;261;263
UREF
PNO  4353421
ISD  19821000
NAM  Lahti
OCL  172  5
UREF
PNO  4384618
ISD  19830500
NAM  Williams
XCL  172 38
UREF
PNO  4518043
ISD  19850500
NAM  Anderson et al.
XCL  172 38
UREF
PNO  4531589
ISD  19850700
NAM  Williams
XCL  172 38
UREF
PNO  4585071
ISD  19860400
NAM  Anderson et al.
XCL  172 38
FREF
PNO  7944991
ISD  19920100
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  1908381
ISD  19700900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2259839
ISD  19930300
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Derwent Soviet Inventions Illustrated, Section III, Mechanical and General,
      vol. V, No. 16, Issued May 24, 1974, Miscellaneous, p. 3, SU 387642 A
      (Aleksandryan et al.) Oct. 9, 1973.
PAL  Derwent Abstract Accession No. K6412X/44, class P11, SU 498923 A (Voron
      Forest Inst) Apr. 14, 1976.
LREP
FRM  Wood, Phillips, VanSanten, Clark & Mortimer
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AU95/00396
PD1  19971229
PD2  19971229
PD3  19950630
PCP  WO97/01949
PCD  19970123
ABST
PAR  A soil penetrating tool assembly (10) having a tool shank (18) which is
      pivotally mounted so as to clear obstructions in the ground. Movement of
      the shank away from its normal attitude is opposed by a hydraulic ram
      (22). The force required to be exerted by the shank (18) against the
      opposing force of the ram (22) is initially high but is reduced upon a
      predetermined movement of the tool (18) and thus a predetermined
      retraction of the ram (22). This allows the tool (18) to more easily clear
      large obstructions without causing damage to the tool (18).
PATN
WKU  059882921
SRC  8
APN  999050&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971229
TTL  Ground tilling device
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Batson; Victor
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Knotts; Jerry Wayne
STR  #Clubhouse Dr.
CTY  Augusta
STA  KS
ZIP  67010
CLAS
OCL  172 41
XCL  172 49
XCL  172378
XCL  172 25
EDF  6
ICL  A01B 3300
FSC  172
FSS  41;25;42;49;52;371;378;381
FSC  366
FSS  343;344;129;130
UREF
PNO  201287
ISD  18780300
NAM  Rathbun
OCL  366343
UREF
PNO  230295
ISD  18800700
NAM  Linn
OCL  366343
UREF
PNO  2082476
ISD  19370600
NAM  Allen
OCL  172 25
UREF
PNO  2093586
ISD  19370900
NAM  Day
XCL  366343
UREF
PNO  3129771
ISD  19640400
NAM  Lidstone
OCL  172 41
UREF
PNO  4213504
ISD  19800700
NAM  Schneider
XCL  172 41
UREF
PNO  4988303
ISD  19910100
NAM  Thomas
OCL  366285
UREF
PNO  5330010
ISD  19940700
NAM  Smotherman
OCL  172 25
FREF
PNO  160978
ISD  19330600
CNT  CHX
OCL  172 25
LREP
FR2  Jack; Kenneth
ABST
PAL  A rotatable tilling device for tilling ground material, the device
      consisting of a rotatable shaft having an upper end, a lower end, and
      having an axis of rotation extending from its upper end to its lower end;
      a plurality of ground tilling tines, each ground tilling tine having an
      upper end and a lower end; and, upper and lower tine mounting structure
      capable of attaching the ground tilling tines to the rotatable shaft so
      that they span between the tine mounting structure, so that upon rotation
      of the rotatable shaft the ground tilling tines orbit about the axis of
      rotation, so that on contact of the rotatable shaft with ground material,
      the ground tilling tines also contact the ground material, and so that the
      ground tilling tines may flexibly bend between the upper and lower tine
      mounting structure; the upper and lower tine mounting structure fixedly
      attaching the ground tilling tines to the rotatable shaft.
PATN
WKU  059882930
SRC  9
APN  0764612
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980512
TTL  Gauge structure for a cylinder operated depth control
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Batson; Victor
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Brueggen; Shane Julius
CTY  Geneseo
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Bennett; Robert Edwin
CTY  Moline
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Graham; William Douglas
CTY  East Moline
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Clark; Richard Hugo
CTY  Geneseo
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Hubbard, Jr.; Loyd Thomas
CTY  Hampton
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Deere & Company
CTY  Moline
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  172414
XCL  172413
XCL  172423
XCL  172417
EDF  6
ICL  A01B 6316
FSC  172
FSS  395;397;414;418;421;422;423;407;501;502;503;413;417
UREF
PNO  2939539
ISD  19600600
NAM  Kramer
OCL  172396
UREF
PNO  2994544
ISD  19610800
NAM  Wolf
OCL  280 43.23
UREF
PNO  3177976
ISD  19650400
NAM  Wenzel
OCL  188 67
UREF
PNO  3260315
ISD  19660700
NAM  Day
OCL  172413
UREF
PNO  3700043
ISD  19721000
NAM  Sullivan
XCL  171414
UREF
PNO  3809165
ISD  19740500
NAM  Miller
OCL  172328
UREF
PNO  4073345
ISD  19780200
NAM  Miller
OCL  172413
UREF
PNO  4276814
ISD  19810700
NAM  Bass et al.
OCL   92 23
UREF
PNO  4469014
ISD  19840900
NAM  Nelson
OCL   92 13
UREF
PNO  4475601
ISD  19841000
NAM  Harden et al.
OCL  172283
UREF
PNO  5167286
ISD  19921200
NAM  Bossler
OCL  172414
UREF
PNO  5366024
ISD  19941100
NAM  Payne
OCL  172318
UREF
PNO  5427184
ISD  19950600
NAM  Peck
OCL  172395
OREF
PAL  Case-IH Brochure, pp. 10-11, date and location of publication-unknown.
ABST
PAL  A stroke limiting structure for use with a lift control system on an
      implement includes a reciprocating link operably connected to a hydraulic
      cylinder and to a lift wheel assembly on an implement frame section. The
      link is connected by a lost motion connection to depth gauging structure
      including gauge plates pivotally supported on a carrier. The plates are
      rotatable between disengaged and engaging positions without need for tools
      and are maintained together on the carrier to eliminate loose parts that
      could be misplaced or lost. The plates in the engaging position determine
      the lowermost position of the implement and provide a positive mechanical
      stop for the implement to eliminate depth control problems caused by
      cylinder leakage or the like. The lost motion connection eliminates
      unwanted movement of the plate carrier and facilitates gauge plate
      pivoting for depth adjustments.
PATN
WKU  059882948
SRC  8
APN  9863915
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971209
TTL  Cultivator
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Batson; Victor
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Hubscher; Darin
STR  R.R.#2
CTY  Swan River
CNT  CAX
ITX  R0L 1Z0
CLAS
OCL  172453
XCL  172668
XCL  172687
XCL  172142
XCL  172150
EDF  6
ICL  A01B 6312
FSC  172
FSS  453;668;684.5;677;685;687;142;150;246
FSC   37
FSS  231
FSC  230
FSS  239 A
UREF
PNO  2189962
ISD  19400200
NAM  Rae et al.
XCL  172150
UREF
PNO  2545265
ISD  19510300
NAM  Dewey
OCL  172150
UREF
PNO  3232358
ISD  19660200
NAM  Heiberg
XCL  172677
UREF
PNO  3912019
ISD  19751000
NAM  Baughman et al.
XCL  172142
UREF
PNO  4029155
ISD  19770600
NAM  Blair et al.
XCL  172142
UREF
PNO  4250970
ISD  19810200
NAM  Pfenninger et al.
OCL  172142
UREF
PNO  4648617
ISD  19870300
NAM  Hannappel
OCL  280289A
UREF
PNO  4725068
ISD  19880200
NAM  Taylor et al.
XCL  172677
UREF
PNO  4770595
ISD  19880900
NAM  Thompson et al.
XCL  172453
UREF
PNO  4790085
ISD  19881200
NAM  Rossman
OCL   37231
UREF
PNO  4897013
ISD  19900100
NAM  Thompson et al.
XCL  172453
UREF
PNO  4903782
ISD  19900200
NAM  McClellan
OCL  172799.5
UREF
PNO  4946113
ISD  19900800
NAM  Riffle et al.
OCL  242 86.5R
UREF
PNO  5535832
ISD  19960700
NAM  Benoit
XCL  172799.5
UREF
PNO  5746275
ISD  19980500
NAM  Cross et al.
OCL  172440
UREF
PNO  5809672
ISD  19980900
NAM  Jones
XCL   37231
UREF
PNO  5829536
ISD  19981100
NAM  Pigg et al.
OCL  172482
LREP
FR2  Battison; Adrian D.
FR2  Thrift; Murray E.
ABST
PAL  A cultivator for towing by an ATV comprises a cultivator frame including a
      plurality of horizontal parallel tool bars and a pair of side rails
      interconnecting the tool bars to hold the tool bars at right angels to a
      direction of forward movement of the frame. The middle tool bar is of a
      length to extend only between the rails. The front tool bar is of
      intermediate length and extends beyond the rails to leave free ends. The
      rear tool bar is longest. Each tool bar carries a plurality of S-tines. A
      pair of ground wheels is mounted on a cross-shaft of the frame at the
      front tool bar for pivotal movement relative to the frame and including an
      actuation lever operable by an electric actuator for raising a height of
      the frame relative to the ground. A hitch pole is connected to the frame
      by a pair of collars under the front tool bar and the middle tool bar and
      extends forwardly therefrom to a hitch connection for connecting to the
      vehicle. Various accessories can be attached to the base frame including a
      pair of extension arms a disker, a harrow bar, a roller, a wire reel, a
      potato digger, a potato hiller and a land leveller blade.
PATN
WKU  059882956
SRC  9
APN  2508354
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19990216
TTL  Adjustable grating attachment for grading soil
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Novosad; Christopher J.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Goulet; Luc
STR  12 rue St. Maurice
CTY  St. Jean Que
CNT  CAX
ITX  J3B 3Y5
CLAS
OCL  172810
XCL  172817
EDF  6
ICL  A01B 59048
FSC  172
FSS  273;810;811;815;816;456;497;500;506
UREF
PNO  410768
ISD  18890900
NAM  Rowell
XCL  172506
UREF
PNO  706040
ISD  19020800
NAM  Faure
XCL  172506
UREF
PNO  898695
ISD  19080900
NAM  Sosa
OCL  172612
UREF
PNO  1009667
ISD  19111100
NAM  Humberger
OCL  172612
UREF
PNO  1030700
ISD  19120600
NAM  Achenbach
XCL  172506
UREF
PNO  1201982
ISD  19161000
NAM  Pitts et al.
XCL  172506
UREF
PNO  1358057
ISD  19201100
NAM  Cady
XCL  172506
UREF
PNO  1367536
ISD  19210200
NAM  Byrum
XCL  172506
UREF
PNO  1472949
ISD  19231100
NAM  Tucker
OCL  172612
UREF
PNO  1505204
ISD  19240800
NAM  Johnson
OCL  172506
UREF
PNO  1530329
ISD  19250300
NAM  Roberts
OCL  172612
UREF
PNO  1620969
ISD  19270300
NAM  Hester
OCL  172506
UREF
PNO  1656354
ISD  19280100
NAM  Hester
XCL  172506
UREF
PNO  1775245
ISD  19300900
NAM  Key
XCL  172506
UREF
PNO  2577384
ISD  19511200
NAM  Toland
XCL  172506
UREF
PNO  3135080
ISD  19640600
NAM  Christiansen
XCL  172506
UREF
PNO  3266230
ISD  19660800
NAM  Rowbotham
XCL  172506
UREF
PNO  3858663
ISD  19750100
NAM  Lurwig, Jr.
OCL  172447
UREF
PNO  4572301
ISD  19860200
NAM  Bourgeols, Jr.
OCL  172445.1
UREF
PNO  4836295
ISD  19890600
NAM  Estes
XCL  172612
UREF
PNO  4886127
ISD  19891200
NAM  Kleinhuizen
XCL  172612
UREF
PNO  4976052
ISD  19901200
NAM  Jeane
OCL   37109
UREF
PNO  5284211
ISD  19940200
NAM  Tozer
XCL  172612
UREF
PNO  5806606
ISD  19980900
NAM  Robinson
XCL  172506
ABST
PAL  An accessory that can be attached to any of a variety of heavy machinery
      such as bulldozers, backhoes, tractors, etc, is used for a final grading
      and leveling pass and is comprised of, a grating having a lattice
      arrangement with a "V" pattern and a set of springs disposed at each side
      of a hydraulic piston which controls the level of the grating.
PATN
WKU  059882964
SRC  9
APN  1166743
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980716
TTL  Flag insertion tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Smith; Scott A.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Zachman; Stan
STR  10901 SW. Fox Brown Rd.
CTY  Indiantown
STA  FL
ZIP  33445
INVT
NAM  Cribb; Sean J.
STR  2004 SW. 35th Ave.
CTY  Delray Beach
STA  FL
ZIP  33445
CLAS
OCL  173  1
XCL  173 90
XCL  227147
EDF  6
ICL  B25D  116
FSC  173
FSS  90;91;1
FSC  227
FSS  147
UREF
PNO  337061
ISD  18860300
NAM  Higgins et al.
OCL  227147
UREF
PNO  350420
ISD  18861000
NAM  Dillon
OCL  227147
UREF
PNO  746549
ISD  19031200
NAM  Modlin et al.
OCL  227147
UREF
PNO  1646039
ISD  19271000
NAM  Murton
UREF
PNO  2300813
ISD  19421100
NAM  Savage
OCL  173 90
UREF
PNO  2475041
ISD  19490700
NAM  Mattson
OCL  145 24
UREF
PNO  2934984
ISD  19600500
NAM  Woodman
OCL  173 91
UREF
PNO  3060257
ISD  19621000
NAM  Spurgeon
OCL  174  7
UREF
PNO  3381763
ISD  19680500
NAM  Matson
OCL  173 91
UREF
PNO  3568657
ISD  19710300
NAM  Gue
OCL  125 40
UREF
PNO  3700196
ISD  19721000
NAM  Hall
OCL  248 44
UREF
PNO  4261424
ISD  19810400
NAM  Gonterman et al.
OCL  173 91
UREF
PNO  4405005
ISD  19830900
NAM  Zanker
OCL  144193
UREF
PNO  4624323
ISD  19861100
NAM  Burrola
OCL  173 90
UREF
PNO  4688969
ISD  19870800
NAM  Bruser et al.
OCL  405303
UREF
PNO  5123584
ISD  19920600
NAM  Harrison
OCL  227147
UREF
PNO  5165663
ISD  19921100
NAM  Wells
OCL  256 19
UREF
PNO  5396743
ISD  19950300
NAM  Bellette
OCL   52154
UREF
PNO  5474554
ISD  19951200
NAM  Ku
OCL  227147
UREF
PNO  5671814
ISD  19970900
NAM  Smith
OCL  173 91
LREP
FR2  Gold; Glenn E.
ABST
PAL  A portable hand tool is provided for inserting a marker flag into the
      ground. The tool has a shaft (12) having a handle (30) attached at a first
      end, and a ground penetrating tip (14) extending from a second end. The
      ground penetrating tip has an aperture which extends longitudinally
      through shaft (12) and is adapted for receiving the stem portion of a
      marker flag. In operation, a portion (42) of the end of the flag stem is
      inserted in aperture (16). The flag stem is then bent back toward the tool
      shaft forming a U-shaped bend (44) in the flag stem. Following insertion
      into the ground, the bend acts as a barb to anchor the flag stem in the
      ground.
PATN
WKU  059882972
SRC  9
APN  0470805
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980324
TTL  Variable eccentric vibratory hammer
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Calve; James P
EXP  Vo; Peter
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Zimmerman; Robert J.
CTY  Lenexa
STA  KS
INVT
NAM  Winters; Kurt N.
CTY  Overland Park
STA  KS
ASSG
NAM  Hydraulic Power Systems, Inc.
CTY  North Kansas City
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  173 49
XCL  173  1
XCL   74 61
EDF  6
ICL  E02D 0718
FSC  173
FSS  49;1
FSC   74
FSS  61
UREF
PNO  1657387
ISD  19280100
NAM  Goldschmidt
UREF
PNO  1672885
ISD  19280600
NAM  Goldschmidt
UREF
PNO  2039680
ISD  19360500
NAM  Byers
UREF
PNO  2483318
ISD  19490900
NAM  Lazan
OCL   74 61
UREF
PNO  2632331
ISD  19530300
NAM  Pinazza
UREF
PNO  3291224
ISD  19661200
NAM  Stutz
UREF
PNO  3433311
ISD  19690300
NAM  Lebelle
UREF
PNO  3467207
ISD  19690900
NAM  Pyles et al.
UREF
PNO  3682254
ISD  19720800
NAM  Hoeffleur
UREF
PNO  3737244
ISD  19730600
NAM  Wilson
OCL  404117
UREF
PNO  3866693
ISD  19750200
NAM  Century
UREF
PNO  3948329
ISD  19760400
NAM  Cummings
OCL  173 49
UREF
PNO  4100974
ISD  19780700
NAM  Pepe
OCL  173 49
UREF
PNO  4108009
ISD  19780800
NAM  Fuchigami
OCL   74 61
UREF
PNO  4111061
ISD  19780900
NAM  Thomas
OCL   74 61
UREF
PNO  4168774
ISD  19790900
NAM  Musschoot
OCL   74 61
UREF
PNO  4370894
ISD  19830200
NAM  Sturesson
OCL   74 61
UREF
PNO  4495826
ISD  19850100
NAM  Musschoot
OCL   74 61
UREF
PNO  4616716
ISD  19861000
NAM  Bouplon
UREF
PNO  4819740
ISD  19890400
NAM  Warrington
UREF
PNO  4830597
ISD  19890500
NAM  Steier et al.
UREF
PNO  5088565
ISD  19920200
NAM  Evarts
UREF
PNO  5253542
ISD  19931000
NAM  Houze
UREF
PNO  5257667
ISD  19931100
NAM  Sano et al.
UREF
PNO  5335561
ISD  19940800
NAM  Harvey
OCL   74 61
UREF
PNO  5355964
ISD  19941000
NAM  White
UREF
PNO  5818135
ISD  19981000
NAM  Riedl
OCL  173 49
LREP
FRM  Shook, Hardy & Bacon LLP
ABST
PAL  A vibratory hammer for use in driving a work piece such as a pile, pipe,
      caisson or plate into the earth includes a support frame 10 adapted to be
      suspended from a crane or the like, and a vibrator assembly 12 that is
      suspended from the frame. The vibrator assembly includes at least one pair
      of laterally spaced, parallel rotary shafts 40 that are rotatable in
      opposite directions to one another, and a weight 46 is supported on each
      shaft. Each weight is shiftable radially relative to the corresponding
      shaft between a balanced position in which the center of mass of the
      weight is collinear with the longitudinal axis of the shaft, and an
      eccentric position in which the center of mass of the weight is offset
      radially from the longitudinal axis of the shaft. Preferably, a
      fluid-actuated piston-and-cylinder assembly 54 is supported between each
      weight and the corresponding shaft for selectively carrying out the
      shifting movement of the weights. However, other types of shifting
      mechanisms could also be employed.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT
PAC  "Not Applicable"
PATN
WKU  059882980
SRC  8
APN  9316787
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970916
TTL  Drill rod position stabilizing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Calve; James P.
EXP  Vo; Peter
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Cheng; Eugene Y. T.
CTY  Roanoke
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Land, III; J. George
CTY  Roanoke
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Ingersoll-Rand Company
CTY  Woodcliff Lake
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  173147
XCL  173141
EDF  6
ICL  B23Q  500
FSC  173
FSS  147;156;141;152
FSC  175
FSS  220
UREF
PNO  2333487
ISD  19431100
NAM  Nast
OCL  173141
UREF
PNO  2661189
ISD  19531200
NAM  Gillerstrom
OCL  173147
UREF
PNO  2726065
ISD  19551200
NAM  Feucht
OCL  173147
UREF
PNO  2788194
ISD  19570400
NAM  Hale
OCL  173147
UREF
PNO  3078932
ISD  19630200
NAM  Nixon
OCL  173147
UREF
PNO  3642075
ISD  19720200
NAM  Wills
OCL  173147
UREF
PNO  3732935
ISD  19730500
NAM  Gibson
OCL  173147
UREF
PNO  4250973
ISD  19810200
NAM  Hall
OCL  173147
UREF
PNO  4972911
ISD  19901100
NAM  Rajakallio
OCL  175220
LREP
FR2  Selko; John J.
FR2  Ussai; Mark A.
ABST
PAL  A drilling device has a drilling mast and a movable drifter thereon with a
      drill rod stabilizing device for stabilizing drill rods in position during
      drilling. The stabilizer travels along the mast along with the drifter,
      and includes a locking arm that automatically opens and closes the
      stabilizer to allow passage of drill rods into an out of the drill line
      from storage, while supporting the drill rods during drilling. In a
      substantially vertical drilling position, the stabilizer is moved
      downwardly by gravity, and upwardly by the drifter's drive chain, which is
      retained in contact with the stabilizer by a pick-up link on the drive
      chain contacting stop blocks on the stabilizer. In a substantially
      horizontal drilling position, the stabilizer is moved in a return
      direction by the pick-up link and stop block combination. The stabilizer
      is advanced in the opposite direction by the drifter's pick-up link, which
      is retained in contact with the stabilizer by a pair of spaced-apart
      rollers on the stabilizer that frictionally contact and retain the pick-up
      link and stabilizer together.
PATN
WKU  059882999
SRC  8
APN  6230415
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19960328
TTL  Automated oil rig servicing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Neuder; William
NDR  13
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Hansen; James
STR  3708 S. Real Rd.
CTY  Bakersfield
STA  CA
ZIP  93309
INVT
NAM  Witte; Louis E.
STR  6300 Seven Seas Ave.
CTY  Bakersfield
STA  CA
ZIP  93306
RLAP
COD  72
APN  506955
APD  19950726
PSC  01
PNO  5711382
CLAS
OCL  175 52
XCL  175 85
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 1920
FSC  175
FSS  20;24;52;85;203
FSC  414
FSS  22.61;22.62;22.63
UREF
PNO  4604724
ISD  19860800
NAM  Shaginian et al.
OCL  175 24
UREF
PNO  4765401
ISD  19880800
NAM  Boyadjieff
OCL  175 52
UREF
PNO  4901805
ISD  19900200
NAM  Ali-Zade et al.
OCL  175 52
UREF
PNO  5711382
ISD  19980100
NAM  Hansen et al.
OCL  175 52
LREP
FR2  O'Reilly; David
ABST
PAL  An automated well servicing system comprised of computer controlled tong
      assemblies, a remote controlled robotic racking system and unique slips
      and backup clamps. The system has a pair of tong assemblies for
      automatically disconnecting or connecting rods or tubes. Each tong
      assembly is pivotally mounted on the frame of a vehicle for deployment
      once the vehicle is parked at a well head and includes power tongs, backup
      clamps and slips mounted on hydraulically operated carriers for
      positioning over a well head. A robotic rod tubular handler controlled by
      a joy stick mounted on the waist of a floor man permits remote racking of
      rods and tubes. A slip assembly is provided comprised of a pair of
      housings forming a conical cavity and a conical mandrel having pins or
      slugs that clamp a tubular string when the two housings are pressed
      together. The slips are also constructed to maintain the clamping force on
      a string until a hoist and elevator lifts the string a short distance
      activating a proximity switch to release the string. The system also
      includes a unique elevator head having interchangeable plates to change
      the system from handling rods to handling tubes.
PATN
WKU  059883006
SRC  8
APN  7406657
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19961031
TTL  Composite material structures having reduced signal attenuation
ISD  19991123
NCL  43
ECL  1
EXP  Neuder; William
NDR  13
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Pomerleau; Daniel Guy
CTY  Calgary
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Spencer; Brian
CTY  Lincoln
STA  NE
INVT
NAM  Voghell; Mark
CTY  Edmonton
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  MacLean; Doug
CTY  Adrossan
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Pastushak; Paul
CTY  Edmonton
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  LWT Instruments, Inc.
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  567337
APD  19951205
CLAS
OCL  175320
XCL  138109
XCL  1662421
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 1702
FSC  175
FSS  320
FSC  166
FSS  242.1;242.2
FSC  138
FSS  109;140;141;DIG. 2
FSC  174
FSS  47
FSC  285
FSS  174;369;417;423
UREF
PNO  3206537
ISD  19650900
NAM  Steward
XCL  166242.1
UREF
PNO  5097870
ISD  19920300
NAM  Williams
OCL  138115
UREF
PNO  5128902
ISD  19920700
NAM  Spinnler
OCL  367 82
UREF
PNO  5233737
ISD  19930800
NAM  Policelli
XCL  285423
UREF
PNO  5250806
ISD  19931000
NAM  Rhein-Knudsen et al.
OCL  250254
UREF
PNO  5332049
ISD  19940700
NAM  Tew
OCL  175320
UREF
PNO  5339036
ISD  19940800
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  324338
UREF
PNO  5394149
ISD  19950200
NAM  Fujita et al.
OCL  342  1
UREF
PNO  5398975
ISD  19950300
NAM  Simmons
OCL  285 93
UREF
PNO  5443099
ISD  19950800
NAM  Chaussepied et al.
OCL  138109
UREF
PNO  5507346
ISD  19960400
NAM  Gano et al.
OCL  166242.1
FREF
PNO  2044623
ISD  19900700
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  91/14123
ISD  19910900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Canadian Technology To Challenge Logging Industry", Petroleum Explorer,
      vol. 2, Issue XII, Jun. 12, 1996, pp. 1, 4 and 6.
PAL  "Logging while tripping cuts time to run gamma ray", Oil & Gas Journal,
      Jun. 10, 1996, pp. 65 and 66.
LREP
FRM  Roylance,Abrams,Berdo & Goodman, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to composite material structures having
      reduced signal attenuation properties. In particular, the invention
      relates to composite drillstring components with electromagnetic
      properties and acoustic properties that enable the use of electromagnetic,
      acoustic and nuclear sensing equipment to obtain data from a wellbore from
      within a drill pipe. In a specific embodiment, a composite tube is
      incorporated with end-fittings which enable its incorporation into a
      drillstring thereby permitting the use of logging equipment from within
      the composite tube.
PATN
WKU  059883014
SRC  8
APN  8798915
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970620
TTL  Drill rod and method for its manufacture
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Neuder; William
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Lundell; Lars-Gunnar
CTY  Sandviken
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Sandvik AB
CTY  Sandviken
CNT  SEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  175320
XCL  175425
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 1716
FSC  175
FSS  320;414;415;417;425
UREF
PNO  4625814
ISD  19861200
NAM  Helasuo et al.
OCL  175320
UREF
PNO  5209311
ISD  19930500
NAM  Donse
OCL  175320
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A rock drilling rod is manufactured by placing free ends of first and
      second hollow rod components in abutment, and establishing relative
      rotation between the free ends to friction weld those free ends together.
      The first component comprises a thread and a clearance portion disposed
      adjacent the thread. The first component has a hot hardness value of at
      least about 170 HV1 at 600.degree. C. Prior to friction welding the
      components together, the thread, clearance portion and central passage of
      the first component are nitrocarburized against corrosion fatigue.
      Following the nitrocarburizing, the core hardness is at least 440 HV1.
      Following the welding, the weld is cooled while keeping a core hardness of
      the respective portions of the first and second components disposed
      immediately adjacent the weld no lower than 390 HV1.
PATN
WKU  059883022
SRC  8
APN  9039139
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970731
TTL  Hardmetal facing for earth boring drill bit
ISD  19991123
NCL  49
ECL  1
EXP  Schoeppel; Roger
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Sreshta; Harold A.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Drake; Eric F.
CTY  Pearland
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Camco International, Inc.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  559959
APD  19951117
PSC  01
PNO  5653299
CLAS
OCL  175374
XCL  175425
XCL  428557
XCL   75240
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 1050
FSC  175
FSS  374;375;425;435
FSC   76
FSS  108.4
FSC   51
FSS  295;309
FSC   75
FSS  236;340
FSC  428
FSS  557;558;559
UREF
PNO  3800891
ISD  19740400
NAM  White et al.
OCL  175374
UREF
PNO  4554130
ISD  19851100
NAM  Ecer
OCL  419  8
UREF
PNO  4562892
ISD  19860100
NAM  Ecer
OCL  175371
UREF
PNO  4592252
ISD  19860600
NAM  Ecer
OCL   76108.2
UREF
PNO  4630692
ISD  19861200
NAM  Ecer
OCL  175405.1
UREF
PNO  4726432
ISD  19880200
NAM  Scott et al.
OCL  175375
UREF
PNO  4836307
ISD  19890600
NAM  Keshavan et al.
OCL  175374
UREF
PNO  4930675
ISD  19900600
NAM  Bedford et al.
OCL  228112
UREF
PNO  5653229
ISD  19970800
NAM  Sreshta et al.
OCL  175374
LREP
FRM  Fletcher, Yoder & Van Someren
ABST
PAL  A steel tooth rolling cutter earth boring drill bit includes a bit body
      with a threaded upper end for attachment to the end of a drill string, and
      a lower end including three legs extending downwardly from the bit body
      and with a rolling cutter rotatably mounted on each leg. A layer of wear
      resistant material is applied to a portion of each rolling cutter and
      comprises wear resistant particles in a substantially steel matrix. The
      steel matrix is integrally formed with the cutter in a rapid, solid state
      densification powder metallurgy (RSSDPM) process, and includes a duplex
      microstructure comprising from about 10 to 40 volume percent austenite and
      from about 60 to 90 volume percent martensite. The duplex microstructure
      may be achieved by incorporating a minor fraction of pure nickel and/or
      manganese powder in the powder mix used in the process, thereby providing
      nickel or manganese enrichment of the austenitic zones of the matrix.
PATN
WKU  059883030
SRC  9
APN  1672576
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19981006
TTL  Gauge face inlay for bit hardfacing
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Tsay; Frank
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Arfele; Robert W.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Dresser Industries, Inc.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  747548
APD  19961112
CLAS
OCL  175374
XCL   761082
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 1016
ICL  B21K  504
FSC  175
FSS  353;336;413;428;426;374;378;434;431
FSC   76
FSS  108.2;DIG. 11;DIG. 12
UREF
PNO  4368788
ISD  19830100
NAM  Drake
OCL  175374
UREF
PNO  4398952
ISD  19830800
NAM  Drake
OCL  419 18
UREF
PNO  4423646
ISD  19840100
NAM  Bernhardt
UREF
PNO  4499795
ISD  19850200
NAM  Radtke
UREF
PNO  4499958
ISD  19850200
NAM  Radtke et al.
UREF
PNO  4660623
ISD  19870400
NAM  Ashton
UREF
PNO  4884477
ISD  19891200
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  4888082
ISD  19891200
NAM  Fetcenko et al.
UREF
PNO  5197527
ISD  19930300
NAM  Namba et al.
UREF
PNO  5247984
ISD  19930900
NAM  Stanciu
UREF
PNO  5333699
ISD  19940800
NAM  Thigpen et al.
UREF
PNO  5373907
ISD  19941200
NAM  Weaver
OCL  175426
UREF
PNO  5433280
ISD  19950700
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  5516053
ISD  19960500
NAM  Hannu
UREF
PNO  5544550
ISD  19960800
NAM  Smith
LREP
FR2  Bushman; Browning
ABST
PAL  Steel bit bodies are manufactured in a production process that employs
      polystyrene patterns in a lost foam casting process. The patterns are
      machined to permit the formation of complex shapes that cannot be
      reproduced in simple patterns that are extractable from reusable,
      two-piece pattern molds or dies. The patterns are machined from a billet
      material according to a basic, programmed, five-axis machining process to
      form multiple copies of a reproducible complex pattern body. The process
      is modified to produce multiple copies of a modified design. Machining the
      complex patterns and producing variations by changing the machine program
      permit multiple bit patterns of variable forms to be produced without need
      for building an intermediate, reusable pattern mold that would require
      multiple mold pieces, thus eliminating the associated time and expense
      required in the creation of a new pattern mold for each variation of the
      bit design. The pattern is machined in a single chucking operation in a
      machine tool adapted for machining plastics in a three-dimensional global
      process. The plastic has a composition and a density that permit it to be
      machined into a pattern having relatively small, unsupported structural
      projections and smooth surface features. Bit patterns formed in the
      process have forward canted blades that are machined from mating planar
      surfaces to simplify the machining process. The edges of the forward
      canted blades form a spiral surface for mounting cutter elements. The
      forward canting makes the blades stronger and thus permits the blades to
      be thinner than non-canted blades to increase the clearance between
      blades, which improves the movement of cuttings past the bit. Recesses are
      machined into the gauge face of the patterns to produce a recess in the
      casting for receiving hardfacing. The hardfacing in the recess forms a
      layer that cooperates with the surrounding blade material to form a smooth
      transition area as the bit wears during usage.
PATN
WKU  059883049
SRC  8
APN  7761430
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19961223
TTL  Wheelchair combination
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Avery; Bridget
EXP  Swann; J. J.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Behrendts; Mickey J.
STR  Strandvagen 2
CTY  S-696 02 Hammar
CNT  SEX
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19940622
APN  9402199
CLAS
OCL  180 651
XCL  180907
XCL  180 11
EDF  6
ICL  B60K  102
ICL  B62B  302
FSC  180
FSS  65.1;907;11;15;16;22;24.02;24.03;216;217;218;208
FSC  280
FSS  304.1;250.1;282;47.16;43
UREF
PNO  2495573
ISD  19500100
NAM  Duke
OCL  180 15
UREF
PNO  2710659
ISD  19550600
NAM  Moederle
OCL  180 11
UREF
PNO  3351148
ISD  19671100
NAM  Solomon
OCL  180  6.5
UREF
PNO  4767130
ISD  19880800
NAM  Fu-Chao
OCL  280202
UREF
PNO  4898508
ISD  19900200
NAM  Hayata
OCL  414476
UREF
PNO  5064209
ISD  19911100
NAM  Kurschat
OCL  280204
UREF
PNO  5113959
ISD  19920500
NAM  Mastov et al.
OCL  180 11
UREF
PNO  5291959
ISD  19940300
NAM  Malblanc
OCL  180 11
UREF
PNO  5351774
ISD  19941000
NAM  Okamoto
OCL  180 65.1
FREF
PNO  172906
ISD  19161000
CNT  CAX
OCL  180 11
FREF
PNO  1475405
ISD  19670300
CNT  FRX
OCL  180907
FREF
PNO  3139295
ISD  19820600
CNT  DEX
OCL  180907
FREF
PNO  20066
ISD  19030000
CNT  GBX
OCL  180 11
FREF
PNO  2124985
ISD  19840200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE95/00737
PD1  19961223
PD2  19961223
PD3  19950616
PCP  WO95/35082
PCD  19951228
ABST
PAR  A wheelchair combination includes a hand-propelled wheelchair (1) having
      two large drive wheels (3), at least one front support wheel 950 and a
      seat for the wheelchair occupant, wherein the combination also includes a
      separate drive unit (2) having at least one electric drive motor and the
      requisite batteries therefor. The hand-propelled wheelchair and the drive
      unit are provided with mutually coacting coupling means and the wheelchair
      occupant is able to activate the coupling means to couple the wheelchair
      to the drive unit while seated in his/her seat, so as to obtain a
      functional motor-driven wheelchair. According to the invention, the drive
      unit (2) is intended to be coupled to the hand-propelled wheelchair (1)
      from behind, so that when the unit is connected, it will be located at
      least partially between the two large drive wheels of the hand-propelled
      wheelchair (1). The resultant motor-driven wheelchair uses the support
      wheels (11) of the drive unit as rear wheels, together with the drive
      wheels (3) of the hand-propelled wheelchair.
PATN
WKU  059883057
SRC  8
APN  9429166
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971002
TTL  Front upper structure of automotive vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Vanaman; Frank
EXP  Swann; J. J.
NDR  45
NFG  89
INVT
NAM  Sakai; Akito
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshioka; Masanobu
CTY  Yokosuka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940418
APN  6-078897
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940418
APN  6-078914
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940418
APN  6-078922
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940418
APN  6-078924
RLAP
COD  74
APN  420770
APD  19950412
PSC  01
PNO  5706908
CLAS
OCL  180 692
XCL  296189
EDF  6
ICL  B62D 2502
FSC  280
FSS  784
FSC  180
FSS  232;69.2
FSC  293
FSS  21;107;109;110;120;123;133
FSC  296
FSS  189;198
UREF
PNO  1392889
ISD  19211000
NAM  Day
OCL  180 69.2
UREF
PNO  3173826
ISD  19650300
NAM  Campbell et al.
OCL  293109
UREF
PNO  3211491
ISD  19651000
NAM  Browne et al.
OCL  296189
UREF
PNO  3909058
ISD  19750900
NAM  Kramer et al.
OCL  296189
UREF
PNO  4359120
ISD  19821100
NAM  Schmidt et al.
OCL  180 69.2
UREF
PNO  4623190
ISD  19861100
NAM  Fujimori et al.
OCL  296198
UREF
PNO  5124191
ISD  19920600
NAM  Seksaria
OCL  180 69.2
UREF
PNO  5340154
ISD  19940800
NAM  Scott
OCL  296298
FREF
PNO  22 39 485
ISD  19750200
CNT  DEX
OCL  280784
FREF
PNO  0272442
ISD  19891000
CNT  DEX
OCL  280784
FREF
PNO  3940364
ISD  19910600
CNT  DEX
OCL  296198
FREF
PNO  0031823
ISD  19810300
CNT  JPX
OCL  180 69.22
FREF
PNO  58-116270
ISD  19830700
CNT  JPX
OCL  296198
FREF
PNO  0249878
ISD  19861100
CNT  JPX
OCL  180 69.22
FREF
PNO  5-139338
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
OCL  180 69.2
FREF
PNO  5-278637
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
OCL  180 69.2
FREF
PNO  2076344
ISD  19811200
CNT  GBX
OCL  296189
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A hood structure for absorbing an impact applied to a hood of an automotive
      vehicle at collision has: a hood outer panel for closing an engine room;
      at least one impact absorb body disposed under the hood outer panel, for
      absorbing the impact applied to the hood when deformed; and an engine
      disposed under the impact absorb body, for stopping the deformed impact
      absorb body. Here, to reduce head injury criterion (HIC) effectively at a
      shortest possible stoke of the hood outer panel, an impact energy
      absorption rate of the impact absorb body and a total hollow gap formed
      between the hood outer panel and the engine are both determined in such a
      way that an impact energy generated at collision can be absorbed in
      accordance with an ideal impact energy absorption waveform Cm
      representative of an ideal relationship between reaction force and stroke
      of the deformed hood outer panel. The ideal impact waveform Cm can be
      obtained by calculation on the basis of an amount of impact energy
      required to be absorbed at collision and in accordance with the HIC
      derivation formulae (1) and (2). Since the impact absorb body is deformed
      at collision at a relatively moderate energy absorption rate to generate a
      secondary reaction force required for the ideal impact waveform Cm, the
      head impact characteristics can be securely improved.
PATN
WKU  059883065
SRC  8
APN  9498567
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971014
TTL  Automatically guided vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Cuff; Michael
EXP  Mai; Lanna
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Ooishi; Kazunori
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yazaki Industrial Chemical Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  180168
XCL  180 2402
EDF  6
ICL  B60T  716
FSC  180
FSS  167;168;23;24.02;15
FSC  901
FSS  1
UREF
PNO  4221273
ISD  19800900
NAM  Finden
OCL  180 23
UREF
PNO  4307329
ISD  19811200
NAM  Taylor
OCL  180168
UREF
PNO  4345662
ISD  19820800
NAM  Deplante
OCL  180168
UREF
PNO  4379497
ISD  19830400
NAM  Hainsworth et al.
OCL  180168
UREF
PNO  4515235
ISD  19850500
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  180168
UREF
PNO  4529052
ISD  19850700
NAM  Imai et al.
OCL  180 23
UREF
PNO  5233526
ISD  19930800
NAM  Detriche et al.
OCL  180167
UREF
PNO  5267173
ISD  19931100
NAM  Tanizawa et al.
OCL  180168
UREF
PNO  5293955
ISD  19940300
NAM  Lee
OCL  180169
FREF
PNO  0001504
ISD  19790400
CNT  EPX
OCL  180168
FREF
PNO  2810576
ISD  19790900
CNT  DEX
OCL  180168
FREF
PNO  62-8429
ISD  19870200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-31524
ISD  19870200
CNT  JPX
OCL  180 23
FREF
PNO  63-297165
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
OCL  180168
FREF
PNO  3103716
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Rader, Fishman & Grauer
FR2  Kananen; Ronald P.
ABST
PAL  An automatically guided vehicle that runs guided by guide signals
      transmitted from guiding material laid on the floor. The wheels at the
      four corners of the chassis of the vehicle are casters that can be
      switched over between free and fixed modes. A steering drive unit which
      can move by itself in longitudinal direction is mounted on the lower
      surface of the chassis at approximately the center thereof. Sensors that
      detect guide signals are provided at the front and rear parts of the
      steering drive unit. The steering drive unit changes its operating
      position automatically as the vehicle switches over between forward and
      backward running modes. The casters change modes in such a manner that, as
      the automatically guided vehicle switches over between forward and
      backward running modes, the casters at the front function as free wheels
      while the casters at the rear function as fixed or pivot-restrained
      wheels.
PATN
WKU  059883073
SRC  8
APN  7653670
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970227
TTL  Power transmission apparatus, four-wheel drive vehicle with power
      transmission apparatus incorporated therein, method of transmitting
      power, and method of four-wheel driving
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  16
EXA  Lerner; Avraham H.
EXP  Mai; Lanna
NDR  38
NFG  46
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Eiji
CTY  Owariasahi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shiomi; Masanao
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miyatani; Takao
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawabata; Yasutomo
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mizutani; Ryouji
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsuhashi; Shigeru
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sasaki; Shoichi
CTY  Mishima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagamatsu; Shigetaka
CTY  Nissin
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimada; Kyomi
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hamada; Hidetsugu
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950519
APN  7-145575
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950809
APN  7-225869
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950829
APN  7-245462
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950829
APN  7-245463
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950829
APN  7-245464
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950904
APN  7-251944
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950919
APN  7-266475
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950922
APN  7-269241
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950922
APN  7-269242
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950922
APN  7-269243
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951024
APN  7-300742
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951215
APN  7-347862
CLAS
OCL  180243
XCL  180 653
EDF  6
ICL  B60K 17356
FSC  180
FSS  233;242;243;65.3;65.4;65.1
UREF
PNO  3623568
ISD  19711100
NAM  Mori
UREF
PNO  3683249
ISD  19720800
NAM  Shibata
UREF
PNO  3789281
ISD  19740100
NAM  Shibata
UREF
PNO  4319140
ISD  19820300
NAM  Paschke
UREF
PNO  5064013
ISD  19911100
NAM  Lenz
OCL  180 65.3
UREF
PNO  5120282
ISD  19920600
NAM  Fjallstrom
UREF
PNO  5264764
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kuang
UREF
PNO  5301764
ISD  19940400
NAM  Gardner
UREF
PNO  5465806
ISD  19951100
NAM  Higasa et al.
OCL  180242
UREF
PNO  5495906
ISD  19960300
NAM  Furutani
OCL  180 65.2
UREF
PNO  5564519
ISD  19961000
NAM  Katoh et al.
OCL  180243
FREF
PNO  58401/73
ISD  19750100
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  1-0-645-278
ISD  19950300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1-0-725-474
ISD  19960800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1-30-25-756
ISD  19820100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  49-43311
ISD  19740400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  51-22132
ISD  19760700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  53-133814
ISD  19781100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  55-103100
ISD  19800800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-145702
ISD  19811100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-97301
ISD  19820600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-130704
ISD  19830800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-38031
ISD  19880200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-144020
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-267-364
ISD  19931200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 82/00928
ISD  19820300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  I.E.E. Proceedings--D/control Theory & Applications vol. 134 (1987), Nov.,
      No. 6, Part D, Stevenage, Herts, Great Britain, J.R. Bumby et al., pp.
      373-387.
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/01321
PD1  19970227
PD2  19970227
PD3  19960520
PCP  WO96/36507
PCD  19961121
ABST
PAR  A clutch motor 30 that includes a rotatable outer rotor 32 and a rotatable
      inner rotor 34 and is driven to carry out power operation or regenerative
      operation is attached to an output shaft of an engine 50. The output of
      the clutch motor 30 is transmitted to front wheels 26 and 28 via a drive
      shaft 22A. An assist motor 40 is directly linked with a drive shaft 22B
      that transmits power to rear wheels 27 and 29. Slip rotation in the clutch
      motor 30 enables part of the energy of the engine 50 to be regenerated.
      The assist motor 40 is driven with at least part of the regenerated energy
      or energy stored in a battery 94. This structure allows torques to be
      output to the two different shafts and thereby realizes four-wheel-drive.
      In accordance with another possible structure, the assist motor 40
      regenerates electric power, while the clutch motor 30 carries out
      over-drive operation. The structure of distributing power of the engine by
      the clutch motor may be replaced by another structure including a
      planetary gear 120 and two motors MG1 and MG2 to distribute the power by
      the planetary gear 120. This structure enables the power to be transmitted
      to one shaft by the output of the planetary gear 120 and to the other
      shaft by the output of the second motor MG2, thereby realizing
      four-wheel-drive.
PATN
WKU  059883081
SRC  8
APN  7082045
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19960906
TTL  Flexible articulated coupling that minimizes leakage
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Camby; Richard M.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Qutub; Ibrahim
CTY  Beaverton
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Freightliner Corporation
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  180309
XCL  285 62
EDF  6
ICL  F16L  316
FSC  180
FSS  309
FSC  285
FSS  62;104;110;179;181;264
UREF
PNO  677809
ISD  19010700
NAM  Shields
UREF
PNO  2451252
ISD  19481000
NAM  Stoeckly
OCL  285 96
UREF
PNO  4776617
ISD  19881000
NAM  Sato
OCL  285165
UREF
PNO  4856822
ISD  19890800
NAM  Parker
OCL  285 62
UREF
PNO  5069487
ISD  19911200
NAM  Sheppard
UREF
PNO  5286071
ISD  19940200
NAM  Storage
OCL  285226
UREF
PNO  5340165
ISD  19940800
NAM  Sheppard
OCL  285226
LREP
FRM  Klarquist Sparkman Campbell Leigh & Whinston, LLP
ABST
PAL  A flexible coupling suitable for use in an automobile exhaust system having
      axially spaced conduit sections. Upstream and downstream conduit sections
      are held end to end by an intermediate coupling member. The upstream
      conduit has a part-spherical end connector that fits within a
      complementary part-spherical socket of the coupling member. Similarly, the
      coupling member has a part-spherical end connector that fits within a
      complementary part-spherical socket of the downstream conduit. The
      part-spherical connectors permit relative pivotal and rotational movement
      of the upstream and downstream connectors relative to the coupling member.
      Each of the part-spherical connectors tapers internally to an annular lip,
      so that the flow of gas increases to create a venturi effect. The venturi
      effect establishes a relative vacuum at the junctions between the coupling
      member and the conduits to oppose escape of gas (such as exhaust fumes)
      from the coupling. The coupling member may be curved to accommodate
      relative axial movement of the upstream and downstream conduit sections.
PATN
WKU  059883090
SRC  9
APN  0432024
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980615
TTL  Frame assembly for an articulated construction machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Hurley; Kevin
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Chong; Yon C.
CTY  Tiara
CNT  SGX
INVT
NAM  Riediger; Craig W.
CTY  Tarumi- Ku
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Neitzel; Daniel R.
CTY  Elgin
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Conroy; Timothy S.
CTY  Aurora
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Zielie; Richard C.
CTY  Yorkville
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Sieck; Charles F.
CTY  Dunlap
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Mathieu; James K.
CTY  Plano
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Caterpillar Inc.
CTY  Peoria
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  679546
APD  19960712
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  180418
XCL  180311
EDF  6
ICL  B60D  101
ICL  B62D 1120
FSC  180
FSS  417;418;419;420;311;312
UREF
PNO  3773129
ISD  19731100
NAM  Anderson
OCL  180 14B
UREF
PNO  3896894
ISD  19750700
NAM  Vinton
OCL  180 51
UREF
PNO  4146109
ISD  19790300
NAM  Barth
OCL  180418
UREF
PNO  4273353
ISD  19810600
NAM  Holmes
OCL  280483
UREF
PNO  5568841
ISD  19961000
NAM  Weissbach
OCL  180311
UREF
PNO  5632350
ISD  19970500
NAM  Gauvin
OCL  180  9.44
FREF
PNO  302942A1
ISD  19890200
CNT  EPX
ICL  E02F  334
FREF
PNO  2252455
ISD  19750600
CNT  FRX
ICL  E02F  902
LREP
FR2  Perry; William C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US97/04014
PD1  19980615
PD2  19980615
PD3  19970314
PCP  WO98/02619
PCD  19980122
ABST
PAR  In many types of construction machines, the frame assembly comprises a rear
      frame that supports the engine and the majority of the drive train
      components and a front frame that supports the work implement and related
      structure. In this type of machine, the two frames are normally pinned
      together and the front frame is articulated with respect to the rear frame
      by a pair of steering cylinders to provide steering for the machine. In
      order to provide the required structural support for the components of the
      work implement and to accommodate the steering forces, the front frame is
      necessarily quite large. The present invention provides a front frame (12)
      structure that includes a pair of main side plates (62, 64) and a
      substantially planar support plate (74) that is mounted to a first end
      portion of the side plates (62, 64). The support plate (74) mounts an axle
      assembly directly thereto and defines a pair of mounting bores (84) that
      are positioned, on a rearmost portion of the support plate (74). The bores
      define a mounting point for the steering cylinders (32) which are mounted
      between the front and rear frames (12, 14) in an orientation that is
      substantially in line with the support plate to transmit the forces from
      the steering cylinders (32) directly into the support plate (74).
PATN
WKU  059883103
SRC  9
APN  1625152
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980929
TTL  Electric power steering control system
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Lerner; Avraham
EXP  Mai; Lanna
NDR  25
NFG  96
INVT
NAM  Nishino; Kazuhisa
CTY  Himeji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takatsuka; Yuji
CTY  Himeji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Wada; Shun-Ichi
CTY  Himeji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950309
APN  7-49897
RLAP
COD  74
APN  532014
APD  19950921
PSC  01
PNO  5839537
CLAS
OCL  180443
XCL  701 41
EDF  6
ICL  B62D  504
FSC  701
FSS  41;43
FSC  180
FSS  443;446
UREF
PNO  4456087
ISD  19840600
NAM  Lang et al.
OCL  180423
UREF
PNO  4756375
ISD  19880700
NAM  Ishikura et al.
OCL  180446
UREF
PNO  4809173
ISD  19890200
NAM  Fukami et al.
UREF
PNO  4887682
ISD  19891200
NAM  Drutchas et al.
OCL  180446
UREF
PNO  4896735
ISD  19900100
NAM  Marihsita
UREF
PNO  5000278
ISD  19910300
NAM  Morishita
OCL  180446
UREF
PNO  5563790
ISD  19961000
NAM  Wada et al.
OCL  180446
FREF
PNO  0631922
ISD  19950100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2613680
ISD  19881000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  WO8702632
ISD  19890500
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  An electric power steering control system in which the steering "feel" is
      improved, having a steering force detector an electric motor for producing
      an auxiliary steering force, a motor current detector and a control unit
      for deciding the motor current value and rotational direction at least in
      accordance with the detected steering force. The motor current is limited
      in accordance with the detected steering force and motor current values.
PATN
WKU  059883111
SRC  8
APN  6413730
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19960430
TTL  Electric steering actuator
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Johnson; Raymond B.
EXP  Young; Karen M.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Kuribayashi; Takashi
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kishimoto; Kazuhiro
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kitazawa; Hirokazu
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katashima; Yoshitaka
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kakizaki; Yoshio
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suda; Hitoshi
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950501
APN  7-131005
CLAS
OCL  180444
EDF  6
ICL  B62D  504
ICL  B62D  714
FSC  180
FSS  445;443-444;411-413;429;434
UREF
PNO  4773494
ISD  19880900
NAM  Carlson et al.
OCL  180444
UREF
PNO  4811813
ISD  19890300
NAM  Hovanchak
OCL  180444
UREF
PNO  5083626
ISD  19920100
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  180445
UREF
PNO  5086861
ISD  19920200
NAM  Peterson
OCL  180445
UREF
PNO  5135067
ISD  19920800
NAM  Kohata et al.
OCL  180445
UREF
PNO  5330023
ISD  19940700
NAM  Miyashita et al.
UREF
PNO  5590732
ISD  19970100
NAM  Sugino et al.
OCL  180444
UREF
PNO  5595089
ISD  19970100
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  180445
UREF
PNO  5685390
ISD  19971100
NAM  Chikuma et al.
OCL  180444
LREP
FRM  Carrier, Blackman & Associates, P.C.
FR2  Carrier; Joseph P.
FR2  Blackman; William D.
ABST
PAL  In an electric steering actuator comprising an electric motor having a
      hollow output shaft, a steering shaft passed through the hollow center of
      the output shaft of the electric motor, and a ball-screw mechanism
      provided between the output shaft and the steering shaft for converting
      the rotary movement of the output shaft into a longitudinal movement of
      the steering shaft. The ball-screw mechanism comprises a threaded section
      of the steering shaft, and a nut member which threadably engages with the
      threaded section of the steering shaft via steel balls, and is secured to
      the output shaft of the electric motor via a serration coupling or the
      like which achieves an axially free but rotatively fast coupling between
      the two parts. Thus, the overall axial dimension of the actuator can be
      reduced, and the step of joining these two parts is significantly
      simplified in terms of both effort and time while the number of component
      parts is also reduced. In particular, by installing the ball-screw
      mechanism in the first casing section in an axially immobile manner,
      removal of the rotor or the motor assembly is substantially simplified,
      thereby making the actuator easier to manufacture and service. Also, the
      motor can be interchanged without affecting the ball-screw mechanism.
PATN
WKU  059883120
SRC  9
APN  1218530
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980724
TTL  Vehicle control apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Lerner; Avraham
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  27
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Nishino; Kazuhisa
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Awa; Hirohisa
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Wada; Shunichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950831
APN  7-223690
RLAP
COD  74
APN  615462
APD  19960314
CLAS
OCL  180446
XCL  701 42
EDF  6
ICL  B62D  504
FSC  180
FSS  443;446
FSC  701
FSS  41;42
UREF
PNO  4621327
ISD  19861100
NAM  Dolph et al.
OCL  701 41
UREF
PNO  5335979
ISD  19940800
NAM  Naitou et al.
OCL  303100
UREF
PNO  5360077
ISD  19941100
NAM  Nishimoto et al.
OCL  180443
UREF
PNO  5440487
ISD  19950800
NAM  Althoff et al.
OCL  701 41
UREF
PNO  5482129
ISD  19960100
NAM  Shimuzi
OCL  180446
UREF
PNO  5504679
ISD  19960400
NAM  Wada et al.
OCL  180446
UREF
PNO  5507359
ISD  19960400
NAM  Wada
OCL  180446
UREF
PNO  5521475
ISD  19960500
NAM  Fu et al.
XCL  180446
UREF
PNO  5530648
ISD  19960600
NAM  Lavey
XCL  180446
UREF
PNO  5602735
ISD  19970200
NAM  Wada
OCL  701 41
UREF
PNO  5631833
ISD  19970500
NAM  Wada et al.
OCL  701 42
UREF
PNO  5652487
ISD  19970700
NAM  Nishino et al.
XCL  180446
FREF
PNO  336683
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  654393
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4404648
ISD  19940800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1257674
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  05191700
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  05192026
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A vehicle control apparatus includes a steering torque sensor (1) for
      sensing a steering torque, a motor (3) for generating a steering assisting
      force, a CPU (22) for determining a motor drive direction based on at
      least the steering force and a motor drive direction restricting circuit
      (25) for restricting the drive direction of the motor (3) determined by
      the CPU (22) based on a steering force determination level as a motor
      drive direction determination criterion and the steering force, and the
      steering force determination level is changeable. With this arrangement,
      there is provided the vehicle control apparatus with safety and
      reliability by which the motor can be controlled with redundancy, the
      steering force determination level does not require such accuracy as to
      use pinpoint accuracy and further even if an abnormal state is caused in a
      motor output when a steering wheel is released from a hand and a steering
      torque exceeding the steering force determination level is generated, the
      steering force determination level is instantly changed to thereby
      restrict a motor drive direction so that the self-turn of the steering
      wheel is prevented.
PATN
WKU  059883138
SRC  8
APN  9890076
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971211
TTL  Earplug
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Dang; Khanh
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  H.ang.kansson; Jorgen
CTY  Tyringe
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Dalloz Safety AB
CTY  Billesholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19961212
APN  9604578
CLAS
OCL  181135
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  702
FSC  181
FSS  129;130;135
FSC    2
FSS  209
FSC  128
FSS  864;865;867
UREF
PNO  1016877
ISD  19120200
NAM  Elliott
UREF
PNO  2246737
ISD  19410600
NAM  Knudsen
OCL  181135
UREF
PNO  2538339
ISD  19510100
NAM  Thomas
UREF
PNO  3080011
ISD  19630300
NAM  Henderson
OCL  181135
UREF
PNO  3800791
ISD  19740400
NAM  Visor
OCL  181135
UREF
PNO  4434794
ISD  19840300
NAM  Leight
OCL  128867
UREF
PNO  4867149
ISD  19890900
NAM  Falco
UREF
PNO  5467784
ISD  19951100
NAM  Mobley
OCL  128867
UREF
PNO  5573015
ISD  19961100
NAM  Williams
FREF
PNO  0254366
ISD  19880100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1559694
ISD  19671200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2808525
ISD  19790900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4036361
ISD  19910700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  90151
ISD  19571000
CNT  NOX
FREF
PNO  WO/07914
ISD  19910600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An earplug made of an elastic polymeric material, preferably a
      thermoplastic elastomeric material, and a method for manufacturing the
      same. The earplug is multi-material-injection moulded with a core or body
      part (1) and a sealing part (3), the latter being made of an essentially
      softer material than the core or body part (1). The material of the
      sealing part has a Shore A Durometer hardness of preferably between about
      2 and about 6.
PATN
WKU  059883146
SRC  8
APN  1669842
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19931215
TTL  Sound output system
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Eddie C.
NDR  15
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Negishi; Hirokazu
CTY  Epsom
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19871209
APN  8728793
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19881104
APN  8825881
RLAP
COD  71
APN  866110
APD  19920407
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  472286
APD  19900130
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  280936
APD  19881207
PSC  01
PNO  5144670
CLAS
OCL  181144
XCL  181146
XCL  181155
XCL  181191
XCL  181199
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  500
ICL  G10K 1100
FSC  181
FSS  144;145;153;154;155;191;192;194;195;199;146;151
UREF
PNO  1813208
ISD  19310700
NAM  Smythe
XCL  181194
UREF
PNO  1943499
ISD  19340100
NAM  Williams
XCL  181195
UREF
PNO  2065367
ISD  19361200
NAM  Evans
OCL  181144
UREF
PNO  2973824
ISD  19610300
NAM  Pinski
OCL  181144
UREF
PNO  3326321
ISD  19670600
NAM  Valuch
OCL  181144
UREF
PNO  3765504
ISD  19731000
NAM  Itoh
OCL  181154
UREF
PNO  3816672
ISD  19740600
NAM  Gefvert et al.
OCL  181144
UREF
PNO  4085289
ISD  19780400
NAM  Schmideler
XCL  181153
UREF
PNO  4164988
ISD  19790800
NAM  Virva
XCL  181153
UREF
PNO  4200170
ISD  19800400
NAM  Williams, Jr.
OCL  181155
UREF
PNO  4225010
ISD  19800900
NAM  Smith
OCL  181155
UREF
PNO  4227050
ISD  19801000
NAM  Wilson
OCL  181144
UREF
PNO  4348750
ISD  19820900
NAM  Schwind
OCL  181155
UREF
PNO  4357490
ISD  19821100
NAM  Dickey
OCL  181145
UREF
PNO  4429762
ISD  19840200
NAM  Cesati
XCL  181192
UREF
PNO  4475620
ISD  19841000
NAM  Carlsson
OCL  181155
UREF
PNO  4496021
ISD  19850100
NAM  Berlant
XCL  181195
UREF
PNO  4549631
ISD  19851000
NAM  Bose
OCL  181155
UREF
PNO  4624337
ISD  19861100
NAM  Shavers
OCL  181155
FREF
PNO  1077151
ISD  19541100
CNT  FRX
OCL  181155
FREF
PNO  2325603
ISD  19740500
CNT  DEX
OCL  181155
FREF
PNO  21888114
ISD  19871000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  A. H. Benade, "From Instrument to Ear in a Room: Direct or Via Recoring";
      Journal of The Audio Engineering Society, Apr. 4, 1985, pp. 218-233.
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick Cella Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A sound output system has a pair of right and left speakers and a pair of
      audio mirrors for respectively controlling directivities of sounds which
      are output from the pair of speakers. The shapes or arrangement of the
      pair of audio mirrors are adjusted such that a difference between arrival
      times of the sounds which are respectively output from the pair of
      speakers can be compensated by a sound pressure difference due to the Haas
      effect in a predetermined area. Alternative means are phase difference,
      dipole, and asymmetrical horn loading.
PATN
WKU  059883154
SRC  8
APN  7729308
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19961224
TTL  Fall arrest safety harness and tool belt
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Smith; Richard M.
EXP  Stodola; Daniel P.
NDR  7
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Crane; Robert
STR  1800 Cooper #1
CTY  Missoula
STA  MT
ZIP  59801
CLAS
OCL  182  3
EDF  6
ICL  A47L  304
FSC  182
FSS  3;4;5;6;7
FSC  119
FSS  857
FSC  224
FSS  255;257;259
FSC  244
FSS  151 R
FSC  297
FSS  464;465;466;467
UREF
PNO  469444
ISD  18920200
NAM  Frazier
OCL  224674
UREF
PNO  634604
ISD  18991000
NAM  Ache
OCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  1636459
ISD  19270700
NAM  Chappel
OCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  1642911
ISD  19270900
NAM  Thurnau
OCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  2130724
ISD  19380900
NAM  Lewis
OCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  2149803
ISD  19390300
NAM  Wight
OCL  224259
UREF
PNO  2208990
ISD  19400700
NAM  Lewis
OCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  2574178
ISD  19511100
NAM  Haller
OCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  2699284
ISD  19550100
NAM  Rose
OCL  227 49
UREF
PNO  2887286
ISD  19590500
NAM  Moran
XCL  244151R
UREF
PNO  3004519
ISD  19611000
NAM  Weissman
OCL  119 96
UREF
PNO  3184883
ISD  19650500
NAM  McCook
OCL  224639
UREF
PNO  3321247
ISD  19670500
NAM  Dillender
XCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  3424134
ISD  19690100
NAM  Rosenblum
OCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  3559932
ISD  19710200
NAM  Ternes
OCL  244151R
UREF
PNO  4103758
ISD  19780800
NAM  Himmelrich
OCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  4390116
ISD  19830600
NAM  Fehr
OCL  224209
UREF
PNO  4512437
ISD  19850400
NAM  Savage
OCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  4600134
ISD  19860700
NAM  Colby
OCL  224260
UREF
PNO  4923105
ISD  19900500
NAM  Snyder
OCL  224255
UREF
PNO  4938436
ISD  19900700
NAM  Bradley et al.
OCL  244151R
UREF
PNO  5024360
ISD  19910600
NAM  Rodriguez
OCL  224215
UREF
PNO  5067585
ISD  19911100
NAM  Bell
OCL  182  7
UREF
PNO  5080191
ISD  19920100
NAM  Sanchez
OCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  5201448
ISD  19930400
NAM  Schue
OCL  224253
UREF
PNO  5301371
ISD  19940400
NAM  Chao
XCL  297464
UREF
PNO  5325818
ISD  19940700
NAM  Leach
XCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  5329884
ISD  19940700
NAM  Bell
XCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  5349706
ISD  19940900
NAM  Keer
OCL    2300
UREF
PNO  5360082
ISD  19941100
NAM  Bell
OCL  182  3
UREF
PNO  5361953
ISD  19941100
NAM  Nichols
OCL  224198
UREF
PNO  5413262
ISD  19950500
NAM  Dewire et al.
OCL  224253
UREF
PNO  5435272
ISD  19950700
NAM  Epstein
XCL  119857
UREF
PNO  5531292
ISD  19960700
NAM  Bell
XCL  182  6
UREF
PNO  5630536
ISD  19970500
NAM  Bugnaski
XCL  224259
LREP
FRM  Dowrey & Associates
ABST
PAL  A safety harness and tool belt is composed of a safety body harness and a
      tool belt carried by the harness. The harness comprises a waist strap, a
      single back strap extending from a shoulder apex downward in two segments,
      the segments being adapted to extend through the wearer's crotch to
      support the wearer in fall arrest, a single shoulder strap loosely
      engaging the back strap at its shoulder apex and extending from the
      shoulder apex over the wearer's shoulders in two chest segments to allow
      free shoulder movement, a pair of chest straps each connectable to one of
      the shoulder strap segments and to one of the back strap segments at the
      front of the wearer's torso so that the back strap is connectable to the
      shoulder strap chest segments to define a fall arrest sling that extends
      across the wearer's chest, shoulders and back and between the wearer's
      legs, and around a wearer's waist. The tool belt comprises at least a
      waist band connected to the harness waist strap and may also include tool
      pouches detachably mounted to the waist band.
PATN
WKU  059883162
SRC  8
APN  8054274
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19970225
TTL  Access device
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Chin-Shue; Alvin
NDR  7
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Hedley; Robert Ian
CTY  New South Wales
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Justoy Pty Ltd
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19960227
APN  PN8330/96
CLAS
OCL  182127
XCL  182 97
EDF  6
ICL  B60R  302
FSC  182
FSS  97;127;83;86;89
FSC  280
FSS  166;163
UREF
PNO  3190392
ISD  19650600
NAM  Ashton
OCL  182 97
LREP
FRM  Cesari and McKenna, LLP
ABST
PAL  An access device for providing access between a substrate surface and an
      elevated surface. The access device comprises a ladder having first and
      second ends, the ladder including first and second side members connected
      by a plurality of cross members extending between the ends of the ladder.
      The ladder is pivotally connected to a rotary axle extending horizontally
      from the support surface so that the ladder may be moved between a
      substantially downwardly outwardly disposed boarding position and a
      substantially horizontally disposed storage position. The ladder is
      movable between the boarding position and the storage position and vice
      versa such that in a first step, the ladder is rotated on the axle by at
      least 90.degree. from the boarding position to a first intermediate
      position, in a second step, the ladder is pivoted between the first
      intermediate position and a second intermediate position wherein the
      second end of the ladder extends substantially above the elevated surface,
      and, in a third step, by rotation of the axle in the opposite direction,
      the ladder is moved between the second intermediate position and the
      storage position.
PATN
WKU  059883170
SRC  9
APN  2873060
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19990407
TTL  Modular hinged scaffold unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Thompson; Hugh B.
EXP  Stodola; Daniel P.
NDR  15
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Riding; Gary
STR  522 S. 500 East
CTY  Santaquin
STA  UT
ZIP  84655
RLAP
COD  72
APN  157606
APD  19980921
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  182152
XCL  1821785
XCL  1821866
EDF  6
ICL  E04G  134
FSC  182
FSS  152.1;186.6;178.5;223;141
UREF
PNO  2599670
ISD  19520600
NAM  Thomas
OCL  304 29
UREF
PNO  3213964
ISD  19651000
NAM  Tucker et al.
OCL  182223
UREF
PNO  3498412
ISD  19700300
NAM  Best
UREF
PNO  3690407
ISD  19720900
NAM  Cullison
XCL  182223
UREF
PNO  4534447
ISD  19850800
NAM  Champigny
UREF
PNO  4883147
ISD  19891100
NAM  Davison et al.
UREF
PNO  5069309
ISD  19911200
NAM  Swiderski et al.
XCL  182186.6
UREF
PNO  5099953
ISD  19920300
NAM  Stegath
UREF
PNO  5579866
ISD  19961200
NAM  Rowell
LREP
FRM  Workman Nydegger Seeley
ABST
PAL  A modular foldable scaffold with hinged structures that can be easily
      assembled, disassembled and compactly stored. The three main components of
      the scaffold are modular end ladders, a modular support platform and
      modular stabilizing members. A clamping assembly at each end of the
      stabilizing members can be set to permit the pivoting of the stabilizing
      members with respect to the end ladder legs, thus allowing the scaffold to
      adopt any one of a variety of collapsed configurations in which the
      scaffold can be relocated through narrow passages without having to
      disassemble it.
PATN
WKU  059883189
SRC  8
APN  7658303
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19961230
TTL  Connection hook
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Chin-Shue; Alvin
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Krause; Guenther
CTY  Alsfeld
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Krause-Werk GmbH & Co. KG
CTY  Alsfeld-Altenburg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940701
APN  94 10 465  U
CLAS
OCL  182222
XCL  1821867
EDF  6
ICL  E04G  730
FSC  182
FSS  222;119;186.7;186.8
FSC  403
FSS  49
UREF
PNO  2997767
ISD  19610800
NAM  Grover et al.
FREF
PNO  348885
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
OCL  182222
FREF
PNO  1 429 423
ISD  19660100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 083 214
ISD  19711200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  93 14 353
ISD  19940200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  901351
ISD  19620700
CNT  GBX
OCL  403 49
FREF
PNO  1 250 607
ISD  19711000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1515927
ISD  19780600
CNT  GBX
OCL  483 49
FREF
PNO  508028
ISD  19921000
CNT  GBX
OCL  182224
LREP
FRM  Flynn, Thiel, Boutell & Tanis, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/01973
PD1  19961230
PD2  19961230
PD3  19950524
PCP  WO96/01352
PCD  19960118
ABST
PAR  A connection hook for scaffoldings must, on the one hand, permit a quick
      and secure connection of two scaffolding parts, and, on the other hand, be
      able to be manufactured inexpensively and durably and be connectable to
      scaffolding elements of very different designs. The connection hook of the
      invention is for this purpose designed as an extruded part, which
      cooperates with a part, which is always equally shaped on entirely
      different scaffolding elements, and thereby positively locks the part
      within the hook opening, and secures this positive lock through a
      releasable frictional interlock.
PATN
WKU  059883197
SRC  8
APN  8654611
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970529
TTL  Transmission for a return-to-normal actuator
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Herrman; Allan D.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Hudson; Hugh F.
CTY  Wauwatosa
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Ulicny; Dennis J.
CTY  Waukesha
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Johnson Service Company
CTY  Milwaukee
STA  WI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  683737
APD  19960717
PSC  01
PNO  5758684
RLAP
COD  82
APN  388722
APD  19950215
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  185 40R
XCL  251 69
XCL  475  4
EDF  6
ICL  F03G  108
ICL  F16K 3144
FSC  475
FSS  4
FSC  185
FSS  40 R
FSC  251
FSS  69
UREF
PNO  1784094
ISD  19301200
NAM  Fletcher
OCL  251229
UREF
PNO  2674903
ISD  19540400
NAM  Doster
OCL   74508
UREF
PNO  2930571
ISD  19600300
NAM  Vogl
OCL  251 69
UREF
PNO  3279744
ISD  19661000
NAM  Fieldsen et al
OCL  251130
UREF
PNO  3808895
ISD  19740500
NAM  Fitzwater
XCL  251 69
UREF
PNO  4090589
ISD  19780500
NAM  Fitzwater
XCL  251 71
UREF
PNO  4113063
ISD  19780900
NAM  Troy
OCL  185 40R
UREF
PNO  4440382
ISD  19840400
NAM  Pruvot et al.
OCL  251248
UREF
PNO  4533114
ISD  19850800
NAM  Cory et al.
OCL  251 67
UREF
PNO  4621789
ISD  19861100
NAM  Fukamachi
OCL  251129
UREF
PNO  4669578
ISD  19870600
NAM  Fukamachi
OCL  185 40R
UREF
PNO  4741508
ISD  19880500
NAM  Fukamachi
OCL  251 71
UREF
PNO  4881420
ISD  19891100
NAM  Paul, Jr.
OCL   74109
UREF
PNO  4920811
ISD  19900500
NAM  Hopper
OCL   74  2
UREF
PNO  5182498
ISD  19930100
NAM  Stuhr
OCL  318 15
UREF
PNO  5310021
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hightower
OCL  185 40R
UREF
PNO  5518462
ISD  19960500
NAM  Yach
OCL  475149
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for effecting actuation of a device. The device has a home
      position and a set position and the apparatus returns the device to the
      home position upon loss of power to the apparatus. In its preferred
      embodiment, the apparatus includes a drive motor for providing a driving
      force to a drive shaft, and a bias member having a cocking mechanism and a
      release mechanism. The bias member provides a bias force to a bias shaft
      when the cocking mechanism is cocked and the release mechanism is
      released; the release mechanism is released when power is lost to the
      actuator. The preferred embodiment of the apparatus further includes a
      drive member which delivers an actuating force to an actuating shaft in
      response to forces received on an input shaft. Still further, the
      apparatus preferably includes a transmission mechanism coupled with the
      drive shaft, with the bias shaft, and with the input shaft. The
      transmission mechanism delivers the driving force to the bias shaft when a
      clutch gear arrangement is engaged with the transmission mechanism. The
      transmission member delivers the driving force to the input shaft when the
      bias shaft is locked. The transmission mechanism delivers the bias force
      to the input shaft when the power is lost to the actuator.
PATN
WKU  059883200
SRC  9
APN  0299464
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980417
TTL  Arrangement in the opening and closing of automatic elevator door, and a
      door coupler
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  6
EXP  Noland; Kenneth W.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Mittermayr; Franz
CTY  Loich
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Kone Corporation
CTY  Helsinki
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19950913
APN  954306
CLAS
OCL  187319
XCL  187330
EDF  6
ICL  B66B 1312
FSC  187
FSS  319;330;313;325;314
FSC   49
FSS  116;120
UREF
PNO  1876438
ISD  19320900
NAM  Werner
OCL  187330
FREF
PNO  0 164581A1
ISD  19851200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 332841A1
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 735614A1
ISD  19790200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FI96/00486
PD1  19980417
PD2  19980417
PD3  19960913
PCP  WO97/10168
PCD  19970320
ABST
PAR  In the arrangement in the opening and closing of automatic elevator doors,
      the door coupler (20) is mounted on the car door so as to be movable in
      the direction of movement of the car door. The door coupler (20) is
      connected to a lever (21) whose first end is pivoted on the car door while
      its second end is pivoted on the door coupler. The power for the opening
      and closing of the doors is applied to the lever (21,71) via a point
      between its first end (21a, 71a) and second end (21b, 71b).
PATN
WKU  059883219
SRC  9
APN  0389137
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980312
TTL  Elevator door apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Bucci; David A.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Kondo; Takeharu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971028
APN  9-295688
CLAS
OCL  187333
XCL   49501
EDF  6
ICL  B66B 1306
FSC  187
FSS  314;333;325;334;400
FSC   49
FSS  116;118;120;501;504
UREF
PNO  3981102
ISD  19760900
NAM  Harwood et al.
OCL   49501
UREF
PNO  4530189
ISD  19850700
NAM  Randall
XCL   49504
UREF
PNO  5016395
ISD  19910500
NAM  Walker et al.
OCL   49501
UREF
PNO  5156237
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hayashi et al.
XCL   49120
UREF
PNO  5165505
ISD  19921100
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  187333
UREF
PNO  5293962
ISD  19940300
NAM  Pelvilain
XCL   49120
UREF
PNO  5377784
ISD  19950100
NAM  Walkowiak et al.
XCL   49120
UREF
PNO  5836424
ISD  19981100
NAM  Allen
OCL  187333
UREF
PNO  5899303
ISD  19990500
NAM  Allen
OCL  187333
FREF
PNO  0551961
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2491538
ISD  19801000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2919951
ISD  19790500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3239177
ISD  19821000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3803317
ISD  19880200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  61-75189
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-47588
ISD  19870300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4272086
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9401478
ISD  19940900
CNT  NLX
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  In an elevator door apparatus, landing fire protection members having
      engaging portions extending in a direction parallel to an opening and
      closing direction of landing doors are fixed at door recess portions of an
      entrance. Further, door side fire prevention plates extending in a
      direction perpendicular to the opening and closing direction of the
      landing doors are fixed to side end portions of the landing doors. Insert
      holes in which the engaging portions are inserted when the doors are
      closed are provided in the door side fire prevention plates. When a fire
      occurs, the engaging portions are brought into contact with the side edge
      portions of the insert holes, which restricts warping of the landing
      doors.
PATN
WKU  059883227
SRC  8
APN  7909985
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970130
TTL  Elevator cage
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Khoi H.
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kamimura; Kousei
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Motoe; Akira
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960202
APN  8-017572
CLAS
OCL  187345
XCL  187404
EDF  6
ICL  B66B  500
FSC  187
FSS  345;346;404;411
UREF
PNO  2174043
ISD  19390900
NAM  Scheibner
OCL  187346
UREF
PNO  5005671
ISD  19910400
NAM  Aime et al.
OCL  187345
UREF
PNO  5020639
ISD  19910600
NAM  Michel
OCL  187346
UREF
PNO  5195614
ISD  19930300
NAM  Hornyack et al.
OCL  187346
UREF
PNO  5862888
ISD  19990100
NAM  Iwakiri et al.
OCL  187345
OREF
PAL  R. Singh, et al. "Linear Analysis of Automotive Hydro-Mechanical Mount with
      Emphasis on Decoupler Characteristics", Journal of Sound and Vibration,
      1992, 158(2), pp. 219-243.
PAL  Kazuto Seto, et al. "Optimum Design Method for Hydraulic Engine Mount", The
      Institute of Mechanical Engineers of Japan, (Nippon Kikai Gakkai), No.
      900-42, Lecture Thesis of Symposium on the control of vibration and
      motion, Jul., 1990, pp. 31-36.
PAL  Toshihiko Kakimoto. "Hydro Elastic Engine Mounting Insulator", Technical
      Report of Nissan Co. (Nissan Gihou), (pp. 99-105), vol. 18, Dec., 1982.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An elevator cage including a cage frame, a cage chamber fixed on the cage
      frame, and a liquid vibration absorber fixed between the cage chamber and
      the cage frame. The liquid vibration absorber includes a first liquid
      chamber and a second liquid chamber, and the inner volumes of the first
      and second liquid chambers are variable according to elastic deformation,
      respectively. The liquid vibration absorber further includes an orifice
      portion communicating between the first and second liquid chambers and a
      liquid filled inside of the first and second liquid chambers and the
      orifice portion.
PATN
WKU  059883235
SRC  9
APN  0391808
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980316
TTL  Brake structure for casters
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Williams; Thomas J.
EXP  Schwartz; Chris
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Chu; Keio
STR  P.O.Box. 63-150
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  188  112
XCL   16 35R
EDF  6
ICL  B60B 3300
FSC  188
FSS  1.12;31;69;19;20;265
FSC   16
FSS  35 R
UREF
PNO  1633638
ISD  19270600
NAM  Jarvis et al.
OCL  188  1.12
UREF
PNO  2709828
ISD  19550600
NAM  Noelting et al.
OCL  188  1.12
UREF
PNO  4349937
ISD  19820900
NAM  Fontana
OCL   16 35R
UREF
PNO  4720893
ISD  19880100
NAM  Mellwig et al.
OCL   16 35R
UREF
PNO  4941552
ISD  19900700
NAM  Screen
OCL  188  1.12
UREF
PNO  4985960
ISD  19910100
NAM  Zun
OCL  188  1.12
UREF
PNO  5014391
ISD  19910500
NAM  Schulte
OCL   16 35R
UREF
PNO  5799366
ISD  19980900
NAM  Zocco et al.
OCL   16 35R
ABST
PAL  An improved brake structure for casters including a caster frame having a
      through pivot hole, two rollers mounted pivotally at the ends of the
      through pivot hole of the caster frame and having inner teeth, a rotary
      shaft pivotally mounted at a rear end of the caster frame to support an
      object such as a leg of a table or chair, a trigger element pivotally
      mounted at a front end of the caster frame, a first stop element for
      stopping the relative movement of the inner teeth of the rollers, a first
      spring element for urging the first stop element. The brake structure is
      characterized in that a second stop element is pivotally disposed below
      the trigger element and capable of horizontal displacement. The second
      stop element includes a front urging portion and a rear bent baffle wall.
      The trigger element further includes a trigger tab extending downwardly
      therefrom. When the trigger element deflects, the trigger tab will push
      the baffle wall. A second spring element is provided to urge against the
      second stop element. A stop ring is further provided at a rear end of the
      rotary shaft relative to the front end of the second stop element. The
      stop ring is provided with at least two notches at its outer periphery.
      The front urging end of the second stop element may engage the notches to
      achieve synchronous braking of the rollers and the rotary shaft.
PATN
WKU  059883243
SRC  8
APN  7490046
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19961114
TTL  Wheel hub bearing unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Lipka; Pamela J.
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  5
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Bertetti; Paolo
CTY  Turin
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Picca; Mauro
CTY  Perosa Argentina
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Iarrera; Fabrizio
CTY  Turin
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  SKF Industries S. P. A.
CTY  Turin
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19961101
APN  TO96A0011
CLAS
OCL  188 18A
XCL  3011051
XCL  384537
XCL  384585
EDF  6
ICL  B60T  106
FSC  188
FSS  218 R;218 XL;18 A
FSC  301
FSS  105.1;124.1;126;131;137
FSC   29
FSS  898;898.04;898.045;898.054;898.057;898.061;898.062;898.07
FSC  384
FSS  537;544;585
UREF
PNO  1665437
ISD  19280400
NAM  Booth
OCL  301108.1
UREF
PNO  1816643
ISD  19310700
NAM  Forsyth
OCL  301108.1
UREF
PNO  2022041
ISD  19351100
NAM  Kliesrath
OCL  301108.1
UREF
PNO  3583511
ISD  19710600
NAM  Asberg
XCL  188 18A
UREF
PNO  3767221
ISD  19731000
NAM  Asberg
XCL  188 18A
UREF
PNO  3884331
ISD  19750500
NAM  Asberg
OCL  188 18A
UREF
PNO  4067621
ISD  19780100
NAM  Reppert
OCL  301108A
UREF
PNO  4270805
ISD  19810600
NAM  Spisak
OCL  301 37TP
UREF
PNO  4383588
ISD  19830500
NAM  Krude
UREF
PNO  4544209
ISD  19851000
NAM  Braungart
OCL  301 37AT
UREF
PNO  4621700
ISD  19861100
NAM  Merkelbach
UREF
PNO  4792020
ISD  19881200
NAM  Okumura et al.
OCL  188 18A
UREF
PNO  4880281
ISD  19891100
NAM  Merkelkbach
OCL  301126
UREF
PNO  5366279
ISD  19941100
NAM  Polka
OCL  301108.1
UREF
PNO  5590967
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kapaan
XCL  384544
FREF
PNO  371 836
ISD  19900600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  680 836
ISD  19951100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  703130
ISD  19960300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2723886
ISD  19960300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 723 886
ISD  19960300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1 189 877
ISD  19650300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2635608
ISD  19780200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  29 19 411
ISD  19801100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  39 00 356
ISD  19900700
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  In a vehicle wheel hub bearing unit the bearing forms a rotating radial
      flange (11) adapted for securing to a radial flange (12) of a disc or drum
      brake member and rotate fixedly therewith. The brake flange (12) is
      located in the same radial plane as the bearing flange (11) and secured
      directly to the peripheral portion thereof. Radial bulk of the bearing
      assembly is reduced and deformation of the bearing races and braking
      surface is avoided.
PATN
WKU  059883251
SRC  8
APN  9416455
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970930
TTL  Bicycle brake
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXA  Sy; Mariano
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Matsueda; Keiji
CTY  Shimonoseki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Shimano, Inc.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961004
APN  8-264249
CLAS
OCL  188 2411
XCL  188 2414
XCL  188 26
XCL   74388R
EDF  6
ICL  B62L  100
FSC  188
FSS  24.11;24.14;24.22;26;78;79;82.84;323;343
FSC   74
FSS  388 R
FSC  192
FSS  64
UREF
PNO  2141967
ISD  19381200
NAM  Ball
OCL  192  6
UREF
PNO  5201236
ISD  19930400
NAM  Nagano
OCL  188 24.14
UREF
PNO  5421435
ISD  19950600
NAM  Hanada
OCL  188 24.14
UREF
PNO  5524734
ISD  19960600
NAM  Hanada
OCL  188 26
UREF
PNO  5535855
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hanada
OCL  188 24.14
FREF
PNO  0 064 839 A1
ISD  19821100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 562 288 A2
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  66182
ISD  19500800
CNT  NLX
LREP
FR2  Deland; James A.
ABST
PAL  A bicycle brake includes a fixed member (e.g., a hub axle) having a fixed
      member axis, a hub drum rotatably supported around the fixed member, and a
      fixed case nonrotatably fixed relative to the fixed member. The braking
      mechanism includes a brake member, a brake operating element disposed
      radially inwardly of the brake member for pushing the brake member
      radially outwardly, and a cam member disposed radially inwardly of the
      brake operating element and coupled to the fixed case. The cam member is
      shaped so that the brake operating element moves radially outwardly in
      response to relative rotation between the cam member and the brake
      operating element, and the cam member defines a cam member space radially
      inwardly of the cam member. A rotating case is coupled to the hub drum for
      rotating integrally with the hub drum. The rotating case has a contact
      surface disposed radially outwardly of the brake member for contacting the
      brake member when the brake member moves radially outwardly. To reduce the
      axial length of the bicycle brake, a portion of the hub shell is disposed
      within the cam member space. Alternatively, an attachment mechanism may be
      used for coupling the rotating case to the hub shell, wherein a portion of
      the attachment mechanism is disposed within the cam member space.
PATN
WKU  059883260
SRC  9
APN  0379298
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980310
TTL  Press drive with oil shear clutch/brake drives
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Butler; Douglas C.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Sommer; Gordon Maurice
CTY  Grosse Pointe Farms
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Midwest Brake Bond Company
CTY  Warren
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  671457
APD  19960627
PSC  01
PNO  5769187
CLAS
OCL  188 715
XCL  188170
XCL  188264E
XCL  19211334
EDF  6
ICL  F16D 5536
FSC  188
FSS  71.5;170;166;264 E
FSC  192
FSS  18 A;12 C;70.12;113.34;18 R
UREF
PNO  2242396
ISD  19410500
NAM  Johansen
OCL  192 18A
UREF
PNO  2848082
ISD  19580800
NAM  Dehn
UREF
PNO  3441114
ISD  19690400
NAM  Pensa
UREF
PNO  3713517
ISD  19730100
NAM  Sommer
UREF
PNO  4095523
ISD  19780600
NAM  Drungil
UREF
PNO  4346796
ISD  19820800
NAM  Ueno
UREF
PNO  4562907
ISD  19860100
NAM  Maeda
UREF
PNO  5769187
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sommer
OCL  188 71.5
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce, PLC
ABST
PAL  A drive unit for driving a press uses a hydraulically actuated oil shear
      brake unit located on one side of a flywheel and a hydraulically actuated
      oil shear clutch unit located on the opposite side of the flywheel. The
      actuating assemblies for the oil shear brake unit and the oil shear clutch
      unit are supplied as complete assemblies which are secured to the brake
      housing and clutch housing, respectively, at the time of assembly of the
      units to the press. The actuation of the clutch unit and the brake unit
      occur simultaneously and from the same hydraulic pressure source such that
      the overlap between the two units is controllable from no overlap to a
      specified amount of overlap where the brake unit is applied simultaneously
      with the engagement of the clutch for a specified amount of time. The
      stroke acquired by the brake and clutch actuating assemblies can each be
      selected at the time of assembly by selecting the appropriate width for a
      plurality of spacers.
PATN
WKU  059883278
SRC  8
APN  9589643
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19971028
TTL  Industrial disk brake for cranes
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Sawhney; Hargobind S.
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Snyder; Robert
STR  8212 E. Liberty St.
CTY  Hubbard
STA  OH
ZIP  44425
CLAS
OCL  188171
EDF  6
ICL  B60T 1304
FSC  188
FSS  171;173;161
FSC  192
FSS  89.21
UREF
PNO  3087104
ISD  19630400
NAM  Berman
OCL  318367
UREF
PNO  4142610
ISD  19790300
NAM  Alexander
OCL  188 71.9
FREF
PNO  517182
ISD  19551000
CNT  CAX
LREP
FRM  Harpman & Harpman
ABST
PAL  A disk brake for industrial use, especially overhead cranes and the like
      includes; electromagnetic coils that upon activation are arranged for
      disengaging a spring-urged armature plate from contact with a multiple
      friction thrust disk assembly. The friction disks being in direct drive
      contact with the drive shaft of the overhead crane. The thrust disk
      between the friction disk are engaged after deactivation of the
      electromagnetic coils that are electrically connected in series from a
      parallel DC circuit driven by a tuned AC transformer and rectifier system.
PATN
WKU  059883286
SRC  9
APN  0400041
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980317
TTL  Spring set centrifugally released brake
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Butler; Douglas C.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Newport; Samuel O.
CTY  Beloit Rock
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Dana Corporation
CTY  Toledo
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  188186
XCL  188166
EDF  6
ICL  B60T  872
FSC  188
FSS  186;185;184;180;189;162;74-76;82.1;134;166;167
FSC   74
FSS  89.15;424.8 R
FSC  310
FSS  13;23
FSC  254
FSS  375;378
FSC  192
FSS  141
FSC  303
FSS  115.2;162
UREF
PNO  300647
ISD  18840600
NAM  Sharp
OCL  188186
UREF
PNO  1658561
ISD  19280200
NAM  Kennington
OCL  188186
UREF
PNO  1851718
ISD  19320300
NAM  Merle
OCL  188186
UREF
PNO  2295503
ISD  19420900
NAM  Miller
OCL  188186
UREF
PNO  2808905
ISD  19571000
NAM  Bohl
OCL  188184
UREF
PNO  3061052
ISD  19621000
NAM  Hoppe et al.
OCL  188186
UREF
PNO  3415343
ISD  19681200
NAM  Svensson
OCL  187 19
UREF
PNO  4044969
ISD  19770800
NAM  Wallin
OCL  242107.4A
UREF
PNO  4121702
ISD  19781000
NAM  Kaufmann
OCL  188187
UREF
PNO  4219107
ISD  19800800
NAM  Ford
OCL  188134
UREF
PNO  4277036
ISD  19810700
NAM  Seifert et al.
OCL  242107.4A
UREF
PNO  4282953
ISD  19810800
NAM  Lichti et al.
OCL  188189
UREF
PNO  4369932
ISD  19830100
NAM  Seifert et al.
OCL  242107.4A
UREF
PNO  4448290
ISD  19840500
NAM  Reid, Jr. et al.
OCL  188 82.7
UREF
PNO  4582179
ISD  19860400
NAM  Nelson
OCL  188184
UREF
PNO  4856623
ISD  19890800
NAM  Romig, Jr.
OCL  188180
UREF
PNO  5222578
ISD  19930600
NAM  Thorp
OCL  187 19
UREF
PNO  5809833
ISD  19980900
NAM  Newport et al.
OCL   74 89.15
LREP
FRM  Dykema Gossett PLLC
ABST
PAL  A spring-set, centrifugally released brake for a linear actuator is
      provided. The brake includes a drum or ring that is disposed radially
      outward of a shaft extending from the actuator's motor. The brake also
      includes a drive plate that is mounted to the shaft for rotation
      therewith. The brake further includes a pair of brake shoes disposed
      radially outwardly of the shaft and having radially outer portions
      disposed radially outwardly of the drum. Finally, the brake includes a
      pair of compression springs disposed within hollows in the drive plate.
      The springs are supported at one end by the drive plate and at the other
      end by one of the brake shoes. The springs urge the brake shoes radially
      inward when the actuator is at rest and cause the radially outer portions
      of the brake shoes to engage a radially outer surface of the drum. Upon
      rotation of the shaft by the actuator motor, a centrifugal force is
      imparted to the brake shoes and the radially outer portions of the brake
      shoes move radially outward--disengaging from the radially outer surface
      of the drum--to release the brake.
PATN
WKU  059883294
SRC  8
APN  974973&
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19971120
TTL  Rotary damper
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Siconolfi; Robert A.
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Evans, Jr.; Charles F.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Wnorowski; Edwin P.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Fowler; Robert R.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Rumrill; Gary M.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Dunmire; Keith E.
CTY  Pewee Valley
STA  KY
ASSG
NAM  Turn-Act, Inc.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  188296
XCL  188310
XCL  188313
EDF  6
ICL  F16D 5702
ICL  F16F  914
FSC  188
FSS  306;307;308;309;310;313;293;296
UREF
PNO  1587207
ISD  19260600
NAM  Ackerman
UREF
PNO  1903377
ISD  19330400
NAM  Moorhouse
UREF
PNO  1920273
ISD  19330800
NAM  Peo
UREF
PNO  1957997
ISD  19340500
NAM  Fieldman
UREF
PNO  2070413
ISD  19370200
NAM  Sandberg
UREF
PNO  2369008
ISD  19450200
NAM  Beecher
UREF
PNO  3003595
ISD  19611000
NAM  Patriquin
UREF
PNO  3062331
ISD  19621100
NAM  Wyman
UREF
PNO  3613842
ISD  19711000
NAM  Buciak
UREF
PNO  3722638
ISD  19730300
NAM  McClure
UREF
PNO  3870130
ISD  19750300
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  4588053
ISD  19860500
NAM  Foster
UREF
PNO  4624346
ISD  19861100
NAM  Katz
UREF
PNO  4723639
ISD  19880200
NAM  Hungerford
OCL  188307
UREF
PNO  4942947
ISD  19900700
NAM  Shtarkman
UREF
PNO  5305858
ISD  19940400
NAM  Haga et al.
UREF
PNO  5664286
ISD  19970900
NAM  Sorimachi
OCL  188307
UREF
PNO  5720370
ISD  19980200
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  188310
UREF
PNO  5735067
ISD  19980400
NAM  Isley et al.
OCL  188307
LREP
FRM  Camoriano & Associates
FR2  Camoriano; Theresa
ABST
PAL  A rotary damper includes a housing and a vane. There is an indentation in
      the housing which permits fluid to flow readily from one side of the vane
      to the other during part of the rotary stroke. At the end of the rotary
      stroke, there is an alternative path for fluid to take from one side of
      the vane to the other, and this path preferably includes an adjustable
      aperture so the amount of damping at the end of the stroke can be
      adjusted.
PATN
WKU  059883308
SRC  8
APN  8881952
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970703
TTL  Adjustable shock absorber
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Talavera; Melanie
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  10
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Morris; Jay
STR  3591 Sean Shelly Ln.
CTY  Rescue
STA  CA
CLAS
OCL  18832215
XCL  1883191
EDF  6
ICL  F16F  934
FSC  188
FSS  322.15;282.9;282.4;318;282.1;314;322.13;322.14;317;316;312;299.1;322.22
     ;319.1
FSC  267
FSS  64.15
UREF
PNO  4036335
ISD  19770700
NAM  Thompson et al.
OCL  188282.9
UREF
PNO  4220228
ISD  19800900
NAM  Kato
OCL  188319
UREF
PNO  4313529
ISD  19820200
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  188299
UREF
PNO  4319106
ISD  19820300
NAM  Armitage
OCL  200153J
UREF
PNO  4337850
ISD  19820700
NAM  Shimokura
OCL  188319
UREF
PNO  4463839
ISD  19840800
NAM  Ashiba
OCL  188299
UREF
PNO  4476967
ISD  19841000
NAM  Tetsuo
OCL  188319
UREF
PNO  4527676
ISD  19850700
NAM  Emura et al.
OCL  188319
UREF
PNO  4535877
ISD  19850800
NAM  Shimokura
OCL  188319
UREF
PNO  4546959
ISD  19851000
NAM  Tanno
OCL  267 64.15
UREF
PNO  4591033
ISD  19860500
NAM  Taylor
OCL  188317
UREF
PNO  4615420
ISD  19861000
NAM  Mourray
OCL  188322.15
UREF
PNO  4624347
ISD  19861100
NAM  Mourray
OCL  188322.15
UREF
PNO  4635765
ISD  19870100
NAM  Schmidt
OCL  188299
UREF
PNO  4645043
ISD  19870200
NAM  Imaizumi
OCL  188319
UREF
PNO  4645044
ISD  19870200
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  188319
UREF
PNO  4756393
ISD  19880700
NAM  Collee et al.
OCL  188299
UREF
PNO  4765446
ISD  19880800
NAM  Murata et al.
OCL  188319
UREF
PNO  4800994
ISD  19890100
NAM  Imaizumi et al.
OCL  188319
UREF
PNO  4880086
ISD  19891100
NAM  Knecht
OCL  188299
UREF
PNO  4921272
ISD  19900500
NAM  Ivers
OCL  280707
UREF
PNO  4953671
ISD  19900900
NAM  Imaizumi
OCL  188299
UREF
PNO  4958706
ISD  19900900
NAM  Richardson et al.
OCL  188319
UREF
PNO  4997068
ISD  19910300
NAM  Ashiba
OCL  188319
UREF
PNO  5035306
ISD  19910700
NAM  Ashiba
OCL  188299
UREF
PNO  5094352
ISD  19920300
NAM  Smith
OCL  188282.1
UREF
PNO  5133434
ISD  19920700
NAM  Kikushima et al.
OCL  188319
UREF
PNO  5148897
ISD  19920900
NAM  Vanroye
OCL  188322.22
UREF
PNO  5159997
ISD  19921100
NAM  Heideman et al.
OCL  188282.1
UREF
PNO  5386892
ISD  19950200
NAM  Ashiba
OCL  188282
UREF
PNO  5400880
ISD  19950300
NAM  Ryan
OCL  188314
UREF
PNO  5402867
ISD  19950400
NAM  Nakadate et al.
OCL  188299
UREF
PNO  5404973
ISD  19950400
NAM  Katoh et al.
OCL  188319
UREF
PNO  5409090
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kashiwagi
OCL  188319
UREF
PNO  5431259
ISD  19950700
NAM  Mizutani
OCL  188299
UREF
PNO  5542509
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bell
OCL  188322.14
UREF
PNO  5566796
ISD  19961000
NAM  De Kock
OCL  188282.1
OREF
PAL  "Automotive Mechanics"(10th Ed.) by William H. Crouse and Donald L. Anglin,
      McGraw-Hill (1993), Chapter 49, pp. 658-674.
PAL  "Inside Racing Technology" by Paul Haney and Jeff Braun, TV Motorsports,
      (1995), Chapter 5, pp. 151-185.
LREP
FR2  Lisa; Steven G.
FR2  Rudy; Douglas W.
ABST
PAL  A shock absorber incorporates a double adjustable valve using a single
      needle having both a tapered end portion and extended cylindrical portion.
      The needle is used in a shock that has a correspondingly configured radial
      rebound orifice and a plurality of compression orifices. With two separate
      and independent adjustments of the single needle, both rebound and
      compression characteristics can be tuned. The tapered needle formed in the
      end of the needle body can simply be raised and lowered in the rebound
      orifice to adjust rebound stiffness. Similarly, a plurality of radially
      extending shutter faces and fluid channels or grooves are formed in the
      extended cylindrical portion of the needle. The shutter faces and fluid
      channels are configured to cooperate with the plurality of compression
      orifices throughout the entire range that the needle body can be raised or
      lowered when adjusting rebound characteristics. The shutter faces and
      fluid channels are spaced apart around the circumference of the extended
      cylindrical portion of the needle body, and align with the compression
      orifices in varying combinations to open none, one, some, or all of the
      compression orifices when the needle body is rotated. When one of the
      fluid channels is aligned with one of the compression orifices, the
      orifice is placed in fluid communication with both upper and lower fluid
      chambers of the shock. The result is a simple, cost effective, reliable,
      double-adjustable shock absorber.
PATN
WKU  059883316
SRC  8
APN  9062793
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970805
TTL  Vibration damper with adjustable damping force
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Butler; Douglas C.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Schiffler; Stefan
CTY  Wonfurt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Fichtel & Sachs AG
CTY  Schweinfurt
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960805
APN  196 31 608
CLAS
OCL  18832219
XCL   295271
XCL   29434
XCL  1882666
XCL  1883222
XCL  285382
EDF  6
ICL  F16F  946
ICL  F16F  936
ICL  B60G 1708
FSC  188
FSS  322.19;266.6;315;322.2;322.13-322.14;322.21
FSC   29
FSS  434;527.1
FSC  285
FSS  382;382.1;382.2;382.4
FSC  267
FSS  64.28
UREF
PNO  5301412
ISD  19940400
NAM  Hahn et al.
OCL  188322.2
UREF
PNO  5353898
ISD  19941000
NAM  Handke et al.
OCL  188322.2
UREF
PNO  5398789
ISD  19950300
NAM  Handke
OCL  188266.6
UREF
PNO  5603392
ISD  19970200
NAM  Beck
OCL  188266.6
UREF
PNO  5685400
ISD  19971100
NAM  Handke et al.
OCL  188322.19
UREF
PNO  5740890
ISD  19980400
NAM  Forster
OCL  188322.2
FREF
PNO  40 14 469 A1
ISD  19911100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  40 31 760 A1
ISD  19920400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4031761
ISD  19920400
CNT  DEX
OCL  188266.6
FREF
PNO  92 06 568 U
ISD  19920800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  41 14 307 A1
ISD  19921100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  41 30 869 A1
ISD  19930300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 24 433 C1
ISD  19951000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 10 522 A1
ISD  19951200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Cohen, Pontani, Lieberman & Pavane
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a vibration damper with an adjustable damping force and a
      method of producing the same. The adjustable vibration damper has a
      container tube to which is connected a shut-off valve arrangement. A
      damping medium is fed to the shut-off valve arrangement via a
      high-pressure partial length, an intermediate tube, if required, which is
      arranged inside the container tube, wherein the container tube and/or the
      intermediate tube with a cylinder in which a piston slides axially at a
      piston rod form the high-pressure partial length, and the container tube
      and/or the cylinder tube has a tube connection piece as a transition of
      the high-pressure partial length to the shut-off valve arrangement. The
      tube connection piece in at least one of the tubes forming the transition
      is constructed as a separate structural component part having a flange
      which contacts the inner region of the tube and projects through an
      opening in the tube.
PATN
WKU  059883324
SRC  9
APN  1199250
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980721
TTL  Hydraulic shock absorber
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Butler; Douglas C.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Marzocchi; Paolo
CTY  Bologna
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Vignocchi; Loris
CTY  Zola Predosa
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Musiani; Sandro
CTY  Marzabotto
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Marzocchi S.P.A.
CTY  Zola Predosa
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19970723
APN  BO97A0448
CLAS
OCL  1883222
XCL  188298
XCL  188314
EDF  6
ICL  F16F  900
FSC  188
FSS  266.6;322.19;314;298;321.11;322.2;269;322.14
FSC  285
FSS  382;382.1;382.2;382.4;261;263;425;122.1;271
FSC  267
FSS  64.15;64.28;64.19;64.21;64.27
FSC  138
FSS  30
FSC  137
FSS  318
FSC  220
FSS  565
UREF
PNO  1046091
ISD  19121200
NAM  Liebau
UREF
PNO  2796955
ISD  19570600
NAM  Klein
UREF
PNO  3499639
ISD  19700300
NAM  Bonnottz
UREF
PNO  3837292
ISD  19740900
NAM  Wieba
UREF
PNO  3887174
ISD  19750600
NAM  Whelan et al.
UREF
PNO  4010829
ISD  19770300
NAM  Naito et al.
OCL  188314
UREF
PNO  4129306
ISD  19781200
NAM  Konno et al.
OCL  285261
UREF
PNO  4438793
ISD  19840300
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  4921004
ISD  19900500
NAM  Lane et al.
OCL  138 30
UREF
PNO  5533596
ISD  19960700
NAM  Patzenhauer et al.
OCL  188322.2
UREF
PNO  5788028
ISD  19980800
NAM  Bieber
OCL  188266.6
LREP
FRM  King and Schickli
ABST
PAL  The compensator is made separately from the cylinder of the shock absorber,
      and the two parts are prearranged for the reciprocal coupling with the
      possibility of articulation and pivoting around an axis, substantially
      perpendicular or orthogonal to the axis of the shock absorber and
      eventually also with the possibility of articulation around the cylinder
      of the shock absorber itself.
PATN
WKU  059883332
SRC  8
APN  8914885
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970711
TTL  Brake fluid blocking vehicle theft prevention system
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Butler; Douglas C.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Catton; Douglas Joseph
STR  8653 Caribbean Ct.
CTY  Las Vegas
STA  NV
ZIP  89117
CLAS
OCL  188353
XCL  188265
XCL  303 89
EDF  6
ICL  B60T 1100
FSC  303
FSS  89;119.2;84.1;84.2
FSC  188
FSS  353;151 A;265
FSC  137
FSS  598;625.65;596.16;625.64
FSC  180
FSS  287
FSC  251
FSS  129.21;80;85;120;129.15;129.22;129.11
FSC  477
FSS  196;201
FSC  192
FSS  219.1;13 A
UREF
PNO  2080603
ISD  19370500
NAM  Cometto et al.
OCL  188265
UREF
PNO  2217141
ISD  19401000
NAM  Sprenkle
OCL  188353
UREF
PNO  2262842
ISD  19411100
NAM  Goepfrich
OCL  188353
UREF
PNO  2296132
ISD  19420900
NAM  Wiseley
OCL  188353
UREF
PNO  2502118
ISD  19500300
NAM  Ashton et al.
UREF
PNO  2638118
ISD  19530500
NAM  Chandler
OCL  188353
UREF
PNO  2762476
ISD  19560900
NAM  Gaylord et al.
OCL  188353
UREF
PNO  3303910
ISD  19670200
NAM  Gavillet
OCL  188152
UREF
PNO  3450158
ISD  19690600
NAM  Tilney et al.
OCL  188353
UREF
PNO  3803551
ISD  19740400
NAM  Jordan
OCL  340 64
UREF
PNO  3882959
ISD  19750500
NAM  Hsieh
OCL  180114
UREF
PNO  3885586
ISD  19750500
NAM  Tibbetts
OCL  137354
UREF
PNO  3973805
ISD  19760800
NAM  Stevenson et al.
OCL  303  9
UREF
PNO  4018314
ISD  19770400
NAM  Richmond et al.
OCL  188353
UREF
PNO  4040675
ISD  19770800
NAM  Richmond et al.
OCL  303 89
UREF
PNO  4300057
ISD  19811100
NAM  Crosas
OCL  307 10
UREF
PNO  4429711
ISD  19840200
NAM  Shomer
OCL  137385
UREF
PNO  4446950
ISD  19840500
NAM  Wise et al.
OCL  192  3
UREF
PNO  4495910
ISD  19850100
NAM  Taylor
OCL  123198
UREF
PNO  4540154
ISD  19850900
NAM  Kolchinsky et al.
OCL  251129.15
UREF
PNO  4579202
ISD  19860400
NAM  McIntosh
OCL  192  0.09
UREF
PNO  4633686
ISD  19870100
NAM  Carr
OCL   70179
UREF
PNO  4640391
ISD  19870200
NAM  Maehara et al.
OCL  188353
UREF
PNO  4678068
ISD  19870700
NAM  Matthews et al.
OCL  188353
UREF
PNO  4721192
ISD  19880100
NAM  Cano et al.
OCL  188353
UREF
PNO  4790345
ISD  19881200
NAM  Kolchinsky
OCL  137269
UREF
PNO  4793661
ISD  19881200
NAM  Munro
OCL  303 89
UREF
PNO  4873824
ISD  19891000
NAM  Cox
OCL   60545
UREF
PNO  4881615
ISD  19891100
NAM  Conway
OCL  180287
UREF
PNO  4925252
ISD  19900500
NAM  Hee
OCL  188353
UREF
PNO  4928506
ISD  19900500
NAM  Radziewicz
OCL   70176
UREF
PNO  4951776
ISD  19900800
NAM  Jeter
OCL  180287
UREF
PNO  4964677
ISD  19901000
NAM  Splinter
OCL  303 89
UREF
PNO  5154493
ISD  19921000
NAM  Futrell et al.
OCL  303 89
UREF
PNO  5163741
ISD  19921100
NAM  Hsiu
OCL  303 89
UREF
PNO  5335758
ISD  19940800
NAM  Zalesky
OCL  188353
UREF
PNO  5344221
ISD  19940900
NAM  MacWilliam
OCL  303 89
UREF
PNO  5351781
ISD  19941000
NAM  Pritchard et al.
OCL  180287
LREP
FRM  Weide & Associates
ABST
PAL  A vehicle anti-theft device that blocks and unblocks the flow of hydraulic
      fluid between a vehicle's master brake cylinder and wheel brake cylinder.
      When the invention is in a fluid blocking position, it locks the brakes
      and prevents movement of the vehicle on its wheels. Conversely, when the
      invention is in the nonblocking position, the brakes are unlocked and the
      wheels turn freely as in normal operation. The anti-theft device can be
      deactivated within the vehicle or by remote control.
PATN
WKU  059883340
SRC  9
APN  0190780
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980205
TTL  Wheeled briefcase
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Weaver; Sue A.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Caruso; Edna
STR  247 Wells Rd.
CTY  Palm Beach
STA  FL
ZIP  33480
CLAS
OCL  190 18A
XCL  190 39
XCL  190102
XCL  190114
XCL  190115
EDF  6
ICL  A45C  514
ICL  A45C 1322
ICL  A45C 1328
ICL  A45C 1330
FSC  190
FSS  18 A;102;114;115;39
UREF
PNO  672173
ISD  19010400
NAM  Le Fevre
OCL  190102
UREF
PNO  2581417
ISD  19520100
NAM  Jones
XCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  3169615
ISD  19650200
NAM  Stein
OCL  190114
UREF
PNO  3744601
ISD  19730700
NAM  Doppelt
OCL  190114
UREF
PNO  4759431
ISD  19880700
NAM  King et al.
OCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  5108119
ISD  19920400
NAM  Huang
XCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  5253739
ISD  19931000
NAM  King
OCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  5323886
ISD  19940600
NAM  Chen
OCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  5368143
ISD  19941100
NAM  Pond et al.
OCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  5377795
ISD  19950100
NAM  Berman
OCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  5385220
ISD  19950100
NAM  Pond et al.
OCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  5431428
ISD  19950700
NAM  Marchwiak et al.
XCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  5435423
ISD  19950700
NAM  Rekuc et al.
XCL  190114
UREF
PNO  5488756
ISD  19960200
NAM  Hsieh
XCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  5555960
ISD  19960900
NAM  Bartsch
XCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  5560458
ISD  19961000
NAM  Franklin et al.
XCL  190102
UREF
PNO  5593009
ISD  19970100
NAM  King
OCL  190102
UREF
PNO  5762169
ISD  19980600
NAM  Deliman et al.
XCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  5762170
ISD  19980600
NAM  Shyr et al.
XCL  190114
LREP
FRM  McHale & Slavin, PA
ABST
PAL  A wheeled briefcase has a container and a two-piece lid assimilating the
      appearance of a conventional court briefcase. The wheeled briefcase
      includes a pair of wheels placed along the rear of the case, spaced apart
      to provide stable maneuvering. An integrated telescoping handle
      construction cooperates with the included wheels to facilitate rolling
      transportation of the case. A retractable strap may be used to secure
      additional cargo placed on top of the briefcase.
PATN
WKU  059883359
SRC  9
APN  0889865
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980602
TTL  Control system for diverting oil from a clutch
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Waddell; Tisha D.
EXP  Marmor; Charles A
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Kupferschmid; Kent A.
CTY  East Peoria
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Laylock; Rick A.
CTY  Washington
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Nusz; Timothy F.
CTY  Wyoming
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Whiting; Daniel J.
CTY  Bloomington
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Caterpillar Inc.
CTY  Peoria
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  192  358
XCL  192  357
EDF  6
ICL  B60K 4122
FSC  192
FSS  3.58;113 R;113 B;3.57
FSC   74
FSS  335
UREF
PNO  3300004
ISD  19670100
NAM  Peterson
OCL  192 48
UREF
PNO  3773157
ISD  19731100
NAM  Koch, Jr. et al.
OCL  192113B
UREF
PNO  3823802
ISD  19740700
NAM  Winzeler et al.
OCL  192113B
UREF
PNO  3938637
ISD  19760200
NAM  Murakami
OCL  192113R
UREF
PNO  4004670
ISD  19770100
NAM  Nerstad et al.
OCL  192105A
UREF
PNO  4431096
ISD  19840200
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  192  3.57
UREF
PNO  4465167
ISD  19840800
NAM  Fujioka
OCL  192  3.57
UREF
PNO  4544055
ISD  19851000
NAM  Kronstadt
OCL  192 70.12
UREF
PNO  4557363
ISD  19851200
NAM  Golan
OCL  192113B
UREF
PNO  5024306
ISD  19910600
NAM  Fukui et al.
OCL  192  3.57
UREF
PNO  5131431
ISD  19920700
NAM  Vullmahn
OCL  137625.23
UREF
PNO  5301922
ISD  19940400
NAM  Hayasaka
OCL  251283
UREF
PNO  5350047
ISD  19940900
NAM  Kimura et al.
OCL  192 87.13
UREF
PNO  5682792
ISD  19971100
NAM  Liesener et al.
OCL   74335
LREP
FR2  Burrows; J. W.
ABST
PAL  A control system diverts cooling and/or lubricating fluid from a selected
      one of a plurality of fluid actuated clutches in a transmission in
      response to the transmission being in a selected gear ratio. A diverter
      valve is placed between a source of cooling and/or lubricating fluid and
      the selected one of the fluid actuated clutches and operative to divert
      fluid therefrom in response to the transmission being placed in the
      selected gear ratio. A sensor arrangement is operative to sense the
      transmission gear ratio and deliver a signal to condition the diverter
      valve.
PATN
WKU  059883367
SRC  9
APN  1345532
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980814
TTL  Clutch with electrorheological or magnetorheological liquid pushed
      through an electrode or magnet gap by means of a surface acting as a
      piston
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Parekh; Ankur
EXP  Marmor; Charles A
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Wendt; Eckhardt
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Pohl; Andreas
CTY  Gross -Umstadt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Rosenfeldt; Horst
CTY  Grosszimmern
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Carl Schenck AG
CTY  Darmstadt
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970819
APN  197 35 897
CLAS
OCL  192 215
XCL  192 584
XCL  1882671
XCL  1882672
EDF  6
ICL  F16D 3500
FSC  192
FSS  21.5;58.4
FSC  188
FSS  267.1;267.2
UREF
PNO  2695675
ISD  19541100
NAM  Frye
XCL  188267.2
UREF
PNO  4444298
ISD  19840400
NAM  Stangroom
XCL  192 21
UREF
PNO  4668417
ISD  19870500
NAM  Goossens et al.
OCL  252 75
UREF
PNO  4702855
ISD  19871000
NAM  Goossens et al.
OCL  252 75
UREF
PNO  4782927
ISD  19881100
NAM  Sproston et al.
OCL  192 21.5
UREF
PNO  4896754
ISD  19900100
NAM  Carlson et al.
XCL  188267.1
UREF
PNO  4898084
ISD  19900200
NAM  Oppermann et al.
OCL   73118.1
UREF
PNO  5268118
ISD  19931200
NAM  Bloodworth et al.
OCL  252 73
UREF
PNO  5462687
ISD  19951000
NAM  Podszun et al.
OCL  252 79
UREF
PNO  5496483
ISD  19960300
NAM  Herrmann et al.
OCL  252 73
UREF
PNO  5503763
ISD  19960400
NAM  Podszun et al.
OCL  252 73
UREF
PNO  5524743
ISD  19960600
NAM  Bullough et al.
OCL  192 21.5
UREF
PNO  5598908
ISD  19970200
NAM  York et al.
OCL  192 21.5
OREF
PAL  D.P. Colvin, et al., Control of a Fall-Safe Tether Using an ER-Fluid Brake
      Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Electrorheological
      Fluids, (1989) pp. 426-436.
PAL  A. Hosseini-Sianaki, et al., "The High Speed Electrorheological
      Catch-Characteristics, Dimensional Considerations and Non Linear
      Operational Aspects" (Jun. 24-26, 1992) Actuator 92 Conference
      Proceedings, 3rd International Conference on New Actuators pp. 118-122,
      plus Copyright page, 2 title pages.
LREP
FRM  Sprung Kramer Schaefer & Briscoe
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a controllable clutch based on electrorheological
      or magnetorheological liquids, in which the transmission of force or the
      transmission of torque is achieved in that an electrorheological or
      magnetorheological liquid is pushed through an electrode gap or magnet gap
      of the clutch by means of a surface acting as a piston.
PATN
WKU  059883375
SRC  9
APN  2017148
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19981201
TTL  Ratchet tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Lorence; Richard M.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Liu; Kuo-Hunn
STR  No.4 Alley 9, La. 296, Peng Yird Rd., Tia Ping
CTY  Taichung Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  192 431
XCL   81 631
EDF  6
ICL  B25B 1504
ICL  F16D 4118
FSC  192
FSS  43;43.1;43.2;46;47;71
FSC   81
FSS  58.4;63.1
UREF
PNO  2201827
ISD  19400500
NAM  Froeschl et al.
OCL  192 43.2
UREF
PNO  4685204
ISD  19870800
NAM  Braun
OCL   81 63.1
UREF
PNO  5570616
ISD  19961100
NAM  Thompson et al.
OCL   81 63.1
UREF
PNO  5573093
ISD  19961100
NAM  Lee
OCL  192 43.2
UREF
PNO  5687820
ISD  19971100
NAM  Lin
OCL  192 43.2
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Lee
ABST
PAL  A ratchet tool includes a handle with a shaft extending therefrom onto
      which a base member, a plate and an adjusting member are respectively
      mounted. The base member has two pawl members biasedly received in the
      first end thereof so as to engage with the elongated grooves in the shaft
      and each of the pawl members has a bar engaged therewith wherein the bars
      are pivotally connected to the base member. The plate fixedly connected to
      the base member has three positioning dents and the adjusting member has a
      rod extending therefrom which is located between the two bars, a ball is
      received in one of the three positioning dents and biased by a spring
      received in the adjusting member. When rotating the adjusting member, one
      of the bars is moved to remove the corresponding pawl member from the
      elongated groove so that the effective direction of the shaft to be
      rotated is decided by the operation of the adjusting member.
PATN
WKU  059883383
SRC  8
APN  831912&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970402
TTL  Automatically adjustable friction clutch
ISD  19991123
NCL  101
ECL  101
EXP  Bonck; Rodney H.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Maucher; Paul
CTY  Sasbach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  LuK Lamellen und Kupplungsbau GmbH
CTY  Buhl
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19920305
APN  42 06 904
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19920310
APN  42 07 528
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19920418
APN  42 12 940
RLAP
COD  74
APN  026588
APD  19930305
PSC  01
PNO  5634541
CLAS
OCL  192 7025
XCL  192111A
EDF  6
ICL  F16D 1375
FSC  192
FSS  70.25;111 A
UREF
PNO  2251366
ISD  19410800
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  192 70.25
UREF
PNO  2251367
ISD  19410800
NAM  Miller
OCL  192 70.25
UREF
PNO  2678120
ISD  19540500
NAM  Binder
OCL  192111A
UREF
PNO  2703164
ISD  19550300
NAM  Binder
OCL  192111A
UREF
PNO  4848554
ISD  19890700
NAM  Fukaya
OCL  192 70.25
UREF
PNO  4924991
ISD  19900500
NAM  Takeuchi
OCL  192111A
UREF
PNO  5069322
ISD  19911200
NAM  Mizukami et al.
OCL  192 70.25
UREF
PNO  5186298
ISD  19930200
NAM  Takeuchi
OCL  192111A
UREF
PNO  5634541
ISD  19970600
NAM  Maucher
OCL  192 70.25
FREF
PNO  2599446
ISD  19871200
CNT  FRX
OCL  192111A
FREF
PNO  850844
ISD  19520900
CNT  DEX
OCL  192111A
FREF
PNO  2920932
ISD  19830200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3518781
ISD  19861100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3631863
ISD  19880300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3-134318
ISD  19910600
CNT  JPX
OCL  192111A
FREF
PNO  1239432
ISD  19860600
CNT  SUX
OCL  192 70.25
FREF
PNO  2019957
ISD  19791100
CNT  GBX
OCL  192111A
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  A friction clutch wherein the wear upon the friction linings of the clutch
      disc is automatically compensated for in response to each disengagement
      and subsequent engagement of the clutch whenever an adjustment for wear is
      necessary. The compensating unit is mounted between the axially movable
      pressure plate and the diaphragm spring of the friction clutch, and the
      extent of axial adjustability of the pressure plate to compensate for wear
      upon the friction linings is determined by an arresting unit having one or
      more sensors carried by the pressure plate and cooperating with the
      counterpressure plate and/or with the cover of the friction clutch. The
      compensating unit comprises a ring-shaped locating element which is biased
      by the diaphragm spring toward the pressure plate, and two sets of wedges
      having abutting ramps which can shift the pressure plate and the locating
      element axially relative to one another in response to angular movement of
      one set of wedges relative to the other set.
PATN
WKU  059883391
SRC  8
APN  9750525
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971120
TTL  Configuration for retaining clutch cover assembly release-load
      compensating conical spring
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Pang; Roger
EXP  Marmor; Charles A
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Asada; Masaaki
CTY  Neyagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kosumi; Toshiya
CTY  Neyagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Wakabayashi; Hirokazu
CTY  Neyagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  EXEDY Corporation
CTY  Neyagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961122
APN  8-312147
CLAS
OCL  192 7027
XCL  192 8923
EDF  6
ICL  F16D 1350
ICL  F16D 1344
FSC  192
FSS  70.27;89.23;109 A;81.23
UREF
PNO  4210233
ISD  19800700
NAM  Courbot
XCL  192 70.27
UREF
PNO  4450945
ISD  19840500
NAM  Caray
XCL  192 70.27
UREF
PNO  4989709
ISD  19910200
NAM  Takeuchi
XCL  192 70.27
UREF
PNO  5152385
ISD  19921000
NAM  Maucher
OCL  192 70.27
UREF
PNO  5168974
ISD  19921200
NAM  Rivolta et al.
XCL  192 70.27
UREF
PNO  5501312
ISD  19960300
NAM  Mizukami et al.
UREF
PNO  5636721
ISD  19970600
NAM  Weidinger
XCL  192 89.23
LREP
FRM  Shinjyu An Intellectual Property Firm
ABST
PAL  Reduced-dimension configuration for retaining a diaphragm spring
      release-load compensating conical spring in a push-type clutch. The clutch
      diaphragm spring is retained by a support mechanism that includes axially
      extending, circularly spaced supports, fixed to the clutch cover, that
      pass through holes formed at the inter-digital vertices of the diaphragm
      spring fingers. A diaphragm spring annular pivot is provided on the
      supports, on the clutch cover side of the diaphragm spring. One edge of
      the conical spring is supported on an engagement surface of the clutch
      cover, and the other edge is seated on the diaphragm spring. Engagement
      tabs project from the edge of the conical spring that is supported on the
      clutch cover. The engagement tabs are engaged into conical spring
      engagement holes formed in the clutch cover, or in an alternative
      embodiment, into inter-digital holes of the diaphragm spring not
      penetrated by the circularly spaced supports. The engagement tabs thus
      rigidly retain the conical spring against rotation relative to the clutch
      cover, or in the alternative embodiment, relative to the diaphragm spring.
      The configuration reduces the axial dimension of the assembly, on the
      clutch cover side of the diaphragm spring, to the axial height of the
      conical spring/diaphragm spring annular pivot, thereby reducing the
      bending moment on the supports when the clutch is operated.
PATN
WKU  059883405
SRC  8
APN  8957703
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970717
TTL  Two components of a cylinder for a hydraulically operated friction
      clutch assembly having scored running surface for minimizing noise
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  13
EXA  Parekh; Ankur
EXP  Bonck; Rodney H.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Riess; Thomas
CTY  Rottelsdorf
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Fichtel & Sachs AG
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960720
APN  196 29 348
CLAS
OCL  192 85C
XCL  192 91A
XCL   92 97
XCL   921691
XCL  277439
XCL  277549
EDF  6
ICL  F16D 2508
ICL  F16D 2314
FSC  192
FSS  91 A;85 C;85 CA
FSC   92
FSS  169.1;107
FSC  277
FSS  549;559;563;571;436-439
FSC  451
FSS  51
FSC   29
FSS  888.06;888.061;888.04;888.041
UREF
PNO  3586340
ISD  19710600
NAM  Otto
XCL  277559
UREF
PNO  3808955
ISD  19740500
NAM  Hamada et al.
OCL   92169.1
UREF
PNO  4429531
ISD  19840200
NAM  Spielman
XCL   92169.1
UREF
PNO  4577549
ISD  19860300
NAM  Frank et al.
OCL   92169.1
UREF
PNO  4660694
ISD  19870400
NAM  Nix et al.
XCL  192 91A
UREF
PNO  4821627
ISD  19890400
NAM  Leigh-Monstevens
XCL  192 91A
UREF
PNO  5155944
ISD  19921000
NAM  Nagel et al.
OCL  451 51
UREF
PNO  5287951
ISD  19940200
NAM  Voit et al.
OCL  192 85CA
UREF
PNO  5307915
ISD  19940500
NAM  Grosspietsch et al.
XCL  192 91A
UREF
PNO  5331775
ISD  19940700
NAM  Carmichael et al.
OCL  451 51
UREF
PNO  5590887
ISD  19970100
NAM  Senda et al.
OCL  277436
FREF
PNO  9417852
ISD  19950200
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Metals Handbook, 9th ed. United States, ASM international, 1989. pp.
      472-473. TA459.M43 1978, Mar. 1989.
PAL  Lueger Lexikon der Technik, Fertigungstechnik und Arbeitsmaschinen [Lueger
      Lexicon of Engineering, Manufacturing Technology and Machines], vol. 2,
      pp. 442 and 443, published by Rowohlt Taschenbuch Verlag in Jul. 1972.
PAL  Fachkunde fur Metallberufe [Matalworking Handbook], 44th Edition, pp. 424
      and 425, published by Verlage Europa-Lehrmittel in 1981.
PAL  "Honen" [Honing], publication issued with Publication No. 103.7,64
      published by Nagel, in particular pp. 5 to 9 and 56 to 59, whch, according
      to the attached verification by Nagel, was published in 1964.
PAL  Handbuch der Fertigungstechnik [Manufacturing Engineering Handbook], edited
      by Gunter Spur and Theodor Stoferle, vol. 3/2, in particular pp. 298 to
      301, 327 and 357 to 360, published by Carl Hanser Verlag in 1980.
PAL  ATE Bremsen-Handbuch [ATE Brake Handbook], pp. 67 and 68, published by
      Bartsch Verlag in 1979.
PAL  "Superfinish--eine neue Schleifmitteltechnologie" [Superfinish--a new
      abrasive technology], reprinted from vol. 9, No. 85 of the technical
      journal "Galvanotechnik", which according to the attached verification was
      published by Eugene G. Leuze Verlag in 1994.
PAL  Photographic documents with numbers 6637-2, 6637-5, 6637-6 and 6637-11,
      which according to the enclosed verification from Nagel show a Superfinish
      Machine, Model 4 SCE 80 T, which has been used since 1989.
PAL  Prototype Test Report (Exhibit OV1), issued by the VW company on Jun. 5,
      1992, with assembly drawing dated May 2, 1989 (Exhibit OV2).
PAL  Maschinenfabrik Gehring KG. Stuttgan-Nellingen, Funktionsablauf der
      elektrischen Steuerung nach Schalplan 12 15-59, pp. 11-13 and Table of
      Contents.
LREP
FRM  Nils H. Ljungman & Associates
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a seal between two components which two
      components can move relative to one another. The seal can be used in
      particular for hydraulic, pneumatic or hydropneumatic systems, whereby at
      least one elastic seal element interacts with a running surface.
      Preferably, this seal is used between a piston-shaped part and a
      cylinder-shaped part. In any case, the running surface, which running
      surface is mobile relative to the gasket, is provided with depressions.
      The depressions in the running surface, which running surface interacts
      with the gasket, form a cross-hatched pattern.
PATN
WKU  059883413
SRC  8
APN  9050299
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970801
TTL  Transmission input bearing retainer
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Parekh; Ankur
EXP  Marmor; Charles A.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Allen; Kevin M.
CTY  Bartlesville
STA  OK
INVT
NAM  Picone; Kenneth T.
CTY  Pinehurst
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Garrett; Peggy M.
CTY  Laurinburg
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC
CTY  Troy
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  192110B
XCL  182112
XCL   74606R
XCL  384537
XCL  384510
EDF  6
ICL  F16H 5702
FSC  192
FSS  110 B;112
FSC  384
FSS  474;510;585;537;903
FSC   74
FSS  606 R;467
UREF
PNO  2018488
ISD  19351000
NAM  Cotterman
XCL   74606R
UREF
PNO  2230604
ISD  19410200
NAM  Ware
XCL   74606R
UREF
PNO  4112786
ISD  19780900
NAM  Thomas
XCL   74606R
UREF
PNO  4793213
ISD  19881200
NAM  Nishimura
XCL   74606R
UREF
PNO  5737978
ISD  19980400
NAM  Stine
OCL   74606R
ABST
PAL  An input shaft bearing retainer for use in a vehicle transmission assembly
      maintains an input bearing in a desired position without the use of
      external fasteners such as bolts. The bearing retainer includes an
      exterior portion having a radially extending flange that is engaged
      between a transmission case outer wall and a clutch housing outer wall.
      Since the clutch housing outer wall remains fixed relative to the outer
      wall of the transmission case, the input bearing retainer is also
      maintained in place. The interface between an opening through the
      transmission case and the bearing retainer includes a seal member in the
      form of an O-ring to maintain a fluid tight seal at the opening of the
      transmission case.
PATN
WKU  059883421
SRC  9
APN  0933937
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980609
TTL  Braking device of a linear motor table
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Bonck; Rodney H.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Ito; Osamu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsuboi; Takaaki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippon Thompson Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970612
APN  9-171080
CLAS
OCL  192144
XCL  188 67
EDF  6
ICL  F16D 6300
FSC  192
FSS  144
FSC  188
FSS  171;137;67
FSC   74
FSS  490.09
UREF
PNO  4030579
ISD  19770600
NAM  Sell
OCL  188171
UREF
PNO  4382395
ISD  19830500
NAM  Haar
OCL   83 71
UREF
PNO  4515251
ISD  19850500
NAM  Wruk
OCL  188171
UREF
PNO  4681506
ISD  19870700
NAM  Teramachi
OCL  414749
UREF
PNO  5040431
ISD  19910800
NAM  Sakino t al.
OCL   74490.09
UREF
PNO  5069326
ISD  19911200
NAM  Sakamoto et al.
OCL  198619
UREF
PNO  5351789
ISD  19941000
NAM  Tochihara et al.
OCL  188 67
UREF
PNO  5829811
ISD  19981100
NAM  Skinner
XCL  188 67
LREP
FRM  Browdy and Neimark
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a braking device of a linear motor table
      which can stop in a fixed state of the table when the electrical feed is
      cut off. A braking device 11 is installed, which comprises: a shaft 12
      extending in the direction of movement and attached to the table 42; a
      retainer 14 movably inserted onto the shaft 12; balls 15 inserted into the
      pocket of the retainer 14 and rolling along the shaft 12; an outer
      cylinder 16 located including the retainer 14 and having a tapered surface
      16a on the inside of the outer cylinder; a coil spring 18 for urging
      retainer 14 to be jammed onto the tapered surface 16a; and a linear
      electromagnetic solenoid 17 which urge the retainer 14 for making the
      balls 15 release the tapered surface 16a. When the electrical feed is cut
      off, the balls 15 are jammed on the tapered surface 16a by the action of a
      wedge, and the table is stopped.
PATN
WKU  059883430
SRC  8
APN  8330735
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970403
TTL  Clutch disc with a torsional vibration damper for a motor vehicle
      friction clutch
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Bonck; Rodney H.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kleifges; Jurgen
CTY  Schweinfurt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wack; Erwin
CTY  Niederwerrn
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Fichtel & Sachs AG
CTY  Schweinfurt
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960404
APN  196 13 574
CLAS
OCL  19221312
XCL  19221322
EDF  6
ICL  F16D  366
ICL  F16D 1364
FSC  192
FSS  70.17;213.22;213.21;213.2;213.12
FSC  464
FSS  68
UREF
PNO  3101600
ISD  19630800
NAM  Stromberg
XCL  192213.2
UREF
PNO  3138011
ISD  19640600
NAM  Stromberg
OCL  464 68
UREF
PNO  3327820
ISD  19670600
NAM  Maurice
XCL  464 68
UREF
PNO  4562912
ISD  19860100
NAM  Kabayama
OCL  192213.21
UREF
PNO  4591348
ISD  19860500
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
UREF
PNO  4601677
ISD  19860700
NAM  Takeuchi
OCL  464 68
UREF
PNO  4603767
ISD  19860800
NAM  Blond
UREF
PNO  4618048
ISD  19861000
NAM  Kobayashi
OCL  192213.22
UREF
PNO  4700821
ISD  19871000
NAM  Maucher et al.
XCL  464 68
UREF
PNO  4860871
ISD  19890800
NAM  Graton et al.
XCL  464 68
UREF
PNO  5542516
ISD  19960800
NAM  Wack
XCL  192213.22
FREF
PNO  3407524
ISD  19850900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3614158
ISD  19871000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4419424
ISD  19950100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2034004
ISD  19800500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2093564
ISD  19820900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2234322
ISD  19910100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Nils H. Ljungman & Associates
ABST
PAL  A torsional vibration damper, for installation in the clutch disc of a
      motor vehicle friction clutch, the damping spring system of which
      torsional vibration damper comprises at least three spring stages which
      are sized for different torque ranges of the torque to be transmitted
      between an input component and an output component. The spring stages are
      graduated so that they are active in corresponding ranges of the relative
      angle of rotation between the input component and the output component.
      The torsional vibration damper comprises a pre-damper which is sized for
      operation at idle, a low-speed damper which is sized for travel at slow
      speeds, and a load damper which is sized for load operation. The spring
      stage of the low-speed damper has an initial torque which is lower than
      the final torque of the pre-damper, and the load damper also has an
      initial torque which is lower than the final torque of the low-speed
      damper. The pre-damper and the low-speed damper are connected to the
      output part by means of toothings in their disc parts which guide the
      damper springs so that they are axially movable, but have a rotational
      play which corresponds to the working range of the dampers. Friction
      devices corresponding to the individual damper stages can be installed
      between the individual disc parts.
PATN
WKU  059883448
SRC  8
APN  9313796
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970916
TTL  Fluid power transmission clutch brake
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  11
EXA  Rodriguez; Saul J.
EXP  Marmor; Charles A.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Allen; Kevin Michael
CTY  Bartlesville
STA  OK
ASSG
NAM  Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, L.L.C.
CTY  Troy
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  192216
XCL  192219
XCL  192221
XCL  192 13R
XCL  192 12A
EDF  6
ICL  B60K 4126
FSC  192
FSS  216;219;221;13 R;12 A
UREF
PNO  2771967
ISD  19561100
NAM  Larson
OCL  188270
UREF
PNO  3684067
ISD  19720800
NAM  Anderson
OCL  192 12A
UREF
PNO  4257504
ISD  19810300
NAM  Hanke
OCL  192 12A
UREF
PNO  4819774
ISD  19890400
NAM  Bieber
OCL  192216
UREF
PNO  4884669
ISD  19891200
NAM  Ehrlinger
OCL  192216
UREF
PNO  4946014
ISD  19900800
NAM  Okada
OCL  192216
UREF
PNO  5333707
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kaneda
OCL  192296
LREP
FRM  Howard & Howard
ABST
PAL  Rotation of transmission shafts as typically provided by the clutch brake
      is instead provided by increasing the load on the transmission shafts. In
      one embodiment, this is achieved by restricting flow through the supply
      line between the shaft driven pump and the oil cooler. By restricting this
      flow, the load on the pump increases, and the torque required to drive the
      pump increases. This, in turn, retards rotation of the transmission shafts
      to achieve the function typically provided by the clutch brake of stopping
      rotation. The present invention thus provides the function without the
      requirement of a clutch brake. The present invention is much more easily
      serviced or replaced than a clutch brake, and includes only elements which
      are accessible from outside of the transmission, and thus may be easily
      serviced or replaced.
PATN
WKU  059883456
SRC  9
APN  133302&
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980812
TTL  Bill validation using light transmitted across bill pathway
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  9
EXP  Bartuska; F. J.
NDR  24
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Bergeron; Alfred F.
CTY  Chester County
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Shuren; Thomas E.
CTY  Chester County
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Hudis; Scott
CTY  Chester County
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Mars Incorporated
CTY  McLean
STA  VA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  780651
APD  19970109
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  376809
APD  19950123
PSC  01
PNO  5632367
CLAS
OCL  194203
XCL  194207
EDF  6
ICL  G07D  700
FSC  194
FSS  203;207
FSC  209
FSS  534
FSC  250
FSS  556
UREF
PNO  2237132
ISD  19410400
NAM  Christensen
XCL  194344
UREF
PNO  2629484
ISD  19530200
NAM  Thomson
UREF
PNO  3222057
ISD  19651200
NAM  Conri
UREF
PNO  3655186
ISD  19720400
NAM  Bayha
UREF
PNO  3731799
ISD  19730500
NAM  Meloni et al.
UREF
PNO  3851744
ISD  19741200
NAM  Erickson
UREF
PNO  3870629
ISD  19750300
NAM  Carter et al.
UREF
PNO  3917260
ISD  19751100
NAM  Okkonen et al.
UREF
PNO  3934693
ISD  19760100
NAM  Ooyama et al.
UREF
PNO  3966047
ISD  19760600
NAM  Steiner
UREF
PNO  3977669
ISD  19760800
NAM  Douno
UREF
PNO  4011931
ISD  19770300
NAM  Wyckoff
UREF
PNO  4020972
ISD  19770500
NAM  Lundblad
UREF
PNO  4023011
ISD  19770500
NAM  Nakajima et al.
UREF
PNO  4045017
ISD  19770800
NAM  Lundblad
UREF
PNO  4127328
ISD  19781100
NAM  Gorgone et al.
UREF
PNO  4283708
ISD  19810800
NAM  Lee
UREF
PNO  4325277
ISD  19820400
NAM  Uchida et al.
UREF
PNO  4349111
ISD  19820900
NAM  Shah et al.
UREF
PNO  4418824
ISD  19831200
NAM  Gorgone et al.
UREF
PNO  4444711
ISD  19840400
NAM  Schad
UREF
PNO  4453667
ISD  19840600
NAM  Zerfahs
UREF
PNO  4460534
ISD  19840700
NAM  Boehm et al.
UREF
PNO  4464787
ISD  19840800
NAM  Fish et al.
UREF
PNO  4470496
ISD  19840900
NAM  Steiner
UREF
PNO  4479049
ISD  19841000
NAM  Hirose
UREF
PNO  4490846
ISD  19841200
NAM  Ishida et al.
UREF
PNO  4495585
ISD  19850100
NAM  Buckley
UREF
PNO  4504052
ISD  19850300
NAM  Murck et al.
UREF
PNO  4510380
ISD  19850400
NAM  Uchida et al.
UREF
PNO  4540081
ISD  19850900
NAM  Mori et al.
UREF
PNO  4556139
ISD  19851200
NAM  Akagawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4628194
ISD  19861200
NAM  Dobbins et al.
UREF
PNO  4638746
ISD  19870100
NAM  Ishigure
UREF
PNO  4676941
ISD  19870600
NAM  Shiho et al.
UREF
PNO  4678072
ISD  19870700
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  4722519
ISD  19880200
NAM  Zouzoulas
UREF
PNO  4726758
ISD  19880200
NAM  Sekine et al.
UREF
PNO  4765607
ISD  19880800
NAM  Zouzoulas
UREF
PNO  4775824
ISD  19881000
NAM  Barnes et al.
UREF
PNO  4784274
ISD  19881100
NAM  Mori et al.
UREF
PNO  4807736
ISD  19890200
NAM  Kondo et al.
UREF
PNO  4834230
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kondo et al.
UREF
PNO  4858744
ISD  19890800
NAM  Doleja et al.
UREF
PNO  4880096
ISD  19891100
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5005688
ISD  19910400
NAM  Yukimoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5049341
ISD  19910900
NAM  Rubinstein
UREF
PNO  5209335
ISD  19930500
NAM  Shuren et al.
UREF
PNO  5209395
ISD  19930500
NAM  Zouzoulas et al.
UREF
PNO  5222584
ISD  19930600
NAM  Zouzoulas
UREF
PNO  5222626
ISD  19930600
NAM  Reinschmidt et al.
UREF
PNO  5251738
ISD  19931000
NAM  Dabrowski
UREF
PNO  5318164
ISD  19940600
NAM  Barnes et al.
UREF
PNO  5411249
ISD  19950500
NAM  Zouzoulas
UREF
PNO  5462150
ISD  19951000
NAM  Chang
UREF
PNO  5464578
ISD  19951100
NAM  Salter et al.
UREF
PNO  5472655
ISD  19951200
NAM  Morita
UREF
PNO  5476169
ISD  19951200
NAM  Takarada et al.
UREF
PNO  5806649
ISD  19980900
NAM  Walsh et al.
OCL  194203
FREF
PNO  63-171760
ISD  19880700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2121533
ISD  19831200
CNT  GBX
OCL  250556
OREF
PAL  Ameel, R.D., "Injection molds", Modern Plastics Encyclopedia, 1986-1987,
      pp. 340-346.
PAL  Faig, H., "Injection molding thermoplastics", Modern Plastics Encyclopedia,
      1986-1987, pp.252-265.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A validator portion of a bill validator is disclosed comprising two
      different plastic materials of different colors, fused together. The first
      plastic material is preferably opaque, or black, and the second plastic
      material is preferably clear. The clear material is used to provide
      windows through the validator housings for light to pass from light
      sources, such as light emitting diodes, to photodetectors, such as
      phototransistors, and protects the light source and photodetectors from
      water, dirt and air. Prisms can be provided as well, to provide a detector
      for foreign matter such as string. In accordance with another aspect of
      the invention, the validator can be formed by a two shot, injection
      molding process.
PATN
WKU  059883464
SRC  8
APN  9666087
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971110
TTL  Method and apparatus for establishing and managing vending machine
      subscriptions
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXA  Jaketic; Bryan
EXP  Ellis; Christopher P.
NDR  15
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Tedesco; Daniel E.
STR  88 Barn Hill Rd.
CTY  Monroe
STA  CT
ZIP  06468
INVT
NAM  Jorasch; James A.
STR  25 Forest St., Apt 5G
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
ZIP  06901
INVT
NAM  Lech; Robert R.
STR  3 Valley View Rd. #25
CTY  Norwalk
STA  CT
ZIP  06851
CLAS
OCL  194217
XCL  36447907
XCL  235381
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  708
ICL  G06F 1700
FSC  194
FSS  217;218
FSC  364
FSS  479.01;479.02;479.05;479.06;479.07;479.08;479.14
FSC  221
FSS  9;2
FSC  235
FSS  381;380;383
UREF
PNO  4481590
ISD  19841100
NAM  Otten
OCL  194217
UREF
PNO  4654513
ISD  19870300
NAM  Hennessy
OCL  235381
UREF
PNO  4654800
ISD  19870300
NAM  Hayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  4778983
ISD  19881000
NAM  Ushikubo
UREF
PNO  5352876
ISD  19941000
NAM  Watanabe et al.
UREF
PNO  5409092
ISD  19950400
NAM  Itako et al.
UREF
PNO  5440108
ISD  19950800
NAM  Tran et al.
OCL  235381
UREF
PNO  5621640
ISD  19970400
NAM  Burke
UREF
PNO  5637845
ISD  19970600
NAM  Kolls
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for registering a
      subscription to purchase a plurality of items dispensed by a vending
      machine. According to a second aspect of the present invention, a method
      and apparatus are disclosed for dispensing an item by a vending machine in
      response to a request to redeem at least a portion of a registered
      subscription. According to a third aspect of the present invention, a
      method and apparatus are disclosed for dispensing an item by a vending
      machine based on an estimated availability determined through an analysis
      of stored subscription data.
PATN
WKU  059883472
SRC  8
APN  9969721
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971223
TTL  Coin validator for a payphone
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Jaketic; Bryan
EXP  Bartuska; F. J.
NDR  7
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Schwab; David M.
CTY  Glenmore
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Mars, Incorporated
CTY  McLean
STA  VA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  194217
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  700
FSC  194
FSS  217
UREF
PNO  4763769
ISD  19880800
NAM  Levasseur
OCL  194217
UREF
PNO  5154272
ISD  19921000
NAM  Nishiumi et al.
OCL  194217
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  An electronic coin validator for connection to a payphone chassis that is
      capable of accepting coins of value greater than twenty-five cents is
      described. The coin validator includes a housing, a coin passageway, at
      least one coin sensor, a microprocessor and a memory. The microprocessor
      processes signals from the sensor to denominate and validate high value
      coins, accesses a high value coin credit signal packet corresponding to
      the denomination of the coin, and outputs the credit signal packet to the
      payphone chassis.
PATN
WKU  059883480
SRC  8
APN  8837805
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970627
TTL  Coin discrimination apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  64
ECL  37
EXP  Bartuska; F. J.
NDR  50
NFG  80
INVT
NAM  Martin; Doug
CTY  Woodinville
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Cannon; Larry
CTY  Bothell
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Waechter; Mark
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Berho; Rodrigo
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Everhart; Daniel
CTY  Edmonds
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Blumberg; Robert
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Leonard; Paul
CTY  Kirkland
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Germany; Cheryl
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Gerrity; Dan
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Phillips; Alan C.
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Neubarth; Stuart K.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Coinstar, Inc.
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  807046
APD  19970224
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  672639
APD  19960628
CLAS
OCL  194317
XCL  194346
XCL  453 57
EDF  6
ICL  G07D  508
FSC  194
FSS  317;318;334;344;345;346;347;348
FSC  453
FSS  3;4;5;7;9;11;32;49;56;57
FSC  193
FSS  DIG. 2
UREF
PNO  446303
ISD  18910200
NAM  Thompson
UREF
PNO  1234707
ISD  19170700
NAM  Whister
XCL  453  8
UREF
PNO  2390147
ISD  19451200
NAM  Hatton
OCL  194317
UREF
PNO  2865561
ISD  19581200
NAM  Rosapepe
OCL  232  7
UREF
PNO  3065467
ISD  19621100
NAM  Prevost
OCL  346 22
UREF
PNO  3132654
ISD  19640500
NAM  Adams
UREF
PNO  3173742
ISD  19650300
NAM  Simjian
OCL  346 22
UREF
PNO  3297242
ISD  19670100
NAM  Karp
OCL  232  1
UREF
PNO  3463171
ISD  19690800
NAM  Dolman
UREF
PNO  3589492
ISD  19710600
NAM  Shirley
UREF
PNO  3599771
ISD  19710800
NAM  Hinterstocker
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  3603327
ISD  19710900
NAM  Buchholz et al.
UREF
PNO  3653481
ISD  19720400
NAM  Boxall et al.
UREF
PNO  3680566
ISD  19720800
NAM  Tanaka et al.
UREF
PNO  3815717
ISD  19740600
NAM  Arseneau
UREF
PNO  3818918
ISD  19740600
NAM  Nissmo et al.
UREF
PNO  3870137
ISD  19750300
NAM  Fougere
OCL  194317
UREF
PNO  3901368
ISD  19750800
NAM  Klinger
UREF
PNO  3948280
ISD  19760400
NAM  Dahl et al.
UREF
PNO  3952851
ISD  19760400
NAM  Fougere et al.
UREF
PNO  3965912
ISD  19760600
NAM  Gross
UREF
PNO  4036242
ISD  19770700
NAM  Breitenstein et al.
UREF
PNO  4058954
ISD  19771100
NAM  Asami
OCL   53 54
UREF
PNO  4059122
ISD  19771100
NAM  Kinoshita
UREF
PNO  4089400
ISD  19780500
NAM  Gregory, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4099722
ISD  19780700
NAM  Rodesch et al.
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4100925
ISD  19780700
NAM  Fukunaga
UREF
PNO  4106610
ISD  19780800
NAM  Heiman
UREF
PNO  4111216
ISD  19780900
NAM  Brisebarre
UREF
PNO  4148331
ISD  19790400
NAM  Nicolaus
UREF
PNO  4167949
ISD  19790900
NAM  Hashimoto et al.
UREF
PNO  4184366
ISD  19800100
NAM  Butler
XCL  194317
UREF
PNO  4199744
ISD  19800400
NAM  Aldridge et al.
OCL  336178
UREF
PNO  4228811
ISD  19801000
NAM  Tanaka et al.
UREF
PNO  4249552
ISD  19810200
NAM  Margolin
UREF
PNO  4266121
ISD  19810500
NAM  Hirose
OCL  235381
UREF
PNO  4286704
ISD  19810900
NAM  Wood
UREF
PNO  4334604
ISD  19820600
NAM  Davies
UREF
PNO  4356829
ISD  19821100
NAM  Furuya
UREF
PNO  4360034
ISD  19821100
NAM  Davila et al.
UREF
PNO  4369800
ISD  19830100
NAM  Watanabe et al.
UREF
PNO  4380316
ISD  19830400
NAM  Glinka et al.
OCL  232 16
UREF
PNO  4383540
ISD  19830500
NAM  De Meyer et al.
UREF
PNO  4398550
ISD  19830800
NAM  Shireman
UREF
PNO  4416365
ISD  19831100
NAM  Heiman
UREF
PNO  4434359
ISD  19840200
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  4437558
ISD  19840300
NAM  Nicholson et al.
UREF
PNO  4448297
ISD  19840500
NAM  Mendelsohn
UREF
PNO  4460003
ISD  19840700
NAM  Barnes et al.
UREF
PNO  4469213
ISD  19840900
NAM  Nicholson et al.
UREF
PNO  4471864
ISD  19840900
NAM  Marshall
UREF
PNO  4488116
ISD  19841200
NAM  Plesko
OCL  324236
UREF
PNO  4503963
ISD  19850300
NAM  Steiner
UREF
PNO  4509542
ISD  19850400
NAM  Watanabe et al.
UREF
PNO  4509633
ISD  19850400
NAM  Chow
UREF
PNO  4556140
ISD  19851200
NAM  Okada
OCL  194206
UREF
PNO  4558711
ISD  19851200
NAM  Yoshiaki et al.
UREF
PNO  4558712
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sentoku et al.
UREF
PNO  4574824
ISD  19860300
NAM  Paulsen et al.
UREF
PNO  4598378
ISD  19860700
NAM  Giacomo
OCL  364479
UREF
PNO  4611205
ISD  19860900
NAM  Eglise
OCL  340825.35
UREF
PNO  4622456
ISD  19861100
NAM  Naruto et al.
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  4625851
ISD  19861200
NAM  Johnson et al.
XCL  194317
UREF
PNO  4706577
ISD  19871100
NAM  Jones
OCL  109 59T
UREF
PNO  4716799
ISD  19880100
NAM  Hartmann
OCL   83 42
UREF
PNO  4723212
ISD  19880200
NAM  Mindrum et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  4733765
ISD  19880300
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  194206
UREF
PNO  4753625
ISD  19880600
NAM  Okada
OCL  453 32
UREF
PNO  4754862
ISD  19880700
NAM  Rawicz-Szczerbo et al.
XCL  194317
UREF
PNO  4809838
ISD  19890300
NAM  Houserman
OCL  194317
UREF
PNO  4842119
ISD  19890600
NAM  Abe
OCL  194317
UREF
PNO  4872618
ISD  19891000
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  242  4R
UREF
PNO  4883158
ISD  19891100
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  194217
UREF
PNO  4884672
ISD  19891200
NAM  Parker
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  4910672
ISD  19900300
NAM  Off et al.
OCL  364405
UREF
PNO  4914381
ISD  19900400
NAM  Narod
OCL  324117R
UREF
PNO  4921463
ISD  19900500
NAM  Primdahl et al.
OCL  453  3
UREF
PNO  4926997
ISD  19900500
NAM  Parker
OCL  194231
UREF
PNO  4936436
ISD  19900600
NAM  Keltner
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  4950986
ISD  19900800
NAM  Guerrero
OCL  324207.19
UREF
PNO  4953086
ISD  19900800
NAM  Fukatsu
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  4960196
ISD  19901000
NAM  Kanehara et al.
OCL  194215
UREF
PNO  4964495
ISD  19901000
NAM  Rasmussen
OCL  194344
UREF
PNO  4978322
ISD  19901200
NAM  Paulsen
OCL  453 57
UREF
PNO  4995497
ISD  19910200
NAM  Kai et al.
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  4995848
ISD  19910200
NAM  Goh
OCL  453  3
UREF
PNO  4997406
ISD  19910300
NAM  Horiguchi et al.
OCL  453 57
UREF
PNO  5021967
ISD  19910600
NAM  Smith
OCL  364479
UREF
PNO  5025139
ISD  19910600
NAM  Halliburton, Jr.
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  5030165
ISD  19910700
NAM  Nilsson et al.
OCL  453  9
UREF
PNO  5039848
ISD  19910800
NAM  Stoken
OCL  235381
UREF
PNO  5056644
ISD  19911000
NAM  Parker
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  5067604
ISD  19911100
NAM  Metcalf
OCL  194203
UREF
PNO  5078252
ISD  19920100
NAM  Furuya et al.
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  5091713
ISD  19920200
NAM  Horne et al.
OCL  340541
UREF
PNO  5098339
ISD  19920300
NAM  Dabrowski
OCL  453 30
UREF
PNO  5131885
ISD  19920700
NAM  Nakao et al.
OCL  4532 11
UREF
PNO  5167571
ISD  19921200
NAM  Waller
OCL  453 29
UREF
PNO  5173851
ISD  19921200
NAM  Off et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5191957
ISD  19930300
NAM  Hayes
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  5199545
ISD  19930400
NAM  Takamisawa et al.
OCL  194319
UREF
PNO  5219059
ISD  19930600
NAM  Furuya et al.
OCL  194200
UREF
PNO  5226520
ISD  19930700
NAM  Parker
OCL  194317
UREF
PNO  5236074
ISD  19930800
NAM  Gotaas
OCL  194331
UREF
PNO  5244070
ISD  19930900
NAM  Carmen et al.
OCL  194319
UREF
PNO  5254032
ISD  19931000
NAM  Abe
OCL  453 56
UREF
PNO  5263566
ISD  19931100
NAM  Nara et al.
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  5279404
ISD  19940100
NAM  Bruner et al.
OCL  194346
UREF
PNO  5291782
ISD  19940300
NAM  Taylor
OCL   73319
UREF
PNO  5293979
ISD  19940300
NAM  Levasseur
OCL  194317
UREF
PNO  5293980
ISD  19940300
NAM  Parker
OCL  194317
UREF
PNO  5299673
ISD  19940400
NAM  Wu
OCL  194345
UREF
PNO  5316120
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ibarrola
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  5321242
ISD  19940600
NAM  Heath, Jr.
OCL  235382
UREF
PNO  5323891
ISD  19940600
NAM  Waite
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  5326312
ISD  19940700
NAM  Patroni
OCL  453 57
UREF
PNO  5346049
ISD  19940900
NAM  Nakajima et al.
OCL  194328
UREF
PNO  5351798
ISD  19941000
NAM  Hayes
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  5379875
ISD  19950100
NAM  Shames et al.
OCL  194317
UREF
PNO  5386901
ISD  19950200
NAM  Ibarrola et al.
OCL  194244
UREF
PNO  5386902
ISD  19950200
NAM  Bointon et al.
OCL  194346
UREF
PNO  5388680
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hird et al.
OCL  194345
UREF
PNO  5392891
ISD  19950200
NAM  Ferguson et al.
OCL  194317
UREF
PNO  5404985
ISD  19950400
NAM  Baughman
OCL  194242
UREF
PNO  5431270
ISD  19950700
NAM  Wohlrab et al.
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  5433310
ISD  19950700
NAM  Bell
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  5439089
ISD  19950800
NAM  Parker
OCL  194317
UREF
PNO  5449058
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kotler et al.
OCL  194344
UREF
PNO  5452785
ISD  19950900
NAM  Iwamoto et al.
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  5458225
ISD  19951000
NAM  Iwamoto et al.
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  5460256
ISD  19951000
NAM  Levasseur
OCL  194334
UREF
PNO  5469952
ISD  19951100
NAM  Kershaw et al.
OCL  194317
UREF
PNO  5484334
ISD  19960100
NAM  Evdokimo
OCL  453  3
UREF
PNO  5489015
ISD  19960200
NAM  Wood
OCL  194318
UREF
PNO  5494145
ISD  19960200
NAM  Cohrs et al.
OCL  194317
UREF
PNO  5494147
ISD  19960200
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  194328
UREF
PNO  5501633
ISD  19960300
NAM  Watkins et al.
OCL  453 17
UREF
PNO  5515960
ISD  19960500
NAM  Wood
OCL  194328
UREF
PNO  5564546
ISD  19961000
NAM  Molbek et al.
OCL  194216
UREF
PNO  5620079
ISD  19970400
NAM  Molbek
OCL  194217
UREF
PNO  5788046
ISD  19980800
NAM  Lamah
XCL  194334
FREF
PNO  2067987
ISD  19920700
CNT  CAX
ICL  G06F 1521
FREF
PNO  2060630
ISD  19920700
CNT  CAX
ICL  G06F 1524
FREF
PNO  0 060 392
ISD  19820900
CNT  EPX
ICL  G07F  302
FREF
PNO  209 357
ISD  19870100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 209 357
ISD  19870100
CNT  EPX
ICL  G07D  904
FREF
PNO  0 300 781
ISD  19890100
CNT  EPX
ICL  G07D  508
FREF
PNO  1 944 488
ISD  19710300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  25 16 532 A1
ISD  19751000
CNT  DEX
ICL  G07D  700
FREF
PNO  25 28 735
ISD  19760400
CNT  DEX
ICL  B60K 1710
FREF
PNO  30 21 327
ISD  19811200
CNT  DEX
ICL  G07D  306
FREF
PNO  288 018
ISD  19910300
CNT  DEX
ICL  G07F  302
FREF
PNO  1-307891
ISD  19891200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-63795
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-92994
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
ICL  G07D  900
FREF
PNO  2 198 274
ISD  19880600
CNT  GBX
ICL  G07D  300
FREF
PNO  SE87/00102
ISD  19870900
CNT  WOX
ICL  G07D  302
FREF
PNO  GB88/00274
ISD  19881000
CNT  WOX
ICL  G07D  312
FREF
PNO  GB88/00592
ISD  19890200
CNT  WOX
ICL  G07D  508
FREF
PNO  US93/07846
ISD  19940400
CNT  WOX
ICL  G06F 1516
OREF
PAL  Hamilton, "Turning Cans Into Cold Cash", The Washington Post, Jul. 2, 1991,
      pp. D1 and D4, 194-209.
PAL  Reis Eurosystems Geldbearbeitungssysteme, "Test -Programme CS 3110
      Selectronic coin sorting and counting machine", Jul. 1992, pp. 1-3.
PAL  Reis Eurosystems, "Operating Instructions CS 3110 Selectronic Coin Sorting
      and Counting Machine with Central Sensor", Jul. 1992, pp. 1-12, I-IV.
PAL  "Slide Changing Apparatus With Slide Jam Protection", Research Disclosure
      30509, Sep. 1989.
PAL  F. Zimmerman & Co., "Reference Manual Contovit/Sortovit, Perconta Money
      Counting and Sorting Systems", Aug. 1995, pp. I-III, 1-31 and three pages
      of specifications.
LREP
FRM  Sheridan Ross P.C.
ABST
PAL  A coin discrimination apparatus and method is provided. Coins, preferably
      after cleaning, e.g. using a trommel, are singulated by a coin pickup
      assembly configured to reduce jamming. A coin rail assists in providing
      separation between coins as they travel past a sensor. The sensor provides
      an oscillating electromagnetic field generated on a single sensing core.
      The oscillating electromagnetic field is composed of one or more frequency
      components. The electromagnetic field interacts with a coin, and these
      interactions are monitored and used to classify the coin according to its
      physical properties. All frequency components of the magnetic field are
      phase-locked to a common reference frequency. The phase relationships
      between the various frequencies are fixed, and the interaction of each
      frequency component with the coin can be accurately determined without the
      need for complicated electrical filters. In one embodiment, a sensor
      having a core, preferably ferrite, which is curved, such as in a U-shape
      or in the shape of a section of a torus, and defining a gap, is provided
      with a wire winding for excitation and/or detection. The sensor can be
      used for simultaneously obtaining data relating to two or more parameters
      of a coin or other object, such as size and conductivity of the object.
      Two or more frequencies can be used to sense core and/or cladding
      properties. Objects recognized as acceptable coins, using the sensor data,
      are diverted by a controllable deflecting door, to tubes for delivery to
      acceptable coin bins.
PATN
WKU  059883499
SRC  7
APN  8876290
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19920522
TTL  Apparatus and method for separating and rejecting coins
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  2
EXP  Bartuska; F. J.
NDR  15
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Bruner; Philemon L.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Bugge; David Carlton
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Imonex Services, Inc.
CTY  Katy
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  754202
APD  19910821
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  469306
APD  19900124
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  163307
APD  19880316
PSC  01
PNO  4911280
RLAP
COD  82
APN  042797
APD  19870427
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  194338
XCL  453  9
EDF  6
ICL  G07D  502
FSC  453
FSS  5;9;15
FSC  194
FSS  325;334;338
UREF
PNO  688211
ISD  19011200
NAM  Uchermann
UREF
PNO  917629
ISD  19090400
NAM  Long
UREF
PNO  969272
ISD  19100900
NAM  Grover
UREF
PNO  1087307
ISD  19140200
NAM  Long
UREF
PNO  1503223
ISD  19240700
NAM  Bee
UREF
PNO  1907064
ISD  19330500
NAM  Gottfried
UREF
PNO  1933752
ISD  19331100
NAM  Parks et al.
UREF
PNO  2009609
ISD  19350700
NAM  Edison
UREF
PNO  2014506
ISD  19350900
NAM  Patche
UREF
PNO  2049170
ISD  19360700
NAM  Mills
UREF
PNO  2122550
ISD  19380700
NAM  Adrian
UREF
PNO  2292628
ISD  19420800
NAM  Fry
UREF
PNO  2442890
ISD  19480600
NAM  Garbrielsen et al.
UREF
PNO  2453437
ISD  19481100
NAM  Hokanson
UREF
PNO  3378126
ISD  19680400
NAM  Kuckens et al.
UREF
PNO  3398303
ISD  19680800
NAM  Koch
UREF
PNO  3408508
ISD  19681000
NAM  Kuckens
UREF
PNO  3408509
ISD  19681000
NAM  Niehaus
UREF
PNO  3411613
ISD  19681100
NAM  Andreas
UREF
PNO  3575273
ISD  19710400
NAM  Lajeunesse
UREF
PNO  3768618
ISD  19731000
NAM  Collins
UREF
PNO  4111215
ISD  19780900
NAM  Wicklander
UREF
PNO  4254857
ISD  19810300
NAM  Levasseur et al.
UREF
PNO  4263924
ISD  19810400
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  4396029
ISD  19830800
NAM  Anderson
UREF
PNO  4874347
ISD  19891000
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  453  5
UREF
PNO  4911280
ISD  19900300
NAM  Bruner
OCL  194338
FREF
PNO  4547/26
ISD  19270600
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  331271
ISD  19030900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  469837
ISD  19140500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  523069
ISD  19310400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3007484
ISD  19810900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  53142
ISD  19891100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19922
ISD  19270900
CNT  NLX
OCL   43  2
FREF
PNO  1321241
ISD  19030900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  464439
ISD  19370400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  810031
ISD  19571100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2105893
ISD  19830300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  88/08174
ISD  19881000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Arnold White & Durkee
ABST
PAL  A coin separator/rejector system includes a plurality of coin races which
      are disposed in a coin separator and rejector body. The races have at
      least one protrusion along their length so as to deflect downwardly
      traveling coins and force these coins to alter both their attitude and
      direction of travel to encounter apertures formed between successive coin
      races. Coins of a selected diameter travel downwardly along any given coin
      race for ultimate deposit or credit. Coins of other than the selected
      diameter are directed into alternative races for rejection or return to
      the user.
PATN
WKU  059883502
SRC  8
APN  8559279
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970514
TTL  Escalator step
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Valenza; Jospeh E.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Nusime; Harold
CTY  Steyr
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Neszmerak; Wolfgang
CTY  Wien
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Invento AG
CTY  Hergiswil
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960530
APN  96810345
CLAS
OCL  198333
EDF  6
ICL  B66B 2312
FSC  198
FSS  333
UREF
PNO  2570135
ISD  19511000
NAM  Loughridge
OCL  198 16
UREF
PNO  4413719
ISD  19831100
NAM  White
OCL  198333
UREF
PNO  5358089
ISD  19941000
NAM  Riedel
OCL  198333
FREF
PNO  0276578
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
ICL  B66B 2312
FREF
PNO  2717666
ISD  19781000
CNT  DEX
ICL  B66B  912
FREF
PNO  9222491
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
ICL  B66B 2312
LREP
FRM  Schweitzer Cornman Gross & Bondell LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to an aluminum die-cast escalator step with a
      reinforcing addition, by means of which the load capacity and thus the
      fracture load limit of the step body (1) 15 increased. In an unchanged
      compact step body (1), a stiffening section (6) is fastened in the
      transverse direction at the rear part at its underside (16). Side struts
      (15) are reinforced by enclosing side parts (7, 8) wherein the rims of the
      side surfaces of the side parts (7, 8) lie against the underside (16) and
      against the rear side (17) of the step body (1). A metal ring is welded to
      the side plate and encloses the stub axle pin of the step body. The
      stiffening section (6) has an asymmetric U shape.
PATN
WKU  059883510
SRC  8
APN  8006024
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970219
TTL  Conveyor with rotating and offloading of conveyed units
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  18
EXA  McAllister; Steven B.
EXP  Ellis; Christopher P.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Warkentin; A. James
STR  10300 S. Kings River,#16
CTY  Reedley
STA  CA
ZIP  93654
CLAS
OCL  19837004
XCL  19837001
XCL  198387
XCL  198779
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 4710
FSC  198
FSS  370.01;370.04;387;779;370.02
UREF
PNO  3857472
ISD  19741200
NAM  Klint
OCL  198 20R
UREF
PNO  4033450
ISD  19770700
NAM  Paddock et al.
OCL  198648
UREF
PNO  4106628
ISD  19780800
NAM  Warkentin et al.
OCL  209 74M
UREF
PNO  4726898
ISD  19880200
NAM  Mills et al.
OCL  209545
UREF
PNO  4872564
ISD  19891000
NAM  Van Der Schoot
OCL  209511
UREF
PNO  4961489
ISD  19901000
NAM  Warkentin
OCL  198365
UREF
PNO  4981205
ISD  19910100
NAM  Cowlin
OCL  198387
UREF
PNO  5018864
ISD  19910500
NAM  Richert
OCL  356372
UREF
PNO  5029692
ISD  19910700
NAM  Warkentin
OCL  198365
UREF
PNO  5106195
ISD  19920400
NAM  Richert
OCL  356407
UREF
PNO  5156278
ISD  19921000
NAM  Aaron et al.
OCL  209556
UREF
PNO  5181596
ISD  19930100
NAM  Warkentin
OCL  198365
UREF
PNO  5195628
ISD  19930300
NAM  Warkentin
OCL  198370
UREF
PNO  5215179
ISD  19930100
NAM  Warkintin
OCL  198365
UREF
PNO  5223917
ISD  19930600
NAM  Richert
OCL  356407
UREF
PNO  5237407
ISD  19930800
NAM  Crezee et al.
OCL  358107
UREF
PNO  5244100
ISD  19930900
NAM  Regier et al.
OCL  209556
UREF
PNO  5286980
ISD  19940200
NAM  Richert
OCL  250560
UREF
PNO  5401954
ISD  19950300
NAM  Richert
OCL  250226
UREF
PNO  5474167
ISD  19951200
NAM  Warkentin
OCL  198890.1
UREF
PNO  5497887
ISD  19960300
NAM  Heibert
OCL  209538
UREF
PNO  5626236
ISD  19970500
NAM  Hiebert
OCL  209538
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon
ABST
PAL  A conveyor of product units has mounting brackets extending laterally from
      endless chains. The mounting brackets rotatably mount two spools having
      axes parallel to the conveying path. The mounting brackets are displaced
      longitudinally one from another. Consequently, a central elongate cavity
      is defined along the conveying path between laterally adjacent spools.
      Further, lateral concavities are presented between rollers on individual
      spools and between rollers on separate spools. Pivotally mounted
      off-loading elements can be articulated to lift product units positioned
      on the conveying system for off-loading laterally from the conveyor. A
      laterally articulated actuator is located below the principal conveyor.
      The actuator includes laterally slidable slats which frictionally engage
      the overlying rollers associated with each mounting bracket. Guides are
      then arranged to move the slats laterally with motion of the conveyor.
      With lateral motion of the slats, the rollers are caused to rotate.
      Through control of the slats, product units may be rotated by one-half,
      one-third or even one-quarter of a revolution. Successive movements of the
      slats will provide further segments to be viewed.
PATN
WKU  059883529
SRC  8
APN  8881022
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970703
TTL  Device for turning an editorial product on a packaging line
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Valenza; Jospeh E.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Ballestrazzi; Aris
CTY  Savignano Sul Panaro
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Tassi; Lamberto
CTY  Savignano Sul Panaro
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Sitma S.p.A.
CTY  Spilamberto
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19960716
APN  MI960508  U
CLAS
OCL  198405
XCL  270 5807
XCL  270 5829
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 4724
FSC  198
FSS  405
FSC  270
FSS  58.05;58.07;58.11;58.29
UREF
PNO  3520395
ISD  19700700
NAM  Jablonski et al.
OCL  270 58.07
UREF
PNO  3825247
ISD  19740700
NAM  Fernandez-Rana et al.
OCL  270 58.29
FREF
PNO  0 240 691
ISD  19871000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 627 376
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  86 15 853
ISD  19861200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A device for turning an editorial product on a packaging line includes a
      pusher conveyor, a feeder for products to be packaged, and a plurality of
      feeders for sheet inserts for the products, arranged side by side one
      after another along a direction essentially perpendicular to the pusher
      conveyor. The device has a base on which there is mounted a unit for
      gripping, rotating, overturning through 180.degree. and guiding the
      products caused to advance by the pusher conveyor. The base has an overall
      size identical to that of one of the insert feeders so as to be able to
      assist in its position within the line. A drive is also provided for the
      unit.
PATN
WKU  059883537
SRC  8
APN  976237&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971121
TTL  Circuit-component transferring apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Bidwell; James R.
NDR  41
NFG  47
INVT
NAM  Asai; Koichi
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suhara; Shinsuke
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Machine Mfg. Co., Ltd.
CTY  Chiryu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961127
APN  8-315785
CLAS
OCL  1984684
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 4700
FSC  198
FSS  469.1;471.1;478.1;474.1;689.1;468.4;468.01;468.6
UREF
PNO  3677419
ISD  19720700
NAM  Giffen
OCL  198468.4
UREF
PNO  4509555
ISD  19850400
NAM  Stirbis
XCL  198468.4
UREF
PNO  4509891
ISD  19850400
NAM  Lipscomb
XCL  198468.4
UREF
PNO  5457874
ISD  19951000
NAM  Yonezawa et al.
OCL   29743
FREF
PNO  0 691 804 A1
ISD  19960100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  6-342998
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A circuit-component transferring apparatus including a sucker which holds a
      circuit component by applying a negative pressure thereto; a sucker moving
      device which supports the sucker such that the sucker is movable upward
      and downward relative thereto and which moves the sucker in a direction
      intersecting a direction of the upward and downward movements of the
      sucker; an elevating and lowering device which includes a drive member and
      which moves the sucker upward and downward by elevating and lowering the
      drive member; a pressure switching valve which is supported by the sucker
      moving device and which includes a movable switch member; and a valve
      control device which is actuated by the elevating and lowering device and
      which is selectively placed in one of a component-sucking control state in
      which, when the elevating and lowering device moves the sucker downward by
      lowering the drive member, the valve control device moves the switch
      member to a negative-pressure supplying position at which the switch valve
      permits a negative pressure to be supplied to the sucker and a
      component-releasing control state in which, when the elevating and
      lowering device moves the sucker downward by lowering the drive member,
      the valve control device moves the switch member to a negative-pressure
      removing position at which the switch valve permits a pressure not lower
      than an atmospheric pressure to be supplied to the sucker.
PATN
WKU  059883545
SRC  8
APN  9326278
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970917
TTL  Product conveying unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Bidwell; James R.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Spatafora; Mario
CTY  Bologna
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Tale' ; Fabrizio
CTY  Bologna
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Azionaria Costruzioni Macchine Automatiche A.C.M.A S.p.A.
CTY  Bologna
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19960917
APN  BO96A0462
CLAS
OCL  1984711
XCL  198411
XCL  198374
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 47244
FSC  198
FSS  374;398;400;411;377.06;377.07;377.02;377.03;377.04;471.1;475.1
UREF
PNO  4394898
ISD  19830700
NAM  Campbell
OCL  198374
UREF
PNO  5188212
ISD  19930200
NAM  Munsch
XCL  198471.1
UREF
PNO  5417037
ISD  19950500
NAM  Osti et al.
XCL  198374
UREF
PNO  5641053
ISD  19970600
NAM  Nannini et al.
XCL  198471.1
UREF
PNO  5647190
ISD  19970700
NAM  Minarelli et al.
XCL  198471.1
UREF
PNO  5871079
ISD  19990200
NAM  Nannini et al.
OCL  198377.04
FREF
PNO  0 439 897 A1
ISD  19910800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 731 022 A1
ISD  19960900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  31 00 866 A1
ISD  19820100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 05 837 A1
ISD  19940800
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Larson & Taylor
ABST
PAL  A unit for conveying elongated products, each having a respective
      longitudinal axis, and wherein a conveyor successively conveys the
      products with the respective longitudinal axes parallel to a given
      traveling direction and along a path extending along a conveying plane;
      and an orienting assembly is located along the path to orient the products
      by rotating the products 90.degree. about an axis of rotation crosswise to
      the conveying plane, so that the respective longitudinal axes of the
      products are crosswise to the traveling direction.
PATN
WKU  059883553
SRC  8
APN  9135243
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980105
TTL  Method and device for handling articles
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Bidwell; James R.
NDR  8
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Merour; Philippe
CTY  Dracy Le Fort
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Saint-Gobain Emballage
CTY  Courbevoie
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960119
APN  96 00581
CLAS
OCL  198493
XCL   65323
EDF  6
ICL  C03B 3510
FSC  198
FSS  493
FSC   65
FSS  323;260
UREF
PNO  3340038
ISD  19670900
NAM  Hartman
UREF
PNO  3857691
ISD  19741200
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL   65303
UREF
PNO  3893835
ISD  19750700
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL   65122
UREF
PNO  4927444
ISD  19900500
NAM  Voisine
OCL   65323
FREF
PNO  0277683
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2292551
ISD  19960200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR97/00100
PD1  19980105
PD2  19980105
PD3  19970117
PCP  WO97/26220
PCD  19970724
ABST
PAR  A method of handling articles in which at least one mechanical tool conveys
      the article or plays a part in transferring the article, and according to
      which at least one jet of gas under pressure is blown through a duct
      passing through the mechanical tool, and also according to which the
      article is held in position on the mechanical tool while limiting contact
      therewith, by means of the said jet of gas.
PATN
WKU  059883561
SRC  8
APN  9258841
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970908
TTL  Automated diverter capable of sorting bulky articles
ISD  19991123
NCL  45
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Khoi H.
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Bonnet; Henri
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  United Parcel Service of America, Inc.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  198598
XCL  1983695
XCL  19837008
XCL  1983701
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 3700
FSC  198
FSS  367;369.5;370.08;370.1;436;442;598;890
UREF
PNO  235128
ISD  18801200
NAM  Cook
UREF
PNO  1044547
ISD  19121100
NAM  Liggett
UREF
PNO  1753036
ISD  19300400
NAM  Williamson et al.
UREF
PNO  1808134
ISD  19310600
NAM  Gothardt et al.
UREF
PNO  1822930
ISD  19310900
NAM  Keller
OCL  198367
UREF
PNO  2212702
ISD  19400800
NAM  Scott
UREF
PNO  3093236
ISD  19630600
NAM  McLaughlin
OCL  198370.08
UREF
PNO  3104755
ISD  19630900
NAM  Zuercher
UREF
PNO  3139965
ISD  19640700
NAM  Eggert
OCL  198367
UREF
PNO  3198308
ISD  19650800
NAM  Driesch et al.
OCL  198442
UREF
PNO  3522876
ISD  19700800
NAM  Purdy
UREF
PNO  3580141
ISD  19710500
NAM  Richter
UREF
PNO  3583545
ISD  19710600
NAM  Hovekamp
UREF
PNO  3799323
ISD  19740300
NAM  Schneider
UREF
PNO  3835979
ISD  19740900
NAM  Calvert et al.
UREF
PNO  3986596
ISD  19761000
NAM  Hamilton
OCL  198442
UREF
PNO  4054201
ISD  19771000
NAM  Rollinger
UREF
PNO  4147248
ISD  19790400
NAM  Kurczak et al.
UREF
PNO  4295559
ISD  19811000
NAM  Neal et al.
UREF
PNO  4326624
ISD  19820400
NAM  Ewertowski et al.
UREF
PNO  4364465
ISD  19821200
NAM  Kraft et al.
UREF
PNO  4643291
ISD  19870200
NAM  Counter et al.
OCL  198598
UREF
PNO  4711357
ISD  19871200
NAM  Langenbeck et al.
UREF
PNO  4723647
ISD  19880200
NAM  Norton et al.
UREF
PNO  4813526
ISD  19890300
NAM  Belanger
UREF
PNO  4848558
ISD  19890700
NAM  Rechsteiner
OCL  198436
UREF
PNO  4867299
ISD  19890900
NAM  Fukuoka et al.
UREF
PNO  5090549
ISD  19920200
NAM  Thiel
UREF
PNO  5188210
ISD  19930200
NAM  Malow
OCL  198369.5
UREF
PNO  5284252
ISD  19940200
NAM  Bonnet
UREF
PNO  5383760
ISD  19950100
NAM  Cawley et al.
UREF
PNO  5400895
ISD  19950300
NAM  Hollingsworth et al.
UREF
PNO  5421446
ISD  19950600
NAM  Koch et al.
UREF
PNO  5430282
ISD  19950700
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  5438188
ISD  19950800
NAM  Surka
UREF
PNO  5582284
ISD  19961200
NAM  Calladine et al.
UREF
PNO  5655643
ISD  19970800
NAM  Bonnet
OCL  198370.08
UREF
PNO  5810149
ISD  19980900
NAM  Sandberg et al.
OCL  198436
FREF
PNO  0517110
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2741788
ISD  19790100
CNT  DEX
OCL  198442
FREF
PNO  3422150
ISD  19851200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Jones & Askew, LLP
ABST
PAL  Provided is an improved sorter assembly that is capable of directly
      receiving articles from multiple upstream sources and directly sorting to
      multiple downstream destinations, and that can sort a wide variety of
      articles, including heavy, bulky articles. The sorter assembly includes a
      carrying conveyor having a conveying surface that carries the articles
      being sorted. The carrying conveyor carries articles in a longitudinal
      direction between an upstream end and a downstream end of the carrying
      conveyor. The sorter assembly also includes a diverter that extends
      perpendicularly from and moves across the conveying surface to define a
      plurality of diverting orientations. While the articles are being conveyed
      by the carrying conveyor, the diverter engages and directs the articles at
      least partially laterally across the conveying surface toward the
      articles' destinations. The diverter pivots about an axis of rotation that
      is perpendicular to the conveying surface, and that axis of rotation can
      be moved laterally across the conveying surface. The axis of rotation of
      the diverter can also be moved to be proximate to or between the opposite
      ends of the diverter. The diverter can also translate across the conveying
      surface. The ability to translate, rotate and move the axis of rotation
      allows a single diverter to easily and efficiently divert from multiple
      upstream sources to multiple downstream destinations.
PATN
WKU  059883570
SRC  8
APN  972172&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971118
TTL  Low splash auger inlet
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Khoi H.
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Memory; Russell J.
CTY  Saskatoon
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Neudorf; Blake R.
CTY  Saskatoon
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Flexi-Coil Ltd.
CTY  Saskatoon
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  198671
XCL  414326
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 3300
FSC  198
FSS  671;670;658
FSC  414
FSS  326
FSC  222
FSS  413
UREF
PNO  931054
ISD  19090800
NAM  Gardner
OCL  198671
UREF
PNO  1787671
ISD  19310100
NAM  Daniels, Sr.
OCL  198671
UREF
PNO  1909236
ISD  19330500
NAM  Hoke
OCL  198671
UREF
PNO  3409119
ISD  19681100
NAM  Mayrath
OCL  198671
UREF
PNO  3971195
ISD  19760700
NAM  Rowland-Hill
OCL   56 14.6
UREF
PNO  4220434
ISD  19800900
NAM  Letzig
OCL  414326
UREF
PNO  4535915
ISD  19850800
NAM  West
OCL  198671
UREF
PNO  4850307
ISD  19890700
NAM  Sheets
OCL  119 51
UREF
PNO  5205416
ISD  19930400
NAM  Van Zee
OCL  209283
UREF
PNO  5335619
ISD  19940800
NAM  Pollock
OCL  119 57
UREF
PNO  5513597
ISD  19960500
NAM  Pollock
OCL  119 57
FREF
PNO  132064
ISD  19780800
CNT  DEX
OCL  198671
FREF
PNO  11259
ISD  19880100
CNT  JPX
OCL  198670
LREP
FRM  Griffin, Butler, Whisenhunt & Szipl, LLP
ABST
PAL  A low-splash auger system is provided wherein an auger is housed within a
      housing. A portion of the auger extends out of an end of the housing for
      insertion into a hopper. The end of the housing is slanted for minimizing
      product from splashing upward when the auger is in use.
PATN
WKU  059883588
SRC  9
APN  0388521
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980312
TTL  Screw conveyor
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Bidwell; James R.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Jonkka; Arvo
CTY  Pori
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Sunds Defibrator Woodhandling Oy
CTY  Pori
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19970319
APN  971154
CLAS
OCL  198672
XCL  198674
XCL  414322
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 3332
FSC  198
FSS  658;672;673;674
FSC  414
FSS  310-322
UREF
PNO  2674898
ISD  19540400
NAM  Mudersbach
UREF
PNO  3254777
ISD  19660600
NAM  Vandusen
XCL  414322
UREF
PNO  4256453
ISD  19810300
NAM  Csapo
XCL  198672
FREF
PNO  2572061
ISD  19841000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3827175 A1
ISD  19890300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1237161
ISD  19710600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1375214
ISD  19741100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2088318
ISD  19820600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A screw conveyor is provided with a drive in which cogged wheels are
      supported such that they are radially movable in relation to each other,
      parallel to a straight line perpendicular to a pressure line of tooth
      contact of the cogged wheels and parallel to surfaces of contact. The
      screw conveyor includes a frame adapted to turn around a vertical turning
      axis and a conveyor screw adapted to turn with the frame. A second one of
      the cogged wheels is supported such that it is movable vertically.
PATN
WKU  059883596
SRC  8
APN  8060193
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970224
TTL  Vibratory drive unit and associated parts feeder bowl
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Thuy V.
EXP  Keenan; James W.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Graham; S. Neal
STR  12997 Fawns Ridge
CTY  Fishers
STA  IN
ZIP  46038
CLAS
OCL  198763
XCL  198757
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 2708
FSC  198
FSS  757;769;763
UREF
PNO  2985280
ISD  19610500
NAM  Burgess, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3128874
ISD  19640400
NAM  Hanna
OCL  198757
UREF
PNO  3258111
ISD  19660600
NAM  Spurlin et al.
UREF
PNO  3473759
ISD  19691000
NAM  Spiess
OCL  198757
UREF
PNO  3587833
ISD  19710600
NAM  Byrum et al.
UREF
PNO  3655032
ISD  19720400
NAM  Willis
UREF
PNO  3658172
ISD  19720400
NAM  Hacker
UREF
PNO  3680683
ISD  19720800
NAM  Lebreuil
OCL  198757
UREF
PNO  3700094
ISD  19721000
NAM  Parr
UREF
PNO  3788449
ISD  19740100
NAM  Baberowski et al.
OCL  198757
UREF
PNO  3917052
ISD  19751100
NAM  Burgess, Jr.
OCL  198757
UREF
PNO  4181216
ISD  19800100
NAM  Cipu
UREF
PNO  4909379
ISD  19900300
NAM  Albeck et al.
UREF
PNO  5314058
ISD  19940500
NAM  Graham
UREF
PNO  5404995
ISD  19950400
NAM  Graham
UREF
PNO  5445261
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kimura
OCL  198763
UREF
PNO  5518108
ISD  19960500
NAM  Spurlin
UREF
PNO  5611423
ISD  19970300
NAM  Graham
OCL  198757
UREF
PNO  5813517
ISD  19980900
NAM  Logeman et al.
OCL  198759
FREF
PNO  3600334
ISD  19860700
CNT  DEX
OCL  198757
FREF
PNO  63-41306
ISD  19880200
CNT  JPX
OCL  198757
FREF
PNO  1070090
ISD  19840100
CNT  SUX
OCL  198757
FREF
PNO  1393721
ISD  19880500
CNT  SUX
OCL  198757
LREP
FRM  Woodard, Emhardt, Naughton, Moriarty & McNett Patent and Trademark Attorney
     s
ABST
PAL  A vibratory drive unit is modular in construction and includes a base
      member, a top member, a number of lower spring mounting members detachably
      mounted to the base member, a corresponding number of upper spring
      mounting members detachably mounted to the top member, a corresponding
      number of spring members connected between the number of upper and lower
      spring mounting members and means for vibrating the top member relative to
      the base member. The various components of the vibratory drive unit are
      configured provide for either clockwise or counter-clockwise operation
      using identical drive unit components to thereby minimize component
      complexity and component inventory required therefore. A vibratory bowl is
      further provided and includes a number of locator pins extending from a
      bottom surface thereof. Each of the locator pins are received within a
      corresponding recess defined in the top member of the vibratory drive unit
      and attachment is made therebetween to secure the vibratory bowl to the
      top member of the vibratory drive unit.
PATN
WKU  059883600
SRC  8
APN  9420851
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971001
TTL  Replacement slider bar adapter assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Khoi H.
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Mott; George T.
CTY  Alburtis
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Asgco Manufacturing, Inc.
CTY  Allentown
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  198823
XCL  198841
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 1508
FSC  198
FSS  841;823;837;822;861.1
UREF
PNO  2427590
ISD  19470900
NAM  Conners
UREF
PNO  2818966
ISD  19580100
NAM  Gill
UREF
PNO  3259227
ISD  19660700
NAM  Steinmetz
UREF
PNO  3332536
ISD  19670700
NAM  Ebly et al.
UREF
PNO  3942626
ISD  19760300
NAM  Wilding
UREF
PNO  4280619
ISD  19810700
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  198823
UREF
PNO  4557341
ISD  19851200
NAM  Soderholm
UREF
PNO  4793470
ISD  19881200
NAM  Anderson
OCL  198841
UREF
PNO  4898272
ISD  19900200
NAM  Swinderman et al.
OCL  198841
UREF
PNO  5193663
ISD  19930400
NAM  Kuroda
UREF
PNO  5251742
ISD  19931000
NAM  Campbell
UREF
PNO  5350053
ISD  19940900
NAM  Archer
UREF
PNO  5467866
ISD  19951100
NAM  Swinderman
FREF
PNO  1424796
ISD  19760200
CNT  GBX
OCL  198823
LREP
FR2  Eland; Stephen H.
     Dann, Dorfman, Herrell and Skillman
ABST
PAL  A load zone area of a conveyor system which includes a continuous belt
      which carries bulk materials such as stone, ore, grain, etc. to a
      discharge point where the material leaves the belt as the belt wraps
      around a head pulley and returns along the under side of the conveyor
      system to a tail pulley which brings the belt back to a point which it can
      be loaded again. The load zone area typically has multiple support rollers
      closely spaced together to minimize the effect of the material impacting
      the belt which deflects the belt downward, thus creating a gap between the
      belt and the skirt seal causing leakage. The existing rollers normally
      have three rollers which form a "U" shape trough for the belt the two
      "wing" rollers are removed from the existing troughing roller assembly and
      replaced by a steel adapter to which a low friction rail may be attached
      longitudinally to the direction the belt moves, thus reducing the downward
      deflection of the belt where the material being loaded on to the belt is
      impacting the belt, and avoiding the gaps between the belt and the skirt
      seals.
PATN
WKU  059883618
SRC  9
APN  0069663
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980114
TTL  Split load cradle for conveyor belts
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Dillon, Jr.; Joe
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Giacomin; Renato Antonio
CTY  Vitoria
CNT  BRX
INVT
NAM  De Oliveira Santana; Antonio Carlos
CTY  Vitoria
CNT  BRX
INVT
NAM  De Azevedo; Geraldo Magela
CTY  Vila Velha
CNT  BRX
INVT
NAM  Da Silva; Edson Carlos
CTY  Vila Velha
CNT  BRX
INVT
NAM  Mafra; Eustaquio
CTY  Vitoria
CNT  BRX
ASSG
NAM  Companhia Vale Do Rio Doce
CTY  Minas Gerais
CNT  BRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  BRX
APD  19971030
APN  7702151  U
CLAS
OCL  198830
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 1508
FSC  198
FSS  830
UREF
PNO  5564557
ISD  19961000
NAM  Spencer
OCL  198830
FREF
PNO  2109327
ISD  19830600
CNT  GBX
OCL  198830
LREP
FRM  Helfgott & Karas, P C.
ABST
PAL  A split load cradle for conveyor belts comprised of two pipes (1 and 2) is
      disclosed. The longer pipe (1) incorporates vertical arms (3, 4 and 5)
      having an upper ends obliquely facing each other wherein the end rolls
      (11) of the load cradle (10) are pivoted. Between the shorter arm (5) and
      the shorter arm (4) an intermediary roll (12) is also pivoted between. The
      second shorter pipe (2) is just like the first longer pipe (1). Both
      longer and shorter pipes (1 and 2) are longitudinally split in their lower
      part by a narrow slot (6) and fit said pipes around and axially into
      another pipe (7) having a lower diameter. This arrangement is attached to
      the structure (8) of the conveyor belt (T).
PATN
WKU  059883626
SRC  8
APN  8522863
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970507
TTL  Curved conveyor
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Dillon, Jr.; Joe
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Tadahiko
CTY  Kitakyushu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Horikawa; Toshinori
CTY  Kitakyushu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takamoto; Yoichi
CTY  Kitakyushu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Thames Co., Ltd.
CTY  Fukuoka-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961221
APN  8-354892
CLAS
OCL  198831
XCL  198816
XCL  198832
XCL  198835
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 2334
ICL  B65G 1502
ICL  B65G 2300
ICL  B65G 2304
FSC  198
FSS  831;816
UREF
PNO  1792195
ISD  19310200
NAM  Stresau
OCL  198816
UREF
PNO  3044603
ISD  19620700
NAM  Fry
OCL  198831
UREF
PNO  3217861
ISD  19651100
NAM  Daniluk et al.
OCL  198816
UREF
PNO  3951256
ISD  19760400
NAM  Gurewitz
OCL  198831
UREF
PNO  4846338
ISD  19890700
NAM  Widmer
OCL  198831
UREF
PNO  4930621
ISD  19900600
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  198831
UREF
PNO  4955466
ISD  19900900
NAM  Almes et al.
OCL  198831
UREF
PNO  5022514
ISD  19910600
NAM  Lofberg
OCL  198816
UREF
PNO  5332083
ISD  19940700
NAM  Axmann
OCL  198831
UREF
PNO  5722531
ISD  19980300
NAM  Zimny et al.
OCL  198831
FREF
PNO  2663309
ISD  19911200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3707558
ISD  19880900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  6-183534
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
OCL  198816
FREF
PNO  6-61831
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
OCL   21 16
FREF
PNO  6-340315
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
OCL   15  2
FREF
PNO  7-933
ISD  19950100
CNT  JPX
OCL   13  8
FREF
PNO  8-179
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
OCL   17 24
FREF
PNO  8-104411
ISD  19960400
CNT  JPX
OCL   21 22
FREF
PNO  8-133438
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
OCL   15  2
FREF
PNO  9401961
ISD  19960700
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  683176
ISD  19940100
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  2126973
ISD  19840400
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A curved conveyor includes an outer circumferential frame supported by
      L-shaped legs. An inner circumferential frame is supported in a
      cantilevered manner from the outer circumferential frame by means of
      horizontally extending beams connected between the inner circumferential
      frame and the outer circumferential frame. A drive-side tapered roller is
      rotatably supported at one end of the inner and outer circumferential
      frames and a lift-up section carrying a driven side tapered roller is
      pivotally supported at the opposite end of the inner and outer
      circumferential frames.
PATN
WKU  059883634
SRC  8
APN  8657637
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19970530
TTL  Support rail for a table top chain
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Bidwell; James R.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Toshio
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shibayama; Katsutoshi
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ikeda; Masaaki
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tsubakimoto Chain Co.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960531
APN  8-138563
CLAS
OCL  198841
XCL  198837
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 1562
FSC  198
FSS  837;841
UREF
PNO  2866538
ISD  19581200
NAM  Goldberg
OCL  198841
UREF
PNO  3711090
ISD  19730100
NAM  Fiedler
XCL  198841
UREF
PNO  4611710
ISD  19860900
NAM  Mitsufuji
OCL  198803.01
UREF
PNO  4724953
ISD  19880200
NAM  Winchester
XCL  198841
UREF
PNO  4944384
ISD  19900700
NAM  Herron
XCL  198841
UREF
PNO  4989723
ISD  19910200
NAM  Bode et al.
OCL  198635
UREF
PNO  5040549
ISD  19910800
NAM  Ray
XCL  198841
UREF
PNO  5277246
ISD  19940100
NAM  Monch
XCL  198841
UREF
PNO  5601180
ISD  19970200
NAM  Steeber et al.
XCL  198841
FREF
PNO  43 13 143
ISD  19941000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 176 454
ISD  19861200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland and Naughton
ABST
PAL  A support rail for a table top chain abraded powder or similar substances
      which intervene between top plates and support rails of a table top chain.
      A support rail is secured to a conveyor frame by means of threaded screws
      so as to support both sides at the lower surface of a top plate of a table
      top chain. The support rail has a plurality of circular concave recesses
      formed on the sliding surface relative to the top plate in a zigzag
      pattern for trapping obstacles such as abraded powder, liquid or lubricant
      on the sliding surface. The concave recess does not penetrate through the
      surface to the rear face, but serves to accumulate the abraded powder or
      similar therein.
PATN
WKU  059883642
SRC  8
APN  7874685
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970122
TTL  Quick connect/disconnect device
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  McAllister; Steven B.
EXP  Ellis; Christopher P.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Boyce; Keith W.
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Rawley; Kelly J.
CTY  King of Prussia
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  R. W. Hartnell Company
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  19886715
XCL  19886711
XCL  19886712
XCL  292252
XCL   24453
XCL  411348
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 3500
FSC  198
FSS  387.01;397.02;397.03;397.04;867.11;867.12;867.15;803.2;711;712;867.01;867.0
     2
FSC  292
FSS  252;9
FSC   24
FSS  453
FSC  411
FSS  348
UREF
PNO  1385000
ISD  19210700
NAM  Griffing
UREF
PNO  2373083
ISD  19450400
NAM  Brewster
OCL  411348
UREF
PNO  2515807
ISD  19500700
NAM  Spooner
OCL  411348
UREF
PNO  2859689
ISD  19581100
NAM  Ackley
UREF
PNO  2931292
ISD  19600400
NAM  Ackley
UREF
PNO  3084781
ISD  19630400
NAM  Merrill
UREF
PNO  3085462
ISD  19630400
NAM  Myers
OCL  411348
UREF
PNO  3170362
ISD  19650200
NAM  Mewse
OCL  411348
UREF
PNO  3180390
ISD  19650400
NAM  Ockert, Jr.
OCL  411348
UREF
PNO  3183586
ISD  19650500
NAM  Sellers
OCL   29441.1
UREF
PNO  3233496
ISD  19660200
NAM  De Pew et al.
OCL  411348
UREF
PNO  3272118
ISD  19660900
NAM  Ackley
UREF
PNO  3498653
ISD  19700300
NAM  McCreery
UREF
PNO  3670865
ISD  19720600
NAM  Garland
UREF
PNO  3696744
ISD  19721000
NAM  Etchell
OCL  101415.1
UREF
PNO  3789575
ISD  19740200
NAM  Bross
UREF
PNO  3838766
ISD  19741000
NAM  Wagers, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  3889591
ISD  19750600
NAM  Noguchi
UREF
PNO  3933239
ISD  19760100
NAM  Yoshida
UREF
PNO  4111477
ISD  19780900
NAM  Rigali
OCL  292252
UREF
PNO  4126219
ISD  19781100
NAM  Bross
UREF
PNO  4135418
ISD  19790100
NAM  McCray et al.
OCL   82 36A
UREF
PNO  4189996
ISD  19800200
NAM  Ackley, Sr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4308942
ISD  19820100
NAM  Ackley
UREF
PNO  4369702
ISD  19830100
NAM  Ackley
UREF
PNO  4377971
ISD  19830300
NAM  Ackley
UREF
PNO  4413556
ISD  19831100
NAM  Ackley
UREF
PNO  4483639
ISD  19841100
NAM  McCandless, II
OCL  403317
UREF
PNO  4632028
ISD  19861200
NAM  Ackley
UREF
PNO  4657130
ISD  19870400
NAM  Ackley, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4905589
ISD  19900300
NAM  Ackley
UREF
PNO  4932295
ISD  19900600
NAM  Erickson
UREF
PNO  5207544
ISD  19930500
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  411348
UREF
PNO  5261522
ISD  19931100
NAM  Guttinger et al.
OCL  198429
UREF
PNO  5433146
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ackley
UREF
PNO  5494323
ISD  19960200
NAM  Huang
OCL  292252
LREP
FRM  Synnestvedt & Lechner LLP
ABST
PAL  A quick connect/disconnect device and method for manually demountably
      attaching carrier bars to an endless train comprising a conveyor adapted
      for conveying pellet-like items in a pellet marking machine is disclosed.
      The device comprises an elongated shank with an enlarged head and a
      central bore coaxial therethrough. Radially oriented passages disposed
      adjacent to the end of the shank opposite the head house balls which
      extend outwardly beyond the outer surface of the shank when a plunger
      within the central bore is biased to its normal position. Moving the
      plunger against its biasing spring allows the balls to retract partially
      within the central bore, allowing the shank to be inserted into mounting
      holes in the carrier bar and receiving holes in the endless train. When
      mounted on the train the carrier bar and endless train are sandwiched
      between the enlarged head and the extended balls, the carrier bar being
      retained to the endless train thereby.
PATN
WKU  059883650
SRC  9
APN  0765406
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980512
TTL  Coin display case
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Ackun; Jacob K.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  McAdams; Natalie D
STR  95-461 Kaulia Pl.
CTY  Mililani
STA  HI
ZIP  96789
CLAS
OCL  206  083
XCL  206  084
XCL  206782
EDF  6
ICL  A45C 1100
FSC  206
FSS  0.8;0.81;0.82;0.83;0.84;775;776;777;782
UREF
PNO  4402399
ISD  19830900
NAM  Friess
XCL  206 84
UREF
PNO  4592465
ISD  19860600
NAM  Stein
OCL  206  8
LREP
FR2  Kroll; Michael I
ABST
PAL  A coin display case (10) comprising a frame (12). A front transparent plate
      (14) is carried in the frame (12). A rear transparent plate (16) is
      carried in the frame (12). A middle retainer plate (18) having a plurality
      of circular openings (20) to hold coins (22) therein, is placed flush
      between the front transparent plate (14) and the rear transparent plate
      (16). A stand (24) is also provided. A facility (26) is for retaining the
      frame (12) with the front transparent plate (14), the rear transparent
      plate (16) and the middle retainer plate (18) to the stand (24) in an
      upright position. The coins (22) inserted in the circular openings (20) in
      the middle retainer plate (18) can be viewed in their entirety therefrom,
      since both sides of the coins (22) are in full view.
PATN
WKU  059883669
SRC  8
APN  9073833
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19970807
TTL  Coin display methods and apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Stashick; Anthony
EXP  Sewell; Paul T.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Krull; Mark A.
STR  1705 E. Ridge Ct.
CTY  Northfield
STA  MN
ZIP  55057
INVT
NAM  Welte; Gregory A.
STR  806 N. County Rd. 700 West
CTY  Frankfort
STA  IN
ZIP  46041
CLAS
OCL  206  8
XCL  206457
XCL  206 81
XCL  206 84
XCL  273157R
XCL  545150
XCL  545151
XCL  545147
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 7300
ICL  G09B 1918
FSC  206
FSS  8;81;83;84;82;457;775;776;308.1;459.5
FSC  220
FSS  507
FSC  273
FSS  157 R
FSC  D11
FSS  95
FSC  D18
FSS  3
FSC  D99
FSS  24
FSC  232
FSS  1 D
FSC  434
FSS  150;151;152;153;154;147
UREF
PNO  279268
ISD  18830600
NAM  Norris
UREF
PNO  594242
ISD  18971100
NAM  Freman
OCL   40310
UREF
PNO  698135
ISD  19020400
NAM  Pokrop
OCL   40310
UREF
PNO  1554191
ISD  19250900
NAM  Alexander
OCL   40310
UREF
PNO  2860774
ISD  19581100
NAM  Ball
OCL  206 84
UREF
PNO  2998126
ISD  19610800
NAM  Jenkins
OCL  206 83
UREF
PNO  3245523
ISD  19660400
NAM  White
OCL  206 83
UREF
PNO  3767203
ISD  19731000
NAM  Eaker
OCL  206457
UREF
PNO  4103436
ISD  19780800
NAM  Strussion et al.
UREF
PNO  4165573
ISD  19790800
NAM  Richards
OCL  206  8
UREF
PNO  4375288
ISD  19830300
NAM  Guertin
UREF
PNO  4425997
ISD  19840100
NAM  Grant
OCL  206 84
UREF
PNO  4951826
ISD  19900800
NAM  Tompkins
OCL  206308.1
UREF
PNO  5191972
ISD  19930300
NAM  Helzer et al.
OCL  206 84
UREF
PNO  5600628
ISD  19970200
NAM  Spector
OCL  206308.1
UREF
PNO  5609258
ISD  19970300
NAM  Spector
OCL  206308.1
UREF
PNO  5748608
ISD  19980500
NAM  Spector
OCL  206308.1
UREF
PNO  5755327
ISD  19980500
NAM  Saltzman et al.
OCL  206457
UREF
PNO  5775492
ISD  19980700
NAM  Ban
OCL  206308.1
ABST
PAL  A set of coins is arranged relative to a display having discrete regions
      associated with discrete coins within the set. In a preferred embodiment,
      the display is a map, and an opening is provided within the borders of or
      proximate to each state on the map in order to receive a respective coin.
PATN
WKU  059883677
SRC  8
APN  8548234
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19970512
TTL  Universal suture dispenser box
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1,5
EXP  Gehman; Bryon P.
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Gemma, Jr.; Edward A.
CTY  Milford
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Viselli; David
CTY  Shelton
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Scott; John S.
CTY  Bristol
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Mitchell, III; William T.
CTY  Guilford
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  United States Surgical Corporation
CTY  Norwalk
STA  CT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  690947
APD  19960716
PSC  01
PNO  5860517
ISD  19990119
CLAS
OCL  206 633
XCL  206499
XCL  221305
XCL  2291221
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1706
ICL  B65D  572
FSC  206
FSS  63.3;499;738;776-778;781-783
FSC  229
FSS  122;122.1;162
FSC  221
FSS  305;306
FSC  211
FSS  197;266;281;256
UREF
PNO  D221427
ISD  19710800
NAM  Savettiere et al.
UREF
PNO  D224692
ISD  19720800
NAM  Gray
UREF
PNO  D232677
ISD  19740900
NAM  Schotland
UREF
PNO  D260955
ISD  19810900
NAM  Schuler et al.
UREF
PNO  902347
ISD  19081000
NAM  Tillinghast
UREF
PNO  1119213
ISD  19141200
NAM  Abt
UREF
PNO  1823572
ISD  19310900
NAM  Reed
UREF
PNO  1973237
ISD  19340900
NAM  Vilas
UREF
PNO  1986101
ISD  19350100
NAM  Brodsky
UREF
PNO  2002485
ISD  19350500
NAM  Alfred
UREF
PNO  2005924
ISD  19350600
NAM  Wilson
UREF
PNO  2577862
ISD  19511200
NAM  Shaw, Jr.
UREF
PNO  2755922
ISD  19560700
NAM  Volckening
UREF
PNO  2767832
ISD  19561000
NAM  Silberman
UREF
PNO  2785843
ISD  19570300
NAM  Shaw
OCL  229122.1
UREF
PNO  3014634
ISD  19611200
NAM  Humphrey et al.
UREF
PNO  3156378
ISD  19641100
NAM  Bua
UREF
PNO  3160342
ISD  19641200
NAM  Murdock et al.
UREF
PNO  3356279
ISD  19671200
NAM  Root
UREF
PNO  3450308
ISD  19690600
NAM  Schoenefeld
OCL  221305
UREF
PNO  3568883
ISD  19710300
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  3580472
ISD  19710500
NAM  Stawski
UREF
PNO  3586206
ISD  19710600
NAM  Gilmore et al.
UREF
PNO  4148413
ISD  19790400
NAM  Immordino
UREF
PNO  4170325
ISD  19791000
NAM  Pawlowski et al.
UREF
PNO  4186866
ISD  19800200
NAM  Zicko
UREF
PNO  4215777
ISD  19800800
NAM  Strickland
UREF
PNO  4396143
ISD  19830800
NAM  Killy
UREF
PNO  4405044
ISD  19830900
NAM  Flower et al.
UREF
PNO  4458814
ISD  19840700
NAM  Meschi
UREF
PNO  4497432
ISD  19850200
NAM  Milia
UREF
PNO  4566607
ISD  19860100
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  5249737
ISD  19931000
NAM  Fritz et al.
OCL  229122.1
UREF
PNO  5282533
ISD  19940200
NAM  Holzwarth et al.
UREF
PNO  5284293
ISD  19940200
NAM  Alpern et al.
UREF
PNO  5328082
ISD  19940700
NAM  Fritz et al.
OCL  229122.1
UREF
PNO  5458272
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ward-Weber
UREF
PNO  5542539
ISD  19960800
NAM  Early
FREF
PNO  2458480
ISD  19810200
CNT  FRX
ABST
PAL  A dispenser box for suture packages includes an outer casing and drawer
      portion slidably disposed within the outer casing. The dispenser
      preferably includes at least two access portals for withdrawal of the
      suture packages. A first access portal allows the suture packages to be
      withdrawn in accordance with the U.S. preferred mode, wherein the
      dispenser box disposed so that the suture packages are stacked in a
      vertical array and withdrawn horizontally. A second access portal allows
      the suture packages to be withdrawn in accordance with the European
      preferred mode, wherein the suture packages are stacked in a horizontal
      array and are withdrawn vertically.
PATN
WKU  059883685
SRC  9
APN  0944904
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980610
TTL  Resist pattern forming method using anti-reflective layer resist pattern
      formed and method of etching using resist pattern and product formed
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Fidei; David T.
NDR  12
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Kitamura; Wahei
CTY  Kodaira
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Murakami; Gen
CTY  Machida
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishi; Kunihiko
CTY  Kokubunji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19861125
APN  61-278610
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19870821
APN  62-206290
RLAP
COD  71
APN  712559
APD  19960913
PSC  01
PNO  5803246
RLAP
COD  81
APN  264745
APD  19940623
PSC  01
PNO  5607059
RLAP
COD  81
APN  791539
APD  19911114
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  392029
APD  19890810
PSC  01
PNO  5095626
RLAP
COD  84
APN  124925
APD  19871123
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  206204
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 7302
FSC  206
FSS  206;204;328;334;701;710;720
FSC  361
FSS  212;220
FSC  428
FSS  922
UREF
PNO  2251609
ISD  19410800
NAM  Freeburg
UREF
PNO  2446361
ISD  19480800
NAM  Clibbon
UREF
PNO  2611481
ISD  19520900
NAM  Sargeant
UREF
PNO  2674509
ISD  19540400
NAM  Barnet
UREF
PNO  2814382
ISD  19570900
NAM  Lassiter
UREF
PNO  3042796
ISD  19620700
NAM  Forest
UREF
PNO  3399762
ISD  19680900
NAM  Potter
UREF
PNO  3405796
ISD  19681000
NAM  Misik
UREF
PNO  3454154
ISD  19690700
NAM  Peters et al.
UREF
PNO  3625931
ISD  19711200
NAM  Ito et al.
UREF
PNO  3704806
ISD  19721200
NAM  Plachenov et al.
UREF
PNO  3891709
ISD  19750600
NAM  Higuchi et al.
UREF
PNO  3909504
ISD  19750900
NAM  Browne
UREF
PNO  3959526
ISD  19760500
NAM  Swerlick
UREF
PNO  4026008
ISD  19770500
NAM  Drees et al.
UREF
PNO  4049121
ISD  19770900
NAM  White
UREF
PNO  4091165
ISD  19780500
NAM  Hayama
UREF
PNO  4154344
ISD  19790500
NAM  Yenni, Jr. et al.
OCL  206524.6
UREF
PNO  4156751
ISD  19790500
NAM  Yenni, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4156757
ISD  19790500
NAM  Graser
UREF
PNO  4160503
ISD  19790700
NAM  Ohlbach
UREF
PNO  4164503
ISD  19790800
NAM  Ohlbach
UREF
PNO  4171049
ISD  19791000
NAM  Nohara et al.
UREF
PNO  4206844
ISD  19800600
NAM  Thukamoto
UREF
PNO  4208696
ISD  19800600
NAM  Lindsay et al.
UREF
PNO  4293070
ISD  19811000
NAM  Ohlbach
UREF
PNO  4298710
ISD  19811100
NAM  Ohya et al.
UREF
PNO  4407872
ISD  19831000
NAM  Mori
UREF
PNO  4421235
ISD  19831200
NAM  Moriya
UREF
PNO  4424900
ISD  19840100
NAM  Petcavich
UREF
PNO  4480747
ISD  19841100
NAM  Kazor et al.
UREF
PNO  4496406
ISD  19850100
NAM  Dedow
UREF
PNO  4528222
ISD  19850700
NAM  Rzepecki et al.
UREF
PNO  4529087
ISD  19850700
NAM  Neal et al.
UREF
PNO  4565228
ISD  19860100
NAM  Walther
UREF
PNO  4590534
ISD  19860500
NAM  Akamatsu et al.
UREF
PNO  4648508
ISD  19870300
NAM  Neal et al.
UREF
PNO  4658958
ISD  19870400
NAM  McNully et al.
UREF
PNO  4661376
ISD  19870400
NAM  Liany
UREF
PNO  4681218
ISD  19870700
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  4684020
ISD  19870800
NAM  Ohlbach
UREF
PNO  4686776
ISD  19870800
NAM  Matsubara
UREF
PNO  4695926
ISD  19870900
NAM  McDermott
UREF
PNO  4699830
ISD  19871000
NAM  White
UREF
PNO  4721207
ISD  19880100
NAM  Kikuchi
OCL  206204
UREF
PNO  4746697
ISD  19880500
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
UREF
PNO  4756414
ISD  19880700
NAM  Mott
UREF
PNO  4757964
ISD  19880700
NAM  Kincaid et al.
UREF
PNO  4760916
ISD  19880800
NAM  Koneko et al.
UREF
PNO  4767004
ISD  19880800
NAM  Ishihara et al.
UREF
PNO  4780357
ISD  19881000
NAM  Akao
UREF
PNO  4800115
ISD  19840100
NAM  Havens
UREF
PNO  4804582
ISD  19890200
NAM  Noding et al.
UREF
PNO  4852732
ISD  19890800
NAM  Wilski et al.
UREF
PNO  4875581
ISD  19891000
NAM  Ray et al.
UREF
PNO  4906494
ISD  19900300
NAM  Babinec et al.
OCL  206720
UREF
PNO  5607059
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kitamura et al.
OCL  206720
FREF
PNO  0038179
ISD  19810400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0154428
ISD  19850900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  208259
ISD  19870100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1140952
ISD  19570300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2326347
ISD  19770400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  0922516
ISD  19550100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2821162
ISD  19771100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3208259
ISD  19870100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3624194
ISD  19870100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  55-68348
ISD  19800500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-036105
ISD  19850600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  178877
ISD  19860800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  317238
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1128155
ISD  19651000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  "Simco-Stat Transparent Static Barrier Bags", May 1982.
PAL  "Quality Packaging Supply Corp. XT6000 Heat-Sealable, Static Shielding
      Material" (no date).
PAL  "BayStat Inc. Transparent Static Shield Bags" (no date).
PAL  "Ameri-Stat Static Shield Bags" (Aug. 1986).
PAL  Improvement in Reliability of Flat Plastic IC Package from the Viewpoint of
      Solder Mounting, Hitachi, Ltd., Musashi Factory, Akira Suzuki, Gen
      Murakami, Masanori Sakimoto with English translation, May 1984, pp.
      303-306.
PAL  Packaging Engineer vol. 28 #1 "Transparent bags foil static electricity's
      zap", Jan. 1983.
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  In surface packaging of thin resin packages such as surface mount resin
      molded memory ICs or the like, cracks of the package occur frequently at a
      solder reflow step where thermal impact is applied to the package because
      the resin has absorbed moisture before packaging. To solve this problem,
      the devices are sealed in a bag moisture-tight at an assembly step of the
      resin molded devices where the resin is still dry, and are taken out from
      the bags immediately before the execution of surface packaging. The
      devices are packaged in a moisture-proofing bag made of a laminate film,
      and a desiccant is sealed in the moisture-proofing bag together with the,
      e.g., surface mount semiconductor device having a plastic package
      encapsulating the semiconductor device.
PATN
WKU  059883693
SRC  9
APN  3153525
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19990512
TTL  Pen-case device
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Lam; Nhan T.
EXP  Sewell; Paul T.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Jeou-En
CTY  Hsin-Tien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  CTS Computer Technology System Corp.
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  965413
APD  19971106
CLAS
OCL  206214
XCL  206215
XCL  206224
XCL  211 691
EDF  6
ICL  A45C 1134
FSC  206
FSS  214;480;477;215;224
FSC  211
FSS  69.1;60.1
FSC  248
FSS  309.1
LREP
FRM  Pro-Techtor International Services
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to an improvement pen-case device comprising
      a front clamp cover and a rear clamp cover, according to above
      architecture user not only could lay aside each kind of pens, but also lay
      up paper that could be more convenient to user for easy reading and
      operation. If add a magnet into present invention, it could absorb the
      scattered paper clip and pin; moreover, user also could put the clamp body
      at any absorbent place for flexible usage, meeting multi-purpose needs.
PATN
WKU  059883707
SRC  8
APN  8806675
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19970623
TTL  Corrugated fibreboard container with at least one hinged side and blanks
      for assembling said container
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Gehman; Bryon P.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Roemer; Donald A.
STR  4605 Timberland Dr.
CTY  Pace
STA  FL
ZIP  32571
INVT
NAM  Williams; Keith M.
STR  10162 Sugar Creek Cir.
CTY  Pensacola
STA  FL
ZIP  32514
INVT
NAM  Gasi, Jr.; Stanley J.
STR  3212 Elcano La.
CTY  Cantonment
STA  FL
ZIP  32533
CLAS
OCL  206215
XCL  206555
XCL  229122
XCL  22912519
XCL  22912521
XCL  229132
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8500
ICL  B65D  532
FSC  229
FSS  122;125.21;125.19;132;136
FSC  206
FSS  555;449;215
UREF
PNO  208488
ISD  18781000
NAM  O'Bryon
XCL  206215
UREF
PNO  315283
ISD  18850400
NAM  Heston
OCL  229122
UREF
PNO  408979
ISD  18890800
NAM  Jewell
UREF
PNO  466479
ISD  18920100
NAM  Winchester
UREF
PNO  474062
ISD  18920500
NAM  Hurd
UREF
PNO  715127
ISD  19021200
NAM  Norton
OCL  206215
UREF
PNO  855045
ISD  19070500
NAM  Cook
XCL  206215
UREF
PNO  1058929
ISD  19130400
NAM  Weiss
UREF
PNO  1723149
ISD  19290800
NAM  Garrow et al.
XCL  229132
UREF
PNO  1825158
ISD  19310900
NAM  Petersen et al.
OCL  229122
UREF
PNO  1847694
ISD  19320300
NAM  Kondolf
OCL  229125.19
UREF
PNO  1889012
ISD  19321100
NAM  Berger
OCL  206449
UREF
PNO  1975444
ISD  19341000
NAM  Block
UREF
PNO  2053595
ISD  19360900
NAM  Belsinger
XCL  229125.21
UREF
PNO  2162089
ISD  19390600
NAM  Kagen
OCL  229122
UREF
PNO  2180691
ISD  19391100
NAM  Olivier
UREF
PNO  2187304
ISD  19400100
NAM  Farmer
XCL  229132
UREF
PNO  2199676
ISD  19400500
NAM  Salsman
OCL  206449
UREF
PNO  2540480
ISD  19510200
NAM  Gibson
XCL  206215
UREF
PNO  2718998
ISD  19550900
NAM  Bemiss
UREF
PNO  2776083
ISD  19570100
NAM  Derman
UREF
PNO  2815119
ISD  19571200
NAM  Field et al.
XCL  229125.21
UREF
PNO  2817431
ISD  19571200
NAM  Cecil
XCL  229125.21
UREF
PNO  3436893
ISD  19690400
NAM  Vokes et al.
XCL  229125.19
UREF
PNO  3441193
ISD  19690400
NAM  Castle
UREF
PNO  3743167
ISD  19730700
NAM  Russell
XCL  229125.19
UREF
PNO  4066205
ISD  19780100
NAM  Griffith
XCL  229132
UREF
PNO  4174041
ISD  19791100
NAM  Turner
XCL  229122
UREF
PNO  4512477
ISD  19850400
NAM  Densen
UREF
PNO  4753348
ISD  19880600
NAM  Patrick et al.
OCL  206449
UREF
PNO  5259631
ISD  19931100
NAM  Brande
XCL  229122
UREF
PNO  5794770
ISD  19980800
NAM  Plomgren et al.
FREF
PNO  807015
ISD  19690200
CNT  CAX
OCL  229125.19
FREF
PNO  2629051
ISD  19890900
CNT  FRX
OCL  229125.19
FREF
PNO  2264286
ISD  19930800
CNT  GBX
OCL  229132X
ABST
PAL  A corrugated fibreboard container is provided for packaging a stack of
      loose paper sheets which comprises a carton and a lid, both formed from
      two planar blanks. The carton is formed with four sides which define inner
      dimensions substantially coincident with the dimensions of the paper
      sheets to be stored therein, with one side being hingedly connected to the
      bottom of the carton which allows for rotation thereof and access to the
      stack of loose paper sheets from a point adjacent the hinged side. The
      container limits the exposure of moisture to the paper sheets stored
      therein with a moisture resistant coating being disposed on the inner
      surfaces thereof, special slots, and an adhesive tape being provided for
      ensuring a tight securement between the lid and the carton.
PATN
WKU  059883715
SRC  9
APN  033345&
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980302
TTL  Cleaning device and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  15
EXP  Fidei; David T.
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Paley; William R.
CTY  East-Wayne
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Paley; Steven J.
CTY  Paramus
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Cooper; Douglas W.
CTY  Ramsey
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Russo; Peter B.
CTY  Califon
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Sayre; Jeffrey C.
CTY  Oakland
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Siegerman; Howard D.
CTY  Hillsdale
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Amabile; Robert
CTY  Lake Hiawatha
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  The Texwipe Company LLC
CTY  Upper Saddle River
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  803781
APD  19970224
PSC  01
PNO  5814159
RLAP
COD  81
APN  527153
APD  19950912
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  402113
APD  19950310
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  206229
XCL  206222
XCL  206210
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 6900
FSC  206
FSS  207;209;210;222;229
UREF
PNO  2925719
ISD  19600200
NAM  Robbins et al.
UREF
PNO  2933431
ISD  19600400
NAM  Sperouleas
UREF
PNO  3038473
ISD  19620600
NAM  Ladd
UREF
PNO  3608709
ISD  19710900
NAM  Pike
UREF
PNO  3889804
ISD  19750600
NAM  Ravich
UREF
PNO  4312473
ISD  19820100
NAM  Hoeller
UREF
PNO  4511533
ISD  19850400
NAM  Guadagno et al.
UREF
PNO  4596713
ISD  19860600
NAM  Burdette
UREF
PNO  4739879
ISD  19880400
NAM  Nakamura
UREF
PNO  4776455
ISD  19881000
NAM  Anderson et al.
UREF
PNO  4888229
ISD  19891200
NAM  Paley et al.
UREF
PNO  5035348
ISD  19910700
NAM  Seifert
UREF
PNO  5100028
ISD  19920300
NAM  Seifert
UREF
PNO  5147337
ISD  19920900
NAM  Plone
UREF
PNO  5492219
ISD  19960200
NAM  Stupar
UREF
PNO  5814159
ISD  19980900
NAM  Paley et al.
OCL  134  6
LREP
FRM  Whitman Breed Abbott and Morgan LLC
FR2  Neff; Gregor N.
ABST
PAL  A cleaning kit for use in cleaning surfaces in clean rooms, semiconductor
      fabrication plants, pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities, etc. A stack
      of extremely clean wipers is packaged together with a container of
      cleaning fluid in a liquid-tight outer container. The outer container is
      vacuum-sealed. The kit is stored until just before it is to be used. Fluid
      is released from the inner container into the wipers, preferably by the
      use of a puncturing device operable to puncture one of the walls of the
      inner container by the application of pressure in a limited area on the
      outside of the outer container. The cleaning liquid is allowed to soak
      into the wipers, and the wipers are removed from the outer container for
      use.
PATN
WKU  059883723
SRC  9
APN  0343269
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980304
TTL  Photographic film and print organizer
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Foster; Jim
NDR  39
NFG  41
INVT
NAM  Kawagoe; Hiroaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanabe; Zenya
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Arai; Takuya
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katayama; Noriko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941020
APN  6-255740
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941020
APN  6-255741
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941020
APN  6-255742
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941020
APN  6-255743
RLAP
COD  74
APN  546194
APD  19951020
PSC  01
PNO  5816392
CLAS
OCL  206232
XCL  206455
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8500
FSC   40
FSS  703;704;777;778
FSC  206
FSS  232;306.1;341;389;455;456
FSC  229
FSS  68.1;70;72
UREF
PNO  1317946
ISD  19191000
NAM  Snively
OCL   40778
UREF
PNO  2193296
ISD  19400300
NAM  Pienzak
OCL   40771
UREF
PNO  2333798
ISD  19431100
NAM  Kner
OCL  229 67.4
UREF
PNO  4047661
ISD  19770900
NAM  Klein
OCL  229 72
UREF
PNO  4966285
ISD  19901000
NAM  Otake et al.
OCL  206455
UREF
PNO  5251744
ISD  19931000
NAM  Dziersk et al.
OCL  206232
UREF
PNO  5251745
ISD  19931000
NAM  Repp et al.
OCL  206232
UREF
PNO  5251746
ISD  19931000
NAM  Gresh et al.
OCL  206232
UREF
PNO  5251747
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hansen et al.
OCL  206232
UREF
PNO  5263579
ISD  19931100
NAM  Blackman
OCL  206232
UREF
PNO  5303825
ISD  19940400
NAM  Hansen et al.
OCL  206232
UREF
PNO  5314066
ISD  19940500
NAM  Gresh
OCL  206455
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A photographic film and print organizer for storing an integral set of an
      index print sheet, prints and a film cartridge comprises a receptacle for
      carrying the index print sheet thereon, a retainer for retaining the index
      print sheet onto the receptacle, and a cartridge holder for holding the
      film cartridge, the cartridge holder being made as an integral part of the
      receptacle.
PATN
WKU  059883731
SRC  8
APN  9226591
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19970903
TTL  Packaging system
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Weaver; Sue A.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Yates; Paul M.
STR  5814 Briar Tree Dr.
CTY  LaCanada
STA  CA
ZIP  91011
CLAS
OCL  206296
XCL  206292
XCL  206806
XCL   40664
XCL  211113
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 7300
ICL  B65D 8518
FSC  206
FSS  278;296;493;806
FSC  211
FSS  113
FSC   40
FSS  664
UREF
PNO  2264957
ISD  19411200
NAM  Shafarman
XCL  211113
UREF
PNO  2682122
ISD  19540600
NAM  Hanson
XCL  206278
UREF
PNO  2732934
ISD  19560100
NAM  Hall
OCL  206278
UREF
PNO  3085725
ISD  19630400
NAM  Caparosa
XCL  206806
UREF
PNO  3334736
ISD  19670800
NAM  Cole et al.
XCL  206278
UREF
PNO  4132316
ISD  19790100
NAM  Schmidt, Jr.
XCL  211113
UREF
PNO  4485917
ISD  19841200
NAM  Smith
OCL  206278
UREF
PNO  4714156
ISD  19871200
NAM  Kolton et al.
OCL  206296
UREF
PNO  4718546
ISD  19880100
NAM  Kolton et al.
XCL  206278
UREF
PNO  4765467
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kolton et al.
OCL  206296
UREF
PNO  5014957
ISD  19910500
NAM  Nichol, Jr.
XCL  206806
UREF
PNO  5027945
ISD  19910700
NAM  Wilkins
XCL  206296
UREF
PNO  5193676
ISD  19930300
NAM  Gold
OCL  206296
UREF
PNO  5240120
ISD  19930800
NAM  McDonough
XCL  206495
UREF
PNO  5439120
ISD  19950800
NAM  Brozak
XCL  206806
UREF
PNO  5487617
ISD  19960100
NAM  Cole et al.
XCL  206806
UREF
PNO  5553706
ISD  19960900
NAM  Gold
OCL  206296
UREF
PNO  5593025
ISD  19970100
NAM  Ffeibelman
XCL  206806
FREF
PNO  422244
ISD  19350100
CNT  GBX
OCL  206296
LREP
FR2  Hackler; Walter A.
ABST
PAL  A packaging system is provided for displaying merchandise on a rack which
      includes at least two separate pieces of merchandise and a header for
      engaging the rack. The header includes a pair of opposing shoulders
      disposed in a spaced apart relationship with a bottom of the header, and
      filaments enable coupling of the pieces of merchandise to one another and
      to the opposing pair of shoulders in a manner enabling the merchandise to
      be removed from the rack with the header, inspected and tested, without
      affecting the coupling of the merchandise to one another or to the header.
PATN
WKU  059883740
SRC  9
APN  2468093
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19990209
TTL  Disc cartridge container case
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Lam; Nhan T.
EXP  Sewell; Paul T.
NDR  11
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Funawatari; Takatsugu
CTY  Miyagi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kikuchi; Shiuchi
CTY  Miyagi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980209
APN  10-027666
CLAS
OCL  2063081
XCL  2063083
XCL  206232
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8557
FSC  206
FSS  307;308.3;308.1;1.5;309-313
FSC  220
FSS  4.21
UREF
PNO  3860248
ISD  19750100
NAM  Hunt et al.
OCL  206308.3
UREF
PNO  4316539
ISD  19820200
NAM  Torrington
OCL  206308.3
UREF
PNO  4476978
ISD  19841000
NAM  Saito
OCL  206312
UREF
PNO  4627531
ISD  19861200
NAM  Clemens
OCL  206309
UREF
PNO  5385235
ISD  19950100
NAM  Ikebe et al.
OCL  206308.1
UREF
PNO  5450952
ISD  19950900
NAM  Funawatari et al.
UREF
PNO  5531324
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kosaki et al.
OCL  206449
UREF
PNO  5881871
ISD  19990300
NAM  Ikebe et al.
OCL  206308.1
UREF
PNO  5915549
ISD  19990600
NAM  Palmer et al.
OCL  206308.1
FREF
PNO  5-042986
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-278772
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Rader, Fishman & Grauer
FR2  Kananen; Ronald P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a disc cartridge container case enabling to
      assure protection of a disc cartridge and easily insert and remove the
      disc cartridge, as well as to constitute with various designs at
      reasonable cost. The disc cartridge container case includes: a frame body
      15 constituted as a unitary block by a first and a second frame 12 and 13
      opposing to each other and a connection frame 14 connecting the first and
      the second frames 12 and 13; and a first cover plate 16 and a second cover
      plate 17 inserted between the first and the second frames 12 and 13. The
      frame body 15 is formed from a synthetic resin having a shock resistance
      greater than that of the first and the second cover plates. The first and
      the second cover plates 12 and 13 are formed from a light-transmitting
      synthetic resin.
PAL  The first and the second cover plates 12 and 13 have at their both sides,
      insert margins 18 and 19 which are inserted into first and second insert
      grooves 21 and 22 formed on the first and the second frames 12 and 13, and
      an engagement protrusion 35 is engaged relatively with an engagement hole
      36, thus mounted on the frame body 15.
PATN
WKU  059883758
SRC  9
APN  2769018
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19990326
TTL  Disc box structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Ackun; Jacob K.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Chang; Hsing-Chju
CTY  Chang-Hua Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Snyr Yih Metallic Co., Ltd.
CTY  Chang-Hwa
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  2063081
XCL  206310
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8557
FSC  206
FSS  308.1;309;310;311;312;313;232;493
UREF
PNO  5551560
ISD  19960900
NAM  Weisburn et al.
OCL  206310
UREF
PNO  5788068
ISD  19980900
NAM  Fraser et al.
OCL  206310
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Bilker
ABST
PAL  A disc box structure including a box body and a cover body pivotally
      connected with one side of the box body. An annular stepped projection is
      formed in the box body. The center of the annular projection is disposed
      with two opposite lifted engaging members. The lower ends of the engaging
      members are connected with the bottom face of the box body, while the
      upper ends of the engaging members are disposed with substantially
      semicircular opposite fitting ribs. An engaging projection is formed on an
      upper end of a middle section of the outer edge of each fitting rib. The
      inner edges of the opposite fitting ribs have several inward extending
      resilient bridge ribs which commonly connect with a pressing member,
      whereby-the engaging members have better structural strength and are
      protected from breaking due to shearing force of the disc. When it is
      desired to take out the disc, a user only needs to depress the pressing
      member between the engaging members to easily take out the disc.
PATN
WKU  059883766
SRC  9
APN  0185051
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980204
TTL  Security devices for information storage media with locking mechanisms
ISD  19991123
NCL  90
ECL  1,17,31,51,82
EXP  Foster; Jim
NDR  31
NFG  49
INVT
NAM  Lax; Michael
CTY  Oyster Bay Cove
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Autronics Plastics, Inc.
CTY  Westbury
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  616924
APD  19960313
PSC  01
PNO  5730283
RLAP
COD  90
APN  656039
APD  19960524
PSC  01
PNO  5768922
CLAS
OCL  2063082
XCL   70 63
XCL   70276
XCL  206  15
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8557
ICL  E05B 6500
FSC   70
FSS  57.1;63;276
FSC  206
FSS  308.1;308.2;387.11;1.5;807
UREF
PNO  Re30184
ISD  19800100
NAM  Ackeret
UREF
PNO  517729
ISD  18940400
NAM  Cable
UREF
PNO  1707225
ISD  19290400
NAM  Jackson
UREF
PNO  2393034
ISD  19460100
NAM  Ellis et al.
UREF
PNO  2730392
ISD  19560100
NAM  Thiebaud
UREF
PNO  2916901
ISD  19591200
NAM  Claud-Mantle
UREF
PNO  3230749
ISD  19660100
NAM  Manthorne
UREF
PNO  3232421
ISD  19660200
NAM  Young
UREF
PNO  3495716
ISD  19700200
NAM  Gregory
UREF
PNO  3497908
ISD  19700300
NAM  Zamarra
UREF
PNO  3837525
ISD  19740900
NAM  Kobayashi
UREF
PNO  3855827
ISD  19741200
NAM  Hallman et al.
UREF
PNO  3933240
ISD  19760100
NAM  Humble
UREF
PNO  3951264
ISD  19760400
NAM  Heidecker et al.
UREF
PNO  3994416
ISD  19761100
NAM  Mulligan
UREF
PNO  4084694
ISD  19780400
NAM  Lainez et al.
UREF
PNO  4109821
ISD  19780800
NAM  Lutz
UREF
PNO  4191292
ISD  19800300
NAM  Schweizer
UREF
PNO  4239108
ISD  19801200
NAM  Coleman et al.
UREF
PNO  4266784
ISD  19810500
NAM  Torrington
UREF
PNO  4379507
ISD  19830400
NAM  Llabres
UREF
PNO  4387807
ISD  19830600
NAM  de la Rosa
UREF
PNO  4453743
ISD  19840600
NAM  Sanders et al.
UREF
PNO  4463849
ISD  19840800
NAM  Prusak et al.
UREF
PNO  4463850
ISD  19840800
NAM  Gorog
UREF
PNO  4469225
ISD  19840900
NAM  Takahashi
UREF
PNO  4508217
ISD  19850400
NAM  Long et al.
UREF
PNO  4538730
ISD  19850900
NAM  Wu
UREF
PNO  4609105
ISD  19860900
NAM  Manes et al.
UREF
PNO  4613044
ISD  19860900
NAM  Saito et al.
UREF
PNO  4617655
ISD  19861000
NAM  Aldenhoven
UREF
PNO  4702369
ISD  19871000
NAM  Philosophe
UREF
PNO  4705166
ISD  19871100
NAM  Ackeret
UREF
PNO  4722439
ISD  19880200
NAM  Grobecker et al.
UREF
PNO  4747484
ISD  19880500
NAM  Ackeret
UREF
PNO  4805770
ISD  19890200
NAM  Grobecker et al.
UREF
PNO  4807749
ISD  19890200
NAM  Ackeret
UREF
PNO  4819797
ISD  19890400
NAM  Holmgren
UREF
PNO  4860897
ISD  19890800
NAM  Fowler et al.
UREF
PNO  4966020
ISD  19901000
NAM  Fotheringham et al.
UREF
PNO  4972690
ISD  19901100
NAM  O'Sullivan
UREF
PNO  5007256
ISD  19910400
NAM  Lowe
UREF
PNO  5011010
ISD  19910400
NAM  Francis et al.
UREF
PNO  5076460
ISD  19911200
NAM  Hussell
UREF
PNO  5103978
ISD  19920400
NAM  Secor
UREF
PNO  5191983
ISD  19930300
NAM  Hardy
UREF
PNO  5193371
ISD  19930300
NAM  Yamane
UREF
PNO  5205405
ISD  19930400
NAM  O'Brien et al.
UREF
PNO  5209086
ISD  19930500
NAM  Bruhwiler
UREF
PNO  5211283
ISD  19930500
NAM  Weisburn et al.
UREF
PNO  5213209
ISD  19930500
NAM  Song
UREF
PNO  5215188
ISD  19930600
NAM  Wittman
UREF
PNO  5219417
ISD  19930600
NAM  O'Brien et al.
UREF
PNO  5236081
ISD  19930800
NAM  Fitzsimmons et al.
UREF
PNO  5249677
ISD  19931000
NAM  Lim
UREF
PNO  5253751
ISD  19931000
NAM  Wipper
UREF
PNO  5259498
ISD  19931100
NAM  Weisburn et al.
UREF
PNO  5360107
ISD  19941100
NAM  Chasin et al.
UREF
PNO  5366074
ISD  19941100
NAM  O'Brien et al.
UREF
PNO  5368162
ISD  19941100
NAM  Holmgren
UREF
PNO  5375712
ISD  19941200
NAM  Weisburn
UREF
PNO  5533619
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ziegler
UREF
PNO  5598728
ISD  19970200
NAM  Lax
OCL   70 57.1
UREF
PNO  5636535
ISD  19970600
NAM  Shimada
OCL   70 57.1
UREF
PNO  5680782
ISD  19971000
NAM  Komatsu et al.
OCL   70 63
UREF
PNO  5730283
ISD  19980300
NAM  Lax
OCL  206308.1
UREF
PNO  5768922
ISD  19980600
NAM  Lax
OCL   70 63
UREF
PNO  5769218
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yabe
OCL  206308.2
FREF
PNO  3923107
ISD  19910100
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  International Search Report dated Oct. 16, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A security device includes a case having an outside surface defining an
      interior volume for retaining merchandise and an access opening for
      receiving the merchandise into the interior volume; at least one notch
      opening on the outside surface of the case; and a locking mechanism
      adapted to removably couple to the case and at least partially block the
      access opening to maintain the received merchandise in the case when the
      locking mechanism is coupled to the case. The locking mechanism includes a
      housing, at least one flange extending from the housing for overlying at
      least a portion of the outside surface of the case, an actuator adapted to
      slidably extend longitudinally into the housing, engage the notch and
      couple the locking mechanism to the case when the actuator is in a first
      position, and a locking device disposed in the housing for fixing the
      actuator in place when the actuator is in the first position. The security
      device also includes a separate decoupling element adapted to operatively
      engage the locking mechanism and release the actuator from the first
      position.
PATN
WKU  059883774
SRC  8
APN  9610731
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19971030
TTL  Body board bag with special closures
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Foster; Jim
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Pugel; Thomas M.
STR  937 S. 2nd
CTY  Calimesa
STA  CA
ZIP  92320
INVT
NAM  Enriquez; Ronald R.
STR  1323 Huntington St.
CTY  Huntington Beach
STA  CA
ZIP  92648
CLAS
OCL  2063151
XCL  190119
XCL  383 87
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 3301
FSC  150
FSS  117;118;127
FSC  190
FSS  111;119;124
FSC  206
FSS  315.1;579
FSC  383
FSS  49;71;87;99;103;118;121
UREF
PNO  3339607
ISD  19670900
NAM  Howard
OCL  150 52
UREF
PNO  4461030
ISD  19840700
NAM  Knudsen
OCL  383 87
UREF
PNO  4483380
ISD  19841100
NAM  Beran
OCL  150 52R
UREF
PNO  4793535
ISD  19881200
NAM  Johnson
OCL  224329
UREF
PNO  4883207
ISD  19891100
NAM  McArthur
OCL  224153
UREF
PNO  5033497
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hernandez
OCL  135 95
UREF
PNO  5094344
ISD  19920300
NAM  Savage
OCL  206315.1
UREF
PNO  5193677
ISD  19930300
NAM  Moreno
OCL  206315.1
UREF
PNO  5228547
ISD  19930700
NAM  Yoo
OCL  190111
LREP
FR2  Volk; David
ABST
PAL  A compartment includes a first broad panel adapted to cover a first side of
      a body board, and a second broad panel adapted to cover a second side of
      the body board. The first broad panel includes an elastic lined first lip
      at a distal end of the first broad panel, and the second broad panel
      includes an elastic lined second lip at a distal end of the second broad
      panel. The lips form a boundary of an opening adapted for the body board
      to be inserted there-through and into the compartment. The first broad
      panel is adapted to extend over a distal end of the body board so that the
      first lip is positioned on the second side of the body board, and the
      second broad panel is adapted to extend over the distal end of the body
      board so that the second lip is positioned on the first side of the body
      board. An accessory compartment is attached to the second broad panel. The
      accessory compartment includes structure forming an elongated accessory
      compartment opening. The accessory compartment opening is positioned
      generally in a center of the accessory compartment, and divides the
      accessory compartment into two sections. The accessory compartment is
      adapted to retain at least two swim fins therein, at least one of the swim
      fins in each of the sections. The accessory compartment opening is bounded
      by two elastic lined elongated edges, whereby the swim fins are securely
      retainable within the sections.
PATN
WKU  059883782
SRC  8
APN  9418040
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19971003
TTL  Implement holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Weaver; Sue A.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Bell, Jr.; Hillis F.
STR  323 W. 6th St.
CTY  Larned
STA  KS
ZIP  67550
CLAS
OCL  2063152
XCL  150160
XCL  2063156
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 5700
FSC  150
FSS  160
FSC  206
FSS  315.2-315.7
UREF
PNO  2014589
ISD  19350900
NAM  Saad
XCL  150160
UREF
PNO  2128546
ISD  19380800
NAM  Venmore
XCL  150160
UREF
PNO  2508525
ISD  19500500
NAM  Le Fevre
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  2705039
ISD  19550300
NAM  Halter
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  2752973
ISD  19560700
NAM  Stamp
OCL  206315.6
UREF
PNO  2879819
ISD  19590300
NAM  Turnbull
XCL  150160
UREF
PNO  3053298
ISD  19620900
NAM  Stamp
OCL  206315.2
UREF
PNO  3117609
ISD  19640100
NAM  Pio
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  3613760
ISD  19711000
NAM  Koehnle
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  3664399
ISD  19720500
NAM  Neff
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  3667078
ISD  19720600
NAM  Distasio
XCL  206315.4
UREF
PNO  3842876
ISD  19741000
NAM  Cristelli
OCL  206315.4
UREF
PNO  3892267
ISD  19750700
NAM  Bibeau
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  3985229
ISD  19761000
NAM  Maki
OCL  206315.6
UREF
PNO  4173241
ISD  19791100
NAM  Stock
OCL  206315.6
UREF
PNO  4195677
ISD  19800400
NAM  Hagg et al.
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  4332283
ISD  19820600
NAM  Rader
OCL  206315.6
UREF
PNO  4368768
ISD  19830100
NAM  Cunko, Jr.
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  4378832
ISD  19830400
NAM  Thompson
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  4497404
ISD  19850200
NAM  Lowrance
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  4522300
ISD  19850600
NAM  Hamblet
OCL  206315.4
UREF
PNO  4664382
ISD  19870500
NAM  Palmer et al.
XCL  206315.6
UREF
PNO  4746014
ISD  19880500
NAM  Very
OCL  206315.6
UREF
PNO  4838416
ISD  19890600
NAM  Carman
XCL  150160
UREF
PNO  4932523
ISD  19900600
NAM  Yamazoe
XCL  206315.2
UREF
PNO  4938349
ISD  19900700
NAM  Burns
OCL  206315.6
UREF
PNO  4971126
ISD  19901100
NAM  Borenstein
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  5000238
ISD  19910300
NAM  Zeller
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  5005624
ISD  19910400
NAM  Sung
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  5088600
ISD  19920200
NAM  Kopp, Jr.
XCL  150160
UREF
PNO  5133395
ISD  19920700
NAM  Moore
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  5238109
ISD  19930800
NAM  Smith
OCL  206315.2
UREF
PNO  5275278
ISD  19940100
NAM  Henry et al.
XCL  150160
UREF
PNO  5284194
ISD  19940200
NAM  Gaffney
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  5332090
ISD  19940700
NAM  Tucker
OCL  206315.4
UREF
PNO  5345987
ISD  19940900
NAM  Hagar
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  5415213
ISD  19950500
NAM  Diener et al.
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  5437320
ISD  19950800
NAM  Sung
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  5522592
ISD  19960600
NAM  Evelsizer, Jr.
OCL  150160
UREF
PNO  5575720
ISD  19961100
NAM  Daniel
XCL  150160
UREF
PNO  5755322
ISD  19980500
NAM  Yang
OCL  206315.2
LREP
FR2  Brown; Mark E.
     Litman, Kraai & Brown LLC
ABST
PAL  An implement holder includes a head assembly with first and second arms for
      releasably, securely retaining the head of an implement. The head assembly
      is mounted on an upper end of a tube assembly, which is length-adjustable
      and adapted for mounting on a receptacle by a clip subassembly. The head
      assembly includes a strap subassembly for releasably securing the
      implement head.
PATN
WKU  059883790
SRC  9
APN  1360914
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980818
TTL  Golf bag with divided ball pouch, sliding shelves, and cart strap
      securing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXP  Weaver; Sue A.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Yearous; Jeffrey Blaine
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc.
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2063153
XCL  2063155
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 5500
ICL  A63B 5502
FSC  206
FSS  315.3;315.5;315.7
FSC  224
FSS  274;572
UREF
PNO  1676592
ISD  19280700
NAM  White
OCL  206315.5
UREF
PNO  1709582
ISD  19290400
NAM  Kahle
OCL  206315.5
UREF
PNO  1737967
ISD  19291200
NAM  Hall
OCL  206315.5
UREF
PNO  1845088
ISD  19320200
NAM  Hunerhoff
OCL  206315.5
UREF
PNO  2438078
ISD  19480300
NAM  Sutphen
XCL  306315.3
UREF
PNO  4350194
ISD  19820900
NAM  Brown
OCL  206315.5
UREF
PNO  4522299
ISD  19850600
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  206315.3
UREF
PNO  4793508
ISD  19881200
NAM  Thompson
XCL  190110
UREF
PNO  4796752
ISD  19890100
NAM  Reimers
OCL  206315.3
UREF
PNO  4890705
ISD  19900100
NAM  Pineda
XCL  190110
UREF
PNO  5123531
ISD  19920600
NAM  Beretta
OCL  206315.3
UREF
PNO  5168992
ISD  19921200
NAM  Bowdy
XCL  206315.5
UREF
PNO  5215194
ISD  19930600
NAM  Blanford et al.
XCL  206315.5
UREF
PNO  5222598
ISD  19930600
NAM  Yamazoe
OCL  206315.5
UREF
PNO  5240106
ISD  19930800
NAM  Plath
XCL  190102
UREF
PNO  5295565
ISD  19940300
NAM  Latshaw
OCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  5402883
ISD  19950400
NAM  Shin
XCL  206315.5
UREF
PNO  5566825
ISD  19961000
NAM  Price
OCL  206315.5
UREF
PNO  5632496
ISD  19970500
NAM  Nelson
OCL  280 30
UREF
PNO  5699906
ISD  19971200
NAM  Lombardo et al.
OCL  206315.3
UREF
PNO  5860520
ISD  19990100
NAM  Tang
OCL  206315.6
FREF
PNO  2134797
ISD  19840800
CNT  GBX
OCL  206315.3
LREP
FR2  Rogitz; John L.
ABST
PAL  A golf bag includes a club carrier and a ball pouch, the bottom edge of
      which is hingedly attached to the carrier for movement between an open
      configuration, wherein a storage pouch is exposed, and a closed
      configuration. A divider in the ball pouch bisects the pouch. Also, a
      panel on the carrier establishes a sundry chamber, and shelves are
      slidably disposed in the sundry chamber. Moreover, the top of the club
      carrier defines an open end that is reinforced by a stiff collar, and a
      horizontal tube is positioned next to the collar. A strap of a golf cart
      can be threaded through the tube to secure the golf bag to the golf cart
      without crushing items in the golf bag.
PATN
WKU  059883804
SRC  8
APN  9764208
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19971121
TTL  Bicycle saddle hanger and packaging device
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1,10
EXP  Gehman; Bryon P.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Yates; Paul M.
STR  5814 Briar Tree La.
CTY  Lacanada
STA  CA
ZIP  91011
CLAS
OCL  206335
XCL  206478
XCL  206482
XCL  206493
XCL  206499
XCL  206806
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 7300
ICL  B65D 8562
FSC  206
FSS  335;349;477;478;480;481;482;493;495;499;806
UREF
PNO  1106688
ISD  19190800
NAM  Tolman
XCL  206493
UREF
PNO  2845176
ISD  19580700
NAM  Wicks
XCL  206477
UREF
PNO  2914168
ISD  19591100
NAM  Crane
OCL  206482
UREF
PNO  3423059
ISD  19690100
NAM  Kahn
XCL  206478
UREF
PNO  3872966
ISD  19750300
NAM  Gordon et al.
XCL  206499
UREF
PNO  4634005
ISD  19870100
NAM  Kulzer et al.
OCL  206477
UREF
PNO  5261580
ISD  19931100
NAM  Smith
XCL  206495
UREF
PNO  5515966
ISD  19960500
NAM  Hodge et al.
XCL  206481
UREF
PNO  5553706
ISD  19960900
NAM  Gold
FREF
PNO  2670466
ISD  19920600
CNT  FRX
OCL  206335
LREP
FR2  Hackler; Walter A.
ABST
PAL  A bicycle saddle hanger and packaging device, for use with a bicycle saddle
      having a pair of converging mounting rails, is provided. The device
      generally includes a display face, a pair of arms for slidably bracing a
      rail of a bicycle saddle, and a tapered tongue, extending between the
      display face and arms, for stabilizing a saddle suspended from the device
      during display. The device may further include a pair of shoulders for
      abutting the rails during the display. Between the shoulders and the arms,
      a pair of v-shaped slots may be provided for enabling the sliding of the
      display face and arms along the rails in order to facilitate stacked
      packaging of a plurality of such saddles on top of one another. The entire
      hanger and packaging device may be comprised of a single planar member. In
      addition, the invention provides a package of stacked bicycle saddles each
      including such a hanger and packaging device. Each hanger and packaging
      device provides a protective interface between adjacently stacked saddles
      thereby reducing any need for additional packaging material.
PATN
WKU  059883812
SRC  9
APN  2213362
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19981228
TTL  Tool display pack with a security device
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Mohandesi; J.
EXP  Sewell; Paul T.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Ling; David
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Hand Tool Design Corporation
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  206349
XCL  206377
XCL  206471
XCL  206481
XCL  206806
XCL  211 706
XCL  220324
XCL  220835
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 7556
FSC  206
FSS  349;372;376;377;464;806-807;477;481;482
FSC  211
FSS  60.1;70.6
FSC  220
FSS  835;324;326;265;266
UREF
PNO  4069915
ISD  19780100
NAM  Schurman
OCL  206349
UREF
PNO  4378068
ISD  19830300
NAM  Bell
OCL  206806
UREF
PNO  4450961
ISD  19840500
NAM  Bies et al.
OCL  206349
UREF
PNO  4634005
ISD  19870100
NAM  Kulzer et al.
OCL  206349
UREF
PNO  4711352
ISD  19871200
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  206481
UREF
PNO  4729473
ISD  19880300
NAM  Kulzer et al.
OCL  206481
UREF
PNO  5713467
ISD  19980200
NAM  Kao
OCL  206349
LREP
FR2  Kamrath; Alan
     Oppenheimer, Wolff & Donnelly, LLP
ABST
PAL  A tool display pack includes a board and a security device. The board has
      an engaging hole with a shoulder section. The security device includes an
      end pivotally connected to the boar. A resilient locking member projects
      from an inner side of the security device that faces a front side of the
      board. The resilient locking member includes a hook formed on a distal end
      thereof and a protrusion formed adjacent to the hook. The security device
      includes a through-hole through which a tool to be displayed is extended.
      The locking member is extendible through the engaging hole of the boar
      such that the protrusion and the hook of the resilient locking member are
      located on a rear side of the board. The protrusion is releasably engaged,
      with the shoulder section of the board, and the hook prevents pivotal
      movement of the security device relative to the board when the hook is
      moved to bear against the shoulder section of the board, thereby locking
      the tool in place.
PATN
WKU  059883820
SRC  9
APN  2074478
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19981208
TTL  Screwdriver holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Gehman; Bryon P.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Ritchie; Fred Philip
CTY  Waterloo
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Trower; David Allen
CTY  Waterloo
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  Waterloo Industries, Inc.
CTY  Waterloo
STA  IA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  206372
XCL  206565
XCL  211 706
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8520
ICL  B65D  136
FSC  206
FSS  372-375;564;565;523
FSC  211
FSS  70.6
UREF
PNO  2287425
ISD  19420600
NAM  Fox
OCL  206564
UREF
PNO  2487174
ISD  19491100
NAM  Petre
XCL  206374
UREF
PNO  2591805
ISD  19520400
NAM  Gossett
XCL  211 70.6
UREF
PNO  2694485
ISD  19541100
NAM  Naker
OCL  206373
UREF
PNO  3489268
ISD  19700100
NAM  Meierhoefer
XCL  206565
UREF
PNO  5005710
ISD  19910400
NAM  Hofer
OCL  211 70.6
UREF
PNO  5320223
ISD  19940600
NAM  Allen
OCL  206372
UREF
PNO  5730303
ISD  19980300
NAM  Chow
OCL  211 70.6
FREF
PNO  2412465
ISD  19790800
CNT  FRX
OCL  206564
FREF
PNO  003946
ISD  19060200
CNT  GBX
OCL  206372
OREF
PAL  NAPA Hand Tool/Storage advertising flier.
PAL  W.I.I. Customer Bri-Tool Catalog (England Distributor).
PAL  Tool Caddy Sears Power and Hand Tool Catalog herein as (SPHTC), p. 134,
      1982/83.
PAL  Plastic Holder, p. 143, SPHTC 1982/83.
PAL  Magnetic Strip (back page) 1982/83 SPHTC.
PAL  Stool Caddy, p. 75, SPHTC 1983/84.
PAL  Plastic Vinyl Storage Case, p. 34.sub.2, SPHTC 1990.
PAL  Tool Storage Hooks (pegboard), p. 14, SPHTC 1992/93.
PAL  Tool Storage Cases, p. 19, SPHTC 1998/99.
PAL  Steel Screw Drive Holder and Soft Side Fold Up Cloth Case, SPHTC 1998/99,
      p. 20.
PAL  Plastic Blow Mold Tool Cases, p. 36, SPHTC 1998/99.
PAL  Plastic Storage Cases, p. 55, SPHTC 1998/99.
PAL  Plastic Case, p. 59, SPHTC 1998/99.
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A screwdriver holder or carrier includes two series of parallel troughs
      arrayed sequentially and in alternating rows with a handle support wall
      separating the troughs. The blades fit through a double molded wall
      construction with a foam insert held therein. The foam insert, in at least
      in part, frictionally engages the screwdriver blades to hold them in the
      carrier. The assembly further includes a blade guard at one end and a
      handle at its opposite end.
PATN
WKU  059883839
SRC  8
APN  8850208
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19970630
TTL  Ladder saddle
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Ackun; Jacob K.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Armstrong; Robert John
STR  27255 Bagley Rd.
CTY  Olmstead Township
STA  OH
ZIP  44138
CLAS
OCL  206373
XCL  182129
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8500
FSC  206
FSS  372;373
FSC  182
FSS  107;129
FSC  248
FSS  97;238;210
UREF
PNO  4356854
ISD  19821100
NAM  McGee
UREF
PNO  4726446
ISD  19880200
NAM  Perbix
UREF
PNO  5603405
ISD  19970200
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  5638915
ISD  19970600
NAM  Hardy
UREF
PNO  5639003
ISD  19970600
NAM  Utzinger, III
UREF
PNO  5647453
ISD  19970700
NAM  Cassells
LREP
FR2  Whewell; Christopher J.
ABST
PAL  A device for containing various work implements designed for use by workers
      who regularly use ladders. The device holds the implements in such fashion
      as to be ergonomically accessible while maintaining a reduced center of
      gravity and hence increased stability of the ladder/device combination as
      a whole. Use of this device increases safety and is cost-effective enough
      in its construction to be readily employed by workers in various arts.
PATN
WKU  059883847
SRC  9
APN  2445115
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19990204
TTL  Christmas ornament hanger/holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Ackun; Jacob K.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Stoner; Jeffrey R.
STR  315 Avondale Rd.
CTY  Haddonfield
STA  NJ
ZIP  08033
INVT
NAM  Stoner; Carol E.
STR  315 Avondale Rd.
CTY  Haddonfield
STA  NJ
ZIP  08033
CLAS
OCL  206419
XCL  206806
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8542
FSC  206
FSS  806;418;419;420;525;525.1
UREF
PNO  3955675
ISD  19760500
NAM  Kurtz
OCL  206419
UREF
PNO  5117971
ISD  19920600
NAM  Fisher
UREF
PNO  5168985
ISD  19921200
NAM  Shih
UREF
PNO  5511873
ISD  19960400
NAM  Mech
UREF
PNO  5653339
ISD  19970800
NAM  Dobson
OCL  206420
UREF
PNO  5762184
ISD  19980600
NAM  Greiner
LREP
FR2  McGlynn; Joseph H.
     Patent & Trademark Services
ABST
PAL  A holder for storing Christmas ornaments which has a container with at
      least one removable side to access the inside of the container and hooks
      to hold a hanger on which the Christmas ornaments can be placed.
PATN
WKU  059883855
SRC  8
APN  8924503
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970714
TTL  Frying pan protector
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Alexander; Reginald L.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Stephens; John
STR  348 Minahen St.
CTY  Napa
STA  CA
ZIP  94559
CLAS
OCL  206516
XCL  206821
XCL   99422
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 2104
FSC  206
FSS  514;516;821;515
FSC   99
FSS  422
UREF
PNO  3164285
ISD  19650100
NAM  Melich
XCL  206821
UREF
PNO  4508768
ISD  19850400
NAM  Kornely et al.
XCL  206516
UREF
PNO  5048688
ISD  19910900
NAM  Hicks, Jr.
XCL  206821
FREF
PNO  90/00875
ISD  19890700
CNT  FRX
OCL  206821
LREP
FR2  Lo; Jack
ABST
PAL  Stacking frying pans on top of each other tends to damage their non-stick
      coatings. Accordingly, a frying pan protector comprises a concave dish
      positioned between two stacked frying pans. The dish is made of a
      sufficiently yielding material to prevent scratching the non-stick surface
      on the bottom pan. The top surface of the protector is shaped to conform
      to the underside of the top frying pan. Spacers projecting from the bottom
      of the dish elevates it so that it supports the underside of the top
      frying pan. The spacers also minimize the surface area in contact with the
      non-stick coating on the bottom frying pan for further reducing the
      possibility of damage.
PATN
WKU  059883863
SRC  9
APN  2317745
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19990115
TTL  Feminine hygiene storage unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1,20
EXP  Foster; Jim
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Morrow; Jacqueline M.
STR  P.O. Box 5960
CTY  Fredericksburg
STA  VA
ZIP  22406
RLAP
COD  72
APN  044983
APD  19980320
CLAS
OCL  206581
XCL  206440
XCL  604 15
EDF  6
ICL  A61F 1326
FSC  206
FSS  38;216;440;581
FSC  604
FSS  15;358;385.1;904
UREF
PNO  D352351
ISD  19941100
NAM  Garth
UREF
PNO  1768203
ISD  19300600
NAM  Kole
UREF
PNO  2550551
ISD  19510400
NAM  Gourdin
UREF
PNO  2750033
ISD  19560600
NAM  Pickens
UREF
PNO  3035578
ISD  19620500
NAM  Elmore
UREF
PNO  3058469
ISD  19621000
NAM  Crockford
UREF
PNO  3135262
ISD  19640600
NAM  Kobler et al.
UREF
PNO  3674029
ISD  19720700
NAM  Bates et al.
UREF
PNO  3799165
ISD  19740300
NAM  Wennerblom et al.
UREF
PNO  3818912
ISD  19740600
NAM  Etz
UREF
PNO  3863636
ISD  19750200
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  3940169
ISD  19760200
NAM  Kock
UREF
PNO  3973567
ISD  19760800
NAM  Srinivasan et al.
UREF
PNO  4221221
ISD  19800900
NAM  Ehrlich
UREF
PNO  4222381
ISD  19800900
NAM  Widlund et al.
UREF
PNO  4271835
ISD  19810600
NAM  Conn et al.
OCL  604 15
UREF
PNO  4312348
ISD  19820100
NAM  Friese
UREF
PNO  4607756
ISD  19860800
NAM  Courtman
UREF
PNO  4648867
ISD  19870300
NAM  Conner et al.
UREF
PNO  4681578
ISD  19870700
NAM  Anderson et al.
UREF
PNO  4777969
ISD  19881000
NAM  Holloway
UREF
PNO  4848572
ISD  19890700
NAM  Herrera
UREF
PNO  4881278
ISD  19891100
NAM  Farah
UREF
PNO  4931052
ISD  19900600
NAM  Feldman
UREF
PNO  4936839
ISD  19900600
NAM  Molee et al.
UREF
PNO  5041080
ISD  19910800
NAM  Shimatani et al.
OCL  604 15
UREF
PNO  5045079
ISD  19910900
NAM  West
UREF
PNO  5180059
ISD  19930100
NAM  Shimatani et al.
UREF
PNO  5242057
ISD  19930900
NAM  Cook et al.
UREF
PNO  5336208
ISD  19940800
NAM  Rosenbluth et al.
UREF
PNO  5342331
ISD  19940800
NAM  Silber et al.
UREF
PNO  5346486
ISD  19940900
NAM  Osborn, III et al.
UREF
PNO  5383891
ISD  19950100
NAM  Walker
UREF
PNO  5409116
ISD  19950400
NAM  Aronsen
UREF
PNO  5417224
ISD  19950500
NAM  Petrus et al.
UREF
PNO  5429627
ISD  19950700
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  5429630
ISD  19950700
NAM  Beal et al.
UREF
PNO  5445605
ISD  19950800
NAM  Pluss
UREF
PNO  5458589
ISD  19951000
NAM  Comin-DuMong
UREF
PNO  5462166
ISD  19951000
NAM  Minton et al.
UREF
PNO  5524764
ISD  19960600
NAM  Kaufman et al.
UREF
PNO  5569230
ISD  19961000
NAM  Fisher et al.
UREF
PNO  5579916
ISD  19961200
NAM  Manko
UREF
PNO  5616337
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kasianovitz et al.
UREF
PNO  5738646
ISD  19980400
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  604 15
UREF
PNO  5782793
ISD  19980700
NAM  Nielson
OCL  604 15
UREF
PNO  5792096
ISD  19980800
NAM  Rentmeester et al.
OCL  604 15
UREF
PNO  5800377
ISD  19980900
NAM  Campion et al.
OCL  604 15
UREF
PNO  5891081
ISD  19990400
NAM  McNelis et al.
OCL  604 15
FREF
PNO  0 350 924 A2
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  868299
ISD  19610500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 048 684
ISD  19801200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 094 637
ISD  19820900
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A feminine hygiene storage unit includes a tampon section and a plunger
      section. Both sections are generally cylindrical and are coaxial to one
      another. The tampon section has a plunger end, an expulsion end, and a
      tampon compartment. The tampon compartment contains a tampon. The plunger
      section has a tampon end, a distal end, and at least one plunger
      compartment. The plunger section has a slightly smaller diameter than the
      tampon section. The plunger section is adapted to slide into the tampon
      section, expelling the tampon. The plunger compartment is adapted to
      contain a variety of menstrual products, such as a panty liner, a sanitary
      napkin, a moistened towelette, a tampon disposal bag, or a pharmaceutical
      composition for relief of menstrual symptoms.
PATN
WKU  059883871
SRC  9
APN  1083589
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980701
TTL  Suspension package
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Lam; Shian T.
EXP  Sewell; Paul T.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Staal; Dean
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Bartlett; William
CTY  South Beloit
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Keach; Priscilla
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  ADE, Inc.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  206583
XCL  206  15
XCL  206454
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8102
FSC  206
FSS  583;521;590;594;585;1.5;508;509;454;455
FSC  220
FSS  833;836;840;849;4.22;520
UREF
PNO  2681142
ISD  19540600
NAM  Cohen
OCL  206583
UREF
PNO  2732581
ISD  19560100
NAM  Heck
OCL  220840
UREF
PNO  3343662
ISD  19670900
NAM  Bendoff
UREF
PNO  3489265
ISD  19700100
NAM  Puente
OCL  206583
UREF
PNO  4267684
ISD  19810500
NAM  Ambrose
OCL   53472
UREF
PNO  4491225
ISD  19850100
NAM  Baillod
UREF
PNO  4606460
ISD  19860800
NAM  Luray
UREF
PNO  4615464
ISD  19861000
NAM  Byrns
OCL  220833
UREF
PNO  4697701
ISD  19871000
NAM  Ying
UREF
PNO  4714228
ISD  19871200
NAM  Blaushild
UREF
PNO  4903827
ISD  19900200
NAM  Phelps et al.
OCL  206583
UREF
PNO  5009222
ISD  19910400
NAM  Her
OCL  128 36
UREF
PNO  5167351
ISD  19921200
NAM  Prout et al.
OCL  220338
UREF
PNO  5183159
ISD  19930200
NAM  Hojnacki et al.
UREF
PNO  5218510
ISD  19930600
NAM  Bradford
OCL  361220
UREF
PNO  5311643
ISD  19940500
NAM  Marquardt et al.
OCL   16267
UREF
PNO  5405000
ISD  19950400
NAM  Hagedon et al.
OCL  206216
UREF
PNO  5769235
ISD  19980600
NAM  Keach et al.
UREF
PNO  5857573
ISD  19990100
NAM  Pakeriasamy
OCL  206723
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
ABST
PAL  A suspension package includes upper and lower covers. The covers include
      oval exterior walls that define oval product-receiving wells. Oval
      mounting rings are mounted to the covers to support resilient films over
      the wells. The covers define generally rectangular inner exterior walls
      that support hinges along a hinge axis. By combining rectangular covers
      adjacent to hinges with oval covers spaced from the hinges, material costs
      are reduced and fabrication is simplified.
PATN
WKU  059883880
SRC  8
APN  7565194
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19961126
TTL  Device and method for the protection of objects against impacts or other
      mechanical effects
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Baxter; Gwendolyn
EXP  Ramirez; Ramon O.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Sutra; Bernard
CTY  Chatillon
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Josien; Daniel
CTY  Mons en Baroeul
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Dassault Electronique
CTY  Saint-Cloud
CNT  FRX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Musthane
CTY  Lille
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19951127
APN  95-14032
CLAS
OCL  206588
XCL  206594
XCL  206592
XCL  267136
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8102
FSC  248
FSS  638;636;632;634;560;562;631
FSC  206
FSS  444;542;523;521;522;588;594;592
FSC  267
FSS  136
UREF
PNO  2906525
ISD  19590900
NAM  Jarret et al.
OCL  267  2
UREF
PNO  4964509
ISD  19901000
NAM  Insley et al.
OCL  206204
UREF
PNO  5083910
ISD  19920100
NAM  Abshire et al.
OCL  425  2
UREF
PNO  5330249
ISD  19940700
NAM  Weber et al.
OCL  297214
UREF
PNO  5564561
ISD  19961000
NAM  Black et al.
OCL  206219
UREF
PNO  5564570
ISD  19961000
NAM  Jaszai
OCL  206523
UREF
PNO  5706969
ISD  19980100
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  220422
FREF
PNO  73 31 639
ISD  19740400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  76 23 573
ISD  19770100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO92/11489
ISD  19920700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 11, No. 89, Mar. 19, 1987, JP-A-61 243858
      (Kiyuubitsuku KK), Oct. 10, 1986.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 10, No. 171, Jun. 17, 1986, JP-A-61 021436
      (kiyuubitsuku Engineering KK), Jan. 30, 1986.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 10, No. 208, Jul. 22, 1986, JP-A-61 051035
      (Kiyuubitsuku KK), Mar. 13, 1986.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of JApan, vol. 014, No. 523, Nov. 16, 1990, JP-A-02 219644
      (Inaba Rubber KK), Sep. 3, 1990.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 014, No. 087, Feb. 19, 1990, JP-A-01 299338
      (Kiyuubitsuku Eng:KK), Dec. 4, 1989.
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey
ABST
PAL  A mechanical filter includes a pouch with a double-walled envelope housing
      a shock-absorbing material in the form of a gel displaceable under
      pressure. The envelope, of selected geometry, is mainly formed of a thin
      film of synthetic thermoplastic material, whose physical properties are
      selected to prevent breakage during displacement of the gel.
PATN
WKU  059883898
SRC  9
APN  0306282
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980225
TTL  Article cradle
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Lam; Nuan T.
EXP  Sewell; Paul T.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Buscema; Craig W.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  The Mead Corporation
CTY  Dayton
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  206594
XCL  22912037
XCL  2291642
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8102
FSC  206
FSS  583;521;594;592;591;585
FSC  220
FSS  528
FSC  229
FSS  120.37;161;164.2;104
UREF
PNO  2888186
ISD  19590500
NAM  Meyers
UREF
PNO  2901156
ISD  19590800
NAM  Vines
OCL  229120.37
UREF
PNO  2909311
ISD  19591000
NAM  Levitt
UREF
PNO  2924370
ISD  19600200
NAM  Lemon
UREF
PNO  3352473
ISD  19671100
NAM  Graser
UREF
PNO  4117929
ISD  19781000
NAM  VanderMey
OCL  206326
UREF
PNO  4143804
ISD  19790300
NAM  Visvydas
UREF
PNO  4148428
ISD  19790400
NAM  Gardner
UREF
PNO  4171745
ISD  19791000
NAM  Zicko
UREF
PNO  4211359
ISD  19800700
NAM  Chaffin
UREF
PNO  4219148
ISD  19800800
NAM  Garmon
UREF
PNO  4249691
ISD  19810200
NAM  Gardner
UREF
PNO  4251020
ISD  19810200
NAM  Schwaner
UREF
PNO  4280650
ISD  19810700
NAM  Gardner et al.
UREF
PNO  4294398
ISD  19811000
NAM  Chidsey, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4320839
ISD  19820300
NAM  Skaggs
OCL  206591
UREF
PNO  4330078
ISD  19820500
NAM  Graser
UREF
PNO  4333600
ISD  19820600
NAM  Gardner
UREF
PNO  4335830
ISD  19820600
NAM  Garganese
OCL  220462
UREF
PNO  4417684
ISD  19831100
NAM  Skaggs
UREF
PNO  4583677
ISD  19860400
NAM  Neese et al.
UREF
PNO  4613045
ISD  19860900
NAM  Watson
OCL  206512
UREF
PNO  4793547
ISD  19881200
NAM  Lapoule et al.
UREF
PNO  4871111
ISD  19891000
NAM  Mode
OCL  229104
LREP
FR2  Drew; Michael V.
ABST
PAL  An article cradle (20) formed from a one-piece blank (10) has a bottom wall
      (22) and adjoining end (24) and side (40) walls. The end walls (24) have
      end wall flanges (26) extending therefrom. The side walls (40) have side
      wall flanges (46) extending therefrom. The end wall flanges are elongated
      and extend above (29) and below (28) the respective top and bottom edges
      of the end walls (24). The side wall flanges (46) are slightly elongated
      extending above (49) the top edges (48) of the side walls (40). The end
      walls and end wall flanges interlock with the side walls and side wall
      flanges to form an article compartment inwardly spaced from the outermost
      edges of the flanges.
PATN
WKU  059883901
SRC  9
APN  105869&
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980626
TTL  Trailer shipping container
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Lam; Nhan T.
EXP  Sewell; Paul T.
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  McCoy; Richard
CTY  Granger
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Reese Products, Inc.
CTY  Elkhart
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  206596
XCL  206523
XCL  206586
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 1900
FSC  206
FSS  386;596;598;600;523;586;557;593
FSC  108
FSS  51.3
FSC  229
FSS  122.21;925
UREF
PNO  2597845
ISD  19520500
NAM  Reeser
OCL  229122.21
UREF
PNO  3199764
ISD  19650800
NAM  Oliver et al.
OCL  206600
UREF
PNO  3442434
ISD  19690500
NAM  Simas
OCL  206386
UREF
PNO  3529717
ISD  19700900
NAM  McDougal
OCL  206598
UREF
PNO  3606969
ISD  19710900
NAM  Voytko
OCL  206386
UREF
PNO  3730417
ISD  19730500
NAM  Lawson
OCL  206598
UREF
PNO  4085847
ISD  19780400
NAM  Jacalone
OCL  206600
UREF
PNO  5127527
ISD  19920700
NAM  Graham et al.
OCL  206600
UREF
PNO  5395191
ISD  19950300
NAM  Keenan et al.
OCL  206593
UREF
PNO  5595304
ISD  19970100
NAM  Timmins
OCL  206598
LREP
FR2  Redman; Leon E.
FR2  Doigan; Lloyd D.
ABST
PAL  A trailer shipping container having an exterior box for surrounding a
      portion of a trailer body with an upper portion of the trailer body
      extending upwardly out of the open end of the exterior box. Foam billets
      contoured to fit the shape of the lower corners of the trailer body are
      positioned in the bottom of the exterior box to support the trailer body
      and to support an interior box containing other trailer assembly
      components. The interior box is spaced above the floor of the exterior box
      and a pair of fork lift slots are provided near the bottom of the exterior
      box to permit the forks of a fork lift truck to contact the undersurface
      of the interior box to lift and maneuver the entire container. Corner
      slots at the upper end of the exterior box form inwardly projecting tabs
      to provide support and vertical alignment for the trailer body. The corner
      slots also locate and receive a cinch strap to tightly band the container
      to the trailer body. A plastic protective bag encompasses the trailer body
      extending upwardly out of the open top of the exterior box.
PATN
WKU  059883910
SRC  8
APN  8012032
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19970218
TTL  Electronic parts casing
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Bui; Luan K.
EXP  Sewell; Paul T.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Tsubono; Masanori
CTY  Komatsu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960219
APN  8-030905
CLAS
OCL  206701
XCL  220780
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8500
FSC  206
FSS  701;508;509;561;719;721-724
FSC  220
FSS  780;781;784
UREF
PNO  2780259
ISD  19570200
NAM  Nalle, Jr.
OCL  220780
UREF
PNO  4819795
ISD  19890400
NAM  Swaney
OCL  206508
UREF
PNO  5515992
ISD  19960500
NAM  Rink
OCL  220784
UREF
PNO  5540342
ISD  19960700
NAM  Rathbun
OCL  220784
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  An electronic parts casing which can be easily formed, which allows a
      reduction in size and which resists deformation. The electronic parts
      casing is composed of a frame member, an inner cover and an outer cover,
      and is divided into two chambers by a partition provided inside the frame
      member. On the outer side surfaces of the frame member, there are provided
      ridges for the engagement of the outer cover, and, in the periphery of the
      outer cover, there are provided detents to be engaged with the outer
      ridges of the frame member. On the top surface of the inner cover, there
      are provided outwardly convex draw surfaces, and, on the top surface of
      the outer cover, there is provided an outwardly convex draw portion, which
      has on its inner side an inwardly convex draw surface. The inner cover is
      placed in contact with the upper edges of the inner cover and of the
      partition. The convex draw surfaces provided on the inner cover are
      brought into close contact with the convex draw surface provided on the
      outer cover, and the detents of the outer cover are engaged with the
      ridges of the frame member to thereby cause the outer cover to be engaged
      with and fixed to the frame member.
PATN
WKU  059883928
SRC  9
APN  1281011
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980803
TTL  Shipping container
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Ackun; Jacob K.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Hosoi; Masato
CTY  Itoigawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Shin-Etsu Polymer Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Shin-Etsu Handotai Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970901
APN  9-235956
CLAS
OCL  206711
XCL  220254
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8500
FSC  206
FSS  710;711;712;701;719;722;723
FSC  220
FSS  254
UREF
PNO  4804086
ISD  19890200
NAM  Grohrock
OCL  206710
FREF
PNO  WO 96 11496
ISD  19960400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 774 774 A2
ISD  19970500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  63-82788
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-166948
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-505234
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-279546
ISD  19960800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-107025
ISD  19970400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-82788
ISD  19980500
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "Ultra Clean Transport Container", IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol.
      33, No. 10B, Mar. 1, 1991, pp. 56-58, XP000109868.
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  A container has a storage case for storing silicon wafers in alignment
      which is of a box-like configuration having an opening on its front side,
      with a multiple-number of fitting slots formed on the inner top and bottom
      faces near the front opening. The container further has a FIMS door for
      opening and closing off the front opening of the storage case, a gasket
      attached to the rim of the FIMS door, a latching mechanism provided in the
      FIMS door for causing engaging claws to fit into corresponding fitting
      slots when the FIMS door is attached and releasing the engagement of the
      engaging claws with the fitting slots when the FIMS door is removed, and
      an outer door for shipping, fitted on the front side where the storage
      case has been confined with the FIMS door, for covering the FIMS door.
PATN
WKU  059883936
SRC  9
APN  1290568
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980804
TTL  Storage box for semiconductor wafers
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Mohandesi; J.
EXP  Sewell; Paul T.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hsia; Jason
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Horng; Jason
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Microelectronics Corp.
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19980615
APN  87109467
CLAS
OCL  206711
XCL  206591
XCL  206524
XCL  206832
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8590
FSC  206
FSS  710;711;591;592;832;833;524
UREF
PNO  4709817
ISD  19871200
NAM  Keady et al.
OCL  206592
UREF
PNO  5226543
ISD  19930700
NAM  Foos et al.
OCL  206591
UREF
PNO  5273159
ISD  19931200
NAM  Gregerson
OCL  206711
UREF
PNO  5366079
ISD  19941100
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  206328
UREF
PNO  5423422
ISD  19950600
NAM  Boire et al.
OCL  206711
UREF
PNO  5551571
ISD  19960900
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  206710
UREF
PNO  5577616
ISD  19961100
NAM  Liang
OCL  206710
UREF
PNO  5706951
ISD  19980100
NAM  Oinuma et al.
OCL  206592
UREF
PNO  5759006
ISD  19980600
NAM  Miyamoto et al.
OCL  414416
UREF
PNO  5803269
ISD  19980900
NAM  Jacoby et al.
OCL  206711
LREP
FRM  Thomas, Kayden, Horstemeyer & Risley, LLP
ABST
PAL  A storage box is provided for the safe-keeping of fabricated or
      semi-fabricated semiconductor wafers. This wafer storage box allows the
      wafers to be tightly secured in position when held in the storage box for
      storage or shipping without the possibility of breaking the wafers as in
      the prior art. The wafer storage box includes a receptacle member having a
      first piece of soft material such as anti-static sponge on the inside
      thereof, a holding member which is accommodated in the receptacle member,
      and a covering member having a second piece of soft material such as
      anti-static sponge on the inside thereof. When the covering member is
      mounted on the receptacle member, the first and second pieces of
      anti-static sponge are disposed on opposite sides of the holding member,
      thus pressing against the wafers to secure them in position in the storage
      box. The use of the anti-static sponge for securing purposes prevents the
      wafers from breaking into pieces, as otherwise occasionally occurs when
      using clasping pieces as seen in the prior art.
PATN
WKU  059883944
SRC  8
APN  9799346
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19971126
TTL  Tray for containing parts for storage and transportation
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Foster; Jim
NDR  11
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Emoto; Takao
CTY  Yokosuka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kunii; Hisayoshi
CTY  Sagamihara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961128
APN  8-318000
CLAS
OCL  206724
XCL  206562
XCL  206564
XCL  220 234
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8590
FSC  206
FSS  713-717;724;725;701;562;564
FSC  220
FSS  23.4
UREF
PNO  2732969
ISD  19560100
NAM  Browne
OCL  220 23.4
UREF
PNO  3131829
ISD  19640500
NAM  Masser
OCL  220 23.4
UREF
PNO  3701079
ISD  19721000
NAM  Bowden et al.
OCL  206724
UREF
PNO  5103976
ISD  19920400
NAM  Murphy
OCL  206725
UREF
PNO  5310076
ISD  19940500
NAM  Burton et al.
OCL  206725
UREF
PNO  5333733
ISD  19940800
NAM  Murata
OCL  206714
UREF
PNO  5503895
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ziberna
OCL  206717
UREF
PNO  5547082
ISD  19960800
NAM  Royer et al.
OCL  206725
UREF
PNO  5767433
ISD  19980600
NAM  Bill et al.
OCL  220 23.4
UREF
PNO  5772038
ISD  19980600
NAM  Murata et al.
OCL  206725
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A tray (1) has an upper surface (3) an upper surface provided with a
      plurality or pockets (10) for containing parts (50) in a regular,
      longitudinal arrangement at a predetermined pitch in a single row. The
      tray (1) has a pair of longitudinal first side surfaces (6A, 6B), and
      teeth (30) are arranged at equal intervals on the first side surfaces (6A,
      6B). Pins (35) driven by a linear driving mechanism are fitted in grooves
      (38) between the adjacent teeth (30) to feed the tray (1) accurately in
      the longitudinal direction. A tray assembly of a desired capacity can be
      formed by combining a necessary number of the trays (1) in a transverse
      arrangement by engaging the teeth (30) of the tray (1) with the grooves
      (38) of the adjacent tray (1).
PATN
WKU  059883952
SRC  8
APN  4268776
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19950424
TTL  Liquid-fluidized bed classifier (LFBC) for sorting waste plastics and
      other solid waste materials for recycling
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Tuan N.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Calo; Joseph M.
STR  16 Hawthorne Rd.
CTY  Greenville
STA  RI
ZIP  02828
INVT
NAM  Suuberg; Eric M.
STR  98 Ferry La.
CTY  Barrington
STA  RI
ZIP  02806
CLAS
OCL  209  3
XCL  209  4
XCL  209 11
XCL  2091725
XCL  209454
XCL  209500
EDF  6
ICL  B03B  100
ICL  B03B  552
FSC  209
FSS  3;4;11;155;158;172;172.5;173;930;932;454;458;459;483;500
UREF
PNO  2746603
ISD  19560500
NAM  Blondellle
OCL  209172.5
UREF
PNO  4111798
ISD  19780900
NAM  Peterson et al.
XCL  209172
UREF
PNO  4119533
ISD  19781000
NAM  Saitoh et al.
OCL  209155
UREF
PNO  4194926
ISD  19800300
NAM  Barnsbee
XCL  209 11
UREF
PNO  4264439
ISD  19810400
NAM  Lefevre et al.
OCL  209454
UREF
PNO  4617111
ISD  19861000
NAM  Grimm et al.
OCL  209  4
UREF
PNO  4830188
ISD  19890500
NAM  Hannigan et al.
OCL  209  3
UREF
PNO  4981876
ISD  19910100
NAM  Grimmer
OCL  521 46.5
UREF
PNO  5126058
ISD  19920600
NAM  Beckman
XCL  209172
UREF
PNO  5397066
ISD  19950300
NAM  Leitman et al.
XCL  209  4
FREF
PNO  2 078 138
ISD  19820100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  "Mixing of Particles in Liquid Fluidised Beds", P. Van Der Meer et al.,
      Chem. Eng. Res. Des., vol. 62, Jul. 1984, pp. 214-222.
PAL  "Particle Mixing and Classification in Liquid Fluidised Beds", M. R.
      Al-Dibouni et al., Trans. IChemE, vol. 57, 1979, pp. 94-103.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed herein is a method and system for sorting recycled solid waste
      materials, such as plastics, by a liquid-fluidized bed classifier (LFBC)
      technique. The application of a LFBC to the separation of plastics, and in
      particular plastic particles, is shown to be advantageous for a number of
      reasons. Firstly, the primary fluidization medium, i.e., water, is present
      in large quantities during conventional chopping, washing, and flotation
      operations that are performed during plastics recycling operations.
      Secondly, the natural density distribution of the major types of recycled
      plastics favors segregation by density in water, i.e., the
      "lighter-than-water" polyolefins, polypropylene (PP) and polyethylene (PE)
      from the "heavier-than-water" polystyrene (PS) PVC and PET plastics. The
      latter types of plastics have been found to separate spatially in an
      upflow LFBC, while the "lighter-than-water" plastics can be collected at
      the top of the column, thereby combining flotation and classification in a
      single step. Further separation of the polyolefins can be accomplished in
      a second LFBC operating in a downflow mode. Thirdly, any overlap of
      density distributions between types of plastics is overcome via selective
      modification of plastic particle size/density. A fourth advantage of the
      LFBC spatial separation is that the separated plastic particles can be
      collected by hydraulic flow from the appropriate section of the column and
      supplied to simple gravity separators for particle recovery, and also for
      disengaging the fluidizing water for recycling, thereby enabling the
      continuous classification of plastic particles with both continuous feed
      and product removal.
PATN
WKU  059883960
SRC  9
APN  1356836
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980818
TTL  Ultrasonic conditioning and wet scrubbing of fly ash
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Lithgow; Thomas M.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Minkara; Rafic Y.
CTY  Kennesaw
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Heavilon; Jerry L.
CTY  Marietta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  ISG Resources, Inc.
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  040515
APD  19980317
CLAS
OCL  209164
XCL  209  3
XCL  209166
XCL  241  1
XCL  106705
XCL  106405
XCL  106DIG1
EDF  6
ICL  B03D  102
ICL  B03B  100
ICL  B02C 1918
FSC  209
FSS  164;166;167;3
FSC  241
FSS  1
FSC  106
FSS  705;405;DIG. 1
UREF
PNO  2093898
ISD  19370900
NAM  Taplin
UREF
PNO  3202281
ISD  19650800
NAM  Weston
UREF
PNO  4392981
ISD  19830700
NAM  Corbeels
UREF
PNO  4426282
ISD  19840100
NAM  Aunsholt
OCL  209167
UREF
PNO  4537599
ISD  19850800
NAM  Greenwald, Sr.
UREF
PNO  4919807
ISD  19900400
NAM  Morton
UREF
PNO  5059309
ISD  19911000
NAM  Jordan
UREF
PNO  5299692
ISD  19940400
NAM  Nelson
FREF
PNO  1201093
ISD  19860900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  766650
ISD  19800900
CNT  RUX
FREF
PNO  1233943
ISD  19860500
CNT  RUX
FREF
PNO  766650
ISD  19800900
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1233943
ISD  19860500
CNT  SUX
LREP
FRM  Biebel & French
ABST
PAL  Processes for treating fly ash to enhance the fly ash as a pozzolan for
      portland cement mixes and to separate therefrom a substantial carbon
      compound and/or to increase the fineness of the fly ash include the
      treatment of a fly ash slurry with ultrasonic energy using ultrasonic
      horns immersed in a slurry of fly ash and water and imparting to said
      slurry such ultrasonic energy as to cause microscopic cavities to form and
      implode with high localized energy to break up fly ash agglomerations
      along cleavage lines and to break up carbon particles and matrices which
      have entrapped fly ash microspheres therein to release the microspheres
      into the slurry. A conditioner agent may be added at or during ultrasonic
      treatment to enhance the flotation of the carbon compound.
PATN
WKU  059883979
SRC  8
APN  8959765
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970717
TTL  Screen for vibratory separator
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Dillon, Jr.; Joe
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  10
NFG  49
INVT
NAM  Adams; Thomas C.
CTY  Hockley
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Schulte, Jr.; David L.
CTY  Broussard
STA  LA
INVT
NAM  McClung, III; Guy L.
CTY  Spring
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Tuboscope I/P, Inc.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  786515
APD  19970121
RLAP
COD  90
APN  598566
APD  19960212
CLAS
OCL  209401
XCL  209399
XCL  209397
XCL  210488
XCL  2104935
XCL  210498
XCL  210499
EDF  6
ICL  B07B  149
ICL  B01D 2900
ICL  B01D 2907
FSC  209
FSS  397;399;401;403
FSC  210
FSS  488;489;493.1;493.3;493.5;498;499
UREF
PNO  H1481
ISD  19950900
NAM  Ray
OCL  428 98
UREF
PNO  40242
ISD  18631000
NAM  Capell
UREF
PNO  236416
ISD  18810100
NAM  Bourne
UREF
PNO  246144
ISD  18810800
NAM  Keeler
UREF
PNO  268491
ISD  18821200
NAM  Hubbell
UREF
PNO  275190
ISD  18830400
NAM  Gilbert
UREF
PNO  275340
ISD  18830400
NAM  Kimball
UREF
PNO  500302
ISD  18930600
NAM  Stoecket et al.
UREF
PNO  516673
ISD  18940300
NAM  Wilson
UREF
PNO  526562
ISD  18940900
NAM  Cross
UREF
PNO  560858
ISD  18960500
NAM  Missroon
UREF
PNO  583981
ISD  18970600
NAM  Plaisted
UREF
PNO  607598
ISD  18980700
NAM  Closz
UREF
PNO  777317
ISD  19041200
NAM  Traylor
UREF
PNO  865185
ISD  19070900
NAM  Kerrigan
UREF
PNO  948222
ISD  19100200
NAM  Honabach
UREF
PNO  964897
ISD  19100700
NAM  Bryant
UREF
PNO  966578
ISD  19100800
NAM  Murphy et al.
XCL  209401
UREF
PNO  984866
ISD  19110200
NAM  Tate
UREF
PNO  1098979
ISD  19140600
NAM  Schuchard
UREF
PNO  1132667
ISD  19150300
NAM  Milliot
UREF
PNO  1139041
ISD  19150500
NAM  Larson
UREF
PNO  1242982
ISD  19171000
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  1248081
ISD  19171100
NAM  Couch
UREF
PNO  1250768
ISD  19171200
NAM  Baumgartner
OCL  209392
UREF
PNO  1344747
ISD  19200600
NAM  Wright
UREF
PNO  1397339
ISD  19211100
NAM  Sturtevant
UREF
PNO  1423021
ISD  19220700
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  1462804
ISD  19230700
NAM  Evans
UREF
PNO  1505735
ISD  19240800
NAM  Stebbins
UREF
PNO  1561632
ISD  19251100
NAM  Woodward
UREF
PNO  1614586
ISD  19271000
NAM  Anderson et al.
UREF
PNO  1626774
ISD  19270500
NAM  Allan
UREF
PNO  1678941
ISD  19280700
NAM  Helman
UREF
PNO  1713143
ISD  19290500
NAM  Overstrom
UREF
PNO  1716758
ISD  19290600
NAM  Bland
UREF
PNO  1785195
ISD  19301200
NAM  Hoes et al.
UREF
PNO  1879377
ISD  19320900
NAM  McNeely
UREF
PNO  1950861
ISD  19340300
NAM  O'Toole, Sr.
UREF
PNO  1997713
ISD  19350400
NAM  Boehm
UREF
PNO  1997740
ISD  19350400
NAM  Nickerson
UREF
PNO  2052467
ISD  19360800
NAM  Hermann
OCL  209401
UREF
PNO  2061850
ISD  19361100
NAM  Roberts
UREF
PNO  2082513
ISD  19370600
NAM  Roberts
UREF
PNO  2089548
ISD  19370800
NAM  Frantz et al.
UREF
PNO  2104785
ISD  19380100
NAM  Akeyson
OCL  210384
UREF
PNO  2190262
ISD  19400200
NAM  Geist
UREF
PNO  2251909
ISD  19410800
NAM  Lindsay
OCL  210149
UREF
PNO  2274700
ISD  19420300
NAM  Jenks
UREF
PNO  2335084
ISD  19431100
NAM  Rice
OCL  209408
UREF
PNO  2406051
ISD  19460800
NAM  Weiss
UREF
PNO  2462878
ISD  19490300
NAM  Logue
UREF
PNO  2480320
ISD  19490800
NAM  Carrier
OCL  210388
UREF
PNO  2511239
ISD  19500600
NAM  Behnke et al.
OCL  209403
UREF
PNO  2648441
ISD  19530800
NAM  Soldan
UREF
PNO  2667975
ISD  19540200
NAM  Seaholm
OCL  210152
UREF
PNO  2670079
ISD  19540200
NAM  Betts
OCL  209405
UREF
PNO  2677462
ISD  19540500
NAM  Conkling
OCL  209403
UREF
PNO  2723032
ISD  19551100
NAM  Gisler et al.
UREF
PNO  2726184
ISD  19551200
NAM  Cox et al.
UREF
PNO  2774477
ISD  19561200
NAM  Pollitz
OCL  209403
UREF
PNO  2800227
ISD  19570700
NAM  Kiger
XCL  209412
UREF
PNO  2813629
ISD  19571100
NAM  Brugmann
OCL  209403
UREF
PNO  2827169
ISD  19580300
NAM  Cusi
UREF
PNO  2902165
ISD  19590900
NAM  Imershein
UREF
PNO  2929464
ISD  19600300
NAM  Sprouse
UREF
PNO  2973865
ISD  19610300
NAM  Cibula
XCL  209392
UREF
PNO  2980208
ISD  19610400
NAM  Neumann
UREF
PNO  2985303
ISD  19610500
NAM  Wright
UREF
PNO  3057481
ISD  19621000
NAM  Pale
OCL  210493
UREF
PNO  3070231
ISD  19621200
NAM  McCorkel et al.
OCL  209319
UREF
PNO  3092573
ISD  19630600
NAM  Lambert et al.
OCL  209403
UREF
PNO  3165473
ISD  19650100
NAM  Pall et al.
OCL  210510
UREF
PNO  3176843
ISD  19650400
NAM  Hoskins et al.
OCL  209403
UREF
PNO  3243943
ISD  19660400
NAM  Getzin
OCL   55499
UREF
PNO  3255885
ISD  19660600
NAM  Burls
OCL  209314
UREF
PNO  3285413
ISD  19661100
NAM  Taylor-Smith
UREF
PNO  3458978
ISD  19690800
NAM  Davis
OCL   55499
UREF
PNO  3465413
ISD  19690900
NAM  Rosaen et al.
OCL   29428
UREF
PNO  3542636
ISD  19701100
NAM  Wandel
OCL  161114
UREF
PNO  3574103
ISD  19710400
NAM  Latkin
OCL  428 72
UREF
PNO  3655060
ISD  19720400
NAM  Hagdahl
OCL  210493
UREF
PNO  3679057
ISD  19720700
NAM  Perez
OCL  210223
UREF
PNO  3716138
ISD  19730200
NAM  Lumsden
OCL  209401
UREF
PNO  3747770
ISD  19730700
NAM  Zentis
OCL  210402
UREF
PNO  3747772
ISD  19730700
NAM  Brown
OCL  210493
UREF
PNO  3789498
ISD  19740200
NAM  Cole
OCL   29470.9
UREF
PNO  3793692
ISD  19740200
NAM  Tate et al.
OCL   29163.5
UREF
PNO  3853529
ISD  19741200
NAM  Boothe et al.
OCL   55499
UREF
PNO  3900628
ISD  19750800
NAM  Stewart
UREF
PNO  4019987
ISD  19770400
NAM  Krashow
OCL  210232
UREF
PNO  4022596
ISD  19770500
NAM  Pedersen
OCL   55528
UREF
PNO  4033865
ISD  19770700
NAM  Derrick, Jr.
OCL  209275
UREF
PNO  4062769
ISD  19771200
NAM  Simonson
OCL  209399
UREF
PNO  4075106
ISD  19780200
NAM  Yamazaki
OCL  210487
UREF
PNO  4138303
ISD  19790200
NAM  Taylor
OCL  156264
UREF
PNO  4380494
ISD  19830400
NAM  Wilson
OCL  209319
UREF
PNO  4410427
ISD  19831000
NAM  Wydeven
OCL  210317
UREF
PNO  4464242
ISD  19840800
NAM  Boulton
OCL  204253
UREF
PNO  4472473
ISD  19840900
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  428184
UREF
PNO  4546783
ISD  19851000
NAM  Lott
OCL  134109
UREF
PNO  4575421
ISD  19860300
NAM  Derrick et al.
OCL  209397
UREF
PNO  4582597
ISD  19860400
NAM  Huber
OCL  204313
UREF
PNO  4589983
ISD  19860500
NAM  Wydevan
OCL  210317
UREF
PNO  4617122
ISD  19861000
NAM  Kruse et al.
OCL  210493.3
UREF
PNO  4634535
ISD  19870100
NAM  Lott
OCL  210780
UREF
PNO  4678578
ISD  19870700
NAM  Nodes et al.
OCL  210445
UREF
PNO  4696751
ISD  19870900
NAM  Eifling
OCL  210780
UREF
PNO  4728422
ISD  19880300
NAM  Bailey
OCL  210314
UREF
PNO  4769968
ISD  19880900
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL   52814
UREF
PNO  4820407
ISD  19890400
NAM  Lilie
OCL  209397
UREF
PNO  4832834
ISD  19890500
NAM  Baird, Jr.
OCL  209397
UREF
PNO  4857176
ISD  19890800
NAM  Derrick et al.
OCL  209392
UREF
PNO  4882044
ISD  19891100
NAM  Friessle
OCL  209319
UREF
PNO  4882054
ISD  19891100
NAM  Derrick et al.
OCL  210389
UREF
PNO  5028474
ISD  19910700
NAM  Czaplicki
OCL  428178
UREF
PNO  5056286
ISD  19911000
NAM  Bokor
OCL   52483
UREF
PNO  5084178
ISD  19920100
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  210493.5
UREF
PNO  5137622
ISD  19920800
NAM  Souter
OCL  209403
UREF
PNO  5139154
ISD  19920800
NAM  Gero et al.
OCL  209273
UREF
PNO  5162143
ISD  19921100
NAM  Porter et al.
OCL  428179
UREF
PNO  5167740
ISD  19921200
NAM  Michaelis et al.
OCL  156 73.1
UREF
PNO  5211291
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kelley et al.
OCL  209680
UREF
PNO  5221008
ISD  19930600
NAM  Derrick, Jr. et al.
OCL  209269
UREF
PNO  5256292
ISD  19931000
NAM  Cagle
OCL  210499
UREF
PNO  5312508
ISD  19940500
NAM  Chisholm
OCL  156292
UREF
PNO  5330057
ISD  19940700
NAM  Schiller et al.
OCL  209392
UREF
PNO  5385669
ISD  19950100
NAM  Leone, Sr.
OCL  210488
UREF
PNO  5392925
ISD  19950200
NAM  Seyffert
OCL  209405
UREF
PNO  5417793
ISD  19950500
NAM  Bakula
OCL  156308.2
UREF
PNO  5417858
ISD  19950500
NAM  Derrick et al.
OCL  210388
UREF
PNO  5417859
ISD  19950500
NAM  Bakula
OCL  210388
UREF
PNO  5490598
ISD  19960200
NAM  Adams
XCL  209403
UREF
PNO  5614094
ISD  19970300
NAM  Deister et al.
OCL  210388
UREF
PNO  5636749
ISD  19970600
NAM  Wojciechowski
OCL  209403
UREF
PNO  5699918
ISD  19971200
NAM  Dunn
OCL  209397
UREF
PNO  5720881
ISD  19980200
NAM  Derrick et al.
OCL  210388
UREF
PNO  5816413
ISD  19981000
NAM  Boccabella et al.
OCL  209399
UREF
PNO  5851393
ISD  19981200
NAM  Carr et al.
OCL  204489
UREF
PNO  5868929
ISD  19990900
NAM  Derrick et al.
OCL  210388
FREF
PNO  2912228
ISD  19801000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3827259
ISD  19890400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  8904477U
ISD  19891100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  59-142818
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  269877
ISD  19280400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  519680
ISD  19400400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  823648
ISD  19591100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1412975
ISD  19751100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2124099
ISD  19840200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2161715
ISD  19860100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2161715B
ISD  19860100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  PCT/GB91/00957
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9200133
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9415723
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  PCT/US94/00243
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9611070
ISD  19960400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9703765
ISD  19970200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  PCT/EP96/03103
ISD  19970200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9523655
ISD  19980900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  U.S. Serial No. 08/282,983; filed Jul. 29, 1994 entitled "Shale Shaker
      Screens," co-owned with present invention/application.
PAL  "Derrick Sandwich Shaker," Derrick Equipment Co. (Prior to 1992).
PAL  "The Future of Fine Screening," Derrick Equipment Co. 1993.
PAL  "Derrick Pyramid Screens," Derrick Corp.
PAL  "Advanced Wirecloth, Inc.," Advanced Wirecloth, Inc., 1993.
PAL  "CPI Group, Inc.," CPI Group, Inc., 1990.
PAL  "LM3 Full-Flo.TM. Shale Shaker," Sweco Oilfield Services, 1991.
PAL  U.S. Application 08/220,101 filed Mar. 30, 1994 entitled "Screen For
      Vibrating Separator," pending.
PAL  Official Gazette Entry for U.S. Patent 5,626,234, May 6, 1997.
PAL  The Brandt Company General Catalog 1982-1983, 4 pages, 1982.
PAL  Take the Drilled Solids Out, The Brandt Company, Sep. 1980.
PAL  Sweco Full-Flow, Sweco, Inc. 1992.
PAL  Catalog 105 H&K Perforated Materials, Harrington & KingPerforating Co.,
      1988.
PAL  Sweco Oilfield Services, Composite Catalog, 1992.
PAL  Screening Equipment Handbook, Pankratz, 1988.
PAL  Supertaut Mud Cleaner Screens, Sweco Oilfield Services, 1992.
PAL  Filtration & Separation, Flo Trend Systems, Inc. 1989.
PAL  Clean Liquids/Dry Solids, Flo Trend Systems, Inc. 1989.
PAL  Mcnally Coal Preparation Manual M 576, pp. iii,73-96, 216 (1978).
PAL  "Layered Shale Shaker Screens Improve Mud Solids Control," World Oil, 1978.
PAL  Int'l Search Report, PCT/GB97/00385 co-owned with present application.
LREP
FR2  McClung; Guy
ABST
PAL  A screen for a vibratory shaker having a frame with multiple openings.
      Screen modules or plugs are disposed in each opening. Further disclosed is
      a mounting apparatus for securing the screen plugs in the openings and a
      support strip for supporting part of a screen having at least one upturned
      finger projecting above the top surface of the support body configured for
      contacting and supporting at least a part of a raised portion of the
      frame. A plug or module disposed in an opening of a positioning member of
      a screen assembly for a vibratory separator receives fluid with material
      therein for separation therefrom. Additionally disclosed is a method for
      making a plate mesh combination.
PATN
WKU  059883987
SRC  9
APN  1057782
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980626
TTL  Invertable filter centrifuge
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Reifsnyder; David A.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Gerteis; Hans
CTY  Bietigheim-Bissingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Heinkel Industriezentrifugen GmbH & Co.
CTY  Bietigheim-Bissingen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961108
APN  196 46 038
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTEP9705804
APD  19971021
CLAS
OCL  210370
XCL  2103803
XCL  494 41
XCL  494 83
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 33067
FSC  210
FSS  370;232;380.3
FSC  494
FSS  41;83
UREF
PNO  3880346
ISD  19750400
NAM  Hopfe
UREF
PNO  5004540
ISD  19910400
NAM  Hendricks
OCL  210370
UREF
PNO  5092995
ISD  19920300
NAM  Gerteis
FREF
PNO  1097909
ISD  19610100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  8331079
ISD  19860200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3430506
ISD  19860200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4417310
ISD  19951100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  An invertable filter centrifuge for separating liquid-solids mixtures
      comprises a rotatingly driven centrifugal drum, an invertable filter cloth
      arranged on the centrifugal drum, a filtrate housing for receiving and
      discharging the liquid filtrate separated from the liquid-solids mixture
      by means of centrifugation with a filter cloth turned inwards into the
      centrifugal drum, a solids housing for receiving and discharging the
      solids (filter cake) separated from the liquid-solids mixture during
      further rotation of the centrifugal drum with a filter cloth turned
      outwards and an annular gap surrounding the edge of the centrifugal drum
      in the region of the filtrate housing and the solids housing. Protection
      means are provided on the invertable filter centrifuge, with the aid of
      which a flow of a gaseous blocking medium can be generated in the annular
      gap surrounding the edge of the drum, this flow preventing any undesired
      transfer of gaseous, liquid and/or solid substances between filtrate
      housing and solids housing.
PATN
WKU  059883995
SRC  8
APN  9968016
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971223
TTL  Spin-on filter
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Savage; Matthew O.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Brown; Gene W.
CTY  Kearney
STA  NE
INVT
NAM  Biere; David A.
CTY  Kearney
STA  NE
ASSG
NAM  Baldwin Filters, Inc.
CTY  Kearney
STA  NE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  210440
XCL  210443
XCL  210DIG17
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 2708
FSC  210
FSS  440;443;444;450;453;455;DIG. 17;435
UREF
PNO  3315809
ISD  19670400
NAM  Hultgren
OCL  210440
UREF
PNO  3434601
ISD  19690300
NAM  Barth et al.
OCL  210440
UREF
PNO  4743374
ISD  19880500
NAM  Stifelman
OCL  210440
UREF
PNO  4834885
ISD  19890500
NAM  Misgen et al.
OCL  210440
UREF
PNO  5080787
ISD  19920100
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  210232
UREF
PNO  5453195
ISD  19950900
NAM  Jorgenson et al.
OCL  210444
UREF
PNO  5490930
ISD  19960200
NAM  Krull
OCL  210443
UREF
PNO  5525226
ISD  19960600
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  210443
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A spin-on filter including an improved baseplate preferably die cast from
      aluminum and an improved seaming lid preferably stamped from sheet steel.
      The baseplate includes a hub joined to a rim by ribs. The rim includes
      slots that receive tabs from the stamped seaming lid to provide for torque
      transfer between the canister and baseplate. The baseplate provides a seat
      for the seaming lid interfit with the baseplate to form a outer gasket
      groove. The baseplate provides the groove inner wall, while the seaming
      lid provides the groove outer wall and base. The inventive design in the
      baseplate and seaming lid provide for a groove for receiving an outer
      gasket and for torque transfer without complex or costly manufacture.
PATN
WKU  059884002
SRC  8
APN  8600651
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970620
TTL  Pourous fluorocarbon membrane, method for producing thereof and
      cartridge filter based on said membrane
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Kim; John
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Karachevtcev; Vyacheslav Grigorievich
CTY  Vladimir
CNT  RUX
INVT
NAM  Dubjaga; Vladimir Pavlovich
CTY  Vladimir
CNT  RUX
INVT
NAM  Amelina; Natalia Vladimirovna
CTY  Vladimir
CNT  RUX
INVT
NAM  Tarasov; Aleksandr Valentinovich
CTY  Vladimir
CNT  RUX
ASSG
NAM  Aktsionernoe Obschestvo "Polimersintez"
CTY  Vladimir
CNT  RUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  RUX
APD  19951023
APN  95118061
CLAS
OCL  210483
XCL  21032177
XCL  21032186
XCL  210484
XCL  210488
XCL  210489
XCL  210490
XCL  2104931
XCL  2104932
XCL  2104935
XCL  210496
XCL  21050036
XCL  21050042
XCL  264 41
XCL  264136
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 6300
ICL  B01D 7132
ICL  B01D 2700
FSC  210
FSS  483;484;488;489;490;493.1;493.2;321.77;493.4;321.86;493.5;498;496;500.36
     ;500.42
FSC  264
FSS  41;136;241
UREF
PNO  4384047
ISD  19830500
NAM  Benzinger et al.
UREF
PNO  4929354
ISD  19900500
NAM  Meyering et al.
UREF
PNO  4965291
ISD  19901000
NAM  Kitoh et al.
UREF
PNO  4990294
ISD  19910200
NAM  Yen et al.
UREF
PNO  5013339
ISD  19910500
NAM  Mahoney et al.
OCL  210500.42
UREF
PNO  5158680
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kawai et al.
OCL  210500.36
UREF
PNO  5445739
ISD  19950800
NAM  Fujimoto et al.
OCL  210500.36
FREF
PNO  2632185
ISD  19770100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Collard & Roe, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/RU96/00138
PD1  19970620
PD2  19970620
PD3  19960529
PCP  WO97/15381
PCD  19970501
ABST
PAR  A porous fluorocarbon membrane has a porous support completely impregnated
      with tetrafluoroethylene/vinylidene fluoride copolymer. There is a process
      for producing this membrane by impregnating a porous support with a
      copolymer solution in a readily-boiling solvent and a precipitating
      mixture of alcohol and water followed by curing for partial hardening of
      the solution and subsequent drying at elevated temperature. A cartridge
      filter includes protective and supporting cylindrical perforated hollow
      housings, containing a fluorocarbon membrane or two superimposed
      flourocarbon membranes. Membranes and a cartridge filter find extensive
      use in separation of gases and aggressive media.
PATN
WKU  059884010
SRC  8
APN  866014&
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970530
TTL  Display rack with alphabetic characters cradling a ball
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  2
EXA  Wentsler; Stephen S.
EXP  Braun; Leslie A.
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Gardner; Donald Dee
STR  3801 Blevins Gap Rd.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
ZIP  40272
INVT
NAM  Gardner; Patsy Joyce
STR  3801 Blevins Gap Rd.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
ZIP  40272
RLAP
COD  71
APN  676682
APD  19960710
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  211 14
XCL  D11157
XCL   D6450
EDF  6
ICL  A47F  700
FSC  211
FSS  14;15
FSC  D 6
FSS  552;450
FSC  D11
FSS  157
FSC  D21
FSS  206;208;209;715
FSC  206
FSS  315.9
FSC  473
FSS  420
FSC  248
FSS  146;176.1;309.1;316.8;346.03
UREF
PNO  D169787
ISD  19530600
NAM  Rasmussen
OCL  D 6450
UREF
PNO  D210837
ISD  19680400
NAM  Warner
OCL  D21208
UREF
PNO  D226091
ISD  19730100
NAM  Brack
UREF
PNO  D258125
ISD  19810200
NAM  Bailey
OCL  D11157
UREF
PNO  D261789
ISD  19811100
NAM  Allen
OCL  D21209
UREF
PNO  D309168
ISD  19900700
NAM  Smith
OCL  D21209
UREF
PNO  D309226
ISD  19900700
NAM  Wilcox
OCL  D 6552
UREF
PNO  D315384
ISD  19910300
NAM  Lankford
OCL  D21208
UREF
PNO  D337670
ISD  19930700
NAM  Carter
XCL  D 6450
UREF
PNO  D355792
ISD  19950200
NAM  White
OCL  D 6450
UREF
PNO  1024536
ISD  19120400
NAM  Taylor
XCL  206315.9
UREF
PNO  1124896
ISD  19150100
NAM  Hartman
XCL  D11157
UREF
PNO  1678944
ISD  19280700
NAM  Jacobsen
XCL  D21208
UREF
PNO  2551354
ISD  19510500
NAM  Wasilevich
OCL  206315.9
UREF
PNO  3143265
ISD  19640800
NAM  Ruderian
XCL  211 14
UREF
PNO  3231993
ISD  19660200
NAM  Levy
XCL  211 14
UREF
PNO  3473247
ISD  19691000
NAM  Favor et al.
XCL  206315.9
UREF
PNO  3516667
ISD  19700600
NAM  Williams
OCL  473420
UREF
PNO  5377829
ISD  19950100
NAM  Bahl
OCL  206315.9
UREF
PNO  5413228
ISD  19950500
NAM  Le Clere
XCL  211 14
FREF
PNO  914220
ISD  19461000
CNT  FRX
OCL  211 14
FREF
PNO  270549
ISD  19270500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  593938
ISD  19471000
CNT  GBX
OCL  211 14
LREP
FR2  Brown; Laurence R.
ABST
PAL  A decorative ball display rack is formed of alphabetic characters, shaped
      and assembled in a self supporting array visibly displaying an abbreviated
      indicia identifying an institution sponsoring an athletic team, or the
      like, to present at least three upper receptacle tips formed by the
      letters and spaced to form a cradle for nestling and supporting a ball,
      typically a basketball, soccer ball or football.
PATN
WKU  059884029
SRC  9
APN  0327298
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980227
TTL  Stand for motorcycles
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Stodola; Daniel P.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Mayfield; William Rodgers
STR  1103 Collinwood St.
CTY  Opelika
STA  AL
ZIP  36801
CLAS
OCL  211 20
XCL  224 423
EDF  6
ICL  A47F  704
FSC  211
FSS  17;19;20;21;22
FSC  248
FSS  288.11;289.11;292.13;299.1
FSC  224
FSS  42.12;42.3;403;924
UREF
PNO  767553
ISD  19040200
NAM  Schebler et al.
UREF
PNO  1116946
ISD  19140600
NAM  Griffin et al.
UREF
PNO  3785517
ISD  19740100
NAM  Brajkovich
XCL  211 22
UREF
PNO  3788675
ISD  19740100
NAM  Wilander
UREF
PNO  3860255
ISD  19750100
NAM  Rodriguez
UREF
PNO  4015718
ISD  19770400
NAM  Bernard
XCL  211 22
UREF
PNO  4437597
ISD  19840300
NAM  Doyle
XCL  211 20
UREF
PNO  5301817
ISD  19940400
NAM  Merritt
XCL  211 20
UREF
PNO  5735410
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kallstrom
OCL  211 20
LREP
FR2  Veal; Robert J.
FR2  Bush; Kenneth M.
     Veal & Bush, LLC
ABST
PAL  A motorcycle stand uses a novel combination of components including a
      primary capture mechanism that consists of a transverse rod on which are
      mounted two vertical capture plates that translate inward as the
      motorcycle tire enters the stand. The capture plates are mounted for
      rotation orthogonally to the translation concomitantly with a tire contact
      plate. Translation of the plates is accomplished by the spring action and
      location of a pair of compressible pivot rods that have one end mounted
      forward and outward of the main rotation axis of the tire contact plate
      and the other end affixed to the sides of the capture plates. Forward
      rotation of the primary capture mechanism results in inward translation of
      the capture plates until they contact the tire side-wall. Further rotation
      results in compression of the springs in each pivot rod. A second, upper
      engagement shoe cooperates to ensure that the tire is fully captured.
      Accommodation of wider tires is accomplished by a longer and more
      compressible pivot rod or by providing a second, outward location for the
      compressible pivot rod which will allow capture of the widest of
      motorcycle rear tires.
PATN
WKU  059884037
SRC  9
APN  1511815
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980910
TTL  Bicycle display rack
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Gibson, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Robideau; Thomas J.
CTY  Paxton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Spencer Products, Inc.
CTY  North Brookfield
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  211 20
XCL  224924
XCL  211 17
EDF  6
ICL  A47F  700
FSC  211
FSS  17;20;22;18
FSC  224
FSS  924
UREF
PNO  4015718
ISD  19770400
NAM  Bernard
XCL  211 20
UREF
PNO  4442961
ISD  19840400
NAM  Bott
XCL  211 20
UREF
PNO  4452384
ISD  19840600
NAM  Graber
XCL  211 20
UREF
PNO  4802594
ISD  19890200
NAM  Graber
OCL  211 20
UREF
PNO  5549231
ISD  19960800
NAM  Fletcher et al.
XCL  211 20
UREF
PNO  5560498
ISD  19961000
NAM  Porter
OCL  211 20
LREP
FRM  Blodgett & Blodgett, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A display rack for a bicycle having an elongated supporting base, a front
      wheel stop mounted to the front end of the supporting base for maintaining
      the front wheel of the bicycle in a stable vertical position and a
      carriage which is freely movable longitudinally on the supporting base for
      supporting and retaining the rear wheel of the bicycle. The display rack
      is inclined from front to back so that the carriage is biased forwardly by
      gravity and the front wheel of the bicycle rests against the front wheel
      stop.
PATN
WKU  059884045
SRC  8
APN  8259291
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19970407
TTL  Portable television channel selection station with guidebook attachment
      slits
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Gibson, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Wilen; Richard
STR  135 Oval Dr.
CTY  Islandia
STA  NY
ZIP  11722
CLAS
OCL  211 261
XCL  211 42
XCL  281 151
XCL  2482052
EDF  6
ICL  A47F  700
FSC  211
FSS  13.1;26.1;45;42
FSC  248
FSS  205.2
FSC  281
FSS  15.1
UREF
PNO  4610054
ISD  19860900
NAM  Malian
XCL  248205.2
UREF
PNO  4991817
ISD  19910200
NAM  Vonkleist et al.
XCL  248205.2
UREF
PNO  5042670
ISD  19910800
NAM  Timberlake
OCL  211 13.1
UREF
PNO  5082229
ISD  19920100
NAM  Dahl
XCL  248205.2
UREF
PNO  5269484
ISD  19931200
NAM  Jones
XCL  248205.2
UREF
PNO  5348347
ISD  19940900
NAM  Shink
XCL  281 15.1
UREF
PNO  5647486
ISD  19970700
NAM  Wilen
OCL  211 26.1
LREP
FR2  Feldman; Stephen E.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a generally rectangular planar television channel
      selection station which comprises an arrangement of three parallel slits
      for fixing a program schedule guide thereto. These first, second and third
      slits are generally parallel to, and substantially adjacent to, a first
      side of the station. The first slit is substantially slightly longer in
      length than the folded side of a program guide schedule and is spaced the
      nearest of the three slits to the first side. The third slit is spaced the
      furthest from the first side. The spacing between the first second and
      third slits is sufficient to enable the program schedule guide to be fixed
      to the station when the last page of it is folded to substantially form a
      triangle having a base attached to the folded side of the program guide
      schedule and an apex opposite the base; and the triangle is threaded, the
      apex first, through the first slit; then through the third slit; and,
      finally through the second slit. Optionally the second slit is wider in
      the middle of it, in the direction of the first slit, so as to facilitate
      the final threading of the apex through the second slit. The station also
      includes a velcro strip for attaching a remote control to it and, indicia
      for indicating the respective name, call letters and numbers of at least
      one television station printed on it. The station can be constructed of
      any common material or combination of materials including but not limited
      to: fiberboard, cardboard, plastic, wood and plywood. Optionally it can
      also include printed advertisement indicia.
PATN
WKU  059884053
SRC  9
APN  118153&
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980717
TTL  Wall unit for displaying the covers of multiple media cases
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Gibson, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Weisenburger; Guy D.
CTY  Rancho Palos Verdes
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Smart Guy, Inc.
CTY  Provo
STA  UT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  211 40
XCL  211 4112
XCL   401244
EDF  6
ICL  A47F  700
FSC  211
FSS  40;41.12;88.01
FSC   40
FSS  124;124.4
UREF
PNO  4919287
ISD  19900400
NAM  Haskett et al.
OCL  211 40
UREF
PNO  4940147
ISD  19900700
NAM  Hunt
OCL  211 40
UREF
PNO  5040687
ISD  19910800
NAM  Whittington
OCL  211 40
UREF
PNO  5232089
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kim
XCL  211 40
UREF
PNO  5415296
ISD  19950500
NAM  Wright
OCL  211 40
UREF
PNO  5419062
ISD  19950500
NAM  Polinski et al.
OCL   40124.4
UREF
PNO  5462177
ISD  19951000
NAM  O'Donnell
OCL  211 40
UREF
PNO  5603415
ISD  19970200
NAM  Balnis
OCL  211 40
UREF
PNO  5769244
ISD  19980600
NAM  Wyatt
OCL  211 40
ABST
PAL  A wall display unit has multiple compartments for displaying the covers of
      multiple media cases. The wall unit includes a flat planer panel, a
      plurality of vertically-spaced horizontal partitions integral with the
      panel, a plurality of horizontally-spaced vertical partitions integral
      with the panel and intersecting the horizontal partitions, the horizontal
      and vertical partitions being spaced to form multiple compartments on one
      surface of the panel for containing the media cases disposed parallel to
      the panel so that the covers of the cases are displayed. Preferably the
      compartments are each evenly spaced and have the same size as the
      periphery of a media case to receive the case in a pressure fit about the
      periphery of the case. The display rack also preferably includes a notch
      in one of the partition members for exposing at least a portion of the
      edge of each media case for easy access to remove the case.
PATN
WKU  059884061
SRC  9
APN  0192848
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980205
TTL  Dishwasher retainer net
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Purol; Sarah
EXP  Chin-Shue; Alvin
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Leipziger; David
STR  2011 A Pepperstone Pl.
CTY  Greensboro
STA  NC
ZIP  27406
CLAS
OCL  211 419
EDF  6
ICL  A47G 1908
FSC  211
FSS  41.9
FSC  248
FSS  680;500;505;510
UREF
PNO  D338750
ISD  19930800
NAM  Chandler
UREF
PNO  4974806
ISD  19901200
NAM  Matern
OCL  248499
UREF
PNO  5114019
ISD  19920500
NAM  Sandbank
OCL  211 41.9
UREF
PNO  5121843
ISD  19920600
NAM  Elder
OCL  211 41.9
UREF
PNO  5294008
ISD  19940300
NAM  Dunaway
OCL  211 41.9
ABST
PAL  A dishwasher retaining net is provided including a net having a plurality
      of cords integrally coupled to define a plurality of free ends. A
      plurality of hook units are each fixedly coupled to an associated one of
      the free ends of the net. By this structure, the hooks are adapted to
      releasably engage a dishwasher rack such that the net encompasses dishes
      within the dishwasher rack for maintaining the orientation thereof.
PATN
WKU  059884070
SRC  9
APN  0463264
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980323
TTL  Merchandising shelf assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  43
ECL  1
EXA  Purol; Sarah
EXP  Chin-Shue; Alvin
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Battaglia; Joseph M.
CTY  Douglasville
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  L&P Property Management Company
CTY  South Gate
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  919891
APD  19970828
CLAS
OCL  211 51
EDF  6
ICL  B42F  700
FSC  211
FSS  51;59.3;184
UREF
PNO  D277915
ISD  19850300
NAM  Field
UREF
PNO  1229948
ISD  19170600
NAM  Hall
UREF
PNO  1682580
ISD  19280800
NAM  Pratt
UREF
PNO  1728694
ISD  19290900
NAM  Morris
UREF
PNO  1893098
ISD  19330100
NAM  Murray, Sr. et al.
UREF
PNO  1959614
ISD  19340500
NAM  Coons
UREF
PNO  2095649
ISD  19371000
NAM  Oswell
UREF
PNO  2124780
ISD  19380600
NAM  Keppler et al.
UREF
PNO  2222887
ISD  19401100
NAM  Willey
UREF
PNO  2331035
ISD  19431000
NAM  Lundstrom
UREF
PNO  2435104
ISD  19480100
NAM  Solomon
UREF
PNO  2538165
ISD  19510100
NAM  Randtke
UREF
PNO  2564518
ISD  19510800
NAM  Bedinger
UREF
PNO  2656233
ISD  19531000
NAM  Bollmann
UREF
PNO  2732952
ISD  19560100
NAM  Skelton
UREF
PNO  2855632
ISD  19581000
NAM  Croce et al.
UREF
PNO  2927699
ISD  19600300
NAM  McGraw
UREF
PNO  2954129
ISD  19600900
NAM  Gordon
UREF
PNO  3039221
ISD  19620600
NAM  Musgrave
UREF
PNO  3110402
ISD  19631100
NAM  Mogulescu
UREF
PNO  3357597
ISD  19671200
NAM  Groff
UREF
PNO  3393948
ISD  19680700
NAM  Brefka
UREF
PNO  3583724
ISD  19710600
NAM  Cowlin
UREF
PNO  3612288
ISD  19711000
NAM  Lesley
UREF
PNO  3679096
ISD  19720700
NAM  Musser
UREF
PNO  4234101
ISD  19801100
NAM  Pastore
UREF
PNO  4314648
ISD  19820200
NAM  Spamer
UREF
PNO  4588093
ISD  19860500
NAM  Field
UREF
PNO  4822555
ISD  19890400
NAM  Kawabata
UREF
PNO  4838436
ISD  19890600
NAM  Bailey
UREF
PNO  4919403
ISD  19900400
NAM  Bartholomew
UREF
PNO  5240125
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kunz
UREF
PNO  5419443
ISD  19950500
NAM  Niederberger et al.
UREF
PNO  5449076
ISD  19950900
NAM  Van Noord
UREF
PNO  5450968
ISD  19950900
NAM  Bustos
UREF
PNO  5450969
ISD  19950900
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  5577623
ISD  19961100
NAM  Bustos
UREF
PNO  5614288
ISD  19970300
NAM  Bustos
UREF
PNO  5641077
ISD  19970600
NAM  Tufano et al.
UREF
PNO  5665304
ISD  19970900
NAM  Heinen et al.
LREP
FRM  Wood, Herron & Evans, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A shelf assembly comprising a shelf having a bottom member, a plurality of
      substantially parallel spaced dividers extending from back to front and a
      serpentine shaped pusher for urging a column of products forwardly inside
      a track defined by the bottom member and a pair of dividers. The pusher
      comprises a sheet of inherently resilient flexible material having a
      sinusoidal configuration. The pusher extends between a stop and a
      rearwardmost product within a column of products in a track.
PATN
WKU  059884088
SRC  8
APN  8908737
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19970710
TTL  Comprehensive tool organizing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Gibson, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Evans; Elizabeth P.
STR  35095 Juniper Ave.
CTY  Yucaipa
STA  CA
ZIP  92399
INVT
NAM  Evans; Glenn C.
STR  35095 Juniper Ave.
CTY  Yucaipa
STA  CA
ZIP  92399
CLAS
OCL  211 706
XCL  211 601
XCL  211 8701
XCL  211 708
EDF  6
ICL  A47F  500
FSC  211
FSS  70.6;60.1;87.01;70.8
UREF
PNO  2016421
ISD  19351000
NAM  Eichner
OCL  211 70.6
UREF
PNO  2541597
ISD  19510200
NAM  Midling
XCL  211 70.6
UREF
PNO  4509648
ISD  19850400
NAM  Govang et al.
OCL  211 70.6
UREF
PNO  5346063
ISD  19940900
NAM  Chow
XCL  211 70.6
UREF
PNO  5505316
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lee
OCL  211 70.6
UREF
PNO  5638964
ISD  19970600
NAM  Ernst
OCL  211 70.6
LREP
FR2  Colitz, Jr.; Michael J.
ABST
PAL  A comprehensive tool organizing system is provided having at least one
      vertical wall. A plurality of tool holders are positioned on the wall for
      organizing a plurality of tools. Such tool holders include a speed wrench
      holder having a square plate coupleable to the wall with a pair of
      vertical members situated on a front face of the plate adjacent side edges
      thereof. The vertical members has a plurality of notches formed therein at
      equal elevations. Such notches extend downwardly and rearwardly from a
      front surface of the associated vertical member to a rear surface thereof.
PATN
WKU  059884096
SRC  8
APN  5054656
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19950721
TTL  Vertical wall rack and variable shelf arrangement
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Ramirez; Ramon O.
NDR  2
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Gusdorf; John
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Oberhaus; Fred D.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Massoudnia; Mohammad
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Industrial Wire Products, Inc.
CTY  Sullivan
STA  MO
COD  12
CLAS
OCL  211 90
XCL  248175
EDF  6
ICL  A47F  508
FSC  211
FSS  90;88;103;106;34;35;36;37;181;188
FSC  248
FSS  175;222.41
UREF
PNO  D165118
ISD  19511100
NAM  Strinning et al.
UREF
PNO  D295472
ISD  19880500
NAM  Remmers
OCL  D 6465
UREF
PNO  D305272
ISD  19891200
NAM  Remmers
OCL  D34 42
UREF
PNO  D311860
ISD  19901100
NAM  Remmers
OCL  D 8381
UREF
PNO  D312389
ISD  19901100
NAM  Remmers
OCL  D 8381
UREF
PNO  2428073
ISD  19470900
NAM  Handel
OCL  211 87
UREF
PNO  2733037
ISD  19560100
NAM  Dunham
XCL  248222.41
UREF
PNO  2827254
ISD  19580300
NAM  Faber
OCL  248243
UREF
PNO  3184068
ISD  19650500
NAM  Wende
XCL  211103
UREF
PNO  3198343
ISD  19650800
NAM  Pollock
OCL  211 87
UREF
PNO  3221893
ISD  19651200
NAM  Glakerson et al.
XCL  211103
UREF
PNO  3294351
ISD  19661200
NAM  Rollins, Jr.
OCL  248243
UREF
PNO  3486632
ISD  19691200
NAM  Balch
OCL  211 57
UREF
PNO  3604669
ISD  19710900
NAM  Asher
OCL  248243
UREF
PNO  3913745
ISD  19751000
NAM  Weiss
OCL  211 34
UREF
PNO  3918670
ISD  19751100
NAM  Doherty
XCL  211 35
UREF
PNO  3993002
ISD  19761100
NAM  Stroh
XCL  211 90
UREF
PNO  4098481
ISD  19780700
NAM  Johnson et al.
XCL  211 90
UREF
PNO  4415091
ISD  19831100
NAM  Wolff
XCL  211103
UREF
PNO  4470512
ISD  19840900
NAM  Buffington et al.
OCL  211 90
UREF
PNO  4548327
ISD  19851000
NAM  Kilkelly
OCL  211187
UREF
PNO  4550893
ISD  19851100
NAM  Wiersema et al.
OCL  248222.4
UREF
PNO  4693380
ISD  19870900
NAM  Muth
OCL  211 35
UREF
PNO  4732284
ISD  19880300
NAM  Remmers
OCL  211188
UREF
PNO  4781349
ISD  19881100
NAM  Remmers
OCL  248249
UREF
PNO  4783035
ISD  19881100
NAM  Remmers
OCL  248250
UREF
PNO  4795041
ISD  19890100
NAM  Remmers
OCL  211133
UREF
PNO  4840279
ISD  19890600
NAM  Cobb et al.
OCL  211 88
UREF
PNO  4858773
ISD  19890800
NAM  Zimmerman
XCL  248222.41
UREF
PNO  5039046
ISD  19910800
NAM  Brewster
OCL  248206.3
UREF
PNO  5072839
ISD  19911200
NAM  Arnone
OCL  211187
UREF
PNO  5076442
ISD  19911200
NAM  Hakeem
XCL  211162
UREF
PNO  5314080
ISD  19940500
NAM  Wentworth
XCL  211186
UREF
PNO  5318187
ISD  19940600
NAM  Rosenthal
OCL  211 88
UREF
PNO  5443167
ISD  19950800
NAM  Menaged et al.
XCL  211103
UREF
PNO  5485932
ISD  19960100
NAM  Romm et al.
XCL  211103
UREF
PNO  5526941
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ford
XCL  211106
LREP
FR2  Denk; Paul M.
ABST
PAL  A storage system having a pair of parallel, spaced side braces and a
      plurality of interchangeable wire racks, shelves and baskets secured and
      suspended between the side braces. The side braces are mounted directly to
      a wall or other flat surface. The side braces are provided in interlocking
      sections and can be joined together to form a side brace as long as
      desired. Each side brace has a plurality of evenly spaced keyhole-shaped
      openings formed in an inner surface. The openings in one side brace are
      parallel to the openings in the other side brace. Each shelf, rack or
      basket has side extensions designed to engage the openings. Each side
      extension terminates in a retention means, for example a knob that engages
      and is secured in the opening. The rack, shelf or basket can be moved
      between openings to raise or lower the height of the unit.
PATN
WKU  059884100
SRC  8
APN  9049991
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19970801
TTL  Display rack
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Novosad; Jennifer E.
EXP  Purol; David M.
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Mandle; James S.
CTY  Woodcliff Lake
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Warner-Lambert Company
CTY  Morris Plains
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2111331
XCL  21112615
XCL  211 592
XCL  211170
XCL  3123347
EDF  6
ICL  A47F  104
ICL  A47F  314
ICL  A47F  512
ICL  A47B 8800
FSC  211
FSS  59.2;133.1;85.17;126.15;170;131.2
FSC  248
FSS  22.201;224.7
FSC  312
FSS  300;334.7;322;312;313
UREF
PNO  Re22644
ISD  19450500
NAM  Stroben
XCL  248224.7
UREF
PNO  1736655
ISD  19290100
NAM  Lombardini
OCL  312323
UREF
PNO  2140663
ISD  19381200
NAM  Bailey
XCL  248220.21
UREF
PNO  3126101
ISD  19640300
NAM  Katterjohn
XCL  211133.1
UREF
PNO  3328106
ISD  19670600
NAM  Mullin
OCL  312334.7
UREF
PNO  3393808
ISD  19680700
NAM  Chirchill
UREF
PNO  3528558
ISD  19700900
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  3598246
ISD  19710800
NAM  Galli
UREF
PNO  3627398
ISD  19711200
NAM  Reese
UREF
PNO  3699610
ISD  19721000
NAM  Harby
XCL  248220.21
UREF
PNO  4314734
ISD  19820200
NAM  Grunert
OCL  312322
UREF
PNO  4387810
ISD  19830600
NAM  Crosslen
UREF
PNO  4441771
ISD  19840400
NAM  Roesler
OCL  312322
UREF
PNO  4640145
ISD  19870200
NAM  Ando
OCL  348447
UREF
PNO  4785944
ISD  19881100
NAM  March
UREF
PNO  4923070
ISD  19900500
NAM  Jackle et al.
UREF
PNO  4930738
ISD  19900600
NAM  Lombardo
XCL  248220.21
UREF
PNO  5000329
ISD  19910300
NAM  Luberto
XCL  211133.1
UREF
PNO  5048699
ISD  19910900
NAM  Trevaskis
UREF
PNO  5129525
ISD  19920700
NAM  Maynard, Jr.
XCL  211133.1
UREF
PNO  5154388
ISD  19921000
NAM  Margaro
UREF
PNO  5167391
ISD  19921200
NAM  Simpson
OCL  248220.21
UREF
PNO  5249763
ISD  19931000
NAM  Weber et al.
XCL  248220.21
UREF
PNO  5262923
ISD  19931100
NAM  Batta et al.
OCL  312333
UREF
PNO  5284257
ISD  19940200
NAM  Schum
FREF
PNO  29705477
ISD  19970700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  29707628
ISD  19970700
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Almer; Charles W.
ABST
PAL  A display rack for displaying boxes, especially boxes containing a
      plurality of smaller product packages (such as mint packages), comprising
      a base and a stand having a plurality of openings. Swing arms with lock
      slots are adapted to extend from two opposing sides of the openings and
      engage with the product boxes being displayed. The swing arms are moveable
      inward and outward within a slot in the rack and are such that the arms
      may be either perpendicular to the vertical axis of the rack, when the
      arms are adjacent to the back of the rack, or tilted downward when the
      swing arms are distanced from the back of the rack. Consequently, the
      engaged product boxes may be located in a level position at the back of
      the rack (a position which is especially useful for loading, transport and
      storage) or they may be tipped in a downward position at the front of the
      rack to prominently display the product. The boxes are uniquely designed
      to include slots which accommodate the ends of the swing arms and thus
      hold the boxes in place in the rack and also allow for easy replacement of
      the boxes in the rack. In addition, a lock tab on the swing arms is
      engageable with openings in the boxes to removably lock the swing arms and
      the boxes together.
PATN
WKU  059884118
SRC  8
APN  6261353
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19960405
TTL  Method and apparatus for reduced vibration of human operated machines
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Brahan; Thomas J.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Singer; Neil C.
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Rappole, III; Bert Whitney
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Convolve, Inc.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  212275
XCL  318443
XCL  340685
EDF  6
ICL  B66L 1306
FSC  340
FSS  685
FSC  212
FSS  275;285;281
FSC  318
FSS  443
UREF
PNO  3023351
ISD  19620200
NAM  McLane et al.
OCL  318443
UREF
PNO  3089993
ISD  19630500
NAM  Wickerham et al.
OCL  318443
UREF
PNO  3107322
ISD  19631000
NAM  King
OCL  318443
UREF
PNO  3280399
ISD  19661000
NAM  Kreinberg
OCL  318443
UREF
PNO  4361312
ISD  19821100
NAM  Schreyer et al.
OCL  254276
UREF
PNO  4496883
ISD  19850100
NAM  Eascott et al.
OCL  318443
UREF
PNO  4636962
ISD  19870100
NAM  Broyden et al.
OCL  212281
UREF
PNO  4997095
ISD  19910300
NAM  Jones et al.
UREF
PNO  5490601
ISD  19960200
NAM  Heissat et al.
OCL  212275
FREF
PNO  2300093
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
OCL  212275
FREF
PNO  94/11293
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
OCL  212275
LREP
FRM  Choate, Hall & Stewart
ABST
PAL  Tele-operated machine including a moveable structure and a control device
      functionally connected to the moveable structure for operation by a human
      operator. An input processor apparatus responsive to the control device
      generates signals to move the moveable structure in a reduced vibration
      fashion. In a preferred embodiment, the tele-operated machine is a crane.
      The operator can cause fixed length incremental movements of a load
      supported by the crane to be accomplished with reduced levels of vibration
      after the move is completed.
PATN
WKU  059884126
SRC  8
APN  9924221
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19971217
TTL  Safety closure having an internal locking lug
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Eloshway; Niki M.
EXP  Garbe; Stephen P.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Minnette; Jeffrey C.
CTY  Evansville
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Robinson; Clayton L.
CTY  Newburgh
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Rexam Plastics, Inc.
CTY  Evansville
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  215216
XCL  215206
XCL  215221
XCL  215330
XCL  215331
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 4104
ICL  B65D 5512
FSC  215
FSS  206;213;216;217;221;222;45;331;321;330
FSC  220
FSS  281
UREF
PNO  1863796
ISD  19320600
NAM  Jackson et al.
OCL  215252
UREF
PNO  2134178
ISD  19381000
NAM  Esposito
OCL  215252
UREF
PNO  2414420
ISD  19470100
NAM  Sebell
OCL  215252
UREF
PNO  3578192
ISD  19710500
NAM  Sonne
OCL  215221
UREF
PNO  3603470
ISD  19710900
NAM  Armour
OCL  215213
UREF
PNO  3750821
ISD  19730800
NAM  Sourbet
OCL  215252
UREF
PNO  3770153
ISD  19731100
NAM  Gach et al.
OCL  215216
UREF
PNO  3984021
ISD  19761000
NAM  Uhlig
XCL  215217
UREF
PNO  4331247
ISD  19820500
NAM  Mumford
OCL  215216
UREF
PNO  4479585
ISD  19841000
NAM  Sandhaus
XCL  215330
UREF
PNO  4613063
ISD  19860900
NAM  Wright
OCL  222153.14
UREF
PNO  4752014
ISD  19880600
NAM  House et al.
OCL  215216
UREF
PNO  4993570
ISD  19910200
NAM  Jullian et al.
XCL  215 44
UREF
PNO  5238152
ISD  19930800
NAM  Maas et al.
OCL  222153.09
UREF
PNO  5394999
ISD  19950300
NAM  Krall
XCL  215330
UREF
PNO  5727703
ISD  19980300
NAM  Fuchs
XCL  215216
UREF
PNO  5772546
ISD  19980300
NAM  Briere
XCL  215221
LREP
FRM  Middleton & Reutlinger
FR2  Salazar; John F.
ABST
PAL  A cap having a top wall and at least one circumferentially extending
      sidewall having an inner surface with internal threads therealong and a
      terminating bottom edge of the sidewall defining an open end opposite to
      the top wall. The terminating edge is provided with an inwardly extending
      locking lug for engaging with an outwardly extending tab on a threadable
      neck of a container. The cap may be of double wall construction with an
      outer wall and an inner wall spaced therefrom wherein the threadable
      connections for the neck of a container are on the inner surface of the
      inner wall and the locking lug is on the terminating edge of the outer
      wall. A window is also provided along the terminating edge of the outer
      wall, the window being in visible alignment with the locking tab.
PATN
WKU  059884134
SRC  9
APN  0990698
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980617
TTL  Child resistant container and closure
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Cronin; Stephen K.
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Nagel; Robert C.
CTY  Venice
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  JSN Product Concepts, Inc.
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  215216
XCL  215221
XCL  215228
XCL  215313
XCL  215334
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 5502
FSC  215
FSS  216;217;218;219;220;221;228;313;314;334
UREF
PNO  3669294
ISD  19720600
NAM  Petronelli
UREF
PNO  3944101
ISD  19760300
NAM  Landen et al.
OCL  215216
UREF
PNO  3977554
ISD  19760800
NAM  Costa
UREF
PNO  4116351
ISD  19780900
NAM  Uhlig
OCL  215216
UREF
PNO  4138028
ISD  19790200
NAM  Price et al.
UREF
PNO  4223793
ISD  19800900
NAM  Patton
UREF
PNO  4331247
ISD  19820500
NAM  Mumford
UREF
PNO  4413742
ISD  19831100
NAM  Sandhaus
OCL  215216
UREF
PNO  4752013
ISD  19880600
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  215216
UREF
PNO  5186369
ISD  19930200
NAM  Aguirrezabal
UREF
PNO  5505346
ISD  19960400
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  5603421
ISD  19970200
NAM  Opresco
OCL  215217
UREF
PNO  5836467
ISD  19981100
NAM  Montgomery
OCL  215216
LREP
FRM  King and Schickli
ABST
PAL  An improved child resistant container and closure assembly allows for ease
      of use by an adult, while at the same time provides the desired increased
      child resistance. One or more locking elements mating with recesses formed
      in the container serve to secure the closure assembly to the container.
      The closure assembly is also provided with a cup portion that is adapted
      for comfortably receiving an adult hand. Differential manual pressure
      applied to the closure assembly flexes an internal annular web, which
      removes the locking elements from their respective recesses. This allows
      an adult to easily open the container, whereas a child cannot do so. In an
      alternate embodiment, the closure assembly is non-removable, and is
      adapted to permit flow-through of the material held within the container.
PATN
WKU  059884142
SRC  8
APN  6361196
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19960423
TTL  Lid for containers, housings, bottles or similar structures
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Cronin; Stephen K.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Schwarz; Robert
STR  Rosskopfstr. 18
CTY  D-82031 Grunwald
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wiemer; Thorsten
STR  Brunhuberstr. 96
CTY  D83512 Wasserburg
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950719
APN  295 11 683  U
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960401
APN  96/05220
CLAS
OCL  215261
XCL  215308
XCL  220371
XCL  220372
XCL  220373
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 5300
FSC  215
FSS  261;308
FSC  220
FSS  371;372;373
UREF
PNO  3045854
ISD  19620700
NAM  Patton
UREF
PNO  3448882
ISD  19690600
NAM  Roy
UREF
PNO  3637101
ISD  19720100
NAM  Risch et al.
UREF
PNO  3717276
ISD  19730200
NAM  Luczak et al.
UREF
PNO  3951293
ISD  19760400
NAM  Schulz
UREF
PNO  4121728
ISD  19781000
NAM  Tagalakis et al.
UREF
PNO  4187390
ISD  19800200
NAM  Gore
UREF
PNO  4271973
ISD  19810600
NAM  Quagliaro et al.
OCL  215308
UREF
PNO  4765499
ISD  19880800
NAM  Von Reis et al.
UREF
PNO  4789074
ISD  19881200
NAM  Han
UREF
PNO  4790445
ISD  19881200
NAM  Shibata
UREF
PNO  4793509
ISD  19881200
NAM  Coleman
OCL  220207
UREF
PNO  4863051
ISD  19890900
NAM  Eibner et al.
OCL  215261
UREF
PNO  4983434
ISD  19910100
NAM  Sassa
UREF
PNO  5000992
ISD  19910300
NAM  Kelch
UREF
PNO  5171439
ISD  19921200
NAM  Vakharia
UREF
PNO  5180073
ISD  19930100
NAM  Fay et al.
OCL  215261
UREF
PNO  5395006
ISD  19950300
NAM  Verma
OCL  220371
FREF
PNO  1174332
ISD  19850800
CNT  SUX
OCL  214261
LREP
FR2  Lewis White; Carol A.
ABST
PAL  A lid is disclosed having a pressure compensation device comprising a gas
      permeable, liquid impermeable membrane and a surge protection element
      comprising a gas permeable material which serves to break the surge
      pressure exerted on the membrane by the container contents. The lid is
      designed as an injection molded plastic part with the membrane being
      integrated in an upper cover portion of the lid by injection molding.
PATN
WKU  059884150
SRC  8
APN  2004208
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19940223
TTL  Bottle flow controller
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Cronin; Stephen K.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  White; Keith T.
CTY  Danville
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Paul and Sara Garbarini 1989 Family Trust
CTY  Tiburon
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  215266
XCL  215312
XCL  1471320
XCL  1471321
XCL  222547
XCL  222564
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 3906
FSC  215
FSS  264;266;270;312
FSC  141
FSS  320;321
FSC  222
FSS  547;564
UREF
PNO  175952
ISD  18760400
NAM  Edwards
OCL  215266
UREF
PNO  323737
ISD  18850800
NAM  Roorbach
UREF
PNO  355642
ISD  18870100
NAM  De Quillfeldt
XCL  215312
UREF
PNO  357909
ISD  18870200
NAM  De Quillfeldt
OCL  215266
UREF
PNO  365961
ISD  18870700
NAM  Beardsley
UREF
PNO  376916
ISD  18880100
NAM  Rylands
OCL  215266
UREF
PNO  560444
ISD  18960500
NAM  Temple
UREF
PNO  1079403
ISD  19131100
NAM  Crecelius
UREF
PNO  2584183
ISD  19520200
NAM  Blumauer
XCL  215312
UREF
PNO  4125200
ISD  19781100
NAM  Manley
OCL  215246
UREF
PNO  4741448
ISD  19880500
NAM  Alley et al.
OCL  215266
FREF
PNO  2294919
ISD  19760800
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  181834
ISD  19070300
CNT  DEX
OCL  215312
FREF
PNO  292672
ISD  19140400
CNT  DEX
OCL  215312
FREF
PNO  1485
ISD  18720000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  370048
ISD  19320400
CNT  GBX
OCL  215312
LREP
FR2  Bielen, Jr.; Theodore J.
ABST
PAL  A device for controlling the flow of liquid from a bottle having a chamber
      and a spout with a passage communicating with such chamber. A cage is
      partially located within the bottle at the spout passage. The cage defines
      a particular volume and includes an exit communicating with the spout
      passage. A floating element is located and moveable within the cage. The
      floating element is formed to block the spout passage from the bottle when
      it is positioned adjacent the spout passage. The floating element also
      permits the flow of fluid from the passage when the bottle is oriented in
      a certain configuration. The cage may be secured to the spout passage or
      formed integrally with the spout.
PATN
WKU  059884169
SRC  9
APN  1135864
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980710
TTL  Footed container and base therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Moy; Joseph M.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Cheng; Jizu J.
CTY  Burr Ridge
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Krich; Jeffrey D.
CTY  Orland Park
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Crown Cork & Seal Technologies Corporation
CTY  Alsip
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  215375
XCL  220606
XCL  220608
EDF  6
ICL  B65D  102
FSC  220
FSS  606;608
FSC  215
FSS  375
UREF
PNO  D327845
ISD  19920700
NAM  Behm et al.
UREF
PNO  D330330
ISD  19921000
NAM  Behm et al.
UREF
PNO  D358547
ISD  19950500
NAM  Darr
UREF
PNO  3511401
ISD  19700500
NAM  Lachner
UREF
PNO  3598270
ISD  19710800
NAM  Adomaitis
UREF
PNO  3722726
ISD  19730300
NAM  Carmichael et al.
UREF
PNO  3871541
ISD  19750300
NAM  Adomaitis
UREF
PNO  3881621
ISD  19750500
NAM  Adomaitis
UREF
PNO  3927782
ISD  19751200
NAM  Edwards
UREF
PNO  3935955
ISD  19760200
NAM  Das
UREF
PNO  4108324
ISD  19780800
NAM  Krishnakumar et al.
UREF
PNO  4231483
ISD  19801100
NAM  Dechenne et al.
UREF
PNO  4247012
ISD  19810100
NAM  Alberghini
UREF
PNO  4249666
ISD  19810200
NAM  Hubertn et al.
UREF
PNO  4249667
ISD  19810200
NAM  Pocock et al.
UREF
PNO  4254882
ISD  19810300
NAM  Yoshino
UREF
PNO  4267144
ISD  19810500
NAM  Collette et al.
UREF
PNO  4276987
ISD  19810700
NAM  Michel
UREF
PNO  4294366
ISD  19811000
NAM  Chang
UREF
PNO  4318489
ISD  19820300
NAM  Snyder et al.
UREF
PNO  4335821
ISD  19820600
NAM  Collette et al.
UREF
PNO  4342398
ISD  19820800
NAM  Chang
UREF
PNO  4368825
ISD  19830100
NAM  Motill
UREF
PNO  4700837
ISD  19871000
NAM  Hammett
UREF
PNO  4785949
ISD  19881100
NAM  Krishmakumar et al.
UREF
PNO  4850493
ISD  19890700
NAM  Howard, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4850494
ISD  19890700
NAM  Howard, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4865206
ISD  19890900
NAM  Behm et al.
UREF
PNO  4867323
ISD  19890900
NAM  Powers
UREF
PNO  4978015
ISD  19901200
NAM  Walker
UREF
PNO  5024339
ISD  19910600
NAM  Riemer
UREF
PNO  5024340
ISD  19910600
NAM  Alberghini et al.
UREF
PNO  5064080
ISD  19911100
NAM  Young et al.
UREF
PNO  5072841
ISD  19911200
NAM  Okhai
UREF
PNO  5139162
ISD  19920800
NAM  Young et al.
UREF
PNO  5261543
ISD  19931100
NAM  Ugarelli
UREF
PNO  5287978
ISD  19940200
NAM  Young et al.
UREF
PNO  5375729
ISD  19941200
NAM  Schubert
UREF
PNO  5427258
ISD  19950600
NAM  Krishnakumar et al.
UREF
PNO  5458825
ISD  19951000
NAM  Grolman et al.
UREF
PNO  5484072
ISD  19960100
NAM  Beck et al.
UREF
PNO  5507402
ISD  19960400
NAM  Clark
UREF
PNO  5529196
ISD  19960600
NAM  Lane
UREF
PNO  5549210
ISD  19960800
NAM  Cheng
UREF
PNO  5603423
ISD  19970200
NAM  Lynn et al.
UREF
PNO  5664695
ISD  19970900
NAM  Young et al.
FREF
PNO  0 219 696
ISD  19870400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 225 155
ISD  19870600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 385 693
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 86/05462
ISD  19860900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/05747
ISD  19880800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/00880
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris LLP
ABST
PAL  A molded polymeric container that is shaped to exhibit superior
      characteristics of light weighting, stability against toppling and
      resistance to stress cracking includes a conventional cylindrical body
      portion having a longitudinal axis and a circumferential sidewall and a
      novel bottom portion. The bottom portion includes a central pushup area of
      uniformity that is substantially uniform within a spatial rotation about
      the longitudinal axis. The area of uniformity has a radius R.sub.G. The
      bottom also includes a plurality of support feet that surround and
      protrude downwardly from the pushup area. Each of the support feet have a
      bottom support surface with an inner point of contact and an outer point
      of contact. The outer points of contact together define an outer contact
      radius R.sub.OC. The bottom portion as a whole has a radius of maximum
      width R.sub.BASE. A plurality of ribs are positioned in valleys between
      the support feet. Each of these ribs is positioned between and helps
      define two of the support feet. At least one of the ribs has a localized
      radius of curvature R.sub.C that intersects an arc connecting inner points
      of contact of two adjacent support feet. Advantageously, the radius of
      uniformity is within the range of about 16% to about 26% of R.sub.OC ; and
      R.sub.C is within the range of about 70% to about 110% of R.sub.BASE.
PATN
WKU  059884177
SRC  8
APN  9671307
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19971112
TTL  Plastic container having improved rigidity
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  16
EXP  Weaver; Sue A.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Cheng; Jizu J.
CTY  Burr Ridge
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Krich; Jeffrey D.
CTY  Orland Park
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Crown Cork & Seal Technologies Corporation
CTY  Alsip
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  215383
XCL  215382
XCL  215373
XCL  220606
XCL  220608
XCL  220671
XCL  220675
EDF  6
ICL  B65D  102
ICL  B65D 2300
FSC  220
FSS  608;606;673;675;671
FSC  215
FSS  373;375;383;382;370;371
UREF
PNO  D68489
ISD  19251000
NAM  Miller
OCL  D 9552
UREF
PNO  D75426
ISD  19280600
NAM  Jasper
OCL  D 9556
UREF
PNO  D85379
ISD  19311000
NAM  Fuerst
OCL  D 9556
UREF
PNO  D115782
ISD  19390700
NAM  Cobb
OCL  D 9566
UREF
PNO  D117138
ISD  19391000
NAM  Buckingham
OCL  D 9571
UREF
PNO  D120277
ISD  19400400
NAM  Steelman
OCL  D 9552
UREF
PNO  D197925
ISD  19640400
NAM  Allen
OCL  D 9571
UREF
PNO  D204711
ISD  19660500
NAM  Plummer
OCL  D 9552
UREF
PNO  D205099
ISD  19660600
NAM  Plummer
OCL  D 9571
UREF
PNO  D216080
ISD  19691100
NAM  Lawton
OCL  D 9571
UREF
PNO  D219432
ISD  19701200
NAM  Edwards
OCL  D 7523
UREF
PNO  D230136
ISD  19740100
NAM  Strand
OCL  D 9552
UREF
PNO  D264435
ISD  19820500
NAM  Pettengill
OCL  D 9553
UREF
PNO  D286985
ISD  19861200
NAM  Durand
OCL  D 9553
UREF
PNO  D305984
ISD  19900200
NAM  Alberghini et al.
OCL  D 9500
UREF
PNO  D306262
ISD  19900200
NAM  Bit
OCL  D 9520
UREF
PNO  D369556
ISD  19960500
NAM  Launder et al.
OCL  D 9553
UREF
PNO  D394813
ISD  19980600
NAM  Homsy
OCL  D 9551
UREF
PNO  3357593
ISD  19671200
NAM  Sears, Jr. et al.
XCL  220673
UREF
PNO  3403804
ISD  19681000
NAM  Colombo
XCL  215375
UREF
PNO  4294366
ISD  19811000
NAM  Chang
OCL  215375
UREF
PNO  4512490
ISD  19850400
NAM  Frei et al.
OCL  220673
UREF
PNO  4538439
ISD  19850900
NAM  Frei
XCL  220673
UREF
PNO  4966780
ISD  19901000
NAM  Hargraves et al.
XCL  215375
UREF
PNO  5071015
ISD  19911200
NAM  Kinslow
OCL  215375
UREF
PNO  5092475
ISD  19920300
NAM  Krishnakumar et al.
XCL  215383
UREF
PNO  5101990
ISD  19920400
NAM  Krishnakumar et al.
OCL  215383
UREF
PNO  5222615
ISD  19930600
NAM  Ota et al.
XCL  215383
UREF
PNO  5224614
ISD  19930700
NAM  Bono et al.
OCL  215384
UREF
PNO  5499730
ISD  19960300
NAM  Harbour
OCL  215382
UREF
PNO  5522519
ISD  19960600
NAM  Bergner et al.
OCL  215382
UREF
PNO  5529196
ISD  19960600
NAM  Lane
OCL  215375
UREF
PNO  5593056
ISD  19970100
NAM  Mero et al.
OCL  215382
UREF
PNO  5642826
ISD  19970700
NAM  Melrose
OCL  215382
UREF
PNO  5645190
ISD  19970700
NAM  Goldberg
OCL  220674
UREF
PNO  5690244
ISD  19971100
NAM  Darr
OCL  215382
UREF
PNO  5704504
ISD  19980100
NAM  Bueno
XCL  215382
UREF
PNO  5740934
ISD  19980400
NAM  Brady
XCL  215382
UREF
PNO  5746339
ISD  19980500
NAM  Petre et al.
OCL  215382
UREF
PNO  5785197
ISD  19980700
NAM  Slat
OCL  215375
FREF
PNO  1207681
ISD  19860700
CNT  CAX
OCL  215382
LREP
FRM  Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris LLP
ABST
PAL  A plastic container that is designed for optimal strength and
      lightweighting characteristics includes a finish portion, a bottom portion
      that has a plurality of support feet and a corresponding number of grooves
      defined between the support feet, and a main body portion. According to
      one feature of the container, the main body portion has at least one
      groove defined in its smooth label area that is oriented so as to have an
      axial component and so as to extend to near a bottom of the label portion
      for permitting condensate to drain from the label portion. This reduces
      the potential for condensation-induced label delamination. According to
      another feature of the container, the main body portion further has a
      tapered neck portion that has a plurality of undulating grooves defined
      therein to provide structural reinforcement. The main body of the
      container also has a lower end that is configured so as to have a number
      of generally axially extending channels that extend toward the bottom
      portion. Some of these channels merge into the grooves, and others
      terminate before reaching the bottom portion. The channels provide a
      structural reinforcement effect, whereby enhanced structural reinforcement
      of said lower end is achieved without increasing the number of support
      feet and grooves.
PATN
WKU  059884185
SRC  9
APN  2454831
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19990204
TTL  Synthetic resin handle and bottle having the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Mai; Tri M.
EXP  Elkins; Gary E.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Maeshima; Masaki
CTY  Ueda
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  A. K. Technical Laboratory Inc.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960529
APN  8-135042
RLAP
COD  71
APN  864278
APD  19970528
CLAS
OCL  215396
XCL  220759
XCL  220770
XCL  294 271
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 2312
FSC  215
FSS  395;396
FSC  294
FSS  27.1;33
FSC  220
FSS  752;759;770
UREF
PNO  4257525
ISD  19810300
NAM  Thompson
UREF
PNO  4281770
ISD  19810800
NAM  Rainville
UREF
PNO  4368826
ISD  19830100
NAM  Thompson
UREF
PNO  4964522
ISD  19901000
NAM  Umetsu et al.
FREF
PNO  482203
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2584913
ISD  19870100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3200889
ISD  19830100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  5-94129
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1836258
ISD  19930800
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  96 37416
ISD  19961100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  There is provided a handle comprising a grip portion 2 which is
      longitudinally long enough to extend from an upper edge to a lower edge of
      a recess 21 in a side portion of the bottle 20, an upper contact plate 4
      which projects inward and obliquely downward from the bottom of a holding
      portion 3 provided on an upper end of the grip portion and has an
      engagement piece 6 projecting upward and facing the holding portion 3, and
      a lower contact plate 5 which is formed from a lower end of the grip
      portion, bent inward and obliquely upward and has an engagement piece 7
      projecting downward at its distal end. A connection step portion 10 is
      formed in an upper end portion of the lower contact plate 5 and a fixing
      plate 9 having such a length that its distal end reaches the inside of the
      connection step portion 10 extends obliquely toward the grip portion by
      bending its connection portion with the upper contact plate 4. Since a
      fixing plate for contact plates which are formed from an upper end and a
      lower end of a grip portion and project toward the inner side of the grip
      portion is molded integrally with the grip portion, the handle can be
      firmly fixed in a recess in a side portion of a synthetic resin bottle.
PATN
WKU  059884193
SRC  9
APN  0582190
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980410
TTL  Glass container with handle structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Weaver; Sue A.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  St John; Robert A.
CTY  Cheshire
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  HP Intellectual Corp.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  215398
XCL  215396
XCL  220753
XCL  220759
EDF  6
ICL  B65D  110
ICL  B65D 2310
FSC  215
FSS  382;396;398
FSC  220
FSS  759;753
UREF
PNO  420917
ISD  18900200
NAM  McIntire
XCL  220759
UREF
PNO  1637853
ISD  19270800
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  1730820
ISD  19291000
NAM  Holden
UREF
PNO  2114260
ISD  19380400
NAM  Von Nessen
OCL  215396
UREF
PNO  2424045
ISD  19470700
NAM  Millstein
XCL  215382
UREF
PNO  2609563
ISD  19520900
NAM  Budelman
OCL   16114
UREF
PNO  2610081
ISD  19520900
NAM  Bushman
XCL  215396
UREF
PNO  2815527
ISD  19571200
NAM  Hollaway et al.
OCL   16116
UREF
PNO  3813729
ISD  19740600
NAM  Szabo et al.
OCL   16119
UREF
PNO  4366596
ISD  19830100
NAM  Hellinger et al.
OCL   16119
UREF
PNO  5025939
ISD  19910600
NAM  Bunn et al.
OCL  215398
UREF
PNO  5216780
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lutzke et al.
OCL   16111R
UREF
PNO  5586682
ISD  19961200
NAM  Yeh
XCL  220759
UREF
PNO  5771536
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sieg et al.
XCL  220759
UREF
PNO  5867867
ISD  19990200
NAM  Kessler
XCL  220753
LREP
FR2  Deutsch; Barry E.
ABST
PAL  A glass container 30 includes a container portion 34 and a handle 44. The
      container portion 34 is formed with a base floor 36, a side wall 38 and an
      opening 40 surrounded by an edge 42 which is formed with a pouring lip 46.
      The handle 44 is formed by two shell sections 52 and 54 which are
      assembled and secured, mechanically and adhesively, about a glass support
      48 which is formed integrally with the glass container portion 34. A soft,
      non-slip attachment 110 is secured to an inboard side of the exterior of
      the handle 44.
PATN
WKU  059884207
SRC  9
APN  2292114
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19990113
TTL  Container lid
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Castellano; Stephen
NDR  10
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Jacques; Michel
CTY  St-Damien
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Nolet; Roch
CTY  St-Joseph-de-Beauce
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  IPL, Inc.
CTY  Quebec
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  957074
APD  19971023
PSC  01
PNO  5881880
CLAS
OCL  220  15
XCL  220  6
XCL  220  7
XCL  206511
XCL  206512
XCL  206508
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8800
FSC  220
FSS  1.5;6;7;666;212;380
FSC  206
FSS  506;505;508;509;511;512
UREF
PNO  2914210
ISD  19591100
NAM  Paston
OCL  220  6
UREF
PNO  3084830
ISD  19630400
NAM  Koelsch
OCL  206504
UREF
PNO  3338468
ISD  19670800
NAM  Wilson
OCL  220380
UREF
PNO  3419184
ISD  19681200
NAM  Asenbauer
OCL  206508
UREF
PNO  3759416
ISD  19730900
NAM  Constantine
OCL  206508
UREF
PNO  3771646
ISD  19731100
NAM  Mascetti, Jr.
OCL  206518
UREF
PNO  3809278
ISD  19740500
NAM  Csumrik
OCL  220  4.33
UREF
PNO  4186841
ISD  19800200
NAM  Buckley et al.
OCL  220  6
UREF
PNO  4244471
ISD  19810100
NAM  Plante
OCL  206386
UREF
PNO  4480748
ISD  19841100
NAM  Wind
OCL  206386
UREF
PNO  4673087
ISD  19870600
NAM  Webb
OCL  206508
UREF
PNO  4711355
ISD  19871200
NAM  Veenman
OCL  206503
UREF
PNO  4735330
ISD  19880400
NAM  Hoss
OCL  220  6
UREF
PNO  5042674
ISD  19910800
NAM  Ramsay et al.
OCL  206508
UREF
PNO  5062539
ISD  19911100
NAM  Chandler
OCL  206508
UREF
PNO  5096083
ISD  19920300
NAM  Shaw et al.
OCL  220380
UREF
PNO  5133460
ISD  19920700
NAM  Shuert
OCL  206600
UREF
PNO  5289933
ISD  19940300
NAM  Streich et al.
OCL  220  1.5
UREF
PNO  5507389
ISD  19960400
NAM  Syrek
OCL  220608
UREF
PNO  5515987
ISD  19960500
NAM  Jacques et al.
FREF
PNO  110754
ISD  19610400
CNT  PKX
OCL  206508
FREF
PNO  950344
ISD  19640200
CNT  GBX
OCL  206508
FREF
PNO  2059920
ISD  19810400
CNT  GBX
OCL  220608
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  A container lid has a top wall with a series of recessed areas that include
      therewithin a plurality of geometrical projections and a bottom wall that
      displays a plurality of recesses complementary in shape to the projections
      of the top wall whereby identically shaped lids may be stacked or
      cross-stacked in nested condition with the projections of one lid being
      received in the corresponding recesses of a superposed lid. The lid is
      adapted to be affixed to a container having four side pieces and a bottom
      piece, the configuration of the lid allowing a stacking or cross-stacking
      arrangement of lid-covered containers with their side pieces in the
      erected position as well as the stacking or cross-stacking of lid-covered
      containers with their side pieces in an inwardly folded position.
PATN
WKU  059884215
SRC  9
APN  2040905
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19981203
TTL  Universal ceiling box for either fan or fixture support
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Moy; Joseph M.
NDR  9
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Jorgensen; Robert W.
CTY  Niles
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Hubbell Incorporated
CTY  Orange
STA  CT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  804263
APD  19970221
PSC  01
PNO  5857581
CLAS
OCL  220  33
XCL  220  32
EDF  6
ICL  H02G  308
FSC  220
FSS  3.3;3.2;3.4
UREF
PNO  3197548
ISD  19650700
NAM  Weitzman et al.
OCL  220  3.3
UREF
PNO  3575313
ISD  19710400
NAM  Trachtenberg
OCL  220  3.3
UREF
PNO  4176758
ISD  19791200
NAM  Glick
OCL  220  3.3
UREF
PNO  4306109
ISD  19811200
NAM  Nattel
OCL  220  3.2
UREF
PNO  4315100
ISD  19820200
NAM  Haslbeck et al.
OCL  174 51
UREF
PNO  4391428
ISD  19830700
NAM  Grimes
OCL  248546
UREF
PNO  4496067
ISD  19850100
NAM  Benscoter
OCL  220  3.3
UREF
PNO  4580689
ISD  19860400
NAM  Slater
OCL  220  3.2
UREF
PNO  4874905
ISD  19891000
NAM  Schnell et al.
OCL  174 65R
UREF
PNO  4880128
ISD  19891100
NAM  Jorgensen
OCL  220  3.9
UREF
PNO  4892211
ISD  19900100
NAM  Jorgensen
OCL  220  3.2
UREF
PNO  4954667
ISD  19900900
NAM  Jorgensen et al.
OCL  174 53
UREF
PNO  5135411
ISD  19920800
NAM  Wiley et al.
OCL  439535
UREF
PNO  5234119
ISD  19930800
NAM  Jorgensen et al.
OCL  272  3.9
UREF
PNO  5407088
ISD  19950400
NAM  Jorgensen et al.
OCL  220  3.9
UREF
PNO  5594207
ISD  19970100
NAM  Fabian et al.
OCL  220  3.3
UREF
PNO  5680947
ISD  19971000
NAM  Jorgensen
OCL  220  3.2
OREF
PAL  RACO, Inc. non-metallic outlet box; two pages, three drawings; offered for
      sale between 1970-1979.
LREP
FR2  Presson; Jerry M.
FR2  Buczynski; Joseph J.
ABST
PAL  A universal ceiling box adapted to selectively support fans and fixtures.
      The ceiling box preferably has a substantially flat, top portion with a
      side portion extending substantially perpendicularly from the perimeter of
      the top portion. The side portion and the top portion form a main cavity
      with an open bottom end. A mounting element extends from the side portion
      into the main cavity for selectively coupling and supporting fans and
      fixtures thereto. The mounting element has a pair of opposed fan mounting
      holes with a first diameter, and a pair of opposed fixture mounting holes
      with a second diameter which is smaller than the first diameter. Each of
      the first and second mounting holes has an axis extending perpendicular to
      the top portion, respectively.
PATN
WKU  059884223
SRC  9
APN  1432362
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980828
TTL  Sachets for bio-pharmaceutical fluid products
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Castellano; Stephen
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Vallot; Bernard
CTY  Marseilles
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Stedim, Z.I. des Paluds
CTY  Aubagne
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19980716
APN  98 09244
CLAS
OCL  220 6222
XCL  22049506
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 9004
FSC  220
FSS  495.01;495.03;495.06;9.4;62.12;62.13;62.21;62.22
FSC  383
FSS  96;906;904;109;113
FSC  222
FSS  185.12;183;105
UREF
PNO  3373915
ISD  19680300
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  383113
UREF
PNO  5788121
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  383906
UREF
PNO  5851072
ISD  19981200
NAM  LaFleur
OCL  383109
LREP
FRM  Browdy and Neimark
ABST
PAL  A flexible sachet for transporting bio-pharmaceutical liquids with a volume
      of 50 liters or more, of the bellows type, assumes when filled a
      substantially parallelepiped shape. It comprises a bottom wall, a top wall
      and four lateral walls. It is made of a single laminated film with three
      or more layers, the innermost layer being a plastics material layer that
      can be heat welded and is biocompatible with the media transported. A
      method of manufacturing the sachet is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059884231
SRC  8
APN  5896800
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19960122
TTL  Container cover with radially expansible seal and compressing rod
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Cronin; Stephen K.
NDR  5
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Auzureau; Joel
CTY  Asnieres
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  le Joint Francais SNC
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950123
APN  95 00713
CLAS
OCL  220233
XCL  220260
XCL  220315
XCL  220378
XCL  277206R
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 5300
FSC  277
FSS  206 R;102;1;9;78;121;123;125;213;188 A;130-132;DIG. 3
FSC  220
FSS  215;233;234;337;260;315;318;319;320;796;799;800;801-804;806;378;780;784;789
     ;790;792;794;284;262;264;323;367.1
UREF
PNO  65476
ISD  18670600
NAM  Devoe
OCL  220806
UREF
PNO  323153
ISD  18850700
NAM  Ives
OCL  220804
UREF
PNO  360663
ISD  18870400
NAM  Daniels
XCL  220315
UREF
PNO  1747591
ISD  19300200
NAM  Moore
OCL  220804
UREF
PNO  2674390
ISD  19540400
NAM  Meyer
OCL  220804
UREF
PNO  3013823
ISD  19611200
NAM  Schulz
XCL  277125
UREF
PNO  3064853
ISD  19621100
NAM  Lents et al.
OCL  220804
UREF
PNO  3227462
ISD  19660100
NAM  Tamplen
OCL  277102
UREF
PNO  3294274
ISD  19661200
NAM  Spitzberg
OCL  220803
UREF
PNO  3419280
ISD  19681200
NAM  Wheeler
XCL  277125
UREF
PNO  3767215
ISD  19731000
NAM  Brown
OCL  277125
UREF
PNO  3784214
ISD  19740100
NAM  Tamplen
XCL  277213
UREF
PNO  3915462
ISD  19751000
NAM  Bruns et al.
XCL  277123
UREF
PNO  4209105
ISD  19800600
NAM  Dominique
XCL  277206R
UREF
PNO  4261584
ISD  19810400
NAM  Browne et al.
OCL  277206R
UREF
PNO  4408771
ISD  19831000
NAM  Shelton
OCL  277206R
UREF
PNO  4434910
ISD  19840300
NAM  Groult
OCL  220804
FREF
PNO  1145850
ISD  19571000
CNT  FRX
OCL  277206R
FREF
PNO  539026
ISD  19410800
CNT  GBX
OCL  220323
LREP
FRM  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
ABST
PAL  A cover for a container includes a peripheral seal disposed in a peripheral
      chamber of the cover and radially expansible into sealing engagement with
      a wall of the container in response to axial or radial compression of the
      seal by a flexible rod inserted into the peripheral chamber and against
      the seal.
PATN
WKU  059884240
SRC  9
APN  0579858
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980410
TTL  Hinged lid closure dispensing capsule
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Newhouse; Nathan
EXP  Cronin; Stephen K.
NDR  1
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kovens; Edward B.
CTY  Reisterstown
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Parkway Machine Corporation
CTY  Timonium
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  220259
XCL  220835
XCL  220837
XCL  220847
XCL  206540
EDF  6
ICL  B65D  612
ICL  B65D  616
ICL  B65D 5118
FSC  220
FSS  837;847;833;834;835;259;254;796;805;780;793;DIG. 13;4.21;4.24;4.25
FSC  206
FSS  822;579;540
FSC  D 7
FSS  608
FSC  D 9
FSS  519
UREF
PNO  D254716
ISD  19800400
NAM  Mascia et al.
OCL  D 9519
UREF
PNO  3292840
ISD  19661200
NAM  Schmidt
OCL  220  4.24
UREF
PNO  3381844
ISD  19680500
NAM  Sieve
OCL  220  4.21
UREF
PNO  3872996
ISD  19750300
NAM  Dogliotti
OCL  220254
UREF
PNO  4124135
ISD  19781100
NAM  Weder et al.
OCL  220  4.25
UREF
PNO  4244470
ISD  19810100
NAM  Burnham
OCL  220  4.24
UREF
PNO  4759478
ISD  19880700
NAM  Richardson et al.
OCL  220254
UREF
PNO  4765501
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kao
OCL  220  4.21
UREF
PNO  5064073
ISD  19911100
NAM  Folland
XCL  206822
UREF
PNO  5273177
ISD  19931200
NAM  Campbell
OCL  220254
UREF
PNO  5636732
ISD  19970600
NAM  Gilels et al.
OCL  220254
LREP
FRM  Cahn & Samuels, LLP
ABST
PAL  A hinge flap capsule for containing a pourable material or articles being
      capable of non-destructive opening and re-sealing where the capsule is
      formed of a shell container and a cap interference fit thereto and the
      hinge flap is integrally formed with the cap to permit repeated opening
      and closure of the capsule for access to the contents thereof, where the
      capsule is particularly suited for use in vending pourable (fluid)
      materials from bulk vending machines.
PATN
WKU  059884258
SRC  9
APN  0087718
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980119
TTL  Sipper cup
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  9
EXA  Merek; Joe
EXP  Shoap; Allan N.
NDR  6
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Yehl; Gregory
STR  1207 Kenilworth Trace
CTY  Snellville
STA  GA
ZIP  30078
INVT
NAM  Keane; James
STR  434 Woodruff Crossing
CTY  Woodstock
STA  GA
ZIP  30189
CLAS
OCL  220303
XCL  215 114
XCL  220705
XCL  220714
XCL  220717
XCL  222490
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 5116
FSC  220
FSS  703;705;711;717;714
FSC  215
FSS  11.5;11.4;DIG. 7;270;271;354
FSC  222
FSS  719;721;490;494
UREF
PNO  2557817
ISD  19510600
NAM  Schlensinger
OCL  222490
UREF
PNO  2584359
ISD  19520200
NAM  Miles
OCL  215 11.4
UREF
PNO  2736446
ISD  19560200
NAM  Raiche
OCL  215 11.5
UREF
PNO  5099998
ISD  19920300
NAM  Curzon et al.
XCL  215  6
UREF
PNO  5100930
ISD  19920300
NAM  Fukui et al.
OCL  523100
UREF
PNO  5140053
ISD  19920800
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  521142
UREF
PNO  5542670
ISD  19960800
NAM  Morano
XCL  220253
UREF
PNO  5607073
ISD  19970300
NAM  Forrer
OCL  215 11.4
ABST
PAL  A sipper cup including a cup assembly having a plurality of threaded
      grooves formed adjacent a top opening thereof. Further provided is a cap
      assembly having a spout integrally formed on an upper surface thereof. The
      cap assembly is equipped with a plurality of threaded grooves for allowing
      the screwable coupling of the cap assembly with the cup assembly. Such
      threaded grooves of the cap assembly and the cup assembly are adapted to
      allow air to pass therethrough. Also included is an elastomeric insert
      including a spout valve for allowing fluid to exit the spout of the cap
      assembly only upon the application of suction. In use, air is allowed to
      enter the cup through the threaded grooves thus compensating for the
      vacuum formed in the cup assembly upon the exiting of fluid from the
      spout.
PATN
WKU  059884266
SRC  9
APN  0449547
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980320
TTL  Leakproof vented beverage lid
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Cronin; Stephen K.
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Stern; Brett
STR  255 W. 23.sup.rd  St. (6A East)
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ZIP  10011
RLAP
COD  72
APN  745628
APD  19961108
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  220371
XCL  220780
XCL  220792
XCL  220796
XCL  215261
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 5116
FSC  220
FSS  371;780;781;784;792;796
FSC  215
FSS  260;261;317
UREF
PNO  3326401
ISD  19670600
NAM  De Long
XCL  215261
UREF
PNO  3696958
ISD  19721000
NAM  Lee
OCL  215261
UREF
PNO  4271973
ISD  19810600
NAM  Quagliaro et al.
OCL  215308
UREF
PNO  4765499
ISD  19880800
NAM  Von Reis et al.
OCL  215261
UREF
PNO  4863051
ISD  19890900
NAM  Eibner et al.
OCL  215261
UREF
PNO  4934545
ISD  19900600
NAM  Pezzoli et al.
OCL  215250
UREF
PNO  4935371
ISD  19900600
NAM  Rickloff
XCL  215261
UREF
PNO  4953743
ISD  19900900
NAM  Dart et al.
OCL  220369
UREF
PNO  5391496
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kayal et al.
XCL  215308
UREF
PNO  5407087
ISD  19950400
NAM  Giblin et al.
OCL  215260
UREF
PNO  5523236
ISD  19960600
NAM  Nuzzo
XCL  215261
FREF
PNO  1295468
ISD  19690500
CNT  DEX
OCL  215261
FREF
PNO  2605694
ISD  19770800
CNT  DEX
OCL  215261
FREF
PNO  1174332
ISD  19850800
CNT  SUX
OCL  215261
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A disposable plastic lid is formed with a vent hole. A filter formed of a
      hydrophobic material such as polytetrafluoraethylene is mounted over the
      vent hole. The pore size of the filter material is selected to allow for
      the free passage of air and to inhibit or block the passage of liquids
      such as water.
PATN
WKU  059884274
SRC  9
APN  0590150
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980413
TTL  Environmental protection article for transport trucks
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Merek; Joe
EXP  Shoap; Allan N.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Moore; Lonnie E.
STR  6530 Marathon-Edenton Rd.
CTY  Goshen
STA  OH
ZIP  45122
CLAS
OCL  220571
XCL  137312
XCL  141231
XCL  220573
XCL  220666
EDF  6
ICL  B65D  134
FSC  222
FSS  627
FSC  141
FSS  231
FSC  220
FSS  666;571;573
FSC  296
FSS  136
FSC  293
FSS  106
FSC  137
FSS  312
UREF
PNO  2854049
ISD  19580900
NAM  Wyllie
XCL  220666
UREF
PNO  3257031
ISD  19660600
NAM  Dietz
XCL  222627
UREF
PNO  3631679
ISD  19720100
NAM  Fisch
OCL  405 68
UREF
PNO  4239184
ISD  19801200
NAM  Dudar
OCL  251149.6
UREF
PNO  4487446
ISD  19841200
NAM  Reich, II
OCL  293106
UREF
PNO  4671024
ISD  19870600
NAM  Schumacher
UREF
PNO  5090588
ISD  19920200
NAM  Van Romer et al.
XCL  220666
UREF
PNO  5099872
ISD  19920300
NAM  Tarvin et al.
UREF
PNO  5316175
ISD  19940500
NAM  Van Romer
UREF
PNO  5316386
ISD  19940500
NAM  Moore
XCL  220573
UREF
PNO  5423339
ISD  19950600
NAM  Latimer
UREF
PNO  5511683
ISD  19960400
NAM  Dailey
UREF
PNO  5546630
ISD  19960800
NAM  Long
OCL   15313
UREF
PNO  5547312
ISD  19960800
NAM  Schmitz, Jr.
XCL  220573
UREF
PNO  5620018
ISD  19970400
NAM  Carpenter et al.
UREF
PNO  5642834
ISD  19970700
NAM  Shaw et al.
UREF
PNO  5660408
ISD  19970800
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  5800091
ISD  19980900
NAM  Van Romer
XCL  220573
UREF
PNO  5839488
ISD  19981100
NAM  Peters
OCL  141347
LREP
FR2  Wilson; Charles R.
ABST
PAL  An environmental protection article is for use with transport trucks. The
      article is a carry-on article which is used in case of accidental fuel
      line or fuel tank leakage to receive and retain leaked liquid. The article
      comprises an open-top receptacle with an inflatable sidewall, an air
      supply tube extending to the sidewall and sealed thereto, and a quick
      connect valve secured to a distal end of the air supply tube. The article
      is folded to a compact state for easy storage. In case of emergency use,
      the driver of the truck can unfold the article and then connect a quick
      connect valve found on the truck's pressurized air hose to the mating
      quick connect valve of the article to readily and quickly inflate the
      open-top receptacle's sidewall to form a vessel. The article, once
      inflated, is simply slid under the source of leakage to receive and retain
      the leaked liquid.
PATN
WKU  059884282
SRC  8
APN  739022&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19961028
TTL  Vending machine for cans with dispensing rod
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Bower; Kenneth W.
EXP  Skaggs; H. Grant
NDR  10
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Lauer; Thomas
CTY  Chesterland
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Vendcraft Inc
CTY  Clevaland
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  221 19
XCL  221266
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 5906
FSC  221
FSS  18;19;152;196;262;263;266;292;293;299
UREF
PNO  1999887
ISD  19351000
NAM  Walker
OCL  312 47
UREF
PNO  3432074
ISD  19690300
NAM  Brown
OCL  221117
UREF
PNO  4860922
ISD  19890800
NAM  Malservisi et al.
OCL  221  6
UREF
PNO  5397025
ISD  19950300
NAM  Lee
OCL  221299
ABST
PAL  A vending machine for vending a plurality of cans includes a storage means
      for storing plurality of cans to be vended, an article dispensing rod
      which is both pivotable and moveable in a vertical direction to control
      the movement of cans from the storage means to a dispensing station. A
      coin mechanism is provided having an output shaft operatively connected to
      the dispensing rod to effect both vertical movement of the dispensing rod
      and pivotable movement thereof. The movement of the dispensing rod by the
      output shaft of the coin mechanism enables the dispensing rod to control
      the movement of cans from the storage means to the dispensing station
      where the cans can be received by a user of the vending machine. A lockout
      mechanism is provided to prevent actuation of the coin mechanism and the
      dispensing rod when there are no cans present to be vended in the can
      storage means.
PATN
WKU  059884290
SRC  8
APN  9500464
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971014
TTL  Blister pack pill dispenser
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Noland; Kenneth W.
NDR  6
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Coe; Matthew
CTY  Asbury
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  PharmaDesign, Inc.
CTY  Warren
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  221 25
XCL  221 26
XCL  206531
EDF  6
ICL  G07F 1166
FSC  221
FSS  26;25
FSC  206
FSS  531;532;539;528
UREF
PNO  3324996
ISD  19670600
NAM  Jordt
OCL  206531
UREF
PNO  4074806
ISD  19780200
NAM  Ardito
OCL  206531
UREF
PNO  5019125
ISD  19910500
NAM  Rebne et al.
OCL  206531
LREP
FRM  Notaro & Michalos P.C.
ABST
PAL  A dispenser for a blister pack which contains pills in a matrix of blisters
      has a support member for receiving the pack with a rupture side of the
      pack facing the support member. The support member has at least one
      opening for passage of pills pushed through the rupture side from the
      blister pack. A tab lid is hinged to the support member in a position
      covering the blister pack, the tab member having a matrix of tabs, each
      movably mounted to the tab lid and each positioned to be over a blister of
      the blister pack. Movement of a tab of the tab lid toward the support
      member effects compression of a blister to rupture the rupture side and
      push a pill out of the blister and through the opening of the support
      member. A cover lid can also be hinged to an opposite edge of the support
      member to cover the tab lid.
PATN
WKU  059884304
SRC  9
APN  0000515
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980121
TTL  Part supply apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Noland; Kenneth W.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Nishimori; Yuzo
CTY  Nakakoma-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Seno; Makito
CTY  Nakakoma-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanino; Masato
CTY  Kofu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morito; Sugio
CTY  Kofu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960522
APN  8-126665
CLAS
OCL  221 92
XCL  221258
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 5900
FSC  221
FSS  92;94;103;106;129;208;277;258;289
UREF
PNO  3051286
ISD  19620800
NAM  Stange et al.
OCL  221258
UREF
PNO  5154316
ISD  19921000
NAM  Holcomb et al.
OCL  221258
FREF
PNO  391 707
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  61-121397
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-199322
ISD  19870900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-72698
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-131431
ISD  19910600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/01693
PD1  19980121
PD2  19980121
PD3  19970520
PCP  WO97/44157
PCD  19971127
ABST
PAR  Provided is a plurality of component supply units (A, B, C) having a
      component supply table (11) mounted with a plurality of component supply
      cassettes (1), a rail (12) which reciprocatingly movably guides and
      supports the component supply table, a base (22) which fixes the rail, a
      driving member (14) which moves in a direction in which a component
      determining table moves while being able to be positioned in the base, and
      a coupling member (13f, 13c, 13r, 16) which can releasably couple the
      component determining table with the driving member.
PATN
WKU  059884312
SRC  8
APN  786650&
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970121
TTL  Disk vending machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  McAllister; Steven B.
EXP  Ellis; Christopher P.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Roe; Uzoma
STR  7421 S. Oglesby
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
ZIP  60649
CLAS
OCL  221132
XCL  221123
XCL  221277
XCL  221250
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 5900
FSC  221
FSS  123;131;132;277;250;79;120;121;122;209;210
UREF
PNO  1577592
ISD  19260300
NAM  Robertson et al.
OCL  221 15
UREF
PNO  2099267
ISD  19371100
NAM  Hackett
OCL  221 17
UREF
PNO  2241662
ISD  19410500
NAM  Garner et al.
OCL  312 36
UREF
PNO  2581170
ISD  19520100
NAM  Carlson
OCL  221121
UREF
PNO  4519522
ISD  19850500
NAM  McElwee
OCL  221 13
UREF
PNO  4654799
ISD  19870300
NAM  Ogaki et al.
UREF
PNO  4674055
ISD  19870600
NAM  Ogaki et al.
UREF
PNO  4860876
ISD  19890800
NAM  Moore et al.
OCL  194205
UREF
PNO  4893727
ISD  19900100
NAM  Near
OCL  221 81
UREF
PNO  4949257
ISD  19900800
NAM  Orbach
UREF
PNO  4954697
ISD  19900900
NAM  Kokubun et al.
UREF
PNO  5042686
ISD  19910800
NAM  Stucki
OCL  221 13
UREF
PNO  5415319
ISD  19950500
NAM  Rosolia
UREF
PNO  5445295
ISD  19950800
NAM  Brown
LREP
FRM  Patula & Associates
ABST
PAL  A vending machine system is disclosed for vending computer storage media
      and specifically a computer floppy disk. The vending machine includes a
      housing having a disk carousel therein. The disk carousel holds a
      plurality of disks in a vertical position. Upon a user selecting a disk to
      be purchased, a signal is sent to a motor which rotates a carousel
      positioning the selected disk in front of the dispenser opening at which
      time a pusher element is actuated pushing a disk out through the dispenser
      opening.
PATN
WKU  059884320
SRC  9
APN  0476315
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980325
TTL  Bead manipulating chucks with bead size selector
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Noland; Kenneth W.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Sun; Hoi Cheong
CTY  Monmouth Junction
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Sarnoff Corporation
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  221212
XCL  2091271
EDF  6
ICL  B23Q  704
FSC  221
FSS  2;7;9;123;156;212
FSC  209
FSS  127.1;127.3;128;129;130
UREF
PNO  4113142
ISD  19780900
NAM  Ryzhov et al.
OCL  221212
UREF
PNO  4153151
ISD  19790500
NAM  Kulberg et al.
OCL  198456
UREF
PNO  5292029
ISD  19940300
NAM  Pearson
OCL  221  2
LREP
FR2  Burke; William J.
ABST
PAL  Bead manipulating chucks for selective pick up and discharge of polymer
      beads for chemical synthesis or analysis, whereby bead collection zones
      are recessed from bead contact surfaces. The strong dependence of the
      electrostatic image force on bead overall diameters provides a mechanism
      that sharply selects bead sizes that are successfully attracted and
      retained by the bead manipulating chuck. In this way, the bead
      manipulating chuck acts as an electrical analog to a low pass filter, only
      attracting and retaining beads of an overall diameter lower than a
      selected value.
PATN
WKU  059884339
SRC  9
APN  1483862
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980922
TTL  Sports ball storage, transporter and dispenser for court played games
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Crawford; Gene O.
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  4
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Crum; Martin D.
STR  17282 Ave. 324
CTY  Visalia
STA  CA
ZIP  93292
CLAS
OCL  221309
XCL  221311
XCL  221280
EDF  6
ICL  A47F  104
FSC  221
FSS  303;309;311;310;312 R;279;280
UREF
PNO  3777933
ISD  19731200
NAM  Joliot
OCL  221309
UREF
PNO  3968522
ISD  19760700
NAM  Reiss
OCL    2250
UREF
PNO  4042156
ISD  19770800
NAM  Knight
OCL  224  5D
UREF
PNO  4082209
ISD  19780400
NAM  Sanders
XCL  221309
UREF
PNO  4299345
ISD  19811100
NAM  Lanzl
XCL  221309
UREF
PNO  4678108
ISD  19870700
NAM  Inman
OCL  224274
UREF
PNO  4730728
ISD  19880300
NAM  Larkin
OCL  206315.9
UREF
PNO  4784305
ISD  19881100
NAM  Schoenberg
OCL  224274
UREF
PNO  4979742
ISD  19901200
NAM  DiFranco
OCL  273 29R
UREF
PNO  5086948
ISD  19920200
NAM  Slusarz
XCL  221309
UREF
PNO  5494411
ISD  19960200
NAM  Chuang
XCL  417234
UREF
PNO  5810681
ISD  19980900
NAM  Heim
XCL  221303
ABST
PAL  A cylindrical unit of varying lengths which stores sports balls, with unit
      capable of attaching to any solid object in a vertical position, close to
      a sports court or storage area. The unit also serves as a ball
      transporter, carried in a horizontal or vertical position, with attached
      handles allowing sports balls to be moved from one sports site or storage
      area, another. A one piece unit with an opening at one end only, therefore
      reducing the sports balls exposure, to ball depleting weather, and offers
      security, by allowing the open end to be locked by a transverse rod across
      the open end. Balls are contained in storage unit by protrusions located
      internally, at the open end, positioned at the greatest apex of the ball
      allowing sports balls to be completely enclosed within the storage unit.
      Protrusions hold the ball at a distal position within storage unit
      allowing balls to be loaded and unloaded easily with a single hand. A rod
      the length of the storage unit has attached a cross of equal diameter as
      the storage unit. The rod runs internally and centrally the length of the
      storage unit, exiting the closed end acting as a ball indicator moving
      parallel to the storage unit as balls are inserted and removed.
PATN
WKU  059884347
SRC  8
APN  4333829
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19960131
TTL  Dosage withdrawal apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Shaver; Kevin P.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Keil; Georg
CTY  Gross-Bieberau
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Zulauf; Karl Heinz
CTY  Hochst
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Erlinghagen; Hartmut
CTY  Schmitten
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Merz & Co. GmbH & Co. KG
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19921112
APN  92119371
CLAS
OCL  222  1
XCL  222109
XCL  222207
XCL  222438
XCL  222536
XCL  222454
EDF  6
ICL  G01F 1126
FSC  222
FSS  207;434;437;438;439;440;109;533;534;454-457;536;561;1
UREF
PNO  3029001
ISD  19620400
NAM  Blish
OCL  222207
UREF
PNO  3105618
ISD  19631000
NAM  Whitley
OCL  222207
UREF
PNO  3172293
ISD  19650300
NAM  Pickels
OCL  222456
UREF
PNO  3859900
ISD  19750100
NAM  Kiyuna
XCL  222434
UREF
PNO  3884392
ISD  19750500
NAM  Hazard
XCL  222534
UREF
PNO  3907174
ISD  19750900
NAM  Steiman
OCL  222153.13
UREF
PNO  4830226
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kong
XCL  222437
UREF
PNO  4875600
ISD  19891000
NAM  D'Hoogue et al.
XCL  222454
UREF
PNO  4951839
ISD  19900800
NAM  Kong
XCL  227437
UREF
PNO  5119971
ISD  19920600
NAM  Reyman
XCL  222454
UREF
PNO  5392966
ISD  19950200
NAM  Bunin
OCL  222454
FREF
PNO  0254138
ISD  19870700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0285466
ISD  19881000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0335505
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3133835
ISD  19830300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3420765
ISD  19870100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  8600404
ISD  19860100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9110115
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Duane, Morris & Heckscher LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE93/01030
PD1  19960131
PD2  19960131
PD3  19931028
PCP  WO94/11711
PCD  19940526
ABST
PAR  An adjustable amount of liquid is reproducibly withdrawn from a container
      having a pre-chamber in free flow communication with the interior of the
      container. The pre-chamber is initially filled with an amount of liquid
      from the container and is in communication with a measuring chamber. The
      measuring chamber has an adjustably pre-set volume and is in communication
      with a closeable outlet. Thus, after the amount to be withdrawn from the
      measuring chamber has been adjusted, discharge of the preset volume is
      effected through the outlet without the necessity of additional
      manipulations such as shaking the container or separating the dosage
      metering part from the container to effect the discharge of a precise
      amount of liquid.
PATN
WKU  059884355
SRC  8
APN  8900485
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970709
TTL  Fluid dispensing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  43
ECL  1,11
EXP  Huson; Gregory L.
NDR  5
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Edwards; James R.
CTY  Dubuque
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Chomka; Chester E.
CTY  Dubuque
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Fenske; Lawrence J.
CTY  Oregon
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Leppert; Kerry W.
CTY  Dubuque
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Nachtman; Charles T.
CTY  Dubuque
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  Barnstead/Thermolyne Corporation
CTY  Dubuque
STA  IA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  222  1
XCL  222318
XCL  222474
EDF  6
ICL  B67B  700
FSC  222
FSS  1;144.5;318;474;475
FSC  422
FSS  100
UREF
PNO  3885713
ISD  19750500
NAM  Weitzel et al.
XCL  222474
UREF
PNO  5817231
ISD  19981000
NAM  Souza
OCL  210 96.2
OREF
PAL  Milli-Q.RTM. Ultrapure Water Systems Advertisement, Laboratory Equipment,
      Feb. 1997.
PAL  Marty Burkhart, et al., Leaching Characteristics of Polyvinylidene Fluoride
      and Polypropylene, pp. 30-34, Ultrapure Water, May/Jun. 1997.
LREP
FRM  Wood, Herron & Evans, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A manually operable fluid dispensing system having a fluid dispenser
      connected to a fluid source by flexible tubing. The dispensing system
      provides a supply fluid path from the source of fluid to the dispenser and
      a recirculation fluid path from the dispenser to the source of fluid. A
      dispenser mount is rigidly attached to a support surface for releasably
      holding the dispenser, and the dispenser mount supports the dispenser in a
      fixed position for dispensing fluid therefrom. In addition, the dispenser
      can be removed from the mount for dispensing fluid at a remote location. A
      manually operable trigger is pivotally connected to the dispensing valve
      and has a quiescent position which closes the dispensing valve. When in
      the quiescent position, a trigger handle extends over an exterior portion
      of the dispenser body in a generally forward direction toward the
      dispensing outlet and forms an included angle with the dispenser body. The
      trigger is movable toward the dispenser body to open the dispensing valve,
      thereby permitting fluid to flow through the dispensing outlet. A spring
      biases the trigger handle toward its quiescent position, thereby closing
      the dispensing valve and stopping the flow of fluid through the dispensing
      outlet.
PATN
WKU  059884363
SRC  9
APN  0655929
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980424
TTL  Discharge device for bulk containers for particulate bulk materials and
      its use
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Shaver; Kevin P.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Kohlen; Rainer
CTY  Wehrheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Ruhs; Alexander
CTY  Rheinfelden
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Leonhardt; Wolfgang
CTY  Frankfurt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Degussa Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Frankfurt am Main
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970426
APN  197 17 732
CLAS
OCL  222  1
XCL  222636
XCL  22218909
XCL  406 65
XCL  406 67
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 5340
FSC  222
FSS  630;636;637;1;368;189.09
FSC  406
FSS  62;63;64;65;67;68
UREF
PNO  1385870
ISD  19210700
NAM  Gieseler
UREF
PNO  2152632
ISD  19390400
NAM  Cassiere
UREF
PNO  3152733
ISD  19641000
NAM  Ross
XCL  222368
UREF
PNO  3268266
ISD  19660800
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  3399931
ISD  19680900
NAM  Vogt
UREF
PNO  3455490
ISD  19690700
NAM  Jolley
XCL  222368
UREF
PNO  3574411
ISD  19710400
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  4410106
ISD  19831000
NAM  Kierbow et al.
XCL  406 65
UREF
PNO  4560307
ISD  19851200
NAM  Deitesfeld
XCL  406 67
FREF
PNO  0 300 182
ISD  19890100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 488 162
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  33 18 797 C2
ISD  19860100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  37 11 084
ISD  19881000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4110036 A1
ISD  19921000
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 007, No. 275 (M-261), Dec. 8, 1983,
      corresponding to JP Patent No. JP-58-152720 A issued Sep. 10, 1983.
ABST
PAL  Problems encountered when discharging bulk containers using a blow-through
      rotary valve can be avoided by the discharge device, according to the
      invention, in which a vent connection of the rotary valve is in connection
      with the internal chamber of the container through a filter hose open on
      both ends.
PATN
WKU  059884371
SRC  9
APN  2605902
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19990301
TTL  Device for draining or storing viscous materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXP  Douglas; Steven O.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Kalt; Wolfram
CTY  Furstenfeld
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Ecker; Friedrich
CTY  Timelkam
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Feilmair; Wilhelm
CTY  Seewalchen
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Schwenninger; Franz
CTY  Konigsdorf
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Longin; Michael
CTY  Lenzing
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Lenzing Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Lenzig
CNT  ATX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ATX
APD  19970627
APN  1110/97
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTAT9800157
APD  19980623
CLAS
OCL  222  1
XCL  222 64
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  906
FSC  222
FSS  1;64;14;21
FSC  141
FSS  106;198;69;70
FSC  264
FSS  37.1;37.18;37.2
UREF
PNO  3924780
ISD  19751200
NAM  Elsworth
OCL  222 64
UREF
PNO  4102968
ISD  19780700
NAM  Caswell
OCL  264117
UREF
PNO  5540264
ISD  19960700
NAM  Harp
OCL  141106
UREF
PNO  5771917
ISD  19980600
NAM  Carney et al.
OCL  222 64
FREF
PNO  0781598
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0626198
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1800061
ISD  19700400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1443453
ISD  19930600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9408162
ISD  19940400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9621678
ISD  19960700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9708482
ISD  19970300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts LLP
ABST
PAL  A device is disclosed to draw off or store viscous mass which is discharged
      from a process for example as a result of exothermal events. The device
      contains at least one unit which has one inlet for the viscous mass and
      one outlet and is at least partly filled with a non combustible liquid
      inert to the viscous mass. The unit can be in the form of a pipe or a
      receptacle. Preferably several units in the form of a pipe can be
      connected one with the other respectively with a unit in the form of a
      receptacle. The solution discharged can then be transported via the pipes
      to the receptacle.
PATN
WKU  059884380
SRC  9
APN  0392618
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980316
TTL  Apparatus for rapid inflation of inflatable object and related method
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXA  Quinalty; Keats
EXP  Shaver; Kevin
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Lewis; Donald J.
CTY  Scottsdale
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Olander; Donald E.
CTY  Tempe
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Magenot; Michael C.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Universal Propulsion Company, Inc.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  222  3
XCL  441 41
XCL  441 92
XCL  441 98
XCL  441 99
XCL  441101
EDF  6
ICL  B67D  500
ICL  B63C  9125
ICL  B63B 3558
FSC  441
FSS  41;92;98;99;100;101
FSC  222
FSS  3
UREF
PNO  3833029
ISD  19740900
NAM  Munn
OCL  441100
UREF
PNO  4062288
ISD  19771200
NAM  Millray
OCL  222  3
UREF
PNO  4097241
ISD  19780600
NAM  Garner et al.
OCL  441 98
UREF
PNO  4355987
ISD  19821000
NAM  Miller
OCL  441 41
UREF
PNO  4368009
ISD  19830100
NAM  Heimovics, Jr. et al.
OCL  417191
UREF
PNO  5494312
ISD  19960200
NAM  Rink
OCL  222  3
UREF
PNO  5586615
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hammer et al.
OCL  182 48
UREF
PNO  5601310
ISD  19970200
NAM  Di Giacomo et al.
OCL  222  3
UREF
PNO  5907120
ISD  19990500
NAM  Mooney et al.
OCL  102521
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to an inflator device that is adapted for
      producing a sufficient quantity of a gaseous product to substantially
      inflate an inflatable member. The inflator device has a first stage gas
      source in fluid communication with a second stage gas source, which, in
      turn, is in fluid communication with the inflatable member. The second
      stage gas source contains a liquified gas in an amount sufficient to
      inflate the inflatable member upon vaporization of the liquified gas, and
      the first stage gas source is capable of providing a sufficient quantity
      of gas at a sufficiently high temperature to the second stage gas source
      to vaporize substantially all of the liquified gas in the second stage gas
      source.
PATN
WKU  059884398
SRC  9
APN  0321869
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980227
TTL  Portable fueling facility
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Douglas; Lisa Ann
EXP  Kashnikow; Andres
NDR  22
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Webb; R. Michael
CTY  Eau Claire
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  U-Fuel
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  720806
APD  19961001
RLAP
COD  82
APN  215224
APD  19940321
PSC  01
PNO  5562162
RLAP
COD  81
APN  194751
APD  19940210
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  760747
APD  19910916
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  607567
APD  19901101
PSC  01
PNO  5305926
RLAP
COD  82
APN  332462
APD  19890330
PSC  01
PNO  4988020
CLAS
OCL  222 54
XCL  222131
XCL  222111
EDF  6
ICL  B67D  508
FSC  222
FSS  54;64;131;108;111
FSC  141
FSS  86-88;311 A
FSC  220
FSS  86.2
UREF
PNO  1832776
ISD  19311100
NAM  Hudson
OCL  220 86.2
UREF
PNO  2524313
ISD  19501000
NAM  Gerling
OCL  220 86.2
UREF
PNO  3016161
ISD  19620100
NAM  Peplin
OCL  220 86.2
UREF
PNO  4278115
ISD  19810700
NAM  Briles et al.
OCL  141 86
UREF
PNO  4501305
ISD  19850200
NAM  Zola et al.
OCL  141 86
UREF
PNO  4527708
ISD  19850700
NAM  Dundas et al.
OCL  220 18
UREF
PNO  4593714
ISD  19860600
NAM  Madden
OCL  137371
UREF
PNO  4960346
ISD  19901000
NAM  Tamayo
OCL  141 86
UREF
PNO  4986436
ISD  19910100
NAM  Bambacigno et al.
OCL  220 86.2
LREP
FRM  Knoble & Yoshida LLC
ABST
PAL  An improved portable fueling facility for aircraft or ground vehicles
      includes, in the disclosed embodiments, at least one storage tank, an
      outer tank for providing secondary containment about the storage tank, a
      fill pipe and connection cap structure for communicating an outside end of
      the fill pipe with a source of fuel. Advantageously, the connection cap
      includes a screen for removing particulate matter from fuel that is
      introduced into the storage tank during refueling. A second aspect
      involves a compartment that is defined about an outer second portion of a
      pipe such as a fill pipe for collecting and containing any fuel that might
      spill during use.
PATN
WKU  059884401
SRC  9
APN  0519065
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980420
TTL  Soap dispenser
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Bomberg; Kenneth
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Saunders; Peter
CTY  Essex
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Start; William
CTY  Essex
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Frost; Frederick Charles
CTY  Essex
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  F C Frost Limited
CTY  Essex
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19951017
APN  9521218
CLAS
OCL  222 63
XCL  222333
XCL  222381
EDF  6
ICL  B67D  546
FSC  222
FSS  52;63;644;333;381;372
UREF
PNO  3419188
ISD  19681200
NAM  Matchett
OCL  222 52
UREF
PNO  4606085
ISD  19860800
NAM  Davies
OCL    4263
UREF
PNO  4722372
ISD  19880200
NAM  Hoffmann et al.
XCL  222 52
UREF
PNO  4938384
ISD  19900700
NAM  Pilolla et al.
XCL  222 63
UREF
PNO  4946070
ISD  19900800
NAM  Albert et al.
OCL  222 52
UREF
PNO  5031528
ISD  19910700
NAM  Shaw
OCL    4263
UREF
PNO  5105992
ISD  19920400
NAM  Fender et al.
OCL  222 52
UREF
PNO  5255822
ISD  19931000
NAM  Mease et al.
OCL  222 63
UREF
PNO  5299713
ISD  19940400
NAM  Saithoh
XCL  222 63
UREF
PNO  5492247
ISD  19960200
NAM  Shu et al.
OCL  222 63
UREF
PNO  5632414
ISD  19970500
NAM  Merriweather, Jr.
XCL  222 63
FREF
PNO  0 397 118 A1
ISD  19900000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 534 743 A1
ISD  19910000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 468 062 A1
ISD  19920000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  295 03 197
ISD  19950000
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Baker & Daniels
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/02513
PD1  19980420
PD2  19980420
PD3  19961015
PCP  WO97/14344
PCD  19970424
ABST
PAR  Liquid soap dispenser for sensing the presence of a user's hands in the
      vicinity of a nozzle (6), and dispensing soap through the nozzle (6) in
      response to the detection of the user's hands. The dispenser includes a
      cylinder (10) and a plunger (21) within the cylinder (10), a magnetic core
      (12) coupled to the cylinder (10) or the plunger (21), and a solenoid (14)
      which is activated in response to the detection of a user's hands to cause
      relative movement of the plunger (21) within the cylinder (10) to dispense
      the soap. Preferably a plurality of dispensers are connected to a single
      reservoir of liquid soap.
PATN
WKU  059884410
SRC  8
APN  729610&
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19961011
TTL  Fluid merchandiser for beverage dispenser
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  19
EXP  Dergkshani; Philippe
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Weinaug; Kenneth S.
CTY  Lilburn
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Fisher; John J.
CTY  Alpharetta
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Whigham; Roger C.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Gamper; Steven C.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Mayshack; Alvin C.
CTY  Stone Mountain
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Copeland; Bruce W.
CTY  Stone Mountain
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Rowley; D. Scott
CTY  Smyrna
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Medina; Augusto S.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  The Coca-Cola Company
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  495126
APD  19950627
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  222 78
XCL  2221291
XCL  222131
XCL  239 23
EDF  6
ICL  B67D  556
FSC  222
FSS  78;129.1;146.6;154;159;130;139;318;131
FSC  239
FSS  23
FSC   40
FSS  406;407
UREF
PNO  1124905
ISD  19150100
NAM  Huber
UREF
PNO  1487816
ISD  19240300
NAM  Sintzel
UREF
PNO  1654379
ISD  19271200
NAM  Matzka
UREF
PNO  1669444
ISD  19280500
NAM  Borchert
UREF
PNO  1760887
ISD  19300600
NAM  Saugman
UREF
PNO  1762126
ISD  19300600
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  1782685
ISD  19301100
NAM  Glaze et al.
UREF
PNO  1782943
ISD  19301100
NAM  Stanford et al.
UREF
PNO  1782944
ISD  19301100
NAM  Stanford et al.
UREF
PNO  2072841
ISD  19370300
NAM  Tracey et al.
UREF
PNO  2203054
ISD  19400600
NAM  Holmes
UREF
PNO  2356784
ISD  19440800
NAM  Graham
UREF
PNO  2505369
ISD  19500400
NAM  Stewart
UREF
PNO  2675145
ISD  19540400
NAM  Jacobs
OCL  239 23
UREF
PNO  2741400
ISD  19560400
NAM  Hazzard
UREF
PNO  2924033
ISD  19600200
NAM  Lanctot
UREF
PNO  3205610
ISD  19650900
NAM  Palumbo et al.
UREF
PNO  3206069
ISD  19650900
NAM  Jacobs et al.
UREF
PNO  3225965
ISD  19651200
NAM  Jacobs et al.
OCL  222129.1
UREF
PNO  3253354
ISD  19660500
NAM  Gollner et al.
UREF
PNO  3321081
ISD  19670500
NAM  Willinger
UREF
PNO  3341077
ISD  19670900
NAM  Gordon
OCL  222129.1
UREF
PNO  3420184
ISD  19690100
NAM  Englesberg et al.
UREF
PNO  3503541
ISD  19700300
NAM  Jacobs et al.
UREF
PNO  3531635
ISD  19700900
NAM  Hancock
UREF
PNO  4160512
ISD  19790700
NAM  Cleland
UREF
PNO  4366920
ISD  19830100
NAM  Greenfield, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4408891
ISD  19831000
NAM  Schirk et al.
UREF
PNO  4419283
ISD  19831200
NAM  Schneider
UREF
PNO  4490931
ISD  19850100
NAM  Fleemin
UREF
PNO  4538636
ISD  19850900
NAM  Cleland
UREF
PNO  4544084
ISD  19851000
NAM  Cleland
UREF
PNO  4631210
ISD  19861200
NAM  McGee et al.
UREF
PNO  4676401
ISD  19870600
NAM  Fox et al.
UREF
PNO  4686784
ISD  19870800
NAM  Smithies
UREF
PNO  4728005
ISD  19880300
NAM  Jacobs et al.
UREF
PNO  4781310
ISD  19881100
NAM  Credle, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4856676
ISD  19890800
NAM  Embody
UREF
PNO  5135738
ISD  19920800
NAM  Gaffar et al.
OCL  222107
UREF
PNO  5258209
ISD  19931100
NAM  Bankert et al.
FREF
PNO  0133645
ISD  19470300
CNT  ATX
FREF
PNO  0598809
ISD  19250500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1004627
ISD  19491200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  0017552
ISD  19060000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  206156
ISD  19231000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  0423155
ISD  19251200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Braswell; Dennis W.
ABST
PAL  A sealed fluid merchandiser (12) for use in connection with a beverage
      dispenser (16) includes a transparent, liquid display container (60)
      having a narrow liquid chamber (33) for a stable liquid (21) that
      simulates the beverage being dispensed and a pump housing (37) for a pump
      (38) that pumps the liquid being simulated through a spray manifold (44)
      for producing an attractive spray or bubbling effect. The stable,
      simulated beverage liquid has a low viscosity such that it behaves
      substantially identical to the beverage being dispensed. The narrow liquid
      chamber substantially reduces the weight and expense of the fluid
      merchandiser.
PATN
WKU  059884428
SRC  8
APN  8906424
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970709
TTL  Customized reusable flow-through toothpaste tube attachment
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Kaufman; Joseph A.
NDR  1
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Corey; Richard W.
STR  5829 Devon Dr.
CTY  Rocklin
STA  CA
ZIP  95765
INVT
NAM  Vasconcellos; Angela
STR  1492 Quail Cir.
CTY  Roseville
STA  CA
ZIP  95661
CLAS
OCL  222 78
XCL  222 92
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 3500
FSC  222
FSS  78;92;107
UREF
PNO  1637667
ISD  19270800
NAM  Vaughan
OCL  222 78
UREF
PNO  3178060
ISD  19650400
NAM  Bossack
OCL  222 78
UREF
PNO  3797711
ISD  19740300
NAM  Bowerman
OCL  222219
UREF
PNO  4974748
ISD  19901200
NAM  Rae
OCL  222  1
UREF
PNO  5297980
ISD  19940300
NAM  Barthold
OCL  222 78
UREF
PNO  5738232
ISD  19980400
NAM  Roberts et al.
OCL  222 78
FREF
PNO  287269
ISD  19280300
CNT  GBX
OCL  222 78
ABST
PAL  Customized, Reusable Flow-Through Toothpaste Tube Attachment: a plastic or
      similar material (20) consisting of a threaded entrance orifice (23) which
      can be affixed to the threaded neck of a toothpaste tube (15) forming a
      seal. The threaded entrance orifice (23) is in communication with a
      continuous passage (30) which leads to an exit orifice (35). Once the
      attachment forms a seal with the threaded neck of a toothpaste tube (15),
      toothpaste can be forced through the passage (30) and out through an exit
      orifice (35) by squeezing the toothpaste tube. As toothpaste flows out of
      the exit orifice (35) of the attachment, it can be applied to the bristles
      of a toothbrush or the like. The reusable attachment (20) provides the
      flexibility to customize the exit orifice of a toothpaste tube as well as
      the angle at which toothpaste exits the tube. As such, this invention is
      particularly beneficial to children as well as others that do not have
      sufficient coordination or muscle control to successfully apply the
      appropriate amount of toothpaste to their toothbrush.
PATN
WKU  059884436
SRC  8
APN  9421157
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19971001
TTL  Flexible tube with pump dispenser and method of making
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Kaufman; Joseph A.
NDR  12
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Smith; Roger P.
CTY  Perrysburg
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Gearhart; Kent A.
CTY  Perrysburg
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Bliss, III; Earnest E.
CTY  Perrysburg
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Owens-Brockway Plastic Products Inc.
CTY  Toledo
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  493837
APD  19950622
PSC  01
PNO  5687878
RLAP
COD  82
APN  228048
APD  19940415
PSC  01
PNO  5632951
CLAS
OCL  222 96
XCL  2223219
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 3554
FSC  222
FSS  95;96;107;212;321.8;321.9
UREF
PNO  1547759
ISD  19250700
NAM  Journeay
UREF
PNO  2491406
ISD  19491200
NAM  Zeeb
OCL  285120
UREF
PNO  3191814
ISD  19650600
NAM  Corsette et al.
OCL  222384
UREF
PNO  3263871
ISD  19660800
NAM  Thompson
OCL  222384
UREF
PNO  3288334
ISD  19661100
NAM  Corsette
OCL  222107
UREF
PNO  3358062
ISD  19671200
NAM  Lemelson
OCL  264 96
UREF
PNO  3596808
ISD  19710800
NAM  Corsette
OCL  222385
UREF
PNO  3923250
ISD  19751200
NAM  Boris
OCL  222385
UREF
PNO  3934763
ISD  19760100
NAM  Steiman
OCL  222321
UREF
PNO  3940029
ISD  19760200
NAM  Horvath
OCL  222340
UREF
PNO  3955720
ISD  19760500
NAM  Malone
OCL  222396
UREF
PNO  4154374
ISD  19790500
NAM  Kirk, Jr.
OCL  222321
UREF
PNO  4174052
ISD  19791100
NAM  Capra et al.
OCL  222207
UREF
PNO  4193551
ISD  19800300
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  239333
UREF
PNO  4216883
ISD  19800800
NAM  Tasaki et al.
OCL  222321
UREF
PNO  4344744
ISD  19820800
NAM  Schuster et al.
OCL  417550
UREF
PNO  4345691
ISD  19820800
NAM  Burke
OCL  215216
UREF
PNO  4434916
ISD  19840300
NAM  Ruscitti et al.
OCL  222321
UREF
PNO  4479589
ISD  19841000
NAM  Ford
OCL  222153
UREF
PNO  4510115
ISD  19850400
NAM  Gokcen et al.
OCL  264515
UREF
PNO  4591076
ISD  19860500
NAM  Iizuka
OCL  222321
UREF
PNO  4685594
ISD  19870800
NAM  Czech
OCL  222182
UREF
PNO  4692103
ISD  19870900
NAM  Anderson
OCL  417547
UREF
PNO  4747517
ISD  19880500
NAM  Hart
OCL  222137
UREF
PNO  4790117
ISD  19881200
NAM  Hansen
OCL   53410
UREF
PNO  4854484
ISD  19890800
NAM  Gentile et al.
OCL  222256
UREF
PNO  4941599
ISD  19900700
NAM  Reinertz et al.
OCL  222401
UREF
PNO  5004123
ISD  19910400
NAM  Stoody
OCL  222 94
UREF
PNO  5011046
ISD  19910400
NAM  Graf et al.
OCL  222321
UREF
PNO  5064102
ISD  19911100
NAM  Montaner
OCL  222147
UREF
PNO  5083683
ISD  19920100
NAM  Knickerbocker
OCL  222382
UREF
PNO  5102018
ISD  19920400
NAM  Desazars de Montgailhard
OCL  222321
UREF
PNO  5163588
ISD  19921100
NAM  Cater
OCL  222321
UREF
PNO  5183185
ISD  19930200
NAM  Hutcheson et al.
OCL  222209
UREF
PNO  5183188
ISD  19930200
NAM  Rebeyrolle et al.
OCL  222383
UREF
PNO  5687878
ISD  19971100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  222 96
FREF
PNO  0749909
ISD  19961200
CNT  EPX
ABST
PAL  A flexible tube and pump dispenser for lotions and the like including a
      flexible plastic tube having a first end and a second end. The tube
      includes an integral rigid finish at one end which has a radial flange and
      a radially inwardly extending wall. The flange has an opening
      therethrough. A pump dispenser having a plunger and an axial body extends
      through the opening in the sealing flange of the finish. The axial body of
      the pump dispenser has a flange engaging the flange of the finish. The
      flange on the body is held in position engaging the wall on the finish.
PATN
WKU  059884444
SRC  9
APN  2277522
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19990108
TTL  Dental product
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Huson; Gregory L.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Williams; David Robert
CTY  Monroe
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Barrow; Stephen Roy
CTY  Trumbull
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Urbaez; Jesus Antonio
CTY  Waterbury
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Ryles; Christine Watson
CTY  Milford
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Chesebrough-Pond's USA Co.
CTY  Greenwich
STA  CT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  912252
APD  19970815
CLAS
OCL  222137
XCL  2221453
EDF  6
ICL  B67D  552
FSC  222
FSS  137;145.3
UREF
PNO  4528180
ISD  19850700
NAM  Schaeffer
UREF
PNO  4627977
ISD  19861200
NAM  Gaffar et al.
UREF
PNO  4687663
ISD  19870800
NAM  Schaeffer
UREF
PNO  4849213
ISD  19890700
NAM  Schaeffer
UREF
PNO  5020694
ISD  19910600
NAM  Pettengill
UREF
PNO  5038963
ISD  19910800
NAM  Pettengill et al.
UREF
PNO  5335827
ISD  19940800
NAM  Gentile
LREP
FR2  Honig; Milton L.
ABST
PAL  A dental product is provided packaged in a telescopically arranged
      multi-cavity dispensing container having at least two cylinders in an
      upper body thereof. Peroxide and baking soda are placed as active
      ingredients in separate respective semi-solid streams, each stream being
      in separate ones of the cylinders. Uniform dispensing of each stream to
      deliver relatively equivalent ribbon length of each stream by
      incorporating a synthetic linear anionic polycarboxylate to adjust
      viscosity. Preferred polycarboxylates are homopolymers of acrylic,
      methacrylic and maleic acids, most especially a copolymer of vinyl methyl
      ether and maleic acid or anhydride.
PATN
WKU  059884452
SRC  9
APN  1145002
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980713
TTL  Glue gun system with removable cartridges
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Kaufman; Joseph A.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Massena; Leonard
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Uniplast, Inc.
CTY  Arlington
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  757140
APD  19961203
PSC  01
PNO  5779103
RLAP
COD  81
APN  377842
APD  19950125
PSC  01
PNO  5664701
CLAS
OCL  2221465
XCL  219227
XCL  219421
XCL  222190
XCL  222325
XCL  392480
EDF  6
ICL  B67D  562
FSC  222
FSS  146.5;190;325;227
FSC  219
FSS  421
FSC  392
FSS  480
UREF
PNO  D315283
ISD  19910300
NAM  De Carolis et al.
OCL  D 8 71
UREF
PNO  3228566
ISD  19660100
NAM  Knox, Jr.
OCL  222146
UREF
PNO  3430816
ISD  19690300
NAM  Nadherny et al.
OCL  222146
UREF
PNO  3519792
ISD  19700700
NAM  Solomon
OCL  219222
UREF
PNO  4692587
ISD  19870900
NAM  Spirk, Jr. et al.
OCL  219242
UREF
PNO  4826049
ISD  19890500
NAM  Speer
OCL  222146.5
UREF
PNO  4998698
ISD  19910300
NAM  Martinson
OCL  248176
UREF
PNO  5048742
ISD  19910900
NAM  Fortune
OCL  228 20
UREF
PNO  5769272
ISD  19980600
NAM  Massena
OCL  222  1
UREF
PNO  5779103
ISD  19980700
NAM  Massena
OCL  222146.5
LREP
FR2  Howison; Gregory M.
FR2  Handley; Mark W.
ABST
PAL  A warming tray and removable heating cartridges of a glue gun system are
      provided. The warming tray has a base and a heating stand mounted to the
      base for holding the cartridges. The warming tray includes leads for
      connecting the cartridges to a source of electricity for heating the
      cartridges to operating temperatures. The glue gun system includes a gun
      having a barrel. A cartridge can be removably placed in the barrel. The
      cartridge has an open central passage to accept a glue stick and a tip to
      dispense the glue. Once received into the barrel the cartridge is heated,
      melting the glue therein. Additional cartridges can be placed in the
      warming tray such that they are electrically connected to a power supply
      and heated to a heated state. Thus, after one glue stick is used, a second
      can be immediately installed and used. An insulated tab allows for the
      easy handling of the cartridges.
PATN
WKU  059884460
SRC  9
APN  1480464
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980903
TTL  Candle making device
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Huson; Gregory L.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Schitter; Jeffrey W.
STR  377 3rd Ave.
CTY  Jasper
STA  IN
ZIP  47546
CLAS
OCL  2221465
XCL  2221851
XCL  425122
XCL  141 82
XCL  141331
EDF  6
ICL  B67D  562
FSC  222
FSS  146.5;185.1;192;189.06
FSC  425
FSS  122
FSC  141
FSS  82;331
UREF
PNO  3867173
ISD  19750200
NAM  Putzer
OCL  117 39
UREF
PNO  3982720
ISD  19760900
NAM  Inderbiethen
OCL  249 81
UREF
PNO  4291458
ISD  19810900
NAM  Flinn
OCL   29650
ABST
PAL  A candle making device for making candles from recycled pieces of old
      candles. The device includes a funnel with an upper conical portion and a
      lower drain tube downwardly depending from the upper conical portion. A
      support structure supports the funnel above a resting surface. A heating
      element is extended around the upper conical portion of the funnel for
      melting wax in the upper conical portion. The lower drain tube of the
      funnel has a valve for selectively opening and closing the lower drain
      tube. A spool is rotatably mounted to the lower drain tube of the funnel.
      The spool has a length of flexible candle wick coiled therearound such
      that a free end of the candle wick downwardly depends from the spool.
PATN
WKU  059884479
SRC  9
APN  0706744
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980430
TTL  Adjustable measuring pour spout
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Quinalty; Keats
EXP  Kashnikow; Andres
NDR  12
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Yaski; Jud
STR  P.O. Box 2011
CTY  South San Francisco
STA  CA
ZIP  94083
CLAS
OCL  222158
XCL  222364
XCL  222438
XCL  222535
EDF  6
ICL  B67D  538
ICL  B67D  300
ICL  G01F 1110
FSC  222
FSS  158;282;284;305;362;363;364;424.5;456;434;438;535
UREF
PNO  2899115
ISD  19590600
NAM  Matter
OCL  222438
UREF
PNO  3456852
ISD  19690700
NAM  Linn
OCL  222438
UREF
PNO  3921862
ISD  19751100
NAM  Holmstrom
OCL  222438
UREF
PNO  4144989
ISD  19790300
NAM  Joy
OCL  222438
UREF
PNO  4637529
ISD  19870100
NAM  Knight
OCL  222452
UREF
PNO  5002208
ISD  19910300
NAM  Towery
OCL  222438
UREF
PNO  5667106
ISD  19970900
NAM  Robbins, III
OCL  222158
UREF
PNO  5791528
ISD  19980800
NAM  Robbins, III et al.
OCL  222364
LREP
FR2  Wigert, Jr.; J. William
     Crosby, Heafey, Roach & May
ABST
PAL  A measuring spout for installation on a container that dispenses
      particulate material. One embodiment of the spout measures and dispenses
      variable amounts of particulate material. Another embodiment of the spout
      measures and dispenses a fixed amount of particulate material. The spout
      comprises a wedge-shaped spout member that pivots through an opening
      formed in a wall of the container. The opening in the container has a gate
      which, in the preferred embodiment, acts as the back wall to the spout,
      separating the particulate material in the spout from the particulate
      material remaining in the container. Thus, as the spout opens, the front
      wall moves further away from the back wall, thereby, providing a variably
      sized chamber depending on how far the spout is opened from the container
      wall. The particulate material is measured by tilting the container so as
      to let the contents fill the spout. The particulate material is dispensed
      by returning the container to its upright position so the particulate
      material in the spout flows through an opening formed in the spout.
PATN
WKU  059884487
SRC  8
APN  9321306
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970918
TTL  Vacuum release container cap
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Kaufman; Joseph A.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Foth; Gary S.
STR  25151 DeSalle St.
CTY  Laguna Hills
STA  CA
ZIP  92653
CLAS
OCL  22218909
XCL  222212
XCL  2224815
XCL  222493
XCL  222525
EDF  6
ICL  B67D  558
FSC  222
FSS  189.09;212;481.5;484;491;492;493;494;523;525
UREF
PNO  3157323
ISD  19641100
NAM  Kitterman
OCL  222520
UREF
PNO  3201013
ISD  19650800
NAM  Porter et al.
OCL  222525
UREF
PNO  3228418
ISD  19660100
NAM  Rosback et al.
OCL  137516.17
UREF
PNO  3481500
ISD  19691200
NAM  Palma
OCL  215 11
UREF
PNO  3878962
ISD  19750400
NAM  Holbrook et al.
OCL  215309
UREF
PNO  4489883
ISD  19841200
NAM  Anderson
OCL  236 92C
UREF
PNO  4513891
ISD  19850400
NAM  Hain et al.
OCL  222494
UREF
PNO  5135137
ISD  19920800
NAM  Rudick
OCL  222484
UREF
PNO  5273191
ISD  19931200
NAM  Meshberg
OCL  222494
UREF
PNO  5320254
ISD  19940600
NAM  Ranalletta et al.
OCL  222189.09
UREF
PNO  5366115
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kersten et al.
OCL  222481.5
UREF
PNO  5577625
ISD  19961100
NAM  Baird et al.
OCL  222212
UREF
PNO  5605257
ISD  19970200
NAM  Beard
OCL  222189.09
UREF
PNO  5785858
ISD  19980700
NAM  Webb
OCL  222189.09
FREF
PNO  2268737
ISD  19940100
CNT  GBX
OCL  222481.5
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear LLP
ABST
PAL  A vacuum release container cap comprises a body, a closure device, and a
      seal member. The body has at least two passages formed therein, a liquid
      passage for the flow of liquid into and out of the container, and a gas
      passage for the flow of air. The closure device is mounted on the body for
      closing each of the passages. The closure device automatically opens the
      gas passage while opening the liquid passage. The seal member is mounted
      in the gas passage, which allows the passage of air into the container,
      but does not allow the passage of liquid out of the container though the
      gas passage.
PATN
WKU  059884495
SRC  8
APN  8870233
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970702
TTL  Media dispenser having a vent with a microbic barrier
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Derakshani; Philippe
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Fuchs; Karl-Heinz
CTY  Radolfzell
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Graf; Andreas
CTY  Singen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Ing. Erich Pfeiffer GmbH
CTY  Radolfzell
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960705
APN  196 27 228
CLAS
OCL  22218911
XCL  2223216
EDF  6
ICL  B67D  558
FSC  222
FSS  189.11;321.2;321.6;321.3;380
UREF
PNO  4035303
ISD  19770700
NAM  Ufferfilge
OCL  222189.11
UREF
PNO  4694976
ISD  19870900
NAM  Schuetz
OCL  222189.11
UREF
PNO  4821928
ISD  19890400
NAM  Su
OCL  222321
UREF
PNO  4830284
ISD  19890500
NAM  Maerte
OCL  222321.6
UREF
PNO  5074440
ISD  19911200
NAM  Clements et al.
OCL  222189
UREF
PNO  5195665
ISD  19930300
NAM  Lina
OCL  222321.6
UREF
PNO  5207659
ISD  19930500
NAM  Pennaneac'h et al.
OCL  604298
UREF
PNO  5310094
ISD  19940500
NAM  Martinez et al.
OCL  222212
UREF
PNO  5370313
ISD  19941200
NAM  Beard
OCL  239337
UREF
PNO  5476195
ISD  19951200
NAM  Odet et al.
OCL  222207
UREF
PNO  5657930
ISD  19970800
NAM  Battegazzore
OCL  239333
UREF
PNO  5692649
ISD  19971200
NAM  Schwab
OCL  222321.2
FREF
PNO  0 487 412 A1
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 500 249 A1
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 602 019 A2
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3315334A1
ISD  19841000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3503354A1
ISD  19860800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4027320A1
ISD  19920300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4110304A1
ISD  19921000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4110302A1
ISD  19921000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4027320C2
ISD  19930900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4403755A1
ISD  19941100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4400945A1
ISD  19950700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4417488A1
ISD  19951100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  295 18 284 U 1
ISD  19960300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4441263A1
ISD  19960500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19606701A1
ISD  19970800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19606702A1
ISD  19970800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19606703 A1
ISD  19970800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19605153A1
ISD  19970800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19610457 A1
ISD  19970900
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  European search report dated Oct. 20, 1997 in European Appl. No.
      97110710.7.
PAL  German search report dated Jan. 20, 1997 in German Appl. No. 19527228.9-11.
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady LLP
ABST
PAL  A dispenser (1) including a reservoir (4), a pump (6) and an atomizing
      nozzle (17) has on the nozzle (17) a germ barrier (22) in the form of a
      valve that opens and closes dependent on pressure. A further germ barrier
      (23) with a filter (54) acting as a seal in the connecting area between
      reservoir (4) and pump (6) is provided in a venting channel (21). Both
      units (2, 3) of the device (1), which are actuated against each other, are
      prevented from being pulled apart by a snap device (50). Germ penetration
      into the entire dispenser (1) can be effectively prevented.
PATN
WKU  059884509
SRC  9
APN  2621789
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19990304
TTL  Combination cellular phone and personal defense system
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Bomberg; Kenneth
NDR  4
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Cassarino; Robert J.
STR  610 Encina, P.O. Box 457
CTY  San Manuel
STA  AZ
ZIP  85631
RLAP
COD  72
APN  015208
APD  19980129
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  222192
XCL  22240211
XCL   42  108
XCL  361232
EDF  6
ICL  F41H  900
FSC  222
FSS  175;192;402.1;402.11
FSC   42
FSS  1.08
FSC  361
FSS  232
UREF
PNO  4186851
ISD  19800200
NAM  Cantor
OCL  222113
UREF
PNO  4982645
ISD  19910100
NAM  Abboud
OCL   89  1.11
UREF
PNO  5429301
ISD  19950700
NAM  Franks
XCL  222402.11
UREF
PNO  5476192
ISD  19951200
NAM  Julinot
XCL  222192
UREF
PNO  5531359
ISD  19960700
NAM  Winner
OCL  222153.11
ABST
PAL  A combination cellular phone and personal defense system for providing a
      means of communication and a means of self-defense in one unit. The
      combination cellular phone and personal defense system includes a cellular
      telephone having a housing. The housing includes a keypad, a display, an
      ear piece, a speaker, and an antenna. The cellular telephone has a
      rechargeable battery disposed within the housing. One side wall of the
      housing has a recharge port extending inwardly thereof. A personal defense
      system is incorporated into the housing of the cellular telephone.
PATN
WKU  059884517
SRC  8
APN  701788&
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19960826
TTL  Washing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Shaver; Kevin P.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Hanna; Emmanuel A.
CTY  Lakeview Terrace
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.
CTY  North Hollywood
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  222255
XCL  222105
XCL  2223211
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8854
FSC  222
FSS  95;105;252;255;256;330;331;321.1;321.6;321.7;181.1;181.2;181.3;263;265;266
     ;278
FSC    4
FSS  639;640;654
UREF
PNO  D349649
ISD  19940800
NAM  Hanna
UREF
PNO  1479978
ISD  19240100
NAM  Bobrick et al.
XCL  222255
UREF
PNO  1586397
ISD  19260500
NAM  Bobrick
XCL  222255
UREF
PNO  2238449
ISD  19410400
NAM  Peters
XCL  222321.7
UREF
PNO  2515328
ISD  19500700
NAM  Bobrick
XCL  222321.7
UREF
PNO  3319835
ISD  19670500
NAM  Ensign et al.
XCL  222321.7
UREF
PNO  4120619
ISD  19781000
NAM  Blackband
XCL  222321.6
UREF
PNO  4484697
ISD  19841100
NAM  Fry, Jr.
XCL  222263
UREF
PNO  4515294
ISD  19850500
NAM  Udall
OCL  222105
UREF
PNO  4830232
ISD  19890500
NAM  Greenberg et al.
UREF
PNO  4946072
ISD  19900800
NAM  Albert et al.
OCL  222105
UREF
PNO  4949877
ISD  19900800
NAM  Hanna et al.
UREF
PNO  4964544
ISD  19901000
NAM  Hanna et al.
UREF
PNO  5114048
ISD  19920500
NAM  Minke
XCL  222331
UREF
PNO  5299713
ISD  19940400
NAM  Saitoh
XCL  222255
UREF
PNO  5366117
ISD  19941100
NAM  Mesenbring et al.
UREF
PNO  5476197
ISD  19951200
NAM  Lawrence et al.
OREF
PAL  Bobrick Catalog, Toilet and Bath Accessories, Jan. 1993, title page and p.
      15.
LREP
FRM  Pretty Schroeder & Poplawski
ABST
PAL  A washing system for dispensing a liquid cleanser includes a dispenser
      having a positive displacement pump and a collapsible bag containing the
      liquid cleanser. The dispenser includes an inlet and an outlet to the
      positive displacement pump. The collapsible container includes an outlet.
      A container support means supports the collapsible container. A flexible
      supply line connects the collapsible container to the pump. The flexible
      supply line also has a first end connected to the outlet of the
      collapsible container and a second end connected to the inlet to the pump.
      A one way valve in the flexible supply line blocks fluid flow to the
      collapsible container while permitting fluid flow from the collapsible
      container to the dispenser.
PATN
WKU  059884525
SRC  9
APN  0937371
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980608
TTL  Dispensing mechanism and method for delivering measured doses with
      slotted plunger
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  6
EXA  DeVore; Peter
EXP  Recla; Henry J.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Dent; Hugh
CTY  Corsley
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Anderson; Mark L.
CTY  Spring Valley
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Anderson; Mark
CTY  Spring Valley
STA  WI
COD  04
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19970114
APN  9700609
RLAP
COD  72
APN  007089
APD  19980114
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  222309
XCL  222 43
XCL  604208
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8854
FSC  222
FSS  309;43;631;634;287
FSC  604
FSS  210;211;38;154;155;208
UREF
PNO  2605763
ISD  19520800
NAM  Smoot
OCL  604 70
UREF
PNO  2736315
ISD  19560200
NAM  Feneey
OCL  604211
UREF
PNO  3831602
ISD  19740800
NAM  Broadwin
UREF
PNO  4564360
ISD  19860100
NAM  Young et al.
UREF
PNO  4678107
ISD  19870700
NAM  Ennis, III
UREF
PNO  4852772
ISD  19890800
NAM  Ennis, III
UREF
PNO  4923096
ISD  19900500
NAM  Ennis, III
UREF
PNO  4981472
ISD  19910100
NAM  Ennis, III et al.
UREF
PNO  5344409
ISD  19940900
NAM  Ennis, III et al.
FREF
PNO  1 412 312
ISD  19751100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 196 534
ISD  19880500
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Skinner and Associates
ABST
PAL  A dispensing mechanism for an applicator having a cylinder and a plunger.
      The plunger has a piston head slidable in liquid-tight manner within the
      cylinder. The plunger performs an expansion stroke to draw fluid into the
      cylinder and performs a compression stroke to dispense fluid from the
      cylinder. The dispensing mechanism includes a stop member attached to the
      cylinder of the applicator. The stop member has an engagement part
      extending toward the plunger. The plunger has at least one abutment formed
      on its surface for contacting the engagement part and limiting the motion
      of the plunger. Each abutment preferably comprises an end surface of a
      longitudinal groove formed in the surface. The engagement part tracks
      within the longitudinal groove and preferably limits the expansion stroke
      when the engagement part contacts the end surface. Each longitudinal
      groove is of a different length corresponding to a desired dose volume in
      the cylinder. The engagement part can track to a desired longitudinal
      groove through the circumferencial groove.
PATN
WKU  059884533
SRC  8
APN  7489188
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19961113
TTL  Pressurized device
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Derakshani; Philippe
NDR  11
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  de Laforcade; Vincent
CTY  Rambouillet
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Lacout; Frank
CTY  Athis-Mon
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  L'Oreal
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19951113
APN  95 13412
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960513
APN  96 05918
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960731
APN  96 09651
CLAS
OCL  2223219
XCL  2224021
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8854
FSC  222
FSS  321.9;402.1
UREF
PNO  2765965
ISD  19561000
NAM  Reswick
UREF
PNO  3099370
ISD  19630700
NAM  Hein
UREF
PNO  3122284
ISD  19640200
NAM  Miles
UREF
PNO  3233791
ISD  19660200
NAM  Miles
UREF
PNO  3327907
ISD  19670600
NAM  Meyers
UREF
PNO  4795063
ISD  19890100
NAM  Sekiguchi et al.
OCL  222321.9
FREF
PNO  333 889
ISD  19260500
CNT  BEX
FREF
PNO  0 024 263
ISD  19800800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 030 990
ISD  19810700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 248 755
ISD  19871200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 311 723
ISD  19761200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1 186 808
ISD  19650200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 009 922
ISD  19701200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  48-24443
ISD  19730700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-19017
ISD  19840200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-134880
ISD  19870800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-150058
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-15663
ISD  19910200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/10826
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A pressurized container, containing a dished part and a valve equipped with
      a valve body with a valve-control stem surmounted by a push-button with a
      seal and with a return system wherein the dished part and the valve body
      interact to form, on the one hand, a reservoir cavity able to contain a
      product to be dispensed and a propulsion means and, on the other hand, a
      valve cavity and wherein a passage is formed between the reservoir cavity
      and the valve cavity.
PATN
WKU  059884541
SRC  9
APN  2852462
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19990402
TTL  Leak-resistant manually operated pump sprayer
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Derakshani; Philippe
NDR  5
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Ellion; M. Edmund
STR  3660 Woodstock Rd.
CTY  Santa Ynez
STA  CA
ZIP  93460
RLAP
COD  72
APN  949418
APD  19971014
PSC  01
PNO  5899361
CLAS
OCL  222376
XCL  222377
XCL  222382
EDF  6
ICL  B67D  540
FSC  222
FSS  376;377;382;383.1;481.5;402.19;464.7
UREF
PNO  3733013
ISD  19730500
NAM  Doyle
UREF
PNO  4072252
ISD  19780200
NAM  Steyns et al.
UREF
PNO  4775070
ISD  19881000
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  5353969
ISD  19941000
NAM  Balderrama
UREF
PNO  5624060
ISD  19970400
NAM  Ellion et al.
UREF
PNO  5779108
ISD  19980700
NAM  Barriac et al.
UREF
PNO  5899366
ISD  19990500
NAM  Ellion
OCL  222376
LREP
FRM  Watson Cole Grindle Watson, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A manually operated pump sprayer that does not leak contents through the
      air inlet vent port during operation when the bottle is oriented so that
      the inlet vent port would be covered with liquid in a spray bottle to
      which the sprayer is mounted. The pump sprayer is devised as having an air
      inlet unit which includes the air inlet vent port in liquid communication
      with an extension tube which in turn is in liquid communication with a
      storage volume which in turn is in liquid communication with a liquid
      control orifice. An entrance end to the tube is positioned at a location
      farthest from the discharge exit opening of the sprayer, and the liquid
      control orifice is positioned closer to the exit opening such that when
      spraying in a downward direction such entrance end is always above the
      liquid level in the storage volume. Otherwise the entrance end is arranged
      as to be closer to the exit opening compared to the liquid control orifice
      such that when spraying in an upward direction the entrance end is above
      the liquid level in the storage volume.
PATN
WKU  059884550
SRC  8
APN  9237704
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970902
TTL  Latex aerosol paint products
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Smith; Jeffrey T.
INVT
NAM  Pearson; Paul D.
CTY  Diamond
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Redding; Patricia L.
CTY  South Euclid
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Sherwin-Williams Company
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  626617
APD  19960401
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  357902
APD  19941216
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  2224021
XCL  222635
XCL  524366
XCL  524378
XCL  524561
XCL  524903
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8314
ICL  C08K  506
FSC  222
FSS  635;402.1
FSC  524
FSS  378;903;561;366
UREF
PNO  2070167
ISD  19370200
NAM  Iddings
OCL  167 13
UREF
PNO  2475542
ISD  19491200
NAM  Golden
OCL  260  8
UREF
PNO  2524590
ISD  19501000
NAM  Boe
OCL  252305
UREF
PNO  2972592
ISD  19610200
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  260 27
UREF
PNO  3025252
ISD  19620300
NAM  Jack
OCL  260 23
UREF
PNO  3079358
ISD  19630200
NAM  Uelzmann
OCL  260 29.7
UREF
PNO  3096001
ISD  19630700
NAM  Boe et al.
OCL  222135
UREF
PNO  3207386
ISD  19650900
NAM  Presant et al.
OCL  222394
UREF
PNO  3280050
ISD  19661000
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  260 17
UREF
PNO  3280059
ISD  19661000
NAM  Giesen
OCL  260 23.7
UREF
PNO  3305510
ISD  19670200
NAM  Gander
OCL  524378
UREF
PNO  3305511
ISD  19670200
NAM  Gander
OCL  524378
UREF
PNO  3305512
ISD  19670200
NAM  Gander
OCL  524378
UREF
PNO  3305513
ISD  19670200
NAM  Gander
OCL  260 33.2
UREF
PNO  3308036
ISD  19670300
NAM  Zdanowski
OCL  117138.8UA
UREF
PNO  3308078
ISD  19670300
NAM  Rogers et al.
OCL  260 27
UREF
PNO  3320196
ISD  19670500
NAM  Rogers
OCL  260 27
UREF
PNO  3328325
ISD  19670600
NAM  Zdanowski
OCL  260 22
UREF
PNO  3328328
ISD  19670600
NAM  Scanley
OCL  260 28.5
UREF
PNO  3343718
ISD  19670900
NAM  Siegel
OCL  222  1
UREF
PNO  3413254
ISD  19681100
NAM  Gander
OCL  260 33.2
UREF
PNO  3419506
ISD  19681200
NAM  Gander
OCL  260  2.5
UREF
PNO  3457208
ISD  19690700
NAM  Sullivan et al.
OCL  260 28.5
UREF
PNO  3467610
ISD  19690900
NAM  Flarman et al.
OCL  260 22
UREF
PNO  3470054
ISD  19690900
NAM  Tyrrell
OCL  156210
UREF
PNO  3481889
ISD  19691200
NAM  Gibsen
OCL  260 17.4
UREF
PNO  3547950
ISD  19701200
NAM  Gander
OCL  260 33.2
UREF
PNO  3573239
ISD  19710300
NAM  Zdanowski
OCL  260 22
UREF
PNO  3697466
ISD  19721000
NAM  Sullivan et al.
OCL  260 29.6TA
UREF
PNO  3705669
ISD  19721200
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL  222394
UREF
PNO  3740366
ISD  19730600
NAM  Sanderson et al.
OCL  260 29.6M
UREF
PNO  3900438
ISD  19750800
NAM  Zdanowski et al.
OCL  260 28.5R
UREF
PNO  3925282
ISD  19751200
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  260 23H
UREF
PNO  3955997
ISD  19760500
NAM  Sagane et al.
OCL  106131
UREF
PNO  4001159
ISD  19770100
NAM  Imai et al.
OCL  524378
UREF
PNO  4014841
ISD  19770300
NAM  Taub
OCL  260 29.6MN
UREF
PNO  4056500
ISD  19771100
NAM  Stern
OCL  260 29.6MN
UREF
PNO  4062823
ISD  19771200
NAM  Cheung et al.
OCL  260 29.4UA
UREF
PNO  4066596
ISD  19780100
NAM  Stern
OCL  222635
UREF
PNO  4111881
ISD  19780900
NAM  Paul
OCL  524378
UREF
PNO  4133790
ISD  19790100
NAM  Sekmakas et al.
OCL  260 29.6NR
UREF
PNO  4147566
ISD  19790400
NAM  Leonard
OCL  148  6.25R
UREF
PNO  4154618
ISD  19790500
NAM  Burke
OCL  106 27
UREF
PNO  4187204
ISD  19800200
NAM  Howard
OCL  260 22CB
UREF
PNO  4265797
ISD  19810500
NAM  Suk
OCL  260 29.6E
UREF
PNO  4362838
ISD  19821200
NAM  Leep et al.
OCL  524444
UREF
PNO  4363887
ISD  19821200
NAM  Leep
OCL  523482
UREF
PNO  4365028
ISD  19821200
NAM  Leep et al.
OCL  523402
UREF
PNO  4384661
ISD  19830500
NAM  Page et al.
OCL  222394
UREF
PNO  4420575
ISD  19831200
NAM  Rapaport et al.
OCL  523504
UREF
PNO  4432797
ISD  19840200
NAM  Vasishth et al.
OCL  106 34
UREF
PNO  4450253
ISD  19840500
NAM  Suk
OCL  524378
UREF
PNO  4482662
ISD  19841100
NAM  Rapaport et al.
OCL  523504
UREF
PNO  4894397
ISD  19900100
NAM  Morgan et al.
OCL  523201
UREF
PNO  4968735
ISD  19901100
NAM  Page et al.
OCL  524 55
UREF
PNO  5071900
ISD  19911200
NAM  Page et al.
OCL  524378
FREF
PNO  1125142
ISD  19680800
CNT  GBX
OCL  524378
FREF
PNO  2028364
ISD  19800300
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Sciara, Aerosol Paint Propellants, Paint and Varnish Production (1963).
PAL  Bohnenn, Dimethylether Pure, Aerosol Age, p. 26 (Jan. 1981) and p. 42 (Feb.
      1981).
PAL  B.F. Goodrich--Carbopol Water Soluble Resins (no date).
PAL  B.F. Goodrich--Chemical and Industrial Specialties--Carbopol Resins (no
      date).
PAL  Johnson Wax--Joncryl 537 (1982).
PAL  Johnson Wax--Joncryl 77 (1979).
PAL  Johnson Wax--Joncryl 74F (1984).
PAL  Continental Group--Conoweld II (Oct. 1984).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Acrysol 527 (no date).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Floor Polishes--Rhoplex B-832 (Feb. 1983).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Floor Polishes--Rhoplex B505 (Aug. 1980).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Floor Polishes--Rhoplex B-1604 (Apr. 1982).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Floor Polishes--Experimental Emulsion E-1821 (Apr.
      1983).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Floor Polishes--Experimental Emulsion E-1876 (Apr.
      1983).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Graphic Arts--Acrysol--ASE--60 (Jun. 1978).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Industrial Coatings--Acryloid WR--748 (Nov. 1983).
PAL  Rohm & HaasCompany--Industrial Coatings--Acrysol WS--32; Acrysol WS--50
      (Jun. 1983).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Building Products--Acrysol I-62 (May 1983).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Industrial Coatings--Rhoplex WL--91 (Aug. 1983).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Floor Polishes--Rhoplex WL--91 (Sep. 1981).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Floor Polishes--Acrysol 644 (Feb. 1992).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Textile Chemicals--Acrysol ASE Thickeners (Nov. 1981).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Paper Chemicals--Acrysol Thickeners for Paper Products
      (Dec. 1981).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Adhesives--Acrysol Thickeners for Adhesives (Mar.
      1982).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Experimental Thickener E-1615 (Jan. 1979).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Experimental Emulsion E-1615 in Pigment Printing (Oct.
      1978).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Emulsion E-2014 PMN (May 1983).
PAL  Rohm & Haas Company--Acrysol ASE-60 (Aug. 1974).
PAL  Paint--vol. 16 (pp. 742-761) (no date avail).
LREP
FR2  McDonald; Robert E.
FR2  Boehlefeld; Heidi A.
FR2  Tsang; Vivien Y.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to water-based, latex aerosol paint
      compositions.
PATN
WKU  059884568
SRC  9
APN  0081108
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980116
TTL  Closed loop dispensing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Bocanegra; Jorge
EXP  Kashnikow; Andres
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Laible; Rodney
STR  Rural Rt.1, Box 37
CTY  Bennington
STA  NE
ZIP  68007
CLAS
OCL  2224641
XCL  222547
XCL  2511494
EDF  6
ICL  B67D  560
ICL  B65D 4700
ICL  F16K 5100
FSC  222
FSS  189.09;464.1;547;482;518
FSC  141
FSS  346;353;319
FSC  251
FSS  149.4
FSC  137
FSS  590;614.2
UREF
PNO  2849163
ISD  19580800
NAM  Soffer et al.
OCL  222464.1
UREF
PNO  2913749
ISD  19591100
NAM  Ayres
OCL  222464.1
UREF
PNO  3556353
ISD  19710100
NAM  Echols
OCL  222309
UREF
PNO  3951293
ISD  19760400
NAM  Schulz
OCL  215261
UREF
PNO  4159790
ISD  19790700
NAM  Bailey
OCL  222211
UREF
PNO  4445539
ISD  19840500
NAM  Credle
OCL  137614.3
UREF
PNO  4564117
ISD  19860100
NAM  Herbert
OCL  215329
UREF
PNO  4646945
ISD  19870300
NAM  Steiner et al.
OCL  222207
UREF
PNO  4673404
ISD  19870600
NAM  Gustavsson
OCL  604411
UREF
PNO  4722450
ISD  19880200
NAM  Mario
OCL  215260
UREF
PNO  4862918
ISD  19890900
NAM  Schroeder
OCL  137614.17
UREF
PNO  4863051
ISD  19890900
NAM  Eibner et al.
OCL  215261
UREF
PNO  4875603
ISD  19891000
NAM  Weinstein
OCL  222205
UREF
PNO  4886193
ISD  19891200
NAM  Wassilieff
OCL  222446
UREF
PNO  4967922
ISD  19901100
NAM  Alder
OCL  215309
UREF
PNO  5048705
ISD  19910900
NAM  Lynd et al.
OCL  215  1
UREF
PNO  5082150
ISD  19920100
NAM  Steiner et al.
OCL  222189
UREF
PNO  5107909
ISD  19920400
NAM  Donovan
OCL  141296
UREF
PNO  5165578
ISD  19921100
NAM  Laible
OCL  222481
UREF
PNO  5232110
ISD  19930800
NAM  Purnell
OCL  215312
UREF
PNO  5275310
ISD  19940100
NAM  Mielnik et al.
OCL  222130
UREF
PNO  5413152
ISD  19950500
NAM  Burrows
OCL  141 18
UREF
PNO  5445186
ISD  19950800
NAM  Richter et al.
OCL  137614.2
UREF
PNO  5529223
ISD  19960600
NAM  Fisher
OCL  222211
UREF
PNO  5588565
ISD  19961200
NAM  Miller
OCL  222394
UREF
PNO  5645192
ISD  19970700
NAM  Amidzich
OCL  222  1
LREP
FRM  Zarley, McKee, Thomte, Voorhees & Sease
FR2  Thomte; Dennis L.
ABST
PAL  A closed loop dispensing system for use on a liquid container such as a
      bottle or the like for dispensing the liquid contents from the bottle. The
      outlet opening of the bottle is closed by a throat plug having a valve
      positioned therein which is open when the container cap is mounted on the
      container, but which automatically closes when the cap is removed from the
      container. A dip tube extends downwardly from the container insert and is
      in communication with the valve so that liquid in the bottle may be drawn
      therethrough. A closure cap is mounted on the bottle and has a dispensing
      tube extending therefrom for dispensing liquid from the container to a
      mixing machine or the like. A check valve is associated with the cap for
      preventing backflow from the dispensing tube to the container and for
      permitting liquid flow from the container to the dispensing tube in
      response to suction being applied to the dispensing tube.
PATN
WKU  059884576
SRC  9
APN  0582468
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980410
TTL  Beverage vessel
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Kaufman; Joseph A.
NDR  7
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Andrew; Michael A.
CTY  Milford
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Birdsell; Walter G.
CTY  Marlborough
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  HP Intellectual Corp.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2224751
XCL  222507
XCL  222518
EDF  6
ICL  A47G 1914
FSC  222
FSS  465.1;475.1;507;518
UREF
PNO  1371001
ISD  19210300
NAM  Schmidt
UREF
PNO  4090648
ISD  19780500
NAM  Roberts
OCL  222570
UREF
PNO  4676411
ISD  19870600
NAM  Simasaka
OCL  222517
UREF
PNO  4924922
ISD  19900500
NAM  Johnson
OCL  141346
UREF
PNO  4930687
ISD  19900600
NAM  Brindopke
OCL  222475.1
UREF
PNO  5110016
ISD  19920500
NAM  Heiman
OCL  222475.1
UREF
PNO  5224634
ISD  19930700
NAM  Graham
OCL  222475.1
UREF
PNO  5265767
ISD  19931100
NAM  Gustafson
OCL  222475.1
UREF
PNO  5379925
ISD  19950100
NAM  Monthrath et al.
OCL  222475.1
UREF
PNO  5497917
ISD  19960300
NAM  Krimmel et al.
OCL  222475.1
UREF
PNO  5615808
ISD  19970400
NAM  Huang
OCL  222518
UREF
PNO  5653362
ISD  19970800
NAM  Patel
OCL  222475.1
UREF
PNO  5699841
ISD  19971200
NAM  Takagawa
OCL  222518
LREP
FR2  Deutsch; Barry E.
ABST
PAL  A beverage vessel or carafe 20 includes a container 22, an upper body 24
      which is secured to the container, a handle 28 which extends between the
      upper body 24 and the container 22, a spout 30 formed in the upper body
      and a lid 34 which located in an opening 32 of the upper body. A seal 52
      or 52a is located between, and compressed by, the container 22 and the
      upper body 24 to preclude the beverage from undesirably entering a chamber
      70 of the carafe 20. A rib 98 of the upper body 24 cooperates with a
      pocket 110 of the container 22 to secure the upper body with the
      container. A fastening element 142 is attached within a pocket 140 formed
      on an outer surface of the container 22 and includes a sleeve 148 which
      fits snugly within a hole 156 of an end 38 of the handle 28 and is secured
      in this firm assembly by a threaded fastener 164. A compliant handle cover
      180 is assembled with the handle 28 to provide a firm but tactile comfort
      for one who uses the carafe 20.
PATN
WKU  059884584
SRC  9
APN  0563722
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980407
TTL  Spill inhibiting spout
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Quinalty; Keats
EXP  Kaufman; Joseph A.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Messner; Marvin
CTY  Stanberry
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  No-Spill Research, Inc.
CTY  Stanbury
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  222478
XCL  2224815
XCL  222488
XCL  222529
XCL  137583
XCL  137588
EDF  6
ICL  B67D  300
ICL  F16K 2400
FSC  222
FSS  478;481.5;488;479;529
FSC  137
FSS  81.1;583;587;588
UREF
PNO  2197352
ISD  19400400
NAM  Terkel
OCL  222488
UREF
PNO  3913611
ISD  19751000
NAM  St. John
OCL  222479
UREF
PNO  4722463
ISD  19880200
NAM  Anderson
OCL  222481.5
UREF
PNO  4746036
ISD  19880500
NAM  Messner
UREF
PNO  4834270
ISD  19890500
NAM  Messner
UREF
PNO  5042698
ISD  19910800
NAM  Fessell
OCL  222481.5
OREF
PAL  Briggs & Stratton Smart-Fill Fuel Can (product information).
PAL  SurePour Nozzle (product information).
PAL  Arnold Wonder-Fil mini-spout adapter (product information).
PAL  Spill Saver Gas Can On/Off Spout (product information).
PAL  Carry-Safe Flow pouring spout (product information).
PAL  No-Spill Gas Can (photograph).
LREP
FRM  Hovey, Williams, Timmons & Collins
ABST
PAL  A spout for mounting on a liquid container to provide controlled dispensing
      of liquid therefrom includes a manual control for stopping the flow of
      liquid through a pouring tube and an automatic control to prevent spills
      due to overfilling. Manual control over the amount of liquid flowing
      through the pouring opening of the spout is provided by a preferably
      tubular rod having a stop mounted at one end and a push button actuator at
      the other end of the rod. The spout includes a body with the pouring tube
      extending from one side and the push button for opening the stop to
      dispense liquid on the other side of the body. The automatic control is
      provided through a vent tube which extends through a port in the pouring
      tube and is connected to the tubular rod which is provided with at least
      one hole. When the level of liquid in a receiving tank rises over the
      port, no air enters the liquid container and consequently the flow of
      liquid from the pouring tube is discontinued.
PATN
WKU  059884592
SRC  8
APN  8954089
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970718
TTL  Dispenser package
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Bomberg; Kenneth
NDR  4
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Nelson; Dave E.
CTY  Waterford
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Crapser; James R.
CTY  Racine
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc.
CTY  Racine
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2225411
XCL  2203593
XCL  2203594
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 4706
FSC  222
FSS  541.6;541.9;541.1
FSC  220
FSS  359.3;359.4
UREF
PNO  2705579
ISD  19550400
NAM  Mason
UREF
PNO  3521805
ISD  19700700
NAM  Ward
UREF
PNO  3575325
ISD  19710400
NAM  Leeds
UREF
PNO  3721360
ISD  19730300
NAM  Collie
UREF
PNO  4974732
ISD  19901200
NAM  Sullivan et al.
UREF
PNO  5009894
ISD  19910400
NAM  Hsiao
UREF
PNO  5318824
ISD  19940600
NAM  Itaya et al.
FREF
PNO  PCT/DK95/00404
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
ABST
PAL  A child-resistant package includes a multilayered polymeric tray having a
      basin and a brim. The tray has a plastic structural layer and a bonding
      layer. A multilayered polymeric cover has a cross-oriented, tear-resistant
      layer, a bonding layer, and a moisture-barrier layer between the
      tear-resistant layer and the bonding layer of the cover. The bonding layer
      of the cover is sealed to the bonding layer of the brim of the tray to
      form a closed cavity between the tray and the cover.
PATN
WKU  059884606
SRC  9
APN  0499137
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980330
TTL  Molded plastic container and container package with integral pour spout
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  7
EXP  Derakshani; Philippe
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Brecheisen; William W.
CTY  Findlay
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Gregory; James L.
CTY  Toledo
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Beaufils; Igor F.
CTY  Toledo
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Owens-Brockway Plastic Products Inc.
CTY  Toledo
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  222572
EDF  6
ICL  B65D  572
FSC  222
FSS  215;462;562;572
UREF
PNO  678400
ISD  19010700
NAM  Hoeg
OCL  222562
UREF
PNO  2663463
ISD  19531200
NAM  Benbury et al.
OCL  222215
UREF
PNO  4640855
ISD  19870200
NAM  St. Clair
OCL  222572
UREF
PNO  5207356
ISD  19930500
NAM  Krall
OCL  222572
UREF
PNO  5226574
ISD  19930700
NAM  Durinzi, Jr.
OCL  222572
UREF
PNO  5645870
ISD  19970700
NAM  Larsen
OCL  425182
ABST
PAL  A plastic container that includes a hollow container body having a body
      opening, a cylindrical finish wall portion surrounding the body opening
      and extending from the body, with external threads for receiving a
      closure, and a spout secured to and projecting axially from the externally
      threaded wall portion. The body, wall portion and spout are of as-molded
      one-piece or monolithic integral plastic construction. The axial dimension
      of the spout preferably is greater than that of the externally threaded
      wall portion of the container finish. The threaded wall portion or the
      spout has an axially oriented surface that lies in a plane perpendicular
      to the axis of the container finish for sealing engagement with a closure
      or cap that is threaded onto the container finish.
PATN
WKU  059884614
SRC  8
APN  9200711
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970826
TTL  Dry lube dispenser
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Deal; David
EXP  Kaufman; Joseph A.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Edney; William J.
CTY  Greeneville
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Marak; Dennis
CTY  Rutherfordton
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Aluma-Tech, LLC
CTY  Rutherfordton
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  222638
XCL  222638
XCL  222639
XCL  222642
XCL  222643
XCL  222413
EDF  6
ICL  B67D  508
FSC  222
FSS  630;637-639;642;643;252;412;413
UREF
PNO  3151782
ISD  19641000
NAM  Wahl
UREF
PNO  4044925
ISD  19770800
NAM  Mercer
UREF
PNO  4877568
ISD  19891000
NAM  Austin
UREF
PNO  5076339
ISD  19911200
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  5114684
ISD  19920500
NAM  Kuc, Sr.
UREF
PNO  5301844
ISD  19940400
NAM  Ricciardi
LREP
FRM  Pitts & Brittian, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A dispenser for volumetrically controlling the amount of lubrication which
      is fed into the shot sleeve of a die casting machine. Lubrication beads
      are fed into a hopper. The beads gravitationally travel through a port in
      the base of the hopper and into a screw extruder. The beads are then moved
      through a screw extruder both mechanically and pneumatically. The beads
      are moved mechanically by the rotation of the screw shaft in the screw
      extruder with a rotary motor. The beads are moved pneumatically by
      injections of air fed into the screw extruder. The air flow serves the
      additional purpose of cooling the beads as they move along the screw
      feeder so that they do not melt and become coagulated. The rotary motor
      and the air flow are both activated and deactivated by the use of
      adjustable timers. The timers are synchronistically metered so that the
      lubricating beads move through the shot bead dispenser and into the die
      casting machine at predetermined rates.
PATN
WKU  059884622
SRC  9
APN  1747274
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19981019
TTL  Security garment hanger
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  16
EXP  MOHANTY; BIBHU
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kolton; Chester
CTY  Westfield
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  B&G Plastics, Inc.
CTY  Newark
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  223 85
XCL  223 87
EDF  6
ICL  A47G 2514
FSC  223
FSS  85;92;87;95;86;DIG. 4
FSC   70
FSS  57.1
UREF
PNO  3241732
ISD  19660300
NAM  Combi
OCL  223 86
UREF
PNO  5423139
ISD  19950600
NAM  Feldman
OCL   40299
UREF
PNO  5524463
ISD  19960600
NAM  Schenkel et al.
OCL   70 57.1
UREF
PNO  5615810
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kolton et al.
OCL  223 87
UREF
PNO  5620118
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kolton et al.
OCL  223 87
UREF
PNO  5626268
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kolton et al.
OCL  223 87
LREP
FRM  Robin, Blecker & Daley
ABST
PAL  A garment hanger is comprised of a one-piece body having a hook portion for
      the receipt of a display rod, a central portion depending from the hook
      portion and a lower portion for engagement with an article to be
      displayed. The central portion defines a recess opening into an exterior
      surface of the central portion, the recess being of dimensions suited for
      residence of an EAS marker in the hanger. A bar code label or like recess
      closure member is affixed to the central portion exterior surface in
      contiguous overlying relation therewith and enclosing the resident EAS
      member.
PATN
WKU  059884630
SRC  9
APN  1446193
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980831
TTL  Needle threader
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Mohanty; Bibhu
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  DiCarlo; William L.
STR  3 Station Rd.
CTY  Madison
STA  NJ
ZIP  07940
INVT
NAM  McCarthy; James P.
STR  2576 Valley View Dr.
CTY  Bangor
STA  PA
ZIP  18013
CLAS
OCL  223 99
EDF  6
ICL  D05B 8700
FSC  223
FSS  99;101;102;105
FSC  112
FSS  222
UREF
PNO  2042403
ISD  19360500
NAM  Hrivnak
OCL  233 99
UREF
PNO  2411118
ISD  19461100
NAM  Schuster
OCL  223 99
UREF
PNO  3250447
ISD  19660500
NAM  Larew
OCL  223 99
UREF
PNO  4090649
ISD  19780500
NAM  Cichinski
OCL  223 99
UREF
PNO  4667860
ISD  19870500
NAM  Feuerman
OCL  223 99
UREF
PNO  4972979
ISD  19901100
NAM  Gordon
OCL  223 99
LREP
FR2  Miller; Alfred E.
ABST
PAL  A needle threader for yarn or other bulky materials that is used in
      needlework having a projecting loop provided with a substantial planar
      surface to accommodate the strands of the yarn and thereby reducing
      frictional resistance as the yarn is passed through the eye of the needle.
      The needle threader is provided with a cutter for the yarn on the same
      handle utilized by the threader.
PATN
WKU  059884649
SRC  9
APN  1383884
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980824
TTL  Drink bottle and support system
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Garbe; Stephen P.
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Butler; Linda Green
STR  4120 Phelan Rd.
CTY  Phelan
STA  CA
ZIP  92371
INVT
NAM  Cimino; Sammi J.
STR  268 W. 8th St.
CTY  Upland
STA  CA
ZIP  91786
CLAS
OCL  2241484
XCL  224674
XCL  224677
XCL  2249018
EDF  6
ICL  A45F  316
FSC  224
FSS  901.8;148.4;148.5;148.7;665;674;677
UREF
PNO  969524
ISD  19100900
NAM  Condon
OCL  224674
UREF
PNO  1605195
ISD  19261100
NAM  Lewis
OCL  224674
UREF
PNO  4418733
ISD  19831200
NAM  Kallman
OCL  224901.8
UREF
PNO  4690316
ISD  19870900
NAM  Peterson
OCL  224901.8
UREF
PNO  4867358
ISD  19890900
NAM  Bennis
OCL  224148.7
UREF
PNO  5048734
ISD  19910900
NAM  Long
OCL  224148.4
UREF
PNO  5240156
ISD  19930800
NAM  Sicotte et al.
OCL  224148.7
UREF
PNO  5325991
ISD  19940700
NAM  Williams
OCL  224148.5
UREF
PNO  5381922
ISD  19950100
NAM  Gladman et al.
OCL  224901.8
ABST
PAL  A drink bottle and support system comprising a bottle having a closed lower
      end and an open upper end and a side wall therebetween. The side wall of
      the drink bottle having a generally cylindrical configuration on its
      exterior face, and an essentially flat configuration on its interior face.
      The bottle further having an interior and an exterior with insulation
      therebetween. The bottle also having external screw threads adjacent to
      its upper end. A cap for the bottle has internal threads coupleable to the
      threads of the bottle. A pile-type fastener in a rectangular configuration
      is adhesively secured to the flat face of the bottle. A pad in a
      rectangular configuration with a pile-type fastener is located over a
      majority of the extent of the front face of the pad for releasably
      receiving the pile-type fastener of the bottle. The pad has two belt loops
      on the interior face of the pad adjacent to the upper extent thereof.
PATN
WKU  059884657
SRC  9
APN  0920266
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980605
TTL  Backpack assembly and method of use
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Vidovich; Gregory M.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Vitale; Richard
STR  8118 Tortuga La.
CTY  Boynton Beach
STA  FL
ZIP  33436
INVT
NAM  Vitale; Eugene
STR  8118 Tortuga La.
CTY  Boynton Beach
STA  FL
ZIP  33436
CLAS
OCL  224155
XCL  224584
XCL  224153
XCL  224907
XCL  2971882
XCL  297129
EDF  6
ICL  A45F  402
FSC  224
FSS  153;155;581-584;627;642;644;645;650;652;654;657;907;620
FSC  297
FSS  188.12;188.2;219.1;129
UREF
PNO  2865433
ISD  19581200
NAM  Warner
XCL  297219.1
UREF
PNO  3143748
ISD  19640800
NAM  Manning
UREF
PNO  3185362
ISD  19650500
NAM  Wakefield
UREF
PNO  4236657
ISD  19801200
NAM  Brunton
UREF
PNO  4588224
ISD  19860500
NAM  Hill, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4854637
ISD  19890800
NAM  McCree
OCL  297188.2
UREF
PNO  4925064
ISD  19900500
NAM  Comora
UREF
PNO  4925241
ISD  19900500
NAM  Geraci
XCL  297219.1
UREF
PNO  5119910
ISD  19920600
NAM  Heggeland
XCL  224620
UREF
PNO  5573155
ISD  19961100
NAM  Sadler
UREF
PNO  5584422
ISD  19961200
NAM  Bond-Madsen
UREF
PNO  5588570
ISD  19961200
NAM  Zirbel
UREF
PNO  5620227
ISD  19970400
NAM  Brune
XCL  224155
UREF
PNO  5819999
ISD  19981000
NAM  Tennant
OCL  224155
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A backpack assembly having a backpack, and a pad and a retaining strap,
      both connected to the backpack. The backpack has a front panel secured to
      a back panel, with a chamber defined between the panels, the front panel
      having a top, a bottom, and opposite sides. The backpack includes a pair
      of shoulder straps secured to the backpack such that, with the straps
      positioned over the shoulders of a person, the front panel faces and is
      generally parallel to the back of the person while the backpack is worn.
      The pad includes a first face and a second face, with the pad being
      connected to the backpack by at least one pad strap, such that the pad is
      movable between a first position, where the first face contacts the front
      panel, and a second position, where the first face is placed on a chair
      seat and the backpack rests upon a horizontal support surface. The
      retaining strap includes a fixed end connected to the backpack adjacent
      the top of the front panel, and a free end. The free end has a fastener
      for mating with one of two fasteners, these being one fastener located on
      the back panel of the backpack, while the pad is in the first position,
      and another fastener on the first face of the pad, while the pad is in the
      second position.
PATN
WKU  059884665
SRC  8
APN  9265198
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970910
TTL  Body mounted firearm support
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Maust; Timothy L.
EXP  Walczak; David J.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Brown; Jerry L.
STR  10929 Lookout Dr.
CTY  Pinckney
STA  MI
ZIP  48169
CLAS
OCL  224185
XCL  224191
XCL  224197
XCL  224198
XCL  224660
XCL  224271
XCL  224913
EDF  6
ICL  A45F  500
FSC  224
FSS  185;191;197;198;200;660;271;272;913
FSC  248
FSS  351;354.1
UREF
PNO  D246013
ISD  19771000
NAM  Morris et al.
UREF
PNO  889658
ISD  19080600
NAM  Burnaugh, Jr.
UREF
PNO  1406827
ISD  19220200
NAM  Dumas
UREF
PNO  2692069
ISD  19541000
NAM  Winters et al.
OCL  224913
UREF
PNO  3191826
ISD  19650600
NAM  Adams
OCL  224185
UREF
PNO  3200528
ISD  19650800
NAM  Christensen
UREF
PNO  3390477
ISD  19680700
NAM  Galbraith
UREF
PNO  4081115
ISD  19780300
NAM  White et al.
UREF
PNO  4327986
ISD  19820500
NAM  Carter
UREF
PNO  4637536
ISD  19870100
NAM  Wong
UREF
PNO  4844390
ISD  19890700
NAM  Duke
UREF
PNO  4911345
ISD  19900300
NAM  James et al.
UREF
PNO  4964553
ISD  19901000
NAM  Glynn
UREF
PNO  4991758
ISD  19910200
NAM  Eaneff
UREF
PNO  5029741
ISD  19910700
NAM  Easter
UREF
PNO  5241771
ISD  19930900
NAM  Caustic
UREF
PNO  5345706
ISD  19940900
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  5351867
ISD  19941000
NAM  Vest
UREF
PNO  5491919
ISD  19960200
NAM  Rather et al.
UREF
PNO  5528846
ISD  19960600
NAM  Baggett
UREF
PNO  5738256
ISD  19980400
NAM  Goff et al.
OCL   24185
LREP
FRM  Young & Basile, PC
ABST
PAL  A firearm support includes an elongated tubular member. A receptacle
      attachable to a user worn belt supports a first end of the tubular member.
      An attachment member on a second end of the tubular member movably
      attaches the tubular member to a firearm. The attachment member allows
      pivotal movement of the firearm to form a first substantially vertical
      storage position in the receptacle to a substantially horizontal firing
      position. The receptacle enables universal movement of the tubular member
      relative to the receptacle. The tubular member may be formed of two
      telescopingly extendible members lockable in a selected extended position.
PATN
WKU  059884673
SRC  9
APN  0568171
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980408
TTL  Inter-lacing boot ankle holster
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Vidovich; Gregory M.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Brustein; Samuel R.
STR  1635 Pirkle Rd. Apt. 1305
CTY  Norcross
STA  GA
ZIP  30093
CLAS
OCL  224222
XCL  224911
XCL  224587
XCL   36136
EDF  6
ICL  F41C 3302
ICL  A45F  500
FSC  224
FSS  222;267;587;911
FSC   36
FSS  132;136
FSC  482
FSS  105
UREF
PNO  D106649
ISD  19371000
NAM  Casey
UREF
PNO  D248866
ISD  19780800
NAM  Gonzales
UREF
PNO  348233
ISD  18860800
NAM  Phalan
UREF
PNO  1155506
ISD  19151000
NAM  Osaki
UREF
PNO  3278184
ISD  19661000
NAM  Rosenbaum
OCL  482105
UREF
PNO  3306610
ISD  19670200
NAM  Biggs, Jr. et al.
XCL   36132
UREF
PNO  3334898
ISD  19670800
NAM  McCrory et al.
XCL   36132
UREF
PNO  3427020
ISD  19690200
NAM  Montour et al.
XCL   36132
UREF
PNO  3576278
ISD  19710400
NAM  Eastman
UREF
PNO  4029242
ISD  19770600
NAM  Stoesser
UREF
PNO  4258871
ISD  19810300
NAM  McMahon
UREF
PNO  4410118
ISD  19831000
NAM  Taurisano
UREF
PNO  4500019
ISD  19850200
NAM  Curley, Jr.
OCL  224222
UREF
PNO  4507882
ISD  19850400
NAM  Harrell
UREF
PNO  4579265
ISD  19860400
NAM  Schiller
XCL  224222
UREF
PNO  4763821
ISD  19880800
NAM  Powell
OCL  224267
UREF
PNO  4905881
ISD  19900300
NAM  Graber
OCL  224222
UREF
PNO  5058788
ISD  19911000
NAM  Newmark
UREF
PNO  5148949
ISD  19920900
NAM  Luca
XCL  224222
UREF
PNO  5351370
ISD  19941000
NAM  Fields et al.
UREF
PNO  5727341
ISD  19980300
NAM  Saylor
XCL  224911
LREP
FR2  Randall; Tipton L.
ABST
PAL  The invention is an ankle holster for a handgun. The holster assembly wraps
      around the ankle of the wearer and has a fastener to fasten the ends
      together, such as buckles, snaps, clips, or hook and loop (Velcro)
      fastener tape. The holster assembly includes a plurality of eyelet
      apertures that are positioned adjacent the eyelet holes of the boot or
      shoe of the wearer. The holster assembly is held in position by
      interlacing the laces of the boot through the eyelet holes of the holster.
      This anchors the holster assembly in place and allows for a less
      constricting fit of the holster around the leg of the wearer.
PATN
WKU  059884681
SRC  9
APN  0072451
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980114
TTL  Exposed film container
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Vidovich; Gregory M.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Murdoch; Douglas H.
CTY  Santa Rosa
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ewing; Lily
CTY  Santa Rosa
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Sturm; Michael
CTY  Santa Rosa
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Daymen Photo Marketing Ltd
CTY  Markham
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  224237
XCL  224235
XCL  224675
XCL  224240
XCL  224908
XCL  383 41
XCL  383 43
XCL  383 66
XCL  383 98
XCL  383119
EDF  6
ICL  A45F  500
FSC  224
FSS  191;235;236;237;674;675;908;240;660;664
FSC  383
FSS  41;43;66;119;97;98;99;40
FSC  190
FSS  114;112
FSC  150
FSS  118
FSC  D 3
FSS  229;230;245
FSC  206
FSS  391
UREF
PNO  1463113
ISD  19230700
NAM  Bibb
OCL  383 43
UREF
PNO  2325806
ISD  19430800
NAM  Simmons
OCL  190112
UREF
PNO  2875801
ISD  19590300
NAM  Borfuss
OCL  383 99
UREF
PNO  3122306
ISD  19640200
NAM  Davey
OCL  383 99
UREF
PNO  4029243
ISD  19770600
NAM  Zerobnick et al.
OCL  224664
UREF
PNO  4180192
ISD  19791200
NAM  Breslau
OCL  224235
UREF
PNO  4246945
ISD  19810100
NAM  Sterling
OCL  383 43
UREF
PNO  4406385
ISD  19830900
NAM  Pribyl
UREF
PNO  4416308
ISD  19831100
NAM  Bower
OCL  383 57
UREF
PNO  4884717
ISD  19891200
NAM  Bussard et al.
OCL  383 99
UREF
PNO  5048734
ISD  19910900
NAM  Long
OCL  224236
UREF
PNO  5050998
ISD  19910900
NAM  Wachtel
OCL  383 41
UREF
PNO  5289960
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kelly et al.
OCL  383 43
UREF
PNO  5395023
ISD  19950300
NAM  Naymark et al.
OCL  224245
UREF
PNO  5411193
ISD  19950500
NAM  Culp
XCL  224237
UREF
PNO  5439153
ISD  19950800
NAM  Murdoch et al.
OCL  224664
UREF
PNO  5465889
ISD  19951100
NAM  Smith
XCL  224235
UREF
PNO  5558440
ISD  19960900
NAM  Miller
OCL  224235
UREF
PNO  5743397
ISD  19980400
NAM  Traver
OCL  206391
LREP
FRM  The Brotman Group
FR2  Eastham; R. Dabney
ABST
PAL  A container for exposed film cartridges that permits swift, one-handed
      insertion of such cartridges while securely containing them after
      insertion is disclosed. A pouch with stiffened walls has a circular
      opening covered by overlapping flaps made of a flexible but resilient
      material through which cartridges may be inserted.
PATN
WKU  059884690
SRC  8
APN  6542298
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19960528
TTL  Game call holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Vidovich; Gregory M.
EXP  Shoap; Allan N.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Musacchia; John
CTY  Marathon
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Muzzy Products Corporation
CTY  Cartersville
STA  GA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  498434
APD  19950705
PSC  01
PNO  5607091
CLAS
OCL  224267
XCL  224222
XCL  224246
XCL  108 43
EDF  6
ICL  A45F  500
FSC  224
FSS  101;191;218;219;222;224;225;250;251;267;244;245;246;277;534;324;568
FSC  108
FSS  43
FSC  446
FSS  26;28;397;404
UREF
PNO  1786254
ISD  19301200
NAM  Meehan
UREF
PNO  2338816
ISD  19440100
NAM  Lockhart
UREF
PNO  2420673
ISD  19470500
NAM  Monrad
UREF
PNO  2701173
ISD  19550200
NAM  Senior et al.
UREF
PNO  3407757
ISD  19681000
NAM  Warner
UREF
PNO  4243249
ISD  19810100
NAM  Goss
UREF
PNO  4422640
ISD  19831200
NAM  Tamarkin
UREF
PNO  4494754
ISD  19850100
NAM  Wagner, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4494755
ISD  19850100
NAM  Caillouet, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4606733
ISD  19860800
NAM  Willis
UREF
PNO  4648603
ISD  19870300
NAM  Hayford, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4955845
ISD  19900900
NAM  Piper
UREF
PNO  5035390
ISD  19910700
NAM  Sanders
UREF
PNO  5069375
ISD  19911200
NAM  Flick
UREF
PNO  5111981
ISD  19920500
NAM  Allen
UREF
PNO  5178575
ISD  19930100
NAM  Koch
UREF
PNO  5244430
ISD  19930900
NAM  Legursky
UREF
PNO  5263423
ISD  19931100
NAM  Anderson
UREF
PNO  5450993
ISD  19950900
NAM  Guerrero et al.
FREF
PNO  103154
ISD  19170100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Deveau, Colton & Marquis
ABST
PAL  A holder for retaining an item, particularly a turkey call, other game
      call, clipboard, pad or the like on the limb of a user while leaving his
      or her hands free. The holder includes a base having a hollow center.
      Rubber feet are arranged about the hollow center to support the item. The
      item is held against the rubber feet by an elastic band. A nylon web
      strap, provided with a snap buckle, is used to secure the holder to the
      user's limb. A belt attached tether may be provided to assist in retaining
      the holder on a limb (e.g., the thigh) of the user.
PATN
WKU  059884703
SRC  9
APN  0203505
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980209
TTL  Quick release and car roof rack system
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Sholl; Linda J.
NDR  7
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Siciliano; Paul
STR  7 Jennifer Ave.
CTY  North Caldwell
STA  NJ
ZIP  07006
CLAS
OCL  224310
XCL  224324
XCL  224924
XCL  414462
EDF  6
ICL  B60R  9042
FSC  224
FSS  310;324;924
FSC  414
FSS  462
UREF
PNO  3452893
ISD  19690700
NAM  Heflin
OCL  414462
UREF
PNO  3931919
ISD  19760100
NAM  Gerber et al.
OCL  224324
UREF
PNO  4728244
ISD  19880300
NAM  Stokkendal
OCL  414462
UREF
PNO  4826387
ISD  19890500
NAM  Audet
OCL  224310
UREF
PNO  5058791
ISD  19911000
NAM  Henriquez et al.
OCL  224310
UREF
PNO  5360150
ISD  19941100
NAM  Praz
OCL  224310
UREF
PNO  5544796
ISD  19960800
NAM  Dubach
OCL  224310
LREP
FR2  Heiner, Esq.; Donald R.
ABST
PAL  A system which allows a person to easily access an automobile roof rack
      attachment for holding and carrying a bike or other object such as a canoe
      employing a telescoping mechanism for moving the carried object out beyond
      the roof line of the vehicle wherein the system also has a parallelogram
      mechanism allowing the user to also lower the system carrying the bike or
      other object parallel to the ground during its movement into a locked
      position beyond the roof line of the vehicle. By manually pulling
      downwardly on the parallelogram mechanism the system is lowered to a
      comfortable level. Once in this position the person attaches the bike or
      other equipment to the system, the system is unlocked, and the raises up
      manually to the rooftop level and then pushed inward toward the center of
      the automobile into its resting and locked position.
PATN
WKU  059884711
SRC  9
APN  2193434
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981223
TTL  Device in load carriers
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Maust; Timothy L.
EXP  Walczak; David J.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Lundgren; Anders
CTY  Grims.ang.s
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Industri, AB Thule
CTY  Hillerstorp
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19940525
APN  9401788
RLAP
COD  71
APN  737399
APD  19961108
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  224329
XCL  224309
XCL  224310
XCL  224321
XCL  224322
XCL  224323
XCL  224327
XCL  224328
XCL  224331
EDF  6
ICL  B60R  900
FSC  224
FSS  309;310;321;322;323;327;328;329;331
FREF
PNO  2413852
ISD  19790700
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3405357
ISD  19910400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2221664
ISD  19900200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9400315
ISD  19940100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Rouston, Rayzor, Vickery, Novak & Druce, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A device for laterally translating the force vector between a load carrier
      foot and the upper surface of a vehicle roof according to the slope of the
      contour of the vehicle roof at the location of the foot upon the vehicle
      roof. The device includes a load carrier foot for attachment of a load
      carrier to the vehicle roof and the load carrier foot has a first foot
      support portion and a second foot support portion. A foot plate for
      engaging the upper surface of the vehicle roof is provided that is
      pivotally attached to the load carrier foot and has a first foot plate
      support portion adjacent the first foot support portion to form an inner
      support pair and a second foot plate support portion adjacent the second
      foot support portion to form an outer support pair. The foot plate is
      rotatable about its pivotal attachment to the load carrier foot between a
      first position wherein the force vector between the load carrier foot and
      the upper surface of the vehicle roof is directed through the inner
      support pair and a second position wherein the force vector between the
      load carrier foot and the upper surface of the vehicle roof is directed
      through the outer support pair. The foot plate is adapted to take the
      first position when placed adjacent vehicle roofs of steep contour and to
      take the second position when placed adjacent vehicle roofs of shallow
      contour.
PATN
WKU  059884720
SRC  8
APN  9294600
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19970915
TTL  Accessory mounting device for a vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Sholl; Linda J.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  McPhail; Barbara A.
STR  P.O. Box 196
CTY  Cimarron
STA  KS
ZIP  67835
INVT
NAM  McPhail; Donald W.
STR  P.O. Box 196
CTY  Cimarron
STA  KS
ZIP  67835
CLAS
OCL  224403
XCL  224404
XCL  296 351
XCL  29610002
XCL  29610018
XCL  296163
EDF  6
ICL  B60R  902
ICL  B60P  704
ICL  B60J  710
FSC  224
FSS  404;403;405
FSC  296
FSS  37.6;3;41;100.17;100.18;100.02;35.1;163
FSC  410
FSS  101;102;104;105;106;107;108;109;111;112;113
UREF
PNO  3809427
ISD  19740500
NAM  Bennett
OCL  296 35.1
UREF
PNO  4085961
ISD  19780400
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  4249684
ISD  19810200
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  4805859
ISD  19890200
NAM  Hudson
UREF
PNO  4838602
ISD  19890600
NAM  Nett
OCL  296100.18
UREF
PNO  4850769
ISD  19890700
NAM  Matthews
OCL  410105
UREF
PNO  4911493
ISD  19900300
NAM  Muirhead
UREF
PNO  4969784
ISD  19901100
NAM  Yanke
OCL  410104
UREF
PNO  5052737
ISD  19911000
NAM  Farmer, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5118156
ISD  19920600
NAM  Richard
UREF
PNO  5169200
ISD  19921200
NAM  Pugh
UREF
PNO  5368210
ISD  19941100
NAM  Wotring
UREF
PNO  5393114
ISD  19950200
NAM  Christensen
OCL  296  3
UREF
PNO  5605264
ISD  19970200
NAM  Neal
LREP
FRM  Flanagan & Flanagan
FR2  Flanagan; John R.
FR2  Flanagan; John K.
ABST
PAL  A device which allows accessories to be securely mounted to a vehicle
      without the need for drilling holes in the vehicle, or otherwise modifying
      and damaging the vehicle, including an elongated member having a channel
      extending the length of the top of the elongated member which is shaped to
      slidably engage a variety of fastening members, and attached to
      manufacturer predrilled holes on the side railings of the bed of a pickup
      truck. The channel slidably engages a variety of fastening members, such
      as the head of a bolt or a snap fastener, so that they may be slid into
      position at intervals along the elongated member and used to fasten a
      variety of accessories to the vehicle. For example, the fastening members
      may be used to removably fasten a removable hardtop, a truck bed cover,
      and/or a toolbox to the side railings of a vehicle.
PATN
WKU  059884738
SRC  9
APN  1366572
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980819
TTL  Truck storage box apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Brevard; Maerena W.
EXP  Vidovich; Gregory M.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Hagan; Sonya L.
STR  2055 Hwy 19
CTY  Mars Hill
STA  NC
ZIP  28754
INVT
NAM  Hagan; Samuel D.
STR  2055 Hwy 19
CTY  Mars Hill
STA  NC
ZIP  28754
CLAS
OCL  224404
XCL  296 376
XCL  312216
XCL  312324
XCL  312328
EDF  6
ICL  B60R  700
FSC  224
FSS  404;498;542
FSC  220
FSS  503;524;345.2;345.4;345.5
FSC  312
FSS  216;324;328;290
FSC  296
FSS  37.6
UREF
PNO  2967080
ISD  19610100
NAM  Nelson
OCL  312216
UREF
PNO  2987358
ISD  19610600
NAM  Roberts
OCL  312216
UREF
PNO  4844305
ISD  19890700
NAM  McKneely
OCL  224404
UREF
PNO  4967944
ISD  19901100
NAM  Waters
OCL  224404
UREF
PNO  5419476
ISD  19950500
NAM  White
OCL  224273
UREF
PNO  5667115
ISD  19970900
NAM  Verhaeg
OCL  224275
ABST
PAL  A storage box apparatus includes a base member which includes a lock loop.
      First and second storage compartment assemblies are supported by the base
      member and include first and second compartment regions. Sliding trays are
      positioned over the compartment regions. Hinged covers cover the sliding
      trays. Lock bars extend downward from distal edges of hinged covers which
      prevent the sliding trays from sliding outward when the hinged covers are
      closed. A third storage compartment assembly is supported by the base
      member and is located between the first and second storage compartment
      assemblies along a longitudinal axis. The third storage compartment
      assembly includes a plurality of drawers arrayed along a vertical axis,
      wherein each of the drawers includes a drawer handle. Each of the drawer
      handles is in linear alignment with the other drawer handles and the lock
      loop. One of the drawers, such as the bottommost drawer, includes internal
      divider walls for dividing an interior space in the one of the drawers
      into a plurality of smaller storage spaces. A locking pin is threaded
      through the drawer handles and the lock loop and is used for locking the
      drawers in a closed position. A padlock is provided for locking the
      locking pin into locking position with respect to the drawer handles. A
      first key lock assembly is connected to the first hinged cover, and a
      second key lock assembly is connected to the second hinged cover.
PATN
WKU  059884746
SRC  9
APN  0621056
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980417
TTL  Multi-functional carrying device
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Vidovich; Gregory M.
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Smith, II; David R.
STR  838 Judson Ave. # 3B
CTY  Evanston
STA  IL
ZIP  60202
INVT
NAM  Holcomb; Matthew Thomas J.
STR  1725 Orrington Ave. #110-1
CTY  Evanston
STA  IL
ZIP  60201
INVT
NAM  Jeff, Jr.; James Anthony
STR  1725 Orrington Ave. #610-1
CTY  Evanston
STA  IL
ZIP  60201
CLAS
OCL  224578
XCL  224153
XCL  224603
XCL  224627
XCL  224656
XCL  224257
XCL  224620
EDF  6
ICL  A45F  402
FSC  224
FSS  577;578;579;580;581;153;600;602;603;606;614;616;620;627;637;642;643;257;258
     ;660;662;663;664;901;901.4;654;656
UREF
PNO  3019952
ISD  19620200
NAM  Brewster
XCL  224579
UREF
PNO  4018369
ISD  19770400
NAM  Jaeger
UREF
PNO  4125212
ISD  19781100
NAM  Courchesne
XCL  224578
UREF
PNO  4515300
ISD  19850500
NAM  Cohen
UREF
PNO  4518107
ISD  19850500
NAM  Amos
XCL  224901.4
UREF
PNO  4867359
ISD  19890900
NAM  Donovan
UREF
PNO  4932574
ISD  19900600
NAM  Doshi
XCL  224579
UREF
PNO  5172838
ISD  19921200
NAM  Rowell et al.
XCL  224664
UREF
PNO  5344056
ISD  19940900
NAM  Challoner et al.
UREF
PNO  5425485
ISD  19950600
NAM  Carlo
UREF
PNO  5437401
ISD  19950800
NAM  Seltzer
UREF
PNO  5450991
ISD  19950900
NAM  Neading
UREF
PNO  5490619
ISD  19960200
NAM  Boyar
UREF
PNO  5509589
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kliot
UREF
PNO  5513787
ISD  19960500
NAM  Reed
UREF
PNO  5540364
ISD  19960700
NAM  Krieger et al.
UREF
PNO  5642842
ISD  19970700
NAM  Taras
UREF
PNO  5797529
ISD  19980800
NAM  Lavine
XCL  224581
LREP
FRM  Welsh & Katz, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A multi-functional carrying device, including a strap with two ends which
      can be secured into loops, and a bag secured to the middle section of the
      strap. The bag is provided with a receiving element near its upper
      portion, which receiving element is capable of receiving the two ends of
      the strap, which strap then serves as shoulder straps for carrying the
      bag. A securing element is provided so that the bag can be compressed and
      secured along the middle section of the strap when the bag is not needed.
PATN
WKU  059884754
SRC  8
APN  7889038
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970123
TTL  Straps for carrying golf bags
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Luebke; Renee S.
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Han; Dong Kyu
STR  219 S. Primrose St.
CTY  Anaheim
STA  CA
ZIP  92804
CLAS
OCL  224608
XCL  224627
EDF  6
ICL  A45F  304
FSC  224
FSS  645;608;613;614;615;627;643
UREF
PNO  5038984
ISD  19910800
NAM  Izzo
OCL  224643
UREF
PNO  5042703
ISD  19910800
NAM  Izzo
OCL  224643
UREF
PNO  5042704
ISD  19910800
NAM  Izzo
OCL  224643
UREF
PNO  5413261
ISD  19950500
NAM  Wu
XCL  224614
LREP
FRM  Loeb & Loeb LLP
ABST
PAL  A dual shoulder strap device attachable to a standard golf bag to allow a
      golfer to carry the golf bag centered on his back. For example, the dual
      shoulder strap device is made from a single piece to prevent twisting and
      entangling of the two separate shoulder straps. Alternatively, the dual
      shoulder straps are connected to tracks built into a coupler, in which the
      tracks allow the shoulder straps to be adjustable to the differing widths
      of the golfer's shoulders.
PATN
WKU  059884762
SRC  9
APN  1036165
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980624
TTL  Rack system for backpack
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Sholl; Linda J.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Olerio; Matthew D.
STR  30 Leatherleaf Trail
CTY  North Kingstown
STA  RI
ZIP  02852
CLAS
OCL  224630
XCL  224653
XCL  224655
XCL  224657
XCL  211186
XCL  108107
XCL  312351
XCL  206555
XCL  206214
EDF  6
ICL  A45F  308
FSC  224
FSS  653;655;657;626;629;630;645;153
FSC  211
FSS  186;126.15;151;134
FSC  312
FSS  351;350;312
FSC  108
FSS  106;107
FSC  190
FSS  110;9;127
FSC  206
FSS  555;224;214
FSC  220
FSS  530;528;529;554;553
UREF
PNO  1031821
ISD  19120700
NAM  Schwarzenbach
UREF
PNO  2517757
ISD  19500800
NAM  Adlerstein
OCL  190  9
UREF
PNO  2792980
ISD  19570500
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  3332730
ISD  19670700
NAM  Rubin et al.
OCL  211126.15
UREF
PNO  3464565
ISD  19690900
NAM  Nevai
OCL  211186
UREF
PNO  4491258
ISD  19850100
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  4721237
ISD  19880100
NAM  Leslie
UREF
PNO  5184763
ISD  19930200
NAM  Blaisdell et al.
UREF
PNO  5411192
ISD  19950500
NAM  Xiao
UREF
PNO  5562236
ISD  19961000
NAM  Monzingo
UREF
PNO  5630537
ISD  19970500
NAM  Sciacca
UREF
PNO  5702011
ISD  19971200
NAM  Carroll
OCL  211186
FREF
PNO  3402077
ISD  19850800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2184002
ISD  19870600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is a rack system for a backpack which is secured to
      the interior of a standard backpack, and is accessible by means of a
      zippered flap in the backpack. The rack system has rigid side walls with
      slots or brackets for receiving a plurality of shelves either slidably or
      by snap fit connections. The shelves are angled for appropriate
      distribution of the weight of materials that the wearer is carrying.
      Optionally, at least one shelf may be equipped with a hinged lid and
      divided into compartments for storage of small items such as pens, rulers,
      etc. The shelves allow for improved organization of the backpack which
      subsequently prevents materials from being damaged.
PATN
WKU  059884770
SRC  9
APN  089902&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980603
TTL  Nosepiece shield for combustion powered tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Calve; James P
EXP  Vo; Peter
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Deieso; Tony
CTY  Wadsworth
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Wagdy; Mohamed K.
CTY  Arlington Heights
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Illinois Tools Works, Inc.
CTY  Glenview
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  227130
XCL  227 10
XCL  227156
EDF  6
ICL  B25C  104
FSC  227
FSS  130;10;11;156;142;123;140;8
UREF
PNO  Re32452
ISD  19870700
NAM  Nikolich
OCL  123 46
UREF
PNO  3301456
ISD  19670100
NAM  Schafroth et al.
OCL  227123
UREF
PNO  3572572
ISD  19710300
NAM  Readyhough
OCL  227130
UREF
PNO  3853257
ISD  19741200
NAM  Perkins
OCL  227123
UREF
PNO  3991925
ISD  19761100
NAM  Buchel
OCL  227 10
UREF
PNO  4280248
ISD  19810700
NAM  Herubel
OCL  227130
UREF
PNO  4403722
ISD  19830900
NAM  Nikolich
OCL  227  8
UREF
PNO  4483473
ISD  19841100
NAM  Wagdy
OCL  227  8
UREF
PNO  4483474
ISD  19841100
NAM  Nikolich
OCL  227  8
UREF
PNO  4522162
ISD  19850600
NAM  Nikolich
OCL  123 46.5
UREF
PNO  4611739
ISD  19860900
NAM  Rowton
OCL  227156
UREF
PNO  4858811
ISD  19890800
NAM  Brosius et al.
OCL  227 10
UREF
PNO  5110030
ISD  19920500
NAM  Tanji
OCL  227130
UREF
PNO  5170922
ISD  19921200
NAM  Ehmig et al.
OCL  227  8
UREF
PNO  5197646
ISD  19930300
NAM  Nikolich
OCL  227  8
UREF
PNO  5263439
ISD  19931100
NAM  Doherty et al.
OCL  123 46
UREF
PNO  5263842
ISD  19931100
NAM  Fealey
OCL  227130
UREF
PNO  5558264
ISD  19960900
NAM  Weinstein
OCL  227 10
UREF
PNO  5687899
ISD  19971100
NAM  Dohi et al.
OCL  227 10
OREF
PAL  Title: Paslode Tool Schematic and Parts--Model 3175 RCU--Roofing Coil
      Nailer Author: Paslode Date: Mar. 1998 4 pages.
PAL  Title: Paslode New Generation Operating & Maintenance Manual Author:
      Paslode Date: Apr. 1998 pp. 16 English--16 Spanish.
LREP
FRM  Greer, Burns & Crain, Ltd.
FR2  Croll; Mark W.
ABST
PAL  A combustion powered tool for driving fasteners including a housing with a
      main chamber. Within the main chamber is a power source having a
      combustion end and a lower end. The combustion end of the power source
      drives a rod. Fasteners are sequentially fed to the rod for driving
      engagement with the rod. Depending from the lower end of the power source
      is a nosepiece having a tool end, and a workpiece end opposite the tool
      end. The nosepiece is configured for receiving the rod and for guiding the
      rod to a workpiece. To protect the nosepiece, a protective shield envelops
      the nosepiece.
PATN
WKU  059884789
SRC  9
APN  078995&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980514
TTL  Light duty, forward acting stapling machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Smith; Scott A.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Marks; Joel Steven
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  WorkTools, Inc.
CTY  Chatsworth
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  694815
APD  19960809
PSC  01
PNO  5765742
CLAS
OCL  227132
EDF  6
ICL  B25C  506
FSC  227
FSS  134;132;120;125;126
UREF
PNO  2326540
ISD  19430800
NAM  Krantz
UREF
PNO  2769174
ISD  19561100
NAM  Libert
OCL    1 49
UREF
PNO  3862712
ISD  19750100
NAM  LaPointe et al.
OCL  227127
UREF
PNO  4119258
ISD  19781000
NAM  Ewig, Jr.
OCL  227132
UREF
PNO  4126260
ISD  19781100
NAM  Mickelsson
OCL  227132
UREF
PNO  4150774
ISD  19790400
NAM  Wright
OCL  227132
UREF
PNO  4225075
ISD  19800900
NAM  Chi
OCL  227132
UREF
PNO  5335839
ISD  19940800
NAM  Fealey
OCL  227132
UREF
PNO  5407118
ISD  19950400
NAM  Marks
OCL  227132
UREF
PNO  5497932
ISD  19960300
NAM  Brewer et al.
OCL  227132
FREF
PNO  0 281 541 B1
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  807937
ISD  19590100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 032 327
ISD  19800500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 229 129
ISD  19900900
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Feng; Paul Y.
     Fulwider Patton Lee & Utecht, LLP
ABST
PAL  A simplified fastening tool which uses the energy stored in a spring to
      install fasteners by an impact blow is disclosed. A housing body is
      preferably cast or molded. A one-piece plastic hand lever is pivotably
      attached to the body where the pivoting action is by sliding in a circular
      arcuate channel. A staple feeding track is slidably mounted to the bottom
      of the housing and includes a rear end element with forwardly extending
      resilient latching elements to secure the track. A hand grip opening
      extends forward up to the plunger and the hand lever is hinged at the rear
      of the housing.
PATN
WKU  059884797
SRC  8
APN  6590950
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19960604
TTL  Apparatus for applying surgical fasteners
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Smith; Scott A.
NDR  11
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Palmer; Mitchell J.
CTY  New Milford
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  United States Surgical Corporation
CTY  Norwalk
STA  CT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  354996
APD  19941213
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  2271754
XCL  227 19
XCL  2271761
XCL  2271801
XCL  2271821
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 17068
FSC  227
FSS  175.1;176.1;175.2;175.3;175.4;180.1;182.1;8;19
UREF
PNO  D283733
ISD  19860500
NAM  Rawson et al.
UREF
PNO  D322143
ISD  19911200
NAM  Spreckelmeier
UREF
PNO  2174219
ISD  19390900
NAM  Balma
UREF
PNO  2246647
ISD  19410600
NAM  Vancura
UREF
PNO  3079606
ISD  19630300
NAM  Bobrov et al.
UREF
PNO  3490675
ISD  19700100
NAM  Green et al.
UREF
PNO  3494533
ISD  19700200
NAM  Green et al.
UREF
PNO  3499591
ISD  19700300
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  3675688
ISD  19720700
NAM  Bryan et al.
UREF
PNO  3692224
ISD  19720900
NAM  Astafiev et al.
UREF
PNO  3735762
ISD  19730500
NAM  Bryan et al.
UREF
PNO  3795034
ISD  19740300
NAM  Strekopytov et al.
UREF
PNO  3844289
ISD  19741000
NAM  Noiles
UREF
PNO  3873016
ISD  19750300
NAM  Fishbein
UREF
PNO  4006786
ISD  19770200
NAM  Speicher
UREF
PNO  4086926
ISD  19780500
NAM  Green et al.
UREF
PNO  4108306
ISD  19780800
NAM  Samuels et al.
UREF
PNO  4202479
ISD  19800500
NAM  Razgulov et al.
UREF
PNO  4202480
ISD  19800500
NAM  Annett
UREF
PNO  4256251
ISD  19810300
NAM  Moshofsky
UREF
PNO  4296881
ISD  19811000
NAM  Lee
UREF
PNO  4304236
ISD  19811200
NAM  Conta et al.
UREF
PNO  4305539
ISD  19811200
NAM  Korolkov et al.
UREF
PNO  4319576
ISD  19820300
NAM  Rothfuss
UREF
PNO  4331276
ISD  19820500
NAM  Bourque
UREF
PNO  4349028
ISD  19820900
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4354628
ISD  19821000
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4383634
ISD  19830500
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4391401
ISD  19830700
NAM  Moshofsky
UREF
PNO  4415112
ISD  19831100
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4429695
ISD  19840200
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4442964
ISD  19840400
NAM  Becht
UREF
PNO  4473077
ISD  19840900
NAM  Noiles et al.
UREF
PNO  4480640
ISD  19841100
NAM  Becht
UREF
PNO  4500025
ISD  19850200
NAM  Skwor
UREF
PNO  4506670
ISD  19850300
NAM  Crossley
UREF
PNO  4508253
ISD  19850400
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4519532
ISD  19850500
NAM  Foslien
UREF
PNO  4520817
ISD  19850600
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4523695
ISD  19850600
NAM  Braun et al.
UREF
PNO  4527724
ISD  19850700
NAM  Chow et al.
UREF
PNO  4530453
ISD  19850700
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4540110
ISD  19850900
NAM  Bent et al.
UREF
PNO  4556058
ISD  19851200
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4568009
ISD  19860200
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4569346
ISD  19860200
NAM  Poirier
UREF
PNO  4576165
ISD  19860300
NAM  Green et al.
UREF
PNO  4576167
ISD  19860300
NAM  Noiles
UREF
PNO  4589582
ISD  19860500
NAM  Bilotti
UREF
PNO  4591085
ISD  19860500
NAM  Di Giovanni
UREF
PNO  4592498
ISD  19860600
NAM  Braun et al.
UREF
PNO  4597517
ISD  19860700
NAM  Wagdy
UREF
PNO  4605004
ISD  19860800
NAM  Di Giovanni et al.
UREF
PNO  4606344
ISD  19860800
NAM  Di Giovanni
UREF
PNO  4606345
ISD  19860800
NAM  Dorband et al.
UREF
PNO  4607636
ISD  19860800
NAM  Kula et al.
UREF
PNO  4608981
ISD  19860900
NAM  Rothfuss et al.
UREF
PNO  4612933
ISD  19860900
NAM  Brinkerhoff et al.
UREF
PNO  4617928
ISD  19861000
NAM  Alfranca
UREF
PNO  4633861
ISD  19870100
NAM  Chow et al.
UREF
PNO  4633874
ISD  19870100
NAM  Chow et al.
UREF
PNO  4646745
ISD  19870300
NAM  Noiles
UREF
PNO  4664305
ISD  19870500
NAM  Blake, III et al.
UREF
PNO  4665916
ISD  19870500
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4684051
ISD  19870800
NAM  Akopov et al.
UREF
PNO  4714187
ISD  19871200
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4715520
ISD  19871200
NAM  Roehr, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4728020
ISD  19880300
NAM  Green et al.
UREF
PNO  4741336
ISD  19880500
NAM  Failla et al.
UREF
PNO  4807628
ISD  19890200
NAM  Peters et al.
UREF
PNO  4809898
ISD  19890300
NAM  Gassner et al.
UREF
PNO  4850355
ISD  19890700
NAM  Brooks et al.
UREF
PNO  4863088
ISD  19890900
NAM  Redmond et al.
UREF
PNO  4869415
ISD  19890900
NAM  Fox
UREF
PNO  4881544
ISD  19891100
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4881545
ISD  19891100
NAM  Isaacs et al.
UREF
PNO  4892244
ISD  19900100
NAM  Fox et al.
UREF
PNO  4915100
ISD  19900400
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4938408
ISD  19900700
NAM  Bedi et al.
UREF
PNO  4941623
ISD  19900700
NAM  Pruitt
UREF
PNO  4955959
ISD  19900900
NAM  Tompkins et al.
UREF
PNO  5031814
ISD  19910700
NAM  Tompkins et al.
UREF
PNO  5040715
ISD  19910800
NAM  Green et al.
UREF
PNO  5065929
ISD  19911100
NAM  Schulze et al.
UREF
PNO  5071052
ISD  19911200
NAM  Rodak et al.
UREF
PNO  5074454
ISD  19911200
NAM  Peters
UREF
PNO  5083695
ISD  19920100
NAM  Foslien et al.
UREF
PNO  5100042
ISD  19920300
NAM  Gravener et al.
UREF
PNO  5106008
ISD  19920400
NAM  Tompkins et al.
UREF
PNO  5129570
ISD  19920700
NAM  Schulze et al.
UREF
PNO  5395034
ISD  19950300
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  227 19
UREF
PNO  5413267
ISD  19950500
NAM  Solyntjes et al.
OCL  227175.4
UREF
PNO  5447265
ISD  19950900
NAM  Vidal et al.
UREF
PNO  5462215
ISD  19951000
NAM  Viola et al.
OCL  227 19
UREF
PNO  5470009
ISD  19951100
NAM  Rodak
OCL  227 19
FREF
PNO  5476486
ISD  19860900
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  5476586
ISD  19860900
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  0324638
ISD  19890700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0373762
ISD  19900600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0380025
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0489436
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0596543
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2070499
ISD  19810900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  8302247
ISD  19830700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9523557
ISD  19950900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Flickinger et al. Surgical Stapling Gastric and Small Bowel Procedures pp.
      1-145, 1988.
PAL  Anderson et al. Surgical Stapling Thoraci, Vascular and Esophageal
      Procedures pp. 1-101, 1988.
PAL  Brolin et al. Surgical Stapling Bariatric Procedures for Morbid Obesity pp.
      1-115, 1989.
PAL  "Auto Suture.RTM. Premium Poly CS.TM.-57 Disposable Surgical Stapler,"
      printed 1986, reprinted 1990.
PAL  "Auto Suture.RTM. Poly CS.TM.-57 Disposable Surgical Stapler", printed Jul.
      1988.
PAL  "Auto Suture.RTM. Poly CS.TM.-57 Disposable Loading Units with Lactomer
      Absorbable Copolymer Staples", printed Jul. 1988.
PAL  U.S. application No. Re. 90/002,229, Fox et al., filed Nov. 27, 1990,
      issued Aug. 1991.
ABST
PAL  A surgical fastener applying apparatus having elongated cartridge and anvil
      half sections which are relatively movable from an unclamped to a clamped
      position. A safety member is supported in the cartridge section and
      movable between a non-blocking position and a blocking position to prevent
      relative movement of the cartridge and anvil support member to the clamped
      position after the fasteners have been fired. The safety member is biased
      inwardly by a tab retainer. Distal movement of the cam bars causes the tab
      retainer to be moved to a release position to allow movement of the safety
      tab to the blocking position.
PATN
WKU  059884800
SRC  8
APN  9895787
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971212
TTL  Continuous mode solder jet apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Stoner; Kiley
EXP  Ryan; Patrick
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Farnworth; Warren M.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  228 33
XCL  228260
XCL  228262
XCL  347 77
XCL  347 82
EDF  6
ICL  B23K  100
ICL  B23K 3102
ICL  B41J  209
ICL  B41J  2105
FSC  228
FSS  33;262;260;18
FSC  347
FSS  77;82
UREF
PNO  4817851
ISD  19890400
NAM  Kolesar et al.
UREF
PNO  4981249
ISD  19910100
NAM  Kawashima et al.
UREF
PNO  5364011
ISD  19941100
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  228180.21
UREF
PNO  5377961
ISD  19950100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  266237
UREF
PNO  5379931
ISD  19950100
NAM  Van Schaik
UREF
PNO  5411602
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hayes
OCL  148 23
UREF
PNO  5455606
ISD  19951000
NAM  Keeling et al.
OCL  347  7
UREF
PNO  5481288
ISD  19960100
NAM  Keeling et al.
OCL  347 80
UREF
PNO  5545465
ISD  19960800
NAM  Gaynes et al.
UREF
PNO  5560543
ISD  19961000
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  5597110
ISD  19970100
NAM  Melton et al.
UREF
PNO  5643353
ISD  19970700
NAM  Wallace et al.
OCL   75331
UREF
PNO  5736074
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hayes et al.
OCL  264  6
UREF
PNO  5747102
ISD  19980500
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  427 96
UREF
PNO  5772106
ISD  19980600
NAM  Ayers et al.
OCL  228254
UREF
PNO  5779971
ISD  19980700
NAM  Tsung Pan et al.
OCL  266237
UREF
PNO  5810988
ISD  19980900
NAM  Smith, Jr. et al.
OCL  204666
UREF
PNO  5855323
ISD  19990100
NAM  Yost et al.
OCL  239135
UREF
PNO  5868305
ISD  19990200
NAM  Watts, Jr. et al.
OCL  228254
LREP
FRM  Trask, Britt & Rossa
ABST
PAL  A solder jet apparatus is disclosed The solder jet apparatus is a
      continuous mode solder jet that includes a blanking system and raster scan
      system. The use of the raster scan and blanking systems allows for a
      continuous stream of solder to be placed anywhere on the surface in any
      desired X-Y plane. This allows for greater accuracy as well as greater
      product throughput. Additionally, with the raster scan system, repairs to
      existing soldered surfaces can be quickly and easily performed using a map
      of the defects for directing the solder to the defects.
PATN
WKU  059884819
SRC  9
APN  0137820
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980126
TTL  Bonding apparatus with adjustable heating blocks, clamps, and rails
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  2
EXA  Gamino; Carlos J.
EXP  Ryan; Patrick
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Torihata; Minoru
CTY  Musashimurayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Maki; Shinji
CTY  Fussa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Shinkawa
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970124
APN  9-025802
CLAS
OCL  228 495
XCL  228 447
XCL  228  62
XCL   29 2501
XCL  1565834
EDF  6
ICL  B23K  100
ICL  B23K 3704
ICL  B30B  502
FSC  228
FSS  4.5;6.2;44.7;49.5;212
FSC  438
FSS  111;112
FSC   29
FSS  25.01
FSC  269
FSS  60;309;289
FSC  156
FSS  583.1;583.4
UREF
PNO  4763827
ISD  19880800
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  228102
UREF
PNO  4986460
ISD  19910100
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  228  4.5
UREF
PNO  5082165
ISD  19920100
NAM  Ishizuka
UREF
PNO  5181646
ISD  19930100
NAM  Ushiki et al.
OCL  228  4.5
UREF
PNO  5186719
ISD  19930200
NAM  Egashira et al.
OCL   29 25.01
UREF
PNO  5225025
ISD  19930700
NAM  Lambing et al.
OCL  156358
UREF
PNO  5372972
ISD  19941200
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL   29827
UREF
PNO  5749698
ISD  19980500
NAM  Miyoshi
OCL  414800
FREF
PNO  H1-124224
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  H4-39227
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Koda & Androlia
ABST
PAL  A bonding apparatus including a pair of guide rails, a main heating block
      and a pair of pre-stage and after-stage heating blocks so as to heat a
      lead frame conveyed on the pair of guide rails, and the pre-stage and
      after-stage heating blocks can be moved in the direction of width of the
      lead frame together with one of the pair of guide rails and are installed
      so that they are positioned beneath the other frame guide rail.
PATN
WKU  059884827
SRC  9
APN  0285285
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980224
TTL  Discharge abnormality detection device and method for use in wire
      bonding apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Knapp; Jeffrey T.
EXP  Ryan; Patrick
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Sasakura; Kazumasa
CTY  Musashimurayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Terakado; Yoshimitsu
CTY  Hachijoji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Shinkawa
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970224
APN  9-055556
CLAS
OCL  228103
XCL  228 565
XCL  219 5621
XCL  219 5622
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2160
FSC  228
FSS  102;180.5;9;4.5;56.5;103
FSC  219
FSS  56.21;56.22
UREF
PNO  4687897
ISD  19870800
NAM  McKiel, Jr.
OCL  219 56.21
UREF
PNO  5463197
ISD  19951000
NAM  Miyazaki
OCL  219 56.22
UREF
PNO  5763849
ISD  19980600
NAM  Nakao
OCL  219 56.21
FREF
PNO  H1-256134
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  H5-36748
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  H7-37930
ISD  19950200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  H7-147297
ISD  19950600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Koda & Androlia
ABST
PAL  A device and method is available for detecting abnormalities of an electric
      discharge generated for forming a ball at the end of a bonding wire in a
      bonding apparatus. A high voltage is applied across the bonding wire and
      an electrode, and the maximum value of the applied high voltage is
      detected and sent, via a peak hold circuit, to a computer that compares
      the maximum high voltage with an insulation breakdown voltage of a normal
      detection range and calculates a gap between the end of the bonding wire
      and the electrode, thus determining the discharge abnormalities based upon
      the result of the calculation of the gap.
PATN
WKU  059884835
SRC  8
APN  7506902
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19961217
TTL  Anti-lubricant compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Moore; Margaret G.
INVT
NAM  Linzell; Geoffrey Robert
CTY  Hatfield
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Ball Burnishing Machine Tools Limited
CTY  Hatfield
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19940617
APN  9412226
CLAS
OCL  228115
XCL   29525
XCL   295252
XCL  403 11
XCL  403 21
XCL  403369
XCL  524731
XCL  148 22
EDF  6
ICL  B32P 1100
FSC  228
FSS  115
FSC   29
FSS  525;525.2
FSC  403
FSS  11;21;369
FSC  524
FSS  731
FSC  148
FSS  22
UREF
PNO  5348210
ISD  19940900
NAM  Linzell
OCL  228115
UREF
PNO  5837066
ISD  19981100
NAM  Linzell
OCL  148 22
LREP
FRM  Synnestvedt & Lechner LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB95/01361
PD1  19961217
PD2  19961217
PD3  19950612
PCP  WO95/35183
PCD  19951228
ABST
PAR  There is described a method of securing against lateral motion two bodies
      held in face to face asperity contact to make a joint between the two
      bodies. Inserted into the interface between the two bodes is a material
      known as a galling agent, gall promoter, gall enhancer or anti-lubricant.
      This material is a composition of a crosslinked siloxane having dispersed
      therein a gall promoting silicone. The crosslinked siloxane is formed, for
      instance, from the reaction between an amino siloxane and a dicarboxylic
      anhydride siloxane.
PATN
WKU  059884843
SRC  9
APN  0453560
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980320
TTL  Clad tubular product and method of manufacturing same
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Heinrich; Samuel M.
NDR  5
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Osborn; Donald
STR  8294
CTY  Old Post Rd. East
STA  NY
ZIP  14051
INVT
NAM  Worringer; Josef
STR  Voesch 56 B, D-47906
CTY  Kempen
CNT  DEX
CLAS
OCL  228126
XCL  228175
XCL  2282341
XCL  228265
EDF  6
ICL  B23K 2000
ICL  B23K 2024
ICL  B23K10106
ICL  B21C 3706
ICL  B21C 3730
FSC  228
FSS  126;127;131;156;265;234.1;175;262.41
UREF
PNO  3050613
ISD  19620800
NAM  Sheinhartz
OCL  219 50
UREF
PNO  3559274
ISD  19710200
NAM  Aranata
OCL  228127
UREF
PNO  3918623
ISD  19751100
NAM  Ishiguro et al.
OCL  228127
UREF
PNO  4620660
ISD  19861100
NAM  Turner
UREF
PNO  4620662
ISD  19861100
NAM  Driggers
OCL  228227
UREF
PNO  4744504
ISD  19880500
NAM  Turner
UREF
PNO  4754911
ISD  19880700
NAM  Turner
UREF
PNO  4765529
ISD  19880800
NAM  Turner
UREF
PNO  4790471
ISD  19881200
NAM  Turner
UREF
PNO  4869422
ISD  19890900
NAM  Turner
UREF
PNO  4881679
ISD  19891100
NAM  Turner
UREF
PNO  5000368
ISD  19910300
NAM  Turner
OREF
PAL  Sear, David. "Seamet. The economical clad pipework solution." Stainless
      Steel World, Jan./Feb. 1997, pp. 22-25.
LREP
FRM  The Bilicki Law Firm, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method of manufacturing clad tubular product from a hollow carbon steel
      billet having an inner diameter and a hollow corrosion resistant alloy
      billet having an outer diameter, comprising the steps of: machining the
      inner diameter of the hollow carbon billet and the outer diameter of the
      hollow corrosion resistant alloy billet to result in an interference fit
      between the two billets at room temperature when the corrosion resistant
      billow is placed inside the carbon billet; heating the hollow carbon
      billet in a furnace until the carbon billet reaches a temperature in the
      range of approximately 400.degree. F. to about 850.degree. F.; inserting
      the corrosion resistant billet inside of the hollow carbon billet while
      the carbon billet is at a temperature in the range of approximately
      400.degree. F. to about 850.degree. F., and the corrosion resistant alloy
      billet is at approximately room temperature, thereby forming a composite
      billet; cooling the composite billet to room temperature; welding the
      corrosion resistant alloy billet to the carbon billet at one end of the
      composite billet; preheating the composite billet with a heating element
      placed within the interior of the corrosion resistant alloy billet to a
      temperature in the range of approximately 400.degree. F. to about
      800.degree. F.; globally heating the preheated composite billet to an
      extrusion temperature in the range of approximately 1850.degree. F. to
      about 2350.degree. F.; and, extruding the heated composite billet to
      produce the clad tubular product; and the product produced by the method.
PATN
WKU  059884851
SRC  9
APN  0406511
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980317
TTL  Flux cleaning for flip chip technology using environmentally friendly
      solvents
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Knapp; Jeffrey T.
EXP  Ryan; Patrick
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Master; Raj N.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Starr; Orion K.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Khan; Mohammad Z.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  22818022
XCL  228201
XCL  228202
XCL  228 19
EDF  6
ICL  B23K  1018
FSC  228
FSS  19;180.22;201;202
UREF
PNO  5181648
ISD  19930100
NAM  Leicht
OCL  228201
FREF
PNO  5-37136
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
OCL  228 19
OREF
PAL  R. G. Christensen et al., "Flux Removal Tool," IBM Tech. Discl. Bull., vol.
      19, No. 9, pp. 3395-3396, Feb. 1977.
LREP
FR2  Nelson; H. Donald
ABST
PAL  A method of assembling a substrate and die in a flip chip configuration
      uses a non-hazardous cleaning solvent to clean the flux residue. The
      non-hazardous cleaning solvent utilized is Ionox obtained from Kyzen
      Corporation. Optimized process parameters are: time 10-30 minutes,
      temperature 70-90.degree. C., pressure 40-70 psi, rotation speed and
      reversals 100-1000 rpm and 24-100 reversal cycles.
PATN
WKU  059884860
SRC  9
APN  0284599
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980224
TTL  Method of controlling electrode force of spot welding gun
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Newsome; Cecilia
EXP  Ryan; Patrick
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Nobuo
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagasawa; Toshiaki
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Hisaya
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Oda; Kouji
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Bundou; Isao
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970311
APN  9-056404
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970311
APN  9-056405
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970311
APN  9-056406
CLAS
OCL  228212
XCL  228102
XCL  219 8661
XCL  219 867
EDF  6
ICL  B23K  522
ICL  B23K  100
ICL  B23K  912
ICL  B23K 3702
FSC  219
FSS  86.61;86.7;86.33;86.41;86.51
FSC  228
FSS  102;7;10;45
UREF
PNO  4447697
ISD  19840500
NAM  Dunne et al.
OCL  219 86.41
UREF
PNO  5340960
ISD  19940800
NAM  Takasaki et al.
OCL  219 86.41
UREF
PNO  5449875
ISD  19950900
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  219 86.41
UREF
PNO  5898285
ISD  19990400
NAM  Nagasawa et al.
OCL  318568.13
FREF
PNO  5-18774
ISD  19630300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-328267
ISD  19941100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  983626
ISD  19650100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2242847
ISD  19911000
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  In a spot welding gun which is made up of a gun main body which is operated
      for equalization by a driving source, a stationary electrode tip which is
      immovable relative to the gun main body, and a movable electrode tip which
      is connected to a pressing source, both electrode tips are pressed to a
      workpiece with an even force, to thereby perform a high quality spot
      welding. The driving source is controlled such that the electrode force of
      the stationary electrode tip, by the driving source, to the workpiece
      becomes substantially zero. In this manner, there occurs no difference in
      the electrode forces by both the electrode tips to the workpiece.
PATN
WKU  059884878
SRC  8
APN  8638004
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970527
TTL  Captured-cell solder printing and reflow methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  9
EXA  Gamino; Carlos J.
EXP  Ryan; Patrick
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  MacKay; John T.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Molinaro; Thomas E.
CTY  Newark
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Love; David G.
CTY  Pleasanton
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Boucher; Patricia R.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Semi-Pac
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  228254
XCL  2282481
XCL  438613
XCL  427 96
EDF  6
ICL  B23K 3512
ICL  B05D  512
FSC  228
FSS  254;248.1;212;44.7;49.5
FSC  438
FSS  613;615
FSC  427
FSS  96
UREF
PNO  4523712
ISD  19850600
NAM  Zado
OCL  228207
UREF
PNO  4622239
ISD  19861100
NAM  Schoenthaler et al.
OCL  427 96
UREF
PNO  4763829
ISD  19880800
NAM  Sherry
OCL  228124
UREF
PNO  4856185
ISD  19890800
NAM  Baumgartner et al.
UREF
PNO  4893403
ISD  19900100
NAM  Heflinger et al.
OCL   29840
UREF
PNO  4950623
ISD  19900800
NAM  Dishon
OCL  437183
UREF
PNO  4953460
ISD  19900900
NAM  Wojcik
OCL  101129
UREF
PNO  5001829
ISD  19910300
NAM  Schelhorn
UREF
PNO  5014162
ISD  19910500
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  361412
UREF
PNO  5137845
ISD  19920800
NAM  Lochon et al.
UREF
PNO  5197655
ISD  19930300
NAM  Leerssen et al.
OCL  228254
UREF
PNO  5206585
ISD  19930400
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  324158P
UREF
PNO  5307983
ISD  19940500
NAM  Dudderar et al.
OCL  228180.22
UREF
PNO  5310574
ISD  19940500
NAM  Holtmann
UREF
PNO  5346118
ISD  19940900
NAM  Degani et al.
OCL  228180.22
UREF
PNO  5381848
ISD  19950100
NAM  Trabucco
OCL  164102
UREF
PNO  5395040
ISD  19950300
NAM  Holzmann
OCL  228254
UREF
PNO  5438020
ISD  19950800
NAM  Grancher et al.
OCL  437183
UREF
PNO  5439164
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  228194
UREF
PNO  5449108
ISD  19950900
NAM  Park
OCL  228103
UREF
PNO  5460316
ISD  19951000
NAM  Hefele
OCL  228 39
UREF
PNO  5492266
ISD  19960200
NAM  Hoebener et al.
OCL  228248.1
UREF
PNO  5535936
ISD  19960700
NAM  Chong et al.
OCL  228175
UREF
PNO  5539153
ISD  19960700
NAM  Schwiebert et al.
OCL  174260
LREP
FRM  Coudert Brothers
ABST
PAL  Methods for forming solder bumps on integrated circuit chips (and other
      similar circuitized units). A screening stencil is laid over the surface
      of the substrate and solder paste material is deposited into the stencil's
      apertures with a screening blade. The stencil is placed in such a manner
      that each of its apertures is positioned over a substrate pad, upon which
      a solder bump is to be formed. Next, a flat pressure plate is laid over
      the exposed top surface of the stencil, which creates a fully enclosed or
      "captured", cell of solder paste within each stencil aperture. Then, with
      the stencil and plate remaining in place on top of the substrate, the
      substrate is heated to a temperature sufficient to reflow the solder paste
      material. After reflow, the substrate is cooled, and the pressure plate
      and stencil are thereafter removed, leaving solder bumps on the substrate.
      The use of the pressure plate ensures the proper formation of the solder
      bumps at high densities of solder bumps (i.e., high densities
      corresponding to small solder bump sizes and small pitch distances between
      solder bumps).
PATN
WKU  059884886
SRC  8
APN  9215719
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970902
TTL  Process of bonding copper and tungsten
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  17
EXA  Elve; M. Alexandra
EXP  Heinrich; Samuel M.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Slattery; Kevin T.
CTY  St. Charles
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Driemeyer; Daniel E.
CTY  Manchester
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  McDonnell Douglas Corporation
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2282626
XCL  228194
XCL  228198
XCL  2281241
XCL  428547
XCL  428550
XCL  428610
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  700
FSC  228
FSS  194;198;124.1;262.6
FSC  428
FSS  547;610
UREF
PNO  4886709
ISD  19891200
NAM  Sasame et al.
OCL  428552
UREF
PNO  5126102
ISD  19920600
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  419  2
UREF
PNO  5705283
ISD  19980100
NAM  Upadhya
OCL  428610
LREP
FRM  Westerlund & Powell, P.C.
FR2  Westerlund; Robert A.
FR2  Hoch; Ramon R.
ABST
PAL  Process for bonding a copper substrate to a tungsten substrate by providing
      a thin metallic adhesion promoting film bonded to a tungsten substrate and
      a functionally graded material (FGM) interlayer bonding the thin metallic
      adhesion promoting film to the copper substrate. The FGM interlayer is
      formed by thermal plasma spraying mixtures of copper powder and tungsten
      powder in a varied blending ratio such that the blending ratio of the
      copper powder and the tungsten powder that is fed to a plasma torch is
      intermittently adjusted to provide progressively higher copper
      content/tungsten content, by volume, ratio values in the interlayer in a
      lineal direction extending from the tungsten substrate towards the copper
      substrate. The resulting copper to tungsten joint well accommodates the
      difference in the coefficient of thermal expansion of the materials.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made under contract no. AC-3013 awarded by Sandia
      National Lab. The Government has certain rights to this invention.
PATN
WKU  059884894
SRC  9
APN  0978248
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980616
TTL  Package, carton package and carton tape
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Elkins; Gary E.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Moteki; Yoshiji
CTY  Kitaadachi-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohshima; Shigeyuki
CTY  Nakano-ku
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hosokawa Yoko Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960621
APN  8-161918
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970619
APN  9-162706
CLAS
OCL  229 8705
XCL  229 8707
XCL  229 8713
XCL  229 8718
XCL  229203
XCL  229926
EDF  6
ICL  B65D  562
ICL  B65D 6528
FSC  229
FSS  87.05;87.07;87.13;87.18;87.19;116.5;203;923;924;926
FSC  206
FSS  264
UREF
PNO  2197219
ISD  19400400
NAM  Groshong
OCL  229 87.05
UREF
PNO  2330691
ISD  19430900
NAM  Darrow
OCL  229203
UREF
PNO  4522887
ISD  19850600
NAM  Koebisu et al.
OCL  229 87.07
UREF
PNO  4726473
ISD  19880200
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  229 87.05
UREF
PNO  5560538
ISD  19961000
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  229 87.05
UREF
PNO  5645211
ISD  19970700
NAM  Shimada
OCL  229 87.05
LREP
FRM  Parkhurst & Wendel, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A package is composed of an inner box accommodating an inner content and an
      outer packing member essentially formed of a plastic film layer and
      adapted to wrap the inner box so as to have end portions to be bonded in a
      projecting manner through a heat sealing process. A pair of notches are
      formed to an end edge portion of the bonded end portions of the outer
      packing member and the packing member is provided with an easily opening
      portion at a portion near a base portion of one of the projected bonded
      end portions so as to correspond to the paired notches. In another aspect,
      a carton package comprises a carton body having an opened end, a pair of
      lid pieces formed integrally with the carton body and a carton tape
      applied to mating end edge portions of the lid pieces when closed, the
      carton tape having a tearing portion, from which the carton tape is easily
      torn, formed so as to extend in a longitudinal direction of the carton
      tape at a central portion in a width direction thereof.
PATN
WKU  059884908
SRC  9
APN  0524018
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980331
TTL  Elevated bottom carton
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Elkins; Gary E.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Christensen; Charles
CTY  Centuria
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance, SA
CTY  Pully
CNT  CHX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  955063
APD  19971021
PSC  01
PNO  5845840
CLAS
OCL  229104
XCL  229184
XCL  2291982
XCL  2299151
EDF  6
ICL  B65D  500
FSC  229
FSS  198.2;915.1;104;137;125.42;184
UREF
PNO  1414236
ISD  19220400
NAM  Walmsley
OCL  229104
UREF
PNO  2142142
ISD  19390100
NAM  Newsom
OCL  229104
UREF
PNO  2523251
ISD  19500900
NAM  Pantalone et al.
OCL  229106
UREF
PNO  2815164
ISD  19571200
NAM  Painter
OCL  229109
UREF
PNO  3236436
ISD  19660200
NAM  Cheeley
OCL  229137
UREF
PNO  3275216
ISD  19660900
NAM  Collins
OCL  229108
UREF
PNO  3332599
ISD  19670700
NAM  Jonson
OCL  229137
UREF
PNO  3402876
ISD  19680900
NAM  Kuchenbecker
OCL  229106
UREF
PNO  3412922
ISD  19681100
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  229184
UREF
PNO  3586232
ISD  19710600
NAM  Scully
OCL  229104
UREF
PNO  3908890
ISD  19750900
NAM  Baker
OCL  229137
UREF
PNO  4221162
ISD  19800900
NAM  Kauffman et al.
OCL  493133
UREF
PNO  4313556
ISD  19820200
NAM  Boyle et al.
OCL  229108
UREF
PNO  4332577
ISD  19820600
NAM  Mosse
OCL  229198.2
UREF
PNO  4589862
ISD  19860500
NAM  Murrah
OCL  493183
UREF
PNO  4601425
ISD  19860700
NAM  Bachner
OCL  229184
UREF
PNO  4776830
ISD  19881000
NAM  Fujikawa et al.
OCL  493133
UREF
PNO  4838847
ISD  19890600
NAM  Kume et al.
OCL  493133
UREF
PNO  4986058
ISD  19910100
NAM  Carlsson et al.
OCL  493141
UREF
PNO  4990128
ISD  19910200
NAM  Murrah
OCL  493133
UREF
PNO  5056707
ISD  19911000
NAM  Larsen
OCL  229137
UREF
PNO  5120292
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ueda et al.
OCL  493134
UREF
PNO  5152736
ISD  19921000
NAM  Owen et al.
OCL  493133
UREF
PNO  5167607
ISD  19921200
NAM  Larsen
OCL  493183
UREF
PNO  5222667
ISD  19930600
NAM  Fujikawa et al.
OCL  229137
UREF
PNO  5232146
ISD  19930800
NAM  Antonacci
OCL  229116.1
UREF
PNO  5234398
ISD  19930800
NAM  Larsen
OCL  493183
UREF
PNO  5265794
ISD  19931100
NAM  Johnston
OCL  229102
UREF
PNO  5295941
ISD  19940300
NAM  Fujikawa et al.
OCL  493133
UREF
PNO  5725144
ISD  19980300
NAM  Stone et al.
OCL  229104
UREF
PNO  5845840
ISD  19981200
NAM  Johansson et al.
OCL  229104
FREF
PNO  112553
ISD  19840700
CNT  EPX
OCL  229137
LREP
FRM  Welsh & Katz, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A carton having a primary elevated bottom portion extending along the
      length of an exposed raw paperboard edge to protect the carton and to
      prevent moisture absorption. The carton also having a secondary elevated
      bottom portion substantially within the primary elevated portion and
      having an elevation greater than the primary elevated bottom portion.
      Additional elevated portions are provided for additional raw paperboard
      edges on the bottom of the carton. The present invention alleviates the
      problem of cartons having soggy bottoms since the point of absorption, the
      raw paperboard edge, is elevated above the moisture which may be present
      during distribution from the packaging machine to the retailer. The
      elevated bottom portion is actually inverted into the carton with planar
      portions resting on the surface to support the carton.
PATN
WKU  059884916
SRC  9
APN  1232223
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980727
TTL  Bulk bin package and cap
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Elkins; Gary E.
NDR  5
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Morrison; Mark D.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Jefferson Smurfit Corporation
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  22912232
XCL  22912233
XCL  22912527
XCL  22912531
EDF  6
ICL  B65D  556
FSC  229
FSS  117.27;117.35;122.32;122.33;125.27;125.31
UREF
PNO  1979956
ISD  19341100
NAM  Boeye
UREF
PNO  2370749
ISD  19450300
NAM  Perkins
OCL  229122.33
UREF
PNO  2404067
ISD  19460700
NAM  Hill
UREF
PNO  3119542
ISD  19640100
NAM  Pomerantz
OCL  229122.33
UREF
PNO  3343660
ISD  19670900
NAM  Bailey
UREF
PNO  3397831
ISD  19680800
NAM  Adams
OCL  229122.32
UREF
PNO  4065048
ISD  19771200
NAM  Pilz, III
OCL  229125.31
UREF
PNO  4411373
ISD  19831000
NAM  Kupersmit
UREF
PNO  4706809
ISD  19871100
NAM  Halsell
UREF
PNO  5069359
ISD  19911200
NAM  Liebel
OCL  229122.32
UREF
PNO  5437388
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bartelt et al.
UREF
PNO  5562227
ISD  19961000
NAM  Takezawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5735429
ISD  19980400
NAM  Whitworth
OCL  229122.33
LREP
FR2  Denk; Paul M.
ABST
PAL  A package including an outer container, with upper narrow flanges, and
      which can be folded into the container form, and includes interiorly
      thereof at least one liner, the liner being shaped so as to provide for
      its interfitting within the container, having clearance on at least two
      opposite sides from the container walls, while the other two walls of the
      liner are contiguous with, or adhesively connected to, the interior of the
      other two walls of the container. The liner has beveled panels, at its
      corners, so that when the container of the package is folded into a
      flattened configuration, the liner follows suit, and can likewise be
      folded simultaneously flat with the container, so that the package blank
      can then be shipped or stored in that condition. When the package is
      erected, for filling, the liner shapes into the open configuration, with
      the container, can be filled with bulk material, and then a particular
      style of cap formed of a cover panel, with beveled flanges along each edge
      embrace the narrow upper flanges of the container, to secure the package
      into closure, at which time it may be banded or otherwise secured into
      closure.
PATN
WKU  059884924
SRC  8
APN  9730109
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19971125
TTL  Pleated package having a reinforced central region with pre-expanded
      pleats
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Mai; Tri M.
EXP  Garbe; Stephen P.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Capy; Gilbert
STR  La Botte
CTY  Jarnioux
CNT  FRX
ITX  F-69640
INVT
NAM  Buchberg; Akiva
STR  5030 Pine Tree Dr.
CTY  Miami Beach
STA  FL
ZIP  33140
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950602
APN  95 06794
CLAS
OCL  22912234
XCL  229 8703
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 6522
FSC  229
FSS  122.34;87.03;87.02
FSC  383
FSS  120
UREF
PNO  1940596
ISD  19330400
NAM  Koppelman
XCL  229 87.02
UREF
PNO  1948615
ISD  19340200
NAM  Clark
XCL  229 87.03
UREF
PNO  2586078
ISD  19520200
NAM  O'malley
XCL  229 87.03
UREF
PNO  4795648
ISD  19890100
NAM  Capy et al.
XCL  229 87.03
UREF
PNO  5125564
ISD  19920600
NAM  Capy
OCL  229 87.03
UREF
PNO  5131586
ISD  19920700
NAM  Capy
OCL  229 87.03
UREF
PNO  5364016
ISD  19941100
NAM  Capy et al.
OCL  229 87.03
UREF
PNO  5518176
ISD  19960500
NAM  Capy et al.
OCL  229 87.03
UREF
PNO  5580625
ISD  19961200
NAM  Capy et al.
XCL  229 87.03
UREF
PNO  5590783
ISD  19970100
NAM  Capy et al.
XCL  229 87.03
UREF
PNO  5743460
ISD  19980400
NAM  Capy et al.
OCL  229 87.03
LREP
FRM  Kane, Dalsimer, Sullivan, Kurucz, Levy, Eisele and Richard, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR96/00813
PD1  19971125
PD2  19971125
PD3  19960531
PCP  WO96/38347
PCD  19961205
ABST
PAR  A package made from a flexible pleated sheet with a central region
      reinforced by the addition of a second pleated sheet. Folding and
      unfolding is made easier by having a central area with semi-extended
      pleats with a side area having flattened pleats.
PATN
WKU  059884932
SRC  9
APN  0558087
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980406
TTL  Composite container for vacuum packaging of products
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Mai; Tri M.
EXP  Elkins; Gary E.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Clougherty; Kenan J.
CTY  Hartsville
STA  SC
ASSG
NAM  Sonoco Development, Inc.
CTY  Hartsville
STA  SC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2291642
XCL  229  45
XCL  229  55
XCL  220 6221
XCL  220 6222
XCL  220 6218
XCL  2065248
EDF  6
ICL  B65D  310
FSC  220
FSS  62.22;62.21;62.18;592.27
FSC  206
FSS  524.8
FSC  229
FSS  4.5;164.2
UREF
PNO  3083889
ISD  19630400
NAM  Christensson
OCL  206524.8
UREF
PNO  3171571
ISD  19650300
NAM  Daniels
UREF
PNO  3610455
ISD  19711000
NAM  Greenhaigh et al.
UREF
PNO  3828608
ISD  19740800
NAM  Yamamoto
UREF
PNO  4004727
ISD  19770100
NAM  Rausing et al.
OCL  229  4.5
UREF
PNO  4098404
ISD  19780700
NAM  Markert
XCL  206524.8
UREF
PNO  4158425
ISD  19790600
NAM  Sansbury
OCL  220461
UREF
PNO  4184608
ISD  19800100
NAM  Christensson
XCL  206524.8
UREF
PNO  4343427
ISD  19820800
NAM  Sansbury
UREF
PNO  4466553
ISD  19840800
NAM  Zenger
XCL  206524.8
UREF
PNO  4525396
ISD  19850600
NAM  Takasa et al.
XCL  229  4.5
UREF
PNO  4658989
ISD  19870400
NAM  Bonerb
UREF
PNO  4690299
ISD  19870900
NAM  Cannon
UREF
PNO  5285954
ISD  19940200
NAM  Goglio
XCL  206524.8
UREF
PNO  5424086
ISD  19950600
NAM  Walker
XCL  206524.8
UREF
PNO  5435452
ISD  19950700
NAM  Nishigami et al.
OCL  215 12.1
UREF
PNO  5465863
ISD  19951100
NAM  Seick et al.
UREF
PNO  5494215
ISD  19960200
NAM  Drummond et al.
UREF
PNO  5513761
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5522523
ISD  19960600
NAM  Nogles
UREF
PNO  5547451
ISD  19960800
NAM  Drummond et al.
UREF
PNO  5556365
ISD  19960900
NAM  Drummond et al.
UREF
PNO  5628404
ISD  19970500
NAM  Hendrix
OCL  206524.8
UREF
PNO  5799818
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ringer
OCL  220 62.21
LREP
FRM  Alston & Bird LLP
ABST
PAL  A composite container is provided for vacuum packaging of products which is
      constructed, as follows. A hollow body portion defines a desired shape for
      the container and has an inside surface. A liner layer is in superimposed
      position within the body portion and covers the inside surface for
      receiving the product inside the liner layer and the body portion of the
      container. An elastic material is positioned between the body portion and
      the liner layer for movably attaching the liner layer to the body portion
      in the superimposed position while allowing the liner layer to constrict
      and move away from the body portion by stretching of the elastic material
      when a vacuum is formed on the product packaged in the container and then
      allowing the liner layer to move back into the superimposed position
      within the body portion of the container by retraction of the elastic
      material when the container is opened and the vacuum on the product is
      removed.
PATN
WKU  059884940
SRC  9
APN  1648764
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19981001
TTL  Carton blank and method for forming the carton blank
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Elkins; Gary E.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Fontaine; Alan
CTY  Louisville
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Graphic Packaging Corporation
CTY  Paoli
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  229249
XCL   53477
XCL   533766
XCL  493133
XCL  493162
XCL  22912542
EDF  6
ICL  B65D  542
FSC  229
FSS  123.1;125.42;137;138;249
FSC  493
FSS  133;162
FSC   53
FSS  376.6;477;491
UREF
PNO  4055672
ISD  19771000
NAM  Hirsch et al.
OCL  229123.1
UREF
PNO  4254173
ISD  19810300
NAM  Peer, Jr.
OCL  428204
UREF
PNO  4313553
ISD  19820200
NAM  Lisiecki
OCL  229249
UREF
PNO  4762234
ISD  19880800
NAM  Wyberg
OCL  229138
UREF
PNO  4915289
ISD  19900400
NAM  Hatano et al.
OCL  229123.1
UREF
PNO  5228616
ISD  19930700
NAM  Kjelgaard
OCL  229123.1
UREF
PNO  5255494
ISD  19931000
NAM  Doyle
OCL  229249
UREF
PNO  5501394
ISD  19960300
NAM  Eno
OCL   53376.6
UREF
PNO  5728249
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kinsey, Jr. et al.
OCL   53477
UREF
PNO  5816487
ISD  19981000
NAM  Skinner
OCL  229125.42
LREP
FRM  Klaas, Law, O'Meara & Malkin, P.C.
FR2  O'Meara, Esq.; William P.
FR2  Kelly, Esq.; Joseph J.
ABST
PAL  A gable top for a carton formed from a carton blank having an outer layer
      bonded to an intermediate layer by a first strength and an inner layer
      bonded to the intermediate layer by a second strength less than by a first
      strength and wherein the intermediate layer is of an esthetically pleasing
      color and formed into a gable top by sealing together facing portions of
      the inner layer so that when the gable top is separated to form a pour
      spout the inner surface of the pour spout will be aesthetically pleasing.
PATN
WKU  059884959
SRC  8
APN  9176454
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19970822
TTL  Nestable mailbox and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Miller; William L.
EXP  Green; Brian K.
NDR  12
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Lackey; Robert W.
CTY  Hickory
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Beckman; Robert C.
CTY  Vale
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Harris; Gregory A.
CTY  Tacoma
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  R.W.L. Corporation
CTY  Hickory
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  232 17
XCL  232 29
XCL  232 33
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 9100
FSC  232
FSS  17;45;33;29;38;1 C
FSC  206
FSS  518;515
UREF
PNO  1992640
ISD  19350200
NAM  Steen
UREF
PNO  2578691
ISD  19511200
NAM  Gieseler
UREF
PNO  2781964
ISD  19570200
NAM  Ledgerwood
UREF
PNO  3181782
ISD  19650500
NAM  Monroe
XCL  232  1C
UREF
PNO  4181250
ISD  19800100
NAM  Withrow
XCL  232  1C
UREF
PNO  4600143
ISD  19860700
NAM  Harlow, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4660757
ISD  19870400
NAM  Hicks
OCL  232  1C
UREF
PNO  4819795
ISD  19890400
NAM  Swaney
XCL  206518
UREF
PNO  4923114
ISD  19900500
NAM  Fiscke, Jr.
XCL  232  1C
UREF
PNO  5009366
ISD  19910400
NAM  van Druff, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5012928
ISD  19910500
NAM  Proffitt et al.
XCL  206518
UREF
PNO  5083703
ISD  19920100
NAM  Blyakharov
UREF
PNO  5425501
ISD  19950600
NAM  Wesorick
UREF
PNO  5575422
ISD  19961100
NAM  Peterman
OCL  232 38
LREP
FRM  Nexsen Pruet Jacobs & Pollard
ABST
PAL  A nestable mailbox (10) having a tapered body (12) with an open first end
      (24) and a second end (30). The tapering of the body (12) is such that the
      first end (24) circumscribes a greater surface area than that
      circumscribed by the second end (30). A door (26) for the mailbox (10) is
      connected to the body (12) at the first end (24). The mailbox can then be
      nested with other like mailboxes by inserting the second end (30) of one
      mailbox into the first end (24) of another mailbox. The door of each
      mailbox in the nested arrangement can point downwardly frontwardly or
      downwardly rearwardly. The nestable mailbox may additionally, if desired,
      carry another door (76) at the second end (30).
PATN
WKU  059884967
SRC  8
APN  765104&
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970213
TTL  Dose counter for inhalers
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Sherr; Daniel
EXP  Hajec; Donald
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Bruna; Pascal
CTY  Rouen
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Valois S.A.
CTY  Le Neubourg
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19940610
APN  94 07114
CLAS
OCL  235 91R
XCL  222 18
EDF  6
ICL  G06M  100
ICL  B67D  530
FSC  235
FSS  91 R;115;132 R
FSC  222
FSS  32;36;18
UREF
PNO  165054
ISD  18750600
NAM  Baldwin
UREF
PNO  3227127
ISD  19660100
NAM  Gayle
OCL  116121
UREF
PNO  3297198
ISD  19670100
NAM  Wright
OCL  221  5
UREF
PNO  3454152
ISD  19690700
NAM  Immerman et al.
OCL  206 42
UREF
PNO  3495567
ISD  19700200
NAM  Hayes et al.
OCL  116121
UREF
PNO  3986005
ISD  19761000
NAM  Itoh
OCL  235 96
UREF
PNO  4041628
ISD  19770800
NAM  Sasson
OCL   40111
UREF
PNO  4090354
ISD  19780500
NAM  Schneiter
OCL   58117
UREF
PNO  4532415
ISD  19850700
NAM  Alway
OCL  235131R
UREF
PNO  4565302
ISD  19860100
NAM  Pfeiffer et al.
OCL  222 38
UREF
PNO  4756423
ISD  19880700
NAM  Holtsch
OCL  206534
UREF
PNO  4817822
ISD  19890400
NAM  Rand et al.
OCL  222 38
UREF
PNO  4890572
ISD  19900100
NAM  Huang
OCL  116298
UREF
PNO  4945521
ISD  19900700
NAM  Klaus
OCL  368 21
UREF
PNO  5261548
ISD  19931100
NAM  Barker et al.
OCL  215230
UREF
PNO  5285427
ISD  19940200
NAM  Vaucher
OCL  368 21
UREF
PNO  5384755
ISD  19950100
NAM  Feremczy
OCL  368 35
UREF
PNO  5482030
ISD  19960100
NAM  Klein
OCL  128200.23
UREF
PNO  5718355
ISD  19980200
NAM  Garby et al.
OCL  222 36
FREF
PNO  0254391
ISD  19880400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  819885
ISD  19371000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1514296
ISD  19680200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2103434
ISD  19720400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2341166
ISD  19770900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  48610
ISD  18890900
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR95/00756
PD1  19970213
PD2  19970213
PD3  19950609
PCP  WO95/34874
PCD  19951221
ABST
PAR  A device for counting doses of substance issued by a dispenser for fluids
      or powders, the device being characterized in that it comprises a first
      count wheel (10, 110) and a second count wheel (20, 120), both count
      wheels being mounted to rotate about a fixed axis of rotation (3, 103),
      the first count wheel (10, 110) comprising a set of teeth (11, 111)
      extending circumferentially about the fixed axis of rotation (3, 103) and
      co-operating with a drive member (30, 130) for rotating the first count
      wheel about the fixed axis of rotation on each use of the dispenser, the
      first count wheel (10, 110) further including a drive tongue (14, 114)
      that is movable between a rest position in which it does not co-operate
      with the second count wheel (20, 120), and a drive position in which it
      does co-operate with the second count wheel (20, 120) to cause it to
      rotate about the fixed axis of rotation, said drive tongue (14, 114) being
      forced into its drive position by cam (8, 108).
PATN
WKU  059884975
SRC  8
APN  6555012
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19960530
TTL  Method for authenticating credit transactions to prevent fraudulent
      charges
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Tremblay; Mark
EXP  Hajec; Donald
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Wallace; Michelle H.
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  MCI Communications Corporation
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2353825
XCL  235379
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  500
FSC  235
FSS  379;380;382.5
UREF
PNO  4720860
ISD  19880100
NAM  Weiss
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  4812628
ISD  19890300
NAM  Boston et al.
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  5109408
ISD  19920400
NAM  Greenspan et al.
OCL  379197
UREF
PNO  5130519
ISD  19920700
NAM  Bush et al.
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5168520
ISD  19921200
NAM  Weiss
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5177342
ISD  19930100
NAM  Adams
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  5239583
ISD  19930800
NAM  Parrillo
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5251259
ISD  19931000
NAM  Mosley
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5311594
ISD  19940500
NAM  Penzias
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5317636
ISD  19940500
NAM  Vizcaino
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5345380
ISD  19940900
NAM  Babson, III et al.
OCL  364400
UREF
PNO  5513250
ISD  19960400
NAM  McAllister
OCL  379 91
UREF
PNO  5530235
ISD  19960600
NAM  Stefik et al.
OCL  235492
UREF
PNO  5583864
ISD  19961200
NAM  Lightfoot et al.
OCL  370396
UREF
PNO  5615408
ISD  19970300
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  455 33.1
UREF
PNO  5617470
ISD  19970400
NAM  De Pasquale
OCL  379114
UREF
PNO  5627355
ISD  19970500
NAM  Rahman et al.
OCL  235380
ABST
PAL  A dynamic authentication process having multiple tiers of validation. A
      first tier of validation authenticates the credit transaction based upon
      static personal identification numbers. If this first tier of validation
      is satisfied, a threshold determination is made as to whether a secondary
      tier of validation is required. These thresholds are defined by either the
      service provider or the card holder to address the additional costs of a
      second tier of validation.
PATN
WKU  059884983
SRC  8
APN  8827060
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970625
TTL  Method of delaying availability of price changes to checkout terminals
      following EPL price changes
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Michael G.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hoell; Eric W.
CTY  Suwanee
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  NCR Corporation
CTY  Dayton
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  235383
XCL  235377
XCL  235474
XCL  34082535
XCL  705 20
EDF  6
ICL  G06K 1500
FSC  235
FSS  383;377;378;381;385;474
FSC  340
FSS  825.49;825.55;825.35
FSC  705
FSS  20;5;16;23;26;14
UREF
PNO  4002886
ISD  19770100
NAM  Sundelin
OCL  235 61.7R
UREF
PNO  4500880
ISD  19850200
NAM  Gomersall et al.
OCL  340825.35
UREF
PNO  4766295
ISD  19880800
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  235383
UREF
PNO  4888709
ISD  19891200
NAM  Revesz et al.
OCL  340825.07
UREF
PNO  4924363
ISD  19900500
NAM  Kornelson
OCL  362125
UREF
PNO  5072381
ISD  19911200
NAM  Richardson et al.
OCL  364410
UREF
PNO  5172314
ISD  19921200
NAM  Poland et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5198644
ISD  19930300
NAM  Pfeiffer et al.
OCL  235383
UREF
PNO  5241467
ISD  19930800
NAM  Failing et al.
XCL  235383
UREF
PNO  5260936
ISD  19931100
NAM  Bardet et al.
OCL  370 61
UREF
PNO  5448226
ISD  19950900
NAM  Failing, Jr. et al.
OCL  340825.35
UREF
PNO  5461561
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ackerman et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5493107
ISD  19960200
NAM  Gupta et al.
OCL  235383
UREF
PNO  5526267
ISD  19960600
NAM  Sogawa
OCL  364431.11
UREF
PNO  5537126
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kayser et al.
OCL  345  1
UREF
PNO  5539393
ISD  19960700
NAM  Barfod
OCL  340825.52
UREF
PNO  5572653
ISD  19961100
NAM  DeTemple et al.
OCL  395501
UREF
PNO  5694418
ISD  19971200
NAM  Goodwin, III
OCL  375219
UREF
PNO  5753900
ISD  19980500
NAM  Goodwin, III et al.
OCL  235383
UREF
PNO  5794211
ISD  19980800
NAM  Goodwin, III et al.
OCL  705 23
UREF
PNO  5794215
ISD  19980800
NAM  Goodwin, III
XCL  235383
UREF
PNO  5797131
ISD  19980800
NAM  Goodwin, III et al.
OCL  705 16
UREF
PNO  5870714
ISD  19990200
NAM  Shetty et al.
OCL  705 20
LREP
FR2  Martin; Paul W.
ABST
PAL  A system and method of delaying availability of a price change to checkout
      terminals following a change in price displayed by an electronic price
      label (EPL) which minimizes server overhead required to change prices. The
      method includes the steps of storing a first time associated with the
      change in price displayed by the EPL, providing a price change file for
      changing the first price to the second price and containing a delay
      period, reading the price change file to obtain the delay period,
      determining whether a current time is later than the first time plus the
      delay period, and executing the price change file if the current time is
      later than the first time plus the delay period to replace the first price
      with the second price.
PATN
WKU  059884991
SRC  8
APN  9043365
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970731
TTL  Number frequency counter
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Thien Minh
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Sisca; Frank J.
STR  15 Buttercup La.
CTY  San Carlos
STA  CA
ZIP  94070
ASSG
NAM  Sisca; Frank J.
CTY  San Carlos
STA  CA
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  235419
XCL  273309
EDF  6
ICL  G06C 1500
FSC  235
FSS  419;880;425;420
FSC  273
FSS  309;236;269;268;276;287;288
UREF
PNO  3118677
ISD  19640100
NAM  Lang
OCL  237144
UREF
PNO  3876209
ISD  19750400
NAM  Militello
UREF
PNO  4095785
ISD  19780600
NAM  Conner
OCL  273  1GC
UREF
PNO  4121830
ISD  19781000
NAM  Buckley
OCL  273237
UREF
PNO  4151404
ISD  19790400
NAM  Harrington et al.
OCL  237138A
UREF
PNO  4312511
ISD  19820100
NAM  Jullien
OCL  273138A
UREF
PNO  4332389
ISD  19820600
NAM  Loyd, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4436308
ISD  19840300
NAM  Rose et al.
UREF
PNO  4575804
ISD  19860300
NAM  Ratcliff
UREF
PNO  4651995
ISD  19870300
NAM  Henkel
UREF
PNO  4661906
ISD  19870400
NAM  DiFrancesco et al.
LREP
FRM  Arnold, White & Durkee
ABST
PAL  A number frequency counter for games such as bingo, keno, and lotto, which
      comprises a housing, a display, numerical calculator electrical operation
      circuit with a memory add circuit and storage registers, a plurality of
      number buttons that correspond to game numbers, a plurality of display
      lights corresponding to the number buttons, storage buttons, recall
      buttons, and buttons for clearing a storage register, a game of number
      buttons pushed, or an individual number button that was pushed. When a
      number button is pushed a value of one is stored in the memory add circuit
      and associated with that number button. Also the corresponding display
      light is illuminated. A series of pushed number buttons or game of pushed
      number buttons can be added to a storage register which adds the values
      associated with each number button to the previously stored values for
      every number button pushed. Multiple storage buttons can be included to
      store different games in different storage registers. Every time the
      storage button is pushed, the storage register adds values and thereby
      keeps a count of the number of times a number button has been pushed. The
      recall buttons can be pressed to display the values in a storage register
      and a clear button can be pressed to reset the values in a storage
      register to zero. Finally, clear buttons can reset the value associated
      with one number button to zero and to reset all of the values associated
      with the number buttons to zero.
PATN
WKU  059885009
SRC  8
APN  692753&
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19960806
TTL  Antiforgery security system
ISD  19991123
NCL  49
ECL  1
EXA  Rodriguez; Douglas X.
EXP  Gross; Anita Pellman
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Litman; Mark A.
CTY  Edina
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Aveka, Inc.
CTY  Woodbury
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  651157
APD  19960517
PSC  01
PNO  5834748
CLAS
OCL  235450
XCL  235449
XCL  235491
XCL  235493
EDF  6
ICL  G06K 1306
ICL  G06K 1324
FSC  235
FSS  449;450;493;491
UREF
PNO  3409129
ISD  19681100
NAM  Sperry
OCL  209111.8
UREF
PNO  3878367
ISD  19750400
NAM  Fayling et al.
OCL  235 61.12
UREF
PNO  3995313
ISD  19761100
NAM  Fayling
OCL  360 15
UREF
PNO  4114029
ISD  19780900
NAM  Lee
OCL  235493
UREF
PNO  4114032
ISD  19780900
NAM  Brosow et al.
OCL  235493
UREF
PNO  4134538
ISD  19790100
NAM  Lagarde et al.
OCL  235493
UREF
PNO  4183989
ISD  19800100
NAM  Tooth
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  4480177
ISD  19841000
NAM  Allen
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  4500116
ISD  19850200
NAM  Ferro et al.
OCL  283 92
UREF
PNO  4553136
ISD  19851100
NAM  Anderson, III et al.
OCL  235493
UREF
PNO  4752676
ISD  19880600
NAM  Leonard et al.
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  4908516
ISD  19900300
NAM  West
OCL  250556
UREF
PNO  5204526
ISD  19930400
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  235493
UREF
PNO  5220166
ISD  19930600
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
OCL  250271
UREF
PNO  5241163
ISD  19930800
NAM  Vachtsevanos et al.
OCL  235449
UREF
PNO  5266789
ISD  19931100
NAM  Anglin et al.
OCL  235483
UREF
PNO  5358088
ISD  19941000
NAM  Barnes et al.
OCL  194206
UREF
PNO  5362952
ISD  19941100
NAM  Nair et al.
OCL  235449
UREF
PNO  5365586
ISD  19941100
NAM  Indeck
OCL  380  3
UREF
PNO  5428683
ISD  19950600
NAM  Indeck
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5439872
ISD  19950800
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  503227
UREF
PNO  5473147
ISD  19951200
NAM  Hoshino et al.
OCL  235449
UREF
PNO  5554842
ISD  19960900
NAM  Connell et al.
OCL  235491
UREF
PNO  5601931
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hoshino et al.
OCL  428537.5
UREF
PNO  5602381
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hoshino et al.
OCL  235449
UREF
PNO  5602527
ISD  19970200
NAM  Suenaga
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5616911
ISD  19970400
NAM  Jagielinski
OCL  235449
FREF
PNO  0428779
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
OCL  235493
FREF
PNO  00490083
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
OCL  235449
FREF
PNO  406243304
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
OCL  235493
FREF
PNO  1127043
ISD  19680900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  092016912
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
OCL  235493
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg, Woessner & Kluth, P.A.
ABST
PAL  Elongated magnetic elements can be inserted into items to provide readable
      magnetic patterns which provide reproducible or unique signal patterns to
      identify or authenticate the items. Magnetic fibers may be distributed
      within items or magnetic strips to provide reproducible patterns when
      read. The patterns are stable because of the relatively large size of the
      magnetic elements as compared to conventional patterns of particles in
      recordable media. Oriented patterns of filaments may also be inserted into
      transactional items such as credit cards, checks and the like to provide
      identification (antiforgery) security to the item.
PATN
WKU  059885017
SRC  8
APN  8002932
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970213
TTL  Identification method and apparatus utilizing perforations
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; Diane I.
EXP  Hajec; Donald
NDR  9
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Murakami; Takaaki
CTY  Toyonaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kano; Kunihiko
CTY  Toyonaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yuyama Mfg. Co., Ltd.
CTY  Toyonaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960213
APN  8-025196
CLAS
OCL  235454
XCL  235494
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  710
FSC  235
FSS  454;475;489;490;494;375;376;377
UREF
PNO  2258204
ISD  19411000
NAM  Gould
OCL  235454
UREF
PNO  3644715
ISD  19720200
NAM  Holderith
OCL  235437
UREF
PNO  3763355
ISD  19731000
NAM  Brand, Jr.
OCL  235437
UREF
PNO  3852572
ISD  19741200
NAM  Nicoud
OCL  235485
UREF
PNO  3858032
ISD  19741200
NAM  Scantlin
OCL  235454
UREF
PNO  3861301
ISD  19750100
NAM  Di Marzio et al.
OCL  101 93.08
UREF
PNO  3896291
ISD  19750700
NAM  Wiedeman
OCL  235485
UREF
PNO  4276469
ISD  19810600
NAM  Moss
OCL  235494
UREF
PNO  4329576
ISD  19820500
NAM  Vender Meer et al.
OCL  235458
UREF
PNO  4423317
ISD  19831200
NAM  Berezowski et al.
OCL  235458
UREF
PNO  4583766
ISD  19860400
NAM  Wessel
OCL  283 88
UREF
PNO  4695954
ISD  19870900
NAM  Rose et al.
OCL  364413
UREF
PNO  4780600
ISD  19881000
NAM  Johnston
OCL  235375
UREF
PNO  4829168
ISD  19890500
NAM  Nakahara
OCL  235489
UREF
PNO  4853525
ISD  19890800
NAM  Vogt et al.
OCL  235454
UREF
PNO  5173595
ISD  19921200
NAM  Langsted
OCL  235458
UREF
PNO  5671592
ISD  19970900
NAM  Yuyama et al.
OCL   53493
UREF
PNO  5700998
ISD  19971200
NAM  Palti
OCL  235375
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An identification device and method which includes adding an identification
      pattern to an identification object. The pattern is formed by the absence
      or presence of identification holes located at a plurality of points on
      the identification object. In addition, the holes are spaced from one
      another at a specified pitch. Next, the identification object is
      transferred along a transfer path parallel to the identification pattern.
      Then light or an ultrasonic wave is transmitted from one side of the
      transfer path in a transverse direction of the transfer path.
      Identification of the identification pattern of the identification object
      is determined on whether or not the light or the ultrasonic wave is
      received on the other side of the transfer path.
PATN
WKU  059885025
SRC  9
APN  0092312
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980120
TTL  Electro-optical scanner having selectable scan pattern
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Dunn; Drew A.
EXP  Hajec; Donald
NDR  13
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Krichever; Mark
CTY  Hauppauge
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Campanelli; Joseph
CTY  Selden
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Courtney; Lisa
CTY  Holbrook
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Fazekas; Peter
CTY  Medford
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Kahn; Joel
CTY  Rockville Centre
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Swartz; Jerome
CTY  Old Field
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Gurevich; Vladimir
CTY  Ronkonkoma
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Metlitsky; Boris
CTY  Stony Brook
STA  NY
R47  4
ASSG
NAM  Symbol Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Holtsville
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  405585
APD  19950317
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  235454
XCL  23546222
XCL  359204
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  710
FSC  235
FSS  454;455;462.22;462.39
FSC  359
FSS  204
UREF
PNO  5235167
ISD  19930800
NAM  Dvorkis et al.
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5420411
ISD  19950500
NAM  Salatto Jr. et al.
OCL  235472
UREF
PNO  5600119
ISD  19970200
NAM  Dvorkis et al.
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5609223
ISD  19970300
NAM  Iizaka et al.
OCL  186 61
UREF
PNO  5736721
ISD  19980400
NAM  Swartz
OCL  235383
UREF
PNO  5756982
ISD  19980500
NAM  Knowles et al.
OCL  235472
UREF
PNO  5804805
ISD  19980900
NAM  Koenck et al.
OCL  235469
UREF
PNO  5859417
ISD  19990100
NAM  Dvorkis et al.
OCL  235467
LREP
FRM  Kirschstein, et al.
ABST
PAL  A wavelength selector in an optical scanner is operative for selecting a
      first laser beam having a predetermined wavelength to produce a first scan
      pattern, and for selecting a second laser beam having a different
      wavelength to produce a second scan pattern. The scan patterns have a
      different number of scan lines. The selected scan pattern is scanned over
      indicia, e.g., a bar code symbol, to be read.
PATN
WKU  059885033
SRC  8
APN  9029842
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970730
TTL  Anti-counterfeit card and method for manufacturing the card
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Sherr; Daniel
EXP  Le; Thien Mink
NDR  13
NFG  47
INVT
NAM  Kuo; Weiwu A.
STR  7 Wickland
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
ZIP  92720
CLAS
OCL  235457
XCL  283 86
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  710
ICL  B42D 1500
FSC  235
FSS  457;458;488
FSC  283
FSS  86;901;902;904
UREF
PNO  3994225
ISD  19761100
NAM  Sitzberger
OCL  101426
UREF
PNO  4560426
ISD  19851200
NAM  Moraw et al.
OCL  156 64
UREF
PNO  4631222
ISD  19861200
NAM  Sander
OCL  428172
UREF
PNO  4641017
ISD  19870200
NAM  Lopata
OCL  235437
UREF
PNO  4684795
ISD  19870800
NAM  Colgate, Jr.
OCL  235457
UREF
PNO  4945215
ISD  19900700
NAM  Fukushima et al.
OCL  235457
UREF
PNO  5138604
ISD  19920800
NAM  Umeda et al.
OCL  369103
UREF
PNO  5383687
ISD  19950100
NAM  Suess et al.
OCL  283 86
UREF
PNO  5421618
ISD  19950600
NAM  Kazaki et al.
OCL  283 82
UREF
PNO  5700550
ISD  19971200
NAM  Uyama et al.
OCL  428212
UREF
PNO  5720500
ISD  19980200
NAM  Okazaki et al.
OCL  283 82
LREP
FR2  Liauh; W. Wayne
ABST
PAL  An anti-counterfeit card includes a substrate on which an anti-counterfeit
      membrane is attached. The substrate includes a sheet of plastic with two
      transparent surface layers formed on two opposite sides thereof. Printing
      may be selectively carried out on the two sides of the plastic sheet and
      the outer surfaces of the surface layers. The anti-counterfeit membrane
      includes a hologram film on which serration defining a hologram is formed
      so as to make it difficult to counterfeit the card. A method for
      manufacturing the anti-counterfeit card is also disclosed. A method for
      manufacturing the anti-counterfeit card is also disclosed, comprising the
      steps of providing a substrate; providing an anti-counterfeit membrane
      which comprises a hologram film; and attaching the anti-counterfeit
      membrane to the substrate to form the anti-counterfeit card.
PATN
WKU  059885041
SRC  8
APN  8931070
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970715
TTL  Optical scanner using weighted adaptive threshold
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Dunn; Drew A.
EXP  Gross; Anita Pellman
NDR  13
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Smitt; Asbjorn
CTY  Alsgarde
CNT  DKX
ASSG
NAM  Contex A/S
CTY  Allerod
CNT  DKX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  235462019
XCL  23546225
XCL  358456
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  958
FSC  235
FSS  462.01;462.16;462.19;462.25
FSC  382
FSS  172
FSC  358
FSS  455;456;474
UREF
PNO  4345314
ISD  19820800
NAM  Melamud et al.
OCL  364515
UREF
PNO  5377020
ISD  19941200
NAM  Smitt
OCL  358456
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
ABST
PAL  An optical scanner having a weighted adaptive threshold value determination
      for generating a one-bit representation of a scanned original. The optical
      scanner comprises an optical detecting unit which provides a discrete
      signal representing pixels in a scanned region and first device for
      generating a first weighted discrete signal which is a weighted version of
      the discrete signal representing pixels in a scanned region. The optical
      scanner further comprises second device for providing a filtered signal
      which is a filtered version of the weighted discrete signal and third
      device for generating a second weighted signal, being a weighted version
      of the filtered signal. A comparison device produces a binary output as a
      function of the discrete signal representing pixels in a scanned region
      and the second weighted signal.
PATN
WKU  059885050
SRC  8
APN  8682291
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970603
TTL  Omnidirectional reading of two-dimensional symbols
ISD  19991123
NCL  45
ECL  43
EXP  Lee; Michael G.
NDR  8
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Shellhammer; Stephen
CTY  Lake Grove
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Symbol Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Holtsville
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  23546209
XCL  23546225
XCL  23546232
XCL  23546245
XCL  23547201
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  710
FSC  235
FSS  46.09;462.1;462.14;462.24;462.25;462.32;462.41;462.42;462.45;470;472.01;454
UREF
PNO  3847346
ISD  19741100
NAM  Dolch
OCL  235454
UREF
PNO  4816661
ISD  19890300
NAM  Krichever et al.
OCL  235472.01
UREF
PNO  5126544
ISD  19920600
NAM  Izumi
XCL  235454
UREF
PNO  5138140
ISD  19920800
NAM  Siemiatkowski et al.
XCL  235470
UREF
PNO  5151581
ISD  19920900
NAM  Krichever et al.
XCL  235470
UREF
PNO  5235167
ISD  19930800
NAM  Dvorkis et al.
OCL  235462.09
UREF
PNO  5243655
ISD  19930900
NAM  Wang
OCL  235462.09
UREF
PNO  5278398
ISD  19940100
NAM  Pavlidis et al.
OCL  235462.09
UREF
PNO  5304786
ISD  19940400
NAM  Pavlidis et al.
OCL  235462.09
UREF
PNO  5319181
ISD  19940600
NAM  Shellhammer et al.
OCL  235462.09
UREF
PNO  5369265
ISD  19941100
NAM  Adachi et al.
XCL  235470
UREF
PNO  5378881
ISD  19950100
NAM  Adachi
OCL  235462.09
UREF
PNO  5414250
ISD  19950500
NAM  Swartz et al.
OCL  235462.09
UREF
PNO  5478997
ISD  19951200
NAM  Bridgelall et al.
OCL  235462.09
UREF
PNO  5486944
ISD  19960100
NAM  Bard et al.
OCL  359198
UREF
PNO  5523552
ISD  19960600
NAM  Shellhammer et al.
OCL  235462.09
UREF
PNO  5635697
ISD  19970600
NAM  Shellhammer et al.
OCL  235462.09
UREF
PNO  5637851
ISD  19970600
NAM  Swartz et al.
XCL  235470
UREF
PNO  5665954
ISD  19970900
NAM  Bard et al.
XCL  235472.01
UREF
PNO  5866894
ISD  19990200
NAM  Bard et al.
XCL  235454
LREP
FR2  Serbin; Gary
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for automatically aligning a field of view of a
      two-dimensional bar code symbol reading device with a randomly oriented
      two-dimensional bar code symbol, wherein the symbol comprises a unique
      locatable pattern of bars and spaces, located along at least one side of
      the two-dimensioanl bar code. The invention uses standard omnidirectional
      scanning pattern for reading one-dimensional bar codes to locate the
      unique pattern in bar code, and works on the bar code located anywhere in
      the scanner field of view. The invention determines the angle of rotation
      of the bar code and the spatial location of the bar code in the scanner's
      field of view.
PATN
WKU  059885068
SRC  8
APN  6830749
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19960716
TTL  System and method for reading and decoding two dimensional codes of high
      density
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Thien Minh
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Schaham; Moshe
CTY  Rishon Lezion
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Boubis; Isac
CTY  Rehovot
CNT  ILX
ASSG
NAM  Galore Scantec Ltd.
CTY  Ness Ziona
CNT  ILX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  2354621
EDF  6
ICL  G06K 0710
FSC  235
FSS  462;472;463;469;470;454;494;436
UREF
PNO  4900907
ISD  19900200
NAM  Matusima et al.
OCL  235472
UREF
PNO  4935609
ISD  19900600
NAM  Wike, Jr.
OCL  235472
UREF
PNO  5136145
ISD  19920800
NAM  Karney
OCL  235475
UREF
PNO  5155343
ISD  19921000
NAM  Chandler et al.
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5192856
ISD  19930300
NAM  Schaham
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5192857
ISD  19930300
NAM  Detwiler
OCL  235467
UREF
PNO  5210398
ISD  19930500
NAM  Metlitsky
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5233170
ISD  19930800
NAM  Metlitsky et al.
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5296690
ISD  19940300
NAM  Chandler et al.
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5304786
ISD  19940400
NAM  Pavlidis et al.
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5319181
ISD  19940600
NAM  Shellhammer et al.
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5319185
ISD  19940600
NAM  Obata
OCL  235472
UREF
PNO  5329107
ISD  19940700
NAM  Priddy et al.
OCL  235494
UREF
PNO  5335007
ISD  19940800
NAM  Choi
OCL  347130
UREF
PNO  5378881
ISD  19950100
NAM  Adachi
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5387786
ISD  19950200
NAM  Peng
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5484999
ISD  19960100
NAM  Priddy et al.
OCL  235435
UREF
PNO  5726435
ISD  19980300
NAM  Hara et al.
OCL  235494
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A system for reading two dimensional codes as well as regular bar codes. A
      laser scanner generates a narrow horizontal beam which scans a code by
      means of a scanning mirror in the vertical direction. This mirror receives
      the reflected beam and passes it on to a lens array to yield high quality
      imaging characteristics all across a large field of view angle. The lens
      array and an auto focusing system produce images of the scanning lines in
      the sensor plane--a CCD linear array. In the sensor's plane, sub aperture
      diaphragms generate partially overlapping fields of view from each of the
      elements of the lens array. The system Electronics, converts the CCD
      linear array electrical signals, into digital data. A module, synthesizes
      in real-time, the partially overlapping line sections of the image signal,
      into an integrated continuous line signal and stores them consecutively in
      the image memory. A system processor operates an autofocus, as well as
      code classification and decoding algorithms.
PATN
WKU  059885076
SRC  8
APN  9628576
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971103
TTL  Bar code reader
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Evans; F. L.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Ikeda; Kenichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishii; Kazuo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961101
APN  8-307282
CLAS
OCL  23546225
XCL  23546218
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  710
FSC  235
FSS  462.12;462.16;462.18;462.19;462.25
UREF
PNO  5387787
ISD  19950200
NAM  Waldron et al.
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5780832
ISD  19980700
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  235462.25
UREF
PNO  5854479
ISD  19981200
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  235462.16
FREF
PNO  59-9946
ISD  19840300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-86283
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-86284
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-170290
ISD  19900700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-15774
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A fragmentary pulse width data train extractor scans a bar code label on a
      moving article with a scan beam projected onto the bar code label. The
      extractor receives the reflection of the scan beam, converts the reflected
      beam into an electric signal, and extracts only pulse width data trains
      corresponding to black and white bars of a bar code on the basis of the
      pulse width of the electric signal as fragmentary pulse width data trains.
      A synthesizing unit synthesizes a complete bar code pulse width data train
      from the extracted fragmentary pulse width data trains on the basis of
      position data of data pieces in the data trains, and outputs the complete
      bar code pulse width data train. A decoding unit converts the complete bar
      code plus width data train from the synthesizing unit into numerals,
      characters, etc. An outputting unit outputs the result of the conversion
      to an external apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059885084
SRC  8
APN  8716153
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970610
TTL  Laser scanning system and scanning method for reading 1-D and 2-D
      barcode symbols
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Sherr; Daniel
EXP  Hajec; Donald
NDR  19
NFG  53
INVT
NAM  Bridgelall; Raj
CTY  Mount Sinai
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Katz; Joseph
CTY  Stony Brook
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Goren; David
CTY  Smithtown
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Dvorkis; Paul
CTY  Stony Brook
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Li; Yajun
CTY  Oakdale
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Symbol Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Holtsville
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  533021
APD  19950925
PSC  01
PNO  5637856
RLAP
COD  89
APN  037143
APD  19930329
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  89
APN  028107
APD  19930308
PSC  01
PNO  5408081
RLAP
COD  89
APN  981448
APD  19921125
PSC  01
PNO  5478997
RLAP
COD  90
APN  715267
APD  19910614
PSC  01
PNO  5235167
RLAP
COD  86
APN  533021
RLAP
COD  81
APN  153053
APD  19931117
PSC  01
PNO  5504316
RLAP
COD  82
APN  868401
APD  19920414
PSC  01
PNO  5280165
RLAP
COD  84
APN  520464
APD  19900508
PSC  01
PNO  5168149
CLAS
OCL  2354624
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  710
FSC  235
FSS  462.36;462.37;462.38;462.39;462.4
UREF
PNO  4039246
ISD  19770800
NAM  Voigt
OCL  350  7
UREF
PNO  4871904
ISD  19891000
NAM  Metlitsky
OCL  350  7
UREF
PNO  5059779
ISD  19911000
NAM  Krichever et al.
OCL  235467
UREF
PNO  5149949
ISD  19920900
NAM  Wike, Jr.
OCL  235467
UREF
PNO  5187612
ISD  19930200
NAM  Plesko
OCL  359896
LREP
FRM  Kirschstein, et al.
ABST
PAL  A reader for electro-optical reading bar code symbols of reduced height,
      comprises a light source for generating a light beam along an optical
      path; a pair of oscillatable reflectors in the optical path; a first drive
      for oscillating the reflectors at different frequencies that are a ratio
      of about 10%-30% apart to create a scan pattern; and a second drive for
      rotating the scan pattern about an axis that is generally orthogonal to
      the scan pattern.
PATN
WKU  059885092
SRC  8
APN  9067353
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970806
TTL  Refundable prepaid telephone card
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Frech; Karl D.
EXP  Hajec; Donald
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Taskett; John M.
CTY  Salt Lake
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  American Express TRS
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  458715
APD  19950601
PSC  01
PNO  5684291
CLAS
OCL  235487
XCL  235380
XCL  235379
EDF  6
ICL  G06K 1900
FSC  235
FSS  380;379;487
FSC  283
FSS  72;74;75;100;103;105;108
FSC  395
FSS  239
FSC  705
FSS  39;23;43
FSC  379
FSS  144;114;67
UREF
PNO  5101098
ISD  19920300
NAM  Naito
XCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5353335
ISD  19941000
NAM  D'Urso et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5577109
ISD  19961100
NAM  Stimson et al.
XCL  379114
FREF
PNO  0 622 942 A2
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  36 12 507 A1
ISD  19871000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 252 270
ISD  19920800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/16415
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/12169
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A prepaid transaction instrument, such as a prepaid telephone card,
      comprises an identification code for use by a consumer in gaining access
      to a prepaid telephone account associated with the identification code and
      a replacement code related to the identification code according to a
      secret relationship maintained by the issuer of the card. The replacement
      code may be printed on a separate and distinct document from the
      identification code or may be printed on the same document as the
      identification code, but on a separable portion of the document. If the
      consumer loses the prepaid card, the issuer of the prepaid card issues a
      replacement card to the consumer when provided with the replacement code
      by the consumer.
PATN
WKU  059885106
SRC  8
APN  8000379
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970213
TTL  Tamper resistant smart card and method of protecting data in a smart card
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXA  Sherr; Daniel
EXP  Lee; Michael G
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Tuttle; John R.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Wood, Jr.; Clifton W.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  McCabe; Arthur Barney
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
ASSG
NAM  Micron Communications, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  235492
XCL  235380
EDF  6
ICL  G06K 1906
ICL  G06K  500
FSC  235
FSS  492;380
UREF
PNO  3702464
ISD  19721100
NAM  Castrucci
OCL  340173
UREF
PNO  3706094
ISD  19721200
NAM  Cole et al.
OCL  342 44
UREF
PNO  3750167
ISD  19730700
NAM  Gehman et al.
OCL  342 44
UREF
PNO  3780368
ISD  19731200
NAM  Northeved et al.
OCL  342 44
UREF
PNO  3832530
ISD  19740800
NAM  Reitboeck et al.
OCL  342 44
UREF
PNO  3849633
ISD  19741100
NAM  Reitboeck et al.
OCL  235487
UREF
PNO  3906460
ISD  19750900
NAM  Halpern
OCL  340172.5
UREF
PNO  4049969
ISD  19770900
NAM  Salonimer et al.
OCL  356  5
UREF
PNO  4075632
ISD  19780200
NAM  Baldwin et al.
OCL  343  6.8
UREF
PNO  4226361
ISD  19801000
NAM  Taylor
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  4331957
ISD  19820500
NAM  Enander et al.
OCL  342 22
UREF
PNO  4399441
ISD  19830800
NAM  Vaughn et al.
OCL  342 50
UREF
PNO  4418411
ISD  19831100
NAM  Strietzel
OCL  340870.16
UREF
PNO  4453074
ISD  19840600
NAM  Weinstein
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  4484355
ISD  19841100
NAM  Henke et al.
OCL  455 76
UREF
PNO  4499556
ISD  19850200
NAM  Halpern
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4649233
ISD  19870300
NAM  Bass et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  4661691
ISD  19870400
NAM  Halpern
OCL  235375
UREF
PNO  4680724
ISD  19870700
NAM  Sugiyama et al.
OCL  364708
UREF
PNO  4724427
ISD  19880200
NAM  Carroll
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4727560
ISD  19880200
NAM  Van Zanten et al.
OCL  377 60
UREF
PNO  4746618
ISD  19880500
NAM  Nath et al.
OCL  437  2
UREF
PNO  4746830
ISD  19880500
NAM  Holland
OCL  310313D
UREF
PNO  4756717
ISD  19880700
NAM  Sturgis et al.
OCL  427290
UREF
PNO  4777563
ISD  19881000
NAM  Teraoka et al.
OCL  361395
UREF
PNO  4783646
ISD  19881100
NAM  Matsuzaki
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4812632
ISD  19890300
NAM  Kakinuma et al.
OCL  235479
UREF
PNO  4827110
ISD  19890500
NAM  Rossi et al.
OCL  235376
UREF
PNO  4827395
ISD  19890500
NAM  Anders et al.
OCL  364138
UREF
PNO  4854328
ISD  19890800
NAM  Pollack
OCL  128736
UREF
PNO  4882294
ISD  19891100
NAM  Christenson
OCL  437 90
UREF
PNO  4908502
ISD  19900300
NAM  Jackson
OCL  235437
UREF
PNO  4911217
ISD  19900300
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL  152152.1
UREF
PNO  4918631
ISD  19900400
NAM  Hara et al.
OCL  364708
UREF
PNO  4926182
ISD  19900500
NAM  Ohta et al
OCL  342 44
UREF
PNO  4942327
ISD  19900700
NAM  Wantanabe et al.
OCL  310313
UREF
PNO  4960983
ISD  19901000
NAM  Inoue
OCL  235449
UREF
PNO  4962415
ISD  19901000
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  357 74
UREF
PNO  5008776
ISD  19910400
NAM  Queyssac
OCL  361392
UREF
PNO  5018051
ISD  19910500
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  361393
UREF
PNO  5023573
ISD  19910600
NAM  Adam
OCL  333 17.2
UREF
PNO  5068894
ISD  19911100
NAM  Hoppe
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5095240
ISD  19920300
NAM  Nyson et al.
OCL  342 44
UREF
PNO  5144314
ISD  19920900
NAM  Malmberg et al.
OCL  342 44
UREF
PNO  5148504
ISD  19920900
NAM  Levi et al.
OCL  385 14
UREF
PNO  5153710
ISD  19921000
NAM  McCain
OCL  357 75
UREF
PNO  5166502
ISD  19921100
NAM  Rendleman et al.
OCL  235492
UREF
PNO  5212664
ISD  19930500
NAM  Shinohara
OCL  365229
UREF
PNO  5214410
ISD  19930500
NAM  Verster
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5233505
ISD  19930800
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  361  7.85
UREF
PNO  5274221
ISD  19931200
NAM  Matsubara
OCL  235492
UREF
PNO  5302954
ISD  19940400
NAM  Brooks et al.
OCL  342 44
UREF
PNO  5313211
ISD  19940500
NAM  Tokuda et al.
OCL  342 50
UREF
PNO  5319516
ISD  19940600
NAM  Perkins
OCL  361220
UREF
PNO  5326652
ISD  19940700
NAM  Lake
OCL  429127
UREF
PNO  5337063
ISD  19940800
NAM  Takahira
OCL  343741
UREF
PNO  5350645
ISD  19940900
NAM  Lake et al.
OCL  429124
UREF
PNO  5394609
ISD  19950300
NAM  Ferguson et al.
OCL   29840
UREF
PNO  5414427
ISD  19950500
NAM  Gunnarsson
OCL  342 51
UREF
PNO  5416423
ISD  19950500
NAM  De Borde
OCL  324677
UREF
PNO  5432027
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tuttle et al.
OCL  429127
UREF
PNO  5434397
ISD  19950700
NAM  Diehl et al.
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5448110
ISD  19950900
NAM  Tuttle et al.
OCL  257723
UREF
PNO  5480462
ISD  19960100
NAM  Tuttle
OCL   29623.5
UREF
PNO  5486431
ISD  19960100
NAM  Tuttle et al.
OCL  429 66
UREF
PNO  5494495
ISD  19960200
NAM  Tuttle
OCL   29623.2
UREF
PNO  5497140
ISD  19960300
NAM  Tuttle
OCL  342 51
UREF
PNO  5510074
ISD  19960400
NAM  Rose
OCL  264261
UREF
PNO  5558679
ISD  19960900
NAM  Tuttle
UREF
PNO  5568441
ISD  19961000
NAM  Sanemitsu
OCL  365229
UREF
PNO  5577121
ISD  19961100
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  380 24
UREF
PNO  5578415
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  430270.11
UREF
PNO  5621412
ISD  19970400
NAM  Sharpe et al.
OCL  342 51
UREF
PNO  5649296
ISD  19970700
NAM  MacLellan et al.
OCL  455 38.2
FREF
PNO  128 672
ISD  19840500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  414 316
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4120265
ISD  19920100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  90-5445
ISD  19900600
CNT  KRX
FREF
PNO  1567784
ISD  19800500
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/422,007, filed Apr. 11, 1995.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/071463, filed Jun. 2, 1993.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/515,128, filed Aug. 15, 1995.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/410,889, filed Mar. 27, 1995.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/530,747, filed Sep. 19, 1995.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/588,559, filed Jan. 18, 1996.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/205,590, filed Mar. 2, 1994.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/147,495, filed Nov. 5, 1993.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/538,826, filed Oct. 5, 1995.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/585,428, filed Jan. 11, 1996.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/610,236, filed Mar. 4, 1996.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/584,788, filed Jan. 9, 1996.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/489,185, filed Jun. 9, 1995.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/602,686, filed Feb. 16, 1996.
PAL  K. Casson et al., "High Temperature Packaging: Flip Chip on Flexible
      Laminate", Jan. 1992, Surface Mount Technology, pp. 19-20.
PAL  R.W. Johnson, "Polymer Thick Films: Technology and Materials", Jul. 1982,
      Circuits Manufacturing (reprint).
PAL  K. Gilleo, "Using SM Devices On Flexible Circuitry", Mar. 1986,
      Electri-onics, pp. 20-23.
PAL  M.G. Kanarzibis "Conductive Polymers", Dec. 3, 1990, Chemical and
      Engineering News--American Chemical Society, pp. 36-54.
LREP
FRM  Wells, St. John, Roberts, Gregory & Matkin, P.S.
ABST
PAL  A method of protecting data in a smart card from unauthorized access, the
      method comprising providing a housing defined by first and second housing
      portions; employing a volatile memory in the smart card for storing the
      data, and supporting the volatile memory from the first housing portion;
      providing a power supply in the housing, the power supply maintaining the
      data in the volatile memory while the power supply is connected to the
      volatile memory; and connecting the power supply to the volatile memory
      using a conductor supported by and movable with the second housing
      portion. A smart card comprising a housing including two opposing major
      portions that are connected together; an integrated circuit supported in
      the housing, the integrated circuit including a microprocessor and a
      random access memory, the random access memory being used to store data; a
      battery supported in the housing and having first and second terminals,
      the first terminal being coupled to the integrated circuit; and a
      conductor coupling the second terminal of the battery to the integrated
      circuit to complete a circuit, the conductor being supported by the
      housing such that separation of one of the portions of the housing from
      the other portion opens the circuit and breaks connection of the battery
      to the microprocessor so that data held in the random access memory is
      erased.
PATN
WKU  059885114
SRC  8
APN  9990321
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971229
TTL  Stackable data carrier that can be operated on a data bus
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Sherr; Daniel
EXP  Hajec; Donald
NDR  4
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Schmidt; Helge
CTY  Speyer
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Preiner; Peter
CTY  Munchen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Embo; Georges
CTY  Langemark
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950629
APN  195 23 793
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTDE9601110
APD  19960624
CLAS
OCL  235492
XCL  439 74
XCL  439717
EDF  6
ICL  G06K 1906
ICL  H01R  909
ICL  H01R  922
FSC  235
FSS  492;486
FSC  361
FSS  790
FSC  439
FSS  70;74;69;701;717
UREF
PNO  4171862
ISD  19791000
NAM  Krasser
OCL  339198H
UREF
PNO  4184733
ISD  19800100
NAM  Schmeling
OCL  339198H
UREF
PNO  4695116
ISD  19870900
NAM  Bailey et al.
OCL  439188
UREF
PNO  4696525
ISD  19870900
NAM  Coller et al.
OCL  439 69
UREF
PNO  4872843
ISD  19891000
NAM  Anstey
OCL  439 69
UREF
PNO  5176523
ISD  19930100
NAM  Lai
OCL  439 64
UREF
PNO  5288251
ISD  19940200
NAM  Sumida
OCL  439701
UREF
PNO  5375037
ISD  19941200
NAM  Le Roux
OCL  361684
UREF
PNO  5486687
ISD  19960100
NAM  Le Roux
OCL  235382
UREF
PNO  5570504
ISD  19961100
NAM  DiStefano et al.
OCL   29830
UREF
PNO  5884319
ISD  19990300
NAM  Hafner et al.
OCL  707104
LREP
FR2  Lerner; Herbert L.
FR2  Greenberg; Laurence A.
ABST
PAL  Stackable and portable data carriers, with non-volatile semiconductor
      memories have contact faces on their surfaces. When such data carriers are
      stacked on top of one another they electrically contact the respectively
      adjacent data carriers and a bus system at the same time. The contour of
      the data carriers is embodied such that, when neighboring data carriers of
      the same kind rest on one another, the data carrier are interlaced in a
      form and force lock to a mechanically fixed, but detachable composite
      unit. At the same time, the respectively adjacent data carriers of the
      composite unit come into resilient contact with one another via their
      respective contact faces.
PATN
WKU  059885122
SRC  9
APN  0920037
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980605
TTL  Smart data storage device
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Dunn; Drew A.
EXP  Hajec; Donald
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Eisele; Raymund
CTY  Idstein
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  SmartDiskette GmbH
CTY  Idstein
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19881221
APN  3841776
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19890206
APN  3903454
RLAP
COD  71
APN  420796
APD  19950412
RLAP
COD  81
APN  947570
APD  19920921
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  448093
APD  19891212
PSC  01
PNO  5159182
CLAS
OCL  235492
XCL  235493
XCL  395882
XCL  395894
EDF  6
ICL  G06K 1907
ICL  G06K 1908
FSC  235
FSS  492;493;449;487
FSC  395
FSS  882;822;894
UREF
PNO  3700826
ISD  19721000
NAM  O'Neal
UREF
PNO  3940758
ISD  19760200
NAM  Margolin
UREF
PNO  3946156
ISD  19760300
NAM  Budrose
OCL  360137
UREF
PNO  3978524
ISD  19760800
NAM  Gordon et al.
UREF
PNO  4034164
ISD  19770700
NAM  Westmoland
OCL  360137
UREF
PNO  4228474
ISD  19801000
NAM  Neal, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4446519
ISD  19840500
NAM  Thomas
UREF
PNO  4504871
ISD  19850300
NAM  Berwick et al.
OCL  360 31
UREF
PNO  4575621
ISD  19860300
NAM  Dreifus
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  4672182
ISD  19870600
NAM  Hirokawwa
UREF
PNO  4701601
ISD  19871000
NAM  Francini et al.
OCL  235449
UREF
PNO  4734897
ISD  19880300
NAM  Schotz
UREF
PNO  4755883
ISD  19880700
NAM  Uehira
UREF
PNO  4769764
ISD  19880900
NAM  Levanon
UREF
PNO  4774618
ISD  19880900
NAM  Raviv
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  4791283
ISD  19881200
NAM  Burkhardt
OCL  235493
UREF
PNO  4814924
ISD  19890300
NAM  Ozeki
UREF
PNO  4860128
ISD  19890800
NAM  Nakagawa
UREF
PNO  4868373
ISD  19890900
NAM  Ophij et al.
UREF
PNO  4891727
ISD  19900100
NAM  Sato et al.
UREF
PNO  4893001
ISD  19900100
NAM  Ohkubo et al.
OCL  235490
UREF
PNO  4935962
ISD  19900600
NAM  Austin
UREF
PNO  4951249
ISD  19900800
NAM  McClung et al.
UREF
PNO  4959861
ISD  19900900
NAM  Howlette
UREF
PNO  4965691
ISD  19901000
NAM  Iftikar et al.
UREF
PNO  5015830
ISD  19910500
NAM  Masuzawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5044798
ISD  19910900
NAM  Roylance et al.
UREF
PNO  5050020
ISD  19910900
NAM  Campbell et al.
UREF
PNO  5055947
ISD  19911000
NAM  Satoh
OCL  360 62
UREF
PNO  5068894
ISD  19911100
NAM  Hoppe
UREF
PNO  5159182
ISD  19921000
NAM  Eisele
OCL  235492
UREF
PNO  5204663
ISD  19930400
NAM  Lee
UREF
PNO  5224216
ISD  19930600
NAM  Gordon et al.
UREF
PNO  5227615
ISD  19930700
NAM  Oogita
UREF
PNO  5237551
ISD  19930800
NAM  Ogawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5267311
ISD  19931100
NAM  Bakhoum
UREF
PNO  5321817
ISD  19940600
NAM  Feinstein
OCL  395325
UREF
PNO  5338923
ISD  19940800
NAM  Grieu
UREF
PNO  5406064
ISD  19950400
NAM  Takahashi
UREF
PNO  5423054
ISD  19950600
NAM  Schmidt et al.
UREF
PNO  5434737
ISD  19950700
NAM  Miura
UREF
PNO  5465381
ISD  19951100
NAM  Schmidt et al.
UREF
PNO  5471038
ISD  19951100
NAM  Eisele et al.
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5473765
ISD  19951200
NAM  Gibbons et al.
UREF
PNO  5497464
ISD  19960300
NAM  Yeh
UREF
PNO  5541985
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ishii et al.
UREF
PNO  5550709
ISD  19960800
NAM  Iwasaki
OCL  235492
UREF
PNO  5568441
ISD  19961000
NAM  Sanemitsu
UREF
PNO  5584043
ISD  19961200
NAM  Burkart
OCL  395882
UREF
PNO  5663553
ISD  19970900
NAM  Aucsmith
OCL  235492
FREF
PNO  0 178 805 A3
ISD  19860400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3534638
ISD  19860500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3528199 C2
ISD  19870200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2-161670
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-30007
ISD  19910200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-233790
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/04847
ISD  19900500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/00658
ISD  19930100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/07555
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Stiffened Card With Integrated Circuit, IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin,
      Apr. 1986;28(11):4723-4725.
PAL  Personal Transaction Card. IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, Aug.
      1987;30(3):1262-1265.
PAL  Transaction Handling System Using a Bank Card With Display, Input and
      Memory Functions, IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin Nov.
      1985;28(6):2568-2570.
PAL  Sippl CJ. Microcomputer Dictonary--Second Edition, 1981. Cat. No. 62-2311,
      Radio Shack, p. 349.
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
ABST
PAL  An insertable element has a housing which is insertable into a disk drive,
      and an interface, disposed in the housing, for interfacing a memory device
      received in the housing with a read/write head of the disk drive.
PATN
WKU  059885130
SRC  8
APN  8289557
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970328
TTL  Re-writable display device and system including a carrier having humanly
      legible characters and an indexing track
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Michael G
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Dean; Robert
STR  Locks House, Locks Lane
CTY  Wantage, Oxon, OX12 9EH
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Bennett; Raymond
STR  Pastures Cottage
CTY  Boarstall, Bucks, HP18 9UX
CNT  GBX
CLAS
OCL  235494
XCL  235487
XCL  235460
XCL  23546201
EDF  6
ICL  G06K 1906
FSC  235
FSS  494;487;462.1;462.01;460
UREF
PNO  4605846
ISD  19860800
NAM  Duret et al.
XCL  235494
UREF
PNO  4786940
ISD  19881100
NAM  Daniele
XCL  235494
UREF
PNO  5055662
ISD  19911000
NAM  Hasegawa
OCL  235492
UREF
PNO  5471044
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hotta et al.
XCL  235494
UREF
PNO  5621515
ISD  19970400
NAM  Hoshino et al.
XCL  235494
UREF
PNO  5712473
ISD  19980100
NAM  Nagashio
OCL  235494
FREF
PNO  0473403
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  63-197067
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1158585
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1144180
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  310393
ISD  19910100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  359788
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4340689
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5298501
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2161425
ISD  19860100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2199684
ISD  19880700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2218041
ISD  19890800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2271316
ISD  19940400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  8700945
ISD  19870200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9302429
ISD  19930200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Usher; Robert W J.
ABST
PAL  A data card or display device has a display region of non-volatile, display
      medium, which is re-writable with humanly legible characters and an
      indexing track composed of a machine readable, coded pattern of indicia is
      marked along a datum edge thereof. A read-write terminal has a read head
      aligned with the indexing track and a write head which includes individual
      write elements extending laterally of a path of travel of the card or
      display device therethrough, thereby to erase and write pixels forming
      humanly legible characters at preselected longitudinal positions on the
      display region determined by indicia of the indexing track as detected by
      the read head. The pattern of indicia comprises two rows of identical,
      repeating indicia displaced by one quarter pitch.
PATN
WKU  059885149
SRC  9
APN  0061077
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980113
TTL  Apparatus for controlling fluid temperature
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Tapolcai; William E.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Huang; Tien-Tsai
STR  No. 4, Lane 30, Wu-Chuan St., Pan-Chiao City
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  236 1214
XCL  236 122
XCL  236 93A
EDF  6
ICL  G05D 2313
FSC  236
FSS  12.14;12.16;12.2;12.21;93 R;93 A
UREF
PNO  2326096
ISD  19430800
NAM  Dillman
OCL  236 12.14
UREF
PNO  2599699
ISD  19520600
NAM  Dilworth et al.
OCL  236 12.14
UREF
PNO  4190198
ISD  19800200
NAM  Casuga et al.
OCL  236 93A
UREF
PNO  5127237
ISD  19920700
NAM  Sendo et al.
OCL  236928
UREF
PNO  5271559
ISD  19931200
NAM  Naujock
OCL  236 93A
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A fluid temperature control apparatus includes a housing with first and
      second housing portions, and a partition for isolating the first and
      second housing portions. The first housing portion has a first fluid inlet
      connected to a hot fluid source, and a first fluid outlet. The second
      housing portion has a second fluid inlet connected to a cold fluid source,
      and a second fluid outlet connected to the first fluid inlet. A valve
      assembly includes a tubular valve seat disposed in the second housing
      portion to define a piston receiving space with an open end that is spaced
      from the partition and that is communicated with the second fluid outlet.
      A piston has a head portion extending slidably into the piston receiving
      space, and a restricted actuated portion extending out of the open end of
      the valve seat. The valve seat has a radial valve opening communicated
      with the second fluid inlet. The piston is movable between a first
      position, where the head portion blocks the valve opening, and a second
      position, where the head portion ceases to block the valve opening. A
      temperature responsive member is mounted on the partition, and has a fluid
      contacting portion disposed in the first housing portion, and a
      volume-variable piston actuating portion connected to the actuated portion
      of the piston and disposed in the second housing portion.
PATN
WKU  059885157
SRC  9
APN  0588628
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980413
TTL  Air conditioning system and method for vehicles
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Wayner; William
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Funakoshi; Keiichi
CTY  Ohsato-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kuwabara; Ichiro
CTY  Kiryu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanden Corporation
CTY  Gunma
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970411
APN  9-110343
CLAS
OCL  236 13
XCL  236 91C
XCL  374134
EDF  6
ICL  F24F  700
ICL  G01K  116
FSC  236
FSS  49.3;13;91 C
FSC  374
FSS  134
FSC  165
FSS  257
UREF
PNO  5105366
ISD  19920400
NAM  Beckey
OCL  364528.11
UREF
PNO  5810078
ISD  19980900
NAM  Knutsson et al.
OCL  165203
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  In a system and method for conditioning air in a vehicle, it is determined
      whether an inside air temperature detected by an inside air temperature
      sensor is stable, an outside air temperature is estimated based on the
      inside air temperature only when the inside air temperature is stable, a
      target conditioned air temperature is calculated using an estimated
      outside air temperature as well as the estimation of outside air
      temperature is repeated, and the estimated outside air temperature used
      for the calculation of the target conditioned air temperature is renewed
      only when the estimated outside air temperature is different from a prior
      estimated outside air temperature by a value more than a predetermined
      value. The outside air temperature is adequately estimated without
      providing an outside air temperature sensor. Consequently, a desirable air
      conditioning for vehicles may be performed simply and inexpensively.
PATN
WKU  059885165
SRC  9
APN  1447912
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980901
TTL  Solar hot water heating system
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Tanner; Harry B.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Gilmour; Malcolm
CTY  Bayswater
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Sola-Kleen Pty. Ltd.
CTY  Bayswater
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19940408
APN  PM4933
RLAP
COD  74
APN  718531
CLAS
OCL  236 46R
XCL  236 20R
EDF  6
ICL  F24H  920
FSC  236
FSS  46 R;46 F;20 R
FSC  237
FSS  8 R;8 A
FSC  219
FSS  492
UREF
PNO  3979059
ISD  19760900
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  236 46R
UREF
PNO  4256258
ISD  19810300
NAM  Sekiya
UREF
PNO  4508261
ISD  19850400
NAM  Blank
OCL  236 46R
UREF
PNO  4522333
ISD  19850600
NAM  Blau, Jr. et al.
OCL  236 46F
UREF
PNO  4529121
ISD  19850700
NAM  Furth
OCL  236 20R
FREF
PNO  48497/85
ISD  19860400
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  48494/85
ISD  19860400
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  76124/87
ISD  19880200
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  32126/93
ISD  19930800
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  63379/94
ISD  19950100
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  0306235
ISD  19890300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2403761
ISD  19750800
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Sheridan Ross P. C.
ABST
PAL  A heating and cooling system, particularly for water, provides advantages
      in safety, reliability and efficiency of temperature regulation systems
      for liquids. A temperature regulation unit is controlled by a controlling
      device. A sensing unit is relied upon to detect a particular liquid
      temperature and a safety unit enables the temperature regulation unit to
      be disabled. A reset device connectable to a power source via a
      transforming unit is adapted to lower the voltage level of the power
      source to a level safe for use by a user. The reset device is operable to
      reset the safety unit, thus enabling a controller unit to again operate
      the temperate regulation unit. In a preferred embodiment, the controller
      unit operates the temperature regulation unit through the safety unit,
      such that when the safety unit is activated, power cannot be transferred
      to the temperature regulation unit.
PATN
WKU  059885173
SRC  8
APN  8718032
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970609
TTL  Method and system for controlling an automotive HVAC system based on the
      principle of HVAC work
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Wayner; William
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Bauer; Michael Bradley
CTY  Detroit
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Davis, Jr.; Leighton Ira
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Ford Global Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Dearborn
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  236 493
XCL   62179
XCL  165217
EDF  6
ICL  F24F  700
ICL  F24F  300
FSC  236
FSS  49.3;91 C
FSC  165
FSS  217
FSC   62
FSS  179
UREF
PNO  4856710
ISD  19890800
NAM  Takada et al.
OCL  236 91C
UREF
PNO  4914924
ISD  19900400
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  236 91C
UREF
PNO  5427313
ISD  19950600
NAM  Davis, Jr. et al.
OCL  236 49.3
UREF
PNO  5491775
ISD  19960200
NAM  Madau et al.
OCL  395900
UREF
PNO  5516041
ISD  19960500
NAM  Davis, Jr. et al.
OCL  236 49.3
UREF
PNO  5549152
ISD  19960800
NAM  Davis, Jr. et al.
OCL  165201
UREF
PNO  5553776
ISD  19960900
NAM  Davis, Jr. et al.
OCL  236 49.3
UREF
PNO  5570838
ISD  19961100
NAM  Davis, Jr. et al.
OCL  236 49.3
UREF
PNO  5579994
ISD  19961200
NAM  Davis, Jr. et al.
OCL  236 49.3
UREF
PNO  5607105
ISD  19970300
NAM  Samukawa et al.
OCL  236 49.3
LREP
FR2  Godwin; Paul K.
FR2  May; Roger L.
ABST
PAL  A method and system for automatically controlling a heating, ventilation
      and air-conditioning (HVAC) system of a vehicle in order to achieve
      thermal comfort of an occupant of the automotive vehicle receives a
      plurality of input signals representative of ambient temperature, sunload,
      and a set-point temperature. A desired amount of HVAC Work necessary to
      achieve thermal comfort is determined based on either a target temperature
      or a model of an occupant's thermal comfort. A controller controls the
      HVAC system based on the desired amount of HVAC Work.
PATN
WKU  059885181
SRC  9
APN  1628836
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980929
TTL  Automotive air conditioner
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Tanner; Harry B.
NDR  11
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Kawai; Takayoshi
CTY  Hoi-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nonoyama; Hiroshi
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Denso Corporation
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971013
APN  9-278340
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980624
APN  10-177350
CLAS
OCL  236 493
XCL   62163
XCL  165202
XCL  165249
EDF  6
ICL  B60H  100
FSC  236
FSS  13;49.3;94
FSC   62
FSS  163;161;125;126;127;129;130;131;244
FSC  454
FSS  69;75;229
FSC  165
FSS  202;203;204;42;43;248;249
UREF
PNO  4951476
ISD  19900800
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL   62163
UREF
PNO  5220805
ISD  19930600
NAM  Fukudomi
OCL   62126
UREF
PNO  5230467
ISD  19930700
NAM  Kubsch et al.
XCL   62127
UREF
PNO  5590540
ISD  19970100
NAM  Ikeda et al.
XCL  454 75
UREF
PNO  5833133
ISD  19981100
NAM  Dage
OCL  236 13
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce, PLC
ABST
PAL  On an air-conditioning control panel equipped with an inside/outside air
      changeover switch which enables selection of an inside air recirculation
      mode, an outside air intake mode or an inside-outside two-air layer mode
      and comprises an inside air recirculation button and a light-emitting
      diode indicator, when the inside air recirculation button is turned on to
      light up the light-emitting diode indicator, the manual operation mode is
      selected for control of air-conditioning operation and the inside air
      recirculation mode is selected for air inlet operation. Further, when the
      inside air recirculation button is turned off to extinguish the
      light-emitting diode indicator, the automatic control mode is selected for
      control of air-conditioning operation and either the outside air intake
      mode or the inside-outside two-air-layer mode is selected for air inlet
      operation.
PATN
WKU  059885190
SRC  8
APN  9727981
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19971118
TTL  Precast concrete curved grade crossing with restraining rail
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  McCarry, Jr.; Robert J.
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Jordie; James J.
CTY  La Center
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Pacific International Pipe Enterprises, Inc.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  238 15
XCL  238  2
XCL  238  5
EDF  6
ICL  E01B  500
FSC  238
FSS  2;3;5;7;9;15;17;21;22;315;342;351
UREF
PNO  846901
ISD  19070300
NAM  Bossert
OCL  238154
UREF
PNO  1170264
ISD  19160200
NAM  Hrnich
OCL  238 17
UREF
PNO  1467842
ISD  19230900
NAM  Daley et al.
OCL  238  8
UREF
PNO  1725410
ISD  19290800
NAM  Muchnic
OCL  238  8
UREF
PNO  1912429
ISD  19330600
NAM  Burgess
OCL  404 40
UREF
PNO  2835451
ISD  19580500
NAM  Goulding, Jr.
OCL  238  8
UREF
PNO  3317137
ISD  19670500
NAM  Harmon
OCL  238  8
UREF
PNO  3469783
ISD  19690900
NAM  Uralli et al.
OCL  238  8
UREF
PNO  3938776
ISD  19760200
NAM  Frazier
OCL  249114
UREF
PNO  3955761
ISD  19760500
NAM  Szarka et al.
OCL  238  2
UREF
PNO  4210281
ISD  19800700
NAM  Fee
OCL  238327
UREF
PNO  4232822
ISD  19801100
NAM  Hahn et al.
OCL  238  7
UREF
PNO  4236670
ISD  19801200
NAM  Lemmergard et al.
OCL  238  8
UREF
PNO  4449666
ISD  19840500
NAM  Hales et al.
OCL  238 84
UREF
PNO  4606498
ISD  19860800
NAM  Grant et al.
OCL  238  8
UREF
PNO  4641779
ISD  19870200
NAM  O'Brien et al.
OCL  238  7
UREF
PNO  4793545
ISD  19881200
NAM  Raymond
OCL  238  8
UREF
PNO  4860952
ISD  19890800
NAM  Schmidt
OCL  238  8
UREF
PNO  4899933
ISD  19900200
NAM  Martin
OCL  238  8
UREF
PNO  5181657
ISD  19930100
NAM  Davis
OCL  238  2
UREF
PNO  5464152
ISD  19951100
NAM  Wabnitz
OCL  238  8
UREF
PNO  5626289
ISD  19970500
NAM  Demers, Jr.
OCL  238  8
FREF
PNO  4221106
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
OCL  238  8
FREF
PNO  5202501
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
OCL  238382
FREF
PNO  770824
ISD  19570300
CNT  GBX
OCL  238  8
FREF
PNO  8608428
ISD  19861100
CNT  WOX
OCL  238  8
LREP
FRM  Marger Johnson & McCollom, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A precast concrete curved grade crossing includes a plurality of base
      members, each of which has a central recess formed in the upper surface
      thereof. The central recess receives a plurality of center panels. The
      plurality of base members and center panels are laid end-to-end to form a
      curved crossing. Each of the plurality of base members and center panels
      have a substantially trapezoidal shape which varies in dimension
      proportional to the radius of curvature of the crossing. A restraining
      rail is removably attached to a first standard rail, both being received
      between the base members and center panels to add rigidity and structural
      stability. The first standard rail together with the restraining rail are
      encased by a wide rubber boot which extends through the crossing in a
      single continuous piece to maintain electrical isolation between the
      concrete base member and center panels and the first and restraining
      rails. A second standard rail is laid substantially parallel to the first
      rail to form the pair of railroad tracks. The second standard rail is
      encased by a rubber boot which also extends through the crossing in a
      single continuous piece.
PATN
WKU  059885203
SRC  9
APN  1372688
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980820
TTL  Deodorant and pesticide releasing trash can device
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Prunner; Kathleen J.
EXP  Walczak; David J.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Bitner; Anna
STR  830 S. Hilda St.
CTY  Anaheim
STA  CA
ZIP  92806
CLAS
OCL  239  6
XCL  220 871
XCL  220300
XCL  239 59
XCL  239 60
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 2534
ICL  A61L  904
FSC  239
FSS  6;59;60
FSC  220
FSS  87.1;300;522;908
UREF
PNO  1719185
ISD  19290700
NAM  Lowy
OCL  220 87.1
UREF
PNO  2573548
ISD  19511000
NAM  Cunningham
OCL  220 87.1
UREF
PNO  2642310
ISD  19530600
NAM  Meek et al.
XCL  239 59
UREF
PNO  3214065
ISD  19651000
NAM  Thornton
XCL  239 59
UREF
PNO  3754707
ISD  19730800
NAM  Morane
OCL  239 59
UREF
PNO  3840145
ISD  19741000
NAM  Almanza
OCL  220 87.1
UREF
PNO  4258004
ISD  19810300
NAM  Valenzona et al.
XCL  239 59
UREF
PNO  4630775
ISD  19861200
NAM  Mandon et al.
XCL  239 59
UREF
PNO  4917254
ISD  19900400
NAM  Ciriacks
XCL  220 87.1
UREF
PNO  5174462
ISD  19921200
NAM  Hames
OCL  220 87.1
FREF
PNO  560143
ISD  19750300
CNT  CHX
OCL  239 59
LREP
FRM  Goldstein & Canino
ABST
PAL  A trash can device, comprising an upper housing and a lower housing. The
      lower housing is sized to fit within the upper housing. A chemical disk
      containing both pesticide and deodorizing agents is located within the
      lower housing. The lower housing has lower housing circumference openings.
      The upper housing has upper housing circumference openings. The lower
      housing and upper housing are coaxially rotatable to selectively bring the
      upper housing circumference openings into alignment with the lower housing
      circumference openings to allow selective release of the pesticide and
      deodorizing agents or prevent premature release thereof. The upper housing
      may have a lid having a lid flange for use upon a trash can having an
      upper lip, such that the device covers the trash can with the lid flange
      extending over the upper lip of said trash can.
PATN
WKU  059885211
SRC  8
APN  7551266
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19961122
TTL  Spray arm for coating device and method of spraying a coating through
      the spray arm
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  12
EXA  Ganey; Steven J.
EXP  Kashnikow; Andres
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Nohynek; Oliver
CTY  Friedrichshafen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Draim Metallprodukt GmbH & Co. KG
CTY  Eriskirch
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19951125
APN  195 43 960
CLAS
OCL  239 11
XCL  239139
XCL  239 76
XCL  239566
XCL  137561A
XCL   99516
XCL  118 24
XCL  138114
EDF  6
ICL  B05B 1704
FSC  239
FSS  135;139;76;433;423;548;549;554;556;557;565;566;568;536;553;553.3;553.5;11;1
     3
FSC  137
FSS  561 A
FSC  118
FSS  13;24
FSC   99
FSS  516
FSC  138
FSS  114
UREF
PNO  1126939
ISD  19150200
NAM  Batton
XCL  239557
UREF
PNO  1207790
ISD  19161200
NAM  Peterson
XCL  239536
UREF
PNO  3237236
ISD  19660300
NAM  King, Jr.
XCL  239566
UREF
PNO  3334820
ISD  19670800
NAM  Flynn
XCL  239553.5
UREF
PNO  3730505
ISD  19730500
NAM  Ramacciotti et al.
XCL  239549
UREF
PNO  3816871
ISD  19740600
NAM  Karnofsky
XCL  239DIG.13
UREF
PNO  4955409
ISD  19900900
NAM  Tokuda et al.
OCL  137561A
UREF
PNO  5108034
ISD  19920400
NAM  Huey et al.
UREF
PNO  5322081
ISD  19940600
NAM  Isaac
FREF
PNO  2606296
ISD  19880500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2253633
ISD  19770900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2809286
ISD  19801000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4007080
ISD  19910900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9100980
ISD  19920700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  432535
ISD  19950100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3816680
ISD  19950200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4325971
ISD  19950200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2193145
ISD  19880300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2201359
ISD  19880900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Copy of an Official Action dated May 29, 1996 in German Application No. 195
      43 960.0.
LREP
FRM  Greenblum & Berstein P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  Spray arm for a coating device and a method of supplying a coating material
      to a spray arm. The spray arm including at least one nozzle pipe having an
      open end, a closed end, and at least one nozzle positioned between the
      open end and the closed end, and at least one delivery pipe having a
      supply end and a delivery end. The delivery end may be positioned adjacent
      the closed end of the at least one nozzle pipe, the open end of the at
      least one nozzle pipe may be couplable to a coating material supply, and
      the supply end of the at least one delivery pipe may be couplable to the
      coating material supply. The method includes supplying coating material to
      the at least one nozzle in a first direction substantially along a
      longitudinal axis of the at least one nozzle pipe, and supplying coating
      material to the at least one nozzle in a second direction, the second
      direction being substantially opposite the first direction.
PATN
WKU  059885220
SRC  8
APN  8697167
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970605
TTL  Synthetic jet actuators for modifiying the direction of fluid flows
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  16
EXP  Weldon; Kevin
NDR  18
NFG  45
INVT
NAM  Glezer; Ari
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Smith; Barton L.
CTY  Decatur
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Georgia Tech Research Corporation
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  489490
APD  19950612
PSC  01
PNO  5758823
CLAS
OCL  239 11
XCL  239418
EDF  6
ICL  B05B  716
FSC  239
FSS  102.1;4;11;327;333;332;329;101;99;418;423
FSC  222
FSS  212;210
UREF
PNO  2761833
ISD  19560900
NAM  Ward
OCL  222212
UREF
PNO  2812636
ISD  19571100
NAM  Kadosch et al.
OCL  239310
UREF
PNO  4611553
ISD  19860900
NAM  Iwata
OCL  118 50
UREF
PNO  4646945
ISD  19870300
NAM  Steiner
XCL  222213
UREF
PNO  4747523
ISD  19880500
NAM  Dobbs
XCL  239333
UREF
PNO  5238153
ISD  19930800
NAM  Castillo et al.
XCL  222212
UREF
PNO  5758823
ISD  19980600
NAM  Glezer et al.
OCL  239  4
LREP
FRM  Thomas, Kayden, Horstemeyer & Risley
ABST
PAL  In a first preferred embodiment for an improved synthetic jet actuator, the
      orifice shape is altered by either a flap or adjusting the housing walls.
      If the flap is deployed outward from the wall just above the orifice of a
      synthetic jet actuator, the synthetic jet flow will be vectored upward,
      toward the flap. Similarly, if the upper wall forming the orifice is moved
      outward from the jet chamber interior with respect to an opposing wall
      forming the orifice, the flow will also vector upward. In the second
      preferred embodiment of an improved synthetic jet actuator, an opening in
      addition to the orifice, may be formed in one or more walls of the
      housing. A louver is aligned with the opening in the housing and permits
      fluid flow in only one direction, either into the chamber or out of the
      chamber. When the louver permits fluid flow into the chamber, the jet
      actuator can operate at high speeds since fluid can enter the chamber
      through a greater surface area. Another preferred embodiment for an
      improved synthetic jet actuator comprises two concentric tubular sections
      normal to an outside surface of a solid body). In operation, the innermost
      section is connected to a vacuum device and constantly pulls fluid down
      its length from the ambient fluid above the outer surface. Meanwhile, the
      outer section ejects fluid into the ambient environment by pulses. Such an
      operation will cause a synthetic fluid jet to form above the constant
      suction synthetic jet actuator.
GOVT
PAR  The U.S. Government has a paid up license in this invention and the right
      in limited circumstances to require the patent owner to license others on
      reasonable terms as provided for by the terms of Contract No.
      F49620-92-J-0518, awarded by the United States Air Force, Office of
      Scientific Research.
PATN
WKU  059885238
SRC  9
APN  0311146
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980226
TTL  Pop-up sprinkler unit with split containment ring
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Bocanegra; Jorge
EXP  Kashnikow; Andres
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Scott; Loren W.
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hunter Industries, Inc.
CTY  San Marcos
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  239114
XCL  239115
XCL  239205
XCL  2392883
EDF  6
ICL  B05B  128
FSC  239
FSS  200;201;203;204;205;206;288;288.3;288.5;114;115
FSC  277
FSS  434;435;436
UREF
PNO  2807511
ISD  19570900
NAM  Fleming
OCL  277221
UREF
PNO  4449721
ISD  19840500
NAM  Tsuge
OCL  277221
UREF
PNO  5222669
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lawson
OCL  239205
UREF
PNO  5423486
ISD  19950600
NAM  Hunter
OCL  239205
UREF
PNO  5711486
ISD  19980100
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  239205
UREF
PNO  5779243
ISD  19980700
NAM  Hanlon
OCL  277216
LREP
FR2  Jester; Michael H.
ABST
PAL  A pop-up sprinkler unit includes an outer cylindrical fixed housing for
      subsurface mounting, with a riser reciprocally mounted in a central bore
      of the housing for extending up through a portion of the soil. A radially
      retractable and expandable resilient plastic containment ring is mounted
      at an outlet end of the housing and engages an annular inner shoulder of
      the housing for retaining a coil spring and the riser in the bore. The
      containment ring is split to enable expansion and retraction. It has a
      first height throughout a first portion of its circumference and a second
      lower height throughout a second portion of its circumference to enable
      overlap during insertion of the ring into the upper end of the fixed
      housing. This configuration eliminates a gap at the split when the ring is
      in its retaining position, thereby preventing debris from entering the
      bore of the housing and preventing complete extension and/or retraction of
      the riser.
PATN
WKU  059885246
SRC  9
APN  0252425
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980218
TTL  Suck back valve with sucking amount control mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Ganey; Steven J.
EXP  Kashnikow; Andres
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Odajima; Katsuhiko
CTY  Kawaguchi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kurosawa; Kenichi
CTY  Matsudo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  SMC Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970407
APN  9-088558
CLAS
OCL  239119
XCL  239 73
XCL  239 75
XCL  239106
XCL  239586
XCL  222571
XCL  251 11
XCL  251 635
XCL  251331
EDF  6
ICL  B05B 1500
FSC  239
FSS  71;104;75;106;119;583;586;73
FSC  251
FSS  11;30.02;63.5;331
FSC   73
FSS  40.5 R
FSC  222
FSS  571
UREF
PNO  3895748
ISD  19750700
NAM  Klingenberg
OCL  222571
UREF
PNO  4394945
ISD  19830700
NAM  Taylor, Jr.
OCL  222571
UREF
PNO  4597719
ISD  19860700
NAM  Tano
XCL  222571
UREF
PNO  5134962
ISD  19920800
NAM  Amada et al.
XCL  239 71
UREF
PNO  5423482
ISD  19950600
NAM  Mueller et al.
XCL  239119
FREF
PNO  8-10399
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A suck back valve is equipped with a second valve by which a flow amount of
      a pressurized fluid, which is sucked by a third diaphragm, is electrically
      controlled based on an output of activation and deactivation signals from
      a main controller. The suck back valve further includes an encoder which
      detects a displacement amount of the third diaphragm, and outputs a
      detection signal thereof to the main controller.
PATN
WKU  059885262
SRC  9
APN  0369748
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980309
TTL  Combination nozzle and vacuum hood that is self cleaning
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Weldon; Kevin
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Tzeng; Chung-Hao
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Cheng; Dong-Shiuh
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chang; Cherng-Yui
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Lin; Yung-Kai
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd.
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  589694
APD  19960122
PSC  01
PNO  5756155
CLAS
OCL  239119
XCL  239120
EDF  6
ICL  B05B 1502
FSC   15
FSS  320-322
FSC  239
FSS  106;119;120;124;127
UREF
PNO  3747155
ISD  19730700
NAM  Koellisch
OCL   15322
UREF
PNO  4093123
ISD  19780600
NAM  Maran
OCL  239322
UREF
PNO  4563840
ISD  19860100
NAM  Urakami
OCL   51410
UREF
PNO  4600149
ISD  19860700
NAM  Wakatsuki
OCL  239120
UREF
PNO  4733428
ISD  19880300
NAM  Malinge et al.
OCL   15302
UREF
PNO  4832752
ISD  19890500
NAM  Nezworski
OCL  134 22.12
UREF
PNO  5147087
ISD  19920900
NAM  Fuchs
OCL  239333
UREF
PNO  5464390
ISD  19951100
NAM  Arnett et al.
OCL  604 35
UREF
PNO  5756155
ISD  19980500
NAM  Tzeng et al.
OCL  427294
FREF
PNO  2330943
ISD  19790600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  404322759
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
OCL  239120
FREF
PNO  584898
ISD  19771200
CNT  SUX
OCL  239120
LREP
FR2  Saile; George O.
FR2  Ackerman; Stephen B.
FR2  Stoffel; William J.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a combination of a nozzle and a vacuum hood. The
      vacuum hood has a chamber that surrounds the tip of the nozzle and removes
      residue from the tip by a vacuum which flows in the chamber past the
      nozzle tip. This vacuum catches and removes residue from the nozzle tip
      and prevents the reside from interfering with the spraying action or
      dripping down. The method of the instant invention provides for dispensing
      a fluid from a nozzle without dripping fluid from the nozzle having a
      vacuum hood. The method comprises: (a) dispensing a fluid on a rotating
      semiconductor wafer through a nozzle over the wafer; (b) terminating the
      fluid flow through the nozzle; (c) creating an upward flow of gas about
      the dispensing nozzle when the flow of fluid through the nozzle is
      terminated; (d) capturing any fluid residue from the nozzle in the upward
      flow of gas; (e) removing the wafer and positioning another wafer; and (f)
      terminating the upward flow of gas; and repeating the process of steps (a)
      through (f).
PATN
WKU  059885270
SRC  8
APN  9762515
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971121
TTL  Airbrush adapter for slow speed fine line detail
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Morris; Lesley D.
NDR  6
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Alosi; Victor Francis
STR  104 Clinton Rd.
CTY  East Weymouth
STA  MA
ZIP  02189
CLAS
OCL  239124
XCL  239390
XCL  239346
EDF  6
ICL  B05B 1500
FSC  239
FSS  124;305;346;390;397;436;587.1;602;518
UREF
PNO  4171097
ISD  19791000
NAM  Rebold
XCL  239346
UREF
PNO  5421518
ISD  19950600
NAM  Robisch et al.
OCL  239311
LREP
FR2  Cushing; Keith A.
ABST
PAL  An attachment to an airbrush provides fine line detail with relatively slow
      movement of the airbrush and attachment. The attachment couples to the
      nose of an airbrush and receives the atomized media spray from the
      airbrush within a chamber. The chamber couples to atmosphere through a
      relatively large bypass orifice and through a relatively small fine line
      detail nozzle orifice. A majority of the media passes from the bypass
      orifice, however the media emerging from the attachment fine line detail
      nozzle orifice and applied to a workpiece to produces fine line detail
      work without requiring rapid movement of the airbrush relative to the
      workpiece.
PATN
WKU  059885289
SRC  8
APN  7744374
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19961230
TTL  Self-centering boom
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Ganey; Steven J.
EXP  Kashnikow; Andres
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Krohn; Martin L.
CTY  Degraff
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Towner; Richard D.
CTY  Dawson
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Larson; Daniel
CTY  Benson
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Case Corporation
CTY  Racine
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  239168
EDF  6
ICL  B05B  120
FSC  239
FSS  167;168;731;733
FSC  901
FSS  1
FSC  414
FSS  DIG. 917
UREF
PNO  4044952
ISD  19770800
NAM  Williams et al.
XCL  239168
UREF
PNO  4288034
ISD  19810900
NAM  Widmer et al.
OCL  239168
UREF
PNO  4344572
ISD  19820800
NAM  Tyler
OCL  239168
UREF
PNO  4595140
ISD  19860600
NAM  Harden et al.
OCL  239167
UREF
PNO  5000385
ISD  19910300
NAM  Trusty et al.
OCL  239168
UREF
PNO  5248091
ISD  19930900
NAM  Thyberg
OCL  239168
UREF
PNO  5348226
ISD  19940900
NAM  Heiniger et al.
XCL  239168
OREF
PAL  Photograph of center hydraulic cylinder in RoGator product of Ag-Chem
      Equipment Co., Inc. 36 pages from the home page of Ag-Chem Equipment Co.,
      Inc.
PAL  Pp. 5-1 Boom Tree Assembly 501575 (D).
LREP
FRM  Faegre & Benson LLP
ABST
PAL  A self-centering boom for self-propelled agricultural sprayers having a
      double-acting hydraulic cylinder and a magnetically actuated electrical
      position sensor and control for sensing and moving the boom to a centered
      position. The electro-hydraulic control circuit senses boom position when
      the boom is at or near a centered position with respect to the sprayer and
      automatically centers the boom when the sprayer drive train is out of a
      neutral condition. The hydraulic system includes a pair of pressure relief
      valves to allow the boom to deflect due to inertial forces when turning or
      when contact is made with an obstruction, with the control system
      returning the boom to a centered position after turning or when the boom
      is clear of the obstruction. A flow restricting orifice cooperates with
      the pressure relief valves to automatically adjust the pressure at the
      inlet of the relief valve to retard rapid boom movement, while not
      interfering with slow boom movement.
PATN
WKU  059885297
SRC  8
APN  9265457
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970910
TTL  Liquid spraying arrangement for windows
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Dinh Q.
EXP  Kashnikow; Andres
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Suhring; Axel
CTY  Wolfsburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Volkswagen AG
CTY  Wolfsburg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960919
APN  196 38 302
CLAS
OCL  2392841
XCL  239381
XCL  2395891
EDF  6
ICL  B05B  110
FSC  239
FSS  284.1;318;225.1;231;232;251;380;381;389;436;533.1;548;589.1
FSC  137
FSS  829;830;624.14
UREF
PNO  3008649
ISD  19611100
NAM  Bock et al.
OCL  239284.1
UREF
PNO  4896383
ISD  19900100
NAM  Morgan et al.
OCL  239318
FREF
PNO  2059513
ISD  19780400
CNT  DEX
OCL  137829
FREF
PNO  2534288
ISD  19840600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2560546
ISD  19880200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3724765
ISD  19960400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1264987
ISD  19861000
CNT  RUX
OCL  239589.1
FREF
PNO  1426641
ISD  19880900
CNT  RUX
OCL  239381
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A liquid spray arrangement for a window has a spray nozzle which includes
      an inflow chamber, an interaction chamber, and an oscillator in the
      interaction chamber. The oscillator divides the interaction chamber into
      two spray channels and is caused to oscillate by the flow of a cleaning
      liquid, as a result of which a spray jet is sprayed onto the window
      alternately at two different angles. This makes it possible to increase
      the proportion of cleaning liquid which contributes to the cleaning of the
      window, and thus to reduce the volume of cleaning liquid in the storage
      container.
PATN
WKU  059885300
SRC  9
APN  1263374
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980730
TTL  Oiler attachment
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Morris; Lesley D.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Rockefeller; Michael
STR  3062 S. 13th St.
CTY  Milwaukee
STA  WI
ZIP  53215
CLAS
OCL  239333
XCL  239391
EDF  6
ICL  B05B  9043
ICL  B05B 1500
FSC  239
FSS  333;587;588;390;391;397
FSC  222
FSS  527;530;383.3;383.1;575
UREF
PNO  1593016
ISD  19260700
NAM  Campbell
XCL  222527
UREF
PNO  5251820
ISD  19931000
NAM  Ho
XCL  239333
UREF
PNO  5645198
ISD  19970700
NAM  Stern et al.
XCL  239391
ABST
PAL  A new oiler attachment for attachment to a disposable oil container to
      dispense oil contained therein. The inventive device includes a pump
      assembly adapted for attachment to a neck of a container of oil with an
      elongate intake tube extending from the pump assembly adapted for
      extending into the container of oil when the pump assembly is attached to
      the container of oil. The pump assembly also has an output for oil drawn
      into the pump assembly from the intake tube. The pump assembly has an
      actuator trigger for drawing oil from the container of oil into the lower
      end of the intake tube and through the pump assembly to the output of the
      pump assembly. At least one dispensing nozzle is provided for directing
      the placement of oil from the output of the pump assembly. The dispensing
      nozzle has an attachment end attachable to the output of the pump assembly
      and an open tip distal the attachment end of the dispensing nozzle.
PATN
WKU  059885319
SRC  8
APN  9777725
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971125
TTL  Method of making a fuel injector
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  25
EXP  Weldon; Kevin
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Maden; Ken
CTY  Coronado
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lockyer; John
CTY  Lajolla
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Solar Turbines
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  239406
XCL  239419
XCL  2394255
XCL  239600
XCL   60740
EDF  6
ICL  B05B  706
ICL  F02C  100
FSC  239
FSS  423-425.5;420;416.5;417.3;419;403-406;600
FSC   60
FSS  737;740
UREF
PNO  3652016
ISD  19720300
NAM  Cheshire
OCL  239424.5
UREF
PNO  3741483
ISD  19730600
NAM  Kawaguchi
XCL  239424.5
UREF
PNO  3764071
ISD  19731000
NAM  Carlisle
XCL  239424.5
UREF
PNO  3824051
ISD  19740700
NAM  Van Leemput
OCL  425 78
UREF
PNO  3940104
ISD  19760200
NAM  Hermes et al.
OCL  249142
UREF
PNO  4773596
ISD  19880900
NAM  Wright et al.
OCL  239424.5
UREF
PNO  4938909
ISD  19900700
NAM  Daly
OCL  264219
UREF
PNO  5111794
ISD  19920500
NAM  DeGrace, Jr.
OCL  123470
UREF
PNO  5168625
ISD  19921200
NAM  DeGrace, Jr.
OCL   29888.01
UREF
PNO  5381963
ISD  19950100
NAM  Bright et al.
OCL  239533.2
UREF
PNO  5474119
ISD  19951200
NAM  Jonsson
OCL  164137
FREF
PNO  2910464
ISD  19790900
CNT  DEX
OCL  239424.5
LREP
FR2  Cain; Larry G.
ABST
PAL  Present fuel injectors fail to be cost effective and with the complexity of
      recent fuel injectors tend to be labor intensive. The present fuel
      injector and method of making the fuel injector provides a cost effective
      fuel injector which reduces the labor intensiveness of manufacturing. The
      manufacturing of the fuel injector includes the separate formation of a
      first unitary component, a second unitary component and a third unitary
      component by individual castings. The unitary components are positioned
      relative one to another and welded forming the fuel injector having a
      preestablished configuration. The unitary components are individually cast
      and each include an as cast complex configuration verses a plurality of
      individual components being welded in subassemblies and into a final
      assembly.
PATN
WKU  059885327
SRC  8
APN  7376812
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19961121
TTL  Valve nozzle
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Weldon; Kevin
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Alt; Norbert
CTY  Aachen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Blaich; Michael
CTY  Aachen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Guerich; Guenter
CTY  Aachen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schmuecker; Karl-Joachim
CTY  Aachen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  FEV Motorentechnik GmbH & Co.
CTY  Aachen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950323
APN  295 04 898  U
CLAS
OCL  239414
XCL  2394164
XCL  2394245
XCL  23953393
XCL  137898
XCL  137870
EDF  6
ICL  F23D 1460
FSC  239
FSS  407;513;415;416;416.2;416.4;416.5;417;424.5;533.2;533.9;414
UREF
PNO  2977988
ISD  19610400
NAM  Drobilits et al.
XCL  137605
UREF
PNO  4040569
ISD  19770800
NAM  Knapp
UREF
PNO  4266727
ISD  19810500
NAM  Happel et al.
XCL  239416.4
UREF
PNO  4714198
ISD  19871200
NAM  Savkar
XCL  239415
UREF
PNO  4801092
ISD  19890100
NAM  Webber et al.
XCL  239424.5
UREF
PNO  4834291
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kollmann
XCL  239415
UREF
PNO  4958771
ISD  19900900
NAM  Klomp
UREF
PNO  5353991
ISD  19941000
NAM  De Nagel et al.
XCL  137870
UREF
PNO  5400970
ISD  19950300
NAM  Alt et al.
UREF
PNO  5982902
ISD  19910100
NAM  Knapp et al.
XCL  239124
FREF
PNO  0384473
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0599168
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1933489
ISD  19700300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  876179
ISD  19811100
CNT  SUX
OCL  239424.5
FREF
PNO  2150978
ISD  19850700
CNT  GBX
OCL  239400
LREP
FRM  Venable
FR2  Spencer; George H.
FR2  Wells; Ashley J.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/01032
PD1  19961121
PD2  19961121
PD3  19960311
PCP  WO96/29514
PCD  19960926
ABST
PAR  A valve nozzle for introducing a flowable liquid into a mixing chamber
      through which flows a gas includes a nozzle head having defined therein
      the mixing chamber and having a gas delivery conduit which communicates
      with the mixing chamber, the mixing chamber having at least one nozzle
      opening through which a mixture of the gas and the flowable liquid pass
      from the nozzle head; driving device for opening and closing the at least
      one nozzle opening; closing spring connected to the driving device; an
      actuating device connected to the closing spring; a closure body which is
      disposed on the outflow side of the at least one nozzle opening, which is
      supported on the actuating device, and which is axially movable; a
      distribution chamber which discharges into the mixing chamber and has a
      valve seat for the closure body so that the interstice between the valve
      seat and the closure body, in an open position of the closure body, forms
      the at least one nozzle opening; a delivery conduit for the flowable
      liquid which terminates in a calibrated inlet bore that discharges into
      the distribution chamber.
PATN
WKU  059885335
SRC  9
APN  0643807
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980422
TTL  Magnetic valve controlled fuel injector
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Hwu; Davis
EXP  Kashnikow; Andres
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Augustin; Ulrich
CTY  Kernen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Daimler Chryser AG
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970425
APN  197 17 419
CLAS
OCL  2395851
XCL  251 52
EDF  6
ICL  B05B  130
ICL  F16K 3112
FSC  239
FSS  585.1;533.8;533.1
FSC  251
FSS  47;52
FSC  123
FSS  198 D
UREF
PNO  3481542
ISD  19691200
NAM  Huber
OCL  239533.8
UREF
PNO  4687136
ISD  19870800
NAM  Ozu et al.
OCL  239533.8
UREF
PNO  5109822
ISD  19920500
NAM  Martin
OCL  123456
FREF
PNO  196 12 738
ISD  19961000
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Bach; Kraus J.
ABST
PAL  In a magnetic valve controlled fuel injector for a multi-cylinder internal
      combustion engine with a nozzle needle movably disposed in the injector
      housing and spring-biased onto a nozzle needle seat wherein high pressure
      fuel supplied to the nozzle needle through a fuel admission passage lifts
      the nozzle needle off its seat for discharging fuel therefrom, a control
      piston with a valve portion is disposed in the injector housing and
      controlled by an electromagnetic valve for admitting fuel under pressure
      to the fuel admission passage and a pressure piston is movably disposed in
      a pressure space formed at one end of a space receiving the nozzle needle
      spring which, with one end biases the nozzle needle toward its closed
      position and is supported at its other end by the pressure piston and a
      throttled communication passage extends between the fuel admission passage
      and the pressure space for moving the pressure piston toward the nozzle
      needle when the pressure in the fuel admission passage remains because of
      a defect in the injector so as to move the nozzle needle onto the nozzle
      needle seat to interrupt the fuel discharge from the injector.
PATN
WKU  059885343
SRC  9
APN  0935751
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980608
TTL  Spreader mount assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXA  Hwu; Davis
EXP  Kashnikow; Andres
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kost; James A.
CTY  Willoughby
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Georgakopoulos; Elias J.
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Louis Berkman Company
CTY  Steubenville
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  239650
XCL  239663
EDF  6
ICL  A01C 1500
ICL  A01C 2300
FSC  239
FSS  676;650;663
FSC   16
FSS  354
FSC   70
FSS  202;134;55;56
FSC  292
FSS  67;307 R;218
FSC  296
FSS  37.6;50
UREF
PNO  3387406
ISD  19680600
NAM  Coker et al.
OCL  296 50
UREF
PNO  3454299
ISD  19690700
NAM  Hewitt et al.
OCL  296 50
UREF
PNO  4076301
ISD  19780200
NAM  Gergoe
OCL  296 50
UREF
PNO  4166581
ISD  19790900
NAM  Hetrick
UREF
PNO  4712717
ISD  19871200
NAM  Egerdahl
OCL  239663
UREF
PNO  4790589
ISD  19881200
NAM  Moore et al.
OCL  239 50
UREF
PNO  4991781
ISD  19910200
NAM  Barbieri
UREF
PNO  5286158
ISD  19940200
NAM  Zimmerman
OCL  239650
UREF
PNO  5375773
ISD  19941200
NAM  Lewis
OCL  239650
LREP
FRM  Vickers, Daniels & Young
ABST
PAL  An improved spreader assembly adapted to be mounted on a the rear end of a
      cargo bed of a vehicle. The spreader assembly includes a spreader gate, a
      gate connector adapted to pivotably move the spreader gate about a
      substantially vertical axis enabling the gate to be swung away from said
      cargo bed, to expose an opening between the sidewalls of the cargo bed,
      and a spreader mount connected to the gate and extending rearwardly
      therefrom. The spreader gate includes a two gate sections positionable
      with respect to one another to provide a variable longitudinal length of
      the gate.
PATN
WKU  059885351
SRC  9
APN  018294&
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980204
TTL  Method and apparatus for depositing snow-ice treatment material on
      pavement
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Deal; David
EXP  Shaver; Kevin P.
NDR  15
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Kime; James A.
CTY  Columbus
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  H.Y.O., Inc.
CTY  Columbus
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  239687
XCL  239681
XCL  239682
XCL  239684
XCL  239650
XCL  239172
XCL  239176
EDF  6
ICL  A01C 1700
FSC  239
FSS  677;684;687;650;661;670;672;681;146;172;675;656;665;682;176
UREF
PNO  3559893
ISD  19710200
NAM  Gruben
OCL  239664
UREF
PNO  3693890
ISD  19720900
NAM  Torrey
OCL  239668
UREF
PNO  4106703
ISD  19780800
NAM  Magda
OCL  239656
UREF
PNO  5318226
ISD  19940600
NAM  Kime et al.
OCL  239  1
LREP
FRM  Mueller and Smith, L.P.A.
ABST
PAL  Apparatus and method for depositing salt granular materials upon a highway
      pavement at practical speeds. The deposition forms two narrow bands of the
      salt through utilization of two impeller-based mechanisms which are canted
      downwardly at an acute angle toward the pavement. The dump bed of trucks
      utilizing the apparatus is maintained in a down orientation through the
      utilization of a salt transport mechanism implemented as dual augers
      extending the length of the truck bed. Two embodiments of the apparatus
      are described each being self-contained and mountable upon a truck bed
      with relative ease. In one embodiment, a brine formation tank of generally
      triangular cross-sectional configuration is combined with a brine holding
      tank to form the sides of a V-box hopper structure. The brine formation
      tank is charged with salt and water to form a saturated brine which is
      permitted to migrate through a baffling system to the brine holding tank.
      A liquid pump system then drives the liquid to a cross auger apparatus
      wherein auger components are used as the mixing mechanism for adding brine
      to granular salt prior to its ejection to form the continuous narrow bands
      which are effective to attack the ice/pavement bond typically encountered
      on winter highways. The second embodiment utilizes the full capacity of
      the dump bed in conjunction with hydraulically biased contractor
      assemblies to move salt into a bed auger assembly.
PATN
WKU  059885360
SRC  8
APN  9865950
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971208
TTL  Electro-mechanical dosimeter of seeds and fertilizer
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Bocanegra; Jorge
EXP  Kashnikow; Andres
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Garcia; Roberto Luis
STR  Av. Kennedy 2086
CTY  B.degree. 1.degree. de mayo (Rosario) C.P. 2000
CNT  ARX
PRIR
CNT  ARX
APD  19961209
APN  P 96 01 05559
CLAS
OCL  239689
EDF  6
ICL  A01C  306
FSC  239
FSS  650;651;653;665;666;668;669;676;677;679;681;682;684;689
FSC  222
FSS  415
FSC  111
FSS  15;25
UREF
PNO  4085862
ISD  19780400
NAM  Steffen
OCL  221  8
UREF
PNO  4145980
ISD  19790300
NAM  Boots
OCL  111  1
UREF
PNO  4381080
ISD  19830400
NAM  van der Lely et al.
OCL  239666
UREF
PNO  4725005
ISD  19880200
NAM  Wiegelmann
OCL  239682
FREF
PNO  3931835 A1
ISD  19890900
CNT  DEX
OCL  239665
FREF
PNO  2200827A
ISD  19880800
CNT  GBX
OCL  239665
LREP
FRM  Smith & Danamraj, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An electro-mechanical dosimeter of granulate, such as seeds and fertilizer.
      The electro-mechanical dosimeter includes a feeder tube for holding the
      granulate, a cylindrical body attached to the feeder tube, and a conical
      plate attached to the cylindrical body for rotating the granulate
      horizontally outward towards the perimeter of the cylindrical body. The
      feeder tube has a first opening from which the granulate is feed to the
      plate and a volume register surrounding the feeder tube at the first
      opening. The electro-mechanical dosimeter also includes a motor for
      rotating the plate around a central axis of the cylindrical body, and a
      second opening on the cylindrical body from which the granulate exits the
      cylindrical body to a discharge tube where the granulate is dispensed at a
      controlled and even rate. The volume of the granulate may be changed by
      adjusting the size of the first opening by raising and lowering the volume
      register upon the feeder tube.
PATN
WKU  059885378
SRC  9
APN  0828025
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980521
TTL  Apparatus and method for controlled impact comminution of wood
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Ojini; Anthony
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Marra; Alan A.
CTY  Amherst
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Forest Products Development Laboratories, Inc. L.L.C.
CTY  Amherst
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  241 28
EDF  6
ICL  B02C 2312
FSC  241
FSS  19;24.29;27;58;79.1;189.1;194
UREF
PNO  1636033
ISD  19270100
NAM  Agnew
UREF
PNO  1669239
ISD  19280500
NAM  Grindle
UREF
PNO  2882149
ISD  19590400
NAM  Willems
UREF
PNO  3065919
ISD  19621100
NAM  Burkett et al.
UREF
PNO  3329350
ISD  19670700
NAM  Wisgerhof et al.
UREF
PNO  3794251
ISD  19740200
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  3899139
ISD  19750800
NAM  Okada et al.
UREF
PNO  4087052
ISD  19780500
NAM  Rohrbach
UREF
PNO  4701294
ISD  19871000
NAM  Radwanski et al.
UREF
PNO  4816075
ISD  19890300
NAM  Gruenewald
UREF
PNO  5472147
ISD  19951200
NAM  Doppstadt
OREF
PAL  "Williams Hot HOg Shredders" Bulletin 871.
PAL  Hawkensen Enterprises brochure: Schutte Model 1390 Wood Grinder Hammermill.
LREP
FR2  Moyne; Mary M.
FR2  McLeod; Ian C.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus (10) for the controlled impact comminution of wood
      pieces (100) is described. The apparatus includes a housing (12) within
      which is located a comminuting chamber (14). The acceleration zone (14A)
      of the chamber has an impeller system (36) with flails (42). A fan (54) is
      also mounted adjacent the lower portion of the chamber. The comminution
      zone (14B) of the chamber includes first and second impact plates (26 and
      30) and a funnel (34) having an outlet tube (34B) which is connected by a
      tube (56) to the inlet (54A) of the fan. The outlet (54B) of the fan is
      connected by an outlet chute (58) to a cyclone collector (60) positioned
      over a bin (62). To comminute the wood pieces, the pieces are fed into the
      impeller path (44). The flails of the impeller move the pieces around the
      path and accelerate the pieces into contact with the impact plates. As a
      result of the impact, the pieces are reduced into smaller pieces.
      Depending on the weight of the pieces, the pieces either reenter the
      impeller path for further comminution or if the pieces have been reduced
      to a predetermined size the pieces are drawn upward and out of the chamber
      through the outer tube to the cyclone collection and the bin by the fan.
PATN
WKU  059885386
SRC  9
APN  123532&
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980728
TTL  Refiner disc having steam exhaust channel
ISD  19991123
NCL  59
ECL  1
EXP  Rosenbaum; Mark
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Bartels; Patrick J.
CTY  Sussex
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  J&L Fiber Services, Inc.
CTY  Waukesha
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  241 28
XCL  241244
XCL  2412612
XCL  241298
EDF  6
ICL  B02C  712
FSC  241
FSS  244;261.2;261.3;296;297;298;28
UREF
PNO  4005827
ISD  19770200
NAM  Frair et al.
UREF
PNO  4036443
ISD  19770700
NAM  Saltarelli
UREF
PNO  4221631
ISD  19800900
NAM  Hellerqvist et al.
OCL  241244
UREF
PNO  4529137
ISD  19850700
NAM  Matthew et al.
UREF
PNO  4531681
ISD  19850700
NAM  Matthew et al.
UREF
PNO  4570862
ISD  19860200
NAM  Kirchner
UREF
PNO  4586662
ISD  19860500
NAM  Goldenberg et al.
UREF
PNO  4600475
ISD  19860700
NAM  Reinhall et al.
UREF
PNO  4614309
ISD  19860900
NAM  Goldenberg
UREF
PNO  4619414
ISD  19861000
NAM  Kirchner et al.
UREF
PNO  4620675
ISD  19861100
NAM  Kirchner
UREF
PNO  4676440
ISD  19870600
NAM  Perkola
UREF
PNO  4700900
ISD  19871000
NAM  Rowland
UREF
PNO  4725336
ISD  19880200
NAM  Fisher
UREF
PNO  4754935
ISD  19880700
NAM  Gullichsen
UREF
PNO  4953796
ISD  19900900
NAM  Virving
UREF
PNO  5046672
ISD  19910900
NAM  Demler
UREF
PNO  5047118
ISD  19910900
NAM  Gullichsen
UREF
PNO  5076892
ISD  19911200
NAM  Fisher et al.
UREF
PNO  5165592
ISD  19921100
NAM  Wasikowski
UREF
PNO  5248099
ISD  19930900
NAM  Lahner et al.
UREF
PNO  5335865
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kohler et al.
UREF
PNO  5373995
ISD  19941200
NAM  Johannson
UREF
PNO  5383608
ISD  19950100
NAM  Dahlqvist et al.
UREF
PNO  5425508
ISD  19950600
NAM  Chaney
UREF
PNO  5449122
ISD  19950900
NAM  Berger et al.
UREF
PNO  5467931
ISD  19951100
NAM  Dodd
UREF
PNO  5476228
ISD  19951200
NAM  Underberg
UREF
PNO  5492548
ISD  19960200
NAM  Wasikowski
UREF
PNO  5690286
ISD  19971100
NAM  Dodd et al.
UREF
PNO  5823453
ISD  19981000
NAM  Garasimowicz
UREF
PNO  5824265
ISD  19981000
NAM  Dodd
UREF
PNO  5863000
ISD  19990100
NAM  Gingras
UREF
PNO  5868330
ISD  19990200
NAM  Dodd et al.
UREF
PNO  5875982
ISD  19990300
NAM  Underberg
FREF
PNO  2083375
ISD  19820300
CNT  GBX
OCL  241244
OREF
PAL  Allison, B.J., A.J. Isaksson, and A. Karlstrom. "Grey box identification of
      a TMP refiner," proceedings of the 1995 International Mechanical Pulping
      Conference, pp. 119-124.
PAL  Engstrand, Per, Anders Karlstrom, and Lennart Nilsson. "The Impact of
      chemical addition on refining parameters," proceedings of 1995
      International Mechanical Pulping Conference, pp. 281-286.
LREP
FRM  Nilles & Nilles S.C.
ABST
PAL  A rotary disc refiner includes a pair of spaced apart refiner discs for
      refining or grinding a material that typically is fibrous material such as
      wood pulp or the like. Pressurized vapor, typically steam, produced as a
      result of the refining or grinding is exhausted through a channel in the
      refiner disc which extends through the body of the disc. Preferably, the
      channel is located in a refiner disc that rotates. The channel includes a
      vapor inlet opening located preferably in the high pressure midsection of
      the refiner disc, a vapor outlet opening which discharges the steam to the
      relatively low pressure outer section of the disc, and a passageway behind
      the refining or grinding surface of the refiner disc connecting the inlet
      to the outlet.
PATN
WKU  059885394
SRC  8
APN  9575154
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19971024
TTL  Wood chipper with infeed chute safety device
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Rosenbaum; Mark
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Morey; Michael Boyd
CTY  Shepherd
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Tramor, Inc.
CTY  Remus
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  241 34
XCL  241 36
XCL  241 375
XCL  241 92
EDF  6
ICL  B02C 2500
FSC  241
FSS  37.5;36;92;101.76;34
UREF
PNO  Re33840
ISD  19920300
NAM  Peterson et al.
UREF
PNO  3069101
ISD  19621200
NAM  Wexell
UREF
PNO  3076489
ISD  19630200
NAM  Schmidt et al.
UREF
PNO  3182917
ISD  19650500
NAM  Tamny et al.
UREF
PNO  3276700
ISD  19661000
NAM  Eklund
UREF
PNO  3463405
ISD  19690800
NAM  Shepherd
UREF
PNO  3559724
ISD  19710200
NAM  Wilkinson
UREF
PNO  3635410
ISD  19720100
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  3868062
ISD  19750200
NAM  Cunningham et al.
UREF
PNO  3939886
ISD  19760200
NAM  Tucek
UREF
PNO  3989198
ISD  19761100
NAM  Blasko
UREF
PNO  4022021
ISD  19770500
NAM  Russell, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4260114
ISD  19810400
NAM  Herder
OCL  241 37.5
UREF
PNO  4452400
ISD  19840600
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  4560110
ISD  19851200
NAM  Burda
UREF
PNO  4685624
ISD  19870800
NAM  Nidiffer et al.
UREF
PNO  4687179
ISD  19870800
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  4692028
ISD  19870900
NAM  Schave
UREF
PNO  4716823
ISD  19880100
NAM  Capdevila
UREF
PNO  4721257
ISD  19880100
NAM  Williams et al.
UREF
PNO  4793561
ISD  19881200
NAM  Burda
UREF
PNO  4906486
ISD  19900300
NAM  Young
UREF
PNO  5005620
ISD  19910400
NAM  Morey
UREF
PNO  5018672
ISD  19910500
NAM  Peck et al.
OCL  241 37.5
UREF
PNO  5088532
ISD  19920200
NAM  Eggers et al.
UREF
PNO  5167374
ISD  19921200
NAM  Strohmeyer
OCL  241 36
UREF
PNO  5263651
ISD  19931100
NAM  Nadarajah
UREF
PNO  5358189
ISD  19941000
NAM  Vandermolen
UREF
PNO  5667152
ISD  19970900
NAM  Mooring
OCL  241 37.5
FREF
PNO  3624996
ISD  19880200
CNT  DEX
OCL  241 36
FREF
PNO  3808487
ISD  19890500
CNT  DEX
OCL  241 36
LREP
FRM  Bliss McGlynn, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A waste reducing machine, such as a wood chipper, is constructed having a
      powered cutting system, a powered feed system, and an infeed chute. The
      waste reducing machine includes the combination of an actuator mounted to
      the machine extending partially into the infeed chute and a safety device
      in communication with the actuator to stop or reverse the motive power
      directed to the cutting system, feed wheels, or both.
PATN
WKU  059885408
SRC  9
APN  1402412
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980826
TTL  Comminuting and distributing device for recycling yard waste
ISD  19991123
NCL  44
ECL  1
EXP  Rosenbaum; Mark
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Pugh; Terrance
STR  3535 N. 83.sup.rd St.
CTY  Milwaukee
STA  WI
ZIP  53222
CLAS
OCL  241 4617
XCL  241 50
XCL  241 56
XCL  241 58
XCL  241 97
XCL  241 69
XCL  24110174
XCL  24110178
XCL  2412821
EDF  6
ICL  B02C 2336
FSC  241
FSS  101.78;46.11;46.17;50;56;58;DIG. 38;186.2;186.3;97;69;101.74;282.1;282.2
FSC   15
FSS  340.1;340.2;353
UREF
PNO  2033123
ISD  19360300
NAM  Cowles
OCL  241 21
UREF
PNO  2603462
ISD  19520700
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  366 42
UREF
PNO  2672075
ISD  19540300
NAM  Fraser
OCL  241 43
UREF
PNO  2825377
ISD  19580300
NAM  Ostrowski
OCL  241 69
UREF
PNO  3048875
ISD  19620800
NAM  Bottinelli et al.
OCL   15301
UREF
PNO  3439361
ISD  19690400
NAM  Moore
UREF
PNO  3512713
ISD  19700500
NAM  Carlyon, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3862467
ISD  19750100
NAM  Krickovich
OCL   15340.4
UREF
PNO  3897600
ISD  19750800
NAM  Burkholder
OCL    4 10
UREF
PNO  3976252
ISD  19760800
NAM  PerDue
OCL  241 46.02
UREF
PNO  3987970
ISD  19761000
NAM  Burkett
OCL  241 43
UREF
PNO  4029262
ISD  19770600
NAM  Lazich et al.
OCL  241 43
UREF
PNO  4272031
ISD  19810600
NAM  Jines
OCL  241 46.17
UREF
PNO  4809396
ISD  19890300
NAM  Houser
OCL   15320
UREF
PNO  4958776
ISD  19900900
NAM  Walter
OCL  241171
UREF
PNO  5205496
ISD  19930400
NAM  O'Donnell et al.
OCL  241 34
UREF
PNO  5284007
ISD  19940200
NAM  Poe et al.
OCL   56320.2
UREF
PNO  5361771
ISD  19941100
NAM  Beryerl
OCL  111127
UREF
PNO  5447369
ISD  19950900
NAM  Boxall
OCL  366136
UREF
PNO  5707017
ISD  19980100
NAM  Paolucci et al.
OCL  241 55
UREF
PNO  5839159
ISD  19981100
NAM  Karr et al.
OCL   15355
LREP
FRM  Andrus, Sceales, Starke & Sawall
ABST
PAL  A comminuting and distribution device for recycling yard waste is provided.
      The device includes a mixing tank mounted on an upper surface of a movable
      support structure. The mixing tank includes a slurry preparation structure
      therein for creating a slurry from yard waste and fluid deposited within
      the mixing tank. A distribution structure draws the slurry from a mixing
      tank and distributes the same to a desired location outside the mixing
      tank for fertilizing a lawn, garden or the like.
PATN
WKU  059885416
SRC  8
APN  8163855
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19970313
TTL  Triturating machine with material selection and rotating compactor
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Rosenbaum; Mark
NDR  12
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Barone; Giuseppe
STR  Via Senatore Edoardo Battaglia, 36
CTY  90018 Termini Imerese
CNT  ITX
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19960326
APN  96A0005
CLAS
OCL  241100
XCL  2411012
XCL  24110178
XCL  241223
XCL  241224
EDF  6
ICL  B02C 1822
FSC  241
FSS  243;101.78;101.2;236;223;186.35;100;99;606;224;225
UREF
PNO  4205794
ISD  19800600
NAM  Horton et al.
OCL  241606
UREF
PNO  5048764
ISD  19910900
NAM  Flament
FREF
PNO  0 543 763
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 589 281
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 682 983
ISD  19951100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 690 094
ISD  19931000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 701 874
ISD  19940900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3907813
ISD  19891100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  29515698
ISD  19960200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9401060
ISD  19960200
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  2221405
ISD  19900200
CNT  GBX
OCL  241 99
FREF
PNO  2277247
ISD  19941000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/04578
ISD  19880600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  O'Byrne; Daniel
ABST
PAL  A refuse trituration-compaction machine including: a rotating loading inlet
      with a cylindrical portion and a pivoting sack-pushing flap for pushing
      material into the machine; a horizontal conveyor belt for transporting the
      refuse from the loading inlet to a rotating cutter element in which the
      conveyor belt is provided with a pivoted portion arranged above the
      rotating cutter element for allowing material blocked on the rotating
      cutter element to pass under the upwardly pivoted belt portion; a pivoted
      presser plate movable between a work position for compacting refuse in a
      containment bin and a non-working position arranged distally from the
      rotating cutter element such that material may fall directly from the
      rotating cutter element into the containment bin; a complementary cutter
      element removably arranged adjacent the rotating cutter element with
      spaced-apart fixed blades for arrangement between a cutter blades of the
      rotating cutter element spaced apart by intermediate spacer disks, and a
      presser device slidably mounted on the complementary cutter element for
      pressing refuse material between said fixed blades and said cutter blades,
      and including plates connected to a movable end portion of the presser
      device and extending for arrangement between the cutter blades of the
      rotating cutter element, and raised portions provided on the intermediate
      spacer disks for grazing the fixed blades of the complementary cutter
      element; and a user control system including a magnetically coded card
      identifying each user of the machine, a magnetic card reader for reading
      the magnetically coded card, and a computer system for processing data
      including refuse amount data and time of conferment data related to each
      specific user.
PATN
WKU  059885424
SRC  9
APN  0804711
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980518
TTL  Document shredding devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Ojini; Anthony
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Henreckson; Todd
CTY  Gurnee
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Nanos; Nicholas M.
CTY  Morton Grove
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Holderfield; Gregory
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  General Binding Corporation
CTY  Northbrook
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  241100
XCL  241236
EDF  6
ICL  B02C 1912
FSC  241
FSS  100;236;285.2
UREF
PNO  D298435
ISD  19881100
NAM  Buteau
UREF
PNO  D327904
ISD  19920700
NAM  Silver et al.
UREF
PNO  D370689
ISD  19960600
NAM  Harris
UREF
PNO  D375973
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kennedy et al.
UREF
PNO  D388819
ISD  19980100
NAM  Huen
UREF
PNO  920747
ISD  19090500
NAM  Hughes
UREF
PNO  1857617
ISD  19320500
NAM  Berdon
UREF
PNO  2101700
ISD  19371200
NAM  Chesnut, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3286574
ISD  19661100
NAM  Durand
XCL  241236
UREF
PNO  3620461
ISD  19711100
NAM  Pelleschi et al.
OCL  241100
UREF
PNO  3724766
ISD  19730400
NAM  Bosland
OCL  241100
UREF
PNO  4489897
ISD  19841200
NAM  Turner et al.
UREF
PNO  4637560
ISD  19870100
NAM  Goldhammer
UREF
PNO  4828188
ISD  19890500
NAM  Snyder
XCL  241100
UREF
PNO  4846076
ISD  19890700
NAM  Menges, Sr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4869435
ISD  19890900
NAM  Pistorius et al.
OCL  241100
UREF
PNO  4973004
ISD  19901100
NAM  Krause et al.
OCL  241100
UREF
PNO  5054695
ISD  19911000
NAM  Koornhorf
OCL  241 30
UREF
PNO  5071080
ISD  19911200
NAM  Herbst et al.
XCL  241236
UREF
PNO  5211294
ISD  19930500
NAM  Garman
UREF
PNO  5230477
ISD  19930700
NAM  Strohmeyer
XCL  241236
UREF
PNO  5295633
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kimbro et al.
UREF
PNO  5538194
ISD  19960700
NAM  Stangenberg et al.
XCL  241236
OREF
PAL  Miller's Office Products catalog, pp. 894, 895, dated Dec. 1997.
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides document shredding devices mountable on
      various waste receptacles for shredding paper. The document shredding
      devices have a housing defining a paper shredding passageway. A paper
      shredding mechanism is contained within the housing and extends into the
      paper shredding passageway. A mounting support adjustably extends from a
      waste receptacle mounting side of the housing while remaining housing
      sides are free of waste receptacle mounting supports. The mounting support
      has a position retracted into the housing which defines a substantially
      linear mounting channel and another position extended outward from the
      housing which defines a nonlinear mounting channel.
PATN
WKU  059885432
SRC  9
APN  2122987
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19981216
TTL  Pepper grinding tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Husar; John M.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Wu; Hua-Te
CTY  Tainan
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Yienn Lih Enterprise Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tainan
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  241168
XCL  241169
EDF  6
ICL  A47J 4234
FSC  241
FSS  168;169;270;262
FSC  222
FSS  142.1;142.2;142.3;142.4;142.5;142.6;142.7
UREF
PNO  4697749
ISD  19871000
NAM  Holcomb et al.
OCL  241169
UREF
PNO  5199655
ISD  19930400
NAM  Yang
OCL  241169
UREF
PNO  5730374
ISD  19980300
NAM  Wu
OCL  241169
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Bilker
ABST
PAL  A pepper grinding tool comprises a toothed plate capable of moving relative
      to a toothed portion of an adjustable grinder part, and an adjustment
      assembly for adjusting a position of the grinder part relative to the
      toothed plate such that the pepper grinding tool can grind pepper between
      the toothed plate and the toothed portion into ground particulater of
      various degrees of according to need. The adjustment assembly includes a
      threaded portion screwed into a threaded hole of the grinder part, and a
      finger portion for a user to turn the adjustment assembly therefrom for
      adjusting the position of the grinder part.
PATN
WKU  059885440
SRC  9
APN  1686348
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19981008
TTL  Rotary grinder cutting block
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Rosenbaum; Mark
NDR  8
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Williams, Jr.; Robert M.
STR  9721 Litzinger Rd.
CTY  Ladue
STA  MO
ZIP  63124
CLAS
OCL  241294
XCL  241295
EDF  6
ICL  B02C 1818
FSC  144
FSS  176
FSC  241
FSS  294;295;242;243;235;236
UREF
PNO  1721183
ISD  19290700
NAM  McKain
UREF
PNO  3151645
ISD  19641000
NAM  Hesse
UREF
PNO  3283698
ISD  19661100
NAM  Williams et al.
UREF
PNO  3986543
ISD  19761000
NAM  Slayton et al.
UREF
PNO  4000859
ISD  19770100
NAM  Whitney
UREF
PNO  4151869
ISD  19790500
NAM  Halloran et al.
UREF
PNO  4257566
ISD  19810300
NAM  Lawerence
UREF
PNO  4350307
ISD  19820900
NAM  Olson
UREF
PNO  4385732
ISD  19830500
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  4538655
ISD  19850900
NAM  Berkeley
UREF
PNO  4785860
ISD  19881100
NAM  Arasmith
UREF
PNO  5052630
ISD  19911000
NAM  Hinsey et al.
UREF
PNO  5201353
ISD  19930400
NAM  Weill
UREF
PNO  5269355
ISD  19931200
NAM  Bowen
OCL  241294
UREF
PNO  5320293
ISD  19940600
NAM  Laly et al.
UREF
PNO  5395057
ISD  19950300
NAM  Williams, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5452860
ISD  19950900
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  5474239
ISD  19951200
NAM  Williams, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5522441
ISD  19960600
NAM  Anselm et al.
UREF
PNO  5547136
ISD  19960800
NAM  Steffens et al.
UREF
PNO  5611495
ISD  19970300
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  5695134
ISD  19971200
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  5730375
ISD  19980300
NAM  Cranfill et al.
UREF
PNO  5743472
ISD  19980400
NAM  Williams, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5785583
ISD  19980700
NAM  Williams, Jr. et al.
LREP
FRM  Polster, Lieder, Woodruff & Lucchesi, L.C.
ABST
PAL  An interchangeable cast metal block for mounting on a rotor shaft, the
      shaft having a polygonal cross-section. The block includes a substantially
      circular body having a central bore complementary to the polygonal
      cross-section of the rotor shaft such that the rotation of the shaft will
      turn the block. There are at least two opposed cutting blade mounting
      bosses for attachment of cutting blades on the external surface of the
      block. The mounting bosses are positioned on the block in a predetermined
      geometric arrangement relative to a facet of the polygonal center bore
      such that the block can be reversed and remounted on the rotor shaft to
      effectively double the available number of cutting blade positions. The
      number of available cutting blade positions is two times the number of
      facets on the polygonal center bore. A plurality of the blocks may be
      stacked on the rotor in an array to provide a plurality of cutting blade
      patterns along the length of the rotor shaft.
PATN
WKU  059885459
SRC  9
APN  000989&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971230
TTL  Method for storing and dispensing cored wire
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Mansen; Michael R.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  King; Phillip Ronald
CTY  Winsted
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Minerals Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Bethlehem
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  242178
XCL  242470
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 5504
ICL  B65H 5400
FSC  242
FSS  176;178;169;483.3;602.1;602.3;159
UREF
PNO  2639097
ISD  19530500
NAM  Scott, Jr.
XCL  242159
UREF
PNO  3876167
ISD  19750400
NAM  Nittschalk et al.
OCL  242483.3
UREF
PNO  4035892
ISD  19770700
NAM  Ototani et al.
UREF
PNO  4094666
ISD  19780600
NAM  Ototani
UREF
PNO  4097268
ISD  19780600
NAM  Ototani et al.
UREF
PNO  4481032
ISD  19841100
NAM  Kaiser
UREF
PNO  4512800
ISD  19850400
NAM  Wirth, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4629145
ISD  19861200
NAM  Graham
OCL  242483.3
UREF
PNO  4671820
ISD  19870600
NAM  Ototani et al.
UREF
PNO  4698095
ISD  19871000
NAM  Ototani et al.
UREF
PNO  4705261
ISD  19871100
NAM  Wirth, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4746080
ISD  19880500
NAM  Pinson
XCL  242176
UREF
PNO  4925125
ISD  19900500
NAM  LeCompte
XCL  242159
UREF
PNO  5067665
ISD  19911100
NAM  LoStracco et al.
XCL  242176
UREF
PNO  5193761
ISD  19930300
NAM  Fritz et al.
XCL  242176
FREF
PNO  717 497
ISD  19320100
CNT  FRX
OCL  242176
LREP
FRM  Ratner & Prestia
ABST
PAL  Cored wire is spirally wound on a storage reel with fixed space between
      each spiral in a given layer. Alternate layers are wound across the
      preceding layer in the same manner until the reel is full.
PATN
WKU  059885467
SRC  9
APN  0731277
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980505
TTL  Fishing reel tension bail mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Matecki; Katherine A.
NDR  10
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Young; John Newton
CTY  Fairfax
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Charles C. Worth Corporation
CTY  San Rafael
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  242232
XCL  242241
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 8901
FSC  242
FSS  231;232;233;241
UREF
PNO  4676450
ISD  19870600
NAM  Carpenter
UREF
PNO  4747559
ISD  19880500
NAM  Hitomi
UREF
PNO  4848695
ISD  19890700
NAM  Kaneko
UREF
PNO  4921187
ISD  19900500
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  242232
UREF
PNO  4923140
ISD  19900500
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
UREF
PNO  4941626
ISD  19900700
NAM  Carlsson
OCL  242231
UREF
PNO  5669565
ISD  19970900
NAM  Zurcher et al.
OCL  242232
LREP
FR2  Meyer, Esq.; Virginia H.
FR2  Spolyar, Esq.; Mark J.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides an improved fishing reel rotor-mounted bail
      system. More specifically, the present invention provides a bail system
      wherein a tension spring is pivotally inserted at a first end to a rotor
      arm and at a second end to a bail banjo or bail hinge such that the
      tension spring applies a tensile force or moment to the bail banjo or
      hinge thereby biasing the bail mechanism in either the open or closed
      position. More specifically, the present invention provides a fishing reel
      having an improved tension bail mechanism, comprising a bail wire assembly
      pivotable relative to first and second rotor arms between a first closed
      retrieving position and a second open casting position, and a bail wire
      assembly bias mechanism, comprising a bail spring, where the first end of
      the bail spring attaches to a rotor arm, and the second end of the bail
      spring attaches to the bail banjo or the bail hinge such that the bail
      spring applies a tensile moment to the bail banjo or hinge thereby biasing
      the bail wire assembly in either the first closed position or the second
      open position. There are two embodiments of the present invention wherein
      the spring biasing and bail trip members are located in the same rotor arm
      to reduce the rotational balance problems associated with the prior art.
PATN
WKU  059885475
SRC  8
APN  979087&
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19971126
TTL  Adjustable drag system for fishing spool with clutch members between
      spool-supporting bearings
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Marcelo; Emmanuel M.
EXP  Matecki; Katherine A.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Koelewyn; Robert W.
STR  110 Birchwood Rd.
CTY  Fairfield
STA  CT
ZIP  06430
CLAS
OCL  242246
XCL  242291
XCL  242303
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 8902
FSC  242
FSS  246;291;302;303;319
UREF
PNO  1907759
ISD  19330300
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
OCL  242246
UREF
PNO  3385457
ISD  19680500
NAM  Kiest
OCL  242303
UREF
PNO  4951897
ISD  19900800
NAM  Takeuchi
OCL  242246
UREF
PNO  5100079
ISD  19920300
NAM  Toda
XCL  242246
UREF
PNO  5149008
ISD  19920900
NAM  Oi
OCL  242246
UREF
PNO  5259565
ISD  19931100
NAM  Hitomi
XCL  242246
UREF
PNO  5328127
ISD  19940700
NAM  Yoshikawa
XCL  242319
UREF
PNO  5564640
ISD  19961000
NAM  Egasaki et al.
XCL  242319
UREF
PNO  5603465
ISD  19970200
NAM  Henriksson
OCL  242246
LREP
FRM  Ware, Fressola, Van der Sluys & Adolphson LLP
ABST
PAL  A fishing reel has a spool for fishing line rotatably mounted about a shaft
      operable by a crank. A drag assembly mounts the spool to the shaft with
      two ball bearing assemblies and a clutch pack of washers consisting of
      drag washers keyed to the spool, drag washers keyed to the shaft and
      friction washers between the spool-keyed and shaft-keyed washers. An
      adjustment mechanism compresses the clutch pack of washers through the
      inner races of the bearing assemblies.
PATN
WKU  059885483
SRC  9
APN  0788244
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980514
TTL  Easy hold fishing reel body
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Marcelo; Emmanuel M.
EXP  Walsh; Donald P.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Chapman; John W.
CTY  Franksville
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Kreuser; Christopher F.
CTY  Kenosha
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Johnson Worldwide Associates
CTY  Sturtevant
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  242310
XCL  242311
XCL  D22140
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 89015
FSC  242
FSS  310;311
FSC  D22
FSS  140;141
UREF
PNO  D261297
ISD  19811000
NAM  Sakamoto et al.
OCL  D22140
UREF
PNO  D269899
ISD  19830700
NAM  Shohoji et al.
UREF
PNO  D280846
ISD  19851000
NAM  Sakamoto et al.
UREF
PNO  D320834
ISD  19911000
NAM  Robbins et al.
UREF
PNO  D346006
ISD  19940400
NAM  Sakurai et al.
UREF
PNO  D347046
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sakurai
UREF
PNO  D347460
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ohi
OCL  D22140
UREF
PNO  D349149
ISD  19940700
NAM  Roberts et al.
OCL  D22140
UREF
PNO  D351451
ISD  19941000
NAM  Storz
OCL  D22140
UREF
PNO  D366690
ISD  19960100
NAM  Storz
OCL  D22140
UREF
PNO  D369642
ISD  19960500
NAM  Iwabuchi
OCL  D22140
UREF
PNO  D392366
ISD  19980300
NAM  Asano et al.
OCL  D22140
UREF
PNO  2170186
ISD  19390800
NAM  Catron
UREF
PNO  3556427
ISD  19710100
NAM  Lemery
XCL  242310
UREF
PNO  4821978
ISD  19890400
NAM  Kaneko
UREF
PNO  4830306
ISD  19890500
NAM  Tsunoda et al.
UREF
PNO  5183221
ISD  19930200
NAM  Kawai et al.
OCL  242310
UREF
PNO  5503345
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kaneko
UREF
PNO  5816518
ISD  19981000
NAM  Miyazaki
OCL  242310
UREF
PNO  5829701
ISD  19981100
NAM  Murayama et al.
OCL  242310
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A fishing reel body includes a first side; a second line retrieval handle
      side opposite the first side; a bridge extending between the first and
      second sides, the bridge supporting a thumb rest portion; a convex surface
      on the second side configured to extend into the user's palm and an
      arcuate elevated contour on the second side and configured to extend
      within the notch between the user's thumb and index finger. The arcuate
      elevated contour preferably extends substantially adjacent to the thumb
      rest portion so as to support the user's thumb on the thumb rest portion
      away from the user's fingers.
PATN
WKU  059885491
SRC  8
APN  8232466
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970324
TTL  Spinning reel with guard arm
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Matecki; Katherine A.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hitomi; Yasuhiro
CTY  Hashimoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sato; Jun
CTY  Sakai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Myojyo; Seiji
CTY  Sakai
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Shimano, Inc.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960508
APN  8-113529
CLAS
OCL  242311
XCL  242243
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 89027
FSC  242
FSS  243;291;285;247;310;311;316
UREF
PNO  2918227
ISD  19591200
NAM  Mauborgne
OCL  242243
UREF
PNO  2932464
ISD  19600400
NAM  Mauborgne
OCL  242243
UREF
PNO  4470554
ISD  19840900
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  242291
UREF
PNO  4512531
ISD  19850400
NAM  Tunoda
OCL  242311
UREF
PNO  4529142
ISD  19850700
NAM  Yoshikawa
OCL  242247
UREF
PNO  4676451
ISD  19870600
NAM  Dispas
OCL  242291
UREF
PNO  4821978
ISD  19890400
NAM  Kaneko
OCL  242310
UREF
PNO  4830306
ISD  19890500
NAM  Tsunoda et al.
OCL  242316
UREF
PNO  5374001
ISD  19941200
NAM  Yamaguchi
OCL  242247
UREF
PNO  5797554
ISD  19980800
NAM  Atherton et al.
OCL  242311
LREP
FRM  Jeffer, Mangels, Butler & Marmaro LLP
ABST
PAL  A spinning reel for mounting on a fishing rod includes a reel body having a
      reel body section and a mounting leg member with a rod attachment member,
      a rotor, and a spool disposed on the rotor. A guard arm is disposed
      between the mounting leg member and the rotor.
PATN
WKU  059885505
SRC  9
APN  1811460
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19981027
TTL  Fly-fishing reel
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Marcelo; Emmanuel
EXP  Walsh; Donald P.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Okui; Masatoshi
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kiro World Co., Ltd
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  242316
XCL  242310
XCL  242317
XCL  D22141
XCL   43 22
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 8706
FSC  242
FSS  310;312;316;317
FSC  D22
FSS  140;141;138
FSC   43
FSS  20;22
UREF
PNO  D186515
ISD  19591100
NAM  Clark
OCL  D22141
UREF
PNO  D231225
ISD  19740400
NAM  Hull
OCL  D22140
UREF
PNO  D353183
ISD  19941200
NAM  Kirby
OCL  D22141
UREF
PNO  3329373
ISD  19670700
NAM  Wood, Jr.
XCL  D22140
LREP
FRM  Morgan & Finnegan, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A fly-fishing reel which has succeeded in overcoming such disadvantages of
      conventional ones that because a reel is attached to a rod through a rod
      connector having a constant thickness in the longitudinal direction, the
      center of gravity of the reel at which the reel weight is applied to the
      rod coincides with the center of the rod connector and is relatively away
      from a grip portion of the rod rearward, and hence the weight balance is
      not satisfactory in operation of swinging the rod to fly a fishing line.
      The inventive reel comprises a holder provided with a pair of flanges for
      guiding a rotating member, at least one line guide provided between the
      pair of flanges, a joint base provided between the pair of flanges and
      located below the line guide, and a rod connector having a joining flat
      portion which is inclined and joined to a recessed flat portion of the
      joint base. The center of gravity of the reel is shifted toward the side
      of a grip portion.
PATN
WKU  059885513
SRC  9
APN  0653152
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980423
TTL  Method and apparatus for severing and conveying uncooled and
      non-tolerance adhering wire windings
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  16
EXA  Rivera; William A.
EXP  Walsh; Donald P.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Wiedemann; Carsten
CTY  Meerbusch
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  SMS Schloemann-Siemag Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Dusseldorf
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970426
APN  197 17 770
CLAS
OCL  242363
XCL  2423613
XCL  2423622
EDF  6
ICL  B21C 4724
FSC  242
FSS  363;361.3;362.2;362.3
FSC  140
FSS  1;2
UREF
PNO  3452785
ISD  19690700
NAM  McLean et al.
XCL  242361.3
UREF
PNO  5263657
ISD  19931100
NAM  Grotepass
OCL  242363
FREF
PNO  3864421
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
OCL  242363
FREF
PNO  3946672
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
OCL  242363
FREF
PNO  3029229
ISD  19820400
CNT  DEX
OCL  242363
FREF
PNO  4109201
ISD  19920900
CNT  DEX
OCL  242363
FREF
PNO  4117906
ISD  19921200
CNT  DEX
OCL  242363
LREP
FR2  Kueffner; Friedrich
ABST
PAL  A method and an apparatus for severing wire windings which are uncooled and
      not tolerance-adhering from the beginning and end of a rolling line
      conveyed over a Stelmor plant or comparable wire winding conveying
      systems, wherein initially a number of the front windings of the rolled
      strand are counted and in accordance with a predetermined number of
      windings these windings are severed as front crop from the finished wire.
      Subsequently, the severed windings are accelerated on a first conveyor and
      the following finished wire is decelerated, so that the cut location is
      widened during transport. The severed front cup windings are then
      deflected downwardly from the plane of the Stelmor plant or a comparable
      wire winding conveying system as they pass an initially open switch at the
      end of the first conveyor and the front crop windings are conveyed away,
      while finished wire is further conveyed in the Stelmor plant after closing
      the switch, and the severed windings which have been conveyed away are
      collected underneath the Stelmor plant and are shredded.
PATN
WKU  059885521
SRC  9
APN  1906801
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19981112
TTL  Portable hose reel cart having a folding handle
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Marcelo; Emmanuel M.
EXP  Walsh; Donald P.
NDR  8
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Tisbo; Thomas A.
CTY  Barrington Hills
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Anderson; Torrence C.
CTY  Aurora
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Moon; Brian R.
CTY  Dekalb
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Uffner; Michael G.
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Vogler; Michael R.
CTY  Aurora
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Suncast Corporation
CTY  Batavia
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2424031
XCL  242395
XCL  13735526
XCL   D8359
XCL  D34 24
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 7540
FSC  242
FSS  403.1;395;395.1
FSC  137
FSS  355.26;355.27
FSC  D 8
FSS  358;359
FSC  D34
FSS  24;26
UREF
PNO  Re32510
ISD  19870900
NAM  Tisbo et al.
UREF
PNO  D328173
ISD  19920700
NAM  Nelson
UREF
PNO  D349039
ISD  19940700
NAM  Goodman et al.
UREF
PNO  D352149
ISD  19941100
NAM  Nelson et al.
UREF
PNO  D363207
ISD  19951000
NAM  Tisbo et al.
UREF
PNO  2755035
ISD  19560700
NAM  Moulder
UREF
PNO  4506698
ISD  19850300
NAM  Garcia et al.
UREF
PNO  4700737
ISD  19871000
NAM  Nelson
UREF
PNO  4768546
ISD  19880900
NAM  Brusadin et al.
UREF
PNO  4777976
ISD  19881000
NAM  Johnston et al.
UREF
PNO  4913580
ISD  19900400
NAM  Whitehead
UREF
PNO  5007598
ISD  19910400
NAM  Spear et al.
UREF
PNO  5046520
ISD  19910900
NAM  Sanchez, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5056553
ISD  19911000
NAM  Whitehead et al.
OCL  137355.27
UREF
PNO  5425391
ISD  19950600
NAM  Tisbo et al.
UREF
PNO  5758685
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tisbo et al.
UREF
PNO  5794649
ISD  19980800
NAM  Spear et al.
OCL  137355.27
FREF
PNO  2415596
ISD  19780100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2679890
ISD  19930200
CNT  FRX
OCL  242403.1
LREP
FRM  Welsh & Katz, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A portable hose reel cart has a folding handle that is pivotable between an
      in-use position and a storage position. The cart includes a pair of spaced
      apart side frames members having a base portion. A rotatable spool is
      positioned between the side frames and is operably connected thereto for
      rotation of the spool about an axis of rotation. A folding handle assembly
      has a pair of spaced apart mounting arms and a gripping portion extending
      between the mounting arms. Each of the mounting arms is associated with a
      respective one of the side frame members and the spool is positioned
      intermediate the mounting arms. The mounting arms are lockable in the
      handle in-use position by latches that engage their respective side
      frames. A pair of wheels is mounted to the cart at the base, generally
      vertically below the handle gripping portion, when the handle assembly is
      in the in-use position. The wheels are mounted to the cart independently
      of one another by hubs that extend from the respective side frames and
      insert into the wheels.
PATN
WKU  059885530
SRC  9
APN  0338176
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980303
TTL  Entangling protection arrangement for a thread feeding buffer
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Mansen; Michael R.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Jonsson; Peder
CTY  Molndal
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Aplicator System AB
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19940202
APN  9400490
CLAS
OCL  242417
XCL  226 44
XCL  2261183
XCL  2424193
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 2318
ICL  B65H 5910
ICL  B65H 2024
FSC  242
FSS  419.1;419.3;419.4;417
FSC  226
FSS  118.3;44
UREF
PNO  1836613
ISD  19311200
NAM  Oehmichen
UREF
PNO  2589366
ISD  19520300
NAM  Gauthier
UREF
PNO  3501075
ISD  19700300
NAM  Scharf
XCL  226 44
UREF
PNO  3826438
ISD  19740700
NAM  Stanley
UREF
PNO  4962796
ISD  19901000
NAM  Grimm et al.
UREF
PNO  5031847
ISD  19910700
NAM  Tanaka
XCL  226118.3
UREF
PNO  5139206
ISD  19920800
NAM  Butler
UREF
PNO  5602747
ISD  19970200
NAM  Rajala
XCL  226 44
UREF
PNO  5810236
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  226118.3
FREF
PNO  564018
ISD  19931000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3241362
ISD  19840500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  5278943
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1034082
ISD  19830800
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1219691
ISD  19860300
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  930347
ISD  19630700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2117015
ISD  19831000
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A thread feeding buffer for feeding a fibre thread from a magazine roll to
      a feed apparatus at a robot arm which is freely movable in the room. The
      thread feeding buffer including a thread brake and at least one movable
      thread guide on which a thrust force is acting. The thread is running from
      the magazine roll via a brake through the thread guide and further on
      towards the feed apparatus in such a way, that the thrust force acts for
      creation of a thread buffer between the brake and the feed apparatus,
      which buffer is variable in length. At least one guide rod for guiding the
      movable thread guide is arranged to cause a braking effect on downward
      movement of the movable thread guide for preventing entanglement of the
      thread fed through the movable thread guide following a rapid fall of the
      movable thread guide.
PATN
WKU  059885548
SRC  8
APN  9301119
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980316
TTL  Device and method for winding deflection yoke with wire
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  3
EXA  Marcelo; Emmanuel M.
EXP  Walsh; Donald P.
NDR  18
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Taka; Yoshio
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950511
APN  7-113376
CLAS
OCL  2424331
XCL  2424373
XCL  2424451
XCL   29605
EDF  6
ICL  H02K 1509
FSC  242
FSS  433.1;433.2;433.4;434.8;434.9;437.1;437.3;443;444;445.1;447;448
FSC   29
FSS  605
UREF
PNO  4027827
ISD  19770600
NAM  Biddison
XCL  242433.4
UREF
PNO  4830297
ISD  19890500
NAM  Walton et al.
OCL  242433.4
UREF
PNO  5360177
ISD  19941100
NAM  Lombardi et al.
OCL  242433.4
UREF
PNO  5419503
ISD  19950500
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  242437.3
UREF
PNO  5484113
ISD  19960100
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  242437.3
UREF
PNO  5573200
ISD  19961100
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  242434.8
UREF
PNO  5622331
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kosaka et al.
OCL  242437.3
UREF
PNO  5794884
ISD  19980800
NAM  Dolgas et al.
XCL  242433.4
UREF
PNO  5845863
ISD  19981200
NAM  Takubo et al.
OCL  242437.1
FREF
PNO  P03-173044
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  P06-103896
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Rader, Fishman & Grauer
FR2  Kananen; Ronald P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/01238
PD1  19980316
PD2  19980316
PD3  19960510
PCP  WO96/36063
PCD  19961114
ABST
PAR  Using a nozzle unit (32), a guide unit (33) and a holder unit (35), the
      nozzle unit (32) having a nozzle (36) for feeding a flat linear member (W)
      and positioning mechanism (38) for positioning the nozzle, the guide unit
      (33) having a guide member (82) adapted to engage and guide the linear
      member (W) and positioning mechanism (73) for positioning the guide
      member, the holder unit (35) holding removably the deflection yoke (H) for
      winding thereon of the linear member (W) and capable of rotating the
      deflection yoke about the axis of the yoke, the guide member (82) is
      brought into engagement at a corner portion of a winding path with the
      linear member (W) fed from the nozzle (36) thereby allowing the linear
      member to be bent and around the deflection yoke (H) and while the linear
      member (W) is wound once around the deflection yoke (H), the deflection
      yoke is rotated 360 degrees about the axis thereof and at the same time
      the nozzle (36) is rotated in the same direction as the rotating direction
      of the deflection yoke to prevent excess twist.
PATN
WKU  059885556
SRC  9
APN  054356&
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980402
TTL  Cable winding machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Jillions; John M.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Unruh; Steve
CTY  Sharon Springs
STA  KS
INVT
NAM  Koehn; Merle
CTY  Marienthal
STA  KS
ASSG
NAM  Completed Design, Inc.
CTY  Marienthal
STA  KS
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  242470
XCL  2424814
XCL  2424855
XCL  242538
XCL  242557
XCL  2425963
XCL  2425967
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 54553
ICL  B65H 5428
ICL  B65H 4920
FSC  242
FSS  470;481.4;481.5;538;397.3;397.4;399.2;596.3;596.7;485.5;486.8;557;473.6
UREF
PNO  1894307
ISD  19330100
NAM  Ek
OCL  242485.5
UREF
PNO  2310036
ISD  19430200
NAM  Owens
OCL  242557
UREF
PNO  2631788
ISD  19530300
NAM  Cerasani
OCL  242485.5
UREF
PNO  2682997
ISD  19540700
NAM  Magnuson et al.
OCL  242481.4
UREF
PNO  4190210
ISD  19800200
NAM  Chirico
OCL  242596.7
UREF
PNO  4699330
ISD  19871000
NAM  Barazone
OCL  242596.3
UREF
PNO  4767073
ISD  19880800
NAM  Malzacher
OCL  242470
UREF
PNO  5033687
ISD  19910700
NAM  Bates
OCL  242596.3
UREF
PNO  5312057
ISD  19940500
NAM  Graham
OCL  242470
UREF
PNO  5332166
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kepes
OCL  242399.2
UREF
PNO  5839514
ISD  19981100
NAM  Gipson
OCL  242596.3
FREF
PNO  295230
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
OCL  242470
FREF
PNO  2658493
ISD  19910800
CNT  FRX
OCL  242470
LREP
FR2  Zingerman; Scott R.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for winding material (such as cable, rope or paper or plastic
      webs) cable about a small reel from a large supply reel in which the cable
      is stored in bulk includes two arm units. One arm unit contains a first
      major arm section. A reel is carried between the distal ends thereof. Each
      arm unit also contains a minor arm extension. Each arm extension is
      connected to the major arm section by a vertical pin. There is a base. On
      that base, there are two upright brackets that are spaced apart. One
      bracket supports a first major arm section and the second bracket supports
      the second major arm section. There is a pivot on each bracket so that the
      major arm section can pivot up and down sort of like a modified teeter
      totter. Furthermore, the distal ends of the major arm sections can move
      either closer together or further apart. The inner ends of the major arm
      sections are connected to minor arm extensions by a vertical pin pivot. A
      cone is rotatably secured to the distal end of each major arm section. It
      is between these cones that the reel is supported. A leverage system
      controls the positions of the distal ends and cones.
PATN
WKU  059885564
SRC  9
APN  1287206
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980804
TTL  Method and apparatus for winding fiber on a spool
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Mansen; Michael R.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Bednarczyk; David A.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Bertz; Steven L.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Murphy; Sally A.
CTY  Painted Post
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Corning Incorporated
CTY  Corning
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2424762
XCL  2424726
XCL  2421251
XCL  2425974
XCL  242167
XCL  242920
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 5400
ICL  B65H 7528
ICL  B65H 5500
FSC  242
FSS  476.2;476.4;472.6;474.8;597.4;920;125.1;166;167;439.5;439.6;440.1
UREF
PNO  3845913
ISD  19741100
NAM  Hagen
OCL  242476.2
UREF
PNO  4117988
ISD  19781000
NAM  Moore
XCL  242597.4
UREF
PNO  4158444
ISD  19790600
NAM  Krauss
UREF
PNO  4184652
ISD  19800100
NAM  Rovin
UREF
PNO  4511095
ISD  19850400
NAM  Ideno et al.
UREF
PNO  4667896
ISD  19870500
NAM  Frey et al.
XCL  242167
UREF
PNO  4696438
ISD  19870900
NAM  Myers
UREF
PNO  4948057
ISD  19900800
NAM  Greis
UREF
PNO  5086983
ISD  19920200
NAM  Darrieux
UREF
PNO  5129593
ISD  19920700
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  5228631
ISD  19930700
NAM  Hu et al.
XCL  242167
UREF
PNO  5323479
ISD  19940600
NAM  Allen
UREF
PNO  5362007
ISD  19941100
NAM  Raasch
UREF
PNO  5370326
ISD  19941200
NAM  Webb
XCL  242597.4
UREF
PNO  5393002
ISD  19950200
NAM  Greis et al.
LREP
FR2  Berdan; David L.
FR2  Carlson; Robert L.
ABST
PAL  A continuous length of fiber from a fiber supply is wound onto first and
      second sections of a spool by an apparatus and method that collect a first
      portion of the continuous length of fiber from the fiber supply, wind the
      collected first portion onto the first section of the spool, and wind a
      second portion of the continuous length of fiber onto the second section
      of the spool.
PATN
WKU  059885572
SRC  8
APN  8074852
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970227
TTL  Method and apparatus for the winding up of a paper web to form a roll
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; John Q.
NDR  4
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Moller; Roland
CTY  Herbrechtingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Preising; Ralf
CTY  Holzkirch
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Ruck; Karl
CTY  Heidenheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Voith Sulzer Papiermaschinen GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960227
APN  196 07 349
CLAS
OCL  242532
XCL  2425411
XCL  2425415
XCL  2425423
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 1928
ICL  B65H 1814
ICL  B65H 1826
FSC  242
FSS  541.1;532;541.4;541.5;541.6;542.3;526
UREF
PNO  1923670
ISD  19330800
NAM  Henson
UREF
PNO  3471097
ISD  19691000
NAM  Phelps
OCL  242422.6
UREF
PNO  3857524
ISD  19741200
NAM  Melead et al.
UREF
PNO  5577685
ISD  19961100
NAM  Junk
OCL  242547
UREF
PNO  5690298
ISD  19971100
NAM  Ruck
XCL  242541.6
FREF
PNO  0483092
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1513694
ISD  19680100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3244510
ISD  19900300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3839365
ISD  19900500
CNT  DEX
OCL  242541.5
FREF
PNO  4007329
ISD  19920100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4415316
ISD  19951100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4415324
ISD  19951100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1099750
ISD  19680100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1297812
ISD  19921100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 13, No. 55 (M-795), Feb. 8, 1989 & JP 63
      262360 A (Toshin), Oct. 28, 1988.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 12, No. 454 (M-769), Nov. 29, 1988 & JP 63
      180657 A (Toshin), Jul. 25, 1988.
PAL  DE 88 14 537.9 (Maschinenfabrik Max Kroenert GmbH & Co.), Mar. 9, 1989.
PAL  European Serach Report dated Feb. 17, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  For winding up of a paper web to form a paper roll, a first reel spool is
      accelerated to the speed of the web and brought into a first,
      start-of-winding position in which it forms a nip with a driveable press
      drum. The beginning of the web of paper is guided around the press drum
      and is wound onto the first reel spool. When a first layer thickness has
      been wound, the first reel spool is transferred into a second,
      complete-winding position and the paper roll is wound up there to its
      desired layer thickness. During the entire winding process, the press drum
      or a special press roll are pressed against the winding surface of the
      developing paper roll, a torque is introduced into the axis of the first
      reel spool by means of a central drive and the press drum and/or press
      roll and the first reel spool with the developing paper roll thereon are
      displaced, preferably exclusively horizontally, without substantial
      changes in the direction or orientation of those elements. Then a second
      reel spool is accelerated and brought into the first position before
      transferring the web to the second reel spool.
PATN
WKU  059885580
SRC  9
APN  1979620
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19981123
TTL  Veneer reeling apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  17
EXP  Walsh; Donald P.
NDR  16
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Koike; Masaru
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kuno; Yukinobu
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Meinan Machinery Works, Inc.
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  242534
XCL  2425415
XCL  2425417
XCL  242547
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 1808
FSC  242
FSS  534;534.2;541;541.4;541.5;541.6;541.7;547
UREF
PNO  3334834
ISD  19670800
NAM  Davidson et al.
OCL  242541
UREF
PNO  4181269
ISD  19800100
NAM  Ketteler et al.
OCL  242541.5
UREF
PNO  4273300
ISD  19810600
NAM  Wojtowicz et al.
OCL  242534.2
UREF
PNO  4532750
ISD  19850800
NAM  Meier
OCL  242541
UREF
PNO  4883233
ISD  19891100
NAM  Saukkonen et al.
OCL  242534.2
UREF
PNO  4921183
ISD  19900500
NAM  Saukkonen et al.
OCL  242541.7
UREF
PNO  4995563
ISD  19910200
NAM  Kalin
OCL  242534
UREF
PNO  5320299
ISD  19940600
NAM  Fitzpatrick et al.
OCL  242541.6
FREF
PNO  57-53306
ISD  19820300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Morgan & Finnegan L L P
ABST
PAL  A veneer reeling apparatus for winding a veneer sheet into a veneer roll
      comprising a freely rotatable take-up reel around which the veneer sheet
      is wound into the veneer roll, and an array of spaced conveyer belts
      extending below the take-up reel for advancing the veneer sheet toward the
      take-up reel. Veneer sheet is transferred by the plurality conveyer belts
      which include two groups of such belts and extending below the take-up
      reel. Air cylinder is provided for each belt to provide a first force to
      urge the belt toward the take-up reel so as to keep the belt in
      resiliently pressing contact with the veneer roll. The air cylinders are
      operable to changeably provide the first force to one group of belts and a
      second force, which is smaller than the first force, to the other group of
      belts, and vice versa. A control is provided to effect alternate changing
      between the first and second pressures in the first and second groups of
      belts whenever the belts have moved a predetermined distance.
PATN
WKU  059885599
SRC  9
APN  1139363
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980710
TTL  Fire hose winding apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Jillions; John M.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Gnass; Justin A.
STR  P.O. Box 3344
CTY  Chico
STA  CA
ZIP  95927
CLAS
OCL  242537
XCL  242395
XCL  2423992
XCL  2425461
XCL  2425773
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 1808
FSC  242
FSS  577;577.2;577.3;577.4;532.6;537;539;546.1;395;395.1;399;399.2;401;403;404
     ;406;407;407.1
FSC  137
FSS  355.26;355.27
UREF
PNO  146558
ISD  18740100
NAM  Totten
OCL  242577.3
UREF
PNO  584264
ISD  18970600
NAM  Elder
OCL  242577.3
UREF
PNO  718194
ISD  19030100
NAM  Delphey
OCL  242577
UREF
PNO  1108726
ISD  19140800
NAM  Eichhoff
OCL  242407
UREF
PNO  1252483
ISD  19180100
NAM  Pattison
OCL  242577.3
UREF
PNO  1281802
ISD  19181000
NAM  Madill
OCL  242577.4
UREF
PNO  2510394
ISD  19500600
NAM  Fong
OCL  242407
UREF
PNO  2517723
ISD  19500800
NAM  Schoditsch
OCL  242577.3
UREF
PNO  2960279
ISD  19601100
NAM  Little
OCL  242532.6
UREF
PNO  2964258
ISD  19601200
NAM  Kutil
OCL  242399.2
UREF
PNO  3168260
ISD  19650200
NAM  Kittleson
OCL  242546.1
UREF
PNO  4265414
ISD  19810500
NAM  Spradling
OCL  242532.6
UREF
PNO  4390141
ISD  19830600
NAM  Webster
OCL  242404.2
UREF
PNO  4475698
ISD  19841000
NAM  Militello
OCL  242532.6
UREF
PNO  4592519
ISD  19860600
NAM  Peacock
OCL  242532.6
UREF
PNO  5033690
ISD  19910700
NAM  McIver
OCL  242532.6
UREF
PNO  5205509
ISD  19930400
NAM  Noggle
OCL  242406
UREF
PNO  5666992
ISD  19970900
NAM  Robins
OCL  242407
OREF
PAL  L. N. Curtis & Sons Catalog (date unknown) p. 141, advertisement for
      "Forester.RTM. Hose Roller".
PAL  L. N. Curtis & Sons Catalog (date unknown) p. 153, advertisement for
      "Hannay Reels".
PAL  Cascade Fire Equipment Company catalog (date unknown) p. 78, advertisement
      for the Sidewinder Hose Roller.
PAL  Wildfire Halprin catalog (date unknown) p. 102, advertisement for "The E-Z
      Way Fire Hose Roller".
LREP
FRM  Lothrop & West
ABST
PAL  A fire hose winding apparatus. The apparatus includes an elongated,
      horizontal frame, or extension arm, having an inner end detachably coupled
      to a fire truck, or other available support. A horizontal spindle extends
      transversely from an outer end of the frame. A hub assembly is mounted for
      rotation on the spindle and threadably secured thereon with a fastener
      knob. The hub assembly includes a centrally positioned hub and a plurality
      of radially extending hub arms. Hose arms are detachably and adjustably
      coupled to the outer ends of each hub arm. The outer extremity of each
      hose arm is provided with an L-shaped hose catcher bracket. The hose arms
      are set at a predetermined radially extending distance from the hub, to
      provide a support and forming frame for the fire hose. A cranking handle
      is detachably coupled to a selected hose arm. An end portion of the fire
      hose is placed over one of the catcher brackets, and the handle is rotated
      to wind successive layers of hose over the form provided by the brackets.
PATN
WKU  059885602
SRC  9
APN  110246&
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980706
TTL  Roll winding device and process
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Jillions; John M.
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hinz; Joachim
CTY  Kempen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Muller; Herbert
CTY  Krefeld
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Voith Sulzer Finishing GmbH
CTY  Krefeld
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970710
APN  197 29 532
CLAS
OCL  2425417
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 1820
FSC  242
FSS  541.4;541.5;541.6;541.7;547
FSC   34
FSS  184;186
UREF
PNO  5647555
ISD  19970700
NAM  Conrad et al.
OCL  242547
UREF
PNO  5848760
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kruger et al.
OCL  242542
FREF
PNO  2124827
ISD  19930800
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0695708
ISD  19960200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  92017916
ISD  19920500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4201815
ISD  19930700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4219415
ISD  19931200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4427877
ISD  19960300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19524905
ISD  19970100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Greenblum & Bernstein, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  Roll winding device and process for use, e.g., in a reel slitting device.
      The roll winding device includes a roll carrier device, a pneumatic
      pressure release device including a plurality of blow boxes having top
      sides with escape nozzles, and a rocker arm on which the blow boxes are
      mounted in articulated pairs. The blow boxes are swivelably adjustable on
      tilting axes that run parallel to a roll axis. The process includes
      positioning the blow boxes beneath a peripheral surface of a roll being
      wound on the winding machine and ejecting air through the escape nozzles
      in the blow boxes directed toward the peripheral surface to orient the top
      surface of the blow box substantially parallel to a tangent of the
      peripheral surface and to position the top surfaces of the blow boxes a
      substantially same distance from the peripheral surface. In this manner,
      the ejected air forms an air cushion under the roll.
PATN
WKU  059885610
SRC  8
APN  3838196
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19950206
TTL  Rolled product dispenser with braking mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; John Q.
NDR  2
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Mele; Peter C.
STR  P.O. Box 533
CTY  Crown Point
STA  NY
ZIP  12928
CLAS
OCL  2425991
XCL  2425992
XCL  2425993
XCL  2425994
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 1606
ICL  B65H 1804
FSC  242
FSS  599;599.1;599.3;599.4;611;396.1;396.4;383.2;596.7;597.5
UREF
PNO  1500938
ISD  19240700
NAM  Howard
XCL  242383.2
UREF
PNO  2990131
ISD  19610600
NAM  Carlsson
XCL  242383.2
UREF
PNO  3002704
ISD  19611000
NAM  Grossfeld
OCL  242599.1
UREF
PNO  4191342
ISD  19800300
NAM  Reinhold
XCL  242599.1
UREF
PNO  4212434
ISD  19800700
NAM  Walker
OCL  242599.1
UREF
PNO  4285474
ISD  19810800
NAM  Perez
OCL  242 55.2
UREF
PNO  4314678
ISD  19820200
NAM  Upchurch
OCL  242599.1
UREF
PNO  4383656
ISD  19830500
NAM  Campbell
XCL  242599.3
UREF
PNO  4454974
ISD  19840600
NAM  Cooke
OCL  225106
UREF
PNO  4466563
ISD  19840800
NAM  Zuss
OCL  225 74
UREF
PNO  4738385
ISD  19880400
NAM  Bell
OCL  225106
UREF
PNO  4771966
ISD  19880900
NAM  Anderson
OCL  242 55.2
UREF
PNO  4792102
ISD  19881200
NAM  Olsen
OCL  242 55.54
UREF
PNO  5135179
ISD  19920800
NAM  Morano
OCL  242 55.54
UREF
PNO  5170956
ISD  19921200
NAM  McTaggart
OCL  242 55.2
UREF
PNO  5273227
ISD  19931200
NAM  Smith, Jr.
OCL  242 55.2
LREP
FR2  Kersey; George E.
ABST
PAL  A rolled product dispenser with an automatic brake and release, in which a
      compression spring maintains mounting shaft pressure to hold the product
      dispenser in a housing, with holding caps wedged into the ends of the roll
      that rotates coaxially with respect to a peg disc having a stop peg
      positioned in relation to adjustable grounding pegs by which prescribed
      contact is maintained with the housing, the stop peg being engaged by a
      centrifugal flag that rotates with the roll as product is being unwound
      until a sufficient rotational speed caused the flag to hit the stop peg
      and stop roll rotation, serving as an automatic brake, following which
      tearing of the product produces a recoil that releases the flag, the speed
      at which the centrifugal flag impacts the stop peg being adjustable by
      changing the position of the stop peg in relation to the mounting shaft
      axis of rotation.
PATN
WKU  059885629
SRC  8
APN  9647929
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971105
TTL  System and method for determining the angular orientation of a body
      moving in object space
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Wesson; Theresa M.
EXP  Jordan; Charles T.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Linick; James M.
STR  7855 Vizcaya Way
CTY  Naples
STA  FL
ZIP  34108
CLAS
OCL  244  321
XCL   73178R
XCL  244  31
XCL  244175
XCL  701  4
XCL  701  6
EDF  6
ICL  F41G  700
ICL  B64C 1318
FSC   73
FSS  178 R;514.02
FSC  244
FSS  75 R;3.1;3.2;3.21;175
FSC  701
FSS  4;5;6
UREF
PNO  3693909
ISD  19720900
NAM  Hall
OCL  244  3.2
UREF
PNO  3938258
ISD  19760200
NAM  Zook
OCL   33366
UREF
PNO  3948096
ISD  19760400
NAM  Miller
OCL   73178R
UREF
PNO  4026498
ISD  19770500
NAM  Platus
OCL  244  3.23
UREF
PNO  4054254
ISD  19771000
NAM  Cole
OCL  244  3.21
UREF
PNO  4277895
ISD  19810700
NAM  Wiklund
OCL   33366
UREF
PNO  4297905
ISD  19811100
NAM  Hadekel
OCL   74  5.43
UREF
PNO  4316394
ISD  19820200
NAM  Dohogne
OCL   74  5.46
UREF
PNO  4328938
ISD  19820500
NAM  Reisman et al.
OCL  244  3.1
UREF
PNO  4390950
ISD  19830600
NAM  Muller
OCL  364434
UREF
PNO  4470562
ISD  19840900
NAM  Hall et al.
OCL  244  3.2
UREF
PNO  4535353
ISD  19850800
NAM  Turner
OCL  348605
UREF
PNO  4608641
ISD  19860800
NAM  Snell
OCL  364434
UREF
PNO  4676456
ISD  19870600
NAM  Grosso et al.
OCL  244  3.21
UREF
PNO  4679748
ISD  19870700
NAM  Blomqvist et al.
OCL  244  3.19
UREF
PNO  4899956
ISD  19900200
NAM  King et al.
OCL  244  3.21
UREF
PNO  4901565
ISD  19900200
NAM  Seidel et al.
OCL   73178R
UREF
PNO  5131602
ISD  19920700
NAM  Linick
OCL  244  3.14
UREF
PNO  5372334
ISD  19941200
NAM  Cuadros
OCL  244  3.11
UREF
PNO  5379968
ISD  19950100
NAM  Grosso
OCL  244  3.21
UREF
PNO  5425514
ISD  19950600
NAM  Grosso
OCL  244  3.22
UREF
PNO  5440817
ISD  19950800
NAM  Watson et al.
OCL   33366
UREF
PNO  5647558
ISD  19970700
NAM  Linick
OCL  244  3.11
OREF
PAL  NASA Report: NASA-TM-100659 (Abstract only), Jul. 1988.
PAL  NASA Report: NASA-TM-104161 (Abstract only), Oct. 1991.
LREP
FRM  Hunton & Williams
ABST
PAL  A system and method for determining the angular orientation of a body
      moving in object space. The invention is usable to detect and identify the
      angular orientation of the body relative to the theoretical plane of
      gravity and thereby relative to any other theoretical plane between zero
      and three-hundred sixty degrees therefrom. The invention is operable
      regardless of whether the body is rotating with an angular velocity,
      either natural and/or induced. The invention may employ one or more analog
      and/or digital sensors. The analog sensor may be an accelerometer. The
      system may be used to provide real-time orientation data to permit the
      body to be guided or directed towards a desired destination or simply to
      permit the orientation of the body to be known, controlled or varied as
      desired.
PATN
WKU  059885637
SRC  9
APN  0011479
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19971230
TTL  Articulating winglets
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Wesson; Theresa M.
EXP  Jordan; Charles T.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Allen; John B.
CTY  Long Beach
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  McDonnell Douglas Corporation
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  244 49
XCL  244 45R
XCL  244 90R
XCL  244 91
EDF  6
ICL  B64C  356
ICL  B64C  338
ICL  B64C  510
ICL  B64C  506
FSC  244
FSS  49;123;124;34 R;35 R;198;199;203;218;91;45 R;90 R;76 C
UREF
PNO  2397526
ISD  19460400
NAM  Bonbright
OCL  244 12
UREF
PNO  2418301
ISD  19470400
NAM  Heal
OCL  244 75
UREF
PNO  2523579
ISD  19500900
NAM  Lloyd
OCL  244 76C
UREF
PNO  2562905
ISD  19510800
NAM  Gadeberg
OCL  244 91
UREF
PNO  2620150
ISD  19521200
NAM  Atwood et al.
OCL  244 76C
UREF
PNO  4455004
ISD  19840600
NAM  Whitaker, Sr.
OCL  244 90R
UREF
PNO  4722499
ISD  19880200
NAM  Klug
OCL  244199
UREF
PNO  5072894
ISD  19911200
NAM  Cichy
OCL  244 91
UREF
PNO  5310138
ISD  19940500
NAM  Fitzgibbon
OCL  244 49
UREF
PNO  5427329
ISD  19950600
NAM  Renzelmann et al.
OCL  244 49
LREP
FRM  Westerlund & Powell
FR2  Westerlund; Robert A.
FR2  Powell, Jr.; Raymond H.J.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to a unique foldable winglet assembly
      adaptable for use with an aircraft for maximizing the wing span of the
      aircraft during cruise operation while reducing wing bending moment during
      extreme flight maneuvers. A foldable winglet is pivotally joined to the
      aircraft wing and is rotatable during flight between a retracted position
      and a fully extended position. An actuator is mounted on the aircraft wing
      and attached to the foldable winglet. When the aircraft reaches cruise
      operation, the actuator can be manually or automatically energized to
      pivot the winglet from a substantially vertical, retracted position to a
      fully extended position wherein the winglet becomes an extension of the
      wing. During cruise, the wing and winglet form an enlarged wing that
      serves to maximize lift of the aircraft. When loads more severe than would
      occur at or near cruise, such as dive, are encountered, the loads overcome
      the action of the actuator and pivot the winglet to its initial, vertical
      position. This action, serves to reduce the bending moment acting on the
      wing as well as increase aerodynamic efficiency of the aircraft.
PATN
WKU  059885645
SRC  9
APN  0222666
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980211
TTL  Aircraft turnaround apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Ducker, Jr.; Charles R.
EXP  Jordan; Charles T.
NDR  5
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Lee; Richard J
CTY  Hartford
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Lee Precision Inc.
CTY  Hartford
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  244114R
XCL  244115
XCL  244116
EDF  6
ICL  B64F  100
ICL  B64F  124
FSC  244
FSS  114 R;115;116
UREF
PNO  1855534
ISD  19320400
NAM  Williams
OCL  244114R
UREF
PNO  2395528
ISD  19460200
NAM  Anderson
OCL  244114R
UREF
PNO  2964144
ISD  19601200
NAM  Wheeler
OCL  244114R
UREF
PNO  3599809
ISD  19710800
NAM  Gresham
OCL  244114R
UREF
PNO  3670464
ISD  19720600
NAM  Cutter
OCL  244114R
UREF
PNO  3830452
ISD  19740800
NAM  Seay
OCL  244116
UREF
PNO  3915319
ISD  19751000
NAM  Fairburn
OCL  244114R
UREF
PNO  5102091
ISD  19920400
NAM  Craig
OCL  244116
LREP
FRM  Ryan Kromholz & Manion
ABST
PAL  A long arm for an aircraft turnaround apparatus mounted at one end to the
      floor of an aircraft hanger for swinging about a vertical axis causing a
      nose-wheel carriage at the free end of the arm to follow a semicircular
      path. The nose-wheel of an incoming aircraft runs onto the carriage such
      that its imaginary lateral rotation axis is practically coincident with
      the arm axis so when the arm swings, the aircraft's ground supported
      landing gear traces a semicircle. The carriage has a chock bar which stops
      the aircraft from overtraveling the carriage. One chock bar version
      requires manual insertion and removal and another automatically latches in
      the stopping position but is unlatched by an aircraft leaving the carriage
      after which a spring restores the chock to the latched position. An
      optional spring system can restore the arm and carriage to a nose-wheel
      receiving position after a turned around aircraft has departed. A device
      is fastened to the hanger floor such that the oncoming carriage engages it
      upon approaching its final nose-wheel receiving position. The device
      gradually retards the rotational movement of the arm and carriage and
      finally stops their movement.
PATN
WKU  059885653
SRC  9
APN  0302155
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980225
TTL  Overhead aircraft luggage bin with safety mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Barefoot; Galen L.
NDR  7
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Thomas; Benjamin Hall
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Mackie; Calvin
CTY  New Orleans
STA  LA
ASSG
NAM  Kingdom Builders R & D, L.L.C.
CTY  New Orleans
STA  LA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2441181
XCL  2441185
XCL  312291
EDF  6
ICL  B64D 1100
FSC  244
FSS  118.1;118.5;121;129.4;129.5
FSC  312
FSS  291;292;293.1;247
FSC  160
FSS  273.1;27
UREF
PNO  797652
ISD  19050800
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  160273.1
UREF
PNO  4014329
ISD  19770300
NAM  Welch et al.
OCL  128214R
UREF
PNO  4073452
ISD  19780200
NAM  Gosau
OCL  244121
UREF
PNO  4637642
ISD  19870100
NAM  Stoecker
OCL  292129
UREF
PNO  4813753
ISD  19890300
NAM  Relyea
OCL  312291
UREF
PNO  4907762
ISD  19900300
NAM  Bock et al.
OCL  244118
UREF
PNO  5035471
ISD  19910700
NAM  Ackerman
OCL  312291
UREF
PNO  5244269
ISD  19930900
NAM  Harriehausen et al.
OCL  312247
UREF
PNO  5383628
ISD  19950100
NAM  Harriehausen et al.
OCL  244118.1
UREF
PNO  5549258
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hart et al.
OCL  244118.1
UREF
PNO  5590851
ISD  19970100
NAM  Ackerman
OCL  244118.1
UREF
PNO  5823472
ISD  19981000
NAM  Luria
OCL  244118.5
UREF
PNO  5868353
ISD  19990200
NAM  Benard
OCL  244121
FREF
PNO  4018362
ISD  19911200
CNT  DEX
OCL  244118.1
LREP
FRM  Price, Heneveld, Cooper, DeWitt & Litton
ABST
PAL  A safety mechanism for an overhead aircraft luggage bin for preventing
      baggage from falling from the bin when the door cover of the bin is
      opened. The safety mechanism includes a roll-up screen mounted on the door
      cover which cooperates with a latch mounted on the lower edge of the
      opening to the bin. The latch and roll-up screen mechanism are operatively
      associated whereby when the door cover is in covered or closed position,
      the screen is rolled up and latched to the latch. When the door cover is
      moved to the uncovered position the screen is unrolled and covers the
      opening to the bin to prevent any luggage from falling from the housing.
      The screen can be unlatched so as to remove the screen from the opening.
PATN
WKU  059885661
SRC  8
APN  9850937
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19971204
TTL  Aircraft window construction
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Dinh; Tien
EXP  Jordan; Charles T.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Meyer; Juergen
CTY  Hamburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  DaimlerChrysler Aerospace Airbus GmbH
CTY  Hamburg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961205
APN  196 50 416
CLAS
OCL  2441293
XCL   49504
EDF  6
ICL  B64C  114
FSC  244
FSS  129.3
FSC   49
FSS  504;471
FSC  454
FSS  81;82;156;198
FSC  417
FSS  540
UREF
PNO  2189388
ISD  19400200
NAM  Zand
UREF
PNO  2302740
ISD  19421100
NAM  Boicey
UREF
PNO  2474512
ISD  19490600
NAM  Bechtold et al.
UREF
PNO  2575757
ISD  19511100
NAM  Hardy
UREF
PNO  3452553
ISD  19690700
NAM  Dershin et al.
UREF
PNO  4931000
ISD  19900600
NAM  Fleming
UREF
PNO  4932608
ISD  19900600
NAM  Heidish et al.
UREF
PNO  5199856
ISD  19930400
NAM  Epstein et al.
FREF
PNO  0322776
ISD  19890700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1057059
ISD  19520300
CNT  FRX
OCL  244129.3
FREF
PNO  693159
ISD  19400600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  737294
ISD  19430600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  933371
ISD  19550800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  23321
ISD  19620600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1252533
ISD  19671000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2225368
ISD  19900500
CNT  GBX
OCL  244129.3
LREP
FR2  Fasse; W. F.
FR2  Fasse; W. G.
ABST
PAL  A window for an aircraft cabin has a first pane (3) with a high fatigue
      strength on the inside facing the cabin and a second pane (4) with a lower
      fatigue strength smaller than the first fatigue strength on the outside
      facing the atmosphere. The space (3A) between the window panes (3, 4) is
      sealed but connected through a pipe to an air pressure controller
      responsive to the atmospheric pressure. The pressure controller may be an
      air pump (12) or variable volume chambers (19, 20) for keeping the
      pressure in the space between the panes at the prevailing atmospheric
      pressure without actually venting the space to the atmosphere.
PATN
WKU  059885670
SRC  8
APN  8852553
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970630
TTL  Conformable weapons platform
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Beaulieu; Yonel
EXP  Cuchlinski, Jr.; William A.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Wille; Robert Henry
CTY  St. Charles
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  McDonnell Douglas
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2441295
XCL  2441294
XCL  2441181
XCL  244119
XCL   89  11
XCL   89  151
EDF  6
ICL  B64C  130
FSC  244
FSS  129.4;129.5;218;130;118.1;119
FSC   89
FSS  1.51;1.1
UREF
PNO  2749064
ISD  19560600
NAM  Kuhlman, Jr.
UREF
PNO  2754904
ISD  19560700
NAM  Provenzano
UREF
PNO  3037723
ISD  19620600
NAM  Taylor
OCL  244129.5
UREF
PNO  3432125
ISD  19690300
NAM  Schroeder, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4838502
ISD  19890600
NAM  Pinson
OCL  244130
UREF
PNO  5222699
ISD  19930600
NAM  Albach et al.
OCL  244213
UREF
PNO  5279199
ISD  19940100
NAM  August
OCL   89  1.51
UREF
PNO  5333528
ISD  19940800
NAM  Klestadt et al.
OCL   89  1.51
UREF
PNO  5522566
ISD  19960600
NAM  Hardy et al.
OCL  244130
UREF
PNO  5794893
ISD  19980800
NAM  Diller et al.
OCL  244130
UREF
PNO  5803405
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ellis et al.
OCL  244130
UREF
PNO  5845879
ISD  19981200
NAM  Jensen
OCL  244130
LREP
FR2  Halling; Dale B
ABST
PAL  A conformable weapons platform (52) has a cavity (60) in a skin of an
      aircraft. A weapon launching system (62) is contained in the cavity (60).
      A pair of elastomer doors (56, 58) are attached to a perimeter of the
      cavity.
PATN
WKU  059885688
SRC  8
APN  9351825
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19970922
TTL  Surface modification apparatus and method for decreasing the drag or
      retarding forces created by fluids flowing across a moving surface
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Dinh; Tien
EXP  Poon; Peter M.
NDR  3
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Drews; Hilbert F. P.
STR  5640 S. 76th St.
CTY  Greendale
STA  WI
ZIP  53129
CLAS
OCL  244200
XCL  244130
XCL  244199
XCL  2961801
EDF  6
ICL  B64C 2110
FSC  244
FSS  200;130;199
FSC  428
FSS  167;156
FSC  416
FSS  236 R
FSC  296
FSS  180.1
UREF
PNO  2272358
ISD  19420200
NAM  Steinhaus
UREF
PNO  2346552
ISD  19440400
NAM  Brotz
UREF
PNO  3578264
ISD  19710500
NAM  Kuethe
UREF
PNO  3776363
ISD  19731200
NAM  Kuethe
UREF
PNO  4284302
ISD  19810800
NAM  Drews
OCL  296  1
UREF
PNO  4354648
ISD  19821000
NAM  Schenk et al.
UREF
PNO  4619423
ISD  19861000
NAM  Holmes et al.
UREF
PNO  4907765
ISD  19900300
NAM  Hirschel et al.
UREF
PNO  4932612
ISD  19900600
NAM  Blackwelder et al.
UREF
PNO  4986496
ISD  19910100
NAM  Marentic et al.
OCL  244130
UREF
PNO  5069403
ISD  19911200
NAM  Marentic et al.
UREF
PNO  5114099
ISD  19920500
NAM  Gao
UREF
PNO  5133516
ISD  19920700
NAM  Marentic et al.
OCL  244130
FREF
PNO  2282548
ISD  19740800
CNT  FRX
OCL  416236
FREF
PNO  1665882
ISD  19910700
CNT  RUX
OCL  244130
LREP
FRM  Andrus, Sceales, Starke & Sawall
ABST
PAL  A body moving through a fluid has air control and directing elements on its
      outer surface. The elements are laterally and longitudinally spaced and
      includes elements having a forward curved nose or front portion and
      tapered tail portions projecting outwardly from the main body. Each of the
      elements and body space between the elements is covered with parallel ribs
      extending parallel to the elements. Special elements may include raised
      flexible tail portions for further interacting with the air or other
      fluid. The shape of the elements and the ribs are varied in accordance
      with the desired interaction with the fluid to create the
      multi-dimensional fluid movement over the surface. Various different
      shapes and configurations of the elements are described.
PATN
WKU  059885696
SRC  8
APN  9001964
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970725
TTL  Truck cable plug and hose gladhand holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Berger; Derek J.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Zhang; Richard H.
CTY  Rowland Heights
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Jacobs; John D.
CTY  Brea
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  R.A. Phillips Industries, Inc.
CTY  Commerce
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  248 65
XCL  248314
XCL  280420
XCL  439528
EDF  6
ICL  B60D  162
FSC  248
FSS  51;65;314;75;514;512;534;538;513
FSC  280
FSS  420;421;422
FSC  439
FSS  528;574;174
FSC  211
FSS  60.1
UREF
PNO  2733033
ISD  19560100
NAM  Gunderson
OCL  248 51
UREF
PNO  3176257
ISD  19650300
NAM  Introvigne
OCL  339 38
UREF
PNO  3331915
ISD  19670700
NAM  Lucci
XCL  248 51
UREF
PNO  4067635
ISD  19780100
NAM  Soblerg
XCL  280422
UREF
PNO  4366965
ISD  19830100
NAM  Rhodes
OCL  280421
UREF
PNO  4738641
ISD  19880400
NAM  Eversole, Jr. et al.
OCL  439528
UREF
PNO  5232103
ISD  19930800
NAM  Koenig et al.
XCL  211 60.1
UREF
PNO  5410894
ISD  19950500
NAM  Fox et al.
XCL  280420
UREF
PNO  5607221
ISD  19970300
NAM  Justus
XCL  280420
UREF
PNO  5630728
ISD  19970500
NAM  Watters, Jr.
OCL  439528
UREF
PNO  5660408
ISD  19970800
NAM  Johnson
OCL  280420
FREF
PNO  68846
ISD  19481100
CNT  NOX
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
ABST
PAL  A holder, mountable on the back of a truck tractor cab, has two electrical
      plug receptacles and two gladhand keepers. The gladhand keepers are
      vertically directed and angled with respect to the mounting surface of the
      cab, so that an operator can store in the keepers the hose-end gladhands
      associated with the tractor without climbing on, leaning over, or
      stretching across the frame of the truck behind the cab. The electrical
      plug receptacles are at an angle away from the surface, making it easier
      for an operator to insert the plugs into the electrical plug receptacle
      and thereby reducing wear to the cables.
PATN
WKU  059885700
SRC  9
APN  1681389
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19981007
TTL  Cable support
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Normberg; Michael D.
EXP  Berger; Derek J.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Gretz; Thomas J.
CTY  Clarks Summit
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Arlington Industries, Inc.
CTY  Scranton
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  248 742
XCL  248 681
XCL  248 89
EDF  6
ICL  F16L  308
ICL  F16L  322
ICL  A47G 2900
FSC  248
FSS  68.1;73;58;65;69;74.1;74.2;74.3;304;305;306;308;74.4;74.5;89;90;212;213
FSC  211
FSS  106.01;118;87.01
UREF
PNO  D301684
ISD  19890600
NAM  Herzog
OCL  D 8356
UREF
PNO  355924
ISD  18870100
NAM  Favel
OCL  248 89
UREF
PNO  754483
ISD  19040300
NAM  Mustgrove
OCL  248552
UREF
PNO  1173603
ISD  19160200
NAM  Murray
OCL  292318
UREF
PNO  1262763
ISD  19180400
NAM  Farley
OCL  248 62
UREF
PNO  2453248
ISD  19481100
NAM  Much
OCL  248 75
UREF
PNO  3029933
ISD  19620400
NAM  Sutter
OCL  206577
UREF
PNO  3529795
ISD  19700900
NAM  Van Niel
OCL  248 71
UREF
PNO  3659319
ISD  19720500
NAM  Erickson
OCL   24 73AP
UREF
PNO  3991960
ISD  19761100
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  248 68R
UREF
PNO  4023758
ISD  19770500
NAM  Yuda
OCL  248 73
UREF
PNO  4101103
ISD  19780700
NAM  Mooney et al.
OCL  248 58
UREF
PNO  4436267
ISD  19840300
NAM  Eads et al.
OCL  248 75
UREF
PNO  4917340
ISD  19900400
NAM  Jiiemann et al.
OCL  248 74.2
UREF
PNO  5419362
ISD  19950500
NAM  Blackaby
OCL  137355.16
UREF
PNO  5593125
ISD  19970100
NAM  Storz et al.
OCL  248316.5
UREF
PNO  5868362
ISD  19990200
NAM  Daoud
OCL  248 71
ABST
PAL  An improved communications cable support which provides a curved surface
      over which the cabling is laid to insure an entirely smooth transition
      across the support as well as incorporating an integral resilient top
      closure side for securing the support after cable installation.
      Additionally, means are provided to permit separation of individual cables
      to the greatest extent possible and to inhibit their shifting within the
      support.
PATN
WKU  059885718
SRC  8
APN  9350217
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970922
TTL  TV/VCR mount
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Le; Tan
EXP  Ramirez; Ramon O.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Ward; Glenn F.
STR  45 River Dr. S. Apt. 3304
CTY  Jersey City
STA  NJ
ZIP  07310-1741
INVT
NAM  Ward; Wendy A.
STR  514 Tilden Ave.
CTY  Teaneck
STA  NJ
ZIP  07666-2506
CLAS
OCL  2481761
XCL  248243
XCL  248918
EDF  6
ICL  F16M 1100
FSC  248
FSS  176.1;442.2;298.1;278.1;309.1;324;346.03;176;912;918;243;244;245;261;242
     ;283.1;281.11;235;250
FSC  108
FSS  96;144
FSC  211
FSS  27
FSC   40
FSS  345
UREF
PNO  1108687
ISD  19140800
NAM  Boorman
OCL  248442.2
UREF
PNO  1113771
ISD  19141000
NAM  Gardner
OCL  248454
UREF
PNO  1264484
ISD  19180400
NAM  Bridgman
UREF
PNO  1700629
ISD  19290100
NAM  Douglas
OCL   40345
UREF
PNO  2083299
ISD  19370600
NAM  Hunter
OCL  248500
UREF
PNO  2749071
ISD  19560600
NAM  Remstein
OCL  248172
UREF
PNO  2805776
ISD  19570900
NAM  Levitin
OCL  211 27
UREF
PNO  2828096
ISD  19580300
NAM  Beri
OCL   43 21.2
UREF
PNO  3511461
ISD  19700500
NAM  Clark
OCL  248 27.8
UREF
PNO  3765633
ISD  19731000
NAM  Caudill
OCL  248229
UREF
PNO  4310136
ISD  19820100
NAM  Mooney
OCL  248278
UREF
PNO  4487389
ISD  19841200
NAM  Ziegler
OCL  248282
UREF
PNO  4815683
ISD  19890300
NAM  Ferrante
OCL  248205.2
UREF
PNO  4836478
ISD  19890600
NAM  Sweere
OCL  248  1E
UREF
PNO  4884420
ISD  19891200
NAM  Finkel et al.
OCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  4964606
ISD  19901000
NAM  Beam et al.
OCL  248333
UREF
PNO  4966342
ISD  19901000
NAM  Noguera
OCL  248172
UREF
PNO  4984690
ISD  19910100
NAM  King et al.
OCL  206503
UREF
PNO  5009384
ISD  19910400
NAM  Gerke et al.
OCL  248343
UREF
PNO  5039044
ISD  19910800
NAM  Sher
OCL  248176
UREF
PNO  5074512
ISD  19911200
NAM  Gianforcaro, II et al.
OCL  248442.2
UREF
PNO  5082235
ISD  19920100
NAM  Crowther et al.
OCL  248918
UREF
PNO  5104081
ISD  19920400
NAM  Sparks
OCL  248229
UREF
PNO  5139223
ISD  19920800
NAM  Sedighzadeh
OCL  248324
UREF
PNO  5160104
ISD  19921100
NAM  Sher
OCL  248176
UREF
PNO  5393025
ISD  19950200
NAM  Franklin
OCL  248317
UREF
PNO  5400993
ISD  19950300
NAM  Hamilton
OCL  248278
UREF
PNO  5786861
ISD  19980700
NAM  Parker
OCL  248442.2
UREF
PNO  5796378
ISD  19980600
NAM  Correa
OCL  248442.2
UREF
PNO  5797568
ISD  19980800
NAM  Canton Gongora et al.
OCL  248122.1
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  A mounting apparatus providing a horizontal shelf for securely stacking one
      component, such as a VCR, over a second component, such as a video
      display. The apparatus has struts which extend downwards from the sides of
      the shelf to flank the second component when the shelf is placed on top of
      it. An attachment mechanism in each strut is adjusted to clamp the
      apparatus securely to the second component. Upward struts may also be
      provided with similar attachment mechanisms to secure the stacked
      component to the shelf. The apparatus can be formed a single molded piece
      or have removable struts which are positioned as needed. The shelf can be
      a single component or be divided lengthwise and connected in a manner
      allowing for an adjustable depth.
PATN
WKU  059885726
SRC  9
APN  1028472
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980623
TTL  Cradle device for a portable radio terminal
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Wood; Kimberly
EXP  Berger; Derek J.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Chivallier; Laurent
CTY  Yvre L'Eveque
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Guerillot; Patrick
CTY  Pontoise
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960110
APN  96 00215
RLAP
COD  71
APN  778226
APD  19970108
PSC  01
PNO  5799914
CLAS
OCL  2481761
XCL  24822021
XCL  2481811
XCL  2481812
XCL  24828831
XCL  224929
XCL  403353
EDF  6
ICL  F16M 1114
FSC  248
FSS  176.1;181.1;181.2;288.31;220.21;221.11;222.51;224.8;225.11;229.1;229.14
     ;231.61;316.6;222.11;309.1;916;223.31;228.51
FSC  403
FSS  353
FSC  224
FSS  929
UREF
PNO  Re34120
ISD  19921100
NAM  Plahn
OCL  248206.3
UREF
PNO  658911
ISD  19001000
NAM  Hall
OCL  248181.1
UREF
PNO  1288461
ISD  19181200
NAM  Akeley
OCL  248181.1
UREF
PNO  5069407
ISD  19911200
NAM  Williams
OCL  248221.3
UREF
PNO  5392350
ISD  19950200
NAM  Swanson
OCL  379446
UREF
PNO  5655736
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kozloff et al.
OCL  248179.1
UREF
PNO  5799914
ISD  19980900
NAM  Chivallier et al.
OCL  248176.1
LREP
FR2  Halajian; Dicran
ABST
PAL  This device comprises:
PA1  a holder part (32) in which the terminal (1) comes to rest,
PA1  a fixed part (30)
PA1  a fitting system for connecting the two parts, formed by:
PA2  a ball joint (50) fixed to one of the parts,
PA2  an opening (52) provided in the other part, for allowing the engagement of
      said ball joint,
PA2  a ball joint positioning system (55, 57),
PA2  a locking hook (60) for locking the holder part onto the fixed part.
PATN
WKU  059885734
SRC  8
APN  9496610
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971014
TTL  Stand for article
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Berry, Jr.; Willie
EXP  Braun; Leslie A.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Mueller; Thomas D.
CTY  Imperial
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  American Trading and Production Corporation
CTY  Baltimore
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2481771
XCL  248161
EDF  6
ICL  F16M 1102
FSC  248
FSS  177.1;161;125.1;125.8;188.5;405;413
UREF
PNO  2532173
ISD  19501100
NAM  Lewis
OCL  248413
UREF
PNO  2536503
ISD  19510100
NAM  Jones
OCL  248413
UREF
PNO  2854303
ISD  19580900
NAM  McInnis
OCL  248161
UREF
PNO  5385323
ISD  19950100
NAM  Garelick
OCL  248161
LREP
FRM  Cohn, Powell & Hind
ABST
PAL  Telescopic stands for articles such as microphones used by entertainers,
      hospital intravenous packets and cameras are widely used. Some telescoping
      microphone and hospital intravenous stands require many turns of a ring in
      order to hold the microphone, for instance, in place. An entertainer needs
      to be able to almost instantly adjust the height of his microphone. The
      stand herein includes a height adjusting means which operates more
      quickly. It includes telescopically related outer and inner members, and
      also means for readily locking the upper inner member within the lower
      outer member.
PATN
WKU  059885742
SRC  9
APN  1448889
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980901
TTL  Furniture glide
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Ramirez; Ramon O.
NDR  2
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Podgorski; John
STR  1125 Ash St.
CTY  St. Charles
STA  IL
ZIP  60174
INVT
NAM  Thorsen; Paul A.
STR  810 Hillside
CTY  Elmhurst
STA  IL
ZIP  60126
CLAS
OCL  2481884
XCL  24834611
EDF  6
ICL  F16M 1124
FSC  248
FSS  188.4;188.2;188.9;346.11
UREF
PNO  287913
ISD  18831100
NAM  Dawson et al.
UREF
PNO  1016324
ISD  19120200
NAM  Dunn
UREF
PNO  1435606
ISD  19221100
NAM  Henry
UREF
PNO  2217996
ISD  19401000
NAM  Sasgen
XCL  248188.9
UREF
PNO  2403338
ISD  19460700
NAM  Butler
XCL  248188.4
UREF
PNO  2728166
ISD  19551200
NAM  Molla
OCL  248188.9
UREF
PNO  3025631
ISD  19620300
NAM  Reynolds
OCL  248188.9
UREF
PNO  3144234
ISD  19640800
NAM  Artmann
UREF
PNO  3455526
ISD  19690700
NAM  Orii
UREF
PNO  3592423
ISD  19710700
NAM  Mul
XCL  248188.4
UREF
PNO  3970273
ISD  19760700
NAM  Tanner
XCL  248188.4
UREF
PNO  4576357
ISD  19860300
NAM  Schrepfer
XCL  248188.2
UREF
PNO  4979786
ISD  19901200
NAM  Kuraseko
XCL  248188.9
UREF
PNO  5000416
ISD  19910300
NAM  Fantasia
OCL  248650
UREF
PNO  5042764
ISD  19910800
NAM  Carpinella et al.
OCL  248188.2
UREF
PNO  5153052
ISD  19921000
NAM  Tanaka et al.
XCL  248634
UREF
PNO  5531413
ISD  19960700
NAM  Wolf et al.
OCL  248188.2
UREF
PNO  5697586
ISD  19971200
NAM  Lybarger
OCL  248188.4
UREF
PNO  5836556
ISD  19981100
NAM  Kim
OCL  248188.4
LREP
FRM  McDonell Boehnen Hulbert & Berghoff
ABST
PAL  A furniture glide assembly including a threaded rod, a convex glide foot,
      and an retractable glide foot, wherein the furniture associated with the
      glide assembly is essentially immobile when the glide foot is engaged, and
      wherein the furniture can be easily moved when the glide foot is
      retracted.
PATN
WKU  059885750
SRC  8
APN  6818218
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19960729
TTL  Aerosol spray can tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Wood; Kimberly
EXP  Braun; Leslie A.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Lesko; Joseph John
STR  3419 Via Lido Ste 204
CTY  Newport Beach
STA  CA
ZIP  92663
CLAS
OCL  2482132
XCL  248214
XCL  2483167
XCL  211 601
XCL   24339
XCL  222543
EDF  6
ICL  A47B 9606
FSC  248
FSS  213.2;214;229.16;229.26;230.7;231.81;316.7
FSC  211
FSS  60.1
FSC  D 8
FSS  373.5;382;384;383;394;395;396
FSC  D32
FSS  73
FSC   24
FSS  339
FSC  222
FSS  543;530;538;473;408
UREF
PNO  845224
ISD  19070200
NAM  Eibel
UREF
PNO  1903410
ISD  19330400
NAM  Cecil
UREF
PNO  2892565
ISD  19590600
NAM  Faini
OCL  222543
UREF
PNO  4141445
ISD  19790200
NAM  Korich
OCL  206228
UREF
PNO  4232785
ISD  19801100
NAM  Lucas
OCL  206228
UREF
PNO  4823445
ISD  19890400
NAM  Diener
OCL  222538
UREF
PNO  5289961
ISD  19940300
NAM  Levitt
OCL  224247
UREF
PNO  5544783
ISD  19960800
NAM  Conigliaro
OCL  D 8396
LREP
FRM  Stetina Brunda Garred & Brucker
ABST
PAL  The Aerosol Spray Can Tool is a device that holds and stores certain
      accessories and vital parts of the common aerosol spray can. It is a
      flexible bracelet that snaps around the can and it has holes thru it,
      slots, clips and a suitcase. The holes hold the spray straw, the slots
      hold the spray straw and the clip holds the spray straw. The suitcase
      molded or machined with the bracelet stores the spray nozzle. A very long
      straw is laced thru two or more holes to store the long straw.
PATN
WKU  059885769
SRC  8
APN  5507790
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19951031
TTL  Binder bin mounting bracket
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  6
EXA  Smith; Richard M.
EXP  Stodola; Daniel P.
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Ehrlich; Michael F.
CTY  Oakmont
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Furniture Source International, Inc.
CTY  New Kensington
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  24822021
XCL  24822022
XCL  211 88
EDF  6
ICL  A47B 9606
FSC  248
FSS  220.21;220.22;220.31;221.11
FSC  211
FSS  88;94;103
FSC  403
FSS  362
UREF
PNO  2336604
ISD  19431200
NAM  Edward et al.
XCL  211103
UREF
PNO  3486632
ISD  19691200
NAM  Balch
OCL  248221.11
UREF
PNO  4113109
ISD  19780900
NAM  Donnelli et al.
XCL  248220.22
UREF
PNO  4138019
ISD  19790200
NAM  Smith
XCL  248220.31
UREF
PNO  4155461
ISD  19790500
NAM  Young, Jr.
XCL  248220.21
UREF
PNO  4401222
ISD  19830800
NAM  Kulikowski et al.
XCL  211103
UREF
PNO  4828120
ISD  19890500
NAM  Beil et al.
OCL  211 88
UREF
PNO  4881349
ISD  19891100
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL   52127.11
UREF
PNO  5101989
ISD  19920400
NAM  Jones
XCL  248220.22
UREF
PNO  5110080
ISD  19920500
NAM  Rieman
XCL  211 94
UREF
PNO  5167391
ISD  19921200
NAM  Simpson
OCL  248220.21
UREF
PNO  5277005
ISD  19940100
NAM  Hellwig et al.
OCL   52220.1
UREF
PNO  5301477
ISD  19940400
NAM  Rellinger et al.
XCL  248220.21
UREF
PNO  5375802
ISD  19941200
NAM  Branham, II
OCL  248221.11
UREF
PNO  5400560
ISD  19950300
NAM  Hellwig et al.
OCL   52578
UREF
PNO  5535972
ISD  19960700
NAM  Fallago
OCL  248220.22
LREP
FRM  Webb Ziesenheim Logsdon Orkin & Hanson, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A mounting bracket for mounting a binder bin on a wall panel in an office
      panel system has an upper end, a lower end, an elongated outer member has
      a base with opposed parallel edges and spaced parallel legs extending at a
      right angle from the base. An elongated inner member having a base with
      opposed parallel edges and spaced parallel legs is located within the
      outer member. The inner member includes a plurality of spaced slots in the
      base for receiving hook connectors on a binder bin end wall. A connector
      is located on one end of the inner member for connecting the upper end of
      the mounting bracket to a wall panel and a lock is located on the opposite
      end for locking the lower end of the mounting bracket to a wall panel. The
      lock includes a threaded bolt connected to the base of the outer member.
PATN
WKU  059885777
SRC  9
APN  0012963
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971231
TTL  Adjustable carrier assembly for a wireless communication device
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Baxter; Gwendolyn
EXP  Berger; Derek J.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Phillips; William Charles
CTY  Evanston
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Trahan; David William
CTY  Grayslake
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  24823181
XCL  2483161
XCL  24829213
XCL   24505
XCL  224197
XCL  224930
XCL  379446
XCL  379455
EDF  6
ICL  A47B 9606
FSC  248
FSS  316.1;316.7;682;689;229.16;229.26;228.7;231.81;289.11;291.1;292.12;292.14
     ;299.1;292.13
FSC   24
FSS  505;457;489;516
FSC  224
FSS  197;269;666;930
FSC  379
FSS  446;455;454
UREF
PNO  397748
ISD  18890200
NAM  Palmenberg
OCL  248291.1
UREF
PNO  2051406
ISD  19360800
NAM  Green
OCL  248229.16
UREF
PNO  3915361
ISD  19751000
NAM  Perkins
OCL  224  2B
UREF
PNO  3956701
ISD  19760500
NAM  James, Jr. et al.
OCL  325352
UREF
PNO  4040547
ISD  19770800
NAM  Dickey
OCL  224  5H
UREF
PNO  4100653
ISD  19780700
NAM  Sensabaugh
OCL   24  3
UREF
PNO  4504001
ISD  19850300
NAM  Nichols
OCL  224198
UREF
PNO  4782435
ISD  19881100
NAM  Manzoi
XCL  248291.1
UREF
PNO  4883290
ISD  19891100
NAM  Landa
OCL  280814
UREF
PNO  5261583
ISD  19931100
NAM  Long et al.
OCL  224245
UREF
PNO  5472317
ISD  19951200
NAM  Field et al.
OCL  417234
UREF
PNO  5551611
ISD  19960900
NAM  Gilmore
OCL  224198
UREF
PNO  5833100
ISD  19981100
NAM  Kim
OCL  224197
FREF
PNO  561390
ISD  19231000
CNT  FRX
OCL  248229.16
LREP
FR2  Williams; Lalita P.
ABST
PAL  An adjustable carrying assembly for a wireless communication device, such
      as a radiotelephone. The carrying assembly is comprised of a device
      support member having a first spring coupled thereto for receiving the
      communication device and a clip mechanism coupled thereto for mounting the
      carrier assembly on a user's belt or other article of clothing. The clip
      mechanism comprises a clip support member, a pin, a clip, a second spring
      and a cap. One end of clip support member includes an opening with a
      plurality of grooves arranged in a circular array. The device support
      member is rotatably attached to the clip support member of the clip
      mechanism such that when the user rotates the device support member with
      respect to the clip mechanism, first spring moves from one of the
      plurality of grooves to another of the plurality of grooves and locks into
      position.
PATN
WKU  059885785
SRC  9
APN  0032565
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980106
TTL  Roof mounted support bracket
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Le; Tan
EXP  Ramirez; Ramon O.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Davies; Robert W.
STR  3342 Spiceland Dr.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ZIP  83704
CLAS
OCL  248237
EDF  6
ICL  A47G 2902
FSC  248
FSS  237;148;238;236;188
FSC  182
FSS  45;120;121
FSC   52
FSS  749.12;749.2;DIG. 12
FSC  403
FSS  205;403
UREF
PNO  1471947
ISD  19231000
NAM  Cornelius
OCL  182 45
UREF
PNO  1586038
ISD  19260500
NAM  Hall
OCL  182 45
UREF
PNO  2320538
ISD  19430600
NAM  Vogt
OCL  304 20
UREF
PNO  2329415
ISD  19430900
NAM  Osborne
OCL  304 20
UREF
PNO  3164353
ISD  19650100
NAM  Rene
OCL  248237
UREF
PNO  4676341
ISD  19870600
NAM  Shaffstall
OCL  182 45
UREF
PNO  4856745
ISD  19890800
NAM  Mabie
OCL  248237
LREP
FR2  Shaver; Robert L.
FR2  Dykas; Frank J.
ABST
PAL  A roof mounted support bracket which provides a horizontal surface on which
      materials can be loaded by fork lift from ground level. The roof mounted
      support brackets can be attached either to a truss or to the rafters
      during the early phases of roof construction or can be mounted to a roof
      surface after sheathing or other roofing materials have been applied. The
      roof mounted support bracket is adjustable for varying pitches of roof,
      and can receive a support brace from below the roof.
PATN
WKU  059885793
SRC  9
APN  0074357
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980115
TTL  Vehicle cupholder assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Ramirez; Ramon O.
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Moner, Jr.; Bernard
CTY  Wayne
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Power; Richard E.
CTY  Rochester Hills
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Lear Corporation
CTY  Southfield
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2483112
XCL  2482851
XCL  224926
EDF  6
ICL  A47K  108
FSC  248
FSS  311.2;685;310;346.06;346.07;912;309.1;313;316.5;316.6;298.1;285.1;292.13
     ;222.13;231.31
FSC  297
FSS  188.01;188.14
FSC  224
FSS  281;483;926;552;553
UREF
PNO  4981277
ISD  19910100
NAM  Elwell
OCL  248311.2
UREF
PNO  5131716
ISD  19920700
NAM  Kwasnik et al.
OCL  297194
UREF
PNO  5259580
ISD  19931100
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  248311.2
UREF
PNO  5284314
ISD  19940200
NAM  Misaras et al.
OCL  248311.2
UREF
PNO  5289962
ISD  19940300
NAM  Tull et al.
OCL  224273
UREF
PNO  5318343
ISD  19940600
NAM  Spykerman et al.
OCL  297194
UREF
PNO  5487519
ISD  19960100
NAM  Grabowski
OCL  248311.2
UREF
PNO  5489054
ISD  19960200
NAM  Schiff
OCL  224281
UREF
PNO  5524958
ISD  19960600
NAM  Wieczorek et al.
OCL  297188.17
UREF
PNO  5527008
ISD  19960600
NAM  Schutter et al.
OCL  248311.2
UREF
PNO  5598999
ISD  19970200
NAM  Plocher et al.
OCL  248311.2
UREF
PNO  5800011
ISD  19980900
NAM  Spykerman
OCL  248311.2
UREF
PNO  5839710
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hubbard
OCL  248311.2
UREF
PNO  5857633
ISD  19990100
NAM  Pelchat, II et al.
OCL  248311.2
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman P.C.
ABST
PAL  A cupholder assembly is adapted for use in a vehicle for supporting
      containers. The cupholder assembly includes a housing having a receiving
      aperture formed therein. A tray is slidably connected within the receiving
      aperture for sliding movement between storage and use positions. The first
      and second cupholder arms are pivotally connected to the tray for pivotal
      movement between fully extended and fully retracted positions. Each
      cupholder arm includes a side wall for supporting a side of a container.
      Pivotal movement of each cupholder arm with respect to the tray is
      sufficiently frictionally inhibited to facilitate infinite adjustment of
      the cupholder arms between the fully extended and fully retracted
      positions for supporting containers of various sizes. The frictional
      inhibition is facilitated by a pinching structure in cooperation with a
      rubber portion on each cupholder arm. The cupholder arms are frictionally
      inhibited when the tray is in the extended use position, and are free to
      rotate as the tray moves from the use position toward a stored position
      within the housing. Infinite adjustability of the cupholder arms is
      accomplished.
PATN
WKU  059885807
SRC  8
APN  7662459
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19961213
TTL  Aesthetic components for ceiling fans
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  King; Anita M.
EXP  Braun; Leslie A.
NDR  8
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Bucher; John C.
CTY  Ft. Lauderdale
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Bucher; Charles E.
CTY  Valrico
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  King of Fans, Inc.
CTY  Ft. Lauderdale
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  248343
XCL  248694
XCL  416  5
EDF  6
ICL  B42F 1300
FSC  248
FSS  27.1;222.52;225.11;223.21;345;343;222.51;222.41;694
FSC  220
FSS  241
FSC  416
FSS  5
UREF
PNO  1224576
ISD  19170500
NAM  Smith
OCL  220  3.3
UREF
PNO  1471494
ISD  19231000
NAM  Lubow
OCL  248343
UREF
PNO  2215331
ISD  19400900
NAM  Marsh
OCL  248251
UREF
PNO  3378221
ISD  19680400
NAM  Wolar et al.
OCL  248343
UREF
PNO  3676986
ISD  19720700
NAM  Reiling
OCL   55472
UREF
PNO  4518314
ISD  19850500
NAM  Schultz
OCL  416 93R
UREF
PNO  5302083
ISD  19940400
NAM  Bucher et al.
OCL  416  5
UREF
PNO  5507619
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ryan
OCL  416  5
UREF
PNO  5658129
ISD  19970800
NAM  Pearce
OCL  416  5
LREP
FRM  Stein, Schifino & Van Der Wall
ABST
PAL  A canopy screw cover for aesthetically covering the mounting screw heads of
      a ceiling fan canopy, comprising a mounting screw having a head, an
      annular ring, and a recess formed in the annular ring in which is
      positioned the head of the mounting screw when the annular ring is
      positioned about the canopy.
PATN
WKU  059885815
SRC  9
APN  1134868
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980710
TTL  Single horizontal drive for a vehicle seat
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Ramirez; Ramon O.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Freund; Roger
CTY  Port Sydney
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Garrido; Pascal
CTY  Gravenhurst
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Meritor Light Vehicle Systems LLC
CTY  Troy
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  248429
XCL  296 6515
XCL  29745218
EDF  6
ICL  F16M 1300
FSC  248
FSS  424;429;430;419;394
FSC  297
FSS  344.1;452.18
FSC  296
FSS  65.15;65.13
UREF
PNO  4015812
ISD  19770400
NAM  Heesch
OCL  248394
UREF
PNO  5112018
ISD  19920500
NAM  Wahls
OCL  248394
UREF
PNO  5224749
ISD  19930700
NAM  Gauger et al.
XCL  248429
UREF
PNO  5349878
ISD  19940900
NAM  White et al.
UREF
PNO  5427345
ISD  19950600
NAM  Yamakami et al.
OCL  248394
UREF
PNO  5445345
ISD  19950800
NAM  Gauger et al.
OCL  248429
UREF
PNO  5456439
ISD  19951000
NAM  Gauger
OCL  248429
UREF
PNO  5575531
ISD  19961100
NAM  Gauger et al.
XCL  248429
UREF
PNO  5735500
ISD  19980400
NAM  Borlinghaus et al.
OCL  248419
UREF
PNO  5816555
ISD  19981000
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  248429
LREP
FRM  Howard & Howard
ABST
PAL  A power seat positioning device for automatically adjusting the horizontal
      fore and aft position of a seat within a vehicle using a single electric
      motor. A lower track assembly is attached to a vehicle floor and includes
      a first and second laterally spaced lower track members. An associated
      upper track assembly attaches to a vehicle seat and includes a first and
      second upper track member which slide within the first and second lower
      track members respectively to adjust the for and aft position of the seat
      within the vehicle. A drive motor and gearbox arrangement is supported on
      the first upper track to provide the motive force which drives only the
      first upper track relative to the first lower seat track. A brace member
      directly connects the first upper track to the second upper track to
      coordinate the horizontal position of the first upper seat track with the
      position of the second upper seat track.
PATN
WKU  059885823
SRC  9
APN  0965545
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980612
TTL  Office system for mounting upon a PC monitor
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Nornberg; Michael
EXP  Berger; Derek J.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Olivo; Nello
STR  3828 Fairway Dr.
CTY  Cameron Park
STA  CA
ZIP  95682
CLAS
OCL  2484422
EDF  6
ICL  B41J 1102
FSC  248
FSS  918;442.2;457;447.2;447;452;447.1;451;316.4;218.4;458;282.1;231.41
FSC  460
FSS  718
FSC  345
FSS  905;903
FSC   40
FSS  341;594;124;718
UREF
PNO  1349225
ISD  19200800
NAM  Rosenblum
OCL   24527
UREF
PNO  3688058
ISD  19720800
NAM  Findlay
OCL  179100.2
UREF
PNO  3908476
ISD  19750900
NAM  Folkert
OCL   74242.11
UREF
PNO  4117873
ISD  19781000
NAM  Crawford
OCL  140105
UREF
PNO  4402784
ISD  19830900
NAM  Romero-Medrano
OCL  156446
UREF
PNO  4433828
ISD  19840200
NAM  Spiegelman et al.
OCL  254 29A
UREF
PNO  4583961
ISD  19860400
NAM  Kawasawa et al.
OCL  474113
UREF
PNO  4802708
ISD  19890200
NAM  Vos et al.
OCL  297252
UREF
PNO  4869565
ISD  19890900
NAM  Bachman
OCL  312234
UREF
PNO  5082235
ISD  19920100
NAM  Crowther et al.
OCL  248918
UREF
PNO  5104087
ISD  19920400
NAM  Wentzloff et al.
OCL  248 44.2
UREF
PNO  5328145
ISD  19940700
NAM  Charapich
OCL  248442.2
UREF
PNO  5385327
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hegarty et al.
OCL  248442.2
UREF
PNO  5398905
ISD  19950300
NAM  Hinson
OCL  248442.2
UREF
PNO  5549267
ISD  19960800
NAM  Armbruster et al.
OCL  248442.2
UREF
PNO  5638096
ISD  19970600
NAM  Schwartz
OCL  248442.2
UREF
PNO  5678792
ISD  19971000
NAM  Arguin et al.
OCL  248205.1
UREF
PNO  5850998
ISD  19981200
NAM  Parsey et al.
OCL  248223.21
LREP
FR2  Costello; John P.
ABST
PAL  A device for organizing office paraphernalia which uses a PC monitor as a
      mounting surface. The device is comprised of a shroud mountable to a PC
      monitor groove, this groove being located behind the faceplate of most PC
      monitors. The shroud is preferably comprised of two adjustable shroud
      members coupled together by a spring tensioner. The shroud members have an
      inner edge, an outer edge, and a front face disposed between the inner and
      outer edges. A plurality of projections disposed upon the inner edge of
      the shroud members engage within the PC monitor groove, when the shroud is
      placed upon a PC monitor. Once in place, the shroud surrounds three sides
      of the PC monitor and remains tensioned against the monitor, in the proper
      upright position, through the combined action of the projections disposed
      within the monitor groove and the spring tensioner holding the shroud
      members tightly against the monitor. A plurality of accessories may be
      mounted on the outer edges of the shroud members for holding office
      paraphernalia such as documents, business cards, pens, mirrors, and
      diskettes, to name a few. Additionally, the front face serves as a surface
      for placing "post-it" notes, or other stick-on paraphernalia.
PATN
WKU  059885831
SRC  8
APN  7422547
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19961031
TTL  Antenna mounting assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  43
ECL  1
EXA  Baxter; Gwendolyn
EXP  Ramirez; Ramon O.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Rhine; Jeff J.
CTY  Poway
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Qualcomm Incorporated
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  248536
XCL  248523
XCL  248539
XCL  343878
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 9710
FSC  248
FSS  519;523;524;525;534;536;539;220.21;220.31;220.41;221.11;222.13;231.9
FSC  343
FSS  878;890;700 MS
UREF
PNO  2439061
ISD  19480400
NAM  Shur
OCL  248536
UREF
PNO  2439062
ISD  19480400
NAM  Shur
OCL  248536
UREF
PNO  2439063
ISD  19480400
NAM  Shur
OCL  248536
UREF
PNO  4496828
ISD  19850100
NAM  Kusmierz et al.
OCL  219405
UREF
PNO  4624420
ISD  19861100
NAM  Pilao
OCL  241298
UREF
PNO  4669688
ISD  19870600
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  248 68.1
UREF
PNO  4823736
ISD  19890400
NAM  Post et al.
OCL  118730
UREF
PNO  5220712
ISD  19930600
NAM  Taki et al.
OCL   24614
UREF
PNO  5291211
ISD  19940300
NAM  Tropper
OCL  343890
UREF
PNO  5548813
ISD  19960800
NAM  Charas et al.
OCL  455 33.3
FREF
PNO  0624919
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01Q 2500
LREP
FR2  Miller; Russell B.
FR2  Ogrod; Gregory D.
ABST
PAL  A support assembly for supporting a plurality of inclined plates (22)
      arranged in an array around a central axis includes a top support bracket
      (25) for supporting the upper edges (40) of the plates (22) and a
      plurality of base brackets (26) for supporting the lower edges (62) of the
      respective plates (22). The top support bracket (25) has a central axis
      aligned with the central axis of the array, and a plurality of side edges
      (28). Each side edge (28) has a downwardly inclined rim (32) at a
      predetermined angle corresponding to the desired plate orientation and a
      downwardly facing groove (42) for receiving the upper edge (40) of the
      respective plate (22). Each base bracket (26) has a base (46) for securing
      against a substantially flat support surface (16), a snap lock arm (52,
      54) extending upwardly from the base (46) towards a respective side edge
      (28) of the top bracket (25) at a predetermined angle equal to the rim
      angle for snap engagement in an opening (60) spaced from the lower edge of
      the respective plate (22), and a groove (55) at the lower end of the snap
      lock arm (52, 54) for receiving the lower edge (62) of the respective
      inclined plate (22).
PATN
WKU  059885840
SRC  8
APN  2139332
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19940316
TTL  Security anchor
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Chin-Shue; Alvin
NDR  1
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Perry; Robert C.
STR  5755 SW. Willow La.
CTY  Lake Oswego
STA  OR
ZIP  97035-5340
CLAS
OCL  248551
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 7300
FSC  248
FSS  551-553;499
FSC   70
FSS  58;18;233;30;49
FSC  292
FSS  307 R;320;325
UREF
PNO  3848943
ISD  19741100
NAM  Geesaman
OCL  206373
UREF
PNO  4326741
ISD  19820400
NAM  Wilson
OCL  292307R
UREF
PNO  4342477
ISD  19820800
NAM  McClure
UREF
PNO  4662035
ISD  19870500
NAM  Hatfield
UREF
PNO  4733840
ISD  19880300
NAM  D'Amore
UREF
PNO  4811844
ISD  19890300
NAM  Moulding, Jr.
XCL  292307
UREF
PNO  4979382
ISD  19901200
NAM  Perry
XCL  248553
UREF
PNO  5033904
ISD  19910700
NAM  Challis
XCL  403265
UREF
PNO  5050836
ISD  19910900
NAM  Makous
UREF
PNO  5076079
ISD  19911200
NAM  Monoson
OCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  5184798
ISD  19930200
NAM  Wilson
UREF
PNO  5197706
ISD  19930300
NAM  Braithwaite
XCL   70 58
FREF
PNO  1023017
ISD  19530300
CNT  FRX
OCL  292307R
LREP
FRM  Smith-Hill and Bedell
ABST
PAL  A security anchor comprises a flexible cable having an end segment of
      predetermined thickness, and an attachment plate having a generally flat
      surface with at least one channel formed therein. The channel is sized to
      receive the end segment of the cable. The end segment of the flexible
      cable is secured in the channel by adhesively bonding the cable to the
      attachment plate.
PATN
WKU  059885858
SRC  8
APN  8009236
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970213
TTL  Microphone mount
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Wood; Kimberly
EXP  Ramirez; Ramon O.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Eaton; Robert L.
CTY  Ashtabula
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  CTI Audio, Inc.
CTY  Conneaut
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  248638
XCL  248559
XCL  381 91
EDF  6
ICL  F16M  100
FSC  248
FSS  638;559;636;562;566
FSC  379
FSS  431;428
FSC  381
FSS  91
FSC  D14
FSS  206
UREF
PNO  3153123
ISD  19641000
NAM  Harman
OCL  179148
UREF
PNO  3573401
ISD  19710400
NAM  Lininger
OCL  179147
UREF
PNO  3653625
ISD  19720400
NAM  Plice
OCL  248358R
UREF
PNO  3947646
ISD  19760300
NAM  Saito
OCL  179146R
UREF
PNO  4194096
ISD  19800300
NAM  Ramsey
OCL  179147
UREF
PNO  4453045
ISD  19840600
NAM  Bruna
OCL  179146
UREF
PNO  4514598
ISD  19850400
NAM  Plice
OCL  179146R
UREF
PNO  4955578
ISD  19900900
NAM  Fidi
OCL  248559
LREP
FRM  Sand & Sebolt
ABST
PAL  A microphone shock mount includes an inner housing, an outer housing
      extending around the inner housing and top and bottom dampeners which
      extend between the inner and outer housings. An annular groove is formed
      in an outer surface of the inner housing adjacent a top thereof and a
      stepped shoulder is formed in the outer surface of the inner housing
      adjacent a bottom thereof. A pair of stepped shoulders are formed in an
      inner surface of the outer housing adjacent a top and bottom thereof. The
      top and bottom dampeners are ring-shaped with a generally U-shaped
      cross-section. An annular rib extends inwardly from an inner portion of
      the top dampener and engages the groove of the inner housing. An outer
      portion of the top dampener engages the top stepped shoulder of the outer
      housing. The bottom coupling engages the bottom stepped shoulders of the
      inner and outer housings. A pair of axially aligned circular holes are
      formed in the inner and outer housings for receiving a stop pin which
      limits the vertical movement of the inner housing relative to the outer
      housing. A radial flange extends from a top edge of the outer housing for
      mounting the shock mount to a support surface.
PATN
WKU  059885866
SRC  8
APN  8138516
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970307
TTL  Low noise ball valve assembly with downstream insert
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Rivell; John
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Boger; Henry William
CTY  Foxboro
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Dresser Industries, Inc.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  251127
XCL  138 42
XCL  138 44
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 4702
ICL  F16K 4714
ICL  F16L 55027
FSC  137
FSS  1;625.32;625.31
FSC  251
FSS  127;118
FSC  138
FSS  46;40;42;44
UREF
PNO  1144306
ISD  19150600
NAM  Mock
OCL  251127
UREF
PNO  3665965
ISD  19720500
NAM  Baumann
OCL  251127
UREF
PNO  4007908
ISD  19770200
NAM  Smagghe et al.
OCL  138 40
UREF
PNO  4212321
ISD  19800700
NAM  Hulsey
UREF
PNO  4295493
ISD  19811000
NAM  Bey
OCL  138 46
UREF
PNO  4364415
ISD  19821200
NAM  Polon
UREF
PNO  4402485
ISD  19830900
NAM  Fagerlund
XCL  251127
UREF
PNO  4479510
ISD  19841000
NAM  Bey
UREF
PNO  4530375
ISD  19850700
NAM  Bey
UREF
PNO  4540025
ISD  19850900
NAM  Ledeen et al.
UREF
PNO  4610273
ISD  19860900
NAM  Bey
UREF
PNO  4691894
ISD  19870900
NAM  Pyotsia et al.
OCL  251127
UREF
PNO  5070909
ISD  19911200
NAM  Davenport
OCL  137625.32
UREF
PNO  5180139
ISD  19930100
NAM  Gethmann et al.
UREF
PNO  5218984
ISD  19930600
NAM  Allen
UREF
PNO  5287889
ISD  19940200
NAM  Leinen
UREF
PNO  5332004
ISD  19940700
NAM  Gethmann et al.
UREF
PNO  5400825
ISD  19950300
NAM  Gethmann et al.
UREF
PNO  5495872
ISD  19960300
NAM  Gallagher et al.
OCL  138 40
UREF
PNO  5772178
ISD  19980600
NAM  Bey
OCL  251127
FREF
PNO  1200688
ISD  19650900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  101323
ISD  19840200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0325846
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2352370
ISD  19750400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2402774
ISD  19750700
CNT  DEX
OCL  251118
FREF
PNO  237241
ISD  19450800
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  520083
ISD  19400400
CNT  GBX
OCL  138 40
OREF
PAL  Neles Q-Ball Standard Product Range, Liquid Phase and Gas Phase/Flashing
      Phase
PAL  Soundtrim Modulating Low Noise Control Plug Valve, Bulletin V-37, Durco,
      Jun. 1987.
PAL  Series 61 and 62, High Performance Rotary Valves, INTROL, Kent Process
      Control, Inc., Sep. 1987.
PAL  Neles Control Valves for Gas Transmission and Distribution, Mar. 1989.
PAL  Reglerventilen Som Loser Problem Med Kavitation Och Reducerar Ljud, NAF-
      Trimball, NAF, Sep. 1988, NAF Enertech Group.
LREP
FRM  Haynes and Boone, LLP
ABST
PAL  A valve assembly for controlling the flow of fluid through a conduit
      section having and an inlet and an outlet in which a ball valve having a
      through bore formed therein is rotatably mounted in the conduit section.
      The ball valve moves between an open position in which at least a portion
      of the bore registers with the inlet to permit the flow of the fluid
      through the ball valve, and a closed position in which fluid flow through
      the ball valve is prevented. An insert is disposed in the conduit section
      downstream of the ball valve, and a first series of passages are formed
      through the insert for receiving the fluid from the ball valve. At least
      one addition series of passages extend through the insert for receiving
      fluid from the first series of passages and discharging the fluid to the
      outlet, with the passages reducing the noise generated by the fluid flow.
PATN
WKU  059885874
SRC  8
APN  9488561
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19971010
TTL  Control device for providing a variable control signal to a
      fluid-supplying machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1,6
EXP  Lee; Kevin
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Duchon; Doug
CTY  Chanhassen
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Copa; Vince
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Invasatec, Inc.
CTY  Eden Prairie
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  25112904
XCL  251291
XCL   74491
EDF  6
ICL  G05G  100
FSC  251
FSS  129.04;291;293;294
FSC   74
FSS  491;500.5;501.6
UREF
PNO  4829844
ISD  19890500
NAM  Boomgaarden et al.
OCL   74470
UREF
PNO  5589828
ISD  19961200
NAM  Armstrong
XCL   74471
UREF
PNO  5831596
ISD  19981100
NAM  Marshall et al.
XCL   74471
LREP
FRM  Oppenheimer Wolff & Donnelly, LLP
ABST
PAL  A control device for controlling a fluid supplying machine. The control
      device includes a first handle and a second handle connected by a
      resilient attachment member. The resilient attachment member is configured
      to allow the first handle to move with respect to the second handle in
      response to an input from an operator. The control device further includes
      a sensor attached to the first handle for producing a variable control
      signal indicative of a distance between the first handle and the second
      handle.
PATN
WKU  059885882
SRC  9
APN  0396737
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980316
TTL  Control module for battery-operated faucet
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Schoenfeld; Meredith H.
EXP  Rivell; John
NDR  4
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Allen; Charles S.
CTY  Kenilworth
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Marcichow; Martin E.
CTY  Hoffman Estates
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Nortier; Richard A.
CTY  Westchester
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Asloan Valve Company
CTY  Franklin Park
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  25112904
XCL  25112901
XCL    4623
EDF  6
ICL  E03C  105
ICL  F16K 3102
FSC  251
FSS  129.01;129.04
FSC    4
FSS  623
FSC  224
FSS  902
UREF
PNO  4886207
ISD  19891200
NAM  Lee et al.
XCL  251129.04
UREF
PNO  5401592
ISD  19950300
NAM  Gilpin et al.
OCL  429 97
UREF
PNO  5412816
ISD  19950500
NAM  Paterson et al.
OCL    4623
UREF
PNO  5415955
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  429 97
UREF
PNO  5445900
ISD  19950800
NAM  Miller, Jr. et al.
OCL  429  1
UREF
PNO  5476729
ISD  19951200
NAM  Miller, Jr. et al.
OCL  429  1
UREF
PNO  5489484
ISD  19960200
NAM  Wheeler et al.
OCL  429 98
UREF
PNO  5506749
ISD  19960400
NAM  Matsuda
OCL  361683
UREF
PNO  5515303
ISD  19960500
NAM  Cargin, Jr. et al.
OCL  364708.1
UREF
PNO  5549273
ISD  19960800
NAM  Aharon
OCL  251129.04
UREF
PNO  5586746
ISD  19961200
NAM  Humpert et al.
OCL  251129.04
UREF
PNO  5618023
ISD  19970400
NAM  Eichholz
OCL  251129.04
UREF
PNO  5694653
ISD  19971200
NAM  Harald
OCL    4623
UREF
PNO  5813655
ISD  19980900
NAM  Pinchott et al.
OCL  251129.04
UREF
PNO  5868311
ISD  19990200
NAM  Cretu-Petra
XCL  251129.04
UREF
PNO  5902080
ISD  19990500
NAM  Kopras
OCL  409182
LREP
FRM  Dorn, McEachran, Jambor & Keating
ABST
PAL  A battery-powered faucet control module has a housing, with a base portion
      and a cover portion. The cover portion is removably attached to the base
      portion. There is an electric control board mounted in the housing base
      portion and an electrically-operated control valve is associated with the
      housing and electrically connected to the control board. There is a cavity
      in the housing base portion and a removable battery pack is positioned
      within the cavity. The battery pack has positive and negative contact
      straps on the exterior thereof. There are positive and negative spring
      contacts connected to the electric control board and such spring contacts
      are in engagement with the positive and negative contact straps when the
      battery pack is positioned within the housing cavity.
PATN
WKU  059885890
SRC  8
APN  8954569
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970716
TTL  Air valve assembly including split-shaft and seal arrangement
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Fox; John
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Mowill; R. Jan
STR  OPRA B.V. P.O. 838, 7550 AV
CTY  Henglo
CNT  NLX
CLAS
OCL  251305
XCL  464 84
EDF  6
ICL  F61K  122
FSC  251
FSS  306;305
FSC  464
FSS  84
UREF
PNO  3606980
ISD  19710900
NAM  Simpson et al.
OCL  251305
UREF
PNO  4373542
ISD  19830200
NAM  Scaramucci
XCL  251306
UREF
PNO  4634094
ISD  19870100
NAM  Geiser
XCL  251305
UREF
PNO  4901979
ISD  19900200
NAM  Garrigues et al.
OCL  251306
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett, and Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An air valve assembly for use with a premixer for a gas turbine engine
      module. The air valve assembly includes a valve disk and a support plate
      having a valve aperture in which the valve disk is disposed for rotation,
      the support plate having aligned first and second shaft apertures through
      opposing support plate ends that define an axis of rotation of the valve
      disk. The assembly also has a first shaft having one end section rotatably
      supported in the first aperture and having another end section connected
      to the valve disk; a second shaft having one end section rotatably
      supported in and extending through the second shaft aperture and with a
      bearing end terminating outside the support plate, and also having another
      end section connected to the valve disk. The assembly further includes an
      actuator shaft having an engagement end in axial abutting contact with the
      second shaft bearing end; and a coupling interconnecting the second shaft
      and the actuator shaft for transmitting precise rotary motion
      therebetween, the coupling having high torsional rigidity and low axial
      rigidity. The assembly still further has a coupling housing surrounding
      the coupling, the second shaft bearing end, and the actuator shaft
      engagement end, and having an actuator shaft aperture through which the
      actuator shaft extends, and a seal disposed between the actuator shaft
      engagement end and the housing for preventing air flow past the actuator
      shaft through the actuator shaft aperture.
PATN
WKU  059885904
SRC  8
APN  6907512
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19960801
TTL  Ball valve element and method of manufacturing a ball valve element
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Fox; John
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Shiokawa; Seiji
CTY  Mishima
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kohshin Engineering Co., Ltd.
CTY  Mishima
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950816
APN  7-229611
CLAS
OCL  25131514
XCL  25131516
EDF  6
ICL  F16K  506
FSC  251
FSS  315.16;315.14
UREF
PNO  3246873
ISD  19660400
NAM  Johnson
XCL  251315.16
UREF
PNO  3501128
ISD  19700300
NAM  Pool
XCL  251315.16
UREF
PNO  3737145
ISD  19730600
NAM  Heller et al.
XCL  251315.16
UREF
PNO  4568059
ISD  19860200
NAM  Kawase et al.
XCL  251315.16
UREF
PNO  4678161
ISD  19870700
NAM  Bando et al.
XCL  251315.16
FREF
PNO  2 364 388
ISD  19751100
CNT  DEX
OCL  251315.15
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C
ABST
PAL  A method of manufacturing a ball valve element includes a recess forming
      step in which a press die is used to form two stem recesses in an outer
      peripheral surface of pipe material cut to a prescribed size, the stem
      recesses being formed at positions that are symmetrical with respect to
      the center axis of the pipe material, and a ball-shaped element forming
      step in which the pipe material in which the stem recesses have been
      formed is placed in a split die having substantially spherical forming
      surfaces, with the openings in the pipe material facing the spherical
      forming surfaces of the split die, and pressure is exerted by the split
      die to uniformly and symmetrically deform the pipe material into a sphere.
PATN
WKU  059885912
SRC  9
APN  1754726
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19981020
TTL  Spool
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Michalsky; Gerald A.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Akimoto; Takashi
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tajima; Masamichi
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishikawa; Makoto
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  SMC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971111
APN  9-325331
CLAS
OCL  251324
XCL  13762569
XCL  277552
XCL  277561
XCL  277586
EDF  6
ICL  F16K  324
ICL  F15B 1302
FSC  137
FSS  625.69
FSC  251
FSS  324
FSC  277
FSS  552;561;586
UREF
PNO  5002290
ISD  19910300
NAM  Pernin
UREF
PNO  5171025
ISD  19921200
NAM  Stoll et al.
UREF
PNO  5513674
ISD  19960500
NAM  Frisch
OCL  137625.69
UREF
PNO  5609343
ISD  19970300
NAM  Asou et al.
XCL  137625.69
FREF
PNO  0 101 275
ISD  19840200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 427 554
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 627 582
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 866 252
ISD  19980900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  87 05 592
ISD  19870700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  7-17892
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  25218176
ISD  19970100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1 224 219
ISD  19710300
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A packing mounting groove formed in a spool has a wider portion of a large
      groove width and a narrower portion of a small groove width, and a packing
      that is mounted in the packing mounting groove has a first portion that
      fits in the wider portion and a second portion that fits in the narrower
      portion. A plurality of fixing protrusions formed concentrically on both
      sides of the second portion are pressure-contacted with a groove wall of
      the narrower portion to fixedly mount the packing in the mounting groove.
PATN
WKU  059885920
SRC  8
APN  9953957
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19971222
TTL  Valves
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Chambers; A. Michael
NDR  3
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Sheppard; Raymond William
STR  7 Wythburn Close
CTY  Burnley, Lancashire
CNT  GBX
ITX  BB1 28XE
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19961224
APN  9626847
CLAS
OCL  251342
XCL  222490
XCL  137243
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 1100
FSC  251
FSS  342
FSC  137
FSS  588
FSC  222
FSS  490;482;560;502;96;103;105;212;213;214
UREF
PNO  2578864
ISD  19511200
NAM  Tupper
OCL  239327
UREF
PNO  2730274
ISD  19560100
NAM  Brown
OCL  222490
UREF
PNO  2759210
ISD  19560800
NAM  Cordis
OCL  251342
UREF
PNO  3858773
ISD  19750100
NAM  Del Bon
OCL  222494
UREF
PNO  4473094
ISD  19840900
NAM  Harris
OCL  137550
UREF
PNO  4725268
ISD  19880200
NAM  Ostensen et al.
OCL  137588
LREP
FR2  Hespos; Gerald E.
FR2  Casella; Anthony J.
ABST
PAL  A valve in which an elastic member (26) containing a normally closed slit
      (28) is adapted to be selectively stretched by displacement of an
      actuating means, such as to stretch open the slit (28) over the outlet end
      (27) of a product discharge passage defined by a tube (24) and allow fluid
      product to be dispensed therefrom, release of the actuating means allowing
      the elastic member, and hence the distorted slit (28) to return to its
      original configuration, thereby reclosing the outlet end of the passage.
      The actuating means comprises a pair of relatively pivotable actuating
      members (30a, 30b) relative angular displacement of which is adapted to
      stretch open the slit (28) in the elastic member (26) over said outlet end
      (27) of the product discharge passage defined by the rigid tube (24).
PATN
WKU  059885939
SRC  9
APN  1312111
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980807
TTL  Water faucet with spout to control water flow and method therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  7
EXP  Walczak; David J.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Rice; Hiram Allen
STR  1840 Myrtle Island Dr.
CTY  Las Vegas
STA  NV
ZIP  89117
CLAS
OCL  251354
XCL  251349
XCL  251353
EDF  6
ICL  F16K 3100
FSC  251
FSS  354;349;351;353;339;228
UREF
PNO  703103
ISD  19020600
NAM  Weber
OCL  251354
UREF
PNO  3570525
ISD  19710300
NAM  Borsum et al.
OCL  251354
UREF
PNO  3765455
ISD  19731000
NAM  Countryman
OCL  251349
UREF
PNO  4356998
ISD  19821100
NAM  Bach et al.
OCL  251354
FREF
PNO  7721
ISD  19060000
CNT  GBX
OCL  251354
LREP
FR2  Weiss; Harry M.
FR2  Weiss; Jeffrey
FR2  Davis; Paul W.
ABST
PAL  A water faucet and method therefor includes a spout for the water faucet
      which is used to control whether water is dispensed from the water faucet
      or not dispensed therefrom. The spout of the water faucet in its natural,
      untouched position functions to prevent water from flowing through the
      water faucet for external use. If the spout is raised or lowered, there is
      a flow of water through the water faucet because of a valve located within
      the spout and a base member holding the spout at a bottom portion thereof.
PATN
WKU  059885947
SRC  8
APN  9793437
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19971126
TTL  Half scissor jack structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Watson; Robert C.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Gill; Bryan D.
CTY  Newmarket
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Ventra Group Inc.
CTY  Tottenham
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  600011
APD  19960214
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  254126
EDF  6
ICL  B66F  300
FSC  254
FSS  122;129;126;88;7 R;7 B;7 C;8 B;DIG. 1;DIG. 4;108;111
FSC  298
FSS  903
FSC   52
FSS  731.1;731.7;731.8
UREF
PNO  742549
ISD  19031000
NAM  Zeh et al.
OCL   52731.2
UREF
PNO  824550
ISD  19060600
NAM  Lazerges
OCL   52731.7
UREF
PNO  1994015
ISD  19350300
NAM  Curran
OCL  254126
UREF
PNO  2193424
ISD  19400300
NAM  Johnson
OCL  254DIG.1
UREF
PNO  3163925
ISD  19650100
NAM  Ulm
OCL  254111
UREF
PNO  3241285
ISD  19660300
NAM  Baroni
OCL   52731.7
UREF
PNO  3295829
ISD  19670100
NAM  Tarr
OCL  254 88
UREF
PNO  3461638
ISD  19690800
NAM  Balinski
OCL   52731.7
UREF
PNO  4266809
ISD  19810500
NAM  Wuerflein
OCL  254DIG.1
UREF
PNO  4624448
ISD  19861100
NAM  Lawman et al.
OCL  254122
UREF
PNO  5046652
ISD  19910900
NAM  Shanok et al.
OCL  248903
UREF
PNO  5121897
ISD  19920600
NAM  Sofy
OCL  248903
UREF
PNO  5139232
ISD  19920800
NAM  Bailey
OCL  254122
UREF
PNO  5199688
ISD  19930400
NAM  Engel
OCL  254126
UREF
PNO  5275378
ISD  19940100
NAM  Alten
OCL  254124
UREF
PNO  5348330
ISD  19940900
NAM  Few et al.
UREF
PNO  5458315
ISD  19951000
NAM  Blatz et al.
OCL  254 88
UREF
PNO  5501428
ISD  19960300
NAM  Garceau
FREF
PNO  59820
ISD  19120200
CNT  DEX
OCL   52732.1
FREF
PNO  41 26 085
ISD  19930200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1196460
ISD  19700600
CNT  GBX
OCL   52731.1
FREF
PNO  1551256
ISD  19790800
CNT  GBX
OCL  254126
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  A jack configuration, which may be characterized as a half scissor jack,
      which achieves the objects of simplifying manufacture by reducing
      component parts and limiting overall size of the jack while providing the
      requisite load bearing and height variation characteristics appropriate to
      the intended vehicle lifting and which furthermore reduces the potential
      for a torsional deflection in the base channel. Torsional deflection is
      reduced by creating a box section in the base channel, preferably by
      providing a channel bracket structure that spans the base channel to
      maintain the spacing of the side walls of that component.
PATN
WKU  059885955
SRC  8
APN  8953163
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970716
TTL  Chain link fence installing device and method of using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Marcelo; Emmanuel M.
EXP  Walsh; Donald P.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  DeVincent; Bryan
STR  74 Sargent St.
CTY  Winthrop
STA  MA
ZIP  02152
CLAS
OCL  254243
XCL  254199
XCL  254131
EDF  6
ICL  B21F  900
FSC  254
FSS  199;243;261;131
UREF
PNO  528994
ISD  18941100
NAM  Smith
OCL  254199
UREF
PNO  1555367
ISD  19250200
NAM  Hall
XCL  254261
UREF
PNO  3945087
ISD  19760300
NAM  Miller
OCL  254131
UREF
PNO  4097024
ISD  19780600
NAM  Schreyer
XCL  254243
UREF
PNO  4250769
ISD  19810200
NAM  Herring
XCL  254243
UREF
PNO  4264055
ISD  19810400
NAM  Strange
OCL  254243
UREF
PNO  4512554
ISD  19850400
NAM  Racine
XCL  254131
UREF
PNO  4991893
ISD  19910200
NAM  Gordon et al.
XCL  254131
UREF
PNO  5360199
ISD  19941100
NAM  Speier
XCL  254131
UREF
PNO  5370365
ISD  19941200
NAM  Kuretich
XCL  254131
UREF
PNO  5642591
ISD  19970700
NAM  Eddie
XCL  254131
UREF
PNO  5713559
ISD  19980200
NAM  McClarin et al.
XCL  254131
FREF
PNO  23038
ISD  19051000
CNT  SEX
OCL  254243
FREF
PNO  21055
ISD  19060600
CNT  SEX
OCL  254243
LREP
FRM  Lambert & Garrison, PLLC
FR2  Garrison; Scott B.
FR2  Lambert; Gary E.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for transferring a weight of chain link mesh fence
      and holding the fence in position while a single installer secures the
      fence. The apparatus includes a lever arm, at least one tip for engaging
      an intersection of chain link mesh, a pivot point between the lever arm
      and tip, a hook attached to the lever arm by a flexible tether or
      connector which allows the chain link mesh to remain in place once
      engaged. The installer first places the pivot point on the fence post and
      pivots the chain link mesh upward to the desired height. Then the
      installer attaches the hook to an intersection of fence so that the
      flexible tether is taut. Once done, the forces are balanced on each side
      of the pivot point of the apparatus and the installer can release the tool
      and work with both hands to install the fence.
PATN
WKU  059885963
SRC  9
APN  075482&
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980511
TTL  Cable foul sensor device for winches
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Marcelo; Emmanuel M.
EXP  Walsh; Donald P.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Mitchell; Michael
CTY  Easton
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Trenery; Wayne
CTY  Effort
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Trans Technology Corporation
CTY  Liberty Corner
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  254271
XCL  254277
XCL  254383
EDF  6
ICL  B66D  148
FSC  254
FSS  269;271;272;273;277;278;380;383
UREF
PNO  647242
ISD  19000400
NAM  Sprague
UREF
PNO  813451
ISD  19060200
NAM  Rohlfing et al.
UREF
PNO  1163165
ISD  19151200
NAM  Mueller
UREF
PNO  2019512
ISD  19351100
NAM  Stahl
UREF
PNO  2053976
ISD  19360900
NAM  Stahl
UREF
PNO  2489913
ISD  19491100
NAM  Logan
UREF
PNO  2502710
ISD  19500400
NAM  Duncan
OCL  254271
UREF
PNO  2683020
ISD  19540700
NAM  Nickle
OCL  254271
UREF
PNO  3031169
ISD  19620400
NAM  Robinson et al.
UREF
PNO  3056586
ISD  19621000
NAM  Burrows
OCL  254271
UREF
PNO  3182961
ISD  19650500
NAM  Le Bus
UREF
PNO  3901479
ISD  19750800
NAM  Arnold
XCL  254271
UREF
PNO  3994476
ISD  19761100
NAM  Van Gennep
UREF
PNO  4165863
ISD  19790800
NAM  Schreyer
OCL  254277
UREF
PNO  4213019
ISD  19800700
NAM  Houp
UREF
PNO  4448394
ISD  19840500
NAM  Le Moine
UREF
PNO  5186283
ISD  19930200
NAM  Salmon
XCL  254271
UREF
PNO  5271608
ISD  19931200
NAM  Kubono
OCL  254269
UREF
PNO  5335895
ISD  19940800
NAM  Sell
FREF
PNO  1252294
ISD  19860800
CNT  SUX
OCL  254383
LREP
FRM  Weingram & Associates, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A cable foul sensor device for winches includes a flapper plate extending
      from a cover for the cable drum, and a sensing finger extending along the
      edge of the flapper plate to terminate above an upper layer of cable wound
      on the drum. The flapper plate is connected to a pivot member through
      which an adjustable set screw is mounted. A stationary housing for spring
      loaded switches is mounted on the cover and includes a contact plate which
      is depressed downward by the set screw of the pivot member to force the
      switches to the closed position to provide power for the drum. Upon
      fouling of the cable at the drum, the cable foul will displace the sensing
      finger and the flapper plate which will cause the pivot member to pivot
      away from the actuator plate, thereby permitting the spring loaded
      switches to bias in the open position to interrupt power to and lock the
      drum. An audio and/or visual signal is provided to indicate that a cable
      foul at the drum has occurred.
PATN
WKU  059885971
SRC  8
APN  9581839
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19971027
TTL  Unit dolly and method of use
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Jillions; John M.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Egan; Robert
STR  5103 Tiffany
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ZIP  77045
CLAS
OCL  254279
XCL  254  4R
XCL  414426
XCL  414460
EDF  6
ICL  B66D  126
ICL  B66D  300
FSC  254
FSS  279;280;281;323;380;4 R;4 B;4 C;47
FSC  414
FSS  460;426;427;428
FSC   27
FSS  32
UREF
PNO  1099363
ISD  19140600
NAM  Hefner
OCL  254  4R
UREF
PNO  1481049
ISD  19240100
NAM  Cason
OCL  254279
UREF
PNO  1675362
ISD  19280700
NAM  Ledyard et al.
OCL  254279
UREF
PNO  2039464
ISD  19360500
NAM  Troup
OCL   27 32
UREF
PNO  2262937
ISD  19411100
NAM  Holmes
OCL  254279
UREF
PNO  2528672
ISD  19501100
NAM  Sullivan
UREF
PNO  2657938
ISD  19531100
NAM  Browne et al.
UREF
PNO  2679329
ISD  19540500
NAM  Stout
UREF
PNO  2706057
ISD  19550400
NAM  Belding
UREF
PNO  3075603
ISD  19630100
NAM  Baudhuin
OCL  414460
UREF
PNO  3329284
ISD  19670700
NAM  Bogart
UREF
PNO  3831791
ISD  19740800
NAM  Gonzales
UREF
PNO  4078759
ISD  19780300
NAM  Lanier
OCL  414426
UREF
PNO  4491452
ISD  19850100
NAM  Matovich
UREF
PNO  4693660
ISD  19870900
NAM  LaCroix
OCL  254  4R
UREF
PNO  4897011
ISD  19900100
NAM  Brower
ABST
PAL  A unit dolly having a detachable rectangular box frame with left and right
      side members and front and back members, each member having top and bottom
      members interconnected by vertical support posts, including four winches
      and lifting means for hoisting heavy or cumbersome objects, and a method
      for using the unit dolly.
PATN
WKU  059885980
SRC  9
APN  1874616
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19981104
TTL  Breakaway steel guardrail post
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Cottingham; John R.
EXP  Reichard; Lynne
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Sicking; Dean L.
CTY  Lincoln
STA  NE
INVT
NAM  Reid; John D.
CTY  Lincoln
STA  NE
INVT
NAM  Rohde; John R.
CTY  Lincoln
STA  NE
ASSG
NAM  Safety By Design, Inc.
CTY  Lincoln
STA  NE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  256 131
XCL  256  1
XCL  256DIG5
XCL  403  2
XCL   52 98
EDF  6
ICL  E01F 1500
FSC  256
FSS  13.1;DIG. 5
FSC  248
FSS  900;548
FSC  403
FSS  2
FSC   52
FSS  98;170
FSC   40
FSS  607
UREF
PNO  1677796
ISD  19280700
NAM  Parks
OCL  248548
UREF
PNO  3606222
ISD  19710900
NAM  Howard
XCL   52 98
UREF
PNO  4236843
ISD  19801200
NAM  Chisholm
OCL  403  2
UREF
PNO  4330106
ISD  19820500
NAM  Chisholm
OCL  256 13.1
UREF
PNO  4928446
ISD  19900500
NAM  Alexander, Sr.
OCL   52 98
UREF
PNO  5484217
ISD  19960100
NAM  Carroll et al.
OCL  403  2
UREF
PNO  5664905
ISD  19970900
NAM  Thompson et al.
XCL  256 13.1
LREP
FRM  Miller, Sisson, Chapman & Nash, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A breakaway guardrail post includes upper and lower post sections spaced
      apart but connected by a breakaway joint. The joint is attached at one end
      to the upper post by a first fastener set and connected at a second end by
      a second fastener set. The first fastener set has a failure strength less
      than that of the second fastener set. Upon impact forces being applied to
      the upper post section, the first fastener fails and the upper post
      section rotates downwardly.
PATN
WKU  059885998
SRC  8
APN  8089817
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970219
TTL  Fence system
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Miller; William C.
EXP  Dorner; Kennth J.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Forbis; John T.
CTY  York
STA  NE
ASSG
NAM  Kroy Building Products, Inc.
CTY  York
STA  NE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  256 24
XCL  256 65
XCL  256 56
EDF  6
ICL  E04H 1716
FSC  256
FSS  24;56;66;65;19;13.1;59;73;34
FSC  403
FSS  329
UREF
PNO  3712590
ISD  19730100
NAM  Tochner et al.
OCL  256 34
UREF
PNO  4027855
ISD  19770600
NAM  Lauzier
XCL  256 65
UREF
PNO  4188019
ISD  19800200
NAM  Meredith
XCL  256 73
UREF
PNO  5011325
ISD  19910400
NAM  Antonioli
OCL  256 13.1
UREF
PNO  5200240
ISD  19930400
NAM  Baker
XCL  256 73
LREP
FRM  Thorpe, North & Western LLP
ABST
PAL  A modular fence system. The system includes fence planks designed for
      insertion into open channels of upper and lower fence rails. The fence
      rails are supported in a horizontal orientation between intermittent fence
      posts, with the fence planks extending vertically between the rails. The
      planks include resilient protrusions at their upper ends. The protrusions
      of the planks are designed to fit into internal passages formed in the
      open channels of the upper fence rail, into engagement with ledges
      defining the passages, to inhibit inadvertent removal of the planks from
      the upper rail.
PATN
WKU  059886005
SRC  8
APN  9740864
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971119
TTL  Multi-stage aerator
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Bushey; C. Scott
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Vento; Thomas Joseph
CTY  Tarpon Springs
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Keepalive, Inc.
CTY  Tarpon Springs
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  261 29
XCL  261 93
XCL  2611212
EDF  6
ICL  B01F  304
FSC  261
FSS  28;29;37;93;121.2;DIG. 75
FSC   43
FSS  55;57
FSC  114
FSS  255
UREF
PNO  2246559
ISD  19410600
NAM  Weinig
OCL  261 93
UREF
PNO  2246560
ISD  19410600
NAM  Weinig et al.
OCL  261 93
UREF
PNO  2577095
ISD  19511200
NAM  Walker
OCL  261 93
UREF
PNO  3806452
ISD  19740400
NAM  Walker
OCL  261 93
UREF
PNO  4193949
ISD  19800300
NAM  Naito
OCL   43 57
UREF
PNO  5213718
ISD  19930500
NAM  Burgess
OCL  261121.2
UREF
PNO  5582777
ISD  19961200
NAM  Vento
OCL  261 93
UREF
PNO  5643503
ISD  19970700
NAM  Roland
OCL  261 93
UREF
PNO  5711902
ISD  19980100
NAM  Hsu
OCL  261 93
LREP
FRM  Pendorf & Cutliff
ABST
PAL  A high efficiency impeller-type aerator designed for aeration of the water
      supply of aquatic organisms. The aerator design includes a first impeller
      (booster), a second impeller (main impeller), and a pump casing having at
      least one water inlet, one air inlet, and one water outlet. The first and
      second impellers are disposed between the pump casing water inlet and
      outlet. The air inlet is positioned advantageously between the first
      impeller and the second impeller and is in communication with air, and
      wherein the water inlet and outlet are in communication with water. The
      efficiency of the pump is retained while the bubbles produced in
      accordance with the present invention are advantageously small.
PATN
WKU  059886013
SRC  8
APN  9288643
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970912
TTL  Portable water aerator and circulation system
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Hopkins; Robert A.
EXP  Woo; Jay H.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Burgess; Harry L.
STR  5400 Memorial Dr., No. 511
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ZIP  77007
RLAP
COD  72
APN  879011
APD  19970619
CLAS
OCL  261 341
XCL  261 93
XCL  261120
XCL  2611211
XCL  2611212
XCL  119263
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 4716
FSC  261
FSS  93;120;121.1;121.2;91;34.1;36.1;DIG. 75
FSC  210
FSS  221.2;169
FSC  119
FSS  263;226
FSC  415
FSS  203;7;88
UREF
PNO  4512724
ISD  19850400
NAM  Horvath
OCL  417319
UREF
PNO  4873841
ISD  19891000
NAM  Bradshaw et al.
OCL   62239
UREF
PNO  5231789
ISD  19930800
NAM  Radmanovich
OCL  264121.2
UREF
PNO  5275762
ISD  19940100
NAM  Burgess
OCL  261121.2
UREF
PNO  5471779
ISD  19951200
NAM  Downey
OCL   43 54.1
LREP
FRM  Patterson & Associates
ABST
PAL  The present invention generally provides a portable system for maintaining
      aquatic life that require oxygenated water, such as fish, shrimp, other
      marine animals, microbial populations, plant life and combinations
      thereof. The system generally includes a container and a centrifugal pump
      adapted selectively operate in either an aerating mode to provide oxygen
      to the aquatic life or a pumping mode in which the water in the tank is
      replace with fresh water. The pump is designed to be self priming, thereby
      allowing a system that is substantially self regulating and operating
      without the necessity of electronic controls.
PATN
WKU  059886021
SRC  8
APN  9925317
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971217
TTL  Variable venturi carburetor
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Chiesa; Richard L.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Yokoyama; Takashi
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Udono; Takashi
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961217
APN  8-336955
CLAS
OCL  261 35
XCL  261 444
XCL  261 691
XCL  261DIG56
XCL  261DIG68
EDF  6
ICL  F02M  906
FSC  261
FSS  34.1;35;44.4;69.1;DIG. 12;DIG. 38;DIG. 56;DIG. 68
UREF
PNO  2144017
ISD  19390100
NAM  Gistucci
OCL  261DIG.68
UREF
PNO  4290399
ISD  19810900
NAM  Takada et al.
XCL  261 44.4
UREF
PNO  4300490
ISD  19811100
NAM  Hattori et al.
XCL  261 44.4
UREF
PNO  4477392
ISD  19841000
NAM  Nakamura et al.
XCL  261 44.4
UREF
PNO  5480592
ISD  19960100
NAM  Morrow
OCL  261 44.4
UREF
PNO  5648023
ISD  19970700
NAM  Nojima
OCL  261 44.4
UREF
PNO  5707560
ISD  19980100
NAM  Nevin
OCL  261 44.4
UREF
PNO  5720906
ISD  19980200
NAM  Yamanaka et al.
OCL  261 35
FREF
PNO  Y2-64 7235
ISD  19890200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  A variable venturi carburetor, which is part of an intake system of an
      internal combustion engine, includes structural features which allow an
      air intake path of the carburetor to be shortened, and which allow the
      size of air chambers of the carburetor to be reduced. A piston valve is
      composed of a plate-shaped valve and a tubular portion. The plate-shaped
      valve is guided by a pair of grooves provide in sidewalls of the intake
      path. The tubular portion is attached to one side of the plate-shaped
      valve near a center of the side of the plate-shaped valve. The tubular
      portion has a rectangular or square cross-section. Each side of the
      rectangular cross section is shorter than the internal diameter of the
      intake path. A flange is attached to an upper end of the piston valve. The
      flange is of a reduced diameter and facilitates connection of the piston
      valve to a diaphragm. Since the diameter of the flange is also less than
      the diameter of the intake path, a vacuum chamber and an atmosphere
      chamber of the carburetor can be reduced in size.
PATN
WKU  059886030
SRC  9
APN  0388629
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980311
TTL  Level maintenance in cyclone contractors
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Hopkins; Robert A.
EXP  Simmons; David A.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  McCampbell; David P.
CTY  Kansas City
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Ball; Carroll E.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Midwest Research Institute
CTY  Kansas City
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  261 76
XCL  261 792
EDF  6
ICL  B01F  302
FSC  261
FSS  76;79.2
FSC   96
FSS  245;246;256;261
FSC   73
FSS  863.21
FSC  436
FSS  177
UREF
PNO  2943705
ISD  19600700
NAM  Staunt
OCL  261 76
UREF
PNO  4117714
ISD  19781000
NAM  Goodson et al.
UREF
PNO  4634560
ISD  19870100
NAM  Eckert
OCL  261 76
UREF
PNO  5011517
ISD  19910400
NAM  Cage et al.
UREF
PNO  5679580
ISD  19971000
NAM  Ball et al.
UREF
PNO  5861316
ISD  19990100
NAM  Cage et al.
LREP
FRM  Chase & Yakimo, L.C.
ABST
PAL  The operating level of the liquid in a cyclone contactor is maintained
      without the need for an external sensor and a control valve. A pressure
      balancing connection communicates the contactor with a chamber from which
      the liquid for the contactor is supplied. The liquid level is maintained
      by equalizing the pressure at (or slightly below) the instability point of
      the contactor and the pressure head in the liquid supply chamber.
PATN
WKU  059886048
SRC  8
APN  9485589
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971010
TTL  Mixing impellers especially adapted for use in surface aeration
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Hopkins; Robert A.
EXP  Simmons; David A.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  McWhirter; John R.
CTY  Boalsburg
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  General Signal Corporation
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  261 91
XCL  2611191
EDF  6
ICL  B01F  718
FSC  261
FSS  91;93;84;119.1
FSC  210
FSS  219
UREF
PNO  2157436
ISD  19390500
NAM  Renken
OCL  261 91
UREF
PNO  3341450
ISD  19670900
NAM  Ciabattari et al.
OCL  261 91
UREF
PNO  3865721
ISD  19750200
NAM  Kaelin
UREF
PNO  4145383
ISD  19790300
NAM  Randall
UREF
PNO  4169047
ISD  19790900
NAM  Wilson
UREF
PNO  4240905
ISD  19801200
NAM  Scaccia
UREF
PNO  4240990
ISD  19801200
NAM  Inhofer et al.
UREF
PNO  4267052
ISD  19810500
NAM  Chang
UREF
PNO  4290885
ISD  19810900
NAM  Kwak
UREF
PNO  4310437
ISD  19820100
NAM  Schreiber
UREF
PNO  4548765
ISD  19851000
NAM  Hultholm et al.
UREF
PNO  4806251
ISD  19890200
NAM  Durda
UREF
PNO  5356569
ISD  19941000
NAM  Von Berg
FREF
PNO  1964125
ISD  19710600
CNT  DEX
OCL  261 91
FREF
PNO  46-3554
ISD  19970100
CNT  JPX
OCL  261 91
LREP
FR2  LuKacher; M.
FR2  LuKacher; K
ABST
PAL  Impellers are provided which enhance the efficiency of surface aeration of
      a liquid, for example, liquid contained in open aeration tanks, in terms
      of the mass of oxygen transferred per hour to the liquid per horsepower
      used in driving the impeller. The impeller is an axial flow impeller and
      may be either a pitched blade turbine (PBT) or have airfoil shaped blades.
      In either case, the impeller has a portion which extends radially along an
      edge thereof which projects above the surface of the liquid being mixed in
      a vertical direction, a sufficient distance to substantially prevent flow
      of the liquid over the top edges of the blades of the impeller.
      Preferably, the impeller is rotated in an up-pumping direction and propels
      the liquid being aerated in a radially outward direction. A sufficient
      upward surge of liquid is produced so that the liquid is observed to
      splash back onto the surface a plurality of times in the course of
      operation of the impeller. Such multiple splashing action enhances the
      contact between the air and the liquid and lends itself to the improved
      efficiency of aeration.
PATN
WKU  059886056
SRC  9
APN  056852&
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980408
TTL  Adjustable length gas spring
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Sawhney; Hargobind S
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Weisser; Frank
CTY  Pegnitz
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wolf; Herbert
CTY  Altdorf
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Suspa Compart Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Altdorf
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970409
APN  197 14 646
CLAS
OCL  267 6412
XCL  188300
XCL  18832216
EDF  6
ICL  F16F  500
FSC  188
FSS  322.16
FSC  267
FSS  120;124;64.12
FSC  277
FSS  401;408;460;461;465;552
FSC  264
FSS  267;273;274
UREF
PNO  3656593
ISD  19720400
NAM  Bauer
OCL  188300
UREF
PNO  3711054
ISD  19730100
NAM  Bauer
OCL  248562
UREF
PNO  3825244
ISD  19740700
NAM  Bauer
OCL  267124
UREF
PNO  3963101
ISD  19760600
NAM  Stadelmann
OCL  267 64.12
UREF
PNO  4728084
ISD  19880300
NAM  Bauer
OCL  188300
UREF
PNO  4844392
ISD  19890700
NAM  Bauer
OCL  267 64.12
UREF
PNO  5141210
ISD  19920800
NAM  Bauer
OCL  267 64.12
UREF
PNO  5273259
ISD  19931200
NAM  Bauer
OCL  267 64.12
UREF
PNO  5275085
ISD  19940100
NAM  Hur
OCL   91170R
UREF
PNO  5570873
ISD  19961100
NAM  Bauer
OCL  188300
UREF
PNO  5643521
ISD  19970700
NAM  Nehm
OCL  264267
FREF
PNO  0 383 303
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  18 12 282
ISD  19700600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  39 04 585
ISD  19900800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  40 09 035
ISD  19910900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  41 14 226
ISD  19921100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 36 151
ISD  19940400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 26 846
ISD  19941200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 20 914
ISD  19951200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/32872
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Browdy and Neimark
ABST
PAL  The valve of an adjustable length gas spring comprises a valve body which
      has two outside seals and two inside seals. The seals are applied
      integrally to the valve body by injection-molding.
PATN
WKU  059886064
SRC  9
APN  0054925
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980112
TTL  Hydraulic strut with over-pressure control
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Williams; Thomas J.
EXP  Le; Mark T.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Gatehouse; Colin P. F. K.
CTY  Long Beach
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  McDonnell Douglas Corporation
CTY  Huntington Beach
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  267 6422
XCL  267 6423
XCL  267 6425
XCL  267 6426
XCL  188287
EDF  6
ICL  F16F  9342
FSC  267
FSS  64.15;64.22;64.23;64.26;64.25
FSC  188
FSS  287
FSC  244
FSS  104 FP
UREF
PNO  2451171
ISD  19481000
NAM  Mullen
OCL  267 64.22
UREF
PNO  2735674
ISD  19560200
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  267 64.15
UREF
PNO  3598207
ISD  19710800
NAM  Hartel
OCL  188289
UREF
PNO  3724832
ISD  19730400
NAM  Ceska
OCL  267 64.22
UREF
PNO  3844544
ISD  19741000
NAM  Keilholz
OCL  267 64.22
UREF
PNO  3888436
ISD  19750600
NAM  Sealey
OCL  188314
UREF
PNO  4082255
ISD  19780400
NAM  Masclet et al.
OCL  267 64.25
UREF
PNO  4273303
ISD  19810600
NAM  Somm
OCL  244104FP
UREF
PNO  4593890
ISD  19860600
NAM  Van Der Laarse
OCL  267 64.25
UREF
PNO  4623049
ISD  19861100
NAM  Warren
OCL  188281
UREF
PNO  5110068
ISD  19920500
NAM  Grande et al.
OCL  204102SL
UREF
PNO  5310140
ISD  19940500
NAM  Veaux et al.
OCL  204104FP
OREF
PAL  Rockwell Overload Relief Valve for OV-10A.
LREP
FRM  Alston & Bird LLP
ABST
PAL  A hydraulic strut having a damping rate that is variable includes a bypass
      valve which is operated to open and close by a gas spring supported within
      the piston of the strut. A main orifice plate divides an oil-filled cavity
      within the strut into first and second oil chambers, the orifice plate
      defining a primary orifice for passage of oil between the chambers. The
      gas spring includes an inner cylinder member affixed to the end wall of
      the piston, and a diaphragm slidably mounted within the cylinder member,
      the cylinder member and diaphragm defining a pressurized gas-filled
      cavity. The diaphragm supports a valve pin which is slidable within a
      passage in a tubular valve body, the valve body being fixed with respect
      to the piston, and the passage extending between the first and second oil
      chambers. Secondary orifices in the valve body communicate with oil in the
      first oil chamber. The valve pin includes openings which are alignable
      with the secondary orifices, the openings extending into an axial hole in
      the valve pin, the axial hole being in communication with the passage in
      the valve body. Compression of the strut causes compression of the gas
      spring, which causes movement of the diaphragm so as to move the valve pin
      within the valve body and thereby bring the openings in the valve pin into
      alignment with the secondary orifices in the valve body. Oil is thereby
      allowed to bypass the primary orifice and flow through the bypass valve
      between the oil chambers.
PATN
WKU  059886072
SRC  8
APN  8638098
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970527
TTL  Self-pumping hydropneumatic strut with an internal level control
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Woller; Jeffrey
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Beck; Hubert
CTY  Eitorf
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Fichtel & Sachs AG
CTY  Eitorf
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960528
APN  196 21 374
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960904
APN  196 35 880
CLAS
OCL  267 6426
XCL  267218
XCL  280  5514
XCL  280124161
XCL  280DIG1
EDF  6
ICL  F16F  500
ICL  B60G 1300
ICL  B60G  700
FSC  267
FSS  218;64.16;64.26;64.17
FSC  280
FSS  DIG. 1;5.514;124.16;124.161
UREF
PNO  3087743
ISD  19630400
NAM  Behles
OCL  280DIG.1
UREF
PNO  3951392
ISD  19760400
NAM  De La Faille
OCL  267218
UREF
PNO  4502672
ISD  19850300
NAM  Meller et al.
OCL  267 64.17
UREF
PNO  4883150
ISD  19891100
NAM  Arai
OCL  280DIG.1
UREF
PNO  5009400
ISD  19910400
NAM  Ott
OCL  267 64.26
UREF
PNO  5062616
ISD  19911100
NAM  Sommer
OCL  267 64.17
FREF
PNO  3840790
ISD  19900200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3914385
ISD  19901000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1035509
ISD  19660700
CNT  GBX
OCL  267 64.17
LREP
FRM  Nils H. Ljungman & Associates
ABST
PAL  A self-pumping hydropneumatic strut with an internal level control,
      especially for automobiles, has a power cylinder. The power cylinder is
      under the pressure of at least one gas pad acting as a spring. The gas pad
      is placed in a high-pressure chamber, which high-pressure chamber is
      filled with damping agents. The power cylinder is divided into two working
      chambers by a working piston. The working piston is carried by a hollow
      piston rod and is equipped with valves. A piston pump is driven by the
      spring motion and transports oil from a low-pressure chamber into the
      working chamber. The working chamber is connected to the high-pressure
      chamber. The piston pump includes a pump chamber formed by the hollow
      piston rod and a pump rod that is connected to the power cylinder. The
      damping agent in the pump chamber can be pressure-impacted by a driving
      element.
PATN
WKU  059886080
SRC  9
APN  0264431
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980219
TTL  Piston-cylinder unit having a sealing valve
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Schwartz; Chris
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Koch; Klaus
CTY  Dahlheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Stabilus GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970220
APN  197 06 919
CLAS
OCL  267120
XCL  188300
XCL  18832218
EDF  6
ICL  F16F  902
FSC  267
FSS  64.12;120
FSC  188
FSS  300;322.16-322.18
UREF
PNO  4156523
ISD  19790500
NAM  Bauer
OCL  267120
UREF
PNO  4433759
ISD  19840200
NAM  Ichinose
OCL  267120
UREF
PNO  4595182
ISD  19860600
NAM  Freitag et al.
OCL  267120
UREF
PNO  5560456
ISD  19961000
NAM  Koch et al.
OCL  188300
UREF
PNO  5702091
ISD  19971200
NAM  Perrin et al.
OCL  188300
UREF
PNO  5797593
ISD  19980800
NAM  Oyaizu
OCL  188322.17
FREF
PNO  2653552C2
ISD  19780600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3301544A1
ISD  19840700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3301266A1
ISD  19840700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4431626A1
ISD  19950500
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A piston-cylinder unit includes a piston which divides the cylinder into
      two working chambers, a sealing valve seals a flow path between the two
      working chambers in the stationary operating condition of the unit. The
      sealing valve has a valve element consisting of an axially movable
      radially sealing sealing ring in conjunction with a valve ring, which at
      its back is supported by a spring-biased member. The slide member and the
      valve ring form therebetween a flow-off chamber having a flow-off opening
      that is sized so that unrestricted fluid flow is permitted so as to
      prevent the formation of a ram pressure in the flow-off chamber. The
      sealing ring is movable between three axial positions relative to the
      valve ring. At a center position, the sealing ring seals the flow path
      against fluid flow. At the two other positions, the sealing ring permits
      fluid flow in opposite directions.
PATN
WKU  059886099
SRC  8
APN  957865&
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19971027
TTL  Elastomeric tubular stop member
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Williams; Thomas J.
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  3
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Young; James A.
STR  4170 Parker
CTY  Dearborn Heights
STA  MI
ZIP  48125-2232
CLAS
OCL  267140
XCL  267153
EDF  6
ICL  F16M  700
ICL  F16F  136
FSC  267
FSS  153;257;258;292;139;140 OR
FSC  403
FSS  225
FSC  293
FSS  102
FSC  177
FSS  184
UREF
PNO  3418815
ISD  19681200
NAM  Kumazawa
OCL  267140
UREF
PNO  3542353
ISD  19701100
NAM  Hickman
OCL  267153
UREF
PNO  3779536
ISD  19731200
NAM  Lackmann
OCL  267140
UREF
PNO  4548150
ISD  19851000
NAM  Drewett
OCL  267140
UREF
PNO  5137313
ISD  19920800
NAM  Teig
OCL  267140
UREF
PNO  5232061
ISD  19930800
NAM  Neeleman
OCL  267140
UREF
PNO  5280890
ISD  19940100
NAM  Wydra
OCL  267153
LREP
FRM  Harness,Dickey & Pierce P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A suspension stop member, for positioning between a first, movable element
      and a second, relatively fixed element, such as between the frame and the
      axle of a vehicle, for resiliently absorbing suddenly applied shocks and
      stopping the relative movements of the elements, is formed of a generally
      pear-shaped, resilient tube having a generally circular opening. The tube
      has an upper, flat end portion, for fastening to the movable element, and
      a lower, flat end portion for engaging the second element. The sides of
      the outer surface of the tube are bulged outwardly from the upper end
      portion part way towards the lower end portion and then are tapered
      downwardly towards each other to join the lower end portion. The upper
      part of the surface defining the opening is generally flat and coextensive
      with said upper end portion. The thickness of the wall segment at the
      lower end of the stop member is considerably greater than the generally
      similar wall thicknesses of the remainder of the member. The member
      collapses downwardly, under a suddenly applied load that moves the
      elements together, to cause its side portions to bulge outwardly further
      and to absorb the load and to stop the relative movement of the elements
      when the opening is fully collapsed.
PATN
WKU  059886102
SRC  8
APN  8362335
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970429
TTL  Liquid sealed suspension unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXP  Schwartz; Chris
NDR  20
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Hiraki; Hikosaburo
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakada; Kuniaki
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kuzukawa; Mituo
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Tatuo
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Komatsu, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Fukoku Co., Ltd.
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941107
APN  6-272458
CLAS
OCL  26714013
XCL  2671411
XCL  2671414
EDF  6
ICL  F16F 1300
ICL  F16F  932
ICL  B62D 2704
FSC  267
FSS  140.11;140.13;141.1-141.7
UREF
PNO  2069270
ISD  19370200
NAM  Piron
OCL  267141.1
UREF
PNO  2538380
ISD  19510100
NAM  Pflager
OCL  267141.1
UREF
PNO  2683016
ISD  19540700
NAM  Campbell
OCL  267140.11
UREF
PNO  2917265
ISD  19591200
NAM  Markowski
OCL  267140.11
UREF
PNO  2942834
ISD  19600600
NAM  Clark
OCL  267140.11
UREF
PNO  2982536
ISD  19610500
NAM  Kordes
OCL  267153
UREF
PNO  4349184
ISD  19820900
NAM  Peterson et al.
OCL  267141.7
UREF
PNO  4399987
ISD  19830800
NAM  Cucellin et al.
UREF
PNO  4630807
ISD  19861200
NAM  Gaudiau
OCL  267 35
UREF
PNO  4793599
ISD  19881200
NAM  Ishioka
OCL  188320
UREF
PNO  4852533
ISD  19890800
NAM  Doncker et al.
UREF
PNO  5409199
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kahmann
OCL  267153
UREF
PNO  5449152
ISD  19950900
NAM  Byrnes et al.
OCL  267153
FREF
PNO  56-36519
ISD  19810400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-380
ISD  19870100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-135627
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP95/02275
PD1  19970429
PD2  19970429
PD3  19951107
PCP  WO96/14520
PCD  19960517
ABST
PAR  A liquid sealed suspension unit includes a first member and a second member
      which are independent of each other and which are coupled together. A
      cylindrical rubber mount (43) is fastened to the first member, and the
      second member is mounted so as to be slidable in an axial direction
      thereof relative to the cylindrical rubber mount (43). The cylindrical
      rubber mount (43) has a plurality of rubber layers (46a, 46b, 46c)
      laminated via a plurality of cylindrical members (45a, 45b, 45c) such that
      they are different with respect to at least either of (i) thickness in
      their radial direction and (ii) height in their axial direction. A spring
      member (57), in the form of at least one spring coil, is interposed
      between a damper plate member (50) and an inner surface of a vessel (40)
      at the bottom of the vessel. This construction provides an increased
      displacement amplitude in the axial direction, and an excellent vibration
      absorptivity for both a roll and a pitch can be achieved.
PATN
WKU  059886110
SRC  8
APN  8985936
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970722
TTL  Liquid enclosing type vibration isolating apparatus and assembling
      method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Schwartz; Chris
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Takashima; Yukio
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kodama; Yosei
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyo Tire & Ruber Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960726
APN  8-197467
CLAS
OCL  26714013
XCL  2671404
EDF  6
ICL  F16F  900
FSC  267
FSS  140.13;141.3-141.7;219
FSC  248
FSS  550;562;566;636;638
UREF
PNO  5145156
ISD  19920900
NAM  Muramatsu et al.
OCL  267140.14
UREF
PNO  5183243
ISD  19930200
NAM  Matsumoto
OCL  267140.13
UREF
PNO  5246212
ISD  19930900
NAM  Funahashi et al.
OCL  267140.13
UREF
PNO  5501433
ISD  19960300
NAM  Satori
OCL  267140.13
UREF
PNO  5560592
ISD  19961000
NAM  Shimoda et al.
OCL  267140.13
UREF
PNO  5628498
ISD  19970500
NAM  Nanno
OCL  267140.13
UREF
PNO  5839720
ISD  19981100
NAM  Kojiwa
OCL  267140.14
FREF
PNO  8-014315
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Jordan and Hamburg LLP
ABST
PAL  There is provided a liquid enclosing type vibration isolating apparatus
      which reduces a number of members to be aligned and which simplifies the
      assembling procedure in liquid, so as to reduce assembling steps and
      production cost. A cylindrical rubber body has a reinforcing intermediate
      cylinder, a concave groove and a through hole to form an orifice passage.
      The cylindrical rubber body is formed integrated with a diaphragm at a
      lower end of the cylindrical rubber body. A partitioning member has, on
      its peripheral part, an orifice passage concave portion. A first
      assembling step is conducted in air wherein a partitioning member is
      fitted into the cylindrical rubber body, so as to form an air chamber
      between the diaphragm and the partitioning member, while aligning the
      through hole with the orifice passage concave portion. Subsequent
      assembling steps are conducted in liquid wherein the cylindrical rubber
      body is fitted into a cup-like casing fitting and the vibration isolating
      base body is fitted into the cylindrical rubber body to form upper and
      lower liquid chambers which communicate via the orifice passage.
PATN
WKU  059886129
SRC  9
APN  1279432
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980801
TTL  Composite helical springs and process of manufacture
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Schwartz; Chris
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Bertelson; Peter C.
STR  208 Sly St.
CTY  Roscommon
STA  MI
ZIP  48653
CLAS
OCL  267148
EDF  6
ICL  F16F  136
ICL  B29C 6714
FSC  267
FSS  148;166
FSC  156
FSS  169;175;180;257
FSC  264
FSS  281
UREF
PNO  4380483
ISD  19830400
NAM  Kliger
OCL  156169
UREF
PNO  4434121
ISD  19840200
NAM  Schaper
OCL  267174
UREF
PNO  4473217
ISD  19840900
NAM  Hashimoto
OCL  267149
UREF
PNO  4753423
ISD  19880600
NAM  Ukai et al.
OCL  267186
UREF
PNO  5685525
ISD  19971100
NAM  Oguri et al.
OCL  267148
FREF
PNO  2401760
ISD  19790400
CNT  FRX
OCL  267148
FREF
PNO  56-18136
ISD  19810200
CNT  JPX
OCL  267148
FREF
PNO  0052637
ISD  19810500
CNT  JPX
OCL  267148
FREF
PNO  0215135
ISD  19870900
CNT  JPX
OCL  267148
FREF
PNO  269736
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
OCL  267148
FREF
PNO  4312237
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
OCL  267148
LREP
FR2  Benefiel; John R.
ABST
PAL  A helical spring is formed by winding a fiber bundle onto a core at a
      predetermined wind angle and then winding the wound core onto a grooved
      mold. The fibers have a thermosetting material thereon which is cured as
      the wound core advances along the groove by heating of the mold, the mold
      rotated to achieve this advance. A frictional engagement at the delivery
      end is set up between the wound core and the groove to pull and stretch
      the wound core and to thereby optimally orient the fibers before setting.
PATN
WKU  059886137
SRC  9
APN  2025272
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19990105
TTL  Wheel hub and brake disc arrangement for a vehicle wheel
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  8
EXP  Schwartz; Chris
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Dagh; Ingemar
CTY  Gothenburg
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Fagergren; Mats
CTY  Kungalv
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Volvo Lastvagnar AB
CTY  Gothenburg
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19960617
APN  9602385
CLAS
OCL  267161
XCL  188 18A
XCL  192 8922
XCL  411536
XCL  411544
EDF  6
ICL  F16F  134
FSC  188
FSS  17;18 A;18 R;264 A;264 AA;264 G
FSC  267
FSS  160;161
FSC  192
FSS  89.22-89.25
FSC  411
FSS  155;156;535;536
UREF
PNO  3631910
ISD  19720100
NAM  Hurst et al.
OCL  411155
UREF
PNO  3856066
ISD  19741200
NAM  Reynolds
OCL  411155
UREF
PNO  4300669
ISD  19811100
NAM  Browne
OCL  267161
UREF
PNO  4601376
ISD  19860700
NAM  Reik
OCL  192 89.22
UREF
PNO  4667793
ISD  19870500
NAM  Kunz et al.
OCL  192 70.12
UREF
PNO  4747586
ISD  19880500
NAM  Reik
OCL  267161
UREF
PNO  5013199
ISD  19910500
NAM  Downes
OCL  401544
UREF
PNO  5174420
ISD  19921200
NAM  DeWald et al.
OCL  188264E
UREF
PNO  5507367
ISD  19960400
NAM  Dagh et al.
OCL  188 18A
UREF
PNO  5540303
ISD  19960700
NAM  Bodin et al.
OCL  188 18A
UREF
PNO  5568846
ISD  19961000
NAM  Dagh et al.
OCL  188218XL
FREF
PNO  1562753
ISD  19651200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  469688
ISD  19930800
CNT  SEX
FREF
PNO  469687
ISD  19930800
CNT  SEX
FREF
PNO  501006
ISD  19941000
CNT  SEX
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE97/01053
PD1  19990105
PD2  19990105
PD3  19970616
PCP  WO97/48919
PCD  19971224
ABST
PAR  This invention relates to a wheel hub and brake disc arrangement for a
      vehicle wheel comprising a hub mounted via a bearing on a stub axle, a
      brake disc non-rotatably mounted on a carrier portion of the hub and a
      lock ring axially fixed at an end of the carrier portion. The lock ring
      has a first side surface lying in contact with a surface on the brake disc
      and a second side surface located radially inwardly of the first side
      surface, the second side surface being in contact with a surface of the
      hub. The lock ring also has areas located radially between the first and
      second side surfaces which lack contact both with the surfaces on the
      brake disc and the brake hub. The lock ring is also provided with
      circumferentially spaced bosses. The lock ring permits limited axial
      displacement of the brake disc, relative to the carrier portion of the
      hub, upon axial loading of the brake disc.
PATN
WKU  059886145
SRC  8
APN  9377069
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970925
TTL  Bushing for heavy vehicles
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Schwartz; Chris
NDR  5
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Sturmon; George R.
CTY  St. Charles
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Atro Engineered Sytems, Inc.
CTY  Cuba
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  267292
XCL  267293
EDF  6
ICL  B60G 1122
FSC  267
FSS  52;53;260;261;269;140;292;293
UREF
PNO  3332701
ISD  19670700
NAM  Masser
OCL  280124.116
UREF
PNO  3781073
ISD  19731200
NAM  Jorn
OCL  384291
UREF
PNO  3841655
ISD  19741000
NAM  Schaeff
OCL  280124.16
UREF
PNO  3933367
ISD  19760100
NAM  Tamas
OCL  280680
UREF
PNO  4048370
ISD  19770900
NAM  Orkin et al.
OCL  428323
UREF
PNO  4057304
ISD  19771100
NAM  Gaines et al.
OCL  384125
UREF
PNO  4166640
ISD  19790900
NAM  Van Denberg
OCL  280124.116
UREF
PNO  4541646
ISD  19850900
NAM  Knowley
OCL  280851
UREF
PNO  4840395
ISD  19890600
NAM  Sturmon
OCL  280 86.75
UREF
PNO  5282396
ISD  19940200
NAM  Crandall
OCL   74588
UREF
PNO  5472226
ISD  19951200
NAM  Bunker
OCL  280681
UREF
PNO  5595452
ISD  19970100
NAM  Hill et al.
OCL  403223
OREF
PAL  Euclid Industries, Inc., Catalog, Freightliner Front Suspension, pp. 5-18,
      (Mar. 12, 1990).
PAL  Euclid Industries, Inc., Catalog, Rockwell "T" Series 15" Dia. Steering
      Axle Brake, pp. 1-15, (Mar. 12, 1990).
PAL  Triangle Auto Spring Co., Catalog No. MHD-SUS-02, FLAGG Suspension Parts,
      vol. 2 International, Front Suspension Assembly, p. 17-23 (1996).
PAL  Engineering properties of Cyanaprene, American Cyanamid Company, Wayne, New
      Jersey 07470, 1985.
PAL  Harvey, S. R., "Polyurethane Elastomers", American Cyanamid Company, Wayne,
      N.J., 1973.
PAL  ATRO Engineered Systems, Inc. P.O. Box 29, HWYS P & 19, Cuba, MO 65453,
      Product Catalog 397, (Mar. 1997).
LREP
FRM  Polster, Lieder, Woodruff & Lucchesi
ABST
PAL  A substitute for a lubricated metal-on-metal bushing for mounting the
      spring eye of a heavy over-the-road truck includes a sleeve part and a
      pin, the pin having bonded to it a polyurethane elastomer with a 65 D
      Shore hardness. Similar bushings are substituted for other metal-on-metal
      bushings in the suspensions and brakes of heavy over-the-road vehicles.
PATN
WKU  059886153
SRC  9
APN  0368377
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980309
TTL  Device for fixing an object to the edge of a flat support
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Watson; Robert C.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Churoux; Patrice
CTY  Venteuil
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Virax S.A.
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970702
APN  97440054
CLAS
OCL  269  3
XCL  269  6
XCL  269166
XCL  269254R
XCL  269221
XCL  269236
XCL  269 47
XCL  269 97
EDF  6
ICL  B25B  100
FSC  269
FSS  236;239;166;169;167;164;196;3;6;47;147-149;97;98;50;254 R;254 CS;221
UREF
PNO  1850178
ISD  19320100
NAM  McChesney
UREF
PNO  4202540
ISD  19800500
NAM  Neff
OCL  269166
UREF
PNO  5265854
ISD  19931100
NAM  Whiteford
FREF
PNO  350705
ISD  19280000
CNT  BEX
FREF
PNO  707152
ISD  19960400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  979161
ISD  19510400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1006251
ISD  19520400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  8702315
ISD  19870400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  910918
ISD  19621100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A device for fixing an object to the edge of a flat support, the support
      having a top face on which the object is to be fixed and a lower face. A
      vertical section piece, positionable close to the edge of the support, is
      perpendicular to the plane of the support. The upper end of the section
      piece has an element which engages and holds the object on the top face of
      the support, e.g. rods projecting into a cavity in the object. An arm
      extending perpendicular to the section piece supports at one end thereof a
      cam for being selectively moved to press against and released from
      pressing against the lower face of the support. The section piece passes
      through an opening in the arm and the arm with the cam thereon is tiltable
      with reference to the section piece for locking the arm along the section
      piece. A lever then rotates the cam to press against the lower face of the
      support.
PATN
WKU  059886161
SRC  8
APN  8833974
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970626
TTL  Full face pad
ISD  19991123
NCL  68
ECL  1
EXA  Halpern; Benjamin M.
EXP  Eley; Timothy V.
NDR  5
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Fuller; Anthony B.
CTY  De Witt
STA  NE
INVT
NAM  Zlomke; Steven E.
CTY  Beatrice
STA  NE
ASSG
NAM  American Tool Companies, Inc.
CTY  Hoffman Estates
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  269  6
XCL  269147
XCL  269148
XCL  269149
XCL  269283
XCL  269284
EDF  6
ICL  B25B  100
FSC  269
FSS  6;147;148;149;150;166;283;284
FSC   81
FSS  487
UREF
PNO  D274034
ISD  19840500
NAM  Lacina
UREF
PNO  D331180
ISD  19921100
NAM  Sorensen
UREF
PNO  D340851
ISD  19931100
NAM  Sorensen
UREF
PNO  D341069
ISD  19931100
NAM  Sorensen
UREF
PNO  D366819
ISD  19960200
NAM  Wooster, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  D366820
ISD  19960200
NAM  Wooster, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  2258686
ISD  19411000
NAM  Olney
UREF
PNO  2340316
ISD  19440200
NAM  Fest
UREF
PNO  2519107
ISD  19500800
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  2766649
ISD  19561000
NAM  Labry, Jr.
UREF
PNO  2778257
ISD  19570100
NAM  Linskey et al.
UREF
PNO  2796787
ISD  19570600
NAM  Aske
UREF
PNO  4252305
ISD  19810200
NAM  Pasch
UREF
PNO  4905550
ISD  19900300
NAM  Albrecht
UREF
PNO  5143359
ISD  19920900
NAM  Bush
UREF
PNO  5243883
ISD  19930900
NAM  Savage
OREF
PAL  American Tool Catalog, published by American Tool Companies, Inc., pp.
      10-11 and 13. It is believed that the catalog was published before Jun.
      26, 1997.
PAL  Seven photographs of a clamping pad with a side opening and a ridge near
      the opening. The pad shown in the photographs is belived to have been
      first available to the public in 1991.
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
ABST
PAL  A full face clamp pad having an engagement surface and a receiving element
      attached to the engagement surface, wherein the receiving element defines
      a closed opening that faces the engagement surface. The engagement surface
      and the receiving element define a second opening that faces in a
      direction substantially parallel to the engagement surface.
PATN
WKU  059886170
SRC  8
APN  8639043
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970527
TTL  Blade-changing work table and blade cover
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Halpern; Benjamin M.
EXP  Eley; Timothy V.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kyte; Joe G.
CTY  Deer Park
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Soria; Jesus
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Reynoso; Antonio
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Phillips Petroleum Company
CTY  Bartlesville
STA  OK
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  269 47
XCL  269909
EDF  6
ICL  B23Q  100
FSC  269
FSS  17;47;48;909;290;287
FSC  312
FSS  208.6
UREF
PNO  310438
ISD  18850100
NAM  Jones
OCL  312208.6
UREF
PNO  758779
ISD  19040500
NAM  Remsberg
OCL  269 17
UREF
PNO  1033758
ISD  19120700
NAM  Howell
OCL  269 47
UREF
PNO  4062111
ISD  19771200
NAM  Clark
OCL   30139
UREF
PNO  4095778
ISD  19780600
NAM  Wing
OCL  269 71
UREF
PNO  4204446
ISD  19800500
NAM  Knochel
OCL   83146
UREF
PNO  4251198
ISD  19810200
NAM  Altenburg
OCL  425 67
UREF
PNO  4284286
ISD  19810800
NAM  Lewallen
OCL  280 30
UREF
PNO  4360168
ISD  19821100
NAM  Peterson, Jr.
OCL  241294
UREF
PNO  4500271
ISD  19850200
NAM  Smith
OCL  425 67
UREF
PNO  4502518
ISD  19850300
NAM  Lewin
OCL  144286
UREF
PNO  4530204
ISD  19850700
NAM  Brooks
OCL   56298
UREF
PNO  5052911
ISD  19911000
NAM  Mikeska
OCL  425 56
UREF
PNO  5101704
ISD  19920400
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL   83174
UREF
PNO  5209053
ISD  19930500
NAM  Verbeek
OCL   56298
UREF
PNO  5239934
ISD  19930800
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  108 44
UREF
PNO  5292240
ISD  19940300
NAM  Capelle
OCL  425142
UREF
PNO  5330340
ISD  19940700
NAM  Suppon et al.
OCL  425142
LREP
FR2  Cross; Ryan N.
ABST
PAL  A work table and blade cover are provided to assist in changing the blades
      on a pelletizer blade holder. The work table employs a tabletop and a
      shaft integrally connected to the tabletop. The shaft is threaded along at
      least a portion of its length and is sized to be received through the
      central aperture of the blade holder. A locking means is threadedly
      received on the shaft and is sized to abut the blade holder around the
      aperture. The blade cover comprises a sleeve having a threaded aperture
      and a bolt sized to be threadedly received by the aperture. The bolt can
      thereby be tightened against a blade within the sleeve to secure the blade
      in the sleeve.
PATN
WKU  059886188
SRC  9
APN  0140570
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980127
TTL  Work-holding device
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Shanley; Daniel G.
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  5
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Meintrup; Hubert W.
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schwock; Stefan
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Matrix GmbH Spannsysteme und Produktionsautomatisierung
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970127
APN  197 02 848
CLAS
OCL  269266
EDF  6
ICL  B25B  124
FSC  269
FSS  266;25;309;310
UREF
PNO  4572564
ISD  19860200
NAM  Cipolla
OCL  269266
UREF
PNO  4752063
ISD  19880600
NAM  Nagy
OCL  269266
UREF
PNO  5407185
ISD  19950400
NAM  Zehnpfennig
OCL  269266
UREF
PNO  5690323
ISD  19971100
NAM  Puttmer et al.
OCL  269266
LREP
FRM  Womble Carlyle Sandridge & Rice, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A work-holding device is provided for clamping a workpiece of irregular
      shape. The work-holding device has a clamping jaw. The clamping jaw
      comprises a multitude of clamping pins (3). The clamping pins (3) are
      circular in cross section, aligned in parallel and laterally directly
      adjacent to one another, and separately movable in their direction of main
      extension. The clamping jaw also comprises a frame laterally encompassing
      the clamping pins (3). The clamping jaw further comprises an open pressure
      chamber (17) provided at the backside of said clamping pins (3) turned
      away from said workpiece. Pressure medium (16) is supplied to the pressure
      char, parts of which emerge from said pressure chamber (17) to said
      workpiece through clearances between said clamping pins (3); and the
      pressure medium (16) in the pressure chamber impinges said clamping pins
      (3) in direction towards the workpiece.
PATN
WKU  059886196
SRC  9
APN  0540188
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980402
TTL  Apparatus and method for facilitating circuit board processing
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Wilson; Lee
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Wark; James M.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Bettinger; Michael J.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  640147
APD  19960430
CLAS
OCL  269305
XCL  269900
XCL  269291
XCL  269903
XCL  206722
EDF  6
ICL  B23Q  300
FSC  269
FSS  305;87.3;291;900
FSC  206
FSS  722;724
UREF
PNO  1750369
ISD  19300300
NAM  Septer
UREF
PNO  3614540
ISD  19711000
NAM  Slusser
UREF
PNO  3631299
ISD  19711200
NAM  Meyer
UREF
PNO  3915307
ISD  19751000
NAM  Agarde
UREF
PNO  3930644
ISD  19760100
NAM  Albert, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4109379
ISD  19780800
NAM  Ratti et al.
UREF
PNO  4155447
ISD  19790500
NAM  Edwards
UREF
PNO  4198024
ISD  19800400
NAM  Cavanna
UREF
PNO  4217624
ISD  19800800
NAM  Tuck
UREF
PNO  4291867
ISD  19810900
NAM  Williams et al.
UREF
PNO  4385781
ISD  19830500
NAM  Welsch et al.
UREF
PNO  4498120
ISD  19850200
NAM  Kaufman
UREF
PNO  4554404
ISD  19851100
NAM  Gilder, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4554613
ISD  19851100
NAM  Kaufman
UREF
PNO  4600231
ISD  19860700
NAM  Sickles
UREF
PNO  4720034
ISD  19880100
NAM  Lee
OCL  269903
UREF
PNO  4763782
ISD  19880800
NAM  Sinchok
UREF
PNO  4805316
ISD  19890200
NAM  Curti
UREF
PNO  4908738
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kobari et al.
UREF
PNO  4910866
ISD  19900300
NAM  Allen
UREF
PNO  4948108
ISD  19900800
NAM  Sullivan
OCL  269305
UREF
PNO  4953061
ISD  19900800
NAM  Nitkiewicz
UREF
PNO  5016139
ISD  19910500
NAM  Stopa et al.
UREF
PNO  5031074
ISD  19910700
NAM  Ravid
UREF
PNO  5044615
ISD  19910900
NAM  Newman et al.
OCL  269903
UREF
PNO  5067648
ISD  19911100
NAM  Cascini
OCL  269903
UREF
PNO  5111935
ISD  19920500
NAM  Bond et al.
UREF
PNO  5148962
ISD  19920900
NAM  Jones et al.
UREF
PNO  5157590
ISD  19921000
NAM  Barthel et al.
UREF
PNO  5208734
ISD  19930500
NAM  Someno
UREF
PNO  5339221
ISD  19940800
NAM  Conroy-Wass et al.
UREF
PNO  5375040
ISD  19941200
NAM  Cooper et al.
UREF
PNO  5406454
ISD  19950400
NAM  Dinger et al.
UREF
PNO  5406455
ISD  19950400
NAM  Devenish, III
UREF
PNO  5456402
ISD  19951000
NAM  Curtin
UREF
PNO  5501436
ISD  19960300
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  5563772
ISD  19961000
NAM  Nichols
FREF
PNO  57-8050
ISD  19820100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Trask, Britt & Rossa
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a circuit board carrier and method of using the
      same. The carrier allows circuit boards to be processed on lead
      frame-based semiconductor processing equipment. The circuit board carrier
      contains a structure to secure a circuit board thereto and the carrier is
      sized and shaped, and provided with standardized indexing holes, to allow
      processing of circuit boards on processing equipment configured for lead
      frame-based processing.
PATN
WKU  059886200
SRC  8
APN  8669929
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19970602
TTL  Apparatus and method for personalizing printed materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Hoang
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Graushar; William T.
CTY  Wauwatosa
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Quad/Tech, Inc.
CTY  Sussex
STA  WI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  562258
APD  19951122
PSC  01
PNO  5634633
ISD  19970603
CLAS
OCL  270  102
XCL  270 5805
XCL  412  4
XCL  412 13
XCL  412 19
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 3902
ICL  B42C 1102
FSC  270
FSS  58.04;58.05;52.16;1.02
FSC  412
FSS  3;4;13;19
UREF
PNO  4022455
ISD  19770500
NAM  Newsome et al.
OCL  270 54
UREF
PNO  4305605
ISD  19811200
NAM  Vine
OCL  281 35
UREF
PNO  4319948
ISD  19820300
NAM  Volkert et al.
OCL  156357
UREF
PNO  4420282
ISD  19831200
NAM  Axelrod
OCL  412  4
UREF
PNO  4505467
ISD  19850300
NAM  Brocklehurst
OCL  270 53
UREF
PNO  4606715
ISD  19860800
NAM  Larson
OCL  425110
UREF
PNO  4851074
ISD  19890700
NAM  Uchida
OCL  156541
UREF
PNO  4971647
ISD  19901100
NAM  Leslie
OCL  156249
UREF
PNO  5013019
ISD  19910500
NAM  Samuels
OCL  270  1.1
UREF
PNO  5013022
ISD  19910500
NAM  Graushar
OCL  270 56
UREF
PNO  5045148
ISD  19910900
NAM  Hoffstetter et al.
OCL  156567
UREF
PNO  5061334
ISD  19911000
NAM  Paules
OCL  156235
UREF
PNO  5100116
ISD  19920300
NAM  Graushar
OCL  270  1.1
UREF
PNO  5114128
ISD  19920500
NAM  Harris, Jr. et al.
OCL  270 11
UREF
PNO  5144562
ISD  19920900
NAM  Stikkelorum et al.
OCL  364478
UREF
PNO  5230501
ISD  19930700
NAM  Melton
OCL  270 41
UREF
PNO  5232324
ISD  19930800
NAM  Graushar
OCL  412  4
UREF
PNO  5316425
ISD  19940500
NAM  Graushar et al.
OCL  412 19
UREF
PNO  5413446
ISD  19950500
NAM  Rathert et al.
OCL  412 17
UREF
PNO  5417535
ISD  19950500
NAM  Andjelic et al.
OCL  412  2
UREF
PNO  5643633
ISD  19970600
NAM  Grausher
OCL  270 58.05
LREP
FRM  Michael Best & Friedrich LLP
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method for attaching a cover to a signature. The apparatus
      includes a cover applicator for securing covers to signatures, a signature
      supplier positioned to provide at least one signature to the cover
      applicator, a cover feeder positioned to feed covers in separated relation
      to the cover applicator, and a printer positioned between the cover feeder
      and the cover applicator. The printer is oriented to print onto a surface
      (e.g., an inner surface) of a cover fed from the cover feeder. The
      apparatus can further include an item feeder positioned to feed items in
      separated relation to the cover applicator, and an adhesive applicator
      positioned to deposit adhesive between the item and the cover. For
      example, the printer can be oriented to print on a printed area of a cover
      fed from the cover feeder, and the item feeder can be oriented to deposit
      an item onto the printed area. Preferably, the apparatus further includes
      an item printer positioned to print on an item fed from the item feeder.
PATN
WKU  059886218
SRC  8
APN  9988173
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971229
TTL  Recycle document feeder
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Skaggs; H. Grant
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Kondo; Kazuhisa
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanjo; Toru
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Hiroshi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Harada; Hiroyuki
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sako; Masahiro
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kusakabe; Jun
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mita Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970117
APN  9-007012
CLAS
OCL  271  302
XCL  271  304
XCL  271  313
XCL  271  315
XCL  271171
XCL  271223
XCL  399370
XCL  399373
EDF  6
ICL  B65H  522
FSC  399
FSS  370;372;373;377;376
FSC  271
FSS  3.02;3.04;3.05;3.13;3.15;3.16;3.19;171;273;274;264;301;303;220;223
UREF
PNO  4935780
ISD  19900600
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  271301
UREF
PNO  5253861
ISD  19931000
NAM  Schmaling
OCL  271273
UREF
PNO  5797597
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kakuta et al.
OCL  271276
UREF
PNO  5822673
ISD  19981000
NAM  Tanjo
OCL  271  3.01
UREF
PNO  5903812
ISD  19990500
NAM  Kondoh et al.
OCL  271223
FREF
PNO  360061428
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
OCL  271171
FREF
PNO  0233420
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
OCL  271171
LREP
FRM  Smith, Gambrell & Russell, LLP
     Beveridge, DeGrandi, Weilacher & Young Intellectual Property Group
ABST
PAL  A recycle document feeder according to the present invention includes a
      pair of document width regulating guides (9a, 9b) for guiding opposite
      edges of document originals (D) fed back onto a document placing plate (8)
      for alignment thereof with respect to the width thereof. With this
      construction, if the document width regulating guides (9a, 9b) each had a
      small length (A) as measured along a document transportation direction,
      the document originals (D) fed back onto the document placing plate (8)
      could not properly be aligned by the document width regulating guides (9a,
      9b) thereby to be randomly stacked on the skew with respect to the
      document transportation direction. In view of this, the document width
      regulating guides (9a, 9b) are constructed so as to guide the document
      originals fed back onto the document placing plate (8) from a document
      discharge portion (30) over a distance equivalent to or greater than 60%
      of the length of a smallest document original (as measured along the
      transportation direction) which is to be possibly transported by the
      recycle document feeder.
PATN
WKU  059886226
SRC  8
APN  968560&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971112
TTL  Paper feeding device
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Bower; Kenneth W.
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Shigeta; Kunihiro
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961115
APN  8-304351
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971021
APN  9-288096
CLAS
OCL  271  901
XCL  271  912
XCL  271  913
EDF  6
ICL  B65H  344
FSC  271
FSS  9.01;9.12;9.13
UREF
PNO  5307116
ISD  19940400
NAM  Ikanumi et al.
OCL  355207
UREF
PNO  5405128
ISD  19950400
NAM  Fujiwara et al.
OCL  271  9
UREF
PNO  5570172
ISD  19961000
NAM  Acquiviva
OCL  355323
UREF
PNO  5624108
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kubo
OCL  271  9.12
FREF
PNO  405097262
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
OCL  271  9.12
FREF
PNO  6-100190
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-236085
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-121084
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A paper feeding device includes a plurality of horizontally juxtaposed
      paper cassettes for containing papers. The feeding device includes a
      plurality of paper feeding mechanisms respectively corresponding to the
      paper cassettes, and each of the paper feeding mechanisms includes a
      separation/feeding unit for feeding papers from the paper cassette in a
      feeding direction. The separation/feeding unit corresponding to an
      upstream paper cassette of the upstream side is arranged at least
      partially above a paper receiving section of a downstream paper cassette
      to conserve space.
PATN
WKU  059886234
SRC  9
APN  1815741
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19981028
TTL  Automatic document feeder having a center drive mechanism for loading
      and unloading a document without skew
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Bower; Kenneth W
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  36
NFG  43
INVT
NAM  Worley; A. Justine
CTY  Murrieta
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Maurer; Craig A.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Jimenez; Juan M.
CTY  Escondido
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Short; D. Bradley
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  041846
APD  19980312
CLAS
OCL  271  902
XCL  399380
EDF  6
ICL  B65H  344
ICL  B65H  526
ICL  G03G 1508
FSC  271
FSS  3.14;4.01;4.08;4.1;10.01;10.09;10.11;145;161;207;209;9.02
FSC  399
FSS  373;379;380
UREF
PNO  5265859
ISD  19931100
NAM  Watson et al.
OCL  271109
UREF
PNO  5630579
ISD  19970500
NAM  Minami
OCL  271  3.15
UREF
PNO  5788227
ISD  19980800
NAM  Hendrix et al.
OCL  271  3.2
UREF
PNO  5868385
ISD  19990200
NAM  Embry et al.
OCL  271118
LREP
FR2  Potts; Jerry R.
ABST
PAL  An automatic document feeder mounted removably to a computer input device
      having a medium receiving and supporting surface includes a plurality of
      interconnectable modular assemblies for defining a medium path that
      extends from a medium input tray to a medium output tray via the medium
      receiving and supporting surface of the computer input device. One of the
      modular assemblies is a main chassis assembly includes an integrally
      formed main chassis shell having a substantially planar base. The input
      tray has a document receiving surface with a concave shape in both the
      vertical and horizontal planes to help facilitate proper sheet stiffening
      and alignment for sheet loading purposes onto the receiving and supporting
      surface of the computer input device. A pair of spaced apart drive rollers
      mounted to a spring loaded drive axle engage in seriatim individual sheets
      for loading and unloading them onto the supporting surface of the computer
      input device. A motor driven transmission system is mounted to a central
      portion of the drive axle to balance the drive force applied by the drive
      rollers so that the individual medium sheets are loaded and unloaded
      without any substantial sheet skewing.
PATN
WKU  059886242
SRC  8
APN  7497717
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19961120
TTL  Paper feeding device
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Mackey; Patrick
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  11
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Nakagawa; Yuuji
CTY  Souraku-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951121
APN  7-302713
CLAS
OCL  271 11
XCL  271 1003
XCL  271107
XCL  27126501
XCL  27125801
EDF  6
ICL  B65H  522
FSC  271
FSS  10.03;11;96;107;98;12;90;95;265.01;258.01
UREF
PNO  4168829
ISD  19790900
NAM  Wilson et al.
UREF
PNO  4509736
ISD  19850400
NAM  Stahl et al.
XCL  271107
UREF
PNO  5673908
ISD  19971000
NAM  Nagata et al.
XCL  271107
UREF
PNO  5833228
ISD  19981100
NAM  Nagata et al.
OCL  271 10.03
UREF
PNO  5845900
ISD  19981200
NAM  Greive
OCL  271 98
FREF
PNO  80865
ISD  19830600
CNT  EPX
OCL  271 90
FREF
PNO  5846356
ISD  19830300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  187137
ISD  19890700
CNT  JPX
OCL  271 96
FREF
PNO  2147441
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
ABST
PAL  A cylinder-type paper feeding device designed so that the air suction fan
      in the paper feed cylinder is suspended at the moment each document
      conveyed by rotation of the paper feed cylinder reaches a sensor placed
      along the conveyer path, and after the lapse of a predetermined time, the
      paper feed cylinder is reversely rotated to return to the initial
      position.
PATN
WKU  059886250
SRC  9
APN  0379735
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980309
TTL  Upright feeder for packaging manufacturing systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Skaggs; H. Grant
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  DiRico; Mark A.
CTY  Quincy
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Hub Folding Box Company, Inc.
CTY  Mansfield
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  271 12
XCL  271 311
XCL  271 94
XCL  271 99
XCL  271104
XCL  271273
EDF  6
ICL  B65H  508
FSC  271
FSS  11;12;10.06;10.07;31.1;94;96;99;104;105;124;273;122;35
FSC  414
FSS  797.5;797.6;798.1
UREF
PNO  4050690
ISD  19770900
NAM  Michelsot
OCL  271 11
UREF
PNO  4646587
ISD  19870300
NAM  Hitomori et al.
OCL  271 12
UREF
PNO  4961566
ISD  19901000
NAM  Labombarde
OCL  271 35
UREF
PNO  5464202
ISD  19951100
NAM  Capdeboscq
OCL  271 35
UREF
PNO  5511772
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ganz et al.
OCL  271 12
FREF
PNO  1285227
ISD  19681200
CNT  DEX
OCL  271 35
FREF
PNO  406100182
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
OCL  271 12
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  A vertically oriented feeder for a packaging manufacturing system is
      provided. The feeder supports a stack of blanks in an upright position and
      in a confronting relationship with a vertical vacuum belt. The vacuum belt
      draws a front blank off of the stack and pulls it upward past a gate and
      between the vacuum belt and a friction belt. After the blank is pulled
      upward past the gate, a lifting device is activated to push the stack away
      from the vacuum belt and prevent additional blanks from being drawn upward
      by the vacuum belt until the lifting device is retracted or de-energized.
      The lifting device ensures that adequate spacing is provided between
      adjacent blanks and that the timing of the placement of the blanks on the
      succeeding flighted belt is sufficiently accurate so that downstream
      operations may be carried out by automated equipment.
PATN
WKU  059886269
SRC  8
APN  8276110
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970409
TTL  Apparatus for separating and carrying off the topmost sheet of a stack
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Skaggs; H. Grant
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  La Vos; Peter George
CTY  Ma Baarlo
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Heeman; Frederik Gerardus
CTY  Am Venlo
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Thissen; Petrus Johannes M.
CTY  Jk Heythuysen
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Faber; Pals Gerrit
CTY  Et Venlo
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Oce-Technologies B.V.
CTY  Ma Venlo
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19960409
APN  1002819
CLAS
OCL  271 96
XCL  271 98
XCL  271106
XCL  271108
EDF  6
ICL  B65H  312
FSC  271
FSS  94;96;98;105;106;108
UREF
PNO  3595563
ISD  19710700
NAM  Rostoker
UREF
PNO  4345752
ISD  19820800
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  271 94
UREF
PNO  4451028
ISD  19840500
NAM  Holmes et al.
OCL  271 94
UREF
PNO  4627605
ISD  19861200
NAM  Roller et al.
OCL  271 94
UREF
PNO  4662622
ISD  19870500
NAM  Wimmer et al.
OCL  271 96
UREF
PNO  5150892
ISD  19920900
NAM  Shimizu
UREF
PNO  5181706
ISD  19930100
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  271 96
UREF
PNO  5478066
ISD  19951200
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  271 94
UREF
PNO  5707056
ISD  19980100
NAM  Rauen et al.
OCL  271 96
FREF
PNO  507661A1
ISD  19920300
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  Apparatus for separating the topmost sheet from a stack of sheets with a
      suction belt conveyor disposed a short distance above the stack. The
      suction belt conveyor includes a suction box around which an endless
      suction belt is trained. In one corner the suction box has a lower
      resistance to air flow than in the rest of the suction box in order to
      unroll the top-most sheet by sucking it against the suction box. The lower
      resistance to air flow is obtained by disposing except in the said corner
      a plate at a short distance above the perforated base of the suction box.
      Near the corner of the suction box air is forced against the side of the
      stack in order to assist the unrolling suction operation. The suction belt
      is provided with peripheral ribs which deform the applied sheet in order
      to assist separation.
PATN
WKU  059886277
SRC  9
APN  055233&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980406
TTL  Paper-feeding apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Bollinger; David H.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Lin; Chin-I
CTY  Taoyuan Hsien
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Tseng; Wen-Tso
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Yu; Cheng-Hui
CTY  Hualian Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Umax Data Systems Inc.
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  271110
XCL  271118
XCL  271126
XCL  271152
EDF  6
ICL  B65H  708
FSC  271
FSS  118;126;110;157;160;152;155
UREF
PNO  5351945
ISD  19941000
NAM  Asakawa et al.
OCL  271118
UREF
PNO  5386983
ISD  19950200
NAM  Ando
OCL  271118
UREF
PNO  5419543
ISD  19950500
NAM  Nakamura et al.
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas
ABST
PAL  Paper is fed through the printing process of a printing machine by an
      apparatus which includes a paper-feeding mechanism that is driven by a
      motor, a paper setting mechanism for handling the sheets of paper being
      printed, and a paper sensor for detecting whether a sheet is being printed
      and providing selective control of the motor.
PATN
WKU  059886285
SRC  8
APN  9225323
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970903
TTL  Sheet supplying apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Crawford; Gene O.
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Mori; Akihito
CTY  Shizuoka-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960906
APN  8-236566
CLAS
OCL  271117
XCL  271118
EDF  6
ICL  B65H  306
FSC  271
FSS  117;10.03;110;118;126;154
UREF
PNO  4077620
ISD  19780300
NAM  Frank et al.
OCL  271 10.03
UREF
PNO  5342037
ISD  19940800
NAM  Martin
XCL  271126
UREF
PNO  5346199
ISD  19940900
NAM  Martin et al.
XCL  271126
UREF
PNO  5474288
ISD  19951200
NAM  Lo et al.
XCL  271118
UREF
PNO  5624109
ISD  19970400
NAM  Tanaka
XCL  271118
UREF
PNO  5775823
ISD  19980700
NAM  Bekki et al.
XCL  271118
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  When a pick-up roller is lowered to contact with a sheet, a control means
      stops a tray drive motor to prohibit a lifting movement of a sheet
      stacking tray to thereby minimize bounding of the pick-up roller when the
      pick-up roller abuts against the sheet and preventing delay in sheet
      supply and occurrence of sheet jam.
PATN
WKU  059886293
SRC  8
APN  7204817
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19960930
TTL  Control for a sheet stack supporting platform
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Park; Wonki K.
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Burlew; Leroy E.
CTY  Williamson
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Dobbertin; Michael T.
CTY  Honeoye
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Mitchell; Henry P.
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Wituszynski; Theophilus C.
CTY  Fairport
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  271152
XCL  271 98
XCL  271153
XCL  271154
XCL  271263
EDF  6
ICL  B65H  314
ICL  B65H  118
ICL  B65H  116
ICL  B65H  712
FSC  271
FSS  98;31;30.1;153;152;154;155;263
UREF
PNO  3955811
ISD  19760500
NAM  Gibson
OCL  271  9
UREF
PNO  5017972
ISD  19910500
NAM  Daughton et al.
OCL  355321
UREF
PNO  5033731
ISD  19910700
NAM  Looney
OCL  271176
UREF
PNO  5090676
ISD  19920200
NAM  Matsuno et al.
OCL  271 94
UREF
PNO  5295678
ISD  19940300
NAM  Lindner et al.
OCL  271154
UREF
PNO  5344133
ISD  19940900
NAM  Jantsch et al.
OCL  271 98
UREF
PNO  5447240
ISD  19950900
NAM  Makino
OCL  271263
UREF
PNO  5584472
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hidding et al.
OCL  271263
UREF
PNO  5673907
ISD  19971000
NAM  Rumsey et al.
OCL  271263
LREP
FR2  Kessler; Lawrence P.
ABST
PAL  A sheet feeder having a platform for supporting a stack of sheets, a feed
      head assembly for feeding sheets seriatim from the top of a sheet supply
      stack on the platform, a mechanism for moving the platform relative to the
      feed head assembly, and a device for controlling operation of the platform
      moving mechanism. The control device for the platform moving mechanism
      includes a sensor for detecting marginal edges of sheets in the sheet
      stack on the platform, and producing a signal indicative of sheet edge
      detection. Additionally, a sensor is provided for detecting the location
      of the topmost sheet on the sheet stack on the platform, and producing a
      signal indicative of such top sheet location detection. A signal is set
      representative of the top of the sheet stack being in proper operative
      relation to the feed head assembly, this set signal being based on the
      signal from the top location sensor for the particular location of the top
      of the stack when the marginal sheet edge detection signal is first
      produced. Periodically thereafter, a control signal is produced for
      actuating the sheet stack supporting platform moving mechanism until the
      signal indicative of detection of the topmost sheet from the top location
      sensor is substantially equal to the set signal.
PATN
WKU  059886307
SRC  8
APN  9225889
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970903
TTL  Sheet feeder having collar structure for improved feeding and printer
      therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Park; Wonki K.
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Kawaura; Masafumi
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960903
APN  8-253720
CLAS
OCL  271161
XCL  271188
XCL  271157
XCL  271145
XCL  271126
EDF  6
ICL  B65H  100
ICL  B65H 2970
ICL  B65H  126
ICL  B65H  108
FSC  271
FSS  161;188;209;157;145;126;127
UREF
PNO  4813612
ISD  19890300
NAM  Kano et al.
OCL  271127
UREF
PNO  4900005
ISD  19900200
NAM  Blythe et al.
OCL  271157
UREF
PNO  5152522
ISD  19921000
NAM  Yamashita
OCL  271161
UREF
PNO  5312108
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hayashi
OCL  271188
UREF
PNO  5437444
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kawakami et al.
OCL  271127
UREF
PNO  5449161
ISD  19950900
NAM  Gysling
OCL  271117
UREF
PNO  5454555
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kiyohara et al.
OCL  271145
FREF
PNO  0109357
ISD  19830300
CNT  JPX
OCL  271188
FREF
PNO  0183533
ISD  19831000
CNT  JPX
OCL  271126
FREF
PNO  0055031
ISD  19860300
CNT  JPX
OCL  271157
FREF
PNO  0286528
ISD  19901100
CNT  JPX
OCL  271126
FREF
PNO  403143865
ISD  19910600
CNT  JPX
OCL  271188
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  The sheet feeder of a recorder includes a sheet support, a shaft extending
      over the support, a feed roller rotatable on the axis of the shaft, and
      collars mounted rotatably around the shaft. Disks may be formed on the
      shaft. Each of the collars is supported rotatably on one of the disks. The
      inner periphery of at least one of the collars in the widthwise middle
      area of the support is spaced from the periphery of the associated disk.
      Even if the support is curved in such a manner that it is convex toward
      the roller, the distance between the shaft axis and the point or line
      where the at least one of the collars is in compressive contact with the
      top one of the sheets stacked on the support is shorter than the distances
      between the axis and the points or lines where the collars near the
      lateral ends of the support are in compressive contact with the top sheet.
      All of the collars can keep the roller and the sheet spaced at a
      predetermined distance from each other. Consequently, the sheets can be
      fed properly.
PATN
WKU  059886315
SRC  9
APN  0812366
APT  1
ART  365
APD  19980519
TTL  Sheet transport device
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Bollinger; David H.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Hewit; James R.
CTY  Newport-on-Tay
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  NCR Corporation
CTY  Dayton
STA  OH
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19970524
APN  9710718
CLAS
OCL  271195
XCL  406 10
XCL  406194
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 2924
FSC  271
FSS  195;194
FSC  406
FSS  10;19;85;95;194;195
UREF
PNO  3237933
ISD  19660300
NAM  Grosswiller, Jr. et al.
XCL  406 10
UREF
PNO  3243181
ISD  19660300
NAM  Lyman
UREF
PNO  3294342
ISD  19661200
NAM  McClure et al.
XCL  406 10
UREF
PNO  4113247
ISD  19780900
NAM  Phillips
UREF
PNO  5425217
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lobush et al.
XCL  271195
FREF
PNO  0690423
ISD  19960100
CNT  EPX
ABST
PAL  A device (10) to transport sheets such as bank notes (30) comprises a
      rectangular tube (12) along which there is a flow of air F, the tube
      having pairs of independently addressable computer controlled flaps
      (14,16,18,20,22) on opposite internal walls. The pairs of flaps are
      controlled to project into the tube so as to reduce its height, and cause
      a local Venturi effect; by operating one or more pairs of flaps at a time
      in sequence, the Venturi effect moves along the tube, carrying the bank
      note by a surfing action.
PATN
WKU  059886323
SRC  8
APN  8462240
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970428
TTL  Apparatus for stacking and storing sheets
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Mackey; Patrick
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  33
NFG  39
INVT
NAM  Tomishige; Kazuyuki
CTY  Toyohashi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shinno; Tatsuya
CTY  Toyokawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Minolta Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960430
APN  8-109668
CLAS
OCL  271201
XCL  271300
XCL  271302
XCL  270 5813
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 2950
FSC  271
FSS  296;201;300;302;306;191;314;207
FSC  270
FSS  58.13;52.03
UREF
PNO  4802664
ISD  19890200
NAM  Larsen
OCL  271201
UREF
PNO  4828415
ISD  19890500
NAM  Hirono et al.
OCL  271296
UREF
PNO  4830358
ISD  19890500
NAM  Fazio et al.
OCL  271296
UREF
PNO  5172908
ISD  19921200
NAM  Steinhilber
OCL  271296
UREF
PNO  5217215
ISD  19930600
NAM  Ohata et al
UREF
PNO  5324024
ISD  19940600
NAM  Mori
OCL  271296
UREF
PNO  5439209
ISD  19950800
NAM  Runzi
OCL  271201
FREF
PNO  61-217464
ISD  19860900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-287656
ISD  19861200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, LLP
ABST
PAL  A staple sorter comprising a large-capacity non-sort tray. Sheets are
      stacked one by one on a plurality of bins so as to make collated sets of
      sheets (sort mode), and each set is stapled by a staple unit. A sheet
      conveyer gate has rollers and is capable of moving vertically. The sheet
      conveyer gate takes a stapled stack of sheets out of a bin with the
      rollers when lowered, and ejects the stack onto the non-sort tray after
      elevated. When ejecting, the gate is elevated to a position which is
      higher than the uppermost surface of the sheets stacked on the non-sort
      tray.
PATN
WKU  059886331
SRC  8
APN  8354936
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970408
TTL  Guiding device for a freshly printed sheet
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Park; Wonki K.
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Henn; Manfred
CTY  Heidelberg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kaul; Werner
CTY  Dossenheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Vettermann; Martina
CTY  Mauer
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG
CTY  Heidelberg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950808
APN  195 29 119
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960716
APN  196 28 620
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTDE9601426
APD  19960729
CLAS
OCL  271204
XCL  271195
XCL  271205
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 2924
ICL  B65H 2904
FSC  271
FSS  195;204;205
FSC  406
FSS  86;88
FSC  414
FSS  676
UREF
PNO  3904255
ISD  19750900
NAM  Neumann et al.
OCL  406 88
UREF
PNO  4860687
ISD  19890800
NAM  Frijlink
OCL  406 88
UREF
PNO  5102118
ISD  19920400
NAM  Vits
OCL  271195
UREF
PNO  5108513
ISD  19920400
NAM  Muller et al.
OCL  406 88
UREF
PNO  5411251
ISD  19950500
NAM  Schmid et al.
OCL  271195
UREF
PNO  5497987
ISD  19960300
NAM  Henn et al.
OCL  271204
UREF
PNO  5687964
ISD  19971100
NAM  Stephan et al.
OCL  271195
FREF
PNO  0502417A1
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4014830A1
ISD  19910100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4113465A1
ISD  19921000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4308276A1
ISD  19940900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  29501537
ISD  19950400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4242730C2
ISD  19970100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2255079B
ISD  19921000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2276150B
ISD  19940900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2297542A
ISD  19960800
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Lerner; Herbert L.
FR2  Greenberg; Laurence A.
ABST
PAL  A guiding device for a freshly printed sheet has a sheet-guiding surface,
      which is located at a distance from an imaginary conveying surface. The
      sheet has a leading edge, which sweeps over the imaginary conveying
      surface along a sheet transport direction perpendicular to the leading
      edge of the sheet. The sheet-guiding surface is formed on a guide-plate
      arrangement and has blast-air openings. The sheet-guiding surface includes
      blast-air nozzles of a first nozzle configuration and of at least a second
      nozzle configuration. The blast-air nozzles of the first nozzle
      configuration produce air-jets that sweep over the sheets and are aligned
      with respect to the sheet transport direction. The blast-air nozzles of
      the second nozzle configuration produce rotational flows sweeping over the
      sheets.
PATN
WKU  059886340
SRC  8
APN  8923213
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970714
TTL  Apparatus for detecting the passage of multiple superposed sheets along
      a feed path
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Crawford; Gene O.
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Elrick; Alexander D.
CTY  Dundee
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Greig; Alan R.
CTY  Perthshire
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Logie; Alexander W.
CTY  West Lothian
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  NCR Corporation
CTY  Dayton
STA  OH
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19961224
APN  9626835
CLAS
OCL  27126504
XCL  271263
XCL  364563
EDF  6
ICL  B65H  712
FSC  271
FSS  263
FSC  364
FSS  563;479
UREF
PNO  4491929
ISD  19850100
NAM  Ikoma et al.
XCL  271263
UREF
PNO  4815015
ISD  19890300
NAM  Milne
XCL  271263
UREF
PNO  4894783
ISD  19900100
NAM  Milne
XCL  271263
FREF
PNO  0344938
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for detecting the passage of superposed sheets, e.g. currency
      notes, along a feed path (76) includes a mechanism which has a pair of
      cooperating rollers (12, 14) and which is arranged to generate an output
      voltage whose magnitude varies in response to the passage of an item
      (single or multiple sheet) between the rollers (12, 14). This output
      voltage is applied to an A/D converter whose outputs are sampled at
      regular intervals while an item is passing between the rollers (12, 14). A
      data processing means generates a first digital value representative of
      the sum of these outputs. From this digital value is subtracted a value
      representative of the sum of the outputs of the A/D converter over the
      corresponding part of the cycle of the rollers while no sheet is passing
      between them. A determination is thereby made as to whether or not said
      item comprises a single sheet.
PATN
WKU  059886358
SRC  8
APN  9558241
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971022
TTL  Sheet transporting device
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Skaggs; H. Grant
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Ohshima; Keiichi
CTY  Nagano
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Seiko Epson Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961022
APN  8-298042
CLAS
OCL  271274
XCL  271109
EDF  6
ICL  B65H  506
FSC  271
FSS  109;272-274
FSC  492
FSS  49;53
UREF
PNO  4780746
ISD  19881000
NAM  Naramore et al.
OCL  271274
UREF
PNO  5246224
ISD  19930900
NAM  Matsuno et al.
OCL  271242
UREF
PNO  5320042
ISD  19940600
NAM  Schwopfinger
OCL  492 53
UREF
PNO  5540427
ISD  19960700
NAM  Nitta et al.
OCL  271274
UREF
PNO  5553845
ISD  19960900
NAM  Sawa et al.
OCL  271272
FREF
PNO  2027092
ISD  19700900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  60-258050
ISD  19851200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-140247
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-175703
ISD  19970700
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Edwards et al, Variable Force for Thrust and Idler Rollers, IBM Technical
      Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 23, No. 6 pp. 2228-2229 Nov. 1980.
LREP
FRM  Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP
ABST
PAL  A sheet transporting device includes a drive roller including a high
      rigidity roller having a surface coated with ceramic particles and a
      follower roller including an elastic roller having a surface coated with a
      low friction material. A sheet of printing medium is nipped and fed by the
      drive roller and the transporting roller.
PATN
WKU  059886366
SRC  9
APN  0191094
APT  1
ART  334
APD  19980205
TTL  Multi-game table top system
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Chiu; Raleigh W.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kilmer; James A
STR  1132 Banes Rd.
CTY  Southampton
STA  PA
ZIP  18966
RLAP
COD  71
APN  689597
APD  19960812
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  2731081
XCL  273108
XCL  2731082
XCL  273118R
XCL  273119R
XCL  273123R
XCL  273284
EDF  6
ICL  A63F  706
FSC  273
FSS  108;108.1;108.2;118 R;119 R;123 R;126 R;236;287;284;277
UREF
PNO  1875198
ISD  19320800
NAM  Nagai
XCL  273108.2
UREF
PNO  1899546
ISD  19330200
NAM  Wilson
XCL  273108.2
UREF
PNO  3224777
ISD  19651200
NAM  Cirasunda
OCL  273DIG.26
UREF
PNO  3871650
ISD  19750300
NAM  Casey
OCL  273108.21
UREF
PNO  4095793
ISD  19780600
NAM  Ray
OCL  273108.21
UREF
PNO  4123058
ISD  19781000
NAM  Furyk et al.
OCL  273108.21
UREF
PNO  4241924
ISD  19801200
NAM  Arcara
OCL  273277
UREF
PNO  4696476
ISD  19870900
NAM  Eplett
OCL  273241
UREF
PNO  5074556
ISD  19911200
NAM  Loeppky et al.
OCL  273108.5
UREF
PNO  5110127
ISD  19920500
NAM  Potter
XCL  273108.5
UREF
PNO  5221084
ISD  19930600
NAM  Stelmach
XCL  273277
UREF
PNO  5405141
ISD  19950400
NAM  Wilkes
OCL  273247
UREF
PNO  5423537
ISD  19950600
NAM  Santana
OCL  273108.5
UREF
PNO  5431397
ISD  19950700
NAM  Eckel et al.
XCL  273284
ABST
PAL  A new multi-game table top system for providing a table top which converts
      into a multi-game recreational area allowing multiple people to utilize
      said table top for recreational purposes such as golf, soccer, or hockey,
      and thereafter reverting to the table top's original purpose. The
      inventive device includes a reticulated table top, a golf transparent
      board, a soccer transparent board, and a hockey transparent board where
      said boards are removably securable to the upper surface of the
      reticulated table top by a plurality of securing magnets around the edges.
      The reticulated table top is constructed from steel coated with a
      permanently bonded plastisol coating approximately one-quarter of an inch.
PATN
WKU  059886374
SRC  8
APN  9622926
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971031
TTL  Ball release apparatus for balls which are rolling play objects and
      dispensed as prizes
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Chiu; Raleigh W.
NDR  8
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Dickerson; Lyle G.
STR  345 W. 17th St.
CTY  Idaho Falls
STA  ID
ZIP  83402
RLAP
COD  72
APN  742656
APD  19961104
PSC  01
PNO  5722656
CLAS
OCL  273118R
XCL  273119R
XCL  273121R
EDF  6
ICL  A63F  702
FSC  273
FSS  108;118 R;118 A;119 R;119 A;121 R;121 A;122 R;122 A;123 R;123 A;124 R;124 A
     ;125 R;125 A
FSC  221
FSS  277
UREF
PNO  2003349
ISD  19350600
NAM  Dumble
UREF
PNO  2103744
ISD  19371200
NAM  Dumble
UREF
PNO  3814429
ISD  19740600
NAM  Lienhard
UREF
PNO  3899170
ISD  19750800
NAM  Parks et al.
UREF
PNO  4235438
ISD  19801100
NAM  Hally
UREF
PNO  4322082
ISD  19820300
NAM  Peters
UREF
PNO  5722656
ISD  19980300
NAM  Dickerson
OCL  273118R
ABST
PAL  In a machine to dispense balls (spherical or near-spherical objects such as
      gumballs) wherein means is provided to play a game with one of the balls
      before it is dispensed, a temporary holding chamber is provided for a ball
      by two blades of a paddle-wheel-like wheel which coact with stationary
      surrounding side members. A latch engages a wheel portion to prevent the
      wheel's rotation except in response to the actuation of a target by a
      rolling ball in play on a playfield. By providing such a chamber in this
      manner, unwanted release of a ball in response to even extreme tilting or
      shaking of the machine is prevented because the apparatus can easily be
      made so that no amount of shaking or tilting will change the
      characteristics of the chamber to make it possible for a ball to exit the
      chamber except in response to actuation of the latch.
PATN
WKU  059886382
SRC  8
APN  9550526
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19971021
TTL  Reel type slot machine utilizing random number generator for selecting
      game result
ISD  19991123
NCL  50
ECL  1
EXA  Sager; Mark A.
EXP  Martin-Wallace; Valencia
NDR  25
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Rodesch; Dale F.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Rodesch; Gregory L.
CTY  Oceanside
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Unislot, Inc.
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  876046
APD  19970613
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  273143R
XCL  463 20
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 7106
ICL  A63F  504
ICL  G07F 1734
FSC  463
FSS  1;16;20;25;29-31;36;40-42
FSC  273
FSS  143 R;138.1;138.2;139
FSC  364
FSS  410.1;412.1
UREF
PNO  3439281
ISD  19690400
NAM  McGuire et al.
UREF
PNO  3580581
ISD  19710500
NAM  Raven
OCL  273138A
UREF
PNO  3586953
ISD  19710600
NAM  Markkanen
OCL  318635
UREF
PNO  3606337
ISD  19710900
NAM  Larsen et al.
UREF
PNO  3684290
ISD  19720800
NAM  Wayne
OCL  273143C
UREF
PNO  3770269
ISD  19731100
NAM  Elder
OCL  271  1E
UREF
PNO  3834712
ISD  19740900
NAM  Cox
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  3838258
ISD  19740900
NAM  Logan
OCL  235151.11
UREF
PNO  3838259
ISD  19740900
NAM  Kortenhaus
OCL  235152
UREF
PNO  3913922
ISD  19751000
NAM  Richards et al.
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  3918716
ISD  19751100
NAM  Nonaka et al.
UREF
PNO  4095795
ISD  19780600
NAM  Saxton et al.
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4099722
ISD  19780700
NAM  Rodesch et al.
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4138114
ISD  19790200
NAM  Anderson
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4238127
ISD  19801200
NAM  Lucero et al.
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4299388
ISD  19811100
NAM  Resch et al.
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4421310
ISD  19831200
NAM  Williams
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4448419
ISD  19840500
NAM  Telnaes
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4573681
ISD  19860300
NAM  Okada
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4618150
ISD  19861000
NAM  Kimura
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4637611
ISD  19870100
NAM  Hamada
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4660833
ISD  19870400
NAM  Dickinson et al.
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4687981
ISD  19870800
NAM  Okada
OCL  318696
UREF
PNO  4693477
ISD  19870900
NAM  Dickinson et al.
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4711451
ISD  19871200
NAM  Pajak et al.
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4772023
ISD  19880900
NAM  Okada
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4858932
ISD  19890800
NAM  Keane
OCL  173143R
UREF
PNO  4911449
ISD  19900300
NAM  Dickinson et al.
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  4912389
ISD  19900300
NAM  Eguchi
OCL  218694
UREF
PNO  5050881
ISD  19910900
NAM  Nagao
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  5058893
ISD  19911000
NAM  Dickinson et al.
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  5074559
ISD  19911200
NAM  Okada
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  5083785
ISD  19920100
NAM  Okada
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  5085436
ISD  19920200
NAM  Bennett
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  5102134
ISD  19920400
NAM  Smyth
OCL  173138A
UREF
PNO  5102137
ISD  19920400
NAM  Ekiert
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  5108099
ISD  19920400
NAM  Smyth
OCL  273138A
UREF
PNO  5154421
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hamano
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  5169147
ISD  19921200
NAM  Hamano
OCL  273138A
UREF
PNO  5205555
ISD  19930400
NAM  Hamano
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  5209479
ISD  19930500
NAM  Nagao et al.
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  5263716
ISD  19931100
NAM  Smyth
OCL  273138A
UREF
PNO  5380008
ISD  19950100
NAM  Mathis et al.
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  5423541
ISD  19950600
NAM  Nicastro et al.
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  5456465
ISD  19951000
NAM  Durham
OCL  273138A
UREF
PNO  5456466
ISD  19951000
NAM  Miles
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  5511784
ISD  19960400
NAM  Furry et al.
OCL  372143R
UREF
PNO  5524888
ISD  19960600
NAM  Heidel
OCL  463 22
UREF
PNO  5564701
ISD  19961000
NAM  Dettor
OCL  463 16
UREF
PNO  5569084
ISD  19961000
NAM  Nicastro et al.
OCL  463 20
FREF
PNO  268377
ISD  19660600
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  962770
ISD  19750200
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2 054 289
ISD  19710600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 209 165
ISD  19730800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 232 107
ISD  19731100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 337 548
ISD  19740200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1072381
ISD  19670600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1107552
ISD  19680300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1178302
ISD  19700100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1252259
ISD  19710300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1348309
ISD  19740300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1368622
ISD  19741000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1424713
ISD  19760200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1430007
ISD  19760300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1471866
ISD  19770400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1545301
ISD  19790500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1579731
ISD  19801100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2065352
ISD  19810600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1596363
ISD  19810800
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  L.C. Meyer et al., "Random Generator Study", Jan. 1, 1974 pp. 3-1 through
      3-3.
PAL  Waller M. Scott, "Electronic Casino", Mar. 1974 pp. 51-58.
LREP
FRM  Lockwood, Alex, FitzGibbon & Cummings
ABST
PAL  A reel-type slot machine includes a microprocessor driven game control
      circuit for randomly selecting a game result. Three reel assemblies each
      include a symbol-bearing display reel driven by a stepper motor for
      displaying game symbols corresponding to the game result. A random number
      generator within the game control circuit generates a random number within
      a predetermined range of random numbers for application to a look-up table
      wherein a game result consisting of three game symbols is identified. Each
      potential game result is associated with a subset of random numbers within
      the total range of random numbers. The size of the subset determines the
      probability of the game result occurring. An undesired game result may be
      avoided by providing no corresponding subset. After the game result
      symbols have been identified, the display reels are driven by the stepper
      motors to display the game symbols. Optional ramp-up and ramp-down
      circuits provide improved stepping accuracy.
PATN
WKU  059886390
SRC  9
APN  0238201
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980213
TTL  Puzzle device
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Wong; Steven
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Seldin; Edward B.
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Kinderworks Corporation
CTY  Somersworth
STA  NH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  273156
XCL  273160
EDF  6
ICL  A63F  912
FSC  273
FSS  153 R;153 S;155;156;157 R;159;160;158
FSC  D21
FSS  479;482
UREF
PNO  D172310
ISD  19540500
NAM  Riddle
OCL  D34 15
UREF
PNO  964688
ISD  19100700
NAM  Parker
UREF
PNO  977265
ISD  19101100
NAM  Von Brethorst
UREF
PNO  1050141
ISD  19130100
NAM  Joy
OCL  273156
UREF
PNO  1095908
ISD  19140500
NAM  Messenger
UREF
PNO  1099159
ISD  19140600
NAM  Banic
OCL  273160
UREF
PNO  1270181
ISD  19180600
NAM  McElveen
OCL  273160
UREF
PNO  1338973
ISD  19200500
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  1542148
ISD  19250600
NAM  Kramariuk
OCL  273160
UREF
PNO  2859971
ISD  19581100
NAM  Grant et al.
OCL  273158
UREF
PNO  3758114
ISD  19730900
NAM  Ludwig
OCL  273159
UREF
PNO  3813841
ISD  19740600
NAM  Tsurumi
OCL  273160
UREF
PNO  3885793
ISD  19750500
NAM  Vaughn
OCL  273158
UREF
PNO  4198053
ISD  19800400
NAM  Rao
OCL  273160
UREF
PNO  5114377
ISD  19920500
NAM  Mercuri et al.
OCL  446487
UREF
PNO  5405135
ISD  19950400
NAM  Embo
OCL  273157R
UREF
PNO  5413519
ISD  19950500
NAM  Simon
OCL  446487
UREF
PNO  5511391
ISD  19960400
NAM  Verstraeten
FREF
PNO  0090254
ISD  19880300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  13328
ISD  18910600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Hayes Soloway Hennessey Grossman & Hage PC
ABST
PAL  A puzzle toy device having a plurality of "C"-shaped elements assembled
      together orthogonally, in three equal groups, to form a cubic structure.
      Each of the elements is provided with an opening therein to permit another
      element to pass therethrough. One of the groups of elements are formed
      together with their respective openings in alignment, while the other two
      groups of elements are assembled together with their openings alternating
      with respect to one another. A central link, in the group normal to the
      aligned openings is provided as a keyway which permits that element, and
      then subsequent elements to be backed off, thus providing a solution to
      the puzzle.
PATN
WKU  059886404
SRC  9
APN  0562467
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980407
TTL  Multi-dimensional stacking game
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Layno; Benjamin H.
NDR  21
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Wheeler; Dewey Edwin
STR  10102 S. Redwood Rd.
CTY  South Jordan
STA  UT
ZIP  84095
CLAS
OCL  273241
XCL  273290
XCL  2732821
XCL  273153P
EDF  6
ICL  A63F  300
FSC  273
FSS  290;241;282.1;153 P
FSC  434
FSS  236
UREF
PNO  D328475
ISD  19920800
NAM  Gould et al.
UREF
PNO  3784205
ISD  19740100
NAM  Cross, Jr.
OCL  273241
UREF
PNO  3891217
ISD  19750600
NAM  Geary et al.
OCL  273290
UREF
PNO  4133538
ISD  19790100
NAM  Ambrose
UREF
PNO  4173833
ISD  19791100
NAM  Rosenblatt
OCL  434236
UREF
PNO  4184685
ISD  19800100
NAM  Wilson
UREF
PNO  4955615
ISD  19900900
NAM  Eck
UREF
PNO  5560611
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kim
OCL  273272
FREF
PNO  3127075
ISD  19830100
CNT  DEX
OCL  273282.1
FREF
PNO  2227422
ISD  19900800
CNT  GBX
OCL  273241
OREF
PAL  (ISBN-0534142869) Gustafson and Frisk, Functions and Graphs, Second
      Edition, Brooks/Cole Publishing Company, CA, 1987, pp. 64-65.
ABST
PAL  A game for two to eight players comprising a game base upon which at least
      thirty game pieces, with different distinguishing features and values, are
      placed, and a method for playing the same. The game pieces are stacked
      upon one another, from the game base, forming planar levels of a
      three-dimensional structure. The game's concession for a myriad of game
      base types enable the construction of many diverse structures. The game
      pieces are identical in size and, preferably, a spherical shape. The game
      pieces are partitioned, according to their distinguishing features, into a
      plurality of sets. The method for playing the game comprises: setting up,
      comprising; separating the game pieces into the sets, distributing the
      sets to the players, and randomly selecting a player to begin play,
      playing, comprising; placing the game pieces on the planar levels, placing
      game pieces on the visible, outer, surface positions of the
      three-dimensional structure to obtain points, and using optional processes
      for playing, comprising; a free placement step, an adjacency step, and
      removal and replacement step, and finally, determining a winner,
      comprising; tallying the values of the game pieces which are on the
      visible, outer, surface positions of the three-dimensional structure, and
      using optional processes for determining a winner, comprising; a
      multiplication by side step, and a multiplication by planar level step.
      The player with the greatest quantity of points at the end of the game
      wins.
PATN
WKU  059886412
SRC  9
APN  0932884
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980608
TTL  Bible game
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Layno; Benjamin H.
NDR  54
NFG  57
INVT
NAM  Lawrence; Fremont
STR  c/o S.L.B.G. #7, Manoel St. Box 197
CTY  Castries, St. Lucia
CNT  AGX
CLAS
OCL  273249
XCL  273430
EDF  6
ICL  A63F  300
ICL  A63F  918
FSC  273
FSS  249;243;250;251;252;254;242;429-432
UREF
PNO  4121823
ISD  19781000
NAM  McBride
OCL  273249
UREF
PNO  4201388
ISD  19800500
NAM  Cantelon
OCL  273251
UREF
PNO  5071133
ISD  19911200
NAM  Smith
OCL  273248
UREF
PNO  5295834
ISD  19940300
NAM  Saunders
OCL  434245
FREF
PNO  2274597
ISD  19940800
CNT  GBX
OCL  273242
LREP
FR2  Kroll; Michael I.
ABST
PAL  A bible game (10) comprising an old testament game board (12), a new
      testament game board (22), a plurality of player pieces (32) and a chance
      determining means (34). A plurality of angel cards (36), a plurality of
      archangel cards (38), a plurality of blessing cards (40), a plurality of
      penalty cards (42) and a plurality of vision cards (44) are used in the
      play of the game.
PATN
WKU  059886420
SRC  9
APN  0350826
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980305
TTL  Safety board game
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Passaniti; Sebastiano
NDR  8
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Ziemba; Michael
STR  3732 East Ave.
CTY  Berwyn
STA  IL
ZIP  60404
INVT
NAM  Ziemba; Barbara M.
STR  3732 East Ave.
CTY  Berwyn
STA  IL
ZIP  60404
CLAS
OCL  273251
XCL  273254
EDF  6
ICL  A63F  300
FSC  273
FSS  251;252;254;248;249;243;242
UREF
PNO  1085371
ISD  19140100
NAM  Watterson
OCL  273251
UREF
PNO  1524740
ISD  19250200
NAM  Lorenz
OCL  273251
UREF
PNO  1534591
ISD  19250400
NAM  Hodges
OCL  273251
UREF
PNO  1544254
ISD  19250600
NAM  May et al.
OCL  273251
UREF
PNO  1550190
ISD  19250800
NAM  Warner
OCL  273251
UREF
PNO  1551951
ISD  19250900
NAM  Haibloom et al.
OCL  273251
UREF
PNO  1562778
ISD  19251100
NAM  McGowan
OCL  273251
UREF
PNO  4094510
ISD  19780600
NAM  Drohomirecky
OCL  273251
UREF
PNO  5139266
ISD  19920800
NAM  Mullins et al.
XCL  273251
UREF
PNO  5314188
ISD  19940500
NAM  Mason et al.
OCL  273251
UREF
PNO  5810358
ISD  19980900
NAM  Manson
OCL  273251
UREF
PNO  5813671
ISD  19980900
NAM  Barratt
OCL  273251
UREF
PNO  5826877
ISD  19981000
NAM  Glassman
XCL  273251
OREF
PAL  Pp. 187-188, Official Gazette (patents) of Nov. 4, 1997.
LREP
FR2  Norek; Joan I.
     The Law Office of Joan I. Norek
ABST
PAL  A board game apparatus is provided for instructing game participants on
      safety rules and regulations comprising a game board, at least one game
      marker, at least one marker-movement chance device and at least one
      stop-or-go chance device. The game board has a playing surface, which can
      be its upper surface, that has a plurality of domains delineated at least
      by outline demarcations. The domains include at least one hazard domain
      and at least one journey domain. The journey domain is comprised of a
      succession of spaces having a beginning and an end. The hazard domain
      comprises a hedged-hazard region that includes at least one hazard space
      immediately preceded by a stop-or-go security space that contains a
      representation of a stop-or-go safety regulation.
PATN
WKU  059886439
SRC  9
APN  0190365
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980205
TTL  Multi-action card game for a casino
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Layno; Benjamin H.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Awada; Yehia
STR  3982 Roundwood St.
CTY  Las Vegas
STA  NV
ZIP  89117
CLAS
OCL  273292
EDF  6
ICL  A63F  100
FSC  273
FSS  292;274
FSC  463
FSS  12;13
UREF
PNO  5265882
ISD  19931100
NAM  Malek
OCL  273292
UREF
PNO  5377993
ISD  19950100
NAM  Josephs
OCL  273292
UREF
PNO  5639092
ISD  19970600
NAM  Macaisa
OCL  273292
LREP
FR2  Weiss; Leonard
ABST
PAL  A game is played on a generally semicircular top surface of a table that
      carries markings that define five wagering areas bounded by the markings
      and an arcuate edge of the surface. Each of the wagering areas carries
      three circular indicia therein. The game is started by a player placing
      checks representative of a High Card wager, a Black Jack wager and a Poker
      wager, respectively, upon the three indicia of a wagering area. The player
      and the dealer are each dealt a first card face up. The player wins the
      high card wager when the rank of the player's first card is higher than
      the rank of the dealer's first card. A second card is dealt face up to the
      player and face down to the dealer, whereby the dealer and the player each
      have two cards of a Modified Black Jack holding. The Black Jack wager is
      resolved in a manner similar to the way a Black Jack wager is resolved in
      the prior art with the exceptions that neither the dealer nor the player
      may receive more than five additional cards and the player may not go down
      for double. After the Black Jack wager is resolved, the player and the
      dealer receive additional cards until each holds seven cards. The player
      wins the poker wager when the player's holding includes a five card poker
      hand that is higher than any five card poker hand included in the dealer's
      holding.
PATN
WKU  059886447
SRC  9
APN  2616998
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19990303
TTL  Method of playing a card game
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Layno; Benjamin H.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Cyrkiel; Michael
STR  8033 Beech Ave.
CTY  Munster
STA  IN
ZIP  46321
RLAP
COD  72
APN  080977
APD  19980519
CLAS
OCL  273292
EDF  6
ICL  A63F  100
FSC  273
FSS  292;274;309
FSC  463
FSS  12
UREF
PNO  5454570
ISD  19951000
NAM  Karal
OCL  273292
UREF
PNO  5549300
ISD  19960800
NAM  Sardarian
OCL  273292
UREF
PNO  5743532
ISD  19980400
NAM  Lafferty
OCL  273292
LREP
FR2  Weiss; Leonard
ABST
PAL  After a player makes a wager, a dealer deals a hand comprised of two cards
      face up to the player and a hand comprised of two cards face down to
      himself. When the player's hand has a point value of 20, the player has an
      option of accepting a guarantee of a payout. When the option is accepted
      and the dealer's hand is not a natural, a payout that is preferably equal
      to one half of the wager is given to the player. When the option is
      accepted and the dealer's hand is a natural, a guarantee payout that is
      preferably equal to either one to one or a three to two on the wager is
      given to the player.
PATN
WKU  059886455
SRC  8
APN  7546823
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19961121
TTL  Moving object monitoring system
ISD  19991123
NCL  38
ECL  1
EXP  Harrison; Jessica J.
NDR  30
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Downing; Dennis L.
STR  403 David
CTY  Friendswood
STA  TX
ZIP  77546
RLAP
COD  74
APN  319279
APD  19941006
PSC  01
PNO  5577733
ISD  19961126
RLAP
COD  84
APN  225257
APD  19940408
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  273348
XCL  273317
XCL  273371
XCL  273382
XCL  434 16
XCL  2502222
EDF  6
ICL  F41J  502
FSC  273
FSS  382;371;317;348;358;366;381;404
UREF
PNO  3047723
ISD  19620700
NAM  Knapp
OCL  273371
UREF
PNO  3401937
ISD  19680900
NAM  Rockwood et al.
OCL  250222.2
UREF
PNO  3475029
ISD  19691000
NAM  Hyman
XCL  250222
UREF
PNO  3487226
ISD  19691200
NAM  Yetter et al.
OCL  250222
UREF
PNO  3624401
ISD  19711100
NAM  Stoller
OCL  273102.2B
UREF
PNO  3727069
ISD  19730400
NAM  Crittenden, Jr.
OCL  273371
UREF
PNO  3802098
ISD  19740400
NAM  Sampson et al.
OCL  273102.2
UREF
PNO  3807858
ISD  19740400
NAM  Finch
OCL  356  1
UREF
PNO  3824463
ISD  19740700
NAM  Oehler
OCL  324179
UREF
PNO  3849910
ISD  19741100
NAM  Greenly
OCL  273358
UREF
PNO  3874670
ISD  19750400
NAM  Weihl
OCL  273105.6
UREF
PNO  4128761
ISD  19781200
NAM  Oehler
OCL  250222R
UREF
PNO  4142723
ISD  19790300
NAM  Rief
OCL  273102.2
UREF
PNO  4150825
ISD  19790400
NAM  Wilson
OCL  273181H
UREF
PNO  4155096
ISD  19790500
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL  358125
UREF
PNO  4204683
ISD  19800500
NAM  Fillippini et al.
OCL  273371
UREF
PNO  4239962
ISD  19801200
NAM  Oehler
OCL  250222R
UREF
PNO  4243879
ISD  19810100
NAM  Carroll et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  4267443
ISD  19810500
NAM  Carroll et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  4384201
ISD  19830500
NAM  Carroll et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  4437672
ISD  19840300
NAM  Armantrout
OCL  273181H
UREF
PNO  4467193
ISD  19840800
NAM  Carroll
OCL  250216
UREF
PNO  4497576
ISD  19850200
NAM  Caussigne et al.
OCL  250222.2
UREF
PNO  4531052
ISD  19850700
NAM  Moore
OCL  235404
UREF
PNO  4563005
ISD  19860100
NAM  Hand et al.
OCL  273371
UREF
PNO  4645920
ISD  19870200
NAM  Carroll et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  4672364
ISD  19870600
NAM  Lucas
OCL  340712
UREF
PNO  4684801
ISD  19870800
NAM  Carroll et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  4698489
ISD  19871000
NAM  Hickin et al.
OCL  235407
UREF
PNO  4713534
ISD  19871200
NAM  Masters et al.
OCL  250214B
UREF
PNO  4761637
ISD  19880800
NAM  Lucas et al.
OCL  340365
UREF
PNO  4763903
ISD  19880800
NAM  Goodwin et al.
OCL  273371
UREF
PNO  4789932
ISD  19881200
NAM  Cutler
OCL  273348
UREF
PNO  4799044
ISD  19890100
NAM  Masters et al.
OCL  341  5
UREF
PNO  4818859
ISD  19890400
NAM  Hough
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  4845690
ISD  19890700
NAM  Oehler
OCL  368113
UREF
PNO  4890500
ISD  19900100
NAM  Giles
OCL  250222.2
UREF
PNO  4919528
ISD  19900400
NAM  Pitalo et al.
OCL  350620
UREF
PNO  4943806
ISD  19900700
NAM  Masters et al.
OCL  341 31
UREF
PNO  4949972
ISD  19900800
NAM  Goodwin et al.
OCL  273371
UREF
PNO  4965439
ISD  19901000
NAM  Moore
OCL  235404
UREF
PNO  4970589
ISD  19901100
NAM  Hanson et al.
OCL  358108
UREF
PNO  4988983
ISD  19910100
NAM  Wehrer
OCL  340712
UREF
PNO  5015840
ISD  19910500
NAM  Blau
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5026158
ISD  19910600
NAM  Golubic
OCL  356252
UREF
PNO  5031349
ISD  19910700
NAM  Vogel
OCL   42103
UREF
PNO  5031920
ISD  19910700
NAM  Poirier
OCL  273371
UREF
PNO  5111476
ISD  19920500
NAM  Hollenbeck et al.
OCL  372107
UREF
PNO  5121188
ISD  19920600
NAM  Partridge et al.
OCL  357 74
UREF
PNO  5198661
ISD  19930300
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5230505
ISD  19930700
NAM  Paquet et al.
OCL  250206.2
UREF
PNO  5310192
ISD  19940500
NAM  Miyake
OCL  273310
UREF
PNO  5316479
ISD  19940500
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  434 11
UREF
PNO  5328190
ISD  19940700
NAM  Dart et al.
OCL  273371
UREF
PNO  5375072
ISD  19941200
NAM  Cohen
OCL  364561
UREF
PNO  5382026
ISD  19950100
NAM  Harvard et al.
OCL  273310
UREF
PNO  5416581
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kanngiesser
OCL  356343
UREF
PNO  5437463
ISD  19950800
NAM  Fromm
OCL  3434 20
UREF
PNO  5566951
ISD  19961000
NAM  Dart et al.
OCL  273358
UREF
PNO  5586663
ISD  19961200
NAM  Graudejus et al.
OCL  209582
UREF
PNO  5649706
ISD  19970700
NAM  Treat, Jr. et al.
OCL  273371
UREF
PNO  5727789
ISD  19980300
NAM  Butts
OCL  273371
UREF
PNO  5775699
ISD  19980700
NAM  Orito et al.
OCL  273371
UREF
PNO  5871215
ISD  19990200
NAM  Butts
OCL  273371
FREF
PNO  0182397
ISD  19851000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2914329
ISD  19791100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4005940
ISD  19910800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  41 14544 A1
ISD  19910800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  25697
ISD  19900100
CNT  JPX
OCL  434 20
FREF
PNO  25696
ISD  19900100
CNT  JPX
OCL  434 20
FREF
PNO  44198
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
OCL  273371
FREF
PNO  2175222
ISD  19850200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  PCT/US93/07227
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Nonte, "Firearms Encyclopedia," pp. 7-9, 16-17, 20, 21, 116, 117, 138, 139,
      164, 163, 230, 231, 246, 247, 270, 271; 1977.
PAL  Fadala, "The Rifleman's Bible," pp. 44-55, 68-73; 1987.
PAL  O'Conner, "Complete Book of Rifles & Shotguns," pp. 242-267; 1976.
PAL  Hornaday, "hornaday Handbook of Cartridge Reloading," pp. 2-9, 132-133,
      386, 387, 468-471; 1992.
PAL  Speer, "Reloading Manual Number 11," pp. 80-91, 466-471, 482-487, 492-509,
      542-547, 608-621; 1987.
PAL  Laurin Publishing Co., "The Photonics Design & Applications Handbook," Book
      3, pp. H-176, H-177; 1994.
PAL  Technohunt, "The Interactive Archery Video System For The Future,"; 1993.
PAL  Dart Target Systems, "We Mean Businessm,"; 1993.
PAL  Synder, "Cylindrical Micro-optics," SPIE Proceedings; 1992.
PAL  NSG America Inc, "SELFOC Product Guide," 1993.
PAL  Welch Allyn, "Miniature Reflectors," 1993.
PAL  Power Technology Incorporated, "Laser Diode OEM Systems," 1993.
PAL  In Focus Systems, Inc., "Great Ideas Brought To Light," 1994.
PAL  PACT, "Professional Chronograph," 1993.
PAL  American Rifleman, "Rollabull Target Machine," pp. 55-56; 1992.
PAL  Dingle, "Federal Firearms Training Sets The Standard," pp. 10-13, Guns &
      Weapons, 1994.
PAL  Aagaard," PACT: The Answer Machines," pp. 38, 39, 83, 85, American Rifleman
      1993.
PAL  Petty, "What's The Timer," pp. 36-37, 76, American Rifleman 1993.
PAL  Poly Optical Products, Inc., "Light Source Technical Data Poly Optical
      Products," 1992.
PAL  "Sunx Sensors," 1993.
PAL  Banner Eng. Corp., "Handbook of Photoelectric Sensing," 1993.
PAL  Motorola,"Optoelectronics Device Data," 1993.
PAL  Safford, et al, "Fiberoptics And Laser Handbook 2nd Edition," 1988.
PAL  "Ballistic Explorer The Friendly Ballistics Program," Jan. 1993.
PAL  Davis, "Oehler's Model 35 P Chronograph," 1994.
PAL  Oehler Research, "Oehler Ballistic Chronographs," 1994.
PAL  Schuh, "Interactive Video For Hunters," Sports Afield, May 1994.
PAL  Speith, "Shooting Range Equipment," 6 pages prior to 1993.
PAL  Office Action mailed Sep. 14, 1995 in U.S. 08/225,257--parent of this case.
PAL  "BARCODATA 5100 LC and 8100 LC," Barco, Inc.
PAL  "AMPRO Large Screen Projectors," AmPro Corporation.
PAL  "Packaging by passive cooling reduces manufacturing costs of laser diode
      arrays," Laser Focus World, 1994.
PAL  "... So Get Mobilized," Texas Microsystems, Inc., 1994.
PAL  "Jane's Military Training And Simulation Systems", 7th ed., 1994-95.
PAL  "Laser Diode OEM Systems and Components," Power Technology Incorporated,
      Feb. 1993.
PAL  "General Catalog KA-SW-07 Sensors," Keyence Co.
PAL  "General Catalog KA-ME-04 Measuring Instruments," Keyence Co.
PAL  "Optoelectronics Infrared Products," Honeywell Catalog E26, 1993.
PAL  "Optoelectronics Components Catalog," UDT Sensors, Inc.
PAL  "Going For The Glow," National Geographic World, Jun. 1994, pp. 3-6.
PAL  "Applied Laser Systems," Applied Laser Systems.
PAL  "Welcome To The World Of Lasiris," Lasiris, Inc.
PAL  "Diode Laser Instruments," Micro Laser Systems.
PAL  "Laser Diode Collimating And Objective Lenses," Optima Precision, Inc.
PAL  "Positioning Controls & Motor Drives," Design Components, Inc.
PAL  "Optoelectronics Data Book 1993, 1994," Siemens, Inc.
PAL  "Barcographics 808," Barco, Inc.
PAL  "Data Projections 1994 Catalog," Data Projections, Inc.
PAL  "Optoelectronics Device Data DL 118/D REV 4," Motorola, Inc.
PAL  "Short Form Vol. 41, Total Solution For PC--Based Industrial and Lab
      Automation," American Advantech Corporation.
PAL  "Pen Ray Lamps," UVP, Inc.
PAL  "LIMO Lissotschenko Mikrooptik," LIMO Gmbtt.
PAL  "Electro-Optical Product Guide," Aerotech, Inc.
PAL  "STI Product Databook," Scientific Technologies Incorporated.
PAL  PCT/EP95/01270, Int'l Search Report and cited references; this is the PCT
      counterpart of the parent of this case.
LREP
FR2  McClung; Guy
ABST
PAL  A method has been invented for monitoring an object passing through a frame
      space of a light panel, the light panel having at least one light emitter
      on the first side, the at least one light emitter for continuously
      emitting a fan-shaped light beam, across the frame through which and
      beyond which an object may pass, and at least one light detector on the
      second side of the frame and associated electronic sensing apparatus
      connected to the at least one light detector for continuously detecting
      the fan-shaped light beam from the at least one light emitter, the method
      including detecting with the at least one light detector and associated
      electronic sensing apparatus interruption by an object of the fan-shaped
      light beam continuously emitted by the at least one light emitter; and
      generating with the electronic sensing apparatus a signal signalling the
      interruption of the fan-shaped beam by the object. A light panel system
      has been invented for monitoring and determining information concerning
      moving or stationary objects. In one aspect the light beam is modulated.
      In one aspect such a panel has on-board electronics for calculating:
      object (e.g., but not limited to, bullet) location, size, shape,
      orientation and/or velocity. Methods are described for using such systems
      and such light panels.
PATN
WKU  059886463
SRC  8
APN  767869&
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19961217
TTL  Impact sensor and target apparatus embodying the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Hotaling, II; John M
EXP  Harrison; Jessica J.
NDR  4
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Fair; Thomas C.
CTY  Guelph
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Fairshot, Inc.
CTY  Guelph
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19951221
APN  2165923
CLAS
OCL  273371
XCL  273374
XCL  310339
EDF  6
ICL  F41J  5052
ICL  F41J  5056
FSC  273
FSS  371;374;377;378;348;108.1;317.2;127 A;127 B;127 R
FSC  473
FSS  446;470;471;478;FOR 132
FSC  310
FSS  314;352;353;354;339;364
UREF
PNO  1716275
ISD  19290600
NAM  Junker
OCL  273377
UREF
PNO  3455553
ISD  19690700
NAM  Melvin
OCL  273348.2
UREF
PNO  4029315
ISD  19770600
NAM  Bon
OCL  473439
UREF
PNO  4078187
ISD  19780300
NAM  Kanisawa et al.
OCL  310339
UREF
PNO  4581506
ISD  19860400
NAM  Bai et al.
OCL  310339
UREF
PNO  4607842
ISD  19860800
NAM  Daoust
OCL  473446
UREF
PNO  4770527
ISD  19880900
NAM  Park
OCL  356 28
UREF
PNO  5029873
ISD  19910700
NAM  Davis
OCL  273376
UREF
PNO  5046729
ISD  19910900
NAM  Yancey
OCL  273 26A
UREF
PNO  5238243
ISD  19930800
NAM  Grispi
OCL  273389
UREF
PNO  5509650
ISD  19960400
NAM  MacDonald
OCL  273127A
FREF
PNO  1175458
ISD  19841000
CNT  CAX
OCL  473FOR132
FREF
PNO  1206496
ISD  19860600
CNT  CAX
OCL  473FOR132
FREF
PNO  961719
ISD  19820900
CNT  RUX
LREP
FRM  Jones, Tullar & CooperPC
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a sensor for detecting impacts from, for example, a
      hockey puck striking a target apparatus embodying the sensor. The sensor
      uses a thin brass disc to which is secured a piezoelectric ceramic disc.
      In one embodiment an insulating disc having an electrically conductive
      element passing therethrough is held against the ceramic disc. In another
      embodiment a plastic spring clip carries an electrically conductive
      element at one end in contact with the ceramic disc. A wire is soldered to
      the brass disc and another wire is soldered to the electrically conductive
      element. The sensor may be incorporated into a spring biased sensor
      assembly which is positioned adjacent a medium that is expected to receive
      impact blows. The sensor will detect such blows and provide, consistently,
      a signal to indicate reception of the blows. The sensor can withstand a
      vast multitude of impacts without failure as the wires are not physically
      loaded.
PATN
WKU  059886471
SRC  9
APN  0153982
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980129
TTL  Bullet trap
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Grieb; William H.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Porter; Jerome L.
CTY  Standish
STA  ME
INVT
NAM  Embrey; Charles
CTY  Russell
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Superior Tire and Rubber Corporation
CTY  Warren
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  273410
XCL   89 3602
EDF  6
ICL  F41D  112
FSC  273
FSS  410
FSC   89
FSS  36.02
UREF
PNO  1992001
ISD  19350200
NAM  Caswell
OCL  273410
UREF
PNO  3197207
ISD  19650700
NAM  Sanzare
OCL  273410
UREF
PNO  4458901
ISD  19840700
NAM  Wojcinski
OCL  273410
UREF
PNO  4470604
ISD  19840900
NAM  Hoffmann
XCL  273410
UREF
PNO  4819946
ISD  19890400
NAM  Kahler
XCL  273410
UREF
PNO  4856791
ISD  19890800
NAM  McQuade
OCL  273410
FREF
PNO  4022327
ISD  19920100
CNT  DEX
OCL  273410
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A projectile trap is provided having three groups of suspended polyurethane
      sheets. The polyurethane sheets are processed so as to have high cut and
      tear resistance properties and low rebound properties. The hardness of the
      polyurethane sheets increases from the first group of sheets at the front
      of the bullet trap, which are first contacted by a bullet, to the third
      group of polyurethane sheets at the rear of the bullet trap. The
      polyurethane sheets are suspended in the bullet trap by a keying
      arrangement which ensures that individual polyurethane sheets of a
      particular group may only be placed at specific locations in the bullet
      trap.
PATN
WKU  059886480
SRC  8
APN  8752265
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19971017
TTL  Sealing device and method for sealing concrete seams
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Binda; Greg
EXP  Browne; Lynne H.
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Schmid; Rene P.
CTY  Oberweingen
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Agrar Chemie AG
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950118
APN  195 01 384
CLAS
OCL  277316
XCL   52259
XCL   5239602
XCL  404 64
EDF  6
ICL  E04B  1682
FSC  277
FSS  312;316;642;641;637;628;906
FSC   52
FSS  396.02;251;259
FSC  156
FSS  305
FSC  404
FSS  56;64;65;73;74
UREF
PNO  Re29777
ISD  19780900
NAM  Crowley
XCL   52259
UREF
PNO  3440934
ISD  19690400
NAM  Dill
XCL  404 65
UREF
PNO  4740404
ISD  19880400
NAM  Otsugu et al.
XCL  404 64
UREF
PNO  5249401
ISD  19931000
NAM  Schmid
XCL   52396.02
UREF
PNO  5375386
ISD  19941200
NAM  Goad
XCL  404 69
FREF
PNO  3924497 A1
ISD  19910100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9202319 U
ISD  19920700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4217711
ISD  19931200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  600077
ISD  19771200
CNT  SEX
OREF
PAL  Greenstreak, Waterstops for Concrete Construction, Sweet's Engineering &
      Retrofit, vol. 1, McGraw Hill, New York, Section 03250/GRD, pp. 1-12, Mar.
      1994.
PAL  Sweet's Catalog File, vol. 2, McGraw Hill, New York, sections 3.6/Mur,
      3.6/GR, & 3.6/PRP, Jun. 1986.
PAL  "Abdichtung von Bauwerksfugen mit Fugenbandern" Dr.-Ing. Norbert Klawa,
      Bammental TIS Nov. 1984 pp. 662-672.
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce PLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/00050
PD1  19971017
PD2  19971017
PD3  19960108
PCP  WO96/22429
PCD  19960725
ABST
PAR  Sealing device for sealing a joint (2) formed between two sections (3, 4)
      to be concreted, whereby the sealing device is embedded in the sections
      (3, 4) so that it is positioned at a right angle to the abutting ends (5,
      6) of the joint (2) opposite the concreted sections (3, 4), whereby the
      sealing device is formed as a thin-walled, strip-shaped joint rail (1)
      made of rigid plastic and its dimensional shape and its wall thickness are
      so dimensioned that it is self-supporting.
PAL  The rigid plastic is preferably a thermoplastic plastic, in particular
      HDPE, which is dimensionally stable in a temperature range of -20.degree.
      C. to +80.degree. C.
PATN
WKU  059886498
SRC  8
APN  8480729
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19970501
TTL  Fractured seal ring
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Bochna; David E.
EXP  Browne; Lynne H.
NDR  2
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Van Ryper; Richard Gerard
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
INVT
NAM  Mott; James Ronald
CTY  Landenberg
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Raymond; Arnold Wayne
CTY  Newark
STA  DE
INVT
NAM  Stenta; Christopher Scott
CTY  North East
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  277435
XCL  277448
XCL  277498
XCL  277582
XCL  277944
EDF  6
ICL  F16J  914
ICL  F16J  928
FSC  277
FSS  496;498;448;435;582;944
UREF
PNO  1397334
ISD  19211100
NAM  Schmolinski
XCL  277496
UREF
PNO  2448147
ISD  19480800
NAM  Jacobsen
OCL   29148
UREF
PNO  2717023
ISD  19550900
NAM  Hetherington
XCL  277944
UREF
PNO  3420536
ISD  19690100
NAM  Grover
OCL  277165
UREF
PNO  3720418
ISD  19730300
NAM  Berg
OCL  277  9
UREF
PNO  4189161
ISD  19800200
NAM  Grimm
OCL  277496
UREF
PNO  5192085
ISD  19930300
NAM  McOnie
OCL  277 81S
UREF
PNO  5403020
ISD  19950400
NAM  McOnie
OCL  277 81S
UREF
PNO  5695197
ISD  19971200
NAM  Farley et al.
OCL  277  1
FREF
PNO  2393210
ISD  19781200
CNT  FRX
LREP
FR2  Belopolsky; Inna Y.
ABST
PAL  A seal ring for placement in the space between a radial groove of a
      cylindrical member and a housing forming a bore in which the cylindrical
      member is movably positioned, which is free of scoring and has a fracture
      line through its thickness to form opposing faces. The faces are rough and
      mesh together such that when the faces are forced into contact, the faces
      are then interlocked. Furthermore, the seal ring has true roundness to
      enable the seal ring to seal the space despite presence of the fracture
      line. The seal ring is made up of a rigid polymer such as a polyimide,
      polyamide, polyester, polyetheretherketone, polyamideimide,
      polyetherimide, polyphenylene sulfide, and polybenzimidazole. The seal
      ring of the present invention is capable of single ring sealing of the
      space between the bore and the radial groove. The present invention also
      provides a device for fracturing the seal ring.
PATN
WKU  059886501
SRC  8
APN  8980020
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19970725
TTL  Multi-layered cylinder head gasket with compensating intermediate plate
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Pickard; Alison K.
EXP  Mah; Chuck Y.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Plunkett; Thomas P.
CTY  Bolingbrook
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Dana Corporation
CTY  Toledo
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  277593
XCL  277595
EDF  6
ICL  F16J 1508
FSC  277
FSS  591;593;594;595;597;601
UREF
PNO  4196913
ISD  19800400
NAM  Oka
UREF
PNO  4796897
ISD  19890100
NAM  Inciong
UREF
PNO  4799695
ISD  19890100
NAM  Yoshino
UREF
PNO  4836562
ISD  19890600
NAM  Yoshino
OCL  277595
UREF
PNO  4995624
ISD  19910200
NAM  Udagawa et al.
OCL  277595
UREF
PNO  5110630
ISD  19920500
NAM  Abe et al.
UREF
PNO  5130203
ISD  19920700
NAM  Abe et al.
UREF
PNO  5169163
ISD  19921200
NAM  Udagawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5209504
ISD  19930500
NAM  Udagawa et al.
OCL  277595
UREF
PNO  5213345
ISD  19930500
NAM  Udagawa
OCL  277595
UREF
PNO  5215316
ISD  19930600
NAM  Udagawa
OCL  277595
UREF
PNO  5267740
ISD  19931200
NAM  Stritzke
UREF
PNO  5277434
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kestly et al.
UREF
PNO  5286039
ISD  19940200
NAM  Kawaguchi et al.
XCL  277595
UREF
PNO  5294135
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kubouchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5490681
ISD  19960200
NAM  Plunkett et al.
UREF
PNO  5522604
ISD  19960600
NAM  Weiss et al.
OCL  277594
UREF
PNO  5582415
ISD  19961200
NAM  Yoshida et al.
XCL  277595
UREF
PNO  5588657
ISD  19961200
NAM  Fujisawa et al.
XCL  277595
UREF
PNO  5628113
ISD  19970500
NAM  Tanaka et al.
XCL  277595
UREF
PNO  5700016
ISD  19971200
NAM  Miyaoh et al.
OCL  277591
FREF
PNO  0230804
ISD  19800600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  63-246571
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Rick Capretta and Hirotaka Ohigashi, Design Methodology for Automotive
      Multi-Layer Steel Steel Cylinder Head Gaskets, 1995, SAE Technical Paper
      Series 950322.
LREP
FRM  Rader, Fishman & Grauer PLLC
ABST
PAL  An inventive multi-layered cylinder head gasket includes a metallic base
      plate with an inner peripheral edge spaced radially outwardly from a
      cylinder bore opening and a metallic compensating plate thicker than the
      base plate. The base plate includes a stopper section comprising an
      integral flange folded about an inner peripheral edge of the compensating
      plate and terminating at a free edge adjacent the inner peripheral edge of
      the base plate.
PATN
WKU  059886510
SRC  8
APN  9361944
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19970923
TTL  Metal gasket with sealing bead and bead protecting portion
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Beres; John L.
EXP  Knight; Anthony
NDR  3
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Miyaoh; Yoshio
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ishikawa Gasket Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961007
APN  8-266210
CLAS
OCL  277593
XCL  277595
EDF  6
ICL  F16J 1508
FSC  277
FSS  593;594;595;608
UREF
PNO  3053544
ISD  19620900
NAM  Gorsica
OCL  277593
UREF
PNO  4721315
ISD  19880100
NAM  Veta
OCL  277593
UREF
PNO  5601292
ISD  19970200
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  277593
UREF
PNO  5842702
ISD  19981200
NAM  Vdagawa
OCL  277593
FREF
PNO  0 486 150
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 499 551
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 695 896
ISD  19960200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  63-214571
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-100859
ISD  19960400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 11, No. 111 (M-578), Apr. 8, 1987,
      JP61-255253 (Nippon Metal) Nov. 12, 1986.
LREP
FRM  Kanesaka & Takeuchi
ABST
PAL  A metal gasket of the invention is used for a cylinder head gasket or a
      pipe connecting gasket. The gasket is basically formed of a single metal
      plate having a base portion extending substantially throughout an entire
      area to be sealed, and includes a bead protecting portion extending
      outwardly from the front surface and a sealing bead adjacent to the bead
      protecting portion. The bead protecting portion and the sealing bead are
      formed in the metal plate. The bead protecting portion has no substantial
      compressibility, but the sealing bead has a compressibility. Thus, when
      the metal plate is compressed, the bead protecting portion provides a
      surface pressure without substantial resiliency, and the sealing bead
      provides a surface pressure with resiliency and is protected from being
      completely compressed by the bead protecting portion. The gasket can be
      made thin.
PATN
WKU  059886528
SRC  9
APN  050839&
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19980330
TTL  Fluid control assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Pickard; Alison K.
EXP  Mah; Chuck Y.
NDR  9
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Martin; David D.
CTY  Dunbar
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Ray; Douglas W.
CTY  Irwin
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Robertshaw Controls Company
CTY  Richmond
STA  VA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  561579
APD  19951121
CLAS
OCL  277634
XCL  277651
XCL   92 96
EDF  6
ICL  F16J  302
FSC  277
FSS  634;640;651;594;596
FSC   92
FSS  93;99;96;98 R
UREF
PNO  1897517
ISD  19330200
NAM  Hughes
OCL  137495
UREF
PNO  3180356
ISD  19650400
NAM  Galley
OCL  137495
UREF
PNO  3405869
ISD  19681000
NAM  Grayson et al.
OCL  126 39E
UREF
PNO  3648727
ISD  19720300
NAM  Huyck
UREF
PNO  3776107
ISD  19731200
NAM  Molus
OCL  277178
UREF
PNO  3857407
ISD  19741200
NAM  Olson
OCL  137495
UREF
PNO  4089319
ISD  19780500
NAM  Tamada et al.
UREF
PNO  4104016
ISD  19780800
NAM  Baysinger
UREF
PNO  4298336
ISD  19811100
NAM  Riehl
UREF
PNO  4354633
ISD  19821000
NAM  Turner et al.
UREF
PNO  4501290
ISD  19850200
NAM  Sturman et al.
OCL  137495
UREF
PNO  4749005
ISD  19880600
NAM  Bergquist
UREF
PNO  4759264
ISD  19880700
NAM  Danby et al.
OCL   92 99
UREF
PNO  5249508
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL   92 93
FREF
PNO  58-060123
ISD  19830400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-075617
ISD  19830500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-294807
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-140219
ISD  19881100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Martin; Terrence
FR2  Morris; Jules J.
FR2  Detweiler; Sean D.
ABST
PAL  A fluid control assembly that includes fluid valving, fluid regulation,
      automatic safety shut-off valving and manual shut-off valving in one
      assembly, a novel fluid control unit that integrates the above functions
      in one unit, and a novel ignitor and a novel seal and diaphragm for use in
      the assembly.
PATN
WKU  059886536
SRC  9
APN  099426&
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980618
TTL  Auto-locking bit holding system of a hand tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Bishop; Steven C.
NDR  16
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Kuo; Wen-Chin
CTY  Ta Li
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Chum Power Machinery Corp.
CTY  Taichung Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  279 62
XCL  279140
XCL  279150
XCL  279902
EDF  6
ICL  B23B 3112
FSC  279
FSS  60-65;140;150;902
UREF
PNO  2684856
ISD  19540700
NAM  Stoner
OCL  279 61
UREF
PNO  4498682
ISD  19850200
NAM  Glore
OCL  279 60
UREF
PNO  4682918
ISD  19870700
NAM  Palm
OCL  279 60
UREF
PNO  4840387
ISD  19890600
NAM  McCarthy
OCL  279 61
UREF
PNO  4951955
ISD  19900800
NAM  Sakamaki
OCL  279 62
LREP
FRM  Acon & Thomas
ABST
PAL  An auto-locking bit holding system includes a plurality of clamping rods
      secured by a nut to hold a bit in a transmission block being connected to
      a transmission shaft of an electric hand tool, a shell covered around the
      transmission block and the nut, and a locating barrel fastened to the
      shell to stop the nut inside the shell, wherein: the nut has two
      projecting blocks at one end; the locating barrel has a body and a
      plurality of longitudinal locating ribs equiangularly spaced around the
      periphery of the body; an annular impact member is mounted around the
      cylindrical transmission block between the nut and the locating barrel,
      the annular impact member having two projecting blocks bilaterally
      disposed at one end, and a plurality of equiangularly spaced and
      longitudinally extended locating grooves on the inside respectively forced
      into engagement with the locating ribs of the body of the locating member,
      the projecting blocks of the annular impact member being turned with the
      annular impact member to strike the projecting blocks of the nut when the
      transmission block is rotated, causing the nut to be fastened tight with
      threaded portions of the clamping rods.
PATN
WKU  059886544
SRC  8
APN  8475555
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970424
TTL  Automatic leveling system for off-road equipment
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Culbreth; Eric
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Wix; Michael A.
STR  1129 Mathis Hollow Rd.
CTY  Centerville
STA  TN
ZIP  37033
INVT
NAM  Wix; Anthony G.
STR  642 Oakdale Ave.
CTY  Hohenwald
STA  TN
ZIP  38462
CLAS
OCL  280  615
XCL  180 8915
XCL  280  6153
XCL  280  6154
XCL  280  6159
XCL  280DIG1
EDF  6
ICL  B60S  900
FSC  280
FSS  DIG. 1;6.154;6.15;6.159;5.5;5.507;FOR 100;FOR 101
FSC  180
FSS  89.14;89.15
UREF
PNO  3806141
ISD  19740400
NAM  Louis et al.
OCL  280  6.156
UREF
PNO  3835949
ISD  19740900
NAM  Whelan
UREF
PNO  4288196
ISD  19810900
NAM  Sutton, II
UREF
PNO  4650017
ISD  19870300
NAM  Pelletier et al.
UREF
PNO  4679803
ISD  19870700
NAM  Biller et al.
UREF
PNO  4746133
ISD  19880500
NAM  Hanser et al.
UREF
PNO  4991673
ISD  19910200
NAM  Ericsson
UREF
PNO  5159989
ISD  19921100
NAM  Claxton
UREF
PNO  5337847
ISD  19940800
NAM  Woods et al.
UREF
PNO  5639119
ISD  19970600
NAM  Plate et al.
OCL  280DIG.1
LREP
FRM  Waddey & Patterson, PC.
FR2  Lanquist, Jr.; Edward D.
FR2  Shouse; Emily A.
ABST
PAL  An automatic leveling system for off-road vehicles having a cab and boom
      assembly rotatably mounted on a carrier base via a tilt table. The system
      includes a sensing device and control circuit for adjusting the level of
      the cab assembly relative to the base of the vehicle. The sensing device
      has a pendulum gimbaled within a housing. The pendulum has a pilot shaft
      extending upwardly therefrom and positioned proximate four switches for
      sensing changes in the orientation of the cab assembly. The switches are
      electrically connected to control circuits for a system capable of
      adjusting the orientation of the tilt table. A delay circuit is provided
      to inhibit re-leveling during extension of the boom.
PATN
WKU  059886552
SRC  8
APN  9642803
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971104
TTL  Vehicular height adjusting device
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Dickson; Paul N.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Sakai; Shizuka
CTY  Gifu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Komatsu; Seiichiro
CTY  Gifu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kayaba Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  280  6159
XCL  280124159
XCL  267 6417
XCL  267DIG2
EDF  6
ICL  B60G 17044
FSC  280
FSS  6.15;6.151;6.152;6.159;124.159;124.16;124.161;FOR 165;FOR 166;FOR 171
FSC  267
FSS  64.17;DIG. 2
FSC  188
FSS  322.14;318
UREF
PNO  2802664
ISD  19570800
NAM  Jackson
OCL  267 64.17
UREF
PNO  3554525
ISD  19710100
NAM  De Koning et al.
OCL  267 64.17
UREF
PNO  3593978
ISD  19710700
NAM  Lohr
OCL  267 64.17
UREF
PNO  4577840
ISD  19860300
NAM  Meller et al.
OCL  267 64.17
LREP
FRM  McGlew and Tuttle, P.C.
ABST
PAL  According to the present invention there is provided a vehicular height
      adjusting device capable of diminishing a shock caused by a sudden change
      in pressure of an accumulator oil chamber at the time of adjusting the
      vehicular height to adjust the vehicular height in a gentle manner and
      capable of diminishing a beat noise of an opening/closing valve generated
      by the vehicular height adjusting operation, thereby improving the
      comfortableness.
PATN
WKU  059886560
SRC  9
APN  0395897
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980316
TTL  Quick release skate axle
ISD  19991123
NCL  46
ECL  1
EXP  McKinley; Kevin
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Krah; Drew A.
CTY  Vashon
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  K-2 Corporation
CTY  Vashon
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  280 1127
XCL  280 1119
XCL  280 1122
XCL  301  53
EDF  6
ICL  A63C  100
FSC  280
FSS  11.27;11.19;11.26;11.23;11.22;7.12;7.13
FSC  301
FSS  5.3;5.7
UREF
PNO  298110
ISD  18840500
NAM  Morse
UREF
PNO  4392690
ISD  19830700
NAM  Anderson
UREF
PNO  4477121
ISD  19841000
NAM  Atkins
UREF
PNO  4679862
ISD  19870700
NAM  Luo
UREF
PNO  5190301
ISD  19930300
NAM  Malewicz
UREF
PNO  5271633
ISD  19931200
NAM  Hill, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5441286
ISD  19950800
NAM  Pozzobon
UREF
PNO  5601299
ISD  19970200
NAM  Yun et al.
UREF
PNO  5601342
ISD  19970200
NAM  Perner
UREF
PNO  5630652
ISD  19970500
NAM  Cech
UREF
PNO  5882087
ISD  19990300
NAM  Post
OCL  301  5.3
UREF
PNO  5884923
ISD  19990300
NAM  Pratt
OCL  280 11.22
FREF
PNO  0 876 835
ISD  19981100
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Christensen O'Connor Johnson and Kindness PL
ABST
PAL  A skate (10) including a plurality of quick release axle assemblies (26)
      for securing in-line skate wheels (44) to a skate boot (16). The skate
      includes a frame (12) having right and left side walls (18) and (20) that
      extend downwardly from a boot mounting platform (14), and having
      substantially aligned apertures 22 for receiving the quick release axle
      assemblies, which in turn secure the skate wheels. Each axle assembly
      contains a single spring-loaded plunger member (28), an axle housing (30)
      for receiving the plunger member, and at least one detent ball (32) which
      is held in a detent aperture (34) of the axle housing. When the axle is in
      the closed position for use, the detent ball projects from the aperture of
      the axle housing. The detent extends beyond the axle outer surface (38)
      and locates into a detent ball receiving groove (48) defined in the detent
      spacer (46) of the wheel to secure the axle. Selective release of the axle
      from the wheel is enabled by depressing the plunger member, which allows
      the detent ball to load inwardly into a detent ball receiving groove (40)
      in the plunger member.
PATN
WKU  059886579
SRC  9
APN  2812169
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19990330
TTL  Carry-on stroller case
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  McClellan; James S.
EXP  Swann; J. J.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Henkel; Robert R.
STR  2617 Poplar Grove
CTY  Schertz
STA  TX
ZIP  78154
RLAP
COD  74
APN  134903
APD  19980817
CLAS
OCL  280 4725
XCL  280 4726
XCL  280638
XCL  190  1
XCL  297129
EDF  6
ICL  B62B  100
FSC  280
FSS  47.25;47.26;47.38;658;638;657;47.18;47.19
FSC  190
FSS  8;110;1;18 A
FSC  297
FSS  188.03;188.11;188.12;129
UREF
PNO  D323933
ISD  19920200
NAM  Johnston
UREF
PNO  D365925
ISD  19960100
NAM  Roan
UREF
PNO  3897080
ISD  19750700
NAM  Isom
UREF
PNO  4786064
ISD  19881100
NAM  Baghdasarian
UREF
PNO  5230450
ISD  19930700
NAM  Mahvi et al.
UREF
PNO  5230523
ISD  19930700
NAM  Wilhelm
UREF
PNO  5290049
ISD  19940300
NAM  Crisp et al.
UREF
PNO  5439154
ISD  19950800
NAM  Delligatti
UREF
PNO  5478096
ISD  19951200
NAM  Ting
UREF
PNO  5515954
ISD  19960500
NAM  Nordstrom
UREF
PNO  5593008
ISD  19970100
NAM  Magnusson
UREF
PNO  5641170
ISD  19970600
NAM  Helm
UREF
PNO  5695246
ISD  19971200
NAM  Tsai
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A multipurpose suitcase dimensioned and configured to be allowed into a
      passenger airplane as carry-on luggage. The suitcase includes a base
      compartment and a movable upper compartment. The suitcase can be quickly
      reconfigured to form a seat on which a child can be seated. A harness
      secures the child in the seat. The invention permits a parent to transport
      an infant or toddler easily through a busy airport, together with luggage.
PATN
WKU  059886587
SRC  8
APN  8558639
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970512
TTL  Tool box carrier
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  McKinley; Kevin
EXP  Swann; J. J.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Ritchie; Fred Philip
CTY  Waterloo
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Holcomb; Gregory Jon
CTY  Cedar Falls
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Trower; David Allen
CTY  Waterloo
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  Waterloo Industries, Inc.
CTY  Waterloo
STA  IA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  280 4726
XCL  280 4717
XCL  280 795
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  100
FSC  280
FSS  47.131;47.17;47.24;47.26;47.315;47.27;79.2;79.3;79.4;79.5;79.6;655.1
FSC  220
FSS  22.83;22.86;737;756;758;759
FSC  190
FSS  18 A;18 R
FSC  206
FSS  545
UREF
PNO  4724681
ISD  19880200
NAM  Bartholomew
OCL  280 47.17
UREF
PNO  4846493
ISD  19890700
NAM  Mason
OCL  280655
UREF
PNO  4976448
ISD  19901200
NAM  Wickersham
OCL  280 47.2
UREF
PNO  5228706
ISD  19930700
NAM  Boville
OCL  280 43.22
UREF
PNO  5313817
ISD  19940500
NAM  Meinders
OCL  280 47.26
UREF
PNO  5518139
ISD  19960500
NAM  Trower et al.
UREF
PNO  5657894
ISD  19970800
NAM  Bowen
OCL  220339
UREF
PNO  5782325
ISD  19980700
NAM  O'Shea
OCL  190 18A
UREF
PNO  5806867
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hampton
OCL  280 79.2
OREF
PAL  U.S. Patent 4,369,822 (abbreviated), Rice, date Jan. 25, 1983 (Internet
      Jun. 5, 1997) 2 sheets.
PAL  Sears 1997-1998 Power & Hand Tool Catalog, p. 17.
PAL  Igloo Corp. sales page (Ice Chests on Wheels).
PAL  Luggage sales sheet (p. 32).
PAL  Globe Ind. Equipment Catalog, p. 229.
PAL  Global Equipment Co. catalog, p. 85.
PAL  Igloo Marine sales page (Go Igloo!), p. 80.
PAL  Igloo Marine sales page, p. 78.
PAL  Igloo Marine sales page ("Ice Chests on Wheels"), p. 66.
PAL  Igloo Marine sales page (Go Igloo!), p. 90.
PAL  ATD catalog page.
PAL  Rubbermaid Incorporated page.
PAL  Hodge Hand Trucks brochure page.
PAL  Stack-On, p. 10.
PAL  Zag Complete Storage Solutions, hardware (Internet printout) May 29, 1997.
PAL  Zag Complete Storage Solutions, garden, Load n Roll--Lawn Cart (Internet
      printout) May 29, 1997.
PAL  Zag Complete Storage Solutions, garden (Internet printout) May 29, 1997.
PAL  Zag Complete Storage Solutions, garden, Move 'n Groove (Internet printout)
      May 29, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A carrier for a work box or tub includes a support ring made from opposed
      connected braces with telescopic handle attached at one end and wheels
      attached at the opposite end of the support ring.
PATN
WKU  059886595
SRC  9
APN  0246816
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980217
TTL  Portable panel lift device
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Hess; Douglas
EXP  Ellis; Christopher P.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Young; Roland O.
STR  R.R. #1, P.O. Box 138
CTY  Grand Forks
STA  ND
ZIP  58201
CLAS
OCL  280 797
XCL  280 63
XCL  414 11
EDF  6
ICL  B60G  700
FSC  414
FSS  10;11
FSC  280
FSS  63;79.7
FSC  294
FSS  15;26
UREF
PNO  3841651
ISD  19741000
NAM  Bigney
OCL  280 47.16
UREF
PNO  4488733
ISD  19841200
NAM  Hellsten
OCL  280 79.3
UREF
PNO  4630838
ISD  19861200
NAM  Stockton
OCL  280 79.7
UREF
PNO  5765843
ISD  19980600
NAM  Miller
OCL  280 79.7
UREF
PNO  5782477
ISD  19980700
NAM  Covert
OCL  280 79.7
UREF
PNO  5820145
ISD  19981000
NAM  Osowski
OCL  280 79.7
FREF
PNO  5-85363
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
OCL  280 79.7
FREF
PNO  5-178429
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
OCL  414 11
OREF
PAL  "Sheeting Material Cart", from Sporty's Tool Shop Catalog, Christmas 1995
      version, Dec. 1995.
LREP
FR2  Kleve; Robert E.
ABST
PAL  The invention comprises a portable panel lifting and transporting device.
      The device has an elongated stick which is intended to be placed in an
      upright position. A channel member is mounted to the bottom of the stick
      and has a U shaped apex at its bottom and opposing inner and outer sides
      with the inner side formed in a triangular shape and fixed to the bottom
      of the stick and with the outside edge adapted to receive the bottom edge
      of a drywall panel whereby the bottom edge may rest in the apex bottom of
      the channel member. A pair of wheels in line with one another are mounted
      on the triangular side of the channel member for rotatably supporting the
      device and a handle is mounted to an upper portion of the stick for an
      operator to grasp and move the device along the ground on its rollers with
      a drywall panel resting in the channel member.
PATN
WKU  059886609
SRC  9
APN  2336227
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19990119
TTL  Vehicle rear axle having at least two transverse leaf springs arranged
      one behind another
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Fleming; Faye M.
EXP  Ellis; Christopher P.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Tattermusch; Peter
CTY  Esslingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  DaimlerChrysler AG
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19980117
APN  198 01 668
CLAS
OCL  280124171
XCL  267246
EDF  6
ICL  B60G  700
ICL  B60G 1108
FSC  280
FSS  686;124.106;124.17;124.171;124.175;124.11;FOR 120;FOR 151;FOR 156;FOR 175
     ;FOR 176
FSC  267
FSS  246;52;36.1
UREF
PNO  4458918
ISD  19840700
NAM  Rumpel
OCL  280124.171
FREF
PNO  33 02 627 A1
ISD  19830900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  55-51602
ISD  19800400
CNT  JPX
OCL  280FOR176
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to an independent suspension system for a
      vehicle rear axle, the transverse leaf springs articulatedly supporting,
      at the free ends, one hub carrier per vehicle side; and each transverse
      leaf spring being braced between its ends on the vehicle body by way of at
      least one articulation point. In the rear axle, the transverse leaf
      springs are at least transversely displaceably mounted in the body-side
      articulation points. In addition, they are articulatedly joined to one
      another in the region between the hub carriers via at least one coupling
      element, the pivot points having pivot axes which are aligned at least
      approximately parallel to the vehicle's vertical axis. At least one
      coupling element is mounted pivotably on the vehicle body about at least
      one approximately vertical axis. A vehicle axis thus is created whose
      transverse leaf springs are precisely guided despite being mounted in
      vibration-damping fashion on the vehicle body, and are very little
      influenced in terms of their elastic line.
PATN
WKU  059886617
SRC  8
APN  8070563
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970227
TTL  Drive assistance device for ordinary wheelchairs
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  DePumpo; Daniel G.
NDR  10
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Garfinkle; Moishe
STR  P.O. Box 15855
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
ZIP  19103
CLAS
OCL  2802501
XCL  2802421
XCL  280244
EDF  6
ICL  B62M  114
FSC  280
FSS  242.1;244;243;246;250.1
UREF
PNO  3189368
ISD  19650600
NAM  Petersen
OCL  280250.1
UREF
PNO  3869146
ISD  19750300
NAM  Bulmer
OCL  280250.1
UREF
PNO  3877725
ISD  19750400
NAM  Barroza
OCL  280250.1
UREF
PNO  4354691
ISD  19821000
NAM  Saunders et al.
OCL  280250.1
UREF
PNO  4358126
ISD  19821100
NAM  Mitchell et al.
OCL  280250.1
UREF
PNO  4392690
ISD  19830700
NAM  Anderson
OCL  280250.1
UREF
PNO  4537415
ISD  19850800
NAM  Delahoussaye et al.
OCL  280250.1
UREF
PNO  4538826
ISD  19850900
NAM  Lemarie
OCL  280250.1
UREF
PNO  5303945
ISD  19940400
NAM  Oxford
OCL  280250.1
FREF
PNO  2703245
ISD  19941000
CNT  FRX
OCL  280250.1
FREF
PNO  3610055
ISD  19871000
CNT  DEX
OCL  287250.1
FREF
PNO  2213438
ISD  19890800
CNT  GBX
OCL  280250.1
FREF
PNO  9007316
ISD  19900700
CNT  WOX
OCL  280250.1
ABST
PAL  A drive assistance device is disclosed to assist the occupants of ordinary
      manual weelchairs to propel themselves. Rather than grasping the grip
      rings secured to the main wheels of the wheelchair the drive assist
      provides laterally positioned handles upon which the propulsion force can
      be comfortably applied. The drive assist device can be simple removed for
      the wheelchair by the occupant when not required. The device does not
      require any modification of the ordinary wheelchair. The hub assembly
      components of the drive assist device are simply bolted to the ordinary
      wheelchair using the existing fastener arrangement and if necessary can be
      as easily unbolted and removed.
PATN
WKU  059886625
SRC  8
APN  8714584
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970609
TTL  Lever driven bicycle
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Lipka; Pamela J.
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Staehlin; John H.
CTY  Lutherville
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Volunteers for Medical Engineering
CTY  Baltimore
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  280253
XCL  280251
XCL   74 892
EDF  6
ICL  B62M  100
FSC  280
FSS  251;255;258;253
FSC   74
FSS  89.2;89.21;89.22;594.1;594.2;594.3;594.4;594.5;594.6
UREF
PNO  3039790
ISD  19620600
NAM  Trott
UREF
PNO  3759543
ISD  19730900
NAM  Clark
UREF
PNO  3834733
ISD  19740900
NAM  Harris
UREF
PNO  3913945
ISD  19751000
NAM  Clark
UREF
PNO  3954282
ISD  19760500
NAM  Hege
UREF
PNO  3984129
ISD  19761000
NAM  Hege
UREF
PNO  4053173
ISD  19771000
NAM  Chase, Sr.
UREF
PNO  4300784
ISD  19811100
NAM  Efros
UREF
PNO  4421334
ISD  19831200
NAM  Efros
UREF
PNO  4445701
ISD  19840500
NAM  Stroud
UREF
PNO  4533152
ISD  19850800
NAM  Clark
UREF
PNO  4549874
ISD  19851000
NAM  Wen
UREF
PNO  4574649
ISD  19860300
NAM  Seol
UREF
PNO  4666174
ISD  19870500
NAM  Efros
OCL  280258
UREF
PNO  5335927
ISD  19940800
NAM  Islas
OCL  280255
UREF
PNO  5716069
ISD  19980200
NAM  Bezerra et al.
XCL  280253
UREF
PNO  5785337
ISD  19980700
NAM  Ming
OCL  280255
FREF
PNO  0 088 448
ISD  19830900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2735746 A1
ISD  19961200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  31 39 637
ISD  19830400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3707669 A1
ISD  19880900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3800250 A1
ISD  19890700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 26 432
ISD  19940200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 246 986
ISD  19920200
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  "Toying With Ideas Leads to Hit Products", Design News, pp. 19-20, Dec. 18,
      1995.
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to an improved lever driven bicycle including a
      shifting mechanism for controlling a drive ratio between the oscillating
      lever and the drive wheel. The drive lever arrangement may be located
      about the front or rear wheels of the bicycle and, when about the rear
      wheel, may include a sole lever or dual levers. The drive lever
      arrangement includes a drive lever, a force applicator, a shifting
      mechanism, and a force converter which together transform the oscillating
      displacement of the lever to a rotation of the drive wheel. The shifting
      mechanism includes a slide block located about the lever which engages
      with the drive lever upon downward motion of the drive lever and
      controllably slides along the drive lever upon upward motion of the drive
      lever. The position of the slide block corresponds to a drive ratio
      between the drive lever and the drive wheel.
PATN
WKU  059886633
SRC  8
APN  9158235
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970821
TTL  Bicycle riding assistance device
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Fischer; Andrew J.
EXP  Mai; Lanna
NDR  1
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Starks; Neal A
STR  12745 Elgin
CTY  Huntington Woods
STA  MI
ZIP  48070
CLAS
OCL  280293
XCL  2806551
EDF  6
ICL  B62H  700
FSC  280
FSS  293;288.4;294;295;296;298;292;655.1;47.371
UREF
PNO  3650544
ISD  19720300
NAM  Cassell
OCL  280293
UREF
PNO  4917398
ISD  19900400
NAM  de Miranda Pinto
OCL  280293
UREF
PNO  5154096
ISD  19921000
NAM  Geller et al.
OCL   74551.8
UREF
PNO  5259638
ISD  19931100
NAM  Krauss et al.
OCL  280293
UREF
PNO  5303944
ISD  19940400
NAM  Kalmus
OCL  280288.4
UREF
PNO  5382040
ISD  19950100
NAM  Nanassi
OCL  280293
UREF
PNO  5395130
ISD  19950300
NAM  Rubin
OCL  280304
UREF
PNO  5407222
ISD  19950400
NAM  Harrison
OCL  280293
UREF
PNO  5531494
ISD  19960700
NAM  Singleton
OCL  294  1.1
UREF
PNO  5558348
ISD  19960900
NAM  Becka
OCL  280282
UREF
PNO  5564726
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hearn et al.
OCL  280293
UREF
PNO  5577750
ISD  19961100
NAM  Sklar
OCL  280293
LREP
FRM  Howard & Howard
ABST
PAL  A bicycle assistance device for assisting a young rider in learning to ride
      a bicycle includes a handle mounted in a mount through a quick release
      connection. In this way, the handle may be quickly removed from the
      bicycle if the assistance device is no longer being utilized. Preferably,
      the handle extends for a great distance when compared to the size of the
      mount such that when the handle is removed, the great bulk of the
      assistance device no longer provides a hindrance to the rider.
PATN
WKU  059886641
SRC  9
APN  0561312
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980407
TTL  Apparatus for towing a disabled truck tractor
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Hurley; Kevin
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hill; John C.
STR  P.O. Box 1495
CTY  Moncks Corner
STA  SC
ZIP  29461
RLAP
COD  72
APN  576757
APD  19951221
PSC  01
PNO  5845920
CLAS
OCL  280402
XCL  414563
EDF  6
ICL  B60P  306
FSC  280
FSS  402;492;493
FSC  414
FSS  563;642;665;667;917
UREF
PNO  2481223
ISD  19490900
NAM  Johnson
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  3715042
ISD  19730200
NAM  Rellinger
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4543030
ISD  19850900
NAM  Hawkins
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4708358
ISD  19871100
NAM  Gehman et al.
OCL  280402
UREF
PNO  4838753
ISD  19890600
NAM  Gehman et al.
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  5163803
ISD  19921100
NAM  Marola
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  5249911
ISD  19931000
NAM  Marola
OCL  414563
LREP
FR2  Rainer; Norman B.
ABST
PAL  A towing apparatus removably attachable to the fifth wheel of a towing
      vehicle includes a base member having a coupling fixture for the fifth
      wheel, a forward lifting beam pivotably secured to the base member, and a
      rear lifting beam pivotably joined to the distal rear extremity of the
      forward lifting beam. A hydraulically activated piston mechanism is
      interactive between the two beams to cause the rear lifting beam to swing
      in a vertical path between a storage state above the towing vehicle and a
      rearwardly deployed state. In operation, the rear lifting beam, in the
      deployed state, is joined to the fifth wheel of a disabled tractor
      vehicle. Further extension of the piston in the same direction of motion
      causes the rear wheels of the disabled vehicle to rise to permit towing.
PATN
WKU  059886650
SRC  8
APN  8797137
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970620
TTL  Fifth wheel locking mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Hurley; Kevin
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Terry; Jeff M.
CTY  Birmingham
STA  AL
INVT
NAM  Brown; Linsey E.
CTY  Odenville
STA  AL
INVT
NAM  Moulton; Howard Thomas
CTY  Birmingham
STA  AL
ASSG
NAM  Fontaine Fifth Wheel Co.
CTY  Birmingham
STA  AL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  441572
APD  19950515
PSC  01
PNO  5641174
CLAS
OCL  280434
EDF  6
ICL  B62D 5312
FSC  280
FSS  434;433;435;436;437
UREF
PNO  2726878
ISD  19551200
NAM  Fontaine
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  3171672
ISD  19650300
NAM  Dalton
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  3224788
ISD  19651200
NAM  Steinway
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  3318616
ISD  19670500
NAM  Fontaine et al.
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  3630545
ISD  19711200
NAM  Fontaine et al.
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  3844584
ISD  19741000
NAM  Fontaine
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  4140328
ISD  19790200
NAM  Fontaine
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  4477100
ISD  19841000
NAM  Elyakim
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  4946183
ISD  19900800
NAM  Benson et al.
OCL  280434
LREP
FR2  Veal; Robert J.
FR2  Bush; Kenneth M.
     Veal & Bush, LLC
ABST
PAL  A novel interconnection of the jaw, wedge and operating handle in a fifth
      wheel facilitates the provision of a secondary locking mechanism which
      further insures the security of the system. In the invention, the jaw is
      connected to the operating handle by a pivoting timing lever which pivots
      off a pin on the jaw such that the jaw remains engaged with the fifth
      wheel until the wedge is substantially removed from engagement with the
      jaw. In cooperation with the primary locking mechanism, a secondary lock
      is provided at the end of the operating handle such that a pin arrangement
      engages a stop on the fifth wheel assembly until positively released by
      the operator.
PATN
WKU  059886668
SRC  8
APN  8963908
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970718
TTL  Fifth wheel hitch release
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Fischer; Andrew J.
EXP  Mai; Lanna
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Flater; James H.
CTY  Holland
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Holland Hitch Company
CTY  Holland
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  280434
XCL  280508
EDF  6
ICL  B62D 5312
FSC  280
FSS  433;434;435;508
UREF
PNO  2581254
ISD  19520100
NAM  Greenawalt
OCL  280 33.05
UREF
PNO  2772895
ISD  19561200
NAM  Steeves
OCL  280432
UREF
PNO  2977137
ISD  19610300
NAM  Durham
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  3079175
ISD  19630200
NAM  Walther
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  3239239
ISD  19660300
NAM  Worden
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  3352571
ISD  19671100
NAM  Nelson
OCL  280435
UREF
PNO  3434736
ISD  19690300
NAM  Linder
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  3539202
ISD  19701100
NAM  Nelson
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  3640549
ISD  19720200
NAM  Neff et al.
OCL  280435
UREF
PNO  3888514
ISD  19750600
NAM  Klein
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  3892426
ISD  19750700
NAM  Ferris
OCL  280432
UREF
PNO  4008904
ISD  19770200
NAM  Davies
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  4106793
ISD  19780800
NAM  Neff
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  4447070
ISD  19840500
NAM  Inoue
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  4592566
ISD  19860600
NAM  Inoue
OCL  280433
UREF
PNO  4871182
ISD  19891000
NAM  Altherr
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  4946183
ISD  19900800
NAM  Benson
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  5028067
ISD  19910700
NAM  Madura
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  5120080
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ritter
OCL  280433
UREF
PNO  5137298
ISD  19920800
NAM  Madura
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  5257796
ISD  19931100
NAM  Thorwall et al.
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  5456484
ISD  19951000
NAM  Fontaine
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  5516137
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kass et al.
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  5516138
ISD  19960500
NAM  Fontaine
OCL  280434
UREF
PNO  5641174
ISD  19970600
NAM  Terry et al.
OCL  280434
LREP
FRM  Price, Heneveld, Cooper, DeWitt and Litton
ABST
PAL  A fifth wheel hitch operable between a fully locked condition and a fully
      released condition, having a top hitch plate and a lock jaw, a locking
      plunger shiftable between a biased, extended locking position engaging the
      jaw and a retracted position for releasing the jaw, a release lever
      pivotally mounted to the hitch plate and engaging the plunger to move the
      plunger therewith when actuated, for releasing the primary lock, a hitch
      release rod subassembly having an outer pull handle and an inner pivotal
      connection to the release lever for actuating the release lever, the
      release rod subassembly having a secondary stop aligned with an abutment
      surface in the fully locked condition to serve as a secondary lock, and
      shiftable out of alignment with the abutment surface to release the
      secondary lock, and having a limited play connection between its ends,
      enabling the subassembly to be lengthened a limited amount from its normal
      length to a lengthened condition, and biased toward the normal length
      condition, and having an indictor which provides a change in appearance
      between the normal length condition and the lengthened condition.
PATN
WKU  059886676
SRC  8
APN  8174776
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970714
TTL  Anti-rattle device for a trailer hitch
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Lerner; Avraham H.
EXP  Mai; Lanna
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Young; David A.
CTY  Plymouth
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Draw-Tite, Inc.
CTY  Canton
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  280506
EDF  6
ICL  G60D  100
FSC  280
FSS  506;504;491.5;495
UREF
PNO  2189170
ISD  19400200
NAM  Gaussoin
UREF
PNO  2665902
ISD  19540100
NAM  Allen
UREF
PNO  2685468
ISD  19540800
NAM  Blocker et al.
UREF
PNO  3630321
ISD  19711200
NAM  Hollnagel
UREF
PNO  3990722
ISD  19761100
NAM  Casad et al.
UREF
PNO  4050714
ISD  19770900
NAM  Epp
OCL  280495
UREF
PNO  4072257
ISD  19780200
NAM  Hall
OCL  224 29R
UREF
PNO  4746138
ISD  19880500
NAM  James
UREF
PNO  4978133
ISD  19901200
NAM  Thorne et al.
UREF
PNO  5333888
ISD  19940800
NAM  Ball
UREF
PNO  5344175
ISD  19940900
NAM  Speer
UREF
PNO  5449100
ISD  19950900
NAM  Eckhart
UREF
PNO  5593172
ISD  19970100
NAM  Breslin
OCL  280506
LREP
FR2  Redman; Leon E.
FR2  Doigan; Lloyd D.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US96/13971
PD1  19970418
PD2  19970418
PD3  19960822
PCP  WO97/07998
PCD  19970306
ABST
PAR  An anti-rattle device (10) for a receiver trailer hitch (30) for reducing
      undesirable movement, nose, vibration and shock between the shank (40) of
      a hitch mount (34) and the tubular receiver (32) in which the mount (34)
      is removably secured by a cross pin (36) includes an elastomeric
      deformable member (14) deformed into frictional engagement with the shank
      (40) and the receiver (32) by a slidable plate (12) tensioned against the
      deformable member (14) by threaded eyebolts (16, 18) anchored to the cross
      pin (36).
PATN
WKU  059886684
SRC  8
APN  6311318
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19960412
TTL  Snowboard
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXP  Boehler; Anne Marie
NDR  6
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  DeVille; Dominique
CTY  Annecy Le Vieux
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Forest; Vincent
CTY  Annecy
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  LeGrand; Maurice
CTY  Annecy
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Salomon S.A.
CTY  Metz-Tessy
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19930430
APN  93 05397
RLAP
COD  71
APN  233747
APD  19940426
PSC  01
PNO  5573264
ISD  19961112
CLAS
OCL  280602
XCL  280610
XCL  280 142
EDF  6
ICL  A63C  507
FSC  280
FSS  602;608;609;607;610;601;11.12;14.2;28;11.18
UREF
PNO  2065179
ISD  19361200
NAM  Fosse
OCL  280610
UREF
PNO  3015831
ISD  19620100
NAM  Franke
OCL  280609
UREF
PNO  3352566
ISD  19671100
NAM  Kennedy
OCL  280610
UREF
PNO  3861698
ISD  19750100
NAM  Greig
OCL  280 11.13Y
UREF
PNO  3900204
ISD  19750800
NAM  Weber
OCL  280 11.13S
UREF
PNO  4405139
ISD  19830900
NAM  Kawahard
OCL  280 14.2
UREF
PNO  4533150
ISD  19850800
NAM  Hardy
OCL  280 14.2
UREF
PNO  4592567
ISD  19860600
NAM  Sartor
OCL  280602
UREF
PNO  4767369
ISD  19880800
NAM  Snyder
OCL  280610
UREF
PNO  4974868
ISD  19901200
NAM  Morris
OCL  280 14.2
UREF
PNO  5035442
ISD  19910700
NAM  Anrsteiner
OCL  280602
UREF
PNO  5096217
ISD  19920300
NAM  Hunter
OCL  280 14.2
UREF
PNO  5141243
ISD  19920800
NAM  Meatto
OCL  280602
UREF
PNO  5190311
ISD  19930300
NAM  Carpenter
OCL  280 14.2
UREF
PNO  5249819
ISD  19931000
NAM  Mayr
OCL  280607
UREF
PNO  5251924
ISD  19931000
NAM  Nussbaumer
OCL  280602
UREF
PNO  5320378
ISD  19940600
NAM  Wiig
OCL  280610
UREF
PNO  5340144
ISD  19940800
NAM  Eleneke
OCL  280 14.2
UREF
PNO  5342077
ISD  19940800
NAM  Abondance
OCL  280 14.2
UREF
PNO  5366234
ISD  19941100
NAM  Rohrmoser
OCL  280607
UREF
PNO  5393085
ISD  19950200
NAM  Forneri
OCL  280602
UREF
PNO  5427401
ISD  19950600
NAM  Liard
OCL  280602
UREF
PNO  5573264
ISD  19961100
NAM  DeVille
OCL  280602
FREF
PNO  2581322
ISD  19861100
CNT  FRX
OCL  280 14.2
FREF
PNO  2659563
ISD  19910900
CNT  FRX
OCL  280 14.2
FREF
PNO  2659246
ISD  19910900
CNT  FRX
OCL  280 14.2
FREF
PNO  2663235
ISD  19911200
CNT  FRX
OCL  280 14.2
FREF
PNO  419468
ISD  19240400
CNT  DEX
OCL  280602
FREF
PNO  4205381
ISD  19920800
CNT  DEX
ICL  A63C  500
FREF
PNO  681061
ISD  19930100
CNT  CHX
ICL  A63C  512
FREF
PNO  WO91/09653
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
ICL  A63C  507
LREP
FRM  Greenblum & Bernstein P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention concerns a gliding board, especially a snowboard, which is
      intended to support both boots of a skier. The board includes a base
      structure of which at least the front end is turned up to form the shovel.
      It further has a central zone with two mounting zones for the binding
      elements, a front zone, and a rear zone. The board has, at least in one of
      the front or rear zones, a long reinforcement shaped according to the
      length and width of the zone. The reinforcement extends from the vicinity
      of the end of the front or rear zone to at least the vicinity of the
      mounting zone located near the zone.
PATN
WKU  059886692
SRC  8
APN  7319975
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19961025
TTL  Stroller with grip handle
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  McClellan; James S.
EXP  Swann; J. J.
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Freese; Theodore Brent
CTY  Broomfield
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Bengtson; Alan David
CTY  Shorewood
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Evenflo Company, Inc.
CTY  Vandalia
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  280642
XCL  280647
XCL  280 4738
XCL  280650
EDF  6
ICL  B62B  100
FSC  280
FSS  642;647;644;650;47.38;649
FSC  296
FSS  35.4
UREF
PNO  D274714
ISD  19840700
NAM  Cone
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D296540
ISD  19880700
NAM  Perego
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D298815
ISD  19881200
NAM  Kassai
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D300310
ISD  19890300
NAM  Kassai
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D305012
ISD  19891200
NAM  Bigo et al.
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D305013
ISD  19891200
NAM  Bigo et al.
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D305316
ISD  19900100
NAM  Lin
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D305317
ISD  19900100
NAM  Kassai
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D307249
ISD  19900400
NAM  Yee et al.
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D307250
ISD  19900400
NAM  Kassai
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D307879
ISD  19900500
NAM  Giambrone
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D308656
ISD  19900600
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D310645
ISD  19900900
NAM  Julien
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D311363
ISD  19901000
NAM  Lin
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D317280
ISD  19910600
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D319906
ISD  19910900
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  D24 19
UREF
PNO  D320370
ISD  19911000
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D321850
ISD  19911100
NAM  Mong-Hsing
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D322420
ISD  19911200
NAM  Hawkes
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D325550
ISD  19920400
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D328047
ISD  19920700
NAM  Huang
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D329832
ISD  19920900
NAM  Ishikura et al.
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D331208
ISD  19921100
NAM  Peebles et al.
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D335642
ISD  19930500
NAM  Huang
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D340012
ISD  19931000
NAM  Azzarelli
OCL  D12133
UREF
PNO  D346141
ISD  19940400
NAM  McConnell
OCL  D12133
UREF
PNO  D348637
ISD  19940700
NAM  Globeman et al.
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D352259
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kaneko
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D352923
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kasaai
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D357439
ISD  19950400
NAM  Haut et al.
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D357440
ISD  19950400
NAM  Pietra
OCL  D12133
UREF
PNO  D359015
ISD  19950600
NAM  Wang
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D361049
ISD  19950800
NAM  Beckman
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D362832
ISD  19951000
NAM  Haut et al.
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D363260
ISD  19951000
NAM  Huang
OCL  D12128
UREF
PNO  D365710
ISD  19960100
NAM  Cunningham
OCL  D 6491
UREF
PNO  D365784
ISD  19960100
NAM  Wennerstrom et al.
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  D370438
ISD  19960600
NAM  Haut et al.
OCL  D12129
UREF
PNO  2285700
ISD  19420800
NAM  Feldman
OCL  280649
UREF
PNO  2399359
ISD  19461200
NAM  Kroll et al.
OCL  280649
UREF
PNO  3575461
ISD  19710400
NAM  Goldman et al.
OCL  296 28
UREF
PNO  3689099
ISD  19720900
NAM  Patterson
OCL  280 38
UREF
PNO  3967342
ISD  19760700
NAM  Gebhard
OCL   16 48
UREF
PNO  4108468
ISD  19780800
NAM  Orlanski
OCL  280648
UREF
PNO  4173355
ISD  19791100
NAM  Perego
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  4216974
ISD  19800800
NAM  Kassai
OCL  280 42
UREF
PNO  4232897
ISD  19801100
NAM  Maclaren et al.
OCL  297 45
UREF
PNO  4241930
ISD  19801200
NAM  Bell et al.
OCL  280 47.29
UREF
PNO  4428598
ISD  19840100
NAM  Kassai
OCL  280644
UREF
PNO  4542915
ISD  19850900
NAM  Wheeler, III et al.
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  4564212
ISD  19860100
NAM  Orlandino et al.
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  4582355
ISD  19860400
NAM  Hall
OCL  296 78A
UREF
PNO  4606550
ISD  19860800
NAM  Cone
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  4632421
ISD  19861200
NAM  Shamie
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  4725071
ISD  19880200
NAM  Shamie
OCL  280643
UREF
PNO  4741551
ISD  19880500
NAM  Perego
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  4762335
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kassai
OCL  280649
UREF
PNO  4763911
ISD  19880800
NAM  Gebhard et al.
OCL  280 37
UREF
PNO  4763919
ISD  19880800
NAM  Nakao et al.
OCL  280644
UREF
PNO  4765644
ISD  19880800
NAM  Bell
OCL  280641
UREF
PNO  4765645
ISD  19880800
NAM  Shamie
OCL  280644
UREF
PNO  4768795
ISD  19880900
NAM  Mar
OCL  280 30
UREF
PNO  4773124
ISD  19880900
NAM  Nakao et al.
OCL   16 35R
UREF
PNO  4779879
ISD  19881000
NAM  Kassai
OCL  280 47.36
UREF
PNO  4805928
ISD  19890200
NAM  Nakao et al.
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  4813739
ISD  19890300
NAM  Miller
OCL  297184
UREF
PNO  4817982
ISD  19890400
NAM  Kassai
OCL  280644
UREF
PNO  4819958
ISD  19890400
NAM  Perego
OCL  280644
UREF
PNO  4832361
ISD  19890500
NAM  Nakao et al.
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  4836573
ISD  19890600
NAM  Gebhard
OCL  280644
UREF
PNO  4848787
ISD  19890700
NAM  Kassai
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  4856809
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kohus et al.
OCL  280644
UREF
PNO  4892327
ISD  19900100
NAM  Cabagnero
OCL  280650
UREF
PNO  4906017
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kassai
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  4915401
ISD  19900400
NAM  Severson et al.
OCL  280 30
UREF
PNO  4921270
ISD  19900500
NAM  Schoberg
OCL  280655.1
UREF
PNO  5056805
ISD  19911000
NAM  Wang
OCL  280 47.36
UREF
PNO  5071146
ISD  19911200
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  280 30
UREF
PNO  5104180
ISD  19920400
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  297 16
UREF
PNO  5121940
ISD  19920600
NAM  March
OCL  280644
UREF
PNO  5123767
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ishikura et al.
OCL  403 24
UREF
PNO  5143398
ISD  19920900
NAM  Teng
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  5144717
ISD  19920900
NAM  Siesholtz et al.
OCL   16 47
UREF
PNO  5149115
ISD  19920900
NAM  Sampedro
OCL  280 33.998
UREF
PNO  5158319
ISD  19921000
NAM  Norcia et al.
OCL  280643
UREF
PNO  5167425
ISD  19921200
NAM  Chen
OCL  280648
UREF
PNO  5168601
ISD  19921200
NAM  Liu
OCL   16126
UREF
PNO  5181735
ISD  19930100
NAM  Onishi
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  5184835
ISD  19930200
NAM  Huang
OCL  280 47.371
UREF
PNO  5192091
ISD  19930300
NAM  Liu
OCL  280644
UREF
PNO  5195770
ISD  19930300
NAM  Ishikura
OCL  280648
UREF
PNO  5197753
ISD  19930300
NAM  Liu
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  5201535
ISD  19930400
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  280 30
UREF
PNO  5203577
ISD  19930400
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  280 30
UREF
PNO  5205577
ISD  19930400
NAM  Liu
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  5205578
ISD  19930400
NAM  Liu
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  5205579
ISD  19930400
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  5230523
ISD  19930700
NAM  Wilhelm
OCL  280 30
UREF
PNO  5244228
ISD  19930900
NAM  Chiu
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  5256025
ISD  19931000
NAM  Williamson
OCL  414490
UREF
PNO  5257799
ISD  19931100
NAM  Cone et al.
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  5382074
ISD  19950100
NAM  Pietra
OCL  297153
UREF
PNO  5417450
ISD  19950500
NAM  Wang
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  5454584
ISD  19951000
NAM  Haut et al.
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  5472224
ISD  19951200
NAM  Cabagnero
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  5490685
ISD  19960200
NAM  Kitayama et al.
OCL  280 47.38
UREF
PNO  5522639
ISD  19960600
NAM  Jaime
OCL  297184.13
UREF
PNO  5531238
ISD  19960700
NAM  Azzarelli et al.
OCL  135 66
UREF
PNO  5845916
ISD  19981200
NAM  Stroud
OCL  280 47.38
UREF
PNO  5876046
ISD  19990500
NAM  Courtney et al.
OCL  280 30
UREF
PNO  5876057
ISD  19990300
NAM  Huang
OCL  280642
FREF
PNO  0 258 826
ISD  19880300
CNT  EPX
ICL  B62B  708
LREP
FR2  Crouch; Robert G.
     Holland & Hart LLP
ABST
PAL  An infant stroller with a conventional frame which can be collapsed by
      releasing a latch mechanism mounted on a central portion of the frame. The
      handle arms of the frame terminate in a handle assembly which includes a
      handle bar portion designed for two-handed operation and a handle grip
      designed for one-handed operation of the stroller. The handle grip is
      provided at an ergonomically comfortable angle in the range of 60 degrees
      from horizontal. A console tray is provided in the vicinity of the handle
      assembly for the operator to conveniently store various sundry items. The
      console tray supports a back edge of a canopy on the infant stroller. The
      canopy includes a canopy frame and a sunshade depending therefrom which is
      supported by a separate sunshade frame.
PATN
WKU  059886706
SRC  8
APN  7171218
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19960920
TTL  Child carrier
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Lipka; Pamela J.
EXP  Schwartz; Christopher P.
NDR  18
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Song; Zhenghuan
CTY  Kunsan
CNT  CNX
INVT
NAM  Ye; Miao Long
CTY  Kunsan
CNT  CNX
INVT
NAM  Li; Jing Ming
CTY  Kunsan
CNT  CNX
ASSG
NAM  Jiangsu Goodbaby Group, Inc.
CTY  Kunsham
CNT  CNX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CNX
APD  19950215
APN  95111534
PRIR
CNT  CNX
APD  19960304
APN  96205575
RLAP
COD  72
APN  598771
APD  19960209
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  280648
XCL  280 474
XCL  280642
XCL  2972702
EDF  6
ICL  B62B  100
FSC  280
FSS  30;643;648;642;650;658;47.38;47.4
FSC  297
FSS  130;183.3;183.4;183.9;229;364;365;487;488;270.2
UREF
PNO  2523567
ISD  19500900
NAM  Grant
UREF
PNO  3330575
ISD  19670700
NAM  Boudreau
UREF
PNO  3411799
ISD  19681100
NAM  Felsher
UREF
PNO  3871701
ISD  19750300
NAM  Gesslein
UREF
PNO  4280716
ISD  19810700
NAM  Vonsbaek et al.
UREF
PNO  4412689
ISD  19831100
NAM  Lee
UREF
PNO  4544178
ISD  19851000
NAM  Al-Sheikh et al.
UREF
PNO  4586399
ISD  19860500
NAM  Kassai
UREF
PNO  4733882
ISD  19880300
NAM  Kassai
UREF
PNO  4736959
ISD  19880400
NAM  Van Steenburg
UREF
PNO  4834403
ISD  19890500
NAM  Yanus et al.
UREF
PNO  4836573
ISD  19890600
NAM  Gebhard
XCL  280658
UREF
PNO  4907818
ISD  19900300
NAM  Chai
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  5087066
ISD  19920200
NAM  Mong-Hsing
XCL  280650
UREF
PNO  5104134
ISD  19920400
NAM  Cone
OCL  280 30
UREF
PNO  5188380
ISD  19930200
NAM  Tucek
OCL  280 30
UREF
PNO  5201535
ISD  19930400
NAM  Kato et al.
UREF
PNO  5205577
ISD  19930400
NAM  Liu
OCL  280642
UREF
PNO  5257799
ISD  19931100
NAM  Cone et al.
UREF
PNO  5454584
ISD  19951000
NAM  Haut et al.
UREF
PNO  5533936
ISD  19960700
NAM  Julien et al.
XCL  297270.2
FREF
PNO  86 2 08152 U
ISD  19870700
CNT  CNX
FREF
PNO  92215144
ISD  19921000
CNT  CNX
FREF
PNO  93220881
ISD  19940700
CNT  CNX
FREF
PNO  94242511
ISD  19950600
CNT  CNX
FREF
PNO  93/01420
ISD  19930100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  PCT/CN96/00015
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/2531 A1
ISD  19960800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Advertising material of the Prodigy Shuttle, a trademark of Prodigy Corp.,
      USA.
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon LLP
ABST
PAL  A child carrier includes a frame, wheels disposed at the lower portion of
      the frame, a hand-pushed bar joined to the frame, a seat attachable to the
      frame by a fore swing arm and a rear swing arm. The fore swing arm and the
      rear swing arm are hinged respectively to the front and rear of the frame
      and are capable of swinging the seat. The child carrier further includes a
      switching device that permits a caregiver to adjust the distance between
      the lower ends of the fore and rear swing arms so that the seat can swing
      in a horizontal gliding motion or a pendulum type rocking motion. The
      carrier can also be used as a common hand-pushed carriage when the seat is
      fixed. The child carrier further includes an anti-swing latch capable of
      coupling the frame to the fore swing arm to prevent the seat from moving
      relative to the frame. The seat is adjustable to provide a forward or
      rearward facing stroller or carriage seat and is removable from the frame
      to provide a bassinet. The seat includes a seat back, a seat bottom, a
      foot rest, and an extendible front bar that may be positioned in different
      positions relative to each other so that the child carrier may be
      configured in a carriage position or stroller position. The frame is
      collapsible and movable between an unfolded use position and a folded
      storage position.
PATN
WKU  059886714
SRC  8
APN  9685723
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19971112
TTL  Collapsible cart
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Bartz; S. T.
EXP  Schwartz; Christopher P.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Abelbeck; Kevin G.
CTY  Venice
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Dickie; Paul C.
CTY  Loveland
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Thrasher; James D.
STR  12 Kathryn Rd.
CTY  Foxboro
STA  MA
ZIP  02035
INVT
NAM  DiMascio; Perry M.
STR  20 Douglas Dr.
CTY  Mansfield
STA  MA
ZIP  02048
ASSG
NAM  Thrasher; James D.
CTY  Foxborough
STA  MA
COD  04
ASSG
NAM  DiMascio; Perry M.
CTY  Mansfield
STA  MA
COD  04
RLAP
COD  72
APN  806339
APD  19970226
PSC  01
PNO  5915722
CLAS
OCL  280649
EDF  6
ICL  B62B  100
FSC  280
FSS  35;DIG. 6;638;639;651;652;654;655;659;37;47.17;47.18;47.24;47.26;47.315;649
     ;DIG. 3
FSC  180
FSS  129;132
FSC  206
FSS  216;335
FSC  211
FSS  85;132;195
FSC  248
FSS  129
FSC  D34
FSS  24
UREF
PNO  3627342
ISD  19711200
NAM  Morellet
OCL  280649
UREF
PNO  3677571
ISD  19720700
NAM  Maturo, Jr. et al.
OCL  280 36R
UREF
PNO  3693993
ISD  19720900
NAM  Mazzarelli et al.
OCL  280 30
UREF
PNO  4222585
ISD  19800900
NAM  Crothers
OCL  280654
UREF
PNO  4266807
ISD  19810500
NAM  Griffin
OCL  280649
UREF
PNO  4429897
ISD  19840200
NAM  Friedman et al.
OCL  280646
UREF
PNO  4703944
ISD  19871100
NAM  Higson
OCL  280 30
UREF
PNO  4790559
ISD  19881200
NAM  Edmonds
OCL  280655
UREF
PNO  4865346
ISD  19890900
NAM  Carlile
OCL  280654
UREF
PNO  4887837
ISD  19891200
NAM  Bonewicz, Jr. et al.
OCL  280654
UREF
PNO  5197754
ISD  19930300
NAM  Ward
OCL  280655
ABST
PAL  The disclosed invention is a means of transporting items such as those
      commonly taken to the beach or on a picnic over sandy or otherwise
      yielding terrain. The device is comprised of a wheeled, collapsible frame
      including a bottom frame suitable for supporting larger objects such as an
      ice chest. The disclosed invention also includes an upper frame which
      supports a pliable receptacle that is of sufficient size to hold a
      multitude of miscellaneous items such as blankets, beach toys, clothes,
      food, etc. The invention includes a retractable chair hanger to support a
      plurality of folding chairs in a hanging fashion thereby providing a
      stable environment for transporting the chairs with little risk of loosing
      the chairs when traveling over rough terrain. In the preferred embodiment,
      near the midpoint of the chair hanger is a cross bar that is used to
      support the front portion of the receptacle. The frame is such that it
      allows foldability to such an extent that it collapses to a size that can
      be easily stored and transported. This is aided by the use of a stop
      bracket. The stop bracket is preferably a spring loaded device that allows
      both locking of the front leg to the distal end of the handle and a
      pivotal attachment of the front leg to the handle.
PATN
WKU  059886722
SRC  8
APN  9081097
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970811
TTL  Suspension system with integral box beam
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Rice; Kenneth R.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  VanDenberg; Ervin K.
CTY  Massillon
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Meritor Heavy Vehicle Suspension Systems, Inc.
CTY  Troy
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  280683
XCL  28012411
EDF  6
ICL  B60G  500
FSC  280
FSS  678;683;124.11
UREF
PNO  2848248
ISD  19580800
NAM  Hansen et al.
UREF
PNO  3133745
ISD  19640500
NAM  Granning
OCL  280112
UREF
PNO  3155397
ISD  19641100
NAM  Stump et al.
OCL  280683
UREF
PNO  3689102
ISD  19720900
NAM  Granning
OCL  280112R
UREF
PNO  3713663
ISD  19730100
NAM  Granning
OCL  280112R
UREF
PNO  3747948
ISD  19730700
NAM  Granning
OCL  280112R
UREF
PNO  3887025
ISD  19750600
NAM  Kaltwasser
UREF
PNO  4171830
ISD  19791000
NAM  Metz
OCL  280711
UREF
PNO  4783096
ISD  19881100
NAM  Ramsey et al.
UREF
PNO  4911417
ISD  19900300
NAM  Short
UREF
PNO  5127668
ISD  19920700
NAM  Raidel
OCL  280683
UREF
PNO  5366237
ISD  19941100
NAM  Dilling et al.
OCL  280711
UREF
PNO  5403031
ISD  19950400
NAM  Gottschalk et al.
OCL  280704
FREF
PNO  952136
ISD  19740700
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1530566
ISD  19700300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1389149
ISD  19731100
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Granning Suspension Systems, Truck Suspension Brochure, Feb. 1, 1983.
LREP
FRM  Howard & Howard
ABST
PAL  A vehicle suspension system having a box shaped beam having a top plate, a
      bottom plate, a front plate and a pair of end plates. The top plates and
      bottom plates are spaced apart a distance substantially equal to the axle
      height and are securely welded thereto along both the top and bottom of
      the axle. A pair of axially aligned and spaced apart pivots are secured
      intermediate the top plates and bottom plate, and receive a pivot pin for
      mounting the box beam to a vehicle. Each pivot includes a bushing, which,
      in an alternative embodiment, includes a horizontal spring rate, a
      vertical spring rate and an axial spring rate. Additionally, the top plate
      and bottom plate are welded to the axle along a substantial portion of the
      length thereof for substantially reducing torque in the axle, and for
      significantly reducing bending stresses felt by the axle. In an
      alternative embodiment, the sidewalls are integrally formed with the top
      and bottom walls for ease of manufacture.
PATN
WKU  059886730
SRC  9
APN  1612220
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980928
TTL  Arrangement of an inflatable head protection system in a motor vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  8
EXP  English; Peter C.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Stavermann; Joerg
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayerische Motoren Werke Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960327
APN  196 12 227
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTEP9700572
APD  19970210
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  2807301
XCL  280751
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2104
ICL  B60R 2122
FSC  280
FSS  730.2;730.1;728.2;728.3;732;751;752
UREF
PNO  2834606
ISD  19580500
NAM  Bertrand
OCL  280730.1
UREF
PNO  4966388
ISD  19901000
NAM  Warner et al.
OCL  280730
UREF
PNO  5322322
ISD  19940600
NAM  Bark et al.
OCL  280730
UREF
PNO  5324074
ISD  19940600
NAM  Christian et al.
OCL  280728R
UREF
PNO  5480181
ISD  19960100
NAM  Bark et al.
OCL  280730.2
FREF
PNO  0 694 444
ISD  19960100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 705 738
ISD  19960400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 238 343
ISD  19750200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 345 316
ISD  19771000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  34 22 263
ISD  19851200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  41 37 691
ISD  19921100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 38 427
ISD  19930500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 08 693
ISD  19930900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 07 175
ISD  19930900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 04 919
ISD  19930900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 32 658
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 35 073
ISD  19940400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 19 297
ISD  19951200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 26 848
ISD  19960200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  295 19 540
ISD  19960400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  296 03 316
ISD  19960800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  296 05 897
ISD  19960900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  296 10 920
ISD  19961000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  07117605
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  08310335
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 191 450
ISD  19871200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 261 636
ISD  19930500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 278 812
ISD  19941200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  94/19215
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  An inflatable head protection system has an air bag which is provided at
      least partly along a member or a column of the vehicle body in the
      non-inflated condition following its course. This air bag is held by a
      separate deformation element which is constructed as a shaped sheet metal
      part having at least one deformation curvature, in which case the air bag
      is housed essentially between the deformation element and the member/the
      column. An optimal protection is therefore ensured in the static as well
      as in the dynamic case.
PATN
WKU  059886749
SRC  8
APN  956649&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971023
TTL  Air bag apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Rice; Kenneth R.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Takao
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okazaki; Hidetsugu
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Utsumi; Hidetoshi
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961025
APN  8-283528
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961025
APN  8-283529
CLAS
OCL  2807302
XCL  2807283
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2120
FSC  280
FSS  728.3;730.2
UREF
PNO  5498030
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hill et al.
OCL  280743.1
UREF
PNO  5556127
ISD  19960900
NAM  Hurford et al.
UREF
PNO  5749597
ISD  19980500
NAM  Saderholm
OCL  280730.2
UREF
PNO  5860673
ISD  19990100
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  280730.2
UREF
PNO  5893579
ISD  19990400
NAM  Kimura et al.
OCL  280730.2
FREF
PNO  WO 96/30234
ISD  19961000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A module case is provided in which an air bag module is housed. The air bag
      module is arranged inside of a seat back of a seat of a motor vehicle and
      the lid of the module case is opened by a pressure of an air bag which
      inflates at the side collision of the motor vehicle, so as to deploy the
      air bag from the lid into a passenger compartment of the vehicle. Even
      when the lid has become unopenable due to the depression thereof by a door
      deformed by the shock of the collision, tear lines formed in a case body
      of the module case are torn to turn a front wall of the case body in a
      direction towards the front of the vehicle, and hence, the air bag can be
      deployed from the front wall part of the case body into the passenger
      compartment without hindrance.
PATN
WKU  059886757
SRC  9
APN  0144797
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980128
TTL  Passenger-side airbag module
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Rice; Kenneth R.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Bathon; Michael
CTY  Stockstadt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Fath; Stefen
CTY  Aschaffenburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bohn; Stefan
CTY  Goldbach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  TRW Automotive Safety Systems GmbH
CTY  Aschaffenburg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970215
APN  197 05 830
CLAS
OCL  280732
XCL  2807431
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2120
FSC  280
FSS  731;732;743.1;743.2
UREF
PNO  5004266
ISD  19910400
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  280743.2
UREF
PNO  5242192
ISD  19930900
NAM  Prescaro et al.
OCL  280732
UREF
PNO  5306039
ISD  19940400
NAM  Nakayama
OCL  280732
UREF
PNO  5732971
ISD  19980300
NAM  Lutz
OCL  280732
UREF
PNO  5755459
ISD  19980500
NAM  LaLonde
OCL  280743.1
FREF
PNO  4137691 A1
ISD  19921100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19616941 C1
ISD  19970700
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Sprung Kramer Schaefer & Briscoe
ABST
PAL  An airbag module for the passenger side of a vehicle with a diffusor pipe,
      a gas generator accommodated in and connected to the diffusor pipe, a
      folded-together air sack accommodated outside of and fastened to the
      diffusor pipe, a holder around the air sack, and cover components
      tensioned between a flange at one end of the gas generator or of a
      generator disk and the ends of the diffusor pipe and securely tensioning
      the edges of a loop that fits over the diffusor pipe and secures the air
      sack. The air sack around the holder essentially comprises a sack-like
      pouch of textile material around the diffusor pipe with two partly
      overlapping pieces attached to and detachable from each other and
      concealing the opening that the unfolding air sack emerges through.
PATN
WKU  059886765
SRC  8
APN  9422277
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971001
TTL  Optical weight sensor for vehicular safety restraint systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Ellis; Christopher P.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Lotito; James C.
CTY  Warren
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Marker, deceased; Ronald A.
CTY  late of Sterling Heights
STA  MI
ITX  by Aloysine Marker, legal representative
INVT
NAM  Owen; Matthew W.
CTY  Harper Woods
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Breed Automotive Technology, Inc.
CTY  Lakeland
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  280735
XCL  280735
XCL  359196
XCL  359291
XCL  180273
XCL   33707
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2132
FSC  280
FSS  735
FSC  359
FSS  196;291
FSC  180
FSS  273
FSC   33
FSS  707
UREF
PNO  5446661
ISD  19950800
NAM  Gioutsos et al.
XCL  280735
UREF
PNO  5598268
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kellner
OCL  356375
UREF
PNO  5709404
ISD  19980100
NAM  Brooks
OCL  280735
UREF
PNO  5785347
ISD  19980700
NAM  Adolph et al.
OCL  280735
UREF
PNO  5871232
ISD  19990200
NAM  White
OCL  280735
OREF
PAL  "Sensing Automobile Occupant Position with Optical Triangulation" by Walt
      Chapelle and Ed Gillis, pp. 18-22, Sensors, Dec. 1995.
LREP
FR2  Seitzman; Markell
ABST
PAL  An optical weight sensor (16) for use in the crash management system of a
      motor vehicle's safety restraint system (10). The optical weight sensor
      (16) functions to determine the weight of an occupant sitting on a vehicle
      seat (12) and is mounted between the seat frame (42) and mounting
      structure (46) of the vehicle seat (12). The optical weight sensor (16)
      includes an imaging assembly (52) retained in an enclosed housing assembly
      (50). The weight of a seat occupant causes a portion (56) of the housing
      assembly (50) to deflect the imaging assembly (52) generating a change in
      a reflection angle caused by such deflection. The imaging assembly (52)
      includes a light emitting unit (70) which emits a light beam onto a target
      area (78) on housing portion (56) which is subsequently reflected onto a
      position sensing unit (76).
PATN
WKU  059886773
SRC  8
APN  8364966
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970507
TTL  Airbag module
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Ellis; Christopher P.
NDR  10
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Adomeit; Heinz-Dieter
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Jahnke; Harald
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Braun; Eleonore
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Marotzke; Thomas
CTY  Bergfelde
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Petri AG
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19941117
APN  44 42 202
CLAS
OCL  280740
XCL  280736
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2128
FSC  280
FSS  740;736;728.1;731;732;730.1;730.2
UREF
PNO  3606377
ISD  19710900
NAM  Martin
OCL  280150AB
UREF
PNO  3618981
ISD  19711100
NAM  Leising et al.
OCL  280150AB
UREF
PNO  3632133
ISD  19720100
NAM  Hass
OCL  280150AB
UREF
PNO  3887214
ISD  19750600
NAM  Brawn
OCL  280732
UREF
PNO  4068862
ISD  19780100
NAM  Ishi et al.
OCL  280740
UREF
PNO  4191392
ISD  19800300
NAM  Barnett
OCL  280740
UREF
PNO  4332398
ISD  19820600
NAM  Smith
OCL  280732
UREF
PNO  5259643
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kraft et al.
OCL  280740
UREF
PNO  5290059
ISD  19940300
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  280728.1
UREF
PNO  5326131
ISD  19940700
NAM  Yokota et al.
OCL  280728A
UREF
PNO  5340151
ISD  19940800
NAM  Sato
XCL  280740
UREF
PNO  5498030
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hill et al.
OCL  280743.1
UREF
PNO  5531476
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kerner
OCL  280743.1
UREF
PNO  5626358
ISD  19970500
NAM  Ricks et al.
OCL  280731
UREF
PNO  5681052
ISD  19971000
NAM  Ricks et al.
OCL  280743.1
UREF
PNO  5755457
ISD  19980500
NAM  Specht
OCL  280740
FREF
PNO  0602785
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0607671
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0620140
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1 955 145
ISD  19700500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 008 093
ISD  19700900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2152906
ISD  19730400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  86 19 670
ISD  19870900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4019677
ISD  19920100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 00 833 A1
ISD  19920700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  41 37 691 A1
ISD  19921100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 21 226 A1
ISD  19940100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 27 559 A1
ISD  19940200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  96/25309
ISD  19960800
CNT  WOX
OCL  280740
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE95/01310
PD1  19970507
PD2  19970507
PD3  19950915
PCP  WO96/15923
PCD  19960530
ABST
PAR  An airbag module with a gas generator, a blow diffuser, and a gas bag has
      at least one blow diffuser extending into a fold of the folded gas bag.
      The blow diffuser extends as far as the region of the gas bag cover and
      the folded gas bag is fitted essentially beside the blow diffuser and is
      arranged around it. With this airbag module, the gas bag is drawn from the
      housing and not pushed in the usual manner.
PATN
WKU  059886781
SRC  8
APN  904261&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970731
TTL  Structure for mounting of internal part for vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Dickson; Paul N.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Keishin
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sawane; Daijiro
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Kumi Kasei Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960802
APN  8-204497
CLAS
OCL  280751
XCL  296 352
XCL   24297
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2104
FSC  280
FSS  751;748;752
FSC  296
FSS  35.2;35.1;153;146.7;189
FSC   24
FSS  297
UREF
PNO  3797857
ISD  19740300
NAM  Reeves
OCL  280751
UREF
PNO  3897967
ISD  19750800
NAM  Barenyi
OCL   24297
UREF
PNO  4739543
ISD  19880400
NAM  Harris
OCL   24297
UREF
PNO  5341544
ISD  19940800
NAM  Richter et al.
OCL   24297
UREF
PNO  5448804
ISD  19950900
NAM  Warren
OCL   24297
FREF
PNO  8-72642
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  Simplified structure and arrangement for fixing an internal part to a
      vehicle body forming member in a single step during assembly of an
      automobile without use of a separate fixing member. This enhances
      efficient assembly of the internal part to the vehicle body forming
      member. An insert boss integrally provided on an internal part such as a
      shock absorbing member and having a deformable portion is inserted into an
      insert bore in a roof side rail as a vehicle body forming member while
      deforming the portion, to fix the shock absorbing member to the roof side
      rail.
PATN
WKU  059886790
SRC  8
APN  954013&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971020
TTL  Device for adjusting the length, and/or height, and/or tilt of a
      steering column of a motor vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  English; Peter C.
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Schelling; Raymond
CTY  Sargans
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Verling; Heike-Michael
CTY  Gamprin
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Etablissement Supervis
CTY  Vaduz
CNT  LIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961019
APN  196 43 203
CLAS
OCL  280775
XCL   74493
EDF  6
ICL  B62D  118
FSC  280
FSS  775;777
FSC   74
FSS  493
UREF
PNO  5161425
ISD  19921100
NAM  Baskett et al.
OCL  280775
UREF
PNO  5555772
ISD  19960900
NAM  Schneider
OCL  280775
UREF
PNO  5743150
ISD  19980400
NAM  Fevre et al.
OCL  280775
UREF
PNO  5787759
ISD  19980800
NAM  Olgren
OCL  280777
FREF
PNO  0600700
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  19542472
ISD  19970200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2092966
ISD  19820800
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Brown & Wood, LLP
ABST
PAL  A device for adjusting length, height and/or tilt of a steering column of a
      motor vehicle and including a steering column tube for receiving a
      steering column therein, a guide rail for supporting the steering column
      tube with a possibility of a longitudinal displacement of the steering
      column tube along the guide rail, a bolt extending through a tubular axle
      and into the steering column tube through an elongate hole provided in a
      wall of the steering column tube parallel to a longitudinal extent of the
      steering column tube and having longitudinal edges provided with serrated
      slats, a shaped member located in an interior of the steering column tube
      and having serrated slats engageable with the serrated slats of the
      longitudinal edges, with the bolt having an inner end fixedly connected
      with the shaped member, and at least one connecting link located on a side
      of an actuating lever adjacent to a component fixedly secured to the
      chassis and displaceable along the tubular axle upon pivoting of the
      actuating lever.
PATN
WKU  059886803
SRC  9
APN  1618857
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980928
TTL  Pyrotechnic drive, in particular for vehicle occupant restraint systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Howell; Jeff
EXP  Jordan; Charles T.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Wier; Franz
CTY  Goggingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  TRW Occupant Restraint Systems GmbH
CTY  Alfdorf
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970929
APN  297 17 367  U
CLAS
OCL  280806
XCL   89  114
XCL  102360
XCL  297480
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2236
ICL  B64D  104
ICL  A47C 3100
FSC   89
FSS  1.14
FSC  102
FSS  360
FSC  297
FSS  480
FSC  280
FSS  805;806
UREF
PNO  3280566
ISD  19661000
NAM  Larue
OCL   60253
UREF
PNO  4152025
ISD  19790500
NAM  Bendler et al.
OCL  297386
UREF
PNO  5407148
ISD  19950400
NAM  Ono et al.
OCL  242374
UREF
PNO  5421264
ISD  19950600
NAM  Petrick
OCL  102443
UREF
PNO  5553890
ISD  19960900
NAM  Buhr et al.
OCL  280806
LREP
FRM  Tarolli, Sundheim, Covell, Tummino & Szabo
ABST
PAL  A pyrotechnic drive, in particular a linear drive for vehicle occupant
      restraint systems comprises a cylinder having a cylinder wall and a
      working space, a piston which together with the cylinder wall delimits the
      working space, and several pyrotechnic propellant charges producing gas.
      The gas reaches the working space and thereby sets the piston in motion
      relative to the cylinder. The propellant charges are ignited staggered in
      time relative to each other and comprise a first propellant charge
      integrated in the piston and a second propellant charge connected with the
      cylinder wall.
PATN
WKU  059886811
SRC  8
APN  9455434
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971029
TTL  System for securing a ski pole to the hand of a skier
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  7
EXA  Ririe; Andrew J.
EXP  Ellis; Christopher P.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Vesalainen; Mika
CTY  Karhula
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Manninen; Taisto
CTY  Mantyharju
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Exel Oy
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19950505
APN  952158
CLAS
OCL  280821
XCL    2160
EDF  6
ICL  A63C 1122
ICL  A41D 1900
FSC  280
FSS  819;821;822
FSC    2
FSS  159;160;161.1
UREF
PNO  3218089
ISD  19651100
NAM  Marchand
OCL  280822
UREF
PNO  4570887
ISD  19860200
NAM  Banister
OCL  248187.1
UREF
PNO  5110154
ISD  19920500
NAM  Street
OCL  280822
UREF
PNO  5312134
ISD  19940500
NAM  Goode
OCL  280822
UREF
PNO  5328205
ISD  19940700
NAM  Bacharach
OCL  280822
UREF
PNO  5887282
ISD  19990300
NAM  Lenhart
OCL    2159
FREF
PNO  0370900
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
OCL  280822
FREF
PNO  169214
ISD  19900100
CNT  NOX
OCL  280822
LREP
FRM  Rothwell, Figg, Ernst & Kurz, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FI96/00252
PD1  19971029
PD2  19971029
PD3  19960506
PCP  WO96/34665
PCD  19961107
ABST
PAR  A system for securing a ski pole to a hand of a skier, wherein a ski glove
      or a hand-wrapping harness strap includes a wedge-shaped or triangular
      locking piece, with the locking piece being attached to the harness strap
      or attached to the ski glove by a flexible lip located within a web area
      between a thumb and an index finger of the glove, the locking piece being
      releasably claspable to a handgrip of the ski pole, with the handgrip
      being provided with a mating-shaped cavity for receiving the locking piece
      with a fit reminiscent of a dove-tail joint.
PATN
WKU  059886820
SRC  8
APN  8839549
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970627
TTL  Covering device for roller skates
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Camby; Richard M.
NDR  12
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Allera; Dirk
STR  Kniprodestrasse 31
CTY  DE - 51067 Koln
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960627
APN  296 11 226  U
CLAS
OCL  280825
XCL  280 1122
EDF  6
ICL  A63C  300
FSC  280
FSS  825;811;11.22;11.23
FSC   36
FSS  132;136
FSC  D21
FSS  226
UREF
PNO  2395394
ISD  19460200
NAM  Carlson
UREF
PNO  4364187
ISD  19821200
NAM  Melendez
UREF
PNO  4413842
ISD  19831100
NAM  Loredo
UREF
PNO  5290065
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kassal
OCL  280825
UREF
PNO  5522621
ISD  19960600
NAM  Schneider
OCL  280825
UREF
PNO  5573275
ISD  19961100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  280825
UREF
PNO  5580094
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ruehlman et al.
UREF
PNO  5697643
ISD  19971200
NAM  Marasco et al.
OCL  280825
UREF
PNO  5765870
ISD  19980600
NAM  Riley
OCL  280825
UREF
PNO  5833270
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hubshman
OCL  280825
UREF
PNO  5848808
ISD  19981200
NAM  Fenton
OCL  280825
FREF
PNO  3016602
ISD  19811100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2961591
ISD  19970100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Robert W. Becker & Associates
ABST
PAL  A covering device for rollers of roller skates includes a cover element for
      positioning underneath rollers of a roller skate. A fastening element is
      connected to the cover element for fastening the cover element to the
      roller skate. The cover element includes a ground contact surface
      extending, when the covering device is attached to the roller skate, in a
      direction of travel of the rollers of the roller skates. It has an arc
      shape in the direction of travel to allow an ergonomic foot movement of
      the user of the roller skate.
PATN
WKU  059886838
SRC  8
APN  7972725
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970207
TTL  Replaceable blade skate
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  McCarry, Jr.; Robert J.
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  15
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Venier; Fabio
CTY  Holland Landing
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Hetzler; Markus
CTY  Brampton
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Quickblade Inc.
CTY  Markham
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  280841
XCL  280 1112
XCL    7138
EDF  6
ICL  A63C  100
FSC  280
FSS  891;11.12;11.17;11.18;28;811;825
FSC    7
FSS  138
FSC   81
FSS  436
UREF
PNO  3015492
ISD  19620100
NAM  Kesner et al.
OCL  280825
UREF
PNO  4015762
ISD  19770400
NAM  Mendillo
OCL  280814
UREF
PNO  5088749
ISD  19920200
NAM  Olivieri
OCL  280 11.8
UREF
PNO  5248156
ISD  19930900
NAM  Cann et al.
OCL  280 11.12
LREP
FRM  Frost & Jacobs LLP
ABST
PAL  A replaceable blade skate comprises inexpensive, light, easily changed
      blades adapted to fit to multiple rocker curvatures. A torque limiting
      device provides for easy replacement and adjustment of blades by
      consumers. Replaceable toe and heel caps provide protection and
      color-coding. The sometimes undesirable gap between the boot and blade
      portion of the skate can be eliminated with the construction of the skate
      of the invention.
PATN
WKU  059886846
SRC  8
APN  9249621
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970908
TTL  Mechanized and motorized books with internal mechanism for selectively
      moving objects relative to book pages
ISD  19991123
NCL  42
ECL  1
EXA  Henderson; Mark T.
EXP  Fridie, Jr.; Willmon
NDR  8
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Blaustein; Lawrence A.
CTY  Moreland Hills
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Tapper; Jill Ann
CTY  Shaker Hts.
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Perkitny; Jerzy
CTY  Moreland Hills
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Lawrence Product Development
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  281 151
XCL  281 28
XCL  281 38
XCL  281 51
XCL  434365
XCL  434368
XCL  446147
XCL  446149
XCL  446150
EDF  6
ICL  G09F 1100
ICL  B42D  100
FSC  281
FSS  38;51;28
FSC  434
FSS  365;368
FSC  446
FSS  147;149;150
UREF
PNO  622111
ISD  18990300
NAM  Brentano
UREF
PNO  1201913
ISD  19161000
NAM  Arnold
UREF
PNO  1988045
ISD  19350100
NAM  Morris
UREF
PNO  2126567
ISD  19380800
NAM  McCallum
UREF
PNO  2367373
ISD  19450100
NAM  Ralston
OCL   46 34
UREF
PNO  2429335
ISD  19471000
NAM  Wehr
UREF
PNO  2432318
ISD  19471200
NAM  Leech
UREF
PNO  2500106
ISD  19500300
NAM  Wehr
OCL   46119
UREF
PNO  2884724
ISD  19590500
NAM  Lohnes et al.
UREF
PNO  2895244
ISD  19590700
NAM  Youngren
UREF
PNO  3142919
ISD  19640800
NAM  Richardson
UREF
PNO  3318040
ISD  19670500
NAM  Kinberg
UREF
PNO  3462873
ISD  19690800
NAM  Moreci
UREF
PNO  3559321
ISD  19710200
NAM  Helms
UREF
PNO  3994091
ISD  19761100
NAM  Modell
UREF
PNO  5139454
ISD  19920800
NAM  Earnest
UREF
PNO  5383292
ISD  19950100
NAM  Whittredge
UREF
PNO  5494445
ISD  19960200
NAM  Sekiguchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5548913
ISD  19960800
NAM  Randolph et al.
UREF
PNO  5580098
ISD  19961200
NAM  Gates
LREP
FRM  Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP
ABST
PAL  Books with internal mechanization have rotary and linear drive mechanisms
      which displace objects along linear, non-linear, rotary and
      three-dimensional paths relative to the book pages are described.
      Spatially arranged cut-outs in the pages which correspond to the range of
      motion of the displaced and translated objects allow different moving
      objects to be viewed at different areas of the book from page to page.
      Battery powered drive mechanisms with push-button operation accessible
      from the front of the book enables easy, selective activation of the
      moving objects, independent of the position of the front cover and pages
      relative to the back cover. Belt-driven wheels provide inherent clutching
      action to prevent damage to the drive mechanism. Manually operated
      embodiments of the various drive mechanisms which produce each of the
      described motions are also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059886854
SRC  8
APN  910416&
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970813
TTL  Multiple faced customizable folio system
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Thurston; Alisa L.
EXP  Fridie, Jr.; Willmon
NDR  12
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Mogelonsky; Larry Leibe
CTY  Toronto
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Schwartz; Douglas G.
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Post-Fax Inc.
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  281 31
XCL  402 79
XCL  402 80
XCL  402  3
XCL  281 38
XCL  281 29
XCL  229 71
EDF  6
ICL  B42D  300
ICL  B42D  100
ICL  B42F 1300
FSC  229
FSS  67.1;72
FSC  281
FSS  46;37;34
FSC  283
FSS  117;15.1;81;63.1;100;101
FSC  402
FSS  75;71;73;25;502
UREF
PNO  237061
ISD  18810100
NAM  Sneider
UREF
PNO  315425
ISD  18851000
NAM  Harvey
OCL  150 52
UREF
PNO  456717
ISD  18910700
NAM  Brodix
UREF
PNO  752537
ISD  19040200
NAM  Eneas
UREF
PNO  868758
ISD  19071000
NAM  Bexell
UREF
PNO  970399
ISD  19100900
NAM  Sawyer
UREF
PNO  1054522
ISD  19130200
NAM  Exline
UREF
PNO  1065414
ISD  19130600
NAM  Wiesner
UREF
PNO  1157810
ISD  19151000
NAM  Seelman, Jr.
UREF
PNO  1201802
ISD  19161000
NAM  Cass
UREF
PNO  1447731
ISD  19230300
NAM  Pouher
UREF
PNO  1509158
ISD  19240900
NAM  Love, Jr.
UREF
PNO  1634064
ISD  19270600
NAM  Ahlquist
UREF
PNO  2246397
ISD  19410600
NAM  Traum
OCL  281 17
UREF
PNO  2390864
ISD  19451200
NAM  Bayley
OCL  229 72
UREF
PNO  3038742
ISD  19620600
NAM  Leap
OCL  281 29
UREF
PNO  3078107
ISD  19630200
NAM  Loderhose
OCL  281 29
UREF
PNO  3310321
ISD  19670300
NAM  Freund
OCL  281 31
UREF
PNO  3516599
ISD  19700600
NAM  Buttery
OCL  229 72
UREF
PNO  4301962
ISD  19811100
NAM  Monckton et al.
OCL  229 72
UREF
PNO  4306737
ISD  19811200
NAM  Errichiello
OCL  281 32
UREF
PNO  4420112
ISD  19831200
NAM  Cline
OCL  229 72
UREF
PNO  4629349
ISD  19861200
NAM  Pitts
OCL  402 74
UREF
PNO  4640413
ISD  19870200
NAM  Kaplan et al.
OCL  206232
UREF
PNO  4819962
ISD  19890400
NAM  Takai
OCL  281 15.1
UREF
PNO  4832369
ISD  19890500
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  281 18
UREF
PNO  4848798
ISD  19890700
NAM  Moor
OCL  281 31
UREF
PNO  4863093
ISD  19890900
NAM  DuCorday
OCL  229  1.5R
UREF
PNO  4934584
ISD  19900600
NAM  Wyant
OCL  229  1.5R
UREF
PNO  4958855
ISD  19900900
NAM  Shipp
OCL  281 45
UREF
PNO  4971361
ISD  19901100
NAM  Whiting
OCL  281  2
UREF
PNO  4991767
ISD  19910200
NAM  Wyant
OCL  229  1.5R
UREF
PNO  5020828
ISD  19910600
NAM  Moor
OCL  281 29
UREF
PNO  5025978
ISD  19910600
NAM  Pacione
OCL  229  1.5
UREF
PNO  5090732
ISD  19920200
NAM  Kuhns et al.
OCL  281 29
UREF
PNO  5114009
ISD  19920500
NAM  Johnston
OCL   40159
UREF
PNO  5120090
ISD  19920600
NAM  Reinl
OCL  283117
UREF
PNO  5141485
ISD  19920800
NAM  Welt
OCL  493210
UREF
PNO  5284362
ISD  19940200
NAM  Kachel et al.
OCL  281 45
UREF
PNO  5330281
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kalan
OCL  281 15.1
UREF
PNO  5405473
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kuhns
OCL  156226
UREF
PNO  5411201
ISD  19950500
NAM  Petkovsek
OCL  229 71
UREF
PNO  5445417
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bromer et al.
OCL  281 46
UREF
PNO  5447333
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kuhns et al.
OCL  281 29
UREF
PNO  5598969
ISD  19970200
NAM  Ong
OCL  229 67.1
UREF
PNO  5752721
ISD  19980500
NAM  Balbas
OCL  281 19.1
UREF
PNO  5882038
ISD  19990300
NAM  Ong
OCL  281 31
OREF
PAL  Meriam Webster's Collegiate Dictionary, 10th edition, p. 1141, col. 1, line
      25, 1997.
LREP
FR2  Meyer, Esq.; Virginia H.
FR2  Spolyar, Esq.; Mark J.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a new customizable folio or report cover
      system that is useful for presenting customized optical characteristics to
      both the outer and inner faces of a folio cover. The customized optical
      characteristics are presented at the outer and inner faces of the folio
      cover as the result of selective replacement of insert sheet(s) that are
      placed into a pocket formed between the outer and inner faces of the folio
      cover. The outer and inner faces of the folio cover each have at least one
      cutout section(s), of any desired shape or design, through which selective
      part(s) of the replacement sheet(s) can be viewed. The insert sheet(s)
      have optical characteristic(s) that are different from those of the outer
      and inner faces of the folio cover, at least in those areas of the insert
      sheet that can be seen through the cutout section(s). The different
      optical characteristics may include content, graphics, pictures, color
      and/or texture, any of which may be printed on, or added to, the insert
      sheet by the folio user, using any suitable imaging or attachment method.
PATN
WKU  059886862
SRC  9
APN  072999&
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980506
TTL  Book display method
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Smith; Monica
EXP  Pitts; Andrea L.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Teixido; Ruben A.
STR  145 Dickinson La.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
ZIP  19807
CLAS
OCL  281 45
XCL   40610
XCL  248460
XCL  2484651
XCL  281 33
EDF  6
ICL  B42D  300
FSC   40
FSS  610
FSC  248
FSS  460;465.1
FSC  281
FSS  33;43;45
UREF
PNO  353582
ISD  18861100
NAM  Palmer
OCL  248453
UREF
PNO  419605
ISD  18900100
NAM  Hiller
OCL   40761
UREF
PNO  869110
ISD  19071000
NAM  Tibbetts
OCL  248453
UREF
PNO  3999734
ISD  19761200
NAM  Gibson et al.
OCL  248460
UREF
PNO  4279105
ISD  19810700
NAM  Cameron
OCL   40610
UREF
PNO  5029784
ISD  19910700
NAM  Blahout
OCL  248166
UREF
PNO  5251935
ISD  19931000
NAM  Bottiglieri
OCL  281 45
UREF
PNO  5720466
ISD  19980200
NAM  Skipper
OCL  248460
UREF
PNO  5765799
ISD  19980600
NAM  Weber
OCL  248453
UREF
PNO  5797578
ISD  19980800
NAM  Graffeo et al.
OCL  248453
LREP
FRM  Huntley & Associates
ABST
PAL  A method for displaying a book using a book display that is easily
      transported, and involving a cord with stops at each end.
PATN
WKU  059886870
SRC  9
APN  0483559
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980326
TTL  Computer printable jigsaw puzzle
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Henderson; Mark T.
EXP  Fridie, Jr.; Willmon
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Krisch; Robert F.
STR  23 Barry Dr.
CTY  Glen Cove
STA  NY
ZIP  11542
CLAS
OCL  281 51
XCL  273288
XCL  273157R
XCL  283903
XCL  283 49
EDF  6
ICL  A63F  906
ICL  A63F  908
FSC  273
FSS  157 R;288
FSC  283
FSS  903;49
UREF
PNO  4756533
ISD  19880700
NAM  Hopkins et al.
OCL  273157R
UREF
PNO  5622384
ISD  19970400
NAM  Bradley
OCL  281 51
LREP
FRM  Collard & Rue, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A puzzle for printing on a printer having rollers in its paper feed path,
      such as a personal computer printer. The puzzle is a semirigid but
      flexible sheet having at least one blank side serving as means for
      printing on by the printer. The sheet is sufficiently flexible to
      negotiate through the rollers of the printer. The sheet has a plurality of
      die-cuts defining pieces. The die-cuts intersect at intersections. The
      intersections have nicks for separating each cut at its intersection, and
      for maintaining rigidity of the sheet during printing.
PATN
WKU  059886889
SRC  8
APN  803138&
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970219
TTL  Bonded lottery stamp ticket book
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Henderson; Mark T.
EXP  Fridie, Jr.; Willmon
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Such; David A.
CTY  Great Falls
STA  MT
ASSG
NAM  World Wide Press, Inc.
CTY  Great Falls
STA  MT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  283100
XCL  283903
XCL  273139
XCL  273269
XCL  273270
EDF  6
ICL  B42D  100
ICL  B42D 1500
ICL  B32B  714
FSC  283
FSS  903;100
FSC  273
FSS  139;269;270
UREF
PNO  1835909
ISD  19311200
NAM  Shoemaker, Jr.
OCL  462 11
UREF
PNO  3930673
ISD  19760100
NAM  Sanden
OCL  283  6
UREF
PNO  3940124
ISD  19760200
NAM  Johnsen
OCL  270 61F
UREF
PNO  3956049
ISD  19760500
NAM  Johnsen
OCL  156200
UREF
PNO  4099721
ISD  19780700
NAM  Logander
OCL  273139
UREF
PNO  4270774
ISD  19810600
NAM  Barnes
OCL  283 62
UREF
PNO  4398708
ISD  19830800
NAM  Goldman et al.
OCL  270 18
UREF
PNO  4842303
ISD  19890600
NAM  Molenda
OCL  281  2
UREF
PNO  5106090
ISD  19920400
NAM  Greenwood
OCL  283903
UREF
PNO  5125689
ISD  19920600
NAM  Heninger
OCL  283106
UREF
PNO  5253899
ISD  19931000
NAM  Greenwood
OCL  283106
UREF
PNO  5641550
ISD  19970600
NAM  Berman et al.
OCL  281  2
FREF
PNO  1105041
ISD  19680300
CNT  GBX
OCL  283903
LREP
FRM  Webb Ziesenheim Logsdon Orkin & Hanson, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A bonded lottery stamp ticket book having a plurality of stiff tickets
      secured to each other, each ticket having a first layer, the first layer
      having an upper surface and a binding region, the upper surface having
      indicia, the indicia being numbers, letters, symbols, figures or
      combinations thereof. Each ticket also has a second layer wherein the
      second layer has a border, a tab and a lower surface. The lower surface of
      the second layer is attached to the upper surface of the first layer at
      the border. The tab is frangibly attached to the border covering the
      indicia so that opening the tab reveals the indicia. The tickets are
      stacked upon and bonded to each other at the binding region to form the
      ticket book. The tickets are sufficiently flexible so that each ticket may
      be bent away from adjacent tickets.
PATN
WKU  059886897
SRC  8
APN  9985247
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19971226
TTL  Heat-shrinkable electrofusion fittings and methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Nicholson; Eric K.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Lever; Ernest
CTY  Shawnee
STA  OK
ASSG
NAM  Central Plastics Company
CTY  Shawnee
STA  OK
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  285 211
XCL  285 212
XCL  2853815
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 4702
FSC  285
FSS  381.1;381.4;381.5;21.1;21.2;21.3
UREF
PNO  3166402
ISD  19650100
NAM  Berson et al.
OCL   75  5
UREF
PNO  3276929
ISD  19661000
NAM  Ferch
OCL  156 83
UREF
PNO  3415287
ISD  19681200
NAM  Heslop et al.
OCL  285381.5
UREF
PNO  3487137
ISD  19691200
NAM  Kopel
OCL  264111
UREF
PNO  3957382
ISD  19760500
NAM  Greuel, Jr. et al.
OCL  285381.5
UREF
PNO  4092193
ISD  19780500
NAM  Brooks
OCL  285 21.1
UREF
PNO  4699743
ISD  19871000
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  264104
UREF
PNO  4853165
ISD  19890800
NAM  Rosenzweig et al.
OCL  264 27
UREF
PNO  4896904
ISD  19900100
NAM  Gadsden et al.
OCL  285381.5
UREF
PNO  4952438
ISD  19900800
NAM  Kipfelsberger et al.
OCL  428 68
UREF
PNO  4985287
ISD  19910100
NAM  Tachibana
OCL  428 34.5
UREF
PNO  5000875
ISD  19910300
NAM  Kolouch
OCL  252511
UREF
PNO  5033775
ISD  19910700
NAM  Matte et al.
OCL  285150
UREF
PNO  5272216
ISD  19931200
NAM  Clark, Jr. et al.
OCL  525362
UREF
PNO  5272238
ISD  19931200
NAM  Garnier et al.
OCL  528  9
UREF
PNO  5277867
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ueda et al.
OCL  419 54
UREF
PNO  5317045
ISD  19940500
NAM  Clark, Jr. et al.
OCL  523300
UREF
PNO  5321060
ISD  19940600
NAM  Oliver et al.
OCL  523220
UREF
PNO  5338920
ISD  19940800
NAM  Okusaka et al.
OCL  285 21.2
UREF
PNO  5388869
ISD  19950200
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  285197
UREF
PNO  5391595
ISD  19950200
NAM  Clark, Jr. et al.
OCL  523300
UREF
PNO  5470622
ISD  19951100
NAM  Rinde et al.
OCL  285381.5
UREF
PNO  5482087
ISD  19960100
NAM  Overbergh et al.
OCL  285381.5
UREF
PNO  5576358
ISD  19961100
NAM  Lem et al.
OCL  523153
UREF
PNO  5644837
ISD  19970700
NAM  Fathi et al.
OCL   29832
UREF
PNO  5648013
ISD  19970700
NAM  Uchida et al.
OCL  252 62.54
UREF
PNO  5662362
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kapgan et al.
OCL  285381.1
UREF
PNO  5755465
ISD  19980500
NAM  Stewart, Jr. et al.
OCL  285381.5
FREF
PNO  2250950
ISD  19750600
CNT  FRX
OCL  285 21
FREF
PNO  3436986
ISD  19860400
CNT  DEX
OCL  285381
FREF
PNO  40-6074377
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
OCL  285381
FREF
PNO  40-6213387
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
OCL  285 21
FREF
PNO  1590814
ISD  19900900
CNT  SUX
OCL  285381
FREF
PNO  1656273
ISD  19910600
CNT  SUX
OCL  285 21
LREP
FR2  Dougherty, Jr.; C. Clark
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides improved heat-shrinkable electrofusion
      fittings and methods. The fittings are basically comprised of an
      electrically heatable tubular plastic outer member which is shrinkable
      when heated to a transition temperature, an electrically heatable tubular
      plastic inner member positioned within the outer member which has a fusion
      temperature higher than the transition temperature and an electrically
      activated induction coil for energizing the inner and outer members.
PATN
WKU  059886900
SRC  9
APN  0516317
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19980416
TTL  Device for connecting tube to endpiece
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Arola; Dave W.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Bogard; Olivier
CTY  Rennes
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Legris S.A.
CTY  Rennes
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19951027
APN  95 12702
CLAS
OCL  285 24
XCL  285111
XCL  285330
XCL  285331
XCL  285340
XCL  285353
XCL  285906
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 3500
FSC  285
FSS  24;27;340;331;330;111;353;906
UREF
PNO  2555591
ISD  19510600
NAM  Kane, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4463972
ISD  19840800
NAM  Weinhold
XCL  285331
UREF
PNO  4772558
ISD  19880900
NAM  Badoureaux
XCL  285340
UREF
PNO  4842548
ISD  19890600
NAM  Bolante
UREF
PNO  4958858
ISD  19900900
NAM  Guest
OCL  285 24
UREF
PNO  5286067
ISD  19940200
NAM  Choksi
XCL  285331
FREF
PNO  550323
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
OCL  285340
FREF
PNO  2452050
ISD  19801000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  828174
ISD  19600200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2210123
ISD  19890600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Griffin, Butler, Whisenhunt & Szipl, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR96/01641
PD1  19980416
PD2  19980416
PD3  19961021
PCP  WO97/15777
PCD  19970501
ABST
PAR  A junction device for joining a tube (3) to the body of a part (2)
      including a cylindrical endpiece (1) belonging to the part and defining a
      end face (6), and a coupling sleeve (11) having a first section (12)
      including releasable fastener means (13) for co-operating with
      corresponding means (5) on the coupling endpiece (1) and having a second
      section (14) axially adjacent to the first section (12) and including
      means (15) for opposing extraction of an end of the tube (3) placed in the
      sleeve (11) and in abutment against the end face (6) of the endpiece (1),
      in which the sleeve (11) is internally fitted with a guide ring (19) for
      guiding the end of the tube (3), the inside diameter (D) of the ring being
      substantially equal to the outside diameter of the tube (3), the ring
      possessing a first portion (20) mounted to slide in the second section
      (14) of the sleeve (11) and a second portion (21) projecting axially into
      the first section (12) of the sleeve (11), and the endpiece (1) being
      provided with a groove (7) formed in its end face (6) to receive and
      center the free end of the projecting second portion (31) of the ring (19)
      when the fastener means (5, 13) are in engagement.
PATN
WKU  059886919
SRC  8
APN  6968864
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19961112
TTL  Fluid pipelines
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  1
EXP  Nicholson; Eric K.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Cruickshank; John Duncan
CTY  Banchory
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Coflexip Stena Offshore limited
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19940219
APN  9403228
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19941021
APN  9421404
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19941102
APN  9422086
CLAS
OCL  285 55
XCL  2852881
XCL  285370
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 5916
ICL  F16L  914
FSC  285
FSS  55;288.1;370;222.1
FSC   29
FSS  890.14
FSC  138
FSS  109;147
UREF
PNO  3479059
ISD  19691100
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  3700268
ISD  19721000
NAM  Nielsen, Jr.
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  4366971
ISD  19830100
NAM  Lula
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  4400019
ISD  19830800
NAM  Fruck
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  4509776
ISD  19850400
NAM  Yoshida
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  4556240
ISD  19851200
NAM  Yoshida
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  4611833
ISD  19860900
NAM  Lescaut
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  4691740
ISD  19870900
NAM  Svetlik et al.
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  4883292
ISD  19891100
NAM  Kuroki
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  5069485
ISD  19911200
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  5163715
ISD  19921100
NAM  Rickard et al.
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  5320388
ISD  19940600
NAM  Lacy et al.
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  5348211
ISD  19940900
NAM  White et al.
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  5405171
ISD  19950400
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  5813437
ISD  19980900
NAM  Esser
OCL  285 55
LREP
FRM  Osrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB95/00344
PD1  19961112
PD2  19961112
PD3  19950217
PCP  WO95/22713
PCD  19950824
ABST
PAR  Means for securing a polymer liner to the inner surface of a pipe comprises
      an end piece consisting of a hub portion and a corrosion resistant
      metallic insert. The polymer hub is fusion welded to the end of the liner,
      and the metallic insert is seal welded portion of the inner surface of the
      pipe clad with corrosion resistant material at a distance from the outer
      end of the pipe. The clad portion may be provided by a pup piece welded to
      the end of the pipe. This arrangement allows two lengths of lined pipes to
      be joined by welding with a continuous corrosion resistant internal
      surface, without damage to the polymer pipe linings and in a manner which
      allows an assembled pipe string to be spooled onto a reel for subsequent
      pipelaying operations. In the preferred embodiment, the metal insert is
      screw-threaded to the polymer hub with an elastomeric seal therebetween,
      which provides a secondary seal between the end piece and the pipe wall.
      An alternative means of terminating a polymer lining sleeve for other
      purposes, such as a flange-type joint, is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059886927
SRC  9
APN  1623710
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19980928
TTL  Metal to plastic pipe transition fitting
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Arola; Dave W.
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Springer; Richard E.
CTY  Shawnee
STA  OK
ASSG
NAM  Central Plastics Company
CTY  Shawnee
STA  OK
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  285 55
XCL  28514813
XCL  2852881
XCL  285321
XCL  285351
XCL  285906
EDF  6
ICL  F16L  914
FSC  285
FSS  148.13;55;347;351;423;45;321;288.1;906;302;FOR 156
UREF
PNO  3784235
ISD  19740100
NAM  Kessler
OCL  285 21
UREF
PNO  4094536
ISD  19780600
NAM  Cole et al.
XCL  285148.13
UREF
PNO  4284297
ISD  19810800
NAM  Godkin
XCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  4482170
ISD  19841100
NAM  Jacobson et al.
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  4588214
ISD  19860500
NAM  Guest
OCL  285323
UREF
PNO  4681351
ISD  19870700
NAM  Barthlolmew
OCL  285319
UREF
PNO  4715624
ISD  19871200
NAM  Frye
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  4793638
ISD  19881200
NAM  Baldwin
OCL  285148.13
UREF
PNO  4997214
ISD  19910300
NAM  Reese
OCL  285174
UREF
PNO  5174611
ISD  19921200
NAM  Byrd et al.
XCL  285351
UREF
PNO  5326137
ISD  19940700
NAM  Lorenz et al.
OCL  285 55
UREF
PNO  5609370
ISD  19970300
NAM  Szabo et al.
XCL  285351
FREF
PNO  2095779
ISD  19821000
CNT  GBX
OCL  285 55
LREP
FR2  Dougherty, Jr.; C. Clark
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides an improved metal to plastic pipe transition
      fitting. The transition fitting basically comprises a metal sleeve having
      a pair of metal pipe sections attached thereto and an annular groove
      within the interior thereof. A plastic pipe is disposed within the metal
      sleeve which extends through one of the metal pipe sections. The end of
      the plastic pipe within the metal sleeve includes a plurality of spaced
      plastic retention rings and a snap ring attached thereto and the snap ring
      is engaged within the annular groove in the metal sleeve. At least one
      O-ring is disposed between the retention rings on the plastic pipe and a
      metal stiffening insert is disposed within the end portion of the plastic
      pipe within the metal sleeve.
PATN
WKU  059886935
SRC  8
APN  9038140
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19970731
TTL  Safety locking coupling assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Nicholson; Eric K.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Street; David G.
CTY  Pottstown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Campbell Fittings, Inc.
CTY  Boyertown
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  285 80
XCL  285312
XCL  285 87
XCL  285 84
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 3718
FSC  285
FSS  80;81;82;84;87;88;91;312;320
UREF
PNO  1941856
ISD  19340100
NAM  Fraley
OCL  285 80
UREF
PNO  2518026
ISD  19500800
NAM  Krapp
OCL  285312
UREF
PNO  3124374
ISD  19640300
NAM  Krapp
UREF
PNO  3439942
ISD  19690400
NAM  Moore et al.
UREF
PNO  3976313
ISD  19760800
NAM  Lauffenburger et al.
UREF
PNO  4222593
ISD  19800900
NAM  Lauffenburger
UREF
PNO  4295670
ISD  19811000
NAM  Goodall et al.
UREF
PNO  4691942
ISD  19870900
NAM  Ford
UREF
PNO  4802694
ISD  19890200
NAM  Vargo
UREF
PNO  4871195
ISD  19891000
NAM  Parrish
UREF
PNO  5042850
ISD  19910800
NAM  Culler
UREF
PNO  5295717
ISD  19940300
NAM  Chen
UREF
PNO  5338069
ISD  19940800
NAM  McCarthy
OCL  285312
UREF
PNO  5368343
ISD  19941100
NAM  Allen
UREF
PNO  5435604
ISD  19950700
NAM  Chen
UREF
PNO  5462316
ISD  19951000
NAM  Street et al.
FREF
PNO  0 742 402
ISD  19961100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 102 520
ISD  19830200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  94/25787
ISD  19941100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Dixon Valve & Coupling Co., List Price Catalog DPL195, undated, 3 pages.
PAL  Ever-Tite Coupling Products, 102 Positive-Locking Handle Couplers, 1995, 2
      pages.
PAL  Action Hose Couplers, Ltd., Leverlock Safety "Snaplock" Coupling, undated,
      2 pages.
PAL  U.S. Government Printing Office, Military Standard MS 27019 Procurement
      Specifications MIL-C-27487, 1985, 3 pages.
PAL  Military Specification, Coupling Halves, Quick-Disconnect, Cam-Locking
      Type, MIL-C-2748F, Sep. 19, 1986, 18 pages.
LREP
FRM  Ratner & Prestia
ABST
PAL  A safety locking coupling assembly in which pull rings on the female
      coupling unit of a male coupling unit/female coupling unit assembly serve
      both to release the coupling assembly and to maintain the coupling
      assembly locked against unintentional disconnection. The pull rings are
      attached to cam arms which engage the male coupling unit to lock the
      coupling assembly and are disengaged from the male coupling unit to
      release the coupling assembly. In the locked condition of the coupling
      assembly, the pull rings abut against ears on the housing of the female
      coupling unit to oppose unintended movement of the cam arms from the
      locked position of the cam arms to the released position of the cam arms.
      Upon intentional removal of the pull rings from abutment with ears by an
      operator and pulling on the pull rings, the cam arms can be moved from the
      locked position of the cam arms to the released position of the cam arms
      to disconnect the coupling assembly.
PATN
WKU  059886943
SRC  9
APN  1916955
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19981113
TTL  Pipe coupling clamp with locking lever
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Nicholson; Eric K.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Brushaber; Donald
STR  221 Hayes Ct.
CTY  Normandy Beach
STA  NJ
ZIP  08739
CLAS
OCL  285 81
XCL  285365
XCL  285409
XCL  285 87
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 17025
FSC  285
FSS  409;365
FSC  292
FSS  250;210;256.69;DIG. 49
FSC  281
FSS  81;87;88;420
UREF
PNO  918264
ISD  19090400
NAM  Bender
OCL  292250
UREF
PNO  995429
ISD  19110600
NAM  Carter
OCL  292250
UREF
PNO  1636638
ISD  19270700
NAM  Jenkins
UREF
PNO  2236302
ISD  19410300
NAM  Scott
UREF
PNO  2241089
ISD  19410500
NAM  Hampe et al.
UREF
PNO  3157932
ISD  19641100
NAM  Kyrias
UREF
PNO  3276089
ISD  19661000
NAM  Cheever et al.
UREF
PNO  3705737
ISD  19721200
NAM  Westerlund et al.
UREF
PNO  3768848
ISD  19731000
NAM  Santoni
OCL  292256.69
UREF
PNO  3873142
ISD  19750300
NAM  Reid
OCL  292DIG.49
UREF
PNO  4008937
ISD  19770200
NAM  Filippi
UREF
PNO  5366263
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hendrickson
UREF
PNO  5380052
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hendrickson
UREF
PNO  5540465
ISD  19960700
NAM  Sisk
UREF
PNO  5722666
ISD  19980300
NAM  Sisk
FREF
PNO  740882
ISD  19330200
CNT  FRX
OCL  292256.69
FREF
PNO  657153
ISD  19631000
CNT  ITX
OCL  292256.69
FREF
PNO  92361
ISD  19580800
CNT  NOX
OCL  285409
FREF
PNO  319582
ISD  19290900
CNT  GBX
OCL  285365
FREF
PNO  744046
ISD  19560200
CNT  GBX
OCL  285365
LREP
FR2  Jacob; Arthur
ABST
PAL  A coupling unit for connecting together serially adjacent pipe sections
      with coupling members selectively coupled together by placing a latch in a
      latching position and selectively uncoupled by moving the latch to an
      unlatched position is improved by incorporating a locking lever movable
      into a locking location to juxtapose generally complementary locking
      surfaces to lock the latch in the latching position and movable into an
      unlocking location wherein the generally complementary locking surfaces
      are out of juxtaposition for release of the latch for movement to the
      unlatched position.
PATN
WKU  059886951
SRC  9
APN  1402536
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19980826
TTL  Pipe gasket with embedded ring
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Arola; Dave W.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Corbett, Jr.; Bradford G.
CTY  Fort Worth
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  S&B Technical Products, Inc.
CTY  Ft. Worth
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  285110
XCL  285374
XCL  285423
XCL  285910
XCL  264249
XCL  277627
XCL  425384
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 1702
FSC  277
FSS  602;617;624;627;651;626
FSC  285
FSS  110;111;113;231;374;345;423;910
FSC  264
FSS  249;296;322
FSC  425
FSS  384;393;403
UREF
PNO  2955322
ISD  19601000
NAM  Hite
XCL  285374
UREF
PNO  3776682
ISD  19731200
NAM  Parmann
OCL  425384
UREF
PNO  4030872
ISD  19770600
NAM  Parmann
OCL  425393
UREF
PNO  4061459
ISD  19771200
NAM  Parmann
OCL  425403
UREF
PNO  4120521
ISD  19781000
NAM  Parmann
OCL  285113
UREF
PNO  4299412
ISD  19811100
NAM  Parmann
OCL  285110
UREF
PNO  4368894
ISD  19830100
NAM  Parmann
XCL  285110
UREF
PNO  4572523
ISD  19860200
NAM  Guettouche et al.
XCL  285231
UREF
PNO  4693483
ISD  19870900
NAM  Valls
XCL  285110
UREF
PNO  4818209
ISD  19890400
NAM  Petersson et al.
OCL  425392
UREF
PNO  4834398
ISD  19890500
NAM  Guzowski et al.
OCL  277207A
UREF
PNO  5213339
ISD  19930500
NAM  Walworth
XCL  285111
LREP
FR2  Gunter, Jr.; Charles D.
ABST
PAL  A pipe sealing gasket is shown which is designed to be received within a
      groove provided within a socket end of a thermoplastic pipe. The gasket
      has a ring shaped body of an elastomeric material and includes a metal
      reinforcing ring. The elastomeric body includes a first portion of
      relatively low durometer rubber and a second portion of a relatively high
      durometer rubber. The regions of relative hardness and the placement of
      the reinforcing ring assist in retention of the gasket during the pipe
      belling process and in field installation.
PATN
WKU  059886960
SRC  8
APN  6996582
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19960819
TTL  Connector for tubes
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Arola; Dave W.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Ruppert; Hans-Peter
STR  Gottfried-Kinkel- Str. 5
CTY  65187 Wiesbaden
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950819
APN  295 13 306  U
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19951201
APN  295 19 060  U
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960706
APN  296 11 845
CLAS
OCL  2851231
XCL  2851251
XCL  285328
XCL  285368
XCL  285423
XCL  285906
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 4700
FSC  285
FSS  423;123.1;123.15;371;148.19;1;124.5;123.14;332;363;368;93;125.1;328;906
FSC  137
FSS  798;833
UREF
PNO  1160703
ISD  19151100
NAM  Fleming
OCL  285123.15
UREF
PNO  1349663
ISD  19200800
NAM  Cumfer
OCL  285123.15
UREF
PNO  1497652
ISD  19240600
NAM  Browne
OCL  285123.15
UREF
PNO  1521482
ISD  19241200
NAM  Steele
OCL  285123.15
UREF
PNO  1774664
ISD  19300900
NAM  Parmley
XCL  285423
UREF
PNO  3884511
ISD  19750500
NAM  Hermanson
OCL  285 93
UREF
PNO  4336959
ISD  19820600
NAM  Roche
OCL  285368
UREF
PNO  4570701
ISD  19860200
NAM  Roberts
XCL  285368
UREF
PNO  4732414
ISD  19880300
NAM  Inabe
OCL  285123.15
UREF
PNO  4783303
ISD  19881100
NAM  Imgram
OCL  264535
UREF
PNO  5088774
ISD  19920200
NAM  Spiegelman
OCL  285123.15
UREF
PNO  5092632
ISD  19920300
NAM  Washizu et al.
XCL  285371
UREF
PNO  5261704
ISD  19931100
NAM  Araujo et al.
OCL  285423
UREF
PNO  5437482
ISD  19950800
NAM  Curtis
OCL  285368
FREF
PNO  2043273
ISD  19720300
CNT  DEX
OCL  285FOR157
FREF
PNO  2910529
ISD  19800900
CNT  DEX
OCL  285423
ABST
PAL  A connector for connecting tubes or the like includes at least one main
      body with a connecting surface arranged thereon for the connection or
      flange-mounting of tubes wherein the at least one main body includes or
      consists of a cross-linked plastic material.
PATN
WKU  059886978
SRC  8
APN  8816565
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19970624
TTL  Mechanism for uniting valve parts
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Cottingham; John R.
EXP  Browne; Lynne H.
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Arosio; Massimo
CTY  Rivolta d'Adda
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Omba S.r.l.
CTY  Melzo
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19970228
APN  MI97A0442
CLAS
OCL  2851241
XCL  285320
XCL  285394
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 3728
FSC  285
FSS  124.1;124.2;124.3;124.4;124.5;320;316;25;26;394
FSC  137
FSS  614.03
FSC  403
FSS  320
UREF
PNO  981802
ISD  19110100
NAM  Shufflebottom et al.
XCL  403320
UREF
PNO  2505245
ISD  19500400
NAM  Hollerith
OCL  137614.03
UREF
PNO  5123446
ISD  19920600
NAM  Haunhorst et al.
XCL  137614.03
UREF
PNO  5316347
ISD  19940500
NAM  Arosio
XCL  285124.4
UREF
PNO  5415200
ISD  19950500
NAM  Haunhorst et al.
XCL  137614.03
UREF
PNO  5443291
ISD  19950800
NAM  Stucchi et al.
XCL  137614.03
UREF
PNO  5464042
ISD  19951100
NAM  Haunhorst
XCL  137614.03
UREF
PNO  5592970
ISD  19970100
NAM  Stucchi et al.
OCL  135614.03
LREP
FRM  Kirschstein, et al.
ABST
PAL  A cam mechanism couples flat-faced, male and female couplers while
      minimizing the tendency of a pressurized fluid from exerting a force
      tending to resist the coupling. Internal valve assemblies within the
      couplers are maintained closed during the coupling. Once the coupling is
      complete, a control lever of the cam mechanism is actuated to open both
      valve assemblies to enable flow of the pressurized fluid.
PATN
WKU  059886986
SRC  9
APN  0811653
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19980518
TTL  Flexible penetration fitting
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Arola; Dave W.
NDR  10
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Bravo; Sergio M.
STR  2872 Tigertail Dr.
CTY  Los Alamitos
STA  CA
ZIP  90720
INVT
NAM  Mukai; Don K.
CTY  Pasadena
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Bravo; Sergio M.
CTY  Buena Park
STA  CA
COD  04
ASSG
NAM  S. Bravo Systems, Inc.
CTY  Buena Park
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  889900
APD  19970708
PSC  01
PNO  5826919
CLAS
OCL  2851392
XCL  2851393
XCL  28514825
XCL  285192
XCL  285236
EDF  6
ICL  F16L  304
FSC  285
FSS  48;49;50;205;206;229;226;236;308;368;192;139.2;137.1;139.3;142.1;148.25
UREF
PNO  1015180
ISD  19120100
NAM  Heitman
XCL  285226
UREF
PNO  2953618
ISD  19600900
NAM  Buono et al.
XCL  285229
UREF
PNO  4211423
ISD  19800700
NAM  Resech
XCL  285  4
UREF
PNO  4480860
ISD  19841100
NAM  Foresta et al.
XCL  285236
UREF
PNO  5027665
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hayward
XCL  285236
UREF
PNO  5129684
ISD  19920700
NAM  Lawrence et al.
OCL  285161
UREF
PNO  5226681
ISD  19930700
NAM  Smith et al.
XCL  285205
UREF
PNO  5297896
ISD  19940300
NAM  Webb
OCL  405 52
UREF
PNO  5366318
ISD  19941100
NAM  Brancher
XCL  285192
FREF
PNO  835239
ISD  19520300
CNT  DEX
OCL  285236
FREF
PNO  84956
ISD  19351100
CNT  SEX
OCL  285192
FREF
PNO  339678
ISD  19301200
CNT  GBX
OCL  285192
FREF
PNO  887164
ISD  19620100
CNT  GBX
OCL  285229
OREF
PAL  Containment Technologies Corporation, PERMA-FLEXX.TM. (4 pages).
PAL  Environ Products, Inc., Environ Safe Products designed for future
      generations, (12 pages).
PAL  Total Containment, U.S. Price Manual, Publication No. PM1500, Effective
      Date Apr. 1, 1995, Supersedes May 1, 1994 (pp. 1-34).
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
ABST
PAL  A flexible penetration fitting is provided for sealing the hole through
      which a pipeline penetrates a wall of an underground containment box. The
      penetration fitting includes a flexible boot with a sealing flange for
      providing a first seal against the inside wall of the box. The sealing
      flange is held against the wall by a backing ring placed against the
      outside wall of the box. The backing ring includes a plurality of studs
      extending through the wall and into the box. A compression ring with a
      plurality of holes is placed over the sealing flange with the studs of the
      backing ring extending though the holes. A plurality of nuts are threaded
      to the studs to hold the sealing flange firmly against the inside wall of
      the box. The flexible boot also includes a sleeve for providing a second
      seal against the outside surface of the pipeline. The sleeve is stepped
      with different sized openings so as to be able to receive different sizes
      of pipelines. A hose clamp placed around the sleeve at the appropriate
      sized opening seals the sleeve against the pipeline.
PATN
WKU  059886994
SRC  9
APN  0104043
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19980121
TTL  Tank fitting facilitating fluid drainage
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Arola; Dave W.
NDR  11
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Quandt; Erik T.
CTY  Brownsburg
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Banjo Corporation
CTY  Crawfordsville
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2851421
XCL  285205
XCL   29428
XCL   2989014
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 3500
FSC  285
FSS  205;363;368;405;412;136.1;139.1;139.2;139.3;141.1;142.1
FSC   29
FSS  428;890.14
UREF
PNO  2441009
ISD  19480500
NAM  Cunningham
XCL  285205
UREF
PNO  2675252
ISD  19540400
NAM  Haines
XCL  285205
UREF
PNO  2757025
ISD  19560700
NAM  Noyes et al.
XCL  285205
UREF
PNO  2922526
ISD  19600100
NAM  Ohmann
XCL  285205
UREF
PNO  4593714
ISD  19860600
NAM  Madden
XCL  285205
UREF
PNO  5690368
ISD  19971100
NAM  Johnson
XCL  285205
OREF
PAL  Product brochure entitled Banjo Liquid Handling Products, A New Generation
      of Products!, Banjo Corporation, Crawfordsville, IN, Sep. 1995,
      particularly p. 18 & back cover.
PAL  Product brochure entitled Snyder Agricultural Tanks--Built for a Life on
      the Farm, Snyder Industries, Inc., Lincoln, NE, particularly p. 12.
PAL  Product brochure entitled Agricultural Product Directory Products &
      Accessories, Raven Industries, Inc., Plastics Division, Sioux Falls, SD,
      particularly pp. C3, C5, & C7.
PAL  Product brochure entitled Agricultural Tanks, Raven Industries, Plastics
      Division, Sioux Falls, SD, particularly p. 5.
PAL  Product brochure entitled Controlling Corrosive Liquids Through Plastics,
      Hayward Industrial Products, Inc., Elizabeth, NJ, Mar. 1987, particularly
      p. 21.
PAL  Product brochure entitled Perfection by Design, Norwesco Inc., Fluid
      Systems Division, St. Bonifacius, MN, 1989, particularly p. 10.
PAL  Tank fitting, photographs marked as Fig. 1 and Fig. 2.
LREP
FRM  Baker & Daniels
ABST
PAL  A tank fitting assembly for an inlet/outlet port in a tank wall. The tank
      fitting assembly includes first and second fitting elements which are
      respectively mountable to an interior surface and an exterior surface of a
      tank and in registry with a drain opening in the tank wall. Stand-offs
      furnished on the underside of the body of the first fitting element create
      a gap between the underside of the element body and the tank wall. The gap
      serves as a fluid passageway, thereby allowing fluid to empty from the
      tank by passing along the bottom wall of the tank to the tank wall drain
      opening and then through a drain hole in the second fitting element. The
      connectors used to connect together the first and second fitting elements
      extend through bores provided in the first fitting element, through the
      tank wall, and through bores provided in the second fitting element. Plugs
      mountable to the heads of the connectors fit within cavities in the first
      fitting element in which the connector heads reside when installed, and
      the plugs provide fluid tight seals with the first fitting element to
      prevent fluid in the tank from reaching the connector heads. A method of
      providing a tank with a tank fitting assembly is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059887001
SRC  8
APN  7665342
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19961211
TTL  Leak proof tube connection site
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Binda; Greg
EXP  Browne; Lynne H.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Prichard; James B.
CTY  St. Peters
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Sherwood Services A G
CTY  Schaffhausen
CNT  CHX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  28514823
XCL  285  8
XCL  138118
XCL  604905
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 2514
FSC  285
FSS  148.23;FOR 159;148.18;332;334.2;423;8;107
FSC  684
FSS  283;905
FSC  D23
FSS  266
FSC  138
FSS  109;118;172
UREF
PNO  D297759
ISD  19880900
NAM  Kerschke
OCL  D23266
UREF
PNO  2025067
ISD  19351200
NAM  Miller
OCL  285148.23
UREF
PNO  2186987
ISD  19400200
NAM  Kellems
XCL  138118
UREF
PNO  2788231
ISD  19570400
NAM  Crow
XCL  285  8
UREF
PNO  5047021
ISD  19910900
NAM  Utterberg
XCL  285332
UREF
PNO  5066286
ISD  19911100
NAM  Ryan
OCL  604240
UREF
PNO  5242389
ISD  19930900
NAM  Schrader et al.
OCL  604 54
UREF
PNO  5267983
ISD  19931200
NAM  Ollschlager et al.
OCL  604283
UREF
PNO  5284475
ISD  19940200
NAM  Mackal
XCL  604283
UREF
PNO  5399173
ISD  19950300
NAM  Parks et al.
XCL  285148.23
UREF
PNO  5620427
ISD  19970400
NAM  Werschmidt et al.
OCL  604283
UREF
PNO  5688254
ISD  19971100
NAM  Lopez et al.
OCL  604283
FREF
PNO  21415
ISD  19020000
CNT  GBX
OCL  285332
OREF
PAL  EngineersEXPRESS, Inc., Catalog, Thomas Register of American Manufacturers,
      86th ed., vol. 25, Thomas Publishing Co., New York, pp. 4087, 4092, 4093,
      4097-4102, 1996.
PAL  Shigley et al, Mechanical Engineering Design, McGraw-Hill, New York, pp. 22
      and 798, 1983.
LREP
FR2  Leonardo; Mark S.
     Brown, Rudnick, Freed & Gesmer
ABST
PAL  A fluidic connector with a leak proof connection site that includes a first
      larger diameter portion, a second smaller diameter portion and a
      deformable buckling region that forms a part of both the first and second
      diameter portions where the two portions join. The first larger diameter
      portion forms a separate inner surface for receiving a plug to securely
      seal off the connection site from fluid communication therethrough while
      the second smaller diameter portion is adapted to receive and securely
      seal different sizes of male adapters used for attaching a lumen. The
      deformable buckling region forms a structural buffer between the first and
      second diameter portions in order to maintain the diameter of the first
      larger diameter portion when the second smaller diameter portion is
      stretched out by prolonged insertion of a nonconforming male adaptor. In
      addition, an adapter is provided which permits flexibility in use and
      provides a redundant fluid seal, without exhibiting creep.
PATN
WKU  059887010
SRC  9
APN  0074470
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19980115
TTL  By-pass tube member for a by-pass level indicator
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Binda; Greg
EXP  Browne; Lynne H.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Wu; Ting-Kuo
STR  No. 29-2, Santeh St., Shulin Chen
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  285197
XCL   73323
XCL   73328
XCL   73DIG5
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 4108
FSC  285
FSS  133.21;133.4;148.8;148.28;197;354;FOR 138
FSC   73
FSS  319;323;326;328;DIG. 5
UREF
PNO  376255
ISD  18880100
NAM  Parker et al.
XCL  285354
UREF
PNO  1040127
ISD  19121000
NAM  Bonesteel
XCL   73319
UREF
PNO  3072421
ISD  19630100
NAM  Lloyd et al.
XCL  285354
UREF
PNO  3132881
ISD  19640500
NAM  Corey
OCL  285197
UREF
PNO  3258822
ISD  19660700
NAM  Schlesch et al.
XCL  285197
UREF
PNO  3288494
ISD  19661100
NAM  Callahan, Jr. et al.
XCL  285354
UREF
PNO  4512190
ISD  19850400
NAM  Sledmere
OCL   73319
UREF
PNO  5924436
ISD  19990700
NAM  Kitani et al.
XCL  285197
FREF
PNO  1620765
ISD  19910100
CNT  SUX
OCL  285197
LREP
FR2  Hartwell; Kolisch
     Dickinson McCormack & Heuser
ABST
PAL  A by-pass level indicator includes a main tube in communication with a tank
      via a pair of by-pass tube members, a float containing a magnet and an
      indicator attachably mounted to the main tube and having a series of
      magnetic colored flags reacting with the magnet of the float for
      indicating level of the tank. Each of the by-pass tube members includes a
      T-joint having an upright tube receivably engaging with one end of the
      main tube and a transverse tube integrally extending from the upright tube
      communicating the main tube to the tank. The transverse tube has a male
      threaded end portion to partly receiving an O-ring. The by-pass tube
      member further has a combination of a union and a collar adapted to
      communicating the transverse tube with the tank. The collar is threadingly
      engaged with the male threaded end portion of the transverse tube and
      clamps a connecting tube of the union to the transverse tube
      simultaneously compressing a protruding portion of the O-ring, thereby
      achieving a fluid-tight seal.
PATN
WKU  059887028
SRC  8
APN  721135&
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19960926
TTL  Composite coiled tubing end connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Nicholson; Eric K.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Sas-Jaworsky; Alexander
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Fiber Spar and Tube Corporation
CTY  West Wareman
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  285249
XCL  281259
XCL  2812221
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 3318
FSC  285
FSS  249;247;248;222.1;245;259
UREF
PNO  418906
ISD  18900100
NAM  Bosworth
OCL  285249
UREF
PNO  2481001
ISD  19490900
NAM  Burckle
OCL  285259
UREF
PNO  2991093
ISD  19610700
NAM  Guarnaschelli
OCL  285249
UREF
PNO  3306637
ISD  19670200
NAM  Press et al.
OCL  285249
UREF
PNO  3589752
ISD  19710600
NAM  Spencer
OCL  285259
UREF
PNO  3685860
ISD  19720800
NAM  Schmidt
OCL  285249
UREF
PNO  3856052
ISD  19741200
NAM  Feucht
OCL  138119
UREF
PNO  3907335
ISD  19750900
NAM  Burge et al.
OCL  285249
UREF
PNO  4032177
ISD  19770600
NAM  Anderson
OCL  285 24
UREF
PNO  4111469
ISD  19780900
NAM  Kavick
OCL  285259
UREF
PNO  4226446
ISD  19801000
NAM  Burrington
OCL  285259
UREF
PNO  4303263
ISD  19811200
NAM  Legris
OCL  285249
UREF
PNO  4530379
ISD  19850700
NAM  Pliocelli
OCL  138109
UREF
PNO  4712813
ISD  19871200
NAM  Passerell et al.
OCL  285250
UREF
PNO  4844516
ISD  19890700
NAM  Baker
OCL  285351
UREF
PNO  4936618
ISD  19900600
NAM  Sampa et al.
OCL  294 86.31
UREF
PNO  5090741
ISD  19920200
NAM  Yokomatsu et al.
OCL  285249
UREF
PNO  5156206
ISD  19921000
NAM  Cox
OCL  166242
UREF
PNO  5184682
ISD  19930200
NAM  Delacour et al.
OCL  166385
UREF
PNO  5332269
ISD  19940700
NAM  Homm
OCL  285249
UREF
PNO  5348088
ISD  19940900
NAM  Laflin et al.
OCL  166134
UREF
PNO  5351752
ISD  19941000
NAM  Wood et al.
OCL  166 68
UREF
PNO  5452923
ISD  19950900
NAM  Smith
OCL  285145
UREF
PNO  5558375
ISD  19960900
NAM  Newman
OCL  285249
FREF
PNO  0 203 887 A2
ISD  19861200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 427 306 A2
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  503737
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
OCL  285249
FREF
PNO  0 536 844 A1
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  989204
ISD  19510900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  163592
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
OCL  285249
FREF
PNO  809097
ISD  19590200
CNT  GBX
OCL  285249
FREF
PNO  956500
ISD  19640400
CNT  GBX
OCL  285249
FREF
PNO  1297250
ISD  19721100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 103 744
ISD  19830100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Lahive & Cockfield, LLP
ABST
PAL  A connector is disclosed for use with composite spoolable pipe such as for
      use in well logging and workover operations in oil wells. The pipe which
      is spoolable is comprised of an outer composite structure containing
      several plies of high strength and stiffness fibers embedded in a resin
      material such as epoxy. The fibers are oriented to resist internal and
      external pressure and provide low bending stiffness. Fibers of high
      strength and modulus are embedded and bonded into a matrix that keeps the
      fibers in position, acts as a load transfer medium and protects the fibers
      from environmental damage. The plastic binder in which the fibers are
      embedded to form the matrix will have a modulus of elasticity (hereinafter
      modulus) that exceeds 100,000 psi. Typically, a liner may be employed in
      the pipe to serve as a structural member, one function of which is
      pressure containment to resist leakage of internal fluids within the
      tubing. A wear surface is employed as an outer layer and may be comprised
      of a binder containing particles of a tough material.
PATN
WKU  059887036
SRC  8
APN  9038434
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19970731
TTL  Fluid connector system for a planar manifold assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Arola; Dave W.
NDR  9
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Craig; Stephen R.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2852881
XCL  2851241
XCL  2851361
XCL  219 93
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 1302
FSC  285
FSS  288.1;124.1;21.1;136.1
FSC  219
FSS  93
UREF
PNO  2202405
ISD  19400500
NAM  Smith
XCL  285288.1
UREF
PNO  2257427
ISD  19410900
NAM  Parker
XCL  285288.1
UREF
PNO  2360660
ISD  19441000
NAM  Eaton et al.
OCL  219 93
UREF
PNO  2903562
ISD  19590900
NAM  Emmons et al.
OCL  219 93
UREF
PNO  4480166
ISD  19841000
NAM  Leech
OCL  219 93
UREF
PNO  4677271
ISD  19870600
NAM  Opprecht
OCL  219 93
UREF
PNO  4901135
ISD  19900200
NAM  Costigan
OCL  219 93
UREF
PNO  5039844
ISD  19910800
NAM  Nagahori
OCL  219 93
UREF
PNO  5567868
ISD  19961000
NAM  Craig et al.
LREP
FR2  Dudley; Mark Z.
ABST
PAL  A fluid connector system for connecting a conduit having a fluid-bearing
      capability to a channel having a fluid-bearing capability in a planar
      manifold assembly, thereby providing a substantially leak-free fluid
      communication between the conduit and the channel. A preferred embodiment
      of the fluid connector system is effective for connecting a conduitto a
      planar manifold situated in a sample analysis system. The conduit is
      located in a fluid-handling functional device and communicates with a
      device port located in a port surface region on the fluid handling
      functional device. Located within the port surface region, and encircling
      the first port, is a weld projection. The channel is located in a receiver
      portion of a planar assembly and communicates with a manifold port. A port
      surface region on the exterior of the planar assembly encompasses the
      manifold port. The port surface regions are complementary in that they may
      be superimposed so as to co-locate the device port and the manifold port.
      The leading edge may contact the port surface region on the planar
      manifold in a fashion that defines a line of contact. The weld projection
      and the material that underlies the line of contact are both formed of
      electrically resistive material suited to melting and subsequent fusion
      via resistive heating due to a brief application of an electric current.
      Accordingly, upon application of a current pulse that is sufficient to
      cause resistive heating at the weld projection, the weld projection and
      the material that underlies the line of contact are heated and intermixed,
      thereby becoming fused together. Upon cooling, the weld projection and the
      line of contact are merged and thus nearly indistinguishable, thus fixing
      the port surface regions together such that a hermetic seal is imposed
      about the juncture of the superimposed device port and manifold port.
PATN
WKU  059887044
SRC  9
APN  1013114
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19980702
TTL  Hose coupling device
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Arola; Dave W.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Ryhman; Morgan
CTY  Anderstorp
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  ABA of Sweden AB
CTY  Anderstrop
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19960102
APN  9600008
CLAS
OCL  285307
XCL  285256
XCL  285319
XCL  285906
XCL  285921
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 3708
FSC  285
FSS  319;307
UREF
PNO  4696497
ISD  19870900
NAM  Schwarzensteiner
OCL  285307
UREF
PNO  4969668
ISD  19901100
NAM  Sauer
XCL  285319
UREF
PNO  4978149
ISD  19901200
NAM  Sauer
XCL  285319
UREF
PNO  5082315
ISD  19920100
NAM  Sauer
XCL  285319
UREF
PNO  5215339
ISD  19930600
NAM  Morse et al.
XCL  285319
LREP
FRM  Dvorak & Orum
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/01752
PD1  19980702
PD2  19980702
PD3  19961227
PCP  WO97/24545
PCD  19970710
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to a hose coupling device, which comprises a male
      part connectable to a female part. The female part consists of a sleeve,
      which is provided with a number of resilient tongues extending in equally
      spaced relationship along the inner wall of the sleeve and protruding
      inwards form the inner wall and directed away from the mouth of the
      sleeve. The male part consists of a tube portion with transverse edges in
      its outer wall. At the insertion of the male part into the female part the
      resilient tongues are arranged to resiliently snap into place behind the
      transverse edges of the male part and hence connect the female part to the
      male part. The parts can be separated by turning them relative to one
      another to a position where the resilient tongues assume a position
      laterally of the transverse edges.
PATN
WKU  059887052
SRC  8
APN  0649074
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19930524
TTL  Quick connect coupling
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Nicholson; Eric K.
NDR  3
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Norkey; Phillip
CTY  Jackson
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Pilot Industries, Inc.
CTY  Dexter
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  285319
XCL  2511496
XCL  285921
XCL  285924
XCL  13761405
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 3728
FSC  285
FSS  319;321;921;924
FSC  123
FSS  445;446;456;468;469;463;478
FSC  251
FSS  149.6
FSC  137
FSS  614.05;515.5
UREF
PNO  2912000
ISD  19591100
NAM  Green
OCL  137515.5
UREF
PNO  3029835
ISD  19620400
NAM  Biello et al.
OCL  137515.5
UREF
PNO  3097666
ISD  19630700
NAM  Antrim et al.
OCL  137515.5
UREF
PNO  3500859
ISD  19700300
NAM  Pearson
OCL  137614.05
UREF
PNO  3601361
ISD  19710800
NAM  Hundhausen
OCL  285319
UREF
PNO  3967679
ISD  19760700
NAM  Liljestrand
OCL  137515.5
UREF
PNO  4035005
ISD  19770700
NAM  De Vincent et al.
OCL  285924
UREF
PNO  4483510
ISD  19841100
NAM  Palau et al.
OCL  251149.6
UREF
PNO  4541457
ISD  19850900
NAM  Blenkush
OCL  285924
UREF
PNO  4646706
ISD  19870300
NAM  Emmenthal
OCL  123463
UREF
PNO  4747327
ISD  19880500
NAM  Schaller
OCL  123445
UREF
PNO  4819908
ISD  19890400
NAM  Norkey
OCL  251319
UREF
PNO  4875709
ISD  19891000
NAM  Caroll et al.
OCL  285319
UREF
PNO  4902043
ISD  19900200
NAM  Zillig et al.
OCL  285319
UREF
PNO  5056756
ISD  19911000
NAM  Norkey
OCL  251149.6
UREF
PNO  5092300
ISD  19920300
NAM  Imoehl et al.
OCL  123469
UREF
PNO  5105787
ISD  19920400
NAM  Imoehl
OCL  123456
UREF
PNO  5113900
ISD  19920500
NAM  Gilbert
OCL  285319
UREF
PNO  5161834
ISD  19921100
NAM  Norkey
OCL  285319
FREF
PNO  2291438
ISD  19760600
CNT  FRX
OCL  285924
FREF
PNO  813183
ISD  19590500
CNT  GBX
OCL  137515.5
LREP
FRM  Gifford, Krass, Groh, Sprinkle, Anderson & Citkowski, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A quick connect coupling is disclosed for use with a tubular conduit having
      a radially outwardly extending bead adjacent a free end of the tubing. The
      coupling includes an elongated tubular and cylindrical housing having an
      axial passageway formed through it which forms a fluid passageway and is
      open at both ends. One end of the housing has a enlarged diameter internal
      bore portion adapted to axially receive the free end of the conduit
      including the conduit bead as the conduit is inserted to a magnet
      position. A retainer within the internal bore portion of the housing
      lockingly engages the conduit bead when the conduit is moved to its
      connected position while fluid seals engage the outer periphery of the
      conduit. A one way valve is also contained within the housing passageway
      which permits fluid flow in only one direction through the housing
      passageway.
PATN
WKU  059887060
SRC  9
APN  1076094
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19980630
TTL  Tube for connect to female socket
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Pickard; Alison K.
EXP  Mah; Chuck Y.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hollnagel; Harold E.
STR  9479 N. Riverbend Ct.
CTY  Milwaukee
STA  WI
ZIP  53217
RLAP
COD  74
APN  911540
APD  19970814
PSC  01
PNO  5803512
RLAP
COD  82
APN  621110
APD  19960322
PSC  01
PNO  5718463
RLAP
COD  82
APN  527759
APD  19950913
PSC  01
PNO  5730400
CLAS
OCL  285319
XCL  285308
XCL  285351
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 3712
FSC  285
FSS  319;351;86;84;308
UREF
PNO  3711125
ISD  19730100
NAM  Dehar
UREF
PNO  3826523
ISD  19740700
NAM  Eschbaugh
UREF
PNO  4036515
ISD  19770700
NAM  Karcher et al.
UREF
PNO  4681351
ISD  19870700
NAM  Bartholomew
UREF
PNO  4778203
ISD  19881000
NAM  Bartholomew
OCL  285319
UREF
PNO  5718463
ISD  19980200
NAM  Hollnagel
OCL  285319
UREF
PNO  5765877
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sakane et al.
OCL  285319
UREF
PNO  5803512
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hollnagel
OCL  285319
UREF
PNO  5806898
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hollnagel
OCL  285 86
LREP
FRM  Howard & Howard
ABST
PAL  A tube (34) for disposition in a socket member (12) is characterized by
      having an end disposed in a socket member (12) and presenting a radially
      extending projection (38) and presenting an enlarged end (40) extending
      radially outwardly with the projection (38) from the remainder of the tube
      (34) and spaced from the projection (38) to define a saddle between the
      enlarged end (40) and the projection (38) for receiving a seal (42). The
      enlarged end (40) of the tube (34) is seated against a tube seat (24) of
      the socket member (12) and the enlarged end (40) and the projection (38)
      fit snugly within the socket member (12). The socket member (12) presents
      a radially extending shoulder and a quick connect member has an abutment
      (48) biased radially outwardly into a locked position in radial
      overlapping engagement with the shoulder to retain the tube (34) in the
      socket member (12) and moveable radially inwardly to a release position
      wherein the abutment (48) clears the shoulder to axially remove the quick
      connect member from the socket member (12) to remove the tube (34) from
      the socket member (12).
PATN
WKU  059887079
SRC  8
APN  9467904
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19971008
TTL  Semiconductor device of lead-on-chip structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Clark; Sheila V.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Abe; Masaaki
CTY  Kumamoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsuji; Yukihiro
CTY  Kumamoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961009
APN  8-268367
CLAS
OCL  287666
XCL  257676
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 23495
FSC  257
FSS  66;783;676;787;776
UREF
PNO  4862245
ISD  19890800
NAM  Pashby et al.
UREF
PNO  5177591
ISD  19930100
NAM  Emanuel
OCL  257666
UREF
PNO  5202577
ISD  19930400
NAM  Ichigi et al.
OCL  257666
UREF
PNO  5359222
ISD  19941000
NAM  Okutomo et al.
OCL  257666
UREF
PNO  5539250
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kitano et al.
OCL  257666
UREF
PNO  5796158
ISD  19980800
NAM  King
UREF
PNO  5834830
ISD  19981100
NAM  Cho
UREF
PNO  5834831
ISD  19981100
NAM  Kubota et al.
FREF
PNO  5-29528
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  In a semiconductor device of a lead-on-chip structure, each of inner leads
      has a lower surface in direct contact with a principal surface of a
      semiconductor chip in a wiring bonding region, and the lower surface of
      each inner lead has a recess formed at a place different from the wiring
      bonding region. An adhesive double coated tape is accommodated in the
      recess of each inner lead for sticking the inner leads to the principal
      surface of the semiconductor chip. Each of bonding wires has one end
      connected to a corresponding electrode pad on the principal surface of the
      semiconductor chip and the other end connected to an upper surface of a
      corresponding inner lead within the wire bonding area.
PATN
WKU  059887087
SRC  9
APN  0119873
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19980511
TTL  Electromagnetically managed latching exit bar
ISD  19991123
NCL  42
ECL  1
EXA  Walsh; John B.
EXP  Boucher; Darnell M.
NDR  13
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Frolov; George
CTY  Farmington
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Walsh, III; John E.
CTY  Bristol
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Scott; James J.
CTY  New Britain
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Conklin; Peter S.
CTY  Simsbury
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Lavelle; Gary E.
CTY  Avon
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Harrow Products, Inc.
CTY  Grand Rapids
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  518759
APD  19950824
PSC  01
PNO  5823582
CLAS
OCL  292 92
XCL   70 92
XCL  292 93
XCL  292168
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 6510
FSC  292
FSS  92;93;168;DIG. 63
FSC   70
FSS  92;278.1;278.3;283
UREF
PNO  4652862
ISD  19870300
NAM  Verslycken
OCL  340540
UREF
PNO  4803482
ISD  19890200
NAM  Verslycken
OCL  340825.31
UREF
PNO  5035450
ISD  19910700
NAM  Muller
OCL  292 92
UREF
PNO  5337588
ISD  19940800
NAM  Chhatwal
OCL   70278
UREF
PNO  5429399
ISD  19950700
NAM  Geringer et al.
OCL  292 92
UREF
PNO  5823852
ISD  19981000
NAM  Frolov et al.
OCL  292 92
FREF
PNO  91/00426
ISD  19810200
CNT  WOX
OCL  292 92
LREP
FRM  Alix, Yale & Ristas, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US96/13709
PD1  19980511
PD2  19980511
PD3  19960823
PCP  WO97/08668
PCD  19970306
ABST
PAR  An exit bar for securing a door has a housing adapted for mounting to a
      door. A push pad for receiving a push force is mounted to the housing. A
      latch extends from the housing to releasably latch the door to which the
      exit bar is mounted. A link system links the push pad to the latch so that
      a push force exerted on the push pad releases the latch. An
      electromagnetic lock disposed in the housing locks the link system to
      prevent releasing of the latch. The electromagnetic lock employs an
      electromagnet and a movable armature to lock the link system. The exit bar
      further delays unlocking the link system for a preestablished delay time
      after the push pad has been pushed.
PATN
WKU  059887095
SRC  9
APN  1465384
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19980903
TTL  Opening and closing device of a refrigerator door
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Teri
EXP  Saether; Flemming
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Lee; Young Gunw
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Song; Jin Woo
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Daewoo Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970908
APN  97-46218
CLAS
OCL  292199
XCL  292 51
XCL  292DIG71
EDF  6
ICL  E05C  306
FSC  292
FSS  199-210;211;219;220;224;228;51;124;127;98;99;DIG. 71
FSC  312
FSS  401;405;212;222;296
UREF
PNO  1081634
ISD  19131200
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  1213651
ISD  19170100
NAM  Johns
UREF
PNO  1272327
ISD  19180700
NAM  Bisaillon
UREF
PNO  1540088
ISD  19250600
NAM  Rasmussen
UREF
PNO  1542092
ISD  19250600
NAM  Rasmussen
UREF
PNO  1661548
ISD  19280300
NAM  Stuart et al.
UREF
PNO  2922673
ISD  19600100
NAM  Riley
UREF
PNO  3339956
ISD  19670900
NAM  Bencene et al.
UREF
PNO  3794365
ISD  19740200
NAM  Richberg
OCL  292 62
UREF
PNO  4170848
ISD  19791000
NAM  Taniwaki
OCL   49358
UREF
PNO  5269573
ISD  19931200
NAM  Rear
OCL  292257
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  An opening and closing device of a refrigerator door includes a button, a
      gear, a cam, an arm, a push panel, and a plurality of stoppers. The button
      has a gear portion formed vertically on one side thereof and a top portion
      protruding above a top surface of the door. The gear is engaged with the
      gear portion of the button. The cam is integrally formed on the gear and
      fixed on a same shaft as the gear. The arm has a top surface of a rear
      portion thereof coming in contact with the cam and a front end including a
      hook, rotatably mounted on the refrigerator door. The push panel has a
      depression for engaging with the hook of the arm, mounted on the body of
      the refrigerator and capable of being rotated by a spring. The plurality
      of stoppers restrict the rotation of the push panel and they are mounted
      near and on one side of the push panel.
PATN
WKU  059887109
SRC  9
APN  0277436
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19980223
TTL  Variable length security bar
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Estremsky; Gary
EXP  Meyers; Steven
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Kortschot; Cornelis
CTY  Cambridge
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Kortschot; Mark T.
CTY  Unionville
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Whitford; Wesley G.
CTY  Acton
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Defendoor Security Limited
CTY  Ontario
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  708726
APD  19960905
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  292339
XCL  292272
EDF  6
ICL  E05C 1744
FSC  292
FSS  338;339;295;273;272
UREF
PNO  598405
ISD  18980200
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  2870281
ISD  19590100
NAM  Mitchell
UREF
PNO  3124382
ISD  19640300
NAM  Strother
UREF
PNO  4019765
ISD  19770400
NAM  Nichola
UREF
PNO  4157128
ISD  19790600
NAM  Peters
UREF
PNO  4563027
ISD  19860100
NAM  Chechovsky et al.
UREF
PNO  4607253
ISD  19860800
NAM  Wooten et al.
UREF
PNO  4607870
ISD  19860800
NAM  Crisp, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4673203
ISD  19870600
NAM  Chezem
UREF
PNO  4858972
ISD  19890800
NAM  Salyer
UREF
PNO  4971374
ISD  19901100
NAM  Lovell et al.
UREF
PNO  5040835
ISD  19910800
NAM  Barker
UREF
PNO  5064232
ISD  19911100
NAM  Quarberg
UREF
PNO  5135273
ISD  19920800
NAM  MacCalder
UREF
PNO  5340175
ISD  19940800
NAM  Wood
UREF
PNO  5787548
ISD  19980800
NAM  Tzen
OCL   16 82
FREF
PNO  1017770
ISD  19770900
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1019016
ISD  19771000
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1042946
ISD  19781100
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2068819
ISD  19921100
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2188676
ISD  19871000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2193247
ISD  19880200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Armstrong; R. Craig
ABST
PAL  This security bar for positioning between a door and the floor has
      telescopic sections which permit the door to be opened a small distance,
      corresponding to the degree of telescoping which is permitted, so as to
      permit a clear gap between the door and its frame, if desired. The
      sections telescope by virtue of a bolt positioned through holes in one of
      the sections and a slot in the other section, the length of the slot
      determining the maximum possible telescoping. A pin can be positioned
      through additional holes in the first section and through the slot, to
      restrict the degree of telescoping which is permitted, from the maximum
      telescoping down to essentially no telescoping at all. The overall length
      of the bar preferably is adjustable as well.
PATN
WKU  059887117
SRC  9
APN  0225347
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19980212
TTL  Arresting/release device for a swing catch of a working current door
      opener
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Vaterlaus; Clifford B
EXP  Boucher; Darnell M.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Toma; Augustin
CTY  Balingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  eff-eff Fritz Fuss GmbH & Co. Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien
CTY  Albstadt-Ebingen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970226
APN  197 07 759
CLAS
OCL  29234116
XCL  29234112
XCL  292201
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 1502
FSC  292
FSS  341.16;341.17;201;341.13;341.12
UREF
PNO  1417430
ISD  19220500
NAM  Tulloch et al.
OCL  292201
UREF
PNO  4211443
ISD  19800700
NAM  Butts et al.
OCL  292341.16
UREF
PNO  4219227
ISD  19800800
NAM  Grabner et al.
OCL  292216
UREF
PNO  4656850
ISD  19870400
NAM  Tabata
OCL   70276
UREF
PNO  4756566
ISD  19880700
NAM  Logas
OCL  292341.16
UREF
PNO  4815776
ISD  19890300
NAM  Fuss
OCL  292341.16
UREF
PNO  4917425
ISD  19900400
NAM  Logas
OCL  292341.16
UREF
PNO  5050840
ISD  19910900
NAM  Kondo et al.
OCL  251129.15
UREF
PNO  5118150
ISD  19920600
NAM  Jarrett
OCL  292341.16
UREF
PNO  5439262
ISD  19950800
NAM  Fuss et al.
OCL  292341.16
UREF
PNO  5490699
ISD  19960200
NAM  Uyeda
OCL  292341.16
FREF
PNO  279878
ISD  19870200
CNT  EPX
OCL   47  6
FREF
PNO  366864
ISD  19061000
CNT  FRX
OCL  292201
FREF
PNO  2818991
ISD  19791100
CNT  DEX
OCL  292341.17
FREF
PNO  2289915
ISD  19951200
CNT  GBX
OCL   47  6
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to an arresting/release device for a swing catch of a
       working current door opener with a catch lever, which arrests or releases
       the swing catch, a first safety lever, which maintains the catch lever in
       the arrested position and is pivotable with the aid of an electromagnet
      to a position releasing the catch lever, and with a second safety lever,
      which acts on the first safety lever for impact protection of the catch
      lever.
PAL  In order to achieve an impact protection advantageous from the
      manufacturing and installation standpoint, the second safety lever is
      constituted by a mechanically decoupled lever of low mass mounted in its
      center of gravity. This symmetrically constructed, vibration-proof, second
      safety lever secures the first safety lever in an impact-preventing
      position and is magnetically coupled to and pivotable with the coil core,
      which is made from a soft magnetic material and has a relatively long
      acceleration path.
PATN
WKU  059887125
SRC  9
APN  0358266
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19980306
TTL  Insertable motor vehicle anti-theft device
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Vaterlaus; Clifford B
EXP  Boucher; Darnell M.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Segelin; William Robert
CTY  Utica
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Worldwide Jimmy Block, LLC.
CTY  Derby
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  292346
XCL  292  1
XCL  292288
XCL  292343
XCL   70DIG43
XCL   70  15
XCL   70418
XCL   81 159
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 1700
FSC  292
FSS  346;1;288;289;2;358;343;337
FSC   70
FSS  DIG. 43;DIG. 56;1.5;14;57;465;418
FSC   81
FSS  15.9
UREF
PNO  1970879
ISD  19340800
NAM  Bell
OCL  292343
UREF
PNO  3124382
ISD  19640300
NAM  Strother
OCL  292343
UREF
PNO  3612588
ISD  19711000
NAM  Roppo
OCL  292  1
UREF
PNO  4101155
ISD  19780700
NAM  Cohen
OCL  292347
UREF
PNO  4113294
ISD  19780900
NAM  Bierman
OCL  292346
UREF
PNO  4205868
ISD  19800600
NAM  Kurth
OCL  292347
UREF
PNO  4628300
ISD  19861200
NAM  Amato
OCL  340542
UREF
PNO  4630854
ISD  19861200
NAM  Persson et al.
OCL  292343
UREF
PNO  4932708
ISD  19900600
NAM  Taub
OCL  292347
UREF
PNO  4958869
ISD  19900900
NAM  Bisher
OCL  292339
UREF
PNO  5217269
ISD  19930600
NAM  Wiltberger
OCL  292343
UREF
PNO  5676002
ISD  19971000
NAM  Hoeptner, III
OCL   70416
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  An anti-theft device is constituted by an elongated rod of a width less
      than the gap between a window glass pane and a facing inner edge of a
      window sill for an automobile door interior panel. A shield plate is fixed
      to and extends radially outward to one side of the rod at a distal end,
      and a wedge is fixed to and extends alongside the rod adjacent the
      proximate end, with the wedge having a thickness greater than the width of
      the gap and tapering over its length to a tapered leading edge facing the
      trailing edge of the shield plate. By inserting the shield plate into the
      interior of the door within the gap and twisting the rod about the axis,
      the wedge is forced into frictional locking position between the inside of
      the window glass pane and the window sill, with the shield plate covering
      the door mechanism actuating lever.
PATN
WKU  059887133
SRC  8
APN  9284389
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970912
TTL  Bumper reinforcement
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Pedder; Dennis H.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Okamura; Masaharu
CTY  Hiroshima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakai; Toshifumi
CTY  Higashihiroshima
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Daikyo Co., Ltd.
CTY  Higashihiroshima
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960913
APN  8-242943
CLAS
OCL  293120
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 1903
FSC  293
FSS  120
UREF
PNO  5141273
ISD  19920800
NAM  Freeman
XCL  293120
FREF
PNO  0102746
ISD  19800800
CNT  JPX
OCL  293120
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A bumper reinforcement has a generally reversely positioned U-shaped cross
      section, which is adapted to be combined with a bumper face having a
      generally U-shaped cross section to constitute a bumper. The bumper
      reinforcement is removably assembled to within an opening of the bumper
      face with an opening side of the bumper reinforcement directed toward the
      bumper face. Also, the bumper reinforcement has a plurality of vertical
      reinforcing ribs that extend vertically to link upper face portion and
      lower face portion of the bumper reinforcement with each other, and for
      segments partitioned by the vertical reinforcing ribs, diagonal
      reinforcing ribs extend diagonally in the segments and stretched
      diagonally across vertical reinforcing ribs on both sides of each segment,
      linking them with each other. The vertical reinforcing ribs and the
      diagonal reinforcing ribs are integrally molded in the bumper
      reinforcement.
PATN
WKU  059887141
SRC  8
APN  6741649
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19960701
TTL  Bumper fascia for vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Morrow; Jason
EXP  Dayoan; D. Glenn
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Akazawa; Munehiko
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Noda; Yusuke
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950706
APN  7-170907
CLAS
OCL  293155
XCL  293143
XCL  296194
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 1904
FSC  293
FSS  155;143
FSC  362
FSS  80;82;523;516;520
FSC  296
FSS  194;206
UREF
PNO  4597603
ISD  19860700
NAM  Trabert
OCL  293194
UREF
PNO  4974891
ISD  19901200
NAM  Furuta
OCL  293104
UREF
PNO  5290078
ISD  19940300
NAM  Bayer et al.
OCL  293120
UREF
PNO  5388037
ISD  19950200
NAM  Umeda et al.
OCL  362 80
UREF
PNO  5403048
ISD  19950400
NAM  Ekladyous et al.
OCL  293115
UREF
PNO  5431464
ISD  19950700
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  293121
UREF
PNO  5566057
ISD  19961000
NAM  Iwami
XCL  362 80
UREF
PNO  5567033
ISD  19961000
NAM  Tanaka et al.
XCL  523516
UREF
PNO  5580109
ISD  19961200
NAM  Birka et al.
OCL  293120
UREF
PNO  5603561
ISD  19970200
NAM  Ohishi
OCL  362 80
UREF
PNO  5688044
ISD  19971100
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  362516
FREF
PNO  61-196848
ISD  19860100
CNT  JPX
OCL  293155
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A bumper fascia is provided for a vehicle having head lamps and an armature
      positioned under the head lamps. Over the whole width of the vehicle, the
      bumper fascia is arranged along respective lower edges of the head lamps.
      Each head lamp includes a lamp housing and a lamp lens. The bumper fascia
      includes an upper and rear end portion and extensions formed in a part of
      the upper and rear end portion so as to extend up to an attachment part
      where the lamp lenses are connected to the lamp housings. In assembly, the
      extensions are mounted on the armature. Owing to the extensions formed on
      the underside of the lamp lenses, it is unnecessary to paint the under
      face of each lamp lens black. Since a top of the armature is hidden by the
      extensions, it is also unnecessary to paint the armature black.
PATN
WKU  059887150
SRC  9
APN  1782339
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19981023
TTL  Apparatus for cleaning drain gutters
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Cherry; Johnny D.
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Mason; Bessie
STR  1010 Hapmton Rd.
CTY  Petersburg
STA  VA
ZIP  23805
CLAS
OCL  294 191
XCL   1523604
XCL  239532
EDF  6
ICL  E04D 13076
FSC  294
FSS  19.1;24;49;55
FSC   15
FSS  236.04
FSC  239
FSS  532
FSC  401
FSS  137;289
UREF
PNO  3023971
ISD  19620300
NAM  Milhous
XCL  294 19.1
UREF
PNO  3041655
ISD  19620700
NAM  Entler
XCL  294 19.1
UREF
PNO  4303348
ISD  19811200
NAM  O'Brien
OCL  401137
UREF
PNO  4310940
ISD  19820100
NAM  Moore
OCL   15105
UREF
PNO  4319851
ISD  19820300
NAM  Arthur
OCL  401137
UREF
PNO  4447927
ISD  19840500
NAM  Malless, Jr.
OCL   15236
UREF
PNO  4848818
ISD  19890700
NAM  Smith
OCL  294 19.1
UREF
PNO  5288118
ISD  19940200
NAM  Hartselle, III
OCL  294 19.1
UREF
PNO  5435612
ISD  19950700
NAM  Kreiser
OCL  294 19.1
UREF
PNO  5626377
ISD  19970500
NAM  Carroll et al.
OCL  294 19.1
FREF
PNO  1045763
ISD  19790100
CNT  CAX
OCL  294 19.1
FREF
PNO  1559925
ISD  19800100
CNT  GBX
OCL  294 19.1
LREP
FR2  Rainer; Norman B.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for cleaning an overhead drain gutter associated with the
      lower extremity of a pitched roof includes a scoop member, a pole of
      telescopically adjustable length, and an attachment member of inverted
      U-shaped configuration that extends in joinder between the scoop member
      and pole. The scoop member is of elongated shape, having front and rear
      ends. The rear end may be provided with a retaining wall disposed
      transversely to the direction of elongation, and a water discharge nozzle
      may be disposed within the retaining wall.
PATN
WKU  059887168
SRC  9
APN  2642239
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19990305
TTL  Golf ball pickup
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Cherry; Johnny D.
NDR  9
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Liao; Gordon
CTY  Yung Kang
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Unique Product & Design Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tainen Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  294 192
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 4702
FSC  294
FSS  19.1;19.2
FSC   56
FSS  328.1;332
FSC  221
FSS  65
FSC  224
FSS  919
FSC  285
FSS  298;301;302
FSC  403
FSS  104;109;110;374;377
UREF
PNO  2203170
ISD  19400600
NAM  Macdonald
OCL  294 19.2
UREF
PNO  4522438
ISD  19850600
NAM  Logue
OCL  294 19.2
UREF
PNO  4629235
ISD  19861200
NAM  Logue
OCL  294 19.2
UREF
PNO  5476297
ISD  19951200
NAM  Lombard
OCL  294 19.2
LREP
FRM  Pro-Techtor International Services
ABST
PAL  A golf ball pickup has a pickup tube consisting of an inner tube, an outer
      tube, a constrictor fixed on the inner tube, and a locking mechanism with
      an eccentric shaft. The outer tube has an engage mouth for the eccentric
      shaft to fit in. When the locking mechanism is swung from an unlocking
      condition to a locking condition, the eccentric shaft may press the inner
      tube immovable. The eccentric shaft has one end functioning to stop the
      constrictor and then the inner tube in telescoping in the outer tube,
      without possibility of the inner tube completely sliding out of the outer
      tube. Thus the golf ball pickup has function of lengthening and shortening
      with non-stage to collapse to a small dimension for saving cost of package
      and transportation, and of suitting to golfers of different height to use.
PATN
WKU  059887176
SRC  8
APN  9945229
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971219
TTL  Method for moving a vacuum lifter on and off an object
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  6
EXA  Chin; Paul
EXP  Kramer; Dean J.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Foust; John W.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  294 641
XCL  414627
EDF  6
ICL  B66C  102
FSC  294
FSS  64.1;65;65.5
FSC  414
FSS  737;627;752
FSC  901
FSS  40
FSC  271
FSS  11;94;95
UREF
PNO  3858926
ISD  19750100
NAM  Ottenhues
OCL  294 65
UREF
PNO  4021030
ISD  19770500
NAM  Fichte et al.
OCL  271 11
UREF
PNO  4822236
ISD  19890400
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  414627
UREF
PNO  4846625
ISD  19890700
NAM  Gabillet
OCL  414752
UREF
PNO  5645274
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ubayashi et al.
OCL  271 94
FREF
PNO  4229208
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
OCL  294 64.1
FREF
PNO  0004840
ISD  19820100
CNT  JPX
OCL  294 64.1
FREF
PNO  1049405
ISD  19831000
CNT  SUX
OCL  294 64.1
FREF
PNO  1058865
ISD  19831200
CNT  SUX
OCL  294 64.1
OREF
PAL  Product Bulletin VT Series Vacuum Lift System (Anver Corporation) Date
      Unknown, 3 pages.
LREP
FRM  Trop, Pruner, Hu & Miles, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention, in one embodiment, is a method for moving a vacuum
      lifter off an object. The method includes releasing a vacuum holding a
      surface of the object against a sealing plate of the vacuum lifter and
      rolling the vacuum lifter along the surface on a roller. The roller is
      connected to the vacuum lifter.
PATN
WKU  059887184
SRC  9
APN  2011832
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19981130
TTL  Load retainer assembly and retaining apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Kramer; Dean J.
NDR  13
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Sugimoto; Yasuo
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukuda; Taro
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971202
APN  9-332155
CLAS
OCL  294 65
XCL  294 812
XCL  414627
XCL  414737
EDF  6
ICL  B66C  102
FSC  294
FSS  65;81.2;81.4;81.5;81.6
FSC  414
FSS  627;737;738;752;783;798.5
UREF
PNO  2903290
ISD  19590900
NAM  Morris et al.
OCL  294 65
UREF
PNO  3610673
ISD  19711000
NAM  Strombeck et al.
OCL  294 65
UREF
PNO  4444424
ISD  19840400
NAM  Lebret
OCL  294 65
UREF
PNO  4685714
ISD  19870800
NAM  Hoke
OCL  294 65
UREF
PNO  5566466
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hearne
OCL  414783
FREF
PNO  7206211
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Adams & Wilks
ABST
PAL  A load retainer assembly includes a pair of lower and upper plates
      pivotably mounted on a main shaft, and an inverting mechanism provided
      between the lower and upper plates that, as the lower plate is driven to
      pivot, causes the upper plate to pivot in the opposite direction to the
      pivoting direction of the lower plate. The load retainer assembly further
      includes a first retaining member for interconnecting distal end portions
      of a pair of links pivotably connected to one end of the lower plate and
      one end of the upper plate, respectively, and a second retaining member
      for interconnecting distal end portions of another pair of links pivotably
      connected to the other end of the lower plate and the other end of the
      upper plate, respectively. A suction pad is attached to each of the
      retaining members to retain a load by suction. The first and second
      retaining members are movable toward and away from each other by causing
      the upper plate to pivot in the opposite direction to the pivoting
      direction of the lower plate, and with this arrangement the load retainer
      assembly can be moved between folded and unfolded positions.
PATN
WKU  059887192
SRC  9
APN  0354570
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980305
TTL  Internal pipe pulling device
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Kramer; Dean J.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Lavender; Cecil Lee
CTY  Ocilla
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Aeroquip-Vickers, Inc.
CTY  Maumee
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  294 96
EDF  6
ICL  B66C  156
FSC  294
FSS  93;94;96;86.12;86.24;86.25;89;102.1
FSC  285
FSS  258
UREF
PNO  D256544
ISD  19800800
NAM  Hintze
UREF
PNO  1625909
ISD  19270400
NAM  Price
OCL  294 96
UREF
PNO  1897561
ISD  19330200
NAM  Manucci et al.
OCL  294 94
UREF
PNO  2184681
ISD  19391200
NAM  Osmun et al.
OCL  294 96
UREF
PNO  2487456
ISD  19491100
NAM  Lowrey
OCL  294 96
UREF
PNO  2939739
ISD  19600600
NAM  Grunsky
OCL  294 96
UREF
PNO  3036855
ISD  19620500
NAM  Siracusa
OCL  294 94
UREF
PNO  3492032
ISD  19700100
NAM  Deike
OCL  294 94
UREF
PNO  3507028
ISD  19700400
NAM  Stellatella
UREF
PNO  3662451
ISD  19720500
NAM  Wagner
UREF
PNO  3709546
ISD  19730100
NAM  Vaughan
OCL  294 96
UREF
PNO  3902236
ISD  19750900
NAM  Deem
UREF
PNO  4095335
ISD  19780600
NAM  Lassarat
UREF
PNO  4299531
ISD  19811100
NAM  Seale et al.
UREF
PNO  4571802
ISD  19860200
NAM  Calhoun et al.
UREF
PNO  4659126
ISD  19870400
NAM  Breck et al.
OCL  294 93
UREF
PNO  4746158
ISD  19880500
NAM  Fields
OCL  294 94
UREF
PNO  5094496
ISD  19920300
NAM  King, Sr.
OCL  294 96
UREF
PNO  5138754
ISD  19920800
NAM  Casteel et al.
UREF
PNO  5168623
ISD  19921200
NAM  Rabe
UREF
PNO  5190334
ISD  19930300
NAM  Sawdon
OCL  294 94
UREF
PNO  5207730
ISD  19930500
NAM  Ruggiero
UREF
PNO  5439235
ISD  19950800
NAM  Blackwell
OCL  294 94
UREF
PNO  5490313
ISD  19960200
NAM  Ashbrook
UREF
PNO  5533246
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ashbrook
UREF
PNO  5621966
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kvenvold et al.
UREF
PNO  5647627
ISD  19970700
NAM  Baessler
OCL  294 96
OREF
PAL  Brochure entitled "SWIPUL Innerduct Swivel/Pulling Eye", published by
      Dura-Line Corporation, dated 1995.
PAL  Brochure entitled "Fixed Head Innerduct Pulling Eyes", Published By Condux
      International, Inc., dated 1996.
LREP
FRM  Emch, Schaffer, Schaub & Porcello Co., L.P.A.
ABST
PAL  A pulling device for use with a pipe having an inside wall. The device
      includes a center slide. The device further includes at least one gripper
      plate that is adapted to cooperatively engage the center slide to cause
      the gripper plate to expand outwardly with respect to the center slide.
      The gripper plate includes a plurality of rings for engaging the inside
      wall of the pipe. The device further includes a pulling eye attached to
      the center slide to which a swivel or a cable can be attached to pull the
      device.
PATN
WKU  059887206
SRC  8
APN  7656599
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19961230
TTL  Wheel having a hub and a rim with an interference fit therebetween
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Stormer; Russell D.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Fridberg; Arkady Moiseevich
STR  Bataiskiy Poezd
CTY  41-176, Moscow
CNT  RUX
ITX  109144
INVT
NAM  Vinnik; Leonid Vladimirovich
CTY  Moscow
CNT  RUX
ASSG
NAM  Fridberg; Arkady Moiseevich
CTY  Moscow
CNT  RUX
COD  05
ASSG
NAM  Vinnik; Leonid V.
CTY  Moscow
CNT  RUX
COD  05
PRIR
CNT  RUX
APD  19940701
APN  94022342
CLAS
OCL  295 10
XCL  295 18
EDF  6
ICL  B60B 3712
FSC  295
FSS  1;10;15;18;31.1;32;44;45;21
UREF
PNO  50579
ISD  18651000
NAM  Harris
OCL  295  1
UREF
PNO  70560
ISD  18671100
NAM  Harris
OCL  295 10
UREF
PNO  180247
ISD  18760700
NAM  Levake
XCL  295 10
UREF
PNO  276211
ISD  18830400
NAM  Baldwin
OCL  295 10
UREF
PNO  448683
ISD  18910300
NAM  Silverthorn
OCL  295 18
UREF
PNO  509409
ISD  18931100
NAM  Totten
OCL  295 18
UREF
PNO  570525
ISD  18961100
NAM  West
OCL  295 18
UREF
PNO  1104562
ISD  19140700
NAM  Slattery
OCL  295 18
UREF
PNO  1346756
ISD  19200700
NAM  Lewis
OCL  295 10
FREF
PNO  34549
ISD  18860200
CNT  DEX
OCL  295 15
FREF
PNO  705616
ISD  19410500
CNT  DEX
OCL  295 21
FREF
PNO  22012
ISD  19040000
CNT  GBX
OCL  295 10
FREF
PNO  1954
ISD  19120000
CNT  GBX
OCL  295 10
FREF
PNO  153200
ISD  19201100
CNT  GBX
OCL  295 10
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/RU95/00135
PD1  19961230
PD2  19961230
PD3  19950623
PCP  WO96/01188
PCD  19960118
ABST
PAR  A wheel set with independent and combined rotation of the running surfaces
      of the wheels, of use as a driving axle of a transport device, e.g. an
      underground railway car. It comprises an axle 1 and wheels having hubs 2
      rigidly connected to the axle 1. The running surface of one wheel is
      formed on a rim rigidly connected to the hub. The running surface 3 of the
      other wheel is formed on a rim 4 connected to the hub with possibility of
      rotation. The rim is connected to the hub via smooth surfaces of rotation,
      e.g. cylindrical surfaces 5 or conical surfaces 6. Parameters of the
      connection such as the diameter, roughness, hardness, or material are
      chosen subject to the condition that the torque defined by the frictional
      forces at the connection in a state of rest is greater than the torque
      applied to the axle when the transport device starts. During the process
      of motion, the torque decreases and the rim 4 can rotate relative to the
      hub, so that the wheels rotate at different angular speeds, e.g. at places
      where the track bends.
PATN
WKU  059887214
SRC  8
APN  8940797
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970813
TTL  Vehicle for transporting horses
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Hoge; Gary C.
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Stenholm; Tom
CTY  Asarum
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Tomon Arabians AB
CTY  Asarum
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19950213
APN  9500488
CLAS
OCL  296 242
XCL  410144
EDF  6
ICL  B60P  304
FSC  296
FSS  24.2
FSC  410
FSS  144
UREF
PNO  4355594
ISD  19821000
NAM  Wagner
UREF
PNO  4553888
ISD  19851100
NAM  Crissy et al.
OCL  410144
UREF
PNO  4702653
ISD  19871000
NAM  Gaudling et al.
OCL  410144
UREF
PNO  5513595
ISD  19960500
NAM  Chatterton
OCL  296 24.2
FREF
PNO  502166
ISD  19950800
CNT  SEX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/00168
PD1  19970813
PD2  19970813
PD3  19960212
PCP  WO96/25303
PCD  19960822
ABST
PAR  A vehicle for transporting horses comprises at least one compartment, which
      is intended for a horse to be transported standing in the direction of
      travel of the vehicle. The compartment has a releasable transverse bar (9)
      at least in the front part as seen in the direction of travel. One end of
      the bar, which extends up to an outer vehicle wall (4), is provided with a
      lug (10). In said vehicle wall there is at least one recess, into which
      the lug (10) of the bar is insertable and lockable by means of a
      vertically displaceable piston means. This comprises at least one locking
      bar, which is vertically insertable into the lug, and is, via link means,
      connected to a lever (37) which is arranged on the outside of said vehicle
      wall (4) and by means of which the piston means is vertically displaced.
PATN
WKU  059887222
SRC  9
APN  0603104
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980415
TTL  Sliding vehicle storage system
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  2
EXP  Pedder; Dennis H.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Parri; Michael A.
STR  2989 Meadow Run Rd., Bear Creek Twp.
CTY  Wilkes-Barre
STA  PA
ZIP  18702
CLAS
OCL  296 2609
XCL  224403
XCL  414522
EDF  6
ICL  B60R  900
FSC  296
FSS  26.08;26.09;37.6
FSC  224
FSS  401-403
FSC  414
FSS  522
UREF
PNO  3471045
ISD  19691000
NAM  Panciocco
OCL  296 37.6
UREF
PNO  5088636
ISD  19920200
NAM  Barajas
OCL  296 37.6
UREF
PNO  5509709
ISD  19960400
NAM  Carroll
OCL  296 26.09
UREF
PNO  5593201
ISD  19970100
NAM  Baterman
OCL  296 39.2
LREP
FRM  Breiner & Breiner
ABST
PAL  A sliding vehicle storage system is described for mounting on two opposing
      interior side walls of a vehicle. The storage system provides for a
      platform slidingly received in a vehicle which may be positioned at
      different heights in relation to the side walls of a vehicle to provide
      versatility in use. The storage system includes, in relation to each of
      two opposing interior side walls, mounting means attached to a support
      assembly. Each support assembly includes a mounting plate connected to an
      outer track assembly including a plurality of wheel bearings held
      operatively in place within the outer track assembly, and a locking plate.
      An inner track assembly slidingly mates with the outer track assembly. A
      cross member support is connected to the inner track assembly. Extending
      between the two inner track assemblies upon the two opposing vehicle side
      walls are at least two cross members supported by the cross member support
      of each opposing support assembly. A platform is supported by the at least
      two cross members. A locking assembly is present in relation to the
      sliding platform structure. The locking assembly operates in conjunction
      with the locking plate to selectively lock or unlock the platform in one
      or more predetermined positions. The sliding storage apparatus is readily
      installed within storage areas of various sizes and provides multiple
      accessible storage areas within a vehicle to accommodate storage of
      variously sized items.
PATN
WKU  059887230
SRC  9
APN  089172&
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980602
TTL  Truck bed liner and mat assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Pape; Joseph D.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Adkins; Gregory Steven
STR  29940 W. 95th St.
CTY  Desoto
STA  KS
ZIP  66018
CLAS
OCL  296 392
EDF  6
ICL  B62D 3302
FSC  296
FSS  39.1;39.2
UREF
PNO  H1318
ISD  19940600
NAM  Rozenboom et al.
OCL  296 39.2
UREF
PNO  4396219
ISD  19830800
NAM  Cline
OCL  296 39
UREF
PNO  4802705
ISD  19890200
NAM  Elwell
OCL  296 39.2
UREF
PNO  4944612
ISD  19900700
NAM  Abstetar et al.
OCL  296 39.2
UREF
PNO  5007670
ISD  19910400
NAM  Wise
OCL  296 39.1
UREF
PNO  5370436
ISD  19941200
NAM  Martindale et al.
OCL  296 39.2
UREF
PNO  5597194
ISD  19970100
NAM  Daugherty et al.
OCL  296 39.2
LREP
FRM  Goldstein & Canino
ABST
PAL  An integral truck bed liner and mat assembly for installing into a bed
      region of a pickup truck for protecting the painted surfaces of the bed
      region from damage while at the same time providing a non-slip surface
      area for stored cargo items. The integral truck bed liner comprises a base
      liner, a pair of opposed upstanding liner walls which extend upward
      perpendicular to the base liner, a header liner having opposite ends, the
      header liner affixed at each end to one of the upstanding liner walls and
      also extending upward from the base liner. A base mat which has a serrated
      top surface is secured to the base liner, the serrated top surface
      providing traction so that when cargo items are placed upon it when the
      device is installed into the bed region of the truck, the cargo items will
      not shift or slide while the vehicle is underway, but rather will remain
      safely stationary.
PATN
WKU  059887249
SRC  8
APN  9119663
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970815
TTL  Tailgate hinge mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Chenevert; Paul
EXP  Dayoan; D. Glenn
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Wolda; Tiete O.
STR  12 Perriville Crescent
CTY  Scarborough Ontario
CNT  CAX
ITX  M1J 2C1
CLAS
OCL  296 571
XCL   16308
XCL   49386
EDF  6
ICL  B62D 2500
FSC  296
FSS  57.1;59;146.1;106;146.8
FSC   16
FSS  308
FSC   49
FSS  386
UREF
PNO  D370453
ISD  19960600
NAM  Shortman et al.
OCL  D12223
UREF
PNO  2395456
ISD  19460200
NAM  Bunker
OCL   16308
UREF
PNO  2733476
ISD  19560200
NAM  Eck
OCL   16180
UREF
PNO  2799891
ISD  19570700
NAM  Ragsdale
OCL   16308
UREF
PNO  2810153
ISD  19571000
NAM  Semar
OCL   16180
UREF
PNO  2984517
ISD  19610500
NAM  Farrow et al.
OCL  296 57
UREF
PNO  3031225
ISD  19620400
NAM  Saffer et al.
OCL  296 57.1
UREF
PNO  3085286
ISD  19630400
NAM  Whitehouse et al.
OCL   16180
UREF
PNO  3122775
ISD  19640300
NAM  Pulleyblank
OCL   16308
UREF
PNO  3166783
ISD  19650100
NAM  Mackie et al.
OCL   16163
UREF
PNO  3336070
ISD  19670800
NAM  Jackson
OCL  296 57.1
UREF
PNO  3370317
ISD  19680200
NAM  Marchione
OCL   16308
UREF
PNO  3402508
ISD  19680900
NAM  Kessler
OCL   49386
UREF
PNO  3643378
ISD  19720200
NAM  Velavicius et al.
OCL   49445
UREF
PNO  3649067
ISD  19720300
NAM  Louton
OCL  296 50
UREF
PNO  3695678
ISD  19721000
NAM  Gergoe
OCL  296 76
UREF
PNO  3699716
ISD  19721000
NAM  Wanlass
OCL   49 40
UREF
PNO  4143904
ISD  19790300
NAM  Cooper et al.
OCL  296 57
UREF
PNO  4291501
ISD  19810900
NAM  Steinberg et al.
OCL   49386
UREF
PNO  4378658
ISD  19830400
NAM  DeLorean
OCL   49379
UREF
PNO  4701977
ISD  19871000
NAM  Hori et al.
OCL   16266
UREF
PNO  5039154
ISD  19910800
NAM  Lewis
OCL  296 52
UREF
PNO  5358301
ISD  19941000
NAM  Konchan et al.
OCL  296146.1
UREF
PNO  5641262
ISD  19970600
NAM  Dunlop et al.
OCL  414557
UREF
PNO  5787549
ISD  19980800
NAM  Soderlund
OCL   16308
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman P.C.
ABST
PAL  Tailgate hinge mechanism mounting the tailgate for swingable movement
      between closed, open and removal positions is designed to allow
      incorporation of a torque rod which cooperates with the hinge mechanism to
      assist in opening or closing the tailgate and yet is not a required
      portion of the hinge mechanism, but if desired may be quickly and easily
      installed as a unitary mechanism.
PATN
WKU  059887257
SRC  9
APN  2361035
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19990125
TTL  Foldable tailgate ramp for pickup trucks
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Coletta; Lori L.
EXP  Dayoan; D. Glenn
NDR  4
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Cole; Leslie W.
STR  14 Burrell Road
CTY  Turtle Creek, New Brunswick
CNT  CAX
ITX  E1J 1S6
RLAP
COD  71
APN  178743
APD  19981027
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  296 61
XCL  296 62
EDF  6
ICL  B62D 2500
FSC  296
FSS  61;62
FSC  414
FSS  537
UREF
PNO  3339968
ISD  19670900
NAM  Hall
OCL  296 61
UREF
PNO  3352440
ISD  19671100
NAM  Wilson
OCL  356142
UREF
PNO  3642156
ISD  19720200
NAM  Stenson
UREF
PNO  3737058
ISD  19730600
NAM  Johnson
OCL  296 61
UREF
PNO  3756440
ISD  19730900
NAM  Raap et al.
OCL  296 61
UREF
PNO  3976209
ISD  19760800
NAM  Burton
UREF
PNO  4571144
ISD  19860200
NAM  Guidry et al.
UREF
PNO  4735454
ISD  19880400
NAM  Bernard
UREF
PNO  4795304
ISD  19890100
NAM  Dudley
UREF
PNO  4864673
ISD  19890900
NAM  Adaway et al.
OCL  296 62
UREF
PNO  4944546
ISD  19900700
NAM  Keller
UREF
PNO  5133584
ISD  19920700
NAM  McCleary
UREF
PNO  5156432
ISD  19921000
NAM  McCleary
UREF
PNO  5273335
ISD  19931200
NAM  Belnap et al.
UREF
PNO  5287579
ISD  19940200
NAM  Estevez et al.
UREF
PNO  5312148
ISD  19940500
NAM  Morgan
UREF
PNO  5342105
ISD  19940800
NAM  Miles
UREF
PNO  5540474
ISD  19960700
NAM  Holland
UREF
PNO  5752800
ISD  19980500
NAM  Brincks et al.
UREF
PNO  5769593
ISD  19980600
NAM  Buffaloc
OCL  296 61
UREF
PNO  5791717
ISD  19980800
NAM  Reich et al.
UREF
PNO  5853281
ISD  19981200
NAM  Farmer
OCL  414537
LREP
FR2  Theriault; Mario D.
ABST
PAL  A foldable ramp having a first, second and third rectangular sections
      contiguous with each other and defining a ramp path having longitudinal
      and transversal axes. A first hinge group is affixed to both the first and
      second sections and a second hinge group is affixed to both the second and
      third sections. The first hinge group has a first axis of rotation on the
      upper side of the ramp path and extending across the longitudinal axis,
      and a first rotational range of slightly more than 180.degree.. The second
      hinge group has a second axis of rotation on the under side of the ramp
      path and extending in a parallel alignment with the first axis of
      rotation, and a second rotational range of slightly less than 180.degree..
      The first and second hinge groups each have a central hinge and outside
      hinges, and stoppers on the central hinges to limit the rotation of the
      central hinges a few degrees less that the rotational range of the outside
      hinges. This configuration causes the ramp to arc longitudinally and
      transversely upwardly when deployed for increasing the moments of inertia
      of the ramp.
PATN
WKU  059887265
SRC  8
APN  8574790
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970516
TTL  Vehicular rear seat
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Kiran
EXP  Pape; Joseph D.
NDR  3
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Onoda; Keisuke
CTY  Higashiura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hashimoto; Kazunori
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsufuji; Yorisuke
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Takashimaya Nippatsy Kogyo Co., Ltd.
CTY  Toyota
STA  JP
ITX  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960521
APN  8-125798
CLAS
OCL  296 6505
XCL  296 69
EDF  6
ICL  B60N  202
FSC  296
FSS  65.05;65.06;65.09;65.11;65.13;65.14;65.16;69;65.01
FSC  297
FSS  283.1;236;237;335;336;451.16;452.98
UREF
PNO  2152505
ISD  19390300
NAM  Stuart et al.
OCL  296 65.09
UREF
PNO  3449012
ISD  19690600
NAM  Caron
UREF
PNO  4133556
ISD  19790100
NAM  Glinski
OCL  296 65.09
UREF
PNO  4475763
ISD  19841000
NAM  Hamatani et al.
OCL  296 65.09
UREF
PNO  4512609
ISD  19850400
NAM  Parsson
UREF
PNO  4637653
ISD  19870100
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  296 65.05
UREF
PNO  5044683
ISD  19910900
NAM  Parsson
UREF
PNO  5133589
ISD  19920700
NAM  Kimura
OCL  296 65.09
UREF
PNO  5240302
ISD  19930800
NAM  Yoshida et al.
UREF
PNO  5248178
ISD  19930900
NAM  Brambilla
OCL  296 65.09
UREF
PNO  5558386
ISD  19960900
NAM  Tilly et al.
OCL  296 65.05
UREF
PNO  5605368
ISD  19970200
NAM  Noma et al.
OCL  296 69
UREF
PNO  5641202
ISD  19970600
NAM  Rus
OCL  296 65.09
UREF
PNO  5658046
ISD  19970800
NAM  Rus
OCL  296 65.09
UREF
PNO  5702145
ISD  19971200
NAM  Fowler et al.
OCL  296 65.05
FREF
PNO  0 769 411 A2
ISD  19970400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1499448
ISD  19680100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  27 25 001
ISD  19771200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3-189245
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-125625
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-85242
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1 553 015
ISD  19790900
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A simple-structure vehicular rear seat wherein an upstanding seat cushion
      reliably receives and stops a luggage piece placed on a luggage supportive
      floor surface if the piece moves for any reason. When a seat back is laid
      down forward, the reverse surface of the seat back can be used as a
      luggage supportive floor surface. A seat cushion is supported on an
      elevated step portion of a stepped floor, and made up of a lower cushion
      and an upper cushion. The upper cushion is connected to the elevated step
      portion by a link-type connection mechanism that allows the upper cushion
      to be moved between a normal position where the upper cushion is supported
      on the lower cushion and an upstanding position where the reverse surface
      of the upper cushion abuts against and is supported by a front wall
      surface of the elevated step portion.
PATN
WKU  059887273
SRC  9
APN  1353209
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980807
TTL  Motorcycle fork clamp
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  19
EXP  Pedder; Dennis H.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Mueller; Allen B.
STR  1078 N. Orchard Cir.
CTY  Collierville
STA  TN
ZIP  38017
CLAS
OCL  296 781
XCL  2482301
XCL  2482305
XCL  224448
EDF  6
ICL  B62J 1704
FSC  296
FSS  78.1
FSC  248
FSS  74.4;219.4;229.14;229.24;228.5;230.5;231.21;231.61;316.6;230.1
FSC  224
FSS  413;425;448
UREF
PNO  2069163
ISD  19370100
NAM  Hibner, Jr.
OCL  248 74.4
UREF
PNO  5497973
ISD  19960300
NAM  Balzen et al.
OCL  248230.5
FREF
PNO  1562272
ISD  19690400
CNT  FRX
OCL  248 74.4
LREP
FRM  Garvey, Smith, Nehrbass & Doody, L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  An incrementally adjustable/integral mounting clamp having two
      semi-cylindrical strap sections with a mounting boss on at least one of
      the straps, and having a hook and spline adjustment on one set of
      cooperating ends of the straps and tabs on the other ends of the straps
      for drawing the ends together by an alien bolt. The straps are preferably
      formed of extruded aluminum, and providing a low-profile clamp enabling it
      to be attached on the fork tube in areas of little clearance.
PATN
WKU  059887281
SRC  8
APN  8523924
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970507
TTL  Tonneau cover; methods of installation and use of tonneau cover; and
      truck including a tonneau cover
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Morrow; Jason
EXP  Dayoan; D. Glenn
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Lund; David
CTY  Andover
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Thomsen; Larry J.
CTY  Maple Lake
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Sterling; Michael J.
CTY  Coon Rapids
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Joel
CTY  Coon Rapids
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Lund Industries, Incorporated
CTY  Anoka
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  29610003
XCL  29610008
EDF  6
ICL  B60P  702
FSC  296
FSS  101;100.02;100.03;100.08;100.06;100.05;100.1;183;184;39.2;100.04
UREF
PNO  D281487
ISD  19851100
NAM  Chapman
OCL  D12156
UREF
PNO  D323479
ISD  19920100
NAM  Akashi et al.
OCL  D12156
UREF
PNO  D324195
ISD  19920200
NAM  Ueno
OCL  D12156
UREF
PNO  D333607
ISD  19930300
NAM  Isler
OCL  D 8382
UREF
PNO  D337554
ISD  19930700
NAM  Lucas
OCL  D12156
UREF
PNO  D350107
ISD  19940800
NAM  Ramaciotti
OCL  D12401
UREF
PNO  3936077
ISD  19760200
NAM  Bliek
OCL  280423R
UREF
PNO  3954296
ISD  19760500
NAM  Patnode
OCL  296 10
UREF
PNO  4061394
ISD  19771200
NAM  Vodin
OCL  296100
UREF
PNO  4083596
ISD  19780400
NAM  Robertson
OCL  296100.1
UREF
PNO  4273377
ISD  19810600
NAM  Alexander
OCL  296100
UREF
PNO  4285539
ISD  19810800
NAM  Cole
OCL  296105
UREF
PNO  4377307
ISD  19830300
NAM  Santarelli
OCL  296136
UREF
PNO  4479677
ISD  19841000
NAM  Gulette et al.
OCL  296 98
UREF
PNO  4573730
ISD  19860300
NAM  Gondert et al.
OCL  296  1S
UREF
PNO  4600233
ISD  19860700
NAM  Byodston
OCL  296 24R
UREF
PNO  4687247
ISD  19870800
NAM  Muscat
OCL  296136
UREF
PNO  4730866
ISD  19880300
NAM  Nett
OCL  296100
UREF
PNO  4792178
ISD  19881200
NAM  Kokx
OCL  296 98
UREF
PNO  4799729
ISD  19890100
NAM  Muscat
OCL  296136
UREF
PNO  4838602
ISD  19890600
NAM  Nett
OCL  296100
UREF
PNO  4861092
ISD  19890800
NAM  Bogard
OCL  296100
UREF
PNO  4889381
ISD  19891200
NAM  Tamblyn et al.
OCL  296 98
UREF
PNO  5067766
ISD  19911100
NAM  Lovaas
OCL  296100.04
UREF
PNO  5067768
ISD  19911100
NAM  Fischbach
OCL  296107
UREF
PNO  5098148
ISD  19920300
NAM  Hoban
OCL  296 66
UREF
PNO  5139375
ISD  19920800
NAM  Franchuk
OCL  410105
UREF
PNO  5152574
ISD  19921000
NAM  Tucker
OCL  296100
UREF
PNO  5183309
ISD  19930200
NAM  Jordan
OCL  296100
UREF
PNO  5207262
ISD  19930500
NAM  Rushford
OCL  160354
UREF
PNO  5228736
ISD  19930700
NAM  Dutton
OCL  296 39.2
UREF
PNO  5261719
ISD  19931100
NAM  Tucker
OCL  296100
UREF
PNO  5275458
ISD  19940100
NAM  Barben et al.
OCL  296100
UREF
PNO  5301995
ISD  19940400
NAM  Isler
OCL  296100
UREF
PNO  5328310
ISD  19940700
NAM  Lockney
OCL  410 97
UREF
PNO  5335960
ISD  19940800
NAM  Benignu, Jr.
OCL  296165
UREF
PNO  5385377
ISD  19950100
NAM  Girard
OCL  296 36
UREF
PNO  5398985
ISD  19950300
NAM  Robinson
OCL  296 10
UREF
PNO  5472256
ISD  19951200
NAM  Tucker
OCL  296100
UREF
PNO  5632522
ISD  19970500
NAM  Gaitan et al.
XCL  296100.1
OREF
PAL  Custom Form Mfg., Inc., "Here It Is! Custom Cover.TM., the Utilmate Tonneau
      Cover", brochure from Custome Form Mfg., Inc., 2100 Industrial Pkwy,
      Elkhart, IN 45616 *undated).
PAL  "Saber Tonno" brochure from Extang Corporation, Ann Arbor, MI (undated).
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  An tonneau cover for a pickup truck having a tapered bed construction is
      provided by the present invention. The tonneau cover includes a driver
      side rail for mounting to a driver sidewall of a pickup truck bed; a
      passenger side rail for mounting to passenger sidewall of pickup truck
      bed; and a rigid panel for slideably mounted along the driver side rail
      and the passenger side rail, and having a tapered construction which
      allows the rigid panel to fit between and adjacent a driver sidewall and a
      passenger sidewall of a pickup truck bed having a tapered bed
      construction.
PATN
WKU  059887290
SRC  8
APN  9383123
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970926
TTL  Roof construction for an open passenger car
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Morrow; Jason
EXP  Dayoan; D. Glenn
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Klein; Berthold
CTY  Rutesheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  DaimlerChrysler AG
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960926
APN  196 39 567
CLAS
OCL  29610715
XCL  296108
XCL  29610707
EDF  6
ICL  B60J  708
FSC  296
FSS  107.01;108;107.09;107.15;107.17;210;107.07;146.14
UREF
PNO  2836457
ISD  19580500
NAM  Berman et al.
UREF
PNO  4784428
ISD  19881100
NAM  Moy et al.
UREF
PNO  5520432
ISD  19960500
NAM  Gmeiner et al.
XCL  296108
FREF
PNO  16 95 169
ISD  19550300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1 179 125
ISD  19641000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3416285A1
ISD  19841000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4445920A1
ISD  19960700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  6187175
ISD  19610600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6166380
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6191285
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8230481
ISD  19960900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1377626
ISD  19741200
CNT  GBX
OCL  296108
FREF
PNO  2240519A
ISD  19910800
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Search ReportJan. 21, 1998 Europe.
PAL  Office Action Sep. 25, 1998 Japan.
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards, & Lenahan PLLC
ABST
PAL  A two-part hard top construction for an open passenger car can be deposited
      in a folded-together manner in a receiving space in a rear area of the
      vehicle body. A rearward part is constructed as a stable, one-piece
      component of a transparent material which forms two C-column parts
      laterally flanking the rear widow, and a forward roof part is constructed
      as a folding top unit which is supported on the rearward part and, in the
      unfolded condition, can be fixed on a windshield frame of the vehicle
      body.
PATN
WKU  059887303
SRC  8
APN  9144471
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970819
TTL  Arrangement for releasable mounting of a window pane in a motor vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Kiran
EXP  Pape; Joseph D.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Bekaert; Werner
CTY  Hoogstraten
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Volswagen AG
CTY  Wolfsburg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960822
APN  196 33 842
CLAS
OCL  29614615
XCL  296 9621
XCL  296201
XCL   52208
EDF  6
ICL  B60J  110
FSC  296
FSS  146.15;96.22;96.25;84.1;201
FSC   52
FSS  208;204.591
UREF
PNO  4434593
ISD  19840300
NAM  Horika et al.
OCL  296 96.21
UREF
PNO  4441755
ISD  19840400
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  296 96.21
UREF
PNO  4581276
ISD  19860400
NAM  Kunert et al.
OCL  428157
FREF
PNO  0256946
ISD  19880200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0351369
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0620134
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4307634
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4301026
ISD  19940700
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A window pane mounting arrangement for a motor vehicle includes a molded-on
      edge part which has an adhesive application surface for the application of
      an adhesive to connect the edge part to a fastening flange in a window
      opening of the motor vehicle, the connection between the edge part and the
      fastening flange being releasable by a pushing or pulling force applied to
      the window pane. In order to reduce the consumption of adhesive, to
      shorten waiting times until the adhesive has hardened, and to prevent
      soiling of adjacent components, the adhesive application surface is formed
      on an adhesive application profile which is releasably connected to the
      edge part and can be released from the edge part by exerting the pushing
      or pulling force on the window pane.
PATN
WKU  059887311
SRC  8
APN  8626510
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970523
TTL  Camping kit for wheeled vehicles
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Pedder; Dennis H.
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Eischen; Roger
STR  4090 W. Linda La.
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
ZIP  85226
CLAS
OCL  296159
XCL  296165
XCL  135 8815
EDF  6
ICL  B60P  3345
FSC  296
FSS  26.12;26.13;159;160;170;173;165
FSC  135
FSS  88.13;88.15-88.17
UREF
PNO  1243288
ISD  19171000
NAM  Hall
OCL  135 88.13
UREF
PNO  2003816
ISD  19350600
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  296173
UREF
PNO  2481230
ISD  19490900
NAM  MacDonald, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3352312
ISD  19671100
NAM  Martin
OCL  135 88.13
UREF
PNO  3466082
ISD  19690900
NAM  Branch
OCL  296165
UREF
PNO  3558181
ISD  19710100
NAM  Peterson
OCL  296170
UREF
PNO  4113301
ISD  19780900
NAM  Olmstead
OCL   52 66
UREF
PNO  4652040
ISD  19870300
NAM  Mahan
OCL  296159
UREF
PNO  5462330
ISD  19951000
NAM  Brown
OCL  296172
FREF
PNO  1253498
ISD  19610100
CNT  FRX
OCL  296173
FREF
PNO  8303391
ISD  19831000
CNT  WOX
OCL  296165
LREP
FRM  Cahill, Sutton & Thomas P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A tub support kit which can be dismantled and completely removed from the
      cargo tub of a wheeled vehicle such as a utility trailer or a pickup
      truck. The kit includes a frame structure which is adapted to rest upright
      at the rear end of the tub near a drop down tailgate. U-shaped support
      members extend out over the side walls of the tub and have their rear legs
      separably connected to the frame structure. Two berth bases overlie the
      support members and are releasably connected to the U-shaped support
      members and the frame structure to hold the assemblage together.
PATN
WKU  059887320
SRC  8
APN  9632468
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971105
TTL  Flatbed trailer enclosure
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Murray; Mickki D.
EXP  Pape; Joseph D.
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Schouten; Ben H.
STR  393 Greens Rd., R.R. #2
CTY  Caledonia, Ontario
CNT  CAX
ITX  N0A 1A0
CLAS
OCL  296181
XCL  296 36
XCL  29610009
XCL  2961001
EDF  6
ICL  B60J  700
FSC  296
FSS  181;183;36;100.09;100.1;147
UREF
PNO  4210358
ISD  19800700
NAM  Sweet et al.
OCL  296100
UREF
PNO  4268084
ISD  19810500
NAM  Peters
OCL  296148
UREF
PNO  4627658
ISD  19861200
NAM  Vold et al.
OCL  296100
UREF
PNO  4673208
ISD  19870600
NAM  Tsukamoto
OCL  296 98
UREF
PNO  4842323
ISD  19890600
NAM  Trickett
OCL  296 98
UREF
PNO  5186231
ISD  19930200
NAM  Lewis
OCL  160310
UREF
PNO  5190341
ISD  19930300
NAM  Simard
OCL  296100
UREF
PNO  5271336
ISD  19931200
NAM  Willetts
OCL  105377
UREF
PNO  5328228
ISD  19940700
NAM  Klassen
OCL  296 98
UREF
PNO  5498057
ISD  19960300
NAM  Reina et al.
OCL  296100
LREP
FRM  Ridout & Maybee
ABST
PAL  A flatbed trailer enclosure comprising an upright frame member having a
      lower portion adapted for securing to a top surface of a flatbed trailer,
      and a pair of side frame members pivotally mounted to the upright frame
      member. A pair of actuators are provided for rotating the side frame
      members, one being directly coupled to a drive shaft, and the other having
      a reversing gear coupled to the drive shaft. Each actuator has an output
      shaft coupled to a respective side frame member.
PATN
WKU  059887338
SRC  9
APN  0585785
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980410
TTL  Vehicle body construction
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Kiran
EXP  Pape; Joseph D.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kamo; Mitsuhiro
CTY  Hamamatsu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Maeda; Michiya
CTY  Hamamatsu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Suzuki Motor Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970411
APN  9-093304
CLAS
OCL  296189
XCL  29620301
XCL  296 30
XCL  296188
EDF  6
ICL  B60J  700
FSC  296
FSS  203.02;203.03;203.01;205;209;187;188;189;30
UREF
PNO  5544933
ISD  19960800
NAM  Shahab et al.
OCL  296188
UREF
PNO  5560672
ISD  19961000
NAM  Lim et al.
OCL  296189
UREF
PNO  5585797
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hirahara et al.
OCL  296189
UREF
PNO  5609385
ISD  19970300
NAM  Daniel et al.
OCL  296188
UREF
PNO  5653495
ISD  19970800
NAM  Bovellan et al.
OCL  296 30
UREF
PNO  5709407
ISD  19980100
NAM  Stephens et al.
OCL  296189
UREF
PNO  5720510
ISD  19980200
NAM  Daniel et al.
OCL  296203.02
UREF
PNO  5722715
ISD  19980300
NAM  Patel et al.
OCL  296189
UREF
PNO  5725271
ISD  19980300
NAM  Patel et al.
OCL  296189
FREF
PNO  07246952
ISD  00000000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  08301022
ISD  00000000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Alston & Bird LLP
ABST
PAL  A vehicle body construction of a door opening flange portion and a front
      pillar including a reinforcement, an inner panel, and an outer panel. One
      flange of the reinforcement is positioned between flanges of the inner and
      outer panels wherein the three flanges form a joint. Another flange of
      each of the inner and outer panels form a second joint. The inner and
      outer panel define a closed cross section shape portion and another flange
      of the reinforcement is joined to the inner or outer panel within the
      closed cross section shape portion.
PATN
WKU  059887346
SRC  9
APN  0268496
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980220
TTL  Passenger vehicle structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Kiran
EXP  Pape; Joseph D.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Longo; Stephen D.
CTY  Bloomfield Hills
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Moss; Edward D.
CTY  Walled Lake
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Deutschel; Brian William
CTY  Sterling Heights
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  MacCleery; Richard E.
CTY  Birmingham
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Roger Earl
CTY  Shelby Township
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  McCann; Michael J.
CTY  Roseville
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  General Motors Corporation
CTY  Detroit
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  29620301
XCL  296204
XCL  296186
XCL  296205
XCL  280781
XCL  280797
XCL  280798
EDF  6
ICL  B60J  700
FSC  296
FSS  204;203.01;186;205
FSC  280
FSS  781;797;798
UREF
PNO  2292646
ISD  19420800
NAM  McIntosh et al.
OCL  280797
UREF
PNO  3108836
ISD  19631000
NAM  Deckert
OCL  296204
UREF
PNO  3366411
ISD  19680100
NAM  Vittone
OCL  280781
UREF
PNO  4081197
ISD  19780300
NAM  Ackel
OCL  296204
UREF
PNO  4129330
ISD  19781200
NAM  Schwuchow
OCL  296204
UREF
PNO  4514008
ISD  19850400
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  296204
UREF
PNO  4971357
ISD  19901100
NAM  Nagasaki et al.
OCL  280801
UREF
PNO  5174628
ISD  19921200
NAM  Hayatsugu et al.
OCL  296204
UREF
PNO  5527081
ISD  19960600
NAM  Rausch et al.
OCL  296186
UREF
PNO  5788322
ISD  19980800
NAM  Wolf et al.
OCL  296204
LREP
FR2  Leahy; Charles E.
ABST
PAL  A vehicle body structure includes a perimeter frame including laterally
      spaced right and left side rails of tubular construction and front and
      rear bumper rails of tubular construction extending between the side
      rails. A structural tunnel extends longitudinally of the vehicle midway
      between the side rails and has front and rear ends. The structural tunnel
      includes an inverted U-shaped channel having vertically depending the
      first and second legs, and a close-out plate which extends horizontally
      between the legs. First and second front shear walls extend forwardly and
      diagonally from the first and second legs at the front of the tunnel to
      the respective right and left side rails of the perimeter frame.
      Similarly, first and second rear shear walls extend generally rearward and
      diagonally from the first and second legs at the rear end of the tunnel to
      the respective left and right side rails of the perimeter frame.
      Reinforcement plates are welded along side the front shear walls and the
      rear shear walls to additionally connect the legs of the structural tunnel
      with the right and left side rails. Right and left rear pillars are
      attached respectively to the right and left side rails of the perimeter
      frames, and right and left seat back shear walls extend laterally between
      the rear ends of the tunnel and the right and left pillars. The body
      structure is additionally stiffened by reinforcing brackets which extend
      between the front and rear shear walls and the perimeter frames.
PATN
WKU  059887354
SRC  8
APN  9109269
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970808
TTL  Inner lining for the roof of a motor vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Wells; Chad D.
EXP  Dayoan; D. Glenn
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Muller; Olaf
CTY  Russelsheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  INOVA GmbH Technische Entwicklungen
CTY  Ruesselsheim
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960809
APN  196 32 222
CLAS
OCL  296214
XCL  2807282
XCL  2807302
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 1302
FSC  296
FSS  214
FSC  280
FSS  728.2;730.2;751;730.1
UREF
PNO  3897961
ISD  19750800
NAM  Leising et al.
OCL  280730.1
UREF
PNO  4610478
ISD  19860900
NAM  Tervol
OCL  296214
UREF
PNO  5011218
ISD  19910400
NAM  Danner et al.
OCL  296214
UREF
PNO  5470103
ISD  19951100
NAM  Vaillancourt et al.
OCL  280730.1
UREF
PNO  5688022
ISD  19971100
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  296214
UREF
PNO  5772238
ISD  19980600
NAM  Breed et al.
XCL  280730.1
FREF
PNO  0088931
ISD  19860900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0694444
ISD  19960100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  19604055
ISD  19970800
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards, & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  An inner lining for a motor vehicle with a finished ceiling made of a
      self-supporting form piece attachable to the edge of the motor vehicle
      structure includes at least one air-bag which is premounted on the
      self-supporting form piece before the ceiling is installed in the motor
      vehicle.
PATN
WKU  059887362
SRC  8
APN  912618&
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970818
TTL  Motor vehicle roof with a sequence of sliding louvers
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Pedder; Dennis H.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Kralik; Martin
CTY  Weilheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Seifert; Wolfgang
CTY  Beilngries
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Webasto Karosseriesysteme GmbH
CTY  Stockdorf
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960824
APN  196 34 325
CLAS
OCL  29621606
XCL  29622001
EDF  6
ICL  B60J  7047
FSC  296
FSS  216.06-216.08;216.09;218;219;220.01
FSC   49
FSS  495.1
UREF
PNO  3972558
ISD  19760800
NAM  Horn
OCL  296216.06
UREF
PNO  4474405
ISD  19841000
NAM  Kloppe et al.
OCL  296220.01
UREF
PNO  5335961
ISD  19940800
NAM  Reinsch et al.
OCL  296213
UREF
PNO  5372401
ISD  19941200
NAM  Odoi et al.
OCL  296216.06
UREF
PNO  5421635
ISD  19950600
NAM  Reinsch et al.
XCL  296223
FREF
PNO  1068032
ISD  19540600
CNT  FRX
OCL   49495.1
FREF
PNO  2 516 871
ISD  19830500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  932384
ISD  19550800
CNT  DEX
OCL   49495.1
FREF
PNO  31 43 346 C2
ISD  19830500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 259 284
ISD  19930300
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Japanese Patent Abstract No. 07285343, Oct. 31, 1995, Toyota Motor Corp.
LREP
FRM  Sixbey, Friedman, Leedom & Ferguson
FR2  Safran; David S.
ABST
PAL  A motor vehicle roof with a series of sliding louvers for selectively
      closing or at least partially exposing a roof opening in a fixed roof
      surface, in which the louvers abut one another in the closed position and
      form a flat interconnected louver assembly that is guided along guides
      such that, when the louvers are displaced in the longitudinal direction of
      the vehicle, the louver assembly executes translational movement which
      causes the assembly to be separate on a louver by louver basis by pivoting
      each individual louver forward in an opening direction, and to be
      re-established when the roof is closed. Each louver (10a-10e) in the
      closed position is sealed on each side of the roof opening by a hollow
      chamber seal (30) that has a sealing surface (36) which is engaged by the
      louver side edges (37). To reduce seal friction and for improved tolerance
      compensation, the sealing surface (36), faces upwardly the top of the roof
      at an angle relative to the louvers (10a-10e) and is inclined in a
      downward direction toward a longitudinal center of the roof opening.
      Furthermore, the side edge (37) of the louvers, in the closed position,
      engage the sealing surface (36) roughly in its center.
PATN
WKU  059887370
SRC  9
APN  1723561
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19981014
TTL  Convertible beach chair
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Nelson, Jr.; Milton
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Tomaiuolo; Theodore
STR  114 Bohemia St.
CTY  Plainville
STA  CT
ZIP  06062
CLAS
OCL  297129
XCL  297 37
XCL  297 31
XCL  2971835
EDF  6
ICL  A47C 1300
FSC  297
FSS  16.1;37;31;129;188.08;115;116;117;378.1;183.5
FSC  224
FSS  155
FSC  280
FSS  30
UREF
PNO  2575953
ISD  19511100
NAM  Haley et al.
UREF
PNO  5016792
ISD  19910500
NAM  Jay
UREF
PNO  5062650
ISD  19911100
NAM  Chang
UREF
PNO  5139308
ISD  19920800
NAM  Ziman
UREF
PNO  5289958
ISD  19940300
NAM  Jay
UREF
PNO  5511849
ISD  19960400
NAM  Cahaley et al.
UREF
PNO  5931526
ISD  19990800
NAM  Tseng
LREP
FRM  Alix, Yale & Ristas, LLP
ABST
PAL  A chair which can be converted from an upright-sitting condition into
      either a transport condition for hauling bulky items from one location to
      another or a compact storage condition. The convertible chair includes a
      pivotable back assembly, right and left arm assemblies, a seat assembly
      and a pivotable front leg assembly. In order to assist in transport, the
      chair can optionally employ wheels and/or associated sand skis designed to
      glide across a surface such as grass or beach sand.
PATN
WKU  059887389
SRC  8
APN  9521224
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980330
TTL  Seat group element
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Allred; David E.
EXP  Cuomo; Peter M.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Blessing; Veit
STR  Panoramastrasse 61
CTY  D-73035 Goppingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Roder; Martin
STR  Kitzen 7
CTY  D-73113 Ottenbach
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950511
APN  195 16 947
CLAS
OCL  297141
XCL  297174
XCL  297 162
XCL  29742311
XCL  297173
EDF  6
ICL  A47B  314
ICL  A47C  404
ICL  A47C  750
FSC  297
FSS  423.11;423.12;140;141;170;173;174;16.2
UREF
PNO  3310340
ISD  19670300
NAM  Brewer et al.
XCL  297 16.2
UREF
PNO  4569555
ISD  19860200
NAM  Lehman
OCL  297141
UREF
PNO  4614378
ISD  19860900
NAM  Picou
XCL  297423.11
UREF
PNO  4650249
ISD  19870300
NAM  Serber
XCL  297423.11
UREF
PNO  4798411
ISD  19890100
NAM  Lin
XCL  297174
UREF
PNO  5251961
ISD  19931000
NAM  Pass
OCL  297423.12
UREF
PNO  5401078
ISD  19950300
NAM  Riach
XCL  297215.13
UREF
PNO  5542746
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bujaryn
OCL  297423.12
FREF
PNO  476215
ISD  19521200
CNT  ITX
OCL  297174
FREF
PNO  670180
ISD  19641000
CNT  ITX
OCL  297174
LREP
FRM  Friedrich Kueffner
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/01943
PD1  19980330
PD2  19980330
PD3  19960509
PCP  WO96/35352
PCD  19961114
ABST
PAR  A seat group element is used primarily in the hotel trade and restaurant
      trade, e.g., in beer gardens, bistros and the like establishments. The
      seat group element in question is designed in such a way that a seat and a
      table are provided simultaneously on a frame which can be set up on a
      floor or the like surface.
PATN
WKU  059887397
SRC  8
APN  9936696
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19971218
TTL  Anatomically correct bicycle seat
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Vu; Stephen
EXP  Cuomo; Peter M.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Dodge; John R.
STR  425 S. Hubbard Lane - Apt. 353
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
ZIP  40207
INVT
NAM  Dodge; John P.
STR  1507 Brixham Ave.
CTY  McHenry
STA  IL
ZIP  60050
CLAS
OCL  2971951
XCL  297209
XCL  297214
EDF  6
ICL  B60N  238
FSC  297
FSS  195.1;209;211;214;452.23;452.25
UREF
PNO  576310
ISD  18970200
NAM  Henderson
OCL  297214
UREF
PNO  619179
ISD  18990200
NAM  Hunt
OCL  297209
UREF
PNO  654720
ISD  19000700
NAM  Englebert
OCL  297214
UREF
PNO  1157512
ISD  19151000
NAM  Deem
OCL  297209
UREF
PNO  3249384
ISD  19660500
NAM  Timms
OCL  297209
UREF
PNO  4765617
ISD  19880800
NAM  Groves
UREF
PNO  5011222
ISD  19910400
NAM  Yates et al.
UREF
PNO  5387025
ISD  19950200
NAM  Denisar
UREF
PNO  5502851
ISD  19960400
NAM  Costello
UREF
PNO  5507476
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lin
XCL  297209
UREF
PNO  5720518
ISD  19980200
NAM  Harrison
OCL  297214
FREF
PNO  141949
ISD  19481100
CNT  AUX
OCL  297209
FREF
PNO  0 467 541 A1
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Perrone, Jr.; Mathew R. P.
ABST
PAL  An anatomically correct bicycle seat, which includes a platform to receive
      the buttocks of a bicycle rider and a support mechanism for the platform
      in order to permit the anatomically correct seat to be mounted on a
      bicycle, relieves on blood vessels of a bicycle rider.
PATN
WKU  059887400
SRC  9
APN  1874969
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19981106
TTL  Bicycle seat
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Nelson, Jr.; Milton
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Caraballo; Abelardo
STR  3381 SW. 130 Ave.
CTY  Miami
STA  FL
ZIP  33175
CLAS
OCL  297201
XCL  2971951
EDF  6
ICL  B62J  100
FSC  297
FSS  195.1;201;195-12
UREF
PNO  531333
ISD  18941200
NAM  Rogers
UREF
PNO  572062
ISD  18961100
NAM  Peck
UREF
PNO  603734
ISD  18980500
NAM  Peck
UREF
PNO  4089559
ISD  19780500
NAM  Prange et al.
UREF
PNO  4541668
ISD  19850900
NAM  Rouw
UREF
PNO  5167435
ISD  19921200
NAM  Aldi
FREF
PNO  3717
ISD  18960200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Sanchelima; J.
ABST
PAL  A seat assembly that includes two symmetrical elongated seat sections
      having each an upperside, an underside with two ends. One of the ends of
      each of the seat sections are pivotally mounted to a pivoting axle that is
      transversally disposed. The seat sections are adjacent to each other. A
      reciprocating mechanism is mounted to the seat assembly at a distance from
      the underside and causes the sections to move in reciprocal opposite
      directions. The projection of a user's spine is substantially aligned with
      pivoting axle. When a user applies his/her weight on one of the pedals,
      some of this weight is exerted on the distal end which is turn causes the
      other section to lift the other leg, thus alleviating a user's fatigue.
PATN
WKU  059887419
SRC  8
APN  423510&
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19950417
TTL  Bicycle seat post flare post
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Nelson, Jr.; Milton
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Voss; Darrell W.
STR  687 Coal Creek Rd.
CTY  Chehalis
STA  WA
ZIP  98532
INVT
NAM  Klein; Gary G.
STR  675 NW. St. Helen St.
CTY  Chehalis
STA  WA
ZIP  98532
CLAS
OCL  29721515
XCL  29721514
EDF  6
ICL  B62J  100
FSC  297
FSS  195.1;215.13;215.14;215.15
FSC  403
FSS  84;90;91;87
UREF
PNO  3992054
ISD  19761100
NAM  Campagnolo
OCL  297215.15
UREF
PNO  4568121
ISD  19860200
NAM  Kashima
OCL  297215.15
UREF
PNO  5338100
ISD  19940800
NAM  Rees
OCL  297452.1
LREP
FR2  Zegeer; Jim
ABST
PAL  A lightweight, high strength bicycle seat post for securing a bicycle seat
      to a seat tube of a bicycle frame. It comprises a hollow metal tubular
      member having a seat tube portion for reception in and securement to the
      seat tube of a bicycle frame, and an integral head portion comprised of
      four planar walls diverging in an upward direction to form an open space.
      A pair of the sidewalls are oriented in a fore and aft direction to the
      fore and aft direction of the bicycle seat and a pair of end walls which
      are transverse to the fore and aft direction and connects the fore and aft
      ends of the pair of sidewalls together defining the open space, which,
      preferably, is generally rectangular. The upper edges of the sidewalls
      have arcuate load reacting edges, which define a seat angle adjustment
      path, and a clamp assembly secures the bicycle seat to the load reacting
      edges so that the seat loads are transferred directly to the load reacting
      edges at any seat angle. In a preferred embodiment, the integral head
      portion is formed by a metal swaging process from an extruded metal tube
      and the metal tube is selected from steel, aluminum, or titanium alloy.
      The arcuate load reacting edges of the sidewalls can include a lip which
      is normal to the load reacting edges, and the clamp parts include washer
      members which have arcuate grooves for receiving the lip.
PATN
WKU  059887427
SRC  9
APN  0597104
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980414
TTL  Protective cover for an infant in a baby swing or carrier
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  White; Rodney B.
EXP  Cuomo; Peter M.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Stevens; Thomas M.
STR  3243 S. Normal
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
ZIP  60616
CLAS
OCL  29721912
XCL  29718413
XCL  297465
XCL  297485
XCL  29718414
XCL    5482
XCL    5494
XCL    2 695
XCL    2 75
EDF  6
ICL  A47C 3100
FSC  297
FSS  219.12;228.13;464;465;466;487;488;485;184.13;184.14
FSC    2
FSS  69.5;75;84;310;312
FSC    5
FSS  482;494
UREF
PNO  1370009
ISD  19210300
NAM  Ehrenberg
XCL    5494
UREF
PNO  1513410
ISD  19241000
NAM  Milkes
OCL    2 75
UREF
PNO  1964271
ISD  19340600
NAM  O'Dwyer
XCL    2 69.5
UREF
PNO  2008919
ISD  19350700
NAM  Milkes
OCL    2 69.5
UREF
PNO  2345592
ISD  19440400
NAM  Friedman
XCL    2494
UREF
PNO  2442105
ISD  19480500
NAM  Vacheron
OCL    2 69.5
UREF
PNO  2689148
ISD  19540900
NAM  McMullin
XCL    2184.14
UREF
PNO  2707988
ISD  19550500
NAM  Shaub et al.
XCL    2 69.5
UREF
PNO  2722694
ISD  19551100
NAM  Bryant
XCL    2 69.5
UREF
PNO  2888009
ISD  19590500
NAM  Taylor
XCL    2 69.5
UREF
PNO  3034132
ISD  19620500
NAM  Landsberger et al.
OCL    2 69.5
UREF
PNO  3560048
ISD  19710200
NAM  Flint
OCL  297465
UREF
PNO  3835471
ISD  19740900
NAM  Lankford
OCL    2 84
UREF
PNO  3962738
ISD  19760600
NAM  Menditto
OCL    5494
UREF
PNO  4188065
ISD  19800200
NAM  Meeker
OCL  297485
UREF
PNO  4241458
ISD  19801200
NAM  Lesesne
OCL    2 69.5
UREF
PNO  4311339
ISD  19820100
NAM  Heath
XCL  297464
UREF
PNO  4441223
ISD  19840400
NAM  Yang
OCL    5494
UREF
PNO  4759082
ISD  19880700
NAM  Mulligan
XCL    2 75
UREF
PNO  4773101
ISD  19880900
NAM  Kapp et al.
XCL    2 75
UREF
PNO  4897885
ISD  19900200
NAM  Lunt
XCL    2 75
UREF
PNO  4946221
ISD  19900800
NAM  Livingston
OCL  297184.13
UREF
PNO  4993090
ISD  19910200
NAM  Ranalli
XCL    5494
UREF
PNO  5168579
ISD  19921200
NAM  Marshall
XCL    2 84
UREF
PNO  5243724
ISD  19930900
NAM  Barnes
XCL  297219.12
UREF
PNO  5309586
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sies et al.
XCL  297184.13
UREF
PNO  5421045
ISD  19950600
NAM  Bowen
XCL    5482
UREF
PNO  5437061
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kenner
XCL  297184.13
UREF
PNO  5549354
ISD  19960800
NAM  Rosen
OCL  297184.13
UREF
PNO  5551108
ISD  19960900
NAM  Butler, III
XCL    5494
UREF
PNO  5692257
ISD  19971200
NAM  Albertieri
XCL    5494
UREF
PNO  5781946
ISD  19980700
NAM  McEntire et al.
OCL    5482
FREF
PNO  1185153
ISD  19700300
CNT  GBX
OCL  297465
ABST
PAL  A protective cover for an infant or child in a baby swing or infant carrier
      device such as a baby car seat, bicycle seat, or stroller. The cover has a
      top sheet and a bottom sheet formed by folding a single continuous sheet.
      The top and bottom sheet are removably connected by snaps or a zipper. The
      snaps are aligned and spaced an equal distance apart along the outer edges
      of the sheets, so the size of the enclosure can be adjusted by fastening
      the relevant snaps. The top sheet has an adjustable flap defining an
      opening for the baby's head.
PATN
WKU  059887435
SRC  8
APN  7622538
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19961209
TTL  Infant safety seat
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Vu; Stephen
EXP  Cuomo; Peter M.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Drexler; Johannes Herman
CTY  Doesburg
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  B.V. Machine-en Metaalwaren-fabriek Dremefa
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19951213
APN  1001896
CLAS
OCL  2972501
XCL  2971832
EDF  6
ICL  A47C  111
FSC  297
FSS  250.1;183.3;183.2;216.11;271.6;258.1
UREF
PNO  4099770
ISD  19780700
NAM  Elsholz et al.
XCL  297250.1
UREF
PNO  4634177
ISD  19870100
NAM  Meeker
OCL  297250.1
UREF
PNO  4711490
ISD  19871200
NAM  Brand
OCL  297250.1
UREF
PNO  4834420
ISD  19890500
NAM  Sankrithi et al.
XCL  297250.1
UREF
PNO  5005234
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kelleher et al.
UREF
PNO  5110182
ISD  19920500
NAM  Beauvais
OCL  297216.11
UREF
PNO  5368328
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kamiyama et al.
XCL  297216.11
UREF
PNO  5496083
ISD  19960300
NAM  Shouse, Jr.
OCL  294  1.1
UREF
PNO  5575530
ISD  19961100
NAM  Harper et al.
OCL  297260.2
FREF
PNO  0 363 556
ISD  19900400
CNT  EPX
ICL  B60N  228
FREF
PNO  0 408 415
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
ICL  B60N  228
FREF
PNO  0 574 848
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
ICL  B60N  228
FREF
PNO  0 603 520
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
ICL  B60N  228
FREF
PNO  9400114
ISD  19950900
CNT  NLX
ICL  B60N  226
FREF
PNO  2 288 328
ISD  19951000
CNT  GBX
ICL  B60N  228
OREF
PAL  Copy of EPO Office Action dated May 19, 1998.
LREP
FR2  Bednarek; Michael D.
     Crowell & Moring LLP
ABST
PAL  An infant safety seat of the type, comprising a bucket seat body having a
      supporting bottom and a pivotable carrying handle and provided with
      attachment points for the hip belt portion and the shoulder belt portion
      respectively of a threepoints-safety belt. Between the support bottom
      surface and the seat surface thereabove there is a transverse through belt
      receiving space adjacent the front side of the bucket seat body, said
      space being delimited at the front side by a transverse and upstanding
      belt holding surface, that is accessible for a belt from an end of the
      bucket seat body.
PATN
WKU  059887443
SRC  8
APN  294958&
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19940824
TTL  Baby safety seat
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Allred; David E.
EXP  Cuomo; Peter M.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Franchak; Lynn
STR  R.R. 2 Box 642-D
CTY  Hamburg
STA  NJ
ZIP  07419
CLAS
OCL  29725617
XCL  29721912
XCL  297468
EDF  6
ICL  A47D 1500
FSC  297
FSS  256.17;467;250.1;219.12;229;468;255;238;258
UREF
PNO  D296730
ISD  19980700
NAM  Fetterman
UREF
PNO  D342835
ISD  19940100
NAM  Minkn
UREF
PNO  2652183
ISD  19530900
NAM  Hlivka
XCL  297467
UREF
PNO  2667917
ISD  19540200
NAM  Dustin
XCL  297468
UREF
PNO  2716561
ISD  19550800
NAM  Beran
OCL  297468
UREF
PNO  4108489
ISD  19780800
NAM  Salzman
UREF
PNO  4139131
ISD  19790200
NAM  Hathaway
XCL  297467
UREF
PNO  4568125
ISD  19860200
NAM  Sckolnik
OCL  297467
UREF
PNO  5121965
ISD  19920600
NAM  Skold
UREF
PNO  5178309
ISD  19930100
NAM  Bicheker et al.
UREF
PNO  5224756
ISD  19930700
NAM  Dukatz et al.
OCL  297238
UREF
PNO  5354121
ISD  19941000
NAM  Allum
XCL  297488
FREF
PNO  214350
ISD  19570100
CNT  AUX
OCL  297484
FREF
PNO  2707568
ISD  19950100
CNT  FRX
OCL  297250.1
FREF
PNO  1519793
ISD  19780800
CNT  GBX
OCL  297250.1
LREP
FRM  Hedman, Gibson & Costigan, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A child safety seat is disclosed which is intended to be used in
      combination with a hard surface seating device. The safety seat comprises
      a flat panel of a fabric covered resilient element having an articulated
      joining portion which allows free movement of an upper section and a lower
      section of the flat panel. The upper section of the seat comprises an
      elongated upper torso support element that is designed to support the back
      of the child and extends upward to the area which would be contacted by
      the back of the head of a child and the lower section comprises a lower
      seating panel having integral leg support elements and a waist belt that
      may be adjustably connected to the elongated torso element and to the
      lower seating panel by a connecting element.
PATN
WKU  059887451
SRC  9
APN  1011545
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980701
TTL  Support structures for incorporation in a seat frame
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Peter R.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Deceuninck; Stefan
CTY  Menen
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Youngflex AG
CTY  Zug
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960105
APN  9600161
CLAS
OCL  2972844
XCL  29745252
EDF  6
ICL  A47C  746
FSC  297
FSS  284.1;284.4;452.49;452.52;452.53;452.34;452.35
UREF
PNO  4715653
ISD  19871200
NAM  Hattori et al.
OCL  297284.4
UREF
PNO  5050930
ISD  19910900
NAM  Schuster et al.
OCL  297284.4
UREF
PNO  5518294
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ligon, Sr. et al.
OCL  297284.4
FREF
PNO  0552904
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2386287
ISD  19781100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  9400039
ISD  19940100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Wood, Herron & Evans, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP97/00019
PD1  19980701
PD2  19980701
PD3  19970103
PCP  WO97/24960
PCD  19970717
ABST
PAR  A support structure for incorporation into a seat frame comprising a wire
      framework. The wire framework has two lateral suspended side wires, a
      plurality of transverse wires, one or more of the transverse wires being
      wound around the side wires and extending laterally beyond the side wires,
      and terminating in hook-like fingers. Either the fingers or select
      transverse wires are secured to the frame in order to suspend the
      structure.
PATN
WKU  059887460
SRC  9
APN  2172704
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19981221
TTL  Split back chair
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Allred; David E.
EXP  Cuomo; Peter M.
NDR  12
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Raftery; William B.
CTY  Canton
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Raferty Design, Inc.
CTY  Cartor
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  778552
APD  19970103
PSC  01
PNO  5887946
ISD  19990330
CLAS
OCL  297297
XCL  297299
XCL  29745231
XCL  29741128
XCL  29735411
EDF  6
ICL  A47C  300
FSC  297
FSS  299;297;286;452.31;452.15;411.28;411.44;354.11;44;440.12;42
UREF
PNO  464511
ISD  18911200
NAM  Milliken
XCL  297 44
UREF
PNO  2395468
ISD  19460200
NAM  Eames
XCL  297452.15
UREF
PNO  4834453
ISD  19890500
NAM  Makiol
XCL  297354.11
UREF
PNO  4856845
ISD  19890800
NAM  Massonnet
XCL  297452.15
UREF
PNO  4856846
ISD  19890800
NAM  Lohmeyer
XCL  297452.15
UREF
PNO  5039163
ISD  19910800
NAM  Tolleson
XCL  297299
UREF
PNO  5632473
ISD  19970500
NAM  Dias Magalhaes Queiroz
XCL  297452.15
UREF
PNO  5662381
ISD  19970900
NAM  Roossien et al.
XCL  297452.15
UREF
PNO  5711572
ISD  19980100
NAM  Khan
XCL  297440.12
UREF
PNO  5752143
ISD  19980500
NAM  Garelik
OCL  297440.12
FREF
PNO  16167
ISD  19120700
CNT  DKX
OCL  297 44
FREF
PNO  196819
ISD  19861000
CNT  EPX
OCL  297452.15
FREF
PNO  1118414
ISD  19611100
CNT  DEX
OCL  297452.15
FREF
PNO  9313841
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
ICL  A47C  312
LREP
FRM  Sand & Sebolt
ABST
PAL  A split back chair having a generally L-shaped seat member formed of a
      horizontal section and a vertical section, and separate independently
      movable right and left back portions. A first flat spring extends between
      and hingedly connects the back portions to one another and allows the back
      portions to pivot toward and away from another. A spring assembly connects
      each of the back portions to the seat member at right and left sides of
      the chair. Each spring assembly includes a cover plate and a second flat
      spring, both of which extend between the vertical section of the seat
      member and one of the back portions. A pair of removable arm rests are
      attached on the sides of the seat member. The cover plate houses the
      second flat spring and an end of the arm rests. The first flat spring and
      spring assemblies create a triflex action which allow the back portions to
      independently flex toward and away from one another creating a cradling
      effect from side to side, and allow the back portions to flex rearwardly
      to a reclined position.
PATN
WKU  059887478
SRC  8
APN  9454543
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19971024
TTL  Inflatable lifting device and control apparatus therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Peter R.
NDR  5
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Jeans; Edward Lewis
STR  Kydart House
CTY  Monmouth, Monmouthshire NP5 4RJ
CNT  GBX
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950425
APN  9508415
CLAS
OCL  297313
XCL  297DIG10
XCL  29745241
XCL  29725613
XCL    56553
XCL    5654
EDF  6
ICL  A61G  514
FSC  297
FSS  284.3;312;313;452.41;DIG. 10;256.13
FSC    5
FSS  654;655.3;715
UREF
PNO  3330598
ISD  19670700
NAM  Whiteside
OCL  297284.3
UREF
PNO  3982786
ISD  19760900
NAM  Burgin et al.
OCL  297284.3
UREF
PNO  3984886
ISD  19761000
NAM  Keeton
OCL  297284.3
UREF
PNO  4514010
ISD  19850400
NAM  Gonzalez
XCL  297452.41
UREF
PNO  4915124
ISD  19900400
NAM  Sember, III
XCL    5655.3
UREF
PNO  5184365
ISD  19930200
NAM  Stafford
XCL    5715
UREF
PNO  5361433
ISD  19941100
NAM  Vanzant
OCL  297DIG.10
UREF
PNO  5375910
ISD  19941200
NAM  Murphy
OCL  297DIG.10
FREF
PNO  WO 93/24072
ISD  19931200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Klauber & Jackson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/01001
PD1  19971024
PD2  19971024
PD3  19960425
PCP  WO96/33685
PCD  19961031
ABST
PAR  A seating device which comprises an inflatable seat (4) and an inflating
      means which provides for the controlled inflation and deflation of the
      seat. The seat (4) comprises a chamber defined by top, bottom and side
      walls (12, 13) which is connected to the inflation means. The inflation
      means comprises a motorised fan unit (20) and a control valve (6)
      connected by a supply pipe (10) to the seat (4). The device is inflatable
      from a deflated position on the base of a support surface such as a bath
      to an inflated position adjacent the rim of the bath such that a person
      sitting thereon can easily enter or exit the bath to bathe. The device is
      of particular use for handicapped or elderly persons and does not require
      mechanical actuation means and has sufficient inflatable characteristic to
      enable the seat to remain in a fixed position in relation to the bath.
PATN
WKU  059887486
SRC  8
APN  9401423
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19970929
TTL  Automotive seat bottom assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Peter R.
NDR  10
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Morrison; Gerald O.
CTY  Beverly Hills
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Rybak; Stephen
CTY  Birmingham
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Cramb; Richard
CTY  Livonia
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Davidson; Russell
CTY  Dearborn
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Lear Corporation
CTY  Southfield
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  705513
APD  19960829
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  297328
XCL  29728411
XCL  297313
XCL  29745241
XCL  29744022
XCL  248157
XCL  248631
EDF  6
ICL  B60N  210
FSC  297
FSS  284.11;313;325-328;344.12;344.15;344.18;344.2;452.41;440.22
FSC  248
FSS  157;631;108
FSC  108
FSS  57;12;147
UREF
PNO  554672
ISD  18960200
NAM  Fuller
XCL  297344.18
UREF
PNO  1439584
ISD  19221200
NAM  Textorius
OCL  108147
UREF
PNO  2587094
ISD  19520200
NAM  Berg et al.
XCL  108147
UREF
PNO  3267882
ISD  19660800
NAM  Rapson et al.
XCL  108 57.12
UREF
PNO  4509796
ISD  19850400
NAM  Takagi
UREF
PNO  5310154
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ueda et al.
UREF
PNO  5439271
ISD  19950800
NAM  Ryan
UREF
PNO  5607204
ISD  19970300
NAM  Gryp
OCL  297284.11
LREP
FRM  MacMillan, Sobanski &Todd, LLC
ABST
PAL  A front seat assembly having a seat bottom assembly and a seat back
      pivotally attached to the seat bottom assembly. The seat bottom assembly
      includes a pair of fixed rails extending fore and aft and being laterally
      spaced across a vehicle from one another. Brackets are attached to the
      fixed rails for attachment to the vehicle. A slide rail is supported by
      each of the fixed rails for fore and aft movement relative to the fixed
      rails. Front and rear cross beams interconnect the slide rails for
      supporting a number of components. A support sheet, having a pair of
      openings, extends between and is supported by the cross beams. A seat pan,
      having a front section and a rear section, is disposed above the support
      sheet for supporting an occupant. A pair of projections are pivotally
      connected to and extend from the seat pan for sliding engagement within
      the pair of openings in the support sheet. The projections are disposed
      between the front and rear sections of the seat pan for allowing the seat
      pan to pivot about the projections relative to the support sheet. In the
      embodiment shown, front and rear bladders are utilized between the support
      sheet and the front and rear sections of the seat pan for raising either
      or both of the front and rear sections.
PATN
WKU  059887494
SRC  8
APN  9144595
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19970819
TTL  Couch with sliding seat
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  13
EXP  Nelson, Jr.; Milton
NDR  29
NFG  41
INVT
NAM  Williams; James A.
CTY  Galion
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Absolute Comfort, Inc.
CTY  Galion
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  708406
APD  19960904
CLAS
OCL  297337
XCL    5 181
EDF  6
ICL  A47C  102
FSC    5
FSS  12.1;17;18.1
FSC  297
FSS  337;342;311;118
UREF
PNO  711412
ISD  19021000
NAM  Archambeault
UREF
PNO  871022
ISD  19071100
NAM  Anthony
UREF
PNO  1414637
ISD  19220500
NAM  Gell
UREF
PNO  2025436
ISD  19351200
NAM  Brosset
UREF
PNO  2351222
ISD  19440600
NAM  Muskin et al.
UREF
PNO  2497385
ISD  19500200
NAM  Cramer, Sr.
UREF
PNO  2642584
ISD  19530600
NAM  Petersen et al.
UREF
PNO  2860691
ISD  19581100
NAM  Caesar
UREF
PNO  3005997
ISD  19611000
NAM  Fox
UREF
PNO  3235308
ISD  19660200
NAM  Conner
UREF
PNO  3299446
ISD  19670100
NAM  Blise et al.
UREF
PNO  3331408
ISD  19670700
NAM  Sarvas
UREF
PNO  3458877
ISD  19690800
NAM  Edwards
UREF
PNO  3567280
ISD  19710300
NAM  Bradshaw
UREF
PNO  3816860
ISD  19740600
NAM  Quakenbush
UREF
PNO  3913152
ISD  19751000
NAM  Quakenbush
UREF
PNO  4001901
ISD  19770100
NAM  Quakenbush
UREF
PNO  4037872
ISD  19770700
NAM  Quakenbush
UREF
PNO  4166299
ISD  19790900
NAM  DuShane et al.
UREF
PNO  4452486
ISD  19840600
NAM  Zapf et al.
UREF
PNO  4481684
ISD  19841100
NAM  Hauck
UREF
PNO  4563784
ISD  19860100
NAM  Shrock et al.
UREF
PNO  4586206
ISD  19860500
NAM  Singer
UREF
PNO  4733845
ISD  19880300
NAM  Maiwald
UREF
PNO  4756034
ISD  19880700
NAM  Stewart
UREF
PNO  5098158
ISD  19920300
NAM  Palarski
UREF
PNO  5292178
ISD  19940300
NAM  Loose et al.
UREF
PNO  5575449
ISD  19961100
NAM  Shinbori et al.
UREF
PNO  5575535
ISD  19961100
NAM  Burchett et al.
UREF
PNO  5607204
ISD  19970300
NAM  Gryp
LREP
FRM  Fay, Sharpe, Fagan, Minnich & McKee, LLP
ABST
PAL  A seating unit, such as a sofa, chair or love seat with a movable seat
      section includes a main frame arranged for support of a back rest in fixed
      relation thereto and a seat frame for supporting a seat. Support tracks
      slidably support the seat frame from the main frame. The seat frame can be
      moved from a retracted position to an extended position in relation to the
      main frame. A locking device secures the seat frame in relation to the
      main frame in a plurality of positions between the retracted position and
      the extended position. Several different seat frame embodiments are
      disclosed. In addition, a unique cable-based actuation assembly is
      described.
PATN
WKU  059887508
SRC  9
APN  026735&
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980220
TTL  Substantially non-freestanding backrest
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Cranmer; Laurie K.
NDR  13
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Rubottom; Robert H.
STR  1881 Russet Dr.
CTY  Eugene
STA  OR
ZIP  97401
CLAS
OCL  297350
XCL  297351
XCL  297 162
XCL  297 17
EDF  6
ICL  A47C  114
FSC  297
FSS  350;351;377;4;16.2;17;22;42;45;230.11;391;452.13
UREF
PNO  337715
ISD  18860300
NAM  Tietze
OCL  297 17
UREF
PNO  1209808
ISD  19161200
NAM  Burgess
UREF
PNO  1238782
ISD  19170900
NAM  Kaye
OCL  297230.11
UREF
PNO  1312774
ISD  19190800
NAM  Barrett
OCL  297351
UREF
PNO  1363697
ISD  19201200
NAM  Vieira
UREF
PNO  1584448
ISD  19260500
NAM  Garnham
OCL  297351
UREF
PNO  1696362
ISD  19281200
NAM  Sewell
OCL  297351
UREF
PNO  1842424
ISD  19320100
NAM  Panten et al.
UREF
PNO  4605261
ISD  19860800
NAM  Lee
OCL  297 16.2
UREF
PNO  4836601
ISD  19890600
NAM  Cone
OCL  297 16.2
FREF
PNO  926195
ISD  19490700
CNT  DEX
OCL  297350
FREF
PNO  454569
ISD  19500100
CNT  ITX
OCL  297351
FREF
PNO  191650
ISD  19230100
CNT  GBX
OCL  297350
ABST
PAL  A substantially non-freestanding backrest for supporting a person in a
      reclining position. The rest assembly comprises a support structure of two
      preferably pivotally intersecting leg members having a torso support
      member coupled therebetween. A lower back support member and various
      supply holding configurations/embodiments are also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059887516
SRC  9
APN  146437&
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980903
TTL  Vehicle seat
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Nelson, Jr.; Milton
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Yoshida; Tomonori
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Eguchi; Moriyuki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ikeda Bussan Co., Ltd.
CTY  Ayase
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970919
APN  9-273846
CLAS
OCL  297367
XCL  29735412
EDF  6
ICL  B60N  202
FSC  297
FSS  344.1;356;366;367;370;373;354.12
FSC  248
FSS  429
UREF
PNO  4076309
ISD  19780200
NAM  Chekirda et al.
UREF
PNO  4184714
ISD  19800100
NAM  Courtois
UREF
PNO  5161856
ISD  19921100
NAM  Nishino
UREF
PNO  5590931
ISD  19970100
NAM  Fourrey et al.
UREF
PNO  5692589
ISD  19971200
NAM  Beguin
UREF
PNO  5727846
ISD  19980300
NAM  Yoshida
OCL  297373
UREF
PNO  5857746
ISD  19990100
NAM  Barrere et al.
FREF
PNO  63-65327
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-136032
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-28496
ISD  19970200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-131237
ISD  19970500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2078850
ISD  19820100
CNT  GBX
OCL  297367
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  Each of a base member and a rotational arm is circular. A ring member is
      fixed to a peripheral edge of the base member. A peripheral edge of the
      rotational arm is covered by the ring member and one end of a return
      spring is engaged with a hook portion formed in the ring member. The other
      end of the return spring is engaged with fixing members such as bolts,
      nuts and rivets and so on. A peripheral edge of the nuts as the fastening
      members is formed in a guide portion for the return spring.
PATN
WKU  059887524
SRC  8
APN  854753&
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19970512
TTL  Child's head support
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Nelson, Jr.; Milton
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Richards; Jane
STR  Dell Cottage, Convent Lane
CTY  Cobham, Surrey KT11 1EY
CNT  GBX
RLAP
COD  71
APN  623053
APD  19960328
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  392447
APD  19950222
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  297393
XCL  29721912
XCL  29718801
XCL  297181
EDF  6
ICL  A47C  110
FSC  D 6
FSS  358;359;388
FSC    5
FSS  907;419;655
FSC  297
FSS  391;397;393;181;188.01;188.2;219.12;220;188.07;DIG. 6;452.34;452.35
UREF
PNO  D23425
ISD  18940700
NAM  Ostlund
XCL  D 6359
UREF
PNO  D227423
ISD  19730600
NAM  Ando
OCL  D 6359
UREF
PNO  D229798
ISD  19740100
NAM  Howard
OCL  D 6359
UREF
PNO  D294099
ISD  19880200
NAM  Bromberg et al.
XCL  297181
UREF
PNO  D347756
ISD  19940600
NAM  Robertson
OCL  D 6359
UREF
PNO  3082437
ISD  19630300
NAM  Upthagrove
OCL    5419
UREF
PNO  3840916
ISD  19741000
NAM  Jennings
XCL  297181
UREF
PNO  4383713
ISD  19830500
NAM  Roston
XCL    5655
UREF
PNO  4434513
ISD  19840300
NAM  Welch
XCL    5655
UREF
PNO  4440443
ISD  19840400
NAM  Nordskog
UREF
PNO  4538310
ISD  19850900
NAM  Scott
OCL    5655
UREF
PNO  4695092
ISD  19870900
NAM  Hittie
XCL  297181
UREF
PNO  4754512
ISD  19880700
NAM  Chao-Yang
XCL    5419
UREF
PNO  4776049
ISD  19881000
NAM  Perron
XCL  297393
UREF
PNO  4790042
ISD  19881200
NAM  Reich
OCL    5655
UREF
PNO  4800600
ISD  19890100
NAM  Baum
XCL  D 6388
UREF
PNO  4984849
ISD  19910100
NAM  Rist
XCL  297219.12
UREF
PNO  5093947
ISD  19920300
NAM  Henegar et al.
XCL    5419
UREF
PNO  5112104
ISD  19920500
NAM  De Giacomi
XCL  297181
UREF
PNO  5127120
ISD  19920700
NAM  Mason
OCL    5655
UREF
PNO  5137335
ISD  19920800
NAM  Marten
XCL  297181
UREF
PNO  5147109
ISD  19920900
NAM  Jolly
XCL  297181
UREF
PNO  5248182
ISD  19930900
NAM  Hittie
XCL  297397
UREF
PNO  5339472
ISD  19940800
NAM  Yin
XCL    5655
UREF
PNO  5354118
ISD  19941000
NAM  Barry
OCL  297181
UREF
PNO  5486037
ISD  19960100
NAM  Harper
OCL  297397
FREF
PNO  2342188
ISD  19770200
CNT  FRX
OCL  297181
FREF
PNO  758091
ISD  19560900
CNT  GBX
OCL  297393
FREF
PNO  2215198
ISD  19890900
CNT  GBX
OCL  297181
FREF
PNO  2 227 930
ISD  19900800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 264 438
ISD  19930900
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Lowe Hauptman Gopstein Gilman & Berner
ABST
PAL  To overcome the antipathy some children have to car travel, a headrest 20
      for a baby seat 10 comprises a backing element in the form of a human or
      animal shape (e.g. a clown) having a head 21 and a body 22, the head
      having projecting head parts (hair, ears, horns, or the like). The body
      may have limbs extending from it which may be bent around the child.
      Either or both pairs of limbs may have fasteners (e.g. VELCRO.TM. pads) at
      25 to hold them around the child. The headrest may be constructed as a
      container or bag, closable at 25 by a zipper or by other fasteners such as
      VELCRO.TM. pads.
PATN
WKU  059887532
SRC  9
APN  2262746
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19990107
TTL  Combination of a rocking chair and an adjustable hassock
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Peter R.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Lin; Jing-Long
STR  11F-2, No. 43, Chia-I Street
CTY  Taichung City
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  29742326
XCL  29742325
XCL  29742328
XCL  297281
EDF  6
ICL  A47C  750
FSC  297
FSS  423.25;423.26;423.28;267.1;281
UREF
PNO  659933
ISD  19001000
NAM  Marks
OCL  297423.26
UREF
PNO  665005
ISD  19010100
NAM  Harmon
OCL  297267.1
UREF
PNO  1164421
ISD  19151200
NAM  Smith
XCL  297423.26
UREF
PNO  1236517
ISD  19170800
NAM  Wemple
XCL  297423.26
UREF
PNO  1404449
ISD  19220100
NAM  Lahm
XCL  297423.26
UREF
PNO  1587253
ISD  19260600
NAM  Tarbox
XCL  297423.26
UREF
PNO  2625983
ISD  19530100
NAM  Slyter et al.
XCL  297267.1
UREF
PNO  2630164
ISD  19530300
NAM  Finwall
XCL  297423.26
UREF
PNO  4358156
ISD  19821100
NAM  Shartt
OCL  297423.28
LREP
FR2  Baxley, Esq.; Charles E.
ABST
PAL  A rocking chair has two side panels each of which has an engaging hole and
      a plurality of positioning holes, a first bar and a second bar connected
      between the two side panels. A footrest has two side plates pivotally
      connected to the two side panels by a rod extending through the engaging
      holes and the side plates, each of the two side plates having a match
      holes so that the footrest is positioned relative to the two side panels
      by extending two pins through the positioning holes and the match holes.
      The two side plates can be rested on the first bar. Each of the two side
      plates has a notch defined therein so that the footrest can be folded
      between the two side panels by engaging the second bar with the two
      notches.
PATN
WKU  059887540
SRC  9
APN  2484889
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19990210
TTL  Stool with foot support
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  15
EXP  Barfield; Anthony D.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Lamart; Michel A.
CTY  Sarrebourg
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Hasbany; John Hanna J.
CTY  Grand Rapids
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Van Luyn; William M.
CTY  Wyoming
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  McCaul; Mark A.
CTY  Rochester Hills
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Steelcase Development Inc.
CTY  Grand Rapids
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  29742338
XCL  29734419
XCL  29742319
XCL  248161
EDF  6
ICL  A47C  750
FSC  297
FSS  423.38;344.16;344.19;423.25;423.4
FSC  248
FSS  161
UREF
PNO  2308358
ISD  19430100
NAM  Cramer
UREF
PNO  2659413
ISD  19531100
NAM  Cramer
UREF
PNO  3278229
ISD  19661000
NAM  Bates
UREF
PNO  3642320
ISD  19720200
NAM  Ward
UREF
PNO  4148524
ISD  19790400
NAM  Guyton
UREF
PNO  4348051
ISD  19820900
NAM  Boucher
UREF
PNO  4408801
ISD  19831000
NAM  Edel et al.
UREF
PNO  4960305
ISD  19901000
NAM  Opsvik
OCL  297423.38
UREF
PNO  5011227
ISD  19910400
NAM  van Hekken et al.
LREP
FRM  Price Heneveld Cooper DeWitt & Litton
ABST
PAL  A chair includes a base having a hub, radially extending legs connected to
      and supporting the hub, a vertically extendable gas spring rotatably
      supported on the hub, and a hub tube sleeve non-rotatably fixed to the
      hub. A seat includes a housing that engages and is supported on the gas
      spring for vertical height adjustment, and a sleeve retainer rotatably
      connected to the control housing and extending downwardly therefrom. The
      sleeve retainer non-rotatably but slidingly engages the hub tube sleeve. A
      footrest is supported by the sleeve retainer. The footrest is
      non-rotatably and slidably connected to the base via the sleeve retainer
      and the hub tube sleeve, so that the footrest moves vertically with the
      seat when the seat is vertically adjusted, but does not rotate with the
      seat when the seat is rotated. The footrest is adjustably supported on the
      sleeve retainer, so that it can be manually adjusted to change the
      distance from the footrest to the seat.
PATN
WKU  059887559
SRC  9
APN  0309613
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980226
TTL  Assembly system for metallic tubular frames for chairs, armchairs and/or
      benches
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  White; Rodney B.
EXP  Nelson, Jr.; Milton
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Fastelli; Luisa
CTY  Corno Di Rosazzo
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Chiuchiolo; Severino
CTY  Manzano
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  M.F. Metal Forniture Srl
CTY  San Giovanni Al Natisone
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19970320
APN  UD97A0050
CLAS
OCL  29744024
XCL  2974401
XCL  2974522
XCL  29744018
XCL  29744015
EDF  6
ICL  A47C  700
FSC  297
FSS  440.24;440.1;440.15;440.18;452.2
UREF
PNO  2362567
ISD  19441100
NAM  La Rue
XCL  297440.24
UREF
PNO  2509451
ISD  19500500
NAM  Reinholz
XCL  297440.24
UREF
PNO  2512353
ISD  19500600
NAM  Magaldino et al.
XCL  297440.24
UREF
PNO  2694438
ISD  19540100
NAM  Frech
XCL  297440.24
UREF
PNO  3058777
ISD  19621000
NAM  Froedge
OCL  297440.24
UREF
PNO  4435103
ISD  19840300
NAM  Becker et al.
XCL  297440.1
UREF
PNO  4563040
ISD  19860100
NAM  Alster
OCL  297440.1
UREF
PNO  4588227
ISD  19860500
NAM  Austin
OCL  297440.24
UREF
PNO  4919485
ISD  19900400
NAM  Guichon
XCL  297440.15
UREF
PNO  5498054
ISD  19960300
NAM  Tomlinson
XCL  297440.24
UREF
PNO  5547258
ISD  19960800
NAM  Lin
XCL  297440.24
UREF
PNO  5601339
ISD  19970200
NAM  Buiani
OCL  297440.1
UREF
PNO  5649742
ISD  19970700
NAM  Liu
XCL  297440.24
FREF
PNO  1 005 196
ISD  19520400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1 284 024
ISD  19620600
CNT  FRX
LREP
FRM  Jacobson, Price, Holman & Stern, PLLC
ABST
PAL  Assembly system for tubular metallic frames (10) for chairs, armchairs
      and/or benches, the tubular frames (10) being able to be associated with
      seats, chair backs, arms, flat surfaces or other parts, padded or not, the
      frame (10) consisting of a plurality of base components (12) of one or
      more tubular elements (13), the base components (12) having a
      substantially two-dimensional development, each of the base components
      (12) integrally including respective male elements (24) or female elements
      (25) with a speedy pre-assembly coupling cooperating with mating female
      elements (25) or male elements (24) with a speedy coupling on another of
      the base components (12), in the pre-assembly condition, the base
      components (12) including, in an intermediate position on a relative
      tubular element (13), respective aligned holes (27) for the insertion and
      clamping of at least a clamping rod or bar (28).
PATN
WKU  059887567
SRC  8
APN  9414118
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19970930
TTL  Method of making a vehicle seat, and a vehicle seat made by the method
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  White; Rodney B.
EXP  Cuomo; Peter M.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Aufrere; Christophe
CTY  Marcoussis
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Moller; Mark
CTY  Massy
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Sensby; Fran.cedilla.ois
CTY  Chatenay Malabry
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Canteleux; Joel
CTY  Armenonville
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Bertrand Faure Equipements SA
CTY  Boulogne
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19961002
APN  96 12005
CLAS
OCL  29745218
XCL  2974522
XCL  297391
XCL   72 58
EDF  6
ICL  A47C  702
FSC  297
FSS  452.18;452.2;216.1;216.13;216.14;216.15;216.16;216.19;391
FSC   72
FSS  58;59;57;56
FSC   29
FSS  421.1
UREF
PNO  4192545
ISD  19800300
NAM  Higuchi et al.
OCL  297216.1
UREF
PNO  4373235
ISD  19830200
NAM  Volpe
OCL   29416
UREF
PNO  5050932
ISD  19910900
NAM  Pipon et al.
XCL  297452.18
UREF
PNO  5070717
ISD  19911200
NAM  Boyd et al.
OCL   72 55
UREF
PNO  5107693
ISD  19920400
NAM  Olszewski et al.
OCL   72 58
UREF
PNO  5233854
ISD  19930800
NAM  Bowman et al.
OCL   72 58
UREF
PNO  5239852
ISD  19930800
NAM  Roper
OCL   72 58
UREF
PNO  5246271
ISD  19930900
NAM  Boisset
XCL  297452.2
UREF
PNO  5310247
ISD  19940500
NAM  Fujimori et al.
XCL  297452.18
UREF
PNO  5318341
ISD  19940600
NAM  Griswold et al.
XCL  297452.18
UREF
PNO  5333775
ISD  19940800
NAM  Bruggemann et al.
OCL  228157
UREF
PNO  5339667
ISD  19940800
NAM  Shah et al.
OCL   72 58
UREF
PNO  5362132
ISD  19941100
NAM  Griswold et al.
XCL  297452.2
UREF
PNO  5447360
ISD  19950900
NAM  Hewko et al.
OCL  297452.18
UREF
PNO  5452941
ISD  19950900
NAM  Halse et al.
XCL  297452.2
UREF
PNO  5468053
ISD  19951100
NAM  Thompson et al.
XCL  297452.18
UREF
PNO  5501509
ISD  19960300
NAM  Urrutia
OCL  297452.18
UREF
PNO  5509716
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kolena et al.
XCL  297452.18
UREF
PNO  5547214
ISD  19960800
NAM  Zimmerman, II et al.
XCL  280730.2
UREF
PNO  5547259
ISD  19960800
NAM  Frederick
OCL  297452.18
UREF
PNO  5561902
ISD  19961000
NAM  Jacobs et al.
XCL   72 61
UREF
PNO  5564785
ISD  19961000
NAM  Schultz et al.
OCL  297452.2
UREF
PNO  5567017
ISD  19961000
NAM  Bourgeois et al.
XCL  297452.18
UREF
PNO  5626396
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kuragano et al.
XCL  297391
UREF
PNO  5660443
ISD  19970800
NAM  Pedronne
OCL  297452.2
UREF
PNO  5685614
ISD  19971100
NAM  Chabanni
OCL  297452.2
UREF
PNO  5697670
ISD  19971200
NAM  Husted et al.
XCL  297452.18
UREF
PNO  5711577
ISD  19980100
NAM  Whalen
XCL  297452.18
FREF
PNO  2 677 935
ISD  19910600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  44 00 419 A1
ISD  19950700
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Marshall, O'Toole, Gerstein, Murray & Borun
ABST
PAL  A method of making a vehicle seat in which the strength member of the back
      has a first upright connected to the strength member of the seat proper by
      a hinge mechanism, a second upright that is not as strong as the first and
      that is hinged to the strength member of the seat proper, and two
      horizontal cross-members, the two cross-members and the top portion of the
      second upright being constituted by a tube folded into a general U-shape
      and of section that varies along its length. The method includes a step
      which consists in imparting the final shape to the tube by hydroforming,
      starting from an initial tube of substantially constant section.
PATN
WKU  059887575
SRC  9
APN  1649175
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19981001
TTL  Vehicle seat assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Barfield; Anthony D.
NDR  15
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Vishey; Gregory J.
CTY  Grosse Pointe Woods
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Walkowski; Michael
CTY  Lenox
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Baisch; Ashley L.
CTY  Clinton Township
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Lear Corporation
CTY  Southfield
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  840412
APD  19970429
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  705198
APD  19960829
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  29745231
XCL  29745236
XCL  297DIG2
XCL  29745218
EDF  6
ICL  A47C  740
FSC  297
FSS  DIG. 2;452.31;452.36;452.29;452.65;452.14
UREF
PNO  3837392
ISD  19740900
NAM  Marzocchi
UREF
PNO  3841704
ISD  19741000
NAM  Platner et al.
UREF
PNO  4287143
ISD  19810900
NAM  Sears, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4299924
ISD  19811100
NAM  Nomura et al.
UREF
PNO  4492408
ISD  19850100
NAM  Lohr
UREF
PNO  4585273
ISD  19860400
NAM  Higgs et al.
UREF
PNO  4832408
ISD  19890500
NAM  Bertsch et al.
UREF
PNO  4858291
ISD  19890800
NAM  Preti
UREF
PNO  5029942
ISD  19910700
NAM  Rink
UREF
PNO  5088793
ISD  19920200
NAM  Mithuhiro
UREF
PNO  5236247
ISD  19930800
NAM  Hewko
UREF
PNO  5294394
ISD  19940300
NAM  Sakai et al.
UREF
PNO  5320373
ISD  19940600
NAM  Robertson et al.
UREF
PNO  5547608
ISD  19960800
NAM  Harrison et al.
FREF
PNO  0294768
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2943940U
ISD  19810500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3236651 A1
ISD  19830300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4033270 A1
ISD  19920400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4233944 A1
ISD  19940400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4419139 A1
ISD  19951200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  6-237833
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1438905
ISD  19760600
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Christian Hauck et al, "Entwicklung einer Fahrersitzruckenlehne aus
      Ultramid fur Nutzfahrzeuge" Automobiltechnische Zeitschrift, No. 12, Dec.
      1988, Stuttgart, pp. 689-695, XP 000082899.
PAL  SAE Technical Paper No. 900074, "A New Automated Performing Process For RTM
      & SRIM", by S.W. Horn et al, Feb. 26-Mar. 2, 1990,pp.41-48.
PAL  SAE Technical Paper No. 900305, "Structural RIM IMR", by M.F. Hurley, Feb.
      26-Mar. 2, 1990, pp. 79-84.
PAL  SAE Technical Paper No.920497, "Low Density Structural RIM: Glass Mat
      Reinforced Structural Faom for Interior Trim Applications", by Paul W.
      Makey et al, Feb.24-28, 1992, pp. 59-64.
PAL  SAE Technical Paper No. 930174, "Transverse Permeability Measurements
      Through Stacked Glass Fiber Mats", by Sanjay Mishsra et al, Mar. 1-5,
      1993, pp. 1-9.
PAL  SAE Technical Paper No. 930405, "Low Cycle Fatigue Behavior And Variable
      Amplitude Fatigue Life Calculations For An SRIM Polymer Matrix Composite",
      by A.R. Kallmeyer et al, Mar. 1-5, 1993, pp. 1-13.
PAL  SAE Technical Paper No. 930631, "PVC Covered Low Density RRIM Interior
      Automotive Trim Components and Their Recyclability", by Laura B. Weaver,
      Mar. 1-5, 1993, pp. 87-92.
PAL  SAE Technical Paper No. 930632, "Low Density Structural RIM II: High
      Productivity LD-SRIM", by Paul W. Mackey et al, Mar. 1-5, 1993, pp. 1-5.
PAL  SAE Technical Paper No. 940702, "LD-SRIM III: Progress In Lower Density
      Foam Composites", by Paul W. Mackey, Feb. 28-Mar. 3, 1994, pp. 1-6.
PAL  SAE Technical Paper No. 940703, "New Developments in Low Density RIM
      Composites for Interior Trim", by Laura B. Weaver et al, Feb. 28-Mar. 3,
      1994, pp. 1-6.
PAL  SAE Technical Paper No. 950444, "Advances in Structural RIM Interior Trim
      Applications", by J.J. Katz et al, Feb. 27-Mar. 2, 1995, pp. 1-5.
PAL  SAE Technical Paper No. 950547, "Advancements in Low Cost Bumper Systems",
      by Kristen L. Parks et al, Feb. 27-Mar. 2, 1995, pp. 1-6.
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman P.C.
ABST
PAL  A vehicle seat assembly includes an aluminum lower seat frame with first
      and second side supports having a thickness of less than four mm
      throughout a substantial portion thereof. The seat back frame is pivotally
      connected to the lower seat frame and comprises a contoured structural
      reaction injection molded (SRIM) material. In an alternative embodiment,
      the back frame comprises a plurality of glass mat layers enclosed within a
      molded urethane material. Extra glass mat layers are provided in high
      stress concentration areas for added structural integrity.
PATN
WKU  059887583
SRC  8
APN  8537003
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19970513
TTL  Seat belt retractor exit cover with integral escutcheon
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Vu; Stephen
EXP  Chen; Jose V.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Heintzelman; Ronald
CTY  St. Clair Shores
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Richter; Steven
CTY  St. Clair Shores
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Haldenwanger; Michael
CTY  Brighton
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Breed Automotive Technology, Inc.
CTY  Lakeland
STA  FL
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  General Motors Corporation
CTY  Detroit
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  297483
XCL  297473
XCL  297476
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2200
FSC  297
FSS  478;476;479;480;483;473
UREF
PNO  5411292
ISD  19950500
NAM  Collins et al.
XCL  297476
UREF
PNO  5411319
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kuiri
UREF
PNO  5423598
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lane, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5441332
ISD  19950800
NAM  Verellen
UREF
PNO  5452941
ISD  19950900
NAM  Halse et al.
UREF
PNO  5489072
ISD  19960200
NAM  Gordon et al.
UREF
PNO  5495994
ISD  19960300
NAM  Rumpf et al.
UREF
PNO  5511739
ISD  19960400
NAM  Dybro et al.
UREF
PNO  5529258
ISD  19960600
NAM  Dybro et al.
UREF
PNO  5529259
ISD  19960600
NAM  Woydick et al.
UREF
PNO  5533756
ISD  19960700
NAM  Dybro et al.
UREF
PNO  5544917
ISD  19960800
NAM  Loxton et al.
XCL  297473
UREF
PNO  5547143
ISD  19960800
NAM  Miller, III et al.
UREF
PNO  5556171
ISD  19960900
NAM  Busch
OCL  297483
UREF
PNO  5599070
ISD  19970200
NAM  Pham et al.
OCL  297483
UREF
PNO  5609396
ISD  19970300
NAM  Loxton et al.
XCL  297483
UREF
PNO  5658051
ISD  19970800
NAM  Vega et al.
OCL  297483
UREF
PNO  5722732
ISD  19980300
NAM  Haldenwanger
OCL  297483
LREP
FR2  Seitzman; Markell
ABST
PAL  A vehicle restraint system with a housing for a seat belt retractor, the
      housing having a rotatable escutcheon with an exit slot for the seat belt
      webbing. The escutcheon is preferably mounted to a bearing attached to the
      housing.
PATN
WKU  059887591
SRC  9
APN  0560847
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980407
TTL  Belt integral seat of a motor vehicle with a back rest, a neck rest and
      a device for the safety belt guidance
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Peter R.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Bauer; Heinz
CTY  Solingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Becker; Burckhard
CTY  Solingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Frohnhaus; Ernst-Reiner
CTY  Solingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  C. Rob. Hammerstein GmbH & Co. KG
CTY  Solingen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970426
APN  197 17 666
CLAS
OCL  297483
XCL  297410
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2226
FSC  297
FSS  391;468;410;483;484
FSC  280
FSS  808
UREF
PNO  5330228
ISD  19940700
NAM  Krebs et al.
OCL  280808
UREF
PNO  5390982
ISD  19950200
NAM  Johnson et al.
XCL  297483
UREF
PNO  5599070
ISD  19970200
NAM  Pham et al.
OCL  297483
UREF
PNO  5658048
ISD  19970800
NAM  Nemoto
OCL  297410
UREF
PNO  5658051
ISD  19970800
NAM  Vega et al.
OCL  297483
UREF
PNO  5722732
ISD  19980300
NAM  Haldenwanger
OCL  297483
UREF
PNO  5829841
ISD  19981100
NAM  Pywell et al.
XCL  297483
FREF
PNO  404285506
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
OCL  297483
LREP
FRM  John Lezdey & Assoc.
ABST
PAL  The structure relates to a belt integral seat of a motor vehicle with a
      back rest, which has a back rest frame, onto which a carrier of a neck
      rest and a device for the safety belt guidance is arranged at the top. The
      device for a safety belt guidance is attached to the carrier. The carrier
      is located between the device for a safety belt guidance and the neck
      rest.
PATN
WKU  059887605
SRC  8
APN  9285067
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970912
TTL  Process for hollowing out a cavity formed of a plurality of sub-cavities
      in a thin layer of salt
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Suchfield; George
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Durup; Jean-Gerard
CTY  Le Raincy
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Boris; Guy
CTY  Le Kremlin-Bicetre
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Charnavel; Yvon
CTY  Rosny-Sous-Bois
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Gaz de France (G.D.F.) Service National
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960930
APN  96 11898
CLAS
OCL  299  5
XCL  166 50
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 4328
FSC  299
FSS  4;5
FSC  405
FSS  55;58
FSC  166
FSS  50
UREF
PNO  3050122
ISD  19620800
NAM  Huitt et al.
OCL  166 55.8
UREF
PNO  3510167
ISD  19700500
NAM  Carmody
OCL  299  4
UREF
PNO  4339008
ISD  19820700
NAM  Ford et al.
OCL  175272
UREF
PNO  4386665
ISD  19830600
NAM  Dellinger
OCL  175 61
UREF
PNO  4418960
ISD  19831200
NAM  Higgins
OCL  299  5
UREF
PNO  4425003
ISD  19840100
NAM  Huff
OCL  299  5
UREF
PNO  4858689
ISD  19890800
NAM  Logan
OCL  166256
UREF
PNO  5246273
ISD  19930900
NAM  Rosar
OCL  299  4
FREF
PNO  95 10689
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Rothwell, Figg, Ernst & Kurz
ABST
PAL  A process for hollowing out a cavity, by dissolution, in a ground formation
      comprising at least one layer containing predominantly salt, the process
      including the steps of drilling at least one hole having a substantially
      horizontal section arranged at least in part in the salt layer, providing
      in the drilled hole(s) an injection pipe, an extraction pipe and a
      preliminary communication space connecting the injection pipe and the
      extraction pipe, injecting a solvent of the salt, into the communication
      space, through one end of the injection pipe forming an injection point,
      extracting, through the extraction pipe, the brine formed by the
      dissolution of the salt, in contact with the solvent, producing a
      plurality of preliminary sub-cavities in the salt layer, and producing a
      succession of channels, isolated from the layer, the succession of
      channels connecting the plurality of preliminary sub-cavities in a fluid
      manner two at a time in order to form an open circuit for circulation of
      the solvent, expending between a first sub-cavity and a last sub-cavity,
      the preliminary sub-cavities and the channels defining the preliminary
      communication space.
PATN
WKU  059887613
SRC  9
APN  0942987
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980609
TTL  Vehicle brake and hub attachment system and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Stormer; Russell D.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Visser; Monte J.
CTY  Pointe Woods
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  McCay; P. William
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Kulczycki; Stanley
CTY  Sterling Heights
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Robert Bosch Technologies Corporation
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  739872
APD  19961031
PSC  01
PNO  5884980
CLAS
OCL  301  61
XCL  301 3562
XCL  188218XL
EDF  6
ICL  B60B 2700
FSC  301
FSS  6.1;6.8;35.62;105.1;111;114
FSC  188
FSS  218 XL
FSC   82
FSS  1.11;903
FSC  409
FSS  131;219
UREF
PNO  1914575
ISD  19330600
NAM  Main
OCL  301 35.22
UREF
PNO  1963229
ISD  19340600
NAM  Eksergian
OCL  301 35.62
UREF
PNO  1974746
ISD  19340900
NAM  Kuhnen
OCL  301 35.62
UREF
PNO  2107925
ISD  19380200
NAM  Ash
OCL  301 35.62
UREF
PNO  2217646
ISD  19401000
NAM  Eksergian
OCL  301 35.62
UREF
PNO  2392493
ISD  19460100
NAM  Mullin
OCL  301 35.62
UREF
PNO  2545130
ISD  19510300
NAM  Ash
OCL  301 35.62
UREF
PNO  2640729
ISD  19530600
NAM  Niven
OCL  301 35.62
UREF
PNO  2877054
ISD  19590300
NAM  Hedlund et al.
OCL  301 35.62
UREF
PNO  3117611
ISD  19640100
NAM  Matthews
UREF
PNO  3252493
ISD  19660500
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  4240670
ISD  19801200
NAM  Zorn et al.
OCL  301 35.62
UREF
PNO  4464091
ISD  19840800
NAM  Molina
UREF
PNO  4730967
ISD  19880300
NAM  Warkentin
UREF
PNO  4792020
ISD  19881200
NAM  Okumura et al.
OCL  301  6.8
UREF
PNO  4815908
ISD  19890300
NAM  Duran et al.
UREF
PNO  4906153
ISD  19900300
NAM  Duran
UREF
PNO  5076747
ISD  19911200
NAM  Cosenza
UREF
PNO  5082299
ISD  19920100
NAM  Beattie
UREF
PNO  5094579
ISD  19920300
NAM  Johnson
FREF
PNO  2568665
ISD  19860200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  4041677
ISD  19920600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4304534
ISD  19940800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4426445
ISD  19950200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce, PLC
ABST
PAL  A wheel end hub assembly for a motor vehicle incorporating mechanical
      retention features. The assembly accurately and positively orients the
      motor vehicle brake component, such as a disc brake rotor or brake drum
      with respect to its wheel hub. Accordingly, the machining operations for
      the brake component braking surfaces can be accurately based from a datum
      surface of the hub. The assembly incorporates a retention nut threaded
      onto the wheel mounting bolts which exerts a clamping force on the brake
      component and further establishes the relative positions of the hub and
      brake component. The retention nut features a generally conical surface
      which contacts a generally conical surface of the brake component to
      establish the radial and rotational relative position of these components.
PATN
WKU  059887621
SRC  8
APN  9882537
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971210
TTL  Resin wheel covers
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1,8
EXA  Nguyen; Long Bao
EXP  Dayoan; D. Glenn
NDR  10
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Asada; Soichiro
CTY  Ogaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugiyama; Shinichi
CTY  Ogaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsunami; Toshiyuki
CTY  Gifu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Hiroyuki
CTY  Gifu-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawai; Satoru
CTY  Ogaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Pacific Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Gifu-Ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961218
APN  8-354885
CLAS
OCL  301 371
XCL  301 3734
XCL  301 3731
XCL  301 3742
XCL  264266
EDF  6
ICL  B60B  700
FSC  301
FSS  37.1;37.34;37.31;37.32;37.33;37.39;37.42;108.3;37.37
FSC  264
FSS  266
UREF
PNO  3876257
ISD  19750400
NAM  Buerger
OCL  301 37.42
UREF
PNO  4382635
ISD  19830500
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  301 37.37
UREF
PNO  4458952
ISD  19840700
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL  301 37.35
UREF
PNO  4707035
ISD  19871100
NAM  Kondo et al.
OCL  301 37.37
UREF
PNO  4740038
ISD  19880400
NAM  Okano et al.
OCL  301 37.36
UREF
PNO  4995674
ISD  19910200
NAM  Shirai et al.
OCL  301 37.36
UREF
PNO  5108157
ISD  19920400
NAM  Chen
OCL  301 37.42
UREF
PNO  5128085
ISD  19920700
NAM  Post et al.
OCL  264266
UREF
PNO  5131726
ISD  19920700
NAM  Collins
OCL  301 37.36
UREF
PNO  5161860
ISD  19921100
NAM  Sakane
OCL  301 37.42
UREF
PNO  5393128
ISD  19950200
NAM  Sarmast et al.
OCL  301 37.34
FREF
PNO  63-114638
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-63701
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-110118
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Frados, Joel. Plastics Engineering Handbook of the Society of the Plastics
      Industry, Inc. 4th Ed. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, Jan. 1976.
LREP
FR2  Hochberg; D. Peter
ABST
PAL  A wheel cover having resin main body obtained by injecting a molten resin
      into a closed mold consisting of at least two dies, curing the resin, and
      then separating the dies. Openings are formed through the wheel cover, and
      inclined decorative faces are formed around each opening. A transfer layer
      is transferred onto the front face of the main body simultaneously when
      the resin main body is molded by means of in-mold transferring. The
      boundary between the decorative faces of the wheel cover and the openings
      is the parting line where the dies are separated from each other. The
      inner diameters of the openings are tapered to facilitate die separation
      and removal.
PATN
WKU  059887630
SRC  8
APN  8441723
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970418
TTL  Two piece vehicle wheel with mechanically locked sections
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Stormer; Russell D.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Wei; Daniel C.
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Hayes Lemmerz International, Inc.
CTY  Northville
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  301 631
XCL  301 65
EDF  6
ICL  B60B  304
FSC  301
FSS  17;35.62;63.1;64.2;64.5;64.7;65;35.1;35.3;35.51;95-98
FSC   29
FSS  894.322
FSC  152
FSS  396;402;405;409;410;411;379.3;379.4;379.5
UREF
PNO  1376205
ISD  19210400
NAM  Hoffman
UREF
PNO  1478437
ISD  19231200
NAM  Kaplan
UREF
PNO  1581679
ISD  19260400
NAM  Cook
UREF
PNO  1688146
ISD  19281000
NAM  Klaus
UREF
PNO  1795821
ISD  19310300
NAM  Baldwin
OCL  301  5.3
UREF
PNO  2241684
ISD  19410500
NAM  Ware
OCL  301  5.3
UREF
PNO  3117369
ISD  19640100
NAM  Albert
UREF
PNO  3506311
ISD  19700400
NAM  Nobach
UREF
PNO  3612614
ISD  19711000
NAM  Ware
UREF
PNO  3783927
ISD  19740100
NAM  Verdier
OCL  152409
UREF
PNO  3859704
ISD  19750100
NAM  Nasson
UREF
PNO  3909065
ISD  19750900
NAM  Main
XCL  301 63.1
UREF
PNO  3910638
ISD  19751000
NAM  Scott
OCL  301 63.1
UREF
PNO  4256348
ISD  19810300
NAM  Lester et al.
UREF
PNO  4363347
ISD  19821200
NAM  Baumgartner
UREF
PNO  4518204
ISD  19850500
NAM  Takada
UREF
PNO  5018795
ISD  19910500
NAM  Engerand et al.
UREF
PNO  5257455
ISD  19931100
NAM  Iwatsuki
UREF
PNO  5344219
ISD  19940900
NAM  Adrian et al.
UREF
PNO  5421642
ISD  19950600
NAM  Archibald
UREF
PNO  5803553
ISD  19980900
NAM  Wei
OCL  301 63.1
FREF
PNO  537825
ISD  19550500
CNT  BEX
OCL  301 63.1
FREF
PNO  0 028 393
ISD  19810500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 096 399
ISD  19831200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1189762
ISD  19591000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3503882A1
ISD  19860800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3630226
ISD  19870300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  59-32502
ISD  19840200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  95-237044
ISD  19950900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  895561
ISD  19620500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 85/02586
ISD  19850600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  MacMillan, Sobanski & Todd, LLC
ABST
PAL  A two piece vehicle wheel having a wheel rim secured to a wheel disc by a
      locking member which is received by complementary grooves formed in the
      wheel rim and the wheel disc. A layer of resilient material forms a seal
      between the wheel rim and the wheel disc. The sealing material can
      included an adhesive.
PATN
WKU  059887648
SRC  8
APN  8770123
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970616
TTL  Tire rim for wheels of cycles in general adapted to allow an easy and
      firm assembling of the tire
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Stormer; Russell D.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Deetz; Josh
CTY  Madone
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Vittoria S.p.A.
CTY  Madone
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19960927
APN  MI960645  U
CLAS
OCL  301 95
XCL  1523813
EDF  6
ICL  B60B 2102
FSC  301
FSS  95-99
FSC  152
FSS  379.3;379.4;379.5;381.3;381.4;381.5;381.6;384
UREF
PNO  2477833
ISD  19490800
NAM  Schwinn
OCL  301 97
UREF
PNO  4077455
ISD  19780300
NAM  Curtiss, Jr. et al.
XCL  301 97
FREF
PNO  329167
ISD  19350900
CNT  ITX
OCL  301 97
FREF
PNO  14776
ISD  18970000
CNT  GBX
OCL  301 97
LREP
FRM  Bucknam and Archer
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a tire rim for wheels of cycles in general
      adapted to allow an easy and firm assembling of the tire, and has the main
      feature that the rim comprises a body the cross-section of which defines a
      well for the tire, laterally delimited by ridges adjoining recesses for
      the tire bead, which recesses are delimited on their outside by a hook
      portion or rim flange having a top inwardly curved crook portion.
PATN
WKU  059887656
SRC  8
APN  8913579
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970710
TTL  Fluid pressure control device
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Talavera; Melanie
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Yamaguchi; Naoki
CTY  Nishiuomiya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Akamatsu; Osamu
CTY  Akashi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nabco, Ltd.
CTY  Nichi-Ku Kobe
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960722
APN  8-191970
CLAS
OCL  303 226
EDF  6
ICL  B60T  818
FSC  137
FSS  487.5;625.64;627.5;596.16;85
FSC  251
FSS  30.1
FSC  303
FSS  22.6;15
UREF
PNO  4773447
ISD  19880900
NAM  Imanaka et al.
OCL  137627.5
UREF
PNO  4960365
ISD  19901000
NAM  Horiuchi
OCL  417222
UREF
PNO  4971049
ISD  19901100
NAM  Rotariu et al.
OCL  128204.21
UREF
PNO  5007455
ISD  19910400
NAM  Hawker
OCL  137596.16
UREF
PNO  5687765
ISD  19971100
NAM  You
OCL  137627.5
UREF
PNO  5771933
ISD  19980600
NAM  Akamatsu et al.
OCL  137627.5
UREF
PNO  5775367
ISD  19980700
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  137487.5
LREP
FRM  James Ray & Associates
ABST
PAL  A fluid pressure control device having a 3-position solenoid valve which is
      controlled to switch between a supply position, an overlapping position,
      and an exhaust position, using a drive command value corresponding to a
      pressure command signal. It also has a drive command setting unit which
      computes a drive command value for driving the 3-position solenoid valve
      into a predetermined position, in order to make the pressure command
      signal and a feedback signal of the output pressure of the 3-position
      solenoid valve coincide and a compensating value setting unit which
      computes a compensating value to be added to or subtracted from the
      above-mentioned drive command value, in accordance with the pressure
      differential between the above-mentioned pressure command signal and
      feedback signal, and the proportion of change in the feedback signal. The
      fluid pressure control device further has an addition and subtraction
      processing unit which computes a compensation amount by integrating the
      compensating value output from the compensating value setting unit when
      the drive command value has strayed from the overlapping command value
      corresponding to the overlapping position of the 3-position solenoid
      valve, and adds or subtracts the above-mentioned compensation amount to or
      from the drive command value, in the direction departing from the
      above-mentioned overlapping position, so as to output a new drive command
      value to the 3-position solenoid valve.
PATN
WKU  059887664
SRC  8
APN  8881995
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970703
TTL  Electropneumatical brake adaptor
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Graham; Matthew C.
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  McCurdy, Jr.; William B.
CTY  Watertown
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  New York Air Brake Corporation
CTY  Watertown
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  303 28
XCL  303  3
XCL  303 15
XCL  303 86
EDF  6
ICL  B60T 1134
FSC  303
FSS  3;7;15;28;33;80
UREF
PNO  2993199
ISD  19610700
NAM  Browne et al.
OCL  303  3
UREF
PNO  5335974
ISD  19940800
NAM  Klink
OCL  303  3
UREF
PNO  5390988
ISD  19950200
NAM  Shank
OCL  303  3
UREF
PNO  5451099
ISD  19950900
NAM  Hart et al.
OCL  303  3
UREF
PNO  5509727
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hart et al.
OCL  303  3
UREF
PNO  5559281
ISD  19960900
NAM  McKay et al.
OCL  303  3
UREF
PNO  5709436
ISD  19980100
NAM  Scott
OCL  303  1
LREP
FRM  Barnes & Thornburg
ABST
PAL  An adaptor for connecting brake pipe, brake cylinder, emergency and
      auxiliary reservoir ports on a standard pipe bracket to an
      electropneumatic control valve. The adaptor also includes threaded post to
      mount the electropneumatic valve to the adaptor and fastener apertures to
      receive fasteners to mount the adaptor to the pipe bracket.
PATN
WKU  059887672
SRC  8
APN  9004637
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970725
TTL  Hydraulic braking pressure control apparatus for an automotive vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Williams; Thomas J.
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Inoue; Takehiro
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kondo; Hiroyuki
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shibata; Toshiya
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Kaoru
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  3031131
XCL  3031164
XCL  303DIG10
EDF  6
ICL  B60T  832
FSC  303
FSS  116.4;114.2;114.3;113.1;119.2;119.3;113.3;116.1;DIG. 10;DIG. 11
FSC   60
FSS  545
UREF
PNO  4597611
ISD  19860700
NAM  Nishimura et al.
OCL  303116.4
UREF
PNO  4796958
ISD  19890100
NAM  Brown, Jr.
OCL  303113.1
UREF
PNO  4998781
ISD  19910300
NAM  Kehl et al.
OCL  303116.4
UREF
PNO  5011238
ISD  19910400
NAM  Brown, Jr.
OCL  303113.2
UREF
PNO  5072996
ISD  19911200
NAM  Heibel et al.
OCL  303114.3
UREF
PNO  5236257
ISD  19930800
NAM  Monzaki et al.
OCL  303114.2
UREF
PNO  5607207
ISD  19970300
NAM  Nagashima et al.
OCL  303113.1
FREF
PNO  8-11696
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-11697
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, LLP
ABST
PAL  A hydraulic braking pressure control apparatus for an automotive vehicle
      includes a master cylinder mounted on a brake booster for applying a
      braking force, a master cylinder reservoir provided on the master cylinder
      for supplying hydraulic fluid to the master cylinder, and a solenoid valve
      body mounted on the master cylinder. The solenoid valve body includes a
      plurality of solenoid valves and a fluid circuit operatively connected to
      the master cylinder for generating a braking pressure to be supplied to
      wheel brake cylinders. A pump body is mounted on the master cylinder and
      includes a pump device for returning hydraulic fluid to the master
      cylinder and the solenoid valve body. A pump motor drives the pump device,
      with the pump motor being mounted on the master cylinder and being
      symmetrically disposed with respect to the solenoid valve body.
PATN
WKU  059887680
SRC  9
APN  0777994
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980615
TTL  Hydraulic braking system for road vehicles, in particular passenger cars
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Graham; Matthew C.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Schaefer; Ernst-Dieter
CTY  Brackenheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schunck; Eberhardt
CTY  Landau
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kaessmann; Andreas
CTY  Gerlingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Robert Bosch GmbH
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19951214
APN  195 46 647
CLAS
OCL  3031141
XCL  3031131
EDF  6
ICL  B60T 1116
FSC  303
FSS  113.4;113.1;114.1
UREF
PNO  4730877
ISD  19880300
NAM  Seibert et al.
OCL  303114.1
UREF
PNO  4777643
ISD  19881000
NAM  Leiber
OCL  303 92
UREF
PNO  5332302
ISD  19940700
NAM  Maas
OCL  303114.1
UREF
PNO  5449225
ISD  19950900
NAM  Burgdorf et al.
OCL  303113.1
FREF
PNO  4023708
ISD  19920100
CNT  DEX
OCL  303113.1
FREF
PNO  2143293
ISD  19850200
CNT  GBX
OCL  303113.1
LREP
FR2  Greigg; Edwin E.
FR2  Greigg; Ronald E.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE96/01806
PD1  19980615
PD2  19980615
PD3  19960924
PCP  WO97/21573
PCD  19970619
ABST
PAR  A brake system that includes a power-actuated service brake and an
      auxiliary brake that is actuated by muscle power. To achieve a desired
      characteristic curve of the pedal when the service brake is actuated, a
      path simulator is provided in a master cylinder. This path simulator has
      compression springs disposed in a pressure chamber. The pressure chamber
      is defined by a floating piston with a seat valve, which controls a
      pressure fluid-carrying connection of the pressure chamber to a pressure
      fluid reservoir of the master cylinder. The function of the seat valve is
      dependent on the stroke of a rod piston, which can displace pressure fluid
      from a first pressure chamber when the auxiliary brake is actuated. The
      path simulator is active if pressure fluid is not displaced from the first
      pressure chamber during the actuation of the service brake and therefore
      the seat valve assumes its open position.
PATN
WKU  059887699
SRC  8
APN  620208&
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19960322
TTL  Brake system for vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Bartz; C. T.
EXP  Schwartz; Christopher P.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Inagaki; Hiromi
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mochizuki; Kazuhiko
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suto; Shinji
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hayashi; Toshio
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950323
APN  7-064589
CLAS
OCL  3031171
EDF  6
ICL  B60T  838
FSC  303
FSS  117.1;113.1;113.2;116.1;119.1;115.2;901
FSC  364
FSS  424.01;426.01;11.02;11.03
UREF
PNO  4715666
ISD  19871200
NAM  Farr
OCL  303116.4
UREF
PNO  5372412
ISD  19941200
NAM  Yagi
OCL  303115.2
UREF
PNO  5431489
ISD  19950700
NAM  Lee
OCL  303115.4
UREF
PNO  5435636
ISD  19950700
NAM  Sasanoi
OCL  303116.1
FREF
PNO  5-65060
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Nikaido Marmelstein Murray & Oram LLP
ABST
PAL  A brake system for a vehicle includes a liquid pressure generating device
      for generating a liquid pressure for braking dependent upon a manual
      operation, an actuator for generating a liquid pressure for braking
      dependent upon an electrical command signal, and an electromagnetic
      switchover valve which is switchable between a first state in which a
      wheel brake is connected to the liquid pressure generating device upon
      deenergization of the electromagnetic switchover valve, and a second state
      in which the wheel brake is connected to the actuator upon energization of
      the electromagnetic switchover valve. The brake system further includes a
      controller. The controller determines whether the regulation of braking
      force is necessary depending upon the behavior of the vehicle or a wheel,
      determines an amount of braking force required to be generated by the
      brake, and determines an electrical command signal to be applied to the
      actuator, dependant upon the required amount of braking force, when the
      regulation of brake force is necessary. Further, the controller controls
      the switching operation of the electromagnetic switchover valve device
      between the first state in which the regulation of braking force is
      unnecessary, and the second state in which the regulation of braking force
      is necessary. The switching of states may be based upon an elapsed time or
      based upon equalizing pressures between the actuators and the liquid
      pressure generating device. Thus, it is possible to reduce the frequency
      of operation of each of the actuator and the electromagnetic switchover
      valve device and to eliminate the need for a stroke accumulator, thereby
      providing a simplified structure.
PATN
WKU  059887702
SRC  8
APN  7650183
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970325
TTL  Electromagnetically controlled assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Graham; Matthew C.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Volz; Peter
CTY  Darmstadt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  ITT Manufacturing Enterprises Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940628
APN  44 22 491
CLAS
OCL  3031193
XCL  303DIG10
EDF  6
ICL  B60T  836
FSC  303
FSS  112.1;116.4;119.2;119.3;DIG. 10
FSC  361
FSS  622;796;807
FSC  174
FSS  525
FSC  137
FSS  884
FSC  251
FSS  129.02;129.07;129.05
UREF
PNO  5362137
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kohno
OCL  303119.3
UREF
PNO  5386337
ISD  19950100
NAM  Schoettl
OCL  361622
UREF
PNO  5462344
ISD  19951000
NAM  Jakob et al.
OCL  303119.3
UREF
PNO  5634695
ISD  19970600
NAM  Ohta et al.
OCL  303116.4
UREF
PNO  5662392
ISD  19970900
NAM  Hinz
OCL  303119.2
FREF
PNO  4232205
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Rader, Fishman & Grauer PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/02377
PD1  19970325
PD2  19970325
PD3  19950620
PCP  WO96/00670
PCD  19960111
ABST
PAR  Electromagnetically controlled assembly, including electromagnetically
      operable solenoid valves which are mounted on a valve accommodating
      member, coils having electric contact elements on their parts projecting
      from the valve accommodating member, a cover unit which covers the coils
      and the contact elements, a carrier element to accommodate the coils which
      is incorporated in the cover unit, at least a part of the cover unit being
      adapted to accommodate an electronic controller or connecting elements for
      an electronic controller. The carrier element is made of a material
      conducting the magnetic flux and the thermal flux, and a plurality of
      parts conducting the magnetic flux and the thermal flux are mounted at
      least on one of the bottom side and the top side of the plate-shaped
      carrier element.
PATN
WKU  059887710
SRC  8
APN  8912173
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970710
TTL  Pressure control valve equipped with a solenoid valve
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Talavera; Melanie
EXP  Schwartz; Christopher P.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Sakamoto; Kazunori
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kitagawa; Yoshihiro
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakao; Yasuo
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morita; Mitsumasa
CTY  Miki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Eto; Tadashige
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukushita; Hiroaki
CTY  Akashi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nabco, Ltd.
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960722
APN  8-211889
CLAS
OCL  3031193
XCL  303 50
EDF  6
ICL  B60T  836
FSC  303
FSS  119.3;50;15;20;40;54;7;3;14;81;16;22.6;22.7;33;118.1;119.2
FSC  137
FSS  84;85;86;625.65;627.5;596.16
UREF
PNO  3653729
ISD  19720400
NAM  Newell et al.
OCL  303 50
UREF
PNO  4898203
ISD  19900200
NAM  Kobelt
OCL  137269
UREF
PNO  5395164
ISD  19950300
NAM  Sulzyc
OCL  303 15
LREP
FRM  James Ray & Associates
ABST
PAL  A pressure control valve equipped with a solenoid valve, in which a main
      valve body is provided with an air-supply chamber connected to a
      pressurized air source, a control pressure chamber into which pilot
      pressure is input, an output chamber connected to an air-pressure
      apparatus, and an air-supply valve which establishes contact between and
      isolates such air-supply chamber and such output chamber. Such pressure
      control valve further includes a pressure-adjusting piston which is urged
      one way by a pressure-adjusting spring and is urged the other way by such
      pilot pressure of such control pressure chamber, and a hollow exhaust
      valve rod is provided integrally with such pressure-adjusting piston to
      open or close such air-supply valve in accordance with such pilot
      pressure; and in which such solenoid valve supplying such pilot pressure
      to such control pressure chamber is attached to such main valve body. Such
      pressure control valve is characterized in that such valve body of such
      solenoid valve is fitted in one of an upper surface and a lower surface of
      such valve main body, in a position in which it is adjacent to such
      exhaust valve rod.
PATN
WKU  059887729
SRC  8
APN  9366024
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970924
TTL  Hydraulic control apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Siconolfi; Robert A.
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  8
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Hashida; Koichi
CTY  Itami
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960926
APN  8-254262
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970602
APN  8-144003
CLAS
OCL  3031193
XCL  13759617
EDF  6
ICL  B60T  836
FSC  303
FSS  119.2;119.3;DIG. 10
FSC  137
FSS  596.17;870;884
UREF
PNO  5127440
ISD  19920700
NAM  Maas et al.
OCL  137884
UREF
PNO  5160116
ISD  19921100
NAM  Sugiura et al.
OCL  137596.17
UREF
PNO  5542755
ISD  19960800
NAM  Staib et al.
OCL  303119.2
UREF
PNO  5688028
ISD  19971100
NAM  Kohno et al.
OCL  303119.2
UREF
PNO  5700071
ISD  19971200
NAM  Steffes et al.
OCL  303119.2
FREF
PNO  0094610
ISD  19831100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0728645
ISD  19960800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3931761
ISD  19910400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4402735
ISD  19950800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4432165
ISD  19960300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  5505446
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9212878
ISD  19920800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Greenblum & Bernstein, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  In a solenoid valve, a coil is disposed on the electronic control side, and
      is resin injection molded integrally with a resin case housing a circuit
      board on which electronic components are mounted. Before a hydraulic
      control unit and electronic control unit are connected, an end of a
      connecting pin of the coil is electrically connected to wiring of the
      circuit board. A cover 20 of similar material is pressed and welded onto
      the resin case to assure a waterproof structure around the circuit board.
      Finally, a magnetic member or magnetic plate, constituting part of a
      magnetic circuit provided separately from or integrally molded with the
      resin case is fastened by a bolt to unitarily connect both units.
PATN
WKU  059887737
SRC  8
APN  9534822
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19971017
TTL  Replacement-period detection method and vehicle control apparatus
      capable of notifying replacement period of actuator
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  1
EXA  Siconolfi; Robert A.
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Sawada; Mamoru
CTY  Yokkaichi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Denso Corporation
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961017
APN  8-274957
CLAS
OCL  30312208
XCL  188  111E
EDF  6
ICL  B60T  888
FSC  303
FSS  122;122.03;122.08;191
FSC  188
FSS  1.11 R;1.11 E
FSC  340
FSS  439;438;457.4
FSC  701
FSS  29;30;35
UREF
PNO  4404641
ISD  19830900
NAM  Bazarnik
OCL  340457.4
UREF
PNO  4478521
ISD  19841000
NAM  Evans et al.
OCL  340457.4
UREF
PNO  4525782
ISD  19850600
NAM  Wohlfarth et al.
OCL  340457.4
UREF
PNO  4612623
ISD  19860900
NAM  Barzarnik
OCL  340457.4
UREF
PNO  4884054
ISD  19891100
NAM  Moon, Sr.
OCL  340457.4
UREF
PNO  5492394
ISD  19960200
NAM  Kusano et al.
UREF
PNO  5623247
ISD  19970400
NAM  Cardillo
OCL  340457.4
FREF
PNO  5-170074
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro, LLP
ABST
PAL  A total conductance time with respect to each of control actuators is
      calculated. It is determined whether each of the control actuators has
      reached a replacement period by determining whether the total conductance
      time has exceeded a determination value representing an appropriate
      replacement period. Notification of a control actuator which has been
      determined to have reached the replacement period is performed by causing
      a notification light to be illuminated.
PATN
WKU  059887745
SRC  8
APN  8368724
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970521
TTL  Hydraulic brake system with anti-lock arrangement for a vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Woller; Jeffrey
EXP  Oberleitner; Robert J.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Jonner; Wolf-Dieter
CTY  Beilstein-Schmidhausen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wolff; Guenter
CTY  Schwieberdingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wilde; Werner
CTY  Schwieberdingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Tischer; Michael
CTY  Abstatt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Breitenbacher; Juergen
CTY  Winterbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wetzel; Gerhard
CTY  Korntal-Munchingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Heinsohn; Rainer
CTY  Tamm
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Klug; Andreas
CTY  Leonberg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kaess; Hermann
CTY  Tamm
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Zeiner; Peter
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schmidt; Klaus
CTY  Moglingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Ott; Harald
CTY  Leonberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Robert Bosch GmbH
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950929
APN  195 36 329
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960424
APN  196 16 355
CLAS
OCL  303189
XCL  3031135
XCL  303900
EDF  6
ICL  B60T  862
ICL  B60T  834
FSC  303
FSS  186;187;189;113.5;116.1;900;901
UREF
PNO  4640558
ISD  19870200
NAM  Nomura et al.
OCL  303119
UREF
PNO  4875741
ISD  19891000
NAM  Ozawa et al.
OCL  303116
UREF
PNO  5040854
ISD  19910800
NAM  Arikawa
OCL  303119
UREF
PNO  5046788
ISD  19910900
NAM  Lindenman
OCL  303116
UREF
PNO  5178442
ISD  19930100
NAM  Toda et al.
OCL  303116.1
UREF
PNO  5219210
ISD  19930600
NAM  Maehara
OCL  303  9.62
UREF
PNO  5375919
ISD  19941200
NAM  Furuhashi
OCL  303119.1
UREF
PNO  5441336
ISD  19950800
NAM  Takeuchi
OCL  303116.1
FREF
PNO  WO 93/25417
ISD  19931200
CNT  DEX
OCL  303116
LREP
FR2  Greigg; Edwin E.
FR2  Greigg; Ronald E.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE96/01351
PD1  19970521
PD2  19970521
PD3  19960718
PCP  WO97/12791
PCD  19970410
ABST
PAR  A hydraulic brake system for a vehicle with an anti-lock arrangement
      operable by wheel brake pressures are individually variable in front wheel
      brakes and rear wheel brakes, connected to diagonal brake circuits, of a
      four-wheeled vehicle, in order to reduce or eliminate a threat of wheel
      locking. The anti-lock arrangement has at least one return pump per brake
      circuit. The anti-lock arrangement is equipped with a total of four
      electrically controllable valves. In each of the brake circuits I, II
      there is one first valve between the master cylinder and a front wheel
      brake and one second valve between the master cylinder and the rear wheel
      brake. All the valves are embodied as normally open valves and are
      electrically closable. Inlets of each of the return pumps communicate
      directly with the respective front wheel brakes and indirectly with the
      rear wheel brakes through throttles. Check valves that open toward the
      inlets of the return pumps are provided in series with the throttles. The
      anti-lock arrangement creates the possibility that in the anti-lock mode,
      for instance in travel on an icy road, rear wheel brake pressures may be
      higher than front wheel brake pressures, to improve the braking action.
PATN
WKU  059887753
SRC  8
APN  9814132
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971216
TTL  Resilient track tensioning device for track-driven vehicles and track
      unit comprising such a track tensioning device
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Long Bao
EXP  Dayoan; D. Glenn
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Nordberg; Bjorn
CTY  Ornskoldsvik
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Hagglunds Vehicle AB
CTY  Ornskoldsvik
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19950616
APN  9502206
CLAS
OCL  305143
XCL  305150
XCL  305151
XCL  305153
XCL  305154
XCL  305130
XCL  305133
XCL  305131
EDF  6
ICL  B62D 5500
FSC  305
FSS  143;150;151;130;133;153;154;131
UREF
PNO  1393157
ISD  19211000
NAM  Ollivier
OCL  305133
UREF
PNO  1401625
ISD  19211200
NAM  Mader
OCL  305131
UREF
PNO  1781486
ISD  19301100
NAM  White
OCL  305131
UREF
PNO  2284821
ISD  19420600
NAM  Heaslet
OCL  305154
UREF
PNO  2315421
ISD  19430300
NAM  Heaslet
UREF
PNO  2779636
ISD  19570100
NAM  Allen
OCL  305133
UREF
PNO  2846276
ISD  19580800
NAM  Hendrickson
UREF
PNO  2859045
ISD  19581100
NAM  Beaufort et al.
OCL  280124.102
UREF
PNO  3692130
ISD  19720900
NAM  Stacy, Jr.
OCL  305132
UREF
PNO  3953085
ISD  19760400
NAM  Randour
OCL  305130
UREF
PNO  4458773
ISD  19840700
NAM  Desourdy
OCL  305130
UREF
PNO  4650260
ISD  19870300
NAM  Satzler
OCL  305152
FREF
PNO  0 597 350
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  25 21 145
ISD  19761100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/00720
PD1  19971216
PD2  19971216
PD3  19960531
PCP  WO97/00191
PCD  19970103
ABST
PAR  A resilient track-tensioning device for tracked automotive vehicles has a
      track tensioning wheel arrangement (26) which includes a generally
      elongated pendular arm (38) which rotatably supports a track-tensioning
      wheel unit (62), a pretensioning or biassing arm (72) which is much
      shorter than the pendular arm and which has a first end-part for force
      transmission engagement with the pendular arm (38) at its end-part (74)
      that carries the track-tensioning wheel unit (62), and a second end-part
      for pivotal attachment to a carrier (20) through the medium of a
      pretensioning or biassing means (76). The device further includes an
      element (66) for adjustably fixing the distance between the rotational
      center of the track-tensioning wheel unit (62) and the attachment point
      (46) of the pendular arm (38). The invention also relates to a track
      support assembly which includes an inventive track-tensioning device.
PATN
WKU  059887761
SRC  8
APN  9826491
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971202
TTL  Soft bottom flexible track belt assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Long Bao
EXP  Dayoan; D. Glenn
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Zurn; Daniel J.
CTY  Horace
STA  ND
ASSG
NAM  Loegering Mfg. Inc.
CTY  Casselton
STA  ND
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  305157
XCL  305111
XCL  305119
XCL  305185
XCL  305189
XCL  305198
XCL  305201
EDF  6
ICL  B62D 55205
FSC  305
FSS  111;119;185;189;193;195;196;198;201
UREF
PNO  D303264
ISD  19890900
NAM  Comellas
UREF
PNO  1300282
ISD  19190400
NAM  Lambert
OCL  305201
UREF
PNO  1597454
ISD  19260800
NAM  Miller
OCL  305 19
UREF
PNO  1705980
ISD  19290400
NAM  Knox et al.
OCL  305196
UREF
PNO  1924161
ISD  19330800
NAM  Knox
OCL  305201
UREF
PNO  2283936
ISD  19420500
NAM  Knox
OCL  305 42
UREF
PNO  2350445
ISD  19440600
NAM  Burgess
OCL  305197
UREF
PNO  2422023
ISD  19470600
NAM  Kropp
UREF
PNO  2917095
ISD  19591200
NAM  Galanot
OCL  305 19
UREF
PNO  3387897
ISD  19680600
NAM  Reid
OCL  305 41
UREF
PNO  3467446
ISD  19690900
NAM  Seelbach et al.
OCL  305201
UREF
PNO  3504951
ISD  19700400
NAM  Hirych
UREF
PNO  3520574
ISD  19700700
NAM  Wiesner
OCL  305161
UREF
PNO  3539230
ISD  19701100
NAM  Comellas
UREF
PNO  3649085
ISD  19720300
NAM  Comellas
UREF
PNO  3659908
ISD  19720500
NAM  Comellas
UREF
PNO  3736032
ISD  19730500
NAM  Mosshart et al.
OCL  305195
UREF
PNO  4099794
ISD  19780700
NAM  Hoffart
UREF
PNO  4141600
ISD  19790200
NAM  Orpana
OCL  305163
UREF
PNO  4278203
ISD  19810700
NAM  Martin
UREF
PNO  4279449
ISD  19810700
NAM  Martin et al.
UREF
PNO  4810043
ISD  19890300
NAM  McIntosh
OCL  305 19
UREF
PNO  4840438
ISD  19890600
NAM  Cory
OCL  305160
UREF
PNO  5156695
ISD  19921000
NAM  Martin
UREF
PNO  5255964
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hara
UREF
PNO  5261733
ISD  19931100
NAM  Hara
UREF
PNO  5284387
ISD  19940200
NAM  Loegering
UREF
PNO  5362142
ISD  19941100
NAM  Katoh
UREF
PNO  5380076
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hori
UREF
PNO  5409306
ISD  19950400
NAM  Bentz
OCL  305193
UREF
PNO  5429429
ISD  19950700
NAM  Loegering et al.
UREF
PNO  5685620
ISD  19971100
NAM  Bertoni
OCL  305201
LREP
FRM  Moore & Hansen
ABST
PAL  The soft bottom track assembly of the present invention includes inner pad
      assemblies, side plate assemblies, and link and cross bolt assemblies. An
      inner pad assembly includes a multiplicity of longitudinally arranged
      pads, hingedly attached one to the next, each having an upper iron casting
      with a rubber/urethane material bonded thereto. The pads are arranged in
      rows, with each row staggered from each adjacent row so that there are
      always pads in contact with the surface on which the track is riding. A
      raised area on the cast iron backing provides traction between the tire
      and the track assembly. Each pad includes holes for hinged attachment to
      adjacent pads, also permitting adjustment of the size of the track length,
      depending on the hole arrangement selected during track assembly
      installation.
PATN
WKU  059887770
SRC  9
APN  1107682
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19980706
TTL  Stacking column for storing articles
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Hansen; James O.
EXP  Cuomo; Peter M.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Schoeller; Heinz
CTY  Rielasingen-Worblingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  mts Maschinenbau GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970709
APN  197 29 444
CLAS
OCL  312  958
XCL  312190
XCL  211 411
EDF  6
ICL  A47B 8106
ICL  A47F  500
FSC  312
FSS  9.58;9.41;9.42;26;30;107.5;189;190;327;271;270.2
FSC  211
FSS  59.4;41.1;41.14
FSC  198
FSS  347.1;347.2;347.4
UREF
PNO  952573
ISD  19100300
NAM  Munger
OCL  312190
UREF
PNO  4160571
ISD  19790700
NAM  Bigotti
OCL  312327
UREF
PNO  5005712
ISD  19910400
NAM  Niederprum
XCL  211 41.1
UREF
PNO  5118170
ISD  19920600
NAM  Olivas
OCL  312  9.58
UREF
PNO  5131732
ISD  19920700
NAM  Lane et al.
OCL  312190
UREF
PNO  5217121
ISD  19930600
NAM  Walker
OCL  211 41.1
UREF
PNO  5385399
ISD  19950100
NAM  Weidner
OCL  312190
FREF
PNO  976447
ISD  19751000
CNT  CAX
OCL  312  9.58
FREF
PNO  38 11 310
ISD  19891000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  40 20 864
ISD  19920100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2275180
ISD  19940800
CNT  GBX
OCL  312270.2
LREP
FRM  Bachman & LaPointe, P.C.
ABST
PAL  In the case of a stacking column for storing articles one above the other
      or one beside the other on ratchet elements, which have a stop or
      supporting part for the articles and are assigned to at least one side
      wall, it is intended that the ratchet element be assigned a clamping
      ratchet and that the ratchet element can be secured in its operating
      position.
PATN
WKU  059887788
SRC  8
APN  9519351
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19971016
TTL  Rod-based file interlock system
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Wilkens; Janet M.
NDR  9
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Lammens; Arthur E.
CTY  Fullerton
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Accuride International, Inc.
CTY  Santa Fe Springs
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  680563
APD  19960712
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  312217
XCL  312221
XCL  312219
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 6546
FSC  312
FSS  216;217;221;219;218
UREF
PNO  3323849
ISD  19670600
NAM  Stark
UREF
PNO  3454320
ISD  19690700
NAM  Olree
UREF
PNO  3531171
ISD  19700900
NAM  Raabe et al.
UREF
PNO  3705754
ISD  19721200
NAM  Drum et al.
UREF
PNO  3874755
ISD  19750400
NAM  Hegg et al.
UREF
PNO  3881793
ISD  19750500
NAM  Anderson
UREF
PNO  3900236
ISD  19750800
NAM  Goulish et al.
UREF
PNO  3998508
ISD  19761200
NAM  Scheerhorn
UREF
PNO  4239309
ISD  19801200
NAM  De Fouw et al.
UREF
PNO  4240685
ISD  19801200
NAM  Terlecki
UREF
PNO  4272138
ISD  19810600
NAM  Stark
UREF
PNO  4298236
ISD  19811100
NAM  Laroche
UREF
PNO  4352529
ISD  19821000
NAM  Steinke
UREF
PNO  4355851
ISD  19821000
NAM  Slusser
UREF
PNO  4429930
ISD  19840200
NAM  Blouin
UREF
PNO  4478466
ISD  19841000
NAM  Clark et al.
UREF
PNO  4480883
ISD  19841100
NAM  Young
UREF
PNO  4637667
ISD  19870100
NAM  Reid et al.
UREF
PNO  4768844
ISD  19880900
NAM  Ludwig
UREF
PNO  4936640
ISD  19900600
NAM  Pratzer
UREF
PNO  4966423
ISD  19901000
NAM  Higuera et al.
UREF
PNO  4971281
ISD  19901100
NAM  Steinbeck
UREF
PNO  5056877
ISD  19911000
NAM  Westwinkel
UREF
PNO  5062678
ISD  19911100
NAM  Westwinkel
UREF
PNO  5069263
ISD  19911200
NAM  Edwards
UREF
PNO  5074627
ISD  19911200
NAM  Broeders
UREF
PNO  5102210
ISD  19920400
NAM  Beals
UREF
PNO  5251974
ISD  19931000
NAM  Beals
UREF
PNO  5352030
ISD  19941000
NAM  Derle et al.
UREF
PNO  5366283
ISD  19941100
NAM  Crose
UREF
PNO  5433516
ISD  19950700
NAM  Beals et al.
UREF
PNO  5634701
ISD  19970600
NAM  Hendrich et al.
FREF
PNO  669439
ISD  19950800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2173463
ISD  19731000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  4327688
ISD  19930800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1471653
ISD  19770400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2095322A
ISD  19820900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9406989
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
ABST
PAL  An interlock assembly for use with two or more vertically arranged drawers
      mounted on telescopic slides in a housing such as a cabinet so as to
      prevent the extension of a drawer once another drawer is opened. The
      interlocking system interfaces with the stationary members of vertically
      arranged slides attached to the cabinet. A pair of opposing upper and
      lower actuator followers are slidably and transversely fitted near the
      front of the stationary members so that movement of one actuator follower
      toward the other, displaces the other. A rod connects the upper actuator
      follower of one slide with the lower actuator follower of a slide directly
      above it. An actuator is connected to the front ends of the telescopic
      members of the slides. As a telescopic member is extended, the actuator of
      that slide makes contact and displaces the upper actuator follower of the
      slide which results in the upper displacement of the lower actuator
      followers of the slides directly above the extended slide. The extended
      slide also prevents the upward displacement of the upper actuator
      followers of all the slides directly below it. Consequently, all actuator
      followers block the path of their respective telescopic members precluding
      their extension.
PATN
WKU  059887796
SRC  9
APN  1289845
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19980803
TTL  Document tray of optical scanner
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Schwing; Karlena D.
EXP  Knight; Anthony
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Tu; Hsin-Hung
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Hung; Hsien-Che
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Mustek Systems Inc.
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19970807
APN  86213352
CLAS
OCL  312291
XCL  3123485
EDF  6
ICL  A47B 8100
FSC  312
FSS  301;193;291;348.5;330.1
FSC  271
FSS  162;163;164;145
UREF
PNO  1425559
ISD  19220800
NAM  Wampach et al.
OCL  312348.5
UREF
PNO  2479752
ISD  19490800
NAM  Lohr
OCL  312348.5
UREF
PNO  5746528
ISD  19980500
NAM  Mayer et al.
XCL  271164
UREF
PNO  5831823
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hoedl
LREP
FR2  Liauh; W. Wayne
ABST
PAL  An improved document tray for scanners includes a supporting part and
      covering means. The supporting part is used to hold a document for
      scanning and the covering means is used to press and fix the document. The
      covering members does not need to be opened for inserting a document into
      the supporting part. The document tray of the invention indeed improves
      the drawbacks of the prior art so that the tray will not jam or be damaged
      when it is pushed into the scanner.
PATN
WKU  059887800
SRC  8
APN  9453504
APT  1
ART  366
APD  19971024
TTL  Guides for withdrawal of drawers
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Schwing; Karlena D.
EXP  Brittain; James R.
NDR  12
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Rock; Erich
CTY  Hochst
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Brustle; Klaus
CTY  Hochst
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Julius Blum Gesellschaft m.b.H.
CTY  Hochst
CNT  ATX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ATX
APD  19960226
APN  343/96
CLAS
OCL  31233446
XCL  312333
XCL  3123341
XCL  31233447
EDF  6
ICL  A47B 8800
FSC  312
FSS  330.1;333;334.1;334.44;334.46;334.7;334.45;334.47
FSC  384
FSS  21
UREF
PNO  2726905
ISD  19551200
NAM  Sundquist
OCL  312333
UREF
PNO  2859070
ISD  19581100
NAM  Gomersall
XCL  312333
UREF
PNO  3123419
ISD  19640300
NAM  Maxwell
OCL  312333
UREF
PNO  4749242
ISD  19880600
NAM  Rechberg
OCL  312333
UREF
PNO  5292198
ISD  19940300
NAM  Rock et al.
OCL  384 21
UREF
PNO  5344227
ISD  19940900
NAM  Rock
FREF
PNO  5-23763
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-213359
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AT97/00026
PD1  19971024
PD2  19971024
PD3  19970211
PCP  WO97/31559
PCD  19970904
ABST
PAR  A pull-out guide assembly includes a support rail to be mounted on an
      article of furniture, a pull-out rail to be mounted on a drawer, and an
      intermediate rail positioned between the support rail and the pull-out
      rail. A driving roller is mounted on the intermediate rail and runs on
      running flanges of the support rail and pull-out rail. A locking device on
      the intermediate rail couples the intermediate rail to the pull-out rail
      during a rear portion of displacement movement of the pull-out rail into
      the article of furniture. A closing device is provided on one of the rails
      to move the intermediate rail and the pull-out rail that is coupled
      thereto by the locking device to a rearmost position. A clearance is
      defined and created between the driving roller and the running flange of
      the support rail to prevent operation of the driving roller during a rear
      portion of movement of the pull-out rail.
PATN
WKU  059887818
SRC  8
APN  3785777
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19950126
TTL  Recording apparatus with exchangeable interface board
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Nghiem; Michael
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  15
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Shimada; Tsutomu
CTY  Musashino
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimoda; Akiyoshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940127
APN  6-007826
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950123
APN  7-008099
CLAS
OCL  347  5
EDF  6
ICL  B41J 2938
FSC  347
FSS  5;108
UREF
PNO  4313124
ISD  19820100
NAM  Hara
UREF
PNO  4345262
ISD  19820800
NAM  Shirato et al.
UREF
PNO  4459600
ISD  19840700
NAM  Sato et al.
UREF
PNO  4463359
ISD  19840700
NAM  Ayata et al.
UREF
PNO  4558333
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sugitani et al.
UREF
PNO  4608577
ISD  19860800
NAM  Hori
UREF
PNO  4723129
ISD  19880200
NAM  Endo et al.
UREF
PNO  4740796
ISD  19880400
NAM  Endo et al.
UREF
PNO  5223860
ISD  19930600
NAM  Loofbourow et al.
OCL  347 88
UREF
PNO  5388265
ISD  19950200
NAM  Volk
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5485178
ISD  19960100
NAM  Tateyama et al.
OCL  347  5
UREF
PNO  5532825
ISD  19960700
NAM  Lim et al.
XCL  347108
FREF
PNO  54-056847
ISD  19790500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-123670
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-138461
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-071260
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5008502
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5058006
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6012200
ISD  19940100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  For enabling variation of specification of a recording apparatus with
      simple construction, a control board fixedly mounted on the recording
      apparatus has an engine portion for controlling mechanical operation of
      the recording apparatus and a control portion for controlling the engine
      portion. Normally, an interface board is connected to the control board to
      perform recording operation on the basis of recording signal and so forth
      from a host system. By installing an optional interface board having a
      control portion in place of the interface board to control the engine
      portion of the control board, the specification of the apparatus can be
      varied.
PATN
WKU  059887826
SRC  8
APN  6257054
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19960403
TTL  Ink-jet printing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  11
EXA  Annick; Christina
EXP  Lund; Valerie
NDR  14
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Miura; Yasushi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Katsuhiro
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Aoki; Makoto
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mabuchi; Toshiaki
CTY  Tama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawana; Tomoyuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Irizawa; Takeshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ikeda; Chikanobu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950407
APN  7-082973
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951009
APN  7-261830
CLAS
OCL  347  6
XCL  347  7
XCL  347100
XCL    86371
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2175
ICL  B41J  126
ICL  B41F 3103
FSC  347
FSS  6;7;100
FSC    8
FSS  637.1
UREF
PNO  3761953
ISD  19730900
NAM  Helgeson et al.
OCL  347  7
UREF
PNO  4313124
ISD  19820100
NAM  Hara
OCL  347 57
UREF
PNO  4345262
ISD  19820800
NAM  Shirato et al.
OCL  347 10
UREF
PNO  4459600
ISD  19840700
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  347 47
UREF
PNO  4463359
ISD  19840700
NAM  Ayata et al.
OCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  4523854
ISD  19850600
NAM  Beckley
OCL  366132
UREF
PNO  4558333
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sugitani et al.
OCL  347 65
UREF
PNO  4608577
ISD  19860800
NAM  Hori
OCL  347 66
UREF
PNO  4649064
ISD  19870300
NAM  Jones
OCL  427256
UREF
PNO  4723129
ISD  19880200
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  4740796
ISD  19880400
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  4812856
ISD  19890300
NAM  Wallace
OCL  347 89
UREF
PNO  5357347
ISD  19941000
NAM  Hirose et al.
OCL  347  3
UREF
PNO  5451987
ISD  19950900
NAM  Perrin
OCL  347  6
FREF
PNO  0 573 274
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0604938
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 646 460
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 650 846
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0661162
ISD  19950700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  54-056847
ISD  19790500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  55-71573
ISD  19800500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-37162
ISD  19810400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-123670
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-138461
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-071260
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-057342
ISD  19860300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-57342
ISD  19860300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-146356
ISD  19910600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-201341
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-229140
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-338195
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  In an ink-jet printing apparatus, upon turning on the power source of the
      printing apparatus, a stirring operation of ink in the main tank is
      performed for a given period of time, and during sequent printing
      operation, the stirring operation in the main tank is performed for the
      give period at every predetermined elapsed time. By this, the printing
      operation for a long period can be performed employing ink having a water
      insoluble dye without causing a problem of admixing of bubble or so forth
      caused by stirring of the ink in the main tank.
PATN
WKU  059887834
SRC  8
APN  3960617
APT  1
ART  218
APD  19950228
TTL  Device and method for determining sufficiency of ink supply for ink jet
      recording apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Hartary; Joseph W.
NDR  14
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Tajika; Hiroshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hirabayashi; Hiromitsu
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Arai; Atsushi
CTY  Kasukabe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Koitabashi; Noribumi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takayanagi; Yoshiaki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19890128
APN  1-19076
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19890128
APN  1-19077
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19890428
APN  1-111178
RLAP
COD  74
APN  931784
APD  19920818
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  742066
APD  19910807
PSC  01
PNO  5162817
ISD  19921110
RLAP
COD  81
APN  470745
APD  19900126
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  347  7
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2175
FSC  347
FSS  7
FSC   73
FSS  304 R
UREF
PNO  3375716
ISD  19680400
NAM  Hersch
OCL   73304
UREF
PNO  4196625
ISD  19800400
NAM  Kern
OCL   73304R
UREF
PNO  4202267
ISD  19800500
NAM  Heinzl et al.
XCL  347  7
UREF
PNO  4313124
ISD  19820100
NAM  Hara
OCL  347 57
UREF
PNO  4345262
ISD  19820800
NAM  Shirato et al.
XCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  4459600
ISD  19840700
NAM  Sato et al.
XCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  4463359
ISD  19840700
NAM  Ayata et al.
OCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  4558333
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sugitani et al.
OCL  347 65
UREF
PNO  4636814
ISD  19870100
NAM  Terasawa
XCL  347  7
UREF
PNO  4719475
ISD  19880100
NAM  Kiyohara et al.
XCL  347  7
UREF
PNO  4723129
ISD  19880200
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  4740796
ISD  19880400
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  4788861
ISD  19881200
NAM  Lichti
OCL   73304R
UREF
PNO  5162817
ISD  19921100
NAM  Tasika
OCL  347  7
FREF
PNO  0261764
ISD  19880300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  59-123670
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
ICL  B41J  304
FREF
PNO  59-138461
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
ICL  B41J  304
FREF
PNO  59-214656
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  224549
ISD  19851100
CNT  JPX
ICL  B41J  304
FREF
PNO  62-015415
ISD  19870100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-132057
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An ink jet recording apparatus comprises a detachably mountable ink jet
      cartridge including an ink jet recording head for ejecting ink into a
      recording medium and an ink supply source containing ink for supply to the
      recording apparatus, which ink supply source has electrodes for passing an
      electric current through the ink in said ink supply source. A
      resistance-determining circuit determines a reference resistance between
      the electrodes by applying an electric current thereto when the ink jet
      cartridge is mounted to the apparatus and determines a test resistance
      between the electrodes by applying the same electric current thereto after
      a predetermined amount of recording. The reference resistance is used to
      calculate a threshold resistance, which is stored for comparison to the
      test resistance to judge whether or not the amount of ink in the ink
      supply source has dropped to a level unsuitable for recording.
PATN
WKU  059887842
SRC  8
APN  1497472
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19931110
TTL  Method and apparatus for recording information with corrected drive
      timing
ISD  19991123
NCL  45
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Hai C.
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  21
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Takemura; Makoto
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kanemitsu; Shinji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kashimura; Makoto
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsui; Shinya
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Onishi; Toshiyuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nitta; Tetsuhiro
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Unosawa; Yasuhiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshida; Hajime
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Satou; Masaru
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morioka; Hisashi
CTY  Kawagoe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshino; Hiroshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19921112
APN  4-302152
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19921224
APN  4-343834
CLAS
OCL  347  8
XCL  347 14
XCL  347 37
EDF  6
ICL  B41J 25308
FSC  347
FSS  8;14;37
FSC  400
FSS  56;57;323;322
FSC  346
FSS  139 R
UREF
PNO  4313124
ISD  19820100
NAM  Hara
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4345262
ISD  19820800
NAM  Shirato et al.
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4345263
ISD  19820800
NAM  Tazaki et al.
OCL  347 37
UREF
PNO  4459600
ISD  19840700
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4463359
ISD  19840700
NAM  Ayata et al.
OCL  346  1.1
UREF
PNO  4515487
ISD  19850500
NAM  Minami
OCL  400124
UREF
PNO  4558333
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sugitani et al.
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4608577
ISD  19860800
NAM  Hori
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4652153
ISD  19870300
NAM  Kotsuzumi et al.
OCL  400 56
UREF
PNO  4723129
ISD  19880200
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  346  1.1
UREF
PNO  4731542
ISD  19880300
NAM  Doggett
OCL  250548
UREF
PNO  4740796
ISD  19880400
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  346  1.1
UREF
PNO  4789874
ISD  19881200
NAM  Majette et al.
OCL  347 37
UREF
PNO  4818129
ISD  19890400
NAM  Tanuma et al.
OCL  400323
UREF
PNO  4881835
ISD  19891100
NAM  Niikawa
OCL  400 56
UREF
PNO  5138342
ISD  19920800
NAM  Kurata et al.
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  5156464
ISD  19921000
NAM  Sakai
OCL  400 56
UREF
PNO  5172142
ISD  19921200
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  347 14
UREF
PNO  5245361
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kashimura et al.
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  5245364
ISD  19930900
NAM  Uchida et al.
XCL  347  8
FREF
PNO  54-56847
ISD  19790500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-89976
ISD  19810700
CNT  JPX
OCL  400323
FREF
PNO  59-123670
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-138461
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-71260
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-5977
ISD  19880100
CNT  JPX
OCL  400323
FREF
PNO  1-247179
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
OCL  400323
FREF
PNO  2-204043
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
OCL  347  8
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  Ink jet recording encounters deviations in the position at which a recorded
      dot is applied due to changes in the distance from the recording head to a
      recording medium, the carriage movement speed and the ink discharge speed
      or the like. When bidirectional recording is performed while moving the
      carriage having the recording head mounted thereon, deviations of the
      recorded dot may occur in the forward and rearward recording operations.
      The present invention is arranged in such a manner that values for
      correcting the deviations occurring in bidirectional recording and
      corresponding to the changes of the distance from the recording head to a
      recording medium, the carriage movement speed and the ink discharge speed
      or the like are previously stored. A drive signal, the timing of which has
      been corrected with the correction value, is used to operate the apparatus
      so that high-quality recordings free from deviations occurring in the
      bidirectional recording operation are obtained. The present invention
      disclosed a recording apparatus having a plurality of recording heads
      mounted on a carriage thereof, the recording apparatus being arranged in
      such a manner that the carriage movement speed is detected to determine
      the recording timing of the plural recording heads to prevent the
      deviation of dots formed by the plural recording heads due to the changes
      in the moving speed caused by changes in the environment of the apparatus
      to record high quality images.
PATN
WKU  059887850
SRC  8
APN  306977&
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19940916
TTL  Recording apparatus and method for driving recording head element groups
      in a partially overlapped manner
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Anderson; L.
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  15
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Katayama; Akira
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930920
APN  5-233217
CLAS
OCL  347 13
EDF  6
ICL  B41J 2938
FSC  347
FSS  9;12;13;180;183;182;196;237;68
UREF
PNO  4300144
ISD  19811100
NAM  Isayama et al.
OCL  347 68
UREF
PNO  4313124
ISD  19820100
NAM  Hara
OCL  347 57
UREF
PNO  4345262
ISD  19820800
NAM  Shirato et al.
OCL  347 57
UREF
PNO  4459600
ISD  19840700
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  347 47
UREF
PNO  4463359
ISD  19840700
NAM  Ayata et al.
OCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  4558333
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sugitani et al.
OCL  347 65
UREF
PNO  4578687
ISD  19860300
NAM  Cloutier et al.
OCL  347 44
UREF
PNO  4608577
ISD  19860800
NAM  Hori
OCL  347 66
UREF
PNO  4704616
ISD  19871100
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  347183
UREF
PNO  4723129
ISD  19880200
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  4740796
ISD  19880400
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  5006866
ISD  19910400
NAM  Someya
OCL  347196
UREF
PNO  5173717
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kishida et al.
OCL  347 13
UREF
PNO  5353051
ISD  19941000
NAM  Katayama et al.
OCL  347 13
UREF
PNO  5359352
ISD  19941000
NAM  Saita et al.
OCL  347182
FREF
PNO  54-056847
ISD  19790500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-123670
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-138461
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-071260
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1285356
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A recording apparatus for recording by using a recording head having a
      plurality of recording elements comprises a generation circuit for
      generating an enable signal for enabling the drive of the recording
      elements, and a supply circuit for sequentially supplying the generated
      enable signals to recording element groups each including one or a
      plurality of adjacent recording elements. The supply circuit supplies the
      enable signals to the adjacent recording element groups in partially
      overlapped manner whereby the enable signals partially overlap.
PATN
WKU  059887869
SRC  8
APN  8852170
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970630
TTL  Articulated stress relief of an orifice membrane
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Brooke; Michael S.
EXP  Barlow; John
NDR  8
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Waller; David J.
CTY  Corvallis
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Weber; Timothy L.
CTY  Corvallis
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Trueba; Kenneth E.
CTY  Barcelona
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Tran; Hai Q.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  347 20
XCL  347 63
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2015
FSC  347
FSS  44;47;20;63
UREF
PNO  5066357
ISD  19911100
NAM  Smyth, Jr. et al.
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  5278584
ISD  19940100
NAM  Keefe et al.
OCL  346140
UREF
PNO  5291226
ISD  19940300
NAM  Schantz et al.
OCL  346140
UREF
PNO  5305018
ISD  19940400
NAM  Schantz et al.
OCL  346  1.1
UREF
PNO  5312517
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ouki
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  5350616
ISD  19940900
NAM  Pan et al.
OCL  428131
UREF
PNO  5378137
ISD  19950100
NAM  Asakawa et al.
OCL  425174.4
UREF
PNO  5453769
ISD  19950900
NAM  Schantz et al.
OCL  347 63
UREF
PNO  5467115
ISD  19951100
NAM  Childers
OCL  347 47
UREF
PNO  5847725
ISD  19981200
NAM  Cleland et al.
OCL  347 20
LREP
FR2  Jenski; Raymond A.
ABST
PAL  An orifice membrane is provided an articulation parallel to the rows of
      orifices and between the area of the orifice membrane secured to the
      cartridge body and the area of the orifice membrane secured to the barrier
      layer of the heater resistor substrate. The reduced stress at the orifices
      reduces the distortion of the bore axis of the orifices.
PATN
WKU  059887877
SRC  8
APN  4788281
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19950607
TTL  Ink jet apparatus having a recording unit cartridge including a
      recording head, ink supply system and ink collecting member
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  7
EXA  Hallacher; Craig A.
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  8
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Fumihiko
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ono; Takeshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okubo; Akio
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Saito; Atsushi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ikeda; Yasuhiko
CTY  Sagamihara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19891226
APN  1-339205
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19891226
APN  1-339206
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19891226
APN  1-339207
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19901214
APN  2-402158
RLAP
COD  71
APN  281662
APD  19940728
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  973549
APD  19921109
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  633956
APD  19901226
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  347 22
XCL  347 29
XCL  347 49
XCL  347 85
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2165
ICL  B41J  214
ICL  B41J  2175
FSC  347
FSS  22;29;30;23;32;33;108;104;102;3;49;85
FSC  399
FSS  110;122;124;125
FSC  219
FSS  216
UREF
PNO  3839721
ISD  19741000
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  346 75
UREF
PNO  4176363
ISD  19791100
NAM  Kasahara
OCL  347 23
UREF
PNO  4313124
ISD  19820100
NAM  Hara
OCL  347 57
UREF
PNO  4345262
ISD  19820800
NAM  Shirato et al.
OCL  347 10
UREF
PNO  4371881
ISD  19830200
NAM  Bork et al.
UREF
PNO  4437105
ISD  19840300
NAM  Mrazek et al.
UREF
PNO  4459600
ISD  19840700
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  347 47
UREF
PNO  4463359
ISD  19840700
NAM  Ayata et al.
OCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  4467348
ISD  19840800
NAM  Fujii et al.
OCL  347  3
UREF
PNO  4469026
ISD  19840900
NAM  Irwin
OCL  347102
UREF
PNO  4531823
ISD  19850700
NAM  Degushi et al.
OCL  399124
UREF
PNO  4558333
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sugitani et al.
OCL  347 65
UREF
PNO  4577203
ISD  19860300
NAM  Kawamura
OCL  347 30
UREF
PNO  4630921
ISD  19861200
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  355 35H
UREF
PNO  4695855
ISD  19870900
NAM  Ichihashi et al.
OCL  346145
UREF
PNO  4698650
ISD  19871000
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  346134
UREF
PNO  4723129
ISD  19880200
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  4731639
ISD  19880300
NAM  Gutmann et al.
OCL  347 32
UREF
PNO  4736213
ISD  19880400
NAM  Piatt et al.
UREF
PNO  4740796
ISD  19880400
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  4873549
ISD  19891000
NAM  Tada et al.
OCL  355206
UREF
PNO  4875055
ISD  19891000
NAM  McCann et al.
OCL  346 75
UREF
PNO  4962430
ISD  19901000
NAM  Hiroki et al.
OCL  358296
UREF
PNO  4965640
ISD  19901000
NAM  Watari et al.
OCL  399122
UREF
PNO  4974033
ISD  19901100
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  355319
UREF
PNO  5041846
ISD  19910800
NAM  Vincent et al.
XCL  347102
UREF
PNO  5150166
ISD  19920900
NAM  Matsuura et al.
OCL  399110
UREF
PNO  5184178
ISD  19930200
NAM  Takayanagi et al.
OCL  347138
UREF
PNO  5355160
ISD  19941000
NAM  Ozawa et al.
OCL  347108
FREF
PNO  0323261
ISD  19890700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0335699
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  54-56847
ISD  19790500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  107735
ISD  19790800
CNT  JPX
OCL  347102
FREF
PNO  0074890
ISD  19800600
CNT  JPX
OCL  400126
FREF
PNO  58-7362
ISD  19830100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  188685
ISD  19831100
CNT  JPX
OCL  347102
FREF
PNO  59-123670
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-138461
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-71260
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  145071
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
OCL  347108
FREF
PNO  2087800
ISD  19820600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A recording unit cartridge includes as a unit: a recording head for
      ejecting ink to effect recording; an ink supply system for supplying the
      ink to the recording head; a capping member for covering an ink ejection
      side surface of the recording head; an ink collecting member for the ink
      discharged to recover the recording head and not used for recording; a
      cleaning member for cleaning the ink ejection side surface of the
      recording head; and a casing for containing as a unit the head system and
      members, wherein the unit cartridge is detachably mountable to a main
      assembly of a recording apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059887885
SRC  8
APN  7464843
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19961112
TTL  Ink jet recorder including an ink recovery unit for preventing air
      bubbles by individually controlling movement of cap members and closing
      members and method of use
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Thien
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Takashi
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishize; Tatsuhiro
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sekiyama; Takaaki
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951116
APN  7-298324
CLAS
OCL  347 30
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2165
FSC  347
FSS  29;30;32;24;22
UREF
PNO  5086305
ISD  19920200
NAM  Terasawa
OCL  347 30
UREF
PNO  5138343
ISD  19920800
NAM  Aichi et al.
OCL  347 30
UREF
PNO  5625385
ISD  19970400
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  347 30
FREF
PNO  2-1325
ISD  19900100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-270006
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-143593
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 29
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  In the ink jet holder, a plurality of cap members are disposed in such a
      manner that they can be contacted with a plurality of record heads,
      respectively. Each of the cap members includes an air-communication
      passage which allows the interior of the cap member to communicate with
      the air, while the air-communication passage can be closed or opened by
      the corresponding closing member for each of the record heads. With the
      cap members respectively contacted with the record heads, and also with
      the air-communication passages respectively closed by the closing members,
      if suction pumps are operated, then the ink jet holder executes a first
      suction step of sucking ink from the record heads. On the other hand, with
      the cap members respectively contacted with the record heads, and also
      with the closing members separated from the air-communication passages, if
      the suction pumps are operated, then the ink jet holder executes a second
      suction step of sucking ink from the cap members. For each of the record
      heads, by carrying out the same suction steps or different suction steps
      at the same time, a necessary suction step is executed for the necessary
      record head, thereby being able to recover the ink jet port of the record
      head.
PATN
WKU  059887893
SRC  8
APN  7473877
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19961112
TTL  Head cap movement mechanism and recovery device for an ink jet printer
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Thien
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Nakahara; Junji
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951120
APN  7-326604
CLAS
OCL  347 32
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2165
FSC  342
FSS  32;33;29;31
FSC  347
FSS  33;29;31;32
UREF
PNO  5138343
ISD  19920800
NAM  Aichi et al.
UREF
PNO  5164748
ISD  19921100
NAM  Katayanagi et al.
UREF
PNO  5170186
ISD  19921200
NAM  Shimamura et al.
UREF
PNO  5343228
ISD  19940800
NAM  Takada
OCL  347 29
UREF
PNO  5406317
ISD  19950400
NAM  Shimamura et al.
UREF
PNO  5437444
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kawakami et al.
OCL  271 22
UREF
PNO  5639220
ISD  19970600
NAM  Hayakawa
UREF
PNO  5677715
ISD  19971000
NAM  Beck
OCL  347 29
UREF
PNO  5730538
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kato
OCL  347 33
FREF
PNO  0 630 754 A2
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  62-263058
ISD  19871100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-264853
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 24
FREF
PNO  3-234637
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  In an ink jet printer, a carriage carrying print heads engages with a print
      head cap support member when the carriage reaches a position where the
      print heads are positioned opposite to a print head cap supported on the
      print head cap support member during its movement toward a capping
      position where the print heads are capped with the print head cap, and
      moves together with the print head cap support member. As the carriage
      moves further toward the capping position, an operating member is operated
      by a cam to operate the print head cap so as to move toward the print
      heads for capping operation. Thus, the movement of the carriage and the
      capping operation of the print head cap are perfectly and accurately
      synchronized. A purging unit is driven through a gearing including a pump
      driving cam gear by a line feed motor.
PATN
WKU  059887907
SRC  8
APN  8345511
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970404
TTL  Multiple element printer and method of adjusting thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Hai C.
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  28
NFG  36
INVT
NAM  Koike; Keiichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takeda; Takashi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Keiki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960411
APN  8-089681
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961007
APN  8-266044
CLAS
OCL  347 41
XCL  347  9
XCL  347 12
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2145
FSC  347
FSS  41;12;9
UREF
PNO  4069486
ISD  19780100
NAM  Fox
UREF
PNO  4198642
ISD  19800400
NAM  Gamblin
UREF
PNO  4272771
ISD  19810600
NAM  Furukawa
OCL  347 41
UREF
PNO  5760807
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  347103
UREF
PNO  5779377
ISD  19980700
NAM  Kumai et al.
XCL  347 41
FREF
PNO  57176176
ISD  19821000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0458650
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0507328
ISD  19921000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0517543
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0679518
ISD  19951100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  B2-2-9941
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
ABST
PAL  A multiple element printer including a printhead arranged with N of
      printing elements for printing dots on a surface of a receiving medium at
      intervals of k dots where k and N are positive integers mutually prime
      with each other, in a direction of feeding the receiving medium, first
      driving device for driving the receiving medium in the direction of
      feeding the receiving medium, second driving device for scanning the
      printhead in a direction of print lines orthogonal to the direction of
      feeding the receiving medium, data forming device for outputting
      previously stored information data for printing the information data onto
      a surface of the receiving medium, printing element drive signal forming
      device for outputting to the printhead printing element drive signals for
      driving the respective printing elements based on the information data
      such that a 1.sup.st one of the printing elements and an Nth one of the
      printing elements alternately printing the dots at odd ordinal numbers and
      the dots at even ordinal numbers on substantially the same print lines and
      controlling device for controlling the first driving device such that the
      receiving medium is moved by a distance of P dots where N=P+1 at every
      printing and scanning of the printhead in the direction of the print
      lines.
PATN
WKU  059887915
SRC  8
APN  5036348
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19950718
TTL  Ink-jet printing apparatus, ink-jet printing method and printed product
ISD  19991123
NCL  51
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Thinh
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  21
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Miyashita; Yoshiko
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yanaka; Toshiyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miura; Yasushi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Kazuyoshi
CTY  Kashiwazaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940721
APN  6-169792
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950605
APN  7-138343
CLAS
OCL  347 43
XCL  347 21
XCL  347100
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  221
ICL  B41J  2015
ICL  B41J 1100
FSC  347
FSS  43;100;102;21;23
FSC  358
FSS  518;502;523
UREF
PNO  4314124
ISD  19820200
NAM  Hara
UREF
PNO  4345262
ISD  19820800
NAM  Shirato et al.
UREF
PNO  4459600
ISD  19840700
NAM  Sato et al.
UREF
PNO  4463359
ISD  19840700
NAM  Ayata et al.
UREF
PNO  4558333
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sugitani et al.
UREF
PNO  4672432
ISD  19870600
NAM  Sakurada et al.
UREF
PNO  4723129
ISD  19880200
NAM  Endo et al.
UREF
PNO  4740796
ISD  19880400
NAM  Endo et al.
UREF
PNO  4959659
ISD  19900900
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  347 43
UREF
PNO  5343311
ISD  19940800
NAM  Morag et al.
OCL  358518
UREF
PNO  5517334
ISD  19960500
NAM  Morag et al.
OCL  358518
UREF
PNO  5563724
ISD  19961000
NAM  Boll et al.
OCL  358502
FREF
PNO  0532302
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  558236
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
ICL  B41J  217
FREF
PNO  0600735
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  59-123670
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-138461
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-053492
ISD  19870300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3046589
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4018358
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-305131
ISD  19941100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An ink-jet printing apparatus printing apparatus prints an image with a
      plurality of similar color inks having different concentrations and a
      special ink having a single concentration. In the apparatus, graininess
      resulting from ink dots is decreased for all hues of the printed image. A
      decision is made as to whether or not a hue of an image to be printed can
      be printed with inks without the special ink of a color (for example,
      special color BL (blue)) having a single concentration. When it is decided
      that the hue of the image is to be printed with inks without the special
      color ink, data on ink color BL (blue) is decomposed into data on C (cyan)
      and data on M (magenta). The hue can be printed without the color BL,
      thereby significantly decreasing graininess in a portion having this hue.
PATN
WKU  059887923
SRC  8
APN  6669174
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19960619
TTL  Ink jet apparatus and cartridge having a structure for rubbing a
      cleaning blade
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Hallacher; Craig A.
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Okazaki; Takeshi
CTY  Sagamihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Masuda; Kazuaki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Abe; Tsutomu
CTY  Isehara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kashino; Toshio
CTY  Chigasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawai; Jun
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tajima; Hiroki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19921218
APN  4-355774
RLAP
COD  71
APN  165851
APD  19931214
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  347 44
XCL  347 33
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2135
ICL  B41J  2165
FSC  347
FSS  22;33;36;44;63;65;67
UREF
PNO  5182582
ISD  19930100
NAM  Okamura
OCL  347 33
UREF
PNO  5202702
ISD  19930400
NAM  Terasawa et al.
XCL  347331
UREF
PNO  5266974
ISD  19931100
NAM  Koitabashi et al.
OCL  347 33
FREF
PNO  04 94 693
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
OCL  347 33
FREF
PNO  0498579
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3736916
ISD  19880500
CNT  DEX
ICL  B41J  304
FREF
PNO  4000454
ISD  19910700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  59-045162
ISD  19840300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-139454
ISD  19850700
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 44
FREF
PNO  61-230949
ISD  19861000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-103147
ISD  19870500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-18642
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 44
FREF
PNO  1-190459
ISD  19890700
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 65
FREF
PNO  4-19150
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 36
FREF
PNO  4-37556
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 33
OREF
PAL  Drake, "Roofshooter Face Wiping Grooves," Xerox Disclosure Journal, vol.
      14, No. 3, May/Jun. 1989.
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An ink ejection recovery device including a cleaning blade for removing the
      ink adhered to the ejection orifice surface of a recording head further
      includes an ink removing mechanism, against which the cleaning blade is
      rubbed for removing the ink adhered to the cleaning blade itself, after
      wiping clean the ejection orifice surface; wherein the ink removing
      mechanism includes an ink transferring portion provided with a groove or a
      through hole, against which the cleaning blade is rubbed, and an ink
      absorbing member disposed in contact with the ink transferring portion.
PATN
WKU  059887931
SRC  8
APN  4839684
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19950607
TTL  Piezoelectric electrode aperture plate for an image forming device
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Dickens; D.
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hattori; Tomoaki
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940609
APN  6-127259
CLAS
OCL  347 55
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  206
FSC  347
FSS  55;147;68;112;141;151
UREF
PNO  4340835
ISD  19820700
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  310321
UREF
PNO  4994703
ISD  19910200
NAM  Oguri et al.
OCL  310363
UREF
PNO  5233392
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kitamura
XCL  347 55
UREF
PNO  5428382
ISD  19950600
NAM  Shimosato et al.
OCL  347 71
FREF
PNO  587 366 A1
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
OCL  347 55
FREF
PNO  62-50849
ISD  19870300
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 55
FREF
PNO  1-65820
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-72557
ISD  19890400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-143660
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 55
OREF
PAL  Richard J. Lewis, Jr. Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, 12th Edition
      Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, N.Y., 1993, p. 387.
PAL  Zaitsev, V.N. and Morozov, E.M. and Andrianov, E.G., "Effect of Gamma
      Radiation on Piezomaterials Plasticized by Polymers", Neorg. Mater., 1979,
      vol. 15, pp. 2089-2091.
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A piezoelectric body formed onto one surface of an insulation sheet of an
      aperture electrode, the piezoelectric body being in direct confrontation
      with a toner-bearing roller. The piezoelectric body is formed of a mixture
      of a binder and piezoelectric material particles provided by pulverizing a
      piezoelectric material mass. A plurality of apertures are formed through
      the insulation sheet and the piezoelectric body, and control electrodes
      are provided around each aperture. The piezoelectric body is deformable
      upon generation of an electrical field. In a first deformation of the
      piezoelectric body, the thickness of the piezoelectric body is increased
      to provide a dam at a downstream portion of the aperture, which facilitate
      the toner orientation toward the aperture.
PATN
WKU  059887940
SRC  8
APN  662443&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19960610
TTL  Aperture electrode assembly for an image forming device
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Dickens; C.
EXP  Barlow; John
NDR  7
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Takagi; Osamu
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950609
APN  7-142867
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950724
APN  7-186888
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950728
APN  7-192970
CLAS
OCL  347 55
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  206
FSC  347
FSS  55;112;141;149
FSC  348
FSS  562;634
UREF
PNO  4922299
ISD  19900500
NAM  Uchimoto et al.
OCL  399168
UREF
PNO  4963886
ISD  19901000
NAM  Fukuda et al.
OCL  347209
UREF
PNO  4972205
ISD  19901100
NAM  Nagato
OCL  347200
UREF
PNO  5036341
ISD  19910700
NAM  Larsson
OCL  347 55
UREF
PNO  5640185
ISD  19970600
NAM  Kagayama
OCL  347 55
UREF
PNO  5666147
ISD  19970900
NAM  Larson
XCL  347 55
FREF
PNO  0 587 366 A1
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
OCL  347 55
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  An image forming device of the type using an aperture electrode assembly in
      which toner passage through apertures formed is controlled in accordance
      with a drive signal and the toner particles selectively pass through the
      apertures to form an image on a recording medium. The aperture electrode
      assembly includes an electrical insulation sheet and a plurality of
      control electrodes formed thereon. Wrinkles are prevented from occurring
      in the insulation sheet when the electrode assembly is secured to a frame
      or the wrinkles, even if generated resulting from mounting of driver IC
      chips on the insulation sheet, do not spread to the vicinity of the
      apertures.
PATN
WKU  059887958
SRC  8
APN  7383371
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19961025
TTL  Electrostatic ink jet recording apparatus preventing precipitation of
      charged particulate material in ink liquid
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  28
EXA  Dickens; C.
EXP  Barlow; John
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Suetsugu; Junichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hagiwara; Yoshihiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Minemoto; Hitoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uematsu; Ryosuke
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shima; Kazuo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951026
APN  7-278694
CLAS
OCL  347 55
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  206
FSC  347
FSS  55;112;141
UREF
PNO  4478510
ISD  19841000
NAM  Fujii et al.
OCL  347 55
UREF
PNO  4717926
ISD  19880100
NAM  Hotomi
OCL  347 55
UREF
PNO  4943818
ISD  19900700
NAM  Hotomi
OCL  347 55
FREF
PNO  703080A2
ISD  19960300
CNT  EPX
OCL  347 55
FREF
PNO  61-57343
ISD  19860300
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 55
FREF
PNO  63-74083
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-281694
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8174815
ISD  19960700
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 55
FREF
PNO  2031344
ISD  19800400
CNT  GBX
OCL  347 55
FREF
PNO  93/11866
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 14, No. 416, Sep. 1990 & JP 02 160557, Jun.
      20, 1990.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 6, No. 241, (P158) Nov. 30, 1982,
      JP-A-57-139759 (Konishiroku Shashin Kogyo KK).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 6, No. 241, (P158), Nov. 30, 1982,
      JP-A-57-139760 (Konishiroku Shashin Kogyo KK).
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  An electrostatic ink jet according to the present invention includes a head
      body having an ink chamber for holding ink liquid containing charged
      particulate material; an ejection port provided at one end of that head
      body and connecting to the ink chamber; an ejection electrode arranged
      near this ejection port and fed with an ejection voltage of the same
      polarity as the charge characteristic of the charged particulate material;
      a counter electrode arranged opposite to the ejection port via a recording
      medium; and a pair of stirring electrodes. The stirring electrodes are
      arranged in the direction reverse to that of gravity in the ink chamber.
      The stirring electrodes are fed with a stirring voltage for shifting the
      charge particulate material in the direction reverse to the direction of
      gravity, and that stirring voltage is generated before the generation of
      the ejection voltage. As a result, the toner particulates are prevented
      from precipitating before the ejection of ink, and their concentration in
      the ink liquid in the ink chamber is generally uniformized.
PATN
WKU  059887966
SRC  8
APN  508539&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19950728
TTL  Recording head and recording apparatus using such recording head
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Hartary; Joseph
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Yamanaka; Akihiro
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940729
APN  6-178968
CLAS
OCL  347 58
XCL  361212
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  205
FSC  347
FSS  58;57;50
FSC  361
FSS  212;220;761;764
UREF
PNO  4313124
ISD  19820100
NAM  Hara
UREF
PNO  4345262
ISD  19820800
NAM  Shirato et al.
UREF
PNO  4459600
ISD  19840700
NAM  Sato et al.
UREF
PNO  4463359
ISD  19840700
NAM  Ayata et al.
UREF
PNO  4558333
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sugitani et al.
UREF
PNO  4723129
ISD  19880200
NAM  Endo et al.
UREF
PNO  4740796
ISD  19880400
NAM  Endo et al.
UREF
PNO  5243363
ISD  19930900
NAM  Koizumi
OCL  347 50
UREF
PNO  5315472
ISD  19940500
NAM  Fong
OCL  361212
UREF
PNO  5428498
ISD  19950600
NAM  Hawkins
OCL  361212
FREF
PNO  57-125543
ISD  19820700
CNT  JPX
ICL  B41J  320
FREF
PNO  4-284268
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
ICL  B41J  2375
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A recording head is structured so that its elements are not easily
      destructed by the fusion of wiring due to electrostatic discharge, and a
      recording apparatus uses such recording head. A part of GND wiring on a
      wiring board is exposed. A base plate and the GND wiring on the wiring
      board is electrically connected by caulking a caulking pin arranged for
      such exposed portion. The resistance of the connected path is made lower
      than that of wires and others on a heater board. Also, even in a case
      where the base plate and the GND wiring on the wiring board are not
      directly in contact, the exposed portion of the GND wiring on the wiring
      board and the base plate are arranged to be extremely close to each other,
      hence making it possible to form such a low-resistance path.
PATN
WKU  059887974
SRC  8
APN  4246195
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19950419
TTL  Recording head
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Hartary; Joseph
NDR  27
NFG  47
INVT
NAM  Itoh; Hiroshi
CTY  Amagasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940427
APN  6-090206
CLAS
OCL  347 62
XCL  347 58
XCL  347208
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  205
ICL  B41J  2345
FSC  347
FSS  58;57;62;2.6;208
UREF
PNO  4339762
ISD  19820700
NAM  Shirato et al.
UREF
PNO  4559542
ISD  19851200
NAM  Mita
XCL  347208
UREF
PNO  4719478
ISD  19880100
NAM  Tachihara et al.
OCL  346140
UREF
PNO  4723129
ISD  19880200
NAM  Endo
OCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  5121143
ISD  19920600
NAM  Hayamizu
XCL  347 62
FREF
PNO  0446918
ISD  19910900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0604816
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3012946
ISD  19801000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  61-186447
ISD  19861100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-188840
ISD  19861100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-188841
ISD  19861100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-319160
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
ICL  B41J  320
FREF
PNO  1232069
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2243360
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Rothwell, Figg, Ernst & Kurz
ABST
PAL  In a recording head, in which a strip form resistor is arranged over
      comb-shaped electrode leads of common electrode leads from strip form
      common electrodes and individual electrode leads, a distance between
      electrode leads positioned at the center of the strip form resistor is
      shorter than at other portions. As a result of this, fluctuation of print
      dot size can be made smaller, fluctuation of printing color development
      density is reduced and improvement of tone printing performance can be
      achieved.
PATN
WKU  059887982
SRC  8
APN  5800412
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19951220
TTL  Fluid ejection head with multi-dimensional fluid path
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Hartary; Joseph
NDR  13
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Hirasawa; Shin'ichi
CTY  Sagamihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tamura; Yasuyuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Hiroto
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shioya; Makoto
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tachihara; Masayoshi
CTY  Chofu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Maeda; Hiroyuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Inada; Genji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910117
APN  3-004067
RLAP
COD  71
APN  178367
APD  19940106
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  821066
APD  19920116
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  347 65
XCL  347 62
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  205
FSC  347
FSS  65;63;62;56
UREF
PNO  4317124
ISD  19820200
NAM  Shirato et al.
OCL  347 67
UREF
PNO  4338611
ISD  19820700
NAM  Eida
OCL  347 63
UREF
PNO  4345262
ISD  19820800
NAM  Shirato
OCL  347 57
UREF
PNO  4394670
ISD  19830700
NAM  Sugitani et al.
OCL  347 65
UREF
PNO  4410899
ISD  19831000
NAM  Haruta et al.
OCL  347 56
UREF
PNO  4417251
ISD  19831100
NAM  Sugitani
OCL  347 65
UREF
PNO  4752787
ISD  19880600
NAM  Matsumoto
OCL  347 65
UREF
PNO  4897674
ISD  19900100
NAM  Hirasawa
OCL  347 65
UREF
PNO  5159354
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hirasawa
OCL  347 65
FREF
PNO  0294631
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
ICL  B41J  304
FREF
PNO  0439633
ISD  19910800
CNT  EPX
ICL  B41J  214
FREF
PNO  55-109669
ISD  19800800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-139970
ISD  19811000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-138460
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-008074
ISD  19850100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-204352
ISD  19851000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-59672
ISD  19870300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-280650
ISD  19881100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  187356
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1195050
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-255551
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Communication in Eur. Pat. Appln. 92300352.9-2399.
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A fluid ejection head comprises a heater disposed in a fluid path. A bubble
      is generated by supplying electric power to the heater, and ink is ejected
      in a direction substantially parallel to a face of the heater. The fluid
      path is shaped to have a first part with a constant-sectional area
      adjacent to an ejection orifice a second part located behind the first
      part and containing the heater. The cross-sectional area of the second
      part increases by twice as large as the cross-sectional area of the
      ejection orifice, a length (A) between an end of the first part of the
      fluid path and a top end of the heater is greater than or equal to half of
      the height Ph of the ejection orifice, and a shortest gap between the
      ejection orifice and the heater is less than or equal to a sum of a half
      of the height Ph of the ejection orifice and a length (L) of the first
      part of the fluid path.
PATN
WKU  059887990
SRC  8
APN  7112955
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19960906
TTL  Ink-jet head having ink chamber and non-ink chamber divided by
      structural element subjected to freckling deformation
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  15
EXA  Dickens; C.
EXP  Barlow, Jr.; John E.
NDR  12
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Abe; Shingo
CTY  Tenri
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Inui; Tetsuya
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matoba; Hirotsugu
CTY  Sakurai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hirata; Susumu
CTY  Ikoma-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Masaharu
CTY  Daito
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishii; Yorishige
CTY  Yamatotakada
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Horinaka; Hajime
CTY  Kashiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Onda; Hiroshi
CTY  Yamatokoriyama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950925
APN  7-245966
CLAS
OCL  347 68
XCL  347 54
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2045
FSC  347
FSS  54;68;70-72;94
FSC  310
FSS  330;332
UREF
PNO  4072959
ISD  19780200
NAM  Elmqvist
OCL  347 68
UREF
PNO  4383264
ISD  19830500
NAM  Lewis
OCL  347 68
UREF
PNO  4533082
ISD  19850800
NAM  Maehara et al.
OCL  347 68
UREF
PNO  4539575
ISD  19850900
NAM  Nilsson
OCL  347 68
UREF
PNO  4584590
ISD  19860400
NAM  Fischbeck et al.
OCL  347 69
UREF
PNO  4641153
ISD  19870200
NAM  Cruz-Uribe
OCL  347 68
UREF
PNO  4825227
ISD  19890400
NAM  Fischbeck et al.
OCL  347 69
UREF
PNO  4998120
ISD  19910300
NAM  Koto et al.
OCL  347 68
UREF
PNO  5255016
ISD  19931000
NAM  Usui et al.
OCL  347 71
UREF
PNO  5534900
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ohno et al.
OCL  347 54
UREF
PNO  5666141
ISD  19970900
NAM  Matoba et al.
OCL  347 54
UREF
PNO  5812163
ISD  19980900
NAM  Wong
OCL  347 68
FREF
PNO  0128456
ISD  19841200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2166927
ISD  19761200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4429904 A1
ISD  19950300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19623620 A1
ISD  19961200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  60-38163
ISD  19850200
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 68
FREF
PNO  60-68963
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-297052
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-9745
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-30543
ISD  19900100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-108551
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-243357
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 68
FREF
PNO  4-28557
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-353458
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 54
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
ABST
PAL  An ink-jet head is provided with a container having an ink-discharge
      opening in its wall section; a structural element that has peripheral
      edges at least both ends in one direction of which are secured to the wall
      faces inside the container, that divides the inside of the container in a
      fluid-separated state, and that is allowed to be distorted; and a
      voltage-applying unit for applying a voltage to the structural element.
      The structural element is constituted of a piezoelectric material, and the
      shape of the structural element is changed in response to the voltage
      applied by the voltage-applying unit so that ink is allowed to discharge
      from the ink-discharge opening. Therefore, the above-mentioned arrangement
      makes it possible to provide a greater ink-discharging force and
      ink-discharging speed, while maintaining a small size of the head.
      Moreover, it is possible to provide an ink-jet head having a good
      discharging efficiency with long service life.
PATN
WKU  059888008
SRC  7
APN  9920404
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19921217
TTL  Ink jet printing head and apparatus incorporating the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Dickens; C.
EXP  Fuller; Benjamin R.
NDR  9
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Ema; Yasushi
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujimoto; Hisayoshi
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishida; Nobuhisa
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Amano; Toshio
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimokata; Akihiro
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takada; Shinsaku
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Rohm Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19911227
APN  3-346101
CLAS
OCL  347 70
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2045
FSC  346
FSS  140 R
FSI  B41J  2045;  2165
FSI  <34740;70;71;44;47
UREF
PNO  4158847
ISD  19790600
NAM  Heinzl et al.
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4189734
ISD  19800200
NAM  Kyser et al.
OCL  346  1.1
UREF
PNO  4216483
ISD  19800800
NAM  Kyser et al.
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4312008
ISD  19820100
NAM  Taub et al.
OCL  347 71
UREF
PNO  4367480
ISD  19830100
NAM  Kotoh
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4420764
ISD  19831200
NAM  Okada
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4471363
ISD  19840900
NAM  Hanaoka
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4520374
ISD  19850500
NAM  Koto
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4521788
ISD  19850600
NAM  Kimura et al.
XCL  347 40
UREF
PNO  4525728
ISD  19850600
NAM  Koto
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4528575
ISD  19850700
NAM  Matsuda et al.
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4584590
ISD  19860400
NAM  Fischbeck
XCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4641153
ISD  19870200
NAM  Cruz-Uribe
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4774529
ISD  19880900
NAM  Paranjpe et al.
OCL  347 43
UREF
PNO  4825227
ISD  19890400
NAM  Fischbeck et al.
XCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  5057853
ISD  19911000
NAM  Fisher
OCL  356140
UREF
PNO  5157420
ISD  19921000
NAM  Naka et al.
OCL  347 40
UREF
PNO  5216442
ISD  19930600
NAM  Parks et al.
XCL  346140R
FREF
PNO  0468068
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
ICL  B41J  216
FREF
PNO  57-182452
ISD  19821100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-108163
ISD  19830600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-86649
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 47
FREF
PNO  2-223450
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 47
FREF
PNO  2-289352
ISD  19901100
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 70
FREF
PNO  3-32847
ISD  19910200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  383648
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 68
FREF
PNO  4-153041
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
ICL  B41J  2045
LREP
FRM  Wolf, Greenfield & Sacks, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An ink jet printing head which both realizes a higher density and prevents
      a failure in ink jetting and deterioration in the printing quality. A
      photosensitive glass substrate which allows anisotropic etching is
      provided with a multiplicity of individual ink passages each having a
      narrow width and a large depth formed in an array by anisotropic etching
      in such a manner that each extends from the rear end of the glass
      substrate to the forward end thereof. A diaphragm is attached to the
      surface of the glass plate on which the individual ink passages are formed
      in such a manner as to cover all the individual ink passages. A common
      electrode is provided on the diaphragm, and individual piezoelectric
      elements are fixed to the common electrode at the portions corresponding
      to the individual ink passages. Individual electrodes are provided on the
      respective individual piezoelectric elements.
PAL  When a voltage is applied to the common electrode and the individual
      electrode, the portion of the diaphragm corresponding to the individual
      electrode is bent and deformed, so that the ink storing capacity of the
      corresponding individual ink passage is reduced and some of the ink in the
      individual ink passage is forced out.
PATN
WKU  059888016
SRC  8
APN  724617&
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19960930
TTL  High performance tubing for inkjet printing systems with off-board ink
      supply
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Judy
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Coiner; Erich E.
CTY  Poway
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  347 85
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2175
FSC  347
FSS  85-87;84
FSC  138
FSS  137;140;141
UREF
PNO  3102770
ISD  19630900
NAM  McKeegan
UREF
PNO  4394669
ISD  19830700
NAM  Ozawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4475116
ISD  19841000
NAM  Sicking et al.
OCL  347 86
UREF
PNO  4528576
ISD  19850700
NAM  Koumura et al.
UREF
PNO  4540996
ISD  19850900
NAM  Saito
UREF
PNO  4628332
ISD  19861200
NAM  Matsumoto
OCL  347 85
UREF
PNO  4672432
ISD  19870600
NAM  Sakurada et al.
OCL  358 75
UREF
PNO  4684962
ISD  19870800
NAM  Hirosawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4775868
ISD  19881000
NAM  Sugiura
OCL  346 46
UREF
PNO  4806956
ISD  19890200
NAM  Nishikawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4831389
ISD  19890500
NAM  Chan
UREF
PNO  4905024
ISD  19900200
NAM  Nishikawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4926196
ISD  19900500
NAM  Mizoguchi
UREF
PNO  4929963
ISD  19900500
NAM  Balazar
UREF
PNO  5025270
ISD  19910600
NAM  Umezawa
UREF
PNO  5043746
ISD  19910800
NAM  Abe
UREF
PNO  5469201
ISD  19951100
NAM  Erickson et al.
OCL  347 85
FREF
PNO  55-42858
ISD  19800300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  357210879A
ISD  19821200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-51156A
ISD  19830300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  358194563A
ISD  19831100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-208061
ISD  19831200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-232964
ISD  19851100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-264255
ISD  19851200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  360264255A
ISD  19851200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-5950A
ISD  19860100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-27259
ISD  19860200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-116152
ISD  19870500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  362152885A
ISD  19870700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  362220341A
ISD  19870900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-218136
ISD  19870900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-288045
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 85
FREF
PNO  363147651A
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  363154354A
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-62494
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
OCL  138140
FREF
PNO  2-111555
ISD  19900400
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 85
FREF
PNO  1110944
ISD  19680400
CNT  GBX
OCL  138137
LREP
FR2  Stenstrom; Dennis G.
ABST
PAL  An off-carriage printing system with high performance tubing. The printing
      system includes a media transporting system for transporting a print
      medium along a medium path to a print area, a scanning carriage for
      holding a printing structure including a printhead, and a scanning
      apparatus for scanning the carriage along a scanning axis transverse to
      the media path at the print area. The system further includes fixed ink
      supply station including an ink reservoir. A fluid conduit for the flow of
      ink, interconnects between the ink reservoir of the fixed ink supply
      station and the printing structure, the fluid conduit including a length
      of hollow flexible multiple layer tubing routed such that a flexible loop
      is formed therein. The multiple layer tubing comprises at least one inner
      barrier layer to water vapor transmission from the ink, at least one
      barrier layer to oxygen permeability, and at least one outer barrier layer
      to water vapor transmission from the atmosphere.
PATN
WKU  059888024
SRC  8
APN  7060521
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19960830
TTL  Off-axis ink supply with pressurized ink tube for preventing air
      ingestion
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Judy
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  14
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Pawlowski, Jr.; Norman E.
CTY  Corvallis
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Gast; Paul D.
CTY  Vancouver
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  347 86
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2175
FSC  347
FSS  84;85;86;87;17
UREF
PNO  3805276
ISD  19740400
NAM  Ishii
OCL  347 85
UREF
PNO  4514742
ISD  19850400
NAM  Suga et al.
OCL  347 85
UREF
PNO  4558326
ISD  19851200
NAM  Kimura et al.
OCL  347 86
UREF
PNO  4630077
ISD  19861200
NAM  Berruti et al.
OCL  347 86
UREF
PNO  4777497
ISD  19881000
NAM  Nozu et al.
OCL  347 68
UREF
PNO  5367328
ISD  19941100
NAM  Erickson
OCL  347  7
UREF
PNO  5369429
ISD  19941100
NAM  Erickson
OCL  347  7
UREF
PNO  5469201
ISD  19951100
NAM  Erickson et al.
OCL  347 85
UREF
PNO  5552815
ISD  19960900
NAM  Shimoda
OCL  347 85
FREF
PNO  0 508 125 A2
ISD  19921000
CNT  EPX
ICL  B41J  2175
FREF
PNO  0 529 880 A2
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
ICL  B41J  2175
FREF
PNO  0 699 533 A2
ISD  19960300
CNT  EPX
ICL  B41J  2175
FREF
PNO  0 709 207 A2
ISD  19960500
CNT  EPX
ICL  B41J  2175
FREF
PNO  62-288045
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 85
FREF
PNO  63-15752
ISD  19880100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-31930
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 86
FREF
PNO  08058085
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
ICL  B41J  2045
OREF
PAL  Webster's II New Riverside University Dictionary, p. 932, 1994.
ABST
PAL  In the preferred embodiment, an inkjet printer includes a replaceable print
      cartridge which is inserted into a scanning carriage. The print cartridge
      contains a regulator valve. An ink tube extends from the scanning carriage
      to a separate, disposable ink supply cartridge located within the printer.
      A second valve connected between the ink tube and the ink supply cartridge
      is automatically actuated when it is determined that the printer is not
      being used. The valve seal is more reliable than the inexpensive one-way
      valve seal in the disposable ink supply cartridge. The reliable valve seal
      prevents any air bubbles in the tube from expanding toward the ink supply
      cartridge, enabling the use of more flexible tubes which have less
      stringent air diffusion characteristics. In another embodiment, instead of
      a valve, a pressure source is connected to the ink tube to maintain the
      partial air pressure within the tube at approximately ambient pressure.
PATN
WKU  059888032
SRC  8
APN  9901167
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971212
TTL  Ink leakage control arrangement for an ink cartridge
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Vo; Anh T. N.
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Komplin; Steven Robert
CTY  Lexington
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Powers; James Harold
CTY  Lexington
STA  KY
ASSG
NAM  Lexmark International, Inc.
CTY  Lexington
STA  KY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  347 86
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2175
FSC  347
FSS  7;84;85;86;87
FSC  222
FSS  1;212;206
UREF
PNO  5409134
ISD  19950400
NAM  Cowger et al.
OCL  347 87
UREF
PNO  5526030
ISD  19960600
NAM  Baldwin et al.
OCL  347 87
UREF
PNO  5537134
ISD  19960700
NAM  Baldwin et al.
OCL  347 85
UREF
PNO  5600358
ISD  19970200
NAM  Baldwin et al.
OCL  347 87
LREP
FR2  McArdle; John J.
ABST
PAL  A sealed reservoir of an ink cartridge of an ink jet printer has one or two
      spring-loaded bags therein functioning as an accumulator to control back
      pressure within the sealed reservoir. A source of ambient air for the bag
      or bags also serves as a source of the air for an air bubble generator.
      The interior of the single bag or one of the two bags communicates with
      the air bubble generator so that air is supplied to the air bubble
      generator when air bubbles are required within the sealed reservoir to
      decrease back pressure therein. This same air flow arrangement from the
      interior of the single bag or one of the two bags permits the interior of
      the bag to receive ink leaking from the sealed reservoir passing through
      at least one capillary channel of the air bubble generator when the back
      pressure within the sealed reservoir becomes too low.
PATN
WKU  059888040
SRC  8
APN  1379968
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19931019
TTL  Ink jet head cartridge and ink jet apparatus having same
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Judy
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  5
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Kotaki; Yasuo
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamakawa; Kouji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsukuda; Keiichiro
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19921020
APN  4-281866
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930119
APN  5-006985
CLAS
OCL  347 87
XCL  347 49
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2175
FSC  347
FSS  49;86;87
FSC  346
FSS  146;139 R
FSC   53
FSS  472;139.5
FSC  220
FSS  752;759;769;774
FSC  215
FSS  398;399
UREF
PNO  3215299
ISD  19651100
NAM  Coanda et al.
OCL  215399
UREF
PNO  4771295
ISD  19880900
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  347 87
UREF
PNO  4872026
ISD  19891000
NAM  Rasmussen et al.
XCL  347 87
UREF
PNO  5025727
ISD  19910600
NAM  Barbour
OCL  101483
UREF
PNO  5119115
ISD  19920600
NAM  Buat et al.
OCL  347 86
UREF
PNO  5138344
ISD  19920800
NAM  Ujita
UREF
PNO  5155502
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kimura et al.
UREF
PNO  5162817
ISD  19921100
NAM  Tajika et al.
UREF
PNO  5212502
ISD  19930500
NAM  Bowling
XCL  347 86
UREF
PNO  5231416
ISD  19930700
NAM  Terasawa et al.
FREF
PNO  418828
ISD  19910300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0469536
ISD  19920200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0519457
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  54-151033
ISD  19791100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-176546
ISD  19821100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-141750
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 86
FREF
PNO  2-039945
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-162299
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
OCL  347 86
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An ink jet head cartridge having a recording head without an ink container
      includes a casing with an ink ejection device; and a structural member on
      the casing for improving handling of the recording head.
PATN
WKU  059888059
SRC  8
APN  9949135
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971219
TTL  Chiral shaped ink sticks
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Huan
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Meinhardt; Michael B.
CTY  Salem
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Tektronix, Inc
CTY  Wilsonville
STA  OR
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  067474
APD  19970310
RLAP
COD  89
APN  067477
APD  19970310
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 603699
RLAP
COD  90
APN  067478
APD  19970310
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 403352
CLAS
OCL  347 88
XCL  D18 56
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2175
FSC  347
FSS  99;88
FSC  D18
FSS  56
UREF
PNO  D371801
ISD  19960700
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D371802
ISD  19960700
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D372268
ISD  19960700
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D372270
ISD  19960700
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D373139
ISD  19960800
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D379470
ISD  19970500
NAM  Gilbert
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D379471
ISD  19970500
NAM  Gilbert
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D379639
ISD  19970600
NAM  Gilbert
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D379640
ISD  19970600
NAM  Gilbert
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D383153
ISD  19970900
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  D383154
ISD  19970900
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  D18 56
UREF
PNO  5038157
ISD  19910800
NAM  Howard
OCL  346140
UREF
PNO  5510821
ISD  19960400
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  347 88
UREF
PNO  5784089
ISD  19980700
NAM  Crawford
OCL  347 88
FREF
PNO  0820872
ISD  19970700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2305928
ISD  19951000
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  D'Alessandro; Ralph
FR2  Gray; Francis I.
ABST
PAL  An ink stick shape for use in a printer ink stick feed chute is disclosed
      wherein the opposing sides of the ink stick are tapered or angled from the
      horizontal so that at least one area intermediate the top and the bottom
      of the ink stick is a greater distance from the horizontal than the
      junction of the side walls and the bottom of the ink stick. The ink stick
      shape or geometry may be keyed to a particular color.
PATN
WKU  059888067
SRC  9
APN  0407399
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980318
TTL  Method for separating and purging gases from a free-ink ink-jet pen
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Judy
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hall; Ronald W.
CTY  Corvallis
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Otis, Jr.; David R.
CTY  Corvallis
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  519384
APD  19950825
PSC  01
PNO  5841454
CLAS
OCL  347 92
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  219
FSC  347
FSS  92;85-87;30
UREF
PNO  4301459
ISD  19811100
NAM  Isayama et al.
OCL  347 92
UREF
PNO  4628333
ISD  19861200
NAM  Terasawa
OCL  347 87
UREF
PNO  5841454
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hall et al.
OCL  347 92
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method for removing air or other gases from a free-ink
      ink-jet pen is provided in a manner that does not waste ink or require
      disposal of purged ink. A gas separation and purge mechanism is
      incorporated into a pen body construct having an ink containment chamber
      such that gases will rise toward the mechanism. A vacuum is cyclically
      applied to the gas separation and purge mechanism to remove the gas and to
      allow the ink containment chamber to refill from a remote reservoir as
      needed.
PATN
WKU  059888075
SRC  8
APN  9865276
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19971208
TTL  Fluorescent valve jet ink
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Annick; Christina
EXP  Le; N.
INVT
NAM  Bernard; Richard A
CTY  Norwalk
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Hochwalt; Norman C
CTY  Dayton
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Auslander; Judith
CTY  Westport
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Jackson; Jerome E.
CTY  Newtown
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Pitney Bowes Inc.
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  347100
XCL  106 3127
XCL  106 3132
EDF  6
ICL  C09D 1102
FSC  347
FSS  100;10
UREF
PNO  4733447
ISD  19880300
NAM  Ageishi
OCL   29157C
UREF
PNO  5098476
ISD  19920300
NAM  Baker
OCL  106 22
UREF
PNO  5106417
ISD  19920400
NAM  Hauser et al.
OCL  106 20
UREF
PNO  5125968
ISD  19920600
NAM  Takimoto et al.
OCL  106 20
UREF
PNO  5320668
ISD  19940600
NAM  Shields et al.
OCL  106 20R
UREF
PNO  5521619
ISD  19960500
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  347 10
UREF
PNO  5580372
ISD  19961200
NAM  Gino et al.
OCL  106 20R
UREF
PNO  5674314
ISD  19971000
NAM  Auslander et al.
OCL  106 21A
UREF
PNO  5681381
ISD  19971000
NAM  Auslander et al.
OCL  106 21A
LREP
FR2  Reichman; Ronald
FR2  Scolnick; Melvin J.
ABST
PAL  A fluorescent ink that makes tagger marks and is able to be used in valve
      jet printers at a rate of four #10 envelopes per second. The ink also
      penetrates paper at a rapid rate and dries at the same time it is
      penetrating the paper, without degrading the print quality. The
      penetrating agent solvent system may be isopropyl alcohol in combination
      with a surfactant. The surfactant may be polyethylene glycol ethers.
      Polyethylene glycol ethers have a high boiling point and low vapor
      pressure. The penetrating agent solvent system has a low boiling point and
      high vapor pressure and a low static and dynamic surface tension. This
      improves the inks rate of penetration into the paper and diminishes the
      amount of offset.
PATN
WKU  059888083
SRC  8
APN  8455511
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970424
TTL  Intermediate transfer surface supply system
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Hsieh; Shih-Wen
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Jones; Brent R.
CTY  Tualatin
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Tektronix, Inc.
CTY  Wilsonville
STA  OR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  347103
XCL  347 84
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  201
FSC  347
FSS  103;84;85;86
UREF
PNO  3968770
ISD  19760700
NAM  Marrs
OCL  118227
UREF
PNO  4158498
ISD  19790600
NAM  Ohmori
OCL  355 15
UREF
PNO  4400079
ISD  19830800
NAM  Landa
OCL  355 10
UREF
PNO  4538156
ISD  19850800
NAM  Durkee et al.
OCL  346 21
UREF
PNO  4673303
ISD  19870600
NAM  Sansone et al.
OCL  400126
UREF
PNO  4970533
ISD  19901100
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  347 86
UREF
PNO  5019868
ISD  19910500
NAM  Kubert et al.
OCL  355264
UREF
PNO  5099256
ISD  19920300
NAM  Anderson
OCL  346  1.1
UREF
PNO  5389958
ISD  19950200
NAM  Bui et al.
OCL  347103
UREF
PNO  5808645
ISD  19980900
NAM  Reeves et al.
OCL  347103
FREF
PNO  0583168
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  7512307
ISD  19751200
CNT  NLX
OCL  355297
LREP
FR2  Moore; Charles F.
ABST
PAL  A supply system for supplying liquid to an applicator assembly in an
      imaging apparatus is provided. The supply system includes a liquid
      retaining reservoir that is in fluid communication with an applicator
      assembly. The reservoir utilizes a collapsible bellows construction to
      contain maximum volume in minimal space. A moveable contact surface
      selectively contacts and squeezes the reservoir to speed flow of the
      liquid to the applicator assembly.
PATN
WKU  059888091
SRC  8
APN  841775&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970505
TTL  Recording apparatus with system for stacking , supplying and guiding
      recording media
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Hallacher; Craig
EXP  Fuller; Benjamin R.
NDR  13
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Yokoi; Katsuyuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Terasawa; Koji
CTY  Mitaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takemura; Makoto
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawaguchi; Koichiro
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910912
APN  3-233042
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910912
APN  3-260579
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19911021
APN  3-272694
RLAP
COD  71
APN  942035
APD  19920908
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  347104
XCL  271124
XCL  400624
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  201
FSC  346
FSS  134;145
FSC  347
FSS  104
FSC  271
FSS  113;124
FSC  400
FSS  624;625;629;634;636
UREF
PNO  3339916
ISD  19670900
NAM  Tregay
UREF
PNO  3378252
ISD  19680400
NAM  Springer
UREF
PNO  3807725
ISD  19740400
NAM  Bookless
UREF
PNO  4027872
ISD  19770600
NAM  Bueker
UREF
PNO  4031995
ISD  19770600
NAM  Blum et al.
UREF
PNO  4164376
ISD  19790800
NAM  Yarp
UREF
PNO  4273456
ISD  19810600
NAM  Bisczat et al.
UREF
PNO  4372699
ISD  19830200
NAM  Quinn, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4488829
ISD  19841200
NAM  Hidaka
UREF
PNO  4492371
ISD  19850100
NAM  Kan et al.
UREF
PNO  4540297
ISD  19850900
NAM  Imaizumi et al.
UREF
PNO  4577984
ISD  19860300
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
UREF
PNO  4619388
ISD  19861000
NAM  Ono et al.
UREF
PNO  4634265
ISD  19870100
NAM  Tada
UREF
PNO  4723129
ISD  19880200
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  346  1.1
UREF
PNO  4729557
ISD  19880300
NAM  Kiyohara
UREF
PNO  4729683
ISD  19880300
NAM  Staniszewski
UREF
PNO  4740796
ISD  19880400
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  346  1.1
UREF
PNO  4772007
ISD  19880900
NAM  Kashimura
UREF
PNO  4854757
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kikuchi
UREF
PNO  4946298
ISD  19900800
NAM  Oka et al.
UREF
PNO  4968016
ISD  19901100
NAM  Koyama
UREF
PNO  4986525
ISD  19910100
NAM  Takagi et al.
UREF
PNO  4995745
ISD  19910200
NAM  Yokoi et al.
UREF
PNO  5085422
ISD  19920200
NAM  Sagara
UREF
PNO  5096182
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kashimura
UREF
PNO  5105210
ISD  19920400
NAM  Hirano et al.
OCL  346145
UREF
PNO  5120045
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kamezaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5126764
ISD  19920600
NAM  Miyauchi et al.
OCL  346138
UREF
PNO  5170183
ISD  19921200
NAM  Hirabayoshi et al.
OCL  346134
UREF
PNO  5294958
ISD  19940300
NAM  Isobe et al.
OCL  355208
FREF
PNO  0227116
ISD  19870700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0332275
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  58-47733
ISD  19830300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-173969
ISD  19860800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-191334
ISD  19870800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-282030
ISD  19881100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-060525
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-214541
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2138785
ISD  19841000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Dunning, "Mechanism For Latching A Paper Sheet Feeder To A Typewriter", IBM
      Technical Disclosure Bulletin, p. 3963 (Dec. 1981).
PAL  M.S. Robbins, "Buckle Effect Document Separator", IBM Technical Disclosure
      Bulletin, vol. 25, No. 1, p. 272 (Jun. 1982).
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A recording apparatus is provided with a paper supply stacker on which
      sheets are stacked and held, a recording head for effecting recording on
      the sheets fed out from the paper supply stacker, a flat support device
      for supporting the sheets during the recording by the recording head, and
      a discharged paper stacker onto which the sheets recorded by the recording
      head are discharged.
PATN
WKU  059888105
SRC  9
APN  1229516
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980727
TTL  Support for spectacle glasses
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Dang; Hung Xuan
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Geyer; Joachim
STR  Dorfenerstrasse 8
CTY  D-85435 Erding
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970729
APN  197 32 667
CLAS
OCL  351110
XCL  351 41
EDF  6
ICL  G02C  102
FSC  351
FSS  110;41;111;140;124;158
UREF
PNO  1098418
ISD  19140600
NAM  Wells
UREF
PNO  1278190
ISD  19180900
NAM  Martin
UREF
PNO  2225038
ISD  19401200
NAM  Diggins
OCL   88 47
UREF
PNO  4502765
ISD  19850300
NAM  Cooper
OCL  351110
UREF
PNO  5618144
ISD  19970400
NAM  Leistner
OCL  411427
UREF
PNO  5748280
ISD  19980500
NAM  Herman
OCL  351110
FREF
PNO  379874
ISD  19850700
CNT  ATX
FREF
PNO  0601849
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0661575
ISD  19950700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0666490A1
ISD  19950900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1816959
ISD  19600700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2641177
ISD  19780300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9015749
ISD  19910400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  7218871
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8015651
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8054582
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8278471
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  236492
ISD  19250700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9633438
ISD  19961000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9721133
ISD  19970600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Rankin, Hill, Porter & Clark LLP
ABST
PAL  A lens mount for eyeglasses lenses is provided with at least one bite means
      as an engagement means to permit locating the lenses relative to the lens
      mount and thus relative to a temple and/or bridge engaging in turn the
      lens mount. The bite means positively engage the surface of the lenses
      such that any twisting of the lenses relative to the lens mount is
      prevented. In a preferred embodiment the lens mount is configured as a
      bolt/nut design, the bite means being configured as protuberances on the
      underside of a bolt head opposing the lens.
PATN
WKU  059888113
SRC  9
APN  0852007
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980527
TTL  Nose pads for spectacles
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Mai; Huy
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ku; Kuo-Sheng
STR  No. 201, Kuo An Street
CTY  Tainan
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Ku; Kuo-Sheng
CTY  Tainan
CNT  TWX
COD  05
ASSG
NAM  Hsiao; Yu-teng
CTY  Chia Yi
CNT  TWX
COD  05
CLAS
OCL  351136
XCL  351139
EDF  6
ICL  G02C  512
FSC  351
FSS  136-139;78-81
UREF
PNO  5691796
ISD  19971100
NAM  Negishi
OCL  351137
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Bilker
ABST
PAL  A nose pad for spectacles has two covering bodies for contact with the nose
      of a user and a pair of permanent magnets each pivotally connected with a
      lens frame and housed in the covering bodies. The pair of permanent
      magnets forms attraction toward each other such that the covering bodies
      of the nose pad rest firmly on the nose of the user to prevent downward
      displacement of the spectacles along the nose.
PATN
WKU  059888121
SRC  8
APN  958448&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19971027
TTL  Headphone eyeglasses
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Mai; Huy
NDR  2
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Wingate; Richard Charles
CTY  Scarsdale
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Sony Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Park Ridge
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  351158
XCL  455350
EDF  6
ICL  G02C  100
ICL  H04B  108
FSC  351
FSS  158;111;118;123
FSC  381
FSS  370
FSC  455
FSS  350;351
UREF
PNO  4902120
ISD  19900200
NAM  Weyer
OCL  351158
UREF
PNO  5276471
ISD  19940100
NAM  Yamauchi et al.
OCL  351158
UREF
PNO  5406037
ISD  19950400
NAM  Nageno
OCL  381129
UREF
PNO  5420935
ISD  19950500
NAM  Shinohara et al.
OCL  381183
UREF
PNO  5519782
ISD  19960500
NAM  Shinohara et al.
OCL  381183
UREF
PNO  5606743
ISD  19970200
NAM  Vogt et al.
OCL  455350
UREF
PNO  5706353
ISD  19980100
NAM  Arai et al.
OCL  381 77
LREP
FR2  Kananen; Ronald P.
     Rader, Fishman & Grauer
ABST
PAL  A combination is provided which includes one or more headphones, a pair of
      eyeglasses, and a device which connects the eyeglasses and the one or more
      headphones. The combination may be provided as a self contained unit,
      which may also include a coiling device for an attached sound transmission
      coil. Alternatively, the headphones may be used in combination with other
      eyeglasses. A method is also provided for using the combination.
PATN
WKU  059888130
SRC  9
APN  217362&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19981221
TTL  Differential thickness contact lens utilizing multiple base curves and
      method of manufacturing same
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Sugarman; Scott J.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Neadle; Susan
CTY  Jacksonville
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Clutterbuck; Timothy
CTY  Jacksonville
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Johnson & Johnson Vision Products, Inc.
CTY  Jasksonville
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  351177
XCL  351160H
EDF  6
ICL  G02C  704
FSC  351
FSS  160 R;160 H;161;162;177
UREF
PNO  4573774
ISD  19860300
NAM  Sitterle
OCL  351161
UREF
PNO  5650837
ISD  19970700
NAM  Roffman et al.
OCL  351161
UREF
PNO  5652638
ISD  19970700
NAM  Roffman et al.
OCL  351161
ABST
PAL  A method of producing a compensated contact lens that is compensated for
      power deviation from target due to differential shrinkage, and also a
      compensated contact lens. The invention includes the steps of designing a
      lens to have first and second areas of different thickness and a cylinder
      axis having a predetermined angular position; determining a plurality of
      power correction factors, one for each of a plurality of cylinder axis
      ranges of the lens; and modifying the lens using a selected one of the
      plurality of power correction factors corresponding to the cylinder axis
      ranges of the lens containing the cylinder axis of the lens.
PATN
WKU  059888148
SRC  9
APN  2603489
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19990302
TTL  Patient-interactive method and apparatus for measuring eye refraction
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Manuel; George
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Rohlfing; Thomas R.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Erickson; Bruce E.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation
CTY  Salt Lake
STA  UT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  351212
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  310
FSC  351
FSS  208;211;212;222;223;214;217;218
UREF
PNO  4730917
ISD  19880300
NAM  Krueger
OCL  351211
UREF
PNO  4938584
ISD  19900700
NAM  Suematsu et al.
OCL  351211
UREF
PNO  5011276
ISD  19910400
NAM  Iwamoto
OCL  351208
UREF
PNO  5016643
ISD  19910500
NAM  Applegate
UREF
PNO  5360010
ISD  19941100
NAM  Applegate
LREP
FRM  Thorpe, North & Western, LLP
ABST
PAL  A patient-interactive method and apparatus for measuring eye refraction
      includes a display for producing, alternately, two spaced-apart light
      spots, and an aperture device for passing light from one spot through an
      aperture in one position, to travel to the eye, and for passing light from
      the other spot through an aperture in a second position, to travel to the
      eye. If the patient sees a single spot, the eye is properly refracting,
      but if he/she sees two spots, the eye is not properly refracting.
      Apparatus is provided to allow the patient to adjust the spacing of the
      light spots, and thus the angle that light enters the eye, until the
      patient views a single light spot. The amount of adjustment of the spacing
      of light spots is measured to thereby provide a measure of diopter
      correction necessary to correct the refraction error.
PATN
WKU  059888156
SRC  8
APN  9573550
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19971024
TTL  Pattern illumination device
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Dang; Hung Xuan
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Maus; Roy C.
CTY  North Bellmore
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Cappo; Anthony P.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Tibbling; Lars E.
CTY  Highland Lakes
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  MacFarlane; Malcolm
CTY  Brookfield
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Tomey Co., Ltd.
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  351221
XCL  351205
XCL  351208
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  310
FSC  351
FSS  221;208;205;209;210;211;212;20;246
UREF
PNO  2212211
ISD  19400800
NAM  Pfund
UREF
PNO  3181351
ISD  19650500
NAM  Stauffer
UREF
PNO  3598478
ISD  19681100
NAM  Townsley
UREF
PNO  3639043
ISD  19720200
NAM  Townsley
UREF
PNO  3797921
ISD  19740300
NAM  Kilmer et al.
UREF
PNO  4685140
ISD  19870800
NAM  Mount, II
UREF
PNO  4692003
ISD  19870900
NAM  Adachi et al.
UREF
PNO  4721379
ISD  19880100
NAM  L'Esperance
UREF
PNO  4772115
ISD  19880900
NAM  Gersten et al.
UREF
PNO  4794550
ISD  19881200
NAM  Greivenkamp, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4805129
ISD  19890200
NAM  David
UREF
PNO  4832447
ISD  19890500
NAM  Javidi
UREF
PNO  4863260
ISD  19890900
NAM  Gersten et al.
UREF
PNO  4964715
ISD  19901000
NAM  Richards
UREF
PNO  4974094
ISD  19901100
NAM  Morito
UREF
PNO  4978213
ISD  19901200
NAM  El Hage
UREF
PNO  4984883
ISD  19910100
NAM  Winocur
UREF
PNO  4995716
ISD  19910200
NAM  Warnicki et al.
UREF
PNO  5009498
ISD  19910400
NAM  Gersten et al.
UREF
PNO  5018850
ISD  19910500
NAM  Gersten et al.
UREF
PNO  5054907
ISD  19911000
NAM  Sklar et al.
UREF
PNO  5110200
ISD  19920500
NAM  Snook
UREF
PNO  5144495
ISD  19920900
NAM  Merton et al.
UREF
PNO  5193124
ISD  19930300
NAM  Subbaro
UREF
PNO  5214456
ISD  19930500
NAM  Gersten
UREF
PNO  5293533
ISD  19940300
NAM  Klyce
UREF
PNO  5300965
ISD  19940400
NAM  Kitajima
UREF
PNO  5357294
ISD  19941000
NAM  Shimizu et al.
UREF
PNO  5384608
ISD  19950100
NAM  Gersten
UREF
PNO  5412441
ISD  19950500
NAM  Tibbling et al.
UREF
PNO  5416539
ISD  19950500
NAM  Gersten et al.
UREF
PNO  5530772
ISD  19960600
NAM  Storey
UREF
PNO  5550697
ISD  19960800
NAM  Green et al.
FREF
PNO  1675827
ISD  19880400
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/01417
ISD  19920200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Tearscope Plus, Keeler, pp. 1-15, Aug. 1997.
PAL  Greivenkamp, et al., "Measurement of Toric Reference Surfaces with the
      Computed Anatomy Videokeratoscope (TMS-1)" University of Arizona Optical
      Sciences Center and Department of Ophthalmology, 54/OFD2-1 Shyh-shiaw Kuo
      "Image Recovery Using Row-Action Projection Methods" At&T Bell
      Laboratories, pp. 109-132.
PAL  Mammone, et al., "3-D Corneal Modeling System" Biomedical Engineering, vol.
      37, No. 1, Jan, 1990, pp. 65-72.
PAL  Mammone, et al., "High-numerical-aperture Reflecting Microscope" Department
      of Electrical and Computer Engineering, pp. 1-5.
PAL  Suganuma et al., "Three-dimensional shape analysis by use of a projected
      grating image" Optical Engineering Oct. 1991, vol. 30. No. 10. pp.
      1529-1533.
PAL  Takeda et al., "Fourier transform profilometry for the automatic
      measurement of 3-D object shapes" Dec. 15, 1983, vol. 22. No. 24, Applied
      Optics. pp. 3977-3982.
PAL  Takeda, et al., "Fourier-transform method of fringe pattern analysis for
      computer-based topography and interferometry" Journal of Optical Society
      of America, vol. 72, No. 1, Jan. 1982, 155-160.
PAL  Tribolet, et al. "A New Phase Unwrappping Algorithm" IEEE Transactions on
      Acousitcs, Speech, & Signal Processing, vol. ASSP-25, No. 2, Apr. 1977.
      pp. 169-177.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for illuminating a portion of a patient's body includes an
      enclosure having a generally smoothly curved shape, an internal
      light-scattering surface, and an opening. A light source provides light to
      a portion of the light-scattering surface within the enclosure so as to
      illuminate the surface via scattering of the light on the surface. An at
      least partially transparent member is positioned within the enclosure so
      that scattered light passes through it and through the opening.
PATN
WKU  059888164
SRC  9
APN  0451592
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980319
TTL  Light-beam projecting device
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Dowling; William C.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Quadri; Pasquale
CTY  Albano Sant'Alessandro
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Clay Paky S.p.A.
CTY  Pedrengo
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19970320
APN  TO97A0237
CLAS
OCL  353 29
XCL  353 50
XCL  353 94
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 2114
FSC  353
FSS  62;42;43;44;29;30;31;35;48;51;99;94;101;46;50
FSC  359
FSS  618;629
UREF
PNO  4006970
ISD  19770200
NAM  Slater et al.
OCL  350285
UREF
PNO  4125843
ISD  19781100
NAM  Whitby
OCL  346 17
UREF
PNO  4196461
ISD  19800400
NAM  Geary
OCL  362259
UREF
PNO  4814800
ISD  19890300
NAM  Lavinsky et al.
OCL  353 50
UREF
PNO  5311335
ISD  19940500
NAM  Crabtree
OCL  359 22
UREF
PNO  5526063
ISD  19960600
NAM  Joubert et al.
OCL  348744
UREF
PNO  5526076
ISD  19960600
NAM  Walker
OCL  353 43
UREF
PNO  5572375
ISD  19961100
NAM  Crabtree, IV
OCL  359858
FREF
PNO  0 684 421 A1
ISD  19951100
CNT  EPX
ICL  F21P  502
FREF
PNO  2 249 164
ISD  19920400
CNT  GBX
ICL  F21P  300
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
ABST
PAL  The projector includes a first light source for generating a light beam; a
      succession of functional assemblies for imparting special light effects to
      the light beam; an output mirror for deflecting the light beam in a
      controlled manner; a laser source for generating a laser beam; a
      controlled-deflection optical unit for controlled deflection of the laser
      beam; and a mirror for superimposing the laser beam on the light beam. The
      projector emits a light beam of predetermined color and shape, which may
      be directed in a controlled manner, and in which is visible a beam of
      greater intensity and predetermined color, by which to form writing or
      images on illuminated targets.
PATN
WKU  059888172
SRC  8
APN  9868070
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971208
TTL  Multiprojection system
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Dowling; William
NDR  7
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Mizushima; Nobuyuki
CTY  Hidaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kitada; Takao
CTY  Tokorozawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Usui; Ikunobu
CTY  Higashimurayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ejima; Shinjiro
CTY  Tama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ito; Yasunori
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hamabuti; Shinichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hirasawa; Hideki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  RDS Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Tokyo Butai Shomei Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Meiko-Multi Art Inc.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970228
APN  9-045349
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970813
APN  9-218573
CLAS
OCL  353 94
XCL  353 30
XCL  352133
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 2114
FSC  353
FSS  94;46;48;30
FSC  352
FSS  133;70;69
UREF
PNO  3359855
ISD  19671200
NAM  Webb
OCL  353 48
UREF
PNO  3602582
ISD  19710800
NAM  Torricelli
OCL  352133
UREF
PNO  3749484
ISD  19730700
NAM  Busche
OCL  353 94
UREF
PNO  4392187
ISD  19830700
NAM  Bornhorst
OCL  362233
UREF
PNO  4980806
ISD  19901200
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  362 85
UREF
PNO  5029992
ISD  19910700
NAM  Richardson
UREF
PNO  5085495
ISD  19920200
NAM  Iwahara et al.
OCL  353 94
UREF
PNO  5206760
ISD  19930400
NAM  Nakashima et al.
OCL  359457
UREF
PNO  5365288
ISD  19941100
NAM  Dewald et al.
OCL  353 98
UREF
PNO  5664353
ISD  19970900
NAM  Brauer et al.
OCL  353 94
FREF
PNO  5-19346
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-54593
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a multiprojection system in which an image can be freely
      projected by plural projectors so that projected images of the plural
      projectors are arranged in lines longitudinally and laterally and all of
      the projected images become one image; an entirely enlarged image or
      divided images can be projected; or an individual image can be projected,
      which comprises each of the plural projectors being provided independently
      with a pan driving device and a tilt driving device so that the direction
      of projection can be freely changed; and having at least one of functions
      of changing the direction of projection, the position of a projected
      image, the synthesis, shape or arrangement of an image and/or the size of
      an image and displaying each image in a flying state to constitute a
      screen image system harmonized with lighting in a representation space.
PATN
WKU  059888180
SRC  8
APN  7951175
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970206
TTL  Projection type liquid crystal projector
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Dowling; William
NDR  54
NFG  58
INVT
NAM  Fujimori; Motoyuki
CTY  Suwa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hashizume; Toshiaki
CTY  Suwa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iguchi; Kenji
CTY  Suwa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakagami; Keisuke
CTY  Suwa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okumura; Kiichi
CTY  Suwa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Seiko Epson Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910222
APN  3-28430
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910322
APN  3-59137
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910610
APN  3-137633
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910627
APN  3-49295
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910627
APN  3-156408
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910627
APN  3-156422
RLAP
COD  71
APN  394308
APD  19950224
RLAP
COD  84
APN  938261
CLAS
OCL  353119
XCL  353101
XCL  349 58
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 2114
FSC  353
FSS  31;33;34;37;119;122;102;101
FSC  359
FSS  83
FSC  349
FSS  8;9;58
UREF
PNO  4787737
ISD  19881100
NAM  Ogawa
OCL  353 57
UREF
PNO  4843528
ISD  19890600
NAM  Pearce-Harvey
OCL  362264
UREF
PNO  5092671
ISD  19920300
NAM  Van Os
OCL  353122
UREF
PNO  5200857
ISD  19930400
NAM  Matsushita
OCL  359634
UREF
PNO  5231431
ISD  19930700
NAM  Yano
OCL  353 31
UREF
PNO  5237399
ISD  19930800
NAM  Inada
OCL  358 60
UREF
PNO  5283599
ISD  19940200
NAM  Tejima
OCL  353 37
UREF
PNO  5287132
ISD  19940200
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  353 57
UREF
PNO  5313234
ISD  19940500
NAM  Edmonson
OCL  353 57
UREF
PNO  5624174
ISD  19970400
NAM  Loucks
OCL  353122
UREF
PNO  5651599
ISD  19970700
NAM  Fujimori et al.
OCL  353 58
UREF
PNO  5653522
ISD  19970800
NAM  Loucks
OCL  353 31
FREF
PNO  52-88337
ISD  19770700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-140345
ISD  19860800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-123019
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-140517
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2195384
ISD  19900100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2195382
ISD  19900100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2113774
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  287452
ISD  19901100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  320777
ISD  19910100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  404050937
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  404060533
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4310913
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
ABST
PAL  A projector for separating white light into three primary colors, forming
      images with liquid crystal light valves, mixing these images, and
      projecting an enlarged picture of the mixed images with a projection lens.
      The projector includes an optical unit having a light source, a plurality
      of dichroic mirrors for separating the white light into blue, green, and
      red beams, respective liquid crystal light valves forming images of the
      blue, green, and red colors. The optical unit has a chassis with a rigid
      center portion at which one of the liquid crystal light valves is mounted,
      the other two light valves being mounted symmetrically with respect
      thereto. An adjustment mechanism is provided for matching pixels of the
      second and third color valves with those of the first color valve. The red
      color liquid crystal light valve is disposed midway between the blue and
      green color liquid crystal light valves and a cooling fan is disposed
      below the red color liquid crystal light valve.
PATN
WKU  059888199
SRC  9
APN  0248592
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980217
TTL  Single output transistor output stage for interface applications
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Hasanzadah; Maria
EXP  Cunningham; Terry D.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Shieh; Sui Ping
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Parvarandeh; Pirooz
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bingham; David
CTY  Mount Hamilton
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Maxim Integrated Products, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  357537
XCL  327378
EDF  6
ICL  G05F  110
FSC  327
FSS  534;537;437;378
UREF
PNO  4837460
ISD  19890600
NAM  Uchida
OCL  307296.8
UREF
PNO  4847522
ISD  19890700
NAM  Fuller et al.
OCL  326 58
UREF
PNO  5241502
ISD  19930800
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  365203
UREF
PNO  5300835
ISD  19940400
NAM  Assar et al.
OCL  307475
UREF
PNO  5414314
ISD  19950500
NAM  Thurder
UREF
PNO  5440244
ISD  19950800
NAM  Richter et al.
OCL  326 37
UREF
PNO  5444397
ISD  19950800
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  326 81
UREF
PNO  5455732
ISD  19951000
NAM  Davis
OCL  361 90
UREF
PNO  5514893
ISD  19960500
NAM  Miyanaga et al.
OCL  257360
UREF
PNO  5574389
ISD  19961100
NAM  Chu
OCL  326 81
UREF
PNO  5689209
ISD  19971100
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  327425
UREF
PNO  5748019
ISD  19980500
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  327170
UREF
PNO  5821800
ISD  19981000
NAM  Le et al.
OCL  327333
FREF
PNO  0 305 937 A1
ISD  19890300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 556 605 A2
ISD  19930800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 621 692 A2
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor, Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  An interface output stage includes a pull-up circuit and a pull-down
      circuit connected to a positive power supply signal line having a first
      voltage, an output signal line having an output voltage and a negative
      power supply signal line having a second voltage. The pull-up circuit
      includes a single output transistor and a body snatcher circuit, both
      interconnected between the positive power supply signal line and the
      output signal line. The body snatcher circuit ties the bodies of the
      output transistor and the transistors forming the body snatcher circuit to
      either the first voltage or the output voltage. The pull-down circuit is
      designed generally similar to the pull-up circuit to tie bodies of its
      transistors to either the output voltage or the second voltage.
PATN
WKU  059888202
SRC  8
APN  818576&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970314
TTL  Flexible cube-corner retroreflective sheeting
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Phan; James
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Huang; Tzu-Li J.
CTY  Woodbury
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Smith; Kenneth L.
CTY  White Bear Lake
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Coderre; James C.
CTY  Lake Elmo
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  3M Innovative Properties Company
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  516018
APD  19950816
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  139433
APD  19931020
PSC  01
PNO  5450235
CLAS
OCL  359530
XCL  359529
XCL  359900
XCL  264  19
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  5124
FSC  359
FSS  529;530;900
FSC  264
FSS  1.1;1.9
FSC  156
FSS  60
FSC  428
FSS  156
UREF
PNO  3190178
ISD  19650600
NAM  McKenzie
UREF
PNO  3450459
ISD  19690600
NAM  Haggerty
UREF
PNO  3632695
ISD  19720100
NAM  Howell
OCL  264  1
UREF
PNO  3684348
ISD  19720800
NAM  Rowland
UREF
PNO  3689346
ISD  19720900
NAM  Rowland
OCL  156245
UREF
PNO  3700305
ISD  19721000
NAM  Bingham
UREF
PNO  3712706
ISD  19730100
NAM  Stamm
UREF
PNO  3810804
ISD  19740500
NAM  Rowland
OCL  156245
UREF
PNO  3811983
ISD  19740500
NAM  Rowland
OCL  156245
UREF
PNO  3830682
ISD  19740800
NAM  Rowland
OCL  161  2
UREF
PNO  3924929
ISD  19751200
NAM  Holmen et al.
UREF
PNO  3926402
ISD  19751200
NAM  Heenan et al.
OCL  249117
UREF
PNO  3935359
ISD  19760100
NAM  Rowland
OCL  428172
UREF
PNO  3992080
ISD  19761100
NAM  Rowland
UREF
PNO  4025159
ISD  19770500
NAM  McGrath
UREF
PNO  4202600
ISD  19800500
NAM  Burke et al.
UREF
PNO  4243618
ISD  19810100
NAM  Van Arnam
OCL  264  1
UREF
PNO  4332847
ISD  19820600
NAM  Rowland
OCL  428156
UREF
PNO  4349598
ISD  19820900
NAM  White
OCL  428161
UREF
PNO  4414316
ISD  19831100
NAM  Conley
OCL  430496
UREF
PNO  4486363
ISD  19841200
NAM  Pricone et al.
OCL  264  1.4
UREF
PNO  4555161
ISD  19851100
NAM  Rowland
UREF
PNO  4576850
ISD  19860300
NAM  Martens
OCL  428156
UREF
PNO  4582885
ISD  19860400
NAM  Barber
OCL  528 28
UREF
PNO  4588258
ISD  19860500
NAM  Hoopman
UREF
PNO  4601861
ISD  19860700
NAM  Pricone et al.
OCL  264  1.6
UREF
PNO  4668558
ISD  19870500
NAM  Barber
OCL  428156
UREF
PNO  4775219
ISD  19881000
NAM  Appledorn et al.
UREF
PNO  4801193
ISD  19890100
NAM  Martin
UREF
PNO  4895428
ISD  19900100
NAM  Nelson et al.
UREF
PNO  4938563
ISD  19900700
NAM  Nelson et al.
UREF
PNO  5066098
ISD  19911100
NAM  Kult et al.
OCL  359540
UREF
PNO  5077117
ISD  19911200
NAM  Harper et al.
OCL  428143
UREF
PNO  5117304
ISD  19920500
NAM  Huang et al.
OCL  359529
UREF
PNO  5138488
ISD  19920800
NAM  Szczech
OCL  359529
UREF
PNO  5175030
ISD  19921200
NAM  Lu et al.
OCL  428 30
UREF
PNO  5183597
ISD  19930200
NAM  Lu
OCL  264  1.4
UREF
PNO  5189553
ISD  19930200
NAM  Smith
OCL  359530
UREF
PNO  5213872
ISD  19930500
NAM  Pricone et al.
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  5229882
ISD  19930700
NAM  Rowland
OCL  359530
UREF
PNO  5236751
ISD  19930800
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  428 40
UREF
PNO  5264063
ISD  19931100
NAM  Martin
OCL  156247
UREF
PNO  5272562
ISD  19931200
NAM  Coderre
OCL  359529
UREF
PNO  5376431
ISD  19941200
NAM  Rowland
OCL  428164
UREF
PNO  5450235
ISD  19950900
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  359530
UREF
PNO  5491586
ISD  19960200
NAM  Phillips
OCL  359530
UREF
PNO  5585164
ISD  19961200
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  428156
UREF
PNO  5600484
ISD  19970200
NAM  Benson et al.
OCL  359529
UREF
PNO  5642222
ISD  19970600
NAM  Phillips
OCL  359530
FREF
PNO  0 175 031 A1
ISD  19860300
CNT  EPX
ICL  G02B  5124
FREF
PNO  0 200 521
ISD  19861100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 382 420 A2
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
ICL  B29C 3508
FREF
PNO  0 478 178 A1
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
ICL  G02B  104
FREF
PNO  23 17 871
ISD  19741000
CNT  DEX
ICL  B44F  104
FREF
PNO  2 245 219
ISD  19920100
CNT  GBX
ICL  B32B  330
FREF
PNO  WO 92/04647
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
ICL  G02B  5124
FREF
PNO  WO 94/19711
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
ICL  G02B  5124
FREF
PNO  WO 95/03558
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
ICL  G02B  5124
FREF
PNO  WO 95/07179
ISD  19950300
CNT  WOX
ICL  B32B 2708
FREF
PNO  WO 95/11466
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Technical Report No. 9077 of Reflexite Retroreflective Sheeting Product,
      May 1993.
PAL  Technical Report No. 9078 of Reflexite Super Bright Brand Reflective
      Fabric, May 1993.
PAL  Leighton, J., et al., "RF Welding and PVC and Other Thermoplastic
      Compounds", ANTEC, 1992, pp. 724-728 (No Month).
PAL  Priola, A., et al., Proceedings of the XIII International Conference in
      Organic Coatings Science and Technology, Athens, Greece, Jul. 7-11, 1987,
      pp. 308-318.
PAL  Yoder, P.R. Jr., "Study of Light Deviation Errors in Triple Mirrors and
      Tetrahedral Prisms", J. Optical Soc. of America, vol. 48, No. 7, Jul.
      1958, pp. 496,499.
LREP
FR2  Hanson; Karl G.
FR2  Jensen; Stephen C.
ABST
PAL  A retroreflective article 10 has a body portion 14 and a multitude of
      cube-corner elements 12 that project from a rear side 20 of the body
      portion 14. The body portion 14 includes a body layer 18 that contains a
      light-transmissible polymeric material having an elastic modulus less than
      7.times.10.sup.8 pascals. The cube-corner elements 12 contain a light
      transmissible polymeric material having an elastic modulus greater than
      16.times.10.sup.8 pascals. A retroreflective article of this construction
      can be highly flexed while maintaining good retroreflective performance.
PATN
WKU  059888210
SRC  9
APN  0000523
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980116
TTL  Lens type functional retroreflective sheeting and method of producing
      same
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Phan; James
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Osamu
CTY  Sano
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hiromitsu; Kiyohito
CTY  Sano
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takao; Kunihiro
CTY  Sano
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ochi; Katsura
CTY  Kazo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippon Carbide Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960516
APN  8-144834
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961021
APN  8-297028
CLAS
OCL  359536
XCL  359538
XCL  359539
XCL  359540
XCL  359541
XCL  359900
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  5128
FSC  359
FSS  534;542;513;900
FSC  427
FSS  163.4
FSC  428
FSS  178;195;201-204;207;913
UREF
PNO  4075049
ISD  19780200
NAM  Wood
UREF
PNO  4897136
ISD  19900100
NAM  Bailey et al.
UREF
PNO  5601911
ISD  19970200
NAM  Ochi et al.
OCL  428304.4
UREF
PNO  5683746
ISD  19971100
NAM  Hedblom et al.
OCL  427163.4
UREF
PNO  5759671
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tanaka et al.
FREF
PNO  52-64897
ISD  19770500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-121043
ISD  19870600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5173008
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6160615
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9314422
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9618920
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Sherman and Shalloway
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/01649
PD1  19980116
PD2  19980116
PD3  19970516
PCP  WO97/43670
PCD  19971120
ABST
PAR  This invention relates to lens type functional retroreflective sheeting
      having retroreflective regions and visual functionality presenting
      regions, the retroreflective sheeting comprising:
PA1  a base sheet consisting of a support comprising a functional resin layer
      containing a functional pigment having light-storing or fluorescent
      properties, microspherical lens-embedding regions in which microspherical
      lenses are densely distributed on the surface of the functional resin
      layer of the support so as to form a mono-layer, and microspherical
      lens-free regions in which substantially no microspherical lens is
      embedded and the functional resin layer is exposed;
PA1  a transparent protective film disposed above the microspherical
      lens-bearing surface of the base sheet; and
PA1  bonds at which said base sheet and said transparent protective film are
      partly bonded together. This lens type functional retroreflective sheeting
      not only afford good visibility to viewers positioned in the direction of
      the light source (e.g., automobile drivers), but also afford good
      visibility at night to drivers and pedestrians positioned in directions
      different from the that of the light source.
PATN
WKU  059888229
SRC  9
APN  1958917
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981119
TTL  Luminous retroreflective sheeting and method for making same
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Phan; James
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Abe; Hidetoshi
CTY  Tendo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Araki; Yoshinori
CTY  Sagae
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  3M Innovative Properties Company
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359541
XCL  359536
XCL  359538
XCL  359539
XCL  359540
XCL  359542
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  5128
FSC  359
FSS  534-543;546-548
FSC  428
FSS  143;204;203;325;913
FSC   40
FSS  441;442;542-544;582;583;612
UREF
PNO  2407680
ISD  19460900
NAM  Palmquist et al.
UREF
PNO  2592882
ISD  19520400
NAM  Fisher et al.
UREF
PNO  2963378
ISD  19601200
NAM  Palmquist et al.
UREF
PNO  3025764
ISD  19620300
NAM  McKenzie
UREF
PNO  3190178
ISD  19650600
NAM  McKenzie
UREF
PNO  3253146
ISD  19660500
NAM  De Vries
UREF
PNO  3420597
ISD  19690100
NAM  Nellessen et al.
UREF
PNO  3830682
ISD  19740800
NAM  Rowland
UREF
PNO  4005538
ISD  19770200
NAM  Tung
UREF
PNO  4025159
ISD  19770500
NAM  McGrath
UREF
PNO  4367920
ISD  19830100
NAM  Tung et al.
UREF
PNO  5237448
ISD  19930800
NAM  Spencer et al.
UREF
PNO  5243457
ISD  19930900
NAM  Spencer
UREF
PNO  5300783
ISD  19940400
NAM  Spencer et al.
UREF
PNO  5315491
ISD  19940500
NAM  Spencer et al.
UREF
PNO  5415911
ISD  19950500
NAM  Zampa et al.
UREF
PNO  5759671
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  359536
FREF
PNO  747 736
ISD  19961200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  60-205501
ISD  19851000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-173008
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-160615
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-287917
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-84109
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-218708
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-129351
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1034037
ISD  19660600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  01735
ISD  19960100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/20375
ISD  19980500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/53645
ISD  19981100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Jensen; Stephen C.
ABST
PAL  Luminous retroreflective sheetings have a transparent cover layer, an
      optical layer disposed beneath the cover layer, and a reflective layer.
      The optical layer includes a first polymer layer and a monolayer of beads
      at least partially embedded therein. The reflective layer is disposed
      proximate a focal plane of the monolayer of beads. The monolayer of beads
      includes transparent beads that, in combination with the reflective layer,
      retroreflect incident light. The monolayer also includes light-emitting
      beads that emit light under the influence of an applied voltage or
      ultraviolet (UV) radiation. Processes for making such sheetings are also
      disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059888237
SRC  9
APN  1658778
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981002
TTL  Collapsible laptop computer hood
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Robinson; Mark A.
EXP  Spyrou; Cassandra
NDR  1
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Wong; Ken E.
STR  254 Huali St. #6
CTY  Honolulu
STA  HI
ZIP  96813
CLAS
OCL  359601
XCL  359610
XCL  359612
XCL  348842
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 2700
ICL  G02B 2100
FSC  359
FSS  601;610;611;612;613;474
FSC  348
FSS  834;842
FSC  248
FSS  346.3;346.5
UREF
PNO  D311912
ISD  19901100
NAM  Schmidt
UREF
PNO  D385543
ISD  19971000
NAM  Phirippidis et al.
UREF
PNO  D397686
ISD  19980900
NAM  Bregman et al.
UREF
PNO  3562939
ISD  19710200
NAM  Jacobs, Jr. et al.
OCL   40365
UREF
PNO  3849598
ISD  19741100
NAM  Hoffberger, II et al.
UREF
PNO  4314280
ISD  19820200
NAM  Rose
UREF
PNO  4444465
ISD  19840400
NAM  Giulie et al.
UREF
PNO  5069529
ISD  19911200
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  359601
UREF
PNO  5101298
ISD  19920300
NAM  Lentz et al.
UREF
PNO  5121253
ISD  19920600
NAM  Waintroob
UREF
PNO  5233468
ISD  19930800
NAM  McNulty
UREF
PNO  5274501
ISD  19931200
NAM  Stroll, Jr.
OCL  359613
UREF
PNO  5579799
ISD  19961200
NAM  Zheng
UREF
PNO  5589985
ISD  19961200
NAM  Heller et al.
UREF
PNO  5877896
ISD  19990300
NAM  Gremban
OCL  359601
ABST
PAL  A simple and inexpensive portable laptop computer hood is disclosed in the
      form of a sheet with panels, flaps, fold lines, and a single viewing
      aperture. The single sheet of foldable material can be folded into a
      3-dimensional hood operational configuration or a flattened configuration
      for easy storage and transportation. Because these sheet's panels do not
      lock into specific positions when the sheet is configured into a
      3-dimensional hood, they can be easily repositioned to accommodate
      variations in both laptops size dimensions and individual operator
      preferences. A notable aspect of the 3-dimensional configuration of the
      laptop computer hood is that it allows the laptop computer's keyboard to
      remain outside of the light-protected compartment area for easy access by
      the laptop computer's operator. Strategically placed side panels enable
      the unit to independently stand on its own as the laptop computer is
      inserted into the compartment. Flaps on the end of these side panels then
      serve to anchor the device around the laptop computer once it has been
      placed inside the hood in the event wind is present . . . a likely
      scenerio in an outdoor setting. Once configured into its 3-dimensional
      operational configuration, the hood's front panel can either be left open
      by flipping the front panel up and onto the roof of the hood or be used to
      enclose the laptop computer screen by allowing it to drop down and into
      the front of the hood. In the latter case, a viewing aperture is located
      in the front panel through which the laptop computer operator can then
      view the fully enclosed laptop computer screen. Because the device can be
      manufactured with a single sheet of material, printing can be added to
      produce a simple, low cost advertising medium for a company, its goods
      and/or services.
PATN
WKU  059888245
SRC  8
APN  8561346
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970514
TTL  Anterior segment mirror and method of use for corneal transplant surgery
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Shafer; Ricky D.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Rowsey, Jr.; John James
CTY  Tampa
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  University of South Florida
CTY  Tampa
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359882
XCL  359871
XCL  359900
XCL  600247
XCL  606  4
XCL  606 18
XCL  606139
XCL  606147
XCL  128898
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  7182
ICL  A61B 1700
FSC  359
FSS  871;882;900
FSC  606
FSS  4;18;139;147
FSC  128
FSS  898
FSC  600
FSS  247
UREF
PNO  539076
ISD  18950500
NAM  McNaughton
OCL  600247
UREF
PNO  727483
ISD  19030500
NAM  Street
OCL  600247
UREF
PNO  3120847
ISD  19640200
NAM  Cavaness
OCL  606147
UREF
PNO  4512635
ISD  19850400
NAM  Melde
OCL  359882
UREF
PNO  5665069
ISD  19970900
NAM  Cumer et al.
OCL  604116
LREP
FRM  Calfee, Halter & Griswold, LLP
ABST
PAL  A mirror for use during eye surgery comprises a handle, a reflective
      surface oriented at a skewed angle with respect to the handle and a needle
      holder oriented with respect to the reflective surface to allow viewing of
      the distal end of the needle as it is passed under the iris and inserted
      into the tissue of a patient's eye.
PATN
WKU  059888253
SRC  8
APN  8504946
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970502
TTL  Housing frame for illuminated signs having multiple configurations
ISD  19991123
NCL  47
ECL  1
EXP  Sember; Thomas M.
NDR  19
NFG  35
INVT
NAM  Masters; Andrew Edward
CTY  Lawrenceville
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Lay; James Michael
CTY  Grayson
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  NSI Enterprises, Inc.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  362 20
XCL  362249
XCL  362800
XCL  362812
XCL   40570
EDF  6
ICL  G09F 1304
FSC  362
FSS  800;812;249;20;235
FSC   40
FSS  570;580
UREF
PNO  5303124
ISD  19940400
NAM  Wrobel
OCL  362 20
UREF
PNO  5410453
ISD  19950400
NAM  Ruskouski
OCL  362812
UREF
PNO  5768814
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kozek et al.
OCL  362 20
LREP
FR2  Darnell; Kenneth E.
ABST
PAL  A housing frame preferably formable as a single integral unit and being
      capable of use as a primary structural portion of a housing suitable for
      multiple exit sign configurations, the several exit sign configurations of
      the invention being either intended for emergency or non-emergency
      operation and further being intended for use with different light sources
      and power sources. The housing frame of the invention includes structural
      features which allow mounting of any one of a variety of light sources and
      mounting of those components necessary for operation of the light sources
      within a single housing, which housing is of a size reduced in volume
      relative to most presently available signs. Structural features of the
      frame also include in at least certain embodiments a printed circuit board
      comprising a platform and having essentially all circuit components
      including light emitting diode light sources and a battery for operation
      of the light sources in an emergency mode mounted on said printed circuit
      board. The printed circuit board or platform is mounted immediately above
      a floor of the housing frame by a support structure comprising an
      irregular vertical wall extending upwardly from the floor of the housing
      frame. The frame and associated plates forming the housing of the
      invention are preferably formed from polymeric material of a thickness
      less than that of prior "plastic" housings, the strength and rigidity
      necessary to proper operation of the housing being provided by a
      functionally interrelated combination of structural elements which allows
      a substantial reduction in material used for formation of the housing.
PATN
WKU  059888261
SRC  8
APN  6352111
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19960417
TTL  Surface light source device
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Sember; Thomas M.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Yokoyama; Kazuaki
CTY  Ageo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Enplas Corporation
CTY  Kawaguchi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930325
APN  5-89514
RLAP
COD  71
APN  309501
APD  19940923
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  362 31
XCL  362 26
XCL  362327
XCL  362330
EDF  6
ICL  F21V  704
FSC  362
FSS  26;31;223;329;318;327;331;330;326
FSC  349
FSS  61;62;63;64;65;70
UREF
PNO  4729067
ISD  19880300
NAM  Ohe
OCL  362 26
UREF
PNO  4729068
ISD  19880300
NAM  Ohe
OCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  4937709
ISD  19900600
NAM  Yanagi et al.
OCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  5093765
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kashima et al.
OCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  5101325
ISD  19920300
NAM  Davenport et al.
OCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  5130888
ISD  19920700
NAM  Akahane
OCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  5134549
ISD  19920700
NAM  Yokoyama
OCL  362223
UREF
PNO  5161873
ISD  19921100
NAM  Obata
OCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  5184888
ISD  19930200
NAM  Sakuma et al.
OCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  5262928
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kashima et al.
OCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  5349503
ISD  19940900
NAM  Blonder et al.
OCL  362 31
LREP
FRM  Jones Volentine, LLP
ABST
PAL  Surface light source device having a light conducting member, a light
      source, a light diffusing member disposed on a front light incidence
      surface side of the light conducting member, and a light reflecting member
      arranged on a rear side of the light conducting member; and a refractive
      index of the light conducting member is arranged to be constant for a
      distance from the light incidence surface and then to be varied so as to
      be smaller as farther from the light source, to obtain a bright and
      uniform brightness distribution.
PATN
WKU  059888270
SRC  8
APN  8470170
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970501
TTL  Display devices having rounded corner backlight unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1,5
EXA  Ciric; Ljiljana V.
EXP  Lazarus; Ira S.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Lee; Ik-Soo
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960711
APN  96-27918
CLAS
OCL  362 31
XCL  362 26
XCL  362 29
XCL  362330
XCL  362812
XCL  349 58
XCL  349 61
XCL  349 65
XCL  385901
EDF  6
ICL  F21V  704
ICL  G01D 1128
ICL  G02F  11335
FSC  362
FSS  31;23;26;29;330;812
FSC  385
FSS  901
FSC  353
FSS  122
FSC  349
FSS  56;58;61;62;64;65;67
UREF
PNO  4025162
ISD  19770500
NAM  Yagi
OCL  349 58
UREF
PNO  4929062
ISD  19900500
NAM  Guzik et al.
XCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  5050046
ISD  19910900
NAM  Tada
OCL  362 26
UREF
PNO  5070431
ISD  19911200
NAM  Kitazawa et al.
OCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  5228223
ISD  19930700
NAM  Lan
XCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  5239450
ISD  19930800
NAM  Wall
XCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  5335100
ISD  19940800
NAM  Obata
XCL  349 58
UREF
PNO  5579598
ISD  19961200
NAM  Fallon et al.
XCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  5613751
ISD  19970300
NAM  Parker et al.
OCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  5653522
ISD  19970800
NAM  Loucks
OCL  353122
UREF
PNO  5746493
ISD  19980500
NAM  Jonnson et al.
OCL  362 31
UREF
PNO  5769521
ISD  19980600
NAM  Osawa et al.
OCL  362 27
UREF
PNO  5815227
ISD  19980900
NAM  Lee
XCL  362 31
FREF
PNO  5-19228
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
OCL  349 58
LREP
FRM  Myers Bigel Sibley & Sajovec
ABST
PAL  A backlight unit for a display device includes a mold frame and a light
      guide panel. The mold frame includes a groove having at least one rounded
      corner. The light guide panel is on the mold frame and includes a light
      guide projection in the groove, having at least one rounded corner
      corresponding to the at least one rounded corner of the mold frame groove.
PATN
WKU  059888288
SRC  8
APN  8963916
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970718
TTL  Portable light incorporating a multi-position hook
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Honeyman; Marshall
EXP  O'Shea; Sandra
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Prince; Michael D.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Carlson; Mark A.
CTY  Wauwatosa
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Schmidt; Michael
CTY  Brookfield
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Milwaukee Electric Tool Corporation
CTY  Brookfield
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  362191
XCL  362202
XCL  362199
EDF  6
ICL  F21L  700
FSC  362
FSS  191;157;194;197;199;200;202
UREF
PNO  5190369
ISD  19930300
NAM  Pace
OCL  362186
UREF
PNO  5213412
ISD  19930500
NAM  Ciallella
OCL  362398
UREF
PNO  5255168
ISD  19931000
NAM  Stevens
OCL  362108
UREF
PNO  5455751
ISD  19951000
NAM  Lynch
OCL  362194
OREF
PAL  Makita 1992 Catalog, p. 14, showing Model ML700 incandescent flashlight.
PAL  SKIL Power Tool & Accessory Catalog, p. 61, available prior to Jul. 18,
      1996, showing a Model HD2940:71 worklight.
PAL  DeWalt Product Specifications Document, available prior to Jul. 18, 1996,
      showing a Model DW902 cordless flashlight.
PAL  Photograph of Ryobi Torque Force Flashlight, Model TFF100, available prior
      to Jul. 18, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Michael Best & Friedrich LLP
ABST
PAL  A portable work light includes a main body having a light body and a power
      pack, and a hook implement that is detachably connected to the main body.
      The light body includes a head portion that retains a lighting element.
      The head portion is pivotally adjustable about an axis on a reference
      plane that is generally parallel to a bottom surface of the main body, and
      is pivotally adjustable to an angular position that is below the reference
      plane. A mount integrally formed with the main body is engageable with the
      hook implement to suspend the main body from the support. The mount has a
      slot that receives a boss portion of the hook implement and secures the
      boss portion in a detachably engaged position within the mount. The mount
      also has a maintaining means for maintaining connection of the hook
      implement to the mount when the work light is not being suspended. A
      second mount integrally formed with the main body may also be provided
      with the work light.
PATN
WKU  059888296
SRC  8
APN  9012648
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970728
TTL  Direct/indirect lighting fixtures
ISD  19991123
NCL  55
ECL  1
EXP  Sember; Thomas M.
NDR  17
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Holder; Gregory Randal
CTY  Conyers
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  NSI Enterprises, Inc.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  362217
XCL  362223
XCL  362147
XCL  362307
EDF  6
ICL  F21S  102
FSC  362
FSS  307;308;364;147;217;223;355;346;297
UREF
PNO  4066885
ISD  19780100
NAM  Weinberg
OCL  362 18
UREF
PNO  4933821
ISD  19900600
NAM  Anderson
OCL  362208
UREF
PNO  4991063
ISD  19910200
NAM  Stoneham
OCL  362208
UREF
PNO  5160193
ISD  19921100
NAM  Fabbri et al.
OCL  362364
UREF
PNO  5521801
ISD  19960500
NAM  Pesau et al.
OCL  362147
UREF
PNO  5813743
ISD  19980900
NAM  Naka
OCL  362308
LREP
FR2  Darnell; Kenneth E.
ABST
PAL  Direct/indirect lighting fixtures particularly intended for recessed
      applications of fluorescent lighting for small offices and similar use
      environments where balanced illumination for both vertical and horizontal
      surfaces is necessary. The lighting fixtures of the invention include
      general lighting luminaires as well as wall wash luminaires, the present
      fixtures combining the efficient lighting capabilities of parabolic
      fluorescent lighting with the aesthetic appeal of indirect lighting to
      produce a visually appealing effect within an overall environment
      sufficiently illuminated for productive purposes. The general lighting
      luminaires of the invention combine two arcuate reflectors with
      intersecting curvatures, the line of intersection having illumination
      sources disposed on each side thereof and mounted to the reflectors in
      proximity to the line of intersection, the luminaires further including an
      arcuate diffuser centered about the line of intersection of the
      reflectors. Both direct and indirect light thus emanates from the
      luminaire. The diffuser is mounted within the luminaire to mechanical
      light trap elements located at either end of the diffuser, the light trap
      elements serving the dual purposes of minimizing light leakage and
      mounting the diffuser.
PATN
WKU  059888300
SRC  9
APN  0095915
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980120
TTL  Structure of a Christmas lamp bulblet and bulblet stand
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Tso; Laura K.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Huang; Shun-Feng
STR  56, Minsheng Street
CTY  Fengyuan, Taichung Hsien, 420
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  362226
XCL  362249
XCL  4396692
XCL  439619
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1700
FSC  362
FSS  226;249;319
FSC  439
FSS  669.2;619
UREF
PNO  4592615
ISD  19860600
NAM  Durand
XCL  439699.2
UREF
PNO  4593958
ISD  19860600
NAM  Baba
XCL  439699.2
UREF
PNO  4795373
ISD  19890100
NAM  Fitzgerald et al.
OCL  439619
UREF
PNO  4932901
ISD  19900600
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  439619
UREF
PNO  5634823
ISD  19970600
NAM  Furuta et al.
OCL  439699.2
UREF
PNO  5709571
ISD  19980100
NAM  Briski et al.
OCL  439699.2
UREF
PNO  5791940
ISD  19980800
NAM  Chen et al.
XCL  439699.2
ABST
PAL  An improved structure of a Christmas lamp bulblet and bulblet stand, it
      mainly comprising a bulblet stand and a bulblet, copper plates and wires
      go through the bulblet stand. Two semi-circular pieces are disposed inside
      the bulblet stand, a concave curved trough is disposed on the middle of
      the semi-circular piece, a convex dot on one side of the semi-circular
      piece and an insertion trough on the other side. The two semi-circular
      pieces are in opposite positions. The bulblet has a flat part on the lower
      end, a positioning pole, a convex dot and stuck-out filaments are disposed
      of each side of the flat part. Insert the flat part of the bulblet into
      the bulblet stand, so that the positioning poles are locked with the
      concave curved troughs, the convex dots with the concave dots, while the
      copper plates of the wires are positioned inside the insertion troughs,
      thus the copper plates are in contact with the filaments of the bulblet.
      Accordingly, the bulblet is conveniently and firmly assembled inside the
      bulblet stand without the conventional bulblet socket.
PATN
WKU  059888318
SRC  9
APN  0214868
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980210
TTL  Stucture used for rectangularly arrayed miniature light bulb series
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Negron; Ismael
EXP  Sember; Thomas M.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Pan; Wun Fang
STR  No. 125, Lane 99, Dinpu Road
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  362227
XCL  362806
XCL  362145
XCL  315185R
XCL  315185S
EDF  6
ICL  H05B 4114
FSC  362
FSS  249;250;251;252;145-153;806;807-811
FSC  315
FSS  185.5;210;185 R;185 S;186-193
UREF
PNO  5828183
ISD  19981000
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  315185.5
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Bilker
ABST
PAL  A structure is provided which is used for a rectangularly arrayed miniature
      light bulb series. The structure includes a first controller (3) which
      regulates and controls the current in a first light bulb string (1). A
      second controller (4) regulates and controls the current in a second light
      bulb string (2). The first and second light bulb strings (1) and (2) are
      joined in series by a first connecting conductive wire (5) and the second
      controller is in electrical communication with the first light bulb string
      (1) through a second connecting conductive wire (6). In this manner, light
      bulbs in light strings (1) and (2) may be coordinated with each other.
PATN
WKU  059888326
SRC  9
APN  1041878
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980625
TTL  Non-button laser pointer
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Tso; Laura K.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Chen; Kuo-Ti
CTY  Pin-Chen
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Quarton Inc.
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  362259
XCL  362118
EDF  6
ICL  F21M  502
FSC  362
FSS  109;259;118;205
UREF
PNO  2607883
ISD  19520800
NAM  Berkowitz
OCL  362118
UREF
PNO  4518274
ISD  19850500
NAM  Hanggi
XCL  362118
UREF
PNO  4563728
ISD  19860100
NAM  Bruggeman et al.
XCL  362118
UREF
PNO  5343376
ISD  19940800
NAM  Huang
OCL  362259
UREF
PNO  5473464
ISD  19951200
NAM  Knowles et al.
OCL  362237
UREF
PNO  5791766
ISD  19980800
NAM  Lee
OCL  362259
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Bilker
ABST
PAL  A laser pointer having a laser generating loop formed of a metal barrel, a
      metal clip, a metal rear end cap, a series of battery cells, a laser
      generating unit and a signal line, and controlled by an electronic switch
      to emit a laser beam, the electronic switch being switched on when the
      user holds the metal rear end cap in hand and touching the metal clip with
      one finger, the electronic switch being switched off when the finger is
      removed from the metal clip.
PATN
WKU  059888334
SRC  8
APN  9905979
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19971215
TTL  Adaptable directional floodlight
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Tso; Laura K.
NDR  6
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Giese; Robert D.
CTY  Kenosha
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Haugaard; Eric J.
CTY  Kenosha
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Wandler; Donald
CTY  Racine
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Ruud Lighting, Inc.
CTY  Racine
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  362287
XCL  362311
XCL  362427
XCL  362455
EDF  6
ICL  F21V 2130
FSC  362
FSS  263;265;287;418;427;359;311;455
UREF
PNO  4626975
ISD  19861200
NAM  Miletich
OCL  362418
UREF
PNO  4760511
ISD  19880700
NAM  Russello et al.
OCL  362427
UREF
PNO  5584574
ISD  19961200
NAM  Haddad
OCL  362359
UREF
PNO  5593224
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kunkel et al.
OCL  362287
UREF
PNO  5599091
ISD  19970200
NAM  Kira
OCL  362269
UREF
PNO  5651606
ISD  19970700
NAM  Krogman
XCL  362359
UREF
PNO  5713662
ISD  19980200
NAM  Kira
OCL  362427
UREF
PNO  5758958
ISD  19980600
NAM  Chen
XCL  362311
UREF
PNO  5882109
ISD  19990300
NAM  McKinney et al.
XCL  362311
OREF
PAL  L.E. Mason Co. Red Dot Sitelight Swivel Light Installation Instructions
      1995.
PAL  L. E. Mason Co. Red Dot Sitelight Wall Spot Light Installation Instructions
      1995.
LREP
FRM  Jansson, Shupe, Bridge & Munger, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A floodlight has a housing and a housing support coupled to the housing. In
      the improvement, the support includes a strut extending along a strut axis
      and having a distal end and a pivot member at a proximal end. The pivot
      member is mounted for movement about an axis of rotation and has a
      boundary spaced from the axis of rotation by a first dimension. The
      housing includes a housing surface proximate the axis of rotation and
      spaced therefrom by a second dimension less than the first dimension. The
      housing includes a recess therealong and when the strut is folded against
      the housing, the strut is received in the recess. A group of floodlight
      components comprises a main housing and two or more differently-shaped
      center housings. The attachment portions of the center housings are sized
      and configured to be interchangeably received at the main housing forward
      opening. The group thereby accommodates any one of several different
      lamps, e.g., PAR 20, PAR 30 and/or PAR 38.
PATN
WKU  059888342
SRC  8
APN  8819637
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970625
TTL  Lamp and method for forming a lamp body
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Hopper; Todd Reed
EXP  Cariaso; Alan
NDR  6
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Latzel; Michael
STR  Schleissheimer Strasse 411
CTY  80935 Munchen
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960625
APN  196 25 381
CLAS
OCL  362320
XCL  362278
XCL  362352
EDF  6
ICL  F21V 1702
FSC  362
FSS  319;320;278;352
UREF
PNO  1547026
ISD  19250700
NAM  Canney
OCL  362320
UREF
PNO  1959931
ISD  19340500
NAM  Schwartz
OCL  362278
LREP
FR2  Kasper; Horst M.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a lamp comprising a lamp body formed by one
      single device component. The device component is formed of a foil made of
      a bendable, elastic material. The foil exhibits a bending line near a
      center of the foil. The foil contains an opening for receiving the
      illuminating device and/or current-carrying parts. The foil is formed to a
      curved, central wave fold by exerting a light pressure from two sides
      toward the center of the foil based on the bendable and elastic properties
      of the foil. The curved, central wave fold ends at said bending line. The
      foil assumes a cap-like spatial structure based on a partial deformation
      along the bending line caused by the light pressure. The cap-like or
      hood-like foil can be then easily fixed in this spatial structure by means
      of a suitable tightening, clamping, or locking device. The entire lamp
      body is stable and fixed in this spatial structure.
PATN
WKU  059888350
SRC  8
APN  9951938
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19971222
TTL  Rotating multiple gel and pattern mount for film/video lights
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Tso; Laura K.
NDR  8
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Allen; John C.
STR  27 Irving Ter., #3
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
ZIP  02138
CLAS
OCL  362324
XCL  362323
XCL  362284
EDF  6
ICL  F21V 1702
FSC  362
FSS  319;322;323;324;277;279;282;284
UREF
PNO  1613562
ISD  19270100
NAM  Frost
OCL  362324
UREF
PNO  2943185
ISD  19600600
NAM  DeMott
XCL  362324
UREF
PNO  3045208
ISD  19620700
NAM  Tiberio
OCL  362284
UREF
PNO  3080474
ISD  19630300
NAM  Allen
OCL  240 10.1
UREF
PNO  4891738
ISD  19900100
NAM  Richardson et al.
OCL  362282
UREF
PNO  4893225
ISD  19900100
NAM  Solomon
OCL  362293
UREF
PNO  5113332
ISD  19920500
NAM  Richardson
OCL  362282
UREF
PNO  5138530
ISD  19920800
NAM  Lowell
XCL  362323
UREF
PNO  5416681
ISD  19950500
NAM  Wu
OCL  362284
UREF
PNO  5513083
ISD  19960400
NAM  Chang
OCL  362284
UREF
PNO  5608580
ISD  19970300
NAM  Quadri
XCL  362324
LREP
FRM  Duft, Graziano & Forest, PC
FR2  Vock; Curtis A.
ABST
PAL  The invention modifies light illuminating from a video/film production
      light system of the type that includes a lamp and fixturing to form a
      light beam about a substantially fixed direction relative to the
      fixturing. A mounting frame attaches to the fixturing in a substantially
      rigid manner, and a rod connects to the frame. A disc having a plurality
      of light modifying sections is constructed and arranged to rotate about
      the rod and within the beam such that the beam passes through any one of
      the sections selectively. Each section has an optical element that
      modifies the beam and, thereby, the light. The invention also provides a
      production light, including a lamp for projecting light onto a background
      scene, a reflector for collecting and directing the light toward the
      scene, light fixturing for housing the lamp and reflector, a dial for
      housing a plurality of sections, each section having a light modifying
      element, and an axle mounted with the fixturing. The dial is rotatable
      about the axle and relative to the fixturing for positioning one section
      in front of the lamp such that the light passes through the light
      modifying element of the section. The dial can be adjusted axially along
      the rod to modify, for example, pattern shapes as viewed on the scene.
PATN
WKU  059888369
SRC  8
APN  9036423
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970731
TTL  Recessed indirect fluorescent light fixture with flexible reflector
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Moneyman; Marshall
EXP  O'Shea; Sandra
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Swarens; Ralph W.
STR  1830 Olivewood St.
CTY  La Verne
STA  CA
ZIP  91750
CLAS
OCL  362364
XCL  362278
XCL  362320
XCL  362303
XCL  362217
EDF  6
ICL  F21V  712
FSC  362
FSS  298;303;217;225;348;278;320;364
UREF
PNO  1888103
ISD  19321100
NAM  Guth
OCL  362348
UREF
PNO  1900551
ISD  19330300
NAM  Guth
OCL  362348
UREF
PNO  4409646
ISD  19831000
NAM  Baliozian
OCL  362319
UREF
PNO  5142459
ISD  19920800
NAM  Swarens
OCL  362217
LREP
FR2  McTaggart; J. E.
ABST
PAL  An indirect fluorescent lighting fixture with a self-contained curved
      reflector is enclosed in a square housing that fits into an inverted T-bar
      grid cell of a suspended ceiling in place of 2'.times.2' ceiling tile, or
      it can be permanently mounted in a wall or ceiling. A centrally located
      fluorescent tube, extending between two opposite sides of the enclosure,
      is enclosed from view by a U shaped shield. The reflector, disposed above
      the tube directing light downwardly into a targeted room region, can be
      made with a single concave curvature for narrower "spotlight" applications
      or with a dual concave curvature for wider field applications. The
      reflector is held in place in a self-stressed condition between a pair of
      end channels such that its shape can be controlled by varying its length.
      The illumination pattern can be controlled and modified by a combination
      of shaping the reflector's curvature and selection of its reflective
      surface properties. An embodiment made with a dual concave curvature
      reflector surfaced with small ramp ridges provides wide angle coverage
      free of high angle glare, enabling uniform coverage of large areas with
      multiple optimally spaced fixtures.
PATN
WKU  059888377
SRC  8
APN  9346155
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970922
TTL  Method of adjusting a vehicle headlight and headlight unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Hopper; Todd Reed
EXP  Patel; Nimeshkumar D.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Eichhorn; Karsten
CTY  Ennigerloh
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kalze; Franz-Josef
CTY  Harsewinkel
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Plattfaut; Christian
CTY  Lippstadt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Hella KG Hueck & Co.
CTY  Lippstadt
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960926
APN  196 39 526
CLAS
OCL  362464
XCL  362466
XCL  362467
XCL  362543
EDF  6
ICL  B60Q  112
FSC  362
FSS  464;465;466;467;543;544
UREF
PNO  2277685
ISD  19420300
NAM  Bergstrom
OCL  240 41.25
UREF
PNO  4833573
ISD  19890500
NAM  Miyauchi et al.
OCL  362 71
UREF
PNO  5353203
ISD  19941000
NAM  Bertling et al.
OCL  362 61
FREF
PNO  35 06 405 C2
ISD  19850800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  37 04 029 A1
ISD  19880800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  38 08 086 C2
ISD  19890900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 49 077 A1
ISD  19960700
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Griffin, Butler, Whisenhunt & Szipl, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for adjusting a vehicle headlight during cornering, involves
      creating cornering light by superimposing a light distribution pattern
      (37) with a greater horizontal dispersion than that of a low-beam light
      onto the low-beam light distribution pattern (36). A fog-light
      distribution pattern (37) of a fog light is used as the light distribution
      pattern having the greater horizontal dispersion. A single headlight unit
      can be used for generating such cornering light according to the method of
      this invention.
PATN
WKU  059888385
SRC  8
APN  8659141
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970530
TTL  Remotely activated high-candle power illumination
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Sember; Thomas M.
NDR  9
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Rudenberg; Murray
STR  4446 Mistral
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ZIP  92130
CLAS
OCL  362488
XCL  362 35
XCL  362287
XCL  362517
XCL  362233
XCL  362238
XCL  362241
XCL  362531
XCL  362514
EDF  6
ICL  B60Q  300
FSC  362
FSS  512;514;517;546;488;233;490;277;280;282;319;322;323;324;346;297;396;240;241
     ;232;238;529;531
UREF
PNO  1906568
ISD  19330500
NAM  Garvin
OCL  362488
UREF
PNO  2095928
ISD  19371000
NAM  Ferguson
OCL  362249
UREF
PNO  3117302
ISD  19640100
NAM  Cardarelli et al.
OCL  362249
UREF
PNO  4423472
ISD  19831200
NAM  Duthu
OCL  362184
UREF
PNO  4433362
ISD  19840200
NAM  Ban
OCL  362 86
UREF
PNO  4722030
ISD  19880100
NAM  Bowden
OCL  362 69
UREF
PNO  4779168
ISD  19881000
NAM  Montgomery
OCL  362 66
UREF
PNO  4981363
ISD  19910100
NAM  Lipman
OCL  362 68
UREF
PNO  5031082
ISD  19910700
NAM  Bierend
OCL  362233
UREF
PNO  5195813
ISD  19930300
NAM  Brown
OCL  362 61
UREF
PNO  5607217
ISD  19970300
NAM  Hobbs, II
OCL  362 35
OREF
PAL  D-Mail Catalog, vol. 141, p. 51.
LREP
FRM  Fitch, Even, Tabin & Flannery
ABST
PAL  A method of illuminating a region outside an automobile involves activating
      at least one lamp within the automobile; and illuminating, in response to
      the activating of the at least one lamp, the region outside the
      automobile. The region extends from the automobile to at least 15 to 30
      feet or more from the automobile, and the illuminating includes projecting
      light from the lamp within the automobile to the region outside the
      automobile. Preferably, the illuminating includes projecting light that
      illuminates an area at an average maintained luminance of at least 0.2
      foot-candles at a distance of 15 to 30 feet or more from the lamp. An
      apparatus for carrying out this method employs at least one lamp; a
      remotely-controlled switch coupled to the lamp; a power source selectively
      coupleable through the remotely-controlled switch to the at least one
      lamp; a housing coupled to the at least one lamp; and at least one hook
      coupled to the housing for suspending the housing within an automobile.
PATN
WKU  059888393
SRC  9
APN  1321269
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980817
TTL  Rear facing light bar
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Husar; Stephen
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Pokorney; William J.
CTY  Haddam
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Olson; John F.
CTY  Deep River
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Lyons; Jon H.
CTY  Deep River
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Ford; Robert B.
CTY  Cromwell
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Whelen Engineering Company, Inc.
CTY  Chester
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  362493
XCL  362503
XCL  362540
XCL  362544
EDF  6
ICL  B60Q  100
FSC  362
FSS  493;540;541;542;544;503
FSC  340
FSS  468;472
UREF
PNO  4620268
ISD  19861000
NAM  Ferenc
OCL  362517
UREF
PNO  5010319
ISD  19910400
NAM  Killinger
XCL  362493
UREF
PNO  5027260
ISD  19910600
NAM  Lyons et al.
OCL  362542
UREF
PNO  5560701
ISD  19961000
NAM  Payne
OCL  362493
UREF
PNO  5660457
ISD  19970800
NAM  Lyons
OCL  362494
LREP
FRM  Alix, Yale & Ristas, LLP
ABST
PAL  A rear facing light bar for a passenger vehicle comprises a housing shaped
      to define a rearwardly directed roof extension which increases in depth in
      the downstream direction. The housing is permanently attached to the
      vehicle and supports, behind an outer lens, a linear array of individually
      controllable lights which are rearwardly directed.
PATN
WKU  059888407
SRC  9
APN  1835068
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19981030
TTL  Replacement grill with sliding headlight covers
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Husar; Stephen
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Wirtz; Troy A
STR  912 W. Broadway St.
CTY  Polk City
STA  IA
ZIP  50226
CLAS
OCL  362513
XCL  362496
EDF  6
ICL  B60Q  100
FSC  362
FSS  512;513;507;279;321;496
UREF
PNO  2254137
ISD  19410800
NAM  Biehn
UREF
PNO  2360499
ISD  19441000
NAM  Jackson
OCL  362512
UREF
PNO  4143732
ISD  19790300
NAM  Schmude et al.
OCL  180 68
UREF
PNO  4310872
ISD  19820100
NAM  Lauve
OCL  362 82
UREF
PNO  4441144
ISD  19840400
NAM  Horiuchi et al.
OCL  362375
UREF
PNO  4443836
ISD  19840400
NAM  Horiuchi et al.
OCL  362375
UREF
PNO  4737893
ISD  19880400
NAM  Horansky et al.
OCL  362 64
UREF
PNO  4823237
ISD  19890400
NAM  Horansky et al.
OCL  362 64
UREF
PNO  4951178
ISD  19900800
NAM  Shirai et al.
OCL  362 61
UREF
PNO  5125714
ISD  19920600
NAM  Lecher
OCL  296180.5
LREP
FRM  Zarley, McKee, Thomte, Voorhees & Sease
ABST
PAL  A replacement grill having slidable headlight covers is Provided for
      trucks, sport utility vehicles, and other motor vehicles. The grill
      includes a frame with a grillwork to allow airflow into the engine
      compartment. Headlight covers are slidably mounted within the frame for
      movement between open and closed positions. The movement of the headlight
      covers is controlled by a motor which is electrically connected to the
      vehicle headlight switch. Thus, the headlight covers are automatically
      opened when the headlights are turned on and automatically closed when the
      headlights are turned off. A chain and sprocket assembly connects the
      headlight covers to the motor.
PATN
WKU  059888415
SRC  8
APN  7335148
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19961018
TTL  Multiple beam projection lighting system
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Sember; Thomas M.
NDR  5
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Simon; Jerome H.
STR  70 Sumner St.
CTY  Newton Centre
STA  MA
ZIP  02159
CLAS
OCL  362551
XCL  362576
XCL  362268
XCL  362297
XCL  362329
XCL  362346
XCL  362147
EDF  6
ICL  F21V  800
FSC  362
FSS  32;282;283;284;346;277;281;319;322;324;268;323;300;307;327;328;329
UREF
PNO  3848119
ISD  19741100
NAM  Masson et al.
OCL  362 33
UREF
PNO  4064425
ISD  19771200
NAM  Masson
OCL  362 33
UREF
PNO  4933813
ISD  19900600
NAM  Berger
OCL  362 32
UREF
PNO  5043850
ISD  19910800
NAM  Dreyer, Jr.
OCL  362 32
UREF
PNO  5276592
ISD  19940100
NAM  Henkes
OCL  362 61
UREF
PNO  5483427
ISD  19960100
NAM  Dealey, Jr. et al.
OCL  362 32
LREP
FRM  Perkins, Smith & Cohen, LLP
FR2  Cohen; Jerry
FR2  Kaye; Harvey
ABST
PAL  In a light distribution system for producing a series of light beams remote
      from a quasi point source, a light collection means, a conveyance means
      having an axis, and a series of illumination directors are provided. The
      light collection means projects light from the quasi point source through
      the conveyance means to the series of illumination directors. The
      illumination directors are axially displaced from one another, and each
      illumination director directs a beam away from the system to provide
      illumination. At least one of the illumination directors comprises a beam
      splitting reflector having a predetermined ratio of reflection to
      transmission. Consequently, each illumination director in the series
      provides a measured amount of brightness in a predetermined ratio to the
      other illumination directors in the series. The light collection means and
      said illumination directors define brightness and size of the beams
      projected from the system.
PATN
WKU  059888423
SRC  8
APN  9438408
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19971003
TTL  Apparatus for showing light at a distance from a light source
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  13
EXP  Cariaso; Alan
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Johnsen; Roger T.
STR  1866 London Plane Rd.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
ZIP  84124
INVT
NAM  Urry; Robin M.
STR  12712 Bird Dog Cove
CTY  Draper
STA  UT
ZIP  84020
INVT
NAM  Bush; Matthew T.
STR  770 Creekwood La. #8J
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
ZIP  84107
CLAS
OCL  362551
XCL  362 30
XCL  362 85
XCL  200314
XCL  385901
EDF  6
ICL  F21V  800
FSC  362
FSS  26;27;30;31;85;290;330;354;559;560;551;581
FSC  200
FSS  310;313;314;317
FSC  385
FSS  901
UREF
PNO  2998597
ISD  19610800
NAM  Edwards
OCL  362 27
UREF
PNO  4454399
ISD  19840600
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  200314
UREF
PNO  4535396
ISD  19850800
NAM  Guthrie
OCL  362 27
UREF
PNO  4778966
ISD  19881000
NAM  Obata et al.
OCL  200314
UREF
PNO  4800466
ISD  19890100
NAM  Bauer et al.
OCL  362 26
UREF
PNO  4916591
ISD  19900400
NAM  Schiele
OCL  362 26
UREF
PNO  5130761
ISD  19920700
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  257 88
UREF
PNO  5327328
ISD  19940700
NAM  Simms et al.
OCL  362 26
UREF
PNO  5349504
ISD  19940900
NAM  Simms et al.
OCL  362555
UREF
PNO  5481440
ISD  19960100
NAM  Oldham et al.
OCL  362555
FREF
PNO  263973
ISD  19640600
CNT  NLX
OCL  362 31
FREF
PNO  448443
ISD  19360600
CNT  GBX
OCL  362 26
ABST
PAL  This invention is concerned with lightpipes and lightpipe arrays designed
      to redirect light from a mounted light source, such as a light-emitting
      diode (LED), or from an array of mounted light sources. The lightpipe and
      lightpipe array are advantageously designed to be mounted to a surface not
      directly in contact with the light source(s) or the surface on which the
      light source(s) is (are) attached and to redirect light such that light
      exits the lightpipe at an elevation between the elevation of the
      light-emitting end of the light source and the elevation of the surface
      mounting such light source after a plurality of light reflections within a
      lightpipe(s). Several methods for attachment of the lightpipes to a
      mounting panel are described. A preferred embodiment of the invention
      features attachment of the lightpipe or lightpipe array to a mounting
      panel using a bezel or bezels which substantially prevent interference
      from stray light sources and prevent light from mixing between lightpipes
      of an array. Another embodiment of the invention is in the form of an
      illuminated pushbutton end of a switchcap arrangement utilizing a
      vertically directed light source and an escutcheon to substantially
      prevent light from mixing between vertically adjacent switchcaps
      arrangement.
PATN
WKU  059888431
SRC  8
APN  7542364
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19961120
TTL  Method and device for conducting/distributing air and light
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Husar; Stephen
NDR  15
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Handel; Claus
CTY  Bonnigheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  LTG Lufttechnische Gesselschaft mit beschrankter Haftung
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19951130
APN  195 43 480
CLAS
OCL  362576
XCL  362  1
XCL  362149
EDF  6
ICL  F21V  800
FSC  362
FSS  1;149;576;580
FSC  359
FSS  595;598
UREF
PNO  1254520
ISD  19180100
NAM  MacDuff
OCL  359595
UREF
PNO  4539625
ISD  19850900
NAM  Bornstein et al.
OCL  362 32
UREF
PNO  5117811
ISD  19920600
NAM  Taylor
OCL  126428
FREF
PNO  2334951
ISD  19750100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  94 06979
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a method and a device for the
      conducting/distributing air and light, particularly in a building, or the
      like. The air and light are conducted along the same transport path. That
      transport path may be a single duct having a light inlet and an air inlet
      to it and having ports at intervals along the duct, through which ports
      light may pass and air may pass. An air flow generating fan, or the like,
      may communicate with the duct for moving air through the port out of the
      duct or moving air through the port into the duct, or natural air flow
      past the duct may be used. The light source may be natural or artificial.
      Mirrors in the duct may be used to control brightness.
PATN
WKU  059888440
SRC  8
APN  8596360
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970520
TTL  Method for arranging a fuzzy controller or a system of interlinked fuzzy
      controllers
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Robinson; Victoria
EXP  Grant; William
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Timm; Klaus
CTY  Wentorf
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bergholz; Ralf
CTY  Braunschweig
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Weisser; Hubert
CTY  Lehre
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Volkswagen AG
CTY  Wolfsburg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960620
APN  196 24 614
CLAS
OCL  364131
XCL  706  8
XCL  706 52
EDF  6
ICL  G05B 1500
FSC  706
FSS  900;1;2;4;52;8
FSC  364
FSS  131;424.05
FSC   62
FSS  176.3
FSC  395
FSS  3
FSC  376
FSS  252
UREF
PNO  5345776
ISD  19940900
NAM  Komazaki et al.
OCL   62176.3
UREF
PNO  5459816
ISD  19951000
NAM  Basehore et al.
OCL  395  3
UREF
PNO  5483450
ISD  19960100
NAM  Titli et al.
OCL  364424.05
UREF
PNO  5517537
ISD  19960500
NAM  Greene et al.
OCL  376252
UREF
PNO  5655056
ISD  19970800
NAM  Tasaka
OCL  395  3
FREF
PNO  4241920
ISD  19940600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4308194
ISD  19940900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4439505
ISD  19960500
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  "Distance Control on Vehicles with Fuzzy Control"by Holve et al.
PAL  H.-P. Preuss and J. Ookel, "Lernverfahren fur Fuzzy-Regler" (Learning
      procedure for fuzzy control), "atp" Automatisierungstrechnische Praxis 37
      (1995), 7.
PAL  Chi-Cheng Jou, "Supervised Learning in Fuzzy System: Algorithmus and
      Computational Capabilities," Proceedings of the Second IEEE International
      Conference on Fuzzy Systems, San Francisco, Mar. 28-Apr. 1, 1993, Vol. 1,
      pp. 1-6.
PAL  B. G. Song et al., "Adaptive Membership Function Fusion and Annihilation in
      Fuzzy If-Then Rules," Ibid. Vol. II, pp. 962-967.
PAL  B. Demaya et al., "Multilevel Qualitative and Numerical Optimization of
      Fuzzy Controller," Proceedings of the International Conference on Fuzzy
      Systems, International Joint Conference of the 4th IEEE International
      Conference on Fuzzy Systems and the 2nd International Fuzzy Engineering
      Symposium, Yokohama, Mar. 20-24, 1995, pp. 1149-1154.
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A method is disclosed for arranging or adapting a fuzzy controller or of a
      system of interlinked fuzzy controllers having at least two input
      variables and an output variable which controller or system has input
      membership functions with which truth values of linguistic values for the
      input variables are determined, and has a control mechanism in which truth
      values for the output variable are determined from the truth values for
      the input variable and has output membership functions with which the
      values of the output variable are determined from the truth values for the
      output variable. Pursuant to the method, value ranges are defined for the
      input variables and a number of classes are determined over the value
      ranges. Subsequently, in a learning phase, value combinations of the input
      variables and of the output variable are recorded data set by data set.
      The defined classes are altered, removed and/or new classes are generated
      as a function of the registered value combinations. Following the
      completion of the class adaptation, adapted membership functions and the
      rules of the fuzzy controller are set up on the basis of the newly formed
      classes.
PATN
WKU  059888458
SRC  8
APN  9447814
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971006
TTL  Universal unit for automatically configuring three-dimensional
      structures of a desired shape
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Eissmann; Peter W.
EXP  Grant; William
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Murata; Satoshi
CTY  Tsukuba
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Agency of Industrial Science & Technology, Ministry of International
      Trade & Industry
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961008
APN  8-285941
CLAS
OCL  364131
XCL  36446801
EDF  6
ICL  G05B 1500
FSC  364
FSS  468;578;131
FSC  446
FSS  124
FSC   29
FSS  898;411
FSC   74
FSS  469
FSC  414
FSS  7
UREF
PNO  4109398
ISD  19780800
NAM  Hida
OCL   35 13
UREF
PNO  4964062
ISD  19901000
NAM  Ubhayakar et al.
OCL  364513
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A three-dimensional universal unit includes multiple identically configured
      assembly units, each having a central unit body, arms that can rotate
      relative to the unit body, the arms extending from the unit body in three
      orthogonal axes and having a connecting mechanism at the end of each arm.
      The assembly unit also has an information processing unit for controlling
      a motor in the unit body, an assembly unit operation, a rotary drive
      transmission system for transmitting arm drive motion from the motor, and
      a drive transmission system for engaging and disengaging the connecting
      mechanisms. Each connecting mechanism can mechanically connect with a
      connecting mechanism of another assembly unit and includes a communication
      device for exchanging information between information processing units of
      connected assembly units.
PATN
WKU  059888466
SRC  8
APN  8698910
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970605
TTL  Method of operating a drive system and device for carrying out the method
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXA  Marc; McDieunel
EXP  Grant; William
NDR  4
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Flamm; Heinz
CTY  Villmergen
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Furrer; Franz
CTY  Fislisbach
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Guth; Reinhold
CTY  Oberrohrdorf
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Asea Brown Boveri AG
CTY  Baden
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960701
APN  196 26 287
CLAS
OCL  364137
XCL  364131
XCL  364132
XCL  364133
XCL  364138
XCL  36446901
EDF  6
ICL  G05B 1101
FSC  364
FSS  132;131;133;137;138;139;176;468.24;174;469.01;469.03
FSC  318
FSS  85;625;5;7;8;632
FSC  395
FSS  551-560
FSC  340
FSS  825.14
UREF
PNO  4093904
ISD  19780600
NAM  Burig et al.
XCL  364174
UREF
PNO  4408281
ISD  19831000
NAM  Tack, Jr. et al.
XCL  318 85
UREF
PNO  4815013
ISD  19890300
NAM  Schmidt
XCL  364189
UREF
PNO  4949390
ISD  19900800
NAM  Iverson et al.
OCL  382258
UREF
PNO  5130987
ISD  19920700
NAM  Flammer
OCL  370436
UREF
PNO  5170708
ISD  19921200
NAM  Dilalla
XCL  364469.03
UREF
PNO  5175680
ISD  19921200
NAM  Yoneda et al.
OCL  364176
UREF
PNO  5361363
ISD  19941100
NAM  Wells et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5530323
ISD  19960600
NAM  Breitzmann
OCL  318 85
UREF
PNO  5642366
ISD  19970600
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  714762
UREF
PNO  5751721
ISD  19980500
NAM  Bloks
OCL  370509
UREF
PNO  5768283
ISD  19980600
NAM  Chaney
OCL  714700
UREF
PNO  5777870
ISD  19980700
NAM  Takaku et al.
OCL  364132
UREF
PNO  5872799
ISD  19990200
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  714755
FREF
PNO  0071352
ISD  19830200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0155472A1
ISD  19850900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3928451A1
ISD  19910300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4215227A1
ISD  19931100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4214394A1
ISD  19931100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4407571A1
ISD  19950900
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  "Antriebstechnik im Verbund", Antriebsregelungen und -steuerungen, No. 1/2,
      Jan. 1989.
PAL  "Langswellenloser Zeitungsdruck", Bosse, Zeitungsbruck, Feb. 1995.
PAL  "Antriebstechnik im Verbund", Technische Rundschau 28/91, Jul. 1991.
PAL  "Printa -wellenloses Antriebssystem -" Kankainen, ifra Seminar, May 1996.
PAL  "SERCOS interface" product literature, Oct. 1995.
PAL  "SERCOS interface" technical manual, Sep. 1991.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A drive system and a method of operating such a system are specified. The
      drive system comprises at least two drive groups having a plurality of
      drive controllers of controlled drives. The drive controllers of a drive
      group are synchronized via a drive bus by means of a local synchronization
      clock, and the local synchronization clocks are made equal to a global
      synchronization clock via a drive data network connecting the drive
      control means. The plant-wide synchronization of the drives via a global
      signal enables a drive system to be equipped with a virtually arbitrary
      number of drives. As a result of the fact that the desired values are
      preferably likewise transmitted synchronously, based on the global
      synchronization clock, between the drive control means via the drive data
      network, it is also the case that no time errors occur during the desired
      value transmission. The invention is preferably used for rotary printing
      machines.
PATN
WKU  059888474
SRC  8
APN  9168702
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970822
TTL  Systems and methods for implementing a dynamic cache in a supervisory
      control system
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Eissmann; Peter W.
EXP  Grant; William
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  McLaughlin; Paul F.
CTY  Hatfield
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Canavan; Ian K.
CTY  Sydney
CNT  AUX
INVT
NAM  Davis; Peter C.
CTY  Killara
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Honeywell Inc.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  364138
XCL  364131
XCL  364139
XCL  39520031
XCL  39520043
XCL  707 10
XCL  711 18
EDF  6
ICL  G05B 1502
FSC  364
FSS  138;139;131-134
FSC  707
FSS  10
FSC  702
FSS  188
FSC  711
FSS  118
FSC  395
FSS  200.31-200.33;200.38-200.41;200.43;200.47-200.49
UREF
PNO  4855906
ISD  19890800
NAM  Burke
OCL  707 10
UREF
PNO  4972367
ISD  19901100
NAM  Burke
XCL  364138
UREF
PNO  5311451
ISD  19940500
NAM  Barrett
OCL  364550
UREF
PNO  5355453
ISD  19941000
NAM  Row et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5463735
ISD  19951000
NAM  Pascucci et al.
OCL  395200.1
UREF
PNO  5530857
ISD  19960600
NAM  Gimza
OCL  707 10
UREF
PNO  5598566
ISD  19970100
NAM  Pascucci
OCL  395570
UREF
PNO  5642506
ISD  19970600
NAM  Lee
OCL  395200.38
LREP
FR2  Munck; William A.
FR2  Mockler; John T.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides systems and methods for controlling
      processes of a process facility and, in particular, for distributing data
      among nodes of a real time process control system controlling such a
      facility. An exemplary process control system includes a plurality of
      sensors, controllable devices, and communication paths, and a computer
      system. The sensors and controllable devices are associated with various
      ones of the processes of the process facility, and the communication paths
      couple the sensors and controllable devices to the computer system. The
      computer system operates on data related to the process facility, and
      distributes the data among both client and process nodes. The client nodes
      desire data associated with processes of the facility and the process
      nodes control such process data. The computer system includes (i) a cache
      having a short access time for retrieving records, and (ii) a supervisory
      controller, associated with the client and process nodes, that controls
      storage of the process data in the cache and selectively transfers the
      process data from the cache to the client nodes.
PATN
WKU  059888482
SRC  8
APN  8035776
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970221
TTL  Method and arrangement for adapting a sliding mode fuzzy controller
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  10
EXA  Natnithithadha; Navin
EXP  Elmore; Reba I.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Berstecher; Ralph
CTY  Kirchheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Palm; Rainer
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960221
APN  196 06 480
CLAS
OCL  364148
XCL  364152
XCL  706 14
XCL  706  3
XCL  706  4
XCL  706  8
XCL  395  3
EDF  6
ICL  G05B 1302
ICL  G06G  700
FSC  364
FSS  148;152
FSC  395
FSS  3
FSC  706
FSS  1;3;4;8;14
UREF
PNO  5241651
ISD  19930800
NAM  Ueda
OCL  364148
UREF
PNO  5247432
ISD  19930900
NAM  Ueda
OCL  364148
FREF
PNO  1240897
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/11473
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  R. Palm et al., "Fuzzy Inputs", Proceedings of the Conference on Fuzzy
      Systems, Jun. 26, 1994, pp. 756-765.
PAL  D.S. Reay, et al., "On the Appropriate Uses of Fuzzy Systems: Fuzzy Sliding
      Mode Position Control of a Switched Reluctance Motor", Proceedings of the
      1995 IEEE International Symposium of Intelligent Control, Aug. 27, 1995,
      USA, XP000671297, pp. 371-376.
PAL  A. Trebi et al., "A Direct Adaptive Fuzzy SMC", Proceeding s of the 1995
      IEEE International Conference on Fuzzy Systems, XP 000671296, Mar. 20,
      1995, pp. 1979-1986.
PAL  H. Allamehzadeh et al., "Design and Stability Analysis of a Fuzzy Sliding
      Mode Controller", Intelligent Engineering Systems Through Artificial
      Neural Networks, XP 000671299, Nov. 12, 1995, pp. 557-562.
PAL  R. Palm, "Robust Control by Fuzzy Sliding Mode", Automatica, vol. 30, No.
      9, pp. 1429-1437, 1994.
PAL  J. Kahlert, "Fuzzy Control" fur Ingenieure.
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  In a method and arrangement for adapting a sliding mode fuzzy controller to
      destabilizing changes, control characteristics of the sliding mode fuzzy
      controller, a closed control loop, are characterized by linguistic
      variables and are interpreted using linguistic rules in an adaptation
      block in the control loop which also employs fuzzy control. The rules are
      configured such that an optimally fast approach of a momentary state
      condition to the switching line or switching surface of the sliding
      controller occurs. For adaptation, supporting points are defined in the
      characteristic of the sliding mode fuzzy controller and these are shifted
      for the purpose of a desired control behavior, such as by variation of the
      output fuzzy sets. A separate fuzzy rule set is thus designed for each
      individual support point.
PATN
WKU  059888490
SRC  8
APN  817699&
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970501
TTL  Device and process for controlling the movement of an object
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Gordon; Paul P.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Engelhardt; Johann
CTY  Bad Schoenborn
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Leica Lasertechnik GmbH
CTY  Heidelberg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19941119
APN  44 41 240
CLAS
OCL  36416702
XCL  364162
XCL  36416707
EDF  6
ICL  G05B 1918
ICL  G05B  302
FSC  364
FSS  167.02;148.06;148.09;162;167.07
FSC  395
FSS  80;88;96
UREF
PNO  4985668
ISD  19910100
NAM  Nakazumi et al.
OCL  318568.2
UREF
PNO  5159250
ISD  19921000
NAM  Jeon et al.
OCL  318568.11
UREF
PNO  5159254
ISD  19921000
NAM  Teshima
OCL  318611
UREF
PNO  5371836
ISD  19941200
NAM  Mitomi et al.
OCL  395 80
UREF
PNO  5432422
ISD  19950700
NAM  Nagano et al.
OCL  318611
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE95/01479
PD1  19970501
PD2  19970501
PD3  19951024
PCP  WO96/16360
PCD  19960530
ABST
PAR  In the movement of objects, especially benches or robot arms, on a
      programmed path, the object must be moved into a new position as fast and
      as smoothly as possible. To this end, the control device of the invention
      has a compensating unit 17 employing a movement equation describing the
      state of the system as a reference value Y. At the same time, deviations
      are controlled by a regulating unit (19). The regulating unit (19) is thus
      more dynamic and automatically compensates for changes locally and in time
      in the system parameters.
PATN
WKU  059888504
SRC  8
APN  8360553
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970429
TTL  Curve interpolation method for performing velocity control during
      connecting motion of a robot
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Gordon; Paul P.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Kumiya; Hidetoshi
CTY  Oshino-mura
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fanuc, Ltd.
CTY  Yamanashi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950831
APN  7-245109
CLAS
OCL  36416709
XCL  36416707
XCL  31856818
XCL  395 87
EDF  6
ICL  G05B 1918
FSC  364
FSS  474.31;167.09;474.3;474.29;167.07
FSC  395
FSS  80;87
FSC  318
FSS  568.1;568.15;568.18;573
UREF
PNO  4836742
ISD  19890600
NAM  Ishiguro et al.
OCL  414742
UREF
PNO  5140236
ISD  19920800
NAM  Kawamura et al.
OCL  318568.1
UREF
PNO  5222198
ISD  19930600
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  395 80
FREF
PNO  59-180604
ISD  19841000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-1008
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-64622
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/02472
PD1  19970429
PD2  19970429
PD3  19960902
PCP  WO97/08596
PCD  19970306
ABST
PAR  An interpolation method for enabling a robot to make a smooth connecting
      motion accompanied by velocity control even in the case where the
      connecting motion involves a nonzero-acceleration motion. During motion
      path planning for the robot, in order to perform an interpolation so that
      a point a.sup.(0) on a first motion path G and a point b.sup.(0) on a
      second motion path H may be smoothly connected by a connecting curve S,
      the connecting curve S being determined using a parameter including time
      instant t. First, a function p(T, t) satisfying boundary conditions
      (continuity of position, velocity, acceleration, etc.) corresponding to
      required smoothness C.sup.k is derived as a polynomial equation or the
      like including an unknown parameter T, and by optimizing a suitable
      evaluation function .epsilon.(T), T.sub.0 for keeping the velocity
      constant is obtained. Interpolation is performed using q(t)=p(T.sub.0, t),
      whereupon a connecting motion, in which the velocity is controlled to a
      constant value, can be attained. Where a composite function
      (q.smallcircle.f)(t) including an adjustment function f(t) corresponding
      to a desired velocity transition pattern is used for the interpolation,
      the velocity can be varied in a desired manner during the connecting
      motion.
PATN
WKU  059888512
SRC  8
APN  897117&
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970718
TTL  Medical treatment and or diagnostic system
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Abraham; Esaw
EXP  De Cady; Albert
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Gent; Hartmut
CTY  Erlangen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960718
APN  196 29 093
CLAS
OCL  364188
XCL  364192
XCL  364146
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1900
FSC  364
FSS  188;189;190;191;192;413.13
UREF
PNO  4731725
ISD  19880300
NAM  Suto et al.
OCL  364413
UREF
PNO  4922909
ISD  19900500
NAM  Little et al.
OCL  128630
UREF
PNO  5287514
ISD  19940200
NAM  Gram
OCL  345333
UREF
PNO  5627747
ISD  19970500
NAM  Melton et al.
OCL  364188
FREF
PNO  19520170
ISD  19960500
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A medical system e.g. for diagnosing and/or treating a patient has a system
      controller for controlling the system-specific components. The controller
      works together with an input device and is additionally assigned a data
      storage unit in which it is possible to store at least one operating menu.
      The operating menu can be called up by means of the input device and can
      be displayed on an indicating or display device. The operating menu
      includes a plurality of operating functions which can be selected, e.g.,
      by means of a movable marker. When an operating function is selected its
      associated executable function is executed under control of the system
      controller. The system is further provided with the functionality of
      allowing a user to freely select specific operating functions from among
      the totality of operating functions assigned to the one or more operating
      menus and store the selected functions in the data storage device grouped
      as a separate, independent operating menu. This independent operating menu
      can thereafter be displayed as a separate menu on the indicating or
      display device and utilized as a more direct means for executing those
      functions grouped with the independent operating menu.
PATN
WKU  059888520
SRC  8
APN  9741097
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971119
TTL  Apparatus management system having virtual machines corresponding to
      apparatuses to be controlled
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Robinson; Victoria
EXP  Grant; William
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Nakanishi; Yoshikazu
CTY  Kagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Shikoku Research Incorporated
CTY  Takamatsu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961126
APN  8-314334
CLAS
OCL  364188
XCL  364189
EDF  6
ICL  G05B  902
FSC  395
FSS  62;24;200.12;514;187
FSC  370
FSS  79;347
FSC  364
FSS  464.2;200;900;300;188
FSC  355
FSS  14 R;14 C
FSC  348
FSS  734
FSC  340
FSS  825.5
FSC  235
FSS  486
UREF
PNO  5270917
ISD  19931200
NAM  Kimura
OCL  364187
UREF
PNO  5355062
ISD  19941000
NAM  Takizawa et al.
OCL  318568.1
UREF
PNO  5490134
ISD  19960200
NAM  Fernandes et al.
OCL  370825.06
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A machine management system improves flexibility in control of an apparatus
      and installation of an additional apparatus. A plurality of refrigerators
      send operational information to a virtual machine constructor. The virtual
      machine constructor constructs virtual machines corresponding to the
      refrigerators using the received information, and holds the virtual
      machines therein. Each time the virtual machine constructor receives new
      information from the refrigerators, it updates the virtual machines.
      Controllers receive and hold virtual machines from the virtual machine
      constructor. The controllers cause one of the virtual machines to be
      selected and displayed in response to a user's request.
PATN
WKU  059888539
SRC  8
APN  9435964
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971003
TTL  Method for placing names for point-features on a map based on a plane
      sweeping technique
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Marc; McDieunel
EXP  Grant; William
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Kim; Jang Su
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Oh; Kyeong Hee
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Park; Kyung Eun
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Jong Won
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Korea Telecom
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961005
APN  96-44143
CLAS
OCL  364400
XCL  701200
XCL  701201
XCL  701208
XCL  707 10
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1700
FSC  364
FSS  400
FSC  701
FSS  200;201;208
FSC  707
FSS  10
FSC  382
FSS  472.02
UREF
PNO  4519041
ISD  19850500
NAM  Fant et al.
OCL  382472.02
UREF
PNO  5774362
ISD  19980600
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  701208
UREF
PNO  5819199
ISD  19981000
NAM  Kawai et al.
OCL  701200
UREF
PNO  5835907
ISD  19981100
NAM  Newman
OCL  707 10
UREF
PNO  5839088
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hancock et al.
OCL  701201
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey
ABST
PAL  In an automatic mapping system, a plurality of names are placed on a map in
      association with a plurality of corresponding point-features with
      minimized overlapping among the names. First a minimum bounding rectangle
      (MBR) is placed on a predetermined position of a target point located on a
      predetermined direction-uppermost position from point-features, where the
      MBR is selected for representing a name corresponding to the target point.
      Next, it is determined whether the MBR is overlapped with at least one of
      previously assigned MBRs and if the MBR is not overlapped with any of the
      previously assigned MBRs, the current position of the MBR is determined
      and the name is placed on the MBR. If the MBR is overlapped with at least
      one of the previously assigned MBRs, it is determined whether it is
      possible to continuously shift the MBR around the target point so that the
      MBR located on one of shifted positions is not overlapped with any of the
      previously assigned MBRs and, if possible, the MBR is located on the
      shifted position and the name is placed on the MBR. Another point-feature
      is assigned and located on a predetermined direction-uppermost position
      from the remaining point-features as a target point and the above steps
      are repeated until all of the point features contained on the map are
      processed.
PATN
WKU  059888547
SRC  8
APN  9803777
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971128
TTL  Data unifying procedure determining system and applicable article
      manufacturing procedure determining system
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Ramesh
EXP  Grant; William
NDR  26
NFG  62
INVT
NAM  Munakata; Koichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961204
APN  8-324034
CLAS
OCL  36446801
XCL  36446803
XCL  36446805
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1900
ICL  G06G  766
FSC  364
FSS  468.02;468.01;468.03-468.05;149;150;151;148.03;478.05;578
FSC  395
FSS  602;612;600
UREF
PNO  5485548
ISD  19960100
NAM  Oteki et al.
OCL  395 27
UREF
PNO  5493504
ISD  19960200
NAM  Minato
OCL  364488
UREF
PNO  5495417
ISD  19960200
NAM  Fuduka et al.
OCL  364468
UREF
PNO  5586020
ISD  19961200
NAM  Isozaki
OCL  395707
UREF
PNO  5594898
ISD  19970100
NAM  Dalal et al.
OCL  395602
UREF
PNO  5787010
ISD  19980700
NAM  Schaefer et al.
OCL  364489
UREF
PNO  5796614
ISD  19980800
NAM  Yamada
OCL  364468.13
OREF
PAL  VLDB Conference Mumbai (Bombay), India, 1996, Querying Heterogenous
      Information Sources Using Source Descriptions, Alon Y. Levy, Anand
      Rajarman, Joann J. Ordille, 12 pgs.
PAL  VLDB conference Mumbai (Bombay), India, 1996, Querying Heterogeneous
      Information Sources Using Source Descriptions, Levy et al., Dec. 1996.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  When an element process has been given, an initial graph is produced, a
      dependency graph is deformed from the initial graph, and then the
      dependency graph is deconstructed so that a process expression tree is
      produced.
PATN
WKU  059888555
SRC  8
APN  8566836
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970515
TTL  Operating method for a working area comprising a robot enslaved to a
      bending press for working metal sheets
ISD  19991123
NCL  39
ECL  1
EXP  Gordon; Paul P.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Marobin; Mario
CTY  Campiglia Dei Berici
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Salvagnini Italia S.p.A.
CTY  Sarego
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19960516
APN  MI96A0982
CLAS
OCL  36447201
XCL  36447601
XCL   72422
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1900
FSC  364
FSS  472.01-476.01;468.24
FSC   72
FSS  7.1;8.1;422
UREF
PNO  4613943
ISD  19860900
NAM  Miysake et al.
OCL  364513
UREF
PNO  5058406
ISD  19911000
NAM  Sartorio et al.
OCL   72  9
UREF
PNO  5187958
ISD  19930200
NAM  Prunotto et al.
OCL   72  9
UREF
PNO  5287433
ISD  19940200
NAM  Prunotto et al.
OCL  395 99
UREF
PNO  5307282
ISD  19940400
NAM  Conradson et al.
OCL  364468
UREF
PNO  5345806
ISD  19940900
NAM  Sartorio et al.
OCL   72422
UREF
PNO  5347616
ISD  19940900
NAM  Minami
OCL  395 86
UREF
PNO  5642291
ISD  19970600
NAM  Prunotto et al.
OCL  364472.01
UREF
PNO  5835684
ISD  19981100
NAM  Bourne et al.
OCL  395 90
FREF
PNO  0 355 454
ISD  19900200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3407445A1
ISD  19850900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 91 08869
ISD  19910600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91 10180
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/14967
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 018, No. 474 (M-1668), Sep. 5, 1994 & JP 06
      155343 A (AMADA CO LTD), Jun. 3, 1994.
PAL  Geiger et al, "Inferenzmaschine fur ein Biegestadienplanungssystem", ZWF
      Zeitschrift fur Wirtschaftliche Fertigung und Automatisierung, vol. 87,
      No. 5, May 1, 1992, Munchen, DE, pp. 261-264.
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An operating method for a working area comprising an anthropomorphous robot
      enslaved to a bending press for working a metal sheet comprises a)
      detecting fixed input data formed by geometric positions in space of the
      robot, of the press and at least of one feeding unit, b) the definition of
      variable input data formed by thickness of the metal sheet, height, angle
      and direction of each bend, length and orientation of each bend, position
      of a bending tool, c) processing the above-mentioned data in a processing
      unit by an algorithm based on the solutions of the inverse kinematics in
      order to automatically generate cycles of feeding, bending and unloading
      of said metal sheet and d) the transfer of the cycles to a control unit of
      the robot so as to drive the bending press to start a complete productive
      working cycle of a finished metal sheet starting from the metal sheet to
      be bent.
PATN
WKU  059888563
SRC  8
APN  2997096
APT  1
ART  236
APD  19940831
TTL  Apparatus for real-time estimation of printing medium properties and
      method for the use thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Rao; Sheela S.
EXP  Elmore; Reba I.
NDR  14
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Braunstein; Daniel J.
CTY  Somerville
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Asada; Haruhiko
CTY  Concord
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Massachusetts Institute of Technology
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  36447402
XCL  101123
XCL  101126
XCL  101129
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1900
ICL  G06G  764
ICL  G06G  766
FSC  364
FSS  474.02;474.03;474.04;474.05
FSC  101
FSS  123;126;129
UREF
PNO  4817524
ISD  19890400
NAM  Riemer
OCL  101129
UREF
PNO  5052291
ISD  19911000
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  101129
UREF
PNO  5174201
ISD  19921200
NAM  Andris et al.
OCL  101129
UREF
PNO  5436028
ISD  19950700
NAM  Becher et al.
OCL  427 96
OREF
PAL  Liu, J. et al, "Development of 0.5 and 0.65 mm Pitch QPF Technology in
      Surface Mounting", IEEE/CHMT Int'l Electronics Manufacturing Technology
      Symposium, 1993, pp. 52-55.
PAL  J. Owczarek et al, "A Study of the Off-Contact Screen Printing
      Process--Part 1: Model of the Printing Process and Some Results Derived
      From Experiments", IEEE Transactions on Components, Hybrids and
      Manufaacturing Technology, vol. 13, No. 2, Jun. 1990, pp. 358-367.
PAL  J. Owczarek et al, "A Study of the Off-Contact Screen Printing
      Process--Part II:Analysis of the Model of the Printing Process", IEEE
      Transactions on Components, Hybrids, and Manufacturing Technology, vol.
      13, No. 2, Jun. 1990, pp. 368-375.
PAL  S. Mannan et al, "Squeegee Deformation Study in the Stencil Printing of
      Solder Pastes", IEEE Transactions on Components, Packaging and
      Manufacturing Technology--Part A, vol. 17, No. 3, Sep. 1994, pp. 470-476
      (Not admitted to be prior art).
PAL  John R. Morris et al, "Stencil Printing of Solder Paste for Fine-Pitch
      Surface Mount Assembly", IEEE Transactions on Components, Hybrids, and
      Manufacturing Technology, vol. 14, No. 3, Sep. 1991.
PAL  Evans, John W. and Beddow, John Keith, "Characterization of Particle
      Morphology and Rheological Behavior in Solder Paste," IEEE Transactions on
      Components, Hybrids, and Manufacturing Technology, 10(2), pp. 224-231,
      (Jun. 1987).
PAL  T.F. Hanrahan, P.F. Monaghan and R.D. Babikian, "Modelling of a Solder
      Paste Flow with a Free Surface in Stencil Printing," ASME/JSME Conference
      on Electronics Packaging, pp. 587-592, (1992).
PAL  C. Hancock, E. Lewis and H.K. Moffatt, "Effects of Inertia in Forced Corner
      Flows," Journal of Fluid Mechanics, v. 112, pp. 315-327, (1981).
PAL  Taylor, Geoffrey, "On Scraping Viscous Fluid From a Palne Surface." in The
      Scientific Papers of Sir Geoffrey Ingram Taylor, Cambridge University
      Press, pp. 410-413, (1971).
PAL  Taylor, Geoffrey, "Similarity Solutions of Hydrodynamic Problems," in
      Aeronautics and Astronautics, Proceedings of the Durand Centennial
      Conference, Stanford University Aug. 5-8, 1960), pp. 21-28, Pergaman
      Press, New York, (1960).
PAL  Dean, W.R. & Montagnon, P.E., "On the Steady Motion of Viscous Liquid in a
      Corner," Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, pp.
      45:389-394, (1949).
LREP
FR2  Weissburg; Steven J.
ABST
PAL  The apparatus may be used with printing apparatus in which a media
      spreading member, such as a squeegee, moves relative to a surface, causing
      printing medium to be moved across said surface. The printing medium can
      be electrical solder paste and the surface can be a stencil. The apparatus
      is used for measuring linking parameters that are related to mechanical
      properties of the printing medium and the printing environment, such as
      viscosity and coefficient of friction. The apparatus comprises means for
      measuring a machine parameter that represents the force experienced by the
      media spreading member and means for resolving the measured force
      parameter into components equivalent to two orthogonal components,
      typically normal to the surface and tangential to it in the direction of
      relative motion. The apparatus also includes means for measuring a machine
      parameter that represents the velocity of the media spreading member
      relative to the surface. Means are also provided for measuring the linking
      parameters by determining a specific instance of a predetermined general
      relation among the measured machine parameters of velocity, first force
      component and second orthogonal force component and the linking
      parameters. The means for determining a specific instance of a relation
      may include means for comparing at least three sets of associated measured
      machine parameters and, based on the comparison, identifying a
      relationship that shows agreement with all of the sets of measured machine
      parameters within a predetermined level of accuracy. A typical such means
      for identifying such a relationship is an apparatus that applies a least
      squares relationship selecting technique. Suitable general relationships
      for Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids may be used. A method is also
      disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059888571
SRC  8
APN  916667&
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970822
TTL  Automatic processing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXA  Marc; Mc Dieunel
EXP  Grant; William
NDR  10
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Ozawa; Satoshi
CTY  Musashino
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamashita; Kootaroo
CTY  Hachiouji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miyahara; Yuji
CTY  Kodaira
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ikeda; Toshiyuki
CTY  Hitachinaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960823
APN  8-222071
CLAS
OCL  36447801
XCL  510161
XCL  1983461
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1900
ICL  G06G  766
FSC  364
FSS  478.01
FSC   73
FSS  1.87;1.01;1.02;32;53.01
FSC  422
FSS  72;68.1;50
FSC  375
FSS  404;392
FSC  436
FSS  177;174;63;45
FSC  494
FSS  37
FSC  210
FSS  780;781
FSC  510
FSS  161
FSC  198
FSS  346.1
UREF
PNO  4052164
ISD  19771000
NAM  Konig
OCL  422 72
UREF
PNO  4169060
ISD  19790900
NAM  Columbus
OCL  210516
UREF
PNO  4740472
ISD  19880400
NAM  Burtis et al.
OCL  436 63
UREF
PNO  4847205
ISD  19890700
NAM  Burtis et al.
OCL  436 45
UREF
PNO  4999304
ISD  19910300
NAM  Robertson
OCL  436 45
UREF
PNO  5045453
ISD  19910900
NAM  Katopodis
OCL  435 18
UREF
PNO  5166889
ISD  19921100
NAM  Cloyd
OCL  702 22
UREF
PNO  5186844
ISD  19930200
NAM  Burd et al.
OCL  210782
UREF
PNO  5308506
ISD  19940500
NAM  McEwen et al.
OCL  210745
UREF
PNO  5316726
ISD  19940500
NAM  Babson et al.
OCL  422 65
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  An automatic processing system and method which has high flexibility,
      extendibility and failure resistance. An automatic processing system and
      method that provides for the decentralized control of processings of
      plural samples. The invention combines a plurality of processing
      instruments and makes use of sample containers for each sample. Each
      sample container includes an information processing mechanism, a memory
      mechanism and a communication mechanism. The sample container has stored
      therein an abstract processing procedure, and determines, based on
      information concerning the processing instruments obtained from the
      processing instruments and the abstract processing procedure, a processing
      procedure for processing the sample. Thereafter, the processing
      instruments process the sample based on the processing procedure
      determined by the sample container. The processing procedure of each
      sample container can allow for performing priority, and cooperative and
      concerted operations among the processing instruments and the sample
      containers.
PATN
WKU  059888580
SRC  9
APN  0218642
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980211
TTL  Method and apparatus for delivering drugs
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Park; Wonki K.
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  23
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Yuyama; Shoji
CTY  Toyonaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nose; Hiroshi
CTY  Toyonaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morimoto; Takuo
CTY  Toyonaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Yuyama Seiksakusho
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950609
APN  7-143222
RLAP
COD  72
APN  650971
APD  19960521
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  36447818
XCL  36447817
XCL  36447814
XCL  36447813
XCL  36447801
EDF  6
ICL  B07C 1700
ICL  G06F 1700
ICL  G07F  700
ICL  B65G  100
FSC  364
FSS  478.01;478.1;478.13;478.14;478.16;478.18;478.02;478.03;478.04;478.06;478.08
FSC  414
FSS  268;273
UREF
PNO  Re33416
ISD  19901000
NAM  Konishi et al.
OCL  364478.05
UREF
PNO  4415975
ISD  19831100
NAM  Burt
OCL  414273
UREF
PNO  4546901
ISD  19851000
NAM  Buttarazzi
UREF
PNO  4821197
ISD  19890400
NAM  Kenik et al.
OCL  364478
UREF
PNO  4847764
ISD  19890700
NAM  Halvorson
UREF
PNO  4971513
ISD  19901100
NAM  Bergerioux et al.
OCL  414285
UREF
PNO  5036462
ISD  19910700
NAM  Kaufman et al.
UREF
PNO  5208762
ISD  19930500
NAM  Charhut et al.
OCL  364478
UREF
PNO  5216618
ISD  19930600
NAM  Arita et al.
OCL  364478.03
UREF
PNO  5292029
ISD  19940300
NAM  Pearson
UREF
PNO  5323327
ISD  19940600
NAM  Carmichael et al.
OCL  364478.03
UREF
PNO  5329459
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kaufman et al.
UREF
PNO  5379229
ISD  19950100
NAM  Parsons et al.
OCL  364478
UREF
PNO  5468110
ISD  19951100
NAM  McDonald et al.
OCL  364478
UREF
PNO  5502944
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kraft
UREF
PNO  5533606
ISD  19960700
NAM  Yuyama
OCL  198349
UREF
PNO  5593267
ISD  19970100
NAM  McDonald et al.
OCL  414273
UREF
PNO  5597995
ISD  19970100
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  364478.13
UREF
PNO  5599154
ISD  19970200
NAM  Holscher et al.
OCL  414268
UREF
PNO  5604692
ISD  19970200
NAM  Yuyama
OCL  364479.1
UREF
PNO  5669748
ISD  19970900
NAM  Knudsen, Jr.
OCL  414273
UREF
PNO  5690463
ISD  19971100
NAM  Yoshie
OCL  414273
UREF
PNO  5720157
ISD  19980200
NAM  Ross
OCL  414273
LREP
FRM  Weneroth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and control method for feeding medications in which processing
      units, which can prepare drugs, non-drug articles and drug-related
      articles, are provided along a carrier feed line, and in which carriers
      for respective patients are fed on the feed line in the order in which
      preparations for carriers, preparations for medications, and preparation
      for receiving carriers are all finished so that a large amount of
      medications can be collected and delivered by carts to a plurality of
      wards in a hospital with high efficiency. When patient data is entered in
      a host computer, at least one of the processing units corresponding to
      this data is activated to prepare medications. When preparations in all of
      the processing units, tray feed units, and tray receiving unit have been
      made, a corresponding tray is fed on the conveyor to collect medications
      and is then loaded into a predetermined one of a plurality of carts.
PATN
WKU  059888598
SRC  8
APN  9026908
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970730
TTL  Apparatus for dispensing valuable bulk commodities and method therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Park; Wonki K.
EXP  Terrell; William E.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Kirk; Lester C.
STR  902 W. Utopia Rd.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
ZIP  85027
CLAS
OCL  36447902
XCL  3644791
XCL  36447912
XCL  222 52
XCL  222 54
XCL  222 30
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1700
ICL  G06F  700
ICL  B67D  524
ICL  B67D  508
FSC  364
FSS  479.02;479.07;479.1;479.11;479.12;479.14;479.01;479.06
FSC  222
FSS  52;54;55;30;61;144.5;399
UREF
PNO  4979639
ISD  19901200
NAM  Hoover et al.
OCL  364479.1
UREF
PNO  4979641
ISD  19901200
NAM  Turner
OCL  364479.1
UREF
PNO  5007560
ISD  19910400
NAM  Sassak
OCL  222 58
UREF
PNO  5022557
ISD  19910600
NAM  Turner
OCL  222 54
UREF
PNO  5109347
ISD  19920400
NAM  Quick, Jr. et al.
OCL  364479.1
UREF
PNO  5303845
ISD  19940400
NAM  Osawa
OCL  222  1
UREF
PNO  5431302
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tulley et al.
OCL  222 52
UREF
PNO  5601218
ISD  19970200
NAM  Takenaka
OCL  222641
UREF
PNO  5659482
ISD  19970800
NAM  Warn et al.
OCL  364479.1
UREF
PNO  5731981
ISD  19980300
NAM  Simard
OCL  364479.1
UREF
PNO  5871121
ISD  19990200
NAM  Hashimoto et al.
OCL  222 54
LREP
FR2  Meschkow, Esq.; Jordan M.
FR2  Gresham, Esq.; Lowell W.
     Meschkow & Gresham, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A system (10) controls the dispensing of valuable commodities, such as
      beers. The system (10) includes a controller (36), sensors (26, 34), and
      solenoid-activated valves (24). The dispensing of a commodity begins when
      an operator identifies himself or herself to the controller (36) after
      selecting a commodity and quantity. A record of this transaction is
      recorded in a memory (40) of the controller (36). The controller (36)
      continues dispensing the selected commodity, determines when the selected
      quantity has been dispensed, then automatically ceases dispensing the
      commodity. Reports (178) are generated summarizing dispensing
      transactions. A variety of operational parameters may be established by a
      manager. Parameters relevant to the preservation and flow of the
      commodity, such as temperature and pressure, are monitored, and warnings
      annunciated (164, 170) if out-of-range conditions are detected.
PATN
WKU  059888601
SRC  8
APN  6837999
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960718
TTL  System and method for directing air flow having a sash
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Kemper; Melanie
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Hefferen; Peter J.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Kikta; Christopher E.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Wiedmann; John F.
CTY  Sewickley
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Innovex Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Turtle Creek
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  36452811
XCL  36452812
XCL  36452817
XCL  236 493
XCL  454 58
EDF  6
ICL  F23J 1112
ICL  G05D  706
FSC  364
FSS  505;242.95;528.11;528.12;528.17;528.1
FSC  454
FSS  61;56;57;58;59;62;238;239;229;255;256;340
FSC  236
FSS  49.3
UREF
PNO  5215497
ISD  19930600
NAM  Drees
OCL  454 61
UREF
PNO  5312297
ISD  19940500
NAM  Dieckert et al.
OCL  454238
UREF
PNO  5439414
ISD  19950800
NAM  Jacob
OCL  454 61
UREF
PNO  5470275
ISD  19951100
NAM  Jacob et al.
OCL  454 61
LREP
FR2  Schwartz; Ansel M.
ABST
PAL  A system for directing air flow in a fume hood having a sash includes a
      mechanism for producing an output control signal corresponding to a
      desired flow of air through the sash of the fume hood. The producing
      mechanism includes a CPU which actively produces the output control signal
      and is disposed in fluid communication with the fume hood. The system also
      includes a mechanism for controlling air flow through the sash of the fume
      hood corresponding to the output control signal. The controlling mechanism
      is connected to the producing mechanism to receive the output control
      signal and includes a CPU which actively produces a drive signal for
      operating the controlling mechanism corresponding to the output control
      signal. A corresponding method for controlling the air flow in a fume hood
      is also provided. Also a corresponding system for maintaining a desired
      relationship regarding air between a first room and a second room
      separated from but connected to the first room by a wall with an interface
      through which air can pass when the interface is in an open state is
      provided.
PATN
WKU  059888610
SRC  8
APN  7617070
APT  1
ART  244
APD  19961206
TTL  Sports implement testing methods and apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Assouad; Patrick
EXP  Ramirez; Ellis B.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Baum; Charles S.
CTY  Traverse City
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Baum Research & Development Co., Inc.
CTY  Traverse City
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  364565
XCL   73 1202
XCL   73 6503
XCL  2733176
XCL  2731083
XCL   33508
XCL  463  3
XCL  473219
XCL  473282
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 5906
ICL  G01C 2300
FSC  364
FSS  565
FSC   73
FSS  12.07;12.09;12.11;12.02;65.03
FSC  273
FSS  108.31;108.32;119 R;317.2;317.6;108.2;108.3
FSC   33
FSS  508
FSC  434
FSS  252
FSC  463
FSS  3
FSC  473
FSS  131;132;134;138;219;282
UREF
PNO  4029315
ISD  19770600
NAM  Bon
OCL  273 55
UREF
PNO  4070018
ISD  19780100
NAM  Hodges
OCL  273 29
UREF
PNO  4309032
ISD  19820100
NAM  Facius
OCL  273 29
UREF
PNO  4461477
ISD  19840700
NAM  Stewart
OCL  273 26
UREF
PNO  4515365
ISD  19850500
NAM  Horikoshi et al.
OCL  273 25
UREF
PNO  4563005
ISD  19860100
NAM  Hand et al.
OCL  273 26
UREF
PNO  4577863
ISD  19860300
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  273 26
UREF
PNO  4583733
ISD  19860400
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  273 26
UREF
PNO  4759219
ISD  19880700
NAM  Cobb et al.
OCL   73493
UREF
PNO  4858922
ISD  19890800
NAM  Santavaci
OCL  273 26
UREF
PNO  4915384
ISD  19900400
NAM  Bear
OCL  273 26
UREF
PNO  4996867
ISD  19910300
NAM  Miyamae
OCL   73 13
UREF
PNO  5269177
ISD  19931200
NAM  Miggins et al.
OCL   73 65.03
UREF
PNO  5275396
ISD  19940100
NAM  Sudia
OCL  273 26E
UREF
PNO  5375832
ISD  19941200
NAM  Witler et al.
OCL  273184R
UREF
PNO  5390534
ISD  19950200
NAM  Feeney
OCL   73 79
UREF
PNO  5401018
ISD  19950300
NAM  Kelly et al.
OCL  273 26
UREF
PNO  5419549
ISD  19950500
NAM  Galloway et al.
OCL  273 26A
UREF
PNO  5472205
ISD  19951200
NAM  Bouton
OCL  273187.1
UREF
PNO  5478077
ISD  19951200
NAM  Miyahara
OCL  273185R
UREF
PNO  5481355
ISD  19960100
NAM  Iijima et al.
OCL  356 28
UREF
PNO  5497650
ISD  19960300
NAM  Chien
OCL   73 12.07
UREF
PNO  5586940
ISD  19961200
NAM  Dosch et al.
OCL  473140
UREF
PNO  5616832
ISD  19970400
NAM  Nauck
OCL   73 65.03
OREF
PAL  Ashley, "High Tech Up at Bat", Popular Science, May 1992.
PAL  Vizard, "Technology Comes to Bat", Popular Mechanics, Apr. 1992.
PAL  Hester et al., "Performance Measurement of Baseball Bats", pp. 7-10,
      Journal of the Mississippi Academy of Sciences, Aug. 1993.
LREP
FRM  Gifford, Krass, Groh, Sprinkle, Patmore, Anderson & Citkowski
ABST
PAL  Methods and apparatus for testing a striking-type sports implement such as
      a bat is disclosed. In terms of apparatus, a system according to the
      invention includes a bat-swinging module, a ball-delivery module, and one
      or more programmed computers. The bat-swinging module includes means to
      grip a bat at its handle end, and an independent, computer
      servo-controlled motor to swing the bat. The ball-delivery module includes
      a ball support and a second, independent, computer servo-controlled motor
      to place the ball into the swing of the bat along a delivery path such
      that the bat is able to strike the ball and cause the ball to travel along
      a precise trajectory path. Various sensors are disposed to measure swing
      speed, "pitch" speed and exit velocity, with the computer(s) being
      operative to construct a database of bat performance characteristics based
      upon swing speed, pitch speed and exit velocity, and display selected
      portions of the database in accordance with a user input.
PATN
WKU  059888628
SRC  8
APN  6389619
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19960424
TTL  Integrated system for quickly and accurately imaging and modeling three
      dimensional objects
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Frejd; Russell W.
EXP  Teska; Kevin J.
NDR  37
NFG  47
INVT
NAM  Kacyra; Ben
CTY  Orinda
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Dimsdale; Jerry
CTY  Berkeley
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Brunkhart; Mark
CTY  Oakland
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Cyra Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Orinda
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  364578
XCL  364560
XCL  382195
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1750
ICL  G01C 2500
FSC  364
FSS  560
FSC  324
FSS  309
FSC  344
FSS  578
FSC  382
FSS  195
UREF
PNO  4658218
ISD  19870400
NAM  Kenney-Wallace et al.
OCL  330  4.3
UREF
PNO  4860304
ISD  19890800
NAM  Mooradian
OCL  372 92
UREF
PNO  4907586
ISD  19900300
NAM  Bille et al.
OCL  606  5
UREF
PNO  4928152
ISD  19900500
NAM  Gerardin
OCL  356  5
UREF
PNO  4973111
ISD  19901100
NAM  Haacke et al.
OCL  324309
UREF
PNO  5006721
ISD  19910400
NAM  Cameron et al.
OCL  250561
UREF
PNO  5110203
ISD  19920500
NAM  MacCabee
OCL  356  5
UREF
PNO  5114226
ISD  19920500
NAM  Goodwin et al.
OCL  356  5
UREF
PNO  5132977
ISD  19920700
NAM  Zayhowski et al.
OCL  372 10
UREF
PNO  5337149
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kozah et al.
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  5381431
ISD  19950100
NAM  Zayhowski
OCL  372 25
UREF
PNO  5384717
ISD  19950100
NAM  Ebenstein
OCL  364560
UREF
PNO  5386427
ISD  19950100
NAM  Zayhowski
OCL  372 34
UREF
PNO  5394413
ISD  19950200
NAM  Zayhowski
OCL  372 10
UREF
PNO  5402364
ISD  19950300
NAM  Kitoh et al.
OCL  364560
UREF
PNO  5414647
ISD  19950500
NAM  Ebenstein et al.
OCL  364560
UREF
PNO  5531520
ISD  19960700
NAM  Grimson et al.
OCL  382131
UREF
PNO  5606409
ISD  19970200
NAM  Schneiter
OCL  356  4.02
UREF
PNO  5623335
ISD  19970400
NAM  Bamberger
OCL  356  5.01
UREF
PNO  5638163
ISD  19970600
NAM  Nourrcier, Jr.
OCL  356  5.01
UREF
PNO  5638164
ISD  19970600
NAM  Landau
OCL  356  5.01
UREF
PNO  5689446
ISD  19971100
NAM  Sundman
OCL  364560
UREF
PNO  5719664
ISD  19980200
NAM  Besesty et al.
OCL  356  5.01
FREF
PNO  2 662 244
ISD  19911100
CNT  FRX
ICL  G01B 1126
FREF
PNO  41 09 844 C1
ISD  19920600
CNT  DEX
ICL  G01S 1710
FREF
PNO  57-004564
ISD  19820100
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01S  748
FREF
PNO  62-108172
ISD  19870500
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01S  748
FREF
PNO  06188501
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01S  311
FREF
PNO  2 292 605
ISD  19960200
CNT  GBX
ICL  G01B 1124
OREF
PAL  Coticchia, Mark E. CAD/CAM/CAE Systems, Second Edition. Marcel Dekker, Inc.
      New York, NY. p. 438, 1993.
PAL  C. Bradley & G.W. Vickers, "Free-form surface reconstruction for machine
      vision rapid prototyping," Optical Engineering, Sep. 1993, vol. 32, No. 9,
      pp. 2191-2200.
PAL  E.S. Cameron & R. Doshi, "The Design and Manufacture of a High-Resolution
      Laser Radar Scanner," SPIE Laser Radar IV, vol. 1103, 1989, pp. 190-197.
PAL  T.C. Strand, "Optical three-dimensional sensing for machine vision,"
      Optical Engineering, vol. 24, No. 1, Jan./Feb. 1995, pp. 33-40.
PAL  S.-Y. Lu & R.K. Johnson, "A New True 3-D Motion Camera System from Lawrence
      Livermore," Advanced Imaging, Jul. 1995, pp. 51 & 54.
PAL  N. Woodbury, M. Brubacher & J.R. Woodbury, "Noninvasive Tank Gauging With
      Frequency-Modulated Laser Ranging," Sensors, Sep. 1993, pp. 27-31.
PAL  R.R. Clark, "A Laser Distance Measurement Sensor for Industry and
      Robotics," Sensors, Jun. 1994, pp. 43-45 & 47.
PAL  Brochure by Azimuth "Laser Ranging Systems," including Product Description
      LRY-750E, Mar. 1996, 10 pages in length.
PAL  Brochure by Automated Precision, Inc., "Precision Measurement and Sensing
      Instruments for Manufacturing," 1996, pp. front cover, 1-15 & back cover.
PAL  D.S. Schwartz, "Vision Metrology System: An Automated Noncontact
      Three-Dimensional Measurement System," General Dynamics Corporation,
      Copyright 1989, 7 pages in length.
PAL  Brochure by John E. Chance & Associates, Inc., "TruckMap,"May 1994, 2 pages
      in length.
PAL  D. Knopp, "Megamodels from MicroStation--Photography goes 3D," MicroStation
      Manger, Aug. 1994, pp. 60-63.
PAL  M. Laasonen, "Surveying and Data Processing in Building Renovation,"
      Surveying Science in Finland, vol. 11, No. 1-2, 1993, pp. 3-14, reformated
      pp. 1-7.
PAL  A.J. Makynen, J.T. Kostamovaara & R. Myllyla, "Tracking Laser Radar for 3-D
      Shape Measurements of Large Industrial Objects Based on Time-of-Flight
      Laser Rangefinding and Position-Sensitive Detection Techniques," IEEE
      Transactions on Instrumentation and Measurement, vol. 43, No. 1, Feb.
      1994, pp. 40-49.
PAL  T.T. Wohlers, "3D Digitizers," Computer Graphics World, Jul. 1992, pp.
      73-77.
PAL  T. Wohlers, "The Challenge of 3D Digitizing," Computer Graphics World, Nov.
      1995, pp. 21-22.
PAL  T. Wohlers, 3D Digitizing Systems, Computer Graphics World, Apr. 1994, pp.
      59-61.
PAL  K. Maatta, J. Kostamovaara & R. Myllyla,"Profiling of hot surfaces by
      pulsed time-of-flight laser range finder techniques," Applied Optics, vol.
      32, No. 27, Sep. 20, 1993, pp. 5334-5347.
PAL  R.E. Garrett, "Advanced Technology for Blasters," Rock Products, Jan. 1996,
      pp. 37-42.
PAL  Brochure by IBEO Systems, Inc., "Information on the LADAR Scanning System,"
      IBEO Systems, Oct. 13, 1994, 20 pages in length.
PAL  "Application Notes," Issue 2, IBEO Systems, Inc., Sep. 1993, 6 pages in
      length.
PAL  Article by W. Niemeier & P. Wild, "Use of Laser Scanners for the
      Determination of Building Geometries," Dec. 1995, pp. 275-284c.
PAL  I. Kaisto, J. Kostamovaara, M. Mannien & R. Myllyla, "Laser radar based
      measuring systems for large scale assembly application," SPIE, vol. 2088,
      1994, pp. 121-131.
PAL  R.J. Pinheiro, C.D. Crane & J.S. Tulenko, "Laser Range Image Interpretation
      for Automated Mapping of Hazardous Enviroments," 1995.
PAL  H. Aillsto, J. Kostamovaara, I.Moring & R. Myllyla, "Applic ations of Laser
      Radar," Sensor Review, vol. 13, No. 1, 1993, pp. 26-28.
PAL  Brochure by CATCO, "Laser Mapping System," Jan. 1996, 27 pages in length.
PAL  M.H. Tulloch, "Laser Rangefinder/Speed Guns Find New Uses," Photonics
      Spectra, Jul. 1992, one page in length.
PAL  Brochure by Laser Atlanta, "Prosurvey 1000 and Geolink Mapping Systems,"
      Jul. 1992, 10 pages in length.
PAL  B. Simon & T.T. Wohlers, "Capturing Surface Data," DesignNet, Mar. 1992, on
      page in length.
PAL  Brochure by Perceptron, "Simultaneous 2-D and 3-D images from a single
      general-purpose camera!," may 1995, 5 pages in length.
PAL  S. Ball, "Autoscanning Laser Systems a Valuable Took," Sep. 1996, 2 pages
      in length.
PAL  C. Bradley & G.W. Vickers, "Free-form surface reconstruction for machine
      vision rapid prototyping," Optical Engineering, vol. 32, No. 9, Sep. 1993,
      pp. 2191-2200.
PAL  C.-W. Liao & G. Medioni, "Surface Approximation of a Cloud of 3D Points,"
      Graphical Models and Image Processing, vol. 57, No. 1, Jan. 1995, pp.
      67-74.
PAL  A.B. Dobrzeniecks, N.D. Levitt, "Interactive and Intuitive Segmentation of
      Volumetric Data: The Segmentview System and the Kooshball Algorithm,"
      Instittute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. Proceedings of the
      International Conference on Image Processing (ICIP), vol. 3, Oct. 23-26,
      1995, Washington, pp. 540-543.
PAL  J.H. Park, T.G. Chang & J.S. Choi, "Three-Dimensional Object Representation
      and Recognition Based on Surface Normal Images," Pattern Recognition, vol.
      26, No. 6, Jun. 1993, pp. 913-921.
PAL  P.F. Hemler, G.L. Bilbro & W.E. Snyder, "Active Model Matching in Range
      Images," IEEE International Conference on Robotics and Automation,
      Raleigh, NC, vol. 1, Mar. 31-Apr. 3, 1987, vol. 1, pp. 228-233.
PAL  N.S. Raja & A.K. Jain, "Obtaining Generic Parts from Range Images Using a
      Multi-View Representation," Image Understanding, vol. 60, No. 1, Jul.
      1994, pp. 44-64.
PAL  S. Tamua, E.-K. Kim, R. Close & Y. Sato, "Error Correction in Laser Scanner
      Three-Dimensional Measurement by Two-Axis Model and Coarse-Fine Parameter
      Search," Pattern Recognition, vol. 27, No. 3, Mar. 1994, pp. 331-338.
PAL  T. Kanade, A. Gruss & L.R. Carley, "A Very Fast VLSI Rangefinger,"
      Proceedings of the 1991 IEEE International Conference on Robotics and
      Automation, Sacramento, California, Apr. 1991, pp. 1322-1329.
PAL  J.D. Spinhirne, "Micro Pulse Lidar," IEEE Transactions of Geoscience and
      Remote Sensing, vol. 31, No. 1, Jan. 1993, pp. 48-55.
PAL  S.G. Nadabar & A.K. Jain, "Fusion of Range and Intensity Images on a
      Connection Machine (CM-2)," Pattern Recognition, vol. 28, No. 1, Jan.
      1995, pp. 11-26.
PAL  K. Nakazawa & C. Suzuki, "Development of 3-D Robot Vision Sensor with Fiber
      Grating," IECON'91 1991 International Conference on Industrial
      Electronics, Control and Instrumentation, vol. 3, Oct. 28-Nov. 1, 1991,
      Kobe Japan, pp. 2368-2372.
PAL  P. Vaha, K. Kansala, I Kaisto & R. Heikkila, "Application of 3-D CAD and
      3-D Coordinate Meter in Frame Erection", Automation and Robotics in
      Construction X, Elsevier Science Publishers B.V., 1993, pp. 487-494.
PAL  "Take a Photo, Create a Model", Computer Graphic World, May 1994,. pp.
      58-59.
PAL  I. Kaisto, J. Kostamovaara, "Laser Rangefinding Techniques in the Sensing
      of 3-D Objects" SPIE, vol. 1260, Sensing and Reconstruction of
      Three-Dimensional Objects and Scenes, 1990, pp. 122-133.
PAL  B. Turko, "A Picosecond Resolution Time Digitizer for Laser Ranging", IEEE
      Transactions on Nuclear Sciences, vol. NS-25, No. 1, Feb. 1978, pp. 75-80.
PAL  K.W. Wong, A.G. Wiley, & M. Lew, "GPS-Guided Vision Systems for Real-Time
      Surveying", Journal of Surveying Engineering, vol. 115, No. 2, May 1989,
      pp. 243-251.
PAL  Brochure, Photo Modeler, EOS System, 1995, 2 pages in length.
PAL  Brochure, Kreon, 1995, 7 pages in length.
PAL  Brochure, Spatial Positioning Systems, Inc. (SPI), 1996, 4 pages in length.
PAL  Brochure, Bechtel Corp., 1993, 4 pages in length.
PAL  Brochure, Micro Scan 3D, CyberOptics Corp., 1995, 1 page in length.
PAL  Advertisement, "MDL's Quarryman ALS", ACSM Bulletin, Jul./Aug. 1996, p. 36.
PAL  Brochure, "On-line 3-D Measuring Systms," Mapvision II, date unknown, 4
      pages in length.
PAL  Brochure, "TV Auto-Scanning Laser System (TV-ALS)," MDL Technologies, Inc.,
      date unknown, 4 pages in length.
PAL  Brochure, "Surveyor ALS (Auto Scanning Laser System)," MDL Technologies,
      Inc., date unknown, 3 pages in length.
PAL  M. Scherer, "Uni-Scan: A System for Automatic Architectural Surveying,"
      date unknown, pp. 285-284c.
PAL  Brochure, "Cyberware Color 3D Digitizer," date unknown, 7 pages in length.
PAL  Brochure, "3D Laser Digitizing Systems," Laser Design, Inc., date unknown,
      5 pages in length.
PAL  Brochure, "Acccess problems? Prism Problems? Gota do it fast?", Cubic
      Precision, date unknown, 5 pages in length.
LREP
FRM  Limbach & Limbach L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An integrated system generates a model of a three-dimensional object. A
      scanning laser device scans the three-dimensional object and generates a
      point cloud. The points of the point cloud each indicate a location of a
      corresponding point on a surface of the object. A first model is
      generated, responsive to the point cloud which represents constituent
      geometric shapes of the object. A data file is generated, responsive to
      the first model, that can be inputted to a computer-aided design system.
PATN
WKU  059888636
SRC  9
APN  2171511
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19981221
TTL  Temporal and resolution layering in advanced television
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Ramirez; Ellis B.
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Demos; Gary E.
CTY  Culver City
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  DemoGraFX
CTY  Culver City
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  594815
APD  19960130
PSC  01
PNO  5852565
CLAS
OCL  36471502
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1700
FSC  364
FSS  715.02;514.2
FSC  348
FSS  429;447
FSC  709
FSS  247
UREF
PNO  5465119
ISD  19951100
NAM  Demos
OCL  348447
UREF
PNO  5852565
ISD  19981200
NAM  Demos
OCL  364715.02
OREF
PAL  Aravind, R., et al., "Packet Loss Resilience of MPEG-2 Scalable Video
      Coding Algorithms", IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video
      Technology, vol. 6, No. 5, pp. 426-435 (Oct. 1996).
PAL  Vincent, A., et al., "Spatial Prediction in Scalable Video Coding",
      International Broadcasting Convention, Publication No. 413, pp. 244-249
      (Sep. 1995).
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for image compression which demonstrably achieves
      better than 1000-line resolution image compression at high frame rates
      with high quality. Image material is preferably captured at an initial or
      primary framing rate of 72 fps. An MPEG-2 data stream is then generated,
      comprising: (1) a base layer, preferably encoded using only MPEG-2 P
      frames, comprising a low resolution (e.g., 1024.times.512 pixels), low
      frame rate (24 or 36 Hz) bitstream; (2) an optional base resolution
      temporal enhancement layer, encoded using only MPEG-2 B frames, comprising
      a low resolution (e.g., 1024.times.512 pixels), high fi-e rate (72 Hz)
      bitstream; (3) an optional base temporal high resolution enhancement
      layer, preferably encoded using only MPEG-2 P frames, comprising a high
      resolution (e.g., 2k.times.1k pixels), low frame rate (24 or 36 Hz)
      bitstream; (4) an optional high resolution temporal enhancement layer,
      encoded using only MPEG-2 B frames, comprising a high resolution (e.g.,
      2k.times.1k pixels), high frame rate (72 Hz) bitstream. The invention can
      allocate all available bits to the lower resolution base layer when
      "stressful" image material is encountered. The invention provides
      replacement of numerous resolutions and frame rates with a single layered
      resolution and frame rate; eliminates interlace in order to achieve better
      than 1000-lines of resolution for 2 megapixel images at high frame rates
      (72 Hz) within a 6 MHz television channel; and is compatible with 72 Hz
      computer displays.
PATN
WKU  059888644
SRC  8
APN  9601600
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971029
TTL  Process for producing aggregate from waste
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Soohoo; Tony G.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Bracegirdle; Paul E.
STR  9 Crimson Leaf Dr.
CTY  Newtown
STA  PA
ZIP  18940
CLAS
OCL  366  7
XCL  366  8
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  302
ICL  B28C  546
FSC  366
FSS  2;3;4;6;7;8;10;12;23;24;25
FSC  106
FSS  718;714;602;603;607
FSC  110
FSS  165 R;165 A
FSC   34
FSS  499;497
UREF
PNO  Re32206
ISD  19860700
NAM  Bracegirdle
OCL  366  8
UREF
PNO  4245915
ISD  19810100
NAM  Bracegirdle
OCL  366 12
UREF
PNO  4781944
ISD  19881100
NAM  Jones
OCL  427228
UREF
PNO  5040920
ISD  19910800
NAM  Forrester
OCL  405129
UREF
PNO  5057009
ISD  19911000
NAM  Nechvatal et al.
OCL  110165A
UREF
PNO  5302179
ISD  19940400
NAM  Wagner
OCL   71 13
LREP
FR2  Kramer; Daniel
ABST
PAL  The described process utilizes the ash from a trash-to-steam plant and a
      cementitous binder along with the hot output of an earth purification
      process and a strictly defined quantity of water in calculated amounts to
      produce an aggregate which satisfies leach and strength tests and
      qualifies for use in road building and as a landfill cover.
PATN
WKU  059888652
SRC  8
APN  8949026
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970902
TTL  Device for preparing thermoplastic material
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Soohoo; Tony G.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Bacher; Helmut
STR  Bruck/Hausleiten 17
CTY  St. Florian A-4490
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Schulz; Helmuth
STR  Badstrasse 20
CTY  St. Florian A-4490
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Wendelin; Georg
STR  Waldbothenweg 84
CTY  Linz A-4033
CNT  ATX
PRIR
CNT  ATX
APD  19950411
APN  628/95
CLAS
OCL  366 7693
EDF  6
ICL  B29B  760
FSC  366
FSS  76.1;76.9;76.92;76.93;80;81;82;98;99
UREF
PNO  3228065
ISD  19660100
NAM  Cournoyer et al.
OCL  366 76.91
UREF
PNO  4058298
ISD  19771100
NAM  Duska et al.
OCL  366 76.1
UREF
PNO  4195934
ISD  19800400
NAM  Spanier
OCL  366 96.92
UREF
PNO  4494877
ISD  19850100
NAM  Upmeier et al.
OCL  366 76.93
UREF
PNO  5096302
ISD  19920300
NAM  Durina
OCL  366 76.92
UREF
PNO  5683632
ISD  19971100
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  366 76.1
FREF
PNO  0 071 159
ISD  19830200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 100 945
ISD  19840900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 303 929
ISD  19890200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1271973
ISD  19680700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  21 12 306
ISD  19720900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  23 51 328
ISD  19750400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 88 02684
ISD  19880400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95 17293
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Salter & Michaelson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AT96/00053
PD1  19970902
PD2  19970902
PD3  19960319
PCP  WO96/32242
PCD  19961017
ABST
PAR  An apparatus for reprocessing thermoplastic synthetic plastic material has
      a receptacle (1) for accomodating the synthetic plastic material, in which
      receptacle (1) has a rotating tool (4) is provided which presses the
      synthetic plastic material out of the receptacle (1) into the inlet
      opening (11) in the side wall of the screw housing (12) of a screw (13).
      The screw housing (12) of the screw (13) has a pocket-like enlargement
      (22) in the area of the inlet opening (11), which enlargement (22)
      provides an additional space for the synthetic plastic material being
      pressed in. On that edge of the inlet opening (11) on which the direction
      of rotation of the screw (13) is directed towards the receptacle (1), this
      enlargement (22) is confined by an adjustable wall piece (23). The
      enlargement (22) gives way in an area of the screw housing (12) adjoining
      it to grooves (28), which are of a depth which decreases to the screw
      diameter and which are separated from each by the rigid ribs (29)
      projecting toward the screw (13) from the wall of the enlargement (22).
      Each of these grooves (28) forms a space for the synthetic plastic
      material, the longitudinal direction of which space runs essentially in
      the axial direction of the screw (13).
PATN
WKU  059888660
SRC  9
APN  0831905
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980522
TTL  Floating sleeve mixer and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Soohoo; Tony G.
NDR  4
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Barr; Robert A.
STR  504 Carolina Ave.
CTY  Virginia Beach
STA  VA
ZIP  23454
CLAS
OCL  366 80
XCL  366 82
EDF  6
ICL  B01F  708
ICL  B29B  714
FSC  366
FSS  79;80;81;82
UREF
PNO  3836127
ISD  19740900
NAM  Csongor
OCL  366 82
UREF
PNO  4070138
ISD  19780100
NAM  Stanwood
UREF
PNO  4112516
ISD  19780900
NAM  Hotz
OCL  366 80
UREF
PNO  4332482
ISD  19820600
NAM  Engler
UREF
PNO  4387997
ISD  19830600
NAM  Klein et al.
UREF
PNO  4453905
ISD  19840600
NAM  Bennett
UREF
PNO  4746478
ISD  19880500
NAM  Fujisaki et al.
UREF
PNO  4749279
ISD  19880600
NAM  Csongor
OCL  366 82
UREF
PNO  4802140
ISD  19890100
NAM  Dowling
UREF
PNO  4901635
ISD  19900200
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  5013233
ISD  19910500
NAM  Semmekrot
OCL  366 82
UREF
PNO  5056925
ISD  19911000
NAM  Klein
LREP
FRM  Thelen Reid & Priest
ABST
PAL  A mixer for plasticable resins has a fixedly positioned heated barrel with
      a power driven screw mounted axially in the barrel bore, a driven rotor is
      axially aligned with and extending in a downstream direction from the
      downstream end of power driven screw. A series of elongated rotor flow
      transfer cavities are in the outer surface of the rotor. The rotor flow
      transfer cavities extending inwardly and are arranged in a plurality of
      axially aligned rows and a plurality of annular rows concentric to the
      axis of the rotor. A floating sleeve is coaxially positioned over the
      power driven rotor and interposed between the rotor and the barrel so as
      to be capable of independent rotation relative to both the power driven
      rotor and the barrel. The floating sleeve has a plurality of parallel
      outwardly extending ring flanges extending radially outwardly and inwardly
      facing a plurality of annular and elongated in cross-section outer sleeve
      flow channels each having an upstream end and a downstream end provided
      between adjacent ring flanges. A series of outflow apertures extend
      through the floating sleeve and communicate on opposite ends with the
      upstream end of an elongated outer sleeve flow channel of the floating
      sleeve flow channel and the downstream end of one of the elongated rotor
      flow transfer cavities of the rotor.
PATN
WKU  059888679
SRC  9
APN  0081027
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980116
TTL  Preassembled fluidizing device having expansive air passage stimulating
      enhanced flow of granular materials in tank trailers and containers
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Cooley; Charles E.
NDR  6
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Sisk; David E.
STR  7353 Hillsboro Rd.
CTY  Bonne Terre
STA  MO
ZIP  63628
CLAS
OCL  366101
XCL  222195
XCL  406137
EDF  6
ICL  B01F 1302
ICL  B65G 5338
ICL  B65G 6906
FSC  366
FSS  101;106;107;154.1;341
FSC  406
FSS  134;136;137
FSC  137
FSS  852;854
FSC  222
FSS  195
FSC  239
FSS  533.13
UREF
PNO  3343888
ISD  19670900
NAM  Anderson et al.
UREF
PNO  3454182
ISD  19690700
NAM  Morton
UREF
PNO  3929261
ISD  19751200
NAM  Solimar
UREF
PNO  3952956
ISD  19760400
NAM  Steele
UREF
PNO  4030755
ISD  19770600
NAM  Heimke
UREF
PNO  4172539
ISD  19791000
NAM  Botkin
UREF
PNO  4189262
ISD  19800200
NAM  Anderson
UREF
PNO  4662543
ISD  19870500
NAM  Solimar
UREF
PNO  4820052
ISD  19890400
NAM  Krysel
UREF
PNO  5017053
ISD  19910500
NAM  Sisk
UREF
PNO  5139175
ISD  19920800
NAM  Krysel et al.
OCL  366107
LREP
FR2  Denk; Paul M.
ABST
PAL  A preassembled fluidizing device that incorporates an expansive air passage
      that stimulates the enhanced flow of granular materials to the discharge
      port of a tank trailer, vessel, bin, or other container, during usage. The
      fluidizing device includes an aerator housing having affixed thereto a
      wear plate, the upper end of the housing having a mount to which a
      resilient gasket may be applied, and prestressed against the wear plate,
      once assembled. A fastening rod extends from the aerator housing and
      mounting boss, and a positioning or clip secured thereto provides an
      initial fastening of the preassembled device in place, once installed. A
      nut or other fastener connects with the opposite end of the fastening rod
      in order to tightly secure and seal an air distributor in place, for final
      assembly of the fluidizing device of this invention.
PATN
WKU  059888687
SRC  9
APN  1535161
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980915
TTL  Drive member for automatic paint stirring equipment
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Cooley; Charles E.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Dedoes; John T.
CTY  Brighton
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Dedoes Industries, Inc.
CTY  Walled Lake
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  366198
XCL  366605
EDF  6
ICL  B01F  720
FSC  366
FSS  197;198;242-251;331;605
UREF
PNO  D356585
ISD  19950300
NAM  Hersant et al.
UREF
PNO  2428492
ISD  19471000
NAM  Haller
UREF
PNO  2521384
ISD  19500900
NAM  Marienthal
OCL  366249
UREF
PNO  2757910
ISD  19560800
NAM  O'Neill
OCL  366605
UREF
PNO  2802649
ISD  19570800
NAM  Stockton
OCL  366197
UREF
PNO  2965363
ISD  19601200
NAM  Worden
OCL  366197
UREF
PNO  3021118
ISD  19620200
NAM  Dedoes
OCL  366247
UREF
PNO  3041052
ISD  19620600
NAM  Dedoes
OCL  366247
UREF
PNO  3118653
ISD  19640100
NAM  Dedoes
OCL  366251
UREF
PNO  3175808
ISD  19650300
NAM  Dedoes
OCL  366605
UREF
PNO  4136532
ISD  19790100
NAM  Okuda
UREF
PNO  4162618
ISD  19790700
NAM  Okuda
UREF
PNO  4225248
ISD  19800900
NAM  Para
OCL  366251
UREF
PNO  4299500
ISD  19811100
NAM  Bassetti
OCL  366198
UREF
PNO  4407584
ISD  19831000
NAM  Boudin et al.
OCL  366279
UREF
PNO  4427398
ISD  19840100
NAM  Eisbrecher et al.
UREF
PNO  4540305
ISD  19850900
NAM  Geisthoff et al.
UREF
PNO  4692127
ISD  19870900
NAM  Wagner
UREF
PNO  5020700
ISD  19910600
NAM  Krzywdziak et al.
UREF
PNO  5080634
ISD  19920100
NAM  Makase
UREF
PNO  5096071
ISD  19920300
NAM  Neri
OCL  366605
UREF
PNO  5098343
ISD  19920300
NAM  Tysver et al.
UREF
PNO  5160198
ISD  19921100
NAM  Fillon
OCL  366605
UREF
PNO  5169232
ISD  19921200
NAM  Fillon et al.
OCL  366605
UREF
PNO  5195840
ISD  19930300
NAM  Ruschke et al.
UREF
PNO  5263899
ISD  19931100
NAM  Nozaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5310258
ISD  19940500
NAM  Godat et al.
OCL  366605
UREF
PNO  5358153
ISD  19941000
NAM  Caldwell et al.
UREF
PNO  5360376
ISD  19941100
NAM  Baldino
UREF
PNO  5368388
ISD  19941100
NAM  Fillon
OCL  366245
UREF
PNO  5368389
ISD  19941100
NAM  Dedoes
OCL  366247
UREF
PNO  5413257
ISD  19950500
NAM  Amberger et al.
UREF
PNO  5437385
ISD  19950800
NAM  Fillon
UREF
PNO  5454639
ISD  19951000
NAM  Krzywdziak
OCL  366279
UREF
PNO  5456534
ISD  19951000
NAM  Krzywdziak
OCL  366605
UREF
PNO  5482370
ISD  19960100
NAM  Dedoes
OCL  366605
UREF
PNO  5496109
ISD  19960300
NAM  Dedoes
OCL  366605
UREF
PNO  5498076
ISD  19960300
NAM  Krzywdziak
OCL  366245
UREF
PNO  5498077
ISD  19960300
NAM  Krzywdzjak et al.
OCL  366605
UREF
PNO  5503474
ISD  19960400
NAM  Krzywdziak
OCL  366347
UREF
PNO  5511878
ISD  19960400
NAM  Dedoes et al.
OCL  366605
UREF
PNO  5542761
ISD  19960800
NAM  Dedoes
OCL  366605
UREF
PNO  5586822
ISD  19961200
NAM  Krzywdziak
OCL  366247
UREF
PNO  5603426
ISD  19970200
NAM  Krzywdziak et al.
UREF
PNO  5622289
ISD  19970400
NAM  Dedoes
UREF
PNO  5697703
ISD  19971200
NAM  Lucchetti
OCL  366605
UREF
PNO  5800057
ISD  19980900
NAM  Lesimple
OCL  366249
FREF
PNO  0 035 422 A1
ISD  19810900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  127589
ISD  19841200
CNT  EPX
OCL  366605
FREF
PNO  0298806 A1
ISD  19890100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2102417
ISD  19720400
CNT  FRX
OCL  366198
FREF
PNO  2521493
ISD  19830800
CNT  FRX
OCL  366605
FREF
PNO  2562874
ISD  19851000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2742072
ISD  19980100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  858607
ISD  19521200
CNT  DEX
OCL  366197
FREF
PNO  2203059
ISD  19881000
CNT  GBX
OCL  366605
LREP
FRM  Gifford, Krass, Groh, Sprinkle, Anderson & Citkowski, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An improvement in automatic paint stirring equipment is disclosed of the
      type having a rack adapted to removably receive and support a plurality of
      paint cans. Each paint can includes a cover, a stirring element contained
      within the can and a driven member positioned above the cover and
      mechanically connected to the stirring element. The driven member is
      rotatable about a predetermined axis and includes two upwardly extending
      pins spaced apart from each other by a preset distance. A drive shaft is
      rotatably mounted to the rack and rotatably driven by a motor about a
      generally vertical axis. A drive member is secured to the lower end of the
      shaft and rotates in unison with the shaft. The improved drive member
      includes two outer legs and a central leg. Each leg is substantially
      planar and the outer legs intersect the central leg at an obtuse angle
      such that the outer legs are substantially parallel to each other.
      Furthermore, the central leg is dimensioned so that the intersections of
      the outer legs with the central leg are spaced apart from each other by a
      distance substantially equal to the distance between the pins on the
      driven members.
PATN
WKU  059888695
SRC  9
APN  1244973
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980729
TTL  Agitator for orbital agitation
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Cooley; Charles E.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Davidson; Jeffrey Bruce
CTY  Burlington
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Feygin; Ilya
CTY  Mountainside
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Gastgeb; Raymond Fredrick
CTY  Doylestown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Pharmacopeia, Inc.
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  366208
EDF  6
ICL  B01F 1100
FSC  366
FSS  110-112;114;208-213;215-217;219
UREF
PNO  1767601
ISD  19300600
NAM  Miller
OCL  366208
UREF
PNO  3128082
ISD  19640400
NAM  Cline
OCL  366210
UREF
PNO  3539156
ISD  19701100
NAM  Zipperer et al.
UREF
PNO  4125335
ISD  19781100
NAM  Blume et al.
OCL  366209
UREF
PNO  4147516
ISD  19790400
NAM  DeBruyne
OCL  366116
UREF
PNO  4183677
ISD  19800100
NAM  DeBruyne
OCL  366209
UREF
PNO  4422768
ISD  19831200
NAM  Solomon
OCL  366110
UREF
PNO  4619532
ISD  19861000
NAM  Schmidt, III
OCL  366110
UREF
PNO  4702610
ISD  19871000
NAM  Reynolds, Jr.
OCL  366213
UREF
PNO  4834548
ISD  19890500
NAM  Tempel et al.
OCL  366208
UREF
PNO  4929087
ISD  19900500
NAM  Brigolle
OCL  366208
UREF
PNO  5593228
ISD  19970100
NAM  Tannenbaum
OCL  366208
UREF
PNO  5655836
ISD  19970800
NAM  Preston et al.
OCL  366208
UREF
PNO  5833362
ISD  19981100
NAM  Shepard
OCL  366212
FREF
PNO  2-187138
ISD  19900700
CNT  JPX
OCL  366208
FREF
PNO  1387402
ISD  19750300
CNT  GBX
OCL  366217
OREF
PAL  Product Brochure: Elmeco's Line of Mixers, The Rock `N` Roller, Mar. 1996.
LREP
FRM  DeMont & Breyer
ABST
PAL  An agitator capable of generating complex mixing motions is described. In
      some embodiments, an agitator in accordance with the present teachings
      includes a movable assembly that is suspended, via several resilient
      supports, from a frame. The movable assembly receives a vessel containing
      a material(s) to be agitated. The movable assembly advantageously includes
      spaced upper and lower plates having a rotatably-supported member disposed
      therebetween. The mass of the rotatably-supported member is asymmetrically
      distributed about its rotational axis. A drive force, such as a directed
      air flow, which may be used in conjunction with a belt drive mechanism,
      causes the rotatably-supported member to rotate. Due to the asymmetric
      mass distribution of the rotatably-supported member, force is
      non-uniformly applied to resilient supports such that, at any given time,
      some of such resilient supports are subjected to a compressive force while
      other resilient supports are placed under tension. The particular
      resilient supports that are subjected to the compressive force change as a
      function of the rotation of the rotatably-supported member, thereby
      placing the movable assembly in orbital motion and agitating the
      material(s) within the vessel disposed thereon.
PATN
WKU  059888709
SRC  9
APN  0332526
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980302
TTL  Apparatus and method for diluting nasal sprays containing addictive
      compounds
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Soohoo; Tony G.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Partsky; Howard
STR  34 Farm to Market Rd.
CTY  Brewster
STA  NY
ZIP  10509
CLAS
OCL  366348
XCL  366143
XCL  366130
XCL  604212
XCL  239327
EDF  6
ICL  B01F  300
ICL  B65D  132
FSC  366
FSS  143;348;129;130
FSC  604
FSS  207;217;212;246;251;260;37
FSC  215
FSS  3
FSC  222
FSS  1;206
FSC  239
FSS  1;327;318
UREF
PNO  53790
ISD  18660400
NAM  Curtiss, Jr.
OCL  215  3
UREF
PNO  2564400
ISD  19510800
NAM  Hall
OCL  239327
UREF
PNO  3140052
ISD  19640700
NAM  McCuiston
OCL  239327
UREF
PNO  4564129
ISD  19860100
NAM  Urban et al.
OCL  239327
LREP
FR2  Plevy; Arthur L.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method capable of diluting nasal sprays containing
      addictive compounds. The user can safely and gradually withdraw from use
      of nasal sprays with successive dilutions using the apparatus having at
      least one indicia and a pre-selected level on the container. The spray is
      administered by the user using the method by depleting the nasal spray to
      the pre-selected level and replenishing with a diluent. The method steps
      are repeated until the concentration of the nasal spray is substantially
      reduced.
PATN
WKU  059888717
SRC  9
APN  0147303
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980128
TTL  Automated watch winder and method of using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Miska; Vit
NDR  6
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Bonnet; Henri
STR  290 Crosstree La.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
ZIP  30328
CLAS
OCL  368206
XCL   81  75
EDF  6
ICL  G04B 4700
ICL  G04B  300
ICL  G04D  300
FSC  368
FSS  10;206-213
FSC   73
FSS  6
FSC   81
FSS  7.5
UREF
PNO  443695
ISD  18901200
NAM  Copeland
UREF
PNO  650842
ISD  19000600
NAM  Hollar et al.
UREF
PNO  1485739
ISD  19240300
NAM  Thomas
UREF
PNO  1531026
ISD  19250300
NAM  Poole
UREF
PNO  2917955
ISD  19591200
NAM  Leger
UREF
PNO  2926519
ISD  19600300
NAM  Setterberg
UREF
PNO  3620007
ISD  19711100
NAM  Kauffman
UREF
PNO  3774389
ISD  19731100
NAM  Wilken
UREF
PNO  4057958
ISD  19771100
NAM  Wuntch
UREF
PNO  5608693
ISD  19970300
NAM  Richards
LREP
FRM  Jones & Askew, LLP
ABST
PAL  A winding apparatus for winding a mechanical watch while the watch is being
      stored or displayed, preferably comprises a housing, a wrist-sized mandrel
      whereupon the watch is placed and held in the housing. A grasping assembly
      of multiple claws grasps the crown of the watch and is driven by an
      electric motor. The claws rotate the crown of the watch to automatically
      wind the watch a predetermined amount and at a periodic interval. A
      control circuit adjusts the frequency at which the watch is wound as well
      as the length of time the claws are driven by the motor each time the
      watch is wound.
PATN
WKU  059888725
SRC  8
APN  7911459
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970130
TTL  Sector data decoding method and circuit in a CD-ROM drive
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Moise; Emmanuel L.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Jeong; Seong-Hyun
CTY  Ahnsan
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960610
APN  96-20634
CLAS
OCL  371 4014
XCL  371 374
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 2900
FSC  371
FSS  37.01;37.4;40.11;40.2;40.4;40.14;40.16;40.17
UREF
PNO  4802152
ISD  19890100
NAM  Markvoort et al.
UREF
PNO  4802173
ISD  19890100
NAM  Baggen
OCL  371 37.1
UREF
PNO  5347640
ISD  19940900
NAM  You
UREF
PNO  5412667
ISD  19950500
NAM  Havemose
OCL  371 37.5
UREF
PNO  5661848
ISD  19970800
NAM  Bonke et al.
OCL  395439
UREF
PNO  5793779
ISD  19980800
NAM  Yonemitsu et al.
OCL  371 40.2
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A sector data decoding circuit of a CD-ROM drive including an external
      memory has an input data processing unit which rearranges data received
      from a frame decoder of the CD-ROM drive into a CD-ROM sector data format.
      The rearranged data is stored in the external memory, Q and P signals are
      generated as is an error correcting interval signal. An L-plane error
      correcting unit and an R-plane error correcting unit are provided for
      respectively performing error correction on the L-plane and R-plane data
      within the one sector data stored in the external memory. A host data
      transmitting unit transmits the data stored in the external memory after
      being error corrected, to a host computer. Thus, the error correcting
      process separately performs error correction in parallel to shorten a
      period of receiving the data, thereby affording much more time in
      transmitting the data.
PATN
WKU  059888733
SRC  8
APN  9778047
APT  1
ART  318
APD  19971125
TTL  Portable bathymetric probe simulator
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Gibson; Randy W.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Pipet; Alain
CTY  Melgven
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Etat Francais
CTY  Arcueil Cedex
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19961128
APN  96.14573
CLAS
OCL  374  1
XCL   7317029
XCL   73300
XCL   73597
XCL   738664
XCL  324601
XCL  367 89
EDF  6
ICL  G01K 1500
ICL  G01R 3500
ICL  G01S 1500
FSC  324
FSS  158.1;601;713
FSC  374
FSS  1;134;142
FSC   73
FSS  866.4;300;170.29;597
FSC  367
FSS  89;95;134
FSC  310
FSS  334
UREF
PNO  3611276
ISD  19711000
NAM  Massa
OCL  374134
UREF
PNO  4041382
ISD  19770800
NAM  Washburn
OCL  374134
UREF
PNO  4293916
ISD  19811000
NAM  Del Re et al.
OCL  374  1
UREF
PNO  4518915
ISD  19850500
NAM  Danforth et al.
OCL  374134
UREF
PNO  4545689
ISD  19851000
NAM  Dunavin et al.
OCL  374  1
UREF
PNO  4854728
ISD  19890800
NAM  Baron et al.
OCL  374  1
UREF
PNO  5483190
ISD  19960100
NAM  McGiven
OCL  374  1
FREF
PNO  0 010 762
ISD  19800500
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a portable simulator for bathymetric probes of the
      thermometric or calorimetric types connected at the output to an
      acquisition card. The simulator has at least four circuits corresponding,
      respectively, to the following four functions: a) selecting a probe type
      (thermometric or celerimetric) and establishing a firing sequence; b)
      generating a periodic signal of variable frequency to simulate a
      celerimetric type probe; c) generating a variation in temperature to
      simulate a thermometric probe; d) detecting a supply voltage threshold,
      with circuits b and c having a common section ending at the input of the
      acquisition card.
PATN
WKU  059888741
SRC  8
APN  9241779
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970905
TTL  Black body reference for RTA
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Bennett; G. Bradley
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Rohner; Don R.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  374  2
XCL  374  2
XCL  374129
XCL  2502521
XCL  356 43
EDF  6
ICL  G01K 1500
ICL  G01J  502
FSC  374
FSS  1;2;121;126;129
FSC  250
FSS  252.1;338.3
FSC  356
FSS  43;46
UREF
PNO  3383902
ISD  19680500
NAM  Cragin et al.
OCL  374  2
UREF
PNO  4433924
ISD  19840200
NAM  Quinn, III
OCL  374129
UREF
PNO  4885463
ISD  19891200
NAM  Wellman et al.
OCL  250252.1
UREF
PNO  4919542
ISD  19900400
NAM  Nulman et al.
OCL  374126
UREF
PNO  4969748
ISD  19941100
NAM  Crowley et al.
OCL  374  2
UREF
PNO  4984903
ISD  19910100
NAM  Sweeney
OCL  374129
UREF
PNO  5154512
ISD  19921000
NAM  Schietinger et al.
OCL  374129
UREF
PNO  5325171
ISD  19940600
NAM  Shimizu
OCL  250252.1
UREF
PNO  5343040
ISD  19940800
NAM  Wiese et al.
OCL  250252.1
UREF
PNO  5466943
ISD  19951100
NAM  Green et al.
OCL  250338.1
UREF
PNO  5505543
ISD  19960400
NAM  Webbeking et al.
OCL  374129
UREF
PNO  5553939
ISD  19960900
NAM  Dilhac et al.
OCL  374  2
UREF
PNO  5613777
ISD  19970300
NAM  Ridley et al.
OCL  356 43
UREF
PNO  5624590
ISD  19970400
NAM  Fiory
OCL  374126
OREF
PAL  International Search Report for PCT/US 98/06830 dated Jun. 18, 1998.
PAL  XP-002067154 Richmond, J., et al, "An Approach to Thermal Emittance
      Standards," National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C., Nov. 1971, pp.
      56-403 through 76-423 (11 double sided sheets).
LREP
FR2  Daffer; Kevin L.
     Conley, Rose & Tayon
ABST
PAL  A method for calibrating an optical pyrometer to an external reference
      point. By changing the focus of the optical pyrometer without physically
      moving the pyrometer, calibration of the optical pyrometer can be
      accomplished without modifying the semiconductor operation. Broadly
      speaking, the present invention contemplates an apparatus for calibrating
      an optical pyrometer. The apparatus includes a first optical source in a
      heating chamber with an optical port, an optical pyrometer, a mirror, and
      a second optical source. The optical pyrometer is positioned to receive
      light rays from a first optical source residing inside the heating
      chamber. The second optical source is located external to the heating
      chamber. The second optical source serves as an external reference point.
      The external location of the second optical source allows for calibration
      of the optical pyrometer without modification of the heating chamber or
      the first optical source residing inside the heating chamber. The mirror
      is positioned between the heating chamber and the optical pyrometer. The
      mirror is situated in such a way as to permit the optical pyrometer to
      receive light rays from the second optical source.
PATN
WKU  059888750
SRC  8
APN  9942300
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971219
TTL  Calorimeter and method for simultaneous measurement of thermal
      conductivity and specific heat of fluids
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Miska; Vit
NDR  11
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Gershfeld; Norman
CTY  Bethesda
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Mudd; Courtney
CTY  Great Falls
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Jin; Albert
CTY  Silver Springs
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Fukada; Kazuhiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as respresented by the Department of Health
      and Human Services
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  374 10
XCL  374 44
XCL   7320411
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2518
ICL  G01N 2500
FSC  374
FSS  10-12;29;43;44
FSC   73
FSS  204.11;204.12
UREF
PNO  4059982
ISD  19771100
NAM  Bowman
UREF
PNO  4630938
ISD  19861200
NAM  Piorkowska-Palczwska et al.
UREF
PNO  5005985
ISD  19910400
NAM  Piorkowska-Galeska et al.
UREF
PNO  5112136
ISD  19920500
NAM  Sakuma et al.
UREF
PNO  5335993
ISD  19940800
NAM  Marcus et al.
UREF
PNO  5711604
ISD  19980100
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  374 44
OREF
PAL  D. Bertolini, M. Cassettari, G. Salvetti, E. Tombari, and S. Veronesi, "A
      differential calorimetric technique for heat capacity and thermal
      conductivity measurements of liquids," Rev. Sci. Instrum., vol. 61, No. 9,
      Sep. 1990, pp. 2416-2419.
PAL  A. Bernasconi, T. Sleator,D. Posseit, and H.R. Ott, "Dynamic technique for
      measurement of the thermal conductivity and the specific heat: Application
      to silica aerogels," Rev. Sci. Instrum., vol. 61, No. 9, Sep. 1990, pp.
      2410-2426.
PAL  C.P. Mudd, N.L. Gershfeld, R.L. Berger and K. Tajima, "A differential
      heat-conduction microcalorimeter for heat-capacity measurements of
      fluids," Journal of Biochemical and Biophysical Methods, Elsevier Science
      Publishers B.V., 26 (1993) 149-171.
PAL  N.L. Gershfeld, C.P. Mudd, K. Tajima and R.L. Berger, "Critical temperature
      for Unilamellar Vesicle Formation in Dimyristoylphosphatidylcholine
      Dispersions from Specific Heat Measurements," Biophysical Journal, vol.
      65, Sep. 1993, pp. 1174-1179.
LREP
FRM  Fitch, Even, Tabin & Flannery
ABST
PAL  A method of simultaneously measuring thermal conductivity and heat capacity
      of a fluid, using a heat conduction calorimeter having a reference fluid
      in a first cell and a sample fluid in a second cell includes the steps of
      calibrating the calorimeter using a standard fluid having known thermal
      conductivity and heat capacity over a range of temperatures and the
      reference fluid to determine a set of sensitivity parameters,
      {a.sub.n.sup.ij }, of the calorimeter, wherein the a.sub.n.sup.ij are
      functions of the calorimeter, temperature and the reference fluid;
      applying a square wave heat pulse to the calorimeter containing said
      sample fluid and said reference fluid; measuring the thermal response
      curve to the square wave heat pulse, wherein the thermal response curve is
      a function of time, temperature of the measurement, thermal properties of
      the sample fluid, and thermal properties of the reference fluid; reducing
      the response curve to a set of discrete characteristic parameters,
      {p.sub.n } wherein each pn is a function of time, temperature of the
      measurement, thermal properties of the sample fluid and thermal properties
      of the reference fluid; calculating the thermal conductivity and heat
      capacity of the sample fluid from the {p.sub.n } for the sample fluid and
      the {a.sub.n.sup.ij } for the calorimeter.
PATN
WKU  059888768
SRC  9
APN  177042&
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19981020
TTL  Method for measuring temperature of an airflow for an inflatable thermal
      device
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Pruchnic, Jr.; Stanley J.
EXP  Gutierrez; Diego
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Duren; Albert Van
CTY  Chaska
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Augustine Medical, Inc.
CTY  Eden Prairie
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  893175
APD  19970715
PSC  01
PNO  5876428
CLAS
OCL  374148
XCL  374143
EDF  6
ICL  G01K  114
ICL  G01K 1302
FSC  374
FSS  148;147;143
UREF
PNO  Re27354
ISD  19720500
NAM  Wiebe et al.
OCL  374142
UREF
PNO  2190383
ISD  19400200
NAM  Newman
OCL  607105
UREF
PNO  2190384
ISD  19400200
NAM  Newman
OCL  607105
UREF
PNO  4138890
ISD  19790200
NAM  Brown
OCL  374148
UREF
PNO  4398535
ISD  19830800
NAM  Guibert
OCL  128399
UREF
PNO  4572188
ISD  19860200
NAM  Augustine et al.
OCL  128380
UREF
PNO  4647219
ISD  19870300
NAM  Figler et al.
OCL  374  1
UREF
PNO  4989456
ISD  19910200
NAM  Stupecky
OCL   73863.53
UREF
PNO  5060655
ISD  19911000
NAM  Rudolph
OCL  128716
UREF
PNO  5111827
ISD  19920500
NAM  Rantala
OCL  128719
UREF
PNO  5277196
ISD  19940100
NAM  Hankinson et al.
OCL  128725
UREF
PNO  5300098
ISD  19940400
NAM  Philipot
OCL  607 96
UREF
PNO  5300101
ISD  19940400
NAM  Augustine et al.
OCL  607107
UREF
PNO  5300102
ISD  19940400
NAM  Augustine et al.
OCL  607107
UREF
PNO  5324320
ISD  19940600
NAM  Augustine et al.
OCL  607107
UREF
PNO  5405371
ISD  19950400
NAM  Augustine et al.
OCL  607107
UREF
PNO  5693079
ISD  19971200
NAM  Van Duren
OCL  607107
UREF
PNO  5876428
ISD  19990300
NAM  Van Duren
OCL  607107
OREF
PAL  "Procedure To Check Output Temperature Of Warm Touch.RTM. Model 5000 And
      Model 5100 Warming Units", Malinckrodt Medical, Inc., Anesthesiology
      Division, Technical Bulletin No. WT202, Mar. 3, 1993.
LREP
FRM  Gray Cary Ware Freidenrich
ABST
PAL  Temperature of an airflow for an inflatable thermal device is measured near
      where the temperature is delivered to the device through an air hose by a
      method that simulates the frictional airflow resistance of the device.
      According to the method, an airflow resistor is receivable on that end of
      an hose that connects to an inflatable thermal device. The airflow
      resistor has a defined airflow resistance that corresponds to the airflow
      resistance of the inflatable thermal device.
PATN
WKU  059888776
SRC  8
APN  9299327
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970915
TTL  Method and apparatus for temperature calibration in microwave assisted
      chemistry
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  9,20
EXA  Doan; Quyen
EXP  Fulton; Christopher W.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hochrad; Todd Mark
CTY  Ventura
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Jennings; William Edward
CTY  Wingate
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  King; Edward Earl
CTY  Charlotte
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  C E M Corporation
CTY  Matthews
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  374150
XCL  374149
XCL  374110
XCL  219759
EDF  6
ICL  G01K 1310
ICL  H05B  664
FSC  374
FSS  110;150;149
FSC  219
FSS  710;759;711
UREF
PNO  Re34373
ISD  19930900
NAM  Collins et al.
UREF
PNO  4471193
ISD  19840900
NAM  Walter
OCL  374110
UREF
PNO  4682898
ISD  19870700
NAM  Janssen
UREF
PNO  4882286
ISD  19891100
NAM  Neas et al.
UREF
PNO  5066843
ISD  19911100
NAM  Revesv
UREF
PNO  5152609
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hader et al.
OCL  374110
UREF
PNO  5206479
ISD  19930400
NAM  Zakaria et al.
UREF
PNO  5318754
ISD  19940600
NAM  Collins et al.
OCL  219710
UREF
PNO  5320804
ISD  19940600
NAM  Zakaria et al.
OCL  422 21
UREF
PNO  5369034
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hargett et al.
UREF
PNO  5427741
ISD  19950600
NAM  Bennett
UREF
PNO  5443795
ISD  19950800
NAM  Revesv
UREF
PNO  5447374
ISD  19950900
NAM  Fraser et al.
OCL  422 21
UREF
PNO  5459302
ISD  19951000
NAM  Jacqualt
OCL  374149
UREF
PNO  5520886
ISD  19960500
NAM  Bennett et al.
FREF
PNO  0455513
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2444856
ISD  19760400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2715738
ISD  19771100
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  "Comparison of Microwave Assisted and Convention Leaching Using EPA Method
      3050B," ElkeM. L. Lorentzen and H. M. "Skip" Kingston, Analytical
      Chemistry, vol. 68, No. 24, pp. 4316-4320, 1996.
LREP
FR2  Summa, Patent Attorney; Philip
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus are disclosed for externally and noninvasively
      determining the temperatures of chemical reactions inside a plurality of
      separate closed vessels that are made of materials that substantially
      transparent to microwave radiation but that are poor conductors of heat.
      The method comprises exposing a plurality of substantially
      microwave-transparent of vessels containing chemical reagents therein to
      microwave radiation, concurrently measuring the temperature of the
      reagents inside a first vessel using a first temperature sensor inside the
      first vessel and while measuring the temperature of the exterior of the
      first vessel using a second temperature sensor positioned externally to
      the first vessel, and immediately thereafter successively measuring the
      temperature of the exterior of the remainder of the vessels using the
      second sensor.
PATN
WKU  059888784
SRC  8
APN  9473734
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19971008
TTL  Expandable bag, especially for bicycle racks
ISD  19991123
NCL  47
ECL  1
EXP  Pascula; Jes F.
NDR  6
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Simonett; Bernard Theodore
STR  P.O. Box 2177
CTY  Vail
STA  CO
ZIP  81658
INVT
NAM  Quinn; Margaret Mary
STR  P.O. Box 474
CTY  Conifer
STA  CO
ZIP  80433
CLAS
OCL  383  2
XCL  383 38
XCL  383119
XCL  383120
XCL  383121
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 3020
FSC  383
FSS  2;38;39;119;120;121
FSC  190
FSS  103;104;105
UREF
PNO  790194
ISD  19050500
NAM  Douglass et al.
XCL  383  2
UREF
PNO  1703620
ISD  19290200
NAM  Hamilton
XCL  383  2
UREF
PNO  2729257
ISD  19560100
NAM  Kepper
OCL  383  2
UREF
PNO  4361215
ISD  19821100
NAM  Sawai
XCL  383  2
UREF
PNO  4466124
ISD  19840800
NAM  Kirkham, Jr.
OCL  383  2
UREF
PNO  4733759
ISD  19880300
NAM  Shih-Chen
XCL  383  2
UREF
PNO  5228546
ISD  19930700
NAM  Chang et al.
XCL  383  2
ABST
PAL  A bag adapted to be changed from a predetermined larger size into a
      predetermined smaller size and vice versa, has a front, rear side and
      bottom panels and readily disengageable fasteners in predetermined
      positions on the panels so that by folding the panels, the smaller size
      bag can be realized by engaging the readily disconnectable fasteners.
PATN
WKU  059888792
SRC  9
APN  1192868
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980720
TTL  Flexible storage bag
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Garbe; Stephen P.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Bredderman; Ted
STR  3 Sunset Dr.
CTY  Delmar
STA  NY
ZIP  12054-1113
INVT
NAM  Bredderman; Ginny
STR  3 Sunset Dr.
CTY  Delmar
STA  NY
ZIP  12054-1113
CLAS
OCL  383 13
XCL   624571
XCL  150112
XCL  150113
XCL  383 18
XCL  383 38
XCL  383 61
XCL  383 75
XCL  383 95
XCL  383110
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 3022
ICL  B65D 3312
ICL  B65D 3316
FSC  383
FSS  38;95;61;110;75;18;13
FSC  150
FSS  112;113;118
FSC   62
FSS  457.1
UREF
PNO  188673
ISD  18770300
NAM  Redden
OCL  383 95
UREF
PNO  254440
ISD  18820200
NAM  Kurtz
OCL  383 75
UREF
PNO  D294912
ISD  19880300
NAM  Rivera
UREF
PNO  D369723
ISD  19960500
NAM  McArthur et al.
UREF
PNO  D372795
ISD  19960800
NAM  Swinford et al.
UREF
PNO  1509922
ISD  19240900
NAM  Belz
OCL  383 95
UREF
PNO  2324495
ISD  19430700
NAM  Deming
UREF
PNO  2415956
ISD  19470200
NAM  Mamaux
UREF
PNO  2494632
ISD  19500100
NAM  Rodin
UREF
PNO  2610757
ISD  19520900
NAM  Irvine
OCL  383110
UREF
PNO  2616467
ISD  19521100
NAM  Cicero
OCL  383 95
UREF
PNO  2661785
ISD  19531200
NAM  Daust
UREF
PNO  2731182
ISD  19560100
NAM  Higgins
UREF
PNO  3085612
ISD  19630400
NAM  Gobel
UREF
PNO  3145908
ISD  19640800
NAM  Smith
OCL  383109
UREF
PNO  3189074
ISD  19650600
NAM  Schaefer
UREF
PNO  3225806
ISD  19651200
NAM  Pollak et al.
OCL  383 38
UREF
PNO  3279331
ISD  19661000
NAM  Platt
OCL  383 95
UREF
PNO  3428103
ISD  19690200
NAM  Walsh
UREF
PNO  3507312
ISD  19700400
NAM  Petersen
UREF
PNO  3746066
ISD  19730700
NAM  McIntyre
UREF
PNO  3990495
ISD  19761100
NAM  LaBarba
UREF
PNO  3998304
ISD  19761200
NAM  Edgerton, Jr. et al.
OCL  383 95
UREF
PNO  4197890
ISD  19800400
NAM  Simko
UREF
PNO  4228908
ISD  19801000
NAM  Tweeton
UREF
PNO  4282279
ISD  19810800
NAM  Strickland
UREF
PNO  4401245
ISD  19830800
NAM  Zills
UREF
PNO  4463789
ISD  19840800
NAM  Leiserson
OCL  383 38
UREF
PNO  4537313
ISD  19850800
NAM  Workman
UREF
PNO  4570800
ISD  19860200
NAM  Luckett
UREF
PNO  4578814
ISD  19860300
NAM  Skamser
UREF
PNO  4708248
ISD  19871100
NAM  Davis
UREF
PNO  4826060
ISD  19890500
NAM  Hollingsworth
UREF
PNO  4877128
ISD  19891000
NAM  Strickland
OCL  383 38
UREF
PNO  4892226
ISD  19900100
NAM  Abtahi
UREF
PNO  4974709
ISD  19901200
NAM  Furlow et al.
OCL  383 61
UREF
PNO  4988216
ISD  19910100
NAM  Lyman
UREF
PNO  5052369
ISD  19911000
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  5181555
ISD  19930100
NAM  Chruniak
UREF
PNO  5297870
ISD  19940300
NAM  Weldon
OCL  383 61
UREF
PNO  5415305
ISD  19950500
NAM  Drake-Tipton et al.
UREF
PNO  5632558
ISD  19970500
NAM  Baker
OCL  383 75
UREF
PNO  5680958
ISD  19971000
NAM  Mann et al.
LREP
FRM  Schmeiser, Olsen & Watts
ABST
PAL  A storage bag formed from a flexible, highly insulative, water repellent,
      double-faced pile material. The flexible bag includes a main body having
      an opening in a top portion thereof. A drawstring is provided for closing
      the opening in the top of the bag, thereby allowing the bag to accommodate
      various sized containers or objects. A multi-function divider flap is
      provided that can serve as an insulating cover for a container enclosed
      within, or protruding out of, the bag, and/or as a divider to vertically
      or horizontally separate a plurality of different containers or objects
      within the bag.
PATN
WKU  059888806
SRC  9
APN  0835544
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980522
TTL  Resealable closure mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Garbe; Stephen P.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Tomic; Mladomir
CTY  Appleton
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Reynolds Consumer Products, Inc.
CTY  Appleton
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  383 63
XCL   24400
XCL   24587
XCL  383 59
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 3316
FSC  383
FSS  63;64;65;59
FSC   24
FSS  399;400;587
UREF
PNO  2144755
ISD  19390100
NAM  Freedman
OCL  383 65
UREF
PNO  3986914
ISD  19761000
NAM  Howard
OCL  156251
UREF
PNO  4561108
ISD  19851200
NAM  Kamp
OCL  383 63
UREF
PNO  4658433
ISD  19870400
NAM  Savicki
OCL  383 63
UREF
PNO  4736496
ISD  19880400
NAM  Fisher et al.
OCL  383 63
UREF
PNO  4756629
ISD  19880700
NAM  Tilman et al.
OCL  383 63
UREF
PNO  4832505
ISD  19890500
NAM  Ausnit et al.
OCL  383 63
UREF
PNO  4854017
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kamp
OCL  383 63
UREF
PNO  4890935
ISD  19900100
NAM  Ausnit et al.
OCL  383 59
UREF
PNO  4907321
ISD  19900300
NAM  Williams
OCL  383 63
UREF
PNO  4949527
ISD  19900800
NAM  Boeckmann et al.
OCL  383 63
UREF
PNO  5012561
ISD  19910500
NAM  Porchia et al.
OCL  383 63
UREF
PNO  5118202
ISD  19920600
NAM  Bruno
OCL  383 63
UREF
PNO  5209574
ISD  19930500
NAM  Tilman
OCL  383 63
UREF
PNO  5351369
ISD  19941000
NAM  Swain
OCL   24304
UREF
PNO  5369847
ISD  19941200
NAM  Naya et al.
OCL  383 65
UREF
PNO  5372428
ISD  19941200
NAM  Bruno et al.
OCL  383 63
UREF
PNO  5558439
ISD  19960900
NAM  Tilman
OCL  383 63
UREF
PNO  5577305
ISD  19961100
NAM  Johnson
OCL  383 63
UREF
PNO  5810478
ISD  19980900
NAM  LaFleur
OCL  383 63
LREP
FR2  Biddison; Alan M.
ABST
PAL  The resealable package includes a first panel section sealed to a second
      panel section along two side edges and a bottom edge. The sealed edges
      define an enclosed region having a mouth that provides access to the
      enclosed region. The package also includes a closure arrangement for
      opening and sealing the mouth. The closure arrangement is oriented in the
      mouth and secured to the first and second panel sections. The closure
      arrangement and a seal along one of the side edges define a gap having a
      first area. The closure arrangement includes two closure profiles. Each
      closure profile has a base strip and an interlocking closure member
      extending from the base strip. The two closure profiles are designed to
      selectively interlock. The interlocking closure member of the first
      closure profile is designed to reduce the area of the gap between the
      closure arrangement and the side seal.
PATN
WKU  059888814
SRC  9
APN  0994847
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980617
TTL  Paper sack
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Garbe; Stephen P.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Sutherland; Robert
CTY  Aberdeen
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  BPB PLC
CTY  Slough
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19970618
APN  9712819
CLAS
OCL  383103
XCL  383 32
XCL  383 45
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 3301
FSC  383
FSS  100;101;102;103;45;54;32
UREF
PNO  2046146
ISD  19360600
NAM  Brady
OCL  383101
UREF
PNO  2084296
ISD  19370600
NAM  Eustis
OCL  383101
UREF
PNO  2340546
ISD  19440200
NAM  Meaker
OCL  383 55
UREF
PNO  2593328
ISD  19520400
NAM  Meaker
OCL  383101
UREF
PNO  3248041
ISD  19660400
NAM  Burke
OCL  383101
UREF
PNO  4672684
ISD  19870600
NAM  Barnes et al.
OCL  383102
FREF
PNO  0 136 859 A2
ISD  19850400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 559 598 A1
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 256 660
ISD  19750700
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3202032 A1
ISD  19830800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  83 22 642 U
ISD  19831000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  534964
ISD  19410300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 462 941
ISD  19750700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 116 144
ISD  19830900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  PCT International Search Report; PCT/GB98/01766; BPB PLC; Oct. 13, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Christensen O'Connor Johnson & Kindness PLLC
ABST
PAL  Multi-walled paper sacks for powder products, notably plaster, have a
      porous paper inner wall surrounded by a paper outer wall and a vapour
      barrier separate from the paper inner wall. The vapour barrier may be a
      coating on the inside face of the outer paper wall. Perforations through
      the vapour barrier are substantially confined to either or both of the
      broad faces of the sack. During filling of the sacks air is able to vent
      through the inner wall and then through the perforations in the vapour
      barrier, allowing filling by high speed machinery. Deterioration of the
      product as a result of moisture perforation is unexpectedly just as good,
      and sometimes superior, to that encountered with alternative sacks.
      Consequently the improvement in filling is not encumbered by a reduction
      in shelf life of the product.
PATN
WKU  059888822
SRC  8
APN  9249702
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19970908
TTL  Openable bag construction
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Pascua; Jes F.
NDR  1
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Fisher; Mauro
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Benford; Harold L.
CTY  Joplin
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Reynolds; Larry J.
CTY  Seneca
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Rupert; Dustin L.
CTY  Chetopa
STA  KS
INVT
NAM  Schnieders; Craig L.
CTY  Baxter Springs
STA  KS
INVT
NAM  Updegraff; Gary D.
CTY  Joplin
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Warner; Ronald E.
CTY  Columbus
STA  KS
ASSG
NAM  Bagcraft Packaging, L.L.C.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  383207
XCL  383 66
XCL  383109
XCL  229 8705
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 3300
FSC  383
FSS  207;66;109
FSC  229
FSS  87.05
UREF
PNO  1329466
ISD  19200200
NAM  Miller
XCL  229 87.05
UREF
PNO  2128374
ISD  19380800
NAM  Midulla
OCL  229 87.05
UREF
PNO  2306335
ISD  19421200
NAM  Feigenbutz
UREF
PNO  3480179
ISD  19691100
NAM  Rowland
XCL  229 87.05
UREF
PNO  5199792
ISD  19930400
NAM  Roosa
XCL  383207
UREF
PNO  5335996
ISD  19940800
NAM  Cortopassi et al.
UREF
PNO  5507579
ISD  19960400
NAM  Sorenson
OCL  383207
UREF
PNO  5560945
ISD  19961000
NAM  Geddes et al.
XCL  383207
FREF
PNO  2156303
ISD  19851000
CNT  GBX
OCL  229 87.05
LREP
FRM  Fitch, Even, Tabin & Flannery
ABST
PAL  A bag for carrying and exposing a food item, such as sandwich-type items
      sold at fast food or convenience stores. The bag includes front, back and
      gussetted side panels which are interconnected and form a V-shaped closed
      end and an open end. A pair of lines of weakness or perforations are
      provided, located on the front panel, extending between the open and
      closed ends, spaced apart a distance substantially less than the width of
      the front panel of the bag, which define a ripping strip. A pull tab is
      provided integral with the end of the ripping strip at the top end of the
      bag and extending therefrom to facilitate opening of the bag. Thus, the
      bag can be opened by grasping the pull tab and tearing the ripping strip
      along the lines of perforation so as to expose the bag interior and a food
      item therein for removal, application of condiments, and/or reuse of the
      bag to keep the food item warm or as a place mat to receive the food item
      for consumption. Moreover, the bag is fabricated of a multi-purpose
      laminate having layers of tissue, adhesive, polycoat tissue and
      polyethylene. This laminate functions to enhance moisture and heat
      retention within the package and imprinting capability.
PATN
WKU  059888830
SRC  9
APN  1170376
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980723
TTL  Endless retainer of guide device and fabrication method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Hannon; Thomas R.
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Takamatu; Hiroshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mochizuki; Hiroaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Murata; Tomozumi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Honma; Mitsuaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  THK Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  384 45
XCL   29898067
XCL  384 51
EDF  6
ICL  F16C 3356
ICL  F16C 4308
FSC  384
FSS  49;51;523;527;572;45
FSC   29
FSS  898.067
UREF
PNO  3732606
ISD  19730500
NAM  de Germond
OCL   29893.063
UREF
PNO  4886377
ISD  19891200
NAM  Adachi et al.
OCL  384 49
UREF
PNO  5156462
ISD  19921000
NAM  Jacob et al.
OCL  384 49
FREF
PNO  47-5408
ISD  19720300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-502525
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-52217
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-126149
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-196037
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-196036
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-231433
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-56181
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Abstract of Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-231432; dated Sep. 7, 1993.
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/03766
PD1  19980723
PD2  19980723
PD3  19961224
PCP  WO98/28549
PCD  19980702
ABST
PAR  An endless retainer of a guide device including a number of rolling bodies
      arranged at predetermined intervals for rolling at an inside of an
      infinite track formed in the guide device, a flexible resin connector
      having interposing portions interposed among the respective rolling bodies
      and connecting portions for connecting the respective interposing portions
      for holding the number of rolling bodies in an aligned state and
      rotatably, and the resin connector is molded by an injection molding with
      the rolling bodies as cores by using a resin having a dimension change
      rate before and after an oil absorbing or a water absorbing treatment
      larger than a mold shrinkage rate and is provided with clearances between
      the resin connector and the rolling bodies formed by the oil absorbing or
      the water absorbing treatment whereby handling thereof is facilitated
      without detaching the rolling bodies, automation of integrating the
      endless retainer to the guide device can be carried out and extremely
      smooth rotatability can be provided to the rolling bodies with certainty.
PATN
WKU  059888849
SRC  8
APN  9845496
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971203
TTL  Guide rail arrangement
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Stallman; Brandon C.
EXP  Graysay; Tamara L.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Scheib; Frank
CTY  Nounkirchen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Baalmann; Klaus
CTY  Wiesbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Gwosdek; Jorg
CTY  Spiesen-Elversberg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Moseberg; Ralf
CTY  Kindsbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Winkler; Thomas
CTY  Sulzbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Fess; Barbara
CTY  Limbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kurz; Thomas
CTY  Homburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kleber; Rainer
CTY  Sulzbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Ritter; Joecbim
CTY  Herzogenaurach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Fleischhauer; Rolf
CTY  Furth
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  INA Walzlager Schaeffler KG
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961206
APN  196 50 698
CLAS
OCL  384 50
XCL  384 34
EDF  6
ICL  F16C 1900
ICL  A47C 2902
FSC  384
FSS  18;19;34;40;50;51;54
FSC  248
FSS  430
FSC  297
FSS  341
UREF
PNO  Re34981
ISD  19950600
NAM  Mottate
XCL  384 50
UREF
PNO  4375905
ISD  19830300
NAM  Drouillard
UREF
PNO  4725032
ISD  19880200
NAM  Kazaoka et al.
XCL  384 50
UREF
PNO  5224781
ISD  19930700
NAM  Rohee
OCL  384 34
FREF
PNO  10 775 44
ISD  19600900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19 390 12
ISD  19660500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  12 987 84
ISD  19730200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  23 425 77
ISD  19750300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  74 210 67
ISD  19750700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  81 182 54
ISD  19850700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  91 126 00
ISD  19920100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  41 335 09
ISD  19930400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 413 69
ISD  19931100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  38 327 78
ISD  19950900
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Bierman, Muserlian and Lucas
ABST
PAL  A guide rail arrangement for connecting two relatively displaceable
      components comprising a lower rail (1) and an upper rail (2) supported
      thereon by rolling elements (3), said lower and upper rails being
      configured as rectilinear sheet metal profiles, one of the lower and upper
      rails partially surrounding the other of the lower and upper rails,
      whereby hollow spaces are formed for receiving the rolling elements (3)
      and further slide elements (4) arranged between the rails is characterized
      in that, in a central region of the arrangement, the two rails (1, 2)
      define a receiving space (5) for a spring and/or damping element, which
      receiving space (5) is adjoined by regions comprising the rolling elements
      and the slide elements (4) and extending in end regions of the rails (1,
      2) which results in the creation of an arrangement with uniform load
      distribution on its components so that a deformation of the components and
      a pressing-in of the rolling elements is reliably prevented.
PATN
WKU  059888857
SRC  9
APN  2347199
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19990121
TTL  High load capacity compliant foil hydrodynamic journal bearing
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Footland; Lenard A.
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Heshmat; Hooshang
CTY  Niskayuna
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Mohawk Innovative Technology, Inc.
CTY  Albany
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  827203
APD  19970328
PSC  01
PNO  5902049
CLAS
OCL  384106
EDF  6
ICL  F16C 1702
FSC  384
FSS  106;103;104;105
UREF
PNO  3809443
ISD  19740500
NAM  Cherubim
UREF
PNO  4229054
ISD  19801000
NAM  Miller, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4262975
ISD  19810400
NAM  Heshmat et al.
UREF
PNO  4274683
ISD  19810600
NAM  Gray et al.
UREF
PNO  4277111
ISD  19810700
NAM  Gray et al.
UREF
PNO  4277112
ISD  19810700
NAM  Heshmat
UREF
PNO  4277113
ISD  19810700
NAM  Heshmat
UREF
PNO  4295689
ISD  19811000
NAM  Licht
UREF
PNO  4296976
ISD  19811000
NAM  Heshmat
UREF
PNO  4300806
ISD  19811100
NAM  Heshmat
UREF
PNO  4415281
ISD  19831100
NAM  Agrawal
UREF
PNO  4435839
ISD  19840300
NAM  Gu et al.
UREF
PNO  4451163
ISD  19840500
NAM  Glaser
UREF
PNO  4465384
ISD  19840800
NAM  Heshmat et al.
UREF
PNO  4475824
ISD  19841000
NAM  Glaser et al.
UREF
PNO  4549821
ISD  19851000
NAM  Kawakami
UREF
PNO  4552466
ISD  19851100
NAM  Warren
UREF
PNO  4699523
ISD  19871000
NAM  Hagemeister
UREF
PNO  4950089
ISD  19900800
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  5110220
ISD  19920500
NAM  Gu
UREF
PNO  5116143
ISD  19920500
NAM  Saville et al.
UREF
PNO  5228785
ISD  19930700
NAM  Saville et al.
UREF
PNO  5248205
ISD  19930900
NAM  Gu et al.
UREF
PNO  5318366
ISD  19940600
NAM  Nadjafi
UREF
PNO  5498083
ISD  19960300
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  5547286
ISD  19960800
NAM  Struziak
UREF
PNO  5584582
ISD  19961200
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  5833369
ISD  19981100
NAM  Heshmat
OCL  384106
UREF
PNO  5871284
ISD  19990200
NAM  Nadjafi et al.
OCL  384106
OREF
PAL  H. Heshmat, "Analysis of Compliant Foil Bearings with Spatially Variable
      Stiffness", AIAA/SAE/ASME/ASEE 27 Joint Propulsion Conference, Jun. 24-26,
      1991, pp. 1-11, Sacramento, CA.
PAL  H. Heshmat et al, "Application of Compliant Fluid-Film Bearings To The
      High-Pressure Oxygen Turbopump of the SSME", 1992 Conference on Advanced
      Earth-To-Orbit Propulsion Technology, May 19-21, 1992, pp. 1-10, Marshall
      Space Flight Center, Alabama.
PAL  H. Heshmat, "A Feasibility Study on the Use of Foil Bearings in Cryogenic
      Turbopumps," AIAA/SAE/ASME/ASEE 27.sup.th Joint Propulsion Conference,
      Jun. 24-26, 1991, pp. 1-12, Sacramento, CA.
PAL  H. Heshmat et al, "Development of Foil Journal Bearings for High Load
      Capacity and High Speed Whirl Stability," ASLE-ASME Joint Lubrication
      Conference, Oct. 4-7, 1981, pp. 1-8, New Orleans, LA.
LREP
FRM  Hodgson, Russ, Andrews, Woods & Goodyear
ABST
PAL  A compliant hydrodynamic fluid film journal bearing for handling high
      loads. The bearing assembly includes a first thin smooth compliant sheet
      for facing a shaft, one or more corrugated foils, and a second sheet
      between the foils and the compliant sheet for supportedly underlying the
      compliant sheet for preventing sagging of the first sheet between ridges
      of the foils. A foil element is anchored at a position intermediate its
      ends to the bearing sleeve whereby both ends thereof are unanchored. A
      pair of radially outer and inner corrugated foils have outer foil ridges
      which underlie some inner foil ridges and outer foil furrows which
      underlie others of the inner foil ridges. A bearing assembly includes a
      plurality of rows of corrugated foil elements wherein ends of foil
      elements are offset circumferentially from ends of foil elements in
      adjacent rows symmetrically from the radial centerplane to provide a
      herringbone pattern effect. At least some ridges on at least one of inner
      and outer corrugated foils have truncated apex portions.
PATN
WKU  059888865
SRC  9
APN  0566098
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980408
TTL  Closed type thrust dynamic pressure bearing with through hole
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Hannon; Thomas R.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Takeshi
CTY  Kashiba
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Koyo Seiko Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  384107
XCL  384112
XCL  384123
EDF  6
ICL  F16C 3206
FSC  384
FSS  107;112;121;123
UREF
PNO  5407281
ISD  19950400
NAM  Chen
OCL  384107
UREF
PNO  5433529
ISD  19950700
NAM  Hensel
OCL  384112
UREF
PNO  5487608
ISD  19960100
NAM  Leuthold et al.
XCL  384123
UREF
PNO  5516212
ISD  19960500
NAM  Titcomb
XCL  384112
UREF
PNO  5536088
ISD  19960700
NAM  Cheever et al.
OCL  384107
UREF
PNO  5559382
ISD  19960900
NAM  Oku et al.
XCL  384112
UREF
PNO  5658080
ISD  19970800
NAM  Ichiyama
OCL  384112
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A closed type thrust dynamic pressure bearing is capable of generating
      enough dynamic pressure for axially bearing a rotating member at the time
      of start-up without damage to an end face of a flange of the rotating
      member. The flange of the rotating member is housed in a housing in a
      closed state. V-shaped dynamic pressure generating grooves are provided at
      upper and lower end faces of the flange, while a plurality of holes
      axially passing through the flange are provided radially inside an annular
      region where the dynamic pressure generating grooves are provided. The
      total sum of cross-sectional areas of the holes is at least 1/30 of the
      area of the annular region. Oil sumps are provided at a receiving surface
      of the housing opposite to the lower end face of the flange.
PATN
WKU  059888873
SRC  9
APN  1731610
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19981015
TTL  Journal bearing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Footland; Lenard A.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Lee; Chang-woo
CTY  Kyonggi-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961029
APN  96-49784
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961030
APN  96-50377
RLAP
COD  74
APN  960060
APD  19971029
PSC  01
PNO  5855438
CLAS
OCL  384107
XCL  384111
XCL  384114
EDF  6
ICL  F16L 1710
FSC  384
FSS  107;111;114;120;112
UREF
PNO  4366993
ISD  19830100
NAM  Ono et al.
OCL  384120
UREF
PNO  5357162
ISD  19941000
NAM  Aiyoshizawa et al.
OCL  384112
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A journal bearing apparatus capable of varying the clearance between a bush
      which protrudes from the inner surface of a sleeve in which a rotation
      shaft is inserted and the outer surface of the rotation shaft, in the
      longitudinal direction of a first dynamic pressure generating groove.
      Moreover, a journal bearing apparatus is capable of varying the clearance
      between one end of the rotation shaft and the surface of a thrust bearing,
      in the diametral direction of a second dynamic pressure generating groove.
      The clearance becomes wider towards the central part from the ends of the
      bush, or towards the central part from the edge parts of the surface of
      the thrust bearing. The shape of the end of the bush or the thrust bearing
      is preferably a circular arc. Thereby, the fluid pressure on the rotation
      shaft which faces the first and second dynamic pressure generating grooves
      is uniform.
PATN
WKU  059888881
SRC  9
APN  0891606
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980602
TTL  Squeeze film damper bearing
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Footland; Lenard A.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Une; Soichiro
CTY  Odawara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Saito; Osamu
CTY  Matsudo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Saito; Shinobu
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Masao
CTY  Shiki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ishikawajima-Harima Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo-to
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970610
APN  9-152073
CLAS
OCL  384119
XCL  384120
EDF  6
ICL  F16C 3206
FSC  384
FSS  119;120;106;114;107
UREF
PNO  5116143
ISD  19920500
NAM  Saville et al.
OCL  384106
UREF
PNO  5902049
ISD  19990500
NAM  Heshmat
OCL  384106
FREF
PNO  8-261231
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A squeeze film damper bearing comprises a bearing metal 2 for supporting a
      rotation shaft 1, a bearing casing 3 for covering the bearing metal 2 and
      a concentricity spring 4 between the bearing metal 2 and the bearing
      casing 3. The bearing casing 3 is provided at its inner periphery with a
      circumferential groove 3a for accommodating the spring. The spring 4 is
      made of an elongate steel sheet 4a and has a plurality of recesses 4b
      formed on a surface of the steel sheet 4a to provide a plurality of
      longitudinally aligned projections 4c on the other surface of the steel
      sheet. The steel sheet is bent into cylindrical shape. Each of the
      projections 4c has a curved surface with a generating line in parallel
      with the rotation shaft 1.
PATN
WKU  059888890
SRC  9
APN  0744263
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980507
TTL  Bearing bore construction for fan end bracket
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Footland; Lenard A.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Barnhart; Gary A.
CTY  Newbury
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Shawcross; James P.
CTY  Hudson
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Ametek, Inc.
CTY  Kent
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  384441
EDF  6
ICL  F16C 1700
FSC  384
FSS  441;428;537;584;585
UREF
PNO  5475275
ISD  19951200
NAM  Dohogne et al.
OCL  384441
UREF
PNO  5607241
ISD  19970300
NAM  Fukumura
OCL  384537
LREP
FRM  Renner, Kenner, Greive, Bobak, Taylor & Weber
ABST
PAL  A motor fan bracket is molded of a fiber reinforced thermoset polyester.
      The motor/fan bracket has an annular frame and an annular bearing housing
      concentric with the frame and supported by inwardly extending arms. The
      annular bearing housing has a bearing-receiving cavity configured in cross
      section as an equilateral polygon such that each face of that cavity is
      tangential to a bearing received therein.
PATN
WKU  059888903
SRC  9
APN  0187313
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980204
TTL  Rotor shaft
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Footland; Lenard A.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Uematsu; Kazuo
CTY  Takasago
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yashiki; Tadao
CTY  Takasago
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Akagi; Kouichi
CTY  Takasago
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  384454
XCL  384517
EDF  6
ICL  F16C 1949
FSC  384
FSS  517;518;563;454;516
UREF
PNO  4226485
ISD  19801000
NAM  Pruvot
OCL  384563
UREF
PNO  4573809
ISD  19860300
NAM  Jacob
OCL  384517
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A rotor shaft that is supported by a deep groove ball bearing a radial load
      and a unidirectional thrust load, and by a cylindrical roller bearing for
      bearing a radial load. Also, a pretension applying means is provided for
      applying a pretension to the rotor shaft in the same direction as the
      thrust load which is borne by the deep groove ball bearing.
PATN
WKU  059888911
SRC  9
APN  1354019
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980818
TTL  Rolling bearing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Footland; Lenard A.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Toyohisa
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uchiyama; Takahiko
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NSK Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970819
APN  9-236448
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980717
APN  10-203778
CLAS
OCL  384463
XCL  384527
EDF  6
ICL  F16C 3344
FSC  384
FSS  463;527;576;534;523
FREF
PNO  2190614
ISD  19900700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4351319
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  627857
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  821448
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A rolling bearing apparatus is disclosed, which have a cage disposed
      between an inner ring raceway track and an outer ring raceway track in a
      freely rotatable manner so as to guide and hold a plurality of rolling
      elements, wherein said cage is made of a resin composition which comprises
      a melt-moldable fluororesin as the main component and further contains at
      least one solid lubricant having an average particle diameter of from 0.1
      to 60 .mu.m and a fibrous filler having an aspect ratio of from 3 to 200.
PAL  The rolling bearing apparatus is inexpensive and, in particular, is capable
      of retaining lubricity over long even in a high-temperature environment
      and is reduced in the outward flying of particles therefrom.
PATN
WKU  059888920
SRC  8
APN  914689&
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970819
TTL  Low cost and easy to use improved optical coupler
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Ngo; Hung N.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Luo; Xiaobing
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Zheng; Yu
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Oplink Communications, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  385 96
XCL  385 99
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  638
FSC  385
FSS  95-99
UREF
PNO  5430821
ISD  19950700
NAM  Sasoka et al.
OCL  385 99
UREF
PNO  5450513
ISD  19950900
NAM  Bookbinder et al.
OCL  385 48
UREF
PNO  5694509
ISD  19971200
NAM  Uemura et al.
OCL  385 99
LREP
FRM  Sawyer & Associates
ABST
PAL  A system and method for providing an optical coupler is disclosed. In one
      aspect, the method and system include a plurality of optical fibers, a
      first covering, and a second covering. The plurality of optical fibers
      further include a first end, a second end, a fused portion between the
      first end and the second end, a first interface between the first end and
      the fused portion, and a second interface between the second end and fused
      portion. The first and second coverings enclose substantially all of the
      first and second interfaces, respectively. In a second aspect, the method
      and system include a plurality of optical fibers and a covering. The
      plurality of optical fibers further include a first end, a second end, a
      fused portion between the first end and the second end, a first interface
      between the first end and the fused portion, and a second interface
      between the fused portion and the second end. The covering encloses
      substantially all of the fused portion, the first interface, and the
      second interface.
PATN
WKU  059888938
SRC  9
APN  2447177
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19990204
TTL  Camera with film cassette and sealing member for closing cassette
      opening in lightproof manner
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Eddie C.
NDR  13
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Schroder; Rolf
CTY  Zorneding
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kopf; Paul
CTY  Unterhaching
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  AGFA Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960221
APN  196 06 387
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960415
APN  196 14 796
RLAP
COD  74
APN  800033
APD  19970213
CLAS
OCL  396411
XCL  396284
XCL  396513
XCL  396538
EDF  6
ICL  G03B  100
ICL  G03B 1726
FSC  396
FSS  6;284;411;512;513;515;516;538
UREF
PNO  5231438
ISD  19930700
NAM  Smart
OCL  396522
UREF
PNO  5629750
ISD  19970500
NAM  Smart et al.
OCL  396538
UREF
PNO  5717971
ISD  19980200
NAM  Stiehler et al.
OCL  396513
UREF
PNO  5748990
ISD  19980500
NAM  Smart et al.
OCL  396  6
LREP
FRM  Connolly Bove Lodge & Hutz
ABST
PAL  A camera having a camera housing (1, 2), a film cassette chamber (38)
      arranged in the camera housing for receiving a film cassette (25) for
      strip-like, photosensitive film (26), a film opening (31) of the film
      cassette (25) being closable in a lightproof manner by a sealing member
      (33), which can be adjusted between an open position and a closed
      position, furthermore a drive device displaceably arranged in the camera
      housing for adjusting the sealing member (33) of the film cassette (25)
      inserted in the film cassette chamber (38) from the open position into the
      closed position, a film transportation device and a locking device
      arranged in the camera housing for locking the film transportation device
      when the sealing member (33) of the film cassette (25) is in the closed
      position.
PATN
WKU  059888946
SRC  9
APN  1362216
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980819
TTL  Guide arrangement for facilitating insertion of film leader into
      easy-load camera
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Gray; David M.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Zander; Dennis R.
CTY  Penfield
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  396415
XCL  396538
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 1724
FSC  396
FSS  415;538;440;535
UREF
PNO  5630189
ISD  19970500
NAM  Siekierski et al.
LREP
FR2  Fields; Roger A.
ABST
PAL  An easy-load camera comprising a cartridge receiving chamber for receiving
      a film cartridge with a protruding film leader that has one longitudinal
      edge extending straight from a reduced-width forward-most leader portion
      to a full-width leader portion following the reduced-width leader portion
      and an opposite longitudinal edge extending curved from the reduced-width
      leader portion to the full-width leader portion, and a leader insertion
      slot for first receiving the reduced-width leader portion and then
      receiving the full-width leader portion when the film leader is inserted
      into the leader insertion slot, is characterized in that an inclined film
      edge guide is located between the cartridge receiving chamber and the
      leader insertion slot to contact the longitudinal edge that extends curved
      from the reduced-width leader portion to the full-width leader portion,
      but only at the reduced-width leader portion and not at the full-width
      leader portion, when the film leader is inserted into the leader insertion
      slot, and a non-inclined film edge guide is located between the cartridge
      receiving chamber and the leader insertion slot to contact the
      longitudinal edge that extends straight from the reduced-width leader
      portion to the full-width leader portion, first at the reduced-width
      leader portion and then at full-width leader portion, when the film leader
      is inserted into the leader insertion slot.
PATN
WKU  059888954
SRC  9
APN  0141232
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980127
TTL  Film cartridge with visual exposure status indicator
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Gray; David M.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Robertson; Jeffrey C.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  396515
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 1724
FSC  396
FSS  284;285;515
UREF
PNO  5115268
ISD  19920500
NAM  Kitagawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5258789
ISD  19931100
NAM  Labaziewicz
UREF
PNO  5278600
ISD  19940100
NAM  Takahashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5463435
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ezawa
UREF
PNO  5513627
ISD  19960500
NAM  Dwyer
UREF
PNO  5548368
ISD  19960800
NAM  Lee et al.
UREF
PNO  5552849
ISD  19960900
NAM  DiRisio et al.
UREF
PNO  5602611
ISD  19970200
NAM  Takatori et al.
UREF
PNO  5666575
ISD  19970900
NAM  Stephenson et al.
UREF
PNO  5708546
ISD  19980100
NAM  Manico et al.
OCL  396515
FREF
PNO  0 762 186 A3
ISD  19960400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  197 12419 A1
ISD  19971000
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Fields; Roger A.
ABST
PAL  A film cartridge comprising a cartridge housing, a film spool rotatable
      inside the housing, and first and second indicators fixed to the housing
      and to the film spool in order that the first indicator originally at
      least partially obscures the second indicator to provide an unused film
      indication and which are positionally reversed in response to spool
      rotation in a predetermined direction for the second indicator to then at
      least partially obscure the first indicator to provide a used film
      indication, is characterized in that the first and second indicators are
      first and second rings which each have a ring-admitting slit for receiving
      the other ring to allow the first and second rings to be positionally
      reversed in response to spool rotation in the predetermined direction, and
      at least one of the first and second rings has an integral pivotal flap at
      its ring-admitting slit which is angled not to move through the
      ring-admitting slit in the other ring and allow the first ring to continue
      to obscure the second ring when said film spool is rotated in an opposite
      direction and to move through the ring-admitting slit in the other ring to
      cause the first and second rings to move through the respective slits and
      be positionally reversed in response to spool rotation in the
      predetermined direction.
PATN
WKU  059888962
SRC  8
APN  9558535
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971021
TTL  Method and apparatus for electronic film development
ISD  19991123
NCL  46
ECL  1
EXP  Rutledge; D.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Edgar; Albert D.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Applied Science Fiction, Inc.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  396604
XCL  396627
XCL  396639
XCL  396609
EDF  6
ICL  G03D  504
FSC  396
FSS  604;611;627;639;609
FSC  430
FSS  418;421;423
FSC  358
FSS  471;500
UREF
PNO  2404138
ISD  19460700
NAM  Mayer
OCL  396604
UREF
PNO  3587435
ISD  19710600
NAM  Chioffe
OCL  396627
UREF
PNO  3747120
ISD  19730700
NAM  Stemme
OCL  347 70
UREF
PNO  3946398
ISD  19760300
NAM  Kyser et al.
OCL  347 70
UREF
PNO  4081577
ISD  19780300
NAM  Horner
OCL  396627
UREF
PNO  4142107
ISD  19790200
NAM  Hatzakis et al.
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  4215927
ISD  19800800
NAM  Grant et al.
OCL  396611
UREF
PNO  4462860
ISD  19840700
NAM  Szmanda
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  4501480
ISD  19850200
NAM  Matsui et al.
OCL  396569
UREF
PNO  4564280
ISD  19860100
NAM  Fukuda
OCL  396611
UREF
PNO  4594598
ISD  19860600
NAM  Iwagami
OCL  347 37
UREF
PNO  4621037
ISD  19861100
NAM  Kanda et al.
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  4636808
ISD  19870100
NAM  Herron
OCL  347 76
UREF
PNO  4736221
ISD  19880400
NAM  Shidara
OCL  396609
UREF
PNO  4755844
ISD  19880700
NAM  Tsuchiya et al.
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  4851311
ISD  19890700
NAM  Millis et al.
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  4857430
ISD  19890800
NAM  Millis et al.
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  5124216
ISD  19920600
NAM  Giapis et al.
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  5155596
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kurtz et al.
OCL  348 97
UREF
PNO  5196285
ISD  19930300
NAM  Thomson
OCL  396570
UREF
PNO  5292605
ISD  19940300
NAM  Thomson
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  5416550
ISD  19950500
NAM  Skye et al.
OCL  396639
UREF
PNO  5432579
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tokuda
OCL  396639
UREF
PNO  5440365
ISD  19950800
NAM  Gates et al.
OCL  396639
UREF
PNO  5465155
ISD  19951100
NAM  Edgar
OCL  358500
UREF
PNO  5496669
ISD  19960300
NAM  Pfor et al.
OCL  430 22
UREF
PNO  5516608
ISD  19960500
NAM  Hobbs et al.
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  5519510
ISD  19960500
NAM  Edgar
OCL  358471
UREF
PNO  5556726
ISD  19960900
NAM  Yuan
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  5678116
ISD  19971000
NAM  Sugimoto et al.
OCL  396611
UREF
PNO  5698382
ISD  19971200
NAM  Nakahanada et al.
OCL  396604
UREF
PNO  5870172
ISD  19990200
NAM  Blume
OCL  396639
LREP
FRM  Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP
ABST
PAL  An improved developer application method and apparatus for use in
      electronic film development, wherein the developer is applied to a
      photographic film using controlled, aerial deposition of one or more
      stream(s) of droplets of one or more developer agents or developer
      components such that the droplets adhere to a targeted region of the film,
      rather than run off, and chemically react to allow scanning of a latent
      image in the film as it moves through an electronic film development scan
      mechanism.
PATN
WKU  059888970
SRC  8
APN  9228756
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970903
TTL  Method for preventing fraudulent printing of a postage indicium
      displayed on a personal computer
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Hilten; John
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Pierce; Perry A.
CTY  Darien
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Romansky; Brian M.
CTY  Monroe
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Pitney Bowes Inc.
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  400 61
XCL  400103
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  530
FSC   40
FSS  61;103;70;104;76
FSC  364
FSS  464.02;464.03
FSC  395
FSS  101;109;117
UREF
PNO  5240334
ISD  19930800
NAM  Epstein et al.
OCL  400 88
UREF
PNO  5243175
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kato
OCL  235435
UREF
PNO  5251289
ISD  19931000
NAM  Fidler et al.
OCL  395112
UREF
PNO  5257197
ISD  19931000
NAM  Gunther et al.
OCL  364464.02
UREF
PNO  5319532
ISD  19940600
NAM  Whitehouse
OCL  364464.03
UREF
PNO  5369258
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sansone et al.
OCL  235381
UREF
PNO  5700037
ISD  19971200
NAM  Keller
OCL  283107
UREF
PNO  5745260
ISD  19980400
NAM  Blazey
OCL  358456
UREF
PNO  5835689
ISD  19981100
NAM  Braun et al.
OCL  395113
UREF
PNO  5870473
ISD  19990200
NAM  Boesch et al.
OCL  380 21
LREP
FR2  Malandra, Jr.; Charles R.
FR2  Scolnick; Melvin J.
ABST
PAL  A method for printing an IBIP indicium in an IBIP open metering system
      includes the steps of obtaining a bit mapped image of a fixed graphic
      portion of the indicium and drawing a bit mapped image of a variable
      portion of the indicium using indicium data elements. Then it is
      determined whether the indicium is to be printed of displayed. If
      displayed, a bit mapped image of a representative bar code is generated;
      and a message that indicates the barcode is not valid for printing is
      applied to the bit mapped image of the representative bar code. The bit
      mapped image of the indicium can safely be displayed. Whenever an IBIP
      indicium is being displayed, the whole indicium is shown on the screen
      with a message, such as "NOT VALID FOR MAILING" superimposed over the PDF
      bar code area. This gives the user means to visually design the mailpiece
      with an IBIP indicia in its to-be-printed form but with a distinguishing
      characteristic that makes it impossible for a postal worker to mistake it
      for a valid IBIP indicium should it be copied by standard user interface
      functions and printed.
PATN
WKU  059888989
SRC  9
APN  0131164
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980126
TTL  Label printer having integrated optical scanner module
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Nolan, Jr.; Charles H.
EXP  Funk; Stephen R.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ackley; H. Sprague
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Intermec IP Corp.
CTY  Woodland Hills
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  400 61
XCL  400 70
XCL  400 73
XCL  400 76
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  530
FSC  400
FSS  61;73;83;70;621;76
UREF
PNO  3169186
ISD  19650200
NAM  Howard
UREF
PNO  3671720
ISD  19720600
NAM  White et al.
UREF
PNO  3780265
ISD  19731200
NAM  Lind
UREF
PNO  3919528
ISD  19751100
NAM  Cooper et al.
UREF
PNO  3936662
ISD  19760200
NAM  Rausing
UREF
PNO  3990044
ISD  19761100
NAM  Fahey et al.
UREF
PNO  4029945
ISD  19770600
NAM  Yamada et al.
UREF
PNO  5294783
ISD  19940300
NAM  Hammond, Jr. et al.
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5381487
ISD  19950100
NAM  Shamos
OCL  382  2
UREF
PNO  5393147
ISD  19950200
NAM  Ueno et al.
OCL  400 65
UREF
PNO  5401110
ISD  19950300
NAM  Neely
OCL  400621
UREF
PNO  5414250
ISD  19950500
NAM  Swartz et al.
UREF
PNO  5435657
ISD  19950700
NAM  Pearce et al.
OCL  400208
UREF
PNO  5455410
ISD  19951000
NAM  Schneider
OCL  235385
UREF
PNO  5477042
ISD  19951200
NAM  Wang
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5485000
ISD  19960100
NAM  Schneider
OCL  235494
UREF
PNO  5513459
ISD  19960500
NAM  Schneider
OCL   40641
UREF
PNO  5536924
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ackley
OCL  235454
UREF
PNO  5567061
ISD  19961000
NAM  Nagata
OCL  400 61
UREF
PNO  5659431
ISD  19970800
NAM  Ackley
UREF
PNO  5720154
ISD  19980200
NAM  Lasher et al.
OCL   53411
UREF
PNO  5841116
ISD  19981100
NAM  Lewis
OCL  235375
FREF
PNO  2 683 062
ISD  19930400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2-212993
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  O'Melveny & Myers LLP
ABST
PAL  A label printing device comprises a housing having a printer and a scanner
      disposed therein. The housing further includes a window permitting light
      to transmit therethrough to an optical sensing element of the scanner. The
      optical sensing element generates image data representative of a
      previously printed label brought into proximity with the window. A central
      processor controls the functions of the printer and the scanner. The
      central processor receives the image data generated by the optical sensing
      element and commands operation of the printer to print a label
      corresponding to the previously printed label.
PATN
WKU  059888997
SRC  9
APN  1738518
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19981016
TTL  In-RIP sorting of objects in the slow scan direction
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Nolan, Jr.; Charles H.
EXP  Funk; Stephen R.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Benson; Craig H.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Parker; Michael L.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Adobe Systems Incorporated
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  400 61
XCL  400 70
XCL  400 76
XCL  400 77
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  530
FSC  400
FSS  61;70;76;77
FSC  395
FSS  788;112;114;115;117
FSC  375
FSS  116
UREF
PNO  5666543
ISD  19970900
NAM  Gartland
OCL  395788
UREF
PNO  5727137
ISD  19980300
NAM  LeClair et al.
OCL  375116
UREF
PNO  5816714
ISD  19981000
NAM  Hori
OCL  400 61
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method of processing page description data for printing on a printing
      device having a print engine for printing on an output media. The method
      includes receiving page description data comprising objects to be placed
      on the output media where each object has a position on the output media.
      An area to be printed on the output media is divided into a first and
      subsequent bands. The objects are interpreted one object at a time to
      produce display list data. When all objects that intersect the first band
      have been interpreted, display list data for the first band is rendered
      without regard to whether objects or portions of objects in subsequent
      bands have been interpreted.
PATN
WKU  059889004
SRC  9
APN  0682004
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980501
TTL  Hand-held sweep electronic printer with compensation for non-linear
      movement
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  1
EXA  Chau; Minh
EXP  Burr; Edgar
NDR  11
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Bobry; Howard H.
STR  18416 Olympic View Dr.
CTY  Edmonds
STA  WA
ZIP  98020
CLAS
OCL  400 88
XCL  347109
XCL  346143
XCL  358473
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  339
FSC  400
FSS  88;76
FSC  101
FSS  485;486
FSC  346
FSS  143
FSC  347
FSS  109
FSC  358
FSS  473;493;494
FSC  395
FSS  117
UREF
PNO  3656169
ISD  19720400
NAM  Kashio
UREF
PNO  3767020
ISD  19731000
NAM  Rowe
UREF
PNO  4168533
ISD  19790900
NAM  Schwartz
UREF
PNO  4211012
ISD  19800700
NAM  Alles et al.
UREF
PNO  4377741
ISD  19830300
NAM  Brekka et al.
UREF
PNO  4436439
ISD  19840300
NAM  Koto
UREF
PNO  4450454
ISD  19840500
NAM  Koto
UREF
PNO  4611246
ISD  19860900
NAM  Nihei
UREF
PNO  4663639
ISD  19870500
NAM  Owen et al.
UREF
PNO  4673303
ISD  19870600
NAM  Sansone et al.
UREF
PNO  4740799
ISD  19880400
NAM  Mason et al.
UREF
PNO  4748460
ISD  19880500
NAM  Piatt et al.
UREF
PNO  4750049
ISD  19880600
NAM  Murakam et al.
UREF
PNO  4758849
ISD  19880700
NAM  Piatt et al.
UREF
PNO  4819083
ISD  19890400
NAM  Kawai et al.
UREF
PNO  4899228
ISD  19900200
NAM  Sano et al.
UREF
PNO  4901164
ISD  19900200
NAM  Kurosawa
UREF
PNO  4915027
ISD  19900400
NAM  Ishibashi et al.
UREF
PNO  4928183
ISD  19900500
NAM  Yajima
UREF
PNO  4947262
ISD  19900800
NAM  Yajima et al.
OCL  358296
UREF
PNO  4949283
ISD  19900800
NAM  Yamauchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5012349
ISD  19910400
NAM  de Fay
UREF
PNO  5013895
ISD  19910500
NAM  Iggulden et al.
UREF
PNO  5063451
ISD  19911100
NAM  Yanagisawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5083814
ISD  19920100
NAM  Guinta et al.
UREF
PNO  5093675
ISD  19920300
NAM  Koumura et al.
UREF
PNO  5099256
ISD  19920300
NAM  Anderson
UREF
PNO  5240334
ISD  19930800
NAM  Epstein et al.
UREF
PNO  5311208
ISD  19940500
NAM  Burger et al.
UREF
PNO  5325118
ISD  19940600
NAM  Zybin et al.
UREF
PNO  5343227
ISD  19940800
NAM  Hirosawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5593236
ISD  19970100
NAM  Bobry
OCL  400 88
UREF
PNO  5853251
ISD  19981200
NAM  Imai
OCL  400 88
UREF
PNO  5887992
ISD  19990300
NAM  Yamanashi
OCL  400 88
LREP
FRM  Rankin, Hill, Porter & Clark LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US96/17385
PD1  19980501
PD2  19980501
PD3  19961101
PCP  WO97/17205
PCD  19970515
ABST
PAR  A hand-held and self-contained electronic printing apparatus (10) for
      printing indicia on a medium (M) which includes a housing (12) that can be
      manually positioned adjacent a surface of the medium (M) and manually
      swept across a printing area on the medium (M) during a printing sequence.
      A print head is disposed in the housing (12) which contains a plurality of
      print elements such as ink jet nozzles for printing indicia in a
      selectable pattern of dots on the medium (M) within the printing area. The
      printing apparatus (10) also contains an electronic control circuit
      disposed in the housing (12) for controlling the print head to print
      indicia on the medium (M) during a printing sequence wherein the control
      circuit comprises compensation means for reducing image distortion based
      on detecting the position of the nozzles during the printing sequence. In
      one embodiment, the control circuit compensates for image distortion that
      is the result of sweeping the housing (12) across a non-linear path.
PATN
WKU  059889012
SRC  9
APN  1734946
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19981015
TTL  Ribbon cassette and pancake accommodated in the ribbon cassette
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Anthony H.
EXP  Yan; Ren
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Matsuura; Takanobu
CTY  Iwate-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Alps Electric Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971027
APN  9-294401
CLAS
OCL  400242
XCL  400247
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 7500
FSC  400
FSS  242;246;247;248
UREF
PNO  3679039
ISD  19720700
NAM  Landgraf
OCL  400242
UREF
PNO  4651943
ISD  19870300
NAM  Kawaguchi
OCL  400242
UREF
PNO  4684272
ISD  19870800
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  400242
UREF
PNO  4919555
ISD  19900400
NAM  Kikuchi
OCL  400246
UREF
PNO  4998934
ISD  19910300
NAM  Taylor
OCL  400246
UREF
PNO  5160205
ISD  19921100
NAM  Mistyurik
OCL  400248
UREF
PNO  5418552
ISD  19950500
NAM  Maruyama
OCL  400248
FREF
PNO  405286217
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
OCL  400242
FREF
PNO  7089198A
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8310092A
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
ABST
PAL  A ribbon cassette which allows a precise recording operation to be achieved
      as a result of stably running an ink ribbon by preventing tilting or
      rattling of cores caused by tension produced in the ink ribbon during ink
      ribbon winding in order to stably rotate the cores; and a pancake which
      allows stable supply of ink ribbon by rotation of the cores. In the
      pancake, the cores have shaft-inserting holes, for inserting therein the
      supporting shafts which protrude beyond the carriage, formed in the
      central portion thereof, and annular grooves for fitting thereto driving
      power transmitting portions for transmitting rotational driving power of a
      take-up mechanism. The driving power transmitting portions are formed so
      as to protrude at the outer peripheral side of the corresponding
      supporting shafts.
PATN
WKU  059889020
SRC  9
APN  2250381
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19990104
TTL  Touchpad overlay with tactile response
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Ghatt; Dave A.
EXP  Burr; Edgar
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Holehan; Steven D.
CTY  Magnolia
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Compaq Computer Corporation
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  935789
APD  19970923
CLAS
OCL  4004791
XCL  4004793
XCL  341 22
XCL  341 33
XCL  345168
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  508
FSC  400
FSS  479.1;491.3;479.3
FSC  341
FSS  22;33
FSC  345
FSS  168
FSC  361
FSS  680
UREF
PNO  4550221
ISD  19851000
NAM  Mabusth
OCL  178 18
UREF
PNO  4684767
ISD  19870800
NAM  Phalen
OCL  200  5
UREF
PNO  4733222
ISD  19880300
NAM  Evans
OCL  340365C
UREF
PNO  5149923
ISD  19920900
NAM  Demeo
OCL  200  5
UREF
PNO  5250929
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hoffman et al.
OCL  345146
UREF
PNO  5374787
ISD  19941200
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  178 18
UREF
PNO  5463388
ISD  19951000
NAM  Boie et al.
OCL  341 33
UREF
PNO  5613137
ISD  19970300
NAM  Bertram et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5674018
ISD  19971000
NAM  Kaufman
OCL  400473
LREP
FRM  Conley, Rose & Tayon, P.C.
FR2  Heim; Michael F.
FR2  Harris; Jonathan M.
ABST
PAL  A computer system includes a touchpad with one or more overlays providing
      the computer system with various input control functions. The overlay
      preferably includes tactile response elements to provide tactile feedback
      to the operator as an indication that a portion of the overlay has been
      pressed. The touchpad includes a capacitive sensor. Electronics coupled to
      the touchpad determine which portion of the touchpad sensor surface area
      has been touched or pressed. The amount of tactile feedback to the
      computer operator can be varied through the design and construction of the
      overlay and the overlay may be provided with no tactile feedback, if
      desired. As such, numerous overlays can be placed on the touchpad of the
      computer system, thereby providing the computer system with multiple
      different input control functions. The computer operator may manually
      input the type of overlay being used into the computer. Alternatively, a
      portion of the touchpad surface area maybe dedicated to encoding overlay
      identification information using any one of a variety of techniques. Thus,
      the computer system may automatically detect the type of overlay used.
PATN
WKU  059889039
SRC  9
APN  2547651
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19990311
TTL  Printer for printing on single sheets and an endless paper strip
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Eickholt; Eugene
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Baitz; Gunter
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Malke; Wolfgang
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Nixdorf Informationssysteme AG
CTY  Paderborn
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970311
APN  197 09 941
CLAS
OCL  400605
XCL  400621
XCL  400625
XCL  400634
XCL  347104
EDF  6
ICL  B41J 1150
FSC  400
FSS  605;611;616;616.1;629;625;635;636;641
FSC  347
FSS  104
UREF
PNO  5100251
ISD  19920300
NAM  Yasuuka
OCL  400616.1
UREF
PNO  5123761
ISD  19920600
NAM  Rosenthal
OCL  400605
UREF
PNO  5328281
ISD  19940700
NAM  Narita et al.
OCL  400605
UREF
PNO  5564842
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kida et al.
OCL  400629
UREF
PNO  5718526
ISD  19980200
NAM  Yokota
OCL  400605
UREF
PNO  5815186
ISD  19980900
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  400605
FREF
PNO  0 123 310
ISD  19830400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 166 132
ISD  19840600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 566 159
ISD  19880900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/13765
ISD  19900300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  07 265 959
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE98/00245
PD1  19990311
PD2  19990311
PD3  19980128
PCP  WO98/40219
PCD  19980917
ABST
PAR  A printer (10) for printing single sheets (126, 128) and at least one
      continuous paper strip (122) on a printing substrate plane (19), in which
      a single sheet (126, 128) is led up to the printing station (36, 56) from
      the operator side by being displaced manually on a feed table (20) and, in
      said printing station, can overlap the continuous paper strip (122), at
      least over part of the width of the latter. The continuous paper strip
      (122) is fed to the printing station (36, 56) from the operating side and
      the continuous paper feed channel (34) and the single-sheet feed channel
      (30) are each assigned a driven feed roller (98; 38) of a pair of feed
      rollers (100; 44). A mating roller (42) that is arranged on a rocker (48)
      can be pressed optionally against the driven feed roller (98; 38) of the
      continuous paper feed channel (34) or the single-sheet feed channel (30).
PATN
WKU  059889047
SRC  8
APN  9220305
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970902
TTL  Removable rollfeed apparatus for a desk-mountable printer
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Eickholt; Eugene
NDR  16
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Brugue; Joaquim
CTY  Sant Cugat
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Hinojosa; Antonio
CTY  Sant Cugat
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Claramunt; David
CTY  Sant Cugat
CNT  ESX
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  400613
XCL  400691
EDF  6
ICL  B41J 1126
FSC  400
FSS  611;613;613.1;613.2;613.3;616;616.1;616.2;616.3;636;578;691
FSC  347
FSS  101;104
UREF
PNO  1159404
ISD  19151100
NAM  Martin
OCL  400613
UREF
PNO  1951838
ISD  19340300
NAM  Pfeiffer et al.
OCL  400613
UREF
PNO  2014884
ISD  19350900
NAM  Euth
OCL  400613
UREF
PNO  4764041
ISD  19880800
NAM  Bierhoff
OCL  400613
UREF
PNO  5376959
ISD  19941200
NAM  Rall
OCL  347104
UREF
PNO  5706729
ISD  19980100
NAM  Tai et al.
OCL  400613
FREF
PNO  0195572
ISD  19860900
CNT  EPX
OCL  400616
FREF
PNO  0152769
ISD  19870700
CNT  JPX
OCL  400611
FREF
PNO  WO93/13946
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
OCL  400613
LREP
FR2  Romney; David S.
ABST
PAL  A removable rollfeed apparatus, adapted to be rigidly attached to a
      printer, holds a roll of media and is mountable on the underside of the
      printer. The attachment to the underside of the printer allows a
      desk-mountable printer to rest on the rollfeed apparatus and thus to be
      raised away from the desk. In an embodiment the rollfeed apparatus itself
      has feet which are utilized in place of any feet mounted directly on the
      printer and extends to the front of the printer so that the media shaft is
      held in front of and below the printer. Furthermore there is provided a
      printer having mounting positions on the underside of the printer for
      mounting i) feet on which the printer may rest on a desktop, ii) legs on
      which the printer may rest on a floor, and iii) rollfeed apparatus. This
      enables both desktop and freestanding printers to quickly and easily be
      configured with or without a rollfeed apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059889055
SRC  9
APN  1653415
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19981002
TTL  Printing machine having movable position sensor and paper width guide
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Bennett; Christopher A.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Abe; Kouzo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hibino; Hiromi
CTY  Machida
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Citizen Watch Co. Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971006
APN  9-287642
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971006
APN  9-287643
CLAS
OCL  400613
XCL  400708
XCL  400642
XCL  101288
EDF  6
ICL  B41J 1142
FSC  400
FSS  613;642;579;619;708;708.1;709;709.1;636
FSC  101
FSS  288
UREF
PNO  4027590
ISD  19770600
NAM  Seidl et al.
OCL  101288
UREF
PNO  4418618
ISD  19831200
NAM  Huggins et al.
OCL  101288
UREF
PNO  5069562
ISD  19911200
NAM  Matsuda
OCL  101288
LREP
FRM  Smith, Gambrell & Russell
ABST
PAL  A printing machine comprising a conveyance path for conveying printing
      paper, and a position sensor for detecting the end of the printing paper
      passing through the conveyance path. Printing is carried out at a
      prescribed position on the printing paper, in accordance with this
      position sensor. The position sensor is located movably in a transverse
      direction to the conveyance path. It can be withdrawn to a position where
      it poses no obstacle when setting printing paper in the conveyance path.
PATN
WKU  059889063
SRC  8
APN  9381996
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970926
TTL  Integrated duplexer for a laser printer
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Hilten; John
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Arcaro; David J.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Hanson; Gary E.
CTY  Meridian
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4006362
XCL  4006371
EDF  6
ICL  B41J 1303
FSC  400
FSS  636;634;636.2;637.1;582
UREF
PNO  4383454
ISD  19830500
NAM  Calabrese
OCL   74337.5
UREF
PNO  4958820
ISD  19900900
NAM  Johdai et al.
OCL  270 52
UREF
PNO  5303017
ISD  19940400
NAM  Smith
OCL  355318
LREP
FR2  Simmons; Lane R.
ABST
PAL  An image forming device includes output rollers disposed for ejecting media
      out of the image forming device, and a single solenoid activated
      bi-directional output drive mechanism connected to the output rollers for
      bi-directionally driving the output rollers and for enabling a return path
      back through the output rollers for duplexing of the media. In an
      alternate embodiment, the image forming device includes substantially all
      components necessary for duplexing, integrated with the base engine of the
      image forming device, but excludes the solenoid activated bi-directional
      output drive mechanism, for providing a non-duplexing system that is
      optionally and easily upgradeable to a duplexing system.
PATN
WKU  059889071
SRC  8
APN  9753206
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971121
TTL  Paper transport device for color thermal printer
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Bennett; Christopher A.
NDR  11
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Iso; Masato
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961121
APN  8-310791
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971008
APN  9-275596
CLAS
OCL  400637
XCL  400636
XCL  400642
EDF  6
ICL  B41J 1302
ICL  B41J 1310
FSC  400
FSS  613;636;637;637.1;637.2;637.3;637.4;637.5;637.6;638;639;642;645;645.3;645.4
FSC  347
FSS  218;219
UREF
PNO  4491854
ISD  19850100
NAM  Habelt et al.
OCL  400637.5
UREF
PNO  4500219
ISD  19850200
NAM  Lange et al.
OCL  400637
UREF
PNO  4606663
ISD  19860800
NAM  Christoph et al.
OCL  400636
UREF
PNO  5011314
ISD  19910400
NAM  Fujii
OCL  400642
UREF
PNO  5056944
ISD  19911000
NAM  Gillio
OCL  400637
UREF
PNO  5092690
ISD  19920300
NAM  Grimm et al.
OCL  400642
UREF
PNO  5186556
ISD  19930200
NAM  Koyanagi
OCL  400642
FREF
PNO  0 294 793
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
OCL  400642
FREF
PNO  0420400
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
OCL  400642
FREF
PNO  6-1022
ISD  19940100
CNT  JPX
OCL  400642
OREF
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin Vo. 21, No. 2, "Document Entry Mechanism
      . . . ", Jul. 1978.
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  A transport roller device of a color thermal printer is constituted of a
      capstan roller and a main press roller for nipping recording paper
      therebetween and transporting the recording paper selectively in opposite
      directions. The transport roller device further has a supplemental guide
      member for keeping the recording paper in contact with a peripheral
      surface of the capstan roller through a constant angle in either
      transporting direction, thereby to maintain paper transporting amount per
      a rotational angle of the capstan roller unchanged.
PATN
WKU  059889080
SRC  8
APN  7719035
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19961223
TTL  Barrel with finger gripping means
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Bratlie; Steven A.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kageyama; Hidehei
CTY  Kawagoe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mitsuya; Yoshihide
CTY  Kawagoe
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kotobuki & Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyoto-hu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951226
APN  7-350725
CLAS
OCL  401  6
XCL  401 88
EDF  6
ICL  B43K 23008
FSC  401
FSS  6;88
FSC   15
FSS  443
UREF
PNO  H1050
ISD  19920500
NAM  Petrillo
UREF
PNO  779082
ISD  19050100
NAM  Huber
XCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  839537
ISD  19061200
NAM  Beaumel
OCL   15443
UREF
PNO  4911569
ISD  19900300
NAM  Hashimoto et al.
XCL  401  6
FREF
PNO  1236122
ISD  19600600
CNT  FRX
OCL  401  6
FREF
PNO  3049467
ISD  19820700
CNT  DEX
OCL  401  6
FREF
PNO  3404923
ISD  19850800
CNT  DEX
OCL  401  6
FREF
PNO  2141295
ISD  19900500
CNT  JPX
OCL  401  6
LREP
FRM  Whitman, Curtis & Whitham
ABST
PAL  A barrel for a implement adapted to be gripped by user's fingers in use,
      comprises a substantially cylindrical body having a finger gripping area
      and an outer circumferential recess portion provided around the finger
      gripping area, an elastic finger gripping member mounted the within the
      circumferential recess portion of the cylindrical body, the finger
      gripping member having a body of a substantially tubular shape, and a
      cooperating device for facilitating secure fitting of the finger gripping
      member within the recess portion of the cylindrical body.
PATN
WKU  059889098
SRC  8
APN  7892535
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970128
TTL  Writing instrument with ergonomic grip
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Bratlie; Steven A.
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Luke, Jr.; Stanley C.
STR  31 La France Ave.
CTY  Bloomfield
STA  NJ
ZIP  07003
INVT
NAM  Luke; Victor
STR  23C Washington Ave.
CTY  N. Plainfield
STA  NJ
ZIP  07060
RLAP
COD  72
APN  424726
APD  19950627
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  801120
APD  19911202
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  401  6
XCL  401 88
EDF  6
ICL  B43K 23008
ICL  B43K 23012
FSC  401
FSS  6;7;88;91
UREF
PNO  H1050
ISD  19920500
NAM  Petrillo
OCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  D92534
ISD  19340600
NAM  Hale
XCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  D338039
ISD  19930800
NAM  Takahashi
XCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  D338915
ISD  19930800
NAM  Willat
XCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  1395793
ISD  19211100
NAM  Broschart
UREF
PNO  1598873
ISD  19260900
NAM  Peterson
OCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  1647536
ISD  19271100
NAM  Miller
XCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  4283808
ISD  19810800
NAM  Beebe
XCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  5000599
ISD  19910300
NAM  McCall et al.
OCL  401  6
FREF
PNO  2674186
ISD  19920900
CNT  FRX
OCL  401  6
FREF
PNO  1511325
ISD  19690700
CNT  DEX
OCL  401  6
FREF
PNO  3406522
ISD  19850900
CNT  DEX
OCL  401  6
FREF
PNO  115884
ISD  19800800
CNT  JPX
OCL  401  6
FREF
PNO  5724522
ISD  19820500
CNT  JPX
OCL  401  6
FREF
PNO  2141295
ISD  19900500
CNT  JPX
OCL  401  6
LREP
FR2  Sayfie; Robert J.
ABST
PAL  A writing instrument is disclosed having a tubular shaft. A grip is
      provided having a contoured surface for facilitating manual gripping of
      the writing instrument. The grip is axially aligned with, and attached to
      one end of, the shaft. A marking mechanism is also provide for producing
      marks. The marking mechanism is, axially aligned with, and has a first end
      attached to an end of, the grip opposite the shaft.
PATN
WKU  059889101
SRC  9
APN  0576913
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980409
TTL  Eyeglass cleaner
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Prunner; Kathleen J.
EXP  Recla; Henry J.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Yahav; Shimon
STR  90 Tchernikovsky Street
CTY  Rehovot 76503
CNT  ILX
PRIR
CNT  ILX
APD  19970410
APN  120650
CLAS
OCL  401 10
XCL   15214
XCL  206  51
XCL  401124
XCL  401208
EDF  6
ICL  B05C 1702
FSC    4
FSS  10;9;21;124;123;208
FSC   15
FSS  214
FSC  206
FSS  5.1
UREF
PNO  D315813
ISD  19910300
NAM  Nelson et al.
OCL  D32  1
UREF
PNO  1003761
ISD  19110900
NAM  Lehmann
OCL   15214
UREF
PNO  2055314
ISD  19360900
NAM  Seburger
OCL  401 10
UREF
PNO  2458015
ISD  19490100
NAM  McDonald
XCL  401 10
UREF
PNO  2485051
ISD  19491000
NAM  Joslin
OCL   70456R
UREF
PNO  2654109
ISD  19531000
NAM  Barnes
XCL  401 10
UREF
PNO  2775778
ISD  19570100
NAM  Mattson
OCL  401 10
UREF
PNO  2908923
ISD  19591000
NAM  Schlechter
OCL  401 10
UREF
PNO  3464080
ISD  19690900
NAM  Certo
OCL   15302
UREF
PNO  3643279
ISD  19720200
NAM  De Bruhl
OCL   15104.94
UREF
PNO  4261688
ISD  19810400
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL  417225
UREF
PNO  4347010
ISD  19820800
NAM  Petkoff
OCL  401 10
UREF
PNO  4389132
ISD  19830600
NAM  Valadez
OCL  401195
UREF
PNO  4480352
ISD  19841100
NAM  Eggett
OCL   15214
UREF
PNO  4927284
ISD  19900500
NAM  Tsai
OCL  401195
UREF
PNO  5222268
ISD  19930600
NAM  Snodgrass
OCL   15 29
FREF
PNO  WO 93/03410
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 750 223
ISD  19971200
CNT  FRX
LREP
FRM  Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris LLP
ABST
PAL  This invention discloses an eyeglass cleaning apparatus including a handle,
      and a pair of lens engaging rollers mounted on the handle, each of the
      rollers comprising a soft material arranged such that the edges thereof
      engage the surface of a lens sought to be cleaned.
PATN
WKU  059889110
SRC  8
APN  8479178
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970428
TTL  Soap and water dispensing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Bratlie; Steven A.
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Browne, Jr.; Leland Warren
CTY  Joplin
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Browne III; Leland Warren
CTY  Arlington
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Lammons; Carl
CTY  Arlington
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Story; James B.
CTY  Denton
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Freitas; Michael Woodford
CTY  N. Richland Hills
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Kearby; David Lee
CTY  N. Richland Hills
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Cunningham; John Faris
CTY  Garland
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Stewart; Walter Edward
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  The Leland Group, Inc.
CTY  Arlington
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  556535
APD  19951113
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  401 42
XCL  401 43
XCL  401 46
XCL  401 47
XCL  239310
XCL  239315
XCL  1374842
XCL  251 24
EDF  6
ICL  A46B 1102
ICL  A46B 1106
ICL  F16K 1734
FSC  401
FSS  40;42;43;46;47
FSC  239
FSS  318;315;310
FSC  251
FSS  24;155
FSC  137
FSS  502;484.2
FSC  141
FSS  211
UREF
PNO  D189179
ISD  19601100
NAM  Manville
OCL  D91  3
UREF
PNO  D253770
ISD  19791200
NAM  Flynn et al.
OCL  D15 36
UREF
PNO  1153850
ISD  19150900
NAM  Meier
XCL  137502
UREF
PNO  1503664
ISD  19240800
NAM  Richardson
OCL  137484.2
UREF
PNO  2103957
ISD  19371200
NAM  Scott
OCL   15127
UREF
PNO  2227578
ISD  19410100
NAM  Fraser
XCL  251 24
UREF
PNO  2508958
ISD  19500500
NAM  Manville
OCL   15129
UREF
PNO  2521929
ISD  19500900
NAM  McNeil, Jr.
OCL   15129
UREF
PNO  2540064
ISD  19510100
NAM  Weber
OCL  299 84
UREF
PNO  2593178
ISD  19520400
NAM  Paul
OCL   15129
UREF
PNO  2641507
ISD  19530600
NAM  McGregor
OCL  299 83
UREF
PNO  2652850
ISD  19530900
NAM  Manville
OCL  137218
UREF
PNO  2671691
ISD  19540300
NAM  Schnell
OCL  299 83
UREF
PNO  2689767
ISD  19540900
NAM  Dabringhaus, Jr.
OCL  299 84
UREF
PNO  2691510
ISD  19541000
NAM  Manville
OCL  261 78
UREF
PNO  2710020
ISD  19550600
NAM  Manville
OCL  137512
UREF
PNO  2793379
ISD  19570500
NAM  Moore
OCL   15129
UREF
PNO  2822559
ISD  19580200
NAM  Manville
OCL   15128
UREF
PNO  2848728
ISD  19580800
NAM  Graff et al.
OCL   15129
UREF
PNO  2855619
ISD  19581000
NAM  Graham
OCL   15129
UREF
PNO  2962728
ISD  19601200
NAM  Kuvin
OCL    4167
UREF
PNO  2975804
ISD  19610300
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL  137604
UREF
PNO  3018489
ISD  19620100
NAM  Saflarski
OCL    4166
UREF
PNO  3371370
ISD  19680300
NAM  Feser
OCL  401 46
UREF
PNO  3552714
ISD  19710100
NAM  Manville
OCL  251 88
UREF
PNO  4183501
ISD  19800100
NAM  Flynn
OCL  251357
UREF
PNO  4187875
ISD  19800200
NAM  Flynn
OCL  137576
UREF
PNO  4998836
ISD  19910300
NAM  Scripnick
OCL  401 42
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist p.c.
ABST
PAL  A washing soap dispensing system and method of manufacture comprising a
      wand adapted for the discharge of water therefrom in a second mode of
      operation and for the discharge of water and soap in a first mode of
      operation. The washing wand is constructed with a chamber adapted for
      containing concentrated liquid soap. The system includes an adjustable
      metering device for accurately dispensing concentrated liquid soap from
      the wand and a fluid assist water valve to control the flow of water
      through the wand.
PATN
WKU  059889128
SRC  9
APN  1139738
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980713
TTL  Cleaning equipment
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Bratlie; Steven A.
NDR  13
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Chen; Chih-Jen
STR  P.O. Box 82-144
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  401 42
XCL  401 43
XCL  401137
XCL  401139
XCL  401290
EDF  6
ICL  A46B 1106
FSC  401
FSS  42;43;137;139;290
UREF
PNO  371515
ISD  18871000
NAM  Nowotny
OCL  401137
UREF
PNO  630600
ISD  18990800
NAM  Durant
OCL  401 43
UREF
PNO  854151
ISD  19070500
NAM  Deasy
XCL  401137
UREF
PNO  1777152
ISD  19300900
NAM  Poteet
XCL  401 43
LREP
FRM  A & J
ABST
PAL  A cleaning equipment includes a brush head having a body portion formed
      with a dovetail groove at an opposite side thereof and a plurality of
      holes close to one side of the dovetail groove, an adapter having a
      tubular member formed with an axial outlet which is connected with a
      sectorial member, and a tubular handle provided with a valve assembly and
      a container engaged with the valve assembly, whereby the cleaning
      equipment can automatically dispense a mixture of water and liquid
      detergent as desired.
PATN
WKU  059889136
SRC  8
APN  9441913
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971006
TTL  Double-chuck mechanical pencil
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Eloshway; Charles R.
NDR  14
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Kageyama; Hidehei
CTY  Kawagoe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Anzai; Shouji
CTY  Kawagoe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mitsuya; Yoshihide
CTY  Kawagoe
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kotobuki & Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961007
APN  8-282868
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970303
APN  9-061754
CLAS
OCL  401 52
XCL  401 67
EDF  6
ICL  A45D 4004
ICL  B43K 2122
FSC  401
FSS  52;67
UREF
PNO  4180339
ISD  19791200
NAM  Katz
OCL  401 67
UREF
PNO  4240759
ISD  19801200
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  401 67
UREF
PNO  4538934
ISD  19850900
NAM  Brunner
OCL  401 67
UREF
PNO  4714365
ISD  19871200
NAM  Kageyama et al.
OCL  401 67
UREF
PNO  4872776
ISD  19891000
NAM  Kageyama et al.
OCL  401 67
UREF
PNO  4957384
ISD  19900900
NAM  Kageyama et al.
OCL  401 67
UREF
PNO  5015111
ISD  19910500
NAM  Petterson
OCL  401 52
UREF
PNO  5662425
ISD  19970900
NAM  Mitsuya
OCL  401 52
UREF
PNO  5683191
ISD  19971100
NAM  Kageyama et al.
OCL  401 52
FREF
PNO  2742269
ISD  19510300
CNT  CHX
OCL  401 67
LREP
FRM  Rothwell, Figg, Ernst & Kurz
ABST
PAL  In a double-chuck mechanical pencil provided with an eraser, the torsional
      breakage of a lead gripped by a front lead chuck and a back lead chuck due
      to the turning of a lead tank caused when an eraser is used is prevented,
      and inconvenience to a lead supplying operation caused by the abrasion of
      the eraser is eliminated.
PATN
WKU  059889144
SRC  9
APN  1520776
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980911
TTL  Writing instrument
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Walczak; David J.
NDR  8
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Kageyama; Hidehei
CTY  Kawagoe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mitsuya; Yoshihide
CTY  Kawagoe
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kotobuki & Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970912
APN  9-249085
CLAS
OCL  401 52
XCL  401 68
XCL  401 87
XCL  401 49
EDF  6
ICL  B43K 2500
FSC  401
FSS  52;49;55;68;69;73;75;77;78;32;65;86;87
UREF
PNO  4904101
ISD  19900200
NAM  Petterson
OCL  401 52
UREF
PNO  5662425
ISD  19970900
NAM  Mitsuya
OCL  401 52
UREF
PNO  5683191
ISD  19971100
NAM  Kageyama et al.
FREF
PNO  3-397
ISD  19910100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  McGinn & Gibb, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A writing instrument includes a tubular body, a guide sleeve, an outer
      sleeve, and a holder. The outer sleeve includes at least one groove on an
      inner surface thereof, and the guide sleeve includes at least one rib on a
      forward portion thereof to engage the groove of the outer sleeve. An
      inclined surface continuously inclining relative to the axial direction of
      the outer sleeve is formed at a rearward end portion of either side wall
      of the groove such that a width of the groove becomes wider in a direction
      of the rearward end. An inclined surface continuously inclining relative
      to the axial direction of the outer sleeve is formed at a forward end
      portion of either side wall of the rib such that a width of the rib
      becomes smaller in a direction of the forward end. An inclined angle of
      the inclined surface of the groove is not less than that of the inclined
      surface of the rib.
PATN
WKU  059889152
SRC  9
APN  1930176
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981116
TTL  Novelty pencil
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Walczak; David J.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Magill; William James Dermott
CTY  Tadley
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Vogue Housewares Limited
CTY  Berkshire
CNT  GBX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  401 52
XCL  401195
EDF  6
ICL  B43K 2500
FSC  401
FSS  52;195;6;49;48
UREF
PNO  1711383
ISD  19290400
NAM  Goodridge
OCL  401 52
UREF
PNO  1974667
ISD  19340900
NAM  Solinger
OCL  401 52
UREF
PNO  2248145
ISD  19410700
NAM  Wider
OCL  401 52
UREF
PNO  2396405
ISD  19460300
NAM  Adams
OCL  401 52
UREF
PNO  3615596
ISD  19711000
NAM  Petti
OCL  401 52
UREF
PNO  3961852
ISD  19760600
NAM  Parry
OCL  401 52
FREF
PNO  0823234
ISD  19980200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1362764
ISD  19740800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2219255
ISD  19891200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Schindler; Edwin D.
ABST
PAL  A novelty pencil comprises a novelty device 11 and an elongate wooden body
      10 formed by a convention pencil. The body 10 of the novelty pencil has a
      reduced diameter portion 20 at one end, which is inserted into a tubular
      plastics portion 14 of the novelty device 11. A plastics model 17 of the
      novelty device 11 is adhered to an external surface of the tubular
      plastics portion 14 of the device. Accordingly, the three separate parts
      10,14,17 of the novelty pencil are securely fastened together.
PATN
WKU  059889160
SRC  9
APN  1322397
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980811
TTL  Rotary type automatic pencil
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Eloshway; Charles R.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Liu; Tsang-Jenn
STR  No. 11, Lane 61, Fu Le Street
CTY  Hsinchuang City, Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  401 63
XCL  401 77
EDF  6
ICL  B43K 2108
ICL  B43K 2110
FSC  401
FSS  63;64;77
UREF
PNO  1328300
ISD  19200100
NAM  Saunders
OCL  401 77
UREF
PNO  1411116
ISD  19220300
NAM  Mason, Jr.
OCL  401 77
UREF
PNO  1463803
ISD  19230800
NAM  De Witt
OCL  401 77
UREF
PNO  1539468
ISD  19250500
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL  401 77
UREF
PNO  1568951
ISD  19260100
NAM  Ballou
OCL  401 64
UREF
PNO  1734784
ISD  19291100
NAM  Vierling et al.
OCL  401 77
UREF
PNO  1849210
ISD  19320300
NAM  Welsh
OCL  401 64
UREF
PNO  1912674
ISD  19330600
NAM  Wehn
OCL  401 77
UREF
PNO  2110551
ISD  19380300
NAM  Freidlein et al.
OCL  401 63
UREF
PNO  2492234
ISD  19491200
NAM  Melchiorre
OCL  401 64
UREF
PNO  3477791
ISD  19691100
NAM  Yamashita
OCL  401 64
FREF
PNO  331271
ISD  19300600
CNT  GBX
OCL  401 77
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Bilker
ABST
PAL  A rotary type automatic pencil includes a front socket member fastened to a
      sleeve at the bottom to hold a guide tube, a rotary member mounted within
      the front socket member around the guide tube, a helical spring mounted
      around the guide tube and fastened to the rotary member, a lead holder
      tube and a propelling element mounted inside the guide tube, wherein
      rotating the rotary member causes the helical spring to force the lead
      holder tube and the propelling element upwards/downwards along a
      longitudinal sliding slot of the guide tube; the propelling element is
      lowered to push the lead out of the lead holder tube when the lead holder
      tube is stopped in a lower limit position and the rotary member is
      continuously rotated.
PATN
WKU  059889179
SRC  9
APN  1732668
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981015
TTL  Cosmetic stick dispenser
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Walczak; David J.
NDR  6
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Sheffler; Robert J.
CTY  Morganville
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Chang; Charles
STR  55 Westview Rd.
CTY  Wayne
STA  NJ
ZIP  07470
ASSG
NAM  Chang; Charles
CTY  Wayne
STA  NJ
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  401 78
XCL  401 68
XCL  401 77
EDF  6
ICL  B43K 2108
FSC  401
FSS  78;55;62;68;69;77;86;87
UREF
PNO  2529673
ISD  19501100
NAM  Blake
OCL  401 78
UREF
PNO  3380795
ISD  19680400
NAM  Gruska
OCL  401 78
UREF
PNO  4991987
ISD  19910200
NAM  Holloway et al.
OCL  401 78
UREF
PNO  5186561
ISD  19930200
NAM  Ackermann et al.
OCL  401 78
LREP
FR2  Lehmann; H. Gibner
FR2  Lehmann; K. Gibner
ABST
PAL  A cosmetic dispenser containing an elevator cup carrying a solid cosmetic
      product, a sleeve in which the cup is axially advanceable and retractable,
      and an operating shell turnably mounted on the sleeve. The sleeve has
      either two or else three equispaced longitudinal slots and the elevator
      cup has two or else three equispaced lugs passing through and projecting
      from the slots of the sleeve. The operating shell has two or else three
      internal spiral tracks respectively engaged by the lugs of the cup to
      propel the latter in response to relative turning between the shell and
      sleeve. The arrangement is such that the cup is advanced and retracted by
      balanced forces applied at uniformly spaced circumferential locations
      about the cup. The cup has resilient fingers that are forced inward by the
      sleeve, forming a collet which firmly holds the lipstick pomade. The
      sleeve has a lateral spur track which holds the cup captive in the sleeve.
      Reduced tendency for undesirable tilting of the cosmetic stick product is
      thus realizeable.
PATN
WKU  059889187
SRC  9
APN  2982668
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19990422
TTL  Flat folding writing instrument
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  12
EXP  Walczak; David J.
NDR  13
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Gary D.
STR  151 Hudson St.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ZIP  10013
CLAS
OCL  401 88
XCL  401 97
EDF  6
ICL  A45D 4020
FSC  401
FSS  88;89;91;95;96;97
UREF
PNO  1294802
ISD  19190200
NAM  Hess
OCL  401 97
UREF
PNO  2876739
ISD  19590300
NAM  Gauthier
OCL  401 97
UREF
PNO  3010862
ISD  19611100
NAM  Basche
OCL  401 97
UREF
PNO  3168072
ISD  19650200
NAM  Nitta
OCL  401 97
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A flat folding writing instrument includes a generally planar elongated
      support, the support including a lengthwise direction, and at least two
      spaced apart living hinges extending in a generally lengthwise direction
      of the support, so as to divide the support into at least three lengthwise
      extending sections. A further hinge extends in a generally widthwise
      direction of the support so as to divide the support into two widthwise
      extending sections. The support also has two opposite lengthwise edges and
      a bottom edge. A writing member is secured to one of the lengthwise
      extending sections in one of the widthwise extending sections, and has a
      writing point thereof extending below the bottom edge of the support. A
      locking assembly is provided for securing the two lengthwise extending
      edges together when the support is folded along the hinges. The support
      can be folded along the lengthwise extending hinges such that the two
      opposite lengthwise edges are adjacent to each other and locked in
      position relative to each other by the locking assembly, so that the
      writing instrument can be used for writing. A pen cover is provided on the
      other widthwise extending section for engaging or covering the writing
      point of the writing member when the support is folded along the further
      widthwise extending hinge.
PATN
WKU  059889195
SRC  9
APN  0975044
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980615
TTL  Lipstick case
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  deVore; Peter
EXP  Recla; Henry J.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kuo; Jun-Hwei
STR  191 Lu Tong Road, Ding Tzu Li
CTY  Lu Kang Township, Chan Hua Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  401117
XCL  401102
EDF  6
ICL  B43K  712
FSC  401
FSS  102;117;108
UREF
PNO  5102248
ISD  19920400
NAM  Welschoff
OCL  401 50
UREF
PNO  5339483
ISD  19940800
NAM  Byun
OCL   15184
FREF
PNO  1118520
ISD  19560600
CNT  FRX
OCL  401DIG.1
LREP
FRM  Harris & Egbert
ABST
PAL  A lipstick case is composed of a tubular base, a tubular housing, a push
      rod, and a tubular cap. The tubular housing is fitted into the tubular
      base. The push rod is located at the bottom end thereof by a pillar at the
      bottom of the tubular base such that the push rod is received in the
      tubular housing. The push rod is provided at the top end thereof with a
      receptacle for holding the bottom end of a lipstick. As the tubular cap is
      lifted, the tubular housing is actuated to move up to shield the lipstick.
      The tubular housing can be turned back into the tubular housing to expose
      the tip of the lipstick.
PATN
WKU  059889209
SRC  9
APN  2016206
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981130
TTL  Cleaning implement having a protected pathway for a fluid transfer tube
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Bratlie; Steven A.
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Kunkler; Jeffery Scott
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Benecke; Arnold George
CTY  Indian Springs
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  401138
XCL  401139
XCL  401140
XCL  2395875
EDF  6
ICL  A47L 1322
FSC  401
FSS  139;138;140
FSC  239
FSS  532;587.5
UREF
PNO  D396908
ISD  19980800
NAM  Beechuk et al.
OCL  D32 45
UREF
PNO  D401703
ISD  19981100
NAM  Beechuk et al.
OCL  D32 45
UREF
PNO  1715632
ISD  19290600
NAM  Wertheimer
UREF
PNO  2053282
ISD  19360900
NAM  Gewalt
UREF
PNO  2137944
ISD  19381100
NAM  MacLeod
UREF
PNO  2187671
ISD  19400100
NAM  Suddarth
UREF
PNO  2470837
ISD  19490500
NAM  Polson
UREF
PNO  2618799
ISD  19521100
NAM  Barbato
UREF
PNO  3094152
ISD  19630600
NAM  Kenny et al.
UREF
PNO  3099028
ISD  19630700
NAM  Ardito
UREF
PNO  3188669
ISD  19650600
NAM  Beardslee
UREF
PNO  3278974
ISD  19661000
NAM  Nighswander
UREF
PNO  4119386
ISD  19781000
NAM  Cushing
OCL  401138
UREF
PNO  4299262
ISD  19811100
NAM  Andrepont
OCL  141387
UREF
PNO  4507004
ISD  19850300
NAM  Moffitt, Jr.
XCL  401138
UREF
PNO  4747518
ISD  19880500
NAM  Laauwe
OCL  222153
UREF
PNO  4863299
ISD  19890900
NAM  Osberghaus et al.
OCL  401 15
UREF
PNO  4971471
ISD  19901100
NAM  Sloan
OCL  401203
UREF
PNO  5092699
ISD  19920300
NAM  Silvenis
OCL  401 21
UREF
PNO  5244124
ISD  19930900
NAM  Raffo
OCL  222325
UREF
PNO  5472122
ISD  19951200
NAM  Appleby
OCL  222212
UREF
PNO  5636402
ISD  19970600
NAM  Kubo et al.
OCL   15 98
UREF
PNO  5735959
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kubo et al.
OCL  118663
UREF
PNO  5888006
ISD  19990300
NAM  Ping et al.
OCL  401137
FREF
PNO  65044
ISD  19900100
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1269210
ISD  19900500
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2225303
ISD  19980600
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  58-9637
ISD  19830100
CNT  JPX
OCL  401140
LREP
FR2  Koch; Elizabeth M.
FR2  Vago; James C.
ABST
PAL  A cleaning implement has a reservoir, a dispenser and a fluid transfer
      tube. The reservoir retains a cleaning fluid and preferably is attached to
      a collapsible handle. The dispenser is attached to the reservoir by a
      universal joint which comprises a ball and fork configuration. The fluid
      transfer tube is connected to the reservoir in open communication with the
      dispenser, wherein the fluid transfer tube is positioned within the ball
      of the universal joint to prevent the fluid transfer tube from becoming
      entangled with the universal joint.
PATN
WKU  059889217
SRC  9
APN  2659786
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19990311
TTL  Pen for left handed writer
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Eloshway; Charles R.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Medhin; Michael S.
STR  2905 Willston Pl., Apt. 201
CTY  Falls Church
STA  VA
ZIP  22044
CLAS
OCL  401209
XCL  401216
EDF  6
ICL  B43K  700
FSC  401
FSS  6;209;216
UREF
PNO  D168227
ISD  19521100
NAM  Kather
OCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  655731
ISD  19000800
NAM  Pierce
OCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  849513
ISD  19070400
NAM  Sturm
OCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  2592406
ISD  19520400
NAM  Faltin
OCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  4037975
ISD  19770700
NAM  Huffman
OCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  4306819
ISD  19811200
NAM  Schusseler
OCL  401  6
UREF
PNO  4355915
ISD  19821000
NAM  Kaji et al.
OCL  401216
FREF
PNO  1253384
ISD  19610100
CNT  FRX
OCL  401  6
FREF
PNO  76799
ISD  19611000
CNT  FRX
OCL  401  6
FREF
PNO  2488551
ISD  19820200
CNT  FRX
OCL  401  6
FREF
PNO  93/01945
ISD  19930200
CNT  WOX
OCL  401  6
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A pen for left handed persons includes a writing tip having a cone
      including a bend proximate the socket for the ballpoint to form an angle
      in the cone. The pen resembles a standard tubular shaped body into which a
      tubular shaped ink cartridge, connected to the writing tip, is removably
      inserted. The tip protrudes from one end of the body but is dimensioned so
      that it does not interfere with placement of a standard pen cap thereon.
      The tip of the pen includes a tubular shank adapted to fit into an
      integral sleeve located at the writing end of the body. A second
      embodiment bends the body of the pen to achieve the desired angle,
      enabling the use of a standard removable pen tip.
PATN
WKU  059889225
SRC  8
APN  4570456
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19950601
TTL  Valve for correction fluid dispenser
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Bratlie; Steven A.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Bussiere; John
CTY  Chelmsford
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  The Gillette Company
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  401214
XCL  401212
XCL  401213
EDF  6
ICL  B43K  712
FSC  401
FSS  212;214;202;213
UREF
PNO  538492
ISD  18950400
NAM  Askew
UREF
PNO  554189
ISD  18960200
NAM  Kochendarfer
UREF
PNO  600299
ISD  18980300
NAM  Werner
UREF
PNO  1485181
ISD  19240200
NAM  Grund
OCL  401214
UREF
PNO  1563408
ISD  19251200
NAM  Sutherland
UREF
PNO  2425198
ISD  19470800
NAM  Moore
OCL  120 43
UREF
PNO  3030926
ISD  19620400
NAM  Sattmann
OCL  120 42.4
UREF
PNO  3406657
ISD  19681000
NAM  Looper
OCL  118261
UREF
PNO  4993860
ISD  19910200
NAM  Sommer
OCL  401214
UREF
PNO  5056949
ISD  19911000
NAM  Petrillo
OCL  401214
UREF
PNO  5277510
ISD  19940100
NAM  Okamoto et al.
OCL  401214
FREF
PNO  525186
ISD  19200900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  461361
ISD  19310700
CNT  FRX
OCL  401214
FREF
PNO  964045
ISD  19500700
CNT  FRX
OCL  401214
FREF
PNO  58420
ISD  19531100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  59710
ISD  19540700
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  279362
ISD  19130300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  162454
ISD  19490300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1209912
ISD  19570600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1277703
ISD  19680900
CNT  DEX
OCL  401214
FREF
PNO  2654876
ISD  19761200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3616116
ISD  19860500
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin Vol. 11 No. 1 Jun. 1968.
LREP
FR2  Tobin; Donal B.
FR2  Douglas; Paul
FR2  Brine; Aubrey C.
ABST
PAL  A correction fluid dispenser comprises a body member adapted to contain a
      correction fluid and a tip disposed at the forward end thereof for
      delivery of the fluid to a surface. The tip terminates in an orifice
      formed by a circular rim with a spherical ball of greater diameter than
      that of the rim contained in the tip. A cylindrical valve member is
      disposed having a forwardly facing surface contacting the ball and a
      plurality of axial cavities formed therein adjacent the tip inner wall for
      directing fluid along that wall to the spherical ball surface.
PATN
WKU  059889233
SRC  9
APN  0011908
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971230
TTL  Coating container
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Tuan N.
EXP  Recla; Henry J.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Arai; Hayato
CTY  Abiko
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toppan Printing Co, Ltd
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Taiho Industries Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970107
APN  9-000590
CLAS
OCL  401262
XCL  401266
XCL  401202
XCL  401205
XCL  401261
XCL  215329
EDF  6
ICL  B43K 2312
FSC  401
FSS  261;262;265;266;183;196;202;205;207
FSC  222
FSS  546;212
FSC  220
FSS  203.04;203.05;203.06
FSC  215
FSS  329;377;343;344;247;249;DIG. 1
UREF
PNO  3074579
ISD  19630100
NAM  Miller
OCL  215344
UREF
PNO  5397194
ISD  19950300
NAM  Yuan et al.
OCL  401266
FREF
PNO  6-85258
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1004277
ISD  19650900
CNT  GBX
OCL  215329
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey
ABST
PAL  A coating container comprises a flexible container body made of plastics
      and capable of being depressed, an intermediate plug having a through
      hole, an inner cap, a coating attachment made of a felt, having a through
      hole, and held over the inner cap, and an outer cap having a sealing
      cylinder. The intermediate plug is fitted in an opening of a neck portion
      of the container body. The outer cap is fitted over the inner cap. The
      inner cap has a top plate with a through hole at a center area. An outlet
      cylinder having a blocked upper surface and outlet hole at a side wall is
      provided over the through hole. A sealing cylinder is provided outside the
      outlet cylinder. A circumferential wall is provided along an outer edge of
      the top plate. The outer cap is comprised of a circumferential wall, a top
      plate, and a sealing cylinder inserted into the through hole in the
      coating attachment and having a sealing plate at a lower side. A lower
      outer peripheral surface of the sealing cylinder of the outer cap is
      closely fitted in the sealing ring of the inner cap.
PATN
WKU  059889241
SRC  9
APN  2086336
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981208
TTL  Car washing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Bratlie; Steven A.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Chen; Yun-Ying
STR  3F, No. 6, Lane 78, Yu-Shih Rd,Wu Ku Hsiang
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  401290
XCL  401 22
XCL  401 27
XCL  401137
XCL  401266
XCL  401289
EDF  6
ICL  A46B 1102
ICL  A46B 1106
FSC  401
FSS  489;22;25;26;27;137;139;261;266;290
FSC   15
FSS  244.1;176.5
UREF
PNO  1179918
ISD  19160400
NAM  Hayden
OCL   15220.1
UREF
PNO  1884018
ISD  19321000
NAM  Lowder
OCL  401266
UREF
PNO  1887893
ISD  19321100
NAM  Schlyfestone
XCL  401290
UREF
PNO  2542709
ISD  19510200
NAM  Rowland
OCL   15176.5
UREF
PNO  3089181
ISD  19630500
NAM  Hess
XCL  401139
UREF
PNO  3176339
ISD  19650400
NAM  McDonald et al.
OCL  401 22
UREF
PNO  3775017
ISD  19731100
NAM  Jerry
OCL  401266
UREF
PNO  5448793
ISD  19950900
NAM  Mallory et al.
XCL   15244.1
LREP
FRM  Pro-Techtor International Services
ABST
PAL  A car washing device includes an assembly of brushes such as sponge brushes
      or other equivalents composed of bristles or cloth attached to the front
      side of a brush body. A hose joint is provided near the hand grip of the
      brush body for introducing clean water into the device and to supply the
      water to the brush assembly via at least one water outlet hole in the
      brush body. A car washer can wash the car with one hand using the device.
      A valve may be provided to control the flow rate of the water.
PATN
WKU  059889250
SRC  9
APN  1812254
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19981026
TTL  Stacked paper fastener
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Henderson; Mark T.
EXP  Fridie, Jr.; Willmon
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Baggett; R. Sherman
STR  3517 Coolheights
CTY  Rancho Palos Verdes
STA  CA
ZIP  90275
CLAS
OCL  402  8
XCL  402 60
XCL  402 62
XCL  402 63
XCL  402 64
XCL  402 68
EDF  6
ICL  B42D  100
ICL  B30B 1200
ICL  B42F  300
FSC  402
FSS  60;8;62;63;64;68
UREF
PNO  3970331
ISD  19760700
NAM  Giulie
OCL  402 63
UREF
PNO  5226360
ISD  19930700
NAM  Kramka
OCL  402 63
UREF
PNO  5257870
ISD  19931100
NAM  Bennett et al.
OCL  402 62
LREP
FR2  Averill, Jr.; Edgar W.
ABST
PAL  A stacked paper fastener having a pair of prongs which may be passed
      through a pair of holes in a top piece and affixed to the top piece to
      hold the stacked papers together. The fastener is preferably entirely made
      of plastic with no sharp edges so that it cannot readily cut a user. Each
      prong has notches in the outer surface which, when the prongs are passed
      through a ratchet member, may be pulled tight around the stack of papers.
      The ratchet member securely holds the stack of papers together until
      purposely released. The ratchet members have releases which are easily
      manipulated from above the top piece so that the top piece can be easily
      removed to add more papers to the stack or to disassemble the stack of
      papers.
PATN
WKU  059889268
SRC  8
APN  9448667
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971006
TTL  Filing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Fridie, Jr.; Willmon
NDR  17
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Kiyomi; Takio
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kokuyo Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  553273
CLAS
OCL  402 70
XCL  402 73
XCL  402 46
XCL  281 36
EDF  6
ICL  B42F  300
FSC  402
FSS  46;47;48;55;56;70;73;75
FSC  281
FSS  36;21.1
UREF
PNO  3175847
ISD  19650300
NAM  McKowen
OCL  281 36
UREF
PNO  4113394
ISD  19780900
NAM  Giulie
OCL  402 46
UREF
PNO  5127755
ISD  19920700
NAM  Bee
OCL  402 48
UREF
PNO  5445468
ISD  19950800
NAM  Pacione
OCL  402 73
UREF
PNO  5634732
ISD  19970600
NAM  Ushirooka et al.
OCL  402 46
FREF
PNO  37-15819
ISD  19620600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  37-32306
ISD  19621200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  39-1408
ISD  19640100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  39-33084
ISD  19641100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  39-35164
ISD  19641100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  42-11203
ISD  19670600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  43-5700
ISD  19680300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  51-161218
ISD  19761200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-21079
ISD  19880200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-97979
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-277-484
ISD  19940200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  93/24335
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/25290
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/25291
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  The filing device in which a binding fastener 2 fixedly attached to a
      folder body 1 can be demounted from the folder body 1 with accompanying
      plastic deformation or destruction of the parts of the filing device, and
      is characterized by that the binding fastener 2 is fixedly attached to the
      folder body 1 by a binding mechanism 3 which fastens the binding fastener
      2 to the folder body 1 and which enables the binding fastener 2 to be
      released from the folder body 1 with a relative movement of the binding
      fastener 2 to the folder body 1, and an engaging lock mechanism 4 which
      prohibits the relative movement.
PATN
WKU  059889276
SRC  8
APN  807674&
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19970227
TTL  Breakaway connector system for elements loaded in tension
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Miller; William L.
EXP  Melius; Terry Lee
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Pfarr; Craig E.
CTY  Issaquah
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Designs Systems, Inc.
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  403  2
XCL  403 32
XCL  403DIG3
XCL   24115F
EDF  6
ICL  F16B 2700
FSC  403
FSS  2;32;410;DIG. 3;DIG. 4
FSC   24
FSS  115 F;602
UREF
PNO  2020601
ISD  19351100
NAM  Beich
UREF
PNO  2444007
ISD  19480600
NAM  Davis
UREF
PNO  3084408
ISD  19630400
NAM  Ireland
UREF
PNO  3413692
ISD  19681200
NAM  Pressley
OCL   24602
UREF
PNO  3744095
ISD  19730700
NAM  Tomlinson
UREF
PNO  4781666
ISD  19881100
NAM  Acee, Sr.
UREF
PNO  4798569
ISD  19890100
NAM  Alderfer
UREF
PNO  5092823
ISD  19920300
NAM  Longo
UREF
PNO  5338265
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kilgar
UREF
PNO  5419744
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kagebeck
FREF
PNO  2498457
ISD  19820700
CNT  FRX
OCL   24602
LREP
FRM  Christensen O'Connor Johnson & Kindness PLLC
ABST
PAL  A breakaway system (10) for detachably connecting a tension transmitting
      belt (12) to a pin (20) includes a connector (24) having a pair of jaws
      (34a, 34b) that clamp against the sides of the pin to preload the
      connector to the pin thereby preventing relative motion between the jaws
      and the pin. When the tension load acting between the belt and pin exceeds
      a threshold level, the jaws of the connector spread sufficiently to allow
      the pin (20) to pass through an exit gap (42) at the ends of the jaws,
      which gap is of a nominal width that is smaller than the width of the pin.
PATN
WKU  059889284
SRC  9
APN  1581376
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19980922
TTL  Foldable joint of a playpen
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Grosz; Alexander
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Cheng; Ching-Wen
STR  3rd Fl., No. 100, Wenlin N. Rd., Peitou Dist.
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  403102
XCL    5 991
XCL   16324
XCL  403325
EDF  6
ICL  F16C 1110
ICL  A47D  701
FSC    5
FSS  99.1;98.1;93.1
FSC  403
FSS  102;325;100
FSC   16
FSS  324
UREF
PNO  5474404
ISD  19951200
NAM  Chien
OCL  403102
UREF
PNO  5803650
ISD  19980900
NAM  Wu
OCL  403102
FREF
PNO  412 070 A1
ISD  19910200
CNT  EPX
OCL    5 99.1
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas
ABST
PAL  A foldable joint of a playpen comprises a U-shaped body having an opening
      defined in a side face thereof; two linkages respectively pivotally
      mounted on each end of the body by pivots each having a plug forming a
      plane on the bottom of the plug provided in the end mounted on the body;
      and a first spring disposed between the plug and the pivot; a locking
      means of which the front portion corresponds to the opening, movably
      mounted in the body by rivets having two wings respectively formed on both
      sides of the locking means; and a second spring disposed between the back
      portion of the locking means and the inner wall of the body.
PATN
WKU  059889292
SRC  8
APN  9482296
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19971009
TTL  Easy-out cable socket wedge and method for use thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Bochna; David E.
EXP  Reichard; Lynne A.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Doan; Stephen P.
CTY  Hillsboro
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Columbia Steel Casting Co.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  403281
XCL  4033741
XCL  4034091
XCL   24136K
EDF  6
ICL  B25G  328
FSC  403
FSS  16;209;211;213;374.1;409.1;281
FSC   24
FSS  136 R;136 K;115 M
UREF
PNO  1248991
ISD  19171200
NAM  Barger
UREF
PNO  1297187
ISD  19190300
NAM  Lamb
UREF
PNO  1315969
ISD  19190900
NAM  Kienzle
UREF
PNO  1644376
ISD  19271000
NAM  Haworth
UREF
PNO  1647398
ISD  19271100
NAM  Draheim et al.
UREF
PNO  2573806
ISD  19511100
NAM  Paterson
UREF
PNO  2597626
ISD  19520500
NAM  Eder
UREF
PNO  3329928
ISD  19670700
NAM  Broske
UREF
PNO  3335470
ISD  19670800
NAM  Baer
UREF
PNO  3681808
ISD  19720800
NAM  Hahn et al.
UREF
PNO  3905711
ISD  19750900
NAM  Rogers
UREF
PNO  4027939
ISD  19770600
NAM  White
UREF
PNO  4066368
ISD  19780100
NAM  Mastalski et al.
UREF
PNO  4074916
ISD  19780200
NAM  Schindler
UREF
PNO  4102019
ISD  19780700
NAM  Boden
UREF
PNO  4313243
ISD  19820200
NAM  Childress et al.
UREF
PNO  4407471
ISD  19831000
NAM  Wilmsmann et al.
UREF
PNO  4561154
ISD  19851200
NAM  Briscoe et al.
FREF
PNO  552447
ISD  19770500
CNT  RUX
OCL  403211
OREF
PAL  Illustration of Easy-Out Wedge from Columbia, publically used or offered
      for sale in 1993.
LREP
FRM  Klarquist Sparkman Campbell Leigh & Whinston, LLP
ABST
PAL  A cable socket wedge has two wedge halves held apart by at least three
      blocks, such that cutting the blocks allows the wedge halves to collapse
      inward, loosening the wedge and cable in the socket. Crushable inserts are
      located in the spaces between adjacent pairs of the blocks, between the
      wedge halves so as to provide sufficient crushable volume to allow the
      wedge halves to move toward each other when the blocks are cut. The wedge
      is employed with a socket having a window therein. The window is
      positioned in the socket such that, with a properly sized cable and wedge,
      the central of the three blocks is accessible through the window in the
      socket when a cable is secured and tightened with the wedge in the socket.
PATN
WKU  059889306
SRC  8
APN  9665188
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19971110
TTL  Connecting apparatus for profile members
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Bochna; David E.
EXP  Browne; Lynne H.
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Liebetrau; Christoph
CTY  Menziken
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Schindler; Kaspar
CTY  Unterkulm
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Inventio AG
CTY  Hergiswil NW
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19961111
APN  96810764
CLAS
OCL  403292
XCL  403279
XCL  403282
XCL  403348
XCL  411 85
EDF  6
ICL  F16B  700
FSC  403
FSS  292;279;282;285;293;298;281;381;72;348;427;21;2
FSC  411
FSS  84;85;104;966
FSC  256
FSS  1;13.1
UREF
PNO  2345650
ISD  19440400
NAM  Attwood
OCL  403 21
UREF
PNO  2696139
ISD  19541200
NAM  Attwood
OCL  411427
UREF
PNO  2737268
ISD  19560300
NAM  Smith
OCL  403 21
UREF
PNO  3059589
ISD  19621000
NAM  Schreyer
XCL  403 72
UREF
PNO  4830531
ISD  19890500
NAM  Condit et al.
OCL  403348
FREF
PNO  0 671 566
ISD  19950900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1 372 425
ISD  19620800
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  9 115 943
ISD  19920400
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  MacMillan, Sobanski & Todd, LLC
ABST
PAL  A connecting apparatus for producing a firm, releasable and reproducible
      mechanical interconnection of two profile member ends includes a groove
      strip (6) with threaded holes, an apertured strap (1) with through holes
      and screws (7), wherein the profile members (4) to be connected have
      mounting grooves (5) for the reception of the groove strip (6). The
      apertured strap (1) has, formed on a support surface thereof, penetration
      elements (3) which project from the surface and which on tightening of the
      screws (7) penetrate in a cold-deforming manner into the material of the
      profile members (4) to be connected and thus yield a multiply mechanically
      positive connection. The penetration elements (3) are formed as grater
      gashes.
PATN
WKU  059889314
SRC  8
APN  984936&
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19971204
TTL  Motor and generator coupling device
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Cottingham; John R.
EXP  Browne; Lynne H.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Otwell; James L.
STR  9446 Summerbell La.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ZIP  77074
ASSG
NAM  Otwell; James L.
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  403299
XCL  403306
XCL  403356
XCL  464 93
XCL  310113
EDF  6
ICL  H02K 4704
FSC  403
FSS  299;300;301;306;355;356;182;187;1
FSC  411
FSS  84;966
FSC  464
FSS  147;157;93
FSC  310
FSS  75 D;113
UREF
PNO  1904745
ISD  19330400
NAM  Nowosielski
OCL  310113
UREF
PNO  2447198
ISD  19480800
NAM  Miller
OCL  310113
UREF
PNO  3654775
ISD  19720400
NAM  Williams
OCL  464 93
UREF
PNO  3662568
ISD  19720500
NAM  Kashima et al.
OCL  464 93
ABST
PAL  A motor and generator coupling device including a coupler having a
      generally cylindrical configuration. The coupler has an inner end and an
      outer end. The outer end has three studs extending outwardly therefrom.
      The three studs are dimensioned and are aligned for extending within three
      holes within a drive disc hub of a generator. A circular flange is secured
      to an outer wall of the generator and is disposed over the inner end of
      the coupler. A hydraulic motor is secured to the circular flange in
      communication with the generator.
PATN
WKU  059889322
SRC  8
APN  9037764
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19970731
TTL  Marine connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  11
EXA  Bochna; David E.
EXP  Reichard; Lynne A.
NDR  10
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Haney; James Allan
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Mills; Trevor R. J.
CTY  Katy
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Wu; Chunfa
CTY  Missouri City
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  McDermott Technology, Inc.
CTY  New Orleans
STA  LA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  403321
XCL  114264
XCL  114242
EDF  6
ICL  B25G  318
FSC  403
FSS  13;117;113;321;150;157;161;162;322;324
FSC  114
FSS  261;242;249;250;252;247;246
UREF
PNO  3844245
ISD  19741000
NAM  Yamaguchi
OCL  114248
UREF
PNO  4119051
ISD  19781000
NAM  Orndorff, Jr.
OCL  114249
UREF
PNO  5439310
ISD  19950800
NAM  Evenson et al.
OCL  403321
LREP
FR2  Edwards; Robert J.
FR2  LaHaye; D. Neil
ABST
PAL  A marine connector that facilitates docking of large floating objects
      during a sea state that produces significant relative motion between the
      two objects. A toggle nose is mounted on one floating object and a mating
      device, a toggle nose receiver, is mounted on the second floating object.
      The toggle nose contains a toggle mechanism that extends and retracts two
      opposed transverse pins having conical ends. The toggle nose receiver is
      provided with corresponding conical sockets to receive the ends of the
      pins.
PATN
WKU  059889330
SRC  8
APN  8210799
APT  1
ART  368
APD  19970320
TTL  Device for connecting a spring with a belt-shaped or rope-shaped
      transmission element
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Miller; William L.
EXP  Green; Brian K.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Wilhelmstatter; Johann
CTY  Giengen/Hurben
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Jerg; Helmut
CTY  Giengen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schessl; Bernd
CTY  Dillingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Fetzer; Gerhard
CTY  Gundelfingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hartmann; Michael
CTY  Hochstadt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hopfl; Markus
CTY  Lauingen/Donau
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Rehm; Karl-Heinz
CTY  Dischingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schmidt; Rudolf
CTY  Giengen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  BSH Bosch und Siemens Hausgeraete GmbH
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960320
APN  196 11 051
CLAS
OCL  403381
XCL  126191
XCL   49386
XCL  3123192
EDF  6
ICL  B25G  308
FSC  312
FSS  327;328;319.1;319.2;319.4
FSC  126
FSS  191;194
FSC  160
FSS  191;192
FSC  403
FSS  381
FSC   49
FSS  386
UREF
PNO  3704550
ISD  19721200
NAM  Hancock
OCL   49386
UREF
PNO  3955865
ISD  19760500
NAM  Wilson
OCL  312319
UREF
PNO  4601446
ISD  19860700
NAM  Opsahl
XCL   49386
UREF
PNO  4775258
ISD  19881000
NAM  Lange
XCL  403381
UREF
PNO  4919558
ISD  19900400
NAM  Mascitelli et al.
XCL  403381
UREF
PNO  5134805
ISD  19920800
NAM  Frantzen et al.
OCL   49386
LREP
FR2  Lerner; Herbert L.
FR2  Greenberg; Laurence A.
ABST
PAL  A device for connecting a spring to a band-like or cable-like transmission
      apparatus. The device being easy to assemble and in which the risk of
      fracture of the device is greatly reduced. The device provides a
      connecting part to be fitted on the transmission apparatus and a hook-in
      part to be connected onto the spring. The connecting part then being
      connected to the hook-in part to connect the transmission apparatus to the
      spring.
PATN
WKU  059889349
SRC  9
APN  1747916
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19981019
TTL  Highway barrier
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Markovich; Kristine M.
EXP  Will; Thomas B.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Wasserstrom; David E.
CTY  Elkins Park
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Traffic Safety Devices Corporation
CTY  Elkins Park
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  404  6
XCL  404  7
XCL  256 131
EDF  6
ICL  E01F 1302
FSC  404
FSS  6;7
FSC  256
FSS  13.1;1
FSC  403
FSS  13;14;334
FSC   52
FSS  591.4;592.3
UREF
PNO  D341098
ISD  19931100
NAM  Yodock
UREF
PNO  D343369
ISD  19940100
NAM  Sprague
UREF
PNO  D385362
ISD  19971000
NAM  Rossetti
UREF
PNO  3326099
ISD  19670600
NAM  Cova et al.
OCL  404  7
UREF
PNO  4681302
ISD  19870700
NAM  Thompson
OCL  404  6
UREF
PNO  4773629
ISD  19880900
NAM  Yodock
UREF
PNO  4869617
ISD  19890900
NAM  Chiodo
OCL  404  6
UREF
PNO  4946306
ISD  19900800
NAM  Yodock
UREF
PNO  5011325
ISD  19910400
NAM  Antonioli
OCL  256 13.1
UREF
PNO  5104254
ISD  19920400
NAM  Durand
UREF
PNO  5104255
ISD  19920400
NAM  Bodensohn
OCL  404  7
UREF
PNO  5123773
ISD  19920600
NAM  Yodock
OCL  404  6
UREF
PNO  5208585
ISD  19930500
NAM  Spraque
OCL  404  6
UREF
PNO  5336016
ISD  19940800
NAM  Baatz
OCL  404  6
UREF
PNO  5387049
ISD  19950200
NAM  Duckett
UREF
PNO  5498101
ISD  19960300
NAM  Braverman
UREF
PNO  5531540
ISD  19960700
NAM  Wasserstrom et al.
UREF
PNO  5611641
ISD  19970300
NAM  Christensen
UREF
PNO  5836714
ISD  19981100
NAM  Christensen
OCL  404  6
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik, LLP
ABST
PAL  A road barrier, which may be the portable type having a hollow body. The
      road barrier is adapted to be connected to one or more other barriers
      having the same or similar construction to form a continuous barrier wall
      of a desired length.
PATN
WKU  059889357
SRC  9
APN  1441760
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980831
TTL  Asphalt repair apparatus with dry, radiant heat source
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Addle; Raymond W
EXP  Will; Thomas B.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Dillingham; Harold W.
CTY  Jacksonville
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  H.D. Industries, Inc.
CTY  Jacksonville
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  404 79
XCL  404 75
XCL  404 90
XCL  404101
XCL  404108
XCL  404111
EDF  6
ICL  E01C 2300
FSC  104
FSS  77;79;80;95;101;108;110;111;71;91
UREF
PNO  3100425
ISD  19630800
NAM  Cartwright
UREF
PNO  3217620
ISD  19651100
NAM  Mindrum et al.
UREF
PNO  3279337
ISD  19661000
NAM  Weaver
UREF
PNO  4256414
ISD  19810300
NAM  Milligan
OCL  404 79
UREF
PNO  4944632
ISD  19900700
NAM  Dillingham
OCL  404111
UREF
PNO  5006012
ISD  19910400
NAM  Sterner
OCL  404107
UREF
PNO  5139362
ISD  19920800
NAM  Richter et al.
OCL  404 95
UREF
PNO  5232306
ISD  19930800
NAM  Sterner
OCL  404107
UREF
PNO  5263790
ISD  19931100
NAM  Bickley et al.
OCL  404107
UREF
PNO  5354145
ISD  19941000
NAM  Sterner
OCL  404 75
UREF
PNO  5419654
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kleiger
OCL  404101
UREF
PNO  5607254
ISD  19970300
NAM  Grembowicz et al.
OCL  404 77
UREF
PNO  5752782
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hulicsko
OCL  404103
UREF
PNO  5765963
ISD  19980600
NAM  Roberts
OCL  404 92
LREP
FR2  Gunter, Jr.; Charles D.
ABST
PAL  A portable device is shown for transporting asphalt repair materials for
      use in repairing potholes in asphalt pavements. The device has a body with
      a hopper compartment for transporting and dispensing asphalt mix
      materials. A dry, radiant heat source is located below the hopper
      compartment and heats the asphalt mix. Tack oils are held and dispensed
      from a separate tack oil tank.
PATN
WKU  059889365
SRC  8
APN  9884408
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971211
TTL  Slip form control system for tight radius turns
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Addie; Raymond W
EXP  Will; Thomas B.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Smith; Randall K.
CTY  McHenry
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Miller Formless Co., Inc.
CTY  McHenry
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  404 842
XCL  404 8405
XCL  404 845
XCL  404 83
EDF  6
ICL  E01C 2307
FSC  404
FSS  84.2;84.8;84.05;84.11;83
FSC   56
FSS  10.2 R;10.2 D;DIG. 15
FSC  172
FSS  4;5
UREF
PNO  3606827
ISD  19710900
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  3749505
ISD  19730700
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  4185712
ISD  19800100
NAM  Bulger
OCL  404 84
UREF
PNO  4497256
ISD  19850200
NAM  Hansmann et al.
OCL   56 10.2D
UREF
PNO  5499684
ISD  19960300
NAM  Stratton
OCL  172  4.5
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A machine for distributing a material through a working unit along a ground
      surface in a direction established by an external reference includes front
      and rear devices for moving the machine along the ground surface, a
      steering control unit that functions to controlling the steering of the
      front and rear devices and, mounted along one side, first, second, and
      third steering sensors. The first, second and third steering sensors
      generate output signals indicative of their position with respect to the
      external reference. A processor unit utilizes the output signals generated
      by the first, second, and third steering sensors in a predetermined manner
      to cause the steering control unit to direct the machine generally in the
      direction established by the external reference.
PATN
WKU  059889373
SRC  9
APN  101644&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980713
TTL  Crawler type soil improving machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  11
EXP  Lisehora; James A.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Komoriya; Yoichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshida; Yasuhiro
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujino; Taneaki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Komatsu Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960112
APN  8/22053
CLAS
OCL  404 90
XCL  24110174
XCL  404 91
XCL  404 92
EDF  6
ICL  E02F  700
FSC  404
FSS  75;90;91;92;76
FSC  241
FSS  101.74;101.8
UREF
PNO  4676688
ISD  19870600
NAM  Caradot
OCL  404 91
UREF
PNO  5580004
ISD  19961200
NAM  Tamura et al.
OCL  241 36
UREF
PNO  5741085
ISD  19980400
NAM  Wirtgen
OCL  404 75
FREF
PNO  54-58901
ISD  19790500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-28948
ISD  19810300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-229570
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-138058
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-127090
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-331696
ISD  19951200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sidley & Austin
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/00021
PD1  19980713
PD2  19980713
PD3  19970109
PCP  WO97/25485
PCD  19970717
ABST
PAR  The present invention provides a crawler type soil improving machine for
      efficiently crushing and mixing soft soil and a soil improving agent in
      order to regenerate such soil, and features excellent mobility and
      operability. The soil improving machine comprises: a crusher (4), disposed
      substantially at the center of a vehicle body (3), for crushing and mixing
      soil and a soil improving agent; a first hopper (40), disposed at one part
      of the vehicle body (3), for receiving soil; a second hopper (20),
      positioned between the crusher (4) and the first hopper (40), for
      receiving soil improving agent; a crawling member (2), arranged under the
      second hopper (20) and the vehicle body (3); a drive unit (5), arranged at
      the other part of the vehicle body (3) and including an engine (6) and
      hydraulic units (9, 10); and a conveyor (50), positioned below the first
      and second hoppers (40 and 20).
PATN
WKU  059889381
SRC  8
APN  9973990
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971223
TTL  Compartmentalized access shroud system for riding trowels
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Addie; Raymond W
EXP  Will; Thomas B.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Allen; J. Dewayne
CTY  Paragould
STA  AR
ASSG
NAM  Allen Engineering Corporation
CTY  Paragould
STA  AR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  404112
EDF  6
ICL  E01C 1922
FSC  404
FSS  112
UREF
PNO  D323510
ISD  19920100
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  D15 10
UREF
PNO  2208801
ISD  19400700
NAM  Mincher et al.
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  2654298
ISD  19531000
NAM  Ytterberg
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  2754733
ISD  19560700
NAM  Beyer
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  2869442
ISD  19590100
NAM  Mincher
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  3936212
ISD  19760200
NAM  Holtz, Sr. et al.
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  4046484
ISD  19770900
NAM  Holtz, Sr. et al.
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  4312603
ISD  19820100
NAM  Whiteman, Jr.
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  4556339
ISD  19851200
NAM  Morrison
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  4676691
ISD  19870600
NAM  Morrison
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  4710055
ISD  19871200
NAM  Masses et al.
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  5108220
ISD  19920400
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  5480257
ISD  19960100
NAM  Allen
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  5480258
ISD  19960100
NAM  Allen
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  5613801
ISD  19970300
NAM  Allen
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  5685667
ISD  19971100
NAM  Allen
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  5816739
ISD  19981000
NAM  Allen
OCL  404112
LREP
FR2  Carver; Stephen D.
ABST
PAL  A powered riding trowel comprises a pair of releasable, protective, quick
      access hoods that may be unlatched to quickly expose the power means for
      service without structural disassembly. In a preferred embodiment, the
      twin hoods are hinged to the frame. The trowel seat is mounted on an upper
      planar surface of a releasable shroud disposed between the hoods. The
      shroud front and rear are preferably removably latched to the frame. Major
      portions of the shroud and the hoods are formed from rigid, supportive
      material having airflow pathways for cooling and ventilating the normally
      protected trowel interior. In an alternative embodiment both hoods are
      releasably coupled to the frame by spring biased latches.
PATN
WKU  059889390
SRC  8
APN  8840644
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970627
TTL  Universal bridge deck vibrating system
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Addie; Raymond W
EXP  Will; Thomas B.
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Allen; J. Dewayne
CTY  Paragould
STA  AR
INVT
NAM  McKean; Michael W.
CTY  Arlington
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Allen Engineering Corp.
CTY  Paragould
STA  AR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  404116
XCL  404115
XCL  404113
XCL  404 8405
EDF  6
ICL  E01C 1938
FSC  404
FSS  115;113;119;72;116;74
FSC  474
FSS  74;84;85;88;89
UREF
PNO  1747555
ISD  19300200
NAM  Pelton
UREF
PNO  1898158
ISD  19330200
NAM  Winkler
UREF
PNO  2030315
ISD  19360200
NAM  Noble
OCL   94 44
UREF
PNO  2148214
ISD  19390200
NAM  Mall
OCL   94 48
UREF
PNO  2223734
ISD  19401200
NAM  Mall
OCL   94 48
UREF
PNO  2233833
ISD  19410300
NAM  Jackson
OCL   94 48
UREF
PNO  2248103
ISD  19410700
NAM  Mall
OCL   94 48
UREF
PNO  2261659
ISD  19411100
NAM  Pierce
OCL   94 48
UREF
PNO  2292733
ISD  19420800
NAM  Baily
OCL   94 48
UREF
PNO  2380435
ISD  19450700
NAM  Heltzel
OCL   94 46
UREF
PNO  2382096
ISD  19450800
NAM  Pierce
OCL   94 45
UREF
PNO  2461500
ISD  19490200
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL   94 48
UREF
PNO  2583108
ISD  19520100
NAM  Lewis
OCL   94 44
UREF
PNO  3042386
ISD  19620700
NAM  Wyzenbeek
OCL  259  1
UREF
PNO  3110234
ISD  19631100
NAM  Oster
OCL   94 45
UREF
PNO  3113494
ISD  19631200
NAM  Barnes
OCL   94 45
UREF
PNO  3180625
ISD  19650400
NAM  Wynzenbeek
OCL  259  1
UREF
PNO  3188054
ISD  19650600
NAM  Mason, Jr.
OCL  259  1
UREF
PNO  3299786
ISD  19670100
NAM  Godbersen
OCL   94 45
UREF
PNO  3377933
ISD  19680400
NAM  Dale
OCL   94 45
UREF
PNO  3450011
ISD  19690600
NAM  Godbersen
OCL   94 45
UREF
PNO  3541931
ISD  19701100
NAM  Godbersen
OCL   94 45
UREF
PNO  3555983
ISD  19710100
NAM  Swisher et al.
OCL   94 46
UREF
PNO  3593627
ISD  19710700
NAM  Rowe et al.
OCL   94 45
UREF
PNO  3596565
ISD  19710800
NAM  Atkinson
OCL   91411R
UREF
PNO  3738763
ISD  19730600
NAM  Glesmann
OCL  404119
UREF
PNO  3753621
ISD  19730800
NAM  Dale
OCL  404116
UREF
PNO  4128359
ISD  19781200
NAM  Cooper, Jr. et al.
OCL  404 72
UREF
PNO  4249327
ISD  19810200
NAM  Allen
OCL  404114
UREF
PNO  4256415
ISD  19810300
NAM  Rowe et al.
OCL  404116
UREF
PNO  4314773
ISD  19820200
NAM  Allen
OCL  404116
UREF
PNO  4320987
ISD  19820300
NAM  Rowe et al.
OCL  404115
UREF
PNO  4446784
ISD  19840500
NAM  Gurak et al.
OCL  474231
UREF
PNO  4484834
ISD  19841100
NAM  Rowe et al.
OCL  404 84
UREF
PNO  4572704
ISD  19860200
NAM  Allen
OCL  404114
UREF
PNO  4577993
ISD  19860300
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  4621375
ISD  19861100
NAM  Simnovec
OCL  455603
UREF
PNO  4708520
ISD  19871100
NAM  Rowe
OCL  404115
UREF
PNO  4775262
ISD  19881000
NAM  Guntharp et al.
OCL  404103
UREF
PNO  5108220
ISD  19920400
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  5480257
ISD  19960100
NAM  Allen
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  5480258
ISD  19960100
NAM  Allen
OCL  404112
UREF
PNO  5492432
ISD  19960200
NAM  Eben et al.
OCL  404115
UREF
PNO  5690567
ISD  19971100
NAM  DeNijs et al.
OCL  474 73
OREF
PAL  Bid-Well publication "job report", author and dates unknown.
PAL  Bid-Well publication, Model VB-75 author and dates unknown.
PAL  Bid-Well publication Concrete Pavers Catalog author & date Unknown.
PAL  Gomaco Publication C-700 Cylinder Finisher author & dates unknown.
PAL  EXEN publication VBH73EH; VBH74EH; VBH75EH author: EXEN Corporation Pub.
      Date: Mar. 19, 1996.
PAL  ISKCO, Ltd. publication Handy-VIB author: unknow publication date: unknown.
LREP
FR2  Carver; Stephen D.
ABST
PAL  A vibration system that fits on top of a conventional truss with minimal
      alteration. The system comprises a propulsion assembly powering a
      vibration assembly. The propulsion assembly comprises two parallel rails
      forming a lateral path between truss ends and supporting a mobile
      carriage. Each rail comprises abutting segments coextensively surmounting
      the truss. Each segment attaches at respective truss cross-beams to define
      a continuous runway for carriage movement. Each segment also defines a
      channel for a chain rack anchored at opposite truss ends. The carriage
      comprises an undercarriage supporting an offset platform. The
      undercarriage comprises a rail-spanning frame with supporting runway
      tracking wheels. A motor propels the carriage by turning an axle with
      terminal pinions entrained about the rack. The offset counterbalances the
      vibration assembly to reduce torsion. A coupling hitch protrudes from the
      platform opposite the offset to support the vibration assembly. The
      vibration assembly comprises an elevator that vertically displaces a gang
      of vibrators between deployed and retracted positions. The elevator
      comprises a hydraulic cylinder coaxially centered between two sleeves with
      sliding arms that couple the gang to the elevator. The gang comprises a
      plurality of quick-coupling pendulous vibrators across the truss front. A
      motor drives multiple vibrators via a split axle connected to several
      gearboxes in series. When deployed, the vibrator tip thrusts into the
      concrete and undulates rapidly for a selected time. Afterwards, the
      vibrators retract and the carriage moves to an adjacent vibrated sector of
      concrete until completely traversing the truss. They system may operate
      automatically or manually.
PATN
WKU  059889403
SRC  9
APN  1883224
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19981110
TTL  Device for cleaning the roller surface of a vibrating rolling machine
      for compacting materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Lisehora; James A.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Johansson; Lennart
CTY  Karlshamn
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Svedala Compaction Equipment AB
CTY  Karlskrona
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19971110
APN  9704107
CLAS
OCL  404129
XCL   1525651
EDF  6
ICL  E01C 1922
FSC  404
FSS  129
FSC  100
FSS  174
FSC  118
FSS  261
FSC   15
FSS  256.51
UREF
PNO  1942655
ISD  19340100
NAM  McCormick et al.
XCL  404129
UREF
PNO  3802339
ISD  19740400
NAM  Andersson et al.
UREF
PNO  4040762
ISD  19770800
NAM  Nilsson
UREF
PNO  5222828
ISD  19930600
NAM  Magalski
UREF
PNO  5661959
ISD  19970900
NAM  Vargas
XCL  404129
FREF
PNO  08165610
ISD  19960600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Ottesen; Walter
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a scraper device for static or vibratory rolling
      machines for compacting materials, primarily gravel, earth and asphalt.
      The scraper device includes a scraper element (6) which is designed to
      clean the surfaces of a roller cylinder of gravel, earth or asphalt
      adhering to the surfaces as the material is compacted. A spring (10)
      permits scraper elements to be easily lifted clear of the surfaces when
      cleaning of the latter is not required.
PATN
WKU  059889411
SRC  8
APN  9498869
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971014
TTL  Boat lift cable lock apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Mayo; Tara L.
EXP  Bagnell; David
NDR  7
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Sargent; Charles L.
CTY  Bonita Springs
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Carter; Daniel S.
CTY  Fort Myers
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Quality Boat Lifts, Inc.
CTY  Fort Myers
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  405  3
XCL  114 48
XCL  187372
EDF  6
ICL  B63C  306
FSC  405
FSS  1;3
FSC  114
FSS  44;48
FSC  187
FSS  213;214;372
FSC   24
FSS  115 M;136 R
UREF
PNO  3516304
ISD  19700600
NAM  Vermette
XCL  187372
UREF
PNO  3905711
ISD  19750900
NAM  Rogers
XCL   24115M
UREF
PNO  4384389
ISD  19830500
NAM  Sato
XCL   24115M
UREF
PNO  4809408
ISD  19890300
NAM  Abrahamson
XCL   24115M
UREF
PNO  5553360
ISD  19960900
NAM  Lucas et al.
XCL   24136R
UREF
PNO  5628583
ISD  19970500
NAM  Gibson
OCL  405  3
LREP
FR2  Noonan; William E.
ABST
PAL  A boat lift locking apparatus is disclosed for releasably fastening a cable
      to a structural component of a boat lift. The apparatus includes a bracket
      secured to the structural component and having a channel, which has a
      relatively wide portion and a relatively narrow portion. A locking element
      is slidably mounted in the channel. The cable extends through the channel
      between the locking element and the bracket. The locking element is urged
      selectively toward the narrow portion of the channel to frictionally lock
      the cable between the locking element and the bracket and toward the wide
      portion of the channel to unlock the cable and permit the cable to slide
      longitudinally through the channel between the locking element and the
      bracket.
PATN
WKU  059889420
SRC  8
APN  8143706
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970311
TTL  Erosion control system
ISD  19991123
NCL  48
ECL  1
EXA  Lagman; Frederick
EXP  Bagnell; David
NDR  15
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Atkinson; Frank S.
CTY  San Gabriel
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Stewart Trustees Limited
CNT  NZX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  405 20
XCL  405 19
XCL  405 16
XCL  404 40
XCL   52596
EDF  6
ICL  E02B  312
FSC  405
FSS  20;16;15;17;19;284
FSC   52
FSS  596;607;597-606;608
FSC  404
FSS  34;35;37;40;41;249;66.1;117
FSC  264
FSS  333
UREF
PNO  3168
ISD  18430700
NAM  Terry
UREF
PNO  314022
ISD  18850300
NAM  Heard
OCL   52605
UREF
PNO  436989
ISD  18900900
NAM  McDowell
UREF
PNO  554354
ISD  18960200
NAM  Villa
UREF
PNO  708470
ISD  19020900
NAM  Flood
UREF
PNO  790507
ISD  19050500
NAM  Lamberson
UREF
PNO  930153
ISD  19090100
NAM  Butz
UREF
PNO  991041
ISD  19110500
NAM  Toennes
OCL  405 20
UREF
PNO  1144143
ISD  19150600
NAM  McGillivray
OCL  405 20
UREF
PNO  1164707
ISD  19150200
NAM  Edinger
UREF
PNO  1164708
ISD  19151200
NAM  Edinger
UREF
PNO  1359475
ISD  19201100
NAM  Willard
UREF
PNO  1436896
ISD  19221100
NAM  Newell
UREF
PNO  1987150
ISD  19350100
NAM  Mason
UREF
PNO  2008866
ISD  19350700
NAM  Hoffard
UREF
PNO  2159685
ISD  19390500
NAM  Buzzell
UREF
PNO  2493458
ISD  19500100
NAM  Koenig
OCL   72102
UREF
PNO  2674856
ISD  19540400
NAM  Louckes
UREF
PNO  2876628
ISD  19590300
NAM  Dixon, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3093568
ISD  19630600
NAM  Cox
OCL  204193.2
UREF
PNO  3096695
ISD  19630700
NAM  Reinhardt
OCL   94 11
UREF
PNO  3310906
ISD  19670300
NAM  Glukes
OCL   46 25
UREF
PNO  3347048
ISD  19671000
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  3386252
ISD  19680600
NAM  Nelson
OCL  138 96
UREF
PNO  3420275
ISD  19690100
NAM  Glen et al.
OCL  138 96
UREF
PNO  3421417
ISD  19690100
NAM  Pilaar
OCL   94 11
UREF
PNO  3597928
ISD  19710800
NAM  Pilaar
UREF
PNO  3903702
ISD  19750900
NAM  Appleton
UREF
PNO  3922865
ISD  19751200
NAM  Nijdam
UREF
PNO  4057608
ISD  19771100
NAM  Hashimoto et al.
OCL  264 42
UREF
PNO  4152875
ISD  19790500
NAM  Soland
OCL   52227
UREF
PNO  4172680
ISD  19791000
NAM  Brown
OCL  405 16
UREF
PNO  4227829
ISD  19801000
NAM  Landry, Jr.
OCL  405 20
UREF
PNO  4370075
ISD  19830100
NAM  Scales
OCL  404 41
UREF
PNO  4372705
ISD  19830200
NAM  Atkinson
XCL  405 16
UREF
PNO  4486121
ISD  19841200
NAM  Thompson et al.
OCL  405 17
UREF
PNO  4664552
ISD  19870500
NAM  Schaaf
OCL  405 20
UREF
PNO  5017049
ISD  19910500
NAM  Sievert
OCL  405284
UREF
PNO  5078940
ISD  19920100
NAM  Sayles
OCL  264154
UREF
PNO  5484230
ISD  19960100
NAM  Rudloff
XCL  405 16
UREF
PNO  5779391
ISD  19980700
NAM  Knight
XCL  405 16
FREF
PNO  134296
ISD  17850300
CNT  EPX
OCL  405 20
FREF
PNO  2123523
ISD  19721100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2025494
ISD  19800100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Conley, Rose & Tayon, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The erosion control system includes a plurality of erosion control blocks
      connected to one another by connectors to form an interconnected network
      of erosion control blocks conforming to the underlying terrain for erosion
      prevention. Each erosion control block includes a plurality of apertures
      therethrough each forming a side wall. The connector includes a pair of
      projecting legs for insertion into adjacent erosion control blocks. Each
      leg attachingly engages the side wall of the aperture of an erosion
      control block for connecting that erosion control block to an adjacent
      block. The legs include tapered extensions which frictionally engage the
      side wall, and in one embodiment of the erosion control block, the side
      wall includes a shoulder which engages the terminal end of the tapered
      extension. The erosion control block may have one end with convex arcuate
      surface and another end with a concave arcuate surface for providing an
      articulating joint between adjacent erosion control blocks. The erosion
      control block also may include a plurality of horizontal hydraulic grooves
      in the bottom planar surface of the block for hydrostatic relief.
PATN
WKU  059889438
SRC  8
APN  9324844
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970918
TTL  Liquid distribution device for drainfields
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; Jong-Suk
EXP  Bagnell; David
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  McCord; Brent
STR  8194 Winstead Pl., #202
CTY  Manassas
STA  VA
ZIP  20109
CLAS
OCL  405 36
XCL  405 43
XCL  405 45
XCL  138 44
XCL  210170
XCL  2105322
EDF  6
ICL  E02B 1100
FSC  405
FSS  36;43;45
FSC  137
FSS  501;561 A;561 R
FSC  210
FSS  418;291;170;532.2;519
FSC  138
FSS  44
UREF
PNO  2536196
ISD  19510100
NAM  MacLeod
OCL  405 43
UREF
PNO  3233627
ISD  19660200
NAM  Cebula
OCL  137561R
UREF
PNO  3812876
ISD  19740500
NAM  Krieter
OCL  137501
UREF
PNO  3986963
ISD  19761000
NAM  Maroschak
OCL  210532
UREF
PNO  4452277
ISD  19840600
NAM  Wells
OCL  138 44
UREF
PNO  4516986
ISD  19850500
NAM  Jepsen
XCL  138 44
UREF
PNO  4605501
ISD  19860800
NAM  Tyson
OCL  210519
UREF
PNO  4614584
ISD  19860900
NAM  DiDuca
OCL  210422
UREF
PNO  4681684
ISD  19870700
NAM  Maroschak
OCL  210532.2
UREF
PNO  4756827
ISD  19880700
NAM  Mayer
OCL  210170
UREF
PNO  4834879
ISD  19890500
NAM  Stegall et al.
OCL  210205
UREF
PNO  5098568
ISD  19920300
NAM  Tyson
OCL  210519
UREF
PNO  5181532
ISD  19930100
NAM  Brodefors et al.
XCL  138 44
UREF
PNO  5458436
ISD  19951000
NAM  Plowman et al.
OCL  405 36
UREF
PNO  5597264
ISD  19970100
NAM  Laak
XCL  405 43
LREP
FR2  Dutton, Jr.; Harold H.
ABST
PAL  A liquid distribution device for connection to a sewage disposal system
      comprising a manifold pipe having an inlet and a plurality of outlets, the
      inlet being oriented for connection to a source of liquid sewage effluent,
      and the outlets each being oriented for connection to a lead or header
      line in a drainfield of the system, the outlets being substantially
      coplanar with each other and with the manifold pipe, and an orifice in
      each of the outlets for controlling the flow of liquid through the outlets
      to the absorption lines.
PATN
WKU  059889446
SRC  9
APN  1884387
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19981109
TTL  One-piece tank sump with integral dust cover
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Taylor; Dennis L.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Youngs; Andrew
CTY  Granger
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Polymer Technology, Inc.
CTY  Muskegon
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  661694
APD  19960611
PSC  01
PNO  5833392
CLAS
OCL  405 52
XCL  141 86
XCL  215386
XCL  405 52
EDF  6
ICL  B65G  500
ICL  B09B  300
FSC  405
FSS  52;128;154;53
FSC   52
FSS  19;20
FSC  141
FSS  86;59
FSC  220
FSS  315;327;378
FSC  404
FSS  25;26
FSC  215
FSS  274;286
FSC  D 9
FSS  435;443;449
UREF
PNO  D283425
ISD  19860400
NAM  Bingler
UREF
PNO  D284380
ISD  19860600
NAM  Berg et al.
UREF
PNO  D309308
ISD  19900700
NAM  Webb
UREF
PNO  D313418
ISD  19910100
NAM  Webb
UREF
PNO  D317613
ISD  19910600
NAM  Channell
UREF
PNO  D322970
ISD  19920100
NAM  Webb
UREF
PNO  D351602
ISD  19941000
NAM  Rosebraugh et al.
UREF
PNO  360165
ISD  18870300
NAM  LeCompte
UREF
PNO  D383763
ISD  19970900
NAM  Youngs
UREF
PNO  1582191
ISD  19260400
NAM  Snooke
UREF
PNO  1639495
ISD  19270800
NAM  Frame
UREF
PNO  1793038
ISD  19310200
NAM  Zimmerman
UREF
PNO  2254668
ISD  19410900
NAM  Tomek
UREF
PNO  2310877
ISD  19430200
NAM  Sperry
UREF
PNO  2336150
ISD  19431200
NAM  Horvath
UREF
PNO  2449229
ISD  19480900
NAM  Hopwood
UREF
PNO  2671573
ISD  19540300
NAM  Hendon et al.
UREF
PNO  2911001
ISD  19591100
NAM  Fuller
UREF
PNO  2929128
ISD  19600300
NAM  White
UREF
PNO  3010598
ISD  19611100
NAM  Foss
UREF
PNO  3362425
ISD  19680100
NAM  Morris et al.
UREF
PNO  3390224
ISD  19680600
NAM  Wyatt
UREF
PNO  3401958
ISD  19680900
NAM  Demyon
UREF
PNO  3439837
ISD  19690400
NAM  Hearn et al.
UREF
PNO  3459229
ISD  19690800
NAM  Croft
UREF
PNO  3531264
ISD  19700900
NAM  Greipel
UREF
PNO  3543377
ISD  19701200
NAM  Bremner
UREF
PNO  3615034
ISD  19711000
NAM  Lemelson
UREF
PNO  3712009
ISD  19730100
NAM  Campagna
UREF
PNO  3715958
ISD  19730200
NAM  Crawford et al.
UREF
PNO  3721270
ISD  19730300
NAM  Wittgenstein
UREF
PNO  3802456
ISD  19740400
NAM  Wittgenstein
UREF
PNO  3858752
ISD  19750100
NAM  Marvin, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  3905405
ISD  19750900
NAM  Fowler et al.
UREF
PNO  3938285
ISD  19760200
NAM  Gilbu
UREF
PNO  3972440
ISD  19760800
NAM  Warren
UREF
PNO  3983667
ISD  19761000
NAM  Zwick
UREF
PNO  4062376
ISD  19771200
NAM  McGrath
UREF
PNO  4089139
ISD  19780500
NAM  Moffa et al.
UREF
PNO  4132083
ISD  19790100
NAM  McGrath
UREF
PNO  4145075
ISD  19790300
NAM  Holzmann
UREF
PNO  4230234
ISD  19801000
NAM  Taylor
UREF
PNO  4275757
ISD  19810600
NAM  Singer
UREF
PNO  4291905
ISD  19810900
NAM  Schrock
UREF
PNO  4309128
ISD  19820100
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  4449715
ISD  19840500
NAM  Gagas
UREF
PNO  4472911
ISD  19840900
NAM  Jooris et al.
UREF
PNO  4530443
ISD  19850700
NAM  Gorges
UREF
PNO  4540310
ISD  19850900
NAM  Ditcher et al.
UREF
PNO  4568925
ISD  19860200
NAM  Butts
UREF
PNO  4619555
ISD  19861000
NAM  Skinner et al.
UREF
PNO  4621941
ISD  19861100
NAM  Ditcher et al.
UREF
PNO  4639164
ISD  19870100
NAM  Pugnale et al.
UREF
PNO  4667505
ISD  19870500
NAM  Sharp
UREF
PNO  4685327
ISD  19870800
NAM  Sharp
UREF
PNO  4696330
ISD  19870900
NAM  Raudman et al.
UREF
PNO  4711365
ISD  19871200
NAM  Fomby
UREF
PNO  4714095
ISD  19871200
NAM  Muller et al.
UREF
PNO  4717031
ISD  19880100
NAM  Hewson
UREF
PNO  4717036
ISD  19880100
NAM  Dundas et al.
UREF
PNO  4747453
ISD  19880500
NAM  Howard, Sr.
UREF
PNO  4763806
ISD  19880800
NAM  Podgers et al.
UREF
PNO  4770317
ISD  19880900
NAM  Podgers et al.
UREF
PNO  4805444
ISD  19890200
NAM  Webb
UREF
PNO  4809866
ISD  19890300
NAM  Crocker
UREF
PNO  4871084
ISD  19891000
NAM  Robbins
UREF
PNO  4896705
ISD  19900100
NAM  Podgers et al.
UREF
PNO  4961670
ISD  19901000
NAM  McKenzie et al.
UREF
PNO  4971225
ISD  19901100
NAM  Bavo
UREF
PNO  5002428
ISD  19910300
NAM  Shettel
UREF
PNO  5040408
ISD  19910800
NAM  Webb
UREF
PNO  5058633
ISD  19911000
NAM  Sharp
UREF
PNO  5060509
ISD  19911000
NAM  Webb
UREF
PNO  5076456
ISD  19911200
NAM  Geyer
UREF
PNO  5085257
ISD  19920200
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  5099894
ISD  19920300
NAM  Mozeley, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5105966
ISD  19920400
NAM  Fort et al.
UREF
PNO  5114271
ISD  19920500
NAM  Sunderhaus et al.
UREF
PNO  5117877
ISD  19920600
NAM  Sharp
UREF
PNO  5129428
ISD  19920700
NAM  Winter et al.
UREF
PNO  5134878
ISD  19920800
NAM  Sharp
UREF
PNO  5156292
ISD  19921000
NAM  Ross
UREF
PNO  5257652
ISD  19931100
NAM  Lawrence
UREF
PNO  5271518
ISD  19931200
NAM  Webb
UREF
PNO  5333490
ISD  19940800
NAM  Webb
UREF
PNO  5372453
ISD  19941200
NAM  Argandona
UREF
PNO  5423447
ISD  19950600
NAM  Youngs
UREF
PNO  5481790
ISD  19960100
NAM  Koreis et al.
UREF
PNO  5482400
ISD  19960100
NAM  Bavington
UREF
PNO  5490419
ISD  19960200
NAM  Webb
UREF
PNO  5833392
ISD  19981100
NAM  Youngs
FREF
PNO  245418
ISD  19691000
CNT  RUX
FREF
PNO  1352272
ISD  19871100
CNT  RUX
LREP
FRM  Young & Basile, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A tank sump has a one-piece body comprising a hollow base member for
      collecting fluids leaking from a piping system, the base member having an
      upper portion and a lower portion, and a hollow riser section having an
      upper portion and a lower portion, the riser lower portion extending
      upwardly from the base member upper portion, the riser section having
      sidewalls with alternately adjacent vertically extending wall portions and
      outwardly extending, U-shaped grip portions. An integrally formed cover is
      defined on top of the riser section upper portion. The cover may be cut
      off from the riser section of the body. A gasket may extend between the
      cover outer periphery and the outwardly extending grip portion of the
      riser section, and a mechanism removably secures the cover to the
      outwardly extending grip portion with the gasket therebetween, in a
      substantially water resistant sealing manner. The cover may alternately be
      cut away from the body and discarded. A substantially rigid lid is
      removably mounted on an outwardly extending grip portion of the riser
      section, and a mechanism mounts the lid to the outwardly extending grip
      portion in a substantially watertight manner.
PATN
WKU  059889454
SRC  8
APN  5744466
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19951215
TTL  Method for preventing corrosion of the vessel of a storage tank, and
      storage tank for implementing it
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Mayo; Tara L.
EXP  Bagnell; David
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Bouvier; Daniel
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Societe Melallurgique Liotard Freres
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19941222
APN  94 15474
CLAS
OCL  405 54
XCL  252964
XCL   73 493
EDF  6
ICL  G01M  340
FSC  405
FSS  52;53;54
FSC  252
FSS  964
FSC   73
FSS  73;49.2;49.3
UREF
PNO  2947166
ISD  19600800
NAM  Palmer et al.
OCL   73 40.7
UREF
PNO  4663614
ISD  19870500
NAM  Rauchwerger
OCL  340605
UREF
PNO  4798496
ISD  19890100
NAM  Sawada
OCL  405 53
UREF
PNO  5005005
ISD  19910400
NAM  Brossia et al.
OCL  340604
UREF
PNO  5225812
ISD  19930700
NAM  Faghri
OCL  340605
FREF
PNO  1 551 051
ISD  19670900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 291 489
ISD  19760600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  58-215520
ISD  19831200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-219430
ISD  19831200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  404 471
ISD  19660600
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  471 016
ISD  19690500
CNT  CHX
LREP
FRM  Westman, Champlin & Kelly, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A method prevents corrosion of a vessel made of a corrodible material. The
      vessel has a bottom which has an outer surface. The method includes
      detecting the appearance of water at the outer surface of the bottom of
      the vessel.
PATN
WKU  059889462
SRC  9
APN  0853518
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980527
TTL  Multiple bladder flood control system
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; Jong-Suk
EXP  Bagnell; David
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Reed; Charles
STR  340 N. Oakhurst
CTY  Beverly Hills
STA  CA
ZIP  90210
CLAS
OCL  405115
XCL  405 91
XCL  405114
EDF  6
ICL  E02B  702
FSC  405
FSS  91;114;115
UREF
PNO  2855800
ISD  19581200
NAM  Ganzinotti
OCL  405 91
UREF
PNO  3191386
ISD  19650600
NAM  Wiegel
OCL   61  5
UREF
PNO  3786638
ISD  19740100
NAM  Fish
OCL  405115
UREF
PNO  3928980
ISD  19751200
NAM  Ganzinotti
OCL   61 29
UREF
PNO  4279540
ISD  19810700
NAM  Suga et al.
OCL  405115
UREF
PNO  4299514
ISD  19811100
NAM  Muramatsu et al.
OCL  405115
UREF
PNO  4314774
ISD  19820200
NAM  Tsuji et al.
OCL  405115
UREF
PNO  4662783
ISD  19870500
NAM  Muramatsu et al.
OCL  405115
UREF
PNO  4733990
ISD  19880300
NAM  Tsuji et al.
OCL  405115
UREF
PNO  4780024
ISD  19881000
NAM  Obermeyer et al.
OCL  405115
UREF
PNO  4836713
ISD  19890600
NAM  Muramatsu et al.
OCL  405115
UREF
PNO  4909666
ISD  19900300
NAM  Takasaki
OCL  405115
UREF
PNO  5067851
ISD  19911100
NAM  Fujisawa et al.
OCL  405115
UREF
PNO  5125767
ISD  19920600
NAM  Dooleage
OCL  405115
UREF
PNO  5645373
ISD  19970700
NAM  Jenkins
OCL  405 91
UREF
PNO  5785455
ISD  19980700
NAM  Eaker
OCL  405 63
FREF
PNO  678133
ISD  19790800
CNT  SUX
OCL  405115
LREP
FRM  Goldstein & Canino
ABST
PAL  A multiple bladder flood control system, for preventing flood waters from
      reaching a protected area from a flooding area, comprising a bladder
      assembly. A trough is dug between the protected area and the flooding
      area, having a trough bottom, a trough first side, and a trough second
      side which are all preferably surfaced with concrete. The trough first
      side faces the protected area, and the trough second side faces the
      flooding area. The bladder assembly is anchored to the trough bottom with
      an anchor plate. The bladder assembly comprises at least a lowermost
      bladder and at least one upper bladder. The bladders are attached with a
      common connecting surface which faces the flooding area. The bladder
      assembly is normally deflated, is stored fully within the trough, and the
      trough is covered with a cover plate. When flood waters are advancing, the
      cover plate is removed and the bladder assembly is inflated. The lowermost
      bladder remains in the trough and is pressed against the first wall by
      water entering at the second wall. The upper bladders extend above the
      trough to prevent the flood waters from reaching the protected area.
PATN
WKU  059889470
SRC  8
APN  9644598
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971104
TTL  Multi-section soil remediation device
ISD  19991123
NCL  50
ECL  1
EXP  Suchfield; George
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Bruso; Bruce L.
STR  RR1 Box 1T, E. Mountain Rd.
CTY  Hegins
STA  PA
ZIP  17938
CLAS
OCL  405128
XCL  110241
XCL  4352625
XCL  588220
XCL  588256
XCL  588900
EDF  6
ICL  B09C  106
ICL  B09C  108
ICL  B09C  110
FSC  405
FSS  128;131
FSC  588
FSS  205;220;249;256;900
FSC  110
FSS  236;240;241
FSC  435
FSS  262.5
UREF
PNO  3603097
ISD  19710900
NAM  Zaklewicz
UREF
PNO  3607097
ISD  19710900
NAM  Auphan et al.
UREF
PNO  4028902
ISD  19770600
NAM  Courson et al.
UREF
PNO  4648332
ISD  19870300
NAM  Goedhart
OCL  110346
UREF
PNO  4667609
ISD  19870500
NAM  Hardison et al.
XCL  588900
UREF
PNO  4681483
ISD  19870700
NAM  Camilleri
OCL  405267
UREF
PNO  4738206
ISD  19880400
NAM  Noland
OCL  110346
UREF
PNO  4776409
ISD  19881000
NAM  Manchak, Jr.
OCL  175 50
UREF
PNO  4843742
ISD  19890700
NAM  Camelleri
OCL   37 90
UREF
PNO  4844839
ISD  19890700
NAM  Manchak, Jr.
OCL  252633
UREF
PNO  4913586
ISD  19900400
NAM  Gabbita
OCL  405129
UREF
PNO  4919570
ISD  19900400
NAM  Payne
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  4927293
ISD  19900500
NAM  Campbell
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5020452
ISD  19910600
NAM  Rybak
OCL  110241
UREF
PNO  5037479
ISD  19910800
NAM  Stanforth
OCL  106691
UREF
PNO  5052858
ISD  19911000
NAM  Crosby et al.
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5072674
ISD  19911200
NAM  Noland et al.
OCL  110346
UREF
PNO  5088856
ISD  19920200
NAM  Yocum
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5103578
ISD  19920400
NAM  Rickard
OCL   34 92
UREF
PNO  5111756
ISD  19920500
NAM  Anderson
OCL  110240
UREF
PNO  5117771
ISD  19920600
NAM  Summers
OCL  110346
UREF
PNO  5118230
ISD  19920600
NAM  Justice
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5121699
ISD  19920600
NAM  Frank
OCL  110246
UREF
PNO  5148757
ISD  19920900
NAM  McCrossan
OCL  110216
UREF
PNO  5161326
ISD  19921100
NAM  Weirich et al.
OCL   47  1.42
UREF
PNO  5176445
ISD  19930100
NAM  Mize
OCL  366  7
UREF
PNO  5193935
ISD  19930300
NAM  Musil
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5199354
ISD  19930400
NAM  Wood
OCL  110241
UREF
PNO  5202033
ISD  19930400
NAM  Stanforth et al.
OCL  210747
UREF
PNO  5230167
ISD  19930700
NAM  Lahoda et al.
OCL   34 75
UREF
PNO  5236282
ISD  19930800
NAM  Teasel et al.
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5242245
ISD  19930900
NAM  Schellstede
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5242246
ISD  19930900
NAM  Manchak, III et al.
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5244308
ISD  19930900
NAM  Mims
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5259962
ISD  19931100
NAM  Later
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5350252
ISD  19940900
NAM  Musil et al.
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5368411
ISD  19941100
NAM  Losack
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5459065
ISD  19951000
NAM  Aust et al.
OCL  435562.5
UREF
PNO  5544975
ISD  19960800
NAM  Vigneron et al.
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5569155
ISD  19961000
NAM  Pal et al.
XCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5597730
ISD  19970100
NAM  Aust et al.
OCL  435262.5
UREF
PNO  5637154
ISD  19970600
NAM  Shorthouse
XCL  588900
FREF
PNO  32 09 134
ISD  19830900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  232 325
ISD  19860100
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Kenterprise Research, Inc. paper entitled "Membrane-Like-Material and
      Direct-Nucleate-Flotation AFFF Waste Residue Processing". undated.
PAL  Plasma Technology, Inc. paper entitled "Induction Coupled Plasma (ICP) in
      Comparison with Arc Plasma Systems An Introduction." Jan. 1997.
PAL  FMC, brochure entitled "PermeOX.RTM. Solid Peroxygen Can Enhance
      Conventional Bioremediation Methods". undated.
PAL  Research Paper, Kenterprise Research, Inc., entitled "MLM Process For
      Soluble Plus Insoluble Oil Recovery", The KpX Process, undated.
PAL  Booklet RMT, RMT Metals Remediation Technologies, undated.
PAL  Paper, Thermatrix, Inc. . . . Technology beyond Compliance, undated.
LREP
FRM  Seidel Gonda Lavorgna & Monaco, PC
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates generally to a soil remediation device, and
      more particularly to a multi-section soil remediation device having at
      least one section for applying a variety of soil treatment regimes. The
      multi-section device can be independent of, or be adapted to mount to, a
      vehicle for operation in the field.
PATN
WKU  059889489
SRC  8
APN  9893989
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971212
TTL  Underwater plough and method for varying ploughing depth
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; Jong-Suk
EXP  Bagnell; David
NDR  8
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Featherstone; Jeremy J. R.
CTY  Essex
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Cable and Wireless PLC
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970904
APN  97306880
CLAS
OCL  405164
XCL  405158
XCL  405174
XCL  405181
XCL  405164
XCL   37409
XCL   37410
EDF  6
ICL  F16L  112
ICL  E02F  376
FSC  405
FSS  158;159;160;161;162;163;164;181;174
FSC   37
FSS  309;308;409;410;413;414;406;444;903
FSC  172
FSS  8;699;716;735;736
UREF
PNO  1886510
ISD  19321100
NAM  Murphy
OCL  405181
UREF
PNO  2099527
ISD  19371100
NAM  Lawton
OCL  405165
UREF
PNO  2142136
ISD  19390100
NAM  Lawton
OCL   37308
UREF
PNO  2530414
ISD  19501100
NAM  Wells
OCL   37409
UREF
PNO  3038265
ISD  19620600
NAM  Hunger et al.
OCL   37409
UREF
PNO  3074190
ISD  19630100
NAM  Wahl
XCL   37410
UREF
PNO  3344615
ISD  19671000
NAM  Coffey
OCL  405181
UREF
PNO  3400542
ISD  19680900
NAM  Davis
OCL  405175
UREF
PNO  3462963
ISD  19690800
NAM  Moore
OCL  405164
UREF
PNO  3641780
ISD  19720200
NAM  Ede
OCL  405159
UREF
PNO  3898852
ISD  19750800
NAM  Ezoe et al.
UREF
PNO  4011727
ISD  19770300
NAM  Suzuki et al.
UREF
PNO  4129992
ISD  19781200
NAM  Carlsson et al.
UREF
PNO  4293238
ISD  19811000
NAM  Kuzin et al.
XCL  405181
UREF
PNO  4655639
ISD  19870400
NAM  Reece
OCL  405181
UREF
PNO  4664553
ISD  19870500
NAM  Grinsted et al.
UREF
PNO  4759138
ISD  19880700
NAM  Grinstead
XCL  405164
UREF
PNO  4787777
ISD  19881100
NAM  Harmstorf
XCL  405159
UREF
PNO  4802793
ISD  19890200
NAM  Grinstead et al.
XCL  405159
UREF
PNO  4892443
ISD  19900100
NAM  Kunze et al.
XCL  405181
UREF
PNO  4896998
ISD  19900100
NAM  Reece
OCL  405160
UREF
PNO  4927294
ISD  19900500
NAM  Magnani et al.
XCL  405174
UREF
PNO  4986697
ISD  19910100
NAM  Lynch
XCL  405158
UREF
PNO  5462389
ISD  19951000
NAM  Messina
FREF
PNO  1493346
ISD  19771100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  278705A1
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  296783
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2069094
ISD  19810800
CNT  GBX
OCL  405161
FREF
PNO  2285821A
ISD  19950700
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  J. Featherstone, "Protection of Surfave Laid and Build Submarine Telecom;
      Cable Against External Aggression", Disclosed Apr. 30, 1997.
PAL  "Cable Protection--Solution Through New Installation and Burial Apparatus"
      published in SupOptic '97 Conference Proceedings, May 12th-15th, 1997, San
      Francisco.
PAL  Cable and Wireless, "Vari-Plough--Principle 1", Apr. 8, 1997.
PAL  Cable and Wireless, "Vari-Plough--Principle 2", Apr. 8, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  An underwater plough for ploughing an underwater bed, the plough comprising
      a first share (10) and a second share (21) which is movable with respect
      to the first share whereby the depth of the ploughing profile presented by
      the plough can be varied.
PATN
WKU  059889497
SRC  8
APN  7817584
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970110
TTL  Offshore jacket installation
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Laeniaw; Frederick L.
EXP  Bagnell; David J.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Will; Stephen A.
STR  23203 Northhampton Pines
CTY  Spring
STA  TX
ZIP  77389
CLAS
OCL  405204
XCL  405227
EDF  6
ICL  E02B 1702
FSC  405
FSS  195.1;203;204;224;227;228
UREF
PNO  3572044
ISD  19710300
NAM  Pogonowsei
XCL  405227
UREF
PNO  4426173
ISD  19840100
NAM  Richari et al.
XCL  405204
UREF
PNO  4687062
ISD  19870800
NAM  Beghetto et al.
XCL  405227
UREF
PNO  4705430
ISD  19871100
NAM  Will
OCL  405227
UREF
PNO  5356239
ISD  19941000
NAM  Canton
XCL  405204
UREF
PNO  5573355
ISD  19961100
NAM  Thomas
OCL  405227
UREF
PNO  5867611
ISD  19890900
NAM  Luyties
XCL  405204
LREP
FR2  Edwards; Robert J.
FR2  LaHaye; D. Neil
ABST
PAL  An offshore jacket or compliant tower and method of installing an offshore
      jacket or compliant tower where the foundation piles do not initially
      support the jacket. The foundation piles are driven into the sea floor.
      Two or more temporary support piles are driven into the sea floor. Two or
      more docking piles are driven into the sea floor and extend a greater
      height above the sea floor than the foundation piles and the temporary
      support piles. The jacket, which includes flexpiles, is lowered into
      position such that it receives the docking piles. The docking piles locate
      and position the jacket above the temporary support piles and the
      foundation piles. The jacket is provided with vertical steel tubes that
      correspond to the location of the temporary support piles. A bulkhead in
      each vertical steel tube is vertically located such that the jacket is
      supported and leveled by the temporary support piles and not the
      foundation piles. The foundation piles and flexpiles are grouted before
      the platform is installed on the jacket.
PATN
WKU  059889500
SRC  8
APN  9728473
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971118
TTL  Method and system for preventing upward migration of contaminants in soil
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Mayo; Tara L.
EXP  Neuder; William
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Moore; Terry J.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Roberts; Charles T.
CTY  Richardson
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Atlantic Richfield Company
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  405263
XCL  405264
XCL  405266
XCL  405268
EDF  6
ICL  C09K 1700
ICL  E02D  312
FSC  405
FSS  263-270
UREF
PNO  2300325
ISD  19421000
NAM  Van Leeuwen
OCL  405264
UREF
PNO  2319020
ISD  19430500
NAM  Van Leeuwen
OCL  405264
UREF
PNO  2329148
ISD  19430900
NAM  Van Leeuwen
XCL  405264
UREF
PNO  3121973
ISD  19640200
NAM  Phillips et al.
XCL  405264
UREF
PNO  3379014
ISD  19680400
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL  405264
UREF
PNO  3520140
ISD  19700700
NAM  Katzer
OCL  405264
UREF
PNO  3789613
ISD  19740200
NAM  Routson
OCL  405264
UREF
PNO  5372462
ISD  19941200
NAM  Sydansk
OCL  405264
UREF
PNO  5462390
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sydansk
OCL  405264
UREF
PNO  5500245
ISD  19960300
NAM  Toushin
XCL  405264
UREF
PNO  5520482
ISD  19960500
NAM  Oeste et al.
XCL  405264
FREF
PNO  832216
ISD  19700100
CNT  CAX
OREF
PAL  Das, Braja M., Principles of Geotechnical Engineering, Third Edition, PWS
      Publishing Company, pp. 200-201, 1985.
LREP
FR2  Scott; F. Lindsey
ABST
PAL  A system for preventing upward migration of contaminants in soil having
      capillary pores defined therein, the system comprising the soil and a
      hydrophobic substance applied to the soil, the substance being attracted
      to enter the capillary pores so that a barrier is formed which, under
      unsaturated soil conditions, prevents the upward migration of contaminants
      carried by water through the capillary pores in the soil.
PATN
WKU  059889519
SRC  9
APN  1113275
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980707
TTL  Pneumatic grain sample transport system
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  3
EXA  deVore; Peter
EXP  Recla; Henry J.
NDR  10
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  DiFrank; Gregory
STR  680 Havens Corners Rd.
CTY  Gahanna
STA  OH
ZIP  43230
INVT
NAM  Elzey; Jan M.
STR  6223 Brooksong Way
CTY  Blacklick
STA  OH
ZIP  43004
INVT
NAM  Krupp; Bryan E.
STR  1411 Aniko Ave.
CTY  Lewis Center
STA  OH
ZIP  43035
CLAS
OCL  406 32
XCL  406 21
XCL  406 83
XCL  406112
XCL  406125
XCL  406188
XCL  406189
XCL  141 98
XCL  141350
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 5366
FSC  141
FSS  1;13;98;275;277;346;348;349;350
FSC  406
FSS  150;178;111;110;112;125;130;148;149;177;179;180;13;15;16;21;187;188;189;83
     ;84;32
UREF
PNO  4395164
ISD  19830700
NAM  Beltrop et al.
OCL  406 74
UREF
PNO  4466761
ISD  19840800
NAM  Beltrop et al.
OCL  406 74
UREF
PNO  4620577
ISD  19861100
NAM  Nordenswan
OCL  141 98
OREF
PAL  Kelly Tube Systems, 4 pages.
LREP
FRM  MacMillan, Sobanski & Todd, LLC
ABST
PAL  The present apparatus relates to a pneumatic transport system to transport
      samples of grain between a filling station in a grain handling and storage
      structure and a receiving station in an office or inspection laboratory.
PATN
WKU  059889527
SRC  9
APN  0839213
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980526
TTL  Grooving and threading tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Tsai; Henry W. H.
EXP  Pitts; Andrea L.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Antoun; Gregory S.
STR  P.O. Box 1057
CTY  Meadville
STA  PA
ZIP  16335
CLAS
OCL  407107
XCL  407108
XCL  407111
XCL  407112
EDF  6
ICL  B23B 2900
FSC  407
FSS  107;101;110;102;108;111;112
UREF
PNO  3125798
ISD  19640300
NAM  Stein
XCL  407102
UREF
PNO  4227838
ISD  19801000
NAM  Berry
XCL  407107
UREF
PNO  4286901
ISD  19810900
NAM  Eckle
UREF
PNO  4471675
ISD  19840900
NAM  Treloar
UREF
PNO  4555202
ISD  19851100
NAM  Pondes
UREF
PNO  4558974
ISD  19851200
NAM  Pano
XCL  407110
UREF
PNO  4744703
ISD  19880500
NAM  Cochran
XCL  407112
UREF
PNO  5159863
ISD  19921100
NAM  Simpson, III
XCL  407101
UREF
PNO  5271440
ISD  19931200
NAM  Bradstreet, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5439039
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bradstreet, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5542794
ISD  19960800
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  5542795
ISD  19960800
NAM  Mitchell
UREF
PNO  5743680
ISD  19980400
NAM  Von Haas et al.
XCL  407110
FREF
PNO  463998
ISD  19500300
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  52-13184
ISD  19770200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  620848
ISD  19801200
CNT  SEX
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A system for clamping a cutting insert on a grooving, threading, or milling
      tool wherein a top clamp member and a support plate are mounted on the
      tool's surface. The contacting surfaces of the tool, clamp member, and
      support plate are ground to a smooth finish. A cutting insert is formed
      with upper and lower V-shaped surfaces and is received in corresponding
      V-shaped recesses formed in edge portions of the top clamp member and the
      support plate. Bolts having left hand threads secure the top clamp member
      to the tool so as to clamp the insert between the top clamping member and
      the support plate.
PATN
WKU  059889535
SRC  8
APN  9294627
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970915
TTL  Two-piece rotary metal-cutting tool and method for interconnecting the
      pieces
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  13
EXP  Howell; Daniel W.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Berglund; Mattias
CTY  Njut.ang.nger
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Lundberg; Fredrik
CTY  Askersund
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Svensson; Ingela
CTY  Linkoping
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Seco Tools AB
CTY  Fagersta
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19960913
APN  9603325-3
CLAS
OCL  408  1R
XCL   761086
XCL  408144
XCL  408226
XCL  408230
XCL  408231
EDF  6
ICL  B23B 5100
FSC  408
FSS  1 R;144;199;200;226;227;230;231;232
FSC   76
FSS  108.6;108.1
UREF
PNO  932071
ISD  19090800
NAM  Urbscheit
OCL  408233
UREF
PNO  2259611
ISD  19411000
NAM  Burger
UREF
PNO  2935906
ISD  19600500
NAM  Andreasson
OCL  408144
UREF
PNO  3359837
ISD  19671200
NAM  Andreasson
OCL  408230
UREF
PNO  3548688
ISD  19701200
NAM  Kuch
OCL  408230
UREF
PNO  4950108
ISD  19900800
NAM  Roos
OCL  408230
UREF
PNO  5399051
ISD  19950300
NAM  Aken et al.
OCL  408226
FREF
PNO  0 118 806
ISD  19871100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 691 484
ISD  19961000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  367 010
ISD  19210100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  384720
ISD  19211100
CNT  DEX
OCL  408230
FREF
PNO  2246965
ISD  19740400
CNT  DEX
OCL  408144
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A tool includes a tool body and a cutting portion detachably mounted
      thereon, the tool being rotatable about a longitudinal center axis. The
      tool body includes flutes formed in an outer surface thereof, and a pair
      of forward projections at a front end thereof. The cutting portion
      includes front flutes formed in an external side thereof, and a pair of
      recesses extending circumferentially in communication with respective ones
      of the front flutes. To connect the cutting portion to the tool body, the
      cutting portion and tool body are converged longitudinally so that the
      projections enter the front flutes. Then, relative rotation is produced
      between the cutting portion and tool body to align the front flutes with
      the rear flutes while causing the projections to enter the recesses and
      form therewith a bayonet coupling.
PATN
WKU  059889543
SRC  9
APN  2292335
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19990112
TTL  Vacuum attachment for power tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Howell; Daniel W.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Gaskin; Christopher S.
CTY  Tacoma
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Holm; Stuart E.
CTY  Lakebay
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Moon; Gary M.
CTY  Auburn
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  The Boeing Company
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  408 67
XCL  409137
EDF  6
ICL  B23B 4500
FSC  409
FSS  137
FSC  408
FSS  67;14;110;112;202;241 S;241 R
UREF
PNO  1927871
ISD  19330900
NAM  Irwin et al.
OCL  408 67
UREF
PNO  3162255
ISD  19641200
NAM  McCarty
OCL  408 67
UREF
PNO  3837383
ISD  19740900
NAM  Ko
OCL  408 67
UREF
PNO  4372401
ISD  19830200
NAM  Fischer
UREF
PNO  5033917
ISD  19910700
NAM  McGlasson et al.
UREF
PNO  5034041
ISD  19910700
NAM  Austin
OCL  408 67
UREF
PNO  5234294
ISD  19930800
NAM  Hoppe et al.
UREF
PNO  5356245
ISD  19941000
NAM  Hosoi et al.
OCL  408 67
UREF
PNO  5358361
ISD  19941000
NAM  Jurski
OCL  408 67
UREF
PNO  5584618
ISD  19961200
NAM  Blankenship et al.
UREF
PNO  5605421
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hodgson
OCL  408 67
LREP
FRM  Christensen O'Connor Johnson & Kindness PLLC
ABST
PAL  A vacuum attachment device (10) contains a drill attachment portion (30)
      and a vacuum mounting portion (50). The drill attachment portion (30) is
      further composed of a longitudinally truncated cylinder section (32) and a
      lower funnel section (42). The cylinder section (32) has first and second
      snap-on arms (34) and (36) and a rear cylinder aperture (40). The lower
      funnel section (42) has a lower funnel connection aperture (44) which
      connects to the cylinder section (32) at the rear aperture (40). The
      vacuum mounting portion (50) contains a hose attachment section (52) and
      an upper funnel section (54). A vacuum mounting portion bonding surface
      (56) connects the vacuum mounting portion (50) to the drill attachment
      portion bonding surface (46) of the drill attachment portion (30).
PATN
WKU  059889551
SRC  9
APN  2523450
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19990218
TTL  Lug nut taper trueing tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Bhargava; Adesh
EXP  Pitts; Andrea L.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Curtis; John Michael
STR  R.D. #1, Box 227J
CTY  Cowansville
STA  PA
ZIP  16218
CLAS
OCL  408 79
XCL  408115R
EDF  6
ICL  B23B 4100
FSC  408
FSS  79;115 R;115 B;72 R;72 B;22 S;80;81;82
UREF
PNO  1520623
ISD  19241200
NAM  Weiskoff
OCL  408 79
UREF
PNO  2406326
ISD  19460800
NAM  Engbrecht
OCL  408115R
UREF
PNO  2651951
ISD  19530900
NAM  Altenburger
OCL  408115R
UREF
PNO  2722855
ISD  19551100
NAM  Van Scoy
OCL  408 81
UREF
PNO  3230834
ISD  19660100
NAM  Bohannon
OCL  408 79
UREF
PNO  3286553
ISD  19661100
NAM  Spencer et al.
OCL  408 79
UREF
PNO  3836277
ISD  19740900
NAM  Brooks
OCL  408 82
UREF
PNO  3838935
ISD  19741000
NAM  Boyajian
UREF
PNO  4288180
ISD  19810900
NAM  Trevarrow
OCL  408  2
UREF
PNO  4346508
ISD  19820800
NAM  Baumann et al.
OCL  408115R
UREF
PNO  4391558
ISD  19830700
NAM  Perry
OCL  408115R
UREF
PNO  4507026
ISD  19850300
NAM  Lund
UREF
PNO  4548530
ISD  19851000
NAM  Weiblen
OCL  408 79
UREF
PNO  4601618
ISD  19860700
NAM  McEldowney
UREF
PNO  4743149
ISD  19880500
NAM  Geise
UREF
PNO  4850756
ISD  19890700
NAM  Dubois
OCL  408 72R
UREF
PNO  4896663
ISD  19900100
NAM  Vandewalls
OCL  408115R
UREF
PNO  4915551
ISD  19900400
NAM  Watson et al.
UREF
PNO  5076742
ISD  19911200
NAM  Lee at al.
OCL  408115R
UREF
PNO  5146961
ISD  19920900
NAM  Schoeller
OCL  408115R
UREF
PNO  5174693
ISD  19921200
NAM  Lee at al.
OCL  408115R
UREF
PNO  5302057
ISD  19940400
NAM  Siegfreid
OCL  408 72R
UREF
PNO  5544987
ISD  19960800
NAM  Gipson
OCL  408 72R
UREF
PNO  5609444
ISD  19970300
NAM  Valsecchi
OCL  408115R
UREF
PNO  5628591
ISD  19970500
NAM  Gamble
FREF
PNO  48410
ISD  19820300
CNT  JPX
OCL  408115R
LREP
FR2  Addessi; Aileen Champion
ABST
PAL  The lug nut taper trueing tool includes a first disk which is positioned on
      one side of an automobile racing wheel and a second disk which is
      positioned on an opposite side of the wheel. The first disk has an
      extension sized to fit and extend within the center wheel hole of the
      automobile wheel. The first disk has a center bore, and a plurality of
      holes which are alignable with lug nut holes of the wheel. A bushing is
      positioned and secured within the plurality of holes of the first disk and
      has a flange which fits and extends within the lug nut holes of the wheel.
      The bushing has a bore for insertion of a pin, which is attached to a
      cutting tool. The second disk is attached to a threaded shaft, which is
      engagable with the first disk for securing the first disk, second disk,
      and wheel together. The cutting tool has at least one cutting edges and
      may have either a handle for a person to manually rotate the cutting tool
      or a shaft end for attachment to an automatic rotation device.
PATN
WKU  059889560
SRC  8
APN  7439784
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19961106
TTL  Hole cutter
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  12
EXP  Bishop; Steven C.
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Omi; Shohei
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Imai; Yasuo
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Omi Kogyo Co., Ltd.
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960129
APN  8-013335
CLAS
OCL  408204
XCL  408223
XCL  408703
EDF  6
ICL  B23B 5104
FSC  408
FSS  204;206;703
UREF
PNO  3765789
ISD  19731000
NAM  Hougen
OCL  408204
UREF
PNO  3860354
ISD  19750100
NAM  Hougen
OCL  408206
UREF
PNO  4408935
ISD  19831000
NAM  Miyanaga
OCL  408206
UREF
PNO  4516890
ISD  19850500
NAM  Beharry
OCL  408204
UREF
PNO  4586857
ISD  19860500
NAM  Ohmi
OCL  408204
UREF
PNO  4632610
ISD  19861200
NAM  Hougen
OCL  408204
UREF
PNO  4767245
ISD  19880800
NAM  Shoji et al.
OCL  408204
FREF
PNO  1 997 581
ISD  19681100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  57-211407
ISD  19821200
CNT  JPX
OCL  408204
LREP
FRM  Sheridan Ross P.C.
ABST
PAL  A hole cutter having a body provided with first and second types of cutting
      teeth. The cutter facilitates the discharge of cutting chips during
      machining of a workpiece. The tooth depth of the left and right sections
      of each of the second type of teeth is smaller than that of the left and
      right sections of each of the first type of teeth. The tooth depth of the
      middle section of each tooth of the second type is greater than that of
      the middle section of each tooth of the first type. A linear flattening
      section is provided at the middle portion of a second blade edge of each
      tooth of the second type. The flattening section causes each cutting chip
      to be shaped in a strip-like manner when removed from the workpiece. This
      separates the ends of the cutting chips from each other and prevents the
      chips from becoming entangled to one another.
PATN
WKU  059889578
SRC  9
APN  2182688
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19981221
TTL  Quick clamp
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Bishop; Steven C.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Wheeler; Thomas J.
CTY  Baltimore
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Black & Decker Inc.
CTY  Newark
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  408239R
XCL  279 30
XCL  279 75
XCL  279905
XCL  409234
EDF  6
ICL  B23B 3122
FSC  408
FSS  239 R;240
FSC  279
FSS  22;30;75;905
FSC  409
FSS  232;234
UREF
PNO  2069527
ISD  19370200
NAM  Kirkland
UREF
PNO  2290215
ISD  19420700
NAM  Stenberg
UREF
PNO  2662773
ISD  19531200
NAM  Parsons
UREF
PNO  3436086
ISD  19690400
NAM  Glenzer
UREF
PNO  3529842
ISD  19700900
NAM  Benjamin et al.
UREF
PNO  3674281
ISD  19720700
NAM  Hedrick
UREF
PNO  3720417
ISD  19730300
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  3756737
ISD  19730900
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  3851890
ISD  19741200
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  3893677
ISD  19750700
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  3975032
ISD  19760800
NAM  Bent et al.
UREF
PNO  4171821
ISD  19791000
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  4184692
ISD  19800100
NAM  Benson et al.
UREF
PNO  4188041
ISD  19800200
NAM  Soderberg
UREF
PNO  4273344
ISD  19810600
NAM  Benson et al.
UREF
PNO  4290617
ISD  19810900
NAM  Yoshida
UREF
PNO  4395051
ISD  19830700
NAM  Tonomura
UREF
PNO  4626152
ISD  19861200
NAM  Palm
UREF
PNO  4692073
ISD  19870900
NAM  Martindell
UREF
PNO  4710079
ISD  19871200
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  4795291
ISD  19890100
NAM  March
UREF
PNO  4828277
ISD  19890500
NAM  De Bastiani et al.
UREF
PNO  4858939
ISD  19890800
NAM  Riggs
UREF
PNO  4946179
ISD  19900800
NAM  De Bastiani et al.
UREF
PNO  4989887
ISD  19910200
NAM  Jordan
UREF
PNO  5188378
ISD  19930200
NAM  Erlenkeuser
UREF
PNO  5193825
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kanaan et al.
UREF
PNO  5314198
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kanaan
UREF
PNO  5354075
ISD  19941000
NAM  Marik et al.
UREF
PNO  5411275
ISD  19950500
NAM  Huff et al.
UREF
PNO  5464229
ISD  19951100
NAM  Salpaka
UREF
PNO  5511801
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kanaan et al.
UREF
PNO  5531461
ISD  19960700
NAM  Huff et al.
UREF
PNO  5573255
ISD  19961100
NAM  Salpaka
UREF
PNO  5577743
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kanaan et al.
UREF
PNO  5586847
ISD  19961200
NAM  Mattern, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5678961
ISD  19971000
NAM  Fleege et al.
UREF
PNO  5704616
ISD  19980100
NAM  Huff et al.
UREF
PNO  5755448
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kanaan et al.
UREF
PNO  5775704
ISD  19980700
NAM  Wilson et al.
UREF
PNO  5788248
ISD  19980800
NAM  Gibson
UREF
PNO  5810366
ISD  19980900
NAM  Montjoy et al.
UREF
PNO  5816583
ISD  19981000
NAM  Middleton
UREF
PNO  5820135
ISD  19981000
NAM  Han et al.
UREF
PNO  5820136
ISD  19981000
NAM  Han et al.
FREF
PNO  6-134608
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1144793
ISD  19850300
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  8248
ISD  19100200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  636021
ISD  19500400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  664443
ISD  19520100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/19677
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/25542
ISD  19970700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/27020
ISD  19970700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/49514
ISD  19971200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/25034
ISD  19980600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/29212
ISD  19980700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/30365
ISD  19980700
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A power tool with a quick release tool holder has a spindle with a central
      bore to receive a tool, a first aperture and second aperture extend into
      the central bore. A ball is in each of the first apertures. The ball locks
      the tool against axial movement. An elongated roller is in each of the
      second apertures. The roller prohibits rotation of the tool within the
      spindle. A first sleeve is fixed with the spindle. The first sleeve
      maintains the rollers in the apertures. A biasing member axially biases
      the rollers. A second sleeve is circumferentially positioned about the
      spindle and axially movable on the spindle. The second sleeve has a
      surface in contact with the balls. Also, a biasing member is provided to
      provide a force on the second sleeve such that the sleeve is moved against
      the force of the spring to enable insertion or removal of the tool.
PATN
WKU  059889586
SRC  9
APN  2335239
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19990120
TTL  Drill chuck with threaded spindle hole
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Howell; Daniel W.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Mack; Hans-Dieter
CTY  Sontheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Rohm GmbH
CTY  Sontheim
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19980121
APN  198 02 080
CLAS
OCL  408240
XCL  279 62
EDF  6
ICL  B23B 3102
FSC  279
FSS  60;61;62
FSC  408
FSS  124;239 R;240
UREF
PNO  2684856
ISD  19540700
NAM  Stoner
OCL  279 61
UREF
PNO  3938817
ISD  19760200
NAM  Rohm
OCL  279 61
UREF
PNO  4536113
ISD  19850800
NAM  Hatfield
OCL  408240
UREF
PNO  4645387
ISD  19870200
NAM  Rohm
OCL  279 62
UREF
PNO  5009439
ISD  19910400
NAM  Sakamaki
OCL  279 62
UREF
PNO  5072954
ISD  19911200
NAM  Mack
OCL  279 61
UREF
PNO  5452906
ISD  19950900
NAM  Huff et al.
OCL  279 62
UREF
PNO  5540453
ISD  19960700
NAM  Sakamaki
OCL  279 60
UREF
PNO  5882153
ISD  19990300
NAM  Mack et al.
OCL  279 62
LREP
FR2  Dubno; Herbert
FR2  Wilford; Andrew
ABST
PAL  A drill has a drill spindle centered on and rotatable about an axis and
      having a front externally threaded end and immediately thereadjacent a
      shank. A chuck element centered on the axis is formed with a forwardly
      open tool hole, axially therebehind with a threaded bore complimentarily
      engaging the spindle end, and immediately therebehind with a coaxial
      unthreaded bore surrounding the shank. An adjustment element is rotatable
      about the axis on the chuck element. One of the elements is formed with a
      plurality of angled guide passages and the other element is formed with a
      screwthread centered on the axis. Respective jaws in the passages and
      exposed in the tool hole each have a toothed edge meshing with the
      other-element screwthread so that relative rotation of the elements
      displaces the jaws along the respective passages.
PATN
WKU  059889594
SRC  8
APN  950740&
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971015
TTL  Spindle supporting box structure, a damping structure, a gas supply
      related device, and a balance cylinder gas actuated device for machine
      tools
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Smith; Monica
EXP  Pitts; Andrea L.
NDR  11
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Sugata; Shinsuke
CTY  Hiroshima
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Horkos Corp.
CTY  Hiroshima-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961019
APN  8-297460
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961019
APN  8-297461
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961019
APN  8-297462
CLAS
OCL  409141
XCL  408143
XCL  408235
XCL  409191
XCL  409237
EDF  6
ICL  B23C  130
FSC  408
FSS  143;234;235
FSC  409
FSS  141;190;191;235;237
UREF
PNO  3580133
ISD  19710500
NAM  Berthiez
OCL  409237
UREF
PNO  3684395
ISD  19720800
NAM  Nurakami
OCL  409237
UREF
PNO  3707333
ISD  19721200
NAM  Kitamura et al.
OCL  409237
UREF
PNO  4657455
ISD  19870400
NAM  Rogers et al.
OCL  409235
UREF
PNO  5259710
ISD  19931100
NAM  Charles
OCL  409235
UREF
PNO  5388935
ISD  19950200
NAM  Sheldon
OCL  409235
UREF
PNO  5538373
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kirkham
OCL  409235
UREF
PNO  5556242
ISD  19960900
NAM  Sheldon et al.
OCL  409201
UREF
PNO  5662568
ISD  19970900
NAM  Lindem
OCL  409235
LREP
FRM  Lane, Aitken & McCann
ABST
PAL  A spindle supporting box structure, wherein longitudinal parts forming both
      ends of lateral parts at each of right and left longitudinal side faces
      facing, with a spindle therebetween, in a direction almost perpendicular
      to longitudinal side faces facing in a front-back direction are formed by
      longitudinal tubular members having suitable flexural rigidity. A damping
      structure wherein required frameworks of structures are formed by tubular
      members and wherein concrete is filled in the tubular members and then
      solidified. As an alternative, a powdery damping material or a jelly
      damping material is airtightly sealed in the tubular members. An inner
      space of one or more of the tubular members is made into a gas pressurized
      tank wherein a balance cylinder is connected to the gas pressurized tank
      and wherein the gas in the gas pressurized tank directly acts on a
      cylinder chamber of the balance cylinder.
PATN
WKU  059889608
SRC  9
APN  0941603
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980609
TTL  Holder for plurality of workpieces
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Kirkman; Christopher
EXP  Howell; Daniel W.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Hasler; James J.
STR  50 Donna La.
CTY  Forestville
STA  CT
ZIP  06010
CLAS
OCL  409219
XCL   82125
XCL   82162
XCL  409903
XCL  41422601
XCL  414736
XCL  483 14
XCL  901  6
EDF  6
ICL  B23D  708
FSC  409
FSS  219;223;903
FSC  483
FSS  14
FSC  269
FSS  211
FSC   82
FSS  124;125;129;162
FSC  414
FSS  226.01;736
FSC  901
FSS  6
UREF
PNO  2339800
ISD  19440100
NAM  Obecny
OCL  409903
UREF
PNO  3678790
ISD  19720700
NAM  Riley
OCL   82162
UREF
PNO  3771509
ISD  19731100
NAM  Murchie
OCL  125 11R
UREF
PNO  4462748
ISD  19840700
NAM  Inaba et al.
OCL   82125
UREF
PNO  4579514
ISD  19860400
NAM  Repella
OCL  425124
UREF
PNO  4608747
ISD  19860900
NAM  Link et al.
OCL   82125
UREF
PNO  4614469
ISD  19860900
NAM  Beere et al.
OCL  409902
UREF
PNO  4688321
ISD  19870800
NAM  Smith
OCL  409903
UREF
PNO  5897275
ISD  19990400
NAM  Sella
OCL  483 14
FREF
PNO  1524991
ISD  19891100
CNT  SUX
OCL  409903
LREP
FRM  McCormick, Paulding & Huber LLP
ABST
PAL  A CNC machine tool has a plurality of collet chucks in a fixture that
      requires loading workpieces in these collets by hand. The workpieces are
      first assembled on a loading bar or holder so they can be collectively
      loaded in the ganged collet chuck for machining in the CNC machine. The
      holder has spaced stations, and each station includes a standard base
      adapter and an individualized parts adapter that fits onto the base
      adapter. Each parts adapter will be configured to accept a part to be
      machined.
PATN
WKU  059889616
SRC  9
APN  1440926
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980831
TTL  Machine tool with pivoting release lever
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Kirkman; Christopher
EXP  Howell; Daniel W.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Kameyama; Fumio
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970901
APN  9-235716
CLAS
OCL  409233
XCL  408238
XCL  409231
XCL  483 44
XCL  483 49
EDF  6
ICL  B23C  100
FSC  408
FSS  238
FSC  409
FSS  231;232;234;233
FSC  483
FSS  44;45;49
UREF
PNO  2476781
ISD  19490700
NAM  Tomlinson
OCL  279  4.08
UREF
PNO  2565330
ISD  19510800
NAM  Sundt
OCL  279  4.08
UREF
PNO  4583892
ISD  19860400
NAM  Armbruckner
OCL  409231
UREF
PNO  4704056
ISD  19871100
NAM  Babel
OCL  408240
UREF
PNO  4833772
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5081762
ISD  19920100
NAM  Kin
UREF
PNO  5816987
ISD  19981000
NAM  Yan et al.
OCL  483 49
FREF
PNO  3-92239
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A machine tool includes a spindle to which a tool is detachably attached to
      be clamped, an unclamping lever provided for rocking motion and having two
      ends, rocking means for rocking the unclamping lever, a releasing section
      provided in the spindle so as to be pressed by the unclamping lever when
      the unclamping lever is rocked by the rocking means with a tool being
      clamped by the spindle, thereby releasing the tool from a clamped state,
      and a support shaft for rockably supporting the unclamping lever, the
      support shaft being movable axially with respect to the spindle.
PATN
WKU  059889624
SRC  9
APN  0616702
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980416
TTL  Accessory lock device for a load bracing bar
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Gordon; Stephen T.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Santa Cruz; Cathy D.
STR  401 Canyon Way, #43
CTY  Sparks
STA  NV
ZIP  89434
INVT
NAM  Moore; Jeffrey C.
STR  495 Sycamore
CTY  Fernley
STA  NV
ZIP  89408
CLAS
OCL  410151
XCL  410121
XCL  410143
XCL  410127
EDF  6
ICL  B60P  715
FSC  410
FSS  143;151;121;155;127;144;150;122;129
FSC  211
FSS  105.3
FSC  248
FSS  354.1
FSC  224
FSS  551;552
UREF
PNO  3699898
ISD  19721000
NAM  Nolan
UREF
PNO  4434970
ISD  19840300
NAM  Boland
UREF
PNO  4650383
ISD  19870300
NAM  Hoff
XCL  410150
UREF
PNO  4737056
ISD  19880400
NAM  Hunt
OCL  410151
UREF
PNO  5028185
ISD  19910700
NAM  Shannon
OCL  410151
UREF
PNO  5082404
ISD  19920100
NAM  Stewart et al.
OCL  410127
UREF
PNO  5094576
ISD  19920300
NAM  Fredelius
OCL  410151
ABST
PAL  An accessory lock device which when combined with a pre-existing
      load-bracing bar, will stabilize a cargo load in a much more secure
      manner. Thus eliminating shifting of the load in substantially any
      direction, namely forward, rearward, or sideways.
PATN
WKU  059889632
SRC  9
APN  1793705
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19981026
TTL  Cargo positioning frame
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Gordon; Stephen T.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Shiau; Hing-Horng
STR  58, Ma Yuan West St.
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  410151
XCL  410143
XCL  410149
EDF  6
ICL  B60P  715
FSC  410
FSS  143;145;149;151
FSC  211
FSS  105.3;105.5;105.6
FSC  248
FSS  354.7;354.1;354.6
FSC  254
FSS  12;95;112
FSC   74
FSS  141.5;167;169
UREF
PNO  4256425
ISD  19810300
NAM  Burgess et al.
OCL  410149
UREF
PNO  4650383
ISD  19870300
NAM  Hoff
OCL  410149
UREF
PNO  5104269
ISD  19920400
NAM  Hardison
OCL  410149
UREF
PNO  5443342
ISD  19950800
NAM  Huang
OCL  410151
UREF
PNO  5472301
ISD  19951200
NAM  Wallen
OCL  410151
UREF
PNO  5769580
ISD  19980600
NAM  Purvis
OCL  410151
UREF
PNO  5833414
ISD  19981100
NAM  Feldman et al.
OCL  410151
UREF
PNO  5890856
ISD  19990400
NAM  Huang
OCL  410151
FREF
PNO  616129
ISD  19610300
CNT  CAX
OCL  254 12
ABST
PAL  A tube of a cargo positioning frame is made of a plate. The plate has a
      plurality of positioning holes and a plurality of upper chamfer angled
      holes. Each of the upper chamfer angled holes communicates with the
      respective positioning hole. The plate is bent to form the tube.
PATN
WKU  059889640
SRC  9
APN  1595296
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19980923
TTL  Drive-in dowel
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Wilson; Neill
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Lins; Reinhard
CTY  Sevelen
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Wisser; Erich
CTY  Bregenz
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Gassner; Helmut
CTY  Triesenberg
CNT  LIX
INVT
NAM  Kossian; Susanne
CTY  Feldkirch
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Werner; Michael
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Hilti Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Schaan
CNT  LIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19971010
APN  197 44 727
CLAS
OCL  411 30
XCL  411 541
XCL  411 571
EDF  6
ICL  F16B 1304
ICL  F16B 1306
FSC  411
FSS  30;31;45;54;60;358;359;54.1;57.1
UREF
PNO  2171985
ISD  19390900
NAM  Mushet
OCL  411 31
UREF
PNO  3965794
ISD  19760600
NAM  Dorgnon
OCL  411 54
UREF
PNO  4929134
ISD  19900500
NAM  Bergner
OCL  411 30
UREF
PNO  5332346
ISD  19940700
NAM  Shinjo
XCL  411 54
UREF
PNO  5807049
ISD  19980900
NAM  Beck et al.
OCL  411 31
UREF
PNO  5816760
ISD  19981000
NAM  Mattner et al.
XCL  411 31
LREP
FRM  Brown & Wood
ABST
PAL  A drive-in dowel including an inner sleeve (2) having a load application
      element (3), a cone-shaped widening section (5) formed at a front, in a
      setting direction (S), end of the inner sleeve (2), and a substantially
      cylindrical support section (6) adjoining the cone-shaped widening section
      (5) and having an outer diameter (w) which is smaller than a largest
      diameter (d) of the cone-shaped widening section (5), and an outer sleeve
      (7) arranged coaxially with the inner sleeve (2) and having, in its front,
      in the setting direction (s), region, a plurality of expansion tabs (8)
      separated from each other by longitudinal slots and radially expandable
      upon the outer sleeve (7) being impact driven over the cone-shaped
      widening section (5) of the inner sleeve (2), with the expansion tabs (8)
      being provided with annularly arranged, chisel-like cutters (11).
PATN
WKU  059889659
SRC  8
APN  8825904
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19970625
TTL  Locking fastener
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Saether; Flemming
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Fiorell; Kenneth J.
CTY  Huntington Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Toosky; Rahmat F.
CTY  Laguna Niguel
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  McDonnell Douglas Corporation
CTY  Huntington Beach
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  411303
XCL  411324
XCL  411314
XCL  411369
EDF  6
ICL  F16B 3934
FSC  411
FSS  302;303;324;369;370;542;313;314;534
UREF
PNO  234967
ISD  18801100
NAM  Courtenay
UREF
PNO  244256
ISD  18810700
NAM  Kendall
UREF
PNO  267862
ISD  18821100
NAM  Fletcher
UREF
PNO  531245
ISD  18941200
NAM  Anderson
UREF
PNO  2360531
ISD  19441000
NAM  Wojtan
UREF
PNO  2365380
ISD  19441200
NAM  Bloomfield
UREF
PNO  2502642
ISD  19500500
NAM  Currlin
UREF
PNO  2752814
ISD  19560700
NAM  Iaia
UREF
PNO  2872961
ISD  19590200
NAM  Mills
UREF
PNO  3040796
ISD  19620600
NAM  Gouverneur, II
UREF
PNO  3203459
ISD  19650800
NAM  Coldren
UREF
PNO  3399589
ISD  19680900
NAM  Breed
UREF
PNO  3520342
ISD  19700700
NAM  Scheffer
UREF
PNO  3572414
ISD  19710300
NAM  Onufer
UREF
PNO  3635272
ISD  19720100
NAM  Scheffer
UREF
PNO  3797547
ISD  19740300
NAM  Shinjo
UREF
PNO  4004626
ISD  19770100
NAM  Biblin
UREF
PNO  4019550
ISD  19770400
NAM  DeHaitre
UREF
PNO  4378187
ISD  19830300
NAM  Fullerton
UREF
PNO  5454675
ISD  19951000
NAM  DeHaitre
LREP
FRM  Senniger, Powers, Leavitt & Roedel
ABST
PAL  A quick-operating locking fastener assembly for use in connecting members
      together, the fastener assembly comprising a fastener having a threaded
      shank, and a lock nut assembly receivable on the shank. The lock nut
      assembly includes a retainer having a passage for receiving the shank, and
      a seat formed in the retainer. An insert is held in the passage and has
      internal threads formed thereon for mating with threads of the shank. The
      insert is radially contractible and expandable between an engaged position
      in which the insert is threadably engaged with the shank and a disengaged
      position in which the insert is free to move axially along the shank
      without engagement of the insert with the shank. A generally deformable
      lock is disposed in the seat of the retainer and is sized and shaped such
      that the lock is not in contact with the threads of the shank when the
      lock is in an undeformed condition so that the lock nut assembly may be
      rapidly slid onto the shank to a location in which the nut assembly is
      ready to be tightened to a locked position by relative rotation of the
      lock nut assembly and fastener with the insert in its engaged position.
      The lock is deformed upon engagement with one of the members and
      tightening of the lock nut assembly into locking engagement with the shank
      thereby to lock the lock nut assembly in place on the fastener.
PATN
WKU  059889667
SRC  9
APN  1347853
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19980814
TTL  Antitheft device for use with a bolt
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Wilson; Neill
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Chen; Antony
STR  No. 863, Chienhsing Rd., North Dist.
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chen; Han-Wey
STR  No. 99, Anshun N. 1st St.
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  411372
XCL  411373
XCL  411431
XCL  411910
EDF  6
ICL  F16B 1900
ICL  F16B 3300
FSC  411
FSS  372;373;377;429;431;908;910
UREF
PNO  3881391
ISD  19750500
NAM  Dereszynski
XCL  411373
UREF
PNO  4136598
ISD  19790100
NAM  Hughes
OCL  411372
UREF
PNO  4601624
ISD  19860700
NAM  Hill
OCL  411373
FREF
PNO  916941
ISD  19630100
CNT  GBX
OCL  411373
FREF
PNO  1438171
ISD  19760600
CNT  GBX
OCL  411373
FREF
PNO  2014680
ISD  19790800
CNT  GBX
OCL  411910X
LREP
FRM  Patterson & Keough, P.A.
ABST
PAL  An antitheft device includes a base member having an open top and a hole
      defined through the bottom thereof, a plurality of slots defined in the
      peripheral wall extending from the bottom and an annular flange extending
      radially and outwardly from the peripheral wall. A cap has an annular
      groove is defined in the inner periphery of the peripheral wall extending
      from the top so that the head portion of a bolt or a nut is received
      between the cap and the base member with the annular flange being engaged
      with the annular groove.
PATN
WKU  059889675
SRC  8
APN  9733043
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19971126
TTL  Horseshoe nail and horseshoe nail forming process
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Saether; Flemming
NDR  6
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Jones; Jeffrey Dudley
CTY  Victoria
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Ajax Cooke Pty. Ltd.
CTY  Melbourne
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19950622
APN  PN3708
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19951027
APN  PN6213
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19951027
APN  PN6214
CLAS
OCL  411489
XCL  470 35
XCL  470111
XCL  411487
EDF  6
ICL  F16B 1500
FSC  411
FSS  488;489;493;499;487
FSC  470
FSS  35-37;111-115
FSC  168
FSS  23
UREF
PNO  333396
ISD  18851200
NAM  Coleman
OCL  411488
UREF
PNO  378935
ISD  18880300
NAM  Muterspaugh
OCL  411489
UREF
PNO  397896
ISD  18890200
NAM  Coleman
OCL  411489
UREF
PNO  417490
ISD  18891200
NAM  Kempster
OCL  411489
UREF
PNO  579869
ISD  18970300
NAM  Hanson
OCL  470112
UREF
PNO  639405
ISD  18991200
NAM  Knight
OCL  411499
UREF
PNO  1006585
ISD  19111000
NAM  Moller
OCL  411489
UREF
PNO  1276544
ISD  19180800
NAM  Knight
OCL  411489
UREF
PNO  1324795
ISD  19191200
NAM  Capewell
OCL  411489
UREF
PNO  1443527
ISD  19230100
NAM  Cutter
OCL  470 35
UREF
PNO  4748708
ISD  19880600
NAM  Schlicht
FREF
PNO  0 143 579 A1
ISD  19850600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 638 378 A1
ISD  19950200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3272
ISD  18780500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  362872
ISD  19221100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  16261
ISD  19120800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  16496
ISD  19161200
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 012, No. 434 (M-764), Nov. 16, 1988 & JP 63
      168244 A (Shinjiyou Seisakusho:KK; Others: 02), Jul. 12, 1988.
LREP
FRM  Sterne, Kessler, Goldstein & Fox P.L.L.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AU96/00378
PD1  19971126
PD2  19971126
PD3  19960621
PCP  WO97/00606
PCD  19970109
ABST
PAR  A nail for fixing a shoe to a hoof includes a head, and a shank extending
      from the head generally along a centerline and terminating in a tip. A
      reaction region is formed in the shank adjacent the tip and has a
      flattened profile having front and rear surfaces interconnected by
      respective edge surfaces. In the reaction region the front surface is
      convexly curved to incline the front surface relative to the centreline of
      tho shark The edge surfaces converge relative to each other towards the
      tip, whereby, on forcing the nail into the hoof, the reaction region is
      adapted to produce a resultant force on the nail. The resultant force is
      caused by engagement of the reaction with the hoof. The resultant force is
      adapted to predispose the nail to bend about the rear surface of the
      reaction region Also disclosed are processes for forming a horseshoe nail.
PATN
WKU  059889683
SRC  9
APN  0609803
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980415
TTL  Method of and apparatus for application of adhesive
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Fridie, Jr.; Willmon
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hansmeier; Robert
CTY  Stemwede/Hollwede
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Grewe; Harald
CTY  Rahden
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Kolbus GmbH & Co, KG
CTY  Rahden
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970424
APN  197 17 192
CLAS
OCL  412  8
XCL  412 37
XCL  412 11
EDF  6
ICL  B42C  900
FSC  412
FSS  1;4;8;11;13;14;37;36
FSC  118
FSS  258;679;668
FSC  156
FSS  1
UREF
PNO  4925354
ISD  19900500
NAM  Cote
UREF
PNO  5443639
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hawkes
OCL  412 37
UREF
PNO  5702220
ISD  19971200
NAM  Combs
XCL  412 11
UREF
PNO  5876170
ISD  19990300
NAM  Geiser
OCL  412  8
FREF
PNO  0 189 580 B1
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  966 742
ISD  19570900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2262138
ISD  19730600
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Alix, Yale & Ristas, LLP
ABST
PAL  An adhesive film which reliably completely covers the spine side of a book
      block, prior to mating with a cover, is applied by an applicator roller
      which is controlled to rotate at speeds which are a function of the book
      block linear velocity and the location of the book block relative to the
      roller. The applicator rotational speed is determined from stored
      information and, depending on book block location, will either be greater
      or less than book block velocity.
PATN
WKU  059889691
SRC  9
APN  0457094
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980323
TTL  Device for limiting the force exerted on an actuating mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Bhargava; Adesh
EXP  Pitts; Andrea L.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Maes; Dirk
CTY  Lokeren
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Esselte N.V.
CTY  Sint-Niklaas
CNT  BEX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Attalus High Tech Industry SA
CTY  Athens
CNT  GRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970510
APN  97107685
CLAS
OCL  412 38
XCL   83625
EDF  6
ICL  B42B  508
FSC  412
FSS  38;22;33
FSC   83
FSS  625;633;634;695;620
UREF
PNO  2619172
ISD  19521100
NAM  Flittner
OCL  412 40
UREF
PNO  4872796
ISD  19891000
NAM  Hsieh et al.
UREF
PNO  5255587
ISD  19931000
NAM  Eichenberg et al.
OCL   83628
UREF
PNO  5273387
ISD  19931200
NAM  Groswith, III et al.
OCL  412 40
UREF
PNO  5632188
ISD  19970500
NAM  Karlis
OCL   83167
UREF
PNO  5778748
ISD  19980700
NAM  Beijen
OCL   83529
FREF
PNO  2 098 115
ISD  19720300
CNT  FRX
OREF
PAL  Akademischen Verein Hutte: "Hutte des Ingenieurs taschenbuch; maschinenbau,
      teil A" 1954, Verlag Von Wilhelm Ernst & Sohn, Berlin XP002041597--seite
      122; Abbildung 28.
LREP
FRM  Jones, Tullar & Cooper, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to a device for limiting the force
      exerted on an actuating mechanism for a binding device and/or a
      perforating/punching device, with the actuating mechanism being comprised
      of a rotary shaft coupled to the corresponding movable part of the binding
      and/or perforating/punching device, such that a rotary motion of the shaft
      is converted into a translational motion of the corresponding movable part
      of the binding and/or perforating device. There; is provided in the
      actuating mechanism a coupling mechanism which performs a decoupling
      function automatically when the force exerted on the actuating mechanism
      exceeds a maximum permissible value.
PATN
WKU  059889705
SRC  9
APN  0003271
APT  1
ART  367
APD  19980115
TTL  Loader arm assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Keenan; James W.
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Holtom; Stephen Wayne
CTY  New South Wales
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Ferndale Investments Pty Limited
CTY  Sydney
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19950717
APN  PN4211
CLAS
OCL  414408
XCL  414546
XCL  414733
EDF  6
ICL  B65F  306
FSC  414
FSS  406;408;421;486;487;546;733
UREF
PNO  2774494
ISD  19561200
NAM  Malmstrom
OCL  414546
UREF
PNO  3820673
ISD  19740600
NAM  McVaugh
OCL  414546
UREF
PNO  4286916
ISD  19810900
NAM  Evans
OCL  414546
UREF
PNO  4872801
ISD  19891000
NAM  Yeazel et al.
OCL  414409
UREF
PNO  5256027
ISD  19931000
NAM  Guest
XCL  414408
UREF
PNO  5391039
ISD  19950200
NAM  Holtom
OCL  414408
FREF
PNO  629165
ISD  19920700
CNT  AUX
OCL  414408
FREF
PNO  0312900
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  433517
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
OCL  414408
FREF
PNO  1288003
ISD  19690100
CNT  DEX
OCL  414406
FREF
PNO  3216483
ISD  19831100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3811460
ISD  19881000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  897650
ISD  19820100
CNT  SUX
OCL  414408
FREF
PNO  91/05721
ISD  19910500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  92/01612
ISD  19920200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  93/22227
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Abelman, Frayne & Schwab
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AU96/00452
PD1  19980115
PD2  19980115
PD3  19960717
PCP  WO97/03901
PCD  19970206
ABST
PAR  A loader arm assembly (10) includes a primary arm (11) pivotally mounted on
      a refuse collector (13) at or adjacent one of its ends, a secondary arm
      (15) connected to the other end of the primary arm (11), a grab assembly
      (17) connected to the other end of the secondary arm (15) and means for
      pivoting the primary arm (11) including a ram (31) connected to the point
      at which the primary arm (11) is connected to the refuse collector (13)
      and a cylinder (30) which has one link (32) connecting it to the refuse
      collector (13) and another link (33) connecting it to the primary arm.
PATN
WKU  059889713
SRC  8
APN  8905754
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970709
TTL  Wafer transfer robot
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  14
EXP  Bucci; David A.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Fossey; Michael E.
CTY  Charlotte
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Kirk Rodney
CTY  Rindge
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Poduje; Noel Stephen
CTY  Needham Heights
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  ADE Optical Systems Corporation
CTY  Charlotte
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  414416
XCL  2941031
XCL  294907
XCL  414938
XCL  414941
XCL  901 35
EDF  6
ICL  B65G  104
FSC  414
FSS  416;225;938;941;811
FSC  294
FSS  103.1;907
FSC  901
FSS  35;39
UREF
PNO  4493606
ISD  19850100
NAM  Foulke et al.
XCL  414416
UREF
PNO  4586743
ISD  19860500
NAM  Edwards et al.
XCL  414938
UREF
PNO  4603897
ISD  19860800
NAM  Foulke et al.
XCL  414938
UREF
PNO  4682928
ISD  19870700
NAM  Foulke et al.
XCL  414938
UREF
PNO  4720130
ISD  19880100
NAM  Andou
XCL  414938
UREF
PNO  4744709
ISD  19880500
NAM  Hertel et al.
XCL  901 46
UREF
PNO  4766389
ISD  19880800
NAM  Rhoades et al.
XCL  901 46
UREF
PNO  4813732
ISD  19890300
NAM  Klem
XCL  414941
UREF
PNO  4850631
ISD  19890700
NAM  Dotsko
XCL  901 35
UREF
PNO  4875824
ISD  19891000
NAM  Moe et al.
XCL  414941
UREF
PNO  4886412
ISD  19891200
NAM  Wooding et al.
XCL  414938
UREF
PNO  4900214
ISD  19900200
NAM  Ben
XCL  414941
UREF
PNO  4944650
ISD  19900700
NAM  Matsumoto
XCL  414941
UREF
PNO  4982333
ISD  19910100
NAM  Ackerman et al.
OCL  364468
UREF
PNO  4986729
ISD  19910100
NAM  Ohlenbusch
XCL  414416
UREF
PNO  5022695
ISD  19910600
NAM  Ayers
XCL  414941
UREF
PNO  5044752
ISD  19910900
NAM  Thurfjell et al.
XCL  414416
UREF
PNO  5133635
ISD  19920700
NAM  Malin et al.
XCL  414941
UREF
PNO  5266812
ISD  19931100
NAM  Mokuo
XCL  414938
UREF
PNO  5468111
ISD  19951100
NAM  Flint et al.
OCL  414416
UREF
PNO  5520501
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kouno et al.
XCL  414941
UREF
PNO  5642298
ISD  19970600
NAM  Mallory et al.
XCL  414225
UREF
PNO  5645391
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ohsawa et al.
OCL  414416
UREF
PNO  5655871
ISD  19970800
NAM  Ishii et al.
XCL  414941
UREF
PNO  5783834
ISD  19980700
NAM  Shatas
XCL  414941
FREF
PNO  9419821
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
OCL  414941
OREF
PAL  Water Transfer Robot, Utilizing Capacitve Gage Technology, ADE Optical
      Systems, May 1996, pp. 1-4.
PAL  Guy Mongodin, "Handling Equipment", Semiconductor Production, pp. 31-33,
      Autumn 1980.
LREP
FRM  Alston & Bird LLP
ABST
PAL  In one aspect, the present invention provides an apparatus for transferring
      wafers to or from a wafer cassette having a plurality of wafer-receiving
      slots, wherein the apparatus comprises a wafer paddle which is adapted to
      be inserted into a wafer cassette alongside a wafer. Edge grippers carried
      by the wafer paddle releasible grip the wafer by its edges. A first
      capacitive sensor carried by the wafer paddle is oriented in a first
      direction for sensing information about a wafer in a wafer receiving slot
      of the wafer cassette. A second capacitive sensor carried by the wafer
      paddle is oriented in a direction perpendicular to the first direction for
      sensing additional proximity information about a wafer in a wafer
      receiving slot of the cassette. A transport mechanism produces movement of
      the wafer paddle along at least three axes of movement to permit
      transferring wafers to or from respective wafer receiving slots of the
      wafer cassette. In a more specific aspect, the transport mechanism
      produces movement along five axes: relative translational movement along
      orthogonal x, y and z axes, rotational movement about a rotational axis,
      and tilting movement of the wafer paddle about a paddle tilt axis.
PATN
WKU  059889721
SRC  9
APN  0358959
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980306
TTL  Double action compactor with fixed sub-compartments
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Bucci; David A.
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Boivin; Claude
STR  7255 Du Mousset
CTY  Quebec City, Quebec
CNT  CAX
ITX  G2K 1Z7
RLAP
COD  71
APN  445763
APD  19950522
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  343822
APD  19941103
PSC  01
PNO  5421689
RLAP
COD  81
APN  044754
APD  19930412
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  414487
XCL  100100
XCL  100193
XCL  100221
XCL  296 376
XCL  414409
XCL  4145256
XCL  414679
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 6704
FSC  414
FSS  406-409;509-517;525.1;679;486;487;525.6;525.2
FSC  296
FSS  101;37.6
FSC  100
FSS  100;193;221;225
FSC  220
FSS  909
UREF
PNO  2488066
ISD  19491100
NAM  Reuter et al.
XCL  414510
UREF
PNO  4051969
ISD  19771000
NAM  Homanick
OCL  414679
UREF
PNO  4234286
ISD  19801100
NAM  Hamilton
XCL  414512
UREF
PNO  4681360
ISD  19870700
NAM  Peters et al.
OCL  296 37.6
UREF
PNO  4705315
ISD  19871100
NAM  Cherry
XCL  296 37.6
UREF
PNO  4909558
ISD  19900300
NAM  Roshinsky
OCL  296 37.6
UREF
PNO  4915570
ISD  19900400
NAM  Roth et al.
XCL  414487
UREF
PNO  4936735
ISD  19900600
NAM  Ryan
OCL  414679
UREF
PNO  5102150
ISD  19920400
NAM  Finley
OCL  296 37.6
UREF
PNO  5122025
ISD  19920600
NAM  Glomski
XCL  414517
FREF
PNO  1264702
ISD  19900100
CNT  CAX
OCL  414406
FREF
PNO  2263093
ISD  19930700
CNT  GBX
OCL  414679
LREP
FR2  French; David J.
ABST
PAL  A refuse collection vehicle having multiple compartments for recyclable
      material is provided with a compacting assembly that includes a
      sub-compartment that does not change in size during compaction operations.
PATN
WKU  059889730
SRC  8
APN  6982832
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19960814
TTL  Vehicle seat ramp
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Brahan; Thomas J.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Plantinga; Paul G.
CTY  St. Clair Shores
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Rafferty; James K.
CTY  Lapeer
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Reeves; Gregory B.
CTY  Sterling Heights
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Chrysler Corporation
CTY  Auburn Hills
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  538523
APD  19951003
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  414537
XCL   14 711
EDF  6
ICL  B60P  143
FSC  414
FSS  537;538
FSC   14
FSS  69.5;71.1
FSC  296
FSS  65.03;68
UREF
PNO  2589922
ISD  19520300
NAM  Bowman
OCL  287 20
UREF
PNO  2605064
ISD  19520700
NAM  Davis
OCL  244118
UREF
PNO  3652050
ISD  19720300
NAM  Marrujo et al.
OCL  248429
UREF
PNO  3711882
ISD  19730100
NAM  Iller
OCL   14 72
UREF
PNO  3756440
ISD  19730900
NAM  Raap et al.
OCL  414537
UREF
PNO  4003483
ISD  19770100
NAM  Fulton
OCL   14 71.1
UREF
PNO  4078678
ISD  19780300
NAM  Tordella
OCL  214 85
UREF
PNO  4759580
ISD  19880700
NAM  Berklich, Jr. et al.
OCL  296 65
UREF
PNO  4836597
ISD  19890600
NAM  Izumida
OCL  296 63
UREF
PNO  4978097
ISD  19901200
NAM  Froutzis
OCL  248503.1
UREF
PNO  5120103
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kave
OCL  296 19
UREF
PNO  5160236
ISD  19921100
NAM  Redding et al.
OCL  414537
UREF
PNO  5325558
ISD  19940700
NAM  Labreche
OCL   14 69.5
UREF
PNO  5331701
ISD  19940700
NAM  Chase et al.
OCL   14 71.1
UREF
PNO  5372398
ISD  19941200
NAM  Aneiros et al.
OCL  296 65.1
UREF
PNO  5380144
ISD  19950100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  414537
UREF
PNO  5393192
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hall et al.
OCL  414537
UREF
PNO  5536058
ISD  19960700
NAM  Otis
LREP
FR2  Maclean; Kenneth H.
ABST
PAL  A seat ramp is provided for effectuating the insertion and removal of
      vehicle seats. The removal ramp has at least one track member with an
      arcuate vehicle engagement portion, a surface engagement portion opposite
      the arcuate vehicle engagement portion, a mid portion integrally formed
      between the arcuate vehicle engagement portion and the surface engagement
      portion, and a sleeve attached underneath the track member adjacent to the
      arcuate vehicle engagement portion. A track retention apparatus is
      attached to the vehicle and has a cross member that extends through the
      sleeve of, and is perpendicular to, the track member. Once inserted onto
      the cross member, the track member is slidable along the cross member. A
      device is also provided for attaching the track retention apparatus to the
      vehicle.
PATN
WKU  059889748
SRC  8
APN  8208786
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970321
TTL  Vehicle lifting and towing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Bucci; David A.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Zackovich; Stanley E.
STR  409 Floral Ave.
CTY  Cle Elum
STA  WA
ZIP  98922
CLAS
OCL  414563
XCL  280402
XCL  414800
EDF  6
ICL  B60P  312
FSC  414
FSS  563;426;800
FSC  280
FSS  402
UREF
PNO  2183478
ISD  19391200
NAM  Holmes et al.
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  3182829
ISD  19650500
NAM  Wagner
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  3871535
ISD  19750300
NAM  Fenske
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  3897879
ISD  19750800
NAM  Bubik
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  3924763
ISD  19751200
NAM  Pigeon
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4000823
ISD  19770100
NAM  Aquila
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4034873
ISD  19770700
NAM  Haring
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4186938
ISD  19800200
NAM  Youngblood
OCL  280402
UREF
PNO  4383807
ISD  19830500
NAM  Bubik
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4384817
ISD  19830500
NAM  Peterson
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4451193
ISD  19840500
NAM  Cannon, Jr. et al.
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4473237
ISD  19840900
NAM  Lind
OCL  280402
UREF
PNO  4473334
ISD  19840900
NAM  Brown
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4564207
ISD  19860100
NAM  Russ et al.
OCL  280402
UREF
PNO  4573857
ISD  19860300
NAM  Porter, Sr. et al.
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4632629
ISD  19861200
NAM  Kooima
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4634337
ISD  19870100
NAM  Hamman
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4674943
ISD  19870600
NAM  Nespor
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4678392
ISD  19870700
NAM  Capers et al.
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4679978
ISD  19870700
NAM  Holmes et al.
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4737066
ISD  19880400
NAM  Allison, Jr.
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4775285
ISD  19881000
NAM  Zackovich
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4797057
ISD  19890100
NAM  Shoup et al.
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4797058
ISD  19890100
NAM  Bilas
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4836737
ISD  19890600
NAM  Holmes et al.
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4927315
ISD  19900500
NAM  Nespor
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  4986720
ISD  19910100
NAM  Holmes et al.
OCL  414563
UREF
PNO  5391044
ISD  19950200
NAM  Young
OCL  414563
FREF
PNO  132435
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
OCL  280402
FREF
PNO  438044
ISD  19671100
CNT  SEX
OCL  280402
FREF
PNO  1407262
ISD  19750900
CNT  GBX
OCL  280402
LREP
FR2  Ballew; Stratton
ABST
PAL  A vehicle lifting and towing apparatus is provided. The disclosure includes
      a transverse beam articulatably mountable to a tow vehicle, the transverse
      beam has the ability to be positioned beneath a separated pair of wheels
      that are attached to a vehicle. Each end of the transverse beam is
      received into a middle socket of a carriage. Each carriage includes a
      fore-socket and a rear-socket. Four tire arms are provided that are
      manually insertable into the fore-socket and rear-socket of each carriage.
      The tire arm can also be manually inserted into the sockets of each
      carriage. Each carriage is positioned proximate an interior facing
      sidewall of each separated wheel and each tire arm is positioned proximate
      an edge of each wheel's ground contact. Each pair of tire arms are
      together able to support at least a single wheel. The transverse bar is
      raised to contact the tread surface of each of the wheels with the
      respective tire arms, and further raised to lift the separated pair of
      wheels and the attached vehicle.
PATN
WKU  059889756
SRC  8
APN  9577718
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19971024
TTL  Gas turbine engine shroud seals
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Verdier; Christopher
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Pizzi; Antonio
CTY  Nun's Island
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Pratt & Whitney Canada Inc.
CTY  Longueuil
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  650441
APD  19960520
PSC  01
PNO  5738490
CLAS
OCL  415139
XCL  4151701
XCL  4151731
XCL  4151733
XCL  4151735
XCL  4151742
XCL  4151745
XCL  415180
XCL  4152092
EDF  6
ICL  F01D  904
ICL  F01D 1108
FSC  415
FSS  135;138;139;170.1;173.1;173.3;173.4;173.5;173.6;174.2;174.5;209.2;209.3;115
     ;116;180
FSC  277
FSS  167.5;218;219;236
UREF
PNO  3712757
ISD  19730100
NAM  Goodwin
UREF
PNO  3754766
ISD  19730800
NAM  Asplund
OCL  415174.2
UREF
PNO  3869222
ISD  19750300
NAM  Rahnke et al.
UREF
PNO  4311432
ISD  19820100
NAM  Kildea
OCL  415134
UREF
PNO  4422827
ISD  19831200
NAM  Buxe et al.
UREF
PNO  4524980
ISD  19850600
NAM  Lillibridge et al.
OCL  415115
UREF
PNO  4551064
ISD  19851100
NAM  Pask
OCL  415116
UREF
PNO  4573866
ISD  19860300
NAM  Sandy, Jr. et al.
OCL  415116
UREF
PNO  4743164
ISD  19880500
NAM  Kalogeros
UREF
PNO  5145316
ISD  19920900
NAM  Birch
OCL  415173.1
UREF
PNO  5158430
ISD  19921000
NAM  Dixon et al.
UREF
PNO  5176495
ISD  19930100
NAM  Honkomp et al.
UREF
PNO  5188507
ISD  19930200
NAM  Sweeney
UREF
PNO  5192185
ISD  19930300
NAM  Leonard
UREF
PNO  5197853
ISD  19930300
NAM  Creevy et al.
OCL  415115
UREF
PNO  5201846
ISD  19930400
NAM  Sweeney
UREF
PNO  5273396
ISD  19931200
NAM  Albrecht et al.
OCL  415173.1
UREF
PNO  5281097
ISD  19940100
NAM  Wilson et al.
UREF
PNO  5333995
ISD  19940800
NAM  Jacobs et al.
UREF
PNO  5460489
ISD  19951000
NAM  Benjamin et al.
UREF
PNO  5513955
ISD  19960500
NAM  Barcza
UREF
PNO  5738490
ISD  19980400
NAM  Pizzi
OCL  415139
LREP
FR2  Astle; Jeffrey W.
ABST
PAL  A seal assembly for a turbine blade tip shroud including a one-piece bent
      metallic sheet inter-segment seal having an axial component and a vertical
      component adapted to fit in a groove formed in the end walls of each
      shroud segment, wherein the shroud segment has a platform and radially
      extending ribs, and the seal fits tightly in the groove providing an axial
      and a radial component to the seal. A ring seal is also provided for
      sealing a joint between the shroud and a mounting structure where an
      annular gap is formed having an "L" shaped cross-section, the ring seal
      having a "C" shaped configuration and one of the legs of the "C" extending
      within an axial component of the "L" shaped gap. The leg has a wave
      pattern with the peaks of the wave in contact with opposite radial walls
      of the axial component of the gap for creating a gas seal at the joint.
PATN
WKU  059889764
SRC  9
APN  0807664
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980518
TTL  Scroll, for a fluid-working device
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Barton; Rhonda
EXP  Look; Edward K.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Mayleben; Philip Anthony
CTY  Kenton
STA  KY
ASSG
NAM  ITT Manufacturing Enterprises, Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  415204
XCL  415118
XCL  415201
XCL  415203
XCL  415206
XCL  4152141
EDF  6
ICL  F04D 2944
ICL  F01D 2524
ICL  F03B 1102
FSC  415
FSS  118;201;204;206;203;214.1
UREF
PNO  1456051
ISD  19230500
NAM  Carter
OCL  415 94
UREF
PNO  3263424
ISD  19660800
NAM  Birmann
OCL   60 39.32
UREF
PNO  3489340
ISD  19700100
NAM  Holzhausen
OCL  415196
UREF
PNO  4177005
ISD  19791200
NAM  Bozung et al.
OCL  415128
UREF
PNO  5133638
ISD  19920700
NAM  Mosure
OCL  415168
FREF
PNO  52-43007
ISD  19770400
CNT  JPX
OCL  415206
LREP
FR2  Lombardi; Menotti J.
ABST
PAL  Scrolls separable radially, to enable cleaning and polishing of the inner
      surfaces of the throat area, are disclosed. In one of the embodiments, an
      inner structure of the scroll intrudes into the throat area for
      selectively reducing the area, in order that flow, pump head, and speed
      can be matched.
PATN
WKU  059889772
SRC  8
APN  9072888
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19970806
TTL  Backlash adjustment mechanism for variable pipe diffuser
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Ryznic; John E.
NDR  8
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Gallagher; Edward G.
CTY  Pulaski
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Sishtla; Vishnu M.
CTY  Cicero
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Carrier Corporation
CTY  Syracuse
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4152083
XCL  415166
XCL   74397
XCL   74409
EDF  6
ICL  F01D  102
ICL  F01B 2502
ICL  F16H 3506
FSC   74
FSS  397;409
FSC  415
FSS  208.3;150;148;165;166;167
UREF
PNO  66651
ISD  18670700
NAM  Todd
OCL  415166
UREF
PNO  85421
ISD  18681200
NAM  Bartlett
OCL  415166
UREF
PNO  214813
ISD  18790400
NAM  Clime
OCL  415166
UREF
PNO  823637
ISD  19060600
NAM  Prame
OCL  415148
UREF
PNO  2021935
ISD  19351100
NAM  Griswold
XCL   74409
UREF
PNO  2382913
ISD  19450800
NAM  Robinson
XCL  415148
UREF
PNO  2392200
ISD  19460100
NAM  Thompson
XCL  415165
UREF
PNO  2507555
ISD  19500500
NAM  Berthiez
OCL   74397
UREF
PNO  2549241
ISD  19510400
NAM  Rorive
OCL   74397
UREF
PNO  2703497
ISD  19550300
NAM  Townsend
XCL   74409
UREF
PNO  2996996
ISD  19610800
NAM  Jassniker
UREF
PNO  3243159
ISD  19660300
NAM  Hefler et al.
XCL  415165
UREF
PNO  3362625
ISD  19680100
NAM  Endress
UREF
PNO  3965699
ISD  19760600
NAM  Bracken, Jr.
XCL   74409
UREF
PNO  4070123
ISD  19780100
NAM  Willingshofer et al.
UREF
PNO  4084756
ISD  19780400
NAM  Coxhill
XCL   74409
UREF
PNO  4378194
ISD  19830300
NAM  Bandukwalla
UREF
PNO  4417851
ISD  19831100
NAM  Cygnor et al.
OCL  415150
UREF
PNO  4532822
ISD  19850800
NAM  Godlewski
XCL   74409
UREF
PNO  4541293
ISD  19850900
NAM  Caugant et al.
XCL   74422
UREF
PNO  4586393
ISD  19860500
NAM  Mooney et al.
XCL   74409
UREF
PNO  4629396
ISD  19861200
NAM  Lorett
XCL  415165
UREF
PNO  5067363
ISD  19911100
NAM  Hafla
XCL   74409
UREF
PNO  5685197
ISD  19971100
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL   74409
FREF
PNO  10993
ISD  18491000
CNT  FRX
OCL  415166
FREF
PNO  1070
ISD  18870400
CNT  SEX
OCL  415166
FREF
PNO  1466613
ISD  19770300
CNT  GBX
OCL  415150
ABST
PAL  A backlash adjustment mechanism for use in a variable pipe diffuser having
      inner and outer rings and a casing. The backlash adjustment mechanism
      includes a drive shaft and a pinion gear attached thereto, a rack gear
      fixedly attached to the inner ring. The backlash adjustment mechanism is
      comprised of a housing having a cylindrical body positioned concentrically
      about a first centerline and having a bore disposed axially though the
      body positioned about a second centerline. The drive shaft is rotatably
      disposed concentric with the second centerline within the bore. The inner
      ring is positioned such that it meshes with the pinion gear. The housing
      is disposed within the casing and rotatably operable to effect an
      adjustment of the backlash between the pinion gear and the rack gear.
PATN
WKU  059889780
SRC  8
APN  9928952
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19971218
TTL  Method and apparatus for balancing a ceiling fan
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1,9
EXP  Ryznic; John E.
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Pearce; Richard A.
CTY  Memphis
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Hunter Fan Company
CTY  Memphis
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  416145
XCL  416 62
EDF  6
ICL  B63H  100
ICL  B64C 1100
ICL  F03B  312
FSC  416
FSS  62;5;144;145;146 R
FSC   73
FSS  455;457;458;468;469
UREF
PNO  2362842
ISD  19441100
NAM  Mueller
OCL   73455
UREF
PNO  2366795
ISD  19450100
NAM  Lamoreaux
OCL  416145
UREF
PNO  2426400
ISD  19470800
NAM  Lampton et al.
OCL  416144
UREF
PNO  2720013
ISD  19551000
NAM  Clarke
UREF
PNO  4305292
ISD  19811200
NAM  Felter
UREF
PNO  4753573
ISD  19880600
NAM  McKnight
UREF
PNO  4840650
ISD  19890600
NAM  Matherne
UREF
PNO  5219454
ISD  19930600
NAM  Class
OCL  416145
UREF
PNO  5256037
ISD  19931000
NAM  Chatelain
XCL  416  5
UREF
PNO  5380156
ISD  19950100
NAM  Iacovino
UREF
PNO  5383765
ISD  19950100
NAM  Baxter et al.
UREF
PNO  5470203
ISD  19951100
NAM  Mori et al.
UREF
PNO  5470205
ISD  19951100
NAM  Conklin, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5593281
ISD  19970100
NAM  Tai
OCL  416145
FREF
PNO  21384
ISD  19130000
CNT  GBX
OCL  416144
FREF
PNO  564609
ISD  19441000
CNT  GBX
OCL  416144
LREP
FRM  Garrison, Morris & Haight, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus are provided for balancing a ceiling fan suspended
      from the ceiling, with the fan having a plurality of blades rotatable
      about a centerline axis of the fan. The method comprises the steps of
      attaching at least one test clip to each one of an adjacent pair of the
      fan blades with the fan stationary, operating the fan on high speed in a
      downdraft direction with the test clips attached and observing the fan
      wobble. These steps are repeated for each adjacent pair of blades to
      identify the pair of blades producing the minimum wobble. The method also
      includes the steps of determining the optimum radial position of each of
      the test clips, with respect to wobble, and replacing each clip with a
      balance weight secured to the corresponding blade. A test clip according
      to the present invention may be used, with the clip comprising upper and
      lower members, each having a generally D-shaped configuration, and a
      connecting member interconnecting the upper and lower members. When this
      clip is used, it is releasably attached to one of the blades with an
      arcuate edge portion of each of the upper and lower members extending
      toward the leading edge of the blade and facing into the airflow passing
      over the blade and the clip. The shape and placement of the clip on the
      blade minimizes the airflow interruption, and associated vibrations, due
      to the presence of the clip.
PATN
WKU  059889799
SRC  8
APN  9244360
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19970827
TTL  Centrifugal blower wheel with an upwardly extending, smoothly contoured
      hub
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Verdier; Christopher
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Wang; Jui-Shang
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Honeywell Consumer Products, Inc.
CTY  Southborough
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  660656
APD  19960604
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  416178
XCL  416186R
XCL  416187
XCL  416188
XCL  416200R
EDF  6
ICL  F04D 2930
FSC  416
FSS  178;186 R;187;188;235;200 R
UREF
PNO  2231063
ISD  19410200
NAM  Evans
UREF
PNO  2418012
ISD  19470300
NAM  Chester
OCL  416187
UREF
PNO  2463976
ISD  19490300
NAM  Kilchenmann
OCL  416188
UREF
PNO  2652190
ISD  19530900
NAM  Meltzer et al.
UREF
PNO  2803398
ISD  19570800
NAM  Sprouse
OCL  416187
UREF
PNO  2991004
ISD  19610700
NAM  Denbo et al.
OCL  416188
UREF
PNO  3165258
ISD  19650100
NAM  Wentling et al.
UREF
PNO  3257071
ISD  19660600
NAM  Harris
UREF
PNO  3358913
ISD  19671200
NAM  Beesley
UREF
PNO  3394876
ISD  19680700
NAM  Eck
UREF
PNO  3450337
ISD  19690600
NAM  Jolette
OCL  416178
UREF
PNO  3846043
ISD  19741100
NAM  Wolbrink et al.
UREF
PNO  4324529
ISD  19820400
NAM  Nickels
UREF
PNO  4647271
ISD  19870300
NAM  Nagai et al.
OCL  416186R
UREF
PNO  4738593
ISD  19880400
NAM  Reifschneider
UREF
PNO  4820115
ISD  19890400
NAM  Bandukwalla
OCL  416188
UREF
PNO  5266007
ISD  19931100
NAM  Bushnell et al.
LREP
FR2  Darden; Loletta L.
ABST
PAL  A centrifugal blower wheel having an indivisible prime number of
      peripherally spaced blades projecting upwardly from the top surface of a
      generally annular-shaped base plate. Each blade includes a tapered portion
      extending along an inside edge of the blade to approximately 1/3 to 1/2
      the length of the blade. A hub is centrally located on the top surface of
      the base plate and surrounded by the inside edges of the blades, the hub
      curving upwardly from the top surface of the base plate to form a smoothly
      contoured curve.
PATN
WKU  059889802
SRC  8
APN  9253459
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19970908
TTL  Blade assembly with splitter shroud
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Woo; Richard
EXP  Look; Edward K.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Busbey; Bruce C.
CTY  Loveland
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Crall; David W.
CTY  Loveland
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Toye; Michael D.
CTY  Blanchester
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  General Electric Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  416193R
XCL  415 78
XCL  415 79
EDF  6
ICL  F01D  522
FSC  416
FSS  190;191;193 R;189;196 R
FSC  415
FSS  79;77;78;209.4
UREF
PNO  1544318
ISD  19250600
NAM  Hodgkinson
OCL  415 79
UREF
PNO  2007408
ISD  19350700
NAM  Schellens
OCL  415 79
UREF
PNO  3262635
ISD  19660700
NAM  Smuland
OCL  415 77
UREF
PNO  3385064
ISD  19680500
NAM  Wilde et al.
UREF
PNO  3549272
ISD  19701200
NAM  Bauger et al.
UREF
PNO  3610776
ISD  19711000
NAM  Petrie
UREF
PNO  3635589
ISD  19720100
NAM  Kristiansen
UREF
PNO  4595340
ISD  19860600
NAM  Klassen et al.
UREF
PNO  4791783
ISD  19881200
NAM  Neitzel
UREF
PNO  5201850
ISD  19930400
NAM  Lenhardt et al.
UREF
PNO  5261227
ISD  19931100
NAM  Giffin, II
UREF
PNO  5402638
ISD  19950400
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  5404713
ISD  19950400
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  5562419
ISD  19961000
NAM  Crall et al.
FREF
PNO  612056
ISD  19780600
CNT  SUX
OCL  416193R
LREP
FR2  Hess; Andrew C.
FR2  Young; Rodney M.
ABST
PAL  A blade assembly, which may have blisk for a gas turbine engine, includes
      an annular rim disposed about a rotor axis and a blade assembly disposed
      around the rim. The blade assembly has circumferentially disposed and
      radially extending inner and outer rows of inner and outer airfoils,
      respectively and each airfoil has axially spaced apart leading and
      trailing airfoil edges. An annular shroud is disposed between and
      connecting the inner and outer rows of inner and outer airfoils and has
      axially spaced apart annular leading and trailing shroud edges
      corresponding to the leading and trailing airfoil edges, respectively. An
      axially extending cavity is provided in each of the leading and trailing
      shroud edges for reducing stresses in leading and trailing airfoil edges,
      respectively and the corresponding airfoil edges are located near the
      cavities. The cavities preferably extend axially under the corresponding
      airfoil edges. The cavities may be 360 degree circumferentially extending
      annular grooves in one embodiment.
PATN
WKU  059889810
SRC  9
APN  0251585
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980218
TTL  Pump impeller for a torque converter
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Ryznic; John E.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Dehrmann; Uwe
CTY  Wurzburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Glock; Wilfried
CTY  Dittelbrunn/Hambach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hinkel; Rudiger
CTY  Ruthlein/Heidenfeld
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schneider; Rothard
CTY  Bad Konigshofen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Volland; Peter
CTY  Gerolzhofen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Weckesser; Reinhold
CTY  Euerbach-Obbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wienholt; Hans-Wilhelm
CTY  Schweinfurt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Mannesmann Sachs AG
CTY  Schweinfurt
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970220
APN  197 06 735
CLAS
OCL  416197C
XCL  384296
EDF  6
ICL  F16H 4124
FSC  416
FSS  174;180;197 C
FSC  415
FSS  229
FSC  384
FSS  147;275;296;297;299
UREF
PNO  863089
ISD  19070800
NAM  Powell
OCL  384296
UREF
PNO  1342845
ISD  19200600
NAM  Elliott
XCL  416229
UREF
PNO  2429503
ISD  19471000
NAM  Zeidler
OCL  416180
UREF
PNO  2474298
ISD  19490600
NAM  Zeidler
OCL  416180
UREF
PNO  2692561
ISD  19541000
NAM  Zeidler
OCL  416180
UREF
PNO  2917001
ISD  19591200
NAM  Zeidler et al.
OCL  416180
UREF
PNO  3167918
ISD  19650200
NAM  Alexandrescu
XCL  416180
UREF
PNO  4059365
ISD  19771100
NAM  Ivey et al.
OCL  416174
UREF
PNO  4878767
ISD  19891100
NAM  Halder
XCL  384275
UREF
PNO  5062654
ISD  19911100
NAM  Kakimoto et al.
XCL  384147
UREF
PNO  5271716
ISD  19931200
NAM  Ejiri
OCL  416180
UREF
PNO  5299677
ISD  19940400
NAM  Caillaud et al.
XCL  384296
FREF
PNO  31 44 194
ISD  19820700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 44 562 C1
ISD  19950600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 36 505
ISD  19960400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  54-81460
ISD  19790600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-112007
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-1660-24
ISD  19841100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-55954
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-14576
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-96608
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Cohen, Pontani, Lieberman & Pavane
ABST
PAL  A pump impeller for a hydrodynamic torque converter with a flange and a hub
      located radially inside and extending in the axial direction. The hub has
      a seat for a bearing and a sleeve is connected by a pressure fit to the
      pump impeller. The sleeve extends in the direction of the hub and forms
      the seat of the bearing.
PATN
WKU  059889829
SRC  8
APN  9266224
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19970909
TTL  Altering vibration frequencies of workpieces, such as gas turbine engine
      blades
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Shanley; Matthew T.
EXP  Verdier; Christopher
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Clauer; Allan H.
CTY  Worthington
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  LSP Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Dublin
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  416241R
XCL  416223A
XCL  416500
XCL  416140
XCL  21912162
XCL  21912178
XCL  21912179
XCL  2191218
XCL  21912182
EDF  6
ICL  B64C 1120
ICL  B23K 2600
FSC  416
FSS  140;241 R;223 A;500
FSC  219
FSS  121.62;121.78;121.79;121.8;121.82
UREF
PNO  4118147
ISD  19781000
NAM  Ellis
OCL  416230
UREF
PNO  4426867
ISD  19840100
NAM  Neal et al.
OCL   72 53
UREF
PNO  4878810
ISD  19891100
NAM  Evans
OCL  416203
UREF
PNO  5131957
ISD  19920700
NAM  Epstein et al.
OCL  148565
UREF
PNO  5591009
ISD  19970100
NAM  Mannava et al.
OCL  416241R
UREF
PNO  5620307
ISD  19970400
NAM  Mannava et al.
OCL  416241R
LREP
FR2  Knuth; Randall J.
ABST
PAL  A method of modifying the vibration resonance characteristics of a
      workpiece includes the steps of determining a vibratory resonance
      condition frequency of the workpiece, determining the mode shape of said
      vibratory resonance condition, locating an area on the workpiece that
      includes a maximum curvature for the determined mode shape and vibratory
      resonance condition frequency; then laser shock peening the located area
      to create residual compressive stresses within the workpiece to shift the
      determined vibratory resonance condition frequency. A workpiece such as a
      gas turbine engine blade is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059889837
SRC  8
APN  8615675
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970522
TTL  Infusion method and infusion pump
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Freay; Charles G.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Furusawa; Kouichi
CTY  Fujinomiya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  417 43
XCL  417 53
XCL  417478
EDF  6
ICL  F04B 4900
FSC  417
FSS  474;478;53;43
UREF
PNO  3990444
ISD  19761100
NAM  Vial
OCL  604 67
UREF
PNO  4781548
ISD  19881100
NAM  Alderson et al.
OCL  417478
UREF
PNO  5018945
ISD  19910500
NAM  D'Silva
UREF
PNO  5055013
ISD  19911000
NAM  Faeser
OCL  417474
UREF
PNO  5151019
ISD  19920900
NAM  Danby et al.
OCL  417478
UREF
PNO  5165873
ISD  19921100
NAM  Meijer
OCL  417474
UREF
PNO  5716194
ISD  19980200
NAM  Butterfield et al.
OCL  417 43
FREF
PNO  0 426 273
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 560 270
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 426 273
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 475 645
ISD  19810800
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 553 151
ISD  19850400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 020 735
ISD  19791100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, LLP
ABST
PAL  According to an infusion method and pump, in order to perform infusion at a
      flow rate with high accuracy by allowing finger members to appropriately
      press a predetermined portion of an outer diameter (outer surface) of an
      infusion tube whose outer diameter accuracy is assured, thereby causing
      the infusion tube to perform a peristaltic motion, the infusion tube is
      stationarily held between a plurality of fingers which are arranged along
      the longitudinal direction of the infusion tube having a predetermined
      outer diameter and independently driven, and a holding means. The infusion
      tube is pressed from the outer surface to supply a liquid by setting a
      small moving amount of each finger to a degree enough to eliminate the
      influence of the wall thickness of the infusion tube and individually
      driving the fingers.
PATN
WKU  059889845
SRC  8
APN  8869057
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970702
TTL  Method and apparatus for liquid control system having a valve with a
      notch in the seal for enabling a sufficient fluid to pass through when
      the seal is fully closed to cool the pump and/or motor
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  3
EXA  Evora; Robert Z.
EXP  Freay; Charles G.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Austin; Cary M.
STR  8104 19th St.
CTY  Lubbock
STA  TX
ZIP  79407
RLAP
COD  72
APN  427448
APD  19950424
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  103340
APD  19930806
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  417 442
XCL  417 53
EDF  6
ICL  F04B 4908
FSC  417
FSS  44.2;26;53;44;43;31;441;507;28;58
FSC  137
FSS  568
UREF
PNO  2737975
ISD  19560300
NAM  Wilkins
OCL  137505.44
UREF
PNO  3141475
ISD  19640700
NAM  Guinard et al.
OCL  137568
UREF
PNO  3150684
ISD  19640900
NAM  Guinard et al.
OCL  137568
UREF
PNO  3322145
ISD  19670500
NAM  Prosser
OCL  137517
UREF
PNO  3739810
ISD  19730600
NAM  Horan
OCL  137568
UREF
PNO  3782858
ISD  19740100
NAM  Deters
OCL  417 26
UREF
PNO  3814543
ISD  19740600
NAM  Gritz
OCL  417 26
OREF
PAL  Jacuzzi Technical Data Sheet E-940 Aquagenie 200 Valve Jan. 1, 1990.
LREP
FR2  Coffee; Wendell
FR2  Scott; Mark
ABST
PAL  A water system uses a pressure reservoir of extremely small size. A valve
      device is placed between a water pump and the pressure reservoir. The
      valve device has a constant outlet pressure to limit the flow from the
      pump at high pressures. The pump is turned on and off by a pressure on/off
      switch. The valve device maintains the pressure to the reservoir at or
      below the on switch pressure except for a dribble flow. The dribble flow
      fills the reservoir when there is little or no water usage from the
      reservoir. The dribble flow is achieved by a notch in the valve surfaces
      of the valve device. Each time the valve opens any debris in the notch is
      washed from the notch thereby keeping the notch free of debris.
PATN
WKU  059889853
SRC  8
APN  851934&
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970506
TTL  Method and apparatus for controlling compressor valves in a piston
      compressor
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Evora; Robert Z.
EXP  Freay; Charles G.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Steinruck; Peter
CTY  Vienna
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Hoerbiger Ventilwerke Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Vienna
CNT  ATX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ATX
APD  19960412
APN  662/96
CLAS
OCL  417 53
XCL  417218
EDF  6
ICL  F04B 1922
FSC  417
FSS  53;218;212
UREF
PNO  4325677
ISD  19820400
NAM  Nonnenmacher
OCL  417218
UREF
PNO  4892465
ISD  19900100
NAM  Born et al.
OCL  417218
UREF
PNO  4976106
ISD  19901200
NAM  Noerskau et al.
OCL   60452
UREF
PNO  5533867
ISD  19960700
NAM  Strenzke
OCL  417 53
UREF
PNO  5588805
ISD  19961200
NAM  Geringer
OCL  417 53
UREF
PNO  5622478
ISD  19970400
NAM  Elliott et al.
OCL  417 53
LREP
FRM  Watson Cole Grindle Watson, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for reducing the loading impact between a sealing
      element in a suction valve of a piston compressor with a valve stop,
      wherein the sealing element is forcibly opened using a control device
      shortly before attaining pressure balance between cylinder and suction
      chambers of the compressor.
PATN
WKU  059889861
SRC  8
APN  9396489
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970929
TTL  Method and device for monitoring system units based on transmission of
      lumped characteristic numbers
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Gartenberg; Ehud
EXP  Freay; Charles G.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Brinken; Frank
CTY  Buonas
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Heinen; Michael
CTY  Zurich
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Blume; Peter
CTY  Zurich
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Maag Pump Systems Textron AG
CTY  Zuerich
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960928
APN  96115599
CLAS
OCL  417 53
XCL  417 63
EDF  6
ICL  F04B 4900
FSC  417
FSS  53;63
UREF
PNO  3779457
ISD  19731200
NAM  Cornyn, Jr. et al.
OCL  235151.3
UREF
PNO  4086434
ISD  19780400
NAM  Bocchi
UREF
PNO  4489551
ISD  19841200
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL   60328
UREF
PNO  4622538
ISD  19861100
NAM  Whynacht et al.
UREF
PNO  4998097
ISD  19910300
NAM  Noth et al.
OCL  340648
UREF
PNO  5201636
ISD  19930400
NAM  Mikulski
OCL  417 18
UREF
PNO  5314016
ISD  19940500
NAM  Dunham
OCL  166250
UREF
PNO  5332366
ISD  19940700
NAM  Anderson
UREF
PNO  5485491
ISD  19960100
NAM  Salnick et al.
OCL  376245
UREF
PNO  5533413
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5820350
ISD  19981000
NAM  Mantey et al.
OCL  417 45
UREF
PNO  5846056
ISD  19981200
NAM  Dhindsa et al.
OCL  417 44.2
FREF
PNO  0 189 021
ISD  19860700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 264 148
ISD  19880400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 675 369
ISD  19951000
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A method is provided for monitoring the operating status of one or more
      pumps, particularly gear pumps, whereby system parameters are determined
      by a corresponding measuring device. The system parameters are
      subsequently processed in a local evaluation unit into characteristic
      numbers. Finally at least some of the characteristic numbers determined in
      the local evaluation unit are transmitted from the pump and/or the local
      evaluation unit to the central evaluation unit. Based on the
      characteristic numbers, the operating status of the pump is determined and
      if necessary, an appropriate action is triggered.
PATN
WKU  059889870
SRC  8
APN  7048149
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19960828
TTL  Method for merging and/or ratio blending aliquant
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Gartenberg; Ehud
EXP  Freay; Charles G.
NDR  13
NFG  41
INVT
NAM  Wolcott; Duane K.
CTY  Baton Rouge
STA  LA
INVT
NAM  Marshall; Graham D.
CTY  Fox Island
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  FIA Solutions, Inc.
CTY  Gig Harbor
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  417 54
XCL  417269
XCL   91499
XCL   92 71
EDF  6
ICL  F04F  100
FSC  417
FSS  269;54
FSC   92
FSS  71
FSC   91
FSS  499
UREF
PNO  2518619
ISD  19500800
NAM  Huba
UREF
PNO  2745350
ISD  19560500
NAM  Capsek
UREF
PNO  3981360
ISD  19760900
NAM  Leduc et al.
OCL  417269
UREF
PNO  4095921
ISD  19780600
NAM  Hiraga et al.
OCL  417269
UREF
PNO  4360321
ISD  19821100
NAM  Copp, Jr. et al.
OCL  417269
UREF
PNO  4880361
ISD  19891100
NAM  Ikeda et al.
OCL  417269
UREF
PNO  5009574
ISD  19910400
NAM  Ikeda et al.
OCL  417222
UREF
PNO  5167181
ISD  19921200
NAM  Ken Lee
OCL   91499
UREF
PNO  5540563
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hansell
OCL  417269
UREF
PNO  5549032
ISD  19960800
NAM  Long
OCL   91502
UREF
PNO  5733105
ISD  19980300
NAM  Beckett et al.
OCL  417269
UREF
PNO  5738000
ISD  19980400
NAM  Forster
OCL   92165R
LREP
FR2  Roberts, Jr.; Reginald F.
ABST
PAL  A method for merging and/or ratio-blending aliquants from two different
      streams in a first channel, and utilizing a second channel to propel
      merged and blended aliquants through a separate, pumped carrier channel by
      providing a pump comprising a plurality of pistons, a plurality of inlet
      ports, a plurality of outlet ports, a cam cap having cam profiles which
      controls timing and depth of strokes of the pistons, and a port cap having
      a plurality of valve grooves which control a direction of fluid flow.
PATN
WKU  059889888
SRC  8
APN  9216529
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970826
TTL  Capacity control valve device for variable capacity swash plate
      compressors
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Ratcliffe; Paul
EXP  Freay; Charles G.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Tokumasu; Hiroshi
CTY  Higashimatsuyama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Zexel Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960903
APN  8-252432
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970210
APN  9-041608
CLAS
OCL  4172222
XCL  1374895
EDF  6
ICL  F04B  126
ICL  F16K 3112
FSC  417
FSS  222.2
FSC  137
FSS  489.5;102;513.5
UREF
PNO  4688997
ISD  19870800
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  417222
UREF
PNO  4890458
ISD  19900100
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL   62204
UREF
PNO  5205718
ISD  19930400
NAM  Fujisawa et al.
OCL  417222.2
UREF
PNO  5242274
ISD  19930900
NAM  Inoue
OCL  417222.2
UREF
PNO  5620310
ISD  19970400
NAM  Takenaka et al.
OCL  417222.2
UREF
PNO  5702235
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hirota et al.
OCL  417222.2
UREF
PNO  5785502
ISD  19980700
NAM  Ota et al.
OCL  417222.2
UREF
PNO  5836748
ISD  19981100
NAM  Kawaguchi et al.
OCL  417222.2
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A capacity control valve device for a variable capacity swash plate
      compressor which includes at least one piston, a suction port, a suction
      chamber, and a refrigerant inlet passage communicating the suction port
      with the suction chamber, in which each piston has its stroke changed to
      control delivery quantity of the compressor. The control valve device is
      arranged at an intermediate portion of the refrigerant inlet passage, for
      controlling differential pressure between the suction port and the suction
      chamber. The control valve device includes a valve element, a first urging
      member for urging the valve element in a valve-opening direction, an
      accumulator for accumulating high-pressure refrigerant gas having higher
      pressure than pressure within the suction chamber to build up pressure
      therein for urging the valve element in a valve-closing direction, a
      high-pressure passage for introducing the high-pressure refrigerant gas
      into the accumulator, and a pilot valve arranged at an intermediate
      portion of the high-pressure passage for controlling a flow rate of the
      high-pressure refrigerant gas into the accumulator in dependence on the
      pressure in the suction port. The pilot valve has a valve element, and a
      second urging member for urging the valve element in a valve-closing
      direction. The control valve device comprises a pressure control passage
      opened by the pilot valve for permitting the high-pressure refrigerant gas
      accumulated within the accumulator to escape, when the pilot valve
      operates in the valve-closing direction.
PATN
WKU  059889896
SRC  8
APN  9867376
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19971208
TTL  Compact hydraulic power unit having a reservoir closed by a manifold
      having a hydraulic circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Freay; Charles G.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hobson; Nicholas M.
CTY  Essex
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Fenner Fluid Power, Inc.
CTY  Rockford
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  417290
XCL  417299
XCL  417304
XCL  417371
XCL  4174233
XCL   60481
EDF  6
ICL  F04B 4902
FSC  417
FSS  290;299;304;307;308;371;42;44.1;45;423.3
FSC   60
FSS  481;468;494
UREF
PNO  2139370
ISD  19381200
NAM  Lauer et al.
OCL  417410.4
UREF
PNO  2261915
ISD  19411100
NAM  Korte et al.
OCL  417371
UREF
PNO  3816030
ISD  19740600
NAM  Strauff
OCL  417299
UREF
PNO  3827827
ISD  19740800
NAM  Hill
OCL  417299
UREF
PNO  4435127
ISD  19840300
NAM  Kranzle et al.
OCL  417307
UREF
PNO  5860796
ISD  19990100
NAM  Clausen
OCL  417423.2
OREF
PAL  "SilentPak Brochure" by EHI Origa, 5 pages, date unknown.
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A hydrualic power unit for an auto-hoist lift having a more compact motor
      and improved noise characteristics. The power unit having a reservoir with
      a closed end and an open end. A manifold attached to the open end and
      having an inlet port and an outlet port with a hydrualic circuit located
      between the ports. The hydrualic circuit having a delay valve for reducing
      the start-up torque load on the motor, thereby allowing the motor to be
      sized for normal operating requirements rather than oversized for start-up
      requirements. The power unit may further include a motor and pump located
      inside a hydrualic fluid reservoir to thereby reduce the amount of noise
      reaching the immediate vicinity of the power unit. The motor and pump are
      submerged in the hydrualic fluid to advantageously utilize the hydrualic
      fluid to cool the motor.
PATN
WKU  059889900
SRC  8
APN  9749764
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19971120
TTL  Apparatus for separating lubricating oil from refrigerant in a hermetic
      compressor
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Gartenberg; Ehud
EXP  Thorpe; Timothy S.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Lee; Sung-Tae
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970224
APN  97-5502
CLAS
OCL  417312
XCL  417313
XCL  417902
XCL  181403
EDF  6
ICL  F04B 3904
FSC  417
FSS  312;313;902
FSC  181
FSS  403
UREF
PNO  3689203
ISD  19720900
NAM  Vaughn
OCL  417371
UREF
PNO  5733107
ISD  19980300
NAM  Ikeda
OCL  417312
UREF
PNO  5888055
ISD  19990300
NAM  Lee
OCL  417312
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A hermetically sealed compressor includes a cylinder forming a compression
      chamber, and a piston reciprocally mounted in the cylinder for compressing
      gaseous refrigerant. A mixture of gaseous refrigerant and lubricating oil
      is conducted via a conduit arrangement to a suction muffler located
      upstream of the compression chamber. The conduit arrangement includes, at
      an inlet to the suction muffler, radially inner and outer tubes forming a
      channel therebetween. Gaseous refrigerant flows into the suction muffler
      through the inner tube. Lubricating oil traveling radially outwardly of
      the gaseous refrigerant enters the channel and is discharged from a
      downstream end of channel and thus does not enter the suction muffler.
PATN
WKU  059889918
SRC  9
APN  0458597
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980323
TTL  Simplified energy transforming structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Vinod D.
EXP  Hoang; Tu Ba
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Tsai; Jui-An
STR  4th Floor, No. 7, Lane 3, Wu Shou Hsin Tsuen, Chung Kang Road
CTY  Hsin Chuang City, Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  417328
XCL  417329
EDF  6
ICL  F04B 1700
FSC  417
FSS  328;329;298;244
UREF
PNO  1459645
ISD  19230600
NAM  Wilson
OCL   60640
UREF
PNO  4229143
ISD  19801000
NAM  Pucher et al.
OCL  417 53
UREF
PNO  4246756
ISD  19810100
NAM  West
OCL   60640
UREF
PNO  4265599
ISD  19810500
NAM  Morton
OCL  417 54
UREF
PNO  4586333
ISD  19860500
NAM  Reid
OCL   60506
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a simplified energy transforming structure which utilizes the
      weight of water stored at high position to pull up a heavy piston in a
      hydraulic cylinder, so that the piston can thereafter descend due to
      gravity and forces water flowing into the hydraulic cylinder to pass a
      predetermined passage toward a functional device in the form of high
      pressure water full of kinetic energy, causing the functional device to
      operate and achieve a desired function.
PATN
WKU  059889926
SRC  9
APN  0484199
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980326
TTL  Retrievable progressing cavity pump rotor
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Tyler; Cheryl J.
EXP  Freay; Charles G.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Tetzlaff; Steven K.
CTY  Huntington Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Dillon; David B.
CTY  Laguna Nigel
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kanady; Edward C.
CTY  Tulsa
STA  OK
INVT
NAM  Olson; David L.
CTY  Los Alamatos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Baker Hughes Incorporated
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  417360
XCL  4174242
XCL  418 48
XCL  166 98
EDF  6
ICL  F04B 3500
FSC  417
FSS  360;424.2
FSC  418
FSS  48
FSC  166
FSS  98
UREF
PNO  4706745
ISD  19871100
NAM  Bishop et al.
OCL  166 98
UREF
PNO  4877085
ISD  19891000
NAM  Pullig, Jr.
OCL  166 98
UREF
PNO  5510281
ISD  19960400
NAM  Round
OCL  418 48
UREF
PNO  5746582
ISD  19980500
NAM  Patterson
OCL  418 48
UREF
PNO  5765638
ISD  19980600
NAM  Taylor
OCL  166 98
LREP
FR2  Bradley; James E.
ABST
PAL  A progressive cavity pump housing is secured to the lower end of a string
      of tubing. A motor is secured to the progressive cavity housing. An
      electrical power cable is strapped to the motor alongside the tubing. The
      pump has a pump rotor located within a stator. The pump rotor has a driven
      shaft extending downward from its lower end which mates with a drive shaft
      extending upward from the motor. When the pump reaches the motor, the
      driven shaft will stab into the drive shaft. The upper end of the pump
      rotor extends above the stator and is configured to engage an overshot
      retrieval tool. To retrieve the rotor, the operator lowers an overshot
      retrieval tool through the production tubing and latches it to the upper
      end of the pump rotor. The operator pulls the rotor out of the pump,
      thereby disengaging the rotor from the drive shaft of the motor, and
      leaving the remainder of the pump and the motor in place. After flushing
      the pump stator, the rotor may be lowered back through the tubing into the
      stator and reengaged to the drive shaft.
PATN
WKU  059889934
SRC  8
APN  8490929
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970528
TTL  Pressure exchanger having a rotor with automatic axial alignment
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Evora; Robert Z.
EXP  Freay; Charles G.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hauge; Leif J.
STR  c/o Energy Recovery Inc., P.O. Box 65157
CTY  Virginia Beach
STA  VA
ZIP  23467-5157
PRIR
CNT  NOX
APD  19941128
APN  944558
CLAS
OCL  417365
XCL   60 3945
EDF  6
ICL  F04B 1700
FSC   60
FSS  39.45 A;39.45
FSC  417
FSS  365;64;406
UREF
PNO  2045152
ISD  19360600
NAM  Lebre
OCL   60 39.45A
UREF
PNO  2800120
ISD  19570700
NAM  Jendrassik
OCL  123119
UREF
PNO  2864237
ISD  19581200
NAM  Coleman
OCL   60 39.45
UREF
PNO  3074622
ISD  19630100
NAM  Berchtold
OCL   60 39.45
UREF
PNO  3234736
ISD  19660200
NAM  Spalding
OCL   60 39.45A
UREF
PNO  4487552
ISD  19841200
NAM  Haase et al.
OCL  417 64
UREF
PNO  4887942
ISD  19891200
NAM  Hauge
OCL  417 64
UREF
PNO  5522217
ISD  19960600
NAM  Zauner
OCL   60 39.45
UREF
PNO  5567129
ISD  19961000
NAM  Bonardi
OCL  417365
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/NO95/00219
PD1  19970528
PD2  19970528
PD3  19951128
PCP  WO96/17176
PCD  19960606
ABST
PAR  A pressure exchanger for transfer of pressure energy from one fluid flow to
      another with direct mounting of a rotor in a housing. The rotor has a
      central supply manifold for lubricating fluid and step-shaped bearing
      surfaces with reduced gap clearance towards each rotor end. The
      lubricating medium flows towards a manifold at each end and from there to
      the low pressure side via the axial gap clearance. During axial movement
      of the rotor the manifold pressure increases when the gap clearance
      decreases at one end while the opposite occurs at the other end, resulting
      in an axially centering force in the gap surfaces. In the same way steps
      in the radial bearing surfaces generate a centering force, since a radial
      movement will cause an increased pressure gradient when there is a
      reduction of the gap clearance and a decreased pressure gradient when
      there is an increase in the gap clearance. The end pieces also have a
      curved countersink at each low pressure port which increases the drainage
      from the manifold. The rotor's ducts may be equipped with curved pressure
      partition walls. The end pieces have a pressure duct with direct
      connection to the high pressure port which pressurizes a limited segment
      of the pressure plate in order to balance deformations. The end pieces'
      inlet passages are designed with perpendicular flow cross sections in the
      form of segments of a circle.
PATN
WKU  059889942
SRC  8
APN  955081&
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19971021
TTL  Angularly oscillating, variable displacement compressor
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Evora; Robert Z.
EXP  Freay; Charles G.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Berchowitz; David M.
CTY  Athens
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Global Cooling Manufacturing Company
CTY  Athens
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  417415
XCL  417319
EDF  6
ICL  F04B 3504
FSC  417
FSS  415;319
FSC  123
FSS  18 R;19
UREF
PNO  20842
ISD  18580700
NAM  Darker, Jr.
UREF
PNO  1189834
ISD  19160700
NAM  Kress
UREF
PNO  1275616
ISD  19180800
NAM  Short
OCL  123 18R
UREF
PNO  1442319
ISD  19230100
NAM  Wilson
UREF
PNO  1468516
ISD  19230900
NAM  Schiller
UREF
PNO  1705826
ISD  19290300
NAM  Polizzi
UREF
PNO  1744542
ISD  19300100
NAM  Gough
UREF
PNO  2928375
ISD  19600300
NAM  Herrmann
UREF
PNO  2956302
ISD  19601000
NAM  Rolph et al.
UREF
PNO  3190190
ISD  19650600
NAM  Rudd et al.
UREF
PNO  3195420
ISD  19650700
NAM  Johannsen
UREF
PNO  3291006
ISD  19661200
NAM  Brundage
UREF
PNO  3475629
ISD  19691000
NAM  Lagier
UREF
PNO  3747421
ISD  19730700
NAM  Eschenbach
UREF
PNO  3820376
ISD  19740600
NAM  Koch et al.
UREF
PNO  3967541
ISD  19760700
NAM  Born et al.
UREF
PNO  3977648
ISD  19760800
NAM  Sigmon
UREF
PNO  4058088
ISD  19771100
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  4099448
ISD  19780700
NAM  Young
UREF
PNO  4379543
ISD  19830400
NAM  Reaves
UREF
PNO  4539941
ISD  19850900
NAM  Wang
UREF
PNO  4543916
ISD  19851000
NAM  Giorno
OCL  123 65
UREF
PNO  4656376
ISD  19870400
NAM  Hyidal
OCL  310 41
UREF
PNO  4683849
ISD  19870800
NAM  Brown
OCL  123192B
UREF
PNO  4823743
ISD  19890400
NAM  Ansdale
UREF
PNO  4884532
ISD  19891200
NAM  Tan et al.
OCL  123 18R
UREF
PNO  4947731
ISD  19900800
NAM  Johnston
OCL   91229
UREF
PNO  5025756
ISD  19910600
NAM  Nye
UREF
PNO  5152254
ISD  19921000
NAM  Sakita
UREF
PNO  5156005
ISD  19921000
NAM  Redlich
UREF
PNO  5215447
ISD  19930600
NAM  Wen
OCL  417319
UREF
PNO  5228414
ISD  19930700
NAM  Crawford
OCL  123 18R
UREF
PNO  5343773
ISD  19940900
NAM  Lehna
UREF
PNO  5345833
ISD  19940900
NAM  Sugimoto
UREF
PNO  5450521
ISD  19950900
NAM  Redlich
UREF
PNO  5592073
ISD  19970100
NAM  Redlich
FREF
PNO  54778
ISD  18891200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2145564
ISD  19730300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2256776
ISD  19740600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  577656
ISD  19460500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO87/03331
ISD  19870600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  1996 Ashrae Handbook, "Heating Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning Systems
      and Equipment", SI Edition, p. 34.8, by American Society of Heating,
      Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
LREP
FR2  Foster; Frank H.
     Kremblas, Foster, Millard & Pollick
ABST
PAL  A pump or compressor wherein the volumetric displacement of a piston
      cylinder assembly is variable. The piston is connected to a crank slider
      or eccentric mechanical drive, the crankshaft of which oscillates
      alternately clockwise through a controllably variable angle .theta. and
      counterclockwise through substantially the same angle .theta., the angle
      .theta. being measured from the angular position of the crankshaft or
      eccentric at which separation between piston and the closed end of the
      bore is a minimum (Top Dead Center). The angle of crank oscillation
      controls the degree of volumetric displacement of the piston. The crank
      shaft is connected to a torsional spring so as to substantially resonate
      the rotational inertia of the moving parts. An oscillating electric motor
      supplies the oscillating torque to drive the mechanism at constant
      frequency but controllably variable angular amplitude.
PATN
WKU  059889950
SRC  8
APN  9324267
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970917
TTL  Housings for miniature fans
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Gartenberg; Ehud
EXP  Thorpe; Timothy S.
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Hong; Chen Fu-In
CTY  Kaohsiung
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Sunonwealth Electric Machine Industry Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kaohsiung
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  41742314
EDF  6
ICL  F04B 3504
FSC  417
FSS  423.14;423.15
UREF
PNO  2594688
ISD  19520400
NAM  Shapiro
OCL  183 37
UREF
PNO  4466780
ISD  19840800
NAM  Naurath
UREF
PNO  4949022
ISD  19900800
NAM  Lipman
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  5108396
ISD  19920400
NAM  Lackey et al.
UREF
PNO  5255866
ISD  19931000
NAM  Campolo
FREF
PNO  0 589 793
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  828108
ISD  19600200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1086204
ISD  19671000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1158326
ISD  19690700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 151 704
ISD  19850700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas
ABST
PAL  A miniature fan housing includes at least one slot defined in a side
      thereof, and at least one separation member is provided in the slot to
      thereby separate the slot into more than two smaller slots. Electric wires
      electrically connected between power source and a circuit board mounted in
      the miniature fan housing are extended through the smaller slots and have
      at least a turn to avoid disengagement of the electric wires from the
      circuit board when the electric wires are inadvertently pulled.
PATN
WKU  059889969
SRC  8
APN  9645497
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19971105
TTL  Electrical shaft grounding brush assembly and holder for a submersible
      pump motor
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  Evora; Robert Z.
EXP  Freay; Charles G.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Brookbank; Earl Bruce
CTY  Claremore
STA  OK
INVT
NAM  Parmeter; Larry J.
CTY  Bartlesville
STA  OK
ASSG
NAM  Baker Hughes Incorporated
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4174233
XCL  361221
XCL  310239
EDF  6
ICL  F04B 3504
ICL  H05F  300
FSC  417
FSS  423.3;424.2;423.7;423.5;423.12
FSC  310
FSS  248;239;71
FSC  361
FSS  221
UREF
PNO  2315917
ISD  19430400
NAM  Arutunoff
OCL  172 36
UREF
PNO  3671786
ISD  19720600
NAM  Jones
OCL  310 87
UREF
PNO  3975117
ISD  19760800
NAM  Carter
OCL  417370
UREF
PNO  4049343
ISD  19770900
NAM  Hermanson
OCL  355  3P
UREF
PNO  4453892
ISD  19840600
NAM  Brookbank, III
OCL  417279
UREF
PNO  4544215
ISD  19851000
NAM  Fritsch
OCL  339  5
UREF
PNO  4673837
ISD  19870600
NAM  Gingerich et al.
OCL  310239
UREF
PNO  4771360
ISD  19880900
NAM  Ayash
OCL  361221
UREF
PNO  5227950
ISD  19930700
NAM  Twerdochlib
OCL  361221
UREF
PNO  5233499
ISD  19930800
NAM  Twerdochlib
OCL  361212
UREF
PNO  5345132
ISD  19940900
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  310239
UREF
PNO  5530309
ISD  19960600
NAM  Weldon
OCL  310178
LREP
FR2  Bradley; James E.
ABST
PAL  An electrical motor for a submersible well pump assembly has a brush for
      preventing arcing across the bearings. The motor has a housing and a
      stator stationarily mounted in the housing. A shaft extends through a
      cavity in the stator, the shaft carrying a rotor. Bearings are located at
      the base and head of the pump for stabilizing the shaft in the housing. A
      brush is stationarily carried by the housing in electrical common with the
      stator in the housing. The brush is also in sliding engagement with the
      shaft. The brush is located near one of the ends of the housing to reduce
      arcing across the bearing because of voltage differential between the
      shaft and the stator.
PATN
WKU  059889977
SRC  8
APN  9484639
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19971010
TTL  Piston pump having a hardened piston with a wavy profile
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Torrente; David J.
EXP  Freay; Charles G.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Siegel; Heinz
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Robert Bosch GmbH
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961010
APN  196 41 778
CLAS
OCL  417554
XCL  417549
XCL   92159
XCL   92172
EDF  6
ICL  F04B 3910
FSC  417
FSS  545;549;554
FSC   92
FSS  159;172
UREF
PNO  2895773
ISD  19590700
NAM  McConnaughey
OCL   92245
UREF
PNO  3792518
ISD  19740200
NAM  Cross et al.
OCL   29156.4
UREF
PNO  4075934
ISD  19780200
NAM  Wacker et al.
OCL   92159
UREF
PNO  5395219
ISD  19950300
NAM  Hosoya et al.
OCL  417454
UREF
PNO  5628625
ISD  19970500
NAM  Dokas
OCL  417523
FREF
PNO  0 214 685 A1
ISD  19860800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  29 21 033
ISD  19791200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  31 45 494 A1
ISD  19830500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  33 15 050 A1
ISD  19831100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  38 04 424 C1
ISD  19890800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1 200 453
ISD  19700700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/16859
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Karl Schimidt GmbH, SCH. 5976/46c/ dated 2/27/51.
LREP
FR2  Greigg; Edwin E.
FR2  Greigg; Ronald E.
ABST
PAL  A piston pump for delivering hydraulic fluid for ABS brake systems having
      at least one pump piston. The pump piston is driven to execute an axial
      stroke motion and which, with a sliding face embodied on its
      circumference, slides against the inner wall of a guide bore in order to
      assure a favorable sliding friction between the pump piston and the guide
      bore for the purpose of noise reduction and to achieve longer service
      lives for the seal. Viewed in the longitudinal section of the pump piston,
      the slide face is embodied as wavy, wherein wave crests and wave troughs
      follow one another in succession in the longitudinal direction of the pump
      piston.
PATN
WKU  059889985
SRC  8
APN  8932751
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19970715
TTL  Rotary pump having a reinforced flexible annular diaphragm
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Vrablik; John J.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Glover; Brian Howard
CTY  Camberley
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Charles Austin Pumps Ltd.
CTY  Surrey
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960715
APN  9614866
CLAS
OCL  418 45
XCL  418 56
XCL  418 66
XCL  418153
XCL  418215
EDF  6
ICL  F04C  500
ICL  F04C 1100
FSC  418
FSS  45;56;66;153;154;215
FSC  417
FSS  476
UREF
PNO  2428619
ISD  19471000
NAM  Douglas
OCL  418 45
UREF
PNO  2578798
ISD  19511200
NAM  Gordinier
OCL  418 56
UREF
PNO  2583572
ISD  19520100
NAM  Huber
OCL  418 56
UREF
PNO  5006049
ISD  19910400
NAM  von der Heyde
OCL  417476
FREF
PNO  916780
ISD  19820400
CNT  RUX
OCL  417476
FREF
PNO  583578
ISD  19451100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  785597
ISD  19571000
CNT  GBX
OCL  418 45
FREF
PNO  1244054
ISD  19710800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1280185
ISD  19720700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2037371
ISD  19800700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A rotary diaphragm fluid pump includes a rigid tubular body with internal
      annular groove, a tubular flexible diaphragm whose central portion is
      caused to orbit by an eccentrically driven bearing. Preferably the
      diaphragm is a moulding which features an elastic fixed abutment between
      the inlet and outlet ports, and internal reinforcement to ensure that the
      full diaphragm stroke is achieved. Two such pumps may compliment each
      other to produce a pulsation free output.
PATN
WKU  059889993
SRC  8
APN  9756833
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19971121
TTL  Scroll type fluid machine having a reduced Oldham ring gap
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vrablik; John J.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Sato; Kazuhiro
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Hiroyuki
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hirooka; Katsumi
CTY  Nishi-Kasugai-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950519
APN  7-121869
RLAP
COD  72
APN  646906
APD  19960509
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  418 553
EDF  6
ICL  F01C  104
FSC  418
FSS  55.3
UREF
PNO  4655696
ISD  19870400
NAM  Utter
OCL  418540
UREF
PNO  5403172
ISD  19950400
NAM  Blass et al.
OCL  418 55.3
FREF
PNO  0 157 390 A2
ISD  19850300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  58-144601
ISD  19830800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-170578
ISD  19880700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-219888
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
OCL  418 55.3
FREF
PNO  1-157201
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-185685
ISD  19900700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-127701
ISD  19901000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  JP6010853 Japanese Patent Abstract, publication date Jan. 21, 1994.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A scroll type fluid machine can suppress an increase of inclining
      vibrations of an Oldham ring with easier adjustments. A stationary scroll
      (1) and a swivel scroll (2), in a pair, are engaged with each other, and
      the swivel scroll (2) is driven to make revolutional motions, while being
      prevented from rotating, via an Oldham ring (18) disposed between an end
      plate (6) of the swivel scroll (2) and a frame (10). A distance between
      the end plate (6) of the swivel scroll (2) and the frame (10) is s and a
      thickness of a ring portion (19) of the Oldham ring (18) is t, A gap
      .delta., formed as (s-t) and a radius r of said ring portion (19) of the
      Oldham ring (18) is set so that .delta./r is 0.01 or less. Thus, by only
      the ring portion (19) of the Oldham ring (18) being adjusted in its
      thickness, an increase of inclining vibrations of an Oldham ring (18) can
      be suppressed.
PATN
WKU  059890002
SRC  8
APN  9085017
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19970807
TTL  Scroll compressor with back pressure hole relief
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Vrablik; John J.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Tomayko; Edward A.
CTY  Arkadelphia
STA  AR
INVT
NAM  Zamudio; Carlos A.
CTY  Arkadelphia
STA  AR
ASSG
NAM  Scroll Technologies
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  418 555
XCL  418 57
EDF  6
ICL  F04C 1804
FSC  418
FSS  55.5;57
UREF
PNO  5256044
ISD  19931000
NAM  Nieter et al.
OCL  418 55.5
UREF
PNO  5447420
ISD  19950900
NAM  Caillat et al.
OCL  418 55.5
UREF
PNO  5462419
ISD  19951000
NAM  Hill et al.
OCL  418 55.4
UREF
PNO  5478219
ISD  19951200
NAM  Nardone et al.
OCL  418 55.5
UREF
PNO  5588820
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hill et al.
OCL  418 55.5
UREF
PNO  5607288
ISD  19970300
NAM  Wallis et al.
OCL  417310
FREF
PNO  63-106388
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
OCL  418 55.5
LREP
FRM  Howard & Howard
ABST
PAL  A scroll compressor has a recess communicating with a back pressure hole
      leading to a back pressure chamber. The recess may be formed in either the
      rear face of the orbiting scroll, or in the mating face of the crankcase.
      Preferably, the recess surrounds the orbiting axis of the orbiting scroll
      compressor, and may be circular. The recess serves to quickly supply fluid
      from the back pressure hole to the back pressure chamber. This is
      particularly valuable at startup of the scroll compressor. With the
      inventive recess, a test to determine whether the scroll compressor is
      capable of reaching its operative pressures may be performed more quickly
      and more accurately. The recess is preferably relatively shallow, and is
      preferably of a depth which is less than the diameter of the back pressure
      hole.
PATN
WKU  059890010
SRC  8
APN  7020856
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19960824
TTL  Planetary rotation machine with hydrostatically mounted control part,
      and control part for this purpose
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Vrablik; John J.
NDR  3
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Eisenmann; Siegfried
STR  Conchesstrasse 23
CTY  88326 Aulendorf
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19950908
APN  95114072
CLAS
OCL  418 613
EDF  6
ICL  F01C  110
FSC  418
FSS  61.3
UREF
PNO  4159723
ISD  19790700
NAM  Baatrup et al.
OCL  418 61.3
UREF
PNO  4411607
ISD  19831000
NAM  Wusthof et al.
OCL  418 61.3
UREF
PNO  4699577
ISD  19871000
NAM  Dlugokecki et al.
OCL  418 61.3
FREF
PNO  0367046
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3030203
ISD  19820200
CNT  DEX
OCL  418 61.3
FREF
PNO  3402710
ISD  19850800
CNT  DEX
ABST
PAL  A hydrostatic bearing mounts a rotatable control part of a planetary
      rotation machine according to the orbital principle. Pockets are arranged
      at least in one sliding surface. Each pocket is surrounded by a bearing
      gap and fed with bearing fluid by a supply line under pressure. The
      bearing gap is small, so that there is only a small flow of bearing fluid
      from the pocket. The supply line, the feed with bearing fluid and the
      bearing gap are designed so that the pressure required for a rigid bearing
      can be built up in the pocket. Using the working fluid at half the high
      pressure in the bearing pocket results in a bearing which has minimal
      leakage and frictional losses and can be realized at low cost, so that the
      efficiency of the planetary rotation machine as a whole is increased.
PATN
WKU  059890029
SRC  8
APN  8665141
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970530
TTL  Blocking-vane pump
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Vrablik; John J.
NDR  13
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Nied-Menninger; Thomas
CTY  Usingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Luk Fahrzeug-Hydraulik GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960530
APN  196 23 242
CLAS
OCL  418248
EDF  6
ICL  F04C  2356
FSC  418
FSS  248;249
UREF
PNO  2786421
ISD  19570300
NAM  Prendergast
OCL  418248
UREF
PNO  3276386
ISD  19661000
NAM  Fanshawe
OCL  418248
UREF
PNO  3782867
ISD  19740100
NAM  Gerlach et al.
OCL  418249
FREF
PNO  2913110
ISD  19801000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3122648
ISD  19821200
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  English translation of relevant portions of DE 31 22 648.
PAL  English translation of relevant portions of DE 29 13 110.
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a blocking-vane pump having a casing which
      contains a rotor and in the wall of which there are arranged grooves which
      receive in each case one blocking vane and which are pressed by a spring
      against a circumferential surface of the rotor which has control surfaces
      separated from each other by separating regions. According to the
      invention, at least four blocking vanes (30) are provided and, distributed
      over the circumferential surface (20) of the rotor (16), a number of
      control surfaces (22) amounting to a multiple of 2, two control surfaces
      (22) being in each case arranged opposite each other and developed
      identical and the number of control surfaces (22) being greater than the
      number of blocking vanes (30).
PATN
WKU  059890037
SRC  9
APN  054633&
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980403
TTL  Apparatus for consecutively molding differently colored parts
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Staicovici; Stefan
EXP  Silbaugh; Jan H.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Gray; Chris H.
CTY  Stephens City
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Garrett; Wade E.
CTY  Stephens City
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Tallmadge; Bruce J.
CTY  Winchester
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Zalipski; Michael R.
CTY  Luray
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Niedzwiecki; Greg E.
CTY  Nashville
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Lear Corporation
CTY  Southfield
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  425130
XCL  425132
XCL  425145
XCL  425573
XCL  264245
XCL  2642972
XCL  26432818
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 4516
FSC  425
FSS  130;573;132;166;145
FSC  264
FSS  245;328.18;73;297.2;39
UREF
PNO  3061879
ISD  19621100
NAM  Montpeat
UREF
PNO  3178497
ISD  19650400
NAM  Moscicki
UREF
PNO  3460203
ISD  19690800
NAM  Losserand
OCL  425130
UREF
PNO  3499387
ISD  19700300
NAM  Zippel
OCL  417399
UREF
PNO  3674398
ISD  19720700
NAM  Baumbartner et al.
UREF
PNO  3817675
ISD  19740600
NAM  Maiocco
OCL  425207
UREF
PNO  3861841
ISD  19750100
NAM  Hanning
OCL  425146
UREF
PNO  4135870
ISD  19790100
NAM  Wallace et al.
OCL  425130
UREF
PNO  4315724
ISD  19820200
NAM  Taoka et al.
UREF
PNO  4702689
ISD  19871000
NAM  Schmidt et al.
OCL  425548
UREF
PNO  4956133
ISD  19900900
NAM  Payne
OCL  264 40.7
UREF
PNO  5053176
ISD  19911000
NAM  Cameron et al.
UREF
PNO  5223191
ISD  19930600
NAM  Tatsuno et al.
OCL  264 40.1
UREF
PNO  5697402
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hodan et al.
OCL  137806
OREF
PAL  KONA Hot Runner Systems Product Brochure, "DYNISCO KONA HOT RUNNER SYSTEMS,
      Specialty Hot Runner Systems", Bulletin 465, Sep. 1996, 4 pp.
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman PC
ABST
PAL  Apparatus for molding consecutive streams of differently and homogeneously
      colored resin in a single mold. The apparatus is used to practice a method
      including supplying molten resin to a selected one of a plurality of resin
      passages, injecting colorant selected from a plurality of different
      colorants into the resin passage, mixing the molten resin and colorant in
      a mixing element disposed in the resin passage to form a mixture of
      selectively colored resin, injecting the mixture into the single mold to
      form a part from the selectively colored resin, and repeating the process
      by selecting a different resin passage and a different colorant. By this
      apparatus and method, differently colored parts can be molded without
      purging the resin passages between the molding, of the parts.
PATN
WKU  059890045
SRC  8
APN  9557199
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971022
TTL  Fiber spin pack
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Mackey; James P.
NDR  4
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Cook; Michael Charles
CTY  Marietta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc.
CTY  Neenah
STA  WI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  550042
APD  19951030
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  4251315
XCL   29428
XCL   295271
XCL  26417211
XCL  425192S
XCL  4253822
XCL  425463
EDF  6
ICL  D01D  530
FSC  425
FSS  378.2;131.5;72.2;192 S;382.2;197;198;463
FSC  264
FSS  172.11;173.18;132;401
FSC   29
FSS  428;527.1
UREF
PNO  3332858
ISD  19670700
NAM  Bittinger
OCL  204 11
UREF
PNO  3382534
ISD  19680500
NAM  Veazey
OCL  264172.11
UREF
PNO  3536007
ISD  19701000
NAM  Harvey
OCL  264132
UREF
PNO  3613173
ISD  19711000
NAM  Matsui et al.
OCL  264172.11
UREF
PNO  3700545
ISD  19721000
NAM  Matsui et al.
OCL  264172.11
UREF
PNO  3703450
ISD  19721100
NAM  Bakewell
OCL  204 11
UREF
PNO  3780149
ISD  19731200
NAM  Keuchel et al.
OCL  264168
UREF
PNO  3787162
ISD  19740100
NAM  Cheetham
OCL  425463
UREF
PNO  4293513
ISD  19811000
NAM  Langley et al.
OCL  264132
UREF
PNO  4406850
ISD  19830900
NAM  Hills
OCL  264171
UREF
PNO  4411852
ISD  19831000
NAM  Bromley et al.
OCL  264171
UREF
PNO  4436591
ISD  19840300
NAM  de Hek
OCL  204 11
UREF
PNO  4565616
ISD  19860100
NAM  Kenworthy et al.
OCL  204192C
UREF
PNO  4694548
ISD  19870900
NAM  Ehrfeld et al.
OCL   29157C
UREF
PNO  4762595
ISD  19880800
NAM  Postupack et al.
OCL  204 11
UREF
PNO  4902386
ISD  19900200
NAM  Herbert et al.
OCL  204  9
UREF
PNO  4954225
ISD  19900900
NAM  Bakewell
OCL  204 11
UREF
PNO  5047114
ISD  19910900
NAM  Frisch et al.
OCL  156630
UREF
PNO  5162074
ISD  19921100
NAM  Hills
OCL  156644
UREF
PNO  5183598
ISD  19930200
NAM  Helle et al.
OCL  264401
UREF
PNO  5302421
ISD  19940400
NAM  Hoessel et al.
OCL  427552
UREF
PNO  5344297
ISD  19940900
NAM  Hills
OCL  425131.5
UREF
PNO  5364277
ISD  19941100
NAM  Crumly et al.
OCL  439 67
UREF
PNO  5393219
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hagen et al.
OCL  264173.18
UREF
PNO  5443713
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hindman
OCL  205 70
UREF
PNO  5466410
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hills
OCL  264172.11
UREF
PNO  5562930
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hills
OCL  425131.5
OREF
PAL  J. Ph. Van Delft et al. "Electroforming of Perforated Products",
      Transactions of the Institute of Metal Finishing, vol. 53, 1975, pp.
      178-183.
LREP
FR2  Tulley, Jr.; Douglas H.
FR2  Lee; Michael U.
ABST
PAL  There is provided in accordance with the present invention a spin pack for
      filaments that contains one or more electroformed plates. The invention
      additionally provides a process for producing a plate for a spin pack,
      which process has the step of electroforming the plate.
PATN
WKU  059890053
SRC  8
APN  8940061
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970811
TTL  Device with modular structures for applying relief impressions onto food
      pastes and similar products
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Mackey; James P.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Carassale; Fabio
STR  Via Montelanico
CTY  10 - 00177 Rome
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Carassale; Fabio
CTY  Rome
CNT  ITX
COD  05
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19960105
APN  RM96A0009
CLAS
OCL  425194
XCL  425363
EDF  6
ICL  A21C 1102
FSC  425
FSS  363;373;374;385;183;193;194
FSC  426
FSS  512;518
FSC  249
FSS  103;104
FSC  264
FSS  284
UREF
PNO  3080831
ISD  19630300
NAM  Paitchell et al.
UREF
PNO  3937852
ISD  19760200
NAM  Wolf
OCL  425560
UREF
PNO  4818207
ISD  19890400
NAM  Heron
OCL  249103
UREF
PNO  5024719
ISD  19910600
NAM  Heck et al.
OCL  425385
UREF
PNO  5057000
ISD  19911000
NAM  Mangone, Jr.
OCL  249104
UREF
PNO  5198242
ISD  19930300
NAM  Groeblacher et al.
OCL  425385
UREF
PNO  5303473
ISD  19940400
NAM  Sadler
OCL  425299
UREF
PNO  5409363
ISD  19950400
NAM  Muldoon
OCL  425348R
UREF
PNO  5421670
ISD  19950600
NAM  Meirick
OCL  425385
FREF
PNO  3727596
ISD  19890300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  463697
ISD  19370400
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Smith, Gambrell & Russell, LLP
     Beveridge, DeGrandi, Weilacher & Young Intellectual Property Group
PCTA
PCN  PCT/IT96/00188
PD1  19970811
PD2  19970811
PD3  19961009
PCP  WO97/24932
PCD  19970717
ABST
PAR  The device with modular structures for the relief impression or cuts onto
      food pastes and similar, comprises a plurality of separate parts, of the
      kind of half-bands, or full-coating structures, like jackets, prerferably
      cut, and that may be replaced and assembled for setting up again the
      diameter of the cylinder of the shaping group of a the machine working the
      paste, or even for realizing cylinders of dimensions different from the
      original one, for realizing "raviolis" or different products, of
      differentiated dimensions.
PATN
WKU  059890061
SRC  8
APN  8846081
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970630
TTL  Device for shaping a duct of plastic material or material that is
      elastically deformable
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Mackey; James P.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Godeau; Denis
CTY  Vieilles Maisons
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Garcia; Anthony
CTY  Villemandeur
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Hutchinson
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19941104
APN  94 13190
RLAP
COD  71
APN  552654
APD  19951103
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  425392
XCL  138106
XCL  138DIG8
XCL  248 744
EDF  6
ICL  F16L  300
FSC  425
FSS  392
FSC  138
FSS  106;DIG. 8
FSC  248
FSS  74.4
UREF
PNO  3471110
ISD  19691000
NAM  Mack
OCL  248 74.4
UREF
PNO  3765629
ISD  19731000
NAM  Voelker et al.
OCL  248 74.4
UREF
PNO  3843083
ISD  19741000
NAM  Angibaud
OCL  248 74.4
UREF
PNO  4258515
ISD  19810300
NAM  Owen
OCL  138106
UREF
PNO  4669757
ISD  19870600
NAM  Bartholomew
OCL  138DIG.8
UREF
PNO  4791963
ISD  19881200
NAM  Gronert et al.
OCL  138106
UREF
PNO  5088672
ISD  19920200
NAM  Neuendorf et al.
OCL  248 74.4
UREF
PNO  5435506
ISD  19950700
NAM  Wiley
OCL  248 74.4
FREF
PNO  1 341 140
ISD  19630900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  E-92 686
ISD  19680600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1 559 036
ISD  19690100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1 009 534
ISD  19640700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 149 000
ISD  19850600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A device for shaping a duct made of plastics material or of deformable
      elastic material comprises two half-cages molded out of rigid plastics
      material and fastened together by resilient snap-fastening or hooking, the
      two half-cages when assembled together defining between them a housing
      that has the shape which is to be imparted to a portion of the duct. The
      invention is particularly suitable for mounting ducts of relatively large
      diameter in the engine compartments of motor vehicles.
PATN
WKU  059890070
SRC  8
APN  979378&
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971126
TTL  Method and apparatus for compression molding plastic articles
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Vargot; Mathieu D.
NDR  14
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Ingram; Keith W.
CTY  Holland
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Thompson; David C.
CTY  Ft. Wayne
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Owens-Illinois Closure Inc.
CTY  Toledo
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  708519
APD  19960905
PSC  01
PNO  5770130
RLAP
COD  81
APN  135829
APD  19931014
PSC  01
PNO  5554327
CLAS
OCL  425418
XCL  425149
XCL  425150
XCL  425453
XCL  425457
XCL  425809
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 4308
ICL  B29C 4318
FSC  264
FSS  268;310;297.6
FSC  425
FSS  127;149;150;453;457;411;412;809;349 R;418;419;423
UREF
PNO  2072536
ISD  19370300
NAM  Trickey et al.
UREF
PNO  2155316
ISD  19390400
NAM  Lauterbach
UREF
PNO  2198543
ISD  19400400
NAM  Lauterbach
UREF
PNO  2218456
ISD  19401000
NAM  Sobier et al.
UREF
PNO  2227265
ISD  19401200
NAM  Lauterbach
UREF
PNO  2235222
ISD  19410300
NAM  Lauterbach
UREF
PNO  2402462
ISD  19460600
NAM  Sullivan
UREF
PNO  2513216
ISD  19500600
NAM  Sullivan et al.
UREF
PNO  2514486
ISD  19500700
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  2891281
ISD  19590600
NAM  Heinzelman
UREF
PNO  3210805
ISD  19651000
NAM  Hanai
UREF
PNO  3547746
ISD  19701200
NAM  Gwinner
UREF
PNO  3657942
ISD  19720400
NAM  Engler
UREF
PNO  4296061
ISD  19811000
NAM  Buckingham
UREF
PNO  4314799
ISD  19820200
NAM  Amberg et al.
UREF
PNO  4343754
ISD  19820800
NAM  Wilde et al.
UREF
PNO  4355759
ISD  19821000
NAM  Amberg
UREF
PNO  4398875
ISD  19830800
NAM  Kawashima et al.
UREF
PNO  4497765
ISD  19850200
NAM  Wilde et al.
UREF
PNO  4640673
ISD  19870200
NAM  Takeda et al.
UREF
PNO  4690666
ISD  19870900
NAM  Alexander et al.
UREF
PNO  4755125
ISD  19880700
NAM  Takeda et al.
UREF
PNO  4776782
ISD  19881000
NAM  Murayama et al.
UREF
PNO  4828474
ISD  19890500
NAM  Ballantyne
UREF
PNO  5035594
ISD  19910700
NAM  Murayama et al.
UREF
PNO  5259745
ISD  19931100
NAM  Murayama
OCL  425809
FREF
PNO  0091653
ISD  19831000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0162456
ISD  19851100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0175642
ISD  19860300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  747192 A2
ISD  19961200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 9609153A1
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for compression molding plastic articles including
      closures which includes providing coacting sets of tools including a first
      set for moving a core and core sleeve into engagement with a cavity mold
      on a second set of tooling. An actuator is provided between the first set
      of tooling and a fixed upper cam. The second set of tooling includes an
      associated actuator supporting the cavity mold and associated with a lower
      fixed cam. A nitrogen cylinder in the second set of tooling provides for
      control of the compression molding force. In a preferred form, a plurality
      of sets of tooling are provided in circumferentially spaced relation on a
      rotating turret supported by a central column. A common manifold supplies
      the pressure at accurately controlled pressure to each of the nitrogen
      cylinders. A control system is provided for monitoring and changing the
      pressure.
PATN
WKU  059890088
SRC  8
APN  8364443
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970502
TTL  Multilayer mould apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Mackey; James P.
NDR  15
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Wytkin; Andrew J
STR  Unit 4, 40 Banksia Street
CTY  Kensington, 6151 Western
CNT  AUX
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19941104
APN  PM9220
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19950131
APN  PN0805
CLAS
OCL  425432
XCL  249 78
XCL  249 79
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 3302
FSC  425
FSS  432
FSC  249
FSS  78;79;115;134
UREF
PNO  2979773
ISD  19610400
NAM  Bolstad
UREF
PNO  3387333
ISD  19680600
NAM  Irvine et al.
OCL  249 78
UREF
PNO  4563145
ISD  19860100
NAM  De Meij
OCL  249 78
UREF
PNO  4964943
ISD  19901000
NAM  Kruger et al.
OCL  249 79
UREF
PNO  5064597
ISD  19911100
NAM  Kim
UREF
PNO  5094607
ISD  19920300
NAM  Masters
UREF
PNO  5176839
ISD  19930100
NAM  Kim
OCL  249 78
UREF
PNO  5260014
ISD  19931100
NAM  Holton et al.
FREF
PNO  0 164 259
ISD  19851200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 218 038
ISD  19870400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 505 738
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  8 94 040
ISD  19441200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 228 589
ISD  19741200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  30 17 559
ISD  19811100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  37 17 609
ISD  19881200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 172 542
ISD  19860900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 12, No. 1 (M-656), Jan. 6, 1988, and
      JP62-167014, Jul. 1987.
PAL  Abstract of Japanese Application No. 63-84593 of Kouichirou Uezono,
      JP1-255510, Oct. 1989.
PAL  Abstract of Japanese Application No. 63-240360 of Hiroyasu Ogawa,
      JP2-88204, Mar. 1990.
LREP
FRM  McCormick, Paulding & Huber
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AU95/00738
PD1  19970502
PD2  19970502
PD3  19951103
PCP  WO96/14196
PCD  19960517
ABST
PAR  A mould apparatus for moulding materials such as thermoplastics includes a
      first layer of mould material and a second layer contiguous to the first
      layer. The second layer contains heating devices such as resistance wires,
      whereby in use, the heating devices heat the second layer so as to
      transfer heat to the first layer.
PATN
WKU  059890096
SRC  9
APN  0219886
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980211
TTL  Synthetic resin granulating die
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Robert
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Matsuo; Toshio
CTY  Hiroshima
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  The Japan Steel Works, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970328
APN  9-077487
CLAS
OCL  425464
XCL  425 67
XCL  425313
EDF  6
ICL  B29B  906
ICL  B29C 4730
ICL  B29C 4786
FSC  425
FSS  67;313;464
UREF
PNO  3436449
ISD  19690400
NAM  Treu et al.
OCL  425 67
UREF
PNO  3516120
ISD  19700600
NAM  Braun et al.
OCL  425 67
UREF
PNO  3749536
ISD  19730700
NAM  Remsheid et al.
OCL  425464
UREF
PNO  4123207
ISD  19781000
NAM  Dudley
OCL  425 67
UREF
PNO  4752196
ISD  19880600
NAM  Wolfe, Jr.
OCL  425 67
UREF
PNO  4764100
ISD  19880800
NAM  Lambertus
OCL  425 67
UREF
PNO  4856974
ISD  19890800
NAM  Wolfe, Jr.
OCL  425 67
UREF
PNO  4934916
ISD  19900600
NAM  Lambertus
OCL  425 67
UREF
PNO  5714173
ISD  19980200
NAM  Matsuo
OCL  425464
FREF
PNO  1720868
ISD  19920300
CNT  SUX
OCL  425 67
FREF
PNO  WO 81/01980
ISD  19810700
CNT  WOX
OCL  425 67
OREF
PAL  Derwent abstract of Japanese reference 08-192423A, Jul. 1996.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  Retaining boards 14 and 18 having vacuum heat-insulating layers 17 and 21
      are provided on the surface of a granulating die except a hardening layer
      13 having a number of nozzle holes 2, namely, the surfaces of the
      granulating die 1 which are outside and inside of the hardening layer 13.
PATN
WKU  059890100
SRC  8
APN  9218157
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970902
TTL  Matrix bed for generating non-planar reaction wave fronts, and method
      thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  39
ECL  1
EXP  Price; Carl D.
NDR  12
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Martin; Richard J.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Stilger; John D.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Holst; Mark R.
CTY  Concord
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Young; John D.
CTY  Falkirk
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Edgar; Bradley L.
CTY  Berkeley
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Thermatrix, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  431  7
XCL  431170
XCL  431328
EDF  6
ICL  F23D  340
FSC  431
FSS  7;170;328
FSC  122
FSS  4 D
FSC  422
FSS  171
UREF
PNO  1812341
ISD  19310600
NAM  Jaeger
OCL  122  4D
UREF
PNO  2795054
ISD  19570600
NAM  Bowen, III
OCL   34 35
UREF
PNO  2976853
ISD  19610300
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  122  4
UREF
PNO  3661497
ISD  19720500
NAM  Castelluci et al.
OCL  431  7
UREF
PNO  3769922
ISD  19731100
NAM  Furlong et al.
OCL  110 28J
UREF
PNO  3807090
ISD  19740400
NAM  Moss
OCL   48128
UREF
PNO  3810732
ISD  19740500
NAM  Koch
OCL  431  7
UREF
PNO  3870474
ISD  19750300
NAM  Houston
OCL   23277C
UREF
PNO  3888193
ISD  19750600
NAM  Kishigami et al.
OCL  110  8F
UREF
PNO  3895918
ISD  19750700
NAM  Mueller
OCL   23277C
UREF
PNO  3900554
ISD  19750800
NAM  Lyon
OCL  423235
UREF
PNO  3942264
ISD  19760300
NAM  Zenkner
OCL   34 35
UREF
PNO  4047876
ISD  19770900
NAM  Rice
OCL  431  7
UREF
PNO  4252070
ISD  19810200
NAM  Benedick
OCL  110211
UREF
PNO  4259088
ISD  19810300
NAM  Moss
OCL   48212
UREF
PNO  4267152
ISD  19810500
NAM  Benedick
OCL  422111
UREF
PNO  4284401
ISD  19810800
NAM  Tatebayashi et al.
OCL  431  7
UREF
PNO  4285666
ISD  19810800
NAM  Burton et al.
OCL  431437
UREF
PNO  4400356
ISD  19830800
NAM  McVay et al.
OCL  422171
UREF
PNO  4475884
ISD  19841000
NAM  Shang et al.
OCL  431170
UREF
PNO  4529374
ISD  19850700
NAM  Malik et al.
OCL  431  7
UREF
PNO  4627812
ISD  19861200
NAM  Kelly ey al.
OCL  431  7
UREF
PNO  4643667
ISD  19870200
NAM  Fleming
OCL  431  7
UREF
PNO  4646660
ISD  19870300
NAM  Bjorkman et al.
OCL  110210
UREF
PNO  4688495
ISD  19870800
NAM  Galloway
OCL  110250
UREF
PNO  4716844
ISD  19880100
NAM  Koch
OCL  110341
UREF
PNO  4741690
ISD  19880500
NAM  Heed
OCL  431  7
UREF
PNO  4785768
ISD  19881100
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  122  4
UREF
PNO  4807695
ISD  19890200
NAM  Ward
OCL  165  4
UREF
PNO  4823711
ISD  19890400
NAM  Kroneberger et al.
OCL  110236
UREF
PNO  4828481
ISD  19890500
NAM  Weil et al.
OCL  431  7
UREF
PNO  4838782
ISD  19890600
NAM  Wills
OCL  431166
UREF
PNO  4870824
ISD  19891000
NAM  Young et al.
OCL   60723
UREF
PNO  4941415
ISD  19900700
NAM  Pope et al.
OCL  110235
UREF
PNO  4953512
ISD  19900900
NAM  Italiano
OCL  122  4
UREF
PNO  4974530
ISD  19901200
NAM  Lyon
OCL  110346
UREF
PNO  5147201
ISD  19920900
NAM  Xiong
OCL  431326
UREF
PNO  5165884
ISD  19921100
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  431  7
UREF
PNO  5188804
ISD  19930200
NAM  Pace et al.
OCL  422111
UREF
PNO  5320518
ISD  19940600
NAM  Stilger et al.
OCL  422168
UREF
PNO  5533890
ISD  19960700
NAM  Holst et al.
OCL  431  7
UREF
PNO  5601790
ISD  19970200
NAM  Stilger et al.
OCL  422168
UREF
PNO  5635139
ISD  19970600
NAM  Holst et al.
OCL  422108
UREF
PNO  5637283
ISD  19970600
NAM  Stilger et al.
OCL  423245.1
UREF
PNO  5650128
ISD  19970700
NAM  Holst et al.
OCL  423240R
OREF
PAL  Burke, S.P. et al., "Diffusion Flames", First Symposium (International) on
      Combustion,1954, 2-11.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/922,176, Martin et al., filed Sep. 2, 1997.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/922,189, McAdams et al., filed Sep. 2, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris LLP
ABST
PAL  A matrix bed is disclosed in which a non-planar reaction wave front is
      formed during operation. This is accomplished by heating the matrix bed,
      containing heat-resistant material, until at least a reaction portion of
      the matrix bed is above the temperature required for a plurality of
      reactant gas streams to react. Next, the reactant gas streams are directed
      through the matrix bed in a manner so as to form at least a Bunsen,
      Burke-Schumann, inverted-V, or some other type of non-planar reaction wave
      front at the portion of the matrix bed that is heated above the reactant
      gas streams reaction temperature. At the non-planar reaction wave front,
      the reactant gas streams react to produce a reaction product gas stream
      that is then exhausted from the matrix bed.
PATN
WKU  059890118
SRC  9
APN  1156012
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980715
TTL  Burner control system
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  10
EXP  Dority; Carroll
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Caruso; Pat
STR  866 Main Street East
CTY  Hamilton, ON
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Merritt; Kevin
STR  866 Main Street East
CTY  Hamilton, ON
CNT  CAX
ITX  L8M 1L9
CLAS
OCL  431 12
XCL  431 90
XCL  126 91A
EDF  6
ICL  F23N  524
FSC  431
FSS  12;90
FSC  126
FSS  91 A
UREF
PNO  2147568
ISD  19390200
NAM  Barber
OCL  431 90
UREF
PNO  2594430
ISD  19520400
NAM  Hansen
OCL  431 90
UREF
PNO  3741710
ISD  19730600
NAM  Nelson
OCL  431 90
UREF
PNO  5520533
ISD  19960500
NAM  Vrolijk
OCL  431 90
FREF
PNO  676497
ISD  19910100
CNT  CHX
OCL  431 90
ABST
PAL  The present invention, a burner control system for use with a radiant tube
      heating system having a source of compressed air and compressed fuel, the
      burner control system includes a burner for combustion of an air/fuel
      mixture; a mixing block for receiving and mixing air and fuel and
      communicating the combustible air and fuel mixture to the burner; the
      source of compressed air communicating air under pressure to the mixing
      block and to an air regulator; the air regulator, receiving air from the
      source of compressed air and for discharging and communicating pressure
      controlled air to a fuel regulator; and the fuel regulator for receiving
      fuel under pressure and discharging and communicating a pressure regulated
      supply of fuel to the mixing block, the fuel regulator also communicating
      with and operably connected to the pressure controlled air, wherein the
      pressure of the fuel communicated to said mixing block is controlled by
      and a function of the pressure controlled air communicated to said fuel
      regulator.
PATN
WKU  059890126
SRC  9
APN  0447447
APT  1
ART  343
APD  19980319
TTL  Smokeless snuffer
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; David
EXP  Yeung; James C.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Umfleet; Robert Michael
STR  212 S. Main St.
CTY  Broken Arrow
STA  OK
ZIP  74012
CLAS
OCL  431144
XCL  431 33
XCL  431120
XCL  126 25A
EDF  6
ICL  F23Q 2500
ICL  A47J 3700
FSC  431
FSS  144;33;34;35;343;345;120;131
FSC  D29
FSS  127
FSC    7
FSS  104
FSC  126
FSS  25 A;25 B
UREF
PNO  Re4841
ISD  18720400
NAM  Stow et al.
OCL   30131
UREF
PNO  601754
ISD  18980400
NAM  Kynast
OCL  431 35
UREF
PNO  876663
ISD  19080100
NAM  Smith
OCL  431120
UREF
PNO  1235465
ISD  19170700
NAM  Hage
OCL  431144
UREF
PNO  1577550
ISD  19260300
NAM  Woerner
OCL  431144
UREF
PNO  1740623
ISD  19291200
NAM  Payne
OCL  431144
UREF
PNO  1822652
ISD  19310900
NAM  Gluckert
OCL  431144
UREF
PNO  1936691
ISD  19331100
NAM  Soss
OCL  431144
UREF
PNO  3775037
ISD  19731100
NAM  Sande
OCL  431144
UREF
PNO  3985492
ISD  19761000
NAM  Nunemaker
OCL  431144
UREF
PNO  4497374
ISD  19850200
NAM  Millar
OCL  431144
UREF
PNO  5282737
ISD  19940200
NAM  Ray
OCL  431144
UREF
PNO  5537989
ISD  19960700
NAM  York, Jr. et al.
OCL  126406
UREF
PNO  5609480
ISD  19970300
NAM  Boyd
OCL  431144
LREP
FRM  Head, Johnson and Kachigian
ABST
PAL  A candle snuffer having a handle, a body and a hook. The hook submerges a
      lit candle wick into the adjacent melted wax channel thereby extinguishing
      said wick. The hook is then used to retrieve the extinguished wick from
      the melted wax and returning it to its original position.
PATN
WKU  059890134
SRC  8
APN  7892365
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970128
TTL  Reverberatory screen for a radiant burner
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Cocks; Josiah C.
EXP  Lazarus; Ira S.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Gray; Paul E.
CTY  North East
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  AlliedSignal Composites Inc.
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Lanxide Technology Company, LP
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  431326
XCL  431328
XCL  431170
XCL  501 952
XCL  126 92AC
EDF  6
ICL  F23D  340
FSC  431
FSS  326;328;329;7;170
FSC  501
FSS  95.1;95.2;94
FSC  126
FSS  92 AC
FSC  428
FSS  141
UREF
PNO  3122197
ISD  19640200
NAM  Saponara et al.
OCL  431329
UREF
PNO  3169572
ISD  19650200
NAM  Constance et al.
OCL  158116
UREF
PNO  3303869
ISD  19670200
NAM  Hayama
UREF
PNO  3659579
ISD  19720500
NAM  Henderson et al.
OCL  431329
UREF
PNO  3726633
ISD  19730400
NAM  Vasilakis et al.
UREF
PNO  3847536
ISD  19741100
NAM  Lepage
UREF
PNO  3857670
ISD  19741200
NAM  Karlovetz et al.
OCL  431329
UREF
PNO  4062190
ISD  19771200
NAM  Dawson
OCL  431329
UREF
PNO  4437833
ISD  19840300
NAM  Mertz
UREF
PNO  4545429
ISD  19851000
NAM  Place, Jr. et al.
OCL  165169
UREF
PNO  4599066
ISD  19860700
NAM  Granberg
OCL  431329
UREF
PNO  4654000
ISD  19870300
NAM  Smith
OCL  431328
UREF
PNO  4799879
ISD  19890100
NAM  Laspeyres
OCL  431328
UREF
PNO  4851375
ISD  19890700
NAM  Newkirk et al.
OCL  501 88
UREF
PNO  4977111
ISD  19901200
NAM  Tong et al.
OCL  501 95
UREF
PNO  5026273
ISD  19910600
NAM  Cornelison
OCL  431329
UREF
PNO  5088919
ISD  19920200
NAM  De Bruyne et al.
OCL  431328
UREF
PNO  5090898
ISD  19920200
NAM  Smith
OCL  431326
UREF
PNO  5094901
ISD  19920300
NAM  Gray
OCL  428141
UREF
PNO  5165887
ISD  19921100
NAM  Ahmady
OCL  431329
UREF
PNO  5205731
ISD  19930400
NAM  Reuther et al.
OCL  431328
UREF
PNO  5224856
ISD  19930700
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  431328
UREF
PNO  5326257
ISD  19940700
NAM  Taylor et al.
UREF
PNO  5346389
ISD  19940900
NAM  Retallick et al.
OCL  431  7
UREF
PNO  5360490
ISD  19941100
NAM  Nelson
OCL  431328
UREF
PNO  5409375
ISD  19950400
NAM  Butcher
OCL  431328
UREF
PNO  5520536
ISD  19960500
NAM  Rodgers et al.
OCL  431329
UREF
PNO  5585165
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kennedy et al.
OCL  428212
UREF
PNO  5711661
ISD  19980100
NAM  Kushch et al.
OCL  431329
FREF
PNO  0 539 278
ISD  19921000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 528 411
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Palguta; Larry J.
FR2  Ramberg; Jeffrey R.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to porous mat gas fired radiant burner panels
      utilizing improved reverberatory screens. The purpose of these screens is
      to boost the overall radiant output of the burner relative to a burner
      using no screen and the same fuel-air flow rates. In one embodiment, the
      reverberatory screen is fabricated from ceramic composite material, which
      can withstand higher operating temperatures than its metallic equivalent.
      In another embodiment the reverberatory screen is corrugated. The
      corrugations add stiffness which helps to resist creep and thermally
      induced distortions due to temperature or thermal expansion coefficient
      differences. As an added benefit, it has been unexpectedly discovered that
      the corrugations further increase the radiant efficiency of the burner. In
      a preferred embodiment, the reverberatory screen is both corrugated and
      made from ceramic composite material.
GOVT
PAR  The Government of the United States of America has rights in this invention
      pursuant to Contract No. DE-FC02-92CE40999 awarded by the U.S. Department
      of Energy.
PATN
WKU  059890142
SRC  8
APN  8853576
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970630
TTL  Device for supplying a gas-air mixture to burners in heating apparatuses
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Price; Carl D.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Invernizzi; Gianmario
STR  Via Montessori
CTY  22053 Lecco
CNT  ITX
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19961003
APN  96830506
CLAS
OCL  431328
XCL  431  7
XCL  431354
EDF  6
ICL  F23D 1414
ICL  F04B 1700
FSC  431
FSS  354;326;328;12;7
UREF
PNO  3307529
ISD  19670300
NAM  Fannon, Jr. et al.
OCL  431328
UREF
PNO  4737102
ISD  19880400
NAM  Jinno et al.
OCL  431328
UREF
PNO  5261812
ISD  19931100
NAM  Javet et al.
OCL  431328
FREF
PNO  110 685
ISD  19750100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  40 11 691 A1
ISD  19901000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 43 045
ISD  19950600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  402169920
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
OCL  431328
LREP
FR2  Conte; Robert F. I.
     Lee, Mann, Smith, McWilliams, Sweeney & Ohlson
ABST
PAL  The device comprises a ventilation unit (4) connected with a gas-supplying
      valve unit (10) via a mixing duct (11). The fixed structures of the
      ventilation unit (4) and gas-supplying unit (10) and of the mixing duct
      (11) are of one piece construction (20), so as to give the device (1) an
      excellent structural compactness, which will make it adaptable to
      different types of burners (3) and boilers (2).
PATN
WKU  059890150
SRC  8
APN  9612270
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19971030
TTL  Variable flame retention device utilizing an interwoven flexible wire
      metal gauze
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Price; Carl D.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Guerin; William
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Bosso; Valerie
CTY  Ermont
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Verbeke; Bernard
CTY  Montmagny
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Gaz de France (G.D.F.) Service National
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19961104
APN  96 13402
CLAS
OCL  431329
XCL  431328
XCL  431354
XCL  239555
EDF  6
ICL  F23D 1414
FSC  431
FSS  100;326;329;328;349;346;354
FSC  126
FSS  92 B;92 AB
FSC  239
FSS  552;553.3;553.5;554;555;567;568;558;559
UREF
PNO  766636
ISD  19040800
NAM  Machlet, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3144073
ISD  19640800
NAM  Corey
OCL  431329
UREF
PNO  3291187
ISD  19661200
NAM  Haensel
OCL  431329
UREF
PNO  3407025
ISD  19681000
NAM  Hardison
OCL  431329
UREF
PNO  4679528
ISD  19870700
NAM  Krans et al.
OCL  431328
FREF
PNO  0635677
ISD  19950100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0636837
ISD  19950200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2231949
ISD  19901100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Rothwell, Figg, Ernst & Kurz
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a gas mixing burner (80) equipped with a flame
      retention device (1). This device incorporates in its construction a
      compressed gauze of interwoven flexible metal wire or wires for said gases
      to flow through it, and takes the form of a ring (2), characterised in
      that it is constituted by a substantially coaxial stack of at least two of
      said rings (2). Such a device may in particular be mounted on cylindrical
      domestic burners.
PATN
WKU  059890169
SRC  8
APN  9400818
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970929
TTL  High efficiency photographic flash lamp
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Cariaso; Alan
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Green; Warren
CTY  North Chili
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  431361
XCL  431358
XCL  362  3
XCL  362159
EDF  6
ICL  F21K  506
FSC  431
FSS  357;358;361;365
FSC  102
FSS  204
FSC  362
FSS  3;159
FSC  313
FSS  317;318.07
UREF
PNO  2504504
ISD  19500400
NAM  Despois
OCL  313317
UREF
PNO  3625641
ISD  19711200
NAM  Shaffer
OCL  431361
UREF
PNO  4201540
ISD  19800500
NAM  Waymouth et al.
OCL  431361
FREF
PNO  20 34 328
ISD  19720100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  465021
ISD  19370400
CNT  GBX
OCL  431358
FREF
PNO  1446658
ISD  19760800
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Stewart; Gordon M.
FR2  Pincelli; Frank
ABST
PAL  A photographic flash lamp having an envelope defining a chamber, at least a
      portion of the envelope being transparent. A support mesh is positioned
      within the chamber and has a first portion out of contact with the
      remainder of the lamp. Suitable combustible material to produce the flash,
      is adhered to the first portion of the mesh to generate a flash upon
      ignition. An ignitor ignites the combustible material.
PATN
WKU  059890177
SRC  8
APN  8376905
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970422
TTL  Disposal of waste tires
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Lu; Jiping
EXP  Leung; Philip H.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Evans; Lawrence Paul
CTY  Bearsted
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Blue Circle Industries PLC
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960423
APN  9608341
CLAS
OCL  432 14
XCL  432106
XCL  110246
XCL  110346
EDF  6
ICL  F27B 1500
FSC  432
FSS  103;104;105;106;14
FSC  110
FSS  246;346
UREF
PNO  4295823
ISD  19811000
NAM  Ogawa et al.
OCL  432106
UREF
PNO  4627877
ISD  19861200
NAM  Ogawa et al.
OCL  106100
UREF
PNO  5078594
ISD  19920100
NAM  Tutt et al.
OCL  432103
UREF
PNO  5806442
ISD  19980900
NAM  Aldred et al.
OCL  110246
UREF
PNO  5816795
ISD  19981000
NAM  Hansen et al.
OCL  432 14
FREF
PNO  109379
ISD  19840500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  568202
ISD  19931100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  764614
ISD  19970300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  764614A
ISD  19970300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2343954
ISD  19750300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  23 43 954
ISD  19750300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3326375 A1
ISD  19930700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2015706
ISD  19790900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2034014
ISD  19800500
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Welsh & Katz, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  Waste tires are disposed of in a cement-manufacturing or other
      mineral-burning process by introducing the tires into the hot gas stream
      at at least one point between the mineral-inlet end of a rotary kiln and
      the lowermost cyclone of an associated preheater system, e.g. into the gas
      stream within a precalciner vessel or riser duct, the tires being
      maintained in contact with the hot gas for a sufficient period to effect
      at least partial combustion of the tires. As an alternative, the tires may
      be introduced into a Lepol grate preheater.
PATN
WKU  059890185
SRC  8
APN  8864039
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970701
TTL  Lime sludge feed arrangement
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Cu; Jiping
EXP  Leung; Philip H.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Ahvenainen; Arto
CTY  Varkaus
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Ahlstrom Machinery Oy
CTY  Helsinki
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19960705
APN  962777
CLAS
OCL  432109
XCL  432103
XCL  432106
XCL  432 14
EDF  6
ICL  F27B  736
FSC  432
FSS  103;105;106;107;109;112;114;82;14
UREF
PNO  3603569
ISD  19710900
NAM  Abboud
UREF
PNO  4255131
ISD  19810300
NAM  Johnson, Jr.
OCL  432106
UREF
PNO  5110289
ISD  19920500
NAM  Mattelmaki
UREF
PNO  5213496
ISD  19930500
NAM  Avhenainen
UREF
PNO  5558432
ISD  19960900
NAM  Swisher, Jr.
OCL  432109
UREF
PNO  5673748
ISD  19971000
NAM  May et al.
OCL  432107
UREF
PNO  5746590
ISD  19980500
NAM  May et al
OCL  432114
FREF
PNO  369650
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for supplying lime sludge to a rotary kiln guides
      the flow of the lime sludge into the kiln, and the flow of flue gases out
      of the kiln, in distinct paths so that contact between the lime sludge
      entering the kiln and flue gases exiting the kiln is substantially
      prevented. This is typically accomplished by providing a general
      horizontal tubular duct interiorly of the kiln first end and extending
      into a substantially vertical flue gas conduit with an annular chamber
      defined between an outer surface of the tubular duct and an inner surface
      of an inlet to the first end of the rotary kiln. The lime sludge is
      introduced into the annular chamber. Spiral feeding blades are preferably
      provided on the outer surface of the tubular duct and the duct rotates
      with the rotary kiln so that the spiral feeding blades engage the lime
      sludge and move it toward the kiln. The lime sludge is preferably dried
      before it is fed into the annular chamber. Different types of baffles may
      be provided at a top portion of the annular chamber to cause any flue gas
      which enters the annular chamber to exit it, and flow into the vertical
      flue gas conduit, adjacent a bottom portion of the annular chamber.
PATN
WKU  059890193
SRC  8
APN  9065989
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970806
TTL  Direct reduction method and rotary hearth furnace
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Lu; Jiping
EXP  Paschall; Mark H.
NDR  10
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Nishimura; Makoto
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Tomio
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Kobe Seiko Sho
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960815
APN  8-215743
CLAS
OCL  432138
XCL  432124
XCL   75484
EDF  6
ICL  F27B  916
FSC  432
FSS  138;103;104;105;161;175;179;180;181;124;144;145;146
FSC   75
FSS  484
UREF
PNO  3652426
ISD  19720300
NAM  Oleszko
OCL  202216
UREF
PNO  3722867
ISD  19730300
NAM  Butler
OCL  423175
UREF
PNO  4354828
ISD  19821000
NAM  Benton et al.
OCL  432145
UREF
PNO  4462793
ISD  19840700
NAM  Maeda et al.
OCL  432105
UREF
PNO  4622905
ISD  19861100
NAM  MacDougall et al.
OCL  110347
UREF
PNO  4741694
ISD  19880500
NAM  Mason et al.
OCL  432105
UREF
PNO  5019689
ISD  19910500
NAM  Bollier et al.
OCL  219388
UREF
PNO  5102330
ISD  19920400
NAM  Ho
OCL  432105
UREF
PNO  5186741
ISD  19930200
NAM  Kotraba et al.
OCL   75484
UREF
PNO  5314170
ISD  19940500
NAM  Tada et al.
OCL  432180
UREF
PNO  5730775
ISD  19980300
NAM  Meissner et al.
OCL   75436
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  In a rotary hearth furnace wherein objects including a mixture of a metal
      oxide, a reductant such as coal, and the like are fed onto the hearth, the
      fed objects are heated and reduced through the application of a flame of a
      burner provided on a ceiling portion or the upper portion of a side wall
      of the furnace, and the reduced objects are discharged from the furnace so
      as to be collected. The rotary hearth furnace has an air feeder for
      feeding air for secondary combustion at a position below the burner and in
      the vicinity of the hearth of the furnace for the purpose of burning a
      flammable gas generated from the objects. A flame of this secondary
      combustion accelerates the heating of the objects. Also, through a
      combined use of air for secondary combustion and excess air from the
      burner and an appropriate regulation of the ratio of therebetween, the
      objects are heated effectively.
PATN
WKU  059890207
SRC  9
APN  1347179
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980814
TTL  Multiple stage heating apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Wilson; Gregory A.
EXP  Walberg; Teresa
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Glass; Robert
CTY  Old Hickory
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Hollingshead; Wayne
CTY  Guelph
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Lochinvar Corporation
CTY  Nashville
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  432161
XCL  122 17
XCL  126350R
EDF  6
ICL  F27B  320
FSC  432
FSS  72;101;161-163;164;185;217;249
FSC  110
FSS  210
FSC  431
FSS  278;282;62
FSC  126
FSS  350 R
FSC  122
FSS  95.1;17;235.34;235.32;503;13.1
FSC  210
FSS  182;189
UREF
PNO  3844233
ISD  19741000
NAM  Fishback
UREF
PNO  4295606
ISD  19811000
NAM  Swenson
UREF
PNO  4549525
ISD  19851000
NAM  Narang
UREF
PNO  4557203
ISD  19851200
NAM  Mainord
OCL  432 72
UREF
PNO  4660541
ISD  19870400
NAM  Moore
OCL  122 17
UREF
PNO  4678116
ISD  19870700
NAM  Krishnakumar et al.
UREF
PNO  4716858
ISD  19880100
NAM  Bartels
UREF
PNO  4909191
ISD  19900300
NAM  Le Mer
OCL  126350R
UREF
PNO  5570659
ISD  19961100
NAM  Cohen
FREF
PNO  3-50413
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
OCL  431 62
OREF
PAL  Lochinvar "Copper-Fin II" brochure, Aug. 1997, 6 pages.
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce
ABST
PAL  A heating apparatus includes at least first and second burners located in a
      combustion chamber wherein the burners are separated by a divider for
      deterring uncombusted fuel flowing from a firing burner to an area
      adjacent to a non-firing burner. In another aspect of the present
      invention, the burners are used to heat water in a multiple staged heater.
PATN
WKU  059890215
SRC  9
APN  1530666
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980915
TTL  Quartz crucible with large diameter for pulling single crystal and
      method of producing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Lu; Jiping
EXP  Leung; Philip H.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Sato; Tatsuhiro
CTY  Takefu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mizuno; Shigeo
CTY  Takefu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumura; Mitsuo
CTY  Takefu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Hiroyuki
CTY  Takefu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Shin-Etsu Quartz Products Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Heraeus Quarzglas GmbH
CTY  Hanau
CNT  DEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  432264
XCL  432262
XCL  432265
XCL  373137
EDF  6
ICL  F27B 1410
FSC  432
FSS  262;264;156;265
FSC  219
FSS  385;386;387;388;389;390;420;421;422;423;424;425
FSC  373
FSS  137
FSC   65
FSS  17.4
UREF
PNO  4416680
ISD  19831100
NAM  Bruning et al.
UREF
PNO  4911896
ISD  19900300
NAM  Bihuniak et al.
UREF
PNO  4935046
ISD  19900600
NAM  Uchikawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4956208
ISD  19900900
NAM  Uchikawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5308446
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bihuniak et al.
OREF
PAL  Abstract of Japanese Patent Publ. No. 09020586, dated Jan. 21, 1997.
PAL  Abstract of Japanese Patent Publ. No. 3-208880; dated Sep. 12, 1991.
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
ABST
PAL  A large diameter quartz crucible with an inner diameter of 22 inches or
      more comprises an opaque silica glass outer layer having bubbles of 10
      .mu.m to 250 .mu.m in diameter and 5 mm to 20 mm in thickness and a
      transparent silica glass inner layer having 0.5% or less in a bubble
      content and 0.3 mm or more in thickness which is molten and integrated
      with an inner surface of the outer layer. The outer layer has an OH group
      concentration of 80 ppm or less and the gas pressure in a bubble in the
      outer layer is lower than atmospheric pressure so that a volume expansion
      ratio of the bubble is minimized when being heated in condition of pulling
      a single crystal.
PATN
WKU  059890223
SRC  8
APN  9483179
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971010
TTL  Shade matching device for artificial teeth and crown restoration
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Wilson; John J.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Makoto
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kuze; Yukuo
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Shofu
CTY  Kyoto-fu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961014
APN  8-010255
CLAS
OCL  433 26
EDF  6
ICL  A61C 1910
FSC  433
FSS  26
FSC  206
FSS  83
UREF
PNO  2846725
ISD  19580800
NAM  Tryfus
OCL  433 26
UREF
PNO  3436156
ISD  19690400
NAM  Adler et al.
OCL  433 26
UREF
PNO  5066227
ISD  19911100
NAM  Pozzi
OCL  433 26
OREF
PAL  Metal Ceramics by Makoto Yamamoto, published in 1985, pp. 230-231.
LREP
FRM  Stevens, Davis, Miller & Mosher, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a shade matching device for an artificial
      teeth and a crown restoration in order to correctly adjust the artificial
      teeth to the natural teeth in shade, which comprises a set of:
PA1  shade guides, and
PA1  a gingival colored holder which has concaves shaped fitting a neck part of
      an artificial teeth or a crown restoration and retainers into which the
      stick of the shade guide can be inserted.
PATN
WKU  059890231
SRC  9
APN  2241862
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19981231
TTL  Intraoral jaw tracking device
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  21
EXP  Lucchesi; Nicholas D.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Summer; John D.
STR  9601 NW. Leahy Rd. #305
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
ZIP  97229
INVT
NAM  Bodegom; Erik
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Lee; Allen
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Summer; John D.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  433 69
EDF  6
ICL  A61C 1904
FSC  433
FSS  6;69;215
FSC  607
FSS  135
UREF
PNO  4014097
ISD  19770300
NAM  Pameijer
OCL   32 20
UREF
PNO  4204326
ISD  19800500
NAM  Dimeff
OCL  433 50
UREF
PNO  4303077
ISD  19811200
NAM  Lewin et al.
OCL  128777
UREF
PNO  4303919
ISD  19811200
NAM  Dimeff
OCL  340870.37
UREF
PNO  4330276
ISD  19820500
NAM  Becker et al.
OCL  433 69
UREF
PNO  4386405
ISD  19830500
NAM  Lewin et al.
OCL  364415
UREF
PNO  4447207
ISD  19840500
NAM  Kataoka et al.
OCL  433 69
UREF
PNO  4495952
ISD  19850100
NAM  Klett
OCL  128777
UREF
PNO  4639220
ISD  19870100
NAM  Nara et al.
OCL  433 69
UREF
PNO  4765345
ISD  19880800
NAM  Adib
OCL  128777
UREF
PNO  4788987
ISD  19881200
NAM  Nickel
OCL  128777
UREF
PNO  4836778
ISD  19890600
NAM  Baumrind et al.
OCL  433 69
UREF
PNO  4837685
ISD  19890600
NAM  Jokela
OCL  364413.02
UREF
PNO  4859181
ISD  19890800
NAM  Neumeyer
OCL  433 69
UREF
PNO  5143086
ISD  19920900
NAM  Duret et al.
OCL  128777
UREF
PNO  5340309
ISD  19940800
NAM  Robertson
OCL  433 69
UREF
PNO  5588430
ISD  19961200
NAM  Bova et al.
OCL  128653.1
OREF
PAL  Watt, David M.; Gnathosonic Diagnostics and Occlusal Dynamics; Praeger
      Publishers, New York, NY., 1981; pp. 30-31.
PAL  "A New Method for Recording Mandibular Position During Nocturnal Bruxism,"
      by Y. Akamatsu, S. Minagi & T. Sato, Journal of Oral Rehabilitation 1996
      23; pp. 622-626.
LREP
FRM  Marger Johnson & McCollom, PC
ABST
PAL  A jaw tracking device, which fits entirely in the mouth and can be attached
      to conventional removable dental appliances, tracks the location and
      movement of the lower jaw with high precision and speed when the mouth is
      closed or nearly closed by recording the projection of light from a light
      emitting diode, laser diode, or fiberoptic source fixed to the lower
      dental arch onto one or two position sensitive detectors (PSDS) fixed to
      the upper dental arch. Since the system acquires data quickly enough to
      record the minute deflections of the lower jawbone which occur each time
      the jaw is closed eccentrically, it can be used with acoustic sensors
      attached to the individual teeth in order to analyze a person's bite.
      Since each PSD relies on only four outputs, its data can be easily
      transmitted by telemetry so that it can be used to track the location of
      the jaw during sleep without requiring wires protruding from the mouth of
      the sleeping subject.
PATN
WKU  059890240
SRC  8
APN  9747125
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971119
TTL  Dental parallelometer
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Lucchesi; Nicholas D.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Jonjic; Leo
STR  Primorska 31
CTY  51414 Ika-Icici
CNT  HRX
PRIR
CNT  HRX
APD  19970825
APN  P970451A
CLAS
OCL  433 76
EDF  6
ICL  A61C  302
FSC  433
FSS  76
UREF
PNO  3254413
ISD  19660600
NAM  Suga
OCL  433 76
UREF
PNO  3346959
ISD  19671000
NAM  Fridge
OCL  433 76
UREF
PNO  3375584
ISD  19680400
NAM  Cowan
OCL  433 76
UREF
PNO  5017139
ISD  19910500
NAM  Mushabac
XCL  433 76
UREF
PNO  5332391
ISD  19940700
NAM  Jermyn
OCL  433 76
UREF
PNO  5575646
ISD  19961100
NAM  Giannella
OCL  433 76
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides an apparatus for cooperating with a powered
      tool having a work imparting component having a longitudinal axis so as to
      maintain the longitudinal axis at substantially constant angles in the
      X-Y, Y-Z and Z-X planes, as defined in part by the X, Y and Z axes while
      the powered tool is caused to move through a volume of space. The
      apparatus includes: an adjustable arm having two ends; a clamp arrangement
      (14-16) for fixing the powered tool to one of the two ends; and, a base
      (1-2) fixable to a work piece, attached to the other of the two ends, for
      supporting the adjustable arm (4-13) and the clamp arrangement (14-16).
      The adjustable arm further includes: a first portion (4, 5) having two
      ends, for enabling vertical displacement of the longitudinal axis relative
      to the Y axis; a second portion (7, 9 and 10-13) having two ends, for
      supporting the clamp arrangement (14-16); and, a third portion (6, 8) for
      movably fixing one end of the first portion to one end of the second
      portion. The third portion further includes: a first arrangement (8) for
      horizontal extension and retraction of the second portion relative to the
      X-Z plane; and, a second arrangement (6) for enabling revolution of the
      clamp arrangement about the third portion.
PATN
WKU  059890258
SRC  8
APN  9832955
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980114
TTL  Drill guide
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Robert; Eduardo C.
EXP  Manahan; Todd E.
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Conley; Roy
STR  37 Flat 6 Menuchah
CTY  Venachalah, Rehovot Post Code 76247
CNT  ILX
PRIR
CNT  ILX
APD  19960522
APN  118371
CLAS
OCL  433 76
XCL  408 72B
XCL  408241B
EDF  6
ICL  A61C  302
FSC  433
FSS  72;76
FSC  408
FSS  72 R;72 B;115 B;241 B
UREF
PNO  1189753
ISD  19160700
NAM  Thue
UREF
PNO  1748006
ISD  19300200
NAM  Wohlart
OCL  408 72B
UREF
PNO  2494229
ISD  19500100
NAM  Collison
OCL  408 72R
UREF
PNO  2766083
ISD  19561000
NAM  Fisher
OCL  408 72R
UREF
PNO  2788684
ISD  19570400
NAM  Scharf
OCL  408 72R
UREF
PNO  3224021
ISD  19651200
NAM  Curran
OCL  408 72B
UREF
PNO  3768918
ISD  19731000
NAM  Bethke
OCL  408241B
UREF
PNO  4445264
ISD  19840500
NAM  Banerian
OCL  408241B
UREF
PNO  5015183
ISD  19910500
NAM  Fenick
UREF
PNO  5154548
ISD  19921000
NAM  Walsh
OCL  408 72R
UREF
PNO  5320529
ISD  19940600
NAM  Pompa
UREF
PNO  5388933
ISD  19950200
NAM  Dunbar
OCL  408 72B
UREF
PNO  5484285
ISD  19960100
NAM  Morgan et al.
OCL  433 72
UREF
PNO  5556278
ISD  19960900
NAM  Meitner
FREF
PNO  2399236
ISD  19790400
CNT  FRX
OCL  433 72
FREF
PNO  94262200
ISD  19941100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Harrison & Egbert
PCTA
PCN  PCT/IL97/00140
PD1  19980114
PD2  19980114
PD3  19970501
PCP  WO97/43981
PCD  19971127
ABST
PAR  A drill guide, for use in the preparation of a dental implant site, having
      a tubular body with a screw thread along at least a section thereof. The
      drill guide has a stent with screw threads that are complementary screw
      threads allow the removable attachment of the tubular body to the stent
      and allows the axial advancement of the tubular body toward the bone. The
      complementary screw threads are provided on a matrix material of the
      stent.
PATN
WKU  059890266
SRC  9
APN  1794930
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19981026
TTL  Ceramic two-piece dental abutment
ISD  19991123
NCL  47
ECL  1
EXA  Hilsmier; Patrick A.
EXP  Wilson; John J.
NDR  15
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Rogers; Dan Paul
CTY  Royal Palm Beach
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Brown; Gale R.
CTY  Palm City
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Sullivan; Daniel Y.
CTY  McLean
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Implant Innovations, Inc.
CTY  Palm Beach Gardens
STA  FL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  729869
APD  19961015
PSC  01
PNO  5829977
RLAP
COD  75
APN  451083
APD  19950525
PSC  01
PNO  5725375
CLAS
OCL  433172
XCL  433173
EDF  6
ICL  A61C 1312
ICL  A61C  800
FSC  433
FSS  172;173;174
UREF
PNO  2721387
ISD  19551000
NAM  Ashuckian
OCL   32 10
UREF
PNO  3958471
ISD  19760500
NAM  Muller
OCL   82  1
UREF
PNO  4011602
ISD  19770300
NAM  Rybicki et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4177562
ISD  19791200
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  4259072
ISD  19810300
NAM  Hirabayashi et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4547157
ISD  19851000
NAM  Driskell
UREF
PNO  4560353
ISD  19851200
NAM  Schulte et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4575340
ISD  19860300
NAM  Lustig
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4624673
ISD  19861100
NAM  Meyer
UREF
PNO  4713004
ISD  19871200
NAM  Linkow et al.
UREF
PNO  4738623
ISD  19880400
NAM  Driskel
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4746293
ISD  19880500
NAM  Lundgren et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4758161
ISD  19880700
NAM  Niznick
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4772204
ISD  19880900
NAM  Soderberg
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  4824372
ISD  19890400
NAM  Jorneus et al.
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  4846683
ISD  19890700
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4850870
ISD  19890700
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  4850873
ISD  19890700
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL  433220
UREF
PNO  4854872
ISD  19890800
NAM  Detsch
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4856994
ISD  19890800
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4872839
ISD  19891000
NAM  Brajnovic
UREF
PNO  4904187
ISD  19900200
NAM  Zingheim
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4955811
ISD  19900900
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4978640
ISD  19901200
NAM  Kelly
OCL  501 32
UREF
PNO  4988297
ISD  19910100
NAM  Lazzara et al.
UREF
PNO  4988298
ISD  19910100
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5000686
ISD  19910300
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  5006069
ISD  19910400
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5015186
ISD  19910500
NAM  Detsch
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5022860
ISD  19910600
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  5030096
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hurson et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5035619
ISD  19910700
NAM  Daftary
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5040982
ISD  19910800
NAM  Stefan-Dogar
OCL  433169
UREF
PNO  5040983
ISD  19910800
NAM  Binon
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5064373
ISD  19911100
NAM  Staubli et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5071345
ISD  19911200
NAM  Rosen
OCL  433 17
UREF
PNO  5071351
ISD  19911200
NAM  Green, Jr. et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5073111
ISD  19911200
NAM  Daftary
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5082442
ISD  19920100
NAM  Rosen
OCL  433 17
UREF
PNO  5087200
ISD  19920200
NAM  Brajnovic et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5100323
ISD  19920300
NAM  Friedman et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5104318
ISD  19920400
NAM  Piche et al.
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  5105690
ISD  19920400
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL   81436
UREF
PNO  5106300
ISD  19920400
NAM  Voitik
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5122059
ISD  19920600
NAM  Durr et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5125839
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ingber et al.
OCL  433169
UREF
PNO  5135395
ISD  19920800
NAM  Marlin
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  5145371
ISD  19920900
NAM  Jorneus
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5145372
ISD  19920900
NAM  Draftery et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5152687
ISD  19921000
NAM  Amino
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5154612
ISD  19921000
NAM  Carlsson et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5169308
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kvist
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5169309
ISD  19921200
NAM  Staubli et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5188800
ISD  19930200
NAM  Green, Jr. et al.
OCL  422 23
UREF
PNO  5195892
ISD  19930300
NAM  Gersberg
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5197881
ISD  19930300
NAM  Chalifoux
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5209659
ISD  19930500
NAM  Friedman et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5209666
ISD  19930500
NAM  Balfour et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5213502
ISD  19930500
NAM  Daftary
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5246370
ISD  19930900
NAM  Coatoam
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5281140
ISD  19940100
NAM  Niznick
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5282746
ISD  19940200
NAM  Sellers et al.
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5286195
ISD  19940200
NAM  Clostermann
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5292252
ISD  19940300
NAM  Nickerson et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5297963
ISD  19940300
NAM  Daftary
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5316476
ISD  19940500
NAM  Krauser
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5334024
ISD  19940800
NAM  Niznick
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5336090
ISD  19940800
NAM  Wilson, Jr. et al.
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5338196
ISD  19940800
NAM  Beaty et al.
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5344457
ISD  19940900
NAM  Pilliar et al.
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  5350300
ISD  19940900
NAM  Gallais
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5362234
ISD  19941100
NAM  Salazar et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5362235
ISD  19941100
NAM  Daftary
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5368483
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sutter et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5417570
ISD  19950500
NAM  Zuest et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5419702
ISD  19950500
NAM  Beaty et al.
OCL  433214
UREF
PNO  5431567
ISD  19950700
NAM  Daftary
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5433606
ISD  19950700
NAM  Niznick et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5437551
ISD  19950800
NAM  Chalifoux
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5447435
ISD  19950900
NAM  Brodbeck
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5476382
ISD  19951200
NAM  Daftary
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5492471
ISD  19960200
NAM  Singer
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5533898
ISD  19960700
NAM  Mena
UREF
PNO  5538426
ISD  19960700
NAM  Harding et al.
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5547377
ISD  19960800
NAM  Daftary
UREF
PNO  5564924
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kwan
UREF
PNO  5588838
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hansson et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5685714
ISD  19971100
NAM  Beaty et al.
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5829977
ISD  19981100
NAM  Rogers et al.
OCL  433172
FREF
PNO  0 320 024 A1
ISD  19890600
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61C  800
FREF
PNO  0 477 644 A1
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61C  800
FREF
PNO  0 657 146 A1
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61C  800
FREF
PNO  21 14 323
ISD  19711000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  21 57 139
ISD  19720500
CNT  DEX
ICL  A61C 1326
FREF
PNO  27 17 506 A1
ISD  19780500
CNT  DEX
ICL  A61F  1100
FREF
PNO  32 24 112 A1
ISD  19840200
CNT  DEX
ICL  A61C 1330
FREF
PNO  35 31 389 A1
ISD  19870300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  38 25 601 A1
ISD  19890300
CNT  DEX
ICL  A61C 1330
FREF
PNO  41 27 839 A1
ISD  19920300
CNT  DEX
ICL  A61C  800
FREF
PNO  40 28 855 A1
ISD  19920300
CNT  DEX
OCL  433173
FREF
PNO  1570720 A1
ISD  19900600
CNT  SUX
ICL  A61C 1330
FREF
PNO  1 291 470
ISD  19721000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 213 065
ISD  19890800
CNT  GBX
ICL  A61C 1330
FREF
PNO  WO 85/02337 A1
ISD  19850600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "1989 Core-Vent Implant Symposium," Core-Vent Corporation, Mar. 1988 (2
      pages).
PAL  Adell et al., "A 15-year Study of Osseointegrated Implants in the Treatment
      of the Endentulous Jaw," Int. J. Oral Surg., 1981, pp. 387-416.
PAL  Dental Imaging Associates, Inc., et al., The DIA Anatomic Abutment
      System.TM., Oct. 1991, pp. 1-10.
PAL  DIA.TM. Dental Imaging Associates, Implamed--The Source, The Anatomical
      Abutment System, pp. 1-10, Oct. 9, 1991.
PAL  "EsthetiCone.TM. systeM Components," Undated (1 page).
PAL  Exhibit A, drawing of a healing abutment.
PAL  Exhibit B, assembly drawing of a coping and the component drawings which
      comprise the coping assembly.
PAL  Lewis, S., et al., The "UCLA" Abutment, The International Journal Of Oral &
      Maxillofacial Implants, vol. 3, No. 3, 1988, pp. 183-189.
PAL  Lewis, Steven G., et al., Single Tooth Implant Supported Restorations, The
      International Journal Of Oral & MaxillofacialImplants, vol. 3, No. 1,
      1988, pp. 25-30.
PAL  New Bio-Esthetic.TM. Technique Manual, "Abutment Selection and Modification
      Guide," Steri-Oss Inc., 1995 (6 pages).
PAL  Perri, George, DDS et al., Single Tooth Implants, CDA Journal, vol. 17, No.
      3, Mar. 1989.
LREP
FRM  Arnold White & Durkee
ABST
PAL  A two-piece abutment system is disclosed. The first part includes a
      tapering inner surface which is part of a bore extending entirely through
      the first part. The first part includes a socket for mating with a boss or
      post on a dental implant. The elongated second part includes a threaded
      stem for engaging a threaded bore with a dental implant and a post which
      extends above the first part. The second part extends through the bore of
      the first part and is screwed into the implant. As the second part is
      screwed into the implant, a tapering external surface on the post of the
      second part frictionally locks with the tapering inner surface of the
      first part. The first part has a metallic core which is surrounded by a
      ceramic outer portion.
PATN
WKU  059890274
SRC  8
APN  8606579
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971002
TTL  Dental implant having multiple textured surfaces
ISD  19991123
NCL  41
ECL  34
EXP  Lucchesi; Nicholas D.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Wagner; William R.
CTY  Escondido
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Story; Brooks
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sulzer Calcitek Inc.
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  433173
EDF  6
ICL  A61C  800
FSC  433
FSS  172;173;174;175;176
UREF
PNO  3797113
ISD  19740300
NAM  Brainin
OCL   32 10A
UREF
PNO  3808606
ISD  19740500
NAM  Tronzo
OCL    3  1
UREF
PNO  3849887
ISD  19741100
NAM  Brainin
OCL   32 10
UREF
PNO  3855638
ISD  19741200
NAM  Pilliar
OCL    3  1
UREF
PNO  3934347
ISD  19760100
NAM  Lash et al.
OCL   32 10
UREF
PNO  4011602
ISD  19770300
NAM  Rybicki et al.
OCL    3  1
UREF
PNO  4206516
ISD  19800600
NAM  Pilliar
OCL    3  1
UREF
PNO  4252525
ISD  19810200
NAM  Child
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4261350
ISD  19810400
NAM  Branemark et al.
OCL  128 92
UREF
PNO  4379694
ISD  19830400
NAM  Riess
OCL  433201
UREF
PNO  4492577
ISD  19850100
NAM  Farris et al.
OCL  433201
UREF
PNO  4531916
ISD  19850700
NAM  Scantlebury et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4542539
ISD  19850900
NAM  Rowe Jr. et al.
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  4712681
ISD  19871200
NAM  Branemark et al.
OCL  206438
UREF
PNO  4728331
ISD  19880300
NAM  Russier
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  4767328
ISD  19880800
NAM  Branemark
OCL  433168
UREF
PNO  4793808
ISD  19881200
NAM  Kirsch
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4842517
ISD  19890600
NAM  Kawahare et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4850870
ISD  19890700
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  4854872
ISD  19890800
NAM  Detsch
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4854873
ISD  19890800
NAM  Linden
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4872840
ISD  19891000
NAM  Bori
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4881897
ISD  19891100
NAM  Franek et al.
OCL  433169
UREF
PNO  4934935
ISD  19900600
NAM  Edwards
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  4957819
ISD  19900900
NAM  Kawahara et al.
OCL  428547
UREF
PNO  4986753
ISD  19910100
NAM  Sellers
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5002488
ISD  19910300
NAM  Homsy
OCL  433169
UREF
PNO  5049074
ISD  19910900
NAM  Otani et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5104410
ISD  19920400
NAM  Chowdhary
OCL  623 11
UREF
PNO  5110292
ISD  19920500
NAM  Balfour et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5195891
ISD  19930300
NAM  Sulc
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5209659
ISD  19930500
NAM  Friedman et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5263986
ISD  19931100
NAM  Noiles et al.
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  5310343
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5316476
ISD  19940500
NAM  Krauser
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5344457
ISD  19940900
NAM  Pilliar et al.
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  5360448
ISD  19941100
NAM  Thramann
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  5492470
ISD  19960200
NAM  Anders
XCL  183173
UREF
PNO  5571017
ISD  19961100
NAM  Niznich
XCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5636989
ISD  19970600
NAM  Somboror et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5639237
ISD  19970600
NAM  Fontcrot
OCL  433173
OREF
PAL  D. Buser, et al., Influence of Surface Characteristics on Bone Integration
      of Titanium Implants.
PAL  A Histomorphometric Study in Miniature Pigs, Journal of Biomedical
      Materials Research, (1991), vol. 25, pp.889-902.
PAL  M. Block, et al., "Loaded Hydroxylapatite-Coated and Grit-Blasted Titanium
      Implants in Dogs," The International Journal of Oral & Maxillofacial
      Implants, (1989), vol. 4 , pp. 219-225.
LREP
FR2  Lyren; Philip S.
FR2  Barrow; Kenneth S.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US95/16219
PD1  19971002
PD2  19971002
PD3  19951208
PCP  WO97/21393
PCD  19970619
ABST
PAR  A dental implant (10) for osseointegration in alveolar bone. The implant
      includes an annular shoulder (18) and a plurality of splines (32)
      extending axially therefrom for interdigitated engagement with similar
      splines of an abutment for supporting a tooth prosthesis. The
      bone-engaging surface (22) of the implant includes a biocompatible porous
      metal surface (24) into which bone can grow, an intermediate non-porous,
      rough, biocompatible metal surface (26) to which bone can attach that is
      located between the porous surface and the annular shoulder, and a smooth,
      non-porous biocompatible metal surface (28) located between the
      intermediate surface and the annular shoulder.
PATN
WKU  059890282
SRC  8
APN  8874638
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970702
TTL  Non-submergible, one-part, root-form endosseous dental implants
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Wilson; John J.
NDR  13
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Niznick; Gerald A.
CTY  Las Vegas
STA  NV
ASSG
NAM  Core-Vent Corporation
CTY  Calabasas Hills
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  866705
APD  19970530
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  857088
APD  19970515
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  433173
XCL  433174
EDF  6
ICL  A61C  800
FSC  433
FSS  173;174
UREF
PNO  3473222
ISD  19691000
NAM  Kester
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4180910
ISD  19800100
NAM  Straumann et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4293302
ISD  19811000
NAM  Hassler et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4324550
ISD  19820400
NAM  Reuther et al.
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  4431416
ISD  19840200
NAM  Niznick
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  4484570
ISD  19841100
NAM  Sutter et al.
OCL  606 72
UREF
PNO  4854872
ISD  19890800
NAM  Detsch
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  4904187
ISD  19900200
NAM  Zingheim
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4960381
ISD  19901000
NAM  Niznick
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  5000686
ISD  19910300
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  5015186
ISD  19910500
NAM  Detsch
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5022860
ISD  19910600
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  5125840
ISD  19920600
NAM  Durr et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5169309
ISD  19921200
NAM  Staubli et al.
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  5281140
ISD  19940100
NAM  Niznick
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5368483
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sutter et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5435723
ISD  19950700
NAM  O'Brien
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  5622500
ISD  19970400
NAM  Niznick
OCL  433173
OREF
PAL  "The Titanium Plasma Spray (TPS) Screw Implant System," Article by Charles
      A. Babbush, D.D.S., M.Sc.D. and Alan M. Robbins, D.D.S.; published in AO,
      vol. 80, Scientific 1987.
PAL  "Implants Used in Preprosthetic Reconstructive Surgery," from
      "Reconstructive Preprosthetic Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery," Article by
      Raymond J. Fonseca, DMD, and W. Howard Davis, DDS, FACD. Published in 1986
      by W.B. Saunders Co.
LREP
FR2  Bright; Patrick F.
ABST
PAL  One-piece, root-form, endosseous dental implants include, in a single
      implant, a body portion for insertion into an opening in the jawbone of a
      patient, a neck portion above the body portion, and an abutment portion
      above the neck portion. The abutment portion includes a peripheral
      shoulder and an opening into an internally-threaded shaft. The implant may
      also include internal or external wrench-engaging surfaces.
PATN
WKU  059890290
SRC  8
APN  9600469
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971029
TTL  Customized dental abutments and methods of preparing or selecting the
      same
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Lewis; Ralph A.
NDR  12
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Osorio; Julian
CTY  Waban
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Ziegler; Andrew
CTY  Arlington
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Atlantis Components, Inc.
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  433173
XCL  433223
EDF  6
ICL  A61C  800
FSC  433
FSS  172;173;174;175;213;214;223
UREF
PNO  4681542
ISD  19870700
NAM  Baum
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  4955811
ISD  19900900
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  4988297
ISD  19910100
NAM  Lazzara et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5052929
ISD  19911000
NAM  Seal
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5104318
ISD  19920400
NAM  Piche et al.
OCL  433174
UREF
PNO  5106300
ISD  19920400
NAM  Voitik
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5125839
ISD  19920600
NAM  Inger et al.
OCL  433169
UREF
PNO  5180303
ISD  19930100
NAM  Hornburg et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5193999
ISD  19930300
NAM  Staubli
OCL  433 72
UREF
PNO  5213502
ISD  19930500
NAM  Daftary
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5273429
ISD  19931200
NAM  Rekow et al.
OCL  433223
UREF
PNO  5297963
ISD  19940300
NAM  Dafatry
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5334024
ISD  19940800
NAM  Niznick
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5338196
ISD  19940800
NAM  Beaty et al.
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5362235
ISD  19941100
NAM  Daftary
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5362237
ISD  19941100
NAM  Chalifoux
OCL  433220
UREF
PNO  5382164
ISD  19950100
NAM  Stern
OCL  433213
UREF
PNO  5417568
ISD  19950500
NAM  Giglio
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5419702
ISD  19950500
NAM  Beaty et al.
OCL  433214
UREF
PNO  5447435
ISD  19950900
NAM  Brodbeck
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5476383
ISD  19951200
NAM  Beaty et al.
OCL  433214
UREF
PNO  5492471
ISD  19960200
NAM  Singer
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5497336
ISD  19960300
NAM  Andersson et al.
OCL  364474.03
UREF
PNO  5527182
ISD  19960600
NAM  Willoughby
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5571015
ISD  19961100
NAM  Siegmund
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5651675
ISD  19970700
NAM  Singer
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5658147
ISD  19970800
NAM  Phimmasone
OCL  433213
UREF
PNO  5662476
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ingber et al.
OCL  433213
UREF
PNO  5667384
ISD  19970900
NAM  Sutter et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5674069
ISD  19971000
NAM  Osorio
OCL  433172
UREF
PNO  5674073
ISD  19971000
NAM  Ingber et al.
OCL  433213
UREF
PNO  5685715
ISD  19971100
NAM  Beaty et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5688123
ISD  19971100
NAM  Meiers et al.
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  5779480
ISD  19980700
NAM  Groll et al.
OCL  433173
FREF
PNO  0 477 644 A1
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2634369
ISD  19900100
CNT  FRX
OCL  433174
FREF
PNO  WO 96/34576
ISD  19961100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/37610
ISD  19971000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Wheeler, Russell C., "Nomenclature and General Considerations," (Dental
      Anatomy, Physiology and Occlusion, 5th Edition, 1974), pp. 3-23.
LREP
FRM  Testa, Hurwitz & Thibeault, LLP
ABST
PAL  A customized dental abutment is provided which replicates a tooth being
      replaced. The dimensions of the abutment are determined by a computer
      algorithm that modifies standard tooth type models according to a series
      of measurements taken of the site of desired tooth replacement. Methods of
      the invention relate to taking a series of measurements of the site of
      desired tooth replacement, determining the type of tooth being replaced,
      and preparing or selecting a customized dental abutment based on the
      measurements and determination. The preparation or selection is made by
      modifying standard measurements for the type of tooth being replaced in
      conformity with the measurements taken of the site of desired tooth
      replacement.
PATN
WKU  059890304
SRC  8
APN  9125787
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970818
TTL  Dental implant
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lewis; Ralph A.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Suga; Shinichi
STR  25-9 Fukasawa 5-chome, Setagaya-ku
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
RLAP
COD  72
APN  582543
APD  19960103
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  433176
EDF  6
ICL  A61C  800
FSC  433
FSS  172;173;176;197;198;201.1
UREF
PNO  2449522
ISD  19480900
NAM  White
OCL  433173
UREF
PNO  3979828
ISD  19760900
NAM  Taylor
OCL  433201.1
UREF
PNO  4802847
ISD  19890200
NAM  Komatsu
OCL  433176
UREF
PNO  5006070
ISD  19910400
NAM  Komatsu
OCL  433176
UREF
PNO  5302128
ISD  19940400
NAM  Suga
OCL  433176
UREF
PNO  5370695
ISD  19941200
NAM  Meuli et al.
OCL  433173
FREF
PNO  2610819
ISD  19880800
CNT  FRX
OCL  433173
FREF
PNO  1203093
ISD  19700800
CNT  GBX
OCL  433173
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown Edwards & Lenahan, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A dental implant of which body has a form tapering toward its top and has a
      plurality of mountain-shaped projections emissively; said projections
      being cut off in its center, and ridge line portions of said projections
      which contact with compact bone portion of an alveolar bone at the time of
      insertion, being in a shape that said ridge lines increase its size
      upwardly; and a head for supporting an artificial tooth. The implant is
      useful for repairing lost canines.
PATN
WKU  059890312
SRC  8
APN  7767447
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970415
TTL  Artificial tooth
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Wilson; John J.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kura; Gunter
STR  Romerstrasse 54
CTY  50127 Bergheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Braun; Frank Dietrich
STR  Ossum 14
CTY  40668 Meerbusch
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Daug; Harry
STR  In der Beek 71
CTY  42113 Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940729
APN  44 26 994
CLAS
OCL  4332021
XCL  4332031
XCL  264 19
EDF  6
ICL  A61C 1308
FSC  433
FSS  202.1;203.1;212.1
FSC  264
FSS  19;20
FSC  106
FSS  35
UREF
PNO  2514076
ISD  19500700
NAM  Kelly
OCL  264 20
UREF
PNO  4134935
ISD  19790100
NAM  Quiring et al.
OCL  260859
UREF
PNO  4155964
ISD  19790500
NAM  Aronow
OCL  264 13
UREF
PNO  4265669
ISD  19810500
NAM  Starling et al.
OCL  106 35
UREF
PNO  4433959
ISD  19840200
NAM  Faunce
OCL  433201
UREF
PNO  4645455
ISD  19870200
NAM  Kosmos
OCL  433203.1
UREF
PNO  5151044
ISD  19920900
NAM  Rotsaert
OCL  433202.1
FREF
PNO  36 44 498 A1
ISD  19880700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  38 27 657 A1
ISD  19900200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Jones & Askew
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/03014
PD1  19970415
PD2  19970415
PD3  19950728
PCP  WO96/03935
PCD  19960215
ABST
PAR  An artificial tooth of plastic or ceramic material. The artificial tooth
      has a tooth body comprising an internal solid core (1) and at least one
      external layer (2) formed by injection molding and enveloping the solid
      core (1) at least in part.
PATN
WKU  059890320
SRC  8
APN  8940029
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970811
TTL  Self-locking dental reinforcement
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Lewis; Ralph A.
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Reynaud; Marc
CTY  Meylan
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Reynaud; Pierre-Luc
CTY  Saint-Egreve
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Chu; Manh
CTY  Saint-Egreve
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Societe de Recherches Techniques Dentaires R.T.D.
CTY  Saint-Egreve
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950217
APN  95 01870
CLAS
OCL  433224
XCL  433220
EDF  6
ICL  A61C  504
FSC  433
FSS  220;221;225;226;224
UREF
PNO  1397067
ISD  19211100
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  4696646
ISD  19870900
NAM  Maitland
UREF
PNO  5007837
ISD  19910400
NAM  Werly
OCL  433226
UREF
PNO  5073112
ISD  19911200
NAM  Weil
OCL  433224
UREF
PNO  5074792
ISD  19911200
NAM  Bernadat
OCL  433220
UREF
PNO  5284443
ISD  19940200
NAM  Weil
OCL  433224
UREF
PNO  5326263
ISD  19940700
NAM  Weissman
OCL  433225
UREF
PNO  5547379
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hasel
OCL  433212.1
UREF
PNO  5803736
ISD  19980900
NAM  Merritt, Jr.
OCL  433213
FREF
PNO  2 493 698
ISD  19820500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 669 211
ISD  19920500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  38 25 601
ISD  19890300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO93/25158
ISD  19931200
CNT  WOX
OCL  433224
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR96/00254
PD1  19970811
PD2  19970811
PD3  19960216
PCP  WO96/25119
PCD  19960822
ABST
PAR  Dental post to be fitted, particularly, within a dental cavity (3)
      comprises axial and longitudinal stiffening elements (7). At least a
      portion of the stiffening elements which is to be fixed within the cavity
      (3) comprises, at least at its periphery, a curable product (9) capable of
      yielding under an applied force so as to conform to the walls of the
      cavity in which it is located. The product is curable after being
      introduced into the cavity.
PATN
WKU  059890339
SRC  9
APN  0699977
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980430
TTL  Book kit for a drawing game-fun sky
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Fernstrom; Kurt
EXP  Hafer; Robert A.
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Burgio; Patricia
STR  6306 S. Whitham Dr.
CTY  Niagra Falls
STA  NY
ZIP  14304
CLAS
OCL  434 88
XCL  434 85
XCL  434217
XCL  434261
EDF  6
ICL  G09B 1104
ICL  G09B 1900
FSC  434
FSS  261;85;88;217
FSC  281
FSS  15.1;27.1;38
FSC  283
FSS  63.1
FSC  402
FSS  79
UREF
PNO  135315
ISD  18730100
NAM  Boucher
UREF
PNO  333483
ISD  18851200
NAM  Stewart
UREF
PNO  491160
ISD  18930200
NAM  Cross
UREF
PNO  1041435
ISD  19121000
NAM  Cross
UREF
PNO  1282382
ISD  19181000
NAM  Cross
UREF
PNO  1421975
ISD  19220700
NAM  Meyers
UREF
PNO  2075529
ISD  19370300
NAM  Leubrie
OCL  434 88
UREF
PNO  2427612
ISD  19470900
NAM  Lobb
UREF
PNO  2629382
ISD  19530200
NAM  Gomez
OCL  402 19
UREF
PNO  3492743
ISD  19700200
NAM  Schmidt
UREF
PNO  3581882
ISD  19710600
NAM  Bish
OCL  206  1.7
UREF
PNO  3889397
ISD  19750600
NAM  Flood
OCL  435 16
UREF
PNO  4008529
ISD  19770200
NAM  Yorkston
OCL  434322
UREF
PNO  4115937
ISD  19780900
NAM  Wolpert
OCL  434395
UREF
PNO  4439159
ISD  19840300
NAM  Hunter
UREF
PNO  4498238
ISD  19850200
NAM  Vaughn
UREF
PNO  5022682
ISD  19910600
NAM  Desmond
OCL  281 38
UREF
PNO  5080590
ISD  19920100
NAM  Frisque
OCL  434 88
UREF
PNO  5137453
ISD  19920800
NAM  Hudson
UREF
PNO  5178542
ISD  19930100
NAM  Chigrinsky
OCL  434157
UREF
PNO  5217376
ISD  19930600
NAM  Gosselin
UREF
PNO  5358407
ISD  19941000
NAM  Lainer
OCL  434 94
UREF
PNO  5409381
ISD  19950400
NAM  Sundberg
OCL  434159
UREF
PNO  5411344
ISD  19950500
NAM  Gagne
OCL  401202
UREF
PNO  5430965
ISD  19950700
NAM  Lai
UREF
PNO  5435240
ISD  19950700
NAM  Fromm
OCL  101 33
UREF
PNO  5580250
ISD  19961200
NAM  McKewen
UREF
PNO  5639240
ISD  19970600
NAM  Werzberger
OCL  434 88
UREF
PNO  5743730
ISD  19980400
NAM  Clester
OCL  433 26
FREF
PNO  2128937
ISD  19840500
CNT  GBX
OCL  434 88
LREP
FRM  Fisher, Christen & Sabol
ABST
PAL  A book kit for a drawing game which includes a book and a pen. The book has
      a front cover page which has a series of holes located along one edge
      thereof and a back cover page which has a series of holes located along
      one edge thereof. Such edge corresponds to the edge of the front cover
      page. A number of internal pages located between the front cover page and
      the back cover page. The internal pages each have a series of holes
      located along one edge thereof. The internal pages are transparent pages
      alternated with non-transparent pages. One side of each of the
      non-transparent internal pages contains a photograph or print of clouds in
      the sky. There is a binder which is a metal or plastic spiral or which has
      pliable prongs which extend through the holes along the side of the front
      cover page, the back cover page and the internal pages. The binder has a
      lateral cross-section which is round and has a central longitudinal
      passageway. A pocket is located on the internal face of the back cover
      page. The pen can be inserted at least partially into the central
      longitudinal passageway of the binder or it can be otherwise packaged with
      the book in, for example, shrink wrapping or other packaging material. The
      pen can be used to write on the transparent pages of the internal pages
      whereby outlines can be drawn of animate and inanimate objects observed or
      perceived to be the clouds shown on the adjacent, facing side of one of
      the printed pages.
PATN
WKU  059890347
SRC  8
APN  9133941
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970909
TTL  Information organization method, information organization sheet, and
      display apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXP  Hafer; Robert A.
NDR  36
NFG  36
INVT
NAM  Ninomiya; Toshiharu
STR  19-4 Gotenyama 2-chome
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Naito; Tomihisa
STR  735-39, Odake
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
CLAS
OCL  434107
XCL  434430
XCL  283 67
XCL  283115
XCL  705  1
EDF  6
ICL  G09B 1918
ICL  G09B 2900
ICL  B42D 1500
FSC  434
FSS  107;109;118;154;238;277;278;282;365;428;430
FSC  283
FSS  44;67;81;115;117
FSC  705
FSS  1;7;8;9;10;35;36;500
UREF
PNO  4650422
ISD  19870300
NAM  Gorczynski
OCL  434154
UREF
PNO  5011186
ISD  19910400
NAM  Bodziak et al.
OCL  281 12
UREF
PNO  5183297
ISD  19930200
NAM  Bodzaik et al.
OCL  283 67
UREF
PNO  5595402
ISD  19970100
NAM  Omori
OCL  283 67
UREF
PNO  5662478
ISD  19970900
NAM  Smith, Jr.
OCL  434237
UREF
PNO  5688125
ISD  19971100
NAM  Birdsong-Raffo
OCL  434 72
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/02674
PD1  19970909
PD2  19970909
PD3  19960918
PCP  WO98/12622
PCD  19980326
ABST
PAR  In a hexagonal element extraction method, a hexagonal theme region (0) for
      writing or inputting a subject or the theme to be given a thought is set,
      and hexagonal first-layer element regions (1-6) for writing or inputting
      elements such as subjects, action means, and the like that come into one's
      mind in association with the theme written in the theme region (0) are set
      around the theme region (0) to form a first layer. Furthermore, elements
      that come into one's mind in associated with those written in the
      first-layer element regions (1-6) are defined as new subtheme, and
      hexagonal subtheme regions (3-0, 5-0) for writing or inputting these
      subthemes are set. Hexagonal second-layer element regions (3-1, 3-2, . . .
      , 3-6, 5-1, 5-2, . . . , 5-6) for writing or inputting elements such as
      subjects, action means, and the like that come into one's mind in
      association with the subthemes written in the subtheme regions (3-0, 5-0)
      are set around the subtheme regions to form a second layer. The number of
      layers is increased in such procedure to hierarchically break down the
      elements that occur such as subjects, action means, and the like, thereby
      easily transforming abstract elements into concrete elements.
PATN
WKU  059890355
SRC  9
APN  2521172
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19990218
TTL  Arithmetic teaching device
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Milla; Bena B.
EXP  Nguyen; Kien T.
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Okoye; Godwin
STR  P.O. Box 4605
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
ZIP  87196
CLAS
OCL  434188
XCL  434191
XCL  434200
XCL  434209
XCL  2063151
EDF  6
ICL  G09B 1902
FSC  434
FSS  188;191;199;200;205
FSC  229
FSS  220;315;323;324;810
FSC  220
FSS  527;528;529;507
FSC  206
FSS  6.1;566;581;315.1
UREF
PNO  1288267
ISD  19181200
NAM  Stone
OCL  206581
UREF
PNO  1507915
ISD  19240900
NAM  Goldsmith
OCL  106581
UREF
PNO  5366069
ISD  19941100
NAM  Seidner
OCL  220207
UREF
PNO  5439108
ISD  19950800
NAM  Lackie
OCL  220527
UREF
PNO  5638838
ISD  19970600
NAM  Lombardi
OCL  206581
UREF
PNO  5692605
ISD  19971200
NAM  Lai
OCL  206  6.1
ABST
PAL  A arithmetic teaching device for teaching a child mathematics. The
      arithmetic teaching device includes a housing that has a bottom and a
      peripheral sidewall upwardly extending from the bottom. A counting box has
      an open upper face and a plurality of compartments therein. The counting
      box is removably disposed in the housing. A plurality of counting objects
      are disposed in the housing. The counting objects are positionable in the
      compartments of the counting box.
PATN
WKU  059890363
SRC  9
APN  1580051
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980922
TTL  Device for encouraging the brushing of teeth
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Miller; Bena B.
EXP  Hafer; Robert A.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Schwartz; Erez
STR  12 Haganim Street
CTY  47231 Ramat Hasharon
CNT  ILX
CLAS
OCL  434263
XCL  434262
XCL  446 73
EDF  6
ICL  G09B 2328
FSC  434
FSS  263
FSC  446
FSS  296;230;352;353
UREF
PNO  1342156
ISD  19200600
NAM  Brittain
OCL  434263
UREF
PNO  2926487
ISD  19600300
NAM  Stone
OCL  434263
UREF
PNO  3998234
ISD  19761200
NAM  Stubbmann
OCL  434263
LREP
FR2  Barish; Benjamin J.
ABST
PAL  A device for encouraging the brushing of teeth by a child includes a doll
      having a toothbrush carried by an arm of the doll adjacent the mouth of
      the doll; an electrical motor; a transmission coupling the electrical
      motor to the doll's toothbrush for reciprocating the doll's toothbrush
      with respect to the doll's mouth to simulate brushing teeth; and an
      electrical control circuit including an electrical switch to be actuated
      for energizing the electrical motor.
PATN
WKU  059890371
SRC  8
APN  9628215
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19971103
TTL  Method of renovating a cabinet for electronic card drawers and a cabinet
      renovated thereby
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Gilman; Alexander
EXP  Bradley; Paula
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Ruque; Christian
CTY  Corbas
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Gec Alsthom Transport SA
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19961104
APN  96 13396
CLAS
OCL  439 61
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  909
FSC  439
FSS  59;61;62;325;247;248;296;377
FSC  361
FSS  725;727;608;609
FSC  312
FSS  333
FSC  324
FSS  323
UREF
PNO  5620329
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kidd et al.
OCL  439248
FREF
PNO  0452575 A1
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
ICL  H05K  714
FREF
PNO  87 115 62 U
ISD  19881100
CNT  DEX
ICL  H05K  500
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a method of renovating a cabinet for
      electronic card drawers, the method comprising steps consisting in:
PA1  creating an unpluggable electronic drawer having connectors on its back
      face;
PA1  mounting an adapter intermediate mechanical support in the cabinet to be
      renovated, which support supports a set of floating backplane connectors
      for the unpluggable electronic drawer;
PA1  creating a free zone Z between said back supports for the backplane
      connectors of the cabinet, and said intermediate supports; and
PA1  fitting adapter wiring between said back supports and said intermediate
      supports.
PATN
WKU  059890380
SRC  9
APN  0688851
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980522
TTL  Coaxial electrical connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; T C
EXP  Nguyen; Khiem
NDR  4
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Jesman; Andrew
STR  Highdown Longdown Road
CTY  Guildford, Surrey
CNT  GBX
ITX  GU4 8PP
INVT
NAM  Jesman; Christopher
STR  Westhaven, 6 Rosebriars
CTY  Esher, Surrey
CNT  GBX
ITX  KT10 9NN
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19951128
APN  9524316
CLAS
OCL  439 63
XCL  439581
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  909
FSC  439
FSS  63;581;579;76.1;79
UREF
PNO  Re36065
ISD  19990100
NAM  Andrews et al.
OCL  439 63
UREF
PNO  3201722
ISD  19650800
NAM  May et al.
OCL  439 63
UREF
PNO  4710138
ISD  19871200
NAM  Bradley et al.
OCL  439 63
UREF
PNO  4857017
ISD  19890800
NAM  Erk
OCL  439 79
UREF
PNO  5046952
ISD  19910900
NAM  Cohen et al.
OCL  439 63
UREF
PNO  5062811
ISD  19911100
NAM  Hackman
OCL  439581
UREF
PNO  5842872
ISD  19981200
NAM  Hosler et al.
OCL  439 63
LREP
FRM  Jacobson, Price, Holman & Stern, PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/02906
PD1  19980522
PD2  19980522
PD3  19961126
PCP  WO97/20364
PCD  19970605
ABST
PAR  An electrical connector (1) is to be attached to a circuit board (34) to
      establish a connection between the board (34) and a coaxial cable. The
      connector (1) has an outer connector portion (38) formed in a housing
      (36), and a central conductor element (8) having two limbs (18, 22) joined
      by an elbow. An insulator assembly comprising a pair of insulating members
      (2, 4) encloses the central conductor element (8) in the region of the
      elbow. One limb (18) of the central conductor (8) is located by the
      assembly in coaxial relationship with the outer connector portion (38) of
      the housing (36) for engagement with an inner conductor of the cable. The
      other limb (22) is presented for attachment to the circuit board (34).
PATN
WKU  059890398
SRC  9
APN  0707813
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980501
TTL  Socket apparatus for testing package
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; T C
EXP  Nguyen; Khiem
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Sik; Lim Yu
CTY  Daeku
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Semicon Co., Ltd.
CTY  Choongcheongbuk-Do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970625
APN  97-15606
CLAS
OCL  439 73
XCL  439331
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  909
FSC  439
FSS  73;331;330
UREF
PNO  5161984
ISD  19921100
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  439 73
UREF
PNO  5290193
ISD  19940300
NAM  Goff et al.
OCL  439 73
UREF
PNO  5460538
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ikeya
OCL  439 73
UREF
PNO  5545050
ISD  19960800
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  439 73
UREF
PNO  5626481
ISD  19970500
NAM  Abe
OCL  439 73
UREF
PNO  5646447
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ramsey et al.
OCL  257727
UREF
PNO  5807104
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ikeya et al.
OCL  439 73
UREF
PNO  5823794
ISD  19981000
NAM  Abe
OCL  439 73
LREP
FRM  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
ABST
PAL  A socket apparatus for testing a semiconductor package includes a main body
      having a plurality of contact pins therein, a locking member disposed in
      the main body for securing the semiconductor package that is to be loaded
      into the main body, an unlocking member for releasing the package secured
      by the locking member, and a cover disposed above the locking member and
      the unlocking member. The socket apparatus improves a contactability
      between the external terminals of the package and the contact pins during
      the package testing and decreases production cost due to its simplified
      composition.
PATN
WKU  059890401
SRC  9
APN  0043427
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980108
TTL  Circuit board electrical connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; T C
EXP  Stephan; Steven L.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Nishimatsu; Norimasa
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970108
APN  9-011841
CLAS
OCL  439 79
XCL  439680
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  909
FSC  439
FSS  79;80;680
UREF
PNO  4708415
ISD  19871100
NAM  White
OCL  439 79
UREF
PNO  5702271
ISD  19971200
NAM  Steinman
OCL  439 79
UREF
PNO  5807126
ISD  19980900
NAM  Bethurum
OCL  439 79
LREP
FRM  Kanesaka & Takeuchi
ABST
PAL  A circuit board electrical connector (1) comprises a housing (2) with a
      front face having a receiving cavity (6) for receiving a mating connector
      (30). The housing is to be attached to a circuit board such that an
      opening of the receiving cavity is flush with an edge of the circuit
      board. A protruded bottom section (2C) is provided on a bottom of the
      housing and placed in a cutout section of the circuit board such that a
      front face of the protruded bottom section is substantially flush with the
      edge of the circuit board. A key groove (5) extends rearwardly from the
      front face of the protruded bottom section and communicates with the
      receiving cavity for receiving a key projection (34) of the mating
      connector.
PATN
WKU  059890410
SRC  9
APN  1274015
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980731
TTL  Electrical connector assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Johnson; Vincent
EXP  Stephan; Steven L.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Lin; Ming-Ching
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  C.S. Conser Enterprise Co., Ltd.
CTY  Hisn-Tien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  439 79
XCL  439 80
XCL  4395415
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  909
FSC  439
FSS  79;80;541.5;567
UREF
PNO  5643008
ISD  19970700
NAM  Tan et al.
OCL  439541.5
UREF
PNO  5823822
ISD  19981000
NAM  Tan et al.
OCL  439541.5
UREF
PNO  5851125
ISD  19981200
NAM  Hsu et al.
OCL  439541.5
UREF
PNO  5863222
ISD  19990100
NAM  Kinsey, Jr. et al.
OCL  439607
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
ABST
PAL  An electrical connector assembly includes a plurality of right-angled
      conductive terminals and a two-part terminal housing consisting of a main
      connector frame and a terminal positioning frame. The main connector frame
      includes a connector block portion for holding the horizontal contact
      portions of the conductive terminals, and a pair of parallel support arms
      that extend downwardly from the connector block portion and that cooperate
      with the connector block portion to confine an accommodating space for
      accommodating at least one electrical connector below the connector block
      portion and in front of the support arms. A guide plate extends between
      the support arms, and is formed with a plurality of notches to permit the
      vertical solder tail portions of the conductive terminals to extend
      downwardly through the guide plate. The terminal positioning frame is
      formed separately from the main connector frame, and is disposed below the
      guide plate. The terminal positioning frame is provided with solder tail
      holes that are registered with the notches in the guide plate to permit
      extension of the vertical solder tail portions of the conductive terminals
      therethrough.
PATN
WKU  059890428
SRC  9
APN  0546526
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980403
TTL  Electrical connector for use between shielded media connectors and
      computer communications cards
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Byrd; Eugene G.
EXP  Stephan; Steven L.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Thomas A.
CTY  Draper
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Garside; Troy
CTY  West Bountiful
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  23-3178
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439131
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1344
ICL  H01R 2302
FSC  439
FSS  131;55;78;83;329;660;676
UREF
PNO  5183404
ISD  19930200
NAM  Aldous et al.
OCL  439 55
UREF
PNO  5816832
ISD  19981000
NAM  Aldous et al.
OCL  439131
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger & Seeley
ABST
PAL  An improved electrical connector for use in a communications card for
      interfacing between a shielded media connector and a downsized computer is
      provided. In a preferred embodiment, the communications card comprises a
      retractable access portion and a fixed portion. The retractable access
      portion has an aperture formed therein configured to receive the shielded
      media connector. A conductive pin block provides electrical continuity
      between the shielded media connector and the fixed portion. A conductive
      shielding terminal encounters the shielding jacket on the shielded media
      connector and provides the shielding path through a distal end
      encountering a ground path contact such as the conductive cover of a
      PCMCIA communications card. The conductive shielding terminal additionally
      employs a spring tab extending into the aperture of the retractable access
      portion for positive contact with the shielded media connector.
PATN
WKU  059890436
SRC  8
APN  8703884
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970606
TTL  Power switch on/off mechanism of plug-in unit driven by an
      insertion/ejection device in a printed circuit board
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Ta; Tho D.
EXP  Paumen; Gary
NDR  9
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Han; Jae-Sup
CTY  Daejon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Kwang-Soo
CTY  Daejon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Young-Soo
CTY  Daejon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Her; Nam-Il
CTY  Daejon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute
CTY  Daejeon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961011
APN  96-45300
CLAS
OCL  439157
XCL  439911
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1362
FSC  439
FSS  157;911
UREF
PNO  5191970
ISD  19930300
NAM  Brockway et al.
OCL  439157
UREF
PNO  5343009
ISD  19940800
NAM  Araoka et al.
OCL  439157
UREF
PNO  5675475
ISD  19971000
NAM  Mazura et al.
OCL  439157
FREF
PNO  2262389
ISD  19930600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  A power on/off mechanism of a plug-in unit driven by an insertion/ejection
      device in a printed circuit board (PCB) which is adapted to various power
      switch on/off switches in accordance with a characteristic of a plug-in
      unit, thus reducing manufacturing costs and easily maintaining parts. The
      mechanism includes a power switch on/off lever having a protrusion formed
      in one end thereof which is inserted into a guide groove formed in a
      center portion of the handle when inserting/ejecting the plug-in unit and
      a jaw formed in another end thereof for receiving the power switch lever.
      The power switch on/off lever is inserted into a lever engaging hole
      formed in the bracket, and the power switch lever is position in the
      interior of the jaw. When plug-in unit is inserted into the sub-rack, one
      end of the power switch on/off lever is inserted into the guide groove
      formed in the handle, the protrusion of the lever is lowered along the
      guide groove, the other end of the lever is lifted, and the power switch
      lever in the interior of the jaw of the lever turns to the on state. When
      ejecting the plug-in unit from the sub-rack, one end of the power switch
      on/off lever is ejected from the guide groove of the handle, the
      protrusion of the lever is lifted along the guide groove, and the power
      switch lever turns to the off state from the on state through a dead
      point.
PATN
WKU  059890444
SRC  8
APN  8995206
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970724
TTL  Lever partial locking construction provided in a container for a level
      connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Standig; Barry M. L.
EXP  Stephan; Steven L.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Miyamoto; Takashi
CTY  Yokkaichi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Wiring Systems, Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960725
APN  8-196754
CLAS
OCL  439157
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1362
FSC  439
FSS  157;160
UREF
PNO  5328377
ISD  19940700
NAM  Saito
OCL  439157
UREF
PNO  5362245
ISD  19941100
NAM  Suguro et al.
OCL  439160
UREF
PNO  5431573
ISD  19950700
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  439157
UREF
PNO  5445530
ISD  19950800
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  439157
FREF
PNO  0 448 053
ISD  19910000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 549 370
ISD  19930000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 293 053
ISD  19960000
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Casella; Anthony J.
FR2  Hespos; Gerald E.
ABST
PAL  A partial lock portion 11c is provided on an inner surface of a connector
      receptacle 11 provided in a container 10 for a lever connector. A lever 12
      is rotatably mounted on the connector housing 13, and is formed with a
      lock portion 12a thereon. When the lever 12 is inclined in one direction,
      the lock portion 12a of the lever 12 is partially locked with the partial
      lock portion 11c of the container 10. When the lever 12 inclined in the
      other direction, the connector housing 13 is accommodated in the
      receptacle 11 with the lock portion 11c of the lever 12 partially locked
      with a partial lock portion 13a of the connector housing 13.
PATN
WKU  059890452
SRC  9
APN  0867632
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980528
TTL  Card connector which can prevent erroneous operation of an eject button
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  8
EXA  Nasri; Javaid
EXP  Stephan; Steven L.
NDR  17
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Akira
CTY  Kokubunji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970603
APN  9-145440
CLAS
OCL  439159
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1362
FSC  439
FSS  159
UREF
PNO  5286207
ISD  19940200
NAM  McHugh
OCL  439159
LREP
FR2  Whitesel; J. Warren
     Laff, Whitesel & Saret
ABST
PAL  In a card connector (1) in which a card-shaped connection object (200) is
      loaded with movement thereof in a first direction and is unloaded with
      operation of a button (90) in the first direction, an inhibiting mechanism
      (63) inhibits movement of the button at a first position in the first
      direction only when the connection object is not loaded in the connector.
      The first position is determined between a second and a third position in
      the first direction.
PATN
WKU  059890460
SRC  9
APN  076003&
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980512
TTL  Coaxial connector with switch
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; T C
EXP  Nguyen; Khiem
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Togashi; Koji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  SMK Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970512
APN  9-120507
CLAS
OCL  439188
XCL  200 5109
XCL  439944
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 2900
FSC  439
FSS  188;944
FSC  200
FSS  51.1;51.09
UREF
PNO  4370694
ISD  19830100
NAM  Hargrave
OCL  200 51.09
UREF
PNO  5085592
ISD  19920200
NAM  Sekiguchi
OCL  439188
UREF
PNO  5267871
ISD  19931200
NAM  Flanagan
OCL  439188
UREF
PNO  5580261
ISD  19961200
NAM  Meynier
OCL  439188
UREF
PNO  5839910
ISD  19981100
NAM  Meller et al.
OCL  439188
FREF
PNO  6-223924
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A coaxial connector with a switch has a central terminal, an outer
      terminal, and a switch terminal. When a plug is inserted in the coaxial
      connector, the central terminal is connected to the plug central terminal
      of the plug, while the outer terminal is connected with the plug outer
      terminal. At this time, the switch terminal comes into contact with the
      plug outer terminal, and it is electrically connected to the outer
      terminal via the plug outer terminal. The outer terminal is shaped as a
      cylindrical shell, and the switch terminal is positioned so as to face the
      outer terminal. When the plug is inserted, the plug outer terminal is
      inserted between the outer terminal and the switch terminal, whereby the
      switch terminal is electrically connected to the outer terminal, and the
      switch is activated. When the plug is not inserted, the switch terminal is
      separated from the outer terminal and, accordingly, the switch is not
      activated.
PATN
WKU  059890479
SRC  9
APN  1360590
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980819
TTL  Christmas lamp socket
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Shingleton; Michael B
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Huang; Shun-Feng
STR  No. 13, Lane 84, Nei Hu Road
CTY  Hsin Chu City
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  439252
XCL  315185S
XCL  4396992
XCL  439414
EDF  6
ICL  H05B 3702
FSC  439
FSS  252;699.2;414
FSC  315
FSS  185 S
UREF
PNO  3208032
ISD  19650900
NAM  Tilesi
OCL  439699.2
UREF
PNO  3522579
ISD  19700800
NAM  Matsuya
OCL  439699.2
UREF
PNO  4100448
ISD  19780700
NAM  Chipner et al.
OCL  439699.2
UREF
PNO  5620343
ISD  19970400
NAM  Pan
OCL  439699.2
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Lee
ABST
PAL  A Christmas lamp socket includes an inner socket for a lamp to fit therein
      and an outer shell to hold the inner socket. The inner socket has two
      supporting base parts defining an intermediate room. The outer shell has
      an intermediate wall inside and two holding cavities defined by the
      intermediate wall and an outer wall to retain a respective one of the
      supporting base parts such that the intermediate wall is received within
      the intermediate room and forms a pressure upon the supporting base parts
      for firmly holding leads of a wire between the supporting base parts and
      the outer shell.
PATN
WKU  059890487
SRC  8
APN  7714165
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19961220
TTL  IC positioning device in IC socket
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Vu; Hien
NDR  9
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Abe; Shunji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yamaichi Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951221
APN  7-349847
CLAS
OCL  439266
XCL  439 72
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1122
FSC  439
FSS  266-270;70-73
UREF
PNO  5205756
ISD  19930400
NAM  Myers
OCL  439266
UREF
PNO  5387118
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kishi etal.
OCL  439266
UREF
PNO  5447444
ISD  19950900
NAM  Matsuoka
OCL  439266
UREF
PNO  5490795
ISD  19960200
NAM  Hetzel et al.
OCL  439266
UREF
PNO  5626481
ISD  19970500
NAM  Abe
OCL  439266
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A device is provided for positioning an IC having a plurality of leads
      arranged in array along side surfaces of an IC body. The IC positioning
      device in an IC socket comprises a locator for pressing an outer side
      surface of a lead located on an extreme arraying end of the lead array
      group. The locator is moved while pressing side surfaces of leads which
      are displaced in an array direction, so that the lead array group and the
      IC body are moved to predetermined positions.
PATN
WKU  059890495
SRC  9
APN  2176831
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19981221
TTL  Contact of a ZIF PGA socket and the socket using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Truc
EXP  Bradley; Paula
NDR  15
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Walkup; William B.
CTY  Hillsboro
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Pei; Wen-Chun
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Huang; Yao-Chi
CTY  Yung-Ho
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Hon Hai Precision Ind. Co., Ltd.
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  439342
XCL  439342
XCL  439259
XCL  439862
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  450
FSC  439
FSS  342;259;862
UREF
PNO  4266845
ISD  19810500
NAM  Ishikawa
OCL  339258
UREF
PNO  4648669
ISD  19870300
NAM  Marks et al.
OCL  339 75
UREF
PNO  5370549
ISD  19941200
NAM  Lee
OCL  439342
UREF
PNO  5443591
ISD  19950800
NAM  Tsai
OCL  439342
UREF
PNO  5551883
ISD  19960900
NAM  Davis
OCL  439 65
UREF
PNO  5626500
ISD  19970500
NAM  Yoshimura
OCL  439862
UREF
PNO  5679020
ISD  19971000
NAM  Lai et al.
OCL  439342
UREF
PNO  5711690
ISD  19980100
NAM  Thrush et al.
OCL  439862
UREF
PNO  5797774
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kaneko
OCL  439857
LREP
FR2  Chung; Wei Te
ABST
PAL  A ZIF PGA socket includes a first housing and at least one second housing
      slidably received in the first housing. The at least one second housing
      defines a plurality of passageways for retaining corresponding number of
      contacts therein. Each contact has a first portion fixed in the
      passageway, a second portion fixed to a printed circuit board and a third
      portion deformably connected between the first portion and the second
      portion. When the at least one second housing is moved with respect to the
      printed circuit board, the third portion of the contact deforms to absorb
      stress to the second portion of the contact.
PATN
WKU  059890509
SRC  9
APN  0187925
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980204
TTL  Structure of a connector for a microphone
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Khiem
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Lee; Chang-Chi
STR  P.O. Box 82-144
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  439350
XCL  439352
XCL  439320
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 13627
FSC  439
FSS  320-321;345;350;352-357
UREF
PNO  4261628
ISD  19810400
NAM  Gallagher et al.
OCL  439350
UREF
PNO  4316647
ISD  19820200
NAM  Bailey et al.
OCL  439354
UREF
PNO  5860824
ISD  19990100
NAM  Fan
XCL  439265
LREP
FRM  A & J
ABST
PAL  A connector for a microphone includes a connecting member provided with a
      hook having a slot, a tubular member having an end formed with a plurality
      of hooks and fitted on the connecting member, an adjusting ring having a
      flange engaged with the hooks of the tubular member and an inner side
      formed with internal threads, and a fixing collar having an end formed
      with external threads engageable with the internal threads of the
      adjusting ring and a longitudinal notch engageable with the slot of the
      connecting member, whereby the microphone can be firmly and easily engaged
      with the connector.
PATN
WKU  059890517
SRC  8
APN  9858393
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971205
TTL  Connector for joining a cable to a PCMCIA card
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXA  Byrd; Eugene G.
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Zelno; John Michael
CTY  Vista
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Agnew; Marc Henry
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Guerre; John Andre
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  ViaSat, Inc.
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439362
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 13627
FSC  439
FSS  362;364;365;377.2;378;677;953;680
UREF
PNO  D379087
ISD  19970500
NAM  Steinbugler
UREF
PNO  5420733
ISD  19950500
NAM  Knighton et al.
UREF
PNO  5469332
ISD  19951100
NAM  Alvite
OCL  361737
UREF
PNO  5486117
ISD  19960100
NAM  Chang
OCL  439357
UREF
PNO  5521369
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kumar
UREF
PNO  5540601
ISD  19960700
NAM  Botchek
OCL  439502
UREF
PNO  5608607
ISD  19970300
NAM  Dittmer
OCL  361686
UREF
PNO  5647758
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ichikawa et al.
OCL  439362
LREP
FRM  Townsend & Townsend & Crew, LLP
FR2  Allen; Kenneth R.
ABST
PAL  A cable retention system is provided to connect a PC card, for example a
      PCMCIA card, to a cable. The cable portion includes an electrical
      connector on a cable that is overmolded with a backshell. The backshell
      incorporates captivated thumbscrews that can be at least partially
      withdrawn into the backshell. The thumbscrews may engage threads in the PC
      card to provide a secure attachment, or the thumbscrews may be withdrawn
      into the backshell, so that the electrical connector on the cable may be
      pushed onto the mating electrical connector on the PC card. In another
      embodiment, an electronic device, such as a wireless or ROM module, is
      attached to the PC card.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT AS TO RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS MADE UNDER FEDERALLY SPONSORED
      RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
PAR  This invention was made under contract with the U.S. Army, contract number
      DAAD05-96-C-9029.
PATN
WKU  059890525
SRC  9
APN  0988316
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980617
TTL  Electrical outlet safety cover and cord connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Gilman; Alexander
EXP  Bradley; Paula
NDR  12
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Fields; Kenneth N.
STR  310 W. 15th St.
CTY  Clifton
STA  TX
ZIP  76634
INVT
NAM  Metker; William C.
STR  P.O. Box 116
CTY  Meridian
STA  TX
ZIP  76665
CLAS
OCL  439373
XCL  439144
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1362
FSC  439
FSS  373;143;144;147;369;142;135;367;299;300;374;353;277;320;133
FSC  174
FSS  67
UREF
PNO  2406030
ISD  19460800
NAM  O'Brien
OCL  439373
UREF
PNO  3656083
ISD  19720400
NAM  Brook
OCL  439147
UREF
PNO  4045108
ISD  19770800
NAM  Olsen
OCL  439373
UREF
PNO  4072382
ISD  19780200
NAM  Reschke
UREF
PNO  4221449
ISD  19800900
NAM  Shugart, Jr.
OCL  439369
UREF
PNO  4671587
ISD  19870600
NAM  Lerner et al.
OCL  439142
UREF
PNO  4691974
ISD  19870900
NAM  Pinkerton et al.
OCL  439147
UREF
PNO  4718856
ISD  19880100
NAM  Pinkerton et al.
OCL  439147
UREF
PNO  4851612
ISD  19890700
NAM  Peckham
OCL  174 67
UREF
PNO  4875874
ISD  19891000
NAM  Windsor, Jr.
OCL  439364
UREF
PNO  4895527
ISD  19900100
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  439373
UREF
PNO  4917625
ISD  19900400
NAM  Haile
OCL  439358
UREF
PNO  4981439
ISD  19910100
NAM  Piedmont
OCL  439135
UREF
PNO  5017148
ISD  19910500
NAM  Buckshaw
OCL  439148
UREF
PNO  5049086
ISD  19910900
NAM  Slaven
OCL  439143
UREF
PNO  5069634
ISD  19911200
NAM  Chiarolanzio
OCL  439353
UREF
PNO  5129839
ISD  19920700
NAM  VanSkiver
OCL  439367
UREF
PNO  5139438
ISD  19920800
NAM  Gaffney
OCL  439269
UREF
PNO  5174773
ISD  19921200
NAM  Jones
OCL  439147
UREF
PNO  5179044
ISD  19930100
NAM  Muromachi et al.
OCL  439369
UREF
PNO  5195901
ISD  19930300
NAM  Correnti
OCL  439147
UREF
PNO  5252083
ISD  19931000
NAM  Correnti
OCL  439147
UREF
PNO  5264662
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kennedy
OCL  174 67
UREF
PNO  5272281
ISD  19931200
NAM  Bouley
OCL  174 67
UREF
PNO  5288945
ISD  19940200
NAM  Bruce
OCL  174 67
UREF
PNO  5370542
ISD  19941200
NAM  Beach et al.
OCL  439148
UREF
PNO  5408046
ISD  19950400
NAM  Vandeventer
OCL  174 67
UREF
PNO  5454728
ISD  19951000
NAM  Jack
OCL  439277
UREF
PNO  5575677
ISD  19961100
NAM  Buckner et al.
OCL  439373
UREF
PNO  5584720
ISD  19961200
NAM  Elswick
OCL  439369
UREF
PNO  5589665
ISD  19961200
NAM  Scamacca
OCL  439147
UREF
PNO  5685732
ISD  19971100
NAM  Lane
OCL  439369
LREP
FRM  Chase & Yakimo, L.C.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus is disclosed for covering an electrical wall outlet and for
      maintaining the connection of electrical plugs thereto or to another
      electrical socket. The apparatus includes a cover plate presenting socket
      openings and at least one cap for housing a cord/plug assembly, the cap
      having a pair of legs with flanges attached to free ends thereof. The
      cover plate includes a pair of opposed slots about each socket opening,
      each slot having a first channel for receiving the appropriately aligned
      legs and flanges therein. A cap is secured to a cover plate by rotating
      the cap in a clockwise direction until the legs reach a terminal channel
      at which a portion of the plate overlies the flanges to preclude removal
      of the flanges from the channel. A cap is removable from the cover plate
      only by placing inward pressure on both legs while simultaneously rotating
      the cap for movement of the legs back to the first channel. The apparatus
      further includes a second cap similar to the first cap which includes a
      face plate having slots as in the cover plate. Each cap can house a
      cord/plug or socket assembly which can be locked together by inserting the
      legs of the first cap into the slots of the second as above described. As
      such ready access to the juncture of a socket/plug assembly of two wires
      is precluded. Alternatively, caps having completely closed ends may be
      engaged with the cover plate to cover an outlet socket which is not in
      use.
PATN
WKU  059890533
SRC  8
APN  7827148
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970113
TTL  Contact element for an electrical connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Abrams; Neil
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Wheeler; Roger L.
CTY  Camp Hill
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Berg Technology, Inc.
CTY  Reno
STA  NV
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  631545
APD  19960412
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  487873
APD  19950607
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  180228
APD  19940112
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  439387
XCL  439884
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1304
FSC  439
FSS  387;825-827;884
UREF
PNO  2456764
ISD  19481200
NAM  Bach et al.
OCL  439827
UREF
PNO  2732531
ISD  19560100
NAM  Janowiec
OCL  439359
UREF
PNO  3229242
ISD  19660100
NAM  Finney et al.
OCL  439679
UREF
PNO  3278885
ISD  19661000
NAM  Klinger
OCL  439279
UREF
PNO  3422395
ISD  19690100
NAM  Fisher
OCL  439889
UREF
PNO  3546665
ISD  19701200
NAM  Zak
OCL  439825
UREF
PNO  3858956
ISD  19750100
NAM  Garrett
OCL  439387
UREF
PNO  4734041
ISD  19880300
NAM  Bruchmann et al.
OCL  439637
UREF
PNO  5174777
ISD  19921200
NAM  Carter
OCL  439290
UREF
PNO  5273455
ISD  19931200
NAM  MacLellan
OCL  439387
FREF
PNO  11 61 332
ISD  19640100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4024478 A1
ISD  19910200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  0 122 758
ISD  19841000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  0 283 118
ISD  19880900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure, vol. 27, No. 12, p. 7136, May 1985.
LREP
FRM  Woodcock Wasburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris LLP
ABST
PAL  An electrical connector includes a number of contact elements that, in the
      preferred embodiment, are pins. Each pin includes an electrically
      conductive contact surface that is configured to engage an electrically
      conductive surface within a mating connector to achieve an electrical
      connection. Each pin also includes a leading surface that is integral with
      the contact surface and is configured to contact the conductive surface of
      the mating connector during connection and disconnection with the mating
      connector. One advantageous feature of the invention is the provision of a
      detent between the leading surface and the contact surface. The detent
      collects surface debris from the leading surface before the debris can be
      swept onto said contact surface during connection. As a result, any debris
      that is collected in the detent will not interfere with the electrical
      connection between the pin and the conductive surface in the mating
      connector.
PATN
WKU  059890541
SRC  8
APN  8374724
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19970418
TTL  Device for detecting connection of wires in a socket
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Chang; Rick Kiltae
EXP  Young; Lee
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Fasce; Xavier
CTY  Cluses
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Pouyet S.A.
CTY  Ivry sur Seine
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960502
APN  96420149
CLAS
OCL  439409
XCL  439358
XCL  439489
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  424
FSC   29
FSS  747;748;749;752
FSC  439
FSS  409;488;358
UREF
PNO  4148138
ISD  19790400
NAM  Becker et al.
OCL   29749
UREF
PNO  4282644
ISD  19810800
NAM  Petree
OCL   29566.3
UREF
PNO  4307505
ISD  19811200
NAM  Jozens
OCL   29566.4
UREF
PNO  4422235
ISD  19831200
NAM  Becker et al.
OCL   29749
UREF
PNO  5205033
ISD  19930400
NAM  Drach
OCL   29749
UREF
PNO  5568686
ISD  19961000
NAM  Suarez
XCL   29749
UREF
PNO  5675890
ISD  19971000
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  439409
UREF
PNO  5855491
ISD  19990100
NAM  Hintner et al.
OCL  439109
LREP
FRM  Browdy and Neimark
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a method and device for reliably and positively
      connecting electric wires in receiving insulation-displacing slots. The
      pivoting connection pusher is closed by a locking catch borne by an
      elastic tongue and cooperating with a fixed closure stop. Locking is
      produced after passage of a hard point and provokes a clearly audible
      click which indicates to the installer that the insulation-displacing
      connection of the wire is then positively effected.
PATN
WKU  059890550
SRC  9
APN  1068644
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980630
TTL  Mechanically sealed insulation displacement connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  39
ECL  1
EXA  Nasri; Javaid
EXP  Abrams; Neil
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Cowan; Douglas L.
CTY  Snellville
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Kerr; David S.
CTY  Morris Plains
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Pawlenko; Ivan
CTY  Holland
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Tancreto; Anthony R.
CTY  Brooklyn
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439409
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  424
FSC  439
FSS  409;410;417
UREF
PNO  4341430
ISD  19820700
NAM  Crawford
OCL  439409
UREF
PNO  5102347
ISD  19920400
NAM  Cote et al.
OCL  439412
UREF
PNO  5435747
ISD  19950700
NAM  Franckx et al.
OCL  439409
UREF
PNO  5574257
ISD  19961100
NAM  Brauer et al.
OCL  174 76
UREF
PNO  5685733
ISD  19971100
NAM  Janczak
OCL  439395
LREP
FRM  Dickstein Shapiro Morin & Oshinsky LLP
ABST
PAL  A mechanically sealed insulation displacement connector includes a contact
      and a wire holder. The wire holder has a channel for receiving an
      insulated wire and a slot for receiving the contact. One end of the
      channel has a conical shaped region which provides a positive stop for an
      inserted wire. The positive stop causes the insulation of the inserted
      wire to press against the inside surface of the conical region when the
      wire is inserted into the channel. The insulation is slightly deformed
      providing an inexpensive and effective seal for the wire's conductor
      without the use of gelled oils and greases. As the insulation is pressed
      against the conical shaped region, the wire holder is rotated enabling the
      contact to move into the slot where it pierces the insulation and grips
      the conductor of the wire, thereby making an electrical connection and
      holding the insulation against the conical shaped region.
PATN
WKU  059890568
SRC  9
APN  0113514
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980522
TTL  Cable connector with stress relief assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Nasri; Javaid
EXP  Abrams; Neil
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Lange; Ralf
CTY  Meinberg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Nehm-Engelberts; Detlef
CTY  Schieder-Schwalenberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG, (German Corporation)
CTY  Blomberg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950804
APN  295 12 585 U
CLAS
OCL  439412
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  424
FSC  439
FSS  412;411;413;414;404
UREF
PNO  3397379
ISD  19680800
NAM  Puig
OCL  439414
LREP
FRM  Charles E. Baxley, Esq.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/03293
PD1  19980522
PD2  19980522
PD3  19960726
PCP  WO97/06580
PCD  19970220
ABST
PAR  A cable connector includes a housing which supports terminal contacts which
      have insulation piercing devices. An insulating part can be inserted
      coaxially into the housing and the housing includes recesses which receive
      the insulation piercing devices of the terminal contacts. A union nut
      which can be threaded onto the housing drives the insulating part and
      serves to fasten and seal the entire cable connector.
PATN
WKU  059890576
SRC  8
APN  9113142
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970819
TTL  Connector module with cutting clamping element
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Ta; Tho Dac
EXP  Bradley; Paula
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Gerke; Dieter
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Mossner; Frank
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Krone Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961015
APN  196 42 445
CLAS
OCL  439417
XCL  439397
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  424
FSC  439
FSS  417;449;402;403;404;405;397
UREF
PNO  4547034
ISD  19851000
NAM  Forberg et al.
OCL  439404
UREF
PNO  5006960
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kallin et al.
OCL  439449
UREF
PNO  5131863
ISD  19920700
NAM  Gerke et al.
OCL  439395
UREF
PNO  5352854
ISD  19941000
NAM  Comerci et al.
OCL  439449
UREF
PNO  5537471
ISD  19960700
NAM  Smith
OCL  439417
UREF
PNO  5588869
ISD  19961200
NAM  Jensen et al.
OCL  439417
UREF
PNO  5597321
ISD  19970100
NAM  Jacques
OCL  439417
UREF
PNO  5620332
ISD  19970400
NAM  Gerke et al.
OCL  439417
UREF
PNO  5681182
ISD  19971000
NAM  Reichle
OCL  439417
FREF
PNO  0 297 698
ISD  19890100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 459 144
ISD  19960600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  26 10 461
ISD  19800800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  93 13797
ISD  19950500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 37 022
ISD  19960200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 42 673
ISD  19960600
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  McGlew and Tuttle, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A connection element having electric insulation-piercing terminal contact
      elements in a chamber of a receptacle part intended for the connection of
      electric conductors without stripping them. A sliding part is provided
      enclosing a part of the insulation-piercing terminal contact elements
      arranged in the chamber. The connection element permits easy and reliable
      connection of electrical insulated conductors without a special connecting
      tool and at the same time ensures as high a current-carrying capacity of
      the conductor as possible. A locating opening for the conductors is made
      in a sliding part 1 in an inclined position relative to the longitudinal
      axis of the sliding part, which longitudinal axis is at the same time the
      longitudinal axis of the chamber. The conductors are inserted into the
      insulation-piercing terminal connecting contacts, set at an angle to the
      wall of the chamber, and make electrical contact with the
      insulation-piercing terminal connection contacts.
PATN
WKU  059890584
SRC  9
APN  1193031
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980720
TTL  Electrical wire/cable connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Nasri; Javaid
EXP  Abrams; Neil
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Norgaard; Thomas W.
STR  Edificio Secambu , Apt. 22A Piso 2, Calle Los Fernandez
CTY  Urb. Sebucan, Caracas
CNT  VEX
ITX  1071
CLAS
OCL  439429
XCL  439394
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  424
FSC  439
FSS  427;428;429;805;784;394
FSC  174
FSS  74 R;84 R;88 C;92;88 R
UREF
PNO  457865
ISD  18910800
NAM  Manson
OCL  403314
UREF
PNO  1973322
ISD  19340900
NAM  Staples
OCL  439784
UREF
PNO  3071751
ISD  19630100
NAM  Horndasch
OCL  439429
UREF
PNO  3156762
ISD  19641100
NAM  Matthysse
OCL  173263
UREF
PNO  4050773
ISD  19770900
NAM  Nowell
OCL  439428
UREF
PNO  4091233
ISD  19780500
NAM  Berman
OCL  174 81
UREF
PNO  4454376
ISD  19840600
NAM  Holder et al.
OCL  174 88R
UREF
PNO  5618200
ISD  19970400
NAM  Norgaard
OCL  439427
LREP
FRM  Fellers, Snider, Blakenship, Bailey & Tippens, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The inventive connector includes a tubular dielectric external element
      within which is disposed an internal conductive element. Two ends of wire
      or coaxial cable are pushed into the device. The internal conductive
      element has skiving edges at each end which separate the conductors from
      the insulating layers. The conductors contact the internal conductive
      element to form an electrical connection while the skived insulation
      layers are used to further insulate the device and to apply a holding
      pressure.
PATN
WKU  059890592
SRC  9
APN  0417084
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980313
TTL  Connector housing
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Byrd; Eugene G.
EXP  Stephan; Steven L.
NDR  16
NFG  41
INVT
NAM  Endo; Takayoshi
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsuji; Masanori
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kashiyama; Motohisa
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yazaki Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950223
APN  7-035378
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950721
APN  7-185892
RLAP
COD  74
APN  604721
APD  19960221
PSC  01
PNO  5743008
CLAS
OCL  439488
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  300
FSC  439
FSS  488;752;686;352
UREF
PNO  4380118
ISD  19830400
NAM  Driver et al.
UREF
PNO  4383361
ISD  19830500
NAM  Kautz
UREF
PNO  4635355
ISD  19870100
NAM  Brinkman et al.
UREF
PNO  4867705
ISD  19890900
NAM  Yuasa
UREF
PNO  5160283
ISD  19921100
NAM  Fry et al.
UREF
PNO  5187862
ISD  19930200
NAM  Ohsumi
UREF
PNO  5189788
ISD  19930300
NAM  Sakai et al.
FREF
PNO  35 44 180 C2
ISD  19860600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 10 193 a1
ISD  19971000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  61-131386
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-54678
ISD  19890200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-61783 B3
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-49656
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-112475
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-035378
ISD  19950200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-185892
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A connector housing for use in a wiring harness of motor vehicles, has a
      plurality of terminal accommodating chambers disposed along a length of
      the connector housing, the through-hole communicating through the width of
      those chambers, with a jig insertion hole having a connecting operation
      checking member therein, the jig insertion hole formed in a face of each
      of a first and a second opposite side wall of the connector housing, and
      an insertion position connecting jig inserted through the through-hole
      from the jig insertion hole in the face of the first opposite side wall
      toward the jig insertion hole in the face of the second opposite side wall
      whereby the connecting operation checking member of each of the jig
      insertion holes is removed so as to indicate completion of a correcting
      operation for electric terminals inserted into the plurality of chambers
      of the connector housing.
PATN
WKU  059890606
SRC  8
APN  9202110
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970825
TTL  System and method for direct communication with a backup network device
      via a failover cable
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Byrd; Eugene G.
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Coile; Brantley W.
CTY  Athens
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Jordan; James A.
CTY  Lawrenceville
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Cisco Technology
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  850248
APD  19970502
RLAP
COD  89
APN  850730
APD  19970502
RLAP
COD  90
APN  850836
APD  19970502
CLAS
OCL  439489
XCL  439502
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1100
FSC  439
FSS  502;489;578;639;640;650
UREF
PNO  4954101
ISD  19900900
NAM  Nelson
OCL  439502
UREF
PNO  5192226
ISD  19930300
NAM  Wang
OCL  439502
LREP
FRM  Ritter, VanPelt & Yi LLP
ABST
PAL  A system for providing a failover for designating a primary network device
      and a backup network device and providing direct communication between the
      primary network device and the backup network device. The cable includes a
      plurality of conductive wires having a primary end and a backup end. A
      primary connector is connected to the plurality of conductive wires at the
      primary end of the plurality of conductive wires. The primary connector
      has a primary plug driver pin and a primacy select pin, and the primary
      plug driver pin is connected to the primacy select pin. A backup connector
      is connected to the plurality of conductive wires at the backup end of the
      plurality of conductive wires, the backup connector has a grounded pin and
      a backup select pin and the backup grounded pin is connected to the backup
      select pin. Thus, the primary end of the failover cable is distinguishable
      from the backup end of the failover cable.
PATN
WKU  059890614
SRC  9
APN  2368498
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19990125
TTL  Low profile backplane jumper board
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Truc
EXP  Bradley; Paula
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Amberg; Mark F.
CTY  Littleton
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Lindemulder; Charles R.
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Nienaber; Michael L.
CTY  Berthoud
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439510
XCL  439510
XCL  439507
XCL  439512
XCL  439189
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 3108
FSC  439
FSS  189;507;510;512
UREF
PNO  3296362
ISD  19670100
NAM  Parry
UREF
PNO  4179173
ISD  19791200
NAM  Rise, III
OCL  339 19
UREF
PNO  5112238
ISD  19920500
NAM  Cizin
OCL  439188
UREF
PNO  5282112
ISD  19940100
NAM  Bremer
OCL  361729
UREF
PNO  5609493
ISD  19970300
NAM  Cheng et al.
OCL  439157
UREF
PNO  5655930
ISD  19970800
NAM  Dechelette et al.
OCL  439571
UREF
PNO  5711681
ISD  19980100
NAM  Hasegawa
OCL  439 86
UREF
PNO  5810617
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hasagawa
OCL  439510
LREP
FRM  Duft,Graziano&Forest,P.C.
ABST
PAL  The low profile backplane jumper board is mounted over the connector pins
      on the circuit pack side of the backplane to thereby selectively
      interconnect designated conductors in the connectors. These
      interconnections among connector conductors can be within a single
      connector or can span multiple connecters. The low profile backplane
      jumper board comprises a circuit board that contains holes for each of the
      backplane connector pins over which it is inserted. The ones of these
      holes that require an electrical connection to the associated backplane
      connector conductor are filled with a miniature spring socket assembly
      contact which is soldered to or press fit into the plated hole and
      associated conductors formed on the surface of the circuit board to
      interconnect a plurality of the holes formed in the circuit board. The
      thickness of the circuit board is selected to be of sufficient thinness to
      not interfere with the connection of the circuit packs to the associated
      connectors.
PATN
WKU  059890622
SRC  8
APN  903868&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970731
TTL  Reversible receptacle for mounting connectors
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Nganajui; Antoine
EXP  Paumen; Gary F.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Daoud; Bassel Hage
CTY  Parsippany
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439532
XCL  439716
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1360
FSC  439
FSS  532;715;716;719
UREF
PNO  4729064
ISD  19880300
NAM  Singer, Jr.
OCL  439716
UREF
PNO  5595507
ISD  19970100
NAM  Braun et al.
OCL  439716
LREP
FR2  Narcisse; Claude R.
ABST
PAL  A reversible receptacle for housing single ended or double ended connectors
      where said receptacle can be attached to a structure frontwards or
      backwards and can be manipulated without any interference from heavy gauge
      ground cables. The receptacle includes a reversible frame that has both a
      front and back opening. The openings permit selective access to the
      mounted connectors.
PATN
WKU  059890630
SRC  9
APN  0505102
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980330
TTL  Splice chamber and connector assembly for a building entrance protector
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Daoud; Bassel Hage
CTY  Parsippany
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439532
XCL  439709
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1660
FSC  439
FSS  532;709;710;711;712;713;714;715;716;717;718;719
FSC  174
FSS  49;138 G;72 A
FSC  361
FSS  627;641;742;770;767;807-8
UREF
PNO  4712232
ISD  19871200
NAM  Rodgers
OCL  379329
UREF
PNO  4875140
ISD  19891000
NAM  Delpech et al.
OCL  361412
UREF
PNO  5595507
ISD  19970100
NAM  Braun et al.
OCL  439716
UREF
PNO  5741157
ISD  19980400
NAM  O'Conner et al.
OCL  439532
UREF
PNO  5779504
ISD  19980700
NAM  Dominiak et al.
OCL  439709
UREF
PNO  5786989
ISD  19980700
NAM  Kawabe
OCL  361759
UREF
PNO  5816854
ISD  19981000
NAM  Baggett et al.
OCL  439540.1
LREP
FRM  Gibbons, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione
ABST
PAL  A building entrance protector assembly for telecommunication lines. The
      building entrance protector has a housing in which is disposed a splice
      chamber. Coaxial apertures are formed on opposing walls of the splice
      chamber, thereby providing a passage through the splice chamber through
      which a grouping of wires can pass. A plurality of posts are disposed
      within the splice chamber. The posts terminate at a predetermined height
      within the splice chamber that is above the axis of the coaxial apertures.
      A bracket is provided that is sized to fit within the splice chamber. The
      bracket is adapted to rest upon the posts. The posts therefore support the
      bracket above the axis of the coaxial apertures in the splice chamber. A
      wire connector is supported by the bracket. Accordingly, the posts and
      bracket act together to support the wire connector above the axis of the
      coaxial apertures. This ensures that the presence of the wire connector
      will not interfere with wires passing through the splice chamber between
      the coaxial apertures.
PATN
WKU  059890649
SRC  9
APN  0405930
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980318
TTL  Board lock
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Paumen; Gary
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Harlan; Tod
CTY  Mechanicsburg
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Korsunsky; Iosif
CTY  Harrisburg
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  The Whitaker Corporation
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439567
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1373
FSC  439
FSS  567;571-573
UREF
PNO  3954242
ISD  19760500
NAM  Yoda
OCL  248223
UREF
PNO  4435031
ISD  19840300
NAM  Black et al.
OCL  339 17C
UREF
PNO  4907987
ISD  19900300
NAM  Douty et al.
OCL  439571
UREF
PNO  5074807
ISD  19911200
NAM  Parmer
OCL  439553
UREF
PNO  5145407
ISD  19920900
NAM  Obata et al.
OCL  439567
UREF
PNO  5154634
ISD  19921000
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  439553
UREF
PNO  5192228
ISD  19930300
NAM  Collins et al.
OCL  439567
UREF
PNO  5336111
ISD  19940800
NAM  Thrush et al.
OCL  439567
UREF
PNO  5387115
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kozel et al.
OCL  439157
UREF
PNO  5415565
ISD  19950500
NAM  Mosquera
OCL  439567
UREF
PNO  5419713
ISD  19950500
NAM  Northey
OCL  439329
UREF
PNO  5462454
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kramer et al.
OCL  439571
UREF
PNO  5478257
ISD  19951200
NAM  Cachina et al.
OCL  439567
UREF
PNO  5551891
ISD  19960900
NAM  Huss, Jr.
OCL  439567
UREF
PNO  5664965
ISD  19970900
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  439567
LREP
FR2  Anastasi; Salvatore
ABST
PAL  The present invention is related to an improved boardlock 10 for use in an
      electrical connector 40. The boardlock 10 features a plurality of arms 16,
      18, 20 ,22 extending from a housing securing portion 12. The arms 16, 18,
      20, 22 are joined together by integral neck portions 24, 26, 28 which act
      as pivot points to allow the boardlock 10 to be insertable into a variety
      of circuit board openings.
PATN
WKU  059890657
SRC  8
APN  9863788
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971208
TTL  High performance Mil-C-26500
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Khiem
NDR  4
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Lazaro, Jr.; Luis J.
CTY  Shoreline
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  The Boeing Company
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  687082
APD  19960723
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  521776
APD  19950831
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  435122
APD  19950505
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  439589
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1340
FSC  439
FSS  271-276;586-589;595;600;601;281-283
UREF
PNO  2700140
ISD  19550100
NAM  Phillips
OCL  439589
UREF
PNO  3477061
ISD  19691100
NAM  Stephenson
OCL  439589
UREF
PNO  3970352
ISD  19760700
NAM  Dorrell et al.
OCL  439589
UREF
PNO  4220385
ISD  19800900
NAM  Luca, Jr. et al.
OCL  439589
UREF
PNO  4795354
ISD  19890100
NAM  Owen
OCL  439271
UREF
PNO  5240433
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kato
OCL  439587
UREF
PNO  5478259
ISD  19951200
NAM  Noschese
OCL  439108
LREP
FR2  Gardner; Conrad O.
ABST
PAL  An improved MIL-C-26500 type electrical connector having improved
      environment resisting wire sealing webs, a hard dielectric face socket
      insert to detect splayed or bent pins, and a controlled configuration of
      contact retention clips providing improved electrical performance, easy
      insertion and removal of contacts and improved assembly, serviceability
      and maintainability. Additionally, the Mil-C-26500 receptacle circular
      connector having a set of ground wavesprings assembled on the receptacle
      connector flange to assure a secure ground path on electrically bonded
      connectors.
PATN
WKU  059890665
SRC  8
APN  9931627
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971218
TTL  Electrical connector with dual position latched terminal position
      assurance
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Khiem
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Cox; Brian Douglas
CTY  Winston-Salem
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  The Whitaker Corporation
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439595
XCL  439752
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1340
FSC  439
FSS  362-364;594-598;752
UREF
PNO  4557542
ISD  19851200
NAM  Coller et al.
UREF
PNO  5071369
ISD  19911200
NAM  Denlinger et al.
OCL  439595
UREF
PNO  5181862
ISD  19930100
NAM  Hawk et al.
OCL  439595
ABST
PAL  An electrical connector 2 includes terminal 4 in a housing 10 with a
      terminal position assurance member 30 backing up the resilient latches 18
      holding the terminals 4 in housing cavities 16. The terminal position
      assurance member 30, inserted through the housing mating face 12, is
      shiftable between a partially inserted position, in which terminals 4 can
      be inserted into cavities 16 through the housing rear face 14 and a locked
      position after all terminals 4 have been properly inserted. The terminal
      position assurance member 30 includes a horizontal wall 36 insertable
      behind the housing latches 18 and panels 42 on either side. To shift the
      terminal position assurance member 30 to the locked position, the panel
      must deflect outwardly about a fixed front edge 46 and a fixed base edge
      44 to permit an inwardly extending panel latching projection 50 to pass a
      housing shoulder 26. To prevent plastic deformation of the latching
      projection 50, the latching projection upper surface 52 is inclined and
      its height, measured relative to the panel 42 increases with distance away
      from the horizontal wall 36.
PATN
WKU  059890673
SRC  9
APN  0161624
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980130
TTL  Halogen lamp pin shroud
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Dhirv R
EXP  Reichard; Dean A.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Morgan; David
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  O'Boyle; Michael
CTY  South Dartmouth
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Lightolier
CTY  Fall River
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439617
XCL  174 53
XCL  174135
XCL  174138G
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  903
FSC  174
FSS  52.1;52.4;138 G;135;53
FSC  439
FSS  336;617;618
FSC  362
FSS  226
UREF
PNO  2892992
ISD  19590600
NAM  Grovemiller et al.
OCL  439619
UREF
PNO  2953769
ISD  19600900
NAM  Woofter et al.
OCL  439611
UREF
PNO  3092695
ISD  19630600
NAM  Abrams
OCL  200 51R
UREF
PNO  3425027
ISD  19690100
NAM  Uberbacher et al.
OCL  313318.05
UREF
PNO  3555341
ISD  19710100
NAM  Curtis et al.
OCL  313318
UREF
PNO  3898506
ISD  19750800
NAM  Willoughby et al.
OCL  313318
UREF
PNO  3974370
ISD  19760800
NAM  Pearson
UREF
PNO  4100448
ISD  19780700
NAM  Chipner
OCL  313318
UREF
PNO  4259785
ISD  19810400
NAM  Wortham
OCL   33528
UREF
PNO  4293733
ISD  19811000
NAM  Royer
OCL  174 67
UREF
PNO  4463278
ISD  19840700
NAM  Kosmatka
OCL  313318
UREF
PNO  4473770
ISD  19840900
NAM  Baba et al.
OCL  313318
UREF
PNO  4769574
ISD  19880900
NAM  Nagasawa
OCL  313318
UREF
PNO  4803396
ISD  19890200
NAM  Kelner
OCL  313318
UREF
PNO  4849670
ISD  19890700
NAM  Hellwig et al.
OCL  313318
UREF
PNO  4864183
ISD  19890900
NAM  Okano
OCL  313318
UREF
PNO  4883434
ISD  19891100
NAM  Toyoshima
OCL  439619
UREF
PNO  4947082
ISD  19900800
NAM  French
OCL  313318
UREF
PNO  5008588
ISD  19910400
NAM  Nakahara
OCL  313318
UREF
PNO  5018992
ISD  19910500
NAM  Bergin et al.
OCL  439699
UREF
PNO  5065069
ISD  19911100
NAM  Hunter
OCL  313325
UREF
PNO  5286223
ISD  19940200
NAM  Ogawa
OCL  439619
UREF
PNO  5420474
ISD  19950500
NAM  Schmitt
OCL  313318.1
UREF
PNO  5538443
ISD  19960700
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  439699.2
UREF
PNO  5622424
ISD  19970400
NAM  Brady
OCL  362226
UREF
PNO  5683254
ISD  19971100
NAM  Lin
OCL  439 11
UREF
PNO  5691596
ISD  19971100
NAM  Yu
OCL  313318.1
UREF
PNO  5709571
ISD  19980100
NAM  Briski et al.
OCL  439699
LREP
FRM  Hopgood, Calimafde, Kalil & Judlowe, LLP
ABST
PAL  A protective device for use with a lamp holder for a high-voltage dual-pin
      lamp, such as a halogen lamp, includes a wall that surrounds the lower
      portion of an installed bi-pin lamp so as to prevent contact of the
      installer's fingers with the high-voltage pins. The protective device may
      also include a transverse rib that prevents the insertion of a low-voltage
      bi-pin lamp into a high-voltage lamp holder.
PATN
WKU  059890681
SRC  9
APN  1144790
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980713
TTL  Decorative light bulb holder structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Byrd; Eugene G.
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Shu; Kuo-Fen
STR  No. 10, Lane 198, Chung Chang Road
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  439619
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1900
FSC  439
FSS  619;611-618;699.2;356
UREF
PNO  5791940
ISD  19980800
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  439619
UREF
PNO  5810621
ISD  19980900
NAM  Tsai
OCL  439619
UREF
PNO  5879195
ISD  19990300
NAM  Cheng
OCL  439619
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Lee
ABST
PAL  An improved decorative light bulb holder structure comprises a light bulb
      holder, a socket shell, and a light bulb, and can provide convenience in
      assemblage and wire routing. The light bulb holder has a specially
      designed connection column at one end that, in conjunction with two
      electrical wires, can be closely embraced by the socket shell to reach a
      sealing effect and to prevent the penetration of moisture.
PATN
WKU  059890690
SRC  9
APN  1708732
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19981013
TTL  Electric jack
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Ngandjui; Antoine
EXP  Gellner; Michael L.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Tan; Ying Wu
CTY  Tao-Yuan Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Speed Tech Corp.
CTY  Tao Yuan Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19971016
APN  86217505
CLAS
OCL  439620
XCL  439676
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q 1366
FSC  439
FSS  620;607;609;676
UREF
PNO  5456619
ISD  19951000
NAM  Briones
OCL  439620
UREF
PNO  5647767
ISD  19970700
NAM  Scheer et al.
OCL  439620
UREF
PNO  5688145
ISD  19971100
NAM  Liu
OCL  439607
UREF
PNO  5736910
ISD  19980400
NAM  Townsend et al.
OCL  439620
LREP
FRM  Pro-Techtor International Services
ABST
PAL  An electric jack for communication between a mainboard in a telephone
      network or local area network and a module plug of an external signal
      line, including a plastic shell, a metal shell covered on the plastic
      shell to eliminate external electromagnetic interference, a terminal block
      mounted inside the plastic shell, the terminal block holding a first row
      of terminals adapted to contact respective terminals on the module plug of
      the external signal line, and a second row of terminals connected to
      respective electric contacts on the mainboard, and a filter module mounted
      in a rear open side of the metal shell and fastened to a back side of the
      terminal block to eliminate noises from signal passing from the module
      plug of the external signal line to the mainboard, the filter module
      having a filter circuit board connected between the first row of terminals
      and second row of terminals on the terminal block and adapted to eliminate
      noises from signal passing from the module plug of the external signal
      line to the mainboard, and an iron core covered on the filter circuit
      board.
PATN
WKU  059890703
SRC  9
APN  0270385
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980220
TTL  Bulb socket adapter
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Al-Turki; Ali
STR  Block 2,Str 24,House # 7
CTY  Al-Khaledyah
CNT  KWX
CLAS
OCL  439644
XCL  439638
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 2500
FSC  439
FSS  638;640;643;644
UREF
PNO  420705
ISD  18900200
NAM  Stewart
OCL  439644
UREF
PNO  1172953
ISD  19160200
NAM  Dempster
UREF
PNO  1640434
ISD  19270800
NAM  Weston
UREF
PNO  2492475
ISD  19491200
NAM  Granger
OCL  439644
UREF
PNO  4548449
ISD  19851000
NAM  Corsetti
OCL  339154
UREF
PNO  4936789
ISD  19900600
NAM  Ugalde
UREF
PNO  5320548
ISD  19940600
NAM  Schadhauser
LREP
FR2  Kroll; Michael I.
ABST
PAL  A light bulb-socket adapter for connecting a bayonet type light bulb to an
      Edison type socket or an Edison type light bulb to a bayonet type socket.
      The light bulb-socket adapter includes an Edison type connector section
      made of conductive material and a connection terminal extending therefrom
      and a bayonet type bulb receiving section and first and second contact
      terminals positioned within the receiving section for connecting a bayonet
      type light bulb to an Edison type socket. The light bulb-socket adapter
      includes a bayonet type connector section and first and second contact
      terminals extending from the connector section and an Edison type bulb
      receiving section made of conductive material and a connection terminal
      extending therefrom for connecting an Edison type light bulb to a bayonet
      type socket. Each adaptor includes a nonconductive barrier layer connected
      between and electrically isolating said Edison type section and bayonet
      type section, a first connection wire connecting the conductive material
      of the Edison type section to the first connection terminal of the bayonet
      type section and a second connection wire connecting the contact terminal
      of the Edison type section to the second connection terminal of the
      bayonet type section. When the adaptor is connected between a bulb and
      socket, the bulb and socket form a complete circuit via the first and
      second wires respectively.
PATN
WKU  059890711
SRC  8
APN  9225803
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970903
TTL  Low crosstalk assembly structure for use in a communication plug
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  10
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Larsen; Wayne D.
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Lin; Chen-Chieh
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Pharney; Julian R.
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Reichard, Jr.; George W.
CTY  Carmel
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439676
XCL  439418
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 2302
FSC  439
FSS  580;589;604;650;652;655;660;669;670;672;673;675;676;418;984
UREF
PNO  4002392
ISD  19770100
NAM  Hardesty
UREF
PNO  4431246
ISD  19840200
NAM  Vaden
UREF
PNO  5186649
ISD  19930200
NAM  Fortner et al.
UREF
PNO  5496196
ISD  19960300
NAM  Schachtebeck
UREF
PNO  5547405
ISD  19960800
NAM  Pinney et al.
OCL  439894
UREF
PNO  5647770
ISD  19970700
NAM  Belopolsky et al.
OCL  439676
ABST
PAL  A tunable blade structure for use in a communication plug terminating a
      cable carrying a plurality of conductors. One end of the blades is
      designed as an insulation displacement connector (IDC) for electrical
      communication with the conductors from the cable. The other end of the
      blades is designed as a jack contact region for electrical communication
      with jack springs. Between these two ends are three regions for
      manipulating the electrical characteristics of the blades: a capacitive
      coupling region, an inductive coupling region and an isolation region. By
      appropriately designing these three regions, electrical interference
      (i.e., crosstalk) between the conductors can be optimized.
PATN
WKU  059890720
SRC  8
APN  9721908
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19971118
TTL  Connection system with terminal/cavity combination
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Gilman; Alexander
EXP  Bradley; Paula
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hickox; Jeffrey Michael
CTY  Middlefield
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Gladd; Joseph Howard
CTY  Cortland
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Rodondi; Andrew Frank
CTY  Sharpsville
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  General Motors Corporation
CTY  Detroit
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439701
XCL  439753
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 13502
FSC  439
FSS  701;594;713;578;595;752
UREF
PNO  4220384
ISD  19800900
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  439595
UREF
PNO  5122077
ISD  19920600
NAM  Maejima et al.
OCL  439398
OREF
PAL  R. Mroczkowski, Electronic Connector Handbook, McGraw-Hill, p. 6.4, 1998.
LREP
FR2  Brooks; Cary W.
FR2  Griffin; Patrick M.
ABST
PAL  The invention includes an electrical connection system utilizing a
      terminal/cavity combination. The system includes a connector housing
      having a bay for receiving a plurality of the terminal/cavity combination
      units in a stacked relationship. The terminal/cavity combination unit
      includes a metal terminal, preferably having a tuning fork configuration,
      that is received in an electrically insulative carrier. The insulative
      carrier has a terminal cavity defined in part by two spaced apart side
      walls and a floor extending between the side walls for supporting the
      terminal. The carrier also includes a front wall having an opening for
      receiving a portion of a second terminal therethrough and so that the
      second terminal makes electrical contact with the terminal in the carrier.
      At least one indexing rail extends downwardly from a portion of the floor.
      Carriers can be stacked one on top of the other wherein the rail or rails
      are received between the two spaced apart walls of the carrier below. A
      plurality of terminal/cavity combination units in the stacked relationship
      are then inserted into the bay of the connector housing. Simple mating
      lock features on the terminal/cavity combination unit and the housing keep
      the units in place.
PATN
WKU  059890738
SRC  8
APN  7960808
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970205
TTL  Panel feedthrough terminal block assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Vu; Hien
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kahoun; Scott D.
CTY  Unionville
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  General DataComm, Inc.
CTY  Middlebury
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439709
XCL  439651
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  924
FSC  439
FSS  709;712;715;722;723;655;651
UREF
PNO  3241097
ISD  19660300
NAM  Ege
OCL  439709
UREF
PNO  3482206
ISD  19691200
NAM  Jackson et al.
OCL  439709
UREF
PNO  4210379
ISD  19800700
NAM  Vachhani et al.
OCL  439709
UREF
PNO  4630882
ISD  19861200
NAM  Naylor et al.
OCL  439709
UREF
PNO  4924213
ISD  19900500
NAM  Decho et al.
OCL  439709
UREF
PNO  5116246
ISD  19920500
NAM  Perry et al.
OCL  439709
UREF
PNO  5242319
ISD  19930900
NAM  Ju
OCL  439752
UREF
PNO  5704815
ISD  19980100
NAM  Shibata et al.
OCL  439709
OREF
PAL  Kulka Electrical Corp. Terminal Boards Catalog 17C, Jul. 1978.
PAL  Magnum.RTM. Single Row Terminal Strips Catalog, Jun. 1986.
PAL  Buchanan.RTM. Electronic Connectors Catalog I/O 100, Sep. 1992.
PAL  Weidmuller Standard Products Catalog, 1992.
PAL  Weco Electrical and Electronic Terminal Blocks and Modules Catalog No. 195,
      Jan., 1995.
PAL  EBY Electro Inc. Catalog (no date indicated).
PAL  Phoenix Contact Catalog (no date indicated).
PAL  Hendry Telephone Products Brochure for Fuse Panels showing terminal blocks,
      Aug. 1995.
PAL  Hendry Telephone Products schematic for PCB Assembly Stud Input, Master
      Copy date Apr. 1993, Approved date Feb. 12, 1996.
LREP
FR2  Gordon; David P.
FR2  Jacobson; David S.
FR2  Gallagher; Thomas A.
ABST
PAL  A power block includes an insulative block which is mounted to a panel and
      a plurality of connection mounts which are coupled to the insulative
      block. The insulative block includes a plurality of molded dividers and
      the connection mounts are located therebetween. Each connection mount
      includes at least one stud extending upward from the block and a conductor
      having first and second portions. The first portion of each conductor is
      conductively coupled to the one or more studs and the second portion
      extends through the block in a direction opposite the one or more studs.
      The second portion includes a free end provided with a connector directly
      couplable to a destination point. A preferred aspect of the invention is
      that the conductor is a copper braid partially covered in a tin plated
      copper sleeve. According to a first embodiment, the connector at the free
      end of the conductor is a sleeve extending over the free end and having a
      hole for directly receiving a lead from a power filter. According to a
      second embodiment, the second portion of the conductor is formed of solid
      copper and the connector is a tapered free end of the second portion of
      the conductor which is "pluggable" into resilient clips. According to a
      third embodiment, the second portion of the conductors are substantially
      elongate and flexible, and the connector at the free end is a sleeve
      having a coupling slot or hole.
PATN
WKU  059890746
SRC  8
APN  9954228
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971218
TTL  Wire pair disconnect module
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  9
EXP  Bennett; Christopher A.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Miller; Mitchell Eugene
CTY  Clemmons
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Reed; Carl Gene
CTY  Clemmons
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Treche; Ronald
CTY  Glendale
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  The Whitaker Corporation
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439709
XCL  439553
XCL  4395401
XCL  439922
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  922
FSC  439
FSS  402;403;709-712;715-719;723;724;922;553;540.1;541.5;552;569;570;571;572;76.
     1
UREF
PNO  Re35030
ISD  19950800
NAM  Siemon et al.
OCL  439532
UREF
PNO  4697720
ISD  19871000
NAM  Hotchkiss et al.
OCL  220337
UREF
PNO  4773867
ISD  19880900
NAM  Keller et al.
OCL  439 49
UREF
PNO  4883432
ISD  19891100
NAM  Reed
OCL  439553
UREF
PNO  4909757
ISD  19900300
NAM  Reed
OCL  439532
UREF
PNO  4993970
ISD  19910200
NAM  Littrell
OCL  439535
UREF
PNO  5035645
ISD  19910700
NAM  Siemon et al.
OCL  439532
UREF
PNO  5173064
ISD  19921200
NAM  Audeval
OCL  439709
UREF
PNO  5178554
ISD  19930100
NAM  Siemon et al.
OCL  439188
UREF
PNO  5215480
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lesslie et al.
OCL  439709
UREF
PNO  5422946
ISD  19950600
NAM  Delakowitz et al.
OCL  379327
UREF
PNO  5430717
ISD  19950700
NAM  Fowler et al.
OCL  370 58.2
UREF
PNO  5494461
ISD  19960200
NAM  Bippus et al.
OCL  439709
UREF
PNO  5514005
ISD  19960500
NAM  Jaycox et al.
OCL  439417
UREF
PNO  5647763
ISD  19970700
NAM  Arnold et al.
OCL  439540.1
OREF
PAL  AMP Application Specification 114-6062, Rev. O, Aug. 01, 1996, Pivot
      Connectors.
LREP
FR2  Kapalka; Robert J.
ABST
PAL  A disconnect module 10 includes printed circuit board subassemblies 12
      mounted on a mounting member 70 for connecting shielded twisted pair
      cables 2A and 2B, and for disconnecting the cables for testing the
      integrity of the circuits. Each module 10 also includes a ground bus 74 on
      the mounting member 70 for connecting drain wires 6 in multiple cables 2A
      and 2B through traces on printed circuit board subassemblies 12 to a
      ground reference. Each printed circuit board subassembly 12 includes an
      input electrical connector 30 and an output electrical connector 40, each
      of which can connect corresponding wire pairs 4 in four single pair
      shielded or screened cables, such as T1 cables. The connectors 30, 40 are
      mounted on the front of a printed circuit board 14 for easy access, and
      each connector includes a pivoting stuffer 36, 46. Disconnectable shunting
      connectors 60, mounted between the input and output connectors, normally
      connect corresponding wires in the two cables 2A, 2B, but can be removed
      to provide test posts for each pair circuit. The mounting member 70
      includes a mounting track 72 for supporting multiple printed circuit board
      assemblies 12 in a row, and the ground bus 74 on the mounting track 72
      engages ground traces 26 on the bottom of the printed circuit board
      assemblies 12.
PATN
WKU  059890754
SRC  8
APN  9027718
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970730
TTL  Contact for electrical connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Khiem
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Hsiao; Yu-San
CTY  Tu-Chen
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Po; Li-Ming
CTY  Tu-Chen
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Hon Hai Precision Ind. Co., Ltd.
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19960828
APN  85213326
CLAS
OCL  4397331
XCL  439444
XCL  439869
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1340
FSC  439
FSS  444;869;733.1;55;78
UREF
PNO  5460549
ISD  19951000
NAM  Muzslay
OCL  439733.1
UREF
PNO  5688149
ISD  19971100
NAM  Aihara
OCL  439733.1
UREF
PNO  5800213
ISD  19980900
NAM  Regnier et al.
OCL  439733.1
ABST
PAL  A contact for an electric connector is configured as an elongated post. The
      contact consists of a body portion, a terminal portion for being soldered
      to a substrate, a PCB for example, a contact portion for engaging with a
      corresponding contact in a mating connector, a first fitting portion
      protruding from two lateral sides of the body portion, and a second
      fitting portion also protruding from the two lateral sides of the body
      portion. The second fitting portion is located nearer to the terminal
      portion than the first fitting portion and has a width larger than that of
      the first fitting portion. When the contact is inserted into a
      corresponding contact passage defined by a dielectric housing of the
      connector, the first and second fitting portions will sequentially have an
      interference fit with the housing.
PATN
WKU  059890762
SRC  9
APN  0948829
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980615
TTL  Molded-in connector
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Hammond; Briggitte R.
EXP  Gellner; Michael L.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Muzslay; Steven Zoltan
CTY  Huntington Beach
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  ITT Manufacturing Enterprises, Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439736
XCL  439606
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 13405
FSC  439
FSS  736;606
UREF
PNO  3016580
ISD  19620100
NAM  Jaeschke
OCL   18 59
UREF
PNO  4566751
ISD  19860100
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  339218
UREF
PNO  4582388
ISD  19860400
NAM  Swaffield
OCL  439606
UREF
PNO  4795602
ISD  19890100
NAM  Pretchel et al.
OCL  264272
UREF
PNO  4871331
ISD  19891000
NAM  Kondo et al.
OCL  439736
UREF
PNO  4950171
ISD  19900800
NAM  Muzslay
OCL  439 76
UREF
PNO  4959027
ISD  19900900
NAM  Muzslay
OCL  439655
UREF
PNO  5607315
ISD  19970300
NAM  Bonnah, II et al.
OCL  439130
LREP
FR2  Peterson; Thomas L.
ABST
PAL  A connector (30) that projects from a metal housing (12), is formed by
      molding plastic in place, and is braced to increase its strength against
      breakoff. A cavity (32) is formed in the housing with an undercut that
      forms an inwardly-facing cavity shoulder (54). A metal brace (70) projects
      from inside the cavity to outside the cavity, and plastic is molded to lie
      inside and outside the cavity and to be strengthened by the metal brace.
      The brace is in the form of a sleeve with a flange (74) that abuts the
      inwardly-facing undercut cavity shoulder (54), so forces applied to the
      molded connector are transmitted through the metal brace directly to the
      walls of the metal housing.
PATN
WKU  059890770
SRC  9
APN  0390259
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980313
TTL  Connector for implantable medical device
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  8
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Mast; Roy T.
CTY  Lake Jackson
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Cooke; Daniel J.
CTY  Lake Jackson
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Intermedics Inc
CTY  Angleton
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  439814
XCL  439804
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  436
FSC  439
FSS  804;805;807;808;810;811;812;813;814;815;816;817;818;819;820;821
FSC  607
FSS  37
UREF
PNO  3238496
ISD  19660300
NAM  Crowther
OCL  439811
UREF
PNO  3304392
ISD  19670200
NAM  Isler
OCL  439814
UREF
PNO  3891298
ISD  19750600
NAM  Yorgin et al.
OCL  339272
UREF
PNO  3908668
ISD  19750900
NAM  Boldue
OCL  128419
UREF
PNO  4860750
ISD  19890800
NAM  Frey et al.
UREF
PNO  5005104
ISD  19910400
NAM  Grunert et al.
OCL  361 55
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg, Woessner and Kluth
ABST
PAL  A header assembly for coupling a cardiac lead to a cardiac stimulator is
      provided. The header assembly includes a header that has a bore for
      receiving one end of the cardiac lead. The bore has a first longitudinal
      axis. A connector housing is coupled to the header and has a second bore
      substantially aligned with the first bore. A biasing member is disposed
      within the connector housing and has a portion projecting into the second
      bore to bias the end of the cardiac lead against the walls of the second
      bore. A set-screw is threadedly coupled to the housing and is operable to
      secure the cardiac lead to the connector housing when tightened.
PATN
WKU  059890789
SRC  8
APN  8633339
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970527
TTL  Female electrical contact terminal with a reinforced transition region
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Byrd; Eugene G.
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Chaillot; Georges
CTY  Nogent le Roi
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Cappe; Patrice
CTY  Faverolles
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Framatome Connectors International
CTY  Courbevoie
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960603
APN  96 06788
CLAS
OCL  439851
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1122
FSC  439
FSS  853;851;595;850;852;744
UREF
PNO  5836793
ISD  19981100
NAM  Chaillot et al.
OCL  439852
FREF
PNO  0 669 678 A1
ISD  19950800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 688 065 A2
ISD  19951200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 621 180 A1
ISD  19890300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 627 020 A1
ISD  19890800
CNT  FRX
LREP
FRM  Pollock, Vande Sande & Amernick
ABST
PAL  Female electrical contact terminal obtained from a single electrically
      conducting metal sheet having a rear part (14) enabling it to be connected
      by crimping to an electrical wire (20), a transition region (15) and a
      front part in the form of a cage (10) consisting of an end (22) and of two
      side walls (26) which are extended by two right-angled branches (71, 72)
      in the part near the transition region (15).
PATN
WKU  059890797
SRC  8
APN  8988641
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970723
TTL  Male side terminal fitting
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Abrams; Neil
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Seko; Satomi
CTY  Yokkaichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Chishima; Masamitsu
CTY  Yokkaichi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Wiring System, Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960726
APN  8-197943
CLAS
OCL  439884
XCL  439745
EDF  6
ICL  H01R 1304
FSC  439
FSS  884;745
UREF
PNO  4767357
ISD  19880800
NAM  Hasircoglu
OCL  439499
UREF
PNO  4992064
ISD  19910200
NAM  Steinhardt
OCL  439884
UREF
PNO  5083944
ISD  19920100
NAM  Pitts
OCL  439884
UREF
PNO  5162004
ISD  19921100
NAM  Kuzuno et al.
OCL  439845
UREF
PNO  5344336
ISD  19940900
NAM  Sampson
OCL  439397
UREF
PNO  5475922
ISD  19951200
NAM  Tamura et al.
OCL   29881
FREF
PNO  0 572 874
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A male terminal fitting 20 is formed by bending, for example, copper alloy
      metal plate, and comprises, in a unified manner, a barrel member 30, a
      contact protrusion 40 for insertion into a female terminal fitting, and a
      tubular member 50 located between these. The terminal fitting comprises an
      overlapping plate 53 that overlaps with a roof wall 52 of the tubular
      member 50, a strengthening plate 54 extending in a unified manner from the
      anterior end of the overlapping plate 53 entering into the root portion of
      the contact protrusion 40. As a result, the strength of the contact
      protrusion 40 is increased and change of shape thereof due to an external
      force is prevented.
PATN
WKU  059890800
SRC  9
APN  0335916
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980303
TTL  Metallic male terminal
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Paumen; Gary
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Tsuji; Masanori
CTY  Shizuoka-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kashiyama; Motohisa
CTY  Shizuoka-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yazaki Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951117
APN  7-300013
RLAP
COD  74
APN  747816
APD  19961113
CLAS
OCL  439884
XCL  439877
EDF  6
ICL  H01R  924
FSC  439
FSS  884;877
UREF
PNO  3134632
ISD  19640500
NAM  Kimball et al.
UREF
PNO  5556308
ISD  19960900
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  5567187
ISD  19961000
NAM  Bellinger
OCL  439877
FREF
PNO  3-116572
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, LLP
ABST
PAL  A mating contact portion is formed by folding a plate member into a
      tongue-like configuration matable with a metallic female terminal,
      including a contact part in which the plate member is folded in a
      longitudinal direction along a bending part disposed at a tip of the
      mating contact portion.
PATN
WKU  059890819
SRC  9
APN  0594334
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980414
TTL  Pedal boat
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Sotelo; Jesus D.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Lekhtman; David
CTY  Beaconsfield
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Step Jet Corporation
CTY  St. Laurent
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  440 27
XCL  440 90
EDF  6
ICL  B63H 1620
FSC  440
FSS  26;27;30;90-92
FSC  416
FSS  131;206;207
FSC  415
FSS  6
FSC  290
FSS  54
UREF
PNO  646041
ISD  19000300
NAM  Sheen
UREF
PNO  3083677
ISD  19630400
NAM  Deubelbeiss
OCL  440 27
UREF
PNO  4140076
ISD  19790200
NAM  Borglum
OCL  440 27
UREF
PNO  4668196
ISD  19870500
NAM  Billmayer et al.
OCL  440 26
UREF
PNO  5071378
ISD  19911200
NAM  Wang
OCL  440 90
UREF
PNO  5110313
ISD  19920500
NAM  Po
OCL  440 90
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A pedal boat comprises an integrally molded hollow hull having an upper
      surface where water passengers can be seated. The hull is provided with
      drain holes to conduct water away from the pedal boat. A steering assembly
      and paddle wheel assembly are mounted to the hull. Each paddle of the
      paddle wheel assembly has a terminal portion which is displaceable between
      a rest position, wherein the terminal portion extends at an angle to the
      plane of the paddle to provide a more vertical entrance angle of the
      paddle in the water, thereby reducing the noise factor, and a loaded
      position in the water, wherein the terminal portion extends in the plane
      of the paddle to provide a greater thrust.
PATN
WKU  059890827
SRC  9
APN  0091340
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980120
TTL  Propulsion system for large ships
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Sotelo; Jesus D.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Corliss; Joseph J.
STR  10119 Vanderbilt Cir.
CTY  Rockville
STA  MD
ZIP  20850-4673
CLAS
OCL  440 45
XCL  114 67A
XCL  114151
EDF  6
ICL  B63H 1114
FSC  440
FSS  38;44;45
FSC  114
FSS  67 A;151
UREF
PNO  3013384
ISD  19611200
NAM  Smith, Jr.
OCL  440 44
UREF
PNO  3402555
ISD  19680900
NAM  Piper
OCL  440 44
UREF
PNO  3481296
ISD  19691200
NAM  Stephens
OCL  114 67
UREF
PNO  3481297
ISD  19691200
NAM  Mantle
OCL  114 67
UREF
PNO  3827388
ISD  19740800
NAM  Fulton
OCL  440 44
UREF
PNO  4176613
ISD  19791200
NAM  Rickards et al.
OCL  114 67
UREF
PNO  4543901
ISD  19851000
NAM  Stringer
OCL  114 67
UREF
PNO  4863404
ISD  19890900
NAM  Salo
OCL  440 38
UREF
PNO  5146863
ISD  19920900
NAM  Ford
OCL  114 67
UREF
PNO  5146865
ISD  19920900
NAM  Lais et al.
OCL  114151
UREF
PNO  5454440
ISD  19951000
NAM  Peters
OCL  180118
UREF
PNO  5476056
ISD  19951200
NAM  Tokunaga et al.
OCL  114 67A
LREP
FR2  Rainer; Norman B.
ABST
PAL  A propulsion system for a large, nuclear-powered ship includes a number of
      steam expansion thrusters rearwardly directed from the stern portion of
      the ship above the water line, a number of water jet drivers rearwardly
      directed from the stern portion below the water line, and a number of
      water jet thrusters downwardly directed from the hull portion of the ship.
      The frictional drag effect on the ship may be reduced by providing a
      curtain of air bubbles adapted to flow rearwardly in contact with the hull
      portion.
PATN
WKU  059890835
SRC  8
APN  7653026
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970421
TTL  Water jet propulsion device for vessels
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Basinger; Sherman
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Ishigaki; Eiichi
CTY  Sakaide
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Oura; Kazumitsu
CTY  Sakaide
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ishigaki Company Limited
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950428
APN  7-129422
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950616
APN  7-174000
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951122
APN  7-328320
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951127
APN  7-332803
CLAS
OCL  440 46
XCL  440 42
XCL  440 47
EDF  6
ICL  B63H 1101
FSC  440
FSS  1;48;38;46;47;40;42;43;67;66;41
UREF
PNO  1497665
ISD  19240600
NAM  Kaplan
UREF
PNO  3082732
ISD  19630300
NAM  Stallman
OCL  440 48
UREF
PNO  3147733
ISD  19640900
NAM  Engel
OCL  440 66
UREF
PNO  3253567
ISD  19660500
NAM  Patton, Jr.
OCL  440 46
UREF
PNO  3306046
ISD  19670200
NAM  Trapp
UREF
PNO  3336752
ISD  19670800
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  3680315
ISD  19720800
NAM  Aschauer et al.
OCL   60221
UREF
PNO  3737249
ISD  19730600
NAM  Cooper
OCL  416179
UREF
PNO  3918256
ISD  19751100
NAM  Ashleman
OCL  440 41
UREF
PNO  3942463
ISD  19760300
NAM  Johnson, Jr. et al.
OCL   60224
UREF
PNO  4055140
ISD  19771000
NAM  Kirchhan
OCL  114227
UREF
PNO  4449944
ISD  19840500
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  440 47
FREF
PNO  0399343
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0527227
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1310135
ISD  19621000
CNT  FRX
OCL  440 48
FREF
PNO  2625818
ISD  19771200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  300606
ISD  19320900
CNT  ITX
OCL  440 48
FREF
PNO  5-278683
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
OCL  440 42
FREF
PNO  WO 88/09288
ISD  19881200
CNT  WOX
OCL  440 42
OREF
PAL  Copy of European Search Report for EP 96 91 2237.
LREP
FRM  Howard & Howard
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/01129
PD1  19970421
PD2  19970421
PD3  19960425
PCP  WO96/33909
PCD  19961031
ABST
PAR  A water jet propulsion device for a vessel in which a suction inlet 4 is
      open at a vessel bottom part in a vicinity of a stern, water suctioned
      from the suction inlet 4 to a suction duct 5 is pressurized by a spiral
      blade 10 provided in an impeller housing 6, and jet water is ejected from
      an ejection duct 13 backward of the stern, and moreover, on an impeller
      shaft 7 provided in the impeller housing 6 are disposed a plurality of
      those spiral blades 10 with slipped phases, outer peripheral parts 10b of
      the spiral blades 10 are close to an inner circumferential surface of the
      impeller housing 6, and outer circumferential end parts 10c of the spiral
      blades 10 are extended to a suction side, and further in a fluid passage
      behind the spiral blades 10 are provided guide vanes 12, and cavitations
      and a rolling of a vessel body in a high-speed travelling are reduced, and
      a travel performance is improved.
PATN
WKU  059890843
SRC  9
APN  0160873
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980130
TTL  Outboard marine engine having a vertical crankshaft
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Muldoon; Patrick
EXP  Basinger; Sherman
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Tsunoda; Masaki
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tawa; Hiroki
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970203
APN  9-020629
CLAS
OCL  440 49
XCL  440900
XCL  123195A
XCL  123195C
EDF  6
ICL  B63H  114
ICL  F02F  700
FSC  440
FSS  76;84;900
FSC  123
FSS  195 A;195 C;195 E;195 P
UREF
PNO  4666122
ISD  19870500
NAM  Goodard
OCL  248666
UREF
PNO  4832666
ISD  19890500
NAM  Henderson
OCL  474135
UREF
PNO  5112281
ISD  19920500
NAM  Minato et al.
OCL  474 84
UREF
PNO  5125376
ISD  19920600
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  123195
UREF
PNO  5425336
ISD  19950600
NAM  Nakayama
OCL  123198
UREF
PNO  5755606
ISD  19980500
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  440 84
FREF
PNO  6-33790
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel LLP
ABST
PAL  In an outboard marine engine having a vertically oriented crankshaft, a
      bracket for supporting an AC generator is provided with a pair of
      cantilever arms for supporting a pivoted portion and a fixed portion of
      the AC generator, and a belt cover for the engine is partly supported by
      extensions of these cantilever arms. The bracket is typically mounted to a
      portion of the crankcase defining a corner between a vertical end surface
      and a horizontal top surface. By thus securing the belt cover to the
      bracket for securing the AC generator, it is possible to firmly support
      the belt cover and prevent undesirable rattling or vibration of the belt
      cover because the bracket is given with a sufficient rigidity from the
      need to firmly support the electric generator. Therefore, the firm support
      of the belt cover can be accomplished without any substantial cost
      increase.
PATN
WKU  059890851
SRC  9
APN  1395289
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980825
TTL  Tilt and trim control for marine propulsion system
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Avila; Stephen
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Masaru
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanshin Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970825
APN  9-227739
CLAS
OCL  440 53
XCL  440 77
XCL  440900
XCL  361730
EDF  6
ICL  B63H  5125
FSC  440
FSS  53;61;76;77;84;900
FSC  361
FSS  730
UREF
PNO  4843520
ISD  19890600
NAM  Nakatani et al.
OCL  361730
UREF
PNO  4933809
ISD  19900600
NAM  Boede et al.
OCL  440 77
UREF
PNO  5105334
ISD  19920400
NAM  Holinka
OCL  361730
FREF
PNO  WO 37/48568
ISD  19971200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear, LLP
ABST
PAL  A tilt and trim control system includes a simply-structured control unit
      that better protects its electrical components from contact with water and
      other contaminates. The control unit includes a pair of relays mounted
      onto to a printed circuit board. The board and the relays are potted
      within a housing. A plurality of wire leads are also attached to the
      printed circuit board with the connections between the leads and the board
      also being potted. The control unit is attached to the lower section of a
      cowling that surrounds an engine of the marine drive. The tilt and trim
      control system additionally includes a terminal block that is positioned
      within the cowling. The terminal block connects the control unit to a
      motor of a tilt and trim mechanism, and is positioned above the control
      unit on the engine. This position of the terminal block generally isolates
      the terminal block from water that may lie within the lower section of the
      cowling. The small size of the terminal block, however, does not interfere
      with the layout of other engine components.
PATN
WKU  059890860
SRC  9
APN  1793780
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19981026
TTL  Outboard motor flushing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Avila; Stephen
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Danchik; Aaron E.
STR  15245 La Maida St. Unit #304
CTY  Sherman Oaks
STA  CA
ZIP  91403
CLAS
OCL  440 88
XCL  440113
EDF  6
ICL  B63H 2110
FSC  440
FSS  88;89;113;900
UREF
PNO  5350329
ISD  19940900
NAM  Haman
OCL  440 88
UREF
PNO  5634833
ISD  19970600
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  440 88
UREF
PNO  5823836
ISD  19981000
NAM  Anderson
OCL  440 88
UREF
PNO  5830023
ISD  19981100
NAM  Brogdon
OCL  440 88
ABST
PAL  The present invention is a new and improved outboard motor flushing device
      system for simplifying the cleaning of small horsepower motors. The system
      includes a horizontally oriented support plate for an outboard motor. A
      backing plate with long horizontal upper and lower edges and short
      vertical front and rear edges is positioned adjacent to the support plate
      with a space therebetween. The backing plate has clamps adjacent to the
      front edge and the rear edge with coupling bolts and wing nuts. The
      backing plate also has a water port therethrough with a pair of spaced
      apertures on opposite sides of the port. A pad is positioned between the
      support plate and the backing plate with an enlarged opening overlying the
      hole. A water channel has a bore with a sideways facing input end and an
      output end overlying the water port with threaded apertures on opposite
      sides of the water port with two screws passing through the vertically
      spaced apertures and engageable in the threaded apertures for the
      selective positioning of the housing with respect to the backing plate.
      Lastly provided is a horn. The horn has a threaded coupler at its inboard
      end secured with respect to the backing plate, and an intermediate portion
      extending through the pad. An enlarged outboard end is provided for
      directing a flow of water over the input end of the motor.
PATN
WKU  059890878
SRC  9
APN  0459666
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980318
TTL  Lidar detection using shadow enhancement
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Muldoon; Patrick
EXP  Dayoan; D. Glenn
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Cordes; Brett W.
CTY  Panama City Beach
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Lloyd, Jr.; Jack M.
CTY  Panama City
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  700641
APD  19960628
CLAS
OCL  441 83
XCL  441 80
XCL  342  4
EDF  6
ICL  B63C  900
ICL  B63C  908
ICL  H01Q 1700
FSC  441
FSS  80;83;89;20;30
FSC  116
FSS  202;209;211
FSC  382
FSS  48
FSC  342
FSS  1;4;450
UREF
PNO  5267329
ISD  19931100
NAM  Ulich et al.
OCL  382 48
UREF
PNO  5421287
ISD  19950600
NAM  Yonover
OCL  116209
UREF
PNO  5710989
ISD  19980100
NAM  Flood
OCL  455100
LREP
FR2  Gibert; Harvey A.
FR2  Peck; Donald G.
ABST
PAL  A method is presented for detecting a body at sea. A lidar system provided
     nboard an aircraft transmits radiation at a wavelength in the blue/green
      region of the energy spectrum towards the surface of the sea. The lidar
      system is tuned to receive return reflections occurring over a specified
      wavelength range. A shaped area located near the body is designed to
      inhibit any return reflections that would be detectable by the lidar
      system. The shaped area defines a shape that is abnormal for the area of
      the sea being searched and defines a size that is larger than the body.
      The presence of the body is indicated by a null return corresponding to
      the shape and size of the shaped area.
PATN
WKU  059890886
SRC  8
APN  8873380
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970702
TTL  Manufacturing method of flat-panel display unit, display panel carrier
      therefor and manufacturing method of electronic device or optical device
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Negron; Ismael
EXP  O'Shea; Sandra
NDR  13
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Hasegawa; Tatsuya
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshimura; Satoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Koyama; Shinichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Keizo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yomogihara; Yoshikazu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tokunaga; Sanae
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okubo; Masaichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960703
APN  8-173742
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961009
APN  8-268569
CLAS
OCL  445 24
XCL  445 63
XCL  445 67
XCL   29430
XCL   29465
XCL   29466
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  100
FSC  445
FSS  24;65;63;67
FSC   29
FSS  430;464-468
FSC  349
FSS  1
UREF
PNO  4776080
ISD  19881000
NAM  Christensen
OCL   29430
UREF
PNO  5375003
ISD  19941200
NAM  Hirai
OCL  359 88
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Madison LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a manufacturing method of a flat-panel
      display unit and a carrier therefor which make it unnecessary to implement
      alignment in each step, except for alignment which require higher
      precision, by performing the alignment in advance in the pre-stage of a
      series of steps. The present invention also provides a manufacturing
      method of a flat-panel display unit which allows alignment with accuracy
      of about 50 to 100 .mu.m to be performed simply, reliably and quickly.
      According to the inventive manufacturing method, a display panel is
      mounted non-shiftably on the carrier and while being mounted thereon, is
      then carried between processing machines and is processed by the
      processing machines. In mounting the display panel on the carrier, it is
      aligned with the carrier in advance by visually aligning alignment marks
      thereof. In processing it by the processing machine, the carrier and the
      processing machine are put into a predetermined state in which they are
      aligned and thereby, the display panel is put into a state in which it is
      aligned with the processing machine.
PATN
WKU  059890894
SRC  9
APN  0829358
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980522
TTL  Method of fabricating separator walls of a plasma display panel
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Ramsey; Kenneth J.
NDR  9
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Ichiyoshi; Teruo
CTY  Miyazaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Osaka; Yoshinori
CTY  Miyazaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsubara; Yoshikazu
CTY  Higashi-morokata-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakayashiki; Katsumi
CTY  Miyazaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971017
APN  9-285887
CLAS
OCL  445 24
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  924
FSC  445
FSS  24
FSC  313
FSS  584
FREF
PNO  06314542
ISD  19941100
CNT  JPX
OCL  445 24
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey LLP
ABST
PAL  In a method of fabricating separator walls in a shape of stripes in a plan
      view to divide a discharge space of a plasma display panel, dried films of
      a predetermined height, each film being formed of a material formed of
      solid particles bonded with a binding agent in a shape of stripe that
      peters out in a plan view along longitudinal direction at the longitudinal
      end of the stripe is formed on a substrate; and the dried films are heated
      so as to burn out the binding agent as well as to melt the solid particles
      to stick firmly to each other.
PATN
WKU  059890908
SRC  9
APN  0857122
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980528
TTL  Method of manufacturing spacers for flat viewing screens
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Ramsey; Kenneth J.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Perrin; Aime
CTY  St. Ismier
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Boronat; Jean-Fran.cedilla.ois
CTY  Grenoble
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Commissariat A L'Energie Atomique
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970613
APN  97 07340
CLAS
OCL  445 24
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  924
FSC  445
FSS  24;25
UREF
PNO  5503582
ISD  19960400
NAM  Cathey, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5561343
ISD  19961000
NAM  Lowe
OCL  445 24
UREF
PNO  5600203
ISD  19970200
NAM  Namikawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5785569
ISD  19980700
NAM  Stansbury et al.
OCL  445 24
UREF
PNO  5842897
ISD  19981200
NAM  Jeong et al.
OCL  445 24
FREF
PNO  0 616 354
ISD  19940900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 780 873
ISD  19970600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 704 672
ISD  19941100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/18694
ISD  19940800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/03764
ISD  19960200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/16429
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/18204
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/15912
ISD  19970500
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClleland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a method for collective manufacturing of spacers
      (35) for flat viewing screens with high voltage control and divided into
      picture elements or pixels (28), characterized in that it comprises the
      following steps:
PA1  machining a substrate, of an adequate material for making spacers, in view
      of obtaining a profile structure (30) with a cross section (32, 42, 52)
      comprising a center core (33, 43, 53) and lateral stiffeners (34, 44, 54),
      the thickness of the center core and the lateral stiffeners as well as the
      distance separating the lateral stiffeners being such that said section
      can be inserted between the screen pixels without overlapping them,
      cutting the profile structure (30) obtained during the preceding interval
      in view of obtaining sections of a given length, designed to form said
      spacers (35).
PATN
WKU  059890916
SRC  9
APN  0381535
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980311
TTL  Bathtub toy
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Fossum; Laura
EXP  Hafer; Robert A.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Rodgers; Nicholas A.
STR  c/o Shaw & Co., SJO 892, P.O. Box 025216
CTY  Miami
STA  FL
ZIP  33102-5210
RLAP
COD  72
APN  970097
APD  19971113
RLAP
COD  82
APN  508964
APD  19950728
PSC  01
PNO  5697182
CLAS
OCL  446153
XCL  446175
XCL  446297
XCL  369 63
XCL  200184
EDF  6
ICL  A63H 2300
ICL  A63H  328
ICL  H01H 2900
FSC  446
FSS  153;156;160;175;297
FSC  369
FSS  63
FSC  200
FSS  182-184;199-200
UREF
PNO  4314423
ISD  19820200
NAM  Lipsitz et al.
OCL  446153
UREF
PNO  4347681
ISD  19820900
NAM  Fima
OCL   43 17.6
UREF
PNO  4479329
ISD  19841000
NAM  Fraden
OCL  446175
UREF
PNO  5157857
ISD  19921000
NAM  Livingston
OCL   43 17.6
UREF
PNO  5175951
ISD  19930100
NAM  Fruchey
OCL   43 17.6
UREF
PNO  5267886
ISD  19931200
NAM  Wood et al.
OCL  446175
UREF
PNO  5299107
ISD  19940300
NAM  Ratcliffe et al.
OCL  362158
UREF
PNO  5316515
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hyman et al.
OCL  446 28
UREF
PNO  5344357
ISD  19940900
NAM  Lyczek
OCL  446154
UREF
PNO  5438320
ISD  19950800
NAM  Taylor
OCL  340573
UREF
PNO  5523927
ISD  19960600
NAM  Gokey
OCL  362103
UREF
PNO  5611720
ISD  19970300
NAM  Vandermaas
OCL  446 47
UREF
PNO  5672090
ISD  19970900
NAM  Liu
OCL  446268
UREF
PNO  5683164
ISD  19971100
NAM  Chien
OCL  362 78
LREP
FR2  Westell; Robert L.
ABST
PAL  A bathtub toy has a battery, timing circuit and an audible or visible
      output. A motion responsive switch closes to connect the battery to the
      output and start the timing circuit. The timing circuit shuts off the
      output after an interval until the switch again closes after the interval.
PATN
WKU  059890924
SRC  8
APN  6913865
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19960802
TTL  Interactive toy
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Muir; D Neal
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  McGowan; Joseph
CTY  St. Peters
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Wolfinbarger; Ryan
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Hornsby; James Russell
CTY  Chesterfield
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Trendmasters Inc.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  446175
XCL   40411
EDF  6
ICL  A63H 3000
ICL  G09F 1908
FSC   40
FSS  411;414;455
FSC  446
FSS  175;219;297;303;308;309;310;311;312;236;437;454;485
UREF
PNO  530870
ISD  18941200
NAM  Wenger
OCL   40411
UREF
PNO  2961794
ISD  19601100
NAM  Sachs et al.
XCL   40411
UREF
PNO  3525169
ISD  19700800
NAM  Odenwald
XCL   40455
UREF
PNO  3623251
ISD  19711100
NAM  Bosch
OCL   40455
UREF
PNO  4479329
ISD  19841000
NAM  Fraden
OCL  446175
UREF
PNO  4643692
ISD  19870200
NAM  Magers
XCL  446236
UREF
PNO  4844474
ISD  19890700
NAM  Schaub et al.
XCL  446175
UREF
PNO  4910647
ISD  19900300
NAM  Gong
XCL   40411
UREF
PNO  4930236
ISD  19900600
NAM  Hart
XCL  446175
UREF
PNO  4943256
ISD  19900700
NAM  Symons
XCL  446437
UREF
PNO  5003714
ISD  19910400
NAM  Saroh et al.
XCL  446175
UREF
PNO  5310375
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kanauchi
XCL   40411
UREF
PNO  5451180
ISD  19950900
NAM  Chan et al.
XCL   40411
UREF
PNO  5522758
ISD  19960600
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL   40411
FREF
PNO  WO 87/06487
ISD  19871100
CNT  WOX
OCL  446175
LREP
FRM  Dorsey & Whtiney LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention is an automatically interactive toy capable of
      responding to natural triggering events, such as motion in the vicinity of
      the toy, and providing a plurality of interactive responses. Specifically,
      the toy configuration senses a natural triggering event with a sensor
      which activates the interactive response. Upon the occurrence of the
      natural triggering event, the triggering sensors activates an actuator
      containing a motor and a series of gears. The motor drives the series of
      gears to create a response by a transformation mechanism. In the preferred
      embodiment, the transformation mechanism causes an object or toy
      configuration to transform from a closed to an open position. Thus, the
      toy or object may have one appearance when closed and a different
      appearance when opened to expose an inner chamber which may contain a
      secondary object or toy.
PATN
WKU  059890932
SRC  8
APN  8443564
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970418
TTL  Balloon weight and ribbon assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Fossum; Laura
EXP  Hafer; Robert A.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Nelson; David C.
STR  2727 N. Revere Rd.
CTY  Akron
STA  OH
ZIP  44333
INVT
NAM  Frazier; Michael J.
CTY  Waterloo
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Fresh; Michael J.
CTY  Copley
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Schneiter; John W.
CTY  Sun Prarie
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Nelson; David C.
CTY  Akron
STA  OH
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  446220
XCL  446 79
EDF  6
ICL  A63H  306
FSC  446
FSS  49;51;53;79;220;235
FSC  244
FSS  31
UREF
PNO  4936532
ISD  19900600
NAM  Williams
OCL  248205.3
UREF
PNO  5011447
ISD  19910400
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  446220
UREF
PNO  5240199
ISD  19930800
NAM  Peters
OCL  242 96
UREF
PNO  5514022
ISD  19960500
NAM  Harris
OCL  446 75
UREF
PNO  5573437
ISD  19961100
NAM  Van Dyke et al.
OCL  446 75
UREF
PNO  5628091
ISD  19970500
NAM  Mueller
OCL   24  3.2
UREF
PNO  5797783
ISD  19980800
NAM  Harris
OCL  446 77
LREP
FRM  Renner, Kenner, Greive, Bobak, Taylor & Weber
ABST
PAL  A balloon weight and ribbon assembly includes a spool having a length of
      ribbon wound thereabout, the ribbon being secured at one end to the spool
      and at the other end to a breakaway tab which initially comprises a part
      and parcel of the spool. A dimple in the tab accommodates receipt of a
      double knot at one end of the ribbon, while a slot in the spool
      accommodates receipt of a double knot of the ribbon at the opposite end. A
      piece of double backed adhesive tape is provided on the breakaway tab to
      allow for securement of the tab to the neck or tail of an inflated
      balloon.
PATN
WKU  059890940
SRC  8
APN  9597697
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971029
TTL  Boxing game machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Carlson; Jeffrey D.
EXP  Hafer; Robert A.
NDR  19
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Tamura; Yuji
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Konami Co., Ltd.
CTY  Hgoyo-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941220
APN  6-317226
RLAP
COD  74
APN  579032
APD  19951218
PSC  01
PNO  5732953
CLAS
OCL  446335
XCL  446336
XCL  446354
XCL  446376
XCL  446390
EDF  6
ICL  A63H 1306
FSC  446
FSS  333;334;335;336;487;320;330;352;353;354;358;359;365;376;379;390
FSC  273
FSS  440.1
FSC   40
FSS  418;419;420
UREF
PNO  535896
ISD  18950300
NAM  Fritsche
OCL  446 34
UREF
PNO  1781307
ISD  19301100
NAM  Veronda
UREF
PNO  2002026
ISD  19350500
NAM  Fairgrieve
UREF
PNO  2633669
ISD  19530400
NAM  Churus
UREF
PNO  2716840
ISD  19550900
NAM  Armstrong
UREF
PNO  2760306
ISD  19560800
NAM  Pelletier
UREF
PNO  3235259
ISD  19660200
NAM  Glass et al.
UREF
PNO  3856304
ISD  19741200
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
UREF
PNO  3864870
ISD  19750200
NAM  Breslow et al.
UREF
PNO  3927883
ISD  19751200
NAM  Bosley et al.
FREF
PNO  614344
ISD  19261200
CNT  FRX
OCL  446334
FREF
PNO  683154
ISD  19300600
CNT  FRX
OCL  446320
FREF
PNO  466416
ISD  19281000
CNT  DDX
OCL  446334
FREF
PNO  2307487
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Jordan and Hamburg LLP
ABST
PAL  A boxing game machine in which a pair of boxer dummies are opposed to each
      other, each boxer dummy having at least one extensible arm, includes: an
      extender which drives the extension of the arm; a rotary unit which is
      rotatable about a substantially horizontal axis and carries at least one
      of the boxer dummies; and an operative member which is connected with the
      rotary unit and provided with a switch for switching over the drive of the
      extender, the operative member being operable to rotate the rotary unit
      about the horizontal axis. By rotating the operative member about the
      substantially horizontal axis together with the rotary unit while gripping
      the operative member, the boxer dummy connected with the rotary unit
      rotates about the same axis.
PATN
WKU  059890959
SRC  8
APN  9920145
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971217
TTL  Decorative figure assembly from combination of component bags
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXA  Fossum; Laura
EXP  Hafer; Robert A.
NDR  7
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Wotton; Michael C.
CTY  Plantsville
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Sun Hill Industries, Inc.
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  653759
APD  19960523
PSC  01
PNO  5733170
CLAS
OCL  446385
XCL  446 73
XCL  446223
XCL  206457
XCL  206575
XCL  428 16
EDF  6
ICL  A63H  304
ICL  A63H  316
ICL  B65D 6500
FSC  446
FSS  73;385;221;223
FSC  428
FSS  16
FSC  206
FSS  457;575
UREF
PNO  D334340
ISD  19930300
NAM  Parrish et al.
OCL  D 9305
UREF
PNO  1379013
ISD  19210500
NAM  Goss
UREF
PNO  2879626
ISD  19590300
NAM  Gradwohl
UREF
PNO  4883441
ISD  19891100
NAM  Byer
OCL  446 99
UREF
PNO  4884991
ISD  19891200
NAM  Terzian
OCL  446369
UREF
PNO  5195638
ISD  19930300
NAM  Zinbarg
OCL  206457
UREF
PNO  5211996
ISD  19930500
NAM  Zinbarg
OCL  427 16
UREF
PNO  5215493
ISD  19930600
NAM  Zgrodek et al.
OCL  446372
UREF
PNO  5458932
ISD  19951000
NAM  Zinbarg et al.
OCL  428 16
UREF
PNO  5733170
ISD  19980300
NAM  Wotton
OCL  446385
UREF
PNO  5776558
ISD  19980700
NAM  Wotton
OCL  428 16
FREF
PNO  828763
ISD  19580200
CNT  GBX
OCL  132  3
LREP
FR2  Gordon; David P.
FR2  Jacobson; David S.
FR2  Gallagher; Thomas A.
ABST
PAL  A decorative combination of component bags representing the head, torso,
      two arms, and two legs of a festive, seasonal, holiday, or non-holiday
      figure is provided. Each of the bags is comprised of a bag member formed
      of a flexible waterproof material and has an initially open end. The
      initially open end is for receiving filler material. A closing means is
      provided for closing the initially open ends of the component bags. The
      bags may have fanciful indicia for representing festive, seasonal,
      holiday, or non-holiday figures. Once assembled, the figure resembles a
      costumed male or female human, is substantially human-proportioned, and
      preferably has articulable appendages. The components of the figure may
      also be supplied in a kit.
PATN
WKU  059890967
SRC  8
APN  7971907
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970211
TTL  Toy fork lift vehicle with improved steering
ISD  19991123
NCL  59
ECL  1
EXA  Carlson; Jeffrey D.
EXP  Hafer; Robert A.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Barton; William M.
CTY  Encinitas
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Pogue; Lonnie C.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Drechny; Jon M.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Rokenbok Toy Company
CTY  Encinitas
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  446425
XCL  446427
XCL  446434
XCL  446456
EDF  6
ICL  A63H 1705
ICL  A63H 3000
FSC  446
FSS  424;425;427;434;435;441;454;455;456
UREF
PNO  2354178
ISD  19440700
NAM  Ulinsky
UREF
PNO  2586239
ISD  19520200
NAM  MacKenzie
OCL  446427
UREF
PNO  3303821
ISD  19670200
NAM  Harris
OCL  119 29
UREF
PNO  3400488
ISD  19680900
NAM  Phillpott et al.
OCL  469244
UREF
PNO  3482046
ISD  19691200
NAM  Hughson et al.
OCL  179154
UREF
PNO  3639755
ISD  19720200
NAM  Wrege
OCL  246187B
UREF
PNO  3722135
ISD  19730300
NAM  Jacobson
OCL  446425
UREF
PNO  3744181
ISD  19730700
NAM  Gagnon
OCL  446425
UREF
PNO  3747265
ISD  19730700
NAM  Gagnon
OCL  446454
UREF
PNO  3772825
ISD  19731100
NAM  Gagnon
OCL  446454
UREF
PNO  3782031
ISD  19740100
NAM  Byron
OCL   46244R
UREF
PNO  3874539
ISD  19750400
NAM  Staley
UREF
PNO  3926434
ISD  19751200
NAM  Cannon, Jr.
OCL  273 86B
UREF
PNO  4013185
ISD  19770300
NAM  Bratton
UREF
PNO  4080602
ISD  19780300
NAM  Hattori et al.
OCL  343225
UREF
PNO  4087799
ISD  19780500
NAM  Brouwer
OCL  340237.5
UREF
PNO  4135181
ISD  19790100
NAM  Bogacki et al.
OCL  340310A
UREF
PNO  4141553
ISD  19790200
NAM  Beny et al.
OCL  273 86B
UREF
PNO  4171468
ISD  19791000
NAM  Reiner
OCL  179 15AW
UREF
PNO  4197672
ISD  19800400
NAM  Mabuchi et al.
OCL   46254
UREF
PNO  4213270
ISD  19800700
NAM  Oda
OCL   46254
UREF
PNO  4226292
ISD  19801000
NAM  Monte et al.
OCL  180  6.5
UREF
PNO  4334221
ISD  19820600
NAM  Rosenhagen et al.
OCL  340825.72
UREF
PNO  4563626
ISD  19860100
NAM  Ohtake
OCL  320  2
UREF
PNO  4817948
ISD  19890400
NAM  Simonelli
OCL  273 86B
UREF
PNO  4917649
ISD  19900400
NAM  Tammera
OCL  446441
UREF
PNO  4938483
ISD  19900700
NAM  Yavetz
OCL  446456
UREF
PNO  5073750
ISD  19911200
NAM  Coron
OCL  318 58.7
UREF
PNO  5098110
ISD  19920300
NAM  Yang
OCL  273438
UREF
PNO  5135427
ISD  19920800
NAM  Suto et al.
OCL  446433
UREF
PNO  5148159
ISD  19920900
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  340825.22
UREF
PNO  5364108
ISD  19941100
NAM  Esnouf
OCL  273430
UREF
PNO  5429543
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tilbor et al.
OCL  446456
UREF
PNO  5435553
ISD  19950700
NAM  Arima et al.
OCL  273865
UREF
PNO  5435768
ISD  19950700
NAM  Dunleavy
OCL  446427
UREF
PNO  5452901
ISD  19950900
NAM  Nakada et al.
OCL  273310
UREF
PNO  5471668
ISD  19951100
NAM  Soenen et al.
OCL  455352
UREF
PNO  5474486
ISD  19951200
NAM  Chilton et al.
OCL  456456
FREF
PNO  939976
ISD  19560300
CNT  DEX
OCL  446425
FREF
PNO  1196554
ISD  19650700
CNT  DEX
OCL  446424
FREF
PNO  2005158
ISD  19710800
CNT  DEX
OCL  446424
LREP
FR2  Roston; Ellsworth R.
     Fulwider, Patton, et al.
ABST
PAL  A remotely-controllable motorized toy vehicle having a highly-maneuverable
      skid steering system driven by single or dual motors, having a separately
      motorized lift device pivotally secured to the chassis of the vehicle
      operative to lift and transport transportable elements, and also having an
      automatic tow hitch mechanism. The lift and hitching mechanism is coupled
      to a motorized lift gear train which provides for the sequential actuation
      of the lift for lifting and transport of the transportable elements and
      acutation of the hitch mechanism for hitching and unhitching towed
      vehicles. The vehicle is constructed with a particular wheel track to
      wheel base ratio providing improved skid steering as well as enhanced
      manueverability and stability. The mechanisms and gear trains have proper
      ratios and dimensions providing for the proper sequence of hitch actuation
      during upward and downward movement of the lift device whereby the hitch
      is operative only upon extended upward operation of the lift. The remote
      central control device or station being capable of controlling a plurality
      of vehicles with control inputs from a plurality of operators.
PATN
WKU  059890975
SRC  9
APN  2703351
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19990316
TTL  Guide stick and hoop toy
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Rimell; Sam
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Lebedz; Nicholas
STR  100 - 13th St.
CTY  Belleair Beach
STA  FL
ZIP  33786
CLAS
OCL  446450
XCL  446411
EDF  6
ICL  A63H 3302
FSC  446
FSS  409;411;431;450;451;452;453
UREF
PNO  2861389
ISD  19581100
NAM  Baker
OCL  446411
UREF
PNO  2984937
ISD  19610500
NAM  Rendon
OCL  446450
UREF
PNO  3001324
ISD  19610900
NAM  Walker
OCL  446450
UREF
PNO  3001325
ISD  19610900
NAM  Riccobono
OCL  446450
UREF
PNO  3233361
ISD  19660200
NAM  Conaghan
OCL  446411
UREF
PNO  3464149
ISD  19690900
NAM  Batterson et al.
OCL  446411
UREF
PNO  3676951
ISD  19720700
NAM  Shearer
OCL  446411
UREF
PNO  4091564
ISD  19780500
NAM  Jasinski
UREF
PNO  4102077
ISD  19780700
NAM  Marino
UREF
PNO  4173841
ISD  19791100
NAM  Hensley
OCL  446453
UREF
PNO  4257189
ISD  19810300
NAM  Hensley
OCL  446138
UREF
PNO  4453341
ISD  19840600
NAM  Klukos
OCL  446450
UREF
PNO  4682971
ISD  19870700
NAM  Washington
UREF
PNO  4799917
ISD  19890100
NAM  Lentz
UREF
PNO  4913677
ISD  19900400
NAM  Brasier et al.
UREF
PNO  5299970
ISD  19940400
NAM  Fontaine
OCL  446453
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a guide stick and hoop toy amusement apparatus for use by
      children. The apparatus consists of a hoop element which is adapted to be
      rolled upon the ground by the user. The second component of the apparatus
      is the stick. The stick consists of a first handle end and a second guide
      channel end. The guide channel has a radius of curvature which is
      specifically adapted to engage the outer circumference of the hoop
      element.
PATN
WKU  059890983
SRC  9
APN  2485923
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19990211
TTL  Audio visual display apparatus and kit
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Rimell; Sam
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Reynolds; Peter
STR  P.O. Box 240
CTY  North Conway
STA  NH
ZIP  03860
INVT
NAM  Poole; Bruce
STR  P.O. Box 551
CTY  Intervale
STA  NH
ZIP  03845
CLAS
OCL  446485
XCL  446484
XCL  446228
XCL  446227
XCL   40455
EDF  6
ICL  A63H 3326
FSC  211
FSS  85.8
FSC  434
FSS  308;309;311
FSC  446
FSS  175;227;228;404;484;485
FSC   40
FSS  431;452;455;717
UREF
PNO  4373918
ISD  19830200
NAM  Berman
OCL  434309
UREF
PNO  4984380
ISD  19910100
NAM  Anderson
OCL   40455
UREF
PNO  5209665
ISD  19930500
NAM  Billings
UREF
PNO  5277588
ISD  19940100
NAM  Lin
UREF
PNO  5359374
ISD  19941000
NAM  Scwartz
OCL   40455
UREF
PNO  5511980
ISD  19960400
NAM  Wood
UREF
PNO  5611694
ISD  19970300
NAM  Brumley
UREF
PNO  5671555
ISD  19970900
NAM  Fernandes
UREF
PNO  5758777
ISD  19980600
NAM  Dods
UREF
PNO  5883341
ISD  19990300
NAM  Terriss et al.
OCL   40455
LREP
FR2  Persson; Michael J
FR2  Ritchie; William B.
ABST
PAL  The invention is an apparatus for displaying collectibles and a kit for use
      with the apparatus. In its most basic form, the apparatus of the present
      invention includes a display dimensioned for receiving said at least one
      collectible, at least one light generating device for illuminating the
      collectible when received within the display, and a controller. The
      controller includes a sound generating device for generating at least one
      predetermined sound, a light control for activating a predetermined one of
      said at least one light generating device corresponding to the
      predetermined sound, and a control module having a user interface for
      sending a light control signal to the light control, and a sound control
      signal to the sound generating device, each corresponding to a collectible
      selected by a user. In operation, a user selects a desired collectible on
      the user interface causing the control module to send a control signal to
      the light control and to the sound generating device. In response to the
      control signals, a corresponding light generating illuminates the desired
      collectible and the sound generating device generates a sound or other
      audio clip corresponding to the desired collectible.
PATN
WKU  059890991
SRC  8
APN  8664978
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970530
TTL  Tactile device
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Carlson; Jeffrey D.
EXP  Hafer; Robert A.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Arnold, III; Perry C.
STR  10300 Jollyville Rd. No. 730
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ZIP  78759
INVT
NAM  Cutler; Lawrence David
STR  2524 Benvenue Ave. #12
CTY  Berkeley
STA  CA
ZIP  94704
INVT
NAM  Eisbach; Christopher Karl
STR  830 Williams Way #2
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
ZIP  94040
INVT
NAM  Fogg; Brian J.
STR  P.O. Box 8338
CTY  Stanford
STA  CA
ZIP  94309
CLAS
OCL  446487
XCL  434112
EDF  6
ICL  A63H 3300
FSC  446
FSS  484;487
FSC  434
FSS  112;113;114;258
FSC  482
FSS  44;45;46;47;48;49
FSC  601
FSS  40
FSC  463
FSS  36;37;38;39
FSC  273
FSS  148 B;438 FOR
UREF
PNO  2782033
ISD  19570200
NAM  Ugartechea
OCL  482 44
UREF
PNO  3514893
ISD  19700600
NAM  Paksy
UREF
PNO  3779548
ISD  19731200
NAM  Sato
OCL  482 44
UREF
PNO  3900984
ISD  19750800
NAM  Garelick
UREF
PNO  4300129
ISD  19811100
NAM  Cataldo
OCL  340539
UREF
PNO  4305582
ISD  19811200
NAM  Barton
OCL  273  1G
UREF
PNO  4414537
ISD  19831100
NAM  Grimes
OCL  340365R
UREF
PNO  4516939
ISD  19850500
NAM  Crimmons
OCL  434114
UREF
PNO  4795296
ISD  19890100
NAM  Jau
UREF
PNO  4905001
ISD  19900200
NAM  Penner
OCL  434114
UREF
PNO  4929211
ISD  19900500
NAM  Resnick et al.
OCL  446 14
UREF
PNO  4984784
ISD  19910100
NAM  Bailey
OCL  482 49
UREF
PNO  5047952
ISD  19910900
NAM  Kramer et al.
OCL  364513.5
UREF
PNO  5141478
ISD  19920800
NAM  Upper
OCL  482 44
UREF
PNO  5228356
ISD  19930700
NAM  Chuang
OCL  273148B
UREF
PNO  5302148
ISD  19940400
NAM  Heinz
OCL  446119
UREF
PNO  5488362
ISD  19960100
NAM  Ullman et al.
OCL  341 20
UREF
PNO  5506605
ISD  19960400
NAM  Paley
OCL  345163
UREF
PNO  5525089
ISD  19960600
NAM  Heinz
OCL  446119
UREF
PNO  5580336
ISD  19961200
NAM  Coallier
OCL  601 40
UREF
PNO  5583478
ISD  19961200
NAM  Renzi
OCL  340407.1
UREF
PNO  5612689
ISD  19970300
NAM  Lee
OCL  341 20
UREF
PNO  5643087
ISD  19970700
NAM  Marcus et al.
OCL  463 38
UREF
PNO  5800561
ISD  19980900
NAM  Rodriguez
OCL  601 40
LREP
FRM  Julian Caplan Flehr Hohbach Test Albritton & Herbert LLP
ABST
PAL  A hand operated tactile device including a tactile body positionable in a
      hand of a user. The tactile body includes at least one articulated member
      movable relative to the remainder of the body in a manual operation phase
      with the user manipulating the articulated member relative to the
      remainder of the body and in an automatic operation phase with the
      articulated member being manipulated relative to the remainder of the body
      and the hand of the user. A control system is carried by the body. The
      control system receives a first signal from the articulated member when
      the articulated member is manually manipulated by the user and control
      system generates a second signal controlling movement of the articulated
      member to automatically move the articulated member relative to the
      remainder of the body and the hand of the user.
PATN
WKU  059891009
SRC  8
APN  9251944
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19970908
TTL  Bee disseminator of biological controls
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Swiatek; Robert P.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kovach; Joseph
CTY  Geneva
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Cornell Research Foundation, Inc.
CTY  Ithaca
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  449 20
EDF  6
ICL  A01K 4706
FSC  449
FSS  18;19;20;25
UREF
PNO  2435951
ISD  19480200
NAM  Antles
UREF
PNO  2485879
ISD  19491000
NAM  Harwood
UREF
PNO  3069702
ISD  19621200
NAM  Reed
UREF
PNO  3200419
ISD  19650800
NAM  Root
XCL  449 25
UREF
PNO  3371360
ISD  19680300
NAM  Antles
UREF
PNO  3995338
ISD  19761200
NAM  Kauffeld
UREF
PNO  4308627
ISD  19820100
NAM  Wallace
UREF
PNO  4412363
ISD  19831100
NAM  Robson et al.
UREF
PNO  4494263
ISD  19850100
NAM  Brown
OCL  449 19
UREF
PNO  4594744
ISD  19860600
NAM  Ferrari
UREF
PNO  5348511
ISD  19940900
NAM  Gross et al.
OCL  449  2
LREP
FRM  Brown, Pinnisi & Michaels
ABST
PAL  A bee dissemination device or dispenser that is non destructive to the
      hive, is easy to insert, refill, and remove includes a cartridge
      insertable in a housing. The device is designed to be used by a non
      professional bee keeper, such as a grower. It is inserted into the
      entrance of a standard bee hive with minimal disruption to the hive or
      colony. When the bees exit the hive, they walk up a ramp through a dry
      biological control suspension and leave the hive, carrying and depositing
      the biological control agent onto the flowers as they pollinate the crop.
      When the biological control agent runs low, additional material is added
      easily by lifting a hinged lid or replacing the old cartridge with a
      filled one. The lid also provides some moisture protection to keep the
      biological agent dry, thereby facilitating bee inoculation. The dispenser
      is removed by simply pulling it from the hive entrance when pollination
      activities are completed. The removal is non disruptive and does not
      destroy the integrity of the hive. When the device is inserted, refilled,
      or removed at night, minimal protective clothing is required by the user.
PATN
WKU  059891017
SRC  9
APN  1502387
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980910
TTL  Bra having cell received therein
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Hale; Gloria M.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Jenn-Shyang; Tsai
STR  No. 25-2, Ching Yun Alley, Dong Jinn Road, Sha Luh Town
CTY  Taichung Hsien
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Yuh-Lan; Yu
STR  2F, No. 361, Syh Wei Road
CTY  Buan Chyau City, Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  450 57
XCL  450 38
XCL  239 36
EDF  6
ICL  A41C  310
FSC    2
FSS  1;83;46;48;49.1;80;247;75;248;104;249;105;250;106;251;113;114;152;252;253
     ;73;405;69;400-409
FSC  450
FSS  53;54;55;56;57;30-32;38;89
FSC  D23
FSS  366;367;351;355
FSC  239
FSS  36;152;153;653
FSC  512
FSS  1;4
UREF
PNO  4024876
ISD  19770500
NAM  Penrock
OCL  450 48
UREF
PNO  4744514
ISD  19880500
NAM  Gadoua
OCL  239 36
UREF
PNO  5098330
ISD  19920300
NAM  Greenberg
OCL  450 55
UREF
PNO  5678251
ISD  19971000
NAM  Getz
OCL    2406
UREF
PNO  5782671
ISD  19980700
NAM  Suen et al.
OCL  450 38
UREF
PNO  5823432
ISD  19981000
NAM  Hogan
OCL  239 36
UREF
PNO  5823852
ISD  19981000
NAM  Chu
OCL  450 38
UREF
PNO  5899790
ISD  19990500
NAM  Berg
OCL  450  1
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Lee
ABST
PAL  A bra includes two brassiere cups and two side straps extending from the
      two brassiere cups each of which has a perfume cell attached to the inner
      side thereof with a lining member attached to the inner side of the
      brassiere cup to position the perfume cell. Each of the perfume cell has a
      mixture liquid received therein and an inlet defined therein so that the
      perfume will be dispensed by the body temperature.
PATN
WKU  059891025
SRC  8
APN  5857449
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19960116
TTL  Apparatus for facetting ophthalmic lenses
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Banks; Derris H.
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Gottschald; Lutz
CTY  Meerbusch
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Eickmeyer; Klaus
CTY  Haan
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Wernicke & Co., GmbH
CTY  Dusseldorf
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19920113
APN  42 00 637
RLAP
COD  71
APN  256410
CLAS
OCL  451  5
XCL  451 41
XCL  451 42
EDF  6
ICL  B24B 4900
ICL  B24B 5100
FSC  451
FSS  42;43;44;5;9;240;41;28;390;384;921
FSC  156
FSS  636.1
UREF
PNO  4179851
ISD  19791200
NAM  Neisler et al.
OCL  451 43
UREF
PNO  4286415
ISD  19810900
NAM  Loreto
OCL  451 44
UREF
PNO  4434581
ISD  19840300
NAM  Spriggs
OCL  451 42
UREF
PNO  5149337
ISD  19920900
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  451 43
UREF
PNO  5320006
ISD  19940600
NAM  Blocha et al.
OCL  451 42
FREF
PNO  9103794
ISD  19910300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout, & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  The description relates to a device for facetting ophthalmic lenses with at
      least one facetting tool which can be engaged with a ophthalmic lens held
      in a clamp and with a control unit for the facetting tool in which the
      reference data for the radius r of the lens to be machined in relation to
      the angle of rotation (.phi.) are stored and which controls the operation
      in accordance with these reference data. The invention is especially
      characterized in that the control unit controls the relative movement of
      the tool along the z axis in such a way that the facet has a
      predeterminable position on the peripheral edge of the lens.
PATN
WKU  059891033
SRC  8
APN  9338152
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970919
TTL  Magnetic carrier head for chemical mechanical polishing
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  19
EXA  Nguyen; George
EXP  Rose; Robert A.
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Birang; Manoocher
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Prince; John
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Nystrom; James
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Applied Materials, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  451 41
XCL  451288
XCL  451364
XCL  451388
XCL  451494
XCL  451285
EDF  6
ICL  B24B  100
FSC  451
FSS  285-289;398;364;388;494;41
FSC  269
FSS  8;329;224;172
FSC  229
FSS  128
FSC  409
FSS  231
UREF
PNO  1665226
ISD  19280400
NAM  Simmons
OCL  451364
UREF
PNO  2443733
ISD  19480600
NAM  Karge
OCL  451364
UREF
PNO  2474800
ISD  19490600
NAM  Nill
OCL  451364
UREF
PNO  4222204
ISD  19800900
NAM  Benner
OCL  451494
UREF
PNO  4270314
ISD  19810600
NAM  Cesna
UREF
PNO  4873792
ISD  19891000
NAM  Linke et al.
UREF
PNO  4941245
ISD  19900700
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  279128
UREF
PNO  5205082
ISD  19930400
NAM  Shendon et al.
UREF
PNO  5357717
ISD  19971000
NAM  Friel et al.
OCL  451494
UREF
PNO  5398459
ISD  19950300
NAM  Okumura et al.
UREF
PNO  5441444
ISD  19950800
NAM  Nakajima
UREF
PNO  5443416
ISD  19950800
NAM  Volodarsky et al.
UREF
PNO  5498199
ISD  19960300
NAM  Karlsrud et al.
UREF
PNO  5624299
ISD  19970400
NAM  Shendon
UREF
PNO  5643053
ISD  19970700
NAM  Shendon
UREF
PNO  5681215
ISD  19971000
NAM  Sherwood et al.
UREF
PNO  5732938
ISD  19980300
NAM  Rajanathan et al.
OCL  269216
UREF
PNO  5828224
ISD  19981000
NAM  Maruyama
OCL  269  8
FREF
PNO  0 786 310 A1
ISD  19970700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  41 19 752 A1
ISD  19921200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 00 365 A1
ISD  19930700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 44 496 A1
ISD  19960600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  63-312037
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  404010553
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
OCL  279128
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson
ABST
PAL  A carrier head assembly including a drive shaft and a system flange
      connectable to the drive shaft where the system flange includes a number
      of magnetic plates. The carrier head assembly also includes a carrier head
      flange. The carrier head flange has more magnetic plates, these magnetic
      plates generally facing the previous plates. The magnetic plates
      magnetically engage to couple the carrier head flange to the system
      flange.
PATN
WKU  059891041
SRC  9
APN  0058890
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980112
TTL  Workpiece carrier with monopiece pressure plate and low gimbal point
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Banks; Derris Holt
EXP  Eley; Timothy V.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Kim; Inki
CTY  Tempe
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Karlsrud; Chris
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Natalicio; John
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Schlueter; James
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Crosby; Thomas K.
CTY  Gilbert
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  SpeedFam-IPEC Corporation
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  451 41
XCL  451287
XCL  451288
XCL  451289
EDF  6
ICL  B24B  100
FSC  451
FSS  41;42;63;285;287;288;289;364;388;397;398
FSC  248
FSS  288.11;274.1
FSC  403
FSS  119;152;171;170
UREF
PNO  3747282
ISD  19730700
NAM  Katzke
UREF
PNO  3833230
ISD  19740900
NAM  Noll
UREF
PNO  4194324
ISD  19800300
NAM  Bonora et al.
UREF
PNO  4270314
ISD  19810600
NAM  Cesna
UREF
PNO  4625463
ISD  19861200
NAM  Sekiya
UREF
PNO  4811522
ISD  19890300
NAM  Gill, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4918870
ISD  19900400
NAM  Torbert et al.
UREF
PNO  5081795
ISD  19920100
NAM  Tanaka et al.
UREF
PNO  5205082
ISD  19930400
NAM  Shendon et al.
UREF
PNO  5226636
ISD  19930700
NAM  Nenadic et al.
UREF
PNO  5297361
ISD  19940300
NAM  Baldy et al.
UREF
PNO  5335457
ISD  19940800
NAM  Matsuda et al.
UREF
PNO  5377451
ISD  19950100
NAM  Leoni et al.
UREF
PNO  5398459
ISD  19950300
NAM  Okumura et al.
UREF
PNO  5423558
ISD  19950600
NAM  Koeth et al.
UREF
PNO  5476614
ISD  19951200
NAM  Hirose et al.
UREF
PNO  5522965
ISD  19960600
NAM  Chisholm et al.
UREF
PNO  5527209
ISD  19960600
NAM  Volodarsky et al.
UREF
PNO  5533924
ISD  19960700
NAM  Stroupe et al.
UREF
PNO  5554064
ISD  19960900
NAM  Breivogel et al.
UREF
PNO  5571044
ISD  19961100
NAM  Bolandi et al.
UREF
PNO  5584751
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5624299
ISD  19970400
NAM  Shendon
UREF
PNO  5681215
ISD  19971000
NAM  Sherwood et al.
UREF
PNO  5716258
ISD  19980200
NAM  Metcalf
FREF
PNO  0674341
ISD  19950900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0737546
ISD  19961000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0747167
ISD  19961200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Snell & Wilmer, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A carrier for semiconductor wafers to be polished comprises a rigid upper
      housing, a rigid pressure plate and a gimbal mechanism connecting the
      plate and housing which permits the plate to gimbal or wobble relative to
      the housing. The pressure plate is a one-piece component and has a central
      cut-out portion in which the gimbal mechanism is disposed, thereby
      establishing a low gimbal point and reducing the incidence of tilting. The
      gimbal mechanism has an inner bearing ring which is fastened to the
      underside of the housing, and an outer bearing ring which is fastened to
      an outer portion of the pressure plate.
PATN
WKU  059891050
SRC  8
APN  9021930
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970729
TTL  Method and apparatus for polishing chamfers of semiconductor wafers
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  McDonald; Shantese
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  25
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Kawakawaguchi; Akira
CTY  Hyogo-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Shigeru
CTY  Hyogo-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yanoo; Akihito
CTY  Hyogo-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takada; Masao
CTY  Hyogo-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsuruta; Shoji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kumabe; Shigeo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Materials Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Materials Silicon Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960729
APN  8-199095
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960806
APN  8-207480
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960806
APN  8-207481
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960806
APN  8-207482
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960806
APN  8-207483
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970311
APN  9-056615
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970502
APN  9-114887
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970502
APN  9-114888
CLAS
OCL  451 44
XCL  451 36
XCL  451 42
XCL  451 43
XCL  451 57
XCL  451 65
XCL  451 67
EDF  6
ICL  B24B 4900
FSC  451
FSS  36;42;43;57;65;67;339
UREF
PNO  5094037
ISD  19920300
NAM  Hakomori et al.
OCL  451 43
UREF
PNO  5316620
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  451 57
UREF
PNO  5317836
ISD  19940600
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  451 44
UREF
PNO  5404678
ISD  19950400
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  451 44
UREF
PNO  5547415
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  451 44
UREF
PNO  5830045
ISD  19981100
NAM  Togawa et al.
OCL  451 67
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor wafer chamfer polishing method for polishing chamfers
      formed on the edges of semiconductor wafers includes rotating a
      semiconductor wafer; pressing a polishing cloth against a chamfer of the
      semiconductor wafer with sufficient pressure to elastically deform the
      polishing cloth, while supplying polishing fluid to the chamfer; sliding
      the polishing cloth along an incline of the chamfer from an outer edge
      toward a center of the semiconductor wafer so as to form a bulge portion
      of the polishing cloth which contacts an outer surface of the
      semiconductor wafer, thereby polishing the outer surface along with the
      chamfer of the semiconductor wafer.
PATN
WKU  059891068
SRC  9
APN  1405985
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980826
TTL  Ferrule for use with an optical fiber connector and method for
      production thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Eley; Timothy V.
NDR  7
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Mamoru
CTY  Toyama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kitamura; Shigeru
CTY  Toyama-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  YKK Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960308
APN  8-079383
RLAP
COD  74
APN  812264
APD  19970306
PSC  01
PNO  5862280
CLAS
OCL  451 49
XCL  451 51
EDF  6
ICL  B24B  100
FSC  451
FSS  49;209;210;243;246;51
UREF
PNO  2560023
ISD  19510700
NAM  Workman
XCL  451 49
UREF
PNO  3555745
ISD  19710100
NAM  Ueda
OCL  451 49
UREF
PNO  3855734
ISD  19741200
NAM  Fournier
XCL  451243
UREF
PNO  4649616
ISD  19870300
NAM  Bricker
UREF
PNO  4766700
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kramberg et al.
XCL  451 49
UREF
PNO  5216734
ISD  19930600
NAM  Grinderslev
UREF
PNO  5278928
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ueda et al.
UREF
PNO  5299388
ISD  19940400
NAM  Bishop
XCL  451 49
UREF
PNO  5339521
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kawase
XCL  451 49
UREF
PNO  5533931
ISD  19960700
NAM  Imai et al.
XCL  451 49
UREF
PNO  5615291
ISD  19970300
NAM  Makoto et al.
FREF
PNO  0 506 003 A1
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 539 193 A1
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 626 601 A1
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1-45042
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-174937
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 87 01464 A1
ISD  19870200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/99373
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 095, No. 010, Nov. 30, 1995 and
      JP-A-07-174937 (Toto Ltd.) Jul. 14, 1995.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 095, No. 010, Nov. 30, 1995 and
      JP-A-07-168054 (The Furukawa Electric Co., Ltd.) Jul. 4, 1995.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 010, No. 038, Feb. 14, 1986 and
      JP-A-60-185909 (Noriyuki Kawai, et al.) Sep. 21, 1985.
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  A ferrule used for an optical fiber connector and a method for efficient
      production thereof are disclosed. The ferrule comprises a through-hole
      formed linearly along the axial line thereof and having a part of a small
      diameter for the insertion of an optical fiber, a part of a large diameter
      for the insertion of a sheathed optical fiber, and a diametrically tapered
      part intervening between the small diameter part and the large diameter
      part and diverging from the small diameter part to the large diameter
      part. The through-hole has a length of not less than 1 mm for the small
      diameter part and a length of less than 6 mm for the total of the small
      diameter part and the diametrically tapered part. In the production of
      this ferrule, the grinding work for the impartation of an outside diameter
      is implemented by causing the opposite end parts of a ceramic blank having
      an engaging part adapted to receive a rotational driving force to be
      rotatably supported with a double center cylindrical grinder and rotating
      a live center of the double center cylindrical grinder having formed
      thereon a fitting part for union with the engaging part thereby enabling
      the ceramic blank engaged with the live center to rotate and effecting the
      grinding work.
PATN
WKU  059891076
SRC  8
APN  8572526
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970516
TTL  Method for polishing workpieces and apparatus therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Banks; Derris Holt
EXP  Eley; Timothy V.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Shimizu; Noburu
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Norio
CTY  Fujisawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ebara Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960516
APN  8-146776
CLAS
OCL  451 57
XCL  451285
XCL  451287
EDF  6
ICL  B24B  100
FSC  451
FSS  57;63;41;42;285;287;288;289;259;264;265;268;269;270;272;273;274;392;393;394
     ;397;398;400;166
FSC  269
FSS  60
UREF
PNO  3638933
ISD  19720200
NAM  Burnette et al.
OCL  269 60
UREF
PNO  3659386
ISD  19720500
NAM  Goetz et al.
UREF
PNO  4409860
ISD  19831000
NAM  Moriyama et al.
OCL  269 60
UREF
PNO  4617764
ISD  19861000
NAM  Reibakh
OCL  451  5
UREF
PNO  4680893
ISD  19870700
NAM  Cronkhite et al.
UREF
PNO  4896869
ISD  19900100
NAM  Takekoshi
OCL  269 60
UREF
PNO  5083401
ISD  19920100
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  451  5
UREF
PNO  5184433
ISD  19930200
NAM  Maack
OCL  451 41
UREF
PNO  5228177
ISD  19930700
NAM  Herzog et al.
OCL   29 33R
UREF
PNO  5232875
ISD  19930800
NAM  Tuttle et al.
UREF
PNO  5551986
ISD  19960900
NAM  Jain
UREF
PNO  5554064
ISD  19960900
NAM  Breivogel et al.
UREF
PNO  5620357
ISD  19970400
NAM  Misaka et al.
OCL  451  9
UREF
PNO  5645466
ISD  19970700
NAM  Wikle
OCL  451  5
UREF
PNO  5851136
ISD  19981200
NAM  Lee
OCL  451  9
FREF
PNO  0 517 594
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 684 634
ISD  19951100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  197 634
ISD  19080400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2-208931
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-69147
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-74749
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 08/697,167, filed Aug. 20, 1996,
      entitled "Polishing Apparatus", by Tetsuji Togawa et al., located in Group
      Art Unit 3203.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A polishing method and a compact apparatus for the method are presented for
      efficient production of a polished workpiece for manufacturing high
      technology devices. The polishing method comprises a first and second
      steps for polishing a work surface. In the first polishing step, the work
      surface is pressed against an abrading surface of a first polishing tool
      which is being rotated. In the second step, the work surface is pressed
      against a rubbing surface of a second polishing tool which is being moved
      in a planar translation motion relatively to the work surface.
PATN
WKU  059891084
SRC  8
APN  9245324
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970905
TTL  Double side grinding apparatus for flat disklike work
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Rose; Robert A.
NDR  23
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Ikeda; Junzo
CTY  Yao
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishii; Toshio
CTY  Yao
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sasakura; Shizuki
CTY  Yao
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshimura; Yasuo
CTY  Yao
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ueda; Koichi
CTY  Yao
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Koyo Machine Industries Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960909
APN  8-238002
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961220
APN  8-341971
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970207
APN  9-025161
CLAS
OCL  451268
XCL  451397
EDF  6
ICL  B24B  717
FSC  451
FSS  63;268;112;269;265;274;397;402
UREF
PNO  4393628
ISD  19830700
NAM  Ottman et al.
OCL  451 63
FREF
PNO  5125976
ISD  19800900
CNT  JPX
OCL  451287
FREF
PNO  3127872
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
OCL  451 63
LREP
FRM  Thelen Reid & Priest
ABST
PAL  A double side grinding apparatus for thin disklike work comprises a pair of
      rotatable grinding wheels having opposed circular grinding faces provided
      by respective end faces and so arranged as to be movable relative to each
      other axially thereof, and work rotating means for rotating the thin
      disklike work about its own axis while supporting the work in a grinding
      position between the grinding faces so that opposite surfaces of the work
      to be worked on face the respective grinding faces of the pair of the
      wheels, with an outer periphery of the work intersecting an outer
      periphery of each grinding face and with the center of the work positioned
      inwardly of the grinding faces.
PATN
WKU  059891092
SRC  8
APN  8876398
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970703
TTL  Seal protecting method for use with spiral-flow barrel finishing machine
      and spiral-flow barrel finishing machine with seal protecting apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Banks; Derris Holt
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Hisamine
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Izuhara; Katsuhiro
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tipton Corp
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  451326
XCL  451327
XCL  451328
EDF  6
ICL  B24B 3100
FSC  451
FSS  326;327;328;329;64;104;113
FSC  384
FSS  478
FSC  277
FSS  433
UREF
PNO  5012620
ISD  19910500
NAM  McNeil
OCL  451327
UREF
PNO  5119597
ISD  19920600
NAM  Davidson
OCL  451326
UREF
PNO  5279074
ISD  19940100
NAM  Davidson
OCL  451326
UREF
PNO  5476415
ISD  19951200
NAM  Nishimura et al.
OCL  451326
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Any part of an abrasive media in a solid particle or liquid form is
      prevented from entering a seal and/or the area where a rotary shaft
      bearing for a rotating barrel is sealed, thereby protecting the bearing
      and/or its seal against any possible damage that may be caused by abrasive
      media. A the barrel finishing operation performed by rotating a rotating
      barrel rotatably mounted inside a cylindrical stationary barrel on a lower
      portion thereof in a spaced relationship to the stationary barrel. The
      stationary barrel has an outer bottom plate at the bottom end thereof. At
      least one blade is mounted on the back side of a rotating plate forming
      the bottom end of the rotating barrel, and is rotated by rotating the
      rotating plate to any part of the abrasive media existing between the back
      side of the rotating plate and the top side of the outer bottom plate in
      the direction remote from the rotary shaft, thereby developing a negative
      pressure or vacuum area located on the back side of the rotating plate and
      on the side of the blade nearer to the rotary shaft. Air is then drawn
      from the atmosphere into the vacuum area by the action of the negative
      pressure, and thus an air layer is created in the vacuum area. The air
      layer prevents that part of the abrasive media from entering the rotary
      shaft bearing and/or its seal.
PATN
WKU  059891106
SRC  9
APN  1486276
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980904
TTL  Flexible roll for removing material from components of a fiber
      processing machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Rosenbaum; Mark
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Leifeld; Ferdinand
CTY  Kempen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Trutzschler GmbH & Co. KG
CTY  Monchengladbach
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970908
APN  197 39 187
CLAS
OCL  451416
XCL  241166
XCL  451424
EDF  6
ICL  B24B 1900
FSC  451
FSS  424;416
FSC  241
FSS  166;167
UREF
PNO  861981
ISD  19070700
NAM  Hill
OCL  451424
UREF
PNO  2849844
ISD  19580900
NAM  Snape
OCL  451416
UREF
PNO  3228149
ISD  19660100
NAM  Still et al.
OCL  451424
UREF
PNO  3528205
ISD  19700900
NAM  Roberts
UREF
PNO  4575972
ISD  19860300
NAM  Ohki et al.
UREF
PNO  4984395
ISD  19910100
NAM  Demuth
FREF
PNO  0 322 637
ISD  19890700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1206429
ISD  19600200
CNT  FRX
OCL  451416
FREF
PNO  81003
ISD  18941000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1 137 981
ISD  19621000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  196 05 635
ISD  19970800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  63-150144
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
OCL  451416
FREF
PNO  63-295169
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
OCL  451416
FREF
PNO  1198936
ISD  19700700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Kelemen; Venable Gabor J.
ABST
PAL  A fiber processing machine includes a fiber processing component and a
      material-removing roll supported to be in contact with the fiber
      processing component for removing material therefrom. The
      material-removing roll includes a radially deformable resilient
      circumferential surface and a material-removing substance carried at least
      indirectly by the resilient surface.
PATN
WKU  059891114
SRC  9
APN  1976567
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19981123
TTL  Method and article for the production of optical quality surfaces on
      glass
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Morgan; Eileen P.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Lamphere; Craig F.
CTY  Woodbury
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Kim; Chong Yong
CTY  Shoreview
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Kaisaki; David A.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Kranz; Heather K.
CTY  Blaine
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Williams; Julia P.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  3M Innovative Properties Company
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  778501
APD  19970103
PSC  01
PNO  5876268
CLAS
OCL  451526
XCL  451530
XCL   51295
XCL   51307
EDF  6
ICL  B24D 1100
FSC  451
FSS  41;526;530;533;539
FSC   51
FSS  295;307;308;309
UREF
PNO  3188265
ISD  19650600
NAM  Charbonneau et al.
UREF
PNO  3246430
ISD  19660400
NAM  Hurst
UREF
PNO  3401491
ISD  19680900
NAM  Schnabel et al.
UREF
PNO  3594865
ISD  19710700
NAM  Erb
UREF
PNO  3713796
ISD  19730100
NAM  Valerio et al.
UREF
PNO  3991527
ISD  19761100
NAM  Maran
UREF
PNO  3997527
ISD  19761200
NAM  McFarland et al.
UREF
PNO  4255164
ISD  19810300
NAM  Butzke et al.
UREF
PNO  4311489
ISD  19820100
NAM  Kressner
UREF
PNO  4523411
ISD  19850600
NAM  Freerks
UREF
PNO  4529410
ISD  19850700
NAM  Khalakji et al.
UREF
PNO  4563388
ISD  19860100
NAM  Bonk et al.
UREF
PNO  4576612
ISD  19860300
NAM  Shukla et al.
UREF
PNO  4609581
ISD  19860900
NAM  Ott
UREF
PNO  4644703
ISD  19870200
NAM  Kaczmarek et al.
UREF
PNO  4652274
ISD  19870300
NAM  Boettcher et al.
UREF
PNO  4652275
ISD  19870300
NAM  Bloecher et al.
UREF
PNO  4733502
ISD  19880300
NAM  Braun
UREF
PNO  4735632
ISD  19880400
NAM  Oxman et al.
UREF
PNO  4749617
ISD  19880600
NAM  Canty
UREF
PNO  4751138
ISD  19880600
NAM  Tumey et al.
UREF
PNO  4773920
ISD  19880900
NAM  Chasman et al.
UREF
PNO  4799939
ISD  19890100
NAM  Bloecher et al.
UREF
PNO  4903440
ISD  19900200
NAM  Larson et al.
UREF
PNO  4906523
ISD  19900300
NAM  Bilkadi et al.
UREF
PNO  4933234
ISD  19900600
NAM  Kobe et al.
UREF
PNO  4959265
ISD  19900900
NAM  Wood et al.
UREF
PNO  5014468
ISD  19910500
NAM  Ravipati et al.
UREF
PNO  5015266
ISD  19910500
NAM  Yamamoto
UREF
PNO  5077870
ISD  19920100
NAM  Melbye et al.
UREF
PNO  5152917
ISD  19921000
NAM  Pieper et al.
UREF
PNO  5219462
ISD  19930600
NAM  Bruxvoort et al.
UREF
PNO  5236472
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kirk et al.
UREF
PNO  5254194
ISD  19931000
NAM  Ott et al.
UREF
PNO  5256170
ISD  19931000
NAM  Harmer et al.
UREF
PNO  5368619
ISD  19941100
NAM  Culler
UREF
PNO  5435816
ISD  19950700
NAM  Spurgeon et al.
UREF
PNO  5500273
ISD  19960300
NAM  Holmes et al.
UREF
PNO  5505747
ISD  19960400
NAM  Chesley et al.
UREF
PNO  5527368
ISD  19960600
NAM  Supkis et al.
UREF
PNO  5551960
ISD  19960900
NAM  Christianson
UREF
PNO  5580647
ISD  19961200
NAM  Larson et al.
FREF
PNO  0 291 100 A2
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 345 239 A1
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 400 658 A2
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  650803
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 655 297 A1
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 330 502
ISD  19770600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  63-196363
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-185579
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  04201181
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  06 071 544
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  07068469
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 094 824
ISD  19820900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/07797
ISD  19950300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/19242
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/22436
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/27595
ISD  19951000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/11484
ISD  19970300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  R. Jairath et al., "Role of Consumables in the Chemical Mechanical
      Polishing (CMP) of Silicon Oxide Films" (undated), 6 pages.
PAL  Billmeyer, Jr., F.W., Text Book of Polymer Science, Third Edition, Title
      Page, Table of Contents, pp. v-xvii (1984).
PAL  Cook, L.M. "Chemical Processes in Glass Polishing", J. Non-Crystalline
      Solids, 120, 152-171 (1990).
PAL  Product Brochure for "Surtronic 3"; Rank Taylor-Hobson, Leicester, England;
      3 pgs (undated).
PAL  T.R. McGibbon et al., "Surface Finish: A 3-Dimensional View", Brochure of
      3M Industrial Abrasives Division, St. Paul, MN, pp. 1-5 (undated).
LREP
FR2  Bardell; Scott A.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a method and an article for rapidly
      polishing a glass workpiece surface using a structured abrasive article
      including cerium oxide particles dispersed in a binder. The abrasive
      article for rapid polishing of a glass workpiece comprising a backing and
      at least one polishing layer. The polishing layer comprises cerium oxide
      particles dispersed within a binder. The binder provides the attachment
      means of the at least one polishing layer to the backing. The abrasive
      article is capable of reducing an initial Rtm of about 0.8 .mu.m or
      greater on a glass test blank to a final Rtm of about 0.3 .mu.m or less in
      about one minute using an RPE procedure defined herein. The present
      invention is also directed to a method of polishing a glass workpiece
      using the present abrasive article.
PATN
WKU  059891122
SRC  9
APN  0756482
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980511
TTL  Universal abrasive disc
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Dung Van
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Long; David J.
CTY  Shrewsbury
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Krupa; Paul A.
CTY  Grand Island
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Goupil; Richard J.
CTY  North Tonawanda
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Norton Company
CTY  Worcester
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  451527
XCL  451456
EDF  6
ICL  B24D 1100
FSC  451
FSS  456;458;494;539;527
UREF
PNO  3788011
ISD  19740100
NAM  Hutchins
OCL   51170R
UREF
PNO  3827194
ISD  19740800
NAM  Hutchins
OCL   51170MT
UREF
PNO  4202140
ISD  19800500
NAM  Alessio
OCL   51395
LREP
FR2  Bennett; David
ABST
PAL  Abrasive discs for use with orbital sanders having dust extractor systems
      are provided in which the discs are adapted for use with orbital sanders
      having different patterns and numbers of dust extractor holes.
PATN
WKU  059891130
SRC  8
APN  8092273
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970318
TTL  Tool for mechanical surface treatment
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Banks; Derris Holt
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  4
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Arnold; Theo
CTY  Oderen
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Heinrich Lippert GMBH
CTY  Epfenbach
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940926
APN  94 15 441  U
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19941026
APN  94 17 186  U
CLAS
OCL  451532
XCL  451533
XCL  451526
EDF  6
ICL  B24D 1100
FSC  451
FSS  532;526;904;921;533
FSC   15
FSS  230.12;230.15
UREF
PNO  1529701
ISD  19250300
NAM  Hewitt
UREF
PNO  3122766
ISD  19640300
NAM  Peterson
OCL  451532
UREF
PNO  3597887
ISD  19710800
NAM  Hall, Jr.
OCL  451532
UREF
PNO  3991526
ISD  19761100
NAM  Frank et al.
OCL  451532
FREF
PNO  0 178 577
ISD  19860400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  234 655
ISD  19110500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1 427 586
ISD  19681200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  69 32 770
ISD  19690800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 218 295
ISD  19731000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  88 10 629
ISD  19881100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  37 17 204
ISD  19881200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  39 38 578
ISD  19900600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  41 09 692
ISD  19920900
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/01978
PD1  19970318
PD2  19970318
PD3  19950524
PCP  WO96/09915
PCD  19960404
ABST
PAR  A tool for a mechanical surface treatment of an object by friction is
      disclosed. The tool is cut to a desired shape and size from a processed
      fleece of fibers. The fleece is produced by exclusively mechanical
      processes as a flexible random-fiber fleece which permits, during the
      treatment of the object at a particular treatment pressure, immersion and
      at least partial envelopment of the object within the fleece. The fleece
      has a mechanical strength of 150-500 N/50 mm, preferably at least 300 N/50
      mm, and a mean elongation at rupture of 50-150%, preferably 80-100%,
      according to DIN 53 857/2.
PATN
WKU  059891149
SRC  8
APN  9553568
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19971021
TTL  Composite grinding and buffing disc with flexible rim
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; George
EXP  Rose; Robert A.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Donahue; Allen Thomas
CTY  Janesville
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Stitt; Douglas Remi
CTY  South Beloit
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Unova IP Corp.
CTY  Woodland Hills
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  451548
XCL  451542
XCL  451543
XCL  451544
EDF  6
ICL  B24B 3300
FSC  454
FSS  548;542;540;57;58
UREF
PNO  254001
ISD  18820200
NAM  Hofstad
UREF
PNO  1318630
ISD  19191000
NAM  Waugh
UREF
PNO  2309016
ISD  19430100
NAM  Ryan
UREF
PNO  2451295
ISD  19481000
NAM  Metzger et al.
UREF
PNO  2726495
ISD  19551200
NAM  Field
UREF
PNO  2997820
ISD  19610800
NAM  Skoog
OCL  451541
UREF
PNO  4338748
ISD  19820700
NAM  Elbel
FREF
PNO  348889
ISD  19601000
CNT  CHX
OCL  451541
FREF
PNO  536954
ISD  19761100
CNT  SUX
OCL  451541
OREF
PAL  Product Analysis, Chemir/Polytech Laboratories, Inc., Purchase Order #533,
      Mar. 8, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Hoffman, Wasson & Gitler
ABST
PAL  A unitary composite abrasive disc for one-pass grinding and finishing of a
      workpiece comprising a flexible epoxy rim bonded to a rigid core.
PATN
WKU  059891157
SRC  9
APN  0259101
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980219
TTL  Sharpening guide assembly configured for wear resistance and method of
      manufacturing same
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  10
EXA  Hong; William
EXP  Hail, III; Joseph J.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Hodge; Donald C.
STR  P.O. Box 710
CTY  Ketchum
STA  ID
ZIP  83340
CLAS
OCL  451555
XCL  451523
XCL   76 83
EDF  6
ICL  A63C 1106
FSC  451
FSS  545;558;555;523
FSC   76
FSS  83;82
UREF
PNO  3670601
ISD  19720600
NAM  Weeks
OCL   76 83
UREF
PNO  3693219
ISD  19720900
NAM  Falkenberg
OCL   29 78
UREF
PNO  3766649
ISD  19731000
NAM  Winbauer
OCL   30287
UREF
PNO  4280378
ISD  19810700
NAM  Levine
OCL   76 83
UREF
PNO  4601220
ISD  19860700
NAM  Yurick, Jr.
OCL   76 83
UREF
PNO  4721020
ISD  19880100
NAM  Stumpf
OCL   76 83
UREF
PNO  4998956
ISD  19910300
NAM  Sherman
OCL   76 83
UREF
PNO  5485768
ISD  19960100
NAM  Vermillion
OCL   76 83
UREF
PNO  5499555
ISD  19960300
NAM  Vermillion
OCL   76 83
UREF
PNO  5643066
ISD  19970700
NAM  Vermillion
OCL  451442
LREP
FRM  Havenstock, Garrett & Roberts
ABST
PAL  A sharpening guide assembly for use in sharpening ski and snowboard edges
      includes an angle member and at least one riser member. The angle member
      includes at least a first outer surface and a second outer surface, an
      inner edge of the first outer surface adjoining an upper edge of the
      second outer surface. The riser member is positioned on the first outer
      surface of the angle member such that a top portion of the riser member
      extends above the first surface of the angle member. The angle member is
      formed of a first material and the riser member is formed of a second
      material, wherein the second material has a hardness which is greater than
      a hardness of the first material. During a sharpening operation, a
      sharpening tool is supported on the riser member such that the sharpening
      tool such as a file member is positioned above the first outer surface of
      the angle member so as to avoid potential wear causing contact therewith.
      The greater hardness of the second material as compared to the first
      material reduces wear on the guide assembly.
PATN
WKU  059891165
SRC  9
APN  0185094
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980203
TTL  High-speed bone-in loin slicer
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Little; Willis
NDR  10
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Bruce A.
CTY  Ft. Collins
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Cliff; John
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
ASSG
NAM  Swift & Company, Inc.
CTY  Greeley
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  452150
XCL  452163
XCL   83153
XCL   83206
XCL   83222
EDF  6
ICL  A22C 1702
FSC  452
FSS  149;150;155;163
FSC   83
FSS  153;206;222;282;396;42
UREF
PNO  4181053
ISD  19800100
NAM  Duddridge
OCL   83 80
UREF
PNO  4273013
ISD  19810600
NAM  Artin et al.
OCL   83167
UREF
PNO  4312252
ISD  19820100
NAM  Duddridge
OCL   83155
UREF
PNO  5862730
ISD  19990100
NAM  Cartwright et al.
OCL   83 42
LREP
FRM  Sheridan Ross P.C.
ABST
PAL  A meat slicing apparatus is disclosed, wherein the apparatus is capable of
      high-speed slicing of meat having large skeletal bones therein. The
      apparatus has a blade composed of a steel alloy that is approximately 5 to
      10 times greater in compression strength than typical steel. The blade has
      an involute shape for withstanding the stresses incurred when slicing
      through bones having compression near that of steel, e.g., pork loin
      bones. The meat slicer includes a mechanism for securing a position of a
      meat section to be sliced so that the meat section stays in place during a
      slicing process, thereby reducing the risk of misalignment of the meat
      section with the blade. Thus, without such misalignments, there is a
      reduction in blade failures, shattered bones, bone fragments, and bone
      dust. Also, the securing mechanism reciprocates between securing the meat
      section for slicing and releasing it sufficiently for indexing toward the
      blade between slicing operations.
PATN
WKU  059891173
SRC  9
APN  1083627
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980701
TTL  Shellfish wash device
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  French, III; Fredrick T.
EXP  Price; Thomas
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Lin; Kuei-Chou
STR  58, Ma Yuan West St.
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  452173
XCL  452 12
EDF  6
ICL  A22B  700
ICL  A22C 2904
FSC  452
FSS  173;1;12
FSC  D32
FSS  1;6;13
FSC   68
FSS  12.01;23.6;23.7;23 R;133
UREF
PNO  112603
ISD  18710300
NAM  King
OCL   74 42
UREF
PNO  1580778
ISD  19260400
NAM  Coverstone
OCL   68133
UREF
PNO  1705779
ISD  19290300
NAM  Nelson
OCL   68 23R
UREF
PNO  1756318
ISD  19300400
NAM  Voss
OCL   68133
UREF
PNO  2107139
ISD  19380200
NAM  Blandford
OCL  248146
UREF
PNO  2192317
ISD  19400300
NAM  Kellerman
OCL   68 22A
UREF
PNO  2298624
ISD  19421000
NAM  Labisky
OCL   68  4
UREF
PNO  2498544
ISD  19500200
NAM  Gerhardt
OCL  210382
UREF
PNO  2498734
ISD  19500200
NAM  Bozanich
OCL   68148
UREF
PNO  2506280
ISD  19500500
NAM  Ryder
OCL   68 10
UREF
PNO  2563046
ISD  19510800
NAM  Killin
OCL   68 23R
UREF
PNO  2659226
ISD  19531100
NAM  Pellerin
OCL   68133
UREF
PNO  3089327
ISD  19630500
NAM  Stilwell, Jr.
OCL   68139
UREF
PNO  3233436
ISD  19660200
NAM  Gibson
OCL   68133
UREF
PNO  4324020
ISD  19820400
NAM  Garwin et al.
OCL  452 12
UREF
PNO  4538327
ISD  19850900
NAM  Einarsson
OCL  452 12
UREF
PNO  4711104
ISD  19871200
NAM  Ikeda
OCL   68 23R
UREF
PNO  5680779
ISD  19971000
NAM  Na
OCL   68133
UREF
PNO  5823019
ISD  19981000
NAM  Park
OCL   68133
FREF
PNO  587335
ISD  19591100
CNT  CAX
OCL  452173
FREF
PNO  580238
ISD  19940100
CNT  EPX
OCL  452 12
FREF
PNO  94544
ISD  19690800
CNT  FRX
OCL  452173
FREF
PNO  404131039A
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
OCL  452 12
FREF
PNO  407123884A
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  90725
ISD  19580100
CNT  NOX
OCL  452  1
FREF
PNO  646973
ISD  19790200
CNT  SUX
OCL  452173
FREF
PNO  665881
ISD  19790600
CNT  SUX
OCL  452 12
FREF
PNO  886875
ISD  19811200
CNT  SUX
OCL  452173
OREF
PAL  Field and Stream, comic, p. 16, May 1950.
ABST
PAL  A shellfish wash device has a main platform, a wash tank disposed on the
      main platform, a tubular flow device disposed in the wash tank, a power
      source disposed beneath the wash tank, a main disk disposed in the tubular
      flow device, and a rotating cap disposed on the main disk. The power
      source has a motor, a first bevel gear, a pivot connected to the motor and
      the first bevel gear, a second bevel gear engaging with the first bevel
      gear, a shaft connected to the second bevel gear, and a distal portion of
      the shaft passing through a center of the wash tank, a center of the
      tubular flow device and a center of the main disk. An end of the shaft is
      inserted in the rotating cap.
PATN
WKU  059891181
SRC  8
APN  9344454
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970919
TTL  Coin receiving and dispensing machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  12
EXP  Bartuska; F. J.
NDR  21
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Chiba; Hiroshi
CTY  Kawaguchi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ebihara; Hideyuki
CTY  Hachioji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakamoto; Mitsuo
CTY  Omiya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Laurel Bank Machines Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960920
APN  8-250680
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960924
APN  8-252035
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970912
APN  9-248833
CLAS
OCL  453 11
XCL  453 56
EDF  6
ICL  G07D  302
FSC  453
FSS  3;4;7;11;32;56
FREF
PNO  63-249289
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-111090
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
OCL  453 56
FREF
PNO  5-324985
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
OCL  453  3
FREF
PNO  7-36266
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A coin receiving and dispensing machine includes a plurality of dispensable
      coin storing units for storing coins for dispensation in accordance with
      their denominations, each of the plurality of dispensable coin storing
      units including a conveyor belt inclined so that a feed-out end portion
      from which coins are fed out is disposed upward, a separation roller
      disposed above the conveyor belts in the vicinity of the feed-out end
      portions of the plurality of dispensable coin storing units so that a
      clearance between the conveyor belts and itself is a predetermined
      distance and rotatable in a direction reverse to a coin convey direction
      of the conveyor belts, a support plate for receiving coins from the
      feed-out end portions of the plurality of dispensable coin storing units
      and supporting them on an upper surface thereof, a plurality of dispensing
      rollers provided so as to correspond to the plurality of dispensable coin
      storing units, disposed above the support plate so that clearances between
      the support plate and themselves are predetermined distances and rotatable
      at higher speed than the coin convey speed of the conveyor belts, and a
      plurality of sensors for detecting coins fed out from the feed-out end
      portions of the plurality of dispensable coin storing units. The conveyor
      belts of the plurality of dispensable coin storing units are driven
      independently of each other. According to the thus constituted coin
      receiving and dispensing machine, it is possible to improve its
      durability.
PATN
WKU  059891190
SRC  8
APN  8565449
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970515
TTL  Automatic power flow fresh air inlet
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Joyce; Harold
NDR  8
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Raisanen; David
CTY  Dassel
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Raydot Incorporated
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  655954
APD  19960531
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  454239
XCL  454253
XCL  454270
XCL  454333
EDF  6
ICL  F24F  7007
FSC  454
FSS  239;253;255;256;258;270;273;304;333
UREF
PNO  2659292
ISD  19531100
NAM  Kurek
UREF
PNO  2771020
ISD  19561200
NAM  Shanahan
OCL  454317
UREF
PNO  3174423
ISD  19650300
NAM  Rigterink et al.
UREF
PNO  3443588
ISD  19690500
NAM  Banko
UREF
PNO  3951336
ISD  19760400
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  4043256
ISD  19770800
NAM  Van Huis
XCL  454255
UREF
PNO  4535811
ISD  19850800
NAM  Wood et al.
UREF
PNO  4628954
ISD  19861200
NAM  Dayus
UREF
PNO  4850265
ISD  19890700
NAM  Raisanen
XCL  454270
UREF
PNO  5088388
ISD  19920200
NAM  Schaefer
XCL  454270
UREF
PNO  5236391
ISD  19930800
NAM  Schaefer
XCL  454270
FREF
PNO  794334
ISD  19810100
CNT  SUX
OCL  454258
OREF
PAL  Raydot Brochure entitled "Fresh Ideas In Ventilation Technology" 1994.
PAL  Raydot Brochure entitled "Fresh Air Inlets, Providing Automatic,
      Maintenance Free, Air Replacement." 1993.
PAL  Raydot Three-Fold Folder entitled "Raydot Ventilation Systems" 1994.
LREP
FR2  Voight II; Edwin E.
ABST
PAL  A modular automatic power flow fresh air inlet comprising a housing having
      fresh air openings between a source of fresh air and a room, having an
      adjustable static pressure to be ventilated. The fresh air openings may be
      controlled by a valve plate pivotally connected to the housing at each
      opening. The valve plates pivot relative to the static pressure in the
      room. A cable having first and second ends extends through the housing and
      is connected to the valve plates via a lanyard. A cable control device for
      moving the cable between a forward position and a rearward position is
      connected to the first end of the cable. A cable counter weight is
      attached to the second end of the cable. Moving the cable toward the
      forward position places tension on the lanyard, causing the valve plate to
      pivot from the static position toward to the fully opened position. Moving
      the cable toward the rearward position relaxes the tension in the lanyard,
      causing the valve plate to pivot toward the static position. A plurality
      of fresh air inlets may thereby be connected in series via the cable for
      regulating an air flow course within a building.
PATN
WKU  059891203
SRC  9
APN  2271060
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19990107
TTL  Electronic counting apparatus for a child's game and method therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Paradiso; John
EXP  Martin-Wallace; Valencia
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Truchsess; Joseph F.
CTY  Ridgefield
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Pragmatic Designs, Inc.
CTY  Port Chester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  463  7
XCL  463 36
XCL  463 58
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 23035
FSC  463
FSS  36;37;38;6;7;58
FSC  273
FSS  148 R;148 B
FSC  434
FSS  255;307 R;308
UREF
PNO  3717345
ISD  19730200
NAM  Banville
OCL  273 86R
UREF
PNO  3834702
ISD  19740900
NAM  Bliss
OCL  273 86B
UREF
PNO  4202350
ISD  19800500
NAM  Walton
OCL  128690
UREF
PNO  4334190
ISD  19820600
NAM  Sochaczevski
OCL  324171
UREF
PNO  4387437
ISD  19830600
NAM  Lowrey et al.
OCL  364561
UREF
PNO  4491325
ISD  19850100
NAM  Bersheim
OCL  273148
UREF
PNO  4578769
ISD  19860300
NAM  Frederick
OCL  364565
UREF
PNO  4613139
ISD  19860900
NAM  Robinson, II
OCL  273148
UREF
PNO  4616829
ISD  19861000
NAM  Smack, Sr. et al.
OCL  273 86B
UREF
PNO  4772028
ISD  19880900
NAM  Rockhold et al.
OCL  273311
UREF
PNO  4925189
ISD  19900500
NAM  Braeunig
OCL  273148B
UREF
PNO  5086404
ISD  19920200
NAM  Claussen
OCL  364559
UREF
PNO  5090708
ISD  19920200
NAM  Gerlitz et al.
OCL  273310
UREF
PNO  5323174
ISD  19940600
NAM  Klapman et al.
OCL  345156
UREF
PNO  5430435
ISD  19950700
NAM  Hoch et al.
OCL  340573
UREF
PNO  5442168
ISD  19950800
NAM  Gurner et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5542672
ISD  19960800
NAM  Merideth
OCL  463 37
UREF
PNO  5568928
ISD  19961000
NAM  Munson et al.
OCL  463 37
UREF
PNO  5591104
ISD  19970100
NAM  Andrus et al.
OCL  482  7
UREF
PNO  5611731
ISD  19970300
NAM  Bouton et al.
OCL  463 37
UREF
PNO  5672107
ISD  19970900
NAM  Clayman
OCL  463 36
UREF
PNO  5702323
ISD  19971200
NAM  Poulton
OCL  482  8
UREF
PNO  5751273
ISD  19980500
NAM  Cohen
OCL  345156
UREF
PNO  5865624
ISD  19990200
NAM  Hayashigawa
OCL  434 66
LREP
FRM  Cohen, Pontani, Lieberman & Pavane
ABST
PAL  An electronic game apparatus includes a wearable unit having a wearable
      housing configured for releasable attachment with a bodily part of a
      player. An inertia sensor affixed to the wearable housing detects
      oscillations imparted to the wearable housing and produces an output
      signal corresponding to each oscillatory movement. A counter, affixed to
      the wearable housing, counts each oscillatory movement imparted to the
      wearable housing.
PATN
WKU  059891211
SRC  8
APN  7295081
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19961011
TTL  Game machine in capable of controlling game aspect
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Sager; Mark A.
EXP  Martin-Wallace; Valencia
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Sakamoto; Yoshikazu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Universal Sales Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951011
APN  7-288115
CLAS
OCL  463 20
XCL  273143R
XCL  463 26
EDF  6
ICL  G07F 1734
ICL  A63F  504
FSC  463
FSS  1;12-13;16-20;26-27;25;29-30;40-42
FSC  273
FSS  143 R;121 B;292-293
UREF
PNO  5123649
ISD  19920600
NAM  Tiberio
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  5178390
ISD  19930100
NAM  Okada
OCL  273143R
UREF
PNO  5393061
ISD  19950200
NAM  Manship et al.
OCL  463 20
UREF
PNO  5603659
ISD  19970200
NAM  Okada
OCL  463 16
UREF
PNO  5655961
ISD  19970800
NAM  Acres et al.
OCL  463 25
UREF
PNO  5722891
ISD  19980300
NAM  Inoue
OCL  463 20
FREF
PNO  8-84805
ISD  19960400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-280872
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  This invention aims to provide a game machine which can offer exciting and
      varied game aspect. In the game machine, certain symbol combinations
      (group [C] and [E]) are set as a prize mode only when they occur in B.B
      (big bonus) game. The combinations in group [C] are not regarded as a
      prize mode when they occur during the ordinary regular game. These
      combinations are new to the player because the player encounters them only
      when the game shifts to the big bonus game. This gives a fresh impact to
      the player and the player can enjoy a variety in the big bonus game, which
      does not occur in the ordinary regular game.
PATN
WKU  059891220
SRC  8
APN  7786670
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970103
TTL  Apparatus and process for verifying, sorting, and randomizing sets of
      playing cards and process for playing card games
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Schaaf; James
EXP  Harrison; Jessica J.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Roblejo; Conrad
CTY  Voorhees
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Casino Concepts, Inc.
CTY  Berlin
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  463 22
XCL  463 11
XCL  463 47
XCL  273149R
XCL  273149P
EDF  6
ICL  A63F  114
FSC  463
FSS  10;11;16;22;47
FSC  273
FSS  148 A;149 R;149 P;148 R;292
UREF
PNO  3679876
ISD  19720700
NAM  Faith et al.
OCL  273149P
UREF
PNO  4534562
ISD  19850800
NAM  Cuff et al.
OCL  273149R
UREF
PNO  4586712
ISD  19860500
NAM  Lorber et al.
OCL  273149R
UREF
PNO  4662637
ISD  19870500
NAM  Pfeiffer
OCL  273149P
UREF
PNO  4667959
ISD  19870500
NAM  Pfeiffer et al.
OCL  273149R
UREF
PNO  4822050
ISD  19890400
NAM  Normand et al.
OCL  273149R
UREF
PNO  5067713
ISD  19911100
NAM  Soules et al.
OCL  273149P
UREF
PNO  5240140
ISD  19930800
NAM  Huen
OCL  273149P
UREF
PNO  5374061
ISD  19941200
NAM  Albrecht
OCL  273149R
UREF
PNO  5397133
ISD  19950300
NAM  Penzias
OCL  273149P
LREP
FRM  Schnader, Harrison, Segal & Lewis, LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to an apparatus for randomizing and verifying sets of
      playing cards. Also, the invention relates to a processing providing such
      an apparatus; feeding to the apparatus one or more cards either after they
      have been played in a game or from an unrandomized or unverified set of
      cards; and manually retrieving a verified true set of cards from the
      apparatus. Also, the invention relates to a process of playing in a casino
      setting or simulated casino setting, a card game comprising providing such
      an apparatus, feeding unverified sets of playing cards to the apparatus,
      and recovering verified true sets of cards from the apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059891238
SRC  8
APN  5815193
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19960111
TTL  Steering wheel control apparatus for a television game machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXA  Schaaf; James
EXP  Martin-Wallace; Valencia
NDR  24
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Tosaki; Kenji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kudou; Masanori
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sega Enterprises, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940520
APN  6-129898
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940520
APN  6-129899
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940520
APN  6-129900
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950105
APN  7-015515
CLAS
OCL  463 37
XCL  463 47
EDF  6
ICL  A03F  922
FSC  463
FSS  36;37;47
FSC  434
FSS  62;29;30;71
UREF
PNO  4494754
ISD  19850100
NAM  Wagner, Jr.
OCL  273148B
UREF
PNO  4509383
ISD  19850400
NAM  Yeh
OCL  463 38
UREF
PNO  4887966
ISD  19891200
NAM  Gellerman
OCL  463 38
FREF
PNO  2098392
ISD  19900400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8400524
ISD  19840200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  8911704
ISD  19891100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Price Gess & Ubell
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP95/00950
PD1  19960111
PD2  19960111
PD3  19950518
PCP  WO95/32038
PCD  19951130
ABST
PAR  The present invention relates to a steering wheel control apparatus for a
      television game machine, that is used for a car race game, etc., that is
      structured compactly and simply, and that can be operated while the
      apparatus is fixed at an optimal position. The feature of the steering
      wheel control apparatus is that a plurality of button switches
      transmitting game control signal are provided on a surface of upper posts
      between a center portion of a steering wheel and hand grips on each side
      thereof, within a range to which a thumbs of player's hand holding the
      grip without departing from the grips. Further, at the reverse of the
      center portion of the steering wheel, shift levers having operation points
      near the respective grips are provided. The side face of a base casing
      rotatably supporting the steering wheel is extended perpendicularly and to
      the front and to the rear so that the player can securely hold the base
      case between the thighs. In addition, the steering wheel control apparatus
      includes a structure for adjusting the angle and the height of the
      steering wheel.
PATN
WKU  059891246
SRC  8
APN  8947929
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19970909
TTL  Tripod type constant velocity universal joint
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Lillis; Eileen Dunn
NDR  18
NFG  43
INVT
NAM  Goto; Tatuhiro
CTY  Iwata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Saito; Tsuyoshi
CTY  Iwata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ozawa; Masahiro
CTY  Kosai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagatani; Haruo
CTY  Iwata
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NTN Corporation
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960205
APN  8-19106
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960205
APN  8-019106
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961226
APN  8-347612
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961226
APN  8-347647
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961226
APN  8-347655
CLAS
OCL  464111
XCL  464132
XCL  464905
EDF  6
ICL  F16D  3205
FSC  464
FSS  111;120;122;123;124;132;905
UREF
PNO  4472156
ISD  19840900
NAM  Orain
OCL  464905
UREF
PNO  4565540
ISD  19860100
NAM  Orain
OCL  464124
UREF
PNO  4589856
ISD  19860500
NAM  Mazziotti et al.
OCL  464905
UREF
PNO  4810232
ISD  19890300
NAM  Farrell et al.
OCL  464111
UREF
PNO  5203741
ISD  19930400
NAM  Turner et al.
OCL  464123
UREF
PNO  5330389
ISD  19940700
NAM  Jost et al.
OCL  464111
UREF
PNO  5362275
ISD  19941100
NAM  Girguis
OCL  464124
UREF
PNO  5391013
ISD  19950200
NAM  Ricks et al.
OCL  464111
UREF
PNO  5474500
ISD  19951200
NAM  Girguis
OCL  464111
UREF
PNO  5591085
ISD  19970100
NAM  Stall et al.
OCL  464111
UREF
PNO  5791995
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kudo et al.
OCL  464111
FREF
PNO  4408812
ISD  19940900
CNT  DEX
OCL  464111
FREF
PNO  2273332
ISD  19940600
CNT  GBX
OCL  464111
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/00243
PD1  19970909
PD2  19970909
PD3  19970131
PCP  WO97/29294
PCD  19970814
ABST
PAR  A tripod type constant velocity universal joint comprises a tripod member
      (4) having three radially protruding trunnions (5), each of which
      rotatably carries a roller (7) with cylindrical rolling elements (6)
      therebetween. The outer circumferential surface of the trunnion (5)
      assumes a true spherical surface (m) having its center on the axis of the
      trunnion (5) or is defined with a combination of true spherical surfaces
      (m.sub.1) lying at both axial end portions of the trunnion (5) and having
      its center on the axis of the trunnion and an intermediate curved surface
      (m.sub.2, m.sub.3) standing between the true spherical surfaces (m.sub.1)
      and having a radius of curvature larger than those of the true spherical
      surfaces.
PATN
WKU  059891254
SRC  8
APN  7840810
APT  1
ART  369
APD  19970115
TTL  Universal joint apparatus for a cardan shaft
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Lillis; Eileen Dunn
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Lindenthal; Hans
CTY  Heidenheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Voith Turbo GmbH and Co., KG
CTY  Heidenheim
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960116
APN  196 01 290
CLAS
OCL  464136
EDF  6
ICL  F16D  341
FSC  464
FSS  130;132;136
UREF
PNO  3204428
ISD  19650900
NAM  Stokely
OCL  464130
UREF
PNO  4705490
ISD  19871100
NAM  Lindenthal
OCL  464132
UREF
PNO  4895549
ISD  19900100
NAM  Lindenthal
OCL  464136
UREF
PNO  5547423
ISD  19960800
NAM  Lindenthal et al.
OCL  464136
FREF
PNO  1 283 037
ISD  19690200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  34 46 495 C2
ISD  19861200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3544253
ISD  19870600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  89 06 246
ISD  19900300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  86 34 527
ISD  19901000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1570480 A1
ISD  19890900
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  00202 6990
ISD  19890900
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  2 168 782
ISD  19860600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Knuth; Randall J.
ABST
PAL  A universal joint apparatus having jointed shaft suited for transmitting
      high torques, comprising a spider and two yokes for fitting the arms of
      the spider. Each spider arm is fitted, with a bearing setup having a
      radial bearing with an outer ring and an inner ring, an axial bearing
      arranged in the area of the spider arm wrist, in a yoke eye associated
      with the latter. The axial bearing is disposed in a connecting structure
      of elastic behavior.
PATN
WKU  059891262
SRC  9
APN  0405078
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980317
TTL  Water raft amusement ride including a device for spinning a circular
      water raft
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Kien T.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Kilbert; Michael G.
CTY  Canyon Country
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Sumner; Mark W.
CTY  Valencia
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Disney Enterprises, Inc.
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  472 13
XCL  472117
XCL  104 70
EDF  6
ICL  A63G  302
FSC  472
FSS  13;117;116;128;129
FSC  104
FSS  53;69;70;73
UREF
PNO  4429867
ISD  19840200
NAM  Barber
OCL  472 13
UREF
PNO  4516943
ISD  19850500
NAM  Spieldiener et al.
OCL  441 35
UREF
PNO  4696251
ISD  19870900
NAM  Spiediener et al.
OCL  114346
UREF
PNO  4836521
ISD  19890600
NAM  Barber
OCL  472117
UREF
PNO  5069443
ISD  19911200
NAM  Shiratori
OCL  472117
UREF
PNO  5197923
ISD  19930300
NAM  Barber
OCL  472 13
UREF
PNO  5299964
ISD  19940400
NAM  Hopkins
OCL  114346
UREF
PNO  5453054
ISD  19950900
NAM  Langford
OCL  472117
UREF
PNO  5536210
ISD  19960700
NAM  Barber
OCL  472128
UREF
PNO  5704294
ISD  19980100
NAM  Van Winkle et al.
OCL  104 73
UREF
PNO  5716282
ISD  19980200
NAM  Ring et al.
OCL  472117
LREP
FRM  Medlen & Carroll, LLP
ABST
PAL  An amusement water ride is provided including a water course for carrying
      one or more circular water rafts. The water course is provided with at
      least one downhill section for accelerating the water rafts into a splash
      point. A spin mechanism is provided near the top of the downhill section
      for imparting a spin to the water rafts as they move past the spin
      mechanism. The spin mechanism includes a movement retarding surface along
      one wall of the water course and a movement expediting surface along an
      opposite wall of the water course. The movement retarding surface is
      provided with a high friction coating which retards sliding movement in a
      downstream direction of the surface of the raft which contacts the
      movement retarding surface, and induces rotation of the raft and movement
      towards the opposite wall. As the raft rotates into contact with the
      movement expediting surface it encounters no frictional resistance, and
      the spin is accelerated by the force of gravity acting on the mass of the
      raft as it moves downhill. The spinning raft increases thrill and
      introduces uncertainty among the passengers regarding who will be in a
      position to be splashed when the raft hits the splash zone.
PATN
WKU  059891270
SRC  8
APN  8928177
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970715
TTL  Oscillating boom amusement ride
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Kien T.
NDR  7
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Kitchen; William Joel
CTY  Longmont
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Kleimeyer; Mark A.
CTY  Panama City Beach
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Cochron; Stat
CTY  Wisconsin Dells
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  SkyMax Incorporated
CTY  Longmont
STA  CO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  556612
APD  19951113
PSC  01
PNO  5658201
CLAS
OCL  472 44
XCL  472 45
EDF  6
ICL  A63G 3108
FSC  472
FSS  44;45;27;2;3;130;131;135
UREF
PNO  1987004
ISD  19350100
NAM  Eyerly
OCL  472 45
UREF
PNO  2046678
ISD  19360700
NAM  Eyerly
OCL  472 44
UREF
PNO  2562324
ISD  19510700
NAM  McBride
OCL  472 44
UREF
PNO  3904194
ISD  19750900
NAM  Schwarzkopf
OCL  472 45
UREF
PNO  4410173
ISD  19831000
NAM  Bohme
OCL  472 44
LREP
FR2  Martin; Rick
ABST
PAL  An amusement ride 10 including a tower 12 that pivotably supports an
      elongated boom 16 that includes an extended end 20 and a pivot 18. A
      passenger carriage 28 is pivotably attached to the extended end of the
      boom. The shorter end of the boom includes a moveable counterweight 26
      that is operable for raising the boom. The boom is then locked, the
      counterweight is moved, and the boom is released to swing freely. The
      movable counterweight includes first and second storage tanks 34 and 35, a
      counterweight fluid 36, and at least one pump 39 for moving the
      counterweight fluid between the first and second storage tanks. Passengers
      are loaded into the passenger carriage when the boom is in the down
      position. The boom is then raised by moving the counterweight fluid into
      the first storage tank. After the boom is raised, a brake is set to lock
      to boom in the raised position, and the counterweight fluid is moved into
      the second storage tank. The operator then lowers the boom by releasing
      the brake. The boom swings through approximately 270 degrees, and the
      passenger carriage may make a 360 degree loop at the end of the first
      swing.
PATN
WKU  059891289
SRC  9
APN  0045276
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980108
TTL  Flame simulation
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Kien T.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Baker; Cindi L.
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Jean; Catherynne Ann
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Lowey; Marilyn
CTY  Aspen
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Universal Studios, Inc.
CTY  Universal City
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  472 65
XCL  472 75
XCL   40407
EDF  6
ICL  A63J  502
FSC  472
FSS  57;65;75;81
FSC   40
FSS  406;407
FSC  239
FSS  2.1;14.1
UREF
PNO  643493
ISD  19000200
NAM  Fuller
UREF
PNO  1254790
ISD  19180100
NAM  Fuller
UREF
PNO  2285535
ISD  19420600
NAM  Schlett
UREF
PNO  2726117
ISD  19551200
NAM  Barber
UREF
PNO  3069794
ISD  19621200
NAM  Stalcup
OCL   40407
UREF
PNO  3334816
ISD  19670800
NAM  Mizuno
UREF
PNO  3432439
ISD  19690300
NAM  Dickman
OCL  472 65
UREF
PNO  3711698
ISD  19730100
NAM  Hess
UREF
PNO  3964194
ISD  19760600
NAM  Gugeler
UREF
PNO  3978598
ISD  19760900
NAM  Rose et al.
XCL  472 65
UREF
PNO  4039144
ISD  19770800
NAM  Mee
OCL  239  2.1
UREF
PNO  4303397
ISD  19811200
NAM  Swiatosz
XCL  472 65
UREF
PNO  4965707
ISD  19901000
NAM  Butterfield
XCL  472 65
UREF
PNO  5067653
ISD  19911100
NAM  Araki et al.
UREF
PNO  5156333
ISD  19921000
NAM  Worsfold
XCL  472 65
UREF
PNO  5368228
ISD  19941100
NAM  Adamson et al.
UREF
PNO  5445322
ISD  19950800
NAM  Formhals et al.
UREF
PNO  5711481
ISD  19980100
NAM  MacDonald et al.
OCL  239  2.1
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon LLP
ABST
PAL  The appearance of fire and flames is simulated using lighting, air pipes,
      fans, and fog manifolds. Water and air is sprayed into a display area to
      form a wall of mist which reflects light and light patterns. Air from the
      air pipes blows the wall of mist upwards. Fans generate a curtain of
      turbulent, upwardly flowing air that holds up the wall of mist, and makes
      it appear to flicker. Thematic lighting is projected onto the flickering
      wall of mist, to color the mist and simulate the flames.
PATN
WKU  059891297
SRC  9
APN  1684809
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981008
TTL  Golf swing practice device
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Marlo; George J.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  O'Neill; William T.
STR  53-23 192nd St.
CTY  Flushing
STA  NY
ZIP  11365-1232
CLAS
OCL  473147
XCL  473149
XCL  473145
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 6936
FSC  473
FSS  146;145;147;149
UREF
PNO  2011857
ISD  19350800
NAM  Holmes
OCL  473146
UREF
PNO  2641933
ISD  19530600
NAM  Van Kinkle
OCL  473146
ABST
PAL  A golf practice aid is provided including a base and a ball swinging
      mechanism including an arm having a first end rotatable with respect to
      the base about a vertical axis. The ball swinging mechanism further
      includes a tether cord having a top end coupled to a second end of the arm
      and upper and lower compartments, including a central gear and a pinion
      gear mounted on an elastomeric friction element located in the upper
      compartment. A bottom end of the tether cord is equipped with a golf ball
      fixed thereto.
PATN
WKU  059891300
SRC  9
APN  0133965
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980126
TTL  Multi-use net
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Graham; Mark S.
NDR  4
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Macaluso; Anthony G.
STR  7101 Circa de Media
CTY  Escondido
STA  CA
ZIP  92029
CLAS
OCL  473197
XCL  273400
XCL  273407
XCL  473476
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 6300
FSC  473
FSS  197;454;476
FSC  273
FSS  395;400;407
UREF
PNO  5088740
ISD  19920200
NAM  Peterson
OCL  273410
UREF
PNO  5244213
ISD  19930900
NAM  Armell
OCL  273400
UREF
PNO  5269527
ISD  19931200
NAM  Noval
OCL  273181F
UREF
PNO  5427381
ISD  19950600
NAM  Macaluso et al.
OCL  273400
UREF
PNO  5433433
ISD  19950700
NAM  Armell
OCL  273 26
UREF
PNO  5569094
ISD  19961000
NAM  Macaluso
OCL  473197
LREP
FRM  Lynn & Lynn
ABST
PAL  A portable net has an erected configuration for stopping the flight of a
      golf ball and returning it to a selected location and a folded
      configuration for storage or transport. The portable net has an elastic
      frame formed of a single elastic member that forms a base and a net
      support section. A net is connected to the net support section of the
      frame so that the net extends away from the base in the erected
      configuration. The frame is configured such that a person may put the
      frame into a folded configuration by deforming the first and second frame
      members into a plurality of generally concentric rings. A retainer such as
      a strap is provided for selectively retaining the frame in the folded
      configuration. The frame is formed such that elastic forces in the frame
      spontaneously move the frame to the erected configuration when the
      retainer is not engaged to retain the frame in the storage configuration.
PATN
WKU  059891319
SRC  9
APN  2080869
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981209
TTL  Golf weight training device
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Marlo; George J.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Burkholder; John W.
STR  27552 Berdun
CTY  Mission Viejo
STA  CA
ZIP  92691
RLAP
COD  72
APN  083798
APD  19980217
PSC  01
PNO  Des. 411277
CLAS
OCL  473219
XCL  482109
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 6936
ICL  A63B 1500
FSC  473
FSS  256
FSC  482
FSS  109
UREF
PNO  D59613
ISD  19210900
NAM  Thornton et al.
UREF
PNO  D237515
ISD  19751100
NAM  Thiel
OCL  D34  5CB
UREF
PNO  D247919
ISD  19780500
NAM  Goyette, Jr.
OCL  D34  5CB
UREF
PNO  D316888
ISD  19910500
NAM  Foresi
OCL  D21234
UREF
PNO  D329268
ISD  19920900
NAM  Perry
OCL  D21234
UREF
PNO  D356359
ISD  19950300
NAM  Bailey
OCL  D21234
UREF
PNO  D368950
ISD  19960400
NAM  Gates
OCL  D21234
UREF
PNO  D371412
ISD  19960700
NAM  Howard
OCL  D21234
UREF
PNO  3231281
ISD  19660100
NAM  Wallo
OCL  473256
UREF
PNO  4511147
ISD  19850400
NAM  Olsen
XCL  473256
LREP
FRM  Stetina Brunda Garred & Brucker
ABST
PAL  A golf weight training device for improving a golfer's swing during
      practice therewith. The device comprises an elongate shaft with a top
      section and an arcuately contoured bottom section defining a bottom end.
      Advanced over the top section of the shaft is a golf grip used by the
      golfer to hold the golf weight training device during practice. The bottom
      section is curved such that the bottom end is laterally offset from a
      longitudinal shaft axis of the top section. The curved bottom section
      simulates the position of a club head during the swing and moves the
      center of gravity of the device outside the swing plane in order to
      promote proper motion. Generally, the shaft will weigh about 2.5 to 3.5
      pounds and be around 29-39 inches in length. The curved bottom section
      will be formed on the last 6 inches of the shaft such that the bottom end
      will be laterally offset about 3 inches away from the longitudinal axis of
      the top section.
PATN
WKU  059891327
SRC  9
APN  0491764
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980327
TTL  Golf club iron
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Passaniti; Sebastiano
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  MacDonald; David J.
STR  2030 Fairchild Way
CTY  Los Osos
STA  CA
ZIP  93402-3314
INVT
NAM  Pearson; Vardy Taylor
STR  189 N. 14th St.
CTY  Rover Beach
STA  CA
ZIP  93433
CLAS
OCL  473314
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 5302
FSC  473
FSS  313;314;349;350
UREF
PNO  2683036
ISD  19540700
NAM  Klein
UREF
PNO  5199707
ISD  19930400
NAM  Knox
UREF
PNO  5338029
ISD  19940800
NAM  Falzone
LREP
FR2  Tachner; Leonard
ABST
PAL  A golf club iron employs an elongated connection member to connect the
      lower end of a golf club shaft directly to the rear face of the golf club
      head over an elongated region between the top surface and the sole of the
      head. The connection region includes a line which is directly behind the
      center of mass of the head to enhance the transfer of energy to a golf
      ball where little or reduced torque is produced by off-center hits.
PATN
WKU  059891335
SRC  8
APN  6423639
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19960503
TTL  Golf club and shaft therefor and method of making same
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Blau; Stephen L.
EXP  Chapman; Jeanette
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Lee; Gary L.
CTY  Tupelo
STA  MS
INVT
NAM  Finley; Edwin B.
CTY  Amory
STA  MS
INVT
NAM  Howell; Larry W.
CTY  Amory
STA  MS
INVT
NAM  Lewellen; Curtis W.
CTY  Amory
STA  MS
ASSG
NAM  True Temper Sports, Inc.
CTY  Memphis
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  473323
XCL   72283
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 5312
FSC  473
FSS  316;317;318;319;320;321;322;287;289
FSC   72
FSS  274;276;283
UREF
PNO  976267
ISD  19101100
NAM  Knight
OCL  473316
UREF
PNO  1564208
ISD  19251200
NAM  Connolly
OCL  473316
UREF
PNO  1653428
ISD  19271200
NAM  Brinkman
OCL  473316
UREF
PNO  1974389
ISD  19340900
NAM  Cowdery
OCL  473323
UREF
PNO  2066962
ISD  19370100
NAM  Cross
OCL  473323
UREF
PNO  2095563
ISD  19371000
NAM  Cowdery
OCL   72276
UREF
PNO  2250428
ISD  19410700
NAM  Vickery
OCL  473289
UREF
PNO  2258242
ISD  19411000
NAM  Ditzel et al.
OCL   72276
UREF
PNO  2679925
ISD  19540600
NAM  McIlvried et al.
OCL   72276
UREF
PNO  3083969
ISD  19630400
NAM  Bills
OCL  473321
UREF
PNO  3809403
ISD  19740500
NAM  Hunter
OCL  473316
UREF
PNO  4122593
ISD  19781000
NAM  Braly
OCL  473289
UREF
PNO  4165874
ISD  19790800
NAM  Lezatte
OCL  473323
UREF
PNO  4169595
ISD  19791000
NAM  Kaugars
OCL  473323
UREF
PNO  4288075
ISD  19810900
NAM  Kaugars
OCL  473323
UREF
PNO  4313328
ISD  19820200
NAM  Janssen
OCL   72276
UREF
PNO  4606212
ISD  19860800
NAM  Sunaga
OCL   72283
UREF
PNO  4616500
ISD  19861000
NAM  Alexoff
OCL   72283
UREF
PNO  4726211
ISD  19880200
NAM  Sunaga
OCL   72283
UREF
PNO  4788841
ISD  19881200
NAM  Calhoun et al.
OCL   72283
UREF
PNO  4961576
ISD  19901000
NAM  Meredith
OCL  473323
UREF
PNO  5018735
ISD  19910500
NAM  Meredith
OCL  473318
UREF
PNO  5074555
ISD  19911200
NAM  Meredith
OCL  473323
UREF
PNO  5265872
ISD  19931100
NAM  Tennent
OCL  473320
UREF
PNO  5573468
ISD  19961100
NAM  Baumann
OCL  473321
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A golf club 20 includes a shaft 22 having a club head 32 secured to a tip
      end section 24 thereof and a grip 34 secured to a butt end section 26
      thereof. A central section 28 of the shaft 22 is formed with a plurality
      of segments 44 which are of successively smaller diameters between the
      butt end section 26 and the tip end section 24. The wall of the tip end
      section 24 has portions which are of a prescribed thickness. The wall of
      the butt end section 26 has portions which are of a thickness less than
      the prescribed thickness. The wall of the central section 28 has portions
      which are of a thickness less than the thickness of the portion of the
      wall of the butt end section 26.
PATN
WKU  059891343
SRC  9
APN  0819484
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980521
TTL  Metalwood type club head with reinforced outer support system
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Passaniti; Sebastiano
NDR  10
NFG  36
INVT
NAM  Antonious; Anthony J.
STR  7738 Calle Facil
CTY  Sarasota
STA  FL
ZIP  34238
CLAS
OCL  473327
XCL  473328
XCL  473345
XCL  473349
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 5304
FSC  473
FSS  324;345;349;327;328
FSC  D21
FSS  733;734;735
UREF
PNO  D390616
ISD  19980200
NAM  Maltby
UREF
PNO  4332388
ISD  19820600
NAM  Crow
UREF
PNO  5193810
ISD  19930300
NAM  Antonious
UREF
PNO  5203565
ISD  19930400
NAM  Murray
UREF
PNO  5335914
ISD  19940800
NAM  Long
UREF
PNO  5465970
ISD  19951100
NAM  Adams
UREF
PNO  5658206
ISD  19970800
NAM  Antonious
OCL  473328
UREF
PNO  5766095
ISD  19980600
NAM  Antonious
OCL  473345
LREP
FRM  Aquilino, Welsh & Flaxman
ABST
PAL  A metalwood type golf club head is disclosed having a reinforced outer
      support system formed of elongated support bands providing additional
      strength and mass on the outer side walls, rear, bottom and crown areas
      for added overall club head strength, increased stability and control when
      ball contact occurs during a high velocity club head swing.
PATN
WKU  059891351
SRC  9
APN  0679305
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980428
TTL  Luminescent golf ball
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Marlo; George J.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Welch; David Emanuel
CTY  Wichita
STA  KS
ASSG
NAM  Night & Day Golf, Inc.
CTY  Topeka
STA  KS
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  473353
XCL  273DIG24
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 4306
FSC  473
FSS  353
FSC  273
FSS  DIG. 24
UREF
PNO  4613403
ISD  19860900
NAM  Oyachi et al.
UREF
PNO  4679795
ISD  19870700
NAM  Melvin et al.
UREF
PNO  4695055
ISD  19870900
NAM  Newcomb et al.
UREF
PNO  4798386
ISD  19890100
NAM  Berard
UREF
PNO  4865326
ISD  19890900
NAM  Isaac et al.
UREF
PNO  4878674
ISD  19891100
NAM  Newcomb et al.
UREF
PNO  4927015
ISD  19900500
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  4957297
ISD  19900900
NAM  Newcomb
UREF
PNO  5007647
ISD  19910400
NAM  Gulick
UREF
PNO  5018742
ISD  19910500
NAM  Isaac et al.
UREF
PNO  5156405
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kitaoh et al.
UREF
PNO  5330195
ISD  19940700
NAM  Gulick
XCL  473353
UREF
PNO  5427378
ISD  19950600
NAM  Murphy
UREF
PNO  5494291
ISD  19960200
NAM  Kennedy
UREF
PNO  5830087
ISD  19981100
NAM  Sullivan et al.
OCL  473385
FREF
PNO  59-114158
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-159459
ISD  19841000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Bridgestone, "1985 Golf Gear" Catalog, In Japanese. Translation supplied
      with comments.
LREP
FR2  Blinn; Robert O.
ABST
PAL  The golf ball of the present invention has a white core which has a bright,
      white outer surface and a relatively thin, translucent cover composed of
      SURLYN.RTM. having a thickness of about 0.06 inches or less. The
      translucent SURLYN.RTM. cover contains between 6% and 12% by weight
      photostorage material, of the type having components such as aluminum
      oxide, strontium oxide, calcium oxide, europium oxide and boron oxide. A
      brightly colored fluorescent dye at a concentration between 0.01% and
      0.04% by weight can also be added to a SURLYN.RTM. cover material to
      produce a golf ball of the present invention that is brightly colored.
      When the golf ball of the present invention has no fluorescent dye in its
      cover, it is substantially white in appearance, is visible in daylight and
      after being charged by exposure to light, emits a long lasting bright glow
      of light for high visibility in the dark. When the golf ball of the
      present invention has an added preferred bright yellow fluorescent dye, it
      can be seen in daylight and twilight conditions as easily as a standard
      yellow ball and after being charged by exposure to light also emits a long
      lasting bright glow of light for high visibility in the dark.
PATN
WKU  059891360
SRC  8
APN  9549064
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971021
TTL  Golf ball
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Marlo; George J.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Renard; Philippe
CTY  La Balme de Sillingy
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Snell; Dean
CTY  Oceanside
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc.
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  473376
XCL  473373
XCL  473377
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 3706
FSC  473
FSS  365;373;376;378;377;374
UREF
PNO  3177280
ISD  19650400
NAM  Fordt et al.
XCL  473373
UREF
PNO  4272079
ISD  19810600
NAM  Nakade et al.
XCL  473365
UREF
PNO  4919434
ISD  19900400
NAM  Saito
XCL  473376
UREF
PNO  5674137
ISD  19971000
NAM  Maruko et al.
XCL  473378
UREF
PNO  5820488
ISD  19981000
NAM  Sullivan et al.
OCL  473374
UREF
PNO  5830087
ISD  19981100
NAM  Sullivan et al.
XCL  473373
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear, LLP.
ABST
PAL  A solid golf ball having a core, a covers an intermediate layer between the
      core and the cover formed of a soft elastomeric material. Preferably, the
      layer has a thickness of 0.1-1.3 mm and is formed by dipping the core into
      a liquid dispersion latex having a cured hardness between 40 and 100 Shore
      A. The ball provides improved feel and controllability which can be varied
      by varying the characteristics of the intermediate layer.
PATN
WKU  059891378
SRC  9
APN  0286125
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980224
TTL  Ball mounted training device
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1,19
EXP  Ricci; John A.
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Krueger; Scott A.
STR  3525 E. Van Norman Ave.
CTY  Cudahy
STA  WI
ZIP  53110
CLAS
OCL  473423
XCL  473429
XCL  473451
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 6940
ICL  A63B 7102
FSC  473
FSS  422;423;429;451;FOR 103;FOR 108
UREF
PNO  2976040
ISD  19610300
NAM  Bales
OCL  473429
UREF
PNO  3731926
ISD  19730500
NAM  Vincent
XCL  473429
UREF
PNO  4307888
ISD  19811200
NAM  Ohle
OCL  473429
UREF
PNO  5303914
ISD  19940400
NAM  Cooksey
OCL  473429
UREF
PNO  5340101
ISD  19940800
NAM  Lawson et al.
OCL  473426
UREF
PNO  5435545
ISD  19950700
NAM  Marotta
XCL  473451
UREF
PNO  5458326
ISD  19951000
NAM  Marcyes
OCL  473426
UREF
PNO  5553848
ISD  19960900
NAM  Amron
XCL  473429
UREF
PNO  5618039
ISD  19970400
NAM  Tsai et al.
OCL  473423
UREF
PNO  5662537
ISD  19970900
NAM  Zuber
OCL  473426
LREP
FRM  Andrus, Sceales, Starke & Sawall
ABST
PAL  A ball striking device is adapted to be mounted on a vertical mounting
      surface having retention structure thereon. The device includes a clip
      removably attached to and suspended from the retention structure of the
      vertical mounting surface. A mounting member having a substantially
      horizontally extending support arm provided with a free end and a
      substantially vertically extending pivot leg is engageable with the clip
      in order that the mounting member is swingably supported relative to the
      clip and the vertical mounting surface. A ball is attached directly to the
      free end of the support arm and is adapted to be struck by a moving
      object. An elastic arrangement extends between the pivot leg and the
      vertical mounting surface for establishing the position of the ball before
      being stuck and controlling the return of the ball after being struck.
PATN
WKU  059891386
SRC  9
APN  0702943
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980430
TTL  Tensioner with adjustable snubber
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Kaness; Matthew A.
EXP  Graysay; Tamara L.
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Capucci; Germinal Flavio
CTY  Carnate
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Morse TEC Europe S.p.A.
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970714
APN  97830349
CLAS
OCL  474109
XCL  474111
XCL  474140
EDF  6
ICL  F16H  708
ICL  F16H  722
ICL  F16H  718
FSC  474
FSS  101;109;111;140
UREF
PNO  3276282
ISD  19661000
NAM  Duncan
OCL   74242
UREF
PNO  3463025
ISD  19690800
NAM  Turner et al.
OCL   74242
UREF
PNO  3490302
ISD  19700100
NAM  Turner et al.
OCL   74242
UREF
PNO  4921472
ISD  19900500
NAM  Young
OCL  474111
UREF
PNO  5055088
ISD  19911000
NAM  Cradduck et al.
OCL  474111
UREF
PNO  5180340
ISD  19930100
NAM  Vahabzadeh et al.
OCL  474111
UREF
PNO  5184982
ISD  19930200
NAM  Shimaya et al.
OCL  474111
UREF
PNO  5266066
ISD  19931100
NAM  White
OCL  474111
UREF
PNO  5286234
ISD  19940200
NAM  Young
OCL  474111
UREF
PNO  5425680
ISD  19950600
NAM  Young
OCL  474111
UREF
PNO  5462493
ISD  19951000
NAM  Simpson
OCL  474111
UREF
PNO  5647811
ISD  19970700
NAM  Mott
OCL  474111
UREF
PNO  5776024
ISD  19980700
NAM  White et al.
OCL  474111
UREF
PNO  5846150
ISD  19981200
NAM  Wigsten
OCL  474111
UREF
PNO  5868638
ISD  19990200
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  474111
FREF
PNO  0-113-685
ISD  19840700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1-190-167
ISD  19591000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1492846
ISD  19671100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  24-45-286
ISD  19760400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  196-50-289
ISD  19970600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  57-134055
ISD  19820800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-134054
ISD  19820800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  353797
ISD  19310700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  505746
ISD  19390500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  907983
ISD  19621000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  European Search Report No. EP 97 83 0349 -Dec. 10, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Sidley & Austin
FR2  Dziegielewski; Greg
ABST
PAL  In a chain drive system, initial calibration or adjustment for take-up or
      compensation of the manufacturing and assembly tolerances is achieved by
      an adjustment device that comprises a fixed block (12) and a spring-loaded
      moveable pad or snubber member (14), which, after initial positioning for
      take-up of tolerances, is fixed in position on the body. The adjustment
      device(10) can generally be positioned on the tight portion of the chain
      and can be an independent device or it can be combined with a traditional
      hydraulic or mechanical tensioner for taking up slack due to wear.
PATN
WKU  059891394
SRC  9
APN  2323885
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19990115
TTL  Hydraulic tensioner with external rack
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Charles; Marcus
EXP  Graysay; Tamara L.
NDR  4
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Dusinberre, II; E. Paul
CTY  Interlaken
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Kuznets; Sam A.
CTY  Burdett
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Simpson; Roger T.
CTY  Ithaca
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Borg-Warner Automotive, Inc.
CTY  Troy
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  852925
APD  19970508
CLAS
OCL  474110
XCL  474111
XCL  474135
EDF  6
ICL  F16H  708
FSC  474
FSS  110;111;109;101;135;138;113-117
UREF
PNO  2210276
ISD  19400800
NAM  Bremer
OCL  474110
UREF
PNO  3081643
ISD  19630300
NAM  Huboi et al.
OCL  474111
UREF
PNO  5030169
ISD  19910700
NAM  Kiso et al.
OCL  474110
UREF
PNO  5649878
ISD  19970700
NAM  Noguchi et al.
XCL  474135
FREF
PNO  3249504
ISD  19840500
CNT  DEX
OCL  474111
FREF
PNO  6-94089
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
OCL  474110
LREP
FRM  Sidley & Austin
FR2  Dziegielewski; Greg
ABST
PAL  A hydraulic tensioner having a rack and ratchet system that provides a
      no-return function, limits maximum piston travel outward from the housing,
      and retains the piston in place for shipping. The rack and ratchet system
      includes a ratchet clip with flexible tabs and a plurality of grooves on
      the outside of a piston.
PATN
WKU  059891408
SRC  9
APN  0378348
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980310
TTL  Both-side meshing type silent chain
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Hansen; Colby
EXP  Graysay; Tamara L.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Ichikawa; Koichi
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kozakura; Nobuto
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Haginoya; Tsutomu
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tsubakimoto Chain Co.
CTY  Osaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970319
APN  9-066400
CLAS
OCL  474148
XCL  474202
XCL  474206
XCL  474210
XCL  474212
XCL  474213
XCL  474226
XCL  474228
EDF  6
ICL  F16G  128
ICL  F16G 1302
ICL  F16G 1310
ICL  F16G 1304
FSC  474
FSS  202;206;210;212;213;226;228
FREF
PNO  0 487 146
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  54-105636
ISD  19790800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  54-112435
ISD  19790900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 320 214
ISD  19980600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A both-side meshing type silent chain is provided which not only permits
      improvement in durability of a tensioner and a chain guide, but also
      permits a high-speed and smooth transfer of power. The both-side meshing
      type silent chain has a high durability and includes a plurality of
      articular train plates and a plurality of guide train plates. Each of the
      plurality of articular train plates and the plurality of guide train
      plates have main teeth for engagement with a sprocket disposed on an inner
      peripheral side of a chain. The plurality of articular train plates are
      alternately connected to the plurality of guide train plates with pins.
      Guide plates, which are guided by side faces of the teeth of the sprocket,
      are disposed on both outer sides of each of the plurality of guide train
      plates. Rear faces of the guide plates, which constitute a part of each of
      the plurality of articular train plates, the plurality of guide train
      plates, and the guide plates, and which are arranged in the longitudinal
      direction of the chain, are formed as flat faces. The rear faces, of a
      remainder of the plurality of articular train plates and plurality of
      guide train plates, are formed with sub-teeth for engagement with a
      sprocket located on an outer peripheral side of the chain.
PATN
WKU  059891416
SRC  8
APN  7169922
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19960920
TTL  Silent chain
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Welch; Gary L.
EXP  Calvert; John J.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Kozakura; Nobuto
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Haginoya; Tsutomu
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumoto; Masaaki
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tsubakimoto Chain Co.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960124
APN  8-010101
CLAS
OCL  474230
XCL  474213
XCL  474228
XCL  474226
XCL  474206
EDF  6
ICL  F16G 1302
FSC  474
FSS  230;212;213;214;206;228;226
UREF
PNO  953114
ISD  19100300
NAM  Belcher
OCL  474213
UREF
PNO  958466
ISD  19100500
NAM  Belcher
OCL  474213
UREF
PNO  959047
ISD  19100500
NAM  Belcher
OCL  474213
UREF
PNO  1020180
ISD  19120300
NAM  Belcher
OCL  474213
UREF
PNO  1578271
ISD  19260300
NAM  Dull et al.
OCL  474214
UREF
PNO  4906224
ISD  19900300
NAM  Reber
XCL  474214
UREF
PNO  4915675
ISD  19900400
NAM  Avramidis
OCL  474213
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland, and Naughton
ABST
PAL  A silent chain can prevent the link plates from rupturing and stretching in
      the longitudinal direction to the chain. The silent chain is formed such
      that the thickness of both the outer link plates of the joint link row
      having fewer plates on the connecting pin is made larger than any of
      thicknesses of the guide plates and the thicknesses of the other link
      plates.
PATN
WKU  059891424
SRC  9
APN  0671045
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980427
TTL  Planetary steering differential
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Ta; Khoi Q.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Satzler; Ronald L.
CTY  Princeville
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Caterpillar Inc.
CTY  Peoria
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  475150
XCL  475 18
XCL  475221
EDF  6
ICL  F16H  142
FSC  475
FSS  18;22;12;28;221;225;150
UREF
PNO  2730182
ISD  19560100
NAM  Sloane
XCL   74 18
UREF
PNO  3034322
ISD  19620500
NAM  Miller
XCL   74 89
UREF
PNO  3373636
ISD  19680300
NAM  Livezey et al.
OCL   74720.5
UREF
PNO  3966005
ISD  19760600
NAM  Binger
OCL  180  6.44
UREF
PNO  4174762
ISD  19791100
NAM  Hopkins et al.
OCL  180  6.44
UREF
PNO  4331208
ISD  19820500
NAM  Kolthoff et al.
OCL  180  6.2
UREF
PNO  4917200
ISD  19900400
NAM  Lucius
OCL  180  6.2
UREF
PNO  5387161
ISD  19950200
NAM  Shibata
XCL  475221
UREF
PNO  5509491
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hall, III
OCL  180  9.44
UREF
PNO  5529136
ISD  19960600
NAM  Zulu
OCL  180  6.44
UREF
PNO  5722501
ISD  19980300
NAM  Finch et al.
OCL  180  6.44
LREP
FR2  Glastetter; Calvin E.
ABST
PAL  Continuously driven machine steering differentials have heretofore been
      complex for counter-rotating a pair of oppositely located planetary
      elements. The planetary steering differential includes a differential
      powered by a transmission input and a planetary gearing mechanism which
      receives an input from a steering motor for interacting with the outputs
      to achieve a steering correction.
PATN
WKU  059891432
SRC  9
APN  1622145
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980928
TTL  Arrangement for lubricating a differential assembly of a work machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Ta; Khoi Q.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Bell; Douglas W.
CTY  Mattoon
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Hinton; David
CTY  Mt. Zion
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Caterpillar Inc.
CTY  Peoria
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  475160
XCL  184  612
XCL  184 112
EDF  6
ICL  F16H 9704
FSC  475
FSS  159;160
FSC  184
FSS  6.12;11.2
OREF
PAL  The Timken Company Publication Untitled published 1984.
LREP
FR2  Addison; Bradford G.
     Maginot, Addison & Moore
ABST
PAL  A differential assembly which includes a differential housing is disclosed.
      The differential housing defines an internal component chamber, a fluid
      housing inlet, and a fluid housing outlet. The differential assembly also
      includes a spider structure positioned within the internal component
      chamber. The spider structure has (i) a spider hub and (ii) a spider shaft
      which extends from the spider hub. The differential assembly further
      includes a pinion gear positioned within the internal component chamber
      and around the spider shaft. The differential assembly also includes a
      bearing assembly positioned within the internal component chamber. The
      bearing assembly is interposed between the pinion gear and the spider
      shaft, wherein (i) the spider structure has a fluid spider channel having
      a fluid spider inlet and a fluid spider outlet, (ii) the fluid housing
      inlet is in fluid communication with the fluid spider inlet, and (iii) the
      fluid spider outlet is in fluid communication with the fluid housing
      outlet. The differential assembly also includes a fluid pump which
      advances a flow of oil through the fluid housing inlet, the fluid spider
      inlet, the fluid spider outlet, and the fluid housing outlet.
PATN
WKU  059891440
SRC  8
APN  8288895
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970331
TTL  Oscillatory roller transmission
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Estremsky; Sherry Lynn
EXP  Bonck; Rodney H.
NDR  9
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Chen; Zhi
STR  68 Xiao Wei Rd., Apt 152
CTY  Beijing 100005
CNT  CNX
INVT
NAM  Chen; Bo
STR  163 Dutch Rd.
CTY  East Brunswick
STA  NJ
ZIP  08816
INVT
NAM  Chen; Shixian
STR  68 Xiao Wei Rd., Apt. 152
CTY  Beijing 100005
CNT  CNX
PRIR
CNT  CNX
APD  19960712
APN  962155047
CLAS
OCL  475168
XCL  475176
XCL  475346
EDF  6
ICL  F16H  132
FSC  475
FSS  162;168;1;165;176;180;183;329;346;178;179
FSC   74
FSS  406;465;665 E;63
UREF
PNO  1449352
ISD  19230300
NAM  Seeck
OCL  475168
UREF
PNO  2791132
ISD  19570500
NAM  Wiczer
OCL   74 63
UREF
PNO  3468175
ISD  19690900
NAM  Raber
UREF
PNO  4522110
ISD  19850600
NAM  Samuelsson
UREF
PNO  4604916
ISD  19860800
NAM  Distin, Jr.
OCL  475176
UREF
PNO  4713985
ISD  19871200
NAM  Ando
UREF
PNO  4736654
ISD  19880400
NAM  Ren
UREF
PNO  4798104
ISD  19890100
NAM  Chen
UREF
PNO  4856378
ISD  19890800
NAM  Hvolka
UREF
PNO  5431605
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ko
UREF
PNO  5695425
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hashimoto et al.
OCL  475180
FREF
PNO  86200768U
ISD  19861100
CNT  CNX
FREF
PNO  85101702
ISD  19870400
CNT  CNX
FREF
PNO  1020383
ISD  19930400
CNT  CNX
FREF
PNO  314023
ISD  19710900
CNT  SUX
OCL  475168
FREF
PNO  1307130
ISD  19870300
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1307129
ISD  19870300
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  605156
ISD  19480700
CNT  GBX
OCL  475168
OREF
PAL  Photo of a model for the design of present inventor Zhi Chen's patent CN
      91101060.2 Referring to Fig. 10 of present application.
ABST
PAL  A transmission apparatus comprising a wave actuator having a wave-actuating
      disk mounted on an eccentric body through a rolling bearing; an
      oscillatory roller gear having Zh number of oscillatory rollers assembled
      in Zh radial slots of an oscillatory roller carrier, and a stationary gear
      with Zg number of inner teeth, where Zg=Zh.+-.1. The wave actuator pushes
      the oscillatory rollers to move radially. The oscillatory rollers roll
      along the inner surface of the stationary gear, driving the oscillatory
      roller carrier to rotate, thereby transmitting movement and power. Any one
      of the three components: the wave actuator, the oscillatory roller gear,
      and the stationary gear, can be chosen as a fixed component; the other two
      then form a speed-reducing or a speed-increasing transmission. When none
      of the components are fixed, they form a two-in/one-out differential
      transmission.
PATN
WKU  059891459
SRC  9
APN  0690201
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980427
TTL  In-line speed converter with low parts counts
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Ta; Khoi Q.
NDR  12
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Bursal; Faruk H.
CTY  Waltham
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Cunningham; Michael P.
CTY  Londonderry
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Folino; Frank A.
CTY  Salem
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Chen; Baosheng
CTY  Chelmsford
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Synkinetics, Inc.
CTY  Lowell
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  016501
APD  19980130
RLAP
COD  90
APN  054088
APD  19980402
CLAS
OCL  475196
XCL  475185
EDF  6
ICL  F16H  134
FSC  476
FSS  38;36
FSC  475
FSS  185;196
UREF
PNO  1689285
ISD  19281000
NAM  Knab
OCL   74650
UREF
PNO  1946358
ISD  19340200
NAM  Porsche et al.
OCL   74650
UREF
PNO  2440975
ISD  19480500
NAM  Robbins
OCL   74650
UREF
PNO  2700310
ISD  19550100
NAM  Viebrock et al.
OCL   74650
UREF
PNO  3468175
ISD  19690900
NAM  Rabek
OCL   74 63
UREF
PNO  4476735
ISD  19841000
NAM  Cantwell
OCL   74 84R
UREF
PNO  5312306
ISD  19940500
NAM  Folino
OCL  475196
UREF
PNO  5321988
ISD  19940600
NAM  Folino
OCL   74 25
UREF
PNO  5514045
ISD  19960500
NAM  Folino
OCL  476 36
UREF
PNO  5562564
ISD  19961000
NAM  Folino
OCL  476 36
UREF
PNO  5600999
ISD  19970200
NAM  Folino
OCL   74122
UREF
PNO  5607370
ISD  19970300
NAM  Maslow et al.
OCL  475196
UREF
PNO  5683323
ISD  19971100
NAM  Imase
OCL  475168
UREF
PNO  5722910
ISD  19980300
NAM  Folino
OCL  476 36
FREF
PNO  2346611
ISD  19771000
CNT  FRX
OCL   74650
FREF
PNO  59-133863
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-168954
ISD  19850900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1257-331
ISD  19850200
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1399-548
ISD  19861200
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1490-362
ISD  19870500
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1821597-A1
ISD  19901000
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  PCT/US92/02023
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
ICL  F16H 2506
FREF
PNO  PCT/US94/00841
ISD  19940800
CNT  WOX
ICL  F16H  134
FREF
PNO  PCT/US94/06634
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
ICL  F16H 1508
OREF
PAL  "Balls Reduce Speed and Transmit Torque", Mechanical Engineering &
      Technology Guide,; publ. prior to Mar. 14, 1991.
PAL  Dojen.TM. Precision Rotary Actuator Designer's Guide (Dir. of Lenze,
      Woburn, MA), published prior to Mar. 14, 1991.
PAL  "General Information on Sinusoidal Ball Drives", Soviet Engineering
      Research, vol. 6 (1986) Feb., No. 2 @ pp. 23-26, Mowbray, Leicestershire
      G.B. (also referenced as Sov. Engineering Research, V. Mashinostroeniya,
      Jun. 1986, Issue 2, pp. 24-28).
LREP
FRM  Perkins, Smith & Cohen, LLP
FR2  Erlich; Jacob N.
FR2  Cohen; Jerry
ABST
PAL  An in-line speed converter assembly for converting input rotation to output
      rotation with a minimum number of parts, the in-line speed converter
      having utility in a dryer as well as other devices which require in-line
      speed conversion with a minimum number of parts. The in-line speed
      converter having a conjugate pair of cam devices mounted on a common axis,
      an intermediate device nested between the cam devices in a common plane
      and having a plurality of circumferentially spaced-apart elements defining
      a plurality of radial slots therebetween.
PATN
WKU  059891467
SRC  9
APN  0181919
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980204
TTL  On-demand four-wheel drive transmission
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Lund; Scott
EXP  Marmor; Charles A
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Brown; David
CTY  Hopton
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Zajac; Alan P.
CTY  Clay
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  New Venture Gear, Inc.
CTY  Troy
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  475207
XCL  475204
XCL  180247
XCL  180249
EDF  6
ICL  B60K 17354
ICL  F16H 3708
FSC  475
FSS  204;206;207
FSC  180
FSS  247;248;249
UREF
PNO  2262710
ISD  19411100
NAM  Lang
UREF
PNO  3235021
ISD  19660200
NAM  Hill
UREF
PNO  3732943
ISD  19730500
NAM  Panhard
UREF
PNO  4417642
ISD  19831100
NAM  Suzuki et al.
XCL  475204
UREF
PNO  4441575
ISD  19840400
NAM  Suzuki
XCL  475204
UREF
PNO  4449604
ISD  19840500
NAM  Suzuki
XCL  180247
UREF
PNO  4552241
ISD  19851100
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  180249
UREF
PNO  4643045
ISD  19870200
NAM  Katayama
UREF
PNO  4671136
ISD  19870600
NAM  Katayama
UREF
PNO  4779699
ISD  19881000
NAM  Hatano
UREF
PNO  4805484
ISD  19890200
NAM  Hiraiwa
XCL  180247
UREF
PNO  4805720
ISD  19890200
NAM  Clenet
UREF
PNO  4817753
ISD  19890400
NAM  Hiketa
UREF
PNO  4831891
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kato et al.
UREF
PNO  4875698
ISD  19891000
NAM  Uchiyama
UREF
PNO  5042610
ISD  19910800
NAM  Shiraishi et al.
UREF
PNO  5046998
ISD  19910900
NAM  Frost
UREF
PNO  5086867
ISD  19920200
NAM  Hirota et al.
UREF
PNO  5123293
ISD  19920600
NAM  Umemoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5143167
ISD  19920900
NAM  Moriyama et al.
UREF
PNO  5188574
ISD  19930200
NAM  Echigo et al.
UREF
PNO  5370018
ISD  19941200
NAM  Kwasniewski
UREF
PNO  5443426
ISD  19950800
NAM  Frost
UREF
PNO  5582263
ISD  19961200
NAM  Varma et al.
OCL  180247
UREF
PNO  5662543
ISD  19970900
NAM  Forsyth
XCL  180249
UREF
PNO  5704866
ISD  19980100
NAM  Pritchard et al.
OCL  475206
UREF
PNO  5853342
ISD  19981200
NAM  Pritchard et al.
OCL  475206
FREF
PNO  2035930
ISD  19890600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A transmission for a four-wheel drive vehicle having a multi-speed
      geartrain and power transfer mechanism incorporated into a common housing
      assembly. The multi-speed geartrain includes a input shaft, a mainshaft,
      and a plurality of constant-mesh gearsets arranged for selectively
      coupling the mainshaft to the input shaft for driven rotation at various
      speed ratios. The mainshaft can be selectively coupled to the power
      transfer mechanism for establishing two alternative power transmission
      routes. In particular, a synchronized range shift mechanism is provided
      for establishing a high-range transmission route and a low-range
      transmission route from the mainshaft to a primary driveline to define a
      two-wheel drive mode. A portion of the drive torque delivered to the
      primary driveline can be transferred automatically through a transfer
      clutch to the secondary driveline to establish an on-demand four-wheel
      drive mode. As an option, a mode clutch can be provided for permitting the
      secondary driveline to be locked to the primary driveline for establishing
      a part-time four-wheel drive mode.
PATN
WKU  059891475
SRC  9
APN  0306029
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980225
TTL  Electronically controllable limited slip differential
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Wright; Dirk
NDR  27
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Forrest; James L.
CTY  Ashley
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Leeper; Robert
CTY  Fort Wayne
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Auburn Gear, Inc.
CTY  Auburn
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  475231
XCL  475150
EDF  6
ICL  F16H 4822
FSC  475
FSS  150;230;231;233;234
UREF
PNO  3457807
ISD  19690700
NAM  Altmann
UREF
PNO  3987689
ISD  19761000
NAM  Engle
UREF
PNO  4012968
ISD  19770300
NAM  Kelbel
UREF
PNO  4269086
ISD  19810500
NAM  Altmann
UREF
PNO  4389909
ISD  19830600
NAM  Goscenski, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4612825
ISD  19860900
NAM  Engle
UREF
PNO  4662499
ISD  19870500
NAM  Jordan
UREF
PNO  4733577
ISD  19880300
NAM  Griesser et al.
UREF
PNO  4776234
ISD  19881000
NAM  Shea
UREF
PNO  4860612
ISD  19890800
NAM  Dick et al.
OCL   74665
UREF
PNO  4876921
ISD  19891000
NAM  Yasui et al.
UREF
PNO  5007886
ISD  19910400
NAM  Holmquist et al.
OCL  475231
UREF
PNO  5019021
ISD  19910500
NAM  Janson
UREF
PNO  5021038
ISD  19910600
NAM  Beigang
UREF
PNO  5030181
ISD  19910700
NAM  Keller
UREF
PNO  5037362
ISD  19910800
NAM  Teraoka et al.
UREF
PNO  5071392
ISD  19911200
NAM  Stall et al.
OCL  475150
UREF
PNO  5092825
ISD  19920300
NAM  Goscenscki, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5156578
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hirota
UREF
PNO  5226861
ISD  19930700
NAM  Engle
UREF
PNO  5322484
ISD  19940600
NAM  Reuter
UREF
PNO  5326333
ISD  19940700
NAM  Niizawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5556344
ISD  19960900
NAM  Fox
UREF
PNO  5582557
ISD  19961200
NAM  Dissett et al.
OCL  475231
UREF
PNO  5759126
ISD  19980600
NAM  Zentmyer et al.
OREF
PAL  "VISCO-LOK: A Speed Sensing Limited-Slip Device with High-Torque
      Progressive Engagement", SAE Technical Paper Series, No. 960718, Feb.
      1996.
PAL  "Eaton Electronically Controlled Limited Slip", Eaton Corporation.
PAL  "LSD's Limited Slip Differentials", Tochigi Fuji Sangyo Kabushiki Kaisha.
PAL  "VISCO LOK Benefits/Highlights", GKN Viscodrive GmbH.
PAL  "Tech & Trends Gerodisc Slashes Cost, Weight in All-Wheel Drive", Aug.
      1992.
PAL  "Disco-Tech", Automotive Industries, Jun. 1992.
PAL  "Development of the Electro-Magnetic Controlled Limited Slip Differentiall
      Unit (EMCD)", Tochigi Fuji Sangyo K.K.
PAL  "Eaton Automatic Locker", Eaton Corporation.
LREP
FRM  Baker & Daniels
ABST
PAL  A controllable differential having a clutch mechanism which transfers a
      predetermined amount of torque between a rotatable differential casing and
      a side gear when an initiating force is applied by an electronic actuator.
      A pair of sensors provide inputs to the electronic actuator which, in
      turn, actuates an electromagnet. A clutch mechanism is actuated by the
      electromagnet and applies an initiating force to the clutch mechanism to
      initially actuate the clutch mechanism when a predetermined relative
      rotational condition of the side gears is sensed. The application of the
      initiating force in combination with the interaction between engagement
      surfaces and between camming portions fully engages a clutch mechanism to
      transfer a predetermined controllable amount of torque.
PATN
WKU  059891483
SRC  8
APN  9986537
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971229
TTL  Powertrain for 5-speed automatic transmissions
ISD  19991123
NCL  100
ECL  1
EXA  Kwon; Peter T.
EXP  Wright; Dirk
NDR  25
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Park; Jongsool
CTY  Kyunggi-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Hyundai Motor Company
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19971008
APN  97-51611
CLAS
OCL  475284
XCL  475276
XCL  475282
XCL  475286
EDF  6
ICL  F16H  344
FSC  475
FSS  275;276;280;282;284;286;311;317;323
UREF
PNO  3946624
ISD  19760300
NAM  Murakami et al.
XCL  475284
UREF
PNO  4027552
ISD  19770600
NAM  Murakami et al.
XCL  475286
UREF
PNO  4038887
ISD  19770800
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  475276
UREF
PNO  4143562
ISD  19790300
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  475276
UREF
PNO  4223571
ISD  19800900
NAM  Quemerais et al.
OCL  475276
UREF
PNO  4395925
ISD  19830800
NAM  Gaus
XCL  475284
UREF
PNO  4446758
ISD  19840500
NAM  Winzeler et al.
XCL  475276
UREF
PNO  4683776
ISD  19870800
NAM  Klemen
OCL  475286
UREF
PNO  5246409
ISD  19930900
NAM  Flemming et al.
OCL  475276
UREF
PNO  5579883
ISD  19961200
NAM  Tsukamoto et al.
XCL  475285
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a powertrain used for a 5-speed automatic transmission. The
      powertrain includes a first compound planetary gearset and a second
      compound planetary gearset. The first compound planetary gearset comprises
      first and second simple planetary gearsets having first, second, third,
      and fourth operating elements, while the second compound planetary gearset
      comprises third and fourth simple planetary gearsets having fifth, sixth,
      seventh, and eighth operating elements. One of the fifth to eighth
      operating elements are fixedly connected to one of the first to fourth
      operating elements, one of the fifth to eighth operating elements are
      variably connected to two of the first to fourth operating elements, and
      one of the fifth to eighth operating elements operates as an output
      element. Clutches are disposed to variably connect the operating elements
      of the first and second compound planetary gearsets. A brake is interposed
      between at least one of the operating elements of the first and second
      compound planetary gearsets to a transmission housing.
PATN
WKU  059891491
SRC  9
APN  0531200
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980401
TTL  Automatic friction wheel transmission
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Herrmann; Allan D.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Apostolo; Mauricio C.
STR  5711 SW. 88 St.
CTY  Miami
STA  FL
ZIP  33156
CLAS
OCL  476  5
XCL   74336R
XCL   74344
XCL   74606R
XCL  476 11
XCL  476 59
EDF  6
ICL  F16H 1546
ICL  F16H 5942
FSC  476
FSS  5;11;20;59;60
FSC   74
FSS  336 R;336.5;342;344;606 R
UREF
PNO  142649
ISD  18730900
NAM  Pope
XCL   74342
UREF
PNO  697629
ISD  19020400
NAM  Keiper
XCL   74606R
UREF
PNO  724557
ISD  19030400
NAM  Dorris
XCL   74342
UREF
PNO  872220
ISD  19071100
NAM  Boyer
XCL  476 20
UREF
PNO  1431977
ISD  19221000
NAM  Moorehead
OCL   74342
UREF
PNO  1702065
ISD  19290200
NAM  Treece
OCL   74336.5
UREF
PNO  3581853
ISD  19710600
NAM  Hoff
OCL  192  4
UREF
PNO  3604279
ISD  19710900
NAM  Davis
OCL   74217B
UREF
PNO  4328877
ISD  19820500
NAM  Ballard
OCL  180 70R
UREF
PNO  4972736
ISD  19901100
NAM  Koshimo
OCL   74730.1
UREF
PNO  5328419
ISD  19940700
NAM  Motl et al.
OCL  475324
UREF
PNO  5445567
ISD  19950800
NAM  Chattin
OCL  474 78
LREP
FR2  Miller, P.E; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  An automatic friction wheel transmission that includes an enclosed case, an
      input shaft assembly rotatively mounted through the enclosed case, and an
      output shaft assembly rotatively mounted through the enclosed case and
      operatively connected to the input shaft assembly for selective rotation
      therewith. An input low speed friction wheel engages an output low speed
      friction wheel and an input high speed friction wheel is disengaged from
      an output high speed friction wheel when a speed sensor initially senses a
      low speed of an input shaft. The input low speed friction wheel is
      disengaged from the output low speed friction wheel and the input high
      speed friction wheel engages the output high speed friction wheel when the
      speed sensor senses a high speed of the input shaft, by virtue of the
      speed sensor activating a solenoid, which causes a fork to pivot, which
      causes the sleeve to slide axially along the input shaft, with the input
      low speed friction wheel and the input high speed friction wheel moving
      therewith.
PATN
WKU  059891505
SRC  8
APN  9602151
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971029
TTL  Full toroidal type continuously variable transmission
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Joyce; William C
EXP  Graysay; Tamara L.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Hideharu
CTY  Fuji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Jatco Corporation
CTY  Fuji
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961031
APN  8-290496
CLAS
OCL  476  8
XCL  476 10
XCL  476 42
EDF  6
ICL  F16H 1538
FSC  476
FSS  8;10;42
UREF
PNO  3828618
ISD  19740800
NAM  Sharpe et al.
OCL  476 10
UREF
PNO  4339966
ISD  19820700
NAM  Kraus
OCL  476 10
UREF
PNO  4464946
ISD  19840800
NAM  Kraus
OCL  476  8
UREF
PNO  5564993
ISD  19961000
NAM  Robinson
OCL  476 10
FREF
PNO  63-92859
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-229157
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
OCL  476  8
FREF
PNO  4-502954
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  896203
ISD  19620500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1002479
ISD  19650800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1026734
ISD  19660400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1133265
ISD  19681100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/05860
ISD  19900500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/01697
ISD  19940100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/37156
ISD  19971000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A friction roller is disposed in a full toroid groove formed by an an input
      disk and an output disk opposing each other, in contact with both the
      disks tiltably and rotatably. A roller supporting member for rotatably
      supporting the friction roller through bearings includes a rotary shaft
      portion having a ball joint at one end thereof, and the ball joint is
      rotatably held by a race joint and a cover joint formed at one end of a
      piston rod of a hydraulic cylinder constituting a driving mechanism. A
      lubricant spraying portion is fromed at the other end of the rotary shaft
      portion, and a lubricant is supplied to the lubricant spraying portion
      from a pressure chamber of the hydraulic cylinder through oil paths formed
      in the piston rod and the rotary shaft portion. The lubricant is sprayed
      from the lubricant spraying portion onto a contact surface of the friction
      roller with the disk, and onto the bearings to achieve lubrication and
      cooling.
PATN
WKU  059891513
SRC  9
APN  1323202
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980811
TTL  Hybrid engine cooling system having electric motor with electro-magnetic
      clutch
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  17
EXP  Bonck; Rodney H.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Kershaw; Peter A.
CTY  London
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Horski; Marek
CTY  London
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Lakerdas; Andrew
CTY  London
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Stegelmann; Oliver
CTY  Strathroy
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Canada Limited
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  477 13
XCL  123 4112
XCL  192 82T
XCL  192 8496
EDF  6
ICL  F01P  702
ICL  F16D 27112
FSC  192
FSS  82 T;84.96;84.961
FSC  123
FSS  41.12
FSC  477
FSS  13
UREF
PNO  1373848
ISD  19210400
NAM  Waite
UREF
PNO  1481307
ISD  19240100
NAM  Stuart
UREF
PNO  2505597
ISD  19500400
NAM  Weiser
UREF
PNO  2538299
ISD  19510100
NAM  Dewandre
UREF
PNO  2912963
ISD  19591100
NAM  Dufresne
UREF
PNO  3394682
ISD  19680700
NAM  Bensinger
UREF
PNO  3853098
ISD  19741200
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
OCL  123 41.11
UREF
PNO  3894521
ISD  19750700
NAM  Sakasegawa et al.
OCL  123 41.12
UREF
PNO  3924585
ISD  19751200
NAM  Woods
OCL  192 84.961
UREF
PNO  4040272
ISD  19770800
NAM  Boyd
OCL   64 26
UREF
PNO  4074662
ISD  19780200
NAM  Estes
XCL  192 84.961
UREF
PNO  4119184
ISD  19781000
NAM  Mower et al.
OCL  192 82T
UREF
PNO  4275688
ISD  19810600
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  123 41.12
UREF
PNO  4373482
ISD  19830200
NAM  Goscenski, Jr.
OCL  123198R
UREF
PNO  4441462
ISD  19840400
NAM  Budinski
OCL  123 41.11
UREF
PNO  4846327
ISD  19890700
NAM  Mayer
OCL  192 84.961
UREF
PNO  4896757
ISD  19900100
NAM  Seager, Sr.
OCL  192 84
UREF
PNO  5180003
ISD  19930100
NAM  Kouzel et al.
OCL  165121
UREF
PNO  5415134
ISD  19950500
NAM  Stewart, Jr.
OCL  123 41.01
UREF
PNO  5617817
ISD  19970400
NAM  Martin
OCL  123 41.12
ABST
PAL  A vehicle engine cooling system includes a coupling assembly to be
      connected to and rotated by a vehicle engine output shaft. An electric
      motor includes a motor shaft having first and second ends. An impeller is
      coupled to the first end of the motor shaft. A clutch structure is
      integral with the electric motor and includes an input member carried by
      the second end of the motor shaft for rotation therewith. An end of the
      coupling structure is operatively associated with the input member to
      cause rotation of the input member upon rotation of the coupling assembly.
      An electro-magnet structure is disposed about the input member. The clutch
      structure also includes output structure having a mounting member fixed to
      the motor shaft. A movable element, including magnetically permeable
      material, is mounted with respect to the mounting member for rotational
      movement therewith and for movement between a non-engaging position and an
      engaging position. A spring biases the movable element towards the
      non-engaging position. A switching structure is operatively associated
      with the electric motor and with the electro-magnet structure and is
      movable between a first position providing electric current to the
      electric motor and a second position providing electric current to the
      electro-magnet structure. When the switching structure is in the second
      position, the movable element moves to the engaging position. When the
      switching structure is moved to the first position, the electro-magnet
      structure is deenergized and the spring returns the movable element to the
      non-engaging position with.
PATN
WKU  059891521
SRC  8
APN  9851747
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971204
TTL  Method for regulating clutch pressure in transmission unit using pitot
      pressures and transmission unit applying such method
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Parekh; Ankur
EXP  Bonck; Rodney H.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Reniers; Dirk Louis
CTY  Genk
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Vogelaar; Gerrit-Jan
CTY  Hasselt
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Helsen; Stijn Marie Alfred
CTY  Haacht
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  VCST, naamloze vennootschap.
CTY  Sint-Truiden
CNT  BEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  BEX
APD  19961217
APN  09601051
CLAS
OCL  477 45
XCL  477175
XCL  477 44
XCL  477 46
XCL  474  1
EDF  6
ICL  F16H 6100
ICL  B60K 4122
FSC  477
FSS  39;44;45;70;79;86;174;175
FSC  474
FSS  1
FSC  475
FSS  209-211
UREF
PNO  3862676
ISD  19750100
NAM  Schall
OCL  477175
UREF
PNO  4579021
ISD  19860400
NAM  Yamamuro et al.
OCL  477 45
UREF
PNO  4592457
ISD  19860600
NAM  Cadee
XCL  477175
UREF
PNO  5665023
ISD  19970900
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  477 48
FREF
PNO  0 487 128
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 134 196
ISD  19840800
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas PLLC
ABST
PAL  A method for regulating a belt variator type transmission unit for motor
      vehicles, and which includes a belt variator, a reversing unit and a
      hydraulically controlled engine drive coupling that controls the reversing
      unit to provide forward and reverse drive connection between the engine
      and variator. The drive coupling comprises a forward coupling and a
      reverse coupling including fluid driven clutches which may be operated via
      a pressure regulating unit that provides an adjustable clutch actuating
      pressure. The clutch actuating pressure is hydraulically regulated both as
      a function of engine Pitot pressure which is representative of the engine
      speed, and as a function of a regulated pressure which is set by an
      electronically controlled valve.
PATN
WKU  059891530
SRC  8
APN  9739173
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980421
TTL  Device for driving a torque transmission system
ISD  19991123
NCL  43
ECL  1
EXP  Wright; Dirk
NDR  24
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Fischer; Robert
CTY  Buhl
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Amendt; Oliver
CTY  Buhl-Vimbuch
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Reuschel; Michael
CTY  Buhl
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  LuK Getriebe-Systeme GmbH
CTY  Buhl/Baden
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960423
APN  196 16 055
CLAS
OCL  477 74
XCL  477 84
EDF  6
ICL  B60K 2300
FSC  477
FSS  74;84
UREF
PNO  4618043
ISD  19861000
NAM  Hattori et al.
OCL  477 84
UREF
PNO  5176234
ISD  19930100
NAM  Reik et al.
OCL  477 74
UREF
PNO  5632706
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kremmling et al.
OCL  477 74
FREF
PNO  4011850 A 1
ISD  19901000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4426260 A 1
ISD  19950200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19504 847 A 1
ISD  19950900
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE97/00805
PD1  19980421
PD2  19980421
PD3  19970422
PCP  WO97/40284
PCD  19971030
ABST
PAR  There is disclosed a system for controlling creeping movements of a motor
      vehicle having a power train with an automated clutch between the engine
      and the transmission, an electronic control unit for the clutch, and
      sensors which transmit to the control unit signals denoting the condition
      of one or more brakes, the positions of an operator-actuatable load lever
      for the engine, and others. Signals from the control unit are utilized to
      operate the clutch and, to this end, the control unit includes an
      arrangement for effecting a creeping movement of the vehicle when the
      transmission is in gear, the brake or brakes is or are idle, and the load
      lever is actuated. Such arrangement can effect the transmission of torque
      in accordance with at least one first predeterminable function to thus
      induce a creeping movement of the vehicle. The control unit further
      includes a device for effecting a starting movement of the vehicle in
      response to actuation of the load lever while the brake is or are idle and
      the transmission is in gear; such device includes an assembly for
      selecting the transmission of torque by the clutch in accordance with at
      least one second predeterminable factor.
PATN
WKU  059891548
SRC  8
APN  9090479
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970811
TTL  Apparatus for limiting the torque on a power train and method of
      operating same
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Wright; Dirk
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Christensen; Steven V.
CTY  Peoria
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Dalton; Dale A.
CTY  Metamora
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Zulu; Joshua
CTY  Chillicothe
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Caterpillar Inc.
CTY  Peoria
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  477111
EDF  6
ICL  B60K 4108
FSC  477
FSS  111;61;54
UREF
PNO  5457633
ISD  19951000
NAM  Palmer et al.
OCL  364431.09
UREF
PNO  5525043
ISD  19960600
NAM  Lukich
OCL  417218
LREP
FR2  Masterson; David M.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for controlling the torque on a power train of a machine is
      disclosed. The power train includes an engine, a transmission, and a
      torque converter for transmitting torque between the engine and
      transmission. A torque converter speed sensor produces a torque converter
      speed signal and an engine speed sensor produces an engine speed signal. A
      gear selector device produces a gear select signal indicating a desired
      gear ratio. A look-up table stores an upper engine power curve and a lower
      engine power curve. Finally, an electronic controller receives the torque
      converter, engine speed and gear select signals, and selects one of the
      upper and lower engine power curves to operate the engine in response to
      the selected gear ratio and torque converter speed.
PATN
WKU  059891556
SRC  9
APN  0530921
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980401
TTL  Engine fuel control for completing shifts in controller-assisted,
      manually shifted transmission
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Kwon; Peter T.
EXP  Wright; Dirk
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Wadas; David L.
CTY  Kalamazoo
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Gualtieri; Sharon L.
CTY  Schoolcraft
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Eaton Corporation
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  477111
XCL  477121
XCL  701 58
EDF  6
ICL  B60K 4104
FSC  477
FSS  109;111;121
FSC  701
FSS  54;62;58
UREF
PNO  4754665
ISD  19880700
NAM  Vandervoort
UREF
PNO  4920815
ISD  19900500
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  4974468
ISD  19901200
NAM  Reynolds et al.
UREF
PNO  5000060
ISD  19910300
NAM  Reynolds et al.
UREF
PNO  5222404
ISD  19930600
NAM  Stine
UREF
PNO  5370013
ISD  19941200
NAM  Reynolds et al.
UREF
PNO  5390561
ISD  19950200
NAM  Stine
UREF
PNO  5441464
ISD  19950800
NAM  Markyvech
XCL  477111
UREF
PNO  5517411
ISD  19960500
NAM  Genise et al.
OCL  701 53
UREF
PNO  5533946
ISD  19960700
NAM  Markyvech
XCL  477124
UREF
PNO  5582558
ISD  19961200
NAM  Palmeri et al.
UREF
PNO  5651292
ISD  19970700
NAM  Genise
UREF
PNO  5735771
ISD  19980400
NAM  Genise
OCL  477111
UREF
PNO  5755639
ISD  19980500
NAM  Genise et al.
OCL  477111
LREP
FR2  Gordon; Howard D.
ABST
PAL  A control for enhanced manual shifting in a computer (48) -assisted
      vehicular compound transmission having a main section (16A) shifted by a
      manually operated shift lever (31) and an engine fuel controller (36).
      Engine fueling will be in accordance with the operator-set throttle pedal
      position (THL) unless the control logic determines that such fueling will
      prevent acceptable engagement of a target gear ratio (GR.sub.T), in which
      case engine fueling will be automatically controlled to complete the
      shift.
PATN
WKU  059891564
SRC  8
APN  902302&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970729
TTL  Slip control system for lock-up clutch
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Wright; Dirk
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Matsubara; Tooru
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iwatsuki; Kunihiro
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tomomatsu; Hideo
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Taniguchi; Hiroji
CTY  Okazaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shiiba; Kazuyuki
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960801
APN  8-219262
CLAS
OCL  477169
XCL  477181
XCL  477176
EDF  6
ICL  F16H 6114
ICL  B60K 4102
ICL  F02D 2902
FSC  477
FSS  169;173;174;175;176;181;177
FSC  701
FSS  67;68
UREF
PNO  5105926
ISD  19920400
NAM  Yoshimura et al.
OCL  477169
UREF
PNO  5283738
ISD  19940200
NAM  Schwab et al.
OCL  701 68
UREF
PNO  5480363
ISD  19960100
NAM  Matsubara et al.
OCL  477 63
UREF
PNO  5547438
ISD  19960800
NAM  Nozaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5626536
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kono et al.
OCL  477181
UREF
PNO  5643136
ISD  19970700
NAM  Kono et al.
XCL  477175
UREF
PNO  5653661
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  477176
UREF
PNO  5683329
ISD  19971100
NAM  Kono et al.
OCL  477176
UREF
PNO  5733223
ISD  19980300
NAM  Matsubara et al.
OCL  477175
UREF
PNO  5779595
ISD  19980700
NAM  Kono et al.
OCL  477174
UREF
PNO  5807204
ISD  19980900
NAM  Shiiba et al.
UREF
PNO  5807209
ISD  19980900
NAM  Matsubara et al.
UREF
PNO  5816979
ISD  19981000
NAM  Shiiba et al.
FREF
PNO  2-142970
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-127292
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A lock-up clutch slip control system for controlling a lock-up clutch,
      which is arranged in parallel with a hydraulic power transmission for
      connecting a prime mover and a speed change unit, selectively into a slip
      state. It is decided whether or not a slip control of changing the lock-up
      clutch from a complete apply state to a slip state is to be executed
      according to the operation of lowering the output of the prime mover. The
      output of said prime mover is changed to suppress the output fluctuation
      of the prime mover when it is decided that the slip control of the lock-up
      clutch is to be executed.
PATN
WKU  059891572
SRC  8
APN  8934878
APT  1
ART  332
APD  19970711
TTL  Exercising system with electronic inertial game playing
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Richman; Glenn E.
EXP  Apley; Richard J.
NDR  13
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Walton; Charles A.
STR  19115 Overlook Rd.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
ZIP  95030
RLAP
COD  72
APN  692740
APD  19960806
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  482  4
XCL  482  1
XCL  482900
XCL  482902
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 2100
FSC  482
FSS  1-9;900;902;901
UREF
PNO  4867442
ISD  19890900
NAM  Mattews
OCL  482901
UREF
PNO  4911427
ISD  19900300
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  482  3
UREF
PNO  5215468
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lauffer et al.
OCL  482  3
UREF
PNO  5538486
ISD  19960700
NAM  France et al.
OCL  482  4
OREF
PAL  x References in applicant's pror appication 08/520,164 and 08/692,740.
ABST
PAL  An exercise and game playing system combined, forming a method in which the
      user gets large muscle physical exercise while at the same time is
      challenged with game play. There is a torso and limb mounted electronic
      section incorporating accelerometers, strain gauges, and other
      instruments, and a microprocessor, and a short range radio or wire link to
      a stationary base station and a display station. Body activity and
      exercise produce a display icon responsive to the degree and vigor of body
      activity. The display is a TV type screen or a head band mounted assembly
      or goggles of a virtual reality system. The accelerometer signals are
      double integrated and manipulated to produce useful display on the screen.
      There is net cursor advancement activity on the screen even when the body
      returns to the same location, accomplished by introduction of a dead zone
      in the accelerometer integration paths. A score is kept of how well the
      user follows the game commands, such as staying within the boundaries of a
      screen track, or avoiding collision with game obstacles. There are special
      effects for games, such as triggering the imaginary throw of a javelin or
      discus, or firing imaginary weapons or setting up a military defense, or
      imaginary enemies. The display effects are proportional to the vigor of
      the exercise, and are also proportional to the product of acceleration and
      applied muscle tension. There is a music source and sounds responsive to
      exercise effort, and a voice report of the status of the exercise regime
      and the value of effort achieved. Other elements include: handles for
      applying force to strain gauges; heart beat sensors, nerve activity and
      muscle sensors, buttons, and switches.
PATN
WKU  059891580
SRC  8
APN  994012&
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19971218
TTL  Exercise bar assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Richman; Glenn E.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Fredette; Bernard
STR  10 chemin Du Lac
CTY  Levy, Quebec
CNT  CAX
ITX  J6N 1A1
CLAS
OCL  482 38
XCL  482 36
XCL  482 39
EDF  6
ICL  A63B  100
FSC  482
FSS  14-18;23;33-42
UREF
PNO  1085486
ISD  19140100
NAM  Rosenberger
UREF
PNO  1104505
ISD  19140600
NAM  Holworthy
UREF
PNO  3384368
ISD  19680500
NAM  Fenner et al.
UREF
PNO  3525521
ISD  19700800
NAM  Sylvester
UREF
PNO  3642278
ISD  19720200
NAM  Hinckley
UREF
PNO  3707285
ISD  19721200
NAM  Martin
OCL  482 38
UREF
PNO  4448412
ISD  19840500
NAM  Brentham
OCL  482112
UREF
PNO  4934693
ISD  19900600
NAM  Santoro
OCL  482 98
UREF
PNO  5403269
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kennedy
OCL  482122
FREF
PNO  1447999
ISD  19660600
CNT  FRX
LREP
FR2  Kosie; Ronald S.
FR2  Brouillette; Robert
FR2  Pellemans; Nicolas
ABST
PAL  A horizontal bar exercising device for use in a room having a floor and a
      ceiling, the device comprising first and second support posts designed to
      extend vertically between the floor and ceiling and a horizontal bar
      having first and second ends interconnected with the first and second
      posts respectively by sleeve members, the sleeve being slidable along the
      first and second posts by means of friction reducing means interposed
      therebetween to minimize binding between the sleeves and posts. The device
      preferably includes extension arms located at the upper distal end, each
      of the extension arms having a pressure rod to indicate a preset pressure
      to be applied to the ceiling.
PATN
WKU  059891599
SRC  9
APN  0105732
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980122
TTL  Exercise device
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Crow; Stephen R.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Chen; James
STR  No. 35, Tun Hi Rd., Chin Chan Li, Sa Lu
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Yu; Hui-Nan
STR  No. 14, Lane 252, Chien Kuo Road
CTY  Tao Yuan
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  482 52
XCL  482 51
XCL  482 70
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 6916
ICL  A63B 2204
FSC  482
FSS  51;52;53;57;70;79;80;62
UREF
PNO  5242343
ISD  19930900
NAM  Miller
OCL  482 51
UREF
PNO  5299993
ISD  19940400
NAM  Habing
OCL  482 52
UREF
PNO  5383829
ISD  19950100
NAM  Miller
OCL  482 57
UREF
PNO  5518473
ISD  19960500
NAM  Miller
OCL  482 57
UREF
PNO  5562574
ISD  19961000
NAM  Miller
OCL  482 52
UREF
PNO  5593372
ISD  19970100
NAM  Rodgers
OCL  482 52
LREP
FRM  Browdy and Neimark
ABST
PAL  An exercise device capable of animating a walking motion is composed of a
      frame on which a damping unit, two drive units, and a handle are mounted.
      The drive units are respectively composed of a first frame, a second
      frame, a connection frame connecting the first frame and the second frame,
      a slide rod connecting the second frame and a crank of the damping unit,
      and a pedal rod fastened pivotally at one end thereof with the connection
      frame and at another end thereof with a roller capable of sliding on the
      slide rod. The drive units are driven at the same time in opposite
      directions when the pedal rods are at work, thereby resulting in the
      actuation of a rotary wheel for bringing about a leg exercise.
PATN
WKU  059891602
SRC  9
APN  022376&
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980212
TTL  Belt guiding device for treadmill
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Richman; Glenn E.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Wang; Leao
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Wu; Peter
CTY  Taiping
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Greenmaster Industrial Corp.
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  482 54
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 2202
FSC  482
FSS  51;54
UREF
PNO  5088729
ISD  19920200
NAM  Dalebout
OCL  482 54
UREF
PNO  5454772
ISD  19951000
NAM  Rodden
OCL  482 54
UREF
PNO  5484362
ISD  19960100
NAM  Skowronski et al.
OCL  482 54
UREF
PNO  5752897
ISD  19980500
NAM  Skowronski et al.
OCL  482 54
LREP
FRM  Dougherty & Troxell
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to an improved belt guiding device for
      treadmill including a rubber roller jacket on both rollers and the rubber
      rollers jackets are of proper thickness and the length is slightly less
      than the length of the rollers. So two ends of the rollers are exposed and
      is equal in length, also, the length of belt strip is narrower than the
      lengths of rollers and wider than the length of roller jacket. Therefore,
      after the belt strip is installed and tightly wrapped on the two rollers,
      the two roller jackets will generate the bent parts of equal length on the
      belt strip and these bent parts are able to accurately and effectively
      guide the belt strip along the rollers during the rotation of the belt
      strip.
PATN
WKU  059891610
SRC  9
APN  0223786
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980212
TTL  Vibration absorbing structure for treadmill
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Richman; Glenn E.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Wang; Leao
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  We; Peter
CTY  Taichung Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Greenmaster Industrial Corp.
CTY  Taiping
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  482 54
XCL  482 51
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 2200
FSC  482
FSS  51;54
UREF
PNO  4274625
ISD  19810600
NAM  Gaetano
OCL  482 54
UREF
PNO  5441468
ISD  19950800
NAM  Deckers et al.
OCL  482 54
UREF
PNO  5599259
ISD  19970200
NAM  Skowronski et al.
OCL  482 54
ABST
PAL  An improved vibration absorbing structure of treadmill is comprising two
      connecting rods on both sides of the support board; a tube on each angled
      tube with one insertion unit on either side of the tube; an angled tube is
      fixed on each connecting rod and this angled rod is connected to a tube
      with an elastic unit and an insertion unit; the tube is connected with a
      cap by a fixing bolt with another elastic unit in between. Therefore, the
      supporting board can send its vibrations to the two tubes and the
      vibrations can be effectively absorbed by the two elastic units at both
      sides of the two tubes.
PATN
WKU  059891629
SRC  9
APN  0748048
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980508
TTL  Portable exercise device
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Crow; Stephen R.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Daniels; Tyrone S.
STR  1360 S. Main St.
CTY  Springboro
STA  OH
ZIP  45066
CLAS
OCL  482 62
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 2206
FSC  482
FSS  57-63;908
FSC  211
FSS  17;22
FSC  D21
FSS  191
UREF
PNO  1386206
ISD  19210800
NAM  Samuelson
OCL  482 62
UREF
PNO  1820372
ISD  19310800
NAM  Blomquist
UREF
PNO  3216722
ISD  19651100
NAM  Odom
OCL  272 73
UREF
PNO  3640525
ISD  19720200
NAM  Proctor
OCL  272 79
UREF
PNO  4257588
ISD  19810300
NAM  Ketchman
OCL  272 73
UREF
PNO  4390177
ISD  19830600
NAM  Biran et al.
OCL  272 73
UREF
PNO  4565365
ISD  19860100
NAM  Barkhurst
OCL  482 61
UREF
PNO  4902002
ISD  19900200
NAM  Huang
OCL  272 73
UREF
PNO  5158519
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hughes
OCL  482118
UREF
PNO  5178589
ISD  19930100
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  482 62
UREF
PNO  5330402
ISD  19940700
NAM  Johnson
OCL  482 62
UREF
PNO  5338272
ISD  19940800
NAM  Sweeney, III
OCL  482 57
UREF
PNO  5342262
ISD  19940800
NAM  Hansen
OCL  482 62
FREF
PNO  2146250
ISD  19850400
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Biebel & French
ABST
PAL  An exercise device including a frame having an upper frame portion and a
      lower frame portion. The upper frame portion supports an arm exercise
      member for exercising the arms of a user, and the lower frame portion
      supports a leg exercise member for exercising the legs of the user. The
      device is provided with a mechanism for adjusting the height of the arm
      exercise member relative to the leg exercise member. In addition, the
      frame for the device includes a pivot joint whereby the device may be
      folded from a use configuration to a storage configuration which is
      approximately one-half the height of the use configuration.
PATN
WKU  059891637
SRC  9
APN  0901946
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980604
TTL  Low inertia exercise apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  LaMarca; William
EXP  Apley; Richard J.
NDR  7
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Rodgers, Jr.; Robert E.
STR  8011 Meadowcroft
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ZIP  77063
CLAS
OCL  482 70
XCL  482110
XCL  482 71
XCL  482 95
XCL  482 96
XCL  482 52
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 2200
ICL  A63B 2122
FSC  482
FSS  110;70;51;52;53;54;95;96
UREF
PNO  4679786
ISD  19870700
NAM  Rodgers
UREF
PNO  5192257
ISD  19930300
NAM  Panasewicz
OCL  482 70
UREF
PNO  5230677
ISD  19930700
NAM  Chi
OCL  482 70
UREF
PNO  5328427
ISD  19940700
NAM  Sleamaker
OCL  482 71
UREF
PNO  5336143
ISD  19940800
NAM  Wu
OCL  482 52
UREF
PNO  5792026
ISD  19980800
NAM  Maresh
OCL  482 51
UREF
PNO  5792029
ISD  19980800
NAM  Gordon
OCL  482 52
UREF
PNO  5803871
ISD  19980900
NAM  Stearns
OCL  482 52
UREF
PNO  5836854
ISD  19981100
NAM  Kuo
OCL  482 52
UREF
PNO  5848954
ISD  19981200
NAM  Stearns
OCL  482 52
UREF
PNO  5879271
ISD  19990300
NAM  Stearns
OCL  482 51
UREF
PNO  5882281
ISD  19990300
NAM  Stearns
OCL  482 51
LREP
FRM  Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  This is a stationary exercise apparatus capable of more accurately
      representing body motion associated with walking and running. The
      apparatus includes an inertia system which enables the apparatus to
      accelerate each reciprocating pedal up to a predetermined velocity. In
      this manner, the exercise workout is more natural since the user only has
      to expend energy normally associated with walking or running and not the
      operation of the apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059891645
SRC  8
APN  8359938
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970411
TTL  Safety apparatus for weight lifting
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Mulcahy; John
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kullman; Lawrence W.
STR  200 E. 33rd St.
CTY  New York, Manhattan County
STA  NY
ZIP  10016
INVT
NAM  Maiaro; Richard J.
STR  161 Harding Dr.
CTY  New Rochelle, Westchester County
STA  NY
ZIP  10801
RLAP
COD  71
APN  438747
APD  19950510
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  482 93
XCL  482104
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 21078
FSC  482
FSS  93;94;104;106;5;6
UREF
PNO  4249726
ISD  19810200
NAM  Faust
XCL  482104
UREF
PNO  4799673
ISD  19890100
NAM  Selle
OCL  482104
UREF
PNO  4807875
ISD  19890200
NAM  Tanski
OCL  482104
UREF
PNO  4949959
ISD  19900800
NAM  Stevens
OCL  482104
UREF
PNO  5048826
ISD  19910900
NAM  Ryan
XCL  482104
LREP
FR2  Pollack; Morris I.
ABST
PAL  A free standing frame or one carried by a barbell holder mounts a safety
      apparatus. The safety apparatus has a catch which may be a set of bars,
      loops or other arrangements deployed to coact with a bar of the barbell
      proximate each end of the barbell when an unsafe condition exists and move
      the barbell out of harms way. The safety apparatus is used with free
      weights in order to prevent injury to the weight lifter. Such injury may
      occur when the weight lifter is fatigued or some other emergency does not
      allow the weight lifter to complete another repetition. In such a case the
      barbell and attached weights are automatically moved to a safe position.
      The catch is attached to a line which in turn is attached to a wind up
      device. Prior to attachment to the wind up device the orientation of the
      lines are changed from vertical to essentially horizontal by passing over
      a pulley or other cylindrical member being attached to a motor. The motor
      which is attached to the wind up device is activated automatically or
      manually when danger to the weight lifter is imminent. After activation
      and removal of the barbell and weight from endangering the weight lifter
      the system is reset and ready for use once again.
PATN
WKU  059891653
SRC  8
APN  9415939
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970930
TTL  Incline press apparatus for exercising regions of the upper body
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Mulcahy; John
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Giannelli; Raymond
CTY  Franklin
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Leipheimer; Jerry K.
CTY  Jamestown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Cybex International, Inc.
CTY  Medway
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  482100
XCL  482136
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 2106
ICL  A63B 23035
FSC  482
FSS  72;73;94;97-101;112;113;129;130;135;139;133
UREF
PNO  4411424
ISD  19831000
NAM  Barnett
OCL  482100
UREF
PNO  5336148
ISD  19940800
NAM  Ish, III
XCL  482 97
UREF
PNO  5437589
ISD  19950800
NAM  Habing
OCL  482100R
UREF
PNO  5554089
ISD  19960900
NAM  Jones
OCL  482 97
UREF
PNO  5582564
ISD  19961200
NAM  Nichols, Sr. et al.
OCL  482 97
UREF
PNO  5707323
ISD  19980100
NAM  Simonson
OCL  482 97
LREP
FRM  Wolf, Greenfield & Sacks, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An incline press exercise apparatus is provided. The incline press
      apparatus includes a selectable weight mechanism and a support member
      which pivotably supports a pair of four-bar linkage mechanisms. The
      four-bar linkage mechanisms are pivotably mounted at their rearward ends
      about axes which are disposed at an angle relative to a horizontal plane,
      i.e. are tilted relative to vertical, such that a pair of elongated bars
      of the four-bar linkage mechanisms travel in planes which are tilted
      relative to vertical. The tilted planes through which the four-bar linkage
      mechanisms travel enable the handles to travel along a slightly
      curvilinear downwardly diverging path which simulates as natural a human
      musculoskeletal pushing motion as possible.
PATN
WKU  059891661
SRC  8
APN  8887802
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970707
TTL  Adjustable barbell press apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Mulcahy; John
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Capizzo; Kevin
CTY  Sterling Heights
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Capizzo; Frank
CTY  Clinton Twp.
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Concepts 2000, Inc.
CTY  Sterling Heights
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  557715
APD  19951113
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  482104
XCL  482 93
XCL  482  1
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 21078
FSC  482
FSS  104;106;1;4;5;6;93
UREF
PNO  1239524
ISD  19170900
NAM  Root
UREF
PNO  4216959
ISD  19800800
NAM  Niles
OCL  482104
UREF
PNO  4253662
ISD  19810300
NAM  Podolak
UREF
PNO  4256301
ISD  19810300
NAM  Goyette
UREF
PNO  4355633
ISD  19821000
NAM  Heilbrun
XCL  482903
UREF
PNO  4471956
ISD  19840900
NAM  Marlo
UREF
PNO  4709922
ISD  19871200
NAM  Slade, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4799672
ISD  19890100
NAM  Barrett
UREF
PNO  4799673
ISD  19890100
NAM  Selle
UREF
PNO  4807875
ISD  19890200
NAM  Tanski
UREF
PNO  4815746
ISD  19890300
NAM  Ward, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4875676
ISD  19891000
NAM  Zimmer
UREF
PNO  4949959
ISD  19900800
NAM  Stevens
UREF
PNO  4998721
ISD  19910300
NAM  Anders et al.
UREF
PNO  5141480
ISD  19920800
NAM  Lennox et al.
OCL  482104
UREF
PNO  5190510
ISD  19930300
NAM  Goodger
OCL  482104
UREF
PNO  5217421
ISD  19930600
NAM  Chrysler
UREF
PNO  5273506
ISD  19931200
NAM  Dawson, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5281193
ISD  19940100
NAM  Colbo, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5290213
ISD  19940300
NAM  Shiekowitz
OCL  482104
UREF
PNO  5306220
ISD  19940400
NAM  Kearney
OCL  482 94
UREF
PNO  5310394
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kallios
OCL  482104
UREF
PNO  5407403
ISD  19950400
NAM  Coleman
XCL  482104
ABST
PAL  An adjustable, portable apparatus for assisting weight lifters to safely
      perform barbell press exercises to muscular failure and assist in a forced
      repetition is disclosed. The apparatus includes two spaced vertically
      telescoping stanchions with upper ends for allowing adjustment between a
      minimum length position and a maximum length position of the stanchions.
      The apparatus further includes a cantilevered member extending
      horizontally from each of the stanchion upper ends and a member
      horizontally interconnecting the cantilevered members which allows
      adjustment between a minimum width position and a maximum width position
      of the apparatus. A lifting system is operatively interconnected to the
      horizontal member and a barbell that allows selectable incremental
      vertical lifting and lowering distance during exercise. A control system
      including a safety switch for actuating the lifting system to vertically
      lift and lower the barbell is provided. A backup safety system is
      provided.
PATN
WKU  059891670
SRC  9
APN  0467758
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980313
TTL  Abdominal exercise neck support
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Baker Smith; Lori L.
EXP  Apley; Richard J.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Manley; Michael Patrick
STR  1090 Oakwood Rd.
CTY  Ortonville
STA  MI
ZIP  48462
INVT
NAM  Manley; James Joseph
STR  17671 Barry
CTY  Clinton Township
STA  MI
ZIP  48038
CLAS
OCL  482140
XCL  482 10
XCL  482 92
XCL  482 95
XCL  482131
XCL  482132
XCL  482139
XCL    5636
XCL    5637
XCL    5643
XCL  606240
XCL  601 39
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 2302
FSC  482
FSS  10;92;95;122;123;131;132;139;140;148;508
FSC  D21
FSS  687-691
FSC  601
FSS  39
FSC  606
FSS  240
FSC    5
FSS  636;637;643
FSC  128
FSS  845;869;870
FSC  D24
FSS  190;191
FSC  D29
FSS  102
UREF
PNO  D385601
ISD  19971000
NAM  Uen
OCL  D21691
UREF
PNO  5122107
ISD  19920600
NAM  Gardner
OCL  482140
UREF
PNO  5295949
ISD  19940300
NAM  Hathaway
UREF
PNO  5637067
ISD  19970600
NAM  Ausmus
OCL  482140
UREF
PNO  5681248
ISD  19971000
NAM  Vani
UREF
PNO  5759138
ISD  19980600
NAM  Boland
OCL  482122
UREF
PNO  5772562
ISD  19980600
NAM  Stevens
OCL  482140
UREF
PNO  5776042
ISD  19980700
NAM  Szabo
OCL  482140
UREF
PNO  5792035
ISD  19980800
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  482140
UREF
PNO  5807220
ISD  19980900
NAM  Allis et al.
OCL  482140
UREF
PNO  5816985
ISD  19981000
NAM  Ho
OCL  482140
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce, PLC
ABST
PAL  An exercise device is provided including a head, neck and thoracic
      supporting member spaced apart from a force receiving or hand grip member.
      A connecting member extends at a pre-selected angle between the head, neck
      and thoracic supporting member and the hand grip member. The connecting
      member includes at least one pivot for cooperating with a portion of a
      user to provide leveraging of the head, neck and thoracic supporting
      member via the hand grip member.
PATN
WKU  059891688
SRC  9
APN  222772&
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19981230
TTL  Exercise bed
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Mulcahy; John
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  See; Long-Tan
STR  4 Lane 166, Chung Hua See Rd.
CTY  Chan Hua
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  482142
XCL  482  4
XCL  482145
XCL  482907
EDF  6
ICL  A63B 2600
FSC  402
FSS  1;4;96;130;133;145;142;907
UREF
PNO  5716308
ISD  19980200
NAM  Lee
OCL  482130
UREF
PNO  5840001
ISD  19981100
NAM  Schedel
OCL  482142
UREF
PNO  5902220
ISD  19990500
NAM  Lin
OCL  482142
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas
ABST
PAL  An exercise bed is composed of a front bed frame, a rear bed frame fastened
      pivotally with the front bed frame, a movable frame fastened with the rear
      bed frame and provided with a plurality of soft rollers arranged at
      various levels, a transmission motor mounted under the rear bed frame and
      connected with the movable frame, and an elastic cord fastened under the
      front bed frame and the rear bed frame. As the transmission motor is
      started, a pivoting portion of the front bed frame and the rear bed frame
      is actuated to bulge to urge the backbone and the back muscles of a person
      lying on the exercise bed.
PATN
WKU  059891696
SRC  8
APN  6009085
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19960213
TTL  .alpha.-amylase mutants
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Slobodyansky; Elizabeth
EXP  Wax; Robert A.
NDR  13
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Svendsen; Allan
CTY  Birkeroed
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Bisg.ang.rd-Frantzen; Henrik
CTY  Lyngby
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Borchert; Torben Vedel
CTY  Copenhagen N
CNT  DKX
ASSG
NAM  Novo Nordisk A/S
CTY  Bagsvaerd
CNT  DKX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DKX
APD  19950203
APN  0128/95
PRIR
CNT  DKX
APD  19951023
APN  1192/95
PRIR
CNT  DKX
APD  19951110
APN  1256/95
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTDK9600057
APD  19960205
CLAS
OCL  485201
XCL  435202
XCL  435203
XCL  435204
XCL  4352523
XCL  485440
XCL  536 232
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  926
ICL  C12N  928
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  96;98;172.1;252.3;172.3;204
FSC  485
FSS  201;202;203;204;252.3;440
FSC  536
FSS  23.2
FREF
PNO  WO 94/02597
ISD  19940200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Machius et al. (Mar. 3, 1995) J. Mol. Biol. vol. 246, pp. 545-559.
PAL  MacGregor (1988) J. Protein Chemistry 7, 399-415.
PAL  Suzuki et al. (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264, 18933-18938.
LREP
FR2  Zelson, Esq.; Steven T.
FR2  Green, Esq.; Reza
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a method of constructing a variant of a
      parent Termamyl-like .alpha.-amylase, which variant has .alpha.-amylase
      activity and at least one altered property as compared to the parent
      .alpha.-amylase, comprising i) analyzing the structure of the parent
      Termamyl-like .alpha.-amylase to identify at least one amino acid residue
      or at least one structural part of the Termamyl-like .alpha.-amylase
      structure, which amino acid residue or structural part is believed to be
      of relevance for altering the property of the parent Termamyl-like
      .alpha.-amylase (as evaluated on the basis of structural or functional
      considerations), ii) constructing a Termamyl-like .alpha.-amylase variant,
      which as compared to the parent Termamyl-like .alpha.-amylase, has been
      modified in the amino acid residue or structural part identified in i) so
      as to alter the property, and iii) testing the resulting Termamyl-like
      .alpha.-amylase variant for the property in question.
PATN
WKU  059891700
SRC  8
APN  9780424
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19971125
TTL  Insulating roll cover
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Cuda; I
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hart; Charles M.
CTY  Streetsboro
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Rogers; James D.
CTY  Mantua
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  King; Harry L.
CTY  Hudson
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Bartholomew; John J.
CTY  Mentor
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Global Consulting, Inc.
CTY  New Castle
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  361502
APD  19941222
PSC  01
PNO  5709639
RLAP
COD  84
APN  986212
APD  19921207
PSC  01
PNO  5378219
RLAP
COD  84
APN  719252
APD  19910627
PSC  01
PNO  5205398
RLAP
COD  82
APN  559736
APD  19900727
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  492 48
XCL  492 53
XCL  428 641
EDF  6
ICL  F27D 2300
FSC  492
FSS  48;50;53;57
FSC  428
FSS  64.1
UREF
PNO  3815197
ISD  19740600
NAM  Sukenik
OCL  492 48
UREF
PNO  3852862
ISD  19741200
NAM  Sukenik
OCL  492 48
UREF
PNO  3853526
ISD  19741200
NAM  Hochart
OCL  492 48
UREF
PNO  4776071
ISD  19881000
NAM  Yoshizawa
LREP
FR2  Freer; John J.
ABST
PAL  An insulating roller cover is now disclosed that provides a highly
      desirable combination of features. The cover is free from asbestos and is
      therefore of more desirable construction for handling and use. For the
      roller cover, at least substantially ceramic fiber is highly compressed,
      providing a dense and refractory, elevated temperature resistant
      insulating cover. The cover may itself serve as a load bearing surface; or
      may provide a foundation or protective media for annular discs or 10
      sleeve members made of various, load bearing materials. These load bearing
      materials may be unable to resist direct contact with the shaft due to
      thermal shock or the differences in their respective expansion and
      contraction rates. Where impregnant is utilized with the highly compressed
      fiber, such will often comprise a colloidal substituent.
PATN
WKU  059891718
SRC  8
APN  6837301
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19960718
TTL  Carton having a prefolded interior paper lining and a method of
      preparing a carton with a prefolded interior paper lining
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Ojini; Anthony
EXP  Scherbel; David A.
NDR  27
NFG  49
INVT
NAM  Hirschey; Urban C.
CTY  Carhaye
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Hirschey; Mark U.
CTY  Brookline
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Everson, Sr.; Timothy H.
CTY  Lowville
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Climax Manufacturing Company
CTY  Lowville
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  493 93
EDF  6
ICL  B31B  702
FSC  493
FSS  93-98;100;331;333
UREF
PNO  1465581
ISD  19230800
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  2805973
ISD  19570900
NAM  Klasing et al.
XCL  493 97
UREF
PNO  3142231
ISD  19640700
NAM  Christensson
XCL  493 97
UREF
PNO  3878771
ISD  19750400
NAM  Malcolm
XCL  493 98
UREF
PNO  4111412
ISD  19780900
NAM  Cathers
XCL  271270
UREF
PNO  4571232
ISD  19860200
NAM  Diehl
OCL  493 96
UREF
PNO  4658989
ISD  19870400
NAM  Bonerb
OCL  222105
UREF
PNO  5429576
ISD  19950700
NAM  Doderer-Winkler
OCL  493214
OREF
PAL  "Box and Paper Dimensions," by Mark Hirschey, May 1, 1994, Lowville, New
      York.
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett, & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A method of preparing a carton with a prefolded interior paper lining
      includes feeding carton blanks having a surface, the surface having
      leading and trailing edges and right and left side edges, feeding a paper
      web, folding the paper web to have a base portion having an edge and at
      least a first flap joining the base portion at a first crease, cutting a
      section off the paper web, and inserting the paper section with the carton
      blank surface, such that the edge and crease of the base portion of the
      paper are spaced a predetermined distance inward from each respective
      carton blank side edge.
PATN
WKU  059891726
SRC  9
APN  0358606
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980306
TTL  Method and device for manufacturing bags from tubular paper sections of
      a single layer or multiple layers
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Kim; Eugene L.
NDR  10
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Achelpohl; Fritz
CTY  Lienen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Windmoeller & Hoelscher
CTY  Lengerich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19951221
APN  195 48 110
RLAP
COD  74
APN  769431
APD  19961219
CLAS
OCL  493189
XCL  493215
XCL  493218
XCL  493219
XCL  493248
XCL  493253
EDF  6
ICL  B31B  164
ICL  B31B 4904
FSC  493
FSS  205;189;193;215;218;219;220;237;243;245;248;253;255;260;261;262;266;309;446
     ;453;936
UREF
PNO  2953976
ISD  19600900
NAM  Hahn
UREF
PNO  3237534
ISD  19660300
NAM  Lissner
OCL  493218
UREF
PNO  3884131
ISD  19750500
NAM  Palsson
OCL  493135
UREF
PNO  5149315
ISD  19920900
NAM  Muhs
OCL  493189
UREF
PNO  5549538
ISD  19960800
NAM  Marsik
OCL  493218
UREF
PNO  5857954
ISD  19990100
NAM  Achelpohl et al.
OCL  493255
FREF
PNO  1005820
ISD  19570400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1611702
ISD  19711100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2055016
ISD  19720200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2359364
ISD  19750600
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown Edwards Lenahan, PLLC
ABST
PAL  When manufacturing bags from tubular paper sections of a single layer or
      multiple layers, at least one end of each flat, tubular section is
      expanded into a bottom square. Lateral flaps formed in this way are folded
      such that they overlap and partially cover corner flaps. In order to
      easily bond expanded bottom squares together, the regions of the tubular
      sections which are to be bonded together are provided with coatings of
      thermoplastic which are heated and pressed together.
PATN
WKU  059891734
SRC  8
APN  8989508
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970723
TTL  Multifunctional manual folding machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Jensen; Steven
EXP  Sipos; John
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Lugea; Jose Ma
STR  Serapio Mugica, 15
CTY  20302 Irun (Guipuzcoa)
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Garcia; Rosa Maria
STR  Serapio Mugica, 15
CTY  20302 Irun (Guipuzcoa)
CNT  ESX
PRIR
CNT  ESX
APD  19960724
APN  9602018  U
CLAS
OCL  493356
XCL  493405
EDF  6
ICL  B31B  114
FSC   53
FSS  116;117
FSC  493
FSS  405;356;363;372;384;385;268;417;455
FSC  370
FSS  37
UREF
PNO  766905
ISD  19040800
NAM  Ruth
OCL  493356
UREF
PNO  1082812
ISD  19131200
NAM  Kros
OCL  493356
UREF
PNO  1124375
ISD  19150100
NAM  Wood
OCL  493385
UREF
PNO  1346109
ISD  19200700
NAM  Astley
OCL  493405
UREF
PNO  4421500
ISD  19831200
NAM  Smith
OCL  493405
LREP
FRM  Bierman, Muserlian and Lucas
ABST
PAL  The multifunctional manual folding machine of the present invention
      performs the functions of folding, hole punching, stapling, and letter
      opening. It is also equipped with an adhesive tape dispenser, a
      calculator, a digital clock and a calendar. The folding is accomplished by
      a handle that rotates about a triangular-shaped base. The handle matches
      the angles in the base to cause folds in the paper. The stapler and hole
      punch are operated by the handle also.
PATN
WKU  059891742
SRC  9
APN  0536326
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19980402
TTL  Automatic machine for folding long sheets, particularly technical
      drawings
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Hail, III; Joseph J.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Patrizio; Caccia
CTY  Ambivere
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Neolt S.p.A.
CTY  Ponte S. Pietro
CNT  ITX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  493413
XCL  493435
XCL  493445
EDF  6
ICL  B31F  110
ICL  B65H 4520
FSC  493
FSS  413;410;411;414;415;444;445;448;430;433;435;451;454
FSC   53
FSS  117;120
FSC  270
FSS  32
FSC  271
FSS  225;272;266;902
FSC  192
FSS  48.9;51;84.21
FSC  226
FSS  188
UREF
PNO  622579
ISD  18990400
NAM  Whitelaw
OCL  493413
UREF
PNO  1283108
ISD  19181000
NAM  Dexter
OCL  493413
UREF
PNO  3724838
ISD  19730400
NAM  Orlovsky
OCL  270 79
UREF
PNO  4059258
ISD  19771100
NAM  Grantham
OCL  270 67
UREF
PNO  4061327
ISD  19771200
NAM  Blessing
OCL  270 78
UREF
PNO  4084391
ISD  19780400
NAM  Williams, Sr. et al.
OCL   53120
UREF
PNO  4109902
ISD  19780800
NAM  Barrer
OCL  270 79
UREF
PNO  4995600
ISD  19910200
NAM  Kovac et al.
OCL  270 45
UREF
PNO  5169376
ISD  19921200
NAM  Ries et al.
OCL  493445
FREF
PNO  2139265
ISD  19730200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3240627
ISD  19840500
CNT  DEX
OCL  493444
LREP
FRM  Steinberg & Raskin, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An automatic machine for folding long sheets having first and second
      oscillating blades operating in a transverse motion to create alternate
      creases in a vertically descending sheet between a first and second upper
      folding rollers opposing respective first and second lower folding rollers
      that are rotatable with a predetermined reciprocating synchronous
      movement, said first and second oscillating blades being arranged to
      insert said sheet between said folding rollers to form folds in the sheet,
      whereby the folded sheet is directed towards an underlying collection
      shelf wherein said upper folding rollers being driven with rapid-reversal
      or pulse-reversal rotation by a linkage which moves them in the same
      direction by virtue of their connection by a toothed drive belt, engaged
      about their toothed end pulleys which are rotatably free, but which can be
      individually and alternately fixed to a shaft of their own respective
      roller following the operation of an electromagnetic clutch, said first
      upper folding roller being connected to said second upper folding roller
      by a series of gearwheels causing said first and said second upper folding
      rollers to rotate in opposite directions.
PATN
WKU  059891750
SRC  8
APN  7525907
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19961121
TTL  Method and apparatus for conveying sheet etc. for a folding machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Lavinder; Jack W.
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Kawanishi; Masao
CTY  Mihara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960516
APN  8-121506
CLAS
OCL  493437
XCL  493444
XCL  271273
EDF  6
ICL  B65H 4518
FSC  493
FSS  417;437;444;445;29;34;442
FSC  271
FSS  245;246;270;273
UREF
PNO  4093206
ISD  19780600
NAM  Hartmann
OCL  493444
UREF
PNO  4175740
ISD  19791100
NAM  Klenk
OCL  270 83
UREF
PNO  4281828
ISD  19810800
NAM  McDonald
OCL  493437
UREF
PNO  4746108
ISD  19880500
NAM  Hirayama
OCL  493437
UREF
PNO  4840609
ISD  19890600
NAM  Jones
OCL  493444
UREF
PNO  5222934
ISD  19930600
NAM  Ochsner
OCL  493437
FREF
PNO  90 05 227 U
ISD  19900400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  91 16 314 U
ISD  19910500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  60-6561
ISD  19850100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-242851
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  0111374
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
OCL  493444
FREF
PNO  7-508701
ISD  19950900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Meller; Michael N.
FR2  Lieberstein; Eugene
ABST
PAL  In the present invention, when a signature is formed with a chopper folding
      device, the conveying force of a sheet etc. conveyed to a position for
      sheet positioning is reduced, and the sheet etc. is released from
      restraint of the conveying force, by which the effect of the conveying
      force is not brought to the subsequent sheet folding process, so that a
      signature can be formed smoothly and properly.
PATN
WKU  059891769
SRC  8
APN  9425691
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971001
TTL  Output chute for cushioning conversion machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Kim; Eugene L.
NDR  27
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Ratzel; Richard O.
CTY  Westlake
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Harding; Joseph J.
CTY  Mentor
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Siekmann; Dirk
CTY  Telford
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Lintala; Edward W.
CTY  Concord Township
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Ranpak Corporation
CTY  Concord Township
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  493464
XCL  493967
EDF  6
ICL  B31B  100
FSC   53
FSS  117
FSC  493
FSS  464;38;967;352;346;356;357
UREF
PNO  4968291
ISD  19901100
NAM  Baldacci et al.
OCL  493354
UREF
PNO  5076555
ISD  19911200
NAM  Bunch, Jr.
OCL  493415
UREF
PNO  5123889
ISD  19920600
NAM  Armingot et al.
OCL  493352
UREF
PNO  5542232
ISD  19960800
NAM  Beierlorzer
OCL   53117
UREF
PNO  5709642
ISD  19980100
NAM  Ratzel et al.
OCL  493464
UREF
PNO  5785639
ISD  19980700
NAM  Simmons
OCL  493464
UREF
PNO  5816995
ISD  19981000
NAM  Tekavec et al.
OCL  493464
UREF
PNO  5823936
ISD  19981000
NAM  Ratzel
OCL  493464
LREP
FRM  Renner, Otto, Boisselle & Sklar, P.L.L.
ABST
PAL  A safety output chute for a cushioning conversion machine includes a chute
      having an input end and an output end, the input end including an opening
      for receiving a flexible cushioning product from an outlet of the
      cushioning conversion machine; and a plurality of rollers situated inside
      the chute, the rollers being oriented such that the flexible cushioning
      product must follow a non-linear path from the input end of the chute to
      the output end of the chute. Other embodiments of a safety output chute
      are also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059891777
SRC  8
APN  8359288
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970411
TTL  Umbilicus gimbal with bearing retainer
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  6
EXP  Kim; John
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  West; Richard L.
CTY  Lake Villa
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Patno; Timothy J.
CTY  Mundelein
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Baxter International Inc.
CTY  Deerifield
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  494 46
XCL  464106
XCL  464178
XCL  494 18
XCL  494 19
XCL  494 83
EDF  6
ICL  B04B  700
ICL  B04B  900
ICL  F16D  300
ICL  F16C  126
FSC  210
FSS  380.1
FSC  494
FSS  19;45;46;83;18;20
FSC  464
FSS  106;178
UREF
PNO  2983639
ISD  19610500
NAM  Jageman
UREF
PNO  3678964
ISD  19720700
NAM  Andrews
UREF
PNO  3861972
ISD  19750100
NAM  Glover et al.
UREF
PNO  3986442
ISD  19761000
NAM  Khoja
UREF
PNO  4056224
ISD  19771100
NAM  Lolachi
UREF
PNO  4059518
ISD  19771100
NAM  Rishel
OCL  210108
UREF
PNO  4108353
ISD  19780800
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  4109852
ISD  19780800
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  4109854
ISD  19780800
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  4109855
ISD  19780800
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  4113173
ISD  19780900
NAM  Lolachi
UREF
PNO  4114802
ISD  19780900
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  4120449
ISD  19781000
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  4164318
ISD  19790800
NAM  Boggs
UREF
PNO  4194684
ISD  19800300
NAM  Boggs
UREF
PNO  4221322
ISD  19800900
NAM  Drago et al.
UREF
PNO  4230263
ISD  19801000
NAM  Westberg
UREF
PNO  4245383
ISD  19810100
NAM  Boggs
UREF
PNO  4261507
ISD  19810400
NAM  Baumler
UREF
PNO  4344560
ISD  19820800
NAM  Iriguchi et al.
UREF
PNO  4372484
ISD  19830200
NAM  Larsson et al.
UREF
PNO  4389206
ISD  19830600
NAM  Bacehowski et al.
UREF
PNO  4425112
ISD  19840100
NAM  Ito
UREF
PNO  4439178
ISD  19840300
NAM  Mulzet
UREF
PNO  4440195
ISD  19840400
NAM  van Dongeren
UREF
PNO  4459169
ISD  19840700
NAM  Bacehowski et al.
UREF
PNO  4517404
ISD  19850500
NAM  Hughes et al.
UREF
PNO  4522188
ISD  19850600
NAM  Houghton et al.
UREF
PNO  4540397
ISD  19850900
NAM  Lolachi et al.
UREF
PNO  4636346
ISD  19870100
NAM  Gold et al.
OCL  604280
UREF
PNO  4710161
ISD  19871200
NAM  Takabayashi
UREF
PNO  4778444
ISD  19881000
NAM  Westberg et al.
UREF
PNO  4865081
ISD  19890900
NAM  Neumann
UREF
PNO  4950401
ISD  19900800
NAM  Unger et al.
UREF
PNO  5097870
ISD  19920300
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  5160310
ISD  19921100
NAM  Yhland
UREF
PNO  5215386
ISD  19930600
NAM  O'Dwyer
OCL  384537
UREF
PNO  5305799
ISD  19940400
NAM  Dal Palu
UREF
PNO  5362291
ISD  19941100
NAM  Williamson, IV
UREF
PNO  5514069
ISD  19960500
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  5551942
ISD  19960900
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  494 45
LREP
FR2  Price; Bradford R. L.
FR2  Serewicz; Denise M.
FR2  Ryan; Daniel D.
ABST
PAL  A blood processing centrifuge includes a disposable fluid processing
      assembly having a fluid processing chamber. Fluid is communicated to and
      from the fluid processing chamber through a flexible umbilicus. The fluid
      processing chamber spins while the centrifuge pulls the umbilicus around
      an axis of centrifugation. The centrifuge engages the umbilicus through a
      thrust bearing received in a gimbal assembly carried on a rotating wing
      plate. The gimbal assembly allows the umbilicus to pivot relative to the
      wing plate under the forces developed during centrifugation. The gimbal
      assembly includes a bearing retainer adapted to securely retain umbilicus
      thrust bearings of differing sizes a gimbal that loosely but securely
      retains the bearing retainer. Clearance between the gimbal and the bearing
      retainer enable the bearing retainer to accommodate thrust bearings of
      differing sizes without causing gimbal binding. The ability to accommodate
      umbilicus thrust bearing of differing sizes enables the thrust bearings to
      be manufactured to looser tolerances, thereby improving manufacturing ease
      and economy.
PATN
WKU  059891785
SRC  8
APN  8257299
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970402
TTL  Magnetic ring
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Lacyk; John P.
NDR  3
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Chiu; Alexander Y. C.
STR  122 Flying Mist Isle
CTY  Foster City
STA  CA
ZIP  94404
CLAS
OCL  600 15
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  100
FSC  600
FSS  9-15
UREF
PNO  3835664
ISD  19740900
NAM  Nesbit
OCL   63 15.6
UREF
PNO  4095587
ISD  19780600
NAM  Ishikawa
OCL  128  1.3
UREF
PNO  4186567
ISD  19800200
NAM  Monden et al.
OCL   63 14R
UREF
PNO  4912944
ISD  19900400
NAM  Crosley et al.
OCL   63 29.2
UREF
PNO  5137507
ISD  19920800
NAM  Park
OCL  600  9
UREF
PNO  5139474
ISD  19920800
NAM  Lamond et al
OCL  600 15
UREF
PNO  5349725
ISD  19940900
NAM  Levy
OCL   24303
UREF
PNO  5720046
ISD  19980200
NAM  Lopez et al.
OCL  600 15
FREF
PNO  0650188
ISD  19940600
CNT  AUX
OCL  600 15
FREF
PNO  1734777
ISD  19920500
CNT  SUX
OCL  600 15
FREF
PNO  9504572
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
OCL  600  9
OREF
PAL  Webster's II, New Riverside University Dictionary, 1984.
LREP
FR2  Miller, P.E.; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  A magnetic ring adapted to be worn on the little finger of the hand. The
      magnetic ring includes a ring and a pair of permanent magnets that extend
      from the ring. When the magnetic ring is worn on the little finger of the
      right hand, the pair of permanent magnets are oriented on the top and
      bottom, respectively, of the little finger, with the South pole of the
      magnet that is oriented on the top of the little finger generally
      contacting the top of the little finger, with the North pole of the magnet
      that is oriented on the top of the little finger in opposition thereto,
      with the North pole of the magnet that is oriented on the bottom of the
      little finger generally contacting the bottom of the little finger, and
      with the South pole of the magnet that is oriented on the bottom of the
      little finger in opposition thereto. When the magnetic ring is worn on the
      little finger of the left hand, the position of the polarities of the pair
      of permanent magnets are reversed from that of the right hand. The
      magnetic ring can also be made to fit around all the fingers of the hand
      and all the toes of the foot.
PATN
WKU  059891793
SRC  8
APN  8889937
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19970707
TTL  Bladder control device housing and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Kearney; Rosiland
EXP  Dvorak; Linda C. M.
NDR  9
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Migachyov; Valery
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  HK Medical Technologies Incorporated
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  600 29
XCL  600 31
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  200
FSC  600
FSS  29-31
FSC  128
FSS  DIG. 25
UREF
PNO  3628530
ISD  19711200
NAM  Schwartz
UREF
PNO  3812841
ISD  19740500
NAM  Isaacson
UREF
PNO  4246896
ISD  19810100
NAM  Horne, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4553533
ISD  19851100
NAM  Leighton
UREF
PNO  4679546
ISD  19870700
NAM  van Waalwijk van Doorn et al.
UREF
PNO  4969474
ISD  19901100
NAM  Schwarz
OCL  128885
UREF
PNO  5041092
ISD  19910800
NAM  Barwick
OCL  604104
UREF
PNO  5123428
ISD  19920600
NAM  Schwarz
OCL  128885
UREF
PNO  5140999
ISD  19920800
NAM  Ardito
OCL  128885
UREF
PNO  5437604
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kulisz et al.
OCL  600 30
UREF
PNO  5662582
ISD  19970900
NAM  Levius et al.
OCL  600 29
UREF
PNO  5704353
ISD  19980100
NAM  Kalb et al.
OCL  600 29
FREF
PNO  WO 96/18431
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Crompton, Seager & Tufte
ABST
PAL  An intraurethral female bladder control apparatus and method for
      nonsurgically inserting the apparatus distally into a patient. A preferred
      apparatus has a rigid plastic inner housing with soft, flexible retainer
      attached distally and a flow control unit mounted within the inner housing
      lumen. A rigid, plastic outer housing having a softer proximal retainer
      and distal, upper tip, surrounds the inner housing and has the distal
      retainer within prior to insertion. In use, the upper tip is inserted
      through the urethra into the bladder and the inner housing advanced to
      deploy the distal retainer within the bladder floor.
PATN
WKU  059891807
SRC  9
APN  0589489
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980410
TTL  Removable external closure device for managing female urinary
      incontinence
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Gilbert; Samuel
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Norton; William J.
CTY  Lawrenceville
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  C.R. Bard, Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  600 29
EDF  6
ICL  A41F  200
FSC  600
FSS  29-32;573;574
FSC  128
FSS  885;887
UREF
PNO  5755236
ISD  19980500
NAM  Dann et al.
OCL  128885
UREF
PNO  5813973
ISD  19980900
NAM  Gloth
OCL  600 29
UREF
PNO  5885204
ISD  19990300
NAM  Vergano
OCL  600 29
UREF
PNO  5895349
ISD  19990400
NAM  Tihon
OCL  600 29
UREF
PNO  5908379
ISD  19990600
NAM  Schaefer et al.
OCL  600 29
FREF
PNO  96/39989
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
OCL  600 29
LREP
FRM  Jones & Askew, LLP
ABST
PAL  A removable external closure device is disclosed for managing female
      urinary incontinence. The device includes a resilient, deformable, hollow
      body portion and a flange which seals against the tissue surrounding the
      urethral orifice. When the body portion is squeezed and the flange
      positioned against the tissue surrounding the urethral orifice, the
      resilience of the body portion creates a vacuum which holds the device in
      place and closes the urethral orifice. The device is configured to promote
      tearing of the flange after a predetermined period of normal use so as to
      insure that the patient will change the device regularly and thus minimize
      the possibility of creating an infection or tissue irritation that could
      result from use of a contaminated or dirty device. In one aspect of the
      invention tearing is promoted by at least the flange being formed of a
      composition which exhibits a low tear strength. In another aspect of the
      invention tearing is promoted by an interruption, such as a short radial
      slit, in the periphery of the flange.
PATN
WKU  059891815
SRC  8
APN  9680470
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19971110
TTL  Device for endoscopic diagnosis and treatment of tissue
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Leubecker; John P.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Dutting; Kaspar
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schurr; Marc
CTY  Tubingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Buess; Gerhard
CTY  Tubingen-Bebenhausen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Muller; Gerhard
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wagner; Bernd
CTY  Looft
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Richard Wolf GmbH
CTY  Knittlingen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961108
APN  196 46 236
CLAS
OCL  600108
XCL  606 15
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  104
FSC  600
FSS  108
FSC  606
FSS  2;3;14;15;16;17
FSC  607
FSS  89;92;93
UREF
PNO  4582405
ISD  19860400
NAM  Muller et al.
UREF
PNO  4974076
ISD  19901100
NAM  Nakamura
UREF
PNO  5309895
ISD  19940500
NAM  Yabe
UREF
PNO  5335662
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kimura et al.
UREF
PNO  5413108
ISD  19950500
NAM  Alfano
FREF
PNO  21 25 986
ISD  19840300
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Artile entitled "Programm im Rahmen des Zukunftskonzeptes
      Informationstechnik" from Mikrosystemtechnik 1994-1999, pp. 74-100.
LREP
FRM  Cohen, Pontani, Lieberman & Pavane
ABST
PAL  The device comprises a treatment laser and at least two diagnosis lasers of
      differing wavelengths, wherein a receiving means is allocated to each
      diagnosis laser. The signal of the receiving means is led to an electronic
      evaluation and control means. In the distal end section of the endosopic
      part of the device the light beams of all lasers are guided together.
PATN
WKU  059891823
SRC  8
APN  9945377
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971219
TTL  Device-steering shaft assembly and endoscope
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Hirsch; Paul J.
NDR  12
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Hori; Koichiro
CTY  Framingham
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Lichtman; Philip R.
CTY  Newton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Freed; David I.
CTY  Westboro
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Vista Medical Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  600112
XCL  600144
XCL  600173
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  105
FSC  600
FSS  109;112;173;164;140;143;144;150
UREF
PNO  3900021
ISD  19750800
NAM  Makepeace et al.
OCL  600112
UREF
PNO  4043323
ISD  19770800
NAM  Komiya
OCL  600104
UREF
PNO  4543090
ISD  19850900
NAM  McCoy
OCL  600151
UREF
PNO  4611888
ISD  19860900
NAM  Prenovitz et al.
OCL  600112
UREF
PNO  4753223
ISD  19880600
NAM  Bremer
OCL  600140
UREF
PNO  4756313
ISD  19880700
NAM  Terwilliger
OCL  600104
UREF
PNO  4884557
ISD  19891200
NAM  Takehana et al.
OCL  600151
UREF
PNO  5010876
ISD  19910400
NAM  Henley et al.
OCL  600112
UREF
PNO  5127394
ISD  19920700
NAM  Lane
OCL  600112
UREF
PNO  5195968
ISD  19930300
NAM  Lundquist et al.
OCL  604 95
UREF
PNO  5275152
ISD  19940100
NAM  Krauter et al.
OCL  600140
UREF
PNO  5307803
ISD  19940500
NAM  Matsuura et al.
OCL  600140
UREF
PNO  5307804
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bonnet
OCL  600109
UREF
PNO  5512035
ISD  19960400
NAM  Konstorum et al.
OCL  600149
UREF
PNO  5538497
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hori
OCL  600182
UREF
PNO  5582576
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hori et al.
OCL  600173
UREF
PNO  5603687
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hori et al.
OCL  600166
UREF
PNO  5662584
ISD  19970900
NAM  Hori et al.
OCL  600103
UREF
PNO  5683348
ISD  19971100
NAM  Diener
OCL  600143
UREF
PNO  5762603
ISD  19980600
NAM  Thompson
OCL  600112
LREP
FRM  Pandiscio & Pandiscio
ABST
PAL  An endoscope is provided that comprises an imaging device such as a
      micro-size video camera supported by a novel device-steering shaft
      assembly. The shaft assembly comprises a malleable or rigid shaft, an
      imaging device carrier releasably and pivotally supporting the imaging
      device at one end of the shaft, and operating means including a flexible
      operating cable and cable moving means attached to the opposite end of the
      shaft for moving said cable and thereby pivoting the imaging device
      carrier relative to the shaft so as to alter the viewing angle of the
      supported imaging device. Using a malleable shaft offers the advantage
      that the shaft is manually reformable into various configurations to
      facilitate access to different surgical sites, with the shaft having the
      ability to remain in each selected configuration until manually reformed
      into another configuration. Alternatively, the imaging device may be
      permanently attached to the device carrier. A routing configuration for
      the cable permits the imaging device to be rotated sufficiently to attain
      retrograde viewing. The endoscope may be converted to another instrument
      by replacing the imaging device on the device carrier with some other
      device such as a surgical laser, a magnetic sensor, an infra-red or other
      radiation sensor, an infra-red or other radiation transmitter, an
      ultrasonic transducer, or other surgical device such as a surgical
      scissors or a grasper.
PATN
WKU  059891831
SRC  9
APN  1291807
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19980605
TTL  Disposable endoscope sheath
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Leubecker; John P.
NDR  7
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Reisdorf; Dennis
CTY  Jacksonville
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Donofrio; William
CTY  Jacksonville
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Xomed Surgical Products, Inc.
CTY  Jacksonville
STA  FL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  095975
APD  19930722
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  600156
XCL  600121
XCL  600153
XCL  600157
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  112
FSC  600
FSS  121;123;153;155;156;157
UREF
PNO  4132227
ISD  19790100
NAM  Ibe
UREF
PNO  4281646
ISD  19810800
NAM  Kinoshita
UREF
PNO  4721097
ISD  19880100
NAM  D'Amelio
UREF
PNO  4741326
ISD  19880500
NAM  Sidall et al.
UREF
PNO  4860731
ISD  19890800
NAM  Matsuura
UREF
PNO  4869238
ISD  19890900
NAM  Opie et al.
UREF
PNO  4878485
ISD  19891100
NAM  Adair
UREF
PNO  4881523
ISD  19891100
NAM  Heckele
UREF
PNO  4973311
ISD  19901100
NAM  Iwakoshi et al.
UREF
PNO  4974580
ISD  19901200
NAM  Anapliotis
UREF
PNO  4991564
ISD  19910200
NAM  Takahashi et al.
UREF
PNO  4991565
ISD  19910200
NAM  Takahashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5050585
ISD  19910900
NAM  Takahashi
UREF
PNO  5154164
ISD  19921000
NAM  Chikama
UREF
PNO  5154166
ISD  19921000
NAM  Chikama
UREF
PNO  5159919
ISD  19921100
NAM  Chikama
UREF
PNO  5225001
ISD  19930700
NAM  Manni et al.
UREF
PNO  5237984
ISD  19930800
NAM  Williams, III et al.
UREF
PNO  5287845
ISD  19940200
NAM  Faul et al.
UREF
PNO  5313934
ISD  19940500
NAM  Wiita et al.
UREF
PNO  5320091
ISD  19940600
NAM  Grossi et al.
UREF
PNO  5400767
ISD  19950300
NAM  Murdoch
ABST
PAL  The disposable endoscope sheath includes a low-profile sleeve member that
      cooperates with the endoscope shaft to establish a relatively narrow
      irrigation space between the sleeve member and the endoscope shaft. The
      sleeve member is intentionally shorter than the endoscope shaft to
      accommodate a variety of different endoscope lengths that are longer than
      the sleeve. In various embodiments of the invention the sleeve member can
      be positioned to establish a predetermined distal gap between the terminal
      end of the sleeve member and the viewing end of the endoscope shaft, to
      establish a flush alignment between the respective ends, or to have the
      endoscope shaft project slightly beyond the terminal end of the sleeve
      member. Irrigation fluid can thus flow across the viewing end of the
      endoscope flushing away surgical debris from the viewing end. The sleeve
      member can be a rigid or flexible structure. The size of the irrigation
      space is sized to permit retention of irrigation solution in the
      irrigation space when irrigation fluid is no longer being directed into
      the irrigation space.
PATN
WKU  059891840
SRC  8
APN  9856420
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971205
TTL  Apparatus and method for digital photography useful in cervical cancer
      detection
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Hirsch; Paul J.
NDR  11
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Blair; Kerry L.
CTY  Overland Park
STA  KS
ASSG
NAM  Medtech Research Corporation
CTY  Lenexa
STA  KS
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  832802
APD  19970404
RLAP
COD  81
APN  832944
APD  19970404
CLAS
OCL  600167
XCL  600109
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  105
FSC  600
FSS  102;166;167;109
UREF
PNO  3805596
ISD  19740400
NAM  Klahr
UREF
PNO  4300570
ISD  19811100
NAM  Stafl
UREF
PNO  4407290
ISD  19831000
NAM  Wilber
UREF
PNO  4488039
ISD  19841200
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  600167
UREF
PNO  4519684
ISD  19850500
NAM  Francis, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4588294
ISD  19860500
NAM  Siegmund
UREF
PNO  4590923
ISD  19860500
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  600102
UREF
PNO  4841555
ISD  19890600
NAM  Doi et al.
UREF
PNO  4860371
ISD  19890800
NAM  Matsuyama et al.
UREF
PNO  4862873
ISD  19890900
NAM  Yajima et al.
OCL  600166
UREF
PNO  4888490
ISD  19891200
NAM  Bass et al.
UREF
PNO  4905670
ISD  19900300
NAM  Adair
UREF
PNO  5026368
ISD  19910600
NAM  Adair
UREF
PNO  5036853
ISD  19910800
NAM  Jeffcoat et al.
UREF
PNO  5046935
ISD  19910900
NAM  Kikuchi
OCL  600109
UREF
PNO  5179938
ISD  19930100
NAM  Lonky
UREF
PNO  5211938
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kennedy et al.
UREF
PNO  5214456
ISD  19930500
NAM  Gersten
UREF
PNO  5251613
ISD  19931000
NAM  Adair
OCL  600102
UREF
PNO  5309214
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hashimoto
UREF
PNO  5329938
ISD  19940700
NAM  Lonky
UREF
PNO  5368015
ISD  19941100
NAM  Wilk
OCL  600166
UREF
PNO  5413108
ISD  19950500
NAM  Alfano
UREF
PNO  5421339
ISD  19950600
NAM  Ramanujam et al.
UREF
PNO  5441042
ISD  19950800
NAM  Putman
OCL  600102
UREF
PNO  5450857
ISD  19950900
NAM  Garfield
UREF
PNO  5496261
ISD  19960300
NAM  Sander
OCL  600102
UREF
PNO  5522789
ISD  19960600
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  600166
UREF
PNO  5554160
ISD  19960900
NAM  Caillouette
UREF
PNO  5603687
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hori et al.
OCL  600166
OREF
PAL  Paola M. Cristoforoni, M.D., "Computerized Colposcopy Results of a Pilot
      Study and Analysis of Its Clinical Relevances", Obstetrics & Gynecology;
      vol. 85, No. 6, Jun. 1995, pp. 1011-1016.
PAL  L. Stewart Massad, "Use of Speculoscopy in the Evaluation of Women with
      Atypical Papanicolaou Smears", The Journal of Reproductive Medicine, vol.
      38, No. 3, Mar. 1993, pp. 163-169.
PAL  W. Mann, "Papanicolaou Smear Screening Augmented by a Magnified
      Chemiluminescent Exam", International Federation of Gynecology and
      Obstetrics, vol. 43, 1993, pp. 289-296.
PAL  W.P. Soutter, "Computerization of a Colposcopy Clinic", British Journal of
      Obstetrics and Gynecology, vol. 98, Aug. 1991, pp. 824-828.
PAL  William E. Crisp, M.D., "The Computerized Digital Imaging Colposcope:
      Future Directions", American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, vol.
      162, No. 6, Jun. 1990, pp. 1491-1498.
PAL  Vittorio Contini, "Colposcopy and Computer Graphics: A New Method?",
      American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, vol. 160, No. 3, Mar. 1989,
      pp. 535-538.
PAL  Colposcopes & Accessories, Leisegang Medical Inc.
PAL  Applying Digital Processing Methods in the Analysis of Refinal Structure,
      Sunanda Mitra.
PAL  How Computer Displays Work, Computer Display Systems.
PAL  Applied Image Processing, pp. 32-56.
LREP
FRM  Lathrop & Gage LC
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for digital colposcopy and videography comprises a digital
      imaging camera that is operably coupled to the optical path of the digital
      colposcope by means of a beam splitter so that a digital image of the
      cervico-vaginal tissue can be captured. The digital imaging camera and
      digital colposcope are mounted to one end of an articulating arm of the
      apparatus. A digital processing means is operably connected to the digital
      imaging camera to create a digital image. The digital processing means is
      housed in a stand of the assembly.
PATN
WKU  059891858
SRC  9
APN  033698&
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19980303
TTL  Endoscope apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Leubecker; John P.
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Miyazaki; Atsushi
CTY  Hachioji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Olympus Optical Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941125
APN  6-291602
RLAP
COD  74
APN  515578
APD  19950816
CLAS
OCL  600175
XCL  600173
XCL  600172
XCL  600166
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  105
FSC  600
FSS  170;171;172;173;174;175;176;177;180
UREF
PNO  3818902
ISD  19740600
NAM  Kinoshita
OCL  600173
UREF
PNO  3889662
ISD  19750600
NAM  Mitsui
OCL  600173
UREF
PNO  3918438
ISD  19751100
NAM  Hayamizu
OCL  600173
UREF
PNO  4588294
ISD  19860500
NAM  Siegmund
OCL  600173
UREF
PNO  4697577
ISD  19871000
NAM  Forkner
OCL  600173
UREF
PNO  4699463
ISD  19871000
NAM  D'Amelio
OCL  600173
UREF
PNO  4706653
ISD  19871100
NAM  Yamamoto
UREF
PNO  4838247
ISD  19890600
NAM  Forkner
OCL  600173
UREF
PNO  4846154
ISD  19890700
NAM  Macanally
OCL  600173
UREF
PNO  4856495
ISD  19890800
NAM  Tohjoh et al.
UREF
PNO  4860732
ISD  19890800
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4873572
ISD  19891000
NAM  Miyazaki
OCL  600111
UREF
PNO  4941457
ISD  19900700
NAM  Hasegawa
OCL  600175
UREF
PNO  4967269
ISD  19901000
NAM  Sasagawa
OCL  600180
UREF
PNO  5051824
ISD  19910900
NAM  Nishigaki
OCL  600172
UREF
PNO  5122650
ISD  19920600
NAM  McKinley
UREF
PNO  5379756
ISD  19950100
NAM  Pileski et al.
UREF
PNO  5402769
ISD  19950400
NAM  Tsuji
OCL  600109
UREF
PNO  5547457
ISD  19960800
NAM  Tsuyuki et al.
UREF
PNO  5603687
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hori et al.
UREF
PNO  5711756
ISD  19980100
NAM  Chikama
OCL  600172
UREF
PNO  5743846
ISD  19980400
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  600166
UREF
PNO  5800341
ISD  19980900
NAM  McKenna
OCL  600173
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  An endoscope apparatus comprises an endoscope with a built-in solid state
      imaging device at a distal end portion of an insertion tube and a distal
      end optical adapter detachably connected to the distal end portion of the
      insertion tube of the endoscope. At least one objective optical system is
      provided in said distal end optical adapter and an optical image formed on
      said solid state imaging device through the distal end optical adapter is
      displayed on a TV monitor through a control device.
PATN
WKU  059891866
SRC  9
APN  0608955
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19980415
TTL  Stethoscope having a light source
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Leubecker; John P.
NDR  3
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Alatriste; Anthony
STR  8101 Canyon Lake Cir.
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
ZIP  32835
CLAS
OCL  600200
XCL  181131
XCL  600528
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  1227
FSC  600
FSS  527;528;200
FSC  181
FSS  126;128;131;129
UREF
PNO  1913780
ISD  19330600
NAM  Wappler
UREF
PNO  2566687
ISD  19510900
NAM  Wehby
OCL  181131
UREF
PNO  3124211
ISD  19640300
NAM  Cefaly
OCL  181131
UREF
PNO  3630308
ISD  19711200
NAM  Ravin
OCL  181131
UREF
PNO  4147163
ISD  19790400
NAM  Newman et al.
UREF
PNO  4569413
ISD  19860200
NAM  Allen
OCL  181131
UREF
PNO  4580198
ISD  19860400
NAM  Zinnanti, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4672975
ISD  19870600
NAM  Sirota
OCL  600528
LREP
FR2  Wolter; Robert L.
     Holland & Knight, LLP
ABST
PAL  A stethoscope having a light source includes a stethoscope head and
      flexible tubing coupled to the stethoscope head and in communication with
      ear pieces for the detection and transmission of sounds from a patient's
      body. A casing is affixed to a cover of the stethoscope head and has a
      light source mounted therein. A switch is operable mounted on the casing
      for activating and deactivating the light source. Notches extend
      intermediate the casing and cover for grasping the same during use. A
      first end of the casing is disposed toward a perimeter of the cover and
      has an aperture through which light is emitted. The first end is adapted
      for mounting thereon various instrument heads as an otoscope or
      opthalomoscope. The first end may extend beyond the perimeter of the cover
      for mounting thereon the instrument heads. In an alternative embodiment,
      the casing is detachably secured to the flexible tubing of the
      stethoscope.
PATN
WKU  059891874
SRC  8
APN  8326150
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970328
TTL  Method and system for giving remote emergency medical counseling for
      childbirth patients
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Nasser; Robert L.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Clawson; Jeffrey J.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  Medical Priority Consultants, Inc.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  600300
XCL  128903
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  500
FSC  128
FSS  903;905;920;923;924;925
FSC  600
FSS  300;481
FSC  606
FSS  119;125;126;127;122;202
FSC  364
FSS  224.5;224.6;274;274.1;274.9;275
UREF
PNO  4130881
ISD  19781200
NAM  Haessler et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4237344
ISD  19801200
NAM  Moore
OCL  179  2A
UREF
PNO  4489387
ISD  19841200
NAM  Lamb et al.
OCL  364514
UREF
PNO  4839822
ISD  19890600
NAM  Dormond et al.
OCL  364513
UREF
PNO  4858121
ISD  19890800
NAM  Barber et al.
OCL  364406
UREF
PNO  4945476
ISD  19900700
NAM  Bodick et al.
OCL  364413.02
UREF
PNO  5063522
ISD  19911100
NAM  Winters
OCL  395 51
UREF
PNO  5065315
ISD  19911100
NAM  Garcia
OCL  364413.01
UREF
PNO  5072383
ISD  19911200
NAM  Brimm et al.
OCL  364413.02
UREF
PNO  5253164
ISD  19931000
NAM  Holloway et al.
OCL  364406
UREF
PNO  5255187
ISD  19931000
NAM  Sorensen
OCL  364413.02
UREF
PNO  5438996
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kemper et al.
OCL  600448
UREF
PNO  5471382
ISD  19951100
NAM  Tallman et al.
OCL  364406
UREF
PNO  5596994
ISD  19970100
NAM  Bro
OCL  128732
UREF
PNO  5722418
ISD  19980300
NAM  Bro
OCL  128905
LREP
FR2  Sadler; Lloyd W.
ABST
PAL  A method and system for providing emergency medical counseling to
      childbirth patients remotely is described. A consistent, standard and
      systematic process is provided which in combination with adequate
      training, supervision and quality assurance serves to provide a method for
      gathering emergency medical information regarding providing emergency
      medical dispatch services to childbirth patients, categorizing such
      information into various determinant levels for appropriate response, and
      for giving qualified emergency medical information to callers thereby
      permitting "zero time" response by those at the scene. By using this
      invention properly a dispatcher is guided through the interrogation of
      callers concerned with childbirth patients, gathering critical information
      and giving the appropriate guidance to the caller. This invention
      specifically guides the dispatcher through the steps of the procedure for
      giving remote emergency medical counsel to childbirth patients, thereby
      providing the "zero time" response by utilizing those at the scene of the
      emergency.
PATN
WKU  059891882
SRC  9
APN  1598686
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980924
TTL  Method and apparatus for determining the energy balance of a living
      subject on the basis of energy used and nutrition intake
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Winakur; Eric F.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Birkhoelzer; Thomas
CTY  Weisendorf
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schmidt; Volker
CTY  Erlangen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970924
APN  197 42 153
CLAS
OCL  600300
XCL  128921
XCL  434127
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1000
ICL  G06F 1700
FSC  600
FSS  300;301;531;532
FSC  128
FSS  921
FSC  434
FSS  127
UREF
PNO  5178155
ISD  19930100
NAM  Mault
OCL  600531
UREF
PNO  5263491
ISD  19931100
NAM  Thornton
UREF
PNO  5363857
ISD  19941100
NAM  Howard
UREF
PNO  5705735
ISD  19980100
NAM  Acorn
OCL  600531
UREF
PNO  5890128
ISD  19990300
NAM  Diaz et al.
OCL  128921
FREF
PNO  WO 97/28738
ISD  19970800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  In a method and apparatus for determining the energy balance of a living
      subject on the basis of the energy use and on the basis of nutrition
      intake, the energy balance is calculated on the basis of a determined
      energy use of the subject and on the basis of an input of the nutrition
      intake of the subject via an input unit. This calculation takes place in a
      calculating unit supplied with a signal corresponding to the energy use,
      using a value of the calorific value of the food that can be obtained from
      a memory. A signal corresponding to this energy balance can be generated
      on a display unit.
PATN
WKU  059891890
SRC  8
APN  9566988
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19971024
TTL  Ophthalmic ultrasound imaging
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Maulin
EXP  Lateef; Marvin M.
NDR  24
NFG  39
INVT
NAM  LeBlanc; Paul D.
CTY  Greenbush
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Andersen; Neils E.
CTY  Stoughton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Mentor Corporation
CTY  Santa Barbara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  600437
XCL  600443
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  800
FSC  600
FSS  437;443;447
FSC  128
FSS  916
OREF
PAL  Diaz, Gonzalo E., "Ultrasound Color Imaging," World Wide Web pages at
      http://www.wp.com/ultrasound, Nov. 2, 1996.
PAL  Mentor Ophthalmics, Inc. "The Advent.TM. of Imaging: Technology for the
      Total Eye," May, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A system for producing visual representation of eye structures that
      includes an ultrasonic transducer, a processor, and a display device. The
      processor translates electronic signals received by the transducer into
      image data for display by correlating echo intensities with multichromatic
      color hues. The processor can also translate the electronic signals by
      correlating the echo signal intensities with display characteristics, such
      as brightness, by using gamma curves that have at least one portion that
      is substantially continuous and non-monotonic. The processor can also
      translate the electronic signals into an image that shows different
      characteristics of the electronic signals in different display
      characteristics (i.e. one characteristic is color coded while another
      characteristic affects how brightly a color appears). The processor can
      also process phase information to both emphasize the depiction of eye
      structure boundaries and aid in distinguishing reverberation echo signals
      from genuine ones. The processor can also process time persistence
      information and thus create images where moving eye structures appear
      brighter or dimmer than stationary eye structures.
PATN
WKU  059891904
SRC  8
APN  8003270
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19970214
TTL  Passive sensor system using ultrasonic energy
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Jaworski; Francis J.
NDR  6
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Kaplan; Shay
CTY  Givat Elah
CNT  ILX
ASSG
NAM  Mizur Technology, Ltd.
CTY  Givat Elah
CNT  ILX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ILX
APD  19940127
APN  108470
RLAP
COD  72
APN  379396
APD  19950127
PSC  01
PNO  5619997
CLAS
OCL  600438
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  800
FSC  600
FSS  438;309;364-366
FSC   73
FSS  19.03;24.01;24.06;54.24;54.41;61.45;61.75;64.53;570;649
UREF
PNO  3853117
ISD  19741200
NAM  Murr
OCL  600438
UREF
PNO  4257001
ISD  19810300
NAM  Partain et al.
OCL  324636
UREF
PNO  4265251
ISD  19810500
NAM  Ticknre
OCL  600438
UREF
PNO  4378809
ISD  19830400
NAM  Cosman
OCL  600561
UREF
PNO  4513250
ISD  19850400
NAM  Harman
OCL  327119
UREF
PNO  4513750
ISD  19850400
NAM  Heyman et al.
OCL  600438
UREF
PNO  5195520
ISD  19930300
NAM  Schlief et al.
OCL  600438
UREF
PNO  5544656
ISD  19960800
NAM  Pitsillides et al.
OCL  600450
FREF
PNO  0 272 244 A3
ISD  19871200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 371 592 A2
ISD  19900600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 223 311
ISD  19900400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 235 773
ISD  19910300
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  A passive sensor system utilizing ultrasonic energy is disclosed. The
      passive sensor system includes at least one ultrasonically vibratable
      sensor and an ultrasonic activation and detection system. The sensor has
      at least one vibration frequency which is a function of a physical
      variable to be sensed. The ultrasonic activation and detection system
      excites the sensor and detects the vibration frequency from which it
      determines a value of the physical variable. The sensor includes a
      substrate having at least one cavity therein, and a vibratable membrane
      overlying the cavity. Another preferred embodiment of the sensor is a
      compensated sensor pair including a first sensor whose vibration frequency
      is responsive to the physical variable to be sensed, and a second sensor
      whose vibration frequency is non-responsive to the physical variable to be
      sensed. The second sensor provides a reference vibration frequency for
      compensating for the effect of other physical variables on the vibration
      frequency of the first sensor. Another preferred embodiment of the
      compensated sensor pair includes a second sensor which has a different
      response characteristic than that of the first sensor to the physical
      variable to be sensed. In still another preferred embodiment of the
      compensated sensor of the present invention each of the pair of sensors
      has multiple vibratable membranes overlying multiple cavities.
PATN
WKU  059891912
SRC  9
APN  1005049
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980619
TTL  Using doppler techniques to measure non-uniform rotation of an
      ultrasound transducer
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Imam; Ali M.
EXP  Lateef; Marvin M.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Scampini; John F.
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Hewlettt-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  600453
XCL  600454
XCL  600459
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  806
FSC  600
FSS  453;454;459;462;463;465;466;467;445;446;456
FSC   73
FSS  658;653
FSC  342
FSS  25
UREF
PNO  4794931
ISD  19890100
NAM  Yock
OCL  128660.03
UREF
PNO  4917097
ISD  19900400
NAM  Proudian et al.
OCL  128662.06
UREF
PNO  5000185
ISD  19910300
NAM  Yock
OCL  128662.03
UREF
PNO  5159931
ISD  19921100
NAM  Pini
OCL  128660.07
UREF
PNO  5176141
ISD  19930100
NAM  Bom et al.
OCL  128662.06
UREF
PNO  5181514
ISD  19930100
NAM  Solomon et al.
OCL  128660.09
UREF
PNO  5186177
ISD  19930200
NAM  O'Donnell et al.
OCL  128662.06
UREF
PNO  5195519
ISD  19930300
NAM  Angelsen
OCL  600446
UREF
PNO  5240003
ISD  19930800
NAM  Lancee et al.
OCL  128662.06
UREF
PNO  5271402
ISD  19931200
NAM  Yeung et al.
OCL  128660.1
UREF
PNO  5284148
ISD  19940200
NAM  Dias et al.
OCL  128662.06
UREF
PNO  5465624
ISD  19951100
NAM  Tseytlin et al.
OCL   73653
UREF
PNO  5485845
ISD  19960100
NAM  Verdonk et al.
OCL  128662.06
UREF
PNO  5507294
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lum et al.
OCL  128662.06
UREF
PNO  5509418
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lum et al.
OCL  128662.06
UREF
PNO  5682896
ISD  19971100
NAM  Scheib et al.
OCL  600456
UREF
PNO  5699806
ISD  19971200
NAM  Webb et al.
OCL  128660.09
FREF
PNO  WO 90/14601
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
ICL  G01S  752
OREF
PAL  Brooks, Dana H., et al., "Electrical Imaging of the Heart," Signal
      Processing Magazine, pp. 24-42, (Jan. 1997).
PAL  Ollinger, John M., et al., "Positioning-Emission Tomography," Signal
      Processing Magazine, pp. 43-55, (Jan. 1997).
PAL  Wright, G.A., "Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Signal Processing Magazine, pp.
      56-66, (Jan. 1997).
PAL  Quistgaard, Jens U., "Signal Acquistion and Processing in Medical
      Diagnostic Ultrasound," Signal Processing Magazine, pp. 67-74, (Jan.
      1997).
PAL  Saini, Vasant D., PhD., et al., Chapter 1, "Basic Principles of Ultrasound
      and Doppler Effect," Doppler Echochariography, Fundamentals and Equipment,
      pp. 1-11, (1994).
PAL  Saini, Vasant D., PhD., Chapter 2, "Doppler Signal Analyses", Doppler
      Echocardiography, Fundamentals and Equipment, pp. 12-30 (1944).
PAL  Saini, Vasant D., PhD., et al., Chapter 3, "Principles of Doppler
      Ultrasound Implementation," Doppler Echocardiography, Fundamentals and
      Equipment, pp. 31-41 (1944).
PAL  Goldberg, Stanley J., MD, et al., Preface and Chapter 1, "History of
      Doppler Echocardiography", Doppler Echocardiography, pp. vii-7, (1988).
PAL  Goldberg, Stanley J., MD, et al., Chapter 2, "Doppler Physics for
      Physicians and Technologists," Doppler Echocardiography, pp. 9-36, (1988).
PAL  Missri, Jose, MD, Chapter 2, "Physical Principles and Instrumentation in
      Spectral and Color Doppler Flow Imaging," Clinical Doppler
      Echocardiography, Spectral and Color Flow Imaging, pp. 8-19, (Undated).
ABST
PAL  According to one embodiment, an apparatus for measuring rotational velocity
      includes a support member, a transducer, and a Doppler shift measurement
      module. The transducer, which is supported by the support member, emits a
      first wave and detects a corresponding second wave reflected by matter
      intercepted thereby as the support member rotates continuously about an
      axis of rotation. The Doppler shift measurement module measures frequency
      shifting between the first wave and the second wave as the support member
      rotates about the axis of rotation, the frequency shifting being
      indicative of a rotational velocity of the support member relative to the
      matter. According to another embodiment, a method for analyzing motion of
      a transducer, includes the steps of: (a) emitting a wave from the
      transducer while a support member supporting the transducer is rotating;
      (b) detecting a portion of the wave that is reflected from matter
      intercepted thereby; and (c) measuring frequency shifting between a
      frequency of the wave and a frequency spectrum of the reflected portion of
      the wave.
PATN
WKU  059891920
SRC  8
APN  9374426
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970925
TTL  Cardiac flow sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Nasser; Robert L.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Weijand; Koen J.
CTY  Hoensbroek
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Schouten; Vincent J. A.
CTY  Cadier en Keer
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Medtronic, Inc.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  600504
XCL  600505
XCL  600526
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  500
FSC  600
FSS  504;505;526;549
UREF
PNO  4384578
ISD  19830500
NAM  Winkler
OCL  604114
UREF
PNO  4796640
ISD  19890100
NAM  Webler
OCL  600526
UREF
PNO  5174299
ISD  19921200
NAM  Nelson
OCL  128692
UREF
PNO  5336244
ISD  19940800
NAM  Weijand
OCL  607 21
UREF
PNO  5493100
ISD  19960200
NAM  Renger
OCL  219497
UREF
PNO  5509424
ISD  19960400
NAM  Al-Ali
OCL  600505
UREF
PNO  5692514
ISD  19971200
NAM  Bowman
OCL  600526
FREF
PNO  9117703
ISD  19911100
CNT  WOX
OCL  600526
LREP
FR2  Jaro; Michael J.
FR2  Patton; Harold
ABST
PAL  Apparatus and method are provided for obtaining a measure of blood flow,
      and more specifically cardiac output, by analyzing blood temperature
      variations in the arterial tract. In a first embodiment, a lead carrying
      two closely spaced temperature sensors is positioned so that the sensors
      are in the atrial tract and produce temperature signals representative of
      small cyclical temperature variations of the blood outputted from the
      heart. The two signals have substantially similar patterns for each
      cardiac cycle, but the signals are separated by a short time
      (.increment.T) representative of the distance between the two sensors. The
      patterns are correlated to find .increment.T, from which cardiac output is
      calculated. In an alternate embodiment, a single blood temperature sensor
      is employed along with a sensor for determining cardiac contractions, and
      a measure of cardiac output is obtained by comparing the time difference
      between a feature of the blood temperature signal with the time of cardiac
      contraction.
PATN
WKU  059891939
SRC  8
APN  9526153
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980219
TTL  Device and method for detecting and recording snoring
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Marmor, II; Charles
EXP  O'Connor; Cary
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Sullivan; Colin Edward
CTY  New South Wales
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Somed Pty Limited
CTY  New South Wales
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19950519
APN  PN3048
CLAS
OCL  600534
XCL  600529
XCL  600586
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  508
FSC  600
FSS  483;484;529;532;533;534;538;586
UREF
PNO  4146885
ISD  19790300
NAM  Lawson, Jr.
OCL  600534
UREF
PNO  4320766
ISD  19820300
NAM  Alihanka et al.
OCL  600484
UREF
PNO  4509527
ISD  19850400
NAM  Fraden
OCL  600534
UREF
PNO  4657026
ISD  19870400
NAM  Tagg
OCL  600534
UREF
PNO  4686999
ISD  19870800
NAM  Snyder et al.
OCL  600534
UREF
PNO  4830008
ISD  19890500
NAM  Meer
OCL  600534
UREF
PNO  4848360
ISD  19890700
NAM  Palsgrad et al.
OCL  600586
UREF
PNO  4862144
ISD  19890800
NAM  Tao
OCL  600534
UREF
PNO  5099702
ISD  19920300
NAM  French
OCL  600534
LREP
FRM  Jordan and Hamburg LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AU96/00306
PD1  19980219
PD2  19980219
PD3  19960520
PCP  WO96/36279
PCD  19961121
ABST
PAR  A device and method for detecting and recording the snoring of a patient.
      The device comprises a piezoelectric sensor, placed below a sleeping
      patient on a mattress, which generates signals representative of the
      sub-audible vibrations of the patient's airway which are present during a
      snore. The signals generated by the sensor can be amplified by an
      amplifier and processed by a signal processing circuit. The sensor can
      also generate signals representative of the patient's breathing cycle and
      general movement of the patient. The signal processing circuit can be
      adapted to discriminate the signals generated by the sensor and then
      output these signals for analysis. The output can be used to determine the
      presence of snoring by the patient and the snoring pattern can also be
      used to detect episodes of obstructive sleep apnea.
PATN
WKU  059891947
SRC  9
APN  0209775
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980209
TTL  Method and apparatus for detecting ocular disease and abnormalities
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Hindenburg; Max
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Davenport; Wayne E.
CTY  Huntsville
STA  AL
INVT
NAM  Bellows; Jack R.
CTY  Memphis
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Vision Partners, L.P.
CTY  Memphis
STA  TN
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America, as represented by the Secretary of the Army
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  600558
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1300
FSC  600
FSS  558
FSC  351
FSS  211;221
UREF
PNO  3891311
ISD  19750600
NAM  Fletcher et al.
OCL  351 38
UREF
PNO  4648052
ISD  19870300
NAM  Friedman et al.
OCL  364550
UREF
PNO  5204703
ISD  19930400
NAM  Hutchinson et al.
OCL  351210
UREF
PNO  5262806
ISD  19931100
NAM  Szirth
OCL  351210
UREF
PNO  5307097
ISD  19940400
NAM  Baker
OCL  351212
UREF
PNO  5355895
ISD  19941000
NAM  Hay
OCL  128745
UREF
PNO  5374967
ISD  19941200
NAM  Hideshima et al.
OCL  351208
UREF
PNO  5543866
ISD  19960800
NAM  Van de Velde
OCL  351221
UREF
PNO  5632282
ISD  19970500
NAM  Hay et al.
OCL  128745
UREF
PNO  5668621
ISD  19970900
NAM  Nanjo
OCL  351206
LREP
FRM  Garvey, Smith, Nehrbass & Doody, LLC
ABST
PAL  A detection device for detecting ocular disease and abnormalities in human
     yes. The ocular disease and abnormality detection device includes a
      photo-imaging device having a lens aligned on a selected optical axis. A
      flash unit generates a flash beam of light generally along the optical
      axis to produce retinal reflections from a patient's eyes. The retinal
      reflections from the patient's eyes are recorded by the photo-imaging
      device and displayed on a video display screen. A beamsplitter is
      positioned on the optical axis to pass the flash beam of light from the
      flash device to the patient's eyes, and to pass the retinal reflection
      from the patient's eyes to the photo-imaging device. A visual image is
      projected on a surface of the beamsplitter which appears to the patient's
      eyes as being positioned on the optical axis and generally superimposed on
      the lens of the photo-imaging device. The patient's eyes generally focus
      on the lens of the photo-imaging device as the patient views the projected
      image. A separate camera and video display is provided to monitor the
      patient's face. Patient information is preferably recorded with the
      retinal reflections from the patient's eyes. Methods of detecting ocular
      disease and abnormalities are also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059891955
SRC  9
APN  0845906
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980527
TTL  Noncontact tonometer
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Marmor, IV; Charles
EXP  Hindenburg; Max
NDR  8
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Iijima; Hiroshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takagi; Akinari
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Topcon
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970528
APN  9-138593
CLAS
OCL  600561
XCL  600399
XCL  600401
XCL  351208
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  500
FSC  600
FSS  398;399;401;561
FSC  351
FSS  208;211;212
UREF
PNO  4995393
ISD  19910200
NAM  Katsuragi et al.
OCL  600401
UREF
PNO  5000181
ISD  19910300
NAM  Katsuragi
OCL  600401
UREF
PNO  5033841
ISD  19910700
NAM  Nishio et al.
OCL  351212
UREF
PNO  5101826
ISD  19920400
NAM  Katsuragi
OCL  351208
UREF
PNO  5465123
ISD  19951100
NAM  Iijima
OCL  351208
UREF
PNO  5644375
ISD  19970700
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  351211
UREF
PNO  5696573
ISD  19971200
NAM  Miwa
OCL  351205
UREF
PNO  5708494
ISD  19980100
NAM  Iijima et al.
OCL  351211
UREF
PNO  5776061
ISD  19980700
NAM  Hayafuji
OCL  600401
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A noncontact tonometer is provided which is capable of intercepting
      out-of-axis light of an index beam of light and performing precise
      alignment. The noncontact tonometer includes an index projecting optical
      system for projecting an index frontally onto a subject's eye (E) through
      a nozzle (12) through which gas is also is sprayed upon the eye (E). The
      index projecting optical system has a projection lens (27) and a diaphragm
      (23) disposed at a position conjugated to an end surface (F) of the nozzle
      (12) on the side of the projection lens (27). The diaphragm (23)
      intercepts rays of light traveling out of an optical axis, and enables
      precise alignment.
PATN
WKU  059891963
SRC  8
APN  879670&
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970623
TTL  Biopsy needle
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Hindenburg; Max
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Chu; Michael S. H.
CTY  Brookline
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Chin; Yem
CTY  Burlington
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Bates; James
CTY  Bloomington
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Boston Scientific Corporation
CTY  Watertown
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  332000
APD  19941031
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  600567
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  500
FSC  128
FSS  749;751-754
FSC  606
FSS  167;170
FSC  600
FSS  562;564-567
UREF
PNO  737293
ISD  19030800
NAM  Summerfeldt
OCL  128751
UREF
PNO  1585934
ISD  19260500
NAM  Muir
UREF
PNO  1867624
ISD  19320700
NAM  Hoffman
UREF
PNO  2496111
ISD  19500100
NAM  Turkel
UREF
PNO  3001522
ISD  19610900
NAM  Silverman
UREF
PNO  3477423
ISD  19691100
NAM  Griffith
UREF
PNO  3882849
ISD  19750500
NAM  Jamshidi
UREF
PNO  3995619
ISD  19761200
NAM  Glatzer
UREF
PNO  4201213
ISD  19800500
NAM  Townsend
UREF
PNO  4220155
ISD  19800900
NAM  Kimberling et al.
UREF
PNO  4282884
ISD  19810800
NAM  Boebel
OCL  128751
UREF
PNO  4461280
ISD  19840700
NAM  Baumgartner
UREF
PNO  4574803
ISD  19860300
NAM  Storz
UREF
PNO  4620547
ISD  19861100
NAM  Boebel
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  4651753
ISD  19870300
NAM  Lifton
OCL  128751
UREF
PNO  4699154
ISD  19871000
NAM  Lindgren
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  4702261
ISD  19871000
NAM  Cornell et al.
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  4708147
ISD  19871100
NAM  Haaga
UREF
PNO  4733671
ISD  19880300
NAM  Mehl
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  4735215
ISD  19880400
NAM  Goto et al.
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  4766907
ISD  19880800
NAM  de Groot et al.
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  4776346
ISD  19881000
NAM  Beraha et al.
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  4790329
ISD  19881200
NAM  Simon
OCL  128749
UREF
PNO  4799494
ISD  19890100
NAM  Wang
OCL  128753
UREF
PNO  4799495
ISD  19890100
NAM  Hawkins et al.
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  4838280
ISD  19890600
NAM  Haaga
OCL  128751
UREF
PNO  4881551
ISD  19891100
NAM  Taylor
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  4903709
ISD  19900200
NAM  Skinner
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  4917100
ISD  19900400
NAM  Nottke
OCL  128749
UREF
PNO  4924878
ISD  19900500
NAM  Nottke
OCL  128751
UREF
PNO  4958625
ISD  19900900
NAM  Bates et al.
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  4976229
ISD  19901200
NAM  Mehl
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  5031634
ISD  19910700
NAM  Simon
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  5036860
ISD  19910800
NAM  Leigh et al.
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  5048538
ISD  19910900
NAM  Terwilliger et al.
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  5056529
ISD  19911000
NAM  de Groot
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  5080655
ISD  19920100
NAM  Haaga
OCL  604265
UREF
PNO  5087265
ISD  19920200
NAM  Summers
OCL  606159
UREF
PNO  5125413
ISD  19920600
NAM  Baran
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  5127419
ISD  19920700
NAM  Kaldany
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  5146921
ISD  19920900
NAM  Terwilliger et al.
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  5156160
ISD  19921000
NAM  Bennett
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  5163947
ISD  19921100
NAM  Kvalo et al.
OCL  606151
UREF
PNO  5195533
ISD  19930300
NAM  Chin et al.
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  5269797
ISD  19931200
NAM  Bonati et al.
OCL  606170
UREF
PNO  5282476
ISD  19940200
NAM  Terwilliger
OCL  128753
UREF
PNO  5449001
ISD  19950900
NAM  Terwilliger
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  5477862
ISD  19951200
NAM  Haaga
OCL  128754
FREF
PNO  0 010 321 A1
ISD  19791000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 207 726 A1
ISD  19860600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 243 803 A1
ISD  19870400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1267960
ISD  19610600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  141 108
ISD  19800400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 83/03343
ISD  19831000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/14700
ISD  19930800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/20753
ISD  19931000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  P.G. Lindgren, "Percutaneous Needle Biopsy", Clinical Symposia, 32:1-34,
      1982.
PAL  Travenol Lab., Inc., Advertisement, "Tri Cut Disposable Biopsy Needle",
      Oct. 1973.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A biopsy needle device includes an outer cannula having a pointed, tissue
      penetrating distal end and a side-notched stylet located within the
      cannula. The stylet and cannula are axially movable with respect to each
      other. The stylet is constructed from a solid rod having a notch near the
      distal end. The notch is bordered in portions along its length by a walled
      region to at least in part define a protected sample-containment space.
      The stylet includes a pointed, tissue penetrating distal end. The notch
      defines a full cylindrical region and the walled region has a
      semi-circular cross-section. The cross sectional area of the notch is
      between about 90-97% of the diameter of the rod. The wall thickness of the
      walled region is in the range of 0.008"-0.013". A method of taking a
      biopsy sample from a hard cancerous lesion is described.
PATN
WKU  059891971
SRC  9
APN  142310&
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980903
TTL  Automatic biopsy needle device
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Marmor, II; Charles
EXP  O'Connor; Cary
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Avaltroni; Paolo
CTY  Mantova
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Gallini S.R.L.
CTY  Mirandola
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19960307
APN  BO96A0119
CLAS
OCL  600567
XCL  600564
XCL  606167
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1000
FSC  600
FSS  562;564;567;568
FSC  604
FSS  21;22;164;264
FSC  606
FSS  167;170;171;172;181
UREF
PNO  Re34056
ISD  19920900
NAM  Lindgren
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  4924878
ISD  19900500
NAM  Nottka
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  4944308
ISD  19900700
NAM  Akerfeldt
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  4953558
ISD  19900900
NAM  Akerfeldt
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  5172702
ISD  19921200
NAM  Leigh et al.
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  5188118
ISD  19930200
NAM  Terwilliger
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  5195533
ISD  19930300
NAM  Chin et al.
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  5224470
ISD  19930700
NAM  Schnepp-Pesch et al.
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  5368045
ISD  19941100
NAM  Clement et al.
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  5476101
ISD  19951200
NAM  Schramm et al.
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  5535755
ISD  19960700
NAM  Heske
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  5551442
ISD  19960900
NAM  Kanner et al.
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  5564436
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hakky et al.
OCL  600567
FREF
PNO  0 238 461 A1
ISD  19860200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Nims, Howes, Collison, Hansen & Lackert
PCTA
PCN  PCT/IB97/00209
PD1  19980903
PD2  19980903
PD3  19970307
PCP  WO97/32524
PCD  19970912
ABST
PAR  A biopsy needle device includes a stem slidably inserted into a cannula.
      Both the stem and the cannula are slidably supported by a box-shaped case.
      The box-shaped case houses a first movable assembly; a second movable
      assembly; a charging mechanism associated to the first and the second
      movable assemblies; an unlocking element; and an enabling element. The
      first movable assembly supports the cannula and is subject to a first
      spring. The second movable assembly supports the stem and is subject to a
      second spring. The charging mechanism is operable from outside the case in
      order to charge the first spring and the second spring at a charging
      phase, wherein the movable assemblies are engaged with the case by hooking
      mechanisms. The unlocking element releases the hooking mechanisms at an
      intermediate phase, wherein the second spring is discharged, and at a
      discharging phase, wherein the first and the second springs are both
      discharged. The enabling element is rotatably supported by the case for
      enabling axial movement of the unlocking element when the device switches
      in sequence between the charging phase, the intermediate phase, and the
      discharging phase.
PATN
WKU  059891980
SRC  8
APN  8665753
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970530
TTL  Use of capillary electrophoresis to determine glomerular filtration rate
      using iothalamate
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Hindenburg; Max
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Wilson; David M.
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Bergert; Jan H.
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Landers; James P.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Liedtke; Robert R.
CTY  Kasson
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  600584
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  500
FSC  600
FSS  573;584
FSC   73
FSS  64.58;861;861.05;861.07
FSC  604
FSS  20
OREF
PAL  A1-Uzri, A., et al., "An Accurate Practical Method for Estimating GFR in
      Clinical Studies Using a Constant Subcutaneous Infusion", Kidney Intl.,
      41, 1701-1706, (1992).
PAL  Bajaj, G., et al., "125-Iodine-iothalamate clearance in children. A simple
      method to measure glomerular filtration", Ped. Nephrology, 10, 25-28,
      (1996).
PAL  Brochner-Mortensen, Jr., et al., "Renal Inulin Clearance versus Total
      Plasma Clearance of 51-Cr-EDTA", Scand. J. Clin. Lab. Invest., 23,
      301-305, (1969).
PAL  Brown, S.C., et al., "Iohexol Clearance for the Determination of Glomerular
      Filtration Rate in Clinical Practice: Evidence for a New Gold Standard",
      J. of Urology, 146, 675-679, (1991).
PAL  Bubeck, B., et al., "A new principle to normalize plasma concentrations
      allowing single-sample clearance determinations in both children and
      adults", Eur. J. on Nucl. Med., 19, 511-516, (1992).
PAL  Gaspari, F., et al., "Measurement of GFR with a single intravenous
      injection of nonradioactive iothalamate", Kidney Int., 41, 1081-1084,
      (1992).
PAL  Gaspari, F., et al., "Plasma Clearance of Nonradioactive Iohexol as a
      Measure of Glomerular Filtration Rate", J. of Am. Soc. of Nephrology, 6,
      2, 257-263, (1995).
PAL  Gordon, M.J., et al., "Capillary Electrophoresis", Science, 242, 224-228,
      (1988).
PAL  Holliday, M.A., et al., "Serial Measurements of GFR in Infants Using the
      Continuous Iothalamate Infusion Technique", Kidney Intl., 43, 839-898,
      (1993).
PAL  Isaka, Y., et al., "Modified Plasma Clearance Technique using
      Nonradioactive Iothalamate for Measuring GFR", Kidney Intl., 42,
      1006-1011, (1992).
PAL  Israelit, A.H., et al., "Measurement of Glomerular Filtration rate
      Utilizing a single Subcutaneous Injection of 125-I-iothalamate", Kidney
      Intl., 4, 346-349, (1973).
PAL  Jacobsson, L., "A Method for the Calculation of Renal Clearance Based on a
      Single Plasma Sample", Clin. Physiology, 3, 297-305, (1983).
PAL  O'Reilly, P.H., et al., "Measurement of the Plasma Clearance of Urographic
      contrast Media for the Determination of Glomerular Filtration Rate", J. of
      Urology, 139, 9-11, (1988).
PAL  Ott, N.T., et al., "A simple technique for estimating glomerular filtration
      rate with subcutaneous injection of [125I] Iothalamate", Mayo Clinic
      Proceedings, 50, 664-668, (1975).
PAL  Price, M., "Comparison of Creatinine Clearance to Inulin Clearance in the
      Determination of Glomerular Filtration Rate", J. Urol., 107, 339-340,
      (1972).
PAL  Prueksaritanont, T., et al., "Simple and micro high-performance liquid
      chromatographic method for simultaneous determination of a-aminohippuric
      acid and iothalamate in biological fluids", J. of Chromatoraphy, 30X,
      89-97, (1984).
PAL  Rocco, M.V., et al., "Capillary electrophoresis for the determination of
      glomerular filtration rate using nonradioactive iohexol", Am. J. of Kidney
      Diseases, 28, 2, 173-177, (1996).
PAL  Rocco, M.V., et al., "Measurement of glomerular filtration rate using
      nonradioactive iohexol: Comparison of two One-Compartment models", Am. J.
      of Nephrology, 16, 138-143, (1996).
PAL  Shihabi, Z.K., "Clinical Applications of Capillary Electrophoresis", Ann.
      of Clin. and Lab. Sci., 22, 6, 398-405, (1992).
PAL  Shihabi, Z.K., et al., "Iohexol in serum determined by capillary
      electrophoresis", Clin. Chem., 38, 10, 2117-2120, (1992).
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg, Woessner & Kluth, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A method is provided to determine glomerular filtration rate employing
      capillary electrophoresis to measure the concentration of a non-labeled
      iothalamic acid salt in urine and blood samples.
PATN
WKU  059891998
SRC  8
APN  7574665
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19961127
TTL  Tissue examination
ISD  19991123
NCL  93
ECL  1
EXA  Wingood; Pamela L.
EXP  O'Connor; Cary
NDR  14
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Cundari; Michael A.
CTY  Hingham
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  West; Alan I.
CTY  Hopkinton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Theriault; Richard H.
CTY  Lincoln
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Noble; Brian D.
CTY  Weymouth
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Widder; David R.
CTY  Newton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Assurance Medical, Inc.
CTY  Hopkinton
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  600587
XCL  600595
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  5103
FSC  600
FSS  587;594;595
UREF
PNO  Re30446
ISD  19801200
NAM  Meyers et al.
OCL  128736
UREF
PNO  Re32000
ISD  19851000
NAM  Sagi
OCL  128736
UREF
PNO  3154789
ISD  19641100
NAM  Lewis, Jr.
OCL    2104
UREF
PNO  3308476
ISD  19670300
NAM  Kleesattel
UREF
PNO  3323352
ISD  19670600
NAM  Branson
UREF
PNO  3744490
ISD  19730700
NAM  Fernandez
OCL  128  2.05
UREF
PNO  3847139
ISD  19741100
NAM  Flam
OCL  128  2H
UREF
PNO  3854471
ISD  19741200
NAM  Wild
OCL  128  2V
UREF
PNO  3880145
ISD  19750400
NAM  Blick
OCL  128  2.05
UREF
PNO  3970862
ISD  19760700
NAM  Edelman et al.
OCL  307 88ET
UREF
PNO  3972227
ISD  19760800
NAM  Tomilov
OCL   73 67.7
UREF
PNO  3996922
ISD  19761200
NAM  Basham
OCL  128  2R
UREF
PNO  4001951
ISD  19770100
NAM  Fasse
OCL   35 17
UREF
PNO  4023562
ISD  19770500
NAM  Hynecek et al.
OCL  128  2.05E
UREF
PNO  4025165
ISD  19770500
NAM  Sollish et al.
OCL  350161S
UREF
PNO  4132224
ISD  19790100
NAM  Randolph
OCL  128  2S
UREF
PNO  4134218
ISD  19790100
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL   35 17
UREF
PNO  4135497
ISD  19790100
NAM  Meyers et al.
OCL  128  2H
UREF
PNO  4144877
ISD  19790300
NAM  Frei et al.
OCL  128  2S
UREF
PNO  4159640
ISD  19790700
NAM  Leveque et al.
OCL   73 81
UREF
PNO  4190058
ISD  19800200
NAM  Sagi
OCL  128736
UREF
PNO  4212306
ISD  19800700
NAM  Mahmud
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  4219708
ISD  19800800
NAM  Rubey
OCL  200 61.47
UREF
PNO  4250894
ISD  19810200
NAM  Frei et al.
OCL  128774
UREF
PNO  4286602
ISD  19810900
NAM  Guy
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  4291708
ISD  19810900
NAM  Frei et al.
OCL  128734
UREF
PNO  4458694
ISD  19840700
NAM  Sollish et al.
OCL  128734
UREF
PNO  4503865
ISD  19850300
NAM  Shishido
OCL  128774
UREF
PNO  4524778
ISD  19850600
NAM  Brown, Jr. et al.
OCL  128736
UREF
PNO  4555953
ISD  19851200
NAM  Dario et al.
OCL   73862.04
UREF
PNO  4570638
ISD  19860200
NAM  Stoddart et al.
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  4600011
ISD  19860700
NAM  Watmough
OCL  128664
UREF
PNO  4641659
ISD  19870200
NAM  Sepponen
OCL  128653
UREF
PNO  4641661
ISD  19870200
NAM  Kalarickal
OCL  128744
UREF
PNO  4651749
ISD  19870300
NAM  Sagi
OCL  128736
UREF
PNO  4657021
ISD  19870400
NAM  Perry et al.
OCL  128630
UREF
PNO  4729378
ISD  19880300
NAM  Trittenbass
OCL  128645
UREF
PNO  4737109
ISD  19880400
NAM  Abramson
OCL  434267
UREF
PNO  4768516
ISD  19880900
NAM  Stoddart et al.
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  4774961
ISD  19881000
NAM  Carr
OCL  128736
UREF
PNO  4790329
ISD  19881200
NAM  Simon
OCL  128749
UREF
PNO  4793354
ISD  19881200
NAM  Wright et al.
OCL  128630
UREF
PNO  4807637
ISD  19890200
NAM  Bjorkhom
OCL  128664
UREF
PNO  4810875
ISD  19890300
NAM  Wyatt
OCL  250227
UREF
PNO  4817623
ISD  19890400
NAM  Stoddart et al.
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  4873982
ISD  19891000
NAM  Morrison
OCL  128630
UREF
PNO  4886070
ISD  19891200
NAM  Demarest
OCL  128675
UREF
PNO  4944298
ISD  19900700
NAM  Sholder
OCL  607 14
UREF
PNO  5010772
ISD  19910400
NAM  Bourland et al.
OCL   73862.04
UREF
PNO  5012817
ISD  19910500
NAM  Zeilinski et al.
OCL  128744
UREF
PNO  5031634
ISD  19910700
NAM  Simon
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  5079698
ISD  19920100
NAM  Grenier et al.
OCL  364413.13
UREF
PNO  5099848
ISD  19920300
NAM  Parker et al.
OCL  128661.07
UREF
PNO  5140989
ISD  19920800
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  5143079
ISD  19920900
NAM  Frei et al.
OCL  128734
UREF
PNO  5212637
ISD  19930500
NAM  Saxena
OCL  364413.26
UREF
PNO  5221269
ISD  19930600
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  604281
UREF
PNO  5265612
ISD  19931100
NAM  Sarvazyan et al.
OCL  128660.01
UREF
PNO  5301681
ISD  19940400
NAM  DeBan et al.
OCL  128736
UREF
PNO  5301682
ISD  19940400
NAM  Debbas
OCL  128737
UREF
PNO  5333612
ISD  19940800
NAM  Wild
OCL  128660.9
UREF
PNO  5511561
ISD  19960400
NAM  Wanderman et al.
OCL  128779
UREF
PNO  5524636
ISD  19960600
NAM  Sarvazyan et al.
UREF
PNO  5678565
ISD  19971000
NAM  Sarvazyan
UREF
PNO  5785663
ISD  19980700
NAM  Sarvazyan
OCL  600587
UREF
PNO  5795308
ISD  19980800
NAM  Russin
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  5807276
ISD  19980900
NAM  Russin
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  5833634
ISD  19981100
NAM  Laird et al.
OCL  600587
FREF
PNO  PCT/US96/17173
ISD  19961000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 086 575
ISD  19820500
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  E.J. Chen et al., "Ultrasound Tissue Displacement Imaging with Application
      to Breast Cancer", 1995, Ultrasound in Med. & Biol., vol. 21, No. 9, pp.
      1153-1156, Michigan, U.S.A.
PAL  R.S. Fearing et al., "A Tactile Sensing Finger Tip for a Dextrous Hand",
      Oct. 1986, 5th SPIE Intelligent Robotics and Computer Vision, pp. 1-10,
      Cambridge, Massachusetts.
PAL  Brian S. Garra, et al. "Elastography of Breast Lesions: Initial Clinical
      Results" 1997, Radiology, vol. 202, pp. 69-86.
PAL  F. Kallel et al., "Fundamental Limitations on the Contrast-Transfer
      Efficiency in Elastography: an Analytic Study", 1996, Ultrasound in Med. &
      Biol., vol. 22, No. 4, pp. 463-470.
PAL  Dr. Ricki Lewis, "New Imaging Technology May Detect Early Cancer",
      Biophotonics in Action, Oct. 1996, Photonics Spectra, pp. 52-53.
PAL  G. Piperno et al., "Breast Cancer Screening by Impedance Measurements",
      1990, Frontiers Med. Biol. Engng. vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 111-117.
PAL  G.I. Pressman et al., "A Transducer for the Continuous External Measurement
      of Arterial Blood Pressure", 1960s, IEEE Transactions on Bio-Medical
      Electronics.
PAL  Martin Feder et al., "Transducer Characteristics for Ultrasonic
      Stereoholography", Dec. 1976, Bull. N.Y. Acad. Med., vol. 52, No. 10, pp.
      1207-1223.
PAL  B.D. Sollish et al., "Microprocessor-Assisted Screening Techniques", 1981,
      Israel J. Med. Sci., pp. 859-864, Israel.
PAL  R.G. Stevens et al., "The use of Difference of Gaussian Image Filtering to
      Assess Objectively the Correlations Between Breast Vascularity and Breast
      Cancer", 1988, Phys. Med. Biol., vol. 33, No. 12, pp. 1417-1431, U.K.
PAL  John D. Laird et al., Tissue Examination; Filed Nov. 9, 1995, USSN
      08/556,161; Batch No. E92.
PAL  Allowed claims in John D. Laird et al., Tissue Examination; Filed Nov. 9,
      1995, USSN 08/556,161; Batch No. E92.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A tissue examination device includes a plurality of sensors, each of which
      produces a signal in response to pressure imposed on the sensor in
      accordance with the properties of different types of underlying tissue
      structures as the sensor is pressed against the tissue. A plurality of
      processing tests are performed on the signals, and the different types of
      the underlying tissue structures are discriminated from each other based
      on the results of the tests.
PATN
WKU  059892005
SRC  9
APN  0539090
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980402
TTL  Exercise amount measuring device capable of displaying the amount of
      exercise to be performed further
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Wingood; Pamela L.
EXP  Hindenburg; Max
NDR  28
NFG  47
INVT
NAM  Yoshimura; Manabu
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hasegawa; Maki
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hatakenaka; Tsukasa
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tabata; Makoto
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamasawa; Tsutomu
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takenaka; Masaaki
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Tomoo
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morita; Kazuyuki
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Omron Corporation
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940907
APN  6-213362
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940907
APN  6-213363
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940912
APN  6-217109
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950310
APN  7-50852
RLAP
COD  74
APN  528634
APD  19950907
PSC  01
PNO  5788655
CLAS
OCL  600587
XCL  600595
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  5103
FSC  364
FSS  415;561
FSC  272
FSS  73
FSC  600
FSS  587
UREF
PNO  3797010
ISD  19740300
NAM  Adler et al.
OCL  340323
UREF
PNO  4192000
ISD  19800300
NAM  Lipsey
OCL  364415
UREF
PNO  4828257
ISD  19890500
NAM  Dyer et al.
OCL  272129
UREF
PNO  4911427
ISD  19900300
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  272 73
UREF
PNO  4962469
ISD  19901000
NAM  Ono et al.
OCL  364561
UREF
PNO  5479939
ISD  19960100
NAM  Ogino
OCL  128782
UREF
PNO  5640774
ISD  19970600
NAM  Goldman
OCL   33 15
FREF
PNO  5-36166
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Morrison & Foerster LLP
ABST
PAL  Total consumed calories are indicated in an upper portion of a display. A
      life activity intensity of each of the past seven days and an average life
      activity intensity over the same period are indicated by a bar graph in a
      lower portion of the display. The life activity intensity is classified
      into rank I (light), rank II (medium), and rank III (a little heavy). A
      total exercise amount (i.e., total consumed calories) and a life activity
      intensity are calculated and automatically displayed at the end of a day.
PATN
WKU  059892013
SRC  8
APN  9799532
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19971126
TTL  Device for measuring the mobility of the back or trunk of a patient
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Hindenburg; Max
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Brunner; Wolfgang
CTY  Isny Deutchland
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Zebris Medizintechnik Gmbh
CTY  Isny
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961128
APN  196 49 399
CLAS
OCL  600595
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  500
FSC  600
FSS  587;594;595
UREF
PNO  4699156
ISD  19871000
NAM  Gracovetsky
OCL  600595
UREF
PNO  5143088
ISD  19920900
NAM  Marras et al.
OCL  600594
UREF
PNO  5203346
ISD  19930400
NAM  Fuhr et al.
OCL  600594
UREF
PNO  5337758
ISD  19940800
NAM  Moore et al.
OCL  600595
UREF
PNO  5398697
ISD  19950300
NAM  Spielman
OCL  600595
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a device for measuring the mobility of the back or
      trunk of a patient by determining the travel of the three-dimensional
      absolute positions of at least three reference points in a reference area
      of the device with respect to a stationary measuring device with a contact
      area forming a support plane, with the reference points defining a
      reference area that is located transversely with respect to the support
      plane.
PATN
WKU  059892021
SRC  9
APN  0374598
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980310
TTL  Medical ultrasonic generator
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Mullins; B
EXP  Ramirez; Nestor
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Noda; Kenichi
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yayama; Toshihiko
CTY  Saga-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumoto; Etsuo
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  TEN Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970318
APN  9-085927
CLAS
OCL  601  2
XCL  310322
XCL  310 26
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  700
FSC  601
FSS  1;2
FSC  600
FSS  439;372
FSC  310
FSS  26;370;322
FSC  607
FSS  1;2;145;152;154
FSC  604
FSS  20
UREF
PNO  2728869
ISD  19551200
NAM  Pohlman
OCL  310 26
UREF
PNO  3170102
ISD  19650200
NAM  Hayes
OCL  318118
UREF
PNO  3357684
ISD  19671200
NAM  Kunnen
OCL  310 26
UREF
PNO  3828769
ISD  19740800
NAM  Mettler
OCL  601  2
UREF
PNO  4269176
ISD  19810500
NAM  Beyer et al.
OCL  128 24A
UREF
PNO  4530360
ISD  19850700
NAM  Duarte
OCL  601  1
UREF
PNO  5070316
ISD  19911200
NAM  Engdahl et al.
OCL  335215
UREF
PNO  5558623
ISD  19960900
NAM  Cody
OCL  601  2
UREF
PNO  5823962
ISD  19981000
NAM  Schaetzle et al.
OCL  601  2
FREF
PNO  10-70392
ISD  19981000
CNT  JPX
ICL  H05K  900
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A medical ultrasonic generator having an ultrasonic radiator wound with
      coils connected to a high-frequency oscillator, when the radiator is
      provided with a sintered element consisting essentially of Ni--Zn having a
      thickness of 8 to 20 mm. The ferrite element can effectively apply the
      ultrasonic oscillation to a human body to improve the effect of medical
      treatment. Further, the medical ultrasonic generator is superior in terms
      of workability as a medical treatment because of its ability to
      effectively apply the ultrasonic oscillation to the affected part even
      through the clothing worn by a patient.
PATN
WKU  059892030
SRC  8
APN  6913458
APT  1
ART  331
APD  19960802
TTL  Steam massaging device
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Koo; Benjamin K.
EXP  Nguyen; Kien T.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Wang; Chun-chung
STR  9, Lane 1096, Chun Jih Road
CTY  Taoyuan
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  601 15
XCL  601 22
XCL  601134
EDF  6
ICL  A61H 3306
FSC  601
FSS  154;155;160;134;15;16;18;22
FSC  604
FSS  291
FSC  607
FSS  111;108
UREF
PNO  1424756
ISD  19220700
NAM  Arnoa
OCL  604291
UREF
PNO  3749092
ISD  19730700
NAM  Williams
OCL  604 24
UREF
PNO  4292971
ISD  19811000
NAM  Smit et al.
OCL  128256
UREF
PNO  4399349
ISD  19830800
NAM  Deming et al.
OCL  219276
UREF
PNO  4446855
ISD  19840500
NAM  Friedson
OCL  601 15
UREF
PNO  5056507
ISD  19911000
NAM  Yum
OCL  601136
UREF
PNO  5098414
ISD  19920300
NAM  Walker
OCL  604291
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas
ABST
PAL  A steam massaging device includes a steam generator, a main tube and a
      massaging means. The steam generator comprises a boiler, a seal lid and a
      steam outlet. The steam outlet has one end located above the boiler and
      the other end connected to one end of the main tube. The main tube has the
      other end connected to the massaging means for conducting steam to an
      interior of the massaging means. The massaging means comprises at least
      one massaging plate assembly or one massaging rod assembly. The massaging
      plate assemblies are interconnected, and the massaging rod is connected to
      the massaging plate assembly/assemblies so that steam can flow through
      them. The massaging device may be used to massaging the back and waist as
      well as the soles.
PATN
WKU  059892048
SRC  8
APN  8168075
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970319
TTL  Foot-mounted venous compression device
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Koo; Benjamin K.
EXP  Apley; Richard J.
NDR  2
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Lina; Cesar Z.
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Kinetic Concepts, Inc.
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  428268
APD  19950425
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  275920
APD  19940714
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  000545
APD  19930104
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  766576
APD  19910927
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  601152
XCL  601151
XCL  601149
XCL  601148
EDF  6
ICL  A61H  700
FSC  601
FSS  148;149;150;151;152
UREF
PNO  1304915
ISD  19190500
NAM  Spinney
OCL   36153
UREF
PNO  1492514
ISD  19240400
NAM  Jensen
UREF
PNO  2708930
ISD  19550500
NAM  Lowman
OCL  602 27
UREF
PNO  3303841
ISD  19670200
NAM  Dennis
UREF
PNO  3391692
ISD  19680700
NAM  Spielberg
UREF
PNO  3654919
ISD  19720400
NAM  Birtwell
UREF
PNO  3773036
ISD  19731100
NAM  Weyer
OCL  128686
UREF
PNO  3993053
ISD  19761100
NAM  Grossan
UREF
PNO  4033337
ISD  19770700
NAM  Raczkowski
OCL  128686
UREF
PNO  4054129
ISD  19771000
NAM  Byars et al.
UREF
PNO  4077402
ISD  19780300
NAM  Benjamin, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4314412
ISD  19820200
NAM  Anderson
OCL   36100
UREF
PNO  4343302
ISD  19820800
NAM  Dillon
UREF
PNO  4413620
ISD  19831100
NAM  Tucker
UREF
PNO  4419988
ISD  19831200
NAM  Mummert
UREF
PNO  4590925
ISD  19860500
NAM  Dillion
UREF
PNO  4696289
ISD  19870900
NAM  Gardner
OCL  128 40
UREF
PNO  4738249
ISD  19880400
NAM  Linman et al.
UREF
PNO  4747398
ISD  19880500
NAM  Wright
UREF
PNO  4753226
ISD  19880600
NAM  Zheng et al.
UREF
PNO  4773170
ISD  19880900
NAM  Moore
OCL   36110
UREF
PNO  4809684
ISD  19890300
NAM  Gardner et al.
UREF
PNO  4832010
ISD  19890500
NAM  Lerman
OCL  602 65
UREF
PNO  4865020
ISD  19890900
NAM  Bullard
UREF
PNO  4971044
ISD  19901100
NAM  Dye
OCL  128 24R
UREF
PNO  5052128
ISD  19911000
NAM  Lonardo
OCL  602 23
UREF
PNO  5113877
ISD  19920500
NAM  Johnson
OCL  128869
UREF
PNO  5176624
ISD  19930100
NAM  Kuehnreich
OCL  602 65
UREF
PNO  5354260
ISD  19941000
NAM  Cook
OCL  601149
FREF
PNO  0039629
ISD  19811100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0514204A1
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  837750
ISD  19510800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  77-14667
ISD  19770500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  635094
ISD  19860900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  47-10392
ISD  19721000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  48-20636
ISD  19730300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  52142889
ISD  19771100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2168234
ISD  19860600
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Bradley, JOhn G. et al., The Use of Intermittent Plantar Venous Impulse
      Compression to Reduce Post-Operative Deep Venous Thrombosis, on or about
      Feb. 18, 1991.
PAL  "EBI Venous Pump System" 2000, Test Report, BSI Testing Services, Jul. 21,
      1986.
PAL  Kakkar, V.V. and N.V. Wilson, An Evaluation of the A-VI Foot Pump as
      Prophylaxis Against VEnous Thromboembolism in Total Knee Replacement,
      Publication data unknown.
PAL  Koslow, Alan R. et al., "The Foot Pump An Anatomic and Physiological Study
      of the Plantar Venous Plexus," Uknown.
PAL  McMullin, G.M. et al., "Comparison of Calf and Foot Venous Pumps in
      Patients with Cronic Venous Insufficiency," Unknown.
PAL  Morgan, R.H. et al., Increased Popliteal Arterial Blood Flow During
      Intermittent Impulse Compression of the Foot in Normal Subjects and in
      Patients with Vascular Disease, Unknown.
PAL  Rastgeldi, Selahaddin, Intermittent Pressure Treatment of Peripheral
      Vascular Diseases, (1972) 19-29.
PAL  Styf, J., "The Venous Pump of the Human Foot," Clinical Physiology, vol. 10
      (1990) 77-84.
PAL  Thesis by James C. W. Parrott, entitled The Effect of a Mechanical Venous
      Pump on the Circulation in the Feet in the Presence of Arterial
      Obstruction, Oct. 1972.
PAL  Collard, J.J. et al "Action De La Pompe Veineuse Du Pied Chez Des Patients
      Atteints D'Acro-Angiodermatitis", Phlebologie, 31(3), 249-256 (1978).
PAL  Anonymous, "Physical methods of prophylaxis against venous thrombosis",
      British Medical Journal, 282, 1241-1342 (1981).
PAL  Binnis M. et al, "Anatomy of the 'venous foot pump", Injury 19, 443-445
      (1988).
PAL  Gardner, A.M.N. et al, The Return of Blood To The Heart venous pumps in
      health and disease, John Libbey & Company Ltd.
PAL  Fox, R.H. and G rdner, A.M.N., "P antar Venous Pump", Injury 21, 129-130
      (1990).
LREP
FRM  Wayne J. Colton, Inc.
ABST
PAL  A medical device having an expandable fluid-tight bladder formed integral
      within a wrap (or sheath) that can be securely fastened onto a human foot.
      The foot wrap positions and holds the bladder under the arch of the foot
      so as to compress the sole area when the bladder is inflated. The foot
      wrap is soft, lightweight, flexible and suitable for extended wear with
      minimum discomfort. It can be readily used with a pneumatic or hydraulic
      pressure applicator or cyclic pump to promote blood circulation in the
      legs of bedridden patients.
PATN
WKU  059892056
SRC  9
APN  0749443
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980508
TTL  Solution applicator system
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Ruhl; Dennis
EXP  Weiss; John G.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Pond; Gary J.
CTY  Racine
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Butler; Michael S.
CTY  Round Lake Heights
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Inter-Med, LLC.
CTY  Racine
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604  3
XCL  206362
XCL  206363
XCL  206368
XCL  206438
XCL  206443
XCL  206570
XCL  206572
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 3500
ICL  B65D 8310
ICL  B65D 6900
ICL  A61B 1706
FSC  206
FSS  361;362;363;368;438;443;557;570;572
FSC  604
FSS  1-3
UREF
PNO  1637153
ISD  19270700
NAM  Lawton
UREF
PNO  3643812
ISD  19720200
NAM  Mander et al.
OCL  211 74
UREF
PNO  3835834
ISD  19740900
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  604  3
UREF
PNO  3913564
ISD  19751000
NAM  Freshley
OCL  206368
UREF
PNO  4211323
ISD  19800700
NAM  Olsen
OCL  206210
UREF
PNO  4510119
ISD  19850400
NAM  Hevey
OCL  422 71
UREF
PNO  4887994
ISD  19891200
NAM  Bedford
UREF
PNO  4986289
ISD  19910100
NAM  McWhorter
UREF
PNO  5112297
ISD  19920500
NAM  Stalup et al.
UREF
PNO  5203450
ISD  19930400
NAM  Benetti
UREF
PNO  5240415
ISD  19930800
NAM  Haynie
UREF
PNO  5350059
ISD  19940900
NAM  Chester et al.
UREF
PNO  5378226
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hanifl et al.
UREF
PNO  5429229
ISD  19950700
NAM  Chester et al.
UREF
PNO  5538129
ISD  19960700
NAM  Chester et al.
UREF
PNO  5636736
ISD  19970600
NAM  Jacobs et al.
LREP
FRM  Ryan Kromholz & Manion, S.C.
ABST
PAL  A solution applicator system comprising a retainer and a plurality of
      solution retaining containers removably coupled to the retainer. Each
      container has a removable end and a closed end and includes a receptacle,
      having an open end and a sealing structure sealing the open end, and an
      applicator member, having at least one end coupled to an absorbing
      material, both housed within the container.
PATN
WKU  059892064
SRC  8
APN  9621644
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971031
TTL  Apparatus and method for the dialysis of blood
ISD  19991123
NCL  66
ECL  1
EXA  Huseman; Cheryl L.
EXP  McDermott; Corrine
NDR  23
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Prosl; Frank R.
CTY  Duxbury
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Estabrook; Brian K.
CTY  Foxboro
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Biolink Corporation
CTY  Middleboro
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604  5
XCL  604  4
XCL  604 93
XCL  604523
XCL  604264
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 3700
ICL  A61M 1100
ICL  A61M  500
ICL  A61M 2500
FSC  604
FSS  4;5;93;523;264
UREF
PNO  B2Re31873
ISD  19890900
NAM  Howes
OCL  128674
UREF
PNO  274447
ISD  18830300
NAM  Kennish
UREF
PNO  3331371
ISD  19670700
NAM  Rocchi et al.
OCL  128349
UREF
PNO  3888249
ISD  19750600
NAM  Spencer
OCL  128214
UREF
PNO  3952747
ISD  19760400
NAM  Kimmell, Jr.
OCL  128303
UREF
PNO  4108173
ISD  19780800
NAM  Slivenko et al.
OCL  128214
UREF
PNO  4243034
ISD  19810100
NAM  Brandt
OCL  128214.4
UREF
PNO  4403983
ISD  19830900
NAM  Edelman et al.
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  4417888
ISD  19831100
NAM  Cosentino et al.
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  4484912
ISD  19841100
NAM  Raible
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  4493696
ISD  19850100
NAM  Uldall
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  4496350
ISD  19850100
NAM  Cosentino
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  4543088
ISD  19850900
NAM  Bootman et al.
OCL  604 93
UREF
PNO  4548597
ISD  19851000
NAM  Nelson
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  4549879
ISD  19851000
NAM  Groshong et al.
OCL  604247
UREF
PNO  4568329
ISD  19860200
NAM  Mahurkar
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  4657536
ISD  19870400
NAM  Dorman
OCL  604247
UREF
PNO  4671796
ISD  19870600
NAM  Groshong et al.
OCL  604247
UREF
PNO  4673394
ISD  19870600
NAM  Fenton, Jr. et al.
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  4685905
ISD  19870800
NAM  Jeanneret nee Aab
OCL  604247
UREF
PNO  4692146
ISD  19870900
NAM  Hilger
OCL  604 93
UREF
PNO  4701166
ISD  19871000
NAM  Groshong et al.
OCL  604247
UREF
PNO  4704103
ISD  19871100
NAM  Stober et al.
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  4705501
ISD  19871100
NAM  Wigness et al.
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  4759752
ISD  19880700
NAM  Stober
OCL  604247
UREF
PNO  4772270
ISD  19880900
NAM  Wiita et al.
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  4802885
ISD  19890200
NAM  Weeks et al.
OCL  694 93
UREF
PNO  4808155
ISD  19890200
NAM  Mahurkar
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  4846791
ISD  19890700
NAM  Hattler et al.
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  4846806
ISD  19890700
NAM  Wigness et al.
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  4892518
ISD  19900100
NAM  Cupp et al.
OCL  604 93
UREF
PNO  4898669
ISD  19900200
NAM  Tesio
OCL  210232
UREF
PNO  4973319
ISD  19901100
NAM  Melsky
OCL  604247
UREF
PNO  4994042
ISD  19910200
NAM  Vadher
OCL  605165
UREF
PNO  5030210
ISD  19910700
NAM  Alchas
OCL  604247
UREF
PNO  5041098
ISD  19910800
NAM  Loiterman et al.
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  5053004
ISD  19911000
NAM  Markel et al.
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  5057084
ISD  19911000
NAM  Ensminger et al.
OCL  604167
UREF
PNO  5106368
ISD  19920400
NAM  Uldall et al.
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  5112301
ISD  19920500
NAM  Fenton, Jr. et al.
OCL  604 30
UREF
PNO  5152777
ISD  19921000
NAM  Goldberg et al.
OCL  606200
UREF
PNO  5156600
ISD  19921000
NAM  Young
OCL  604247
UREF
PNO  5167623
ISD  19921200
NAM  Cianci et al.
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  5167638
ISD  19921200
NAM  Felix et al.
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  5171216
ISD  19921200
NAM  Dasse et al.
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  5176627
ISD  19930100
NAM  Watson
OCL  604  8
UREF
PNO  5176653
ISD  19930100
NAM  Metais
OCL  604167
UREF
PNO  5180365
ISD  19930100
NAM  Ensminger et al.
OCL  604 93
UREF
PNO  5188593
ISD  19930200
NAM  Martin
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  5197951
ISD  19930300
NAM  Mahurkar
OCL  604 93
UREF
PNO  5197976
ISD  19930300
NAM  Herweck et al.
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  5203771
ISD  19930400
NAM  Melker et al.
OCL  604 53
UREF
PNO  5209723
ISD  19930500
NAM  Twardowski et al.
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  5221255
ISD  19930600
NAM  Mahurkar et al.
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  5224938
ISD  19930700
NAM  Fenton, Jr.
OCL  604247
UREF
PNO  5256146
ISD  19931000
NAM  Ensminger et al.
OCL  604104
UREF
PNO  5263930
ISD  19931100
NAM  Ensminger
OCL  604 93
UREF
PNO  5290263
ISD  19940300
NAM  Wigness et al.
OCL  604247
UREF
PNO  5306255
ISD  19940400
NAM  Haindl
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  5318545
ISD  19940600
NAM  Tucker
OCL  604244
UREF
PNO  5336194
ISD  19940800
NAM  Polaschegg et al.
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  5346471
ISD  19940900
NAM  Raulerson
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  5350360
ISD  19940900
NAM  Ensminger et al.
OCL  604 93
UREF
PNO  5360407
ISD  19941100
NAM  Leonard
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  5380276
ISD  19950100
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  604 28
UREF
PNO  5399168
ISD  19950300
NAM  Wadsworth, Jr. et al.
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  5451206
ISD  19950900
NAM  Young
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  5472418
ISD  19951200
NAM  Palestrant
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  5486159
ISD  19960100
NAM  Mahurakar
OCL  604  4
UREF
PNO  5509900
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kirkman
OCL  604104
UREF
PNO  5520664
ISD  19960500
NAM  Bricault, Jr. et al.
OCL  604265
UREF
PNO  5556381
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ensiminger
OCL  604 93
UREF
PNO  5562617
ISD  19961000
NAM  Finch, Jr. et al.
OCL  604 93
UREF
PNO  5571093
ISD  19961100
NAM  Cruz et al.
OCL  604270
UREF
PNO  5624413
ISD  19970400
NAM  Markel et al.
OCL  604280
UREF
PNO  5685867
ISD  19971100
NAM  Twardowski et al.
OCL  604280
UREF
PNO  5688245
ISD  19971100
NAM  Runge
OCL  604151
UREF
PNO  5702365
ISD  19971200
NAM  King
OCL  604105
UREF
PNO  5769821
ISD  19980600
NAM  Abrahamson et al.
OCL  604104
UREF
PNO  5776111
ISD  19980700
NAM  Tesio
OCL  604264
UREF
PNO  5792104
ISD  19980800
NAM  Speckman et al.
OCL  604 93
UREF
PNO  5797869
ISD  19980800
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  5807311
ISD  19980900
NAM  Palestrant
OCL  604 28
UREF
PNO  5810789
ISD  19980900
NAM  Powers et al.
OCL  604280
UREF
PNO  5833654
ISD  19981100
NAM  Powers et al.
OCL  604 93
FREF
PNO  9625196
ISD  19960800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "lettres", La Presse Medicale, 4 avril 1992, 2 pages, including
      translation.
PAL  "A New Vascular Access Catheter for Hedmodialysis", American Journal of
      Kidney Diseases, vol. 21, No. 3, (Mar.), 8 pages 1993.
PAL  "Central venous catheters for haemodialysis: looking for optimal blood
      flow", European Renal Association--European Dialysis and Transplant
      Association, 1997, 3 pages.
PAL  "Fibrin Sheet Covering Subclavian or Femoral Dialysis Catheters",
      Artificial Organs, vol. 18, No. 4, 1994, 2 pages.
PAL  "Utilisation en hemodialyse chronique de la technique du site implantable",
      Nephrologie, vol. 15, No. 2, 1994, 4 pages, including translation.
LREP
FRM  Pandiscio & Pandiscio
ABST
PAL  Improved apparatus and method for the dialysis of blood. The improved
      apparatus comprises a subcutaneous port and catheter assembly comprising a
      connector portion comprising a subcutaneous port element, and a catheter
      portion comprising a catheter element. The improved apparatus also
      comprises a novel percutaneous catheter assembly comprising a catheter
      portion comprising a catheter element, and a connector portion comprising
      an extracorporeal connector element.
PATN
WKU  059892072
SRC  8
APN  9626344
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971103
TTL  Double swirl stent
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Bianco; Patricia
EXP  McDermott; Corrine
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hughes; Boyd R.
STR  1469 Stacy Dr., Blg. 29
CTY  Canton
STA  MI
ZIP  48188-1401
CLAS
OCL  604  8
XCL  623 12
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  500
ICL  A61F  204
FSC  604
FSS  8-9;27;43;106;523;540;93;264
FSC  600
FSS  29
FSC  623
FSS  1;11;12;66
UREF
PNO  4230115
ISD  19801000
NAM  Walz, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4710169
ISD  19871200
NAM  Christopher
UREF
PNO  4740207
ISD  19880400
NAM  Kreamer
UREF
PNO  5112306
ISD  19920500
NAM  Burton et al.
UREF
PNO  5147385
ISD  19920900
NAM  Beck et al.
UREF
PNO  5192310
ISD  19930300
NAM  Herweck et al.
UREF
PNO  5197996
ISD  19930300
NAM  Reid et al.
UREF
PNO  5295979
ISD  19940300
NAM  DeLaurentis et al.
UREF
PNO  5306226
ISD  19940400
NAM  Salama
UREF
PNO  5411550
ISD  19950500
NAM  Herweck et al.
UREF
PNO  5501669
ISD  19960300
NAM  Conway et al.
UREF
PNO  5507786
ISD  19960400
NAM  Morgan et al.
UREF
PNO  5514178
ISD  19960500
NAM  Torchio
LREP
FRM  Dykema Gossett PLLC
ABST
PAL  A stent that is intended to be introduced into a human person has an
      elongated one-piece body with an outer wall of generally uniform thickness
      and with an exterior cylindrical surface. The body has a first
      longitudinally extending axis forming the center line for the cylindrical
      surface. A tubular passage is located within the interior of the body and
      has a second longitudinal axis which is parallel to and spaced from the
      first longitudinal axis. The passage has a generally cylindrical wall
      formed in part by the outer wall of the body. An elongated channel is
      located within the interior of the body and partially enclose the
      generally cylindrical wall of the tubular passage. The outer wall has an
      entrance slot therein for opening the channel. The slot is spaced from the
      cylindrical wall of the tubular passage. The passage, channel and slot
      each extending the entire length of the body.
PATN
WKU  059892080
SRC  8
APN  8574162
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970516
TTL  Therapeutic ultrasound system
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Finkel; Sharon
EXP  McDermott; Corrine
NDR  5
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Nita; Henry
STR  26051 Malaga La.
CTY  Mission Viejo
STA  CA
ZIP  92692
CLAS
OCL  604 22
XCL  600467
XCL  600470
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1720
FSC  604
FSS  19-22;96;102;113;282;283;905;912;915;916
FSC  600
FSS  437;459;462;466;467;470;471
FSC  601
FSS  2
FSC  128
FSS  200.16
FSC  433
FSS  86
UREF
PNO  4417578
ISD  19831100
NAM  Banko
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4425115
ISD  19840100
NAM  Wuchinich
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4572184
ISD  19860200
NAM  Stohl et al.
UREF
PNO  4721117
ISD  19880100
NAM  Mar et al.
OCL  604170
UREF
PNO  4838853
ISD  19890600
NAM  Parisi
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4920954
ISD  19900500
NAM  Alliger et al.
OCL  606128
UREF
PNO  5026384
ISD  19910600
NAM  Farr et al.
OCL  606159
UREF
PNO  5046503
ISD  19910900
NAM  Schneiderman
OCL  600470
UREF
PNO  5127917
ISD  19920700
NAM  Niederhauser et al.
OCL  606191
UREF
PNO  5156143
ISD  19921000
NAM  Bocquet et al.
OCL  128 24AA
UREF
PNO  5180363
ISD  19930100
NAM  Idemoto et al.
OCL  202 32
UREF
PNO  5195955
ISD  19930300
NAM  Don Michael
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5226421
ISD  19930700
NAM  Frisbie et al.
OCL  600470
UREF
PNO  5242385
ISD  19930900
NAM  Strukel
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5248296
ISD  19930900
NAM  Alliger
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5255669
ISD  19931000
NAM  Kubota et al.
OCL  128 24AA
UREF
PNO  5267954
ISD  19931200
NAM  Nita
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5269297
ISD  19931200
NAM  Weng et al.
OCL  128 24AA
UREF
PNO  5304115
ISD  19940400
NAM  Pflueger et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5312328
ISD  19940500
NAM  Nita et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5318570
ISD  19940600
NAM  Hood et al.
OCL  606 99
UREF
PNO  5378234
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hammerslag et al.
OCL  604 95
UREF
PNO  5380274
ISD  19950100
NAM  Nita
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5382228
ISD  19950100
NAM  Nita et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5383460
ISD  19950100
NAM  Jang et al.
OCL  128660.03
UREF
PNO  5397293
ISD  19950300
NAM  Alliger et al.
OCL  601  2
UREF
PNO  5417672
ISD  19950500
NAM  Nita et al.
OCL  604283
UREF
PNO  5421923
ISD  19950600
NAM  Clarke et al.
OCL  156 73.1
UREF
PNO  5449369
ISD  19950900
NAM  Imran
OCL  606159
UREF
PNO  5451209
ISD  19950900
NAM  Ainsworth et al.
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5484398
ISD  19960100
NAM  Stoddard
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5507738
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ciervo
OCL  606  1
UREF
PNO  5527273
ISD  19960600
NAM  Manna et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5540656
ISD  19960700
NAM  Pflueger et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5542917
ISD  19960800
NAM  Nita et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5626593
ISD  19970500
NAM  Imran
OCL  606159
UREF
PNO  5649935
ISD  19970700
NAM  Kremer et al.
OCL  606128
UREF
PNO  5658282
ISD  19970800
NAM  Daw et al.
OCL  606 49
UREF
PNO  5695507
ISD  19971200
NAM  Auth et al.
OCL  606159
UREF
PNO  5738100
ISD  19980400
NAM  Yagami et al.
OCL  128662.06
FREF
PNO  0005719
ISD  19791200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0376562
ISD  19900700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0394583
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0443256
ISD  19910800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0541249
ISD  19930500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2256127
ISD  19740500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1106957
ISD  19680300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9001300
ISD  19900200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9004362
ISD  19900500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9107917
ISD  19910600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9316646
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9412140
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9414382
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9509571
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Sun; Raymond
ABST
PAL  An ultrasound system is disclosed having a catheter including an elongate
      flexible catheter body having at least one lumen extending longitudinally
      therethrough. The catheter further includes an ultrasound transmission
      member extending longitudinally through the lumen of the catheter body,
      the ultrasound transmission member having a proximal end connectable to an
      ultrasound transducer. The catheter also includes a distal head positioned
      on the distal end of the ultrasound transmission member. The catheter also
      has a coil with a proximal end connected to the distal end of the catheter
      body, and a distal end connected to the distal head. The coil defines a
      lumen communicating with the lumen of the catheter body. The ultrasound
      system also includes a sonic connector for coupling the ultrasound
      transmission member to the transducer. Different configurations are
      disclosed for the distal head and the ultrasound transmission member.
PATN
WKU  059892099
SRC  8
APN  8849048
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970630
TTL  Grooved phaco-emulsification needle
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Bockelman; Mark
NDR  5
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Barrett; Graham D.
CTY  City Beach
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Oversby Pty Ltd.
CTY  West Perth
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19940902
APN  PM7844/94
RLAP
COD  71
APN  486861
APD  19950607
PSC  01
PNO  5718676
CLAS
OCL  604 22
XCL  604272
XCL  606107
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  130
FSC  604
FSS  22;192;272
FSC  601
FSS  2
FSC  606
FSS  107;169
UREF
PNO  3386438
ISD  19680600
NAM  Stevens
UREF
PNO  3589363
ISD  19710600
NAM  Banke et al.
OCL  128276
UREF
PNO  4320761
ISD  19820300
NAM  Haddad
OCL  128305
UREF
PNO  4515583
ISD  19850500
NAM  Sorich
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4634419
ISD  19870100
NAM  Kreizman et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4634420
ISD  19870100
NAM  Spinosa et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4634717
ISD  19870100
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4689040
ISD  19870800
NAM  Thompson
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4804364
ISD  19890200
NAM  Dieras et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4808154
ISD  19890200
NAM  Freeman
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4816018
ISD  19890300
NAM  Parisi
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4959049
ISD  19900900
NAM  Smirmaul
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5011471
ISD  19910400
NAM  Miyazaki et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5038756
ISD  19910800
NAM  Kepley
OCL  128 24
UREF
PNO  5071421
ISD  19911200
NAM  Stahl
UREF
PNO  5139504
ISD  19920800
NAM  Zelman
OCL  606127
UREF
PNO  5151099
ISD  19920900
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  606 27
UREF
PNO  5163433
ISD  19921100
NAM  Kagawa et al.
OCL  128660.01
UREF
PNO  5178605
ISD  19930100
NAM  Imonti
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5188589
ISD  19930200
NAM  Wypych et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5199943
ISD  19930400
NAM  Wypych
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5205817
ISD  19930400
NAM  Idemoto et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5213569
ISD  19930500
NAM  Davis
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5231569
ISD  19930700
NAM  Davis
UREF
PNO  5242385
ISD  19930900
NAM  Strukel
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5282786
ISD  19940200
NAM  Ureche
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5286256
ISD  19940200
NAM  Mackool
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5300084
ISD  19940400
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  5354265
ISD  19941000
NAM  Mackool
UREF
PNO  5464389
ISD  19951100
NAM  Stahl
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5718676
ISD  19980200
NAM  Barrett
FREF
PNO  2466994
ISD  19810500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  53855
ISD  19670200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  53 855
ISD  19671100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  332387
ISD  19850100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3323867 A1
ISD  19850100
CNT  DEX
ICL  A61B 1706
FREF
PNO  602176
ISD  19780300
CNT  SUX
ICL  A61B 1724
FREF
PNO  1066583-A
ISD  19840100
CNT  SUX
ICL  A61B 1724
FREF
PNO  1715328-A1
ISD  19920200
CNT  SUX
ICL  A61B 1732
FREF
PNO  WO 93/15703
ISD  19930800
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61F 1700
LREP
FRM  Fish & Neave
FR2  Pisano; Nicola A.
ABST
PAL  A phaco-emulsification needle is provided for use with a plastic or
      elastomeric sleeve, the needle having a mid-region portion defining a
      plurality of outwardly extending projections forming
      longitudinally-oriented grooves that provide adequate irrigant flow rates
      to the anterior chamber of the eye, even when the entry wound compresses
      the sleeve against the outer surface of the needle, thereby reducing the
      risk of collapse of the anterior chamber due to inadequate irrigant flow
      and reducing the risk of excessive heat transmission to the entry wound.
PATN
WKU  059892102
SRC  9
APN  0197289
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980206
TTL  Rheolytic thrombectomy catheter and method of using same
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Thanh; LoAn H.
EXP  Coggins; Wynn Wood
NDR  23
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Morris; John Edward
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Setum; Cindy M.
CTY  Plymouth
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Drasler; William J.
CTY  Minnetonka
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Le; Hieu V.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Dutcher; Robert G.
CTY  Maple Grove
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Possis Medical, Inc.
CTY  Coon Rapids
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604 22
XCL  604508
XCL  604523
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1720
FSC  604
FSS  22;49;52-54;164-165;170;264;280;283;266;267
UREF
PNO  1902418
ISD  19330300
NAM  Pilgrim
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  4385635
ISD  19830500
NAM  Ruiz
UREF
PNO  4690672
ISD  19870900
NAM  Veltrup
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  4790813
ISD  19881200
NAM  Kensey
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4898574
ISD  19900200
NAM  Uchiyma et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4913698
ISD  19900400
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5114399
ISD  19920500
NAM  Kovalcheck
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5215614
ISD  19930600
NAM  Wijkamp et al.
UREF
PNO  5221270
ISD  19930600
NAM  Parker
UREF
PNO  5234416
ISD  19930800
NAM  Macaulay et al.
UREF
PNO  5250059
ISD  19931000
NAM  Andreas et al.
UREF
PNO  5300022
ISD  19940400
NAM  Klapper et al.
OCL  604 35
UREF
PNO  5318518
ISD  19940600
NAM  Plechinger et al.
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  5358485
ISD  19941000
NAM  Vance et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5380307
ISD  19950100
NAM  Chee et al.
UREF
PNO  5425723
ISD  19950600
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  604280
UREF
PNO  5496267
ISD  19960300
NAM  Drasler et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5792167
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kablik et al.
OCL  606180
LREP
FR2  Jaeger; Hugh D.
ABST
PAL  A surgical device and method for removal of tissue, such as thrombus, from
      a vessel in the body. The device has a first tube with a distal open end
      and an inward directed stop and a second tube with an outward directed
      stop for engaging the inward directed stop and thereby regulating the
      relationship between a retrograde jet and the distal open end. Thrombus is
      dislodged, entrained, and broken into pieces which are evacuated through
      the first tube.
PATN
WKU  059892110
SRC  8
APN  939849&
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970929
TTL  Medical instrument for supplying and removing rinsing fluid
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Rodriguez; Cris L.
EXP  McDermott; Corrine
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Schaumann; Uwe
CTY  Villingen-Schwenningen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Heimberger; Rudolf
CTY  Oberderdingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schweier; Detlef
CTY  Illingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Richard Wolf GmbH
CTY  Knittlingen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961119
APN  196 47 816
CLAS
OCL  604 27
XCL  604 19
XCL  604902
XCL  604541
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  100
FSC  604
FSS  19;27;35;36;30;48;257;543;902;541
UREF
PNO  D350194
ISD  19940800
NAM  Marino et al.
UREF
PNO  4519385
ISD  19850500
NAM  Atkinson et al.
UREF
PNO  5186714
ISD  19930200
NAM  Boudreault et al.
OCL  604 21
UREF
PNO  5230704
ISD  19930700
NAM  Moberg et al.
OCL  604 34
UREF
PNO  5490836
ISD  19960200
NAM  Desai
UREF
PNO  5609573
ISD  19970300
NAM  Sandock
OCL  604 22
FREF
PNO  81 36 066 U
ISD  19830300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 21 110 A1
ISD  19940100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The medical instrument is equipped with a handle and has a shank for
      supplying and removing rinsing fluid into or out of a hollow cavity inside
      the body. There are tubings which can be releasably inserted onto
      connection pieces connected to the shank and which can be fixed on the
      connection pieces. The handle is formed as a two-part housing, wherein for
      opening and closing the housing a first housing part is adjustable
      relative to a second housing part so that with an opened housing the
      tubings can be pushed or pulled from then freely situated connection
      pieces and with a closed housing the tubing ends located on the connection
      pieces are fixed onto the connection pieces with a friction fit by way of
      the first housing part.
PATN
WKU  059892129
SRC  9
APN  1301306
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980806
TTL  Pumping chamber for a liquefaction handpiece having a countersink
      electrode
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Hayes; Micheal J.
EXP  McDermott; Corrine
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Sussman; Glenn
CTY  Lake Forest
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Cohen; Donald M.
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Alcon Laboratories, Inc.
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  090433
APD  19980604
CLAS
OCL  604 27
XCL  604114
XCL  604291
XCL  606107
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  100
ICL  A61F  712
ICL  A61F  700
ICL  A61F  900
FSC  604
FSS  22;27;35;113;114;291
FSC  606
FSS  107
FSC  607
FSS  103
UREF
PNO  3589363
ISD  19710600
NAM  Banko et al.
UREF
PNO  3606878
ISD  19710900
NAM  Kellog
UREF
PNO  3818913
ISD  19740600
NAM  Wallach
UREF
PNO  3930505
ISD  19760100
NAM  Wallach
UREF
PNO  3994297
ISD  19761100
NAM  Kopf
UREF
PNO  4024866
ISD  19770500
NAM  Wallach
UREF
PNO  4223676
ISD  19800900
NAM  Wuchinich
UREF
PNO  4246902
ISD  19810100
NAM  Martinez
UREF
PNO  4493694
ISD  19850100
NAM  Wuchinich
UREF
PNO  4515583
ISD  19850500
NAM  Sorrich
UREF
PNO  4517977
ISD  19850500
NAM  Frost
UREF
PNO  4570632
ISD  19860200
NAM  Woods
UREF
PNO  4577629
ISD  19860300
NAM  Martinez
UREF
PNO  4589414
ISD  19860500
NAM  Yoshida et al.
UREF
PNO  4589415
ISD  19860500
NAM  Haaga
UREF
PNO  4597388
ISD  19860700
NAM  Koziol et al.
OCL  128303.1
UREF
PNO  4609368
ISD  19860900
NAM  Dotson, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4662869
ISD  19870500
NAM  Wright
UREF
PNO  4674502
ISD  19870600
NAM  Imonti
UREF
PNO  4696298
ISD  19870900
NAM  Higgins et al.
UREF
PNO  4706669
ISD  19871100
NAM  Schlegel
UREF
PNO  4753234
ISD  19880600
NAM  Martinez
UREF
PNO  4869715
ISD  19890900
NAM  Sherburne
UREF
PNO  4909249
ISD  19900300
NAM  Akkas et al.
UREF
PNO  4911161
ISD  19900300
NAM  Schechter
UREF
PNO  4915094
ISD  19900400
NAM  Lacruche et al.
OCL  128 24A
UREF
PNO  4922902
ISD  19900500
NAM  Wuchinich et al.
UREF
PNO  4986827
ISD  19910100
NAM  Akkas et al.
UREF
PNO  4989583
ISD  19910200
NAM  Hood
UREF
PNO  5019035
ISD  19910500
NAM  Missirlian et al.
UREF
PNO  5106364
ISD  19920400
NAM  Hayafuji et al.
UREF
PNO  5154694
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kelman
UREF
PNO  5226910
ISD  19930700
NAM  Kajiyama et al.
UREF
PNO  5250065
ISD  19931000
NAM  Clement et al.
UREF
PNO  5261883
ISD  19931100
NAM  Hood et al.
UREF
PNO  5261923
ISD  19931100
NAM  Soares
UREF
PNO  5275607
ISD  19940100
NAM  Lo et al.
UREF
PNO  5284472
ISD  19940200
NAM  Sussmann et al.
UREF
PNO  5285795
ISD  19940200
NAM  Ryan et al.
UREF
PNO  5322504
ISD  19940600
NAM  Doherty et al.
UREF
PNO  5359996
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hood
UREF
PNO  5423330
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lee
UREF
PNO  5562692
ISD  19961000
NAM  Bair
UREF
PNO  5591184
ISD  19970100
NAM  McDonnell
UREF
PNO  5616120
ISD  19970400
NAM  Andrew
UREF
PNO  5653692
ISD  19970800
NAM  Masterson et al.
UREF
PNO  5669923
ISD  19970900
NAM  Gordon
UREF
PNO  5674226
ISD  19971000
NAM  Doherty et al.
UREF
PNO  5865790
ISD  19990200
NAM  Bair
UREF
PNO  5879347
ISD  19990300
NAM  Saadat
OCL  606 28
UREF
PNO  5891095
ISD  19990400
NAM  Eggers et al.
OCL  604114
FREF
PNO  WO 96/24314
ISD  19960800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Schira; Jeffrey S.
ABST
PAL  A surgical handpiece having at least two lumens mounted to a body. At least
      one lumen is used for aspiration and at least one other lumen is used to
      inject heated surgical fluid for liquefying a cataractous lens. A portion
      of the second lumen is enlarged to form a pumping chamber. The pumping
      chamber works by boiling a small volume of the surgical fluid. As the
      fluid boils, it expands rapidly, thereby propelling the liquid downstream
      of the pumping chamber out of the second lumen. The pumping chamber may
      use a pair of electrodes, at least one of the electrodes containing a
      countersink.
PATN
WKU  059892137
SRC  9
APN  0788341
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980514
TTL  Long-term dialysis catheter system and associated method
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Yasko; John D.
NDR  8
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Maginot; Thomas J.
CTY  Crown Point
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Maginot Vascular Systems
CTY  Crown Point
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604 28
XCL  604 29
XCL  604500
XCL  604 43
XCL  604175
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  100
FSC  604
FSS  500;506;507;508;43;44;19;21;93;174;175;28;29
UREF
PNO  4468216
ISD  19840800
NAM  Muto
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  4493696
ISD  19850100
NAM  Uldall
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  4738667
ISD  19880400
NAM  Galloway
UREF
PNO  5053023
ISD  19911000
NAM  Martin
OCL  604280
UREF
PNO  5156592
ISD  19921000
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  5236424
ISD  19930800
NAM  Imran
UREF
PNO  5405323
ISD  19950400
NAM  Rogers et al.
OCL  604 53
UREF
PNO  5417669
ISD  19950500
NAM  Castaneda
OCL  604264
UREF
PNO  5498240
ISD  19960300
NAM  Bagaoisan et al.
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5514112
ISD  19960500
NAM  Chu et al.
OCL  604267
UREF
PNO  5569182
ISD  19961000
NAM  Twardowski et al.
OCL  604 43
UREF
PNO  5569204
ISD  19961000
NAM  Cramer
OCL  604164
OREF
PAL  Marketing brochure entitled "Uldall Double Lumen Hemodialysis Catheter
      Trays", Cook Critical Care, A Division of Cook Incorporated, P.O. Box 489,
      Bloomington, Indiana 47402, 1994.
PAL  Interventional Radiology, vol. One, Second Edition, Published by Williams &
      Wilkins, 428 East Preston Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, pp. 366-367:
      1992.
LREP
FRM  Maginot, Addison & Moore
ABST
PAL  A long-term dialysis catheter system for use in a body of a patient
      includes a guide catheter having a guide lumen defined therein, wherein
      the guide lumen defines a distal guide orifice. The system also includes a
      tissue ingrowth member secured to an outer surface of the guide catheter.
      The system further includes an original dialysis catheter positionable
      between an original inserted position and an original removed position,
      wherein (i) the original dialysis catheter has an original ingress lumen
      and an original egress lumen defined therein, (ii) the original ingress
      lumen defines an original distal ingress orifice, and (iii) the original
      egress lumen defines an original distal egress orifice. The system also
      includes a replacement dialysis catheter positionable between a
      replacement inserted position and a replacement removed position, wherein
      (i) the replacement dialysis catheter has a replacement ingress lumen and
      a replacement egress lumen defined therein, (ii) the replacement ingress
      lumen defines a replacement distal ingress orifice, and (iii) the
      replacement egress lumen defines a replacement distal egress orifice. The
      original distal ingress orifice and the original distal egress orifice are
      positioned on an original distal segment of the original dialysis catheter
      which extends out of the distal guide orifice of the guide catheter when
      the original dialysis catheter is positioned within the guide lumen of the
      guide catheter. The replacement ingress orifice and the replacement egress
      orifice are positioned on a replacement distal segment of the replacement
      dialysis catheter which extends out of the distal guide orifice of the
      guide catheter when the replacement dialysis catheter is positioned within
      the guide lumen of the guide catheter. A medical procedure utilizing the
      long-term dialysis catheter system is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059892145
SRC  8
APN  8176981
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970630
TTL  Apparatus for injecting a rigid carrier
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Gring; Kent
EXP  McDermott; Corrine
NDR  7
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  van de Wijdeven; Gijsbertus G. P.
STR  Grotestraat 53, NL-5256 PA
CTY  Heesbeen
CNT  NLX
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19941031
APN  9401805
CLAS
OCL  604 59
XCL  604 57
XCL  604115
XCL  604134
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 3100
FSC  604
FSS  59;57;73;115;116;130;134;137;131;135
UREF
PNO  3815605
ISD  19740600
NAM  Schmidt et al.
OCL  604115
UREF
PNO  3859996
ISD  19750100
NAM  Mizzy
FREF
PNO  2138152
ISD  19721200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  90/05488
ISD  19900500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  91/15165
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  93/23110
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/NL95/00375
PD1  19970630
PD2  19970630
PD3  19951031
PCP  WO96/13300
PCD  19960509
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to an apparatus for injecting the body of humans or
      animals with a pharmaceutical preparation, wherein the preparation is
      arranged in a rigid carrier, wherein the apparatus comprises: a chamber
      into which the carrier can be transported; and a channel connecting onto
      the chamber for transporting the carrier into the body comprising fixation
      means for fixing the end of the channel relative to the skin of the body
      for injecting in order to prevent a movement of the channel in the
      direction perpendicularly of the axis of the barrel. According to one
      embodiment the fixation means are formed by chamfered protrusions formed
      on the part adapted for contact with the skin of the body and extending
      substantially in the direction of the axis of the channel.
PATN
WKU  059892153
SRC  8
APN  6796583
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19960712
TTL  Fibrin delivery device and method for forming fibrin on a surface
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Cho; David J.
EXP  Weiss; John G.
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Delmotte; Yves
CTY  Tertre
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Bilstad; Arnold
CTY  Deerfield
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Amrani; David
CTY  Glendale
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Kennedy; Mark
CTY  Crystal Lake
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  DiOrio; James
CTY  Antioch
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Baxter International Inc.
CTY  Deerfield
STA  IL
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950116
APN  195 01 067
RLAP
COD  72
APN  PCTEP9600160
APD  19950116
CLAS
OCL  604 82
XCL  604191
XCL  604 43
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 3700
FSC  604
FSS  82;191;43;275;283;289
FSC  222
FSS  134;135;136;137
UREF
PNO  2576006
ISD  19511100
NAM  Ferry et al.
UREF
PNO  3523807
ISD  19700800
NAM  Gerendas
UREF
PNO  3641240
ISD  19720200
NAM  Hymes et al.
UREF
PNO  3723244
ISD  19730300
NAM  Breillatt, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4116898
ISD  19780900
NAM  Dudley et al.
UREF
PNO  4359049
ISD  19821100
NAM  Redl et al.
OCL  604 82
UREF
PNO  4442655
ISD  19840400
NAM  Stroetmann
UREF
PNO  4505817
ISD  19850300
NAM  Blomback et al.
UREF
PNO  4505822
ISD  19850300
NAM  Blombeck et al.
UREF
PNO  4537767
ISD  19850800
NAM  Rothman et al.
UREF
PNO  4548736
ISD  19851000
NAM  Muller et al.
UREF
PNO  4587018
ISD  19860500
NAM  Blomback et al.
UREF
PNO  4600574
ISD  19860700
NAM  Lindner et al.
UREF
PNO  4606337
ISD  19860800
NAM  Zimmermann et al.
UREF
PNO  4631055
ISD  19861200
NAM  Redl et al.
UREF
PNO  4640778
ISD  19870200
NAM  Blombeck et al.
UREF
PNO  4675361
ISD  19870600
NAM  Ward, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4683142
ISD  19870700
NAM  Zimmermann et al.
UREF
PNO  4690684
ISD  19870900
NAM  McGreevy et al.
UREF
PNO  4704131
ISD  19871100
NAM  Noishiki et al.
UREF
PNO  4720512
ISD  19880100
NAM  Hu et al.
UREF
PNO  4786556
ISD  19881100
NAM  Hu et al.
UREF
PNO  4833200
ISD  19890500
NAM  Noishiki et al.
UREF
PNO  4872867
ISD  19891000
NAM  Joh
UREF
PNO  4874368
ISD  19891000
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  4882148
ISD  19891100
NAM  Pinchuk
UREF
PNO  4909251
ISD  19900300
NAM  Seelich
UREF
PNO  4911926
ISD  19900300
NAM  Henry et al.
UREF
PNO  4932942
ISD  19900600
NAM  Maslanka
UREF
PNO  4978336
ISD  19901200
NAM  Capozzi et al.
UREF
PNO  5019393
ISD  19910500
NAM  Ito et al.
UREF
PNO  5049393
ISD  19910900
NAM  Noon et al.
UREF
PNO  5053048
ISD  19911000
NAM  Pinchuk
UREF
PNO  5071664
ISD  19911200
NAM  Viegas et al.
UREF
PNO  5080893
ISD  19920100
NAM  Goldberg et al.
UREF
PNO  5112615
ISD  19920500
NAM  Ito et al.
UREF
PNO  5116315
ISD  19920500
NAM  Capozzi et al.
OCL  604 82
UREF
PNO  5126140
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ito et al.
UREF
PNO  5140016
ISD  19920800
NAM  Goldberg et al.
UREF
PNO  5153003
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kurihara et al.
UREF
PNO  5156613
ISD  19921000
NAM  Sawyer
UREF
PNO  5167960
ISD  19921200
NAM  Ito et al.
UREF
PNO  5182317
ISD  19930100
NAM  Winters et al.
UREF
PNO  5209776
ISD  19930500
NAM  Bass et al.
UREF
PNO  5213580
ISD  19930500
NAM  Slepian et al.
UREF
PNO  5223420
ISD  19930600
NAM  Rabaud et al.
UREF
PNO  5244799
ISD  19930900
NAM  Anderson
UREF
PNO  5260420
ISD  19931100
NAM  Burnouf-Radosevich et al.
UREF
PNO  5278200
ISD  19940100
NAM  Coury et al.
UREF
PNO  5364622
ISD  19941100
NAM  Franz et al.
UREF
PNO  5368563
ISD  19941100
NAM  Lonneman et al.
OCL  604 82
UREF
PNO  5376376
ISD  19941200
NAM  Li
UREF
PNO  5376692
ISD  19941200
NAM  Park et al.
UREF
PNO  5395923
ISD  19950300
NAM  Bui-Khac et al.
UREF
PNO  5447724
ISD  19950900
NAM  Helmus et al.
UREF
PNO  5455040
ISD  19951000
NAM  Marchant
UREF
PNO  5464396
ISD  19951100
NAM  Barta et al.
OCL  604191
UREF
PNO  5486357
ISD  19960100
NAM  Narayanan
UREF
PNO  5521280
ISD  19960500
NAM  Reilly et al.
UREF
PNO  5525348
ISD  19960600
NAM  Whitbourne et al.
UREF
PNO  5541167
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hsu et al.
UREF
PNO  5541305
ISD  19960700
NAM  Yokota et al.
UREF
PNO  5567806
ISD  19961000
NAM  Abdul-Malak et al.
UREF
PNO  5578073
ISD  19961100
NAM  Haimovich et al.
UREF
PNO  5580923
ISD  19961200
NAM  Yeung et al.
UREF
PNO  5582596
ISD  19961200
NAM  Fukunaga et al.
OCL  604191
UREF
PNO  5665067
ISD  19970900
NAM  Linder et al.
OCL  604 82
UREF
PNO  5697903
ISD  19971200
NAM  Fischer
OCL  604 82
UREF
PNO  B14225580
ISD  19841000
NAM  Rothman et al.
FREF
PNO  0 068 149 A2
ISD  19830100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 085 166 A1
ISD  19830800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 103 290 A2
ISD  19840300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 166 263 A1
ISD  19860100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 187 894 A1
ISD  19860700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 213 563 B1
ISD  19870300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 262 890 A2
ISD  19880400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 369 764 A2
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 372 969 A1
ISD  19900600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 479 615 A1
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 485 210 A3
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 485 210 A2
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 534 178 A2
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 562 864 A1
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 592 242 A1
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 611 571 A1
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 448 900
ISD  19800900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  38 41 397 C2
ISD  19921100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/02445
ISD  19890300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/01711
ISD  19910200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/19519
ISD  19911200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/15341
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/22312
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/19805
ISD  19931000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/21971
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/02182
ISD  19940200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/22503
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/17638
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/22115
ISD  19960700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/39212
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Marchac, D., et al., The Use Of Sprayed Fibrin Glue For Face Lifts,
      European Journal of Plastic Surgery, 1987, vol. 10, pp. 139-143.
PAL  de Virgilio, Christian, M.D., et al., Fibrin Glue Inhibits Intra-abdominal
      Adhesion Formation, Archives of Surgery, Oct. 1990, vol. 125, pp.
      1378-1382.
PAL  Redl, H., et al., In Vitro Properties Of Mixtures Of Fibrin Seal And
      Antibiotics, Biomaterials, Jan. 1983, vol. 4, pp. 29-32.
PAL  Schier, F., et al., Dura Covered With Fibrin Glue Reduces Adhesions In
      Abdominal Wall Defects, European Journal of Pediatric Surgery 1, 1991, pp.
      343-345.
PAL  Joyce, Douglas H., et al., Alteration In Pericardial Adhesion Formation
      Following Pretreatment With Fibrin Glue, Journal of Applied Biomaterials,
      1991, vol. 2, pp. 269-271.
PAL  Tulandi, Togas, M.D., Effects Of Fibrin Sealant On Tubal Anastomosis And
      Adhesion Formation, Fertility and Sterility, Jul. 1991, vol. 56, No. 1,
      pp. 136-138.
PAL  Brands, W., et al., Die Anwendung Des Fibrinklebers zur Prophylaxe und
      Therapie intraabdomineller Adhasionen, Der Chirurg, 1990, vol. 61, pp.
      22-26.
PAL  Giovanettoni, Lukas, The Tisseel Method, History, Background, Application,
      Techniques And Indications Of Fibrin Sealing In Modern Surgery, Immuno,
      Jan. 1985, pp. 1-70.
PAL  Bailey, Orville T., et al., Fibrin Films In Neurosurgery, With Special
      Reference To Their Use In The Repair Of Dural Defects And In The
      Prevention Of Meningocerebral Adhesions, Harvard Medical School, Feb. 17,
      1944, Paper No. 27, pp. 597-600.
PAL  Ferry, John D., et al., Fibrin Clots, Fibrin Films, And Fibrinogen
      Plastics, Harvard Medical School, Feb. 17, 1994, Paper No. 22, pp.
      566-572.
PAL  Sasaki, Takeru, et al., Stable Complex Of Fibrinogen And Fibrin, Science,
      May 20, 1966, vol. 152, pp. 1069-1071.
PAL  Copley, A. L., et al., The Binding Of Human Fibrinogen To Native And
      Fraction Fibrins And The Inhibition Of Polymerization Of A New Human
      Fibrin Monomer By Fibrinogen, Life Sciences, 1964, vol. 3, No. 11, pp.
      1293-1305.
PAL  Chmielewski, Gary W., M.D., et al., Fibrin Gel Limits Intra-Abdominal
      Adhesion Formation, The American Surgeon, Sep. 1992, vol. 58, No. 9, pp.
      590-593.
PAL  Sheppard, Barry B., M.D., et al., Inhibition Of Intra-Abdominal Adhesions:
      Fibrin Glue In A Long Term Model, The American Surgeon, Dec. 1993, vol.
      59, No. 12, pp. 786-790.
PAL  Grey, Ernest G., M.D., Fibrin As A Haemostatic In Cerebral Surgery,
      Surgery, Gynecology And Obstetrics, pp. 452-454.
PAL  Hill-West, Jennifer, et al., Prevention Of Postoperative Adhesions In The
      Rat By In Situ Photopolymerization Of Bioresorbable Hydrogel Barriers,
      Obstetrics & Gynecology, Jan. 1994, vol. 83, No. 1, pp. 59-64.
PAL  Sawhney, Amarpreet S., et al., Optimization Of Photopolymerized Bioerodible
      Hydrogel Properties For Adhesion Prevention, Journal of Biomedical
      Materials Research, 1994, vol. 28, pp. 831, 833, 835, 837.
PAL  Sawhney, Amarpreet S., et al., Bioerodible Hydrogels Based On
      Photopolymerized Poly(ethylene glycol)-co-poly(.alpha.-hydroxy acid)
      Diacrylate Macromers, Macromolecules, 1993, vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 581-587.
PAL  Harvey, S. C., Dr., The Use Of Fibrin Paper And Forms In Surgery, Boston
      Medical and Surgical Journal, May 4, 1916, vol. CLXXIV, No. 1S, pp.
      658-659.
PAL  Miyazaki, Shozo, et al., Use Of Fibrin As A Carrier For Drug Delivery: A
      Long-Acting Delivery System For Pilocarpine Into The Eye, Chem. Pharm.
      Bull., 1982, vol. 30, No. 9, pp. 3405-3407.
PAL  Oka, Hisashi, M.D., et al., Effect Of A Biologic Glue On The Leakage Rate
      Of Experimental Rectal Anastomoses, The American Journal of Surgery, May
      1982, vol. 143, pp. 561-564.
PAL  Lindenberg, Svend, et al., Studies On Prevention Of Intra-Abdominal
      Adhesion Formation By Fibrin Sealant, Acta Chir Scand, 1985, 151, pp.
      525-527.
PAL  Ferry, John D., et al., Preparation And Properties Of Serum And Plasma
      Proteins. IX. Human Fibrin In The Form Of An Elastic Film, Harvard Medical
      School, Feb. 1947, Paper No. 48, vol. 69, pp. 400-409.
PAL  Horn, Bela, et al., Treatment Of Stress Incontinence By A Fibrin Bioplast,
      British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Jan. 1975, vol. 82, pp.
      61-63.
PAL  Maddox, Yvonne T., et al., An Evaluation Of The Bionite Hydrophilic Contact
      Lens For Use In A Drug Delivery System, Annals of Ophthalmology, Sep.
      1972, pp. 789-790, 793-794, 796, 798, 802.
PAL  Linsky, Cary B., et al., Adhesion Reduction In The Rabbit Uterine Horn
      Model Using An Absorbable Barrier TC-7, The Journal of Reproductive
      Medicine, Jan. 1987, vol. 32, No. 1, pp. 17-20.
PAL  Blomback, Birger et al., Fibrin Gels And Their Possible Implication For
      Surface Hemorheology In Health And Disease, Annals New York Academy of
      Sciences, 1983, pp. 397-409.
PAL  Gauwerky, J. F. H., et al., The Effect Of Fibrin Glue And Peritoneal Grafts
      In The Prevention Of Intraperitoneal Adhesions, Archives of Gynecology and
      Obstetrics, 1990, vol. 247, pp. 161-166.
PAL  Thompson, J. N., et al., Reduced Human Peritoneal Plasminogen Activating
      Activity: Possible Mechanism Of Adhesion Formation, Br. J. Surg., Apr.
      1989, vol. 76, No. 4, pp. 382-384.
PAL  Baker, J. W., et al., Mediastinal Fibrin Glue: Hemostatic Effect And Tissue
      Response In Calves, Ann. Thorac. Surg., 1989, vol. 47, pp. 450-452.
PAL  Connolly, John E., et al., The Prevention And Treatment Of Intestinal
      Adhesions, International Abstracts of Surgery, May 1960, vol. 110, No. 5,
      pp. 417-431.
PAL  Shimanuki, Takao, et al., Localized Prevention Of Postsurgical Adhesion
      Formation And Reformation With Oxidized Regenerated Cellulose, Journal of
      Biomedical Materials Research, 1987, vol. 21, pp. 173-185.
PAL  Sierra, David H., Fibrin Sealant Adhesive Systems: A Review Of Their
      Chemistry, Material Properties And Clinical Applications, Journal of
      Biomaterials Applications, Apr. 1993, vol. 7, pp. 309-352.
PAL  Feldman, Dale S., et al., Tissue Adhesives In Wound Healing, University of
      Alabama at Birmingham, May 1994, pp. 1-38.
PAL  Gabbay, Shlomo, The Need For Intensive Study Of Pericardial Substitution
      After Open Heart Surgery, Trans Am Soc Artif Intern Organs, 1990, vol.
      XXXVI, pp. 789-791.
PAL  Cronkite, Eugene P., et al., Use Of Thrombin And Fibrinogen In Skin
      Grafting, J. A. M. A., Apr. 1, 1944, vol. 124, No. 14, pp. 976-978.
PAL  Tarlov, I. M., M.D., et al., Plasma Clot Suture Of Nerves, Archives of
      Surgery, pp. 44-58.
PAL  Matsuda, T., et al., Photoinduced Prevention Of Tissue Adhesion, ASAIO
      Journal, 1992, pp. M154-M157.
PAL  Urry, D. W., et al., Properties And Prevention Of Adhesions Applications Of
      Bioelastic Materials, Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 1993, vol. 292.
PAL  Fujita, S. M., et. al., Prevention Of Surgical Adhesions Using Aerosoled
      Biodegradable Polyesters, The 20th Annual Meeting of the Society for
      Biomaterials, Apr. 5-9, 1994.
PAL  Haney, A. F., M.D., et al., Expanded-Polytetrafluoroethylene But Not
      Oxidized Regenerated Cellulose Prevents Adhesion Formation And Reformation
      In A Mouse Uterine Horn Model Of Surgical Injury, Fertility and Sterility,
      Sep. 1993, vol. 60, No. 3, pp. 550-558.
PAL  The Surgical Membrane Study Group, Prophylaxis Of Pelvic Sidewall Adhesions
      With Gore-Tex Surgical Membrane: A Multicenter Clinical Investigation,
      Fertility and Sterility, Apr. 1992, vol. 57, No. 4, pp. 921-923.
PAL  Montz, F. J., M.D., et al., Effectiveness Of Two Barriers At Inhibiting
      Post-Radical Pelvic Surgery Adhesions, Gynecologic Oncology, 1993, vol.
      48, pp. 247-251.
PAL  De Iaco, PierAndrea, M.D., et al., Fibrin Sealant In Laparoscopic Adhesion
      Prevention In The Rabbit Uterine Horn Model, Fertility and Sterility, Aug.
      1994, vol. 62, No. 2, pp. 400-494.
LREP
FRM  Wallenstein & Wagner, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  This invention provides a medical device for delivering volumetric
      quantities of a first and a second biochemically reactive fluid comprising
      a first container having an opening, the first container being adapted to
      contain the first biochemically reactive fluid; a second container having
      a second fluid opening adjacent the first fluid opening, the second
      container being adapted to contain the second biochemically reactive
      fluid; a spray unit for separately atomizing the first and second
      biochemically reactive fluids into an aerosol with at least one energy
      source of a liquid energy, a mechanical energy, a vibration energy, and an
      electric energy; a fluid pressurizer for pressurizing the first and the
      second biochemically reactive fluids for delivery under pressure through
      the spray unit onto a surface; and wherein the first and second
      biochemically reactive fluids first mix on the surface.
PATN
WKU  059892161
SRC  8
APN  6700063
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19960625
TTL  Access portal and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXP  Bockelman; Mark
NDR  8
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Theodore A.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Puryear; Harry A.
CTY  Shoreview
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  SIMS Deltec, Inc.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604 93
XCL  604175
XCL  604256
XCL  604905
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 1100
FSC  604
FSS  93;256;175;905
UREF
PNO  3898988
ISD  19750800
NAM  Morgan
UREF
PNO  4452473
ISD  19840600
NAM  Ruschke
UREF
PNO  4557722
ISD  19851200
NAM  Harris
UREF
PNO  4588394
ISD  19860500
NAM  Schulte et al.
UREF
PNO  4592749
ISD  19860600
NAM  Ebling et al.
UREF
PNO  4655765
ISD  19870400
NAM  Swift
UREF
PNO  4665959
ISD  19870500
NAM  Takagi
UREF
PNO  4673394
ISD  19870600
NAM  Fenton, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4675007
ISD  19870600
NAM  Terry
UREF
PNO  4704103
ISD  19871100
NAM  Stober et al.
UREF
PNO  4710174
ISD  19871200
NAM  Moden et al.
UREF
PNO  4723948
ISD  19880200
NAM  Clark et al.
UREF
PNO  4738657
ISD  19880400
NAM  Hancock et al.
UREF
PNO  4767410
ISD  19880800
NAM  Moden et al.
UREF
PNO  4772270
ISD  19880900
NAM  Wiita et al.
UREF
PNO  4772276
ISD  19880900
NAM  Wiita et al.
UREF
PNO  4778452
ISD  19881000
NAM  Moden et al.
UREF
PNO  4781680
ISD  19881100
NAM  Redmond et al.
UREF
PNO  4781685
ISD  19881100
NAM  Lehmann et al.
UREF
PNO  4802885
ISD  19890200
NAM  Weeks et al.
UREF
PNO  4836873
ISD  19890600
NAM  Landskron et al.
UREF
PNO  4838887
ISD  19890600
NAM  Idriss
UREF
PNO  4840615
ISD  19890600
NAM  Hancock et al.
UREF
PNO  4861341
ISD  19890800
NAM  Woodburn
UREF
PNO  4871351
ISD  19891000
NAM  Feingold
UREF
PNO  4880414
ISD  19891100
NAM  Whipple
UREF
PNO  4892518
ISD  19900100
NAM  Cupp et al.
UREF
PNO  4904241
ISD  19900200
NAM  Bark
UREF
PNO  4915690
ISD  19900400
NAM  Cone et al.
UREF
PNO  4929236
ISD  19900500
NAM  Sampson
UREF
PNO  4963133
ISD  19901000
NAM  Whipple
UREF
PNO  4978338
ISD  19901200
NAM  Melsky et al.
UREF
PNO  4994048
ISD  19910200
NAM  Metzger
UREF
PNO  5006115
ISD  19910400
NAM  McDonald
UREF
PNO  5013298
ISD  19910500
NAM  Moden et al.
UREF
PNO  5026344
ISD  19910600
NAM  Dijkstra et al.
UREF
PNO  5041098
ISD  19910800
NAM  Loiterman et al.
UREF
PNO  5045060
ISD  19910900
NAM  Melsky et al.
UREF
PNO  5085644
ISD  19920200
NAM  Watson et al.
UREF
PNO  5090954
ISD  19920200
NAM  Geary
UREF
PNO  5092849
ISD  19920300
NAM  Sampson
UREF
PNO  5108377
ISD  19920400
NAM  Cone et al.
UREF
PNO  5129891
ISD  19920700
NAM  Young
UREF
PNO  5137529
ISD  19920800
NAM  Watson et al.
UREF
PNO  5147483
ISD  19920900
NAM  Melsky et al.
UREF
PNO  5149330
ISD  19920900
NAM  Brightbill
UREF
PNO  5167638
ISD  19921200
NAM  Felix et al.
UREF
PNO  5171228
ISD  19921200
NAM  McDonald
UREF
PNO  5178612
ISD  19930100
NAM  Fenton, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5180365
ISD  19930100
NAM  Ensminger et al.
UREF
PNO  5185003
ISD  19930200
NAM  Brethauer
UREF
PNO  5213574
ISD  19930500
NAM  Tucker
UREF
PNO  5281199
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ensminger et al.
UREF
PNO  5312337
ISD  19940500
NAM  Flaherty et al.
UREF
PNO  5318545
ISD  19940600
NAM  Tucker
UREF
PNO  5336194
ISD  19940800
NAM  Polaschegg et al.
UREF
PNO  5360407
ISD  19941100
NAM  Leonard
UREF
PNO  5387192
ISD  19950200
NAM  Glantz et al.
UREF
PNO  5558641
ISD  19960900
NAM  Glantz et al.
FREF
PNO  0 258 777
ISD  19880300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  59880
ISD  19540800
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3528878
ISD  19870200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2191701
ISD  19871200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9014118
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Exhibit 1 (11 pgs.) "DAVOL Implanted Ports with Groshong.TM. Catheter--Use
      and Maintenance," Bard Access Systems, Salt Lake City, UT; Feb. 1992.
PAL  Exhibit 2 (14 pgs.) "Implanted Ports with Hickman.RTM. Catheter--Use and
      Maintenance," Bard Access Systems, Salt Lake City, UT; Feb. 1992.
PAL  Exhibit 3 (1 pg.) Photograph: CELSA product.
PAL  Exhibit 4 (4 pgs.) "Chemo-Port.RTM. Implantable Vascular Access Ports," HDC
      Corporation, San Jose, CA; 1991.
PAL  Exhibit 5 (3 pgs.) "TrimPort.TM. Series Superior Vascular Access," Gerard
      Medical, Inc., Massachusetts; undated.
PAL  Exhibit 6 (3 pgs.) "For secure fluid delivery to vascular access ports,"
      Gish Biomedical, Inc., Irvine, CA; Mar.-Apr. 1993.
PAL  Exhibit 7 (2 pgs.) "A-Port.TM. Implantable Vascular Access Sysetm," Therex
      Corporation, Walpole, MA; 1992.
PAL  Exhibit 8 (8 pgs.) "Vascular Access Products," Strato Medical
      Corporation/Pfizer, Beverly, MA; Sep. 1991.
PAL  Exhibit 9 (1 pg.) "NORPORT.TM.-LS Vascular-Access Port," Norfolk Medical,
      Skokie, IL; undated.
PAL  Exhibit 10 (1 pg.) "OMEGAPORT.TM. Implantable Access System for All
      Therapies," Norfolk Medical, Skokie, IL; Jan. 1, 1992.
PAL  Exhibit 11 (2 pgs.) "SURE CATH.RTM. Port Access Catheter," Ivion
      Corporation, Broomfield, CO; 1992.
PAL  Exhibit 12 (4 pgs.) "Access Ability--the S.E.A.-Port.RTM. Topsider.TM.,"
      Harbor Medical Devices, Inc., Jaffrey, NH; 1991.
PAL  Exhibit 13 (5 pgs.) "Turning Vascular Access on its Side--S.E.A.-Port.TM.,"
      Harbor Medical Devices, Inc., Jaffrey, NH; undated.
PAL  Exhibit 14 (4 pgs.) "Covering the Angles on Access," Harbor Medical
      Devices, Inc., Jaffrey, NH; 1989.
PAL  Exhibit 15 (4 pgs.) "The Key to a Good Vascular Access Port System is Using
      the Right Combination," Gish Biomedical, Inc., Irvine, CA; 1987.
PAL  Exhibit 16 (2 pgs.) "ImPort.TM.--Vascular Access Port," Pudenz-Schulte
      Medical Corporation, Goleta, CA; undated.
PAL  Exhibit 17 (2 pgs.) "Functionally Superior," Therex Corporation, Walpole,
      MA; 1992.
PAL  Exhibit 18 (2 pgs.) "Dimensionally Distinctive," Therex Corporation,
      Walpole, MA; undated.
PAL  Exhibit 19 (4 pgs.) "Oncology/Critical Care," Quinton Instrument Company
      (an A. H. Robins Company), Seattle, WA; Jul. 1988.
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a portal for subcutaneous implantation,
      where the portal includes a housing having a first end, a second end, an
      inner wall, and a lumen between the first and second open ends. In one
      preferred embodiment, the first open end of the housing is sealed by a
      elastomeric septum, which has been injection molding into place. The
      elastomeric septum is bonded to the inner wall of the housing adjacent the
      first open end. The second open end is sealed to define a reservoir
      accessible through the septum.
PATN
WKU  059892170
SRC  8
APN  8233144
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19970321
TTL  Medicine administering device for nasal cavities
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Bockelman; Mark
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Ohki; Hisatomo
CTY  Gunma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Shigemi
CTY  Gunma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishizeki; Kazunori
CTY  Gunma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yazawa; Yoshiyuki
CTY  Gunma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yanagawa; Akira
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Unisia Jecs Corporation
CTY  Atsugi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Dott Limited Company
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960321
APN  8-092023
CLAS
OCL  604 94
XCL  12820022
XCL  12820321
XCL  604244
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 1100
FSC  604
FSS  54;57;58;94;516;244
FSC  128
FSS  200.22-200.23;203.21-203.23;204.11-204.12
UREF
PNO  1105934
ISD  19140800
NAM  Stevens
UREF
PNO  1442253
ISD  19230100
NAM  Cooper
UREF
PNO  2470297
ISD  19490500
NAM  Fields
OCL  604 94
UREF
PNO  3502078
ISD  19700300
NAM  Hill et al.
OCL  128232
UREF
PNO  4889114
ISD  19891200
NAM  Kadders
OCL  604 58
UREF
PNO  5284132
ISD  19940200
NAM  Geier
OCL  604 94
UREF
PNO  5619985
ISD  19970400
NAM  Ohki et al.
OCL  128203.21
UREF
PNO  5647349
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ohki et al.
OCL  128203.15
UREF
PNO  5715811
ISD  19980200
NAM  Ohki et al.
OCL  128203.21
FREF
PNO  203 358
ISD  19081000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  40 37 783 A1
ISD  19910900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  97-701572
ISD  19970400
CNT  KRX
FREF
PNO  898649
ISD  19620600
CNT  GBX
OCL  604 58
FREF
PNO  1436028
ISD  19730500
CNT  GBX
OCL  604 58
FREF
PNO  1338254
ISD  19731100
CNT  GBX
OCL  604 58
FREF
PNO  WO 92/21404
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9311818
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
OCL  604 58
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A medicine administering device for nasal cavities, comprising a capsule
      holding section formed with a capsule containing powder-state medicine. An
      air supply section is connected to the lower end of the capsule holding
      section and formed with an air supply passage which is in communication
      with the capsule accommodating chamber. A branched passage section is
      connected to the upper end of the capsule holding section and has an air
      flow passage in communication with the capsule accommodating chamber. The
      air flow passage is bifurcated to form first and second outlet passage
      portions which are arranged to form a generally Y-shape. First and second
      medicine passages are formed such that air from the branched passage
      section flows therethrough to carry the medicine in the capsule into
      right-side and left-side nasal cavities of a patient. The first and second
      passages are respectively in communication with the first and second
      outlet passages of the branched passage section. First and second spraying
      holes are respectively in communication with the first and second medicine
      passages, the medicine from the first medicine passage and the medicine
      from the second medicine passage being sprayed respectively from the first
      and second spraying holes. The first and second spraying holes
      respectively have first and second axes which are separate from each other
      by a distance ranging from 12 to 25 mm.
PATN
WKU  059892188
SRC  8
APN  9727736
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19971118
TTL  Perfusion catheter with coil supported inner tubular member
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Yasko; John D.
NDR  6
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Wasicek; Lawrence D.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604 96
XCL  604101
XCL  604102
XCL  606194
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 2500
FSC  604
FSS  96;101;102
FSC  606
FSS  192-194
UREF
PNO  3938529
ISD  19760200
NAM  Gibbons
OCL  128349
UREF
PNO  4597755
ISD  19860700
NAM  Samson et al.
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  4820349
ISD  19890400
NAM  Saab
OCL  606194
UREF
PNO  4944745
ISD  19900700
NAM  Sogard et al.
OCL  606194
UREF
PNO  4981478
ISD  19910100
NAM  Evard et al.
OCL  604282
UREF
PNO  4988356
ISD  19910100
NAM  Crittenden et al.
OCL  606194
UREF
PNO  4994032
ISD  19910200
NAM  Sugiyama et al.
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5141518
ISD  19920800
NAM  Hess et al.
OCL  606194
UREF
PNO  5176637
ISD  19930100
NAM  Sagae
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5195971
ISD  19930300
NAM  Sirhan
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5201723
ISD  19930400
NAM  Quinn
OCL  604264
UREF
PNO  5279562
ISD  19940100
NAM  Sirhan et al.
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5328472
ISD  19940700
NAM  Steinke et al.
OCL  604102
UREF
PNO  5344402
ISD  19940900
NAM  Crocker
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5383890
ISD  19950100
NAM  Miraki et al.
OCL  606194
UREF
PNO  5460608
ISD  19951000
NAM  Lodin et al.
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5492532
ISD  19960200
NAM  Ryan et al.
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5507766
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kugo et al.
OCL  606194
UREF
PNO  5516336
ISD  19960500
NAM  McInnes e al.
XCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5542925
ISD  19960800
NAM  Orth
OCL  604102
UREF
PNO  5554114
ISD  19960900
NAM  Wallace et al.
OCL  604 53
UREF
PNO  5573509
ISD  19961100
NAM  Thornton
OCL  604102
UREF
PNO  5591129
ISD  19970100
NAM  Shoup et al.
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5674198
ISD  19971000
NAM  Leone
OCL  604101
FREF
PNO  WO 93/01856
ISD  19930200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/13826
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/21985
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/32626
ISD  19970900
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Heller Ehrman White & McAuliffe
ABST
PAL  A perfusion dilatation catheter is disclosed which has an improved distal
      catheter shaft portion with a tubular member extending within the balloon
      provided with an expanded coil support incorporated within the wall of the
      tubular member. The coil is preferably closer to the inner surface than
      the outer surface of the tubular member. Also disclosed are improved
      catheter shaft sections in a perfusion portion proximal to the balloon,
      one with a reinforced inflation tube depending into the guidewire lumen
      and another having three separate lumens, a central guidewire lumen and a
      pair of inflation lumens on opposing sides of the tubular structure
      defining the guidewire lumen.
PATN
WKU  059892196
SRC  9
APN  0109525
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980123
TTL  Single-use syringe
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Blyveis; Deborah
EXP  Coggins; Wynn Wood
NDR  13
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Villas; Marcos Calucho
CTY  Fraga-Huesca
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Pons; Martin Clapes
CTY  Madrid
CNT  ESX
ASSG
NAM  Becton, Dickinson and Company
CTY  Franklin Lakes
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604110
XCL  604210
XCL  604218
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  500
FSC  604
FSS  110;181;187;218-220;239-242;210
UREF
PNO  4367738
ISD  19830100
NAM  Legendre et al.
OCL  128218PA
UREF
PNO  4731068
ISD  19880300
NAM  Hesse
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  4781684
ISD  19881100
NAM  Trenner
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  4826483
ISD  19890500
NAM  Molnar
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  4840616
ISD  19890600
NAM  Banks
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  4961728
ISD  19901000
NAM  Kosinski
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  4973310
ISD  19901100
NAM  Kosinski
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  4978339
ISD  19901200
NAM  Labouze et al.
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  5000737
ISD  19910300
NAM  Free et al.
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  5205825
ISD  19930400
NAM  Allison et al.
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  5215536
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lampropoulos
OCL  604220
UREF
PNO  5222942
ISD  19930600
NAM  Bader
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  5250030
ISD  19931000
NAM  Corsich
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  5733261
ISD  19980300
NAM  Obong
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  5814017
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kashmer
OCL  604110
LREP
FR2  Voellmicke; John L.
ABST
PAL  A syringe assembly comprises a barrel having an inside surface describing a
      chamber for retaining fluid. The barrel includes an open proximal end and
      a distal end with an elongated tip extending therefrom having a passageway
      therethrough in fluid communication with the chamber. A plunger rod
      includes an elongated body portion having a proximal end, a distal end and
      a stopper at the distal end. The stopper is slidably positioned in
      fluid-tight engagement within the barrel. An elongated projection extends
      distally outwardly from the distal end of the plunger rod. The elongated
      projection is shaped to fit within the passageway of elongated tip.
      Structure is provided to prevent the removal of a needle assembly from the
      elongated tip of the syringe barrel. A locking element is provided to
      prevent the proximal motion of the plunger rod with respect to the barrel
      after initial distal motion of the stopper to expel fluid from the syringe
      barrel.
PATN
WKU  059892200
SRC  9
APN  0854964
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980526
TTL  Self-retracting IV catheter introducer
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Hirsch; Paul J.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Shaw; Thomas J.
CTY  Little Elm
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Duesman; Kathryn
CTY  Pilot Point
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Retractable Technologies Inc.
CTY  Little Elm
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604110
XCL  604165
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  5162
ICL  A61M  500
FSC  604
FSS  110;165;164
UREF
PNO  4747831
ISD  19880500
NAM  Kulli
UREF
PNO  4828548
ISD  19890500
NAM  Walter
UREF
PNO  4906236
ISD  19900300
NAM  Alberts et al.
OCL  604164
UREF
PNO  4935014
ISD  19900600
NAM  Haber
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  4994034
ISD  19910200
NAM  Botich et al.
UREF
PNO  5007901
ISD  19910400
NAM  Shields
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  5019044
ISD  19910500
NAM  Tsao
UREF
PNO  5024665
ISD  19910600
NAM  Kaufman
UREF
PNO  5114410
ISD  19920500
NAM  Battle
UREF
PNO  5129884
ISD  19920700
NAM  Dysarz
UREF
PNO  5207647
ISD  19930500
NAM  Phelps
UREF
PNO  5267961
ISD  19931200
NAM  Shaw
UREF
PNO  5376080
ISD  19941200
NAM  Petrussa
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  5385551
ISD  19950100
NAM  Shaw
UREF
PNO  5389076
ISD  19950200
NAM  Shaw
UREF
PNO  5407431
ISD  19950400
NAM  Botich et al.
UREF
PNO  5407436
ISD  19950400
NAM  Toft et al.
UREF
PNO  5423758
ISD  19950600
NAM  Shaw
UREF
PNO  5501675
ISD  19960300
NAM  Erskine
UREF
PNO  5531701
ISD  19960700
NAM  Luther
OCL  604165
UREF
PNO  5562629
ISD  19961000
NAM  Haughton et al.
UREF
PNO  5573510
ISD  19961100
NAM  Isaacson
UREF
PNO  5575777
ISD  19961100
NAM  Cover et al.
UREF
PNO  5578011
ISD  19961100
NAM  Shaw
UREF
PNO  5613952
ISD  19970300
NAM  Pressly, Sr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5700250
ISD  19971200
NAM  Erskine
OCL  604165
UREF
PNO  5752936
ISD  19980500
NAM  Chien
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  5797880
ISD  19980800
NAM  Erskine
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  5817058
ISD  19981000
NAM  Shaw
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  5899883
ISD  19990500
NAM  Chern et al.
OCL  604110
LREP
FRM  Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP
ABST
PAL  A self-retracting IV catheter introducer automatically retracts the
      catheter needle safely within a housing when the connector attached to the
      cannula is separated from the housing after the cannula has been inserted
      into a patient. In one embodiment the housing comprises a retraction tube
      enclosing a retraction body having a rear portion mounted within the
      retraction tube and a front portion carrying a needle and extending
      through an opening in the front of the retraction body. A connection
      surface on the exposed front of the retraction body is frictionally
      engaged with a corresponding connection surface on the connector. Abutting
      surfaces between the connector and the retraction tube serve as stops.
      Releasable frictional engagement of the connection surfaces prevents
      retraction. In a second embodiment the front portion of the retraction
      tube extends forwardly configured as springing arms having a protrusion
      which engages a depression in the outer surface of an extending front
      portion of the retraction body. The springing arms are forcibly pressed
      against the front portion of the retraction body when a connector for the
      cannula is forcibly slidably placed over the springing arms. When the
      connector is separated, the arms are free to spring open releasing the
      retraction body for complete retraction into the retraction tube along
      with the needle.
PATN
WKU  059892218
SRC  9
APN  0600520
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980415
TTL  Arrangement in electronically controlled injection devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Robert; Eduardo C.
EXP  Smith; Jeffrey A.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hjertman; Birger
CTY  Vallingby
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Pharmacia & Upjohn AB
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19951020
APN  9503685
CLAS
OCL  604131
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 3700
FSC  604
FSS  131;151;152;154;141
FSC  128
FSS  DIG. 1;DIG. 12;DIG. 13
UREF
PNO  3680558
ISD  19720800
NAM  Kapelowitz
OCL  604 89
UREF
PNO  4077405
ISD  19780300
NAM  Haerten et al.
OCL  128DIG.12
UREF
PNO  4624658
ISD  19861100
NAM  Mardorf et al.
OCL  128DIG.1
UREF
PNO  4695271
ISD  19870900
NAM  Goethel
OCL  128DIG.1
UREF
PNO  4950246
ISD  19900800
NAM  Muller
OCL  604154
UREF
PNO  5254096
ISD  19931000
NAM  Rondelet et al.
OCL  604152
UREF
PNO  5259732
ISD  19931100
NAM  Stern
OCL  604154
UREF
PNO  5681285
ISD  19971000
NAM  Ford et al.
OCL  604151
FREF
PNO  0 285 679
ISD  19870400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 293 958
ISD  19880500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  85/02546
ISD  19831200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  International Search Report for PCT/SE96/01303.
PAL  International-Type Search Report for 9503685-1.
LREP
FR2  Villacorta; Gilberto M.
     Pepper Hamilton LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/01303
PD1  19980415
PD2  19980415
PD3  19961014
PCP  WO97/14459
PCD  19970424
ABST
PAR  In an electronically controlled injection device for the administering of
      one or more injections from an injection cartridge, the readying of the
      device for administering and the subsequent administering therefrom are
      controlled by an electronic control unit. This control unit comprises a
      position or attitude sensor which transmits signals to the control unit
      such that the readying of the device optionally cannot take place unless
      the longitudinal axis of the injection cartridge is oriented in a
      predetermined direction.
PATN
WKU  059892226
SRC  9
APN  097062&
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980612
TTL  Pressure (occlusion) sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXA  Robert; Eduando C.
EXP  Smith; Jeffrey A.
NDR  18
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Cole; Martin A.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lawless; Michael W.
CTY  Poway
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lynch; Christopher D.
CTY  Poway
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mo; Frank S. C.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Soberon; Peter A.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Abbott Laboratories
CTY  Abbott Park
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604151
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  1100
FSC  604
FSS  151;152;65;66;67
FSC  128
FSS  DIG. 13
UREF
PNO  554115
ISD  18960900
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL  604 67
UREF
PNO  4690673
ISD  19870900
NAM  Bloomquist
OCL  128DIG.13
UREF
PNO  4784576
ISD  19881100
NAM  Bloom et al.
OCL  604 65
UREF
PNO  5213573
ISD  19930500
NAM  Sorich et al.
OCL  604 66
UREF
PNO  5695473
ISD  19971200
NAM  Olsen
OCL  128DIG.13
FREF
PNO  8400690
ISD  19840300
CNT  WOX
OCL  604151
LREP
FR2  Marcus; Neal D.
ABST
PAL  A system and a method for detecting the presence of an occlusion in an
      intravenous (IV) line supplying a medicinal liquid to a patient. Two
      pressure occlusion sensors are employed to produce a value for the
      proximal and distal pressures within an IV pumping cassette that is
      disposed in the fluid path of the IV line. Each pressure occlusion sensor
      includes a strain gauge connected to a leaf spring that is fixed at one
      end within a pump chassis and a rod that is disposed transverse to the
      leaf spring. Each rod has one end that responds to the force of a portion
      of an elastomeric membrane inside the pumping cassette and another end
      that contacts a free end of the leaf spring. When a leaf spring is flexed
      by the movement of a rod, the strain gauge mounted on the leaf spring
      produces a differential voltage that corresponds to a fluid pressure
      within the pumping cassette. The distal pressure occlusion sensor
      automatically opens a flow stop on the pumping cassette when the pumping
      cassette is inserted into the pump chassis. The outputs from the distal
      and proximal pressure sensors are sampled at least once per second to
      ensure that maximum pressure values are not exceeded and that a pressure
      sensor failure is immediately detected.
PATN
WKU  059892234
SRC  8
APN  5973384
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19960206
TTL  Rotatable medical valve closure
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Rodriguez; Cris L.
EXP  McDermott; Corrine
NDR  14
NFG  52
INVT
NAM  Chu; Michael S. H.
CTY  Brookline
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Chin; Yem
CTY  Burlington
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Cragg; Andrew
CTY  Edina
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Gellman; Barry N.
CTY  North Easton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Boston Scientific Corporation
CTY  Natick
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  211650
APD  19940727
PSC  01
PNO  5489274
RLAP
COD  81
APN  PCTUS9208687
APD  19921009
RLAP
COD  82
APN  776581
APD  19911011
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  604167
XCL  604248
XCL  604169
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  5178
FSC  604
FSS  51-53;165;167;169;248;250;246;109;283
FSC  251
FSS  4-8
UREF
PNO  422906
ISD  18900300
NAM  Booth
UREF
PNO  1865012
ISD  19320600
NAM  Jackson
UREF
PNO  2458027
ISD  19490100
NAM  Quist
OCL  251  8
UREF
PNO  2667324
ISD  19540100
NAM  Hansen
UREF
PNO  2709024
ISD  19550500
NAM  Lemoine et al.
OCL  251  4
UREF
PNO  2987292
ISD  19610600
NAM  Teson et al.
OCL  251  6
UREF
PNO  3034504
ISD  19620500
NAM  Winsor
UREF
PNO  3197173
ISD  19650700
NAM  Taubenheim
UREF
PNO  3429549
ISD  19690200
NAM  Swanson
OCL  604250
UREF
PNO  3550861
ISD  19701200
NAM  Teson
OCL  239546
UREF
PNO  3585996
ISD  19710600
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  3805830
ISD  19740400
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  3813077
ISD  19740500
NAM  Kolic
UREF
PNO  3861641
ISD  19750100
NAM  Kolic
UREF
PNO  3920215
ISD  19751100
NAM  Knauf
OCL  251  7
UREF
PNO  4016879
ISD  19770400
NAM  Mellor
UREF
PNO  4121622
ISD  19781000
NAM  Forberg
UREF
PNO  4243034
ISD  19810100
NAM  Brandt
UREF
PNO  4292969
ISD  19811000
NAM  Raible et al.
OCL  251  4
UREF
PNO  4314555
ISD  19820200
NAM  Sagae
UREF
PNO  4378013
ISD  19830300
NAM  LeFevre
OCL  251  7
UREF
PNO  4417576
ISD  19831100
NAM  Baran
UREF
PNO  4419094
ISD  19831200
NAM  Patel
UREF
PNO  4423725
ISD  19840100
NAM  Baran
UREF
PNO  4464171
ISD  19840800
NAM  Garwin
UREF
PNO  4490003
ISD  19841200
NAM  Robinson
UREF
PNO  4496348
ISD  19850100
NAM  Genese
UREF
PNO  4518145
ISD  19850500
NAM  Keltz
UREF
PNO  4540411
ISD  19850900
NAM  Bodicky
OCL  604250
UREF
PNO  4570898
ISD  19860200
NAM  Staubli
OCL  604250
UREF
PNO  4697785
ISD  19871000
NAM  Tuseth
UREF
PNO  4714460
ISD  19871200
NAM  Calderon
UREF
PNO  4813938
ISD  19890300
NAM  Raulerson
UREF
PNO  4834719
ISD  19890500
NAM  Arenas
UREF
PNO  4857062
ISD  19890800
NAM  Russell
UREF
PNO  4883461
ISD  19891100
NAM  Sawyer
UREF
PNO  4917668
ISD  19900400
NAM  Haindl
UREF
PNO  4960412
ISD  19901000
NAM  Fink
UREF
PNO  4978341
ISD  19901200
NAM  Niederhauser
UREF
PNO  5009391
ISD  19910400
NAM  Steigerwald
UREF
PNO  5397310
ISD  19950300
NAM  Chue et al.
UREF
PNO  5489274
ISD  19960200
NAM  Chu et al.
FREF
PNO  07455844
ISD  19560300
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Amplatz TractMaster System and Catheter-Medi-Tech-Boston Scientific
      Corporation.
PAL  Torque Vise-Medi-Tech-Boston Scientific Corporation.
PAL  Tuohy-Borst Adapter with Side Port-Medi Tech-Boston Scientific Corporation.
PAL  FlowSwitch HP-Medi-Tech-Boston Scientific Corporation.
PAL  Quality Check Valves from Burron-Burron Medical Inc.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A medical closure device for providing a passage into or out of the body. A
      resilient member at least partially defines the passage, and a two-part
      body is disposed to permit relative rotation its parts about the passage
      axis. The first body portion compresses and supports the resilient member.
      Cam surfaces on the second body control a compression member which is
      disposed in a radially extending aperture of the first body portion and
      biased radially outwardly by the resilient member to maintain contact with
      the cam surface. Relative rotation of the body portions about the axis
      moves the cam surface relative to the compression member, causing radial
      displacement of the compression member from a first position (in which the
      passage is relatively uncompressed and open) to a second position (in
      which the passage is restricted).
PATN
WKU  059892242
SRC  9
APN  0277541
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980223
TTL  Universal seal for use with endoscopic cannula
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Woo; Julian W.
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Exline; Donald D.
CTY  Covington
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Pierce; William A.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Dexide Corporation
CTY  Fort Worth
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604167
XCL  604256
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  5178
FSC  604
FSS  164;167;256;264
UREF
PNO  4112932
ISD  19780900
NAM  Chiulli
UREF
PNO  4929235
ISD  19900500
NAM  Merry et al.
OCL  604167
UREF
PNO  5342315
ISD  19940800
NAM  Rowe et al.
UREF
PNO  5350364
ISD  19940900
NAM  Stephens et al.
UREF
PNO  5385553
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hart et al.
UREF
PNO  5407433
ISD  19950400
NAM  Loomas
UREF
PNO  5512053
ISD  19960400
NAM  Pearson et al.
UREF
PNO  5628732
ISD  19970500
NAM  Antoon, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5827228
ISD  19981000
NAM  Rowe
ABST
PAL  A universal seal is shown with orbital movement of a center opening for use
      in endoscopic surgery. A two part seal housing encloses the universal seal
      in an annulus surrounding an insertion port. The outer periphery of the
      universal seal is clamped between the two parts at the outer edge of the
      annulus. An inner ring of the universal seal is free to move from
      side-to-side inside the annulus while maintaining rubbing contact with the
      upper and lower surfaces of the annuluses for vertical support. The seal
      housing and universal seal are mounted on a proximal end of a cannula
      which allows access therethrough for the endoscopic surgery. The center
      opening of the universal seal is in general alignment with the insertion
      port of the seal housing, but the center opening and inner ring may move
      from side to side when medical instruments are inserted through the
      insertion port, the center opening, and the cannula and moved from side to
      side.
PATN
WKU  059892250
SRC  8
APN  8207933
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970319
TTL  Gastrointestinal-type tube insertion or removal device
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Blyveis; Deborah
EXP  Coggins; Wynn Wood
NDR  5
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Bodicky; Raymond O.
CTY  Oakville
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Dyck; Peter M.
CTY  Fernandina Beach
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Sherwood Services AG
CTY  Schaffhausen
CNT  CHX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  604174
XCL  604905
XCL  128DIG26
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  700
FSC  604
FSS  174-180;283;905;164;264
FSC  128
FSS  DIG. 26
UREF
PNO  3261357
ISD  19660700
NAM  Roberts et al.
OCL  128348
UREF
PNO  3794041
ISD  19740200
NAM  Frei et al.
OCL  128348
UREF
PNO  3814080
ISD  19740600
NAM  Norman
OCL  128  2
UREF
PNO  4735615
ISD  19880400
NAM  Uddo, Jr. et al.
OCL  604178
UREF
PNO  4944732
ISD  19900700
NAM  Russo
OCL  604247
UREF
PNO  5007900
ISD  19910400
NAM  Picha et al.
OCL  604106
UREF
PNO  5007914
ISD  19910400
NAM  Schweigerling
OCL  606108
UREF
PNO  5176648
ISD  19930100
NAM  Holmes et al.
OCL  604164
UREF
PNO  5183464
ISD  19930200
NAM  Dubrul et al.
OCL  128  3
UREF
PNO  5234425
ISD  19930800
NAM  Fogarty et al.
OCL  606  1
UREF
PNO  5267968
ISD  19931200
NAM  Russo
OCL  604174
UREF
PNO  5267983
ISD  19931200
NAM  Oilschlager et al.
OCL  604283
UREF
PNO  5375588
ISD  19941200
NAM  Yoon
OCL  128  4
UREF
PNO  5391156
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hildwein et al.
OCL  604174
UREF
PNO  5407430
ISD  19950400
NAM  Peters
OCL  604104
UREF
PNO  5456699
ISD  19951000
NAM  Armstrong
OCL  606108
UREF
PNO  5484420
ISD  19960100
NAM  Russo
OCL  604178
LREP
FR2  Leonardo; Mark S.
     Brown, Rudnick, Freed & Gesmer
ABST
PAL  A gastrointestinal-type tube insertion or removal device includes a body
      portion, a finger grip portion secured to an end of the body portion, and
      arm lifts secured to an end of the body portion opposite the finger grip
      portion. One or more optional stabilizing lifts may likewise be secured to
      the insertion or removal device in close proximity to the arm lifts. Also
      methods of using the gastrointestinal-type tube insertion or removal
      device are described for inserting or removing a skin level
      gastrointestinal-type tube.
PATN
WKU  059892269
SRC  8
APN  6359787
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19960509
TTL  Syringe with detachable drug housing
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; A. T.
EXP  Coggins; Wynn Wood
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hymanson; Victor
CTY  Manchester
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Seldoren Limited
CTY  Lancashire
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19931113
APN  9323447
CLAS
OCL  604198
XCL  604110
XCL  604232
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  532
FSC  609
FSS  192;197;198;206;201;232-235
FSC  604
FSS  195;198;232;234;110
UREF
PNO  2646798
ISD  19530700
NAM  Brown
OCL  604234
UREF
PNO  2671450
ISD  19540300
NAM  Dann
UREF
PNO  2778359
ISD  19570100
NAM  Friedman
UREF
PNO  3080866
ISD  19630300
NAM  Friedman
UREF
PNO  3583399
ISD  19710600
NAM  Ritsky
OCL  604232
UREF
PNO  3811441
ISD  19740500
NAM  Sarnoff
OCL  604234
UREF
PNO  3825002
ISD  19740700
NAM  Paige
UREF
PNO  4738663
ISD  19880400
NAM  Bogan
OCL  604198
UREF
PNO  5057088
ISD  19911000
NAM  Narayanan et al.
OCL  604198
UREF
PNO  5092853
ISD  19920300
NAM  Couvertier, II
OCL  604195
UREF
PNO  5106380
ISD  19920400
NAM  Lobello
OCL  604198
UREF
PNO  5129884
ISD  19920700
NAM  Dysarz
OCL  604164
UREF
PNO  5135510
ISD  19920800
NAM  Maszkiewicz et al.
OCL  604195
UREF
PNO  5256153
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hake
OCL  604198
UREF
PNO  5304149
ISD  19940400
NAM  Morigi
OCL  604192
UREF
PNO  5403288
ISD  19950400
NAM  Stanners
OCL  604232
UREF
PNO  5445620
ISD  19950800
NAM  Haber et al.
OCL  604232
UREF
PNO  5573514
ISD  19961100
NAM  Stiehl et al.
OCL  604198
UREF
PNO  5674203
ISD  19971000
NAM  Lewandowski
XCL  604198
FREF
PNO  WO 89/04680
ISD  19890600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Fisher, Christen & Sabol
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB94/02475
PD1  19960509
PD2  19960509
PD3  19941110
PCP  WO95/13842
PCD  19950526
ABST
PAR  A syringe has a drug-containing cartridge with a bung at one end which is
      engaged by a plunger, and a membrane at its other end which is penetrated
      by a needle. A connecting structure is connected to (or is formed
      integrally with) the needle and fits onto the forward end of the cartridge
      and the syringe. After use the cartridge, the connecting structure and the
      needle can be disposed together. A sleeve is slidably mounted on the
      structure and can be moved to sheath the needle.
PATN
WKU  059892277
SRC  9
APN  1957384
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19981119
TTL  Prefilled syringe with sterility-preserving cap
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Sirmons; Kevin C.
EXP  Coggins; Wynn Wood
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Vetter; Helmut
CTY  Ravensburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Otto; Thomas
CTY  Weingarten
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Arzneimittel GmbH Apotheker Vetter & Co.
CTY  Ravensburg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19971111
APN  197 51 219
CLAS
OCL  604232
XCL  604233
XCL  604234
XCL  604256
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  500
FSC  604
FSS  200;201;232-234;256;82
UREF
PNO  2906423
ISD  19590900
NAM  Sandhage
UREF
PNO  5135496
ISD  19920800
NAM  Vetter et al.
OCL  604111
UREF
PNO  5320603
ISD  19940600
NAM  Vetter
UREF
PNO  5328474
ISD  19940700
NAM  Raines
OCL  604110
UREF
PNO  5649912
ISD  19970700
NAM  Petersom
OCL  604187
UREF
PNO  5693027
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hansen et al.
OCL  604232
FREF
PNO  WO 94/03373
ISD  19940200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/40037
ISD  19961200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1139441
ISD  19570200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  195 37 163
ISD  19970100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  621524
ISD  19810200
CNT  CHX
LREP
FR2  Dubno; Herbert
FR2  Wilford; Andrew
ABST
PAL  A medicament container has a body having an open mouth defining an axis, a
      pierceable plug engaged over and sealing the mouth, a ring engaged around
      the mouth and over the plug and formed with a hole through which an outer
      surface of the plug is exposed, and a cap engageable around the mouth over
      the ring and plug. The cap holds an elastomeric element bearing
      elastically through the hole against the plug outer surface.
PATN
WKU  059892285
SRC  8
APN  6954766
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19960813
TTL  Trocar flapper valve
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  McDermott; Corrine
NDR  2
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Danks; John K.
CTY  Delray Beach
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Thomas R.
CTY  Milford
STA  NH
R47  4
ASSG
NAM  Endoscopic Concepts, Inc.
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  238959
APD  19940506
PSC  01
PNO  5545150
ISD  19960813
CLAS
OCL  604256
XCL  604167
XCL  2511491
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  500
FSC  604
FSS  164;167;169;246;256;264
FSC  251
FSS  149.1;149.2
UREF
PNO  4654030
ISD  19870300
NAM  Moll et al.
OCL  604165
UREF
PNO  4673393
ISD  19870600
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  604167
UREF
PNO  4902280
ISD  19900200
NAM  Lander
OCL  604165
UREF
PNO  4943280
ISD  19900700
NAM  Lander
OCL  604169
UREF
PNO  5009391
ISD  19910400
NAM  Steigerwald
OCL  604167
UREF
PNO  5030206
ISD  19910700
NAM  Lander
OCL  604164
UREF
PNO  5041095
ISD  19910800
NAM  Littrell
OCL  604167
UREF
PNO  5053016
ISD  19911000
NAM  Lander
OCL  604169
UREF
PNO  5104383
ISD  19920400
NAM  Shichman
OCL  604167
UREF
PNO  5122122
ISD  19920600
NAM  Allgood
OCL  604174
UREF
PNO  5127909
ISD  19920700
NAM  Shichman
OCL  604165
UREF
PNO  5129885
ISD  19920700
NAM  Green
OCL  604164
UREF
PNO  5226891
ISD  19930700
NAM  Bushatz et al.
OCL  604165
UREF
PNO  5256149
ISD  19931000
NAM  Banik et al.
OCL  604164
UREF
PNO  5273545
ISD  19931200
NAM  Hunt et al.
OCL  604167
UREF
PNO  5314417
ISD  19940500
NAM  Stephens et al.
OCL  604264
UREF
PNO  5364372
ISD  19941100
NAM  Danks et al.
OCL  604264
UREF
PNO  5385552
ISD  19950100
NAM  Haber
OCL  604169
UREF
PNO  5385553
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hart et al.
OCL  604167
UREF
PNO  5445617
ISD  19950800
NAM  Yoon
OCL  604165
LREP
FRM  Miller & Miller, LLP
ABST
PAL  A trocar is formed from a cannula and an interfitting obturator for
      penetrating body cavity walls in laparoscopic and endoscopic surgery. The
      cannula has an improved inexpensive flexible flapper valve and can be
      manufactured with a reusable cannula tube but disposable flapper valve
      assembly to minimize cost.
PATN
WKU  059892293
SRC  8
APN  8646090
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970528
TTL  Needle cover assembly having self-contained drug applicator
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Stright, Jr.; Ronald K.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Chiappetta; Paul
CTY  Basking Ridge
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Becton, Dickinson and Company
CTY  Franklin Lakes
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604263
XCL  604  1
XCL  604164
XCL  604192
XCL  604289
XCL  604310
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  500
FSC  604
FSS  1;2;3;162;171;199;192;198;263;264;265;266;267;280;283;164;158;523;533;289
     ;310;311
UREF
PNO  1687472
ISD  19281000
NAM  Dorman et al.
UREF
PNO  1711352
ISD  19290400
NAM  Jeffreys
OCL  604  1
UREF
PNO  3270743
ISD  19660900
NAM  Gingras
UREF
PNO  3587575
ISD  19710600
NAM  Lichtenstein
OCL  604199
UREF
PNO  3977401
ISD  19760800
NAM  Pike
UREF
PNO  4243035
ISD  19810100
NAM  Barrett
UREF
PNO  4362157
ISD  19821200
NAM  Keeth
UREF
PNO  4392859
ISD  19830700
NAM  Dent
OCL  604198
UREF
PNO  4482348
ISD  19841100
NAM  Dent
OCL  604198
UREF
PNO  4557720
ISD  19851200
NAM  Hemphill
OCL  604  1
UREF
PNO  4636201
ISD  19870100
NAM  Ambrose et al.
OCL  604192
UREF
PNO  4747719
ISD  19880500
NAM  Parkin
OCL  604  3
UREF
PNO  4781693
ISD  19881100
NAM  Martinez et al.
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  4799926
ISD  19890100
NAM  Haber
OCL  604199
UREF
PNO  4811847
ISD  19890300
NAM  Reif et al.
UREF
PNO  4950252
ISD  19900800
NAM  Luther et al.
UREF
PNO  4952204
ISD  19900800
NAM  Korteweg
OCL  604  1
UREF
PNO  4988341
ISD  19910100
NAM  Columbus et al.
OCL  604306
UREF
PNO  5000193
ISD  19910300
NAM  Heelis et al.
OCL  604  1
UREF
PNO  5015228
ISD  19910500
NAM  Columbus et al.
OCL  604 51
UREF
PNO  5059186
ISD  19911000
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  604280
UREF
PNO  5242425
ISD  19930900
NAM  White et al.
OCL  604256
UREF
PNO  5312371
ISD  19940500
NAM  Dombrowski et al.
OCL  604198
UREF
PNO  5342320
ISD  19940800
NAM  Cameron
OCL  604198
UREF
PNO  5417668
ISD  19950500
NAM  Setzer et al.
OCL  604263
UREF
PNO  5489267
ISD  19960200
NAM  Moreno et al.
OCL  604 89
UREF
PNO  5531810
ISD  19960700
NAM  Fullemann
UREF
PNO  5562633
ISD  19961000
NAM  Wozencroft
OCL  604171
FREF
PNO  096314
ISD  19831200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Lee; Eric M.
ABST
PAL  A needle cover assembly is provided that incorporates a drug applicator
      therein. The needle cover assembly includes an inner sleeve and an outer
      sleeve. The inner sleeve is formed from a hard material and acts as a
      needle shield. The inner sleeve also includes an absorbent material
      thereon that can absorb a drug such as an antimicrobial agent. This allows
      the absorbent material to be swabbed on the patient's skin prior to
      puncturing with a needle. The outer sleeve covers the absorbent material
      and prevents evaporation of the drug from the absorbent material.
PATN
WKU  059892307
SRC  8
APN  7974264
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970210
TTL  Rotate to advance catheterization system
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Gring; Kent
EXP  McDermott; Corrine
NDR  12
NFG  35
INVT
NAM  Frassica; James J.
CTY  Chelmsford
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Essex Technology, Inc.
CTY  Chelmsford
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  505040
APD  19960111
PSC  01
PNO  5601537
ISD  19970211
CLAS
OCL  604264
XCL  604508
XCL  604510
XCL  604280
XCL  600109
XCL  600129
XCL  600139
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  500
FSC  604
FSS  22;264;200;43;41;45;50;346;349;95;508;510
FSC  606
FSS  159
FSC  128
FSS  349
FSC  600
FSS  101;103;105;112;114;129;139;109
UREF
PNO  207932
ISD  18780900
NAM  Alvord
UREF
PNO  761235
ISD  19040500
NAM  Kepler
UREF
PNO  1644919
ISD  19271000
NAM  Hayes
UREF
PNO  2173527
ISD  19390900
NAM  Agayoff
UREF
PNO  2896629
ISD  19590700
NAM  Warr
UREF
PNO  4445509
ISD  19840500
NAM  Auth
UREF
PNO  4762130
ISD  19880800
NAM  Fogarty et al.
UREF
PNO  4834724
ISD  19890500
NAM  Geiss et al.
UREF
PNO  4950232
ISD  19900800
NAM  Ruzicka et al.
UREF
PNO  4955859
ISD  19900900
NAM  Zilber
UREF
PNO  5009643
ISD  19910400
NAM  Reich et al.
UREF
PNO  5087252
ISD  19920200
NAM  Denard
UREF
PNO  5129910
ISD  19920700
NAM  Phan et al.
UREF
PNO  5246445
ISD  19930900
NAM  Yachia et al.
UREF
PNO  5308354
ISD  19940500
NAM  Zacca et al.
UREF
PNO  5334211
ISD  19940800
NAM  Shiber
OREF
PAL  "Anatomy, Descriptive & Surgical" by Henry Gray, 1977 Crown Publishers pp.
      98-1001, 1004-1007, 1026-1027.
PAL  "Ancient Inventions", 1st Ed 1994 by Peter James & Nick Thorpe, Ballantine
      Books pp. 15 & 16.
PAL  "Perspective in Urology", Hoffman-Larducue, 1976 Pub of American Urological
      Assoc. pp. 117-134.
PAL  "Antique Medical Instruments", by C. Keith Wilbur, M.D., Schiffer Pub.
      Ltd., pp. 74-75.
PAL  "Urology Productions", Bard Urological Div. 6 pages Product Data Sheets.
PAL  "A Presentation of Catheters and Urological Specialties for . . . " 1 page
      Foley Catheters/Urological Specialties.
LREP
FRM  Pandiscio & Pandiscio
ABST
PAL  A system of rotate-to-advance medical devices including catheters,
      dilators, occluders, stents, suprapubic catheters and camera introducers
      configured with external screw threads and depending substantially on
      rotation for means of advancement and emplacement in mammalian
      genitourinary and gastrointestinal passages and organs.
PATN
WKU  059892315
SRC  9
APN  0075000
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980115
TTL  Optical gastrostomy and jejunostomy
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Blyveis; Deborah
EXP  Coggins; Wynn Wood
NDR  6
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Snow; Todd H.
CTY  Westborough
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Phalen; Michael P.
CTY  Marlborough
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Scimed Life Systems, Inc.
CTY  Maple Grove
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604264
XCL  604270
XCL  600109
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  500
FSC  604
FSS  264;280;96;117;104;270
FSC  606
FSS  191;192;198
FSC  600
FSS  120;114;115;116;139;146;156
UREF
PNO  D323886
ISD  19920200
NAM  Picha et al.
UREF
PNO  D323887
ISD  19920200
NAM  Picha et al.
UREF
PNO  4624243
ISD  19861100
NAM  Lowery et al.
OCL  128  6
UREF
PNO  4769014
ISD  19880900
NAM  Russo
OCL  604270
UREF
PNO  5007900
ISD  19910400
NAM  Picha et al.
OCL  604106
UREF
PNO  5112310
ISD  19920500
NAM  Grobe
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  5152277
ISD  19921000
NAM  Honda et al.
OCL  128  4
UREF
PNO  5188596
ISD  19930200
NAM  Condon et al.
OCL  604101
UREF
PNO  5279553
ISD  19940100
NAM  Winkler et al.
OCL  604 53
UREF
PNO  5327881
ISD  19940700
NAM  Greene
OCL  128 11
UREF
PNO  5356391
ISD  19941000
NAM  Stewart
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  5518406
ISD  19960500
NAM  Waters
UREF
PNO  5527280
ISD  19960600
NAM  Goelz
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5676635
ISD  19971000
NAM  Levin
OCL  600120
UREF
PNO  5733241
ISD  19980300
NAM  King
OCL  600114
UREF
PNO  5733242
ISD  19980300
NAM  Rayburn et al.
OCL  600120
UREF
PNO  5803898
ISD  19980900
NAM  Bahour
OCL  600120
UREF
PNO  5823940
ISD  19981000
NAM  Newman
OCL  600116
OREF
PAL  Marks et al, "Access Routes for Enteral Nutrition", The Gastroenterologist,
      vol. 3, No. 2, Jun. 1995, pp. 130-139.
PAL  Chaurasia et al., "A Novel Technique for Percutaneous Endoscopic
      Gastrojejunostomy Tube Placement", Gastrointestinal Endoscopy, vol. 42,
      No. 2, 1995, pp. 165 to 168.
LREP
FRM  Testa, Hurwitz & Thibeault, LLP
ABST
PAL  An optical feeding tube includes an elongated sheath having a first lumen
      for delivering nutrients to a gastro-intestinal tract and an imaging
      device disposed in a second lumen. The imaging device provides
      visualization of an area adjacent a distal end of the elongated sheath.
      The imaging device can be an optical fiber extending from a proximal end
      to a distal end of the elongated sheath. The optical feeding tube can also
      include a retention device.
PATN
WKU  059892323
SRC  8
APN  9724710
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19971118
TTL  Endoscopic portal having universal seals and methods for introducing
      instruments therethrough
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Mendez; Manvel
EXP  Yasko; John D.
NDR  9
NFG  50
INVT
NAM  Yoon; InBae
STR  2101 Highland Ridge Dr.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  MD
ZIP  21131
RLAP
COD  71
APN  618328
APD  19960319
PSC  01
PNO  5814026
CLAS
OCL  604280
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 2500
FSC  604
FSS  280;167;256;249;264
UREF
PNO  1986484
ISD  19351100
NAM  Schlueter
UREF
PNO  3565078
ISD  19710200
NAM  Villiancourt
UREF
PNO  3585996
ISD  19710600
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  3620500
ISD  19711100
NAM  Santomieri
UREF
PNO  3994287
ISD  19761100
NAM  Turp et al.
UREF
PNO  4177814
ISD  19791200
NAM  Knepshield et al.
UREF
PNO  4180068
ISD  19791200
NAM  Jacobsen et al.
UREF
PNO  4240411
ISD  19801200
NAM  Hosono
UREF
PNO  4243034
ISD  19810100
NAM  Brandt
UREF
PNO  4475548
ISD  19841000
NAM  Muto
UREF
PNO  4535773
ISD  19850800
NAM  Yoon
UREF
PNO  4654030
ISD  19870300
NAM  Moll et al.
UREF
PNO  4842591
ISD  19890600
NAM  Luther
UREF
PNO  4874378
ISD  19891000
NAM  Hillstead
UREF
PNO  4899729
ISD  19900200
NAM  Gill et al.
UREF
PNO  4917668
ISD  19900400
NAM  Haindl
UREF
PNO  4929235
ISD  19900500
NAM  Merry et al.
UREF
PNO  4978341
ISD  19901200
NAM  Niederhauser
UREF
PNO  4994027
ISD  19910200
NAM  Farrell
UREF
PNO  5104389
ISD  19920400
NAM  Deem et al.
UREF
PNO  5108380
ISD  19920400
NAM  Herlitze et al.
UREF
PNO  5127626
ISD  19920700
NAM  Hilal et al.
UREF
PNO  5141498
ISD  19920800
NAM  Christian
UREF
PNO  5156596
ISD  19921000
NAM  Balbierz et al.
UREF
PNO  5158553
ISD  19921000
NAM  Berry et al.
UREF
PNO  5161773
ISD  19921100
NAM  Tower
UREF
PNO  5167636
ISD  19921200
NAM  Clement
UREF
PNO  5176659
ISD  19930100
NAM  Mancini
UREF
PNO  5180373
ISD  19930100
NAM  Green et al.
UREF
PNO  5188607
ISD  19930200
NAM  Wu
UREF
PNO  5195980
ISD  19930300
NAM  Catlin
UREF
PNO  5197955
ISD  19930300
NAM  Stephens et al.
UREF
PNO  5201714
ISD  19930400
NAM  Gentelia et al.
UREF
PNO  5207656
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kranys
UREF
PNO  5269763
ISD  19931200
NAM  Boehmer et al.
UREF
PNO  5282790
ISD  19940200
NAM  Clement
UREF
PNO  5300035
ISD  19940400
NAM  Clement
UREF
PNO  5308336
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hart et al.
UREF
PNO  5324270
ISD  19940600
NAM  Kayan et al.
UREF
PNO  5350364
ISD  19940900
NAM  Stephens et al.
UREF
PNO  5360417
ISD  19941100
NAM  Gravener et al.
UREF
PNO  5376077
ISD  19941200
NAM  Gomringer
UREF
PNO  5385553
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hart et al.
UREF
PNO  5389080
ISD  19950200
NAM  Yoon
UREF
PNO  5391153
ISD  19950200
NAM  Haber et al.
UREF
PNO  5429609
ISD  19950700
NAM  Yoon
UREF
PNO  5441486
ISD  19950800
NAM  Yoon
UREF
PNO  5460616
ISD  19951000
NAM  Weinstein et al.
UREF
PNO  5476475
ISD  19951200
NAM  Gadberry
UREF
PNO  5492304
ISD  19960200
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  5496280
ISD  19960300
NAM  Vandenbroek et al.
FREF
PNO  033 690 3
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Blank Rome Comisky & McCauley LLP
ABST
PAL  An endoscopic portal for establishing communication with a body cavity for
      the introduction of instruments through the endoscopic portal includes a
      seal having a variable size passage for communication with the body cavity
      to permit instruments of varying sizes to be passed therethrough and a
      tubular expander aligned with the variable size passage. The seal is
      biased to a contracted position wherein the variable size passage has a
      first cross sectional size and is movable to an expanded position wherein
      the variable size passage has a second cross sectional size larger than
      the first cross sectional size. The tubular expander has a blunt end
      insertable in the variable size passage to move the seal from the
      contracted position to the expanded position such that an instrument
      having a cross sectional size larger than the first cross sectional size
      can be introduced through the expander and the seal into the body cavity
      without contacting the seal. Thereafter, the blunt end of the tubular
      expander is withdrawable from the variable size passage such that the seal
      engages the instrument in the variable size passage to form a seal
      therewith. A method of introducing an instrument in a body cavity
      according to the present invention comprises the steps of moving a blunt
      end of a tubular expander into a variable size seal to enlarge the
      variable size seal, introducing an instrument through the tubular expander
      into the body cavity such that a distal end of the instrument is moved
      through the seal without contacting the seal and withdrawing the blunt end
      of the tubular expander from the seal such that the seal sealingly engages
      the instrument.
PATN
WKU  059892331
SRC  8
APN  9724745
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19971118
TTL  Endoscopic portal having a universal seal and methods for introducing
      instruments therethrough
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Mendez; Manuel
EXP  Yasko; John D.
NDR  9
NFG  51
INVT
NAM  Yoon; InBae
STR  2101 Highland Ridge Dr.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  MD
ZIP  21131
RLAP
COD  74
APN  618328
APD  19960319
PSC  01
PNO  5814026
CLAS
OCL  604280
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 2500
FSC  604
FSS  280;167;256;249;264
UREF
PNO  1986484
ISD  19351100
NAM  Schlueter
UREF
PNO  3565078
ISD  19710200
NAM  Vailliancourt
UREF
PNO  3585996
ISD  19710600
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  3620500
ISD  19711100
NAM  Santomieri
UREF
PNO  3994287
ISD  19761100
NAM  Turp et al.
UREF
PNO  4177814
ISD  19791200
NAM  Knepshield et al.
UREF
PNO  4180068
ISD  19791200
NAM  Jacobsen et al.
UREF
PNO  4240411
ISD  19801200
NAM  Hosono
UREF
PNO  4243034
ISD  19810100
NAM  Brandt
UREF
PNO  4475548
ISD  19841000
NAM  Muto
UREF
PNO  4535773
ISD  19850800
NAM  Yoon
UREF
PNO  4654030
ISD  19870300
NAM  Moll et al.
UREF
PNO  4842591
ISD  19890600
NAM  Luther
UREF
PNO  4874378
ISD  19891000
NAM  Hillstead
UREF
PNO  4899729
ISD  19900200
NAM  Gill et al.
UREF
PNO  4917668
ISD  19900400
NAM  Haindl
UREF
PNO  4929235
ISD  19900500
NAM  Merry et al.
UREF
PNO  4978341
ISD  19901200
NAM  Niederhauser
UREF
PNO  4994027
ISD  19910200
NAM  Farrell
UREF
PNO  5104389
ISD  19920400
NAM  Deem et al.
UREF
PNO  5108380
ISD  19920400
NAM  Herlitze et al.
UREF
PNO  5127626
ISD  19920700
NAM  Hilal et al.
UREF
PNO  5141498
ISD  19920800
NAM  Christian
UREF
PNO  5156596
ISD  19921000
NAM  Balbierz et al.
UREF
PNO  5158553
ISD  19921000
NAM  Berry et al.
UREF
PNO  5161773
ISD  19921100
NAM  Tower
UREF
PNO  5167636
ISD  19921200
NAM  Clement
UREF
PNO  5176659
ISD  19930100
NAM  Mancini
UREF
PNO  5180373
ISD  19930100
NAM  Green et al.
UREF
PNO  5188607
ISD  19930200
NAM  Wu
UREF
PNO  5195980
ISD  19930300
NAM  Catlin
UREF
PNO  5197955
ISD  19930300
NAM  Stephens et al.
UREF
PNO  5201714
ISD  19930400
NAM  Gentelia et al.
UREF
PNO  5207656
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kranys
UREF
PNO  5269763
ISD  19931200
NAM  Boehmer et al.
UREF
PNO  5282790
ISD  19940200
NAM  Clement
UREF
PNO  5300035
ISD  19940400
NAM  Clement
UREF
PNO  5308336
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hart et al.
UREF
PNO  5324270
ISD  19940600
NAM  Kayan et al.
UREF
PNO  5350364
ISD  19940900
NAM  Stephens et al.
UREF
PNO  5360417
ISD  19941100
NAM  Gravener et al.
UREF
PNO  5376077
ISD  19941200
NAM  Gomringer
UREF
PNO  5385553
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hart et al.
UREF
PNO  5389080
ISD  19950200
NAM  Yoon
UREF
PNO  5391153
ISD  19950200
NAM  Haber et al.
UREF
PNO  5429609
ISD  19950700
NAM  Yoon
UREF
PNO  5441486
ISD  19950800
NAM  Yoon
UREF
PNO  5460616
ISD  19951000
NAM  Weinstein et al.
UREF
PNO  5476475
ISD  19951200
NAM  Gadberry
UREF
PNO  5492304
ISD  19960200
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  5496280
ISD  19960300
NAM  Vandenbroek et al.
LREP
FRM  Blank Rome Comisky & McCauley LLP
ABST
PAL  An endoscopic portal for establishing communication with a body cavity for
      the introduction of instruments through the endoscopic portal includes a
      seal having a variable size passage for communication with the body cavity
      to permit instruments of varying sizes to be passed therethrough and a
      tubular expander aligned with the variable size passage. The seal is
      biased to a contracted position wherein the variable size passage has a
      first cross sectional size and is movable to an expanded position wherein
      the variable size passage has a second cross sectional size larger than
      the first cross sectional size. The tubular expander has a blunt end
      insertable in the variable size passage to move the seal from the
      contracted position to the expanded position such that an instrument
      having a cross sectional size larger than the first cross sectional size
      can be introduced through the expander and the seal into the body cavity
      without contacting the seal. Thereafter, the blunt end of the tubular
      expander is withdrawable from the variable size passage such that the seal
      engages the instrument in the variable size passage to form a seal
      therewith. A method of introducing an instrument in a body cavity
      according to the present invention comprises the steps of moving a blunt
      end of a tubular expander into a variable size seal to enlarge the
      variable size seal, introducing an instrument through the tubular expander
      into the body cavity such that a distal end of the instrument is moved
      through the seal without contacting the seal and withdrawing the blunt end
      of the tubular expander from the seal such that the seal sealingly engages
      the instrument.
PATN
WKU  059892340
SRC  8
APN  7831773
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970114
TTL  Device and system for draining a body cavity and methods related thereto
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXA  Cho; David J.
EXP  McDermott; Corrine
NDR  12
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Valerio; Michael A.
CTY  Wrentham
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Phung; Trinh
CTY  Attleboro
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Carlone; Anthony R.
CTY  Bristol
STA  RI
INVT
NAM  Santos; Victor E.
CTY  Brockton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Travers; Lawrence F.
CTY  Westport
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Deknatel Technology Corporation
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604321
XCL  604319
XCL  604324
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  100
FSC  604
FSS  317;318;320;321;322;323;324
UREF
PNO  Re29877
ISD  19790100
NAM  Kurtz et al.
UREF
PNO  D245372
ISD  19770800
NAM  Kurtz et al.
UREF
PNO  D250207
ISD  19781100
NAM  Kurtz et al.
UREF
PNO  D324102
ISD  19920200
NAM  Farrar et al.
UREF
PNO  3363626
ISD  19680100
NAM  Bidwell et al.
UREF
PNO  3363627
ISD  19680100
NAM  Bidwell et al.
UREF
PNO  3545440
ISD  19701200
NAM  Mishkin et al.
UREF
PNO  3552395
ISD  19710100
NAM  Bidwell etal.
UREF
PNO  3559647
ISD  19710200
NAM  Bidwell et al.
UREF
PNO  3683913
ISD  19720800
NAM  Kurtz et al.
UREF
PNO  3782497
ISD  19740100
NAM  Bidwell et al.
UREF
PNO  3809085
ISD  19740500
NAM  Bidwell et al.
UREF
PNO  3830238
ISD  19740800
NAM  Kurtz et al.
UREF
PNO  4015603
ISD  19770400
NAM  Kurtz et al.
UREF
PNO  4018224
ISD  19770400
NAM  Kurtz et al.
UREF
PNO  4105031
ISD  19780800
NAM  Kurtz et al.
UREF
PNO  4112948
ISD  19780900
NAM  Kurtz et al.
UREF
PNO  4258824
ISD  19810300
NAM  Kurtz et al.
UREF
PNO  4445884
ISD  19840500
NAM  Kurtz et al.
UREF
PNO  4534765
ISD  19850800
NAM  Todd et al.
UREF
PNO  4544370
ISD  19851000
NAM  Elliott et al.
UREF
PNO  4550749
ISD  19851100
NAM  Krikorian
UREF
PNO  4605400
ISD  19860800
NAM  Kurtz et al.
UREF
PNO  4650476
ISD  19870300
NAM  Telang
UREF
PNO  4658834
ISD  19870400
NAM  Blankenship et al.
UREF
PNO  4698060
ISD  19871000
NAM  D'Antonio et al.
UREF
PNO  4715855
ISD  19871200
NAM  D'Antonio et al.
UREF
PNO  4715856
ISD  19871200
NAM  Elliott et al.
UREF
PNO  4738671
ISD  19880400
NAM  Elliott et al.
UREF
PNO  4747843
ISD  19880500
NAM  Felix et al.
UREF
PNO  4747844
ISD  19880500
NAM  Elliott et al.
UREF
PNO  4756501
ISD  19880700
NAM  Quercia et al.
UREF
PNO  4784642
ISD  19881100
NAM  Everett, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4857042
ISD  19890800
NAM  Schneider
UREF
PNO  4889531
ISD  19891200
NAM  D'Antonio et al.
UREF
PNO  4955873
ISD  19900900
NAM  Rajlevsky
UREF
PNO  4955874
ISD  19900900
NAM  Farrar et al.
UREF
PNO  5026358
ISD  19910600
NAM  Everett, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5141504
ISD  19920800
NAM  Herweck et al.
UREF
PNO  5236425
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kurtz et al.
UREF
PNO  5286262
ISD  19940200
NAM  Herweck et al.
UREF
PNO  5300050
ISD  19940400
NAM  Everette, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5318510
ISD  19940600
NAM  Cathcart
UREF
PNO  5458567
ISD  19951000
NAM  Cathcart
UREF
PNO  5507734
ISD  19960400
NAM  Everett, Jr. et al.
FREF
PNO  0096579
ISD  19831200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0112641
ISD  19840700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2148331
ISD  19701100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2351709
ISD  19721100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2141933A
ISD  19850100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  "Understanding Chest Drainage", Deknatel, Inc. Publication, Jul., 1995.
      Rev. C.
PAL  Deknatel Product Literature, Pleur-evac Plus A-9250; Sep., 1994.
PAL  Deknatel Product Literature, Pleur-Evac Plus A-6000; Dec., 1995.
PAL  Deknatel Product Literature, Pleur-Evac A-7000 series; 1994.
PAL  Deknatel Product Literature, Pleur-Evac A-8000 series; Sep. 1993.
LREP
FRM  Dike, Bronstein, Roberts & Cushman, LLP
FR2  Conlin; David G.
FR2  Daley, Jr.; William J.
ABST
PAL  Featured is a device for draining fluids and/or gas from body cavities,
      including at least a pressure control chamber and a collection chamber
      being fluidly coupled by a one-way valve thereby establishing a waterless
      seal between the collection chamber, including the patient, and the
      suction source. The pressure control chamber also includes a waterless
      suction pressure control regulator that controls and maintains the suction
      pressure at or about a selected value. Preferably, the regulator includes
      a spring operated valve. The device also includes a vent path arrangement
      having an intermediate chamber and at least two passages that are
      perpendicular to two adjacent surfaces within the intermediate chamber.
      The two passages and intermediate chamber are arranged so liquid in the
      collection chamber does not flow and contaminate the upstream portions of
      the device when the device is resting on its front side or backside. Also
      featured is an autotransfusion system including a drainage device and a
      bag assembly attached thereto. The device and bag assembly are fluidly
      coupled so the differential pressure established by the device causes the
      blood from the patient to drain into the bag assembly. In an alternate
      embodiment, the drainage device is configured to continuously collect and
      filter a patient's blood and continuously output it for re-infusion back
      into the patient.
PATN
WKU  059892358
SRC  8
APN  9035702
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970731
TTL  Ostomy bag
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Ruhl; Dennis
EXP  Weiss; John G.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Quacquarella; Cesare
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Buongiorno; Livio
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Perego; Vittorio
CTY  Busto Arsizio
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Cryovac, Inc.
CTY  Duncan
STA  SC
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19990129
APN  96112399
CLAS
OCL  604332
XCL  604338
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  544
FSC  604
FSS  332-345;327
FSC  427
FSS  189;200;206
FSC  156
FSS  279
UREF
PNO  4490145
ISD  19841200
NAM  Campbell
OCL  604333
UREF
PNO  4816027
ISD  19890300
NAM  Gilchrist et al.
OCL  604339
UREF
PNO  5316607
ISD  19940500
NAM  Johnsen et al.
OCL  156212
UREF
PNO  5423782
ISD  19950600
NAM  Wolrich
OCL  604339
UREF
PNO  5545154
ISD  19960800
NAM  Oberholtzer
OCL  604336
UREF
PNO  5591144
ISD  19970100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  604327
UREF
PNO  5672163
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ferreira et al.
OCL  604333
UREF
PNO  5722965
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kuczynski
OCL  604344
UREF
PNO  5785695
ISD  19980700
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  604339
LREP
FR2  DeCarli; Elda
FR2  Lagaly; Thomas C.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a drainage bag (colostomy, ileostomy or urostomy
      bag) comprising a bag of thermoplastic material having means to define an
      opening for receiving waste material from a stoma and means to secure the
      bag in place with the opening connected to the stoma, characterized in
      that at least the surface of the bag in contact with the skin of the
      wearer is flocked. Also described is an ostomy appliance comprising a
      re-usable outer bag and a disposable inner bag, means for securing the two
      bags together and to the stoma, means for inserting and removing the inner
      bag from the outer one, and means for closing, the outer bag once the
      inner one is in place, characterized in that at least the surface of the
      outer bag in contact with the skin of the wearer is flocked.
PATN
WKU  059892366
SRC  9
APN  0424218
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980313
TTL  Absorbent article with adjustable waist feature
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Polutta; Mark O.
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Roe; Donald C.
CTY  West Chester
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Dreier; Kimberly A.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Fisher; Constance Lee
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Bergman; Carl L.
CTY  Loveland
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  6043851
XCL  604391
EDF  6
ICL  A61F 1315
FSC  604
FSS  385.1;386;391;389
UREF
PNO  2566139
ISD  19510800
NAM  Ostrovsky et al.
OCL  604386
UREF
PNO  3618608
ISD  19711100
NAM  Brink
OCL  604391
UREF
PNO  4728326
ISD  19880300
NAM  Gilles
OCL  604391
UREF
PNO  5106385
ISD  19920400
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  604391
UREF
PNO  5112356
ISD  19920500
NAM  Quedrini
OCL  604391
UREF
PNO  5279604
ISD  19940100
NAM  Robertson et al.
OCL  604391
UREF
PNO  5318555
ISD  19940600
NAM  Siebers et al.
OCL  604391
FREF
PNO  0 627 210 A2
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 639 362 A2
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  5137754
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
OCL  604386
FREF
PNO  684050
ISD  19940700
CNT  CHX
OCL  604386
FREF
PNO  WO 96/18367
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Weirich; David M.
FR2  Miller; Steven W.
FR2  Rasser; Jacobus C.
ABST
PAL  A disposable absorbent article including a chassis having a body facing
      surface and a garment facing surface. The disposable absorbent article
      also includes a fold down waist feature disposed in the rear waist region
      which extends longitudinally outwardly from the rear waist edge of the
      core and includes at least one ear flap extending laterally outwardly from
      one of the longitudinal edges of the core. A fastening system for joining
      a portion of the front waist region and a portion of the rear waist region
      is provided. The fastening system preferably includes a first fastening
      element disposed on the inner surface of the side panel, a second
      fastening element disposed on the outer surface of the side panel and a
      third fastening element disposed on the garment facing surface of the
      chassis in the front waist region. Both the first fastening element and
      the second fastening element are separately engageable with the third
      fastening element such that the absorbent article may be fitted to a
      wearer in a first configuration wherein the first fastening element is
      engaged with the third fastening element and a second configuration
      wherein at least a portion of the waist feature is folded longitudinally
      inwardly.
PATN
WKU  059892374
SRC  8
APN  9847960
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971204
TTL  Sliding reconstitution device with seal
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Cho; David J.
EXP  McDermott; Corrine
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Fowles; Thomas A.
CTY  McHenry
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Progar; Thomas J.
CTY  Grayslake
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Weinberg; Robert J.
CTY  McHenry
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Fuller; Craig A.
CTY  Antioch
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Baxter International Inc.
CTY  Deerfield
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604413
XCL  604414
XCL  604 88
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  532
FSC  604
FSS  410-416;88
FSC  137
FSS  614.04
FSC  206
FSS  221;265
UREF
PNO  Re34365
ISD  19930800
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  3330281
ISD  19670700
NAM  Visser
UREF
PNO  3330282
ISD  19670700
NAM  Visser et al.
UREF
PNO  4014330
ISD  19770300
NAM  Genese
UREF
PNO  4059112
ISD  19771100
NAM  Tischlinger
UREF
PNO  4116196
ISD  19780900
NAM  Kaplan et al.
UREF
PNO  4170994
ISD  19791000
NAM  Komatsu
UREF
PNO  4210142
ISD  19800700
NAM  Worder
UREF
PNO  4210173
ISD  19800700
NAM  Choksi et al.
UREF
PNO  4226330
ISD  19801000
NAM  Butler
UREF
PNO  4243080
ISD  19810100
NAM  Choksi et al.
UREF
PNO  4247651
ISD  19810100
NAM  Ohno et al.
UREF
PNO  4270533
ISD  19810600
NAM  Andreas
UREF
PNO  4328802
ISD  19820500
NAM  Curley et al.
UREF
PNO  4392850
ISD  19830700
NAM  Elias et al.
UREF
PNO  4396383
ISD  19830800
NAM  Hart
UREF
PNO  4410321
ISD  19831000
NAM  Pearson et al.
UREF
PNO  4411358
ISD  19831000
NAM  Bennwik et al.
UREF
PNO  4411662
ISD  19831000
NAM  Pearson
UREF
PNO  4424056
ISD  19840100
NAM  Urquhart et al.
UREF
PNO  4424057
ISD  19840100
NAM  House
UREF
PNO  4432754
ISD  19840200
NAM  Urquhart et al.
UREF
PNO  4432755
ISD  19840200
NAM  Pearson
UREF
PNO  4432756
ISD  19840200
NAM  Urquhart et al.
UREF
PNO  4439182
ISD  19840300
NAM  Huang
UREF
PNO  4439183
ISD  19840300
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4458733
ISD  19840700
NAM  Lyons
UREF
PNO  4458811
ISD  19840700
NAM  Wilkinson
UREF
PNO  4465471
ISD  19840800
NAM  Harris et al.
UREF
PNO  4465488
ISD  19840800
NAM  Richmond et al.
UREF
PNO  4467588
ISD  19840800
NAM  Carveth
UREF
PNO  4469872
ISD  19840900
NAM  Anderson et al.
UREF
PNO  4474574
ISD  19841000
NAM  Wolfe et al.
UREF
PNO  4479793
ISD  19841000
NAM  Urquhart et al.
UREF
PNO  4479794
ISD  19841000
NAM  Urquhart et al.
UREF
PNO  4484909
ISD  19841100
NAM  Urquhart et al.
UREF
PNO  4484920
ISD  19841100
NAM  Kaufman et al.
UREF
PNO  4493703
ISD  19850100
NAM  Butterfield
UREF
PNO  4496646
ISD  19850100
NAM  Ito
UREF
PNO  4505709
ISD  19850300
NAM  Froning et al.
UREF
PNO  4507113
ISD  19850300
NAM  Dunlap
UREF
PNO  4507114
ISD  19850300
NAM  Bohman et al.
UREF
PNO  4511351
ISD  19850400
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4511352
ISD  19850400
NAM  Theeuwes et al.
UREF
PNO  4511353
ISD  19850400
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4515351
ISD  19850500
NAM  Nakayama et al.
UREF
PNO  4515585
ISD  19850500
NAM  Urquhart et al.
UREF
PNO  4516967
ISD  19850500
NAM  Kopfer
UREF
PNO  4516977
ISD  19850500
NAM  Herbert
UREF
PNO  4518386
ISD  19850500
NAM  Tartaglia
UREF
PNO  4519499
ISD  19850500
NAM  Stone et al.
UREF
PNO  4521211
ISD  19850600
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4525162
ISD  19850600
NAM  Urquhart et al.
UREF
PNO  4533348
ISD  19850800
NAM  Wolfe et al.
UREF
PNO  4534757
ISD  19850800
NAM  Geller
UREF
PNO  4534758
ISD  19850800
NAM  Akers et al.
UREF
PNO  4538918
ISD  19850900
NAM  Mittleman
UREF
PNO  4539793
ISD  19850900
NAM  Malek
UREF
PNO  4540089
ISD  19850900
NAM  Maloney
UREF
PNO  4540403
ISD  19850900
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4543094
ISD  19850900
NAM  Barnwell
UREF
PNO  4543101
ISD  19850900
NAM  Crouch
UREF
PNO  4548598
ISD  19851000
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4548599
ISD  19851000
NAM  Urquhart et al.
UREF
PNO  4548606
ISD  19851000
NAM  Larkin
UREF
PNO  4550825
ISD  19851100
NAM  Sutryn et al.
UREF
PNO  4552277
ISD  19851100
NAM  Richardson et al.
UREF
PNO  4552555
ISD  19851100
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4552556
ISD  19851100
NAM  Urquhart et al.
UREF
PNO  4561110
ISD  19851200
NAM  Herbert
UREF
PNO  4564054
ISD  19860100
NAM  Gustavsson
UREF
PNO  4568331
ISD  19860200
NAM  Fischer et al.
UREF
PNO  4568336
ISD  19860200
NAM  Cooper
UREF
PNO  4568346
ISD  19860200
NAM  van Dijk
UREF
PNO  4573967
ISD  19860300
NAM  Hargrove et al.
UREF
PNO  4573993
ISD  19860300
NAM  Hoag et al.
UREF
PNO  4576211
ISD  19860300
NAM  Valentini et al.
UREF
PNO  4579553
ISD  19860400
NAM  Urquhart et al.
UREF
PNO  4581016
ISD  19860400
NAM  Gettig
UREF
PNO  4583971
ISD  19860400
NAM  Bocquet et al.
UREF
PNO  4583981
ISD  19860400
NAM  Urquhart et al.
UREF
PNO  4586922
ISD  19860500
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4589867
ISD  19860500
NAM  Israel
UREF
PNO  4589879
ISD  19860500
NAM  Pearson
UREF
PNO  4590234
ISD  19860500
NAM  Tasaka et al.
UREF
PNO  4596555
ISD  19860600
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4601704
ISD  19860700
NAM  Larkin
UREF
PNO  4602910
ISD  19860700
NAM  Larkin
UREF
PNO  4606734
ISD  19860800
NAM  Larkin et al.
UREF
PNO  4607671
ISD  19860800
NAM  Aalto et al.
UREF
PNO  4608043
ISD  19860800
NAM  Larkin
UREF
PNO  4610684
ISD  19860900
NAM  Knox et al.
UREF
PNO  4613326
ISD  19860900
NAM  Szware
UREF
PNO  4614267
ISD  19860900
NAM  Larkin
UREF
PNO  4614515
ISD  19860900
NAM  Tripp et al.
UREF
PNO  4623334
ISD  19861100
NAM  Riddell
UREF
PNO  4629080
ISD  19861200
NAM  Carveth
UREF
PNO  4630727
ISD  19861200
NAM  Feriani et al.
UREF
PNO  4632244
ISD  19861200
NAM  Landau
UREF
PNO  4637934
ISD  19870100
NAM  White
UREF
PNO  4650475
ISD  19870300
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  4662878
ISD  19870500
NAM  Lindmayer
UREF
PNO  4664650
ISD  19870500
NAM  Urquhart et al.
UREF
PNO  4668219
ISD  19870500
NAM  Israel
UREF
PNO  4675020
ISD  19870600
NAM  McPhee
UREF
PNO  4692144
ISD  19870900
NAM  Carpenter
UREF
PNO  4693706
ISD  19870900
NAM  Ennis, III
UREF
PNO  4695272
ISD  19870900
NAM  Berglund et al.
UREF
PNO  4703864
ISD  19871100
NAM  Larkin et al.
UREF
PNO  4715854
ISD  19871200
NAM  Vaillancourt
UREF
PNO  4717388
ISD  19880100
NAM  Steer et al.
UREF
PNO  4722733
ISD  19880200
NAM  Howson
UREF
PNO  4723956
ISD  19880200
NAM  Schnell et al.
UREF
PNO  4727985
ISD  19880300
NAM  McNeirney et al.
UREF
PNO  4731053
ISD  19880300
NAM  Hoffman
UREF
PNO  4735608
ISD  19880400
NAM  Sardam
UREF
PNO  4740103
ISD  19880400
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4740197
ISD  19880400
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4740198
ISD  19880400
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4740199
ISD  19880400
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4740200
ISD  19880400
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4740201
ISD  19880400
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4741734
ISD  19880500
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4741735
ISD  19880500
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4743229
ISD  19880500
NAM  Chu
UREF
PNO  4747834
ISD  19880500
NAM  Prindle
UREF
PNO  4752292
ISD  19880600
NAM  Lopez et al.
UREF
PNO  4757911
ISD  19880700
NAM  Larkin et al.
UREF
PNO  4759756
ISD  19880700
NAM  Forman et al.
UREF
PNO  4778453
ISD  19881000
NAM  Lopez
UREF
PNO  4781679
ISD  19881100
NAM  Larkin
UREF
PNO  4782841
ISD  19881100
NAM  Lopez
UREF
PNO  4784259
ISD  19881100
NAM  Grabenkort
UREF
PNO  4784658
ISD  19881100
NAM  Grabenkort
UREF
PNO  4785858
ISD  19881100
NAM  Valentini et al.
UREF
PNO  4786279
ISD  19881100
NAM  Wilkinson et al.
UREF
PNO  4787429
ISD  19881100
NAM  Valentini et al.
UREF
PNO  4790820
ISD  19881200
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4804360
ISD  19890200
NAM  Kamen
UREF
PNO  4804366
ISD  19890200
NAM  Zdeb et al.
UREF
PNO  4808381
ISD  19890200
NAM  McGregor et al.
UREF
PNO  4816024
ISD  19890300
NAM  Sitar et al.
UREF
PNO  4819659
ISD  19890400
NAM  Sitar
UREF
PNO  4820269
ISD  19890400
NAM  Riddell
UREF
PNO  4822351
ISD  19890400
NAM  Purcell
UREF
PNO  4832690
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kuu
UREF
PNO  4834149
ISD  19890500
NAM  Fournier et al.
UREF
PNO  4834152
ISD  19890500
NAM  Howson et al.
UREF
PNO  4842028
ISD  19890600
NAM  Kaufman et al.
UREF
PNO  4850978
ISD  19890700
NAM  Dudar et al.
UREF
PNO  4857052
ISD  19890800
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4861335
ISD  19890800
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  4861585
ISD  19890800
NAM  Galef, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4865354
ISD  19890900
NAM  Allen
UREF
PNO  4871360
ISD  19891000
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4871463
ISD  19891000
NAM  Taylor et al.
UREF
PNO  4872494
ISD  19891000
NAM  Coccia
UREF
PNO  4874366
ISD  19891000
NAM  Zdeb et al.
UREF
PNO  4874368
ISD  19891000
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  4883483
ISD  19891100
NAM  Lindmayer
UREF
PNO  4886495
ISD  19891200
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  4898209
ISD  19900200
NAM  Zbed
UREF
PNO  4906103
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kao
UREF
PNO  4908019
ISD  19900300
NAM  Urquhart et al.
UREF
PNO  4909290
ISD  19900300
NAM  Coccia
UREF
PNO  4911708
ISD  19900300
NAM  Maezaki et al.
UREF
PNO  4915689
ISD  19900400
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4927013
ISD  19900500
NAM  Van Brunt et al.
UREF
PNO  4927423
ISD  19900500
NAM  Malmborg
UREF
PNO  4927605
ISD  19900500
NAM  Dorn et al.
UREF
PNO  4931048
ISD  19900600
NAM  Lopez
UREF
PNO  4936445
ISD  19900600
NAM  Grabenkort
UREF
PNO  4936829
ISD  19900600
NAM  Zdeb et al.
UREF
PNO  4936841
ISD  19900600
NAM  Aoki et al.
UREF
PNO  4944736
ISD  19900700
NAM  Holtz
UREF
PNO  4948000
ISD  19900800
NAM  Grabenkort
UREF
PNO  4950237
ISD  19900800
NAM  Henault et al.
UREF
PNO  4961495
ISD  19901000
NAM  Yoshida et al.
UREF
PNO  4968299
ISD  19901100
NAM  Ahlstrand et al.
UREF
PNO  4969883
ISD  19901100
NAM  Gilbert et al.
UREF
PNO  4973307
ISD  19901100
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4978337
ISD  19901200
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4979942
ISD  19901200
NAM  Wolf et al.
UREF
PNO  4982875
ISD  19910100
NAM  Pozzi et al.
UREF
PNO  4983164
ISD  19910100
NAM  Hook et al.
UREF
PNO  4985016
ISD  19910100
NAM  Theeuwes et al.
UREF
PNO  4986322
ISD  19910100
NAM  Chibret et al.
UREF
PNO  4994031
ISD  19910200
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  4994056
ISD  19910200
NAM  Ikeda
UREF
PNO  4996579
ISD  19910200
NAM  Chu
UREF
PNO  4997083
ISD  19910300
NAM  Loretti et al.
UREF
PNO  4997430
ISD  19910300
NAM  Van der Heiden et al.
UREF
PNO  5002530
ISD  19910300
NAM  Recker et al.
UREF
PNO  5023119
ISD  19910600
NAM  Yamakoshi
UREF
PNO  5024657
ISD  19910600
NAM  Needham et al.
UREF
PNO  5030203
ISD  19910700
NAM  Wolf, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5032117
ISD  19910700
NAM  Motta
UREF
PNO  5045081
ISD  19910900
NAM  Dysarz
UREF
PNO  5049129
ISD  19910900
NAM  Zdeb et al.
UREF
PNO  5049135
ISD  19910900
NAM  Davis
UREF
PNO  5061264
ISD  19911000
NAM  Scarrow
UREF
PNO  5064059
ISD  19911100
NAM  Ziegler et al.
UREF
PNO  5069671
ISD  19911200
NAM  Theeuwes
UREF
PNO  5074844
ISD  19911200
NAM  Zdeb et al.
UREF
PNO  5074849
ISD  19911200
NAM  Sachse
UREF
PNO  5080652
ISD  19920100
NAM  Sancoff et al.
UREF
PNO  5084040
ISD  19920100
NAM  Sutter
UREF
PNO  5088996
ISD  19920200
NAM  Kopfer et al.
UREF
PNO  5100394
ISD  19920300
NAM  Dudar et al.
UREF
PNO  5102408
ISD  19920400
NAM  Hamacher
UREF
PNO  5104375
ISD  19920400
NAM  Wolf et al.
UREF
PNO  5114004
ISD  19920500
NAM  Isono et al.
UREF
PNO  5114411
ISD  19920500
NAM  Haber et al.
UREF
PNO  5116315
ISD  19920500
NAM  Capozzi et al.
UREF
PNO  5116316
ISD  19920500
NAM  Sertic et al.
UREF
PNO  5125892
ISD  19920600
NAM  Drudik
UREF
PNO  5126175
ISD  19920600
NAM  Yamakoshi
UREF
PNO  5129894
ISD  19920700
NAM  Sommermeyer et al.
UREF
PNO  5137511
ISD  19920800
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  5147324
ISD  19920900
NAM  Skakoon et al.
UREF
PNO  5152965
ISD  19921000
NAM  Fisk et al.
UREF
PNO  5156598
ISD  19921000
NAM  Skakoon et al.
UREF
PNO  5158546
ISD  19921000
NAM  Haber et al.
UREF
PNO  5160320
ISD  19921100
NAM  Yum et al.
UREF
PNO  5167642
ISD  19921200
NAM  Fowles
UREF
PNO  5169388
ISD  19921200
NAM  McPhee
UREF
PNO  5171214
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kolber et al.
UREF
PNO  5171219
ISD  19921200
NAM  Fujioka et al.
UREF
PNO  5171220
ISD  19921200
NAM  Morimoto
UREF
PNO  5176634
ISD  19930100
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  5181909
ISD  19930100
NAM  McFarlane
UREF
PNO  5186323
ISD  19930200
NAM  Pfleger
UREF
PNO  5188615
ISD  19930200
NAM  Haber et al.
UREF
PNO  5188629
ISD  19930200
NAM  Shimoda
UREF
PNO  5195658
ISD  19930300
NAM  Hoshino
UREF
PNO  5195986
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kamen
UREF
PNO  5196001
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kao
UREF
PNO  5199947
ISD  19930400
NAM  Lopez et al.
UREF
PNO  5199948
ISD  19930400
NAM  McPhee
UREF
PNO  5200200
ISD  19930400
NAM  Veech
UREF
PNO  5201705
ISD  19930400
NAM  Berglund et al.
UREF
PNO  5207509
ISD  19930500
NAM  Herbert
UREF
PNO  5209201
ISD  19930500
NAM  Horie et al.
UREF
PNO  5209347
ISD  19930500
NAM  Fabisiewicz et al.
UREF
PNO  5211201
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kamen et al.
UREF
PNO  5211285
ISD  19930500
NAM  Haber et al.
UREF
PNO  5222946
ISD  19930600
NAM  Kamen
UREF
PNO  5226878
ISD  19930700
NAM  Young
UREF
PNO  5226900
ISD  19930700
NAM  Bancsi et al.
UREF
PNO  5232029
ISD  19930800
NAM  Knox et al.
UREF
PNO  5232109
ISD  19930800
NAM  Tirrell et al.
UREF
PNO  5246142
ISD  19930900
NAM  DiPalma et al.
UREF
PNO  5247972
ISD  19930900
NAM  Tetreault
UREF
PNO  5250028
ISD  19931000
NAM  Theeuwes et al.
UREF
PNO  5257985
ISD  19931100
NAM  Puhl
UREF
PNO  5257986
ISD  19931100
NAM  Herbert et al.
UREF
PNO  5257987
ISD  19931100
NAM  Athayde et al.
UREF
PNO  5259843
ISD  19931100
NAM  Watanabe et al.
UREF
PNO  5259954
ISD  19931100
NAM  Taylor
UREF
PNO  5261902
ISD  19931100
NAM  Okada et al.
UREF
PNO  5267646
ISD  19931200
NAM  Inoue et al.
UREF
PNO  5267957
ISD  19931200
NAM  Kriesel et al.
UREF
PNO  5279576
ISD  19940100
NAM  Loo et al.
UREF
PNO  5279579
ISD  19940100
NAM  D'Amico
UREF
PNO  5279583
ISD  19940100
NAM  Shober, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5281198
ISD  19940100
NAM  Haber et al.
UREF
PNO  5281206
ISD  19940100
NAM  Lopez
UREF
PNO  5286257
ISD  19940200
NAM  Fischer
UREF
PNO  5287961
ISD  19940200
NAM  Herran
UREF
PNO  5289585
ISD  19940200
NAM  Kock et al.
UREF
PNO  5302603
ISD  19940400
NAM  Crawley et al.
UREF
PNO  5303751
ISD  19940400
NAM  Slater et al.
UREF
PNO  5304130
ISD  19940400
NAM  Button et al.
UREF
PNO  5304163
ISD  19940400
NAM  Bonnici et al.
UREF
PNO  5304165
ISD  19940400
NAM  Haber et al.
UREF
PNO  5306242
ISD  19940400
NAM  Joyce et al.
UREF
PNO  5308287
ISD  19940500
NAM  Gunsing et al.
UREF
PNO  5308347
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sunago et al.
UREF
PNO  5320603
ISD  19940600
NAM  Vetter et al.
UREF
PNO  5328464
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kriesel et al.
UREF
PNO  5330048
ISD  19940700
NAM  Haber et al.
UREF
PNO  5330426
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kriesel et al.
UREF
PNO  5330450
ISD  19940700
NAM  Lopez
UREF
PNO  5330462
ISD  19940700
NAM  Nakamura
UREF
PNO  5330464
ISD  19940700
NAM  Mathias et al.
UREF
PNO  5332399
ISD  19940700
NAM  Grabenkort et al.
UREF
PNO  5334178
ISD  19940800
NAM  Haber et al.
UREF
PNO  5334180
ISD  19940800
NAM  Adolf et al.
UREF
PNO  5334188
ISD  19940800
NAM  Inoue et al.
UREF
PNO  5335773
ISD  19940800
NAM  Haber et al.
UREF
PNO  5336180
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kriesel et al.
UREF
PNO  5342346
ISD  19940800
NAM  Honda et al.
UREF
PNO  5342347
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kikuchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5344414
ISD  19940900
NAM  Lopez et al.
UREF
PNO  5348060
ISD  19940900
NAM  Futagawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5348600
ISD  19940900
NAM  Ishii
UREF
PNO  5350372
ISD  19940900
NAM  Ikeda et al.
UREF
PNO  5350546
ISD  19940900
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5352191
ISD  19941000
NAM  Sunago et al.
UREF
PNO  5352196
ISD  19941000
NAM  Haber et al.
UREF
PNO  5353961
ISD  19941000
NAM  Debush
UREF
PNO  5356380
ISD  19941000
NAM  Hoekwater et al.
UREF
PNO  5358501
ISD  19941000
NAM  Meyer
UREF
PNO  5360410
ISD  19941100
NAM  Wacks
UREF
PNO  5364350
ISD  19941100
NAM  Dittmann
UREF
PNO  5364369
ISD  19941100
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  5364371
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kamen
UREF
PNO  5364384
ISD  19941100
NAM  Grabenkort et al.
UREF
PNO  5368586
ISD  19941100
NAM  Van Der Heiden et al.
UREF
PNO  5370164
ISD  19941200
NAM  Galloway
UREF
PNO  5373966
ISD  19941200
NAM  O'Reilly et al.
UREF
PNO  5374264
ISD  19941200
NAM  Wadsworth, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5376079
ISD  19941200
NAM  Holm
UREF
PNO  5380281
ISD  19950100
NAM  Tomellini et al.
UREF
PNO  5380315
ISD  19950100
NAM  Isono et al.
UREF
PNO  5385545
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kriesel et al.
UREF
PNO  5385546
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kriesel et al.
UREF
PNO  5385547
ISD  19950100
NAM  Wong et al.
UREF
PNO  5386372
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5393497
ISD  19950200
NAM  Haber et al.
UREF
PNO  5397303
ISD  19950300
NAM  Sancoff et al.
UREF
PNO  5398851
ISD  19950300
NAM  Sancoff et al.
UREF
PNO  5401253
ISD  19950300
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  5409141
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kikuchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5423421
ISD  19950600
NAM  Inoue et al.
UREF
PNO  5423753
ISD  19950600
NAM  Fowles et al.
UREF
PNO  5423793
ISD  19950600
NAM  Isono et al.
UREF
PNO  5423796
ISD  19950600
NAM  Shikhman et al.
UREF
PNO  5425447
ISD  19950600
NAM  Farina
UREF
PNO  5425528
ISD  19950600
NAM  Rains et al.
UREF
PNO  5429256
ISD  19950700
NAM  Kestenbaum
UREF
PNO  5429603
ISD  19950700
NAM  Morris
UREF
PNO  5429614
ISD  19950700
NAM  Fowles et al.
UREF
PNO  5435076
ISD  19950700
NAM  Hjertman et al.
UREF
PNO  5445631
ISD  19950800
NAM  Uchida
UREF
PNO  5458593
ISD  19951000
NAM  Macabasco et al.
UREF
PNO  5462526
ISD  19951000
NAM  Barney et al.
UREF
PNO  5470327
ISD  19951100
NAM  Helgren et al.
UREF
PNO  5472022
ISD  19951200
NAM  Michel et al.
UREF
PNO  5472422
ISD  19951200
NAM  Ljungquist
UREF
PNO  5474540
ISD  19951200
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  5478337
ISD  19951200
NAM  Okamoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5484406
ISD  19960100
NAM  Wong et al.
UREF
PNO  5484410
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kriesel et al.
UREF
PNO  5489266
ISD  19960200
NAM  Grimard
UREF
PNO  5490848
ISD  19960200
NAM  Finley et al.
UREF
PNO  5492147
ISD  19960200
NAM  Challender et al.
UREF
PNO  5492219
ISD  19960200
NAM  Stupar
UREF
PNO  5493774
ISD  19960200
NAM  Grabenkort
UREF
PNO  5494190
ISD  19960200
NAM  Boettcher
UREF
PNO  5501887
ISD  19960300
NAM  Tanaka et al.
UREF
PNO  5509898
ISD  19960400
NAM  Isono et al.
UREF
PNO  5510115
ISD  19960400
NAM  Breillatt, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5514090
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kriesel et al.
UREF
PNO  5520972
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ezaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5522804
ISD  19960600
NAM  Lynn
UREF
PNO  5526853
ISD  19960600
NAM  McPhee et al.
UREF
PNO  5531683
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kriesel et al.
UREF
PNO  5533389
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kamen et al.
UREF
PNO  5533746
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hoover et al.
UREF
PNO  5533973
ISD  19960700
NAM  Piontek et al.
UREF
PNO  5533994
ISD  19960700
NAM  Meyer
UREF
PNO  5536469
ISD  19960700
NAM  Jonsson et al.
UREF
PNO  5538506
ISD  19960700
NAM  Farris et al.
UREF
PNO  5540674
ISD  19960700
NAM  Karas et al.
UREF
PNO  5547471
ISD  19960800
NAM  Thompson et al.
UREF
PNO  5554125
ISD  19960900
NAM  Reynolds
UREF
PNO  5554128
ISD  19960900
NAM  Hedges
UREF
PNO  5560403
ISD  19961000
NAM  Balteau et al.
UREF
PNO  5566729
ISD  19961000
NAM  Grabenkort et al.
UREF
PNO  5569191
ISD  19961000
NAM  Meyer
UREF
PNO  5569192
ISD  19961000
NAM  van der Wal
UREF
PNO  5573527
ISD  19961100
NAM  Macabasco et al.
UREF
PNO  5575310
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kamen et al.
UREF
PNO  5577369
ISD  19961100
NAM  Becker et al.
UREF
PNO  5584808
ISD  19961200
NAM  Healy
UREF
PNO  5593028
ISD  19970100
NAM  Haber et al.
UREF
PNO  5595314
ISD  19970100
NAM  Weiler
UREF
PNO  5596193
ISD  19970100
NAM  Chutjian et al.
UREF
PNO  5603695
ISD  19970200
NAM  Erickson
UREF
PNO  5603696
ISD  19970200
NAM  Williams et al.
UREF
PNO  5605542
ISD  19970200
NAM  Tanaka et al.
UREF
PNO  5611792
ISD  19970300
NAM  Gustafsson
UREF
PNO  5620434
ISD  19970400
NAM  Brony
UREF
PNO  5624405
ISD  19970400
NAM  Futagawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5688254
ISD  19971100
NAM  Lopez et al.
UREF
PNO  5709666
ISD  19980100
NAM  Reynolds
FREF
PNO  1913926
ISD  19700900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1766151
ISD  19710600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/09825
ISD  19930500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/25015
ISD  19970700
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Buonaiuto; Mark J.
FR2  Fuchs; Joseph A.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a connector device for establishing fluid
      communication between a first container and a second container. The device
      has a first sleeve member having a first end and a second end and a
      sidewall defining a chamber, the first sleeve member having at the first
      end a first attaching member adapted to attach to the first container. The
      device further has a second sleeve member having a first end and a second
      end, the second sleeve member being associated with the first sleeve
      member and is movable axially with respect thereto from an inactivated
      position to an activated position. A second attaching member is positioned
      on the second end of the second sleeve and adapted to attach the second
      sleeve member to the second container. A piercing member positioned in the
      chamber and projecting from one of the first and second sleeve members is
      provided for establishing a fluid flow path from the first container to
      the second container. The piercing member is hermetically sealed.
PATN
WKU  059892382
SRC  9
APN  1877615
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19981106
TTL  Infusion systems and methods for introducing fluids into the body within
      a desired temperature range
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Yasko; John D.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ginsburg; Robert
CTY  Greenwood Village
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Radiant Medical, Inc.
CTY  Redwood City
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  787425
APD  19970122
PSC  01
PNO  5879329
CLAS
OCL  604500
XCL  604113
XCL  604503
XCL  607105
EDF  6
ICL  A61M  500
FSC  604
FSS  500;19;20;21;503;506;507;508;505;113
FSC  607
FSS  96;104;105;113;114
UREF
PNO  5073167
ISD  19911200
NAM  Carr et al.
XCL  604113
UREF
PNO  5180896
ISD  19930100
NAM  Gibby et al.
XCL  604113
UREF
PNO  5195976
ISD  19930300
NAM  Swenson
OCL  604113
UREF
PNO  5549559
ISD  19960800
NAM  Eshel
XCL  607105
LREP
FR2  Buyan; Robert D.
     Stout, Uxa, Buyan & Mullins, LLP
FR2  Stull; Paul M.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides systems and methods for infusing a fluid into a
      patient. In one exemplary embodiment, a system comprises a volume of fluid
      and a temperature altering device in close proximity to the volume of
      fluid. The temperature altering device is employed to heat or cool the
      volume of fluid to a desired temperature. A positive pressure device is
      provided to place the volume of fluid under positive pressure while at the
      desired temperature. A transfer member is further provided to transfer at
      least some of the fluid into the patient while at the desired temperature.
PATN
WKU  059892390
SRC  8
APN  8965927
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970718
TTL  Method and apparatus for percutaneously accessing an implanted port
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Blyveis; Deborah
EXP  Coggins; Wynn Wood
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Finch; C. David
CTY  Clinton
STA  MS
INVT
NAM  Burbank; Jeffrey H.
CTY  Boxford
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Brugger; James M.
CTY  Newburyport
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  VascA, Inc.
CTY  Tewksbury
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  856641
APD  19970515
CLAS
OCL  604502
XCL  604507
XCL  604 93
XCL  604264
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 3100
FSC  604
FSS  264;167;175;93;49
FSC  206
FSS  263-265
UREF
PNO  4181132
ISD  19800100
NAM  Parks
UREF
PNO  4534759
ISD  19850800
NAM  Trawoger
UREF
PNO  4569675
ISD  19860200
NAM  Prosl et al.
UREF
PNO  4634424
ISD  19870100
NAM  O'Boyle
UREF
PNO  4743231
ISD  19880500
NAM  Kay et al.
UREF
PNO  4861341
ISD  19890800
NAM  Woodburn
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  5041098
ISD  19910800
NAM  Loiterman et al.
OCL  604175
UREF
PNO  5053013
ISD  19911000
NAM  Ensmiger et al.
UREF
PNO  5057084
ISD  19911000
NAM  Ensmiger et al.
UREF
PNO  5176653
ISD  19930100
NAM  Metais
OCL  604167
UREF
PNO  5180365
ISD  19930100
NAM  Ensmiger et al.
UREF
PNO  5226879
ISD  19930700
NAM  Ensmiger et al.
UREF
PNO  5246109
ISD  19930900
NAM  Markle et al.
OCL  206263
UREF
PNO  5263930
ISD  19931100
NAM  Ensmiger
UREF
PNO  5281199
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ensmiger et al.
UREF
PNO  5282789
ISD  19940200
NAM  Lundy
OCL  604 55
UREF
PNO  5350360
ISD  19940900
NAM  Ensmiger et al.
UREF
PNO  5417656
ISD  19950500
NAM  Ensmiger et al.
UREF
PNO  5476451
ISD  19951200
NAM  Ensmiger et al.
UREF
PNO  5503630
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ensmiger et al.
UREF
PNO  5520643
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ensmiger et al.
UREF
PNO  5527277
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ensmiger et al.
UREF
PNO  5527278
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ensmiger et al.
UREF
PNO  5562617
ISD  19961000
NAM  Finch, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5637088
ISD  19970600
NAM  Wenner et al.
UREF
PNO  5792104
ISD  19980800
NAM  Speckman et al.
OCL  604 93
FREF
PNO  WO 95/19200
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9611028
ISD  19960400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/31246
ISD  19961000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Kronung, G. "Plastic Deformation of Cimino Fistula by Repeated Puncture"
      Dialysis & Transplantation (1984) 13(10):635-638.
PAL  Scribner, B.H., "The Overriding Importance of Vascular Access" Dialysis &
      Transplantation (1984) 13(10):625.
PAL  Scribner, B.H., "Circulatory Access--Still a Major Concern" Proc. Europ.
      Dial. Transplant. Assoc. (1982) 19:95.
PAL  Twardowski, Z.J. "Constant Site (Buttonhole) Method of Needle Insertion for
      Hemodialysis" Dialysis & Transplantation (1995) 24(10):559-576.
PAL  Twardowski, Z.J. "Constant Site Constant Site (Buttonhole) Method of Needle
      Insertion for Hemodialysis" from Internet Website URL
      http://aakp.org/btnhol.html printed Oct. 19, 1998, 5 pages total.
PAL  Twardowski, Z.J. "Different Sites Versus Constant Sites of Needle Insertion
      into Arteriovenous Fistulas for Treatment by Repeated Dialysis" Dialysis &
      Transplantation (1979) 8(10):978, 980.
PAL  Twardowski et al., "Six-year clinical experiences with the creation and use
      of internal arteriovenous fistulae in patients treated by repeated
      haemodialyses (translated)" Pol. Arch. Med. Wewn. (1977) 57:205-214. An
      English abstract is included on p. 213 of this publication.
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  Methods and apparatus for percutaneously accessing an implanted port use a
      large bore coring needle. The coring needle is periodically introduced to
      an aperture on the implanted port so that the needle passes through the
      same tissue tract. It has been found that repeated passage of the needle
      through the same tissue tract reduces patient trauma, with minimized
      bleeding, reduction in sensitivity, in contrast to the use of non-coring
      needles.
PATN
WKU  059892404
SRC  9
APN  0321575
APT  1
ART  374
APD  19980227
TTL  Adaptor for mounting a fluid handling device on a catheter tubing
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  McDermott; Corrine
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Strowe; Robert J.
CTY  Ramsey
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Becton, Dickson and Company
CTY  Franklin Lakes
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604533
XCL  604905
XCL  285 81
XCL  285340
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 2516
FSC  604
FSS  240;242;243;280;283;905;533
FSC  285
FSS  81;308;340
UREF
PNO  4013310
ISD  19770300
NAM  Dye
OCL  285110
UREF
PNO  4712810
ISD  19871200
NAM  Pozzi
OCL  285 93
UREF
PNO  4842592
ISD  19890600
NAM  Caggiani et al.
OCL  604283
UREF
PNO  5053015
ISD  19911000
NAM  Gross
OCL  604167
UREF
PNO  5209740
ISD  19930500
NAM  Bryant et al.
OCL  604243
UREF
PNO  5226898
ISD  19930700
NAM  Gross
OCL  604243
UREF
PNO  5285776
ISD  19940200
NAM  Bertram
XCL  604283
UREF
PNO  5312337
ISD  19940500
NAM  Flaherty et al.
OCL  604 93
UREF
PNO  5312375
ISD  19940500
NAM  Gurmarnik
OCL  604264
UREF
PNO  5336162
ISD  19940800
NAM  Palestrant
OCL  604167
UREF
PNO  5336313
ISD  19940800
NAM  Mollenauer et al.
OCL  604249
UREF
PNO  5338314
ISD  19940800
NAM  Ryan
OCL  604284
UREF
PNO  5366262
ISD  19941100
NAM  Couvreur
OCL  285340
UREF
PNO  5405340
ISD  19950400
NAM  Fageol et al.
OCL  604283
UREF
PNO  5464400
ISD  19951100
NAM  Collins
OCL  604283
UREF
PNO  5507732
ISD  19960400
NAM  McClure et al.
OCL  604280
UREF
PNO  5584820
ISD  19961200
NAM  Gurmarnik
OCL  604264
UREF
PNO  5599328
ISD  19970200
NAM  Stevens
OCL  604283
UREF
PNO  5695224
ISD  19971200
NAM  Grenier
OCL  285104
UREF
PNO  5730476
ISD  19980300
NAM  Gouda
OCL  285340
LREP
FR2  Servilla; Scott S.
ABST
PAL  An adapter of the present invention useful for attaching a fluid handling
      device to a catheter includes a body having a proximal end, a distal end
      and an open passageway therethrough. The passageway includes a seat to
      receive the catheter and a cavity distal to the catheter seat. There is a
      gasket disposed in the cavity to form a substantially fluid tight seal
      about the catheter when the catheter is positioned on the catheter seat.
      The adapter further includes a retainer, disposed on the distal end of the
      body over the gasket with an opening therethrough that is substantially
      aligned with the passageway. The opening is sufficient to allow the
      catheter to pass through into the passageway to engage the gasket and the
      catheter seat. The retainer has a plurality of flexible projections into
      the opening that are sized and shaped to engage the catheter and be
      proximally deflected by the placement of the catheter on the catheter
      seat. There is a rotatable collar disposed over the retainer on the
      proximal end of the body, with an open port therethrough that is
      substantially aligned with the passageway to allow placement of the
      catheter into the passageway. The collar has a plurality of proximal
      protuberances disposed to engage the flexible projections and to prevent
      distal flexion of the flexible projections on the retainer when the collar
      is in a first position with respect to the body thus to retaining the
      catheter in the adapter for attachment to a fluid handling device.
      Additionally, the protuberances are disposed not to engage the flexible
      projections when the collar is rotated to a second position with respect
      to the body thereby to allow a distal flexion of the projections and a
      withdrawal of the catheter from the adapter.
PATN
WKU  059892412
SRC  9
APN  0464511
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980323
TTL  Drainage catheter apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Bockelman; Mark
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Plishka; Michael
CTY  Northbrook
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Mittermeier; Manfred
CTY  Northfield
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Manan Medical Products, Inc.
CTY  Northbrook
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  564383
APD  19951124
PSC  01
PNO  5730724
CLAS
OCL  604540
XCL  604 95
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 3700
FSC  604
FSS  95;280;540-544
UREF
PNO  5352198
ISD  19941000
NAM  Goldenberg et al.
UREF
PNO  5522400
ISD  19960600
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  5730724
ISD  19980300
NAM  Plishka
LREP
FRM  Dick and Harris
ABST
PAL  A drainage catheter apparatus for draining fluid from a body cavity of a
      patient, of the catheter type having an elongated hollow drainage member,
      a flexible tip, an interfacing hub member, a sealing member, a restraining
      member, a flexible drawing member and a retention facilitating member. The
      flexible drawing member capable of altering the flexible tip. This sealing
      member of elastomeric material seals the draw-string opening to
      automatically seal the opening from the passage of fluid therethrough,
      while enabling extension of the flexible drawing member. Similarly, the
      restraining member facilitates releasable restraint of the draw-string in
      a desired position. The retention facilitating member facilitates the
      proper positioning of the flexible drawing member with the restraining
      member and/or sealing member.
PATN
WKU  059892420
SRC  8
APN  8944229
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970819
TTL  Therapeutic appliance releasing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Dawson; Glenn K.
NDR  5
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Saadat; Vahid
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Shaolian; Samuel M.
CTY  Laguna Niguel
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Giba; Jeffrey J.
CTY  Moreno Valley
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Cao; Hung H.
CTY  Corona
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Blair; Randall
CTY  Oceanside
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Trimedyne, Inc.
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  494382
APD  19950626
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  606  1
XCL  606151
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1700
FSC  606
FSS  1;108;191-200;151;78
FSC  623
FSS  1;11;12
UREF
PNO  3868956
ISD  19750300
NAM  Alfidi et al.
UREF
PNO  4035007
ISD  19770700
NAM  Harrison et al.
OCL  285381
UREF
PNO  4341218
ISD  19820700
NAM  U
UREF
PNO  4512338
ISD  19850400
NAM  Balko et al.
UREF
PNO  4735201
ISD  19880400
NAM  O'Reilly
UREF
PNO  4994069
ISD  19910200
NAM  Ritchart et al.
OCL  606191
UREF
PNO  5108407
ISD  19920400
NAM  Geremia et al.
OCL  606108
UREF
PNO  5133721
ISD  19920700
NAM  Angulo
OCL  606106
UREF
PNO  5167624
ISD  19921200
NAM  Butler et al.
OCL  604 60
UREF
PNO  5217484
ISD  19930600
NAM  Marks
OCL  606200
UREF
PNO  5261916
ISD  19931100
NAM  Engelson
OCL  606108
UREF
PNO  5304195
ISD  19940400
NAM  Twyford, Jr. et al.
OCL  606191
UREF
PNO  5350397
ISD  19940900
NAM  Palermo et al.
OCL  606108
UREF
PNO  5354295
ISD  19941000
NAM  Guglielmi et al.
OCL  606 32
UREF
PNO  5578074
ISD  19961100
NAM  Mirigian
OCL  623  1
LREP
FRM  Olson & Hierl, Ltd.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US96/11031
PD1  19970819
PD2  19970819
PD3  19960626
PCP  WO97/01368
PCD  19970116
ABST
PAR  This invention is a device (10) for releasing a therapeutic appliance, such
      as an embolic coil (12) inside an aneurysm (16). The device includes a
      coupling (24) of a shape memory alloy which is responsive to a change in
      temperature beyond a predetermined transformation point so as to change
      the shape of the coupling from a first configuration, wherein the coupling
      receives and holds the proximal end (72) of the coil, to a second
      configuration wherein the coil can be released from the coupling. An
      energy receiver (46) is operably associated with the coupling to heat the
      coupling to a temperature above the transformation point with laser or
      electrical energy received from an external source.
PATN
WKU  059892439
SRC  7
APN  9905146
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19921215
TTL  Excimer laser angioplasty system
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Shay; David M.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Goldenberg; Tsvi
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Interventional Systems, Inc.
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  593485
APD  19901003
PSC  01
PNO  5188632
RLAP
COD  81
APN  218907
APD  19880714
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  051382
APD  19870519
PSC  01
PNO  4830460
RLAP
COD  89
APN  860241
APD  19860506
PSC  01
PNO  4799754
RLAP
COD  89
APN  779844
APD  19850925
PSC  01
PNO  4732488
RLAP
COD  90
APN  679538
APD  19841207
PSC  01
PNO  4641912
CLAS
OCL  606  7
XCL  606  3
XCL  606  1
XCL  606 15
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  506
FSC  606
FSS  3-5;7;10-18
UREF
PNO  Re31289
ISD  19830600
NAM  Moore et al.
UREF
PNO  Re31290
ISD  19830600
NAM  Moore et al.
UREF
PNO  3327712
ISD  19670600
NAM  Kaufman et al.
UREF
PNO  3434775
ISD  19690300
NAM  Gosselin
UREF
PNO  3556085
ISD  19710100
NAM  Takahashi
UREF
PNO  3756690
ISD  19730900
NAM  Borrelli et al.
UREF
PNO  3844752
ISD  19741000
NAM  Kaiser
UREF
PNO  3858577
ISD  19750100
NAM  Bass et al.
UREF
PNO  3920980
ISD  19751100
NAM  Nath
UREF
PNO  3922063
ISD  19751100
NAM  Marrone
UREF
PNO  3950187
ISD  19760400
NAM  Kirkpatrick
UREF
PNO  3966300
ISD  19760600
NAM  Bernsee
UREF
PNO  3969016
ISD  19760700
NAM  Kaiser et al.
UREF
PNO  3987781
ISD  19761000
NAM  Nozik et al.
UREF
PNO  4009382
ISD  19770200
NAM  Nath
UREF
PNO  4011403
ISD  19770300
NAM  Epstein et al.
UREF
PNO  4045119
ISD  19770800
NAM  Eastgate
UREF
PNO  4082958
ISD  19780400
NAM  Kirkpatrick
UREF
PNO  4092515
ISD  19780500
NAM  Joslin et al.
UREF
PNO  4151080
ISD  19790400
NAM  Zuckerman et al.
UREF
PNO  4173392
ISD  19791100
NAM  Ekinaka et al.
UREF
PNO  4173393
ISD  19791100
NAM  Maurer
UREF
PNO  4190759
ISD  19800200
NAM  Hongo et al.
UREF
PNO  4199218
ISD  19800400
NAM  Steinhage et al.
UREF
PNO  4207874
ISD  19800600
NAM  Choy
UREF
PNO  4221825
ISD  19800900
NAM  Guerder et al.
OCL  427 34
UREF
PNO  4229232
ISD  19801000
NAM  Kirkpatrick
UREF
PNO  4248213
ISD  19810200
NAM  Landre
UREF
PNO  4266548
ISD  19810500
NAM  Davi
UREF
PNO  4270845
ISD  19810600
NAM  Takizawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4272156
ISD  19810600
NAM  Ishibashi et al.
UREF
PNO  4273109
ISD  19810600
NAM  Enderby
UREF
PNO  4286232
ISD  19810800
NAM  Puech et al.
UREF
PNO  4305640
ISD  19811200
NAM  Cullis et al.
UREF
PNO  4331132
ISD  19820500
NAM  Mukamu
UREF
PNO  4345212
ISD  19820800
NAM  Seppala et al.
UREF
PNO  4361139
ISD  19821100
NAM  Takagi
UREF
PNO  4367729
ISD  19830100
NAM  Ogiu
UREF
PNO  4370175
ISD  19830100
NAM  Levatter
UREF
PNO  4388924
ISD  19830600
NAM  Weissman et al.
UREF
PNO  4392485
ISD  19830700
NAM  Hiltebrandt
UREF
PNO  4392715
ISD  19830700
NAM  Bonewitz et al.
UREF
PNO  4398790
ISD  19830800
NAM  Righini et al.
UREF
PNO  4418688
ISD  19831200
NAM  Loeb
UREF
PNO  4418689
ISD  19831200
NAM  Kanazawa
UREF
PNO  4419987
ISD  19831200
NAM  Ogiu
UREF
PNO  4445754
ISD  19840500
NAM  Beales et al.
UREF
PNO  4445892
ISD  19840500
NAM  Hussein et al.
UREF
PNO  4448547
ISD  19840500
NAM  Wickersheim
UREF
PNO  4469098
ISD  19840900
NAM  Davi
UREF
PNO  4490020
ISD  19841200
NAM  Sakaguchi et al.
UREF
PNO  4504114
ISD  19850300
NAM  Arrington
UREF
PNO  4511209
ISD  19850400
NAM  Skutnik
UREF
PNO  4521070
ISD  19850600
NAM  Sottini et al.
UREF
PNO  4526170
ISD  19850700
NAM  Tanner
UREF
PNO  4560286
ISD  19851200
NAM  Wickersheim
UREF
PNO  4565197
ISD  19860100
NAM  Daly
UREF
PNO  4569335
ISD  19860200
NAM  Tsuno
UREF
PNO  4576435
ISD  19860300
NAM  Nishioka
UREF
PNO  4583539
ISD  19860400
NAM  Karlin et al.
UREF
PNO  4627436
ISD  19861200
NAM  Leckrone
UREF
PNO  4641650
ISD  19870200
NAM  Mok
UREF
PNO  4641912
ISD  19870200
NAM  Goldenberg
UREF
PNO  4646737
ISD  19870300
NAM  Hussein et al.
UREF
PNO  4652083
ISD  19870300
NAM  Laakmann
UREF
PNO  4657014
ISD  19870400
NAM  Edelman et al.
UREF
PNO  4665913
ISD  19870500
NAM  L'Esperance
OCL  606  3
UREF
PNO  4672961
ISD  19870600
NAM  Davies
UREF
PNO  4677636
ISD  19870600
NAM  Laudenslager et al.
UREF
PNO  4681104
ISD  19870700
NAM  Edelman
UREF
PNO  4681396
ISD  19870700
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  4682594
ISD  19870700
NAM  Mok
UREF
PNO  4686979
ISD  19870800
NAM  Gruen et al.
UREF
PNO  4690500
ISD  19870900
NAM  Hayami et al.
UREF
PNO  4729621
ISD  19880300
NAM  Edelman
UREF
PNO  4732448
ISD  19880300
NAM  Goldenberg
UREF
PNO  4747405
ISD  19880500
NAM  Leckrone
UREF
PNO  4784132
ISD  19881100
NAM  Fox et al.
UREF
PNO  4800876
ISD  19890100
NAM  Fox et al.
UREF
PNO  4819632
ISD  19890400
NAM  Davies
UREF
PNO  4830460
ISD  19890500
NAM  Goldenberg
UREF
PNO  4832023
ISD  19890500
NAM  Murphy-Chutorian et al.
UREF
PNO  4848336
ISD  19890700
NAM  Fox et al.
UREF
PNO  4850351
ISD  19890700
NAM  Herman et al.
FREF
PNO  0153847
ISD  19850900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  25 17 019
ISD  19761000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  59-111125
ISD  19840600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-228602
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  214712
ISD  19240400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1042281
ISD  19660900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 095 422
ISD  19820900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO83/03144
ISD  19830900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO85/02532
ISD  19850600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO86/03598
ISD  19860600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Taylor, R.S., Microsecond Duration Optical Pulses From a UV-preionized XeCI
      Laser, Appl. Phys.Lett., vol. 47, No. 2, Jul. 15, 1985, pp. 81-83.
PAL  Grundfest, W.S., Pulsed Ultraviolet Lasers and the Potential for Safe Laser
      Angioplasty, The American Journal of Surgery, vol. 150, Aug. 1985, pp.
      220-226.
PAL  Laudenslager, J.B., "Effect of 308-nm XeCI Laser Pulse Duration of
      Fiberoptic Transmission and Biologic Tissue Ablation" Conference on Lasers
      and Electro-Optics, Jun. 9-13, 1986, San Francisco, California.
PAL  Abela, G.S., Lasers in Cardiovascular Medicine and Surgery: Fundamentals
      and Techniques, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1990, pp. 203-207.
PAL  Isner, J.M., Cardiovascular Laser Therapy, Raven Press, 1989, pp. 17-37.
PAL  White, R.A., "Catheters for Laser Angioplasty--Design Considerations",
      Lasers in Cardiovascular Disease: Clinical Applications, Alternative
      Angioplasty Devices, and Guidance Systems, Year Book Medical Publishers,
      1989, pp. 49-71.
PAL  P. Kaiser et al, B.S.T.J. Brief: A New Optical Fiber, The Bell System
      Technical Journal, vol. 52, No. 2, Feb. 1973, pp. 265-269.
PAL  P. Kaiser et al, Spectral Losses of Unclad Vitreous Silica and
      Soda-Lime-Silicate Fibers, The Journal of Optical Society of America, vol.
      63, No. 9, Sep. 1973, pp. 1141-1148.
PAL  P. Kaiser et al, Low-Loss Single-Material Fibers Made From Pure Fused
      Silica, The Bell System Technical Journal, vol. 53, No. 6, Jul.-Aug. 1974,
      pp. 1021-1039.
PAL  P. Kaiser, Drawing-Induced Coloration in Vitreous Silica Fibers, Journal of
      the Optical Society of America, vol. 64, No. 4, Apr. 1974, pp. 475-481.
PAL  H. Fujii et al, Fibre Bundle Scanner For Laser Photocoagulation Treatment,
      Optics and Laser Technology, Feb. 1982, pp. 39-40.
PAL  S.W. Allison et al, Use of Fiber Optics and Laser-Induced Fluorescence for
      Remote Measurements of UF.sub.6 In Strong Rotation, Los Alamos National
      Laboratory, Jun. 1983, pp. 1-37.
PAL  Y. Itoh et al, High-Power KrF Laser Transmission Through Optical Fibers and
      Its Application to the Triggering of Gas Switches, Journal of Applied
      Physics, vol. 54, No. 6, Jun. 1983, pp. 2956-2961.
PAL  IBM's Heatless Laser Etching: A Hot IC and Medical Prospect, News Spectra,
      Jul. 1983, 1 page.
PAL  S. Trokel et al, Excimer Laser Surgery of the Cornea, American Journal of
      Ophthalmology, vol. 96, No. 6, Dec. 1983, pp. 710-715.
PAL  J.H. Stathis et al, Photoinduced Paramagnetic Defects in Amorphous Silicon
      Dioxide, The American Physical Society, vol. 29, No. 12, Jun. 15, 1984,
      pp. 7079-7081.
PAL  R. Linsker et al, Far-Ultraviolet Laser Ablation of Atherosclerotic
      Lesions, Lasers In Surgery and Medicine, Jul. 25, 1984, pp. 201-206.
PAL  J. Parrish et al, Laser Photomedicine, IEEE Journal of Quantum Electronics,
      vol. QE-20, No. 12, Dec. 1984, pp. 1386-1396.
PAL  D. Dorion, Laser Angioplasty, Tuesday Morning, TUA, Jun. 10, 1986, pp.
      60-63.
PAL  T. Goldenberg et al, Design Criteria for In-Vivo Laser Angioplasty, Optical
      Fibers in Medicine II, SPIE vol. 713, 1986, pp. 53-56.
PAL  Mehta et al, Excimer Laser Coronary Angioplasty, CARDIO, Nov. 1991.
PAL  A. Coulter, AIS Excimer Angioplasty Device Approaches Approval After
      Tortuous Development Route, Journal of Clinical Laser Medicine & Surgery,
      vol. 9, No. 6, Dec. 1991, pp. 405-407.
PAL  J. Forrester et al, Coronary Excimer Laser Angioplasty, The Journal of
      Invasive Cardiology, vol. 4, No. 2, Mar. 1992, pp. 75-82.
PAL  J. Margolis et al, Excimer Laser Coronary Angioplasty, The American Journal
      of Cardiology, vol. 69, May 7, 1992, pp. 3F-11F.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro, LLP
ABST
PAL  A fiber-optic waveguide, used for ablating lesions in blood vessels, is
      mounted within and guided by a catheter having multiple lumens extending
      therethrough and parallel to each other. The waveguide fits within at
      least one lumen and a guidewire, previously inserted in a blood vessel,
      extends through another lumen. The distal end of the waveguide can have a
      short section of larger diameter fiber fused to it to cause a laser beam
      transmitted through the fiber to expand as it emerges from the waveguide
      to provide a larger ablation area. The waveguide may also be connected to
      an energy source by means of an energy coupler.
PATN
WKU  059892447
SRC  8
APN  3418812
APT  1
ART  338
APD  19941115
TTL  Method of use of a sheet of elastin or elastin-based material
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Clarke; Robert A. H.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Gregory; Kenton W.
STR  23200 Stafford Hill Dr.
CTY  West Linn
STA  OR
ZIP  97068
INVT
NAM  Grunkemeier; John M.
STR  5655 12th Ave. NE.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
ZIP  98105
CLAS
OCL  606  8
XCL  128898
XCL  128DIG8
XCL  623 11
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1736
FSC  623
FSS  11;16;66
FSC  606
FSS  2;3;8;10
FSC  128
FSS  DIG. 8
UREF
PNO  4132746
ISD  19790100
NAM  Urry et al.
UREF
PNO  4187852
ISD  19800200
NAM  Urry et al.
UREF
PNO  4500700
ISD  19850200
NAM  Urry
UREF
PNO  4589882
ISD  19860500
NAM  Urry
UREF
PNO  4693718
ISD  19870900
NAM  Urry et al.
UREF
PNO  4783523
ISD  19881100
NAM  Urry et al.
UREF
PNO  4801299
ISD  19890100
NAM  Brendel et al.
UREF
PNO  4870055
ISD  19890900
NAM  Urry et al.
UREF
PNO  4976734
ISD  19901200
NAM  Urry et al.
UREF
PNO  5064430
ISD  19911100
NAM  Urry
UREF
PNO  5209776
ISD  19930500
NAM  Bass et al.
UREF
PNO  5223420
ISD  19930600
NAM  Rabaud et al.
UREF
PNO  5292362
ISD  19940300
NAM  Bass et al.
UREF
PNO  5336256
ISD  19940800
NAM  Urry
UREF
PNO  5336616
ISD  19940800
NAM  Livesey et al.
FREF
PNO  WO/91/04073
ISD  19910400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Ooyama et al, "Substratum-Bound Elastin Peptide Inhibits Aortic Smooth
      Muscle Cell Migration in Vitro", Arteriosclerosis 7(6):593-598 (1987).
PAL  Long et al, "Elastin Repeat Peptides as Chemoattractants for Bovine Aortic
      Endothelial Cells", Journal of Cellular Physiology 140:512-518 (1989).
PAL  Aprahamian et al, "A new reconstituted connective tissue matrix:
      Preparation, biochemical, structural and mechanic studies", Hournal of
      Biomedical Materials Research 21:965-977 (1987).
PAL  Rabaud et al, "Soluble Fibrinogen Derivatives Generated by Thrombin:
      Affinity for Elastin", Thrombosis Research 43:205-211 (1986).
PAL  Martin et al, "Biochemical study of adduct synthesis between fibrin
      monomers and elastin", Biomaterials 9:519-524 (1988).
PAL  Lefebvre et al, "New artificial connective matrix-like structure made of
      elastin solubilized peptides and collagens: elaboration, biochemical and
      structural properties", Biomaterials 13(1):28-33 (1992).
PAL  Pool et al, "Production of High-Potency Concentrations of Antihemophilic
      Globulin in a Closed-Bag System", The New England Journal of Medicine
      273(27):1443-1447 (1965).
PAL  Landsman et al, "Light-absorbing properties, stability, and spectral
      stabilization of indocyanine green", Journal of Applied Physiology
      40(4):575-583 (1976).
PAL  Crissman, Robert S., "Comparison of Two Digestive Techniques for
      Preparation of Vascular Elastic Networks for SEM Observation", Journal of
      Electron Microscopy Technique 6:335-348 (1987).
PAL  Guisti et al, "Bioartificial Polymeric Materials: A New Method to Design
      Biomaterials by using both Biological and Synthetic Polymers", TRIP
      1(9):261-267 (1993).
LREP
FRM  Marger, Johnson, McCollom & Stolowitz, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to an elastin-based biomaterial and to a
      method of using same to effect tissue repair or replacement. The invention
      further relates to a method of securing the biomaterial to existing
      tissue.
PATN
WKU  059892455
SRC  8
APN  8292477
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19970331
TTL  Method and apparatus for therapeutic laser treatment
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Peffley; Michael
NDR  7
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Prescott; Marvin A.
STR  833 Moraga Dr, Suite 15
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
ZIP  90049
RLAP
COD  72
APN  215263
APD  19940321
PSC  01
PNO  5616140
RLAP
COD  82
APN  703488
APD  19960826
PSC  01
PNO  5814039
CLAS
OCL  606 14
XCL  607 89
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1736
FSC  606
FSS  2;3;7;10-14;27;28
FSC  607
FSS  88;89;92
FSC  604
FSS  20;21
UREF
PNO  4676246
ISD  19870600
NAM  Korenaga
UREF
PNO  4881547
ISD  19891100
NAM  Danforth
UREF
PNO  4915108
ISD  19900400
NAM  Sun
UREF
PNO  4930504
ISD  19900600
NAM  Diamantopoulos et al.
UREF
PNO  5000752
ISD  19910300
NAM  Hoskin et al.
UREF
PNO  5259380
ISD  19931100
NAM  Mendes et al.
UREF
PNO  5272716
ISD  19931200
NAM  Soltz et al.
UREF
PNO  5300097
ISD  19940400
NAM  Lerner et al.
UREF
PNO  5330517
ISD  19940700
NAM  Mordon et al.
OCL  607 89
UREF
PNO  5358503
ISD  19941000
NAM  Bertwell et al.
UREF
PNO  5370615
ISD  19941200
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  5380316
ISD  19950100
NAM  Aita et al.
UREF
PNO  5395361
ISD  19950300
NAM  Fox et al.
UREF
PNO  5445608
ISD  19950800
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5470352
ISD  19951100
NAM  Rappaport
UREF
PNO  5505726
ISD  19960400
NAM  Meserol
UREF
PNO  5531738
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hessel et al.
OCL  606  2
UREF
PNO  5558672
ISD  19960900
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  606 41
UREF
PNO  5616140
ISD  19970400
NAM  Prescott
UREF
PNO  5620439
ISD  19970400
NAM  Abela et al.
OCL  606 11
UREF
PNO  5662712
ISD  19970900
NAM  Pathak et al.
OCL  600195
UREF
PNO  5728090
ISD  19980300
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  606  3
UREF
PNO  5741246
ISD  19980400
NAM  Prescott
OCL  606  7
OREF
PAL  "GaInAsP/AIGaInP-Based Near-IR (780nm) Vertical-Cavity Surface-Emitting
      Lasers," by R.P. Schneider, Jr. et al., Electronics Letters, Mar. 30,
      1995, vol. 31, No. 7, pp. 554-555.
PAL  "Laser Biostimulation of Healing Wounds: Specific Effects and Mechanisms of
      Action," by Chukuka S. Enwemeka, The Journal of Orthopaedic and Sports
      Physical Therapy, 1988, vol. 9, No. 10, pp. 333-338.
PAL  "Low Level Laser Therapy in Patients with Venous Ulcers: Early and
      Long-term Outcome," by Kleinman et al., Journal of Low Level Laser Therapy
      and Photobioactivation, Jul. 1996.
PAL  "Biomechanical Effects of Three Different Periods of GaAs Laser
      Photostimulation on Tenotomized Tendons," by Enwemeka et al., Journal of
      Low Level Laser Therapy and Photobioactivation, Jun. 1, 1994.
PAL  "Attenuation of the Process of Skeletal Muscle Regeneration by Low Energy
      Laser Irradiation," by Bibikova et al, Journal of Low Level Laser Therapy
      and Photobioactivation, Abstracts: Walt 1996, vol. 8, No. 1, Apr. 1996.
PAL  "Our Experience in the Use of a Low Intensity HeNe Laser in the Treatment
      of Acute Myocardial Infarction," by Kipshidze, Journal of Low Level Laser
      Therapy and Photobioactivation, Abstracts: Walt 1996, vol. 8, No. 1, Apr.
      1996.
PAL  "Photochemotherapy in Clinical and Veterinary Medicine: Therapeutic Effects
      and Mechanisms," by Samioliova et al., Journal of Low Level Laser Therapy
      and Photobioactivation, Abstracts: Walt 1996, vol. 8, No. 1, Apr. 1996.
PAL  "Laser Irradiation on Blood Platelets," by Petrischey et al., Journal of
      Low Level Laser Therapy and Photobioactivation, Abstracts: Walt 1996, vol.
      8, No. 1, Apr. 1996.
PAL  "Influence of Low Power Laser Radiation on Platelet Aggregation in
      Pathological Stress," by Kirichuk et al., Journal of Low Level Laser
      Therapy and Photobioactivation, Abstracts: Walt 1996, vol. 8, No. 1, Apr.
      1996.
PAL  "Collagen and ventricular remodeling after acute myocardial infarction:
      concepts and hypotheses," by P. Whittaker, Steinkoff Verlag 1997.
PAL  "Role of Collagen in Acute Myocardial Infarct Expansion," by Whittaker et
      al., Circulation, vol. 84, No. 5, Nov. 1991, pp. 2123-2134.
PAL  Quickview Report, Piper Jaffray Research, CardioGenesis Corporation, Jun.
      20, 1996, pp. 5 and 6.
PAL  The Effect of Laser Irradiation on the Release of bFGF from 3T3
      Fibroblasts,: by Yu et al., Photochemistry and Photobioligy, vol. 59, No.
      2, pp. 167-170, 1994 (Only p.167 Enclosed).
PAL  "Percutaneous Delivery of Low-Level Laser Energy Reverses Histamine-Induced
      Spasm in Atherosclerotic Yucatan Microswine," by Gal et al., Circulation,
      1992; 86:756-768 (Only p. 756 Enclosed).
PAL  American Society for Laser Medicine and Surgery Abstracts, p. 9, containing
      Abstract Nos. 36, 38, 39 and 43, 1994.
PAL  Abstracts from the 68th Scientific Sessions, p. I-33, Circulation (Suppl.)
      92:1995 (Page Contains Complete Abstracts 0151-0154), Nov. 1995.
LREP
FRM  Graham & James LLP
ABST
PAL  A powered portable laser bandage having one or many vertical cavity
      surface-emitting laser arrays embedded therein may be worn by a patient
      and applied to an area of the patient's body near the heart. The device
      supplies the patient with a preprogrammed laser therapy regimen. A
      physician programs the device and attaches the device to a patient who may
      then wear the device for several days without visiting a physician. The
      device is small enough to be worn under clothes and does not interfere
      with the patient's normal activities. The low-level laser energy promotes
      angiogenesis of the heart myocardium. Alternatively, the device may be
      adapted to be implanted into a skin surface of the patient, or provided in
      a catheter that is inserted in the vasculature system of the patient.
PATN
WKU  059892463
SRC  8
APN  3624307
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19950209
TTL  Probe for heating body tissue
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Nasser; Robert L.
NDR  3
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Kaufmann; Raimund
STR  Institut fur Lasermedizin Universitat Dusseldorf Universitatsstrasse 1
CTY  D-40225 Dusseldorf
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schwarzmaier; Hans-Joachim
STR  Institut fur Lasermedizin Universitat Dusseldorf Universitatsstrasse 1
CTY  D-40225 Dusseldorf
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19920629
APN  42 21 364
CLAS
OCL  606 15
XCL  607 89
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1736
FSC  606
FSS  7;9;13-18;27-31
FSC  607
FSS  88-94;154
FSC   62
FSS  434
UREF
PNO  1550197
ISD  19250800
NAM  Berry
OCL  607 89
UREF
PNO  1721019
ISD  19290700
NAM  Hert
OCL  607154
UREF
PNO  2074034
ISD  19370300
NAM  Ackerman
OCL  607 88
UREF
PNO  4509344
ISD  19850400
NAM  Ludwigsen et al.
OCL   62434
UREF
PNO  4967765
ISD  19901100
NAM  Turner et al.
OCL  128785
UREF
PNO  5019075
ISD  19910500
NAM  Speers et al.
OCL  606  7
UREF
PNO  5129896
ISD  19920700
NAM  Hasson
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5165773
ISD  19921100
NAM  Nath
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5169396
ISD  19921200
NAM  Dowlatshahi et al.
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5190540
ISD  19930300
NAM  Lee
OCL  606 27
UREF
PNO  5196005
ISD  19930300
NAM  Doiron et al.
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5209748
ISD  19930500
NAM  Daikuzono
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5281213
ISD  19940100
NAM  Milder et al.
OCL  607 89
UREF
PNO  5304171
ISD  19940400
NAM  Gregory et al.
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5415654
ISD  19950500
NAM  Daikuzone
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5441497
ISD  19950800
NAM  Narciso, Jr.
OCL  606 15
FREF
PNO  0370890
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0439629
ISD  19910800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4137983
ISD  19911100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Fitch, Even, Tabin & Flannery
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP93/01677
PD1  19950209
PD2  19950209
PD3  19930629
PCP  WO94/00194
PCD  19940106
ABST
PAR  The invention concerns a probe for heating body tissue by means of
      high-intensity laser light, the probe having an optical fibre coupled to a
      laser source and a diffusor element located in the light-exit zone which
      is inserted into the body tissue. The diffusor element is made of a
      material which is highly transparent to the laser light but which contains
      highly reflective particles embedded in it. The probe is connected to a
      coolant circuit to cool the light-exit zone.
PATN
WKU  059892471
SRC  8
APN  6499635
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19960515
TTL  Electro-surgical instrument with spline connection
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXA  Kearney; Rosiland
EXP  Dvorak; Linda C. M.
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Chambers; James Ronald
CTY  Littleton
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Smith & Nephew Endoscopy Inc.
CTY  Andover
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  606 41
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1736
FSC  606
FSS  48-52;41-46;32-40
FSC  604
FSS  20;21
UREF
PNO  1841968
ISD  19320100
NAM  Lowry
UREF
PNO  2828747
ISD  19580400
NAM  August
UREF
PNO  2888928
ISD  19590600
NAM  Seiger
UREF
PNO  3807404
ISD  19740400
NAM  Weissman et al.
UREF
PNO  3974833
ISD  19760800
NAM  Durden, III
UREF
PNO  4014343
ISD  19770300
NAM  Esty
UREF
PNO  4034762
ISD  19770700
NAM  Cosens et al.
UREF
PNO  4103688
ISD  19780800
NAM  Edwards
UREF
PNO  4593691
ISD  19860600
NAM  Lindstrom et al.
UREF
PNO  4936842
ISD  19900600
NAM  D'Arnelio et al.
OCL  606 42
UREF
PNO  5322503
ISD  19940600
NAM  Desai
OCL  604 21
UREF
PNO  5324297
ISD  19940600
NAM  Hood et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5540683
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ichikawa et al.
OCL  606 40
UREF
PNO  5609573
ISD  19970300
NAM  Sandock
OCL  606 37
FREF
PNO  0 484 671 A2
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 698 377 A1
ISD  19960200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  24 60 481
ISD  19760600
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  PCT International Search Report; mailed Oct. 21, 1997; EPO, officer Papone,
      F.
PAL  "Coaxial Bipolar Probe", by David S.C. Pao, M.D., Arch Ophthalmol, vol. 97,
      Jul. 1979.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An electro-surgical instrument includes an elongated electrode probe for
      delivering electrical energy to tissue through an exposed, conductive
      distal tip and a handpiece that provides the electrical energy to the
      probe through a coupling to the proximal end of the probe. The coupling,
      which defines a longitudinal axis, is structured to provide a rigid yet
      removable connection between the probe and handpiece, and to allow the
      surgeon to connect the probe to the handpiece at a selected one of several
      discrete rotational index angles relative to the longitudinal axis.
PATN
WKU  059892480
SRC  9
APN  0568996
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980407
TTL  Medical device and methods for treating tissues
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Gibson; Roy
EXP  Dvorak; Linda C. M.
NDR  10
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Tu; Hosheng
STR  2151 Palermo
CTY  Tustin
STA  CA
ZIP  92782
INVT
NAM  Tu; Lily Chen
STR  2151 Palermo
CTY  Tustin
STA  CA
ZIP  92782
CLAS
OCL  606 41
XCL  607101
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1739
FSC  606
FSS  41;45-51
FSC  607
FSS  96;98-102;134
UREF
PNO  4985030
ISD  19910100
NAM  Melzer et al.
OCL  606 51
UREF
PNO  5224462
ISD  19930700
NAM  Delahuerga et al.
OCL  606 42
UREF
PNO  5290286
ISD  19940300
NAM  Parins
OCL  606 50
UREF
PNO  5456662
ISD  19951000
NAM  Edwards et al.
UREF
PNO  5460626
ISD  19951000
NAM  Krespi
OCL  606  1
UREF
PNO  5460629
ISD  19951000
NAM  Shlain et al.
OCL  606 46
UREF
PNO  5505728
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ellman et al.
OCL  606 39
UREF
PNO  5571100
ISD  19961100
NAM  Goble et al.
OCL  606 41
UREF
PNO  5599346
ISD  19970200
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  606 41
UREF
PNO  5688266
ISD  19971100
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  606 31
ABST
PAL  A medical device for treating the uvula or reducing the mass of cellular
      tissues, wherein a plurality of elongate tubular shafts comprises at least
      one electrode disposed at its distal end portion of each shaft, a RF
      energy generating means, and a means for generating vibration at the
      distal section of the tubular element to effect the ablation and the
      pressure therapy, with an optional vibrational massage therapy for the
      tissues.
PATN
WKU  059892498
SRC  8
APN  6396232
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19960429
TTL  Bipolar suction coagulator
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Peffley; Michael
NDR  1
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kirwan, Jr.; Lawrence T.
CTY  Kingston
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Kirwan Surgical Products, Inc.
CTY  Rockland
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  606 50
XCL  606 40
XCL  606 41
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1739
FSC  606
FSS  37-42;45-50
FSC  604
FSS  21;22;35
UREF
PNO  Re33925
ISD  19920500
NAM  Bales et al.
OCL  606 48
UREF
PNO  3828780
ISD  19740800
NAM  Morrison, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3974833
ISD  19760800
NAM  Durden, III
OCL  604 21
UREF
PNO  4269174
ISD  19810500
NAM  Adair
OCL  606 50
UREF
PNO  4381007
ISD  19830400
NAM  Doss
OCL  606 50
UREF
PNO  4674499
ISD  19870600
NAM  Pao
OCL  606 50
UREF
PNO  4932952
ISD  19900600
NAM  Wojciechowicz, Jr.
OCL  606 49
UREF
PNO  5084045
ISD  19920100
NAM  Helenowski
OCL  606 48
UREF
PNO  5277696
ISD  19940100
NAM  Hagen
OCL  606 49
UREF
PNO  5312401
ISD  19940500
NAM  Newton et al.
OCL  606 46
UREF
PNO  5403311
ISD  19950400
NAM  Abele et al.
OCL  606 49
UREF
PNO  5409487
ISD  19950400
NAM  Jalbert et al.
OCL  606 48
UREF
PNO  5520685
ISD  19960500
NAM  Wojciechowicz
OCL  606 49
UREF
PNO  5827275
ISD  19981000
NAM  Morris
OCL  606 41
LREP
FRM  Weingarten, Schurgin, Gagnebin & Hayes LLP
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is an electro surgical device for use by a surgeon to perform
      coagulation procedures to damaged tissue and evacuation procedures to
      related fluids. In one embodiment, the device comprises a first electrode
      having a first open end, a second open end, an outside surface, and a
      channel extending from the first open end to the second open end. The
      device further comprises a second electrode having a first end, a second
      end, an inside surface, and an outside surface. The inside surface of the
      second electrode is encased about the outside surface of the first
      electrode and electrically isolated by an insulator. The device further
      comprises first and second terminal pins each having a first end connected
      to the first and second electrodes, respectively, and a second end adapted
      to engage with the electrical generator. The device further comprises a
      housing having a suction port and a terminal pin portion. The suction port
      comprises an inner portion in communication with the second end of the
      first electrode and an outside portion adapted to engage with the suction
      device. Upon activation of the suction device, the surgeon may cause fluid
      to evacuate into the first end of the first electrode, flow through the
      channel, and exit the suction port to the suction device. Upon activation
      of the electrical generator, the surgeon may cause an electrical potential
      to be generated at and between the first end of the first electrode and
      the first end of the second electrode.
PATN
WKU  059892501
SRC  9
APN  0267112
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980220
TTL  Method and apparatus for spinal fixation
ISD  19991123
NCL  102
ECL  1
EXA  Ngo; Lien
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  18
NFG  36
INVT
NAM  Wagner; Erik J.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Jannetty; Vincent J.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Jones; Robert J.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Spinal Concepts, Inc.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  942325
APD  19971001
RLAP
COD  82
APN  740123
APD  19961024
CLAS
OCL  606 61
XCL  606 60
XCL  606 62
XCL  606 72
XCL  606 73
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1756
FSC  606
FSS  61;60;62;63;64-73;104;105
FSC  623
FSS  15;16;17;18;19
UREF
PNO  4401112
ISD  19830800
NAM  Rezaian
UREF
PNO  4433677
ISD  19840200
NAM  Ulrich et al.
UREF
PNO  4492226
ISD  19850100
NAM  Belykh et al.
UREF
PNO  4501269
ISD  19850200
NAM  Bagby
UREF
PNO  4503848
ISD  19850300
NAM  Caspar et al.
UREF
PNO  4570618
ISD  19860200
NAM  Wu
UREF
PNO  4604995
ISD  19860800
NAM  Stephens et al.
UREF
PNO  4641636
ISD  19870200
NAM  Cotrel
UREF
PNO  4643178
ISD  19870200
NAM  Nastari et al.
UREF
PNO  4743256
ISD  19880500
NAM  Brantigan
UREF
PNO  4763644
ISD  19880800
NAM  Webb
UREF
PNO  4805602
ISD  19890200
NAM  Puno et al.
UREF
PNO  4834757
ISD  19890500
NAM  Brantigan
UREF
PNO  4878915
ISD  19891100
NAM  Brantigan
UREF
PNO  4887596
ISD  19891200
NAM  Sherman
UREF
PNO  4946458
ISD  19900800
NAM  Herma et al.
UREF
PNO  4950269
ISD  19900800
NAM  Gaines, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4961740
ISD  19901000
NAM  Ray et al.
UREF
PNO  4966600
ISD  19901000
NAM  Songer et al.
UREF
PNO  4987892
ISD  19910100
NAM  Krag et al.
UREF
PNO  5005562
ISD  19910400
NAM  Cotrel
UREF
PNO  5026373
ISD  19910600
NAM  Ray et al.
UREF
PNO  5047029
ISD  19910900
NAM  Aebi et al.
UREF
PNO  5055104
ISD  19911000
NAM  Ray
UREF
PNO  5074864
ISD  19911200
NAM  Cozad et al.
UREF
PNO  5102412
ISD  19920400
NAM  Rogozinski
UREF
PNO  5108399
ISD  19920400
NAM  Eitenmuller et al.
UREF
PNO  5108446
ISD  19920400
NAM  Wagner et al.
UREF
PNO  5116340
ISD  19920500
NAM  Songer et al.
UREF
PNO  5123926
ISD  19920600
NAM  Pisharodi
UREF
PNO  5127912
ISD  19920700
NAM  Ray et al.
UREF
PNO  5129388
ISD  19920700
NAM  Vignaud et al.
UREF
PNO  5129904
ISD  19920700
NAM  Illi
UREF
PNO  5147359
ISD  19920900
NAM  Cozad et al.
UREF
PNO  5154718
ISD  19921000
NAM  Cozad et al.
UREF
PNO  5171278
ISD  19921200
NAM  Pisharodi
UREF
PNO  5176678
ISD  19930100
NAM  Tsou
UREF
PNO  5176680
ISD  19930100
NAM  Vignaud et al.
UREF
PNO  5181917
ISD  19930100
NAM  Rogozinski
UREF
PNO  5192321
ISD  19930300
NAM  Strokon
UREF
PNO  5192327
ISD  19930300
NAM  Brantigan et al.
UREF
PNO  5201734
ISD  19930400
NAM  Cozad et al.
UREF
PNO  5242445
ISD  19930900
NAM  Ashman
UREF
PNO  5242448
ISD  19930900
NAM  Pettine et al.
UREF
PNO  5246442
ISD  19930900
NAM  Ashman et al.
UREF
PNO  5261909
ISD  19931100
NAM  Sutterlin et al.
UREF
PNO  5263953
ISD  19931100
NAM  Bagby
UREF
PNO  5281222
ISD  19940100
NAM  Allard et al.
UREF
PNO  5282801
ISD  19940200
NAM  Sherman
UREF
PNO  5290312
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kojimoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5290494
ISD  19940300
NAM  Coombes et al.
UREF
PNO  5303718
ISD  19940400
NAM  Krajicek
UREF
PNO  5304179
ISD  19940400
NAM  Wagner
UREF
PNO  5306307
ISD  19940400
NAM  Senter et al.
UREF
PNO  5306309
ISD  19940400
NAM  Wagner et al.
UREF
PNO  5312405
ISD  19940500
NAM  Korotko et al.
UREF
PNO  5312410
ISD  19940500
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  5318566
ISD  19940600
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  5336223
ISD  19940800
NAM  Rogers
UREF
PNO  5336240
ISD  19940800
NAM  Metzler et al.
UREF
PNO  5344422
ISD  19940900
NAM  Frigg
UREF
PNO  5348026
ISD  19940900
NAM  Davidson
UREF
PNO  5357983
ISD  19941000
NAM  Mathews
UREF
PNO  5360429
ISD  19941100
NAM  Jeanson et al.
UREF
PNO  5360431
ISD  19941100
NAM  Puno et al.
UREF
PNO  5361766
ISD  19941100
NAM  Nichols et al.
UREF
PNO  5364399
ISD  19941100
NAM  Lowery et al.
UREF
PNO  5368594
ISD  19941100
NAM  Martin et al.
UREF
PNO  5380325
ISD  19950100
NAM  Lahille et al.
UREF
PNO  5385583
ISD  19950100
NAM  Cotrel
UREF
PNO  5390683
ISD  19950200
NAM  Pisharodi
UREF
PNO  5395374
ISD  19950300
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  5397364
ISD  19950300
NAM  Kozak et al.
UREF
PNO  5403315
ISD  19950400
NAM  Ashman
UREF
PNO  5405391
ISD  19950400
NAM  Hednerson et al.
UREF
PNO  5415658
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kilpela et al.
UREF
PNO  5417690
ISD  19950500
NAM  Sennett et al.
UREF
PNO  5423820
ISD  19950600
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  5423825
ISD  19950600
NAM  Levine
UREF
PNO  5425772
ISD  19950600
NAM  Brantigan
UREF
PNO  5466237
ISD  19951100
NAM  Byrd, III et al.
UREF
PNO  5474555
ISD  19951200
NAM  Puno et al.
UREF
PNO  5480437
ISD  19960100
NAM  Draenert
UREF
PNO  5484437
ISD  19960100
NAM  Michelson
UREF
PNO  5489307
ISD  19960200
NAM  Kuslich et al.
UREF
PNO  5489308
ISD  19960200
NAM  Kuslich et al.
UREF
PNO  5496318
ISD  19960300
NAM  Howland et al.
UREF
PNO  5505732
ISD  19960400
NAM  Michelson
UREF
PNO  5507746
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lin
UREF
PNO  5514180
ISD  19960500
NAM  Heggeness et al.
UREF
PNO  5520690
ISD  19960500
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5522899
ISD  19960600
NAM  Michelson
UREF
PNO  5527341
ISD  19960600
NAM  Gogolewski et al.
UREF
PNO  5531746
ISD  19960700
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5531751
ISD  19960700
NAM  Schultheiss et al.
UREF
PNO  5536270
ISD  19960700
NAM  Songer et al.
UREF
PNO  5536271
ISD  19960700
NAM  Daly et al.
UREF
PNO  5545165
ISD  19960800
NAM  Biedermann et al.
UREF
PNO  5549608
ISD  19960800
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5549612
ISD  19960800
NAM  Yapp et al.
UREF
PNO  5554157
ISD  19960900
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5563124
ISD  19961000
NAM  Damien et al.
UREF
PNO  5569248
ISD  19961000
NAM  Mathews
UREF
PNO  5569253
ISD  19961000
NAM  Farris et al.
UREF
PNO  5571192
ISD  19961100
NAM  Schonhoffer
UREF
PNO  5575792
ISD  19961100
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5578033
ISD  19961100
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5584834
ISD  19961200
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5586984
ISD  19961200
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5593409
ISD  19970100
NAM  Michelson
UREF
PNO  5601553
ISD  19970200
NAM  Trebing et al.
UREF
PNO  5601556
ISD  19970200
NAM  Pisharodi
UREF
PNO  5603713
ISD  19970200
NAM  Aust et al.
UREF
PNO  5607424
ISD  19970300
NAM  Tropiano
UREF
PNO  5607425
ISD  19970300
NAM  Rogozinski
UREF
PNO  5607426
ISD  19970300
NAM  Ralph et al.
UREF
PNO  5607430
ISD  19970300
NAM  Bailey
UREF
PNO  5609592
ISD  19970300
NAM  Brumfield et al.
UREF
PNO  5609593
ISD  19970300
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5609594
ISD  19970300
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5609596
ISD  19970300
NAM  Pepper
UREF
PNO  5609635
ISD  19970300
NAM  Michelson
UREF
PNO  5609636
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kohrs et al.
UREF
PNO  5611800
ISD  19970300
NAM  Davis et al.
UREF
PNO  5611801
ISD  19970300
NAM  Songer
UREF
PNO  5613967
ISD  19970300
NAM  Engelhardt et al.
UREF
PNO  5616144
ISD  19970400
NAM  Yapp et al.
UREF
PNO  5620443
ISD  19970400
NAM  Gertzbein et al.
UREF
PNO  5624441
ISD  19970400
NAM  Sherman et al.
UREF
PNO  5626579
ISD  19970500
NAM  Muschler et al.
UREF
PNO  5628740
ISD  19970500
NAM  Mullane
UREF
PNO  5628756
ISD  19970500
NAM  Barker, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5630816
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kambin
UREF
PNO  5632747
ISD  19970500
NAM  Scarborough et al.
UREF
PNO  5634925
ISD  19970600
NAM  Urbanski
UREF
PNO  5643260
ISD  19970700
NAM  Doherty
UREF
PNO  5643264
ISD  19970700
NAM  Sherman et al.
UREF
PNO  5643265
ISD  19970700
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5645084
ISD  19970700
NAM  McKay
UREF
PNO  5645544
ISD  19970700
NAM  Tai et al.
UREF
PNO  5645549
ISD  19970700
NAM  Boyd et al.
UREF
PNO  5645598
ISD  19970700
NAM  Brosnahan, III
UREF
PNO  5647873
ISD  19970700
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5649927
ISD  19970700
NAM  Kilpela et al.
UREF
PNO  5651283
ISD  19970700
NAM  Runciman et al.
UREF
PNO  5651789
ISD  19970700
NAM  Cotrel
UREF
PNO  5653708
ISD  19970800
NAM  Howland
UREF
PNO  5653709
ISD  19970800
NAM  Frigg
UREF
PNO  5653763
ISD  19970800
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5658289
ISD  19970800
NAM  Boucher et al.
UREF
PNO  5658337
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kohrs et al.
UREF
PNO  5658516
ISD  19970800
NAM  Eppley et al.
UREF
PNO  5662653
ISD  19970900
NAM  Songer et al.
UREF
PNO  5665088
ISD  19970900
NAM  Gil et al.
UREF
PNO  5665112
ISD  19970900
NAM  Thal
UREF
PNO  5665122
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kambin
UREF
PNO  5667506
ISD  19970900
NAM  Sutterlin
UREF
PNO  5667507
ISD  19970900
NAM  Corin et al.
UREF
PNO  5667508
ISD  19970900
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5668288
ISD  19970900
NAM  Storey et al.
UREF
PNO  5669909
ISD  19970900
NAM  Zdeblick et al.
UREF
PNO  5669910
ISD  19970900
NAM  Korhonen et al.
UREF
PNO  5669911
ISD  19970900
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5671695
ISD  19970900
NAM  Schroeder
UREF
PNO  5672175
ISD  19970900
NAM  Martin
UREF
PNO  5672176
ISD  19970900
NAM  Biedermann et al.
UREF
PNO  5674222
ISD  19971000
NAM  Berger et al.
UREF
PNO  5674295
ISD  19971000
NAM  Ray et al.
UREF
PNO  5674296
ISD  19971000
NAM  Bryan et al.
UREF
PNO  5676665
ISD  19971000
NAM  Bryan
UREF
PNO  5676666
ISD  19971000
NAM  Oxland et al.
UREF
PNO  5676701
ISD  19971000
NAM  Yuan et al.
UREF
PNO  5676703
ISD  19971000
NAM  Gelbard
UREF
PNO  5681311
ISD  19971000
NAM  Foley et al.
UREF
PNO  5681312
ISD  19971000
NAM  Yuan et al.
UREF
PNO  5683391
ISD  19971100
NAM  Boyd
UREF
PNO  5683392
ISD  19971100
NAM  Richelsoph et al.
UREF
PNO  5683393
ISD  19971100
NAM  Ralph
UREF
PNO  5683394
ISD  19971100
NAM  Rinner
UREF
PNO  5688272
ISD  19971100
NAM  Montague et al.
UREF
PNO  5688273
ISD  19971100
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5688274
ISD  19971100
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5688279
ISD  19971100
NAM  McNulty et al.
UREF
PNO  5688280
ISD  19971100
NAM  Booth, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5690629
ISD  19971100
NAM  Asher et al.
UREF
PNO  5690630
ISD  19971100
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5690631
ISD  19971100
NAM  Duncan et al.
UREF
PNO  5690632
ISD  19971100
NAM  Schwartz et al.
UREF
PNO  5690633
ISD  19971100
NAM  Taylor et al.
UREF
PNO  5690842
ISD  19971100
NAM  Panchison
UREF
PNO  5693046
ISD  19971200
NAM  Songer et al.
UREF
PNO  5693053
ISD  19971200
NAM  Estes
UREF
PNO  5693100
ISD  19971200
NAM  Pisharodi
UREF
PNO  5697929
ISD  19971200
NAM  Mellinger
UREF
PNO  5697977
ISD  19971200
NAM  Pisharodi
UREF
PNO  5700291
ISD  19971200
NAM  Kuslich et al.
UREF
PNO  5700292
ISD  19971200
NAM  Margulies
UREF
PNO  5702391
ISD  19971200
NAM  Lin
UREF
PNO  5702392
ISD  19971200
NAM  Wu et al.
UREF
PNO  5702393
ISD  19971200
NAM  Pfaifer
UREF
PNO  5702394
ISD  19971200
NAM  Henry et al.
UREF
PNO  5702395
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hopf
UREF
PNO  5702396
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hoenig et al.
UREF
PNO  5702399
ISD  19971200
NAM  Kilpela et al.
UREF
PNO  5702449
ISD  19971200
NAM  McKay
UREF
PNO  5702450
ISD  19971200
NAM  Bisserie
UREF
PNO  5702451
ISD  19971200
NAM  Biedermann et al.
UREF
PNO  5702452
ISD  19971200
NAM  Argenson et al.
UREF
PNO  5702453
ISD  19971200
NAM  Rabbe et al.
UREF
PNO  5702454
ISD  19971200
NAM  Baumgartner
UREF
PNO  5702455
ISD  19971200
NAM  Saggar
UREF
PNO  5704936
ISD  19980100
NAM  Mazel
UREF
PNO  5704937
ISD  19980100
NAM  Martin
UREF
PNO  5707372
ISD  19980100
NAM  Errico
UREF
PNO  5707395
ISD  19980100
NAM  Hopf
UREF
PNO  5709681
ISD  19980100
NAM  Pennig
UREF
PNO  5709682
ISD  19980100
NAM  Medoff
UREF
PNO  5709683
ISD  19980100
NAM  Bagby
UREF
PNO  5709684
ISD  19980100
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5709685
ISD  19980100
NAM  Dombrowski et al.
UREF
PNO  5709686
ISD  19980100
NAM  Talos et al.
UREF
PNO  5713841
ISD  19980200
NAM  Graham
UREF
PNO  5713898
ISD  19980200
NAM  Stucker et al.
UREF
PNO  5713899
ISD  19980200
NAM  Marnay et al.
UREF
PNO  5713900
ISD  19980200
NAM  Benzel et al.
UREF
PNO  5713903
ISD  19980200
NAM  Sander et al.
UREF
PNO  5713904
ISD  19980200
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5716355
ISD  19980200
NAM  Jackson
UREF
PNO  5716356
ISD  19980200
NAM  Biedermann et al.
UREF
PNO  5716357
ISD  19980200
NAM  Rogozinski
UREF
PNO  5716358
ISD  19980200
NAM  Ochoa
UREF
PNO  5716359
ISD  19980200
NAM  Ojima et al.
UREF
PNO  5716415
ISD  19980200
NAM  Steffee
UREF
PNO  5716416
ISD  19980200
NAM  Lin
UREF
PNO  5720746
ISD  19980200
NAM  Soubeiran
UREF
PNO  5720747
ISD  19980200
NAM  Burke
UREF
PNO  5720748
ISD  19980200
NAM  Kuslich et al.
UREF
PNO  5720751
ISD  19980200
NAM  Jackson
UREF
PNO  5722977
ISD  19980300
NAM  Wilhelmy
UREF
PNO  5733284
ISD  19980300
NAM  Martin
FREF
PNO  0578320A1
ISD  19940100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0778007A1
ISD  19970600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0836836
ISD  19980400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2732887A1
ISD  19961000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2736535A1
ISD  19970100
CNT  FRX
OREF
PAL  Danek Group, Inc. Medical Division Publication entitled, "TSRH Spinal
      System--Ummatched versatility," 1992, pp. 1-4.
PAL  Danek Surgical Technique Manual entitled, "TSRH Spinal Implant System,"
      Date Unknown, pp. 1-16.
PAL  Danek Surgical Technique Manual entitled, "TSRH Crosslink," Date Unknown,
      pp. 1-8.
PAL  Dickman Curtis A., et al., BNI Quarterly Publication entitled, "Techniques
      of Screw Fixation of the Cervical Spine," vol. 9, No. 4, Fall 1993, pp.
      27-39.
PAL  Slone et al., RadioGraphics Publication entitled, "Spinal Fixation," vol.
      13, No. 2, Mar. 1993, pp. 341-356.
PAL  Synthes Spine Publication entitled, "The Universal Spinal System--Internal
      Fixation for the Spine," 1994, pp. 1-15.
PAL  AcroMed Publication entitled, "The ISOLA Spinal System--Versatility,
      simplicity and minimal profile in the surgical treatment of the spine,"
      1994, pp. 1-15.
PAL  AcroMed Corporation Publication entitled, "ISOLA.RTM. Transversa Rod
      Connectors: Principles and Techiques," Date Unknown, pp. i, ii, 1-8.
PAL  Danek Publication entitled, "AXIS--Fixation System," 1993, pp. 1-6.
PAL  Synthes Publication entitled, "Small Notched Titanium Reconstruction Plate
      System," 1996, pp. 1-6.
PAL  J. Neurosurg Publication entitled, "Posterior plates in the management of
      cervical instability: long-term results in 44 patients," vol. 81, 1994,
      pp. 341-349.
PAL  BNI Quarterly Publication entitled, "Lateral Mass Posterior Plating and
      Facet Fusion for Cervical Spine Instability," vol. 7, No. 2, 1991, pp. i,
      ii, 1-12.
PAL  Beadling, Lee, Orthopedics Today Publications entitled, "FDA Clears Spinal
      Cages for Interbody Lumbar Fusion," pp. 1-2.
PAL  MedPro Month Publication entitled, "Trends in Spine & Disk Surgery," vol.
      VI, No. 11-12, pp. 280-284.
PAL  Surgical Dynamics Ray Threaded Fusion Cage Device Surgical Technique
      Manual, pp. 1-10.
PAL  Surgical Dynamics Ray Threaded Fusion Cage, pp. 1-6.
PAL  AcroMed Publication entitled, "AcroMed Spinal Solutions for Cervical
      Pathologies," Jul. 1995, pp. 1-8.
PAL  Codman Publication entitled, "Sof'wire Cable System," 6 pp.
PAL  Huhn, Stephen L. et al., "Posterior Spinal Osteosynthesis for Cervical
      Fracture/Dislocation Using a Flexible Multistrand Cable System: Technical
      Note," Neurosurgery, vol. 29, No. 6, 1991, pp. 943-946.
PAL  Dickman, Curtis A. et al., "Wire Fixation for the Cervical Spine:
      Biomechanical Principles and Surgical Techniques," BNI Quarterly, vol. 9,
      No. 4, Fall 1993, pp. 2-16.
PAL  Publication by AcroMed entitled, "ACROMED Cable System by Songer," Sep.
      1993, 4 pp.
PAL  M. Aebi, MD, et al., "Treatment of Cervical Spine Injuries with Anterior
      Plating: Indications, Techniques, and Results," vol. 16, No. 3S, Mar. 1991
      Supplement, pp. S38-S45.
PAL  Foley, M.D. et al., "Aline Anterior Cervical Plating System," Smith &
      Nephew Richards, Inc. Orthopaedics Catalog Information, Sep. 1996, pp.
      1-16.
PAL  Lowery, Gary L., M.D., Ph.D., Sofamor Danek Group, Inc. Publication
      entitled, "Orion Anterior Cervical Plate System: Surgical Technique,"
      1994, pp. 1-24.
PAL  Apfelbaum, R., M.D., Aesculap Scientific Information publication entitled,
      "Posterior Transarticular C1-2 Screw Fixation for Atlantoaxial
      Instability," 1993, pp. 1-15.
PAL  Danek Titanium Cable System publication by Danek Group, Inc., 1994, 6 pp.
PAL  Publication entitled, "Spinal Disorders", 4 pp.
PAL  O'Brien, John P., Ph.D., Orthopaedic Product News Article entitled,
      "Interbody Fusion of the Lumbar Spine," pp. 1-3.
PAL  Roy et al., "Variation of Young's Modulus and Hardness in Human Lumbar
      Vertebrae Measured by Nanoindentation", pp. 1-4.
PAL  Sofamor Danek publication entitled, "Atlas Cable System: Evolution of the
      Cable System for Spinal Applications," 1995, 2 pp.
PAL  AcroMed publication entitled, "AcroMed Songer Cable System: Ordering
      information for Implants and Instruments," Apr. 1996, 4 pp.
PAL  Songer, Matthew, M.D., "Acromed Cable System by Songer: Cervical Technique
      Manual," pp. 1-17.
PAL  Songer, Matthew N., M.D., "ACROMED Cable System by Songer: Technique
      Manual," 1993, pp. 1-20.
PAL  Oxland, Thomas R., Ph.D., et al., SpineTech Inc. Publication entitled,
      "Biomechnical Rationale--The BAK Interbody Fusion System: An Innovative
      Solution," pp. 1-16.
PAL  SpineTech, Inc. publication entitled, "Patient Information on Spinal Fusion
      Surgery and the BAK Interbody Fusion System," 10 pp.
PAL  SpineTech, Inc. publication entitled, "BAK/Cervical Interbody Fusion
      System," 1994, 2 pp.
PAL  SpineTech, Inc. publications entitled, "Instrumentation BAK Interbody
      Fusion System," "Biomechanics BAK Interbody Fusion System," and "Porosity
      BAK Interbody Fusion System," 1996, 12 pp.
PAL  SpineTech, Inc. publication entitled, "The BAK Interbody Fusion System,"
      1996, 4 pp.
PAL  Depuy Motech, Inc. publication entitled, "Moss Miami 3-Dimensional Spinal
      Instrumentation: Taking Spinal Instrumentation to a New Dimension," 1995,
      8 pp.
PAL  Shufflebarger, Harry L., M.D., "Moss Miami Spinal Instrumentation System:
      Methods of Fixation of the Spondylopelvic Junction," Lumbosacral and
      Spinopelvic Fixation, 1996 by Raven Publishers, Philadelphia, pp. 381-393.
PAL  Shufflebarger, Harry L., M.D., Depuy Motech publications entitled,
      "Clinical Issue: Rod Rotation in Scoliosis Surgery," 5 pp.
PAL  AcroMed publication entitled, "Instruments," 3 pp.
PAL  SpineTech, Inc. publication entitled, "The Bone Harvester," 1996, 2 pp.
PAL  Wright Medical Technology Publications entitled, "Versalok Low Back
      Fixation System," 1996, pp. 1-4.
PAL  Danek Medical, Inc. Publication entitled, "TSRH Lumbar System," 1991, pp.
      1-4.
LREP
FRM  Conley, Rose & Tayon, PC
ABST
PAL  A spinal fixation implant system for correction and fixation of the human
      spine to facilitate an anatomically correct fusion. The spinal fixation
      system may include a connector, a spinal rod, a spinal fixation component,
      a sleeve, and a fastener. The spinal fixation component preferably
      includes a fixation device such as a hook or screw for securing the spinal
      rod to vertebrae of the thoracic or lumbar spine. The spinal fixation
      component preferably includes a threaded end on its top that is adapted to
      receive the fastener. The fixation component may include a body having a
      tapered cavity for engaging the receiving end of the connector. Tightening
      of the fastener preferably downwardly translates the sleeve over the
      fixation component body to force the connector through the tapered cavity,
      which compresses the receiving end about the spinal rod to fixably connect
      the spinal rod and the spinal fixation component. In an alternate
      embodiment, assembly pliers may be used to move the connector into the
      tapered cavity. The fixation component may also include a rotatable
      fixation member. The spinal rod and connector may include a textured
      surface to inhibit movement of the connector with respect to the spinal
      rod. The fastener may be a clip configured to engage an indentation formed
      in the connector to secure the connector within the fixation component.
      The connector may include a tab which is configured to interact with a
      channel formed in the cavity to inhibit the removal of the connector from
      the cavity.
PATN
WKU  059892510
SRC  9
APN  0986070
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980617
TTL  Apparatus for spinal stabilization
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  Goldberg; Jonathan
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Nichols; David
CTY  Trumbull
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Surgical Dynamics, Inc.
CTY  Norwalk
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  606 61
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1758
FSC  606
FSS  61;60;72;73
FSC  623
FSS  17
UREF
PNO  4269178
ISD  19810500
NAM  Keene
UREF
PNO  4641636
ISD  19870200
NAM  Cotrel
UREF
PNO  4815453
ISD  19890300
NAM  Cotrel
UREF
PNO  4887596
ISD  19891200
NAM  Sherman
UREF
PNO  5010879
ISD  19910400
NAM  Moriya et al.
UREF
PNO  5074864
ISD  19911200
NAM  Cozad et al.
UREF
PNO  5084049
ISD  19920100
NAM  Asher et al.
UREF
PNO  5102412
ISD  19920400
NAM  Rogozinski
UREF
PNO  5112332
ISD  19920500
NAM  Cozad et al.
UREF
PNO  5116334
ISD  19920500
NAM  Cozad et al.
UREF
PNO  5181917
ISD  19930100
NAM  Rogozinski
UREF
PNO  5261912
ISD  19931100
NAM  Frigg
UREF
PNO  5275600
ISD  19940100
NAM  Allard et al.
UREF
PNO  5281222
ISD  19940100
NAM  Allard et al.
UREF
PNO  5312405
ISD  19940500
NAM  Korotko et al.
UREF
PNO  5334203
ISD  19940800
NAM  Wagner
UREF
PNO  5346493
ISD  19940900
NAM  Stahurski et al.
UREF
PNO  5360431
ISD  19941100
NAM  Puno et al.
UREF
PNO  5368594
ISD  19941100
NAM  Martin et al.
UREF
PNO  5380326
ISD  19950100
NAM  Lin
UREF
PNO  5437671
ISD  19950800
NAM  Lozier et al.
UREF
PNO  5439463
ISD  19950800
NAM  Lin
UREF
PNO  5479462
ISD  19951200
NAM  Allard et al.
UREF
PNO  5496321
ISD  19960300
NAM  Puno et al.
UREF
PNO  5498263
ISD  19960300
NAM  DiNello et al.
UREF
PNO  5507746
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lin
UREF
PNO  5520688
ISD  19960500
NAM  Lin
UREF
PNO  5549607
ISD  19960800
NAM  Olsen et al.
UREF
PNO  5562663
ISD  19961000
NAM  Wisnewski et al.
UREF
PNO  5601554
ISD  19970200
NAM  Howland et al.
UREF
PNO  5624440
ISD  19970400
NAM  Huebner
UREF
PNO  5624442
ISD  19970400
NAM  Mellinger et al.
UREF
PNO  5630817
ISD  19970500
NAM  Rokegem et al.
UREF
PNO  5667506
ISD  19970900
NAM  Sutterlin
UREF
PNO  5667507
ISD  19970900
NAM  Corin et al.
UREF
PNO  5669910
ISD  19970900
NAM  Korhonen et al.
UREF
PNO  5676665
ISD  19971000
NAM  Bryan
UREF
PNO  5683390
ISD  19971100
NAM  Metz-Stavenhagen et al.
UREF
PNO  5688272
ISD  19971100
NAM  Montague et al.
UREF
PNO  5693053
ISD  19971200
NAM  Estes
UREF
PNO  5702393
ISD  19971200
NAM  Pfaifer
UREF
PNO  5702395
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hopf
UREF
PNO  5707372
ISD  19980100
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5709684
ISD  19980100
NAM  Errico et al.
UREF
PNO  5709685
ISD  19980100
NAM  Dombrowski et al.
FREF
PNO  0553042
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0811357
ISD  19970800
CNT  EPX
ABST
PAL  An apparatus is disclosed for connecting first and second elongated spaced
      apart spinal rods to one another which includes a first connector having
      structure to engage a first spinal rod at a location along the length
      thereof and an elongated beam having an axis extending in a direction
      transverse to the first spinal rod, a second connector having structure to
      engage a second spinal rod at a location adjacent the first connector and
      including a reception portion projecting in a direction transverse to the
      second spinal rod and defining a channel for receiving the elongated beam
      of the first connector, and a locking member dimensioned and configured to
      engage the channel along the axis of the beam and secure the position of
      the beam with respect thereto.
PATN
WKU  059892528
SRC  9
APN  0329436
APT  1
ART  339
APD  19980302
TTL  Surgical device for anchoring in bone, and ancillary for inserting it
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  9
EXA  Bui; Vy Q.
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Fumex; Laurent
STR  40 rue des Grands Mourgers
CTY  78730 Saint-Arnoult-En-Yvelinos
CNT  FRX
ITX  78730
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970228
APN  97 02422
CLAS
OCL  606 72
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1756
ICL  A61F 1758
FSC  606
FSS  69;72;60
UREF
PNO  5217486
ISD  19930600
NAM  Rice et al.
OCL  606 72
UREF
PNO  5443482
ISD  19950800
NAM  Stone et al.
OCL  606232
UREF
PNO  5465731
ISD  19951100
NAM  Bell et al.
OCL  600 37
FREF
PNO  WO 95/32669
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  F. Alan Barber, MD, Morley A. Herbert, PhD., James N. Click, PA-C; "The
      Ultimate Strength of Suture Anchors ", Arthroscopy: The Journal of
      Arthroscopic and Related Surgery, vol. 11, No. 1 (Feb.), 1995; pp. 21-28.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A surgical device suitable for anchorage of a thread or wire to a bone
      having a hole bored therein. The device includes a thread or wire in the
      form of a loop having a running knot. The thread or wire carries a
      deformable tubular sleeve which slides along the thread or wire within the
      limits of the loop. Also, there is provided an ancillary for inserting the
      anchoring device. The ancillary includes a shaft suitable for introduction
      into the hole bored in the bone, which at one end has a spike that can
      hold the loop of thread or wire, and at the other end has a handle for
      manipulation.
PATN
WKU  059892536
SRC  9
APN  0510211
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980330
TTL  Ligament anchoring device
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Trinh; Vikki
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Bigliardi; Yves
STR  303 rue des Bosnees
CTY  74460 Marnaz
CNT  FRX
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19951027
APN  95/12910
CLAS
OCL  606 72
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1700
FSC  606
FSS  72;73;74;75;60;65;80;85;104;232;79;88
FSC  623
FSS  13
UREF
PNO  Re34871
ISD  19950300
NAM  McGuire et al.
OCL  606 73
UREF
PNO  4484570
ISD  19841100
NAM  Sutter et al.
OCL  606 72
UREF
PNO  4950270
ISD  19900800
NAM  Bowman et al.
OCL  606 72
UREF
PNO  5643266
ISD  19970700
NAM  Li
OCL  606 72
UREF
PNO  5643321
ISD  19970700
NAM  McDevitt
OCL  606232
UREF
PNO  5702398
ISD  19971200
NAM  Thrabishy
OCL  606 72
FREF
PNO  0596829
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0596177
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2586927
ISD  19870300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2671717
ISD  19920700
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2696925
ISD  19940400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  4106823
ISD  19920600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9210031
ISD  19920900
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Eilberg; William H.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR96/01672
PD1  19980330
PD2  19980330
PD3  19961025
PCP  WO97/15244
PCD  19970501
ABST
PAR  A device including an elongate body (15) with anti-rotation projections on
      the peripheral side surface thereof and a generally flat side bearing
      surface (20) for engaging one side of a bone rod (5) forming the end of a
      ligament (4). The body (15) comprises an axial hole having a tapered
      internal seat and being engaged by a screw. Slots (24) enable the body
      (15) to be expanded by the axial screw. When the body (15) is expanded
      (13, 14), the bone rod (5) is locked in place in a hole (7) formed in the
      bone (2). Reliable and easily performed and adjusted ligament anchoring
      may thus be achieved.
PATN
WKU  059892544
SRC  9
APN  0810363
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980518
TTL  Pedicle screw assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Ho; (Jackie)Tan-Uyen T.
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Katz; Akiva Raphael
STR  4 Elgin Road
CTY  Milnerton, 7441, Western Cape Province
CNT  ZAX
PRIR
CNT  ZAX
APD  19970520
APN  97/1149
CLAS
OCL  606 73
XCL  606 72
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1756
FSC  606
FSS  71;72;73;74;75;69;70;88
FSC  623
FSS  17
UREF
PNO  5474555
ISD  19951200
NAM  Puno et al.
OCL  606 73
UREF
PNO  5690630
ISD  19971100
NAM  Errico et al.
OCL  606 73
UREF
PNO  5733286
ISD  19980300
NAM  Errico et al.
OCL  606 73
UREF
PNO  5782833
ISD  19980700
NAM  Haider
OCL  606 73
UREF
PNO  5797911
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sherman et al.
OCL  606 73
LREP
FRM  McAulay Nissen Goldberg Kiel & Hand, LLP
ABST
PAL  A pedicle screw assembly consists of a screw having a part spherical head
      providing a saddle shaped contact surface for a connecting rod, the head
      is held in a coupling member allowing limited angular movement between the
      screw and coupling member in one plane only and this plane is at right
      angles to the contact surface. Surfaces are provided in the connecting
      member for supporting a connecting rod, which is securable in the coupling
      member by a cap engaging in the coupling member to clamp the connecting
      rod against the supporting surfaces while still enabling the screw to move
      angularly with respect to the coupling member.
PATN
WKU  059892552
SRC  9
APN  130271&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980806
TTL  Orthopaedic done screw apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Shai; Daphna
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  6
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Pepper; John R.
CTY  Germantown
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  James; Anthony H.
CTY  Bartlett
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Sanders; Roy
CTY  Tampa
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Holland; Donna D.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Smith & Nephew
CTY  Memphis
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  606 73
XCL  606 61
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1756
FSC  606
FSS  60;61;72;73
UREF
PNO  5100405
ISD  19920300
NAM  McLaren
OCL  606 72
UREF
PNO  5250049
ISD  19931000
NAM  Michael
OCL  606 72
UREF
PNO  5395371
ISD  19950300
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  606 61
UREF
PNO  5591207
ISD  19970100
NAM  Coleman
OCL  606232
LREP
FRM  Garvey, Smith, Nehrbass, & Doody, L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A bone screw apparatus and method of implantation provides a bone screw
      having an elongated shaft of an oversized length with proximal and distal
      end portions. The distal end portion of the shaft has a cutting head. The
      proximal end portion of the shaft is sized and shaped to accept a driver
      tool, such as a drill chuck. The shaft is externally threaded along a
      majority of its length. A pair of opposed longitudinally extending
      circumferentially spaced flat surfaces are provided along the shaft. A
      removable head with a central opening enables the head to slide along the
      shaft proximally to distally. A ratcheting mechanism prevents movement of
      the head along the shaft in but one direction. A central opening of the
      head is shaped to conform to the shaped surfaces of the shaft, so that the
      head and shaft can be rotated as a unit by engaging and rotating the head.
      The tool receptive surface portion of the head includes intersecting
      external surfaces of the head spaced radially away from the shaft during
      use.
PATN
WKU  059892560
SRC  9
APN  232962&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19990119
TTL  Bone fixation cable ferrule
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Woo; Julian W.
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  4
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Kuslich; Stephen D.
CTY  Stillwater
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Peterson; Francis
CTY  Prescott
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Spineology, Inc.
CTY  Stillwater
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  606 74
XCL  606 61
XCL  606 73
XCL  606103
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1756
FSC  606
FSS  61;72;73;74;103
FSC  D 4
FSS  199
FSC  411
FSS  393;395
FSC  403
FSS  362
FSC  623
FSS  13;17
UREF
PNO  4047523
ISD  19770900
NAM  Hall
UREF
PNO  4146022
ISD  19790300
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  4590929
ISD  19860500
NAM  Klein
UREF
PNO  4790303
ISD  19981200
NAM  Steffee
UREF
PNO  4828562
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kenna
UREF
PNO  4966142
ISD  19901000
NAM  Meinershagen
UREF
PNO  5108397
ISD  19920400
NAM  White
UREF
PNO  5151104
ISD  19920900
NAM  Kenna
UREF
PNO  5250055
ISD  19931000
NAM  Moore et al.
UREF
PNO  5304178
ISD  19940400
NAM  Stahurski
UREF
PNO  5354299
ISD  19941000
NAM  Coleman
OCL  606 73
UREF
PNO  5395374
ISD  19950300
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  5571139
ISD  19961100
NAM  Jenkins, Jr.
OCL  606232
UREF
PNO  5702397
ISD  19971200
NAM  Goble et al.
OCL  606 72
UREF
PNO  5797915
ISD  19980800
NAM  Pierson, III et al.
UREF
PNO  5797916
ISD  19981200
NAM  McDowell
UREF
PNO  5810825
ISD  19980900
NAM  Huebner
LREP
FRM  Vidas, Arrett & Steinkraus, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A ferrule for insertion in an opening cut through a vertebral spinous
      process functions as a guide for a connecting cable, preventing cutting
      into the bone by the cable and protecting the cable from breakage.
PATN
WKU  059892579
SRC  9
APN  0386138
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980311
TTL  Redundant safety lock mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Maynard; Jennifer
EXP  Coggins; Wynn Wood
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Tidwell; Durrell G.
CTY  Burleson
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Estes; Larry D.
CTY  North Richland Hills
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Gage; Gary B.
CTY  Arlington
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Midas Rex L.P.
CTY  Fort Worth
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  606 79
XCL  279 30
XCL  279 75
XCL  606 80
XCL  606180
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1700
FSC  606
FSS  79;80;180
FSC  279
FSS  9.1;904;905;125
FSC   81
FSS  177.85
FSC  433
FSS  128
UREF
PNO  5464229
ISD  19951100
NAM  Salpaka
OCL  279 30
UREF
PNO  5505737
ISD  19960400
NAM  Gosselin et al.
OCL  606 79
UREF
PNO  5569256
ISD  19961000
NAM  Vaughn et al.
OCL  606 80
UREF
PNO  5741263
ISD  19980400
NAM  Umber et al.
OCL  606 80
LREP
FRM  Senniger, Powers, Leavitt & Roedel
ABST
PAL  A surgical instrument has a motor which rotates a tubular shaft about an
      axis. The shaft drives an implement and has an aperture which contains a
      ball. When the implement is installed, the ball extends through the
      aperture to engage the implement and lock it in. The tool has an actuation
      sleeve which is axially movable between locked and released positions for
      engaging and disengaging the ball to the implement. The actuation sleeve
      has an axial slot and a safety sleeve located radially outward from the
      actuation sleeve. The safety sleeve has a pin which extends radially
      inward and a cylinder extending radially outward. The cylinder contains a
      ball which is biased inward. The outer surface of the tool has a pair of
      detents for receiving the ball. The safety sleeve has locked and unlocked
      positions. In the unlocked position, the pin is aligned with the slot and
      the ball engages the first detent to permit the actuation sleeve to move
      between the locked and released positions. In the locked position, the
      safety sleeve is rotated so that the pin is misaligned with the slot and
      the ball engages the second detent to prevent the actuation sleeve from
      moving to the released position.
PATN
WKU  059892587
SRC  8
APN  931279&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970916
TTL  Apparatus for and method of bone drilling
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Reip; David O.
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  13
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Hattori; Morihiro
STR  16-12, Douetsu 3-Chome
CTY  Shimada-shi, Shizuoka, 427
CNT  JPX
CLAS
OCL  606 80
XCL  606 96
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1716
FSC  606
FSS  96;97;98;80;79
UREF
PNO  2494229
ISD  19500100
NAM  Collison
OCL  606 96
UREF
PNO  4119092
ISD  19781000
NAM  Gil
OCL  606 96
UREF
PNO  4570624
ISD  19860200
NAM  Wu
OCL  606 96
UREF
PNO  5405348
ISD  19950400
NAM  Anspach, Jr. et al.
OCL  606 96
UREF
PNO  5569254
ISD  19961000
NAM  Carlson et al.
OCL  606 79
LREP
FRM  Whitman, Curtis & Whitham
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for bone drilling comprising a support member with a guide
      hole having an aperture of predetermined diameter attached to the side of
      an object of drilling, and a drilling device having a rotative cutting
      implement (drill) to be rotated. A guide member is integrally or
      separately provided on the outer periphery of the rotative cutting
      implement (drill), and the diameter of the outer periphery of the guide
      member substantially corresponds to that of the guide hole.
PATN
WKU  059892595
SRC  9
APN  1396358
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980825
TTL  Femoral calcar stop for use with femoral stem inserter
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  13
EXA  Woo; Julian W.
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Penenberg; Brad
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Sanders; Anthony P.
CTY  Lakeville
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Katzman; Patricia
CTY  Arlington.
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Johnson & Johnson Professional, Inc.
CTY  Raynham
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  606 99
XCL  606102
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1758
FSC  606
FSS  85;99;100;102
UREF
PNO  4642121
ISD  19870200
NAM  Keller
OCL  623 18
UREF
PNO  4790852
ISD  19881200
NAM  Noiles
OCL  623 18
UREF
PNO  5514136
ISD  19960500
NAM  Richelsoph
OCL  606 99
UREF
PNO  5540697
ISD  19960700
NAM  Rehmannn et al.
OCL  606 91
UREF
PNO  5584837
ISD  19961200
NAM  Petersen
OCL  606 91
UREF
PNO  5683469
ISD  19971100
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  623 20
LREP
FRM  Nutter, McClennen & Fish, LLP
ABST
PAL  A prosthetic stem inserter device includes an elongate rod member having a
      handle portion and an elongate rod member having a distal portion which
      has a plurality of surface features formed thereon which define a series
      of predetermined stem insertion depths. The device further includes a
      depth guide member having a proximal portion removably and replaceably
      engageable with the surface features on the elongate rod member. A distal,
      bone engaging portion of the depth guide member protrudes beyond a distal
      end of the elongate rod member. The depth guide member includes a mounting
      plate having a substantially hemispherical opening slot therein and a pair
      of distally extending prong elements. Each prong element has a first,
      longitudinally extending portion and a second portion that is angled with
      respect to the first portion. The second portion is adapted for contacting
      a plane of calcar bone in a prepared femoral cavity when a femoral stem is
      inserted into the cavity.
PATN
WKU  059892609
SRC  8
APN  6249361
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19960327
TTL  Intramedullary nail guide rod with measure scale marked thereon
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Bui; Vy Quang
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Yao; Meei-Huei
STR  62, Yung-Luh Rd., Ho-Wei Township
CTY  Chang-Hua County
CNT  TWX
RLAP
COD  71
APN  293591
APD  19940822
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  606102
XCL  606 96
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1717
FSC  606
FSS  62;63;64;96;97;98;86;102
UREF
PNO  2267925
ISD  19411200
NAM  Johnston
OCL  606104
UREF
PNO  4450834
ISD  19840500
NAM  Fischer
OCL  606102
UREF
PNO  4474177
ISD  19841000
NAM  Whiteside
OCL  606 62
UREF
PNO  4710075
ISD  19871200
NAM  Davison
OCL   33512
UREF
PNO  4976714
ISD  19901200
NAM  Aghion
OCL  606 62
UREF
PNO  5013318
ISD  19910500
NAM  Spranza, III
OCL  606102
UREF
PNO  5109869
ISD  19920500
NAM  Buckley
OCL   33512
UREF
PNO  5122146
ISD  19920600
NAM  Chapman et al.
OCL  606102
UREF
PNO  5171248
ISD  19921200
NAM  Ellis
OCL  606102
UREF
PNO  5234434
ISD  19930800
NAM  Goble et al.
OCL  606 96
UREF
PNO  5681318
ISD  19971000
NAM  Pennig et al.
OCL  606 98
UREF
PNO  5688284
ISD  19971100
NAM  Chervitz et al.
OCL  606 96
LREP
FRM  Larson & Taylor
ABST
PAL  An intramedullary nail guide rod for surgical treatment of a fractured
      tibia or femur comprises a hand grip, a sleeve and a graduated guide rod.
      The sleeve is fastened at one end thereof to the hand grip and provided at
      another end thereof with a threaded hole. The graduated guide rod has a
      measuring scale ranging between 0 cm and 70 cm at an interval of 0.5 cm.
      (length and interval can be increase or reduce according to the
      operational requirement) The graduated guide rod is provided at one end
      thereof with a fastening slot engageable with the threaded hole of the
      sleeve in conjunction with a fastening bolt. The graduated guide rod is
      further provided at another end thereof with a disk head.
PATN
WKU  059892617
SRC  8
APN  8983607
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970729
TTL  Evaluating the fit of an orthopaedic implant
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Reip; David O.
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  6
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Walker; Peter Stanley
CTY  Middlesex
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Insall; John Nevil
CTY  New York
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Blamey; Jonathan
CTY  Wiltshire
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Wadcock; Michael
CTY  Wiltshire
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Heldreth; Mark Alan
CTY  Mentone
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  McGinley; Shawn Elliott
CTY  Forth Wayne
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Zawadzki; Steven A.
CTY  Leesburg
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Zimmer, Ltd.
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19970313
APN  9705172
CLAS
OCL  606102
XCL  606 88
XCL  606 85
XCL  623 20
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  228
FSC  606
FSS  79;85;86;87;88;102
FSC  623
FSS  16;18;20
UREF
PNO  4791919
ISD  19881200
NAM  Elloy et al.
OCL  606 62
UREF
PNO  5344423
ISD  19940900
NAM  Dietz et al.
UREF
PNO  5344461
ISD  19940900
NAM  Phlipot
UREF
PNO  5395377
ISD  19950300
NAM  Petersen et al.
UREF
PNO  5472415
ISD  19951200
NAM  King et al.
UREF
PNO  5609642
ISD  19970300
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  623 20
FREF
PNO  689 796 A1
ISD  19960100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  554 959 B1
ISD  19961200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9705161
ISD  00000000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 280 375
ISD  19950200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/25123
ISD  19960800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis
ABST
PAL  The invention provides means for evaluating the fit of a knee replacement
      prosthesis on a resected tibial surface. A provisional instrument for this
      purpose includes a positioning tray having a peripheral profile
      corresponding to that of the tibial platform of the prosthesis, the tray
      having an upper surface and an under surface which is substantially flat
      and free from projections and the tray having a plurality of holes for
      receiving pins for temporarily attaching the positioning tray in a desired
      position on the resected tibial surface. Also disclosed is a jig for
      guiding, drilling and broaching operations, the jig having an aperture
      which is shaped to guide the broach. In addition, the invention includes a
      tibial broach which includes a hollow body having an upper end and a lower
      end and having an anvil at its upper end, an interior face and a posterior
      face which slopes downwardly towards a lower end, the posterior face
      having a series of teeth which are formed in the hollow body, such that
      bone cut by the teeth as the broach is driven into an intramedullary canal
      of a tibia passes into the hollow body.
PATN
WKU  059892625
SRC  8
APN  6325513
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19960415
TTL  Sutureless pars plana vitrectomy tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Dawson; Glenn K.
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Josephberg; Robert Gary
STR  11 Tanglewood Cir.
CTY  Briarcliff Manor
STA  NY
ZIP  10510
CLAS
OCL  606107
XCL  606171
XCL  606167
XCL  604 22
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  900
ICL  A61B 1732
FSC  606
FSS  107;160;167;171;177-179;184;185
FSC  128
FSS  749-754
FSC  604
FSS  19;22
FSC  600
FSS  562-568
UREF
PNO  3776238
ISD  19731200
NAM  Peyman et al.
OCL  606171
UREF
PNO  3884238
ISD  19750500
NAM  O'Malley et al.
UREF
PNO  4108182
ISD  19780800
NAM  Hartman et al.
UREF
PNO  4203444
ISD  19800500
NAM  Bonnell et al.
UREF
PNO  4324243
ISD  19820400
NAM  Helfgott et al.
UREF
PNO  4436091
ISD  19840300
NAM  Banko
UREF
PNO  4605011
ISD  19860800
NAM  Naslund
UREF
PNO  4693257
ISD  19870900
NAM  Markham
UREF
PNO  4696298
ISD  19870900
NAM  Higgins et al.
UREF
PNO  4819635
ISD  19890400
NAM  Shapiro
UREF
PNO  4897079
ISD  19900100
NAM  Zaleski et al.
UREF
PNO  4986827
ISD  19910100
NAM  Akkas et al.
UREF
PNO  5019035
ISD  19910500
NAM  Missirlian et al.
UREF
PNO  5024652
ISD  19910600
NAM  Dumenek et al.
UREF
PNO  5047008
ISD  19910900
NAM  de Juan et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5059204
ISD  19911000
NAM  Lawson et al.
UREF
PNO  5172701
ISD  19921200
NAM  Leigh
UREF
PNO  5176628
ISD  19930100
NAM  Charles et al.
UREF
PNO  5275607
ISD  19940100
NAM  Lo et al.
UREF
PNO  5304118
ISD  19940400
NAM  Trese et al.
UREF
PNO  5324301
ISD  19940600
NAM  Drucker
UREF
PNO  5328481
ISD  19940700
NAM  Wang
UREF
PNO  5334163
ISD  19940800
NAM  Sinnett
UREF
PNO  5350390
ISD  19940900
NAM  Sher
UREF
PNO  5364405
ISD  19941100
NAM  Zaleski
OCL  606107
UREF
PNO  5405321
ISD  19950400
NAM  Reeves
UREF
PNO  5425730
ISD  19950600
NAM  Luloh
UREF
PNO  5441512
ISD  19950800
NAM  Muller
UREF
PNO  5467762
ISD  19951100
NAM  Sauer et al.
UREF
PNO  5547473
ISD  19960800
NAM  Peyman
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5716363
ISD  19980200
NAM  Josephberg
OCL  606107
UREF
PNO  B14203444
ISD  19870700
NAM  Bonnell et al.
FREF
PNO  41 20 329
ISD  19920100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  6-165783
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Price list and literature from Dutch Ophthalmic, pp. 1-3, 1992.
PAL  Howard Instruments Catalog, pp. 1-2, no date.
PAL  Visitec Catalog and Price List, pp. 1-2, 1992.
PAL  Visitec Catalog, p. 1, 1995.
PAL  Hi-Line Medical Product Literature, pp. 1-2, no date.
PAL  Hi-Line Medical Product Literature, p. 1, Oct. 1995.
PAL  Seminars In Ophthalmology/Diagnostic Vitrectomy In The Management Of Ocular
      Disease, Jaffe, Glenn j.; pp. 1-9, Mar. 1993.
PAL  Visitec Products Catalog, p. 1, 1996.
PAL  Ophthalmology Times/ In-Office Vitrectomy Made Easy; Sabbagh,Leslie; p. 1,
      1996.
LREP
FRM  Brown, Winick, Graves, Gross, Baskerville and Schoenebaum, P.L.C.
FR2  Trout; Brett J.
ABST
PAL  An intraocular surgical tool for removing material from an eye of a
      patient. The tool is provided with a cutting assembly and an aspiration
      apparatus to remove a portion of vitreous from the eye for inspection and
      testing. The tool is also fitted with a mechanism for replacing the
      removed vitreous with saline or similar fluid. The tool makes an incision
      small enough so that sutures are not required. The tool is portable having
      a housing and battery pack releasably coupled to one another. The cutting
      assembly is releasably secured to the housing. Accordingly, the housing
      may be removed and the cutting assembly discarded so that the housing may
      be sterilized before performing a vitrectomy.
PATN
WKU  059892633
SRC  9
APN  0387983
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980311
TTL  Hydraulically actuated dilatation mechanism for vessel dilatation and
      vascular prosthesis delivery and methods of use
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Manahan; Todd E.
NDR  2
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Shmulewitz; Ascher
CTY  Mercer Island
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Arteria Medical Science L.L.C.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  606108
XCL  623  1
XCL  606194
EDF  6
ICL  A61F 1100
ICL  A61F  206
FSC  606
FSS  108;192;194;195;198
FSC  623
FSS  1
UREF
PNO  3557794
ISD  19710100
NAM  Van Patten
OCL  606198
UREF
PNO  3952747
ISD  19760400
NAM  Kimmell, Jr.
OCL  606195
UREF
PNO  3996938
ISD  19761200
NAM  Clark, III
OCL  128348
UREF
PNO  4585000
ISD  19860400
NAM  Hershenson
OCL  128345
UREF
PNO  4739762
ISD  19880400
NAM  Palmaz
OCL  128343
UREF
PNO  4998539
ISD  19910300
NAM  Delsanti
OCL  128898
UREF
PNO  5002560
ISD  19910300
NAM  Machold et al.
OCL  606198
UREF
PNO  5064434
ISD  19911100
NAM  Haber
OCL  606198
UREF
PNO  5250070
ISD  19931000
NAM  Parodi
OCL  606194
UREF
PNO  5354310
ISD  19941000
NAM  Garnic et al.
OCL  606198
UREF
PNO  5456667
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ham et al.
OCL  604107
UREF
PNO  5741270
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hansen et al.
OCL  606108
LREP
FRM  Fish & Neave
FR2  Pisano; Nicola A.
ABST
PAL  Apparatus having a dilatation mechanism is provided wherein a plurality of
      radially expanding members are coupled to a plunger. The radially
      expanding members deflect outwardly in response to application of an
      hydraulic load to the plunger. The apparatus may be used in dilating
      vessels to treat obstructive vascular disease, or used in delivery systems
      to deploy vascular prostheses such as stents and grafts. Methods of using
      the apparatus are also provided.
PATN
WKU  059892641
SRC  9
APN  0959049
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980611
TTL  Ultrasonic polyp snare
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Priddy; Michael B.
EXP  Hirsch; Paul J.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Wright; John C.
CTY  Loveland
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  606113
XCL  606110
XCL  604 22
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1724
ICL  A61B 1722
FSC  606
FSS  110;113;114;128;131;167;170
FSC  604
FSS  22
UREF
PNO  4646742
ISD  19870300
NAM  Packard et al.
OCL  128344
UREF
PNO  4867141
ISD  19890900
NAM  Nakada et al.
OCL  128 24A
UREF
PNO  5035696
ISD  19910700
NAM  Rydell
OCL  606 47
UREF
PNO  5057107
ISD  19911000
NAM  Parins et al.
OCL  606 48
UREF
PNO  5078717
ISD  19920100
NAM  Parins et al.
OCL  606 48
UREF
PNO  5125928
ISD  19920600
NAM  Parins et al.
OCL  606 48
UREF
PNO  5158561
ISD  19921000
NAM  Rydell et al.
OCL  606113
UREF
PNO  5192280
ISD  19930300
NAM  Parins
OCL  606 48
UREF
PNO  5192286
ISD  19930300
NAM  Phan et al.
OCL  606127
UREF
PNO  5197964
ISD  19930300
NAM  Parins
OCL  606 48
UREF
PNO  5201732
ISD  19930400
NAM  Parins et al.
OCL  606 47
UREF
PNO  5217458
ISD  19930600
NAM  Parins
OCL  606 48
UREF
PNO  5248296
ISD  19930900
NAM  Alliger
OCL  609 22
UREF
PNO  5254115
ISD  19931000
NAM  Bhatta et al.
OCL  606 16
UREF
PNO  5263957
ISD  19931100
NAM  Davison
OCL  606169
UREF
PNO  5304115
ISD  19940400
NAM  Flueger et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5326342
ISD  19940700
NAM  Pflueger et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5376094
ISD  19941200
NAM  Kline
OCL  606113
UREF
PNO  5379301
ISD  19950100
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  371 19
UREF
PNO  5397293
ISD  19950300
NAM  Alliger et al.
OCL  601  2
UREF
PNO  5603711
ISD  19970200
NAM  Parins et al.
OCL  606 51
UREF
PNO  5772676
ISD  19980600
NAM  Cuschieri et al.
OCL  606167
FREF
PNO  9-276274
ISD  19971000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10057391
ISD  19980300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/40759 A1
ISD  00000000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Shay; Bernard E.
ABST
PAL  In one embodiment the present invention comprises an ultrasonic polyp snare
      adapted to grasp, cut and coagulate polyps and other tissue masses in
      internal body lumens, specifically in the colon. An ultrasonic polyp snare
      according to the present invention includes an ultrasonic signal generator
      attached to the proximal end of a flexible ultrasonic waveguide. An
      ultrasonic vibration amplifier is coupled to the distal end of the
      flexible ultrasonic waveguide. An ultrasonic blade is coupled to the
      ultrasonic amplifier. An ultrasonic attenuator is coupled to the distal
      end of the ultrasonic blade. And, a snare wire is positioned adjacent at
      least a portion of the ultrasonic blade.
PATN
WKU  059892650
SRC  8
APN  9130810
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971222
TTL  Device for pinpointing suspect lesions of the breast and apparatus for
      positioning it
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  6
EXA  Trinh; Vikki
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Bouquet De La Joliniere; Jean Henri
STR  14 rue Henri-Regnault
CTY  F-92150 Sureanes
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Worcel; Alexandre
STR  36 rue de Pommard
CTY  F-75012 Paris
CNT  FRX
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950308
APN  95/02722
CLAS
OCL  606116
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1700
FSC  606
FSS  116;108;180;185
FSC  604
FSS  164-166;167-169;170;181;185
UREF
PNO  4592356
ISD  19860600
NAM  Gutierrez
UREF
PNO  4616656
ISD  19861000
NAM  Nicholson et al.
XCL  604164
UREF
PNO  5059197
ISD  19911000
NAM  Urie et al.
OCL  606116
UREF
PNO  5158084
ISD  19921000
NAM  Ghiatas
UREF
PNO  5205829
ISD  19930400
NAM  Lituchy
OCL  604164
UREF
PNO  5221269
ISD  19930600
NAM  Miller et al.
XCL  604164
UREF
PNO  5409004
ISD  19950400
NAM  Sloan
UREF
PNO  5685853
ISD  19971100
NAM  Bonnet
OCL  604164
FREF
PNO  88/06864
ISD  19880900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  90/15576
ISD  19901200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR96/00355
PD1  19971222
PD2  19971222
PD3  19960307
PCP  WO96/27328
PCD  19960912
ABST
PAR  Device for pinpointing lesions detected in a breast comprising
PA1  an anchoring means comprising one or more flexible and elastic elements
      which are capable of assuming a linear form during positioning and of
      deforming once in place, and
PA1  at least one wire of a length which is at least equal to a depth of
      implantation of the anchoring means within the breast.
PATN
WKU  059892668
SRC  9
APN  0285382
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980224
TTL  Medical device including basket
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Goldberg; Jonathan D.
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Foster; Thomas L.
STR  R. R. 1. Box 755
CTY  Poland
STA  IN
ZIP  47868
CLAS
OCL  606127
XCL  606114
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1722
FSC  606
FSS  113;114;127;200
UREF
PNO  4425908
ISD  19840100
NAM  Simon
OCL  128  1
UREF
PNO  5057114
ISD  19911000
NAM  Wittich et al.
UREF
PNO  5064428
ISD  19911100
NAM  Cope et al.
UREF
PNO  5133733
ISD  19920700
NAM  Rasmussen et al.
OCL  606200
UREF
PNO  5330482
ISD  19940700
NAM  Gibbs et al.
OCL  606113
UREF
PNO  5484384
ISD  19960100
NAM  Fearnot
FREF
PNO  0123175
ISD  19841000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0160870
ISD  19851100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9216153
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9418888
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9615728
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Godlewski; Richard J.
ABST
PAL  A minimally invasive, medical device 10 for removing stones, calculus or
      the like from the renal or biliary systems includes a reversibly
      collapsible basket 12 and an elongated member 14 for delivering the basket
      12 to the location of the stones, calculus or the like. The basket 12 is
      tipless and atraumatic in use, and includes at least one superelastic wire
      loop 20 and at least one superelastic wire leg 26, the wire leg 26
      preferably being incorporated into a second superelastic wire loop 24. The
      basket 12 is preferably formed from a shape memory material such as a
      suitably annealed nitinol alloy. The basket 12 includes means 28 for
      restricting relative movement of the first wire loop 20 and the wire leg
      26 or the second wire loop 24, continuously formed with the first loop 20
      and the leg 26 or the second loop 24. The movement restricting means 28 is
      preferably formed as a first smaller loop 30 in the first loop 20
      interlocked with a second smaller loop 32 in the leg 26 or in the second
      loop 24. The elongated member 14 is preferably a flexible sheath or the
      like 34 of a length suitable for introduction of the basket 12 into the
      major and minor renal calyxes. The first loop 20 and the leg 26 or the
      second loop 24 have longitudinally extending portions 40 and 46 slidably
      received in the flexible sheath or the like 34. In this way the basket 12
      can be retracted into or extended from the elongated member 14. The device
      10 is particularly advantageous in being kink-free during use and in
      possessing a useful diameter significantly smaller than other eggwhip-type
      retrieval devices.
PATN
WKU  059892676
SRC  8
APN  8938563
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970711
TTL  Method of hair removal
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Truong; Kevin
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Anderson; Richard Rox
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  The General Hospital Corporation
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  314082
APD  19940928
PSC  01
PNO  5669916
CLAS
OCL  606133
XCL  606134
XCL  606 43
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1750
FSC  606
FSS  133;43;134;36
UREF
PNO  3538919
ISD  19701100
NAM  Meyer
UREF
PNO  3794028
ISD  19740200
NAM  Mueller et al.
UREF
PNO  4317450
ISD  19820300
NAM  Chalmers et al.
UREF
PNO  4388926
ISD  19830600
NAM  Weissman et al.
UREF
PNO  4617926
ISD  19861000
NAM  Sutton
UREF
PNO  4693885
ISD  19870900
NAM  Bommer et al.
UREF
PNO  4977177
ISD  19901200
NAM  Bommer et al.
UREF
PNO  5026369
ISD  19910600
NAM  Cole
OCL  606 43
UREF
PNO  5059192
ISD  19911000
NAM  Zaias
UREF
PNO  5079262
ISD  19920100
NAM  Kennedy et al.
UREF
PNO  5211938
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kennedy et al.
UREF
PNO  5219878
ISD  19930600
NAM  Ringuet et al.
UREF
PNO  5226907
ISD  19930700
NAM  Tankovich
UREF
PNO  5234940
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kennedy et al.
UREF
PNO  5376088
ISD  19941200
NAM  Glaros
OCL  606 36
UREF
PNO  5669916
ISD  19970900
NAM  Anderson
OCL  606133
OREF
PAL  Kennedy J.C. et al., "Photodynamic Therapy with Endogenous Procoparphyrin
      IX: Basic Principles and Present Clinical Experience"; Elsevier Sequoia
      6:143-148 (1990.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention features a method of removing a hair, involving mechanically
      or chemically removing the hair to expose the follicle of the hair, and
      then treating the follicle to inhibit its ability to regenerate a hair.
      Removing the hair facilitates the uptake of a follicle-inactivating
      compound and thus allows for long-term inhibition of hair growth.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made at least in part with funds from the Federal
      government under contract N00014-91-C-0084 awarded by the Department of
      the Navy. The Government therefore has certain rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059892684
SRC  8
APN  9597271
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971028
TTL  Endoscopic hemostatic clipping device
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Jackson; Gary
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Pugsley, Jr.; Charles H.
CTY  Pelham
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Durgin, Jr.; Russell F.
CTY  Attleboro
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Boston Scientific Corporation
CTY  Natick
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  606144
XCL  606 78
XCL  606215
XCL  606216
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1704
FSC  606
FSS  139;215;216;78
UREF
PNO  4665906
ISD  19870500
NAM  Jervis
OCL  128 92
UREF
PNO  5002563
ISD  19910300
NAM  Pyka et al.
OCL  606222
UREF
PNO  5405378
ISD  19950400
NAM  Strecker
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  5417700
ISD  19950500
NAM  Egan
OCL  606144
FREF
PNO  WO 96/16603
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61B 1704
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A medical device for causing the hemostasis of a blood vessel located along
      the gastrointestinal tract. The medical device comprises a
      tissue-penetrating device having a pair of hollow jaws, and a clip that is
      insertable into the tissue-penetrating device. Methods for causing the
      hemostasis of a blood vessel located along the gastrointestinal tract by
      using the medical device of the present invention are also provided.
PATN
WKU  059892692
SRC  8
APN  8570906
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970515
TTL  Method, instruments and kit for autologous transplantation
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Tina T. D.
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Vibe-Hansen; Henrik
CTY  Lyngby
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Lundsgaard; Charlotte
CTY  Clampenborg
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Osther; Kurt B.
CTY  Scottsdale
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Idouraine; Ahmed
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  VTS Holdings L.L.C.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  704891
APD  19960830
PSC  01
PNO  5759190
CLAS
OCL  606151
XCL  606214
XCL  602  1
XCL  602 41
XCL  602 48
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1708
FSC  606
FSS  214;151
FSC  602
FSS  1;41;48
UREF
PNO  4642120
ISD  19870200
NAM  Nevo et al.
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  4681588
ISD  19870700
NAM  Ketharanathan
OCL  623 11
UREF
PNO  4789663
ISD  19881200
NAM  Wallace et al.
OCL  514 21
UREF
PNO  4846835
ISD  19890700
NAM  Grande
OCL  623 11
UREF
PNO  4904259
ISD  19900200
NAM  Itay
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  5201745
ISD  19930400
NAM  Tayot et al.
OCL  606151
UREF
PNO  5206023
ISD  19930400
NAM  Hunziker
OCL  424423
UREF
PNO  5259835
ISD  19931100
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  602 48
UREF
PNO  5445597
ISD  19950800
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  602 48
LREP
FRM  McDonnell, Boehnen, Hulbert & Berghoff
ABST
PAL  Method for the effective transplantation of chondrocytes/cartilage to an
      articular joint surface defect is taught, as well as a description of
      certain instruments and kit for practicing the invention.
PATN
WKU  059892706
SRC  9
APN  2274744
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19990108
TTL  Nose shape adjusting instrument
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Suh; Jeong-joo
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Shim; Hyoung-sob
CTY  Tangjin-kun, Chungcheong-namdo
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Eunsung Development Co., Ltd.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19980415
APN  98-5931
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19981002
APN  98-19074
CLAS
OCL  606157
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1708
FSC  606
FSS  162;157
FSC  119
FSS  866
UREF
PNO  4175306
ISD  19791100
NAM  Bigelow et al.
OCL   24253
UREF
PNO  4369783
ISD  19830100
NAM  Hiller et al.
OCL  128260
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a nose shape adjusting instrument which comprises an inverted
      U-shaped body conforming to the general shape of a nose, the body having
      compressing portions on an end opposite from the closed end thereof; a
      plurality of attachment plates for attaching on the compressing portions;
      a tightening bolt inserted through holes formed on the compressing
      portions for adjusting the distance between the compressing portions; and
      a tightening nut for pairing with the tightening bolt.
PATN
WKU  059892714
SRC  9
APN  1886312
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981109
TTL  Flexible tip rheolytic thrombectomy catheter and method of constructing
      same
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Dawson; Glenn K.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Bonnette; Michael J.
CTY  Afton
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Morris; John Edward
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Wiesel; Steven E.
CTY  Montrose
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Setum; Cindy M.
CTY  Plymouth
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Dutcher; Robert C.
CTY  Maple Grove
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Drasler; William J.
CTY  Minnetonka
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Possis Medical, Inc.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  606159
XCL  604 22
XCL  606167
XCL  606170
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1722
FSC  604
FSS  19;22
FSC  606
FSS  1;127;159;167;170
UREF
PNO  5320599
ISD  19940600
NAM  Griep et al.
OCL  606159
UREF
PNO  5370609
ISD  19941200
NAM  Drasler et al.
OCL  606159
LREP
FR2  Jaeger; Hugh D.
ABST
PAL  A rheolytic thrombectomy catheter and method of using same to remove
      thrombus from a body vessel or other body cavity. The rheolytic
      thrombectomy catheter has a first tube with a distal open end and a second
      tube aligned within the first tube and having a flexible tip assembly. A
      tapered and flexible tip follows a guidewire within and along tortuous and
      difficult vasculature paths to the site of thrombus. The flexible tip
      assembly, includes a soft flexible tip and also includes a hard plastic
      shell offering structural integrity and rigid alignment between a toroidal
      loop and an inner body to prevent lever arm distortion and to maintain
      spray gap alignment for saline jet flow emanating from the toroidal loop.
      Saline jets dislodge, entrain, and break thrombus into pieces which are
      evacuated through the dual lumen tube. A construction method is also
      included for mounting of the toroidal loop within the hard plastic shell
      and attachment of the soft tapered and flexible tip with sufficient bond
      strength to function as intended for use.
PATN
WKU  059892722
SRC  9
APN  1662686
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19981005
TTL  Keratome for performing eye surgery and method for using same
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Truong; Kevin
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Barron; Mark B.
CTY  Grand Blanc
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Barron; Milford
CTY  Grand Blanc
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Barron Precision Instruments L.L.C.
CTY  Grand Blanc
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  606166
XCL  606161
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  900
FSC  606
FSS  166;161;167;170;171;107
FSC  128
FSS  898
UREF
PNO  Re35421
ISD  19970100
NAM  Ruiz et al.
UREF
PNO  4750491
ISD  19880600
NAM  Kaufman et al.
OCL  606166
UREF
PNO  4840175
ISD  19890600
NAM  Peyman
UREF
PNO  4903695
ISD  19900200
NAM  Warner et al.
UREF
PNO  5288292
ISD  19940200
NAM  Giraud
UREF
PNO  5314439
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sugita
OCL  606166
UREF
PNO  5342378
ISD  19940800
NAM  Giraud et al.
UREF
PNO  5556406
ISD  19960900
NAM  Gordon et al.
UREF
PNO  5586980
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kremer et al.
UREF
PNO  5595570
ISD  19970100
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  5624456
ISD  19970400
NAM  Hellenkamp
UREF
PNO  5632757
ISD  19970500
NAM  Arnott
OCL  606166
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman P.C.
ABST
PAL  A keratome (10) and a method for using the keratome (10) for cutting a
      cornea of an eye (14) are provided which allow an operator to view the
      cutting operation as it occurs. The keratome (10) includes an annular
      housing (12) sized to contact the eye (14) and allow a portion (21) of the
      cornea to protrude therein. A motor housing (22) is mounted to the annular
      housing (12) for movement with respect thereto in a feed direction. A
      blade (36) is mounted by the motor housing (22) for movement in a cutting
      direction transverse to the feed direction, and a motor (26) mounted by
      the motor housing (22) is drivingly connected to the blade (36) to provide
      reciprocal movement thereof in the cutting direction. Movement of the
      motor housing (22) in the feed direction across the eye (14) accompanied
      by movement of the blade (36) in the cutting direction cuts the portion
      (21) of the cornea protruding into the annular housing (12), while an
      operator can view the cutting through the annular housing (12).
PATN
WKU  059892730
SRC  8
APN  8109303
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970305
TTL  Apparatus for producing hair transplantation donor strips and methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Dawson; Glenn K.
NDR  8
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Arnold; James E.
STR  24142 Big Basin Way
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
ZIP  95070
RLAP
COD  72
APN  757417
APD  19961127
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  375313
APD  19950118
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  606167
XCL  606133
XCL  606131
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1732
FSC  606
FSS  1;131;133;167;170;171;174;184;185
UREF
PNO  4911159
ISD  19900300
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  5026385
ISD  19910600
NAM  Schutte et al.
UREF
PNO  5269801
ISD  19931200
NAM  Shiau
UREF
PNO  5439475
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bennett
UREF
PNO  5447516
ISD  19950900
NAM  Gardner
OCL  606167
UREF
PNO  5454384
ISD  19951000
NAM  McAllister
OCL  606167
UREF
PNO  5713375
ISD  19980200
NAM  McAllister
OCL  606167
UREF
PNO  5858019
ISD  19990100
NAM  Ashraf
OCL  606167
FREF
PNO  WO 96/06566
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Multiple Blade Holder, Byron Medical Brochure.COPYRGT. 1993, Tucson,
      Arizona.
PAL  Robbins Universal Scalpel Handle, Robbins Instruments, Inc. Brochure,
      Chatham, New Jersey.
PAL  Van Sickle Multiple Blade Holders, Van Sickle Surgical Instrument Co.
      Brochure, Dallas, Texas.
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention provides methods and apparatus for producing hair
      transplantation donor strips for use in hair transplantation procedures.
      According to one exemplary method, a surgical instrument is provided
      having at least two planar blades, with each blade having a sharpened
      edge, and with the blades being substantially parallel to each other. The
      blades are translated along and through an area of the scalp having hair
      to form at least two parallel incisions in the scalp. The orientation of
      the blades relative to the hair is adjusted such that the blades are
      generally aligned at all times with the direction of hair growth for the
      hair between the blades when the surgeon is making the incisions. A graft
      of skin having hair is then removed from between the incisions formed by
      the blades. At least a portion of the graft of skin having at least one
      hair is then placed into another area of the scalp.
PATN
WKU  059892749
SRC  8
APN  7703198
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19961220
TTL  Methods and devices for improving blood flow to a heart of a patient
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Truong; Kevin
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  4
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Davison; Thomas W.
CTY  North Attleboro
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  DiMatteo; Stephen
CTY  Seehonk
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  733128
APD  19961017
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  606169
XCL  604 22
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1732
FSC  606
FSS  169;7;15
FSC  601
FSS  2;4
FSC  604
FSS  22
UREF
PNO  Re30536
ISD  19810300
NAM  Perdreaux, Jr.
OCL  433 86
UREF
PNO  2874470
ISD  19590200
NAM  Richards
OCL   32 58
UREF
PNO  3075288
ISD  19630100
NAM  Balamuth et al.
OCL   32 58
UREF
PNO  3076904
ISD  19630200
NAM  Kleesattel et al.
OCL  310 26
UREF
PNO  3213537
ISD  19651000
NAM  Balamuth et al.
OCL   32 28
UREF
PNO  3368280
ISD  19680200
NAM  Fridman et al.
OCL   32 58
UREF
PNO  3375583
ISD  19680400
NAM  Blank et al.
OCL   32 26
UREF
PNO  3433226
ISD  19690300
NAM  Boyd
OCL  128305
UREF
PNO  3488851
ISD  19700100
NAM  Haydu
OCL   32 58
UREF
PNO  3489930
ISD  19700100
NAM  Shoh
OCL  310  8.1
UREF
PNO  3518766
ISD  19700700
NAM  Burt
OCL   32 58
UREF
PNO  3526036
ISD  19700900
NAM  Goof
OCL   32 28
UREF
PNO  3526792
ISD  19700900
NAM  Shoh
OCL  310  8.1
UREF
PNO  3589012
ISD  19710600
NAM  Richman
OCL   32 58
UREF
PNO  3589363
ISD  19710600
NAM  Banko et al.
OCL  128276
UREF
PNO  3593425
ISD  19710700
NAM  Robinson
OCL   32 58
UREF
PNO  3636947
ISD  19720100
NAM  Balamuth
OCL  128 66
UREF
PNO  3645255
ISD  19720200
NAM  Robinson
OCL  128 62A
UREF
PNO  3654502
ISD  19720400
NAM  Carmona et al.
OCL  310 26
UREF
PNO  3654540
ISD  19720400
NAM  Honig et al.
OCL  318118
UREF
PNO  3703037
ISD  19721100
NAM  Robinson
OCL   32 58
UREF
PNO  3809977
ISD  19740500
NAM  Balamuth et al.
OCL  318116
UREF
PNO  3930173
ISD  19751200
NAM  Banko
OCL  310 26
UREF
PNO  3956826
ISD  19760500
NAM  Perdreaux, Jr.
OCL   32 58
UREF
PNO  4156157
ISD  19790500
NAM  Mabille
OCL  310316
UREF
PNO  4169984
ISD  19791000
NAM  Parisi
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  4175242
ISD  19791100
NAM  Kleinschmidt
OCL  310316
UREF
PNO  4188952
ISD  19800200
NAM  Loschilov et al.
OCL  128305
UREF
PNO  4223676
ISD  19800900
NAM  Wuchinich et al.
OCL  128276
UREF
PNO  4227110
ISD  19801000
NAM  Douglas et al.
OCL  310316
UREF
PNO  4228800
ISD  19801000
NAM  Degler, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4370131
ISD  19830100
NAM  Banko
OCL  433 86
UREF
PNO  4371816
ISD  19830200
NAM  Wieser
OCL  318116
UREF
PNO  4406284
ISD  19830900
NAM  Banko
OCL  128303
UREF
PNO  4491132
ISD  19850100
NAM  Aikins
OCL  128305
UREF
PNO  4492574
ISD  19850100
NAM  Warrin et al.
OCL  433 81
UREF
PNO  4532924
ISD  19850800
NAM  Auth et al.
UREF
PNO  4750488
ISD  19880600
NAM  Wuchinich et al.
OCL  128303
UREF
PNO  4808153
ISD  19890200
NAM  Parisi
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4816018
ISD  19890300
NAM  Parisi
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4820152
ISD  19890400
NAM  Warrin et al.
OCL  433 86
UREF
PNO  4867141
ISD  19890900
NAM  Nakada et al.
OCL  128 24
UREF
PNO  4870953
ISD  19891000
NAM  DonMicheal et al.
OCL  128 24
UREF
PNO  4883458
ISD  19891100
NAM  Shiber
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4897079
ISD  19900100
NAM  Zaleski et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4920954
ISD  19900500
NAM  Alliger et al.
UREF
PNO  4922902
ISD  19900500
NAM  Wuchinich et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4931047
ISD  19900600
NAM  Broadwin et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  4936281
ISD  19900600
NAM  Stasz
OCL  128660.03
UREF
PNO  4962755
ISD  19901000
NAM  King et al.
OCL  128 24
UREF
PNO  4974590
ISD  19901200
NAM  Saito
OCL  128662.06
UREF
PNO  4979952
ISD  19901200
NAM  Kubota et al.
OCL  606169
UREF
PNO  5011471
ISD  19910400
NAM  Miyazaki et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5026387
ISD  19910600
NAM  Thomas
OCL  606169
UREF
PNO  5047043
ISD  19910900
NAM  Kubota et al.
OCL  606169
UREF
PNO  5057119
ISD  19911000
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  606169
UREF
PNO  5059210
ISD  19911000
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  606169
UREF
PNO  5069664
ISD  19911200
NAM  Guess et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5083565
ISD  19920100
NAM  Parins
UREF
PNO  5112300
ISD  19920500
NAM  Ureche
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5123903
ISD  19920600
NAM  Quaid et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5151084
ISD  19920900
NAM  Khek
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5151085
ISD  19920900
NAM  Sakurai et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5160317
ISD  19921100
NAM  Costin
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5167725
ISD  19921200
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  428680
UREF
PNO  5180363
ISD  19930100
NAM  Idemoto et al.
OCL  202 32
UREF
PNO  5190517
ISD  19930300
NAM  Zieve et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5222501
ISD  19930600
NAM  Ideker et al.
UREF
PNO  5248296
ISD  19930900
NAM  Alliger
OCL  609 22
UREF
PNO  5263957
ISD  19931100
NAM  Davison
OCL  606169
UREF
PNO  5269309
ISD  19931200
NAM  Fort et al.
OCL  128661.01
UREF
PNO  5281216
ISD  19940100
NAM  Klicek
UREF
PNO  5322055
ISD  19940600
NAM  Davison et al.
OCL  601  2
UREF
PNO  5324299
ISD  19940600
NAM  Davison et al.
OCL  606167
UREF
PNO  5342292
ISD  19940800
NAM  Nita et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5344420
ISD  19940900
NAM  Hilal et al.
OCL  606 28
UREF
PNO  5346502
ISD  19940900
NAM  Estabrook et al.
OCL  606169
UREF
PNO  5380274
ISD  19950100
NAM  Nita
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5382162
ISD  19950100
NAM  Sharp
OCL  433116
UREF
PNO  5397269
ISD  19950300
NAM  Beaty et al.
OCL  464 38
UREF
PNO  5413107
ISD  19950500
NAM  Oakley et al.
OCL  128662.06
UREF
PNO  5417672
ISD  19950500
NAM  Nita et al.
OCL  604283
UREF
PNO  5425704
ISD  19950600
NAM  Sakurai et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5438554
ISD  19950800
NAM  Seyed-Bolorforosh et al.
OCL  367140
UREF
PNO  5449370
ISD  19950900
NAM  Vaitekunas
OCL  606169
UREF
PNO  5472447
ISD  19951200
NAM  Abrams et al.
OCL  606169
UREF
PNO  5507738
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ciervo
OCL  606  1
UREF
PNO  5507743
ISD  19960400
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  606 41
UREF
PNO  5509916
ISD  19960400
NAM  Taylor
OCL  606 13
UREF
PNO  5526815
ISD  19960600
NAM  Granz et al.
OCL  128660.03
UREF
PNO  5540656
ISD  19960700
NAM  Pflueger et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5542917
ISD  19960800
NAM  Nita et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5546947
ISD  19960800
NAM  Yagami et al.
OCL  128662.06
UREF
PNO  5562609
ISD  19961000
NAM  Brumbach
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5562610
ISD  19961000
NAM  Brumbach
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5582588
ISD  19961200
NAM  Sakurai et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5606974
ISD  19970300
NAM  Castellano et al.
OCL  128662.06
UREF
PNO  5607421
ISD  19970300
NAM  Jeevanandam et al.
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5628743
ISD  19970500
NAM  Cimino
OCL  606  1
UREF
PNO  5634466
ISD  19970600
NAM  Gruner
OCL  128662.06
UREF
PNO  5683366
ISD  19971100
NAM  Eggers et al.
OCL  604114
UREF
PNO  5697281
ISD  19971200
NAM  Eggers et al.
UREF
PNO  5697536
ISD  19971200
NAM  Eggers et al.
UREF
PNO  5697882
ISD  19971200
NAM  Eggers et al.
UREF
PNO  5735280
ISD  19980400
NAM  Sherman et al.
OCL  128600.03
UREF
PNO  5827203
ISD  19981000
NAM  Nita
OCL  604 22
FREF
PNO  1098003
ISD  19770900
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0 495 634 A2
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 624 346 A2
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 624 346 A3
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  29 22 239
ISD  19790500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  37 07 921 A1
ISD  19870300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  56-108085
ISD  19810000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-38931
ISD  19810000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-265136
ISD  19860000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-99049
ISD  19900000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1388002 A1
ISD  19880400
CNT  RUX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/13591
ISD  19910300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/02658
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  0 495 634 A3
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/14514
ISD  19920200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/16646
ISD  19930100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/14708
ISD  19930100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/29935
ISD  19960400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WP 96/34561
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9634561
ISD  19960700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/18768
ISD  19970500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  a copy of an International Preliminary Examination Report from
      International Application No. PCT/US97/18652.
PAL  UltraCision Incorporated, The Harmonic Scalpel.RTM. For Gynecological
      Surgery, Product Sheet, Sep. 1992.
PAL  UltraCision Incorporated, The Harmonic Scalpel.RTM. For General Surgery,
      Product Sheet, Jan. 1993.
PAL  Snowden-Pencer, Inc., Endoscopic Plastic Surgery, 1993.
PAL  UltraCision Incorporated, Harmonic Scalpel.RTM. Price List, 1995.
PAL  UltraCision Incorporated, Harmonic Scalpel.RTM. Operating Manual, Mar.
      1995.
PAL  Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc., Ultracision CS/LCS Layout Brochure, 1996.
PAL  Cooper LaserSonics, Inc., Ultrasonic Surgical Aspirator NS-100 Operator
      Manual, 1984, pp. 12, 13, 16, 17, and 29-33.
LREP
FR2  Kreger, Jr.; Verne E.
ABST
PAL  One device in accordance with the present invention includes a surgical
      device for creating channels in tissue of a patient. The device includes a
      catheter defining a lumen and a transducer assembly carried by the
      catheter along a lengthwise dimension of the catheter. An end effector is
      operatively coupled to the transducer assembly and extends distally
      relative to the transducer assembly. The end effector has a vibrating
      channel-forming tip wherein the channel-forming tip is adapted to create
      channels in the heart of a patient. A method in accordance with the
      present invention includes the steps of inserting an end effector having a
      tip into a patient, placing the tip of the end effector in direct contact
      with a surface of the heart, energizing the end effector to cause the tip
      to vibrate, piercing through the surface of the heart with the tip to
      create a channel, and removing the end effector.
PATN
WKU  059892757
SRC  8
APN  8086524
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970228
TTL  Damping ultrasonic transmission components
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Lewis; William
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  6
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Estabrook; Brian
CTY  Foxboro
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  DiMatteo; Stephen
CTY  Seekonk
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Smith; Paul
CTY  West Kingston
STA  RI
ASSG
NAM  Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  606169
XCL  604 22
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1700
FSC  606
FSS  167;169-171;180
FSC  604
FSS  22
FSC  601
FSS  2
UREF
PNO  Re30536
ISD  19810300
NAM  Perdreaux, Jr.
UREF
PNO  2845072
ISD  19580700
NAM  Shafer
UREF
PNO  2874470
ISD  19590200
NAM  Richards
UREF
PNO  3053124
ISD  19620900
NAM  Balamuth et al.
UREF
PNO  3075288
ISD  19630100
NAM  Balamuth et al.
UREF
PNO  3076904
ISD  19630200
NAM  Kleesattel et al.
UREF
PNO  3213537
ISD  19651000
NAM  Balamuth et al.
UREF
PNO  3368280
ISD  19680200
NAM  Fridman et al.
UREF
PNO  3375583
ISD  19680400
NAM  Blank et al.
UREF
PNO  3433226
ISD  19690300
NAM  Boyd
UREF
PNO  3488851
ISD  19700100
NAM  Haydu
UREF
PNO  3489930
ISD  19700100
NAM  Shoh
UREF
PNO  3518766
ISD  19700700
NAM  Burt
UREF
PNO  3526036
ISD  19700900
NAM  Goof
UREF
PNO  3526792
ISD  19700900
NAM  Shoh
UREF
PNO  3589012
ISD  19710600
NAM  Richman
UREF
PNO  3589363
ISD  19710600
NAM  Banko et al.
UREF
PNO  3593425
ISD  19710700
NAM  Robinson
UREF
PNO  3636943
ISD  19720100
NAM  Balamuth
UREF
PNO  3636947
ISD  19720100
NAM  Balamuth
UREF
PNO  3645255
ISD  19720200
NAM  Robinson
UREF
PNO  3654502
ISD  19720400
NAM  Carmona et al.
UREF
PNO  3654540
ISD  19720400
NAM  Honig et al.
UREF
PNO  3657056
ISD  19720400
NAM  Winston et al.
UREF
PNO  3703037
ISD  19721100
NAM  Robinson
UREF
PNO  3792701
ISD  19740200
NAM  Kloz et al.
UREF
PNO  3809977
ISD  19740500
NAM  Balamuth et al.
UREF
PNO  3819961
ISD  19740600
NAM  Bourgeois et al.
UREF
PNO  3842340
ISD  19741000
NAM  Brandquist
UREF
PNO  3930173
ISD  19751200
NAM  Banko
UREF
PNO  3956826
ISD  19760500
NAM  Perdreaux, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3967143
ISD  19760600
NAM  Watanabe et al.
UREF
PNO  4156157
ISD  19790500
NAM  Mabille
UREF
PNO  4169984
ISD  19791000
NAM  Parisi
UREF
PNO  4175242
ISD  19791100
NAM  Kleinschmidt
UREF
PNO  4188952
ISD  19800200
NAM  Loschilov et al.
UREF
PNO  4223676
ISD  19800900
NAM  Wuchinich et al.
UREF
PNO  4227110
ISD  19801000
NAM  Douglas et al.
UREF
PNO  4370131
ISD  19830100
NAM  Banko
UREF
PNO  4371816
ISD  19830200
NAM  Wieser
UREF
PNO  4375961
ISD  19830300
NAM  Brooks
UREF
PNO  4406284
ISD  19830900
NAM  Banko
UREF
PNO  4491132
ISD  19850100
NAM  Aikins
UREF
PNO  4492574
ISD  19850100
NAM  Warrin et al.
UREF
PNO  4522206
ISD  19850600
NAM  Whipple et al.
UREF
PNO  4655216
ISD  19870400
NAM  Tischer
UREF
PNO  4723545
ISD  19880200
NAM  Nixon et al.
UREF
PNO  4750488
ISD  19880600
NAM  Wuchinich et al.
UREF
PNO  4808153
ISD  19890200
NAM  Parisi
UREF
PNO  4816018
ISD  19890300
NAM  Parisi
UREF
PNO  4820152
ISD  19890400
NAM  Warrin et al.
UREF
PNO  4825865
ISD  19890500
NAM  Zelman
UREF
PNO  4832683
ISD  19890500
NAM  Idemoto et al.
UREF
PNO  4867141
ISD  19890900
NAM  Nakada et al.
UREF
PNO  4870953
ISD  19891000
NAM  Michael et al.
UREF
PNO  4897079
ISD  19900100
NAM  Zaleski et al.
UREF
PNO  4920954
ISD  19900500
NAM  Alliger et al.
UREF
PNO  4922902
ISD  19900500
NAM  Wuchinich et al.
UREF
PNO  4931047
ISD  19900600
NAM  Broadwin et al.
UREF
PNO  4936281
ISD  19900600
NAM  Stasz
UREF
PNO  4974590
ISD  19901200
NAM  Saito
UREF
PNO  4979952
ISD  19901200
NAM  Kubota et al.
UREF
PNO  5011471
ISD  19910400
NAM  Miyazaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5026387
ISD  19910600
NAM  Thomas
UREF
PNO  5047043
ISD  19910900
NAM  Kubota et al.
UREF
PNO  5057119
ISD  19911000
NAM  Clark et al.
UREF
PNO  5059210
ISD  19911000
NAM  Clark et al.
UREF
PNO  5069664
ISD  19911200
NAM  Guess et al.
UREF
PNO  5112300
ISD  19920500
NAM  Ureche
UREF
PNO  5123903
ISD  19920600
NAM  Quaid et al.
UREF
PNO  5151084
ISD  19920900
NAM  Khek
UREF
PNO  5151085
ISD  19920900
NAM  Sakurai et al.
UREF
PNO  5160317
ISD  19921100
NAM  Costin
UREF
PNO  5167725
ISD  19921200
NAM  Clark et al.
UREF
PNO  5180363
ISD  19930100
NAM  Idemoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5190517
ISD  19930300
NAM  Zieve et al.
UREF
PNO  5248296
ISD  19930900
NAM  Alliger
UREF
PNO  5263957
ISD  19931100
NAM  Davison
UREF
PNO  5269309
ISD  19931200
NAM  Fort et al.
UREF
PNO  5322055
ISD  19940600
NAM  Davison et al.
UREF
PNO  5324299
ISD  19940600
NAM  Davison et al.
UREF
PNO  5342292
ISD  19940800
NAM  Nita et al.
UREF
PNO  5344420
ISD  19940900
NAM  Hilal et al.
UREF
PNO  5346502
ISD  19940900
NAM  Estabrook et al.
UREF
PNO  5380274
ISD  19950100
NAM  Nita
UREF
PNO  5382162
ISD  19950100
NAM  Sharp
UREF
PNO  5397269
ISD  19950300
NAM  Beaty et al.
UREF
PNO  5397293
ISD  19950300
NAM  Alliger et al.
UREF
PNO  5413107
ISD  19950500
NAM  Oakley et al.
UREF
PNO  5417672
ISD  19950500
NAM  Nita et al.
UREF
PNO  5425704
ISD  19950600
NAM  Sakurai et al.
UREF
PNO  5438554
ISD  19950800
NAM  Seyed-Bolorforosh et al.
UREF
PNO  5449370
ISD  19950900
NAM  Vaitekunas
UREF
PNO  5472447
ISD  19951200
NAM  Abrams et al.
UREF
PNO  5507738
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ciervo
UREF
PNO  5507743
ISD  19960400
NAM  Edwards et al.
UREF
PNO  5509916
ISD  19960400
NAM  Taylor
UREF
PNO  5526815
ISD  19960600
NAM  Granz et al.
UREF
PNO  5540656
ISD  19960700
NAM  Pflueger et al.
UREF
PNO  5542917
ISD  19960800
NAM  Nita et al.
UREF
PNO  5546947
ISD  19960800
NAM  Yagami et al.
UREF
PNO  5562609
ISD  19961000
NAM  Brumbach
UREF
PNO  5562610
ISD  19961000
NAM  Brumbach
UREF
PNO  5582588
ISD  19961200
NAM  Sakurai et al.
UREF
PNO  5591202
ISD  19970100
NAM  Slater et al.
UREF
PNO  5606974
ISD  19970300
NAM  Castellano et al.
UREF
PNO  5628743
ISD  19970500
NAM  Cimino
UREF
PNO  5634466
ISD  19970600
NAM  Gruner
UREF
PNO  5653721
ISD  19970800
NAM  Knodel et al.
UREF
PNO  5688235
ISD  19971100
NAM  Sakurai et al.
FREF
PNO  1098003
ISD  19770900
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0 495 634 A2
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 624 346 A2
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 624 346 A3
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2032-501
ISD  19700700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  76-18881
ISD  19760600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  77-05-069
ISD  19770200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  29 22 239
ISD  19790500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  37 07 921 A1
ISD  19870300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19534618 A1
ISD  19970300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  56-38931
ISD  19810500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-108085
ISD  19810800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-265136
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-128954
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-61609
ISD  19880300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-61609
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-61609
ISD  19881100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-99049
ISD  19900400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-275951
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-275948
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-275949
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-98980
ISD  19970400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1388002 A1
ISD  19880400
CNT  RUX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/13591
ISD  19910300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/02658
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  0 495 634 A3
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/14514
ISD  19920200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/14708
ISD  19930100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/16646
ISD  19930100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/29935
ISD  19960400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WP 96/34561
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  UltraCision Incorporated, The harmonic Scalpel.RTM. For Gynecological
      Surgery, Product Sheet, Sep. 1992.
PAL  UltraCision Incorporated, The Harmonic Scalpel.RTM. For General Surgery,
      Product Sheet, Jan. 1993.
PAL  Snowden-Pencer, Inc., Endoscopic Plastic Surgery, 1993.
PAL  UltraCision Incorporated, Harmonic Scalpel.RTM. Price List, 1995.
PAL  UltraCision Incorporated, Harmonic Scalpel.RTM. Operating Manual, Mar.
      1995.
PAL  Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc., Ultracision CS/LCS Layout Brochure, 1996.
PAL  Cooper LaserSonics, Inc., Ultrasonic Surgucal Aspirator NS-100 Operator
      Manual, 1984, pp. 12, 13, 16, 17, and 29-33.
ABST
PAL  An ultrasonic surgical device in accordance with the present invention
      includes a transmission component adapted to receive ultrasonic vibration
      from a transducer assembly and to transmit the ultrasonic vibration from a
      first end to a second end. An inner damping member surrounds at least a
      portion of the transmission component. The dampening member is adapted to
      contact the transmission component to dampen undesired vibration during
      ultrasonic transmission.
PATN
WKU  059892765
SRC  8
APN  9660038
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971107
TTL  Percutaneous bypass graft and securing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXA  Ho; (Jackie) Tan-Uyen
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  13
NFG  46
INVT
NAM  Houser; Russell A.
CTY  Livermore
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Whayne; James G.
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Fleischman; Sid D.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Bypass Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Pleasanton
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  606170
XCL  606139
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1732
FSC  606
FSS  139;194;195;198;151;153;170
FSC  623
FSS  1;3
FSC  604
FSS  53
UREF
PNO  5078736
ISD  19920100
NAM  Behl
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  5391156
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hildwein
OCL  604174
UREF
PNO  5405322
ISD  19950400
NAM  Lennox et al.
OCL  604 53
UREF
PNO  5443497
ISD  19950800
NAM  Venbrux
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  5628784
ISD  19970500
NAM  Strecker
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  5665117
ISD  19970900
NAM  Rhodes
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  5695504
ISD  19971200
NAM  Gifford, III et al.
OCL  606153
UREF
PNO  5697968
ISD  19971200
NAM  Rogers et al.
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  5702418
ISD  19971200
NAM  Ravenscroft
OCL  606198
UREF
PNO  5749375
ISD  19980500
NAM  Maginot
OCL  128898
FREF
PNO  WO 97/13471
ISD  19970400
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61M 1900
FREF
PNO  WO 97/13463
ISD  19970400
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61B 1700
FREF
PNO  WO 97/27893
ISD  19970800
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61M 1900
FREF
PNO  WO 97/27897
ISD  19970800
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61M 2900
FREF
PNO  WO 97/27898
ISD  19970800
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61M 2900
FREF
PNO  WO 98/06356
ISD  19980200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61F  206
FREF
PNO  WO 98/08456
ISD  19980300
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61B 1900
FREF
PNO  WO 98/19618
ISD  19980500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61B 1900
FREF
PNO  WO 98/19732
ISD  19980500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61M 2501
FREF
PNO  WO 98/19630
ISD  19980500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61F  206
FREF
PNO  WO 98/19629
ISD  19980500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61F  206
FREF
PNO  WO 98/19631
ISD  19980500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61F  206
FREF
PNO  WO 98/19634
ISD  19980500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61F  206
FREF
PNO  WO 98/19632
ISD  19980500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61F  206
FREF
PNO  WO 98/19608
ISD  19980500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61B 1722
LREP
FRM  Morrison & Foerster LLP
ABST
PAL  A bypass graft incorporates fixation mechanisms at its opposite ends, for
      securing these ends to different locations along a blood vessel, or
      alternatively to different locations wherein one of the locations is a
      different vessel or an organ defining a cavity. Mechanical fixation
      features such as collets or grommets can be employed, enhanced by delivery
      of an electrical current sufficient to heat surrounding tissue to form a
      thermal bond. A graft deployment system includes a tissue dilator and a
      needle for perforating tissue, mounted coaxially within the dilator.
      Intralumenal systems further include a catheter for containing the
      dilator.
PATN
WKU  059892773
SRC  9
APN  0160903
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980130
TTL  Surgical instrument with offset jaw actuator
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Ngo; Lien
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  11
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  LeMaire, III; Norman J.
STR  595 Pleasant St.
CTY  Raynham
STA  MA
ZIP  02767
INVT
NAM  Hanna, Jr.; William R.
STR  5500 N. Main St. Bldg. 15 Apt. 209
CTY  Fall River
STA  MA
ZIP  02720
CLAS
OCL  606170
XCL  606205
XCL  606207
XCL   74579R
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1732
FSC  606
FSS  170;83;174;173;177;172;208;207;205;206
FSC   74
FSS  579 R
FSC  403
FSS  91
FSC  604
FSS  22
UREF
PNO  4712545
ISD  19871200
NAM  Honkanen
OCL  128305
UREF
PNO  5152780
ISD  19921000
NAM  Honkanen et al.
OCL  606205
UREF
PNO  5219357
ISD  19930600
NAM  Honkanen et al.
OCL  606205
UREF
PNO  5366477
ISD  19941100
NAM  LeMaire et al.
OCL  606208
UREF
PNO  5389104
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hahnen et al.
OCL  606174
UREF
PNO  5395375
ISD  19950300
NAM  Turkel et al.
OCL  606 83
UREF
PNO  5443475
ISD  19950800
NAM  Auerbach et al.
OCL  606170
UREF
PNO  5571131
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ek et al.
OCL  606184
UREF
PNO  5590570
ISD  19970100
NAM  LeMaire et al.
OCL   74579R
UREF
PNO  5603724
ISD  19970200
NAM  O'Connor
OCL  606207
UREF
PNO  5649947
ISD  19970700
NAM  Auerbach et al.
OCL  606170
LREP
FR2  Kilponen; Ronald R.
ABST
PAL  A tool for grasping or cutting with an offset jaw actuator is shown. The
      offset provides a consistent width to the actuator discouraging buckling
      under heavy loading situations. The offset also provides for greater
      contact area between the actuator and inner tip. The interface of the
      actuator with the inner tip is machined into the inner tip from the side
      resulting in an instrument that is easier and cheaper to manufacture and
      clean while retaining maximum strength for cutting or grasping.
PATN
WKU  059892781
SRC  9
APN  023964&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980213
TTL  Method and apparatus for mechanical transmyocardial revascularization of
      the heart
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Ho; (Jackie) Tan-Uyen
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  5
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Mueller; Richard L.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Eclipse Surgical Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  713531
APD  19960913
PSC  01
PNO  5871495
ISD  19990216
CLAS
OCL  606180
XCL  606167
XCL  606169
XCL  606  1
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1714
FSC  606
FSS  167;168;169;170;171;172;180;183;184;185;186;1;7;8;9
FSC  600
FSS  585;564;567
UREF
PNO  3477423
ISD  19691100
NAM  Griffith
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  3913566
ISD  19751000
NAM  Lacey
OCL  128  2
UREF
PNO  4461305
ISD  19840700
NAM  Cibley
OCL  606567
UREF
PNO  4576162
ISD  19860300
NAM  McCorkle
OCL  128303
UREF
PNO  4600014
ISD  19860700
NAM  Beraha
OCL  606171
UREF
PNO  4702261
ISD  19871000
NAM  Cornell et al.
OCL  600567
UREF
PNO  4850354
ISD  19890700
NAM  McGurk-Burleson et al.
OCL  606180
UREF
PNO  5195988
ISD  19930300
NAM  Haaga
OCL  600564
UREF
PNO  5224951
ISD  19930700
NAM  Freitas
OCL  606172
UREF
PNO  5263959
ISD  19931100
NAM  Fischell
OCL  606180
UREF
PNO  5273051
ISD  19931200
NAM  Wilk
OCL  600564
UREF
PNO  5358472
ISD  19941000
NAM  Vance et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5366468
ISD  19941100
NAM  Fucci et al.
OCL  606180
UREF
PNO  5403311
ISD  19950400
NAM  Abele et al.
OCL  606 49
UREF
PNO  5477862
ISD  19951200
NAM  Haaga
OCL  128754
UREF
PNO  5591159
ISD  19970100
NAM  Taheri
UREF
PNO  5632755
ISD  19970500
NAM  Nordgren et al.
OCL  606170
UREF
PNO  5658272
ISD  19970800
NAM  Hasson
OCL  606  1
UREF
PNO  5741287
ISD  19980400
NAM  Alden et al.
OCL  606170
UREF
PNO  5807277
ISD  19980900
NAM  Swaim
OCL  606170
FREF
PNO  0 807 412A1
ISD  19970500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/35469
ISD  00000000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/19614
ISD  19980500
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Castaneda; Janet Kaiser
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for creating revascularization channels in tissue, such as the
      myocardium of the heart, mechanically cuts the channels using a hand piece
      with easily removable cutting tip assemblies having angled, sharpened
      edges to allow rapid tip replacement. The cutting tip assembly has an
      inner needle within an outer hollow needle with each needle attached to
      the hand piece for independent rotation and axial movement. The inner
      needle may be hollow, or formed with a pointed tip, and may rotate counter
      to the outer needle to enhance gripping and storage of the tissue excised
      by the outer needle. The hand piece may attach a cylindrical magazine of
      cutting tip assemblies or one cutting tip assembly. The cutting tip
      assembly may be heated to provide thermal damage to the heart muscle
      during the creation of the channel, providing some of the advantages of
      the laser method of TMR.
PATN
WKU  059892790
SRC  8
APN  9874488
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971210
TTL  Hair implantation device
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Shai; Daphna
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  19
NFG  37
INVT
NAM  Rassman; William R.
STR  29391 Laro Dr.
CTY  Agoura
STA  CA
ZIP  91310
RLAP
COD  74
APN  630244
APD  19960410
PSC  01
PNO  5782851
CLAS
OCL  606187
XCL  606167
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1734
FSC  606
FSS  132;133;187;185
FSC  623
FSS  15
UREF
PNO  1061005
ISD  19130500
NAM  Parsegan
UREF
PNO  1694246
ISD  19281200
NAM  Boyne
UREF
PNO  3945177
ISD  19760300
NAM  Beaver
OCL   30287
UREF
PNO  4004592
ISD  19770100
NAM  Yamada
OCL  128330
UREF
PNO  4126124
ISD  19781100
NAM  Miller
OCL  128  1R
UREF
PNO  4451254
ISD  19840500
NAM  Dinius et al.
OCL  604 62
UREF
PNO  5417683
ISD  19950500
NAM  Shiao
OCL  606  1
UREF
PNO  5439475
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bennett
OCL  606187
UREF
PNO  5578054
ISD  19961100
NAM  Arnold
OCL  606185
UREF
PNO  5584841
ISD  19961200
NAM  Rassman
OCL  606132
UREF
PNO  5584851
ISD  19961200
NAM  Banuchi
OCL  606187
FREF
PNO  0733330
ISD  19660500
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  9212105
ISD  19940400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  9509824
ISD  19950400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  9405884
ISD  19951100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2231806
ISD  19730200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1780736
ISD  19921200
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  94/07433
ISD  19940400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  James Arnold, "Pursuing the Perfect Strip: Harvesting Donor Strips with
      Minimal Hair Transection", International Journal of Aesthetic and
      Restorative Surgery, vol. 3, No. 2, 1995, pp. 148-153.
PAL  Robert M. Bernstein, et al., "Follicular Transplantation", International
      Journal of Aesthetic and Restorative Surgery, vol. 3, No. 2, 1995, pp.
      119-132.
PAL  William R. Rassman, et al., "The Art and Science of Minigrafting", Reprint
      from International Journal of Aesthetic and Restorative Surgery, vol.1,
      No. 1, 1993, pp. 27-36.
PAL  William R. Rassman, et al., "Micrografting in Extensive Quantities",
      Reprint from Dermatolgic Surgery, vol. 21, No. 4, Apr. 19, 1995, pp.
      306-311.
PAL  William R. Rassman, "Megasessions: Dense Packing", Hair Transplant Forum
      International, vol. 4, No. 3, May-Jun. 1994.
PAL  Richard C. Shiell, "An Australian View of the Las Vegas Meeting", Hair
      Transplant Forum International , vol. 5, No. 5, Sep.-Oct. 1995.
PAL  Michael Beehner, "1995 Las Vegas ISHRS Meeting", Hair Transplant Forum
      International, vol. 5, No. 5, Sep.-Oct. 1995.
PAL  William R. Rassman, "One of our greatest problems . . . Lowballing!", Hair
      Transplant Forum International, vol. 2, No. 6, Jul.-Aug. 1992.
PAL  William R. Rassman, "Concern About Quality", Hair Transplant Forum
      International, vol. 4, No. 4, Jul.-Aug. 1994.
PAL  Michael D. Sparkuhl, "Hair Transplant Surgery: The Next Generation", Hair
      Transplant Forum International, vol. 4, No. 4, Jul.-Aug. 1994.
PAL  William R. Rassman, "Trouble With Megasessions and Dense Packing", Hair
      Transplant Forum, vol. 5, No. 6, Nov.-Dec. 1995.
PAL  New Hair Newsletter, vol. 1, No. 3, New Hair Institute, Fall/Winter 1995.
PAL  Robert M. Bernstein, "Hair Restoration: Answered Questions.", Reprint from
      Dermatologic Surgery, vol. 22, 1996, pp. 97-98.
PAL  O'Tar T. Norwood, "Gearing Up for Two Thousand Grafts Per Session and Dense
      Packing", Hair Transplant Forum International, vol. 4, No. 4, Jul.-Aug.
      1994.
PAL  William R. Rassman, "The Minigraft Revolution: Can We Keep Up Ethically?",
      Reprint from The American Journal of Cosmetic Surgery, vol. 11, No. 2,
      1994, pp. 103-104.
PAL  New Hair Institute Update, except from Spring 1995 Newsletter, New Hair
      Institute.
PAL  The Fast Track Option: A Common Sense Approach To Hair Transplantation,
      William R. Rassman, New Hair Institute, .COPYRGT.1994, 1995.
PAL  Hair Today and Tomorrow: An Overview of Old Wives Tales, Wigs, Lotions,
      Potions, Fact, Fiction and Medical Hair Restoration Options, Marc A.
      Pomerantz, et al., .COPYRGT. Aug., 1993.
PAL  A Buyer's Guide To Hair Transplantation: The Answers are in the Details,
      William R. Rassman, New Hair Institute, .COPYRGT. 1993.
PAL  Videotape entitled "New Hair: The Truth About Transplants", New Hair
      Institute, .COPYRGT. 1994.
PAL  New Hair Institute News, vol. 2, No. 1, New Hair Institute, Spring/Summer
      1996.
PAL  Dominic A. Brandy, et al., "Utilization of No-Kor Needles for
      Slit-Micrografting", J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol., No. 20, 1995, pp. 336-339.
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A system for transplanting hair grafts from a donor region of a patient's
      scalp to a recipient region of the patient's scalp. The system includes
      harvesting N (N.gtoreq.21) strips of skin containing living hair follicles
      from the donor region of the patient's scalp, the N strips of skin being
      harvested simultaneously, and cutting the N strips of skin into hair
      grafts, the N strips of skin being cut simultaneously. The system also
      includes loading the hair grafts sequentially, bottom down, into a
      removable cartridge connected to an instrument for implanting the hair
      grafts into the recipient region of the patient's scalp, the hair grafts
      being loaded so as to create an air seal between the hair grafts and the
      cartridge, and implanting the hair grafts. The implanting includes
      implanting the hair grafts into the recipient region of the patient's
      scalp, one at a time, using the instrument, by (1) feeding a hair graft to
      a predetermined feed position in the instrument via air suction created by
      an air seal between the hair graft and the cartridge, (2) making an
      incision at a point in the recipient region of the patient's scalp at
      which the hair graft is to be implanted using a cutting device on the
      instrument, and (3) sliding the hair graft into the incision using an
      implanting member in the instrument.
PATN
WKU  059892803
SRC  8
APN  6337260
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970618
TTL  Stent delivery apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Lewis; William
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  11
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Euteneuer; Charles L.
CTY  St. Michael
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Fraser; Phlayne M.
CTY  Eagan
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Burmeister; Paul H.
CTY  Maple Grove
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Peterson; Dean A.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Buirge; Andrew W.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Shoemaker; Susan M.
CTY  Elk River
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Scimed Lifesystems, Inc
CTY  Maple Grove
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  141269
APD  19931022
PSC  01
PNO  5571135
RLAP
COD  75
APN  245919
APD  19940519
PSC  01
PNO  5445646
CLAS
OCL  606198
XCL  623  1
XCL  623 12
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 2900
FSC  606
FSS  1;108;192;194;195;198;200
FSC  623
FSS  1;23
FSC  604
FSS  96
UREF
PNO  3911927
ISD  19751000
NAM  Rich et al.
UREF
PNO  4328811
ISD  19820500
NAM  Fogarty
UREF
PNO  4572186
ISD  19860200
NAM  Gould et al.
UREF
PNO  4606347
ISD  19860800
NAM  Fogarty et al.
UREF
PNO  4655771
ISD  19870400
NAM  Wallsten
UREF
PNO  4665918
ISD  19870500
NAM  Garza et al.
UREF
PNO  4681110
ISD  19870700
NAM  Wiktor
UREF
PNO  4699611
ISD  19871000
NAM  Bowden
UREF
PNO  4732152
ISD  19880300
NAM  Wallsten
UREF
PNO  4733665
ISD  19880300
NAM  Palmaz
UREF
PNO  4830003
ISD  19890500
NAM  Wolff et al.
UREF
PNO  4848343
ISD  19890700
NAM  Wallsten et al.
UREF
PNO  4863440
ISD  19890900
NAM  Chin
UREF
PNO  4875480
ISD  19891000
NAM  Imbert
UREF
PNO  4950227
ISD  19900800
NAM  Savin
UREF
PNO  4954126
ISD  19900900
NAM  Wallsten
UREF
PNO  4990138
ISD  19910200
NAM  Bacich et al.
UREF
PNO  5026377
ISD  19910600
NAM  Burton et al.
UREF
PNO  5061275
ISD  19911000
NAM  Wallsten et al.
UREF
PNO  5064435
ISD  19911100
NAM  Porter
UREF
PNO  5071407
ISD  19911200
NAM  Termin et al.
UREF
PNO  5074845
ISD  19911200
NAM  Miraki et al.
UREF
PNO  5078720
ISD  19920100
NAM  Burton et al.
UREF
PNO  5158548
ISD  19921000
NAM  Lau et al.
UREF
PNO  5192297
ISD  19930300
NAM  Hull
UREF
PNO  5201757
ISD  19930400
NAM  Heyn et al.
UREF
PNO  5234457
ISD  19930800
NAM  Andersen
UREF
PNO  5242399
ISD  19930900
NAM  Lau et al.
UREF
PNO  5261878
ISD  19931100
NAM  Galindo
UREF
PNO  5306294
ISD  19940400
NAM  Winston et al.
UREF
PNO  5344426
ISD  19940900
NAM  Lau et al.
UREF
PNO  5360401
ISD  19941100
NAM  Turnland
LREP
FRM  Vidas Arrett & Steinkraus, P.A.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US94/12050
PD1  19970618
PD2  19970618
PD3  19941020
PCP  WO95/11055
PCD  19950427
ABST
PAR  A delivery system for implantation of a self-expanding stent in a vessel is
      consists of an elongate flexible catheter for delivering a self-expanding
      stent to a predetermined location in a vessel. The stent surrounds the
      flexible catheter near its distal end and is held in a delivery
      configuration where the stent has a reduced radius along its entire axial
      length by a stent retaining and release means. The stent retaining and
      release means is a single layer sheath retaining sleeve means for
      retaining the stent in its delivery configuration attached to a slipping
      sleeve means for releasing the stent to self-expand. A balloon may
      optionally be used to seat the stent in the vessel after self-expansion.
      The stent may also optionally be retained by water soluble or swelling
      bands.
PATN
WKU  059892811
SRC  8
APN  8427275
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970416
TTL  Cannula with associated filter and methods of use during cardiac surgery
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXA  Truong; Kevin
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  17
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Barbut; Denise
CTY  New York
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Root; Jonathan D.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Embol-X, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  640015
APD  19960430
PSC  01
PNO  5769816
RLAP
COD  82
APN  584759
APD  19960111
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  580223
APD  19951228
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  553137
APD  19951107
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  606200
XCL  128898
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 2900
FSC  606
FSS  200;191;195;198
FSC  128
FSS  898
FSC  604
FSS  96
UREF
PNO  3701433
ISD  19721000
NAM  Krakauer et al.
OCL  210436
UREF
PNO  4494531
ISD  19850100
NAM  Gianturco
OCL  128  1
UREF
PNO  4572724
ISD  19860200
NAM  Rosenberg et al.
OCL   55159
UREF
PNO  4619246
ISD  19861000
NAM  Molgaard-Nielsen et al.
OCL  128  1
UREF
PNO  4688553
ISD  19870800
NAM  Metals
OCL  128  1
UREF
PNO  4832055
ISD  19890500
NAM  Palestrant
OCL  128899
UREF
PNO  4873978
ISD  19891000
NAM  Ginsburg
OCL  128345
UREF
PNO  4955895
ISD  19900900
NAM  Sugiyama
OCL  606194
UREF
PNO  4969891
ISD  19901100
NAM  Gewertz
OCL  606200
UREF
PNO  5053008
ISD  19911000
NAM  Bajaj
OCL  604104
UREF
PNO  5133733
ISD  19920700
NAM  Rasmussen et al.
OCL  606200
UREF
PNO  5147379
ISD  19920900
NAM  Sabbaghian et al.
OCL  606206
UREF
PNO  5152777
ISD  19921000
NAM  Goldberg et al.
OCL  606200
UREF
PNO  5300086
ISD  19940400
NAM  Gory et al.
OCL  606200
UREF
PNO  5329942
ISD  19940700
NAM  Gunther et al.
OCL  128898
UREF
PNO  5330451
ISD  19940700
NAM  Gabbay
OCL  604284
UREF
PNO  5370657
ISD  19941200
NAM  Irie
OCL  606200
UREF
PNO  5370685
ISD  19941200
NAM  Stevens
OCL  623  2
UREF
PNO  5375612
ISD  19941200
NAM  Cottenceau et al.
OCL  128899
UREF
PNO  5383877
ISD  19950100
NAM  Nadal
OCL  606200
UREF
PNO  5415630
ISD  19950500
NAM  Gory et al.
OCL  604 53
UREF
PNO  5549626
ISD  19960800
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  606200
FREF
PNO  9301980
ISD  19931000
CNT  BRX
FREF
PNO  2567405
ISD  19840700
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3417738 A1
ISD  19851100
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Barbut et al., "Cerebral Emboli Detected During Bypass Surgery Are
      Associated With Clamp Removal," Stroke 25(12):2398-2402 (1994).
PAL  Barbut et al., "Comparison of Transcranial Doppler Ultrasonography and
      Transesophageal Echocardiography to Monitor Emboli During Coronary Artery
      Bypass Surgery," Stroke 27(1):87-90 (1996).
PAL  Barbut et al., "Aortic Athermatosis and Risks of Cerebral Embolization,"
      Journal of Cardiothoracic and Vascular Anesthesia 10(1):24-30 (1996).
PAL  Cascudo et al., "Myxoma of the Right Atrium," Arquivos Brasileros de
      Cardiologia 56(5):389-391 (1991).
PAL  Culliford et al., "The Atherosclerotic Ascending Aorta and Transverse Arch:
      A New Technique to Prevent Cerebral Injury during Bypass: Experience with
      13 Patients," The Annals of Thoracic Surgery 41(1):27-35 (1986).
PAL  Damasio et al., "Multiple Cerebral Aneurysms and Cardiac Myxoma," Arch.
      Neurol. 32:269-270 (1975).
PAL  da Silva et al., "Postinfarction ventricular septal defect," J. Thorac.
      Cardiovasc. Surg. 97:86-89 (1989).
PAL  da Silva et al., "Heart-lung transplantation. Initial clinical experience,"
      Arquivos Brasilieros de Cardiologia 57(2):103-108 (1991).
PAL  da Silva et al., "Heart and Unilateral Lung Transplantation for
      Cardiomyopathy With High Pulmonary Vascular Resistance," Ann. Thorac.
      Surg. 53:700-702 (1992).
PAL  da Silva et al., "The Heart-lung transplant. Initial clinical experience,"
      Revista Portugese de Cardiologia 12(1):9, 51-5 (1993).
PAL  da Silva et al., "Heterotopic heart transplantation: A direct pulmonary
      artery anastomosis technique," The Journal of Thoracic and Cardiovascular
      Surgery 108(4):795 (1994).
PAL  Fornari et al., "High-resolution electrocardiogram in the study of early
      rejection of heart transplant by spectral temporal mapping," Arquivos
      Brasileiros de Cardiologia 60(3):183-185 (1993).
PAL  Lazor et al., "Use of the Multiple Uptake Gated Acquisition Scan for the
      Preoperative Assessment of Cardiac Risk," Surgery, Gynecology & Obsterics
      167:234-238 (1988).
PAL  Mills et al., "Atherosclerosis of the ascending aorta and coronary artery
      bypass," J. Thoracic Cardiovasc. Surg. 102(4):546-553 (1991).
PAL  Schneider, "Particulate Emboli Retained by Bypass Blood Filters," Scand. J.
      Haemat. 12:185-203 (1974).
PAL  van der Linden et al., "When Do Cerebral Emboli Appear During Open Heart
      Operations? A Transcranial Doppler Study," Ann. Thorac. Surg. 51:237-241
      (1991).
PAL  Yao et al., "Detection of Aortic Emboli by Transesophageal Echocardiography
      During Coronary Bypass Surgery," ASA Abstract No. 126, Anesthesiology
      83(3) (1995).
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon LLP
ABST
PAL  Devices and methods for filtering blood. The devices generally comprise: a
      mesh for filtering blood flowing within a blood vessel, particularly
      within an artery such as the aorta; a structure adapted to open and close
      the mesh within the blood vessel; and a means to actuate the structure.
      The methods generally include the following steps: introducing a mesh into
      a blood vessel to entrap embolic material; adjusting the mesh, if
      necessary, during the course of filtration; and removing the mesh and the
      entrapped foreign matter from the blood vessel. Additionally,
      visualization techniques are used to ensure effective filtration.
PATN
WKU  059892820
SRC  8
APN  929628&
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19970915
TTL  Suture anchor
ISD  19991123
NCL  119
ECL  96
EXA  Pham; Tina T. D.
EXP  Buiz; Michael
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Bonutti; Peter M.
STR  1303 W. Evergreen Plz.
CTY  Effingham
STA  IL
ZIP  62401
RLAP
COD  74
APN  626393
APD  19960329
PSC  01
PNO  5713921
CLAS
OCL  606232
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1704
FSC  606
FSS  232;60;64;184;72;73
UREF
PNO  4890612
ISD  19900100
NAM  Kensey
UREF
PNO  5061274
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kensey
UREF
PNO  5370660
ISD  19941200
NAM  Weinstein et al.
UREF
PNO  5403348
ISD  19950400
NAM  Bonutti
UREF
PNO  5488958
ISD  19960200
NAM  Topel et al.
UREF
PNO  5540718
ISD  19960700
NAM  Bartlett
UREF
PNO  5626718
ISD  19970500
NAM  Bartlett
UREF
PNO  5718717
ISD  19980200
NAM  Bonutti
OREF
PAL  "The Search for the Holy Grail: a Century of Anterior Cruciate Ligament
      Reconstruction" by R. John Naranja, Jr., MD; John Corsetti MD; Jeffrey R.
      Kuhlman, MD; and Joseph S. Tory, MD.
LREP
FRM  Tarolli, Sundheim, Covell, Tummino & Szabo L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An improved suture anchor is formed from body tissue. The body tissue is
      shaped to a desired configuration for the anchor and defines a passage
      through the anchor. A suture is inserted into the passage in the body
      tissue of the anchor. The anchor is then positioned in a patient's body
      with a suture extending into the passage in the anchor. The anchor may be
      formed of osseous body tissue, hard compact bone, dense connective body
      tissue, or other body tissue. The body tissue may be dried so that it
      absorbs fluid and expands upon being inserted into a patient's body.
PATN
WKU  059892838
SRC  8
APN  9376798
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19970925
TTL  Irradiation device, especially for the cosmetic, diagnostic and
      therapeutic application of light
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Yarnell; Bryan K.
EXP  Dvorak; Linda C. M.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Wilkens; Jan Henrik
CTY  Homburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Wilkens; Heinrike
CTY  Homburg
CNT  DEX
COD  05
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960926
APN  196 41 216
CLAS
OCL  607 88
XCL  607 93
XCL  606  9
XCL  606 16
XCL  313110
XCL  2505031
XCL  2504931
XCL  362804
EDF  6
ICL  A61N 2100
FSC  607
FSS  88-93
FSC  606
FSS  2;9;10;13-17
FSC  313
FSS  110;111;113
FSC  250
FSS  493.1;503.1
FSC  359
FSS  227;232;234;236
FSC  362
FSS  804
UREF
PNO  4911166
ISD  19900300
NAM  Leighton et al.
UREF
PNO  5220237
ISD  19930600
NAM  Masekit et al.
OCL  313113
UREF
PNO  5304173
ISD  19940400
NAM  Kittrell et al.
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5320618
ISD  19940600
NAM  Gustafsson
UREF
PNO  5405368
ISD  19950400
NAM  Eckhouse
UREF
PNO  5568503
ISD  19961000
NAM  Omori
OCL  607 89
UREF
PNO  5755751
ISD  19980500
NAM  Eckhouse
OCL  607 88
UREF
PNO  5769844
ISD  19980600
NAM  Ghaffari
OCL  607 88
UREF
PNO  5814040
ISD  19980900
NAM  Nelson et al.
OCL  606  9
FREF
PNO  4 95 443
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  38 59
ISD  19530500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  26 05 487
ISD  19770800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  40 08 098
ISD  19910900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 09 957
ISD  19930900
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Nelson et al., "Dynamic Epidermal Cooling During Pulsed Laser Treatment of
      Port-Wine Stain," Arch. Dermatol., vol. 131, Jun. 1995.
LREP
FRM  Cohen, Pontani, Lieberman & Pavane
ABST
PAL  An irradiation device, especially for the cosmetic, diagnostic and
      therapeutic application of light, having an incoherent light source and a
      reflector that surrounds the light source and has a slit-like opening
      defining the direction of the radiation. Arranged in the beam path of the
      light source is a spectral dispersion element. In the output beam path of
      the spectral dispersion element, a fiber-optic cross-sectional transformer
      is disposed in such a way that its circular end is located opposite the
      spectral dispersion element. The fiber-optic cross-sectional transformer
      and the spectral dispersion element are movable relative to each other.
PATN
WKU  059892846
SRC  8
APN  8019983
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19970218
TTL  Method and device for soft tissue modification
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Kearney; Rosiland
EXP  Dvorak; Linda C. M.
NDR  10
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Laufer; Michael D.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hearten Medical, Inc.
CTY  Tustin
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  607 96
XCL  607 98
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  700
FSC  600
FSS  16;17;18
FSC  607
FSS  96;98;99;100;101
FSC  604
FSS  96
FSC  128
FSS  898
UREF
PNO  4765331
ISD  19880800
NAM  Petruzzi et al.
UREF
PNO  4807620
ISD  19890200
NAM  Strul et al.
UREF
PNO  4865047
ISD  19890900
NAM  Chou et al.
UREF
PNO  5057106
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kasevich et al.
OCL  606 33
UREF
PNO  5103804
ISD  19920400
NAM  Abele et al.
UREF
PNO  5114423
ISD  19920500
NAM  Kasprzyk et al.
OCL  606 27
UREF
PNO  5230349
ISD  19930700
NAM  Langberg
UREF
PNO  5246438
ISD  19930900
NAM  Langberg
OCL  606 33
UREF
PNO  5261878
ISD  19931100
NAM  Galindo
OCL  604 96
UREF
PNO  5295955
ISD  19940300
NAM  Rosen et al.
OCL  604 22
UREF
PNO  5303719
ISD  19940400
NAM  Wilk et al.
OCL  128898
UREF
PNO  5304169
ISD  19940400
NAM  Sand
OCL  606  5
UREF
PNO  5314466
ISD  19940500
NAM  Stern et al.
OCL  607156
UREF
PNO  5370677
ISD  19941200
NAM  Rudie et al.
OCL  607101
UREF
PNO  5370678
ISD  19941200
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  607101
UREF
PNO  5405346
ISD  19950400
NAM  Grundy et al.
OCL  606 41
UREF
PNO  5431646
ISD  19950700
NAM  Vassiliadis et al.
OCL  606  6
UREF
PNO  5437664
ISD  19950800
NAM  Cohen et al.
OCL  606 42
UREF
PNO  5447529
ISD  19950900
NAM  Marchlinski et al.
OCL  607 99
UREF
PNO  5454807
ISD  19951000
NAM  Lennox et al.
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5454809
ISD  19951000
NAM  Janssen
OCL  606 41
UREF
PNO  5458596
ISD  19951000
NAM  Lax et al.
OCL  606 31
UREF
PNO  5484432
ISD  19960100
NAM  Sand
OCL  606  5
UREF
PNO  5498260
ISD  19960300
NAM  Rink et al.
OCL  606 16
UREF
PNO  5522873
ISD  19960600
NAM  Jackman et al.
OCL  607122
UREF
PNO  5529067
ISD  19960600
NAM  Larsen et al.
UREF
PNO  5540679
ISD  19960700
NAM  Fram et al.
OCL  606 27
UREF
PNO  5545195
ISD  19960800
NAM  Lennox et al.
OCL  607105
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis LLP
ABST
PAL  A device and method for shortening the chordae tendineae by heating them.
      Shortening the chordae tendineae stabilizes the atrioventricular valve to
      which they are attached, thus reducing or halting valve prolapse. A
      catheter having a heating tip system is inserted in the heart of a patient
      and maneuvered by an operating surgeon so that the heating tip can induce
      or transfer heat to the chordae tendineae. The heating tip system heats
      the chordae tendineae by direct transmission of heat or by inducing heat
      in the chordae tendineae with electromagnetic radiation. The operating
      surgeon monitors the heating of the chordae tendineae and when the desired
      degree of shorting has been achieved, the catheter is removed from the
      patient.
PATN
WKU  059892854
SRC  8
APN  6959806
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19960815
TTL  Temperature controlled blankets and bedding assemblies
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  1
EXP  Graham; Mark S.
NDR  9
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  DeVilbiss; Roger S.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Quisenberry; Tony M.
CTY  Highland Village
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Rajasubramanian; Sathya
CTY  Arlington
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Thermotek, Inc.
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  607107
XCL  607104
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  700
FSC  607
FSS  104;107;108;112
FSC  165
FSS  46
FSC    5
FSS  482;485
UREF
PNO  773828
ISD  19041100
NAM  Titus et al.
UREF
PNO  2110022
ISD  19380300
NAM  Kliesrath
OCL  607104
UREF
PNO  2504308
ISD  19500400
NAM  Donkle, Jr.
OCL   62129
UREF
PNO  3014117
ISD  19611200
NAM  Madding
OCL  219 46
UREF
PNO  3345641
ISD  19671000
NAM  Jennings
OCL   21  2.1
UREF
PNO  3367319
ISD  19680200
NAM  Carter, Jr.
OCL  126204
UREF
PNO  3608091
ISD  19710900
NAM  Olson et al.
OCL    2  2.1
UREF
PNO  3660849
ISD  19720500
NAM  Jonnes et al.
OCL    2  2.1
UREF
PNO  3736764
ISD  19730600
NAM  Chambers et al.
OCL   62 89
UREF
PNO  3738702
ISD  19730600
NAM  Jacobs
OCL  297180
UREF
PNO  3744053
ISD  19730700
NAM  Parker et al.
OCL    2  2.1
UREF
PNO  3894213
ISD  19750700
NAM  Agarwala
OCL  219297
UREF
PNO  4006604
ISD  19770200
NAM  Seff
OCL   62261
UREF
PNO  4459822
ISD  19840700
NAM  Pasternack
OCL   62259.3
UREF
PNO  4547906
ISD  19851000
NAM  Nishida et al.
OCL    2 93
UREF
PNO  4660388
ISD  19870400
NAM  Greene, Jr.
OCL   62261
UREF
PNO  4821354
ISD  19890400
NAM  Little
OCL    5422
UREF
PNO  4884304
ISD  19891200
NAM  Elkins
OCL    5421
UREF
PNO  4962761
ISD  19901000
NAM  Golden
OCL  607104
UREF
PNO  4979375
ISD  19901200
NAM  Nathans et al.
OCL   62259.3
UREF
PNO  4996970
ISD  19910300
NAM  Legare
OCL  126205
UREF
PNO  5044364
ISD  19910900
NAM  Crowther
OCL  607107
UREF
PNO  5092271
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kleinsasser
OCL  119 20
UREF
PNO  5097829
ISD  19920300
NAM  Quisenberry
OCL  128400
UREF
PNO  5106373
ISD  19920400
NAM  Augustine et al.
OCL  604113
UREF
PNO  5125238
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ragain et al.
OCL   62259.3
UREF
PNO  5165127
ISD  19921100
NAM  Nicholson
OCL    5421
UREF
PNO  5184612
ISD  19930200
NAM  Augustine
OCL  128400
UREF
PNO  5243706
ISD  19930900
NAM  Frim et al.
OCL    2  2
UREF
PNO  5300101
ISD  19940400
NAM  Augustine et al.
OCL  607107
UREF
PNO  5300102
ISD  19940400
NAM  Augustine et al.
OCL  607107
UREF
PNO  5300103
ISD  19940400
NAM  Stempel et al.
OCL  607108
UREF
PNO  5324320
ISD  19940600
NAM  Augustine et al.
OCL  607107
UREF
PNO  5336250
ISD  19940800
NAM  Augustine
OCL  607107
UREF
PNO  5343579
ISD  19940900
NAM  Dickerhoff et al.
OCL    5421
UREF
PNO  5350417
ISD  19940900
NAM  Augustine
OCL  607104
UREF
PNO  5354117
ISD  19941000
NAM  Danielson et al.
OCL  297180.15
UREF
PNO  5360439
ISD  19941100
NAM  Dickerhoff et al.
OCL  607104
UREF
PNO  5371665
ISD  19941200
NAM  Quisenberry et al.
OCL  363 89
UREF
PNO  5402542
ISD  19950400
NAM  Viard
OCL    5421
UREF
PNO  5405370
ISD  19950400
NAM  Irani
OCL  607104
UREF
PNO  5405371
ISD  19950400
NAM  Augustine et al.
OCL  607107
UREF
PNO  5411494
ISD  19950500
NAM  Rodriguez
OCL  604290
UREF
PNO  5411541
ISD  19950500
NAM  Bell et al.
OCL  607104
UREF
PNO  5528485
ISD  19960600
NAM  DeVilbiss et al.
OCL  363 89
UREF
PNO  5561981
ISD  19961000
NAM  Quisenberry et al.
OCL   62  3.7
UREF
PNO  5566062
ISD  19961000
NAM  Quisenberry et al.
OCL  363 89
FREF
PNO  689674
ISD  19791000
CNT  RUX
OCL  607104
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A temperature controlled blanket and a temperature controlled bedding
      system have provision of both recirculating temperature controlled fluid
      and temperature controlled gas to enhance performance for convectively
      heating or cooling a patient. Counter flow or co-flow heat exchanging
      principles between the temperature controlled liquid and the temperature
      controlled gas achieves temperature uniformity across different sections
      of the blanket and the bedding system. Drapes in the temperature
      controlled bedding system provide a gas envelope around a person using the
      bedding system. In a further embodiment of the bedding system, the air
      portion of the bedding system is provided for use with a patient bed which
      supplies the fluid portion of the overall bedding system. In a further
      embodiment of the bedding system, the fluid portion of the bedding system
      is provided for use with a patient bed which supplies the air portion of
      the overall bedding system.
PATN
WKU  059892862
SRC  8
APN  6956203
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19961015
TTL  Therapeutic pad and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Nasser; Robert L.
NDR  7
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Owens; Byron C.
CTY  Asheboro
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Vesture Corporation
CTY  Asheboro
STA  NC
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  426987
APD  19950424
PSC  01
PNO  5575812
RLAP
COD  81
APN  136021
APD  19931014
PSC  01
PNO  5500010
RLAP
COD  89
APN  085570
APD  19930630
PSC  01
PNO  5300105
RLAP
COD  89
APN  871826
APD  19920421
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  90
APN  643344
APD  19910122
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  486806
APD  19900226
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  607111
XCL  607114
XCL  126204
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  700
FSC  607
FSS  96;108-118;114
FSC  126
FSS  204
UREF
PNO  2208855
ISD  19400700
NAM  Riley
UREF
PNO  2438643
ISD  19480300
NAM  Moore
UREF
PNO  2675630
ISD  19540400
NAM  Youmans
UREF
PNO  3090045
ISD  19630500
NAM  Hurst
UREF
PNO  3611455
ISD  19711000
NAM  Gottfried
UREF
PNO  3872525
ISD  19750300
NAM  Lea et al.
UREF
PNO  3885403
ISD  19750500
NAM  Spencer
UREF
PNO  4123855
ISD  19781100
NAM  Thedford
UREF
PNO  4249319
ISD  19810200
NAM  Yoshida
UREF
PNO  4283427
ISD  19810800
NAM  Winters et al.
UREF
PNO  4488552
ISD  19841200
NAM  McCann et al.
UREF
PNO  4561441
ISD  19851200
NAM  Kolodziej
UREF
PNO  4671267
ISD  19870600
NAM  Stout
UREF
PNO  4694829
ISD  19870900
NAM  Frye
UREF
PNO  4756311
ISD  19880700
NAM  Francis, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4868898
ISD  19890900
NAM  Seto
UREF
PNO  4920964
ISD  19900500
NAM  Francis, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4931608
ISD  19900600
NAM  Bills
UREF
PNO  4933193
ISD  19900600
NAM  Fisher
UREF
PNO  4942634
ISD  19900700
NAM  Saloff et al.
UREF
PNO  4981135
ISD  19910100
NAM  Hardy
OCL  607114
UREF
PNO  4983798
ISD  19910100
NAM  Eckler et al.
UREF
PNO  5035241
ISD  19910700
NAM  Walasek et al.
UREF
PNO  5038779
ISD  19910800
NAM  Barry et al.
UREF
PNO  5050598
ISD  19910900
NAM  Tucker
UREF
PNO  5052369
ISD  19911000
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  5070223
ISD  19911200
NAM  Colasante
UREF
PNO  5150707
ISD  19920900
NAM  Anderson
UREF
PNO  5230170
ISD  19930700
NAM  Dahle
UREF
PNO  5230333
ISD  19930700
NAM  Yates et al.
UREF
PNO  5277180
ISD  19940100
NAM  Angelillo et al.
UREF
PNO  5300105
ISD  19940400
NAM  Owens
UREF
PNO  5331688
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kiyohara
UREF
PNO  5339541
ISD  19940800
NAM  Owens
UREF
PNO  5357693
ISD  19941000
NAM  Owens
UREF
PNO  5366491
ISD  19941100
NAM  Ingram et al.
OREF
PAL  Prior Art Pad on sale more than one (1) year before Feb. 26, 1990.
PAL  Continuation application filed simultaneously herewith, for a Heating Pad
      Method.*
PAL  Continuation application filed simultaneously herewith, for a Heating Pad
      Method.*
PAL  Continuation application filed simultaneously herewith, for a Therapeutic
      Pad.*
ABST
PAL  A therapeutic pad for heating or cooling has a liquid absorbent to prevent
      liquid leakage in the event the sealed envelope of the pad is ruptured.
      The method of forming the pad includes vacuuming the thermoplastic
      envelope prior to sealing. The pad can be used alone or with a comforter
      to provide warmth or to remove heat from the body of the user.
PATN
WKU  059892870
SRC  9
APN  0737437
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980506
TTL  Vascular graft assemblies and methods for implanting same
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Dinh X.
EXP  Yu; Mickey
NDR  6
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Yang; Jun
CTY  Dove Canyon
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Guo; George
CTY  Dove Canyon
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  AV Healing LLC
CTY  Dove Canyon
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  623  1
XCL  623 11
XCL  623 12
XCL  606194
XCL  600 36
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  206
ICL  A61F  202
ICL  A61F  204
FSC  623
FSS  1;11;12;66;900
FSC  606
FSS  191;194
FSC  604
FSS  104
FSC  600
FSS  36
UREF
PNO  2127903
ISD  19380800
NAM  Bowen
UREF
PNO  2453056
ISD  19481100
NAM  Zack
UREF
PNO  3254651
ISD  19660600
NAM  Collito
UREF
PNO  3496939
ISD  19700200
NAM  Odiaga et al.
UREF
PNO  3626947
ISD  19711200
NAM  Sparks
UREF
PNO  3713441
ISD  19730100
NAM  Thomas
UREF
PNO  3818511
ISD  19740600
NAM  Goldberg et al.
UREF
PNO  3828764
ISD  19740800
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  4267842
ISD  19810500
NAM  Archibald
UREF
PNO  4313231
ISD  19820200
NAM  Koyamada
UREF
PNO  4352358
ISD  19821000
NAM  Angelchik
UREF
PNO  4470415
ISD  19840900
NAM  Wozniak
UREF
PNO  4503568
ISD  19850300
NAM  Madras
UREF
PNO  4585458
ISD  19860400
NAM  Kurland
UREF
PNO  4586504
ISD  19860500
NAM  de Medinaceli
UREF
PNO  4728328
ISD  19880300
NAM  Hughes et al.
OCL  623 12
UREF
PNO  4743251
ISD  19880500
NAM  Barra
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  4856504
ISD  19890800
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
UREF
PNO  4873975
ISD  19891000
NAM  Walsh et al.
UREF
PNO  4883453
ISD  19891100
NAM  Berry et al.
UREF
PNO  4917087
ISD  19900400
NAM  Walsh et al.
UREF
PNO  4938740
ISD  19900700
NAM  Melbin
UREF
PNO  5078735
ISD  19920100
NAM  Mobin-Uddin
UREF
PNO  5084064
ISD  19920100
NAM  Barak et al.
UREF
PNO  5156619
ISD  19921000
NAM  Ehrenfeld
UREF
PNO  5425739
ISD  19950600
NAM  Jessen
UREF
PNO  5456712
ISD  19951000
NAM  Maginot
UREF
PNO  5456714
ISD  19951000
NAM  Owen
UREF
PNO  5486187
ISD  19960100
NAM  Schenck
UREF
PNO  5522881
ISD  19960600
NAM  Lentz
UREF
PNO  5591226
ISD  19970100
NAM  Terotola et al.
UREF
PNO  5609626
ISD  19970300
NAM  Quijano et al.
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  5628782
ISD  19970500
NAM  Myers et al.
UREF
PNO  5645581
ISD  19970700
NAM  Zurbrugg
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  5665117
ISD  19970900
NAM  Rhodes
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  5667523
ISD  19970900
NAM  Bynon et al.
OCL  606198
UREF
PNO  5693088
ISD  19971200
NAM  Lazarus
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  5817100
ISD  19981000
NAM  Igaki
OCL  606108
FREF
PNO  0302088
ISD  19890200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2676355
ISD  19921100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2269104
ISD  19940200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO8204390
ISD  19821200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9609800
ISD  19960400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9618360
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9731591
ISD  19970900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Madras et al., Anastomotic Hyperplasia, 1981, "Surgery", 922.
PAL  Mobin-Uddin et al., Vascular Anastomosis with Mobin-Uddin Vein/Graft
      Holder, 1986, "Ann Thorac Surg.", 591.
PAL  Clark et al., Mismatch of Mechanical Properties As a Cause of Arterial
      Prosthesis Thrombosis, 1976, "Surgical Forum", 208-209
PAL  Campbell et al., Vein Grafts for Arterial Repair: their success and reasons
      for failure, 1981, "Annals of the Royal College of Surgeons of England",
      vol. 63, 257-260.
PAL  DeWeese, Anastomotic Neointimal Fibrous Hyperplasia, 1985, "Complications
      in Vascular Surgery", 157-170.
PAL  Goldman et al., Starting Aspirin Therapy After Operation, 1991, 520-526.
PAL  DeWeese et al., Autogenous venous grafts ten years later, 1977, "Surgery"
      vol. 82, No. 6, 775-784.
PAL  Imparato et al., Intimal and neointimal fibrous proliferation causing
      failure of arterial reconstructions, "Surgery", vol. 72, No. 6, 1007-1017.
PAL  Grondin et al., Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting with Saphenous Vein, 1989,
      "Circulation", vol. 79, No. 6, I-24--I-29.
LREP
FR2  Sun; Raymond
ABST
PAL  A graft system is provided that includes either a support ring or a support
      sleeve that is used in providing transitional support to either an end or
      a side of a graft or a host vessel. The support ring is provided with a
      generally cylindrical wall and defining a passageway that is adapted for
      receiving an end of a vein graft or an end of a host vessel. The support
      ring has a first end and a second end, with the thickness of the wall
      being greater at the first end than at the second end. The support sleeve
      is provided with a first side edge, a second side edge, and an opening.
      The support sleeve surrounds a side opening of a graft or host vessel so
      that the opening of the support sleeve is aligned with the side opening of
      the graft or host vessel. The thickness of the support sleeve is greater
      at the opening than at the first and second side edges.
PATN
WKU  059892889
SRC  8
APN  9175733
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19970811
TTL  Device for maintaining urinary continence
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Jackson; Suzette J.
EXP  Willse; David H.
NDR  31
NFG  72
INVT
NAM  Pintauro; William L.
CTY  Ft. Lauderdale
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Brenneman; Rodney A.
CTY  San Juan Capistrano
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Maciel; Mario
CTY  Pinon Hills
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Wallin; Sheila K.
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Galt Laboratories, Inc.
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  696333
APD  19960813
PSC  01
PNO  5782916
CLAS
OCL  623 12
XCL  623 11
XCL  604 34
XCL  600 29
XCL  600 30
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  204
ICL  A61F  202
FSC  623
FSS  12;11
FSC  604
FSS  34
FSC  600
FSS  29;30
UREF
PNO  2638093
ISD  19530500
NAM  Kulick
UREF
PNO  3797478
ISD  19740300
NAM  Walsh et al.
UREF
PNO  3812841
ISD  19740500
NAM  Isaacson
UREF
PNO  3863622
ISD  19750200
NAM  Buuck
UREF
PNO  3939821
ISD  19760200
NAM  Roth
UREF
PNO  4197835
ISD  19800400
NAM  Reinicke
UREF
PNO  4204282
ISD  19800500
NAM  Bolt
UREF
PNO  4222377
ISD  19800900
NAM  Burton
UREF
PNO  4408597
ISD  19831000
NAM  Teney, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4551862
ISD  19851100
NAM  Haber
UREF
PNO  4587955
ISD  19860500
NAM  Gengler
UREF
PNO  4679546
ISD  19870700
NAM  van Wallwijk van Doorn et al.
UREF
PNO  4705518
ISD  19871100
NAM  Baker et al.
UREF
PNO  4716901
ISD  19880100
NAM  Jackson et al.
UREF
PNO  4731083
ISD  19880300
NAM  Fischell
UREF
PNO  4784660
ISD  19881100
NAM  Fischell
UREF
PNO  4832680
ISD  19890500
NAM  Haber
UREF
PNO  4846784
ISD  19890700
NAM  Haber
UREF
PNO  4850963
ISD  19890700
NAM  Sparks
UREF
PNO  4878889
ISD  19891100
NAM  Polyak
UREF
PNO  4968294
ISD  19901100
NAM  Salama
UREF
PNO  4974811
ISD  19901200
NAM  Ishida
OCL  604 34
UREF
PNO  4994019
ISD  19910200
NAM  Fernandez et al.
UREF
PNO  5012822
ISD  19910500
NAM  Schwarz
OCL  623 12
UREF
PNO  5064434
ISD  19911100
NAM  Haber
UREF
PNO  5088980
ISD  19920200
NAM  Leighton
UREF
PNO  5097848
ISD  19920300
NAM  Schwarz
UREF
PNO  5123428
ISD  19920600
NAM  Schwarz
UREF
PNO  5140999
ISD  19920800
NAM  Ardito
UREF
PNO  5197984
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kedem
UREF
PNO  5437604
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kulisz et al.
UREF
PNO  5476434
ISD  19951200
NAM  Kalb et al.
UREF
PNO  5509889
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kalb et al.
UREF
PNO  5651765
ISD  19970700
NAM  Schulman et al.
OCL  623 12
UREF
PNO  5782916
ISD  19980700
NAM  Pintauro et al.
OCL  623  1
OREF
PAL  J. Gundian et al., "Mayo Clinic Experience with the AS800 Artificial
      Urinary Sphincter . . . ", Urology, 41:318-321 (1993).
PAL  R. Janknegt et al., "Electrically stimulated gracilis sphincter for
      treatment of . . . ", Lancet, 340:1129-1130 (1992).
PAL  M.D. Craggs et al., "A preliminary report on a new hydraulic sphincter for
      . . . ", Journal of Medical Engineering & Technology, 15:58-62 (1991).
PAL  O. Lukkarinen, et al., "Treatment of Urinary Incontinence with an
      Implantable . . . ", Scand J Urol Nephrol, 23:85-88 (1989).
PAL  M. Abbar, et al., "Une revolution tranquille: I'endoprothese urethrale . .
      . " Progres en Urologie 3:771-777 (1993).
PAL  A. Gruneberger et al., "Entwicklung eines magnetischen Urethralverschlusses
      . . . " Zentralblatt fur Gynakologie, 115:328-331 (1993).
PAL  Summary of Dialog/Derwent World Pat. computer search, Mar. 17, 1995
PAL  Summary of Dialog/Medline/Biosis/SciSearch/Embase computer search, Mar. 17,
      1995.
PAL  Preliminary Prospectus: UroMed Corporation, PaineWebber Incorporated Vector
      Securities International, Inc. Jan. 24, 1994.
PAL  Brochure: AMS Sphincter 800, Urinary Prothesis, Dry Facts of Incontinence
      Treatment, Pfizer American Medical Systems.RTM., Jun. 1, 1991.
PAL  Brochure: HK Medical Technologies Incorporated, Autocath.TM.100, 1994
      Stanton, S. et al., "The Mechanism of Continence", Surgery of Female
      Incontinence, 2d Ed. pp. 1-21, 1986.
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear LLP
ABST
PAL  A prosthetic device for controlling urinary continence is disclosed. The
      device has an opening pressure that varies in response to changes in
      physiologic parameters. The device can be controlled by the patient
      voluntarily without manual intervention. An introducer for transurethrally
      introducing the device is also disclosed. In addition, a nonsurgical or
      minimally invasive method of positioning the device for maintaining
      urinary continence is disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059892897
SRC  8
APN  9481354
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19971009
TTL  Bone grafts
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Isabella; David J.
NDR  11
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Coates; Bradley J.
CTY  Rossville
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Hoeck; James Van
CTY  Cordova
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Poyner; Jeffrey
CTY  Atoka
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  SDGI Holdings, Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  902937
APD  19970730
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  740031
APD  19961023
RLAP
COD  82
APN  603676
APD  19960220
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  543563
APD  19951016
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  75
APN  603675
APD  19960220
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  543563
APD  19951016
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  623 17
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  244
FSC  623
FSS  17;18;21
FSC  606
FSS  61
UREF
PNO  4685919
ISD  19870800
NAM  Niwa et al.
OCL  623 21
FREF
PNO  2703580
ISD  19941000
CNT  FRX
OCL  623 17
LREP
FRM  Woodard, Emhardt, Naughton, Moriarty & McNett
ABST
PAL  A spinal spacer 300 for engagement between vertebrae is provided which
      includes a body 301 formed of a bone composition. The body 301 includes a
      first end 311, an opposite second 315 end, a superior face 335 defining a
      superior vertebral engaging surface 337 and an inferior face 338 defining
      an inferior vertebral engaging surface 340. At least one of the vertebral
      engaging surfaces defines a set of migration resistance grooves 350. Each
      of the grooves 350 includes a first face 355 defining an angle of no more
      than about 90 degrees relative to the engaging surface 340 and a second
      opposing sloped face 360. The first and second faces 355, 360 define an
      arcuate pocket 370 therebetween for trapping vertebral bone to resist
      migration of the spacer 300. In one embodiment, the grooves 350 are
      arranged in series in that all of the second faces 360 slope in the same
      direction.
PATN
WKU  059892900
SRC  8
APN  952908&
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19971124
TTL  Height-adjustable artificial vertebral body
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Willse; David H.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Biedermann; Lutz
STR  Am Schaferersteig 8
CTY  78048 VS-Villingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Harms; Jurgen
STR  Vogesenstrasse 60
CTY  76337 Waldbronn
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950524
APN  195 19 101
CLAS
OCL  623 17
XCL  606 61
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  244
ICL  A61B 1770
FSC  623
FSS  17
FSC  606
FSS  61
UREF
PNO  4401112
ISD  19830800
NAM  Rezaian
XCL  623 17
UREF
PNO  4657550
ISD  19870400
NAM  Daher
OCL  623 17
UREF
PNO  5458641
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ramirez Jimenez
OCL  623 17
UREF
PNO  5571192
ISD  19961100
NAM  Schonhoffer
OCL  623 17
UREF
PNO  5702453
ISD  19971200
NAM  Rabbe et al.
OCL  623 17
FREF
PNO  0 392 076
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  30 23 942
ISD  19820100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  91 07 494 U
ISD  19911000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  395 524
ISD  19930100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 23 034 C1
ISD  19940700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 15 757 C1
ISD  19941100
CNT  DEX
OCL  623 17
FREF
PNO  44 09 392 A1
ISD  19950900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 23 257 A1
ISD  19960100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  5-15548
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
OCL  623 17
FREF
PNO  WO 96/17564
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Dike, Bronstein, Roberts & Cushman, LLP
FR2  Neuner; George W.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/02092
PD1  19971124
PD2  19971124
PD3  19960515
PCP  WO96/37170
PCD  19961128
ABST
PAR  A substitute vertebra with adjustable height is provided with a
      sleeve-shaped central part (1) having a wall with a plurality of apertures
      (5, 6), the central part comprising a left-handed thread adjacent to its
      first edge and a right-handed thread adjacent to its second edge. A
      cylindrical first part (7) is connected with the one threaded portion
      through a corresponding thread and a cylindrical second part (9) is
      connected to the other threaded portion through a corresponding thread.
      Both parts (7, 9) also have walls with a plurality of apertures (8). The
      two parts (7, 9) both have a plurality of teeth (8) provided at their free
      edges.
PATN
WKU  059892919
SRC  9
APN  031241&
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980226
TTL  Intervertebral spacer device
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Jackson; Suzette J.
EXP  Willse; David H.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Ralph; James D.
CTY  Oakland
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Tatar; Stephen
CTY  Montvale
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Third Millennium Engineering, LLC
CTY  Summit
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  623 17
XCL  623 16
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  244
FSC  623
FSS  17;16
UREF
PNO  5458642
ISD  19951000
NAM  Beer et al.
OCL  623 17
UREF
PNO  5683465
ISD  19971100
NAM  Shinn et al.
OCL  623 17
UREF
PNO  5782832
ISD  19980700
NAM  Larsen et al.
OCL  623 17
UREF
PNO  5824094
ISD  19981000
NAM  Serhan et al.
OCL  623 17
UREF
PNO  5865848
ISD  19990200
NAM  Baker
OCL  623 17
UREF
PNO  5895428
ISD  19990400
NAM  Berry
OCL  623 17
LREP
FR2  Errico, Esq.; Joseph P.
ABST
PAL  An intervertebral spacer device having a pair of opposing plates for
      seating against opposing vertebral bone surfaces, separated by at least
      one spring mechanism. The preferred spring mechanism is a belleville
      washer. In a first embodiment there are two belleville washers which are
      oriented in opposite directions such that the narrow ends thereof are in
      contact with each other and the wider ends are in contact with the
      respective end plates. In a second embodiment there is a single belleville
      washer which is modified to mount onto a ball-shaped head. The lower plate
      of this embodiment includes a post extending upwardly from the inner
      surface of the plate, the post including a ball-shaped head. The modified
      belleville washer is lockably mounted to the head such that the wider
      portion of the washer seats against the upper plate.
PATN
WKU  059892927
SRC  8
APN  860889&
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19970619
TTL  Adjustable temporomandibular surgical implant
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  17
EXA  Stewart; Alvin
EXP  Yu; Mickey
NDR  9
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  van Loon; Jan-Paul
STR  Petrus Campasingel 221
CTY  Groningen
CNT  NLX
ITX  9713 AM
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19941221
APN  94203714
CLAS
OCL  623 18
XCL  623 16
XCL  623 11
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  230
ICL  A61F  228
ICL  A61F  202
FSC  623
FSS  16;18
FSC  606
FSS  70;71
UREF
PNO  3178728
ISD  19650400
NAM  Christensen
OCL  623 18
UREF
PNO  3579643
ISD  19710500
NAM  Morgan
OCL  623 18
UREF
PNO  4693722
ISD  19870900
NAM  Wall
OCL  623 18
UREF
PNO  4778472
ISD  19881000
NAM  Homsy et al.
OCL  623 18
UREF
PNO  4936852
ISD  19900600
NAM  Kent et al.
OCL  623 18
UREF
PNO  5405393
ISD  19950400
NAM  Falkenstrom
OCL  623 18
UREF
PNO  5549680
ISD  19960800
NAM  Gordon
OCL  623 18
LREP
FRM  Varnum, Riddering Schmidt & Howlett LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/NL95/00440
PD1  19971201
PD2  19971201
PD3  19951221
PCP  WO96/19161
PCD  19960627
ABST
PAR  A temporomandibular surgical implant includes a L-shaped bracket having
      first and second legs extending transversely with respect to each other. A
      portion of the first leg constitutes a mounting surface adapted to be
      mounted against an outer lateral surface of a patient's zygomatic arch.
      The portion of the first leg constituting the mounting surface faces in
      the direction in which the second leg extends away from the first leg. The
      implant includes a fitting member provided with a seating surface that is
      adapted to be seated against the articular eminence of the patient and is
      movably connected to the second leg in such a manner that the seating
      surface faces substantially in the direction in which the first leg
      extends away from the second leg. Since the fitting member carried by the
      second leg is movable, the orientation of the seating surface with respect
      to the mounting surface can be adjusted to the orientation of the
      articular eminence relative to the outer lateral surface of the zygomatic
      arch in a particular patient. In this configuration, the fitting member
      may be readily adjusted to an optimal position relative to the L-shaped
      bracket to provide a snug fit with the articular eminence. A single design
      of the mounting surface and a limited number of designs of the fitting
      member with hollow cylinder-sector shaped seating surfaces with different
      radii will readily accommodate the zygomatic arches of a number of
      different patients. The fitting member is detachably connected to the
      bracket and is rotatable relative to the bracket.
PATN
WKU  059892935
SRC  9
APN  1185799
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980717
TTL  Acetabular cup kit for use during hip replacement surgery
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Isabella; David J.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Cook; Kevin S.
CTY  Warsaw
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Rozow, III; Stephen
CTY  Milford
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  623 22
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  234
FSC  623
FSS  16;18;22;23;19
UREF
PNO  B1438090
ISD  19930900
NAM  Ramos
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  3584318
ISD  19710600
NAM  Scales et al.
UREF
PNO  3698017
ISD  19721000
NAM  Scales et al.
UREF
PNO  3818512
ISD  19740600
NAM  Shersher
UREF
PNO  3848272
ISD  19741100
NAM  Noiles
UREF
PNO  3863273
ISD  19750200
NAM  Averill
UREF
PNO  3875593
ISD  19750400
NAM  Shersher
UREF
PNO  3916451
ISD  19751100
NAM  Buechel et al.
UREF
PNO  3978528
ISD  19760900
NAM  Crep
UREF
PNO  4004300
ISD  19770100
NAM  English
UREF
PNO  4044403
ISD  19770800
NAM  D'Errico
UREF
PNO  4135517
ISD  19790100
NAM  Reale
UREF
PNO  4159544
ISD  19790700
NAM  Termanini
UREF
PNO  4172296
ISD  19791000
NAM  D'Errico
UREF
PNO  4241463
ISD  19801200
NAM  Khovaylo
UREF
PNO  4365358
ISD  19821200
NAM  Judet et al.
UREF
PNO  4770658
ISD  19880900
NAM  Geremakis
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  4784663
ISD  19881100
NAM  Kenna
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  4919674
ISD  19900400
NAM  Schelhas
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  5019105
ISD  19910500
NAM  Wiley
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  5263988
ISD  19931100
NAM  Huebner
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  5314491
ISD  19940500
NAM  Thongpreda et al.
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  5425778
ISD  19950600
NAM  Zichner et al.
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  5507826
ISD  19960400
NAM  Besselink et al.
OCL  623 22
OREF
PAL  Zimmer Engineering Drwgs Showing a Custom All-Poly Liner for a Metal Shell
      First Sold in Oct. 1994.
PAL  The Zimmer MultiPolar--The Singular Choice in Biopolar Cups 97-5003-01 1990
      (Zimmer, Inc.).
PAL  Mallory-Head Hip Program--Constrained Acetabular System Y-BMT-456/021596/M
      (Biomet).
PAL  Salvage of a Recurrently Dislocating Total Hip Prosthesis with Use of a
      Constrained Acetabular Component (The Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery,
      Inc., 1998).
PAL  Failure of a Constrained Acetabular Prosthesis of a Total Hip Arthroplasty
      (The Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery, Inc., 1998).
LREP
FR2  Reeves; Cary R.
ABST
PAL  An acetabular cup kit for use during hip replacement surgery includes a
      polar component with a socket for receiving a femoral head of a femoral
      prosthesis. A metal shell has a cavity which is configured for receiving
      the polar component therein. The metal shell also includes an annular face
      bounding the cavity. A metal ring is attachable with the metal shell at
      the annular face. The metal ring is configured to retain the polar
      component within the cavity when attached with the metal shell. The metal
      ring includes at least one secondary fixation device, such as a flange,
      allowing fixation of the metal ring with a pelvic bone. A plastic ring is
      also attachable with the metal shell at the annular face. The plastic ring
      is configured to retain the polar component within the cavity when
      attached with the metal shell.
PATN
WKU  059892943
SRC  9
APN  124518&
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19980729
TTL  Ball-and-socket joint, particularly a prosthetic hip joint
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Isabella; David J.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Marlow; Aaron L.
STR  1346 Ambridge Way
CTY  Ottawa
CNT  CAX
ITX  K2C 3T4
CLAS
OCL  623 22
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  234
FSC  623
FSS  19;18;22;23
UREF
PNO  4380090
ISD  19830400
NAM  Ramos
OCL    3  1.912
UREF
PNO  4718911
ISD  19880100
NAM  Kenna
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  4801301
ISD  19890100
NAM  Noiles
OCL  623 23
UREF
PNO  4969910
ISD  19901100
NAM  Frey et al.
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  5062853
ISD  19911100
NAM  Forte
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  5092898
ISD  19920300
NAM  Bekki et al.
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  5507818
ISD  19960400
NAM  McLaughlin
OCL  623 18
UREF
PNO  5549697
ISD  19960800
NAM  Caldarise
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  5549704
ISD  19960800
NAM  Sutter
OCL  623 23
UREF
PNO  5556434
ISD  19960900
NAM  Epstein et al.
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  5593445
ISD  19970100
NAM  Waits
OCL  623 22
UREF
PNO  5879407
ISD  19990300
NAM  Waggener
OCL  623 22
LREP
FR2  Davis; David L.
ABST
PAL  A ball-and-socket joint has a race with bearing balls interposed between
      the head and the socket of the joint. The race is secured to the head. In
      use as a prosthetic hip joint, the formation of metallic debris is reduced
      or completely eliminated thus eliminating or at least reducing the
      occurrence of the need for corrective surgery. The hip joint is of an
      unconstrained type which often enables correction of an accidental
      dislocation of the joint without surgery.
PATN
WKU  059892951
SRC  8
APN  9239693
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970905
TTL  Oxidation dye composition for keratin fibres, comprising an anionic
      amphiphilic polymer
ISD  19991123
NCL  59
ECL  1
EXP  Liott; Caroline D.
INVT
NAM  de la Mettrie; Roland
CTY  Le Vesinet
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Boudy; Fran.cedilla.oise
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  L'Oreal
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960906
APN  96 10921
CLAS
OCL    8406
XCL    8407
XCL    8408
XCL    8409
XCL    8410
XCL    8411
XCL    8412
XCL    8554
XCL    8557
XCL    8558
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  713
FSC    8
FSS  405;406;407;408;409;410;411;412;435;554;557;558
UREF
PNO  3200040
ISD  19650800
NAM  Fritz-Walter Lange et al.
OCL  546264
UREF
PNO  3530215
ISD  19700900
NAM  Grief et al.
OCL  424 70.16
UREF
PNO  3915921
ISD  19751000
NAM  Schaltzer, Jr.
OCL  526238.23
UREF
PNO  3973901
ISD  19760800
NAM  Micchelli et al.
OCL    8425
UREF
PNO  3990991
ISD  19761100
NAM  Gerstein
OCL  510124
UREF
PNO  4003699
ISD  19770100
NAM  Rose et al.
OCL    8409
UREF
PNO  4217914
ISD  19800800
NAM  Jacquet et al.
OCL  132  7
UREF
PNO  4240450
ISD  19801200
NAM  Grollier et al.
OCL  132  7
UREF
PNO  4283384
ISD  19810800
NAM  Jacquet et al.
OCL    8405
UREF
PNO  4445521
ISD  19840500
NAM  Grollier et al.
OCL  132  7
UREF
PNO  4509949
ISD  19850400
NAM  Huang et al.
OCL    8558
UREF
PNO  4526781
ISD  19850700
NAM  Goldberg et al.
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4530830
ISD  19850700
NAM  McKaba et al.
OCL  424 71
UREF
PNO  4567038
ISD  19860100
NAM  Ciaudelli et al.
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  4567039
ISD  19860100
NAM  Stadnick et al.
OCL  132 70
UREF
PNO  4714610
ISD  19871200
NAM  Gerstein
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4776855
ISD  19881000
NAM  Pohl et al.
OCL    8406
UREF
PNO  4839166
ISD  19890600
NAM  Grollier et al.
OCL  424 71
UREF
PNO  4973475
ISD  19901100
NAM  Schnetzinger et al.
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4986983
ISD  19910100
NAM  Gerstein
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  5061289
ISD  19911000
NAM  Clausen et al.
OCL    8405
UREF
PNO  5071441
ISD  19911200
NAM  Schnetzinger et al.
OCL    8405
UREF
PNO  5163010
ISD  19921100
NAM  Klein et al.
OCL  364479
UREF
PNO  5290555
ISD  19940300
NAM  Guthauser et al.
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5304370
ISD  19940400
NAM  Hawkins et al.
OCL  424 71
UREF
PNO  5306489
ISD  19940400
NAM  Goldberg et al.
OCL  424 71
UREF
PNO  5374420
ISD  19941200
NAM  Gerstein
OCL  424 70.11
UREF
PNO  5376146
ISD  19941200
NAM  Casperson et al.
OCL    8408
UREF
PNO  5380340
ISD  19950100
NAM  Neunhoeffer et al.
OCL    8409
UREF
PNO  5389363
ISD  19950200
NAM  Snyder et al.
OCL  424 70.7
UREF
PNO  5391368
ISD  19950200
NAM  Gerstein
OCL  424 70.13
UREF
PNO  5393305
ISD  19950200
NAM  Cohen et al.
OCL    8406
UREF
PNO  5443855
ISD  19950800
NAM  Tietjen et al.
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5519063
ISD  19960500
NAM  Mondet et al.
OCL  514772.4
UREF
PNO  5534267
ISD  19960700
NAM  Neunhoeffer et al.
OCL  424701
UREF
PNO  5645609
ISD  19970600
NAM  Andrean et al.
OCL    8405
UREF
PNO  5663366
ISD  19970900
NAM  Neunhoeffer et al.
OCL  548371.4
UREF
PNO  5700456
ISD  19971200
NAM  Dubief et al.
OCL  424 70.17
FREF
PNO  133905
ISD  19850300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  168719
ISD  19860100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  167866
ISD  19860100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 216 479
ISD  19870400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  533408
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 673 641
ISD  19950900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0769290
ISD  19970400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 327 761
ISD  19770500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 446 633
ISD  19790100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 679 444
ISD  19930100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1026978
ISD  19660400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1066207
ISD  19670400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1153196
ISD  19690500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1236560
ISD  19710600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1257907
ISD  19711200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 541 670
ISD  19790300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 124 081
ISD  19940200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  91 15187
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  91 15186
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/04125
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  File History for U.S. Patent No. 4,776,855, Pohl et al, Oct. 1988.
PAL  International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary, Fifth Edition, vol. 1, p. 14,
      No month available 1993.
PAL  International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary, Fifth Edition, vol. 2, p.
      1040, No month available 1993.
PAL  Results from Dialog Search performed by Assignee, 83 pages, Mar. 1997.
PAL  Results from Dialog Search performed by Assignee, 19 pages, Mar. 1997.
PAL  English Language Abstract of JP 88-169571, Jul. 1988.
PAL  English Language Abstract of JP 91-333495, Dec. 1991.
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An oxidation dye composition for keratin fibers, in particular for human
      keratin fibers such as the hair, comprising, in a medium which is suitable
      for dyeing, at least one oxidation dye precursor and optionally one or
      more couplers, which is characterized in that it also contains an anionic
      amphiphilic polymer containing at least one hydrophilic unit of an
      unsaturated olefinic carboxylic acid, and at least one hydrophobic unit
      which is a (C.sub.10 -C.sub.30)alkyl ester of unsaturated carboxylic acid,
      preferably exclusively of said (C.sub.10 -C.sub.30)alkyl ester of
      unsaturated carboxylic acid. The oxidation dye compositions are used in
      dyeing processes and dyeing devices.
PATN
WKU  059892960
SRC  9
APN  0170631
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980202
TTL  Solvent process for recovering indigo dye from textile scrap
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Mruk; Brian
EXP  Einsmann; Margaret
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Patton; Robert T.
CTY  Lake Jackson
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Hall; David
CTY  Auburn
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  American Renewable Resources LLC
CTY  Burlingame
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL    8440
XCL    8102
XCL    8586
XCL    8614
XCL    8650
XCL    8653
XCL    8918
EDF  6
ICL  C09B 6734
ICL  D09P  122
ICL  D09P  358
FSC    8
FSS  440;102;586;614;650;653;918
UREF
PNO  126663
ISD  18720500
NAM  Woodruff
UREF
PNO  1497138
ISD  19240600
NAM  Farrow et al.
UREF
PNO  1743155
ISD  19300100
NAM  Middleton
UREF
PNO  1839819
ISD  19320100
NAM  Whitehead
UREF
PNO  3127231
ISD  19640300
NAM  Neale
UREF
PNO  3844806
ISD  19741000
NAM  Wegmann et al.
OCL  106193
UREF
PNO  4003881
ISD  19770100
NAM  Sidebotham et al.
OCL  528487
UREF
PNO  4045171
ISD  19770800
NAM  Lancy
OCL    8 74
UREF
PNO  4092105
ISD  19780500
NAM  Sullins
OCL    8 81
UREF
PNO  5360551
ISD  19941100
NAM  Weber
OCL  210719
UREF
PNO  5481864
ISD  19960100
NAM  Wright
OCL   57400
UREF
PNO  5519925
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ball et al.
OCL   28299
LREP
FR2  Walker; William B.
ABST
PAL  A process for recovering a vat dye from a textile using a heated organic
      solvent. The textile is contacted with a heated organic solvent in which
      the dye is soluble until dye is extracted from the textile into the
      solvent to produce a dye-containing solvent solution. The dye is then
      recovered from the organic solvent by evaporation of the solvent leaving a
      dye residue, cooling and precipitation of the dye, or extraction of the
      dye by contacting the dye-containing solvent solution with an aqueous
      solution containing a reducing agent for the dye. When dye is extracted
      from the dye-containing solvent solution by contacting it with an aqueous
      solution containing a reducing agent, the dye is subsequently
      insolubilized by oxidation, and the dye is recovered from the aqueous dye
      solution. This process is particularly advantageous for recovering indigo
      dye from denim scrap.
PATN
WKU  059892978
SRC  8
APN  6797849
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19960715
TTL  Dye mixtures processes for their preparation and their use
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Einsmann; Margaret
INVT
NAM  Reichert; Hans
CTY  Rheinfelden
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Muller; Bernhard
CTY  Efringen-Kirchen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Tzikas; Athanassios
CTY  Pratteln
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corporation
CTY  Tarrytown
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19950719
APN  2131/95
CLAS
OCL    8549
XCL    8638
XCL    8641
XCL    8643
XCL    8917
XCL    8918
EDF  6
ICL  D06P  1382
ICL  D06P  1384
ICL  D06P  366
FSC    8
FSS  549;638;639-41;643;917;918
UREF
PNO  3966399
ISD  19760600
NAM  Sato et al.
UREF
PNO  4185959
ISD  19800100
NAM  Imada et al.
UREF
PNO  4557731
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sakasura et al.
UREF
PNO  4626257
ISD  19861200
NAM  Matsuo et al.
UREF
PNO  4690686
ISD  19870900
NAM  Nakamatsu et al.
UREF
PNO  4711641
ISD  19871200
NAM  Nakamatsu et al.
UREF
PNO  4820685
ISD  19890400
NAM  Murata
UREF
PNO  4925928
ISD  19900500
NAM  Tzikas
OCL  534618
UREF
PNO  5032142
ISD  19910700
NAM  Egger et al.
OCL    8549
UREF
PNO  5232462
ISD  19930800
NAM  Izikas
OCL    8549
UREF
PNO  5364416
ISD  19941100
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL    8549
UREF
PNO  5399182
ISD  19950300
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL    8639
UREF
PNO  5428141
ISD  19950600
NAM  Herd et al.
OCL  534638
UREF
PNO  5456728
ISD  19951000
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL    8549
FREF
PNO  1063600
ISD  19791000
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0013996
ISD  19800800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0458743
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0478503
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  545207
ISD  19930600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0625551
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4140117
ISD  19930100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4139954
ISD  19930200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4142766
ISD  19930200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1529645
ISD  19781000
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Levine; Jacob M.
FR2  Crichton; David R.
FR2  Mansfield; Kevin T.
ABST
PAL  Dye mixtures comprising at least one compound of the formula
      ##STR1##
      and at least one compound of the formula
      ##STR2##
      in which the variables are as defined in the claims,
PAL  which are suitable as fibre-reactive dyes for dyeing widely varying fibre
      materials, are described.
PATN
WKU  059892986
SRC  9
APN  1569252
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980918
TTL  Mixtures of reactive dyes and their use
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Powers; Fiona T.
INVT
NAM  Lehmann; Urs
CTY  Basel
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Ciba Speciality Chemicals Corporation
CTY  Tarrytown
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19970407
APN  806/97
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19980630
APN  98810607
RLAP
COD  72
APN  050280
APD  19980330
PSC  01
PNO  5849887
CLAS
OCL    8549
XCL    8543
EDF  6
ICL  C09B 6722
ICL  D06P  138
FSC    8
FSS  543;549
UREF
PNO  3558592
ISD  19710100
NAM  de Montmollin
OCL  260199
UREF
PNO  3923778
ISD  19751200
NAM  De Montmollin et al.
OCL  534643
UREF
PNO  4885360
ISD  19891200
NAM  Scheibli
OCL  534642
UREF
PNO  4917705
ISD  19900400
NAM  Mausezahl et al.
OCL    8540
UREF
PNO  5391718
ISD  19950200
NAM  Tzikas et al.
OCL  534632
UREF
PNO  5445654
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hussong et al.
OCL    8546
UREF
PNO  5554733
ISD  19960900
NAM  Tzikas et al.
OCL  534638
UREF
PNO  5565553
ISD  19961000
NAM  Deitz et al.
OCL  534612
UREF
PNO  5611821
ISD  19970300
NAM  Huang et al.
OCL    8549
UREF
PNO  5629410
ISD  19970500
NAM  Deitz et al.
OCL  534642
UREF
PNO  5684138
ISD  19971100
NAM  Klier et al.
OCL  534612
UREF
PNO  5690698
ISD  19971100
NAM  Von Der Eltz et al.
OCL    8532
UREF
PNO  5780602
ISD  19980700
NAM  Schumacher et al.
OCL  534642
FREF
PNO  0063276
ISD  19821000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0122600
ISD  19841000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  735112
ISD  19961000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  785237
ISD  19970700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2032927
ISD  19720100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3113989
ISD  19821100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1349168
ISD  19740300
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Chem. Abst. 125:303252z, 1996.
PAL  Derwent Abstr. 96-018304/02 and English translation for KR 9402650, Mar.
      25, 1994.
PAL  Derwent Abstr. 95168 E/45 for DE 3113989.
PAL  Derwent Abstr. 90574 E/43 for DE 3113885.
PAL  Byczynska et al., Chemical Abstracts, 91:124878r, 1979.
LREP
FR2  Mansfields; Kevin T.
ABST
PAL  Dye mixtures, which comprise at least one reactive dye of formulae (1) and
      (2) wherein B, D.sub.1, D.sub.2, (R.sub.1).sub.0-2, R.sub.3, R.sub.4,
      (R.sub.5).sub.0-2, (R.sub.6).sub.0-2, (R.sub.7).sub.0-2, p, q, V, X.sub.1,
      X.sub.2, X.sub.3, X.sub.4, X.sub.5, X.sub.6, X.sub.7, Y.sub.1 and Y.sub.3
      have the meanings defined in claim 1, give dyeings of good fastness
      properties on nitrogen-containing or hydroxyl group-containing fiber
      materials.
PATN
WKU  059892994
SRC  9
APN  0848239
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980526
TTL  Mixtures of amine modified lignin with sulfonated lignin for disperse dye
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Einsmann; Margaret
INVT
NAM  Dilling; Peter
CTY  Mt. Pleasant
STA  SC
INVT
NAM  Samaranayake; Gamini S.
CTY  Mt. Pleasant
STA  SC
ASSG
NAM  Westvaco Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL    8554
XCL    8557
XCL    8905
XCL    8912
XCL    8662
EDF  6
ICL  D06P  150
FSC    8
FSS  524;557;554;552;905;912;913;662
UREF
PNO  2709696
ISD  19550500
NAM  Weist et al.
UREF
PNO  2863780
ISD  19581200
NAM  Ball, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4732572
ISD  19880300
NAM  Dilling
LREP
FR2  McDaniel; Terry B.
FR2  Reece, IV; Daniel B.
FR2  Schmalz; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  Dyestuff compositions are provided which incorporate, as the grinding aid
      and/or dispersant therefor, amine modified lignin admixed with sulfonated
      lignin. The disclosed dyestuff compositions exhibit improved heat
      stability and, as a result of the higher activity of the dispersant
      mixture of amine modified lignin blended with sulfonated lignin, less
      dispersant is present in the exhaust liquor and waste treatment demands
      are thereby reduced. The improved package dyeing grinding aid/dispersant
      of the invention is prepared by mixing an amine modified lignin with a
      sulfonated lignin.
PATN
WKU  059893001
SRC  9
APN  2745305
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19990323
TTL  Process of producing electrochemical products or energy from a fiberous
      electrochemical cell
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Ruthkosky; Mark
EXP  Nuzzolillo; Maria
NDR  8
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Eshraghi; Ray R.
STR  105 Scots Fir La.
CTY  Cary
STA  NC
ZIP  27511
RLAP
COD  74
APN  869448
APD  19970605
CLAS
OCL   296231
XCL  429 13
XCL  429 27
XCL  429 31
XCL  429 32
XCL  429133
EDF  6
ICL  H01M  802
ICL  H01M  218
FSC  429
FSS  27;32;13;127;140
FSC   29
FSS  623.1
UREF
PNO  4100331
ISD  19780700
NAM  Ingham et al.
OCL  429 13
UREF
PNO  4420544
ISD  19831200
NAM  Lawson et al.
OCL  429 13
UREF
PNO  5449574
ISD  19950900
NAM  Higley
OCL  429152
UREF
PNO  5492782
ISD  19960200
NAM  Higley
OCL  429164
ABST
PAL  The subject invention relates to a process for electrosynthesis of
      compounds or generation of electrical power utilizing a fibrous
      electrochemical cell comprised of at least an inner fibrous electrode, a
      membrane separator, a lumen for free passage of liquid or gas,
      electrolyte, and a second outer electrode. Liquid or gaseous feed is
      contacted with the electrodes which are isolated and sealed at the shell
      and bore side of the fibrous cell as in a shell and tube heat exchanger.
PATN
WKU  059893010
SRC  9
APN  0257303
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980218
TTL  Optical polishing formulation
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Marcheschi; Michael
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Laconto, Sr.; Ronald W.
CTY  Leicester
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Schlair; Rami
CTY  Newton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Saint-Gobain Industrial Ceramics, Inc.
CTY  Worcester
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   51309
XCL  106  3
EDF  6
ICL  C09G  102
FSC   51
FSS  307;309
FSC  106
FSS  3
FSC  252
FSS  79.1
FSC  216
FSS  96;97
UREF
PNO  3429080
ISD  19690200
NAM  Lachapelle
OCL   51309
UREF
PNO  4106915
ISD  19780800
NAM  Kagawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4576612
ISD  19860300
NAM  Shukla et al.
UREF
PNO  4601755
ISD  19860700
NAM  Melard et al.
OCL   51309
UREF
PNO  5632668
ISD  19970500
NAM  Lindholm et al.
UREF
PNO  5693239
ISD  19971200
NAM  Wang et al.
UREF
PNO  5697992
ISD  19971200
NAM  Ueda et al.
OCL   51309
UREF
PNO  5804513
ISD  19980900
NAM  Sakatani et al.
OCL   51309
FREF
PNO  608730
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  10183104
ISD  19961200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/43087
ISD  19971100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Bennett; David
ABST
PAL  An optical polishing slurry with alumina and ceria components is found to
      produce an improved polishing performance over either component used
      alone.
PATN
WKU  059893028
SRC  8
APN  600590&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19960213
TTL  Steam separator including an interior baffle with openings defining
      steam ports and a water flow surface
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  12
EXA  Hopkins; Robert A.
EXP  Simmons; David A.
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Krowech; Robert James
CTY  St. Louis Park
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  DLTK, Inc.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   55424
XCL   55462
XCL   55DIG23
XCL  122491
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 4508
FSC   55
FSS  440;462;DIG. 23;424;434;394;396
FSC   95
FSS  267;272
FSC  122
FSS  491
FSC  137
FSS  171
UREF
PNO  2675888
ISD  19540400
NAM  Blizard et al.
OCL  122491
UREF
PNO  2954842
ISD  19601000
NAM  Coulter
OCL   55440
UREF
PNO  4123237
ISD  19781000
NAM  Zipay et al.
OCL   55434
UREF
PNO  4182277
ISD  19800100
NAM  Burton et al.
OCL  122491
UREF
PNO  4263025
ISD  19810400
NAM  Godare
OCL   96189
UREF
PNO  4474589
ISD  19841000
NAM  Smolensky
OCL   55337
UREF
PNO  4483696
ISD  19841100
NAM  Zipay et al.
OCL   55440
UREF
PNO  4671214
ISD  19870600
NAM  Alias et al.
OCL   55440
UREF
PNO  4898644
ISD  19900200
NAM  Van Horn
OCL   55440
UREF
PNO  4947485
ISD  19900800
NAM  Oosterkamp
OCL  376210
UREF
PNO  5106573
ISD  19920400
NAM  Fennern
OCL  376371
UREF
PNO  5275644
ISD  19940100
NAM  Teigen et al.
OCL   96190
OREF
PAL  Perry's Handbook of Chemical Engineering; Section 18-83 Figure 18-134,
      Section 18-89 Figure 18-149.; Fifth Edition 1973.
PAL  "Steam/Boiling and Steam Separation," publication date unknown, believed to
      be prior to the filing of the application, pp. 1-6 through 1-9.
LREP
FRM  Dorsey & Whitney LLP
ABST
PAL  A steam separator achieves primary separation by directing the flow of a
      steam-water mixture against a baffle. The baffle redirects the flow so
      that the steam-water mixture is directed toward the surface of accumulated
      water ordinarily present in the separator. The liquid components of the
      steam-water mixture collect on the baffle and drip down into the
      accumulated water. The steam components pass around the edge of the baffle
      and escape upwardly. To improve the effectiveness of the separator, the
      edge of the baffle is extended below the water surface and openings or
      gables are formed in the baffle above the level of the water surface. The
      spaces between the gables provide a surface along which the separated
      liquid water component can flow undisturbed into the accumulated water,
      and the gables provide ports through which the steam component can escape
      from the baffle without reentraining significant amounts of the separated
      liquid water component.
PATN
WKU  059893036
SRC  8
APN  900792&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970725
TTL  Fan-fold filter for a forced air ventilation system
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1,3
EXP  Chiesa; Richard L.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hodge; Joseph
STR  P.O. Box 652
CTY  Owensville
STA  OH
ZIP  45160
RLAP
COD  72
APN  697055
APD  19960819
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   55486
XCL   55493
XCL   55497
XCL   55501
XCL   55521
XCL   55528
XCL   55DIG31
XCL   55DIG35
XCL   96 17
XCL   96 55
XCL   96233
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 2956
FSC   55
FSS  521;497;486;493;501;495;528;DIG. 31;DIG. 35;DIG. 5
FSC   96
FSS  57;58;17;55;233
FSC   95
FSS  281
UREF
PNO  1854569
ISD  19320400
NAM  Welch
OCL   55227
UREF
PNO  3040501
ISD  19620600
NAM  Pietsch
OCL   55500
UREF
PNO  3458130
ISD  19690700
NAM  Juhlin
XCL   55511
UREF
PNO  3494113
ISD  19700200
NAM  Kinney
OCL   55481
UREF
PNO  4104170
ISD  19780800
NAM  Nedza
XCL   55528
UREF
PNO  4323374
ISD  19820400
NAM  Shinagawa et al.
XCL   55521
UREF
PNO  4418662
ISD  19831200
NAM  Engler et al.
XCL   55515
UREF
PNO  4514197
ISD  19850400
NAM  Armbruster
OCL   96138
UREF
PNO  4518402
ISD  19850500
NAM  Dargel
XCL   55501
UREF
PNO  4724749
ISD  19880200
NAM  Hedrick
XCL   55355
UREF
PNO  4827901
ISD  19890500
NAM  Jackson et al.
OCL   55267
UREF
PNO  4904288
ISD  19900200
NAM  d'Augereau
XCL   55487
UREF
PNO  5129929
ISD  19920700
NAM  Linnersten
XCL   55521
UREF
PNO  5302354
ISD  19940400
NAM  Watvedt et al.
XCL   55521
UREF
PNO  5306321
ISD  19940400
NAM  Osendorf
OCL   55487
UREF
PNO  5332426
ISD  19940700
NAM  Tang et al.
XCL   55521
UREF
PNO  5350620
ISD  19940900
NAM  Sundet et al.
XCL   55527
UREF
PNO  5470363
ISD  19951100
NAM  Leader et al.
XCL   55385.2
UREF
PNO  5501794
ISD  19960300
NAM  Van De Graaf et al.
XCL   55497
UREF
PNO  5505852
ISD  19960400
NAM  Van Rossen
XCL   55521
UREF
PNO  5525145
ISD  19960600
NAM  Hodge
XCL   55495
UREF
PNO  5620503
ISD  19970400
NAM  Miller et al.
XCL   96233
OREF
PAL  *References Checked Were Either Cited In Parent Case Or By Applicant In
      This Case.
PAL  "Models 901KAX, 908C & 902B Air Cleaners", Brochure by Bryant Heating &
      Cooling Systems, 1993 BDP Co.
PAL  "Choose What's Right For You Indoor Air Quality Options", Brochure by
      Honeywell, Mar. 1992.
PAL  "Nothing To Sneeze At.", Brochure by Honeywell, Nov. 1994.
PAL  "Service Manual for the Vertrod Thermal Impulse Heat Sealer", Service
      Manual And Reference Guide by Vertrod Corp., Undated.
PAL  "The Vertrod Guide To Thermal Impulse Heat Sealing Machinery", Guide Book
      by Vertrod Corp., 47 pages, Jan. 1994.
LREP
FR2  Rosen; Steven J.
ABST
PAL  A filter apparatus for use in a forced air ventilation system, the filter
      apparatus having a first fan folded sheet of a washable first type of
      filter material, a second fan folded sheet of a second type of filter
      material, and fanfolds of the first and second fan folded sheets are
      substantially equally shaped and folded together such that the fanfolds of
      the first and second fan folded sheets are interdigitated to form a filter
      material assembly. The first type of filter material is preferably an
      electrostatically self-charging washable material such as woven
      polypropylene and the second type of filter material is preferably
      disposable and contains activated charcoal. The filter material assembly
      may be removably disposed in a rectangular filter frame for mounting the
      filter material assembly in the forced air system. The filter frame has at
      least one crank shaft rotatably deposed between two opposed side walls
      which are between an open front end and an open back end of the frame. The
      crank shaft has cranks that are engageable with and substantially
      conforming to the fanfolds of the filter material assembly.
PATN
WKU  059893044
SRC  8
APN  9731423
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971128
TTL  Iron-based powder composition for powder metallurgy excellent in
      flowability and compactibility and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Mai; Ngoclan
INVT
NAM  Ozaki; Yukiko
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uenosono; Satoshi
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ogura; Kuniaki
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kawasaki Steel Corporation
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960805
APN  8-223181
CLAS
OCL   75252
EDF  6
ICL  B22F  100
FSC   75
FSS  252;231;255
FSC  419
FSS  34;35
UREF
PNO  4601765
ISD  19860700
NAM  Soileau et al.
OCL  148104
UREF
PNO  5135566
ISD  19920800
NAM  Sakuranda et al.
OCL   75255
UREF
PNO  5256185
ISD  19931000
NAM  Semel et al.
OCL   75255
UREF
PNO  5368630
ISD  19941100
NAM  Luk
OCL   75252
UREF
PNO  5432223
ISD  19950700
NAM  Champagne et al.
OCL  524431
UREF
PNO  5641920
ISD  19970600
NAM  Hens et al.
OCL   75228
UREF
PNO  5766304
ISD  19980600
NAM  Uenosono et al.
OCL   75252
FREF
PNO  56-136901
ISD  19811000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  B-58-28321
ISD  19830600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-47301
ISD  19840300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-282418
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-104408
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-165701
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-161803
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-57602
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-47201
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-156002
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-162502
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-145701
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-103404
ISD  19951100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/00029
PD1  19971128
PD2  19971128
PD3  19970109
PCP  WO98/05454
PCD  19981202
ABST
PAR  An iron-based powder composition for powder metallurgy excellent in
      flowability and compactibility is produced in accordance with a method
      comprising the steps of: adding to iron-based and alloying powders, for a
      primary mixing, a surface treatment agent, and in addition, for a
      secondary mixing, a fatty acid amide and at least one lubricant, wherein
      the lubricant has a melting point higher than that of the fatty acid amide
      and can be a thermoplastic resin, a thermoplastic elastomer, and inorganic
      or organic compounds having a layered crystal structure; heating and
      stirring up a mixture after the secondary mixing at a temperature above a
      melting point of the fatty acid amide to melt the fatty acid amide;
      cooling, while mixing, the mixture subjected to the heating and stirring
      process so that the alloying powder and a lubricant having a melting point
      higher than the fatty acid amide adhere to a surface of the iron base
      powder subjected to the surface treatment by an adhesive force of the
      melt; and adding at the time of the cooling, for a tertiary mixing, a
      metallic soap and at least one thermoplastic resin or thermoplastic
      elastomer powders and inorganic or organic compounds having layered
      crystal structure. The mixture is heated to about 423K and loaded into a
      die for compaction.
PATN
WKU  059893052
SRC  8
APN  6132413
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19960308
TTL  Feeder of a solid organometallic compound
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Andrews; Melvyn
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Ohsaki; Hiromi
CTY  Kubiki-mura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishihara; Toshinobu
CTY  Kubiki-mura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kaneko; Isao
CTY  Kubiki-mura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sato; Kouhei
CTY  Kubiki-mura
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950309
APN  7-078164
CLAS
OCL   75304
XCL   75252
XCL  118726
XCL   34576
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
FSC  118
FSS  726
FSC   75
FSS  252;304
FSC   34
FSS  576
UREF
PNO  4916828
ISD  19900400
NAM  Yamane et al.
OCL   34 10
UREF
PNO  5019423
ISD  19910500
NAM  Hiai et al.
OCL  118726
LREP
FRM  Townsend & Banta
ABST
PAL  A feeder of a solid organometallic compound is obtained by filling a
      container up to 50-80 vol % of the total capacity of the container with
      stainless steel support whose pore ratio is adjusted to 50-80 vol % and
      then also filling it with solid granules of an organometallic compound
      which is solid at room temperature.
PATN
WKU  059893060
SRC  8
APN  9149252
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970820
TTL  Method of making a metal slab with a non-uniform cross-sectional shape
      and an associated integrally stiffened metal structure using spray
      casting
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  10
EXP  Wyszomierski; George
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Rioja; Roberto J.
CTY  Murrysville
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Baker; Frank W.
CTY  Lower Burrell
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Aluminum Company of America
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   75338
XCL  164 46
EDF  6
ICL  B22F  900
FSC  164
FSS  46
FSC   75
FSS  338
UREF
PNO  3909921
ISD  19751000
NAM  Brooks
OCL  164 46
UREF
PNO  4650618
ISD  19870300
NAM  Heinemann et al.
OCL  164461
UREF
PNO  4865117
ISD  19890900
NAM  Bartlett et al.
OCL  164479
UREF
PNO  5126529
ISD  19920600
NAM  Weiss et al.
OCL  164 46
UREF
PNO  5174363
ISD  19921200
NAM  Furo et al.
OCL  164476
UREF
PNO  5226948
ISD  19930700
NAM  Orme et al.
OCL   75338
UREF
PNO  5268018
ISD  19931200
NAM  Mourer et al.
OCL  164 46
UREF
PNO  5348075
ISD  19940900
NAM  Perry et al.
OCL  164476
FREF
PNO  1-312013
ISD  19891200
CNT  JPX
OCL  164 46
FREF
PNO  1472939
ISD  19770500
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Queen II; Benjamin T.
FR2  Radack; David V.
FR2  Topolosky; Gary P.
ABST
PAL  A method of making a metal slab with a non-uniform cross-sectional shape
      including providing a spray casting apparatus including a substrate and a
      plurality of spaced atomization nozzles, the nozzles having a discharge
      opening and introducing molten metal into the nozzles. The method then
      includes atomizing the molten metal as it is discharged from the nozzles
      through the discharge openings by subjecting the discharged molten metal
      to jets of an atomizing gas in order to form metal droplets for deposition
      onto the substrate. The deposition of the metal droplets onto the
      substrate is controlled in order to form the metal slab having a
      non-uniform cross-sectional shape. A method of making an integrally
      stiffened metal structure as well as metal and aluminum products made by
      the above methods are also provided.
PATN
WKU  059893079
SRC  9
APN  1700731
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19981013
TTL  Method and apparatus for producing pig iron by smelting reduction and
      method of obtaining such a plant
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Kastler; Scott
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  den Hartog; Huibert W.
CTY  Noordwijkerhout
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Hoogovens Staal B.V.
CTY  Ijmuiden
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19950719
APN  1000838
RLAP
COD  71
APN  679901
APD  19960715
PSC  01
PNO  5827473
CLAS
OCL   75433
XCL  266DIG1
EDF  6
ICL  C21B  700
FSC  266
FSS  44;192;156;DIG. 1
FSC   75
FSS  433
UREF
PNO  4179284
ISD  19791200
NAM  Weigel et al.
OCL   75 92
UREF
PNO  4223876
ISD  19800900
NAM  Weigel et al.
OCL  266156
UREF
PNO  5662860
ISD  19970900
NAM  Klaassen et al.
OCL  266158
UREF
PNO  5800592
ISD  19980900
NAM  Den Hartog et al.
OCL   75453
UREF
PNO  5827473
ISD  19981000
NAM  Den Hartog
OCL  266 44
FREF
PNO  3720648
ISD  19890100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3608150
ISD  19890700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  87961
ISD  19910600
CNT  LUX
OREF
PAL  *European Search Report, Apr. 11, 1996 (to the extent of relevance).
PAL  "Direct smelting in an experimental cyclone converter furnace," Steel Times
      Incorporating Iron & Steel, 221 May 1993, No. 5.
PAL  English abstract of Japanese 7090335 dated Apr. 4, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Stevens, Davis, Miller & Mosher, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A plant for a smelting reduction process for pig iron production using coal
      and oxygen-containing gas is obtained by converting an existing blast
      furnace plant by replacing the blast furnace by apparatus including at
      least one metallurgical vessel for carrying out the smelting reduction
      process, while retaining at least partly at least one of the following
      components of the existing blast furnace plant:
PA1  i) storage bins for iron ore
PA1  ii) storage bins for coke, as storage bins for coal
PA1  iii) a casting house, for tapping of the metallurgical vessel
PA1  iv) a gas discharge system for hot gas including dedusting means,
PA1  v) a cooling water supply system.
PATN
WKU  059893087
SRC  8
APN  8172633
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970417
TTL  Plant and process for the production of pig iron and/or sponge iron
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Andrews; Melvyn
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Kepplinger; Leopold-Werner
CTY  Leonding
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Milionis; Konstantin
CTY  Stiefling
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Siuka; Dieter
CTY  Neuhofen
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Wiesinger; Horst
CTY  Linz
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Voest-Alpine Industriean-lagenbau GmbH
CTY  Linz
CNT  ATX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19941017
APN  1958/94
CLAS
OCL   75436
XCL   75446
XCL  266160
XCL  266172
EDF  6
ICL  C21B 1314
FSC   75
FSS  436;492;446
FSC  266
FSS  160;172
UREF
PNO  5082251
ISD  19920100
NAM  Whipp
OCL  266142
UREF
PNO  5185032
ISD  19930200
NAM  Whipp
OCL   75436
UREF
PNO  5238487
ISD  19930800
NAM  Hauk et al.
OCL   75492
UREF
PNO  5534046
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kepplinger et al.
OCL   75446
UREF
PNO  5535991
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kepplinger et al.
OCL  266160
UREF
PNO  5676732
ISD  19971000
NAM  Viramontes-Brown et al.
OCL   75436
FREF
PNO  376241
ISD  19841000
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  396255
ISD  19930700
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  0487856
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0594557
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4037977
ISD  19920600
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AT95/00199
PD1  19970417
PD2  19970417
PD3  19951012
PCP  WO96/12045
PCD  19960425
ABST
PAR  A plant for the production of pig iron and/or sponge iron includes a
      direct-reduction shaft furnace for lumpy iron ore, a melter gasifier, a
      feed duct for a reducing gas connecting the melter gasifier with the shaft
      furnace, a conveying duct for the reduction product formed in the shaft
      furnace connecting the shaft furnace with the melter gasifier, a top-gas
      discharge duct departing from the shaft furnace, feed ducts for
      oxygen-containing gases and carbon carriers running into the melter
      gasifier and a tap for pig iron and slag provided at the melting vessel.
      In order to be able to process not only lumpy ore, but also fine ore
      within a wide variation range with regard to quantity in a manner
      optimized in terms of energy and product, the plant includes at least one
      fluidized bed reactor for receiving fine ore, a reducing-gas feed duct
      leading to the fluidized bed reactor, an offgas discharge duct departing
      from the fluidized bed reactor and a discharge means provided for the
      reduction product formed in the fluidized bed reactor, wherein the top-gas
      discharge duct of the shaft furnace and the offgas discharge duct of the
      fluidized bed reactor run into a purifier and subsequently into a heat
      exchanger from which the reducing-gas feed duct of the fluidized bed
      reactor departs.
PATN
WKU  059893095
SRC  8
APN  8948526
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970828
TTL  Method for injecting fine iron ore in smelting reducing process
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  McGuthry-Banks; Tima
EXP  Willis; Prince
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Joo; Sang Hoon
CTY  Pohang
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Sang Deok
CTY  Pohang
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Il Ock
CTY  Pohang
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kepplinger; Werner L.
CTY  Leonding
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Wallner; Felix
CTY  Linz
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Pohang Iron & Steel Co., Ltd.
CNT  KRX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Research Institute of Industrial Science & Technology
CNT  KRX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Voest-Alpine Industrieanlagenbau GmbH
CNT  ATX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19951229
APN  95-65207
CLAS
OCL   75453
XCL   75491
XCL   75492
XCL   75502
XCL   75961
EDF  6
ICL  C21B 1100
FSC   75
FSS  446;961;492;491;502;453
UREF
PNO  4202534
ISD  19800500
NAM  Davis, Jr.
OCL  266157
UREF
PNO  4851039
ISD  19890700
NAM  Papst et al.
OCL   75 10.22
UREF
PNO  4978387
ISD  19901200
NAM  Kepplinger
OCL   75445
UREF
PNO  5338336
ISD  19940800
NAM  Greenwalt
OCL   75492
UREF
PNO  5470375
ISD  19951100
NAM  Greenwalt
OCL   75505
FREF
PNO  0488429
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  938750
ISD  19930500
CNT  KRX
OREF
PAL  Korean Patent Application No. 93-8750 Abstract, May 21, 1993, 1 p.,
      English-language.
LREP
FRM  Webb Ziesenheim Logsdon Orkin & Hanson, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/KR96/00245
PD1  19970828
PD2  19970828
PD3  19961224
PCP  WO97/24462
PCD  19970710
ABST
PAR  A method for injecting fine iron ore in a smelting reducing process is
      disclosed, in which the carrier gas for the iron ore is the discharge gas
      from a melter gasifier without the need of separate carrier gas. It
      includes the steps of pre-reducing iron ore in a pre-reduction furnace,
      melting and reducing it in the melter gasifier, supplying the discharge
      gas from the melter gasifier through an ascending tube to a cyclone and to
      said pre-reduction furnace, directing the cooled and cleaned fine iron ore
      through a recycling system and a melting burner into the melter gasifier.
      A part of the discharge gas is supplied through a venturi scrubber, a
      first compressor and a circulating tube into an ascending tube. A part of
      the compressed gas circulating through the tube is recompressed by means
      of a second compressor and fine iron ore from a stored source is injected
      into ascending the tube by the recompressed gas by means of a pneumatic
      fine iron ore conveying system.
PATN
WKU  059893109
SRC  8
APN  9782214
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971125
TTL  Method of forming ceramic particles in-situ in metal
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  McGuthry-Banks; Tima
EXP  Andrews; Melvyn
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Chu; Men Glenn
CTY  Export
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Ray; Siba P.
CTY  Murrysville
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Aluminum Company of America
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   75685
XCL  420552
XCL  420590
EDF  6
ICL  C22B 2106
ICL  C22C 2100
FSC   75
FSS  685
FSC  420
FSS  552;590
UREF
PNO  3144323
ISD  19640800
NAM  Watson et al.
OCL   75 67
UREF
PNO  4748001
ISD  19880500
NAM  Banerji et al.
OCL  420528
UREF
PNO  4808372
ISD  19890200
NAM  Koczak et al.
OCL  420457
UREF
PNO  4820339
ISD  19890400
NAM  Bienvenu et al.
OCL   75  0.5
UREF
PNO  4842821
ISD  19890600
NAM  Banerji et al.
OCL  420528
UREF
PNO  4915908
ISD  19900400
NAM  Nagle et al.
OCL  420590
UREF
PNO  5041263
ISD  19910800
NAM  Sigworth
OCL  420552
UREF
PNO  5401338
ISD  19950300
NAM  Lin
OCL  148538
UREF
PNO  5405427
ISD  19950400
NAM  Eckert
OCL   75308
UREF
PNO  5735976
ISD  19980400
NAM  Chu et al.
OCL   75368
LREP
FR2  Pearce-Smith; David W.
ABST
PAL  A novel method for producing a ceramic phase particle dispersoid in metal
      and a novel product composed thereof. The method includes (a) providing a
      molten composition consisting essentially of molten aluminum alloy
      containing molten metal selected from the group consisting of Zr, V and
      combinations thereof, (b) providing a chloride salt containing fine carbon
      particles; and (c) reacting the chloride salt containing fine carbon
      particles in the molten aluminum metal with the molten metal to form a
      uniform distribution of finely sized carbide particles formed and
      dispersed in-situ in an aluminum alloy matrix.
PATN
WKU  059893117
SRC  8
APN  9014519
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970728
TTL  Recovery of copper from its sulfides and other sources using halogen
      reagents and oxidants
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  McGuthry-Banks; Tima
EXP  Willis; Prince
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Han; Kenneth N.
CTY  Rapid City
STA  SD
INVT
NAM  Meng; Xinghui
CTY  Rapid City
STA  SD
ASSG
NAM  South Dakota School of Mines and Technology
CTY  Radid City
STA  SD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   75743
XCL  423 38
XCL  4231501
XCL  429 49
EDF  6
ICL  C21B 1500
ICL  C01G 5500
ICL  B01D51100
ICL  H01M  650
FSC   75
FSS  710;714;715;743
FSC  423
FSS  27;150.4;150.1;38;23
FSC  429
FSS  49
UREF
PNO  3884831
ISD  19750500
NAM  Bloom
OCL  423 27
UREF
PNO  4039406
ISD  19770800
NAM  Stanley et al.
UREF
PNO  4084961
ISD  19780400
NAM  Caldon
UREF
PNO  4132758
ISD  19790100
NAM  Frankiewicz et al.
UREF
PNO  4144310
ISD  19790300
NAM  Frankiewicz et al.
UREF
PNO  4312841
ISD  19820100
NAM  Tolley et al.
OCL  423150.4
UREF
PNO  4971662
ISD  19901100
NAM  Sawyer et al.
OCL  423 38
UREF
PNO  5096486
ISD  19920300
NAM  Anderson et al.
UREF
PNO  5114687
ISD  19920500
NAM  Han et al.
UREF
PNO  5217171
ISD  19930600
NAM  Feldman
OCL  241 24
UREF
PNO  5308381
ISD  19940500
NAM  Han et al.
UREF
PNO  5328669
ISD  19940700
NAM  Han et al.
UREF
PNO  5542957
ISD  19960800
NAM  Han et al.
UREF
PNO  5607619
ISD  19970300
NAM  Dadgar et al.
OCL  423 23
OREF
PAL  Vizsolyi et al., "Copper and Elemental Sulphur from Chalcopyrite by
      Pressure Leaching," Journal of Metals, pp. 52-59 (Nov. 1967).
PAL  J.E. Dutrizac, "The Leaching of Sulphide Minerals in Chloride Media,"
      Hydrometallurgy, vol. 29 (1992), pp. 1-45, (No Month).
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Copper and nickel are extracted from their elemental state, complex
      sulfides, ores, and other materials such as scrap by leaching them with a
      solution containing halogen salts: bromine/bromide, or iodide/iodine,
      oxygen and sodium or potassium nitrate. The invented process is
      particularly effective for chalcopyrite and pentlandite in an autoclave at
      a temperature of 100.degree. C.-150.degree. C.
PATN
WKU  059893125
SRC  8
APN  7758480
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19961231
TTL  Membrane control system and process
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Spitzer; Robert
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Barnhard; Jeffrey Charles
CTY  Williamsville
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Meredith; Brian Michael
CTY  Amherst
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Zander; Edward Holmes
CTY  E. Amherst
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Praxair Technology, Inc.
CTY  Danbury
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   95  8
XCL   95 10
XCL   95 14
XCL   95 15
XCL   95 18
XCL   95 54
XCL   96  4
XCL   96397
XCL   96421
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 5322
FSC   95
FSS  1;14;18;19;22;23;45;47;54;8;10
FSC   96
FSS  4;10
FSC   55
FSS  210;251;271
UREF
PNO  Re33678
ISD  19910900
NAM  Campbell et al.
OCL   55 16
UREF
PNO  4421529
ISD  19831200
NAM  Revak et al.
OCL   95 54
UREF
PNO  4787919
ISD  19881100
NAM  Campbell et al.
OCL   55 16
UREF
PNO  4806132
ISD  19890200
NAM  Campbell
XCL  985 23
UREF
PNO  4944776
ISD  19900700
NAM  Keyser et al.
XCL   95 19
UREF
PNO  5077029
ISD  19911200
NAM  Schaub
OCL  423351
UREF
PNO  5102432
ISD  19920400
NAM  Prasad
OCL   55 16
UREF
PNO  5118327
ISD  19920600
NAM  Nelson et al.
XCL   96  4
UREF
PNO  5131929
ISD  19920700
NAM  Brockmann et al.
XCL   96  4
UREF
PNO  5226931
ISD  19930700
NAM  Combier
OCL   95 45
UREF
PNO  5249428
ISD  19931000
NAM  Barbe et al.
XCL   95 45
UREF
PNO  5266101
ISD  19931100
NAM  Barbe et al.
OCL   95 23
UREF
PNO  5281253
ISD  19940100
NAM  Thompson
OCL   95 22
UREF
PNO  5284506
ISD  19940200
NAM  Barbe
OCL   95 23
UREF
PNO  5290341
ISD  19940300
NAM  Barbe
OCL   95 54
UREF
PNO  5302189
ISD  19940400
NAM  Barbe et al.
XCL   95 22
UREF
PNO  5388143
ISD  19950200
NAM  Major et al.
XCL   95 54
UREF
PNO  5425801
ISD  19950600
NAM  Prasad
OCL   95 15
UREF
PNO  5429662
ISD  19950700
NAM  Fillet
OCL   95 14
UREF
PNO  5439507
ISD  19950800
NAM  Barbe et al.
OCL   95 23
UREF
PNO  5470379
ISD  19951100
NAM  Garrett
XCL   95 54
UREF
PNO  5474594
ISD  19951200
NAM  Khelifa et al.
XCL   95 18
UREF
PNO  5496388
ISD  19960300
NAM  Tellier
XCL   96  4
UREF
PNO  5507855
ISD  19960400
NAM  Barry
XCL   95 23
UREF
PNO  5582030
ISD  19961200
NAM  Dannohl
XCL   95 47
UREF
PNO  5588984
ISD  19961200
NAM  Verini
XCL   95 18
FREF
PNO  0517570A1
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Follett; Robert J.
ABST
PAL  A membrane system controller and control method for maximizing retentate
      product output and incorporating compressor load detection apparatus and
      process parameter instrumentation for feeding essential monitoring
      information to a control unit. Product output maximization is accomplished
      by increasing the membrane operating temperature during periods when
      compressor capacity is underutilized.
PATN
WKU  059893133
SRC  8
APN  994480&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971219
TTL  Method for operation of an air prepurifier which takes into account
      inlet air conditions
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Spitzer; Robert
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Mize; James Brian
CTY  Williamsville
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Praxair Technology, Inc.
CTY  Danbury
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   95 10
XCL   95 11
XCL   95 12
XCL   95 15
XCL   95 21
XCL   95 22
XCL   95 23
XCL   95 96
XCL   95121
XCL   95139
XCL   95143
XCL   96111
XCL   96112
XCL   96113
XCL   96130
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 53047
FSC   95
FSS  10;12;14;15;19;21-23;117-119;121;139;143
FSC   96
FSS  111-115;130;143
UREF
PNO  3944400
ISD  19760300
NAM  Bird
XCL   96111
UREF
PNO  4197095
ISD  19800400
NAM  White, Jr. et al.
XCL   95 23
UREF
PNO  4205967
ISD  19800600
NAM  Sandman et al.
XCL   96115
UREF
PNO  4247311
ISD  19810100
NAM  Seibert et al.
OCL   96111
UREF
PNO  4315759
ISD  19820200
NAM  Benkmann
OCL   95 23
UREF
PNO  4323370
ISD  19820400
NAM  Leitgeb
OCL   95 23
UREF
PNO  4404005
ISD  19830900
NAM  Hamlin et al.
OCL   96111
UREF
PNO  4472177
ISD  19840900
NAM  Sircar
XCL   96111
UREF
PNO  4479815
ISD  19841000
NAM  Tinker et al.
XCL   96130
UREF
PNO  4539019
ISD  19850900
NAM  Koch
XCL   96113
UREF
PNO  4605425
ISD  19860800
NAM  Verrando et al.
XCL   96111
UREF
PNO  4627860
ISD  19861200
NAM  Rowland
OCL   96111
UREF
PNO  4643743
ISD  19870200
NAM  Grader
OCL   55 26
UREF
PNO  4693730
ISD  19870900
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL   55 18
UREF
PNO  4725293
ISD  19880200
NAM  Gunderson
OCL   55162
UREF
PNO  4810265
ISD  19890300
NAM  Lagree et al.
OCL   55 26
UREF
PNO  4822384
ISD  19890400
NAM  Kato et al.
XCL   96111
UREF
PNO  4857086
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kawai
OCL   96111
UREF
PNO  4927434
ISD  19900500
NAM  Cordes et al.
XCL   96112
UREF
PNO  5042994
ISD  19910800
NAM  Smolarek
OCL   55 18
UREF
PNO  5199964
ISD  19930400
NAM  Graff
OCL   95 14
UREF
PNO  5258056
ISD  19931100
NAM  Shirley et al.
OCL   95 22
UREF
PNO  5407465
ISD  19950400
NAM  Schaub et al.
OCL   95 14
UREF
PNO  5593478
ISD  19970100
NAM  Hill et al.
OCL   96111
FREF
PNO  0251235
ISD  19871200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Follett; Robert J.
ABST
PAL  A pressure swing adsorber (PSA) air prepurifier includes at least a first
      adsorber and a second adsorber and a controller for controlling air feed
      to the first adsorber and the second adsorber. The invention is a
      "realtime" method for controlling cycle times for each adsorber and
      includes the following steps. During a determined time period, flow is
      measured to an adsorber that is coupled to an air inlet. An actual
      totalized flow to the on-line adsorber is accumulated, based upon the
      measured flow values. During this time, air feed conditions (e.g.,
      temperature, pressure, relative humidity) are monitored and periodically,
      a maximum totalized flow to the adsorber is calculated, determined, at
      least in part, based upon the monitored air feed conditions. Periodically,
      the actual totalized flow value is compared to a current calculated
      maximum totalized flow value and upon a predetermined relationship
      therebetween being reached, the on-line adsorber is decoupled from the air
      inlet and another adsorber is coupled thereto. The method for controlling
      cycle times for each adsorber also will take into consideration:
      variations in load demand, purge to feed ratio and upsets which occur on
      switching of adsorber beds.
PATN
WKU  059893141
SRC  8
APN  9915958
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971216
TTL  Pressure swing adsorption air prepurifier
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Spitzer; Robert
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Schaub; Herbert Raymond
CTY  East Amherst
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Leavitt; Frederick Wells
CTY  Amherst
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Praxair Technology, Inc.
CTY  Danbury
STA  CT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  533906
APD  19950926
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL   95 96
XCL   95119
XCL   95139
XCL   95143
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 53047
FSC   95
FSS  96-106;119-126;139;143
FSC   96
FSS  108;126-128;131;132;144;146
UREF
PNO  2790505
ISD  19570400
NAM  Dow
OCL   95124
UREF
PNO  2995208
ISD  19610800
NAM  Hachmugh et al.
OCL   95124
UREF
PNO  3866428
ISD  19750200
NAM  Simonet et al.
XCL   95121
UREF
PNO  3967464
ISD  19760700
NAM  Cormier et al.
XCL   95120
UREF
PNO  4472178
ISD  19840900
NAM  Kumar et al.
OCL   95 99
UREF
PNO  4698073
ISD  19871000
NAM  Rohde et al.
OCL   95123
UREF
PNO  4783432
ISD  19881100
NAM  Settlemyer
XCL   95 98
UREF
PNO  5169413
ISD  19921200
NAM  Leavitt
XCL   95121
UREF
PNO  5232474
ISD  19930800
NAM  Jain
OCL   55 26
UREF
PNO  5268022
ISD  19931200
NAM  Garrett et al.
OCL   95 98
UREF
PNO  5453112
ISD  19950900
NAM  Sinicrope et al.
XCL   95103
FREF
PNO  152517
ISD  19801100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-228325
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
OCL   95 97
LREP
FR2  Follett; Robert J.
ABST
PAL  A pressure swing adsorption air prepurifier is used to remove water, carbon
      dioxide and hydrocarbons from a feed gas stream, such as a feed air
      stream, passing to a cryogenic air separation plant. By the incorporation
      of a regenerative heat exchange as an integral part of the air
      prepurifier, the cooling effects of the desorption of water are stored and
      transferred so as to cool the incoming feed air stream passing to the
      adsorbent material within the air prepurifier. The productive capacity of
      the adsorbent material is enhanced thereby.
PATN
WKU  059893150
SRC  9
APN  0193992
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980205
TTL  Air separation
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Spitzer; Robert H.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Stuart; David Mark
CTY  Elstead
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Coates; John Robert
CTY  Farnham
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  The BOC Group plc
CTY  Windlesham
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19970226
APN  9703959
CLAS
OCL   95102
XCL   95130
XCL   96122
XCL   96130
XCL   96144
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 53047
FSC   95
FSS  96-105;130
FSC   96
FSS  108;114;122;130;143;144
UREF
PNO  2273350
ISD  19420200
NAM  Fry et al.
XCL   95 97
UREF
PNO  2747681
ISD  19560500
NAM  Schuftan et al.
XCL   95 99
UREF
PNO  2773774
ISD  19561200
NAM  McCarthy et al.
XCL   95104
UREF
PNO  3691728
ISD  19720900
NAM  Vautrain
UREF
PNO  3696588
ISD  19721000
NAM  Dussourd et al.
XCL   96143
UREF
PNO  3899684
ISD  19750800
NAM  Tenney
XCL   96130
UREF
PNO  3922218
ISD  19751100
NAM  Wanless
UREF
PNO  4314828
ISD  19820200
NAM  Saito et al.
XCL   96130
UREF
PNO  4331456
ISD  19820500
NAM  Schwartz et al.
UREF
PNO  4425142
ISD  19840100
NAM  Mann
XCL   96130
UREF
PNO  4813977
ISD  19890300
NAM  Schmidt et al.
XCL   95130
UREF
PNO  5122164
ISD  19920600
NAM  Hirooka et al.
XCL   95 98
UREF
PNO  5137547
ISD  19920800
NAM  Chretien
XCL   95 97
UREF
PNO  5313781
ISD  19940500
NAM  Toda et al.
XCL   96130
FREF
PNO  0 015 413
ISD  19800200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 155 805
ISD  19851000
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Rosenblum; David M.
FR2  Pace; Salvatore P.
ABST
PAL  Air is supplied along a pipeline to an apparatus for separating an
      oxygen-enriched gas stream from the air by vacuum swing adsorption. The
      oxygen-enriched gas stream is supplied to a burner which fires into a
      furnace. A hot gas stream leaves the furnace through an outlet. Steam is
      raised from the hot gas in a waste heat boiler. Steam so raised flows
      through one or more of the eductors to draw through a pipeline the vacuum
      necessary for the operation of the vacuum swing adsorption apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059893168
SRC  8
APN  9962980
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971222
TTL  Separation of nitrogen from mixtures thereof with methane utilizing
      barium exchanged ETS-4
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Langel; Wayne
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Kuznicki; Steven M.
CTY  Whitehouse Station
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Bell; Valerie A.
CTY  Edison
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Petrovic; Ivan
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Blosser; Patrick W.
CTY  Windsor
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Engelhard Corporation
CTY  Iselin
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   95130
XCL  423331
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 5302
ICL  C01B 3324
FSC   95
FSS  130;326
FSC  423
FSS  331
UREF
PNO  4853202
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kuznicki
OCL  423326
UREF
PNO  4938939
ISD  19900700
NAM  Kuznicki
OCL  423326
UREF
PNO  4964889
ISD  19901000
NAM  Chao
OCL   55 58
UREF
PNO  5346535
ISD  19940900
NAM  Kuznicki
OCL   95 96
UREF
PNO  5453263
ISD  19950900
NAM  Blosser et al.
OCL  423713
UREF
PNO  5616170
ISD  19970400
NAM  Ojo et al.
OCL   95130
UREF
PNO  5669958
ISD  19970900
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL   95 50
FREF
PNO  WO 93/00152
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Abstract of JP 6312317A, May 27, 1988.
ABST
PAL  Barium-exchanged ETS-4 shows particular utility in gas separation processes
      involving the separation of nitrogen from a mixture of the same with
      methane.
PATN
WKU  059893176
SRC  8
APN  8561257
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970514
TTL  Method and apparatus for recovering process liquid and eliminating
      trapped air
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Smith; Duane S.
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Huang; Cheng H.
CTY  Tung San County
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Wang; Ray C.
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Liu; Teh Y.
CTY  Chin-Chu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chao; Cheng H.
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   95241
XCL   96155
XCL   96193
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 1900
FSC   55
FSS  385.1
FSC   95
FSS  241
FSC   96
FSS  155;156;193
UREF
PNO  4935151
ISD  19900600
NAM  Do
OCL   96193
UREF
PNO  5792237
ISD  19980800
NAM  Hung et al.
OCL   95241
LREP
FRM  Tung & Associates
ABST
PAL  The present invention discloses a closed-loop method for recovering a
      process liquid and eliminating trapped air contained in the process liquid
      by utilizing a manual pump having generally a bellow construction for
      transporting the process liquid that contains trapped air back into a
      liquid reservoir for venting the trapped air.
PATN
WKU  059893184
SRC  9
APN  081377&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980519
TTL  Apparatus for separating water from a two-phase stream
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Smith; Duane S.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Schroll; Craig Raymond
CTY  Glastonbury
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  International Fuel Cells Corporation
CTY  South Windsor
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   96  6
XCL   95 46
XCL   95241
XCL   96155
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 1900
FSC   95
FSS  46;241
FSC   96
FSS  6;155;193
UREF
PNO  3631654
ISD  19720100
NAM  Riely et al.
OCL   96  6
UREF
PNO  3803810
ISD  19740400
NAM  Rosenberg
OCL   96  6
UREF
PNO  4531954
ISD  19850700
NAM  Klein
OCL   96  6
UREF
PNO  5254143
ISD  19931000
NAM  Anazawa et al.
OCL   96  6
UREF
PNO  5439587
ISD  19950800
NAM  Stankowski et al.
OCL   96  6
FREF
PNO  1318247
ISD  19870600
CNT  SUX
OCL   96  6
LREP
FRM  McCormick, Paulding & Huber
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to a water separator for separating a
      two-phase stream into a liquid water component and a gas component. The
      water separator includes a housing defining a cavity and includes an input
      port, a gas output port and a water output port. A hydrophobic filter is
      provided in the cavity and interposed between the input port and the gas
      output port so as to prevent a liquid water component of a two-phase
      stream of gas and water entering the input port from exiting the gas
      output port. A hydrophilic filter is provided in the cavity and interposed
      between the input port and the water output port so as to prevent the gas
      component entering the input port from exiting the water output port. The
      gas component separates from the water component by passing through the
      hydrophobic filter and leaving the separator through the gas output port,
      and the liquid component separates from the gas component by passing
      through the hydrophilic filter and leaving the water separator through the
      water output port.
PATN
WKU  059893192
SRC  8
APN  8880972
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970703
TTL  Gas separator
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Spitzer; Robert H.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Kawae; Takayuki
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kosaka; Shinichi
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Shinji
CTY  Kasugai
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NGK Insulators, Ltd.
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960708
APN  8-178326
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970624
APN  9-167669
CLAS
OCL   96 11
XCL   95 56
XCL   96 10
XCL   55524
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 6910
ICL  B01D 7102
FSC   95
FSS  55;56
FSC   96
FSS  4;10;11
FSC   55
FSS  524
UREF
PNO  2609059
ISD  19520900
NAM  Benedict
OCL   95 55
UREF
PNO  2824620
ISD  19580200
NAM  de Rosset
OCL   95 56
UREF
PNO  2958391
ISD  19601100
NAM  de Rosset
XCL   96 11
UREF
PNO  3022187
ISD  19620200
NAM  Eyraud et al.
XCL   96 11
UREF
PNO  3344582
ISD  19671000
NAM  Merrill et al.
OCL   95 56
UREF
PNO  3350846
ISD  19671100
NAM  Makrides et al.
OCL   95 56
UREF
PNO  3359705
ISD  19671200
NAM  Mullhaupt
OCL   55 16
UREF
PNO  3413777
ISD  19681200
NAM  Langley et al.
OCL   96 11
UREF
PNO  3428476
ISD  19690200
NAM  Langley et al.
XCL   96 11
UREF
PNO  4230463
ISD  19801000
NAM  Henis et al.
XCL   95 55
UREF
PNO  4689150
ISD  19870800
NAM  Abe et al.
XCL   96 11
UREF
PNO  4865630
ISD  19890900
NAM  Abe
OCL   96 11
UREF
PNO  4902307
ISD  19900200
NAM  Gavalas et al.
OCL   95 55
UREF
PNO  4971696
ISD  19901100
NAM  Abe et al.
XCL   96 11
UREF
PNO  4981676
ISD  19910100
NAM  Minet et al.
XCL   95 55
UREF
PNO  5007944
ISD  19910400
NAM  Pinnau et al.
XCL   95 55
UREF
PNO  5205841
ISD  19930400
NAM  Vaiman
XCL   95 56
UREF
PNO  5306476
ISD  19940400
NAM  Jalan et al.
XCL   96 11
UREF
PNO  5342431
ISD  19940800
NAM  Anderson et al.
XCL   96 10
UREF
PNO  5518530
ISD  19960500
NAM  Sakai et al.
XCL   95 56
UREF
PNO  5614001
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kosaka et al.
XCL   95 55
FREF
PNO  0 715 880 A1
ISD  19960600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  53-043153
ISD  19781100
CNT  JPX
OCL   95 56
FREF
PNO  62-121616
ISD  19870600
CNT  JPX
OCL   96 11
FREF
PNO  62-273030
ISD  19871100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-273029
ISD  19871100
CNT  JPX
OCL   96 11
FREF
PNO  63-294925
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
OCL   96 11
FREF
PNO  3-52630
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-146122
ISD  19910600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-288534
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-137979
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-53527
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-114230
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
OCL   96 11
FREF
PNO  WO 96/00608
ISD  19960100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  J. Shu et al., "Simultaneous deposition of Pd and Ag on porous stainless
      steel by electroless planting", Journal of Membrane Science, vol. 77, Nos.
      2/3, pp. 181-195, (Mar. 4, 1993).
PAL  J. Shu et al., "Morphological study of hydrogen permeable Pd membranes",
      Thin Solid Films, vol. 252, No. 1, pp. 26-31, (Nov. 15, 1994).
PAL  J. Collins et al., "Preparation and Characterization of a Composite
      Palladium-Ceramic Membrane", Industrial & Engineering Chemistry Research,
      vol. 32, pp. 3006-3013, (1993).
LREP
FRM  Kubovcik & Kubovcik
ABST
PAL  A gas separator includes a porous substrate having fine pores opened on its
      surface and a metal for separating a gas, the porous substrate having fine
      pores having an average diameter of 0.4-0.9 .mu.m, and the metal for
      separating a gas being filled into the pores in the porous substrate to
      close them. A gas separation film seldom exfoliate from the porous
      substrate, and the gas separator is excellent in durability in comparison
      with a conventional gas separator.
PATN
WKU  059893206
SRC  8
APN  9874984
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971209
TTL  Frameless electrostatic air filter with internal support grill
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Chiesa; Richard L.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Rutkowski; Timothy C.
STR  8128 E. Gale Rd.
CTY  Prescott Valley
STA  AZ
ZIP  86314
CLAS
OCL   96 55
XCL   55486
XCL   55528
XCL   55DIG39
XCL   96 17
XCL   96 59
XCL   96 66
XCL   96226
EDF  6
ICL  B03C  328
ICL  B03C  330
FSC   96
FSS  57-59;66;226;55;17
FSC   55
FSS  528;486;DIG. 39
UREF
PNO  3117849
ISD  19640100
NAM  Selke
OCL   96 58
UREF
PNO  3763633
ISD  19731000
NAM  Soltis
OCL   96 58
UREF
PNO  3768642
ISD  19731000
NAM  Hansen et al.
OCL  206321
UREF
PNO  3877909
ISD  19750400
NAM  Hansen
OCL   55487
UREF
PNO  4549887
ISD  19851000
NAM  Joannou
OCL   96 58
UREF
PNO  4902306
ISD  19900200
NAM  Burnett et al.
OCL   95 69
UREF
PNO  5108470
ISD  19920400
NAM  Pick
OCL   96 58
UREF
PNO  5188646
ISD  19930200
NAM  Nolen, Jr.
XCL   96 59
UREF
PNO  5330559
ISD  19940700
NAM  Cheney et al.
OCL   95 63
UREF
PNO  5336299
ISD  19940800
NAM  Savell
OCL   95 70
UREF
PNO  5403482
ISD  19950400
NAM  Steere et al.
OCL  210489
UREF
PNO  5419953
ISD  19950500
NAM  Chapman
XCL   96 58
UREF
PNO  5474599
ISD  19951200
NAM  Cheney et al.
OCL   96 55
UREF
PNO  5509950
ISD  19960400
NAM  van de Graaf et al.
OCL   55486
UREF
PNO  5573577
ISD  19961100
NAM  Joannou
OCL   96 66
UREF
PNO  5593479
ISD  19970100
NAM  Frey et al.
OCL   96 57
UREF
PNO  5597645
ISD  19970100
NAM  Pike et al.
OCL   96 99
UREF
PNO  5616169
ISD  19970400
NAM  de Ruiter et al.
OCL   95 90
UREF
PNO  5618324
ISD  19970400
NAM  Sommer et al.
OCL   55497
UREF
PNO  5639287
ISD  19970600
NAM  Van de Graaf et al.
OCL   55DIG.39
UREF
PNO  5647881
ISD  19970700
NAM  Zhang et al.
OCL   55DIG.39
UREF
PNO  5679122
ISD  19971000
NAM  Moll et al.
OCL   55DIG.39
FREF
PNO  2354125
ISD  19780200
CNT  FRX
OCL   55482
FREF
PNO  1203936
ISD  19651000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  56-21619
ISD  19810200
CNT  JPX
OCL   55DIG.39
FREF
PNO  3-186309
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
OCL   96 59
FREF
PNO  4-74505
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
OCL   96 59
FREF
PNO  2204810
ISD  19881100
CNT  GBX
OCL   96134
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A frameless electrostatic air filter used in heating and air conditioning
      systems includes a plurality of filter media layers and an internal
      support grill and has no external support grill or frame. The frameless
      electrostatic air filter has an internal support grill to support the
      filter media layers and a fabric edging that is secured in place all the
      way around the edge of the frameless electrostatic air filter. The center
      of the frameless electrostatic air filter is secured with a plastic rivet.
      The frameless electrostatic air filter seats and seals tight to the inside
      lip of filter receptacles.
PATN
WKU  059893214
SRC  9
APN  0419397
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980313
TTL  Condensate separator with condensate removal
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Smith; Duane S.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Senn; Jurgen
CTY  Feldberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Testo GmbH & Co.
CTY  Lenzkirch
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970314
APN  197 10 581
CLAS
OCL   96134
XCL   55392
XCL   553921
XCL   55423
XCL   55431
XCL   55466
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 4508
FSC   55
FSS  392;392.1;423;432;430;431;428;428.1;466;394;395
FSC   96
FSS  134
UREF
PNO  523929
ISD  18940700
NAM  Culver
OCL   55466
UREF
PNO  2970669
ISD  19610200
NAM  Bergson
OCL   55466
UREF
PNO  3196893
ISD  19650700
NAM  Stenger et al.
OCL  137204
UREF
PNO  3225524
ISD  19651200
NAM  Berrian
OCL   55428.1
UREF
PNO  4547130
ISD  19851000
NAM  Eastman
OCL   55466
UREF
PNO  4600416
ISD  19860700
NAM  Mann
OCL   55423
FREF
PNO  41 01 194 C1
ISD  19910100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 41 891 A 1
ISD  19921200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  51-98081
ISD  19760800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-184405
ISD  19821100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-12746
ISD  19880100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-140699
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  700744
ISD  19791100
CNT  SUX
OCL   55466
FREF
PNO  1346204
ISD  19871000
CNT  SUX
OCL   55428
LREP
FRM  Foley, Hoag & Eliot LLP
ABST
PAL  A condensate separator for a portable (smoke) gas analyzer has a separating
      chamber formed inside a housing through which exhaust gasses pass. A
      condensate-collecting chamber is provided in hydraulic communication with
      the separating chamber and is at least partially filled with liquid
      absorbent material. The condensate removed from the exhaust gas is
      collected by the liquid absorbent material and wicked up through capillary
      action. Liquid is removed from the liquid absorbent material by a
      mechanical pump without requiring that the gas analyzer be stopped to
      drain out the condensate.
PATN
WKU  059893222
SRC  9
APN  2058391
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19981203
TTL  Corrosion inhibition method and inhibitor compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Green; Anthony
INVT
NAM  Riggs, Jr.; Olen Lonnie
CTY  Yukon
STA  OK
ASSG
NAM  A.S. Incorporated
CTY  Alameda
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  837716
APD  19970422
RLAP
COD  82
APN  232282
CLAS
OCL  106 1444
XCL  106 1414
XCL  2523891
XCL  252396
XCL  422 19
EDF  6
ICL  C23F 1110
FSC  106
FSS  14.44;14.14
FSC  252
FSS  389.1;396
FSC  422
FSS  19
UREF
PNO  3679579
ISD  19720700
NAM  Preusser et al.
OCL  585808
UREF
PNO  3776835
ISD  19731200
NAM  Dvoracek
OCL  208 48AA
UREF
PNO  3933662
ISD  19760100
NAM  Lowe
OCL  252387
UREF
PNO  4124512
ISD  19781100
NAM  Stournas et al.
OCL  507244
UREF
PNO  4284517
ISD  19810800
NAM  Chen et al.
UREF
PNO  4440625
ISD  19840400
NAM  Go et al.
OCL  208 48AA
UREF
PNO  4619756
ISD  19861000
NAM  Dickakian
OCL  208 48AA
UREF
PNO  4866969
ISD  19890900
NAM  Reismann et al.
OCL   72238
UREF
PNO  4913830
ISD  19900400
NAM  Lundberg et al.
OCL  508194
UREF
PNO  4937007
ISD  19900600
NAM  Damin et al.
OCL  507 90
UREF
PNO  5104518
ISD  19920400
NAM  Jager
OCL  208125
UREF
PNO  5139643
ISD  19920800
NAM  Roling et al.
OCL  208 48AA
UREF
PNO  5171420
ISD  19921200
NAM  Forester
OCL  208 48AA
UREF
PNO  5171421
ISD  19921200
NAM  Forester
OCL  208 48AA
UREF
PNO  5183555
ISD  19930200
NAM  Forester
OCL  208 48AA
UREF
PNO  5194142
ISD  19930300
NAM  Forester
OCL  208 48AA
UREF
PNO  5194620
ISD  19930300
NAM  Roling et al.
OCL  548112
UREF
PNO  5202058
ISD  19930400
NAM  Riggs, Jr.
OCL  252387
UREF
PNO  5211834
ISD  19930500
NAM  Forester
OCL  208 48AA
UREF
PNO  5211835
ISD  19930500
NAM  Forester
OCL  208 48AA
UREF
PNO  5292425
ISD  19940300
NAM  Forester
OCL  208 48AA
UREF
PNO  5342505
ISD  19940800
NAM  Forester
OCL  208 48AA
UREF
PNO  5510057
ISD  19960400
NAM  Riggs
OCL  252387
LREP
FR2  Messner; Harold D.
     Dehlinger & Associates
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a method and compositions useful for
      inhibiting corrosion of a corrodible metal resulting from contact of water
      and air with the metal. In this method, a stannous salt and a hydrocarbyl
      substituted succinimide of a polyethylene polyamine, separately or in
      combination, are added to the water in a minor amount and reduce corrosion
      of the metal to a substantially low rate.
PATN
WKU  059893230
SRC  8
APN  956800&
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971023
TTL  Aquatic antifouling compositions and methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Green; Anthony
INVT
NAM  Taylor; Gordon T.
CTY  East Setauket
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  The Research Foundation of State University of New York
CTY  Stony Brook
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  799290
APD  19970213
PSC  01
PNO  5695552
RLAP
COD  81
APN  164328
APD  19931209
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  106 1505
XCL  422  6
XCL  424 7809
XCL  424 937
XCL  424520
XCL  424538
XCL  424547
XCL  427384
XCL  4273855
XCL  427393
XCL  4273936
XCL  427397
XCL  523122
XCL  523177
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 6300
ICL  A01N 2500
FSC  106
FSS  15.05
FSC  422
FSS  6
FSC  424
FSS  78.09;93.7;520;538;547
FSC  427
FSS  384;385.5;393;393.6;397
FSC  523
FSS  122;177
UREF
PNO  2138831
ISD  19381200
NAM  Brammer
OCL  422  6
UREF
PNO  3415928
ISD  19681200
NAM  Nadal et al.
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  3441439
ISD  19690400
NAM  Eagell
OCL  134 37
UREF
PNO  4259269
ISD  19810300
NAM  Flowers
OCL  261151
UREF
PNO  4313827
ISD  19820200
NAM  Ratigan et al.
OCL  210136
UREF
PNO  4328638
ISD  19820500
NAM  Smithson
OCL  424708
UREF
PNO  4556486
ISD  19851200
NAM  Merket
OCL  210170
UREF
PNO  4788302
ISD  19881100
NAM  Costlow et al.
OCL  106 15.05
UREF
PNO  4818413
ISD  19890400
NAM  Hoover et al.
OCL  210739
UREF
PNO  4857209
ISD  19890800
NAM  Lyons et al.
OCL  210755
UREF
PNO  5008075
ISD  19910400
NAM  Rufolo
OCL  422  6
UREF
PNO  5096488
ISD  19920300
NAM  Stovicek
OCL  106 18.32
UREF
PNO  5116407
ISD  19920500
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  106 16
UREF
PNO  5143545
ISD  19920900
NAM  Stiffey et al.
OCL  106 15.05
UREF
PNO  5199977
ISD  19930400
NAM  Yamamori et al.
OCL  106 15.05
FREF
PNO  0556949
ISD  19930800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0593135
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4252284
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  504903
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5155873
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5271009
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 159 056
ISD  19951100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  8901512
ISD  19890200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Dilip de Silva et al., Three New Sesterterpenoid Antibiotics From the
      Marine Sponge Luffariella Variablis, Tetrahedon Letters, vol., 22, No. 33,
      pp. 3147-3150 (1981) No Month.
PAL  Nakatsu et al., Antimicrobial Constituents of Udotea Flabellum, The Journal
      of Organic Chemistry, vol. 46, No. 12, pp. 2435-2438 (1981) No Month.
PAL  Lindquist et al., Isolation and Structure Determination of Diazonmaides A
      and B, Unusual Cytotoxic Metabolites from the Marine Ascidian Diazona
      chinensis, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 113, pp. 2303-2304, (1991) No Month.
PAL  Keifer et al., Renillafoulins, Antifouling Dieterpenes from the Sea Pansy
      Renilla, J. Org. Chem., 51 pp. 4450-4454 (1986) No Month.
PAL  Teeyapant et al., Antibiotic and Cytotoxic Activity of Brominated Compounds
      from the Marine Sponge Verongia aerophoba, J. Biosci, 48 (11-12), pp.
      939-945 (1993) No Month.
PAL  Wahl et al., Chemical Control of Bacterial Epibiosis on Ascidians, Marine
      Ecology Progress Series, vol. 110, pp. 45-57 (1994) No Month.
PAL  Bobzin et al., Diterpenes From the Pohnepeian Marine Sponge Chelonaplysilla
      SP, Journal of Natural Products, vol. 54, No. 1, pp. 225-232, Jan.-Feb.
      (1991).
PAL  Uriz et al., Relationships of Biological and Taxonomic Characteristics to
      Chemically Mediated Bioactivity in Mediterranean Littoral Sponges, Marine
      Biology, 113, pp. 287-297 (1992) No Month.
PAL  Minturn Wright, Antibiotic and Antifouling Properties of Marine Invertbrate
      Extracts: Comparative Aspects of Sponges and Gorgonians, Bioactivity
      Compounds From Marine Organisms, Thompson et al. eds., pp. 351-356 (1991)
      No Month.
PAL  D.J. Faulkner, Marine Natural Products, Natural Products Report, 4, pp.
      539-576 (1986) No Month.
PAL  Chang et al., Antibiotic Substances Produced by a Marine Green Alga,
      Dunaliella Promolecta, Bioresource Technology, 44 (2) pp. 149-153 (1993)
      No Month.
PAL  Coll et al., The Application of Vacuum Liquid Chromatography to the
      Separation of Terpene Mixtures, Journal of Natural Products, vol. 49, No.
      5, pp. 934-936 (1986) No Month.
PAL  Gerhart et al., Chemical Ecology and the Search for Marine Antifoulants,
      Journal of Chemical Ecology, vol. 14, No. 10, pp. 1905-1915 (1988) No
      Month.
PAL  Glombitza et al., Antibiotics from Algae XXXIII.sup.1 : Phlorotannins of
      the Brown Alga Minanthalia Elongaga .sup.2.3, Planta Medica, 51, pp. 42-46
      (1984) No Month.
PAL  Matsunaga et al., Bioactive Marine Metabolites, VIII. Isolation of an
      Antimicrobial Blue Pigment from the Bryozoan Bugula Dentata, Experientia,
      42, 84 (1986) No Month.
PAL  Paul J. Scheuer, Some Marine Ecological Phenomena: Chemical Basis and
      Biomedical Potential, Sciences, 248, pp. 173-177 (1990) No Month.
PAL  Sears et al., Antifouling Agents From Marine Sponge, Journal of Chemical
      Ecology, vol. 16, No. 3, pp. 791-799 (1990) No Month.
PAL  Dilip de Silva et al., Manoalide, An Antibiotic Sesterterpenoid From the
      Marine Sponge Luffariella Variabilis (Polejaeff), Tetrahedron Letters,
      vol. 21, pp. 1611-1614 (1980) No Month.
PAL  Davis et al., Epibiosis of Marine Algae and Benthic Invertebrates: Natural
      Products Chemistry and Other Mechanims Inhibiting Settlement and
      Overgrowth, Bioorganic Marine Chemistry, Springer-Verlag Berlin, 3, pp.
      85-114 (1987) No Month.
PAL  Quinn Chemistry of Aqueous Marine Extracts: isolation techniques,
      Bioorganic Marine Chemistry, Scheuar eds., vol. 2 pp. 2-4 (1987) No Month.
PAL  Lustigman et al., Antibiotic Production by Marine Algae Isolated from the
      New York/New Jersey Coast, Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol., 46, pp.
      329-335 (1991) No Month.
PAL  del Giorgio et al., Respiration Rates in Bacteria Exceed Phytoplankton
      Production in Unproductive Aquatic Systems, Nature, vol. 385, (1997) No
      Month.
PAL  Caccamese et al., Antimicrobial and Antiviral Activities of Some Marine
      Algae from Eastern Sicily, Botanica Marina vol. XXIV, pp. 365-367 (1981)
      No Month.
PAL  Capon et al., Antimicrobial Metabolites from a Pacific Sponge, Agelas sp.,
      J. Am. Chem. Soc., 106, pp. 1819-1822 (1984) No Month.
PAL  Amade et al., Antimicrobial Activities of Marine Sponges from the
      Mediterranean Sea, Marine Biology, pp. 271-275 (1987) No Month.
PAL  Hornsey et al., The Production of Antimicrobial Compounds by British Marine
      Algae I, Brit. phycol. J. 9, pp. 353-361, (1974) No Month.
PAL  Azumi et al., Inhibitory Effect of Halocyamine, an Antimicrobial Substance
      from Ascidian Hemocytes, on the Growth of Fish Viruses and Marine
      Bacteria, Experientia, 46, pp. 1066-1068 (1990) No Month.
PAL  Burkholder, Antimicrobial Activity of Some Marine Sponges, Nature, vol.
      222, pp. 983-984 (1969) No Month.
PAL  Bergquist et al., The Incidence of Antibacterial Activity in Marine
      Demospongiae, Systematic and Geographic Considerations, Mar. Ecol. Prog.
      Ser., pp. 215-221 (1978) No Month.
PAL  De Nys et al., Broad Spectrum Effects of Secondary Metabolites from the Red
      Alga Delisea Pulchra in Antifouling Assays, Biofouling, vol. 8, pp.
      259-171 (1995) No Month.
PAL  Sreenivasa Rao et al., Antibacterial Activity of Indian Seaweed Extracts,
      Bontanica Marina, vo. XXIV, pp. 577-582, (1981) No Month.
PAL  Pesando et al., Screening o Marine Algae from the French Mediterranean
      Coast for Antibacterial and Antifungal Activity, Botanica Marina, vol.
      XXVII, pp. 381-386 (1984) No Month.
PAL  Nigrelli et al., Ectyonin, an Antimicrobial Agent from the Sponge,
      Microciona prolifer, Verrill, Zoologica, 44, pp. 173-177 (1959) No Month.
PAL  Faulkner, Interesting Aspects of Marine Natural Products Chemistry,
      Tretrahedron, vol. 33, pp. 1421-1443 (1977) No Month.
PAL  Walls et al., Fouling, surface bacteria and antibacterial agents of four
      bryozoan species found in Tasmania, Australia, J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol.,
      169, pp. 1-13 (1993) No Month.
PAL  Becerro et al., Antimicrobial Activity and Surface Bacterial Film in Marine
      Sponges, J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol., 179, pp. 195-205 (1994) No Month.
PAL  Hornsey et al., The Production of Antimicrobial Compounds by British Marine
      Algae II. Seasonal Variation in Production of Antibiotics, Br. Phycol. J.
      11: 63 67, pp. 63-67, (1976) No Month.
PAL  Targett et al., Antifouling Agents Against the Benthic Marine Diatom, J. of
      Chemical Ecology, vol. 9, No. 7, pp. 817-829 (1983) No Month.
PAL  Bakus et al., The Use of Natural and Synthetic Toxins as Shark Repellents
      and Antifouling Agents, Toxicon, Suppl. 3, pp. 25-27 (1983) No Month.
PAL  D. J. Faulkner, Antibiotics From Marine Organisms, Topics in Antibiotic
      Chemistry, vol. 2, Sammes, ed., pp. 13-58 (1978) No Month.
PAL  D. J. Faulkner, Marine Natural Products, Natural Product Reports, vol. 3,
      pp. 1-33 (1986) No Month.
PAL  D. J. Faulkner, Marine Natural Products: Metabolites of Marine Algae and
      Herbivorous Marine Molluscs, Natural Product Reports, vol. 1, pp. 251-280
      (1984(a)) No Month.
PAL  D. J. Faulkner, Marine Natural Products: Metabolites of Marine
      Invertebrates, Natural Product Reports, vol. 1, pp. 551-598 (1984(b)) No
      Month.
PAL  D. J. Faulkner, Marine Natural Products, Natural Product Reports, vol. 5
      (6), pp. 613-663 (1988) No Month.
PAL  D. J. Faulkner, Marine Natural Products, Natural Product Reports, vol. 7
      (4), pp. 269-309 (1990) No Month.
PAL  D. J. Faulkner, Marine Natural Products, Natural Product Reports, vol. 8
      (2), pp. 97-147 (1991) No Month.
PAL  Ohta, et al., Antibiotic Substance Produced by a Newly Isolated Marine
      Microalga, Chlorococcum HS-101, Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol., vol. 50
      pp. 171-178 (1993) No Month.
PAL  Targett, et al., Natural Antifoulants and Their Analogs: Applying Nature'
      Defense Strategies to Problems of Biofouling Control, Recent Developments
      in Biofouling Control, Thompson et al., eds., pp. 221-227 (1994) No Month.
PAL  Marine Biology 88, 11-21 (1985), Screening and bioassays for
      biologically-active substances from forty marine sponge species from San
      Diego, California, USA No Month.
PAL  Marine Biology 89, 1-8 (1985), Antimicrobial activity of tropical and
      subtropical sponges No Month.
PAL  Rao et al., "Bioactivity in Marine Algae", Bioactive Compounds From Marine
      Organisms, Eds. M.F. Thompson, et al., 1991 Balkema/Rotterdam, pp.
      374-377. No Month.
PAL  A.B. Tadros, "The role of marine orgnanisms in fouling control", Pigment
      and Resin Technology, Jul. 1989, pp. 4-7.
PAL  Bakus et al., "Toxins from Marine Organisms: Studies on Antifouling",
      Toxins, Drugs and Pollutants in Marine Animals, Bolus et al. eds., 1984,
      pp. 43-46. No Month.
PAL  Nakatsu et al., "Biologically-active sterol sulfates from the marine sponge
      Toxadocia zumi", Experientia 39, 1983, Birkhauser Verlag, CH-4010
      Basel/Switzerland, pp. 759-761. No Month.
PAL  Chemical Abstract No. 70:80837, Dec. 1968.
PAL  Chemical Abstract No. 99:102520, 1983 No Month.
PAL  Chemical Abstract No. 102:91141, 1984 No Month.
PAL  Chemical Abstract No. 104:83795, Nov. 1985.
PAL  Chemical Abstract No. 111:235114, 1989 No Month.
PAL  Chemical Abstract No. 114:182417, 1991 No Month.
PAL  Chemical Abstract No. 119:98086, Nov. 1993.
PAL  Chemical Abstract No. 120:49991, 1993 No Month.
PAL  Chemical Abstract No. 123:108264, 1995 No Month.
PAL  Chemical Abstract No. 123:281148, 1995 No Month.
PAL  Keifer et al., "Bioactive Bromopyrrole Metabolites from the Caribbean
      Sponge Agelas conifera", J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56, pp. 2965-2975. No Month.
PAL  Sr. Alevin Mary, et al., "Bacterial-Barnacle Interaction: Potential of
      Using Juncellins and Antibiotics to Alter Structure of Bacterial
      Communities", Journal of Chemical Ecology, 19:10, 1993, pp. 2155-2167. No
      Month.
PAL  Iorizzi, et al., "Chemical and Biological Investigation of the Polar
      Constituents of the Starfish Luidia Clathrata, Collected in the Gulf of
      Mexico", Journal of Natural Products, 58:5, 653-671, May 1995.
PAL  R De Nys, et al., "Broad Spectrum Effects of Secondary Metabolites From The
      Red Alga Delisea Pulchra in Antifouling Assays", Biofouling, 1995, 8, pp.
      259-271. No Month.
PAL  Alberts et al, "Molecular Biology of the Cell", 2nd. ed., pp. 167-168, No
      date.
PAL  Lackie and Dow eds., "The Dictionary of Cell Biology", 2nd ed. pp. 167 and
      357, 1995 No Month.
LREP
FRM  Dilworth & Barrese
ABST
PAL  Aquatic organism repellent agents are derived from algae, sponges,
      tunicates, bryozoans, echinoderms and coelenterates and prevent the
      attachment and accumulation of microscopic and macroscopic organisms to
      surfaces in aquatic environments. One or more of the agents may be
      incorporated into a carrier for release of the agent in the locus to be
      protected.
PATN
WKU  059893249
SRC  8
APN  9515054
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971016
TTL  Recording solution for vaporization type heat transfer recording
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Faison; Veronica F.
EXP  Bell; Mark L.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Shinozaki; Kenji
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hirano; Hideki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kuromiya; Miyuki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961016
APN  8-295786
CLAS
OCL  106 3127
XCL  106 3157
XCL  106 3158
EDF  6
ICL  C09D 1100
FSC  106
FSS  31.27;31.57;31.58
UREF
PNO  5091004
ISD  19920200
NAM  Tabayashi et al.
OCL  106 31.57
UREF
PNO  5781210
ISD  19980700
NAM  Hirano et al.
OCL  106 31.27
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a recording solution for vaporization type
      heat transfer recording which produces no precipitate in a recording
      operation and thus no problem of burning in a vaporization portion.
PAL  The recording solution for vaporization type heat transfer recording in
      which the recording solution is vaporized to be transferred to a recording
      material contains a dye, a solvent having a melting point of 0.degree. C.
      or less, and a compatibilier for increasing the solubility of the dye in
      the solvent. Particularly, when the temperature at which the weight loss
      by vaporization is 10% in thermogravimetric analysis at a rate of
      temperature rise of 20 C./min., is defined as the vaporization start
      temperature, the different between the vaporization start temperatures of
      any desired two of the dye, the solvent and the compatibilizer is set to
      100.degree. C. or less.
PATN
WKU  059893257
SRC  9
APN  0355453
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980305
TTL  Ink compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Klemanski; Helene
INVT
NAM  Sacripante; Guerino G.
CTY  Oakville
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Goodbrand; H. Bruce
CTY  Hamilton
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Boils; Danielle C.
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Xerox Corporation
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  106 3127
XCL  106 3129
XCL  106 313
XCL  106 3158
XCL  106 316
XCL  106 3161
XCL  106 3162
XCL  106 3186
EDF  6
ICL  C09D 1102
FSC  106
FSS  31.29;31.3;31.58;31.61;31.62;31.86;31.27;31.6
UREF
PNO  4490731
ISD  19841200
NAM  Vaught
OCL  106 31.39
UREF
PNO  4751528
ISD  19880600
NAM  Spehrley, Jr. et al.
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4791439
ISD  19881200
NAM  Guiles
OCL  346140R
UREF
PNO  4840674
ISD  19890600
NAM  Schwarz
OCL  106 31.43
UREF
PNO  4853036
ISD  19890800
NAM  Koike et al.
OCL  106 31.58
UREF
PNO  5006170
ISD  19910400
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL  106 31.29
UREF
PNO  5021802
ISD  19910600
NAM  Allred
OCL  346  1.1
UREF
PNO  5041161
ISD  19910800
NAM  Cooke et al.
OCL  106 31.29
UREF
PNO  5122187
ISD  19920600
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL  106 31.29
UREF
PNO  5124718
ISD  19920600
NAM  Koike et al.
OCL  346  1.1
UREF
PNO  5439515
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kurabayashi et al.
OCL  106 31.37
UREF
PNO  5462591
ISD  19951000
NAM  Karandikar et al.
OCL  106 31.29
UREF
PNO  5531817
ISD  19960700
NAM  Shields et al.
OCL  106 31.38
UREF
PNO  5554212
ISD  19960900
NAM  Bui et al.
OCL  106 31.29
UREF
PNO  5667568
ISD  19970900
NAM  Sacripante et al.
OCL  106 31.43
UREF
PNO  5688312
ISD  19971100
NAM  Sacripante et al.
OCL  106 31.49
UREF
PNO  5688440
ISD  19971100
NAM  Garner
OCL  252315.1
UREF
PNO  5700316
ISD  19971200
NAM  Pontes et al.
OCL  106 31.58
LREP
FR2  Palazzo; E. O.
ABST
PAL  A nonaqueous ink composition comprised of a vehicle, colorant, and a
      hydrophobic gelling component.
PATN
WKU  059893265
SRC  9
APN  0175889
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980203
TTL  Dyes for ink jet printing
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Klemanski; Helene
INVT
NAM  Peter; Heinz
CTY  Fribourg
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Ilford Imaging Switzerland GmbH
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970213
APN  97102274
CLAS
OCL  106 3152
XCL  534837
EDF  6
ICL  C09D 1102
FSC  106
FSS  31.52
FSC  534
FSS  837
UREF
PNO  4626284
ISD  19861200
NAM  Ohta et al.
OCL  106 31.52
UREF
PNO  4703113
ISD  19871000
NAM  Baxter et al.
OCL  534796
UREF
PNO  4724001
ISD  19880200
NAM  Ohta et al.
OCL  106 31.52
UREF
PNO  4963189
ISD  19901000
NAM  Hindagolla
OCL  106 22
UREF
PNO  5053495
ISD  19911000
NAM  Greenwood et al.
OCL  534829
UREF
PNO  5198022
ISD  19930300
NAM  Aulick et al.
OCL  106 22
FREF
PNO  0425150A2
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
ICL  C09D 1100
FREF
PNO  0597672A2
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
ICL  C09D 1100
FREF
PNO  0612820A2
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
ICL  C09D 1100
FREF
PNO  0693537A2
ISD  19960100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C09D 62513
FREF
PNO  3436891A
ISD  19850400
CNT  DEX
ICL  C09D 1100
FREF
PNO  3616128A1
ISD  19861100
CNT  DEX
ICL  C09B 3108
FREF
PNO  59-93766
ISD  19840500
CNT  JPX
ICL  C09D 1100
FREF
PNO  4-304273
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
ICL  C09D 1102
FREF
PNO  04304274
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-268256
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
ICL  C09D 1100
FREF
PNO  635361
ISD  19830300
CNT  CHX
ICL  C09B 3108
FREF
PNO  2289473A
ISD  19951100
CNT  GBX
ICL  C09B 3108
FREF
PNO  WO 95/31505
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
ICL  C09B 3108
OREF
PAL  Analytical Report, Photographic Gelatin ST 71,810 Deutsche Gelatinefabrikin
      (DGF Stoess), Jun. 1995.
PAL  Olin Chemical Specialities Specifications-Glycidol Surfactant 10G, 1989, no
      month.
LREP
FRM  Ostrager Chong Flaherty & Onofrio
ABST
PAL  Disazo dyes formula (VIII)
      ##STR1##
      or of formula (IX)
      ##STR2##
      Where A, R.sub.1, R.sub.2, n and M are as defined in the specification are
      excellent dyes for ink jet printing.
PATN
WKU  059893273
SRC  8
APN  9958568
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971222
TTL  Ink composition for ink-jet printer
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Klemanski; Helene
INVT
NAM  Ryu; Seung-min
CTY  Kunpo
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Seong-jin
CTY  Sungnam
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961220
APN  96-69328
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961228
APN  96-75354
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19971217
APN  97-69975
CLAS
OCL  106 3185
XCL  106 3175
XCL  106 318
XCL  106 3186
XCL  106 3187
XCL  106 3188
EDF  6
ICL  C09D 1102
FSC  106
FSS  31.85;31.86;31.87;31.88;31.75;31.8
UREF
PNO  4004939
ISD  19770100
NAM  O'Brien et al.
OCL  106135
UREF
PNO  4155435
ISD  19790500
NAM  O'Brien et al.
OCL  560151
UREF
PNO  5085698
ISD  19920200
NAM  Ma et al.
OCL  106 31.85
UREF
PNO  5221334
ISD  19930600
NAM  Ma et al.
OCL  106 31.85
UREF
PNO  5519085
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ma et al.
OCL  106 31.85
UREF
PNO  5571850
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ma et al.
OCL  106 31.85
UREF
PNO  5713993
ISD  19980200
NAM  Grezzo Page et al.
OCL  106 31.85
FREF
PNO  518 225
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Database WPI, Section Ch, Week 9540, Derwent Pubs. Ltd., London, GB; AN
      95-309315 XP002060098, & JP 07 207 178 A (Dainichiseika Color & Chem Mfg),
      Aug. 1995, Abstract only.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  An ink composition for an ink jet printer. The ink composition contains an
      oligomeric dispersant, a pigment and a solvent. The oligomeric dispersant
      simultaneously has a hydrophilic group capable of interacting with water
      soluble solvent and an anchoring group capable of interacting with the
      pigment. The ink composition has good printing properties, water fastness,
      light fastness and storage stability.
PATN
WKU  059893281
SRC  9
APN  1119885
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980708
TTL  Non-skid composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Green; Anthony
INVT
NAM  Stahovic; Robert
CTY  Cambridge Springs
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Pecora; Anthony J.
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  BTG, a Partnership
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  106 36
XCL  427368
XCL  4273881
XCL  4273897
XCL  427393
XCL  4273936
XCL  523149
XCL  523150
EDF  6
ICL  C09K  314
FSC  106
FSS  36
FSC  523
FSS  149;150
FSC  427
FSS  368;429;388.1;389.7;393;393.6
UREF
PNO  4019912
ISD  19770400
NAM  Augustin
OCL  106 36
UREF
PNO  4990188
ISD  19910200
NAM  Micek et al.
OCL  106 36
UREF
PNO  5456744
ISD  19951000
NAM  Fattor
OCL  106 36
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstract No. 104:173342, abstract of Japanese Patent Specification
      No. 60-204654 (Oct. 1985).
PAL  Chemical Abstract No. 122:87779, abstract of Japanese Patent Specification
      No. 06-271344 (Sep. 1994).
LREP
FR2  Lovercheck; Charles L.
FR2  Lovercheck; Wayne L.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a material for making non-skid coatings, comprising:
      a particulate composition including wollastonite particles, cellulose
      particles, and diatomaceous earth particles. The invention provides a
      method of forming a non-skid coated substrate, comprising: providing a
      material for making non-skid coatings, comprising: particulate
      composition, the particulate composition comprising wollastonite
      particles, cellulose particles, and diatomaceous earth particles,
      providing liquid composition comprises water, fungicide, defoamer,
      ultra-violet light absorber and polymeric material, mixing the particulate
      composition and the liquid composition to form a coating composition,
      coating the coating composition onto a surface of a substrate to form a
      non-skid coated substrate.
PATN
WKU  059893290
SRC  9
APN  1927809
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19981110
TTL  Biostable water-borne paints
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Brunsman; David
INVT
NAM  Sau; Arjun Chandra
CTY  New Castle
STA  DE
ASSG
NAM  Hercules Incorporated
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  900138
APD  19970728
PSC  01
PNO  5879440
CLAS
OCL  1061621
XCL  10616301
XCL  10616801
XCL  1061721
XCL  10620501
XCL  10620601
XCL  10620701
XCL  524 27
XCL  524 28
XCL  524 29
XCL  524 31
XCL  524 35
XCL  524 37
XCL  524 42
XCL  524 43
XCL  524 44
XCL  524 45
XCL  524 46
XCL  524 47
XCL  524 50
XCL  524 51
EDF  6
ICL  C09D10100
ICL  C09D10126
ICL  C09D10128
ICL  C09D10300
ICL  C09D10500
FSC  106
FSS  162.1;163.01;168.01;172.1;205.01;206.01;207.1
FSC  524
FSS  27;28;29;31;35;37;42;43;44;45;46;47;50;51
UREF
PNO  Re34904
ISD  19950400
NAM  Just et al.
OCL  536 90
UREF
PNO  3708876
ISD  19730100
NAM  Klehm, Jr.
OCL   29625
UREF
PNO  3709876
ISD  19730100
NAM  Glomski et al.
OCL  260231A
UREF
PNO  3769247
ISD  19731000
NAM  Glomski et al.
OCL  260 17
UREF
PNO  3974032
ISD  19760800
NAM  Harjes et al.
OCL  195 31
UREF
PNO  4009329
ISD  19770200
NAM  Arney et al.
OCL  536 84
UREF
PNO  4084060
ISD  19780400
NAM  Glass, Jr. et al.
OCL  536 96
UREF
PNO  4228277
ISD  19801000
NAM  Landoll
OCL  536 90
UREF
PNO  4939192
ISD  19900700
NAM  t'Sas
OCL  524 44
UREF
PNO  5120838
ISD  19920600
NAM  Just et al.
OCL  536 90
UREF
PNO  5290829
ISD  19940300
NAM  Angerer et al.
OCL  524 31
UREF
PNO  5366755
ISD  19941100
NAM  Timonen et al.
OCL  426658
UREF
PNO  5525368
ISD  19960600
NAM  Rha et al.
OCL  426658
UREF
PNO  5566759
ISD  19961000
NAM  Tjon-Joe-Pin et al.
OCL  166300
UREF
PNO  5569483
ISD  19961000
NAM  Timonen et al.
OCL  426658
FREF
PNO  1014289
ISD  19910500
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0382577B1
ISD  19960500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  74139272A
ISD  19750100
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  2281073A
ISD  19950200
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Springle, W.R., "Liquefaction of Cellulosic Paint Thickeners. Part 2:
      Quantitative Aspects of Enzymatic Degradation," J. Oil and Colour
      Chemists' Assoc., vol. (71) 4. pp. 109-113 (1998), No month avail.
PAL  Wirick, M.g., "A Study of the Enzymatic Degradation of CMC and Other
      Cellulose Ethers," Journal of Polymer Science, Part A-1, vol. 6, pp.
      1965-1974 (1968), No month avail.
PAL  Wirick, M.G., "Study of the Substitution Pattern of Hydroxethylcellulose
      and Its Relationship to Enzymic Degradation," Journal of Polymer Science,
      Part A-1, vol. 6, pp. 1705-1718 (1968), No month avail.
PAL  Bhattacharjee, S.S. et al., "Enzymatic Degradation of
      Carboxymethylcellulose and Other Cellulose Derivatives," Journal of
      Polymer Science, Part C, pp. 509-521 (1971), No month avail.
PAL  Oppermann, R.A. et al., "Presence and Effects of Anaerobic Bacteria in
      Water-Based Paint. I," Journal of Coatings Technology, vol. 56, No. 712,
      pp. 509-521 (1971), No month avail.
PAL  Oppermann, R. A. et al., "Presence and Effects of Anaerobic Bacteria In
      Water-Based Paint. II," Journal of Coatings Technology, vol. 57, No. 730,
      pp. 33-38 (1985), No month avail.
PAL  Winters, H. et al., "Growth of a Typical Paint Bacterial Isolate In Aqueous
      Emulsion Paint," Journal of Paint Technology, vol. 46, No. 594, pp. 69-72
      (1974), No month avail.
PAL  Winters, H. et al., "Enzymology as It Relates to Mildrew Defacement of
      Organic Coatings," Journal of Coatings Technology, vol. 50, No. 639, pp.
      48-50 (1978), No month avail.
LREP
FR2  Sloan; Martin F.
ABST
PAL  Water-borne paints containing reduced molecular weight polysaccharide
      derivatives that are resistant to enzyme hydrolysis. The water-borne
      paints are biostable, retaining at least about 80% of their initial
      viscosity 24 hours after they are inoculated with polysaccharide
      hydrolysis enzyme.
PATN
WKU  059893303
SRC  8
APN  9897283
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971212
TTL  Acid resistant cement composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXP  Marcheschi; Michael
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Semler; Charles
CTY  Tuscon
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Hawisher; Thomas
CTY  Savoy
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Pieterse; Herman
CTY  Tuscon
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Williams; Richard
CTY  Toronto
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Barrick Gold Corporation
CTY  Ontario
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  1062861
XCL  1062862
XCL  1062865
XCL  1062868
XCL  10628717
XCL  10628734
XCL  501133
XCL  501128
XCL  501154
XCL  501153
EDF  6
ICL  C09D  100
ICL  C09D  106
FSC  501
FSS  133;154;128;153
FSC  106
FSS  286.8;287.34;286.17;286.2;286.5
UREF
PNO  2914413
ISD  19591100
NAM  Mercer
OCL  106 84
UREF
PNO  3656977
ISD  19720400
NAM  Dreyling et al.
OCL  106 55
UREF
PNO  3957520
ISD  19760500
NAM  Linton
OCL  501133
UREF
PNO  4030939
ISD  19770600
NAM  Mallow
OCL  106 74
UREF
PNO  4056399
ISD  19771100
NAM  Kirkpatrick et al.
OCL  501133
UREF
PNO  4061501
ISD  19771200
NAM  Ivarsson et al.
OCL  106 44
UREF
PNO  4255195
ISD  19810300
NAM  Holter et al.
OCL  501133
UREF
PNO  4259120
ISD  19810300
NAM  Rueckl
OCL  106 58
UREF
PNO  4263048
ISD  19810400
NAM  Hacker
OCL  106 84
UREF
PNO  4334029
ISD  19820600
NAM  Naito et al.
OCL  501109
UREF
PNO  4597796
ISD  19860700
NAM  Ernst et al.
OCL  106 74
UREF
PNO  4992103
ISD  19910200
NAM  Smart
OCL  106695
UREF
PNO  5071477
ISD  19911200
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL   75744
UREF
PNO  5147830
ISD  19920900
NAM  Banerjee et al.
OCL  501128
UREF
PNO  5238518
ISD  19930800
NAM  Okubi et al.
OCL  501133
UREF
PNO  5296027
ISD  19940300
NAM  Ernst et al.
OCL  106630
UREF
PNO  5360773
ISD  19941100
NAM  Winkelbauer et al.
OCL  501133
UREF
PNO  5422323
ISD  19950600
NAM  Banerjee et al.
OCL  501128
UREF
PNO  5489326
ISD  19960200
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL   75744
UREF
PNO  5494267
ISD  19960200
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  501103
FREF
PNO  0 417 898
ISD  19910300
CNT  EPX
ICL  C21C  544
FREF
PNO  0 425 086
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
ICL  B22D 4102
FREF
PNO  294 702
ISD  19900500
CNT  DEX
ICL  C04B 3566
FREF
PNO  1085594
ISD  19671000
CNT  GBX
ICL  C09K  300
FREF
PNO  1123773
ISD  19680800
CNT  GBX
ICL  C01B 3312
OREF
PAL  Fujii et al., Agents for Treating Substrate Surfaces, Abstract No. 141397q,
      Oct. 7, 1991.
PAL  XP-002089600, Derwent Publications Ltd., Sep. 26, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Senniger, Powers, Leavitt & Roedel
ABST
PAL  A cement composition for use in acidic environments containing an acid
      resistant particulate aggregate of fused mullite aggregate or other
      aggregate material, with quartz, and microsilica in combination with a
      colloidal silica sol binder and being substantially free of Na compounds
      and K compounds which react in the presence of sulfuric acid to form
      alkali sulfates in service, thus reducing the durability or the service
      life.
PATN
WKU  059893311
SRC  8
APN  8615896
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970522
TTL  TiO.sub.2 slurry stabilization
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Brunsman; David
INVT
NAM  Bauer; Carl J.
CTY  Gonzales
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Boothe; John D.
CTY  Gonzales
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Scimecca; Frank S.
CTY  Newtown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Siptak; Dwaine E.
CTY  Gonzales
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Southern Clay Products, Inc.
CTY  Gonzales
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  106444
XCL  106468
XCL  106462
XCL  106486
XCL  106487
EDF  6
ICL  C09C  306
ICL  C09C  136
ICL  C04B 1410
FSC  106
FSS  444;462;468;486;487
UREF
PNO  3702773
ISD  19721100
NAM  Hall et al.
UREF
PNO  3758322
ISD  19730900
NAM  Roberts et al.
UREF
PNO  3772046
ISD  19731100
NAM  Knapp et al.
UREF
PNO  3847640
ISD  19741100
NAM  Daubenspeck et al.
UREF
PNO  4042557
ISD  19770800
NAM  Dills
UREF
PNO  4177081
ISD  19791200
NAM  DeColibus
UREF
PNO  4288254
ISD  19810900
NAM  Gladu
UREF
PNO  4448358
ISD  19840500
NAM  Menard
UREF
PNO  4664842
ISD  19870500
NAM  Knudson, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4695402
ISD  19870900
NAM  Finlayson et al.
UREF
PNO  4978396
ISD  19901200
NAM  Story
UREF
PNO  5110501
ISD  19920500
NAM  Knudson, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5290352
ISD  19940300
NAM  Krockert et al.
UREF
PNO  5356470
ISD  19941000
NAM  Ott et al.
UREF
PNO  5393510
ISD  19950200
NAM  Blumel et al.
UREF
PNO  5700319
ISD  19971200
NAM  Bauer et al.
OCL  106486
FREF
PNO  4-254408
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1247361
ISD  19860700
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1733412
ISD  19920500
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/20681
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Klauber & Jackson
ABST
PAL  A stable aqueous pigment slurry and a process for preparing same. The
      slurry contains about 50 to 90 wt. %, based on the weight of the slurry,
      of a pigment such as titanium dioxide and about 0.2 to 3.0 wt. %, based on
      the weight of the slurry, of a smectite clay such as bentonite, hectorite
      or montmorillonite. Preferably, the pigment slurry also contains about 0.1
      to 2.0 wt. %, based on the weight of the slurry, of a dispersant. The
      process involves admixing a pigment slurry and a smectite clay slurry and
      preferably also the dispersant by milling the three components together
      under high shear conditions.
PATN
WKU  059893320
SRC  9
APN  1223364
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980724
TTL  Slurry containing an agglomerated carbonate-containing pigment
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Green; Anthony
INVT
NAM  Weitzel; Hans-Joachim
CTY  Wikon
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Wermuth; Claude
CTY  Wolfwil
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Strauch; Dieter
CTY  Zofingen
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Pluess-Staufer AG
CTY  Oftringen
CNT  CHX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  106464
XCL  106463
XCL  106465
XCL  106817
XCL  4234191
XCL  4234202
XCL  423430
EDF  6
ICL  C04B 1426
ICL  C04B 1428
FSC  106
FSS  463;464;465;817
FSC  423
FSS  419.1;420.2;430
UREF
PNO  4732748
ISD  19880300
NAM  Stewart et al.
OCL  423430
UREF
PNO  4767464
ISD  19880800
NAM  Strauch
OCL  106464
UREF
PNO  5120365
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kogler
OCL  106415
UREF
PNO  5605568
ISD  19970200
NAM  Naydowski et al.
OCL  106464
UREF
PNO  5873935
ISD  19990200
NAM  Schachenmann et al.
OCL  106465
FREF
PNO  522 415
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0531685A1
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4128570A1
ISD  19930300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/32448
ISD  19961000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  JAPIO Patent Abstract No. JP356167760A, abstract of Japanese Patent
      Specification No. 56-167760; Dec, 1981.
PAL  WPIDS Abstract No. 83-797964, abstract of Japanese Patent Specification No.
      58-156097; Sep. 1983.
PAL  WPIDS Abstract No. 98-148014, abstract of Great Britain Patent
      Specification No. 2317167; Mar. 1998.
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A slurry containing water, carbonate-containing pigment, and dispersant
      consisting of 25-70 % by weight of agglomerated carbonate-containing
      pigment, 0.1-1.0% by weight of a dispersant, the balance being water up to
      100%, can be used advantageously in papermaking as well as in the paint
      and lacquer industry. In a novel process for agglomerating ultra-fine
      particles in slurries the slurry is subjected to heat treatment until the
      agglomeration is complete.
PATN
WKU  059893338
SRC  9
APN  1273639
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980731
TTL  Mixed crystal pigments of the quinacridone series
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Green; Anthony
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Urban; Manfred
CTY  Wiesbaden
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Boehmer; Martin
CTY  Neu-Anspach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schnaitmann; Dieter
CTY  Eppstein
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Clariant GmbH
CTY  Frankfurt
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970804
APN  197 33 642
CLAS
OCL  106495
XCL  106 3177
XCL  1061591
XCL  1061701
XCL  10617301
XCL  106241
XCL  106497
XCL  524 86
XCL  546 49
XCL  546 56
EDF  6
ICL  C09B 6752
ICL  C08K  534
FSC  106
FSS  495;497;159.1;170.01;173.01;241;31.77
FSC  546
FSS  49;56
FSC  524
FSS  86
UREF
PNO  3160510
ISD  19641200
NAM  Ehrich
OCL  106495
UREF
PNO  3836379
ISD  19740900
NAM  Kirsch et al.
OCL  106495
UREF
PNO  4099980
ISD  19780700
NAM  North
OCL  106495
UREF
PNO  4777105
ISD  19881000
NAM  Macholdt et al.
OCL  106495
UREF
PNO  4895949
ISD  19900100
NAM  Jaffe et al.
OCL  546 56
UREF
PNO  5236498
ISD  19930800
NAM  Zaloum et al.
OCL  106495
UREF
PNO  5591258
ISD  19970100
NAM  Urban et al.
OCL  106495
UREF
PNO  5614014
ISD  19970300
NAM  Urban
OCL  106497
UREF
PNO  5755872
ISD  19980500
NAM  Urban et al.
OCL  106495
UREF
PNO  5755874
ISD  19980500
NAM  Urban et al.
OCL  106497
FREF
PNO  244453
ISD  19611200
CNT  AUX
OCL  106495
FREF
PNO  1569787
ISD  19700700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  955854
ISD  19640400
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  European Search Report (Dec. 1998).
PAL  Derwent Abstract--EP 655485 (May 1995).
PAL  Derwent Abstract--EP 799862 (Oct. 1997).
PAL  Derwent Abstract--EP 348347 (Dec. 1989).
LREP
FR2  Jackson; Susan S.
ABST
PAL  Mixed crystal pigments of the quinacridone series New quinacridone mixed
      crystal pigments consisting of
PA1  a) from 85 to 99% by weight of unsubstituted .beta.-phase quinacridone of
      the formula (I)
      ##STR1##
      in which R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen atoms and b) from 1 to 15% by
      weight of one or more substituted quinacridones of the formula (I) in
      which the substituents R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are identical or different and
      are chlorine, bromine or fluorine atoms or C.sub.1 -C.sub.4 -alkyl,
      C.sub.1 -C.sub.4 -alkoxy or carboxamido groups which can be substituted by
      C.sub.1 -C.sub.6 -alkyl groups, and R.sup.1 may additionally be hydrogen,
      are valuable quinacridones in the red-violet range.
PATN
WKU  059893346
SRC  8
APN  9186301
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970822
TTL  Self-repairing, reinforced matrix materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Marcheschi; Michael
NDR  9
NFG  66
INVT
NAM  Dry; Carolyn M.
STR  1505 Park Haven Dr.
CTY  Champaign
STA  IL
ZIP  61821
RLAP
COD  71
APN  537228
APD  19950929
PSC  01
PNO  5660624
ISD  19970826
RLAP
COD  81
APN  189665
APD  19940201
PSC  01
PNO  5427880
RLAP
COD  82
APN  174751
APD  19931229
PSC  01
PNO  5575841
ISD  19961119
RLAP
COD  81
APN  540191
APD  19900619
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  106677
XCL  106711
XCL  106724
XCL  106729
XCL  106823
XCL  106802
XCL  106805
XCL  501 95
XCL  4283202
XCL  4283211
XCL  4283215
XCL  428364
EDF  6
ICL  C04B 1438
ICL  C04B 1606
ICL  B32B  326
FSC  106
FSS  677;711;724;802;819;823;805;676;729
FSC  428
FSS  320.2;321.1;321.5;364
FSC  523
FSS  218;219
FSC  501
FSS  95
UREF
PNO  5561173
ISD  19961000
NAM  Dry
OCL  523218
UREF
PNO  5575841
ISD  19961100
NAM  Dry
OCL  106711
UREF
PNO  5660624
ISD  19970800
NAM  Dry
OCL  106711
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  Self-repairing, fiber reinforced matrix materials include a matrix material
      including inorganic as well as organic matrices. Disposed within the
      matrix are hollow fibers having a selectively releasable modifying agent
      contained therein. The hollow fibers may be inorganic or organic and of
      any desired length, wall thickness or cross-sectional configuration. The
      modifying agent is selected from materials capable of beneficially
      modifying the matrix fiber composite after curing. The modifying agents
      are selectively released into the surrounding matrix in use in response to
      a predetermined stimulus be it internal or externally applied. The hollow
      fibers may be closed off or even coated to provide a way to keep the
      modifying agent in the fibers until the appropriate time for selective
      release occurs. Self-repair, smart fiber matrix composite materials
      capable of repairing microcracks, releasing corrosion inhibitors or
      permeability modifiers are described as preferred embodiments in concrete
      and polymer based shaped articles.
PATN
WKU  059893354
SRC  8
APN  8856443
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970630
TTL  Dry dispersion of plant pulp in concrete and use thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Brunsman; David
INVT
NAM  Soroushian; Parviz
STR  1232 Mizzen Dr.
CTY  Okemos
STA  MI
ZIP  48864
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Jer-Wen
CTY  Okemos
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Soroushian; Parviz
COD  04
RLAP
COD  71
APN  558847
APD  19951115
PSC  01
PNO  5643359
CLAS
OCL  106805
XCL  106731
EDF  6
ICL  C04B 1602
FSC  106
FSS  731;805
UREF
PNO  3753749
ISD  19730800
NAM  Nutt
OCL  106 93
UREF
PNO  4369201
ISD  19830100
NAM  Kober
OCL  427  4
UREF
PNO  4400217
ISD  19830800
NAM  Kober
OCL  106 93
UREF
PNO  4985119
ISD  19910100
NAM  Vinson et al.
OCL  162149
UREF
PNO  5102596
ISD  19920400
NAM  Lempfer et al.
OCL  264115
UREF
PNO  5643359
ISD  19970700
NAM  Soroushian et al.
OCL  106805
ABST
PAL  Pulp fibers derived from wood or non-wood plants or recycled paper
      products, which are 0.1-30 mm long and about 0.001-0.1 mm in equivalent
      diameter, are individualized by mechanical action, blended with at least
      one of the dry ingredients of the cement-based material and then mixed
      with the remaining ingredients of conventional cement-based mixtures using
      conventional mixing equipment for effectively improving fresh and hardened
      properties of cement-based materials. Dispersion is achieved by
      individualizing the plant pulp fibers by mechanical action, and further by
      blending the individualized fibers with at least one of the dry
      ingredients of the mix and then with the remaining ingredients of the
      cement-based material, with fibers added at relatively low dosages of
      about 0.3-30 kg per cubic meter. The affinity of plant pulp fibers for
      water facilitates their dispersion in conventional cement-based mixtures.
      Fresh mixtures of cement-based materials incorporating the dispersed
      individualized plant pulp fibers possess desirable workability, resistance
      to segregation and bleeding, pumpability, finishability, and reduced
      rebound when pneumatically applied. Hardened cement-based materials
      incorporating the dispersed individualized plant pulp fibers provide
      improved crack resistance, toughness characteristics, impact resistance,
      fatigue life, abrasion resistance, and other mechanical, physical and
      durability characteristics. Plain and reinforced concrete and shotcrete as
      well as precast and cast-in-place concrete, plaster and stucco, mortar,
      grout and flowable fill are examples of cement-based materials which can
      benefit from the improvements in fresh and hardened material properties
      rendered by dispersed plant pulp fibers.
PATN
WKU  059893362
SRC  8
APN  889678&
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970708
TTL  Cement composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Green; Anthony
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Carpenter; Robert B.
CTY  Allen
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Bloys; J. Benjamin
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Johnson; David L.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Atlantic Richfield Company
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  106811
XCL  106718
XCL  106719
XCL  106803
XCL  106819
XCL  106823
EDF  6
ICL  C04B 1410
ICL  E21B 3313
FSC  106
FSS  811;718;719;802;803;819;823
UREF
PNO  3563313
ISD  19710200
NAM  Spangle
OCL  166292
UREF
PNO  3936383
ISD  19760200
NAM  Daimon et al.
OCL  106600
UREF
PNO  4176720
ISD  19791200
NAM  Wilson
UREF
PNO  4216022
ISD  19800800
NAM  Wilson
UREF
PNO  4276182
ISD  19810600
NAM  Beirute
UREF
PNO  4322301
ISD  19820300
NAM  Blackmore
UREF
PNO  4342866
ISD  19820800
NAM  Kang et al.
UREF
PNO  4374738
ISD  19830200
NAM  Kelley
UREF
PNO  4415367
ISD  19831100
NAM  Nelson
OCL  106718
UREF
PNO  4423781
ISD  19840100
NAM  Thomas
UREF
PNO  4717488
ISD  19880100
NAM  Seheult et al.
UREF
PNO  4778528
ISD  19881000
NAM  Defosse
OCL  106803
UREF
PNO  4883125
ISD  19891100
NAM  Wilson et al.
UREF
PNO  4888120
ISD  19891200
NAM  Mueller et al.
OCL  507227
UREF
PNO  4892898
ISD  19900100
NAM  Leighton et al.
UREF
PNO  4953620
ISD  19900900
NAM  Bloys et al.
UREF
PNO  4976316
ISD  19901200
NAM  Carpenter et al.
UREF
PNO  5005646
ISD  19910400
NAM  Bloys et al.
UREF
PNO  5027900
ISD  19910700
NAM  Wilson
UREF
PNO  5030366
ISD  19910700
NAM  Wilson et al.
UREF
PNO  5038863
ISD  19910800
NAM  Bloys et al.
UREF
PNO  5101902
ISD  19920400
NAM  Parcevaux et al.
UREF
PNO  5113943
ISD  19920500
NAM  Wilson et al.
UREF
PNO  5221489
ISD  19930600
NAM  Bloys et al.
UREF
PNO  5287929
ISD  19940200
NAM  Bloys et al.
UREF
PNO  5292367
ISD  19940300
NAM  Bloys et al.
UREF
PNO  5316083
ISD  19940500
NAM  Nahm et al.
UREF
PNO  5332041
ISD  19940700
NAM  Onan et al.
UREF
PNO  5360787
ISD  19941100
NAM  Bloys et al.
FREF
PNO  0171999
ISD  19860200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0271784
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  03093660
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0590983
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2296713
ISD  19960700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  96 20899
ISD  19960700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Development of a Unique Low Solids, High Density Drilling Fluid System"
      Apr. 1996 Dobson et al.
LREP
FR2  Long; William C.
ABST
PAL  A cement slurry composition suitable for well bore cementation is provided
      containing as an essential component a synthetic hectorite clay in amount
      sufficient to reduce free water formation and solids segregation.
PATN
WKU  059893370
SRC  8
APN  8173001
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970415
TTL  Method of growing single crystal
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Hiteshew; Felisa
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Sato; Kenji
CTY  Toda
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Japan Energy Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950912
APN  7-234282
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960125
APN  8-010930
CLAS
OCL  117 81
XCL  117 83
XCL  117204
XCL  117205
XCL  117206
EDF  6
ICL  C30B 1112
FSC  117
FSS  81;83;200;204;205;206
UREF
PNO  4190486
ISD  19800200
NAM  Kyle
OCL  438502
UREF
PNO  5471938
ISD  19951200
NAM  Uchida et al.
OCL  117 74
UREF
PNO  5685907
ISD  19971100
NAM  Fujikawa et al.
OCL  117 81
FREF
PNO  7-51471
ISD  19950600
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  B. Lunn and V. Bettridge, Revue De Physique Appliquee, Tome 12, pp.
      151-154, (Febrier 1977).
PAL  A.W. Vere, V. Steward, C.A. Jones, D.J. Williams and N. Shaw, Journal of
      Crystal Growth, vol. 72, pp. 97-101 (1985).
PAL  J.B. Mullin, C.A. Jones, B.W. Straughan and A. Royle, Journal of Crystal
      Growth, vol. 59 pp. 135-142 (1982).
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/02373
PD1  19970415
PD2  19970415
PD3  19960826
PCP  WO97/10372
PCD  19970320
ABST
PAR  An object of the present invention is to prevent introduction of cracks or
      defects into the grown single crystal and to obtain a compound
      semiconductor single crystal having a good crystallinity and no cracks. In
      the method, after ZnTe polycrystalline raw material and Te solvent are put
      in a crucible 3, they are heated by a heater 1 to make a solution by
      dissolving the ZnTe polycrystalline raw material in the Te solvent. The
      solution is solidified to grow a ZnTe single crystal by using the Bridgman
      method or the gradient freeze method, and thereafter, the remaining Te
      solvent in the crucible 3 is removed out of the crucible 3 by evaporation,
      and then the grown crystal is taken out of the crucible 3.
PATN
WKU  059893389
SRC  8
APN  5617359
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19951122
TTL  Method for depositing cell nitride with improved step coverage using
      MOCVD in a wafer deposition system
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Kunemund; Robert
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  DeBoer; Scott J.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Thakur; Randhir P. S.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  117 84
XCL  117952
XCL  4272551
XCL  427255
XCL  4272481
EDF  6
ICL  C30B 2504
FSC  117
FSS  84;952
FSC  427
FSS  255.1;255;248.1
UREF
PNO  4312921
ISD  19820100
NAM  Hirai et al.
OCL  117952
UREF
PNO  4863755
ISD  19890900
NAM  Hess et al.
OCL  427 39
UREF
PNO  4992299
ISD  19910200
NAM  Hochberg et al.
OCL  427 38
UREF
PNO  5322913
ISD  19940600
NAM  Blum et al.
OCL  528 15
OREF
PAL  Arthur K. Hochberg et al, "Diethylsilane as a Silicon Source for the
      Deposition of Silicon Nitride and Silicon Oxynitride Films by LPCVD", 1991
      Materials Research Society, pp. 509-513.
PAL  Yoshihiki Kusakabe et al, "Conformal Deposition on a Deep-Trenched
      Substrate by MOCVD", 1993 Applied Surface Science, pp. 763-767.
PAL  Frieser, "Direct Nitridation of Silicon Substrates", J. Electrochemical
      Society: Solid State Science, pp. 1092-1094, Oct. 1968.
PAL  Grow et al, "Plasma Enhanced Chemical Vapor Deposition of Silicon Nitride
      from Novel organosilanes", Mater. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc. abstract only,
      1994.
ABST
PAL  An embodiment of the present invention teaches a method for forming a
      storage capacitor during semiconductor memory device fabrication, the
      method comprising the steps of: forming a first capacitor plate structure
      comprising a polysilicon material having an aspect ratio comprising a
      vertical component and a horizontal component; wherein the vertical
      component of the first capacitor plate structure is greater in dimension
      than the horizontal component of the first capacitor plate structure;
      depositing a silicon nitride layer over the first capacitor plate
      structure by exposing the first capacitor plate structure to a gas vapor
      phase of an organometallic precursor and to an nitrogen based gas in an
      Metal Organic Chemical Vapor Deposition (MOCVD) chamber; and forming a
      second capacitor plate structure over the silicon nitride layer, the
      second capacitor plate structure being positioned to span at least a
      portion of the first capacitor plate structure.
PATN
WKU  059893397
SRC  8
APN  5274567
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19950913
TTL  MBE system and semiconductor device fabricated, using same
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Kunemund; Robert
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Tamamura; Koshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsukamoto; Hironori
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ikeda; Masao
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  To-yo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940904
APN  6-246935
CLAS
OCL  117107
XCL  117108
XCL  117956
XCL  438286
XCL  438289
EDF  6
ICL  C30B 2302
ICL  C30B 2948
FSC  117
FSS  107;108;956
FSC  437
FSS  126;129
FSC  438
FSS  286;289
UREF
PNO  4681773
ISD  19870700
NAM  Bean
OCL  117107
UREF
PNO  5057183
ISD  19911000
NAM  Tmomura et al.
OCL  117956
UREF
PNO  5450813
ISD  19950900
NAM  Nishimura et al.
OCL  117108
UREF
PNO  5492080
ISD  19960200
NAM  Ohkawa et al.
OCL  117956
UREF
PNO  5548137
ISD  19960800
NAM  Fan et al.
OCL  257191
FREF
PNO  63-148617
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Ozawa, et al., "The Growth of ZnMgSSe and Blue Laser Diodes",
      Optoelectronics Devices and Technologies, vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 193-204, Jun.
      9, 1994, No. 2, Tokyo, Japan.
PAL  Gunshor, et al., "MBE of Wide Bandgap II-VI Compounds", Journal of Crystal
      Growth, vol. 99, No. 1/04, pp. 390-398, Jan. 1, 1990.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 7, No. 195 (C-183) [1340], Aug. 25, 1983 &
      JP-A-58 095695 (Fujitsu K.K.), Jun. 7, 1983.
PAL  Konagi, et al., "ZnSe--ZnTe Strained-Layer Superlattices: A Novel Material
      for the Future Optoelectronic Devices", Journal of Crystal Growth, vol.
      86, No. 1-4, pp. 290-295, Jan. 1, 1988, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
PAL  Yao, et al., "Molecular Beam Epitaxy of Zinc Chalcogenides", Journal of
      Crystal Growth, vol. 53, No. 2, pp. 423-431, May 1, 1981, Amsterdam, The
      Netherlands.
PAL  Derwent Abstract Accession No. 95-120145/16, Class U11 U12, JP 07-045538A
      (Hitachi Ltd.), Feb. 14, 1995.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, C-586, p. 115, JP 63-315594A (Nissin Electric
      co. Ltd.), Dec. 23, 1988.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, E-675, p. 133, JP 63-148617A (Hitachi Ltd), Jun.
      21, 1988.
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  A molecular beam epitaxy system having a plurality of chambers which
      contain at least a first chamber and a second chamber. The first chamber
      is used to form II-VI column compound semiconductor layers not containing
      Te. The second chamber is used to form II-VI column compound semiconductor
      layers containing at least Te. A semiconductor device having an ohmic
      characteristics can be fabricated without mixing Te into other layers.
PATN
WKU  059893400
SRC  8
APN  9132783
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970827
TTL  Process and device for sublimation growing of silicon carbide
      monocrystals
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Hiteshew; Felisa
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Stephani; Dietrich
CTY  Bubenreuth
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Volkl; Johannes
CTY  Erlangen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  117204
XCL  117 84
XCL  117106
XCL  117900
EDF  6
ICL  C35B 3500
FSC  117
FSS  84;89;106;200;204;900
UREF
PNO  2854364
ISD  19580900
NAM  Lely
OCL  117 84
UREF
PNO  4147572
ISD  19790400
NAM  Vodakov et al.
OCL  148175
UREF
PNO  5288326
ISD  19940200
NAM  Maeda et al.
OCL  118719
UREF
PNO  5667587
ISD  19970900
NAM  Glass et al.
OCL  117200
UREF
PNO  5704985
ISD  19980100
NAM  Kordina et al.
OCL  118725
UREF
PNO  5707446
ISD  19980100
NAM  Volkl et al.
OCL  117200
UREF
PNO  5792257
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kordina et al.
OCL  117 90
FREF
PNO  0 554 047 A1
ISD  19930800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  24 09 005
ISD  19750900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 65294
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Lilov, S., "Investigation of the Role of Crystal Growth Zone during Silicon
      Carbide Growth by the Sublimation Method," Cryst. Res. Technol. 29 (1994)
      1, pp. 69-75.
PAL  Vodakov, Y., Epitaxial Growth of Silicon Carbide Layers by Sublimation
      "Sandwich Method" (I), Kristall und Technik, Bd. 14, Nr. 6, 1979, Berlin,
      DE, pp. 729-740.
PAL  Ivanov, P. et al., "Recent developments in SiC single-crystal electronics,"
      Semiconductor Science and Technology (1992), No. 7. Bristol, GB, pp.
      863-880.
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE95/01576
PD1  19970827
PD2  19970827
PD3  19951114
PCP  WO96/17113
PCD  19970606
ABST
PAR  A reaction chamber (2) is enclosed by a gas-tight wall (20), made of
      silicon carbide obtained by a CVD process at least on the inside (21)
      facing the reaction chamber (2). At least part of the silicon carbide of
      the wall (20) is sublimated and grown on a seed crystal (3) as a silicon
      carbide monocrystal (4).
PATN
WKU  059893419
SRC  8
APN  9305726
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971007
TTL  Single crystal producing apparatus and a single crystal producing method
      using same
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Hiteshew; Felisa
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Yasuda; Munehiro
CTY  Amagasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakurada; Shinichi
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Sitix Corporation
CTY  Amagasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960208
APN  8-047978
CLAS
OCL  117216
XCL  117208
XCL  117217
XCL  117222
EDF  6
ICL  C30B 3500
FSC  117
FSS  200;208;213;216;217;218;222;900
UREF
PNO  5707447
ISD  19980100
NAM  Schulman et al.
OCL  117217
UREF
PNO  5746824
ISD  19980500
NAM  Nemetz
OCL  117 13
UREF
PNO  5846322
ISD  19981200
NAM  Schulmann et al.
OCL  117216
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/00309
PD1  19971007
PD2  19971007
PD3  19970207
PCP  WO97/29224
PCD  19970814
ABST
PAR  A single crystal producing apparatus to be used for raising the single
      crystals by a CZ method. A cylindrical portion of a main chamber of the
      single crystal producing apparatus can be separated from the apparatus.
      Hot zone components can be retained within the cylindrical portion. After
      the pulling up operation, the cylindrical portion is separated from the
      apparatus with the hot zone components being engaged with within the
      cylindrical portion and is carried to another chamber. In another chamber,
      an overhauling, reproducing and assembling operations of the hot
      components can be conducted. In the single crystal producing apparatus, a
      cylindrical portion which goes through an assembling operation of the hot
      zone components in another chamber is engaged with the apparatus, and the
      next pulling up operation is conducted. Time required to the next pulling
      up operation is shortened. The dust amount within the pulling up chamber
      is reduced.
PATN
WKU  059893427
SRC  8
APN  7897642
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970128
TTL  Apparatus for substrate holding
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Edwards; Laura
NDR  15
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Ikeda; Masahide
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohtani; Masami
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Dainippon Screen Mfg, Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960130
APN  8-014446
CLAS
OCL  118 52
XCL  118 56
XCL  118500
XCL  118501
XCL  118503
XCL  118319
XCL  118320
XCL  118730
XCL  269  8
XCL  269231
XCL  269235
XCL  134902
XCL  156345
XCL  41422501
XCL  414935
XCL  414941
XCL  432253
EDF  6
ICL  B05C 1300
FSC  118
FSS  52;56;500;501;503;319;320;730
FSC  269
FSS  8;235;231;305;903
FSC  134
FSS  902
FSC  156
FSS  345
FSC  414
FSS  225.01;935;941
FSC  432
FSS  235
FSC   15
FSS  268
FSC  901
FSS  40;43
UREF
PNO  5376216
ISD  19941200
NAM  Yoshioka et al.
OCL  156345
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A substrate holding apparatus holds a rotating substrate without idly
      rotating the substrate and keeps the substrate in proper balance while the
      substrate is rotated. In a revolvable holding member, a column-shaped
      holding part is disposed on a top surface of a column-shaped supporting
      part, at an eccentric position with respect to a rotation axis of the
      supporting part. The revolvable holding member is supported by a rotation
      base for free rotation, and linked to a magnet holding part which
      incorporates a permanent magnet. On the other hand, a ring-shaped magnet
      which is disposed in a processing liquid collecting cup is freely driven
      by an air cylinder in a vertical direction. As the ring-shaped magnet is
      moved upward or downward and crosses a predetermined line as viewed in a
      positional relationship relative to the permanent magnet, which is at a
      height where the permanent magnet is disposed, the direction of a magnetic
      line of flux of the ring-shaped magnet is reversed. As a result, the
      direction of the revolving force which acts upon the permanent magnet is
      reversed, whereby the revolvable holding member holds or releases a
      substrate.
PATN
WKU  059893435
SRC  9
APN  2088649
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19981210
TTL  Directionally solidified thermal barrier coating
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Padgett; Calvin
EXP  Crispino; Richard
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Borom; Marcus Preston
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Gray; Dennis Michael
CTY  Delanson
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Curtis Alan
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  General Electric Company
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  788010
APD  19970124
PSC  01
PNO  5897921
CLAS
OCL  118308
XCL  118 58
EDF  6
ICL  C23C  402
ICL  C23C  410
FSC  118
FSS  308;58;310
FSC  427
FSS  454;535;539;446;453
UREF
PNO  5073433
ISD  19911200
NAM  Taylor
UREF
PNO  5688564
ISD  19971100
NAM  Coddet et al.
UREF
PNO  5705231
ISD  19980100
NAM  Nissley et al.
UREF
PNO  5830586
ISD  19981100
NAM  Gray et al.
OREF
PAL  "Development of Improved-Durability Plasma Sprayed Ceramic Coatings for Gas
      Turbine Engines", by I.E. Sumner, NASA Lewis Research Center, Cleveland,
      Ohio; and D. Ruckle, Pratt & Whitney Aircraft, East Hartford, Conn. Jun.
      30-Jul. 2, 1980, pp. 4-13.
PAL  "Experimental and Theoretical Aspects of Thick Thermal Barrier Coatings for
      Turbine Applications", by G. Johner, V. Wilms, Hanau, West Germany and
      K.K. Schweitzer, P. Adam, Motoren-Und Turbinenion Munchen, Munchen, West
      Germany, pp. 155-165.
PAL  Patent application Ser. No. 08/681,558, filed Jul. 29, 1996, now U.S.
      Patent 5,830,586 (see above).
LREP
FR2  Johnson; Noreen C.
FR2  Stoner; Douglas E.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus form a thermal barrier coating on a metal component.
      A molten thermal barrier coating powder is sprayed on the component in
      sweeping strokes. A plurality of overlapping solidified coating ribbons
      are deposited on the component and include a sequentially deposited
      surface ribbon forming sublayer ribbons therebelow. The surface ribbon is
      preheated at a spray site so that the sprayed molten powder remelts the
      surface ribbon at the spray site for sequentially welding the sequentially
      deposited surface ribbons to the sublayer ribbons.
PATN
WKU  059893443
SRC  8
APN  8755671
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970725
TTL  Atomizer head for liquids and a device for spraying workpieces with
      liquids using atomizer heads of said type
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Padgett; Calvin
EXP  Simmons; David A.
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Platsch; Hans
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Klaschka GmbH + Co.
CNT  DEX
COD  13
ITX  a part interest
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19951127
APN  195 44 016
CLAS
OCL  118684
XCL  118316
XCL  118314
XCL  118315
XCL  239296
XCL  239297
EDF  6
ICL  B05C 1100
ICL  B05B  708
FSC  239
FSS  128;133;135;139;290;296;297;300;291;292;338;311
FSC  118
FSS  684;676;677;600;313;314;315;316
UREF
PNO  1369520
ISD  19210200
NAM  Day
UREF
PNO  1474324
ISD  19231100
NAM  Holton
UREF
PNO  1609465
ISD  19261200
NAM  Day
UREF
PNO  2152767
ISD  19390400
NAM  McKnight
OCL  299140.1
UREF
PNO  2401503
ISD  19460600
NAM  Paasche
OCL  299140
UREF
PNO  2976329
ISD  19610300
NAM  Wabnitz
OCL  219 39
UREF
PNO  3168250
ISD  19650200
NAM  Paasche
OCL  239300
UREF
PNO  4370994
ISD  19830200
NAM  Nagata et al.
OCL  239133
UREF
PNO  4531675
ISD  19850700
NAM  Muck
UREF
PNO  4852773
ISD  19890800
NAM  Standlick et al.
UREF
PNO  5135172
ISD  19920800
NAM  Toth
UREF
PNO  5180104
ISD  19930100
NAM  Mellette
UREF
PNO  5344078
ISD  19940900
NAM  Fritz et al.
UREF
PNO  5419491
ISD  19950500
NAM  Breitsprecher
OCL  239296
UREF
PNO  5577666
ISD  19961100
NAM  Shen
OCL  239290
FREF
PNO  0 225 624 A2
ISD  19870600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 81/01670
ISD  19810600
CNT  WOX
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/05228
PD1  19970725
PD2  19970725
PD3  19961126
PCP  WO97/19757
PCD  19970605
ABST
PAR  In an atomizer head that produces a conical droplet mist, two shaping air
      ducts are diametrically opposing and are provided in the vicinity of the
      mist outlet aperture. The shaping air jets emerging from these ducts
      flatten the droplet mist which thus has a larger cone angle in one
      direction and a smaller cone angle in the other direction. A droplet mist
      thus flattened can be used to apply a liquid layer in a manner
      particularly true to the areas and contours of a workpiece surface.
PATN
WKU  059893451
SRC  9
APN  069987&
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980430
TTL  Process-gas supply apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Fieler; Erin
EXP  Breneman; Bruce
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Hatano; Tatsuo
CTY  Ryuoshimmachi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tokyo Electron Limited
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970502
APN  9-130261
CLAS
OCL  118715
XCL  156345
EDF  6
ICL  C23C 1600
FSC  118
FSS  715;725
FSC  156
FSS  345
UREF
PNO  5575854
ISD  19961100
NAM  Jinnouchi et al.
OCL  118715
UREF
PNO  5584963
ISD  19961200
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  156646.1
UREF
PNO  5620524
ISD  19970400
NAM  Fan et al.
OCL  118726
UREF
PNO  5777300
ISD  19980700
NAM  Homma et al.
OCL  219679
UREF
PNO  5785796
ISD  19980700
NAM  Lee
OCL  156345
UREF
PNO  5840368
ISD  19981100
NAM  Ohmi
OCL  427255.4
FREF
PNO  0 307 995
ISD  19890300
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 15, No. 357 (C-0866), Sep. 10, 1991, JP
      3-141192, Jun. 17, 1991.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A process-gas supply apparatus for supplying a process gas to a process
      chamber in which a predetermined processing using the process gas is
      applied to the object set therein, which comprising a process-gas source
      for supplying a process gas, a carrier gas source filled with a carrier
      gas, at least one gas storing section having a predetermined volume and to
      be filled with the process gas, a carrier-gas introducing pipe connecting
      the carrier gas source to the process chamber to introduce the carrier gas
      from the carrier gas source to the process chamber, a process-gas
      releasing pipe connected to the process-gas source, a process-gas filling
      circuit having at least one pipe which connects the at least one gas
      storing section to the process-gas releasing pipe and is provided with at
      least one open/shut valve, a process gas releasing circuit having at least
      one pipe which connects the gas storing section to the carrier-gas
      introducing pipe and is provided with at least one open/shut valve, a
      controlling section for controlling not only a communication state between
      the process-gas releasing pipe and the gas storing section but also a
      communication state between the carrier-gas introducing pipe and the gas
      storing section, by switchover of the open/shut valves attached to the
      process-gas filling circuit and the process gas releasing circuit.
PATN
WKU  059893460
SRC  8
APN  7629516
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19961210
TTL  Semiconductor processing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Fieler; Enn
EXP  Breneman; Bruce
NDR  20
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Hiroki; Tsutomu
CTY  Yamanashi-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tokyo Electron Limited
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951212
APN  7-323094
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961125
APN  8-313420
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19990126
APN  8-032927
CLAS
OCL  118719
XCL  414935
XCL  414938
XCL  414939
EDF  6
ICL  C23C 1600
FSC  118
FSS  719
FSC  156
FSS  345
FSC  414
FSS  935;938;939
UREF
PNO  5746565
ISD  19980500
NAM  Tepolt
OCL  414744.5
UREF
PNO  5823736
ISD  19981000
NAM  Matsumura
OCL  414609
UREF
PNO  5851296
ISD  19981200
NAM  Haraguchi et al.
OCL  118719
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  In a semiconductor processing apparatus, an external transfer mechanism
      transfers substrates between a cassette for storing a plurality of target
      substrates by vertically arranging the substrates at first intervals, and
      a processing section for performing semiconductor processing for the
      substrates. The external transfer mechanism has first and second arms
      defining first and second support surfaces each of which can support one
      of the substrates and capable of vertically moving relative to each other.
      An interval adjuster is disposed to adjust an interval in a vertical
      direction between the first and second support surfaces by moving the
      first and second arms relative to each other. An arm driving base is
      disposed to move the first and second arms between a position at which the
      first and second arms oppose the cassette and a position at which the
      first and second arms oppose the processing section. The thickness of each
      of the first and second arms in the vertical direction is smaller than the
      first interval. The first and second arms can be set in an overlapping
      state, in which the first and second arms overlap each other in a
      horizontal direction, by the interval adjuster. By simultaneously
      operating the first and second arms, processed and unprocessed substrates
      can be exchanged at once in the cassette.
PATN
WKU  059893494
SRC  8
APN  8816018
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970624
TTL  Diagnostic pedestal assembly for a semiconductor wafer processing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  41
ECL  1
EXA  Alejandro; Luz
EXP  Breneman; R. Brian
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Ke; Kuang-Han
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lindley; Roger A.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Shan; Hongching
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mett; Richard R.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Applied Materials, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  118728
XCL  118723R
XCL  118723E
XCL  156345
EDF  6
ICL  C23C 1600
FSC  118
FSS  723 E;723 ER;723 R;728;500
FSC  156
FSS  345
UREF
PNO  5451784
ISD  19950900
NAM  Loewenhardt et al.
OCL  250305
UREF
PNO  5667701
ISD  19970900
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  216 61
UREF
PNO  5885402
ISD  19990300
NAM  Esquibel
OCL  156345
UREF
PNO  5906684
ISD  19990500
NAM  Tamura et al.
OCL  118728
LREP
FRM  Thomason, Moser, Patterson
ABST
PAL  A diagnostic pedestal assembly for measuring ion current and DC bias
      voltage within a high-power plasma reaction chamber of a semiconductor
      wafer processing system. The diagnostic pedestal assembly contains an
      aperture located in a surface of the pedestal and a probe element that is
      supported within the aperture.
PATN
WKU  059893508
SRC  9
APN  1232525
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980727
TTL  Modified starch
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1,8
EXP  Brunsman; David
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Fischer; Monica
CTY  Savigny
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Wursch; Pierre
CTY  La Tour-de-Peilz
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Plante; Eric
CTY  Port Sainte Marie
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Nestec S.A.
CTY  Vevey
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970728
APN  97202363
CLAS
OCL  127 33
XCL  127 71
XCL  1062153
XCL  426654
XCL  426661
XCL  536102
EDF  6
ICL  C08L  302
FSC  106
FSS  215.3
FSC  127
FSS  33;71
FSC  426
FSS  654;661
FSC  536
FSS  102
UREF
PNO  4491483
ISD  19850100
NAM  Dudacek et al.
OCL  127 33
UREF
PNO  4508576
ISD  19850400
NAM  Muddle
OCL  106213
UREF
PNO  5100475
ISD  19920300
NAM  Wursch et al.
OCL  127 67
FREF
PNO  0 076 381
ISD  19820800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 150 715
ISD  19850100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 710 670
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  Heat-modified starch having a Brabender viscosity in aqueous dispersion at
      6% by weight of between 750-900 B.U, after 5 min at 95.degree. C. The
      starch is heat treated with a monoglyceride.
PATN
WKU  059893516
SRC  8
APN  9037608
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970731
TTL  Noncentrifugal sugar composition and a process for the preparation of a
      sugar product
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Brunsman; David
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Mizutani; Takeo
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ebashi; Tadashi
CTY  Nagareyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Kozo
CTY  Kamakura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugitani; Toshiaki
CTY  Kamakura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kodomari; Masaaki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsui Sugar Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  The Kumphawapi Sugar Co. Ltd.
CTY  Bangkok
CNT  THX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960731
APN  8-216929
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970702
APN  9-190724
CLAS
OCL  127 55
XCL  127 30
XCL  127 61
EDF  6
ICL  C13F  100
ICL  C13F  300
FSC  127
FSS  30;55;61
UREF
PNO  1740693
ISD  19291200
NAM  Hersey
OCL  127 61
UREF
PNO  3972725
ISD  19760800
NAM  Nicol
OCL  127 58
UREF
PNO  4115147
ISD  19780900
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  127 54
UREF
PNO  4342603
ISD  19820800
NAM  Daniels
OCL  127 61
UREF
PNO  4362757
ISD  19821200
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  426599
UREF
PNO  4640717
ISD  19870200
NAM  Sehukla et al.
OCL  127 58
FREF
PNO  60-30700
ISD  19850200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-133900
ISD  19850700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-16480
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Dippert; William H.
     Cowan, Liedowitz & Latman, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a process for the preparation of a
      noncentrifugal sugar composition. The process comprises the following
      steps: cane juice is filtered; a pH of the juice is adjusted to 5.0-6.0;
      sucrose or liquid sucrose or both is added to adjust a purity of the
      mixture to a range of 87.0 to 95.1% by weight; the mixture is heated and
      evaporated; and then the mixture is cooled to solidify with a strong
      shearing force being applied to obtain granules.
PATN
WKU  059893524
SRC  8
APN  934649&
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970923
TTL  Lactitol composition and process for the preparation thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Huang; Evelyn Mei
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Caboche; Jean-Jacques
CTY  le Marais
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Roquette Freres
CTY  Lestrem
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960927
APN  96 11804
CLAS
OCL  127 58
XCL  127 30
XCL  127 31
XCL  127 60
XCL  127 61
XCL  426658
XCL  536  111
XCL  536127
XCL  514 53
XCL  514777
EDF  6
ICL  C13F  102
ICL  A23G  300
ICL  A61K 4726
FSC  127
FSS  61;30;31;58
FSC  514
FSS  53;777
FSC  536
FSS  1.11;127
FSC  426
FSS  658
UREF
PNO  5494525
ISD  19960200
NAM  Heikkila
OCL  127 61
FREF
PNO  0 039 981
ISD  19811100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 381 483
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  02-200 695
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  02-196794
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  02-25694
ISD  19901000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  04-013686
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  90/06317
ISD  19900600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  92/16542
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Journal of the American Chemical Society, 1938, vol. 60 p 571-573, by
      Wolfrom et al.
PAL  Journal of Agriculture, Food and Chemistry, 1979, vol. 27 No. 4 p 680-686,
      by Velthuijsen.
PAL  6th European Meeting of Crystallography, Barcelone 1980, Bommel et al.
PAL  Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des Seances de l'Academie des Sciences, 1920,
      vol. 170, p 47-50, by J.B. Senderens.
PAL  Journal of the American Chemical Society, 1952, vol. 74, p 1105, by Wolfrom
      et al.
LREP
FRM  Henderson & Sturm
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a new anhydrous lactitol crystalline composition
      exhibiting essentially a porous and cellular structure and possessing a
      very high lactitol crystalline purity. This composition has remarkable
      functional properties, making its use particularly recommended in the
      manufacture of tablets or various powders to be dissolved in water. The
      invention also relates to a new process which makes it possible to
      manufacture the crystalline lactitol composition.
PATN
WKU  059893532
SRC  8
APN  7295650
APT  1
ART  168
APD  19961011
TTL  Cleaning wafer substrates of metal contamination while maintaining wafer
      smoothness
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Ponnalun; P.
EXP  MacMillan; Keith D.
INVT
NAM  Skee; David C.
CTY  Bethlehem
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Schwartzkopf; George
CTY  Franklin Township
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Mallinckrodt Baker, Inc.
CTY  Phillipsburg
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  134  2
XCL  134  6
XCL  134 36
XCL  134 42
XCL  510175
XCL  510165
XCL  510167
XCL  510421
XCL  510435
EDF  6
ICL  C03C 2300
ICL  B08B  700
ICL  C11D  900
ICL  C11D 1700
FSC  134
FSS  2;6;36;42
FSC  510
FSS  175;421;435;165;167
UREF
PNO  4462871
ISD  19840700
NAM  Siegel
OCL  204  1T
UREF
PNO  4675125
ISD  19870600
NAM  Sturwold
OCL  252118
UREF
PNO  5098594
ISD  19920300
NAM  Doscher
OCL  252162
UREF
PNO  5139607
ISD  19920800
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  156655
UREF
PNO  5348893
ISD  19940900
NAM  Yamagishi
OCL  437 10
FREF
PNO  0723205
ISD  19940100
CNT  EPX
ICL  G03F  742
FREF
PNO  0578507
ISD  19960700
CNT  EPX
ICL  G03F  742
OREF
PAL  Chem. Abstract 109:232701 Abstract of Chinese Patent Publication No.
      86,102,808A (Dec. 2, 1987).
PAL  Chem. Abstract 111:67956 Abstract of Japanese Patent Publication No.
      1-19,344 (Jan. 23, 1989).
ABST
PAL  Microelectronics wafer substrate surfaces are cleaned to remove metal
      contamination while maintaining wafer substrate surface smoothness by
      contacting the wafer substrate surfaces with an aqueous cleaning solution
      of an alkaline, metal ion-free base and a polyhydroxy compound containing
      from two to ten --OH groups and having the formula:
      ##STR1##
      wherein or in which --R--, --R.sup.1 --, --R.sup.2 -- and --R.sup.3 -- are
      alkylene radicals containing two to ten carbon atoms, x is a whole integer
      of from 1 to 4 and y is a whole integer of from 1 to 8, with the proviso
      that the number of carbon atoms in the polyhydroxy compound does not
      exceed ten, and wherein the water present in the aqueous cleaning solution
      is at least about 40% by weight of the cleaning composition.
PATN
WKU  059893540
SRC  8
APN  9964177
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971222
TTL  Method for removing thin, organic materials from semiconductor dies and
      micro-lenses
ISD  19991123
NCL  80
ECL  1
EXA  Markoff; Alexander
EXP  Warden; Jill
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Dormer; James F.
CTY  Limekiln
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Osenbach; John W.
CTY  Kutztown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  134  2
XCL  134  13
XCL  134  3
EDF  6
ICL  C03C 2300
ICL  C03C  102
ICL  B08B  700
FSC  134
FSS  1.3;2;3;26;28;29;38;40
UREF
PNO  4011144
ISD  19770300
NAM  Bachman
OCL  438611
UREF
PNO  4880601
ISD  19891100
NAM  Andermann et al.
OCL  422 28
UREF
PNO  5110765
ISD  19920500
NAM  Bilakanti et al.
OCL  438500
UREF
PNO  5462638
ISD  19951000
NAM  Datta et al.
OCL  438695
UREF
PNO  5466389
ISD  19951100
NAM  Iiardi et al.
OCL  510175
UREF
PNO  5491091
ISD  19960200
NAM  Loshaek et al.
XCL  422 28
OREF
PAL  CA abstract of JP 62-245526, Oct. 1987.
LREP
FRM  Synnestvedt & Lechner LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention is a method for removing organic and other contaminants, such
      as photo-resist, from semi-conductor dies and micro-lenses by placing the
      dies in a solution of two parts ethylene, diamine tetra-acetic-acid (EDTA)
      to one part peroxide at a temperature of between 30.degree. and 55.degree.
      C., and preferably between 40.degree. and 44.degree. C., for a period of
      1-30 minutes, and preferably between 2 and 10 minutes.
PATN
WKU  059893559
SRC  8
APN  8055106
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970226
TTL  Apparatus for cleaning and testing precision components of hard drives
      and the like
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Carrillo; S.
EXP  Warden; Jill
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Brandt; Werner V.
CTY  Santa Barbara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bowers; Charles W.
CTY  Torrance
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Eco-Snow Systems, Inc.
CTY  Livermore
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  134  6
XCL  134  2
XCL  134  7
XCL  134 10
XCL  134 11
XCL  134 21
XCL  134 40
XCL  134 72
XCL  134902
XCL  451 38
XCL  451 39
XCL  451 40
XCL  451 78
XCL  451 89
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  600
FSC  451
FSS  38;39;40;78;89
FSC  134
FSS  2;6;10;7;11;21;40;72;902
UREF
PNO  4027686
ISD  19770600
NAM  Shortes et al.
OCL  134 33
UREF
PNO  4806171
ISD  19890200
NAM  Whitlock et al.
OCL  134  7
UREF
PNO  4817652
ISD  19890400
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  134102
UREF
PNO  5125979
ISD  19920600
NAM  Swain et al.
OCL  134  7
UREF
PNO  5209028
ISD  19930500
NAM  McDermott et al.
OCL   51426
UREF
PNO  5315793
ISD  19940500
NAM  Peterson et al.
OCL  451 89
UREF
PNO  5316560
ISD  19940500
NAM  Krone-Schmidt et al.
OCL   55385.2
UREF
PNO  5364472
ISD  19941100
NAM  Heyns et al.
OCL  451 78
UREF
PNO  5456758
ISD  19951000
NAM  Menon
OCL  134 33
UREF
PNO  5720650
ISD  19980200
NAM  Mauze et al.
OCL  451 75
UREF
PNO  5766061
ISD  19980600
NAM  Bowers
OCL  451 89
UREF
PNO  5766368
ISD  19980600
NAM  Bowers
OCL  134  6
UREF
PNO  5837064
ISD  19981100
NAM  Bowers
OCL  134  6
UREF
PNO  5853962
ISD  19981200
NAM  Bowers
OCL  430331
LREP
FR2  Armstrong; R. Craig
ABST
PAL  Apparatus for cleaning, assembling, testing and inspecting contamination
      sensitive hardware. The apparatus includes an environmental process
      enclosure having an inner processing chamber, and a carbon dioxide jet
      spray cleaning system. The enclosure includes a loadlock pass-through
      having front and rear access doors for providing access to the inner
      processing chamber. A blower is disposed in the enclosure for circulating
      purified gas therethrough. A prefilter disposed prior to an inlet of the
      blower, and a high purity filter and laminar flow screen are disposed in
      the inner processing chamber. A heater is provided for heating the
      purified gas and a temperature controller is coupled to the heater for
      controlling the temperature of the purified gas. A table is disposed in
      the inner processing chamber upon which contamination sensitive hardware
      and testing and assembly apparatus may be placed. The carbon dioxide jet
      spray cleaning system includes a carbon dioxide delivery system for
      storing liquid carbon dioxide, and a valve assembly coupled to the carbon
      dioxide tank that is disposed in the inner processing chamber. The valve
      assembly is coupled to a nozzle and orifice assembly, which produces a
      spray of gas and solid carbon dioxide that is used to clean the
      contamination sensitive hardware.
PATN
WKU  059893567
SRC  9
APN  021048&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980209
TTL  Apparatus for removing snow from motor vehicle roofs
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Till; Terrence R.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Candeletti; William
STR  50 W. Oldis St.
CTY  Rochelle Park
STA  NJ
ZIP  07662
CLAS
OCL  134  6
XCL   15 533
XCL   15 973
XCL   15DIG2
EDF  6
ICL  B60S  304
ICL  B60S  306
FSC   15
FSS  53.1;53.2;53.3;97.3;DIG. 2
FSC  134
FSS  6
UREF
PNO  2579866
ISD  19511200
NAM  Rosseau
UREF
PNO  2627080
ISD  19530200
NAM  Holmes
UREF
PNO  3594843
ISD  19710700
NAM  Sesia
OCL   15 53.2
UREF
PNO  4136418
ISD  19790100
NAM  Griswold
UREF
PNO  4263729
ISD  19810400
NAM  Minnen
UREF
PNO  4321724
ISD  19820300
NAM  Samuels
UREF
PNO  4470167
ISD  19840900
NAM  Bivens
UREF
PNO  5048147
ISD  19910900
NAM  Belanger et al.
UREF
PNO  5160430
ISD  19921100
NAM  Gasser et al.
UREF
PNO  5269082
ISD  19931200
NAM  Sund et al.
UREF
PNO  5570524
ISD  19961100
NAM  Groat
UREF
PNO  5613260
ISD  19970300
NAM  Belanger et al.
UREF
PNO  5732723
ISD  19980300
NAM  Uesaka et al.
OCL  134  6
UREF
PNO  5802654
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yeaglin
OCL   15DIG.2
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for removing snow accumulation from motor vehicle roofs. The
      snow scraping apparatus has a scraping assembly adapted to remove snow
      from a motor vehicle roof and including a scraping member being
      horizontally oriented. The snow scraping apparatus also has a supporting
      assembly for holding the scraping assembly in an elevated position so that
      the motor vehicle can pass beneath the scraping member without
      interference. The scraping member is elevated from the ground by a height
      that is substantially the same as or slightly greater than that of the
      motor vehicle roof. As a result, the scraping member can remove snow
      accumulation from the motor vehicle roof as the motor vehicle passes
      beneath the scraping assembly. If desired, the scraping assembly can be a
      rotatable brushing member for removal of snow accumulation by tossing or
      throwing the snow away from the vehicle roof.
PATN
WKU  059893575
SRC  8
APN  9844805
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971201
TTL  Remotely-controllable self-cleaning roof gutter system and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Chaudhry; Saeed
EXP  Warden; Jill
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Vilhauer, Jr.; Jacob E.
STR  3325 SW. 44th
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
ZIP  97221
INVT
NAM  Vilhauer; Allison L.
STR  1211 S. Quebec Way, #9-205
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
ZIP  80231
RLAP
COD  72
APN  880049
APD  19970620
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  134  8
XCL  134  8
XCL  134 221
XCL  1341041
XCL   52 12
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  900
ICL  E04D 1300
FSC  134
FSS  8;22.1;22.11;22.12;22.18;34;37;104.1;166 R
FSC   52
FSS  11;12;16
UREF
PNO  2841100
ISD  19580700
NAM  Moller
OCL   52 12
UREF
PNO  3420378
ISD  19690100
NAM  Turner
XCL   52 12
UREF
PNO  3740787
ISD  19730600
NAM  Bowermaster
XCL   52 12
UREF
PNO  3834091
ISD  19740900
NAM  Dugan
XCL   52 12
UREF
PNO  3977135
ISD  19760800
NAM  Hunley, Jr.
OCL   52 12
UREF
PNO  4150793
ISD  19790400
NAM  Russo
OCL  239532
UREF
PNO  4182497
ISD  19800100
NAM  Ferreira et al.
OCL  239532
UREF
PNO  4238866
ISD  19801200
NAM  Taylor
OCL   15 23
UREF
PNO  4303348
ISD  19811200
NAM  O'Brien
OCL  401137
UREF
PNO  4319851
ISD  19820300
NAM  Arthur
OCL  401137
UREF
PNO  4349039
ISD  19820900
NAM  Egger
OCL  134167C
UREF
PNO  4673129
ISD  19870600
NAM  Kologiy
OCL  239532
UREF
PNO  4745709
ISD  19880500
NAM  Johnson
XCL   52 11
UREF
PNO  4750883
ISD  19880600
NAM  Drake
OCL  401137
UREF
PNO  4978241
ISD  19901200
NAM  Lawson
OCL  401118
UREF
PNO  5022586
ISD  19910600
NAM  Putnam
OCL  239 71
UREF
PNO  5274965
ISD  19940100
NAM  Jackson
OCL   52 12
UREF
PNO  5536406
ISD  19960700
NAM  Silva
XCL   52 12
UREF
PNO  5586837
ISD  19961200
NAM  Udelle
XCL   52 12
UREF
PNO  5634299
ISD  19970600
NAM  Gaston
OCL   52 12
LREP
FRM  Chernoff, Vilhauer, McClung & Stenzel
ABST
PAL  A remotely-controllable self-cleaning roof gutter preferably has a
      selectively inflatable and deflatable bladder extending longitudinally
      along the interior of the roof gutter. The bladder has an interior chamber
      connected to a fluid conduit which extends downwardly from the gutter so
      that the inflation or deflation of the bladder can be controlled manually
      by a person standing on the ground. When the gutter is to be cleaned, the
      normally deflated bladder is inflated by introducing pressurized fluid
      into the conduit which causes the bladder to lift debris toward the top of
      the gutter and dump it over the top of the gutter onto the ground by
      gravity. Thereafter, the bladder is deflated and the gutter is restored to
      normal usage. Preferably, a fluid-permeable screening member is mounted
      immediately above the gutter drain and is liftable by the inflated bladder
      in unison with the debris so that debris surrounding the screening member
      is likewise removed by gravity.
PATN
WKU  059893583
SRC  9
APN  1620789
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980928
TTL  Sheet cleaning apparatus with cartridge roller assembly and method of use
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  17
EXP  Spisich; Markk
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Korbonski; John A.
CTY  San Juan Capistrano
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Systems Division, Incorporated
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  722857
APD  19960926
PSC  01
PNO  5813073
CLAS
OCL  134  9
XCL   15  3
XCL   15102
XCL   1525652
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  102
FSC   15
FSS  3;100;102;256.52
FSC  134
FSS  9
UREF
PNO  1022510
ISD  19120400
NAM  Seaborne
OCL   15100
UREF
PNO  1189633
ISD  19160700
NAM  Shue
OCL   15100
UREF
PNO  1199424
ISD  19160900
NAM  Robinson
OCL   15100
UREF
PNO  1857633
ISD  19320500
NAM  Gramsa
OCL  352130
UREF
PNO  2791788
ISD  19570500
NAM  Hausdorf
OCL   15100
UREF
PNO  2983353
ISD  19610500
NAM  Vilmerding
OCL  193 45
UREF
PNO  3053368
ISD  19620900
NAM  Klahn
OCL  193 35R
UREF
PNO  3297223
ISD  19670100
NAM  Bueker
OCL  226183
UREF
PNO  3609020
ISD  19710900
NAM  Kelly
OCL  352 40
UREF
PNO  3778139
ISD  19731200
NAM  Kelly
OCL  352130
UREF
PNO  3807616
ISD  19740400
NAM  Hope et al.
OCL  226194
UREF
PNO  4009047
ISD  19770200
NAM  Lindsay
OCL  134  9
UREF
PNO  4018555
ISD  19770400
NAM  Thettu
XCL   15256.52
UREF
PNO  4033497
ISD  19770700
NAM  Przygocki
OCL  226194
UREF
PNO  4211580
ISD  19800700
NAM  Vowles
OCL  134  9
UREF
PNO  4358194
ISD  19821100
NAM  Krehbiel
OCL  396615
UREF
PNO  4420241
ISD  19831200
NAM  Kastl et al.
OCL  396612
UREF
PNO  4637088
ISD  19870100
NAM  Badaracco et al.
OCL   15 97.1
UREF
PNO  4690535
ISD  19870900
NAM  Kubata et al.
OCL  396622
UREF
PNO  4739358
ISD  19880400
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  396622
UREF
PNO  4982469
ISD  19910100
NAM  Nishiwaki
OCL   15  3
UREF
PNO  5251348
ISD  19931000
NAM  Corrado et al.
XCL   15  3
UREF
PNO  5349714
ISD  19940900
NAM  Korbonski et al.
OCL   15  3
UREF
PNO  5423104
ISD  19950600
NAM  West
OCL   15100
UREF
PNO  5425813
ISD  19950600
NAM  Ernst et al.
XCL   15  3
OREF
PAL  Extract (12 pgs) from an Audio Technica brochure describing Audio
      Technica's TCN 600 range of machines, and details regarding a Teknek
      machine (3 pgs) (HDCM record sheet re HDCM 1500 P/2/110, Serial No. 1726
      (1 pg), p. 15 entitled "Pneumatics"(1 pg), and Teknek Electronics Ltd.
      schematic dated Nov. 13, 1990, re CM 1500 (1 pg).
PAL  Teknek brochure (1 pg) re "Minilab Cleaner".
LREP
FR2  Roberts; Larry K.
ABST
PAL  A sheet cleaning apparatus having sets of cleaning rollers, wherein the
      rollers are integrated into a removable cartridge structure. Couplers are
      provided at roller shaft ends to connect to the roller drive. The
      cartridge is received in a slide carriage, permitting the cartridge to be
      readily removed from the apparatus by sliding the carriage out, and
      lifting the cartridge out from the slide carriage. With this arrangement,
      the down time for the sheet cleaning apparatus is minimized, since the
      sheet cleaning apparatus can be provided with two cartridges, and the
      cartridge needing maintenance can simply be quickly removed and replaced
      with a fresh cartridge. The production line can quickly be put back into
      operation, and the removed cartridge can be serviced off line for
      subsequent use.
PATN
WKU  059893591
SRC  9
APN  1697218
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19981009
TTL  Method for drying objects with fluids
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  El-Arini; Zeinab
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Berbel; Jose A.
STR  906 Kemp Hills Dr.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ZIP  78737
CLAS
OCL  134 10
XCL  134 26
XCL  134 30
XCL  134 31
XCL  134 952
XCL   34342
EDF  6
ICL  F26B  700
FSC  134
FSS  10;26;30;31;95.2;102.3
FSC   34
FSS  342
UREF
PNO  4736758
ISD  19880400
NAM  Kusuhara
OCL  134 66
UREF
PNO  4924890
ISD  19900500
NAM  Giles et al.
OCL  134 61
UREF
PNO  4984597
ISD  19910100
NAM  McConnell et al.
OCL  134 11
UREF
PNO  4994497
ISD  19910100
NAM  McConnell et al.
OCL  134 95
UREF
PNO  5038808
ISD  19910800
NAM  Hammond et al.
OCL  134184
UREF
PNO  5232563
ISD  19930800
NAM  Warfield
OCL  204141.5
UREF
PNO  5498293
ISD  19960300
NAM  Ilardi et al.
OCL  134  3
UREF
PNO  5556479
ISD  19960900
NAM  Bran
OCL  134  1.3
UREF
PNO  5571337
ISD  19961100
NAM  Mohindra et al.
OCL  134 25.4
UREF
PNO  5579792
ISD  19961200
NAM  Stanasolovich et al.
OCL  134184
UREF
PNO  5603849
ISD  19970200
NAM  Li
OCL  216 99
UREF
PNO  5634978
ISD  19970600
NAM  Mohindra et al.
OCL  134  2
UREF
PNO  5653045
ISD  19970800
NAM  Ferrell
OCL   34341
UREF
PNO  5656097
ISD  19970800
NAM  Olesen et al.
OCL  134  1
UREF
PNO  5660642
ISD  19970800
NAM  Britten
OCL  134 30
UREF
PNO  5727578
ISD  19980300
NAM  Matthews
OCL  134 61
LREP
FR2  Shaffer, Jr.; J. Nevin
     Shaffer & Culbertson, Jr.
ABST
PAL  A method for drying objects with fluids includes the introduction of an
      object (46) to be dried into a container (12). The container (12) is
      filled with a first fluid (48) from the bottom (16) of container (12) to a
      predetermined level. Subsequently, a volatile second fluid is introduced
      at the bottom (16) of container (12) so as to form a stable interface
      (56). Thereafter, volatile second fluid (50) is continued to be introduced
      into container (12) until first fluid (48), interface (56), and some
      portion of volatile second fluid (50) passes through exit (24) and two-way
      exit valve (26). At that point, pump (40), pumping volatile second fluid
      (50) into container (12), is stopped and two-way exit valve (26) closes so
      that residual first fluid (48) and volatile second fluid (50) pass through
      excess drain line (32) to first and second fluid recovery reservoir (34).
      Volatile second fluid (50) is extremely volatile, having a vapor pressure
      greater than 200 mm per Hg at STP, so that as object (26) is removed from
      volatile second fluid (50) or volatile second fluid (50) is allowed to
      drain from container (12), the thin film of volatile second fluid (50)
      evaporates instantly leaving completely dry object (46) free of either
      first fluid (48) or volatile second fluid (50) residues as well as free of
      any spotting or re-deposited particles. In a preferred embodiment, the
      first fluid (48) is water and the volatile second fluid (50) is an organic
      solvent with a specific gravity greater than 1.
PATN
WKU  059893605
SRC  8
APN  9353976
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970923
TTL  Gas-driven portable self-contained vacuum device
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  10
EXP  Moore; Chris K.
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Hamilton; Thomas I.
STR  9100 Serrant Ct.
CTY  Bakersfield
STA  CA
ZIP  93311
CLAS
OCL  134 21
XCL   15405
XCL   15409
XCL  222635
XCL  239318
EDF  6
ICL  A47L  518
FSC   15
FSS  405;409
FSC  239
FSS  318;337
FSC  222
FSS  635
FSC  134
FSS  21
UREF
PNO  2016113
ISD  19351000
NAM  Lambert et al.
XCL   15405
UREF
PNO  2856205
ISD  19581000
NAM  Coleman et al.
XCL   15409
UREF
PNO  2968441
ISD  19610100
NAM  Holcomb
OCL  239337
UREF
PNO  3148806
ISD  19640900
NAM  Meshberg
XCL  239337
UREF
PNO  3430811
ISD  19690300
NAM  Nystrom
XCL   15405
UREF
PNO  3437272
ISD  19690400
NAM  Abplanalp
XCL  239318
UREF
PNO  3578948
ISD  19710500
NAM  Friend et al.
XCL   15409
UREF
PNO  3897004
ISD  19750700
NAM  French
OCL  239318
UREF
PNO  3913842
ISD  19751000
NAM  Singer
OCL  239337
UREF
PNO  4054998
ISD  19771000
NAM  Hesselgren
OCL   32 33
UREF
PNO  4228798
ISD  19801000
NAM  Deaton
OCL  128276
UREF
PNO  4350299
ISD  19820900
NAM  Stephenson et al.
OCL  239337
UREF
PNO  4594807
ISD  19860600
NAM  McQueen
OCL   43132.1
UREF
PNO  4874404
ISD  19891000
NAM  Boswell
OCL   55 86
UREF
PNO  4961916
ISD  19901000
NAM  Lesage et al.
OCL  422 88
UREF
PNO  5225158
ISD  19930700
NAM  Tayebi et al.
OCL  422  4
UREF
PNO  5317930
ISD  19940600
NAM  Wedding
OCL   73863.03
UREF
PNO  5364474
ISD  19941100
NAM  Williford, Jr.
OCL  134 32
UREF
PNO  5531722
ISD  19960700
NAM  Van Hale
OCL  604280
UREF
PNO  5565677
ISD  19961000
NAM  Wexler et al.
OCL  250251
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A portable, self-contained vacuum device designed for hand-held use to
      create a moderate vacuum effect for various applications. A small diameter
      tube (10) is firmly attached (14) to the nozzle or spray tip of an aerosol
      canister and inserted at a point (16) through the wall of, and directed in
      one direction along the interior length of a larger diameter tube (12).
      The tubes may be fixed to the exterior of the aerosol canister, may be
      detachable for storage, or may be manufactured into the interior of the
      aerosol canister. When propellant gas from the aerosol canister is
      released and injected out of the outflow end (20) of the smaller diameter
      tube toward one end of the larger diameter tube, the resulting aspiration
      of ambient gasses creates a vacuum effect at the opposite end, or intake
      end (18), of said larger diameter tube. A vented receptacle (22) is added
      to capture the aspirated debris and other matter, but allow the propellant
      and ambient gasses to pass into the atmosphere through filter screens (28)
      of desired permeability. The use of antiseptic additives with the aerosol
      propellant provides enhancement for use of the device for biological waste
      collection purposes. The use of preservative additives with the aerosol
      propellant provides enhancement for use of the device for specimen
      collection purposes.
PATN
WKU  059893613
SRC  8
APN  8233314
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970322
TTL  V.E.T. video enhancement treatment
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXA  Markoff; Alexander
EXP  Warden; Jill
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Knapp; John W
STR  684 Invergarry St.
CTY  Glendora
STA  CA
ZIP  91741
CLAS
OCL  134 42
XCL  134 40
XCL  134  6
EDF  6
ICL  B08B  700
FSC  134
FSS  42;40;26;6;32;39;2
UREF
PNO  4183819
ISD  19800100
NAM  Stolove
OCL  510167
UREF
PNO  4529531
ISD  19850700
NAM  Padovani
OCL  508280
UREF
PNO  4530772
ISD  19850700
NAM  Timony
OCL  508282
UREF
PNO  4544413
ISD  19851000
NAM  Boots et al.
OCL  106287.14
UREF
PNO  5145523
ISD  19920900
NAM  Halpin et al.
OCL  510407
UREF
PNO  5181965
ISD  19930100
NAM  Bakanowsky, III
OCL  134  8
UREF
PNO  5238504
ISD  19930800
NAM  Henry
OCL  134 40
UREF
PNO  5420729
ISD  19950500
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  360 69
UREF
PNO  5607512
ISD  19970300
NAM  Grout
OCL  134  6
UREF
PNO  5811380
ISD  19980900
NAM  Wetz
OCL  510175
OREF
PAL  Williams, Guide to VCRs, Camcorders & Home Video, Clinton Book Company, pp.
      65-66, 1990.
PAL  Williams, All Thumbs Guide to VCRs, Tab Books, pp. 55-65, 1993.
ABST
PAL  A method for cleaning and conditioning tape path surfaces and heads of
      video and audio equipment, recorders, and electrical contact surfaces of
      electronic equipment, improving the resolution of said heads comprising:
      providing a cleaning composition consisting essentially of white mineral
      oil, a compound selected from the group of mineral spirits, hydrotreated
      heavy petroleum naphtha, heavy alkylate naphtha and isoparaffinic
      hydrocarbons having 1-13 carbons; with application to said tape path
      surfaces and the heads of said video and audio equipment, said tape
      recorders, and the electrical contact surfaces of said electronic
      equipment, causing the deep cleaning and conditioning for an improved life
      and improved results of said recorders and said electronic equipment.
PATN
WKU  059893621
SRC  8
APN  9295380
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970915
TTL  Polymerizable flux composition for encapsulating the solder in situ
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Wyszomierski; George
INVT
NAM  Diamant; Joram
CTY  Moraga
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Myers; Henry L.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sophia Systems Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  625062
APD  19960329
PSC  01
PNO  5851311
CLAS
OCL  148 23
XCL  148 24
XCL  148 25
EDF  6
ICL  B23K 35362
FSC  148
FSS  23;24;25
UREF
PNO  3655461
ISD  19720400
NAM  Miwa
OCL  148 24
UREF
PNO  3791027
ISD  19740200
NAM  Angelo et al.
OCL   29495
UREF
PNO  3923571
ISD  19751200
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  156 94
UREF
PNO  4187348
ISD  19800200
NAM  Dearlove et al.
OCL  428418
UREF
PNO  4273686
ISD  19810600
NAM  Noland et al.
OCL  260  9
UREF
PNO  4604230
ISD  19860800
NAM  Goswami et al.
OCL  252514
UREF
PNO  4619715
ISD  19861000
NAM  Hwang
OCL  148 24
UREF
PNO  4923762
ISD  19900500
NAM  Ishirawa et al.
OCL  419 10
UREF
PNO  5064481
ISD  19911100
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  148 23
UREF
PNO  5116433
ISD  19920500
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  148 24
UREF
PNO  5128746
ISD  19920700
NAM  Pennisi et al.
OCL  287 72
UREF
PNO  5167729
ISD  19921200
NAM  Takemoto et al.
OCL  148 23
UREF
PNO  5211763
ISD  19930500
NAM  Takemoto et al.
OCL  148 23
UREF
PNO  5243133
ISD  19930900
NAM  Engle et al.
OCL  174 52.4
UREF
PNO  5249101
ISD  19930900
NAM  Frey et al.
OCL  361717
UREF
PNO  5260130
ISD  19931100
NAM  Sakaguchi et al.
OCL  428355
UREF
PNO  5261155
ISD  19931100
NAM  Angulas et al.
OCL   29830
UREF
PNO  5346558
ISD  19940900
NAM  Mathias
OCL  148 23
UREF
PNO  5360837
ISD  19941100
NAM  Honda et al.
OCL  523220
UREF
PNO  5376403
ISD  19941200
NAM  Capote et al.
OCL  427 96
UREF
PNO  5390082
ISD  19950200
NAM  Chase et al.
OCL  361783
UREF
PNO  5414928
ISD  19950500
NAM  Bonitz et al.
OCL   29840
UREF
PNO  5851311
ISD  19981200
NAM  Diamant et al.
OCL  148 23
FREF
PNO  57-113505
ISD  19820700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-204966
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/37134
ISD  19980800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Shaun L. McCarthy, "New Test Methods for Evaluating Electrically Conductive
      Adhesives", SMI Proceedings, Aug., 1995, pp. 562-567.
PAL  W.R. Ashcroft, "Curing Agents for Epoxy Resins", Chemistry and Technology
      of Epoxy Resins, 1993, pp. 37-71.
PAL  Libor Matejka, Svatopluk Pokomy and Karel Dusek, "Network Formation
      Involving Epoxide and Carboxyl Groups", Polymer Bulletin 7, 1982, pp.
      123-128.
PAL  Anthony J. DeNicola, Jr. and James P. Bell, "Polyfunctional Chelating
      Agents for Improved Durability of Epoxy Adhesion to Steel", American
      Chemical Society Symposium Series 221, Epoxy Resin Chemistry II, 1983, pp.
      119-134.
PAL  Robert W. Lenz, "Organic Chemistry of Synthetic High Polymers", 1967, pp.
      536-551.
PAL  Report by Tsung-Yu Pan, Ph.D. of Ford Research Laboratory to NCMS members
      dated Dec. 1, 1995 regarding Metallographic Analysis of Solder Joints by
      Sophia Systems.
PAL  K.J. Kirsten, "Applications for One-Part Reflow/Encapsulant Formulation",
      International Conference on Electronic Assembly, Atlanta, Georgia, May
      29-31, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Fenwick & West LLP
ABST
PAL  A polymer-based solder paste composition having the strength and corrosion
      resistance of joints produced by conventional solder technology and the
      environmental and processing advantages of ICA technology comprises a
      powdered solder metal with a single component (single package)
      polymerizable flux composition. In one embodiment the polymerizable flux
      composition includes 55-70% by weight of an epoxy such as epoxy novolac,
      the diglycidyl ethers of bisphenol A and F, and mixtures thereof, 0-15% by
      weight of a dicarboxylic acid, 3-5% by weight of an amine thermal curing
      agent, and the balance may include a polyalcohol, a chelating agent, a
      defoamer, a thixotrope and a surfactant. In another embodiment the
      polymerizable flux composition includes approximately 55-70% by weight of
      an epoxy such as trifunctional epoxide of p-aminophenol, approximately
      20-30% by weight of a liquid organic acid such as a carboxy-acrylate, and
      approximately 4-10% by weight of an amine thermal curing agent. Organic
      solvents such as linear hydrocarbons and esters of lactic acid may be
      added to decrease the viscosity as necessary. Upon heating, the solder
      metal spontaneously segregates from the flux composition, fuses, and forms
      a metallurgical joint, while the single-component polymerizable flux
      composition encapsulates the fused metal in a polymer coating which
      remains firm but pliable at reflow temperatures.
PATN
WKU  059893630
SRC  9
APN  0616869
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980416
TTL  Nitriding process and nitriding furnace therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Yee; Deborah
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Georges; Jean
CTY  Luxembourg
CNT  LUX
ASSG
NAM  Plasma Metal SA
CTY  Luxembourg
CNT  LUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970418
APN  97630021
CLAS
OCL  148222
XCL  266251
XCL  266252
EDF  6
ICL  C23C  824
FSC  148
FSS  222
FSC  266
FSS  251;252
UREF
PNO  3616383
ISD  19711000
NAM  Klausler
OCL  148122
UREF
PNO  3730863
ISD  19730500
NAM  Keller
OCL  148122
UREF
PNO  4900371
ISD  19900200
NAM  Dexter et al.
OCL  148122
UREF
PNO  5589221
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hiramoto et al.
OCL  148122
LREP
FRM  Polster, Lieder, Woodruff & Lucchesi
ABST
PAL  A nitriding process and nitriding furnace therefor wherein the parts to be
      treated are maintained at floating potentional in a vacuum furnace (9),
      current being provided to a metal screen (5) cathode surrounding the parts
      to be treated, the necessary heat being provided by radiation from screen
      (5) whereby nitriding gas is injected into the furnace such that it has to
      flow through screen (5) where the plasma necessary for the nitriding
      reaction is generated by glow discharge the plasma flowing around and
      reacting with the parts to be treated before it is evacuated at the bottom
      of furnace (9) through vacuum/exhaust conduit (2).
PATN
WKU  059893648
SRC  9
APN  0514632
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19941212
TTL  Gold-alloy bonding wire
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  3
EXP  Ip; Sikyin
INVT
NAM  Kitamura; Osamu
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippon Steel Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930422
APN  5-096212
CLAS
OCL  148430
XCL  420507
XCL  420511
EDF  6
ICL  H01B  102
ICL  C22C  502
FSC  148
FSS  430
FSC  420
FSS  507;511
FREF
PNO  58096741
ISD  19830600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63145729
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  02260643
ISD  19901000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5175271
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP94/00660
PD1  19941212
PD2  19941212
PD3  19940421
PCP  WO94/24323
PCD  19941027
ABST
PAR  A thin wire of gold alloy for wire bonding, consisting of: a first group
      consisting of 2 to 10 ppm by weight of scandium, 3 to 20 ppm by weight of
      beryllium, and 2 to 50 ppm by weight of indium; and the balance consisting
      of gold and unavoidable impurities. The thin wire has a loop height of 200
      .mu.m or more and a wire flow after resin molding of not more than 5%.
PATN
WKU  059893656
SRC  9
APN  0638285
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980422
TTL  Metallic ingot for plastic working
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Yee; Deborah
NDR  12
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Yanagimoto; Shigeru
CTY  Kitakata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukuda; Masashi
CTY  Kitakata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sutou; Yoshiaki
CTY  Kitakata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kato; Takayuki
CTY  Kitakata
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Showa Denko Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941206
APN  6-330546
RLAP
COD  74
APN  568255
APD  19951206
PSC  01
PNO  5769147
CLAS
OCL  148437
EDF  6
ICL  C22C  102
ICL  C22C 2100
FSC  148
FSS  437;688;404
UREF
PNO  3485289
ISD  19691200
NAM  Honma
UREF
PNO  3627019
ISD  19711200
NAM  Hitchchock
UREF
PNO  4549598
ISD  19851000
NAM  Gervais et al.
UREF
PNO  5573861
ISD  19961100
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  148404
FREF
PNO  29 11 625 A1
ISD  19791000
CNT  DKX
FREF
PNO  243 287
ISD  19871000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  481 621
ISD  19290800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  880 787
ISD  19530700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1 141 753
ISD  19621200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3323896
ISD  19850100
CNT  DEX
OCL  148404
FREF
PNO  56-50776
ISD  19810500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-094555
ISD  19840500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  362093356
ISD  19870400
CNT  JPX
OCL  148404
FREF
PNO  1 469 422
ISD  19770400
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Solidified Structure of Unidirectionally Solidified A1Cu Alloys,
      "Castings", vol. 49, No. 9, pp. 539-544 by Eui-Pak Yoo, Seiki Nisi, Dr.
      Eng and Takeo Shinoda.
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeLand & Naughton
ABST
PAL  In a metallic ingot used as a forging stock, high dimensional accuracy,
      small dispersion of weight, good inner quality, and small radius of
      meniscus are required. In the metallic ingot fulfilling these
      requirements, the metallic melt 7 is completely filled the mold comprising
      a sprue 4 closed after pouring of the melt and is forcedly solidified at
      its bottom by the cooling plate 1. The crystal grains grow almost parallel
      to the rising direction of the upper surface of the melt 7. The ingot has
      no cutting surface on the casting surface.
PATN
WKU  059893664
SRC  8
APN  8164185
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970314
TTL  Method of manufacturing thick steel product of high strength and high
      toughness having excellent weldability and minimal variation of
      structure and physical properties
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Ip; Sikyin
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hayashi; Tohru
CTY  Okayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okatsu; Mitsuhiro
CTY  Okayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawabata; Fumimaru
CTY  Okayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Amano; Keniti
CTY  Okayama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kawasaki Steel Corporation
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960318
APN  8-087095
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960913
APN  8-263805
CLAS
OCL  148505
XCL  148648
XCL  148654
EDF  6
ICL  C21D  802
FSC  148
FSS  648;654;661;550;505
UREF
PNO  4219371
ISD  19800800
NAM  Nakasugi et al.
OCL  148648
UREF
PNO  4521258
ISD  19850600
NAM  Tamehiro et al.
OCL  148505
FREF
PNO  0 733 715
ISD  19960900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  6-67621
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-67717
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-162838
ISD  19880700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-350127
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-220576
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-126746
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 131 832
ISD  19840600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  A method of manufacturing a thick steel product of high strength and high
      toughness having excellent weldability with minimal variation of material
      properties, comprises heating a steel raw material to the temperature of
      Ac.sub.3 to 1350.degree. C., hot rolling and then cooling at the cooling
      rate of 10.degree. C./sec. or less. The steel raw material has the
      following composition:
PA0  C: 0.001-0.25 wt %;
PA0  Mn: 1.0-3.0 wt %;
PA0  Ti: 0.005-0.20 wt %;
PA0  Nb: 0.005-0.20 wt %;
PA0  B: 0.0003-0.0050 wt %; and
PA0  Al: 0.01-0.100 wt %
PAL  balance substantially Fe and incidental impurities. The composition has a
      transformation start temperature (Bs) of 670.degree. C. or less. Since the
      steel product obtained by the method has no variation in physical
      properties regardless of variation in cooling rate, it is possible to
      supply steel products of high strength and high toughness which have
      uniform microstructure and properties along their thickness direction and
      are excellent in weldability.
PATN
WKU  059893672
SRC  9
APN  1599178
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980924
TTL  Particle-free, gas-producing mixture
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Baker; Aileen J.
EXP  Jordan; Charles T.
INVT
NAM  Zeuner; Siegfried
CTY  Munchen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hofmann; Achim
CTY  Polling
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schropp; Roland
CTY  Tegernheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Rodig; Karl-Heinz
CTY  Kraiburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  TRW Airbag Systems GmbH & Co. KG
CTY  Aschau/Inn
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970924
APN  197 42 203
CLAS
OCL  149 47
XCL  149 36
XCL  149 76
EDF  6
ICL  C06B 3132
ICL  C06B 4708
ICL  C06B 2922
FSC  149
FSS  47;46;36;76
UREF
PNO  3708357
ISD  19730100
NAM  Morrow
UREF
PNO  4111728
ISD  19780900
NAM  Ramnarace
UREF
PNO  4355577
ISD  19821000
NAM  Ady et al.
UREF
PNO  4552597
ISD  19851100
NAM  Abegg et al.
OCL  149  2
UREF
PNO  4604151
ISD  19860800
NAM  Knowlton et al.
UREF
PNO  5531941
ISD  19960700
NAM  Poole
OCL  264  3.4
UREF
PNO  5545272
ISD  19960800
NAM  Poole et al.
UREF
PNO  5773754
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yamato
OCL  149 36
UREF
PNO  5780768
ISD  19980700
NAM  Knowlton et al.
OCL  149 36
FREF
PNO  0659712
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0801045
ISD  19971000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4435523
ISD  19960600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4435524
ISD  19960800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19505568
ISD  19960800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19531130
ISD  19970200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9504710
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  6001 Chemical Abstracts, 115 (1991) Dec. 2, No. 22, Columbus, Ohio, U.S.
      115: 235783q Combustion mechanism of GAB/AN propellants.
LREP
FRM  Tarolli, Sundheim, Covell, Tummino & Szabo L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a particle-free, gas-producing mixture for use in
      a gas generator for a safety device, in particular for a vehicle-occupant
      restraint system, with a total water content of the gas-producing mixture
      of at most 0.3%, consisting of:
PA1  a) an energy-rich fuel with an oxygen value of not less than -35%;
PA1  b) an oxidant mixture of ammonium nitrate and ammonium perchlorate, wherein
      the ammonium nitrate is contained in a proportion of 35 to 50 wt. %, and
      the ammonium perchlorate in a proportion of 3 to 10 wt. %, in each case
      relative to the total weight of the mixture;
PA1  c) optionally, relative to the total weight of the mixture, a
      phase-stabilizing additive for the ammonium nitrate in a proportion of at
      most 5 wt. % relative to the weight of the ammonium nitrate;
PA1  d) 0 to 3 wt. % combustion moderators relative to the total weight of the
      mixture, and
PA1  e) 0 to 5 wt. % processing aids relative to the total weight of the
      mixture.
PATN
WKU  059893680
SRC  8
APN  9182586
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970806
TTL  Carpet position sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  41
ECL  36
EXA  Koch, III; George R.
EXP  Crispino; Richard
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Tillander; Thomas
CTY  Bay Village
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Mull; Dennis K.
CTY  Concord
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The North American Manufacturing Company
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  156 64
XCL  156 72
XCL  156363
XCL  156378
XCL  156379
XCL  226  3
XCL  226 15
XCL  226 45
EDF  6
ICL  B23Q 1524
ICL  B32B  506
ICL  B32B 3110
FSC  156
FSS  361;64;72;363;378;379
FSC  226
FSS  15;18;19;20;45;3
FSC  242
FSS  563;563.1
UREF
PNO  3238595
ISD  19660300
NAM  Schwartz et al.
UREF
PNO  3957568
ISD  19760500
NAM  Abel
UREF
PNO  3972254
ISD  19760800
NAM  Dillinger et al.
UREF
PNO  4160517
ISD  19790700
NAM  Buisker
OCL  226 19
UREF
PNO  4222809
ISD  19800900
NAM  McLean et al.
UREF
PNO  4241507
ISD  19801200
NAM  Clarey
UREF
PNO  4384686
ISD  19830500
NAM  Wiley
OCL  242 57.1
UREF
PNO  4392910
ISD  19830700
NAM  Tokuno
OCL  156361
UREF
PNO  4500045
ISD  19850200
NAM  Whitaker
OCL  242 57.1
UREF
PNO  4579763
ISD  19860400
NAM  Mitman
UREF
PNO  5328072
ISD  19940700
NAM  Ruessmann
OCL  226 15
UREF
PNO  5460312
ISD  19951000
NAM  Brau
OCL  226 15
LREP
FRM  Vickers, Daniels & Young
ABST
PAL  A position detector senses an undulating pile tuft edge position of a
      carpet as it is processed in a carpet making machine by detecting
      attenuated light passing through the carpet's primary backing material to
      determine the exact position of the carpet's undulating pile tuft edge at
      any given time. Sensor signals from the detector are digitally filtered
      through one pole cascaded filters to produce an average pile edge position
      signal which, in turn, controls actuators for secondary and primary
      backing material guide rolls to not only center the carpet for aligned
      entry into the carpet machine's tenter, but also apply the secondary
      backing material to the primary backing material at a precise position.
PATN
WKU  059893699
SRC  8
APN  9562524
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971022
TTL  Decorative tile for the wall of a structure and the method of attaching
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Mitchell; Shawn A.
EXP  Ball; Michael W.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Light; Richard D.
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Ceramica, Inc.
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  156 71
XCL   40594
EDF  6
ICL  E04B  200
ICL  G09F  712
FSC  156
FSS  71;297;314;94;295
FSC   52
FSS  38;105;315
FSC   40
FSS  360;594;630
UREF
PNO  1054744
ISD  19130300
NAM  Carlberg
OCL  156 71
UREF
PNO  1906583
ISD  19330500
NAM  Haines
OCL   52105
UREF
PNO  2030135
ISD  19360200
NAM  Carpenter
XCL   40594
UREF
PNO  4536423
ISD  19850800
NAM  Travis
XCL  156 71
UREF
PNO  4589241
ISD  19860500
NAM  Volpenhein
OCL   52315
UREF
PNO  4804569
ISD  19890200
NAM  Arisawa
XCL   52315
UREF
PNO  4809470
ISD  19890300
NAM  Bauer et al.
XCL   52105
UREF
PNO  5501049
ISD  19960300
NAM  Francis et al.
XCL   52315
UREF
PNO  5791110
ISD  19980800
NAM  Traynor
XCL   52105
UREF
PNO  5830308
ISD  19981100
NAM  Reichard
OCL  156291
LREP
FRM  Woodard, Emhardt,Naughton, Moriarty & McNett
ABST
PAL  A porcelain address tile according to one embodiment of the present
      invention is bonded directly to the exterior surface of a brick wall with
      a structural adhesive. In order to hold the tile in place while the
      structural adhesive cures, a double-sided (peel and stick) adhesive
      material is applied to the rear surface of the porcelain tile. According
      to another embodiment of the present invention, a decorative construction
      module in the form of an address tile for incorporation into the wall of a
      structure includes a porcelain tile measuring approximately 3/8 inch thick
      which has an outer surface inscribed with name/number and/or address
      information thereon and a backing block fabricated out of expanded
      polystyrene material and being bonded to the porcelain tile in order to
      create the completed module. The rectangular solid form of the module is
      sized and shaped so as to fit appropriately within a residential brick
      wall based upon the typical brick sizes and spacing of the mortar joints.
PATN
WKU  059893702
SRC  8
APN  6408249
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19960508
TTL  Method and arrangement for ultrasonic welding
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Yao; Sam Chuan
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Wannebo; Andreas
CTY  Lindome
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  SCA Hygiene Products Aktiebolag
CTY  Gothenburg
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19931109
APN  9303693
CLAS
OCL  156 731
XCL  156290
XCL  156324
XCL  1565802
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 3108
ICL  B32B 3120
FSC  156
FSS  73.1;73.2;290;292;379.6;580.2;324
UREF
PNO  3733238
ISD  19730500
NAM  Long et al.
UREF
PNO  3879256
ISD  19750400
NAM  Rust, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4311540
ISD  19820100
NAM  Hill
UREF
PNO  4404052
ISD  19830900
NAM  Persson et al.
OCL  156290
UREF
PNO  4414045
ISD  19831100
NAM  Wang et al.
UREF
PNO  4713132
ISD  19871200
NAM  Abel et al.
UREF
PNO  5433816
ISD  19950700
NAM  Stewart et al.
FREF
PNO  0 238 295
ISD  19870900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0234658
ISD  19870900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  57-70613
ISD  19820500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE94/01034
PD1  19960508
PD2  19960508
PD3  19941103
PCP  WO95/13182
PCD  19950518
ABST
PAR  The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for ultrasonic
      welding of material webs which move between at least one ultrasonic horn
      of an ultrasonic welding arrangement and an anvil holder having a
      determined pattern of anvils, so as to enable the webs to be welded at
      high web speeds. The weld width of each ultrasonic horn in the ultrasonic
      welding arrangement is determined in accordance with the intended highest
      travel speed of the webs.
PATN
WKU  059893710
SRC  8
APN  9917764
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971216
TTL  Vacuum heat-insulating panel and method for producing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Crispino; Richard
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Nishimoto; Yoshio
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970227
APN  9-043131
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970227
APN  9-043133
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970718
APN  9-193809
CLAS
OCL  156 736
XCL  156153
XCL  156245
XCL  156283
XCL  156286
XCL  156287
XCL  264 3611
XCL  264 69
XCL  264102
XCL  264109
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 4302
ICL  B32B 3116
ICL  F16L 5902
FSC  156
FSS  73.6;153;276;283;286;287;245
FSC  264
FSS  69;102;109;112;36.11
FSC   53
FSS  408
UREF
PNO  5010112
ISD  19910400
NAM  Glicksman et al.
OCL  521 76
UREF
PNO  5076984
ISD  19911200
NAM  Bisplinghoff et al.
OCL  264102
UREF
PNO  5137787
ISD  19920800
NAM  Shepherd
OCL  428423.7
UREF
PNO  5364577
ISD  19941100
NAM  Cur et al.
OCL  264 69
UREF
PNO  5375631
ISD  19941200
NAM  Mochizuki
OCL  141  7
UREF
PNO  5525278
ISD  19960600
NAM  Krosch et al.
OCL  264 45.3
UREF
PNO  5846357
ISD  19981200
NAM  Meteer et al.
OCL  156 77
FREF
PNO  9-194716
ISD  19970700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A vacuum heat-insulating panel includes: a porous core material formed from
      a mixture containing plastic foam powder and a filler in the form of
      flakes or a porous core material formed from a mixture containing plastic
      foam powder and thermoplastic resin powder; and a packaging material for
      packaging the core material, the inside of the package material being kept
      in a vacuum, the core material holding its shape. Rigid polyurethane foam
      may be used as the plastic foam. Mica flakes, plastic films each coated
      with thin metal film, metal foil or the like may be used as the filler.
      Styrene resin may be used as the thermoplastic resin.
PATN
WKU  059893729
SRC  9
APN  0740632
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980507
TTL  Sol-gel bonding solution for anodic bonding
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Tolin; Michael A
EXP  Ball; Michael W.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Momoda; Leslie A.
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Olsen; Harold M.
CTY  West Covina
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Beni; Ruth E.
CTY  Carmel
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Jordan; Larry L.
CTY  Kokomo
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Hughes Electronics Corporation
CTY  Segundo El
STA  CA
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Delco Electronics Corporation
CTY  Kokomo
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  156 8911
XCL  156 8912
XCL  1562731
XCL  1562757
XCL   65 43
XCL  438466
XCL  501 12
XCL  501 66
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 3124
FSC  156
FSS  89.11;89.12;273.1;273.9;275.7;274.4;274.8
FSC   65
FSS  43
FSC  148
FSS  DIG. 12
FSC  501
FSS  12;66
FSC  438
FSS  455;466;661;782;790
UREF
PNO  3408222
ISD  19681000
NAM  Navias et al.
UREF
PNO  3417459
ISD  19681200
NAM  Pomerantz et al.
OCL  156273.1
UREF
PNO  3595719
ISD  19710700
NAM  Pomerantz et al.
OCL  156273.1
UREF
PNO  3799754
ISD  19740300
NAM  Thomas et al.
UREF
PNO  3847583
ISD  19741100
NAM  Dislich et al.
OCL  501 66
UREF
PNO  5091330
ISD  19920200
NAM  Cambou et al.
OCL  148DIG.12
UREF
PNO  5160560
ISD  19921100
NAM  Welkowsky et al.
OCL  156273.1
UREF
PNO  5217754
ISD  19930600
NAM  Santiago-Aviles et al.
OREF
PAL  K.B. Albaugh et. al., Mechanisms of Anodic Bonding of Silicon to Pyrex
      Glass, IEEE Solid State Sensor and Actuator Workshop, pp. 109-110 (1988).
PAL  C.J. Brinker et. al., Sol-Gel Science, Academic Press, pp. 849-851 (1990).
PAL  A.D. Brooks et. al., Low-Temperature Electrostatic Silicon-to-Silicon Seals
      Using Sputtered Borosilicate Glass, J. Electrochem. Soc. 119 (1972)
      545-546.
PAL  R.H. Dalton, Solder Glass Sealing, J. Amer. Ceramic Soc., vol. 39, No. 3,
      pp. 109-112 (1956).
PAL  D.W.A. Forbes, Solder Glass Seals in Semi-Conductor Packaging, Glass
      Technology, vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 32-42 (1967).
PAL  R.R. Tummala et. al., Microelectronics Packaging Handbook, Van Nostrand
      Reinhold, pp. 748-752 (? Year).
LREP
FR2  Duraiswamy; V. D.
FR2  Sales; M. W.
ABST
PAL  A method of bonding two electrically conductive substrates together
      includes the steps of forming a dielectric layer between the substrates,
      with the layer being formed from a sol-gel solution. Through the
      application of a constant voltage an ionic depletion region is created in
      the dielectric layer. After the step of creating the ionic depletion
      region, the dielectric layer and substrates are heated such that an oxygen
      depletion region is created in one of the substrates. The sol-gel solution
      includes sodium aluminoborosilicate having about 75-90 mol % SiO.sub.2,
      about 5-20 mol % B.sub.2 O.sub.3, about 1-10 mol % Na.sub.2 O and about
      0-5 mol % Al.sub.2 O.sub.3.
PATN
WKU  059893737
SRC  8
APN  887316&
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970703
TTL  Method of making vinyl trimmings for leather upholstery
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Stemmer; Daniel
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Gangi; Richard P.
STR  HC2, Box 7, Rte. 145
CTY  Durham
STA  NY
ZIP  12422
CLAS
OCL  156 93
XCL  156148
XCL  428123
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  304
FSC  156
FSS  93;177;178;148;438
FSC  428
FSS  123
UREF
PNO  1688094
ISD  19281000
NAM  Strout
OCL  428123
UREF
PNO  2028494
ISD  19360100
NAM  Blanchet
OCL  156438
UREF
PNO  2074580
ISD  19370300
NAM  Fourness
OCL  156438
UREF
PNO  3320110
ISD  19670500
NAM  Gallagher
OCL  156438
UREF
PNO  3622433
ISD  19711100
NAM  Clark
OCL  428123
UREF
PNO  4201032
ISD  19800500
NAM  Sangalli
OCL  156438
UREF
PNO  4270963
ISD  19810600
NAM  Howat
OCL  156438
LREP
FRM  Levine & Mandelbaum
ABST
PAL  Decorative cords for leather, vinyl or leather and vinyl furniture are made
      by feeding a strip of vinyl and lengths of one or more filler yarns
      through a hollow cylindrical feeder tube which causes the longitudinal
      edges of the vinyl strip to wrap around the filler yarns and meet where
      they are welded together to form a tubular cord structure with an almost
      invisible seam. A plurality of such cords may be twisted together and
      welded to form multi-ply cords for decorating furniture. A tab may be
      welded along the length of the cords for being sewn into the seam of an
      upholstered cushion or the like.
PATN
WKU  059893745
SRC  8
APN  976139&
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971118
TTL  Method for applying an apex filler to a bead ring
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Knable; Geoffrey L.
NDR  30
NFG  44
INVT
NAM  Bull; Jeffrey F.
CTY  Tallmadge
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Cartwright; Thomas D.
CTY  Stow
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Marabito; Mark
CTY  Medina
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Miller; Thomas D.
CTY  Canton
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Rager; Ty
CTY  Akron
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Smith; Evan J.
CTY  Massillon
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Steelastic Company, L.L.C.
CTY  Lisle
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  600896
APD  19960213
PSC  01
PNO  5735995
CLAS
OCL  156136
XCL  156422
EDF  6
ICL  B29D 3048
FSC  156
FSS  422;136;460;130.7;398;403;406.2;420;405.1;130;406.4;133
UREF
PNO  2654124
ISD  19531000
NAM  Layte
OCL  264281
UREF
PNO  2655977
ISD  19531000
NAM  Hodgkins
OCL  156420
UREF
PNO  3019475
ISD  19620200
NAM  Smith
OCL  425366
UREF
PNO  3051221
ISD  19620800
NAM  Strozewski
OCL  156420
UREF
PNO  3647126
ISD  19720300
NAM  Dieterich et al.
OCL  156405.1
UREF
PNO  3912440
ISD  19751000
NAM  Koss et al.
OCL  425366
UREF
PNO  3944458
ISD  19760300
NAM  Branick
OCL  156130
UREF
PNO  4265607
ISD  19810500
NAM  Klay
OCL  425366
UREF
PNO  4298421
ISD  19811100
NAM  Pirovano
OCL  156136
UREF
PNO  4354892
ISD  19821000
NAM  Tarantola et al.
OCL  156398
UREF
PNO  4554713
ISD  19851100
NAM  Chabal
OCL  425366
UREF
PNO  4808357
ISD  19890200
NAM  Bourcier et al.
OCL  264281
UREF
PNO  4832243
ISD  19890500
NAM  Usami
OCL  156406.4
UREF
PNO  4882006
ISD  19891100
NAM  Seki
OCL  425366
UREF
PNO  4933034
ISD  19900600
NAM  Kokubu et al.
OCL  156136
UREF
PNO  4990212
ISD  19910200
NAM  Pizzorno
OCL  156136
UREF
PNO  5100497
ISD  19920300
NAM  Moody et al.
OCL  156460
UREF
PNO  5203938
ISD  19930400
NAM  Moody et al.
OCL  156136
FREF
PNO  31 08142A1
ISD  19820900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  92/11131
ISD  19920700
CNT  WOX
OCL  156136
LREP
FRM  Renner, Kenner, Greive, Bobak, Taylor & Weber
ABST
PAL  The assembly applies an apex filler to the outer circumferential surface of
      an annular bead ring. The apex filler applying assembly incorporates an
      apex filler applicator that is preferably operable in conjunction with a
      plurality of server mechanisms. One server mechanism is a conveyor that
      receives a bead ring. A locator operates in conjunction with the conveyor
      to position the annular bead ring precisely on the conveyor so that it may
      be engaged by a transfer mechanism. The transfer mechanism removes the
      bead ring from the conveyor and mounts it on a chuck turret assembly. A
      chuck head in the chuck turret assembly engages the bead ring and
      accurately positions the bead ring relative to applying rollers in the
      apex filler applicator, in which position the apex filler--which has been
      directed from an extruder through an orienting mechanism, into an in-feed
      mechanism and severed to length by an in-flight guillotine cutter--is
      applied to the annular bead ring. After the apex filler has been applied
      to the bead ring the transfer mechanism removes the finished tire bead
      sub-assembly from the chuck head and deposits the tire bead sub-assembly
      on the conveyor for removal from the assembly.
PATN
WKU  059893753
SRC  8
APN  4717465
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19950606
TTL  Friction controlling devices and methods of their manufacture
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  8
EXP  Stemmer; Daniel
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Bortz; David N.
STR  2400 Woodmere Dr.
CTY  Cleveland Heights
STA  OH
ZIP  44106
RLAP
COD  74
APN  210072
APD  19940317
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  691672
APD  19910425
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  361741
APD  19890601
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  781190
APD  19850925
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  598357
APD  19840411
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  105893
APD  19791221
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  156148
XCL  188251A
XCL  442136
XCL  442148
XCL  442402
EDF  6
ICL  D04H  148
ICL  F16D 6900
FSC  188
FSS  251 A
FSC  156
FSS  148;149
FSC  428
FSS  65.9
FSC  442
FSS  136;148;402
UREF
PNO  2733797
ISD  19560200
NAM  Almen
UREF
PNO  2733798
ISD  19560200
NAM  Almen
UREF
PNO  2862283
ISD  19581200
NAM  Rasero
UREF
PNO  2875474
ISD  19590300
NAM  Lauterbach
UREF
PNO  2901388
ISD  19590800
NAM  Morton
UREF
PNO  3270846
ISD  19660900
NAM  Arledter
UREF
PNO  3271231
ISD  19660900
NAM  Moggio
UREF
PNO  3365041
ISD  19680100
NAM  Stormfeltz
OCL  188251A
UREF
PNO  3429766
ISD  19690200
NAM  Stormfeltz
OCL  156169
UREF
PNO  3508307
ISD  19700400
NAM  Dilo
OCL   28110
UREF
PNO  3635158
ISD  19720100
NAM  Budinger
OCL  101425
UREF
PNO  3878316
ISD  19750400
NAM  Groff
OCL  428288
UREF
PNO  3950599
ISD  19760400
NAM  Boerd
UREF
PNO  3952121
ISD  19760400
NAM  Dilo
OCL  156148
UREF
PNO  4031283
ISD  19770600
NAM  Fagan
OCL  428300
UREF
PNO  4045608
ISD  19770800
NAM  Todd
UREF
PNO  4054337
ISD  19771000
NAM  Matt
UREF
PNO  4107125
ISD  19780800
NAM  Lovejoy
UREF
PNO  4130537
ISD  19781200
NAM  Bohrer
OCL  428273
UREF
PNO  4219452
ISD  19800800
NAM  Littlefield
OCL   88251A
UREF
PNO  4282283
ISD  19810800
NAM  George
OCL  428292
UREF
PNO  4291087
ISD  19810900
NAM  Warburton
OCL  428288
UREF
PNO  4320823
ISD  19820300
NAM  Covaleski
OCL  428323
UREF
PNO  4384640
ISD  19830500
NAM  Trainor et al.
OCL  428257
FREF
PNO  2727541
ISD  19790100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2000517
ISD  19790100
CNT  GBX
OCL  523156
FREF
PNO  2012671
ISD  19790800
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Union Oil Company Advertisement, Applying Advanced technology to high Loft
      non-wovens--Nonwovens Industry, May 1978.
PAL  Process Converts Teflon Resins Into Inert, Porous Fibrous Material Project
      Engineering, Sep. 1973.
PAL  Fibrous, Porous TFE Provides Dimensional Stability for High Temperature . .
      . Insulation Circuits, Jun. 1971.
PAL  Chemplast ZITEX Porous TFE Membrane Products Filtration Engineering Catalog
      -undated.
PAL  Chemplast Membranes of ZITEX for Growing Crystals, undated.
PAL  Improved Dispersions of Keular Aramid Fiber, Research Disclosure, Oct.
      1979, No. 18605.
PAL  Vaughn D.J., The use of Coupling Agents to Ehance the Performance of Aramid
      Reinforced Composites, Poly. Eng. Sci 167-169 (78).
PAL  Vaughn D.J., Coupling Agents for Use in Aramid Reinforced Composites,
      Modern Plas, pp. 66-67--Oct. 1977.
LREP
FRM  Watts Hoffmann Fisher & Heinke
ABST
PAL  Wear resistant devices and methods of their manufacture in which the
      intended function or result of the devices is to influence operational
      coefficients of friction. The devices are made of fiber-reinforced polymer
      composite materials produced by nonwoven textile and plastics industries'
      materials and methods.
PATN
WKU  059893761
SRC  8
APN  9754806
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971120
TTL  Pultruded fiber-reinforced plastic and related apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Weisberger; Richard
NDR  8
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Kusy; Robert P.
CTY  Chapel Hill
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Kennedy, II; Kenneth C.
CTY  Chapel Hill
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
CTY  Chapel Hill
STA  NC
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  295540
APD  19940825
PSC  01
PNO  5869178
CLAS
OCL  156166
XCL  156180
XCL  156441
XCL  264136
XCL  264137
XCL  26417113
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 7052
FSC  156
FSS  166;180;441
FSC  264
FSS  136;137;171.13;145
UREF
PNO  4462946
ISD  19840700
NAM  Goldsworthy
OCL  264 23
UREF
PNO  4541884
ISD  19850900
NAM  Cogswell et al.
OCL  156166
UREF
PNO  4717341
ISD  19880100
NAM  Goldberg et al.
OCL  433  9
UREF
PNO  4897012
ISD  19900100
NAM  Goldberg et al.
OCL  433215
UREF
PNO  5540797
ISD  19960700
NAM  Wilson
OCL  156180
OREF
PAL  Jancar et al.; Measurement of the Elastic Modulus of Fibre-Reinforced
      Composites Used as Orthodontic Wires, Journal of Materials Science:
      Material in Medicine, 5:214-218 (1994).
PAL  Goldberg et al.; Screening of Matrices and Fibres for Reinforced
      Thermoplastics Intended for dental Applications, Journal of Biomedical
      Material Research, 28:167-173 (1994).
PAL  Jancar et al.,; Fibre-Reinforced Thermoplastic Composites for Dentistry,
      Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Medicine, 4:555-561 (Dec.,
      1993).
PAL  Jancar et al.; Thermoplastic Fibre-Reinforced Composites for Dentistry,
      Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Medicine, 4:562-568 (Dec.,
      1993).
PAL  Pael et al.; The Effect of Thermoforming on the Properties of
      Fiber-Reinforced Composite Wires, Journal of Applied Biomaterials,
      3:177-182 (1992).
PAL  Goldberg et all, The Use of Continuous Fiber Reinforcement in Dentistry,
      Dental Materials, 8:197-202 (May, 1992).
PAL  Bor Z. Jang, Advanced Polymer Composites: Principles and Applications, pp.
      64 and 65.
LREP
FRM  Myers Bigel Sibley & Sajovec
ABST
PAL  Disclosed are profiles of fiber-reinforced polymeric plastic and a
      pultrusion apparatus and method for the manufacture thereof. The apparatus
      is preferably vertically disposed. As one or more fibers is fed into the
      apparatus, each fiber is spread and wetted with monomer resin in a bundle
      spreader, formed in a die, and then subjected in a curing chamber to a
      source of radiation which initiates polymerization of the monomer,
      resulting in a fiber-reinforced polymeric plastic exiting from the
      pultrusion apparatus. Suitably, the radiation is ultraviolet, the monomer
      resin is methacrylate resin, and the fiber is quartz. The resultant
      profile is long and thin like a structural steel wire, but typically will
      have only 1/4 the weight thereof while having a strength comparable
      thereto. Thus, the profile is useful as an orthodontic wire as a
      replacement instead of structural steel wires used as orthodontic wires.
      Several profiles can also be aggregated and the aggregate used to make,
      for instance, artificial limbs or other structural products.
PATN
WKU  059893770
SRC  8
APN  9007563
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970725
TTL  Method of protecting the surface of foil and other thin sheet materials
      before and during high-temperature and high pressure laminating
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Lorengo; J. A.
EXP  Simmons; David A.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Wilheim; Martin J.
CTY  Larchmont
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Keough; Allen H.
CTY  Northborough
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Metallized Products, Inc.
CTY  Winchester
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  548492
APD  19951026
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  278871
APD  19940708
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  156230
XCL  156233
XCL  156247
XCL  156288
XCL  156289
XCL  156323
XCL  118 45
XCL  118620
XCL  428209
XCL  428352
XCL  428355R
XCL  428901
EDF  6
ICL  B44C  1165
ICL  B32B 3100
ICL  B32B  300
ICL  B65C  925
FSC  156
FSS  60;230;233;247;289;288;327;323
FSC  118
FSS  37;45;620
FSC  427
FSS  146;152
FSC  428
FSS  409;209;352;355 R;411.1;458;457;482;901
UREF
PNO  4753847
ISD  19880600
NAM  Wilheim et al.
OCL  428411.1
UREF
PNO  4875283
ISD  19891000
NAM  Johnson
OCL   29830
UREF
PNO  5120590
ISD  19920600
NAM  Savage et al.
OCL  428 76
UREF
PNO  5167997
ISD  19921200
NAM  Chamberlain et al.
OCL  428 76
UREF
PNO  5725937
ISD  19980300
NAM  Johnson
OCL  428209
LREP
FRM  Rines and Rines
ABST
PAL  A method for protecting a substrate sheet such as a conductive foil
      suitable for use in the manufacture of printed circuit boards involving
      applying a lamination mold-release layer to one side of a protective film,
      and applying a preferably electron beam curable adhesive
      pressure-sensitive coating to the other side of the film, curing the
      adhesive coating, and laminating the protective film to the foil or other
      substrate sheet, which, in turn, may be laminated to other substrates such
      as dielectric sheets.
PAL  The laminate product is a protected substrate sheet having a protective
      film laminated to one side of the sheet (or both), the film having a
      lamination mold-release layer on one side thereof and an electron beam
      cured pressure-sensitive adhesive coating on the other side thereof, said
      other side contacting but being releasably detachable from said substrate
      sheet
PAL  Where the substrate sheet is a foil or similar surface, protection is thus
      provided during handling and storage as well as during lamination, and the
      protective film is peelably detachable from the foil.
PATN
WKU  059893788
SRC  8
APN  7009992
APT  1
ART  168
APD  19960821
TTL  Ink jet recording material and producing process thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Nelson; Brett
EXP  Stucker; Jeffrey
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Liu; Bo
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nemoto; Hiroyuki
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ikezawa; Hideo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  New Oji Paper Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950821
APN  7-212105
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951027
APN  7-279985
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951130
APN  7-311909
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951228
APN  7-343833
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951228
APN  7-343835
CLAS
OCL  156241
XCL  156230
XCL  156231
XCL  156239
XCL  156242
XCL  156247
XCL  156248
XCL  156249
XCL  428327
XCL  428342
XCL  428452
XCL  3461351
XCL  427366
XCL  427391
EDF  6
ICL  B44C  1165
ICL  B32B 3100
ICL  B32B  516
ICL  B32B  906
FSC  156
FSS  247;248;249;230;239;242;241;231
FSC  428
FSS  327;452;342
FSC  346
FSS  135.1
FSC  427
FSS  366;391
UREF
PNO  4440827
ISD  19840400
NAM  Miyamoto et al.
OCL  428327
UREF
PNO  5647935
ISD  19970700
NAM  Hoshino et al.
OCL  156231
FREF
PNO  0 655 346 A1
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3151471
ISD  19820800
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 17, No. 361 (C-1080), Jul. 8, 1993 &
      JP-A-05 051470 (Toray Industries, Incorporated), Mar. 2, 1993.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An ink jet recording material is constituted by a support and a recording
      layer on the support, in which a plurality of recording layer may be
      provided. At least one recording layer contains colloidal particles and a
      water-soluble resin. In order to produce the ink jet recording material, a
      sticking or adhesive interlayer is provided on a support, and a recording
      layer including at least one layer is superposed on the interlayer. At
      least one of the at least one layer of the recording layer contains
      colloidal particles and a water-soluble resin, and the recording layer is
      coated and formed on a forming material. Then, the forming material is
      peeled from said recording layer.
PATN
WKU  059893796
SRC  8
APN  9616519
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971031
TTL  Method for manufacturing a composite optical device
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Mayes; Curtis
NDR  9
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Taniguchi; Tadashi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujimaki; Yoshitsugu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941129
APN  6-319291
RLAP
COD  74
APN  564644
APD  19951129
CLAS
OCL  156250
XCL  1562757
XCL  156278
XCL  156289
XCL  359514
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 3118
ICL  B32B 3128
FSC  156
FSS  250;275.7;278;280;289
FSC  359
FSS  514;833;837
UREF
PNO  4333173
ISD  19820600
NAM  Yonezawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4411492
ISD  19831000
NAM  Bluege
UREF
PNO  5095389
ISD  19920300
NAM  Yokomori
OCL  359833
UREF
PNO  5235589
ISD  19930800
NAM  Yokomori et al.
UREF
PNO  5339441
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kardos et al.
XCL  359833
UREF
PNO  5350917
ISD  19940900
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5396061
ISD  19950300
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5438586
ISD  19950800
NAM  Ishii et al.
UREF
PNO  5719389
ISD  19980200
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5739931
ISD  19980400
NAM  Zimmerman et al.
UREF
PNO  5790327
ISD  19980800
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  359833
FREF
PNO  5-323119
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  A composite optical device comprises an optical element bonded onto a
      support body with an adhesive, at least a part of surfaces of the optical
      element being covered by a film made of a hydrophilic material. A method
      for manufacturing a composite optical device having an optical element
      bonded onto a support body with an adhesive, comprises the steps of:
      preparing a bar-shaped optical element having a length not less than twice
      the width thereof and having surfaces at least a part of which is covered
      by a film made of a hydrophilic material, and bonding the bar-shaped
      optical element on the support body with the adhesive; and cutting the
      bar-shaped optical element, the adhesive and the support body while
      applying a liquid containing water at least to portions where they are
      cut.
PATN
WKU  059893800
SRC  8
APN  7805985
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970108
TTL  Process of dry printing a paper-like non-woven wall covering material
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Mayes; Curtis
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Frischer; Paul
STR  31 Doral Greens Drive W.
CTY  Ryebrook
STA  NY
ZIP  10578
CLAS
OCL  156277
XCL  156626
XCL  156259
XCL  156267
XCL    8471
XCL  101492
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 3126
ICL  B41M  5035
ICL  D06P  700
FSC  156
FSS  230;231;238;240;241;277;495;259;271;267;62.6
FSC  101
FSS  492;DIG. 42
FSC  226
FSS  195
FSC    8
FSS  471
UREF
PNO  Re34093
ISD  19921000
NAM  Powell et al.
UREF
PNO  1608243
ISD  19261100
NAM  Schavoir
UREF
PNO  2828219
ISD  19580300
NAM  Heiges et al.
UREF
PNO  3632291
ISD  19720100
NAM  Defago et al.
UREF
PNO  3768280
ISD  19731000
NAM  Kannegiesser et al.
UREF
PNO  3960652
ISD  19760600
NAM  Conway et al.
UREF
PNO  3961388
ISD  19760600
NAM  Jaffa
UREF
PNO  3974948
ISD  19760800
NAM  Kroppenstedt
UREF
PNO  4041197
ISD  19770800
NAM  Gagne
UREF
PNO  4042453
ISD  19770800
NAM  Conway et al.
UREF
PNO  4104103
ISD  19780800
NAM  Tarullo
UREF
PNO  4130685
ISD  19781200
NAM  Tarullo
UREF
PNO  4138945
ISD  19790200
NAM  Rejto
UREF
PNO  4207069
ISD  19800600
NAM  Ono
UREF
PNO  4226594
ISD  19801000
NAM  Renault
OCL    8471
UREF
PNO  4235657
ISD  19801100
NAM  Greenman et al.
UREF
PNO  4246311
ISD  19810100
NAM  Hirst
UREF
PNO  4281598
ISD  19810800
NAM  Rump
XCL    8471
UREF
PNO  4460643
ISD  19840700
NAM  Stevens et al.
UREF
PNO  4577585
ISD  19860300
NAM  Anselmo
UREF
PNO  4650704
ISD  19870300
NAM  Rothenberg
UREF
PNO  5001500
ISD  19910300
NAM  Wolfberg et al.
UREF
PNO  5353706
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kerle
OCL  101492
UREF
PNO  5574829
ISD  19961100
NAM  Wallace et al.
LREP
FRM  Amster, Rothstein & Eberstein
ABST
PAL  A method for dry heat transfer printing a wall covering material utilizing
      a system comprising at least one transfer cylinder having a heated working
      surface, comprising processing a non-woven fibrous web material in paper
      form in overlapping contact with a sublimation dye transfer paper having a
      decorative pattern to be printed, around a portion of the working surface
      of the transfer cylinder between a first location and a nip roller engaged
      against the working surface which exerts a rolling force against the web
      material, the transfer paper and the working surface as the transfer
      cylinder rotates about a central axis thereof, at a processing temperature
      to effect transfer of the decorative pattern from the transfer paper to
      the web material, the system including a tensioning mechanism disposed
      proximal the first location, which, in combination with the nip roller,
      maintains the web material at a sufficient tension to preclude lateral
      movement of the web material during processing of the web material and the
      transfer paper on the cylinder, and separating the web material
      containing, the printed decorative pattern from the transfer paper at a
      second location proximal to the nip roller.
PATN
WKU  059893818
SRC  8
APN  0965162
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19930723
TTL  Method for adhesive bonding of an overlay film to an acrylic resin board
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Gallagher; John J.
INVT
NAM  Murakami; Hideyuki
CTY  Sayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uryu; Yusaku
CTY  Nagareyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hori; Akira
CTY  Higashimatsuyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsuo; Yasuhiro
CTY  Ageo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Edasaki; Ryuichi
CTY  Akashi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  C.I. Kasei Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920730
APN  4-222198
CLAS
OCL  156281
XCL  156235
XCL  156322
XCL  1563244
XCL  264345
XCL  264346
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 3100
FSC  156
FSS  235;281;322;324.4
FSC  264
FSS  345;346
UREF
PNO  2451597
ISD  19481000
NAM  Wheeler
OCL  156281
UREF
PNO  2464826
ISD  19490300
NAM  Neuer et al.
OCL  156322
ABST
PAL  An improvement is proposed in the method for adhesively bonding a
      decorative overlay film of a plastic resin to the surface of an acrylic
      resin board with a hot-melt adhesive, by which the overlaid acrylic resin
      board can be imparted with greatly improved stability of overlaying
      lamination as well as good machining workability of the board. The
      improved method comprises the steps of: (a) demoisturizing the acrylic
      resin board by heating at 60-90.degree. C. for at least 2 hours; (b)
      forming a layer of a hot-melt adhesive on at least either one of the resin
      board and the overlay film; (c) laminating the resin board and the overlay
      film with the adhesive layer therebetween to obtain a laminate by passing
      between a pair of laminating rollers while the surfaces to be brought into
      contact with each other are kept at an elevated temperature; and (d)
      subjecting the laminate to an aging treatment by heating at 30-60.degree.
      C. for at least 1 hour.
PATN
WKU  059893826
SRC  8
APN  9023143
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970729
TTL  Utilizing identical staggered pattern forms through fax or printer via
      offsetting
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Hendrix; Robert
EXP  Aftergut; Jeff H.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Parker; Rebecca L.
CTY  Grand Island
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Moore U.S.A., Inc.
CTY  Grand Island
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  156292
XCL  156291
XCL  156297
XCL  156277
XCL  229313
XCL  229316
XCL  229 82
XCL  229 92
XCL  271303
XCL  283 98
XCL  283101
XCL  283105
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 3100
ICL  B65D 2734
FSC  156
FSS  297;291;277;387;292
FSC  229
FSS  313;316;92;82
FSC  271
FSS  303;207;213
FSC  283
FSS  94;98;101;103;105;116
UREF
PNO  2123903
ISD  19380700
NAM  Lane et al.
UREF
PNO  3088754
ISD  19630500
NAM  Burgmer
UREF
PNO  3916051
ISD  19751000
NAM  Wakeman
UREF
PNO  3975590
ISD  19760800
NAM  Nelson
UREF
PNO  4335949
ISD  19820600
NAM  Kukucka et al.
OCL  355  5
UREF
PNO  4575121
ISD  19860300
NAM  Conti
UREF
PNO  4824142
ISD  19890400
NAM  Dossche
UREF
PNO  4896823
ISD  19900100
NAM  Taylor
UREF
PNO  5085469
ISD  19920200
NAM  Castro
OCL  283 94
UREF
PNO  5167739
ISD  19921200
NAM  Hutchinson et al.
OCL  156 64
UREF
PNO  5174491
ISD  19921200
NAM  Taylor et al.
UREF
PNO  5174493
ISD  19921200
NAM  File
UREF
PNO  5201464
ISD  19930400
NAM  File
UREF
PNO  5238178
ISD  19930800
NAM  Hutchinson et al.
UREF
PNO  5294041
ISD  19940300
NAM  Whiteside
UREF
PNO  5314110
ISD  19940500
NAM  Lombardo
UREF
PNO  5318324
ISD  19940600
NAM  Lombardo et al.
UREF
PNO  5334571
ISD  19940800
NAM  Baxter
OCL  503226
UREF
PNO  5346123
ISD  19940900
NAM  Lombardo
UREF
PNO  5350199
ISD  19940900
NAM  Young et al.
UREF
PNO  5366145
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sauerwine
UREF
PNO  5376048
ISD  19941200
NAM  Whiteside
UREF
PNO  5409752
ISD  19950400
NAM  Juteau
UREF
PNO  5419590
ISD  19950500
NAM  Rothschild
UREF
PNO  5437476
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hutchinson
UREF
PNO  5458273
ISD  19951000
NAM  Schubert et al.
UREF
PNO  5472240
ISD  19951200
NAM  Davies
UREF
PNO  5553774
ISD  19960900
NAM  Goodno
UREF
PNO  5566528
ISD  19961000
NAM  Lee
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
ABST
PAL  Specialized sheets, for example, in the construction of business forms,
      having patterns of pressure activated cohesive are constructed so that all
      the sheets can be identical yet when the sheets are in a stack blocking of
      the pressure activated cohesive, and subsequent feeding problems, are
      eliminated by making the cohesive patterns offset a dimension "d"
      perpendicular to the direction of feed of the forms from a feed bin
      through an imaging device to an output tray. Either the feed bin, or an
      edge guide of the output tray, can be shifted at least the dimension "d"
      to automatically align the pressure activated cohesive patterns on
      cooperating first and second sheets, and after proper alignment of the
      cohesive patterns the sheets may be fed through a conventional pressure
      sealer. An inserter may be provided for inserting a confidential
      information sheet between the cohesive pattern-containing sheets, and/or
      confidential information may be imaged on the inside faces of the sealed
      packet formed by the sheets using a non-impact printer or facsimile
      machine.
PATN
WKU  059893834
SRC  9
APN  1849972
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19981103
TTL  Method for inserting markers into books
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Purvis; Sue A.
EXP  Simmons; David A.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Zarembo; Peter J.
CTY  Shoreview
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  DeVale; Donald P.
CTY  Bloomingdale
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Weber, III; William R.
CTY  Vadnais Heights
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Koning; Norman L.
CTY  Hastings
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Michels; Paul J.
CTY  Chicago Ridge
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  3M Innovative Properties Company
CTY  St.Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  622575
APD  19960325
PSC  01
PNO  5833793
CLAS
OCL  156293
XCL  156423
XCL  156542
XCL  156DIG37
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 3100
ICL  B44C 3100
ICL  B29C 3038
FSC  156
FSS  DIG. 37;DIG. 42;542;541
FSC  271
FSS  33
FSC  221
FSS  210
UREF
PNO  Re23668
ISD  19530600
NAM  Von Hofe
OCL  216 55
UREF
PNO  2106964
ISD  19380200
NAM  Balton
OCL  221211
UREF
PNO  2124670
ISD  19380700
NAM  Johnson
OCL  221211
UREF
PNO  2257785
ISD  19411000
NAM  Carter
XCL  271 33
UREF
PNO  3765007
ISD  19731000
NAM  Elder
OCL  340280
UREF
PNO  3797875
ISD  19740300
NAM  Den Hamer
XCL  221210
UREF
PNO  4717438
ISD  19880100
NAM  Benge et al.
OCL  156152
UREF
PNO  4721197
ISD  19880100
NAM  Hoffman
XCL  221210
UREF
PNO  4773961
ISD  19880900
NAM  Glorioso
OCL  156361
UREF
PNO  4900386
ISD  19900200
NAM  Richter-Jorgensen
OCL  156250
UREF
PNO  4967185
ISD  19901000
NAM  Montean
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5322190
ISD  19940600
NAM  Bartley
XCL  221210
UREF
PNO  5331313
ISD  19940700
NAM  Koning
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5393368
ISD  19950200
NAM  Stevens
OCL  156577
UREF
PNO  5733409
ISD  19980300
NAM  Turnbull et al.
XCL  156DIG.32
UREF
PNO  5843272
ISD  19981200
NAM  DeVale et al.
OCL  156542
FREF
PNO  21663/77
ISD  19770800
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  29437/77
ISD  19790400
CNT  AUX
ICL  B65C  300
FREF
PNO  87011/82
ISD  19830500
CNT  AUX
ICL  B65C  918
FREF
PNO  33604/84
ISD  19841100
CNT  AUX
ICL  B65C  918
FREF
PNO  34866/84
ISD  19860500
CNT  AUX
ICL  B65C  918
FREF
PNO  56543/86
ISD  19861000
CNT  AUX
ICL  B65C  936
FREF
PNO  2132054
ISD  19950300
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0 286 343 A3
ISD  19881000
CNT  EPX
ICL  B65H 3500
FREF
PNO  0 286 343 A2
ISD  19881000
CNT  EPX
ICL  B65H 3500
FREF
PNO  0 353 688
ISD  19910300
CNT  EPX
ICL  B42D  900
FREF
PNO  2607779
ISD  19880600
CNT  FRX
ICL  B65C 0936
FREF
PNO  44 04 103
ISD  19940800
CNT  DEX
ICL  B65H 3510
FREF
PNO  WO 97/35799
ISD  19971000
CNT  WOX
ICL  B65H 3700
LREP
FR2  Olson; Peter L.
ABST
PAL  A marker insertion apparatus automatically removes a marker from a roll of
      marker material and applies the marker to an applicator. The markers mount
      to a backing sheet and are peeled from the sheet by passing over a peel
      bar. Jaws are positioned near the peel bar and configured for gripping an
      end marker. An applicator member inserts intermediate the jaws and has the
      end marker pressed onto the applicator and torn from the roll. In a first
      embodiment, the applicator is a paddle applicator for inserting markers
      between opposing pages, and in a second embodiment the applicator is a
      bayonet applicator for inserting markers into the spine of a book.
PATN
WKU  059893842
SRC  8
APN  7538618
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19961203
TTL  Method of using a variable force compactor
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Mayes; Curtis
NDR  10
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Grimshaw; Michael N.
CTY  Milford
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Hecht; James R.
CTY  Mason
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Unova IP Corp.
CTY  Beverly Hills
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  271320
APD  19940706
PSC  01
PNO  5738749
RLAP
COD  81
APN  068017
APD  19930527
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  156312
XCL  156358
XCL  156 60
XCL  156523
XCL  156574
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 3120
FSC  156
FSS  60;64;312;358;523;574
UREF
PNO  4557783
ISD  19851200
NAM  Grone et al.
OCL  156257
UREF
PNO  4750965
ISD  19880600
NAM  Pippel et al.
XCL  156574
UREF
PNO  4869774
ISD  19890900
NAM  Wisbey
OCL  156523
UREF
PNO  4915771
ISD  19900400
NAM  O'Brien et al.
OCL  156574
UREF
PNO  4954204
ISD  19900900
NAM  Grimshaw
OCL  156361
UREF
PNO  5011563
ISD  19910400
NAM  Shinno et al.
XCL  156358
UREF
PNO  5022952
ISD  19910600
NAM  Vaniglia
OCL  156441
UREF
PNO  5269869
ISD  19931200
NAM  Peterson
XCL  156574
UREF
PNO  5314563
ISD  19940500
NAM  Grimshaw et al.
XCL  156574
UREF
PNO  5316612
ISD  19940500
NAM  Peterson et al.
XCL  156574
UREF
PNO  5352306
ISD  19941000
NAM  Grimshaw et al.
XCL  156523
UREF
PNO  5454897
ISD  19951000
NAM  Vaniglia
UREF
PNO  5480508
ISD  19960100
NAM  Manabe et al.
XCL  156523
UREF
PNO  5738749
ISD  19980400
NAM  Grimshaw et al.
OCL  156312
OREF
PAL  Pneutronics VIP-FLEX, Pressure Control Unit, two pages, copyright 1990. LDI
      Pneutronics Corp., 26 Clinton Drive, Unit 103, Hollis, NH 03049.
LREP
FR2  Farrell; Thomas M.
FR2  Dunn; Donald
ABST
PAL  A head is positionable close to a supported composite material. A compactor
      on the head is movable relative to the head by a fluid actuator. A
      programmable valve means ports air into the actuator at several different
      pressures to provide variable compaction force.
PATN
WKU  059893850
SRC  8
APN  8150451
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970314
TTL  Polyamide adhesives having improved bookbinding characteristics
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Gallagher; John J.
INVT
NAM  Oeltjen; Susan T.
CTY  Lake Elmo
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Malcolm; David B.
CTY  Maplewood
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  H.B. Fuller Licensing & Financing, Inc
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  616853
APD  19960315
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  1563309
XCL  1563318
XCL  412  4
XCL  412  5
XCL  524285
XCL  524292
XCL  525183
EDF  6
ICL  C09J  400
FSC  156
FSS  330.9;331.8
FSC  524
FSS  285;292
FSC  525
FSS  183
FSC  412
FSS  4;5
UREF
PNO  2612463
ISD  19520900
NAM  Brown
OCL  156315
UREF
PNO  3626026
ISD  19711200
NAM  Fukumura et al.
OCL  525183
UREF
PNO  3646154
ISD  19720200
NAM  Marans et al.
OCL  525183
UREF
PNO  4018733
ISD  19770400
NAM  Lopez et al.
UREF
PNO  4132690
ISD  19790100
NAM  Eernstman et al.
OCL  525183
UREF
PNO  4409373
ISD  19831000
NAM  Wiemers et al.
UREF
PNO  4419494
ISD  19831200
NAM  Puletti et al.
UREF
PNO  4728688
ISD  19880300
NAM  Tizzard et al.
UREF
PNO  4777238
ISD  19881000
NAM  Leoni et al.
UREF
PNO  4791164
ISD  19881200
NAM  Wichelhaus et al.
OCL  525183
UREF
PNO  4914162
ISD  19900400
NAM  Leoni et al.
UREF
PNO  5026756
ISD  19910600
NAM  Arendt
UREF
PNO  5091454
ISD  19920200
NAM  Arendt et al.
FREF
PNO  633919
ISD  19931000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  678543
ISD  19951000
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Quan; Nancy N.
ABST
PAL  A method of bookbinding comprising the steps of a) applying a film
      comprising at least one hot melt polyamide at an application temperature
      of between about 175.degree. C. and about 190.degree. C. to the backbone
      of a book block said film having a tensile strength greater than about 400
      psi and a Young's modulus of less than about 12,000 psi and b) covering
      said book block having said film of polyamide with a book cover having a
      portion thereof in substantially parallel relation to said film.
PATN
WKU  059893869
SRC  8
APN  9810579
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971215
TTL  Coverslip pick-up and laydown apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Mayes; Curtis
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Elliott; Stuart Stanley
CTY  St Kilda
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Vision Instruments Ltd.
CTY  Victoria
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19950615
APN  PN3574
CLAS
OCL  156344
XCL  156285
XCL  156556
XCL  156584
XCL  221 33
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 3104
ICL  G02B 2134
ICL  B65H  308
ICL  B65H  346
FSC  156
FSS  285;310;344;538;539;556;578;584
FSC  221
FSS  33
UREF
PNO  3480504
ISD  19691100
NAM  Good et al.
UREF
PNO  3833449
ISD  19740900
NAM  Johnson
OCL  156556
UREF
PNO  3930928
ISD  19760100
NAM  Tapert
UREF
PNO  4033809
ISD  19770700
NAM  Tipton
XCL  156578
UREF
PNO  4171241
ISD  19791000
NAM  Henderson et al.
OCL  156556
UREF
PNO  4190472
ISD  19800200
NAM  Slonicki
XCL  156578
UREF
PNO  4203797
ISD  19800500
NAM  Stormby
UREF
PNO  4428793
ISD  19840100
NAM  Sato et al.
UREF
PNO  4455188
ISD  19840600
NAM  Stormby
UREF
PNO  4790640
ISD  19881200
NAM  Nason
UREF
PNO  5580414
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ljungmann
XCL  156556
FREF
PNO  2 216 594
ISD  19740800
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1 562 643
ISD  19800300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 597 954
ISD  19810900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  94/14097
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/20176
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AU96/00357
PD1  19971215
PD2  19971215
PD3  19960614
PCP  WO97/00461
PCD  19970103
ABST
PAR  A coverslip pick-up and transfer head comprises a pair of spaced suction
      cups which are angled downwardly and outwardly. A spring loaded plunger in
      an extended condition extends below the suction cups such that when a
      coverslip is help by the suction cups it is flexed in a concave shape. A
      solenoid, when energized, retracts the plunger against the spring force.
      In use a coverslip magazine containing a stack of coverslips is raised
      under the head causing the plunger to retract until the suction cups
      contact the coverslips. Vacuum is applied to the suction cups and the
      magazine lowered whereby the coverslip is held by the suction cups and
      flexed into a concave shape. The solenoid is energized momentarily causing
      the plunger the retract and extend thereby delivering a gentle flexural
      pulse to the coverslip causing any further coverslip adhered to the
      underside of the top coverslip to be released and returned to the
      magazine. A coverslip laydown head includes a pivotal lever which is
      spring biased to provide a progressive force along the coverslip as it is
      laid on a slide at an ever increasing angle to thereby cause mountant on
      the slide to spread evenly over the slide with a uniform wavefront.
PATN
WKU  059893877
SRC  8
APN  5830338
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19960117
TTL  Method for controlling chloride concentration in the flue gas of a
      recovery boiler
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Dean T.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hyoty; Paavo
CTY  Tampere
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Hamalainen; Risto
CTY  Tampere
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Alaniemi; Maiju
CTY  Tampere
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Imelainen; Keijo
CTY  Keminmaa
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Harila; Pauli
CTY  Kemi
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Kivilinna; Veli-Antti
CTY  Lautiosaari
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Klami; Ahti
CTY  Kemi
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Tampella Power Oy
CTY  Tampere
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19930723
APN  933336
CLAS
OCL  162 15
XCL  162 16
XCL  162 31
EDF  6
ICL  D21C 1106
FSC  162
FSS  14;15;16;30.11;31;36
UREF
PNO  3396076
ISD  19680800
NAM  Crosby et al.
OCL  162 33
FREF
PNO  1064206
ISD  19790100
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  435302
ISD  19840900
CNT  SEX
OREF
PAL  Warnqvist, Bjorn, et al.: "Chlorides in the Kraft . . . " International
      Bleaching Pulp Conference, May 2-6, 1976, (Chicago), pp. 13-18.
PAL  Warnqvist, B. et al., "Removal of Chloride From Recovery Systems by
      Reactions with Sulfur Dioxide" Svensk Paperstidning, No. 11, 1975, pp.
      409-410.
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FI94/00322
PD1  19960117
PD2  19960117
PD3  19940712
PCP  WO95/03449
PCD  19950202
ABST
PAR  A method for adjusting the chlorine equilibrium in a sulphate cellulose
      process, wherein part of the chlorine contained in the cycle is separated
      and removed. In the method, strong odour gases from the sulphate cellulose
      process are introduced into a soda recovery boiler for burning so that
      chlorine contained in the liquor is in the form of hydrogen chloride (HCl)
      in the upper part of the soda recovery boiler and can subsequently be
      separated from the flue gases in a flue gas scrubber. The chlorine
      equilibrium is adjusted by removing part of the chlorine-containing
      washing solution.
PATN
WKU  059893885
SRC  8
APN  2080699
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19940308
TTL  Method for ozone bleaching of high consistency pulp in two stages
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Alvo; Steven
NDR  10
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Pikulin; Michael A.
CTY  Bound Brook
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Friend; William H.
CTY  Savannah
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Union Camp Patent Holding, Inc.
CTY  Wayne
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  705691
APD  19910524
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  162 19
XCL  162 57
XCL  162 65
EDF  6
ICL  D21C  9153
FSC  162
FSS  19;57;65;52;241;243;244;246;17
FSC  422
FSS  224;225;226;227;229
UREF
PNO  4278496
ISD  19810700
NAM  Fritzvold
OCL  162 65
UREF
PNO  4283251
ISD  19810800
NAM  Singh
OCL  162 89
UREF
PNO  4298426
ISD  19811100
NAM  Turregrossa et al.
OCL  162 57
UREF
PNO  4363697
ISD  19821200
NAM  Markham et al.
OCL  162 65
UREF
PNO  4468286
ISD  19840800
NAM  Johnsen
OCL  162 65
UREF
PNO  4913358
ISD  19900400
NAM  Sbaschnigg et al.
UREF
PNO  5164043
ISD  19921100
NAM  Griggs et al.
OCL  162 65
UREF
PNO  5238501
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kappel et al.
FREF
PNO  1310292
ISD  19921100
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0 030 158
ISD  19830600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 106 460
ISD  19840400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  A-0 397 308
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2609067
ISD  19880700
CNT  FRX
OCL  162 65
FREF
PNO  2620744
ISD  19890300
CNT  FRX
OCL  162 65
FREF
PNO  40 25 616
ISD  19910200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  54-30902
ISD  19790300
CNT  JPX
OCL  162 65
FREF
PNO  WO 91/18145
ISD  19911100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  ASAM Pilot Plant Confirms Laboratory Test Results, by Kraftanlagen
      Heidelberg, "The Right Approach to Pollution-free Pulping".
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  A two stage ozone-pulp bleaching method and apparatus are disclosed. In the
      first stage, high consistency pulp particles are turbulently mixed and
      contacted with a gaseous mixture containing ozone to mix and contact
      substantially all of the pulp particles with ozone to react at least a
      portion of the pulp particles with the ozone. Pulp particles and gaseous
      bleaching mixture are then directed to a second stage including a
      quiescent pulp bed. Pulp particles may complete their reaction in the bed,
      which also serves to strip ozone which was not contacted with pulp
      particles in the first stage from the gaseous bleaching mixture.
PATN
WKU  059893893
SRC  8
APN  4244796
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19950609
TTL  Method of producing visible, continuous streaks and/or delimited fields
      in paper
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Peter
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Sundberg; Tore
CTY  Tumba
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  AB Tumba Bruk
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19921111
APN  9203370
CLAS
OCL  162109
XCL  162103
XCL  162108
XCL  162116
XCL  162126
XCL  162127
XCL  162129
XCL  162133
XCL  162140
XCL  162146
EDF  6
ICL  D21H 2126
FSC  162
FSS  103;108;116;126;129;127;133;140;298;300;301;322;343;146
UREF
PNO  202483
ISD  18780400
NAM  Syms
OCL  162126
UREF
PNO  210497
ISD  18781200
NAM  Casilear
OCL  162140
UREF
PNO  987678
ISD  19110300
NAM  Howes
OCL  162140
UREF
PNO  4162936
ISD  19790700
NAM  Frezzotti
OCL  162276
UREF
PNO  4437935
ISD  19840300
NAM  Crane, Jr.
OCL  162140
UREF
PNO  4462866
ISD  19840700
NAM  Tooth et al.
OCL  162140
UREF
PNO  4462867
ISD  19840700
NAM  Fuller
OCL  162140
UREF
PNO  4552617
ISD  19851100
NAM  Crane
OCL  162140
UREF
PNO  4943093
ISD  19900700
NAM  Melling et al.
OCL  162140
FREF
PNO  490825
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
OCL  162140
FREF
PNO  1078
ISD  18950100
CNT  GBX
OCL  162134
FREF
PNO  237828
ISD  19250800
CNT  GBX
OCL  162140
FREF
PNO  696673
ISD  19530900
CNT  GBX
OCL   62140
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE93/00949
PD1  19950609
PD2  19950609
PD3  19931109
PCP  WO94/11577
PCD  19940526
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to a method of producing visible, preferably
      transparent or translucent, continuous streaks and/or delimited fields in
      paper in conjunction with forming a paper web in a paper machine. The
      method is characterized by essentially preventing dewatering of paper
      stock/paper fibres on one or more surfaces of a wire in the forming unit
      of a paper machine in conjunction with forming a paper web in the machine,
      and by applying a special stock that contains fibres which differ from the
      other fibre material deposited on the wire, optionally together with an
      arbitrary filler and/or binder. The invention also relates to a valuable
      document, such as a banknote, produced from the aforedescribed paper.
PATN
WKU  059893907
SRC  9
APN  2267500
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19990106
TTL  Friction paper containing activated carbon
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Fortuna; Jose
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Lee; James M.
CTY  Watertown
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Knowlton Specialty Papers, Inc.
CTY  Watertown
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  162141
XCL  162146
XCL  162152
XCL  1621571
XCL  188251A
XCL  192107M
XCL  4283179
XCL  4283191
XCL  428323
XCL  428402
XCL  428408
XCL  428920
XCL  428367
EDF  6
ICL  D21F 1100
ICL  F16D 6900
FSC  162
FSS  146;148;152;154;157.1;157.2;141
FSC  442
FSS  322
FSC  188
FSS  251 A
FSC  192
FSS  107 M
FSC  428
FSS  317.9;319.1;323;402;408;902;920;367
UREF
PNO  4256801
ISD  19810300
NAM  Chuluda
UREF
PNO  4386168
ISD  19830500
NAM  Fujimaki et al.
OCL  523155
UREF
PNO  4451590
ISD  19840500
NAM  Fujimaki et al.
OCL  523155
UREF
PNO  5083650
ISD  19920100
NAM  Seiz et al.
UREF
PNO  5775468
ISD  19980700
NAM  Lam et al.
OCL  188251A
UREF
PNO  5837741
ISD  19981100
NAM  Schwarz et al.
LREP
FRM  Wall Marjama Bilinski & Burr
ABST
PAL  A fibrous friction material in a sheet form having a top surface and a
      bottom surface with at least one surface containing a mixture of from
      about 10 to 65% cellulose fibers, about 5 to 50% carbon fibers, about 5 to
      50% activated carbon, about 1 to 20% novoloid fibers, up to 65%
      diatomatious earth particles, and latex in an amount sufficient to
      increase the strength of the said sheet, with said percentages being based
      on the total weight of said sheet. The material is impregnated with a
      thermosetting resin prior to use.
PATN
WKU  059893915
SRC  8
APN  9452702
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971027
TTL  Reaction product of sulfonated amino resin and amino group-containing
      substance and papermaking process
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  6
EXP  Fortuna; Jose
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Yoshitane
CTY  Funabashi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ema; Kiyomi
CTY  Funabashi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugiyama; Takaichi
CTY  Fuchu-machi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Urahata; Hisanobu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kaneko; Michie
CTY  Funabashi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950427
APN  7-129431
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950523
APN  7-123553
CLAS
OCL  1621645
XCL  1621641
XCL  1621646
XCL  162166
XCL  162175
XCL  162165
XCL  162178
XCL  524247
XCL  524249
XCL  528157
XCL  528158
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 1240
ICL  D21H 1751
FSC  162
FSS  164.5;166;167;175;164.1;164.6;177;178;165
FSC  528
FSS  156;157;158;162
FSC  524
FSS  247;249
UREF
PNO  2564925
ISD  19510800
NAM  Pollard
OCL  524213
UREF
PNO  2949396
ISD  19600800
NAM  Bonzagni
OCL  162167
UREF
PNO  2986489
ISD  19610500
NAM  Maxwell
OCL  162166
UREF
PNO  3340237
ISD  19670900
NAM  Sellet
OCL  528363
UREF
PNO  4430469
ISD  19840200
NAM  Burge et al.
OCL  524247
UREF
PNO  5286347
ISD  19940200
NAM  Richardson
OCL  162199
FREF
PNO  0 690 083
ISD  19960100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  32 24 107
ISD  19930100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/01043
PD1  19971027
PD2  19971027
PD3  19960417
PCP  WO96/34027
PCD  19961031
ABST
PAR  A product obtained by reacting a sulfonated amino resin and an amino
      group-containing substance in a weight ratio of from 1:0.05 to 1:3.
PATN
WKU  059893923
SRC  8
APN  9266593
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970910
TTL  Method of using polyammonium quaternary for controlling anionic trash
      and pitch deposition in pulp containing broke
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Dean T.
INVT
NAM  Tang; Jiansheng
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Cramm; Jeffrey R.
CTY  Batavia
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  St. John; Michael R.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Sherman; Laura M.
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Nalco Chemical Company
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  162191
XCL  162199
XCL  162DIG4
EDF  6
ICL  D21F  166
ICL  D21C  502
FSC  162
FSS  5;189;19;199;DIG. 4;168.2;164.6
UREF
PNO  3562226
ISD  19710200
NAM  Gayley et al.
OCL  260 80.3
UREF
PNO  3968037
ISD  19760700
NAM  Morgan et al.
OCL   40 10
UREF
PNO  4100079
ISD  19780700
NAM  Sinkovitz et al.
OCL  252  8.55
UREF
PNO  4151202
ISD  19790400
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  260576.5
UREF
PNO  4225445
ISD  19800900
NAM  Dixon
OCL  252  8.57
UREF
PNO  4704190
ISD  19871100
NAM  Harada et al.
OCL  162168.2
UREF
PNO  5131982
ISD  19920700
NAM  St. John
OCL  162168.2
UREF
PNO  5180473
ISD  19930100
NAM  Akune et al.
OCL  162168.2
UREF
PNO  5223097
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hassler
OCL  162161
UREF
PNO  5246547
ISD  19930900
NAM  Finck et al.
OCL  162164.6
UREF
PNO  5387318
ISD  19950200
NAM  Laio et al.
OCL  162  5
UREF
PNO  5393380
ISD  19950200
NAM  Reed et al.
OCL  162168.2
UREF
PNO  5393381
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hund et al.
OCL  162168.3
UREF
PNO  5466338
ISD  19951100
NAM  Pearson
OCL  162168.2
UREF
PNO  5527431
ISD  19960600
NAM  Shetty et al.
OCL  162164.4
FREF
PNO  1150914
ISD  19830800
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1194254
ISD  19851000
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0374458A2
ISD  19900600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 264 710 B1
ISD  19930500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 202 780A
ISD  19961100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 752 496
ISD  19970100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1494438
ISD  19670900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2589145
ISD  19870400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  213942
ISD  19840900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3733587
ISD  19880400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  37 33587A1
ISD  19880400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  261800A1
ISD  19881100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  292218A5
ISD  19910700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  292219A5
ISD  19910700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  292612A5
ISD  19910800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  292641A5
ISD  19910800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  292642A5
ISD  19910800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  293500A5
ISD  19910900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  900-41528
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1595851A1
ISD  19900900
CNT  RUX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/33097
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/18351A
ISD  19970500
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Cummings; Kelly L.
FR2  Brumm; Margaret M.
FR2  Breininger; Thomas M.
ABST
PAL  A method is disclosed for controlling anionic trash and pitch deposition
      and treating coated broke which comprises the step of adding a
      polyammonium quaternary to a pulp and papermaking system. The polyammonium
      quaternary, which may be either branched or crosslinked, comprises at
      least one cationic monomer, preferably diallyldimethylammonium chloride,
      and at least one branching or crosslinking monomer, preferably
      N,N,N-triallylamine or N,N,N-triallylamine hydrochloride.
PATN
WKU  059893931
SRC  8
APN  0270601
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19930305
TTL  Method and device for guiding a leader of a web in a paper machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Hastings; Karen M.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kivimaa; Juha
CTY  Jyvaskyla
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Hirsimaki; Martti
CTY  Jyska
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Valmet Corporation
CTY  Helsinki
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19920305
APN  920982
CLAS
OCL  1623602
XCL  162193
XCL  1623603
EDF  6
ICL  D21F  302
ICL  D21F  700
FSC  162
FSS  193;194;286;360.2;360.3;359.1;358.1
UREF
PNO  2714342
ISD  19550800
NAM  Beachler
OCL  162370
UREF
PNO  4526655
ISD  19850700
NAM  Karvinen et al.
OCL  162360.2
UREF
PNO  4543160
ISD  19850900
NAM  Kerttula et al.
OCL  162193
UREF
PNO  4561939
ISD  19851200
NAM  Justus
OCL  162360.2
UREF
PNO  4608125
ISD  19860800
NAM  Autio
OCL  162360.2
UREF
PNO  4648942
ISD  19870300
NAM  Wanke et al.
OCL  162193
UREF
PNO  4692215
ISD  19870900
NAM  Kerttula
OCL  162289
UREF
PNO  4704192
ISD  19871100
NAM  Cronin
OCL  162360.2
UREF
PNO  4768294
ISD  19880900
NAM  Weideburg
OCL   34116
UREF
PNO  4874470
ISD  19891000
NAM  Skaugen
OCL  162193
UREF
PNO  4893741
ISD  19900100
NAM  Heinzmann
OCL  226196
UREF
PNO  4923567
ISD  19900500
NAM  Liedes et al.
OCL  162289
UREF
PNO  4970805
ISD  19901100
NAM  Wedel
OCL   34115
UREF
PNO  5120400
ISD  19920600
NAM  Laapotti
OCL  162360.3
UREF
PNO  5232555
ISD  19930800
NAM  Daunais et al.
OCL  162193
UREF
PNO  5240563
ISD  19930800
NAM  Karvinen et al.
OCL  162360.3
FREF
PNO  0426607
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  69145
ISD  19850800
CNT  FIX
FREF
PNO  78528
ISD  19890400
CNT  FIX
FREF
PNO  904900
ISD  19910400
CNT  FIX
FREF
PNO  86901
ISD  19920700
CNT  FIX
FREF
PNO  92/13133
ISD  19920800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  McDonald et al "A New Web Transfer System for Closing the Draw Between Last
      Press and Dryer Section" CPPA Annual Mtg, 1990.
LREP
FRM  Steinberg & Raskin, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a device and method in a paper machine for guiding
      a web and in particular in guiding a leader of the web. The device
      operates in a paper machine in the area between a center roll of the press
      section and a separate press nip in the press section. The separate press
      nip is formed between a smooth-faced upper roll and a hollow-faced lower
      roll. Around this lower roll, a lower felt of the separate press is placed
      and runs from a suction-transfer roll placed at the proximity of the
      center roll as a straight run into the separate press nip. At the initial
      end of the straight run of the felt of the separate press nip, in
      connection with the guide roll, air-transfer devices are arranged, by
      whose means a reduced pressure is produced at least across the width of
      the leader in connection with a closing inlet nip between the felt and the
      leader and/or in connection with an opening outlet nip defined between the
      guide roll and the straight run of the felt.
PATN
WKU  059893940
SRC  8
APN  860990&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970709
TTL  Process for treatment of a contaminated liquid
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Manoharan; Virginia
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Johansson; Mikael
CTY  Alingsas
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Strom; Krister
CTY  Gothenburg
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Wernqvist; Anders
CTY  Gothenburg
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Kvaerner Pulping AB
CTY  Karlstad
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19950201
APN  9500376
CLAS
OCL  203 34
XCL  159 163
XCL  159 473
XCL  162DIG8
XCL  203 35
XCL  203 96
XCL  203 97
XCL  203 98
EDF  6
ICL  B01D  334
FSC  202
FSS  174
FSC  159
FSS  DIG. 19;16.3;47.3
FSC  203
FSS  15;4;96;97;50;98;34;35
FSC  162
FSS  29;82;51;30.11;DIG. 8
FSC  210
FSS  774
UREF
PNO  1854428
ISD  19320400
NAM  Segerfelt
OCL  423220
UREF
PNO  1942767
ISD  19340100
NAM  Oman et al.
OCL  203 96
UREF
PNO  2962344
ISD  19601100
NAM  Kurmeier
OCL  423210
UREF
PNO  3028295
ISD  19620400
NAM  Trobeck et al.
OCL  423243.2
UREF
PNO  3183145
ISD  19650500
NAM  Collins, Jr.
OCL  162 47
UREF
PNO  3311531
ISD  19670300
NAM  Feisch et al.
OCL  162 51
UREF
PNO  3745063
ISD  19730700
NAM  Fisher
OCL  162 15
UREF
PNO  3807479
ISD  19740400
NAM  Brannland et al.
OCL  159 47.3
UREF
PNO  3856673
ISD  19741200
NAM  De La Mata et al.
OCL  423531
UREF
PNO  4005060
ISD  19770100
NAM  Mannbro
OCL  162 16
UREF
PNO  4383893
ISD  19830500
NAM  Kaibel et al.
UREF
PNO  5275701
ISD  19940100
NAM  Mazzafro et al.
OCL  159 47.1
FREF
PNO  0 038 686 A2
ISD  19811000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  41 14 333 A1
ISD  19921100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Fasth Law Offices
FR2  Fasth; Rolf
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/00075
PD1  19970709
PD2  19970709
PD3  19960225
PCP  WO96/23566
PCD  19960808
ABST
PAR  A process for purification treatment of an impure liquid, such as a
      contaminated condensate, obtained when producing paper or paper pulp. The
      liquid is introduced intro a stripper device at an admission point (C) and
      the stripper device is also supplied with an acidifier preferably at a
      point (D) that is located above the admission point (C) and malodorous
      gases are driven off from the stripper device.
PATN
WKU  059893958
SRC  8
APN  7303157
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19961011
TTL  Ferroelectric thin film and method of manufacturing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Ver Steeg; Steven H.
EXP  Nguyen; Nam
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Tomozawa; Atsushi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujii; Satoru
CTY  Takatsuki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujii; Eiji
CTY  Yawata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takayama; Ryoichi
CTY  Suita
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobune; Masafumi
CTY  Akou
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujii; Satoshi
CTY  Himeji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931201
APN  5-301411
RLAP
COD  74
APN  351216
APD  19941130
CLAS
OCL  20419215
XCL  20419218
XCL  2041982
EDF  6
ICL  C23C 1434
FSC  204
FSS  192.15;192.12;192.2;192.18
UREF
PNO  3773564
ISD  19731100
NAM  Yamaka et al.
OCL  136213
UREF
PNO  4265668
ISD  19810500
NAM  Fujiwara et al.
OCL  106 73.3
UREF
PNO  4731172
ISD  19880300
NAM  Adachi et al.
OCL  204192.26
UREF
PNO  4946810
ISD  19900800
NAM  Heistand, II et al.
OCL  501137
UREF
PNO  5077270
ISD  19911200
NAM  Takeda et al.
OCL  505  1
UREF
PNO  5096642
ISD  19920300
NAM  Shirasaki
OCL  264 66
UREF
PNO  5104690
ISD  19920400
NAM  Greenwald
OCL  427126.3
UREF
PNO  5188992
ISD  19930200
NAM  Nishimura et al.
OCL  501136
UREF
PNO  5244742
ISD  19930900
NAM  Ogi et al.
OCL  428469
UREF
PNO  5254278
ISD  19931000
NAM  Kaneko
OCL  252 62.9
UREF
PNO  5308462
ISD  19940500
NAM  Iijima et al.
OCL  204192.15
UREF
PNO  5415945
ISD  19950500
NAM  Azumi et al.
OCL  428692
UREF
PNO  5440125
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hennins et al.
OCL  250308.1
FREF
PNO  A-0 514 150
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C04B 3546
FREF
PNO  A-41 21 474
ISD  19920100
CNT  DEX
ICL  C04B 3500
FREF
PNO  59-141104
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01B  300
FREF
PNO  59-141427
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
ICL  C01G 4500
FREF
PNO  61-285609
ISD  19861200
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01B  300
FREF
PNO  63-69272
ISD  19880300
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 3100
FREF
PNO  1-253113
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01B  312
FREF
PNO  2-255531
ISD  19901000
CNT  JPX
ICL  C01G 2300
OREF
PAL  Takayama, R. et al., "Preparation and characteristics of Pyroelectric
      Infrared Sensors made of c-axis . . . ", J. Appl. Phys 61 (1), Jan. 1,
      1987, pp. 411-415.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 16, No. 37 (Jan. 29, 1992).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 8, No. 266 (Aug. 14, 1984), 59-141427.
LREP
FRM  Morrison & Foerster, LLP
ABST
PAL  A ferroelectric thin film includes lead titanate including La and at least
      an element which forms a six-coordinate bond with oxygen atoms and which
      is selected from the group consisting of Mg and Mn. The ferroelectric thin
      film is imparted with a high c-axis orientation while the film is formed
      without a polarization process. The ferroelectric thin film is
      manufactured by the steps of: positioning a MgO single crystal substrate
      disposed in advance with a foundation platinum electrode by a sputtering
      method on the surface of a substrate heater, exhausting a chamber, heating
      the substrate by a substrate heater, letting in sputtering gases Ar and
      O.sub.2 through a nozzle into the chamber, and maintaining a high degree
      of vacuum. Then, high frequency electric power is input to a target from a
      high frequency electric power source to generate plasma, and a film is
      formed on the substrate. In this way, a ferroelectric thin film
      containing, for example, [(1-x).Pb.sub.1-y La.sub.y Ti.sub.1-y/4 O.sub.3
      +x.MgO], where x=0.01.about.0.10 and y=0.05.about.0.25 can be
      manufactured.
PATN
WKU  059893966
SRC  9
APN  0531545
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980401
TTL  Electrode and electrolytic cell containing same
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXP  Bell; Bruce F.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Prasnikar; Albert R.
CTY  Madison
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Carlson; Richard C.
CTY  Euclid
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Coin; Richard J.
CTY  Chardon
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Ernes; Lynne M.
CTY  Willoughby
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Mitchell; Thomas A.
CTY  Painesville
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Lezan; Catherine M.
CTY  Wickliffe
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  ELTECH Systems Corporation
CTY  Chardon
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  204290F
XCL  204290R
XCL  205322
XCL  205333
XCL  205220
XCL  205225
XCL  205229
XCL  4271263
XCL  4271265
EDF  6
ICL  C25B 1106
FSC  204
FSS  290 F;290 R;291;293
FSC  427
FSS  77;115;126.3;126.5
FSC   29
FSS  623.1
FSC  205
FSS  8220;225;229;322;333
UREF
PNO  5019225
ISD  19910500
NAM  Darracq et al.
OCL  204290R
UREF
PNO  5188721
ISD  19930200
NAM  Pohto et al.
OCL  204290F
UREF
PNO  5204140
ISD  19930400
NAM  Grosvenor et al.
OCL  427126.3
UREF
PNO  5324407
ISD  19940600
NAM  Ernes et al.
OCL  204290F
UREF
PNO  5419824
ISD  19950500
NAM  Weres et al.
OCL  204290F
UREF
PNO  5503663
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tsou
OCL  204290F
UREF
PNO  5509189
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tuller et al.
OCL   29623.1
UREF
PNO  5578175
ISD  19961100
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  204290F
UREF
PNO  5578176
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hardee et al.
OCL  204290F
UREF
PNO  5593556
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kumagai et al.
OCL  204290F
UREF
PNO  5672394
ISD  19970900
NAM  Hardee et al.
OCL  204290F
UREF
PNO  5679225
ISD  19971000
NAM  Pastacaldi et al.
OCL  204290F
UREF
PNO  5783053
ISD  19980700
NAM  Tomba et al.
OCL  204290F
LREP
FR2  Freer; John J.
FR2  Skrabec; David J.
FR2  Tyrpak; Michele M.
ABST
PAL  An electrode is disclosed having a coating on part of the electrode, e.g.,
      a front face, comprising the oxides of tin, antimony, at least one
      platinum group metal and at least one valve metal. Another part of the
      electrode, such as a back face, has a coating comprising the oxides of at
      least one valve metal and at least one platinum group metal. The electrode
      can be generally plate-shaped and most desirably has at least one
      chamfered corner. The electrode is particularly useful in a cell wherein
      brine electrolyte is electrolyzed to prepare a disinfectant solution
      containing hypochlorite. The disinfectant solution can be especially
      serviceable, such as in maritime application, for treating water, e.g.,
      freshwater as represented by desalinated water.
GOVT
PAR  STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH
PAR  This invention was made with U.S. Government support under Contract No.
      N00167-88-C-0025. The Government has certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059893974
SRC  8
APN  9615288
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971030
TTL  Gradient multilayer film generation process control
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Mercado; Julian A.
EXP  Nguyen; Nam
NDR  11
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Laube; Samuel J. P.
CTY  Monroe
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Voevodin; Andrey A.
CTY  Dayton
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Zabinski; Jeffrey S.
CTY  Dayton
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  LeClair; Steven R.
CTY  Spring Valley
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Air
      Force
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  20429803
XCL  20429801
XCL  20429802
XCL  36446826
XCL  427553
XCL  427554
XCL  118620
XCL  118641
EDF  6
ICL  C23C 1434
FSC  364
FSS  468.26
FSC  427
FSS  553;554
FSC  118
FSS  620;641
FSC  204
FSS  298.03;298.01;298.02
UREF
PNO  H1210
ISD  19930700
NAM  Jansen
OCL  427249
UREF
PNO  4500408
ISD  19850200
NAM  Boys et al.
OCL  204298
UREF
PNO  4988421
ISD  19910100
NAM  Drawl et al.
OCL  204192.3
UREF
PNO  5126028
ISD  19920600
NAM  Hurwitt et al.
OCL  204192.13
UREF
PNO  5395735
ISD  19950300
NAM  Nagata et al.
OCL  430270
UREF
PNO  5535128
ISD  19960700
NAM  Laube et al.
OCL  364468.26
UREF
PNO  5612887
ISD  19970300
NAM  Laube et al.
OCL  362468.26
LREP
FR2  Tollefson; Gina S.
FR2  Hollins; Gerald B.
FR2  Kundert; Thomas L.
ABST
PAL  Process control for generating graded multilayer films repetitively and
      consistently using both pulsed laser sputtering and magnetron sputtering
      deposition techniques. The invention includes an apparatus which allows
      for set up of an ultrahigh vacuum in a vacuum chamber automatically, and
      then execution of a computer algorithm or "recipe" to generate desired
      films. Software operates and controls the apparatus and executes commands
      which control digital and analog signals which control instruments.
GOVT
PAC  RIGHTS OF THE GOVERNMENT
PAR  The invention described herein may be manufactured and used by or for the
      Government of the United States for all governmental purposes without the
      payment of any royalty.
PATN
WKU  059893982
SRC  8
APN  9708375
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971114
TTL  Calorimetric hydrocarbon gas sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Aldag; Andrew
EXP  Warden, Sr.; Robert J.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Young; Daniel A.
CTY  Gurnee
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Moya; Adam
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Koripella; Chowdary R.
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Naber; Jeff
CTY  Dearborn
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Adams; Neil
CTY  Novi
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Markyvech; Craig
CTY  Romulus
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Miller; Adam
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  204424
XCL  204421
XCL  204427
XCL  204408
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2726
ICL  G01N 27419
FSC  204
FSS  408;431;432;430;421;422;423;424;425;426;427;428;429
FSC  422
FSS  94;95;98
UREF
PNO  4541988
ISD  19850900
NAM  Tozier et al.
OCL  422 94
UREF
PNO  4597850
ISD  19860700
NAM  Takahasi et al.
UREF
PNO  4614721
ISD  19860900
NAM  Goldberg
OCL  436147
UREF
PNO  4654624
ISD  19870300
NAM  Hagan et al.
OCL  338 34
UREF
PNO  4905652
ISD  19900300
NAM  Nakajima et al.
UREF
PNO  4911892
ISD  19900300
NAM  Grace et al.
OCL  422 94
UREF
PNO  4927517
ISD  19900500
NAM  Mizutani et al.
UREF
PNO  5177464
ISD  19930100
NAM  Hamburg
UREF
PNO  5250169
ISD  19931000
NAM  Logothetis et al.
UREF
PNO  5265417
ISD  19931100
NAM  Visser et al.
UREF
PNO  5444974
ISD  19950800
NAM  Beck et al.
UREF
PNO  5451371
ISD  19950900
NAM  Zanini-Fisher et al.
OCL  422 51
UREF
PNO  5473304
ISD  19951200
NAM  Friese et al.
UREF
PNO  5476001
ISD  19951200
NAM  Hoetzel et al.
UREF
PNO  5494826
ISD  19960200
NAM  Stetter et al.
OCL  436147
UREF
PNO  5505073
ISD  19960400
NAM  Gerblinger et al.
UREF
PNO  5505837
ISD  19960400
NAM  Friese et al.
UREF
PNO  5795545
ISD  19980800
NAM  Koripella et al.
FREF
PNO  259175
ISD  19870900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  576932
ISD  19940100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  704698
ISD  19950900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  704697
ISD  19950900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  271379
ISD  19890800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/33165
ISD  19961100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Dockrey; Jasper W.
ABST
PAL  A calorimetric hydrocarbon gas sensor (10) includes an electrochemical
      oxygen pump (18), a sensing element (12), and a multi-layered substrate
      (26) separating the sensing element (12) from the electrochemical oxygen
      pump (18). The multi-layered substrate (26) includes a plurality of
      overlying insulating layers, in which at least one intermediate layer (60)
      supports a first primary heater (58), and in which another intermediate
      layer (52) supports a temperature compensation heaters (50a, 50b). The
      primary heater (58) functions to maintain the calorimetric hydrocarbon gas
      sensor (10) at a constant, elevated temperature, while the active
      compensation heater (50a) functions to maintain substantially equal
      temperatures as determined by the thermometers (46a, 46b) located on an
      intermediate layer (48) overlying the compensation heaters (50a, 50b).
      Control circuitry is integrated with power measurement circuitry to
      measure differences in the heat produced by the compensation heater (50a)
      and the thermometer (46a) in an active region (100), and the heat produced
      by the compensation heater (50b) and the thermometer (46b) in a reference
      region (102).
PATN
WKU  059893990
SRC  8
APN  8928061
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970715
TTL  Effective surface treatment for a new separation medium in
      electrophoresis
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1,31
EXA  Starsiak, Jr.; John S.
EXP  Beisner; William H.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Chu; Benjamin
CTY  Setauket
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Wu; Chunhung
CTY  Lake Grove
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  The Research Foundation of State University of New York
CTY  Albany
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  707794
APD  19960904
CLAS
OCL  204456
XCL  204605
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2726
ICL  G01N 27447
FSC  204
FSS  605;455;454;451;452;453;601;602;603;604
UREF
PNO  4582868
ISD  19860400
NAM  Ogawa et al.
OCL  204469
UREF
PNO  4680201
ISD  19870700
NAM  Hjerten
OCL  204601
UREF
PNO  4769408
ISD  19880900
NAM  Ogawa et al.
OCL  204469
UREF
PNO  4812269
ISD  19890300
NAM  Harttig et al.
OCL  264 41
UREF
PNO  4908112
ISD  19900300
NAM  Pace
XCL  204601
UREF
PNO  4990550
ISD  19910200
NAM  Iwanami et al.
OCL  523384
UREF
PNO  5126021
ISD  19920600
NAM  Grossman
OCL  204601
UREF
PNO  5143646
ISD  19920900
NAM  Nochumson et al.
OCL  204469
UREF
PNO  5151464
ISD  19920900
NAM  Yang
OCL  524449
UREF
PNO  5164055
ISD  19921100
NAM  Dubrow
OCL  204455
UREF
PNO  5167783
ISD  19921200
NAM  Halloway
OCL  204605
UREF
PNO  5167784
ISD  19921200
NAM  Noolandi
OCL  204458
UREF
PNO  5213669
ISD  19930500
NAM  Guttman
OCL  204452
UREF
PNO  5264101
ISD  19931100
NAM  Demorest et al.
OCL  204452
UREF
PNO  5282941
ISD  19940200
NAM  Rose Jr.
OCL  204605
UREF
PNO  5290418
ISD  19940300
NAM  Menchen et al.
OCL  204455
UREF
PNO  5360855
ISD  19941100
NAM  Gobran
OCL  524274
UREF
PNO  5447617
ISD  19950900
NAM  Shieh
OCL  204451
UREF
PNO  5468365
ISD  19951100
NAM  Menchen et al.
OCL  204455
FREF
PNO  6-273382
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Martin Malmsten et al, "Adsorption of PEO-PPO-PEO Block Copoly-mers at
      Silica" Macromolecules, vol. 35, No. 9, pp. 2474-2481, 1992 *no month
      available.
PAL  Chu, B., Langmuir no month available 1995, 11, 414-421.
PAL  Tiberg, F., Langmuir no month available 1991, 7, 2723-2730.
PAL  Malmsten, M., Macromolecules no month available 1992, 9, 2474-2481.
LREP
FRM  Hoffman & Baron, LLP
ABST
PAL  A device is described for electrophoretic molecular separation. This device
      has a channel formed on a hydrophobic surface thereof. The interior
      surface of the channel is rendered hydrophilic through successive
      oxidation and protophilic reactions. A cover extends over the channel to
      form a conduit which is dimensioned to accept a molecular separation
      media. The conduit is also positioned for application of an electric
      current along the length of the interior of the conduit which drives a
      sample through the molecular separation media. Systems and methods are
      also described for electrophoretic molecular separation.
GOVT
PAR  The present invention has resulted from investigatory work supported by
      U.S. Government funds provided under NIH: National Center for Genome
      Research (1R01HG0138601); NSF: MRSEC for Engineered Polymer Interfaces
      (DMR9632525; and Biotechnology Center of the State of New York (X310N).
      The government has certain rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059894008
SRC  9
APN  0944262
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980609
TTL  Device and method for applying power to gel electrophoresis modules
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  25
EXA  Noguerola; Alex
EXP  Tung; T.
NDR  8
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Islam; Mohammed R.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hoefer Pharmacia Biotech, Inc.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  204466
XCL  204616
XCL  204621
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2726
FSC  204
FSS  456;466;467;606;616;459;610;618;621;644
UREF
PNO  5209831
ISD  19930500
NAM  MacConnell
OCL  204299R
UREF
PNO  5476016
ISD  19951200
NAM  Fedorka-Cray et al.
OCL   73863
FREF
PNO  0 304 195 A2
ISD  19890200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 457 526 A2
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 631 134 A2
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  96134276
ISD  19961000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention involves a power application device including a flat
      power pad having an electrically insulating support that supports first
      and second conductive regions. The first conductive region is connected to
      a positive output terminal of a power supply, and the second conductive
      region is connected to a negative terminal of the same power supply. The
      power application device may be used with electrophoresis gel carrier
      modules of various dimensions having first and second conductive paths
      leading from the vicinity of each end of the gel to separate external
      electrical contacts points. The external electrical contact points can
      each make contact with the conductive regions upon which the
      electrophoresis gel module sits. When properly positioned on the power
      pad, the electrophoresis gel module spans the distance between two
      conductive regions of opposite charge and the external contact points of
      the electrophoresis module make electrical contact with the conductive
      regions. A temperature control mechanism is integrated with the power pad
      for controlling the temperature of the gel during electrophoresis.
PATN
WKU  059894016
SRC  9
APN  1089870
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980701
TTL  Expandable vertical dip pretreatment and electro-deposition system
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  4
EXP  Mayekar; Kishor
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Breneiser; Thomas R.
CTY  Rochester Hills
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Ott; Richard H.
CTY  Brighton
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Salman; Syed
CTY  Troy
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Chrysler Corporation
CTY  Auburn Hills
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  204484
XCL  204512
XCL  204623
EDF  6
ICL  C25D 1312
FSC  204
FSS  623;512;484
UREF
PNO  839719
ISD  19061200
NAM  Broderick
UREF
PNO  2048937
ISD  19360700
NAM  Larson
OCL   91 55
UREF
PNO  2633855
ISD  19530400
NAM  Ransohoff
OCL  134 58
UREF
PNO  2945579
ISD  19600700
NAM  Barton
OCL  198 19
UREF
PNO  2965110
ISD  19601200
NAM  Borodin
OCL  134 76
UREF
PNO  2989050
ISD  19610600
NAM  Finston
OCL  134 77
UREF
PNO  3073324
ISD  19630100
NAM  Finston
OCL  134 77
UREF
PNO  4402765
ISD  19830900
NAM  Goto et al.
OCL  148  6.15R
UREF
PNO  4473604
ISD  19840900
NAM  Rolle et al.
OCL  427444
UREF
PNO  4917042
ISD  19900400
NAM  Kuronaga et al.
OCL  118 72
UREF
PNO  5364469
ISD  19941100
NAM  Wakabayashi
OCL  118423
UREF
PNO  5433783
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ichinose et al.
OCL  118416
LREP
FR2  Fuller, III; Roland A.
ABST
PAL  A vertical dip pretreatment and electro-deposition system has a plurality
      of dip stations and a plurality of spray stations. The process limited dip
      stations, such as the degrease dip station, the phosphate dip station and
      the electro-coat dip station, have expandable dip tanks which can have a
      bulkheads that divide the tanks into two sections providing the tanks with
      two compartments, or have removable end walls that can be removed and
      replaced with a tank section. If the bulkhead divided tanks are used,
      during the initial period of operation when production rates would
      typically be less than ten to twelve jobs an hour, one compartment of each
      expandable dip tank is used for immersion and the other compartment left
      dry or used for other purposes such as storage. When volume increases to
      above the design capacity, the expandable tanks are expanded. If bulkhead
      divided tanks are used, the bulkhead is removed which joins the first and
      second compartments, thus doubling the length of the tank. If the
      removable end wall tanks are used, the removable end walls are removed and
      replaced with tank sections to double the length of the tanks. In
      operation, the system is then set up so that after the product is lowered
      in the expanded tank, it stays in the first half of the expanded tank for
      half or less of the process time. The product is then kept in the lowered
      position in the expanded tank and moved to the second section of the
      expanded tank where it remains until the end of the required process time.
      The index time for the system is thus half or less of the total cycle time
      of the process. In this manner, production throughput of the system is
      increased.
PATN
WKU  059894024
SRC  8
APN  9197079
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970829
TTL  Controller/detector interfaces for microfluidic systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXA  Starsiak, Jr.; John S.
EXP  Warden; Jill
NDR  10
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Chow; Calvin Y. H.
CTY  Portola Valley
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Parce; John Wallace
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  McReynolds; Richard J.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kennedy; Colin B.
CTY  Mill Valley
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bousse; Luc J.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Caliper Technologies Corp.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  204601
XCL  204450
XCL  204451
XCL  204452
XCL  204600
XCL  204603
XCL  356344
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2726
ICL  G01N 27447
FSC  204
FSS  601;602;603;604;605;451;452;453;454;455
FSC  435
FSS  287.1;287.2;287.3;288.5;288.6;288.7
FSC  432
FSS  68.1;100;102
FSC  439
FSS  912;912.1;341;59;376;630
FSC  356
FSS  344
UREF
PNO  2811700
ISD  19571000
NAM  Kuch
OCL  439 59
UREF
PNO  4390403
ISD  19830600
NAM  Batchelder
OCL  204547
UREF
PNO  4842223
ISD  19890600
NAM  Shino
OCL  235487
UREF
PNO  4908112
ISD  19900300
NAM  Pace
XCL  204601
UREF
PNO  5126022
ISD  19920600
NAM  Soane et al.
OCL  204458
UREF
PNO  5194133
ISD  19930300
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  204608
UREF
PNO  5416355
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kudoh
OCL  257529
UREF
PNO  5440173
ISD  19950800
NAM  Evan, Jr. et al.
OCL  257751
UREF
PNO  5489515
ISD  19960200
NAM  Hatschek et al.
OCL  435 29
UREF
PNO  5498392
ISD  19960300
NAM  Wilding et al.
OCL  422 68.1
UREF
PNO  5571410
ISD  19961100
NAM  Swedberg et al.
XCL  204601
UREF
PNO  5585069
ISD  19961200
NAM  Zanzucchi et al.
XCL  204600
UREF
PNO  5593838
ISD  19970100
NAM  Zanzucchi et al.
XCL  204450
UREF
PNO  5603351
ISD  19970200
NAM  Cherukuri et al.
XCL  204601
UREF
PNO  5635358
ISD  19970600
NAM  Wilding et al.
OCL  435  7.2
UREF
PNO  5637469
ISD  19970600
NAM  Wilding et al.
OCL  435  7.21
UREF
PNO  5670031
ISD  19970900
NAM  Hintsche et al.
UREF
PNO  5750015
ISD  19980500
NAM  Soane et al.
OCL  204454
FREF
PNO  8-304339
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/04547
ISD  19960200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/07917
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/02357
ISD  19970100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9704297
ISD  19970200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/00707
ISD  19980100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/05424
ISD  19980200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Document No. 08/911310, Applicant Chow, Date of Publication Aug. 14, 1997.
PAL  Dasgupta, P.K. et al., "Electroosmosis: A Reliable fluid Propulsion System
      for Flow Injection Analysis," Anal. Chem. 66:1792-1798 (1994) No month
      available.
PAL  Ghandi, "Lithographic Processes," VLSI Fabrication Principles Chapter 10
      (1983) No month available.
PAL  Jacobson, S. C. et al., "Fused Quartz Substrates for Microchip
      Electrophoresis," Anal. Chem. 67:2059-2063 (1995) No month available.
PAL  Manz, A. et al., "Electroosmotic pumpgin and electrophoretic separation for
      miniaturized chemical analysis systems," J. Micromech. Microeng. 4:257-265
      (1994) No month available.
PAL  Ramsey, J.M. et al., "Microfabricated chemical measurement systems," Nature
      Med. 1:1093-1096 (1995) No month available.
PAL  Seiler, K. et al., "Planar Glass Chips for Capillary Electrophoresis:
      Repetitive Sample Injection, Quantitation, and Separation Efficiency,"
      Anal. Chem. 65:1481-1488 (1993) No month available.
PAL  Seiler, K. et al., "Electroosmotic Pumping and Valveless Control of Fluid
      Flow within a Manifold of Capillaries on a Glass Chip," Anal. Chem.
      66:3485-3491 (1994) No month available.
LREP
FR2  Murphy; Matthew B.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is generally directed to improved methods, structures
      and systems for interfacing microfluidic devices with ancillary systems
      that are used in conjunction with such devices. These systems typically
      include control and monitoring systems for controlling the performance of
      the processes carried out within the device, e.g., controlling internal
      fluid transport and direction, monitoring and controlling environmental
      conditions and monitoring results of the processes performed, e.g.,
      detection.
PATN
WKU  059894032
SRC  8
APN  9900667
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971212
TTL  Electrophoresis assembly with filling means
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Noguerda; Alex
EXP  Warden; Jill
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Provonchee; Richard B.
CTY  Cushing
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  FMC Corporation
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  204619
XCL  204618
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2726
FSC  204
FSS  466;467;465;615;616;618;619;620
FSC  425
FSS  577;403;546
FSC  249
FSS  141;160
FSC  264
FSS  267
UREF
PNO  4035377
ISD  19770700
NAM  Detroy
OCL  204619
UREF
PNO  4417967
ISD  19831100
NAM  Ledley
OCL  204466
LREP
FR2  Silverman; J. R.
     Ratner & Prestia
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a cassette with comb in place, useful for
      gel electrophoresis which is capable of being filled through a fluid
      conducting channel which communicates from the exterior of the top of the
      cassette assembly to the void (confined) volume of the cassette, for
      example, with the juncture between adjacent teeth of the comb; provides a
      comb useful for top filling of an electrophoresis cassette assembly and a
      method for top filling of an electrophoresis cassette assembly.
PATN
WKU  059894040
SRC  8
APN  9582991
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971027
TTL  Method for manufacturing a fluorescent screen display
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Leader; William T.
EXP  Gorgos; Kathryn
NDR  23
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Kiyomiya; Tadashi
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohoshi; Toshio
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okita; Masami
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Negishi; Eisuke
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakada; Satoshi
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940701
APN  P06-173706
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940928
APN  P06-259124
RLAP
COD  74
APN  497422
APD  19950630
CLAS
OCL  205 96
XCL  204484
XCL  204490
XCL  205122
XCL  205136
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  922
ICL  H01J 2932
FSC  204
FSS  484;490;491;499;500
FSC  205
FSS  122;136;96
UREF
PNO  5453659
ISD  19950900
NAM  Wallace et al.
OCL  313495
UREF
PNO  5466358
ISD  19951100
NAM  Kiyomiya et al.
OCL  205 96
FREF
PNO  0 635 865
ISD  19950100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 950, No. 003, abstracting JP-A-07 057631,
      Mar. 1995.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 002, No. 150 (E-078), abstracting JP-A-53
      118363, Dec. 1978.
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a fluorescent screen structure wherein a
      plurality of first electrodes (for example stripelike selected electrodes)
      having a plurality of fluorescent substances (especially fluorescent
      substances of different colors for a color screen) severally deposited
      thereon and second electrodes (for example stripelike reverse bias
      electrodes not for electrodeposition) not having the fluorescent
      substances deposited thereon between these first electrodes are provided
      on a common base (especially a glass substrate for a fluorescent screen
      panel) and a field emission display (FED) using this and methods for
      manufacturing these. According to the invention, even in such cases as
      when pillars for supporting a high vacuum are formed in an FED, a uniform
      fluorescent screen can be obtained without the pillars constituting an
      obstruction and a fluorescent substance can be deposited in such a way
      that it will not subsequently impair the level of a vacuum in a display in
      which the fluorescent screen is used and also a fluorescent substance can
      be deposited in a pattern such as a narrow stripe pattern having fine
      widths and fine pitches highly precisely and without mixed colors and with
      good manufacturability.
PATN
WKU  059894059
SRC  8
APN  8821070
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970625
TTL  Process for producing a dresser
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Leader; William T.
EXP  Gorgos; Kathryn
NDR  8
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Murata; Yasunori
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kakui; Kenji
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Diamond Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960628
APN  8-188195
CLAS
OCL  205110
XCL  205222
XCL  205223
EDF  6
ICL  C25D 1500
FSC  205
FSS  109;110;114;222;223
FSC   51
FSS  293;309
UREF
PNO  3957593
ISD  19760500
NAM  Haack
OCL  205110
UREF
PNO  4381227
ISD  19830400
NAM  Narcus
OCL  428626
UREF
PNO  5389228
ISD  19950200
NAM  Long et al.
OCL  205110
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  A dresser includes a super-abrasive fixed by electroplating on a working
      face which is disposed perpendicular to the axis of rotation of the
      dresser, the height of protrusion of particles of the super-abrasive is 5
      to 30% of an average diameter of the particles, and a process for
      producing such a dresser includes temporarily fixing the super-abrasive in
      an amount to form a single layer to a base metal by electroplating,
      removing loose stones in the temporarily fixed super-abrasive by a grinder
      or shaking, electroplating a surface having the temporarily fixed
      super-abrasive with a metal until thickness of the plating metal reaches
      height of the most protruded part of the super-abrasive or until particles
      of the super-abrasive are completely buried in the plating metal, and
      working the electroplated surface for abrasive protrusion to expose most
      protruded parts of the super-abrasive resulting in a high accuracy dresser
      which enables dressing of a polishing pad in a short time and eliminates
      the releasing of particles of the super-abrasive with excellent flatness
      to the polishing pad.
PATN
WKU  059894067
SRC  8
APN  9530193
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971017
TTL  Magnetic memory having shape anisotropic magnetic elements
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Wong; Edna
EXP  Gorgos; Kathryn
NDR  10
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Beetz, Jr.; Charles P.
CTY  New Mildford
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Steinbeck; John
CTY  Fitzwilliam
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Boerstler; Robert W.
CTY  Woodbury
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Winn; David R.
CTY  Wilton
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  NanoSciences Corporation
CTY  Oxford
STA  CT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  512555
APD  19950808
PSC  01
PNO  5741435
CLAS
OCL  205118
XCL  205119
XCL  205122
XCL  205131
XCL  205170
XCL  427258
EDF  6
ICL  C25D  502
ICL  C25D  510
ICL  B05D  136
FSC  205
FSS  118;119;122;131;170
FSC  427
FSS  258
UREF
PNO  3922651
ISD  19751100
NAM  Imamura et al.
OCL  340174TR
UREF
PNO  4052710
ISD  19771000
NAM  Calhoun et al.
OCL  340174TF
UREF
PNO  4290843
ISD  19810900
NAM  Korenstein et al.
OCL  156628
UREF
PNO  4360899
ISD  19821100
NAM  Dimyan et al.
OCL  365171
UREF
PNO  4468757
ISD  19840800
NAM  Rosenblum
OCL  365 12
UREF
PNO  4913750
ISD  19900400
NAM  Kakuno et al.
OCL  428611
UREF
PNO  5075247
ISD  19911200
NAM  Matthews
OCL  437 52
FREF
PNO  3-029114
ISD  19910200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, No. 11, Apr. 1966, vol. 8,
      Nondestructive Readout Memory Cell, L.M. Terman, D.P. Spampinato and C.H.
      Sie.
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, No. 7, Dec. 1970, vol. 13, Coupled NDRO
      Magnetic Film Memory, H.J. Kump and N.C. Logue.
PAL  IEEE Transactions on Magnetics, vol. 26, No. 5, Sep. 1990, Magnetic
      Properties of Co and Co-Fe Electrodeposited Alumite Films, pp. 1635-1637,
      K.I. Arai, H.W. Kang, K. Ishiyama.
PAL  Nanowires formed in anodic oxide nanotemplates, J. Mater. Res., vol. 9, No.
      4, Apr. 1994, D. Al-Mawlawi, C.Z. Liu, and Martin Moskovits.
PAL  IEEE Transactions On Magnetics, vol. MAG-22, No. 5, Sep. 1986, Alumite
      Using Anorsic Oxidation, N. Tsuya, T. Tokushima, M. Shiraki, Y. Wakui, V.
      Saito, H. Nakmura, S. Hayano, A. Furugori and M. Tanaka.
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik, LLP
ABST
PAL  A magnetically shape-anisotropic material is made by providing a matrix
      with a plurality of elongated holes, and depositing first and second
      magnetic materials in each hole so as to form elongated particles
      including the first material adjacent one end and the second material
      adjacent the opposite end. One of the materials is a magnetically soft
      material having relatively low coercivity whereas the other material is a
      magnetically hard material having relatively high coercivity. The
      particles have dimensions transverse to their axes of elongation smaller
      than the magnetic domain size of the magnetically soft material.
PATN
WKU  059894075
SRC  8
APN  8296049
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970331
TTL  Generation and delivery device for ozone gas and ozone dissolved in water
ISD  19991123
NCL  48
ECL  44
EXP  Mayekar; Kishor
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Andrews; Craig C.
CTY  College Station
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Rogers; Thomas D.
CTY  Wheelock
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Murphy; Oliver J.
CTY  Bryan
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Lynntech, Inc.
CTY  College Station
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  205626
XCL  204252
XCL  204256
XCL  204264
XCL  204266
XCL  204276
XCL  204278
XCL  42218607
EDF  6
ICL  C25B  102
FSC  204
FSS  252;264;266;276;278;256
FSC  422
FSS  186.07
FSC  205
FSS  626
UREF
PNO  4214969
ISD  19800700
NAM  Lawrance
OCL  204255
UREF
PNO  4316782
ISD  19820200
NAM  Foller et al.
OCL  204129
UREF
PNO  4375395
ISD  19830300
NAM  Foller et al.
OCL  204129
UREF
PNO  4416747
ISD  19831100
NAM  Menth et al.
OCL  204129
UREF
PNO  4417969
ISD  19831100
NAM  Ezzell et al.
OCL  204252
UREF
PNO  4541989
ISD  19850900
NAM  Foller
OCL  422186.07
UREF
PNO  4759849
ISD  19880700
NAM  Baumann et al.
OCL  210652
UREF
PNO  4792407
ISD  19881200
NAM  Zeff et al.
OCL  210748
UREF
PNO  4876115
ISD  19891000
NAM  Raistrick
OCL  427115
UREF
PNO  4927800
ISD  19900500
NAM  Nishiki et al.
OCL  502349
UREF
PNO  4950371
ISD  19900800
NAM  McElroy
OCL  204264
UREF
PNO  4992126
ISD  19910200
NAM  Door
OCL  156182
UREF
PNO  5097556
ISD  19920300
NAM  Engel et al.
OCL    8158
UREF
PNO  5114549
ISD  19920500
NAM  Shimanune et al.
OCL  204129
UREF
PNO  5242764
ISD  19930900
NAM  Dhar
OCL  429 30
UREF
PNO  5246792
ISD  19930900
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  429 33
UREF
PNO  5290406
ISD  19940300
NAM  Sawamoto et al.
OCL  204101
UREF
PNO  5385711
ISD  19950100
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  422186.07
UREF
PNO  5427658
ISD  19950600
NAM  Allen
OCL  204266
UREF
PNO  5460705
ISD  19951000
NAM  Murphy et al.
OCL  204252
UREF
PNO  5529683
ISD  19960600
NAM  Critz et al.
OCL  205350
UREF
PNO  5578280
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kazi et al.
OCL  422186.07
UREF
PNO  5578388
ISD  19961100
NAM  Faita et al.
OCL  429 30
UREF
PNO  5607562
ISD  19970300
NAM  Shimamune et al.
OCL  204265
OREF
PAL  Tom D. Rogers, G. Duncan Hitchens, Carlos E. Salinas, and Oliver J. Murphy,
      "Water Purification, Microbiological Control, Sterilization and Organic
      Waste Decomposition Using an Electrochemical Advanced Ozonation Process,"
      Jul. 13-16, 1996, 10 pages.
PAL  G. Duncan Hitchens and Oliver J. Murphy, "Development of Proton-Exchange
      Membrane electrochemical Reclaimed Water Post-Treatment System," Jul.
      15-18, 1991, pp. 131-140.
PAL  Masahiro Watanabe, Yasutaka Satah, and Chiyoka Shimura, "Management of the
      Water Content in Polymer Electrolyte Membranes with Porous Fiber Wicks,"
      Nov. 1993, pp. 3190-3193.
PAL  Pallav Tatapudi and James M. Fenton, "Simultaneous Synthesis of Ozone and
      Hydrogen Peroxide in a Proton-Exchange-Membrane Electrochemical Reactor,"
      May 1994, pp. 1174-1178.
PAL  Pallav Tatapudi and James M. Fenton, "Synthesis of Hydrogen Peroxide in a
      Proton Exchange Membrane Electrochemical Reactor," Apr. 1993, pp. L55-L57.
PAL  Pallav Tatapudi and James M. Fenton, "Paired Synthesis of Ozone and
      Hydrogen Peroxide In An Electrochemical Reactor," pp. 275-285 (no date
      available).
PAL  Pallav Tatapudi and James F. Fenton, "Synthesis of Ozone in a Proton
      exchange Membrane Electrochemical Reactor," Dec. 1993, pp. 35273530.
LREP
FR2  Streets; Jeffrey L.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides an ozone generation and delivery system that
      lends itself to small scale applications and requires very low
      maintenance. The system includes an anode reservoir and a cathode phase
      separator each having a hydrophobic membrane to allow phase separation of
      produced gases from water. The system may be configured to operate
      passively with no moving parts or in a self-pressurizing manner with the
      inclusion of a pressure controlling device or valve in the gas outlet of
      the anode reservoir. The hydrogen gas, ozone gas and water containing
      ozone may be delivered under pressure.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made with government support under contract NAS9 97023
      awarded by NASA. The government has certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059894083
SRC  9
APN  1326562
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980812
TTL  Process for measuring an electrochemical activity
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Tung; T.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Baerts; Christiaan
CTY  Beringen-Paal
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Neyens; Guido
CTY  Maaseik/Opoeteren
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Heraeus Electro-Nite International N.V.
CTY  Houthalen
CNT  BEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961218
APN  196 52 596
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTEP9706920
APD  19971211
CLAS
OCL  2057835
XCL  204422
XCL  204423
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 27411
FSC  204
FSS  422;423
FSC  207
FSS  783.5;784
UREF
PNO  3630874
ISD  19711200
NAM  Blette et al.
OCL  204423
UREF
PNO  3838021
ISD  19840700
NAM  Arbiter
OCL  204422
UREF
PNO  3864231
ISD  19750200
NAM  Richardson
OCL  204422
UREF
PNO  4639304
ISD  19870100
NAM  Bader et al.
OCL  204422
UREF
PNO  4657641
ISD  19870400
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  204422
UREF
PNO  5445725
ISD  19950800
NAM  Koide et al.
OCL  204423
UREF
PNO  5792329
ISD  19981100
NAM  Cure et al.
OCL  205784
FREF
PNO  0 330 264 A1
ISD  19890800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 450 090
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A a process as well as an immersion sensor for measuring an electrochemical
      activity of a layer lying on a melt is provided, using an electrochemical
      sensor, which has a measuring cell and a counter electrode. In order to
      make possible reliably reproducible and accurate measurements in the
      layer, the measuring cell and counter electrode are first immersed in the
      melt, wherein the measuring cell and counter electrode are protected from
      contact with the layer and wherein the measuring cell and counter
      electrode are brought into contact with the melt and are heated. After
      that, the measuring cell is pulled up to perform the measurement in the
      layer, wherein the counter electrode is located in the melt during the
      measurement. For this purpose, the measuring cell and the counter
      electrode have a protective cover, and the measuring cell is arranged, in
      the immersion position of the sensor, above the counter electrode.
PATN
WKU  059894091
SRC  8
APN  5267323
APT  1
ART  112
APD  19950911
TTL  Method for glucose sensing
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Noguerola; Alexander
EXP  Gorgos; Kathryn L.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kurnik; Ronald T.
CTY  Foster City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tamada; Janet
CTY  Belmont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tierney; Michael
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Cygnus, Inc.
CTY  Redwood City
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  205792
XCL  604 20
XCL  128637
XCL  204403
XCL  204412
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  130
ICL  A61B  500
ICL  G01N 2726
FSC  604
FSS  20;289;290
FSC  204
FSS  412;403;231
FSC  128
FSS  637
FSC  205
FSS  792
UREF
PNO  4241150
ISD  19801200
NAM  Carr et al.
OCL  429 51
UREF
PNO  4288507
ISD  19810900
NAM  Carr et al.
OCL  429209
UREF
PNO  4324257
ISD  19820400
NAM  Albarda et al.
OCL  204403
UREF
PNO  4416274
ISD  19831100
NAM  Jacobsen et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4457748
ISD  19840700
NAM  Lattin et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4477971
ISD  19841000
NAM  Jacobsen et al.
OCL   29877
UREF
PNO  4546312
ISD  19851000
NAM  Brun et al.
OCL  324 61P
UREF
PNO  4633879
ISD  19870100
NAM  Ong
OCL  128641
UREF
PNO  4702732
ISD  19871000
NAM  Powers et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4722726
ISD  19880200
NAM  Sanderson et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4722761
ISD  19880200
NAM  Cartmell et al.
OCL  156242
UREF
PNO  4731049
ISD  19880300
NAM  Parsi
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4752285
ISD  19880600
NAM  Petelenz et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4781798
ISD  19881100
NAM  Gough
OCL  204412
UREF
PNO  4871440
ISD  19891000
NAM  Nagata et al.
OCL  204403
UREF
PNO  4968297
ISD  19901100
NAM  Jacobsen et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5036861
ISD  19910800
NAM  Sembrowich et al.
OCL  128763
UREF
PNO  5135480
ISD  19920800
NAM  Bannon et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5140985
ISD  19920800
NAM  Schroeder et al.
OCL  128632
UREF
PNO  5250022
ISD  19931000
NAM  Chien et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5279543
ISD  19940100
NAM  Glikfeld et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5362307
ISD  19941100
NAM  Guy et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5423739
ISD  19950600
NAM  Phipps et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5443442
ISD  19950800
NAM  Phipps et al.
OCL  604 20
FREF
PNO  0 304 304
ISD  19890200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3737059
ISD  19890500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1827524
ISD  19930700
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  9012314
ISD  19901000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/24828
ISD  19931200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Derwent abstract of WO 9012314 (Nauer et al.), Oct. 18, 1990.
PAL  Flanagan et al., J. Phys. Chem., "Digital Simulation of Edge Effects at
      Planar Disk Electrodes", (1973) 77:1051-5.
PAL  Cassidy et al., Can. J. Chem., "Stimulation of edge effects in
      electroanalytical experiments by orthogonal collacation. Part 4.
      Application to voltammetric experiments", (1984) 62:716-20.
PAL  Glikfeld et al., Pharm Res (US), "Noninvasive Sampling of Biological Fluids
      by Iontophoresis", Nov. 1989, 6 (11) pp. 988-990.
PAL  Meyerhoff et al., Diabetologia (Germany), "On Line Continuous Montioring of
      Subcutaneous Tiissue Glucose in Men by Combining Portable Glucosensor with
      Microdialysis", Nov. 1992, 35 (11) pp. 1087-1092.
LREP
FR2  Fabian; Gary R.
FR2  Horne; Angela P.
FR2  McClung; Barbara G.
ABST
PAL  A method for measuring the concentration of glucose diffused from a source
      to a working electrode which assembly includes a scavenging electrode is
      disclosed. The electrode of the invention is comprised of 1) a working
      electrode; 2) a scavenging electrode; 3) an electroosmotic electrode; and
      4) a electrically insulating gap defined by adjacent edges of 1) and 2)
      and electrically isolating 1) and 2). The scavenging electrode
      substantially reduces or eliminates "edge-effects" or error in signal
      transported to the working electrode via a path which includes a radial
      vector component, i.e., eliminates chemical signal other than that which
      moves to the catalytic surface of the working electrode via a path which
      is substantially perpendicular to catalytic surface of the working
      electrode.
PATN
WKU  059894105
SRC  9
APN  1727575
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19981015
TTL  Process for improving the pour point of paraffin feedstocks with a
      catalyst containing an IM-5 zeolite base
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Preisch; Nadine
EXP  Griffin; Walter D.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Benazzi; Eric
CTY  Chatou
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  George-Marchal; Nathalie
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Gueret; Christophe
CTY  Vienne
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Briot; Patrick
CTY  Vienne
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Billon; Alain
CTY  Le Vesinet
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Marion; Pierre
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Institut Francais du Petrole
CTY  Rueil-Malmaison
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19971016
APN  97 12944
CLAS
OCL  208134
XCL  208135
XCL  208136
XCL  208137
XCL  208143
XCL  208144
XCL  208145
XCL  20811135
XCL  2081111
XCL  208109
XCL  20811101
XCL  208 27
EDF  6
ICL  C10G 3506
ICL  C10G 35085
ICL  C10G 35095
ICL  C10G 4712
FSC  208
FSS  134;135;136;137;27;109;111.01;111.1;111.35;143;144;145
UREF
PNO  4474618
ISD  19841000
NAM  Yen et al.
OCL  208111
FREF
PNO  0 135 658
ISD  19850400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 754 809
ISD  19980400
CNT  FRX
LREP
FRM  Millen, White, Zelano & Branigan
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a process for improving the pour point of a
      feedstock that comprises paraffins of more than 10 carbon atoms, in which
      the feedstock that is to be treated is brought into contact with a
      catalyst that comprises the IM-5 zeolite and at least one
      hydro-dehydrogenating element, at a temperature of between 170 and
      500.degree. C., a pressure of between 1 and 250 bar, and an hourly volume
      velocity of between 0.05 and 100 h.sup.-1, in the presence of hydrogen at
      a ratio of 50 to 2000 l/l of feedstock. The oils that are obtained have
      good pour points and high viscosity indices (VI). The process can also be
      applied to gas-oils and other feedstocks whose pour points need to be
      lowered.
PATN
WKU  059894113
SRC  9
APN  1777351
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19981023
TTL  Staged upflow hydroprocessing with noncatalytic impurity removal from
      the first stage vapor effluent
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Tam M.
EXP  Griffin; Walter D.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Gupta; Ramesh
CTY  Berkeley Heights
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Exxon Research and Engineering Company
CTY  Florham Park
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  208212
XCL  208210
XCL  208211
XCL  208213
XCL  208254H
XCL  203DIG6
EDF  6
ICL  C10G 2500
ICL  C10G 1700
FSC  208
FSS  213;254 H;210;211
FSC  203
FSS  DIG. 6
UREF
PNO  3234121
ISD  19660200
NAM  MacLaren
OCL  208264
UREF
PNO  5522983
ISD  19960600
NAM  Cash et al.
OCL  208 59
UREF
PNO  5705052
ISD  19980100
NAM  Gupta
OCL  208 57
UREF
PNO  5720872
ISD  19980200
NAM  Gupta
OCL  208 57
LREP
FR2  Naylor; Henry E.
ABST
PAL  A hydroprocessing process for removing impurities from a feed comprising a
      hydrocarbonaceous liquid comprises at least two cocurrent, upflow
      hydroprocessing reaction stages and a non-catalytic, vapor-liquid
      contacting stage. The reaction and contacting stages may all be in the
      same reactor vessel. The feed and a hydrogen treat gas are passed up into
      a catalyst bed which comprises the first reaction stage, which produces a
      partially hydroprocessed liquid and vapor effluent. This first stage vapor
      is passed up into the contacting stage in which it contacts a
      hydrocarbonaceous liquid which reduces the vapor impurity content. The
      impurity-enriched contacting liquid passes down and mixes with the first
      stage liquid effluent. The combined effluents and hydrogen are passed up
      into the second reaction stage to form a processed product liquid and
      hydrogen-containing vapor effluent. This second reaction stage vapor
      effluent is passed up into the first stage to provide at least a portion
      of the hydrogen for the first stage reaction. Additional product liquid
      may be recovered by cooling the contacting and condensing the purified
      contacting stage vapor effluent.
PATN
WKU  059894121
SRC  8
APN  9811524
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971205
TTL  Hydrodemetallizing catalyst for hydrocarbon oil and process of
      hydrodemetallizing hydrocarbon oil therewith
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1,17
EXA  Nguyen; Tam M.
EXP  Griffin; Walter D.
NDR  16
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Okagami; Akio
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Furuta; Akio
CTY  Chita-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsuchiya; Fujio
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suhara; Shinichiro
CTY  Handa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Catalysts & Chemicals Industries Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960408
APN  85444
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960408
APN  85445
CLAS
OCL  208251H
XCL  502305
XCL  502313
XCL  502315
XCL  502327
XCL  502335
XCL  50252712
XCL  50252718
XCL  50252715
XCL  50252724
EDF  6
ICL  B01J 2300
ICL  B01J 2340
ICL  C10G 1700
FSC  208
FSS  251 H
FSC  502
FSS  4;439;527.15;527.16;305;313;315;325;327;332;335;337;527.11;527.12;527.13
     ;527.18;527.24
UREF
PNO  4378308
ISD  19830300
NAM  Angevine et al.
OCL  252455R
UREF
PNO  4510263
ISD  19850400
NAM  Pereira et al.
OCL  502314
UREF
PNO  4568448
ISD  19860200
NAM  Angevine et al.
OCL  208213
UREF
PNO  4861746
ISD  19890800
NAM  Oishi et al.
OCL  502314
UREF
PNO  5217603
ISD  19930600
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  208251H
UREF
PNO  5334307
ISD  19940800
NAM  Simpson et al.
OCL  208254H
FREF
PNO  354050494
ISD  19790400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Webb Ziesenheim Logsdon Orkin & Hanson, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/01194
PD1  19971205
PD2  19971205
PD3  19970408
PCP  WO97/37766
PCD  19971016
ABST
PAR  A hydrodemetallizing catalyst for a hydrocarbon oil comprising a support
      and a catalytic component carried on the support, this catalyst having a
      surface, part of which has a coating layer composed of an inert substance
      having substantially no demetallizing activity, this coating layer
      allowing substantially no reaction fluid to permeate therethrough. This
      catalyst preferably has a reaction flow path through which a reaction
      fluid flows thereinside and is preferred to be, for example, in the form
      of a honeycomb structure or cylinder having one or a plurality of through
      holes.
PAL  In the hydrodemetallization of heavy oils using the above
      hydrodemetallizing catalyst for a hydrocarbon oil, the sticking of the
      catalyst can be prevented and the spacing between catalyst particles can
      be maintained to thereby prevent a rapid increase of differential
      pressure, so that a continuous operation can be performed for a prolonged
      period of time.
PATN
WKU  059894130
SRC  8
APN  9812814
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971229
TTL  Fuel filter with an integrated pressure regulating valve
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Fleming; Michael
EXP  Walker; W. L.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Jauss; Stefan
CTY  Eislingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Vogt; Fritz
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Mauz; Lothar
CTY  Esslingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Triffterer; Adolf
CTY  Wendlingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schiffer; Walter
CTY  Liederbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schrepfer; Jurgen
CTY  Hunstetten
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  DaimlerChrysler AG
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Knecht Filterwerke
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950629
APN  195 23 626
CLAS
OCL  210109
XCL  210116
XCL  210137
XCL  210196
XCL  2104164
XCL  210429
XCL  210439
XCL  210446
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 2988
FSC  210
FSS  168;171;446;438;439;97;137;194;109;116;122;196;429;428;416.4
UREF
PNO  4387691
ISD  19830600
NAM  Marcoux et al.
UREF
PNO  4427542
ISD  19840100
NAM  Glover
UREF
PNO  4513725
ISD  19850400
NAM  Minami et al.
OCL  123511
UREF
PNO  4539960
ISD  19850900
NAM  Cowles
UREF
PNO  4825835
ISD  19890500
NAM  Deweerdt
UREF
PNO  4996963
ISD  19910300
NAM  Fehrenbach et al.
UREF
PNO  5076320
ISD  19911200
NAM  Robinson
UREF
PNO  5078167
ISD  19920100
NAM  Brandt
UREF
PNO  5149433
ISD  19920900
NAM  Lien
UREF
PNO  5195494
ISD  19930300
NAM  Tuckey
OCL  123514
UREF
PNO  5375578
ISD  19941200
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  123516
UREF
PNO  5413077
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hornby
FREF
PNO  2157421
ISD  19960300
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0702142
ISD  19960300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3446325
ISD  19860600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9414297
ISD  19941200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4430852
ISD  19950400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  5-79418
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Collard & Roe, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE96/01064
PD1  19971229
PD2  19971229
PD3  19960611
PCP  WO97/01705
PCD  19970116
ABST
PAR  A fuel filter with a pressure regulating valve for fuel circulated from a
      fuel tank and injected into an internal combustion engine. The fuel filter
      comprises a filter pot closed by a cover and an annular filter element for
      radially filtering flow from the outside in. Fuel flows in and out through
      main flow connections on opposite sides of the filter. There is a
      recirculation connection to recirculate fuel. There is a pressure
      regulating valve on one end of the filter housing with the discharge
      connection. The pressure regulating valve operates against atmospheric
      pressure and has a spring-loaded diaphragm which acts in conjunction with
      a closure ram to close the inlet port of a recirculation flow duct which
      passes through the center of the filter and connects the regulating valve
      to the return connection. The diaphragm is fastened with the valve seat in
      a sealed manner to the edge of the pressure regulator housing, which open
      into the filter port and is formed in the cover of the filter housing. The
      return connection passes in a radially sealed manner through the center of
      an associated end disk of the filter element. The feed connection and the
      return connection are provided in a second end of the filter and the
      pressure regulating valve is connected to the return connection via a
      plug-in connection.
PATN
WKU  059894148
SRC  9
APN  0061069
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980113
TTL  Self-adjusting surface fluid extraction nozzle
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Fleming; Michael
EXP  Walker; W. L.
NDR  7
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Bzorgi; Fariborz M.
CTY  Knoxville
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Bechtel Group, Inc.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  210121
XCL  210170
XCL  2102421
XCL  2102423
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 2911
FSC  210
FSS  908;923;242.1;242.3;170;121;776;747;123
FSC  137
FSS  429;430;432;433
FSC  261
FSS  70
UREF
PNO  3962093
ISD  19760600
NAM  Gibson
UREF
PNO  4133765
ISD  19790100
NAM  Stupica
UREF
PNO  4663037
ISD  19870500
NAM  Breslin
UREF
PNO  4790936
ISD  19881200
NAM  Renfrow
UREF
PNO  4998585
ISD  19910300
NAM  Newcomer et al.
UREF
PNO  5106494
ISD  19920400
NAM  Norcross
UREF
PNO  5207897
ISD  19930500
NAM  Baird et al.
UREF
PNO  5235999
ISD  19930800
NAM  Lindquist et al.
UREF
PNO  5474685
ISD  19951200
NAM  Breslin
FREF
PNO  40 07 599 A1
ISD  19910900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  60-137486
ISD  19850700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1657624 A1
ISD  19910600
CNT  RUX
FREF
PNO  1 274 387
ISD  19720500
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A self-adjusting extraction nozzle for extracting a surface disposed over a
      base fluid includes a suction tube having at least one slot extending
      therethrough. A nozzle channel extends outwardly from the at least one
      slot. The nozzle channel is slidably coupled to the exterior of the
      suction tube and to a float to support the nozzle channel at a level of
      the surface fluid.
PATN
WKU  059894156
SRC  9
APN  0769533
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980513
TTL  Oil seperator
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Upton; Christopher
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hirs; Gene
STR  3822 W. Thirteen Mile Rd., Apt. D
CTY  Royal Oak
STA  MI
ZIP  48073
RLAP
COD  72
APN  784084
APD  19970115
PSC  01
PNO  5795478
CLAS
OCL  210138
XCL  210519
XCL  210521
XCL  210540
XCL  210DIG5
EDF  6
ICL  C02F  140
FSC  210
FSS  138;519;521;522;538;540;DIG. 5
UREF
PNO  1405126
ISD  19220100
NAM  Harris
UREF
PNO  2578040
ISD  19511200
NAM  Booth et al.
UREF
PNO  3645398
ISD  19720200
NAM  Fiocco
OCL  210 73
UREF
PNO  3853753
ISD  19741200
NAM  Jones
OCL  210 23
UREF
PNO  3951814
ISD  19760400
NAM  Krueger
OCL  210488
UREF
PNO  4039441
ISD  19770800
NAM  Fett
OCL  210 23R
UREF
PNO  4123365
ISD  19781000
NAM  Middelbeeto
OCL  210540
UREF
PNO  4411791
ISD  19831000
NAM  Ward
OCL  210649
UREF
PNO  4422931
ISD  19831200
NAM  Wolde-Michael
OCL  210540
UREF
PNO  4591441
ISD  19860500
NAM  Sakai
OCL  210649
UREF
PNO  4650581
ISD  19870300
NAM  Angles et al.
OCL  210398
UREF
PNO  4980070
ISD  19901200
NAM  Lieberman
OCL  210DIG.5
UREF
PNO  5006260
ISD  19910400
NAM  Roques et al.
OCL  210708
UREF
PNO  5017294
ISD  19910500
NAM  Durrieu
OCL  210708
UREF
PNO  5022992
ISD  19910600
NAM  Looker
OCL  210521
UREF
PNO  5151185
ISD  19920900
NAM  Himmerschmitt
OCL  210521
UREF
PNO  5156745
ISD  19921000
NAM  Cairo et al.
OCL  210703
UREF
PNO  5411665
ISD  19950500
NAM  Scraggs
OCL  210610
UREF
PNO  5505861
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hirs
OCL  210521
UREF
PNO  5549823
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hirs
OCL  210265
UREF
PNO  5681462
ISD  19971000
NAM  Brockhaff et al.
OCL  210DIG.5
UREF
PNO  5730872
ISD  19980300
NAM  Rhodes
OCL  210519
FREF
PNO  53 91 462
ISD  19780800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Lyon, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A system for extracting free oil from industrial processing fluids
      comprises a coalescing cartridge having a plurality of vertically oriented
      polymeric elements therein past which fluid is free to flow without
      obstruction thereby supplying fluid to a tank having a plurality of
      settling chambers. Free oil is removed from the processing fluid through
      oleophilic attraction between the free oil and the surface of the
      polymeric elements. Remaining free oil is further separated from the
      processing fluid through gravitational attraction. A plurality of weirs
      and baffles interposed between the settling chambers provide continuous
      return of purified processing fluid to the system. A plurality of solenoid
      actuated valves provide periodic decanting of separated free oil.
PATN
WKU  059894164
SRC  8
APN  9710833
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971114
TTL  Wastewater treatment system
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Popovics; Robert J.
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Gorton; Stuart Albert
STR  2953 W. 116th Pl., Apt. 206
CTY  Westminster
STA  CO
ZIP  80234
RLAP
COD  72
APN  895700
APD  19970717
CLAS
OCL  210151
XCL  210170
XCL  210259
XCL  210265
XCL  210293
XCL  210456
XCL  210472
XCL  210519
XCL  2105322
XCL  210232
XCL  210196
XCL  210197
XCL  210295
XCL  405 43
XCL  405 50
EDF  6
ICL  C02F  304
ICL  C02F  900
FSC  210
FSS  154;150;151;170;456;532.2;196;197;248;232;252;259;265;287;291;293;295;472
     ;519
FSC  404
FSS  2;3;4;5
FSC  405
FSS  36;43;45;50
UREF
PNO  1406068
ISD  19220200
NAM  Padgett
UREF
PNO  2436593
ISD  19480200
NAM  Moselowitz
UREF
PNO  2607727
ISD  19520800
NAM  Butler
OCL  210170
UREF
PNO  2701027
ISD  19550200
NAM  Scoville
UREF
PNO  2802339
ISD  19570800
NAM  Fogerty
OCL  210170
UREF
PNO  3225545
ISD  19651200
NAM  Flegel
UREF
PNO  3562969
ISD  19710200
NAM  Little, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3680704
ISD  19720800
NAM  Schaefer
OCL  210170
UREF
PNO  4100073
ISD  19780700
NAM  Hopcroft
UREF
PNO  4293421
ISD  19811000
NAM  Green
OCL  210170
UREF
PNO  4486310
ISD  19841200
NAM  Thornton
UREF
PNO  4640643
ISD  19870200
NAM  Williams
OCL  404  4
UREF
PNO  4714558
ISD  19871200
NAM  Barbee et al.
UREF
PNO  4818384
ISD  19890400
NAM  Mayer
UREF
PNO  4971690
ISD  19901100
NAM  Justice
OCL  210170
UREF
PNO  5017040
ISD  19910500
NAM  Mott
OCL  210170
UREF
PNO  5026202
ISD  19910600
NAM  Thomann
OCL  404  4
UREF
PNO  5207896
ISD  19930500
NAM  Graves
UREF
PNO  5306425
ISD  19940400
NAM  Graves
UREF
PNO  5360556
ISD  19941100
NAM  Ball et al.
UREF
PNO  5409603
ISD  19950400
NAM  Tsung
OCL  210169
UREF
PNO  5441631
ISD  19950800
NAM  Stegall, Sr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5460722
ISD  19951000
NAM  Chen
OCL  210169
UREF
PNO  5525230
ISD  19960600
NAM  Wrigley et al.
UREF
PNO  5527454
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ponte et al.
UREF
PNO  5618431
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kondo et al.
UREF
PNO  5639364
ISD  19970600
NAM  Houck et al.
OCL  210170
UREF
PNO  5645367
ISD  19970700
NAM  Gunter
OCL  404  2
UREF
PNO  5707513
ISD  19980100
NAM  Jowett et al.
OCL  210170
FREF
PNO  57-127488
ISD  19820800
CNT  JPX
OCL  210170
FREF
PNO  2-13624
ISD  19900100
CNT  JPX
OCL  210170
OREF
PAL  Product Information on Small Recirculating Sand Filters for Individual
      Homes, published no earlier than Mar. 1994, pp. 310-318.
PAL  Guidelines for Intermittent Sand Filters, Orenco Systems Incorporated,
      dated Jun. 22, 1994.
PAL  Sand Filters and Shallow Drainfields, Orenco Systems Incorporated, dated
      Feb. 8, 1994.
PAL  Installation Guide for Intermittent Sand Filters, Orenco Systems
      Incorporated, Dated Feb. 11, 1994.
PAL  Intermittent Sand Filters, Orenco Systems Incorporated.
LREP
FRM  Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal
FR2  Hammond; Jennifer H.
ABST
PAL  A filter bed base for the treatment of wastewater discharged from a
      dwelling, business or like producer. The filter bed base is generally
      rectangular in shape and includes an upper and lower surface. The upper
      surface of the filter bed base has a plurality of orifices for
      distributing filtered effluent into various chambers inside the base. The
      lower surface of the base has a plurality of orifices which are positioned
      beneath a select number of the chambers for discharging a portion of the
      filtered effluent into the soil underlying the base.
PATN
WKU  059894172
SRC  9
APN  1427873
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19981116
TTL  Covering for a sewer manhole
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Prince; Fred
EXP  Chiesa; Richard L.
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Fleischhacker; Gerhard
STR  Molbling 2
CTY  Treibach
CNT  ATX
PRIR
CNT  ATX
APD  19960319
APN  153/96  U
CLAS
OCL  210163
XCL  210165
XCL  210170
XCL  210484
XCL  210488
XCL  2105021
XCL  210908
XCL  404  4
EDF  6
ICL  E03F  506
ICL  E02D 2914
FSC  210
FSS  163-165;170;232;337;454;459;484;485;488;489;492;502.1;908;680
FSC  404
FSS  2;4
UREF
PNO  139922
ISD  18730600
NAM  Savery
UREF
PNO  2705542
ISD  19550800
NAM  Yavitch
UREF
PNO  3246582
ISD  19660400
NAM  Wade
UREF
PNO  4050839
ISD  19770900
NAM  Vollmar
UREF
PNO  4597692
ISD  19860700
NAM  Gruenwald
UREF
PNO  4910811
ISD  19900300
NAM  Izzi, Sr.
UREF
PNO  4973191
ISD  19901100
NAM  Dannhauser
UREF
PNO  4988234
ISD  19910100
NAM  Henkel et al.
UREF
PNO  5037541
ISD  19910800
NAM  Ruey-Jang et al.
UREF
PNO  5223154
ISD  19930600
NAM  MacPherson, Jr. et al.
FREF
PNO  0610612
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9401198
ISD  19940900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2236132
ISD  19910300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO9425676
ISD  19941100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AT97/00057
PD1  19981116
PD2  19981116
PD3  19970318
PCP  WO97/35076
PCD  19970925
ABST
PAR  A cover for a sewage shaft comprising a shaft lid (1) including apertures
      (2) for the passage of sewage, a filtering element (3) spanning the region
      of the apertures (2) being arranged at the lower side of this lid, wherein
      the filtering element (3) projects into the apertures (2) and, at its
      upper side, ends substantially flush with the upper side of the shaft lid
      (1).
PATN
WKU  059894180
SRC  9
APN  0286680
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980224
TTL  Filter for a washing machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Lithgow; Thomas M.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Shin; Jung-soo
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970816
APN  97-39037
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970816
APN  97-39041
CLAS
OCL  210167
XCL  210196
XCL  210238
XCL  210346
XCL  210136
XCL   68 18F
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 35143
ICL  B01D 35153
ICL  B01D 3530
ICL  D06F 3910
FSC  210
FSS  167;196;238;346;136
FSC   68
FSS  18 F
UREF
PNO  2939305
ISD  19600600
NAM  Snyder
UREF
PNO  3626728
ISD  19711200
NAM  Traube
UREF
PNO  5509283
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lee
UREF
PNO  5661989
ISD  19970900
NAM  Jeon
FREF
PNO  62-14896
ISD  19870100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-230394
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-103296
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-285595
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  288 469
ISD  19961000
CNT  TWX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A filter for a washing machine is disclosed. The filter includes a filter
      case attached to an inner lower portion of a dehydrating tub of the
      washing machine for forming a predetermined space with the dehydrating
      tub, including an attachment portion for being attached to the dehydrating
      tub and a filter receiving portion formed with an opening portion, and a
      pocket type filter including a front panel attached with a mesh net to one
      side thereof for filtering fluff intermingled in the washing water, a rear
      panel for forming a predetermined space with the front panel by being
      coupled to the front panel by means of a hinge shaft to be opened/closed
      while being attached with a mesh net for filtering the fluff intermingled
      in the washing water to one side thereof, and a check valve fixed to the
      lower side of the rear panel for confining the flow of the washing water
      introduced into the space between the front panel and the rear panel, the
      pocket type filter being inserted into the filter receiving portion and
      being made of a transparent material. Since the front panel of the pocket
      type filter is made of a transparent material and the pocket type filter
      is revealed without screening by the filter case, it is possible to
      measure the amount of the fluff accumulated within the pocket type filter
      without separating the pocket type filter from the filter case.
PATN
WKU  059894199
SRC  9
APN  0381780
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980302
TTL  Spinner for cleaning cartridge-type water filters
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Prince; Fred
EXP  Simmons; David A.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Dudley; David E.
STR  2673 Million Ct.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ZIP  95148
INVT
NAM  Robertson; Joseph D.
STR  5164 Selma Ave.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ZIP  94536
CLAS
OCL  210169
XCL  210232
XCL  210238
XCL  210391
XCL  210409
XCL  2104162
XCL  134138
XCL  134152
XCL    4496
EDF  6
ICL  E04H  316
FSC  210
FSS  772;106;107;156;169;232;238;354;391;409;416.2
FSC    4
FSS  490;496
FSC  134
FSS  137;138;144;152
UREF
PNO  1034938
ISD  19120800
NAM  Volckening
UREF
PNO  2223104
ISD  19401100
NAM  Hansen
UREF
PNO  2475702
ISD  19490700
NAM  Funke
UREF
PNO  2608952
ISD  19520900
NAM  Herbert
UREF
PNO  3608567
ISD  19710900
NAM  Neill, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3650283
ISD  19720300
NAM  Lang
UREF
PNO  4668384
ISD  19870500
NAM  Holman
UREF
PNO  4941971
ISD  19900700
NAM  Albright
UREF
PNO  5203990
ISD  19930400
NAM  Garguilo
UREF
PNO  5330065
ISD  19940700
NAM  Bradley
UREF
PNO  5384045
ISD  19950100
NAM  Chmielewski et al.
UREF
PNO  5423977
ISD  19950600
NAM  Aoki et al.
LREP
FR2  Schatzel; Thomas E.
     Law Offices of Thomas E. Schatzel, A Prof. Corp.
ABST
PAL  A cartridge-filter cleaning spinner comprises a handheld spindle rod that
      can accommodate a variety of filter sizes. The spindle rod has two inward
      pointing slip-ring hand-tightened hubs. A cartridge filter is loaded on
      the spindle rod by removing one of the slip-ring hand-tightened hubs,
      slipping the cartridge filter onto the spindle snug against the other
      slip-ring hand-tightened hub, and then reinstalling the first slip-ring
      hand-tightened hub on the spindle rod. The cartridge filter is then free
      to spin around while the spindle rod handles themselves remain stationary.
      A water jet from a garden hose is then directed at one end of the
      cartridge filter to one side so the cartridge filter begins spinning. The
      water jet is then worked down slowly to the opposite end while keeping the
      spinning action going. The process is then repeated, but with the water
      jet directed to the other side so the cartridge filter spins in the
      opposite direction. This helps both sides of the longitudinal outside
      pleats of the cartridge filter material to come clean. The cleaning is
      accomplished by centrifugal action and does not involve backwashing.
PATN
WKU  059894202
SRC  8
APN  7005237
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19960827
TTL  Porous ceramic filter, method of manufacturing the same, ceramic filter
      manufacturing extrusion molding die and extrusion molding apparatus
      using the die
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXP  Reifsnyder; David A.
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Sugimoto; Akitoshi
CTY  Kouchi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yuugengaisya Mikazuki Bunkakaikan
CTY  Kouchi-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Yuugengaisya Mama Green Golf
CTY  Kouchi-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941227
APN  6-325525
CLAS
OCL  210222
XCL  21050023
XCL  21050025
XCL  210504
XCL  210506
XCL   55523
XCL   55524
XCL   96  1
XCL  264451
XCL  264 70
XCL  264125
XCL  264402
XCL  264407
XCL  264413
XCL  264628
XCL  264629
XCL  264632
XCL  264DIG48
XCL  427127
XCL  427128
XCL  427244
XCL  427245
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 3506
ICL  B01D 3900
ICL  B06B  300
ICL  C04B 35622
FSC  264
FSS  109;123;125;402;405;407;413;DIG. 48
FSC  427
FSS  244;245;127;128
FSC  210
FSS  510.1;222;500.23;500.25;504;506
FSC   55
FSS  523;524
FSC   96
FSS  1
UREF
PNO  4279748
ISD  19810700
NAM  Inoue
OCL  210510.1
UREF
PNO  4728503
ISD  19880300
NAM  Iida et al.
OCL   55380
UREF
PNO  5068068
ISD  19911100
NAM  Furusawa et al.
OCL  264407
UREF
PNO  5098571
ISD  19920300
NAM  Maebashi
OCL  210510.1
UREF
PNO  5558760
ISD  19960900
NAM  Sekhar
OCL  210510.1
FREF
PNO  62-297110
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-44917
ISD  19880200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-27853
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-317593
ISD  19891200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-139014
ISD  19900500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-78130
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-357003
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP95/02712
PD1  19960827
PD2  19960827
PD3  19951227
PCP  WO96/20037
PCD  19960704
ABST
PAR  A ceramic filter containing at least one functional material and method of
      manufacturing, a ceramic filter whose surface through which a liquid to be
      purified flows into is densest and the average particle size of the filter
      continuously increases toward the interior thereof, a method of
      manufacturing the ceramic filter including ultrasonic vibration, an
      extrusion molding die used to manufacture the ceramic filter and an
      extrusion molding apparatus using the die.
PATN
WKU  059894210
SRC  8
APN  9436154
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971003
TTL  Bag filter rim system
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Prince; Fred
EXP  Woo; Jay H.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Davis; Scott J.
CTY  Kalamazoo
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Vander Ark, Jr.; John D.
CTY  Kalamazoo
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Delaware Capital Formation, Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  210232
XCL  210238
XCL  210451
XCL  210452
XCL  210477
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 2913
FSC  210
FSS  232;238;450;451;452;473;477
FSC   55
FSS  378;379;502
UREF
PNO  4283281
ISD  19810800
NAM  Cogan
OCL  210232
UREF
PNO  4419240
ISD  19831200
NAM  Rosaen
OCL  210444
UREF
PNO  4490253
ISD  19841200
NAM  Tafara
OCL  210238
UREF
PNO  4775469
ISD  19881000
NAM  Zimmerly
OCL  210237
UREF
PNO  4818398
ISD  19890400
NAM  Lott et al.
OCL  210238
UREF
PNO  5186828
ISD  19930200
NAM  Mankin
OCL  210232
UREF
PNO  5222488
ISD  19930600
NAM  Forsgren
OCL  128201.25
UREF
PNO  5223134
ISD  19930600
NAM  Riva
OCL  210232
UREF
PNO  5290441
ISD  19940300
NAM  Griffin et al.
OCL  210232
UREF
PNO  5308483
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sklar et al.
OCL  210232
UREF
PNO  5358638
ISD  19941000
NAM  Gershenson
OCL  210448
UREF
PNO  5435915
ISD  19950700
NAM  Connors, Jr.
OCL  210232
UREF
PNO  5536290
ISD  19960700
NAM  Stark et al.
OCL   55498
UREF
PNO  5690814
ISD  19971100
NAM  Holt
OCL  210 94
LREP
FRM  Flynn, Thiel, Boutell & Tanis, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A filter assembly (10) with a filter housing (12) and a bag-type filter
      element (14). A collar (36) is disposed inside the housing below an
      opening (42) through which a process stream is introduced into the filter
      assembly. The filter element includes a filter bag (70) to which a sealing
      ring (72) is attached. The sealing ring is formed to define a channel (84)
      in which the collar is seated. The sealing ring also has a lip (86) that
      snap secures against a complementary stepped surface (60) formed around
      the collar. A gasket (85) attached to the sealing ring forms a
      liquid-tight barrier between the collar and the sealing ring. The collar
      is also formed with a boss (62). The sealing ring defines a alignment
      notch (88). In order to seal the filter element in place, boss (62) must
      seat in alignment notch (88); this ensures that when the filter element is
      secured in place, it is properly aligned with the other components of the
      filter assembly.
PATN
WKU  059894229
SRC  7
APN  9508023
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19920924
TTL  Oil skimmer apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Savage; Matthew O.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Hobson; Mark Thomas
STR  7527 Chagrin Rd.
CTY  Chagrin Falls
STA  OH
ZIP  44023
CLAS
OCL  210249
XCL  210400
XCL  210DIG3
XCL  474101
XCL  474142
XCL  474186
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 1702
FSC  210
FSS  400;693;783;DIG. 3;242.3;776;691;249;401
FSC  474
FSS  101;142;185;186
FSC  198
FSS  494;643;805;806;835;842
UREF
PNO  2095203
ISD  19371000
NAM  Peets
OCL  474144
UREF
PNO  2391642
ISD  19451200
NAM  Reed
OCL  198523
UREF
PNO  2693759
ISD  19541100
NAM  Abellanet
OCL  198643
UREF
PNO  3055229
ISD  19620900
NAM  Mecham
OCL  198835
UREF
PNO  3344062
ISD  19670900
NAM  Kosnar
OCL  210693
UREF
PNO  3363476
ISD  19680100
NAM  Brown
OCL  474185
UREF
PNO  3375725
ISD  19680400
NAM  Mathison
OCL  474153
UREF
PNO  3430506
ISD  19690300
NAM  Stone
OCL  198835
UREF
PNO  3995487
ISD  19761200
NAM  Locke
OCL  198835
UREF
PNO  4067438
ISD  19780100
NAM  Spurr et al.
OCL  198805
UREF
PNO  4303523
ISD  19811200
NAM  Ruppnig
OCL  210386
UREF
PNO  5062953
ISD  19911100
NAM  Lewan
OCL  210400
UREF
PNO  5223128
ISD  19930600
NAM  Combrowski
OCL  210138
OREF
PAL  Abanaki Corporation literature "Tote-It Portable Oil Skimmer Gives Total
      Convenience for All-Round Use" Abanaki Corporation Drawing No. 8300, Sep.
      16, 1988.
PAL  Abanaki Corporation literature "Oil Skimmers", .COPYRGT. 1989-011589A-3.
PAL  Abanaki Drawing No. 8300, dated Jul. 21, 1986.
LREP
FRM  Watts, Hoffmann, Fisher & Heinke Co., L.P.A.
ABST
PAL  An oil skimmer of the endless belt type which is transportable as a unit is
      disclosed. The unit has an adjustment for adjusting the location of the
      axis of head pulley rotation and a floating tail pulley to assure accurate
      tracking of the belts on the pulleys and consistent and appropriate
      tension on the belt. The tail pulley features L-shaped spokes having legs
      that provide limited pulley-to-belt contact, minimizing oil transfer from
      the belt to the tail pulley, and also providing a mechanism for forcing
      oil against a descending belt reach to provide enhanced oil pick-up.
PATN
WKU  059894237
SRC  8
APN  7098642
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19960910
TTL  Disposable cassette, delivery set and system for peritoneal dialysis
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Kim; John
NDR  37
NFG  42
INVT
NAM  Kamen; Dean
CTY  Bedford
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Lanigan; Richard
CTY  Concord
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Vincent; Douglas E.
CTY  Manchester
STA  NH
ASSG
NAM  Deka Products Limited Partnership
CTY  Manchester
STA  NH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  401352
APD  19950309
PSC  01
PNO  5628908
RLAP
COD  81
APN  027484
APD  19930303
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  210258
XCL  210180
XCL  417395
XCL  417478
XCL  604 29
XCL  604 30
EDF  6
ICL  F04B 4302
ICL  A61M  128
FSC  210
FSS  646;180;258
FSC  417
FSS  384;385;394;395;474;475;477.12;478;479
FSC  604
FSS  29;30;65;67
UREF
PNO  3709222
ISD  19730100
NAM  DeVries
OCL  604 28
UREF
PNO  4096859
ISD  19780600
NAM  Agarwal et al.
UREF
PNO  4240408
ISD  19801200
NAM  Schael
UREF
PNO  4252115
ISD  19810200
NAM  Schael
OCL  210649
UREF
PNO  4381003
ISD  19830400
NAM  Buoncristiani
UREF
PNO  4413988
ISD  19831100
NAM  Handt et al.
OCL  604 29
UREF
PNO  4559036
ISD  19851200
NAM  Wunsch
OCL  604 81
UREF
PNO  4560472
ISD  19851200
NAM  Granzow et al.
OCL  210140
UREF
PNO  4585436
ISD  19860400
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  604 29
UREF
PNO  4586920
ISD  19860500
NAM  Peabody
OCL  604 29
UREF
PNO  4613327
ISD  19860900
NAM  Tegrarian et al.
OCL  604141
UREF
PNO  4696671
ISD  19870900
NAM  Epstein et al.
OCL  604 67
UREF
PNO  4718890
ISD  19880100
NAM  Peabody
OCL  604 29
UREF
PNO  4747822
ISD  19880500
NAM  Peabody
OCL  604 29
UREF
PNO  4956996
ISD  19900900
NAM  Morris
OCL   73149
UREF
PNO  4976162
ISD  19901200
NAM  Kamen
OCL   73865.9
UREF
PNO  5004459
ISD  19910400
NAM  Peabody et al.
OCL  604 29
UREF
PNO  5006997
ISD  19910400
NAM  Reich
OCL  604 27
UREF
PNO  5098262
ISD  19920300
NAM  Wecker et al.
OCL  604153
UREF
PNO  5141493
ISD  19920800
NAM  Jacobsen et al.
OCL  604 29
UREF
PNO  5252044
ISD  19931000
NAM  Raines et al.
OCL  417479
UREF
PNO  5429485
ISD  19950700
NAM  Dodge
OCL  417442
UREF
PNO  5554013
ISD  19960900
NAM  Owens et al.
OCL  417479
FREF
PNO  0 097 432
ISD  19840100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 157 024
ISD  19851000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 206 195
ISD  19861200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1766588
ISD  19710800
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Bromberg & Sunstein LLP
ABST
PAL  A disposable cassette for use in peritoneal dialysis includes a pair of
      diaphragms, tube connectors, pump chambers, channel paths, and valves. A
      disposable dialysate delivery set for use in peritoneal dialysis includes
      a cassette, multiple liquid flow paths, multiple valves, tube connectors,
      and disposable flexible plastic tubes to convey dialysate to and from the
      patient and other locations within the system. A system for performing
      peritoneal dialysis includes disposable supply containers of fresh
      dialysate, a cassette including a pump, a disposable heater container, and
      conduits for carrying fresh dialysate and carrying heated dialysate.
PATN
WKU  059894245
SRC  8
APN  9306366
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971006
TTL  Water filtration cartridge
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Cintins; Ivars
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Serenko; Paul
CTY  Allenford
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Reading; Jim
CTY  Paris
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Morgenroth; Gerry
CTY  Pickering
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Matsushita; Roy
CTY  Sunderland
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Matscorp Ltd.
CTY  Markham
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19950407
APN  2146609
CLAS
OCL  210266
XCL  210282
EDF  6
ICL  C02F  900
FSC  210
FSS  85;232;266;282
UREF
PNO  4764274
ISD  19880800
NAM  Miller
OCL  210282
UREF
PNO  4828698
ISD  19890500
NAM  Jewel et al.
OCL  210282
UREF
PNO  4895648
ISD  19900100
NAM  Hankammer
OCL  210232
UREF
PNO  5049272
ISD  19910900
NAM  Nieweg
OCL  210266
FREF
PNO  0 340 382
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
ICL  B01J 4700
FREF
PNO  2 197 647
ISD  19880500
CNT  GBX
ICL  C02F  128
FREF
PNO  WO 89 00977
ISD  19890200
CNT  WOX
ICL  C02F  128
LREP
FR2  Hofbauer; Patrick J.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/CA96/00209
PD1  19971006
PD2  19971006
PD3  19960404
PCP  WO96/31440
PCD  19961010
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to a replaceable filter cartridge for a use in a
      water filtration device. The cartridge has a substantially frustoconical
      vessel member defining a vertical axis with the vessel member having a
      screen-like end wall portion at the lower end thereof, which end wall
      portion permits water to flow therethrough. A hollow substantially
      frustoconical cover member is attached to the vessel member in coaxial
      alignment with the vertical axis. The cover member has a multiplicity of
      vertically oriented water entry flow slots. A non-planar compressible
      first mass of filtration material is frictionally retained within said
      cover member and a non-planar compressible second mass of filtration
      material is positioned within said vessel member in juxtaposed relation to
      said end-wall member. A granular purifying agent, which is insoluble in
      water, is contained within said vessel member, and layered upon the second
      mass of filtration material. A split support ring, having a series of
      upwardly, radially inwardly slanted projections is positioned within the
      cover member, in supported relation upon the rim portion of the cover
      member to contain the non-planar compressible first mass of filtration
      material in compressed relation within the cover member.
PATN
WKU  059894253
SRC  8
APN  7479549
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19961112
TTL  Multi-way valve and water purifier using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Cintins; Ivars
NDR  23
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Yonezawa; Yasuo
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Itakura; Jyunji
CTY  Gamou-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Isobe; Takashi
CTY  Otsu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tamatsu; Sho
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toray Industries, Inc.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951117
APN  7-300247
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951219
APN  7-349220
CLAS
OCL  210282
XCL  210424
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 2448
FSC  210
FSS  266;282;420;424
UREF
PNO  4147631
ISD  19790400
NAM  Deines et al.
OCL  210424
UREF
PNO  4172796
ISD  19791000
NAM  Corder
OCL  210282
UREF
PNO  4504389
ISD  19850300
NAM  Rundzaitis
OCL  210266
UREF
PNO  4686037
ISD  19870800
NAM  Lang
OCL  210424
UREF
PNO  4770768
ISD  19880900
NAM  Lang
OCL  210282
UREF
PNO  4980073
ISD  19901200
NAM  Woodruff
OCL  210424
UREF
PNO  5017286
ISD  19910500
NAM  Heiligman
OCL  210282
UREF
PNO  5160038
ISD  19921100
NAM  Harada et al.
OCL  210266
UREF
PNO  5192436
ISD  19930300
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  210282
LREP
FR2  Miller; Austin R.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a multi-way valve comprising a valve casing having a fluid
      inlet and a plurality of fluid outlets, first and second chambers defined
      in the valve casing, a partition disposed between the first and second
      chambers and having a plurality of fluid paths, a plurality of valve
      elements each engaging a corresponding fluid path from the first chamber
      side for opening and closing the fluid path and a driving device having
      cams which selectively drive the valve elements from the second chamber
      side. The multi-way valve can be manufactured as a small-sized one, and
      therefore, a water purifier using the valve also can be assembled as a
      small-sized one as a whole. The amount of resident fluid in the valve can
      be decreased, thereby improving the hygienic property of the water
      purifier. The operation for taking off or exchanging valve elements can be
      simplified.
PATN
WKU  059894261
SRC  8
APN  6773222
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19960702
TTL  Osmosis membrane
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Fortuna; Ana
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Hirose; Masahiko
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ito; Hiroki
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Kazuo
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nitto Denko Corp.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950705
APN  7-169707
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950713
APN  7-177454
CLAS
OCL  21050038
XCL  210490
XCL  21050037
XCL  2102572
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 2900
ICL  B01D 6300
ICL  B01D 6100
FSC  210
FSS  490;506;500.38;200.37;641;257.2;652;195.2
UREF
PNO  4262041
ISD  19810400
NAM  Eguchi et al.
OCL  427245
UREF
PNO  4277344
ISD  19810700
NAM  Cadotte
OCL  210654
UREF
PNO  4337154
ISD  19820600
NAM  Fukuchi et al.
OCL  210490
UREF
PNO  4360434
ISD  19821100
NAM  Kawaguchi et al.
OCL  210500.2
UREF
PNO  4520044
ISD  19850500
NAM  Sundet
OCL  427244
UREF
PNO  4604208
ISD  19860800
NAM  Chu et al.
OCL  210636
UREF
PNO  4707265
ISD  19871100
NAM  Barnes, Jr. et al.
OCL  210638
UREF
PNO  4758343
ISD  19880700
NAM  Sasaki et al.
UREF
PNO  4772394
ISD  19880900
NAM  Swedo et al.
OCL  210500
UREF
PNO  4792404
ISD  19881200
NAM  Swedo et al.
OCL  210654
UREF
PNO  4830885
ISD  19890500
NAM  Tran et al.
OCL  427245
UREF
PNO  4872984
ISD  19891000
NAM  Tomaschke
OCL  210500.38
UREF
PNO  4888115
ISD  19891200
NAM  Marianaccio et al.
OCL  210636
UREF
PNO  4950404
ISD  19900800
NAM  Chau
OCL  210500.33
UREF
PNO  4960518
ISD  19901000
NAM  Cadotte et al.
OCL  210639
UREF
PNO  5015382
ISD  19910500
NAM  Sundet
OCL  210490
UREF
PNO  5051178
ISD  19910900
NAM  Uemura et al.
OCL  210500.38
UREF
PNO  5069945
ISD  19911200
NAM  Wrasidlo
OCL  427245
UREF
PNO  5152901
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hodgdon
OCL  210654
UREF
PNO  5234598
ISD  19930800
NAM  Tran et al.
OCL  210654
UREF
PNO  5271843
ISD  19931200
NAM  Chau et al.
OCL  210654
UREF
PNO  5576057
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hirose et al.
OCL  427245
FREF
PNO  0 015 149
ISD  19800900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 498 596
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 718 029
ISD  19960600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 718 030
ISD  19960600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  61-263602
ISD  19861100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-121603
ISD  19870600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-266103
ISD  19871100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-012310
ISD  19880100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-130105
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-54905
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-218208
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-180208
ISD  19890700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4341334
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-96141
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-309237
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-8770
ISD  19950100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8402648
ISD  19860300
CNT  NLX
OREF
PAL  European Search Report, Apr. 23, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A composite reverse osmosis membrane has a polyamide type skin layer whose
      specific surface area ranges from 3 to 1000. The composite reverse osmosis
      membrane of this invention is superior in the salt rejection property and
      water permeability. The composite reverse osmosis membrane comprises a
      negatively-charged crosslinked polyamide type skin layer obtained by
      reacting a compound having polyfunctional amino groups and a
      polyfunctional acid halide compound having polyfunctional acid halide
      groups, and a microporous support to support the skin layer. The specific
      surface area of the skin layer is at least 3. A first stage of reverse
      osmosis treatment is carried out in a membrane module using this composite
      reverse osmosis membrane. The skin layer can be coated with a layer of an
      organic polymer having positively-charged groups e.g. polyethyleneimine in
      order to be used as another membrane module. The organic polymer of this
      case is crosslinked, for example, by glutaraldehyde. The layer which is
      crosslink-coated on its surface area is a composite reverse osmosis
      membrane excellent in desalination of mineral salt in a low-concentration
      region and removal of cationic organic materials.
PATN
WKU  059894270
SRC  8
APN  8956219
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970717
TTL  Method of degassing biological filters
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Upton; Christopher
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Ellard; Gregory A.
CTY  Tampa
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Bonazza; Joseph M.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Merino; Miguel J.
CTY  Tampa
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Tetra Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Woodlands
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  210603
XCL  210618
XCL  210793
XCL  210150
XCL  210188
XCL  210275
EDF  6
ICL  C02F  306
FSC  210
FSS  618;603;605;620;792;793;903;188;275;279;150;151
UREF
PNO  409970
ISD  18890800
NAM  Hyatt
UREF
PNO  3709364
ISD  19730100
NAM  Savage
OCL  210195
UREF
PNO  3853752
ISD  19741200
NAM  Tymoszczuk
OCL  210 17
UREF
PNO  3970555
ISD  19760700
NAM  Savage et al.
OCL  210 80
UREF
PNO  3994803
ISD  19761100
NAM  Neff et al.
OCL  210  8
UREF
PNO  4159945
ISD  19790700
NAM  Savage
OCL  210  8
UREF
PNO  4253947
ISD  19810300
NAM  Fan et al.
OCL  210618
UREF
PNO  4793934
ISD  19881200
NAM  Thompson et al.
OCL  210793
UREF
PNO  5288398
ISD  19940200
NAM  Angelino
OCL  210 89
UREF
PNO  5681472
ISD  19971000
NAM  Jonsson et al.
OCL  210618
LREP
FR2  K'Ambrosio; Jo Katherine
ABST
PAL  A method of degassing biological filters utilizing a backwash system
      wherein the steps of opening and closing valves are reduced, flow
      interruption through the filter is minimized, and the process of draining
      down a downflow filter is eliminated. A preferred method of degassing a
      plurality of downflow biological filters in a water treatment system
      comprises the steps of maintaining the influent flow throughout the
      degassing process, ceasing the effluent flow out of a filter selected to
      be degassed to prevent draining of the selected filter, introducing a
      backwash water flow into the bottom, and flushing of the filter until
      entrapped gases are released out of the filter. The backwash flow is then
      ceased and the effluent flow is recommenced to return the filter to
      service. The steps are successively repeated and the backwash pump remains
      on until all filters are degassed. The method of degassing a plurality of
      upflow biological filters comprises the steps of maintaining the effluent
      flow throughout the degassing of all filters, ceasing the influent flow
      into a bottom of a first filter to be degassed, introducing a backwash
      water flow into the bottom, flushing the filter until entrapped gases are
      released out of the filter, ceasing the backwash flow and recommencing
      influent flow to return it to service, and successively repeating the
      above steps to degas all other selected filters in the treatment system.
      The transition of the degassing process from one filter to another is
      seamless.
PATN
WKU  059894288
SRC  8
APN  9735542
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971222
TTL  Controlling wastewater treatment by monitoring oxygen utilization rates
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1,31
EXP  Wyse; Thomas G.
NDR  7
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Goronszy; Mervyn Charles
STR  24751 Greentree La.
CTY  Lake Forest
STA  CA
ZIP  92630
CLAS
OCL  210605
XCL  210607
XCL  210614
XCL  210626
XCL  210 961
XCL  210143
XCL  2101951
XCL  210903
XCL  210921
EDF  6
ICL  C02F  312
ICL  C02F  320
ICL  C02F  330
FSC  210
FSS  614;605;607;622-629;96.1;903;921;141-143;195.1;195.3
UREF
PNO  3983031
ISD  19760900
NAM  Kirk
OCL  210614
UREF
PNO  4898672
ISD  19900200
NAM  Clifft et al.
OCL  210614
UREF
PNO  5266200
ISD  19931100
NAM  Reid
OCL  210614
UREF
PNO  5702951
ISD  19971200
NAM  Bridger
OCL  210614
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AU96/00379
PD1  19971222
PD2  19971222
PD3  19960621
PCP  WO97/00832
PCD  19970109
ABST
PAR  A method and apparatus for treating waste material to remove selected
      components form the waste is described using a reactor or a series of
      reactors in fluid communication with each other for receiving the waste to
      be treated as influent. The influent forms a biomass including the waste
      and microorganisms and is treated by controlling the metabolic activity of
      the microorganisms by monitoring the oxygen utilisation rate or the
      potential oxygen utilisation rate of the biomass so as to determine the
      required amount of oxygen to be supplied to the biomass and to determine
      the period of aeration of the biomass in order to maintain a predetermined
      oxygen utilisation rate or value so as to remove the selected components
      of the waste. The preferred selected components to be removed are
      nitrogenous, carbonaceous and/or biological phosphorus containing
      materials or derivatives.
PATN
WKU  059894296
SRC  8
APN  9959807
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971222
TTL  Processes for forming stabilized liquid biochemical agricultural products
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Drodge; Joseph W.
INVT
NAM  Bardinelli; Ted R.
CTY  Durham
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Mann; David E.
CTY  Fuquay-Varina
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Hobbs; David G.
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  KHH Biosci, Inc.
CTY  Research Triangle Park
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  210634
XCL   71 11
XCL   71 23
XCL  210639
XCL  210774
XCL  210806
XCL  4241951
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 1100
ICL  B01D 1102
ICL  B01D 1108
ICL  A01N 6500
FSC  424
FSS  195.1;195.11
FSC   71
FSS  11;23
FSC  210
FSS  634;638;774;805;806;639
FSC  159
FSS  47.1;47.2
FSC  203
FSS  50
UREF
PNO  2046181
ISD  19360600
NAM  Remy
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  2983724
ISD  19610500
NAM  Pearl
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  3415928
ISD  19681200
NAM  Nadal
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  4552666
ISD  19851100
NAM  Muller
OCL   71 23
UREF
PNO  4666498
ISD  19870500
NAM  Muller
OCL   71 23
UREF
PNO  4863734
ISD  19890900
NAM  Pommer et al.
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  5837253
ISD  19981100
NAM  Cohen
OCL  424195.1
OREF
PAL  "Investigations about the Occurence and Chemical Nature of the Resistance
      Inducing Factor in the Extract of Reynoitria sachalinensis" Biological
      Bundesantalt, Med. Fac Landbouww. Univ. Gent 57/2b 1992, Kowaewlski et al.
PAL  "Ocena Fungicydalnego Dzialania Wyciagow Roslinnych N.Grzyby Powodujace
      ZGOrzel Siewek buraka", Biuletyn Instytutu Hodowli I Aklimatyzaoji Roslin,
      Piotrowska et al, 1997, pp. 253-258.
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
ABST
PAL  Processes for forming a stabilized liquid biochemical agricultural product
      containing an organic solvent extract of Reynoutria sachalinensis
      comprising subjecting an organic solvent extract of dried particulate
      Reynoutria sachalinensis to first and second extract concentration stages,
      and wherein prior to said second extract concentration stage, the
      concentrated extract from said first extract concentration stage is mixed
      with a liquid stabilizer, most preferably a liquid nitrogen-containing
      fertilizer.
PATN
WKU  059894300
SRC  9
APN  1073273
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980630
TTL  Method for eluting antimony adsorbed on chelating resin
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Therkorn; Ernest G.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Motoba; Kazuhiko
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Narita; Katutoshi
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippon Mining & Metals Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970630
APN  9-174541
CLAS
OCL  210634
XCL  210638
XCL  210670
XCL  210688
XCL  205586
XCL  205705
XCL  423 87
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 1504
FSC  210
FSS  634;638;688;670
FSC  423
FSS  87
FSC  205
FSS  586;705
UREF
PNO  4559216
ISD  19851200
NAM  Nagai
OCL  210688
UREF
PNO  5316679
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bruening
OCL  210634
UREF
PNO  5332420
ISD  19940700
NAM  Cupertino
OCL   75710
UREF
PNO  5364452
ISD  19941100
NAM  Cupertino
OCL   75710
UREF
PNO  5366715
ISD  19941100
NAM  Dreisinger
OCL  423531
FREF
PNO  61-17423
ISD  19860100
CNT  JPX
OCL  210634
FREF
PNO  8-253825
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
OCL  210634
OREF
PAL  W.C. Cooper, et al., Hydrometallurgy and Electrometallurgy of Copper, vol.
      III, pp. 246-254 (Aug. 18-21, 1991.
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  In a method for recovering antimony from the electrolyte of copper
      electro-refining process, the antimony is adsorbed on the chelating resin
      and is then eluted by acid. The eluate is then neutralized to recover
      antimony. In a conventional method, a large amount of acid and alkali is
      used. In the inventive eluting method, the antimony concentration in the
      acidic eluting solution is adjusted to 4 g/L or more in the first step and
      3 g/L or less in the second step.
PATN
WKU  059894318
SRC  8
APN  9735976
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971208
TTL  Method and apparatus for DNA extraction
ISD  19991123
NCL  39
ECL  1
EXP  Weber; Jon P.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Evans; Timothy Martin
CTY  Springwood
CNT  AUX
INVT
NAM  Hugh; Robert Don
CTY  Bardon
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Progen Industries Ltd
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19950608
APN  PN3469
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19960527
APN  PO0086
CLAS
OCL  210645
XCL  2103216
XCL  2103231
XCL  21050021
XCL  210378
XCL  422101
XCL  422239
XCL  435400
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 6302
ICL  B01D 1104
ICL  C12N  502
FSC  210
FSS  321.6;323.1;500.21;645;378
FSC  422
FSS  239;101;DIG. 14
FSC  435
FSS  400
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;25.41
FREF
PNO  02161954
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  08023976
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  08187086
ISD  19960700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  95/04813
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/21911
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Hirasaki et al., Anim. Cell Technol.: Dev. 21st Century, [Proc. Meet.],
      Meeting Date 1994, pages 547-551. Editor(s): Beuvery, E. Coen; Griffiths,
      J. Brian; Zeijlemaker, Wim P. Publisher: Kluwer, Dordrecht, Neth., in Chem
      Abstr., vol. 125, Abstr. No. 563, 1995.
PAL  Gupta, et al.; Hemaphereals; International Journal of Artificial Organs,
      vol. 14, No. 1, (1990) "Comparison of polyamide and polypropylene
      membranes for plasma separation", pp. 56-60.
LREP
FRM  Knobbe Martens Olson & Bear, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AU96/00348
PD1  19981208
PD2  19981208
PD3  19960611
PCP  WO96/41810
PCD  19961227
ABST
PAR  Methods and apparatus for the extraction of DNA from a suspension of cells
      are described. The methods utilise a hollow membrane filter to separate
      DNA from cellular debri after lysis of cells. The suspension of cells can
      be a suspension of cultured cells or cells contained in a body fluid such
      as blood. An ion-exchange step can be included in methods so that purified
      DNA is provided. The apparatus (1) comprises a vessl (2) in which cells
      can be cultured. The vessel has a hollow membrane filter (5) associated
      with an end thereof. The described methods can be used for extracting
      genomic DNA from cells but are particularly suitable for extracting
      plasmid DNA from microorganisms.
PATN
WKU  059894326
SRC  8
APN  9248366
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970905
TTL  Dynamic supported membrane assembly and method of making and using it
ISD  19991123
NCL  49
ECL  29,48
EXP  Drodge; Joseph W.
INVT
NAM  Gildersleeve; Michael R.
CTY  Nesconset
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Alex; Tony
CTY  Merrick
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Gsell; Thomas C.
CTY  Glen Cove
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Degen; Peter J.
CTY  Huntington
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Pall Corporation
CTY  East Hills
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  388310
APD  19950214
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  210650
XCL   96 11
XCL  21032161
XCL  21032167
XCL  210490
XCL  264 451
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 6100
FSC  210
FSS  321.61;359;388;490;503-509;650;321.63;321.84;321.85;500.36;500.38;500.41
     ;500.42;767;651;321.67
FSC  428
FSS  137;219
FSC  264
FSS  45.1
FSC   96
FSS  11;12
FSC   95
FSS  45
UREF
PNO  3019186
ISD  19620100
NAM  Powers
UREF
PNO  3246767
ISD  19660400
NAM  Pall et al.
UREF
PNO  3616149
ISD  19711000
NAM  Wincklhofer et al.
UREF
PNO  4111815
ISD  19780900
NAM  Walker et al.
UREF
PNO  4186235
ISD  19800100
NAM  Bramwell
UREF
PNO  4196027
ISD  19800400
NAM  Walker et al.
UREF
PNO  4212733
ISD  19800700
NAM  Goto et al.
UREF
PNO  4340479
ISD  19820700
NAM  Pall
UREF
PNO  4360433
ISD  19821100
NAM  Walker et al.
UREF
PNO  4536440
ISD  19850800
NAM  Berg
UREF
PNO  4728394
ISD  19880300
NAM  Shinjou et al.
UREF
PNO  4758251
ISD  19880700
NAM  Swedo et al.
UREF
PNO  4795559
ISD  19890100
NAM  Shinjou et al.
UREF
PNO  4855108
ISD  19890800
NAM  Masuda et al.
UREF
PNO  4935139
ISD  19900600
NAM  Davidson et al.
UREF
PNO  4950454
ISD  19900800
NAM  Masuda et al.
UREF
PNO  5063108
ISD  19911100
NAM  Whetstone
UREF
PNO  5089122
ISD  19920200
NAM  Chmiel
UREF
PNO  5108827
ISD  19920400
NAM  Gessner
UREF
PNO  5256288
ISD  19931000
NAM  Lee
OCL  210321.61
UREF
PNO  5458719
ISD  19951000
NAM  Pall et al.
OCL  156285
UREF
PNO  5567615
ISD  19961000
NAM  Degen et al.
OCL  210767
UREF
PNO  5580459
ISD  19961200
NAM  Nielsen et al.
UREF
PNO  5665235
ISD  19970900
NAM  Gildersleeve et al.
OCL  210508
UREF
PNO  5679249
ISD  19971000
NAM  Fendya et al.
OCL  210321.84
FREF
PNO  241221
ISD  19871000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  515045
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  576343
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4234816
ISD  19931000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO92/11405
ISD  19920700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO94/11556
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Textile Fibers Hoechst Celanese Corporation: Celbond.RTM. Staple Fibers"
      (Mar. 1991).
PAL  Database WPI, Week 1991/31, Derwent Publication Ltd., AN 91-172931 (JP
      3146107 abstract) (1991).
PAL  "Cylindrical Filter and its Production" (Mar. 1991).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, European Patent Office, AN 01284105 (JP 3146107
      abstract) (Oct. 31, 1989).
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a supported membrane assembly comprising a
      membrane adhered to a support material by way of a nonwoven web of
      multicomponent fibers therebetween, wherein the multicomponent fibers
      comprise a first polymer and a second polymer such that the second polymer
      is present on at least a portion of the surface of the multicomponent
      fibers and has a softening temperature below the softening temperatures of
      the first polymer, the membrane, and the support material, and the
      supported membrane assembly has a water flow rate at least about 20% of
      the water flow rate of the membrane alone. The present invention also
      provides a filter element comprising a housing and such a supported
      membrane assembly, as well as a method of preparing such a supported
      membrane assembly and methods of using such a supported membrane assembly.
PATN
WKU  059894334
SRC  9
APN  0629596
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980420
TTL  Method of treating a photographic processing solution
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Fortuna; Ana
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Martin; Didier J.
CTY  Givry
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Poncelet; Olivier J.
CTY  Chalon sur Saone
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Rigola; Jeannine
CTY  Chalon sur Saone
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970424
APN  97 05307
CLAS
OCL  210653
XCL  210651
XCL  210490
XCL  21050026
XCL  210634
XCL  2102572
XCL  430398
XCL  430399
XCL  430400
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 6100
FSC  210
FSS  651;652;653;500.25;490;500.26;634;257.2
FSC  430
FSS  398;399;400
UREF
PNO  4451132
ISD  19840500
NAM  Kishimoto
OCL  430398
UREF
PNO  5355191
ISD  19941000
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  430398
UREF
PNO  5633125
ISD  19970500
NAM  Martin
OCL  430398
UREF
PNO  5679503
ISD  19971000
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  430400
UREF
PNO  5846428
ISD  19981200
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  210651
FREF
PNO  0 736 249
ISD  19961000
CNT  EPX
ICL  A01N 2504
ABST
PAL  The present invention concerns a method of extracting halide ions contained
      in a photographic processing solution. The invention concerns a method for
      the selective extraction of halide ions using a separative membrane
      comprising a support covered with an active layer comprising an inorganic
      hydrogel material and an ion carrier, one of the faces of the support
      having been surface-modified. This method effectively regenerates
      photographic solutions.
PATN
WKU  059894342
SRC  8
APN  9605282
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971031
TTL  Method for removing metal ions from solution with titanate sorbents
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Cintins; Ivars
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Lundquist; Susan H.
CTY  White Bear Township
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  White; Lloyd R.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  3M Innovative Properties Company
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  210679
XCL  210682
XCL  210688
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 1504
FSC  210
FSS  679;682;688;681;687;912;914
UREF
PNO  3296123
ISD  19670100
NAM  Prout et al.
OCL  210 38
UREF
PNO  4138336
ISD  19790200
NAM  Mendel et al.
OCL  210198C
UREF
PNO  4400305
ISD  19830800
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
OCL  210679
UREF
PNO  5128291
ISD  19920700
NAM  Wax et al.
OCL  502  8
UREF
PNO  5200378
ISD  19930400
NAM  Clearfield
OCL  502 62
UREF
PNO  5298166
ISD  19940300
NAM  Bray et al.
OCL  210679
UREF
PNO  5397476
ISD  19950300
NAM  Bradbury et al.
OCL  210675
UREF
PNO  5407889
ISD  19950400
NAM  Remes
OCL  502400
UREF
PNO  5702610
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hagen et al.
OCL  210682
FREF
PNO  0 552 856 A1
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 575 612 A1
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/19277
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/14652
ISD  19970400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/2320 A1
ISD  19970700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Abstract JP 63-130137.
PAL  Abstract JP 63-305297.
PAL  K. Masters, Spray Drying Handbook, 3rd Edition, pp. 526-531 and 556-557,
      copyright 1979.
PAL  K. Master, Spray Drying Handbook; 4th Edition, pp. 548-567, copyright 1985.
PAL  Strumillo et al., "Drying: Principles, Applications and Design", Topics in
      Chemical Engineering, pp. 352-359, copyright 1986.
PAL  Kirk-Othmer, "Drying", Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Fourth Edition,
      vol. 8, pp. 475-519, copyright 1993.
PAL  Haas, "A Review of Information of Ferrocyanide Solids for Removal of Cesium
      from Solutions", Separation Science and Technology, 28(17&18), pp.
      2479-2506, 1993.
PAL  Bray et al., "Initial Evaluation of Sandia National Laboratory-Prepared
      Crystalline Silico-Titanates for Cesium Recovery", Battelle Memorial
      Institute, Pacific Northwest Laboratory, pp. 1.1-5.1, Oct. 1993.
PAL  Collins et al., "Evaluation of Selected Ion Exchangers for the Removal of
      Cesium and Strontium From MVST W-25 Supernate", ORNL/TM-12938, pp. 1-26,
      Apr. 1995.
LREP
FR2  Griswold; Gary L.
FR2  Sprague; Robert W.
FR2  Sherman; Lorraine R.
ABST
PAL  A method for removing metal ions from solution comprises the steps of
      providing titanate particles by spray-drying a solution or slurry
      comprising sorbent titanates having a particle size up to 20 micrometers,
      optionally in the presence of polymer free of cellulose functionality as
      binder, said sorbent being active towards heavy metals from Periodic Table
      (CAS version) Groups IA, IIA, IB, IIB, IIIB, and VIII, to provide
      monodisperse, substantially spherical particles in a yield of at least 70
      percent of theoretical yield and having a particle size distribution in
      the range of 1 to 500 micrometers. The particles can be used free flowing
      in columns or beds, or entrapped in a nonwoven, fibrous web or matrix or a
      cast porous membrane, to selectively remove metal ions from aqueous or
      organic liquid.
GOVT
PAR  The invention was made with Government support under Contract
      AR21-96MC-33089 awarded by the Department of Energy. The Government has
      certain rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059894350
SRC  9
APN  0104353
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980121
TTL  Method for magnetically filtering wastewaters containing oil-coated mill
      scale
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Savage; Matthew O.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Herman; Stewart T.
CTY  Hellertown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Greenawalt; Robert L.
CTY  Ottsville
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Faupel; Richard W.
CTY  Sebring
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Bethlehem Steel Corporation
STA  DE
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  719747
APD  19960925
PSC  01
PNO  5766450
CLAS
OCL  210695
XCL  210741
XCL  210795
XCL  210796
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 3506
FSC  210
FSS  267;695;741;793-796
UREF
PNO  2418989
ISD  19470400
NAM  Shandor et al.
OCL  210267
UREF
PNO  2430157
ISD  19471100
NAM  Byrd, Jr.
OCL  210222
UREF
PNO  3581895
ISD  19710600
NAM  Howard
OCL  210108
UREF
PNO  4087358
ISD  19780500
NAM  Odor
OCL  210222
UREF
PNO  4495074
ISD  19850100
NAM  Hagiwara et al.
OCL  210695
UREF
PNO  4594160
ISD  19860600
NAM  Heitmann et al.
OCL  210222
UREF
PNO  4784758
ISD  19881100
NAM  Willis
OCL  210695
UREF
PNO  5019272
ISD  19910500
NAM  Kurahashi et al.
OCL  210222
FREF
PNO  949458
ISD  19740600
CNT  CAX
OCL  210745
FREF
PNO  2043316
ISD  19921100
CNT  CAX
OCL  210741
FREF
PNO  115717
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
OCL  210695
LREP
FR2  Masteller, Jr.; Harold I.
ABST
PAL  Electro-magnetic filter apparatus and method of operating to separate and
      remove oily magnetic solids from wastewaters. The filter apparatus
      includes a filter assembly having an electro-magnetic coil that encircles
      a canister. The canister has an interior space defined by a wall surface
      and a first perforated baffle spaced apart from a second perforated
      baffle. The interior space contains a ferromagnetic matrix comprising
      split ring lock washers. The feed side end portion of the canister
      communicates with the wastewater source that contains the oily magnetic
      solids, a wash-water supply, a pressurized air supply and a disposal
      stream. The discharge side end portion of the canister communicates with a
      recycling stream, the disposal stream and the wash-water supply. A feed
      side valve arrangement selectively introduces the wastewater into the feed
      side end portion of the canister during filtering operations, and
      selectively injects a pressurized air/wash-water mixture from the
      wash-water and pressurized air supply into the feed side end portion of
      the matrix canister during up-flow backwashing operations. The
      ferromagnetic matrix is fluidized by the pressurized air/wash-water
      mixture the during the up-flow backwashing. A discharge side valve
      arrangement selectively discharges clean effluent through the recycling
      stream during filtering or introduces water, from the wash-water supply,
      into the discharge end portion of the matrix canister during down-flow
      backwashing.
PATN
WKU  059894369
SRC  8
APN  7477821
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19961114
TTL  Method and device for dehydrating heavy oils
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Popovics; Robert J.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Suzumura; Hiroshi
CTY  Hiroshima-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kaneko; Masato
CTY  Hiroshima-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsuura; Isao
CTY  Hiroshima-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukunaga; Masami
CTY  Hiroshima-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iijima; Masaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960131
APN  8-015493
CLAS
OCL  210708
XCL  210800
XCL  210748
XCL  208188
XCL  204665
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 1706
ICL  B01D 1704
FSC  210
FSS  800;708;748;532.1;738
FSC  208
FSS  188
FSC  204
FSS  665
UREF
PNO  4407707
ISD  19831000
NAM  Merchant et al.
OCL  210708
UREF
PNO  5334317
ISD  19940800
NAM  Sichtermann et al.
OCL  210708
FREF
PNO  53-111649
ISD  19780900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-152991
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Alston & Bird LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and a device for dehydrating a heavy oil wherein an emulsion of
      water and a heavy oil is mixed in a stirring chamber together with a
      suitable amount of an emulsion breaker, the mixture is subjected to
      separation in a two-phase separation tank to a heavy oil-rich component
      and a water-rich component, the heavy oil-rich component is then fed to a
      dehydrator of a high voltage charge type in which separation to a
      dehydrated heavy oil and a water-rich component is effected, the
      water-rich component fractions supplied from the two-phase separation tank
      and the dehydrator are mixed in a pipeline, the mixture thus obtained is
      admixed with an O/W emulsion breaker and then, fed to a stirring chamber
      and finally separated to a heavy oil-containing component and a heavy
      oil-free water layer in a second separation chamber.
PATN
WKU  059894377
SRC  8
APN  8751234
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970717
TTL  Apparatus for producing air-saturated water
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  2
EXP  Drodge; Joseph W.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Eriksson; Hans
STR  PL 7811
CTY  Rimbo
CNT  SEX
ITX  S-762 93
INVT
NAM  Isaksson; Kent
STR  Vastergarden 30
CTY  Norrt.ang.lje
CNT  SEX
ITX  S-761 94
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19950119
APN  9500215
CLAS
OCL  210744
XCL  137  1
XCL  209168
XCL  210 97
XCL  210541
XCL  210703
XCL  261 59
XCL  261118
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 1712
ICL  B01D 17035
FSC  209
FSS  168;169;170
FSC  210
FSS  97;104;198.1;205;218;221.1;221.2;541;542;703;744
FSC  261
FSS  115;118;119.1;59;64.1;66
FSC  137
FSS  1
UREF
PNO  1646019
ISD  19271000
NAM  Forrester
OCL  210703
UREF
PNO  3175687
ISD  19650300
NAM  Jones
OCL  210205
UREF
PNO  3243046
ISD  19660300
NAM  Kakumoto et al.
OCL  210205
UREF
PNO  3479281
ISD  19691100
NAM  Kikindai et al.
OCL  210703
UREF
PNO  5484534
ISD  19960100
NAM  Edmondson
OCL  210703
UREF
PNO  5543089
ISD  19960800
NAM  Pichardo
OCL  261118
FREF
PNO  2190853
ISD  19871200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/00040
PD1  19970717
PD2  19970717
PD3  19960118
PCP  WO96/22248
PCD  19960725
ABST
PAR  An apparatus for producing highly pressurized air-saturated water intended
      preferably for dispersion in flotation plants, has, preferably, an
      upstanding cylindrical pressure vessel (21) which, in operation, is filled
      partially to a controlled level with pressurized water flowing through an
      opening in the bottom part of the vessel, and partially by continuously
      delivered pressurized air, wherein the air is dissolved in the water
      during its passage through the pressure vessel (21). Pressurized water is
      delivered to the apparatus in the upper end of the pressure vessel (21)
      through a spray element (24) or the like to effectively break up the water
      flow. The spray element is arranged so that at least part of the water
      flow is sprayed on to the inner wall surfaces of the vessel (21) which, in
      operation, surround the air-filled part and together with this part
      produce a curtain of water which substantially covers the inner wall
      surfaces. Compressed air is delivered to the air-filled part through a
      connecting pipe (27) provided in the vessel wall in this part of the
      apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059894385
SRC  8
APN  9893164
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971212
TTL  Active blood filter and method for active blood filtration
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Ward; Richard W.
EXP  Walker; W. L.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Fumiyama; Hideo
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Baxter International Inc.
CTY  Deerfield
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  210745
XCL  210 85
XCL  604122
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 3500
ICL  C02F  100
FSC  210
FSS  85;97;418;420;739;745;746;767
FSC  604
FSS  65;67;4;5;122
FSC  251
FSS  7
FSC  237
FSS  599
UREF
PNO  3560754
ISD  19710200
NAM  Kamentsky
UREF
PNO  3791517
ISD  19740200
NAM  Friedman
UREF
PNO  3935876
ISD  19760200
NAM  Massie et al.
UREF
PNO  4014206
ISD  19770300
NAM  Taylor
OCL   73 19.1
UREF
PNO  4068521
ISD  19780100
NAM  Cosentino et al.
UREF
PNO  4231366
ISD  19801100
NAM  Schael
UREF
PNO  4280495
ISD  19810700
NAM  Lampert
UREF
PNO  4711715
ISD  19871200
NAM  Polaschegg
UREF
PNO  4863590
ISD  19890900
NAM  Ohnishi et al.
OCL  210 93
UREF
PNO  4963253
ISD  19901000
NAM  Yen
UREF
PNO  4966691
ISD  19901000
NAM  Brous
UREF
PNO  5055198
ISD  19911000
NAM  Shettigar
UREF
PNO  5147544
ISD  19920900
NAM  Vescovini
UREF
PNO  5185086
ISD  19930200
NAM  Kaali et al.
UREF
PNO  5188604
ISD  19930200
NAM  Orth
UREF
PNO  5431811
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tusini et al.
UREF
PNO  5478526
ISD  19951200
NAM  Sakai et al.
OCL  422 81
UREF
PNO  5540841
ISD  19960700
NAM  Gsell et al.
UREF
PNO  5605630
ISD  19970200
NAM  Shibata
UREF
PNO  5837200
ISD  19981100
NAM  Diessel et al.
FREF
PNO  43 26 886
ISD  19950200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Cumberbatch; Guy L.
FR2  Vinitskaya; Lena
FR2  Muramatsu; Yasuo
ABST
PAL  A blood filter is disclosed which actively removes unwanted particles from
      the blood without using passive elements such as a cartridge. The blood
      filter includes a housing having a blood inlet area for receiving blood to
      be filtered, a blood outlet area for providing filtered blood to a
      patient, and a blood return area for returning blood having unwanted
      particles to a reservoir. A plurality of independent blood paths extend
      from the inlet area to the outlet area of the housing for separate flows
      of blood therethrough. An array of detectors is placed adjacent the
      exterior of each blood path for detecting unwanted particles in the blood
      flowing therethrough. An array of valves is placed in operable
      relationship with the blood paths to close selected ones of the blood
      paths when unwanted particles are detected. Blood return conduits open to
      divert the particle-containing blood to a reservoir. Several arrays of
      detectors and valve combinations may be provided for redundancy. A
      feedback and control circuit monitors the number of closed blood paths and
      sends control or alarm signals when the outlet blood flow reduces below a
      predetermined minimum. A spiral-shaped inlet manifold distributes the
      incoming blood into different regions corresponding to mass to help
      improve the efficiency of the filter.
PATN
WKU  059894393
SRC  9
APN  0876062
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980528
TTL  Method for treatment of feed water for swine
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Morrison; Betsey J.
EXP  Hruskoci; Peter A.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Persinger; James
CTY  Hugoton
STA  KS
ASSG
NAM  Oxion, Inc.
CTY  Hugoton
STA  KS
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  210748
XCL  210750
XCL  210760
XCL  210916
EDF  6
ICL  C02F  178
FSC  210
FSS  758;760;916;748;750
UREF
PNO  5266216
ISD  19931100
NAM  Agueda et al.
OCL  210760
UREF
PNO  5415786
ISD  19950500
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  210760
UREF
PNO  5772886
ISD  19980600
NAM  Bettle
OCL  210760
UREF
PNO  5824243
ISD  19981000
NAM  Contreras
OCL  210760
UREF
PNO  5843307
ISD  19981200
NAM  Faivre et al.
OCL  210760
LREP
FR2  Frisenda; Frank
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to an improved method for treatment of feed
      water for swine to reduce odor and water pollution arising from lagoon
      slurry while at the same time improving live performance and carcass data.
      The inventive method comprises the steps of a) producing a gaseous mixture
      supply of ozone and oxygen gas from ambient air; b) effecting directing
      contact between said gaseous mixture derived from step (a) with a supply
      of water by means of a venturi injector device to produce a solution of
      said gaseous mixture and said supply of water; c) continuing said contact
      between said gaseous mixture and said water supply until the content of
      ozone in said water supply is within a range of from about 0.5 parts per
      million to about 10 parts per million, and the content of oxygen is about
      80-97% saturation; and d) providing the resultant water supply from step
      (c) for use as feed water to swine.
PATN
WKU  059894407
SRC  8
APN  9750002
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971120
TTL  Method of using oxygen scavenger and removing oxygen from water
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Hruskoci; Peter A.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Shimura; Yukimasa
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Taya; Shiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kurita Water Industries Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961128
APN  H8-318140
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970317
APN  H9-063579
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970528
APN  H9-138468
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971021
APN  H9-288490
CLAS
OCL  210750
XCL  210757
XCL  25218828
XCL  252394
XCL  422 16
XCL  422 17
XCL  548557
EDF  6
ICL  C02F  170
FSC  548
FSS  557
FSC  210
FSS  750;757
FSC  252
FSS  188.28;394;405
FSC  422
FSS  16;17
UREF
PNO  4051147
ISD  19770900
NAM  Johnson
OCL  548557
UREF
PNO  4096085
ISD  19780600
NAM  Holoman, Jr. et al.
OCL  252189
UREF
PNO  4389327
ISD  19830600
NAM  Rothgery et al.
OCL  252188.28
UREF
PNO  5141716
ISD  19920800
NAM  Muccitelli et al.
OCL  422 16
UREF
PNO  5167835
ISD  19921200
NAM  Harder et al.
OCL  210750
UREF
PNO  5169598
ISD  19921200
NAM  Zellmeisl et al.
OCL  422 16
UREF
PNO  5178286
ISD  19930100
NAM  Jahnke et al.
OCL  252 77
UREF
PNO  5258125
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kelley et al.
OCL  210750
UREF
PNO  5294400
ISD  19940300
NAM  Peterson et al.
OCL  422 16
UREF
PNO  5322640
ISD  19940600
NAM  Byrne et al.
OCL  252392
UREF
PNO  5328635
ISD  19940700
NAM  Chou et al.
OCL  252194
UREF
PNO  5744069
ISD  19980400
NAM  Maeda et al.
OCL  252394
FREF
PNO  0 567 275
ISD  19931000
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Kanesaka & Takeuchi
ABST
PAL  An oxygen scavenger characterized in that the effective component thereof
      consists of a heterocyclic compound with N--N bond in a ring thereof An
      oxygen scavenger characterized in that the effective component thereof
      consists of a heterocyclic compound with N-substituted amino group. An
      oxygen scavenger characterized in that the effective component thereof
      consists of a heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula:
      ##STR1##
      (wherein a, b are integers between 0 and 5 to satisfy a relation
      "2.ltoreq.a+b.ltoreq.5").
      ##STR2##
      An oxygen scavenger characterized in that the effective component thereof
      consists of azodicarbonamide. An oxygen scavenger characterized by
      including a heterocyclic compound with N-substituted amino group, or the
      salt thereof, and a hydroxybenzene derivative. Those may contain further
      neutral amine, alkalic agent and/or water soluble polymer.
PATN
WKU  059894415
SRC  8
APN  9960708
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971222
TTL  Recovery of functional human leukocytes from recycled filters
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Cecil; Terry K.
EXP  Walker; W. L.
INVT
NAM  Rashidbaigi; Abbas
CTY  Morris Plains
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Liao; Mei-June
CTY  Monmouth Junction
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Hua; Ji
CTY  Hopewell
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Sidhu; Maninder
CTY  New City
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Interferon Science, Inc.
CTY  New Brunswick
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  210793
XCL  210798
XCL  210411
XCL  435  2
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 2446
FSC  210
FSS  435;791;793;798;108;411;770
FSC  435
FSS  2
UREF
PNO  4416777
ISD  19831100
NAM  Kuroda
UREF
PNO  4833077
ISD  19890500
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  435 68
UREF
PNO  5833866
ISD  19981100
NAM  Brown
OCL  210739
OREF
PAL  A. Abbas et al, "Introduction to Immunology", Cellular and Molecular
      Immunology, p. 14, W. B. Saunders Company (1991).
PAL  R. Longley et al, "Recovery of Functional Human Lymphocytes from Leukotrap
      Filters", J. Immunol. Meth., 121:33-38 (1989).
PAL  J. Coligan, "Preparation of Human Mononuclear Cell Populations and
      Subpopulations", Current Protocols in Immunology, Section I, Units
      7.1-7.2, John Wiley & Sons (1994).
PAL  I. Menke-Mollars et al, "Leukocyte Depletion, a Comparison of the
      `Leukotrap in-line` Filter System with a Sterile Added 4-bag
      Speacell-R-500-A Filter System", Bietr Infusionsther, 30:152-156 91992)
      (Abstract).
LREP
FRM  Howson and Howson
ABST
PAL  A method of recovering functional human leukocytes from blood filters used
      to deplete leukocyte content from leukocyte-containing blood-cell
      suspensions is provided. More particularly, this method involves isolating
      leukocytes from filters which have been used to purify red blood cells or
      platelets in isolation from leukocytes by back-flushing the used filters
      with a hemolysis solution, such as cold ammonium chloride, and collecting
      the functional human leukocytes.
PATN
WKU  059894423
SRC  8
APN  7833059
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970110
TTL  Wet etching
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Goudreau; George
EXP  Breneman; R. Bruce
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hsieh; Hsien-Fen
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Ming-Teh
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Industrial Technology Research Institute
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  216 13
XCL  216 46
XCL  216100
EDF  6
ICL  H01B 1300
ICL  B44C  122
FSC  216
FSS  90;99;100;46;13
UREF
PNO  3847690
ISD  19741100
NAM  Campbell, Jr. et al.
OCL  156 13
UREF
PNO  5429911
ISD  19950700
NAM  Togawa et al.
OCL  430320
FREF
PNO  1486799
ISD  19670600
CNT  FRX
LREP
FR2  Dougherty; David E.
ABST
PAL  Method for wet etching where proper arrangements of the substrates during
      the growth of the insulation layer is adopted. An insulation layer is
      prepared on the surface of a substrate at the area where thin film
      circuits are positioned. On the surfaces of the substrate where the thin
      film circuits are not positioned are prepared protective layers. During
      the wet etching the attack by the etchant may be avoided. The material of
      the insulation layer and the protection layer may be the same. The
      material of the protection layer may be the photo-resistant used in the
      wet etching process. The invention also disclosed circuit components
      prepared with the wet etching of this invention.
PATN
WKU  059894431
SRC  8
APN  9436626
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971003
TTL  Selective etching of nickle/iron alloys
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Dang; Thi
INVT
NAM  Covert; Kathleen Lorraine
CTY  Vestal
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Jimarez; Lisa Jeanine
CTY  Newark Valley
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Semkow; Krystyna Waleria
CTY  Poughquag
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  654507
APD  19960528
PSC  01
PNO  5723062
RLAP
COD  81
APN  359218
APD  19941219
PSC  01
PNO  5560840
CLAS
OCL  216 13
XCL  216108
EDF  6
ICL  C23F  100
ICL  H05K  300
FSC  216
FSS  108;13
UREF
PNO  2684892
ISD  19540700
NAM  Saulnier
UREF
PNO  3574012
ISD  19710400
NAM  Penberg
UREF
PNO  3625908
ISD  19711200
NAM  Magin
UREF
PNO  3878006
ISD  19750400
NAM  Rice
UREF
PNO  4305779
ISD  19811200
NAM  Steeves et al.
UREF
PNO  4361445
ISD  19821100
NAM  Pryor et al.
UREF
PNO  4420366
ISD  19831200
NAM  Oka et al.
UREF
PNO  4482426
ISD  19841100
NAM  Maynard et al.
UREF
PNO  4522667
ISD  19850600
NAM  Hanson et al.
UREF
PNO  4556449
ISD  19851200
NAM  Nelson
UREF
PNO  5221417
ISD  19930600
NAM  Basavanhally
UREF
PNO  5234542
ISD  19930800
NAM  Cordani
UREF
PNO  5363553
ISD  19941100
NAM  Edwards et al.
UREF
PNO  5518131
ISD  19960500
NAM  Chen et al.
UREF
PNO  5560840
ISD  19961000
NAM  Covert et al.
FREF
PNO  53-68644
ISD  19780600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Hogg; William N.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a novel method of etching nickle/iron alloy
      which employs a novel etchant. The novel etchant, which etches nickle/iron
      alloy but not copper, comprises an aqueous solution of ferric ammonium
      sulfate, and an acid selected from the group consisting of: sulfuric acid;
      phosphoric acid; and mixtures thereof.
PATN
WKU  059894440
SRC  9
APN  0233765
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980213
TTL  Fluid bearings and vacuum chucks and methods for producing same
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Olsen; Alan
EXP  Breneman; Bruce
NDR  19
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Zywno; Marek
STR  7049 Bret Harte Dr.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ZIP  95120
CLAS
OCL  216 33
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  216
FSS  33
FSC  382
FSS  144
UREF
PNO  5572598
ISD  19961100
NAM  Whil et al.
OCL  382144
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman
ABST
PAL  Fluid bearings, vacuum chucks and methods for producing these devices. One
      example of a method for forming a fluid bearing includes forming a plate
      having a face surface and a bonding surface, coupling a first side of a
      body to the bonding surface, placing the face surface of the plate against
      a predetermined surface, and generating a pressure difference to conform
      the face surface to the predetermined surface. One example of a fluid
      bearing of the invention includes a plate support and a flexible bearing
      plate having a bonding surface which is attached to the plate support with
      an adhesive which is flexible before hardening. The flexible bearing plate
      conforms to a predetermined surface during a portion of the time that the
      adhesive hardens. Examples of vacuum chucks, and methods for forming
      vacuum chucks, and other aspects of the invention are described.
PATN
WKU  059894458
SRC  9
APN  098695&
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980617
TTL  Microchannel system for fluid delivery
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Powell; Alva C
EXP  Breneman; Bruce
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Wise; Kensall D.
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Chen; Jingkuang
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  The Regents of the University of Michigan
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  489069
APD  19950609
CLAS
OCL  216 62
XCL  216  2
XCL  216 27
XCL  216 39
XCL  216 67
XCL  216 87
XCL  438734
XCL  438735
XCL  438753
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
ICL  B44C  122
FSC  216
FSS  2;62;87;39;56;27
FSC  438
FSS  719;734;735;753
UREF
PNO  3921916
ISD  19751100
NAM  Bassous
OCL  239602
UREF
PNO  4455192
ISD  19840600
NAM  Tamai
OCL  156628
UREF
PNO  5308442
ISD  19940500
NAM  Taub et al.
OCL  347 65
UREF
PNO  5385635
ISD  19950100
NAM  O'Neill
OCL  347 65
UREF
PNO  5585827
ISD  19961200
NAM  Murakami
OCL  347 65
UREF
PNO  5588597
ISD  19961200
NAM  Reinecke et al.
OCL  239533.5
OREF
PAL  "A Novel Fabrication Method of Capillary Tubes on Quartz for Chemical
      Analysis Applications," by Kaplan, et al., IEEE Proceedings, Micro Electro
      Mechanical Systems, Jan. 25-28, 1994.
PAL  "Silicon Processed Microneedles," by Lin, et al., The 7.sup.th
      International Conference on Solid State Sensors and Actuators; Jun. 7-10,
      1993.
LREP
FRM  Rader, Fishman & Grauer PLLC
ABST
PAL  Microchannels for conducting and expelling a fluid are embedded in a
      surface of a silicon substrate. A channel seal is made of plural cross
      structures formed integrally with the silicon substrate. The cross
      structures are arranged sequentially over each channel, each cross
      structure having a chevron shape. The microchannel is sealed by oxidizing
      at least partially the cross structures, whereby the spaces therebetween
      are filled. A dielectric seal which overlies the thermally oxidized cross
      structures forms a complete seal and a substantially planar top surface to
      the silicon substrate. The dielectric seal is formed of a low pressure
      chemical vapor deposition (LPCVD) dielectric layer. The channel is useful
      in the production of an ink jet print in head, and has a polysilicon
      heater overlying the dielectric seal. A current passing through the heater
      causes a corresponding increase in the temperature of the ink in the
      microchannel, causing same to be expelled therefreom. After expulsion of
      the fluid, the microchannel is refilled by capillary action. Control
      circuitry, including bonding pads and sensors, can be formed integrally on
      the silicon substrate. In drug or chemical delivery systems, sensors
      and/or stimulation circuitry for sensing or inducing neural and other
      response can be formed directly in the silicon substrate which contains
      the microchannel. The sensor is disposed in close proximity to the
      chemical distribution nozzle, facilitating neural and other studies.
      Microvalve arrangements can be formed with the microchannel, controlled by
      the on-chip circuitry.
GOVT
PAC  GOVERNMENT RIGHTS
PAR  This invention was made in part using federal funds from the Neural
      Prosthesis Program, under Contract No. NIH-NINDS-N01-NS4-2303. The
      government may have certain rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059894466
SRC  9
APN  0763098
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980512
TTL  Water additive and method for fire prevention and fire extinguishing
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Anthony; Joseph D.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hicks; Robert David
CTY  Summerfield
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Mills; Jane Elisabeth
CTY  Greensboro
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Whei-Neen
CTY  Greensboro
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Stockhausen, Inc.
CTY  Greensboro
STA  NC
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  557862
APD  19951114
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  252  805
XCL  252  2
XCL  252601
XCL  252607
XCL  252610
XCL  252611
XCL  252  3
XCL  169 45
XCL  169 46
XCL  169 47
XCL  106 1811
EDF  6
ICL  A62D  100
ICL  A62C  5033
ICL  A62C  208
FSC  252
FSS  2;8.05;601;3;607;610;611
FSC  169
FSS  45;46;47;DIG. 2;5
FSC  106
FSS  18.11
UREF
PNO  2982749
ISD  19610500
NAM  Friedrich
OCL  526207
UREF
PNO  3758641
ISD  19730900
NAM  Zweigle
OCL  252  2
UREF
PNO  4070321
ISD  19780100
NAM  Goretta et al.
OCL  524801
UREF
PNO  4078133
ISD  19780300
NAM  Ozima
OCL  526 80
UREF
PNO  4978460
ISD  19901200
NAM  Von Blucher et al.
OCL  252  2
UREF
PNO  5087513
ISD  19920200
NAM  Kim
OCL  428283
UREF
PNO  5190110
ISD  19930300
NAM  Von Blucher et al.
OCL  169 46
UREF
PNO  5264251
ISD  19931100
NAM  Geursen et al.
OCL  427389.9
UREF
PNO  5297847
ISD  19940300
NAM  Clark
OCL  297217
UREF
PNO  5397626
ISD  19950300
NAM  Berg et al.
OCL  428283
UREF
PNO  5849210
ISD  19981200
NAM  Pascente et al.
OCL  252  3
LREP
FRM  Jenkins & Wilson, P.A.
ABST
PAL  In the prevention of the spread of fires and for directly fighting fires, a
      cross-linked, water-swellable additive polymer in water/oil emulsion
      produced by an inverse phase polymerization reaction to be added to the
      firefighting water is disclosed. The additive has the properties of
      absorbing large quantities of water, high viscosity for adherence to
      vertical and horizontal surfaces, and retention of sufficient fluidity to
      be educted in standard firefighting equipment. The method of adding this
      additive to the firefighting water by eduction or by a batch addition to
      the water source is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059894474
SRC  8
APN  9765557
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971124
TTL  Magnetorheological liquids, a process for producing them and their use,
      and a process for producing magnetizable particles coated with an
      organic polymer
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Koslow; C. Melissa
INVT
NAM  Podszun; Wolfgang
CTY  Koln
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Halle; Olaf
CTY  Koln
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kijlstra; Johan
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bloodworth; Robert
CTY  Koln
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wendt; Eckhard
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  G E Bayer Silicones GmbH & Co. KG
CTY  Erkrath
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961128
APN  196 49 321
CLAS
OCL  252 6252
XCL  252 6254
EDF  6
ICL  H01F  144
ICL  H01F  106
FSC  252
FSS  62.52;62.54
FSC  428
FSS  403;405
UREF
PNO  4339337
ISD  19820700
NAM  Tricot et al.
OCL  252 62.54
UREF
PNO  4369265
ISD  19830100
NAM  Buxbaum et al.
OCL  523212
UREF
PNO  4820338
ISD  19890400
NAM  Ochiai et al.
OCL  252 62.54
UREF
PNO  4832891
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kass
OCL  252 62.54
UREF
PNO  4992190
ISD  19910200
NAM  Shtarkman
OCL  252 62.52
UREF
PNO  5082581
ISD  19920100
NAM  Yabe et al.
OCL  252 62.54
UREF
PNO  5167850
ISD  19921200
NAM  Shtarkman
OCL  252 62.52
UREF
PNO  5198137
ISD  19930300
NAM  Rutz et al.
OCL  252 62.54
UREF
PNO  5240626
ISD  19930800
NAM  Thakur et al.
OCL  252 62.54
UREF
PNO  5354488
ISD  19941000
NAM  Shtarkman et al.
OCL  252 62.56
UREF
PNO  5356713
ISD  19941000
NAM  Charmot et al.
OCL  252 62.54
UREF
PNO  5578238
ISD  19961100
NAM  Weiss et al.
OCL  252 62.52
UREF
PNO  5583056
ISD  19961200
NAM  Brouwer
OCL  252 62.54
UREF
PNO  5599474
ISD  19970200
NAM  Weiss et al.
OCL  252 62.52
UREF
PNO  5693250
ISD  19971200
NAM  El-Antably et al.
OCL  252 62.54
FREF
PNO  0156537
ISD  19851000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4130268
ISD  19920300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9410693
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Patent abstracts of Japan: abstract for 3-210602, Sep. 27, 1991.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, Publication No. :03219602, Publication Date:
      Sep. 27, 1991, Application No.: 02013674, Inventor: Ogawa Masahiro, Title:
      Magnetic-Particle Fluid.
LREP
FRM  Sprung Kramer Schaefer & Biscoe
ABST
PAL  Magnetorheological liquids, a process for producing them, their use and a
      process for producing polymer-coated magnetisable particles used in the
      magnetorheological liquids.
PATN
WKU  059894482
SRC  9
APN  189580&
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19981111
TTL  Refrigerant mixture containing hydrogen bromide
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Skane; Christine
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ermak; Boris
STR  15 E. Grant St.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
ZIP  55403
INVT
NAM  Ermak; Anatoliy
STR  15 E. Grant St.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
ZIP  55403
CLAS
OCL  252 67
XCL   62114
EDF  6
ICL  C09K  504
FSC  252
FSS  67
FSC   62
FSS  114
FSC  510
FSS  408
UREF
PNO  4495776
ISD  19850100
NAM  Nikolsky et al.
UREF
PNO  4510064
ISD  19850400
NAM  Ermak
UREF
PNO  4810403
ISD  19890300
NAM  Bivens et al.
OCL  252 67
UREF
PNO  5094773
ISD  19920300
NAM  Manzer et al.
OCL  252172
UREF
PNO  5286422
ISD  19940200
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  364 13
FREF
PNO  6-393675
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstracts 91:23934, "Solar energy storage as hydrogen and bromine
      from hydrogen bromide", Fletcher, No Month Availabele, 1979.
LREP
FRM  Haugen Law Firm PLLP
ABST
PAL  An azeotropic refrigerant mixture having low GWP and low ODP properties and
      saving on energy in amounts of from 8% to 17% and consisting of a blend of
      hydrogen bromide and a fluorohydrocarbon selected from the group
      consisting of R-123 dichlorotrifluoroethane (CHCl.sub.2 CF.sub.3); R-124
      chlorotetrafluoroethane (CHFCICF.sub.3); R-134a tetrafluoroethane
      (CF.sub.3 CH.sub.2 F); R-142B chlorodifluoroethane (CH.sub.3 CClF.sub.2);
      R-143a trifluoroethane (CH.sub.3 CF.sub.3); R-152a difluoroethane
      (CH.sub.3 CHF.sub.2); and R-22 chlorodifluoromethane (CHClF.sub.2), with
      the HBr component being present in an amount ranging up to less than about
      30% by volume, balance fluorohydrocarbon. Preferred blends consist of
      hydrogen bromide in an amount ranging from between about 8% and 17% by
      volume.
PATN
WKU  059894490
SRC  9
APN  1342223
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980814
TTL  Composition and method for stripping tin and tin-lead from copper
      surfaces
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Goudreau; George
EXP  Utech; Benjamin
INVT
NAM  Campbell; Scott
CTY  Fountain Hills
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Morton International, Inc.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  521305
APD  19950830
CLAS
OCL  252 791
XCL  252 792
XCL  252 794
EDF  6
ICL  C09K 1300
ICL  C09K 1304
ICL  C09K 1306
FSC  252
FSS  79.1;79.2;79.4
UREF
PNO  4374744
ISD  19830200
NAM  Kawanabe et al.
OCL  252 79.4
UREF
PNO  4713144
ISD  19871200
NAM  Schiller
OCL  156656
UREF
PNO  4921571
ISD  19900500
NAM  Kukanskis et al.
OCL  156656
UREF
PNO  4957653
ISD  19900900
NAM  Cordani
OCL  252142
UREF
PNO  5017267
ISD  19910500
NAM  Cordani
OCL  156656
UREF
PNO  5219484
ISD  19930600
NAM  Krulik et al.
OCL  252 79.2
UREF
PNO  5234542
ISD  19930800
NAM  Cordani
OCL  156656
UREF
PNO  5244539
ISD  19930900
NAM  McGrath et al.
OCL  156656
UREF
PNO  5505872
ISD  19960400
NAM  Krulik et al.
OCL  252 79.2
UREF
PNO  5512201
ISD  19960400
NAM  Singh et al.
OCL  252142
FREF
PNO  4-120286
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  White; Gerald K.
FR2  Lovell; Charles N.
ABST
PAL  A composition and method for stripping tin or tin-lead alloys, and any
      underlying copper-tin intermetallic, from a copper surface. The
      composition includes an aqueous solution of approximately 5-60% nitric
      acid by weight, approximately 0.5-30% ferric nitrate by weight, and a
      nitric acid stabilizer selected from the group consisting of an
      amino-triazole, an amino-isoxazole, and a linear amino sulfone in the form
      H.sub.2 N--SO.sub.2 --R, where R is any alkyl or benzene group, wherein
      the stabilizer is present at a concentration sufficient to inhibit
      exothermic conditions, emission of toxic NOx gas, and copper attack. A
      soluble source of halogen ion, such as hydrochloric acid, can be added to
      the composition to yield a uniform, reflective, bright pink copper
      appearance, and to further reduce sludge formation. In addition, sludge
      formation can be eliminated by adding a soluble source of sulfate ion
      (SO.sub.4.sup.-2) to the composition.
PATN
WKU  059894504
SRC  8
APN  9175016
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970826
TTL  Etchant for etching glass substrate
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Powell; William
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Kim; Woong Kwon
CTY  Anyang
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Electronics Inc.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960826
APN  96-35532
CLAS
OCL  252 794
XCL  252 793
XCL  216 97
XCL  216109
EDF  6
ICL  B44C  122
FSC  252
FSS  79.3;79.4
FSC  216
FSS  97;109
FSC  438
FSS  756;704
UREF
PNO  5112437
ISD  19920500
NAM  Watanabe et al.
XCL  252 79.3
UREF
PNO  5164018
ISD  19921100
NAM  Barcelona
XCL  252 79.3
FREF
PNO  3-103338
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
ABST
PAL  An etchant for etching a glass substrate includes distilled water
      containing HF of more than 5 vol % and about 5 vol % of alcohol. The HF
      etches a glass substrate and the alcohol dissolves the residue particles
      attached to a surface of the substrate to apply the etchant to the total
      area for uniform thickness and smooth surface.
PATN
WKU  059894512
SRC  9
APN  0201103
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980206
TTL  Compounds and methods for doping liquid crystal hosts
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Wu; Shean
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Lemieux; Robert P.
CTY  Kingston
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Dinescu; Liviu
CTY  Kingston
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Queen's University at Kingston
CTY  Kingston
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  2522991
XCL  2522992
XCL  252582585
XCL  349196
XCL  549 53
XCL  549 54
XCL  549 55
XCL  549 56
EDF  6
ICL  C09K 1960
ICL  G02F  1137
ICL  C07D33364
ICL  F21V  914
FSC  252
FSS  299.1;299.2;582;585
FSC  349
FSS  196
FSC  549
FSS  53;54;55;56
UREF
PNO  4712874
ISD  19871200
NAM  Sekimura et al.
UREF
PNO  4778619
ISD  19881000
NAM  Wakemoto et al.
OCL  252299.1
UREF
PNO  5026505
ISD  19910600
NAM  Kaneko et al.
UREF
PNO  5078475
ISD  19920100
NAM  Sekimura et al.
UREF
PNO  5118586
ISD  19920600
NAM  Hattori et al.
UREF
PNO  5212575
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kojima et al.
UREF
PNO  5240797
ISD  19930800
NAM  Matsushima et al.
UREF
PNO  5242558
ISD  19930900
NAM  Matsushima et al.
UREF
PNO  5278009
ISD  19940100
NAM  Iida et al.
UREF
PNO  5296952
ISD  19940300
NAM  Takatsu et al.
UREF
PNO  5364668
ISD  19941100
NAM  Takimoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5368991
ISD  19941100
NAM  Uchikawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5395678
ISD  19950300
NAM  Matsushima et al.
UREF
PNO  5443864
ISD  19950800
NAM  Takimoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5461494
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sekimura et al.
UREF
PNO  5486442
ISD  19960100
NAM  Takimoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5486936
ISD  19960100
NAM  Fujikake et al.
UREF
PNO  5520855
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ito et al.
UREF
PNO  5602660
ISD  19970200
NAM  Sekimura et al.
UREF
PNO  5650867
ISD  19970700
NAM  Kojima et al.
FREF
PNO  0 199 111 A2
ISD  19861000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  62-167360
ISD  19870700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-167389
ISD  19870700
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Collins-Gold, L., et al., "Interfacial effects on excited-state potential
      energy surfaces. Interrelationship between photoreactivity and surface
      properties", Langmuir 2:191-194 (1986).
PAL  Dinescu, L. et al., "Modulating the spontaneous polarization of a
      ferroelectric liquid crystal via the photoisomerization of a chiral
      thioindigo dopant: (R,R)-6,6'-bis(1-methylheptyloxy)thioindigo", Liq.
      Cryst., 20:741-749 (1996).
PAL  Dinescu, L. et al., "Photomodulating the spontaneous polarization of a
      ferroelectric liquid crystal phase using chiral thioindigo dopants", SPIE
      vol. 3015.multidot.0277-786X/97.
PAL  Dinescu, L. et al., "Photomodulation of the spontaneous polarization of a
      ferroelectric liquid crystal: harnessing the transverse dipole modulation
      of a chiral thioindigo dopant", J. Am. Chem. Soc., 119:8111-8112 (1997).
PAL  Poths, H. et al., "From monomeric to polymeric ferroelectric liquid
      crystals. A comparative study of ferroelectric properties", Liq. Cryst.
      18:811-818 (1995).
PAL  Ross, D.L. "Photochromic indigoids. III: A photochromic element based on
      the cis-trans photoisomerization of a thioindigo dye", Appl. Optics
      10:571-576 (1971).
PAL  Wakemoto, H. et al. "Optically active thioindigo dyes for liquid crystals",
      Abstract, Chem. Abstr. 108:7503y (1988).
PAL  Wakemoto, H. et al. "Liquid crystal composition containing thioindigo
      dyes", Abstract, Chem. Abstr. 108:46959w (1988).
PAL  Walba, D.M. et al., "Design and synthesis of new ferroelectric liquid
      crystals. 14. An approach to the stereocontrolled synthesis of polar
      organic thin films for nonlinear optical applications", J. Am. Chem. Soc.,
      113:5471-5474 (1991).
PAL  Walba, D.M. et al., "Main-chain ferroelectric liquid crystal oligomers by
      acyclic diene metathesis polymerization", J. Am. Chem. Soc. 118:2740-2741
      (1996).
PAL  Walba, D.M. et al., "An approach to the design of ferroelectric liquid
      crystals with large second order electronic nonlinear optical
      susceptibility", Mol. Cryst. Liq. Cryst., 198:51-60 (1991).
PAL  Walba, D.M. et al., "Ferroelectric liquid crystals for nonlinear optics:
      orientation of the disperse red 1 chromophore along the ferroelectric
      liquid crystal polar axis", J. Am. Chem. Soc., 118:1211-1212 (1996).
PAL  Whitten, D.G., "Photochemical reactions in organized monolayer assemblies.
      I. Cis-trans isomerization of thioindigo dyes", J. Am. Chem. Soc.
      96:594-596 (1974).
PAL  WPIDS 87-245995, 1987.
PAL  WPIDS 87-245972, 1987.
LREP
FR2  Scribner; Stephen J.
     Carol Miernicki Steeg
ABST
PAL  This invention provides chiral thioindigo compounds for doping smectic
      liquid crystal hosts, wherein the compounds modulate a chiral bulk
      property of an induced chiral smectic liquid crystal phase upon
      irradiation at a wavelength in the visible range. Modulation of the chiral
      bulk property is effected by reversible trans-cis photoisomerization of
      the compound upon irradiation. The compounds maintain their rod-like shape
      in both isomeric forms, and hence do not destabilize the chiral smectic
      liquid crystal phase. Compounds according to the invention are useful in
      optical devices such as optical switches, displays, and memory.
PATN
WKU  059894520
SRC  9
APN  0513539
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980408
TTL  Fluoroalkenyl derivative and liquid crystal composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Kelly; C. H.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Kato; Takashi
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsui; Shuichi
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miyazawa; Kazutoshi
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hachiya; Norihisa
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakagawa; Etsuo
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Chisso Corporation
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951012
APN  7-292095
CLAS
OCL  25229963
XCL  25229966
XCL  25229961
XCL  570128
XCL  570129
EDF  6
ICL  C09K 1930
ICL  C09K 1912
ICL  C09K 1934
ICL  C07C 1908
FSC  252
FSS  299.63;299.66;299.61
FSC  570
FSS  128;129
UREF
PNO  5183587
ISD  19930200
NAM  Kitano et al.
OCL  252299.63
UREF
PNO  5653911
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kondo et al.
OCL  252299.01
FREF
PNO  0168683
ISD  19860100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0679707
ISD  19951100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  61-83136
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-142091
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-30382
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO93/07234
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/02950
PD1  19980408
PD2  19980408
PD3  19961011
PCP  WO97/13738
PCD  19970417
ABST
PAR  The present invention is to provide liquid crystalline compounds having a
      wide temperature range of a liquid crystal phase, low viscosity, and large
      ratio of elastic constants; liquid crystal compositions comprising the
      compound; and liquid crystal display devices comprising the composition;
      the liquid crystalline compounds being fluoroalkenyl derivatives expressed
      by the general formula (1)
      ##STR1##
      wherein A.sub.1, A.sub.2, A.sub.3, and A.sub.4 independently represent
      trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or 1,4-phenylene group; Z.sub.1, Z.sub.2,
      and Z.sub.3 independently represent --(CH.sub.2).sub.2 --, --CH.dbd.CH--,
      --C.ident.C--, or a single bond; Q represents H or F; l is an integer of 1
      to 5; m, n, and o are independently an integer of 0 to 5; p and q are
      independently an integer of 0 or 1; and each element which constitutes the
      derivatives may be an isotope of the element.
PATN
WKU  059894539
SRC  8
APN  2061600
APT  1
ART  168
APD  19940307
TTL  Process for the manufacture of pigments, especially fluorescent pigments
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Ponnaluri; P.
EXP  Achutamurthy; Ponnathapura
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Marcq; Michel Jean
CTY  Saint Martin Longueau
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Tanner; Martin
CTY  Tentlingen
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Societe Nouvelle de Chimie Industrielle S.A.
CTY  Saint-Jeorie-en-Faucigny
CNT  FRX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding, Inc.
CTY  Basel
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19901105
APN  90 05910
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19911111
APN  91 402945
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19920510
APN  92 810747
RLAP
COD  72
APN  969618
APD  19921030
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  75
APN  123037
APD  19930920
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  698776
APD  19910513
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  25230135
XCL  524 92
XCL  524104
XCL  524600
XCL  524601
XCL  524700
XCL  524718
XCL  524720
XCL  523456
XCL  523508
EDF  6
ICL  C09K 1102
ICL  C08J  545
ICL  C08K  500
FSC  252
FSS  301.31;301.35
FSC  523
FSS  456;508
FSC  524
FSS  92;104;600;601;700;718;720
UREF
PNO  2809954
ISD  19571000
NAM  Kazenas
OCL  260 45.2
UREF
PNO  2895917
ISD  19590700
NAM  Gaunt
OCL  252301.2
UREF
PNO  3412034
ISD  19681100
NAM  McIntosh et al.
OCL  252301.2R
UREF
PNO  3620993
ISD  19711100
NAM  Takano et al.
OCL  260 37N
UREF
PNO  3642650
ISD  19720200
NAM  McIntosh
OCL  252301.2R
UREF
PNO  3812051
ISD  19740500
NAM  Merkle et al.
OCL  252301.2R
UREF
PNO  3838063
ISD  19740900
NAM  Foss
OCL  252301.2
UREF
PNO  3915884
ISD  19751000
NAM  Kazenas
OCL  252301.2
UREF
PNO  3939093
ISD  19760200
NAM  Papenfuhs et al.
OCL  252301.2R
UREF
PNO  3972849
ISD  19760800
NAM  Bruenemann et al.
OCL  260 37P
UREF
PNO  4415685
ISD  19831100
NAM  Iqbal et al.
OCL  524 92
UREF
PNO  4579949
ISD  19860400
NAM  Rochat et al.
OCL  546167
UREF
PNO  4585878
ISD  19860400
NAM  Jost et al.
OCL  548453
UREF
PNO  4659775
ISD  19870400
NAM  Pfenninger et al.
OCL  524 92
UREF
PNO  4810802
ISD  19890300
NAM  Wallquist et al.
OCL  548453
UREF
PNO  4975220
ISD  19901200
NAM  Streitel et al.
OCL  252301.3S
UREF
PNO  4996789
ISD  19910300
NAM  Berbner et al.
OCL  528230
UREF
PNO  5094777
ISD  19920300
NAM  Di Pietro
OCL  252301.3S
FREF
PNO  0 355 760
ISD  19900200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 422 474
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 427 535
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 456 610
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 489 482
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  961 575
ISD  19570400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3 703 495
ISD  19880800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  733 856
ISD  19550700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  748 484
ISD  19560500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  786 678
ISD  19571100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  869 801
ISD  19610600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  980 583
ISD  19650100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 304 871
ISD  19730100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 341 602
ISD  19731200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 383 051
ISD  19750200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9 013 609
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology, 1988, Mark H. F. et al Eds.
      vol. 14, pp. 169-189.
PAL  "Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology", 2nd Ed, pp. 13-15, Wiley
      Interscience, 1982.
PAL  Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering, vol. 14, pp. 174-175
      (Wiley) (1988).
PAL  "Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook", 6th Edition, pp. 4-25, Green et
      al., McGraw-Hill, 1984.
PAL  Chem. Brit. 335-40 (1977).
PAL  Chem. Abst. 115:116465c.
PAL  Chem. Abstr. 110:59524s.
PAL  Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering, vol. 3, p. 747 (Wiley,
      1988).
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A process for the manufacture of pigments comprising a colored composition
      incorporated in a polycondensation resin, wherein the reactants for the
      formation of the polycondensation resin and the colored composition are
      introduced continuously into an extruder, preferably at a temperature of
      between 100.degree. C. and 280.degree. C., the mixture is caused to travel
      forward in the extruder, at the end of reaction the mixture is withdrawn
      continuously from the extruder, and is deposited continuously onto a
      conveyor belt, broken up into thermoset flakes, and cooled, the conveyor
      belt having means for cooling and means for detaching the flakes from the
      belt. The process is particularly suitable for the preparation of
      fluorescence pigments. Also disclosed are compositions comprising
      diketo-pyrrolo-pyrrole colorants and certain polyester or polyamide resins
      as well as a process for the preparation of the compositions.
PATN
WKU  059894547
SRC  9
APN  1105000
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980706
TTL  Method for making small particle blue emitting lanthanum phosphate based
      phosphors
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Koslow; C. Melissa
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Rao; Ravilisetty P.
CTY  Highland
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kadoma Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  2523014P
EDF  6
ICL  C09K 1171
FSC  252
FSS  301.4 P
UREF
PNO  3211666
ISD  19651000
NAM  McAllister
OCL  252301.4P
UREF
PNO  3507805
ISD  19700400
NAM  Ropp
OCL  252301.4P
UREF
PNO  4423349
ISD  19831200
NAM  Nakajima et al.
OCL  313487
UREF
PNO  5091110
ISD  19920200
NAM  Fan et al.
OCL  252301.4P
UREF
PNO  5132042
ISD  19920700
NAM  Chau et al.
OCL  252301.4P
UREF
PNO  5154852
ISD  19921000
NAM  Chau
OCL  252301.4P
UREF
PNO  5340556
ISD  19940800
NAM  Collin et al.
OCL  423263
UREF
PNO  5651920
ISD  19970700
NAM  Chau et al.
OCL  252301.4P
UREF
PNO  5746944
ISD  19980500
NAM  Braconnier
OCL  252301.4P
FREF
PNO  0199200A2
ISD  19860400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  59-179578
ISD  19841000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2124243
ISD  19830700
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstract citation 103:202470: Mikhal'chenko et al, "Radiation
      Stability of Crystallophosphors for Radioluminescent Emitters", 1985 * no
      month.
LREP
FRM  Ohlandt, Greeley, Ruggiero & Perle
ABST
PAL  Small particle lanthanum, thulium phosphate phosphors are produced by
      thermal decomposition of gels or solutions or powders including lanthanum,
      thulium, lithium and alkaline earth salts and an organic precursor such as
      trimethyl phosphate and boric acid at a temperature well below the normal
      temperature of solid state reaction. The phosphor of the present invention
      has the empirical formula:
EQU  (La.sub.1-x-y-z Tm.sub.x Li.sub.y Sr.sub.z)PO.sub.4
PAL  wherein: 0.001.ltoreq.x.ltoreq.0.05; 0.01.ltoreq.y.ltoreq.0.05; and
      0.0.ltoreq.z.ltoreq.0.05
PAL  and exhibits a narrow band emission in blue region, peaking at 453 nm when
      excited by 147 and 173 nm radiation from Xenon gas mixture. The phosphor
      exhibits uniform and spherical shape particles in the range 0.1 to 5
      microns, and is appropriate for thin phosphor screens required for a
      variety of flat panel display and lamp applications. The particle size
      varies with method of preparation. The phosphors also exhibit high
      brightness, good color saturation, better stability and shorter
      persistence when excited with 147 and 173 nm radiation than the currently
      available commercial phosphor, Eu.sup.2+  actvated barium magnesium
      aluminate for plasma display panels.
PATN
WKU  059894555
SRC  9
APN  1473506
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19981207
TTL  Aluminate phosphor, process for preparing the same, and vacuum
      ultraviolet-excited light emitting device
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Koslow; C. Melissa
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Hisamune; Takayuki
CTY  Odawara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nabu; Masakazu
CTY  Odawara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kasei Optonix, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  2523014R
XCL  428640
XCL  313495
XCL  313497
XCL  2504831
EDF  6
ICL  C09K 1164
ICL  H01J  162
ICL  H01J 6144
FSC  250
FSS  483.1
FSC  313
FSS  495;497
FSC  252
FSS  301.4 R
FSC  428
FSS  690
UREF
PNO  4085351
ISD  19780400
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  252301.4R
UREF
PNO  5868963
ISD  19990200
NAM  Thi et al.
OCL  252301.4R
FREF
PNO  56-147885
ISD  19811100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/01989
PD1  19981207
PD2  19981207
PD3  19970610
PCP  WO97/47705
PCD  19971218
ABST
PAR  A manganese-activated aluminate phosphor represented by the following
      compositional formula and a vacuum ultraviolet ray excitation type
      light-emitting element having this phosphor as a fluorescent layer:
PA1  (1-a)(bMO.multidot.6Al.sub.2 O.sub.3).multidot.a(MMg.sub.1-c Mn.sub.c
      Al.sub.10 O.sub.17)
PAL  wherein M is at least one member of Ba and Sr, and a, b and c are numbers
      satisfying the conditions of 0.05.ltoreq.a.ltoreq.1.0,
      0.64.ltoreq.b.ltoreq.0.86, 0.05.ltoreq.c.ltoreq.1.0 and
      0.05.ltoreq.a.times.c.ltoreq.0.3, respectively
PATN
WKU  059894563
SRC  9
APN  1208780
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980723
TTL  Solvent composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Anthony; Joseph D.
INVT
NAM  Tsuzaki; Masaaki
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Glass Company Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970724
APN  9-198914
CLAS
OCL  252364
XCL  510166
XCL  510174
XCL  510175
XCL  510243
XCL  510245
XCL  510273
XCL  510411
XCL  510412
XCL  134 40
EDF  6
ICL  C11D  750
ICL  C11D  726
ICL  C23G  5028
ICL  B08B  308
ICL  B01F  100
FSC  252
FSS  364;2;8;67
FSC  510
FSS  164;166;170;174;175;188;204;208;219;243;245;273;412;411
FSC  134
FSS  40
UREF
PNO  5102469
ISD  19920400
NAM  Buchwald et al.
OCL  134 22.14
UREF
PNO  5116426
ISD  19920500
NAM  Asano et al.
OCL  134 40
UREF
PNO  5135676
ISD  19920800
NAM  Buchwald et al.
OCL  134 12
UREF
PNO  5320683
ISD  19940600
NAM  Samejima et al.
OCL  134 40
UREF
PNO  5607912
ISD  19970300
NAM  Samejima et al.
OCL  510411
UREF
PNO  5827812
ISD  19981000
NAM  Flynn et al.
OCL  510411
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Nuestadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A solvent composition comprising dichloropentafluoropropane and
      (perfluorobutyl) methyl ether, wherein the ratios of the
      dichloropentafluoropropane and the (perfluorobutyl) methyl ether in the
      solvent composition are from 10 to 50 wt % and from 50 to 90 wt %,
      respectively.
PATN
WKU  059894571
SRC  8
APN  5377919
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19960124
TTL  Process for the production of synthesis gas
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Preisch; Nadine
EXP  Griffin; Walter D.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Seshan; Kulathu-Iyer
CTY  AJ Hengelo
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Ross; Julian Richard H.
CTY  Limerick
CNT  IEX
INVT
NAM  Mercera; Patrick Dennis L.
CTY  LD Enschede
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Xue; Erzeng
CTY  ZW Enschede
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Mannesmann Aktiengesellschaft & K.T.I. Group B.V.
CTY  Dusseldorf Germany & AB Zoetermeer
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19930422
APN  43 13 673
CLAS
OCL  252373
XCL  502337
XCL  502325
XCL  502349
EDF  6
ICL  C07C  102
FSC  502
FSS  337;325;349
FSC  252
FSS  373
UREF
PNO  3830752
ISD  19740800
NAM  Mickelson et al.
OCL  252435
UREF
PNO  4065544
ISD  19771200
NAM  Hamling et al.
OCL  423252
UREF
PNO  4255288
ISD  19810300
NAM  Cull et al.
OCL  252455
UREF
PNO  4729981
ISD  19880300
NAM  Kobylinski et al.
OCL  502259
UREF
PNO  4743576
ISD  19880500
NAM  Schneider et al.
OCL  502242
UREF
PNO  4751005
ISD  19880600
NAM  Mitsui et al.
OCL  210759
UREF
PNO  5015617
ISD  19910500
NAM  Ohata et al.
OCL  502304
UREF
PNO  5061464
ISD  19911000
NAM  Cordonna, Jr. et al.
OCL  423213.5
UREF
PNO  5075277
ISD  19911200
NAM  Saiai et al.
OCL  502333
UREF
PNO  5217938
ISD  19930600
NAM  Reinalda et al.
OCL  502325
UREF
PNO  5275997
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ganguli et al.
OCL  502304
UREF
PNO  5395813
ISD  19950300
NAM  Clavenna et al.
OCL  502335
UREF
PNO  5422327
ISD  19950600
NAM  Soled et al.
OCL  502242
UREF
PNO  5476877
ISD  19951200
NAM  Clavenna et al.
OCL  518703
UREF
PNO  5500149
ISD  19960300
NAM  Green et al.
OCL  252373
UREF
PNO  5510056
ISD  19960400
NAM  Jacobs et al.
OCL  252373
UREF
PNO  5607892
ISD  19970300
NAM  Chopin et al.
OCL  502304
UREF
PNO  5741440
ISD  19980400
NAM  Cooper et al.
OCL  252373
LREP
FRM  Cohen, Pontani, Lieberman & Pavane
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE94/00513
PD1  19960124
PD2  19960124
PD3  19940420
PCP  WO94/24042
PCD  19941027
ABST
PAR  A catalyst for the production of synthesis gas (CO and H.sub.2) by reaction
      of CO.sub.2 and CH.sub.4 and/or other light hydrocarbons, having a support
      material with at least 80 wt. % ZrO.sub.2 of oxides selected from the
      group of Y, La, Al, Ca, Ce and Si, as well as of a coating with metals of
      Group VIII which is applied physically by adsorption.
PATN
WKU  059894580
SRC  9
APN  0625833
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980420
TTL  Conductive materials and their compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Hamlin; Derrick G.
EXP  Kopec; Mark
NDR  21
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Fujinami; Tatsuo
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iizuka; Hiroshi
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamaguchi; Takitaro
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katsumata; Mamoru
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kishida; Masatoshi
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kamohara; Hideaki
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yazaki Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970606
APN  9-149784
CLAS
OCL  252500
EDF  6
ICL  H01B  106
ICL  H01B  120
FSC  252
FSS  509;511;519.2;519.31;508;500
FSC  210
FSS  679
FSC  524
FSS  405;413;442;430;450
FSC  106
FSS  632;431;626
FSC  523
FSS  466;521
UREF
PNO  4822492
ISD  19890400
NAM  Chao et al.
OCL  210679
UREF
PNO  5171365
ISD  19921200
NAM  Watson
OCL  160632
FREF
PNO  8-259698
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-301879
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  M. Watanabe et al., "Properties of Polymer Electrolytes Complexed with New
      Lithium Salt", 35th Review Conference of Cells, pp. 213-214 (1994).
PAL  G. Rawsky et al., "Aluminosilicate/Poly(ethylene glycol) Copolymers: A New
      Class of Polyelectrolytes", Chemistry of Materials, 12(6) :2208 (1994) .
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides conductive materials having high ionic
      conductivity and cationic transference number, small amount of
      polarization and good flexibility. The conductive material comprises high
      molecular compounds and alkalisiloxyaluminate.
PATN
WKU  059894598
SRC  9
APN  2652927
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19990309
TTL  Compliant and crosslinkable thermal interface materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Hamlin; Derrick G.
EXP  Gupta; Yogendra
INVT
NAM  Nguyen; My N.
CTY  Poway
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Grundy; James D.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Johnson Matthey, Inc.
CTY  Valley Forge
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  252503
XCL  252511
XCL  252512
XCL  252514
XCL  524439
XCL  524910
EDF  6
ICL  H01B  104
ICL  H01B  106
ICL  H01B  102
FSC  252
FSS  500-520.2
FSC  525
FSS  74-285
FSC  524
FSS  439;910
UREF
PNO  5094769
ISD  19920300
NAM  Anderson, Jr. et al.
OCL  252 71
UREF
PNO  5300569
ISD  19940400
NAM  Drake et al.
OCL  525 78
OREF
PAL  R. Drake, et al. , "New Room Temperature Crosslinkable Liquid Elastomers",
      Rubber Division Meeting American Chemical Society, Dallas, Texas, Apr.
      1988 pp. 1-23.
PAL  Ricon MA Chemistry, Ricon Resins, Inc., Grand Junction, Colorado 6 pp.
PAL  Poly bd Resins, Elf Atochem, 4 pp.
PAL  Technical Bulletin SC:2540-97, Shell Chemical Company, Houston, Texas,
      "Kraton Liquid Polymers: New Versatile, Functionalized Polyolefins", May
      1997, 4 pp.
PAL  Emigh et al., "Thermal Design Strategy Using Compliant Interface Materials
      to Cool Multiple Package Systems with Single Heat Sink Solutions", pp.
      357-361.
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
ABST
PAL  Described is a compliant and crosslinkable thermal interface material of at
      least one malenized rubber with maleic anhydride adducted to the molecule
      and at least one hydroxyl terminated olefin rubbers, and a method of
      making and using same; as well as a method of improving thermal
      conductivity of polymer systems.
PATN
WKU  059894601
SRC  8
APN  8190224
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970317
TTL  Electrically conductive coating
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Mruk; Brian P.
EXP  Gupta; Yogendra
INVT
NAM  Corner; William A.
CTY  North Olmsted
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Garland Floor Co.
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  342768
APD  19941121
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  252513
XCL  428328
XCL  428329
XCL  428331
XCL  428339
XCL  428402
XCL  4284258
XCL  4284259
XCL  428924
XCL  428925
XCL  428931
XCL  106  112
XCL  106  127
XCL  1062863
XCL  1062871
XCL  106482
XCL  106567
XCL  106643
XCL  106816
EDF  6
ICL  H01B  102
ICL  B32B  516
ICL  C09D  100
FSC  252
FSS  513
FSC  428
FSS  328;331;339;402;329;425.8;425.9;931;924;925
FSC  106
FSS  1.12;1.27;643;567;816;287.1;286.3;482
UREF
PNO  2351022
ISD  19440600
NAM  Domelson et al.
OCL  106106
UREF
PNO  3562124
ISD  19710200
NAM  Leon et al.
XCL  106 84
UREF
PNO  4119763
ISD  19781000
NAM  Blair
XCL  428328
UREF
PNO  4284072
ISD  19810800
NAM  McKaveney
OCL  126901
UREF
PNO  4301046
ISD  19811100
NAM  Berbeco
OCL  252511
UREF
PNO  4308568
ISD  19811200
NAM  Whewell
XCL  252511
UREF
PNO  4360384
ISD  19821100
NAM  McKaveney et al.
OCL  106  1.12
UREF
PNO  4390458
ISD  19830600
NAM  McKavaney
XCL  252513
UREF
PNO  4447492
ISD  19840500
NAM  McKaveney
XCL  252500
UREF
PNO  4517118
ISD  19850500
NAM  Stoetzer
OCL  252513
UREF
PNO  4518524
ISD  19850500
NAM  Stoetzer
XCL  252513
UREF
PNO  4540438
ISD  19850900
NAM  Gutmann et al.
OCL  106 97
UREF
PNO  4596668
ISD  19860600
NAM  Berbeco
OCL  252500
UREF
PNO  4719038
ISD  19880100
NAM  Sobata et al.
XCL  252513
UREF
PNO  4770916
ISD  19880900
NAM  Leukel et al.
XCL  428 40
UREF
PNO  4818437
ISD  19890400
NAM  Wiley
OCL  252511
UREF
PNO  4818438
ISD  19890400
NAM  Wiley
OCL  252511
UREF
PNO  4828614
ISD  19890500
NAM  Miller et al.
XCL  252513
UREF
PNO  4872910
ISD  19891000
NAM  Eshleman et al.
OCL  106  3
UREF
PNO  4889750
ISD  19891200
NAM  Wiley
OCL  428 34.2
UREF
PNO  5276080
ISD  19940100
NAM  Oku
XCL  252518
UREF
PNO  5284705
ISD  19940200
NAM  Cahill
XCL  252518
UREF
PNO  5307233
ISD  19940400
NAM  Forry
XCL  428327
FREF
PNO  525627
ISD  19560500
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  702349
ISD  19650100
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  251645
ISD  19880100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  55100215
ISD  19800700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5716416
ISD  19810400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1285257
ISD  19861200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1204937
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2038355
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  McKaveney, J.P., "Synergism between Chemistry and Metallurgy for
      Invention", Journal of Metals, 39(3), 42-45, Mar. 1987.
PAL  CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, Weast, Robert C., ed., 63rd ed.,
      1982, p. F-122.
LREP
FRM  Watts, Hoffmann, Fisher & Heinke Co., L.P.A.
ABST
PAL  An electrically conductive floor coating comprising a ferroalloy containing
      layer including particles of ferroalloy interspersed with a resinous
      binder.
PATN
WKU  059894610
SRC  8
APN  8883637
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970703
TTL  Circular UV polarizer
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Kelly; C. H.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Coates; David
CTY  Merley Wimborne
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Jolliffe; Emma
CTY  Weymouth
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Nolan; Patrick
CTY  Poole
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Merck Patent Gesellschaft mit Beschrankter Haftung
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960704
APN  96110805
CLAS
OCL  252585
XCL  25229901
XCL  25229964
XCL  349 98
EDF  6
ICL  F21V  914
ICL  C09K 1952
ICL  C09K 1920
ICL  G02F  11335
FSC  252
FSS  299.01;585;299.64
FSC  359
FSS  63
UREF
PNO  5401437
ISD  19950300
NAM  Im
OCL  252299.01
UREF
PNO  5538768
ISD  19960700
NAM  Marden et al.
OCL  428  1
UREF
PNO  5560864
ISD  19961000
NAM  Goulding
OCL  252299.01
UREF
PNO  5622648
ISD  19970400
NAM  Parri et al.
OCL  252299.66
UREF
PNO  5658490
ISD  19970800
NAM  Sharp et al.
OCL  252299.01
UREF
PNO  5691789
ISD  19971100
NAM  Li et al.
OCL  349 98
UREF
PNO  5705093
ISD  19980100
NAM  Coates et al.
OCL  252299.01
UREF
PNO  5723066
ISD  19980300
NAM  Coates et al.
OCL  252299.01
UREF
PNO  5746940
ISD  19980500
NAM  Coates et al.
OCL  252299.01
UREF
PNO  5750051
ISD  19980500
NAM  Goulding et al.
OCL  252299.65
LREP
FRM  Millen, White, Zelano, & Branigan, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a circular UV polarizer based on a polymerized
      mesogen being obtainable by curing by actinic radiation or by heat of a
      polymerizable composition which comprises the following components:
PA1  a) a liquid mesogenic component A composed of one or more achiral mesogenic
      compounds having at least one polymerizable end group optionally linked
      via a spacer group to the mesogenic core,
PA1  b) a component B composed of one or more chiral compounds in such an amount
      that the maximum wavelength of reflection (.lambda..sub.max) of the
      composition is between 320 and 440 nm, inclusive, and
PA1  c) a photoinitiator or thermal initiator component C.
PATN
WKU  059894628
SRC  8
APN  9599738
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971029
TTL  Method and composition for producing ultraviolent blocking lenses
ISD  19991123
NCL  315
ECL  1
EXP  Vargot; Mathieu D.
NDR  31
NFG  41
INVT
NAM  Buazza; Omar M.
CTY  Lou
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Luetke; Stephen C.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Powers; Galen R.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
ASSG
NAM  Q2100, Inc.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  904289
APD  19970731
CLAS
OCL  264  136
XCL  264  138
EDF  6
ICL  B29D 1100
FSC  264
FSS  1.36;1.38;1.7;1.1
FSC  425
FSS  808
UREF
PNO  2524862
ISD  19501000
NAM  White
UREF
PNO  2525664
ISD  19501000
NAM  Gadsby et al.
UREF
PNO  3485765
ISD  19691200
NAM  Newland et al.
UREF
PNO  4113224
ISD  19780900
NAM  Clark et al.
UREF
PNO  4118853
ISD  19781000
NAM  Mignen
UREF
PNO  4132518
ISD  19790100
NAM  Rips
UREF
PNO  4138538
ISD  19790200
NAM  Kaetsu et al.
UREF
PNO  4166088
ISD  19790800
NAM  Neefe
UREF
PNO  4246207
ISD  19810100
NAM  Spycher
UREF
PNO  4252753
ISD  19810200
NAM  Rips
UREF
PNO  4273809
ISD  19810600
NAM  La Liberte et al.
UREF
PNO  4284399
ISD  19810800
NAM  Newcomb et al.
UREF
PNO  4287337
ISD  19810900
NAM  Guglielmetti et al.
UREF
PNO  4298005
ISD  19811100
NAM  Mutzhas
UREF
PNO  4308400
ISD  19811200
NAM  Felder et al.
UREF
PNO  4369298
ISD  19830100
NAM  Kida et al.
UREF
PNO  4390482
ISD  19830600
NAM  Feurer
UREF
PNO  4396737
ISD  19830800
NAM  Leatherman
UREF
PNO  4440699
ISD  19840400
NAM  Smid et al.
UREF
PNO  4441795
ISD  19840400
NAM  Lobdell
UREF
PNO  4512340
ISD  19850400
NAM  Buck
UREF
PNO  4534915
ISD  19850800
NAM  Neefe
UREF
PNO  4542201
ISD  19850900
NAM  Kanemura et al.
UREF
PNO  4561951
ISD  19851200
NAM  Neckers
UREF
PNO  4586996
ISD  19860500
NAM  Shinohara et al.
UREF
PNO  4594288
ISD  19860600
NAM  Dobigny et al.
UREF
PNO  4613656
ISD  19860900
NAM  Tang
UREF
PNO  4622376
ISD  19861100
NAM  Misura et al.
UREF
PNO  4623497
ISD  19861100
NAM  Waters
UREF
PNO  4640489
ISD  19870200
NAM  Larsen
UREF
PNO  4720356
ISD  19880100
NAM  Chu
UREF
PNO  4728469
ISD  19880300
NAM  Danner et al.
UREF
PNO  4746716
ISD  19880500
NAM  Oates
UREF
PNO  4851530
ISD  19890700
NAM  Rickwood
UREF
PNO  4879318
ISD  19891100
NAM  Lipscomb et al.
UREF
PNO  4889664
ISD  19891200
NAM  Kindt-Larsen et al.
OCL  264  2.6
UREF
PNO  4902725
ISD  19900200
NAM  Moore
UREF
PNO  4913544
ISD  19900400
NAM  Rickwood et al.
UREF
PNO  4919850
ISD  19900400
NAM  Blum et al.
UREF
PNO  4955804
ISD  19900900
NAM  Martell et al.
UREF
PNO  4959429
ISD  19900900
NAM  Misura et al.
UREF
PNO  4968454
ISD  19901100
NAM  Crano et al.
UREF
PNO  4983335
ISD  19910100
NAM  Matsuo et al.
UREF
PNO  4988274
ISD  19910100
NAM  Kenmochi
UREF
PNO  5028358
ISD  19910700
NAM  Blum
UREF
PNO  5135686
ISD  19920800
NAM  Masuhara et al.
UREF
PNO  5238981
ISD  19930800
NAM  Knowles
UREF
PNO  5274132
ISD  19931200
NAM  Van Gemert
UREF
PNO  5364256
ISD  19941100
NAM  Lipscomb et al.
UREF
PNO  5369158
ISD  19941100
NAM  Knowles
UREF
PNO  5384077
ISD  19950100
NAM  Knowles
UREF
PNO  5391327
ISD  19950200
NAM  Ligas et al.
UREF
PNO  5405958
ISD  19950400
NAM  Van Gemert
UREF
PNO  5411679
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kumar
UREF
PNO  5415816
ISD  19950500
NAM  Buazza et al.
UREF
PNO  5422046
ISD  19950600
NAM  Tarshiani et al.
UREF
PNO  5429774
ISD  19950700
NAM  Kumar
UREF
PNO  5451344
ISD  19950900
NAM  Knowles et al.
UREF
PNO  5458814
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kumar et al.
UREF
PNO  5458815
ISD  19951000
NAM  Knowles
UREF
PNO  5464567
ISD  19951100
NAM  Knowles et al.
UREF
PNO  5466398
ISD  19951100
NAM  Van Gemert et al.
UREF
PNO  5514214
ISD  19960500
NAM  Joel et al.
UREF
PNO  5516468
ISD  19960500
NAM  Lipscomb et al.
UREF
PNO  5529728
ISD  19960600
NAM  Buazza et al.
UREF
PNO  5681871
ISD  19971000
NAM  Molock et al.
OCL  264  1.38
UREF
PNO  5689324
ISD  19971100
NAM  Lossman et al.
UREF
PNO  5851328
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kohan
OCL  264  1.7
FREF
PNO  226 123
ISD  19870600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 227 337
ISD  19870700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 245 020 A2
ISD  19871100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  274 595
ISD  19880700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 297 871
ISD  19890100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  314 417
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  322 353
ISD  19890600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 341 534
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  40 10 784
ISD  19911000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  49-31768
ISD  19720700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-45445
ISD  19750300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-85002
ISD  19801100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-86615
ISD  19821100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-207632
ISD  19870200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-288030
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  872421
ISD  19610700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1029335
ISD  19660500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1086114
ISD  19671000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 184 734
ISD  19870700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/05629
ISD  19900500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/12851
ISD  19920800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/04345
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/13567
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/39880
ISD  19971000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  International Search Report for PCT/US 98/15959 dated Nov. 27, 1998.
PAL  International Search Report for PCT/US97/00641 dated Oct. 30, 1997.
PAL  Communication from Fastcast Corporation entitled, "What is PID--Tutorial
      Overview," dated Oct. 22, 1997, pp. 1-25.
LREP
FRM  Conley, Rose & Tayon, PC
ABST
PAL  An eyeglass lens forming composition containing light absorbing compounds
      which may undergo light initiated polymerization is provided. Typically,
      lens forming compositions that absorb light do not permit enough
      activating radiation to penetrate into the depths of the lens cavity to
      adequately initiate polymerization of the lens forming composition. An
      embodiment of the invention provides a system and method for curing such a
      lens forming composition to form a lens that does not transmit ultraviolet
      light. Activating light is used having a wavelength greater than the
      wavelengths of light which the light absorbing compounds absorb. The power
      of the formed lenses may be controlled by varying the lens forming
      conditions. Additionally, the lens forming process may be controlled using
      a microprocessor based control system.
PATN
WKU  059894636
SRC  8
APN  9354522
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970924
TTL  Methods for fabricating polymer-based controlled release devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Nutter; Nathan M.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Tracy; Mark A.
CTY  Arlington
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Herberger; John D.
CTY  Moore Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Burke; Paul A.
CTY  Oxnard
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Herbert; Paul F.
CTY  Wayland
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc.
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  264  41
XCL  6048901
XCL  424484
XCL  424486
XCL  424489
XCL  514  2
XCL  514 21
EDF  6
ICL  B01J 1302
ICL  B01J 1304
ICL  A61K  922
FSC  264
FSS  4.1
FSC  604
FSS  890.1
FSC  424
FSS  484;486;489
FSC  514
FSS  2;21
UREF
PNO  3691090
ISD  19720900
NAM  Kitajima et al.
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  3737337
ISD  19730600
NAM  Schnoring et al.
OCL  117100
UREF
PNO  3887699
ISD  19750600
NAM  Yolles
OCL  424 19
UREF
PNO  3891570
ISD  19750600
NAM  Fukushima et al.
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  4166800
ISD  19790900
NAM  Fong
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  4389330
ISD  19830600
NAM  Tice et al.
OCL  427213.36
UREF
PNO  4530840
ISD  19850700
NAM  Tice et al.
OCL  514179
UREF
PNO  4542025
ISD  19850900
NAM  Tice et al.
OCL  424 78
UREF
PNO  4675189
ISD  19870600
NAM  Kent et al.
OCL  424490
UREF
PNO  4818542
ISD  19890400
NAM  DeLuca et al.
OCL  424491
UREF
PNO  4835139
ISD  19890500
NAM  Tice et al.
OCL  514 15
UREF
PNO  4849228
ISD  19890700
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  424457
UREF
PNO  4938763
ISD  19900700
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL  604891.1
UREF
PNO  5019400
ISD  19910500
NAM  Gombotz et al.
OCL  424497
UREF
PNO  5192741
ISD  19930300
NAM  Orsolini et al.
OCL  514  4
UREF
PNO  5232707
ISD  19930800
NAM  Lokensgard
OCL  424490
UREF
PNO  5401502
ISD  19950300
NAM  Wunderlich et al.
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  5478564
ISD  19951200
NAM  Wantier et al.
OCL  424426
UREF
PNO  5540937
ISD  19960700
NAM  Billot et al.
OCL  424489
UREF
PNO  5556642
ISD  19960900
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  424502
UREF
PNO  5585460
ISD  19961200
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  528491
UREF
PNO  5594091
ISD  19970100
NAM  Igari et al.
OCL  528271
UREF
PNO  5609886
ISD  19970300
NAM  Wantier et al.
OCL  424497
UREF
PNO  5650173
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ramstack et al.
OCL  424489
UREF
PNO  5654010
ISD  19970800
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  424502
UREF
PNO  5656297
ISD  19970800
NAM  Bernstein et al.
OCL  424484
UREF
PNO  5667808
ISD  19970900
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  424501
UREF
PNO  5674534
ISD  19971000
NAM  Zale et al.
OCL  424501
UREF
PNO  5711968
ISD  19980100
NAM  Tracy et al.
OCL  424487
UREF
PNO  5716644
ISD  19980200
NAM  Zale et al.
OCL  424497
FREF
PNO  0 190 833 A2
ISD  19860800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 537 559 A1
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 556 917 A1
ISD  19930800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 586 838 A1
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/03678
ISD  19890500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/05138
ISD  19890600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/13780
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/13285
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/07861
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95 29664 A1
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96 12478 A1
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96 19201 A1
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97 07788 A2
ISD  19970300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97 42940 A1
ISD  19971100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Sato, T. et al., "Porous Biodegradable Microspheres for Controlled Drug
      Delivery. I. Assessment of Processing Conditions and Solvent Removal
      Techniques," Pharmaceutical Research, 5(1):21-29 (Jan. 1988).
LREP
FRM  Hamilton, Brook, Smith & Reynolds, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a polymer-based sustained release device,
      and methods of forming and using the device for the sustained release of
      an active agent. The improved method of the invention for forming a
      polymer-bases sustained release device comprises forming a polymer/active
      agent solution by mixing a polymer, a continuous phase, and an active
      agent. The continuous phase can comprise one or more polymer solvents, a
      polymer solvent/polymer non-solvent mixture, or a polymer solvent/active
      agent non-solvent mixture. When the continuous phase comprises a polymer
      solvent/active agent non-solvent, the active agent can also be present as
      a microparticulate rather than in solution. The continuous phase is then
      removed from the polymer/active agent solution, thereby forming a solid
      polymer/active agent matrix.
PATN
WKU  059894644
SRC  9
APN  0894311
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980603
TTL  Process for producing vitreous carbon-active carbon composite material
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Tentoni; Leo B.
INVT
NAM  Saito; Kazuo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hagiwara; Atsushi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nisshinbo Industries, Inc.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930524
APN  5-145710
RLAP
COD  74
APN  587137
APD  19960116
PSC  01
PNO  5796574
RLAP
COD  81
APN  245897
APD  19940519
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  264 294
XCL  264 296
EDF  6
ICL  C01B 3102
FSC  264
FSS  29.4;29.6
UREF
PNO  4388163
ISD  19830600
NAM  Richter et al.
OCL  204101
UREF
PNO  4810599
ISD  19890300
NAM  Kondo et al.
OCL  429191
UREF
PNO  4831011
ISD  19890500
NAM  Oikawa et al.
OCL  502406
UREF
PNO  5152941
ISD  19921000
NAM  Takaku et al.
OCL  264 29.6
UREF
PNO  5554354
ISD  19960900
NAM  Sugino et al.
OCL  428307.3
LREP
FRM  Kubovcik & Kubovcik
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a vitreous carbon-active carbon composite
      material wherein the vitreous carbon is derived from a polycarbodiimide
      resin; a process for producing the above vitreous carbon-active carbon
      composite material by firing a mixture of a polycarbodiimide resin and an
      active carbon, or a molded article of desired shape prepared from the
      mixture, in a non-oxidizing atmosphere; and a polarizable electrode for
      use in an electric double layer capacitor, which consists of the above
      vitreous carbon-active carbon composite material. The polarizable
      electrode is free from the drawbacks of the prior art, has a low internal
      resistance, causes a low degree of powder detachment, has a large electric
      capacitance per unit weight and per unit volume, and can be produced
      easily, quickly and inexpensively.
PATN
WKU  059894652
SRC  9
APN  0533343
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980401
TTL  Method of manufacturing a board
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Staicovici; Stefan
EXP  Silbaugh; Jan H.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Safstrom; Christer
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Mikaelsson; Stefan
CTY  Hasselby
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Sunds Defibrator Industries AB
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19970430
APN  9701652
CLAS
OCL  264 3714
XCL  264 3717
XCL  264109
EDF  6
ICL  B27N  300
FSC  264
FSS  37.14;37.17;109;117;121;517;518
UREF
PNO  3071822
ISD  19630100
NAM  Meiler
OCL  264518
UREF
PNO  3630456
ISD  19711200
NAM  Mark
OCL  264 37.17
UREF
PNO  4311555
ISD  19820100
NAM  Reinhall
OCL  162206
UREF
PNO  4517147
ISD  19850500
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  264 83
UREF
PNO  5034175
ISD  19910700
NAM  Safstrom
OCL  264120
UREF
PNO  5482666
ISD  19960100
NAM  Larsson
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik, LLP
ABST
PAL  Methods of manufacturing board products include the steps of drying
      lignocellulosic material in a first stage dryer, further drying the
      lignocellulosic material in a second stage dryer, forming the dried
      lignocellulosic material into a mat, hot pressing the mat, utilizing the
      pressed air stream from the hot pressing step and a supply of fresh air as
      the source of drying air for the first and second stage dryers, utilizing
      the exhaust air from the second stage dryer as a source of drying air for
      the first stage dryer, and utilizing the exhaust air from the first stage
      dryer as a source of drying air for the first stage dryer and as a source
      of combustion air in a furnace.
PATN
WKU  059894660
SRC  8
APN  7373325
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19961114
TTL  Variable section extrusion die set and variable extrusion molding method
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  4
EXA  Eashoo; Mark
EXP  Silbaugh; Jan H.
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Kato; Masatsugu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sano; Shigeo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hiyoshi; Yasumasa
CTY  Susono
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Aluminum Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950316
APN  7-083556
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950424
APN  7-120428
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950904
APN  7-248295
CLAS
OCL  264 405
XCL   72260
XCL   72265
XCL  264 407
XCL  264167
XCL  26417716
XCL  2642092
XCL  425150
XCL  425381
XCL  425465
XCL  425466
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 4722
ICL  B30C 1126
FSC  264
FSS  40.7;40.5;167;323;209.2;177.16
FSC  425
FSS  465;466;467;381;141;140;150
FSC   72
FSS  260;253.1;264;265
UREF
PNO  2392336
ISD  19460100
NAM  Nissen
OCL  425381
UREF
PNO  2715459
ISD  19550800
NAM  Krause
OCL   72260
UREF
PNO  2748934
ISD  19560600
NAM  Wheeler
UREF
PNO  2778493
ISD  19570100
NAM  Kreidler
OCL   72468
UREF
PNO  2780835
ISD  19570200
NAM  Sherman
OCL  425466
UREF
PNO  2899053
ISD  19590800
NAM  Govan
OCL   72260
UREF
PNO  3176494
ISD  19650400
NAM  Cullen et al.
OCL  425381
UREF
PNO  3178770
ISD  19650400
NAM  Willis
OCL  264177.16
UREF
PNO  3540094
ISD  19701100
NAM  Janssen
OCL  425381
UREF
PNO  3585834
ISD  19710600
NAM  De Bruyn et al.
OCL   72260
UREF
PNO  3820374
ISD  19740600
NAM  Braeuninger
OCL  425381
UREF
PNO  3914085
ISD  19751000
NAM  Kruelskie
OCL  425381
UREF
PNO  4159293
ISD  19790600
NAM  Fukase et al.
OCL  264 40.7
UREF
PNO  5022252
ISD  19910600
NAM  Wellman et al.
OCL   72260
FREF
PNO  925 343
ISD  19490700
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/00647
PD1  19961114
PD2  19961114
PD3  19960314
PCP  WO96/28264
PCD  19960919
ABST
PAR  By using a variable section extrusion die set which includes a die set (24)
      displaceable in a first direction orthogonal to an extrusion direction of
      a molding material and in a second direction perpendicular the first
      direction and adapted to vary an area of an extrusion molding hole (31)
      through which the molding material is extruded, and a mandrel (27)
      reciprocally movable in and out of said extrusion molding hole in the
      extrusion direction and provided on an outer peripheral portion thereof
      with a tapered portion (27B) which is gradually reduced in outer
      configurational dimension from one direction of the reciprocally moving
      direction to the other, said die set being moved to deform the extrusion
      molding hole (31) while pressing the molding material against said die set
      (24), and the tapered portion of the mandrel (27) being reciprocally moved
      in and out of the extrusion molding hole, extrusion molding of a tubular
      molding is thereby accomplished which varies in outer configurational
      dimension and inner configurational dimension in a longitudinal direction.
PATN
WKU  059894679
SRC  8
APN  8087792
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970304
TTL  Ceramic foam precursor resin composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Colaianni; Michael P.
EXP  Silverman; Stanley S.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Daws; David Eric
CTY  Westminster
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Castellucci; Nicholas T.
CTY  Lomita
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Carpenter; Harry Wellington
CTY  Fallbrook
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Colby; Mary Wagner
CTY  Whittier
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Northrop Grumman Corporation
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  515928
APD  19950816
PSC  01
PNO  5643512
CLAS
OCL  264 43
XCL  264 44
XCL  264 49
XCL  264105
XCL  501 39
XCL  501 80
XCL  501 82
XCL  501 84
XCL  501 87
XCL  501 90
XCL  521 61
XCL  521 62
XCL  521 63
XCL  521154
XCL  521180
XCL  521919
XCL  252500
XCL  252511
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 6500
FSC  264
FSS  43;44;49;105
FSC  501
FSS  80;82;84;87;90;39
FSC  521
FSS  61;62;63;154;180;919
FSC  252
FSS  500;511
UREF
PNO  3127373
ISD  19640300
NAM  Guttag
OCL  521180
UREF
PNO  3567807
ISD  19710300
NAM  Shannon
OCL  501 82
UREF
PNO  3634569
ISD  19720100
NAM  Emanuelson et al.
UREF
PNO  3749591
ISD  19730700
NAM  Hider et al.
UREF
PNO  4016229
ISD  19770400
NAM  Tobin
OCL  501 80
UREF
PNO  4031059
ISD  19770600
NAM  Strauss
UREF
PNO  4647500
ISD  19870300
NAM  George et al.
UREF
PNO  4801484
ISD  19890100
NAM  Yao et al.
UREF
PNO  4897170
ISD  19900100
NAM  Chandramouli
OCL  264105
UREF
PNO  5083127
ISD  19920100
NAM  Frye et al.
UREF
PNO  5358910
ISD  19941000
NAM  Atwell et al.
OCL  501 80
UREF
PNO  5530081
ISD  19960600
NAM  Nover
OCL  501 80
UREF
PNO  5556901
ISD  19960900
NAM  Bryson
OCL  501 90
UREF
PNO  5613188
ISD  19970300
NAM  Piech et al.
UREF
PNO  5676745
ISD  19971000
NAM  Kelly et al.
UREF
PNO  5736619
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kane et al.
LREP
FR2  Anderson; Terry J.
FR2  Hoch, Jr.; Karl J.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is embodied in a ceramic foam made by mixing a liquid
      pre-ceramic resin and a liquid phenolic resin, allowing the resultant
      mixture to chemically foam, curing the mixture for a time and at a
      temperature sufficiently to convert the mixture to a polymeric foam, and
      then heating the resultant polymeric foam for a time and at a temperature
      sufficient to break-down polymers of the polymeric foam and convert the
      polymeric foam to a ceramic foam. The ceramic foam of the present
      invention contains residual decomposed components of the liquid phenolic
      resin and/or liquid pre-ceramic resin.
PATN
WKU  059894687
SRC  9
APN  000295&
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980126
TTL  Method of continuous production of lignocellulosic boards
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Theisen; Mary Lynn
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Lundgren; Goran
CTY  Alno
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Schedin; Kurt
CTY  Sundsvall
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Sisleg.ang.rd; Lars-Otto
CTY  Sundsvall
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Sjodin; Kjell
CTY  Bergeforsen
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Sunds Defibrator Industries AB
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19950727
APN  95027124
CLAS
OCL  264 83
XCL  264109
EDF  6
ICL  B27N  308
FSC  264
FSS  83;101;109
UREF
PNO  2480851
ISD  19490900
NAM  Goss
UREF
PNO  4684489
ISD  19870800
NAM  Walter
OCL  264101
UREF
PNO  5063010
ISD  19911100
NAM  Fischer et al.
OCL  264109
UREF
PNO  5433905
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tisch
OCL  264 83
FREF
PNO  2 058 820
ISD  19720500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  36 40 682 A1
ISD  19880600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  40 09 883 A1
ISD  19911000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  999696
ISD  19650700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  95/31318
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/00973
PD1  19980126
PD2  19980126
PD3  19960725
PCP  WO97/04931
PCD  19970213
ABST
PAR  Methods for the continuous production of compressed board are disclosed
      including drying lignocellulosic fibrous material, gluing the
      lignocellulosic fibrous material, forming a mat, and pre-compressing the
      mat by controllably adding steam to the mat in an amount such that the
      temperature of the mat is increased to between about 60 and 90.degree. C.
PATN
WKU  059894695
SRC  8
APN  9278451
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970911
TTL  Method for making a non-drip valve for an inverted container
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Poe; Michael
EXP  Silbaugh; Jan H.
NDR  16
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Dirr; Mark S.
CTY  Park Ridge
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Knight Plastics, Inc.
CTY  Evansville
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  264255
XCL  264250
XCL  264295
XCL  264296
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 5302
ICL  B29C 6570
FSC  264
FSS  295;296;339;370;242;250;255
UREF
PNO  571708
ISD  18961100
NAM  Thompson
UREF
PNO  1881929
ISD  19321000
NAM  Pottenger, Jr.
UREF
PNO  1897276
ISD  19330200
NAM  Petersen
UREF
PNO  1977227
ISD  19341000
NAM  Berendt
UREF
PNO  2540842
ISD  19510200
NAM  Stanley et al.
UREF
PNO  2788160
ISD  19570400
NAM  Hertz
UREF
PNO  2876935
ISD  19590300
NAM  Lindberg
UREF
PNO  2912999
ISD  19591100
NAM  Kersh
UREF
PNO  2913749
ISD  19591100
NAM  Ayres
UREF
PNO  3067787
ISD  19621200
NAM  Salk
UREF
PNO  3116747
ISD  19640100
NAM  Cowles et al.
UREF
PNO  3165242
ISD  19650100
NAM  Jackson
UREF
PNO  3490658
ISD  19700100
NAM  Schwartzman
UREF
PNO  3545682
ISD  19701200
NAM  Beard
UREF
PNO  3726436
ISD  19730400
NAM  Despain et al.
UREF
PNO  3768705
ISD  19731000
NAM  Spatz
UREF
PNO  3770167
ISD  19731100
NAM  Ewald
UREF
PNO  3779276
ISD  19731200
NAM  King
UREF
PNO  3794213
ISD  19740200
NAM  Schwartzmann
UREF
PNO  3913809
ISD  19751000
NAM  Nilson
UREF
PNO  3937371
ISD  19760200
NAM  Del Bon
UREF
PNO  4038358
ISD  19770700
NAM  Wrasman
UREF
PNO  4132334
ISD  19790100
NAM  Danks
UREF
PNO  4209485
ISD  19800600
NAM  Greenspan
UREF
PNO  4375825
ISD  19830300
NAM  Greenspan
UREF
PNO  4580701
ISD  19860400
NAM  Tamaki
UREF
PNO  4646945
ISD  19870300
NAM  Steiner
UREF
PNO  4660747
ISD  19870400
NAM  Borg et al.
UREF
PNO  4728006
ISD  19880300
NAM  Drobish et al.
UREF
PNO  4747522
ISD  19880500
NAM  McIntyre
UREF
PNO  4782985
ISD  19881100
NAM  Kinsley
UREF
PNO  4869405
ISD  19890900
NAM  Rudick
UREF
PNO  4903867
ISD  19900200
NAM  Mettenbrink
UREF
PNO  4924899
ISD  19900500
NAM  Po
UREF
PNO  4938390
ISD  19900700
NAM  Markva
UREF
PNO  4942911
ISD  19900700
NAM  Herbet
UREF
PNO  4991745
ISD  19910200
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  5005737
ISD  19910400
NAM  Rohr
UREF
PNO  5007545
ISD  19910400
NAM  Imbery, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5033655
ISD  19910700
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  5038957
ISD  19910800
NAM  Gross
UREF
PNO  5071017
ISD  19911200
NAM  Stull
UREF
PNO  5114047
ISD  19920500
NAM  Baron et al.
UREF
PNO  5115950
ISD  19920500
NAM  Rohr
UREF
PNO  5125539
ISD  19920600
NAM  Schneider
UREF
PNO  5169030
ISD  19921200
NAM  Lewin
UREF
PNO  5184760
ISD  19930200
NAM  Weinstein et al.
UREF
PNO  5213236
ISD  19930500
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  5240149
ISD  19930800
NAM  Schmidt
UREF
PNO  5271531
ISD  19931200
NAM  Rohr et al.
UREF
PNO  5275309
ISD  19940100
NAM  Baron et al.
UREF
PNO  5309961
ISD  19940500
NAM  Franke
UREF
PNO  5310112
ISD  19940500
NAM  Meshberg
UREF
PNO  5339995
ISD  19940800
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  5353968
ISD  19941000
NAM  Good, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5363890
ISD  19941100
NAM  Yeung et al.
UREF
PNO  5377877
ISD  19950100
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  5398853
ISD  19950300
NAM  Latham
UREF
PNO  5409144
ISD  19950400
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  5409659
ISD  19950400
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5431290
ISD  19950700
NAM  Vinciguerra
UREF
PNO  5439143
ISD  19950800
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  5472021
ISD  19951200
NAM  Tsao et al.
UREF
PNO  5492253
ISD  19960200
NAM  Proshan
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit and Mayer
ABST
PAL  A valve and method are provided wherein the valve has a membrane which is
      molded and cured in a naturally cupped or concave shape, but wherein the
      membrane is elastically inverted or deflected inside-out so that the
      direction of concavity is reversed. The membrane is positioned
      concentrically within a cylindrical or tubular dispensing spout so that
      the inverted membrane is cupped toward an exit direction of the spout. By
      inverting the membrane, a reliable radially-outward sealing bias is formed
      between a peripheral edge of the membrane against an interior of the
      tubular spout. When mounted on the bottom of a squeeze container, the
      valve is effective to dispense fluid from the container when squeezed,
      permit air to breathe back into the container after squeezing, and to
      sealably prevent leakage from the container.
PATN
WKU  059894709
SRC  8
APN  9046577
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970801
TTL  Method for making polishing pad with elongated microcolumns
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Mason; Suzanne E.
EXP  Silbaugh; Jan H.
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Doan; Trung Tri
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Meikle; Scott G.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  723901
APD  19960930
PSC  01
PNO  5795218
CLAS
OCL  264261
XCL  264277
XCL  2642791
XCL  264317
XCL  264344
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 3106
ICL  B29C 3108
ICL  B29B 1700
FSC  451
FSS  526;921;533;536;538;285-289;41
FSC  264
FSS  261;271.1;275;277;279.1;232;344;221;317
UREF
PNO  5020283
ISD  19910600
NAM  Tuttle
OCL   51209
UREF
PNO  5216843
ISD  19930600
NAM  Breivogel et al.
OCL   51131.1
UREF
PNO  5297364
ISD  19940300
NAM  Tuttle
OCL   51209
UREF
PNO  5421769
ISD  19950600
NAM  Schultz et al.
OCL  451287
UREF
PNO  5533923
ISD  19960700
NAM  Shamouillan et al.
OCL  451 41
UREF
PNO  5584146
ISD  19961200
NAM  Shamouillan et al.
OCL   51293
LREP
FRM  Seed & Berry, LLP
ABST
PAL  A polishing pad for use in chemical-mechanical planarization (CMP) of
      semiconductor wafers includes a multiplicity of elongated microcolumns
      embedded in a matrix material body. The elongated microcolumns are
      oriented parallel to each other and extend from a planarizing surface used
      to planarize the semiconductor wafers. The elongated microcolumns are
      uniformly distributed throughout the polishing pad in order to impart
      uniform properties throughout the polishing pad. The polishing pad can
      also include elongated pores either coaxial width or interspersed between
      the elongated microcolumns to provide uniform porosity throughout the
      polishing pad.
PATN
WKU  059894717
SRC  8
APN  8792453
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970619
TTL  BGA mould assembly for encapsulating BGA substrates of varying thickness
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Edwards; Laura
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Lian; Tiang Siong
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
INVT
NAM  Lian; Soon Chye
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
INVT
NAM  He; Zhen Hua
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Systems Automation Limited
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SGX
APD  19960725
APN  9610347-8
CLAS
OCL  2642711
XCL  425116
XCL  425150
XCL  425167
XCL  425406
XCL  4254514
XCL  4254517
XCL  4254519
XCL  100258R
XCL  100291
XCL  100323
XCL  100325
XCL  118500
XCL  118503
EDF  6
ICL  B29B 1300
FSC  118
FSS  500;503
FSC  425
FSS  116;150;451.9;451.7;451.4;167;406
FSC  269
FSS  25
FSC  264
FSS  271.1
FSC  100
FSS  291;258 R;323;325
UREF
PNO  4828475
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kamiguchi
OCL  425150
UREF
PNO  5087190
ISD  19920200
NAM  Laghi
OCL  425145
UREF
PNO  5118271
ISD  19920600
NAM  Baird et al.
OCL  425116
UREF
PNO  5378140
ISD  19950100
NAM  Asano et al.
OCL  425451.9
LREP
FR2  Ho; Lawrence Y. D.
FR2  Chung; David D.
FR2  Lui; Jacqueline C. T.
ABST
PAL  A BGA mould assembly which can facilitate high degree of control over the
      clamping force on BGA substrates of varying thickness. An Independent
      drive is provided for each of the dual in-line cavity bars which clamp the
      BGA substrates. The drive mechanism is a wedge press which includes a
      servo motor, and a linear-conversion mechanism coupled to the servo motor
      to convert the rotation motion of the motor to a linear movement. An input
      wedge is coupled to the linear-conversion mechanism such that the input
      wedge moves correspondingly with the linear movement of the linear
      conversion mechanism. An output wedge is coupled to the cavity bar and
      positioned such that a horizontal movement by the input wedge causes the
      output wedge to move downwards. A roller cage is provided at the top and
      bottom of the input wedge to reduce friction.
PATN
WKU  059894725
SRC  8
APN  9152466
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970820
TTL  Method for making a reinforced orthopedic implant
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Eashoo; Mark
EXP  Silbaugh; Jan H.
NDR  2
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Ashby; Alan M.
CTY  Weygand
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Slemon; Declan P.
CTY  Limerick
CNT  IEX
INVT
NAM  Schwartz, Jr.; Melvin
CTY  Point Pleasant
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Howmedica International, Inc.
CNT  IEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19941005
APN  9420071
RLAP
COD  71
APN  536286
APD  19950929
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  264273
XCL  264250
XCL  264274
XCL  623 18
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 6900
FSC  264
FSS  273;274;250
FSC  623
FSS  20;18
UREF
PNO  1606680
ISD  19261100
NAM  Wisner
XCL  264274
UREF
PNO  4479271
ISD  19841000
NAM  Bolesky et al.
OCL  623 20
UREF
PNO  4924583
ISD  19900500
NAM  Hummel et al.
XCL  264273
UREF
PNO  4997445
ISD  19910300
NAM  Hodorek
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  5019104
ISD  19910500
NAM  Whiteside et al.
XCL  264274
UREF
PNO  5108435
ISD  19920400
NAM  Gustavson
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  5181924
ISD  19930100
NAM  Gschwend et al.
OCL  623 20
FREF
PNO  0438918
ISD  19910700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0522999
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik, LLP
ABST
PAL  A metal backing for inclusion in the manufacture of a prosthetic component
      having a plastic on an upper surface and has a bottom surface portion with
      elements for attachment to a bone. The backing has an upper surface
      portion at least part of which is formed by a grill element having exposed
      front and rear faces and which is intended to be embedded within the
      plastic bearing member during construction. The plastic bearing material
      of the bearing element can be molded so that all the faces thereof exposed
      to the grill are covered and the grill is embedded within the plastic
      material of the bearing element. The grill is located on a metal support
      and is provided with spacers on its front face to space the front face
      away from the support. The grill is cast integrally into the metal support
      during manufacture. The casting process includes casting a grill on both
      outer surfaces of the metal backing with the grill element including
      cross-members spaced from backing surfaces. The polymeric bearing surface
      is molded around a first of the grill elements with the mechanical
      interlock between the bearing and the backing being provided by the
      molding of the polymeric material underneath the grill cross-members.
PATN
WKU  059894733
SRC  8
APN  9025324
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970729
TTL  Manufacturing composite parts with integral porous components
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Barr; Michael
EXP  Lusignan; Michael
NDR  11
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Haverty; David G.
STR  5308 Roberts Dr.
CTY  Dunwoody
STA  GA
ZIP  30338
ASSG
NAM  Haverty; David G.
CTY  Dunwoody
STA  GA
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  264279
XCL  264 87
XCL  264513
XCL  264516
XCL  264572
XCL  2643281
XCL  264DIG14
XCL  264 48
XCL  2642791
XCL  264135
XCL  264129
XCL  4274301
XCL  427299
XCL  427133
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 4500
ICL  B05D  304
FSC  427
FSS  430.1;307;299;133;243;324;325
FSC  264
FSS  87;513;516;572;321;299;328.1;DIG. 10;DIG. 14;48;50;265;271.1;279;279.1;135
     ;129
UREF
PNO  2668779
ISD  19540200
NAM  Herman
OCL  427325
UREF
PNO  3599601
ISD  19710800
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
OCL  118 50
UREF
PNO  4033710
ISD  19770700
NAM  Hanning
OCL  425543
UREF
PNO  4101617
ISD  19780700
NAM  Friederich
OCL  264572
UREF
PNO  4248931
ISD  19810200
NAM  Salman
OCL  428317.9
UREF
PNO  4470859
ISD  19840900
NAM  Benezra et al.
OCL  156155
UREF
PNO  4992307
ISD  19910200
NAM  Ikeda
OCL  427297
UREF
PNO  5098267
ISD  19920300
NAM  Cheng
OCL  425  4R
UREF
PNO  5098498
ISD  19920300
NAM  Hale et al.
OCL  156213
UREF
PNO  5564447
ISD  19961000
NAM  Niedermair
OCL  134  5
ABST
PAL  A molding process in which a material with an open cell, porous structure
      10 is placed, aligned or supported inside a suitable enclosed holding
      device. Another molding material 20 is subsequently injected into the said
      holding device while gas and/or pressure is sequentially applied to the
      said holding device, causing a synergistic interaction and joining between
      the said materials to take place. During the processing phase, gas is
      evenly dispersed throughout the porous core, effectively equalizing cavity
      pressure and permitting an even flow pattern to exist, encapsulating or
      sandwiching the said porous structure, thus forming a composite material
      with physical properties which are substantially greater than the
      individual components.
PATN
WKU  059894741
SRC  8
APN  5096324
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19950731
TTL  Method for fabricating resin-sealed semiconductor device using leadframe
      provided with resin dam bar
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Ortiz; Angela
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Yasuhiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940729
APN  6-177887
CLAS
OCL  264400
XCL  264139
XCL  26427217
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 3702
ICL  B29C 7072
ICL  B29C 7076
FSC  264
FSS  272.11;272.15;272.17;254;255;250;400;276;132;139
UREF
PNO  4504427
ISD  19850300
NAM  Moyer
OCL  264272.17
UREF
PNO  4592131
ISD  19860600
NAM  Deie
OCL  264276
UREF
PNO  4919857
ISD  19900400
NAM  Hojyo
OCL  264272.17
UREF
PNO  5232651
ISD  19930800
NAM  Okuno et al.
OCL  264272.15
UREF
PNO  5258331
ISD  19931100
NAM  Masumoto et al.
OCL  264272.17
UREF
PNO  5446080
ISD  19950800
NAM  Shima et al.
OCL  427120
FREF
PNO  1-241850
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-253927
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-106063
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-248451
ISD  19911100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-206560
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-369259
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  An insulating-resin dam bar made of ultraviolet-curing epoxy resin with a
      low adhesiveness to a leadframe is applied onto an outer lead by screen
      printing. After the leadframe is sealed with resin, the insulating-resin
      dam bar is removed by wet honing such as water-jet honing or laser
      irradiation. Thereafter, a resin-sealed semiconductor device is finished
      through normal fabrication processes.
PATN
WKU  059894750
SRC  9
APN  0914525
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980618
TTL  Process for the stereolithographic preparation of three-dimensional
      objects using a radiation-curable liquid formulation which contains
      fillers
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Tentoni; Leo B.
INVT
NAM  Schulthess; Adrian
CTY  Tentlingen
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Steinmann; Bettina
CTY  Praroman
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Hofmann; Manfred
CTY  Marly
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.
CTY  Tarrytown
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19951222
APN  3671/95
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19960625
APN  1588/96
CLAS
OCL  264401
XCL  264308
XCL  264409
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 3508
ICL  B29C 4102
ICL  B29C 4152
FSC  264
FSS  308;401;409
UREF
PNO  4942066
ISD  19900700
NAM  Fan et al.
XCL  264401
UREF
PNO  5605941
ISD  19970200
NAM  Steinmann et al.
OCL  522170
UREF
PNO  5705316
ISD  19980100
NAM  Steinmann et al.
OCL  430269
UREF
PNO  5783358
ISD  19980700
NAM  Schulthess et al.
OCL  430269
UREF
PNO  5783615
ISD  19980700
NAM  Steinmann et al.
OCL  522170
UREF
PNO  5783712
ISD  19980700
NAM  Steinmann et al.
OCL  549554
FREF
PNO  0250121
ISD  19871200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  60-247515
ISD  19851200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  T. Nakai et al, "Photopolymerization of Photopolymers by Scanning Laser
      Beam", pp. 14-22 (Translation also enclosed) (Jan. 1988).
PAL  Derwent Abstr. 97-094932, JP 8332673 (Published Dec. 17, 1996).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 18, No. 65 for JP 5286040 (Published Nov.
      2, 1993).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 18, No. 636 for JP 6246837 (Published Sep.
      6, 1994).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 96, No. 10 for JP 8150662 (Published Jun.
      11, 1996).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 96, No. 8 for JP 8099360 (Published Apr.
      16, 1996).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 13, No. 400 for JP 1145142 (Published Jun.
      7, 1989).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 11, No. 221 for JP 62037109 (Published Feb.
      18, 1987).
LREP
FR2  Crichton; David R.
FR2  Kovaleski; Michele A.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/05508
PD1  19980618
PD2  19980618
PD3  19961210
PCP  WO97/23342
PCD  19970703
ABST
PAR  The present invention relates to a process for the stereolithographic
      preparation of a three-dimensional object, wherein the object is built in
      a container which contains a radiation-curable liquid formulation with
      fillers by a repeated alternating succession of process steps (a) and (b).
      In step (a), a layer of the radiation-curable liquid formulation, one
      limitation of which is the surface of the formulation, is cured using
      suitable radiation within an surface area which corresponds to the desired
      cross-section of the three-dimensional object to be formed at the level of
      this layer. In step (b), said cured layer is coated with a new layer of
      the radiation-curable liquid formulation. The process comprises
      homogenizing the radiation-curable liquid formulation continuously or
      discontinuously to such an extent that there is no noticeable change in
      the filler content of the radiation-curable liquid formulation in the area
      of that layer with which the cured layer is coated in step (b). This
      process enables the skilled person to choose fillers solely according to
      the purpose envisaged therefor without encountering technical problems or
      problems relating to the quality of the stereolithographically produced
      object resulting from sedimentation of the fillers during preparation of
      the object.
PATN
WKU  059894768
SRC  9
APN  0972258
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980612
TTL  Process of making a molded refractory article
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Tentoni; Leo B.
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Lockard; Michael S.
CTY  Lake Elizabeth
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Schmidt; Kris
CTY  Granada Hills
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hull; Charles W.
CTY  Santa Clarita
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  3D Systems, Inc.
CTY  Valencia
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  264401
XCL  264219
XCL  264221
XCL  264225
XCL  264227
XCL  264497
XCL  264628
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 3338
ICL  B29C 3508
ICL  B29C 4102
FSC  264
FSS  219;221;225;227;401;497;628
UREF
PNO  3823002
ISD  19740700
NAM  Kirby et al.
UREF
PNO  3929476
ISD  19751200
NAM  Kirby et al.
UREF
PNO  4327156
ISD  19820400
NAM  Dillon et al.
UREF
PNO  4373127
ISD  19830200
NAM  Hasket et al.
UREF
PNO  4431449
ISD  19840200
NAM  Dillon et al.
UREF
PNO  4455354
ISD  19840600
NAM  Dillon et al.
UREF
PNO  4469654
ISD  19840900
NAM  Hasket et al.
UREF
PNO  4491558
ISD  19850100
NAM  Gardner
UREF
PNO  4554218
ISD  19851100
NAM  Gardner et al.
UREF
PNO  4844144
ISD  19890700
NAM  Murphy et al.
XCL  264401
UREF
PNO  5507336
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tobin
OREF
PAL  U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/079,847, filed Mar. 27, 1998, by
      Charles W. Hull, et al., and titled "Molding Method, Apparatus, And Device
      Including Use Of Powder Metal Technology For Forming A Molding Tool With
      Thermal Control Elements."
LREP
FRM  Loeb & Loeb LLP
FR2  Alpert; A. Sidney
ABST
PAL  A method for making a molded refractory article including the steps of
      providing a mold including a master pattern, the mold and master pattern
      defining a mold cavity; filling the mold cavity with a mixture comprising
      refractory particles and a heat fugitive binder; placing the assembly of
      the mold, master pattern and mixture in a furnace; curing the mixture;
      separating the mold and master pattern from the cured mixture; removing
      the binder to form a porous structure, sintering the porous structure to
      provide a porous refractory article and infiltrating the porous refractory
      article with a filler metal.
PATN
WKU  059894776
SRC  8
APN  836916&
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970523
TTL  Process for the chemical modification of solids containing alkyl groups
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1,2
EXA  Jones; Kenneth M.
EXP  Silbaugh; Jan H.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Berger; Steffen
CTY  Dusseldorf
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Arplas Gesellschaft Fur Plasmatechnologie mbH
CTY  Weissandt-Golzau
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19941124
APN  44 43 240
CLAS
OCL  264446
XCL  264483
XCL  264489
XCL  427573
XCL  20415715
XCL  204165
EDF  6
ICL  B01J 1912
FSC  264
FSS  446;483;489
FSC  427
FSS  573
FSC  204
FSS  157.6;157.15;157.87;157.88;157.89;157.9;164;165
UREF
PNO  2167718
ISD  19390800
NAM  Harris, Jr. et al.
FREF
PNO  0 122 289
ISD  19841000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 593 988 A1
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  41 41 805 A1
ISD  19930600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  61-069804
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1 326 197
ISD  19730800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/03263
ISD  19940200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/03344
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Noller, Chemistry of Organic Compounds, p. 205, 1965.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 26473d., vol. 81, No. 6, Aug. 12, 1974.
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/04621
PD1  19970523
PD2  19970523
PD3  19951123
PCP  WO96/15853
PCD  19960530
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to a process for the chemical modification of solids
      containing alkyl groups. It is provided that the solids containing alkyl
      groups are heated to temperatures above their melting point and subjected
      to a plasma treatment in a frequency range from 10 kHz to 10 GHz.
PATN
WKU  059894784
SRC  8
APN  8370249
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970411
TTL  Method of manufacturing fluid transport webs exhibiting surface energy
      gradients
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Cole; Elizabeth M
NDR  9
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Ouellette; William R.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Lee; Yann-Per
CTY  Fairfield
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Haney; A. Renee
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Langdon; Frederick M.
CTY  Higashinada-Ku
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Burchnall; John B.
CTY  West Chester
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  442935
APD  19950531
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  326571
APD  19941020
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  268404
APD  19940630
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  264468
XCL  264129
XCL  264154
XCL  427256
XCL  427296
XCL  428137
XCL  428138
XCL  428212
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 3942
FSC  264
FSS  468;129;154
FSC  428
FSS  137;138;212
FSC  427
FSS  256;296
UREF
PNO  3612055
ISD  19711000
NAM  Mesek et al.
OCL  128287
UREF
PNO  3683916
ISD  19720800
NAM  Mesek et al.
OCL  128287
UREF
PNO  3730184
ISD  19730500
NAM  Mesek
OCL  128287
UREF
PNO  3828783
ISD  19740800
NAM  Kennette et al.
OCL  128287
UREF
PNO  3837343
ISD  19740900
NAM  Mesek
OCL  128287
UREF
PNO  3934588
ISD  19760100
NAM  Mesek et al.
OCL  128290W
UREF
PNO  3955577
ISD  19760500
NAM  Gellert et al.
OCL  128290R
UREF
PNO  3967623
ISD  19760700
NAM  Butterworth et al.
OCL  128287
UREF
PNO  4073852
ISD  19780200
NAM  Mesek
OCL  264122
UREF
PNO  4077410
ISD  19780300
NAM  Butterworth et al.
OCL  128287
UREF
PNO  4342314
ISD  19820800
NAM  Radel et al.
OCL  128287
UREF
PNO  4351784
ISD  19820900
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL  264 22
UREF
PNO  4360022
ISD  19821100
NAM  Usami et al.
OCL  128290R
UREF
PNO  4423101
ISD  19831200
NAM  Willstead
OCL  428 76
UREF
PNO  4456570
ISD  19840600
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL  264 22
UREF
PNO  4463045
ISD  19840700
NAM  Ahr et al.
OCL  428131
UREF
PNO  4535020
ISD  19850800
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL  428131
UREF
PNO  4551377
ISD  19851100
NAM  Elves et al.
OCL  428137
UREF
PNO  4585449
ISD  19860400
NAM  Karami
OCL  604378
UREF
PNO  4591523
ISD  19860500
NAM  Thompson
OCL  428131
UREF
PNO  4609518
ISD  19860900
NAM  Curro et al.
OCL  264504
UREF
PNO  4629457
ISD  19861200
NAM  Ness
OCL  604382
UREF
PNO  4629643
ISD  19861200
NAM  Curro et al.
OCL  428131
UREF
PNO  4637819
ISD  19870100
NAM  Ouellette et al.
OCL  428131
UREF
PNO  4676786
ISD  19870600
NAM  Nishino
OCL  604378
UREF
PNO  4690679
ISD  19870900
NAM  Mattingly, III et al.
OCL  604383
UREF
PNO  4704112
ISD  19871100
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  604378
UREF
PNO  4710186
ISD  19871200
NAM  DeRossett et al.
OCL  604383
UREF
PNO  4753840
ISD  19880600
NAM  Van Gompel
OCL  428171
UREF
PNO  4755413
ISD  19880700
NAM  Morris
OCL  428138
UREF
PNO  4767586
ISD  19880800
NAM  Radwanski et al.
OCL  264113
UREF
PNO  4780352
ISD  19881000
NAM  Palumbo
OCL  428138
UREF
PNO  4804378
ISD  19890200
NAM  Shiba et al.
OCL  604367
UREF
PNO  4820294
ISD  19890400
NAM  Morris
OCL  604383
UREF
PNO  4838253
ISD  19890600
NAM  Brassington et al.
OCL  128156
UREF
PNO  4857251
ISD  19890800
NAM  Nohr et al.
OCL  264103
UREF
PNO  4920168
ISD  19900400
NAM  Nohr et al.
OCL  524188
UREF
PNO  4921704
ISD  19900500
NAM  Fabo
OCL  424446
UREF
PNO  5023124
ISD  19910600
NAM  Kobayashi
OCL  428 76
UREF
PNO  5120888
ISD  19920600
NAM  Nohr et al.
OCL  524 99
UREF
PNO  5126389
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ona et al.
OCL  524262
UREF
PNO  5135521
ISD  19920800
NAM  Luceri et al.
OCL  604383
UREF
PNO  5145727
ISD  19920900
NAM  Potts et al.
OCL  428198
UREF
PNO  5147338
ISD  19920900
NAM  Lang et al.
OCL  604304
UREF
PNO  5225257
ISD  19930700
NAM  Brant
OCL  428 34.9
UREF
PNO  5244951
ISD  19930900
NAM  Gardiner
OCL  524168
UREF
PNO  5264268
ISD  19931100
NAM  Luceri et al.
OCL  428138
UREF
PNO  5273596
ISD  19931200
NAM  Newkirk
OCL  156 73.2
UREF
PNO  5288532
ISD  19940200
NAM  Juhl et al.
OCL  428 35.2
UREF
PNO  5300357
ISD  19940400
NAM  Gardiner
OCL  428224
UREF
PNO  5340363
ISD  19940800
NAM  Fabo
OCL  604304
UREF
PNO  5370132
ISD  19941200
NAM  Weber et al.
OCL  128849
UREF
PNO  5431643
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ouellette et al.
OCL  604385.1
FREF
PNO  1033903
ISD  19780700
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0 040 084
ISD  19811100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 205 286
ISD  19861200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 255 209 A2
ISD  19880200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 272 118
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 304 617 A3
ISD  19890300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 483 859 A1
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 596 532 A1
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4321155 A1
ISD  19950100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2-168950
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3092157
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-136211
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9304612
ISD  19930600
CNT  KRX
FREF
PNO  1 435 497
ISD  19760500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/03699
ISD  19930300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/12749
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/19715
ISD  19931000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/19709
ISD  19931000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/22408
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/28846
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/19171
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  PhotoLink.TM. Surface Modifications Technical Bulletin, from BSI
      Corporation, Eden Prarie, MN, 1995.
LREP
FR2  Milbrada; Edward J.
FR2  Andes; William Scott
FR2  Johnson; Kevin C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention pertains, in a preferred embodiment, to a
      fluid-pervious web comprising a first or wearer-contacting surface and a
      second or garment-facing surface. The web is particularly well suited for
      use as a topsheet on a disposable absorbent article. The first and second
      surfaces are separated from one another by an intermediate portion. The
      first surface of the web provides a structure which exhibits a surface
      energy less than the surface energy of the intermediate portion. In a
      preferred embodiment, the web exhibits a plurality of regions of
      comparatively low surface energy which define surface energy gradients
      where they interface with higher surface energy web surfaces. More
      particularly, the present invention pertains to a fluid-pervious web
      having a plurality of small-scale surface energy gradients which are
      oriented and located so as to effectively transport fluid away from the
      first or wearer-contacting surface. The web essentially retains its
      visual, tactile, and physical properties of the substrate material while
      achieving the desired surface energy properties. Fluid transport webs
      according to the present invention preferably include discontinuous,
      spaced regions defining small scale surface energy gradients on the first
      surface to aid in small scale fluid movement toward apertures or capillary
      entrances for transport away from the first surface. Such webs also
      preferably include small scale surface energy gradients normal to the
      first surface within a capillary structure to aid in moving fluid away
      from the first surface and into the capillaries for capillary fluid
      transport. Web materials suitable for use in the present invention include
      apertured formed films, apertured and non-apertured nonwoven materials,
      composite structures, and the like.
PATN
WKU  059894792
SRC  8
APN  8976953
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970721
TTL  Method for manufacturing an air bag cover
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; Edmund H.
EXP  Silbaugh; Jan H.
NDR  9
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Yamasaki; Chiho
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Totani; Chiharu
CTY  Gifu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ueno; Shigehiro
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hanabusa; Hisao
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagano; Akiyoshi
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujii; Tetsuya
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katagiri; Katsuhiro
CTY  Gifu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Furuta; Kenichi
CTY  Gifu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamazaki; Yoshio
CTY  Mie
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyoda Gosei Co., Ltd.
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950621
APN  7-154884
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950621
APN  7-154897
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950621
APN  7-154911
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950731
APN  7-194970
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950811
APN  7-205657
RLAP
COD  74
APN  667920
APD  19960620
PSC  01
PNO  5698283
CLAS
OCL  264510
XCL  264513
XCL  264554
XCL  264255
XCL  264267
XCL  264154
XCL  264443
XCL  264479
XCL  264490
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 4514
ICL  B29C 5110
FSC  264
FSS  510;554;259;296;46.8;154;255;267;443;479;490;513
UREF
PNO  4917903
ISD  19900400
NAM  Mente
OCL  264296
UREF
PNO  5180187
ISD  19930100
NAM  Muller et al.
OCL  280732
UREF
PNO  5194194
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  264510
UREF
PNO  5248532
ISD  19930900
NAM  Sawada et al.
UREF
PNO  5316822
ISD  19940500
NAM  Nishijima et al.
OCL  264297.2
UREF
PNO  5335935
ISD  19940800
NAM  Proos et al.
UREF
PNO  5395668
ISD  19950300
NAM  Ito et al.
UREF
PNO  5599608
ISD  19970200
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  264510
UREF
PNO  5632914
ISD  19970500
NAM  Hagenow et al.
OCL  219121.71
UREF
PNO  5650115
ISD  19970700
NAM  Proos et al.
OCL  264400
UREF
PNO  5756189
ISD  19980500
NAM  Nagano et al.
OCL  428198
FREF
PNO  2703012
ISD  19940900
CNT  FRX
OCL  280728.3
FREF
PNO  63-22262
ISD  19880200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-248238
ISD  19901000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-151345
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-218811
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Frados, Joel; Plastic Engineering Handbook, 4th ed, pp. 68-71, 1976.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  An air bag cover and manufacturing method thereof wherein the air bag cover
      comprises a core member which can be formed by injection molding, and a
      decorative sheet disposed on the surface of the core member. The
      decorative sheet includes at least two layers, an outer layer and a
      barrier layer disposed on a back side of the outer layer to protect the
      outer layer when the core member is injection molded. The core member is
      made of thermoplastic elastomer which can be thermally fused to the
      barrier layer. A breakable portion is provided in the barrier layer and
      core member.
PATN
WKU  059894806
SRC  8
APN  9304533
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970930
TTL  Apparatus for molding patterned product and method of molding patterned
      product
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Ortiz; Angela
NDR  15
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Yamazaki; Seiichi
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nissha Printing Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960131
APN  8-038958
CLAS
OCL  264511
XCL  264153
XCL  264251
XCL  264266
XCL  425112
XCL  425122
XCL  4251261
XCL  4251291
XCL  425292
XCL  4253021
XCL  4253051
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 4514
ICL  B29C 4516
FSC  264
FSS  153;265;266;511;510;251;255
FSC  425
FSS  112;122;126.1;129.1;302.1;305.1;546;292
UREF
PNO  4639341
ISD  19870100
NAM  Hanamoto et al.
OCL  264511
UREF
PNO  4994224
ISD  19910200
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  264511
UREF
PNO  5283028
ISD  19940200
NAM  Breezer et al.
OCL  264511
UREF
PNO  5401457
ISD  19950300
NAM  Valyi
OCL  264153
UREF
PNO  5427518
ISD  19950600
NAM  Morizot et al.
OCL  425504
UREF
PNO  5635129
ISD  19970600
NAM  Breezer et al.
OCL  264263
UREF
PNO  5707581
ISD  19980100
NAM  Yamazaki
OCL  425112
FREF
PNO  59-194848
ISD  19841100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/00220
PD1  19970930
PD2  19970930
PD3  19970130
PCP  WO97/27987
PCD  19970808
ABST
PAR  An apparatus for manufacturing a decorated molded product includes a first
      clamping device for pressing an insert film to a parting face of a fixed
      mold to enclose a cavity and an injection gate. The fixed mold has a
      vacuum suction port and the injection gate for a molten resin. A movable
      mold has a runner facing the injection gate and communicating with the
      cavity. The insert film is held between the fixed mold and movable mold,
      so that a pattern of the insert film is formed to a molded product
      simultaneously when the product is injection-molded. The insert film after
      being pressed to a surface of the fixed mold by the first clamping device
      is brought into tight contact with the fixed mold by vacuum suction, and
      the molten resin is injected from the injection gate to pass through the
      runner of the movable mold from a hole formed in the insert film to
      finally reach the cavity and fill a gap between the insert film and
      movable mold.
PATN
WKU  059894814
SRC  8
APN  6655688
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19960618
TTL  Golf club shaft manufacturing process
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Staicovici; Stefan
EXP  Silbaugh; Jan H.
INVT
NAM  You; Daniel H.
STR  1759 Shamrock Ave.
CTY  Upland
STA  CA
ZIP  91784
CLAS
OCL  264512
XCL  264221
XCL  264258
XCL  264317
XCL  264DIG44
XCL  156155
XCL  156173
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 4500
FSC  264
FSS  130;134;161;162;163;221;DIG. 44;DIG. 71;230;342 R;258;317;512
UREF
PNO  935254
ISD  19090900
NAM  Gleason
OCL  264DIG.44
UREF
PNO  2342556
ISD  19440200
NAM  Rockoff
OCL  264162
UREF
PNO  3225129
ISD  19651200
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  264230
UREF
PNO  3313541
ISD  19670400
NAM  Koczy et al.
OCL  273 80
UREF
PNO  3518338
ISD  19700600
NAM  Tambussi
OCL  264221
UREF
PNO  3614101
ISD  19711000
NAM  Hunter
OCL  273 80.2
UREF
PNO  3896206
ISD  19750700
NAM  Beaver et al.
OCL  264134
UREF
PNO  3962394
ISD  19760600
NAM  Hall
OCL  264161
UREF
PNO  4155970
ISD  19790500
NAM  Cassell
OCL  264230
UREF
PNO  4875956
ISD  19891000
NAM  Brackett
OCL  264DIG.71
UREF
PNO  4931247
ISD  19900600
NAM  Yeh
OCL  264258
UREF
PNO  5262118
ISD  19931100
NAM  Fukushima et al.
OCL  264258
UREF
PNO  5317828
ISD  19940600
NAM  Yasui
OCL  264258
UREF
PNO  5318742
ISD  19940600
NAM  You
OCL  264258
UREF
PNO  5458372
ISD  19951000
NAM  Goode
OCL  280819
UREF
PNO  5795524
ISD  19980800
NAM  Basso, Jr. et al.
OCL  264221
LREP
FR2  Meeker; Donald W.
ABST
PAL  A golf club shaft manufacturing process for making a lightweight golf club
      shaft that is not uniformly tapered along its length by using standard
      table-rolling tools and equipment. The process consists generally of
      creating one or more hollow sleeves and securing them around the exterior
      of a mandrel, the sleeves having a length and an exterior shape equal to
      the desired dimensions of the non-tapered portions of the shaft. Graphite
      flags are then rolled around the mandrel and sleeve, shrink tape is
      applied and the entire assembly is placed in a curing oven to cure the
      graphite shaft. The curing temperature is less than the melting point of
      either the mandrel or sleeve. Once the shaft has been cured, the shrink
      tape is removed and the mandrel is extracted. The remaining shaft and
      sleeve assembly is heated to a temperature greater than the melting point
      of the sleeve material so that the sleeve is liquefied and can be poured
      out of the shaft. The cured shaft can then be cut, sanded and finished as
      desired.
PATN
WKU  059894822
SRC  8
APN  9594876
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971028
TTL  Method and apparatus for manufacturing multi-layer bottle
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; Dae Young
EXP  Silbaugh; Jan H.
NDR  9
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Sagawa; Hirofumi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  The Japan Steel Works, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961029
APN  8-286828
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961029
APN  8-286829
CLAS
OCL  264515
XCL  156156
XCL  425503
XCL  425504
XCL  425523
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 4922
ICL  B29C 4904
FSC  264
FSS  515;549
FSC  425
FSS  503;523;504
FSC  156
FSS  156
UREF
PNO  3140004
ISD  19640700
NAM  Schaich
OCL  264515
UREF
PNO  5447678
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kneer et al.
OCL  264515
UREF
PNO  5454707
ISD  19951000
NAM  Mitchell et al.
OCL  264549
UREF
PNO  5567377
ISD  19961000
NAM  Nishigami et al.
OCL  264515
FREF
PNO  2119200
ISD  19701200
CNT  FRX
OCL  264515
FREF
PNO  46-29994
ISD  19710800
CNT  JPX
OCL  264515
FREF
PNO  5-213372
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Naustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method and an apparatus for manufacturing a multi-layer bottle by
      discharging an inner layer parison from a multi-layer die head and
      pinching a lower portion of the inner layer parison by a pinch apparatus;
      discharging an outer layer parison which is longer than the inner layer
      parison; pinching the lower portion of the outer layer parison by a
      molding mold; and blow molding the inner layer parison. In such a manner,
      the multi-layer bottle is manufactured. When the multi-layer bottle having
      an inner layer separating function is manufactured, the inner layer
      parison and the outer layer parison comprise different resins having no
      adhesivity to each other.
PATN
WKU  059894830
SRC  9
APN  005304&
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980109
TTL  Method for manufacturing powder metallurgical tooling
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Mai; Ngoclan
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Vawter; Paul D.
STR  668 W. Magill Ave.
CTY  Fresno
STA  CA
ZIP  93704
RLAP
COD  74
APN  829806
APD  19970421
RLAP
COD  81
APN  558731
APD  19951116
PSC  01
PNO  5623727
CLAS
OCL  264603
XCL  264682
XCL  264 71
EDF  6
ICL  B28B  108
ICL  B28B  500
FSC  264
FSS  71;86;434;603;682
UREF
PNO  2897572
ISD  19590800
NAM  Hansen
UREF
PNO  3665151
ISD  19720500
NAM  Piper
UREF
PNO  3853566
ISD  19741200
NAM  Prochazka
OCL  106 44
UREF
PNO  4014704
ISD  19770300
NAM  Miller
OCL  105 38.22
UREF
PNO  4041123
ISD  19770800
NAM  Lange
UREF
PNO  4389362
ISD  19830600
NAM  Larsson
UREF
PNO  4456578
ISD  19840600
NAM  Ward
UREF
PNO  4501718
ISD  19850200
NAM  Bradt
UREF
PNO  4539175
ISD  19850900
NAM  Lichti
UREF
PNO  4547337
ISD  19851000
NAM  Rozmus
UREF
PNO  4564601
ISD  19860100
NAM  Kriegesmann et al.
OCL  501 88
UREF
PNO  4747999
ISD  19880500
NAM  Hasselstrom
UREF
PNO  4756752
ISD  19880700
NAM  Barnard
UREF
PNO  5028362
ISD  19910700
NAM  Janney et al.
OCL  264 25
UREF
PNO  5093076
ISD  19920300
NAM  Young
UREF
PNO  5134260
ISD  19920700
NAM  Piehler
UREF
PNO  5178691
ISD  19930100
NAM  Yamashita
UREF
PNO  5227235
ISD  19930700
NAM  Moro
UREF
PNO  5246638
ISD  19930900
NAM  Goldberger
UREF
PNO  5346667
ISD  19940900
NAM  Kamitjuma
UREF
PNO  5348800
ISD  19940900
NAM  Moro
UREF
PNO  5368086
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kloskowski
OCL  164 33
UREF
PNO  5380482
ISD  19950100
NAM  Maginnis
UREF
PNO  5405570
ISD  19950400
NAM  Fuma
UREF
PNO  5429781
ISD  19950700
NAM  Montgomery
OCL  264 63
UREF
PNO  5521129
ISD  19960500
NAM  Campos-Loriz et al.
OCL  501 89
UREF
PNO  5738819
ISD  19980400
NAM  Feagin
OCL  264635
FREF
PNO  2140825
ISD  19841200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Wall Marjama Bilinski & Burr
ABST
PAL  A method of forming a refractory die, and a method for forming a metal
      article using a refractory die. The refractory die is formed of a ceramic
      material by casting a slurry containing particles of the ceramic material
      onto a mold. Then the mold is vibrated while excess liquid medium from the
      slurry is simultaneously removed, whereby ceramic particles continue to
      flow into surface details of the mold. The present method of forming a
      refractory die minimizes drying and firing shrinkage, and even adjusts for
      drying and firing shrinkage by inclusion of kyanite in the refractory die.
      According to the method of forming a metal article, a particulate material
      containing powdered metal is compressed on a refractory die at an elevated
      temperature and pressure. The consolidated particulate material is
      differentially cooled, wherein a first, low mass portion contacting the
      refractory die is cooled more quickly than an opposing, high mass portion
      of the consolidated body. According to this method, hot tears are
      prevented.
PATN
WKU  059894849
SRC  8
APN  9982922
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971224
TTL  Multilayer glass ceramic substrate and process for producing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Speer; Timothy
INVT
NAM  Ikuina; Kazuhiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimada; Yuzo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920608
APN  4-147029
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920608
APN  4-147030
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920608
APN  4-147031
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920618
APN  4-159070
RLAP
COD  74
APN  846820
APD  19970430
PSC  01
PNO  5753376
RLAP
COD  81
APN  513668
APD  19950804
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  073725
APD  19930608
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  264618
XCL  264619
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 1702
FSC  264
FSS  618;619
UREF
PNO  4861646
ISD  19890800
NAM  Barringer
OCL  428210
UREF
PNO  5753376
ISD  19980500
NAM  Ikuina
OCL  428469
LREP
FR2  Whitesel; J. Warren
     Laff, Whitesel & Saret, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A multilayer glass ceramic substrate having a plurality of conductor layers
      each laminated through a glass ceramic layer. The glass ceramic layer has
      a composition comprising of alumina, borosilicate magnesium glass and
      cordierite crystal produced by chemical reaction between alumina and
      borosilicate magnesium glass. The content of alumina is 12 to 59.6 wt %,
      the content of borosilicate magnesium glass is 18 to 69.6 wt %, the
      content of the cordierite crystal is 1 to 50 wt % and the sum of
      components is 100 wt %. The multilayer glass ceramic substrate shows
      improved mechanical strength.
PATN
WKU  059894857
SRC  9
APN  1495704
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980908
TTL  Coordinate thermal-cutting machine with a means for automatically
      setting the initial height of a torch
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Kastler; Scott
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Staacks; Dieter
CTY  Dietzenbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schmall; Karl-Heinz
CTY  Baden-Baden
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Messer Griesheim Schweisstechnik GmbH & Co.
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970908
APN  197 39 351
CLAS
OCL  266 76
XCL  266 48
EDF  6
ICL  B23K  710
FSC  266
FSS  48;76;77
UREF
PNO  4013277
ISD  19770300
NAM  Schmitt
OCL  266 76
UREF
PNO  4168822
ISD  19790900
NAM  Ogden
OCL  266 76
UREF
PNO  4328049
ISD  19820500
NAM  Richardson
OCL  266 76
UREF
PNO  4415795
ISD  19831100
NAM  Ross et al.
OCL  266 76
UREF
PNO  4773946
ISD  19880900
NAM  Griebeler
OCL  266 76
LREP
FRM  Connolly,Bove, Lod, & Hutz LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a coordinate thermal-cutting machine with a means
      for automatically setting the initial height of a torch, in particular a
      plasma torch, above a workpiece surface. In order to achieve a fast and
      exact setting of the igniting distance above the workpiece surface, the
      torch (28) is at least partially surrounded by an inner tubular enclosure
      (7), which is at least partially surrounded by an outer tubular enclosure
      (10), bearing elements (8, 9 and 29, 30) being arranged between the
      tubular enclosures (7, 10) in such a way that the inner tubular enclosure
      (7) is at least longitudinally displaceable with the torch (28), there
      also being provided a position sensor which senses the longitudinal
      displacement and, furthermore, the inner enclosure (7) is connected to a
      compensation device (35) which reduces the weight of the inner enclosure
      (7) with the torch (28).
PATN
WKU  059894865
SRC  8
APN  8819629
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970625
TTL  Apparatus for removal of the mercury from granulated materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Andrews; Melvyn
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Washburn; Charles H.
CTY  Salt Lake
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Gale; Charles O.
CTY  Bountiful
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  Summit Valley Equipment and Engineering, Inc.
CTY  North Salt Lake
STA  UT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  266145
XCL   75670
XCL  266173
EDF  6
ICL  C22B  902
FSC  266
FSS  145;173
FSC   75
FSS  670
UREF
PNO  1599372
ISD  19260900
NAM  Reed
OCL   75670
UREF
PNO  5569154
ISD  19961000
NAM  Navetta
OCL   75670
LREP
FRM  Mallinckrodt & Mallinckrodt
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for retorting granulated material containing mercury such as
      ores and precipitates wherein the granulated material is stirred by means
      of a plurality of paddles while under vacuum and at high temperature
      within a drum of the apparatus. The vaporized mercury is drawn from the
      drum and condensed for recovery thereof. Multiple retorting apparatuses
      can be used for a continuous retorting operation.
PATN
WKU  059894873
SRC  9
APN  2748789
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19990323
TTL  Apparatus for bonding a particle material to near theoretical density
ISD  19991123
NCL  113
ECL  1,106
EXP  Jenkins; Daniel J.
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Yoo; Sang H.
CTY  Fairfax
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Sethuram; Krupashankara M.
CTY  Falls Chruch
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Sudarshan; Tirumalai S.
CTY  Vienna
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Materials Modification, Inc.
CTY  Fairfax
STA  VA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  266249
XCL  425 78
XCL   29DIG31
EDF  6
ICL  B22F  312
FSC  266
FSS  249
FSC   29
FSS  DIG. 31
FSC  425
FSS  78
UREF
PNO  3250892
ISD  19660500
NAM  Inoue
UREF
PNO  3340052
ISD  19670900
NAM  Inoue
UREF
PNO  3598566
ISD  19710800
NAM  Inoue
UREF
PNO  3670137
ISD  19720600
NAM  Inoue
UREF
PNO  4005956
ISD  19770200
NAM  Inoue
UREF
PNO  5084088
ISD  19920100
NAM  Okazaki
UREF
PNO  5134260
ISD  19920700
NAM  Piehler et al.
OCL  219 10.41
UREF
PNO  5427660
ISD  19950600
NAM  Kamimura et al.
UREF
PNO  5529746
ISD  19960600
NAM  Knoss et al.
UREF
PNO  5678166
ISD  19971000
NAM  Piehler et al.
OCL  419 38
UREF
PNO  5694640
ISD  19971200
NAM  Greetham
OCL  419 38
UREF
PNO  5704555
ISD  19980100
NAM  Arastoopour
OCL  241 16
UREF
PNO  5743471
ISD  19980400
NAM  Ivanov et al.
OCL  241 16
UREF
PNO  5794113
ISD  19980800
NAM  Munir et al.
OREF
PAL  F.V. Lenel, "Resistance Sintering Under Pressure" Journal of Metals, vol.
      7, No. 1, pp. 158-167 (1955).
PAL  M.J. Tracy et al, "Consolidation Of Nanocrystalline Nb-A1 Powders By Plasma
      Activated Sintering" NanoStructured Materials, vol. 2, pp. 441-449 (1993).
LREP
FRM  Dinesh Agarwal, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for bonding a particle material to near theoretical density,
      includes a chamber, a punch and die assembly for supporting a particle
      material, plungers for applying shear and/or axial pressures, and a power
      supply for applying a current. In the first stage, a pulsed current of
      about 1 to 20,000 amps., is applied to the particle material for a
      predetermined time period, and substantially simultaneously therewith, a
      shear force of about 5-50 MPa is applied. In the second stage, an axial
      pressure of about less than 1 to 2,000 MPa is applied to the particle
      material for a predetermined time period, and substantially simultaneously
      therewith, a steady current of about 1 to 20,000 amps. is applied. The
      apparatus may be used to bond metallic, ceramic, intermetallic and
      composite materials to near-net shape, directly from precursors or
      elemental particle material without the need for synthesizing the
      material. The method may also be applied to perform combustion synthesis
      of a reactive material, followed by consolidation or joining to near-net
      shaped articles or parts. The apparatus may further be used to repair a
      damaged or worn substrate or part, coat a particle onto a substrate, and
      grow single crystals of a particle material.
PATN
WKU  059894881
SRC  9
APN  2399709
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19990129
TTL  Blast tuyere of a blast furnace
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Kastler; Scott
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Hori; Ryuichi
CTY  Kakogawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Kobe Seiko Sho
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980130
APN  10-018815
CLAS
OCL  266270
XCL  266265
EDF  6
ICL  C21B  716
FSC  266
FSS  265;268;270
UREF
PNO  613042
ISD  18981000
NAM  Killeen
OCL  266270
UREF
PNO  4898368
ISD  19900200
NAM  Schaffer et al.
OCL  266270
OREF
PAL  French Patent Abstract FR002549489A1, Jan. 1985.
PAL  Japanese Patent Abstract JP356086678A, Jul. 1981.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A blast tuyere of a blast furnace making it possible that the temperature
      of Cu of the outer surface of the tuyere is not overheated to its melting
      point or higher so as to prevent tuyere failure and endure long-term use.
      This tuyere comprises a tuyere trunk 1 having a cooling chamber 2 of a
      tuyere body and a cooling chamber 3 of a tuyere nose. At least the upper
      half of the whole of the outer circumference surface of a portion being in
      the tuyere trunk and projecting into the blast furnace, or the whole
      excluding the forefront of the outer circumference surface is coated with
      a shell layer 5 made of a material having a higher melting point than the
      melting point of Cu and temperature of a hot metal in the blast furnace.
      Furthermore, a jacket 4 made of a metal for protecting the tuyere from
      mechanical impacts received at the time of inserting the tuyere into the
      blast furnace is fitted onto the outside of the shell layer.
PATN
WKU  059894890
SRC  8
APN  9136118
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971125
TTL  Method for manufacturing a composite material
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Copenheaver; Blaine
NDR  7
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Stuivinga; Marianne Euphemia Corry
CTY  Delft
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Maas; Amanda Margaretha
CTY  Zoetermeer
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Carton; Erik Peter
CTY  Delft
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Nederlandse Organisatie voor toegepast-natuurwetenschappelijk Onderzoek
      TNO
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19950307
APN  9500455
CLAS
OCL  419  6
XCL  419  8
XCL  419 27
XCL  419 38
XCL  419 63
EDF  6
ICL  C04B 35645
FSC  428
FSS  307.3;307.7;313.9
FSC  419
FSS  6;8;27;38;61;63
UREF
PNO  4879262
ISD  19891100
NAM  Halverson et al.
OCL  501 87
FREF
PNO  93/24216
ISD  19931200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Londa and Traub LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/NL96/00102
PD1  19971125
PD2  19971125
PD3  19960306
PCP  WO96/27566
PCD  19960912
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to a method for manufacturing a composite material
      wherein by dynamic densification of an amount of granular or powdered
      relatively brittle material or a mixture of one or more of such materials,
      a continuous porous product is obtained, whereafter, by infiltration
      thereof with a second material, the brittle material particles are
      embedded in a continuous network of the second material. The invention
      further relates to a composite comprising ceramic particles embedded in a
      continuous matrix of a second material, obtainable by a method according
      to the invention, and to products manufactured from such composite.
PATN
WKU  059894903
SRC  9
APN  1035703
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980624
TTL  Wear resistant, powder metallurgy cold work tool steel articles having
      high impact toughness and a method for producing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Mai; Ngoclan
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Pinnow; Kenneth E.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Stasko; William
CTY  West Homestead
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Crucible Materials Corporation
CTY  Syracuse
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  826393
APD  19970409
PSC  01
PNO  5830287
CLAS
OCL  419 11
XCL  419 49
EDF  6
ICL  B22F  315
FSC  419
FSS  11;28;29;49
UREF
PNO  2949356
ISD  19600800
NAM  Hughes et al.
UREF
PNO  3219442
ISD  19651100
NAM  Johnstin
UREF
PNO  4249945
ISD  19810200
NAM  Haswell et al.
OCL   75241
UREF
PNO  4863515
ISD  19890900
NAM  Roberts et al.
OCL   75238
UREF
PNO  5238482
ISD  19930800
NAM  Stasko et al.
OCL   75338
UREF
PNO  5344477
ISD  19940900
NAM  Stasko et al.
OCL   75255
UREF
PNO  5589011
ISD  19961200
NAM  Gonsalves
OCL  148334
FREF
PNO  0 275 475 A1
ISD  19880700
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A hot-worked, fully dense, wear resistant, vanadium-rich, powder metallurgy
      cold work tool steel article having improved impact toughness. This is
      achieved by controlling the amount, composition and size of the primary
      carbides and by insuring that substantially all the primary carbides
      remaining after hardening and tempering are MC-type vanadium-rich
      carbides. The article is produced by hot isostatic compacting of nitrogen
      atomized powder particles.
PATN
WKU  059894911
SRC  8
APN  8345546
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970404
TTL  Oxide dispersion strengthened heat resisting powder metallurgy alloy and
      process for producing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Wyszomierski; George
INVT
NAM  Isomoto; Tatsuro
CTY  Himeji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kida; Tadanori
CTY  Himeji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanyo Special Steel Co., Ltd.
CTY  Hyogo-Ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960410
APN  8-088107
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961028
APN  8-284508
CLAS
OCL  419 19
XCL  419 20
XCL   75338
EDF  6
ICL  B22F  300
FSC  419
FSS  19;20
FSC   75
FSS  338
UREF
PNO  3615381
ISD  19711000
NAM  Hammond et al.
OCL  419 20
UREF
PNO  4599214
ISD  19860700
NAM  Luton
OCL  419 19
UREF
PNO  4668290
ISD  19870500
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL   75235
UREF
PNO  4714468
ISD  19871200
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  5073409
ISD  19911200
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL   75338
FREF
PNO  0132371
ISD  19850100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3-064424
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-043976
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-013008
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2256202
ISD  19921200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  A process for producing an oxide dispersion strengthened heat resisting
      powder metallurgy alloy, characterized in that (1) zirconium and/or a rare
      earth element, such as yttrium, cerium, or lanthanum, are previously added
      as an oxide former element to a molten mother alloy, (2) an atomizing gas
      composed of an argon or nitrogen gas containing not more than 5.0% by
      volume of oxygen is used in the step of gas-atomizing the molten mother
      alloy, and (3) in the step of consolidating and molding the gas-atomized
      alloy powder by rolling, forging, HIP, or hot extrusion, the alloy powder
      is sieved to a particle diameter of not more than 110 .mu.m before this
      step. The oxide dispersion strengthened heat resisting powder metallurgy
      alloy is characterized in that (1) zirconium and/or a rare earth element,
      such as yttrium, cerium, or lanthanum, are contained in an amount of 0.05
      to 3.0% by weight and (2) the powder metallurgy consolidated, molded
      product prepared by consolidation of the powdery metallurgy alloy contains
      0.01 to 0.5% by weight of oxygen.
PATN
WKU  059894920
SRC  8
APN  8608342
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980514
TTL  Process including heating and cooling for production of an
      injection-moulded body
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Derrington; James
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Larsson; Owe
CTY  Hoganas
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  AGA Aktiebolag
CTY  Lidingo
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19941219
APN  9404418
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19950518
APN  9501843
CLAS
OCL  419 36
XCL  264638
XCL  264645
XCL  264651
XCL  264669
XCL  264670
XCL  2643282
XCL  264344
XCL  264345
XCL  264348
XCL  419 37
XCL  419 38
XCL  419 39
XCL  419 41
XCL  419 66
XCL  419 67
EDF  6
ICL  C04B 3564
FSC  264
FSS  645;328.2;638;651;670;669;344;345;348
FSC  419
FSS  36;37;38;39;66;41;67
UREF
PNO  4113480
ISD  19780900
NAM  Rivers
OCL  419 36
UREF
PNO  4320080
ISD  19820300
NAM  Esper
OCL  264111
UREF
PNO  4455353
ISD  19840600
NAM  Bruce
OCL  419 25
UREF
PNO  4908172
ISD  19900300
NAM  Sterzel et al.
OCL  264328.2
FREF
PNO  0004272
ISD  19791000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  454247
ISD  19880400
CNT  SEX
FREF
PNO  8102126
ISD  19810800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Pearne, Gordon, McCoy & Granger LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE95/01434
PD1  19980514
PD2  19980514
PD3  19951130
PCP  WO96/19308
PCD  19960627
ABST
PAR  A process for production of a moulded ceramic and/or metallic body from a
      ductile material comprising one or more ceramic and/or metallic
      components, which material is fed into the pre-heated mould cavity (1) of
      a moulding tool. The moulded tool includes at least two mould parts (4, 5)
      of which at least one wholly or partly consists of a microporous material
      with communicating micropores. At least one mould cavity (1) comprising at
      least one mould surface (2, 3) exhibiting closed micropores is arranged in
      the microporous mould part (4, 5) or in a microporous section (6) thereof.
      The microporous mould part (4, 5) or the microporous section (6) thereof
      is pre-heated by supply of warm fluid, such as a heated gas. Said part (4,
      5) or section (6) is after terminated moulding cooled by supply of cold
      fluid, such as a condensed gas. the invention includes in a further aspect
      a moulded body produced according to the process.
PATN
WKU  059894938
SRC  9
APN  1431374
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980828
TTL  Net shape hastelloy X made by metal injection molding using an aqueous
      binder
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  5
EXP  Mai; Ngoclan
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  La Salle; Jerry C.
CTY  Montclair
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Sherman; Bryan C.
CTY  Mine Hill
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  AlliedSignal Inc.
CTY  Morris Township
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  419 36
XCL  419 37
XCL  419 54
XCL  419 58
XCL   75246
EDF  6
ICL  B22F  310
FSC  419
FSS  36;37;54;58
FSC   75
FSS  246
UREF
PNO  4734237
ISD  19880300
NAM  Fanelli et al.
OCL  264122
UREF
PNO  5258155
ISD  19931100
NAM  Sekido et al.
OCL  264109
UREF
PNO  5286767
ISD  19940200
NAM  Rohrbach et al.
OCL  524 27
UREF
PNO  5332537
ISD  19940700
NAM  Hens, et al.
OCL  264 22
UREF
PNO  5397520
ISD  19950300
NAM  Rohrach et al.
OCL  264122
UREF
PNO  5746957
ISD  19980500
NAM  Fanelli et al.
OCL  264109
UREF
PNO  5830305
ISD  19981100
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  156242
OREF
PAL  J.J. Valencia, et al., Superalloys 718,625,706, The Minerals, Metals &
      Materials Society, 1994
LREP
FR2  Squires; John A.
ABST
PAL  A molding compound consisting of the nickel superalloy Hastelloy X is used
      to form net-shape or near net-shape articles. The compound, containing
      atomized Hastelloy X powder having an average particle size less than
      about 20 .mu.m, is mixed with a liquid carrier, a gel forming binder and
      processing additives and molded at relatively low pressures in a
      conventional injection molding machine. A critical air debinding step
      prior to sintering results in high densification of the article, which has
      mechanical properties comparable to cast or wrought processed material.
PATN
WKU  059894946
SRC  9
APN  0459615
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980318
TTL  Heat treatable tungsten alloys with improved ballistic performance and
      method of making the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Sheehan; John
INVT
NAM  Kapoor; Deepak
CTY  Rockaway
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Army
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
RLAP
COD  74
APN  872975
APD  19970611
CLAS
OCL  419 54
XCL  419 49
XCL  148673
EDF  6
ICL  B22F  324
FSC  148
FSS  673
FSC  419
FSS  48;49;54
UREF
PNO  3656731
ISD  19720400
NAM  Larsen
OCL  249135
UREF
PNO  3998118
ISD  19761200
NAM  Grierson et al.
OCL   29182
UREF
PNO  5603073
ISD  19970200
NAM  Bose
OCL  419 57
UREF
PNO  5760378
ISD  19980600
NAM  Christian et al.
OCL  219603
FREF
PNO  449753
ISD  19360600
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Extrusion of Blended Powders of Tungsten-Steel and Tungsten-hafnium
       Compoe Materials Contractor Report ARAED-CR-94010 Evan K. Ohriner Deepak
      Kapoor Nov. 1994.
LREP
FR2  Ploran; John F.
FR2  Sachs; Michael
FR2  Callagaan; John E.
ABST
PAL  A tungsten heavy alloy composition comprising tungsten, iron and elements
      selected from the groups X, Y and Z and having the formula W.sub.100-p
      Fe.sub.i X.sub.j Y.sub.k Z.sub.l. Such that "X" is one or more elements
      selected from the group consisting of Ni, Mn and Co; "Y" is one or more
      elements selected from the group consisting of Cr, Mo and V; "Z" is one or
      more elements selected from the group consisting of C, Si, Ti and Al; "i"
      ranges from 5 to 19.5 weight percent; "j" ranges from 0.05 to 6 weight
      percent; "k" ranges from 0.15 to 5 weight percent; "l" ranges from 0.05 to
      4 weight percent; and "p" is the mathematical sum of i, j, k and l, and
      ranges from 7 to 20 such that "100-p" ranges from 93 to 80 weight percent.
      The blended powder mixture thus formed is hot consolidated to full
      density. The hot consolidated blended powder mixture is subjected to a
      hardening heat treatment. The WHA composition thus formed is adiabatically
      shearable with flow-softening characteristics resulting in a material with
      superior ballistic penetration characteristics. The process of forming the
      composition consists of first blending quantities of iron powder with
      elements X, Y and Z to form a matrix of the composition. Quantities of
      powdered tungsten and the matrix are then blended to form a blended powder
      mixture which is then hot consolidated to full density. The hot
      consolidation temperature is selected to achieve full density but less
      than the intermetallic phase formation temperature between tungsten and
      iron, i.e. 1050.degree. C. The preferred hot consolidation temperature is
      at or below 1000.degree. C. The hot consolidated blended powder mixture is
      then subjected to a hardening heat treatment to form an adiabatically
      shearable, flow-softening WHA composition which is therefore a predicted
      superior performing ballistic penetrating armor piercing core material.
GOVT
PAC  U.S. GOVERNMENT INTEREST
PAR  The invention described herein may be manufactured, used and licensed by or
      for the U.S. Government for U.S. Government purposes.
PATN
WKU  059894954
SRC  8
APN  6928056
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19960730
TTL  Aluminum alloy for use in castings
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Ip; Sikyin
INVT
NAM  Isayama; Tomoaki
CTY  Fukuoka pref.
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shibata; Osamu
CTY  Chiba pref.
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kyushu Mitsui Aluminum Industries, Inc.
CTY  Fukuoka pref.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Nippon Precision Casting Corp.
CTY  Chiba pref.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  420535
XCL  420533
XCL  148417
XCL  148439
EDF  6
ICL  C22C 2108
FSC  148
FSS  417;439
FSC  420
FSS  535;533
UREF
PNO  3925067
ISD  19751200
NAM  Sperry et al.
OCL  420535
UREF
PNO  4867805
ISD  19890900
NAM  Agrawal et al.
OCL  148437
UREF
PNO  5211910
ISD  19930500
NAM  Pichens et al.
OCL  148439
UREF
PNO  5593516
ISD  19970100
NAM  Cassada
OCL  148417
FREF
PNO  62-83445
ISD  19870400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  CA 113:63797, Aug. 1985.
LREP
FRM  Jordan and Hamburg LLP
ABST
PAL  An aluminum alloy for use in castings, comprising 0.0005-0.01 weight % of
      Fe, 0.0005-0.01 weight % of Si, 2.5-6.5 weight % of Cu, 0.10-0.50 weight %
      of Mg, 0.001-0.40 weight % of Mn, 0.10-0.50 weight % of Ti, 0.20-1.2
      weight % of Ag, 0.002-0.01 weight % of B, no more than 0.01 weight % of
      any other individual component aside from Al, and the balance Al. The
      aluminum alloy is thereby designed to provide improved toughness without
      detracting from tensile strength, proof stress, and hardness.
PATN
WKU  059894962
SRC  8
APN  9819622
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980112
TTL  Waste plastic disposal apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  13
EXA  Moazzam; Fariborz
EXP  Till; Terrence R.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Ukai; Kunihiro
CTY  Ikoma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tomizawa; Takeshi
CTY  Ikoma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujita; Tatsuo
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Jiro
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakazono; Mitsuyuki
CTY  Fukuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hattori; Tomotaka
CTY  Kasuga
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960513
APN  8-117223
CLAS
OCL  422  3
XCL  422  4
XCL  422  5
XCL  422108
XCL  422109
XCL  422122
XCL  422307
XCL  422125
XCL  241DIG38
XCL   96222
EDF  6
ICL  A61L 1100
FSC  422
FSS  3;4;5;108;109;120;122;307;309;125
FSC  241
FSS  DIG. 38
FSC   96
FSS  222
UREF
PNO  4983214
ISD  19910100
NAM  Bottinelli et al.
OCL   75387
UREF
PNO  5322603
ISD  19940600
NAM  Kameda et al.
OCL  204158.2
UREF
PNO  5334313
ISD  19940800
NAM  Anderson
OCL  210624
UREF
PNO  5447017
ISD  19950900
NAM  Becher et al.
OCL   53527
FREF
PNO  524 608
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  734 845
ISD  19961000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2-35982
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-26514
ISD  19910200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-49908
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-284206
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-122690
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-47365
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-184351
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-137035
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-124946
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-164442
ISD  19950600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-205148
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-227848
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-227847
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-276361
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-276363
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-304039
ISD  19951100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind, & Ponack, L.L.P
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/01547
PD1  19980112
PD2  19980112
PD3  19970508
PCP  WO97/43099
PCD  19971120
ABST
PAR  A waste plastic disposal apparatus (K1-K4) including a storage portion (2)
      for storing waste plastic; a heating portion (7) for heating the waste
      plastic, which includes a heater (7b) and a fan (7a); a hot-air
      circulating path (20) for circulating hot air therethrough, which is
      defined by the storage portion (2) and the heating portion (7); an exhaust
      path (10) which branches off from the hot-air circulating path (20); and a
      deodorizing portion (9) which is provided in the exhaust path in response
      to intake of a predetermined quantity of external air into the hot-air
      circulating path (20) per unit time, the hot air in the hot-air
      circulating path (20) is exhausted in a quantity equal to the
      predetermined quantity from the exhaust path (10) through the deodorizing
      portion (9).
PATN
WKU  059894970
SRC  8
APN  904292&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970731
TTL  Process and apparatus for deodorizing malodorous substances with a
      chlorine dioxide-containing composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Moazzam; Fariborz
EXP  Warden, Sr.; Robert J.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Labonte, Jr.; Roland R.
STR  31 Grove Ave.
CTY  North Kingston
STA  RI
ZIP  02852
CLAS
OCL  422  5
XCL  422  4
XCL  422123
XCL  422306
XCL  422900
XCL  210104
XCL  423210
XCL  423477
XCL  424661
XCL  424665
EDF  6
ICL  A61L  914
FSC  422
FSS  4;5;120;123;306;900
FSC  210
FSS  104;139
FSC  423
FSS  210;477
FSC  424
FSS  661;665
UREF
PNO  3337455
ISD  19670800
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  210 63
UREF
PNO  3355019
ISD  19671100
NAM  Mitchell
OCL  210104
UREF
PNO  3641821
ISD  19720200
NAM  Neuberger et al.
OCL   73421
UREF
PNO  3696029
ISD  19721000
NAM  Walker
OCL  210 14
UREF
PNO  3804253
ISD  19740400
NAM  Wellman et al.
OCL  210 85
UREF
PNO  3923955
ISD  19751200
NAM  Fattinger
OCL  423210
UREF
PNO  3975284
ISD  19760800
NAM  Lambert
OCL  252187
UREF
PNO  4250144
ISD  19810200
NAM  Ratigan
OCL  422112
UREF
PNO  4731193
ISD  19880300
NAM  Mason et al.
OCL  252 95
UREF
PNO  4776409
ISD  19881000
NAM  Manchak, Jr.
OCL  175 50
UREF
PNO  4823826
ISD  19890400
NAM  Sacco
OCL  137  1
UREF
PNO  4844874
ISD  19890700
NAM  deVries
OCL  423210
UREF
PNO  4889654
ISD  19891200
NAM  Mason et al.
OCL  252100
UREF
PNO  5006326
ISD  19910400
NAM  Mayurnik et al.
OCL  423477
UREF
PNO  5039423
ISD  19910800
NAM  Kelley
OCL  210664
UREF
PNO  5200171
ISD  19930400
NAM  Ratcliff
OCL  424 52
UREF
PNO  5232584
ISD  19930800
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  210139
UREF
PNO  5294307
ISD  19940300
NAM  Jackson
OCL  204 95
UREF
PNO  5348734
ISD  19940900
NAM  Ratcliff
OCL  424 53
UREF
PNO  5389384
ISD  19950200
NAM  Jooste
OCL  424661
UREF
PNO  5407656
ISD  19950400
NAM  Roozdar
OCL  423477
UREF
PNO  5447551
ISD  19950900
NAM  Huestis et al.
OCL   75414
UREF
PNO  5496730
ISD  19960300
NAM  Teramachi
OCL  435290
UREF
PNO  5547584
ISD  19960800
NAM  Capehart
OCL  210669
UREF
PNO  5738840
ISD  19980400
NAM  Richter
OCL  424 53
FREF
PNO  2 696 643
ISD  19940400
CNT  FRX
OREF
PAL  S.L. Sarkar et al., "Concrete Deterioration Depth Profile Determination in
      Lift Station", Proc. Int. Conf. Cem. Microsc. 1996, 18th, 255-271
      (Eng.)--Chemical Abstracts 125:17340h.
PAL  Katz, et al., "Disinfection of effluent by combinations of equal doses of
      chlorine and chlorine dioxide added simultaneously over varying contact
      times", Water Res. 28, 10 pp. 2133-2138 (1994)--Pollution Abs. 214474
      95-03471.
PAL  Dernat, M. et al., "Water Management in Coastal Areas", Water. Sci.
      Technol. 25, 12, pp. 145-154 (1992)--Pollution Abs. 190916 93-03865.
PAL  Anonymous, "Treatment of industrial effluents", Effluent and Water
      Treatment Journal pp. 15-19 (Aug. 1979) Dialog-Pollution Abs. 069310
      80-06264.
PAL  Yakovlev S.V., "The current state and perspective development and
      improvement of sewage in the USSR", Vodosnabzhenie I Sanitarnaia Tekhnika
      3 pp. 5-7 (1979)--Pollution Abs. 066459 80-03409.
PAL  Rauh, J.S., "Disinfection and oxidation of wastes by chlorine dioxide",
      Journal of Environmental Sciences, 22, 2. pp. 42-45 (Mar.-Apr.
      1979)--Pollution Abs. 064909 80-01856.
PAL  Kawata K., et al., "The search for effective wastewater disinfectants",
      Water Sewage Works, Ref. No. R-107-R-113 (1979)--Pollution Abs. 964881
      80-01828.
PAL  Sussman, S. et al., "Chlorine dioxide is an attractive treatment", Water
      Sewage Works, Ref. No. R-120-R-121 (1979)--Pollution Abs. 064720 80-01667.
PAL  Serper, "Odor Control Systems for Solid Waste Facilities: Review and
      Selection", Solid Wastes Management Refuse Removal Journal 21, 5, pp.
      22-24, 28, 31 (1978)--see p. 1, lines 18-22.
PAL  Tollefsrud, "Hypochlorite Kills Lift Station Odor", Water Sewage Works 126,
      1, p. 78 (1979)--see p. 1, lines 26-29.
PAL  Tomar et al., "Water, Air, Soil Pollution" 81 3-4, 385-399 (1995)--Chemical
      Abstracts 123:122054Z.
LREP
FR2  Kelley, Esq.; Margaret B.
     Rogers & Wells LLP
ABST
PAL  A process and apparatus are provided for deodorizing malodorous solids,
      liquids, and/or gases by contacting them with a mist of an aqueous
      deodorizing solution consisting of an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal
      chlorite, buffering agent(s), water, and optionally an alkali metal or
      alkaline earth metal chlorate and/or an alkali metal alkaline earth metal
      chloride. The preferred alkali metal is sodium. The deodorizing solution
      contains available chlorine dioxide and has a pH of about 8.5-9.5. In the
      process a concentrated solution of the deodorizing solution is diluted and
      mixed with water and misted into or onto the substance(s) to be
      deodorized, for example, the sewer gases from a sewage lift station. The
      apparatus consists of a rotameter which measures the amount of the
      concentrated deodorizing solution introduced into an eductor for dilution
      in a passing water stream which is then transported to spray nozzles for
      misting the malodorous substance(s). Preferably, a timer or monitor is
      incorporated so that the apparatus can be operated intermittently or
      continuously and the amounts of the oxidizing agents supplied can be
      varied.
PATN
WKU  059894989
SRC  8
APN  7344945
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19961021
TTL  Electron-beam sterilization of biological materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  McKane; Elizabeth
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Odland; Thomas L.
CTY  Lino Lakes
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  St. Jude Medical, Inc.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  473116
APD  19950607
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  205781
APD  19940304
CLAS
OCL  422 22
XCL  422 23
XCL  422 36
XCL  435  11
XCL  623  2
EDF  6
ICL  A61L  208
ICL  A01N  100
FSC  422
FSS  22;23;28;36
FSC  435
FSS  1.1
FSC  250
FSS  455.11
FSC  623
FSS  2
UREF
PNO  3779706
ISD  19731200
NAM  Nablo
OCL  422 22
UREF
PNO  4378224
ISD  19830300
NAM  Nimni et al.
OCL    8 94.11
UREF
PNO  4553974
ISD  19851100
NAM  Dewanjee
OCL    8 94.11
UREF
PNO  4647283
ISD  19870300
NAM  Carpentier et al.
OCL  623 11
UREF
PNO  4798611
ISD  19890100
NAM  Freeman, Jr.
OCL  623 66
UREF
PNO  5096553
ISD  19920300
NAM  Ross et al.
OCL  204157.15
UREF
PNO  5336616
ISD  19940800
NAM  Livesey et al.
OCL  435240.2
UREF
PNO  5366746
ISD  19941100
NAM  Mendenhall
OCL  426521
OREF
PAL  Beach, P. Maynard, Jr. et al. "Aortic Valve Replacement with Frozen
      Irradiated Homografts: Long-Term Evaluation," Supplement I to Circulation,
      vols. XLV and XLVI, May 1972.
PAL  Campalani, G. et al. "Aortic valve replacement with frozen irradiated
      homografts: An 18-year experience," Eur J Cardio-thorac Surgery (1989) 3:
      558-561, 1989.
PAL  Gonzalez-Lavin, L. et al. "Homograft aortic valve replacement: A five-year
      experience at the National Heart Hospital, London." J of Thoracic and
      Cardiovascular Surfery, v.60 No.1, pp. 1-12, Jul. 1970.
PAL  Hopkins, Richard A. Cardiac Reconstructions with Allograft Valves. pp.
      1,4,9,10, no date avail.
PAL  Ionescu, M.I., ed. Biological Tissue in Heart Valve Replacement, pp.
      313-331, no date avail.
PAL  Inoue, A. "An Experimental Study on Processed Peripheral Nerve Grafting,"
      J. Kyoto Prefect Univ. Med . . . vol. 90 (4), pp. 323-337, 1981.
PAL  Malm et al. "An evaluation of aortic valve . . . beam energy," J. of
      Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, vol.54, No. 4, pp. 471-477, Oct.
      1967.
PAL  Webster's Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary, Merriam-Webster Inc, 1983,
      definition of "tissue" p. 1237.
PAL  Rangwalla et al., "Electron-Beam Sterilization and its Application to
      aseptic packaging," Pharm. Technology, Nov. 1985, pp. 36-47.
LREP
FRM  Westman, Champlin & Kelly P.A.
FR2  Dardi; Peter S.
ABST
PAL  A method for sterilizing collagen containing tissue includes crosslinking
      the tissue to form a crosslinked biological tissue. The tissue is
      maintained in a hydrated state. The crosslinked, collagen-containing
      tissue is sterilized by irradiating the tissue with a beam of accelerated
      electrons. The biological tissue exposed to accelerated electrons is
      suitable for surgical implantation. The irradiated biological tissue is
      not significantly degraded following irradiation. The irradiation can be
      performed on tissue that has been packed in a container in a hydrated
      state.
PATN
WKU  059894997
SRC  9
APN  053823&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980402
TTL  Dual chamber disposable reaction vessel for amplification reactions
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Redding; David A.
NDR  27
NFG  54
INVT
NAM  Catanzariti; Luigi
CTY  Duxbury
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Kluttz; Bryan W.
CTY  Norwell
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Colin; Bruno
CTY  Marcy L'Etoile
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Jaravel; Cecile
CTY  Lyons
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  bioMerieux, Inc.
CTY  Hazelwood
STA  MO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  850207
APD  19970502
PSC  01
PNO  5786182
CLAS
OCL  422 63
XCL  422102
XCL  422103
XCL  4352872
XCL  4352873
XCL  4352885
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2100
FSC  435
FSS  285.1;287.2;287.3;287.6;287.9;288.2;288.5;286.1
FSC  422
FSS  64;63;101;102;103
UREF
PNO  3579303
ISD  19710500
NAM  Pickering
UREF
PNO  4038151
ISD  19770700
NAM  Fadler et al.
OCL  195127
UREF
PNO  4043678
ISD  19770800
NAM  Farrell et al.
OCL  356246
UREF
PNO  4106675
ISD  19780800
NAM  Taylor
OCL  222556
UREF
PNO  4116775
ISD  19780900
NAM  Charles et al.
OCL  195103.5
UREF
PNO  4195060
ISD  19800300
NAM  Terk
OCL  422 61
UREF
PNO  4207394
ISD  19800600
NAM  Aldridge et al.
OCL  435 34
UREF
PNO  4267833
ISD  19810500
NAM  Barger et al.
OCL  128214
UREF
PNO  4332769
ISD  19820600
NAM  Rampy et al.
OCL  422 75
UREF
PNO  4605536
ISD  19860800
NAM  Kuhnert
OCL  422 99
UREF
PNO  4956148
ISD  19900900
NAM  Grandone
OCL  422 64
UREF
PNO  5324481
ISD  19940600
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL  422 64
UREF
PNO  5437990
ISD  19950800
NAM  Burg et al.
OCL  435 91.2
UREF
PNO  5498392
ISD  19960300
NAM  Wilding et al.
OCL  422 68.1
UREF
PNO  5510084
ISD  19960400
NAM  Cros et al.
OCL  422104
UREF
PNO  5554516
ISD  19960900
NAM  Kacian et al.
OCL  435 91.21
UREF
PNO  5587128
ISD  19961200
NAM  Wilding et al.
OCL  422 50
UREF
PNO  5645801
ISD  19970700
NAM  Bouma et al.
OCL  422 68.1
UREF
PNO  5725831
ISD  19980300
NAM  Reichler et al.
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  5783148
ISD  19980600
NAM  Cottingham et al.
OCL  422 56
FREF
PNO  0320752
ISD  19890600
CNT  EPX
ICL  G01N 3353
FREF
PNO  0469209
ISD  19920200
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61M 3900
FREF
PNO  7265100A
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8275800A
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9262084A
ISD  19971000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Mini VIDAS Operators Manual, bioMerieux Vitek, Inc. (1995).
PAL  Brochure materials, VIDAS automated immunoanalyzer system, bioMerieux
      Vitek, Inc. (1994).
PAL  Mini VIDAS automated immunoanalyzer system of bioMerieux Vitek, Inc. (see
      Mini VIDAS Operators Manual).
PAL  VIDAS test strip for use in VIDAS system, available from bioMerieux Vitek,
      Inc.(see pp. 3-17 of Mini Vidas Operators Manual).
LREP
FRM  McDonnell, Boehnen Hulbert & Berghoff
ABST
PAL  A reaction vessel for a nucleic acid amplification reaction has a first
      chamber containing an amplification reagent mix, a second chamber
      containing an amplification enzyme, and a fluid channel or chamber
      connecting the first and second chambers together. A fluid sample is
      introduced into the first chamber. After a denaturation and primer
      annealing process has occurred in the first chamber, the fluid channel is
      opened to allow the solution of the reagent and fluid sample to flow into
      the second chamber. The second chamber is maintained at an optimal
      temperature for the amplification reaction.
PAL  A station is described for processing test strips incorporating the
      reaction vessels. The station includes temperature and vacuum control
      subsystems to maintain proper temperatures in the reaction vessel and
      effectuate the transfer of the fluid from one chamber to the other in an
      autlomated fashion without human intervention.
PATN
WKU  059895004
SRC  8
APN  8870241
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970702
TTL  Reactor heat exchange system
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  McMahon; Timothy
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Peacock; Richard
CTY  Missouri City
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Phillips Petroleum Company
CTY  Bartlesville
STA  OK
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  422138
XCL  422135
XCL  422200
XCL  422201
EDF  6
ICL  C08F  202
FSC  422
FSS  135;138;200;201
UREF
PNO  2664346
ISD  19531200
NAM  Mayhew
OCL  422201
UREF
PNO  3679651
ISD  19720700
NAM  Kii et al.
OCL  260 93.5S
UREF
PNO  3909207
ISD  19750900
NAM  Bir
OCL   23285
UREF
PNO  4321234
ISD  19820300
NAM  Ohsaki et al.
OCL  422200
UREF
PNO  4525482
ISD  19850600
NAM  Ohsaki et al.
OCL  422200
UREF
PNO  4594227
ISD  19860600
NAM  Ohsaki et al.
OCL  422201
UREF
PNO  4632587
ISD  19861200
NAM  Vollhardt
OCL  422201
UREF
PNO  4714592
ISD  19871200
NAM  Zanma et al.
OCL  422201
UREF
PNO  4882283
ISD  19891100
NAM  Gentry
OCL  435316
UREF
PNO  4985208
ISD  19910100
NAM  Sugawara et al.
OCL  422135
FREF
PNO  0295519
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1570283
ISD  19700200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  827749
ISD  19600200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Richmond, Hitchcock, Fish & Dollar
ABST
PAL  In a reactor of the type having a vessel, an agitator for agitating the
      contents of the vessel, and a heat exchange system within the vessel, the
      improvement wherein the heat exchange system comprises: a first
      substantially annular header which comprises pipe; a second substantially
      annular header comprising pipe and being spaced from the first header; a
      third substantially annular header comprising pipe and being spaced from
      the first header and adjacent to the second header; a first set of tubes
      extending between and connecting the first header and the second header;
      and a second set of tubes extending between and connecting the first
      header and the third header.
PATN
WKU  059895012
SRC  9
APN  2107309
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19981215
TTL  Plant for the production of hydrogen and of energy
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Langel; Wayne
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Engler; Yves
CTY  Vincennes
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Fuentes; Francois
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  L'Air Liquide, Societe Anonyme pour l'Etude et l'Exploitation des
      Procedes Georges Claude
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19951026
APN  95 12631
RLAP
COD  74
APN  742593
APD  19961028
PSC  01
PNO  5888470
CLAS
OCL  422171
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 5334
FSC  422
FSS  171;177
FSC  252
FSS  373
FSC  423
FSS  648.1
UREF
PNO  4309359
ISD  19820100
NAM  Pinto
OCL  252373
UREF
PNO  4690695
ISD  19870900
NAM  Doshi
UREF
PNO  4701187
ISD  19871000
NAM  Choe et al.
UREF
PNO  4725380
ISD  19880200
NAM  Pinto
UREF
PNO  4725381
ISD  19880200
NAM  Pinto
UREF
PNO  5152975
ISD  19921000
NAM  Fong et al.
UREF
PNO  5354547
ISD  19941000
NAM  Rao et al.
UREF
PNO  5741474
ISD  19980400
NAM  Isomura et al.
FREF
PNO  0 092 969
ISD  19831100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 217 505
ISD  19870400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 574 285
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  A process for the generation of energy and of a hydrogen-rich mixture (30),
      includes the following steps:
PA1  a) a partial oxidation of an incoming hydrocarbon gas mixture (15) is
      carried out using an oxidant mixture (16) which contains oxygen, so as to
      obtain as output from the unit a reaction gas (17) which contains hydrogen
      and CO;
PA1  b) the reaction gas produced at the end of step a) is passed into a
      membrane separator (24) which generates, as its permeate output, a
      permeate gas mixture (25) enriched in the more permeable components of the
      reaction gas and, as its retentate output, a retentate gas mixture (26)
      enriched in the less permeable components of the reaction gas;
PA1  c) the retentate gas mixture (26) is treated in an electricity generation
      unit (27);
PA1  d) the permeate gas mixture (25) is separated in a preferential adsorption
      separator (29) so as to obtain, as unadsorbed product gas, the desired
      hydrogen-rich gas mixture (30).
PATN
WKU  059895020
SRC  8
APN  6591221
APT  1
ART  168
APD  19960604
TTL  Reactor distribution apparatus and quench zone mixing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  106
ECL  1
EXP  Stucker; Jeffrey
NDR  10
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Nelson; Douglas E.
CTY  Brea
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kuskie; Robert W.
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bingham; F. Emmett
CTY  Mission Viejo
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Fluor Corporation
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  422194
XCL  422191
XCL  422224
XCL  422236
XCL  261108
XCL  261113
EDF  6
ICL  B01J  804
FSC  261
FSS  97;110;114.1;108;113;114.2
FSC  422
FSS  191;194;195;220;224;236;237
UREF
PNO  2632692
ISD  19530300
NAM  Korin et al.
UREF
PNO  2710177
ISD  19550600
NAM  Young et al.
UREF
PNO  2778621
ISD  19570100
NAM  Zimmerman, Jr.
UREF
PNO  2898292
ISD  19590800
NAM  Halik et al.
UREF
PNO  3112256
ISD  19631100
NAM  Young et al.
UREF
PNO  3143581
ISD  19640800
NAM  Walter
UREF
PNO  3146189
ISD  19640800
NAM  Kunreuther et al.
UREF
PNO  3218249
ISD  19651100
NAM  Ballard et al.
UREF
PNO  3235344
ISD  19660200
NAM  Dreyer et al.
UREF
PNO  3244286
ISD  19660400
NAM  Schmidt et al.
UREF
PNO  3353924
ISD  19671100
NAM  Riopelle
OCL   23288
UREF
PNO  3378349
ISD  19680400
NAM  Shirk
UREF
PNO  3446489
ISD  19690500
NAM  Leva
UREF
PNO  3480407
ISD  19691100
NAM  Wentworth
UREF
PNO  3502445
ISD  19700300
NAM  Ballard
UREF
PNO  3524731
ISD  19700800
NAM  Effron et al.
UREF
PNO  3541000
ISD  19701100
NAM  Hanson et al.
UREF
PNO  3652450
ISD  19720300
NAM  Boyd
UREF
PNO  3685971
ISD  19720800
NAM  Carson
UREF
PNO  3705016
ISD  19721200
NAM  Ludwigsen et al.
UREF
PNO  3723072
ISD  19730300
NAM  Carson et al.
UREF
PNO  3824080
ISD  19740700
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  3880961
ISD  19750400
NAM  Alcock
UREF
PNO  3895919
ISD  19750700
NAM  Forster et al.
UREF
PNO  3915847
ISD  19751000
NAM  Hutchings
UREF
PNO  3946104
ISD  19760300
NAM  Forster et al.
UREF
PNO  4087252
ISD  19780500
NAM  Strahorn et al.
UREF
PNO  4126539
ISD  19781100
NAM  Derr, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4126540
ISD  19781100
NAM  Grossboll et al.
UREF
PNO  4133645
ISD  19790100
NAM  Scott
UREF
PNO  4140625
ISD  19790200
NAM  Jensen
UREF
PNO  4233269
ISD  19801100
NAM  Kaye et al.
UREF
PNO  4235847
ISD  19801100
NAM  Scott
UREF
PNO  4313908
ISD  19820200
NAM  Gupta
UREF
PNO  4550000
ISD  19851000
NAM  Bentham
UREF
PNO  4579647
ISD  19860400
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  4669890
ISD  19870600
NAM  Peyrot
UREF
PNO  4808350
ISD  19890200
NAM  Robbins et al.
UREF
PNO  4836989
ISD  19890600
NAM  Aly et al.
UREF
PNO  4839108
ISD  19890600
NAM  Silvey
UREF
PNO  4960571
ISD  19901000
NAM  Bhagat et al.
OCL  422194
UREF
PNO  5045247
ISD  19910900
NAM  Treese
UREF
PNO  5103864
ISD  19920400
NAM  Austin
UREF
PNO  5152967
ISD  19921000
NAM  Rossetti et al.
OCL  422194
UREF
PNO  5158713
ISD  19921000
NAM  Ghelfi et al.
UREF
PNO  5158714
ISD  19921000
NAM  Shih et al.
UREF
PNO  5192465
ISD  19930300
NAM  Petrich et al.
OCL  261 97
UREF
PNO  5269465
ISD  19931200
NAM  Zich et al.
UREF
PNO  5462719
ISD  19951000
NAM  Pedersen et al.
OCL  422195
OREF
PAL  "Applied Process Design for Chemical and Petrochemical Plants", Applied
      Process Design For Chemical and Petrochemical Plants, vol. 2, Second
      Edition, p. 66, 1979.
LREP
FRM  Hunton & Williams
ABST
PAL  A quench zone mixing apparatus that occupies a low vertical height and has
      an improved mixing efficiency and fluid distribution across the catalyst
      surface includes a swirl chamber, a rough distribution network, and a
      distribution apparatus. In the swirl chamber, reactant fluid from a
      catalyst bed above is thoroughly mixed with a quench fluid by a swirling
      action. The mixed fluids exit the swirl chamber through an aperture to the
      rough distribution system where the fluids are radially distributed
      outward across the vessel to the distribution apparatus. The distribution
      apparatus includes a plate with a number of bubble caps and associated
      drip trays that multiply the liquid drip stream from the bubble caps to
      further symmetrically distribute the fluids across the catalyst surface.
      The distribution apparatus can be used in the reaction vessel without the
      swirl chamber and rough distribution system, e.g., at the top of a vessel.
PATN
WKU  059895039
SRC  8
APN  9907211
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971215
TTL  Process and apparatus for methanol reforming
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Doroshenk; Alexa
EXP  Tran; Hien
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Wiesheu; Norbert
CTY  Guenzburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  zur Megede; Detlef
CTY  Bubesheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Autenrieth; Rainer
CTY  Erbach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  DaimlerChrysler AG
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950722
APN  195 26 886
RLAP
COD  74
APN  673085
APD  19960701
PSC  01
PNO  5772707
CLAS
OCL  422198
XCL  422196
XCL  422197
XCL  422200
EDF  6
ICL  F28D  804
ICL  F28D  700
ICL  B01J  804
FSC  422
FSS  191;196;197;198;200
FSC   48
FSS  61
UREF
PNO  4088450
ISD  19780500
NAM  Kosaka et al.
OCL  422201
UREF
PNO  4865624
ISD  19890900
NAM  Okada
OCL   48 61
UREF
PNO  5266281
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kao et al.
OCL  422197
UREF
PNO  5484577
ISD  19960100
NAM  Buswell et al.
OCL  422211
UREF
PNO  5518705
ISD  19960500
NAM  Buswell et al.
OCL  423437M
FREF
PNO  41 93 026 T1
ISD  19931000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  61-183102
ISD  19850800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-246202
ISD  19851200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-18302
ISD  19900100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 250 130
ISD  19920500
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  Process and apparatus for methanol reforming in producing hydrogen gas for
      electric vehicle fuel cells in which the gas mixture to be reformed is
      passed through a catalyst-containing reaction compartment. The active
      length and/or the active inlet cross-section of an intake-side reaction
      compartment section which is temperature-controlled for high methanol
      conversion can be set as a function of the throughput of gas mixture to be
      reformed. Thereby, an essentially constant residence period of the gas
      mixture to be reformed results in the reaction compartment section which
      is temperature-controlled for high methanol conversion. The methanol
      reforming may thus be carried out even in the case of markedly fluctuating
      throughputs of gas mixture to be reformed with a constant level of
      methanol conversion rate and constantly low formation of undesirable
      carbon monoxide.
PATN
WKU  059895047
SRC  8
APN  8799822
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970620
TTL  Chemical process employing corrosion resistant composites
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Raimund; Christopher
INVT
NAM  Wilson; Doug
CTY  Laguna Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mathur; Raj
CTY  Huntington Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Pruett; Gary
CTY  Cypress
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Metter; Robert Howard
CTY  Orange
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  SGL Carbon Composites
CTY  Gardena
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  850205
APD  19970502
RLAP
COD  82
APN  829345
APD  19970331
PSC  01
PNO  5800924
ISD  19980901
RLAP
COD  81
APN  394605
APD  19950227
PSC  01
PNO  5683281
ISD  19971104
CLAS
OCL  423 23
XCL  423 22
XCL  428408
XCL  442179
EDF  6
ICL  C01G  300
FSC  428
FSS  408
FSC  442
FSS  179
UREF
PNO  3174895
ISD  19650300
NAM  Gibson et al.
OCL  161259
UREF
PNO  3385723
ISD  19680500
NAM  Pickar
OCL  117 46
UREF
PNO  3462289
ISD  19690800
NAM  Rohl et al.
OCL  117 46
UREF
PNO  3927157
ISD  19751200
NAM  Vasterling
OCL  264 29
UREF
PNO  4119189
ISD  19781000
NAM  Ehrenreich
OCL  192107
UREF
PNO  4178413
ISD  19791200
NAM  DeMunda
OCL  428408
UREF
PNO  4275095
ISD  19810600
NAM  Warren
UREF
PNO  4397901
ISD  19830800
NAM  Warren
OCL  428101
UREF
PNO  4425407
ISD  19840100
NAM  Galasso et al.
OCL  428368
UREF
PNO  4465777
ISD  19840800
NAM  Shuford
OCL  501 88
UREF
PNO  4472476
ISD  19840900
NAM  Veltri et al.
OCL  428215
UREF
PNO  4476164
ISD  19841000
NAM  Veltri et al.
UREF
PNO  4476178
ISD  19841000
NAM  Veltri et al.
OCL  428215
UREF
PNO  4487799
ISD  19841200
NAM  Galasso et al.
OCL  428334
UREF
PNO  4500602
ISD  19850200
NAM  Patten et al.
OCL  428408
UREF
PNO  4507272
ISD  19850300
NAM  Mullen et al.
UREF
PNO  4515860
ISD  19850500
NAM  Holzl
OCL  428408
UREF
PNO  4585675
ISD  19860400
NAM  Shuford
OCL  427376.2
UREF
PNO  4599256
ISD  19860700
NAM  Vasilos
OCL  428114
UREF
PNO  4671997
ISD  19870600
NAM  Galasso et al.
OCL  428408
UREF
PNO  4684021
ISD  19870800
NAM  Niebling et al.
OCL  206334
UREF
PNO  4795677
ISD  19890100
NAM  Gray
OCL  428246
UREF
PNO  4833030
ISD  19890500
NAM  Petersen
OCL  428408
UREF
PNO  4863773
ISD  19890900
NAM  Rousseau et al.
OCL  428 68
UREF
PNO  4868056
ISD  19890900
NAM  Haselkorn
OCL  428408
UREF
PNO  4894286
ISD  19900100
NAM  Gray
OCL  428408
UREF
PNO  4998879
ISD  19910300
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL  432253
UREF
PNO  5132145
ISD  19920700
NAM  Valentian
OCL  427249
UREF
PNO  5207992
ISD  19930500
NAM  Matsuo et al.
OCL  442249
UREF
PNO  5281479
ISD  19940100
NAM  Rittner et al.
OCL  428408
UREF
PNO  5616175
ISD  19970400
NAM  Walsh
OCL  117 14
UREF
PNO  5683281
ISD  19971100
NAM  Metter
OCL  442179
FREF
PNO  290322 A1
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C30B 1100
FREF
PNO  2240884
ISD  19740200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3327659A1
ISD  19850200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3328313
ISD  19850200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3820714
ISD  19891200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  63112464
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1264964A
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2197618A
ISD  19880500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/17839
ISD  19911100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Ceramic Coatings for Carbon-Carbon Composites by James R. Strife and James
      E. Sheehan, Ceramic Bulletin, vol. 67, No. 2 1988, pp. 236-274.
PAL  Brochure Product for The Semiconductor Industry Obtained by Applicant in
      May 1990. Rinsdorff-no date.
PAL  Brochure Schunk Graphite Technology, Schunk, 1-90 and 6-90.
PAL  Brochure Fabmate Cage Boats, Poco Graphite, Inc. 10-89.
LREP
FRM  Renner, Kenner, Greive, Bobak, Taylor & Weber
ABST
PAL  A chemical process apparatus component comprising a high purity, corrosion
      resistant composite including a continuous carbon fiber reinforced carbon
      matrix having a level of total metal impurity below about 10 ppm,
      preferably below about 5 ppm. Most preferably, the composite has a level
      of metal impurity below the detection limit of inductively coupled plasma
      spectroscopy for the metals Ag, Al, Ba, Be, Ca, Cd, Co, Cr, Cu, K, Mg, Mn,
      Mo, Na, Ni, P, Pb, Sr and Zn. A process utilizing at least one of the
      above components for use in a chemical process apparatus, wherein said
      component is in contact with at least one of i) a high purity material,
      such as for processing, and ii) a corrosive process media.
PATN
WKU  059895055
SRC  8
APN  6173942
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19960318
TTL  Method for recovery of alkali values from trona using air stripping
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Bos; Steven
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Zolotoochin; Vladimir M.
CTY  The Woodlands
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Phillip; James D.
CTY  Green River
STA  WY
INVT
NAM  Luzmoor; David S.
CTY  Green River
STA  WY
ASSG
NAM  Solvay Minerals, Inc.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4232062
XCL  423427
EDF  6
ICL  C22B 2610
ICL  C01D  737
FSC  423
FSS  427;206.2;426
UREF
PNO  1853275
ISD  19320400
NAM  Houghton et al.
UREF
PNO  1865833
ISD  19320700
NAM  Chesny
UREF
PNO  2005868
ISD  19350600
NAM  MacMullin
OCL  423427
UREF
PNO  2049249
ISD  19360700
NAM  Cunningham
UREF
PNO  2055084
ISD  19360900
NAM  Mullin
UREF
PNO  2133455
ISD  19381000
NAM  Keene et al.
UREF
PNO  2193817
ISD  19400300
NAM  Houghton
UREF
PNO  2388009
ISD  19451000
NAM  Pike
UREF
PNO  2625384
ISD  19530400
NAM  Pike et al.
UREF
PNO  2704239
ISD  19550300
NAM  Pike
UREF
PNO  3028215
ISD  19620400
NAM  Frint
UREF
PNO  3050290
ISD  19620800
NAM  Caldwell et al.
UREF
PNO  3104942
ISD  19630900
NAM  Handwerk et al.
UREF
PNO  3113834
ISD  19631200
NAM  Beecher et al.
UREF
PNO  3119655
ISD  19640100
NAM  Frint et al.
UREF
PNO  3184287
ISD  19650500
NAM  Gancy et al.
UREF
PNO  3212848
ISD  19651000
NAM  Tasiaux
UREF
PNO  3246962
ISD  19660400
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  3264057
ISD  19660800
NAM  Miller
OCL  423427
UREF
PNO  3451767
ISD  19690600
NAM  Saeman et al.
UREF
PNO  3455647
ISD  19690700
NAM  Gloster
UREF
PNO  3479134
ISD  19691100
NAM  Warzel
UREF
PNO  3498744
ISD  19700300
NAM  Frint et al.
UREF
PNO  3667902
ISD  19720600
NAM  Kay et al.
UREF
PNO  3870780
ISD  19750300
NAM  Guptill
UREF
PNO  3953073
ISD  19760400
NAM  Kube
UREF
PNO  3984527
ISD  19761000
NAM  Gancy et al.
UREF
PNO  4039617
ISD  19770800
NAM  Kuo
UREF
PNO  4039618
ISD  19770800
NAM  Gancy et al.
UREF
PNO  4148684
ISD  19790400
NAM  Farin
UREF
PNO  4252781
ISD  19810200
NAM  Fujita
UREF
PNO  4283372
ISD  19810800
NAM  Frint et al.
UREF
PNO  4285915
ISD  19810800
NAM  Saldick et al.
UREF
PNO  4344650
ISD  19820800
NAM  Pinsky et al.
UREF
PNO  4401635
ISD  19830800
NAM  Frint
UREF
PNO  4498706
ISD  19850200
NAM  Ilardi et al.
UREF
PNO  4652054
ISD  19870300
NAM  Copenhafer et al.
UREF
PNO  4652437
ISD  19870300
NAM  Nakaya et al.
UREF
PNO  4654204
ISD  19870300
NAM  Copenhafer et al.
UREF
PNO  4743439
ISD  19880500
NAM  Ready
UREF
PNO  4869882
ISD  19890900
NAM  Dome et al.
UREF
PNO  5043149
ISD  19910800
NAM  Frint et al.
UREF
PNO  5262134
ISD  19931100
NAM  Frint et al.
UREF
PNO  5275794
ISD  19940100
NAM  Luna
UREF
PNO  5283054
ISD  19940200
NAM  Copenhafer et al.
UREF
PNO  5609838
ISD  19970300
NAM  Neuman et al.
OCL  423427
FREF
PNO  15822
ISD  18920000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  883202
ISD  19611100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Sarber, M. et al. "The Activity and Osmotic Coefficients of Aqueous Sodium
      Bicarbonate Solutions," J. Chem. Thermodynamics, vol. 14, pp. 967-976
      (1982), No Month.
PAL  Vanderzee, C., "Thermodynamic properties of Solutions of a Hydrolyzing
      Electrolyte: relative partial molar enthalpies . . . and solute activity
      coefficients of aqueous sodum [sic] carbonate," J. Chem. Thermodyanamics,
      vol. 14, pp. 1051-1067 (1982), No Month.
PAL  Butler, J. N., Carbon Dioxide Equilibria and Their Applications, Lewis
      Publishers, Chelsea MI 1991, No Month.
PAL  Garrett, D., Natural Soda Ash, Von Nostrand Reinhold, New York, NY, 1992,
      pp. 336-355, No Month.
PAL  Harned, H., and Mannweiler, G., "The Thermodynamics of Ionized Water in
      Sodium Chloride Solutions," vol. 57, pp. 1873-1876 (Oct. 1935).
PAL  Yakovlev, V. A., et al., "Constant of the Second-Stage of Dissociation of
      Carbonic Acid in Concentrated Solutions of Sodium Sulfate," Zh. Prikl.
      Khim (Leningrad), vol. 62, No. 6, pp. 1365-1366 (1989), No Month.
PAL  Rao, D. P., "Design of Packed Towers for Absorption and Desorption of
      Carbon Dioxide Using Hot Promoted Potassium Carbonate Solution," Gas
      Separation & Purification, vol. 5, pp. 177-180 (1991), Sep.
PAL  Pohorecki, R., and Kucharski, E., "Desorption with Chemical Reaction in the
      System CO.sub.2 -aqueous Solution of Potassium Carbonate," Chemical
      Engineering Journal, vol. 46, pp. 1-7 (1991), No Month.
PAL  Peiper, J. And Pitzer, K., "Thermodynamics of Aqueous Carbonate Solutions
      Including Mixtures of Sodium Carbonate, Bicarbonate and Chloride," J.
      Chem. Thermodynamics, vol. 14, pp. 618-638 (1982), No Month.
PAL  Mahajani, V.V. and Danckwerts, P. V., "The Stripping of CO.sub.2 from Amine
      Promoted Potash Solutions at 100.degree. C", Chemical Engineering Science,
      vol. 38, pp. 321-327 (1983), No Month.
PAL  Nii, S., et al., "Regeneration of CO.sub.2 -Loaded Carbonate Solution by
      Reducing Pressure," J. Chem. Eng. of Japan, vol. 14, No. 2, pp. 148-153
      (1995), No Month.
PAL  Taylor, E., "Thermodynamics of Sodium Carbonate in Solution," Institute of
      Paper Chemistry, pp. 653-657, reprinted Jul., 1955.
PAL  Eickmeyer, A. G. "Carbon Dioxide Removal, IV, Catacarb", Fertilizer Science
      Technology Series, vol. 2, pp. 165-169 (1974), No Month.
PAL  Savage, D., et al., "Chemical Absorption and Desorption of Carbon Dioxide
      from Hot Carbonate Solutions," Chemical Engineering Science, vol. 35, pp.
      1513-1522 (1980), No Month.
PAL  Manufacture of Soda With Special Reference to the Ammonia Process A
      Practical Treatise, by Te-Pang Hou, Ph.D., Second Edition, pp. 342-345
      (1942), No Month.
PAL  Geochemistry and Paleolimnology of the Trona Deposits and Associated
      Authigenic Minerals of the Green River Formation of Wyoming, by W. H.
      Bradley and H. P. Eugster, Geological Survey Professional Paper 496-B, p.
      B3, pp. B36-B58 (1969), No Month.
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
ABST
PAL  A process for recovery of alkali values from trona in which trona is
      dissolved, the sodium carbonate in the feed solution is converted to
      sodium bicarbonate by introducing carbon dioxide, sodium bicarbonate is
      crystallized and separated from a mother liquor, and sodium bicarbonate in
      the mother liquor is converted to sodium carbonate by introducing air to
      form a recirculating dissolving solution which is used to dissolve the
      trona.
PATN
WKU  059895063
SRC  8
APN  7690274
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19961218
TTL  Process for the removal and recovery of mercury from hydrocarbon streams
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  DiMauro; Peter
EXP  Langel; Wayne
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Markovs; John
CTY  Arlington Heights
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  UOP LLC
CTY  Des Plaines
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  423210
XCL   95134
XCL  208251R
XCL  210673
XCL  210679
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 5364
FSC   95
FSS  134
FSC  423
FSS  210
FSC  208
FSS  251 R
FSC  210
FSS  673;679
UREF
PNO  4196173
ISD  19800400
NAM  deJong et al.
OCL  423210
UREF
PNO  4500327
ISD  19850200
NAM  Nishino et al.
OCL   55 72
UREF
PNO  4591490
ISD  19860500
NAM  Horton
OCL  423210
UREF
PNO  4892567
ISD  19900100
NAM  Yan
OCL   55 33
UREF
PNO  5062948
ISD  19911100
NAM  Kawazoe
OCL  208251R
UREF
PNO  5223145
ISD  19930600
NAM  Markovs
OCL  423210
UREF
PNO  5271760
ISD  19931200
NAM  Markovs et al.
OCL   75670
UREF
PNO  5281258
ISD  19940100
NAM  Markovs
OCL   95120
UREF
PNO  5281259
ISD  19940100
NAM  Markovs
OCL   95134
UREF
PNO  5354357
ISD  19941000
NAM  Markovs
OCL   95134
UREF
PNO  5419884
ISD  19950500
NAM  Weekman
OCL  208253
UREF
PNO  5510565
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tan
OCL  585823
UREF
PNO  5523067
ISD  19960600
NAM  Markovs
OCL  423 99
LREP
FR2  McBride; Thomas K.
FR2  Tolomei; John G.
FR2  Silverman; Richard P.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a process for removing and recovering mercury, an
      impurity, from a hydrocarbon feedstream. The process comprises separating
      the hydrocarbon feedstream into a gaseous portion and a liquid hydrocarbon
      portion and separately treating the gaseous and liquid portions by
      adsorption in separate purifier beds. The gas and liquid purifier beds are
      regenerated sequentially with a heated regenerant stream that following
      desorption and recovery of mercury is further purified in a secondary
      regenerable adsorption bed. The sequential regeneration of the two
      separate purifier beds and the secondary adsorbent bed significantly
      reduces the capital and operating cost for the process and serves to
      concentrate the mercury in the secondary adsorbent bed where it can be
      removed at a lower cost.
PATN
WKU  059895071
SRC  9
APN  0411566
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980312
TTL  Catalyst composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Cam N.
EXP  Straub; Gary P.
INVT
NAM  Sung; Shiang
CTY  New York
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Smaling; Rudolf M.
CTY  Plainfield
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Engelhard Corporation
CTY  Iselin
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  706480
APD  19960904
CLAS
OCL  4232135
XCL  4232132
XCL  502300
XCL  502303
XCL  502304
XCL  502306
XCL  502308
XCL  502313
XCL  502315
XCL  502316
EDF  6
ICL  B01J  802
ICL  B01J 2300
FSC  502
FSS  300;304;303;306;308;313;315;316
FSC  423
FSS  210;213.2;213.5
UREF
PNO  3524721
ISD  19700800
NAM  Stephens
OCL   23  2
UREF
PNO  3545917
ISD  19701200
NAM  Stephens
OCL   23  2
UREF
PNO  3552913
ISD  19710100
NAM  Stephens
OCL   23  2
UREF
PNO  3676370
ISD  19720700
NAM  Stephens
OCL  252455
UREF
PNO  3787560
ISD  19740100
NAM  Stephens
OCL  423239
UREF
PNO  3899444
ISD  19750800
NAM  Stephens
OCL  252455
UREF
PNO  3956188
ISD  19760500
NAM  Hindin et al.
OCL  252465
UREF
PNO  3993572
ISD  19761100
NAM  Hindin et al.
OCL  252462
UREF
PNO  4021185
ISD  19770500
NAM  Hindin et al.
OCL  431  7
UREF
PNO  4134860
ISD  19790100
NAM  Hindin et al.
OCL  252466
UREF
PNO  4157316
ISD  19790600
NAM  Thompson et al.
OCL  252462
UREF
PNO  4171288
ISD  19791000
NAM  Keith et al.
OCL  252462
UREF
PNO  4189404
ISD  19800200
NAM  Keith et al.
OCL  252462
UREF
PNO  4294726
ISD  19811000
NAM  Bozon et al.
OCL  252462
UREF
PNO  4438219
ISD  19840300
NAM  Brandenburg et al.
OCL  502333
UREF
PNO  4476246
ISD  19841000
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  502304
UREF
PNO  4504598
ISD  19850300
NAM  Ono et al.
OCL  502303
UREF
PNO  4587231
ISD  19860500
NAM  Sawamura et al.
OCL  502304
UREF
PNO  4591518
ISD  19860500
NAM  Schillinger et al.
OCL  427385.5
UREF
PNO  4591578
ISD  19860500
NAM  Foley et al.
OCL  502185
UREF
PNO  4591580
ISD  19860500
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  502303
UREF
PNO  4624940
ISD  19861100
NAM  Wan et al.
OCL  502251
UREF
PNO  4708946
ISD  19871100
NAM  Ohata et al.
OCL  502304
UREF
PNO  4714694
ISD  19871200
NAM  Wan et al.
OCL  502304
UREF
PNO  4727052
ISD  19880200
NAM  Wan et al.
OCL  502327
UREF
PNO  4757045
ISD  19880700
NAM  Turner et al.
OCL  502252
UREF
PNO  4780447
ISD  19881000
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  502243
UREF
PNO  4806519
ISD  19890200
NAM  Chiba et al.
OCL  502252
UREF
PNO  4808564
ISD  19890200
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  502303
UREF
PNO  4919902
ISD  19900400
NAM  Bricker et al.
OCL  423213.5
UREF
PNO  4923842
ISD  19900500
NAM  Summers
OCL  502261
UREF
PNO  4965243
ISD  19901000
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  502304
UREF
PNO  5057483
ISD  19911000
NAM  Wan
OCL  502304
UREF
PNO  5128306
ISD  19920700
NAM  Dettling et al.
OCL  503304
UREF
PNO  5130109
ISD  19920700
NAM  Wan
OCL  423213.2
UREF
PNO  5212142
ISD  19930500
NAM  Dettling
OCL  502304
UREF
PNO  5492684
ISD  19960200
NAM  Buchanan et al.
OCL  423244.01
FREF
PNO  615721
ISD  19890800
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  556 554 A2
ISD  19930800
CNT  EPX
ICL  B01D 5336
FREF
PNO  J50-145381
ISD  19751100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  J57-05240
ISD  19820600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  J59-052530
ISD  19840300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  J59-127649
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  J60-019036
ISD  19850500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  J50-31828
ISD  19850700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  J60-232253
ISD  19851100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  J71538
ISD  19870400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  J63-007895
ISD  19880100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  J63-077544
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  J63-205141
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  J63-240947
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  J01210032
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/00235
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9500235
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/35152
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9535152
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  U.S. application No. 07/787,192 (5,212,142), Joseph C. Dettling, filed May
      18, 1993.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/645,985, filed May 14, 1996.
LREP
FR2  Negin; Richard A.
ABST
PAL  A catalyst composition comprising at least one first support, at least one
      first precious metal component, at least one second support, and at least
      one second precious metal component. The total amount of the first
      precious metal component comprises from 1 to 99 weight percent based on
      the total of the first and second precious metal components. The average
      particle size of the second support is greater than the average particle
      size of the first support. The present invention includes a method to
      prepare the catalyst composition and a method to use the catalyst
      composition as a three-way catalyst. The composition results in a coated
      layer from a slurry where the more supported first precious metal
      component is in the bottom half and more supported second precious metal
      component is in the top half.
PATN
WKU  059895080
SRC  8
APN  9814698
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980205
TTL  Liquid medium extraction purification method
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Langel; Wayne
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Takhim; Mohamed
STR  Hay El Jadid OCP, No. 301
CTY  Kouribga
CNT  MAX
ASSG
NAM  Takhim; Mohamed
CTY  Kouribqa
CNT  MAX
COD  05
ASSG
NAM  Culot; Michel V. J.
CTY  Waterloo
CNT  BEX
COD  05
PRIR
CNT  BEX
APD  19950621
APN  9500548
CLAS
OCL  4233211
XCL  210729
XCL  4236585
EDF  6
ICL  C01B 2516
FSC  210
FSS  725;729;321.1
FSC  423
FSS  658.5;659;321.2
UREF
PNO  2729334
ISD  19560100
NAM  Schwar et al.
OCL  210725
UREF
PNO  3991165
ISD  19761100
NAM  Williams
OCL  423321.2
UREF
PNO  4643883
ISD  19870200
NAM  Borchert et al.
OCL  423321.1
UREF
PNO  5556548
ISD  19960900
NAM  Mellen
OCL  210729
FREF
PNO  0401631
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2264774
ISD  19751000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2511345
ISD  19750900
CNT  DEX
OCL  423321.1
FREF
PNO  38-11105
ISD  19630700
CNT  JPX
OCL  423321.1
FREF
PNO  23439
ISD  00000000
CNT  MAX
FREF
PNO  1438269
ISD  19760600
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 60, No. 6, Mar. 16, 1964, Abstract 6515e.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 86, No. 26, Jun. 27, 1977, Abstract 191964a.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 10, vol. 10, Abstract 138052.
PAL  Abstract of JP-7179 in Cellulose, Lignin and Paper, Chap. 23, 1957, col.
      18606.
LREP
FRM  Watson Cole Grindle Watson,PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/BE96/00066
PD1  19980205
PD2  19980205
PD3  19960621
PCP  WO97/00714
PCD  19970109
ABST
PAR  Method of purification by extraction of at least one substance to be
      isolated from a liquid medium, comprising an addition to the latter of an
      organic compound, entrainable by a vapor, which has a molecule with an
      acidic-basic character in the Lewis sense due to at least one atom of N, O
      and/or S forming one or more active sites provided with a free electron
      pair, this pair or these pairs being in resonance with at least one other
      pair carried by the molecule, this addition being carried out in a
      quantity sufficient to give rise to a product of an equilibrium reaction
      between the organic compound and the said at least one substance to be
      isolated, and sufficient to cause a precipitation of this equilibrium
      reaction product, a filtration of the precipitate and an entrainment by
      vapor of the organic compound from the precipitate, with a yield of the
      substance to be isolated in purified form.
PATN
WKU  059895098
SRC  8
APN  8710376
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970609
TTL  Method for extracting antimony from elemental phosphorous
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Langel; Wayne
INVT
NAM  Gunkel; Louis T.
CTY  Yardley
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Crosby; John
CTY  Lawrenceville
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Munday; Theodore F.
CTY  Kendall Park
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Beck; Paul J.
CTY  Yardley
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  EMC Corporation
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  423322
EDF  6
ICL  C01B 2504
FSC  423
FSS  322
UREF
PNO  2123554
ISD  19380600
NAM  Klosky
OCL  423322
UREF
PNO  2537078
ISD  19510100
NAM  Miller
OCL  423322
UREF
PNO  3515515
ISD  19700600
NAM  Hinkebein
OCL  423322
UREF
PNO  3645789
ISD  19720200
NAM  Mandelkov et al.
OCL  134  2
UREF
PNO  4299806
ISD  19811100
NAM  Kuck et al.
OCL  423322
UREF
PNO  4462973
ISD  19840700
NAM  Crea et al.
OCL  423322
UREF
PNO  4761271
ISD  19880800
NAM  Toy et al.
OCL  423322
UREF
PNO  5670126
ISD  19970900
NAM  Gunkel
OCL  423322
FREF
PNO  699630
ISD  19641200
CNT  CAX
OCL  423322
FREF
PNO  763261
ISD  19800900
CNT  RUX
OCL  423322
FREF
PNO  919989
ISD  19820400
CNT  RUX
OCL  423322
LREP
FR2  Baker; Patrick C.
FR2  Ramstad; Polly E.
FR2  Cupoli; Anthony L.
ABST
PAL  A process for purifying elemental phosphorus that contains antimony using
      an oxidizer, such as hydrogen peroxide, peroxymonosulfate,
      peroxydisulfate, or a hypochlorite, in a two phase system containing water
      and phosphorus as the two liquids. A purified elemental phosphorus having
      200 ppb or less antimony content.
PATN
WKU  059895101
SRC  8
APN  6702406
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19960617
TTL  Method of producing granular amorphous silica
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Hendrickson; Stuart L.
EXP  Bos; Steven
NDR  17
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Abe; Kiyoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Kazuhiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ogawa; Hiroshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mizusawa Industrial Chemical, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931228
APN  5-349036
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940930
APN  6-261153
RLAP
COD  71
APN  363835
APD  19941227
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  423339
EDF  6
ICL  C01B 3312
FSC  423
FSS  335;339
UREF
PNO  4128630
ISD  19781200
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  424 69
UREF
PNO  5342876
ISD  19940800
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  423335
LREP
FRM  Sherman and Shalloway
ABST
PAL  A method of directly precipitating a spherical amorphous silica in a high
      yield by adding a carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) as a coagulation growing
      agent in a step of neutralizing the alkali silicate with an acid. The CMC
      having a particular etherification degree and a particular polymerization
      degree is added in an amount of from 1 to 100% by weight reckoned as
      SiO.sub.2 with respect to silica in the alkali silicate, whereby the whole
      silica particles turn into spherical amorphous silica particles having
      high sphericalness. There can be obtained spherical amorphous silica
      particles having a BET specific surface area of from 25 to 800 m.sup.2 /g,
      an apparent specific gravity of from 0.1 to 0.8 and a particle diameter of
      from 0.2 to 50 .mu.m cheaply and in a high yield.
PATN
WKU  059895110
SRC  8
APN  6209327
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19960322
TTL  Smooth diamond films as low friction, long wear surfaces
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  9
EXP  Kunemund; Robert
NDR  47
NFG  51
INVT
NAM  Gruen; Dieter M.
CTY  Downers Grove
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Krauss; Alan R.
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Erdemir; Ali
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Bindal; Cuma
CTY  Woodridge
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Zuiker; Christopher D.
CTY  LaGrange
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  The University of Chicago
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  143866
APD  19931027
PSC  01
PNO  5620512
RLAP
COD  82
APN  035419
APD  19930323
PSC  01
PNO  5370855
RLAP
COD  82
APN  797590
APD  19911125
PSC  01
PNO  5209916
CLAS
OCL  423446
XCL  423445B
XCL  117108
XCL  117109
XCL  117929
EDF  6
ICL  C30B 2904
FSC  117
FSS  108;109;929
FSC  423
FSS  445 B;446
UREF
PNO  4414176
ISD  19831100
NAM  Krauss et al.
OCL  376136
UREF
PNO  4559901
ISD  19851200
NAM  Morimoto et al.
OCL  118723
UREF
PNO  4634600
ISD  19870100
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  427 38
UREF
PNO  4698198
ISD  19871000
NAM  Gruen
OCL  376146
UREF
PNO  4816286
ISD  19890300
NAM  Hirose
OCL  427 39
UREF
PNO  5015494
ISD  19910500
NAM  Yamazaki
OCL  427 39
UREF
PNO  5132105
ISD  19920700
NAM  Remo
OCL  423446
UREF
PNO  5209916
ISD  19930500
NAM  Gruen
OCL  423446
UREF
PNO  5273788
ISD  19931200
NAM  Yu
OCL  427554
UREF
PNO  5328676
ISD  19940700
NAM  Gruen
UREF
PNO  5360477
ISD  19941100
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  117  4
UREF
PNO  5370855
ISD  19941200
NAM  Gruen
UREF
PNO  5462776
ISD  19951000
NAM  Gruen
UREF
PNO  5620512
ISD  19970400
NAM  Gruen et al.
OCL  117929
OREF
PAL  J. Mater Res., Jan/Feb. 1988, p. 113-139, "Growth mechanism of
      vapor-deposited diamond," Authors: Frenklach et al.
PAL  J. Chem, Phys., Dec. 1990, p. 7800, "Laser Deposition of Carbon Clusters on
      Sufaces: A New Approach to the Study of Fullerenes," Authors: Gerard
      Meijer and Donald S. Bethune.
PAL  Annu. Rev. Mater. Sci., vol. 21, 1991, p. 221-48, "Metastable Growth of
      Diamond and Diamond-Like Phases," Authors: Angus, et al.
PAL  J. Phys. Chem, vol. 95, 1991, p. 8402-8409, "Reslience of All-Carbon
      Molecules C.sub.60, C.sub.70 and C.sub.84 : A Surface-Scattering
      Time-of-Flight Investigation," Author: Beck, et al.
PAL  Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc. vol. 208, 1991 Materials Research Society,
      "Spectrometric Characterization of Purified C.sub.60 and C.sub.70,"
      Authors: Lykke et al.
PAL  Chem. Rev., 1991, 91, p. 1213-1235, "C.sub.60 Buckminster Fullerene,"
      Authors: Kroto et al.
PAL  Reprint from Inorganic Chemistry, 1991, "Superconductivity at 28.6K in a
      Rubidium-C.sub.60 Fullerene Compound, Rb.sub.x c.sub.60 , Synthesized by a
      Solution-Phase Technique," p. 2962-2963; Wang, et al.
PAL  Reprint from Inorganic Chemistry, 1991, "First Easily Reproduced
      Solution-Phase Synthesis and Confirmation of Superconductivity in the
      Fullerene K.sub.x C.sub.60," p. 2838-39; Wang, et al.
PAL  Popular Science, Aug. 1991, p. 52-87, "Buckyball, The Magic Molecule,"
      Author: Edward Edelson.
PAL  Scientific American, Oct. 1991, p. 54, "Fullerenes," Authors: Robert F.
      Curl and Richard E. Smalley.
PAL  J. Chem. Phys., vol. 95, Nov. 1, 1991, p. 7008-7010, "Delayed electron
      emission from photoexcited C.sub.60," Authors: Wurz et al.
PAL  Chemical Physics Letters, Dec. 20, 1991. "Near Specular Reflection of
      C.sub.60 Ions in Collisions with an HOPG Graphite Surface," Authors:
      Busmann, Lill and Hertel.
PAL  Appl. Phys. Lett., Dec. 23, 1991, p. 3461, "Nucleation of Diamond Films on
      Surfaces Using Carbon Clusters," Authors: R. J. Meilunas and R.P.H. Chang.
PAL  Nature, vol. 355, Jan. 16, 1992, p. 237, "Crushing C.sup.60 to Diamond at
      Room Temperature," Authors: Reguerio, Monceau and Hodeau.
PAL  Scientific American, vol. 267, Oct. 1992, p. 84, "Diamond Film
      Semiconductors," Authors: Michael W. Geis and John C. Angus.
PAL  Nature, vol. 347, Sep. 27, 1990, pp. 354-358, "Solid C.sub.60 : A New Form
      of Carbon," Kratschmer, Lamb, Fostiropoulos and Huffman.
PAL  Parker, D.H. et al, "High Yield Synthesis, Separation and Mass
      Spectrometric Characterization of Fullerenes C.sub.60 to C.sub.266," J.
      Am. Chem. Soc. 113, 7499-7503 (1991).
PAL  Wasielewski, M.R., et al. "Triplet States of Fullerenes C.sub.60 and
      C.sub.70 ; Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectra, Photophysics and
      Electronic Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc. 113, 2774-2776 (1991).
PAL  Van, Jon; "Exotic Form Opens New Carbon Uses," Chicago Tribune, Sun. Nov.
      3, 1991.
PAL  Moffat, A.S., "When Diamonds Met Buckyballs," Science, vol. 254, Nov. 8,
      1991, p. 800.
PAL  Meilunas et al., "Activated C.sub.70 and diamond", Nature, 354 Nov. 28,
      1991, p.271.
PAL  Diamond and Related Materials, 1992, Windischmann, et al. "Free-Standing
      Diamond Membranes: Optical, Morphological and Mechanical Properties," pp.
      656-664.
PAL  Appl. Phys. Lett., Sep. 1993, Okano, et al. "Fabrication of a Diamond Field
      Emitter Array," pp. 1-13.
LREP
FRM  Emrich & Dithmar
ABST
PAL  An article and method of manufacture of a nanocrystalline diamond film. The
      nanocrystalline film is prepared by forming a carbonaceous vapor,
      providing an inert gas containing gas stream and combining the gas stream
      with the carbonaceous containing vapor. A plasma of the combined vapor and
      gas stream is formed in a chamber and fragmented carbon species are
      deposited onto a substrate to form the nanocrystalline diamond film having
      a root mean square flatness of about 50 nm deviation from flatness in the
      as deposited state.
GOVT
PAR  The United States Government has rights in this invention pursuant to
      Contract W-31-109-ENG-38 between the U.S. Department of Energy and the
      University of Chicago.
PATN
WKU  059895128
SRC  8
APN  4541162
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19950602
TTL  Method and device for the pyrolytic decomposition of hydrocarbons
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  6
EXA  Hendrickson; Stuart L.
EXP  Griffin; Steven P.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Lynum; Steinar
CTY  Oslo
CNT  NOX
INVT
NAM  Hox; Ketil
CTY  Trondheim
CNT  NOX
INVT
NAM  Hugdahl; Jan
CTY  Trondheim
CNT  NOX
ASSG
NAM  Kvaerner Technology and Research Ltd.
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NOX
APD  19921223
APN  92 5001
CLAS
OCL  423456
XCL  2191215
XCL  422158
EDF  6
ICL  C09C  148
FSC  423
FSS  449.1;458;456;450;457
FSC  219
FSS  121.5
FSC  422
FSS  158;156
UREF
PNO  3409403
ISD  19681100
NAM  Bjornson et al.
OCL  423450
UREF
PNO  4818837
ISD  19890400
NAM  Pfender
OCL  219121.51
UREF
PNO  5039837
ISD  19910800
NAM  Nourbakhsh et al.
OCL  219121.5
FREF
PNO  0411160
ISD  19910200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0412265
ISD  19910200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  211457
ISD  19840700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  292920
ISD  19910800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1400266
ISD  19750700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1492346
ISD  19771100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  8906260
ISD  19890700
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Taltavull; W. Warren
     Farkas & Manelli PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/NO93/00196
PD1  19950602
PD2  19950602
PD3  19931221
PCP  WO94/14899
PCD  19940707
ABST
PAR  In a method for the production of carbon black and hydrogen by means of
      pyrolysis of hydrocarbons with a plasma torch (3) in a reaction chamber
      the pressure in the reaction chamber (1), the feed rate for the hydrogen
      plasma gas and hydrocarbons and the angle of the injection nozzles (2) in
      the reaction chamber (1) are adjusted in order to establish a reaction
      zone (5) in the chamber's central area with a location which determines
      the reaction enthalpy for decomposition of the hydrocarbons into hydrogen
      and carbon black in order to obtain a desired quality for the carbon part.
      The enthalpy value is adjusted in a range between 1 and 50 kWh/Nm.sup.3
      and the temperature in the reaction zone is maintained between
      1000.degree. C. and 4000.degree. C.
PATN
WKU  059895136
SRC  8
APN  6903525
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19960726
TTL  Biologically assisted process for treating sour gas at high pH
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Vanoy; Timothy C
EXP  Straub; Gary P.
NDR  29
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Rai; Charanjit
CTY  Kingsville
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Gas Research Institute
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4235731
XCL  423220
XCL  423224
XCL  4235766
XCL  4235767
XCL  4235768
XCL  423DIG17
XCL  435168
XCL  435266
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 5352
ICL  C01B 1705
FSC  423
FSS  220;224;573.1;576.6;576.7;576.8;DIG. 17
FSC  435
FSS  168;266;282
UREF
PNO  3218252
ISD  19651100
NAM  Glover et al.
OCL  210611
UREF
PNO  3266889
ISD  19660800
NAM  Duncan et al.
OCL  435262
UREF
PNO  3305353
ISD  19670200
NAM  Duncan et al.
OCL  435262
UREF
PNO  4206288
ISD  19800600
NAM  Detz et al.
OCL  435267
UREF
PNO  4455287
ISD  19840600
NAM  Primack et al.
OCL  423573
UREF
PNO  4456688
ISD  19840600
NAM  Dugan et al.
OCL  435267
UREF
PNO  4559313
ISD  19851200
NAM  Myerson et al.
OCL  502 25
UREF
PNO  4622212
ISD  19861100
NAM  McManus et al.
OCL  423226
UREF
PNO  4666852
ISD  19870500
NAM  Cork
OCL  435262
UREF
PNO  4758417
ISD  19880700
NAM  Van Lookeren-Campagne
OCL  423DIG.17
UREF
PNO  4760027
ISD  19880700
NAM  Sublette
OCL  435266
UREF
PNO  4789478
ISD  19881200
NAM  Revis et al.
OCL  210611
UREF
PNO  4861723
ISD  19890800
NAM  Madgavkar
OCL  435262
UREF
PNO  4888293
ISD  19891200
NAM  Hackl et al.
OCL  435245
UREF
PNO  4891205
ISD  19900100
NAM  Bedell
OCL  423576.6
UREF
PNO  4931262
ISD  19900600
NAM  Sonta et al.
OCL  423224
UREF
PNO  4987081
ISD  19910100
NAM  Hackl et al.
OCL  435262
UREF
PNO  5021069
ISD  19910600
NAM  Whellock et al.
OCL   44622
UREF
PNO  5089412
ISD  19920200
NAM  Hackl et al.
OCL  435252.4
UREF
PNO  5096691
ISD  19920300
NAM  Bedell
OCL  423576.6
UREF
PNO  5338778
ISD  19940800
NAM  Bedell
OCL  423220
UREF
PNO  5508014
ISD  19960400
NAM  Rai
OCL  423224
UREF
PNO  5686293
ISD  19971100
NAM  Jenneman et al.
OCL  435252.1
UREF
PNO  5747331
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hartikainen et al.
OCL  435266
FREF
PNO  0 220 776 A2
ISD  19861000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  61-133123
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
OCL  423DIG.17
FREF
PNO  63-205124
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
OCL  423224
FREF
PNO  1557164
ISD  19900400
CNT  SUX
OCL  435168
OREF
PAL  "Microorganisms in Reclamation of Metals" by Hutchins et al., Ann. Rev.
      Microbiol., 1986 No Month, vol. 40, pp. 311-335.
PAL  "Microbial Sweetening of Sour Gas," P.N. Agumadu and Charanjit Rai, 1991
      GRI Liquid Redox Sulfur Recovery Conference, Austin, Texas, May 5-7, 1991,
      GRI 91/0188.
PAL  "Growth and Maintenance of Thiobacillus ferrooxidans Cells," Jean LaCombe
      Barron and Donald R. Lueking, pp. 2801, 2804, Applied and Environmental
      Microbiology, vol. 56 No. 9, Sep. 1990.
PAL  S.I.R. H1074, Lazaroff et al., Bacterio-Electric Leaching of Metals, Jul.
      7, 1992.
PAL  "Studies on Bacteria In The ANG Stretford Plant," by Mary C. Bromel, Ph.D.,
      Proceedings of the 1986 Stretford Users' Conference, Austin, Texas, May
      5-6, 1986, pp. 176, 186, GRI 86/0256.
PAL  "Ferrous Iron Oxidation By Thiobacillus ferrooxidans," by W. John Ingledew,
      Biotechnology and Bioengineering Symp. No. 16, Workshop on Biotechnology
      for the Mining, Metal-Refining and Fossil Fuel Processing Industries, p.
      24, 1986 No Month.
PAL  "Microbial Mining Boosts the Environment, Bottom Line," pp. 778, 779,
      Science, vol. 264, pp. 745-846, May 6, 1994 by Anne Simon Moffat.
PAL  "Early Experience With LO-CAT 11.TM. For Natural Gas Treatment," L.C.
      Hardison (ARI Technologies, Inc.), presented at AIChE Spring Meeting, Mar.
      29-Apr. 2, 1992.
PAL  "Biologically-Enhanced Redox Solution Reoxidation" by C. Rai and J. Rao,
      Proceedings of the GRI 1994 Sulfur Recovery Conference, pp. 199-214, May
      15-17, 1994.
PAL  "Bacteria Help Desulfurize Gas," H. Satoh, J. Yoshizawa and S. Kametanl,
      Hydrocarbon Processing, May 1988, pp. 76-D to 76-F.
PAL  "Microbial Sweetening of Sour Natural Gas Using Mixed Cultures," by
      Charanjit Rai and Martin Taylor, Environmental Progress, Spring, 1996.
      vol. 15 No. 1.
PAL  "Microbial Enhancement For Liquid Redox Systems--Data For A U.S. Patent
      Application, `An Improved Liquid Redox System Using Microbes,`" by Texas
      A&I University, Department of Chemical & Natural Gas Engineering,
      submitted to Gas Research Institute on Sep. 28, 1992.
PAL  "Processing and Utilization of High Sulfur Coals," edited by Yosry A.
      Attia, Coal Science and Technology 9, Proceedings of The First
      International Conference on Processing and Utilization of High Sulfur
      Coals, Oct. 13-17, 1985.
PAL  "Modelling of Fe.sup.2+ oxidation by Thiobacillus ferrooxidans," by
      Shrihari, R. Kumar, and K.S. Gandhi, Applied Microbiology and
      Biotechnology, (1990) 33:524-528.
PAL  "Microbial Sweetening of Sour Gas Using Acidophilic Chilean Cultures," by
      Ajay K. Singh and C. Rai, Texas A & M University, Paper No.: 18th,
      prepared for presentation at the 1995 Summer National Meeting of AIChE;
      Biotreating of Gas Streams, Jun., 1995.
PAL  "Recent Developments In Acid Gas Treatment Using The Autocirculation
      Lo-Cat(R) Approach," by L.C. Hardison, ARI Technologies, Inc., for
      presentation at the AIChE 1990 Spring National Meeting, Apr. 7-11, 1991.
PAL  "Case History--Lo-Cat.RTM. H.sub.2 S Oxidation System For Town Of Jupiter,
      Florida," by Robert F. Eaton, ARI Technologies, Inc., for presentation at
      GRI Liquid Redox Sulfur Recovery Conference, Oct. 4-6, 1992.
PAL  "Solutions to H.sub.2 S removal--The Town of Jupiter, Florida, Uses
      Lo-Cat.RTM. Unit to Solve Odor Problem in Water Treatment Plant," brochure
      by Wheelabrator Clean Air Systems Inc. Dec. 1992.
PAL  "Solutions to H.sub.2 S removal--Lo-Cat II.RTM. Unit Exceeds H.sub.2 S
      Removal Efficiency Requirements in Treatment of Wellhead Casing Gas,"
      brochure by Wheelabrator Clean Air, Wheelabrator Technologies Inc. Dec.
      1992.
PAL  "An Overview of Liquid Redox Sulfur Recovery," by D.A. Dalrymple, T.W.
      Trofe, and J.M. Evans, Chemical Engineering Progress, pp. 43-49, Mar.,
      1989.
PAL  "Technical and Economic Comparison of LO-CAT II.TM. with other Iron-Based
      Liquid Redox Processes," by M. P. Quinlan and L. W. Echterhoff, Paper
      presented at the 1992 GRI Liquid Redox Sulfur Recovery Conference in
      Austin, Texas, Oct. 4-6, 1992.
PAL  "Gas Research Institute Program in Sulfur Removal and Recovery
      Research--1992 Update," by D. Leppin, Proceedings of the 1992 Liquid Redox
      Sulfur Recovery Conference in Austin, Texas, Oct., 1992.
PAL  "LO-CAT II.TM.--A Big Step Forward in Iron Redox Chemistry," by Hardison
      Proceedings of the 1991 Liquid Redox Sulfur Recovery Conference in Austin,
      Texas, pp. 181-200, May, 1991.
PAL  "Kinetics of Liquid Phase Oxidation of Acid Ferrous Sulfate by the
      Bacterium Thiobacillus ferrooxidans," by D.T. Lacey and F. Lawson,
      Biotechnology and Bioengineering, vol. XII, Issue 1, pp. 30-50, 1987.
PAL  "Molecular Genetics of Thiobacillus ferrooxidans," by D.E. Rawlings and T.
      Kusano, Microbiological Reviews, vol. 58, No. 1, pp. 39-55, Mar., 1994.
PAL  "Process Optimization for Microbial Sweetening of Sour Natural Gas," by
      R.R. Gokarn , M.S. Thesis (Abstract), Texas A&I University, Aug. 1993.
PAL  "Iron Oxidation and Energy Conservation in Chemoautotroph Thiobacillus
      ferrooxidans," by John C. Cox and Martin D. Brand, Edited by W.R. Stroht
      and O.H. Touvinen, Microbial Chemoautotrophy, pp. 31-46, 1984.
PAL  "A Novel Microbial Sweetening Process for Sour Natural Gas Upgrading," by
      H.K. Dinesh-Mohan, M.S. Thesis (Abstract), Texas A&I University, 1992.
PAL  "Microbial Desulfurization of Coals in a Slurry Pipeline Reactor Using
      Thiobacillus ferrooxidans" by Charanjit Rai, Biotechnology Progress, vol.
      1, No. 3, pp. 200-204, Sep. 1985.
PAL  "GRI Program in Sulfur Removal and Recovery from Natural Gas--1994 Update,"
      by D. Leppin, Paper presented at GRI Sixth Sulfur Recovery Conference in
      Lakeway, Texas, May 15-17, 1994.
PAL  "Chelates' Role in Gas Treating," by S.A. Bedell, L.H. Kirby, C.W. Buenger
      and M.C. McGaugh, Hydrocarbon Processing, pp. 63-66, Jan., 1988.
PAL  "Application of Iron-Oxidizing Bacteria to Hydrometallurgical Flue Dust
      Treatment and H.sub.2 S Desulferization," by T. Shiratori and H. Sonta,
      FEMS Microbiology Reviews, 11, 1993, pp. 165-174.
PAL  "Microbial Mining Boosts the Environment, Bottom Line," by A. S. Moffat,
      Science, vol. 264, pp. 778-779, May 6, 1994.
PAL  "Mineral Biotechnology," by A. Bruynesteyn, Journal of Biotechnology,
      11:1-10, 1989; Elsevier.
PAL  "Acidic Mine Drainage: the Rate Determining Step," by P.C. Singer and W.
      Stumm, Science, vol. 167, pp. 1121-1123, Feb. 1970.
PAL  "Desulfuring of Natural Gas and Petroleum Oil by Autotrophic Thiobacillus
      ferrooxidans," by Amitabha Das, Pradosh Roy, and Ajit K. Mishra, Letters
      in Applied Microbiology, 1993, vol. 16, 164-166.
PAL  "The Microbiology of Mine Drainage Pollution," by D.G. Lundgren, J.R.
      Vestal, and F.R. Tabita, In R. Mitchell (ed.), Water Pollution
      Microbiology, pp. 69-88, 1972.
PAL  "A Proposed Mechanism for Energy Conservation During Fe.sup.2+ Oxidation by
      Thiobacillus ferrooxidans: Chemiosmotic Coupling to Net H+ Influx," by
      W.J. Ingledew, J.C. Cox, and P.J. Halling, FEMS Microbiology, Letters 2,
      pp. 193-197, 1977.
PAL  "The Purification and Some Properties of Rusticyanin, a Blue Copper Protein
      Involved in Iron(II) Oxidation from Thiobacillus ferrooxidans," by J.C.
      Cox and D. H. Boxer, Biochem. J. 174: 497-502, 1978.
PAL  "Role of a Ferric Ion-Reducing System in Sulfur Oxidation of Thiobacillus
      ferrooxidans," by T. Sugio, C. Domatsu, O. Munakata, T. Tano, and K. Imai,
      Applied and Environmental Microbiology, vol. 49, No. 6, pp. 1401-1406,
      Jun. 1985.
PAL  "Energy Supply for the Chemoautotroph Ferrobacillus ferrooxidans," by P.R.
      Dugan and D.G. Lundgren, Journal of Bacteriology, vol. 89, No. 3, pp.
      825-834, Mar. 1965.
PAL  "Carbon Dioxide Fixation in the Chemoautotroph, Ferrobacillus
      ferrooxidans," by W.J. Maciag and D.G. Lundgren, Biochemical and
      Biophysical Research Communications, vol. 17, No. 6, pp. 603-607, 1964.
PAL  "Adenosine Triphosphate-Dependant Reduction Nicotinamide Adenine
      Dinucleotide by Ferro-Cytochrome C In Chemoautotrophic Bacteria," by
      M.I.H. Aleem, H. Lees, and D.J.D. Nicholas, Nature, vol. 200, pp. 759-761,
      Nov. 23, 1963.
PAL  "The Direct Linear Plot: A New Graphical Procedure for Estimating Enzyme
      Kinetic Parameters," by Robert Eisenthal and Athel Cornish-Bowden,
      Biochem. J., vol. 139, pp. 715-720, 1974.
PAL  Handbook of Microbiological Media, by Ronald M. Atlas, pp. 892-893, CRC
      Press, 1993.
PAL  "Growth of Ferrobacillus ferrooxidans on Organic Matter," by F. Shafia and
      Richard F. Wilkinson, Jr., J. Bacteriol., vol. 97, pp. 256-260, 1969
      (Jan.).
PAL  "Scanning Electron Microscopic Examination of Thiobacillus ferrooxidans on
      Different Support Matrix Materials in Packed Bed and Fluidized Bed
      Bioreactors," by S.I. Grishin, and O.H. Tuovinen, Applied Microbiology and
      Biotechnology, vol. 31, 505-511, 1989.
PAL  "Bacteria Help Desulfurize Gas," by H. Satoh, J. Yoshizawa, and S.
      Kametani, Hydrocarbon Processing, pp. 76D-76-F, May 1988.
PAL  "Catalytic Conversion of Gas Impurities," by Arthur L. Kohl and Fred C.
      Reisenfeld, Gas Purification, Third Edition, pp. 657-661, 675-678, 1979.
PAL  "Chemical Composition of Discovered and Undiscovered Natural Gas in the
      United States--1993 Update, vol. 1: Project Summary," by R.H. Hugman, P.S.
      Springer, and E.H. Vidas Dec. 1993; GRI-93/0456.1.
PAL  "Gas Research Institute Program in Natural Gas Processing," by D. Leppin
      and H.S. Meyer, Paper SPE 21505 presented at SPE Gas Technology Symposium,
      Jan. 23-25, 1991.
LREP
FRM  Pauley Petersen Kinne & Fejer
ABST
PAL  A process for biologically enhancing an iron-based redox process for
      catalytic oxidation of a sulfide compound such as hydrogen sulfide from a
      gas in a redox system wherein said catalyst comprises a ferric compound
      and at least one organic chelant capable of holding ferric and ferrous
      ions in solution at processing temperatures and conditions suitable for
      generation and retrieval of elemental sulfur, comprising the steps of
      oxidation of a sulfide compound by a gas with a redox system comprising
      ferric ions, removal of elemental sulfur from said system, and reoxidation
      of ferrous ions in the redox system in the presence of a culture of
      bacteria comprising Thiobacillus ferrooxidans and leptospirillium
      ferrooxidans at a pH at least as high as about 7.5.
PATN
WKU  059895144
SRC  8
APN  8979030
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970721
TTL  Processing of vanadium oxide particles with heat
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Cam N.
EXP  Straub; Gary P.
NDR  12
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Bi; Xiangxin
CTY  Pleasanton
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Gardner; James T.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kumar; Sujeet
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kambe; Nobuyuki
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  NanoGram Corporation
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  423592
XCL  149 37
XCL  264 28
XCL  419 31
XCL  429218
XCL  423 62
XCL  423579
XCL  423592
EDF  6
ICL  C06B 3300
ICL  B05B  300
ICL  C01G 3100
ICL  C01B 1314
FSC  423
FSS  62;579
FSC  149
FSS  37
FSC  429
FSS  218
FSC  419
FSS  31
FSC  264
FSS  28
UREF
PNO  1450507
ISD  19230400
NAM  Mackay
UREF
PNO  2298091
ISD  19421000
NAM  Cooper, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  3305322
ISD  19670200
NAM  Henrickson
UREF
PNO  3483110
ISD  19691200
NAM  Rozgonyl
OCL  204192
UREF
PNO  3607005
ISD  19710900
NAM  Chambers
OCL   23 16
UREF
PNO  4035476
ISD  19770700
NAM  Ilmaier et al.
UREF
PNO  4119707
ISD  19781000
NAM  Thome et al.
UREF
PNO  4315905
ISD  19820200
NAM  Bens et al.
UREF
PNO  4393095
ISD  19830700
NAM  Greenberg
OCL  427 87
UREF
PNO  4436706
ISD  19840300
NAM  Nacken et al.
UREF
PNO  4486400
ISD  19841200
NAM  Riley
UREF
PNO  4619822
ISD  19861000
NAM  Hammou et al.
UREF
PNO  4849189
ISD  19890700
NAM  Jansz
UREF
PNO  5258245
ISD  19931100
NAM  Takata et al.
UREF
PNO  5326545
ISD  19940700
NAM  Koksbang et al.
OCL  423 62
UREF
PNO  5334334
ISD  19940800
NAM  Koksbang
OCL  264 28
UREF
PNO  5336830
ISD  19940800
NAM  Koksbang
OCL  429218
UREF
PNO  5358801
ISD  19941000
NAM  Brodd
OCL  429215
UREF
PNO  5427603
ISD  19950600
NAM  Samant et al.
OCL   75622
UREF
PNO  5427763
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lawton et al.
UREF
PNO  5437943
ISD  19950800
NAM  Fujii et al.
OCL  429192
UREF
PNO  5443809
ISD  19950800
NAM  Olsen
OCL  423592
UREF
PNO  5482697
ISD  19960100
NAM  Saidi
UREF
PNO  5514496
ISD  19960500
NAM  Mishima et al.
OCL  429218
UREF
PNO  5545496
ISD  19960800
NAM  Chang et al.
UREF
PNO  5549880
ISD  19960800
NAM  Koksbang
OCL  423593
UREF
PNO  5578094
ISD  19961100
NAM  Brooker et al.
OCL   48197R
UREF
PNO  5589300
ISD  19961200
NAM  Fauteux et al.
OCL  429218
OREF
PAL  Lampe-Onnerud et al., Eur. J. Solid State Inorg. Chem., t. 32, pp. 293-302
      (1995).
PAL  Ugaji et al., J. Electrochem. Soc., vol. 142, No. 11, pp. 3664-3668 (Nov.
      1995).
PAL  West et al., Electrochimica Acta., vol. 28, No. 12, pp. 1829-1833 (1983).
LREP
FRM  Westman, Champlin & Kelly, P.A.
FR2  Dardi; Peter S.
ABST
PAL  The stoichiometry and/or crystal structure of vanadium oxide particles are
      altered by heating initial particles of vanadium oxide under mild
      conditions. The temperature is generally at least about 300.degree. C.
      less than the melting point of both the initial vanadium oxide particle
      and the product vanadium oxide particles. Preferred initial particles are
      vanadium oxide nanoparticles. The heating can be performed under an
      oxidizing atmosphere or an inert atmosphere, depending on the particular
      initial particles and the desired product particles.
PATN
WKU  059895152
SRC  8
APN  897084&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970718
TTL  Process for producing an acidic aqueous alumina sol
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Cam N.
EXP  Straub; Gary P.
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Yoshitane
CTY  Funabashi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kashima; Yoshiyuki
CTY  Funabashi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ema; Kiyomi
CTY  Funabashi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960724
APN  8-194376
CLAS
OCL  423625
XCL  423600
XCL  423626
XCL  423627
XCL  501153
XCL  502414
XCL  502415
EDF  6
ICL  C01F  702
ICL  C04B 3510
ICL  B01J 2000
FSC  423
FSS  625;626;627;600
FSC  501
FSS  153
FSC  502
FSS  414;415
UREF
PNO  2915475
ISD  19591200
NAM  Bugosh
UREF
PNO  3839536
ISD  19741000
NAM  Sato et al.
UREF
PNO  4211667
ISD  19800700
NAM  Yamada et al.
UREF
PNO  4344928
ISD  19820800
NAM  Dupin et al.
UREF
PNO  4492682
ISD  19850100
NAM  Trebillon
UREF
PNO  4797139
ISD  19890100
NAM  Bauer
UREF
PNO  5178849
ISD  19930100
NAM  Bauer
OCL  423626
UREF
PNO  5244648
ISD  19930900
NAM  Dupin et al.
OCL  423626
UREF
PNO  5306680
ISD  19940400
NAM  Fukuda
OCL  501153
UREF
PNO  5407600
ISD  19950400
NAM  Ando et al.
UREF
PNO  5445807
ISD  19950800
NAM  Pearson
OCL  423625
UREF
PNO  5531976
ISD  19960700
NAM  Decker, Jr. et al.
OCL  423625
UREF
PNO  5580539
ISD  19961200
NAM  Mercier
OCL  423626
FREF
PNO  015196
ISD  19800900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  085592
ISD  19830800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  40-14292
ISD  19400700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  40-14292
ISD  19650700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  45-3658
ISD  19700200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  54-116398
ISD  19790900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  55-27824
ISD  19800200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  55-23034
ISD  19800200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  55-116622
ISD  19800900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-176123
ISD  19831000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-166220
ISD  19850800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-24824
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Poisson et al.: "Alumina", Catalyst Supports and Supported Catalysts, pp.
      11-55, Jan. 1, 1987.
PAL  "American Ceramic Society Bulletin, vol. 54, No. 3, pp 289-290, (1975)".
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A process for producing a stable acidic aqueous alumina sol containing 50
      to 300 nm of elongate secondary particles which are elongated in only one
      plane and formed by edge-to-edge coagulation of rectangular plate-like
      primary particles having a length of one side of 10 to 30 nm when observed
      through an electron microscope, the process comprises the steps of:
PAL  (A) adding an alkali to an aqueous alumina sol containing fibrous colloidal
      particles of an amorphous alumina hydrate to produce a reaction mixture
      having a pH of 9 to 12,
PAL  (B) subjecting the reaction mixture obtained in the step (A) to a
      hydrothermal treatment at a temperature of 110 to 250.degree. C. to
      produce an aqueous suspension containing an alumina hydrate having a
      boehmite structure, and
PAL  (C) desalting the aqueous suspension obtained in the step (B) by adding
      water and an acid by ultrafiltration to form an acidic aqueous alumina sol
      having a pH of 3 to 6.
PATN
WKU  059895160
SRC  8
APN  9866302
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971208
TTL  Spindle-shaped geothite particles
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Hertzog; Scott L.
EXP  Bell; Mark L.
NDR  10
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Okinaka; Kenji
CTY  Hiroshima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ota; Yasutaka
CTY  Hiroshima
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toda Kogyo Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941213
APN  6-332611
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941213
APN  6-332612
RLAP
COD  72
APN  778011
APD  19961231
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  433871
APD  19950501
PSC  01
PNO  5645652
CLAS
OCL  423632
XCL  106456
XCL  106457
XCL  106459
XCL  252 6256
XCL  423594
EDF  6
ICL  C01G 4902
FSC  423
FSS  594;632
FSC  106
FSS  456;457;459
FSC  252
FSS  62.56
UREF
PNO  4970124
ISD  19901100
NAM  Oltean et al.
OCL  428520
UREF
PNO  5260132
ISD  19931100
NAM  Nakazumi et al.
OCL  148311
UREF
PNO  5378380
ISD  19950100
NAM  Isoai et al.
OCL  252 62.56
UREF
PNO  5466306
ISD  19951100
NAM  Mishima et al.
OCL  148306
UREF
PNO  5480571
ISD  19960100
NAM  Isoai et al.
OCL  252 62.56
UREF
PNO  5582914
ISD  19961200
NAM  Takedoi et al.
OCL  252 62.56
FREF
PNO  0 466 338 A1
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 515 748 A2
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  55-29577
ISD  19800300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-222404
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-18961
ISD  19890400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-57122
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-43323
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-63210
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-62166
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-98321
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-25702
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-140222
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a spindle-shaped goethite particles
      containing cobalt of 8.0 to 50.0 atm %, calculated as Co, based on the
      total Fe in the spindle-shaped goethite particles and a compound of at
      least one element selected from the group consisting of Al, Si, Nd, Y, La,
      Ce, Pr, Tb, Ca, Mg, Ba and Sr of not more than 25.0 atm %, calculated as
      the element, based on the total Fe in the spindle-shaped goethite
      particles, and having an average major axis diameter of 0.05 to 0.15
      .mu.m, a size distribution (standard deviation/major axis diameter) of not
      more than 0.30, an average minor axis diameter of 0.010 to 0.025 .mu.m, an
      aspect ratio of 4 to 8 and an X-ray crystallite size ratio (D.sub.020
      /D.sub.110) of 2.0 to 3.5. These spindle-shaped goethite particles are
      useful as raw material of spindle-shaped magnetic iron-based alloy
      particles containing cobalt and iron as the main ingredients, which have a
      uniform particle size, no inclusion of dendrites, a high coercive force,
      an excellent coercive force distribution, a large saturation
      magnetization, and in addition, an excellent stability against oxidation.
PATN
WKU  059895179
SRC  8
APN  9681353
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971112
TTL  Process for producing stabilized magnesium hydroxide slurries
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1,3,6
EXP  Langel; Wayne
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Richmond; Alvin
CTY  Manistee
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Gutowski; Robert J.
CTY  Manistee
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Martin Marietta Magnesia Specialties Inc.
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  375442
APD  19950119
PSC  01
PNO  5824279
CLAS
OCL  423636
EDF  6
ICL  C01F  514
FSC  423
FSS  155;636
UREF
PNO  5487879
ISD  19960100
NAM  Witkowski et al.
OCL  423636
UREF
PNO  5514357
ISD  19960500
NAM  Richmond et al.
OCL  423636
UREF
PNO  5762901
ISD  19980600
NAM  Richmond et al.
OCL  423635
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  Magnesium hydroxide slurries and a method of producing same that can be
      shipped, without agitation, over a period of at least 28 days and can be
      readily removed from transport vehicles to customer storage. With respect
      to customer usage, such slurries can be readily handled without leaving
      significant residue in storage tanks and without fouling the customer's
      equipment. Also disclosed are magnesium hydroxide slurries containing a
      level of solids that is greater than what is commercially available and a
      method of producing same.
PATN
WKU  059895187
SRC  9
APN  2221098
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19981229
TTL  Process for synthesizing and controlling the particle size and particle
      size distribution of a molecular sieve
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Sample; David
EXP  Bell; Mark L.
INVT
NAM  Tannous; Medhat Khalil
CTY  Arlington Heights
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Marchioretto; Sonu
CTY  Downers Grove
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Monson; Lyle Edward
CTY  Rolling Meadows
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  UOP LLC
CTY  Des Plaines
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  423717
XCL  423709
XCL  423716
XCL  423305
XCL  423306
XCL  4233282
XCL  423335
XCL  423DIG21
XCL  423DIG24
XCL  423DIG30
EDF  6
ICL  C01B 3922
ICL  C01B 3924
ICL  C01B 3914
ICL  C01B 3704
FSC  423
FSS  700;702;705;709;710;711;716;717;305;306;328.2;335;DIG. 21;DIG. 24;DIG. 30
UREF
PNO  3310373
ISD  19670300
NAM  Johnson
OCL  423711
UREF
PNO  3425800
ISD  19690200
NAM  Hirsh
UREF
PNO  3886094
ISD  19750500
NAM  Pilato et al.
UREF
PNO  4310440
ISD  19820100
NAM  Wilson et al.
UREF
PNO  4336234
ISD  19820600
NAM  Leutner et al.
OCL  423714
UREF
PNO  4368174
ISD  19830100
NAM  Valyocsik
OCL  422208
UREF
PNO  4371510
ISD  19830200
NAM  Christophliemk et al.
OCL  423717
UREF
PNO  4374093
ISD  19830200
NAM  Rollmann et al.
OCL  422202
UREF
PNO  4385042
ISD  19830500
NAM  Whitehurst et al.
OCL  423711
UREF
PNO  4440871
ISD  19840400
NAM  Lok et al.
UREF
PNO  4591491
ISD  19860500
NAM  Christophliemk et al.
OCL  423711
UREF
PNO  4818509
ISD  19890400
NAM  Dwyer et al.
OCL  423709
UREF
PNO  4853197
ISD  19890800
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  423306
UREF
PNO  4880761
ISD  19891100
NAM  Bedard et al.
OCL  502215
UREF
PNO  5089243
ISD  19920200
NAM  Thome et al.
OCL  423710
UREF
PNO  5100636
ISD  19920300
NAM  Thome et al.
UREF
PNO  5302362
ISD  19940400
NAM  Bedard
OCL  423306
UREF
PNO  5427765
ISD  19950600
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  423705
FREF
PNO  0 021 675 B1
ISD  19830900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  525 272
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  152 525
ISD  19811200
CNT  DDX
FREF
PNO  30 11 834
ISD  19811000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2252305
ISD  19920800
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  McBride; Thomas K.
FR2  Molinaro; Frank S.
ABST
PAL  Applicants have developed a continuous process for synthesizing various
      molecular sieves. The process enables one to control both the particle
      size and particle size distribution. Any of the molecular sieves
      represented by the empirical formula on an anhydrous basis: rR.sub.2
      O:(Si.sub.x Al.sub.y P.sub.z)O.sub.2, where R is at least one templating
      agent, "r" "x" "y" and "z" are the mole fractions of R, Si, Al and P
      respectively, can be prepared using this process. The process involves
      continuously adding reactive sources of the desired components along with
      a structure directing agent into a continuous crystallization reactor.
      Either interstage backmixing is introduced or the number of stages is
      adjusted in order to control particle size. Finally, one way to control
      particle size distribution is to split the product stream into at least
      two streams and flowing each stream to a wet miller operated at different
      severity and then reblending to obtain at least a bimodal distribution.
PATN
WKU  059895195
SRC  8
APN  2908530
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19941011
TTL  Technetium-99m labeled peptides for imaging inflammation
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  Jones; Dameron
EXP  Dees; Jose' G.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Dean; Richard T.
CTY  Bedford
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Lees; Robert S.
CTY  Brookline
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Buttram; Scott
CTY  Derry
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Lister-James; John
CTY  Bedford
STA  NH
ASSG
NAM  Diatide, Inc.
CTY  Londonderry
STA  NH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  851074
APD  19920312
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  90
APN  253678
APD  19940603
CLAS
OCL  424  169
XCL  424  111
XCL  424  165
XCL  534 14
XCL  530300
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 5100
ICL  A61M 3614
FSC  424
FSS  1.11;1.37;1.49;1.53;1.65;1.69;9.1
FSC  530
FSS  300;324-330;333;334;338
FSC  534
FSS  10-16
FSC  206
FSS  569
UREF
PNO  4986979
ISD  19910100
NAM  Morgan, Jr. et al.
OCL  424  1.11
UREF
PNO  4988496
ISD  19910100
NAM  Srinivasan et al.
OCL  424  1.11
UREF
PNO  5277892
ISD  19940100
NAM  Rhodes
OCL  424  1.69
UREF
PNO  5376356
ISD  19941200
NAM  Morgan, Jr.
OCL  424  1.11
UREF
PNO  5443815
ISD  19950800
NAM  Dean et al.
OCL  424  1.69
UREF
PNO  5508020
ISD  19960400
NAM  Dean et al.
OCL  424  1.69
UREF
PNO  5720934
ISD  19980200
NAM  Dean et al.
OCL  424  1.69
UREF
PNO  5759515
ISD  19980600
NAM  Rhodes et al.
OCL  424  1.69
FREF
PNO  0174853
ISD  19850300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0398143
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0403243
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0453082
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0649857
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  8910759
ISD  19891100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9010463
ISD  19900900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9116919
ISD  19911100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9213572
ISD  19920800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9317719
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9321962
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9325244
ISD  19931200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9419024
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9423758
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9428942
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9529708
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9533497
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9533496
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9533498
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Moyer et al (1996), J. Nucl. Med, vol. 37, No. 4, pp. 673-679,
      "Technetium-99m White Blood Cell Specific Imaging Agent Developed from
      Platelet Factor & to Detect Infection."
PAL  Zoghbi et al., 1981, "Selective cell labeling: a potential radioactive
      agent for labeling human neutrophils", J. Nucl. Med. 22: 32 (Abst).
PAL  Jiang et al., 1982, "Localization of abscess with an iodinated synthetic
      chemotactic peptide", Nuklearmedizin 21: 110-113.
PAL  Ebright et al., 1982, "The gallium scan: Problems and misuse in examination
      of patients with suspected infection", Arch. Int. Med. 142: 246-254.
PAL  Brenner et al., 1984, "Synthesis and Characterization of a Series of
      Isomeric Oxotechnetium (V) Diamido Dithiolates", Inorg. Chem. 23:
      3793-3797.
PAL  Epps et al., 1987, "Brain Imaging Agents: Synthesis and Characterization of
      (N-Piperidinylethyl) Hexamethyl Diaminoditholate Oxo Technetium (V)
      Complexes" Appl. Radiat. Isot. 38: 661-664.
PAL  Wilkinson, 1988, "Chemotactic factors: an overview", Meth. Enzymol. 162:
      127-132.
PAL  Tam, 1968, "Synthetic peptide vaccine design: Synthesis and properties of a
      high-density multiple antigenic peptide system", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
      USA 85: 5409-5413.
PAL  Fritzberg et al., 1988, "Specific and stable labeling of antibodies with
      technetium-99m with a diamide dithiolate chelating agent", Proc. Natl.
      Acad. Sci. USA 85: 4025-4029.
PAL  Harlow & Lane, 1988, "Chapter: Immunizations", in The Antibodies: A
      Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring
      Harbor, N.Y., pp. 53-137.
PAL  Vorne et al., 1989, "Technetium-99m HM-PAO-labeled leukocytes in detection
      of inflammatory lesions: Comparison with gallium-67 citrate", J. Nucl.
      Med. 30: 1332-1336.
PAL  LaMuraglia et al., 1989, "Utility of the indium 111-labeled human
      immunoglobulin G scan for the detection of focal vascular graft
      infection", J. Vasc. Surg. 10: 20-28.
PAL  Lind et al., 1990, "Immunoscintigraphy of inflammatory processes with a
      technetium-99m-labeled monoclonal antigranulocyte antibody (MAb BW
      250/183)", J. Nucl. Med. 31: 417-473.
PAL  Baidoo & Lever, 1990, "Synthesis of a Diaminedithiol Bifunctional Chelating
      Agent for Incorporation of Technetium-99m into Biomolecules", Bioconjugate
      Chem. 1: 132-137.
PAL  Bryson et al., 1990, "Protecting Groups in the Preparation of Thiolate
      Complexes of Technetium", Inorganic Chem. 29: 2948-2951.
PAL  Fischman et al., 1991, "Imaging focal sites of bacterial infection in rats
      with indium-111-labeled chemotactic peptide analogs", J. Nucl. Med. 32:
      482-491.
PAL  Peters, 1992, "Imaging Inflammation: Current role of labeled autologous
      leukocytes", J. Nucl. Med. 33: 65-67.
PAL  Najifi et al., 1992, "The Evaluation of .sup.186 Re-labeled Antibodies
      Using N.sub.2 S.sub.4 Chelate In Vitro and in Vivo Using Tumor-bearing
      Nude Mice", Nucl. Med. Biol. 19: 205-212.
LREP
FR2  McDaniels; Patricia A.
FR2  Noonan; Kevin E.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US93/02320
PD1  19941011
PD2  19941011
PD3  19930312
PCP  WO93/17719
PCD  19930916
ABST
PAR  This invention relates to radiolabeled peptides and methods for producing
      such peptides. Specifically, the invention relates to technetium-99m
      (Tc-99m) labeled leukocyte-binding peptides, methods and kits for making
      such peptides, and methods for using such peptides to image sites of
      infection and inflammation in a mammalian body.
PATN
WKU  059895209
SRC  9
APN  0262161
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19980219
TTL  Site specific binding system, imaging compositions and methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Hartley; Michael G.
EXP  Clardy; S. Mark
NDR  18
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Lanza; Gregory M.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Wickline; Samuel A.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Barnes-Jewish Hospital
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  647277
APD  19960523
PSC  01
PNO  5780010
RLAP
COD  82
APN  488743
APD  19950608
PSC  01
PNO  5690907
CLAS
OCL  424  932
XCL  424  9321
XCL  424455
XCL  4241781
XCL  514937
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  5055
ICL  A61K  966
ICL  A61K 39395
ICL  A01N 4350
FSC  424
FSS  9.32;9.321;455;178.1
FSC  530
FSS  367
FSC  514
FSS  937
FSC  252
FSS  338
FSC  437
FSS  7.5;111
FSC  128
FSS  653.2;653.1
FSC  436
FSS  173
FSC  435
FSS  7.5;111
UREF
PNO  5174737
ISD  19921200
NAM  Weiner et al.
OCL  514  3
UREF
PNO  5585112
ISD  19961200
NAM  Unger et al.
OCL  424450
OREF
PAL  Urdal et al. "Tumor-associated Ganglio-N-Triosylceramide," Journal of
      Biological Chemistry, vol. 255, No. 21, pp. 10509-10516, 1980.
LREP
FRM  Senniger, Powers, Leavitt & Roedel
ABST
PAL  A method for ligand-based binding of lipid encapsulated particles to
      molecular epitopes on a surface in vivo or in vitro comprises sequentially
      administering (a) a site-specific ligand activated with a biotin
      activating agent; (b) an avidin activating agent; and (c) lipid
      encapsulated particles activated with a biotin activating agent, whereby
      the ligand is conjugated to the particles through an avidin-biotin
      interaction and the resulting conjugate is bound to the molecular epitopes
      on such surface. The conjugate is effective for imaging by x-ray,
      ultrasound, magnetic resonance or positron emission tomography.
      Compositions for use in ultrasonic imaging of natural or synthetic
      surfaces and for enhancing the acoustic reflectivity thereof are also
      disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059895217
SRC  7
APN  8148856
APT  1
ART  152
APD  19911231
TTL  Method for augmenting a decreased level of reduced glutathione in the
      lung
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Kishore; Gollamudi S.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Crystal; Ronald G.
CTY  Potomac
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Department of Health
      and Human Services
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
RLAP
COD  72
APN  441521
APD  19891124
PSC  01
PNO  5238683
CLAS
OCL  424 43
XCL  424 45
XCL  424 46
XCL  424434
XCL  514 21
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  912
FSC  424
FSS  43;45;46;489;490
FSC    8
FSS  434
FSC  514
FSS  2;8;18;21
FSC  530
FSS  331
UREF
PNO  4424216
ISD  19840100
NAM  Cerami
OCL  514351
UREF
PNO  4598065
ISD  19860700
NAM  Lundt
OCL  514 12
FREF
PNO  0909679
ISD  19720900
CNT  CAX
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates, in general, to a method for augmenting
      reduced glutathione level in the lungs of patients. In particular, the
      present invention relates to a method for augmenting reduced glutathione
      level in the lungs of patients with cystic fibrosis (CF), acquired
      immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), or idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF).
PATN
WKU  059895225
SRC  8
APN  4179498
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19950406
TTL  Oral antifungal preventative, and method of use
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Page; Thurman K.
INVT
NAM  Friedman; Michael
CTY  Jerusalem
CNT  ILX
ASSG
NAM  Yissum Research & Development Company of the Hebrew University of
      Jerusalem
CTY  Jerusalem
CNT  ILX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  311891
APD  19940926
RLAP
COD  81
APN  886356
APD  19920521
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  465786
APD  19900118
PSC  01
PNO  5116603
RLAP
COD  82
APN  304092
APD  19890131
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  424 43
XCL  424 45
XCL  424 49
XCL  514781
XCL  514900
XCL  514901
XCL  514902
XCL  514937
XCL  514934
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  716
ICL  A61K  910
ICL  A61K  912
FSC  424
FSS  45;49;781;43
FSC  514
FSS  933;944;900;901;902;781
UREF
PNO  2972545
ISD  19610200
NAM  Briskin et al.
OCL  106177
UREF
PNO  2984639
ISD  19610500
NAM  Stamberger et al.
OCL  260 32.4
UREF
PNO  3312594
ISD  19670400
NAM  Cyr et al.
OCL  167 82
UREF
PNO  3431208
ISD  19690300
NAM  Bailey
OCL  252106
UREF
PNO  3749769
ISD  19730700
NAM  Sugiyama et al.
OCL  424 61
UREF
PNO  3934001
ISD  19760100
NAM  Watson
OCL  424 49
UREF
PNO  3956480
ISD  19760500
NAM  Dichter et al.
OCL  424 54
UREF
PNO  4315779
ISD  19820200
NAM  Heyd et al.
OCL  106 35
UREF
PNO  4339430
ISD  19820700
NAM  Gaffar
OCL  424 54
UREF
PNO  4374844
ISD  19830200
NAM  McCombie
OCL  424270
UREF
PNO  4438011
ISD  19840300
NAM  Howes
OCL  252106
UREF
PNO  4459277
ISD  19840700
NAM  Kosti
OCL  424  7.1
UREF
PNO  4537778
ISD  19850800
NAM  Cipper et al.
OCL  424 49
UREF
PNO  4587118
ISD  19860500
NAM  Hsiao
OCL  424 19
UREF
PNO  4592487
ISD  19860600
NAM  Simon et al.
OCL  424 49
UREF
PNO  4592488
ISD  19860600
NAM  Simon et al.
OCL  424 49
UREF
PNO  4725440
ISD  19880200
NAM  Ridgway et al.
OCL  424465
UREF
PNO  4725576
ISD  19880200
NAM  Pollock et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  4879274
ISD  19891100
NAM  Kamiya et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  4925668
ISD  19900500
NAM  Khan et al.
OCL  424422
UREF
PNO  4952411
ISD  19900800
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  424618
UREF
PNO  5213615
ISD  19930500
NAM  Michl
OCL  106 35
UREF
PNO  5264206
ISD  19931100
NAM  Bohn et al.
OCL  424 61
UREF
PNO  5330746
ISD  19940700
NAM  Friedman et al.
OCL  424 49
FREF
PNO  1175355
ISD  19841000
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0 055 397
ISD  19811100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 223 245
ISD  19870500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 264 660
ISD  19880400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 298 271
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 381 445
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 477 209 B1
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  477209
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  59-216822
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8483867
ISD  19851100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-228412
ISD  19851100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-044518
ISD  19880200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-16720
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-149722
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1149722
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  990957
ISD  19650500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  87/02580
ISD  19870500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/14076
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Randolph, W.G., III, "Aqueous dispersions of water-soluble and
      water-insoluble cellulosic polymers as vehicles for topical drug
      delivery," Doctoral Dissertation, Purdue University, UMI Dissertation
      Services, Ann Arbor, MI (1988).
PAL  English language translation of Japanese Patent Publication No. 60-228412
      (Reference AL1).
PAL  English language translation of Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-149722
      (Reference AM1).
PAL  Dialog File 351 (Derwent WPI) English language abstract of Japanese Patent
      Publication No. 63-044518.
PAL  Bossche, H.V. et al., "Anti-Candida Drugs-The Biochemical Basis for Their
      Activity," CRC Critical Reviews in Microbiology 15(1):57-72 (1987).
PAL  Budtz-Jorgensen, E. et al., "An epidemiologic study of yeasts in elderly
      denture wearers," Community Dent. Oral Epidemiol. 3:115-119 (1975).
PAL  De Bruyn, et al., "Fluoride varnishes," J. Biol. Buccale 15:71-82 (1987).
PAL  "Duraphat Woelm," in: Rote Liste 1990(Editio Cantor, ed. Bundeservand der
      Pharmazeutischen Industrie e.V.) entry 53001 (1989).
PAL  Fiedler, H.P., "Kolophonium," in: Lexikon der Hilfsstoffe fur Pharmazie,
      Kosmetik und angrenzende Gebiete: Der Pharmazeutische Betrieb, Band 9
      (Editio Cantor) p. 527 (1981).
PAL  Friedman, et al., "Sustained Release Chlorhexidine Preparations for Topical
      Use," IADR Prog. and Abstr. 59:905 (1980), No. 72.
PAL  Friedman, M. et al., "Prevention of Plaque Accumulation by Local
      Application of a Sustained Release Delivery System of Chlorhexidine," J.
      Controlled Rel. 1:157-160 (1984).
PAL  Friedman, M. et al., "Plaque Inhibition by Sustained Release of
      Chlorhexidine from Removable Appliances," J. Dent. Res. 64(11):1319-1321
      (1985).
PAL  Friedman, M. et al., "New sustained release dosage form of Chlorhexidine
      for dental use," J. Peridont. Res. 17:323-328 (1982).
PAL  Gurny, R. et al., "Bioadhesive intraoral release systems: design, testing
      and analysis," Biomaterials 5:336-340 (1984).
PAL  Kanig, J. and Goodman, H., "Evaluative Procedures for Film-Forming
      Materials Used in Pharmaceutical Applications," J. Pharm. Sci. 51(1):77-83
      (1962).
PAL  "Antiseptics and Disinfectants," Kirk-Othmer in Encyclopedia of Chemical
      Technology, 2nd ed. (vol. 2, pp. 632-635)(1993).
PAL  Kostiala, I. et al., "Oral Mycoses and Their Treatment," Acta Odontol.
      Scand. 37:87-101 (1979).
PAL  Lehner, T. in: Clinical Aspects of immunol., P.G.H. Gell et al. eds., 3rd
      edition, Blackwell Scientific Pub., Oxford, 1975, pp. 1387-1427.
PAL  "Naturliche Harze," in: Rompp's Chemie Lexikon (Georg Thieme Verlag, ed. J.
      Falbe) pp. 2941-2942 (1989).
PAL  Odds, F., "Candida Infections: An Overview," CRC Critical Rev. Microbiol.
      15(1):1-5 (1987).
PAL  Soskolne, A., et al., "New sustained release dosage form of Chlorhexidine
      for dental use," J. Peridont. Res. 18:330-336 (1983).
PAL  Vivadent Information, "Behandlungsmoglichkeiten fur sensible zaahne mit
      Vivadent Produkten," 1 page (Oct. 1991).
PAL  Windholz, et al., The Merck Index, 9th ed., Rahway, NJ: Merck & Co., Inc.
      p. 746 (1976).
PAL  English abstract (Derwent) of Japanese patent 60228412 (reference AL2).
PAL  English abstract (Derwent) of European patent 0 298 271 (reference AM1).
PAL  K. K. Sangyo Jiho-sha, "Completely Revised Dispensatory", 5.sup.th Edition
      (Sep. 10, 1986), Osaka Metropolitan Hospital Pharmacist Association (ed.),
      pp. 736-737 & 836-837.
PAL  Randolph, W.G. (1988). Dessertation Abstracts Online vol. 52/06-B.
PAL  Berkow, R. et al. (1992). The Merck Manual. Merck & Co., Inc., pp.
      2422-2423.
PAL  Budtz-Jogensen. (1978). Journal of the American Dental Association, vol.
      96, pp. 474-479.
LREP
FRM  Sterne, Kessler, Goldstein & Fox P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to an oral composition for prevention of mycotic
      infections of the oral cavity comprising an antifungal compound embedded
      in a sustained release carrier such as a cellulosic polymer, and a method
      for the use of said composition in preventing microfungal infections in
      the oral cavity. The invention also provides for the supplementation of
      said oral composition with an adhesive and a plasticizer to increase
      antifungal effectiveness.
PATN
WKU  059895233
SRC  9
APN  0449784
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19980320
TTL  Topical spray for treating acne containing niacinamide and NaPCA
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Bawa; Raj
INVT
NAM  Fitzjarrell; Edwin A.
STR  68994 N. Pine St.
CTY  Sisters
STA  OR
ZIP  97759
CLAS
OCL  424 45
XCL  4241951
XCL  424 46
XCL  424 7805
XCL  424 7807
XCL  424 7806
XCL  514937
XCL  514944
XCL  514859
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  912
FSC  424
FSS  195.1;45;46;78.05;78.07;78.06
FSC  514
FSS  859;944;937
UREF
PNO  4505896
ISD  19850300
NAM  Bernstein
UREF
PNO  4593046
ISD  19860600
NAM  Gruber
OCL  514717
UREF
PNO  4619829
ISD  19861000
NAM  Motschan
UREF
PNO  4725609
ISD  19880200
NAM  Kull, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4743442
ISD  19880500
NAM  Raaf et al.
UREF
PNO  4900550
ISD  19900200
NAM  Lowry
UREF
PNO  5266318
ISD  19931100
NAM  Taylor-McCord
UREF
PNO  5449512
ISD  19950900
NAM  Simmons
UREF
PNO  5496827
ISD  19960300
NAM  Patrick
UREF
PNO  5520919
ISD  19960500
NAM  Lerner
UREF
PNO  5520991
ISD  19960500
NAM  Eustatiu
UREF
PNO  5527530
ISD  19960600
NAM  Simmons et al.
UREF
PNO  5556887
ISD  19960900
NAM  Lerner
FREF
PNO  964444
ISD  19640700
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Shalita, Alan, R.; et al., Topical Nicotinaminde Compared With Clindamycin
      Gel in the Treatment of Inflammatory Acne Vulgaris, Int. J. Dermatol.,
      1995, V. 34, pp. 434-437.
PAL  Syed, T. A., et al, Management of Psoriasis with Aloe vera Extract in a
      Hydrophilic Cream: a placebo-controlled, double blind study, Trop. Med.
      Int. Health, Aug., 1996 1(4) pp. 505-509.
PAL  Jablonska, M.D., Treatment of Acne Vulgaris and Rosacea, letter to the
      editor, Arch. Dermatology, vol. 111, Jul. 1975, p. 929.
PAL  Comaish, Topically Applied Niacinamide in Isoniazid-Induced Pellagra, Arch.
      Dermatology, vol. 112, Jan. 1976, pp. 70-72.
LREP
FRM  ipsolon llp
ABST
PAL  A method and composition for treating outbreaks of acne. Initially, the
      acne affected area is cleaned. A topical spray comprising about 1 to 10 wt
      % niacinamide, about 0.1 to 1 wt % Aloe Vera extract and about 0.1 to 1 wt
      % NaPCA in a water carrier is then applied to the area. Generally, at
      least two spray applications are made each day. For optimum skin cleaning,
      an exfoliation scrub such as a conventional apricot facial scrub is
      preferably applied to the skin prior to application of the combination
      topical spray.
PATN
WKU  059895241
SRC  8
APN  8963495
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970718
TTL  Silica compatible with flavors, process for its preparation and
      dentifrice compositions containing it
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  O'Sullivan; Peter
INVT
NAM  Dromard; Adrien
CTY  Lyons
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Viot; Jean-Francois
CTY  Irigny
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Rhodia Chimie
CTY  Courbevoie
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960723
APN  96 09202
CLAS
OCL  424 49
XCL  423335
XCL  423338
XCL  423339
XCL  424 52
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  716
ICL  A61K  718
ICL  C01B 3312
FSC  423
FSS  335;338;339
FSC  424
FSS  49;52
UREF
PNO  4110083
ISD  19780800
NAM  Benedict
OCL   51295
UREF
PNO  4157387
ISD  19790600
NAM  Benedict
OCL  424 54
UREF
PNO  4340583
ISD  19820700
NAM  Wason
OCL  424 52
FREF
PNO  0 275706
ISD  19880700
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  716
FREF
PNO  WO 93/23007
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  722
FREF
PNO  WO 94/06868
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
ICL  C09C  130
OREF
PAL  French Preliminary Search Report.
LREP
FR2  Wood; John Daniel
ABST
PAL  Silica compatible with flavors, exhibiting, at an RP/DA abrasivity lower
      than or equal to 10, a compatibility with flavors which is higher than 10%
      and, at an RP/DA abrasivity higher than 10, a compatibility with flavors
      of at least 30%. Process for the preparation of flavor-compatible silica
      by treating the surface of a silica originating from the reaction of an
      alkali metal silicate with an inorganic or organic acidic agent, the
      silica being in dry form or in an aqueous suspension, with the aid of an
      organic compound capable of developing hydrogen bonds or ionic bonds with,
      respectively, the Si--OH silanol groups or the SiO.sup.-  anionic groups
      at the surface of the said silica to be treated, the said treated silica
      being subsequently, if necessary, isolated and/or washed and/or dried. Use
      in dentifrice compositions and dentifrice compositions including the said
      silica.
PATN
WKU  059895250
SRC  9
APN  0261327
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980219
TTL  Anti-caries oral compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Weddington; Kevin E.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Kleinberg; Israel
CTY  Smithtown
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Acevedo; Ana Maria
CTY  Caracas
CNT  VEX
INVT
NAM  Chatterjee; Robi
CTY  South Setanket
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  The Research Foundation of State University of New York
CTY  Stony Brook
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  611206
APD  19960305
PSC  01
PNO  5762911
CLAS
OCL  424 49
XCL  424687
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  716
ICL  A61K 3310
FSC  424
FSS  49;687
UREF
PNO  4225579
ISD  19800900
NAM  Kleinberg
OCL  424 48
UREF
PNO  4367218
ISD  19830100
NAM  Jacobson
OCL  424 49
OREF
PAL  M.F. Cole and W.H. Bowen, "Effect of Sodium Phytate on the Chemical and
      Microbial Composition of Dental Plaque in the Monkey" -- J.Dent. Res.,
      May-Jun. 1975, vol. 54, pp. 449-457.
PAL  Chemistry and Applications of Phytic Acid: An Overview --Edited by Ernst
      Graf, Pilatus Press, 1986 -- pp. 1-20.
PAL  H.W. Kaufman and I. Kleinberg, "Effect of pH on Calcium Binding By Phytic
      Acid and its Inositol Phosphoric Acid Derivatives and on the Solubility of
      their Calcium Salts" -- Archs Oral Bio., -- 1971, vol. 16 -- pp.445-460.
PAL  H.W. Kaufman and I. Kleinberg, "X-ray Diffraction Study of the Effect of
      Phytate on the In Vitro Formation of Calcium Phosphates" -- JADR
      Abstracts, 1973 -- p. 169.
PAL  H.W. Kaufman and I. Kleinberg, "Hydrolysis of Phytate and its Inositol
      Phosphate Intermediates by an Acid and an Alkaline Phosphatase" -- Archs
      Oral Bio., 1975, vol. 20 -- p. 157.
PAL  H.W. Kaufman and I. Kleinberg, "The Effect of pH on the Adsorption
      Properties of the Phytate Molecule", Archs Oral Biol., vol. 15, 1970 --
      pp. 917-934.
PAL  I. Kleinberg, J.A. Kanapka, R. Chatterjee, D. Craw, N.D'Angelo and H.J.
      Sandham, "Metabolism of Nitrogen by the Oral Mixed Bacteria" -- In: Saliva
      and Dental Caries -- pp. 357-377 (1971).
PAL  D.S. Magrill, "The Reduction of the Solubility of Hydroxyapatite in Acid by
      Adsorption of Phytate from Solution", Archs Oral Biol., vol. 18, 1973 --
      pp. 591-600.
PAL  T.H. Grenby, "Tests of Sodium Phytate as a Protective Agent Against Dental
      Caries in the Rate", Abstracts of Papers presented at the 18th ORCA
      Congress, 1972 -- pp. 82-83.
PAL  Eugene R. Morris, "Phytate and Dietary Mineral Bioavailability",Phytic
      Acid: Chemistry and Applications-- pp. 57-76. (1962).
PAL  Hakon Nordbo andGunnar Rolla, "Desprption of Salivary Proteins from
      Hydroxyapatite by Phytic Acid and Glycerophosphate andthe
      Plaque-Inhibiting Effect of the Two Compounds in Vivo", J. Dent. Res,
      May-Jun. 1972, vol. 3 -- pp. 800-802.
PAL  A. Wise, "Influence of Calcium on Trace Metal-Phytate Interactions", In:
      Phytic Acid: Chemistry and Applications, 1986, Edited by E. Graf, Pilatus
      Press, 1986 -- pp. 161-160.
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to oral compositions containing anti-caries
      agents distributed in an oral vehicle. In particular, the present
      invention provides oral compositions containing calcium, arginine and a
      cariostatic anion distributed in an oral vehicle. A method for preparing
      oral compositions containing anti-caries agents is also provided by the
      present invention. A method of reducing dental caries is described which
      comprises delivering a therapeutically effective amount of an oral
      composition containing calcium, arginine and a cariostatic anion into the
      oral cavity.
PATN
WKU  059895268
SRC  9
APN  0192619
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980205
TTL  Tooth bleaching
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Rose; Shep K.
INVT
NAM  Aaslyng; Dorrit
CTY  V.ae butted.rl.o slashed.se
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Tsuchiya; Rie
CTY  Birkerod
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Gaffar; Abdul
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Smith; Sahar F.
CTY  Bordenton
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Novo Nordisk A/S
CTY  Bagsv.ae butted.rd
CNT  DKX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Colgate-Palmolive Company
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  DKX
APD  19950818
APN  0926/95
PRIR
CNT  DKX
APD  19950920
APN  1048/95
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTDK9600350
APD  19960819
CLAS
OCL  424 50
XCL  424 49
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  716
ICL  A61K  728
ICL  A61K  730
FSC  424
FSS  50;51
UREF
PNO  4150113
ISD  19790400
NAM  Hoogendoorn et al.
UREF
PNO  4269822
ISD  19810500
NAM  Pellico et al.
UREF
PNO  5176899
ISD  19930100
NAM  Montgomery
OCL  424 50
UREF
PNO  5262151
ISD  19931100
NAM  Montgomery
OCL  424 50
UREF
PNO  5270033
ISD  19931200
NAM  Montgomery
OCL  424 50
UREF
PNO  5425953
ISD  19950600
NAM  Sintov et al.
OCL  424 53
UREF
PNO  5601750
ISD  19970200
NAM  Domke et al.
OCL  510305
UREF
PNO  5607681
ISD  19970300
NAM  Galley et al.
OCL  424 50
UREF
PNO  5695745
ISD  19971200
NAM  Barton et al.
OCL  424 49
UREF
PNO  5741688
ISD  19980400
NAM  Oxenball et al.
OCL  435190
UREF
PNO  5752980
ISD  19980500
NAM  Pedersen et al.
OCL    8111
UREF
PNO  5752981
ISD  19980500
NAM  Pederson et al.
OCL    8111
UREF
PNO  5795855
ISD  19980800
NAM  Schneider et al.
OCL  510376
UREF
PNO  5817495
ISD  19981000
NAM  Pederson et al.
OCL  435192
UREF
PNO  5834280
ISD  19981100
NAM  Oxenball et al.
OCL  435190
UREF
PNO  5851233
ISD  19981200
NAM  Pedersen et al.
OCL    8102
UREF
PNO  5885304
ISD  19990300
NAM  Schneider et al.
OCL    8137
FREF
PNO  0 133 736 A2
ISD  19850300
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Zelson, Esq.; Steve T.
FR2  Green, Esq.; Reza
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides safe products for bleaching teeth. Oral
      compositions comprising at least one oxidoreductase fulfil said criteria
      without the presence of peroxide or with only very little peroxide
      present. The invention also relates to an oral care product comprising the
      oral composition of the invention, a method of bleaching teeth, a method
      for using said oral care products and the use of oxidoreductases for
      oxidation of teeth stains.
PATN
WKU  059895276
SRC  9
APN  012995&
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19980126
TTL  Compositions and methods for improving the performance of chemical
      exfoliating agents, sunless tanning agents, skin lightening agents and
      insect repellents
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Kulkosky; Peter F.
INVT
NAM  Siegfried; Robert W.
CTY  Medford
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Burgo; Rocco
CTY  Cherry Hill
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  O'Connor; Andrew P.
CTY  Drexel Hill
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Smith; Diana L.
CTY  Tabernacle
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Inolex Investment Corporation
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424 59
XCL  424409
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  742
ICL  A61K 4734
ICL  A01N 2510
FSC  424
FSS  59;60;409
UREF
PNO  Re29871
ISD  19781200
NAM  Papantonioo et al.
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  3873725
ISD  19750300
NAM  Skinner et al.
UREF
PNO  3895104
ISD  19750700
NAM  Karg
OCL  424 60
UREF
PNO  3980617
ISD  19760900
NAM  Jaquet et al.
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  5000945
ISD  19910300
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5041281
ISD  19910800
NAM  Strobridge
OCL  424 60
UREF
PNO  5154855
ISD  19921000
NAM  Sekiguchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5158762
ISD  19921000
NAM  Pierce
UREF
PNO  5160738
ISD  19921100
NAM  Macaulay et al.
UREF
PNO  5223559
ISD  19930600
NAM  Arraudeau et al.
UREF
PNO  5224665
ISD  19930700
NAM  Natraj et al.
UREF
PNO  5229105
ISD  19930700
NAM  Wilmsmann
UREF
PNO  5302377
ISD  19940400
NAM  Pereira et al.
UREF
PNO  5385730
ISD  19950100
NAM  Ichinohe
UREF
PNO  5411729
ISD  19950500
NAM  O'Lenick, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5411734
ISD  19950500
NAM  Vargas et al.
UREF
PNO  5411802
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kumar et al.
UREF
PNO  5439682
ISD  19950800
NAM  Wivell et al.
UREF
PNO  5616598
ISD  19970400
NAM  Lion et al.
UREF
PNO  5624676
ISD  19970400
NAM  Mackey et al.
UREF
PNO  5653965
ISD  19970800
NAM  Narayanan et al.
OCL  424 59
FREF
PNO  0 506 961 A1
ISD  19921000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  62-079258
ISD  19870400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1412789 A1
ISD  19880700
CNT  RUX
FREF
PNO  1421344 A1
ISD  19880900
CNT  RUX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/06878
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9606878
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/49380
ISD  19971200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  W.G. Reifenrath et al., "Evaporation and Skin Penetration Characteristics
      of Mosquito Repellent Formulations," Journal of the American Mosquito
      Control Association, vol. 5, No. 1 (Mar. 1989), pp. 45-51.
PAL  Inolex Chemical Company, An Introduction to LEXOREZ.RTM. 100--compilation
      of evaluative data and the like. Some pages dated 1994 and others 1995,
      total pages 48.
LREP
FRM  Panitch Schwarze Jacobs & Nadel P.C.
ABST
PAL  Topical compositions for application to the stratum corneum include a
      polyester and an active ingredient which is a chemical exfoliating agent,
      sunless tanning agent, skin lightening agent and/or an insect repellent.
      The polyester substantially retains the active ingredient on or in the
      stratum corneum. A method for improving the effect of the active
      ingredient in a topical composition includes providing a polyester which
      functions to substantially retain the active ingredient on or in the
      stratum corneum to improve the effect of the active ingredient.
PATN
WKU  059895284
SRC  9
APN  1264869
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19980730
TTL  Sunscreen compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Dodson; Shelley A.
INVT
NAM  Tanner; Paul Robert
CTY  Maineville
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Irwin; Christopher
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  O'Donoghue; Margaret Ann
CTY  Monroe
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424 59
XCL  424 60
XCL  424400
XCL  424401
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  742
ICL  A61K  744
ICL  A61K  700
FSC  424
FSS  59;60;400;401
UREF
PNO  5152983
ISD  19921000
NAM  Nambudiry et al.
OCL  424 60
UREF
PNO  5538416
ISD  19960700
NAM  Forestier et al.
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  5549886
ISD  19960800
NAM  Grollier
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  5567418
ISD  19961000
NAM  Forestier et al.
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  5576354
ISD  19961100
NAM  Deflandre et al.
OCL  514685
UREF
PNO  5587150
ISD  19961200
NAM  Deflandre et al.
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  5605680
ISD  19970200
NAM  Deflandre et al.
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  5618520
ISD  19970400
NAM  Hansenne et al.
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  5620682
ISD  19970400
NAM  Fogel
OCL  424 60
UREF
PNO  5624663
ISD  19970400
NAM  Deflandre et al.
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  5672337
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ascione
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  5783174
ISD  19980700
NAM  Deckner
OCL  424 59
FREF
PNO  0 709 080 A1
ISD  19960500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 717 982 A1
ISD  19960600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 754 445 A2
ISD  19970100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 780 119 A1
ISD  19970600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 787 483 A1
ISD  19970800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 198 944
ISD  19880600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  97/21422
ISD  19970600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Kendall; Dara M.
FR2  Henderson; Loretta J.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to compositions suitable for use as
      sunscreens which provide excellent stability, efficiency, and UV
      protection efficacy in a safe, economical and aesthetically appealing
      manner (on-skin transparency, low skin irritation). Methods of use for
      these compositions are also disclosed. The compositions comprise:
PA1  a) a safe and effective amount of a UVA-absorbing dibenzoylmethane
      sunscreen active;
PA1  b) a safe and effective amount of a stabilizing agent having the formula
      ##STR1##
       wherein R.sub.1 and R.sub.1 ' are independently in the para or meta
      position and are independently a hydrogen atom or a straight- or branched
      chain C.sub.1 -C.sub.8 alkyl radical, R.sub.2 is a straight- or
      branched-chain C.sub.1 -C.sub.12 alkyl radical; and R.sub.3 is a hydrogen
      atom or a --CN radical;
PA1  c) a safe and effective amount of a UVB sunscreen selected from the group
      consisting of organic sunscreen actives, inorganic physical sunblocks, and
      mixtures thereof, wherein the inorganic physical sunblock is present in a
      total amount of less than or equal to about 5%; and
PA1  d) a carrier suitable for application to the skin wherein the mole ratio of
      the stabilizing agent to the UVA-absorbing dibenzoylmethane sunscreen
      active is less than 0.8 and wherein the composition is substantially free
      of benzylidene camphor derivatives.
PATN
WKU  059895292
SRC  9
APN  2080915
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19981120
TTL  Substantive topical composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Dodson; Shelley A.
INVT
NAM  Kaplan; Carl
CTY  Memphis
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Schering-Plough Healthcare Products, Inc.
CTY  Memphis
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424 59
XCL  424 60
XCL  424400
XCL  424401
XCL  424 7802
XCL  424 7803
XCL  424 7817
XCL  514937
XCL  514938
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  742
ICL  A61K  744
ICL  A61K  700
ICL  A61K 3174
FSC  424
FSS  59;60;400;401;78.02;78.08;78.17
FSC  514
FSS  937;938
UREF
PNO  4522807
ISD  19850600
NAM  Kaplan
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  5585104
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ha et al.
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5736125
ISD  19980400
NAM  Morawsky et al.
OCL  424 59
FREF
PNO  695027
ISD  19980800
CNT  AUX
OREF
PAL  ICI Surfactants Product Bulletin Code No. 80152 ARLACEL.RTM. P135, ICI
      Americas, Inc. Wilmington, DE (Apr., 1995).
PAL  ARLACEL.TM. P135, Cosmetics And Toiletries Manufacturing Worldwide, Aston
      Publishing Group (1997).
PAL  ARLACEL.RTM. P135--"Wafer In Oils--The Next Generation" ICI Surfactants
      (1998).
PAL  ARLACEL.RTM. P135 Polymeric Emulsifier Product Brochure, ICI Surfactants
      (1996).
LREP
FR2  Mazer; Edward H.
ABST
PAL  A dermatologically compatible substantive oil-in-water sunscreen
      composition is disclosed comprising a block polymer substantive agent and
      a sunscreening agent. The composition is adaptable for dispensing by a
      spray means.
PATN
WKU  059895306
SRC  8
APN  0257885
APT  1
ART  167
APD  19930303
TTL  Bleaching composition for human hair and process for its production
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Harrison; Robert H.
INVT
NAM  Lorenz; Heribert
CTY  Gross-Bieberau
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kufner; Frank
CTY  Darmstadt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Goldwell AG
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19920310
APN  42 07 475
CLAS
OCL  424 62
XCL    8101
XCL    8111
XCL  25218625
XCL  25218627
XCL  424DIG3
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  707
ICL  A61K  7135
FSC  424
FSS  70;71;62;DIG. 3
FSC    8
FSS  405;406;101;102;107;110;111
FSC  252
FSS  88;94;186.1;186.25;186.26;186.27
UREF
PNO  3674902
ISD  19720700
NAM  Kalopissis et al.
XCL    8405
UREF
PNO  3847830
ISD  19741100
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  252186.26
UREF
PNO  3951840
ISD  19760400
NAM  Fujino et al.
XCL  252 95
UREF
PNO  3975280
ISD  19760800
NAM  Hachmann et al.
OCL  252102
UREF
PNO  4128494
ISD  19781200
NAM  Schirmann et al.
OCL  252102
UREF
PNO  4134850
ISD  19790100
NAM  McCrudden et al.
XCL  252 95
UREF
PNO  4170637
ISD  19791000
NAM  Pum
OCL  424 62
UREF
PNO  4321301
ISD  19820300
NAM  Brichard et al.
OCL  428403
UREF
PNO  4522739
ISD  19850600
NAM  Gray
OCL  252 95
UREF
PNO  4844886
ISD  19890700
NAM  Hartmann et al.
OCL  424 62
UREF
PNO  5258132
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kamel et al.
OCL  510370
UREF
PNO  5279313
ISD  19940100
NAM  Clausen et al.
OCL  132208
UREF
PNO  5622691
ISD  19970400
NAM  Tricaud et al.
OCL  424 62
UREF
PNO  5783175
ISD  19980700
NAM  Schultz et al.
OCL  424 62
UREF
PNO  5866107
ISD  19990200
NAM  Schultz et al.
OCL  424 62
LREP
FRM  Londa and Traub LLP
ABST
PAL  A dustless, free-flowing powdery bleaching material for human hair which
      comprises a powdery composition of at least one solid peroxide compound
      and at least one pulverulent carrier material admixed with an oil and/or a
      liquid wax.
PATN
WKU  059895314
SRC  9
APN  1918974
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19981113
TTL  Antiperspirant formulation for porous applicator
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Lamm; Marina
EXP  Dodson; Shelley A.
INVT
NAM  Schamper; Thomas
CTY  Cranbury
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Moghe; Bhalchandra
CTY  White House Station
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Barr; Morton L.
CTY  East Brunswick
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Wu; Ching-Min Kimmy
CTY  Kendall Park
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Colgate-Palmolive Company
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424 65
XCL  424 66
XCL  424 68
XCL  424401
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  732
ICL  A61K  734
ICL  A61K  738
ICL  A61K  700
FSC  424
FSS  401;65;66;68
UREF
PNO  4268499
ISD  19810500
NAM  Keil
OCL  424 68
UREF
PNO  4322400
ISD  19820300
NAM  Yuhas
UREF
PNO  4673570
ISD  19870600
NAM  Soldati
UREF
PNO  4853214
ISD  19890800
NAM  Orr
UREF
PNO  4937069
ISD  19900600
NAM  Shin
UREF
PNO  5008103
ISD  19910400
NAM  Raleigh et al.
UREF
PNO  5019375
ISD  19910500
NAM  Tanner et al.
UREF
PNO  5069897
ISD  19911200
NAM  Orr
UREF
PNO  5102656
ISD  19920400
NAM  Kasat
UREF
PNO  5120531
ISD  19920600
NAM  Wells et al.
UREF
PNO  5175325
ISD  19921200
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  5216033
ISD  19930600
NAM  Pereira et al.
OCL  514 63
UREF
PNO  5225188
ISD  19930700
NAM  Abrutyn et al.
UREF
PNO  5243010
ISD  19930900
NAM  Choi et al.
UREF
PNO  5272241
ISD  19931200
NAM  Lucarelli et al.
UREF
PNO  5384117
ISD  19950100
NAM  Vu et al.
UREF
PNO  5500209
ISD  19960300
NAM  Ross et al.
UREF
PNO  5523375
ISD  19960600
NAM  Raleigh et al.
UREF
PNO  5567073
ISD  19961000
NAM  Laforcade et al.
OCL  401190
UREF
PNO  5575990
ISD  19961100
NAM  Benfatto
OCL  424 65
UREF
PNO  5871717
ISD  19990200
NAM  Bretzler et al.
UREF
PNO  5882637
ISD  19990300
NAM  Putnam
FREF
PNO  0291334
ISD  19880500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO9205767
ISD  19920400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9800105
ISD  19980100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9800097
ISD  19980100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Miano; Rosemary M.
ABST
PAL  The invention comprises a liquid composition which provides a drier feel
      and reduced leakage when used with certain types of applicators,
      especially an applicator having a porous surface, which composition is
      made by combining an active phase and a silicone phase. The active phase
      is made by combining: (a) 10-70% of a selected glycol; (b) 0.1-10% of a
      nonionic emulsifier having an HLB greater than 8; (c) 0.01-30% of a
      cosmetically active ingredient; and (d) 0-20% of ethanol and/or
      isopropanol. The silicone phase is made by combining: (a) from 0.1-10% of
      a selected emulsifier; (b) 0-30% of a non-volatile silicone; (c) 0-30% of
      a volatile silicone; and (d) 0-25% of an organic emollient; provided that:
      (a) the silicone phase contains at least 10% silicone; (b) the ratio of
      silicone phase to active phase is in the range of 1:1 to 1:4; and (c) the
      composition is processed to maintain a viscosity in the range of
      2,000-200,000 centipoise ("cps").
PATN
WKU  059895322
SRC  8
APN  9797092
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19971127
TTL  Hair treatment composition and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Williamson; Michael A.
EXP  Clardy; S. Mark
INVT
NAM  Haning; Linda J.
CTY  Prior Lake
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Coreen Ann
CTY  Inver Grove Heights
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424 701
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  7075
FSC  424
FSS  70.1
UREF
PNO  4183366
ISD  19800100
NAM  Bartuska et al.
OCL  132  7
UREF
PNO  4873079
ISD  19891000
NAM  Hahn
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4938954
ISD  19900700
NAM  Gross et al.
OCL  424 71
UREF
PNO  4992077
ISD  19910200
NAM  Tennigkeit et al.
OCL    8406
UREF
PNO  5006127
ISD  19910400
NAM  Tennigkeit et al.
OCL    8406
UREF
PNO  5059414
ISD  19911000
NAM  Dallal et al.
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  5205837
ISD  19930400
NAM  Andrean et al.
OCL    8405
UREF
PNO  5482703
ISD  19960100
NAM  Pings
UREF
PNO  5679114
ISD  19971000
NAM  Haning et al.
OCL    8405
FREF
PNO  2149806
ISD  19850600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Simon; Morton S.
FR2  Zeller; Charles J.
FR2  Savitsky; Thomas R.
ABST
PAL  A hair treatment composition comprising a mixture of polyvinylpyrrolidone
      and a member selected from the group consisting of an ethoxylated
      triglyceride, a quaternary ammonium chloride, phenyl trimethicone, an
      acrylate containing polymer and dimethicone copolyol ester and mixtures
      thereof, provided that the weight ratio of the polyvinylpyrrolidone to the
      ethoxylated triglyceride is greater than about 7:1 and the weight ratio of
      the polyvinylpyrrolidone to the acrylate containing polymer is greater
      than about 7:1 is described herein.
PATN
WKU  059895330
SRC  8
APN  8979553
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970721
TTL  Hair conditioning compositions containing alpha or beta hydroxy acid
      esters
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Seidleck; Brian K.
EXP  Page; Thurman K.
INVT
NAM  Deegan; Charlene Patricia
CTY  Lakehurst
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Hawkins; Geoffrey Robert
CTY  Langhorne
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Revlon Consumer Products Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424 7028
XCL  424401
XCL  424 7803
XCL  424 701
XCL  424 7011
XCL  424 7012
XCL  514880
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  706
FSC  424
FSS  401;78.03;70.1;70.11;70.12;70.28
FSC  514
FSS  880
UREF
PNO  Re34958
ISD  19950500
NAM  Garbe
OCL  424 70.12
UREF
PNO  4269824
ISD  19810500
NAM  Villamarin
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4374825
ISD  19830200
NAM  Bolich
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4387090
ISD  19830600
NAM  Bolich
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4472375
ISD  19840900
NAM  Bolich
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4636329
ISD  19870100
NAM  Steuri
OCL  252106
UREF
PNO  4673568
ISD  19870600
NAM  Grollier
OCL  424 47
UREF
PNO  4711776
ISD  19871200
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4719930
ISD  19880100
NAM  Gross
OCL  132  7
UREF
PNO  4726945
ISD  19880200
NAM  Patel
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4741855
ISD  19880500
NAM  Grote
OCL  252142
UREF
PNO  4752467
ISD  19880600
NAM  Konrad
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4765975
ISD  19880800
NAM  Iovanni
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4780310
ISD  19881000
NAM  Lang
OCL  424 47
UREF
PNO  4797273
ISD  19890100
NAM  Linn et al.
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  4818523
ISD  19890400
NAM  Clarke
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4844888
ISD  19890700
NAM  Zawadzki
OCL  429 69
UREF
PNO  4855130
ISD  19890800
NAM  Konrad
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4886660
ISD  19891200
NAM  Patel
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4902499
ISD  19900200
NAM  Bolish
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4950468
ISD  19900800
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4954335
ISD  19900900
NAM  Janchipraponvej
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4975274
ISD  19901200
NAM  Iannucci
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4976956
ISD  19901200
NAM  Noe
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4988506
ISD  19910100
NAM  Mitra
OCL  424 81
UREF
PNO  5002761
ISD  19910300
NAM  Mueller
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  5021477
ISD  19910600
NAM  Garbe
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  5061481
ISD  19911000
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  424 63
UREF
PNO  5091171
ISD  19920200
NAM  Yu
OCL  424642
UREF
PNO  5100657
ISD  19920300
NAM  Ansher-Jackson
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  5106609
ISD  19920400
NAM  Bolich
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  5108751
ISD  19920400
NAM  Hagan
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5166276
ISD  19921100
NAM  Hayama
OCL  525329.7
UREF
PNO  5169623
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kopolow
OCL  424 47
UREF
PNO  5213793
ISD  19930500
NAM  Moses
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  5254336
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hoshowski
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  5286476
ISD  19940200
NAM  Nanba
OCL  424 47
UREF
PNO  5326483
ISD  19940700
NAM  Halloran
OCL  252174.15
UREF
PNO  5328685
ISD  19940700
NAM  Janchitraponvej
OCL  424 71
UREF
PNO  5425937
ISD  19950600
NAM  Uchiwa
OCL  424 70.14
UREF
PNO  5439677
ISD  19950800
NAM  Villamarin
OCL  424 70.14
UREF
PNO  5470551
ISD  19951100
NAM  Dubief
OCL  424 70.12
UREF
PNO  5480634
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hayama
OCL  424 70.12
UREF
PNO  5534265
ISD  19960700
NAM  Fowler et al.
OCL  424489
UREF
PNO  5567428
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hughes
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5759558
ISD  19980600
NAM  Epstein et al.
OCL  424401
FREF
PNO  662315
ISD  19950700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  410067647
ISD  19980300
CNT  JPX
ICL  A61K  748
FREF
PNO  9531173
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Alzo Technical Bulletin #227 Apr. 1996.
LREP
FR2  Blackburn; Julie
ABST
PAL  A hair conditioner composition comprising, by weight of the total
      composition:
PA1  0.1-20% of a cationic conditioning agent,
PA1  0.1-20% of esters of alpha or beta hydroxy acids,
PA1  0.1-30% of a fatty alcohol,
PA1  0.001-10% of a nonionic surfactant, and
PA1  5-95% water.
PATN
WKU  059895349
SRC  8
APN  9552839
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19971021
TTL  Process for the permanent deformation of keratinous matter
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Berman; Alysia
EXP  Page; Thurman K.
INVT
NAM  Samain; Henri
CTY  Bievres
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  L'Oreal
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19930716
APN  93-08750
RLAP
COD  71
APN  397263
CLAS
OCL  424 7051
XCL  424 702
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  706
FSC  424
FSS  70.2;70.51
UREF
PNO  4947878
ISD  19900800
NAM  Crews et al.
OCL  132203
UREF
PNO  5101841
ISD  19920400
NAM  Crews et al.
OCL  132203
UREF
PNO  5208014
ISD  19930500
NAM  Dubief et al.
OCL  424 71
UREF
PNO  5332570
ISD  19940700
NAM  Bergstrom et al.
OCL  424 72
FREF
PNO  A-0320612
ISD  19890600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  A-0432051
ISD  19910600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  A-0551135
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  A-2683999
ISD  19930500
CNT  FRX
OREF
PAL  Derwent Abstract of FR-A-2683999, May 1993.
PAL  Derwent Abstract of EP-A-0320612, Jun. 1989.
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a new process for the treatment of keratinous
      matter, in particular hair, with a view to obtaining permanent deformation
      of the latter, in particular in the form of permanent-waved hair, the said
      process being characterized in that it contains the following stages: (i)
      a composition containing cysteine and/or cysteamine and/or one of their
      salts is applied on the keratinous matter to be treated, the pH of the
      said composition being between 9 and 10 when the latter contains cysteine
      or between 8 and 9 when the latter contains cysteamine, the means
      (rollers) necessary for placing the keratinous matter under mechanical
      tension being used before, during or after the said application, (ii) the
      keratinous matter, thus treated, is then subjected to a heat treatment
      (heating) carried out at a temperature of between 30 and 60.degree. C.,
      (iii) the keratinous matter, thus treated, is then rinsed, (iv) the
      keratinous matter, thus rinsed, is then allowed to rest, (v) and, finally,
      the keratinous matter, thus allowed to rest, is separated from the
      tensioning means used in Stage (i). The process according to the invention
      makes it possible, among other advantages, to dispense with the use of
      oxidizing (fixation) agents.
PATN
WKU  059895357
SRC  8
APN  9143386
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970815
TTL  Polymeric bioadhesive emulsions and suspensions and methods of treatment
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Kulkosky; Peter F.
INVT
NAM  Nayak; Smita
CTY  Marlton
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Soma Technologies
CTY  Morganville
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424 7802
XCL  424 7818
XCL  424 7829
XCL  424430
XCL  424433
XCL  424434
XCL  424435
XCL  424436
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 4732
ICL  A61K  902
FSC  424
FSS  78.02;78.03;78.18;78.29
UREF
PNO  5194253
ISD  19930300
NAM  Garrido
OCL  424 78.03
UREF
PNO  5437867
ISD  19950800
NAM  Vichroski et al.
OCL  424 78.02
UREF
PNO  5508029
ISD  19960400
NAM  Petchul et al.
OCL  424 78.03
UREF
PNO  5573768
ISD  19961100
NAM  Afriat et al.
OCL  424 78.02
UREF
PNO  5635171
ISD  19970600
NAM  Nadaud
OCL  424 78.02
ABST
PAL  Bioadhesive/mucoadhesive composition in a suspension or emulsion form that
      delivers drugs to the target tissue in a sustained manner is formulated. A
      composition, method of manufacture and its application in treatment of
      mammalian tissue are disclosed. The composition includes a
      bioadhesive/mucoadhesive polymer in an emulsion or suspension form along
      with a treating agent. The treating agent could be as simple as water as
      in the case of mucoadhesive moisturizing agent. The
      bioadhesive/mucoadhesive polymer is a water dispersible high molecular
      weight crosslinked polyacrylic acid copolymer with free carboxylic acid
      groups further crosslinked with a combination mono, di and polyvalent
      metal ions, cationic polymers and surfactants. Type of metal ion and their
      concentration can be adjusted to get the desired bio/mucoadhesive
      properties along with several physical properties that are important to
      the formulation of dosage forms. The viscosity of the formulation can be
      reduced substantially by crosslinking with metal ions or by incorporating
      anions or cations in 0.01 to 5% to get low viscosity product with higher
      polymer concentration, which is important in several dosage forms. The
      concentration of the polymer ranges from 0.05 to 20.0 percent depending on
      the crosslinking and the viscosity of the product.
PATN
WKU  059895365
SRC  8
APN  6297900
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19960409
TTL  Personal cleansing compositions containing alkoxylated ether and
      cationic ammonium salt for deposition of active agent upon the skin
ISD  19991123
NCL  54
ECL  1
EXP  Kulkosky; Peter F.
INVT
NAM  Deckner; George Endel
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  McManus; Richard Loren
CTY  West Chester
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  French; Dawn Marie
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  371049
APD  19950110
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  161104
APD  19931202
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  100957
APD  19930803
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  424 7805
XCL  514846
XCL  514859
XCL  424 7802
XCL  424 7806
XCL  424 7807
XCL  424 7803
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  748
ICL  A61K  740
FSC  424
FSS  78.02;78.03;78.06;78.05;78.07
UREF
PNO  3920810
ISD  19751100
NAM  Rankin
OCL  424 80
UREF
PNO  4039501
ISD  19770800
NAM  Babcock et al.
OCL  260 30.4R
UREF
PNO  4147782
ISD  19790400
NAM  Klein et al.
OCL  424230
UREF
PNO  4318907
ISD  19820300
NAM  Kligman et al.
OCL  424230
UREF
PNO  4355028
ISD  19821000
NAM  Kligman et al.
OCL  424230
UREF
PNO  4499069
ISD  19850200
NAM  Krafton
OCL  424 66
UREF
PNO  4540568
ISD  19850900
NAM  Trager et al.
OCL  424 81
UREF
PNO  4597963
ISD  19860700
NAM  Deckner
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  4599379
ISD  19860700
NAM  Flesher et al.
OCL  524801
UREF
PNO  4628078
ISD  19861200
NAM  Glover et al.
OCL  526303.1
UREF
PNO  4673704
ISD  19870600
NAM  Flesher et al.
OCL  524519
UREF
PNO  4704436
ISD  19871100
NAM  Barabas
OCL  525326.9
UREF
PNO  4806345
ISD  19890200
NAM  Bhattacharyya
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4835206
ISD  19890500
NAM  Farrar et al.
OCL  524457
UREF
PNO  4837019
ISD  19890600
NAM  Georgalas et al.
OCL  424101
UREF
PNO  4849484
ISD  19890700
NAM  Heard
OCL  525221
UREF
PNO  4885161
ISD  19891200
NAM  Cornell
OCL  424 78
UREF
PNO  4915940
ISD  19900400
NAM  Saitoh et al.
OCL  424 81
UREF
PNO  4929577
ISD  19900500
NAM  Cornell
OCL  514 58
UREF
PNO  4946670
ISD  19900800
NAM  Sebag et al.
OCL  424 63
UREF
PNO  4970220
ISD  19901100
NAM  Chaussee
OCL  514358
UREF
PNO  4971800
ISD  19901100
NAM  Chess et al.
OCL  424449
UREF
PNO  5009969
ISD  19910400
NAM  Miller
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5017367
ISD  19910500
NAM  Stojkoski
OCL  424 63
UREF
PNO  5045317
ISD  19910900
NAM  Chess et al.
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5051260
ISD  19910900
NAM  Chess et al.
OCL  424449
UREF
PNO  5100660
ISD  19920300
NAM  Hawe et al.
OCL  424 78.35
UREF
PNO  5106609
ISD  19920400
NAM  Bolich, Jr. et al.
OCL  424 70.12
UREF
PNO  5221530
ISD  19930600
NAM  Janchitraponveg et al.
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  5232688
ISD  19930800
NAM  Ziegler et al.
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  5407958
ISD  19950400
NAM  Heath et al.
OCL  514546
UREF
PNO  5484597
ISD  19960100
NAM  Slautcheff et al.
OCL  424401
FREF
PNO  067658
ISD  19820600
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  700
FREF
PNO  228868
ISD  19861200
CNT  EPX
ICL  C08F22602
FREF
PNO  312208
ISD  19880900
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 3702
FREF
PNO  299758
ISD  19890100
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 4700
FREF
PNO  0299758
ISD  19890100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2071745
ISD  19820600
CNT  JPX
ICL  A61K  970
FREF
PNO  57091913
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
ICL  A61K  970
FREF
PNO  2236760
ISD  19901000
CNT  GBX
ICL  C11D 1700
FREF
PNO  WO9307903
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  93/07902
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 4732
FREF
PNO  93/07903
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 4732
FREF
PNO  93/07856
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  748
FREF
PNO  9310756
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  748
FREF
PNO  9310755
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  748
FREF
PNO  94/02176
ISD  19940200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 4732
OREF
PAL  Washington Post Health Jun. 12, 1990 pp. 10-12 "It's A Cream . . .
      Cosmeceutical".
PAL  Technical Bulletin--Salcare SC 92 for Cosmetic/Personal Care Applications,
      Allied Colloids, Suffolk, VA--undated.
PAL  Technical Bulletin--Salcare SC91: The Cosmetic Formulator's Choice For
      Anionic Skin Care Products Allied Colloids, Suffolk, VA--undated.
LREP
FR2  Little; Darryl C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to oil-in-water emulsion compositions that
      are useful for personal cleansing and for depositing an active ingredient
      upon the skin surface. The active ingredient in these compositions has a
      solubility parameter from about 7 to about 13. A preferred active
      ingredient is salicylic acid.
PATN
WKU  059895373
SRC  8
APN  484257&
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19950607
TTL  Methods for stimulating granulocyte/macrophage lineage using
      thrombopoietin
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1,3
EXP  Spector; Lorraine
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Holly; Richard D.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Lok; Si
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Foster; Donald C.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Hagen; Frederick S.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Kaushansky; Kenneth
CTY  Woodinville
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Kuijper; Joseph L.
CTY  Bothell
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Lofton-Day; Catherine E.
CTY  Brier
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Oort; Pieter J.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  ZymoGenetics, Inc.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  University of Washington
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  252491
APD  19940601
RLAP
COD  82
APN  215203
APD  19940321
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  203197
APD  19940225
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  196025
APD  19940214
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  424 851
XCL  4241981
XCL  435 695
XCL  530351
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3819
FSC  530
FSS  351;399
FSC  424
FSS  85.1;85.2;198.1
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;69.5
UREF
PNO  5154921
ISD  19921000
NAM  Sager et al.
OCL  530351
UREF
PNO  5571686
ISD  19961100
NAM  Rosenberg et al.
OCL  435 29
FREF
PNO  95/28907
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Shimosaka et al., 9th Symposium Molecular Biology of Hematopoiesis Abstract
      No. 9/11:211, 1995.
PAL  Eaton et al., Blood 84(10) Suppl. 1, Abstract No. 948, 241a, 1994.
PAL  de Sauvage et al., Blood 84(10) Suppl. 1, Abstract No. 1546, 390a, 1994.
PAL  Miyazaki et al., Blood 84(10) Suppl. 1, Abstract No. 955, 242a, 1994.
PAL  Broudy et al., Blood 84(10) Suppl. 1, Abstract No. 1304, 330a, 1994.
PAL  Solberg et al., Blood 84(10) Suppl. 1, Abstract No. 1305, 330a, 1994.
PAL  Bartley et al., Cell 77: 1117-1124, 1994.
PAL  Dutton, Genetic Engineering News: 8, 1994.
PAL  Souyri et al., Cell 63: 1137-1147, 1990.
PAL  Methia et al., Blood 82: 1395-1401, 1993.
PAL  Vigon et al., Oncogene 8: 2607-2615, 1993.
PAL  McDonald, Am. J. Ped. Hematol./Oncol. 14: 8-21, 1992.
PAL  Dessypris et al., Chem. Abstr. 113(10) Abstract No. 170137u: 543, Nov. 5,
      1990.
PAL  A. Grossmann et al., Blood 88(9):3363-3370, Nov. 1, 1996.
LREP
FR2  Sawislak; Deborah A.
ABST
PAL  Methods for stimulating granulocyte/macrophage lineage cells using
      thrombopoiet in are provided. The methods provided may be used to
      stimulate granulocyte/macrophage progenitors and neutrophils in bone
      marrow and peripheral blood cells and in vitro and in vivo. In addition,
      methods for treatment of neutropenia in patients are disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059895381
SRC  8
APN  9278559
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19970911
TTL  Mpl ligand analogs
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Mertz; Prema
NDR  16
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Elliott; Steven G.
CTY  Newbury Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Amgen Inc.
CTY  Thousand Oak
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  591070
APD  19960209
PSC  01
PNO  5756083
RLAP
COD  82
APN  388779
APD  19950215
PSC  01
PNO  5696250
RLAP
COD  84
APN  451086
APD  19950525
CLAS
OCL  424 851
XCL  530351
XCL  435 695
XCL  435325
XCL  435358
XCL  435360
XCL  4352523
XCL  4353201
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3819
ICL  C07K 1452
FSC  530
FSS  351
FSC  424
FSS  85.1
FSC  435
FSS  69.5;325;358;360;252.3;320.1
FSC  514
FSS  2;8;12
UREF
PNO  5217881
ISD  19930600
NAM  Park
OCL  435 69.5
UREF
PNO  5218092
ISD  19930600
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  530351
FREF
PNO  0 428 267 A2
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 668 352 A1
ISD  19950800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 675 201 A1
ISD  19951000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 714 670 A1
ISD  19950700
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  195 00 030 A1
ISD  19950700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/05465
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/18858
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/21920
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/21919
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/26746
ISD  19951000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/17062
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/25498
ISD  19960800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/23888
ISD  19960800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/14476
ISD  19980400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Delorme et al., Biochemistry, 31:9871-9876 (1992).
PAL  Eaton et al., "Biological Activity of Human Thrombopoietin (TPO), the C-mpl
      Ligand and TPO Variants and the Chromosomal Localization of TPO", Blood,
      84(10), (1994); Abstract No. 948, XP 000567760.
PAL  Hoffman, et al., "Peptide, disulfide, and glycosylation mapping of
      recombinant human thrombopoietin from Ser1 to Arg246", Biochemistry,
      35(47), pp. 14849-14861, (1996).
LREP
FR2  Odre; Steven
FR2  Levy; Ron
FR2  Cook; Robert R.
ABST
PAL  Mpl ligand analogs having one or more changed glycosylation sites as
      compared to a naturally occurring mpl ligand sequence of a corresponding
      number of amino acids are disclosed. The invention also relates to DNA
      sequences encoding mpl ligand analogs, recombinant plasmids and host cells
      for analog expression, and therapeutic compositions including such
      analogs.
PATN
WKU  059895390
SRC  8
APN  7980329
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970206
TTL  Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Russel; Jeffrey E.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Leone-Bay; Andrea
CTY  Ridgefield
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Ho; Koc-Kan
CTY  Monmouth Junction
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Sarubbi; Donald J.
CTY  Bronxville
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Milstein; Sam J.
CTY  Larchmont
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Emisphere Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Tarrytown
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTUS9604580
APD  19960401
RLAP
COD  82
APN  414654
APD  19950331
PSC  01
PNO  5650386
CLAS
OCL  424 852
XCL  424 854
XCL  4241411
XCL  4241841
XCL  514  2
XCL  514  3
XCL  514 11
XCL  514 12
XCL  514 21
XCL  514 56
XCL  514456
XCL  514616
XCL  514784
XCL  562457
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3817
ICL  A61K 3829
ICL  A61K 31725
ICL  C07C22940
FSC  424
FSS  85.1;85.2;85.4;141.1;184.1
FSC  514
FSS  2;3;8;11;12;21;56;456;616;563;784
FSC  562
FSS  457
UREF
PNO  Re24899
ISD  19601100
NAM  Green
OCL  514284
UREF
PNO  2671451
ISD  19540300
NAM  Bolger
OCL  128260
UREF
PNO  2828206
ISD  19580300
NAM  Rosenberg
OCL   99  2
UREF
PNO  2862918
ISD  19581200
NAM  Meyer et al.
OCL  260123.5
UREF
PNO  2868740
ISD  19590100
NAM  Luce
OCL  260  8
UREF
PNO  2971916
ISD  19610200
NAM  Schleicher et al.
OCL  252 62.5
UREF
PNO  3016308
ISD  19620100
NAM  Macaulay
OCL  177 37
UREF
PNO  3052655
ISD  19620900
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  260 78
UREF
PNO  3057344
ISD  19621000
NAM  Abella et al.
OCL  128  2
UREF
PNO  3076790
ISD  19630200
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  260 78
UREF
PNO  3170802
ISD  19650200
NAM  Fukushima
OCL   99145
UREF
PNO  3190837
ISD  19650600
NAM  Brynko et al.
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  3474777
ISD  19691000
NAM  Figge et al.
OCL  128  2
UREF
PNO  3491093
ISD  19700100
NAM  Pachter et al.
OCL  260247.5
UREF
PNO  3565559
ISD  19710200
NAM  Sato
OCL  424 37
UREF
PNO  3567650
ISD  19710300
NAM  Bakan
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  3574832
ISD  19710400
NAM  Engel et al.
OCL  424183
UREF
PNO  3576758
ISD  19710400
NAM  Emrick
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  3687926
ISD  19720800
NAM  Arima et al.
OCL  530329
UREF
PNO  3725113
ISD  19730400
NAM  Chang
OCL  117 82
UREF
PNO  3748277
ISD  19730700
NAM  Wagner
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  3794561
ISD  19740200
NAM  Matsukawa et al.
OCL  195 29R
UREF
PNO  3795739
ISD  19740300
NAM  Birkmayer et al.
OCL  424274
UREF
PNO  3816404
ISD  19740600
NAM  Kablaoui et al.
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  3822348
ISD  19740700
NAM  Higashi et al.
OCL  424 95
UREF
PNO  3849550
ISD  19741100
NAM  Teitelbaum
OCL  424 78
UREF
PNO  3933873
ISD  19760100
NAM  Love et al.
OCL  260404
UREF
PNO  3937668
ISD  19760200
NAM  Zolle
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  3939253
ISD  19760200
NAM  Bodor et al.
OCL  424309
UREF
PNO  3956172
ISD  19760500
NAM  Saeki et al.
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  3962416
ISD  19760600
NAM  Katzen
OCL  424 19
UREF
PNO  3976773
ISD  19760800
NAM  Curran
OCL  424250
UREF
PNO  4035507
ISD  19770700
NAM  Bodor et al.
OCL  424311
UREF
PNO  4048268
ISD  19770900
NAM  Ludwig
OCL  264 15
UREF
PNO  4061466
ISD  19771200
NAM  Sjoholm et al.
OCL   23230B
UREF
PNO  4117801
ISD  19781000
NAM  Dannelly et al.
OCL  118 20
UREF
PNO  4147767
ISD  19790400
NAM  Yapel
OCL  424 22
UREF
PNO  4183849
ISD  19800100
NAM  Hansen
OCL  260112.7
UREF
PNO  4199561
ISD  19800400
NAM  Roth et al.
OCL  424 32
UREF
PNO  4217370
ISD  19800800
NAM  Rawlings et al.
OCL  426 98
UREF
PNO  4238506
ISD  19801200
NAM  Stach et al.
OCL  424319
UREF
PNO  4239635
ISD  19801200
NAM  Rieder
OCL  252 34
UREF
PNO  4239754
ISD  19801200
NAM  Sache et al.
OCL  424183
UREF
PNO  4272506
ISD  19810600
NAM  Schwarzberg
OCL  424  8
UREF
PNO  4289759
ISD  19810900
NAM  Heavner et al.
OCL  424177
UREF
PNO  4345588
ISD  19820800
NAM  Widder et al.
OCL  128  1.3
UREF
PNO  4348384
ISD  19820900
NAM  Horikoshi et al.
OCL  424101
UREF
PNO  4351337
ISD  19820900
NAM  Sidman
OCL  128260
UREF
PNO  4352883
ISD  19821000
NAM  Lim
OCL  435178
UREF
PNO  4357259
ISD  19821100
NAM  Senyei et al.
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  4388304
ISD  19830600
NAM  Nyeki et al.
OCL  424177
UREF
PNO  4393192
ISD  19830700
NAM  Curatolo et al.
OCL  528292
UREF
PNO  4402856
ISD  19830900
NAM  Schnoring et al.
OCL  428402.22
UREF
PNO  4402968
ISD  19830900
NAM  Martin
OCL  424273
UREF
PNO  4405598
ISD  19830900
NAM  Brown
OCL  424 45
UREF
PNO  4442090
ISD  19840400
NAM  Kakeya et al.
OCL  424178
UREF
PNO  4446138
ISD  19840500
NAM  Pack
OCL  424248.57
UREF
PNO  4450150
ISD  19840500
NAM  Sidman
OCL  424  1.1
UREF
PNO  4457907
ISD  19840700
NAM  Porter
OCL  424  7.1
UREF
PNO  4460563
ISD  19840700
NAM  Calanchi
OCL  424 35
UREF
PNO  4462839
ISD  19840700
NAM  McGinley et al.
OCL  106198
UREF
PNO  4462991
ISD  19840700
NAM  Higuchi et al.
OCL  424177
UREF
PNO  4473620
ISD  19840900
NAM  Wu et al.
OCL  428402.24
UREF
PNO  4483807
ISD  19841100
NAM  Asano
OCL  264 22
UREF
PNO  4492684
ISD  19850100
NAM  Goosen et al.
OCL  424 19
UREF
PNO  4518433
ISD  19850500
NAM  McGinley et al.
OCL  106180
UREF
PNO  4590265
ISD  19860500
NAM  Bogan et al.
OCL  536 63
UREF
PNO  4608278
ISD  19860800
NAM  Frank
OCL  427213.35
UREF
PNO  4613500
ISD  19860900
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  429 85
UREF
PNO  4647455
ISD  19870300
NAM  De Bold
OCL  424 95
UREF
PNO  4666641
ISD  19870500
NAM  Fickat et al.
OCL  264  4.3
UREF
PNO  4671954
ISD  19870600
NAM  Goldberg
OCL  424450
UREF
PNO  4673566
ISD  19870600
NAM  Goosen et al.
OCL  424 19
UREF
PNO  4683092
ISD  19870700
NAM  Tsang
OCL  210650
UREF
PNO  4690786
ISD  19870900
NAM  Ninomiya et al.
OCL  264  4.6
UREF
PNO  4692284
ISD  19870900
NAM  Braden
OCL  264  4.3
UREF
PNO  4692433
ISD  19870900
NAM  Hostetler et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  4703042
ISD  19871000
NAM  Bodor
OCL  514 56
UREF
PNO  4708952
ISD  19871100
NAM  Salatinjants
OCL  514158
UREF
PNO  4745161
ISD  19880500
NAM  Saudek et al.
OCL  525420
UREF
PNO  4753804
ISD  19880600
NAM  Iaccheri et al.
OCL  424491
UREF
PNO  4757007
ISD  19880700
NAM  Satoh
OCL  435 69
UREF
PNO  4757024
ISD  19880700
NAM  Roper
OCL  436507
UREF
PNO  4757066
ISD  19880700
NAM  Shiokari et al.
OCL  514210
UREF
PNO  4766012
ISD  19880800
NAM  Valenti
OCL  427213.36
UREF
PNO  4774320
ISD  19880900
NAM  Tagliabue et al.
OCL  530328
UREF
PNO  4789734
ISD  19881200
NAM  Pierschbacher
OCL  530395
UREF
PNO  4835312
ISD  19890500
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  564205
UREF
PNO  4837381
ISD  19890600
NAM  Steber et al.
OCL  424502
UREF
PNO  4844904
ISD  19890700
NAM  Hamaguchi et al.
OCL  424450
UREF
PNO  4873087
ISD  19891000
NAM  Morishita et al.
OCL  424433
UREF
PNO  4878942
ISD  19891100
NAM  Motegi et al.
OCL   71109
UREF
PNO  4886663
ISD  19891200
NAM  Houghten
OCL  424 88
UREF
PNO  4895725
ISD  19900100
NAM  Kantor et al.
OCL  424455
UREF
PNO  4897444
ISD  19900100
NAM  Brynes et al.
OCL  525 54.1
UREF
PNO  4900730
ISD  19900200
NAM  Miyauchi
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  4908233
ISD  19900300
NAM  Takizawa et al.
OCL  427213.35
UREF
PNO  4919939
ISD  19900400
NAM  Baker
OCL  424493
UREF
PNO  4925673
ISD  19900500
NAM  Steiner et al.
OCL  424455
UREF
PNO  4927928
ISD  19900500
NAM  Shroot et al.
OCL  544154
UREF
PNO  4963364
ISD  19901000
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  424455
UREF
PNO  4976968
ISD  19901200
NAM  Steiner
OCL  424491
UREF
PNO  4983402
ISD  19910100
NAM  Steiner
OCL  424491
UREF
PNO  4996292
ISD  19910200
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  528328
UREF
PNO  5019400
ISD  19910500
NAM  Gombotz et al.
OCL  424497
UREF
PNO  5023374
ISD  19910600
NAM  Simon
OCL  564152
UREF
PNO  5039481
ISD  19910800
NAM  Pacifici et al.
OCL  422  4
UREF
PNO  5041291
ISD  19910800
NAM  Bader et al.
OCL  424426
UREF
PNO  5055300
ISD  19911000
NAM  Gupta
OCL  424409
UREF
PNO  5066487
ISD  19911100
NAM  Morelle et al.
OCL  424 68
UREF
PNO  5067961
ISD  19911100
NAM  Kelman et al.
OCL  623  5
UREF
PNO  5069936
ISD  19911200
NAM  Yen
OCL  427213.33
UREF
PNO  5077278
ISD  19911200
NAM  Hafner et al.
OCL  514 30
UREF
PNO  5100669
ISD  19920300
NAM  Hyon et al.
OCL  424426
UREF
PNO  5100918
ISD  19920300
NAM  Sunshine et al.
OCL  514557
UREF
PNO  5122367
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ron et al.
OCL  424 80
UREF
PNO  5126147
ISD  19920600
NAM  Silvestri et al.
OCL  424497
UREF
PNO  5137892
ISD  19920800
NAM  Chu et al.
OCL  514278
UREF
PNO  5186947
ISD  19930200
NAM  Goettsche et al.
OCL  424638
UREF
PNO  5204099
ISD  19930400
NAM  Barbier et al.
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5206384
ISD  19930400
NAM  Shibahara et al.
OCL  548537
UREF
PNO  5216124
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hansen, Jr. et al.
OCL  530317
UREF
PNO  5244653
ISD  19930900
NAM  Berke et al.
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  5250236
ISD  19931000
NAM  Gasco
OCL  264  4.4
UREF
PNO  5271934
ISD  19931200
NAM  Goldberg et al.
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5271961
ISD  19931200
NAM  Mathiowitz et al.
OCL  427213.31
UREF
PNO  5278148
ISD  19940100
NAM  Branca et al.
OCL  514 19
UREF
PNO  5310535
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kruper, Jr. et al.
OCL  424  1.53
UREF
PNO  5328992
ISD  19940700
NAM  Peter et al.
OCL  534116
UREF
PNO  5352461
ISD  19941000
NAM  Feldstein et al.
OCL  424493
UREF
PNO  5384133
ISD  19950100
NAM  Boyes et al.
OCL  424501
UREF
PNO  5389377
ISD  19950200
NAM  Chagnon et al.
OCL  424450
UREF
PNO  5389379
ISD  19950200
NAM  Dirix et al.
OCL  424451
UREF
PNO  5401516
ISD  19950300
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424491
UREF
PNO  5418010
ISD  19950500
NAM  Janda et al.
OCL  427213.31
UREF
PNO  5439686
ISD  19950800
NAM  Desai et al.
OCL  424451
UREF
PNO  5443841
ISD  19950800
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424451
UREF
PNO  5447728
ISD  19950900
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424490
UREF
PNO  5451410
ISD  19950900
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424490
UREF
PNO  5474997
ISD  19951200
NAM  Gray et al.
OCL  514252
UREF
PNO  5536813
ISD  19960700
NAM  Charpenel et al.
OCL  530324
UREF
PNO  5540939
ISD  19960700
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424491
UREF
PNO  5541155
ISD  19960700
NAM  Leone-Bay et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5578323
ISD  19961100
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424499
UREF
PNO  5601846
ISD  19970200
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424499
UREF
PNO  5629020
ISD  19970500
NAM  Leone-Bay et al.
OCL  424489
UREF
PNO  5643957
ISD  19970700
NAM  Leone-Bay et al.
OCL  514563
UREF
PNO  5650386
ISD  19970700
NAM  Leone-Bay et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5665700
ISD  19970900
NAM  Cho et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5667806
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kantor
OCL  424484
UREF
PNO  5693338
ISD  19971200
NAM  Milstein
OCL  424451
UREF
PNO  5705529
ISD  19980100
NAM  Matyus et al.
OCL  514541
UREF
PNO  5709861
ISD  19980100
NAM  Santiago et al.
OCL  424184.1
UREF
PNO  5714167
ISD  19980200
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424490
UREF
PNO  5750147
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kantor
OCL  424491
FREF
PNO  1077842
ISD  19760800
CNT  CAX
ICL  A61K  950
FREF
PNO  0 000 667 A1
ISD  19790200
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  950
FREF
PNO  0 036 145 A1
ISD  19810900
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 3162
FREF
PNO  0 068 314
ISD  19830100
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 3116
FREF
PNO  0 105 804
ISD  19840400
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 130 162 A2
ISD  19850100
CNT  EPX
ICL  B01J 1302
FREF
PNO  0 170 540 A1
ISD  19860200
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  952
FREF
PNO  0 342 054 A2
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  706
FREF
PNO  0 342 056 A2
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  706
FREF
PNO  0 365 183
ISD  19900400
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 3118
FREF
PNO  0 366 277
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  9107
FREF
PNO  0 418 642
ISD  19910300
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 3730
FREF
PNO  0 448 057
ISD  19910900
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12P 2108
FREF
PNO  0 452 161
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  748
FREF
PNO  0 459 795
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 3702
FREF
PNO  0 467 389
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  952
FREF
PNO  0 490 549 A1
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 4712
FREF
PNO  0 517 211 A1
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 4712
FREF
PNO  0 616 799 A1
ISD  19940900
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  700
FREF
PNO  1 351 358
ISD  19640300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1 468 601
ISD  19670200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 133 926
ISD  19720200
CNT  FRX
ICL  A61K 2700
FREF
PNO  2 326 934
ISD  19770500
CNT  FRX
ICL  A16K 4700
FREF
PNO  2 565 102
ISD  19851200
CNT  FRX
ICL  A61K  952
FREF
PNO  2 424 169
ISD  19741200
CNT  DEX
ICL  A61K  900
FREF
PNO  2343073
ISD  19750300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3 202 255
ISD  19821000
CNT  DEX
ICL  C08L 8900
FREF
PNO  3 612 102
ISD  19861000
CNT  DEX
ICL  C07K 1500
FREF
PNO  71258/2
ISD  19871200
CNT  ILX
FREF
PNO  48-24246
ISD  19730300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-68612
ISD  19810600
CNT  JPX
ICL  A61K 3119
FREF
PNO  58-35111
ISD  19830300
CNT  JPX
ICL  A61K  966
FREF
PNO  6-107682
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  280826
ISD  19641200
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  280825
ISD  19641200
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  B-146698
ISD  19821100
CNT  NOX
ICL  A61K 3726
FREF
PNO  929401
ISD  19630600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 075 952
ISD  19670700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 236 885
ISD  19710600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 567 763
ISD  19800500
CNT  GBX
ICL  A61K  922
FREF
PNO  2 095 994
ISD  19821000
CNT  GBX
ICL  A61K  900
FREF
PNO  WO 85/00110
ISD  19850100
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 4700
FREF
PNO  WO 85/00105
ISD  19850100
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  952
FREF
PNO  WO 85/00809
ISD  19850200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 85/02772
ISD  19850700
CNT  WOX
ICL  A16K 4900
FREF
PNO  WO 87/04076
ISD  19870700
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 4502
FREF
PNO  WO 88/01213
ISD  19880200
CNT  WOX
ICL  B23B  516
FREF
PNO  WO 92/19263
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3900
FREF
PNO  WO 93/18754
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 93/25583
ISD  19931200
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07K 1500
FREF
PNO  WO 94/11015
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3700
FREF
PNO  WO 94/14420
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 94/21234
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  700
FREF
PNO  WO 94/18997
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3700
FREF
PNO  WO 94/18950
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  9127
FREF
PNO  WO 94/24291
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 39015
FREF
PNO  WO 94/23767
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61L  916
FREF
PNO  WO 94/23702
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 94/28878
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  914
FREF
PNO  WO 95/11690
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3700
FREF
PNO  WO 95/28920
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3119
FREF
PNO  WO 95/28838
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
ICL  A01N 3746
FREF
PNO  WO 96/12473
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 96/12475
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 96/12474
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 96/21464
ISD  19960700
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3900
FREF
PNO  WO 96/30036
ISD  19961000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/33699
ISD  19961000
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 96/40070
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  914
FREF
PNO  WO 96/40076
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 96/39835
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A01N 4350
FREF
PNO  WO 97/10197
ISD  19970300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/31938
ISD  19970900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/36480
ISD  19971000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/47288
ISD  19971200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Kondo, Microcapsule Processing and Technology, pp. 154-165, 1979.
PAL  Pastores et al., Journal of Liquid Chromatography, 18:3049-3059, 1995.
PAL  Sinha et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry, 260:10714-10719, 1985.
PAL  Franssen et al., J. Med. Chem., 35:1246-1259, 1992.
PAL  Airaudo, C.B. et al. (1987) Journal of Food Science, vol. 52(6), pp.
      1750-1752.
PAL  Andini, S. et al. (1975) Origins of Life, vol. 6, pp. 147-153.
PAL  Brooke, S. 1 et al. (1977) BioSystems, vol. 9, pp. 1-22.
PAL  Chen et al. (1975) "Evidence for Hemiacetal Formation", Biochemistry, vol.
      18, No. 5, pp. 921-925.
PAL  Davis et al. (1983) "Leucinal Inhibits . . . ", Pharmacology Biochemistry
      Behavior, vol. 19, pp. 791-794.
PAL  Dose, K. (1987) Origins of Life, vol. 5, pp. 239-252.
PAL  Fasman et al. (1964) Biochemistry, vol. 3, No. 11, pp. 1665-1674.
PAL  Fox, S.W. et al. (1976) BioSystems, vol. 8, pp. 40-44.
PAL  Fox, S.W. et al., Molecular Evolution and the Origin of Life, Maxel Decker,
      New York (1977).
PAL  Fox, S.W. et al. (1968) Biochim. Biophys. Acta, vol. 160, pp. 246-249.
PAL  Fox, S.W. (1976) Origins of Life, vol. 7, pp. 49-68.
PAL  Fox, S.W. (1980) Naturwissenschaften, vol. 67, pp. 378-383.
PAL  Fox, S.W. et al. (1960) Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, vol. 86,
      pp. 281-285.
PAL  Fox, S.W. et al. (1974) Origins of Life, vol. 5, pp. 227-237.
PAL  Fox, S.W. et al. (1984) Origins of Life, vol. 14, pp. 485-488.
PAL  Gol'dovskii, A.M. (1978) Zhurnal Evolyutsionnoi Biokhimii i Fiziologii,
      vol. 14(6), pp. 437-439.
PAL  Gurrieri, S. et al. (1973) Thermochimica Acta, vol. 7, pp. 231-239.
PAL  Harada, K. et al. (1979) BioSystems, vol. 11, pp. 47-53.
PAL  Harada et al., (1960) Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, vol. 86, pp.
      274-280.
PAL  Hare (1970) Etude Cenetique De La Polycondensation Thermique D'.chi.-Amino
      Acides, vol. 45, pp. 330-339.
PAL  Heinrich, M.R. et al. (1969) Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, vol.
      130, pp. 441-448.
PAL  Heinz, B. et al. (1981) BioSystems, vol. 14, pp. 33-40.
PAL  Hennon, G. et al. (1975) Biochimie, vol. 57, pp. 1395-1396.
PAL  Hsu, L.L. et al. (1976) BioSystems, vol. 8, pp. 89-101.
PAL  Hsu, L.L. et al. (1971) Currents in Modern Biology, vol. 4, pp. 12-25.
PAL  Ishima, Y. et al. (1981), BioSystems, vol.14, pp. 243-251.
PAL  Jackson et al. (1991) "Pharmacological . . . ", J. Pharm. & Exp. Thera.,
      vol. 261, No. 1, pp. 546-552.
PAL  Jungck, J.R. et al. (1973) Naturwissenschaften, vol. 60, pp. 425-427.
PAL  Kokufuta, E. et al. (1984) BioSystems, vol. 16, pp. 175-181.
PAL  Krampitz, G. et al. (1967) Naturwissenschaften, pp. 516-517.
PAL  Krampitz, G. et al. (1968) Naturwissenschaften, pp. 345 and 346.
PAL  Krampitz, G. et al. (1966) Naturwissenschaften, pp. 7 and 8.
PAL  Lacey, Jr., J.C. et al. (1979) BioSystems, vol. 11, pp. 9-17.
PAL  Lacey, Jr., J.C. et al. (1979) BioSystems, vol. 11, pp. 1-7.
PAL  Martinez Luque-Romero, M. et al. (1986) BioSystems, vol. 19, pp. 267-272.
PAL  Masinovsky, Z. et al. (1989) BioSystems, vol. 22, pp. 305-310.
PAL  Matsuno, K. (1982) BioSystems, vol. 15, pp. 1-11.
PAL  Matsuno, K. (1984) BioSystems, vol. 17, pp. 11-14.
PAL  Matsuno, K. (1981) BioSystems, vol. 14, pp. 163-170.
PAL  McAlhaney, W.W. et al. (1976) BioSystems, vol. 8, pp. 45-50.
PAL  Melius, P. et al. (1987) BioSystems, vol. 20, pp. 213-217.
PAL  Melius, P. et al. (1975) Bioorganic Chemistry, vol. 4, pp. 385-391.
PAL  Melius, P. (1979) BioSystems, vol. 11, pp. 125-132.
PAL  Miquel, J. et al. (1971) Currents in Modern Biology, vol. 3, pp. 299-306.
PAL  Nakashima, T. et al. (1980) J. Mol. Evol., vol. 15, pp. 161-168.
PAL  Nakashima, T. et al. (1981) BioSystems, vol. 14, pp. 151-161.
PAL  Novak, V.J.A. (1984) Origins of Life, vol. 14, pp. 513-522.
PAL  Olafsson, P.G. et al. (1971) Polymer Letters, vol. 9, pp. 521-528.
PAL  Phillips, R.D. et al. (1974) Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., vol. 6, pp.
      309-319.
PAL  Przybylski, A.T. et al. (1982) Die Naturwissenschaften, vol. 69, pp.
      561-563.
PAL  Przybylski, A.T. et al. (1984) Applied Biochemistry and Biotechnology, vol.
      10, pp. 301-307.
PAL  Przybylski, A.T. (1985) BioSystems, vol. 17, pp. 281-288.
PAL  Rohlfing, D.L. (1975) Origins of Life, vol. 6, pp. 203-209.
PAL  Rohlfing, D.L. (1970) Science, vol. 169, pp. 998-1000.
PAL  Rohlfing, D.L. (1967) Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, vol. 118,
      pp. 468-474.
PAL  Rohlfing, D.L. et al. Catalytic Activities of Thermal
      Polyanhydro-.alpha.-Amino Acids, pp. 373-418 (not dated).
PAL  Rohlfing, D.L. et al. (1976) BioSystems, vol. 8, pp. 139-145.
PAL  Ryan, J.W. et al. (1973) BioSystems, vol. 5, pp. 115-118.
PAL  Saunders, M.A. et al. (1974) BioSystems, vol. 6, pp. 81-92.
PAL  Snyder, W.D. et al. (1975) BioSystems, vol. 7, pp. 222-229.
PAL  Sokol, P.E. (1974) Journal of the American Oil Chemists'Society, vol. 52,
      pp. 101-102.
PAL  Tschager et al. (1988) Milchwirtschaftliche Berichte, vol. 95, pp. 79-83.
PAL  Vaughan, G. et al. (1987) BioSystems, vol. 20, pp. 219-223.
PAL  Vol'kenshtein, M.V. (1989) Molekulyarnaya Biologiya, vol. 23(1), pp. 23-37.
PAL  Waehneldt, T.V. et al. (1968) Biochim. Biophys. Acta, vol. 160, pp.
      239-245.
PAL  Williams et al. (1991) J. Biol. Chem., vol. 266, No. 8, pp. 5182-5190.
PAL  Yuki, A. et al. (1969) Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications,
      vol. 36(4), pp. 657-663.
PAL  Zulaski et al. (1983) "New Carboxyalkyl Inhibitors of Brain
      Enkenphalinase", J. Med. Chem., 26, pp. 60-65.
PAL  (1985) Chemical Abstracts, vol. No. 105(1), Abstract No. 12027p.
PAL  (1985) Chemical Abstracts, vol. No. 102(6), Abstract No. 50870d.
PAL  Chemical Abstract, vol. 80(9) Abst. No. 52392a (1974).
PAL  Bergeron, Raymond J., et al. (1994) "Macromolecular Self-Assembly of
      Diketopiperazine Tetrapeptides", Journal of the American Chemical Society,
      vol. 116, pp. 8479-8484.
PAL  Bergeron, Raymond J., et al. (1993) "A Comparative Study of the
      Iron-Clearing Properties of Desferrithiocin Analogues With Desferrioxamine
      B in a Cebus Monkey Model", Blood, vol. 81, No. 8, pp. 2166-2173.
PAL  Bergeron, Raymond J., et al. (1992) "A Comparison of the Iron-Clearing
      Properties of 1,2-Dimethyl-3-Hydroxypyrid-4-One,
      1,2-Diethyl-3-Hydroxypyrid-4-One, and Deferoxamine", Blood, vol. 79, No.
      7, pp. 1882-1890.
PAL  Bergeron, Raymond J., et al. (1991) "Evaluation of Desferrithiocin and Its
      Synthetic Analogs as Orally Effective Iron Chelators", Journal of
      Medicinal Chemistry, vol. 34, No. 7, pp. 2072-2078.
PAL  Bergeron, Raymond et al., "A Comparative Evaluation of Iron Clearance
      Models", Annals New York Academy of Sciences, pp. 278-393 (not dated).
PAL  Andriuoli, G., et al. (1990), Haemostasis 20 (suppl. 1):154-158.
PAL  Caramazza, I., et al. (1991), Thrombosis Research 62:785-789.
PAL  Guarini, S., et al. (1983), Experimentia 41:350-352.
PAL  Guarini, S., et al. (1985), Pharmacological Research Communications
      17(8):685-697.
PAL  Dal Pozzo, A., et al. (1989), Thrombosis Research 56:119-124.
PAL  Gelb, R., et al (1983), Lite Sciences 33(1):83-85.
PAL  Watterberg et al. (1988), Pediatric Research, vol. 23, No. 4, part 2, p.
      570A, col. 1, abstract No. 2209.
PAL  Bernstein (1985), Chest 87(1):68S-73S.
PAL  Damge et al. (1988), Diabetes 37:246-251.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts:83 184360k, (1975).
PAL  Amino, Y., et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. 36(11):4426-4434 (1988).
PAL  Baughman, R.A. et al., Proc. of the 6th Inter'l. Symp. on Recent Advs. in
      Drug Delivery Systems, Ctr. for Controlled Chem. Delivery, University of
      Utah, Feb. 22-25, 1993, Salt Lake City, UT, pp. 179-180 "Method for
      Assessing The Stability of Proteinoid Microspheres".
PAL  Haas, S. et al., "Assessment Of Stability Of Proteinoid Microspheres",
      Proceed. Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater., 20 (1993), Controlled
      Release Society, Inc.
PAL  X. Ma, et al., Proceed. Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater., 20
      (1993), Controlled Release Society, Inc. "In Vitro Mechanistic
      Investigation of the Proteinoid Microsphere Oral Delivery System".
PAL  Yen, H.-R H., et al., "Adsorption of Sulforhodamine 101 on Proteinoid
      Microspheres" Proceed. Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater., 20
      (1993), Controlled Release Society, Inc.
PAL  Presented at "IBC Rational Drug Design Conference", San Diego, Calif.--Dec.
      1994.
PAL  Leone-Bay et al., Presented at "Winter Conference on Medicinal and
      Bioorganic Chemistry" Steamboat Springs, Colorado--Feb. 1995 "Microsphere
      Formation and Drug Delivery in a Series of Derivatized Amino Acids".
PAL  Santiago et al., Pharm. Res. 11: 1994, p. S-298 "Oral Delivery of Heparin
      Microspheres made with Modified Amino Acids".
PAL  Leone-Bay et al., Pharm. Res. 11: 1994, p. S-121 "Oral Delivery of Heparin
      using Acylated Amino Acids".
PAL  Sarubbi et al., Pharm. Res. 11: 1994, p. S-299 "Oral Calcitonin Delivery
      using the PODDS Technology".
PAL  Leipold et al., Pharm. Res. 11: 1994, p. S-298 "Oral Delivery of Interferon
      in Rats and Primates".
PAL  Santiago et al., Pharm. Res. 11: 1994, p. S-298 "Evaluation in Rats of
      Vehicles for the Oral Delivery of Low Molecular Weight Heparin".
PAL  X. Ma et al., PDD 7303 Pharmaceutical Research 9(10):S-244, 1992 (Oct.
      Supplement).
PAL  Milstein et al., Symposia Abstracts. AAPS Annual Meeting, San Antonia, TX,
      Nov. 15-19, 1993.
PAL  Santiago et al. "Initial Studies In The Assessment of Proteinoid
      Microsphere Activity" Proceed. Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater.,
      20 (1993), Controlled Release Society, Inc.
PAL  Santiago et al. "Oral Immunization of Rats with Influenza Virus M Protein
      (M1) Microspheres" Proceed. Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater., 19
      (1992), Controlled Release Society, Inc., pp. 116-117.
PAL  Santiago et al. "Proteinoid Microspheres For The Oral Delivery of Heparin"
      Proceed. Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater., 19 (1992), Controlled
      Release Society, Inc. pp. 514-515.
PAL  Santiago et al. American Society of Microbiology 92nd General Meeting,
      Abstract of the General Meeting, p. 159, May 26-30, 1992.
PAL  Milstein et al. "Preparation And In Vitro Characterization Of Proteinoid
      Microspheres" Proceed Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater., 19
      (1992), Controlled Release Society, Inc. pp. 516-517.
PAL  Doris K. Chiappetta, Eastern Analytical Symposium, Nov. 17, 1992 "Solutions
      for Problems in Bioanalysis".
PAL  Elizabeth A. Harris. M.S., Eastern Analytical Symposium, Nov. 17, 1992
      "Solutions for Problems in Bioanalysis".
PAL  APPS 6th Ann. Meeting and Expo., "Proteinoids--A Novel Drug Delivery
      System" Nov. 19, 1992, p. 33.
PAL  Milstein et al., "Efficient Oral Delivery Of Monoclonal Antibodies By
      Proteinoid Encapsulation" The 1993 Miami Bio/Technology Winter
      Symposium--Advances in Gene Technology: Protein Engineering and Beyond,
      Jan. 17-22, 1993.
PAL  Xinghang Ma, et al. "Stability Study of Drug-loaded Proteinoid Microsphere
      Formulations during Freeze-drying" Journal of Drug Targeting, 1994, vol.
      2, pp. 9-21.
PAL  Baughman et al., "Screening Candidate Microsphere Formulations By
      Incubating In Simulated Digestive Fluids" Proc. of the 6th Intern'l.
      Sympo. on Recent Advances in Drug Delivery Systems, Ctr. for Controlled
      Chem. Delivery, University of Utah, Feb. 22-25, 1993, pp. 181-182.
PAL  Robert O. Dillman, M.D., Annals of Internal Medicine 1989:111 pp. 592-600,
      "Monoclonal Antibodies for Treating Cancer".
PAL  Brendan D. Curti, Critical Reviews in Oncology/Hematology, 1993: 14 pp.
      29-39 "Physical barriers to drug delivery in tumors".
PAL  V. Hird et al, Genes and Cancer, edited by Desmond Carney & Karol Sikora,
      pp. 183-189, Immunotherapy with Monoclonal Antibodies. (Not dated).
PAL  Michael E. Osband et al., Immunology Today, vol. 11, No. 6 1990, pp. 93-95,
      "Problems in the investigational study and clinical use of cancer
      immunotherapy".
PAL  William J. Harris, Tibtech Feb. 1993 vol.11, pp. 42-44 "Therapeutic
      antibodies--the coming of age".
PAL  Thomas A. Waldmann, Science, Jun. 21, 1991, 252:1657-1662, "Monoclonal
      Antibodies in Diagnosis and Therapy".
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 76(14):72994u, (1971).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 84(7):44660d, (1975).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 86(16):107529g, (1976).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 112(15):134663h, (1989).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 114(22):214519x, (1990).
PAL  J. Gyore et al., Thermal Analysis, vol. 2--Proceeding Fourth ICTA Budapest
      1974, pp. 387-394.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 99(19) 158832b, (1982).
PAL  Derwent Abstracts, JP 67008622, (1967).
PAL  Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, vol. 38, No. 21, pp. 4257-4262, (1995),
      "Microsphere Formation in a Series of Derivatized .alpha.-Amino Acids:
      Properties, Molecular Modeling, and Oral Delivery of Salmon Calcitonin".
PAL  Andrea Leone-Bay et al., Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, vol. 38, No. 21,
      pp. 4263-4269, (1995), "N-Acylated .alpha.-Amino Acids as Novel Oral
      Delivery Agents for Proteins".
PAL  The Extra Pharmacopoeia, Thirtieth Edition, pp. 325-326, (1993).
PAL  Stephen J. Douglas et al., Chemistry and Industry, vol. 22:748-751, 1985.
PAL  C.A. Finch, Chemistry and Industry, vol. 22:752-756, 1985.
PAL  John A. Butera et al., J. Med. Chem., vol. 34:3212-3228, 1990.
PAL  Madeline G. Cimini et al., Ann. Report in Med Chem., vol. 27:89-98., 1992.
PAL  Bernadette Earley et al., Brain Research, vol. 546:282-286, 1991.
PAL  John W. Ellingboe et al., J. Med Chem., vol. 35:705-716, 1992.
PAL  William C. Lumma et al., J. Med Chem., vol. 30, 755-758, 1987.
PAL  Joseph J. Lynch et al., J. of Pharm. and Exp. Therap., vol. 269:541-554,
      1994.
PAL  Kiyoshi Matsuno et al., Brain Research, vol. 575:315-319, 1992.
PAL  Thomas K. Morgan et al., J. Med. Chem., vol. 33:1091-1097, 1990.
PAL  Hitoshi Oinuma et al., J. Med Chem., vol. 33:903-905, 1990.
PAL  Tadimeti S. Rao et al., Molecular Pharmacology, vol.37:978-982, 1990.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 99(23):191473h, Dec. 5, 1983.
PAL  R. Langer, Science, 249:1527-1533, 1990.
PAL  M. Alonso et al., Vaccine, 12:299, 1994.
PAL  A. Leone-Bay et al., J. Med. Chem., 39:2571-2578, 1996.
PAL  R. Thompson, Biochemistry, 12:47-51, 1973.
PAL  S.A. Thompson, J. Med. Chem., abstract, 86:174780, 1986.
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  Carrier compounds, compositions, and dosage unit forms therefor which are
      useful in the delivery of active agents are provided. The present
      invention provides a compound having the formula:
      ##STR1##
      or a salt thereof, wherein the compound may be used in a composition or
      dosage unit form for delivery of at least one active agent, including a
      peptide, mucopolysaccharide, carbohydrate, or a lipid. Methods of
      administration and preparation of the compounds and compositions of the
      invention are provided as well, including oral administration. Further,
      the compositions of the invention may be prepared by mixing at least one
      active agent, at least one carrier compound, and, optionally, a dosing
      vehicle.
PATN
WKU  059895403
SRC  8
APN  4552318
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19950531
TTL  Modified adeno-associated virus vector capable of expression from a
      novel promoter
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Guzo; David
NDR  6
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Carter; Barrie J.
CTY  Kensington
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Flotte; Terence
CTY  Baltimore
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Afione; Sandra
CTY  Bethesda
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Solow; Rikki
CTY  Gaithersburg
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Department of Health
      & Human Services
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
RLAP
COD  74
APN  891962
APD  19920602
PSC  01
PNO  5587308
CLAS
OCL  424 932
XCL  424 936
XCL  435 691
XCL  435455
XCL  435456
XCL  4353201
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 4800
ICL  C12N 1564
ICL  C12N 1586
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;320.1;455;456
FSC  424
FSS  93.1;93.2;93.6
UREF
PNO  4797368
ISD  19890100
NAM  Carter et al.
OCL  435320.1
OREF
PAL  Nabel et al., Science, vol. 249, pp. 1285-1288, Sep. 14, 1990.
PAL  Wolff et al., Science, vol. 247, pp. 1465-1468, Mar. 23, 1990.
PAL  Rosenfeld et al., Science, vol. 252, pp. 431-434, Apr. 19, 1991.
PAL  Wu et al., J. Biol. Chem., vol. 263, No. 29, pp. 14621-14624, Oct. 15,
      1988.
PAL  Nicolau et al., PNAS, vol. 80, pp. 1068-1072, Feb. 1983.
PAL  Kaneda et al., Science, vol. 243, pp. 375-378, Jan. 20, 1989.
PAL  Benvenistz et al., PNAS, vol. 83, pp. 9551-9555, Dec. 1985.
PAL  Seeger et al., PNAS, vol. 81, pp. 5849-5852, Sep. 1984.
PAL  Dubensky et al., PNAS, vol. 81, pp. 7529-7533, Dec. 1984.
PAL  Mannino et al., BioTechniques, vol. 6, No. 7, pp. 682-690, 1988.
PAL  Conrad et al., Gene Therapy, vol. 3, pp. 658-668, 1996.
PAL  Afione et al., J. of Virol., vol. 70, No. 5, pp. 3235-3241, May 1996.
PAL  Flotte et al., Human Gene Therapy, vol. 7, pp. 1145-1159, Jun. 10, 1996.
PAL  Flotte, et al., Pediatric Pulmonary, Supplement 13, abstract, #239, Sep.
      1996.
PAL  Wagner et al., Pediatric Pulomonary, Supplement 13, abstract #239, Sep.
      1996.
PAL  Barrie J. Carter, Nature Biotechnology, vol. 14, pp. 1725-1726, Dec. 1996.
PAL  Bartlett et al., Genetics and Biology of Adeno-Associated Virus, in Chapter
      4, pp. 55-73, of "Visual Vectors", Academic Press, 1995.
PAL  Verma et al., Nature, vol. 389, pp. 239-242, Sep. 18, 1997.
PAL  Orkin et al., "Report and Recommendations of the Panel to Assess the NIH
      Investment in Research on Gene Therapy", Dec. 7, 1995.
PAL  Marshall, "Gene Therapy's Growing Pains", Science , vol. 269, Aug. 25,
      1995, pp. 1050-1055.
PAL  Kotin, "Prospects for the Use of Adeno-Associated Virus as a Vector for
      Human Gene Therapy", Human Gene Therapy, vol. 5, pp. 793-801, 1994.
PAL  Wickens et al. "Role of the Conserved AAVAAA Sequence: Four AAVAAA Point
      Mutants Prevent Messenger RNA 3' End Formation," Science 226:1045-1051
      (1984).
PAL  Susan K. McLaughlin et al., "Adeno-Associated Virus General Transduction
      Vectors: Analysis of Proviral Structures," Journal of Virology,
      62(6):1963-1973 (Jun. 1988).
PAL  Beaton et al., "Expression from the Adeno-Associated Virus p5 and p19
      Promoters is Negatively Regulated in trans by the rep Protein," Journal of
      Virology 63:4450-4454 (1989).
PAL  Riordan et al., "Identification of te Cystic Fibrosis Gene: Cloning and
      Characterization of Complimentary DNA," Science 245:1066-1073 (1989).
PAL  Collins et al., "Cystic Fibrosis: Moloecular Biology and Therapeutic
      Implications" Science 256: 774-779 (1992).
PAL  Srivastava et al. "Construction of a Recombinant Human Parvovirus B19:
      Adeno-Associated Virus 2 (AAV) DNA Inverted Terminal Repeats are
      Functional in an AAV-b19 Hybrid Virus," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
      86:8078-8082, Oct. 1989.
PAL  Rosenfeld et al. "In Vitro Transfer of the Human Cystic Fibrosis
      Transmembrane Conductance Regulator Gene to the Sarrows Epathelum" Cell,
      vol. 68, pp. 143-155, Jan. 10, 1992.
LREP
FRM  Needle & Rosenberg, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Described herein are constructions of recombinant DNA comprising modified
      adeno-associated virus (AAV) DNA sequences capable of functioning as a
      eukaryotic expression vector for expressing foreign DNA sequences using a
      novel transcription promoter comprising the termini of AAV DNA. It is
      shown that expression of a test reporter gene can be obtained from this
      vector in mammalian cells. It is further shown that this combination of
      vector and promoter can be used to introduce and express a human gene and
      correct a genetic defect in human cells resulting from malfunction of the
      mutant endogenous gene. Further, the vector can be used to correct the
      genetic defect by expressing a modified version of the human gene
      consisting of a fusion of part of the said gene and a synthetic sequence
      contained in the vector.
PATN
WKU  059895411
SRC  8
APN  9318305
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19970916
TTL  Methods of expressing proteins in insect cells and methods of killing
      insects
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Guzo; David
NDR  13
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Iatrou; Kostas
CTY  Calgary
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  University Technologies International, Inc.
CTY  Calgary
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  608617
APD  19960301
PSC  01
PNO  5759809
RLAP
COD  81
APN  172653
APD  19931223
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  424 932
XCL  424 936
XCL  435 691
XCL  4351723
XCL  4353201
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 4800
ICL  C12N 1586
ICL  C12N 1567
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;172.1;172.3;320.1;235.1;348;325
FSC  424
FSS  93.2;93.6
UREF
PNO  4745051
ISD  19880500
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  435 69.51
UREF
PNO  5004687
ISD  19910400
NAM  Miller
OCL  435 69.1
UREF
PNO  5071748
ISD  19911200
NAM  Miller
OCL  435 69.1
UREF
PNO  5077214
ISD  19911200
NAM  Guarino et al.
OCL  435348
UREF
PNO  5091179
ISD  19920200
NAM  Biache et al.
OCL  424 93.6
UREF
PNO  5093119
ISD  19920300
NAM  Hickle et al.
OCL  424 93.461
UREF
PNO  5093120
ISD  19920300
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5104974
ISD  19920400
NAM  Sick et al.
OCL  530350
UREF
PNO  5133962
ISD  19920700
NAM  Sick et al.
OCL  424 93.2
UREF
PNO  5147788
ISD  19920900
NAM  Page et al.
OCL  435 69.1
UREF
PNO  5155037
ISD  19921000
NAM  Summers
OCL  435348
UREF
PNO  5169784
ISD  19921200
NAM  Summers et al.
OCL  435320.1
UREF
PNO  5186933
ISD  19930200
NAM  Estes
OCL  424215.1
UREF
PNO  5194376
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kang
OCL  435 69.1
UREF
PNO  5322774
ISD  19940600
NAM  Peakman et al.
OCL  435 69.1
FREF
PNO  1 222 213
ISD  19870500
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0 155 476
ISD  19850900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 505 207
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 533 469
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 542 466
ISD  19930500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 556 434
ISD  19930800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 568 178
ISD  19931100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/05265
ISD  19920400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/11363
ISD  19920700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/16637
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/16619
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/22654
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/00585
ISD  19940100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Blissard and Rohrmann (1990) "Baculovirus diversity and moleclar biology"
      Ann. Rev. Entomol., 35:127-155.
PAL  Bradford (1976) "A rapid and sensitive method for the quantitation of
      microgram quantities of protein utilizing the principle of protein-dye
      binding" Anal. Biochem., 72:248-254.
PAL  Carbonell et al. (1988) "Synthesis of a gene coding for an insect-specific
      scorpion neurotoxin and attempts to express it using baculovirus vectors,"
      Gene, 73:409-418.
PAL  Carson et al., (1988) "Functional Mapping of an AcNPV Immediately Early
      Gene which Augments expression of the IE-1 trans-activated 39K Gene"
      Virol. 162:444-451.
PAL  Carson et al. (1991) "Transient expression of the Autographa californica
      nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene, IE-N, is regulated by
      three viral elements" J. Virol. 65:945-951.
PAL  Cochran and Faulkner (1983) "Location of homologous DNA sequences
      interspersed at five regions in the baculovirus AcMNPV genome", J. Virol.
      45:961-970.
PAL  Fotaki and Iatrou (1988) "Identification of a Transcriptionally Active
      Pseudogene in the Chorion Locus of the Silkmoth Bombyx mori," J. Mol.
      Biol., 203:849-860.
PAL  Gorman et al. (1982) "Recombinant Genomes which express chloramphenicol
      acetyltransferase in mammalian cells," Mol. Cell Biol., 2:1044-1051.
PAL  Goswami and Glazer (1991) "A simplified method for the production of
      recombinant baculovirus," BioTechniques, 10:626-630.
PAL  Grace (1967); "Establishment of a line of cells from the silkworm Bombyx
      mori," Nature 216:613.
PAL  Granados and Lawler (1981) "In vivo pathway of Autographa californica
      baculovirus invasion and infection," Virol., 108:297-308.
PAL  Guarino and Dong (1991) "Expression of an enhancer-binding protein in
      insect cells transfected with the Autographa californica nuclear
      polyhedrosis virus IE-1 gene" J. Virol. 65:3676-3680.
PAL  Guarino et al., (1986) "Complete sequence and enhancer function of the
      homologous DNA regions of Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis
      virus" J. Virol. 60:224-229.
PAL  Guarino and Summers (1986) "Interspersed homologous DNA of Autographa
      californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus enhances delayed-early gene
      expression" J. Virol. 60:215-223.
PAL  Guarino and Summers, (1987) "Nucleotide sequence and temporal expression of
      a baculovirus regulatory gene" J. Virol. 61:2091-2099.
PAL  Gubler and Hoffman (1983) "A simple and very efficient method of generating
      cDNA libraries," Gene, 25:263-269.
PAL  Gurevitz et al. (1991) "Nucleotide sequence and structure analysis of a
      cDNA encoding an alpha insect toxin from the scorpion Leiurus
      quinquestriatus hebraeus", Toxicon 29:1270-1272.
PAL  Hahnel and Schultz (1989) "Cloning and characterization of a cDNA encoding
      alkaline phosphatase in mouse embryonal carcinoma cells," Clin, Chim.
      Acta, 186:171-174.
PAL  Hanzlik et al. (1990) "Isolation and sequencing of cDNA clones coding for
      juvenile hormone esterase from Heliothis virescens," J. Biol. Chem.,
      264:12419-12425.
PAL  Huber (1986) "Use of baculoviruses in pest management programs," in The
      Biology of Baculoviruses, vol. II Granados and Federici, Eds., CRC Press,
      Boca Raton, Fl. pp. 181-202.
PAL  Huybrechts et al., (1992) "Nucleotide sequence of a transactivating Bombyx
      mori nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate early gene" Biochim. Bioph. Acta
      1129:328-330.
PAL  Iatrou et al. (1985) "Polyhedrin gene of Bombyx mori nuclear polyhedrosis
      virus," Journal of Virology, 54:436-445.
PAL  Iatrou et al. (1988) "Towards the development of a vector for transducing
      homologous and foreign genes into silkmoth tissue culture cells and
      animals," in Endoctrinological Frontiers in Physiological Insect Ecology,
      Eds. Sehnal et al., Wroclaw Technical University Press, Wroclaw, pp.
      1055-1073.
PAL  Iatrou et al. (1989) "Recombinant baculoviruses as vectors for identifying
      proteins encoded by intron-containing members of complex multigene
      families," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 86:9129-9133.
PAL  Iatrou and Meidinger (1989) "Bombyx mori nuclear polyhedrosis virus-based
      vectors for expressing passenger genes in silkmoth cells under viral or
      cellular promoter control," Gene, 75:59-71.
PAL  Iatrou and Meidinger (1990) "Tissue-specific expression of silkmoth chorion
      genes in vivo using Bombyx mori nuclear polyhedrosis virus as a
      transducing vector," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 87:3650-3654.
PAL  Iatrou et al. (1992) "Recombinant baculoviruses for lepidopteran insect
      pest control," Sericologia 31, Suppl. 78 [Abstract].
PAL  Johnson et al. (1992) "A Cellular Promoter-Based Expression Cassette for
      Generating Recombinant Baculoviruses Directing Rapid Expression of
      Passenger Genes in Infected Insects," Virology, 190:815-823.
PAL  Kamita et al., (1993) "Identification and characterization of the p35 gene
      of Bombyx mori nuclear polyhedrosis virus that prevents virus-induced
      apoptosis" J. Virol. 67:455-463.
PAL  Kang, C.Y. (1988) "Baculovirus vectors for expression of foreign genes,"
      Adv. Virus Res. 35:177-192.
PAL  Kang, C.Y. "Improved Baculovirus Expression System Capable of Producing
      Foreign Gene Proteins at High Levels," University of Ottawa Fact Sheet.
PAL  Keddie et al. (1989) "The pathway of infection of Augographa californica
      nuclear polyhedrosis virus in an insect host." Science 243:1728-1730.
PAL  Kool et al., (1993) "Location of two putative origins of DNA replication of
      Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus" Virology 192:94-101.
PAL  Kovacs et al. (1991) Novel regulatory properties of IE1 and IE0
      transactivators encoded by the baculovirus Autographa californica
      multicapsid nuclear polyhedrosis virus, J. Virol., 65:5281-5288.
PAL  Kunkel (1985) "Rapid and efficient site-specific mutagenesis without
      phenotypic selection," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 82:488-492.
PAL  Maeda et al. (1991) "Insecticidal effects of an insect-specific neutrotoxin
      expressed by a recombinant baculovirus," Virology, 184:777-780.
PAL  Maeda (1989) "Expression of foreign genes in insects using baculovirus
      vectors," Ann. Rev. Entomol., 34:351-372.
PAL  Maeda (1989) "Increased insecticidal effect by a recombinant baculovirus
      carrying a synthetic diuretic hormone gene," Biochem. Biophys. Res.
      Commun., 165:1177-1183.
PAL  Maeda and Majima (1990) "Molecular cloning and physical mapping of the
      genome of Bombyx mori nuclear polyhedrosis virus" J. Gen. Virol.
      71:1851-1855.
PAL  Majima et al. (1993) "Divergence and evolution of homologous regions of
      Bombyx mori nuclear polyhedrosis virus" J. Virol. 67:7513-7521.
PAL  Maxam and Gilbert (1977) " A new method for sequencing DNA," Proc. Natl.
      Acad. Sci. USA, 74:560-564.
PAL  McCutcheon et al. (1991) "Development of a recombinant baculovirus
      expressing an insect-selective neurotoxin: potential for pest control,"
      Bio/Technology, 9:848-852.
PAL  Merryweather et al. (1990) "Construction of genetically engineered
      baculovirus insecticides containing the Bacillus thuringiensis subsp.
      kurstaki HD-73 delta endotoxin," Journal of General Virology,
      71:1535-1544.
PAL  Miller (1988) "Baculoviruses as gene expression vectors," Ann. Rev.
      Microbiol., 42:177-199.
PAL  Miller (1989) "Insect baculoviruses: Powerful gene expression vectors,"
      BioEssays, 11:91-95.
PAL  Mitsialis et al. (1987) "A short 5'-flanking DNA region is sufficient for
      developmentally correct expression of moth chorion genes in Drosophila,"
      Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 84:7987-7991.
PAL  Mounier and Prudhomme (1986) "Isolation of actin genes in Bombyx mori: the
      coding sequence of cytoplasmic actin gene expressed in silk gland is
      interrupted by a single intron in an unusual position," Biochimie,
      68:1053-1061.
PAL  Mounier and Prudhomme (1991) "Differential expression of muscle and
      cytoplasmic actin genes during development of Bombyx mori," Insect
      Biochem., 21:523-533.
PAL  Nissen and Friesen (1989) "Molecular analysis of the transcriptional
      regulatory region of an early baculovirus gene" J. Virol. 63:493-503.
PAL  Oliva and Dixon (1989) "Chicken protamine genes are intronless," J. Biol.
      Chem. 264:12472-12481.
PAL  Pearson et al., (1992) "The Autographa californica baculovirus genome:
      evidence for multiple replication origins" Science 257:1382-1384.
PAL  Pen et al. (1989) "An efficient procedure for the isolation of recombinant
      baculovirus," Nucl. Acids Res., 17:451.
PAL  Possee and Howard (1987) "Analysis of the polyhedrin gene promoter of the
      Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus," Nucl. Acids Res.,
      15:10233-10248.
PAL  Price et al. (1989) "Complementation of recombinant baculoviruses by
      coinfection with wild-type virus facilitates production in insect larvae
      of antigenic proteins of hepatitis B virus and influenza virus," Proc.
      Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA, 86:1453-1456.
PAL  Sambrook et al. (1989) "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual," Cold
      Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. pp. xi-xxxviii.
PAL  Schneider and Taghert (1990) "Organization and Expression of the Drosophila
      Phe-Met-Arg-Phe-NH.sub.2 neuropeptide gene," J. Biol. Chem.,
      265:6890-6895.
PAL  Sivasubramanian and Hice "Development of novel genetically engineered
      antisense insect viruses as improved viral insecticides", [Abstract only].
PAL  Skinner et al. (1991) "Isolation and identification of paralytic peptides
      from hemolymph of the Lepidopteran insects Manduca sexta, Spodoptera
      exigua, and Heliothis virescens," Journal of Biological Chemistry,
      266:12873-12877.
PAL  Smith et al. (1983) "Production of human beta interferon in insect cells
      infected with a baculovirus expression vector," Mol. Cell, Biol.,
      3:2156-2165.
PAL  Starrat and Brown (1975) "Structure of the pentapeptide proctolin, a
      proposed neurotransmitter in insects," Life Sciences, 17:1253-1256.
PAL  Stavroulakis et al. (1991) "Kinetic data for the BM-5 insect cell line in
      repeated-batch suspension cultures," Biotechnology and Bioengineering,
      38:116-126.
PAL  Stavroulakis et al. (1991) "Growth characteristics of a Bombyx mori insect
      cell line in stationary and suspension cultures," The Canadian Journal of
      Chemical Engineering, 69:457-464.
PAL  Stewart et al., (1991) "Construction of an improved baculovirus insecticide
      containing an insect-specific toxin gene," Nature, 352:85-88.
PAL  Summers (1991) "Baculovirus-directed foreign gene expression," in Insect
      Neuropeptides, Eds. Menn et al., American Chemical Society Symposium
      Series, No. 453, pp. 237-251.
PAL  "Method to produce highly toxic and virulent viral insecticides," (Apr.
      1991) Technology Access Report University of California [Abstract only].
PAL  Tomalski and Miller (1991) "Insect paralysis by baculovirus-mediated
      expression of a mite neurotxin gene," Nature, 352:82-85.
PAL  Wang et al. (1991) "Baculovirus vectors for multiple gene expression and
      for occluded virus production," Gene, 100:131-137.
PAL  Wood and Granados (1991) "Genetically engineered baculoviruses as agents
      for pest control," Ann. Rev. Microbiol., 45:69-87.
PAL  Zilberberg et al. (1991) "The cDNA sequence of a depressant insect
      selective neurotoxin from the scropion Buthotus judaicus," Toxicon,
      29:1155-1158.
PAL  Zuidema et al. (1990) "Expression of cauliflower mosaic virus gene I in
      insect cells using a novel polyhedrin-based baculovirus expression vector"
      Journal of General Virology 71:2201-2209.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Described herein is a method of expressing heterologous proteins in insect
      cells using an expression cassette comprising a structural gene for a
      heterologous protein physically attached to an insect cellular promoter
      and an enhancer. The cells may also express the IE-1 product. Also
      described herein is a method of killing insects comprising infecting the
      insects with a recombinant baculovirus comprising a structural gene for an
      incompatible protein functionally linked to an insect cellular promoter
      and an enhancer. The invention is also directed towards expression
      cassettes comprising an insect cellular promoter functionally linked to an
      enhancer wherein the promoter is capable of directing the expression of a
      heterologous protein in tissues containing the expression cassette,
      recombinant expression cassettes containing heterologous proteins,
      transplacement fragments, vectors and recombinant baculoviruses.
PATN
WKU  059895420
SRC  9
APN  1349236
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980817
TTL  Capsular polysaccharides from enterococci
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Hines; Ja-Na A.
EXP  Chin; Christopher L.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Pier; Gerald B.
CTY  Brookline
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Huebner; Johannes
CTY  Freiburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wang; Ying
CTY  Brookline
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Madoff; Lawrence
CTY  Brookline
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Brigham and Women's Hospital, Inc.
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424 9348
XCL  4242341
XCL  435226
XCL  4352521
XCL  43525233
XCL  435252
XCL  435259
XCL  514 53
XCL  514 54
XCL  536127
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 6300
ICL  A61K 3902
ICL  C12N  112
ICL  C12N  120
ICL  C12N  964
FSC  435
FSS  252.1;252.33;226;259;252
FSC  424
FSS  93.48;234.1
FSC  514
FSS  53;54
FSC  536
FSS  127
UREF
PNO  4242501
ISD  19801200
NAM  Cano et al.
OCL  536  1
UREF
PNO  4857512
ISD  19890800
NAM  Wagner et al.
OCL  514 54
UREF
PNO  4900677
ISD  19900200
NAM  Hewitt
OCL  439259
UREF
PNO  5292652
ISD  19940300
NAM  Dovey et al.
OCL  435226
UREF
PNO  5472872
ISD  19951200
NAM  Mead et al.
OCL  435252.33
UREF
PNO  5681736
ISD  19971000
NAM  Pace et al.
OCL  435252.1
OREF
PAL  Wicken, et al., "Structure of Intracellular Teichoic Acids from Group D
      Streptococci," Biochem J. 87:54-62 (1963).
LREP
FR2  Sanzo; Michael A.
     Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to a method for purifying polysaccharides
      capable of inducing the production of high titers of opsonic antibodies
      that kill strains of enterococcal bacteria. In addition, the invention is
      directed to the antigens produced by this purification method and to
      vaccines which utilize such antigens.
PATN
WKU  059895438
SRC  8
APN  7603843
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19961204
TTL  Myconematicides and methods for using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Marx; Irene
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Davide ; Romulo
CTY  Los Banos
CNT  PHX
INVT
NAM  Williams; Keith Leslie
CTY  New South Wales
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  The Australian Technological Innovation Corporation Pty. Ltd.
CTY  Glebe
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19890803
APN  PJ5591
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19891030
APN  PJ7124
RLAP
COD  71
APN  400539
APD  19950308
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  91
APN  838249
APD  19920303
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  91
APN  PCTAU9000325
APD  19900802
CLAS
OCL  424 935
XCL  4352541
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 6300
ICL  C12N  114
FSC  424
FSS  93.5
FSC  435
FSS  254.1
UREF
PNO  4282327
ISD  19810800
NAM  Hanka et al.
OCL  435932
UREF
PNO  4751082
ISD  19880600
NAM  Schaerffenberg et al.
OCL  424 93
UREF
PNO  4837313
ISD  19890600
NAM  Tomura et al.
OCL  536 55.1
UREF
PNO  4840903
ISD  19890600
NAM  Wu
OCL  435932
UREF
PNO  4900348
ISD  19900200
NAM  Hoitink
OCL  435254
UREF
PNO  4942030
ISD  19900700
NAM  Osborne
OCL  435254
UREF
PNO  4985364
ISD  19910100
NAM  Hildebrand et al.
OCL  435254
UREF
PNO  5068105
ISD  19911100
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  435254
UREF
PNO  5360607
ISD  19941100
NAM  Eyal et al.
OCL  424 93.5
OREF
PAL  Hewlett, T.E et al., "J. Nematology," vol. 20, #4, p. 578-584, 1988.
PAL  Derwent Abstract Accession No: C88-116934.
PAL  Derwent Abstract Accession No.: C86-092546.
PAL  Derwent Abstract Accession No. C82-F44831.
PAL  Japio Accession No. 88-192377.
PAL  Japio Accession No. 86-146195.
PAL  Japio Accession No. 82-067543.
PAL  Biotechnology Abstract Accession No. 88-12031.
PAL  Biotechnology Abstract Accession No. 86-11255.
PAL  Jatala (1986) Annual Reviews of Phytopathology 24, pp. 453-489.
PAL  Reddy et al. (1989) Pak J Nematol 7(1), pp. 55-60. Abstract.
PAL  Hewlett et al (1988) J. Nematol 20(4), pp. 578-584.
PAL  Sayre (1986) Crop Prot 5(4), pp. 268-276.
PAL  1. Cabinillas E & Barker KR (1989) J Nematol 21:115-120 Impact of
       Paeciloes lilacinus inoculum level and application time on control of
      Moidogyne incognita on tomato.
PAL  2. Cabanilas E, Barker KR & Kaykin ME (1988) J.Nematol. 20:362-365.
      Histology of the interactions of Paecilomyces lilacinus with Meloidogyne
      icognita on tomato.
PAL  3. Cabanillas E, Barker KR & Nelson LA (1989) J. Nematol. 21:121-130.
      Survival of Paecilomyces lilacinus in selected carriers and related
      effects on Meloidogyne icognita on tomato.
PAL  4. Cabanillas E, Barker KR & Nelson LA (1989) J.Nematol. 21:164-172. Growth
      of isolates of Paecilomyces lilacinus and their efficacy in biocontrol of
      Meloidogyne incognita on tomato.
PAL  5. Cayrol J-C, Djian C & Pijarowski L (1989) Revue Nematol 12:331-336.
      Study of the nematocidal properties of the culture filtrate of the
      nematophagous fungus Paecilomyces lilacinus.
PAL  7. Davide RG (1982) Unpublished SEARCA Professional Chair Lecture, UPLB,
      Los Banos, Phillippines. Recent advances in cultural and biological
      control of nematodes.
PAL  8. Davide RG (1987) Phil. Phytopath.23:18-21. Biological control of
      nematodes using Paecilomyces lilacinus in the Phillipines.
PAL  9. Davide RG (1988) J. Nematol. 20:214-218. Nematode problems affecting
      agriculture in the Phillipines.
PAL  10. Davide RG & Batino E (1985) Phil Agr 68:159-167. Biological control of
      root-knot nematodes on cotton through the use of fungi Paecilomyces
      lilacinus (thom) samson and Gliocladium roseum banier as seed treatment.
PAL  12. Davide RG & Zorilla RA (1985) Phil Agr 68:493-500, Evaluation of a
      fungus Paecilomyces lilacinus for the biological control or root-knot
      nematodes Meloidogyne incognita on okra as compared with nematicide
      izazofos.
PAL  14. Davide RG & Zorilla RA (1987) Phil Phtopath 23:1-7. On farm trails of a
      fungus Paecilomyces lilacinus against potato cyst nematode and other
      species in Benguet province.
PAL  15. Dickson DW & Mitchell DJ (1985) J. Nematol. 17:519. Evaluation of
      Paecilomyces lilacinus as a biocontrol agent of Meloidogyne Jvanica on
      tobacco.
PAL  17. Dube B & Smart GC (1987) J. Nematol. 19:222-227. Biological control of
      Meloidogyne incognita by Paecilomyces lilacinus and Pasteuria penetrans.
PAL  18. Dunn MT, Sayre RM, Carrell A & Wergin WP (1982) Scann Electr Microscop
      3:1351-1357. Colonizatioin of nematode eggs by Paecilomyces lilacinus
      (Thom) Samson as observed with scanning electron microscopy.
PAL  19. Franco J, Jatala P & Bocangel M (1981) J Nematol 13:438-439. Efficiency
      of Paecilomyces lilacinus as a biocontrol agent of Globodera pallida.
PAL  20. Fioretto AMC & Villacorta A (1989) Pesq Agropec Bras Brasilia
      24:975-978. Exigencias termicas para O desenvolvimento do fungo nematogeno
      Paecilomyces lilacinus.
PAL  21. Freire FCO & Bridge J (1985) Fitopatol Bras 10:577-596. Parasitism of
      eggs, females and juveniles of Meloidogyne incognita by Paecilomyces
      lilacinus and Veticillium chlamydosporium.
PAL  23. Generalao LC & Davide RG (1986) Phil Phytopath. 22:36-41. Biological
      control of Radopholus similis on banana with three nematophagous fungi.
PAL  24. Hewlett TE, Dickson DW, Mitchell DJ & Kammwischer Mitchell ME (1988) J.
      Nematol. 20:578-584. Evaluation of Paecilomyces lilacinus as a biocontrol
      agent of Meloidogyne javanica on tobacco.
PAL  26. Inch JM & Trinci APJ (1987) J Gen Microbiol 133:247-252. Effects of
      water activity on growth and sporulation of Paecilomyces farinosus in
      liquid and solid media.
PAL  27. Jarfee BA & Muldoon AE (1989) J. Nematol. 21:50-510. Suppression of
      cyst nematode by natural infestation of nematophagous fungus.
PAL  30. Jatala P (1986) Ann. Rev. Phtopathol. 24:453-489. biological control of
      plant parasitic nematodes.
PAL  31. Jatala P, Kaltenbach R & Bocangel M (1979) J. Nematol. 11:303.
      biological control of Meioidogyne incognita acrita and Globodera pallida
      on potatoes.
PAL  32. Jatala P, Kaltenbach R, Devaux AJ & Campos R (1980) J. Nematol.
      12:226-227. Field application of Paecilomyces lilacinus for controlling
      Meloidogyne incognita on potatoes.
PAL  33. Jatala P, Salas R, Kaltenbach R & Bocangel M (1981) J. Nematol. 13:445.
      Multiple application and long term effect of Peecilomyces lilacinus in
      controlling Meloidogyne incognita under field conditions.
PAL  34. Khan TA & Husain SI (1988) Indian J. Nematol. 18:192-198. Studies on
      the efficacy of seed treatments with pesticides, oilcakes, neem-leaf and
      culture liltrate of the Paecilomyces illacinus for the control of diseases
      caused by the presence of Rotylenchulus reniformis, Meloidogyne incognita
      and Rhizoctonia solani either individually or concomitantly on cowpea.
PAL  35. LaMondia JA & Brodie BB (1984) J. Nematol. 16:112-115. An observation
      chamber technique for evaluating potential biocontrol agents of Globodera
      rostochiensis.
PAL  40. Mitchell DJ Kannwischer-Mitchell ME & Dickson DW (1987) J. Nematol.
      19:255-256. A semi-selective medium for the isolation of Paecilomyces
      lilacinus from soil.
PAL  41. Molina GC & David8 RG (1988) Phil. Agr.69:173-186. Evaluation of
      microbial extracts for nematicidal activity against plant parasitic
      nematodes Meloidogyne incognita and Radopholus similis.
PAL  42. Morgan-Jones G & Rodiquez-Kabana R (1984) Phytopathology vol? Species
      of Verticillium and Paecilomyces as parasites of cyst and root-knot
      nematodes.
PAL  48. Reddy PP & Khan RM (1989) Pak J Nematol 7:55-59. Evaluation of
      biocontrol agent Paecilomyces lilacinus and carbofuran for the management
      of Rotylenchulus reniformis infecting brinjal.
PAL  49. Rombach MC, Aguda RM, Shepard BM & Roberts DW (1986) J. Invertebr.
      Pathol.48:174-179. Entomopathogenic fungi (Deuteromycotina) in the control
      of the black bug of rice, Scotinophara coarctata (Hamiptera,
      Pentatomidae).
PAL  50. Samson RA (1974) Studies in Mycology 6:1-119. Paecilomyces and some
      allied hyphomycetes.
PAL  51. Sayre RM (1986) Crop Protect. 5:268-276. Pathogens For Biological
      Control of Nematodes.
PAL  52. Shahzad S & Ghaffar A (1987) Int. Nematol. Network Newsl. 4:33-34.
      Field Application Of Paecilomyces Lilacinus and furadan for the control of
      root-knot disease of okra and mung.
PAL  54. Sharma A & Trivedi PC (1989) Nematol Medit 17:131-133. Control of
      root-knot nematodes on Trigonella foenum-graecum by Paecilomyces
      lilacinus.
PAL  55. Smith OP (1986) Paper 2nd Int Workshop biol Control of Nematodes, Feb.
      9-16 at PCARRD Conf Hall, Los Banos, Laguna, The Phillipines. A farmer's
      experience of the use of Paecilomyces lilacinus for the control of the
      potato cyst nematode Globodera rostochiensis in the Phillipines.
PAL  56. Tandingan IC & Davide RG (1986) Phil Phytopath 22:42-48. Biological
      control of Tylenchulus semipenetrans on citrus and Radopholus similis on
      banana with Paecilomyces lilacinus and Penicillium anatolicum.
PAL  57. Tribe HT (1980) Parasitology 81:619-639. Prospects for biological
      control of plant parasitic nematodes.
PAL  58. Villaneuva LM & Davide RG (1984) Phil Agr 67:223-231. Influence of pH,
      temperature, light and agar media on the growth and sporulation of a
      nematophagous fungus. Paecilomyces lilacinus (Thom.) Samson.
PAL  59. Villaneuva LM & Davide RG (1984) Phil Agr. 67:361-371. Evaluation of
      several isolates of soil fungi for biological control of root-knot
      nematodes.
PAL  60. Zaki FA & Bhatti DS (1988) Current Science 57=153. Economical method
      for mass culturing of Paecilomyces lilacinus (Thom) Samson.
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
ABST
PAL  Isolates of Paecilomyces lilacinus, Paecilomyces lilacinus 251 (AGAL
      89/030550), Paecilomyces lilacinus 252 (AGAL 90/028188A), Paecilomyces
      lilacinus 253 (AGAL 90/028188B), and Paecilomyces lilacinus 254 (AGAL
      90/028188C), which exhibit aggressive and fast nematicidal activity at
      commercially useful spore concentrations and methods of using the
      disclosed strains of P. lilacinus to biologically control nematode
      infestation in crop plants, thereby reducing the need for chemical
      nematicides.
PATN
WKU  059895446
SRC  8
APN  487871&
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19950607
TTL  Composition and method for reducing gastro-intestinal distress due to
      alpha-D-galactoside-linked/containing sugars
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Witz; Jean C.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Kligerman; Alan E.
CTY  Egg Harbor Township Atlantic County
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Block Drug Company, Inc.
CTY  Jersey City
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  183639
APD  19940118
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  780563
APD  19911021
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  352441
APD  19890516
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  424 9461
XCL  435208
XCL  435267
XCL  426 61
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3847
FSC  424
FSS  94.61
FSC  426
FSS  61
FSC  435
FSS  208;267
UREF
PNO  3493652
ISD  19700200
NAM  Hartman
OCL  424 94.6
UREF
PNO  3632346
ISD  19720100
NAM  Sherba
OCL  426 44
UREF
PNO  3795585
ISD  19740300
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  435208
UREF
PNO  3846239
ISD  19741100
NAM  Delente et al.
OCL  435208
UREF
PNO  3966555
ISD  19760600
NAM  Arnaud et al.
OCL  435208
UREF
PNO  3972777
ISD  19760800
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  435208
UREF
PNO  4241185
ISD  19801200
NAM  Stein et al.
OCL  435188
UREF
PNO  4259358
ISD  19810300
NAM  Duthie
OCL  426 46
UREF
PNO  4376127
ISD  19830300
NAM  Lunde
OCL  426 46
UREF
PNO  4431737
ISD  19840200
NAM  Olivieri et al.
OCL  435208
UREF
PNO  4450238
ISD  19840500
NAM  Vitobello et al.
OCL  435208
FREF
PNO  0 280 228 A2
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  48-26978
ISD  19730400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  50-123870
ISD  19750900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-144982
ISD  19820900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-43075
ISD  19830900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1008583
ISD  19651000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Solomons et al., "The Efficacy Of An Oral Alpha-Galactosidase To Promote
      Oligosaccharides Hydrolysis And To Reduce Intolerance Symptoms After
      Ingestion Of Beans: A Dose-Response Trial" The American Journal Of
      Clinical Nutrition, vol 53, No. 3, p. P-28, 1991.
PAL  Ganiats et al., "Does Beano Prevent Gas? A Double-blind Crossover Study of
      Oral Alpha-Galactosidase To Treat Dietary Oligosaccharide Intolerance" The
      Journal Of Family Practice, vol. 39, No. 5, pp. 441-445, 1994.
PAL  Solomons et al., Use Of An Oral Alpha-Galactosidase To Control
      Gastrointestinal Symptoms From Legume Oligosaccharides In Bean-Intolerant
      Subjects: A Doubly-Masked, Controlled, Therapeutic Trial, Clinical
      Research, vol. 39, p. 428A, 1991.
PAL  Advances In Enzymology, vol. 36, pp. 91-93 (1972).
PAL  Suzuki et al., Studies On The Decomposition Of Raffinose by
      Alpha-Galactosidase Of Mold, Agr. Biol. Chem., vol. 33, No. 4, pp. 501,
      507-513 (1969).
PAL  Sugar Technology Reviews, 4, pp. 209-258 (1976/1977).
PAL  Food Industry and Enzyme, Published By K.K. Asakura Shoten, pp. 145-150
      (Oct. 20, 1983).
PAL  Biochemical Data Book, Published by Tokyo Chemical Coterie, vol. 1, p. 735,
      (Nov. 26, 1979).
PAL  Solomons et al, Am. J. Clin. Nutr. (1985), 41(2), 209-221, 222-227.
PAL  Solomons et al, Am. J. Clin. Nutr. (1985), 41(2), 209-221.
PAL  Solomons et al, Am. J. Clin. Nutr. (1985), 41 (2), 222-227.
LREP
FRM  Panitch Schwarze Jacobs & Nadel, P.C
ABST
PAL  A composition is provided for ingestion by mammals for in vivo conversion
      of alpha-D-galactoside comprising an amount of alpha-galactosidase
      effective to hydrolyze alpha-D-galactoside to D-galactose, and non-toxic,
      ingestible excipient(s) for said alpha-galactosidase. Gastric distress in
      mammals due to ingestion of foods containing alpha-D-galactoside may be
      reduced by ingesting the foregoing composition of alpha-galactosidase and
      non-toxic, ingestible excipient contemporaneously with the ingestion of
      said food in an amount effective to hydrolyze the alpha-D-galactoside to
      D-galactose.
PATN
WKU  059895454
SRC  8
APN  9450378
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980112
TTL  Clostridial toxin derivatives able to modify peripheral sensory afferent
      functions
ISD  19991123
NCL  43
ECL  1
EXP  Mosher; Mary E.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Foster; Keith Alan
CTY  Wiltshire
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Duggan; Michael John
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Shone; Clifford Charles
CTY  Wiltshire
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  The Speywood Laboratory Ltd.
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Microbiological Research Authority
CTY  Wiltshire
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950421
APN  9508204
CLAS
OCL  4241831
XCL  424 9467
XCL  424832
XCL  514  2
XCL  53038822
XCL  5303917
XCL  530350
XCL  530402
XCL  435 691
XCL  435 697
XCL  435220
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3816
ICL  C07K 1433
ICL  C07K 1900
ICL  C12N 1562
FSC  424
FSS  832;94.67;183.1
FSC  514
FSS  2
FSC  530
FSS  388.22;391.7;350;402
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;69.7;220
UREF
PNO  5614488
ISD  19970300
NAM  Bacha
OCL  514  2
OREF
PAL  Montecucco et al. Q. Rev. Biophys. 28:423-72, abstracts only cited, Nov.
      1995.
PAL  Halpern, J.L. et al. Journal of Biological Chemistry 268(15):11188-11192,
      1993.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/00916
PD1  19980112
PD2  19980112
PD3  19960416
PCP  WO96/33273
PCD  19961024
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to an agent specific for peripheral sensory
      afferents. The agent may inhibit the transmission of signals between a
      primary sensory afferent and a projection neuron by controlling the
      release of at least one neurotransmitter or neuromodulator from the
      primary sensory afferent. The agent may be used in or as a pharmaceutical
      for the treatment of pain, particularly chronic pain.
PATN
WKU  059895462
SRC  8
APN  4827244
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19950607
TTL  Interleukin-2 stimulated T lymphocyte cell death for the treatment of
      allergic responses
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Minnifield; Nita
NDR  6
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Lenardo; Michael J.
CTY  Potomac
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Department of Health
      and Human Services
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  122345
APD  19930915
RLAP
COD  81
APN  751090
APD  19910828
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  4241841
XCL  4241541
XCL  4241431
XCL  4241441
XCL  424 851
XCL  424 852
XCL  514 12
XCL  514  2
XCL  514885
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3900
ICL  A61K 39395
ICL  A61K 4505
ICL  A61K 3800
FSC  424
FSS  184.1;154.1;85.1;85.2;143.1;144.1
FSC  514
FSS  12;2;885
UREF
PNO  4469677
ISD  19840900
NAM  Michael et al.
UREF
PNO  5591433
ISD  19970100
NAM  Michael et al.
UREF
PNO  5609871
ISD  19970300
NAM  Michael et al.
UREF
PNO  5629001
ISD  19970500
NAM  Michael et al.
UREF
PNO  5783193
ISD  19980700
NAM  Michael et al.
UREF
PNO  5837230
ISD  19981100
NAM  Nakai et al.
OREF
PAL  Burgess et al. J. Cell Biol. 111:2129-2138, Nov. 1990.
PAL  Lazar et al. Mol. Cell Biol. 8(3):1247-52, Mar. 1988.
PAL  Yeo et al. Tibtech 13:186-190, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew
ABST
PAL  A method for the treatment or prevention of allergic disorders is provided,
      comprising inducing the death by apoptosis of a subpopulation of T
      lymphocytes that is capable of causing such diseases, while leaving
      substantially unaffected the majority of other T lymphocytes. Cell death
      is achieved by cycle(s) comprising challenging via immunization these T
      cells with antigenic substance at short time intervals, or by immunization
      followed by administering interleukin-2 (IL-2) when these T cells are
      expressing high levels of IL-2 receptor so as to cause these T cells to
      undergo apoptosis upon re-immunization with the antigenic peptide or
      protein. These methods are applicable to the treatment of allergic
      disorders such as hay fever, extrinsic asthma, or insect bite and sting
      allergies, and food and drug allergies.
PATN
WKU  059895470
SRC  8
APN  7860749
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970121
TTL  Leptospiral outer membrane proteins
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Minnifield; Nita
NDR  15
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Haake; David A.
CTY  Culver City
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  University of California
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4241841
XCL  4241901
XCL  4242621
XCL  4242341
XCL  4242661
XCL  530300
XCL  530350
XCL  530359
XCL  435 711
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3900
ICL  A61K 3902
ICL  C07K  100
ICL  C12P 2104
FSC  424
FSS  234.1;262.1;190.1;184.1;266.1
FSC  530
FSS  300;350;359
FSC  435
FSS  71.1
UREF
PNO  5558993
ISD  19960900
NAM  Champion et al.
UREF
PNO  5643754
ISD  19970700
NAM  Haake
UREF
PNO  5658757
ISD  19970800
NAM  Haake et al.
UREF
PNO  5705332
ISD  19980100
NAM  Roll
UREF
PNO  5730969
ISD  19980300
NAM  Hora et al.
UREF
PNO  5753459
ISD  19980500
NAM  Blanco et al.
UREF
PNO  5824321
ISD  19981000
NAM  Haake
UREF
PNO  5837263
ISD  19981100
NAM  Haake
UREF
PNO  5854395
ISD  19981200
NAM  Champion et al.
FREF
PNO  WO 95/32220
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/36355
ISD  19961100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Champion et al, Infect. Imm. 62(7): 2653-2661, Jul. 1994.
PAL  Brown et al, Infect & Imm. 59(5): 1772-1777, May 1991.
PAL  Alves, Selmo Fernandes, "Immunochemical and Protection Studies Analysis of
      Leptospira", Dissertation, University of California, Davis, approved by
      thesis committee in 1993 (Title Page, Table of Contents, Table 2).
PAL  Auran, et al., "Isolation of the Outer Sheath of Leptospira and Its
      Immunogenic Properties in Hamsters", Infect. Immun., 5:968-975 (1972).
PAL  Bey, R. F., et al., "Immunogrnicity of Whole Cell and Outer Envelope
      Leptospiral Vaccines in Hamsters", Infect. Immun., 10:1051-1056 (1974).
PAL  Blanco, et al., "Isolation of the Outer Membranes from Treponema pallidum
      and Treponema vincentii", J. Bacteriol., 176:6088-6099 (1994).
PAL  Bolin, C. A., et al., "Effect of vaccination with a monovalent Leptospira
      interrogans serovar hardjo type hardjo-bovis vaccine on type hardjo-bovis
      infection of cattle", Am. J. Vet. Res., 52:1639-1643 (1991).
PAL  Cunningham, et al., "Selective Release of the Treponema pallidum Outer
      Membrane and Associated Polypeptides with Triton X-114", J. Bacteriol.,
      170:5789-5796 (1988).
PAL  Haake, D. A., et al., "Changes in the surface of Leptospira interrogans
      Serovar grippotyphosa during In Vitro Cultivation", Infect. Immun., 59(3):
      1131-40 (1991).
PAL  Haake, D. A., et al., "Molecular Cloning and Sequence Analysis of the Gene
      Encoding OmpL1, a Transmembrane Outer Membrane Protein of Pathogenic
      Leptospira spp,", J. Bacteriol., 175:4225-4234 (1993).
PAL  Holt, S. C., "Anatomy and Chemistry of Spirochetes", Microbiol. Rev.,
      42:114-160 (1978).
PAL  Nicholson, et al., "Outer membrane proteins of three pathogenic Leptospira
      species", Veterinary Microbiology, 36:123-138 (1993).
PAL  Nunes-Edwards, P. L., et al., "Identification and Characterization of the
      Protein Antigens of Leptospira interrogans serovar hardjo", Infect.
      Immun., 48:492-497(1985).
PAL  Osborn, et al., "Mechanism of Assemblly of the Outer Membrane of Salmonella
      typhimurium", J. Biol. Chem., 247:3962-3972 (1972).
PAL  Penn, et al., "The Outer Membrane of Treponema pallidum: Biological
      Significance and Biochemical Properties", J. Gen. Microbiol.,
      131:2349-2357 (1985).
PAL  Radolf, et al., "Characterization of Outer Membranes Isolated from Borrelia
      burgdorferi, the Lyme Disease Spirochete", Infect. Immun., 63:2154-2163
      (1995).
PAL  Radolf, et al., "Characterization of Outer Membranes Isolated from
      Treponema pallidum, the Syphilis Spirochete", Infect. Immun., 63:4244-4252
      (1995).
PAL  Shang, E. S. et al., "The Rare Outer Membrane Protein, OmpL1, of Pathogenic
      Leptospira Species Is a Heat-Modifiable Porin", Infect. Immun.
      63(8):3174-3181 (1995).
PAL  Shang, E. S., et al., "Molecular Cloning and Sequence Analysis of the Gene
      Encoding LipL41, a Surface-Exposed Lipoprotein of Pathogenic Leptospira
      Species", Infect. Immun., 64:2322-2330 (1996).
PAL  Skare, et al., "Virulent Strain Associated Outer Membrane Proteins of
      Borrelia burgdorferi", J. Clin. Invest., 96:2380-2392 (1995).
PAL  Stamm, et al., "Changes in the Cell Surface Properties of Treponema
      pallidum that Occur During In Vitro Incubation of Freshly Extracted
      Organisms", Infect. Immun., 5:2255-261 (1987).
PAL  Weigel, L. M., et al., "The 47-kDa major lipoprotein immunogen of Treponema
      palldium is a penicillin-binding protein with carboxypeptidase activity",
      Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 91:11611-11615 (1994).
PAL  Weigel, L. M., et al., "Digoxigenin-Ampicillin Conjugate for Detection of
      Penicillin-Binding Proteins by Chemiluminescence", Antimicrob. Agents
      Chemother., 38(2):330-336 (1994).
PAL  Yang, N.-S. et al., Gene Therapy via Particle Bombardment: Applications of
      the Accell Gene Gun, in Gene Therapeutics: Methods and Applications of
      Direct Gene Transfer, Wolff, J. A., ed., Birkhauser, USA (1994).
PAL  Zuerner, et al., "Characterization of outer membrane and secreted protens
      of Leptospira interrogans serovar pomona", Microbial Pathogenesis,
      10:311-322 (1991).
LREP
FRM  Gray, Cary, Ware & Freidenrich, LLP
FR2  Haile; Lisa A.
ABST
PAL  This invention presents antigenic preparations of Leptospira species outer
      membrane proteins and their immunogenic fragments which are useful for
      inducing immune response in animals, e.g., for use as vaccines against
      diseases caused by leptospirosis. Also presented are methods and kits for
      diagnosing leptospirosis by detecting the presence of these proteins,
      their immunogenic fragments, antibodies to these proteins or their
      fragments, or polynucleotides which encode or are translatable into these
      proteins or their fragments. Further disclosed are methods for isolating
      these proteins.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made with Government support through funding from the
      Veterans' Administration Medical Research Funds. The Government has
      certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059895489
SRC  8
APN  9451684
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19971218
TTL  Peptide-based composition against papillomavirus infection
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Salimi; Ali R.
EXP  Eisenschenk; Chris
NDR  3
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Dillner; Joakim
CTY  Danderyd
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Euro-Diagnostica AB
CTY  Malmo
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19950424
APN  9501512
CLAS
OCL  4241841
XCL  4241851
XCL  530300
XCL  530403
XCL  536 2372
XCL  930220
XCL  935 88
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3900
ICL  C07K  100
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  424
FSS  184.1;185.1
FSC  530
FSS  300;403
FSC  536
FSS  23.72
FSC  930
FSS  220
FSC  935
FSS  88
FREF
PNO  0451550 A2
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/04790
ISD  19900500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9118294 A1
ISD  19911100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9302184 A1
ISD  19930200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9501374 A1
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Immunology, Harper & Row, 1980, pp.291-295, 1980.
PAL  Journal of General Virology, vol. 71, 1990, George Strang, et al., "Human T
      cell responses to human papillomavirus type 16 L1 and E6 synthetic
      peptides: identification of T cell determinants, HLA-DR restrict ion and
      virus type specificity", pp. 423-431.
PAL  Journal of General Virology, vol. 189, 1992, Jian Zhou , et al. "Definition
      of linear antigenic regions of HPV 16 L1 capsid protein using synthetic
      virion-like particles", pp. 592-599.
PAL  Int. J. Cancer, vol. 45, 1990, Joakim Dillner, et al., "Mapping of linear
      epitopes of human papillomavirus type 16: the L1 and L2 open reading
      frames", pp. 529-535.
PAL  The Cancer Journal, vol. 5, No. 4, Jul. 1992, J. Dillner, "Immunobiology of
      papillomavirus. Prospects for vaccination" pp. 182-187.
PAL  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., vol. 89, Sep. 1992, Hans J. Strauss, et al.,
      "Induction of cytotoxic T lymphocytes with peptides in vitro:
      Identification of candidate T-cell epitopes in human papilloma virus" pp.
      7871-7875.
PAL  Archives Virology, vol. 140, 1995 J. E. Ramesar, et al., "Sequence
      variation in the L1 gene of human papillomavirus type 16 from Africa", pp.
      1863-1870.
PAL  Journal of General Virology, vol. 75, 1994, Peter Pushko, et al., "Sequence
      variation in the capsid protein genes of human papillomavirus type 16" pp.
      911-916.
PAL  Journal of General Virology, vol. 71, 1990, M. Mueller, et al.,
      "Identification of seroreactive regions of the human papillomavirus type
      16 proteins E4, E6, E7 and L1" pp. 2709-2717.
PAL  Journal of Medical Virology, vol. 45, 1995, P. Le Cann, et al., "Detection
      of Antibodies to L1, L2, and E4 Proteins of Human Papillomavirus Types 6,
      11, and 16 by ELISA Using Synthetic Peptides" pp. 410-414.
PAL  Gynecologic Oncology, vol. 55, 1994, J. F. Hines, et al., "Role of
      Conformational Epitopes Expressed by Human Papillomavirus Major Capsid
      Proteins in the Serologic Detection of Infection and Prophylactic
      Vaccination", pp. 13-20.
PAL  Vaccine, vol. 11, No. 6, 1993, J. Cason, et al., "Towards vaccines against
      human papillomavirus type-16 genital infections", pp. 603-607.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/00533
PD1  19971218
PD2  19971218
PD3  19960423
PCP  WO96/33737
PCD  19961031
ABST
PAR  Pharmaceutical compositions comprising an antigenic amount of peptides
      derived from the L1 and L2 OFR's of human papillomavirus type 16 coupled
      to a carrier or in multimer form.
PATN
WKU  059895497
SRC  9
APN  0905674
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980608
TTL  Acrosomal sperm protein and uses thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Saunders; David
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Sullivan; Robert
CTY  Quebec
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Berube ; Bruno
CTY  Quebec
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Legare ; Christine
CTY  Quebec
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Gaudreault; Christian
CTY  Quebec
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Immucon Inc.
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  4241841
XCL  4241851
XCL  530806
XCL  530852
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3900
FSC  424
FSS  184.1;185.1
FSC  530
FSS  806;852
UREF
PNO  5723305
ISD  19980300
NAM  Sullivan et al.
OCL  435  7.21
OREF
PAL  Berube, B. et al., Biol. Reprod. 51: 1255-1263, 1994;.
PAL  Boue, F. et al., Biol. Reprod., 51; 577-587, 1994;.
PAL  Boue, F. et al., Biol. Reprod., 54: 1018-1024, 1996;.
PAL  Boue, F., et al, Biol. Reprod., 54: 1009-1017, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Swabey Ogilvy Renault
FR2  Cote; France
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to the use of acrosomal sperm protein in
      immunocontraception of male and female subjects and uses thereof as a
      marker for fertility.
PATN
WKU  059895500
SRC  8
APN  4801504
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19950607
TTL  Materials and methods for immunocontraception
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Nolan; Patrick J.
EXP  Chan; Christina Y.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Harris; Jeffrey D.
CTY  The Woodlands
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Kuang T.
CTY  The Woodlands
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Podolski; Joseph S.
CTY  The Woodlands
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Zonagen, Inc.
CTY  The Woodlands
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  149223
APD  19931109
RLAP
COD  82
APN  012990
APD  19930129
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  973341
APD  19921109
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  4241851
XCL  4241391
XCL  4241431
XCL  4241921
XCL  4241931
XCL  514 12
XCL  514  8
XCL  530350
XCL  530395
XCL  53038822
XCL  530324
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3900
FSC  530
FSS  395;350;388.22
FSC  424
FSS  184.1;185.1;192.1;193.1;143.1;152.1;139.1
FSC  514
FSS  12;8
UREF
PNO  4996297
ISD  19910200
NAM  Dunbar
OCL  530395
UREF
PNO  5626846
ISD  19970500
NAM  Dean et al.
OCL  424184.1
UREF
PNO  5820863
ISD  19981000
NAM  Dunbar
OCL  424185.1
FREF
PNO  WO 90/15624
ISD  19901200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/03548
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Colman, Research in Immunology, vol. 145, pp. 33-36, Jan. 1994.
PAL  Liv et al. (1989) J. Reprod. Fert. vol. 85:19-29.
PAL  Koyama et al. (1991) Biology of Reproduction. vol. 45:727-735.
PAL  Henderson et al. (1988) J. Reprod. Fert. vol. 83:325-343.
PAL  Chamberlin et al. (1990) Developmental Biology. vol. 87:6014-6018.
PAL  Aitken et al., "Immunization against Zona Pellucida Antigens,"
      Immunological Aspects of Reproduction and Fertility Control, Hearn, J.,
      (ed.), MTP Press. Ltd. (1980).
PAL  Aitken et al., "The Influence of Anti-zona and Anti-sperm Antibodies on
      Sperm-egg Interactions," J. Reprod. Fert., 62:597-606 (1981).
PAL  Bleil et al., "Identification of a Secondary Sperm Receptor in the Mouse
      Egg Zona Pellucida: Role in Maintenance of Binding of Acrosome-Reacted
      Sperm to Eggs," Developmental Biology, 128:276-385 (1988).
PAL  Bleil et al., "Mammalian Sperm-Egg Interaction: Identification of a
      Glycoprotein in Mouse Egg Zonae Pellucidae Possessing Receptor Activity
      for Sperm," Cell, 20:873-882 (1980).
PAL  Bleil et al., "Structure and Function of the Zona Pellucida: Identification
      and Characterization of the Proteins of the Mouse Oocyte's Zona
      Pellucida," Developmental Biology, 76:185-202 (1980).
PAL  Chamberlin et al., "Genomic Organization of a Sex Specific Gene: The
      Primary Sperm Receptor of the Mouse Zona Pellucida," Developmental
      Biology, 131:207-214 (1989).
PAL  Chamberlin et al., "Human Homolog of the Mouse Sperm Receptor,"
      Developmental Biology, 87:6014-6018 (1990).
PAL  Dunbar et al., "Proteolysis of Specific Porcine Zona Pellucida
      Glycoproteins by Boar Acrosin," Biology of Reproduction, 32:619-630
      (1985).
PAL  Dunbar et al., "Identification of the Three Major Proteins of Porcine and
      Rabbit Zonae Pellucidae by High Resolution Two-Dimensional Gel
      Electrophoresis: Comparison with Serum, Follicular Fluid, and Ovarian Cell
      Proteins," Biology of Reproduction, 24:1111-1124 (1981).
PAL  Hedrick et al., "Isolation of the Zona Pellucida and Purification of Its
      Glycoprotein Families from Pig Oocytes," Analytical Biochemistry,
      157:63-70 (1986).
PAL  Hedrick et al., "On the Macromolecular Composition of the Zona Pellucida
      from Porcine Oocytes," Developmental Biology, 121:478-488 (1987).
PAL  Jones et al., "Histology of Ovaries of Female Rabbits Immunized with
      Deglycosylated Zona Pellucida Macromolecules of Pigs," J. Reprod. Fert.,
      95:513-525 (1992).
PAL  Keenan et al., "Endocrine Response in Rabbits Immunized with Native versus
      Deglycosylated Porcine Zona Pellucida Antigens," Biology of Reproduction,
      44:150-156 (1991).
PAL  Kinloch et al., "Primary Structure of the Mouse Sperm Receptor Polypeptide
      Determined by Genomic Cloning," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 85:6409-6413
      (1988).
PAL  Kinloch et al., "Genomic Organization and Polypeptide Primary Structure of
      Zona Pellucida Glycoprotein hZP3, the Hamster Sperm Receptor,"
      Developmental Biology, 142:414-421 (1990).
PAL  Liang et al., "Oocyte-Specific Expression of Mouse Zp-2: Developmental
      Regulation of the Zona Pellucida Genes," Molecular and Cellular Biology,
      10(4):1507-1515 (1990).
PAL  Mahi-Brown et al., "Fertility Control in the Bitch by Active Immunization
      with Porcine Zonae Pellucidae: Use of Different Adjuvants and Patterns of
      Estradiol and Progesterone Levels in Estrous Cycles," Biology of
      Reproduction, 32:761-722 (1985).
PAL  Maresh et al., "Antigenic Comparison of Five Species of Mammalian Zonae
      Pellucidae," The Journal of Experimental Zoology, 244:299-307 (1987).
PAL  Millar et al., "Vaccination with a Synthetic Zona Pellucida Peptide
      Produces Long-Term Contraception in Female Mice," Science, 246:935-938
      (1989).
PAL  Ringuette et al., "Molecular Analysis of cDNA Coding for ZP3, a Sperm
      Binding Protein of the Mouse Zona Pellucida," Developmental Biology,
      127:287-295 (1988).
PAL  Ringuette et al., "Oocyte-specific Gene Expression: Molecular
      Characterization of a cDNA Coding for ZP-3, the Sperm Receptor of the
      Mouse Zona Pellucida," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 83:4341-4345 (1986).
PAL  Sacco et al., "Application of a Radioimmunoassay (RIA) for Monitoring
      Immune Response to Porcine Zonae Pellucidae," Proceedings of the Society
      for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 167:318-326 (1981).
PAL  Sacco et al., "Carbohydrate Influences the Immunogenic and Antigenic
      Characteristics of the ZP3 Macromolecule (M.sub.r 55 000) of the Pig Zona
      Pellucida," J. Reprod. Fert., 76:575-586 (1986).
PAL  Schwoebel et al., "Isolation and Characterization of a Full-length cDNA
      Encoding the 55-kDa Rabbit Zona Pellucida Protein," The Journal of
      Biological Chemistry., 266(11):7214-7219 (1991).
PAL  Skinner et al., Species Variation in the Zona Pellucida Immunological
      Approaches to Contraception and to Promotion of Fertility, GP Talwor,
      (Ed.), Plenum:New York, pp. 251-268 (1986).
PAL  Subramanian et al., "Specific Radioimmunoassay for the Detection of a
      Purified Porcine Zona Pellucida Antigen (PPZA)," Biology of Reproduction,
      24:933-943 (1981).
PAL  Timmons et al., "Use of Specific Monoclonal and Polyclonal Antibodies to
      Define Distinct Antigens of the Porcine Zonae Pellucidae," Biology of
      Reproduction, 36:1275-1287 (1987).
PAL  Timmons et al., "Perspectives in Immunoproduction: Conception and
      Contraception," Mathur, S. and Fredericks, C.M., (eds.), Hemisphere
      Publishing Co., New York, pp. 242-260 (1988).
PAL  Wassarman, "Zona Pellucida Glycoproteins," Ann. Rev. Biochem., 57:415-442
      (1988).
PAL  Wolgemuth et al., "Formation of the Rabbit Zona Pellucida and Its
      Relationship to Ovarian Follicular Development," Developmental Biology,
      106:1-14 (1984).
PAL  Yurewicz et al., "Isolation and Preliminary Characterization of a Purified
      Pig Zona Antigen (PPZA) from Porcine Oocytes," Biology of Reproduction,
      29:511-523 (1983).
PAL  Yurewicz et al., "Nucleotide Sequence of cDNA Encoding ZP3.alpha., a
      Sperm-binding Glycoprotein from Zona Pellucida of Pig Oocyte," Biochimica
      et Biophysica Acta., 1174:211-214 (1993).
PAL  Yurewicz et al., "Structural Characterization of the Mr=55,000 Antigen
      (ZP3) of Porcine Oocyte Zona Pellucida," The Journal of Biological
      Chemistry, 262(2):564-571 (1987).
PAL  Chamow and Dean, "Anti-Zona Pellucida Antibodies in Mice Immunized With
      Recombinant ZP3-.beta.-Galactosidase Fusion Protein," FED. Proc.,
      46(6):2015, 1987.
PAL  East, I.J., "Scrintigraphy of Normal Mouse Ovaries with Monoclonal
      Antibodies to ZP-2, the Major Zona Pellucida Protein," Science,
      225:938-941 (Aug. 31, 1984).
PAL  Lou and Tung, "T Cell Peptide of a Self-Protein Elicits Autoantibody to the
      Protein Antigen," J. of Immunology, 151:5790-5798 (1993).
PAL  Paterson et al., "Analysis of the Contraceptive Potential of Antibodies
      against Native and Deglycosylated Porcine ZP3 in Vivo and in Vitro," Biol.
      Reprod., 46(4):523-534 (Apr., 1992).
PAL  Rhim et al., "Autoimmune Disease of the Ovary Induced by a ZP3 Peptide from
      the Mouse Zona Pellucida," J. Clin. Invest., 89:28-35 (Jan., 1992).
PAL  Tung et al., "Automimmune Disease of the Ovary: a Mechanism of Premature
      Ovarian Failure and a Complication of ZP3 Contraceptive Vaccine," Reprod.
      Immunol., 97:169-179 (1993).
PAL  Chamberlin and Dean, "Human Homolog of the Mouse Sperm Receptor," Proc.
      Nat'l Acad. Sci., USA, 87:6014-6018 (Aug., 1990).
PAL  Koyama et al., "Blocking of Human Sperm-Zona Interaction by Monoclonal
      Antibodies to a Glycoprotein Family (ZP4) of Porcine Zona Pellucida,"
      Biology of Reproduction, 45:727-735 (1991).
PAL  Liu et al., "Contraception in Mares Heteroimmunized with a Pig Zonae
      Pellucidae," J. Reprod. Fert., 85:19-29 (1989).
PAL  Henderson et al., "Contraceptive Potential of Antibodies to the Zona
      Pellucida," J. Reprod. Fert., 83:325-343 (1988).
LREP
FRM  Marshall, O'Toole, Gerstein, Murray & Borun
ABST
PAL  A method for specifically inducing transient infertility or permanent
      sterility in a host animal by selective vaccination with specific zona
      pellucida proteins or immunocontraceptively active fragments thereof.
      Novel zona pellucida DNA sequences encoding specific zona pellucida
      proteins are disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059895519
SRC  8
APN  5481597
APT  1
ART  168
APD  19951025
TTL  Materials and methods for detection and treatment of insulin-dependent
      diabetes
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Ponnaluri; P.
EXP  Achutamurthy; Ponnathapura
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Maclaren; Noel K.
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Notkins; Abner L.
CTY  McLean
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Lan; Michael S.
CTY  Rockville
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Li; Qing
CTY  Gaithersburg
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Department of Health
      and Human Services
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
ASSG
NAM  The University of Florida
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4241851
XCL  530324
XCL  530350
XCL  435325
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3900
ICL  A61K 3800
FSC  435
FSS  7.1;7.9;69.1;325
FSC  424
FSS  184.1;133.1;185.1
FSC  530
FSS  350;303;305;324
FSC  514
FSS  866
UREF
PNO  5200318
ISD  19930400
NAM  Rabin et al.
OCL  435  7.21
OREF
PAL  Ezio Bonifacio et al., Journal of Immunology., vol. 155., No. 11., pp.
      5419-5426., Dec. 1995.
PAL  Lu et al. Identification of a Second Transmembrane Protein Tyrosine
      Phosphatase, IA-2.beta., as an Autoantigen in insulin-dependent diabetes
      mellitus . . . Medical Sciences 93:2307-2311, Mar. 1996.
PAL  Atkinson, M., N.K. Maclaren (1994) "Mechanisms of Disease" New England
      Journal of Medicine 331:1428-1436.
PAL  Maclaren, N.K., W.J. Riley (1985) "Thyroid, Gastric, and Adrenal
      Autoimmunities Associated with Insulin-Dependent Diabetes Mellitus"
      Diabetes Care 8(Sup. 1):34-38.
PAL  Lendrum, R., G. Walker, D.R. Gamble (1975) "Islet-Cell Antibodies in
      Juvenile Diabetes Mellitus of Recent Onset" The Lancet 1:880-882.
PAL  Maclaren, N.K., S.-W. Huang, J. Fogh (1975) "Antibody to Cultured Human
      Insulinoma Cells in Insulin-Depdnent Diabetes" The Lancet 1:997-1000.
PAL  Kaufman, D.L. et al. (1992) "Autoimmunity to Two Forms of Glutamate
      Decarboxylase in Insulin-dependent Diabetes Mellitus" J. Clin. Invest.
      89:283-292.
PAL  Atkinson, M.A. et al. (1992) "Response of peripheral-blood monoclear cells
      to glutamate decarboxylase in insulin-dependent diabetes" The Lancet
      339:458-459.
PAL  Harrison, L.C. et al. (1993) "Inverse relation between humoral and cellular
      immunity to glutamic acid decarboxylase in subjects at risk of
      insulin-dependent diabetes" The Lancet 341:1365-1369.
PAL  Atkonsin, M.A. et al. (1994) "Cellular Immunity to a Determinant Common to
      Glutamate Decarboxylase and Coxsackie Virus in Insulin-dependent Diabetes"
      J. Clin. Invest. 94:2125-2129.
PAL  Maclaren, N.K. (1988) "How, When, and Why to Predict IDDM" Diabetes
      37(12):1591-1594.
PAL  Muir, A. et al. (1993) "Intervention Therapies for Insulin-Dependent
      Diabetes" Autoimmunity 16:301-310.
PAL  Atkinson, M.A. et al. (1986) "Are Insulin Autoantibodies Markers for
      Insulin-Dependent Diabetes Mellitus?" Diabetes 35:894-898.
PAL  Riley, W.J. et al. (1990) "A Prospective Study of the Development of
      Diabetes in RElatives of Patients with Insulin-Dependent Diabetes" New
      England Journal of Medicine 323:1167-1172.
PAL  Schatz, D. et al. (1994) "Islet Cell Antibodies Predict Insulin-dependent
      Diabetes in United States School Age Childredn as Powerfully as in
      Unaffected Relatives", J. Clin. Invest. 93:2403-2407.
PAL  Krischer, J.P. et al. (1993) "Insulin and Islet Cell Autoantibodies as
      Time-Dependent Covariates in the Development of Insulin-Dependent
      Diabetes: A Prospective Study in Relatives" Journal of Clinical
      Endocrinology and Metabolism 77(3):743-749.
PAL  Schott, M. et al. (1994) "GAD.sub.65 Autoantibodies Increase the
      Predictability but not the Sensitivity of Islet Cell and Insulin
      Autoantibodies for Developing Insulin Dependent Diabetes Mellitus" Journal
      of Autoimmunity 7:865-872.
PAL  Atkinson, M.A., N.K. Maclaren (1993) "Islet Cell Autoantigens in
      Insulin-dependent Diabetes" J. Clin. Invest. 92:1608-1616.
PAL  Genovese, S. et al. (1992) "Distinct cytoplasmic islet cell antibodies with
      different risks for Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus"
      Diabetologia 35:385-388.
PAL  Atkinson, M.A. et al. (1993) "Islet Cell Cytoplasmic Autoantibody
      Reactivity to Glutamate Decarboxylase in Insulin-dependent Diabetes" J.
      Clin. Invest. 91:350-356.
PAL  Payton, M.A. et al. (1995) "Relationship of the 37,000-and 40,000-M.sub.r
      Tryptic Fragments of Islet Antigens in Insulin-dependent Diabetes to the
      Protein Tyrosine Phosphatase-like Moleculae IA-2 (ICA512)" J. Clin.
      Invest. 96:1506-1511.
PAL  Lan, M.S. et al. (1994) "Molecular Cloning and Identification of a
      Receptor-Type Protein Tyrosine Phosphatase, IA-2, from Human Insulinoma"
      DNA and Cell Biology 13(5):505-514.
PAL  Baekkeskov, B. et al. (1990) "Identification of the 64F autoantigen in
      insulin-dependent diabetes as the GABA-synthesizing enzyme glutamic acid
      decarboxylase" Nature 347:151-156.
PAL  Maron, R. et al. (1983) "Autoantibodies to the insulin receptor in juvenile
      onset insulin-dependent diabetes" Nature 303:817-818.
PAL  Palmer, J.P. et al. (1983) "Insulin Antibodies in Insulin-Dependent
      Diabetics Before Insulin Treatment" Science 222:1337-1339.
PAL  Atkinson, M.A., N.K. Maclaren (1988) "Autoantibodies in Nonobese Diabetic
      Mice Immunoprecipitate 64,000-M.sub.r Islet Antigen" Diabetes
      37(11):1587-1590.
PAL  Atkinson, M.A., N.K. Maclaren (1990) "What Causes Diabetes?" Scientific
      American 262(7):62-71.
PAL  Baekkeskov, S. et al. (1982) "Autoantibodies in newly diagnosed diabetic
      children immunoprecipitate human pancreatic islet cell proteins" Nature
      298:167-169.
PAL  ATkinson, M.A. et al. (1990) "64,000 M.sub.r autoantibodies as predictors
      of insulin-dependent diabetes" The Lancet 335:1357-1360.
PAL  Baekkeskov, S. et al. (1982) "Antuantibodies to a 64-Kilodalton Islet Cell
      Protein Precede the Onset of Spontaneous Diabetes in the BB Rat" Science
      224:1348-1350.
PAL  Rabin, D.A. et al. (1992) "An ELISA sandwich capture assay fro recombinant
      fusion proteins containing glutathions-S-transferase" Jouranl of
      Immunological Methods 156:101-105.
PAL  Rabin, D.A. et al. (1992) "Cloning and Expression of IDDM-Specific Human
      Autoantigens" Diabetes 41:183-186.
PAL  Rabin, D.A. et al. (1994) "Islet Cell Antigen 512 is a Diabetes-Specific
      Islet Autoantigen Related to Protein Tyrosine Phosphatases" Journal of
      Immunology 152:3183-3188.
PAL  Lu, J. et al. (1994) "Isolation, Sequence and Expression of a Novel Mouse
      Brain cD mIA-2, and its Relatedness to Members of the Protein Tyrosine
      Phosphatase Family" Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 204:930-936.
LREP
FRM  Needle & Rosenberg, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The method and compositions of this invention provide an effective and
      reliable substitute for the currently employed ICA assay for diabetes. By
      providing a method for detecting autoantibodies to GAD.sub.65, IA-2 and a
      previously unidentified antigen termed IA-2.beta. herein, the method
      provides a chemical assay which has improved reliability. In addition,
      these antigens may be employed in therapeutic regimens aimed at achieving
      amelioration of the clinical condition.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made with government support under National Institutes
      of Health grant numbers R01 HD 19469, P01 DK39079 and GCRC M01 RR00082.
      The government has certain rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059895527
SRC  8
APN  8338078
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19970409
TTL  Antigen carbohydrate compounds and their use in immunotherapy
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Williams; Jay F.
EXP  Knode; Marian C.
NDR  10
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  McKenzie; Ian F. C.
CTY  Victoria
CNT  AUX
INVT
NAM  Pietersz; Geoff Allen
CTY  Victoria
CNT  AUX
INVT
NAM  Apostolopoulos; Vasso
CTY  Victoria
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Austin Research Institute
CTY  Victoria
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19931224
APN  PM 3223
RLAP
COD  71
APN  340711
APD  19941116
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  4241851
XCL  4241931
XCL  4241941
XCL  4241981
XCL  5361231
XCL  536123
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 39385
ICL  A61K 3900
ICL  C09B 4704
FSC  424
FSS  185.1;193.1;194.1;198.1
FSC  536
FSS  123.1;123
UREF
PNO  4720386
ISD  19880100
NAM  McCollester
OCL  424 88
UREF
PNO  5047227
ISD  19910900
NAM  Rodwell et al.
OCL  424  1.49
FREF
PNO  4187689
ISD  19900300
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  0326111
ISD  19890000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0308147
ISD  19890300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0326111
ISD  19890800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2279422
ISD  19760300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  46-016913
ISD  19710100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-112023
ISD  19860500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  01233219
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  05246860
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8908711
ISD  19890000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO8908711
ISD  19890900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9005142
ISD  19900000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9211033
ISD  19920700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9306858
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9314195
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9317712
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9406916
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9413312
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Karanikas et al., "Antibody and T Cell Responses of Patients with
      Adenocarcinoma . . . ," J Clin Invest 100: 2783-2792 (1997).
PAL  Mitchell, "T-Cell-mediated immunity to Carunoembryonic Antigen . . . ," J
      Natl. Cancer Institute 87: 949-951 (1995).
PAL  Tsang et al., "Generation of Human Cytotoxic T Cells Specific . . . ," J
      Natl. Cancer Institute 87: 982-990 (1995).
PAL  Scholm et al., "Strategies for the Development of Recombinant . . . ,"
      Breast Cancer Research & Treatments 38:27-39 (1996).
PAL  Ellis Chapter 29 in Vaccines Plotkin et al Eds, W B Saunders Co.
      Philadelphia, 1988, pp. 568-575.
PAL  Keith Jerome et al., Cancer Research, 51: 2908-2916 (Jun. 1, 1991).
PAL  J. Darrell Fentonot et al., Cancer Research, 53: 5386-5394 (Nov. 15, 1993).
PAL  Donna L. Barnd et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 86: 7159-7163 (Sep.,
      1989).
PAL  Franz-Georg Hanisch et al., J. Biol. Chem., 264: 872-883 (Jan. 15, 1989).
PAL  Keth Jerome et al., Cancer Research, 52: 5985-5990 (Nov. 1, 1992).
PAL  D. J. McCool et al., Biochemical Journal, 267: 491-500 (1990).
PAL  El-Nasir Lalani et al., J. Biol. Chem., 266:15420-15426 (1991).
PAL  Peter L. Devine et al., Cancer Research, 51: 5826-5836 (Nov. 1, 1991).
PAL  Okawa et al J. Immunological Methods 149:127-131 (1992).
PAL  Ada in fundamentals of Immunology 2nd Ed. Chapter 36 pp. 985-1032 William
      Paul Ed.
PAL  T. Nurmukhamedov et al., Immunologiya, 4: 61-63 (1991) [See English
      abstract at p. 63].
PAL  Tracey Langsdale, Inpharma Weekly, 915: 3-4 (1993).
PAL  V. Apostolopoulos et al., Proceedings of the National Academy of Science of
      USA, 92: 10128-10132 (1995).
PAL  V. Apostolopoulos et al., "Production of Anti-Breast Cancer Monoclonal
      Antibodies Using a Glutathione-s-transferase-MUC1 Bacterial Fusion
      Protein", Br. J. Cancer, 67: 713-720 (1993).
PAL  Ding, Lei et al., "Immunogenicity of Synthetic Peptides Relates to the Core
      Peptide Sequence Encoded by the Human MUC1 Mucin Gene: Effect of
      Immunization on the Growth of Murine Mammary Adenocarcinoma Cells
      Transfected with the Human MUC1 Gene", Cancer Immunology Immunotherapy,
      36: 9-17 (1993).
PAL  Denton, G., "Induction of Antibody Responses to Breast Carcinoma Associated
      Mucins Using Synthetic Peptide Constructs as Immunogens", Cancer Letters,
      70: 143-150 (1993).
PAL  Hudecz, F. et al., "Monoclonal Antibody Binding to Peptide Epitopes
      Conjugated to Synthetic Branched Chain Polypeptide Carriers", Journal of
      Immunological Methods, 147: 201-210 (1992).
PAL  Okawa, Y. et al., J. Immunol. Meth., "Production of anti-peptide specific
      antibody in mice following immunization with peptides conjugated to
      mannan", 149: 127-31 (1992).
LREP
FRM  Dann, Dorfman, Herrell And Skillman
ABST
PAL  Conjugates between one or more repeated subunits of an antigen and a
      carbohydrate polymer are desired. Also described are immunogenic vaccines
      against disease states which contain the conjugates and methods for
      inducing cell-mediated immune responses. The conjugates may especially
      contain polymers of the carbohydrate mannose and one or more repeated
      subunits of human mucin.
PATN
WKU  059895535
SRC  9
APN  0011576
APT  1
ART  168
APD  19971230
TTL  Expression library immunization
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Scheiner; Laurie
NDR  11
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Johnston; Stephen A.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Barry; Michael A.
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Lai; Wayne C.
CTY  Richardson
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Board of Regents, The University of Texas System
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  421155
APD  19950407
PSC  01
PNO  5703057
CLAS
OCL  4241901
XCL  4241841
XCL  4241851
XCL  4241881
XCL  4242011
XCL  4242071
XCL  4242081
XCL  4242341
XCL  4242631
XCL  4242641
XCL  4242481
XCL  435325
XCL  435440
XCL  435455
XCL  435489
XCL  530403
XCL  530806
XCL  530825
XCL  530826
XCL  530868
XCL  514  2
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3900
ICL  A61K 3921
FSC  424
FSS  184.1;185.1;188.1;190.1;201.1;207.1;208.1;234.1;263.1;264.1;248.1
FSC  435
FSS  325;440;455;489
FSC  530
FSS  403;806;825;826;868
FSC  514
FSS  2
UREF
PNO  5451399
ISD  19950900
NAM  Gimbrone, Jr. et al.
OCL  424 85.2
UREF
PNO  5589466
ISD  19961200
NAM  Feigner et al.
UREF
PNO  5703057
ISD  19971200
NAM  Johnston et al.
OCL  514 44
FREF
PNO  WO95/05853
ISD  19950300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Davis et al., "DNA-based immunization induces continuous secretion of
      hepatitis B surface antigen and high levels of circulating antibody,"
      Human Molecular Genetics, 2:(11)1847-1851, 1993.
PAL  Eisenbraun et al., "Examination of Parameters Affecting the Elicitation of
      Humoral Immune Responses by Particle Bombardment-Mediated Genetic
      Immunization," DNA Cell Biol. 12(9):791-797, 1993.
PAL  Fynan et al., "DNA vaccines: Protective Immunizations by parenteral,
      mucosal and gene-gun inoculations," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA,
      90:11478-11482, 1993.
PAL  Kovacsovics-Bankowskiet al., "Efficient major histocompatibility complex
      class I presentation of exogenous antigen upon phagocytosis by
      macrophages," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:4942-4946, 1993.
PAL  Lai et al., "Protection of mice against experimental murine mycoplasmosis
      by a Mycoplasma pulmonis immunogen in lysogenized Escherichia coli,"
      Vaccine, 12(4):291-298, 1994.
PAL  Lowrie et al., "Towards a DNA vaccine against tuberculosis," Vaccine,
      12(16):1537-1540, 1994.
PAL  Tang et al., "Genetic immunization is a simple method for eliciting an
      immune response," Nature, 356:152-154, 1992.
PAL  Ulmer et al., "Heterologous Protection Against Influenza by Injection of
      DNA Encoding a Viral Protein," Science, 259:1745-1749, 1993.
PAL  Wang et al., "Gene inoculation generates immune responses against human
      immunodeficiency virus type 1," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:4156-4160,
      1993.
PAL  Xiang et al., "Vaccination with a Plasmid Vector Carrying the Rabies Virus
      Glycoprotein Gene Induces Protective Immunity against Rabies Virus,"
      Virology, 199:132-140, 1994.
PAL  Klein, In: Immunology: The Science of Self-Nonself Discrimination, John
      Wiley & Sons, New York, pp. 6-9, 660-661, 1982.
PAL  Stryer, In: Biochemistry, W.H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco, p 732, 1975.
PAL  Soukhanov et al. (Eds.), In: Webster's II. New Riverside University
      Dictionary, The Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, MA, p 67, 1984.
PAL  Ada, "Strategies for Exploiting the Immune System in the Design of
      Vaccines," Molec. Immunol., 28(3):225-230, 1991.
PAL  Ausebel, Ed., In: Short Protocols in Molecular Biology A Compendium of
      Methods from Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, 2nd Ed., Harvard
      Medical School, publication date unknown.
PAL  Barry et al., "Production of Monoclonal Antibodies by Genetic
      Immunization," BioTechniques, 16(4):616-620, 1994.
PAL  Coney et al., "Facilitated DNA inoculation induces anti-HIV-1 immunity in
      vivo," Vaccine, 12(16):1545-1550, 1994.
PAL  Conry et al., "Immune Response to a Carcinoembryonic Antigen Polynucleotide
      Vaccine," Cancer Research, 54:1164-1168, 1994.
PAL  Cox et al., "Bovine Herpesvirus 1: Immune Responses in Mice and Cattle
      Injected with Plasmid DNA," J. Virol., 67(9):5664-5667, 1993.
PAL  Barry et al., "Protection against mycoplasm infection using
      expression-library immunization," Nature, 377:632-635, 1995.
PAL  Crystal, "Transfer of genes to humans: Early lessons and obstacles to
      success," Science, 270:404-409, 1995.
PAL  Wang et al., "DNA inoculation induces cross clade anit-HIV-1 responses,"
      Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 772:186-197, 1995.
PAL  Warner et al., "Retroviral vectors for HIV immunotherapy," Annals of the
      New York Academy of Sciences, 772:105-116, 1995.
PAL  Asubel et al., In: Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John-Wiley &
      Sons, New York, pp. 6.0.3-6.0.4, 1988.
LREP
FRM  Arnold White & Durkee
ABST
PAL  A general method for vaccinating against any pathogen is presented. The
      method utilizes expression library immunization, where an animal is
      inoculated with an expression library constructed from fragmented genomic
      DNA of the pathogen. All potential epitopes of the pathogen's proteins are
      encoded in its DNA, and genetic immunization is used to directly introduce
      one or more expression library clones to the immune system, producing an
      immune response to the encoded protein. Inoculation of expression
      libraries representing portions of the Mycoplasma pulmonis genome was
      shown to protect mice from subsequent challenge by this natural pathogen.
      Protection against Listeria.
PATN
WKU  059895543
SRC  9
APN  1740601
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19981016
TTL  High level expression and facile purification of proteins, peptides and
      conjugates for immunization, purification and detection applications
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Stole; Einar
EXP  Wax; Robert A.
NDR  18
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Knuth; Mark W.
CTY  Waunakee
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Haak-Frendscho; Mary
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Shultz; John W.
CTY  Verona
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Lesley; Scott A.
CTY  Oregon
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Villars; Catherine E.
CTY  McFarland
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Promega Corporation
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  338382
APD  19941110
CLAS
OCL  4241921
XCL  4241841
XCL  4241851
XCL  4241861
XCL  4241931
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3900
ICL  A61K 39385
FSC  424
FSS  184.1;185.1;186.1;192.1;193.1
UREF
PNO  4512922
ISD  19850400
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  530408
UREF
PNO  4743679
ISD  19880500
NAM  Cohen et al.
OCL  530350
UREF
PNO  4952496
ISD  19900800
NAM  Studier et al.
OCL  435 91.41
UREF
PNO  5008373
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kingsman et al.
OCL  530350
UREF
PNO  5043158
ISD  19910800
NAM  Sleytr et al.
OCL  424197.11
UREF
PNO  5302526
ISD  19940400
NAM  Keck et al.
OCL  435252.33
UREF
PNO  5322769
ISD  19940600
NAM  Bolling et al.
OCL  435  5
UREF
PNO  5322930
ISD  19940600
NAM  Tarnowski et al.
OCL  530350
FREF
PNO  WO 92/02550
ISD  19920200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Duong, Le T.; Caulfield, Michael P., and Rosenblatt, Michael, Synthetic
      Signal Peptide and Analogs Display Different Activities in Mammalian and
      Plant in Vitro Secretion Systems, The Journal of Biological Chemistry (May
      5, 1982), Baltimore, MD, USA, v262, No. 13, pp. 6328-6333.
PAL  Lin, Shu-Wha; Dunn, John J.; Studier, F. William; and Stafford, Darrel W.,
      Expression of Human Factor IX and Its Subfragments in Escherichia coli and
      Generation of Antibodies to the Subfragments, Biochemistry (1987), v26,
      pp. 5267-5274.
PAL  Ngsee, Johnny K.; Hansen, William; Walter, Peter; and Smith, Michael,
      Cassette Mutagenic Analysis of the Yeast Invertase Signal Peptide: Effects
      on Protein Translocation, Molecular and Cellular Biology (Aug. 9, 1989),
      Washington, DC, US, v9, No. 8, pp. 3400-3410.
PAL  Randall, L.L. and Hardy, S.J.S., Unity in Function in the Absence of
      Consensus in Sequence: Role of Leader Peptides in Export, Science (Mar. 3,
      1989), Washington, D.C., USA, v243, pp. 1156-1159.
PAL  Tamamoto, Yoshio; Taniyama, Yoshio; Kikuchi, Masakazu; and Ikehara, Morio,
      Engineering of the Hydrophobic Segment of the SignalSequence For Efficient
      Secretion of Human Lysozyme by Saccharomyces cerevisiae; Biochemical and
      Biophysical Research Communications (Dec. 16, 1987), Duluth, MN, USA,
      v149, No. 2, pp. 431-436.
PAL  Bolivar et al, (1977), Gene 2:95.
PAL  Clewell, D. R. et al, (1969), Proc Nat Acad Sci USA 62: 1159.
PAL  Cohen, S.N., (1972), Proc Nat Acad Sci USA 69: 2110.
PAL  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (1994); chapter 16.
PAL  Klein, J., (1990) Immunology, Blackwell Scientific Publications, Inc.
      Massachusetts, 269-293.
PAL  Kohler & Milstein, (1975), Nature, 256: 495.
PAL  Lin, S. et al., (1987), Biochemistry, 26: 5267-5274.
PAL  Sano, C. et al., (1992), Science 258: 120-122.
PAL  Smith, A. J. et al., (1992), Techniques in Protein Chemistry III, 219-229.
PAL  Studier F. W., et al, (1990), Meth. Enzym. 185: 60-89.
PAL  Tae H. J., et al., (1983), Methods in Enzymology (Chapter 51), Academic
      Press, Inc., 91: 580-609.
PAL  Hey et al. (1994) A two fusion partner system for raising antibodies
      against small immunogens expressed in bacteria. Journal of Immunological
      Methods 173(2): 149-156, Aug. 1994.
LREP
FR2  Frenchick; Grady J.
FR2  King; Karen B.
     Michael Best & Friedrich LLP
ABST
PAL  A process for producing and purifying peptides and for producing
      peptide/protein antigens for antibody production is described. The process
      utilizes fusion proteins and specifically fusion proteins in which the
      fusion protein carrier segment includes an amino acid sequence at least
      about 65 amino acids long and in which the amino acid sequence does not
      contain negative or positive charged side chains of amino acids.
PATN
WKU  059895551
SRC  8
APN  6418503
APT  1
ART  188
APD  19960502
TTL  Extracts of Larrea tridentata having antiviral activity and their use
      for treating viral infections
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Lilling; Herbert J.
NDR  15
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Gnabre; John N.
STR  6 Dalmeny Ct., #201
CTY  Baltimore
STA  MD
ZIP  21234
CLAS
OCL  4241951
XCL  514766
XCL  514934
XCL  564280
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 6500
ICL  A01N 2700
ICL  C07C20900
FSC  424
FSS  195.1
FSC  514
FSS  766;934
FSC  564
FSS  280
UREF
PNO  4774229
ISD  19880900
NAM  Jordan
OCL  514 25
OREF
PAL  Gnabre et al., Tetrahedron, 51, No. 45, pp. 12203-12210 (1995).
PAL  Gisvold et al., J. of Pharm. Sciences, 63, No. 12, pp. 1905-1907 (1974).
PAL  Perry et al., J. Org. Chem., 37, No. 26, pp. 4371-4376 (1972).
PAL  MacRae et al., Phytochemistry, 23, No. 6, pp. 1207-1220 (1984).
PAL  Lignans: Chemical, Biological & Clinical Properties, Ayres and Loike, Eds.
      pp. 85-112 (Copyright 1990 by Cambridge Univ. Press, NY).
PAL  US/IBP Synthesis Series, Creosote Bush--Biology and Chemistry of Larrea in
      New World Deserts, Mabry, Hunziker & DiFeo, Eds., (Copyright 1977 by The
      Institute of Ecology) Chapter 5, pp. 115-134.
PAL  ACS HCAPLUS 1995:789132 Fujihashi et al WO 9501950, Jan. 1995.
PAL  Derwent Abs 95-074909--Tanaka et al--WOO9501950 Jan. 19, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  Larrea tridentata and Ambrosia deltoidea are shown to produce compounds
      that inhibit replication of HIV. The compounds can be extracted by
      differential fractionation and by counter-current chromatographic methods
      described herein. Extracts prepared from L. tridentata and A. deltoidea
      are found to be effective in inhibiting viral replication. The extracts
      from L. tridentata have been characterized and found to contain tricyclic
      lignans. The extracts can be administered to subjects for treatment of
      viral infection.
PATN
WKU  059895560
SRC  8
APN  8900655
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19970709
TTL  Compositions of matter useful in the treatment of viral infections
      derived from plant extracts
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Kerr; Janet M.
EXP  Naff; David M.
INVT
NAM  Tsai; Hsiu-Hsien
CTY  Chang-Huah
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Hwang; Shie-Ming
CTY  Columbus
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Sage R&D
CTY  Columbus
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4241951
XCL  426655
XCL  514885
XCL  514894
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3578
FSC  424
FSS  195.1
FSC  514
FSS  885;894
FSC  426
FSS  655
UREF
PNO  4886666
ISD  19891200
NAM  Liu
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  5178865
ISD  19930100
NAM  Ho et al.
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  5366725
ISD  19941100
NAM  Okubo et al.
OCL  424 85.4
UREF
PNO  5411733
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hozumi et al.
OCL  424195.1
FREF
PNO  1079157
ISD  19931200
CNT  CNX
OREF
PAL  Ghazanfar, Handbook of Arabian Medicinal Plants, CRC Press, Inc., Boca
      Raton, FLA, pp. 200-202, 1994.
PAL  Kugach et al., Khim-Farm ZH, 22:471-475, English translation of abstract
      only, 1988.
PAL  Kikuchi et al., Yakugaku Zasshi, 101:575-578, 1981, English translation of
      abstract only, 1981.
PAL  Junxian et al., Zhongguo Zhongyao Zazhi, 3:168-170, English translation of
      abstract only, 1990.
PAL  Nakanishi et al., Shoyakugaku Zasshi, 47:295-300, 1993.
PAL  Tan et al., J. Nat. Prod., 54:143-154, 1991.
PAL  Thorne et al., Antiviral Res., 5:335-343, 1985.
PAL  D.S. Chen, J. Formos. Med. Assoc., 95(1), 6-12 (1996).
PAL  R. P. Perrillo, Digestive Diseases and Sciences, 38(4), 577-593 (1993).
PAL  A.S.F. Lok, H. T. Chung, V. W. S. Liu, & O. C. K. Ma, Gastroenterology,
      105(6), 1833-1838 (1993).
PAL  D.S. Chen, Science, 262, 369-370 (1993).
PAL  N. Terrault & T. Wright, New Engl. J. Med., 332(22), 1509-1511 (1995).
PAL  B. Jasny, Science, 260(5112), 1219 (1993).
PAL  P. Piot, Science, 272(5270), 1855 (1996).
PAL  M. I. Johnston & D. F. Hoth, Science, 260(5112), 1286-1293 (1993).
PAL  D. D. Richman, Science, 272(5270), 1886-1888 (1996).
PAL  R. S. Chang & H. W. Yeung, Antiviral Research, 9, 163-175 (1988).
PAL  M. Ito et al., Antiviral Research, 7, 127-137 (1987).
PAL  H. Y. Hsu, Y. P. Chen, & M. Hong, The Chemical Constituents of Oriental
      Herbs, vol. 2, Oriental Healing Arts Institute, Los Angeles, California,
      U.S.A., 51, 53-55, 142-143, 742, 758-759 (1985).
PAL  H. Y. Hsu, Y. P. Chen, S. G. Hsu, J. S. Hsu, C. J. Chen, & H. C. Chang,
      Concise Pharmacognosy, New Medicine Publishing Co., Taipei, Taiwan,
      R.O.C., 90, 97, 105-106, 117-118, 126-127, 130-131, 133, 144-145, 152-153,
      156-157, 161-162, 174, 176-177, 357-358, 381-382, 384-385, 456-457,
      577-578 (1985).
PAL  H. Y. Hsu, Y. P. Chen, & M. Hong, The Chemical Constituents of Oriental
      Herbs, Oriental Healing Arts Institute, Los Angeles, California, U.S.A.,
      114-115, 249-250, 1400-1401, 1406 (1982).
PAL  C.-J. Chou, L.-C. Lin, S.-Y. Hsu, and C.-F. Chen, J. Clin. Med., 4(2),
      143-149 (1993).
PAL  C.-W. Chang, M.-T. Lin, S.-S. Lee, K.C.S. Liu, F.-L. Hsu, & J.-Y. Lin,
      Antiviral Research, 27, 367-374 (1995).
PAL  P. J. Houghton, Z. Boxu, & Z. Xisheng, Phytother. Res., 7, 384-386 (1993).
PAL  J.F. John, R. Kuk, & A. Rosenthal, Abstr. Gen. Meet. Am. Soc. Microbiol.,
      94, 481 (1994).
PAL  K. Yamasaki, T. Otake, H. Mori, M. Morimoto, N. Ueba, Y. Kurokawa, K.
      Shiota, & T. Yuge, Yakugaku Zasshi, 113(11), 818-824 (1993).
PAL  X. J. Yao, M. A. Wainberg, & M. A. Parniak, Virology, 187(1), 56-62 (1992).
PAL  H.D. Tabba, R. S. Chang, & K. M. Smith, Antiviral Research, 11, 262-273
      (1989).
PAL  M. Zheng, J. Tradit. Chin. Med., 8(3), 203-206 (1988).
PAL  S. Y. Ryu, C.-K. Lee, C. O. Lee, H. S. Kim, & O. P. Zee, Arch. Pharmacol.
      Res. (Seoul), 15(3), 242-245 (1992).
PAL  Y. L. Lin, Y. H. Kuo, G. H. Lee, and S. M. Peng, J. Chem. Research (S),
      320-321 (1987).
PAL  T. Nagai, et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull., 38(5), 1329-1332 (1990).
PAL  M. Takechi & Y. Tanaka, Planta Medica, 42, 69-74 (1981).
PAL  C. J. M. Kane, et al, Bioscience Reports, 8, 85-94 (1988).
PAL  H. C. Chang, Medicinal Herbs I, Holiday Publishing Co., Taipei, Taiwan,
      R.O.C., 15, 36, 100, 113, 127, 147 (1990) (No translation).
PAL  H. C. Chang, Medicinal Herbs I, Holiday Publishing Co., Taipei, Taiwan,
      R.O.C., 15, 131, 135, 155 (1991). (No. translation).
PAL  W. S. Kan, Pharmaceutical Botany, National Research Institute of Chinese
      Medicine, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C., 113, 124-130, 200-201, 206-207, 289-290,
      353-354, 442-444, 485, 487-488, 497, 505, 513-514, 522, 527-529, 558,
      562-563, 648-649 (1971). (No translation).
PAL  M. S. Lee, Frequently Used Chinese Crude Drugs and Folk Medicines Handbook,
      12th Ed., Sheng-Chang Medicinal Record Magazine Publishing Co., Taipei,
      Taiwan, R.O.C., 4-6, 17, 21, 29, 36, 38, 40, 48, 64, 71, 79, 85 (1992).
      (No translation).
PAL  Instruction of "Taifu" Serodia-HBs Test Reagent for HBsAg Detection, Taifu
      Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Taoyuan, Taiwan, R.O.C.
PAL  D. S. Chen & J. L. Sung, J. Formosan Med. Assoc., 77, 263-270 (1978).
PAL  T. Juji & T. Yokochi, Japan, J. Exp. Med., 39, 615-620 (1969).
PAL  T. Mosmann, J. Immunological Methods, 65, 55-63 (1983).
PAL  H. Ruebsamen-Waigmann, et al., J. Med. Virology, 19, 335-344 (1986).
PAL  Ch. Mueller, et al., Fresenius Z. Anal. Chem., 330, 352-353 (1988).
PAL  H. V. Briesen, et al., J. Med. Virology, 23, 51-66 (1987).
PAL  Instruction of Kyokuto TA-E Transaminase Assay Reagents, Permit No.
      (62AM)0885, Kyokuto Pharmaceutical Industry Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan, 1994.
PAL  Instruction of Yatrozyme TA-Lq Transaminase-assay Reagent Solution (Enzyme
      Assay), Commodity No. 817245 (RM163-K), Yatron Co., Ltd., Diayatron Co.,
      Ltd., Tokyo, Japan.
PAL  U. Lippi & G. Guidi, Clin. Chim. Acta., 28, 431-437 (1970).
LREP
FR2  Nickey; Donald O.
     Standley & Gilcrest, LLP
ABST
PAL  Compositions derived from Chinese herbal medicines, medicinal plants and
      extracts thereof, are provided for the treatment of animals infected with
      viruses, especially with hepatitis B virus (HBV), hepatitis C virus (HCV),
      and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). More specifically, the
      compositions of the present invention are derived from various Chinese
      herbal medicines or medicinal plants which have a long history of human
      consumption. The compositions of the invention are obtained through
      specific techniques and have demonstrated outstanding efficacy for
      treating human HBV carriers and hepatitis C patients. Compositions
      according to the invention have also exhibited in vitro antiviral
      activities against murine leukemia virus (MuLV) and HIV. HIV is the virus
      known to cause acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) in humans and
      AIDS presents special problems to the medical community which the present
      invention addresses. Preferred compositions contain the herbal ingredients
      AEGINETIAE HERBA, BLECHNI RHIZOMA, LESPEDEZAE HERBA, POLYGONI CUSPIDATI
      RHIZOMA, FORSYTHIAE FRUCTUS, and LIGUSTRI FRUCTUS, or contain the herbal
      ingredients AEGINETIAE HERBA, LONICERAE FLOS, PRUNELLAE SPICA, and
      LESPEDEZAE HERBA.
PATN
WKU  059895578
SRC  8
APN  9304061
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970908
TTL  Process for extracting polyphenol fractions of tea and compositions
      produced therewith
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Tate; Christopher R.
EXP  Lankford, Jr.; Leon B.
INVT
NAM  Bombardelli; Ezio
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Morazzoni; Paolo
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Mustich; Giuseppe
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Indena S.p.A.
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19950314
APN  MI95A0493
CLAS
OCL  4241951
XCL  424456
XCL  424474
XCL  424439
XCL  426431
XCL  426435
XCL  426425
XCL  426427
XCL  426428
XCL  426489
XCL  426492
XCL  426478
XCL  426481
XCL  426541
XCL  426542
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3578
ICL  A23F  316
ICL  A23F  322
FSC  424
FSS  439;195.1;456;474
FSC  426
FSS  431;435;425;427;428;489;492;478;481;541;542
UREF
PNO  4248789
ISD  19810200
NAM  Okada
OCL  260345.2
UREF
PNO  4315036
ISD  19820200
NAM  Husaini et al.
OCL  426387
UREF
PNO  4331694
ISD  19820500
NAM  Izod
OCL  426422
UREF
PNO  4411923
ISD  19831000
NAM  Hulbert et al.
OCL  426271
UREF
PNO  4521438
ISD  19850600
NAM  Zeller et al.
OCL  426271
UREF
PNO  4673530
ISD  19870600
NAM  Hara
OCL  252398
UREF
PNO  4840966
ISD  19890600
NAM  Hara et al.
OCL  514456
UREF
PNO  5503724
ISD  19960400
NAM  Crose et al.
OCL  204554
UREF
PNO  5527552
ISD  19960600
NAM  Todd, Jr.
OCL  426541
UREF
PNO  5674477
ISD  19971000
NAM  Ahluwalia
OCL  424 70.1
FREF
PNO  1 097 411
ISD  19950100
CNT  CNX
FREF
PNO  167 399
ISD  19860100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  03 027 248
ISD  19910200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  03 228 664
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  07 179 353
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/00973
PD1  19970908
PD2  19970908
PD3  19960307
PCP  WO96/28178
PCD  19960919
ABST
PAR  The present invention relates to the preparation of novel polyphenol
      fractions of Camellia sinensis (tea), the use thereof and formulations
      containing them. The invention relates specifically to the preparation of
      extracts deprived of caffeine but containing the polyphenols deriving from
      epigallocatechin in a natural ratio. The use of these novel extracts,
      alone or in combination with other active principles, is of interest to
      the food, pharmaceutical, and cosmetic industry, especially to treat
      cytotoxic and oxidative conditions.
PATN
WKU  059895586
SRC  8
APN  9854940
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971205
TTL  Method of using rosmarinus officinalis for treating various diseases
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Tate; Christopher R.
EXP  Lankford, Jr.; Leon B.
INVT
NAM  Lopes; Carlos Alberto Correia
STR  R. Carneiro Vilela 610, ap. 303
CTY  Espinheiro-Recife, PE 52050-030
CNT  BRX
CLAS
OCL  4241951
XCL  514925
XCL  514929
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3578
FSC  424
FSS  195.1
FSC  514
FSS  925;929
UREF
PNO  4318906
ISD  19820300
NAM  Llopart
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  4354035
ISD  19821000
NAM  Christ et al.
OCL  560 75
UREF
PNO  4358442
ISD  19821100
NAM  Wirtz-Peitz et al.
OCL  514 76
UREF
PNO  4638095
ISD  19870100
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  568326
UREF
PNO  4880621
ISD  19891100
NAM  Grollier et al.
OCL  424 74
UREF
PNO  5017397
ISD  19910500
NAM  Nguyen et al.
OCL  426542
UREF
PNO  5047249
ISD  19910900
NAM  Rothman et al.
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  5176913
ISD  19930100
NAM  Honerlagen et al.
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  5466455
ISD  19951100
NAM  Huffstutler, Jr. et al.
OCL  424401
FREF
PNO  0 034 214
ISD  19810800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  8119872
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Bassani, V. et al: Preparation of a low-alcohol extract of Rosmarinus
      officinalis using a reverse osmosis membrane (1990), XP002097008, pp.
      57-63.
PAL  "Sortiments und Presiliste '97-99", 1997, Caesar & Loretz GmbH, Germany
      XP002097009.
PAL  "Action of the Alcoholic Extract of Rosmarinus Officinalis Leaves on
      Hemorrhoidal Varixies", Lecture at 3rd Meeting of Biologic Sciences Center
      in Oct. 1989 and published in the Magazine Brasilica Biologica, vol. 1,
      supplement 1, Oct. 1, 1989.
PAL  C. Chen, "Estrane Derivatives-I*", Tetrahedron, 1958, vol. 3, pp. 43-48,
      Pergamon Press Ltd., pp. 43-48.
PAL  Ramani et al. "Hemorheologic Approach in the Treatment of Diabetic Foot
      Ulcers", Angiology, v. 44, 1993, pp. 623-626.
PAL  Rubin, "Evaluation and Treatment of Dizziness", pp. 595-620.
PAL  Adler, "Assessing the Effects of Pentoxifylline (Trental) on Diabetic
      Neutrophic Foot Ulcers", The Journal of Foot Surgery, vol. 30, No. 3,
      1991.
PAL  Hoefler et al., "Chemical Composition of Rosmarinus Officinalis", 1986, pp.
      79-89.
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for treating various diseases with a dried total extract of
      Rosmarinus officinalis. The dried total extract is obtained by macerating
      Rosmarinus officinalis leaves in hydrated ethyl alcohol for a period of
      10-20 days, filtering, and drying. The dried extract has been demonstrated
      to be highly effective in treating patients suffering from varicose and
      neurotrophic ulcers, inner ear disorders, and hemorrhoids, when
      administered orally. The dried extract has low acute and chronic toxicity
      in both animals and humans. There are no side effects to the treatment.
PATN
WKU  059895594
SRC  9
APN  0155373
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980129
TTL  Banana peel extract composition and method for extraction
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  15
EXA  Tate; Christopher R.
EXP  Lankford, Jr.; Leon B.
INVT
NAM  Edwards; Bobby Gene
CTY  Temple
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Delft Pharma International
CTY  Ogden
STA  UT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4241951
XCL  424 59
XCL  424 7802
XCL  424 7805
XCL  514159
XCL  514715
XCL  514720
XCL  514886
XCL  514887
XCL  514969
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3578
ICL  A61K  742
ICL  A61K 3160
ICL  A61K 31075
FSC  424
FSS  195.1;59;78.02;78.05
FSC  514
FSS  159;715;717;720;826;886;887;906;969
FSC  426
FSS  49;534;542;599;655;425;431;478;489;495
UREF
PNO  4670463
ISD  19870600
NAM  Warren et al.
OCL  514464
UREF
PNO  4921709
ISD  19900500
NAM  Sole
OCL  426 49
OREF
PAL  Shayne C. Gad, Brendan J. Dunn, Donald W. Dobbs, Christopher Reilly, and
      Robert D. Walsh, "Development and Validation of an Alternative Dermal
      Sensitization Test: The Mouse Ear Swelling Test (MEST)," Toxicology and
      Applied Pharmacology 84, 93-114 (1986).
PAL  Internet publication entitled "Unleashing the Power of the Banana Peel,"
      Internet website for EXOREX.TM.. Applicant first became aware of this
      internet publication on Dec. 15, 1997. Applicant is unaware when it was
      first available.
PAL  Internet publication entitled "Treatment for Psoriasis and Eczema"
      Applicant first became aware of this internet publication on Dec. 15,
      1997. Applicant is unaware when it was first available.
PAL  Internet publication entitled "Exorex New Breakthrough Psoriasis Medication
      Launched" Applicant first became aware of this internet publication on
      Dec. 15, 1997. Applicant is unaware when it was first available.
PAL  Internet publication entitled "IMX Pharmaceuticals Signs Ecked Drug Stores
      for National Distribution of Exorex" Applicant first became aware of this
      internet publication on Dec. 15, 1997. Applicant is unaware when it was
      first available.
PAL  Newspaper article entitled "Banana Peel Cure Probably All in the Head."
      Applicant first became aware of this publication on Dec. 3, 1997.
      Applicant is unaware when it was first available.
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger & Seeley
ABST
PAL  An extract composition derived from the peel of a banana and the method for
      producing the extract composition. An aqueous solvent is combined with the
      peel of a banana. If the banana is unripe, a base is also added. The
      mixture is homogenized and allowed to react at least until a black
      supernatant appears. The entire slurry is filtered. The resulting extract
      is used alone or combined with a cream or ointment. Medicinal benefits of
      the extract include relief from pain, swelling, itching, bruising,
      wrinkles, and sunburn.
PATN
WKU  059895608
SRC  9
APN  2019205
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19981201
TTL  Herbal intestinal tract cleanser
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Witz; Jean C.
INVT
NAM  Terry; Travis L.
CTY  Clearwater
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Watson; Tommy Stanley
CTY  Tarpon Springs
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Watson; Brenda F.
CTY  Tarpon Springs
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Renew Life, Inc.
CTY  Tarpon Springs
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4241951
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3578
FSC  424
FSS  195.1
LREP
FR2  Fraser; Donald R.
ABST
PAL  An herbal formulation comprises a liquid component and a solid component.
      The liquid component comprises black walnut, wormwood, clove, orange peel,
      and marshmallow. The solid component comprises wormwood, black walnut,
      quassia, clove, pumpkin seed, deodorized garlic, pippli, cascara sagrada,
      calcium undecylenate, caprylic acid, pau d'arco, rosemary oil, thyme,
      bismuth citrate, and grapefruit seed.
PATN
WKU  059895616
SRC  8
APN  4710258
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19950606
TTL  Recombinant poxvirus-calicivirus rabbit hemorrhagic disease virus (RHDV)
      compositions and uses
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Salimi; Ali R.
EXP  Mosher; Mary E.
NDR  20
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Paoletti; Enzo
CTY  Delmar
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Fischer; Laurent
CTY  Albany
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Legros; Francois-Xavier
CTY  Oullins
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Virogenetics Corporation
CTY  Troy
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  105483
APD  19930813
PSC  01
PNO  5494807
RLAP
COD  90
APN  036217
APD  19930324
PSC  01
PNO  5364773
ISD  19941115
RLAP
COD  81
APN  666056
APD  19910307
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  86
APN  105483
RLAP
COD  81
APN  847951
APD  19920306
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  713967
APD  19910611
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  666056
CLAS
OCL  4241991
XCL  4242041
XCL  4352351
XCL  4353201
XCL  435325
XCL  435 691
XCL  536 2431
XCL  536 2433
XCL  536 2372
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 39285
ICL  C12N 1580
ICL  C12N  701
FSC  424
FSS  199.1;204.1
FSC  435
FSS  235.1;320.1;325;69.1
FSC  536
FSS  24.31;23.72;24.33
UREF
PNO  5021347
ISD  19910600
NAM  Yasui et al.
OCL  435235
UREF
PNO  5494807
ISD  19960200
NAM  Paoletti
OCL  435 69.3
FREF
PNO  9215672
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Guiver et al. 1992, J. of Virology, vol. 73, pp. 2429-2433.
PAL  Buller et al. 1985, Nature, vol. 317 (6040), pp. 813-815.
PAL  Meyers et al. 1991, Virology, vol. 184, pp. 664-676.
PAL  Tartajlia et al, 1992, Virol., vol. 188, pp. 217-232.
PAL  Boga et al, 1994, J. Gen. Virol., vol. 75, pp. 2409-2413.
PAL  Laurent et al, 1994, J. Virol., pp. 6794-6798.
PAL  Negesha et al, 1995, Arch. Virol., vol. 140, pp. 1095-1108.
LREP
FRM  McDonnell Boehnen Hulbert & Berghoff
ABST
PAL  Attenuated recombinant viruses containing DNA encoding a calicivirus
      antigen such as a RHDV antigen, e.g., a capsid gene, as well as methods
      and compositions employing the viruses, expression products therefrom, and
      antibodies generated from the viruses or expression products, are
      disclosed and claimed. The recombinant viruses can be NYVAC or ALVAC
      recombinant viruses. The recombinant viruses and gene products therefrom
      and antibodies generated by the viruses and gene products have several
      preventive, therapeutic and diagnostic uses. The DNA from the viruses can
      be used for probes or for primers.
PATN
WKU  059895624
SRC  9
APN  0073830
APT  1
ART  168
APD  19980115
TTL  Recombinant raccoon pox viruses and their use as an effective vaccine
      against feline immunodeficiency virus infection
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Park; Hankyel T.
EXP  Stucker; Jeffrey
NDR  32
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Wasmoen; Terri
CTY  Fort Dodge
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Chu; Hsien-Jue
CTY  Fort Dodge
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Chavez; Lloyd
CTY  Highlands Ranch
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  American Home Products Corporation
CTY  Madison
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  482090
APD  19950707
PSC  01
PNO  5820369
ISD  19981013
CLAS
OCL  4241991
XCL  514 44
XCL  4242081
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3912
ICL  A61K 3921
ICL  A01N 4304
FSC  424
FSS  199.1;208.1
FSC  514
FSS  44
UREF
PNO  5037753
ISD  19910800
NAM  Pedersen et al.
OCL  435235.1
UREF
PNO  5118602
ISD  19920600
NAM  Pedersen et al.
OCL  435  5
UREF
PNO  5177014
ISD  19930100
NAM  O'Conner et al.
OCL  435  5
UREF
PNO  5219725
ISD  19930600
NAM  O'Conner et al.
OCL  435  5
UREF
PNO  5252348
ISD  19931000
NAM  Schreier et al.
OCL  424450
UREF
PNO  5256767
ISD  19931000
NAM  Salk et al.
OCL  530350
UREF
PNO  5266313
ISD  19931100
NAM  Esposito et al.
OCL  424 89
UREF
PNO  5275813
ISD  19940100
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  424 89
UREF
PNO  5324643
ISD  19940600
NAM  Greatbatch et al.
OCL  435 91.32
UREF
PNO  5324664
ISD  19940600
NAM  Nunberg et al.
OCL  435320.1
FREF
PNO  0 576 092 A1
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 577 458 A1
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 652 287 A2
ISD  19951000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/13573
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/09632
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/15684
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/01278
ISD  19930100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/05789
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/08836
ISD  19930500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/17706
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/02612
ISD  19940200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/02613
ISD  19940200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/06921
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/06471
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/20622
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/05460
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Yamamoto et al., J. Virol. 67:601. 1993.
PAL  Hosie et al., in Abstracts of the International Symposium on Feline
      Retrovirus Research, 1993, p. 50.
PAL  Tompkins et al., J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. 199: 1311, 1991--?.
PAL  Mackett and Smith, J Gen Virol 67:2067-2082, 1986.
PAL  Wasmoen et al., Vet. Immuno. Immunopath. 35:83 1992.
PAL  Tompkins et al. Vet. Immunol. Immunopathol. 26:305, 1990.
PAL  R.V. English et al. J. Infect. Dis. 170:543, 1994.
PAL  Davidson et al., Am. J. Pathol. 143:1486, 1993.
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides recombinant raccoon poxviruses (RRPVs)
      useful in vaccines for the prophylaxis of disease caused by feline
      immunodeficiency virus (FIV). RRPVs according to the invention have at
      least one internal gene comprising a DNA sequence that encodes FIV gag
      protein (gag), FIV envelope protein (env), a polypeptide consisting of
      amino acids 1-735 of FIV env, or immunogenic fragments of any of the
      foregoing. The vaccines that comprise one or more of the FIV-expressing
      recombinant raccoon poxviruses described above may also comprise a
      pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent and a pharmaceutically
      acceptable adjuvant. The invention also provides methods for preventing or
      lessening disease caused by FIV, which is carried out by administering to
      a feline in need of such treatment the vaccines described above.
PATN
WKU  059895632
SRC  8
APN  6982409
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19960815
TTL  Viral agent associated with mystery swine disease
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; Datquan
EXP  Smith; Lynette R. F.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Chladek; Danny W.
CTY  St. Joseph
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Gorcyca; David E.
CTY  St. Joseph
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Harris; Louis L.
CTY  Forsythe
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Boehringer Ingelheim Vetmedica, Inc.
CTY  St. Joseph
STA  MO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  440750
APD  19950515
RLAP
COD  82
APN  207563
APD  19940307
PSC  01
PNO  5476778
RLAP
COD  81
APN  071118
APD  19930601
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  921891
APD  19920805
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  841692
APD  19920226
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  749839
APD  19910826
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  4242041
XCL  4241991
XCL  435236
XCL  435237
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3912
ICL  C12N  704
ICL  C12N  708
FSC  424
FSS  184.1;218.1;204.1;159.1;199.1
FSC  435
FSS  5;173.3;235.1;237;240.1;240.2;7.1;7.92;7.95;236;69.3
FSC  530
FSS  388.3
UREF
PNO  4753884
ISD  19880600
NAM  Kit et al.
UREF
PNO  5683865
ISD  19971100
NAM  Collins et al.
OCL  435  5
OREF
PAL  Beare et al., "Further Studies in Man of Hsw1N1 Influenza Viruses," Journal
      of Medical Virology, 5:33-38 (1980).
PAL  Berendt et al., "Reaction of Squirrel Monkeys to Intratrachael Inoculation
      with Influenza/A/New Jersey/76 (Swine) Virus," Infection and Immunity, pp.
      476-479 (1977).
PAL  Berendt et al., "Evaluation of Commercially Prepared Vaccines for
      Experimentally Induced Type/A/New Jersey/8/76 influenza Virus Infections
      in Mice and Squirrel Monkeys," The Journal of Infectious Disease, vol.
      136, pp. S712-S718, Supplement (1977).
PAL  Bohl et al., "Isolation and Serotyping of Porcine Rotaviruses and Antigenic
      Comparison with Other Rotaviruses," Journal of Clinical Microbiology, pp.
      105-111, (1984).
PAL  Bouillant et al., "Viral Susceptibility of a Cell Line Derived from the Pig
      Oviduct," Can. J. comp. Med., vol. 39, pp. 450-456, (1975).
PAL  Cabasso et al., "Propagation of Infectious Canine Hepatitis Virus in Tissue
      Culture. (20843)," P.S.E.B.M., v85, pp. 239-245, (1954).
PAL  Callebaut et al. "Antigenic Differentiation between Transmissible
      Gastroenteritis Virus of Swine and a Related Porcine Respiratory
      Coronavirus," J. gen. Virol.69, 1725-1730, (1988).
PAL  Charley, "Interaction of Influenza Virus With Swine Alveolar Macrophages:
      Influence of anti-virus Antibodies and Cytochalasin B," Ann. Virol. (Inst.
      Pasteur), 134 E, 51-59, (1983).
PAL  Dea et al., "Antigenic Variant of Swine Influenza Virus Causing
      Proliferative and Necrotizing Pneumonia in Pigs," J. Vet. Diagn. Invest.,
      vol. No. 4, pp. 380-392 (Apr. 1992).
PAL  Dea et al., "Caracteristiques d'Isolats des virus influenza et de
      l'encephalomyocardite associes au Syndrome Reproducteur et Respiratoire
      Porcin (S.R.R.P.) au Quebec.sup.a," Le Medecin Veterinaire Du Quebec, vol.
      21, No. 4, pp. 170-175, (Nov. 1991)(with English translation).
PAL  Easterday, "Swine Influenza," Diseases of Swine, 6th Edition, pp. 244-255,
      (1986).
PAL  Girard, et al., "Experimentally Induced Porcine Proliferative and
      Necrostising Pneumonia with an Influenza A Virus," The Veterinary Record,
      (1992) 130, 206-207, Mar. 7, 1992.
PAL  Gcurreau et al., "Diffusion Du Virus De La Grippe Du Porc (H1N1=Hsw1N1) En
      France," Ann. Virol. (Inst. Pasteur.), 132 E. 287-294 (1981).
PAL  Grizzard et al., "Experimental Production of Respiratory Tract Disease in
      Cebus Monkeys After Intratracheal or Intranasal Infection with Influenza
      A/Victoria/3/75 or Influenza A/New Jersey/76 Virus," Infection and
      Immunity, vol. 21, No. 1, pp. 201-205 (1978).
PAL  Imagawa et al., "Isolation of Foal Rotovirus in MA-104 Cells," Bull. Equine
      Res. Inst., No. 18, 119-128 (1981).
PAL  Johnson, "Feline Panleucopaenia Virus: IV.--Methods for Obtaining
      Reproducible in vitro Results," Res. vet. Sci., 8, pp. 256-265, (1967).
PAL  Kundin, "Hong Kong A-2 Influenza Virus Infection among Swine during a Human
      Epidemic in Taiwan," Nature, vol. 228, p. 857 and cover page.
PAL  Madec et al., "Consequences Pathologiques D'un Episide Grippal Severe
      (Virus Swine A/H.sub.1 N.sub.1) Dans Les Conditions Naturelles Chez La
      Truie Non Immune En Debut De Gestation," Comp. Immun. Microbiol. infect.
      Dis., vol. 12, No. 1/2, pp. 17-27, (1989).
PAL  McIntosh, "Diagnostic Virology", Chapter 17 of Fields Virology, Second
      Edition, vol. 1, pp. 411-437 (1990).
PAL  Meikieljohn et al., "Respiratory Virus Vaccine Evaluation and
      Surveillance," Semi-Annual Contract Progress report to the National
      Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, 21 pgs., (Sep. 15, 1965 to
      Mar. 15, 1966).
PAL  Morin et al., "Sever proliferative and necrotizing pneumonia in pigs: A
      newly recognized disease," Can Vet J. vol. 31, pp. 837-839 (Dec. 1990).
PAL  Moore et al., "Porcine Proliferative and Necrotyzing Pneumonia Clinical
      Findings," Presented at American Association of Swine Practitioners. 22nd
      Annual Meeting, pp. 443-453 (Mar. 3-5, 1991).
PAL  Moore, C., "Porcine Proliferative and Necrotyzing Pneumonia Clinical
      Findings," Presented at American Association of Swine Practitioners. 22nd
      Annual Meeting, pp. 443-453 (Mar. 3-5, 1991).
PAL  Murakami et al., "Difference in growth behavior of human, swine, equine,
      and avian influenza viruses at a high temperature," Arch Virol, 100:
      231-244 (1988).
PAL  Nakamura et al., "Studies on Swine Influenza. III. Propagation of Swine
      Influenza Virus in Explants of Respiratory Tract Tissues from Fetal Pigs,"
      Studies on Swine Influenza, pp. 27-35, (1968).
PAL  Pirtle et al., "Morphologic Heterogeneity of a Strain of Swine Influenza
      Virus (A/Swine/Wisconsin/1/68, Hsw1N1) Propagated at Different
      Temperatures," Am J Vet Res, vol. 36, No. 1, pp. 1783-1787 (1975).
PAL  Poison et al., "Financial Implications of Mystery Swine Disease (MSD),"
      Livestock Conservation Institute Proceedings, Mystery Swine Disease
      Committee Meeting, pp. 8-27, Oct. 6, 1990.
PAL  Potgieter et al., "Isolation of Swine Influenza Virus in Oklahoma," JAVMA,
      vol. 171, No. 8, pp. 758-760, (1977).
PAL  Reed et al., "Persistent Respiratory Virus Infection in Tracheal Organ
      Cultures," Br. J. exp. Path., 50, 378-388, (1969).
PAL  Schmidt et al., "Infection by Influenza A Viruses of Trachael Organ
      Cultures Derived from Homologous and Heterologous Hosts," The Journal of
      Infectious Diseases, vol. 129, No. 1, pp. 28-36, (1974).
PAL  Stephen et al., "Swine Influenza Virus Vaccine: Potentiation of Antibody
      Responses in Rhesus Monkeys," pp. 1289-1290, (1977).
PAL  Stephen et al., "Swine Influenza Virus Vaccine: Potentiation in Rhesus
      Monkeys in Antibody Responses by a Nuclease Resistant Derivative of Poly
      I-Poly C," U.S. Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Diseases,
      Fort Detrick, Frederick, MD 21701, 12 pages (double-sided), (1976).
PAL  Theil et al., "Isolation and Serial Propagation of Turkey Rotaviruses in a
      Fetal Rhesus Monkey Kidney (MA104) Cell Line," Avian Diseases, vol. 30,
      No. 1, pp. 93-104 (1985).
PAL  Tobita et al., "Plaque Assay and Primary Isolation of Influenza A Viruses
      in an Established Line of Canine Kidney Cells (MDCK) in the Presence of
      Trypsin," Med. Microbiol. Immunol., 162, 9-14 (1975).
PAL  Urasawa et al., "Sequential Passages of Human Rotavirus in MA-104 Cells,"
      Microbiol. Immunol., vol. 25 (10), 1025-1035, (1981).
PAL  van Nieuwstadt et al., "Infection with porcine respiratory coronavirus does
      not fully protect pigs against intestinal transmissible gastroenteritis
      virus," The Veterinary Record, pp. 58-60, (1989).
PAL  van Nieuwstadt et al., "Use of two enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays to
      monitor antibody responses in swine with experimentally induced infection
      with porcine epidemic diarrhea virus," Am. J. Vet. Res., 52, 1044-1050
      (Jul., 1991).
PAL  Webster et al., "Chemotherapy and Vaccination: a Possible Strategy for the
      Control of Highly Virulent Influenza Virus," Journal of Virology, vol. 55,
      No. 1, pp. 173-176, (1985).
PAL  Woods et al., "Antigenicity of Inactivated Swine Influenza Virus
      Concentrated by Centrifugation," Research Communications in Chemical
      Pathology and Pharmacology, vol. 13, No. 1, pp. 129-132, (1976).
PAL  Woods et al., "Experimental Challenge of Pregnant Gilts with Swine
      Influenza Virus After Vaccination," Research Communications in Chemical
      Pathology and Pharmacology, vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 787-795, (1976).
PAL  Woods et al., "Investigation of Four Outbreaks of Acute Respiratory Disease
      in Swine and Isolation of Swine Influenza Virus," Swine Influenza, vol. 5,
      No. 4, H.L.S., pp. 218-224, (1968).
PAL  Yamane et al., "Annual Examination of Influenza Virus Infection Among Pigs
      in Miyagi Prefecture, Japan: The Appearance of Hsw1N1 Virus," Acta.
      virol., 23: 240-248 (1979).
PAL  Dacso, C.C. et al., 1984, "Sporadic Occurrence of Zoonotic Swine Influenza
      Virus Infections", J. Clin. Microbiology 20(4):833-835.
PAL  Derbyshire, J.B., 1958, "Porcine Enterovirus Infections", Diseases of
      Swine, Fifth Edition, Chapter 20 pp. 265-271.
PAL  Goldfield, M. et al., 1977, "Influenza in New Jersey in 1976: Isolations of
      Influenza A/New Jersey/Virus at Fort Dix", J. of Infectious Disease 136
      Suppl.:S347-S355.
PAL  Goldstein, M.A. et al., 1970, "Evaluation of Three Cell Culture Systems as
      Substrates for Influenza Virus Assay", Applied Microbiology 19(4):580-582.
PAL  Graves, J.H., 1958, "Swine Vesicular Disease", Diseases of Swine, Fifth
      Edition, Chapter 23 pp. 288-293.
PAL  Gustafson, D.P., 1958, "Pseudorabies", Diseases of Swine, Fifth Edition,
      Chapter 14 pp. 209-223.
PAL  Heath, R.B. & Tyrell, 1958, "The Behavior of Some Influenza Viruses in
      Tissue Cultures of Kidney Cells of Various Species", Archiv. f.
      Virusforschung B.d VIII, HS. pp. 577-591.
PAL  Hofman, M. & Wyler, R., 1988, "Propagation of the Virus of Porcine Epidemic
      Diarrhea in Cell Culture", J. Clin. Microbiol. 26(11):2235-2239.
PAL  McDaniel, H.A., 1958, "African Swine Fever", Diseases of Swine, Fifth
      Edition, Chapter 16 pp. 237-245.
PAL  McFerran, J.B., 1958, "Reovirus Infection", Diseases of Swine, Fifth
      Edition, Chapter 28 pp. 330-334.
PAL  McQueen, J.L. et al., 1968, "Influenza in Animals", Advances in Veterinary
      Science 12:285-337.
PAL  Pan, I.C. et al., 1980, "Replication of African Swine Fever Virus in Cell
      Cultures", Am. J. Vet. Res. 41(9):1357-1367.
PAL  Patriarca, P.A. et al., 1984, "Lack of Significant Person-to-Person Spread
      of Swine Influenza-Like Virus Following Fatal Infection in an
      Immunocompromised Child", Am. J. Epidemiology 119(2):152-158.
PAL  Smith, T.F. et al., 1976, "Isolation of Swine Influenza Virus From Autopsy
      Lung Tissue of Man", New Engl. J. Med. 708-710.
PAL  Stim, T.B., 1969, "Arbovirus Plaquing in Two Simian Cell Lines", J. Gen.
      Virol. 5:329-338.
PAL  Travassos da Rose, A.P. et al., 1984, "Carajas and Maraba Viruses, Two New
      Vesiculoviruses Isolated From Phlebotomine Sand Files in Brazil", Am. J.
      Trop. Med. Hyg. 33(5):999-1006.
PAL  Woode, G.N. & Bohl, E.H., 1958, "Porcine Rotavirus Infection", Diseases of
      Swine, Fifth Edition, Chapter 26 pp. 310-322.
PAL  Collins et al. "Isolation of swine infertility and respiratory syndrome
      virus (isolate ATCC VR-2332) in North America and experimental
      reproduction of the disease in gnotobiotic pigs". J. Vet. Diagn. Invest.
      vol. 4:117-126, 1992.
PAL  Morrison et al. "Serologic evidence incriminating a recently isolated virus
      (ATCC VR-2332) as the cause of swine infertility and respiratory syndrome
      (SIRS)". J. Vet Diagn. Invest. vol. 4:186-188, 1992.
PAL  Kim et al. "Enhanced replication of porcine reproductive and respiratory
      syndrome (PRRS) virus in a homogeneous subpopulation of MA104 cell line".
      Arch Virology. vol. 133:477-483, 1993.
PAL  Paul et al. "Porcine Reproductive and Respiratory Syndrome: An Overview".
      Journal of Clinical Veterinary Medicine. vol. 11, No. 12:1-16, Nov. 1993.
LREP
FR2  Raymond; R. P.
FR2  Devlin; M-E. M.
FR2  Stempel; A. R.
ABST
PAL  A substantially avirulent vaccine against Porcine Reproductive and
      Respiratory Syndrome (PRRS) is provided, which effectively immunizes swine
      against the U.S. and European forms of the disease, together with a method
      of growing the viral agent in vitro, and a method of attenuating the virus
      for vaccine preparation.
PATN
WKU  059895640
SRC  7
APN  759822&
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19910912
TTL  Pertussis toxoid made by reacting pertussis toxin with the nitrating
      agent TNM
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Mohamed; Abdel A.
EXP  Tsang; Cecilia J.
NDR  4
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Winberry; Larry K.
CTY  Brockton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Massachusetts Health and Research Institute
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  183884
APD  19880420
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  4242541
XCL  4242361
XCL  4242401
XCL  530395
XCL  530405
XCL  530409
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3910
ICL  A61K 3902
FSC  424
FSS  92;88;254.1;236.1;240.1
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;822
FSC  530
FSS  405;413;395;409
UREF
PNO  4762710
ISD  19880800
NAM  Sehura
OCL  424 92
UREF
PNO  4788058
ISD  19881100
NAM  Parton et al.
OCL  424 92
OREF
PAL  Everse et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci, USA, vol. 74, pp. 472-476,1977.
PAL  Cuatrecasas et al, J. Biological Chemistry, vol. 243, pp. 4787-4798, 1968.
PAL  Riordan et al, Methods in Enzymology, vol. 25, pp. 515-521, 1972.
PAL  Das Gupta et al, Proceedings from American Society for Microbiology, pp.
      33, 1986.
PAL  Beunier, (Arch, Int. Physical Biochem. vol. p.81, 1973.
PAL  Beugniier, Arch. Int. Physical. Biochem. vol. 80, pp. 389-390, 1972.
PAL  Everse et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. US.A, vol. 74, pp. 472-476, 1977.
PAL  Cuatrecasas et al, J. Biological Chemistry, vol. 243, pp. 4787-4798, 1968.
PAL  DasGupta and Woody, Proceedings from American Society for Microbiology p.
      33, 1986.
PAL  Everse et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74:472-476, 1977.
PAL  Lauritzen et al., J. of Biological Chemistry 255:602-607, 1980.
PAL  Lane and Dekker, Biochemistry 11:3295-3303, 1972.
PAL  Cuatrecasas et al., J. Biological Chemistry 243:4787-4798, 1968.
PAL  Meyer et al., Biochemistry 18:3582-3587, 1979.
PAL  Riordan et al., Biochemistry 6:3609-3617, 1967.
PAL  Sokolovsky et al., Biochemistry 5:3582-3589, 1966.
PAL  Riordan and Vallee, Methods in Enzymology 25:515-521, 1972.
PAL  Riordan et al., J. American Chemical Society 88:4104-4105, 1966.
PAL  Fieser et al., Reagents for Organic Synthesis :1147-1148, 1969.
PAL  Woody and DasGupta, Molecular and Cellular Biochemistry 85:159-169, 1989.
PAL  Igarashi et al , "Chemical modification of staphylococcal enterotoxin B
      urth tetranitroructhane".
PAL  Proceedings of the 24.sup. th Syruposium on Toxins, Jap. J. Med. Sci.,
      Biol. 31,21, 159-223, 1978.
PAL  Sato et al., "Bordetella pertussis Infection in Mice:," Infection and
      Immunity, 46:415-421 (1984).
PAL  Munoz et al., "Mouse-Protecting and Histamine-Sensitizing Activities of
      Pertussigen and Fimbrial Hemagglutinin from Bordetella pertussis,"
      Infection and Immunity, 32:243-250 (1981).
PAL  Locht et al., "Pertussis Toxin Gene: Nucleotide Sequence and Genetic
      Organization," Science 232:1258-1264 (1986).
PAL  Armstrong et al., "Maintenance of Biological Activity of Pertussis Toxin
      Radioiodinated While Bound to Fetuin-Agarose," Infection and Immunity,
      55:1294-1299 (1987).
PAL  Nicosia et al., "Cloning and sequencing of the pertussis toxin genes:
      Operon structure and gene duplication," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 83:
      4631-4635 (1986).
LREP
FRM  Clark & Elbing, LLP
ABST
PAL  A toxoid of pertussis toxin in which the pertussis toxin is modified
      essentially only at one or more tyrosine residues, as by the use of a
      nitrating agent such as tetranitromethane or by recombinant DNA
      techniques; a vaccine including the toxoid; and methods of preparing the
      toxoid and the vaccine.
PATN
WKU  059895659
SRC  8
APN  474120&
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19950607
TTL  Elution and identification of T cell epitopes from viable cells
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Bansal; Geetha P.
EXP  Feisee; Lila
NDR  13
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Storkus; Walter J.
CTY  Glenshaw
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Lotze; Michael T.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  University of Pittsburgh
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  011007
APD  19930129
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  4242771
XCL  514 21
XCL  530344
XCL  435 701
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3400
ICL  A61K 3900
ICL  C07K  500
ICL  C12P 2102
FSC  530
FSS  344
FSC  424
FSS  277.1
FSC  514
FSS  21
FSC  435
FSS  70.1
OREF
PAL  Rotzschke et al Nature (Nov. 15, 1990) vol. 348, pp. 252-254.
PAL  Storkus et al J of Immunol vol 151, 3719-3727, Oct. 1, 1993.
PAL  Kawakami et al Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. vol. 91, 3515-3519, Apr. 1994.
PAL  Anchini et al J. Immunol vol. 142, 3692-3701 May 15, 1989.
PAL  Zinkernagel, R.M., et al., Adv, Immunol. 27:51 (1979).
PAL  Doherty, P.C., et al., Adv. Cancer Res. 42:1 (1984).
PAL  Zinkernagel, R.M., et al., Nature 248:701 (1974).
PAL  Townsend, A., et al., Cell 42:457 (1985).
PAL  Townsend, A., et al., Cell 44:959 (1986).
PAL  Yewdell, J.W., et al., Scince 244:1072 (1989).
PAL  Townsend, A., et al., Cell 62:285 (1990).
PAL  Nuchtern, J.G., et al., Nature 339:223 (1989).
PAL  Rotzschke, O., et al., Nature 348:252 (1990).
PAL  Van Bleek, G.M., et al., Nature 348:213 (1990).
PAL  Rotzschke, O., et al., Science 249:283 (1990).
PAL  Falk, K., et al., Nature 348:248 (1990).
PAL  Jardetsky, T.S., et al., Nature 351:326 (1991).
PAL  Falk, K., et al., Nature 351:290 (1991).
PAL  Nikolic-Zugic, J., et al., Immunol, Rev. 10:54 (1991).
PAL  Kornstein, M.J., et al., Cancer Res. 43:2749 (1983).
PAL  Van Duinen, S.G., et al., Cancer Res. 48:1019 (1988).
PAL  Lotze, M.T., Pigment Cell 10:163 (1990).
PAL  Rosenberg, S.A., et al., N. Eng. J. Med. 319:1676 (1988).
PAL  Parmiani, G., et al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 82:361 (1990).
PAL  Van den Eynde, B., et al., Int. J. Cancer 44:634 (1984).
PAL  Anichini, A., et al., J. Immunol. 142: 3692 (1989).
PAL  Wolfel, T., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 24:759 (1994).
PAL  Crowley, N.J., et al., J. Immunol. 146:1692 (1991).
PAL  Traversari, C., et al., J. Exp. Med. 176:1453 (1991).
PAL  Kawakani, Y., et al., J. Exp. Med. 180:347 (1994).
PAL  Hom, S.S., et al., J. Immunother. 10:153 (1991).
PAL  McMichael, A.J., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 8:705 (1978).
PAL  Suguwara, S., et al., J. Immunol Meth. 100:83 (1987).
PAL  Gillet, A.C., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 20:759 (1990).
PAL  Biddison, W.E., et al., J. Immunol. 129:730 (1982).
PAL  Mitchell, M.S., et al., J. Clin. Oncol. 10:1158 (1992).
PAL  Gorga, J.C., et al., Crit Rev. Immunol. 11:305 (1992).
PAL  Storkus, W.J., et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 88:5989 (1991).
PAL  Storkus, W.J., et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 86:2361 (1989).
PAL  Carbone, F.R., et al., J. Exp. Med. 167:1767(1988).
PAL  Kawakami, Y., et al., J. Immunol. 148:638 (1992).
PAL  Storkus, W.J., et al., J. Immunol. 143:3853 (1989).
PAL  Wolfel, T., et al., Immunogenet. 26:178 (1987).
PAL  Anichini, A., et al., J. Exp. Med. 177:989 (1993).
PAL  Whiteside, T.L., et al., J. Immunol. Methods 90:221 (1981).
PAL  McMichael, A.J., et al., Hum. Immunol. 1:121 (1980).
PAL  Zeh, H.J., et al., Hum. Immunol 39:79 (1994).
PAL  Salter, R.D., et al., Immunogenetics 21:235 (1985).
PAL  Cox, A.L., et al., Science (Wash., DC) 264:716 (1994).
PAL  Culmann, B.E., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 19:2383 (1989).
PAL  Kawakami, Y., et al., Proc. Nat. Acad Sci USA 91:3515.
PAL  Nijman, H.W., et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 23:1215 (1993).
PAL  Boyd, L.F., et al., Proc. Nat. Acad Sci USA 89:2242 (1992).
PAL  Bodmer, H.G., et al., Nature (Land.) 342:443 (1989).
LREP
FRM  Reed Smith Shaw & McClay LLP
ABST
PAL  Methods are provided for eluting peptides that are bound to major
      histocompatibility complex ("MHC") molecules expressed on the cell
      surfaces of viable cells that have at least one MHC-peptide complex on the
      surfaces of the cells, the method comprising incubating the cells in the
      presence of peptide elution buffer, preferably comprising iso-osmotic,
      citrate-phosphate buffer at a pH of approximately 3.3, for between about
      15 seconds and one minute. Using these methods a naturally processed
      melanoma peptide recognized by CD8.sup.+  cytotoxic T lymphocytes has been
      identified.
GOVT
PAC  ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
PAR  The present invention was developed in part with government support under
      grant number CA-57840 awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The
      government has certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059895667
SRC  8
APN  6727867
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19960628
TTL  Stable vaccine compositions for parenteral administration, a method for
      their use, and a process for their preparation
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Masood; Khalid
EXP  Caputa; Anthony C.
INVT
NAM  Cobb; Ramune Marija
CTY  New South Wales
CNT  AUX
INVT
NAM  Schwartzkoff; Christopher Leigh
CTY  New South Wales
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  American Cyanamid Company
CTY  Madison
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4242781
XCL  4241841
XCL  4242471
XCL  4242391
XCL  4242451
XCL  4242551
XCL  424 9341
XCL  424 934
XCL  514 28
XCL  514 30
XCL  514450
XCL  549264
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 4500
ICL  A61K 3902
FSC  424
FSS  184.1;247.1;278.1;239.1;245.1;255.1;93.41;93.4
FSC  514
FSS  28;30;450
FSC  549
FSS  264
UREF
PNO  3885011
ISD  19750500
NAM  Renoux et al.
UREF
PNO  4292307
ISD  19810900
NAM  Zemlyakova
UREF
PNO  4606918
ISD  19860800
NAM  Allison et al.
UREF
PNO  4988824
ISD  19910100
NAM  Maulding et al.
UREF
PNO  5262400
ISD  19931100
NAM  Chu et al.
UREF
PNO  5387598
ISD  19950200
NAM  Rossignol et al.
FREF
PNO  2030043
ISD  19790800
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  2050830
ISD  19800500
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  0388239B1
ISD  19950100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1171125
ISD  19691100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 267 707
ISD  19931200
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Kirk-Othmer: Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Third Ed., pp. 793-796.
PAL  Umehara, et al., Compatibility Between Doramectin and Foot-and-mouth
      Disease Vaccine Administered Simultaneously in Cattle., Brazil. J. Vet.
      Parasitol., vol. 2, No. 2, 1993, pp. 141-144.
LREP
FR2  Renda; Barbara L.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to certain stable vaccine compositions comprising a
      macrocyclic lactone compound, a milbemycin compound, an avermectin
      compound or mixtures thereof; at least one antigen; a dispersing agent; an
      adjuvant; a water soluble organic solvent; and saline or water or mixtures
      thereof. The invention further relates to stable compositions as described
      above of a macrocyclic lactone compound, a milbemycin compound, an
      avermectin compound or mixtures thereof, but without an antigen. The
      invention also relates to a method for preventing or controlling
      helminthiasis, infection by acarids and arthropod endo-and ectoparasites
      and bacterial and viral disease in warm-blooded animals by the parenteral
      administration of compositions of the invention. The invention further
      relates to a process for the preparation of the invention compositions.
PATN
WKU  059895675
SRC  9
APN  0161896
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19980130
TTL  Method and device for infant male circumcision anesthesia
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Seidleck; Brian K.
EXP  Page; Thurman K.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Dolisi; Frank
STR  21 Woodland Rd.
CTY  Old Brookville
STA  NY
ZIP  11545
CLAS
OCL  424400
XCL  606118
XCL  606141
XCL  427  23
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 17326
FSC  427
FSS  2.3
FSC  606
FSS  118;141
FSC  424
FSS  400
UREF
PNO  4840188
ISD  19890600
NAM  Heidenfelder
UREF
PNO  5704906
ISD  19980100
NAM  Fox
LREP
FR2  Walker; Alfred M.
ABST
PAL  A device which produces adequate local anesthesia for the purpose of infant
      male circumcision. The elastic form fitting body of the device is measured
      to fit over the infant male penis, and contains a coated inner surface
      that contacts the penile skin with an anesthetic gel, which upon contact,
      initiates anesthesia locally at the glans tip of the infant penis.
PATN
WKU  059895683
SRC  8
APN  5921759
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19960126
TTL  Cosmetic/dermatological skin care compositions comprising S-DHEA
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Venkat; Jyothsan
INVT
NAM  Breton; Lionel
CTY  Versailles
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  De Lacharriere; Olivier
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  L'Oreal
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950126
APN  95 00899
CLAS
OCL  424401
XCL  424450
XCL  424489
XCL  514844
XCL  514937
XCL  514944
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  748
FSC  424
FSS  401;450;489
FSC  514
FSS  844;937;944
UREF
PNO  4496556
ISD  19850100
NAM  Orentreich
OCL  514178
UREF
PNO  4542129
ISD  19850900
NAM  Orentreich
OCL  514178
FREF
PNO  0189738
ISD  19860800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2405068
ISD  19790500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  9416709
ISD  19940800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 104, No. 2, Jan. 13, 1986, Columbus, Ohio, USA;
      Abstract No. 10399s, p. 302, Column G; & JP-A-60 912 (Kanebo, Ltd.).
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Dehydro-epi-androsterone sulfate, topically applied, is well suited for
      therapeutically treating human skin wrinkles and fine lines and/or for
      combating cutaneous and/or subcutaneous slackening and/or for reviving the
      radiance of the skin.
PATN
WKU  059895691
SRC  8
APN  8706654
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970606
TTL  Delivery system for a tooth whitener using a permanently deformable
      strip of material
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Rose; Shep K.
NDR  1
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Dirksing; Robert S.
CTY  Cincinnatti
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Sagel; Paul A.
CTY  Mason
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Tweddell, III; Richard
CTY  Cincinnatti
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424401
XCL  424 49
XCL  424 53
XCL  424435
XCL  433205
XCL  433228
XCL  106 35
EDF  6
ICL  A61C  504
ICL  A61C 1500
ICL  A61F  702
FSC  424
FSS  49-58;401;435
FSC  433
FSS  215;228
FSC  106
FSS  35
UREF
PNO  Re33093
ISD  19891000
NAM  Schiraldi et al.
OCL  424435
UREF
PNO  2835628
ISD  19580500
NAM  Saffir
OCL  167 84
UREF
PNO  3688406
ISD  19720900
NAM  Porter et al.
OCL   32 40R
UREF
PNO  3754332
ISD  19730800
NAM  Warren, Jr.
OCL   32 64
UREF
PNO  3955281
ISD  19760500
NAM  Weitzman
OCL   32 14
UREF
PNO  4138814
ISD  19790200
NAM  Weitzman
OCL   32 14
UREF
PNO  4324547
ISD  19820400
NAM  Arcan et al.
OCL  433 71
UREF
PNO  4713243
ISD  19871200
NAM  Schiraldi et al.
OCL  424435
UREF
PNO  4728291
ISD  19880300
NAM  Golub
OCL  433215
UREF
PNO  4741700
ISD  19880500
NAM  Barabe
OCL  433229
UREF
PNO  4741941
ISD  19880500
NAM  Englebort et al.
OCL  428 71
UREF
PNO  4786253
ISD  19881100
NAM  Morais
OCL  433 60
UREF
PNO  4799888
ISD  19890100
NAM  Golub
OCL  433215
UREF
PNO  4900552
ISD  19900200
NAM  Sanvordeker
OCL  424422
UREF
PNO  4919615
ISD  19900400
NAM  Croll
OCL  433  3
UREF
PNO  5098303
ISD  19920300
NAM  Fischer
OCL  433215
UREF
PNO  5234342
ISD  19930800
NAM  Fischer
OCL  433215
UREF
PNO  5310563
ISD  19940500
NAM  Curtis et al.
OCL  424616
UREF
PNO  5326685
ISD  19940700
NAM  Gagu et al.
OCL  433215
UREF
PNO  5340314
ISD  19940800
NAM  Taruis
OCL  433168.1
UREF
PNO  5380198
ISD  19950100
NAM  Suhonen
OCL  433 39
UREF
PNO  5409631
ISD  19950400
NAM  Fischer
OCL  252186
UREF
PNO  5425953
ISD  19950600
NAM  Sintov et al.
OCL  424404
UREF
PNO  5438076
ISD  19950800
NAM  Friedman et al.
OCL  514772
UREF
PNO  5560379
ISD  19961000
NAM  Pieczenik
OCL  132329
UREF
PNO  5575654
ISD  19961100
NAM  Fontenot
OCL  433215
UREF
PNO  5611687
ISD  19970300
NAM  Wagner
OCL  433 80
UREF
PNO  5620322
ISD  19970400
NAM  Lococo
OCL  433 39
UREF
PNO  5626866
ISD  19970500
NAM  Ebert et al.
OCL  424447
UREF
PNO  5639445
ISD  19970600
NAM  Curtis et al.
OCL  424 49
UREF
PNO  5713738
ISD  19980200
NAM  Yarborough
OCL  433215
FREF
PNO  1104116
ISD  19590500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2330869 A1
ISD  19970900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1142325
ISD  19690500
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/870,665, Dirksing et al., filed Jun. 6, 1997.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/870,331, Dirksing et al., filed Jun. 6, 1997.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/870,330, Sagel et al., Jun. 6, 1997.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/870,664, Sagel et al., Jun. 6, 1997.
PAL  "Plastic Films" by J.H. Briston, 1974, pp. 96-97.
PAL  "Tray-Forming Technique for Dentist-Supervised Home Bleaching" by S.M.
      Newman et al., Quintessence International, vol. 26, No. 7/1995, pp.
      447-453.
PAL  "Color Atlas of Tooth Whitening" by G. McLaughlin et al., 1991, pp. 35-38
      and 45-50.
PAL  "Complete Dental Bleaching" by R.E. Goldstein et al., 1995, pp. 25-32 and
      90-97.
LREP
FR2  Stone; Angela Marie
FR2  Kock; Ronald W.
ABST
PAL  A delivery system for an oral care substance includes a strip of material
      having a yield point and thickness such that the strip of material
      substantially conforms to a shape of a tooth via permanent deformation
      under a pressure less than about 250,000 Pascals when the delivery system
      is placed thereagainst. The delivery system also includes an oral care
      substance applied to the strip of material such that when the delivery
      system is placed on a surface of the tooth, the substance contacts the
      surface providing an active onto the surface. The substance also provides
      adhesive attachment between the strip of material and the surface to hold
      the delivery system in place for a sufficient time to allow the active to
      act upon the surface. The substance has an extrusion resistance sufficient
      to withstand a normal force applied to deform the strip of material so
      that the substance is not substantially extruded from between the strip of
      material and the surface during manual deformation of the strip of
      material. A method of delivery includes pre-coating the strip of material,
      having the wearer apply substance to the strip of material, or having the
      wearer apply the substance directly to the surface before applying a strip
      of material.
PATN
WKU  059895705
SRC  8
APN  8858098
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970630
TTL  Cosmetic and dermatological compositions containing a plasticizing
      oligomer and a film-forming polymer and uses thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Venkat; Jyothsna
INVT
NAM  Lion; Bertrand
CTY  Livry Gargan
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Dupuis; Christine
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  L'Oreal
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960628
APN  96 08114
CLAS
OCL  424401
XCL  424 43
XCL  424 47
XCL  424 61
XCL  424 64
XCL  424 701
XCL  424 707
XCL  424 7802
XCL  424 7803
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  748
ICL  A61K  7025
ICL  A61K  704
ICL  A61K  706
FSC  424
FSS  401;61;64;70.7;70.1;78.02;78.03;43;47
UREF
PNO  4532125
ISD  19850700
NAM  Vanlerberghe et al.
UREF
PNO  4595585
ISD  19860600
NAM  Papantoniou et al.
UREF
PNO  5519063
ISD  19960500
NAM  Mondet et al.
OCL  514772.4
UREF
PNO  5605966
ISD  19970200
NAM  Schuler et al.
UREF
PNO  5616598
ISD  19970400
NAM  Lion et al.
OCL  514374
UREF
PNO  5660820
ISD  19970800
NAM  Mondet et al.
OCL  424 70.16
UREF
PNO  5807540
ISD  19980900
NAM  Junino et al.
FREF
PNO  0602513
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 239 480
ISD  19750200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2928190
ISD  19800100
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  JP 4-103513 Abstract (Apr. 1992).
PAL  JP 7-309728 Abstract (Nov. 1995).
PAL  JP 8-239308 Abstract (Sep. 1996).
PAL  Derwent Abstract of French Patent FR 2 239 480.
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A composition comprising at least one film forming polymer and at least one
      oligomer chosen from homopolymers or copolymers of monomers containing
      ethylenic unsaturation and polycondensates, having an average molecular
      weight, measured at the peak height by steric exclusion chromatography,
      ranging from 400 to 10,000 and having a glass transition temperature
      ranging from -80 to 10.degree. C., the composition containing no
      film-forming polymer of the nitrocellulose type is disclosed.
PAL  Topical formulations formulated from this composition, in particular hair
      compositions for styling, holding and/or fixing the hair, and make-up
      compositions are also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059895713
SRC  8
APN  8992878
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970723
TTL  Contact dermatitis pharmaceutical preparation with anti-histamine and
      anti-inflammatory
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Ware; Todd D
EXP  Page; Thurman K.
INVT
NAM  Santa; James E.
CTY  Greeley
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Millenium Pharmaceutical Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Greeley
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424401
XCL  514887
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  600
FSC  424
FSS  401
FSC  514
FSS  887
UREF
PNO  4137311
ISD  19790100
NAM  Klein
OCL  424240
UREF
PNO  4250163
ISD  19810200
NAM  Nagai et al.
OCL  424 14
UREF
PNO  4419352
ISD  19831200
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL  424248.4
UREF
PNO  5013545
ISD  19910500
NAM  Blackman et al.
OCL  424 81
UREF
PNO  5061700
ISD  19911000
NAM  Dow et al.
OCL  514169
UREF
PNO  5258391
ISD  19931100
NAM  Van Scott et al.
OCL  514529
UREF
PNO  5508043
ISD  19960400
NAM  Krishnamurthy
OCL  424484
UREF
PNO  5543148
ISD  19960800
NAM  Lapidus
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5547988
ISD  19960800
NAM  Yu et al.
OCL  514557
UREF
PNO  5602193
ISD  19970200
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  514724
UREF
PNO  5622993
ISD  19970400
NAM  McGinity
OCL  514626
FREF
PNO  004119170A1
ISD  19921200
CNT  DEX
ICL  A61K 3504
FREF
PNO  409110680
ISD  19970400
CNT  JPX
ICL  A61K  970
FREF
PNO  409157161
ISD  19970600
CNT  JPX
ICL  A61K 31165
LREP
FRM  Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
ABST
PAL  A pharmaceutical preparation, and treatment method using the same, for
      contact dermatitis and particularly for canine contact dermatitis. The
      preparation has as active ingredients an anti-histamine and an
      anti-inflammatory. The anti-histamine is preferably diphenhydramine. The
      anti-inflammatory is preferably triamcinolone. The preparation is a liquid
      mixture and is sprayed or otherwise applied onto an affected area.
PATN
WKU  059895721
SRC  8
APN  9113010
APT  1
ART  167
APD  19980122
TTL  Borage seed oil as an anti-irritant in compositions containing hydroxy
      acids or retinoids
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Faulkner; Diedra
EXP  Moezie; Minna
INVT
NAM  Habif; Stephan Samuel
CTY  Demarest
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Bartolone; John Brian
CTY  Bridgeport
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Sinfield; Dennis Brian
CTY  Highland Lakes
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Nanavaty; Falguni Snehal
CTY  Lawrenceville
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Chesebrough-Pond's USA Co.
CTY  Greenwich
STA  CT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  706009
APD  19960830
PSC  01
PNO  5690947
CLAS
OCL  424401
XCL  424 59
XCL  4241951
XCL  514887
XCL  514844
XCL  514772
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  700
FSC  424
FSS  401;59;195.1
FSC  514
FSS  887;884;772
UREF
PNO  5039513
ISD  19910800
NAM  Chatterjee et al.
OCL  424 47
UREF
PNO  5082661
ISD  19920100
NAM  Melnik et al.
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5252604
ISD  19931000
NAM  Nagy et al.
OCL  514559
UREF
PNO  5310556
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ziegler
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5441740
ISD  19950800
NAM  Ozlen
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5445822
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bracco
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5476661
ISD  19951200
NAM  Pillai et al.
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5516793
ISD  19960500
NAM  Duffy
OCL  514474
UREF
PNO  5587149
ISD  19961200
NAM  Punto
OCL  424 59
FREF
PNO  0173478
ISD  19860300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0416855
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0631662
ISD  19950100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/07331
ISD  19900700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Derwent Abstract of FR 2704390 dated Nov. 4, 1994.
PAL  Derwent Abstract of FR 2604624 dated Apr. 8, 1988.
PAL  Derwent Abstract of GB 2271928 dated May 4, 1994.
PAL  Medline Abstract of tollesson et al., "Transepidermal Water Loss and Water
      Content in the Stratum Corneum in Infantile Sebhorroeic Dermatitis", Acta
      Derm Venereol (Sweden), Feb. 1993, 73 (1), p. 18-20.
PAL  Medline Abstract of Bahmer et al., "Treatment of Atopic Dermatitis with
      borage Seed Oil (Glandol)--A Time Series Analytic Study", Kinderarztl Prax
      (Germany), Oct. 1992, 60 (7), p. 199-202.
LREP
FR2  Mitelman; Rimma
ABST
PAL  Compositions containing hydroxy acids and/or retinoids and further
      containing borage seed oil as an anti-irritant. Borage seed oil was found
      to be uniquely effective (when compared to gamma-linolenic acid, or other
      anti-irritants containing gamma-linolenic acid or other known
      anti-irritants) in reducing the irritation caused by hydroxy acids and/or
      retinoids.
PATN
WKU  059895730
SRC  9
APN  0058467
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19980112
TTL  Method for improving the photochromism of a photochromic compound
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXA  Lamm; Marina
EXP  Dodson; Shelley A.
INVT
NAM  Remy; Christophe
STR  14, Rue Houdart
CTY  75020 Paris
CNT  FRX
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970110
APN  97 00214
CLAS
OCL  424401
XCL  424 59
XCL  424 64
XCL  424 69
XCL  424 701
XCL  424684
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  700
ICL  A61K  742
ICL  A61K  7025
ICL  A61K  7035
FSC  424
FSS  401;59;69;64;70.1;684
UREF
PNO  3645909
ISD  19720200
NAM  Hovey
OCL  252300
UREF
PNO  3957498
ISD  19760500
NAM  Reade
OCL  106 52
UREF
PNO  5176905
ISD  19930100
NAM  Ohno et al.
OCL  424 69
UREF
PNO  5628934
ISD  19970500
NAM  Ohno et al.
OCL  252586
UREF
PNO  5700451
ISD  19971200
NAM  Yue et al.
OCL  424 59
UREF
PNO  5762913
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  424 59
FREF
PNO  0 359 909
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1 261 260
ISD  19610900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 054 599
ISD  19710400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1 604 929
ISD  19710500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  56-100709
ISD  19810800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-275209
ISD  19861200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-305015
ISD  19891200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-66250
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-258580
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 123, Abstract No. 290042.
ABST
PAL  A method of improving the photochromism of a photochromic compound by
      including the photochromic compound in a composition with at least one
      component capable of scavenging at least one vacant state of an energy
      band, corresponding to an electron vacancy, of the photochromic compound.
      In particular, the component may be selected from components having at
      least one hydroxyl group, preferably a plurality of hydroxyl groups.
PATN
WKU  059895748
SRC  9
APN  0564818
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19980407
TTL  Weight loss compound and method of using
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Howard; Sharon
EXP  Page; Thurman K.
INVT
NAM  Slavin; Andrew B.
STR  349 Eagle Dr.
CTY  Jupiter
STA  FL
ZIP  33477
RLAP
COD  72
APN  713763
APD  19960913
RLAP
COD  90
APN  027647
APD  19980223
CLAS
OCL  424401
XCL  424441
XCL  424630
XCL  424641
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  600
ICL  A61K  700
ICL  A61K 3334
ICL  A01N 5920
FSC  426
FSS  72
FSC  424
FSS  401;441;630
UREF
PNO  4144357
ISD  19790300
NAM  Mohammed
OCL  426 96
UREF
PNO  4393049
ISD  19830700
NAM  Horrobin
UREF
PNO  4784861
ISD  19881100
NAM  Gori
UREF
PNO  5215750
ISD  19930600
NAM  Keane, II
OREF
PAL  "Losing Weight Safely", Marilynn Larkin, FDA Consumer Magazine, Jan.-Feb.
      1996, FDA Home Page excerpt, pp. 1-4.
PAL  "The Facts about Weight Loss Products and Programs", Presented as a Public
      Service by: Federal Trade Commission, Food and Drug Administration,
      National Association of Attorneys General, FDA/CFSAN Excerpt from U.S.
      Food and Drug Administration FDA/FTC/NAAG Brochure: 1992, pp. 1-4.
PAL  "Treatment of Wilson's Disease with zinc. XIII: Therapy with zinc in
      presymptomatic patients from the time of diagnosis", GJ Brewer, RD Dick, V
      Ysbasiayan-Gurkan, V Johnson, Y Wang, Dept. of Human Genetics, University
      of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, MI 48103, Medline Record excerpt
      from Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, Jun. 1994, vol. 123 @
      pp. 849-858, pp. 1-2.
PAL  "Wilson Disease", GJ Brewer, V Yusbasiyan-Gurkan, Dept. of Human Genetics,
      University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, MI 48103, Medicine,
      1993, vol. 71, No. 3, pp. 139-164.
PAL  Interactions of zinc and molybdenum with copper in therapy of Wilson's
      Disease, GJ Brewer, Dept. of Human Genetics, University of Michigan
      Medical School, Ann Arbor, MI 48103, Medline Record excerpt from
      Nutrition, Jan.-Feb. 1995, vol. 11 @pp. 114-116, p. 1.
LREP
FRM  Allen, Dyer, Doppelt, Milbrath & Gilchrist, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A composition efficacious in aiding weight loss in humans includes a
      weight-reducing dosage of zinc acetate packaged together with a
      copper-depletion-preventing dosage of copper gluconate. The zinc acetate
      is present as essentially the sole active ingredient. The method of using
      the composition preferably includes administering the zinc acetate and
      copper gluconate three times per day. In an alternate embodiment, the
      composition may be administered twice per day. In addition, it has been
      found that the composition's efficacy is maximized by also imposing a
      low-fat dietary regime.
PATN
WKU  059895756
SRC  9
APN  0631566
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19980420
TTL  Fingernail lacquer composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Howard; Sharon
EXP  Page; Thurman K.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Razzano; Dominick D.
STR  5902 NW. 40th Ter.
CTY  Virginia Gardens
STA  FL
ZIP  33166
RLAP
COD  72
APN  021652
APD  19980210
CLAS
OCL  424401
XCL  424 61
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  600
ICL  A61K  700
ICL  A61K  704
FSC  424
FSS  61;401
UREF
PNO  4166054
ISD  19790800
NAM  Meeske et al.
OCL  260 23
LREP
FR2  Downey, P.A.; Robert M.
ABST
PAL  A composition for application to fingernails and toe nails includes a
      binder and a pigment, the binder including volatile and non-volatile
      components and the pigment being present in the composition in an amount
      of between 30% to 83% of the total volume of the non-volatile portion of
      the composition, creating a physical action upon drying of a layer of the
      composition applied to the nails, wherein a lack of cohesive strength
      between the pigment and binder results in formation of random cracks in
      the applied layer.
PATN
WKU  059895764
SRC  9
APN  2139820
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19981217
TTL  Method of lightening skin
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Howard; Sharon
EXP  Page; Thurman K.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Fuller; Bryan B.
CTY  Edmond
STA  OK
ASSG
NAM  The Board of Regents of the University of Oklahoma
CTY  Norman
STA  OK
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  937551
APD  19970925
CLAS
OCL  424401
XCL  424 59
XCL  424 62
XCL  424 63
XCL  4241951
XCL  514844
XCL  514946
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  7135
ICL  A61K  7021
ICL  A61K 3578
FSC  424
FSS  59;62;63;195.1;401
FSC  514
FSS  844;946
UREF
PNO  3022311
ISD  19620200
NAM  Weisenborn et al.
OCL  260287
UREF
PNO  4925943
ISD  19900500
NAM  Kanmacher et al.
OCL  546149
UREF
PNO  5082665
ISD  19920100
NAM  Verny
OCL  424464
UREF
PNO  5145852
ISD  19920900
NAM  Virag
OCL  514253
UREF
PNO  5164182
ISD  19921100
NAM  Meybeck et al.
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  5262153
ISD  19931100
NAM  Mishima et al.
OCL  424 62
UREF
PNO  5279834
ISD  19940100
NAM  Meybeck
OCL  424450
UREF
PNO  5350756
ISD  19940900
NAM  Smith
OCL  514289
UREF
PNO  5462856
ISD  19951000
NAM  Lerner et al.
OCL  435  7.21
UREF
PNO  5529769
ISD  19960600
NAM  Cho et al.
OCL  424 74
UREF
PNO  5565466
ISD  19961000
NAM  Gioco et al.
OCL  514280
UREF
PNO  5609875
ISD  19970300
NAM  Hadas
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  5705170
ISD  19980100
NAM  Kong et al.
OCL  424401
FREF
PNO  0402858
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  7215888
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  F. Morishita, "Responses of the Melanophores of the Medaka, Oryzias
      Latipes, to Adrnergic Drugs: Evidence for Involvement of Alpha.sub.2
      Adrenergic Receptors Mediating Melanin Aggregation", Comp. Biochem.
      Physiol., 88C(1):69-74, 1987.
LREP
FRM  Dunlap, Codding & Rogers, PC
ABST
PAL  A method and composition for the topical application of a yohimbine or
      derivative or stereoisomer thereof or effective .alpha..sub.2
      -antagonists, to the skin for inhibiting melanogenesis in the skin leading
      to skin lightening. The yohimbine may be provided as a natural extract,
      for example, as an extract of Johimbe bark.
PATN
WKU  059895772
SRC  9
APN  0332097
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19980302
TTL  Nontoxic vernix compositions and method of producing
ISD  19991123
NCL  51
ECL  1
EXA  Shelborne; Kathryne E.
EXP  Dees; Jose' G.
INVT
NAM  Hoath; Steven B.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Pickens; William L.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Visscher; Martha O.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Children's Hospital Medical Center
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424402
XCL  424 59
XCL  424401
XCL  424443
XCL  424444
XCL  424445
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 2534
FSC  424
FSS  401;402;59;70.1;443;445;444
UREF
PNO  5631012
ISD  19970500
NAM  Shanni
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5871763
ISD  19990200
NAM  Luu et al.
OCL  424402
LREP
FRM  Wood, Herron & Evans L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A composition consisting essentially of vernix for a skin curative and skin
      protectant effect and a method of producing. A natural or synthetic vernix
      is dispersed in a film-forming amount in a biocompatable liquid such as
      dimethylsulfoxide, amniotic fluid and/or pulmonary surfactant to form a
      film. The film may be applied to a growing layer of epithelial cells
      either directly or supported on a substrate such as a wound dressing, a
      diaper, or a feminine hygiene product.
GOVT
PAR  The U.S. Government has a paid-up license in this invention and the right
      in limited circumstances to require the patent owner to license others on
      reasonable terms as provided for by the terms of Grant No. 5 R01 NR
      03699-05 awarded by the National Institutes of Health.
PATN
WKU  059895780
SRC  9
APN  1179047
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19980812
TTL  Associations of active principles containing clopidogrel and an
      antithrombotic agent
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Berman; Alysia
EXP  Page; Thurman K.
INVT
NAM  Bernat; Andre
CTY  Cugnaux
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Herbert; Jean Marc
CTY  Tournefeuille
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Savi; Pierre
CTY  Muret
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Sanofi
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960219
APN  96 02027
CLAS
OCL  424422
XCL  424427
XCL  424434
XCL  424436
XCL  424456
XCL  424465
XCL  424489
XCL  514165
XCL  514301
EDF  6
ICL  A61F 1300
ICL  A61F  902
ICL  A61K  964
ICL  A61K  920
ICL  A61K  914
FSC  424
FSS  489;422;434;427;436;456;465
FSC  514
FSS  165;301
FREF
PNO  2307538
ISD  19761100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2307538
ISD  19761200
CNT  FRX
OREF
PAL  Herbert, J.M. Clopidgorel and antiplatelet therapy. Expert Opinion
      Investigating Drugs. 1994. 3(5):449-455. XP 000610730.
PAL  Expert Opin. Invest. Drugs, 1994, 3/5 (449-455), United Kingdom, Herbert,
      J. M. Clopidogrel and antiplatelet therapy.
LREP
FR2  Alexander; Michael D.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR97/00296
PD1  19980812
PD2  19980812
PD3  19970217
PCP  WO97/29753
PCD  19970821
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition containing an
      association of active principles, wherein the active principles are
      clopidogrel and aspirin, each constituent being present in a free form or
      in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
PATN
WKU  059895799
SRC  8
APN  9343822
APT  1
ART  167
APD  19970919
TTL  Ocular insert with anchoring protrusions
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Harrison; Robert H.
NDR  12
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Darougar; Sohrab
CTY  Croydon
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Weiner; Alan L.
CTY  Arlington
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Bhatt; Padmanabh Pravinchandra
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Raul; Victor Albert
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Gantner; David Clayton
CTY  St. Charles
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Escalon Medical Corp.
CTY  Wayne
STA  PA
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19861002
APN  8623661
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19901211
APN  9026888
RLAP
COD  71
APN  397771
APD  19950302
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  243915
APD  19940517
PSC  01
PNO  5395618
RLAP
COD  84
APN  083303
APD  19930629
PSC  01
PNO  5322691
RLAP
COD  82
APN  944438
APD  19920914
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  626001
APD  19901212
PSC  01
PNO  5147647
RLAP
COD  82
APN  500093
APD  19900321
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  330959
APD  19890329
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  104045
APD  19871001
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  424427
XCL  424422
XCL  424428
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  900
FSC  424
FSS  422;427;428;429
FSC  604
FSS  890.1
UREF
PNO  3828777
ISD  19740800
NAM  Ness
OCL  424427
UREF
PNO  3995635
ISD  19761200
NAM  Higuchi et al.
OCL  424427
UREF
PNO  4164559
ISD  19790800
NAM  Miyata et al.
OCL  424428
UREF
PNO  4343787
ISD  19820800
NAM  Katz
OCL  424428
UREF
PNO  4730013
ISD  19880300
NAM  Bondi et al.
OCL  524 42
UREF
PNO  5137728
ISD  19920800
NAM  Bawa
OCL  424427
UREF
PNO  5164188
ISD  19921100
NAM  Wong
OCL  424428
UREF
PNO  5229128
ISD  19930700
NAM  Haddad et al.
OCL  424427
UREF
PNO  5322691
ISD  19940600
NAM  Darougar et al.
OCL  424427
UREF
PNO  5395618
ISD  19950300
NAM  Darougar et al.
OCL  424427
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstracts Assession No. 119:278624.
LREP
FRM  Bergert & Bergert
ABST
PAL  A flexible ocular insert device adapted for the controlled sustained
      release of an ophthalmic drug into the eye. In one embodiment, the device
      includes an elongated body of a polymeric material in the form of a rod or
      tube containing a pharmaceutically active ingredient and with at least two
      anchoring protrusions extending radially outwardly from the body. The
      device has a length of at least 8 mm and the diameter of its body portion
      including the protrusions does not exceed 1.9 mm. The sustained release
      mechanism may, for example, be by diffusion or by osmosis or bioerosion.
      The insert device is advantageously inserted into the upper or lower
      fornix of the eye so as to be independent of movement of the eye by virtue
      of the fornix anatomy. The protrusions may be of various shapes such as,
      for example, ribs, screw threads, dimples or bumps, truncated cone-shaped
      segments or winding braid segments. In a further embodiment, the polymeric
      material for the body is selected as one which swells in a liquid
      environment. Thus a device of smaller initial size may be employed. The
      present insert device is of a size and configuration such that, upon
      insertion into the upper or lower fornix, the device remains out of the
      field of vision so as to be well retained in place and imperceptible by a
      patient over a prolonged period of use. The device can be retained in the
      upper or lower fornix for 7 to 14 days or longer.
PATN
WKU  059895802
SRC  8
APN  7637241
APT  1
ART  167
APD  19961211
TTL  Methods for sterilizing female mammals
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Webman; Edward J.
INVT
NAM  Wallace; George
CTY  Coto De Caza
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Evans; Scott
CTY  Santa Ana
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Greff; Richard J.
CTY  St. Petersburg
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Micro Therapeutics, Inc.
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424433
XCL  514843
XCL  523105
XCL  523113
XCL  604 55
XCL  604 25
XCL  128831
EDF  6
ICL  A61M 3100
ICL  A61M  908
ICL  A61M 3174
ICL  A61M 3178
FSC  424
FSS  426;433
FSC  514
FSS  843
FSC  523
FSS  105;113
FSC  604
FSS  55;28
FSC  128
FSS  831
UREF
PNO  3527224
ISD  19700900
NAM  Rabinowitz et al.
UREF
PNO  3591676
ISD  19710700
NAM  Hawkins et al.
UREF
PNO  4160446
ISD  19790700
NAM  Barrington
UREF
PNO  4210529
ISD  19800700
NAM  Petersen
UREF
PNO  4359454
ISD  19821100
NAM  Hoffman
UREF
PNO  4432967
ISD  19840200
NAM  Szymanski
UREF
PNO  4631188
ISD  19861200
NAM  Stoy et al.
UREF
PNO  4713235
ISD  19871200
NAM  Krall
UREF
PNO  5393528
ISD  19950200
NAM  Staab
UREF
PNO  5469867
ISD  19951100
NAM  Schmitt
UREF
PNO  5488075
ISD  19960100
NAM  Guha
UREF
PNO  5575815
ISD  19961100
NAM  Slepian et al.
UREF
PNO  5580568
ISD  19961200
NAM  Greff et al.
UREF
PNO  5599552
ISD  19970200
NAM  Dunn et al.
UREF
PNO  5667767
ISD  19970900
NAM  Greff et al.
UREF
PNO  5702361
ISD  19971200
NAM  Evans et al.
OREF
PAL  Mandai, et al., "Direct Thrombosis of Aneurysms with Cellulose Acetate
      Polymer",J. Neurosurg., 77:497-500 (1992).
PAL  Abstract, Koul, et al., Dose-Dependent Relationship of Polymeric Hydrogels
      on Motility and Vitality of Human Spermatozoa In-Vitro, Journal of
      Materials Science-Materials in Medicine, 6(4): 192-196 (1995).
PAL  Chvapil, et al., "Occlusion of the Vas Deferens in Dogs with a
      Biocompatible Hydrogel Solution," J. Reproductive Med., 35 (9):905-910
      (1990).
PAL  Goldsmith, et al., "Transcutaneous Procedures for Male Sterilization," Adv.
      Contracept., 1:355-361 (1985).
PAL  Guha, et al., "Contraception in Male Monkeys by Intra-Vas Deferens
      Injection of A pH Lowering Polymer", Contraception, 32 (1):109-118 (1985).
PAL  Guha, et al., "Time-Controlled Injectable Occlusion of the Vas Deferens,"
      Contraception, 41(3):323-331 (1990).
PAL  Guha, et al. "Phase I Clinical Trial of an Injectable contraceptive for the
      Male", Contraception, 48:367-375 (1993).
PAL  Misro, et al., "Injectable Non-Occlusive Chemical Contraception in the
      Male-I", Contraception, 20(5):467-473 (1979).
PAL  Sethi, et al., "Histological Changes in the Vas Deferens of Rats After
      Injection of a New Male Antifertility Agent `SMA` and Its Reversibility,"
      Contraception, 41(3):333-339 (1990).
PAL  Sethi, et al., "Safety Evaluation of a Male Injectable Antifertility Agent,
      Styrene Maleic Anhydride, in Rats," Contraception, 39(2):217-227 (1989).
PAL  Sethi, et al., "Teratological Evaluation of an Injectable Male
      Antifertility Agent, Styrene Maleic Anhydride, in Rats", Int. J. Fertil.,
      37:183-187 (1992).
PAL  Sethi, et al., Preclinical Toxicity Study of a Male Injectable
      Antifertility Agent ( Styrene Maleic Anhydride) in Rhesus Monkeys, Macaca
      Mulatta, J. Med. Primatol., 20(2):89-93 (1991).
PAL  Singh, et al., "Novel Mode of Contraception Using Polymeric Hydrogels. I",
      Journal of Biomedical Materials Research, 16:3-9 (1982).
PAL  Verma, et al., "Histology of the Rate Vas Deferens After Injection of a
      Non-Occlusive Chemical Contraceptive", J. Reprod. Fert., 63:539-542
      (1981).
PAL  Zhao Sheng-cai, "Vas Deferens Occlusion by Percutaneous Injection of
      Polyurethane Elastomer Plugs: Clinical Experience and Reversibility,"
      Contraception, 41(5):453-459 (1990).
PAL  Rakel, Textbook of Family Practice , 5th Ed., pp. 726, W.B. Saunders,
      Philadelphia, PA (1995).
PAL  Cunningham, Williams Obstetrics, Chapter 62, Surgical Contraception, pp.
      1353-1359, Appleton & Lange, Norwalk, CT (1993).
PAL  Dewitt, "Surgery of the Male Genital Tract", in Family Medicine Principles
      and Practice, 4th Edition, Taylor, Editor, pp. 778-780 (1994).
PAL  Kinugasa, et al., "Direct Thrombosis of Aneurysms with Cellulose Acetate
      Polymer", J. Neurosurg., 77:501-507 (1992).
PAL  Kinugasa, et al., "Early Treatment of Subarachnoid Hemorrhage After
      Preventing Rerupture of an Aneurysm", J. Neurosurg., 83:34-41 (1995).
PAL  Kinugasa, et al., "Prophylactic Thrombosis to Prevent New Bleeding and to
      Delay Aneurysm Surgery", Neurosurg., 36:661 (1995).
PAL  Taki, et al., "Selection and Combination of Various Endovascular Techniques
      in the Treatment of Giant Aneurysms", J. Neurosurg., 77:37-42 (1992).
PAL  Park, et al., "New Polymers of Therapeutic Embolization", Poster #47,
      Meeting of the Radiological Society of North America (1993).
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, LLP
ABST
PAL  Disclosed are methods for sterilizing a female mammal wherein a composition
      comprising a biocompatible polymer and a biocompatible solvent is
      delivered to the fallopian tube of the female mammal.
PATN
WKU  059895810
SRC  9
APN  0567000
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19980408
TTL  Drug delivery system for two or more active substances
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Azpuru; C.
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Groenewegen; Rudolf Johannes Joseph
CTY  Heesch
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Akzo Nobel N.V.
CTY  Arnhem
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970411
APN  97201098
CLAS
OCL  424433
XCL  424430
XCL  424432
EDF  6
ICL  A61F 1302
FSC  424
FSS  430;432;433
FREF
PNO  0279982
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/02015
ISD  19970100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Muir; Gregory R.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is dealing with a drug delivery system, preferably in
      a ring-shaped form suitable for vaginal administration, for the
      simultaneous release of a progestogenic steroid compound and an estrogenic
      steroid compound in a fixed physiological ratio over a prolonged period of
      time. The drug delivery system comprises at least one compartment
      comprising a thermoplastic polymer core containing the mixture of the
      progestogenic and estrogenic compounds and a thermoplastic polymer skin,
      the progestogenic compound being initially dissolved in the polymer core
      material in a relatively low degree of supersaturation.
PATN
WKU  059895829
SRC  8
APN  8948453
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970814
TTL  Administration of ketamine for detoxification and to treat substance
      addiction, and compositions therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Azpuru; Carlos
INVT
NAM  Weg; Stuart L.
STR  498 Island Way
CTY  Franklin Lakes
STA  NJ
ZIP  07417
RLAP
COD  71
APN  477365
APD  19950607
PSC  01
PNO  5679714
RLAP
COD  82
APN  201756
APD  19940225
PSC  01
PNO  5543434
CLAS
OCL  424434
XCL  424430
XCL  424435
XCL  424439
XCL  424443
EDF  6
ICL  A61F 1302
ICL  A61K 4718
FSC  424
FSS  430;434;435;443;439
UREF
PNO  4334526
ISD  19820600
NAM  Hamacher
UREF
PNO  4671953
ISD  19870600
NAM  Stanley et al.
UREF
PNO  5112804
ISD  19920500
NAM  Kowarski
UREF
PNO  5132114
ISD  19920700
NAM  Stanley et al.
UREF
PNO  5679714
ISD  19971000
NAM  Weg
OCL  514647
FREF
PNO  1322958
ISD  19881000
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/03236
ISD  19910300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/15737
ISD  19930800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/22965
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Trujillo and Akil. 1994. Brain Res. 633:178-88.
PAL  Abram. 1993. Reg. Anesth. 18 (suppl):406-13.
PAL  Louon et al. 1993. Br. J. Opthalmol. 77:529-30.
PAL  Jansen. 1993. Brit. Med. J. 306:601-02.
PAL  Stannard and Porter. 1993. Pain 54:227-30.
PAL  Weksler et al. 1993. Can. J. Anaesthia 40:119-21.
PAL  Adams and Hempelmann. 1990. Anaesthesist 39:71-76. (English abs.).
PAL  Oshima et al. 1990. Can. J. Anaesth. 37:385-92.
PAL  Reich and Silvay. 1989. Can. J. Anaesth. 36:186-97.
PAL  Sadove et al. 1971. Anesth. Analg. 50:452-57.
PAL  Bovill and Dundee. 1971. Br. J. Anaesth. 43:496-94.
PAL  Domino et al. 1965. Clin. Pharmacol. Ther. 6:279-91.
PAL  Aldrete et al. (1988) Acta Anaesthesiol. Belg. 39 (No.3, Sup.2):95-6.
PAL  Weksler et al. (1993) Can. J. Anaesth. 40:119-21.
PAL  Adams et al. (1990) Anaesthesist 39:71-6.
PAL  Raju, V.K. (1990) West. J. Med. 153:311-2.
PAL  Anderson, C.T.M. (1980) J. Pediatr. Ophthalmol. Strabismus. 17:292-6.
PAL  Khanna et al. (1992) Pharmcol. Biochem. Behav. 42:347-50.
PAL  Khanna et al. (1993) Soc. Neurosci. Abstr. 19:1456 (Abst. # 595.5).
PAL  Raju, V.K. (1980) J. Pediatr. Ophthalmol. 17:292-6.
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US96/02047
PD1  19970814
PD2  19970814
PD3  19960214
PCP  WO96/25925
PCD  19960829
ABST
PAR  A method to facilitate detoxification and treat substance addiction by
      administration of ketamine and a benzodiazepine. A preferred dosage range
      of ketamine is about 0.01 mg/kg of body weight to about 1 mg/kg.
      Pharmaceutical compositions comprising this dosage range of ketamine in a
      gum or candy are also provided. In a specific example, a dedicated smoker
      was able to reduce her craving from three packs of cigarettes a day.
PATN
WKU  059895837
SRC  8
APN  8330751
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970402
TTL  Solid lipid compositions of lipophilic compounds for enhanced oral
      bioavailability
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Kishore; Gollamudi S.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Amselem; Shimon
CTY  Rehovot
CNT  ILX
ASSG
NAM  Pharmos Ltd.
CTY  Rehovot
CNT  ILX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ILX
APD  19960402
APN  117773
CLAS
OCL  424439
XCL  424456
XCL  424464
XCL  424465
XCL  424452
XCL  424450
XCL  424489
XCL  426590
XCL  514169
XCL  514724
XCL  514728
XCL  514962
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  914
ICL  A61K  920
ICL  A61K  948
FSC  424
FSS  450;452;489;456;464;465;439
FSC  426
FSS  590
FSC  514
FSS  169;962;724;728
FSC  264
FSS  4.1;4.3
UREF
PNO  4687782
ISD  19870800
NAM  Brantman
OCL  514561
UREF
PNO  5179122
ISD  19930100
NAM  Greene et al.
OCL  514458
UREF
PNO  5480865
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kingham
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5665379
ISD  19970900
NAM  Herslof
OCL  424450
FREF
PNO  0084169
ISD  19821200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0084169
ISD  19830700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2050287
ISD  19830100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2050287
ISD  19910100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  Lipophilic substances of poor oral bioavailability are mixed with at least
      one solid fat and phospholipid to obtain a dried solid composition
      suitable as an oral dosage form. The solid lipid compositions are
      exemplified for food additives or dietary supplements such as Coenzyme Q10
      and for pharmaceuticals such as dexanabinol. The Coenzyme Q10-dry lipid
      mixtures shows improved drug release in vitro and enhanced oral
      bioavailability in vivo compared to a commercial CoQ10 formulation. The
      dexanabinol-dry lipid mixture similarly shows greatly enhanced oral
      bioavailability compared to known formulations.
PATN
WKU  059895845
SRC  8
APN  8794413
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970620
TTL  CCK antibodies used to improve feed efficiency
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXA  Channavajjala; Lakshmi
EXP  Page; Thurman K.
INVT
NAM  Cook; Mark E.
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Miller; Cheryl C.
CTY  Dacula
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Pimentel; Julio L.
CTY  Buford
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  807435
APD  19970228
PSC  01
PNO  5827517
RLAP
COD  82
APN  286376
APD  19940805
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  424442
XCL  4241301
XCL  4241451
XCL  4241581
XCL  530399
EDF  6
ICL  A23K  100
FSC  424
FSS  130.1;145.1;157.1;158.1;442
FSC  530
FSS  380;399;387.1;388.24;389.2
UREF
PNO  4748018
ISD  19880500
NAM  Stolle et al.
OCL  424 87
UREF
PNO  5080895
ISD  19920100
NAM  Tokoro
OCL  424 85.8
UREF
PNO  5137900
ISD  19920800
NAM  Lam et al.
OCL  514375
OREF
PAL  Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18.sup.th edition, pp. 1635, 1654 &
      1655, 1990.
PAL  McLaughlin et al, Effect of CCk antibody on food intake and weight gain in
      Zucker rats, Physiology and Behaviour, vol. 34, 277-282, 1985.
PAL  Walsh et al, "Cholecystokinin-Octapeptidelike Immunoreactivity in Human
      Plasma", Gastrenterology, vol. 82, pp. 438-444, Mar. 1982.
PAL  McLaughlin et al, "Effect of CCK Antibodies on Food Intake & Weight Gain in
      Zucker Rats", Physiology & Behavior, vol. 34, pp. 277-282, 1985.
PAL  Muirhead, "USDA, biotech firm develop compound to get pigs to eat",
      Feedstuffs, p. 10, May 22, 1989.
PAL  Burhol, "Gastric Stimulation by Intravenous Injection of Cholecystokinin
      and Secretin in Fistula Chickens", Scand. J. Gastroent, pp. 49-53, 1974.
PAL  Duke, "Recent Studies on Regulation of Gastric Motility in Turkeys",
      World's Poultry Science Association Invited Lecture, pp. 1-8, 1991.
PAL  Savory et al, "Influence of Vagotomy in Domestic Fowls on Feeding Activity,
      Food Passage, Digestibility and Satiety Effects of Two Peptides",
      Physiology & Behavior, vol. 33, pp. 987-944, 1984.
PAL  Pekas, "Effect if Cholecystokinin Immunization, Enhanced Food Intake and
      Growth of Swine on Lean Yield and Carcass Composition", American Institute
      of Nutrition, pp. 563-567, 1990.
PAL  Savory et al, "Are there Hunger and Satiety Factors in the Blood of
      Domestic Fowls?", Appetite, vol. 8, pp. 101-110, 1987.
PAL  Sollenberger, "The New Wonders of Barnyard Biotechnology", The Furrow, Corn
      Belt Edition, pp. 9-13, Jan.-Feb., 1994.
PAL  Pekas et al, "Cholecystokinin Octapeptide Immunization: Effect on Growth of
      Barrows and Gilts", J. Anim. Sci., vol. 71, pp. 2499-2505, 1993.
PAL  Savory et al, "Influence on Intravenous Injections of Cholecystokinin on
      Gastrointestinal Motility in Turkeys and Domestic Fowls", Biochem.
      Physiol., vol. 70A, pp. 179-189, 1981.
PAL  Gibbs et al, Cholecystokinin Decreases Food Intake in Rats, Journal of
      Comparative and Physiological Psychology, vol. 84, No. 3, pp. 489-495,
      1973.
PAL  Trout et al, "Immune, Growth and Carcass Responses of Ram Lambs to Active
      Immunization Against Desulfated Cholecystokinin (CCK-8)",J. Anim. Sci.,
      vol. 67, pp. 2709-2714, 1989.
PAL  Spencer, "Immunization Against Cholecystokinin Decreases Appetite in
      Lambs", J. Anim. Sci., vol. 70, pp. 3820-3824, 1992.
PAL  Pekas et al, "Stimulation of Food Intake and Growth of Swine by
      Cholecystokinin Immunization", Growth, Development & Aging, vol. 54, pp.
      51-56, 1990.
PAL  Baile et al, "Hormones and feed intake", Proc. Nutr. Soc., vol. 42, pp.
      113-127, 1983.
PAL  Walsh, "Gastrin", Gut Peptides: Biochemistry and Physiology, pp. 75-76,
      1994.
PAL  Scott et al, "Nutrition of the Chicken", Scott & Associates, Second
      Edition, pp. 435-437., 1976.
PAL  Ologhobo et al, "Utilisation of Raw Jackbean (Canavalia Ensiformis) and
      Jackbean Fractions in Diets for Broiler Chicks", British Poultry Science,
      vol. 34, pp. 323-337, 1993.
PAL  Ologhobo et al, "Toxicity of Raw Limabeans (Phaseolus Lunatus L.) and
      Limabean Fractions for Growing Chicks", British Poultry Science, vol. 34,
      pp. 505-522, 1993.
PAL  Fuller, Jr. "Microwave Treated Whole Soybeans as a Feedstuff in Poultry
      Diets", a thesis submitted to the Graduate Faculty in Partial Fulfillment
      of the Requirements for the Degree of Master of Science, Iowa State
      University, Ames, Iowa, pp. 1-13, 1985.
PAL  Evans et al, "Influence of Heat and Supplementation with Methionine on the
      Nutritive Value of Soybean Protein", J. Nutri., 31, 449, as it appears in
      Handbook of Nutritive Value of Processed Food, vol. II, Animal Feedstuffs,
      pp. 327-330, 1946.
PAL  McNaughton et al, "Relationships Between Color, Trypsin Inhibitor Contents,
      and Urease Index of Soybean Meal and Effects on Broiler Performance",
      Poultry Science, vol. 60, pp. 393-400, 1981.
PAL  Herkelman et al, "Effects of Heat Treatment on the Nutritional Value of
      Conventional and Low Trypsin Inhibitor Soybeans for Chicks", Poultry
      Science, vol. 72, pp. 1359-1369, 1993.
PAL  The Merck Index, Eleventh Edition, 1989, pp. 341 and 1352.
PAL  "Cholecystokinin", Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, vol. 713,
      pp. 12 and 33, 1994.
PAL  "Neurotransmitters and Neuromodulators", Gainer and Brownstein, pp.
      164-167, 1981.
PAL  Gut Peptides, Biochemistry and Physiology, Raven Press, New York.
PAL  Morrison et al, Organic Chemistry, 4.sup.th Edition, pp. 787,789, 799,
      825-826.
PAL  "Molecular Design of Life", Biochemistry, 3.sup.rd Edition, p. 22.
PAL  Biochemicals, Organic Compounds, Diagnostic Reagents, SIGMA product order
      list.
PAL  Savory et al, "Intravenous Injections of Cholecystokinin and Caerulein
      Suppress Food Intake in Domestic Fowls", Experientia 36, pp. 1191-1193,
      1980.
PAL  Della-Ferra et al, "Cholecystokinin Antibody Injected in Cerebral
      Ventricles Stimulates Feeding in Sheep", Science, vol. 212, pp. 687-689,
      1981.
PAL  Van Wormhoudt et al, "Action de L'inhibiteur trypsique de soja sur la
      croissance et L'activite des enzymes digestives chez Penaeus japonicus,
      role eventuel des hormones gastro-intesinales", Oceanis, vol. 12, No. 4,
      pp. 305-319, 1986.
PAL  Pekas et al, "Stimulation of Food Intake and Growth of Swine by
      Cholecystokinin Immunization", Growth Development & Aging, vol. 54, pp.
      51-56, 1990.
PAL  Inoue et al, "Suppression of Pancreatic Polypeptide and Pancreatic
      Secretions by Specific Cholecystokinin Antibody in Dogs", Surgical Forum,
      vol. 34, pp. 216-217, 1983.
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of increasing food efficiency in both avians and mammals by using
      antibodies to gut peptides such as choleocystokinin to elicit a biological
      response which decreases gastrointestinal motility, reduces satiety or
      improves feed efficiency.
PATN
WKU  059895853
SRC  9
APN  051845&
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19980623
TTL  Transdermal therapeutic system (TTS) containing vitamin E for the
      treatment of drug dependency
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Channavajjala; Lakshmi
EXP  Kishore; Gollamudi S.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Bracher; Daniel
CTY  Holzkirchen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Hexal AG
CTY  Holzkirchen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19951023
APN  195 39 373
CLAS
OCL  424448
XCL  424447
XCL  424449
XCL  514458
EDF  6
ICL  A61F 1302
FSC  424
FSS  447;448;449
FSC  514
FSS  458
UREF
PNO  5683711
ISD  19971100
NAM  Fischer et al.
OCL  424449
FREF
PNO  92/19226
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/23707
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Kane, Dalsimer, Sullivan and Levy, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/04459
PD1  19980623
PD2  19980623
PD3  19961014
PCP  WO97/15294
PCD  19970501
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to a transdermal therapeutic system (TTS) for the
      administration of active agents for substitution treatment of drug
      dependency or drug addiction.
PATN
WKU  059895861
SRC  8
APN  0560766
APT  1
ART  167
APD  19930430
TTL  Two-phase matrix for sustained release drug delivery device
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Harrison; Robert H.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Tsung-Min
CTY  Union City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chen; Tung Fen
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Cygnus, Inc.
CTY  Redwood City
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  956635
APD  19921005
CLAS
OCL  424449
XCL  424484
XCL  424447
XCL  424448
EDF  6
ICL  A61F 1300
ICL  A61F 1302
ICL  A61F  970
FSC  424
FSS  484;486;447;448;449
FSC  514
FSS  438
UREF
PNO  4814173
ISD  19890300
NAM  Song et al.
OCL  424449
UREF
PNO  4882352
ISD  19891100
NAM  Horn
OCL  514438
UREF
PNO  4885308
ISD  19891200
NAM  Horn
OCL  514438
UREF
PNO  4906463
ISD  19900300
NAM  Cleary et al.
OCL  424449
UREF
PNO  4959208
ISD  19900900
NAM  Chakrabarti et al.
OCL  424486
UREF
PNO  4996226
ISD  19910200
NAM  Horn
OCL  514438
UREF
PNO  5028435
ISD  19910700
NAM  Katz et al.
OCL  424484
UREF
PNO  5071645
ISD  19911200
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  424486
UREF
PNO  5166341
ISD  19921100
NAM  Kon et al.
OCL  540575
UREF
PNO  5204119
ISD  19930400
NAM  Shiobara et al.
OCL  424489
UREF
PNO  5225407
ISD  19930700
NAM  Oakley et al.
OCL  514215
UREF
PNO  5232702
ISD  19930800
NAM  Pfister et al.
OCL  424448
UREF
PNO  5240995
ISD  19930800
NAM  Gyory et al.
OCL  525 57
UREF
PNO  5300291
ISD  19940400
NAM  Sablotsky et al.
OCL  424 78.18
UREF
PNO  5300299
ISD  19940400
NAM  Sweet et al.
OCL  424448
UREF
PNO  5344394
ISD  19940900
NAM  Gyory et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5840336
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hsu et al.
OCL  424484
OREF
PAL  Naoyaki Yoshida et al, "DAT-582 . . . " J of Pharmacology and Experimental
      Therapeutics, vol. 260, No. 3 pp. 1159-1165.
LREP
FR2  Horne; Angela P.
FR2  McClung; Barbara G.
ABST
PAL  A two-phase hydrophilic drug-containing matrix for use in transdermal drug
      delivery patches in which one phase is a continuous hydrophobic polymer
      phase which optionally includes a hydrophobic solvent that acts as a skin
      permeation enhancer and the other phase is a dispersed particulate
      hydrated inorganic silicate in whose absorbed aqueous phase the drug is
      dissolved.
PATN
WKU  059895870
SRC  8
APN  2119870
APT  1
ART  152
APD  19940425
TTL  Formation of stable liposomes from lipid extracts of archaeobacteria
      (archaeu)
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  22
EXP  Kishore; Gollamudi S.
NDR  10
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Sprott; G. Dennis
CTY  Ottawa
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Patel; Girishchandra B.
CTY  Nepean
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Choquet; Christian G.
CTY  Quebec
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Ekiel; Irena
CTY  Quebec
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  National Research Council of Canada
CTY  Ottawa
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  424450
XCL  4284022
XCL  554 79
XCL  554 80
XCL  554213
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  9127
ICL  C07C 5900
FSC  424
FSS  450
FSC  428
FSS  402.2
FSC  554
FSS  79;80;213
UREF
PNO  4722842
ISD  19880200
NAM  Stallcup
OCL  424 95
UREF
PNO  5098588
ISD  19920300
NAM  Chang
OCL  252 52R
FREF
PNO  2050287
ISD  19810100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Ferrante et al; Structures of polar lipids from the thermophilic...;
      Biochem. cell Biol. 68 1990; pp. 274 to 283.
PAL  Sprott et al; Novel, Acid-labile, Hydroxydiether Lipid Cores...; 1990; The
      Journal of Biological Chemistry vol. 265 --pp. 13735 to 13740.
PAL  Kushwaha et al; Novel polar lipids from the Methanogen...; Biochimica et
      Biophysica Acta, 664(1981) --pp. 156 to 173.
PAL  Lo, BBRC, 167 #1, 1990
PAL  Mirghani, Biochem. Soc. Transaction. 629.sup.th meeting, p. 507, 1989.
PAL  Woodle in Methods in Enzymol. 17, 1989 p. 193.
PAL  Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 863 (1986) 213-223.
PAL  The Structure of membrane lipides of the extreme halophile, Halobacterium
      cutirubrum, P.J. Quinn et al.
PAL  Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 352 (1974) 202-217, Osometric and
      Microscopic Studies on Bilayers of Polar Lipids of the Extreme Halophile,
      Halobacterium Cutinebrum, J. S. Chen et al.
LREP
FR2  Anderson; J. Wayne
PCTA
PCN  PCT/CA92/00464
PD1  19940425
PD2  19940425
PD3  19921023
PCP  WO93/08202
PCD  19930429
ABST
PAR  Novel ether lipids were obtained from methanogenic (Methanospirillum
      hungatei, Methanococcus jannaschii, Methanococcus voltae, Methanosarcina
      mazei, and Methanobrevibacter smithii), and extremely halophilic
      (Halobacterium cutirubrum) representatives of the archaeobacteria. Several
      of the ether lipids produced by Methanospirillum and Methanosarcina genera
      were purified and characterized structurally for the first time.
      Unilamellar liposomes were prepared from emulsions of the total
      polar-ether lipid extracts of such bacteria by pressure extrusion through
      membranes of various pore sizes. Liposome populations were shown by
      dynamic light scattering and electron microscopy to range in size
      depending on the pore size of the filter, on the source of the lipids, and
      on the composition of the suspending buffer medium. In all cases the size
      ranges indicated highly homogeneous preparations. Leakage of entrapped
      fluorescent or radioactive compounds esablished that the ether liposomes
      were stable to attack by phospholipase A.sub.2 and B, and were stable for
      at least 60 days to storage in an atmosphere of air. The detergent
      dialysis method of forming liposomes also produced unilamellar liposomes
      from most of the archaeobacterial total polar lipid extracts which were
      tested.
PATN
WKU  059895888
SRC  8
APN  9406433
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970930
TTL  Methods and compositions for preventing and treating heartburn
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Howard; Sharon
EXP  Page; Thurman K.
INVT
NAM  Korn; Scott H.
CTY  Richboro
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  McNally; Gerard P.
CTY  Strafford
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Luber; Joseph R.
CTY  Quakertown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Ells; Tom S.
CTY  Fort Washington
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Merck & Co., Inc.
CTY  Rahway
STA  NY
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  McNeil-PPC, Inc.
CTY  Skillman
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424465
XCL  424451
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  920
ICL  A61K  948
FSC  424
FSS  401;464;465;451
UREF
PNO  4283408
ISD  19810800
NAM  Hirata et al.
OCL  424270
UREF
PNO  5229137
ISD  19930700
NAM  Wolfe et al.
OCL  424687
UREF
PNO  5629026
ISD  19970500
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  424686
UREF
PNO  5667794
ISD  19970900
NAM  Simon et al.
OCL  424401
FREF
PNO  0 138 540
ISD  19850400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 233 853
ISD  19870800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 290 229
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 294 933
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 492 247 A1
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 600 725 A1
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/00102
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/12779
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Chremos, A.N., J. Clin. Gastroenterol., "Clinical Pharmacology of
      Famotidine: A Summary", vol. 9 (Suppl. 2), pp. 7-12 (1987).
PAL  Thompson, et al.,CMA Journal, "Heartburn and globus in apparently healthy
      people", vol. 126, pp. 46-48 (1982).
PAL  Laskin, et al., J. Clin. Pharmacol, "Pharmacodynamics and Dose-Response
      Relationship of Famotidine: A Double-Blind Randomized Placebo-Controlled
      Trial", vol. 33, pp. 636-639 (1993).
PAL  McCallum et al., Digestive Diseases and Sciences, "MK-208, A Novel
      Histamine H2-Receptor Inhibitor with Prolonged Antisecretory Effect", vol.
      30(12), pp. 1139-1144 (1985).
PAL  Gitlin et al., Amer. Journal of Gastroenterology, "A multiclinic
      Double-Blind Dose Ranging Study Evaluating the Efficacy and . . . ", vol.
      80, p. 840 (1985).
PAL  Miyoshi et al., Naika Hokan, "Clinical Evaluation of Famotidine on Acute
      Gastric Mucosal Lesions Associated with Acute Gastritis and . . . ", vol.
      34, pp. 442-457 (1987).
PAL  Douds, Andrew C. and J. Douglas Maxwell, BMJ,(Letters), vol. 309, p. 1156
      (1994).
PAL  Cooper, J.R.B., BMJ, (Letters), vol. 309, pp. 1156-1157 (1994).
PAL  Simon et al., Esophageal, Gastric, and Duodenal Disorders, "Self-Directed
      Treatment of Intermittent Heartburn: A Randomized . . . ", p. A181 (1994).
PAL  MSD Merck Sharp & Dohme, "PEPCID Insert".
PAL  F-D-C Reports--"The Tan Sheet" pp. 9-11, Apr. 18, 1994.
PAL  Pepcid AC Acid Control Product Monograph (published 1994).
PAL  "The Liberator . . . ", The Pharmaceutical Journal (May 7, 1994.
PAL  Database Hcaplus on STN, No. 553610 Over-The-Counter H-2, Medical Letter,
      1971.
PAL  Database HCA on STN, No. 170225 Pharmaceutical Compositions, WO 9501792,
      1995.
PAL  Database Hcaplus on STN, No. 142618 Pharmaceutical Compositions, WO
      9501795, 1995.
LREP
FR2  Parr; Richard S.
FR2  Winokur; Melvin
ABST
PAL  A method for preventing heartburn episodes in a patient at risk to
      development of heartburn, comprising administering to the patient,
      following the heartburn inducing event but prior to development of
      heartburn, a composition comprising a pharmaceutically effective amount of
      an H.sub.2 antagonist and an amount of antacid having between about 15 mEq
      and 46 mEq acid neutralizing capacity.
PATN
WKU  059895896
SRC  8
APN  956117&
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19971024
TTL  Cross-linked cellulose as a tablet excipient
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Seidleck; Brian K.
EXP  Page; Thurman K.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Cartilier; Louis
STR  242 Hollis Road
CTY  Beaconsfield, Quebec
CNT  CAX
ITX  H9W 2M7
INVT
NAM  Chebli; Chafic
STR  3070 Chemin Lake
CTY  Dollard-des-Ormeaux, Quebec
CNT  CAX
ITX  H9G 2V5
CLAS
OCL  424465
XCL  424464
XCL  424488
XCL  424489
XCL  424494
XCL  514960
XCL  514961
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  922
FSC  424
FSS  464;465;488;489;494
FSC  514
FSS  960;961
UREF
PNO  3453368
ISD  19690700
NAM  Magid
UREF
PNO  3622677
ISD  19711100
NAM  Short et al.
UREF
PNO  3725556
ISD  19730400
NAM  Hanssen et al.
UREF
PNO  4369308
ISD  19830100
NAM  Trubiano
UREF
PNO  4933185
ISD  19900600
NAM  Wheatley et al.
UREF
PNO  5456921
ISD  19951000
NAM  Mateescu et al.
UREF
PNO  5603956
ISD  19970200
NAM  Mateescu et al.
UREF
PNO  5616343
ISD  19970400
NAM  Cartlilier et al.
UREF
PNO  5776492
ISD  19980700
NAM  Betzing et al.
FREF
PNO  94/02121
ISD  19940200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/21236
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  98/03064
ISD  19980100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  ROBIC
ABST
PAL  Cross-linked cellulose is an excellent binder disintegrant that can be used
      in the preparation of pharmaceutical tablets. The tablets that are so
      prepared are made of a compressed mixture of a powder of a
      pharmaceutically active ingredient with a powder of a pharmaceutical
      excipient including a pharmaceutically acceptable form of cross-linked
      cellulose in an amount up to 35% by weight with respect to the total
      weight of the tablet. The cross-linked cellulose is prepared by
      cross-linking microcrystalline or fibrous cellulose with a cross-linking
      agent such as epichlorhydrin in a relative amount of 2 to 50 g of
      cross-linking agent per 100 g of cellulose. Tests have proved that
      cross-linked cellulose is very easy to synthetise and has excellent
      binding/disintegrating properties that are function of the cross-linking
      degree. At low cross-linking degree, cross-linked cellulose is more a
      binder than a disintegrant whereas at high cross-linking degree, it is
      more a disintegrant than a binder.
PATN
WKU  059895900
SRC  9
APN  1002023
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19980619
TTL  Oral delivery of discrete units
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Brouillette; D. Gabrielle
NDR  4
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Wong; Patrick S.-L.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Rosen; Howard B.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Roth; Nathan
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Gardner; Phyllis I.
CTY  Stanford
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Alza Corporation
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  684602
APD  19960719
PSC  01
PNO  5780058
CLAS
OCL  424473
XCL  424439
XCL  424451
XCL  424464
XCL  424489
XCL  604 56
XCL  604 85
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  924
FSC  424
FSS  439;451;464;473;489
FSC  604
FSS  56;85
UREF
PNO  1661400
ISD  19280300
NAM  Yehle
UREF
PNO  2436505
ISD  19480200
NAM  DuRall
OCL  128222
UREF
PNO  2867536
ISD  19590100
NAM  Mead et al.
OCL   99138
UREF
PNO  3409224
ISD  19681100
NAM  Harp et al.
UREF
PNO  3610483
ISD  19711000
NAM  Visconti et al.
OCL  222478
UREF
PNO  3845770
ISD  19741100
NAM  Theeuwes et al.
OCL  128260
UREF
PNO  3995631
ISD  19761200
NAM  Higuchi et al.
OCL  128260
UREF
PNO  4034756
ISD  19770700
NAM  Higuchi et al.
OCL  128260
UREF
PNO  4111202
ISD  19780900
NAM  Theeuwes
OCL  128260
UREF
PNO  4320759
ISD  19820300
NAM  Theeuwes
OCL  128260
UREF
PNO  4327725
ISD  19820500
NAM  Cortese et al.
OCL  128260
UREF
PNO  4449983
ISD  19840500
NAM  Cortese et al.
OCL  128260
UREF
PNO  4581013
ISD  19860400
NAM  Allen
OCL  604 78
UREF
PNO  4765989
ISD  19880800
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  424473
UREF
PNO  4792333
ISD  19881200
NAM  Kidder
OCL  604 83
UREF
PNO  4981468
ISD  19910100
NAM  Benefiel et al.
OCL  604 83
UREF
PNO  5094861
ISD  19920300
NAM  D'Auguste et al.
UREF
PNO  5110597
ISD  19920500
NAM  Wong
OCL  424438
UREF
PNO  5123915
ISD  19920600
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  606234
UREF
PNO  5222940
ISD  19930600
NAM  Wilk
OCL  604 77
UREF
PNO  5223259
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lackney
OCL  424435
UREF
PNO  5391381
ISD  19950200
NAM  Wong
OCL  424473
UREF
PNO  5509605
ISD  19960400
NAM  Cripe
UREF
PNO  5718681
ISD  19980200
NAM  Manning
OCL  604 56
FREF
PNO  1906964
ISD  19690200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Reister; Andrea G.
     Howrey & Simon
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to an oral active agent delivery system
      and method for delivering discrete units of an active agent formulation to
      a patient. An active agent formulation chamber containing the active agent
      formulation and having a fluid passing active agent formulation retainer
      is placed at one end into a fluid and at a second end into a patient's
      mouth. The active agent is delivered when the patient sips on the end of
      the chamber.
PATN
WKU  059895918
SRC  9
APN  0385417
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19980311
TTL  Rapamycin formulations for oral administration
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Ware; Todd
EXP  Page; Thurman K.
INVT
NAM  Nagi; Arwinder S.
CTY  Thiells
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  American Home Products Corporation
CTY  Madison
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424493
XCL  424479
XCL  424480
XCL  424494
XCL  424489
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  922
FSC  424
FSS  479;480;493;494
UREF
PNO  3929992
ISD  19751200
NAM  Sehgal et al.
OCL  424122
UREF
PNO  4753801
ISD  19880600
NAM  Oren et al.
OCL  424465
UREF
PNO  5026560
ISD  19910600
NAM  Makino et al.
OCL  424494
UREF
PNO  5100899
ISD  19920300
NAM  Calne
OCL  514291
UREF
PNO  5145684
ISD  19920900
NAM  Liversidge et al.
OCL  424489
UREF
PNO  5516770
ISD  19960500
NAM  Waranis et al.
OCL  514183
UREF
PNO  5530006
ISD  19960600
NAM  Waranis et al.
OCL  514291
UREF
PNO  5536729
ISD  19960700
NAM  Waranis et al.
OCL  514291
UREF
PNO  5559121
ISD  19960900
NAM  Harrison et al.
OCL  514291
UREF
PNO  5616588
ISD  19970400
NAM  Waranis et al.
OCL  514291
UREF
PNO  5691334
ISD  19971100
NAM  Doria et al.
OCL  514235.5
UREF
PNO  5725883
ISD  19980300
NAM  Staniforth et al.
OCL  424489
LREP
FR2  Milowsky; Arnold S.
ABST
PAL  This invention provides rapamycin solid dosage unit which comprises a core
      and a sugar overcoat, said sugar overcoat comprising rapamycin, one or
      more surface modifying agents, one or more sugars, and optionally one or
      more binders.
PATN
WKU  059895926
SRC  8
APN  9432701
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19971003
TTL  Inhibition of complement pathway by sea cucumber fractions
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXA  Kerr; Janet M.
EXP  Wityshyn; Michael G.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Collin; Peter Donald
CTY  Sunset
STA  ME
ASSG
NAM  Coastside Bio Resources
CTY  Stonington
STA  ME
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  424520
XCL  424572
XCL  424574
XCL  514  2
XCL  514  8
XCL  514 21
XCL  514 24
XCL  514 25
XCL  514 53
XCL  514 54
XCL  514822
XCL  514885
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3536
ICL  A61K 3800
ICL  A61K 3170
ICL  A61K 31715
FSC  424
FSS  520;572;574
FSC  514
FSS  54;24;25;42;2;53;21;8;822;885
OREF
PAL  Takada, Y. et al., Inhibition of the classical and alternative pathways by
      amino acids and their derivatives. Immunology, vol. 34, pp. 509-515
      (1978).
PAL  Becker, E.L., The relationship of the structure of phosphonate esters to
      their ability to inhibit chymotrypsin, trypsin, acetylcholinesterase and
      C'ra. Biochem. Biophys. Acta, vol. 147, pp. 289-296 (1967).
PAL  Conrow, R.B. et al., Synthetic modulators of the complement system. 1.
      Synthesis and biological activity of
      5,5',5"-[1,3,6-Naphthalenetriyltris(sulfonylimino)]-tris[1,3-benzenedisulf
     onic acid] hexasodium salt. J. Med. Chem., vol. 23, pp. 240-242 (1980).
PAL  Hansch, C. et al., Structure-activity relationships in immunochemistry. 2.
      Inhibition of complement by benzamidines. J. Med. Chem., vol. 17, pp.
      1160-1167 (1974).
PAL  De Clercq, E. et al., Anti-complement activity of polynucleotides. Biochem.
      Biophys. Res. Commun., vol. 67, pp. 255-263 (1975).
LREP
FRM  Rothwell, Figg, Ernst & Kurz
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to methods for inhibiting the complement
      pathway in a mammal comprising administering an effective dose of a
      composition comprising an active ingredient selected from the group
      consisting of isolated sea cucumber (Phylum Echinodermata, Class
      Holothuroidea) body wall, isolated sea cucumber epithelial layer, isolated
      sea cucumber flower, sea cucumber fucosylated chondroitin sulfate,
      combinations thereof, active derivatives thereof or combinations of active
      derivatives thereof.
PATN
WKU  059895934
SRC  8
APN  9741917
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19971119
TTL  Method for producing antithrombin-III, method for purifying it, and
      preparation containing it
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Henley, III; Raymond
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Ideno; Shouji
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uriyu; Katsuhiro
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uemura; Yahiro
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yoshitomi Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961120
APN  8-309281
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970604
APN  9-163426
CLAS
OCL  424529
XCL  514  8
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3514
ICL  A61K 3816
FSC  424
FSS  529
FSC  514
FSS  8
UREF
PNO  3842061
ISD  19741000
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  260112B
UREF
PNO  4340589
ISD  19820700
NAM  Uemura et al.
OCL  424101
FREF
PNO  29 16 711
ISD  19801100
CNT  DKX
FREF
PNO  0 653 212 A1
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  J. Porath et al. "Metal Chelate Affinity Chromatography, a New Approach to
      Protein Fractionation" Nature, vol. 258, Dec. 18, 1975, p. 598/599
      XP002059246.
PAL  Newton et al. J. Biol. Chem., 269 (43), 26739-45 (Abstract), 1944.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A method for producing antithrombin-III from an antithrombin-III-containing
      aqueous solution, comprising at least one of the following steps (a) and
      (b): (a) heating the antithrombin-III-containing aqueous solution in the
      presence of a stabilizing agent so that 85% or more of the activity of
      antithrombin-III before the heating is maintained after the heating, and
      that the ratio of an antithrombin-III monomer after the heating is
      maintained at 95% or more; and (b) treating the
      antithrombin-III-containing aqueous solution with a metal chelate resin
      and recovering a purified antithrombin-III.
PATN
WKU  059895942
SRC  8
APN  9077944
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970808
TTL  Ratite extracts as therapeutic agents
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Witz; Jean C.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Cardinale Fezler; Donna L.
STR  Rte. 1, Box 97B
CTY  Jacksonville
STA  IL
ZIP  62650
CLAS
OCL  424548
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3534
FSC  424
FSS  548
UREF
PNO  5202144
ISD  19930400
NAM  Yaiko
OCL  426574
UREF
PNO  5431924
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ghosh et al.
OCL  424522
UREF
PNO  5472713
ISD  19951200
NAM  Fein et al.
OCL  424522
FREF
PNO  04349870
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1138969
ISD  19890700
CNT  SUX
OREF
PAL  Offerman et al., Journal of Nutrition in Recipe and Menu Development 2(2):
      41-48 (1995). Abstract, 1995.
PAL  Noble, R.C. et al.: Yolk Lipids and Their Fatty Acids in the Wild and
      Captive Ostrich (Struthio camelus). Comp. Biochem. Physiol., 1996, vol.
      113B, No. 4, pp. 753-756.
PAL  Dearing, J.D.: Rubber Rheas Revisited. Ratite Marketplace, Feb. 24, 1994:
      29-30.
PAL  Speer, B.L.: Fading Chick Syndrome. American Ostrich, Aug. 1994: 30-31, 82,
      85-86.
PAL  Smith, C.A.: Ostrich chick survival presents challenge. JAVMA, vol. 203,
      No. 5: Sep. 1, 1993: 637-643.
LREP
FR2  Fishel; Grace J.
ABST
PAL  Adenosine triphosphate (ATP) deficiency is the cause of many autoimmune,
      muscle and bone wasting disorders in humans and animals. Ratite muscle and
      bone extracts provide a rich source of ATP and regulatory proteins which
      can be used in treating conditions associated with ATP deficiency.
PATN
WKU  059895950
SRC  8
APN  6117643
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19960308
TTL  Acidic composition of matter for use to destroy microorganisms
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Pak; John
INVT
NAM  Cummins; Barry W.
STR  1203 Egret Ave.
CTY  Fort Pierce
STA  FL
ZIP  34982
CLAS
OCL  424710
XCL  424703
XCL  424709
XCL  424713
XCL  514588
XCL  514886
XCL  514887
XCL  422 12
XCL  422 28
XCL  422 29
XCL  422905
XCL  426532
XCL  25218311
XCL  25218312
XCL  25218313
XCL  25218314
XCL  504151
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 5902
ICL  A01N 4728
ICL  A61K 3304
ICL  A61K 3117
FSC  424
FSS  703;710;709;713
FSC  514
FSS  588;886-887
FSC  422
FSS  12;28;29;905
FSC  426
FSS  532
FSC  252
FSS  183.11;183.12;183.13;183.14
FSC  504
FSS  151
UREF
PNO  3919416
ISD  19751100
NAM  Cosby
OCL  424710
UREF
PNO  4116664
ISD  19780900
NAM  Jones
OCL   71 29
UREF
PNO  4310343
ISD  19820100
NAM  Verdegaal et al.
OCL   71 28
UREF
PNO  4402852
ISD  19830900
NAM  Young
OCL   71 28
UREF
PNO  4404116
ISD  19830900
NAM  Young
OCL   71 28
UREF
PNO  4445925
ISD  19840500
NAM  Young
OCL   71 28
UREF
PNO  4564504
ISD  19860100
NAM  Sorber
OCL  422189
UREF
PNO  4673522
ISD  19870600
NAM  Young
OCL  134 19
UREF
PNO  5185151
ISD  19930200
NAM  Young
OCL  424400
LREP
FRM  Malin, Haley, DiMaggio & Crosby, PA
ABST
PAL  A composition of matter and the method of making that provides a low pH
      acidic composition that is useful for destroying microorganisms that are
      undesirable and useful for destroying or reducing melanoma on human skin.
      The composition and method include sulfuric acid combined with distilled
      water and ammonium sulfate under at least 15 psi pressure in a pressurized
      container, all of which is heated to around 1200.degree. F. for at least 3
      hours. The final cooled mixture is stabilized with 10 percent of the
      original mixture. The resultant composition is useful for preserving food,
      such as fresh fish, and for skin treatment of melanoma.
PATN
WKU  059895969
SRC  8
APN  9064710
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19970805
TTL  Compositions comprising a depigmenting agent consisting of sulfites and
      metabisulfites and plant extracts for use in inhibiting melanogenesis
      or for depigmenting
ISD  19991123
NCL  46
ECL  8
EXA  Moran; Marjorie A.
EXP  Fonda; Kathleen K.
INVT
NAM  Bresson-Rival; Delphine
CTY  Lyons
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Perrier; Eric
CTY  Les Cotes d'Arey
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Coletica
CTY  Lyons
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970609
APN  97 07103
CLAS
OCL  424711
XCL  4241951
XCL  514783
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3304
ICL  A61K 3578
FSC  424
FSS  195.1;706;707;711
FSC  514
FSS  783
UREF
PNO  4847075
ISD  19890700
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  424 62
UREF
PNO  5407677
ISD  19950400
NAM  Tominaga et al.
OCL  424401
FREF
PNO  296923
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0419901
ISD  19910300
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  748
FREF
PNO  0419901
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2088848
ISD  19720100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2736263
ISD  19970100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3-279313
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  06263624
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
ICL  A61K  748
FREF
PNO  08012565
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
ICL  A61K  748
FREF
PNO  WO 97/02807
ISD  19970100
CNT  JPX
ICL  A61K  748
LREP
FRM  Dennison, Meserole, Scheiner & Schultz
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to the use of sulfite, including metabisulfite, as
      melanogenesis-inhibiting or depigmenting agent. The invention enables
      preparing melanogenesis-inhibiting or depigmenting cosmetic compositions
      and optionally advantageously pharmaceutical compositions for treating
      pathologies.
PATN
WKU  059895977
SRC  8
APN  5798590
APT  1
ART  188
APD  19951226
TTL  Process for sterilizing soil
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Witz; Jean C.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Rajamannan; Ambrose H. J.
STR  2120 Argonne Dr. NE.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
ZIP  55421
CLAS
OCL  424719
XCL  514476
XCL  514579
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3302
FSC  514
FSS  476;579
FSC  504
FSS  326
FSC  424
FSS  719
FSC  435
FSS  262;262.5;264
FSC  405
FSS  128
FSC   47
FSS  58
FSC  210
FSS  610;600;601
UREF
PNO  4994487
ISD  19910200
NAM  Haglund
OCL  514476
UREF
PNO  5075332
ISD  19911200
NAM  Haglund
OCL  514476
UREF
PNO  5302287
ISD  19940400
NAM  Losack
OCL  210612
UREF
PNO  5368411
ISD  19941100
NAM  Losack
OCL  405128
UREF
PNO  5464457
ISD  19951100
NAM  Winston et al.
OCL   47 58
LREP
FR2  Bains; Herman H.
ABST
PAL  A process for continuously and instantaneously sterilizing soil comprising
      the steps of applying a water-activated chemical fumigant below the
      surface of the soil which simultaneously applying water to the soil below
      the surface. The soil, chemical fumigant and water are throughly mixed to
      cause instantaneous reaction of 100% of the chemical fumigant to produce a
      fumigant gas. Immediately covering the treated soil with a gas impervious
      material to retain the gas within the soil and kill the pathogens
      contained therein. Thereafter innoculating the soil with antgonistic
      organisms for preventing recontamination of the soil.
PATN
WKU  059895985
SRC  9
APN  0333751
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980302
TTL  Process for forming an oat-based frozen confection
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Pratt; Helen
INVT
NAM  Whalen; Paul J.
CTY  Elk River
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Maxwell; Donald L.
CTY  Plymouth
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  American Oats, Inc.
CTY  Wayzata
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  591863
APD  19960125
PSC  01
PNO  5723162
RLAP
COD  82
APN  379398
APD  19950126
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  426 28
XCL  426 20
XCL  426100
XCL  426549
XCL  426565
EDF  6
ICL  A23L  110
FSC  426
FSS  28;20;100;565;549
UREF
PNO  5723162
ISD  19980300
NAM  Whalen et al.
OCL  426 28
LREP
FRM  Welsh & Katz, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A process for forming a non-dairy frozen confection from an oat material or
      barley material. The non-dairy frozen confection exhibits selected
      sweetness, texture, and mouthfeel characteristics while being devoid of
      exogenous sweeteners, stabilizers, emulsifiers, and proteins.
PATN
WKU  059895993
SRC  8
APN  4275446
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19950424
TTL  Process for the interesterification of phospholipids
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Wong; Leslie
INVT
NAM  Chmiel; Oliver
CTY  Marysville
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Melachouris; Nicholas
CTY  Monnaz
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Traitler; Helmut
CTY  Corseaux
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Nestec S.A.
CTY  Vevey
CNT  CHX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  426 33
XCL  426601
XCL  426602
XCL  426662
EDF  6
ICL  A23D  300
FSC  426
FSS  33;601;662;602
FSC  435
FSS  134
UREF
PNO  5314706
ISD  19940500
NAM  Colarow et al.
OCL  426605
FREF
PNO  63-302929
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3109935
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/03564
ISD  19910300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  A. Mustranta, P. Forssell, A-M. Aura, T. Suortti, and K. Poutanen,
      "Modification of Phospholipids with Lipases and Phospholipases",
      Biocatalysis, vol. 9, pp. 181-193 (1994).
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  Improved process for the interesterification of a phospholipid with a
      triacyl glycerol is obtained by using an enzyme system containing
      immobilized lipase and immobilized phospholipase. The phospholipids
      obtained have better heat stabilized properties and better emulsifying
      properties than regular lecithin and may be used in emulsion systems or in
      coatings for instantized powders.
PATN
WKU  059896000
SRC  8
APN  7164505
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19960927
TTL  Method for improving the solubility of vegetable proteins
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  Zeman; Mary K
EXP  Eisenschenk; Chris
INVT
NAM  Nielsen; Per Munk
CTY  Bagsv.ae butted.rd
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Knap; Inge Helmer
CTY  Bagsv.ae butted.rd
CNT  DKX
ASSG
NAM  Novo Nordisk A/S
CTY  Bagsvaerd
CNT  DKX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DKX
APD  19940422
APN  0470/94
CLAS
OCL  426 52
XCL  426 53
XCL  426 54
XCL  426807
XCL  424442
XCL  424439
XCL  424 942
XCL  424438
XCL  435183
XCL  435219
EDF  6
ICL  A23L  129
ICL  A23L  100
ICL  A23L  103
FSC  424
FSS  442;439;94.2;438
FSC  435
FSS  183;219
FSC  426
FSS  52;53;54;807
UREF
PNO  3297548
ISD  19670100
NAM  Ware et al.
OCL  195 66
UREF
PNO  3966971
ISD  19760600
NAM  Morehouse et al.
OCL  426 44
UREF
PNO  4324805
ISD  19820400
NAM  Olsen
OCL  426 46
UREF
PNO  4914029
ISD  19900400
NAM  Caransa
OCL  435101
UREF
PNO  5612055
ISD  19970300
NAM  Bedford et al.
OCL  424442
UREF
PNO  5863533
ISD  19990100
NAM  Van Gorcom
OCL  424 94.6
FREF
PNO  0 420 358 A1
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4-023958
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/07474
ISD  19920500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/15696
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Graf, E., Phytic Acid, chemistry & applications, 1986 by Pilatus Press,
      Minneapolis, MN., pp. 1-21.
PAL  Knuckles et al., Effect of Myo-inositol Phosphate Esters on in Vitro and in
      Vivo Digestion of Protein, Journal of Food Science, vol. 54, No. 5, 1989,
      pp. 1348-1350.
PAL  Han et al. J Agric Food Chem 36 (2) pp. 259-262, Feb. 1988.
PAL  Sigma Catalog, p. 857 P3304 and P3429, Jan. 1996.
LREP
FR2  Zelson, Esq.; Steve T.
FR2  Lambiris, Esq.; Elias
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DK95/00166
PD1  19960927
PD2  19960927
PD3  19950420
PCP  WO95/28850
PCD  19951102
ABST
PAR  The present invention relates to a method for improving the solubility of
      vegetable proteins. More specifically, the invention relates to methods
      for the solubilization of proteins in vegetable protein sources, which
      methods comprise treating the vegetable protein source with an efficient
      amount of one or more phytase enzymes, and treating the vegetable protein
      source with an efficient amount of one or more proteolytic enzymes. In
      another aspect, the invention provides animal feed additives comprising a
      phytase and one or more proteolytic enzymes.
PATN
WKU  059896019
SRC  8
APN  9649654
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971105
TTL  Meat product preparation by incorporating fermented meat trimmings and
      extra fat in a meat piece
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Corbin; Arthur L.
INVT
NAM  Bodenas; Lars Goeran
CTY  Munka Ljungby
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Halden; Jonas Peter
CTY  Seuzach
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Olsson; Kjell
CTY  Angelholm
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Nestec S.A.
CTY  Vevey
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19961106
APN  96203097
CLAS
OCL  426 59
XCL  426281
XCL  426641
XCL  426646
EDF  6
ICL  A23L  1314
ICL  A23L  1318
FSC  426
FSS  55;56;281;641;646;59
UREF
PNO  1129868
ISD  19150300
NAM  Hoy
UREF
PNO  2907661
ISD  19591000
NAM  Niven et al.
UREF
PNO  3821445
ISD  19740600
NAM  Okamura et al.
OCL  426370
UREF
PNO  4229458
ISD  19801000
NAM  Dreano et al.
OCL  426264
UREF
PNO  4254151
ISD  19810300
NAM  Townsend
OCL  426231
UREF
PNO  4304868
ISD  19811200
NAM  Gryczka et al.
OCL  435253
UREF
PNO  4362750
ISD  19821200
NAM  Swartz
OCL  426 59
UREF
PNO  4402987
ISD  19830900
NAM  von Lersner et al.
OCL  426281
UREF
PNO  4539210
ISD  18550900
NAM  O'Connell et al.
OCL  426 56
UREF
PNO  4579740
ISD  19860400
NAM  Mantrozza
OCL  426 59
UREF
PNO  4728518
ISD  19880300
NAM  Gonzalez et al.
OCL  426 56
UREF
PNO  4847097
ISD  19890700
NAM  Boudreaux et al.
OCL  426 56
UREF
PNO  4886673
ISD  19891200
NAM  Hammes
OCL  426 56
UREF
PNO  4960599
ISD  19901000
NAM  Cozzini et al.
OCL  426281
UREF
PNO  5015487
ISD  19910500
NAM  Collison et al.
OCL  426332
UREF
PNO  5374433
ISD  19941200
NAM  Bowling et al.
OCL  426  8
UREF
PNO  5576035
ISD  19961100
NAM  Bowling et al.
OCL  426  8
UREF
PNO  5827550
ISD  19981000
NAM  Berglund et al.
OCL  426 59
FREF
PNO  0770336
ISD  19970500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3502063
ISD  19860700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3500914
ISD  19860700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1530476
ISD  19781100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  8400283
ISD  19840200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Banwright, Basic Food Microbiology, The AVI Publishing Company, Inc.,
      Westport, Connecticut, 1981, pp. 285-287, 293 and 294.
PAL  Romans et al., The Meat We Eat, The Interstate Printers and Publishers,
      Inc., Danville, Illinois, 1977, pp. 564-566.
PAL  Komarick et al., Food Products Formulary, vol. 1, Meats, Poultry, Fish,
      Shellfish, The AVI Publishing Company, Inc., Westport, CT, 1974, pp. 26-33
      & 38-55.
PAL  Gerrard, Sausage and Small Goods Production, Leonard Hill Books, London,
      England, 1969, pp. 94-96, 98-101.
PAL  Database Abstract, Derwent Information Ltd., WPI Accession No.
      86-197874/198631, Abstract of German Patent Application Publication No.
      DE-35 02 063 A1 (1986).
PAL  Database Abstract, Derwent Information Ltd., WPI Accession No.
      86-190396/30, Abstract of German Patent Application Publication No.
      DE-3500 914 A1 (1986).
LREP
FRM  Vogt & O'Donnell, LLP
ABST
PAL  Prior to incorporating meat trimmings into a meat piece, particles of the
      trimmings are fermented with bacteria to obtain fermented trim particles
      for incorporating into a meat piece and fat is added to the trimmings
      before the trimmings are particulated, or to the trim particles before
      fermentation or to the trim particles during fermentation so that the
      added fat is present during fermentation for obtaining a mixture of
      fermented trim particles and added fat, and after fermentation, the
      mixture is frozen and then suspended in a brine or pickle or marinade and
      then the suspension is incorporated into a meat piece.
PATN
WKU  059896027
SRC  8
APN  9970169
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971223
TTL  Infusion packet
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Mai; Hao
EXP  Lacey; David
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Drury; Timothy
CTY  Dubai
CNT  AEX
INVT
NAM  Ghirlandi; Dante
CTY  Rotterdam
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Lipton
CTY  Englewood Cliffs
STA  NJ
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19961223
APN  96309457
CLAS
OCL  426 79
XCL  426 80
XCL  426 83
EDF  6
ICL  B65B 2904
FSC  426
FSS  77;79;80;83;394
UREF
PNO  3767420
ISD  19731000
NAM  Kim
OCL  426 77
UREF
PNO  4055668
ISD  19771000
NAM  Kopp
OCL  426 79
UREF
PNO  4154853
ISD  19790500
NAM  Rambold
OCL  426 83
UREF
PNO  5358724
ISD  19941000
NAM  Raffaele
OCL  426 83
UREF
PNO  5366741
ISD  19941100
NAM  Van Der Zon
OCL  426 79
UREF
PNO  5552164
ISD  19960900
NAM  Krupers et al.
OCL  426 80
UREF
PNO  5552165
ISD  19960900
NAM  Haak et al.
OCL  426 80
UREF
PNO  5674544
ISD  19971000
NAM  Shakspeare
OCL  426 80
UREF
PNO  5674545
ISD  19971000
NAM  Shakspeare et al.
OCL  426 80
FREF
PNO  053 204
ISD  19820600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 170 777
ISD  19860800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  91/13580
ISD  19910900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  92/06903
ISD  19920400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  92/14649
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/19997
ISD  19931000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/15033
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  European Search Report in the European Application EP 96 30 9457 dated Jun.
      2, 1997.
LREP
FR2  Farrell; James J.
ABST
PAL  A double compartment infusion packet has a drawstring (4) running through
      both compartments. The compartments are doubled over are joined together
      at opposite ends. The drawstring has an intermediate portion (6) retained
      at one end between the compartments and further portions (8) extending
      through the compartments to the other end where the ends of the drawstring
      are secured to a tag card (40). The tag card overlaps the sealing of the
      compartments at the other end and is secured there to the packet material.
      A line of weakening (42) allows the tag card to be detached to draw out
      the further portions of the drawstring to contract the packet and squeeze
      out excess moisture after infusion.
PATN
WKU  059896035
SRC  8
APN  7824610
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19970110
TTL  Emulsion glaze for dough products
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXA  Lazar-Wesley; Eliane
EXP  Hutzell; Paula K.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Lonergan; Dennis
CTY  Medina
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Larsen; Michelle
CTY  Woodbury
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  The Pillsbury Company
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  426 94
XCL  426262
XCL  426268
XCL  426302
XCL  426549
XCL  426602
XCL  426601
XCL  426446
XCL  426653
XCL  426496
EDF  6
ICL  A21D 1300
FSC  426
FSS  302;549;601;573;578;275;94;100;602;262;268;446;653;496
UREF
PNO  3253928
ISD  19660500
NAM  Bedenk et al.
OCL   99139
UREF
PNO  3845219
ISD  19741000
NAM  Federico
OCL  426 19
UREF
PNO  4046920
ISD  19770900
NAM  Moline
OCL  426 19
UREF
PNO  4066786
ISD  19780100
NAM  McKee
OCL  426302
UREF
PNO  4066796
ISD  19780100
NAM  McKee
OCL  426302
UREF
PNO  4170659
ISD  19791000
NAM  Totino et al.
OCL  426 95
UREF
PNO  4762721
ISD  19880800
NAM  Holscher et al.
OCL  426 94
UREF
PNO  5202138
ISD  19930400
NAM  Stypula
OCL  426 94
UREF
PNO  5260076
ISD  19931100
NAM  Furcsik et al.
OCL  427 21
UREF
PNO  5492707
ISD  19960200
NAM  Chalupa et al.
OCL  426302
FREF
PNO  0 749 690
ISD  19961200
CNT  EPX
ICL  A21D  600
FREF
PNO  58009643
ISD  19830100
CNT  JPX
ICL  A21D  800
FREF
PNO  85029458
ISD  19850700
CNT  JPX
ICL  A21D  800
FREF
PNO  4023944
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
ICL  A21D 1300
FREF
PNO  4063538
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
ICL  A21D  232
FREF
PNO  8501283
ISD  19860000
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  WO 8809618
ISD  19881200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A21D 1300
OREF
PAL  Food Chemistry, Second Edition, Revised and Expanded, Edited by Owen R.
      Fennema, Marcel Dekker, Inc. (1985), pp. 817-819.
PAL  Greenstein, Secrets of a Jewish Baker: Authentic Jewish Rye and Other
      Breads, The Crossing Press, Freedom, CA, pp. 112-115 (1993).
PAL  Beard, Beard on Bread, Ballantine Books, NY, pp. 52-54, 183-186, 189-190
      (1973).
LREP
FRM  Faegre & Benson
ABST
PAL  Shaped, unbaked dough products are provided that are coated with a glaze
      comprising an amount of water, oil and a hydrophilic colloid. The
      application of the glaze to the dough products, followed by baking, mimics
      the frying step which is traditionally used in the production process of
      certain dough products.
PATN
WKU  059896043
SRC  8
APN  767001&
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19961219
TTL  Xylitol-containing non-human foodstuff and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Pratt; Helen
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Wolf; Phyllis
CTY  Mt. Prospect
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Peldyak; John
CTY  Mt. Pleasant
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Adore-A-Pet, Ltd.
CTY  Mt. Prospect
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  426103
XCL  426548
XCL  426805
EDF  6
ICL  A23L  1236
ICL  A23L  118
FSC  426
FSS  548;805;103
UREF
PNO  3914434
ISD  19971000
NAM  Bohni
OCL  426548
UREF
PNO  4291017
ISD  19810900
NAM  Beierle et al.
UREF
PNO  4904495
ISD  19900200
NAM  Spanier
OCL  426805
UREF
PNO  5000940
ISD  19910300
NAM  Staples et al.
OCL  426805
UREF
PNO  5000943
ISD  19910300
NAM  Scaglione et al.
UREF
PNO  5094870
ISD  19920300
NAM  Scaglione et al.
UREF
PNO  5400836
ISD  19950300
NAM  Richar et al.
UREF
PNO  5531982
ISD  19960700
NAM  Gaffar et al.
UREF
PNO  5571547
ISD  19911100
NAM  Serpelloni et al.
OCL  426548
UREF
PNO  5618518
ISD  19970400
NAM  Stookey
OCL  426805
FREF
PNO  59-55177
ISD  19840300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "Xylitol" Edited by J.N. Counsell, an International Symposium organised and
      sponsored by Roche Products Limited and Xyrofin Limited, London, pp.
      vii-ix, xii-xiv, 1, 66-73, 94-103, 120-135, 138-139, 154-155 and 166-173.
PAL  "Three clinical trials comparing xylitol-and sorbitol-containing chewing
      gums for their effect on supragingival plaque accumulation," Cronin M.,
      Gordon J., Reardon R., Balbo F., TKL Research, Inc., Journal of Clinical
      Dentistry, 1994;5(4):106-9.
PAL  "Xylitol in relation to oral and general health," Scheinin, Arje,
      (Publisher not identified on copy), vol. 29, No. 3, pp. 237-243.
PAL  "Xylitol in Sugar-Free Confections," Pepper, Tammy and Olinger, Philip M.,
      Food Technology, Oct. 1998, pp. 102-106.
PAL  "Nutrition and Dental Health," Rugg-Gunn, A.J., Oxford University Press,
      1993, pp. 154-160, 261-264, 269-272, 280-289, 310-311.
PAL  "Acid production from xylitol products in vivo and in vitro," Rekola,
      Maarit, Proc Finn Dent Soc 1988, vol. 84, No. 1, pp. 39-44.
LREP
FRM  Ryndak & Lyerla
ABST
PAL  A pet foodstuff and treatment method for reducing the incidence of dental
      caries in non-human animals is provided. The treatment method includes
      orally administering the xylitol by allowing the pet to consume the
      xylitol containing foodstuff in an effective amount. The pet foodstuff is
      composed of an effective amount of xylitol and an edible pet food. The
      xylitol may be present as a coating or in bulk.
PATN
WKU  059896051
SRC  9
APN  0817945
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980520
TTL  Sausage product and method for making
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Corbin; Arthur L.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Verschueren; Eric M. J.
CTY  Vosselaar
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Teepak Investments, Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  741461
APD  19961031
PSC  01
PNO  5807595
CLAS
OCL  426105
XCL  426413
EDF  6
ICL  A22C 1100
ICL  A22C 1300
FSC  426
FSS  105;135;413
FSC  138
FSS  118.1
FSC  428
FSS  34.8
UREF
PNO  2999756
ISD  19610900
NAM  Shiner et al.
OCL  428 34.8
UREF
PNO  2999757
ISD  19610900
NAM  Shiner et al.
OCL  428 34.8
UREF
PNO  3835113
ISD  19740900
NAM  Burke et al.
OCL  536 60
UREF
PNO  4123589
ISD  19781000
NAM  Kolatzki et al.
XCL  426105
UREF
PNO  4246221
ISD  19810100
NAM  McCorsley, III
OCL  264203
UREF
PNO  4296156
ISD  19811000
NAM  Lustig et al.
XCL  426105
UREF
PNO  4348437
ISD  19820900
NAM  Lustig et al.
XCL  426105
UREF
PNO  4416698
ISD  19831100
NAM  McCorsley, III
OCL  106163R
UREF
PNO  4590107
ISD  19860500
NAM  Bridgeford
OCL  428 36
UREF
PNO  4784186
ISD  19881100
NAM  Stenger et al.
OCL  138118.1
UREF
PNO  4944910
ISD  19900700
NAM  Stenger et al.
XCL  426105
UREF
PNO  5277857
ISD  19940100
NAM  Nicholson et al.
OCL  264187
UREF
PNO  5702783
ISD  19971200
NAM  Nicholson et al.
OCL  428 34.8
FREF
PNO  WO 95/35340
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Dunn; Michael L.
ABST
PAL  A method for making a sausage product. The method comprises stuffing a wet
      sausage meat product into a food casing, vertically hanging the stuffed
      sausage meat product, and drying and curing the stuffed sausage meat
      product at least partly while the stuffed sausage meat product is
      vertically hung. In a unique aspect, the food casing comprises a tubular
      film precipitated from a solution of cellulose in amine oxide and water.
      The tubular film is longitudinally stretched by from 8 to 30 percent in a
      dryer and transversely stretched by from -3 to +10 percent while wet, and
      the stretch is maintained during drying. The transverse stretch is less
      than 75 percent of the longitudinal stretch. As a result of using the
      unique casing, dimensional stability of the vertically hung product is
      improved. The invention further includes a sausage product comprising wet
      sausage meat product stuffed in a food casing and vertically hung for
      curing and drying.
PATN
WKU  059896060
SRC  8
APN  9533591
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971017
TTL  Berry pack
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Weier; Anthony J.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Sambrailo; William K.
CTY  Aptos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Plexiform Company
CTY  Watsonville
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  426106
XCL  426124
XCL  206763
XCL  206765
XCL  206488
XCL  206423
XCL  206562
XCL  2065216
XCL  2065218
EDF  6
ICL  A23B  100
ICL  B65D 8500
FSC  426
FSS  119;124;106
FSC  206
FSS  763;765;488;489;423;558;567;563;521.6;521.8
UREF
PNO  D332664
ISD  19930100
NAM  Sincock
OCL  D24130
UREF
PNO  3661249
ISD  19720500
NAM  Clemens
OCL  426124
UREF
PNO  3703383
ISD  19721100
NAM  Kuchenbecker
OCL  426106
LREP
FRM  Morton & Associates
ABST
PAL  Method for the improved packing of stemmed produce in produce containers,
      and apparatus to perform the method. The present invention teaches a
      methodology based on the use of a packaging adaptor for insertion into a
      produce container, such as a berry basket. The adapter is formed as a
      substantially hollow, box-like structure having at least one and
      preferably a plurality of apertures defined in an upper surface thereof.
      The adapter, inserted into the container defines a first, lower
      compartment and a second, upper compartment. The adapter is inserted in
      the container, and the stem of the fruit, for instance a strawberry, is
      inserted therein. The stems are retained in the first compartment and the
      body of the fruit in the second compartment. In this manner, the
      relatively soft body of the fruit is precluded from contact with, and
      damage from, the relatively tough, woody stem portion of fruit.
PATN
WKU  059896078
SRC  9
APN  1333003
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980812
TTL  Spirally sliced ham product and method and apparatus for production
      thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Bhat; Nina
NDR  5
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Dieso; Stephen D.
CTY  Parkville
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Fawcett; David L.
CTY  New Riegel
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Farmland Foods, Inc.
CTY  Kansas
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  426112
XCL  426115
XCL  426129
XCL  426518
XCL  426641
XCL   99537
XCL   99538
XCL   83672
XCL   83733
EDF  6
ICL  A21D 1002
ICL  A23B  400
ICL  A47J 2300
FSC  426
FSS  112;115;129;641;518
FSC   99
FSS  538;537;545;576;594;595
FSC  452
FSS  155;160;163
FSC   83
FSS  672;733
UREF
PNO  4386560
ISD  19830600
NAM  Ditty
OCL   99538
UREF
PNO  4821635
ISD  19890400
NAM  Logan, Jr.
OCL   99538
UREF
PNO  5089286
ISD  19920200
NAM  Geissler et al.
OCL  426615
UREF
PNO  5251543
ISD  19931000
NAM  Brothers
OCL   99538
LREP
FR2  Kircher; William B.
     Shook, Hardy & Bacon, LLP
ABST
PAL  A ham product which is formed by cutting a spirally sliced half ham
      longitudinally through the bone. The cut can be made by feeding the half
      ham through a band saw blade by hand, by pushing a split cart through the
      blade, or by feeding the product through the blade on a split belt
      conveyor. A special tray for packaging of the ham product has either a
      flap providing a double layer of material at the location of a sharp
      exposed corner of the femur or a plurality of cushioning dimples extruded
      at appropriate location thereon to pad the femur corner.
PATN
WKU  059896086
SRC  9
APN  1156977
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980715
TTL  Food container for cooking with microwave oven
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Bhat; Nina
NDR  11
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Mizuno; Maki
STR  1-6-17 Kaminoge, Setagaya-Ku
CTY  Tokyo 158-0093
CNT  JPX
CLAS
OCL  426113
XCL  426118
XCL  426237
XCL  2202031
XCL  220245
XCL  2203671
XCL  220745
XCL  219735
EDF  6
ICL  A21D 1002
ICL  A21D  600
ICL  B65D 4500
ICL  H05B  674
FSC  426
FSS  106;113;237;118;107
FSC  220
FSS  367.1;203.1;745;245
FSC  219
FSS  757;735
UREF
PNO  4490597
ISD  19841200
NAM  Mengel
OCL  219 10.55E
UREF
PNO  4640838
ISD  19870200
NAM  Isakson et al.
OCL  426107
UREF
PNO  5363978
ISD  19941100
NAM  Molo
OCL  220254
UREF
PNO  5587192
ISD  19961200
NAM  Beizermann
OCL  426118
UREF
PNO  5665408
ISD  19970900
NAM  Coupe et al.
OCL  426116
UREF
PNO  5750967
ISD  19980500
NAM  Sprauer, Jr.
OCL  219735
FREF
PNO  59-31590
ISD  19840900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-69466
ISD  19870500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-54672
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-49986
ISD  19901000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-15880
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-329179
ISD  19941100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-22547
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Nuestadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A food container for cooking through use of a microwave oven includes a
      container adapted to contain food and having a hole and a pressure
      regulation valve attached to the food container to close the hole. The
      pressure regulation valve includes a cover film having an area sufficient
      to cover the hole, an adhesive layer applied over the surface of the cover
      film facing the food container, and a separator film disposed between the
      adhesive layer and the food container and having an area larger than that
      of the hole but smaller than that of the cover film. When food contained
      in the container is cocked in a microwave oven, the food is heated so that
      moisture is produced from the food. Until the vapor pressure within the
      food container reaches a predetermined level, the pressure regulation
      valve remains closed. When the vapor pressure within the food container
      reaches the predetermined level, the cover film partially separates from
      the food container in order to relieve the vapor pressure. The pressure
      regulation valve may include a gas-permeable film for preventing hot
      liquid from spouting from the hole of the container.
PATN
WKU  059896094
SRC  9
APN  1509381
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980910
TTL  Method and apparatus for coagulating the outer surface of a sausage
      strand discharged from a sausage extruding machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  10
EXP  Yeung; Gregory C.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kobussen; Jos
CTY  Indianola
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Kobussen; Mart
CTY  Indianola
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Kobussen; Jaap
CTY  La Veghel
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Townsend Engineering Company
CTY  Des Moines
STA  IA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  732515
APD  19961015
PSC  01
PNO  5843504
CLAS
OCL  426277
XCL   99535
XCL  198493
XCL  425 71
XCL  426241
XCL  426305
XCL  426513
XCL  426646
EDF  6
ICL  A22C 1300
ICL  A23P  100
ICL  B28B  500
FSC  426
FSS  92;105;138;140;241;276;277;278;284;305;506;513;514;516;646
FSC   99
FSS  516;535;470
FSC  425
FSS  71
FSC  134
FSS  64 R;122 R
FSC  198
FSS  493;495
UREF
PNO  1708253
ISD  19290400
NAM  Ball et al.
OCL  426506
UREF
PNO  2980538
ISD  19610400
NAM  Wolf
OCL  426506
UREF
PNO  3821439
ISD  19740600
NAM  Cohly et al.
XCL  426140
UREF
PNO  4025455
ISD  19770500
NAM  Shackle
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  4169818
ISD  19791000
NAM  DeMartino
OCL  260 17R
UREF
PNO  4172055
ISD  19791000
NAM  DeMartino
OCL  260 17R
UREF
PNO  4339940
ISD  19820700
NAM  MacKay et al.
OCL   72402
UREF
PNO  4352232
ISD  19821000
NAM  Winders et al.
OCL   29243.56
UREF
PNO  4401329
ISD  19830800
NAM  Pedroia
OCL  289 18.1
UREF
PNO  4404229
ISD  19830900
NAM  Treharne
OCL  426513
UREF
PNO  4458402
ISD  19840700
NAM  Evans et al.
OCL   29243.56
UREF
PNO  4525898
ISD  19850700
NAM  Gallion et al.
OCL   24 30.5W
UREF
PNO  5049711
ISD  19910900
NAM  August
OCL  426241
UREF
PNO  5053239
ISD  19911000
NAM  Vanhatalo et al.
OCL  426412
UREF
PNO  5204121
ISD  19930400
NAM  Bucheler et al.
OCL  424495
UREF
PNO  5221228
ISD  19930600
NAM  Pedroia
OCL  452 48
UREF
PNO  5532014
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kobussen et al.
OCL  426513
UREF
PNO  5554401
ISD  19960900
NAM  Alexander et al.
XCL  426277
UREF
PNO  5843504
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kobussen et al.
OCL  426277
FREF
PNO  WO 93/12660
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Zarley, McKee, Thomte, Voorhees & Sease
ABST
PAL  The sausage strand is extruded onto a belt and carried through a brine
      shower system for about 40 seconds. The brine is sprayed through nozzles
      onto the sausage while traveling on the belt. The sausage is turned
      several times during the shower to insure even brine distribution. The
      conveyor speed is controlled to match the speed of the extruder thereby
      preventing stretching of the product as it is being extruded. The conveyor
      provides exact motion control of the sausage rope and the dwell time in
      the brine shower can be exactly regulated. Since the conveyor system is
      open it lends itself to easy cleaning and visual inspection. The conveyor
      consists of a frame which supports the conveyor system, the brine shower
      system, air knives and the infrared heater. The brine shower system is
      composed of a drip pan, a brine tank, a centrifugal pump and a
      plumbing/brine distribution network. The centrifugal pump conveys the
      brine from the tank through the brine distribution network. The brine is
      sprayed onto the sausage through nozzles located at many intervals
      throughout the whole conveyor section.
PATN
WKU  059896108
SRC  9
APN  1148672
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980713
TTL  Chemical treatment and packaging process to improve the appearance and
      shelf life of fresh meat
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Corbin; Arthur L.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Ruzek; David C.
CTY  Austin
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Hormel Foods Corporation
CTY  Austin
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  725858
APD  19961004
PSC  01
PNO  5780085
CLAS
OCL  426281
XCL  426326
XCL  426327
XCL  426332
EDF  6
ICL  A23B  420
ICL  A23B  424
ICL  A23L  1314
FSC  426
FSS  129;264;265;281;324;326;327;332;335;641;393
UREF
PNO  2255796
ISD  19410900
NAM  Linane et al.
UREF
PNO  2596067
ISD  19520500
NAM  Brissey
UREF
PNO  3047404
ISD  19620700
NAM  Vaughan
UREF
PNO  3076713
ISD  19630200
NAM  Maas
UREF
PNO  3154421
ISD  19641000
NAM  Voegeli et al.
UREF
PNO  3154423
ISD  19641000
NAM  Voegeli et al.
UREF
PNO  3491504
ISD  19700100
NAM  Young et al.
UREF
PNO  3595567
ISD  19710700
NAM  Lee et al.
UREF
PNO  3625713
ISD  19711200
NAM  Mixon
UREF
PNO  3695892
ISD  19721000
NAM  Reinke
UREF
PNO  3851080
ISD  19741100
NAM  Lugg et al.
OCL  426312
UREF
PNO  3852507
ISD  19741200
NAM  Toby
OCL  426513
UREF
PNO  3930040
ISD  19751200
NAM  Woodruff
OCL  426312
UREF
PNO  4038426
ISD  19770700
NAM  Jespersen et al.
OCL  426266
UREF
PNO  4072763
ISD  19780200
NAM  Mart
OCL  426  5.13
UREF
PNO  4210677
ISD  19800700
NAM  Huffman
OCL  426272
UREF
PNO  4287218
ISD  19810900
NAM  Rich et al.
OCL  426272
UREF
PNO  4313963
ISD  19820200
NAM  Greenspan
OCL  426 58
UREF
PNO  4574087
ISD  19860300
NAM  Sheehy et al.
OCL  426129
UREF
PNO  4642239
ISD  19870200
NAM  Ferrar et al.
OCL  426396
UREF
PNO  4683139
ISD  19870700
NAM  Cheng
OCL  426265
UREF
PNO  4798729
ISD  19890100
NAM  Anders et al.
OCL  426326
UREF
PNO  4812320
ISD  19890300
NAM  Ruzek
OCL  426393
UREF
PNO  4818548
ISD  19890400
NAM  Cheng
OCL  426265
UREF
PNO  4844929
ISD  19890700
NAM  Kingsley
OCL  426326
UREF
PNO  4946326
ISD  19900800
NAM  Schvester et al.
OCL  426316
UREF
PNO  4948621
ISD  19900800
NAM  Schwartz
OCL  426652
UREF
PNO  5192570
ISD  19930300
NAM  Bender et al.
OCL  426332
UREF
PNO  5226531
ISD  19930700
NAM  Garwood
OCL  206213.1
UREF
PNO  5332547
ISD  19940700
NAM  Olson et al.
OCL  422  3
UREF
PNO  5334405
ISD  19940800
NAM  Gorlich
OCL  426396
UREF
PNO  5348752
ISD  19940900
NAM  Gorlich
OCL  426129
UREF
PNO  5352467
ISD  19941000
NAM  Mitchell et al.
OCL  426316
UREF
PNO  5354568
ISD  19941000
NAM  Bender et al.
OCL  426332
FREF
PNO  WO 82/01640
ISD  19820500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Article regarding sodium lactate-water activity-liver pate-shelf life,
      Fleischwirtsch, 69(2):223-223 and three pages of graph information (1989).
PAL  Bacus, J., "Emerging Mechanisms for Pathogen and Spoilage Control", The
      National Provisioner, pp. 18-19 (Feb. 25, 1989).
PAL  Schlyter, J.H. et al., "The Effects of Diacetate with Nitrite, Lactate, or
      Pediocin on the Viability of Listeria Monocytogenes in Turkey Slurries",
      International Journal of Food Microbiology, 19:271-281 (1993).
PAL  Shelef, L.A. et al., "Inhibition of Listeria Monocytogenes and Other
      Bacteria by Sodium Diacetate", Journal of Food Safety, 14:103-115 (1994).
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  A process for packaging fresh meat and the fresh meat package having
      enhanced visual appeal and shelf life stability, the process including the
      steps of introducing into the meat a treatment solution comprising a
      lactate buffer salt and a diacetate microbial growth inhibitor, and
      packaging the meat in a display unit. The display unit can comprise a
      thermoplastic tray covered by a transparent film, and one or more display
      units can be packaged in a film wrapped container. The display unit can
      also comprise a dividable portion of meat enclosed in a barrier bag. The
      atmosphere within the container can be maintained as a high oxygen
      atmosphere.
PATN
WKU  059896116
SRC  8
APN  7503652
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971016
TTL  Agent for increasing the keeping quality of slaughtered-animal carcasses
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Becker; Drew
EXP  Lacey; David
INVT
NAM  Stemmler, Jr.; Heinz
STR  Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 35
CTY  Cologne
CNT  DEX
ITX  50668
INVT
NAM  Stolle; Andreas
STR  Donauschwabenstrabe 18
CTY  Eching
CNT  DEX
ITX  85386
INVT
NAM  Liebich; Hans G.
STR  Germaniastrabe 5
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
ITX  80802
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940609
APN  44 20 127
CLAS
OCL  426332
XCL  426641
XCL  426652
EDF  6
ICL  A23B  412
FSC  426
FSS  652;332;641
UREF
PNO  4342789
ISD  19820800
NAM  Ueno et al.
OCL  426266
UREF
PNO  4381316
ISD  19830400
NAM  Brotsky et al.
OCL  426265
LREP
FR2  Child, Jr.; John S.
     Dann Dorfman Herrell and Skillman
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/01180
PD1  19971016
PD2  19971016
PD3  19950330
PCP  WO95/33383
PCD  19951214
ABST
PAR  The invention concerns an agent for enhancing the keeping quality of bodies
      of slaughtered animals, parts of bodies of slaughtered animals, and
      hamburger patties, a process for the use thereof, and bodies of
      slaughtered animals, parts of bodies of slaughtered animals, and hamburger
      patties which are preserved according to the process.
PATN
WKU  059896124
SRC  8
APN  9443185
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971006
TTL  Foods including antimycotic agent
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Wong; Leslie
INVT
NAM  King; William
CTY  Walnut Creek
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ming; Xintian
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Weber; George
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Rodia Inc.
CTY  Cranburry
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  426335
XCL  426532
XCL  426549
XCL  426658
EDF  6
ICL  A21D  400
FSC  426
FSS  335;271;532;549;590;650;658;659;660
UREF
PNO  4874622
ISD  19891000
NAM  Gaynor et al.
OCL  426135
UREF
PNO  5096718
ISD  19920300
NAM  Ayres et al.
OCL  426  9
UREF
PNO  5217950
ISD  19930600
NAM  Blackburn et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5260061
ISD  19931100
NAM  Ayres et al.
OCL  424115
UREF
PNO  5458876
ISD  19951000
NAM  Monticello
OCL  424 94.61
UREF
PNO  5573797
ISD  19961100
NAM  Wilhoit
OCL  426106
UREF
PNO  5573800
ISD  19961100
NAM  Wilhoit
OCL  426326
UREF
PNO  5573801
ISD  19961100
NAM  Wilhoit
OCL  426326
FREF
PNO  50056878
ISD  19751200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3412083 A1
ISD  19851000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3434885 A1
ISD  19860300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  51-023579
ISD  19760700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-289749
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6225741
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/03396
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Antimicrobial Activity of Some Food Flavoring Compounds, James M. Jay and
      Gail M. Rivers, Publication, Nov. 14, 1993, pp. 129-139.
PAL  Antifungal Activity of Components of Essential Oils, Nobuyuki Kurita,
      Makoto Miyaji, Ryuichiro Kurane and Yoshimasa Takahara. Agri. Biol. Chem.
      45 (4), pp. 945-952, 1981.
PAL  Evaluation of the Antifungal Acitivity of Some Components of Volatile Oils
      Against Dermotophytes, R. T. Yousef, M.E. Aggag and Gisele G. Tawil,
      Mykosen 21 (6) pp. 190-193, Grosse Verlag 1978.
PAL  Antimicrobial Activity of Aroma Chemicals and Essential Oils, J.A. Morris,
      A. Khettry and E.W. Seitz, Research and Development Department,
      International Flavors and Fragrances, Inc., Union Beach, New Jersey, pp.
      595-603.
PAL  Chemical Significance of the Volatile Components of Spices in the Food
      Preservative Viewpoint-IV. Structure and Antibacterial Activity of
      Terpenes, Teruhisa Katayama and Isamu Nagai, Bulletin of the Japanese
      Society of Scientific Fisheries, pp. 29-32, vol. 26, No. 1, 1960.
LREP
FR2  Solomon; Andrew M.
FR2  Shedden; John A.
ABST
PAL  A food or beverage or animal feed composition which includes an antimycotic
      effective amount of propionibacteria metabolites with the proviso that
      such metabolites not solely contain propionic acid is provided. Also
      disclosed is the addition of a potentiator in combination with such
      metabolites.
PATN
WKU  059896132
SRC  8
APN  782775&
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970113
TTL  Gas packaging method for perishable food products
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Weinstein; Steven
NDR  2
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Buchko; Raymond G.
CTY  Appleton
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Freshpak, Inc.
CTY  Appleton
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  426396
XCL   53432
XCL   53433
XCL   53434
XCL  426129
XCL  426316
XCL  426418
EDF  6
ICL  B65B 3102
FSC  426
FSS  418;410;395;118;396;316;129
FSC   53
FSS  433;432;434;510-512;503;508
FSC  220
FSS  359
FSC  229
FSS  125.35
FSC  222
FSS  541.1;541.6
UREF
PNO  2361344
ISD  19441000
NAM  Yates
OCL  426118
UREF
PNO  2387812
ISD  19451000
NAM  Sonneborn et al.
OCL   53433
UREF
PNO  2542206
ISD  19510200
NAM  Nichols
OCL  426410
UREF
PNO  2863267
ISD  19581200
NAM  Moore
OCL  426410
UREF
PNO  3360382
ISD  19671200
NAM  Miller
OCL  426418
UREF
PNO  3407078
ISD  19681000
NAM  Schlichter
OCL  426418
UREF
PNO  3490576
ISD  19700100
NAM  Alessi et al.
OCL   53432
UREF
PNO  3512632
ISD  19700500
NAM  Wiggins
OCL  426118
UREF
PNO  3659393
ISD  19720500
NAM  Richter
OCL   53433
UREF
PNO  3735551
ISD  19730500
NAM  Pratt
OCL   53433
UREF
PNO  4055672
ISD  19771000
NAM  Hirsch et al.
UREF
PNO  4162599
ISD  19790700
NAM  Kyle
UREF
PNO  4409252
ISD  19831000
NAM  Bushkens et al.
OCL   53433
UREF
PNO  4581764
ISD  19860400
NAM  Plock et al.
OCL   53433
UREF
PNO  4581874
ISD  19860400
NAM  Rechtsteiner et al.
OCL   53433
UREF
PNO  4589145
ISD  19860500
NAM  Van Erden
OCL  426418
UREF
PNO  4754596
ISD  19880700
NAM  Yasumune et al.
OCL   53434
UREF
PNO  4896479
ISD  19900100
NAM  Gannon
OCL   53432
UREF
PNO  4919955
ISD  19900400
NAM  Mitchell
UREF
PNO  5271207
ISD  19931200
NAM  Epstein et al.
UREF
PNO  5445838
ISD  19950800
NAM  Lipinski et al.
OCL  426410
UREF
PNO  5481852
ISD  19960100
NAM  Mitchell
UREF
PNO  5711978
ISD  19980100
NAM  Breen et al.
OCL  426410
FREF
PNO  0597097 A1
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1408217
ISD  19640500
CNT  FRX
OCL  426118
FREF
PNO  52-591
ISD  19770500
CNT  JPX
OCL  426410
FREF
PNO  54-148690
ISD  19791100
CNT  JPX
OCL  426418
FREF
PNO  03240615
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-242572
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
OCL  426118
LREP
FRM  Andrus, Sceales, Starke & Sawall
ABST
PAL  A system for packaging of perishable food products involves initially
      packaging the food product in a receptacle containing an inert gas
      atmosphere and sealing a film to the receptacle. The inert gas atmosphere
      prevents deterioration of the food product subsequent to shipment from a
      central processing facility. The receptacle includes a sealing flange and
      a tab portion extending from the sealing flange, to which the film is
      sealed. To prepare the food product for display at a retail establishment,
      the tab and the film sealed thereto are removed from the package, to form
      an opening between the film and the receptacle. An atmosphere exchange
      operation is carried out through the opening, by inserting a nozzle
      through the opening and introducing an oxygen-containing gas into the
      receptacle cavity through the opening. The inert gas atmosphere initially
      contained within the receptacle is exhausted through the opening. Once the
      atmosphere exchange process has been carried out, the nozzle is withdrawn
      from the opening and the opening is closed by sealing the film to the
      receptacle. Introduction of the oxygen-containing gas into the receptacle
      cavity induces the desired oxygen "bloom" in a fresh meat food product,
      and in other food products replaces the inert gas atmosphere in
      preparation for display and consumption of the food product. The final
      configuration of the package as displayed to consumers has the same
      external appearance as prior art packages, leading to ready consumer
      acceptance while greatly enhancing product life and reducing spoilage
      associated with production and distribution of the food products from a
      central processing facility. The invention also contemplates a package and
      a receptacle construction for use in carrying out the described method.
PATN
WKU  059896140
SRC  9
APN  1152076
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980714
TTL  Method for treating a product
ISD  19991123
NCL  48
ECL  1
EXP  Yeung; George C.
NDR  14
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Zittel; David R.
STR  155 Oak Grove Dr.
CTY  Columbus
STA  WI
ZIP  53925
RLAP
COD  71
APN  785746
APD  19970117
PSC  01
PNO  5780088
ISD  19980714
CLAS
OCL  426481
XCL  426483
EDF  6
ICL  A23L  100
FSC  426
FSS  483;481;482
FSC   99
FSS  623
UREF
PNO  Re33510
ISD  19910100
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  Re35259
ISD  19960600
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  3935610
ISD  19760200
NAM  Vogt
UREF
PNO  3943736
ISD  19760300
NAM  Carin
UREF
PNO  3975797
ISD  19760800
NAM  Grimes et al.
UREF
PNO  3982482
ISD  19760900
NAM  Webb et al.
UREF
PNO  3988011
ISD  19761000
NAM  Kressin
UREF
PNO  4045152
ISD  19770800
NAM  Peterson et al.
UREF
PNO  4071919
ISD  19780200
NAM  Fields et al.
UREF
PNO  4080291
ISD  19780300
NAM  Sturgill
UREF
PNO  4094033
ISD  19780600
NAM  Stein et al.
UREF
PNO  4111110
ISD  19780900
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  4116099
ISD  19780900
NAM  Mayer
UREF
PNO  4131064
ISD  19781200
NAM  Kumandan
UREF
PNO  4148252
ISD  19790400
NAM  Lewis
UREF
PNO  4202077
ISD  19800500
NAM  Martin, Sr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4211055
ISD  19800700
NAM  Long et al.
UREF
PNO  4238867
ISD  19801200
NAM  Ruggero et al.
UREF
PNO  4254702
ISD  19810300
NAM  Kumandan
UREF
PNO  4268769
ISD  19810500
NAM  Dorner et al.
UREF
PNO  4279221
ISD  19810700
NAM  Arvizu
UREF
PNO  4290163
ISD  19810900
NAM  Opitz et al.
UREF
PNO  4313237
ISD  19820200
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  4321858
ISD  19820300
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  4345498
ISD  19820800
NAM  Best
UREF
PNO  4348807
ISD  19820900
NAM  Ashdown et al.
UREF
PNO  4352463
ISD  19821000
NAM  Baker
UREF
PNO  4353144
ISD  19821000
NAM  Mayberry
UREF
PNO  4364139
ISD  19821200
NAM  Babb et al.
UREF
PNO  4393544
ISD  19830700
NAM  Lapeyre et al.
UREF
PNO  4486911
ISD  19841200
NAM  Beke
UREF
PNO  4493250
ISD  19850100
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  4519305
ISD  19850500
NAM  Vanosdall
UREF
PNO  4528902
ISD  19850700
NAM  Mietzel
UREF
PNO  4531250
ISD  19850700
NAM  Watanabe
UREF
PNO  4546519
ISD  19851000
NAM  Pembroke
UREF
PNO  4547966
ISD  19851000
NAM  Eden
UREF
PNO  4582047
ISD  19860400
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  4609110
ISD  19860900
NAM  Schulman
UREF
PNO  4619531
ISD  19861000
NAM  Dunstan
UREF
PNO  4630410
ISD  19861200
NAM  Cavada
UREF
PNO  4674142
ISD  19870600
NAM  Meili
UREF
PNO  4710389
ISD  19871200
NAM  Dornow
OCL  426483
UREF
PNO  4714203
ISD  19871200
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  4719661
ISD  19880100
NAM  Hanselmann
UREF
PNO  4722267
ISD  19880200
NAM  Galockin et al.
UREF
PNO  4782668
ISD  19881100
NAM  Stokes
UREF
PNO  4784057
ISD  19881100
NAM  Mietzel et al.
UREF
PNO  4807645
ISD  19890200
NAM  Mietzel et al.
UREF
PNO  4825496
ISD  19890500
NAM  Taylor
UREF
PNO  4829890
ISD  19890500
NAM  Thomson
UREF
PNO  4830194
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kajiura et al.
UREF
PNO  4874507
ISD  19891000
NAM  Whitlock
UREF
PNO  4879129
ISD  19891100
NAM  Thomson
UREF
PNO  4893942
ISD  19900100
NAM  Stottmann
UREF
PNO  4901504
ISD  19900200
NAM  Tsuji et al.
UREF
PNO  4912797
ISD  19900400
NAM  Brackett
UREF
PNO  4963743
ISD  19901000
NAM  Satake et al.
UREF
PNO  4970747
ISD  19901100
NAM  Pastore
UREF
PNO  4972769
ISD  19901100
NAM  Cailliot
UREF
PNO  4975999
ISD  19901200
NAM  Levy
UREF
PNO  5034609
ISD  19910700
NAM  Satake et al.
UREF
PNO  5059154
ISD  19911000
NAM  Reyenga
UREF
PNO  5070997
ISD  19911200
NAM  Lanham et al.
UREF
PNO  5088391
ISD  19920200
NAM  Anderson
UREF
PNO  5099537
ISD  19920300
NAM  Denny
UREF
PNO  5106641
ISD  19920400
NAM  Bickel
OCL  426483
UREF
PNO  5107877
ISD  19920400
NAM  Chipman
UREF
PNO  5114560
ISD  19920500
NAM  Senapati et al.
UREF
PNO  5133250
ISD  19920700
NAM  Del Ser Gonzalez
UREF
PNO  5144887
ISD  19920900
NAM  Mietzel
UREF
PNO  5156263
ISD  19921000
NAM  Ledet
UREF
PNO  5249861
ISD  19931000
NAM  Thomson
UREF
PNO  5292421
ISD  19940300
NAM  Senapati et al.
UREF
PNO  5309490
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bayersten
UREF
PNO  5329951
ISD  19940700
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  5346045
ISD  19940900
NAM  Bennett et al.
UREF
PNO  5373597
ISD  19941200
NAM  Worsham
UREF
PNO  5377582
ISD  19950100
NAM  Nersesian
UREF
PNO  5383252
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hampton et al.
UREF
PNO  5387267
ISD  19950200
NAM  Warf et al.
UREF
PNO  5402549
ISD  19950400
NAM  Forrest
UREF
PNO  5416942
ISD  19950500
NAM  Baldacci et al.
UREF
PNO  5427573
ISD  19950600
NAM  Rutt et al.
UREF
PNO  5443415
ISD  19950800
NAM  Shebanow et al.
UREF
PNO  5451184
ISD  19950900
NAM  Mietzel
UREF
PNO  5452790
ISD  19950900
NAM  Morrell et al.
UREF
PNO  5454877
ISD  19951000
NAM  Worsham
UREF
PNO  5479857
ISD  19960100
NAM  Braun
UREF
PNO  5490451
ISD  19960200
NAM  Nersesian
UREF
PNO  5546629
ISD  19960800
NAM  Shim
UREF
PNO  5547541
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hansen et al.
UREF
PNO  5547745
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hansen et al.
UREF
PNO  5551119
ISD  19960900
NAM  Worwag
UREF
PNO  5551335
ISD  19960900
NAM  McClean
UREF
PNO  5598773
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hoffseth
UREF
PNO  5611885
ISD  19970300
NAM  Hansen et al.
UREF
PNO  5626898
ISD  19970500
NAM  Caridis et al.
UREF
PNO  5634292
ISD  19970600
NAM  Kitterman
UREF
PNO  5640979
ISD  19970600
NAM  Trenary
UREF
PNO  5641561
ISD  19970600
NAM  Hansen et al.
UREF
PNO  5642012
ISD  19970600
NAM  Boggs, III
UREF
PNO  5669096
ISD  19970900
NAM  Worsham
UREF
PNO  5672418
ISD  19970900
NAM  Hansen et al.
UREF
PNO  5709142
ISD  19980100
NAM  Nersesian
UREF
PNO  5715263
ISD  19980200
NAM  Jones et al.
UREF
PNO  5722106
ISD  19980300
NAM  Masterman et al.
UREF
PNO  5723924
ISD  19980300
NAM  Blanchet
UREF
PNO  5780088
ISD  19980700
NAM  Zittel et al.
OCL   99623
UREF
PNO  5789326
ISD  19980800
NAM  Hansen et al.
UREF
PNO  5794296
ISD  19980800
NAM  Wong
UREF
PNO  5795222
ISD  19980800
NAM  McLeod
UREF
PNO  5813086
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ueno et al.
UREF
PNO  5827549
ISD  19981000
NAM  Rancich et al.
LREP
FRM  Nilles & Nilles, S.C.
ABST
PAL  A machine for peeling and cleaning fruits and vegetables using a plurality
      of rotating abrasive rollers which are each driven by an electric motor.
      The machine has a frame with a pair of end plates that rotatively carry
      the rollers. Each motor is carried by an end plate and coupled to a roller
      solely to drive only that roller. In one preferred embodiment, the motor
      is coupled to a gear reducer that preferably is a cycloidal gear reducer
      having an output shaft coupled to one end of a roller and which has an
      output shaft axis of rotation generally coaxial with the axis of rotation
      of the roller. In another preferred embodiment, the motor can be directly
      coupled to the roller with its output shaft axis of rotation generally
      coaxial with the roller axis of rotation. To control operation and speed
      of the abrasive rollers, the motors are controlled by a motor controller
      that preferably is a variable frequency electric motor drive. Where the
      machine uses an auger to urge food product through the machine, the auger
      can be driven by an electric motor whose operation and speed preferably is
      controlled by a variable frequency electric motor drive. Where the machine
      is a rotating cage machine, the cage can be driven by an electric motor
      whose operation and speed preferably is controlled by a variable frequency
      electric motor drive. Each motor preferably is a three phase alternating
      current electric motor.
PATN
WKU  059896159
SRC  9
APN  1053574
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980626
TTL  Enzyme infusion process for preparing whole peeled citrus fruit
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Weier; Anthony J.
NDR  1
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Bernard; Andre
STR  Five Kitchel Rd.
CTY  Mt. Kisco
STA  NY
ZIP  10549
CLAS
OCL  426482
XCL  426 50
XCL  426 52
XCL  426287
XCL  426616
EDF  6
ICL  A23L  110
FSC  426
FSS  50;52;287;482;616
UREF
PNO  4284651
ISD  19810800
NAM  Bruemmer
OCL  426 50
UREF
PNO  5200217
ISD  19930400
NAM  Elliott et al.
OCL  426 50
LREP
FRM  Myron Amer P.C.
ABST
PAL  The removal of albedo in the preparation of a citrus fruit for consumption,
      in which a known aqueous solution of pectinase enzyme is used for its
      known albedo-removal function, but in the present circumstances a vacuum
      is used to primarily draw the pectinase enzyme to the interface of the
      albedo and the citrus fruit and only nominally to the interface of the
      albedo and the peel of the citrus fruit, so that removal of the peel
      carries with it the albedo and uncovers the citrus fruit in a desirable
      albedo-free condition.
PATN
WKU  059896167
SRC  8
APN  9833013
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980424
TTL  Wooden container
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Cano; Milton
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Bouton-Hughes; Philippe
STR  3, rue des Vignes
CTY  45240 Marcilly en Villette
CNT  FRX
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950707
APN  95 08266
CLAS
OCL  426496
XCL  426113
XCL  426115
XCL  426128
XCL  426392
XCL  426394
XCL  426505
XCL  426523
XCL  217122
XCL  249117
XCL  249134
XCL  249DIG1
XCL   99426
EDF  6
ICL  B65D  800
ICL  A21D  800
FSC  426
FSS  106;107;108;112;113;114;115;119;128;132;135;392;394;496;505;523
FSC  229
FSS  182.1;192;198
FSC  217
FSS  122;123;125;3 FC
FSC  249
FSS  117;134;DIG. 1
FSC   99
FSS  426
UREF
PNO  78110
ISD  18680500
NAM  MacDaniel
OCL  217122
UREF
PNO  527761
ISD  18941000
NAM  Asam et al.
OCL  217122
UREF
PNO  821010
ISD  19060500
NAM  Wilcox
OCL  217122
UREF
PNO  821074
ISD  19060500
NAM  Wilcox
OCL  217122
UREF
PNO  1261982
ISD  19180400
NAM  Walker
OCL  217122
UREF
PNO  1272324
ISD  19180700
NAM  Walker
OCL  217122
UREF
PNO  1906324
ISD  19330500
NAM  Madison et al.
OCL  217122
FREF
PNO  2 240 633
ISD  19750300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 464 205
ISD  19810300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2700314
ISD  19940700
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3421 360
ISD  19851200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3812188
ISD  19891000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  U-91 15 842
ISD  19920200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  U-94 17 522
ISD  19941200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  707453
ISD  19540400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 123 360
ISD  19680800
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Hoffmann & Baron, LLP
FR2  Feit; Irving N.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR96/00870
PD1  19980424
PD2  19980424
PD3  19960607
PCP  WO97/02990
PCD  19970130
ABST
PAR  A method for preparing a food product to be cooked or reheated in a thermal
      oven, wherein the food is placed in a container made of a single
      peeled-wood blank that is folded and assembled at the folded side walls
      thereof. A tray particularly suitable for use in the method is also
      disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059896175
SRC  9
APN  1101781
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980706
TTL  Method of assessing wheat or wheat flour regarding suitability for
      producing noodles
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Bhat; Nina
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Akashi; Hajime
CTY  Ohi-machi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Miwa
CTY  Ohi-machi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Yasuhiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mizukami; Masakazu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kamada; Masahiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nisshin Flour Milling Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970707
APN  9-195258
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980227
APN  10-064514
CLAS
OCL  426549
XCL  426451
XCL  426661
XCL  127 29
XCL  127 32
EDF  6
ICL  A21D 1000
ICL  A21D 1300
FSC  426
FSS  231;549;661;451
FSC  127
FSS  29;32
FSC   73
FSS  169
UREF
PNO  4830866
ISD  19890500
NAM  Manser et al.
OCL  426451
UREF
PNO  5364471
ISD  19941100
NAM  Czuchajowska et al.
OCL  127 65
UREF
PNO  5849090
ISD  19981200
NAM  Haralampu et al.
OCL  127 65
UREF
PNO  5902410
ISD  19990500
NAM  Chiu et al.
OCL  127 71
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to a method of assessing suitability of
      wheat or wheat flour for producing noodles, wherein starch contained in
      the wheat or wheat flour is analyzed by differential scanning calorimetry
      for its thermal characteristics and assessment is carried out based on the
      results of the analysis; wheat flour which is suitable for preparing
      noodles, wherein the wheat flour is prepared from wheat containing starch
      having an endothermic enthalpy (.DELTA.H) of 0.3 J/g of dry matter or less
      at a thermal change onset temperature (To) of 80.degree. C. or higher when
      the starch is analyzed by differential scanning calorimetry in the
      presence of added water; and use of the wheat or wheat flour for preparing
      noodles.
PATN
WKU  059896183
SRC  8
APN  8314527
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970401
TTL  Process for preparing a microbiologically stable water in oil spread
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Paden; Carolyn
INVT
NAM  Thurman; Cynthia
CTY  Mt. Airy
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Reddy; Podutoori Ravinder
CTY  Columbia
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Lipton
CTY  Englewood Cliffs
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  496856
APD  19950619
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  426603
XCL  426602
EDF  6
ICL  A23D  700
FSC  426
FSS  602;603
UREF
PNO  4425371
ISD  19840100
NAM  Stratmann
OCL  426607
UREF
PNO  5151290
ISD  19920900
NAM  Norton et al.
UREF
PNO  5169668
ISD  19921200
NAM  Milo
OCL  426602
UREF
PNO  5302408
ISD  19940400
NAM  Cain et al.
OREF
PAL  Gunstone 1983 Lypids in Foods Chemistry, Biochemistry and Technology
      Pergamon Press New York pp. 147-155.
LREP
FR2  Boxer; Matthew
ABST
PAL  A fat continuous spread having less than 50% fat and containing less than
      10% trans fatty acids is prepared by a process comprising the steps of
      selecting a structuring amount of interesterfied hardstock and combining
      the hardstock with the liquid oil to form a fat phase. The fat phase and
      an aqueous phase containing a gelling agent are introduced into a scrapped
      surface heat exchanger to form a cooled emulsion having an exit
      temperature of less than the temperature required to form a substantial
      amount of alpha crystals in the fat phase. The crystal containing emulsion
      is then passed into a crystallizing inverter unit which has a temperature
      no greater than about 4 to about 8.degree. C. of the temperature of the
      water continuous emulsion containing crystals. In the inverter unit, the
      emulsion is inverted from a water continuous to a fat continuous emulsion
      and then introduced into a second cooling unit to form spread products
      having a mean average droplet size less than 10 microns and containing
      less than 5% free water.
PATN
WKU  059896191
SRC  8
APN  8494673
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970916
TTL  Process for manufacture of reduced fat chocolate
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Paden; Carolyn
INVT
NAM  Zumbe; Albert
CTY  Coventry
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Sanders; Nigel
CTY  West Midlands
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Cadbury Schweppes PLC
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19941209
APN  9424855
CLAS
OCL  426631
XCL  426660
EDF  6
ICL  A23G  100
FSC  426
FSS  660;631
UREF
PNO  2760867
ISD  19560800
NAM  Kempf et al.
UREF
PNO  5776534
ISD  19980700
NAM  Tremblay
OCL  426660
UREF
PNO  5882709
ISD  19990300
NAM  Zambe
OCL  426631
FREF
PNO  0317917
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  37 35 087
ISD  19880600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 00 517
ISD  19930700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  61-028346
ISD  19860200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  399891
ISD  19660400
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  WO9219112
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9406303
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9409649
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9518541
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Jacobson, Price, Holman & Stern, PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB95/02831
PD1  19970916
PD2  19970916
PD3  19951205
PCP  WO96/17523
PCD  19960613
ABST
PAR  A chocolate composition having a reduced fat content of typically 18 to 25
      wt % is produced by mixing (i) a major portion of a higher fat chocolate
      composition which has been flavour-developed, preferably by conching, with
      (ii) a minor proportion of a lower fat chocolate having a fat content
      below that required in the final chocolate composition, so as to produce
      the final reduced fat chocolate composition.
PATN
WKU  059896205
SRC  8
APN  9338772
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970919
TTL  Production of legume pasta products by a high temperature extrusion
      process
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Weier; Anthony J.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Wang; Ning
CTY  Saskatoon
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Tyler; Robert T.
CTY  Saskatoon
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Sosulski; Frank W.
CTY  Saskatoon
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Bhirud; Prakash R.
CTY  Saskatoon
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  University of Saskatchewan
CTY  Saskatoon
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  426634
XCL  426443
XCL  426451
XCL  426516
XCL  426629
XCL  426557
EDF  6
ICL  A23L  120
FSC  426
FSS  634;443;451;516;629;557
UREF
PNO  3846563
ISD  19741100
NAM  Cunningham
UREF
PNO  4394397
ISD  19830700
NAM  Lometillo et al.
UREF
PNO  4495214
ISD  19850100
NAM  Seltzer et al.
UREF
PNO  4540592
ISD  19850900
NAM  Myer et al.
UREF
PNO  4732775
ISD  19880300
NAM  Millauer
UREF
PNO  5059439
ISD  19911000
NAM  Wenger et al.
UREF
PNO  5296253
ISD  19940300
NAM  Lusas et al.
OCL  426629
LREP
FR2  Thrift; Murray E.
FR2  Battison; Adrian D.
ABST
PAL  A high temperature extrusion process is provided for the production of
      legume pasta products. A dough mixture having a moisture content in the
      range of 15 to 40% is processed in a twin screw extruder or in a single
      screw extruder at a barrel temperature in the range of 70 to 135.degree.
      C. and extruded through a die to form legume pasta products. The resulting
      products have a superior texture and integrity compared to legume pasta
      products produced by the traditional method.
PATN
WKU  059896213
SRC  9
APN  0276561
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980223
TTL  Dual capillary fiber coating process
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Chen; Bret
EXP  Beck; Shrive
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Lichkus; Andrew Murray
CTY  York
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Schmidt; Virginia Eleanor
CTY  Danbury
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Sherwood Services AG
CTY  Schwertstrasse 9
CNT  CHX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  427  231
XCL  427384
XCL  427363
XCL  4274342
XCL  606228
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  300
ICL  A61L 1700
FSC  427
FSS  2.31;2.29;384;385.5;363;430.1;434.2
FSC  606
FSS  228
UREF
PNO  3867190
ISD  19750200
NAM  Schmitt et al.
OCL  427  2.31
UREF
PNO  4185637
ISD  19800100
NAM  Mattei
OCL  427  2.31
UREF
PNO  4711241
ISD  19871200
NAM  Lehmann
OCL  427  2.31
UREF
PNO  5104398
ISD  19920400
NAM  Planck et al.
OCL  427  2.31
UREF
PNO  5123912
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kaplan et al.
OCL  427  2.31
UREF
PNO  5352515
ISD  19941000
NAM  Jarrett et al.
OCL  428357
UREF
PNO  5447966
ISD  19950900
NAM  Hermes et al.
OCL  424430
UREF
PNO  5643628
ISD  19970700
NAM  Sondregger
OCL  427  2.31
ABST
PAL  A method for coating surgical fibers and surgical braids employing dual
      capillaries (10) in series. After the fiber (50) or braid is initially
      coated with a t-guide capillary (16), the fiber (50) or braid is dried
      using forced air within an enclosure (66) and then coated a second time by
      the second capillary (14), a v-guide capillary (52).
PATN
WKU  059896221
SRC  8
APN  7299583
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19961015
TTL  Intermittent coating method and apparatus therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Parker; Frederick
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Iwashita; Yuji
CTY  Kitasaku-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Endo; Seiichi
CTY  Kitasaku-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morimoto; Keiichi
CTY  Kitasaku-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  TDK Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951020
APN  7-295977
CLAS
OCL  427 58
XCL  427256
XCL  427282
XCL  427358
XCL  427420
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  126
ICL  B05D  132
ICL  B05D  512
FSC  427
FSS  8;58;208.6;358;256;282;420;287
FSC  118
FSS  679;683;684;DIG. 4;410;302;669
UREF
PNO  4123572
ISD  19781000
NAM  Gidley
OCL  427272
UREF
PNO  4729858
ISD  19880300
NAM  Chino et al.
OCL  264 37
UREF
PNO  5360629
ISD  19941100
NAM  Milbourne et al.
OCL  427  8
FREF
PNO  62-117669
ISD  19870500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-184069
ISD  19890700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-226173
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik, LLP
ABST
PAL  The method is related to intermittent coating capable of distinctly
      defining a boundary between a coated region and an uncoated region on a
      web, to thereby intermittently form a coated film on the web with
      increased accuracy and efficiency. A coating liquid feed pump is arranged
      so as to alternately communicate with a circulation line and a pocket of
      an extrusion type coater through a directional control valve, resulting in
      coating liquid being intermittently fed to the pocket and then forced out
      of a slit, so that coated regions and uncoated regions may be alternately
      formed on a conductive sheet material. During interruption of
      communication between the pocket and the feed pump, the pocket is
      permitted to communicate via a discharge pipe and a shut-off valve with a
      sub-tank to reduce a pressure of coating liquid in the pocket, to thereby
      prevent undesired feeding of coating liquid to the uncoated region beyond
      an end position of the coated region.
PATN
WKU  059896230
SRC  8
APN  9145214
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970819
TTL  Dual damascene metallization
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Strain; Paul D.
EXP  Beck; Shrive
NDR  7
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Chen; Liang-Yuh
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tao; Rong
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Guo; Ted
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mosely; Roderick Craig
CTY  Pleasanton
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Applied Materials, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  427 97
XCL  427123
XCL  427 96
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  512
FSC  427
FSS  123;96;97
UREF
PNO  4920072
ISD  19900400
NAM  Keller et al.
UREF
PNO  4920073
ISD  19900400
NAM  Wei et al.
UREF
PNO  4938996
ISD  19900700
NAM  Ziv et al.
UREF
PNO  4960732
ISD  19901000
NAM  Dixit et al.
UREF
PNO  4985750
ISD  19910100
NAM  Hoshino
UREF
PNO  4994410
ISD  19910200
NAM  Sun et al.
UREF
PNO  5010032
ISD  19910400
NAM  Tang et al.
UREF
PNO  5081064
ISD  19920100
NAM  Inoue et al.
UREF
PNO  5091339
ISD  19920200
NAM  Carey
UREF
PNO  5250465
ISD  19931000
NAM  Iizuka et al.
UREF
PNO  5292558
ISD  19940300
NAM  Heller et al.
UREF
PNO  5354712
ISD  19941000
NAM  Ho et al.
UREF
PNO  5439731
ISD  19950800
NAM  Li et al.
UREF
PNO  5480836
ISD  19960100
NAM  Harada et al.
UREF
PNO  5585673
ISD  19961200
NAM  Joshi et al.
UREF
PNO  5595937
ISD  19970100
NAM  Mikagi
OCL  437192
UREF
PNO  5693563
ISD  19971200
NAM  Teong
OCL  437190
UREF
PNO  5739579
ISD  19980400
NAM  Chiang et al.
OCL  257635
UREF
PNO  5814557
ISD  19980900
NAM  Venkatraman et al.
OCL  438622
UREF
PNO  5824599
ISD  19981000
NAM  Schacham-Diamand et al.
OCL  438678
UREF
PNO  5858873
ISD  19990100
NAM  Vitkavage et al.
OCL  438626
FREF
PNO  0 558 004 A2
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 776 037 A2
ISD  19970500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  63-9925
ISD  00000000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-10693
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  08181141
ISD  19960700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/27585
ISD  19980600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  K. Mikagi, H. Ishikawa, T. Usami, M. Suzuki, K. Inoue, N. Oda, S. Chikaki,
      I. Sakai and T. Kikkawa, "Barrier Metal Free Copper Damascene
      Interconnection Technology Using Atmospheric Copper Reflow and Nitrogen
      Doping in SiOF Film," 1996 IEEE, pp. 365-368.
PAL  Electromigration and Diffusion in Pure Cu and Cu(Sn) Alloys, C.-K. Hu, K.
      L. Lee, D. Gupta, and P. Blauner, Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. vol. 427, (96-105).
PAL  Electromigration Failure Distributions for Multi-Large Interconnects as a
      Function of Line Width: Experiments and Simulation, D.D. Brown, J.E.
      Sanchez, Jr., V. Pham, P.R. Besser, M.A. Korhonen, and C.-Y. Li. Mat. Res.
      Soc. Symp. vol. 427.
PAL  European International Search Report Dated Nov. 5, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Thomason, Moser & Patterson
ABST
PAL  The present invention generally provides a metallization process for
      forming a highly integrated interconnect. More particularly, the present
      invention provides a dual damascene interconnect module that incorporates
      a barrier layer deposited on all exposed surface of a dielectric layer
      which contains a dual damascene via and wire definition. A conductive
      metal is deposited on the barrier layer using two or more deposition
      methods to fill the via and wire definition prior to planarization. The
      invention provides the advantages of having copper wires with lower
      resistivity (greater conductivity) and greater electromigration resistance
      than aluminum, a barrier layer between the copper wire and the surrounding
      dielectric material, void-free, sub-half micron selective CVD Al via
      plugs, and a reduced number of process steps to achieve such integration.
PATN
WKU  059896248
SRC  9
APN  1340476
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980814
TTL  Method for manufacturing electrode
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Tung; T.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Kida; Masahito
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Inoue; Ryuji
CTY  Gifu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Oshima; Takafumi
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NGK Spark Plug Co., Ltd.
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970814
APN  9-233342
CLAS
OCL  427125
XCL  204421
XCL  204424
XCL  264109
XCL  264122
XCL  427123
XCL  4271263
XCL  427217
XCL  4273722
XCL  4273835
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 27407
ICL  B05D  512
FSC  204
FSS  421-429
FSC  264
FSS  109;122
FSC  427
FSS  123;125;126.3;217;372.2;383.5
UREF
PNO  5672811
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  204425
UREF
PNO  5698267
ISD  19971200
NAM  Friese et al.
OCL  204424
UREF
PNO  5716507
ISD  19980200
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  427126.3
FREF
PNO  0 810 430
ISD  19971200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  There is described a gas-component concentration sensor, a method of using
      the sensor, and a method of manufacturing a particular electrode of the
      sensor, wherein the sensor comprises:
PA1  a first measurement chamber, an oxygen partial-pressure detection electrode
      in the first measurement chamber, a first oxygen-ion pump cell within and
      outside the first measurement such that in response to a voltage applied
      between the pair electrodes the cell pumps out oxygen to an extent such
      that a gas component such as NO.sub.x partially decomposes in said first
      measurement chamber in an amount of not more than 40 wt. % of the gas
      component present;
PA1  a second measurement chamber into which the measurement gas is introduced
      from the first measurement chamber, a second oxygen pump cell having a
      pair of electrodes such that in response to a voltage applied therebetween
      the second oxygen-ion pump cell decomposes the gas component within the
      second measurement chamber;
PA1  wherein the pair of electrodes of the first oxygen ion pump cell the
      electrode provided inside first measurement chamber includes fine
      particles having a function of suppressing dissociation of the gas
      component that are formed on and carried by a first constituent component
      of the electrode.
PATN
WKU  059896256
SRC  8
APN  8691193
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970604
TTL  Process of surface modification of magnetic heads by a reactive gas with
      CF.sub.3 groups
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Resan; Stevan A.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Hilgers; Heinz
CTY  Mainz
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Joeris; Pierre
CTY  Mainz
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Straub; Martin
CTY  Niederolm
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960607
APN  196 22 732
CLAS
OCL  427131
XCL  427132
XCL  427536
XCL  427577
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  572
FSC  427
FSS  131;132;536;577
UREF
PNO  5266409
ISD  19931100
NAM  Schmidt et al.
OCL  428446
UREF
PNO  5409738
ISD  19950400
NAM  Matsunuma et al.
OCL  427502
UREF
PNO  5661618
ISD  19970800
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  360 97.02
FREF
PNO  0 123 707
ISD  19841100
CNT  EPX
ICL  G11B  572
FREF
PNO  0 332 784
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
ICL  G11B  572
FREF
PNO  28 39 378
ISD  19791100
CNT  DEX
ICL  G11B  572
FREF
PNO  WO 90/06575
ISD  19900600
CNT  WOX
ICL  G11B  572
LREP
FR2  KNight; G. Marlin
ABST
PAL  A process is described for the modification of the outermost atomic layer
      of a substrate, such as a carbon layer having hydrogen atoms bonded at the
      surface, in a plasma chamber to covalently bond carbon-flourine groups
      such as CF.sub.3 groups to carbon atoms in the surface. After establishing
      a plasma process in which both etching and deposition are ocurring, a
      fluorinated gas is injected into the chamber to allow CF.sub.3 groups to
      bond to the surface. The process does not apply of a layer with a defined
      thickness, but rather conditions the surface for desired properties of
      high affinity for lubricants and low affinity for contaminants. The
      invention is particularly useful for heads and disks for use in magnetic
      recording.
PATN
WKU  059896264
SRC  8
APN  8810397
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970623
TTL  Mixed oxide high index optical coating material and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1,11
EXP  Bell; Janyce
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Coombs; Paul G.
CTY  Santa Rosa
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  DeLong; Russell E.
CTY  Bridgeport
STA  WV
INVT
NAM  LeGallee; Charlotte R.
CTY  Healdsburg
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Flex Products, Inc.
CTY  Santa Rosa
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  438198
APD  19950509
PSC  01
PNO  5641719
CLAS
OCL  427162
XCL  427166
XCL  427250
XCL  427255
XCL  4272553
XCL  427596
XCL  427597
XCL  501103
XCL  501134
XCL  501152
EDF  6
ICL  C04B 35462
ICL  B05D  506
FSC  501
FSS  134;103;152
FSC  427
FSS  162;597;596;250;255;166;255.3
UREF
PNO  2653107
ISD  19530900
NAM  Blumenthal
OCL  501103
UREF
PNO  3034925
ISD  19620500
NAM  Kraus et al.
UREF
PNO  3049432
ISD  19620800
NAM  Weber
OCL  501103
UREF
PNO  3264694
ISD  19660800
NAM  Weber
OCL  501103
UREF
PNO  3948813
ISD  19760400
NAM  Holcombe, Jr. et al.
OCL  601103
UREF
PNO  5021386
ISD  19910600
NAM  Muan et al.
OCL  502248
UREF
PNO  5049355
ISD  19910900
NAM  Gennari et al.
UREF
PNO  5106794
ISD  19920400
NAM  Oizumi
OCL  501103
UREF
PNO  5225382
ISD  19930700
NAM  Mizuno et al.
OCL  501134
UREF
PNO  5340607
ISD  19940800
NAM  Friz et al.
OCL  427162
UREF
PNO  5641719
ISD  19970600
NAM  Coombs
OCL  501134
FREF
PNO  4208811
ISD  19930900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  009524
ISD  19800700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger & Seeley
ABST
PAL  A composition of material of the formula MN.sub.x O.sub.y where M and N are
      metals selected from the group of elements consisting of Sc, Y, La, Ce,
      Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb, Lu, Ti, Zr, Hf, V, Nb, Ta, Ac,
      Th, and U where O is oxygen and x and y have values such that the
      oxygen-to-metal ratio is less than 4 and the ratio of y/(1+x) is also less
      than 4, said material being in the form of a single oxide phase and having
      a crystal structure of a single type alone with no detectable crystal
      structure of a second type, said material being sub-stoichiometric.
PATN
WKU  059896272
SRC  9
APN  161889&
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980928
TTL  Vinyl ether terminated oligomers and polymers
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Acquah; Samuel A.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Blyler, Jr.; Lee Landis
CTY  Basking Ridge
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Paczkowski; Mark Anthony
CTY  Green Township, Sussex County
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Simoff; Debra Ann
CTY  South Plainfield
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Varlemann; Ulrike
CTY  Horsham
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Wang; Nanze Patrick
CTY  Chatham
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4271632
XCL  528373
XCL  528390
XCL  528392
XCL  528393
XCL  528403
XCL  525523
XCL  525529
XCL  522  2
XCL  522 71
XCL  522100
XCL  522149
XCL  522178
XCL  427487
XCL  427501
XCL  427508
XCL  427516
XCL  4283722
XCL  4283855
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  506
ICL  C08F  246
ICL  C08F28300
FSC  528
FSS  373;390;392;393;403
FSC  525
FSS  523;529
FSC  522
FSS  178;149;100;71;2
FSC  427
FSS  487;501;508;516;163.2
FSC  428
FSS  372.2;385.5
UREF
PNO  4654379
ISD  19870300
NAM  Lapin
OCL  522 15
UREF
PNO  4751273
ISD  19880600
NAM  Lapin et al.
OCL  525455
UREF
PNO  4956198
ISD  19900900
NAM  Shama et al.
OCL  427 54.1
UREF
PNO  4967015
ISD  19901000
NAM  Karcher et al.
OCL  568616
UREF
PNO  4999216
ISD  19910300
NAM  Gaske et al.
OCL  427 44
UREF
PNO  5139872
ISD  19920800
NAM  Lapin et al.
OCL  428375
UREF
PNO  5181269
ISD  19930100
NAM  Patisce
OCL  385128
UREF
PNO  5252682
ISD  19931000
NAM  Bayha
OCL  525445
UREF
PNO  5334456
ISD  19940800
NAM  Noren et al.
OCL  428431
UREF
PNO  5352712
ISD  19941000
NAM  Shustack
OCL  522 31
UREF
PNO  5352713
ISD  19941000
NAM  Snyder et al.
OCL  522 40
UREF
PNO  5596669
ISD  19970100
NAM  Murphy et al.
OCL  385128
UREF
PNO  5620495
ISD  19970400
NAM  Aspell et al.
OCL   65392
ABST
PAL  The specification describes processes for synthesizing vinyl ether
      functionalized oligomers or polymers, and methods for coating optical
      fibers with formulations containing these oligomers or polymers. Optical
      fibers coated with these formulations can be highly transparent to
      radiation used to write optical gratings in the optical fibers.
PATN
WKU  059896280
SRC  8
APN  8218552
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970321
TTL  Plastic lenses and method of producing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Talbot; Brian K.
INVT
NAM  Haga; Mitsunobu
CTY  Matsudo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Onisawa; Yoshio
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimizu; Kohei
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Daicel Abosisangyo Co., Ltd.
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951222
APN  7-350504
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961210
APN  8-329999
RLAP
COD  72
APN  763090
APD  19961210
CLAS
OCL  427164
XCL  427508
XCL  427510
XCL  427259
XCL  427282
XCL  4274071
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  506
FSC  427
FSS  164;508;510;553;558;259;282;407.1
UREF
PNO  4018939
ISD  19770400
NAM  Merrill et al.
XCL  427165
UREF
PNO  4507809
ISD  19850400
NAM  Stepan
OCL    2424
UREF
PNO  4603422
ISD  19860700
NAM  Barfield
OCL    2447
UREF
PNO  5047270
ISD  19910900
NAM  Mori et al.
OCL  428 35.2
UREF
PNO  5213880
ISD  19930500
NAM  Yaguchi
OCL  428217
UREF
PNO  5239029
ISD  19930800
NAM  Yaguchi
OCL  526276
UREF
PNO  5280090
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kurahashi et al.
OCL  525479
UREF
PNO  5476682
ISD  19951200
NAM  Evans
OCL  427164
UREF
PNO  5480917
ISD  19960100
NAM  Krager et al.
OCL  522 33
FREF
PNO  58-74169A
ISD  19830500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-165724A
ISD  19860700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-294339A
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A plastic lens comprising the first acrylic hard coated layer formed on the
      outside surface of a plastic lens base and, on the inside surface, an
      antifogging coated layer while interposing of the second acrylic hard
      coated layer is obtained by coating both sides of a plastic lens base with
      an acrylic hard coating agent, masking the outside surface with a peelable
      masking agent (e.g., a coating composition containing poly(vinyl chloride)
      or a vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer), coating at least the inside
      surface with an antifogging agent, and removing the masking layer. As the
      hard coating agent or antifogging agent, use can be made of an
      ultraviolet-curable resin composition, and as the masking agent, a coating
      composition containing a poly-(vinyl chloride) or vinyl chloride-vinyl
      acetate copolymer may be employed.
PATN
WKU  059896299
SRC  9
APN  0355909
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980305
TTL  Bichromal spheres
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Meeks; Timothy
INVT
NAM  Sacripante; Guerino G.
CTY  Oakville
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Mikkelsen, Jr.; James C.
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Xerox Corporation
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  427180
XCL  427202
XCL  427214
XCL  427218
XCL  427222
XCL  4272481
XCL  427 2531
XCL  430106
EDF  6
ICL  C23C 1604
FSC  427
FSS  180;202;214;218;222;248.1;255.31
FSC  430
FSS  106
UREF
PNO  4126854
ISD  19781100
NAM  Sheridon
OCL  340373
UREF
PNO  4143103
ISD  19790300
NAM  Sheridon
OCL  264  4
UREF
PNO  4261653
ISD  19810400
NAM  Goodrich
OCL  350362
UREF
PNO  4438160
ISD  19840300
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
OCL  427214
UREF
PNO  4810431
ISD  19890300
NAM  Leidner
OCL  264 15
UREF
PNO  5213938
ISD  19930500
NAM  Sacripante et al.
OCL  430137
UREF
PNO  5262809
ISD  19931100
NAM  Nishimura et al.
OCL  354132
UREF
PNO  5389945
ISD  19950200
NAM  Sheridon
OCL  345 85
UREF
PNO  5534379
ISD  19960700
NAM  Dalal et al.
OCL  430106
UREF
PNO  5593807
ISD  19970100
NAM  Sacripante et al.
OCL  430137
LREP
FR2  Palazzo; E. D.
ABST
PAL  A process for the preparation of bichromal spheres comprising (I) preparing
      monochromal spheres by the aggregation and coalescence of an emulsion
      resin with a first colorant and inorganic salt; (ii) contacting the
      resulting monchromal spheres with an oxidizing agent, followed by a
      polymerization with a vinyl monomer and a free radical initiator; (iii)
      forming a of the resulting monochromal spheres on a substrate; and (iv)
      subjecting the resulting monochromal spheres to a vapor thermal deposition
      with a second colorant dissimilar than the first colorant to thereby coat
      one hemisphere of each of said monochromal spheres thereby resulting in
      bichromal spheres with dissimilar colors.
PATN
WKU  059896302
SRC  9
APN  0358754
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980306
TTL  Polymers having more than one void
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Nutter; Nathan M.
INVT
NAM  Schlarb; Bernhard
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schwarzenbach; Elmar
CTY  Romerberg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Heckmann; Walter
CTY  Weinheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  BASF Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970307
APN  197 09 490
CLAS
OCL  42721336
XCL  4272133
XCL  42721331
XCL  42721334
XCL  264 451
XCL  264 453
EDF  6
ICL  C08J  920
ICL  A61F  950
ICL  C08F29100
FSC  427
FSS  213.3;213.31;213.34;213.36
FSC  264
FSS  45.1;45.3
UREF
PNO  5173523
ISD  19921200
NAM  Auchter et al.
FREF
PNO  0 225 612
ISD  19870600
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed are a polymer in the form of particles more than 1 .mu.m in size
      which contain more than one void, an aqueous dispersion comprising this
      polymer, processes for the preparation thereof and the use thereof.
PATN
WKU  059896310
SRC  8
APN  8606935
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970805
TTL  Process for equipping a kitchenware object with an anti-adhesion coating
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Barr; Michael
EXP  Beck; Shrive
INVT
NAM  Dorfschmidt; Klaus
CTY  Frauenberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Fissler GmbH
CTY  Idar-Oberstein
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19941216
APN  44 45 007
CLAS
OCL  427239
XCL  427282
XCL  427402
XCL  4274192
XCL  4274195
XCL  205171
XCL  205172
XCL  205221
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  722
ICL  B05D  136
ICL  C25D 1104
FSC  427
FSS  239;282;419.2;402;419.5
FSC  205
FSS  221;171;172
UREF
PNO  3788513
ISD  19740100
NAM  Racz
OCL  220 64
UREF
PNO  3861951
ISD  19750100
NAM  Staniland et al.
OCL  117161R
UREF
PNO  4210499
ISD  19800700
NAM  Hirono et al.
OCL  204 38A
UREF
PNO  4347722
ISD  19820900
NAM  Ulam
OCL   72 63
UREF
PNO  4568573
ISD  19860200
NAM  Sunada et al.
OCL  427350
UREF
PNO  4877758
ISD  19891000
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  501 24
UREF
PNO  5411014
ISD  19950500
NAM  Paul
OCL  126390
UREF
PNO  5471731
ISD  19951200
NAM  Welhouse
OCL   29527.4
FREF
PNO  0 424 072 A1
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 594 374 A1
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1546966
ISD  19701000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1546934 B2
ISD  19701000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 009 959
ISD  19710900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3244217 A1
ISD  19840500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3604762 C2
ISD  19870100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3806699 A1
ISD  19890900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1 069 168
ISD  19541200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  719 383
ISD  19670500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1069168
ISD  19670500
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  H. Simon/M. Thoma, Angewandte oberflachentechnik fur metallische
      Werkstoffe, 1985, p. 4.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/04389
PD1  19970805
PD2  19970805
PD3  19951108
PCP  WO96/18333
PCD  19960620
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to a process for equipping a kitchenware object, for
      example a pan, a pot, roasters or the like, comprising metal, for example
      aluminum, an aluminum alloy, magnesium or a magnesium alloy, with an
      anti-adhesion coating in the stressed surface regions, for example, on the
      inside, in which onto the metal surface of the object, for example after
      roughening, a mechanically-resistant layer, such as a
      mechanically-resistant anodization layer or similar mechanically-resistant
      layer is provided, and subsequently the stressed surface regions are
      provided with the anti-adhesion layer, wherein, before providing the
      mechanically-resistant layer, a durable surface layer is applied onto the
      surface regions, not to be provided with the coating system
      (mechanically-resistant layer or the like with or without anti-adhesion
      layer), of the object.
PATN
WKU  059896329
SRC  8
APN  953928&
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971020
TTL  Coating solution applying method and apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Bell; Janyce
NDR  9
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Sanada; Masakazu
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mimasaka; Masahiro
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961021
APN  8-278048
CLAS
OCL  427240
XCL  4273855
XCL  437231
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  312
FSC  427
FSS  240;385.5
FSC  437
FSS  231
FSC  118
FSS  52
UREF
PNO  5405813
ISD  19950400
NAM  Rodrigues
OCL  427240
UREF
PNO  5773082
ISD  19980600
NAM  Ku et al.
OCL  427240
UREF
PNO  5780105
ISD  19980700
NAM  Wang
OCL  427240
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of applying a coating solution to a surface of a substrate to form
      a film of desired thickness thereon. The substrate is spun at low speed
      with a predetermined supplying rotational frequency, and the coating
      solution is supplied to a region centrally of the substrate. The substrate
      is decelerated to a predetermined standby rotational frequency lower than
      the supplying rotational frequency before the coating solution spreads
      over an entire surface of the substrate. Then, the substrate is
      accelerated to a target rotational frequency higher than the supplying
      rotational frequency before the coating solution spreads over the entire
      surface of the substrate. Subsequently, the substrate is spun at high
      speed with a predetermined film-forming rotational frequency, thereby
      coating the surface of the substrate with a film of desired thickness. The
      supply of the coating solution is continued at least during the
      deceleration to the standby rotational frequency.
PATN
WKU  059896337
SRC  8
APN  6387624
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19960429
TTL  Process for overcoming CVD aluminum selectivity loss with warm PVD
      aluminum
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Meeks; Timothy
EXP  Beck; Shrive
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hoinkis; Mark
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Applied Materials, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  427250
XCL  4272552
XCL  4272557
XCL  2041921
XCL  20419217
XCL  438658
EDF  6
ICL  C23C 1606
FSC  427
FSS  99;124;250;255.2;255.7
FSC  204
FSS  192.1;192.17
FSC  438
FSS  658
UREF
PNO  5100501
ISD  19920300
NAM  Blumenthal et al.
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  5151305
ISD  19920900
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  427252
UREF
PNO  5169803
ISD  19921200
NAM  Miyakawa
OCL  438658
UREF
PNO  5171412
ISD  19921200
NAM  Talieh et al.
OCL  204192.15
UREF
PNO  5514425
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  427534
FREF
PNO  6-10693
ISD  19860100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2513900
ISD  19960400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Patterson & Streets, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a process for depositing a planarized metal
      film on a dielectric surface having nonuniform conductor material deposits
      formed thereon. The planarized metal layer is formed using a warm physical
      vapor deposition process at a temperature greater than about 150.degree.
      C., preferably greater than about 250.degree. C. The nonuniform deposits
      of electrically conducting material are typically formed during selective
      chemical vapor deposition of a metal in high aspect ratio, subhalf micron
      apertures. The selective CVD deposition is directly followed by warm
      physical vapor deposition to obtain a planarized metal film. The
      metallization process is preferably carried out in an integrated
      processing system that includes both a PVD and CVD processing chamber so
      that once the substrate is introduced into a vacuum environment, the
      metallization of the apertures to form interconnects occurs without the
      formation of oxides between the layers.
PATN
WKU  059896345
SRC  8
APN  8825793
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970625
TTL  Process of manufacturing solid oxygen ion conducting oxide layers
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Meeks; Timothy
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Isenberg; Arnold O.
STR  327 Woodside Rd.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
ZIP  15221
CLAS
OCL  42725532
XCL  42725533
XCL  42725535
XCL  205344
XCL  205538
XCL  205542
EDF  6
ICL  C23C 1640
FSC  427
FSS  115;255.3;255.32;255.33;255.35
FSC  205
FSS  344;538;542
UREF
PNO  4597170
ISD  19860700
NAM  Isenberg
OCL   29623.5
OREF
PAL  Pais et al., Br. Ceram. Proc., 56, pp. 53-70, Sep. 1996.
LREP
FR2  Bach; Klaus J.
ABST
PAL  Electrochemical vapor deposition (EVD) of oxygen ion conducting and mixed
      conducting, oxygen-ionic/electronic, oxide layers is achieved at near
      atmospheric pressure process conditions by employing metals and metal
      compounds for removal and/or recovery of the free halogen byproduct of the
      EVD reaction. The metals and metal compounds are employed as solids,
      vapors, and as oxides in intimate mixture with carbon directly within the
      deposition zone together with the substrates to be coated. The process
      leads to significant cost reduction, for instance, in the fabrication of
      thin layers of solid oxygen ion conducting electrolytes, for fuel cells,
      gas separators, and gas sensors, when compared to state-of-the-art EVD
      processes which are conducted under vacuum conditions.
PATN
WKU  059896353
SRC  8
APN  9282246
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970912
TTL  High dielectric constant thin film structure, method for forming high
      dielectric constant thin film and apparatus for forming high dielectric
      constant thin film
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Meeks; Timothy
NDR  22
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Kawahara; Takaaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamamuka; Mikio
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Makita; Tetsuro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Horikawa; Tsuyoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yuuki; Akimasa
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shibano; Teruo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960213
APN  8-25245
RLAP
COD  74
APN  720751
APD  19961001
PSC  01
PNO  5834060
CLAS
OCL  42725532
XCL  42725536
XCL  427901
EDF  6
ICL  C23C 1640
FSC  427
FSS  255.1;255.3;255.32;255.36;901
UREF
PNO  4775203
ISD  19881000
NAM  Vakil et al.
OCL  350  1.7
UREF
PNO  5372850
ISD  19941200
NAM  Uchikawa et al.
OCL  427255.3
UREF
PNO  5406445
ISD  19950400
NAM  Fujii et al.
OCL  361305
UREF
PNO  5527567
ISD  19960600
NAM  Desu et al.
OCL  427573
UREF
PNO  5618761
ISD  19970400
NAM  Eguchi et al.
OCL  438785
FREF
PNO  7-268634
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  There is provided a (Ba, Sr) TiO.sub.3 film of higher dielectric constant
      and less leakage current for serving as a dielectric thin film of a
      capacitor in a semiconductor memory. DPM (dipivaloylmethanato) compounds
      of Ba, Sr and Ti are dissolved in THF (tetrahydrofuran) to obtain
      Ba(DPM).sub.2 /THF, Sr(DPM).sub.2 /THF and TiO(DPM).sub.2 /THF solutions
      which are used as source material solutions. A (Ba, Sr) TiO.sub.3 film is
      formed by a CVD method while increasing a relative percentage of a Ti
      source material flow rate to a sum of Ba source material flow rate and Sr
      source material flow rate. The film formation is carried out in multiple
      steps, and annealing is applied in each step after deposition of the film.
PATN
WKU  059896361
SRC  8
APN  977209&
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971124
TTL  Glazed ceramic floor tile having high-resolution image
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Speer; Timothy
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Wine; Michael M.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Imagine Tile, Inc.
CTY  Jersey City
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  413289
APD  19950330
PSC  01
PNO  5693395
CLAS
OCL  427256
XCL  427287
XCL  4273762
XCL  156 89
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  302
FSC  427
FSS  256;287;376.2
FSC  156
FSS  89
UREF
PNO  5693395
ISD  19971200
NAM  Wine
OCL  428 49
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A decorated ceramic floor tile is disclosed, comprising a clay tile
      substrate, an initial glaze layer applied to the tile substrate, and a
      high-fired glazed decal image applied to the tile such that the decal
      extends substantially at least to the edges of the initial glaze layer
      around the entire perimeter of the tile substrate. A ceramic floor having
      a substantially continuous decorative image thereon, comprising a
      plurality of ceramic floor tiles of the invention also is disclosed. A
      process for making floor tiles of the invention includes providing a clay
      tile substrate, bisquing the clay substrate to remove moisture from the
      clay, applying an initial glaze layer to the bisqued clay tile substrate,
      performing a first firing of the glazed tile substrate, applying a glazed
      decal image to the fired glazed tile such that the decal extends
      substantially at least to the edges of the initial glaze layer, and
      performing a second firing of the decaled tile such that the decal image
      is substantially fully bled to the periphery of the tile around the entire
      perimeter of the tile.
PATN
WKU  059896370
SRC  9
APN  0614106
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980416
TTL  Method for preventing facet coating overspray
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  King; Roy V.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Rizzo; John S.
CTY  Oley
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Derkits, Jr.; Gustav Edward
CTY  New Providence
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Gruszka; Raymond Frank
CTY  Reading
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Boyd; John E.
CTY  Blandon
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  427282
XCL  427250
XCL  4272557
XCL  427405
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  132
FSC  427
FSS  282;250;255.7;405
FSC  118
FSS  503;728
UREF
PNO  5559817
ISD  19960900
NAM  Derkits, Jr. et al.
OCL  372 36
UREF
PNO  5911830
ISD  19990600
NAM  Chakrabarti et al.
OCL  118503
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for preventing overspray onto bonding pads of a
      laser bar during facet coating includes manufacturing inserts with gaskets
      that are aligned with the laser bar such that the gaskets mask off the
      bonding pads during the facet coating process so that no overspray onto
      the bonding pads occurs. The gaskets are preferably made of gold with a
      thin titanium coating to prevent thermal compression bonding with the
      bonding pads. The inserts with gaskets are preferably manufactured using
      standard wafer processing techniques. The gaskets are preferably formed
      using the compliant layer metalization process described in U.S. Pat. No.
      5,559,817.
PATN
WKU  059896388
SRC  8
APN  0618225
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19930513
TTL  Methods and apparatus for reducing air entrapment in spray application
      of coatings to a substrate
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Bareford; Katherine A.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Nielsen; Kenneth Andrew
CTY  Charleston
STA  WV
ASSG
NAM  Union Carbide Chemicals & Plastics Technology Corporation
CTY  Danbury
STA  CT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  861375
APD  19920331
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  427331
XCL  427335
XCL  427421
XCL  427422
XCL  427426
XCL  118300
XCL  118326
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  102
ICL  B05B  700
FSC  427
FSS  331;335;421;422;426
FSC  118
FSS  300;326
UREF
PNO  2355225
ISD  19440800
NAM  MacWilliam
OCL  427422
UREF
PNO  3597257
ISD  19710800
NAM  Dunn
UREF
PNO  4132357
ISD  19790100
NAM  Blackinton
OCL  427421
UREF
PNO  4258649
ISD  19810300
NAM  Dunn
UREF
PNO  4842900
ISD  19890600
NAM  Miyamoto
UREF
PNO  5071900
ISD  19911200
NAM  Page et al.
OCL  427421
UREF
PNO  5108799
ISD  19920400
NAM  Hoy et al.
OCL  427422
UREF
PNO  5209948
ISD  19930500
NAM  Talacko
OCL  427421
FREF
PNO  A321607
ISD  19890600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1239288
ISD  19600700
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  A346465
ISD  19600600
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  A128658
ISD  19190700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Hampilos; G T
FR2  Coon; G L
FR2  Rooney; G P
ABST
PAL  The invention is directed to a method and apparatus for coating substrates
      by a liquid spray so as to avoid entrapment of gaseous bubbles,
      particularly air bubbles, in the coating and desirably to thereby obtain
      bubble-free coatings. More particularly, the invention involves spray
      applying the coating to a substrate in an atmosphere consisting of gases
      having appreciable solubility in the applied coating, such as carbon
      dioxide, such that gas bubbles that may become entrapped in the coating
      are removed after application by the gases dissolving into the coating and
      diffusing to the surface.
PATN
WKU  059896396
SRC  8
APN  2225476
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19940401
TTL  Anilox coater with brush
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Chen; Bret
EXP  Beck; Shrive
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Person; Steven M.
STR  1432 Ballard Rd
CTY  Seagoville
STA  TX
ZIP  75159
RLAP
COD  74
APN  078427
APD  19930617
PSC  01
PNO  5425809
CLAS
OCL  427356
XCL  427368
XCL  427444
XCL  118261
XCL  118262
XCL  118264
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  312
FSC  427
FSS  356;368;444
FSC  118
FSS  261;109;262;264
UREF
PNO  4158333
ISD  19790600
NAM  Navi
UREF
PNO  4263848
ISD  19810400
NAM  Matalia et al.
UREF
PNO  4538541
ISD  19850900
NAM  Zimmer
OCL  118258
UREF
PNO  4821541
ISD  19890400
NAM  Bruno
OCL  118261
UREF
PNO  4821672
ISD  19890400
NAM  Bruno
UREF
PNO  4982660
ISD  19910100
NAM  Hamm et al.
UREF
PNO  5111747
ISD  19920500
NAM  Kobler et al.
UREF
PNO  5140901
ISD  19920800
NAM  John
UREF
PNO  5176077
ISD  19930100
NAM  DeMoore et al.
LREP
FRM  Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP
ABST
PAL  Air bubbles which are entrapped within the cells of an engraved applicator
      roller are displaced from the cells by wiping the surface of the engraved
      applicator roller with the bristles of a brush. An elongated brush mounted
      on a doctor blade head projects into a doctor blade reservoir. The
      bristles of the brush are disposed for wiping engagement against the
      engraved surface of an applicator roller which is wetted by liquid coating
      material. As the engraved applicator roller rotates in contact with the
      liquid material in the doctor blade reservoir, the bristles of the brush
      puncture the entrapped air bubbles and sweep the entrapped air away from
      the cells. The sweeping action of the bristles induces a relatively low
      pressure condition within the cells, which promotes the flow of liquid
      material into the cells. The elongated brush, which extends from one end
      of the doctor blade head to the other, serves as a baffle which blocks the
      transfer of dispersed air bubbles from the liquid material in the upper
      reservoir chamber above the brush to the lower reservoir chamber below the
      brush where the cells are being filled.
PATN
WKU  059896400
SRC  8
APN  9338942
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970919
TTL  Propellant-free lustering and protecting agent for rubber, vinyl, and
      the like
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Marquis; Melvyn I.
INVT
NAM  Kijima; Tetsuo
CTY  Machida
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshikawa; Nobuhiro
CTY  Aliso Viejo
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Toshiji
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  No Touch North America
CTY  Lake Forest
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  734719
APD  19961021
PSC  01
PNO  5844007
CLAS
OCL  427387
XCL  528 10
XCL  528 33
XCL  528 36
XCL  528 37
XCL  528 42
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  302
FSC  528
FSS  10;37;33;36;42
UREF
PNO  2739952
ISD  19560300
NAM  Linville
OCL  528 37
UREF
PNO  3175995
ISD  19650300
NAM  Elliott et al.
OCL  528 37
UREF
PNO  3575910
ISD  19710400
NAM  Thomas
OCL  260 29.6
UREF
PNO  3929492
ISD  19751200
NAM  Chapman et al.
OCL  106  3
UREF
PNO  3956174
ISD  19760500
NAM  Palcher
OCL  252400R
UREF
PNO  4133921
ISD  19790100
NAM  Palcher
OCL  427355
UREF
PNO  4423095
ISD  19831200
NAM  Blizzard
OCL  427387
UREF
PNO  4537677
ISD  19850800
NAM  Keil
OCL  208370
UREF
PNO  4584324
ISD  19860400
NAM  Bauman et al.
OCL  521 88
UREF
PNO  4704422
ISD  19871100
NAM  Bakken
OCL  524375
UREF
PNO  4761312
ISD  19880800
NAM  Koshi et al.
OCL  427387
UREF
PNO  4788001
ISD  19881100
NAM  Narula
OCL  252312
UREF
PNO  4824890
ISD  19890400
NAM  Glover et al.
OCL  524253
UREF
PNO  4874547
ISD  19891000
NAM  Narula
OCL  252312
UREF
PNO  4880557
ISD  19891100
NAM  Ohara et al.
OCL  252174.15
UREF
PNO  4950502
ISD  19900800
NAM  Saam et al.
OCL  427213.36
UREF
PNO  4952550
ISD  19900800
NAM  Wallach et al.
OCL  502404
UREF
PNO  4954554
ISD  19900900
NAM  Bunge
OCL  528388
UREF
PNO  4959341
ISD  19900900
NAM  Wallach
OCL  502404
UREF
PNO  5001183
ISD  19910300
NAM  Sands et al.
OCL  524493
UREF
PNO  5844007
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kijima et al.
OCL  525477
FREF
PNO  986255
ISD  19760300
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1039142
ISD  19780900
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1200219
ISD  19591200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2161068
ISD  19730600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2264086
ISD  19750100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2258365
ISD  19721100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2509508
ISD  19750900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2265378
ISD  19820800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  50-157403
ISD  19751200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7215873
ISD  19730500
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  7502809
ISD  19750900
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  1366593
ISD  19721100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1492939
ISD  19771100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Stetina Brunda Garred & Brucker
ABST
PAL  A propellant-free composition for lustering and protecting a surface such
      as a rubber sidewall of a vehicle tire or a vinyl or similar surface. The
      composition has (1) from about 10 wt. % to 100 wt. % of a high molecular
      weight liquid linear polysiloxane having a molecular weight above about
      550, and (2) from 0 wt. % to about 90 wt. % of a low molecular weight
      liquid linear and/or cyclic polysiloxane having a molecular weight below
      about 550. Surface activity of the silicone component of the composition
      is such that the high molecular weight polysiloxane functions to produce a
      high luster, while the low molecular weight polysiloxane functions as an
      evaporative carrier-solvent diluent medium for delivery of the silicone
      component to the surface and to produce an even distribution on that
      surface.
PATN
WKU  059896418
SRC  9
APN  2098458
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19981211
TTL  Profiled element coated with an aqueous emulsion or dispersion
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Szekely; Peter A.
INVT
NAM  Oulie; Michel
CTY  Issoire
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Valeo Systemes d'essuyage
CTY  la Verriere
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960613
APN  96.07332
RLAP
COD  74
APN  874155
APD  19970613
PSC  01
PNO  5883168
CLAS
OCL  4273935
XCL  4273935
XCL  427421
XCL  4274301
XCL  428522
XCL  428523
XCL   15250001
XCL  264340
EDF  6
ICL  B60S  104
ICL  B05D  300
ICL  B05D  102
ICL  B05D  118
ICL  B32B 2730
FSC  427
FSS  393.5;421;430.1
FSC  428
FSS  522;523
FSC   15
FSS  250.001
FSC  264
FSS  340
UREF
PNO  4045838
ISD  19770900
NAM  Porter
OCL   15250.48
UREF
PNO  5447645
ISD  19950900
NAM  Marshall
FREF
PNO  539 585
ISD  19930500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  562 191
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  32 14267
ISD  19831000
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Database WPI Section Ch, Week 8332 Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB;
      Class A82, AN 83-731276 XP002026918 & JP 58 109 542 A (Mikaki Paint KK),
      Jun. 29, 1983.
PAL  Database WPI Section Ch, Week 9617 Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB;
      Class A14, AN 96-167292 XP002026919 & JP 08 048 800 A (Akurosu KK), Feb.
      20, 1996.
PAL  French Search Report dated Mar. 21, 1997.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan vol. 010, No. 208 (C-361) Jul. 22, 1986 & JP
      61047737 A (Shimada Chiyanneru Seisakushi: KK) Mar. 8, 1986.
LREP
FRM  Morgan & Finnegan LLP
ABST
PAL  A profiled element for use as a wiping strip in a motor vehicle screen
      wiper is made of rubber or an elastomer, and has a coating formed by
      applying a solution to the profiled element. The solution comprises a
      powder of graphite for example, which is dispersed in a resin, and the
      solution includes a proofing agent for making the coating impermeable.
PATN
WKU  059896426
SRC  8
APN  3207935
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19941007
TTL  Method for preparing color-clear composite coatings having resistance to
      acid etching
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Achutamurthy; Ponnathapura
INVT
NAM  Singer; Debra L.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Swarup; Shanti
CTY  Gibsonia
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Mayo; Michael A.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  968795
APD  19921030
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  4274071
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  136
FSC  427
FSS  407.1
UREF
PNO  2806840
ISD  19570900
NAM  Aycock et al.
OCL  260 77.5
UREF
PNO  3014042
ISD  19611200
NAM  Mantz
OCL  260309.7
UREF
PNO  3360504
ISD  19671200
NAM  Kelley
OCL  260 79.7
UREF
PNO  3369008
ISD  19680200
NAM  Hurwitz
OCL  260 80.72
UREF
PNO  3464938
ISD  19690900
NAM  Nordstrom
OCL  260 21
UREF
PNO  3479328
ISD  19691100
NAM  Nordstrom
OCL  427402
UREF
PNO  3509085
ISD  19700400
NAM  Sekmakas
OCL  260 29.6
UREF
PNO  3563957
ISD  19710200
NAM  Beebe
OCL  260 77.5
UREF
PNO  3597380
ISD  19710800
NAM  Bertini et al.
OCL  260 29.4
UREF
PNO  3901936
ISD  19750800
NAM  Boroschewski
OCL  260471C
UREF
PNO  3922447
ISD  19751100
NAM  Isaksen et al.
OCL  428474
UREF
PNO  3959202
ISD  19760500
NAM  Blank
OCL  260 29.4UA
UREF
PNO  4151142
ISD  19790400
NAM  Herman
OCL  260 29.6R
UREF
PNO  4255570
ISD  19810300
NAM  Grogler et al.
OCL  544197
UREF
PNO  4279833
ISD  19810700
NAM  Culbertson et al.
OCL  526301
UREF
PNO  4361594
ISD  19821100
NAM  Winterbottom
OCL  427 27
UREF
PNO  4384102
ISD  19830500
NAM  Rasshofer et al.
OCL  528 73
UREF
PNO  4411951
ISD  19831000
NAM  Barsotti
OCL  428328
UREF
PNO  4435559
ISD  19840300
NAM  Valko
OCL  528 73
UREF
PNO  4451597
ISD  19840500
NAM  Victorius
OCL  524 39
UREF
PNO  4455331
ISD  19840600
NAM  Barsotti
OCL  428446
UREF
PNO  4520167
ISD  19850500
NAM  Blank et al.
OCL  525131
UREF
PNO  4533716
ISD  19850800
NAM  Okoshi et al.
OCL  528 73
UREF
PNO  4543276
ISD  19850900
NAM  Parekh
OCL  427388.3
UREF
PNO  4677168
ISD  19870600
NAM  Hoy et al.
OCL  525441
UREF
PNO  4708984
ISD  19871100
NAM  Forgione et al.
OCL  525127
UREF
PNO  4710542
ISD  19871200
NAM  Forgione et al.
OCL  525127
UREF
PNO  4812506
ISD  19890300
NAM  Gilmer et al.
OCL  524512
UREF
PNO  4837278
ISD  19890600
NAM  Cameron et al.
OCL  525162
UREF
PNO  5039759
ISD  19910800
NAM  Hoy et al.
OCL  525437
UREF
PNO  5071904
ISD  19911200
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  524458
UREF
PNO  5093414
ISD  19920300
NAM  Rauterkus et al.
OCL  524813
UREF
PNO  5115015
ISD  19920500
NAM  Richey, Jr. et al.
OCL  524507
UREF
PNO  5115025
ISD  19920500
NAM  Koleske et al.
OCL  525162
UREF
PNO  5134205
ISD  19920700
NAM  Blank
OCL  525509
UREF
PNO  5300328
ISD  19940400
NAM  Rehfuss
OCL  427388.3
FREF
PNO  0 257 848
ISD  19880300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  365098
ISD  19900400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  594068
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  51-4124
ISD  19760100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  929973
ISD  19630600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO87/00851
ISD  19870200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Balwant Singh et al., XVth International Conference in Organic Coatings
      Science and Technology, Athens, Greece 15, 385 (1989).
LREP
FR2  Uhl; William J.
FR2  Shideler; Krisanne
ABST
PAL  A color-plus-clear coating system is disclosed. A pigmented or colored
      basecoat is first applied to a substrate followed by the application of a
      transparent topcoat to the basecoat. The transparent topcoat composition
      is a crosslinkable composition comprising (1) a material containing a
      plurality of carbamate and/or urea functional groups and (2) an aminoplast
      crosslinking agent. The topcoat composition provides a composite coating
      with improved acid etch resistance, making the composite coating
      particularly useful as an automotive topcoat.
PATN
WKU  059896434
SRC  8
APN  6543863
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19960528
TTL  Method of positioning robots in an automobile painting line and
      positioning layout therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Barr; Michael
EXP  Beck; Shrive
NDR  13
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Nakagawa; Osamu
CTY  Akashi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fusama; Masaki
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Naemura; Masao
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamaoka; Yasuhiro
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kawasaki Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950531
APN  7-157168
CLAS
OCL  427424
XCL  427421
XCL  118313
XCL  118314
XCL  118324
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  102
ICL  B05B  708
FSC  427
FSS  8;421;424
FSC  118
FSS  697;300;313;314;324
FSC  901
FSS  46;43
FSC  454
FSS  50
UREF
PNO  3807291
ISD  19740400
NAM  Roberts et al.
OCL   98115SB
UREF
PNO  4459898
ISD  19840700
NAM  Harjar et al.
OCL   92 61
UREF
PNO  4609093
ISD  19860900
NAM  Taketani et al.
OCL  198378
UREF
PNO  4630657
ISD  19861200
NAM  Bambousek et al.
OCL  118323
UREF
PNO  4690012
ISD  19870900
NAM  Dahlquist et al.
OCL   74479
UREF
PNO  4698005
ISD  19871000
NAM  Kikuchi et al.
UREF
PNO  4721630
ISD  19880100
NAM  Takeo et al.
OCL  427421
UREF
PNO  4977000
ISD  19901200
NAM  Murayama et al.
UREF
PNO  5020472
ISD  19910600
NAM  Kiba et al.
UREF
PNO  5103761
ISD  19920400
NAM  Ishibashi et al.
OCL  118323
UREF
PNO  5127363
ISD  19920700
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  118695
UREF
PNO  5240745
ISD  19930800
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  427421
UREF
PNO  5495410
ISD  19960200
NAM  Graf
OCL  364191
FREF
PNO  0 421 791
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 480 663
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  58-8570
ISD  19830100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-654
ISD  19940100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 190 312
ISD  19871100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2190312
ISD  19871100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO-95 03133
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a positioning method and layout that can be
      used to dispose robots efficiently in an automobile painting and sealing
      line. This invention relates to the positioning of robots in an automobile
      painting line in which a downflow circulatory system is established. The
      main body of a sealing robot is positioned in a location at which it does
      not cause a large disruption in the downflow circulation along the side of
      an automobile body, and a robot for painting the under-surface of the
      floor of the automobile body is provided therebelow. Sealing and painting
      of the under-surface are performed in parallel.
PATN
WKU  059896442
SRC  9
APN  0949140
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980612
TTL  Painting apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Calcagni; Jennifer
EXP  Beck; Shrive
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Williams; Terry L.
CTY  Twin Lakes
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Adac Plastics, Inc.
CTY  Grand Rapids
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  427424
XCL  427421
XCL  427425
XCL  118321
XCL  118323
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  102
ICL  B05B 1302
ICL  B05B  300
FSC  427
FSS  421;424;423
FSC  118
FSS  321;323;326
UREF
PNO  2425652
ISD  19470800
NAM  Starkey
OCL  117 17
UREF
PNO  2565263
ISD  19510800
NAM  Paasche
OCL   91 45
UREF
PNO  2632716
ISD  19530300
NAM  Starkey
OCL  117 93
UREF
PNO  3296999
ISD  19670100
NAM  Gamble
OCL  118  2
UREF
PNO  3379377
ISD  19680400
NAM  Ripple
OCL  239186
UREF
PNO  3513808
ISD  19700500
NAM  Mortimar et al.
OCL  118  9
UREF
PNO  3517645
ISD  19700600
NAM  Klein, Jr.
OCL  118301
UREF
PNO  4082870
ISD  19780400
NAM  Yenni
OCL  427425
UREF
PNO  4239015
ISD  19801200
NAM  Novello et al.
OCL  418321
UREF
PNO  4448821
ISD  19840500
NAM  Buschor
OCL  427424
UREF
PNO  4513682
ISD  19850400
NAM  Otocki
OCL  118322
UREF
PNO  4596718
ISD  19860600
NAM  Gruner
OCL  427 34
UREF
PNO  5209181
ISD  19930500
NAM  Flood
OCL  118322
UREF
PNO  5518543
ISD  19960500
NAM  Pietrowski et al.
OCL  118313
OREF
PAL  Sketch showing Paint Spray Installation at Muskegon, Michigan plant of ADAC
      Plastics, Inc. in operation since Oct. of 1994. (No date).
LREP
FRM  Young & Basile, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A spray painting apparatus and methodology. A plurality of parts are loaded
      onto a carrier at circumferentially spaced locations about a central spin
      axis of the carrier whereafter the carrier is moved in indexing fashion to
      a spray station where drive means engage the carrier to spin the carrier
      about its spin axis while a spray gun assembly is moved up and down in
      reciprocal fashion parallel to the spin axis. The parts are mounted on the
      carrier in a fashion to simulate impellers which have the effect of
      sucking air into the center region of the carrier to augment painting of
      the interior surfaces of the parts. The carriers are preferably moved to
      the paint spray station by a power and free conveyor system wherein the
      carrier is disengaged from the power conveyor at the paint spray station
      and is reengaged with the power conveyor following spinning movement of
      the carrier and reciprocal movement of the spray gun assembly.
PATN
WKU  059896450
SRC  9
APN  0382620
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980310
TTL  Method and apparatus for operating a system for galvanizing steel sheet
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  8
EXA  Barr; Michael
EXP  Beck; Shrive
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Flores; Roberto Robles
CTY  Nuevo Leon
CNT  MXX
ASSG
NAM  Galvak, S.A. de C.V.
CTY  San Nicolas de los Garza
CNT  MXX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  427433
XCL  427436
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  118
FSC  427
FSS  433;431;436;405;406
FSC  118
FSS  429
UREF
PNO  3383189
ISD  19680500
NAM  Sendzimir
OCL  427433
UREF
PNO  4741384
ISD  19880500
NAM  Healey
OCL  164514
UREF
PNO  4762553
ISD  19880800
NAM  Savage et al.
OCL   75  0.5C
UREF
PNO  5354970
ISD  19941000
NAM  Knupfer
OCL  219609
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug LLP
FR2  Safford; A. Thomas S.
ABST
PAL  Method and apparatus for galvanizing steel sheet in a single galvanizing
      hot dip pot of the careless induction type, with great flexibility for
      frequent changes of galvanizing alloys, whereby the productivity of the
      single pot plant is increased and its investment costs are considerably
      lowered, in contrast with the current practice of operating plants with
      two continuously heated galvanizing pots, one in operation and one in
      stand-by. The single pot having a plurality of associated ingot molds of a
      capacity to hold a full charge of the alloy being discharged from the pot
      and a pumping system to empty a molten charge of one alloy composition
      from the pot into at least some of the stand-by ingot molds (ready for
      re-use later) and a transport system for replacing the removed charge by
      an alternate charge in the form of solid ingots of a different alloy
      composition (which can be either recycled ingots formed from a molten
      charge previously removed from the pot and/or fresh ingots). Part of any
      charge can first pass through a pre-melter. The pot preferably also has a
      heated cover to prevent thermal shock during the charging and discharging
      of the pot.
PATN
WKU  059896469
SRC  9
APN  1014501
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980716
TTL  Method of and system for manufacturing a wax impregnated rope and a wax
      impregnated rope
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Calcagni; Jennifer
EXP  Beck; Shrive
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Andersen; Stig Brog.ang.rd
CTY  Vejle
CNT  DKX
ASSG
NAM  A/S N.P. Utzon
CTY  Fredericia
CNT  DKX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DKX
APD  19960117
APN  0043/96
CLAS
OCL  427443
XCL  4274346
XCL  428378
XCL  428392
XCL  428396
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  118
ICL  D02G  100
FSC  427
FSS  434.6;434.7;443;442;389.9;392;394;396
FSC  428
FSS  378;392;394;395;393;396
FSC  106
FSS  270
UREF
PNO  3079665
ISD  19630300
NAM  Saylor
OCL   28 75
UREF
PNO  3424608
ISD  19690100
NAM  Marzocchi et al.
OCL  117 72
UREF
PNO  3911785
ISD  19751000
NAM  Hood
OCL   87  1
UREF
PNO  3960050
ISD  19760600
NAM  Eisler
OCL   87  1
UREF
PNO  5180325
ISD  19930100
NAM  Eddins et al.
OCL  446385
FREF
PNO  2 181 466
ISD  19870400
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Sixbey, Friedman, Leedom & Ferguson
FR2  Safran; David S.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DK97/00024
PD1  19980716
PD2  19980716
PD3  19970117
PCP  WO97/26400
PCD  19970724
ABST
PAR  Ropes made of plastic filaments are used extensively for fishing equipment
      such as nets and trawl bags, and it has been found that a wax impregnation
      of the ropes is advantageous in several respects. However, the presence of
      free wax on the rope surface is undesirable, and according to the
      invention this is avoided by moving the rope through an impregnation unit
      (1) comprising a warm wax bath, in such a controlled manner that the rope
      is only partially saturated, whereafter the rope is air heated at a
      temperature higher than the melting point of the wax in order for the free
      surface wax to penetrate into the rope surface.
PATN
WKU  059896477
SRC  9
APN  0604631
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980415
TTL  Heat-treatment device and process
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Bareford; Katherine A.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Remy; Francis
CTY  Franconville
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Hansz; Bernard
CTY  Nommay
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Gourlaouen; Vincent
CTY  Houille
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Coddet; Christian
CTY  Giromagny
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Pesme; Fran.cedilla.ois
CTY  Levallois-Perret
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Liao; Han Lin
CTY  Cravanche
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  L'Air Liquide, Societe Anonyme Pour l'Etude et l'Exploitation des
      Procedes Georges Claude
CTY  Paris Cedex
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970428
APN  97 05230
CLAS
OCL  427446
XCL  239 79
XCL  2391325
XCL  239290
XCL  239291
XCL  219 7614
XCL  219 7616
XCL  21912149
XCL  118302
XCL  4273981
XCL  4273983
XCL  4273984
EDF  6
ICL  C23C  418
ICL  B05B  716
FSC  239
FSS  132.5;290;291;105;79
FSC  219
FSS  121.47;121.55;121.49;76.14;76.16
FSC  118
FSS  302
FSC  427
FSS  446;398.1;398.3;398.4
UREF
PNO  4141224
ISD  19790200
NAM  Alger et al.
OCL   62514R
UREF
PNO  4505945
ISD  19850300
NAM  Dubust et al.
OCL  427  8
UREF
PNO  4675205
ISD  19870600
NAM  Boncoeur et al.
OCL  219 76.16
UREF
PNO  5250780
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hansz et al.
OCL  219121.49
FREF
PNO  0 124 432
ISD  19841100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 546 359
ISD  19930600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 347 111
ISD  19770400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1 452 062
ISD  19761000
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  Heat-treatment device which includes a cooling unit comprising delivery
      nozzles which deliver at least one coolant, characterized in that it
      furthermore comprises a shielding element designed so as to maintain a
      gaseous shielding atmosphere around at least part of the delivery nozzles.
PATN
WKU  059896485
SRC  9
APN  0727415
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980506
TTL  Plasma generation of supported metal catalysts
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Pianalto; Bernard
NDR  10
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Phillips; Jonathan
CTY  State College
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  The Penn State Research Foundation
CTY  University Park
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  427456
XCL  427217
XCL  427250
XCL  42725519
XCL  42725525
XCL  42725527
XCL  427255395
XCL  427422
XCL  427427
XCL  427576
XCL  427580
EDF  6
ICL  C23C  408
FSC  427
FSS  456;476;580;217;250;255.19;255.25;255.27;255.395;422;427
OREF
PAL  Rouleau, L., "A plasma-produced dispersed and disposable supported nickel
      catalyst for hydroconversion of heavy oils.," Applied Catalysis A:
      General, Elsevier Science Publishers (Amsterdam), pp. 149-159, (Jan. 18,
      1993).
LREP
FR2  Monahan; Thomas J.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a method of producing catalytic materials
      which comprises passing an aerosol comprising a mixture of metal powder
      and support through a plasma torch.
PATN
WKU  059896493
SRC  9
APN  235554&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19990122
TTL  Pigment dispersion composition, display apparatus, and method of
      manufacturing the apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Merriam; Andrew E. C.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Itou; Takeo
CTY  Kumagaya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsuda; Hidemi
CTY  Fukaya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Chigusa; Hisashi
CTY  Urawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakai; Kazuo
CTY  Kawanishi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukuda; Masaru
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Pigment Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kawanishi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931008
APN  5-253022
RLAP
COD  74
APN  969575
APD  19971113
PSC  01
PNO  5898263
RLAP
COD  81
APN  692156
APD  19960805
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  318992
APD  19941006
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  427468
XCL  313466
XCL  313474
XCL  313478
XCL  313479
XCL  430 25
XCL  430 27
XCL  523136
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 2910
ICL  G21F  110
FSC  313
FSS  466;474;478;479
FSC  430
FSS  25;27
FSC  523
FSS  136
FSC  427
FSS  468
UREF
PNO  3585207
ISD  19710600
NAM  Repsher
UREF
PNO  3965275
ISD  19760600
NAM  Duinker
UREF
PNO  4067837
ISD  19780100
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  4853274
ISD  19890800
NAM  Makishima
UREF
PNO  5374501
ISD  19941200
NAM  Holmes
FREF
PNO  0129329
ISD  19841200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  48-17263
ISD  19730300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  52-63060
ISD  19770500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  52-77578
ISD  19770600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  53-65654
ISD  19780600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  53-69577
ISD  19780600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-160746
ISD  19811200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  647457
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  775202
ISD  19570500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1178839
ISD  19700100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Database WPI, Week 8829, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB; AN
      88-200214 & JP A 06 313 480 (Toshiba KK), Jun. 7, 1988.
PAL  Database WPI, Week 7849, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB; AN
      78-88855A & JP A 53 125 984 (Dainippon Toryo KK), Nov. 2, 1978.
PAL  Database WPI, Week 8412, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB; A 84071687
      & JP A 59 025 874 (Tokyo Shibaura, Feb. 9, 1984.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  The pigment dispersion composition having a good dispersibility, a good
      transparence and an anti-coating properties, which contains 0.5 to 50
      parts by weight of an inorganic pigment, at least one type of dispersant
      selected from the group consisting of a sodium salt, an ammonium salt and
      an amine salt of an acrylic resin, an acryl copolymer resin, a
      polycarbonic acid, a condensation product of aromatic formalin sulfonate,
      and water or a solvent miscible with water.
PATN
WKU  059896507
SRC  8
APN  8317585
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970401
TTL  Recording medium, ink-jet recording method and printed product
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Dudash; Diana
INVT
NAM  Inamoto; Tadayoshi
CTY  Hachioji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tochihara; Shinichi
CTY  Hadano
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960404
APN  8-106407
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970214
APN  9-044848
CLAS
OCL  427487
XCL  427261
XCL  4274071
XCL  427504
XCL  427511
XCL  427558
XCL  427552
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  306
ICL  B05D  504
ICL  C08F  246
FSC  427
FSS  487;411;412.1;412.5;412.2;412.3;500;504;511;552;558;288;407.1;261;267;496
UREF
PNO  4289838
ISD  19810900
NAM  Rowe et al.
OCL  430163
UREF
PNO  4503111
ISD  19850300
NAM  Jaegar et al.
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  4771078
ISD  19880900
NAM  Schisler et al.
OCL  521 50.5
UREF
PNO  4877680
ISD  19891000
NAM  Sakaki et al.
OCL  428332
UREF
PNO  5068282
ISD  19911100
NAM  Kanto et al.
OCL  525 61
UREF
PNO  5102731
ISD  19920400
NAM  Takimoto et al.
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  5320897
ISD  19940600
NAM  Kondo et al.
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  5429860
ISD  19950700
NAM  Held et al.
OCL  427261
UREF
PNO  5500668
ISD  19960300
NAM  Malhorta et al.
OCL  347105
UREF
PNO  5518821
ISD  19960500
NAM  Sakaki et al.
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  5747146
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kashiwazaki et al.
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  5798397
ISD  19980800
NAM  Noguchi et al.
OCL  427146
FREF
PNO  54-59936
ISD  19790500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  55-146786
ISD  19801100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-102391
ISD  19820600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-89391
ISD  19830500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-67190
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-220750
ISD  19851100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-61887
ISD  19860300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-221077
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-29596
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-67986
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-320877
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-221112
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-262028
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-309956
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-1828
ISD  19950100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-40649
ISD  19950200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, Pub. No. 07040649, Feb. 10, 1995 "Active Energy
      Curing Resin Composition".
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A recording medium is composed of a substrate and an ink receiving layer
      provided on at least one side of the substrate, wherein the ink receiving
      layer is composed of a composition or a cured product thereof containing
      at least (A) a polyvinyl acetal resin having acetal groups, acetyl groups
      and hydroxyl groups, (B) a monomer having an active energy ray curable
      ethylenic unsaturated group, and (C) a cationic resin, at a ratio (B)/(A)
      within the range of 1/100 to 5/1, and a ratio (C)/((A)+(B)) of 0.5/100 to
      30/100.
PATN
WKU  059896515
SRC  9
APN  0831913
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980522
TTL  Phase separation apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Fortuna; Ana
INVT
NAM  Sayers; Ian Christison
CTY  Ribchester
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Saunders; Thomas
CTY  Blackburn
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Scapa Group PLC
CTY  Blackburn
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19931116
APN  9323619
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19940201
APN  9401903
RLAP
COD  74
APN  640965
CLAS
OCL  427512
XCL  427209
XCL  427447
XCL  264466
XCL  2105001
XCL  210490
EDF  6
ICL  C08J  704
FSC  210
FSS  490;500.25;500.26;500.36;500.1
FSC  428
FSS  242
FSC  427
FSS  512;515;573;434.6;209;447;387;389.9;412;231
FSC  101
FSS  492
FSC  385
FSS  130
FSC  556
FSS  10
FSC  162
FSS  DIG. 1
FSC  264
FSS  1.29;464;466
FSC  442
FSS  333
UREF
PNO  5353706
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kerle
OCL  101492
UREF
PNO  5369722
ISD  19941100
NAM  Heming et al.
OCL  385130
UREF
PNO  5372796
ISD  19941200
NAM  Wellinghoff
OCL  423 65
UREF
PNO  5395954
ISD  19950300
NAM  Soria et al.
OCL  556 20
UREF
PNO  5409609
ISD  19950400
NAM  Soria et al.
OCL  210321.72
UREF
PNO  5437896
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kloosterboer et al.
OCL  428  1
UREF
PNO  5480687
ISD  19960100
NAM  Heming et al.
OCL  427573
UREF
PNO  5508095
ISD  19960400
NAM  Allum et al.
OCL  428242
UREF
PNO  5631331
ISD  19970500
NAM  Sakakura et al.
OCL  525478
FREF
PNO  0 486 393
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 533 074
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 580 488
ISD  19940100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 580 487
ISD  19940200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3 807 748
ISD  19890900
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Jacobson, Price, Holman & Stern, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A phase separation apparatus such as a filter element or papermaking belt
      comprises an ormocer which provides abrasion resistance, cleanliness and
      stability.
PATN
WKU  059896523
SRC  8
APN  7919557
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970131
TTL  Method of low temperature plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition of
      tin film over titanium for use in via level applications
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Pianalto; Bernard
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Ameen; Michael S.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Hillman; Joseph T.
CTY  Scottsdale
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Tokyo Electron Limited
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  427534
XCL  427250
XCL  427252
XCL  4272552
XCL  427309
XCL  427337
XCL  427343
XCL  427404
XCL  4274197
XCL  427535
XCL  427537
XCL  427576
XCL  427585
EDF  6
ICL  C23C 1402
FSC  427
FSS  534;535;537;576;585;250;252;255.2;309;337;343;404;419.7
UREF
PNO  3807008
ISD  19740400
NAM  Reedy
OCL   29195
UREF
PNO  4151325
ISD  19790400
NAM  Welch
OCL  428432
UREF
PNO  4477311
ISD  19841000
NAM  Mimura et al.
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  4535000
ISD  19850800
NAM  Gordon
OCL  427160
UREF
PNO  4579609
ISD  19860400
NAM  Reif et al.
UREF
PNO  4871421
ISD  19891000
NAM  Ogle et al.
UREF
PNO  4897709
ISD  19900100
NAM  Yokoyama et al.
OCL  357 68
UREF
PNO  4977106
ISD  19901200
NAM  Smith
OCL  427192
UREF
PNO  5139825
ISD  19920800
NAM  Gordon et al.
OCL  427255.2
UREF
PNO  5173327
ISD  19921200
NAM  Sandhu et al.
OCL  427 38
UREF
PNO  5246881
ISD  19930900
NAM  Sandhu et al.
OCL  437192
UREF
PNO  5264297
ISD  19931100
NAM  Jindal
OCL  428698
UREF
PNO  5279857
ISD  19940100
NAM  Eichman et al.
OCL  427255
UREF
PNO  5291036
ISD  19940300
NAM  Tran et al.
OCL  257 53
UREF
PNO  5296404
ISD  19940300
NAM  Akahori et al.
OCL  437173
UREF
PNO  5308655
ISD  19940500
NAM  Eichman et al.
OCL  427248.1
UREF
PNO  5318654
ISD  19940600
NAM  Maruyama et al.
OCL  156345
UREF
PNO  5342652
ISD  19940800
NAM  Foster et al.
UREF
PNO  5370739
ISD  19941200
NAM  Foster et al.
UREF
PNO  5378501
ISD  19950100
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL  427255.2
UREF
PNO  5391281
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hieronymi et al.
UREF
PNO  5416045
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kauffman et al.
OCL  437174
UREF
PNO  5434110
ISD  19950700
NAM  Foster et al.
UREF
PNO  5487922
ISD  19960100
NAM  Nieh et al.
OCL  427528
UREF
PNO  5536193
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kumar
OCL  445 50
UREF
PNO  5556521
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ghanbari
UREF
PNO  5567243
ISD  19961000
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL  118730
UREF
PNO  5567483
ISD  19961000
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL  427535
UREF
PNO  5591672
ISD  19970100
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  437190
FREF
PNO  0 536 664 A1
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  63-229814
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 2128
FREF
PNO  2-310918
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 2128
FREF
PNO  3-135018
ISD  19910600
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 2128
FREF
PNO  4-100221
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 21285
FREF
PNO  5-67596
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 21302
OREF
PAL  Rie, K., Th. Lampe, St. Eisenberg, Deposition of Titanium Nitride Layers
      Using Plasma CVD*, 2326 Harterei-Technische Mitteilungen (HTM) 42 (1987)
      May/Jun., No. 3, Munich, Germany, pp. 1-15 (with translation).
PAL  Hilton, M.R. et al, Composition, Morphology and Mechanical Properties of
      Plasma-Assisted Chemically Vapor-Deposited TiN Films on M2 Tool Steel,
      Thin Solid Films. 139 (1986) Metallurgical and Protective Coatings, pp.
      247-260 (No month avail.).
PAL  Taguwa et al., IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices,  vol. 44, No. 4, pp.
      588-593, Apr. 1997.
PAL  Rana, V.V.S., et al., Tungsten and Other Refractory Metals for VLSI
      Applications, vol. II, pp. 187-195, E.K. Broadbent ed., Materials Research
      Society 1987 (no month).
PAL  Prasad, Jagdish, et al., Atomic hydrogen cleaning of a TiN surface, Applied
      Surface Science 74 (1994), pp. 115-120. 1994 Elsevier Science B.V. (no
      month).
PAL  Webster's Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary, no date.
PAL  Pierson, Handbook of Chemical Vapor Deposition, Noyes Publications, Park
      Ridge, New Jersey, p. 225, (no month), 1992.
PAL  Taguwa et al., International Electron Devices Meeting, Washington, DC.,
      Dec. 10-13, pp. 695-698.
LREP
FRM  Wood, Herron & Evans, LLP
ABST
PAL  A titanium/titanium nitride film stack can be formed with reduced amounts
      of impurity by depositing onto a substrate a film of titanium using
      plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition of titanium tetrachloride and
      hydrogen. This film is then subjected to a hydrogen/argon plasma which
      significantly reduces the chlorine content of the titanium film. The
      titanium film can then be subjected to an ammonia plasma which will form a
      thin layer of titanium nitride which is then coated with a thick layer of
      titanium nitride using plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition of
      titanium tetrachloride and ammonia. The hydrogen/argon anneal
      significantly reduces the chlorine content of the titanium film and thus
      the chlorine content at the titanium substrate interface, particularly
      when the substrate contains aluminum. This enhances the overall
      reliability of the formed product.
PATN
WKU  059896531
SRC  8
APN  9863796
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971208
TTL  Process for metallization of a substrate by irradiative curing of a
      catalyst applied thereto
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Talbot; Brian K.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Chen; Ken S.
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Morgan; William P.
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Zich; John L.
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
ASSG
NAM  Sandia Corporation
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  427553
XCL  427554
XCL  427555
XCL  427558
XCL  427557
XCL  427581
XCL  427597
EDF  6
ICL  B05D  300
FSC  427
FSS  96;553-556;558;581;597;98;304;372.2;437;443.1
UREF
PNO  4981715
ISD  19910100
NAM  Hirsch et al.
OCL  427 53.1
UREF
PNO  5153023
ISD  19921000
NAM  Orlowski et al.
OCL  427555
UREF
PNO  5192581
ISD  19930300
NAM  Hirsch et al.
OCL  427556
UREF
PNO  5348574
ISD  19940900
NAM  Tokas et al.
OCL  106  1.11
LREP
FR2  Grafe; V. Gerald
ABST
PAL  An improved additive process for metallization of substrates is described
      whereby a catalyst solution is applied to a surface of a substrate.
      Metallic catalytic clusters can be formed in the catalyst solution on the
      substrate surface by irradiating the substrate. Electroless plating can
      then deposit metal onto the portion of the substrate surface having
      metallic clusters. Additional metallization thickness can be obtained by
      electrolytically plating the substrate surface after the electroless
      plating step.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made with Government support under Contract
      DE-AC04-94AL85000 awarded by the U.S. Department of Energy. The Government
      has certain rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059896540
SRC  8
APN  8888671
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970707
TTL  Method for manufacturing an optical information recording medium
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Pianalto; Bernard
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Yoshioka; Kazumi
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohno; Eiji
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Isomura; Hidemi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohta; Hiroyuki
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960708
APN  8-177668
CLAS
OCL  427579
XCL  118 501
XCL  118695
XCL  118723E
XCL  118723VE
XCL  20419226
XCL  427162
XCL  4272551
XCL  4272553
XCL  427294
XCL  427569
XCL  427576
XCL  427580
EDF  6
ICL  H05H  124
FSC  427
FSS  569;579;576;580;162;255.1;255.3;294
FSC  118
FSS  695;723 VE;723 E;50.1
FSC  204
FSS  192.26
UREF
PNO  4337768
ISD  19820700
NAM  Hatada et al.
OCL  128124D
UREF
PNO  5013594
ISD  19910500
NAM  Mizumura et al.
UREF
PNO  5020048
ISD  19910500
NAM  Arai et al.
UREF
PNO  5468560
ISD  19951100
NAM  McPherson et al.
OCL  428413
UREF
PNO  5586110
ISD  19961200
NAM  Nakaki
UREF
PNO  5609290
ISD  19970300
NAM  Bobbio et al.
OCL  228206
FREF
PNO  1-22488
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Akira Kinbara, "Basic Technology of Thin Film", pp. 53-56. (English
      Translation) (No date avail.).
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method for manufacturing an optical information recording medium which is
      usually stable and is not affected by the environmental condition and an
      apparatus used therefor. The method comprises the steps of placing a
      substrate and a member comprising a material for a film opposing each
      other in a vacuum film forming chamber; forming a plasma by glow
      discharging a gas between the substrate and the member comprising a
      material for a film; and supplying a gas mixture containing water to the
      film forming chamber before forming films or during forming films of the
      protective layer by the film forming method in which the material for a
      film freed from the member comprising a material for a film by using the
      plasma as an energy source are attached or deposited on the substrate.
PATN
WKU  059896558
SRC  9
APN  0553875
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980406
TTL  Crystal ball ornament
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Thomas; Alexander
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Meng; Sally
STR  8F, No.22, Lane 81, Wen-Hu Rd.
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  428 13
XCL  362806
XCL  362808
XCL  446267
XCL   40406
EDF  6
ICL  F21V  704
FSC  428
FSS  13;119
FSC  362
FSS  806;808
FSC   40
FSS  406;410
FSC  446
FSS  267
UREF
PNO  4170035
ISD  19791000
NAM  Walker
OCL  362806
UREF
PNO  4771902
ISD  19880900
NAM  Teng
OCL   40410
UREF
PNO  5088218
ISD  19920200
NAM  Liu
OCL   40411
UREF
PNO  5090144
ISD  19920200
NAM  Liu
OCL   40410
UREF
PNO  5416995
ISD  19950500
NAM  Teng
OCL   40419
UREF
PNO  5675921
ISD  19971000
NAM  Lin
OCL   40409
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
ABST
PAL  A crystal ball ornament includes a holder base, a light source mounted in
      the holder base, a transparent ball mounted on the holder base, the
      transparent ball holding a liquid and ornamental means in the liquid, a
      porous ornamental plate mounted on the holder base and spaced between the
      light source and the transparent ball, the ornamental plate having tiny
      holes showing a pattern, and a reflector mounted in the holder base to
      reflect light from the light source onto the transparent ball through the
      tiny holes on the ornamental plate.
PATN
WKU  059896566
SRC  8
APN  9644814
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19971103
TTL  Container cover with foliage
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Son T.
EXP  Swiatek; Robert P.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Soloman; Michael
STR  P.O. Box 2648
CTY  Lodi
STA  CA
ZIP  95241
CLAS
OCL  428 17
XCL  150154
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 6510
FSC   47
FSS  41.01;41.11;41.12;41.13;41.15;26;27;28.1;29;31
FSC  D22
FSS  125;199
FSC  135
FSS  87;96
FSC   89
FSS  36.01
FSC  383
FSS  42;102
FSC  D 2
FSS  883;867
FSC  428
FSS  919;10;7;17
FSC   52
FSS  4
FSC  132
FSS  274
FSC  D 9
FSS  435
FSC  150
FSS  154
UREF
PNO  D244293
ISD  19770500
NAM  Carluccio
OCL  D23139
UREF
PNO  D348835
ISD  19940700
NAM  Cogliandro
OCL  D 9435
UREF
PNO  D349565
ISD  19940800
NAM  Burns et al.
OCL  D23354
UREF
PNO  642328
ISD  19000100
NAM  Heydrich
OCL   47 41.01
UREF
PNO  805814
ISD  19051100
NAM  Palmer
OCL   47 31
UREF
PNO  2113523
ISD  19380400
NAM  White
OCL   47 33
UREF
PNO  2725572
ISD  19551200
NAM  Marcellus
OCL    2207
UREF
PNO  2798500
ISD  19570700
NAM  Dietze
OCL  132274
UREF
PNO  2911652
ISD  19591100
NAM  Ekman
OCL   89 36.01
UREF
PNO  3899620
ISD  19750800
NAM  Roeloffzen
OCL  428112
UREF
PNO  4263246
ISD  19810400
NAM  Mercer
OCL  264230
UREF
PNO  4394111
ISD  19830700
NAM  Wiese
OCL  417360
UREF
PNO  5171390
ISD  19921200
NAM  Travers
OCL  156212
UREF
PNO  5241782
ISD  19930900
NAM  McCarthy et al.
OCL   47 29
UREF
PNO  5456062
ISD  19951000
NAM  Wechsler
OCL   53468
UREF
PNO  5510167
ISD  19960400
NAM  Candolfi
OCL  428107
UREF
PNO  5535543
ISD  19960700
NAM  Alexander
OCL   47 26
UREF
PNO  5579610
ISD  19961200
NAM  Jackson
OCL   52  4
UREF
PNO  5743458
ISD  19980400
NAM  French
OCL  229 87.03
FREF
PNO  23573
ISD  19010400
CNT  FRX
OCL   47 41.12
ABST
PAL  A container cover with foliage (10) functioning to aesthetically cover a
      container (18). The container cover with foliage (10) has a net cover (12)
      which comprises a left net cover (12L) attached along a front distal edge
      to a left distal edge of a front net cover (12F) which is attached along a
      right distal edge to a front distal edge of a right net cover (12R) which
      is attached along a rear distal edge to a right distal edge of a back net
      cover (12B) which is attached along a left distal edge to a rear distal
      edge of the left net cover (12L). A net cover top (12T) is attached along
      a left edge and a right edge and a front edge and a back edge to a top
      edge of the left net cover (12L) and the right net cover (12R) and the
      front net cover (12F) and the back net cover (12B), respectively. A bottom
      net cover (12A) is located circumferentially along a bottom edge of the
      net cover (12). The container cover with foliage (10) further has an
      elastic cord (14) is positioned within a closed flap formed in the bottom
      net cover (12A). The container cover with foliage (10) further has a
      plurality foliage (16) is securely attached to the net cover (12).
PATN
WKU  059896574
SRC  8
APN  9721819
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971118
TTL  Trim strip
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  9
EXA  Young; Bryant
EXP  Speer; Timothy
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Wurz; Peter-Ludwig
CTY  Gescher
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Brockermann; Heinz-Jurgen
CTY  Essen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  W. Dollken & Co. GmbH
CTY  Essen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970118
APN  197 01 594
CLAS
OCL  428 31
XCL  428343
XCL   52312
XCL   527165
XCL   40592
XCL   40593
XCL  293115
XCL  293128
XCL  D12190
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 1304
FSC  428
FSS  31;343;161;164
FSC   52
FSS  312;716.5
FSC   40
FSS  592;593
FSC  293
FSS  115;128
FSC  D12
FSS  190
UREF
PNO  4101698
ISD  19780700
NAM  Dunning et al.
OCL  428 31
UREF
PNO  4668543
ISD  19870500
NAM  Schlenz
OCL  428 31
UREF
PNO  4877657
ISD  19891000
NAM  Yaver
OCL  428 31
FREF
PNO  3802396
ISD  19880800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3930830
ISD  19890900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  94 07 401 U
ISD  19941100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Dubno; Herbert
FR2  Wilford; Andrew
ABST
PAL  A trim strip has a bar of an at least partially transparent plastic having
      parallel inner and outer faces, an opaque decor layer laminated to the
      inner face, and a layer of adhesive on the opaque decor layer. The trim
      strip is adhered to a board edge with the decor layer against the board
      edge and the outer face directed away therefrom, and edges of the trim
      strip at the outer face are machined with removal of material so that the
      decor layer is left exposed through the bar at the machined edges.
PATN
WKU  059896582
SRC  8
APN  8379009
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970422
TTL  Joint assembly and a process for manufacturing the same and a movable
      body and process for manufacturing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Loney; Donald
NDR  30
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Miura; Kazunori
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Inaba; Shoichi
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yanagisawa; Eijiro
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Bandai
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960531
APN  8-160764
CLAS
OCL  428 33
XCL  428167
XCL  428172
XCL  403 56
XCL  403265
XCL  446376
XCL  264241
XCL  264242
EDF  6
ICL  F16B  200
FSC  428
FSS  167;172;33;137
FSC  264
FSS  241;242
FSC  403
FSS  56;90;104;265
FSC  446
FSS  376;381
UREF
PNO  5098752
ISD  19920300
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  428167
FREF
PNO  50-113587
ISD  19750900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  51-47397
ISD  19760400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Graham & James LLP
ABST
PAL  To provide a rotatable joint assembly in which connection is made so as to
      enable a click motion, a process for manufacturing such a rotatable joint
      assembly by molding as a unitary structure, a movable body including such
      a rotatable joint assembly, and a process for manufacturing such a movable
      body by molding as a unitary structure. A movable body 360 is formed by
      molding from a first synthetic resin material A in a first molding step a
      trunk 303 having a shoulder joint portion 305 having an outer surface on
      which fine protrusions are defined sequently almost its entire periphery,
      and a lower arm 311 having an elbow joint portion 313 having an outer
      surface on which fine protrusions are defined sequently almost its entire
      periphery, by molding from a second synthetic resin material B in a second
      molding step an upper arm 321 having a shoulder enclosing portion 323
      enclosing the shoulder joint portion 305 of the trunk 303 as molded by the
      first molding step and an elbow enclosing portion 325 enclosing the elbow
      joint portion 313 of the lower arm 311 so as to form a unitary structure,
      and by molding from a third synthetic resin material C in a third molding
      step a covering member 361 covering the trunk and lower arms 303 and 313
      as molded by the first molding step and the upper arm 321 as molded by the
      second molding step so as to form a unitary structure.
PATN
WKU  059896590
SRC  8
APN  9528407
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971124
TTL  Double-glazing unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Loney; Donald
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Kato; Hidemi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Minaai; Tetsuo
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippon Sheet Glass Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960403
APN  8-81121
CLAS
OCL  428 34
XCL   5278613
XCL  428120
EDF  6
ICL  E04C  234
FSC  428
FSS  34;120;192;212;220
FSC   52
FSS  786.13
FSC  156
FSS  107;109
UREF
PNO  4928448
ISD  19900500
NAM  Phillip
OCL  428 34
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/01065
PD1  19971124
PD2  19971124
PD3  19970327
PCP  WO97/36838
PCD  19970910
ABST
PAR  This invention relates to double glazing having two glass sheets with
      numerous spacers arranged therebetween, a void therebetween being sealed
      in a decompressed condition. Conventionally, the glass sheets have edges
      thereof spaced from each other by a seal. Under the influence of the
      binding force of the seal atmospheric pressure tends to act less on
      outermost spacers than on the other spacers. Consequently, the outermost
      spacers tend to move between the glass sheets. According to this
      invention, an outer interval (L1) between each outermost row of spacers
      (2) and a seal (4) is set at least equal to a basic interval (L0) between
      the outermost row and a second row adjacent thereto. Consequently, the
      spacers in the outermost rows bear a larger share of atmospheric pressure
      acting on the sheet surfaces than the spacers in the other rows. A
      sufficient force is secured to hold the spacers in the outermost rows in
      place, thereby preventing the spacers in the outermost rows from moving
      between the two glass sheets.
PATN
WKU  059896604
SRC  8
APN  7152310
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19960918
TTL  Base fabric for air bags, a process for producing it and an air bag
      comprising it
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Dye; Rena L.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Moriwaki; Yoshitsugu
CTY  Shiga-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujiyama; Tomomichi
CTY  Shiga-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kano; Susumu
CTY  Shiga-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toray Industries, Inc.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950918
APN  7-238532
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951228
APN  7-344132
CLAS
OCL  428 352
XCL  428 361
XCL  428193
XCL  428196
XCL  2807281
XCL  2807431
XCL  383  3
XCL  383117
XCL  139384R
XCL  442183
XCL  442184
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2116
ICL  B65D 3300
FSC  428
FSS  35.2;35.4;35.5;36.1;102;192;193;64.1;66.6
FSC  280
FSS  728.1;743.1;743.2
FSC  442
FSS  183;184
FSC  383
FSS  3;117
FSC  139
FSS  384 R;389;387 R
UREF
PNO  3991249
ISD  19761100
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  428 35.5
UREF
PNO  4994225
ISD  19910200
NAM  Davis
OCL  264257
UREF
PNO  5110666
ISD  19920500
NAM  Menzel et al.
OCL  428196
UREF
PNO  5141787
ISD  19920800
NAM  Yamamoto
OCL  428 35.5
UREF
PNO  5248532
ISD  19930900
NAM  Sawada et al.
OCL  428 35.2
UREF
PNO  5258211
ISD  19931100
NAM  Momii et al.
OCL  428 35.2
UREF
PNO  5336538
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kitamura
OCL  428 35.2
UREF
PNO  5618595
ISD  19970400
NAM  Matsushima et al.
OCL  428 35.2
FREF
PNO  0 380 699
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  30 43 288
ISD  19810600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2-114035
ISD  19900400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-224910
ISD  19950200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 265 122
ISD  19930900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 90-11914
ISD  19901000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Principles of Polymer Systems," Ferdinand Rodriguez, Hemisphere Publishing
      Corporation (1982) pp.:464-467.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, JP-A-07 040498, Feb. 10, 1995, Ikeda Bussan Co
      Ltd and Hamamatsu Kogyo KK, abstract only.
PAL  Database WPI, Section Ch, Week 9023, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB,
      Class A28 AN 90-174718XP002073113 & JP 02 114 035 abstract.
PAL  Database WPI, Section Ch, Week 9538, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB,
      Class A23 AN 95-289483 XP002073114 & JP 07 186 859 abstract.
PAL  Database WPI, Section Ch, Week 9236, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB,
      Class A92 AN 92-295182 XP00203115 & JP 04 201 649 abstract.
LREP
FRM  Morrison & Foerster LLP
ABST
PAL  A fabric for use as a base fabric in an air bag comprises a fibrous
      substrate having adhered to it a covering layer made of a thermoplastic
      synthetic resin and of 10 .mu.m or less in average thickness. The adhesion
      between the fibrous substrate and covering layer is effected by causing
      the thermoplastic synthetic resin material of the covering layer to fill
      interstices between the fibers of the fibrous substrate. This may be
      achieved by applying to the fibrous substrate a solution or dispersion of
      the thermoplastic synthetic resin. An air bag may be constructed entirely
      from the fabric such that when it comprises sheet material additional to
      the base fabric, these may also be provided by the same fabric as that
      used for the base fabric.
PATN
WKU  059896612
SRC  8
APN  7564007
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19961127
TTL  Pressurized refill container resistant to sprue cracking
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Dye; Rena L.
NDR  7
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Krishnakumar; Suppayan M.
CTY  Nashua
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Collette; Wayne N.
CTY  Merrimack
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Giguere; Steven
CTY  Goffstown
STA  NH
ASSG
NAM  Continental PET Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Florence
STA  KY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  412807
APD  19950329
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  428 357
XCL  428 3692
XCL  215382
XCL  220604
XCL  220675
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 9002
FSC  428
FSS  35.7;36.9;542.8;36.92
FSC  215
FSS  370;371;382
FSC  220
FSS  604;669;675
UREF
PNO  3786221
ISD  19740100
NAM  Silverman
OCL  219 10.57
UREF
PNO  4035455
ISD  19770700
NAM  Rosenkranz et al.
OCL  264 40.3
UREF
PNO  4044086
ISD  19770800
NAM  McChesney et al.
OCL  264 97
UREF
PNO  4054629
ISD  19771000
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  264 97
UREF
PNO  4151250
ISD  19790400
NAM  Barry et al.
OCL  264532
UREF
PNO  4153667
ISD  19790500
NAM  Brady et al.
OCL  264532
UREF
PNO  4177239
ISD  19791200
NAM  Gittner et al.
OCL  264530
UREF
PNO  4465199
ISD  19840800
NAM  Aoki
OCL  215373
UREF
PNO  4496517
ISD  19850100
NAM  Kinoshita et al.
OCL  264521
UREF
PNO  4550043
ISD  19851000
NAM  Beck
OCL  428 36
UREF
PNO  4725464
ISD  19880200
NAM  Collette
OCL  428542.8
UREF
PNO  4749092
ISD  19880600
NAM  Suguira et al.
OCL  215382
UREF
PNO  4755404
ISD  19880700
NAM  Collette
OCL  215370
UREF
PNO  5066528
ISD  19911100
NAM  Krishnakumar et al.
OCL  215382
UREF
PNO  5178289
ISD  19930100
NAM  Krishnakumar et al.
OCL  215382
UREF
PNO  5198248
ISD  19930300
NAM  Krishnakumar et al.
OCL  425522
UREF
PNO  5474735
ISD  19951200
NAM  Krishnakumar et al.
OCL  264529
FREF
PNO  0 042 132
ISD  19811200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 324 102
ISD  19890700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  55-158811
ISD  19800000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-73710
ISD  19830500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6226785
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1 237 402
ISD  19710600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/01268
ISD  19940100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Wolf, Greenfield & Sacks, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A preform and container design for a pressurized refillable plastic
      container, such as a PET carbonated beverage container, having a base
      section with increased resistance to sprue cracking. Sprue cracking, which
      may be a problem in warmer climates, is believed to be caused in prior
      designs by an entrapment of material between the stretch rod tip and the
      blow mold base during blow molding of the container, which entrapment
      causes surface defects in the container adjacent the sprue. These surface
      defects expand during flexing of the container dome, caused by alternating
      cycles of thermal shrinkage and expansion during container cleaning and
      filling. Sprue cracking can be reduced by eliminating a depressed dish
      adjacent the sprue in prior known refillable containers, and may further
      be reduced by modifications to the preform and container wall thickness
      ratios and base clearance height.
PATN
WKU  059896620
SRC  8
APN  9404635
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970930
TTL  Consumable asphalt containers and method of reducing fumes from a kettle
      of molten asphalt
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Dye; Rena L.
NDR  9
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Janicki; Richard T.
CTY  Oaklawn
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Vermilion; Donn R.
CTY  Newark
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Gallagher; Kevin P.
CTY  Pataskala
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Ponn; Frederick H.
CTY  Newark
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Franzen; Michael R.
CTY  Lombard
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Marzari; Jorge A.
CTY  Darien
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Keating; Jay W.
CTY  Tinley Park
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Trumbore; David C.
CTY  La Grange
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Harris; Steven G.
CTY  Newark
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Mirra, Jr.; Edward
CTY  Toledo
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Owens Corning Fiberglas Technology, Inc.
CTY  Summit
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  657831
APD  19960531
PSC  01
PNO  5733616
RLAP
COD  82
APN  484758
APD  19950607
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  75
APN  606320
APD  19960223
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  75
APN  484758
APD  19950607
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  75
APN  606321
APD  19960223
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  428 357
XCL  428 368
XCL  428 3692
XCL  428489
XCL  206447
XCL  2065247
XCL  220260
XCL  220288
XCL  525 545
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 5700
FSC  428
FSS  35.7;36.8;36.92;489
FSC  206
FSS  447;524.7;525
FSC  220
FSS  260;288
FSC  525
FSS  240;54.5;55
UREF
PNO  1565798
ISD  19251200
NAM  Dillehay et al.
OCL   53411
UREF
PNO  1912142
ISD  19330500
NAM  Hunt et al.
OCL  428 76
UREF
PNO  2200429
ISD  19400500
NAM  Perrin et al.
OCL  260 80
UREF
PNO  2572959
ISD  19511000
NAM  Sparks et al.
OCL  206 84
UREF
PNO  2639808
ISD  19530500
NAM  Barry et al.
OCL  206 84
UREF
PNO  2703794
ISD  19550300
NAM  Roedel
OCL  206 87.3
UREF
PNO  2762504
ISD  19560900
NAM  Sparks et al.
OCL  206 84
UREF
PNO  2791326
ISD  19570500
NAM  Sparks et al.
OCL  206 84
UREF
PNO  2791327
ISD  19570500
NAM  Sparks et al.
OCL  206 84
UREF
PNO  2804205
ISD  19570800
NAM  Barton et al.
OCL  206 84
UREF
PNO  3144423
ISD  19640800
NAM  Belak et al.
OCL  260 28.5
UREF
PNO  3314211
ISD  19670400
NAM  Wolff
OCL   53 32
UREF
PNO  3366233
ISD  19680100
NAM  Roediger
OCL  206 84
UREF
PNO  3487439
ISD  19691200
NAM  Winston
OCL  206  1
UREF
PNO  3648882
ISD  19720300
NAM  Shelton
OCL  220 63
UREF
PNO  3837778
ISD  19740900
NAM  Parker
OCL  425256
UREF
PNO  4073760
ISD  19780200
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL  260 28.5
UREF
PNO  4318475
ISD  19820300
NAM  Robinson
OCL  206447
UREF
PNO  4334615
ISD  19820600
NAM  Butler et al.
OCL  206447
UREF
PNO  4335560
ISD  19820600
NAM  Robinson
OCL   53440
UREF
PNO  4365710
ISD  19821200
NAM  Swanson
OCL  206386
UREF
PNO  4378067
ISD  19830300
NAM  Butler et al.
OCL  206447
UREF
PNO  4450962
ISD  19840500
NAM  Matthews et al.
OCL  206447
UREF
PNO  4873275
ISD  19891000
NAM  Moran et al.
OCL  524 64
UREF
PNO  5307608
ISD  19940500
NAM  Muir et al.
OCL   53440
UREF
PNO  5452800
ISD  19950900
NAM  Muir
OCL  206447
UREF
PNO  5733616
ISD  19980300
NAM  Janicki et al.
OCL  428 35.7
FREF
PNO  418158
ISD  19910300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4430819
ISD  19940800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  53-090324
ISD  19780800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-179652
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2169669
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  90/00182
ISD  19900100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  93/17067
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Eckert; Inger H.
ABST
PAL  A consumable container is molded from a composition comprising 40 to 90
      weight % of an asphalt and 10 to 60 weight % of a polymer material, which
      advantageously can include a first polymer such as PP that imparts heat
      resistance and a second polymer such as EVA that imparts toughness and
      impact resistance. This molded asphalt/polymer material preferably has an
      unnotched Izod impact strength of at least 2 joules. The container is
      consumable--it can be melted along with roofing asphalt held in the
      container without adversely affecting the properties of the asphalt and
      without requiring undue mixing. The composition also can be used to reduce
      fumes normally emitted from a kettle of molten asphalt, e.g., as measured
      by a reduction of the visual opacity of the fumes by at least 25%, a
      reduction of the hydrocarbon emissions of the fumes by at least 20%, or a
      reduction of the total suspended particulates emissions of the fumes by at
      least 15%. The container may be used, e.g., to hold roofing or paving
      asphalt or a recyclable petroleum-derived material, such as used motor
      oil. In one embodiment, the container composition may include one or more
      ingredients to improve the quality of paving-grade asphalt.
PATN
WKU  059896639
SRC  8
APN  9976299
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971223
TTL  Blow-molding polyesters from terephthalic acid, 2, 2, 4,
      4-tetramethyl-1,3-cyclobutanediol, and ethylene glycol
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Acquah; Samuel A.
INVT
NAM  Morris; John C.
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Bradley; James R.
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Seo; Kab Sik
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Chemical Company
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428 357
XCL  528272
XCL  528275
XCL  528281
XCL  528283
XCL  528298
XCL  528308
XCL  5283086
XCL  428364
EDF  6
ICL  B29D 2200
ICL  B29D 6300
ICL  C08G 6300
FSC  528
FSS  272;275;281;283;298;307;308;308.6
FSC  428
FSS  364;35.7
UREF
PNO  2210817
ISD  19400800
NAM  Peterson
UREF
PNO  2787632
ISD  19570400
NAM  Stevens
UREF
PNO  2789968
ISD  19570400
NAM  Reynolds et al.
UREF
PNO  3022272
ISD  19620200
NAM  Schnell et al.
UREF
PNO  3030335
ISD  19620400
NAM  Goldberg
UREF
PNO  3313777
ISD  19670400
NAM  Elam et al.
UREF
PNO  3317466
ISD  19670500
NAM  Caldwell et al.
UREF
PNO  3335111
ISD  19670800
NAM  Pray et al.
UREF
PNO  3772405
ISD  19731100
NAM  Hamb
UREF
PNO  4182726
ISD  19800100
NAM  Illuminati et al.
UREF
PNO  4263364
ISD  19810400
NAM  Seymour et al.
UREF
PNO  4350805
ISD  19820900
NAM  Jackson, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4585854
ISD  19860400
NAM  Tung et al.
UREF
PNO  5171830
ISD  19921200
NAM  Grey
FREF
PNO  63-92644
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-1724
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Caldwell et al., Defensive Publication T858,012, 858 O.G. 43, Jan. 7, 1969.
PAL  Gilkey et al., Defense Publication T873,016, 873 O.G. 1033, Apr. 28, 1970.
PAL  Coover et al., Defensive Publication T875,010, 875 O.G. 342, Jun. 9, 1970.
PAL  Haggin, "Catalytic Cosynthesis Method Developed," Chemical and Engineering
      News, pp. 25-26, May 4, 1992.
PAL  Gawlak et al., "Polycarbonates from the
      2,2,4,4,-Tetramethylcyclobutane-1,3-Diols," Chemistry And Industry, pp.
      1148-1149, Jun. 23, 1962.
PAL  Schnell "Chemistry And Physics of Polycarbonates, Polymer Reviews," vol. 9,
      Interscience Publishers (Germany), pp. 9-24, 1964.
LREP
FR2  Boshears; Betty J.
FR2  Gwinnell; Harry J.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a copolyester, having (a) a repeat unit of a
      dicarboxylic acid component, having from 80 to 100 mole % terephthalic
      acid or the corresponding ester thereof, and from 0 to 20 mole % of a
      modifying aromatic dicarboxylic acid having less than or equal to 20
      carbon atoms or the corresponding ester thereof, wherein the total mole %
      of dicarboxylic acid component is equal to 100 mole %; and (b) a repeat
      unit of a glycol component, having from 5 to 85 mole %
      2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-1,3-cyclobutanediol, ethylene glycol of from 15 to 95
      mole %, and at least 1 mole % of a modifying glycol having from 3 to 16
      carbon atoms, wherein the total mole % of glycol component is equal to 100
      mole %. The invention also relates to a method of making the copolyester
      described above. The invention also relates to articles made from the
      copolyesters described above. The invention further relates to a method of
      determining the melt strength and sag of a polyester.
PATN
WKU  059896647
SRC  8
APN  6949371
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19960809
TTL  Plastic product and manufacturing method therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Singh; Arti R.
EXP  Morris; Terrel
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Takayama; Hirokazu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ogawa; Toshiyuki
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ebara Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950811
APN  7-227512
CLAS
OCL  428 361
XCL  428 3691
XCL  428188
XCL  416214R
XCL   29888046
EDF  6
ICL  B29D 2200
FSC  442
FSS  59;172
UREF
PNO  4083656
ISD  19780400
NAM  Braswell et al.
OCL  416226
UREF
PNO  4840826
ISD  19890600
NAM  Shirasaki et al.
OCL  428 36.91
UREF
PNO  5137785
ISD  19920800
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  428411.1
UREF
PNO  5236018
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  138172
OREF
PAL  "Engineered Plastics for Improved Pump Performance," by E. G. Margus.
      American Institute of Chemical Engineers, 1982. Spring Conference;
      Anaheim, California.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A plastic product comprising an inner core portion made of plastic and
      having a solid shape or a hollow shape including an internal cavity, and a
      fiber-reinforced plastic layer formed on inner and/or outer surfaces of
      the inner core portion, whereby the plastic product has light weight, high
      strength and excellent vibration suppressing and noise shielding ability.
PATN
WKU  059896655
SRC  9
APN  2673738
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19990315
TTL  Copolyesters of 1,3-propanediol having improved gas barrier properties
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Acquah; Samuel A.
INVT
NAM  Connell; Gary W.
CTY  Church Hill
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Sublett; Bobby J.
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Chemical Company
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428 3692
XCL  528272
XCL  528298
XCL  528302
XCL  528307
XCL  528308
XCL  5283086
XCL  524 81
XCL  524401
XCL  428 357
XCL  428357
EDF  6
ICL  B29D 2200
ICL  C08G 6302
FSC  528
FSS  272;298;302;307;308;308.6
FSC  524
FSS  81;401
FSC  428
FSS  35.7;36.92;357
UREF
PNO  4449303
ISD  19840500
NAM  Moore et al.
OCL  528308.2
UREF
PNO  4578437
ISD  19860300
NAM  Light et al.
OCL  525444
UREF
PNO  4611049
ISD  19860900
NAM  Kuratsuji et al.
OCL  528279
UREF
PNO  5183623
ISD  19930200
NAM  Kawaguichi et al.
OCL  264544
UREF
PNO  5340909
ISD  19940800
NAM  Doerr et al.
OCL  528276
UREF
PNO  5459229
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kelsey et al.
OCL  528275
UREF
PNO  5681918
ISD  19971000
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  528279
UREF
PNO  5798433
ISD  19980800
NAM  Schmidt et al.
OCL  528279
FREF
PNO  5-31789
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-104763
ISD  19960400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Tubach; Cheryl J.
FR2  Gwinnell; Harry J.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a copolyester having an inherent viscosity ranging
      from about 0.4 to about 1.4 and a cold crystallization temperature ranging
      from about 120 to about 160.degree. C. Such copolyesters comprise the
      reaction product of a glycol component comprising from about 85 to about
      100 mole % of 1,3-propanediol, a dibasic acid component comprising from
      about 85 to about 100 mole % of a dibasic acid selected from terephthalic
      acid, napthalenedicarboxylic acid, anhydrides, acid chlorides, and lower
      alkyl esters thereof, and mixtures thereof, and from about 5 to about 15
      mole % of a comonomer. The presence of the comonomer lowers the
      crystallization temperature of the copolyesters according to the invention
      such that amorphous preforms can be easily molded from the copolyesters.
      Such amorphous preforms are readily stretch blow molded into bottles or
      other container shapes or may be injection molded into various shapes or
      objects or extruded into film or sheeting. Accordingly, in another
      embodiment of the invention relates to film and containers prepared from
      the copolyester composition described above. The films and containers
      according to the invention have improved gas barrier properties such that
      they may be used for packaging perishable goods, such as beverages, foods,
      and cosmetics.
PATN
WKU  059896663
SRC  9
APN  105192&
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980626
TTL  Aesthetic structure with simulated leading
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Thomas; Alexander
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Hadden; David M.
STR  241 N. Clark Ave.
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
ZIP  94022
ASSG
NAM  Hadden; David M.
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  428 38
XCL  428 43
XCL  428167
XCL  428189
XCL  4283166
XCL   523111
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  310
FSC  428
FSS  38;77;189;316.6;43;167
FSC   52
FSS  311.1
UREF
PNO  3713958
ISD  19730100
NAM  McCracken
OCL  428 38
UREF
PNO  4009309
ISD  19770200
NAM  Holt
OCL  428 38
UREF
PNO  4302260
ISD  19811100
NAM  Meltzer
OCL  156 63
UREF
PNO  4312688
ISD  19820100
NAM  Brodis et al.
OCL  428 38
UREF
PNO  4837060
ISD  19890600
NAM  Bambara et al.
OCL  428316.6
UREF
PNO  5269858
ISD  19931200
NAM  Silverman
OCL  156 62
UREF
PNO  5834082
ISD  19981100
NAM  Day
OCL  428316.6
UREF
PNO  5840391
ISD  19981100
NAM  Eichhorn et al.
OCL  428 38
LREP
FRM  Flehr Hohbach Test Albritton & Herbert LLP
ABST
PAL  An aesthetic structure comprising a sheet of material having a smooth
      surface and a plurality of strips of a non-metallic material. Each strip
      has a surface and a layer of adhesive material is adhered to the surface
      of each strip for securing the strip to the smooth surface of the sheet of
      material. The strips are disposed on the smooth surface of the sheet of
      material to segment the smooth surface of the sheet of material into
      discrete portions. A method for making an aesthetic structure such as a
      stained glass window is provided.
PATN
WKU  059896671
SRC  8
APN  828878&
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970331
TTL  Opaque sticker for temporary posting applications and subsequent saving
      without exhibiting inconvenient sticking to other surfaces
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Ahmad; Nasser
NDR  3
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Tayebi; Amad
STR  5 Sequoia Rd.
CTY  Westford
STA  MA
ZIP  01886
CLAS
OCL  428 401
XCL  283 81
XCL  428 421
XCL  428 422
XCL  428 423
XCL  428 43
XCL  428131
XCL  428136
XCL  428194
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  706
ICL  B41L  124
FSC  428
FSS  40.1;42.1;42.2;42.3;194;43;131;136
FSC  283
FSS  81
UREF
PNO  3098320
ISD  19630700
NAM  Estkowski
OCL  428 43
UREF
PNO  4884826
ISD  19891200
NAM  Slagsvol
OCL  428194
UREF
PNO  5318825
ISD  19940600
NAM  Naber
OCL  428192
OREF
PAL  Merriam-Webster's Collegiate Dictionary, Tenth Edition, 1996.
PAL  Roget's II, The New Thesaurus,Expanded Edition, The American Heritage
      Dictionary, 1988.
ABST
PAL  A novel temporary posting sticker comprises a first area coated with a
      non-destructive adhesive coating and a second area substantially free from
      such non-destructive adhesive coating and a weakened tear line that
      substantially separates the first area from the second area. By tearing
      the sticker along the weakened tear line, the second area of the sticker,
      which may contain written or printed information, may be saved as an
      ordinary adhesive-free memo note thereby overcoming the nuisance
      inconvenient sticking to other surfaces exhibited by prior art temporary
      posting stickers. Alternatively, the novel sticker comprises a weakened
      fold line (score line) such that when the sticker is folded along the
      score line the adhesive coating on the first area is substantially covered
      and adheres to the back side of the posting sticker. Thus, the second area
      of the sticker may be saved without exhibiting any inconvenient sticking
      to other surfaces.
PATN
WKU  059896680
SRC  9
APN  1730657
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19981016
TTL  Waterproof laminate panel
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Savage; Jason
EXP  Jones; Deborah
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Nelson; Thomas J.
STR  926 Crescent
CTY  Belton
STA  TX
ZIP  76513
INVT
NAM  Krebs; Robert Richard
STR  3709 Shell Rd.
CTY  Georgetown
STA  TX
ZIP  78628
INVT
NAM  Williams; Joel Lane
STR  P.O. Box 104
CTY  Pendleton
STA  TX
ZIP  76564
INVT
NAM  Marshall; Donald Murray
STR  4101 West Adams, Apt. 415
CTY  Temple
STA  TX
ZIP  76504
INVT
NAM  Pruitt; David Wayne
STR  3610 Gila Trail
CTY  Temple
STA  TX
ZIP  76504
INVT
NAM  Stolarski; Victoria Lynn
STR  16601 FM 1325, Apt. 2331
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ZIP  78728
INVT
NAM  Canady; Virgil Bedell
STR  7317 East FM 436-150
CTY  Temple
STA  TX
ZIP  76501
INVT
NAM  Krejchi; Mark Thomas
STR  10915 Lake Whitney Dr.
CTY  Temple
STA  TX
ZIP  76502
INVT
NAM  Stepan; Janet Rose
STR  4714 Box Canyon Dr.
CTY  Temple
STA  TX
ZIP  76502
CLAS
OCL  428 50
XCL  4283222
XCL  428530
XCL  4285422
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 2742
FSC  428
FSS  537.1;44;320.2;322.2;911;50;530;542.2
FSC   52
FSS  408
UREF
PNO  4585605
ISD  19860400
NAM  Katdota et al.
UREF
PNO  4724187
ISD  19880200
NAM  Ungar et al.
UREF
PNO  4788088
ISD  19881100
NAM  Kohl
UREF
PNO  5059580
ISD  19911000
NAM  Shibata et al.
UREF
PNO  5137764
ISD  19920800
NAM  Doyle et al.
UREF
PNO  5145748
ISD  19920900
NAM  Gaidis et al.
UREF
PNO  5187915
ISD  19930200
NAM  Alexander
UREF
PNO  5439749
ISD  19950800
NAM  Klasell et al.
FREF
PNO  WO 98/50207
ISD  19981100
CNT  WOX
ICL  B27N  302
LREP
FRM  Aquilino & Welsh
ABST
PAL  A waterproof laminate panel is disclosed. The panel includes a decorative
      layer and a backing layer. The backing layer is composed of at least one
      resin impregnated layer bound to a waterproofing layer which substantially
      prevents the penetration and release of moisture from the panel so as to
      maintain a constant moisture content within the decorative panel. The
      resin impregnated layer faces the decorative layer and the waterproofing
      layer is exposed to an external environment.
PATN
WKU  059896698
SRC  8
APN  9370102
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970924
TTL  Optical information recording disc
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Evans; Elizabeth
NDR  21
NFG  60
INVT
NAM  Usami; Yoshihisa
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960924
APN  8-273099
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960925
APN  8-275580
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961028
APN  8-302420
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961028
APN  8-302421
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961226
APN  8-358553
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970207
APN  9-039970
CLAS
OCL  428 641
XCL  428 644
XCL  428 648
XCL  428457
XCL  428913
XCL  43027013
XCL  4304951
XCL  430945
XCL  369283
XCL  369288
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  300
FSC  428
FSS  64.1;64.2;64.4;64.8;457;913
FSC  430
FSS  270.13;495.1;945
FSC  369
FSS  283;288
UREF
PNO  Re35947
ISD  19981100
NAM  Kosinski et al.
OCL  428 64.1
UREF
PNO  5085910
ISD  19920200
NAM  Matsushima et al.
OCL  428 64.1
UREF
PNO  5213859
ISD  19930500
NAM  Aoi et al.
OCL  428 64.1
UREF
PNO  5382460
ISD  19950100
NAM  Onagi et al.
OCL  428 64.1
UREF
PNO  5635268
ISD  19970600
NAM  Miyake et al.
OCL  428 64.1
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  An optical information recording disc of DVD (Digital Video Disc) type
      having an information recordable layer(s) between a pair of substrates
      (i.e., sandwich structure) shows an improved mechanical strength and an
      improved storage stability when the substrate has an exposed area on its
      outer peripheral edge and the exposed area is placed in contact with a
      resin layer, or the substrate has an enlarged surface area (preferably it
      is exposed) on its outer peripheral edge and the enlarged surface area is
      placed in contact with a resin layer. An apparatus for preparing an
      optical information recording disc of DVD type having an improved
      mechanical strength and an improved storage stability is further
      disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059896701
SRC  9
APN  0862762
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980528
TTL  Multilayer optical disk
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Evans; Elizabeth
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kaneko; Masahiko
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Umezu; Nobuhiko
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Aratani; Katsuhisa
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakaoki; Ariyoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950411
APN  7-085369
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950419
APN  7-094068
RLAP
COD  71
APN  629564
APD  19960409
PSC  01
PNO  5766717
CLAS
OCL  428 641
XCL  428 642
XCL  428 644
XCL  428 647
XCL  428 652
XCL  428457
XCL  428913
XCL  43027011
XCL  4304951
XCL  430945
XCL  369283
XCL  369288
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  300
FSC  428
FSS  64.1;64.2;64.4;64.7;65.2;457;913
FSC  430
FSS  270.11;495.1;945
FSC  369
FSS  283;288
UREF
PNO  5244774
ISD  19930900
NAM  Usami et al.
UREF
PNO  5766717
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kaneko et al.
OCL  428 64.1
FREF
PNO  0 368 442
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 520 619
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  A multilayer optical disk having an information storage layer which can as
      well as be reproduced by a general purpose reproducing apparatus, for
      example, a compact disk player, and from which information can be read
      from other information storage layers by using an exclusive reproducing
      apparatus. The multilayer disk has a first substrate on which is formed a
      first information storage layer which is relatively highly reflective with
      respect to a light beam having a wavelength of 770-830 nm; and a second
      substrate on which is formed a second information layer which is
      relatively transparent with respect to a light beam having a first
      substrate on which is formed a wavelength of 770 mn to 830 nm but which is
      sufficiently reflective with respect to a light beam having a wavelength
      of 615-655 nm.
PATN
WKU  059896710
SRC  8
APN  8799164
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970620
TTL  Optical recording medium and manufacturing method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Kiliman; Leszek
NDR  4
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Nakayama; Junichiro
CTY  Nara-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katayama; Hiroyuki
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Akira
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohta; Kenji
CTY  Nara-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Van; Kazuo
CTY  Hara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19891122
APN  1-303739
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19891127
APN  1-308699
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19891127
APN  1-308700
RLAP
COD  71
APN  461164
APD  19950605
PSC  01
PNO  5674583
RLAP
COD  81
APN  614935
APD  19901116
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  428 643
XCL  428694ML
XCL  428694DE
XCL  428694MT
XCL  428694RL
XCL  428300
XCL  369 13
XCL  3692751
XCL  369278
XCL  369279
XCL  369283
XCL  360114
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  560
FSC  369
FSS  13;275.1;278;279;283
FSC  360
FSS  114
FSC  428
FSS  64.3;694 ML;694 DE;694 MT;694 RL;300
UREF
PNO  4645722
ISD  19870200
NAM  Katayama et al.
OCL  428694ML
UREF
PNO  4678271
ISD  19870700
NAM  den Brueder et al.
OCL  385134
UREF
PNO  4711815
ISD  19871200
NAM  Yoshiike et al.
OCL  428411.1
UREF
PNO  4725502
ISD  19880200
NAM  Kiyomiya
OCL  428457
UREF
PNO  4839883
ISD  19890600
NAM  Nagata et al.
OCL  369286
UREF
PNO  4908813
ISD  19900300
NAM  Ojima et al.
OCL  369 94
UREF
PNO  4922454
ISD  19900500
NAM  Toki
OCL  365122
UREF
PNO  5061582
ISD  19911000
NAM  Brettle et al.
OCL  430 19
UREF
PNO  5075145
ISD  19911200
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  428 64.3
UREF
PNO  5089358
ISD  19920200
NAM  Taki et al.
OCL  428694DE
FREF
PNO  0014227
ISD  19800800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  288069
ISD  19881000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  304873
ISD  19890300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0312339
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2546941
ISD  19760400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3741910A1
ISD  19880600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  140536
ISD  19811100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-64343
ISD  19820400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-258743
ISD  19851200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-147455
ISD  19870700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-11933
ISD  19880100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-117326
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  204526
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  276732
ISD  19881100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  42044
ISD  19890200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  107352
ISD  19890400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  148590
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  192040
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1516413
ISD  19780700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  446835
ISD  19860500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2189926
ISD  19871100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  English Abstract of Toshiba et al., JP-A-60-70543 (Apr. 22, 1985), Patent
      Abstracts of Japan 9(210), p. 383 (1985).
PAL  English Abstract of Kogyo et al., JP-A-59-223967 (Dec. 15, 1984), Patent
      Abstracts of Japan 9(97), p. 352 (1985).
PAL  English Abstract of Masataka Ito, Jp-A-1-112552 (May 1, 1989), Patent
      Abstracts of Japan 13(353), p. 913 (1989).
PAL  English Abstract of JP-A-54-143116 (Nov. 8, 1979) from World Patent
      Index/Derwent.
PAL  English Abstract of K. Yoshiteru, JP-A-57-120255 (Jul. 27, 1982), Patent
      Abstract Japan 6(217), p. 152 (1982).
PAL  English Abstract of Fumio et al., JP-A-1-064138 (Mar. 10, 1989), Patent
      Abstracts of Japan 13(271), p. 889 (1989).
PAL  S. Maslowski, Applied Optics, 13(4):857-860 (1974).
PAL  I. Bennion et al., The Radio and Electronic Engineer, 53(9):313-320 (1983.
LREP
FR2  Conlin; David G.
FR2  Corless; Peter F.
     Dike, Bronstein, Roberts & Cushman, LLP
ABST
PAL  An optical tape including an optical recording layer for permitting
      information to be optically recorded thereon and a light-reflective
      magnetic layer. The light-reflective magnetic layer which reflects light
      projected onto the recording layer, also permits magnetic recording or
      magneto-optical recording to be performed thereon, thereby increasing a
      storage capacity of the optical tape remarkably. Further, the optical tape
      is provided with a layer to form guiding grooves for tracking control. The
      layer to form guiding grooves is made up of ultraviolet-hardening resin,
      photo-resist, or a photochromic material. For example, in the case of
      using ultraviolet-hardening resin, after a guiding groove pattern has been
      exposed by projecting an ultraviolet ray on a layer made up of
      ultraviolet-hardening resin, the exposed areas harden to form areas
      corresponding to guiding grooves between those exposed areas. The guiding
      grooves are formed by removing the areas corresponding to guiding grooves
      from the layer made up of the ultraviolet-hardening resin. Additionally,
      along with a guiding groove pattern, an index pattern can also be exposed.
      The guiding grooves thus formed do not reduce the recording density for
      information of the optical tape.
PATN
WKU  059896728
SRC  8
APN  8235414
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970325
TTL  Magnetic recording medium
ISD  19991123
NCL  97
ECL  1
EXP  Kiliman; Leszek
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Hayashi; Shigenori
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19921119
APN  4-333607
RLAP
COD  74
APN  154009
APD  19931118
PSC  01
PNO  5637373
CLAS
OCL  428 653
XCL  428 655
XCL  428141
XCL  428336
XCL  428408
XCL  428704
XCL  428694T
XCL  428694TP
XCL  428694TC
XCL  428694TR
XCL  428900
XCL  428698
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  566
FSC  428
FSS  694 T;694 TP;694 TC;694 TR;141;336;408;704;698;65.3;65.5;900
UREF
PNO  4717622
ISD  19880100
NAM  Kurokawa et al.
OCL  428408
UREF
PNO  4774130
ISD  19880900
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  428216
UREF
PNO  4840844
ISD  19890600
NAM  Futamoto et al.
OCL  428336
UREF
PNO  4880687
ISD  19891100
NAM  Yokoyama et al.
OCL  428141
UREF
PNO  4892789
ISD  19900100
NAM  Nakayama et al.
OCL  428336
UREF
PNO  5226409
ISD  19930700
NAM  Schmidt et al.
OCL  128201.33
UREF
PNO  5275850
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kitoh et al.
OCL  427577
LREP
FRM  Sixbey, Friedman, Leedom & Ferguson
FR2  Robinson; Eric J.
ABST
PAL  A magnetic recording medium having a diamond-like carbon (DLC) film added
      therein a Group IV element of the periodic table such as silicon,
      particularly in the vicinity of the boundary between the magnetic material
      and the formed DLC film. Since a DLC having low friction coefficient can
      be formed, the centerline average roughness can be reduced to 30 nm or
      even less. Accordingly, a magnetic recording medium improved in magnetic
      properties and in lubricity can be obtained.
PATN
WKU  059896736
SRC  8
APN  8859434
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970630
TTL  Caromium-tantalum oxides (Cr-TaO.sub.x), sputtering targets and thin
      film seedlayer/sublayers for thin film magnetic recording media
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Kiliman; Leszek
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Xiong; Wei
CTY  New City
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Hoo; Hung-Lee
CTY  Livingston
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Materials Research Corporation
CTY  Orangeburg
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428 653
XCL  428 657
XCL  428336
XCL  428408
XCL  428701
XCL  428702
XCL  428611
XCL  428666
XCL  428667
XCL  428693
XCL  428698
XCL  428694T
XCL  428694TS
XCL  428694TP
XCL  428694TC
XCL  428900
XCL  427127
XCL  427128
XCL  427130
XCL  427131
XCL  2041922
XCL   75232
XCL   75234
XCL   75245
XCL   75246
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  566
FSC  428
FSS  694 T;694 TS;694 TP;694 TC;900;611;666;667;693;698;336;408;79;702;65.7
FSC  204
FSS  192.2
FSC  427
FSS  127;128;131;130
FSC   75
FSS  232;234;245;246
UREF
PNO  4941920
ISD  19900700
NAM  Inui et al.
OCL   75246
UREF
PNO  5004652
ISD  19910400
NAM  Lal et al.
OCL  428611
UREF
PNO  5057380
ISD  19911000
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  428692
UREF
PNO  5439500
ISD  19950800
NAM  Marx
OCL   75246
UREF
PNO  5456978
ISD  19951000
NAM  Lal
OCL  428332
UREF
PNO  5620574
ISD  19970400
NAM  Teng et al.
OCL  204192.15
UREF
PNO  5721033
ISD  19980200
NAM  Teng et al.
OCL  428 65.3
FREF
PNO  8-041578
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Duan, S., et al., "A Study of Magnetic Recording Media on Glass
      Substrates," IEEE Trans. Magn. 30(6), 3966-3968 (1994).
PAL  Johnson, K. E., et al., "The effect of Cr underlaying thickness on magnetic
      and structural properties of CoPtCr thin films," J. Appl. Phys. 67(9),
      4686-4688 (1990).
PAL  Kogure, T., et al., "High-coercivity magnetic hard disks using glass
      substrates," J. Appl. Phys. 67(9), 4701-4703 (1990).
PAL  Kryder, M. H., et al., "Approaches to 10 Gbit/in..sup.2 Recording," J.
      Appl. Phys. 79(8), 4485-4490 (1996).
PAL  Lal, B. B., et al., "A New Series of Quaternary Co-Alloys for High Density
      Rigid-disk Applications," IEEE Trans. Magn. 27(6), 4739-4741 (1991).
PAL  Mahvan, N., et al., "Oxidation of Seed-Layer for Improved Magnetic &
      Recording Performance of Thin-Film Rigid Discs," IEEE Trans. Magn. 29(6),
      3691-3693 (1993).
PAL  Sanders, I. L., et al., "Magnetic and Recording Characteristics of VeryThin
      Metal-Film Media," IEEE Trans. Magn. 25(5), 3869-3871 (1989).
PAL  Teng, E., et al., "Designing media with alternative substrate materials,"
      Data Storage, pp. 35-40, Sep. 1994.
PAL  Tsai, H. C., "Advantage and Challenge of Nonmetallic Substrates for Rigid
      Disk Applications," IEEE Trans. Magn., 29(1), 241-245 (1993).
PAL  Tsai, H. C., et al., "The Effects of Ni.sub.3 P-Sublayer on the Properties
      of CoNiCr/Cr Media Using Different Substrates," IEEE Trans. Magn., 28(5),
      3093-3095 (1992).
PAL  Xiong, W., et al., "Cobalt alloys and the search for 10-Gbit/in.sup.2
      recording," Data Storage, 3(6), 47-50 (1996).
LREP
FRM  Wood, Herron, Evans, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Chromium-tantalum oxides (Cr-TaO.sub.x), including chromium-tantalum
      pentoxide (Cr-Ta.sub.2 O.sub.5), chromium-tantalum tetrioxide (Cr-Ta.sub.2
      O.sub.4 or Cr-TaO.sub.2), sputtering targets containing them, and their
      manufacture are disclosed. The targets are characterized by high density,
      uniform TaO.sub.x distribution, low impedance and stable plasma during the
      sputtering. The Cr-Ta oxides are used as a thin film sublayer to improve
      the coercivity and other characteristics of magnetic recording media
      deposited on metallic or non-metallic substrates used in hard disks for
      data storage.
PATN
WKU  059896744
SRC  9
APN  0799076
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980515
TTL  Thin film disk with acicular magnetic grains
ISD  19991123
NCL  41
ECL  1
EXP  Kiliman; Leszek
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Marinero; Ernesto Esteban
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Reith; Timothy Martin
CTY  Morgan Hill
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  York; Brian Rodrick
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428 653
XCL  428 656
XCL  428141
XCL  428325
XCL  428329
XCL  428331
XCL  428694T
XCL  428694TS
XCL  428694BA
XCL  428694TR
XCL  428694BR
XCL  428900
XCL  2041922
XCL  427128
XCL  427129
XCL  427130
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  566
FSC  428
FSS  141;694 T;694 TS;694 BA;694 TR;694 BR;900;65.3;65.6;325;329;331
FSC  204
FSS  192.2
FSC  427
FSS  128-130
UREF
PNO  4287225
ISD  19810900
NAM  Kneller et al.
OCL  427599
UREF
PNO  4405677
ISD  19830900
NAM  Chen
OCL  428172
UREF
PNO  4480004
ISD  19841000
NAM  Togawa
OCL  428329
UREF
PNO  4735840
ISD  19880400
NAM  Hedgcoth
OCL  428 65.5
UREF
PNO  5053250
ISD  19911000
NAM  Baseman et al.
OCL  427131
UREF
PNO  5147734
ISD  19920900
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  428694T
UREF
PNO  5352501
ISD  19941000
NAM  Miyamoto et al.
OCL  428 65.7
UREF
PNO  5490809
ISD  19960200
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  451 60
UREF
PNO  5516547
ISD  19960500
NAM  Shimizu
OCL  427132
UREF
PNO  5523173
ISD  19960600
NAM  Doerner et al.
OCL  428611
UREF
PNO  5620574
ISD  19970400
NAM  Teng et al.
OCL  204192.15
OREF
PAL  D. E. Laughlin et al., "The Control and Characterization of the
      Crystallographic Texture of Longitudinal Thin Film Recording Media", IEEE
      Trans. on Magnetics, vol. 32, No. 5, Sep. 1996, pp. 3632-3637.
PAL  T. C. Arnoldussen et al., "Obliquely Evaporated Iron-Cobalt and
      Iron-Cobalt-Chromium", IEEE Trans. on Magnetics, vol. MAG-20, No. 5, Sep.
      1984, pp. 821-823.
PAL  A. Kawamoto et al., "Magnetic anisotropy of sputtered media induced by
      textured substrate", J. Appl. Phys. 69(8) , Apr. 15, 1991, pp. 5151-5153.
PAL  E. Teng et al., "Anisotropy Induced Signal Waveform Modulation of DC
      Magnetron Sputtered Thin Film Disks", IEEE Trans. on Magnetics, vol.
      MAG-22, No. 5 Sep. 1986, pp. 579-581.
LREP
FR2  Knight; G. Marlin
ABST
PAL  A thin film disk and a disk drive using the thin film disk are described.
      The disk has a thin film magnetic layer composed of small acicular grains
      having an average aspect ratio greater than one which results in improved
      recording performance. The development of the acicularity is aided through
      the crystal structure having anisotropic inplane stress with a radial
      stress being less than a tangential stress. The preferred magnetic
      material is an alloy cobalt which includes a glass forming material such
      as boron, boron oxide, silicon, silicon oxide, carbon, phosphorus, etc.
      The typical hcp unit cells form acicular grains with a tendency for the
      C-axis to be orthogonal to a long axis of the acicular grains. Preferably
      the C-axis of the grains is oriented along the circumferential direction
      of the disk. Preferably the underlayer is sputtered deposited using
      negative bias.
PATN
WKU  059896752
SRC  8
APN  9922725
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971217
TTL  Cored form surface pattern structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Loney; Donald
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Chen; Shou-Te
STR  No. 1, Alley 11-1, Lane 123, Chang-I 6 Street
CTY  Tai-Ping Hsiang, Taichung Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  428 67
XCL  428143
XCL  428157
XCL  428213
XCL  428188
EDF  6
ICL  B44C  126
ICL  B32B  302
FSC  428
FSS  156;172;187;67;31;34;143;157;213;114;38;188
UREF
PNO  4339489
ISD  19820700
NAM  Barker et al.
OCL  428167
UREF
PNO  4610099
ISD  19860900
NAM  Signori
OCL   76 29
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas
ABST
PAL  A cored form surface pattern structure includes a cored form having a first
      face plate and a second face plate, with the second face plate from the
      first plate separated by a suitable interval and a pattern located in the
      said first face plate. The said pattern can consist of characters,
      trademarks or graphics. The outline profile of the aforementioned pattern
      is a beveled edge of an appropriate angle, with the slant oriented from
      the lower surface of the pattern towards a central area of the upper
      surface such that the slanted outline of the pattern is positioned by the
      compressive and coating action of the cored form face plate and only the
      upper surface of the pattern is shown.
PATN
WKU  059896760
SRC  8
APN  8775443
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970617
TTL  Bulletin board notepad holder and notepad holder attaching mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXA  Bahta; Abraham
EXP  Speer; Timothy
NDR  12
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Davis; Bradley C.
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Boone; Michael K.
CTY  Laguna Beach
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Boone International, Inc.
CTY  Corona
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  526707
APD  19950911
PSC  01
PNO  5658635
CLAS
OCL  428 83
XCL  428 74
XCL  428 81
XCL  428192
XCL  428194
XCL  428511
XCL  24820512
XCL  24822912
XCL  24822913
XCL  24822915
XCL  24822926
XCL  24823181
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  302
FSC  428
FSS  192;74;511;194;81;83
FSC   52
FSS  583.3;27
FSC   40
FSS  793;620
FSC  248
FSS  213;255.11;229.12;229.13;229.14;229.15;229.16;205.12;451;229.26;231.81
UREF
PNO  236457
ISD  18810100
NAM  Reimer
OCL  434415
UREF
PNO  369663
ISD  18870900
NAM  Swaney
OCL  434415
UREF
PNO  2158368
ISD  19390500
NAM  Hurt
OCL  434251
UREF
PNO  2300248
ISD  19421000
NAM  Elnett
OCL  434421
UREF
PNO  2319278
ISD  19430500
NAM  Urbain
OCL  434421
UREF
PNO  2651852
ISD  19530900
NAM  Urbain
OCL  434417
UREF
PNO  3008249
ISD  19611100
NAM  Masters
OCL  434421
UREF
PNO  3363341
ISD  19680100
NAM  Glassman
OCL  434417
UREF
PNO  4089116
ISD  19780500
NAM  Bearinger
OCL  211 50
UREF
PNO  4133123
ISD  19790100
NAM  Anderson
OCL   40  1
UREF
PNO  4428135
ISD  19840100
NAM  Sobel
OCL   40782
UREF
PNO  4802593
ISD  19890200
NAM  Romanos
OCL  211 10
UREF
PNO  4960383
ISD  19901000
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  434430
UREF
PNO  5427254
ISD  19950600
NAM  Knieriem
OCL  211 50
UREF
PNO  5683197
ISD  19971100
NAM  Pihl
OCL  403170
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon LLP
ABST
PAL  A notepad holder for a message board, including a generally flat base, a
      first member formed integrally with and extending substantially
      perpendicular to a first end of the base, and a flexible second member
      formed integrally with and extending substantially perpendicular to a
      second end of the base, the second member being opposed to the first
      member. The first member and the second member are separated by a distance
      sufficient to enable the base, the first member, and the second member to
      receive an appropriately sized object therewithin, the object being
      retained by a flexing between the flexible second member and the first
      member. In a preferred form, a pad of sheets of paper is retained on said
      notepad holder by a force applied upon the pad of sheets of paper by a
      relative flexing of the first member and the flexible second member. The
      notepad holder also preferably includes a retaining grip formed integrally
      with the first member, the retaining grip having a substantially "C" shape
      for attaching to a fixed member, such as to a similarly shaped frame of a
      message board.
PATN
WKU  059896779
SRC  8
APN  8589461
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970520
TTL  Viscose plush
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Juska; Cheryl
EXP  Davis; Jenna
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Stuhler; Josef
STR  Ob der Aach 1
CTY  d-87509 Immenstadt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schmitt; Peter
STR  Westendstr. 13
CTY  D-86836 Untermeitingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schonfelder; Gunther
STR  Am Eckschachen 16
CTY  D87509 Immenstadt
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970426
APN  197 17 764
CLAS
OCL  428 92
XCL  428358
XCL  428397
XCL  428400
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  302
ICL  D02G  300
FSC  428
FSS  92;358;397;400
UREF
PNO  4149849
ISD  19790400
NAM  Koch et al.
OCL    8 31
UREF
PNO  4179259
ISD  19791200
NAM  Belitsin et al.
OCL  428461
UREF
PNO  4381325
ISD  19830400
NAM  Masuda et al.
OCL  428 91
UREF
PNO  5744236
ISD  19980400
NAM  Rohrbach et al.
OCL  428397
FREF
PNO  177730
ISD  19530000
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  0632990
ISD  19940000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1785237
ISD  19720000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  7809969
ISD  19780000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2726485
ISD  19780000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  8604525
ISD  19860000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  8909621
ISD  19890000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3926524
ISD  19910000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9306485
ISD  19930000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19510676
ISD  19960000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  29512702
ISD  19960000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  29613983
ISD  19980100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  607816
ISD  19480900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  "Textile Terms and Definitions," 9th ed., The Textile Institute,
      Manchester, UK, pp. 197, 237, 248, and 366-367, 1991.
PAL  "Internationally Agreed Methods for Testing Regenerated Cellulose and
      Acetate Staple Fibers," BISFA, 1970 ed., p. 66, 1970.
PAL  "Textile Fabrics and Their Selection," 8th ed., I.B. Wingate and J.F.
      Mohler, pp. 366 and 338, 1984.
PAL  "Introductory Textile Science," 5th ed., M.L. Joseph, p. 85, 1986.
PAL  APS search of USPTO database printout.
PAL  Japanese Abstract JP 03028241A.
PAL  Japanese Abstract JP 05247101.
PAL  Partial description of the references No translations.
ABST
PAL  A viscose plush comprising warp threads, fill threads and pile threads,
      each composed of viscose. The pile threads have longitudinal grooves on
      their surface. And the longitudinal grooves of adjacent pile threads
      combine to form capillary channels to suck in foreign substances axially.
PATN
WKU  059896787
SRC  8
APN  6683398
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19960625
TTL  Method of simultaneously printing a portion of a hook and loop fabric
      and attaching the fabric to another fabric and the fabric or garment
      resulting therefrom
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Morris; Terrel
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Jacobson; Laurence
STR  393 West End Ave. Apartment 17C
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ZIP  10024
CLAS
OCL  428100
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  306
FSC  428
FSS  100
UREF
PNO  2479246
ISD  19490800
NAM  Lupo
UREF
PNO  2685690
ISD  19540800
NAM  Chrisman
UREF
PNO  2871485
ISD  19590200
NAM  Greco
UREF
PNO  2889233
ISD  19590600
NAM  Steffey
UREF
PNO  3296963
ISD  19670100
NAM  Rarey et al.
UREF
PNO  3484974
ISD  19691200
NAM  Culmone
OCL  428100
UREF
PNO  3880429
ISD  19750400
NAM  Blumenaus
UREF
PNO  4092451
ISD  19780500
NAM  Sernaker
UREF
PNO  4142929
ISD  19790300
NAM  Otomine et al.
UREF
PNO  4249268
ISD  19810200
NAM  Berler
UREF
PNO  4277848
ISD  19810700
NAM  Boehland
UREF
PNO  4354282
ISD  19821000
NAM  Langdon
UREF
PNO  4440590
ISD  19840400
NAM  Collins et al.
UREF
PNO  4470861
ISD  19840900
NAM  Kravig et al.
UREF
PNO  4513454
ISD  19850400
NAM  Anderson et al.
UREF
PNO  4542691
ISD  19850900
NAM  Kokrhanek
UREF
PNO  4611355
ISD  19860900
NAM  Gallanto et al.
UREF
PNO  4627110
ISD  19861200
NAM  Tengs
UREF
PNO  4644589
ISD  19870200
NAM  Pettis
UREF
PNO  4671514
ISD  19870600
NAM  Wilson-Diehl
UREF
PNO  4699385
ISD  19871000
NAM  Bifulco
UREF
PNO  4710979
ISD  19871200
NAM  Bull et al.
UREF
PNO  4710981
ISD  19871200
NAM  Sanchez
OCL    2115
UREF
PNO  4734298
ISD  19880300
NAM  Kikukawa
UREF
PNO  4737225
ISD  19880400
NAM  Waugh et al.
UREF
PNO  4776043
ISD  19881000
NAM  Coleman
UREF
PNO  4837864
ISD  19890600
NAM  Thill
UREF
PNO  4860387
ISD  19890800
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  4890347
ISD  19900100
NAM  Fuller
OCL  428100
UREF
PNO  4923848
ISD  19900500
NAM  Akada et al.
OCL  503227
UREF
PNO  4937181
ISD  19900600
NAM  Rogers
UREF
PNO  4953870
ISD  19900900
NAM  Norman et al.
UREF
PNO  5000090
ISD  19910300
NAM  Tecl et al.
UREF
PNO  5086816
ISD  19920200
NAM  Baxter et al.
OCL  428100
UREF
PNO  5136726
ISD  19920800
NAM  Kellin et al.
OCL  428100
UREF
PNO  5268210
ISD  19931200
NAM  Iijima
OCL  428100
UREF
PNO  5344356
ISD  19940900
NAM  Pizzelli et al.
OCL  428100
UREF
PNO  5528773
ISD  19960600
NAM  Lowinger
OCL    2161.4
FREF
PNO  1497611
ISD  19671000
CNT  FRX
LREP
FR2  Gilman, Esq.; Michael R.
     Kaplan & Gilman, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An improved method of simultaneously printing a hook and loop fabric and
      adhering the fabric to another fabric or garment is provided. The method
      comprises the steps of applying a heat and pressure sensitive coating to
      one side of the hook and loop fabric, placing that fabric over a portion
      of another fabric or garment so that the hook and loop fabric touches the
      other fabric or garment, heating the two fabrics to commence activation of
      the coating, applying a printing material onto the hook and loop fabric
      and compressing the two fabrics together at an appropriate temperature and
      pressure, and for an appropriate time interval, to complete the activation
      of the coating so as to adhere the fabrics together and to activate the
      printing material. The resulting fabric or garment has a hook and loop
      fabric attached thereto in an unremovable, non-shifting manner due to
      adhesion of the two fabrics from the coating. The hook and loop fabric
      will, in addition, have an ornamental design printed thereon as a result
      of the application of the printing material.
PATN
WKU  059896795
SRC  8
APN  7014112
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19960822
TTL  Strong, dimensionally stable object
ISD  19991123
NCL  48
ECL  1,10
EXP  Zirker; Daniel
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Sauerhoefer; Marc Raymond
CTY  Chicopee
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  United Technologies Corporation
CTY  East Hartford
STA  CT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  490278
APD  19950614
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  428116
XCL  264401
XCL  264221
EDF  6
ICL  B29C 3508
ICL  B22C  902
FSC  264
FSS  401;221
FSC  428
FSS  116
UREF
PNO  4844144
ISD  19890700
NAM  Murphy et al.
OCL  164 35
UREF
PNO  5109589
ISD  19920500
NAM  Cramer et al.
OCL   29527.4
UREF
PNO  5256340
ISD  19931000
NAM  Allison et al.
OCL  264 22
UREF
PNO  5418112
ISD  19950500
NAM  Mirle et al.
OCL  430269
UREF
PNO  5435902
ISD  19950700
NAM  Andre, Sr.
XCL  264401
UREF
PNO  5439622
ISD  19950800
NAM  Pennisi et al.
OCL  264 22
UREF
PNO  5468886
ISD  19951100
NAM  Steinmann et al.
OCL  549549
UREF
PNO  5482659
ISD  19960100
NAM  Sauerhoefer
OCL  264401
UREF
PNO  5545367
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bae et al.
OCL  264401
UREF
PNO  5603797
ISD  19970200
NAM  Thomas et al.
XCL  264401
UREF
PNO  5616293
ISD  19970400
NAM  Ashtiani-Zarandi et al.
OCL  264401
FREF
PNO  0484183
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0590957
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0649691
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  European Search Report for European Patent Application No. EP 96 30 4367.
PAL  Article entitled "Rapid Stereolithography Molds" by Jim Tobin, Chris
      Schneider, Bob Pennisi and Steve Hunt, vol. 15, p. 38 of Motorola Inc.
      Technical Developments, published May 15, 1992.
PAL  The Selective Laser Sintering Process Third Generation Desk Top
      Manufacturing, DTM Corporation, Austin, Texas.
PAL  Selective Laser Sintering: Understanding and Applying the Technology, Scott
      Hill, DTM Corporation, Presented to the First National Conference on
      Desktop Manufacturing, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
PAL  Rapid Prototyping Systems, the Solider Solution for Prototyping and
      Manufacturing, Cubital.
PAL  Preliminary Product Data, Cibatool.RTM. SL XB 5170, 3D Systems Inc., P/N
      18840-S03-01 Rev. A, Jun., 1993.
PAL  Cibatool.RTM. SL 5180, 3D Systems, Ciba-Geigy Corporation.
PAL  SLS Model 125, DTM Corporation, Austin, Texas.
PAL  Stereolithography 1993: Epoxy Resins, Improved Accuracy & Investment
      Casting, Dr. P. Jacobs, 3D Systems, Inc., Valencia, California.
PAL  Rapid Prototyping and Manufacturing Conference 94, Apr. 26-28, 1994,
      Dearborn, MI, New Resin Developments for Stereolithography, Epoxy Resin:
      Accuracy, Dimensional Stability and Mechanical Properties, Electroless
      Plating of SL-Parts, Dr. Adrian Schulthess, et al., Ciba-Geigy
      Corporation.
PAL  "Low Cost Jigs Fixtures & Gages for Limited Production", William E. Boyes,
      Society of Manufacturing Engineers, Chapter 10, "Plastic Tool
      Construction", pp. 159-184.
PAL  Application Brief, "Nylon Material Properties", DTM Corporation.
LREP
FR2  Boyd, Esq.; John E.
     Whitman Breed Abbott & Morgan LLP
ABST
PAL  A strong, dimensionally stable object, such as a tooling fixture, is
      produced by providing a three dimensional, rapid free form fabricated
      object having a hollow internal cavity and flowing a strengthening
      material, such as an epoxy resin, into the internal cavity.
PATN
WKU  059896809
SRC  9
APN  0231274
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980213
TTL  Magnetic recording medium
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Resan; Stevan A.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Wakana; Shigeaki
CTY  Tochigi-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Komaba; Shingo
CTY  Tochigi-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kao Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  428141
XCL  428216
XCL  428328
XCL  428329
XCL  428336
XCL  428694BB
XCL  428694BR
XCL  428694BS
XCL  428900
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  568
FSC  428
FSS  141;216;328;329;336;694 BB;694 BR;694 BS;900
UREF
PNO  5547772
ISD  19960800
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  428694B
FREF
PNO  4-1914
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A magnetic recording medium having a nonmagnetic polymer substrate, a
      magnetic layer and a backcoating layer, wherein surface profile of the
      magnetic and the backcoating layers satisfies the following condition (i),
      and the nonmagnetic polymer substrate satisfies the following conditions
      (ii) and (iii): (i) the skewness of the surface roughness profiled of the
      backcoating layer is greater than that of the magnetic layer; (ii) the
      nonmagnetic polymer substrate has a molecular orientation ratio of 1.11 or
      greater; and (iii) the angle between the main axial direction of the
      polymer chains in the nonmagnetic polymer substrate and the longitudinal
      direction of the nonmagnetic polymer substrate is 7.degree. or smaller,
      has excellent electromagnetic conversion characteristics and running
      stability.
PATN
WKU  059896817
SRC  8
APN  8007985
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970218
TTL  Semi-finished wood simulating product
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Nakarani; D. S.
NDR  1
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Martino; Ralph A.
CTY  Tampa
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Premdor, Inc.
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  163798
APD  19931209
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  428151
XCL   5278312
XCL   5278416
XCL  428 15
XCL  428514
XCL  4285371
XCL  4285422
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 2308
ICL  B32B 2730
FSC  427
FSS  267;268;270;381;408;508;510
FSC  428
FSS  15;151;542.2;514;537.1
FSC   52
FSS  784.16;783.12
UREF
PNO  2573105
ISD  19511000
NAM  Lehman
OCL  427267
UREF
PNO  3738854
ISD  19730600
NAM  Oishi
OCL  117  8
UREF
PNO  3874903
ISD  19750400
NAM  Wirth et al.
OCL  428416
UREF
PNO  3904791
ISD  19750900
NAM  Iverson et al.
OCL  427277
UREF
PNO  3983307
ISD  19760900
NAM  Power et al.
OCL  428503
UREF
PNO  4409276
ISD  19831000
NAM  Martinelli et al.
OCL  428142
UREF
PNO  4529765
ISD  19850700
NAM  DenHartog et al.
OCL  524294
UREF
PNO  4548998
ISD  19851000
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  525441
UREF
PNO  4630420
ISD  19861200
NAM  Hagemeyer
OCL   52313
UREF
PNO  4980402
ISD  19901200
NAM  Cope
OCL  524  9
UREF
PNO  5010134
ISD  19910400
NAM  Chiang et al.
OCL  525 57
UREF
PNO  5059264
ISD  19911000
NAM  Sheets
OCL  156 62.2
UREF
PNO  5089313
ISD  19920200
NAM  Cope
OCL  428151
UREF
PNO  5178928
ISD  19930100
NAM  Goto et al.
OCL  428106
UREF
PNO  5198481
ISD  19930300
NAM  Cope
OCL  524  9
UREF
PNO  5455306
ISD  19951000
NAM  Mori et al.
OCL  525303
UREF
PNO  5561194
ISD  19961000
NAM  Cornett et al.
OCL  525143
FREF
PNO  0497020
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  52-82705
ISD  19770700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  079705
ISD  19790600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7760124
ISD  19770700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  7958627
ISD  19790600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9603262
ISD  19960200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology, pp. 131, 140, 141 1989,
      John Wiley & Sons vol. 15.
LREP
FRM  Liniak, Berenato, Longacre & White, LLC
ABST
PAL  A semi-finished wood simulating product and method is disclosed. The
      product is manufactured by providing a substrate having at least one
      surface to be finished. A liquid basecoat is applied on the substrate and
      dried. A wood grain pattern is deposited, in liquid form, on the basecoat.
      Some of the pattern is transferred from the originally deposited position
      on the basecoat to a subsequent position. The pattern is then cured. A
      polymerizable protective coating is applied onto the substrate overlying
      the basecoat and the pattern. The protective coating seals the substrate
      and is adapted for accepting a colorant to be applied by an end user. The
      protective coating is then polymerized. Additionally, if a porous
      substrate is provided, a sealer is applied prior to the liquid basecoat
      and is then cured.
PATN
WKU  059896825
SRC  8
APN  8430896
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970425
TTL  Scrim-like paper wiping product and method for making the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Loney; Donald
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Anderson; Ralph L.
CTY  Marietta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc.
CTY  Neenah
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428152
XCL  428154
XCL  428156
XCL  428195
XCL  428198
XCL  428212
XCL  428373
XCL  162109
XCL  162111
XCL  162113
XCL  162118
XCL  156209
XCL  156295
EDF  6
ICL  B31F  120
ICL  D21H 1100
FSC  156
FSS  209;290;291;292;295
FSC  162
FSS  109;111;113;118
FSC  428
FSS  152;212;154;172;373;156;195;198
UREF
PNO  3476644
ISD  19691100
NAM  Krehnbrink
UREF
PNO  3597299
ISD  19710800
NAM  Thomas et al.
UREF
PNO  3879257
ISD  19750400
NAM  Gentile et al.
UREF
PNO  4100017
ISD  19780700
NAM  Flautt
OCL  428154
UREF
PNO  4125659
ISD  19781100
NAM  Klowak et al.
UREF
PNO  4158594
ISD  19790600
NAM  Becker et al.
UREF
PNO  4487796
ISD  19841200
NAM  Lloyd et al.
UREF
PNO  4610743
ISD  19860900
NAM  Salmeen et al.
UREF
PNO  4619734
ISD  19861000
NAM  Andersson
UREF
PNO  4894118
ISD  19900100
NAM  Edwards et al.
UREF
PNO  5019211
ISD  19910500
NAM  Sauer
UREF
PNO  5094717
ISD  19920300
NAM  Manning et al.
UREF
PNO  5129988
ISD  19920700
NAM  Farrington, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5137600
ISD  19920800
NAM  Barnes et al.
UREF
PNO  5494554
ISD  19960200
NAM  Edwards et al.
FREF
PNO  2127866
ISD  19840400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO9701671
ISD  19970100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Database WPI, Section CH, Week 9132, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB;
      Class A35, AN 91-234210; XP002074004 & JP 03 152 256A (Nippon Vilene KK);
      see abstract.
PAL  Database WPI, Section CH, Week 9041; Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB;
      Class A23, AN 90-310339; XP002074005 & JP 02 221 448 A (Chisso Corp); see
      abstract.
LREP
FRM  Dority & Manning, P.A.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is generally directed to single ply scrim-like wiping
      products having great softness and strength. The wiping products are made
      from a paper web containing softwood fibers in combination with
      bicomponent fibers. Once formed, the paper web is treated on each side
      with a bonding agent in a preselected pattern. Both sides of the paper web
      are also creped. In order to create a wiping product with a scrim-like
      appearance, a reticular pattern is then embossed into the paper web.
      Specifically, the pattern is permanently imprinted into the product by
      compressing and fusing together the bicomponent fibers contained within
      the lines of the pattern.
PATN
WKU  059896833
SRC  8
APN  9337725
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970919
TTL  Wireless polymeric twist tie
ISD  19991123
NCL  39
ECL  1
EXP  Loney; Donald
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Haddock; Thomas E.
CTY  Sioux Falls
STA  SD
INVT
NAM  Feltman; Michael P.
CTY  Worthington
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Bedford Industries, Inc.
CTY  Worthington
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428167
XCL   24 305P
XCL   24 305T
XCL  2641771
XCL  264182
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  328
ICL  B65D 7710
FSC  428
FSS  156;213;480;516;167
FSC   24
FSS  30.5 T;30.5 P;16 R
FSC  264
FSS  146.1;177.1;173.13;182
FSC  156
FSS  244.11
UREF
PNO  2608720
ISD  19520900
NAM  Meissner
OCL   18 19
UREF
PNO  2654124
ISD  19531000
NAM  Layte
OCL   18  5
UREF
PNO  2685707
ISD  19540800
NAM  Llewellyn et al.
OCL   18 55
UREF
PNO  2750631
ISD  19560600
NAM  Johnson
OCL   18 57
UREF
PNO  2972791
ISD  19610200
NAM  Kelem
OCL   24 30.5
UREF
PNO  2973597
ISD  19610300
NAM  Powell
OCL   40 21
UREF
PNO  3068135
ISD  19621200
NAM  Bower
OCL  156179
UREF
PNO  3104937
ISD  19630900
NAM  Wyckoff et al.
OCL   18 48
UREF
PNO  3138904
ISD  19640600
NAM  Burford
OCL   53 14
UREF
PNO  3164250
ISD  19650100
NAM  Paxton
OCL  206 56
UREF
PNO  3233870
ISD  19660200
NAM  Gerhardt
OCL  256 13.1
UREF
PNO  3283378
ISD  19661100
NAM  Cranton
OCL   24 16
UREF
PNO  3290854
ISD  19661200
NAM  MacMurray
OCL   53 14
UREF
PNO  3311288
ISD  19670300
NAM  Lemelson
OCL  229 65
UREF
PNO  3315877
ISD  19670400
NAM  Grevich
OCL  229 65
UREF
PNO  3334805
ISD  19670800
NAM  Halbach
OCL  229 62
UREF
PNO  3370328
ISD  19680200
NAM  Hilton
OCL   24 16
UREF
PNO  3409948
ISD  19681100
NAM  Goodwin
OCL   24 16
UREF
PNO  3426393
ISD  19690200
NAM  Mead
OCL   24 30.5
UREF
PNO  3444267
ISD  19690500
NAM  Beer
OCL  260876
UREF
PNO  3444269
ISD  19690500
NAM  Beer
OCL  260876
UREF
PNO  3445321
ISD  19690500
NAM  Groves
OCL  428167
UREF
PNO  3470685
ISD  19691000
NAM  Hall et al.
OCL   57140
UREF
PNO  3494522
ISD  19700200
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  225 97
UREF
PNO  3520963
ISD  19700700
NAM  Allseits et al.
OCL  264 90
UREF
PNO  3535746
ISD  19701000
NAM  Thomas, Jr.
OCL   24 30.5
UREF
PNO  3540184
ISD  19701100
NAM  Ashton
OCL   53 14
UREF
PNO  3565738
ISD  19710200
NAM  Kirkpatrick
OCL  161 38
UREF
PNO  3604066
ISD  19710900
NAM  Moon
OCL   24 30.5R
UREF
PNO  3633247
ISD  19720100
NAM  Clayton
OCL   24 30.5PB
UREF
PNO  3662434
ISD  19720500
NAM  Clayton
OCL   24 30.5P
UREF
PNO  3726079
ISD  19730400
NAM  Feild et al.
OCL  428167
UREF
PNO  3759647
ISD  19730900
NAM  Schrenk et al.
OCL  425131
UREF
PNO  3791129
ISD  19740200
NAM  Shuford
OCL   57140R
UREF
PNO  3857139
ISD  19741200
NAM  Turner
OCL   24 30.5T
UREF
PNO  3882573
ISD  19750500
NAM  Thomas, Jr.
OCL   24 30.5T
UREF
PNO  3884606
ISD  19750500
NAM  Schrenk
OCL  425133.5
UREF
PNO  3896991
ISD  19750700
NAM  Kozlowski et al.
OCL  229 55
UREF
PNO  3962524
ISD  19760600
NAM  Miyamoto et al.
OCL  428435
UREF
PNO  3966381
ISD  19760600
NAM  Suh
OCL  425376
UREF
PNO  3983202
ISD  19760900
NAM  Skoroszewski
OCL  264147
UREF
PNO  3985847
ISD  19761000
NAM  Hyun
OCL  264 51
UREF
PNO  4008295
ISD  19770200
NAM  Koshida et al.
OCL  260876R
UREF
PNO  4022863
ISD  19770500
NAM  Karass et al.
OCL  264210R
UREF
PNO  4034013
ISD  19770700
NAM  Lane
OCL  260835
UREF
PNO  4079114
ISD  19780300
NAM  Bonner
OCL  264210R
UREF
PNO  4079484
ISD  19780300
NAM  Nakama
OCL   24 16PB
UREF
PNO  4083914
ISD  19780400
NAM  Schippers et al.
OCL  264147
UREF
PNO  4096202
ISD  19780600
NAM  Farnham et al.
OCL  260873
UREF
PNO  4194772
ISD  19800300
NAM  Hurd et al.
OCL  292256.65
UREF
PNO  4317764
ISD  19820300
NAM  Sheer
OCL  524449
UREF
PNO  4342846
ISD  19820800
NAM  Silberberg
OCL  525 64
UREF
PNO  4358466
ISD  19821100
NAM  Stevenson
OCL  426106
UREF
PNO  4392897
ISD  19830700
NAM  Herrington
OCL  156 66
UREF
PNO  4444949
ISD  19840400
NAM  Liu
OCL  525 67
UREF
PNO  4451422
ISD  19840500
NAM  Yui et al.
OCL  264178
UREF
PNO  4457517
ISD  19840700
NAM  Dunegan
OCL  277 12
UREF
PNO  4473919
ISD  19841000
NAM  Fritz, Jr.
OCL   15250.4
UREF
PNO  4510287
ISD  19850400
NAM  Wu
OCL  525 84
UREF
PNO  4587300
ISD  19860500
NAM  Valentine
OCL  525 95
UREF
PNO  4797313
ISD  19890100
NAM  Stolk et al.
OCL  428150
UREF
PNO  4965135
ISD  19901000
NAM  Im et al.
OCL  428412
UREF
PNO  5128409
ISD  19920700
NAM  Gagger
OCL  525 67
UREF
PNO  5154964
ISD  19921000
NAM  Iwai et al.
OCL  428156
UREF
PNO  5238631
ISD  19930800
NAM  Stolk et al.
OCL  264147
UREF
PNO  5324307
ISD  19940600
NAM  Jarrett et al.
OCL  606219
UREF
PNO  5342687
ISD  19940800
NAM  Iwai et al.
OCL  428402
UREF
PNO  5580924
ISD  19961200
NAM  Wildi et al.
OCL  525 65
UREF
PNO  5602201
ISD  19970200
NAM  Fujiuchi et al.
OCL  525 67
UREF
PNO  5605948
ISD  19970200
NAM  Dumont et al.
OCL  524162
UREF
PNO  5607748
ISD  19970300
NAM  Feltman
OCL  428156
UREF
PNO  5646233
ISD  19970700
NAM  Sakashita et al.
OCL  528176
FREF
PNO  2089879
ISD  19820600
CNT  GBX
ICL  F16B  226
LREP
FRM  Kinney & Lange, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A wireless polymeric twist tie that includes a wing portion and at least
      one rib portion. The polymeric twist tie is formed from a non-metallic
      polymeric composition that includes an alloy of polycarbonate and
      acrylonitrile butadiene styrene or an alloy of polycarbonate and
      polybutylene terephthalate.
PATN
WKU  059896841
SRC  8
APN  7862598
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970122
TTL  Methods, apparatus, and articles of manufacture for use in forming
      stator slot wedges
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Nold; Charles
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Hazelton; Thomas James
CTY  Hiram
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Jeffries; Mark A.
CTY  Hiram
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  EIS, Inc.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428188
XCL  428 341
XCL  428114
XCL  428 83
XCL  428120
XCL  428122
XCL  428128
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 8500
FSC  428
FSS  34.1;114;83;120;122;128;188
UREF
PNO  Re34195
ISD  19930300
NAM  Santandrea et al.
UREF
PNO  2340291
ISD  19440200
NAM  Wirtz
UREF
PNO  3380686
ISD  19680400
NAM  Gaudin
UREF
PNO  3616512
ISD  19711100
NAM  Appenzeller et al.
UREF
PNO  3778889
ISD  19731200
NAM  Mason
UREF
PNO  3778890
ISD  19731200
NAM  Schlaudroff
UREF
PNO  3831255
ISD  19740800
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  3863335
ISD  19750200
NAM  Droll
UREF
PNO  4241121
ISD  19801200
NAM  O'Connor
UREF
PNO  4572452
ISD  19860200
NAM  Driscoll et al.
UREF
PNO  4621777
ISD  19861100
NAM  O'Connor
UREF
PNO  4627214
ISD  19861200
NAM  Anderson et al.
UREF
PNO  4737598
ISD  19880400
NAM  O'Connor
UREF
PNO  4831716
ISD  19890500
NAM  Luciani et al.
UREF
PNO  4842208
ISD  19890600
NAM  Kitamura
UREF
PNO  4854033
ISD  19890800
NAM  Luciani et al.
UREF
PNO  4855534
ISD  19890800
NAM  O'Connor
UREF
PNO  4878292
ISD  19891100
NAM  Santandrea et al.
UREF
PNO  4887714
ISD  19891200
NAM  O'Connor
UREF
PNO  4898640
ISD  19900200
NAM  O'Connor
UREF
PNO  4912283
ISD  19900300
NAM  O'Connor
UREF
PNO  5023395
ISD  19910600
NAM  O'Connor
UREF
PNO  5093543
ISD  19920300
NAM  Patton et al.
UREF
PNO  5520868
ISD  19960500
NAM  O'Connor
UREF
PNO  5730354
ISD  19980300
NAM  O'Connor
OREF
PAL  "Wedge Training Manual," published by Electrical Insulation Suppliers, Inc.
      in 1994.
PAL  Paperwork describing Slitting Methods and Machines, believed to be
      published prior to Jan. 1, 1996.
PAL  "Fabrico Catalog" published approximately Feb. 1, 1994.
LREP
FRM  Jones & Askew, LLP
ABST
PAL  A slitting and scoring machine includes an upper tooling roller and a lower
      tooling roller that cooperate to define a tooling nip. Each tooling roller
      includes an alternating series of coaxially arranged annular knives,
      annular dies, and annular mandrels. A web of insulation is drawn through
      the tooling nip to simultaneously (i) cut the web into strips, (ii) score
      the strips in a manner that promotes the forming of the strips, and (iii)
      partially form the strips into modified U-shapes. Each strip includes a
      longitudinally extending middle segment and a pair of longitudinally
      extending side segments that extend away from the middle segment in a
      divergent manner to define a longitudinally extending channel.
      Longitudinally extending grooves are formed by the scoring at the
      junctures of the middle segment and the side segments. The scoring/grooves
      promote the divergent shape of the strip. In an end profile view of the
      strip, the middle segment and each of the side segments are generally
      straight, and an obtuse angle is defined between each side segment and the
      middle segment. Each strip is formed into a roll, so that a first length
      of the strip and a second length of the strip each extend around a common
      point. At least a portion of the second length is disposed within the
      channel of the first length.
PATN
WKU  059896850
SRC  8
APN  8589623
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970520
TTL  Electreet film composition adapted for printing on inkjet printers
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Bahta; Abraham
EXP  Jones; Deborah
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hockaday; Robert G.
CTY  Los Alamos
STA  NM
ASSG
NAM  Permacharge Corporation
CTY  Rio Rancho
STA  NM
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428195
XCL  428 48
XCL  428 58
XCL  428131
XCL  428137
XCL  428204
XCL  428207
XCL  428221
XCL  4284111
XCL  4285422
XCL  4289044
XCL  430 48
XCL  430156
XCL  101212
XCL  101253
XCL  101489
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  900
FSC  428
FSS  195;542.2;542.8;904.4;131;221;411.1;137;220;48;58;204;207
FSC  101
FSS  489;253;212
FSC  430
FSS  156;48;60
UREF
PNO  3833409
ISD  19740900
NAM  Peshin
OCL  117218
UREF
PNO  5477784
ISD  19951200
NAM  Floegel
OCL  101489
LREP
FR2  Ward; Calvin B.
ABST
PAL  A printing sheet that is adapted for printing in an inkjet printer or the
      like. The sheet has a plurality of pits in the top surface. The pits
      accept the ink and hold the ink in place. The bottom surface of the sheet
      has a permanent electrostatic charge. The sheet may be constructed by
      etching an electreet compatible plastic sheet and then polling the sheet.
      Alternatively, the sheet may be constructed by bonding a porous sheet to
      an electreet sheet.
PATN
WKU  059896868
SRC  8
APN  8617023
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970522
TTL  Color electrophotographic media
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Bahta; Abraham
EXP  Speer; Timothy
INVT
NAM  Song; Jian Cheng
CTY  Coventry
STA  RI
INVT
NAM  Lyon; Betty Ann
CTY  Rehoboth
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Arkwright Incorporated
CTY  Fiskeville
STA  RI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428195
XCL  428199
XCL  428204
XCL  428206
XCL  428207
XCL  428212
XCL  428220
XCL  428323
XCL  428327
XCL  4284111
XCL  430 47
XCL  430126
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  900
FSC  428
FSS  195;323;411.1;206;207;327;913;199;204;212;220
FSC  430
FSS  126;47
UREF
PNO  3854942
ISD  19741200
NAM  Akman
OCL  430 37
UREF
PNO  5045424
ISD  19910900
NAM  Rimai et al.
OCL  430126
UREF
PNO  5208093
ISD  19930500
NAM  Carls et al.
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  5229188
ISD  19930700
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  5582943
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  430 66
FREF
PNO  0349227A2
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0588723A1
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0617333A2
ISD  19940900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  A2 06 33508
ISD  19950100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  A1 06 57782
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0809154A2
ISD  19971100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 9113385A1
ISD  19910900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9602023
ISD  19960100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9712283A1
ISD  19970400
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  A color electrophotographic recording medium is disclosed that contains a
      polymeric base film substrate having coated on a side thereof a
      toner-receptive coating. The coating contains at least one low molecular
      weight toner-compatible resin segment and at least one high molecular
      weight thermoplastic resin segment, with the toner-compatible resin
      segment having a number average molecular weight in the range of about
      1,000 g/mole to about 10,000 g/mole, and the thermoplastic resin segment
      having a number average molecular weight in the range of about 10,000
      g/mole to about 500,000 g/mole. Optionally, the toner-receptive coating
      layer can also contain a polymeric particulate, an anti-static agent, and
      a surfactant.
PATN
WKU  059896876
SRC  8
APN  9872248
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971209
TTL  Inkjet printing media comprising the polymerization reaction product of
      the hydrolyzate of an aluminum alkoxide and an organoalkoxysilane
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Xu; Hong J.
EXP  Krynski; William
INVT
NAM  Li; Huawen
CTY  Delmont
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428195
XCL  4283202
XCL  427152
XCL  427153
XCL  524503
XCL  524506
XCL  524266
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  300
FSC  428
FSS  195;320.2;914
FSC  427
FSS  152;153;387;262
FSC  524
FSS  506;503;266
UREF
PNO  3312569
ISD  19670400
NAM  Philipps et al.
OCL  117126
UREF
PNO  3904802
ISD  19750900
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  428320
UREF
PNO  4043953
ISD  19770800
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  260 18
UREF
PNO  4731264
ISD  19880300
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  427387
UREF
PNO  4743503
ISD  19880500
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  428353
UREF
PNO  4753827
ISD  19880600
NAM  Yoldas et al.
OCL  427387
UREF
PNO  4754012
ISD  19880600
NAM  Yoldas et al.
OCL  528 10
UREF
PNO  4799963
ISD  19890100
NAM  Basil et al.
OCL  106287.13
UREF
PNO  4814017
ISD  19890300
NAM  Yoldas et al.
OCL  106287.12
UREF
PNO  5045396
ISD  19910900
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  428412
FREF
PNO  0 078 548
ISD  19830500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 263 428
ISD  19880400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 486 469B1
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  01141783
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  06297830
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  09175000
ISD  19970700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 97 22476
ISD  19970600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Derwent Abstract of JP 07126857, May 16 1995.
PAL  ACS Abstract of EP 0 357 176 A2, Mar. 7, 1990.
PAL  ACS Abstract of JP 01119519, May 11, 1989.
PAL  ACS Abstract of JP 6152369, Mar. 15, 1986.
PAL  ACS Abstract of JP 7681877, Jul. 17, 1976.
PAL  ACS Abstract of Mater. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., vol. 346, pp. 915-921 (1994).
PAL  ACS Abstract of Polym. Prepr., vol. 34, pp. 248-249 (1993).
PAL  ACS Abstract of J. Non-Cryst. Solids, vol. 109, pp. 198-210 (1989).
PAL  ACS Abstract of Proc. SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng., vol. 683, pp. 19-24 (1986).
PAL  A. W. Abbott et al, Synthesis and Characterization of
      Triethylsiloxy-Substituted Alumoxanes: Their Structural Relationship to
      the Minerals Boehmite and Diasphore, Chem. Mater, vol. 4. pp. 167-182
      (1992).
PAL  R. Kasemann et al, A New Type of a Sol-Gel-Derived Inorganic-Organic
      Nanocomposite, Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Prac., vol. 346, pp. 915-921 (1994).
LREP
FR2  Morris; George D.
ABST
PAL  A printing medium comprising a substrate having at least one surface and a
      coating adhered to the surface wherein the coating comprises (a) binder
      comprising film-forming organic polymer, and (b) the polymerization
      reaction product of the hydrolyzate of an aluminum alkoxide and an
      organoalkoxysilane.
PATN
WKU  059896884
SRC  8
APN  7306601
APT  1
ART  168
APD  19961011
TTL  Composite nonwovens and methods for the preparation thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXA  Park; Hankyel T.
EXP  Stucker; Jeffrey
NDR  8
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Barge; Patrick
CTY  Reguisheim
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Saim; Mimoun
CTY  Raedersheim
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Rose; Frederic
CTY  Vogelsheim
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Dyrmose-Jensen; Katharine
CTY  Thann
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Jacob Holm Industries (France) SAS
CTY  Soultz
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19951011
APN  95402278
CLAS
OCL  428198
XCL  442381
XCL  442382
XCL  442389
XCL  428219
XCL  604370
XCL   16 26
XCL  156285
XCL  156286
XCL  1563082
XCL  156 731
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 2714
ICL  A61F 1315
ICL  B60B 3308
FSC  428
FSS  219;198
FSC  604
FSS  370
FSC  442
FSS  381;382;389
FSC   16
FSS  26
FSC  156
FSS  285;286;308.2;73.1
UREF
PNO  4355066
ISD  19821000
NAM  Newman
OCL  428198
UREF
PNO  4883707
ISD  19891100
NAM  Newkirk
OCL  428219
UREF
PNO  4892534
ISD  19900100
NAM  Datta et al.
OCL  604370
UREF
PNO  5300054
ISD  19940400
NAM  Feist et al.
OCL  604378
UREF
PNO  5427845
ISD  19950600
NAM  Sawyer et al.
OCL  428288
UREF
PNO  5584101
ISD  19961200
NAM  Brabant et al.
OCL   19304
UREF
PNO  5752945
ISD  19980500
NAM  Mosley et al.
OCL  604370
FREF
PNO  0359501
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0359501A2
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0480724A1
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
ICL  D21H 2742
FREF
PNO  0532005
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0539703
ISD  19930500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0596191
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2690843
ISD  19931100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2272859
ISD  19940600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2278371
ISD  19941100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO94/12713
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO94/14397
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO94/19179
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
ICL  B32B  526
FREF
PNO  WO94/22393
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO94/28222
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO95/13776
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  A composite nonwoven for controlled acquisition and distribution of liquid,
      comprising at least a first support layer and a first bulky layer, the
      bulky layer functioning to acquire and distribute liquid and the support
      layer being suitable for use either as a coverstock or as a transfer layer
      between the bulky layer and a liquid retention layer, the support layer
      and the bulky layer being bonded together, by non-chemical bonding, by a
      network of individual bonding points to form a liquid control system that
      facilitates liquid distribution within the individual layers and liquid
      transfer between the layers, the composite nonwoven showing a combination
      of a low strike-through time and a low rewet; and a high-speed in-line
      process for producing the composite nonwoven, the process comprising
      forming a first support layer, e.g. by carding or spunbonding,
      consolidating the first support layer, forming at least a first bulky
      layer containing carded fibers on top of the first support layer, and
      bonding the combination of the support layer and the bulky layer by
      non-chemical bonding means, e.g. thermobonding, during which process draft
      is reduced at least during formation of the first bulky layer by means of
      at least one laydown suction box providing suction at least at the point
      at which the bulky layer is formed and by means of at least one holddown
      suction box providing suction after formation of the bulky layer and until
      the point at which bonding between the layers takes place, said laydown
      and holddown suction boxes being located beneath an air-permeable conveyor
      belt.
PATN
WKU  059896892
SRC  8
APN  9103635
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970813
TTL  Sandblast mask laminate with blastable pressure sensitive adhesive
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Yamnitzky; Marie
INVT
NAM  Komatsu; Toshifumi
CTY  Duluth
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  The Chromaline Corporation
CTY  Duluth
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  718604
APD  19960919
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  806924
APD  19911211
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  428201
XCL  428202
XCL  428352
XCL  428354
XCL  428355R
XCL  428355EN
XCL  428355N
XCL  428 418
XCL  451 29
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  324
ICL  B32B 2700
FSC  428
FSS  41.8;201;202;343;352;354;355 R;355 EN;411.1;461;500;526;355 N
FSC  451
FSS  29;30;31
UREF
PNO  3507740
ISD  19700400
NAM  Gaspari
UREF
PNO  3526064
ISD  19700900
NAM  Spidell, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3808751
ISD  19740500
NAM  Usui
UREF
PNO  4146523
ISD  19790300
NAM  Favie
UREF
PNO  4254209
ISD  19810300
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  430272
UREF
PNO  4268601
ISD  19810500
NAM  Namiki et al.
OCL  430159
UREF
PNO  4389480
ISD  19830600
NAM  Franke et al.
OCL  430271
UREF
PNO  4430416
ISD  19840200
NAM  Goto et al.
OCL  430263
UREF
PNO  4456680
ISD  19840600
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  430258
UREF
PNO  4587186
ISD  19860500
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  430 14
UREF
PNO  4618651
ISD  19861000
NAM  Gilch et al.
OCL  525130
UREF
PNO  4693959
ISD  19870900
NAM  Ashcraft
OCL  430323
UREF
PNO  4745140
ISD  19880500
NAM  Goswami
OCL  523334
UREF
PNO  4756988
ISD  19880700
NAM  Kausch et al.
OCL  430271
UREF
PNO  4764449
ISD  19880800
NAM  Van Iseghem
OCL  430162
UREF
PNO  4834833
ISD  19890500
NAM  Palmer
OCL  156631
UREF
PNO  4992500
ISD  19910200
NAM  Klauck et al.
OCL  524270
UREF
PNO  5370762
ISD  19941200
NAM  Zukowski et al.
OCL  156154
UREF
PNO  5525655
ISD  19960600
NAM  Brockington et al.
OCL  524274
FREF
PNO  2409160
ISD  19790700
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  61-36214 B2
ISD  19860800
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Abstract of Bigata, French Patent No. 2,409,160, obtained from the Derwent
      World Patent Index file on the Dialog computer database.
PAL  Abstract of Daicel, Japanese Examined Patent No. 61-36214, obtained from
      the Derwent World Patent Index file on the Dialog computer database.
PAL  Abstract of Sumitomo Chemical, Japanese Patent Application No. 53-99258,
      obtained from the Derwent World Patent Index file on the Dialog computer
      database.
PAL  Abstract for Asahi Chemical Industries, Japanese Patent Application No.
      55-96270, obtained from the JAPIO file in the Orbit database.
PAL  Samuel C. Temi, "Pressure-Sensitive Adhesives for Tapes and Labels",
      Handbook of Adhesives, 641-663 (Irving Skeist ed., 3rd Ed., 1990).
PAL  H. B. Fuller Company, Material Safety Data Sheet and Technical Data Sheet
      for Product No. XR-0882.
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  A sandblast mask laminate useful in sandblasting operations is disclosed.
      The laminate comprises a photoresist mask layer, a pressure sensitive
      adhesive composition comprising a non-elastomeric resin and a tackifier in
      combination to produce a composition having a T.sub.g of less than about
      -40.degree. C., a carrier film layer and a release liner.
PATN
WKU  059896906
SRC  9
APN  0456632
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980320
TTL  Magnetoresistance effect film, a method of manufacturing the same, and
      magnetoresistance effect device
ISD  19991123
NCL  57
ECL  1
EXP  Kiliman; Leszek
NDR  34
NFG  40
INVT
NAM  Fujikata; Jun-Ichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hayashi; Kazuhiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Hidefumi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishihara; Kunihiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakada; Masafumi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950602
APN  7-136670
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951228
APN  7-344066
RLAP
COD  74
APN  656921
APD  19960603
PSC  01
PNO  5766743
CLAS
OCL  428212
XCL  428692
XCL  428694R
XCL  428694T
XCL  428694TR
XCL  428694TS
XCL  428694TM
XCL  428336
XCL  428900
XCL  360113
XCL  338 32R
XCL  324252
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  566
FSC  428
FSS  692;694 R;694 T;694 TR;694 TS;694 TM;900;212;336
FSC  360
FSS  113
FSC  324
FSS  252
FSC  338
FSS  32 R
UREF
PNO  5549978
ISD  19960800
NAM  Iwasaki
OCL  428692
LREP
FRM  Hayes Soloway Hennessey Grossman & Hage PC
ABST
PAL  Magnetic thin films 2 and 3 are stacked on a substrate 4 with a nonmagnetic
      thin film 1 interposed therebetween. An antiferromagnetic thin film 5 is
      arranged adjacent to one magnetic thin film 3. The inequality Hc.sub.2 <Hr
      is satisfied between a bias magnetic field Hr of the antiferromagnetic
      thin film 5 and coercive force Hc.sub.2 of the other magnetic thin film 2.
      At least a part of the antiferromagnetic thin film 5 comprises NiMn of an
      fct structure. Alternatively, the antiferromagnetic thin film 5 comprises
      a two-layer structure composed of a CoO layer deposited on a NiO layer to
      a thickness between 10 and 40 angstroms.
PATN
WKU  059896914
SRC  8
APN  8082170
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970228
TTL  Magnetic element
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Resan; Stevan A.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Furukawa; Shinji
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yano; Nobuyoshi
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Unitika Ltd.
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960228
APN  8-040954
CLAS
OCL  428213
XCL  428216
XCL  428221
XCL  428336
XCL  428337
XCL  428339
XCL  428357
XCL  428692
XCL  428900
XCL  340551
XCL  340572
XCL  2041922
XCL  324252
XCL  338 32R
XCL  283 82
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  702
FSC  428
FSS  98;213;216;221;336;337;339;357;692;900
FSC  340
FSS  551;572
FSC  204
FSS  192.2
FSC  324
FSS  252
FSC  338
FSS  32 R
FSC  283
FSS  82
UREF
PNO  4660025
ISD  19870400
NAM  Humphrey
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4686516
ISD  19870800
NAM  Humphrey
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4749591
ISD  19880600
NAM  Ronchi
OCL  427 79
UREF
PNO  4797658
ISD  19890100
NAM  Humphrey
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  4832983
ISD  19890500
NAM  Nagatomi et al.
OCL  427 81
UREF
PNO  4940966
ISD  19900700
NAM  Pettigrew et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  4967185
ISD  19901000
NAM  Monteau
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4980670
ISD  19901200
NAM  Humphrey et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5181020
ISD  19930100
NAM  Furukawa et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5313192
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ho et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5401584
ISD  19950300
NAM  Minasy et al.
OCL  428611
UREF
PNO  5580664
ISD  19961200
NAM  Tsai
OCL  428457
FREF
PNO  A10448114
ISD  19910900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  A13346645
ISD  19850700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO9108577
ISD  19910600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9207343
ISD  19920400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Barkhausen Transition in Single Layer and Bilayer Thin Permalloy Films,"
      Journal of Applied Physics, vol. 75, No. 10, Part 02B, May 15, 1994, pp.
      6997-6999.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A magnetic element comprising a thin film having a uniaxial magnetic
      anisotropy partly disposed on a polymer substrate. The magnetic element
      exhibits a discontinuous magnetic reversal under an applied magnetic field
      having a magnitude that is not smaller than a predetermined value. Despite
      its simple structure, the magnetic element exhibits excellent magnetic
      characteristics. Furthermore, the magnetic element exhibits little
      variation in magnetic characteristics and its magnetic characteristics are
      therefore high reproducible.
PATN
WKU  059896922
SRC  8
APN  9217967
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970902
TTL  Porous surface for laboratory apparatus and laboratory apparatus having
      said surface
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Foelak; Morton
INVT
NAM  Brown; James F.
CTY  Clifton
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Cytonix Corporation
CTY  Beltsville
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428215
XCL  4283044
XCL  521178
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  702
ICL  B32B  326
FSC  521
FSS  178
FSC  428
FSS  215;304.4
UREF
PNO  3661267
ISD  19720500
NAM  Markley
OCL  521178
UREF
PNO  4024089
ISD  19770500
NAM  Moilliet et al.
UREF
PNO  4043950
ISD  19770800
NAM  Wilmsen
OCL  521178
UREF
PNO  4087154
ISD  19780500
NAM  Menzel
UREF
PNO  4407882
ISD  19831000
NAM  Hauser et al.
UREF
PNO  4474110
ISD  19841000
NAM  Rosner
UREF
PNO  4481246
ISD  19841100
NAM  Melisz et al.
UREF
PNO  4482648
ISD  19841100
NAM  Norman
UREF
PNO  4679914
ISD  19870700
NAM  Rosenberg
UREF
PNO  4705705
ISD  19871100
NAM  Bross
UREF
PNO  4777020
ISD  19881000
NAM  Brigati
UREF
PNO  4786558
ISD  19881100
NAM  Sumiya et al.
UREF
PNO  5002736
ISD  19910300
NAM  Babbitt et al.
UREF
PNO  5066684
ISD  19911100
NAM  LeMay
OCL  521178
UREF
PNO  5111344
ISD  19920500
NAM  Robinson, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5166184
ISD  19921100
NAM  Hashimoto et al.
OCL  521178
UREF
PNO  5413218
ISD  19950500
NAM  Shimokuni et al.
UREF
PNO  5501725
ISD  19960300
NAM  Lauw et al.
UREF
PNO  5598295
ISD  19970100
NAM  Olofson
OREF
PAL  Fluorinet Liquids 1944 Product Information bulletin, 3M Specialty Chem.
      Div. (1994).
PAL  Concise Encyclopedia of Polymer Science & Engineering, J. Wiley & Sons, pp.
      89-90 (1990).
PAL  Concise Encyclopedia of Polymer Science & Engineering, Wiley & Sons, pp.
      118-121 (1990).
PAL  Sartomer 1997 Product Catalog, Sartomer Company, pp. 29,41 (1997).
PAL  Fluorinert Electronic Liquids 1989 Product Information bulletin, 3M Indus.
      Chem. Prods. Div. (1989).
PAL  Norland UV-Curing Adhesives Technical Data bulletin (table re: NOA and NEA)
      Norland Products Inc.
PAL  UV Activated Epoxy Curative FX-512, 3M Product Information bulletin, 3M
      Indus. Chem. Prods. Div. (1986).
PAL  Epoxy Curing Agents and Diluents Products Guide, (Section re Epoxy Curing
      Agents), Air Products, Inc. (not dated).
PAL  Methyl Hexahydro Phthalic Anhydride information bulletin, Anhydrides and
      Chemicals Inc. (not dated).
PAL  D.E.N. Epoxy Novolac Resins Product Specification Guide, Eastech Chemical,
      Inc. (1983).
PAL  Teflon MP 1300 Technical Information bulletin, DuPont Fluoroproducts
      (1994).
PAL  Erisys GE30 Technical Bulletin, CVC Specialty Chemicals, Inc. (1991).
LREP
FRM  Kilyk & Bowersox, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A coating formulation for making a porous coating on a laboratory apparatus
      is provided. The formulation comprises 100 parts by weight hardenable
      resinous material, and from about 0.1 to about 50 parts by weight blowing
      agent based on the 100 parts by weight resinous material. The resinous
      material has a hardening time which is sufficiently short such that gas
      generated by the blowing agent is entrapped within the resinous material.
      The coating formulation is hardenable upon application to a surface of a
      laboratory apparatus to form a porous coating which is used for marking
      purposes or for the retention of biological samples. Methods of retaining
      a biological sample on a coated laboratory apparatus are also provided.
PATN
WKU  059896930
SRC  8
APN  8288623
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970331
TTL  Fluorine-containing abrasion-resistant optical thin film devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Turner; Archene
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Yamasaki; Nancy L. S.
CTY  Santa Rosa
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Wendt; Lauren R.
CTY  Santa Rosa
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Apfel; Joseph H.
CTY  Santa Rosa
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Optical Coating Laboratory, Inc.
CTY  Santa Rosa
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  479706
APD  19950607
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  379709
APD  19950126
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  428216
XCL  359580
XCL  359582
XCL  428408
XCL  428428
XCL  428336
XCL  428698
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  110
ICL  B32B  900
FSC  428
FSS  408;216;336;428;698
FSC  359
FSS  580;528
UREF
PNO  4504519
ISD  19850300
NAM  Zelez
OCL  428408
UREF
PNO  4597844
ISD  19860700
NAM  Hiraki et al.
OCL  428408
UREF
PNO  4647494
ISD  19870300
NAM  Meyerson et al.
OCL  428216
UREF
PNO  4668365
ISD  19870500
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL  428698
UREF
PNO  4777090
ISD  19881000
NAM  Ovshinsky et al.
OCL  428408
UREF
PNO  4783361
ISD  19881100
NAM  Ovshinsky et al.
OCL  428217
UREF
PNO  4839244
ISD  19890600
NAM  Tsukamoto
OCL  428500
UREF
PNO  4851095
ISD  19890700
NAM  Scobey et al.
OCL  204192
UREF
PNO  5135808
ISD  19920800
NAM  Kimock et al.
OCL  428336
UREF
PNO  5234748
ISD  19930800
NAM  Demnyont et al.
OCL  428216
UREF
PNO  5238705
ISD  19930800
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  427249
UREF
PNO  5268217
ISD  19931200
NAM  Kimock et al.
OCL  428216
UREF
PNO  5378527
ISD  19950100
NAM  Nakanishi et al.
OCL  428216
UREF
PNO  5631087
ISD  19970500
NAM  Fukuda et al.
OCL  428408
FREF
PNO  0499287
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Bubenzer and Dischler, Optical Properties of Hydrogenated Amorphous Carbon
      (a-C:H) --a Hard Coating for IR-Optical Elements, Laser Induced Damage in
      Optical Materials: 1981, pp. 477-481, Proceedings of National Bureau of
      Standards Symposium, Nov. 1981.
PAL  Stein and Aisenberg, Studies of Diamond-Like Carbon Coatings for Protection
      of Optical Components, Laser Induced Damage in Optical Materials: 1981,
      pp. 482-488, Proceedings of the National Bureau of Standards Symposium,
      Nov. 1981.
PAL  Moravec T., The Disposition of Diamondlike Carbon Thin Films on CaF.sub.2 ,
      Laser Induced Damage In Optical Materials: 1981, pp. 489-492, Proceedings
      of National Bureau of Standards Symposium, Nov. 1981.
PAL  Bubenzer et al., Hard Caron Coatings for IR-Optical Components, Proceedings
      of DARPA Workshop on Diamond-Like Carbon Coatings, pp. 33-47, Albuquerque,
      NM, Apr. 1982.
PAL  Hendry et al., Hard Carbon for Environmental Protection of FLIR Optics,
      Proceedings of DARPA Workshop on Diamond-Like Carbon Coatings, pp.
      100-107, Albuquerque, NM, April 1982.
PAL  Smith, F.W., Electrical and Optical Properties of Diamond-Like, Amorphous
      Carbon Films, Proceedings of DARPA Workshop on Diamond-Like Carbon
      Coatings, pp. 139-151, Albuquerque, NM, Apr. 1982.
PAL  Macleod H.A., Diamondlike Carbon Films in Optical Coatings, Proceedings of
      DARPA Workshop on Diamond-Like Carbon Coatings, pp. 205-208, Albuquerque,
      NM, Apr. 1982.
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger & Seeley
ABST
PAL  The optical properties (absorption, reflection, transmittance,
      transparency) and physical attributes (hardness, friction, durability,
      etc.) of metal oxides, nitrides, or films that combine these materials can
      be modified by adding fluorine to the deposition mixture. The extent of
      change in properties depends on the amount of fluorine incorporated.
      Contrary to previous information, the presence of fluorine does not
      prevent adhesion of overlayers such as hard carbon, hydrogenated carbon,
      or diamond-like carbon. Considering for example massive silicon oxynitride
      hardcoat layers which are part of wear resistant composite windows for
      visible spectral applications, preferably fluorine is incorporated in a
      relatively very thin surface-adjacent region or layer of the hardcoat on
      the side thereof on which a carbonaceous layer such as DLC is formed. As a
      result, the index of refraction of the very thin surface region is
      reduced, the surface region can be used as an effective interference
      layer, absorption is reduced, reflectance is reduced, transmittance and
      transparency are improved, and durability is maintained. These
      fluorine-modified films can be used in many optical designs, including
      windows or wear resistant coating for laser scanner windows and ophthalmic
      applications.
PATN
WKU  059896949
SRC  8
APN  8779503
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970617
TTL  Rolling bearing
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Turner; Archene
NDR  14
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Mitamura; Nobuaki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sekino; Kazuo
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Murakami; Yasuo
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NSK, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960617
APN  8-177095
CLAS
OCL  428217
XCL  148316
XCL  148319
XCL  148906
XCL  384492
XCL  384907
XCL  384912
XCL  384913
XCL  428212
XCL  428323
XCL  428472
XCL  428698
EDF  6
ICL  F16C 1949
FSC  428
FSS  472;698;212;217;323
FSC  384
FSS  492;907;912;913
FSC  148
FSS  316;319;906
UREF
PNO  4696581
ISD  19870900
NAM  Tsushima et al.
OCL  384565
UREF
PNO  4904094
ISD  19900200
NAM  Furumura et al.
OCL  384492
UREF
PNO  5030017
ISD  19910700
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  384492
UREF
PNO  5085733
ISD  19920200
NAM  Mitamura
OCL  148319
UREF
PNO  5137375
ISD  19920800
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  384492
UREF
PNO  5338377
ISD  19940800
NAM  Mitamura et al.
OCL  148318
UREF
PNO  5352303
ISD  19941000
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  148318
UREF
PNO  5427457
ISD  19950600
NAM  Furumura et al.
OCL  384450
UREF
PNO  5626974
ISD  19970500
NAM  Mitamura
OCL  428698
UREF
PNO  5660647
ISD  19970800
NAM  Mitamura et al.
OCL  148319
UREF
PNO  5672014
ISD  19970900
NAM  Okita et al.
OCL  384492
FREF
PNO  2 200 369
ISD  19880800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 250 787
ISD  19920600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 272 258
ISD  19940500
CNT  GBX
ICL  F16C 3330
FREF
PNO  2 275 509
ISD  19940800
CNT  GBX
ICL  F16C 3358
FREF
PNO  2 278 127
ISD  19941100
CNT  GBX
ICL  C22C 3818
FREF
PNO  2 284 616
ISD  19950600
CNT  GBX
ICL  C22C 3818
FREF
PNO  2 292 389
ISD  19960200
CNT  GBX
ICL  F16C 3330
FREF
PNO  2 292 425
ISD  19960200
CNT  GBX
ICL  F16C 3330
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a rolling bearing comprising races and rolling elements, in
      which at least one of the races and the rolling elements has at least one
      of a carbide and a carbonitride precipitated in a surface layer thereof,
      inclusive of a cutting allowance, wherein the finished surface of at least
      one of the races and the rolling elements has a hardness of Hv600 to Hv700
      at 300.degree. C. The rolling bearing has reliable wear resistance under
      severe conditions and thereby having an extended bearing life.
PATN
WKU  059896957
SRC  8
APN  9423869
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971001
TTL  Method and apparatus for supporting an animal
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Dixon; Merrick
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Fuller; John J.
STR  2692 E. Wooster Rd.
CTY  Warsaw
STA  IN
ZIP  46580
INVT
NAM  Fuller; Ricky T.
STR  838 S. 250 E.
CTY  Warsaw
STA  IN
ZIP  46580
INVT
NAM  Knoop; Gilbert N.
STR  760 W. 800 S.
CTY  Claypool
STA  IN
ZIP  46580
INVT
NAM  Miner; Michael L.
STR  838 S. 250 E.
CTY  Warsaw
STA  IN
ZIP  46580
R47  4
CLAS
OCL  428221
XCL  428 364
XCL  428 368
XCL  428175
XCL  428222
XCL  4282951
XCL  4282954
XCL  4282974
XCL  428368
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  702
FSC  119
FSS  526;27;28
FSC  428
FSS  15;36.4;36.5;36.8;190;221;297.4;368;397;400;401;402;175;375;295.4;295.1;222
UREF
PNO  2733684
ISD  19560200
NAM  Trenchard
UREF
PNO  2811906
ISD  19571100
NAM  Chappell
UREF
PNO  3027599
ISD  19620400
NAM  Pluhacek et al.
UREF
PNO  3699926
ISD  19721000
NAM  Stockl
UREF
PNO  5653195
ISD  19970800
NAM  Young
FREF
PNO  23 39 649
ISD  19750200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  24 04 533
ISD  19750800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  27 52 831
ISD  19790500
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A floor mat for animals is provided which is formed from strands of
      shredded reclaimed tire rubber and adhesive. The floor mat includes a
      generally flat top surface and a corrugated under surface.
PATN
WKU  059896965
SRC  8
APN  6006973
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19960213
TTL  Antistatic coated substrates and method of making same
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Dye; Rena L.
NDR  6
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  McCarthy; Donald C.
CTY  Appleton
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Bowers; Debra D.
CTY  Menasha
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Fort James Corporation
CTY  Deerfield
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428288
XCL  428289
XCL  428290
XCL  428325
XCL  428326
XCL  428331
XCL  428341
XCL  428342
XCL  428451
XCL  428452
XCL  428454
XCL  428461
XCL  428462
XCL  428464
XCL  427356
XCL  427365
EDF  6
ICL  D04H  158
ICL  B32B 1308
ICL  B32B 1312
ICL  B05D  312
FSC  428
FSS  206;207;480;922;330;331;342;288;289;290;325;326;341;451;452;454;462;461;464
FSC  427
FSS  356;365
UREF
PNO  3018189
ISD  19620100
NAM  Traver
OCL  428516
UREF
PNO  3364056
ISD  19680100
NAM  Seibel
OCL  427223
UREF
PNO  3653894
ISD  19720400
NAM  Levy et al.
OCL  430 63
UREF
PNO  3936383
ISD  19760200
NAM  Daimon et al.
OCL  428421
UREF
PNO  4072769
ISD  19780200
NAM  Lidel
OCL  427561
UREF
PNO  4166054
ISD  19790800
NAM  Meeske et al.
OCL  523423
UREF
PNO  4173480
ISD  19791100
NAM  Woodward
OCL  430536
UREF
PNO  4173558
ISD  19791100
NAM  Beck
OCL  524390
UREF
PNO  4181567
ISD  19800100
NAM  Riddell et al.
OCL  162168.3
UREF
PNO  4239519
ISD  19801200
NAM  Beall et al.
OCL   65134.4
UREF
PNO  4282059
ISD  19810800
NAM  Davidson
OCL  162158
UREF
PNO  4336306
ISD  19820600
NAM  Fellows
OCL  428341
UREF
PNO  4371596
ISD  19830200
NAM  Sheibley
OCL  429144
UREF
PNO  4613542
ISD  19860900
NAM  Alexander
OCL  442118
UREF
PNO  4739003
ISD  19880400
NAM  Barr et al.
OCL  524446
UREF
PNO  4749444
ISD  19880600
NAM  Lorz et al.
OCL  162168.3
UREF
PNO  4762643
ISD  19880800
NAM  Bohrn et al.
OCL  252378R
UREF
PNO  4775586
ISD  19881000
NAM  Bohrn et al.
OCL  428324
UREF
PNO  4786558
ISD  19881100
NAM  Sumiya et al.
OCL  428454
UREF
PNO  4854971
ISD  19890800
NAM  Gane et al.
OCL  106286.5
UREF
PNO  4867844
ISD  19890900
NAM  Dessauer
OCL  162135
UREF
PNO  4868048
ISD  19890900
NAM  Barr et al.
OCL  428328
UREF
PNO  4988561
ISD  19910100
NAM  Wason
OCL  423331
UREF
PNO  5015334
ISD  19910500
NAM  Derrick
OCL  162168.1
UREF
PNO  5023227
ISD  19910600
NAM  Matoba et al.
OCL  503214
UREF
PNO  5032227
ISD  19910700
NAM  Derrick et al.
OCL  162168.1
UREF
PNO  5070067
ISD  19911200
NAM  Tani et al.
OCL  503219
UREF
PNO  5071512
ISD  19911200
NAM  Bixler et al.
OCL  162175
UREF
PNO  5089320
ISD  19920200
NAM  Straus et al.
OCL  428216
UREF
PNO  5100934
ISD  19920300
NAM  Glesias
OCL  523456
UREF
PNO  5143546
ISD  19920900
NAM  Yuasa et al.
OCL  106 20B
UREF
PNO  5178730
ISD  19930100
NAM  Bixler et al.
OCL  162168.3
UREF
PNO  5192613
ISD  19930300
NAM  Work, III et al.
OCL  428363
UREF
PNO  5194120
ISD  19930300
NAM  Peats et al.
OCL  142168.3
UREF
PNO  5198490
ISD  19930300
NAM  Berg et al.
OCL  524443
UREF
PNO  5223098
ISD  19930600
NAM  Cluyse et al.
OCL  162181.2
UREF
PNO  5231068
ISD  19930700
NAM  Miyamoto et al.
OCL  503207
UREF
PNO  5240777
ISD  19930800
NAM  Wacher
OCL  428454
UREF
PNO  5252445
ISD  19931000
NAM  Timmerman et al.
OCL  430529
UREF
PNO  5360643
ISD  19941100
NAM  Wacher
OCL  427402
UREF
PNO  5384295
ISD  19950100
NAM  McWhinnie et al.
OCL  502  5
UREF
PNO  5385771
ISD  19950100
NAM  Willetts et al.
OCL  428211
UREF
PNO  5407480
ISD  19950400
NAM  Payton et al.
OCL  106487
UREF
PNO  5423911
ISD  19950600
NAM  Coutelle et al.
OCL  106416
UREF
PNO  5429867
ISD  19950700
NAM  McCarthy et al.
OCL  428331
UREF
PNO  5454955
ISD  19951000
NAM  Albrecht et al.
OCL  210705
UREF
PNO  5491013
ISD  19960200
NAM  Holley
OCL  428922
UREF
PNO  5494738
ISD  19960200
NAM  Van Thillo et al.
OCL  428331
FREF
PNO  2113244
ISD  19940100
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  3169540
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
ABST
PAL  A laminate and a coated web suitable for use as containers exhibiting a
      static decay of at least 90% in less than 2 seconds while measured at
      +/-5,000 volts, at 10% relative humidity and 24 hours conditioning is
      disclosed. The laminate and coated web comprise a paper substrate or a
      synthetic fiber substrate, a first coating on at least one surface of said
      paper substrate comprising synthetic hectorite clay and optionally a
      second coating comprising an organic or inorganic pigment applied over at
      least one of said coatings. These laminates are useful as antistatic
      coated paper containers.
PATN
WKU  059896973
SRC  8
APN  9768033
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971124
TTL  Copolyether amide and water vapor permeable film made therefrom
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Kiliman; Leszek
INVT
NAM  Gebben; Bert
CTY  Velp
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Akzo Nobel, NV
CTY  Arnhem
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19950817
APN  1000996
RLAP
COD  74
APN  699004
APD  19960816
PSC  01
PNO  5744570
CLAS
OCL  4283155
XCL  4283171
XCL  4284744
XCL  526 71
XCL  525408
XCL  525430
XCL  525423
XCL  525437
XCL  524104
XCL  524505
XCL  524608
XCL  528288
XCL  528 70
XCL  528310
XCL  528323
XCL  528287
XCL  528282
XCL  528328
XCL  528326
XCL  528272
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  326
ICL  B32B 2708
FSC  428
FSS  315.5;317.1;474.4
FSC  526
FSS  71
FSC  525
FSS  408;430;423;437
FSC  524
FSS  104;505;608
FSC  528
FSS  288;70;310;323;297;282;328;326;272
UREF
PNO  2071250
ISD  19370200
NAM  Carothers
OCL  526 71
UREF
PNO  2071253
ISD  19370200
NAM  Carothers
OCL  528310
UREF
PNO  2130948
ISD  19380900
NAM  Carothers
OCL   15159.1
UREF
PNO  3968183
ISD  19760700
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  524505
UREF
PNO  4808675
ISD  19890200
NAM  Twilley et al.
OCL  525408
UREF
PNO  5506024
ISD  19960400
NAM  Flesher
OCL  428 85
UREF
PNO  5744570
ISD  19980400
NAM  Gebben
OCL  528170
FREF
PNO  378015
ISD  19950100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C08J  518
OREF
PAL  "Film Materials", Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, vol. 9,
      pp. 232-241 (1966).
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  Claimed is a copolyether amide having a melting point in the range of
      180.degree. to 260.degree. C., incorporating at least 10 wt. % and not
      more than 30 wt. % of ethylene oxide groups, and composed of 30 to 60 wt.
      % of polyamide segments and 70 to 40 wt. % of segments derived from a
      (cyclo)aliphatic or aromatic dicarboxylic acid or a dimeric fatty acid and
      a polyoxyalkylene diamine derived from a polyoxyalkylene group having a
      molecular weight of 600 to 6000 and an atomic ratio of carbon to oxygen of
      2.0 to 4.3. Also claimed is a non-porous, waterproof film having a water
      vapor permeability of at least 1000 g/m.sup.2 day determined at 30.degree.
      C. and 50% RH in accordance with ASTM E96-66 which is based on a the use
      of these films in rainwear, shoes, tents, chairs, as mattress covers and
      underslating, for medical purpose garments, and for the manufacture of
      dressings.
PATN
WKU  059896981
SRC  8
APN  7983204
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970210
TTL  Coated porous materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Copenheaver; Blaine R.
INVT
NAM  Mrozinski; James S.
CTY  Oakdale
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Burleigh; Malcolm B.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Radovanovic; Philip D.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Brian D.
CTY  Woodbury
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  3M Innovative Properties Company
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4283157
XCL  4283193
XCL  428334
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  326
FSC  428
FSS  304.4;315.5;320.2;321.1;327;334;315.7;319.3
UREF
PNO  3484281
ISD  19691200
NAM  Guenthner et al.
UREF
PNO  3595732
ISD  19710700
NAM  Tingerthal
UREF
PNO  4382798
ISD  19830500
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL    8 94.1R
UREF
PNO  4483900
ISD  19841100
NAM  Goldfarb
UREF
PNO  4539256
ISD  19850900
NAM  Shipman
OCL  428315.5
UREF
PNO  4579924
ISD  19860400
NAM  Schwartz et al.
UREF
PNO  4613544
ISD  19860900
NAM  Burleigh
UREF
PNO  4726989
ISD  19880200
NAM  Mrozinski
UREF
PNO  4824718
ISD  19890400
NAM  Hwang
UREF
PNO  4833026
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kausch
UREF
PNO  4863792
ISD  19890900
NAM  Mrozinski
UREF
PNO  4954256
ISD  19900900
NAM  Degen
UREF
PNO  5116650
ISD  19920500
NAM  Bowser
UREF
PNO  5120594
ISD  19920600
NAM  Mrozinski
UREF
PNO  5208313
ISD  19930500
NAM  Krishnan
UREF
PNO  5217802
ISD  19930600
NAM  Scarmoutzos
UREF
PNO  5260360
ISD  19931100
NAM  Mrozinski
UREF
PNO  5286279
ISD  19940200
NAM  Wu
OCL   95 45
UREF
PNO  5286382
ISD  19940200
NAM  Scarmoutzos et al.
UREF
PNO  5443727
ISD  19950800
NAM  Gagnon
UREF
PNO  5460872
ISD  19951000
NAM  Wu et al.
XCL  428304
UREF
PNO  5506047
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hedrick et al.
OCL  428307.7
UREF
PNO  5523118
ISD  19960600
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  5543200
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hargis et al.
OCL  428122
UREF
PNO  5554414
ISD  19960900
NAM  Moya et al.
FREF
PNO  0 218 909
ISD  19870400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  615 779 A1
ISD  19940900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  648 889 A1
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 154 551
ISD  19730500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1 011 976
ISD  19651200
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  The Fisher Catalog showing filter membranes, pp. 879-882, 1995/96 (no
      month).
LREP
FR2  Little; Douglas B.
FR2  Gover; Melanie
ABST
PAL  Coated porous materials that exhibit air permeability and repellency to
      liquids having a surface tension at least equal to or greater than 20
      dynes/cm which are suitable for making ileostomy vent filters, transdermal
      drug substrates, agricultural and medical apparel, as well as paint and
      chemical protective garments. The coating for the porous material is
      applied as a curable composition containing fluorocarbon urethane
      precursors which are cross-linked in situ.
PATN
WKU  059896990
SRC  8
APN  9808027
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971201
TTL  Foam composite material comprising a first foam having an uncontoured
      surface, and a second, different foam fixed to the first foam at its
      uncontoured surface
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  1
EXA  Savage; Jason
EXP  Jones; Deborah
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kuczynski; Edward T.
CTY  Troy
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Hughes; Ian L.
CTY  Windsor
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Burchi; Charles R.
CTY  Commerce
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Woodbridge Foam Corporation
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  4283166
XCL  428 67
XCL  428217
XCL  264 466
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  326
ICL  B32C 6720
FSC  428
FSS  316.6;304.4;212;217;67;71
FSC  264
FSS  46.6
UREF
PNO  4873036
ISD  19891000
NAM  Urai
UREF
PNO  5176860
ISD  19930100
NAM  Storch
UREF
PNO  5389316
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kerman
UREF
PNO  5542747
ISD  19960800
NAM  Burchi
UREF
PNO  5571355
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kornylo
UREF
PNO  5837172
ISD  19981100
NAM  Prichard et al.
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A foam composite material comprising a first isocyanate-based polymer foam
      comprising at least one uncontoured surface and a second, molded
      isocyanate-based polymer foam, the first isocyanate-based polymer foam and
      the second isocyanate-based polymer foam being: (i) of different
      composition, and (ii) fixed with respect to one another. A process for
      producing the foam composite material also disclosed. The foam composite
      material is useful in another of vehicular and non-vehicular applications.
PATN
WKU  059897007
SRC  8
APN  5834449
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19960105
TTL  Pressure sensitive ink means, and methods of use
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Guarriello; John J.
EXP  McCamish; Marion
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Krivopal; Boris
CTY  Brighton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Tekscan Incorporated
CTY  South Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428323
XCL  428215
XCL  523161
XCL  524493
XCL  524495
XCL  524496
XCL   73 88
XCL   73763
XCL   7386268
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  516
ICL  B32B  702
FSC  428
FSS  215;323
FSC  523
FSS  161
FSC  524
FSS  495;496;493
FSC   73
FSS  763;862.68;88
UREF
PNO  3992212
ISD  19761100
NAM  Youtsey et al.
OCL  106  1.14
UREF
PNO  4155262
ISD  19790500
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL   73754
UREF
PNO  4203648
ISD  19800500
NAM  Seidler
OCL  439876
UREF
PNO  4314227
ISD  19820200
NAM  Eventoff
OCL  338 99
UREF
PNO  4426884
ISD  19840100
NAM  Polchaninoff
OCL   73172
UREF
PNO  4433223
ISD  19840200
NAM  Larson et al.
OCL  200512
UREF
PNO  4488873
ISD  19841200
NAM  Bloomfield et al.
OCL  433 71
UREF
PNO  4495236
ISD  19850100
NAM  Obara et al.
OCL  428172
UREF
PNO  4506250
ISD  19850300
NAM  Kirby
OCL  338  5
UREF
PNO  4518833
ISD  19850500
NAM  Watkins
OCL  200  5A
UREF
PNO  4555953
ISD  19851200
NAM  Dario et al.
OCL   73862.046
UREF
PNO  4634623
ISD  19870100
NAM  Watkins
OCL  428208
UREF
PNO  4684563
ISD  19870800
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  428207
UREF
PNO  4734034
ISD  19880300
NAM  Maness et al.
OCL  433 68
UREF
PNO  4856993
ISD  19890800
NAM  Maness et al.
OCL  433 68
UREF
PNO  5033291
ISD  19910700
NAM  Podoloff et al.
OCL   73172
UREF
PNO  5086785
ISD  19920200
NAM  Gentile et al.
OCL  600595
UREF
PNO  5302936
ISD  19940400
NAM  Yauiger
OCL  338 47
UREF
PNO  5541570
ISD  19960700
NAM  McDowell
OCL  338 47
FREF
PNO  0223355
ISD  19870500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2192186
ISD  19880100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  NASA Technical Support Package "Pressure-Sensitive Resistor Material", Jan.
      1986.
PAL  (C) WPI/DERWENT --Abstract J61-207939 Sep. 16, 1986.
PAL  PCT/US96/19758; Search Report C-1, Apr. 29, 1997.
PAL  H. P. Stevens, Pressure-Sensitive Resistor Material, Jan. 1986, pp. I, 1-5,
      NASA Tech Brief, vol. 10, No. 1, Item #25 from JPL Invention Report
      NPO-16537/6043.
LREP
FRM  Wolf, Greenfield & Sacks, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Pressure sensitive inks have selected pressure sensitivity designed for use
      as a pressure sensitive component of a pressure sensitive device. The ink
      of the device is formed of an elastic polymer binder with a filler
      therefor of semiconductive nanoparticles preferably uniformly dispersed in
      the binder.
PATN
WKU  059897015
SRC  8
APN  9356630
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970923
TTL  Recording material for the inkjet process
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Merriam; Andrew E. C.
INVT
NAM  Goetzen; Klaus
CTY  Dueren
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Niemoeller; Axel
CTY  Dueren-Niederau
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Sihl GmbH
CTY  Dueren
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970310
APN  197 09 735
CLAS
OCL  428327
XCL  4283159
XCL  428514
XCL  523161
XCL  523218
XCL  524503
XCL  524542
EDF  6
ICL  B41M  500
FSC  523
FSS  161;218;503
FSC  428
FSS  327;514;315.9
UREF
PNO  4460637
ISD  19840700
NAM  Miyamoto et al.
OCL  428327
UREF
PNO  4780356
ISD  19881000
NAM  Otouma et al.
OCL  428212
UREF
PNO  4877686
ISD  19891000
NAM  Riou et al.
OCL  428514
UREF
PNO  4892787
ISD  19900100
NAM  Kruse et al.
OCL  428514
UREF
PNO  5141599
ISD  19920800
NAM  Jahn et al.
OCL  162137
UREF
PNO  5360780
ISD  19941100
NAM  Okumura et al.
OCL  503227
UREF
PNO  5411787
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kulkarni et al.
OCL  428327
UREF
PNO  5460874
ISD  19951000
NAM  Rao
OCL  428327
UREF
PNO  5747148
ISD  19980500
NAM  Warner et al.
OCL  428327
FREF
PNO  184529
ISD  19860600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  370441
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  445327
ISD  19910900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  709 223
ISD  19960500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  709223
ISD  19960500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  743193
ISD  19961100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  743 193
ISD  19961100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4446551
ISD  19941200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 46 551
ISD  19941200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Keil & Weinkauf
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a recording material for the inkjet process,
      having a sheet-like substrate layer and at least one porous recording
      layer which is arranged on at least one side of the substrate layer and
      contains a binder combination comprising a film-forming plastics
      dispersion and a film-forming water-soluble polymer and from 30 to 90 k by
      weight, based on the dry recording layer, of an organic pigment which
      consists of porous particles or of primary particles which form porous
      agglomerates and has a mean pore diameter of from 0.1 to 0.5 .mu.m, an
      internal pore volume of from 1.0 to 4.0 cm.sup.3 /g, an oil absorption
      (DBP) of from 200 to 350 ml/100 g and a mean diameter of the porous
      particles or of the porous agglomerates of from 1 to 30 .mu.m, the ratio
      of pigment to binder being from 0.5:1 to 2:1. The recording material is
      particularly suitable for use with pigmented ink.
PATN
WKU  059897023
SRC  8
APN  6929613
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19960807
TTL  Sandwich insulation for increased corona resistance
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Chen; Vivian
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Draper; Robert Edward
CTY  Peterborough
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Jones; G. Paul
CTY  Peterborough
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Rehder; Robert H.
CTY  Peterborough
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Stutt; Michael
CTY  Peterborough
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  General Electric Canada Inc.
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19940815
APN  2130161
RLAP
COD  71
APN  379766
APD  19950127
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  428328
XCL  428323
XCL  428324
XCL  428329
XCL  428330
XCL  428331
XCL  428412
XCL  428413
XCL  4284231
XCL  4284237
XCL  4284255
XCL  428447
XCL  428454
XCL  4284735
XCL  4284752
XCL  428480
XCL  174120SR
XCL  174120R
XCL  174121R
XCL  174121SR
XCL  174120C
XCL  174124R
XCL  174124GC
XCL  174110SR
XCL  174110S
XCL  174110E
XCL  174122R
XCL  174122C
XCL  174127
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 1904
ICL  B32B 2704
ICL  B32B 2706
ICL  B32B 2720
FSC  428
FSS  324;328;329;331;473.5;454;289;480;283;288;281;292;294;323;330;412;413;447
     ;423.1;423.7;425.5;475.5
FSC  524
FSS  430;437;428;404;413
FSC  174
FSS  120 R;120 C;110 SR;110 E;110 S;122 G;122 C;122 R;124 R;124 GC;127;121 SR
     ;120 SR;128.1;128.2
UREF
PNO  4033805
ISD  19770700
NAM  Mitsui et al.
OCL  156185
UREF
PNO  4259398
ISD  19810300
NAM  Seino et al.
OCL  428283
UREF
PNO  4273825
ISD  19810600
NAM  Nishiyama et al.
OCL  428223
UREF
PNO  4286010
ISD  19810800
NAM  Staley et al.
OCL  428215
UREF
PNO  4332836
ISD  19820600
NAM  Urban
OCL  427 44
UREF
PNO  4399190
ISD  19830800
NAM  Iwabuchi et al.
OCL  428336
UREF
PNO  4399191
ISD  19830800
NAM  Iwabuchi et al.
OCL  428336
UREF
PNO  4536041
ISD  19850800
NAM  Keane et al.
OCL  428372
UREF
PNO  4748048
ISD  19880500
NAM  Anton et al.
OCL  427116
UREF
PNO  4760296
ISD  19880700
NAM  Johnston et al.
OCL  310 45
UREF
PNO  4769276
ISD  19880900
NAM  Gruss et al.
OCL  428251
UREF
PNO  4935302
ISD  19900600
NAM  Hjortsberg et al.
OCL  428383
UREF
PNO  5061554
ISD  19911000
NAM  Hjortsberg et al.
OCL  428220
FREF
PNO  1168857
ISD  19840600
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1208325
ISD  19860700
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1289610
ISD  19910900
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2130161
ISD  19940800
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  54-157203
ISD  19791200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5553802
ISD  19800400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-100402
ISD  19810800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-158409
ISD  19811200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-240901
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-067511
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-207940
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  939747
ISD  19631000
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Oldham; Edward H.
ABST
PAL  A sandwich type insulation for electrical machinery comprising a laminate
      of a polymeric material such as polyimide which contains particles of an
      inorganic corona resistant material, said polymeric material being bonded
      to mica paper consisting of mica, wherein said mica paper may be
      impregnated with polymeric resin containing particles of inorganic corona
      resistant material. The resultant insulation may be used as a tape or
      wrapper.
PATN
WKU  059897031
SRC  9
APN  1268651
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980731
TTL  Iron oxide magnetic powder and magnetic recording medium using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Resan; Stevan A.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Inoue; Makoto
CTY  Miyagi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Akiko
CTY  Miyagi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sasaki; Taro
CTY  Miyagi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960704
APN  8-175198
RLAP
COD  74
APN  887704
APD  19970703
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  428329
XCL  428694BA
XCL  428900
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  5706
FSC  428
FSS  329;694 BA;900
UREF
PNO  5178935
ISD  19930100
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  428212
UREF
PNO  5202043
ISD  19930400
NAM  Wiese et al.
OCL  252 62.56
UREF
PNO  5609789
ISD  19970300
NAM  Asano et al.
OCL  252 62.56
FREF
PNO  0 606 904 A1
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  Iron oxide magnetic powder having small crystallite size and a small
      specific surface area, a manufacturing method therefor and a magnetic
      recording medium having excellent surface characteristics and satisfactory
      electromagnetic conversion characteristics are provided. The iron oxide
      magnetic powder contains crystallite having size of 30 nm or less when
      measured by an X-ray diffraction method and has a specific surface area of
      30 m.sup.2 /g or less when measured by a BET method, and a magnetic
      recording medium using the iron oxide magnetic powder as the magnetic
      member thereof are provided.
PATN
WKU  059897040
SRC  8
APN  7669631
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19961216
TTL  Integrally molded automotive waterproof connector comprising
      thermoplastic resin and oil-bleeding silicone rubber
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Nakarani; D. S.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hashimoto; Hiroshi
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kanda; Masahiro
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Muramatsu; Shigeru
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Obayashi; Naoto
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujiki; Hironao
CTY  Gunma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shudo; Shigeki
CTY  Gunma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Narumi; Manabu
CTY  Gunma
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yazaki Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Engineering Plastics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951215
APN  7-347895
CLAS
OCL  428331
XCL  428412
XCL  428451
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  516
ICL  B32B 2520
ICL  B32B 2736
FSC  428
FSS  412;447;451;331
UREF
PNO  5366806
ISD  19941100
NAM  Fujiki et al.
OCL  428412
UREF
PNO  5418065
ISD  19950500
NAM  Fujiki et al.
OCL  428451
FREF
PNO  62-252457
ISD  19871100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-183843
ISD  19880700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-45292
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  234311
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-71021
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-71023
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  An integrally molded automotive waterproof connector is disclosed which
      comprises a thermoplastic resin and integrated therewith an oil-bleeding
      silicone rubber, the thermoplastic resin containing a thermoplastic resin
      oligomer containing at least one aliphatic unsaturated group. In the
      connector, the adhesion between the thermoplastic resin and the silicone
      rubber is satisfactory regardless of the length of storage period as
      compared with connectors comprising a thermoplastic resin and a silicone
      rubber integrated therewith after priming. Further, the connector of the
      present invention is excellent in production efficiency and workability,
      is reduced in connector housing fitting force, and can retain satisfactory
      waterproofness.
PATN
WKU  059897058
SRC  8
APN  7488920
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19961114
TTL  Magneto-optical recording medium
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Kiliman; Leszek
NDR  8
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Nakajima; Junsaku
CTY  Kashihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Murakami; Yoshiteru
CTY  Nishinomiya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Akira
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hirokane; Junji
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951114
APN  7-295811
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961008
APN  8-267566
CLAS
OCL  428332
XCL  428336
XCL  428694ML
XCL  428694SC
XCL  428694NF
XCL  428694MM
XCL  428694IS
XCL  428900
XCL  369 13
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  566
FSC  369
FSS  13
FSC  428
FSS  694 ML;694 SC;694 NF;694 MM;694 IS;332;336;900
UREF
PNO  4966821
ISD  19901000
NAM  Kawashima
OCL  428694TM
UREF
PNO  5248565
ISD  19930900
NAM  Tsutsumi
OCL  428694EC
UREF
PNO  5512366
ISD  19960400
NAM  Nakaki
OCL  428332
UREF
PNO  5529854
ISD  19960600
NAM  Shimoda
OCL  428694ML
UREF
PNO  5533001
ISD  19960700
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  369275.2
UREF
PNO  5543221
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kitakami
OCL  428332
UREF
PNO  5723227
ISD  19980300
NAM  Matsumoto
OCL  428694ML
FREF
PNO  37 16 392 A1
ISD  19871100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1-130348
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Copy of Communication dated Jul. 17, 1998, issued by the German Patent
      Office re corresponding German Pat. Appln. No. 196 46 896.5-53; and a
      translation of same.
PAL  K. Tamanoi, et al., Proceedings of Magneto-Optical Recording International
      Symposium, Magnetically-Induced Super Resolution Using Magneto-Static
      Coupling, J. Magn. Jpn. vol. 19, Supplement No. S1, pp. 421-424, 1995.
LREP
FR2  Conlin; David G.
FR2  Gamache; Richard E.
ABST
PAL  A magneto-optical recording disk includes a recording layer for recording
      information as a mark and a reproduction layer, laminated with the
      recording layer, to which magnetization direction of the recording layer
      is transferred at high temperatures, wherein the reproduction layer and
      the recording layer are magnetostatically coupled and are not
      exchange-coupled. The information is read out by using a temperature
      distribution generated by a light beam for reproduction. The recording
      layer has, on a side thereof to which the reproduction layer is not
      provided, a supplementary back layer of a soft magnetic material composed
      of ferromagnetic material. The magneto-optical disk is designed to
      generate good CNR and thereby improves recording density even when a short
      mark is reproduced.
PATN
WKU  059897066
SRC  9
APN  1635115
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980930
TTL  Thermally-protective intumescent coating system and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  7
EXP  Dudash; Diana
INVT
NAM  McGinniss; Vincent D.
CTY  Sunbury
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Dick; Richard J.
CTY  Columbus
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Russell, III; Robert E.
CTY  Newark
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Rogers; Stephen D.
CTY  Bowie
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Battelle Memorial Institute
CTY  Columbus
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  776548
CLAS
OCL  428341
XCL  252606
XCL  252604
XCL  427379
XCL  427386
XCL  4273933
XCL  4273978
XCL  4274071
XCL  4284111
XCL  428413
XCL  106 1811
EDF  6
ICL  C09K 2100
ICL  B05D  136
ICL  B05D  512
FSC  427
FSS  393.3;408;397.8;228;224;379;386;407.11
FSC  252
FSS  601;604;606;607
FSC  106
FSS  15.05;18.11;18.13;18.14;18.15;18.16;18.17;18.21
FSC  428
FSS  411.1;413;341;322.7
UREF
PNO  3669299
ISD  19720600
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  220 10
UREF
PNO  3714047
ISD  19730100
NAM  Marion et al.
OCL  252 62
UREF
PNO  3915777
ISD  19751000
NAM  Kaplan
OCL  427413
UREF
PNO  3955987
ISD  19760500
NAM  Scharr et al.
UREF
PNO  4069075
ISD  19780100
NAM  Billing et al.
UREF
PNO  4179298
ISD  19791200
NAM  Nelson et al.
OCL  106 18.21
UREF
PNO  4292358
ISD  19810900
NAM  Fryer et al.
UREF
PNO  4324835
ISD  19820400
NAM  Keen
UREF
PNO  4632865
ISD  19861200
NAM  Tzur
OCL  428304.4
UREF
PNO  4636538
ISD  19870100
NAM  Malcolm-Brown
OCL  523179
UREF
PNO  4663226
ISD  19870500
NAM  Vajs et al.
UREF
PNO  4725457
ISD  19880200
NAM  Ward et al.
UREF
PNO  4857364
ISD  19890800
NAM  von Bonin
UREF
PNO  4879066
ISD  19891100
NAM  Crompton
UREF
PNO  5004632
ISD  19910400
NAM  McGarvey et al.
UREF
PNO  5323682
ISD  19940600
NAM  Keenan
UREF
PNO  5487946
ISD  19960100
NAM  McGinniss et al.
OCL  428413
UREF
PNO  5603990
ISD  19970200
NAM  McGinniss et al.
OCL  427393.3
LREP
FR2  Wiesmann; Klaus H.
ABST
PAL  An intumescent coating system and method therefor is disclosed for
      thermally protecting a substrate having a surface exposed to fire
      conditions. The coating system of the present invention is provided as
      having a having a first film layer which forms a rigid carbonific char
      foam having toughness and rigidity, and a second film layer which forms an
      insulative carbonific char foam having insulation properties. The two foam
      components may be separately provided in a laminate-type arrangement as,
      respectively, an inner coating layer coated and cured on the surface of
      the substrate to form an inner film layer, and an outer coating layer
      coated and cured on the inner film layer to form an outer film layer. In
      providing two foam components, one protecting the substrate from
      breakthrough and direct exposure to the fire conditions, and the other
      insulating the substrate to protect it from conductive, radiant, and/or
      convective heating by the fire conditions, the present invention affords a
      capability to offer flame retardancy at film thicknesses of 1.27 mm (50
      mils) or less.
GOVT
PAR  The Government of the United States has rights in this invention under
      contract No. A4124-900.
PATN
WKU  059897074
SRC  9
APN  1785338
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19981026
TTL  Printed label, method and apparatus for manufacturing printed labels,
      and method and apparatus for attaching printed labels
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Singh; Arti R.
EXP  McCamish; Marion
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Takizawa; Yoshinobu
CTY  Urawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Goto; Fumihiko
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Lintec Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940614
APN  6-155291
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940909
APN  6-242129
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950331
APN  7-99894
RLAP
COD  74
APN  962843
APD  19971103
PSC  01
PNO  5827389
CLAS
OCL  428343
XCL  428 401
XCL  428 421
XCL  428343
XCL  428354
XCL  283 81
XCL  283100
XCL  283101
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 6528
ICL  B42D 1508
FSC  283
FSS  81;100;101
FSC  428
FSS  40.1;42.1;343;354
UREF
PNO  4068028
ISD  19780100
NAM  Samonides
OCL  428 40
UREF
PNO  4276112
ISD  19810600
NAM  French et al.
OCL  156360
UREF
PNO  4587167
ISD  19860500
NAM  Maietti et al.
OCL  428352
UREF
PNO  4661189
ISD  19870400
NAM  Voy et al.
OCL  156248
UREF
PNO  4925714
ISD  19900500
NAM  Freedman
OCL  428 40
UREF
PNO  4960482
ISD  19901000
NAM  Crane et al.
OCL  156277
UREF
PNO  5022947
ISD  19910600
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5022954
ISD  19910600
NAM  Plaessmann
OCL  156542
UREF
PNO  5435600
ISD  19950700
NAM  Griffiths et al.
OCL  283 81
UREF
PNO  5439721
ISD  19950800
NAM  Pedroli et al.
OCL  428 40
UREF
PNO  5472757
ISD  19951200
NAM  Ogawa et al.
OCL  428 40
UREF
PNO  5480700
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kume et al.
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  5496636
ISD  19960300
NAM  Gu et al.
OCL  428352
UREF
PNO  5514435
ISD  19960500
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  428 40
UREF
PNO  5518787
ISD  19960500
NAM  Konkol
OCL  428 43
UREF
PNO  5571587
ISD  19961100
NAM  Bishop et al.
OCL  428 43
UREF
PNO  5578365
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kume et al.
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  5631068
ISD  19970500
NAM  Smith
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  5686159
ISD  19971100
NAM  Langan
OCL  428 40
UREF
PNO  5766401
ISD  19980600
NAM  Campbell et al.
OCL  156277
UREF
PNO  5789123
ISD  19980800
NAM  Cleckner et al.
OCL  430 18
UREF
PNO  5807619
ISD  19980900
NAM  Freedman
OCL  428 35.7
FREF
PNO  0 225 301
ISD  19870600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 287 695
ISD  19881000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 476 447
ISD  19920300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 546 650
ISD  19930600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2529167
ISD  19831200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3-31776
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Lowe Hauptman Gopstein Gilman & Berner
ABST
PAL  A material sheet assembly in which a label base attached to a release liner
      by means of an adhesive is set in roll form is used. In a step in which
      the material sheet assembly is continuously fed out, the release liner is
      released by leaving the adhesive on the label base, and the release liner
      is consecutively taken up. By using a noncontact-type printer, printing is
      effected on the adhesive surface of the label base separated from the
      release liner to form a printed label. The printed label is in such a form
      that the printed surface is disposed between the label base and an
      adherend. The labels can be attached immediately after they are
      manufactured, and they can be stored or transported by being taken up in
      roll form while an additional release liner is attached to the printed
      surface side.
PATN
WKU  059897082
SRC  8
APN  8355479
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970408
TTL  Removable adhesive tape
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Jenna
NDR  4
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Kreckel; Karl W.
CTY  Haan
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  3M Innovative Properties Company
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  467359
APD  19950606
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  259747
APD  19940606
PSC  01
PNO  5516581
RLAP
COD  81
APN  061637
APD  19930512
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  802061
APD  19911210
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  632173
APD  19901220
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  428354
XCL  248683
XCL  248467
XCL  2482053
XCL  428355RA
EDF  6
ICL  C09V  702
FSC  428
FSS  343;354;355 RA;41.8
FSC  248
FSS  683;467;548;549;205.3;301;304;339
UREF
PNO  1793328
ISD  19310200
NAM  LaBombard et al.
UREF
PNO  2049030
ISD  19360700
NAM  Strauss
OCL  206 57
UREF
PNO  2122999
ISD  19380700
NAM  Burke
OCL  248205.3
UREF
PNO  2559990
ISD  19510700
NAM  Oace et al.
UREF
PNO  2574152
ISD  19511100
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  206 56
UREF
PNO  2765998
ISD  19561000
NAM  Engert
OCL  248205.3
UREF
PNO  3015916
ISD  19620100
NAM  Denton
OCL   53  3
UREF
PNO  3412926
ISD  19681100
NAM  Bostwick
OCL  229 62
UREF
PNO  3637181
ISD  19720100
NAM  Janssen
OCL  248205.3
UREF
PNO  3962833
ISD  19760600
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  4024312
ISD  19770500
NAM  Korpman
UREF
PNO  4051853
ISD  19771000
NAM  Egan, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4309016
ISD  19820100
NAM  Tendler
OCL  248467
UREF
PNO  4317555
ISD  19820300
NAM  Hogg
OCL  248467
UREF
PNO  4358489
ISD  19821100
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4563388
ISD  19860100
NAM  Bonk et al.
XCL  428 40
UREF
PNO  4576854
ISD  19860300
NAM  Kurahashi
XCL  428343
UREF
PNO  4599260
ISD  19860700
NAM  Truskolaski et al.
OCL  428207
UREF
PNO  4636427
ISD  19870100
NAM  Ohno et al.
XCL  428354
UREF
PNO  4652473
ISD  19870300
NAM  Han
OCL  428 35
UREF
PNO  4666771
ISD  19870500
NAM  Vesley et al.
XCL  428355
UREF
PNO  4671480
ISD  19870600
NAM  Frye
OCL  248205.3
UREF
PNO  4673611
ISD  19870600
NAM  Cross et al.
OCL  428215
UREF
PNO  4756498
ISD  19880700
NAM  Frye
OCL  248205.3
UREF
PNO  4769283
ISD  19880900
NAM  Sipinen et al.
UREF
PNO  4780491
ISD  19881000
NAM  Vesley et al.
XCL  428355
UREF
PNO  4808474
ISD  19890200
NAM  Sipinen
OCL  428343
UREF
PNO  4898787
ISD  19900200
NAM  Min et al.
XCL  428481
UREF
PNO  4934123
ISD  19900600
NAM  Salzsauler
OCL   53399
UREF
PNO  5022941
ISD  19910600
NAM  Doheny, Jr. et al.
XCL  428 40
UREF
PNO  5084039
ISD  19920100
NAM  Cancio et al.
XCL  525209
UREF
PNO  5108815
ISD  19920400
NAM  Adams et al.
XCL  428355
UREF
PNO  5121896
ISD  19920600
NAM  Frye
OCL  248467
UREF
PNO  5409189
ISD  19950400
NAM  Luhmann
OCL  248205.3
UREF
PNO  5433413
ISD  19950700
NAM  Adams
OCL  248205.3
FREF
PNO  2 470 055
ISD  19810500
CNT  FRX
ICL  B65B 1102
FREF
PNO  77 24 383
ISD  19771100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  78 24 445 U1
ISD  19781100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  33 31 016 A1
ISD  19841000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  89110137
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-294377
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  744521
ISD  19560200
CNT  GBX
ICL  B65D 6310
FREF
PNO  2 004 559
ISD  19790400
CNT  GBX
ICL  C08J  500
FREF
PNO  2 098 569
ISD  19821100
CNT  GBX
ICL  B65D 7102
FREF
PNO  WO90/02540
ISD  19900300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/01979
ISD  19930200
CNT  WOX
ICL  B65B 1302
OREF
PAL  3M Information Folder 323, Apr. 1989.
PAL  3M Instruction Bulletin/11-E, Aug. 1987.
PAL  3M Instruction Bulletin/14-B, Mar. 1986.
PAL  Double Coated Scotch.RTM. Mount Brand Pressure Sensitive Mounting Tapes,
      Jan. 1979.
PAL  Pack Report, May 1991, pp. 98-99.
PAL  PCT Search Report.
LREP
FR2  Patchett; Daivd B.
ABST
PAL  A removable adhesive tape comprising a highly extensible and substantially
      inelastic backing and a layer of pressure-sensitive adhesive. The backing
      has a high tensile strength, has a lengthwise elongation at break of at
      least about 150% with less than about 50% elastic recovery after
      stretching. The adhesive can be a normally tacky and pressure-sensitive
      adhesive and is coated on at least one surface of the film backing. The
      adhesive is preferably highly extensible, does not separate from the
      backing during stretching, and has higher cohesion than adhesion to any
      suitable substrate. After being applied to a substrate, the adhesive tape
      of the present invention becomes firmly bonded, but can be easily removed
      without damaging the substrate by simply stretching it in a direction
      substantially parallel, i.e., less than about 35.degree., to the surface
      of the substrate.
PATN
WKU  059897090
SRC  9
APN  0700614
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980430
TTL  Polytetrafluoroethylene fiber
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Edwards; Newton
NDR  33
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Kelmartin, Jr.; Thomas Patrick
CTY  West Chester
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Roberts; George M.
CTY  Havre de Grace
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Dolan; John W.
CTY  Boothwyn
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Minor; Raymond B.
CTY  Elkton
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Gore Enterprises Holdings, Inc.
CTY  Newark
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428357
XCL  428394
EDF  6
ICL  D02G  300
FSC  428
FSS  357;394;421;422
UREF
PNO  2396629
ISD  19460300
NAM  Alfthan et al.
OCL   18 55
UREF
PNO  2951047
ISD  19600800
NAM  Lantos
OCL  260 17
UREF
PNO  2953428
ISD  19600900
NAM  Hunt et al.
OCL   18 54
UREF
PNO  3957938
ISD  19760500
NAM  Gravley
OCL  264 85
UREF
PNO  4025598
ISD  19770500
NAM  Sasshofer et al.
OCL  264140
UREF
PNO  4064214
ISD  19771200
NAM  FitzGerald
OCL  264147
UREF
PNO  4069291
ISD  19780100
NAM  Kidoh et al.
OCL  264342R
UREF
PNO  4187390
ISD  19800200
NAM  Gore
OCL  174102R
UREF
PNO  4505982
ISD  19850300
NAM  Hoheisel
OCL  428421
UREF
PNO  4510300
ISD  19850400
NAM  Levy
OCL  526247
UREF
PNO  4853164
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kiang et al.
OCL  264 22
UREF
PNO  5004648
ISD  19910400
NAM  Hane et al.
OCL  428364
UREF
PNO  5061561
ISD  19911000
NAM  Katayama
OCL  428364
UREF
PNO  5167890
ISD  19921200
NAM  Sasshofer et al.
OCL  264127
UREF
PNO  5258014
ISD  19931100
NAM  Harada et al.
OCL  606228
UREF
PNO  5262234
ISD  19931100
NAM  Minor et al.
OCL  428372
UREF
PNO  5281475
ISD  19940100
NAM  Hollenbaugh, Jr. et al.
OCL  428357
UREF
PNO  5288552
ISD  19940200
NAM  Hollenbaugh, Jr. et al.
OCL  428357
UREF
PNO  5294389
ISD  19940300
NAM  Hain et al.
OCL  264 85
UREF
PNO  5294395
ISD  19940300
NAM  Broyer
OCL  264178F
UREF
PNO  5364699
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hollenbaugh, Jr. et al.
OCL  428357
UREF
PNO  5460882
ISD  19951000
NAM  Vita et al.
OCL  428364
UREF
PNO  5470655
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hirai
OCL  428364
UREF
PNO  5552219
ISD  19960900
NAM  Vita et al.
OCL  478357
UREF
PNO  5562986
ISD  19961000
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  428364
UREF
PNO  5562987
ISD  19961000
NAM  Shimizu
OCL  428364
UREF
PNO  5573639
ISD  19961100
NAM  Schmitz et al.
OCL  162140
UREF
PNO  5591526
ISD  19970100
NAM  Abrams et al.
OCL  428401
UREF
PNO  5618481
ISD  19970400
NAM  Vita et al.
OCL  264103
UREF
PNO  5635124
ISD  19970600
NAM  Abrams et al.
OCL  264257
UREF
PNO  5686033
ISD  19971100
NAM  Shimizu
OCL  264127
FREF
PNO  59-224802
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Wheatcraft; Allan M.
ABST
PAL  A PTFE fiber that is adapted to be sewn at high speeds. The fiber has a
      toughness greater than about 0.36 grams per denier (g/d). A range for the
      toughness is from about 0.36 to about 1.01 g/d, with a preferred range
      being from about 0.50 to about 0.80 g/d. The toughness of the inventive
      PTFE fiber is most preferably about 0.60 g/d. The inventive fiber has a
      peak engineering stress greater than about 1.6 g/d and a break strain
      greater than about 15.5 percent. A preferred range for the peak
      engineering stress is from about 3.0 g/d to about 5.0 g/d, and a preferred
      range for the break strain is from about 20 percent to about 50 percent.
      Most preferably, the peak engineering stress is about 4.4 g/d, and the
      break strain is about 24 percent. In another aspect, this invention
      provides a process for making a fiber that involves providing a PTFE fiber
      and heating the PTFE fiber to a temperature of from about 300.degree. C.
      to about 500.degree. C., while overfeeding the PTFE fiber at an overfeed
      of up to about 70 percent. A preferred range for the temperature is from
      about 350.degree. C. to about 450.degree. C., and a preferred range for
      the overfeed in the overfeeding step is from about 10 percent to about 20
      percent. Most preferably, the temperature in the heating step is about
      400.degree. C. and the overfeed in the overfeeding step is about 15
      percent. The PTFE fiber may be used as a filament for an improved dental
      floss, and is also suited for an improved bearing material.
PATN
WKU  059897104
SRC  7
APN  4244028
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19891020
TTL  Molding material for thermoplastic composites
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Weisberger; Rick
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Matsuo; Tatsuki
CTY  Ohtsu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hokudoh; Toshiaki
CTY  Ohtsu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mori; Kuniharu
CTY  Ohtsu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Yoshinobu
CTY  Ohtsu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Toida; Takeru
CTY  Ohtsu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawada; Hiroshi
CTY  Ohtsu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyo Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19881021
APN  63-266637
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19881110
APN  63-285391
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19881227
APN  63-333003
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19881227
APN  63-333004
CLAS
OCL  428369
XCL  428357
XCL  428359
XCL  428369
XCL  428370
XCL  428371
XCL  428373
XCL  156166
XCL  156196
EDF  6
ICL  D02G  300
FSC  428
FSS  398;245;357;359;369;370;371;373
FSC  156
FSS  166;196
UREF
PNO  4037011
ISD  19770700
NAM  Hattori et al.
OCL  428398
UREF
PNO  4800113
ISD  19890100
NAM  O'Connor
OCL  428175
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A molding material for thermoplastic composites is provided. The molding
      material is prepared from a commingled yarn containing continuous
      thermoplastic fibers and continuous reinforcing fibers, in a form of
      threads, textile fabrics, knitted fabrics, or multiaxial laminated
      fabrics, wherein the fiber commingling parameter of said continuous
      reinforcing fibers in said commingled yarn is 20% or more, and wherein the
      orientation index after heat treatment of said continuous thermoplastic
      fibers is 0.3 or more, and/or the thermal shrinkage ratio of said
      continuous thermoplastic fibers is 15% or less.
PATN
WKU  059897112
SRC  9
APN  2909979
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19990414
TTL  Method of manufacturing a composite material and the resulting material
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Pezzuto; Helen L.
INVT
NAM  Moireau; Patrick
CTY  Curienne
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Timothy
CTY  Vimines
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Vetrotex France
CTY  Chambery
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19931209
APN  93 14794
RLAP
COD  74
APN  086517
APD  19980528
RLAP
COD  84
APN  855527
APD  19970513
PSC  01
PNO  5789074
RLAP
COD  81
APN  354814
APD  19941208
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  428378
XCL  4282974
XCL  4282987
XCL  4282994
XCL  428357
XCL  428361
XCL  428364
XCL  428391
XCL  428392
XCL  428394
EDF  6
ICL  D02G  300
FSC  428
FSS  297.4;298.7;299.4;357;361;364;378;391;392;394
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A composite material formed by an organic substrate reinforced by glass
      strands. It consists of the combination of an organic substrate and glass
      strands coated with a sizing composition constituted by a solution with a
      solvent content of less than 5% by weight, the said solution comprising a
      mixture of components which can be polymerized and/or cross-linked by heat
      treatment, amongst the said components, at least 60% being components with
      molecular weights (Mw) of less than 750, and from 0 to 25% by weight being
      coupling agents, lubricating agents, stabilizing agents, polymerization
      initiators and/or catalysts, the said agents and initiators optionally
      being capable of being polymerized and/or cross-linked, the said sizing
      composition being non-polymerized, and the assembly subsequently being
      subjected to heat treatment and/or to the action of actinic radiation.
PATN
WKU  059897120
SRC  9
APN  0850969
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980526
TTL  Process for treating a body of stainless steel so as to promote its
      adherence to a rubber composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  18
EXP  Lusignan; Michael
INVT
NAM  Grimberg; Bruno
CTY  Clermont-Ferrand
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Lenabour; David
CTY  Clermont-Ferrand
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Person; Patrice
CTY  Clermont-Ferrand
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Tonon; Corinne
CTY  Lyons
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Michelin Recherche Et Technique SA
CTY  Cours Sablon
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950329
APN  95/03795
RLAP
COD  74
APN  620489
APD  19960322
PSC  01
PNO  5789080
CLAS
OCL  428391
XCL  1563073
XCL  156910
XCL  427327
XCL  427387
XCL  427409
XCL  427535
XCL  428447
XCL  428450
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  900
FSC  427
FSS  327;387;409;535
FSC  428
FSS  379;447;450;391
FSC  156
FSS  302.3;910
UREF
PNO  4052524
ISD  19771000
NAM  Harakas et al.
OCL  428383
UREF
PNO  5789080
ISD  19980800
NAM  Grimberg et al.
OCL  427535
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts LLP
ABST
PAL  Process for treating a body of steel to promote its adherence to a
      composition which includes at least a rubber, containing the following
      points:
PA1  a body at least the surface of which is of stainless steel is used, this
      steel containing at least 0.02% and at most 0.2% carbon, at least 3% and
      at most 20% nickel, at least 12% and at most 28% chromium, the sum of the
      nickel and the chromium being at least equal to 20% and at most equal to
      35%, all of these percentage values being by weight; the structure of the
      steel includes at least 20% by volume of martensite and is without
      austenite or it comprises less than 80% thereof by volume;
PA1  the surface of the body is activated and then treated with at least one
      starting silane so that it is covered with a film constituted only, or
      substantially only, of one or more silanes, in such a manner that this
      surface treated in this way can be placed directly in contact with the
      composition.
PAL  Articles comprising a rubber composition and a metal body which has been
      treated in accordance with the process of the invention, such articles
      being for instance tires.
PATN
WKU  059897139
SRC  8
APN  7075898
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19960905
TTL  Optimized geometries of fiber reinforcements of cement, ceramic and
      polymeric based composites
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Weisberger; Richard
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Naaman; Antoine E.
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  The Regents of the University of Michigan
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428397
XCL  428358
XCL  428361
XCL  428364
XCL  428392
XCL  428394
EDF  6
ICL  D02G  300
FSC  428
FSS  397;358;361;364;392;394
UREF
PNO  305226
ISD  18840900
NAM  Ransome
UREF
PNO  4461855
ISD  19840700
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL  523222
OREF
PAL  Katz et al., Handbook of Fillers and Reinforcements for Plastics,
      604-606,608-609, 1986.
PAL  Ernest L. Ransome--Corcrete Designer, Constructor, Inventor, M.K. Hurd,
      Concrete International, May 1996 pp. 50-51.
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  Fibers, continuous or discontinuous, and bars having optimized geometries
      for use in the reinforcement of cement, ceramic and polymeric based
      matrices are claimed. The geometries are designed to increase the ratio of
      surface area available for bond between the fiber and the matrix to the
      cross-sectional area of fiber. In the case of a continuous reinforcement
      comprised of a single fiber or a bar made out of a bundle of fibers, such
      as is the case in reinforced and prestressed concrete, increasing the
      surface area available for bond leads to a decrease in crack width,
      development length, and transfer length. The fibers or bars are also
      configured to be amenable for twisting or to have spiral like deformations
      along their longitudinal axis to further develop the mechanical component
      of bond between the fibers and the matrix. Additional methods of
      mechanical bond enhancement, such as crimping and/or addition of
      anchorages, such as hooked ends, paddles, buttons, etc. . . . , can be
      applied to the claimed fibers to further improve their bond
      characteristics.
PATN
WKU  059897147
SRC  9
APN  0726389
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980504
TTL  Synthetic mineral microparticles
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Lovering; Richard D.
INVT
NAM  Drummond; Donald Kendall
CTY  Glenmoore
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Minerals Technologies Inc.
CTY  Bethlehem
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  555236
APD  19951108
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  428402
XCL  1621811
XCL  210702
XCL  252179
XCL  423277
XCL  423279
XCL  423306
XCL  4233301
XCL  423333
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  100
ICL  C01B 2545
ICL  C02F  508
FSC  252
FSS  315.01;315.5
FSC  423
FSS  330.1;333;279;306;277
FSC  501
FSS  106
FSC  516
FSS  98;110
FSC  428
FSS  402
UREF
PNO  1499492
ISD  19240700
NAM  Willcox
OCL  423330.1
UREF
PNO  1656604
ISD  19280100
NAM  Partridge et al.
OCL  423330.1
UREF
PNO  2970889
ISD  19610200
NAM  Ishino et al.
OCL  423330.1
UREF
PNO  3514268
ISD  19700500
NAM  Uoda et al.
OCL  423330.1
UREF
PNO  3784442
ISD  19740100
NAM  Hackbarth et al.
UREF
PNO  4213874
ISD  19800700
NAM  Williams et al.
UREF
PNO  4329328
ISD  19820500
NAM  McAnespie et al.
OCL  423333
UREF
PNO  4749444
ISD  19880600
NAM  Lorz et al.
UREF
PNO  4830843
ISD  19890500
NAM  Usui et al.
OCL  423331
UREF
PNO  4891197
ISD  19900100
NAM  Derouane et al.
OCL  423279
UREF
PNO  5032227
ISD  19910700
NAM  Derrick et al.
UREF
PNO  5279807
ISD  19940100
NAM  Moffen et al.
FREF
PNO  04091
ISD  19920500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Mellor: A Comprehensive Treatise on Inorganic and Theoretical, Chemistry,
      Longmans, Green & Co., London (1947), vol. VI, pp. 440 and 441.
LREP
FR2  Powell; Marvin J.
FR2  Morris; Terry B.
ABST
PAL  A composition comprising the product precipitated in the admixing of a
      soluble metal salt and one or more compounds having a component selected
      from silicates, phosphates and borates; and a method for controlling
      drainage and/or retention in the formation of a paper matrix or for
      treating water comprising the use of such product.
PATN
WKU  059897155
SRC  8
APN  9301100
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980120
TTL  Laminate
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Nakarani; D. S.
INVT
NAM  Kiriazis; Leonidas
CTY  Munster
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Prissok; Frank
CTY  Lenforde
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Dickerhof; Karl-Heinz
CTY  Drensteinfurt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  BASF Coatings AG
CTY  Muenster-Hiltrup
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950503
APN  195 16 149
CLAS
OCL  4284251
XCL  4284233
XCL  4284237
XCL  4284258
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 2108
ICL  B32B 2740
ICL  C09D17504
FSC  428
FSS  217;423.1;423.3;423.7;425.1;425.8
UREF
PNO  3499783
ISD  19700300
NAM  Nelson et al.
OCL  428161
UREF
PNO  4355071
ISD  19821000
NAM  Chang
OCL  428334
UREF
PNO  5030514
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hartman
OCL  428363
UREF
PNO  5288549
ISD  19940200
NAM  Zeitler et al.
OCL  428318.6
FREF
PNO  0138227
ISD  19850400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0191666
ISD  19860800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1469467
ISD  19690100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1253108
ISD  19711100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1419768
ISD  19751200
CNT  GBX
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/01833
PD1  19980120
PD2  19980120
PD3  19960502
PCP  WO96/34925
PCD  19961107
ABST
PAR  The present invention relates to a layer product consisting of
      thermoplastic polyurethane which is stabilized against ultraviolet
      radiation and is based on diisocyanates, diols as chain extenders,
      polytetrahydrofuran or linear polyesterdiols.
PATN
WKU  059897163
SRC  8
APN  8524467
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970507
TTL  Magnetic recording medium
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Resan; Stevan A.
INVT
NAM  Hashimoto; Hiroshi
CTY  Odawara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Meguro; Katsuhiko
CTY  Odawara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Murayama; Yuichiro
CTY  Odawara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960513
APN  8-117403
CLAS
OCL  4284259
XCL  428522
XCL  428694BG
XCL  428694BS
XCL  428900
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  5702
FSC  428
FSS  694 BG;694 BS;900;425.9;522
UREF
PNO  5023135
ISD  19910600
NAM  Hasumi et al.
OCL  428336
UREF
PNO  5436070
ISD  19950700
NAM  Schroer et al.
OCL  428323
UREF
PNO  5618637
ISD  19970400
NAM  Tamai et al.
OCL  428694B
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a magnetic recording medium, in which a
      binder does not migrates toward the surface of a magnetic layer and which
      has high durability. Said magnetic recording layer comprises at least one
      type or more of organic phosphorus compounds selected from the following
      formulae (1) to (3) and a binder, which contains an amino group or a
      quaternary ammonium base:
      ##STR1##
      where R represents substituted or non-substituted alkyl group, alkenyl
      group or aryl group, M represents hydrogen atom or alkali metal or
      ammonium, and n is 1 or 2.
PATN
WKU  059897171
SRC  9
APN  1117289
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980708
TTL  Electrochromic devices with improved processability and methods of
      preparing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Speer; Timothy
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Allemand; Pierre-Marc
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Bigelow; Barbara A.
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Grimes; F. Randall
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Agrawal; Anoop
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Donnelly Corporation
CTY  Holland
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  330090
APD  19941026
PSC  01
PNO  5780160
CLAS
OCL  428426
XCL  428430
XCL  428432
XCL  428441
XCL  428690
XCL  359265
XCL  359270
XCL  359272
XCL  359275
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 1700
FSC  428
FSS  426;430;432;441;690
FSC  359
FSS  265;270;272;275
UREF
PNO  4187003
ISD  19800200
NAM  Barclay
OCL  359272
UREF
PNO  4239350
ISD  19801200
NAM  Morita
OCL  359272
UREF
PNO  4252418
ISD  19810200
NAM  Barclay
OCL  359272
UREF
PNO  4304465
ISD  19811200
NAM  Diaz
OCL  350357
UREF
PNO  4671619
ISD  19870600
NAM  Kamimori et al.
OCL  359275
UREF
PNO  4726664
ISD  19880200
NAM  Tada
OCL  359275
UREF
PNO  4728177
ISD  19880300
NAM  Green
OCL  350357
UREF
PNO  4749260
ISD  19880600
NAM  Yang
OCL  359275
UREF
PNO  4750816
ISD  19880600
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  359286
UREF
PNO  4889659
ISD  19891200
NAM  Genies
OCL  252500
UREF
PNO  4938571
ISD  19900700
NAM  Cogan et al.
OCL  359275
UREF
PNO  4957352
ISD  19900900
NAM  Yasuda
OCL  359275
UREF
PNO  5042923
ISD  19910800
NAM  Wolf et al.
OCL  359275
UREF
PNO  5066112
ISD  19911100
NAM  Lynam et al.
OCL  359267
UREF
PNO  5068062
ISD  19911100
NAM  Inata
OCL  252518
UREF
PNO  5073012
ISD  19911200
NAM  Lynam
OCL  359265
UREF
PNO  5080351
ISD  19920100
NAM  Cogan et al.
OCL  359275
UREF
PNO  5086351
ISD  19920200
NAM  Couput
OCL  359275
UREF
PNO  5130842
ISD  19920700
NAM  Gauthier
OCL  359275
UREF
PNO  5138481
ISD  19920800
NAM  Demiryont
OCL  359269
UREF
PNO  5140455
ISD  19920800
NAM  Varaprasad et al.
OCL  359275
UREF
PNO  5189549
ISD  19930200
NAM  Leventis et al.
OCL  359271
UREF
PNO  5215684
ISD  19930600
NAM  Okabayashi
OCL  359270
UREF
PNO  5215821
ISD  19930600
NAM  Ho
OCL  428432
UREF
PNO  5239405
ISD  19930800
NAM  Varaprasad et al.
OCL  359272
UREF
PNO  5239406
ISD  19930800
NAM  Lynam
OCL  359275
UREF
PNO  5252354
ISD  19931000
NAM  Cronin et al.
OCL  427 58
UREF
PNO  5274493
ISD  19931200
NAM  Couput
OCL  359275
UREF
PNO  5298063
ISD  19940300
NAM  Mizuguchi et al.
OCL  102 21D
UREF
PNO  5379146
ISD  19950100
NAM  Defendini
OCL  359275
UREF
PNO  5780160
ISD  19980700
NAM  Allemand
OCL  428426
FREF
PNO  221 793
ISD  19870500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/22707
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/30495
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan; JP 06202164 (Jul. 22, 1994) entitled
      "Electrochromic Element and Electrolyte Filament".
PAL  I. Harada, et al., Synth. Met., 29, E 303 (1989).
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  Electrochromic devices and processes for preparing the same are provided
      which do not require a separate process step of ion intercalation by
      employing an electrochromically-inert reducing or oxidizing additive in
      the electrochemically active material or the electrolyte of the
      electrochromic devices.
PATN
WKU  059897180
SRC  8
APN  9366768
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970924
TTL  Dielectric diffusion barrier
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Young; Bryant
EXP  Speer; Timothy
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Smith; Keith W.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Carver; Charles E.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Higdon; Clarence J.
CTY  Meridian
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428446
XCL  428701
XCL  428702
XCL  428144
XCL  428255
XCL  428457
XCL  438255
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  904
FSC  428
FSS  446;701;702;144;255;457
FSC  438
FSS  255
UREF
PNO  4943538
ISD  19900700
NAM  Mohsen et al.
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5168072
ISD  19921200
NAM  Moslehi
OCL  437 41
UREF
PNO  5326722
ISD  19940700
NAM  Huang
OCL  437186
UREF
PNO  5601656
ISD  19970200
NAM  Li
OCL  134  2
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger & Seeley
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a process for forming, over a semiconductor substrate, a
      multilayer structure having successively a first layer of
      silicon-containing material, a relatively thin oxide layer, and a second
      layer of silicon-containing material. The oxide layer has a substantially
      uniform thickness in a range from about 1 Angstrom to about 20 Angstroms.
      The oxide layer consists essentially of silicon dioxide that is formed by
      exposing the first layer to an aqueous oxidizing bath at a relatively low
      temperature such that diffusion of dopants in the semiconductor substrate
      is not induced. The oxide layer prevents dopants from outgassing and
      diffusing out of the first layer and into the second layer. Also disclosed
      is a structure formed by the disclosed process.
PATN
WKU  059897198
SRC  9
APN  1702327
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19981013
TTL  Oil resistant liquid silicone rubber compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Marquis; Melvyn I.
INVT
NAM  Loiselle; Brian Paul
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Dow Corning Corporation
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428447
XCL  428450
XCL  428451
XCL  524433
XCL  524436
XCL  524779
XCL  528 15
XCL  26433111
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  904
FSC  524
FSS  779;433;436
FSC  264
FSS  331.11
FSC  528
FSS  15
FSC  428
FSS  447;450;451
UREF
PNO  3445420
ISD  19690500
NAM  Kookostedes et al.
OCL  260 37
UREF
PNO  3690804
ISD  19720900
NAM  Nave
OCL  425326
UREF
PNO  4386170
ISD  19830500
NAM  Monroe
OCL  523210
UREF
PNO  4689363
ISD  19870800
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  524394
UREF
PNO  5013781
ISD  19910500
NAM  Koshii et al.
OCL  524864
UREF
PNO  5082886
ISD  19920100
NAM  Jeram et al.
OCL  524403
UREF
PNO  5378742
ISD  19950100
NAM  Matsushita et al.
OCL  523213
UREF
PNO  5595826
ISD  19970100
NAM  Gray et al.
OCL  428450
UREF
PNO  5908878
ISD  19990600
NAM  Baity et al.
OCL  523203
LREP
FR2  Warren; Jennifer S.
ABST
PAL  A heat curable liquid silicone rubber composition with good hydrocarbon oil
      resistance comprises:
PA1  (A) a first vinyl-containing polydiorganosiloxane that is
      vinyldiorganosiloxy terminated, having a viscosity of from 20 to 200 Pa.s
      at 25.degree. C. and containing essentially no ethylenically unsaturated
      hydrocarbon radicals bonded to non-terminal silicon atoms,
PA1  (B) a second vinyl-containing polydiorganosiloxane that is either
      vinyldiorganosiloxy terminated or triorganosiloxy terminated, miscible
      with the first polydiorganosiloxane and having a viscosity of from about
      0.1 to 200 Pa.s at 25.degree. C. where from 1 to 5 mole percent of the
      non-terminal silicon atoms of the second vinyl-containing
      polydiorganosiloxane have a vinyl radical bonded thereto,
PA1  (C) an organohydrogensiloxane resin miscible with (A) and (B) containing an
      average of more than five silicon bonded hydrogen atoms per molecule,
PA1  (D) a platinum group hydrosilation catalyst,
PA1  (E) a reinforcing silica filler,
PA1  (F) an alkaline earth metal oxide acid acceptor or an alkaline earth metal
      hydroxide acid acceptor, and
PA1  (G) an optional adhesion promoter.
PATN
WKU  059897201
SRC  8
APN  9979492
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971224
TTL  Electromagnetic wave shield material composition and electromagnetic
      wave shield product including such material composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Stein; Stephen
EXP  Speer; Timothy
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Taniyama; Takanobu
CTY  Kamigun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Taniyama & Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kouchi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961225
APN  8-346040
CLAS
OCL  428450
XCL  428689
XCL  252 623
XCL  252478
XCL  252508
XCL  252512
XCL  523136
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  906
ICL  C04B 3500
FSC  428
FSS  429;432;447;450;454;469;689
FSC  252
FSS  62.3;478;508;512
FSC  174
FSS  35
FSC  523
FSS  136
FSC  524
FSS  779;441;786
UREF
PNO  3090691
ISD  19630500
NAM  Weyer
OCL  106 39
UREF
PNO  4474676
ISD  19841000
NAM  Ishino et al.
OCL  252 62.54
UREF
PNO  4508640
ISD  19850400
NAM  Kanda et al.
OCL  252503
UREF
PNO  5066692
ISD  19911100
NAM  Isawa et al.
OCL  523458
UREF
PNO  5272239
ISD  19931200
NAM  Jensen
OCL  528  9
UREF
PNO  5324766
ISD  19940600
NAM  Ikejiri et al.
OCL  524433
UREF
PNO  5458967
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kanno et al.
OCL  428344
UREF
PNO  5462771
ISD  19951000
NAM  Motoki et al.
OCL  427537
UREF
PNO  5741842
ISD  19980400
NAM  Huggins et al.
OCL  524500
FREF
PNO  2 406 870
ISD  19771000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 007 480
ISD  19771000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Database WPI, Section Ch, Week 8550, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB;
      Class A60, AN85-312676 XP002057763 & JP 60 071 649 A (Toshiba KK), Apr.
      23, 1995 * abstract *.
PAL  Database WPI, Section Ch, Week 9518, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB;
      Class A28, AN 95-135030 XP002057762 & JP 07 058 490 A (Kitagawa Kogyo KK),
      Mar. 3, 1995 * abstract *.
PAL  Database WPI, Section Ch, Week 8901, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB;
      Class A32, AN 89-004363 XP002057764 & JP 63 283 906 A (Asahi Cork Kogyo
      KK), Nov. 21, 1998 * abstract *.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 013, No. 348 (E-799), Aug. 4, 1989 & JP 01
      107599 A (Seiko Epson Corp), Apr. 25, 1989 * abstract *.
PAL  Database WPI, Section Ch, Week 7934, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB;
      Class K07, AN 79-62413B XP002057765 & JP 54 088 819 A (Sumitomo Light
      Metal Ind Co), Jul. 14, 1979 * abstract *.
PAL  Database WPI, Section Ch, Week 8027, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB;
      Class A26, An 80-47034C XP002057766 & JP 55 066 799 A (Matsushita Elec Ind
      Co Ltd), May 20, 1980 * abstract *.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An electromagnetic wave shield material composition and an electromagnetic
      wave shield product including such material composition are disclosed,
      which may be used on an electric or electronic device such as a portable
      telephone so as to attenuate or shield any electromagnetic waves generated
      therefrom. Specifically, the electromagnetic wave shield material
      composition comprises a primary element including a mixture composed of 10
      to 90% by weight of silicon resin and 90 to 10% by weight of baked
      ceramics material, and a secondary element including a mixture composed of
      aluminum powder and stainless metal powder. Alternatively, the secondary
      element may include a mixture composed of paint, aluminum powder and/or
      stainless metal powder. The electromagnetic wave shield product has the
      form of a thin sheet of 0.5 mm to 2.0 mm thick, formed by shaping the
      above material composition such as by press. Alternatively, the thin sheet
      may have an additional thin aluminum film layer deposited on one side
      thereof.
PATN
WKU  059897210
SRC  8
APN  6484123
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19960515
TTL  Device and method for generating electrical energy
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Rickman; Holly C.
EXP  Thibodeau; Paul
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Lovell; Walter Carl
CTY  Wilbraham
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Tapeswitch Corporation of America
CTY  Farmingdale
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428457
XCL  428461
XCL  428463
XCL  428623
XCL  428624
XCL  428626
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 1504
ICL  B32B 1508
FSC  428
FSS  461;463;913;650;652;674;457;623;624;626
UREF
PNO  3837920
ISD  19740900
NAM  Liang et al.
OCL  136 83
UREF
PNO  4188464
ISD  19800200
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  429210
UREF
PNO  4892797
ISD  19900100
NAM  Rao et al.
OCL  429210
UREF
PNO  4969956
ISD  19901100
NAM  Kreider et al.
OCL  136201
UREF
PNO  5057161
ISD  19911000
NAM  Komabayashi et al.
OCL  136240
UREF
PNO  5279910
ISD  19940100
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  429213
UREF
PNO  5419977
ISD  19950500
NAM  Weiss et al.
OCL  429  7
UREF
PNO  5421909
ISD  19950600
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
OCL  136256
LREP
FRM  Hoffmann & Baron, LLP
ABST
PAL  A device for generating electrical current in the presence of ambient heat
      includes an intermediate layer having a predetermined electronegativity
      value interposed between a first outer layer and a second outer layer, in
      which the first outer layer has an electronegative value less than the
      intermediate layer, and the second outer layer has an electronegative
      value less than the first outer layer. The intermediate layer includes a
      first binder combination and a second binder combination. The first binder
      combination contains a polymeric binder and a first electronegative
      material. The second binder combination contains a polymeric binder and a
      second electrogneative material. The first and second binder combinations
      have a predetermined electronegative value that is greater than said first
      and second outer layers. A method of making and a method of activating the
      device for the generation of electricity are also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059897228
SRC  9
APN  0852384
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980527
TTL  Reduced pressure device and method of making
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Speer; Timothy M.
NDR  10
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Ohmi; Tadahiro
STR  1-17-301, Komegabukuro, 2-chome, Aoba-ku
CTY  Sendai-shi, Miyagi-ken, 980
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Umeda; Masaru
STR  2-16, Nihonbashi-Muromachi 4-chome
CTY  Chuo-ku,Tokyo 103
CNT  JPX
RLAP
COD  74
APN  458755
APD  19950602
PSC  01
PNO  5789086
RLAP
COD  84
APN  213079
APD  19940315
PSC  01
PNO  5906688
RLAP
COD  81
APN  097861
APD  19930726
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  990549
APD  19921214
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  536547
APD  19900710
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  PCTJP8900023
APD  19890111
RLAP
COD  91
APN  721450
APD  19910808
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  PCTJP8901308
APD  19891226
RLAP
COD  91
APN  121174
APD  19930913
PSC  01
PNO  5313982
RLAP
COD  81
APN  922370
APD  19920729
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  465226
APD  19900305
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  PCTJP8900690
APD  19890702
CLAS
OCL  428457
XCL  428469
XCL  428472
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  900
FSC  428
FSS  457;469;472
UREF
PNO  5789086
ISD  19980800
NAM  Ohmi
OCL  428472.2
LREP
FRM  Baker & Daniels
ABST
PAL  A reduced pressure device the reduced pressure chamber of which is
      constructed of stainless steel, and includes a passivation film formed on
      the exposed interior surface thereof. The film has a thickness more than
      50 .ANG. and is composed of two or more layers. One layer contains mainly
      chrome oxide formed in the vicinity of the interface of the stainless
      steel and the passivation film. The other layer contains mainly iron oxide
      formed in the vicinity of the surface of the passivation film. A
      passivation film may also be used with a thickness of more than 50 .ANG.
      and containing mainly a mixture of the chrome oxide and the iron oxide.
      Lastly a passivation film may also be used with thickness of more than 50
      .ANG. and containing mainly chrome oxide.
PATN
WKU  059897236
SRC  8
APN  8573336
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970516
TTL  Conductive polyester-based alloy sheet
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Chen; Vivian
INVT
NAM  Tsai; Tsan Hung
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Pan; Rong Shiun
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Wu; Cheng Chung
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Yuan Hwey
CTY  Hsin-Chu Hsien
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Wei; Jen Hao
CTY  Hsin-Chu Hsien
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Hong; Shung Mine
CTY  Chang-Hwa
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Far Eastern Textile Ltd.
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  428483
XCL  428515
XCL  428520
XCL  428521
XCL  428522
XCL  525 88
XCL  525 92F
XCL  525 92H
XCL  525 89
XCL  525 90
XCL  525 93
XCL  525165
XCL  525166
XCL  525175
XCL  525176
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 2720
ICL  B32B 2730
ICL  B32B 2732
ICL  B32B 2736
FSC  428
FSS  323;500;515;517;519;521;522;520;480;483
FSC  525
FSS  88;92 F;92 H;89;90;93;165;175;176;166
UREF
PNO  4656094
ISD  19870400
NAM  Kojima et al.
OCL  428412
UREF
PNO  4704413
ISD  19871100
NAM  Nabeta et al.
OCL  523137
UREF
PNO  4983663
ISD  19910100
NAM  Orikasa et al.
OCL  524504
UREF
PNO  5115018
ISD  19920500
NAM  Akkapeddi et al.
OCL  525 64
UREF
PNO  5248553
ISD  19930900
NAM  Miyashita et al.
OCL  428297
UREF
PNO  5708079
ISD  19980100
NAM  Eichenauer et al.
OCL  525 71
FREF
PNO  63-299923
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Bilker
ABST
PAL  A conductive polyester-based alloy sheet having three layers laminated
      together by co-extrusion, which comprises one substrate layer and two
      surface layers, wherein the surface layers are conductive and comprise
      polyester, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (abbreviated as ABS) and/or
      polystyrene (abbreviated as PS), a compatibilizer, and a toughening agent,
      wherein the surface layers have a surface conductivity of not more than
      10.sup.8 ohms. The melt flow index of the material for the conductive
      layers during the extrusion step is not less than 5.0 g/min (loading, 10
      Kg; temperature, 250.degree. C.). The substrate layer is made from
      acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene and/or polystyrene.
PATN
WKU  059897244
SRC  8
APN  3597679
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19941220
TTL  Recyclable and repulpable ream wrap and related methods of manufacture
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Copenheaver; Blaine
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Wittosch; William A.
CTY  Warwick
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Romanowicz; David J.
CTY  Erie
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Rose; Bruce
CTY  Poughkeepsi
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Wenzel; Donna J.
CTY  Middletown
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Bartholomew; Gene W.
CTY  Tuxedo Park
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Quick; James R.
CTY  Greenwood Lake
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Delozier; Morton S.
CTY  Claryville
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Klass-Hoffman; Maxine
CTY  Highland Mills
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  International Paper Company
CTY  Purchase
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  290276
APD  19940815
PSC  01
PNO  5837383
RLAP
COD  82
APN  059790
APD  19930510
PSC  01
PNO  5763100
CLAS
OCL  428511
XCL  428514
XCL  4285375
XCL  4289033
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 2710
FSC  428
FSS  511;514;537.5;903.3
UREF
PNO  2392972
ISD  19461100
NAM  Cheyney
OCL  117 76
UREF
PNO  3196038
ISD  19650700
NAM  Schoch et al.
OCL  117 68
UREF
PNO  3251709
ISD  19660500
NAM  Bonzagni
OCL  117 76
UREF
PNO  3306766
ISD  19670200
NAM  Hathway et al.
OCL  117 76
UREF
PNO  3423232
ISD  19690100
NAM  Reinhard et al.
OCL  117 76
UREF
PNO  3476587
ISD  19691100
NAM  Demol et al.
OCL  117 76
UREF
PNO  3573125
ISD  19710300
NAM  Elliott
OCL  156244
UREF
PNO  3579371
ISD  19710500
NAM  Dooley et al.
OCL  117 76
UREF
PNO  3873345
ISD  19750300
NAM  Vreeland
OCL  117 65.2
UREF
PNO  4117199
ISD  19780900
NAM  Gotoh et al.
OCL  428486
UREF
PNO  4248939
ISD  19810200
NAM  Parsons
OCL  428508
UREF
PNO  4265969
ISD  19810500
NAM  Yasuda et al.
OCL  428342
UREF
PNO  4301210
ISD  19811100
NAM  Yasuda et al.
OCL  428342
UREF
PNO  4714727
ISD  19871200
NAM  Hume, III
OCL  524271
UREF
PNO  4844952
ISD  19890700
NAM  Korenkiewicz et al.
OCL  427258
UREF
PNO  5169715
ISD  19921200
NAM  Maubert et al.
OCL  428331
FREF
PNO  0 375 924
ISD  19900700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 671 506
ISD  19950200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  41 11 510
ISD  19931000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  63- 005943
ISD  19880100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/25057
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94 26513
ISD  19941100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Vapo-Stop, Cham-Tenero Paper Mills, Inc. Cham, Switzerland. No date.
PAL  Airflex 100 HS, Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., Allentown, Pennsylvania.
      No. data.
PAL  Precoat 44, Michelman, Inc., 9080 Shell Road, Cincinnatti, Ohio. No dated.
PAL  Serfene 121, Morton International Specialty Chemicals Group, 333 West
      Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois. (Jan. 1991).
PAL  Geon @ 650.times.18 Latex, B.F. Goodrich, 9911 Brecksville Road, Cleveland,
      Ohio. (1990). No month.
PAL  Vaporcoat, Michelman, Inc., 9080 Shell Road, Cincinnatti, Ohio. No dated.
LREP
FRM  Ostrager Chong Flaherty & Onofrio
ABST
PAL  Recyclable and repulpable coated paper stock, preferably for use as ream
      wrap, comprising a substrate coated on at least one surface with a base
      coat and at least one additional coat over said base coat. Both coats are
      water based dispersions of a polymer selected from the group consisting of
      acrylic polymers, acrylic copolymers, polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl
      alcohol, ethylene-vinyl acetate, polyvinyl chloride, styrene butadiene
      copolymers, polyvinylidiene chloride and its copolymers, or starch. The
      wax free coating forms a pin-hole free continuous film on the substrate
      which is resistant to water and water vapor. The invention also includes
      processes for making and recycling the invented coated paper stocks.
PATN
WKU  059897252
SRC  8
APN  7850034
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970116
TTL  Clear high molecular weight film
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXA  Tarazano; D. Lawrence
EXP  Thibodeau; Paul
INVT
NAM  Bullard; Edward M.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  White; Thomas A.
CTY  Farmington
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Tenneco Packaging
CTY  Evanston
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428516
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 2732
FSC  525
FSS  240
FSC  526
FSS  348.1
FSC  428
FSS  35.2;515;516;212;213;215
UREF
PNO  3645992
ISD  19720200
NAM  Elston
OCL  260 80.78
UREF
PNO  3986611
ISD  19761000
NAM  Dreher
OCL  206386
UREF
PNO  4011382
ISD  19770300
NAM  Levine et al.
OCL  526 96
UREF
PNO  4050221
ISD  19770900
NAM  Lancaster, III et al.
OCL   53211
UREF
PNO  4076698
ISD  19780200
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  526348.6
UREF
PNO  4163831
ISD  19790800
NAM  Gessell
OCL  526153
UREF
PNO  4205021
ISD  19800500
NAM  Morita et al.
OCL  525240
UREF
PNO  4302565
ISD  19811100
NAM  Goeke et al.
OCL  526 88
UREF
PNO  4302566
ISD  19811100
NAM  Karol et al.
OCL  526125
UREF
PNO  4359561
ISD  19821100
NAM  Fraser et al.
OCL  526 88
UREF
PNO  4399173
ISD  19830800
NAM  Anthony et al.
OCL  428 35
UREF
PNO  4399180
ISD  19830800
NAM  Briggs et al.
OCL  428212
UREF
PNO  4418114
ISD  19831100
NAM  Briggs et al.
OCL  428218
UREF
PNO  4461873
ISD  19840700
NAM  Bailey et al.
OCL  525240
UREF
PNO  4511609
ISD  19850400
NAM  Craver et al.
OCL  428 35
UREF
PNO  4514465
ISD  19850400
NAM  Schoenberg
OCL  428339
UREF
PNO  4522987
ISD  19850600
NAM  Hogan et al.
OCL  526106
UREF
PNO  4565720
ISD  19860100
NAM  Yaeo et al.
OCL  428 35
UREF
PNO  4574104
ISD  19860300
NAM  Aishima et al.
OCL  428220
UREF
PNO  4588650
ISD  19860500
NAM  Mientus et al.
OCL  428516
UREF
PNO  4808561
ISD  19890200
NAM  Welborn, Jr.
OCL  502104
UREF
PNO  4833017
ISD  19890500
NAM  Benoit
OCL  428323
UREF
PNO  4871523
ISD  19891000
NAM  Datta et al.
OCL  423265
UREF
PNO  4871705
ISD  19891000
NAM  Hoel
OCL  502117
UREF
PNO  4925821
ISD  19900500
NAM  Chang
OCL  502107
UREF
PNO  4925825
ISD  19900500
NAM  Tachi et al.
OCL  502309
UREF
PNO  4937301
ISD  19900600
NAM  Chang
OCL  526128
UREF
PNO  5001205
ISD  19910300
NAM  Hoel
OCL  526128
UREF
PNO  5006500
ISD  19910400
NAM  Chang
OCL  502107
UREF
PNO  5017655
ISD  19910500
NAM  Kase et al.
OCL  525127
UREF
PNO  5019315
ISD  19910500
NAM  Wilson
OCL  264171
UREF
PNO  5026798
ISD  19910600
NAM  Canich
OCL  526127
UREF
PNO  5032652
ISD  19910700
NAM  Chang
OCL  526129
UREF
PNO  5049423
ISD  19910900
NAM  German, Jr.
OCL  428352
UREF
PNO  5079205
ISD  19920100
NAM  Canich
OCL  502117
UREF
PNO  5084534
ISD  19920100
NAM  Welborn, Jr. et al.
OCL  526160
UREF
PNO  5085927
ISD  19920200
NAM  Dohrer
OCL  428220
UREF
PNO  5110663
ISD  19920500
NAM  Nishiyama et al.
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  5124418
ISD  19920600
NAM  Welborn, Jr.
OCL  526114
UREF
PNO  5173343
ISD  19921200
NAM  Arvedson et al.
OCL  428 34.9
UREF
PNO  5183867
ISD  19930200
NAM  Welborn, Jr.
OCL  526114
UREF
PNO  5206075
ISD  19930400
NAM  Hodgson, Jr.
OCL  428216
UREF
PNO  5248547
ISD  19930900
NAM  Wilson
OCL  428218
UREF
PNO  5272016
ISD  19931200
NAM  Ralph
OCL  428516
UREF
PNO  5273809
ISD  19931200
NAM  Simmons
OCL  428212
UREF
PNO  5278272
ISD  19940100
NAM  Lai et al.
OCL  526348.5
UREF
PNO  5279872
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ralph
OCL  428 34.9
UREF
PNO  5283128
ISD  19940200
NAM  Wilhoit
OCL  428516
UREF
PNO  5296580
ISD  19940300
NAM  Matsunaga et al.
OCL  528502
UREF
PNO  5334428
ISD  19940800
NAM  Dobreski et al.
OCL  428 34.9
UREF
PNO  5358792
ISD  19941000
NAM  Mehta et al.
OCL  428516
UREF
PNO  5374459
ISD  19941200
NAM  Mumpower et al.
OCL  428 36.7
UREF
PNO  5376439
ISD  19941200
NAM  Hodgson et al.
OCL  428220
UREF
PNO  5380810
ISD  19950100
NAM  Lai et al.
OCL  526352
UREF
PNO  5382631
ISD  19950100
NAM  Stehling et al.
OCL  525240
UREF
PNO  5395471
ISD  19950300
NAM  Obijeski et al.
OCL  156244.11
UREF
PNO  5397613
ISD  19950300
NAM  Georgelos
OCL  428 36.7
UREF
PNO  5397640
ISD  19950300
NAM  Georgelos et al.
OCL  428349
UREF
PNO  5399426
ISD  19950300
NAM  Koch et al.
OCL  428335
UREF
PNO  5407732
ISD  19950400
NAM  Dokurno
OCL  428213
UREF
PNO  5419795
ISD  19950500
NAM  Wood et al.
OCL  156184
UREF
PNO  5419934
ISD  19950500
NAM  Wilson
OCL  428 34.9
UREF
PNO  5420220
ISD  19950500
NAM  Cheruvu et al.
OCL  526348.1
UREF
PNO  5431284
ISD  19950700
NAM  Wilson
OCL  206597
UREF
PNO  5451450
ISD  19950900
NAM  Erderly et al.
OCL  428220
UREF
PNO  5451468
ISD  19950900
NAM  Seiler et al.
OCL  428515
UREF
PNO  5460861
ISD  19951000
NAM  Vicik et al.
OCL  428 34.9
UREF
PNO  5462807
ISD  19951000
NAM  Halle et al.
OCL  428500
UREF
PNO  5482770
ISD  19960100
NAM  Bekele
OCL  428339
UREF
PNO  5482771
ISD  19960100
NAM  Shah
OCL  428349
UREF
PNO  5491019
ISD  19960200
NAM  Kuo
OCL  428213
UREF
PNO  5523136
ISD  19960600
NAM  Fischer et al.
OCL  428 35.2
UREF
PNO  5530065
ISD  19960600
NAM  Farley et al.
OCL  525240
UREF
PNO  5543223
ISD  19960800
NAM  Shah
OCL  428349
UREF
PNO  5558930
ISD  19960900
NAM  DiPoto
OCL  428216
UREF
PNO  5591390
ISD  19970100
NAM  Walton et al.
OCL  264456
UREF
PNO  5595050
ISD  19970100
NAM  Koch et al.
OCL   53441
UREF
PNO  5617707
ISD  19970400
NAM  Simmons
OCL   53441
UREF
PNO  5665800
ISD  19970900
NAM  Lai et al.
OCL  524115
UREF
PNO  5681523
ISD  19971000
NAM  Cobler et al.
OCL  464565
UREF
PNO  5749202
ISD  19980500
NAM  Eichbauer
OCL   53399
UREF
PNO  5752362
ISD  19980500
NAM  Eichbauer
OCL   53399
FREF
PNO  0 600 425
ISD  19931100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/17539
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/14855
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/26816
ISD  19941100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/25271
ISD  19941100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  ASTM D 2457-90, Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss of Plastic Films
      and Solid Plastics, Jun. 1990.
PAL  ASTM D 1922-93, Standard Test Method for Propigation Tear Resistance of
      Plastic Films and Thin Sheeting by Pendulum Method, Dec. 1993.
PAL  ASTM D 1709-91, Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Plastic Film
      by the Free-Falling Dart Method, Mar. 1991.
PAL  ASTM D 1003-92 Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of
      Transparent Plastics, Oct. 1992.
PAL  Chowdhury, et al., "Polymers by Blueprint: Metallocene catalysts, the
      biggest thing to hit plastics since LLDPE, transform workhorse resins into
      engineering plastics," Chemical Engineering (Apr. 1993), pp. 34-39.
PAL  Schut, "Competition for Metallocenes Could Turn Ugly," Plastics World (Jan.
      1995), pp. 33-36.
PAL  Advantages of Matallocene Ethylene Polymer Resins in Blown and Cast Stretch
      Films, Research Disclosure, pp. 539-545, Aug. 1995.
PAL  Advantages of Metallocene Ethylene Polymer Resin Blends in Cast Film,
      Research Disclosure, pp. 556-557, Aug. 1995.
PAL  Advantages of Metallocene Ethylene Polymer Resin Blends in Blown and Cast
      Films, Research Disclosure, pp. 565-573, Aug. 1995.
PAL  Leaversuch, Robert D., LDPE, mPE vie in flexible film market, Modern
      Plastics, pp. 23 and 25, Sep. 1994.
PAL  Product Literature, Dow Resins for Stretch Film Applications--The Dow
      Chemical Company, pp. 1.5-1.6, Oct. 1996.
PAL  Product Literature, Dow Skin Resins for Cast Stretch Film Applications, The
      Dow Chemical Company, pp. 3.1-3.2, Oct. 1994.
PAL  Product Literature, ENGAGE Polyolefin Elastomer for Industrial Collation
      Packaging (KC 8852), The Dow Chemical Company, 4 pages, Oct. 1994.
PAL  Product Literature, To give your customers' used stretch film a new lease
      on life, turn the page, Mobile Oil Corporation, 4 pages, 1993.
LREP
FRM  Arnold White & Durkee
ABST
PAL  A polymeric multilayer film is disclosed that has improved optical
      qualities while having structural qualities that are not significantly
      compromised. The film is composed of outer film layers of a low
      polydispersity polymer which are placed around at least one inner film
      layer of a high molecular weight high density polyethylene (HDPE) polymer.
      The outer film layer polymer has a polydispersity of from about 1 to about
      4. In a preferred embodiment this low polydispersity polymer is formed in
      the presence of a metallocene catalyst. The inner film layer high
      molecular weight HDPE polymer has a melt index of less than 0.1 and a
      density of at least about 0.940 g/cm.sup.3. Any of the layers of the film
      may be constructed of polymer blends.
PATN
WKU  059897260
SRC  8
APN  8864322
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970702
TTL  Multi-layer ceramic electronic part
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Dixon; Merrick
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Noji; Takashi
CTY  Takefu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ogawa; Mamoru
CTY  Fukui-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960704
APN  8-195546
CLAS
OCL  428594
XCL  428600
XCL  428609
XCL  428615
XCL  428620
XCL  428628
XCL  428630
XCL  428641
XCL  428687
XCL  242 561
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 1500
FSC   24
FSS  25;42
FSC  264
FSS  58;61;64
FSC   83
FSS  93;436
FSC  242
FSS  56.1
FSC  428
FSS  600;609;615;620;628;630;641;687;266
UREF
PNO  4760276
ISD  19880700
NAM  Lethellier
OCL  307 18
UREF
PNO  5177841
ISD  19930100
NAM  Hamuro et al.
OCL   29 25.42
UREF
PNO  5224550
ISD  19930700
NAM  Hamuro et al.
OCL   29 25.42
FREF
PNO  8130160
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A highly reliable multi-layer ceramic electronic part in which is compact,
      in which cracks tend not to occur in the ceramic element even in cases
      where it is handled in bulk by a chip mounting device. A plurality of
      electrodes (internal electrodes) are disposed within a ceramic element
      whose length L.ltoreq.1.0 mm, height H.ltoreq.0.5 mm and width
      W.ltoreq.0.5 mm. The thickness t.sub.1 of a ceramic outer layer portion of
      the multi-layer ceramic electronic part, is 0.15 mm or less. The thickness
      of the ceramic outer layer portion t.sub.1 and the thickness t.sub.2 of
      the portion where the internal electrodes are disposed have the
      relationship 1/4 t.sub.2 .ltoreq.t.sub.1.ltoreq.1/3 t.sub.2.
PATN
WKU  059897279
SRC  9
APN  0342645
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980304
TTL  Electrolytic copper foil having a modified shiny side
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Zimmerman; John J.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Yates; Charles B.
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Wolski; Adam
CTY  Edgewater
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Gaskill; George
CTY  Manahawkin
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Cheng; Chinsai T.
CTY  Orange
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Bodendorf; Keith
CTY  Westhampton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Dufresne; Paul
CTY  Langhorne
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Circuit Foil U.S.A., Inc.
CTY  Bordentown
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428607
XCL  428612
XCL  428626
XCL  428675
XCL  428687
XCL  205111
XCL  205182
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 1508
ICL  B32B 1520
ICL  C25D  706
FSC  428
FSS  607;612;626;675;687;209;935
FSC  174
FSS  256;259
FSC  205
FSS  111;182;223
UREF
PNO  Re30180
ISD  19791200
NAM  Wolski et al.
OCL  428601
UREF
PNO  3625844
ISD  19711200
NAM  McKean
OCL  205142
UREF
PNO  3853716
ISD  19741200
NAM  Yates et al.
OCL  204 28
UREF
PNO  3857681
ISD  19741200
NAM  Yates et al.
OCL   29195
UREF
PNO  4572768
ISD  19860200
NAM  Wolski et al.
OCL  204 15
UREF
PNO  4961828
ISD  19901000
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  205111
UREF
PNO  4997516
ISD  19910300
NAM  Adler
OCL  156630
UREF
PNO  5207889
ISD  19930500
NAM  Wolski et al.
OCL  205155
UREF
PNO  5403465
ISD  19950400
NAM  Apperson et al.
OCL  205 77
UREF
PNO  5437914
ISD  19950800
NAM  Saida et al.
OCL  428209
UREF
PNO  5447619
ISD  19950900
NAM  Wolski et al.
OCL  428607
UREF
PNO  5456817
ISD  19951000
NAM  Hino et al.
OCL  205125
UREF
PNO  5545466
ISD  19960800
NAM  Saida et al.
OCL  428209
UREF
PNO  5779870
ISD  19980700
NAM  Seip
OCL  205111
UREF
PNO  5834140
ISD  19981100
NAM  Wolski et al.
OCL  428607
FREF
PNO  5-29740
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Treated electrolytic copper foil wherein the shiny side of the raw foil is
      modified and smoothed by an electrodeposited copper gilding layer, a
      copper-clad laminate produced with such foil, and an electrical circuit
      produced from such a laminate. The preferred foil has the surface of the
      shiny side of the raw foil modified by an electrodeposited copper gilding
      layer, a copper dendritic layer electrodeposited on the gilding layer, and
      a second copper gilding layer electrodeposited on the first dendritic
      layer, while a copper dendritic layer is electrodeposited on the surface
      of the matte side of the foil, and a copper gilding is electrodeposited on
      the latter dendritic layer.
PATN
WKU  059897287
SRC  8
APN  6629105
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19960612
TTL  Thin film magnetic recording medium having high coercivity
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Resan; Stevan A.
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Coffey; Kevin Robert
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Howard; James Kent
CTY  Morgan Hill
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Parker; Michael Andrew
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  333185
APD  19941102
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  428611
XCL  428620
XCL  428694T
XCL  428694TS
XCL  428900
XCL  360113
XCL  2041922
XCL  427130
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  564
FSC  428
FSS  611;694 T;694 TS;900;620
FSC  360
FSS  113
FSC  204
FSS  192.2
FSC  427
FSS  130
UREF
PNO  4093453
ISD  19780600
NAM  Makino et al.
OCL   75129
UREF
PNO  4438066
ISD  19840300
NAM  Aboaf et al.
OCL  420435
UREF
PNO  5062938
ISD  19911100
NAM  Howard
OCL  204192.2
UREF
PNO  5147732
ISD  19920900
NAM  Shinoishi et al.
OCL  428668
UREF
PNO  5294312
ISD  19940300
NAM  Chin et al.
OCL  204192.2
UREF
PNO  5363794
ISD  19941100
NAM  Lairson et al.
OCL  117  7
FREF
PNO  06224038
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01F 1014
OREF
PAL  A. Cebollada et al "Enhanced Magneto-Optical Kerr Effect in Spontaneously
      Ordered FePt Alloys: Quantitative Agreement Between Theory and Experiment"
      Physical Review B vol. 50 No. 5 Aug. 1994 pp. 3419-3422.
PAL  Lairson et al "Atomically Layered Structures for Perpendicular Magnetic
      Information Storage" Mat. Res. Soc. Symp Proc vol. 343 (Publ. Sep. 21,
      1994) pp. 359-367.
PAL  Lairson et al "Epitaxial Tetragonal PtCo (001) Thin Films with
      Perpendicular Magnetic Anisotropy", J. Appl Phys. 74(3), Aug. 1, 1993 pp.
      1922-1928.
PAL  Martin "Crystallographic and Magnetic Properties of Pseudobinary Alloys
      Based on Cobalt-Platinum", J. Phys F, vol. 5 p. 1031 (1975).
PAL  E. S. Murdock et al., "Roadmap for 10 Gbit/in.sup.2 Media: Challenges",
      IEEE Trans. on Magnetics, vol. 28, No. 5, Sep. 1992, pp. 3078-3083.
PAL  T. Yogi et al., "Longitudinal Media for 1 Gb/in.sup.2 Areal Density", IEEE
      Trans. on Magnetics, vol. 26, No. 5, Sep. 1990, pp. 2271-2276.
PAL  I. L. Sanders et al., "Magnetic and Recording Characteristics of Very Thin
      Metal-Film Media", IEEE Trans. on Magnetics, vol. 25, No. 5, Sep. 1989,
      pp. 3869-3871.
PAL  V. Tutovan et al., "On the Order-Disorder Phenomena in CoPt Thin Films
      Deposited by R.F. Sputtering", in Thin Solid Films, 103, Jun. 1983, pp.
      253-256.
PAL  J. A. Aboaf et al., "Magnetic Properties and Structure of Cobalt-Platinum
      Thin Films", IEEE Trans. on Magnetics, vol. MAG-19, No. 4, Jul. 1983, pp.
      1514-1519.
PAL  A. Tsoukatos et al., "Magnetic Hysteresis of CoPt Films", in Science and
      Technology of Nanostructured Magnetic Materials, Plenum Press, New York,
      1991, pp. 701-706.
PAL  A. Tsoukatos et al., "Thickness Effects on the Magnetic Hysteresis of
      Equiatomic CoPt Films", Mat. Res. Soc, Symp. Proc., vol. 232, Oct. 1991
      Materials Research Society, pp. 289-294.
PAL  T. L. Hylton et al., "Properties of epitaxial Ba-hexaferrite thin films on
      A-, R-, and C-plane oriented sapphire substrates", J. Appl. Phys. 73(10),
      May 15, 1993, pp. 6257-6259.
PAL  T. L. Hylton et al., "Preparation and magnetic properties of epitaxial
      barium ferrite thin films on sapphire with in-plane, uniaxial anisotropy",
      Appl. Phys. Lett. 61(7), Aug. 1992, pp. 867-869.
PAL  B. D. Cullity, "Introduction to Magnetic Materials", Addison-Wesley
      Publishing Co., Reading MA, 1972, Ch. 11, pp. 383-441.
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  An alloy of tetragonal polycrystalline structure acts as a thin film
      magnetic medium. The medium can be for recording or sensing magnetic
      transitions representative of data and is of a thickness less than about
      200 .ANG., and has a coercivity in excess of about 2000 Oe. The film is in
      the L1o phase which is suitable for longitudinal recording and can be
      constituted by an alloy selected from cobalt or iron together with
      platinum or palladium. The film is formed by sputtering from a target and
      thereafter annealing the thin film and at a temperature in excess of about
      500.degree. C.
PATN
WKU  059897295
SRC  8
APN  9601937
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971029
TTL  Wear resistant metal composite
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Stein; Stephen
EXP  Speer; Timothy
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Takagi; Katumi
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Inoue; Shuji
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961121
APN  8-327897
CLAS
OCL  428614
XCL  428650
XCL  428552
EDF  6
ICL  B21D 3900
FSC  428
FSS  469;472.2;545;613;614;650;654;549;551;552;548
FSC  164
FSS  91;97;98
UREF
PNO  4444603
ISD  19840400
NAM  Yamatsuta et al.
OCL  148549
UREF
PNO  4489138
ISD  19841200
NAM  Yamaysuta et al.
OCL  428614
UREF
PNO  4526841
ISD  19850700
NAM  Yamatsuta et al.
OCL  428614
UREF
PNO  4547435
ISD  19851000
NAM  Yamatsuta et al.
OCL  428614
UREF
PNO  4888054
ISD  19891200
NAM  Pond, Sr.
OCL   75234
UREF
PNO  4946647
ISD  19900800
NAM  Rohatgi et al.
OCL  420528
UREF
PNO  4963439
ISD  19901000
NAM  Yammoto et al.
OCL  428614
UREF
PNO  4980242
ISD  19901200
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  428614
UREF
PNO  5228494
ISD  19930700
NAM  Rohatgi
OCL  164 97
UREF
PNO  5514480
ISD  19960500
NAM  Takagi et al.
OCL  428549
UREF
PNO  5711362
ISD  19980100
NAM  Rohtagi
OCL  164 97
FREF
PNO  0 624 657
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  6-322459
ISD  19941100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/19775
ISD  19970600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  J. Falbe, et al., Georg Thiem Verlag, pp. 1396-1397,"Rompp Chemie Lexikon",
      1990.
PAL  W. Gerhartz, et al., Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, vol. A
      5, pp. 502-504, "Cement and Concrete", 1986.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A wear resistant metal composite which comprises formed porous fly ash
      obtained by forming fly ash into the desired shape and a metal impregnated
      into voids present in the interior of said formed fly ash, wherein the
      percentage by volume of said formed fly ash is 30% by volume or less, and
      wherein said fly ash is exposed on the surface of said wear resistant
      metal composite.
PATN
WKU  059897309
SRC  8
APN  8482101
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970430
TTL  Article having a decorative and protective multi-layer coating
ISD  19991123
NCL  60
ECL  1
EXP  Kiliman; Leszek
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Sugg; Rolin W.
CTY  Reading
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Welty; Richard P.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Moysan, III; Stephen R.
CTY  Douglasville
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Masco Corporation
CTY  Taylor
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428621
XCL  428627
XCL  428628
XCL  428629
XCL  428635
XCL  428648
XCL  428660
XCL  428675
XCL  428680
EDF  6
ICL  B21D 3900
FSC  428
FSS  627;628;629;635;680;675;660;648;621
UREF
PNO  2316303
ISD  19430400
NAM  Wesley et al.
OCL  428611
UREF
PNO  2432893
ISD  19471200
NAM  Holt
OCL  205256
UREF
PNO  2653128
ISD  19530900
NAM  Brenner
OCL  205238
UREF
PNO  2926124
ISD  19600200
NAM  Taylor
OCL  205252
UREF
PNO  3090733
ISD  19630500
NAM  Brown
OCL  428639
UREF
PNO  3771972
ISD  19731100
NAM  Schaer et al.
OCL  428613
UREF
PNO  3772168
ISD  19731100
NAM  Dillenberg
OCL  205253
UREF
PNO  3887444
ISD  19750600
NAM  Fueki et al.
OCL  205253
UREF
PNO  3940319
ISD  19760200
NAM  Pollack
OCL  205253
UREF
PNO  4029556
ISD  19770600
NAM  Monaco et al.
OCL  205143
UREF
PNO  4033835
ISD  19770700
NAM  Lerner et al.
OCL  205253
UREF
PNO  4049508
ISD  19770900
NAM  Morrissey
OCL  205252
UREF
PNO  4226082
ISD  19801000
NAM  Nishida
OCL  368285
UREF
PNO  4252862
ISD  19810200
NAM  Nishida
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  4418125
ISD  19831100
NAM  Henricks
OCL  428639
UREF
PNO  4556607
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sastri
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  4591418
ISD  19860500
NAM  Snyder
OCL  204192.16
UREF
PNO  4632857
ISD  19861200
NAM  Mallory, Jr.
OCL  428209
UREF
PNO  4640869
ISD  19870200
NAM  Loth
OCL  428469
UREF
PNO  4699850
ISD  19871000
NAM  Kishi et al.
OCL  428469
UREF
PNO  4761346
ISD  19880800
NAM  Naik
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  4791017
ISD  19881200
NAM  Hofmann et al.
OCL  428216
UREF
PNO  4847445
ISD  19890700
NAM  Helderman et al.
OCL  174256
UREF
PNO  4849303
ISD  19890700
NAM  Graham et al.
OCL  428670
UREF
PNO  4911798
ISD  19900300
NAM  Abys et al.
OCL  205238
UREF
PNO  4925394
ISD  19900500
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  439 86
UREF
PNO  5024733
ISD  19910600
NAM  Abys et al.
OCL  205257
UREF
PNO  5102509
ISD  19920400
NAM  Albon et al.
OCL  205257
UREF
PNO  5178745
ISD  19930100
NAM  Abys et al.
OCL  205219
UREF
PNO  5250105
ISD  19931000
NAM  Gomes et al.
OCL  106  1.11
UREF
PNO  5314608
ISD  19940500
NAM  Caballero
OCL  205238
UREF
PNO  5413874
ISD  19950500
NAM  Moysan, III et al.
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  5476724
ISD  19951200
NAM  Moysan, III et al.
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  5478659
ISD  19951200
NAM  Moysan, III et al.
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  5478660
ISD  19951200
NAM  Moysan, III et al.
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  5482788
ISD  19960100
NAM  Moysan, III et al.
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  5484663
ISD  19960100
NAM  Moysan, III et al.
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  5552233
ISD  19960900
NAM  Moysan
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  5626972
ISD  19970500
NAM  Moysan, III et al.
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  5639564
ISD  19970600
NAM  Moysan, III et al.
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  5641579
ISD  19970600
NAM  Moysan, III et al.
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  5648179
ISD  19970700
NAM  Moysan
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  5654108
ISD  19970800
NAM  Moysan, III et al.
OCL  428627
UREF
PNO  5667904
ISD  19970900
NAM  Moysan
OCL  428627
FREF
PNO  56-166063
ISD  19811200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-9189
ISD  19840100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Electroplating, Frederick A. Lowenheim, pp. 210-225, 1978, McGraw-Hill Book
      Company.
PAL  Modern Electroplating, Frederick A. Lowenheim, The Electrochemical Society,
      Inc., NY, 1942, pp. 279, 280.
LREP
FR2  Kapustij; Myron B.
FR2  Doigan; Lloyd D.
ABST
PAL  An article is coated with a multi-layer coating comprising a nickel layer,
      a tin-nickel alloy layer, a non-precious refractory metal layer, a
      sandwich layer comprised of a plurality of alternating layers of
      non-precious refractory metal compound and of a non-precious refractory
      metal, a non-precious refractory metal compound layer, and a layer
      comprised of a non-precious refractory metal oxide or the reaction
      products of a non-precious refractory metal, oxygen and nitrogen.
PATN
WKU  059897317
SRC  8
APN  7449984
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19961107
TTL  Composite material and method of manufacturing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXA  Rickman; Holly C.
EXP  Thibodeau; Paul
NDR  11
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Arisawa; Yoshifumi
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Otsuka; Michio
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Moriguchi; Hideki
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951107
APN  7-314783
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951107
APN  7-314784
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951107
APN  7-314785
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961001
APN  8-281435
CLAS
OCL  428627
XCL  428547
XCL  428551
XCL  428610
XCL  428634
XCL  428668
XCL  419 10
XCL  419 13
XCL  419 14
XCL  419 15
XCL  419 18
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 1504
ICL  B22F  300
ICL  C22C 3200
FSC  428
FSS  547;551;610;627;698;699;634;668
FSC  419
FSS  10;13;14;15;18
UREF
PNO  4066451
ISD  19780100
NAM  Rudy
OCL   75240
UREF
PNO  4650722
ISD  19870300
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  428614
UREF
PNO  4830930
ISD  19890500
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  428547
UREF
PNO  4911989
ISD  19900300
NAM  Minoru et al.
OCL  428547
UREF
PNO  5279901
ISD  19940100
NAM  Akerman et al.
OCL  428469
UREF
PNO  5580666
ISD  19961200
NAM  Dubensky et al.
OCL  428552
UREF
PNO  5623723
ISD  19970400
NAM  Greenfield
OCL  419  6
FREF
PNO  52-50906
ISD  19770400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  53-1609
ISD  19780100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-287076
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-3306
ISD  19950100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Fasse; W. F.
FR2  Fasse; W. G.
ABST
PAL  In a composite material manufactured by connecting a sintered body to a
      surface of a metal substrate, the connection strength under a high
      temperature is increased, stress relaxation in the composite material is
      attained, and the strength, wear resistance and corrosion resistance are
      improved. The sintered body has a multilayer structure having layers with
      different compositions, i.e. compositions that vary or differ in a
      direction perpendicular to the connection surface, and the volume relation
      between the respective layers of the sintered body and the substrate is
      (substrate volume.times.0.2).gtoreq.(sintered body volume/number of
      layers), while the thickness of each layer is at least 0.2 mm and not more
      than 5 mm.
PATN
WKU  059897325
SRC  8
APN  9213422
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970829
TTL  Stainless steel wire and producing method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Zimmerman; John J.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Susumu
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960829
APN  8-227987
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961029
APN  8-285747
CLAS
OCL  428632
XCL  428679
XCL  428685
XCL  267166
XCL   72 42
XCL   72 47
EDF  6
ICL  F16F  104
ICL  B21C  100
ICL  B21C  902
FSC  428
FSS  607;685;632;679;592
FSC   72
FSS  42;47;146;135
FSC  148
FSS  537
FSC  267
FSS  166
UREF
PNO  3966425
ISD  19760600
NAM  Takeo
OCL  428685
UREF
PNO  4118845
ISD  19781000
NAM  Schildbach
OCL   29419.1
UREF
PNO  4197340
ISD  19800400
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  508156
UREF
PNO  4246047
ISD  19810100
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  148327
UREF
PNO  4791025
ISD  19881200
NAM  Hiromori et al.
OCL  428685
UREF
PNO  5012662
ISD  19910500
NAM  Tull
OCL  508158
UREF
PNO  5273667
ISD  19931200
NAM  Gill et al.
OCL  508111
FREF
PNO  0608466
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A stainless steel wire is plated with nickel (Ni) to a thickness of from
      not less than 1 .mu.m to not more than 5 .mu.m. An inorganic salt coat
      film mainly composed of at least one of potassium sulfate and borax
      (borate) and free from fluorine (F) or chlorine (Cl) is then deposited on
      the nickel (Ni) plate 2 as the substrate. The steel wire is then drawn to
      a reduction of area of not less than 60% to adjust the surface roughness
      thereof to a range of from 0.80 to 12.5 .mu.mRz, preferably from 1.0 to
      10.0 .mu.mRz.
PATN
WKU  059897333
SRC  8
APN  6853803
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19960723
TTL  Active element modified platinum aluminide diffusion coating and CVD
      coating method
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Zimmerman; John J.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Warnes; Bruce M.
CTY  Muskegon
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Near; Daniel L.
CTY  Montague
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Punola; David C.
CTY  Muskegon
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Basta; William C.
CTY  Montague
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Howmet Research Corporation
CTY  Whitehall
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428652
XCL  428670
XCL  428678
XCL  428938
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 1500
FSC  428
FSS  610;652;680;670;612;678;613;629;615;938
FSC  427
FSS  405;419.1;250;252;253;255.2
UREF
PNO  2772985
ISD  19561200
NAM  Wainer
OCL  117 71
UREF
PNO  3486927
ISD  19691200
NAM  Ganje
OCL  117107.2
UREF
PNO  3617359
ISD  19711100
NAM  Wakefield
OCL  117107.2R
UREF
PNO  3951642
ISD  19760400
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL   75  5R
UREF
PNO  3961098
ISD  19760600
NAM  Bessen
OCL  427 34
UREF
PNO  3976436
ISD  19760800
NAM  Chang
OCL   29196.6
UREF
PNO  4071638
ISD  19780100
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  427192
UREF
PNO  4687684
ISD  19870800
NAM  Restall et al.
OCL  427248.1
UREF
PNO  4698244
ISD  19871000
NAM  Benander
OCL  427253
UREF
PNO  4701384
ISD  19871000
NAM  Sarin et al.
OCL  428688
UREF
PNO  4702970
ISD  19871000
NAM  Sarin et al.
OCL  428688
UREF
PNO  4745010
ISD  19880500
NAM  Sarin et al.
OCL  427255
UREF
PNO  4751109
ISD  19880600
NAM  Sarin et al.
OCL  427255
UREF
PNO  4758451
ISD  19880700
NAM  van den berg et al.
OCL  427249
UREF
PNO  4835011
ISD  19890500
NAM  Olson et al.
OCL  427253
UREF
PNO  4844951
ISD  19890700
NAM  Sarin et al.
OCL  427255
UREF
PNO  4890574
ISD  19900100
NAM  Sarin et al.
OCL  118719
UREF
PNO  4931425
ISD  19900600
NAM  Kimura et al.
OCL  505  1
UREF
PNO  4943450
ISD  19900700
NAM  Sarin et al.
OCL  427255.2
UREF
PNO  5015502
ISD  19910500
NAM  Strangman et al.
OCL  427248.1
UREF
PNO  5057196
ISD  19911000
NAM  Creech et al.
OCL  204181.5
UREF
PNO  5071678
ISD  19911200
NAM  Grybowski et al.
OCL  427253
UREF
PNO  5147683
ISD  19920900
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  427 69
UREF
PNO  5149514
ISD  19920900
NAM  Sanjurjo
OCL  423344
UREF
PNO  5275840
ISD  19940100
NAM  Mikami
OCL  427 66
UREF
PNO  5292594
ISD  19940300
NAM  Liburdi et al.
OCL  428650
UREF
PNO  5455119
ISD  19951000
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  428632
UREF
PNO  5514482
ISD  19960500
NAM  Strangman
OCL  428623
UREF
PNO  5562998
ISD  19961000
NAM  Strangman
OCL  428612
UREF
PNO  5624721
ISD  19970400
NAM  Strangman
OCL  428585
UREF
PNO  5645893
ISD  19970700
NAM  Rickerby et al.
OCL  427405
UREF
PNO  5650235
ISD  19970700
NAM  McMordie et al.
OCL  428610
FREF
PNO  96/15284
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
ABST
PAL  A CVD outwardly grown platinum aluminide diffusion coating on a nickel or
      cobalt base superalloy substrate wherein the platinum modified aluminide
      diffusion coating is modified to include silicon, hafnium, and optionally
      zirconium and/or other active elements (e.g. Ce, La, Y, etc.) each in a
      concentration of about 0.01 weight % to about 8 weight % of the outer
      additive (Ni,Pt)(Al,Si) layer of the coating. A particular coating
      includes about 0.01 weight % to less than 2 weight % of each of silicon,
      hafnium, and zirconium in the outer additive layer, preferably with a
      Hf/Si ratio less than about 1 and, when Zr also is present, a Hf+Zr/Si
      ratio of less than about 1. A coating microstructure is provided
      characterized by an inner diffusion zone or region adjacent the substrate
      and the outer additive (Ni,Pt)(Al,Si) layer including hafnium silicide
      second phase particles or regions dispersed throughout the outer additive
      layer of the coating.
PATN
WKU  059897341
SRC  8
APN  9347542
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970922
TTL  Aluminum product having metal diffusion layer, process for producing the
      same, and paste for metal diffusion treatment
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  David; Darlene
EXP  Jones; Deborah
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Miura; Hirohisa
CTY  Okazaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsubara; Nagayoshi
CTY  Aichi-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Yasuhiro
CTY  Tajima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katoh; Haruzo
CTY  Akashi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watsuji; Takashi
CTY  Yokaichi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Aichin-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Toyo Aluminum Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960930
APN  8-260025
CLAS
OCL  428656
XCL  148317
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 1500
FSC  428
FSS  650;651;652;656;548;553;555
FSC  148
FSS  238;317;240;24
FSC  228
FSS  244
UREF
PNO  3390970
ISD  19680700
NAM  Bothwell
UREF
PNO  5514225
ISD  19960500
NAM  Yamada et al.
UREF
PNO  5582655
ISD  19961200
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  148317
FREF
PNO  0-666-334
ISD  19950800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  49-119838
ISD  19741100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  50-5232
ISD  19750100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-127767
ISD  19811000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-331627
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-166321
ISD  19950600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-292454
ISD  19951100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-269682
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  26-066
ISD  19820500
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1-019-009
ISD  19830500
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  498-371
ISD  19390100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  983-231
ISD  19650200
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Abstract, SU-A-722-994, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB, Section Ch,
      Week 8044, Mar. 1980.
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  An aluminum product having the metal diffusion layer in the present
      invention has, on the surface thereof, a metal diffusion layer comprising
      aluminum and a diffusion metal which is diffused setting aluminum as a
      matrix and which includes at least one selected from the group consisting
      of Ni, Cr, Cu, Zn, Mg, Ti and Ag; wherein the diffusion layer is formed by
      diffusing inclinatorily not less than 1 .mu.m from the surface thereof;
      and the diffusion metal is not less than 1.0% by weight when the whole of
      the metal diffusion layer is set to be 100% by weight. Also, in a process
      for producing an aluminum product having a metal diffusion layer, the
      surface of the aluminum product is brought into contact with the
      processing agent including at least the diffusion metal powder; and in
      this state by conducting heat treatment in the atmosphere including
      nitrogen, the diffusion metal is diffused on the surface of the aluminum
      product and the metal diffusion layer is formed. Thus, the present
      invention supplies the aluminum product having the metal diffusion layer
      on the surface thereof and the process for producing the aluminum product
      having this kind of metal diffusion layer on the surface thereof.
PATN
WKU  059897350
SRC  9
APN  0802387
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980518
TTL  Protective coating for metal components providing good corrosion
      resistance in a saline atmosphere, and method of producing said coating
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Savage; Jason
EXP  Jones; Deborah
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Ruimi; Michel
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Guerbert-Jubert; Jean-Paul
CTY  Lexy
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Societe Nationale d'Etude et de Construction de Moteurs d'Aviation
      "SNECMA"
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970522
APN  97 06232
CLAS
OCL  428658
XCL  428659
XCL  428646
XCL  428632
XCL  428933
XCL  205171
XCL  205252
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 1504
ICL  C25D  512
FSC  428
FSS  658;659;646;632;933
FSC  205
FSS  171;183;184;191;252
UREF
PNO  2675347
ISD  19540400
NAM  Lowenheim
UREF
PNO  4999258
ISD  19910300
NAM  Wake et al.
UREF
PNO  5059493
ISD  19911000
NAM  Takahata
UREF
PNO  5275892
ISD  19940100
NAM  Hyner et al.
UREF
PNO  5378346
ISD  19950100
NAM  Ashiru et al.
UREF
PNO  5491035
ISD  19960200
NAM  Carey, II et al.
FREF
PNO  5-33188
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A coating for protecting metal components against corrosion in a saline
      atmosphere comprises at least one layer of a tin/zinc alloy containing
      between 8% and 35% by weight of zinc deposited on a sublayer of an alloy
      of zinc/nickel containing between 10% and 16% by weight of nickel, the
      thickness proportion of the two alloys forming the coating being
      two-thirds in the case of the zinc/nickel alloy and one-third in the case
      of the tin/zinc alloy. The coating may also include an external chromate
      film.
PATN
WKU  059897368
SRC  8
APN  8666431
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970530
TTL  Carbon fiber and ceramic fiber paper composites and uses therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Bahta; Abraham
EXP  Jones; Deborah
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Lintz; Timothy S.
CTY  Grand Island
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Robinson; Christopher B.
CTY  Williamsville
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Stahlman; Mark D.
CTY  Lewiston
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Unifrax Corporation
CTY  Niagara Falls
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428688
XCL  428195
XCL  428113
XCL  428325
XCL  2807281
XCL  501 951
EDF  6
ICL  B32B  900
FSC  428
FSS  113;212;325;688;195
FSC  280
FSS  728.1
FSC   55
FSS  520
FSC  501
FSS  95.1
UREF
PNO  4806206
ISD  19890200
NAM  Kamijo et al.
OCL  162145
UREF
PNO  4968467
ISD  19901100
NAM  Zievers
OCL  264 62
UREF
PNO  5017522
ISD  19910500
NAM  Hegedus
OCL  501 81
UREF
PNO  5053107
ISD  19911000
NAM  Barber, Jr.
OCL  162145
UREF
PNO  5098454
ISD  19920300
NAM  Carpentier et al.
OCL   55523
UREF
PNO  5145811
ISD  19920900
NAM  Lintz et al.
OCL  501 95
UREF
PNO  5304330
ISD  19940400
NAM  Tatarchuk et al.
OCL  264 61
UREF
PNO  5320791
ISD  19940600
NAM  Saitou et al.
OCL  264 63
UREF
PNO  5419975
ISD  19950500
NAM  Lintz et al.
OCL  428688
UREF
PNO  5567536
ISD  19961000
NAM  Lintz et al.
OCL  428688
OREF
PAL  "Carborundum: a containing commitment to quality"Ceramic Bulletin, vol. 69,
      No. 3, 1990, pp. 345-348.
PAL  "ASTM Inflatable Restraint Standards", by Richard M. Downs, Jr.,ASTM
      Standardization News, Jul. 1991.
PAL  "Ceramic Fiber Papers: Insulation for Earthly Industries and Beyond", by
      Douglas J. Bailey.
PAL  "Novoloid Fibers", by Joseph S. Hayes, Jr., Kirk-Othmer: Encyclopedia of
      Chemical Technology, vol. 16, Third Edition, pp. 125-138, John Wiley &
      Sons, 1981.
PAL  "Kynol", Brochure, 24 pages.
PAL  "Thornel: Product Information", Amoco, 3 pages.
PAL  "FORTAFIL .RTM. 8808A Material Safety Data Sheet", Akzo, Aug. 15, 1988, 2
      pages.
PAL  "Technical Data Sheet 902E: FORTAFIL .RTM. Carbon Fibers Chopped Grades
      Selector Chart", Akzo, 1 page.
PAL  "Technical Data Sheet 902A: FORTAFIL .RTM. 3(C) Continuous Carbon Fiber",
      Akzo, 1990, 1 page.
LREP
FRM  Renner, Kenner, Greive, Bobak, Taylor, Weber
ABST
PAL  A paper composite includes activated carbon fibers and inorganic fibers
      bound together by an organic latex binder. Such a ceramic paper is useful
      in a variety of applications and is particularly useful as a filter media
      in the filter unit of an inflator in an automotive airbag. The filter
      media is particularly suitable for use with non-azide generants within an
      airbag inflator.
PATN
WKU  059897376
SRC  8
APN  8074895
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970227
TTL  Organic electroluminescent devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Yamnitzky; Marie
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Xie; Shuang
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Hu; Nan-Xing
CTY  Oakville
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Popovic; Zoran D.
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Hor; Ah-Mee
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Ong; Beng S.
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Xerox Corporation
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  428690
XCL  428704
XCL  428917
XCL  428213
XCL  428332
XCL  428457
XCL  313502
XCL  313503
XCL  313504
XCL  313506
EDF  6
ICL  H05B 3312
FSC  428
FSS  690;704;917;457;332;213
FSC  313
FSS  502;503;504;506
UREF
PNO  4356429
ISD  19821000
NAM  Tang
OCL  313503
UREF
PNO  4539507
ISD  19850900
NAM  VanSlyke et al.
OCL  313504
UREF
PNO  4769292
ISD  19880900
NAM  Tang et al.
OCL  428690
UREF
PNO  4950950
ISD  19900800
NAM  Perry et al.
OCL  313504
UREF
PNO  5150006
ISD  19920900
NAM  VanSlyke et al.
OCL  313504
UREF
PNO  5281489
ISD  19940100
NAM  Mori et al.
OCL  428690
UREF
PNO  5503910
ISD  19960400
NAM  Matsuura et al.
OCL  428212
UREF
PNO  5540999
ISD  19960700
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  428411.1
UREF
PNO  5601903
ISD  19970200
NAM  Fujii et al.
OCL  428212
UREF
PNO  5674597
ISD  19971000
NAM  Fujii et al.
OCL  428212
UREF
PNO  5759444
ISD  19980600
NAM  Enokida et al.
OCL  252301.16
UREF
PNO  5811833
ISD  19980900
NAM  Thompson
OCL  257 40
UREF
PNO  5811834
ISD  19980900
NAM  Tamano et al.
OCL  257 40
OREF
PAL  Concise Chemical and Technical Dictionary, 4th ed. (H. Bennett, editor),
      Chemical Publishing Co., Inc., pp. 1253, 1265 and 1271, 1986.
LREP
FR2  Palazzo; E. O.
ABST
PAL  An organic electroluminescent (EL) device comprised, in the following
      sequence, of an anode, an organic hole injecting and hole transporting
      layer, an organic electron injecting and electron transporting layer, and
      a cathode, wherein said organic hole injecting and transporting layer is
      comprised of a mixture of a tertiary aromatic amine and a polycyclic
      aromatic hydrocarbon compound.
PATN
WKU  059897384
SRC  8
APN  8816484
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970624
TTL  Organic electroluminescent component with charge transport layer
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Nold; Charles
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Haase; Markus
CTY  Hamburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kynast; Ulrich
CTY  Steinfurt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Boerner; Herbert
CTY  Aachen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Ronda; Cornelis
CTY  Aachen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960628
APN  196 25 993
CLAS
OCL  428690
XCL  428691
XCL  428917
XCL  313504
EDF  6
ICL  H05B 3313
FSC  428
FSS  690;691;917
FSC  313
FSS  504
UREF
PNO  4795617
ISD  19890100
NAM  O'Hare
OCL  422186.15
UREF
PNO  4841293
ISD  19890600
NAM  Takimoto
OCL  340763
UREF
PNO  4902929
ISD  19900200
NAM  Toyoda et al.
OCL  313503
UREF
PNO  5069815
ISD  19911200
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  252301.36
UREF
PNO  5128587
ISD  19920700
NAM  Skotheim et al.
UREF
PNO  5200668
ISD  19930400
NAM  Ohashi et al.
OCL  313498
UREF
PNO  5369333
ISD  19941100
NAM  Inoguchi et al.
OCL  313509
UREF
PNO  5446577
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bennett et al.
OCL  359273
UREF
PNO  5496597
ISD  19960300
NAM  Soininen et al.
OCL  427584
UREF
PNO  5739635
ISD  19980400
NAM  Wakimoto
OCL  313504
UREF
PNO  5747929
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  313503
UREF
PNO  5773929
ISD  19980600
NAM  Shi et al.
OCL  313504
FREF
PNO  5-041285
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
ICL  H05B 3322
OREF
PAL  "Organic EL Devices with Methal Oxides as a Hole-Injecting Layer" by S.
      Tokito et al presented at a conference of "The Japan Society of Applied
      Physics and Related Societies" Mar. 26, 1996.
PAL  "Recent Developments in Molecular Organic Electroluminescent Materials", by
      C.H. Chen et al in Macromol. Symp. vol. 125, pp. 1-48 specifically p.
      18-19, 1997.
LREP
FR2  Spain; Norman N.
ABST
PAL  An organic electroluminescent component with a layer arrangement includes a
      first electrode layer, an inorganic layer which conducts electrons, one or
      several optoelectronically active layers with at least one light-emitting
      layer which comprises an organic emitter, and a second electrode layer.
      The inorganic layer which conducts electrons is an N-type conducting oxide
      of a transition metal chosen from the group consisting of zirconium oxide,
      hafnium oxide, vanadium oxide, barium titanate, barium-strontium titanate,
      strontium titanate, calcium titanate, calcium zirconate, potassium
      tantalate, and potassium niobate.
PATN
WKU  059897392
SRC  8
APN  801809&
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970214
TTL  Method for operating a fuel cell system
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Maples; John S.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Zur Megede; Detlef
CTY  Bubesheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schussler; Martin
CTY  Ulm
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  DaimlerChrysler AG
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960214
APN  196 05 404
CLAS
OCL  429 13
EDF  6
ICL  H01M  806
FSC  429
FSS  13
UREF
PNO  4473622
ISD  19840900
NAM  Chludzinski et al.
UREF
PNO  4650737
ISD  19870300
NAM  Vanderborgh et al.
UREF
PNO  4904548
ISD  19900200
NAM  Tajima
UREF
PNO  5248566
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kumar et al.
FREF
PNO  0 061 727 A2
ISD  19821000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  01186570
ISD  19890700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  02160602
ISD  19900600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 668 622 A1
ISD  19950800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  07335238
ISD  19951200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4032652
ISD  19920400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4032993
ISD  19920500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 23 587 A1
ISD  19960100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a method for operating a fuel cell system
      consisting of a fuel cell, a reformer for generating a hydrogen-rich gas,
      and a combustion chamber in which the fuel cell exhaust gases are oxidized
      to generate the heat energy required in the reformer. According to the
      invention, in those operating states in which the heat energy supplied to
      the reformer from the combustion chamber is insufficient, additional
      amounts of fuel and oxygen are supplied to the reformer, so that
      additional heat energy is produced directly in the reformer by the
      oxidation of the fuel. At the same time, during the oxidation of the fuel
      in the reformer, steam is produced that can be used in steam reformation.
      Advantageously, adjustment of the additional amount of fuel and the oxygen
      supplied is performed as a function of the reformer temperature.
PATN
WKU  059897406
SRC  9
APN  0428078
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980317
TTL  Molten carbonate fuel cell
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Nicolas; Wesley A.
EXP  Gorgos; Kathryn
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Tomimatsu; Norihiro
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohzu; Hideyuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakagawa; Kazuaki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Akasaka; Yoshihiro
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970317
APN  9-062867
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980312
APN  10-061185
CLAS
OCL  429 16
XCL  429 34
XCL  429 35
XCL  429 37
EDF  6
ICL  H01M  814
ICL  H01M  200
ICL  H01M  202
FSC  429
FSS  16;34;35;37
UREF
PNO  3615845
ISD  19711000
NAM  Gray
OCL  429 34
UREF
PNO  5206095
ISD  19930400
NAM  Donado et al.
OCL  429 16
UREF
PNO  5582624
ISD  19961200
NAM  Jantsch et al.
OCL   29623.1
UREF
PNO  5595832
ISD  19970100
NAM  Tomimatsu et al.
OCL  429 16
UREF
PNO  5643690
ISD  19970700
NAM  Tateishi et al.
OCL  429 34
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Nuestadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A molten carbonate fuel cell of high performance and long life, which is
      capable of preventing the corrosion at the contacting portion between
      collector plates (in particular, an oxidizing gas-side collector plate)
      and the interconnector so as to suppress an increase of contact
      resistance. This molten carbonate fuel cell comprises, a unit cell
      comprising an electrolyte body formed of a porous body impregnated therein
      with a mixed carbonate containing two or more kinds of carbonate mixed in
      a desired mixing ratio, a cathode disposed on one main surface of the
      electrolyte body, and an anode disposed on the other main surface of the
      electrolyte body, corrugated collector plates, each disposed on a surface
      of the anode and on a surface of the cathode, and interconnectors, each
      disposed on a surface of each of the collector plates, wherein a substance
      which is capable of reacting with the mixed carbonate at an operation
      temperature of the fuel cell thereby to change a composition ratio of the
      mixed carbonate is deposited on a surface of at least one member selected
      from the collector plate and the interconnector.
PATN
WKU  059897414
SRC  9
APN  0933198
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980608
TTL  Electrochemical cell system with side-by-side arrangement of cells
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Bell; Bruce F.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Bloomfield; David P.
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Banerjee; Shoibal
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Polevaya; Olga Y.
CTY  Needham
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Ferris; James J.
CTY  Marlborough
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  429 32
XCL  429 18
XCL  429 41
XCL  429152
XCL  429243
XCL  429244
XCL   296231
XCL   296233
XCL   29746
XCL   29747
XCL   29749
XCL  156157
XCL  156182
XCL  156196
XCL  156288
XCL  1563041
EDF  6
ICL  H01M  810
FSC  429
FSS  33;18;31;32;41;123;152;243;244
FSC   29
FSS  623.3;746;747;748;749;623.1
FSC  156
FSS  90;157;182;196;272.2;285;288;304.1
UREF
PNO  4738741
ISD  19880400
NAM  Mc Michael
OCL  156235
UREF
PNO  4752370
ISD  19880600
NAM  Mc Michael et al.
OCL  204283
UREF
PNO  4889577
ISD  19891200
NAM  Mc Michael et al.
OCL  156281
UREF
PNO  5039389
ISD  19910800
NAM  Mc Michael
OCL  204282
UREF
PNO  5190834
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kendall
OCL  429 31
UREF
PNO  5783324
ISD  19980700
NAM  Binder et al.
OCL  429 33
UREF
PNO  5861221
ISD  19990100
NAM  Ledjeff et al.
OCL  429 33
UREF
PNO  5863672
ISD  19990100
NAM  Ledjeff et al.
OCL  429 33
OREF
PAL  O. Polevaya and D. Bloomfield, Advanced Lightweight Fuel Cell Stacks,
      Proceedings of the 37th Power Sources Conference, 69-72, Jun. 17-20, 1996.
PAL  R. Nolte, A. Kolbe, K. Ledjeff-Hey, High Voltage-Small Current Fuel Cell
      Concept Based on Functional Membranes, Proceedings of the 37th Power
      Sources Conference, 77-80, Jun. 17-20, 1996.
PAL  Army SBIR Award, Topic #:A94-071, Extremely Lightweight Fuel Cells Stacks,
      Abstract, After Jun. 28, 1996.
PAL  Army SBIR Award, Topic #A94-071, Extremely Lightweight Fuel Cells Stacks,
      Abstract, After Mar. 15, 1995.
ABST
PAL  An electrochemical cell system including an anode compartment and a cathode
      compartment separated by a membrane and electrode structure. This
      structure has an anode surface with a plurality of anodes in a
      side-by-side arrangement exposed to the anode compartment and a cathode
      surface with a plurality of cathodes in a side-by-side arrangement exposed
      to the cathode compartment. The anodes and cathodes are separated by a
      layer of ion exchange polymer and register with each other so that
      opposing pairs of anodes and cathodes form cells. The membrane and
      electrode structure further includes a plurality of current collector
      screens. The current collector screens have an anode contact area in
      contact with the anode, a cathode contact area in contact with the cathode
      and a feed through area extending between cells and crossing from the
      anode contact area to the cathode contact area to connect the anode and
      cathode of adjacent cells. The invention provides a polymer electrolyte
      membrane electrochemical cell system which can be less complicated,
      lighter in weight and/or is easier to manufacture that existing stack
      designs.
GOVT
PAC  GOVERNMENT RIGHTS
PAR  The Government has rights in this invention pursuant to U.S. Army Research
      Laboratory Contract No. DAAL01-95-C-3507 and Contract No. DAAL01-96-C-36.
PATN
WKU  059897422
SRC  8
APN  7257473
APT  1
ART  111
APD  19961004
TTL  Blend membranes based on sulfonated poly(phenylene oxide) for enhanced
      polymer electrochemical cells
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Maples; John S.
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Cabasso; Israel
CTY  Syracuse
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Yuan; Youxin
CTY  Syracuse
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Mittelsteadt; Cortney
CTY  Syracuse
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  The Research Foundation of State University of New York
CTY  Albany
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  429 33
XCL  429192
EDF  6
ICL  H01M  810
FSC  429
FSS  33;192
UREF
PNO  3226361
ISD  19651200
NAM  Borman
UREF
PNO  3259592
ISD  19660700
NAM  Fox et al.
UREF
PNO  3282875
ISD  19661100
NAM  Connolly et al.
UREF
PNO  3528858
ISD  19700900
NAM  Hodgdon
UREF
PNO  4175153
ISD  19791100
NAM  Dobo et al.
UREF
PNO  4268278
ISD  19810500
NAM  Dobo et al.
UREF
PNO  4329157
ISD  19820500
NAM  Dobo et al.
XCL   55158
UREF
PNO  4330654
ISD  19820500
NAM  Ezzell et al.
UREF
PNO  4348458
ISD  19820900
NAM  Otstot
XCL  428364
UREF
PNO  4654055
ISD  19870300
NAM  Malon et al.
UREF
PNO  4866099
ISD  19890900
NAM  Hendy
UREF
PNO  5348569
ISD  19940900
NAM  Bikson et al.
UREF
PNO  5364454
ISD  19941100
NAM  Bikson et al.
UREF
PNO  5422411
ISD  19950600
NAM  Wei et al.
UREF
PNO  5491040
ISD  19960200
NAM  Charlonea-Giu
OCL  429192
FREF
PNO  574891
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  31 43 804
ISD  19821200
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 013, No. 145, Apr. 10, 1989.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 002, No. 059, Apr. 27, 1978.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 104, No. 12, Mar. 24, 1986.
PAL  LCST Behavior in Polymer Blends by R.E. Bernstein et al., Macromolecules,
      vol. 10, No. 3 (Jun., 1997), pp. 681-686.
PAL  Selective Gas Transport in Miscible PPO-PS Blends by Y. Maeda et al.,
      Polymers, vol. 26 (Dec. 1985), pp. 2055-2063.
LREP
FRM  Morgan & Finnegan L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Solid polymer membranes comprised of a high charge density sulfonated poly
      (phenylene oxide) blended with poly(vinylidene fluoride) in varied ratios
      have improved membrane characteristics. These membranes possess very high
      ionic conductivity, are inexpensive and suitable for solid polymer
      electrolytes in electrochemical applications, especially for the polymer
      electrolyte membrane (PEM) fuel cell. PEM fuel cell assemblies with this
      membrane have enhanced performance.
PATN
WKU  059897430
SRC  8
APN  8097925
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970522
TTL  Non-aqueous battery
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Ruthkosky; Mark
EXP  Nuzzolillo; Maria
NDR  12
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Yamashita; Masaya
CTY  Machida
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940927
APN  6-231400
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940927
APN  6-231401
CLAS
OCL  429129
XCL  429 94
XCL  429161
XCL  429170
XCL  429234
XCL  429238
XCL  429246
EDF  6
ICL  H01M 1014
ICL  H01M 1044
FSC  429
FSS  94;129;170;234;246;161;238
UREF
PNO  4622277
ISD  19861100
NAM  Bedder et al.
OCL  429 94
UREF
PNO  4731304
ISD  19880300
NAM  Lundquist et al.
OCL  429 62
UREF
PNO  4879190
ISD  19891100
NAM  Lundsgaard
UREF
PNO  5147737
ISD  19920900
NAM  Post et al.
OCL  429 94
UREF
PNO  5401595
ISD  19950300
NAM  Kagawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5736270
ISD  19980400
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  429 94
FREF
PNO  1-279578
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-74496
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-187959
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP95/01962
PD1  19970522
PD2  19970522
PD3  19950927
PCP  WO96/10273
PCD  19960404
ABST
PAR  Disclosed is a novel non-aqueous battery comprising a spirally wound
      electrode assembly comprising a cathode, an anode and a separator which
      are spirally wound so that the cathode and anode active material layers
      are arranged opposite to each other through the separator, wherein the
      battery has a cathode-equipotential metallic segment provided in
      association with the cathode, wherein the segment has on at least one side
      thereof a portion free of a cathode active material layer to provide a
      cathode-equipotential, exposed metallic portion (.alpha.) longitudinally
      extending over a length of one wind or more of the spirally wound
      structure, the portion (.alpha.) being positioned opposite to an
      anode-equipotential, exposed metallic portion (.beta.) which is provided,
      in association with the anode, over a length of one wind or more of the
      spirally wound structure. Also disclosed is a non-aqueous battery
      comprising a stacked or zigzag-folded laminate electrode assembly
      accommodated in a casing, each having substantially the same structure as
      that of the spirally wound electrode assembly. By virtue of the unique
      construction, an accident in which the battery is crushed by an external
      pressure, overcharged by a malfunctioning of a charging circuit, pentrated
      with an iron nail etc., or heated by external high temperature heat
      source, a low resistance short-circuiting safely occurs between metallic
      segments without suffering a large temperature elevation.
PATN
WKU  059897449
SRC  8
APN  902218&
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970729
TTL  Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary cell
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Chaney; Carol
EXP  Nuzzolillo; Maria
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Yamaura; Kiyoshi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960731
APN  8-202183
CLAS
OCL  429223
XCL  4292313
EDF  6
ICL  H01M  452
FSC  429
FSS  223;231.1;231.3
UREF
PNO  5620812
ISD  19970400
NAM  Tahara et al.
OCL  429223
UREF
PNO  5631105
ISD  19970500
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  429194
FREF
PNO  6-275275
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/06670
ISD  19980200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary cell in
      which charge/discharge property and energy density are significantly
      improved. The non-aqueous electrolyte secondary cell according to the
      present invention is provided with a positive electrode whose active
      material is Li(Ni.sub.1-y CO.sub.y).sub.1-z B.sub.z O.sub.2 (wherein y and
      z represent Ni, Co and B composition ratio which satisfies the
      relationships 0.1y.ltoreq.z<0.05y+0.026, y>0, and 0<z.ltoreq.0.03); a
      negative electrode capable of doping and de-doping lithium; and a
      non-aqueous electrolytic solution made from lithium salt dissolved or
      dispersed in a non-aqueous medium.
PATN
WKU  059897457
SRC  9
APN  0377058
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980310
TTL  Lithium secondary battery
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Chaney; Carol
EXP  Nuzzolillo; Maria
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Kamauchi; Masahiro
CTY  Itami
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takada; Yoshinori
CTY  Itami
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Cable Industries, Ltd.
CTY  Amagasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941128
APN  6-293118
RLAP
COD  74
APN  849192
CLAS
OCL  429223
XCL  4292311
XCL  423594
XCL  423641
EDF  6
ICL  H01M  452
FSC  429
FSS  218.1;223;231.1;219
FSC  423
FSS  306;594;641
UREF
PNO  5244757
ISD  19930900
NAM  Takami et al.
OCL  429218
UREF
PNO  5286582
ISD  19940200
NAM  Tahara et al.
OCL  429194
UREF
PNO  5378560
ISD  19950100
NAM  Tomiyama et al.
OCL  429217
UREF
PNO  5401599
ISD  19950300
NAM  Tahara et al.
OCL  429218
UREF
PNO  5498495
ISD  19960300
NAM  Takada et al.
OCL  429219
UREF
PNO  5718989
ISD  19980200
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  429218
UREF
PNO  5750288
ISD  19980500
NAM  Xie et al.
OCL  429229
UREF
PNO  5783333
ISD  19980700
NAM  Mayer
OCL  429223
UREF
PNO  5795558
ISD  19980800
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  423594
UREF
PNO  5804335
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kamauchi et al.
OCL  429218
FREF
PNO  56-73860
ISD  19810600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-228370
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  International Search Report in PCT/JP95/02397 mailed Mar. 26, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Varndell & Varndell,PLLC
ABST
PAL  A lithium secondary battery comprising a positive electrode composed of a
      positive electrode active material comprising an oxide compound comprising
      at least Li and Ni, and a negative electrode comprising an Li--Ag--Te
      alloy, a positive electrode active material for a lithium secondary
      battery, which is composed of an oxide compound represented by the
      formula:
EQU  LiNi.sub.w Al.sub.x P.sub.y O.sub.z
PAL  wherein 0.80<w<1.10, 0<x<0.015, 0<y<0.03 and 1.8.ltoreq.z.ltoreq.2.2, and a
      lithium secondary battery comprising said positive electrode active
      material. The lithium secondary battery of the present invention shows
      large charge-discharge capacity, high energy density, less degradation by
      the repetitive charge-discharge and is superior in cycle property. The
      positive electrode active material of the present invention, which is
      composed of an oxide compound represented by the formula LiNi.sub.w
      Al.sub.x P.sub.y O.sub.z is economical and superior in the supply of
      starting materials, and the lithium secondary battery comprising said
      positive electrode active material is advantageous in that it has high
      capacity, is superior in cycle property and can be prepared stably at low
      costs.
PATN
WKU  059897465
SRC  9
APN  090158&
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980604
TTL  Pasted nickel electrode
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Ruthkosky; Mark
EXP  Nuzzolillo; Maria
INVT
NAM  Bernard; Patrick
CTY  Massy
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Bouet; Jacques
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Alcatel
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970605
APN  97 06963
CLAS
OCL  429223
XCL  429233
XCL  429234
XCL  429235
XCL  429232
EDF  6
ICL  H01M  462
ICL  H01M  432
ICL  H01M  452
FSC  429
FSS  223;217;232-234
UREF
PNO  5525444
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  429206
FREF
PNO  0 523 284 A2
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 650 207 A1
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 730 315 A1
ISD  19960900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  57-138776
ISD  19820800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-4561
ISD  19880100
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01M  462
FREF
PNO  2-256162
ISD  19901000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 108, No. 18, May 2, 1988, Columbus, Ohio, US,
      Abstract No. 153674.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 108, No. 1, Jul. 4, 1988, Abstract No. 78679
      corresponding to JP 62 222 567 A (Toshiba Battery Co) Sep. 30, 1987.
PAL  Database WPI, Section CH, Week 7731, Derwent Publication LTd, corresponding
      to JP 52 074 842 A (Matsushita Elec Ind Co Ltd) Jun. 23, 1977.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 013, No. 268 (E-775), Jun. 20, 1989
      corresponding to JP 01 059767 A (Hitachi Chem Co Ltd) Mar. 7, 1989.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts of Japan, vol. 116, No. 20, May 18, 1992, Columbus OH,
      corresponding to JP 04 004 560 A (Hitachi Chemical Co) Jan. 9, 1992.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a nickel electrode of the pasted type for a
      storage cell having an alkaline electrolyte, the electrode including a
      current collector and a paste. The electrode is manufactured by coating
      the collector with the paste which contains:
PA1  a) an active material in powder form, having a nickel hydroxide base;
PA1  b) a conductor constituted by a mixture of conductive particles and
      conductive fibers, the conductive particles having an average dimension D1
      not greater than D/20, D being the average diameter of said active
      material, and the conductive fibers having an average dimension D2 not
      greater than D, and an average length L2 not less than 25 times the value
      of D2; and
PA1  c) at least one polymer binder.
PATN
WKU  059897473
SRC  8
APN  8913471
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970710
TTL  Cell electrode with thick tip portions
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Wills; Monique M.
EXP  Nuzzolillo; Maria
NDR  11
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Mitsutoshi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishiyama; Masashi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Aotsuka; Yasuo
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishizuka; Seiji
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukumura; Kenichi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katagiri; Yoshinobu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960710
APN  8-181046
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961113
APN  8-318722
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961118
APN  8-306849
CLAS
OCL  42923195
XCL  429209
XCL  429224
EDF  6
ICL  H01M  402
FSC  429
FSS  231.1;231.2;231.3;233;237;231.95;209
UREF
PNO  3790409
ISD  19740200
NAM  Fletcher et al.
OCL  136 20
UREF
PNO  5434020
ISD  19950700
NAM  Cooper
OCL  429210
UREF
PNO  5741612
ISD  19980400
NAM  Verhoog et al.
OCL  429235
UREF
PNO  5780181
ISD  19980700
NAM  Idota et al.
OCL  429194
FREF
PNO  2466-870
ISD  19810400
CNT  FRX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A cell electrode of a stripe rectangle shape having at least one electrode
      depolarizing mix layer on a current collector. The thickness of two end
      portions of the electrode depolarizing mix layer are thicker than an
      average thickness of the electrode depolarizing mix layer by 2 to 25%.
PATN
WKU  059897481
SRC  9
APN  0746959
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980508
TTL  Cyanoethylated compounds as additives in lithium/lithium batteries
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Bell; Bruce F.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Nagasubramanian; Ganesan
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the United States
      Department of Energy
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  42923195
XCL  429248
XCL  429300
XCL  429303
XCL  429321
XCL  429322
XCL  429323
XCL  429324
XCL  429199
EDF  6
ICL  H01M  458
FSC  429
FSS  300;303;321;322;323;324;199;248;218.1;231.95
UREF
PNO  3247414
ISD  19660400
NAM  Levetan
OCL  313108
UREF
PNO  4668595
ISD  19870500
NAM  Yoshino et al.
OCL  429194
UREF
PNO  5631100
ISD  19970500
NAM  Yoshino et al.
OCL  429217
UREF
PNO  5783331
ISD  19980700
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  429217
OREF
PAL  G. Nagasubramanian et al., "12-Crown-4-Ether-Assisted Enhancement of Ionic
      Conductivity and Interfacial Kinetics in Polyethylene Oxide Electrolytes,"
      J. Electrochemical Soc., vol. 137, No. 12, Dec.1990, pp. 3830-3835.
LREP
FR2  McMillan; Armand
FR2  Chafin; James H.
FR2  Moser; William R.
ABST
PAL  The power loss of lithium/lithium ion battery cells is significantly
      reduced, especially at low temperatures, when about 1% by weight of an
      additive is incorporated in the electrolyte layer of the cells. The usable
      additives are organic solvent soluble cyanoethylated polysaccharides and
      poly(vinyl alcohol). The power loss decrease results primarily from the
      decrease in the charge transfer resistance at the interface between the
      electrolyte and the cathode.
GOVT
PAR  The United States Government has rights in this invention pursuant to
      Contract No. DE-AC04-94AL85000 between the United States Department of
      Energy and Sandia Corporation.
PATN
WKU  059897490
SRC  8
APN  9799842
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971126
TTL  Stamped battery grid
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Tsang; Susy
EXP  Nuzzolillo; Maria
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Kao; Wen-Hong
CTY  Brown Deer
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Mrotek; Edward N.
CTY  Grafton
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Johnson Controls Technology Company
CTY  Plymouth
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  429241
XCL  429211
EDF  6
ICL  H01M  474
FSC   29
FSS  2
FSC  429
FSS  233;241;211
UREF
PNO  1524610
ISD  19250100
NAM  Ahlgren
UREF
PNO  2079727
ISD  19370500
NAM  Wirtz
UREF
PNO  2881105
ISD  19590400
NAM  Gullet
UREF
PNO  3009459
ISD  19611100
NAM  Ruben
UREF
PNO  3408236
ISD  19681000
NAM  Van Hartesveldt
UREF
PNO  3486942
ISD  19691200
NAM  Hatterschide
UREF
PNO  3629388
ISD  19711200
NAM  Wolf et al.
OCL  264219
UREF
PNO  3779816
ISD  19731200
NAM  Mao
OCL  148  6.3
UREF
PNO  3989539
ISD  19761100
NAM  Grabb
OCL  429241
UREF
PNO  4151331
ISD  19790400
NAM  Hug et al.
OCL  429 94
UREF
PNO  4189533
ISD  19800200
NAM  Sugalski
OCL  429223
UREF
PNO  4196757
ISD  19800400
NAM  Hug et al.
OCL  141  1.1
UREF
PNO  4199849
ISD  19800400
NAM  Moreau
OCL   29  2
UREF
PNO  4221032
ISD  19800900
NAM  Cousino et al.
OCL   29  2
UREF
PNO  4320183
ISD  19820300
NAM  Qureshi
OCL  429211
UREF
PNO  4345452
ISD  19820800
NAM  Eberle
OCL   72452
UREF
PNO  4358892
ISD  19821100
NAM  Turillon et al.
OCL   29623.5
UREF
PNO  4455724
ISD  19840600
NAM  Sperling et al.
OCL   29  2
UREF
PNO  4477546
ISD  19841000
NAM  Wheeler et al.
OCL  429211
UREF
PNO  5264306
ISD  19931100
NAM  Walker, Jr. et al.
OCL  429160
UREF
PNO  5308719
ISD  19940500
NAM  Mrotek et al.
OCL  429241
UREF
PNO  5350645
ISD  19940900
NAM  Lake et al.
OCL  429124
UREF
PNO  5506062
ISD  19960400
NAM  Flammang
OCL  428614
UREF
PNO  5543250
ISD  19960800
NAM  Yanagihara et al.
OCL  429241
UREF
PNO  5578398
ISD  19961100
NAM  Jenkins et al.
OCL  429233
UREF
PNO  5582936
ISD  19961200
NAM  Mrotek et al.
OCL  429241
UREF
PNO  5595840
ISD  19970100
NAM  Henning et al.
OCL  429210
FREF
PNO  0 589 549
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01M  473
FREF
PNO  60-150556
ISD  19850800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 127 614
ISD  19840400
CNT  GBX
ICL  H01M  473
OREF
PAL  S. Goodman, "Plates with improved conductivity", Batteries International,
      pp. 88-89, 1994 (Jul.).
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady LLP
ABST
PAL  A stamped grid for a lead-acid battery having a grid pattern that is
      optimized for electrical performance. The stamped grid includes an
      electrically conductive grid body having opposed top and bottom frame
      elements, opposed first and second side frame elements and a plurality of
      interconnecting grid wire elements forming a grid pattern. The grid wire
      elements include a plurality of vertical wire elements electrically
      connected to both top and bottom frame elements, a plurality of vertical
      wire elements connected to the top frame element and one of either the
      first or second side frame elements and a plurality of cross grid elements
      that interconnect the vertical wire elements. Each of the vertical grid
      elements that is electrically connected to the top frame element and one
      of either the first or second side frame elements includes a plurality of
      the cross frame elements connected thereto at a substantially 90.degree.
      angle. The vertical grid elements and the cross frame elements define open
      areas for supporting electrochemical paste where most of the open areas
      are within the two percent of being the same size.
PATN
WKU  059897503
SRC  8
APN  9385568
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970926
TTL  Lead-acid battery separator and method for producing thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Kalafut; Stephen
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ohba; Katsumi
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ito; Shin
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  G.S. Kasei Kogyo K.K.
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960926
APN  8-277213
CLAS
OCL  429251
XCL  429143
XCL  429146
XCL  26433111
EDF  6
ICL  H01M  216
FSC  429
FSS  143;146;251;252
FSC  264
FSS  331.11
UREF
PNO  4264691
ISD  19810400
NAM  O'Rell et al.
XCL  429251
UREF
PNO  4363856
ISD  19821200
NAM  Waterhouse
OCL  429143
UREF
PNO  4482617
ISD  19841100
NAM  Le Bayon et al.
OCL  429143
UREF
PNO  5180647
ISD  19930100
NAM  Rowland et al.
OCL  429252
UREF
PNO  5759927
ISD  19980600
NAM  Meeker
XCL  264331.11
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A separator contains thermoplastic synthetic fiber, and acid-resisting
      oxidation-resisting inorganic filler, wherein the cumulative volume of
      pores having a pore size not smaller than 1 .mu.m is not larger than 20%
      of the cumulative volume of all pores, and the maximum pore size is not
      larger than 10 .mu.m.
PATN
WKU  059897511
SRC  8
APN  8767866
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970616
TTL  High energy density, flexible lithium primary batteries
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Maples; John S.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Cotte; John M.
CTY  New Fairfield
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Datta; Madhav
CTY  Yorktown Heights
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  429331
XCL  429127
XCL  429176
XCL  429217
XCL  429224
XCL  429233
EDF  6
ICL  H01M  614
ICL  H01M  450
ICL  H01M  464
FSC  429
FSS  127;194;197;191;192;218;224;232;331;217;176;233
UREF
PNO  5474862
ISD  19951200
NAM  Okuno et al.
OCL  429197
UREF
PNO  5552239
ISD  19960900
NAM  Gozdz et al.
OCL  429 94
UREF
PNO  5558957
ISD  19960900
NAM  Datta et al.
OCL  429127
UREF
PNO  5571637
ISD  19961100
NAM  Idota
XCL  429197
LREP
FRM  Domenica N.S. Hartman
FR2  Hartman; Gary M.
FR2  August; Casey P.
ABST
PAL  A primary lithium battery particularly adapted for use in self-contained
      self-powered devices (SSPD) for mobile communication and computing
      products, such as radio frequency identification tags, PCMCIA cards, and
      smart cards. The battery has a flexible and compact design which
      eliminates use of a separate electrolyte membrane by utilizing an
      electrolyte-bearing composite cathode that preferably has a
      polyacrylonitrile matrix. Performance of the battery is optimized by
      controlling the amount of aprotic organic solvents within the composite
      cathode within a prescribed range of ratios. In so doing, the performance
      characteristics of the battery closely approximate those having
      conventional liquid electrolytes without the safety concerns associated
      with liquid electrolyte leakage, and exhibit enhanced performance at
      sub-ambient temperatures. A further feature is that the composite cathode
      is encapsulated within a polymeric matrix that eliminates the exposure
      hazard posed by the lithium intercalation compounds used within the
      cathode. The battery is enclosed in a customized laminate stack for
      sealing and encapsulation. Alternative packaging embodiments are also
      disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059897520
SRC  8
APN  6549853
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19960529
TTL  Reconfigurable mask
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  VerSteeg; Steven H.
EXP  Nguyen; Nam
NDR  16
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Chiu; Tzu-Yin
STR  700 Cardiff Pl.
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
ZIP  95035
CLAS
OCL  430  5
XCL  430 19
XCL  430 20
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  900
FSC  430
FSS  5;19;20
UREF
PNO  2629956
ISD  19530300
NAM  Switzer
OCL   41 26
UREF
PNO  4013466
ISD  19770300
NAM  Klaiber
OCL   96 36
UREF
PNO  4229520
ISD  19801000
NAM  Bratt et al.
OCL  430430
UREF
PNO  4828947
ISD  19890500
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  430430
UREF
PNO  4837097
ISD  19890600
NAM  Narang et al.
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  4847183
ISD  19890700
NAM  Kruger
OCL  430430
UREF
PNO  5045419
ISD  19910900
NAM  Okumura
OCL  430 20
UREF
PNO  5135609
ISD  19920800
NAM  Pease et al.
OCL  156654
UREF
PNO  5189549
ISD  19930200
NAM  Leventis et al.
OCL  359271
UREF
PNO  5302477
ISD  19940400
NAM  Dao et al.
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5334467
ISD  19940800
NAM  Cronin et al.
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5389474
ISD  19950200
NAM  Iguchi et al.
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5415951
ISD  19950500
NAM  Miyazaki
OCL  430430
UREF
PNO  5442184
ISD  19950800
NAM  Palmer et al.
OCL  250442
UREF
PNO  5444330
ISD  19950800
NAM  Leventis et al.
OCL  313506
UREF
PNO  5624773
ISD  19970400
NAM  Pforr et al.
OCL  430430
OREF
PAL  Coates, David, "Smectic A LCDs".
PAL  Chopra, K.L. et al., "Transparent Conductors--A Status Review", Thin Solid
      Films, 102 (1983) 1-46, Electronics And Optics.
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  A reconfigurable mask for forming erasable patterns is disclosed. The mask
      includes material having optical properties manipulated by nonphysical
      means. In a preferred embodiment, the mask includes a liquid crystal array
      formed by materials that are transparent to the exposure light. A
      phase-shift mask can also be formed by controlling the refractive index of
      each cell. The mask can be used to form mask patterns that compensate for
      overexposure at corners of a mask pattern.
PATN
WKU  059897538
SRC  8
APN  6704360
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19960626
TTL  Method, apparatus, and mask for pattern projection using a beam of
      charged particles
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Rosasco; S.
NDR  16
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Okino; Teruaki
CTY  Kamakura
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nikon Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950626
APN  7-159580
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960606
APN  8-144404
CLAS
OCL  430  5
XCL  430296
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  900
FSC  430
FSS  5;296
UREF
PNO  5260151
ISD  19931100
NAM  Berger et al.
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5376505
ISD  19941200
NAM  Berger et al.
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5523580
ISD  19960600
NAM  Davis
OCL  430  5
OREF
PAL  David A. Markle, Deep UV Lithography: Problems and Potential, SPIE vol. 774
      Lasers in Microlithography Mar./(1987) pp. 108-114.
PAL  James P. Rominger, Seamless Stitching for Large Area Integrated Circuit
      Manufacturing, SPIE vol. 992, Optical/Laser Microlithography May/(1988).
LREP
FRM  Cushman Darby & Cushman IP Group of Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  In order to make it possible to suppress projection errors in the portions
      of patterns which are connected together, in a method of pattern
      projection which includes a process of making a pattern of a beam of
      charged particle, in which a beam of charged particles is irradiated upon
      a small region upon a mask and the beam of charged particles is caused to
      change by the influence of pattern which is provided on the selected small
      regions, a process of projection in which the patterns of the beam of
      charged particles are projected upon a certain portion of a projection
      reception region which is defined upon a sensitive plate, a process of
      scanning in which the small region and the certain portion are selected in
      sequence, the patterns of the selected small regions are projected upon
      the selected certain portions and connected in sequence, a process of
      irradiation amount reduction is performed, during the scanning process,
      the amount of irradiation by the beam of charged particles of the
      peripheral portion of the selected of small regions is reduced in
      correspondence to the distance from the center of the selected small
      regions. From a pair of projection reception regions upon the sensitive
      plate which mutually neighbor one another, the regions for which the
      amount of irradiation by the beam of charged particles is reduced are
      mutually superimposed.
PATN
WKU  059897546
SRC  8
APN  9239804
APT  1
ART  176
APD  19970905
TTL  Photomask arrangement protecting reticle patterns from electrostatic
      discharge damage (ESD)
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Young; Christopher G.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Chen; Shih-Shiung
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chen; Ming-Fa
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Lan; Ho-Ku
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chao; Ying-Chen
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd.
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  430  5
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  900
FSC  430
FSS  5
UREF
PNO  4587184
ISD  19860500
NAM  Schneider-Gmelch et al.
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5403683
ISD  19950400
NAM  Ohta et al.
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5798192
ISD  19980800
NAM  King et al.
OCL  430  5
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  A photomask arrangement is disclosed to prevent the reticle patterns of a
      photomask from peeling caused by electrostatic discharge damage. The
      photomask includes: a substrate; a plurality of metal shielding layers
      formed on the surface of the substrate to provide the reticle patterns,
      wherein each two of the metal shielding layers are spaced apart by a clear
      scribe line; and a plurality of metal lines formed on the clear scribe
      line to connect the adjacent metal shielding layers, thereby increasing
      the effective surface area of the reticle patterns.
PATN
WKU  059897554
SRC  9
APN  0524646
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980331
TTL  Method of manufacturing x-ray mask blank and method of manufacturing
      x-ray membrane for x-ray mask
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Rosasco; S.
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Shoki; Tsutomu
CTY  Hachioji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hoya Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970331
APN  9-080758
CLAS
OCL  430  5
XCL  378 35
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  900
FSC  430
FSS  5
FSC  378
FSS  34;35
FSC  428
FSS  432
UREF
PNO  5005075
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  378 35
UREF
PNO  5178977
ISD  19930100
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  378 35
FREF
PNO  7-75219
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  English language abstract: Japanese Laid-Open Patent No. 7-75219. Aug.
      1995.
PAL  Yamaguchi, Y.I. et al, "Properties of Si.c. Film as X-Ray Mask Membrane,"
      Materials Research Laboratory, Hoya Corporation, pp. 197-210.
LREP
FRM  Cook, Alex, McFarron, Manzo, Cummings & Mehler Ltd.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a method comprising the step of checking a defect on a surface
      of a thin film formed by a step or steps of forming the thin film to be an
      x-ray membrane 12, wherein the thin film is formed by the thin film
      forming step or steps so that the thin film checked by the defect checking
      step may have a surface roughness of 1.0 nm or less in terms of Ra
      (center-line average roughness).
PATN
WKU  059897562
SRC  9
APN  0552615
APT  1
ART  176
APD  19980406
TTL  Photo mask and method for fabricating semiconductor devices using the
      photo mask
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Rosasco; S.
NDR  23
NFG  38
INVT
NAM  Nakae; Akihiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971006
APN  9-272961
CLAS
OCL  430  5
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  900
FSC  430
FSS  5;322;324
UREF
PNO  5424154
ISD  19950600
NAM  Borodovsky
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5429897
ISD  19950700
NAM  Yoshioka et al.
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5563012
ISD  19961000
NAM  Neisser
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5733687
ISD  19980300
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  430  5
FREF
PNO  7-36174
ISD  19950200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  A photoresist mask for use in a photolithographic process for fabricating
      semiconductor devices. The photo mask including a transparent substrate,
      and at least two light blocking regions. The at least two light blocking
      regions are separated by a first opening and arranged at a first pitch
      P.sub.1 satisfying the following relationship on a main surface of the
      transparent substrate in a first direction:
EQU  P.sub.1 >2.lambda./NA (1+.sigma.)
PAL  where .lambda. represents a wavelength of exposure light in an exposure
      system, NA represents a numerical aperture of the exposure system and C
      represents coherency of the exposure light. The at least two light
      blocking regions are formed with second openings at second pitches smaller
      than the first pitch in the first direction and the second openings have
      the exposure light transmitting therethrough, which has a weaker intensity
      than the exposure light transmitting through the first opening.
PATN
WKU  059897570
SRC  8
APN  7017294
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19960822
TTL  Color filter manufacturing method
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  23
EXP  McPherson; John A.
NDR  20
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Satoi; Tsunenobu
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950825
APN  7-217165
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960812
APN  8-212555
CLAS
OCL  430  7
XCL  347102
XCL  347106
XCL  427  8
XCL  427162
XCL  427379
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  520
ICL  G02F  11335
FSC  430
FSS  7;321
FSC  349
FSS  106
FSC  347
FSS  102;106;1
FSC  427
FSS  8;162;379
UREF
PNO  4313124
ISD  19820100
NAM  Hara
OCL  346140
UREF
PNO  4345262
ISD  19820800
NAM  Shiratu
OCL  346140
UREF
PNO  4459600
ISD  19840700
NAM  Sato
OCL  346140
UREF
PNO  4463359
ISD  19840700
NAM  Ayata
OCL  346  1.1
UREF
PNO  4558333
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sugitani
OCL  346140
UREF
PNO  4608577
ISD  19860800
NAM  Hori
OCL  346140
UREF
PNO  4723129
ISD  19880200
NAM  Endo
OCL  346140
UREF
PNO  4740796
ISD  19880400
NAM  Endo
OCL  346  1.1
UREF
PNO  5681675
ISD  19971000
NAM  Kurauchi et al.
OCL  430  7
UREF
PNO  5716740
ISD  19980200
NAM  Shiba et al.
OCL  430  7
FREF
PNO  54-056847
ISD  19790800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-075205
ISD  19840400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-138461
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-123670
ISD  19840900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-071260
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-235901
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1217320
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7281171
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A method of manufacturing a color filter through which the productivity of
      color filter manufacturing is improved is provided. The method of
      manufacturing a color filter by coloring a color filter substrate includes
      a partitioning step of partitioning the substrate into portions that are
      to be colored and portions that are not to be colored, a coloring step of
      coloring the portions planned for coloring by discharging ink onto these
      portions from an inkjet printing head, and a drying step of drying the ink
      discharged at the coloring step, the partitioning step, coloring step and
      drying step being performed successively.
PATN
WKU  059897589
SRC  9
APN  1636944
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980930
TTL  Liquid crystalline polyesters, their composition, and their uses
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Acquah; Samuel A.
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Komatsu; Shinichi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishimura; Suzushi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takagi; Akira
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Shinichiro
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippon Oil Company, Limited
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970930
APN  9-265810
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971023
APN  9-290848
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980227
APN  10-046454
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980305
APN  10-053132
CLAS
OCL  430 20
XCL  528176
XCL  528190
XCL  528191
XCL  528192
XCL  528193
XCL  528194
XCL  528272
XCL  528298
XCL  528302
XCL  528306
XCL  528308
XCL  525437
XCL  525444
XCL  430627
XCL  430631
XCL  428  1
XCL  428 641
XCL  428357
EDF  6
ICL  C08K 1900
ICL  C08G 6302
ICL  C08F 2000
FSC  528
FSS  176;190;191;192;193;194;272;298;302;306;308
FSC  525
FSS  437;444
FSC  430
FSS  20;627;631
FSC  428
FSS  1;64.1;357
UREF
PNO  5246747
ISD  19930900
NAM  Gillberg-Laforce et al.
OCL  428  1
UREF
PNO  5438421
ISD  19950800
NAM  Sugawara et al.
OCL  359 75
UREF
PNO  5583672
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kim
OCL  349 92
UREF
PNO  5648860
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ooi et al.
OCL  349 10
UREF
PNO  5783120
ISD  19980700
NAM  Ouderkirk et al.
OCL  264  1.34
UREF
PNO  5825543
ISD  19981000
NAM  Ouderkirk et al.
OCL  359494
LREP
FRM  Scully, Scott, Murphy & Presser
ABST
PAL  There are provided liquid crystalline polyesters comprising
      4'-hydroxy-4-stilbenecarboxylic acid type units, dicarboxylic acid units
      acting as a mesogen such as 4,4'-stilbenecarboxylic acid and catechol
      units as essential ingredients, and a liquid crystalline polyester
      composition comprising said polyesters and optically active liquid
      crystalline polyesters consisting essentially of 4,4'-stilbenedicarboxylic
      acid type units and aliphatic diol units having asymmetric carbons.
PATN
WKU  059897597
SRC  9
APN  0308862
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980226
TTL  Pattern forming method using alignment from latent image or base pattern
      on substrate
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Young; Christopher G.
NDR  23
NFG  38
INVT
NAM  Ando; Atsushi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugihara; Kazuyoshi
CTY  Yokosuka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okumura; Katsuya
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakasugi; Tetsuro
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970228
APN  9-046808
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980129
APN  10-016619
CLAS
OCL  430 22
XCL  430 30
XCL  430296
XCL  430942
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  900
FSC  430
FSS  22;30;296;328;942
UREF
PNO  5783340
ISD  19980700
NAM  Farino et al.
OCL  430 22
UREF
PNO  5863680
ISD  19990100
NAM  Kawakubo et al.
OCL  430 22
FREF
PNO  9-7924
ISD  19970100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  F. Benistant et al., A Heavy Ion Implanted Pocket 1.10 .mu.m n-type
      Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor With Hybrid Lithography
      (Electron-Beam/Deep Ultraviolet) and Specific Gate Passivation Process),
      J.Vac. Sci. Technol. B 14(6):4051-4054 (1996).
PAL  R. Jonckheere et al., "Electron Beam/DUV Intra-Level Mix-and-Match
      Lithography for Random Logic 0.25 .mu.m CMOS", Microelectronic
      Engineering, 27:231-234 (1995).
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  To achieve down-sizing and improvements of throughputs, light exposure and
      charge beam exposure are sometimes used together. In case of performing
      exposure of a desired pattern in a plurality of stages, a positional
      displacement of each of exposure patterns in the stages leads to a
      decrease in exposure accuracy. According to the present invention, in case
      of forming a fine pattern by exposure after exposure of a rough pattern,
      the exposure position of the rough pattern is adjusted, based on a latent
      image of the rough pattern which has been subjected to exposure. As a
      result, a positional displacement between rough and fine patterns is
      reduced so that a desired pattern can be formed with high accuracy.
PATN
WKU  059897600
SRC  9
APN  0404713
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980318
TTL  Method of processing a substrate utilizing specific chuck
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  16
EXP  Young; Christopher G.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Mangat; Pawitter Jit Singh
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Dauksher; William Joseph
CTY  Mesa
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  430 22
XCL  430296
XCL  430942
XCL  430966
XCL  279  3
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  900
FSC  279
FSS  3
FSC  430
FSS  22;296;942;966
UREF
PNO  4357006
ISD  19821100
NAM  Hayes
OCL  279  3
UREF
PNO  4603867
ISD  19860800
NAM  Babb et al.
OCL  279  3
UREF
PNO  5632854
ISD  19970500
NAM  Mirza et al.
OCL  438 53
OREF
PAL  J.A Liddle et al., "Mask fabrication for projection electron-beam
      lithography incorporating the Scalpel technique", J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B,
      vol.9, No. 6, Nov./Dec. 1991.
PAL  S.D. Berger et al., "Projection electron-beam lithography: A new approach",
      J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B, vol.9, No. 6, Nov./Dec. 1991.
LREP
FR2  Meyer; George R.
ABST
PAL  A substrate (10) having a central region (32) and a peripheral region (34)
      is processed using a chuck (40) that contacts peripheral regions (34) of
      the substrate but not the central region. A fabrication step is performed
      while the substrate (10) is on the chuck (40, 60, 70). The chuck can be
      used in the formation of a lithographic mask or a semiconductor device.
PATN
WKU  059897619
SRC  9
APN  236090&
APT  1
ART  176
APD  19990125
TTL  Exposure methods for overlaying one mask pattern on another
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Young; Christopher G.
NDR  28
NFG  78
INVT
NAM  Kawakubo; Masaharu
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kaneko; Ryoichi
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nikon Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950529
APN  7-130131
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950620
APN  7-152856
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950804
APN  7-199676
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950809
APN  7-203276
RLAP
COD  71
APN  654419
APD  19960528
CLAS
OCL  430 22
XCL  430 30
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  900
FSC  430
FSS  22;30
UREF
PNO  4708466
ISD  19871100
NAM  Isohata et al.
OCL  355537
UREF
PNO  4734746
ISD  19880300
NAM  Ushida
OCL  355 77
UREF
PNO  4792693
ISD  19881200
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  250538
UREF
PNO  5434026
ISD  19950700
NAM  Takatsu et al.
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  5468580
ISD  19951100
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  430 22
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  An exposure method in which mask patterns are overlaid on one another on a
      substrate, which is an object to be exposed, by using a first and second
      exposure apparatuses having respective exposure fields of different sizes.
      The exposure method includes the steps of: sequentially transferring a
      first mask pattern onto the substrate in the form of a first array in
      units of a shot area of a predetermined size by using the first exposure
      apparatus; detecting at least either one of a perpendicularity error of
      the first array from a design value and a mean value of rotation angles of
      the shot areas in the first array when a second mask pattern is to be
      sequentially transferred onto the substrate in the form of a second array
      in units of a shot area different in size from the unit shot area of a
      predetermined size by using the second exposure apparatus; and rotating
      the second mask pattern and the substrate relative to each other through
      an angle corresponding to a result of the detection, and thereafter,
      sequentially transferring the second mask pattern onto the substrate.
PATN
WKU  059897627
SRC  8
APN  8122466
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970306
TTL  Method of producing a semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  VerSteeg; Steven H.
EXP  Nguyen; Nam
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Takaoka; Hajime
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960306
APN  8-048537
CLAS
OCL  430 30
XCL  430 22
XCL  356399
XCL  356401
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  500
ICL  G03F  900
FSC  430
FSS  22;30
FSC  356
FSS  399;401
UREF
PNO  3690881
ISD  19720900
NAM  King
OCL   96 27
UREF
PNO  3963489
ISD  19760600
NAM  Cho
OCL   96 27R
UREF
PNO  5532091
ISD  19960700
NAM  Mizutani
OCL  430 22
UREF
PNO  5643699
ISD  19970700
NAM  Waldner
OCL  430 22
UREF
PNO  5656402
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kasuga
OCL  430 22
UREF
PNO  5674651
ISD  19971000
NAM  Nishi
OCL  430 22
UREF
PNO  5695897
ISD  19971200
NAM  Mitome et al.
OCL  430 22
UREF
PNO  5798195
ISD  19980800
NAM  Nishi
OCL  430 22
UREF
PNO  5856054
ISD  19990100
NAM  Tomimatu
OCL  430 22
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  An alignment correcting method for an aligner is disclosed. A designated
      number of wafers are selected out of a single lot and have their alignment
      marks measured in terms of coordinates. Subsequently, a preselected number
      of wafers are selected out of the wafers undergone measurement in the
      descending order with respect to closeness to a mean value or a center
      value of scattering, exposed, and then developed. An alignment correction
      value is calculated on the basis of the developed wafers.
PATN
WKU  059897635
SRC  9
APN  0863203
APT  1
ART  176
APD  19980528
TTL  Chemical gas analysis during processing of chemically amplified
      photoresist systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Young; Christopher G.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Bendik; Joseph
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Romano; Andrew R.
CTY  Pittstown
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Jakatdar; Nickhil
CTY  Albany
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  National Semicondustor Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  430 30
XCL  430311
XCL  430330
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  900
FSC  430
FSS  30;311;330
UREF
PNO  5789124
ISD  19980800
NAM  Todd
OCL  430 30
OREF
PAL  Davidson, T., ACS Symposium Series 242 Polymers in Electronics, American
      Chemical Society, Washington, D.C. (1984).
PAL  Mack, C.A., "Inside PROLITH, A Comprehensive Guide to Optical Lithography
      Simulation", by FINLE Technologies, Inc., pp. 76-80.
PAL  "Commercial DUV Photoresist Systems", Clariant Photoresist Product Flyer (1
      pg.).
PAL  "Negative DUV Photoresist Chemistry", Clariant Photoresist Product Flyer (1
      pg.).
PAL  Mertesdorf, C., et al., "Structural Design of Ketal and Acetal Blocking
      Groups in 2-Component Chemically Amplified Positive DUV Resists", SPIE
      vol. 2438, pp. 84-98.
LREP
FRM  Limbach & Limbach L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Gases evolved during photolithographic processing of chemically amplified
      photoresist systems are monitored to allow optimization of process
      parameters such as intensity and duration of applied heat or radiation.
      Specifically, during soft bake, evaporation of solvent gases is detected.
      During exposure and PEB, gases evolved during activation of the polymer
      resin component by the photoacid are detected. The intensity and/or
      duration of the heating or exposure are then varied to optimize resolution
      of the particular photolithography process. Residual gas analysis, diode
      laser spectroscopy, FT-IR spectroscopy, and electronic sensing may be
      utilized alone or in combination to monitor composition and/or
      concentration of evolved gases in accordance with the present invention.
PATN
WKU  059897643
SRC  9
APN  2470551
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19990209
TTL  Method of adjusting lithography tool through scattered energy measurement
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Young; Christopher G.
NDR  11
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Adams; Thomas Evans
CTY  Emmaus
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  669859
APD  19960626
RLAP
COD  81
APN  283240
APD  19940729
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  045346
APD  19930407
PSC  01
PNO  5362585
RLAP
COD  81
APN  664187
APD  19910304
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  430 30
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  900
FSC  430
FSS  30
UREF
PNO  4092164
ISD  19780500
NAM  Crosby
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  4474864
ISD  19841000
NAM  Chow et al.
UREF
PNO  4569717
ISD  19860200
NAM  Ohgami
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  4640619
ISD  19870200
NAM  Edmark, III
OCL  356372
UREF
PNO  4741622
ISD  19880500
NAM  Suwa et al.
OCL  356401
UREF
PNO  4982226
ISD  19910100
NAM  Takahashi
UREF
PNO  5124216
ISD  19920600
NAM  Giapis et al.
UREF
PNO  5362585
ISD  19941100
NAM  Adams
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  5674652
ISD  19971000
NAM  Bishop et al.
FREF
PNO  338200
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  238836
ISD  19851100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  114529
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  201427
ISD  19860900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  293877
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  676395
ISD  19910100
CNT  CHX
OREF
PAL  Mack: "Photoresist Process Optimization" KTI Microelectronics Seminar
      Interface 87 (1987) pp. 153-167.
PAL  European Search Report dated May 14, 1992, with application No. 89102186.7
      filed Sep. 2, 1989, and German patent 676395 issued Jan. 15, 1991.
PAL  "Executing Focus Jobs", DFAS/Metrology System Operation Manual, GCA
      Corporation, Dec. 1988, pp. 33-44.
PAL  "Section 4-Local Alignment Systems," Reticle Handbook, GCA, Apr. 1990, pp.
      4-1-4-6.
PAL  "Consistent Image Quality in a High Performance Stepper Environment," K.
      Hale et al., Proceedings, Interface '86, Eastman Kodak Company, Nov.
      20-21, 1986, pp. 29-46.
PAL  "Understanding focus effects in submicron optical lithography, part 2:
      Photoresist effects," C.A. Mack et al., SPIE vol. 1088, Optical/Laser
      Microlithography II 1989, pp. 304-323.
PAL  "Characterization of stepper-Lens Aberration and Critical Dimension
      Control," P. Chien et al., SPIE vol. 538, Optical Microlithography IV
      (1985), pp. 197-206.
PAL  "Stepper overlay calibration using alignment to a latent image," K. W.
      Edmark et al., SPIE vol. 538, Optical Microlithography IV (1985), pp.
      91-101.
PAL  "Dark Field Technology--a practical approach to local alignment," D. R.
      Beaulieu et al., SPIE vol. 772, Optical Microlithography VI (1987), pp.
      142-149.
LREP
FR2  Rehberg; John T.
FR2  Meder; Martin G.
FR2  McLellan; Scott W.
ABST
PAL  A method to achieve good stepper focus and exposure over an entire wafer
      for a particular mask level before the start of a product run is
      described. This method can also be used to produce a characterization of
      lens field curvature (i.e., a surface of optimum focus across the lens)
      and to characterize lens astigmatism, defocus sensitivity, relative
      resolution, and other characteristics, and to check the stepper for
      optical column tilt. The process prevents the complexities of resist
      development from affecting determination of focus. The process involves
      forming an array of latent images in a resist and examining the scattered
      light from the edges of the latent images. Analysis of the scattered light
      quickly provides information on correct exposure and focus together with
      lens characteristics over the printing field.
PATN
WKU  059897651
SRC  9
APN  2529637
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19990219
TTL  Triphenylamine derivative, charge-transporting material comprising the
      same, and electrophotographic photoreceptor
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  3
EXP  Martin; Roland
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Tohru
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsushima; Yoshimasa
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugiyama; Hiroshi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hagiwara; Toshimitsu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Takasago International Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950301
APN  7-065270
RLAP
COD  74
APN  894878
APD  19970902
CLAS
OCL  430 5875
XCL  430 5885
XCL  430 83
EDF  6
ICL  G03G  509
ICL  G03G  5047
FSC  430
FSS  58.75;58.85;83
UREF
PNO  4769302
ISD  19880900
NAM  Ueda
OCL  430 58.15
UREF
PNO  5246808
ISD  19930900
NAM  Hanatani et al.
OCL  430 58.15
UREF
PNO  5567560
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hagiwara et al.
OCL  430 58.85
UREF
PNO  5573878
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hagiwara et al.
OCL  430 58.85
UREF
PNO  5733697
ISD  19980300
NAM  Endoh et al.
OCL  430 58.75
UREF
PNO  5882813
ISD  19990300
NAM  Matsushima et al.
OCL  430 58.75
FREF
PNO  650956A1
ISD  19950300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2-226159
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-332206
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A triphenylamine derivative, represented by the following general formula
      (1):
      ##STR1##
      wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 each
      represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a
      halogen atom or an aryl group which may have a substituent group; and m
      and n each represents 0 or 1.
PATN
WKU  059897660
SRC  9
APN  093058&
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980608
TTL  Photoconductive composition and display adopting photoconductive layer
      made thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Martin; Roland
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Jeong; Bong-mo
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Suh; Min-chul
CTY  Taejon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Shim; Sang-chul
CTY  Taejon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Display Devices Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970609
APN  97-23655
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19971222
APN  97-72030
CLAS
OCL  430 83
XCL  430 56
EDF  6
ICL  G03G  504
ICL  G03G  509
FSC  430
FSS  56;83
UREF
PNO  3408189
ISD  19681000
NAM  Mammino
OCL  430 83
UREF
PNO  3512966
ISD  19700500
NAM  Shattuck et al.
OCL  430 83
UREF
PNO  3772011
ISD  19731100
NAM  Guevara et al.
OCL  430 56
UREF
PNO  3879201
ISD  19750400
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  430 83
UREF
PNO  3935009
ISD  19760100
NAM  Crommentuyn et al.
OCL  430 83
UREF
PNO  4264695
ISD  19810400
NAM  Kozima et al.
OCL  430 83
UREF
PNO  4535042
ISD  19850800
NAM  Kitayama et al.
OCL  430 56
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A photoconductive composition and a display device adopting a
      photoconductive layer formed of the composition. The photoconductive
      composition includes an electron donor, an electron acceptor, a charge
      transmitting substance, a binder, a surfactant and a solvent, and the
      photoconductive composition is characterized in that a
      1,4-diphenyl-1-butene-3-yne derivative is used as the electron donor. The
      photoconductive composition has excellent sensitivity and thermal
      decomposition property. Thus, there are scarcely residues left after the
      sintering process, thereby effectively preventing deterioration in image
      quality of a display device.
PATN
WKU  059897678
SRC  9
APN  2120658
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19981215
TTL  Carrier particles for electrostatographic developers
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Goodrow; John
INVT
NAM  Yoerger; William E.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Ferrar; Wayne T.
CTY  Fairport
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4301066
XCL  430108
XCL  430137
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1322
ICL  G03G  910
FSC  430
FSS  108;137;106.6
UREF
PNO  4027073
ISD  19770500
NAM  Clark
OCL  428412
UREF
PNO  4378420
ISD  19830300
NAM  Gruber et al.
OCL  430120
UREF
PNO  4920023
ISD  19900400
NAM  Koch et al.
OCL  430126
UREF
PNO  4977054
ISD  19901200
NAM  Honjo et al.
OCL  430108
UREF
PNO  5068301
ISD  19911100
NAM  Okamura et al.
OCL  528 15
UREF
PNO  5171653
ISD  19921200
NAM  Jugle et al.
OCL  430108
UREF
PNO  5200287
ISD  19930400
NAM  Ohnura et al.
OCL  430108
UREF
PNO  5709975
ISD  19980100
NAM  Yoerger et al.
OCL  430106.6
UREF
PNO  5747209
ISD  19980500
NAM  Takiguchi et al.
OCL  430106.6
LREP
FR2  Wells; Doreen M.
ABST
PAL  Carrier particles for developers used in electrostatographic imaging
      processes such as electrophotography comprise core particles such as
      strontium ferrite having a coating that comprises a silicone resin admixed
      with an alkali metal salt of an organic acid. The novel carrier particles
      provide faster charging rates for toner, less toner throw-off and improved
      charge stability.
PATN
WKU  059897686
SRC  8
APN  8127883
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970306
TTL  Charge-modified metal oxides with cyclic silazane and
      electrostatographic systems incorporating same
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Goodrow; John
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Little; Charles B.
CTY  Champaign
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Cabot Corporation
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  430110
XCL  430120
EDF  6
ICL  G03G  9097
FSC  430
FSS  110;106;120
UREF
PNO  3146250
ISD  19640800
NAM  Speier
OCL  260448.2
UREF
PNO  3652214
ISD  19720300
NAM  Aboutboul et al.
OCL   23182
UREF
PNO  3838094
ISD  19740900
NAM  Sporck
OCL  260 37
UREF
PNO  4618556
ISD  19861000
NAM  Takenouchi
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  4640882
ISD  19870200
NAM  Mitsuhashi et al.
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  4652509
ISD  19870300
NAM  Shirose et al.
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  4680245
ISD  19870700
NAM  Suematsu et al.
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  4868084
ISD  19890900
NAM  Uchide et al.
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  4902570
ISD  19900200
NAM  Heinemann et al.
OCL  428405
UREF
PNO  4906548
ISD  19900300
NAM  Uchide et al.
OCL  430126
UREF
PNO  4933413
ISD  19900600
NAM  Varaprath
OCL  528 26
UREF
PNO  5024915
ISD  19910600
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  5101056
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kampling et al.
OCL  556419
UREF
PNO  5110967
ISD  19920500
NAM  King et al.
OCL  556407
UREF
PNO  5166029
ISD  19921100
NAM  Bayley et al.
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  5239099
ISD  19930800
NAM  King et al.
OCL  556407
UREF
PNO  5256487
ISD  19931000
NAM  Myers
OCL  428447
UREF
PNO  5270027
ISD  19931200
NAM  Balducci et al.
OCL  423338
UREF
PNO  5270770
ISD  19931200
NAM  Kukimoto et al.
OCL  355274
UREF
PNO  5275900
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ong et al.
OCL  430106
UREF
PNO  5281736
ISD  19940100
NAM  Tachikawa
OCL  556407
UREF
PNO  5281737
ISD  19940100
NAM  Tachikawa
OCL  556407
UREF
PNO  5346793
ISD  19940900
NAM  Bertrand et al.
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  5354880
ISD  19941000
NAM  Pepe et al.
OCL  556407
UREF
PNO  5372905
ISD  19941200
NAM  Deusser et al.
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  5376172
ISD  19941200
NAM  Tripp et al.
OCL  106490
UREF
PNO  5384194
ISD  19950100
NAM  Deusser et al.
OCL  428405
UREF
PNO  5391452
ISD  19950200
NAM  Sacripante et al.
OCL  430106.6
UREF
PNO  5397667
ISD  19950300
NAM  Law et al.
OCL  430106
UREF
PNO  5405889
ISD  19950400
NAM  Hatanaka et al.
OCL  523210
UREF
PNO  5415936
ISD  19950500
NAM  Deusser et al.
OCL  428405
UREF
PNO  5419928
ISD  19950500
NAM  Deusser et al.
OCL  427384
UREF
PNO  5429873
ISD  19950700
NAM  Deusser et al.
OCL  428405
UREF
PNO  5446180
ISD  19950800
NAM  Tachikawa
OCL  556408
UREF
PNO  5451481
ISD  19950900
NAM  Law et al.
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  5455137
ISD  19951000
NAM  Diaz et al.
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  5464722
ISD  19951100
NAM  Tomiyama et al.
OCL  430137
UREF
PNO  5480755
ISD  19960100
NAM  Uchiyama et al.
OCL  430106.6
UREF
PNO  5482806
ISD  19960100
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  430106.6
UREF
PNO  5486420
ISD  19960100
NAM  Nishihara et al.
OCL  428405
UREF
PNO  5489497
ISD  19960200
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  430106.6
UREF
PNO  5501933
ISD  19960300
NAM  Deusser et al.
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  5508360
ISD  19960400
NAM  Cifuentes et al.
OCL  525477
UREF
PNO  5510221
ISD  19960400
NAM  Matalevich et al.
OCL  430106.6
UREF
PNO  5532097
ISD  19960700
NAM  Tavernier et al.
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  5532098
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ong
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  5534981
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ohno et al.
OCL  355245
FREF
PNO  0 438 245
ISD  19910700
CNT  EPX
ICL  G03G  9097
FREF
PNO  0578185
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07F  710
FREF
PNO  0578186
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07F  710
FREF
PNO  0661290
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07F  718
FREF
PNO  0 713 153
ISD  19960500
CNT  EPX
ICL  G03G  9097
FREF
PNO  4234846
ISD  19940400
CNT  DEX
ICL  C08G 77388
FREF
PNO  61-036338
ISD  19860200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-019526
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2296915
ISD  19960700
CNT  GBX
ICL  C09C  312
FREF
PNO  WO 94/14820
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07F  710
OREF
PAL  Japanese Patent Abstract. vol. No. 293 (P-1550), dated Jun. 4, 1993
      relating to JP 05 019526 A (Shin Etsu), Jan. 29, 1993.
PAL  Derwent Abstract No. AN 86-090833 relating to JP 61 036 338 A (Mitsubishi)
      Feb. 21, 1986.
PAL  Degussa Corporation, Product Information entitled, "Experimental Product:
      Aerosil.RTM.R504," Revision No. 2, dated Apr., 1996.
PAL  Wacker-Chemie GmbH, Product Information entitled, "Wacker HDK.RTM. The
      Fumed Silica," dated Dec., 1994.
PAL  Cabot Corporation, Technical Data Sheet entitled, "CAB-O-SIL.RTM. TS-530
      Treated Fumed Silica," dated Nov., 1991.
PAL  Wacker-Chemie GmbH, Preliminary Data Sheet, entitled, "Wacker HDK H 3050 EP
      VP for Positive Chargeable Toners," undated.
PAL  A. Weingartner et al., Organosilicon Chem., entitiled, "Synthesis and
      Thermolysis Reactions of Si-functionalized 2-Silaazetidines," pp. 115-117
      (1994).
PAL  Tsu-Tzu Tsai et al., The Journal of Organic Chemistry, entitled, "Synthesis
      of 1,1-Diethoxy-2-(trimethylsily1)-1-sila-2-azacyclopentane," vol. 34, No.
      11, Nov., 1969.
PAL  U. Klingebiel et al. entitled, "Formation of 1-Aza-8-sila-bicyclo[4,2,0]
      octane under Cleavage of a C-H Bond", vol. 31b, p. 1545, dated 1976.
PAL  Antoine Baceiredo et al., Nouveau Journal de Chimie, entitled, "The Curtius
      Rearrangement in the Silicon Series: Synthetic Mechanisms and
      Applications," vol. 7, No. 11, pp. 645-651, dated Apr. 11, 1983.
PAL  A.G. Brook et al., Organometallics, entitled, "Silaaziridines from the
      Reaction of Isonitriles with Stable Silenes," vol. 7, No. 10, pp.
      2245-2247, dated 1988.
PAL  A.G. Brook et al., Organometallics, entitled, "1-Sila-3-azacyclobutanes:
      The Insertion of Isocyanides into Silaaziridines," vol. 8, No. 3, pp.
      850-852, dated 1989.
PAL  Juliusz G. Radziszewski et al., Journal of American Chemistry Society,
      entitled, "Twisted Si=N Bonds: Matrix Isolation of Bridgehead
      Silanimines," vol. 115, No. 18, pp. 8401-8508, dated 1993.
PAL  A.G. Brook et al., Organometallics, entitiled, "Ring Insertion Reactions of
      Silaaziridines with Aldehydes and Isocyanates," vol. 12, No. 2, pp.
      529-534, dated 1993.
PAL  Kohei Tamao et al., Journal of American Chemistry Society, entitled, "X-Ray
      Structural Analysis and Thermal Decomposition of 1-Aza-2-silacyclobutanes:
      A New Route to Silanimine Species," vol. 114, No. 1, pp. 218-221, dated
      1992.
PAL  M.G. Voronkov et al., Journal of Organometallic Chemistry, entitled, "A
      Novel Synthetic Route to 1-aza-2-silacyclopentane Derivatives," vol. 406,
      pp. 87-89, dated 1991.
PAL  Speier et al., Journal of Organometallic Chemistry, entitled, "Syntheses of
      (3-Aminoalkyl)silicon Compounds," vol. 36, No. 21, pp. 3120-3126, dated
      1971.
PAL  Kohei Tamao et al., Organmetallics, entitled, "Deuterium-Labeling Studies
      on the Regio- and Stereoselective Intramolecular Hydrosilation of Allyl
      Alcohols and Allylamines Catalyzed by Platinum and Rhodium Complexes,"
      vol. 12, No. 6, pp. 2297-2308, dated 1993.
PAL  J.R. Heley, Journal of Non-Crystalline Solids, entitled, "Fine Low Density
      Silica Powders Prepared by Supercritical Drying of Gels Derived from
      Silicon Tetrachloride," vol. 186, pp. 30-36, dated 1995.
PAL  Kohei Tamao et al., Journal of Organ. Chem., entitled, "Platinum-Catalyzed
      Intramolecular Hydrosilation of Allylmines: Formation of
      1-Aza-2-Silacyclobutanes and Application to Stereoselective Synthesis of
      2-Amino Alcohols," vol. 55, No. 11, pp. 3438-3439, dated 1990.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a charge-modified metal oxide and to toner
      and developer compositions incorporating same. The charge-modified metal
      oxide includes a metal oxide having a cyclic silazane treated therewith
      and optionally a second treating agent for imparting hydrophobicity. The
      charge-modified metal oxide have been found to provide effective free-flow
      attributes to the toner or developer composition and may further influence
      the charging characteristics of same.
PATN
WKU  059897694
SRC  9
APN  1827863
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19981030
TTL  Liquid developers and processes thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Martin; Roland
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Mosher; Ralph A.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Prest, Jr.; William M.
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Morehouse, Jr.; Paul W.
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Kaplan; Samuel
CTY  Walworth
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Fuller; Timothy J.
CTY  Pittsford
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Zhao; Weizhong
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  VanLaeken; Anita C.
CTY  Macedon
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Stover; Raymond W.
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Xerox Corporation
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  430115
XCL  430119
XCL  399237
EDF  6
ICL  G03G  9135
ICL  G03G 1310
ICL  G03G 1510
FSC  430
FSS  115;119
UREF
PNO  3819386
ISD  19740600
NAM  Higgins et al.
OCL  106 32
UREF
PNO  4104183
ISD  19780800
NAM  Tsubuko et al.
OCL  430114
UREF
PNO  4507515
ISD  19850300
NAM  Johnston et al.
OCL  585 12
UREF
PNO  4659640
ISD  19870400
NAM  Santilli
OCL  430114
UREF
PNO  5230834
ISD  19930700
NAM  Gutierrez et al.
OCL  252 47.5
UREF
PNO  5382492
ISD  19950100
NAM  El-Sayed et al.
OCL  430115
UREF
PNO  5563015
ISD  19961000
NAM  Bonsignore et al.
OCL  430106
UREF
PNO  5565299
ISD  19961000
NAM  Gibson et al.
OCL  430137
UREF
PNO  5567564
ISD  19961000
NAM  Ziolo
OCL  430115
UREF
PNO  5570173
ISD  19961000
NAM  Nye et al.
OCL  399237
UREF
PNO  5612777
ISD  19970300
NAM  Malhotra
OCL  399226
UREF
PNO  5643984
ISD  19970700
NAM  Mueller et al.
OCL  524272
UREF
PNO  5655192
ISD  19970800
NAM  Denton et al.
OCL  399240
UREF
PNO  5714993
ISD  19980200
NAM  Koeshkerian et al.
OCL  347 95
UREF
PNO  5759733
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tsubuko et al.
OCL  430115
LREP
FR2  Haack; John L.
ABST
PAL  A liquid developer composition including: a resin, a colorant, a liquid
      carrier vehicle, and a cake inducing agent.
PATN
WKU  059897708
SRC  9
APN  2387239
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19990128
TTL  Process for producing toner for developing electrostatic latent images
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Martin; Roland
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Ugai; Toshiyuki
CTY  Toride
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yasuda; Satoshi
CTY  Shizuoka-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kato; Kazunori
CTY  Mitaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980423
APN  10-112592
CLAS
OCL  430137
XCL  430110
EDF  6
ICL  G03G  9097
FSC  430
FSS  137
UREF
PNO  5480755
ISD  19960100
NAM  Uchiyama et al.
OCL  430106.6
UREF
PNO  5532098
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ong
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  5571654
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ong
OCL  430110
UREF
PNO  5856055
ISD  19990100
NAM  Ugai et al.
OCL  430137
FREF
PNO  60-238846
ISD  19851100
CNT  JPX
OCL  430137
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A process for producing a toner for developing an electrostatic latent
      image. The process has the steps of dispersing in an aqueous medium having
      a pH of from 4.5 to 8.5 a polymerizable monomer composition containing at
      least a polymerizable vinyl monomer, a colorant, an organic metal
      compound, an aromatic carboxylic acid, a polyester resin having an acid
      value of from 5 mg.multidot.KOH/g to 50 mg.multidot.KOH/g, and a
      polymerization initiator, to form particles of the polymerizable monomer
      composition in the aqueous medium, and polymerizing the polymerizable
      vinyl monomer in the particles of the polymerizable monomer composition.
PATN
WKU  059897716
SRC  9
APN  0213764
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980210
TTL  Ink jet recording materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Hess; Bruce H.
INVT
NAM  Ohta; Tetsuzi
CTY  Mitaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Aikawa; Takayuki
CTY  Hannou
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamaguchi; Masayuki
CTY  Kasukabe
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kimoto Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950627
APN  7-183473
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950627
APN  7-183474
RLAP
COD  74
APN  670821
APD  19960625
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  430200
XCL  347105
XCL  428195
EDF  6
ICL  B41M  500
FSC  347
FSS  105
FSC  428
FSS  195
FSC  430
FSS  200
UREF
PNO  3778272
ISD  19731200
NAM  Hepher
OCL   96 87
UREF
PNO  3899332
ISD  19750800
NAM  Traskos
OCL   96 33
UREF
PNO  4555427
ISD  19851100
NAM  Kawasaki et al.
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  5409504
ISD  19950400
NAM  Fritzsche
OCL    8444
UREF
PNO  5496634
ISD  19960300
NAM  Ogawa et al.
OCL  428341
UREF
PNO  5569573
ISD  19961000
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  430138
FREF
PNO  59-190885
ISD  19830400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-188181
ISD  19850200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-183873
ISD  19870100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-281384
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
ABST
PAL  Provided is an ink jet recording material comprising a substrate and an
      ink-receiving layer provided on at least one surface of the substrate,
      wherein the ink-receiving layer comprises a water-soluble photosensitive
      resin. The ink jet recording material shows excellent water resistance
      without sacrificing ink-receiving properties and requiring no or only a
      simple post-treatment.
PATN
WKU  059897724
SRC  8
APN  7453523
APT  1
ART  176
APD  19961108
TTL  Stabilizing IR dyes for laser imaging
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Angebranndt; Martin
INVT
NAM  Tutt; Lee W.
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Burberry; Mitchell S.
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Underwood; Gary M.
CTY  Victor
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  430201
XCL  430200
XCL  430945
XCL  430269
XCL  503227
EDF  6
ICL  B41M  503
ICL  B41M  526
FSC  347
FSS  262;105
FSC  430
FSS  200;201;270.19;945;269
FSC  503
FSS  227
UREF
PNO  4412231
ISD  19831000
NAM  Namba et al.
OCL  430270.15
UREF
PNO  4656121
ISD  19870400
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  430270.19
UREF
PNO  4735889
ISD  19880400
NAM  Namba et al.
OCL  430270.19
UREF
PNO  4855281
ISD  19890800
NAM  Byers
OCL  503227
UREF
PNO  4948777
ISD  19900800
NAM  Evans et al.
OCL  503227
UREF
PNO  4950639
ISD  19900800
NAM  DeBoer et al.
OCL  503227
UREF
PNO  4973572
ISD  19901100
NAM  DeBoer
OCL  430200
UREF
PNO  5036040
ISD  19910700
NAM  Chapman et al.
OCL  430201
UREF
PNO  5219823
ISD  19930600
NAM  Chapman
OCL  430201
UREF
PNO  5326676
ISD  19940700
NAM  Vanmaele et al.
OCL  430338
UREF
PNO  5578549
ISD  19961100
NAM  Burberry et al.
OCL  503227
UREF
PNO  5654079
ISD  19970800
NAM  Tutt et al.
OCL  428195
FREF
PNO  93/22142
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Hare et al., "Highly time and space resolved studies . . . "
      Microchemistry, pp. 123-135, 1994.
LREP
FR2  Cole; Harold E.
ABST
PAL  A laser-exposed thermal recording element comprising a support having
      thereon a dye layer comprising a dye dispersed in a polymeric binder, the
      dye comprising a laser light-absorbing dye absorbing at the wavelength of
      a laser used to expose the element, wherein the dye layer also contains a
      stabilizing IR-absorbing dye with an absorption wavelength maximum
      approximately equal to or longer than that of the laser light-absorbing
      dye.
PATN
WKU  059897732
SRC  8
APN  8317771
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970331
TTL  Development processing method of silver halide photographic material and
      image forming method
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Hoa Van
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Fukui; Kouta
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakai; Minoru
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katoh; Kazunobu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940509
APN  6-117400
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940819
APN  6-216703
RLAP
COD  71
APN  434856
APD  19950504
CLAS
OCL  430264
XCL  430440
XCL  430446
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  529
FSC  430
FSS  264;265;435;436;440;446;478;483
UREF
PNO  2688549
ISD  19540900
NAM  James et al.
OCL  430483
UREF
PNO  3730727
ISD  19730500
NAM  Olivares et al.
OCL  430483
UREF
PNO  4929535
ISD  19900500
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  430264
UREF
PNO  4965169
ISD  19901000
NAM  Hirano et al.
OCL  430264
UREF
PNO  4975354
ISD  19901200
NAM  Machonkin et al.
OCL  430264
UREF
PNO  4988604
ISD  19910100
NAM  Machonkin et al.
OCL  430264
UREF
PNO  5098819
ISD  19920300
NAM  Knapp
OCL  430436
UREF
PNO  5196298
ISD  19930300
NAM  Meeus et al.
OCL  430440
UREF
PNO  5236816
ISD  19930800
NAM  Purol et al.
OCL  430492
UREF
PNO  5480886
ISD  19960100
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  430264
FREF
PNO  0191035
ISD  19841000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  0011456
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A developing processing method and an image forming method are described,
      which comprise the steps of (a) exposing a silver halide photographic
      material comprising a support having thereon at least one light-sensitive
      silver halide emulsion layer; and (b) developing the exposed silver halide
      photographic material with a developer containing a developing agent,
      containing substantially no dihydroxybenzene developing agent, containing
      an auxiliary developing agent exhibiting a superadditive property,
      containing a quaternary onium salt compound, and having a pH value of from
      9.5 to 11.5, or a developer containing a developing agent, containing
      substantially no dihydroxybenzene developing agent, and having a pH value
      of from 10 or less.
PATN
WKU  059897740
SRC  9
APN  1513486
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980910
TTL  Photographic material containing a new hydrazide type
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Huff; Mark F.
INVT
NAM  Loccufier; Johan
CTY  Zwijnaarde
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Lingier; Stefaan
CTY  Assenede
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Callant; Paul
CTY  Edegem
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Emmers; Sabine
CTY  Lommel
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Agfa-Gevaert, N.V.
CTY  Mortsel
CNT  BEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970910
APN  97202790
CLAS
OCL  430264
XCL  430598
XCL  564310
XCL  564 81
XCL  564148
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  106
ICL  C07D21342
ICL  C07D21370
ICL  C07D23506
FSC  430
FSS  264;598
FSC  564
FSS  310;81;148
UREF
PNO  5288590
ISD  19940200
NAM  Kuwabara et al.
OCL  430260
FREF
PNO  0816913
ISD  19980700
CNT  EPX
ICL  G03C  106
FREF
PNO  6-175253
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
ICL  G03C  106
LREP
FRM  Breiner & Breiner
ABST
PAL  A silver halide photographic material is disclosed containing a new type of
      hydrazide compound represented by following general formula I, the
      different symbols of which are defined in the description.
      ##STR1##
      In a preferred embodiment Q is pyridinium, substituted with a propargyllic
      group or butynyl group.
PAL  The photographic material is preferably a graphic arts recording material.
      High gradation and excellent hard dot quality are obtained.
PATN
WKU  059897759
SRC  8
APN  9985468
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971226
TTL  Copolymer useful for positive photoresist and chemical amplification
      positive photoresist composition comprising the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Chu; John S.
INVT
NAM  Park; Joo-Hyeon
CTY  Taejeon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Ji-Hong
CTY  Taejeon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Ki-Dae
CTY  Taejeon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Park; Sun-Yi
CTY  Taejeon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Seong-Ju
CTY  Taejeon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Korea Kumho Petrochemical Co., Ltd.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961228
APN  96-75471
CLAS
OCL  4302701
XCL  430905
XCL  526259
XCL  526313
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  7004
FSC  430
FSS  270.1;905
FSC  526
FSS  313;259
UREF
PNO  5334485
ISD  19940800
NAM  Van Iseghem et al.
OCL  526259
UREF
PNO  5412050
ISD  19950500
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  526313
UREF
PNO  5693452
ISD  19971200
NAM  Aoai et al.
OCL  430270.1
UREF
PNO  5851728
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  430270.1
UREF
PNO  5882835
ISD  19990300
NAM  Park et al.
OCL  430170
LREP
FRM  Harrison & Egbert
ABST
PAL  A copolymer having a repeating unit represented by the following general
      formula I and a chemical amplification positive photoresist composition
      having the copolymer and a photoacid generator. The photoresist can allow
      for a good pattern shape even though a post-baking is taken in a somewhat
      delayed time and for a use of any radiation, such as uv light, deep uv
      light and charged particle beam. Also, it is superior in storage stability
      and resolution so that it is useful for the high integration of
      semiconductor devices. The polymer ranges, in polystyrene-reduced average
      molecular weight, from 1,000 to 1,000,000. The polymer is represented by
      the following repeating pattern:
      ##STR1##
      wherein, R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 independently represent a hydrogen
      atom or a methyl; R.sub.4, R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 independently represent a
      hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a halogen; 1, m, n each
      is a repeating number satisfying the condition that 0.3<1/(m+n)<0.9,
      0.1<m/(1+n)<0.6 and 0.01<n/(1+m)<0.5; h and g, which may be different and
      the same, each are an integer of 0-8; and Am represents NR.sub.7 R.sub.8,
      a cyclic secondary amine, or a heterocyclic secondary amine containing an
      oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 independently represent
      a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a phenyl group.
PATN
WKU  059897767
SRC  9
APN  1589482
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980921
TTL  Photoresist composition for extreme ultraviolet lithography
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Ashton; Rosemary
EXP  Baxter; Janet
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Felter; T. E.
CTY  Alameda County
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kubiak; G. D.
CTY  Alameda County
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sandia Corporation
CTY  Livermore
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  877031
APD  19970617
RLAP
COD  81
APN  532958
APD  19950921
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  4302701
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  1492
FSC  430
FSS  270.1
UREF
PNO  3665241
ISD  19720500
NAM  Spindt et al.
OCL  313351
UREF
PNO  3755704
ISD  19730800
NAM  Spindt et al.
OCL  313309
UREF
PNO  3789471
ISD  19740200
NAM  Spindt et al.
OCL   29 25.17
UREF
PNO  3812559
ISD  19740500
NAM  Spindt et al.
OCL   29 25.18
UREF
PNO  4515886
ISD  19850500
NAM  Yamacka et al.
OCL  430270
UREF
PNO  4588801
ISD  19860500
NAM  Harrah et al.
OCL  528 33
UREF
PNO  5003567
ISD  19910300
NAM  Hawryluk et al.
OCL  378 34
UREF
PNO  5039593
ISD  19910800
NAM  Zeigler et al.
OCL  430313
UREF
PNO  5064396
ISD  19911100
NAM  Spindt
OCL  445 50
UREF
PNO  5291339
ISD  19940300
NAM  Mochimaru et al.
OCL  359 43
UREF
PNO  5380621
ISD  19950100
NAM  Dichiara et al.
OCL  430272
UREF
PNO  5401614
ISD  19950300
NAM  Dichiara et al.
OCL  430323
UREF
PNO  5482317
ISD  19960100
NAM  Dichiara et al.
OCL  430271.1
UREF
PNO  5554485
ISD  19960900
NAM  Dichiara et al.
OCL  430270
OREF
PAL  CAPLUS abstract, Scheckler et al. J. Vac. Sci. Technol., B (1994) 12(4),
      2361-2371.
PAL  CAPLUS abstract, Kubiak, Proc. SPIE-Int. Opt. Eng. (1991) 1343, 283-291.
LREP
FR2  Evans; Timothy
FR2  Olsen; Kurt
ABST
PAL  A method of producing a patterned array of features, in particular, gate
      apertures, in the size range 0.4-0.05 .mu.m using projection lithography
      and extreme ultraviolet (EUV) radiation. A high energy laser beam is used
      to vaporize a target material in order to produce a plasma which in turn,
      produces extreme ultraviolet radiation of a characteristic wavelength of
      about 13 nm for lithographic applications. The radiation is transmitted by
      a series of reflective mirrors to a mask which bears the pattern to be
      printed. The demagnified focused mask pattern is, in turn, transmitted by
      means of appropriate optics and in a single exposure, to a substrate
      coated with photoresists designed to be transparent to EUV radiation and
      also satisfy conventional processing methods.
PAL  A photoresist composition for extreme ultraviolet radiation of boron
      carbide polymers, hydrochlorocarbons and mixtures thereof.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT OF GOVERNMENT INTEREST
PAR  This invention was made with Government support under contract no.
      DE-AC04-94AL8500 awarded by the U. S. Department of Energy to Sandia
      Corporation. The Government has certain rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059897775
SRC  9
APN  0815748
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980519
TTL  Heat mode recording element based on a thin metallic recording layer
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Gilmore; Barbara
EXP  Baxter; Janet
INVT
NAM  Lamotte; Johan
CTY  Rotselaar
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Andries; Hartwig
CTY  Diest
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  AGFA-Gevaert, N. V.
CTY  Mortsel
CNT  BEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970618
APN  97201820
CLAS
OCL  4302711
XCL  430944
XCL  430945
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  711
FSC  430
FSS  271.1;944;945
UREF
PNO  4388400
ISD  19830600
NAM  Tabei et al.
OCL  430346
UREF
PNO  4405706
ISD  19830900
NAM  Takahasi et al.
OCL  430271
UREF
PNO  4499178
ISD  19850200
NAM  Wada et al.
OCL  430495
UREF
PNO  4983505
ISD  19910100
NAM  Higuchi et al.
OCL  430495
UREF
PNO  5147490
ISD  19920900
NAM  Leenders et al.
OCL  156238
UREF
PNO  5656410
ISD  19970800
NAM  Van Damme et al.
OCL  430256
UREF
PNO  5776575
ISD  19980700
NAM  Hiraoka et al.
OCL  428 64.1
FREF
PNO  684 145 A1
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
ICL  B41M  526
FREF
PNO  0 684 145
ISD  19951100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 687 569
ISD  19951200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  803 376 A1
ISD  19970400
CNT  EPX
ICL  B41M  524
FREF
PNO  0 803 376
ISD  19971000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  7-237276
ISD  19950900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Breiner & Breiner
ABST
PAL  A heat mode element with improved mechanical properties is disclosed
      comprising a transparent support, a thin metallic recording layer, an
      adhesive layer, a polymeric resin layer and a top layer comprising a
      roughening agent in such an amount that the R.sub.a value of said top
      layer is at least 0.08 .mu.m and the R.sub.z value is at least 0.6 .mu.m.
      In a preferred embodiment the metallic recording layer is a bismuth layer,
      and the support has on the other side a backing layer with a low R.sub.a
      and R.sub.z value.
PAL  In an alternative embodiment the top layer is absent and the roughening
      agent is incorporated in the polymeric resin layer itself.
PAL  Also disclosed is a method for obtaining a heat mode image by the
      information-wise laser exposure of the disclosed element.
PATN
WKU  059897783
SRC  9
APN  1074792
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980630
TTL  Photo-curing resin composition for DVD
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Ashton; Rosemary
EXP  Baxter; Janet
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hozumi; Shigeo
CTY  Toyonaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970703
APN  9-178237
CLAS
OCL  4302811
XCL  4302841
XCL  4302801
XCL  430916
XCL  522 38
XCL  522 92
XCL  522167
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  1725
ICL  C08F  246
FSC  522
FSS  38;101;92;167
FSC  430
FSS  280.1;281.1;284.1;916
UREF
PNO  5539014
ISD  19960700
NAM  Swedo et al.
OCL  522 91
UREF
PNO  5573831
ISD  19961100
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  428 64.1
FREF
PNO  0835917A1
ISD  19980400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9-31416
ISD  19970200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-169956
ISD  19970600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-169957
ISD  19970600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10-1659
ISD  19980100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10-46109
ISD  19980200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  A layer for protection coating and adhesion of DVD is formed by a
      photo-curing resin composition which comprises a photo-curing component
      which is cured by polymerization reaction of a unsaturated group, a
      photo-polymerization initiator and a phenol-based primary antioxidant,
      wherein this photo-curing component comprises a bi-functional urethane
      acrylate, an epoxy acrylate containing a bisphenol A skeleton, and a
      N-vinyl lactam compound, said polymerization initiator comprising a mono
      or di-benzoylphosphine oxide compound in an amount of 0.1% by weight or
      more to less than 5.0% by weight based on the total amount of said
      photo-curing components, and the viscosity of this resin composition at
      25.degree. C. being in the range from 350 to 700 mPa.multidot.s.
PATN
WKU  059897791
SRC  8
APN  5441080
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19951017
TTL  Fabrication method employing and energy beam source
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Ashton; Rosemary
EXP  Baxter; Janet
NDR  28
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Hatakeyama; Masahiro
CTY  Fujisawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ichiki; Katsunori
CTY  Fujisawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobata; Tadasuke
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hatamura; Yotaro
STR  2-12-11 Kohinanta, Bunkyo-ku
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakao; Masayuki
CTY  Matsudo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ebara Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Hatamura; Yotaro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  05
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941018
APN  6-252311
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950217
APN  7-053231
CLAS
OCL  430296
XCL  430311
XCL  2504923
XCL  25049223
XCL  21912114
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  500
ICL  G21K  510
ICL  B23K 1500
FSC  430
FSS  296;297;311
FSC  250
FSS  492.3;492.23
FSC  219
FSS  121.14
UREF
PNO  4324854
ISD  19820400
NAM  Beauchamp et al.
OCL  430296
UREF
PNO  4505949
ISD  19850300
NAM  Jelks
OCL  427 38
UREF
PNO  4510386
ISD  19850400
NAM  Franks
OCL  250251
UREF
PNO  4757179
ISD  19880700
NAM  Matrisian et al.
OCL  219121.64
UREF
PNO  4775789
ISD  19881000
NAM  Albridge et al.
OCL  250251
UREF
PNO  4793908
ISD  19881200
NAM  Scott et al.
OCL  204192.11
UREF
PNO  4870284
ISD  19890900
NAM  Hashimoto et al.
OCL  250423R
UREF
PNO  4874459
ISD  19891000
NAM  Coldren et al.
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  5113072
ISD  19920500
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  250309
UREF
PNO  5135695
ISD  19920800
NAM  Marcus
OCL  264141
UREF
PNO  5149973
ISD  19920900
NAM  Morimoto
OCL  250492.2
UREF
PNO  5223692
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lozier et al.
OCL  219121.67
UREF
PNO  5468595
ISD  19951100
NAM  Livesay
OCL  430296
FREF
PNO  0 497 227
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 531 949
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 639 939
ISD  19950200
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Tetsuro Nakamura et al., "Fabrication Technology of Integrated Circuit",
      published by Sangyo Tosho Publishing Company (Japan), 1987, pp. 21-23.
PAL  Fusao Shimokawa et al., J. Appl. Phys. 66(6), Sep. 15, 1989, pp. 2613-2618.
PAL  Nuclear Instruments & Methods in Physics Research, Section--B: Beam
      Interactions With Materials and Atoms, vol. B33, No. 1-04, Jun. 2, 1988,
      pp. 867-870, XP 000022017, Shimokawa, F. et al., `A Low-Energy Fast-Atom
      Source`; p. 867, Figure 1.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An energy beam source is used in micro-fabrication tasks, such as
      fabrication of specific patterns, in-situ bonding, repair, connection and
      disconnection of electrical paths, applicable to semiconductor devices and
      other micro-sized circuits in integrated circuits. The beam source is made
      compact so that several sources can be located inside a vacuum vessel and
      in conjunction with micro-manipulators or micro-movement stages operated
      under light or an electron microscope. The beam source is provided with at
      least three electrodes, and by applying a selected voltage, i.e., high
      frequency voltage, direct current voltage and ground voltage, on each the
      three electrodes in association with film-forming substance(s), virtually
      any type of deposit can be formed at any location of a workpiece.
      Different types of particle beams, such as positive and negative ion
      beams, a highspeed neutral atomic beam, a radical particle beam, an
      electron beam can be produced from the beam source by judicious choice of
      operating-parameters and the film-forming material which may be a process
      gas or an applied coating. By using the beam source and the method of
      deposit forming presented, virtually any type of fabrication task can be
      carried out on any surface and any location of a workpiece in a
      three-dimensional space.
PATN
WKU  059897805
SRC  8
APN  8293228
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970327
TTL  Method and apparatus for producing consistent thickness cap resin layers
      during printing plate production
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1,7
EXP  Hamilton; Cynthia
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Strong; Kenneth M.
CTY  Hockessin
STA  DE
ASSG
NAM  MacDermid Imaging Technology Incorporated
CTY  Waterbury
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  430300
XCL  430269
XCL  4302711
XCL  430306
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  716
ICL  G03F  726
FSC  430
FSS  269;271.1;300;306
UREF
PNO  4056423
ISD  19771100
NAM  Hughes
OCL  156356
UREF
PNO  4383759
ISD  19830500
NAM  Bloothoofd et al.
OCL  355 85
UREF
PNO  4638758
ISD  19870100
NAM  Bloothoofd
XCL  430935
UREF
PNO  5348605
ISD  19940900
NAM  Hughes et al.
XCL  430300
LREP
FR2  Simons; William A.
     Wiggin & Dana
ABST
PAL  Printing plates are formed from a layer of photo polymerizable resin by a
      process and assembly which includes a negative of the image or images to
      be formed in the printing plate. The negative is placed on a lower glass
      support plate and a bank of lights is disposed below the lower glass
      support plate. A cover film is laid down on the negative, and a very thin
      layer of resin, called a cap resin, is deposited on the cover film. A
      layer of the resin to be cross-linked is deposited on the cap resin layer,
      and the cross-linked resin layer is covered with a polyester sheet, on the
      top of which an upper glass plate is lowered. The cap resin layer and the
      cross-linked resin layer are both laid down on the lower glass plate
      assembly by meas of a carriage assembly that traverses over the lower
      glass plate assembly, and which carries the cross-linking resin and cap
      resin reservoir. The thickness of the cross-linked resin layer varies
      widely, while the thickness of the cap resin layer is narrowly confined.
      The carriage assembly is provided with a cap resin doctor blade that is
      maintained a constant distance above the lower glass plate, irregardless
      of the spacing between the cross-linked resin layer reservoir on the
      carriage assembly and the lower glass plate. In this manner, a constant
      thickness cap resin layer can be deposited on the lower glass plate in
      conjunction with different thickness cross-linking resin layers.
PATN
WKU  059897813
SRC  8
APN  9001832
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970725
TTL  Method for producing printing plates
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Huff; Mark F.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Idacavage; Michael J.
CTY  Marietta
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Kelsall; Robert W.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  NAPP Systems, Inc.
CTY  San Marcos
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  460245
APD  19950602
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  430309
XCL  430325
XCL  430328
XCL  430330
XCL  427541
XCL  427542
XCL  427553
XCL  427577
XCL   34259
EDF  6
ICL  F26B  3347
ICL  F26B  900
ICL  G03C  100
ICL  G03C 1116
FSC  430
FSS  309;325;328;330
FSC  427
FSS  541;542;553;577
FSC   34
FSS  259
UREF
PNO  4243744
ISD  19810100
NAM  Lockwood et al.
OCL  430325
UREF
PNO  4777115
ISD  19881000
NAM  Koch et al.
OCL  430281
UREF
PNO  5073477
ISD  19911200
NAM  Kusuda et al.
OCL  430287
UREF
PNO  5137964
ISD  19920800
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  524550
UREF
PNO  5153106
ISD  19921000
NAM  Liu
OCL  430340
UREF
PNO  5175076
ISD  19921200
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
OCL  430281
UREF
PNO  5176986
ISD  19930100
NAM  Telser et al.
OCL  430306
UREF
PNO  5232820
ISD  19930800
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  430338
UREF
PNO  5240815
ISD  19930800
NAM  Telser et al.
OCL  430306
UREF
PNO  5290663
ISD  19940300
NAM  Huynh-Tran
OCL  430284
UREF
PNO  5348844
ISD  19940900
NAM  Garmong
OCL  430286
UREF
PNO  5364741
ISD  19941100
NAM  Huynh-Tran et al.
OCL  430300
UREF
PNO  5407784
ISD  19950400
NAM  Berrier et al.
OCL  430287
OREF
PAL  Bloomquist and Willett, "Thermochromic Phase Transitions in Transition
      Metal Salts" Coordination Chemistry Reviews 47: 125-164 (1982).
LREP
FRM  Gray Cary Ware & Friedenrich
FR2  Reiter; Stephen E.
FR2  Stewart; Ramsey R.
ABST
PAL  In accordance with the present invention, there are provided methods for
      producing printing plates comprising rapid, efficient drying of
      solvent-containing resin compositions of the printing plates and apparatus
      useful therefor. Printing plates processed employing invention methods and
      apparatus are ready for use in printing applications in a relatively short
      period of time, especially compared to the time required for conventional
      convection drying. Moreover, printing plates processed according to the
      present invention method and apparatus are not subjected to excessive
      levels of heat, as is frequently the case with conventional convection
      drying. Excessive heating tends to be detrimental to the performance
      properties of the polymeric resin. In a particular aspect of the present
      invention, there are provided novel compositions which, upon drying
      according to the methods described herein, undergo a color change, thereby
      indicating when the drying process is substantially complete. When used
      for the production of printing plates, invention compositions provide
      finished printing plates which display a readily observed contrast between
      the floor and image portions thereof.
PATN
WKU  059897821
SRC  8
APN  8237263
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970325
TTL  Method for producing liquid crystal display device
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  McPherson; John A.
NDR  6
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Nishiki; Hirohiko
CTY  Tenri
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakata; Yukinobu
CTY  Tenri
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimada; Yoshinori
CTY  Yamatokoriyama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960326
APN  8-070781
CLAS
OCL  430313
XCL  430319
XCL  430321
XCL  427378
XCL  4273722
XCL  4271263
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  1133
FSC  430
FSS  313;319;327;321
FSC  204
FSS  192.14;192.29
FSC  427
FSS  378;372.2;108;126.3
FSC  438
FSS  609;30
FSC  349
FSS  143
UREF
PNO  5166085
ISD  19921100
NAM  Wakai et al.
OCL  437 40
UREF
PNO  5185059
ISD  19930200
NAM  Nishida et al.
OCL  216 23
UREF
PNO  5585951
ISD  19961200
NAM  Noda et al.
OCL  349122
UREF
PNO  5641974
ISD  19970600
NAM  den Boer et al.
OCL  257 59
FREF
PNO  58-172685
ISD  19831000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-346575
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-88973
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Conlin; David G.
FR2  Neuner; George W.
ABST
PAL  A method for producing a liquid crystal display device includes: a pair of
      insulating substrates; a liquid crystal layer interposed between the pair
      of insulating substrates; switching elements arranged in a matrix on one
      of the pair of the insulating substrates; gate lines and data lines,
      arranged to intersect each other, for controlling the switching elements;
      and pixel electrodes provided above the gate lines and the data lines with
      an organic insulating film therebetween. The method includes the steps of
      forming a transparent conductive film on the organic insulating film at a
      first temperature; annealing the transparent conductive film at a second
      temperature equal to or lower than the first temperature; and patterning
      the transparent conductive film to form the pixel electrodes after the
      step of annealing.
PATN
WKU  059897830
SRC  9
APN  0392804
APT  1
ART  176
APD  19980312
TTL  Method of customizing integrated circuits by depositing two resist
      layers to selectively pattern layer interconnect material
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  McPherson; John A.
NDR  9
NFG  57
INVT
NAM  Huggins; Alan H.
CTY  Gilroy
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  MacPherson; John
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Clear Logic, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  879543
APD  19970620
RLAP
COD  82
APN  823777
APD  19970324
PSC  01
PNO  5840627
CLAS
OCL  430316
XCL  430317
XCL  430314
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  700
FSC  430
FSS  312;394;396;316;317;314
UREF
PNO  4689657
ISD  19870800
NAM  Percival et al.
OCL  357 68
UREF
PNO  4691434
ISD  19870900
NAM  Percival et al.
OCL  437173
UREF
PNO  4875971
ISD  19891000
NAM  Orbach et al.
OCL  156644
UREF
PNO  4931380
ISD  19900600
NAM  Owens et al.
OCL  430296
UREF
PNO  4960729
ISD  19901000
NAM  Orbach et al.
OCL  437101
UREF
PNO  5166556
ISD  19921100
NAM  Hsu et al.
OCL  307465
UREF
PNO  5314840
ISD  19940500
NAM  Schepis et al.
OCL  437194
UREF
PNO  5404033
ISD  19950400
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  257202
UREF
PNO  5593813
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kim
OCL  430312
UREF
PNO  5702868
ISD  19971200
NAM  Kellam et al.
OCL  430312
UREF
PNO  5840627
ISD  19981100
NAM  Huggins
OCL  438669
FREF
PNO  60-249347
ISD  19851200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin, & Friel, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for fabricating custom integrated circuits includes the steps of
      1) patterning a photoresist layer on an insulative layer with a standard
      via precision mask to define all possible vias, and 2) using a targeting
      energy beam to select the desired via locations on a second photoresist
      layer, which are then etched and interconnections made, for customization
      or repair of the integrated circuit. Consequently, the present invention
      requires no custom mask so that application specific integrated circuits
      (ASICs) can be produced with lower lead-time and costs when compared to
      prior methods.
PATN
WKU  059897848
SRC  9
APN  0554634
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980406
TTL  Etch recipe for embedded DRAM passivation with etch stopping layer scheme
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Schilling; Richard L.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Lee; Yu-Hua
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Wu; Cheng-Ming
CTY  Kaoshiung
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chen; Chao-Cheng
CTY  Tainan
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd.
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  430316
XCL  430317
XCL  216  6
XCL  216 41
XCL  216 67
XCL  216 72
XCL  438714
XCL  438738
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  740
ICL  B44C  122
ICL  C25F  300
ICL  C03C 1500
FSC  430
FSS  316;317
FSC  216
FSS  41;6;67;72
FSC  438
FSS  714;738
UREF
PNO  4997789
ISD  19910300
NAM  Keller et al.
OCL  437192
UREF
PNO  5256597
ISD  19931000
NAM  Gambino
OCL  437189
UREF
PNO  5292677
ISD  19940300
NAM  Dennison
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5536678
ISD  19960700
NAM  Peek
OCL  437187
LREP
FR2  Saile; George O.
FR2  Ackerman; Stephen B.
FR2  Stoffel; William J.
ABST
PAL  A method of forming an etch stop layer 40 above a fuse 16 in a fuse opening
      (or window) 92 using a specialized 2 stage etch process. The invention has
      two important features: First, the etch stop layer 40 is formed from a
      polysilicon layer (P2 or P4) that is used to fabricate semiconductor
      devices on a substrate. The etch stop layer 40 is preferably formed of
      polysilicon layer to is used to from a contact to the substrate 10 (P2) or
      to form part of a capacitor (P4). Second, a specialized two stage etch
      process is used where the second stage etches the etch stop layer 40 while
      simultaneously forming a passivation layer 114 over a metal pad 85. The
      method comprises: forming fuses 16 over said isolation regions 10 over the
      fuse area 15; forming a first dielectric layer 30 overlying the fuses 16;
      forming an etch stop layer 40 over the first dielectric layer 30; forming
      an insulating layer 43 over the etch stop layer; forming a fuse opening 92
      in the insulating layer 43 by etching, in a first etch stage, thorough
      fuse photoresist openings 90A and stopping the first etch stage on the
      etch stop layer 40; and etching though the etch stop layer 40 in the fuse
      opening 92 in a second etch stage.
PATN
WKU  059897856
SRC  8
APN  9417532
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970930
TTL  Process for fabricating an electroluminescent device
ISD  19991123
NCL  46
ECL  1
EXP  McPherson; John A.
NDR  8
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Ishihara; Hajime
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Inoguchi; Kazuhiro
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ito; Nobuei
CTY  Chiryu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hattori; Tadashi
CTY  Okazaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippondenso Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941222
APN  6-336533
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950912
APN  7-260894
RLAP
COD  71
APN  577349
APD  19951222
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  430317
XCL  430313
XCL  430319
XCL  430321
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  700
ICL  H05B 3310
FSC  430
FSS  313;319;321;316;317
UREF
PNO  4728519
ISD  19880300
NAM  Tanimoto
OCL  427 66
UREF
PNO  4924144
ISD  19900500
NAM  Menn et al.
OCL  313506
UREF
PNO  5164799
ISD  19921100
NAM  Uno
OCL  313509
UREF
PNO  5346776
ISD  19940900
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  313506
UREF
PNO  5539424
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hattori et al.
OCL  313509
FREF
PNO  1-019759
ISD  19890400
CNT  JPX
ICL  H05B 3322
FREF
PNO  1-276592
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-126591
ISD  19900500
CNT  JPX
ICL  H05B 3314
FREF
PNO  2-304894
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-306580
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-039894
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
ICL  H05B 3314
FREF
PNO  4-229988
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
ICL  H05B 3310
FREF
PNO  4-218293
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
ICL  H05B 3314
FREF
PNO  4-351885
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
ICL  H05B 3310
FREF
PNO  5-011392
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
ICL  H05B 3322
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  In an electroluminescent device comprising an insulating substrate having
      consecutively thereon a first electrode, a first insulating layer, a
      luminescent layer composed of two types or more luminescent portions
      differing in luminescent color which are provided in a flat panel
      arrangement to give a single-layered luminescent layer, a second
      insulating layer and a second electrode, a first dielectric film is
      disposed between the luminescent portions to provide an isolation layer
      for isolating the luminescent portions, and a second dielectric film for
      adjusting the luminescence threshold voltage is disposed on the light
      outcoupling side or on the side opposite thereto of one of said
      luminescent portions. Herein, the first and second dielectric films
      provided for isolating the luminescent portions and for adjusting the
      luminescence threshold voltage, respectively, are made of the same
      material and have a refractive index lower than that of both luminescent
      portions.
PATN
WKU  059897864
SRC  8
APN  8202516
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970318
TTL  Embossed metal gasket and method of manufacturing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Holloman; Jill N.
EXP  Duda; Kathleen
NDR  8
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Sitko; Mark C.
CTY  Farmington Hills
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Wesley; Alan C.
CTY  Sterling Heights
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Farnam/Meillor Sealing Systems Inc.
CTY  Troy
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  430320
XCL  430323
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  558
ICL  G03F  700
FSC  430
FSS  320;313;312;394;316;318;323
UREF
PNO  4395441
ISD  19830700
NAM  Farnam
OCL  427211
UREF
PNO  4761364
ISD  19880800
NAM  Schmauder
OCL  430308
UREF
PNO  4968045
ISD  19901100
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  277235
UREF
PNO  5595858
ISD  19970100
NAM  Akama et al.
OCL  430314
UREF
PNO  5759417
ISD  19980600
NAM  Inaba
OCL  216 18
LREP
FRM  Rohm & Monsanto, PLC
FR2  Basile; Marjorie G.
ABST
PAL  A method of manufacturing an embossed metal gasket includes the steps of
      supplying a metal gasket preform having opposed first and second planar
      surfaces and at least one sealing port defined therein, laminating the
      opposed planar surfaces with a chemical resist material, masking the
      chemical resist material on the first planar surface in such a manner so
      as to delineate a raised surface area of a bead circumscribing the sealing
      port, masking the chemical resist material on the second planar surface in
      such a manner so as to delineate a recessed surface area of the bead
      circumscribing the sealing port, curing the unmasked chemical resist
      material on the opposed planar surfaces of the preform, removing the
      uncured chemical resist material from the opposed planar surfaces, and
      exposing the gasket preform to a chemical etching agent to reduce the
      thickness of the gasket preform in areas which are absent cured chemical
      resist material.
PATN
WKU  059897872
SRC  9
APN  027612&
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980223
TTL  Activating catalytic solution for electroless plating and method for
      electroless plating
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  14
EXP  McPherson; John A.
INVT
NAM  Kanoh; Osamu
CTY  Omihachiman
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshida; Yasushi
CTY  Shiga-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ogiso; Yoshifumi
CTY  Otsu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970226
APN  9-042394
CLAS
OCL  430324
XCL  430417
XCL  106  111
XCL  427304
XCL  427553
XCL  427 98
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  150
ICL  G03C  558
ICL  C23C 1828
FSC  430
FSS  270.1;324;414;417
FSC  106
FSS  1.11
FSC  427
FSS  98;304;305;553
UREF
PNO  3719490
ISD  19730300
NAM  Yudelson et al.
OCL  430202
UREF
PNO  3791340
ISD  19740200
NAM  Ferrara
OCL  430319
UREF
PNO  3942983
ISD  19760300
NAM  Di Blas et al.
OCL  430 16
UREF
PNO  5281447
ISD  19940100
NAM  Brady et al.
OCL  427555
UREF
PNO  5405656
ISD  19950400
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
OCL  427500
UREF
PNO  5874125
ISD  19990200
NAM  Kanoh et al.
OCL  427 98
FREF
PNO  61-77393
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A hydrophilic activating catalytic solution for electroless plating is a
      mixture of lactate, palladium and alkaline medium. The solution enables
      depositing palladium catalyst in a short time radiation exposure and
      removing unwanted photo-sensitive film more effectively by water or the
      like. The lactate preferably comprises copper lactate and/or zinc lactate
      and the palladium salt is preferably palladium chloride.
PATN
WKU  059897880
SRC  8
APN  9668217
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971110
TTL  Method for forming resist patterns having two photoresist layers and an
      intermediate layer
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Codd; Bernard
NDR  4
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Bae; Sang Man
CTY  Kyoungki-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Baik; Ki Ho
CTY  Kyoungki-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Hyundai Electronics Industries Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyoungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19940714
APN  94-16978
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19940714
APN  94-16979
RLAP
COD  71
APN  501947
APD  19950713
PSC  01
PNO  5830624
ISD  19981103
CLAS
OCL  430326
XCL  430324
XCL  430330
XCL  430394
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  500
FSC  430
FSS  325;326;394;330;510;513;324;323;312;314
UREF
PNO  3482977
ISD  19691200
NAM  Baker
OCL  430317
UREF
PNO  3506441
ISD  19700400
NAM  Gottfried
OCL  430312
UREF
PNO  3518084
ISD  19700600
NAM  Barson et al.
OCL  430312
UREF
PNO  4022927
ISD  19770500
NAM  Pfeiffer et al.
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  4612275
ISD  19860900
NAM  Gregor
OCL  430296
UREF
PNO  4859573
ISD  19890800
NAM  Maheras et al.
OCL  430326
UREF
PNO  4885262
ISD  19891200
NAM  Ting et al.
OCL  438669
UREF
PNO  5024919
ISD  19910600
NAM  Yamauchi
OCL  430312
UREF
PNO  5117276
ISD  19920500
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL  357 71
UREF
PNO  5143820
ISD  19920900
NAM  Kotecha et al.
OCL  430314
UREF
PNO  5275913
ISD  19940100
NAM  Lin
OCL  430252
UREF
PNO  5304453
ISD  19940400
NAM  Lin
OCL  430252
UREF
PNO  5830624
ISD  19981100
NAM  Bae et al.
OCL  430323
FREF
PNO  0 455 032 A2
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01L 2190
FREF
PNO  42 31 312 A1
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
ICL  G03F  709
FREF
PNO  44 40 230
ISD  19950500
CNT  DEX
ICL  G03F  700
FREF
PNO  44 43 957
ISD  19950600
CNT  DEX
ICL  H01L 21308
FREF
PNO  63-170 917
ISD  19880700
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 2130
FREF
PNO  1 422 080
ISD  19760100
CNT  GBX
ICL  G03C  500
FREF
PNO  1 450 509
ISD  19760900
CNT  GBX
ICL  H01L 2102
FREF
PNO  1 478 333
ISD  19770600
CNT  GBX
ICL  G03C  152
FREF
PNO  1 577 492
ISD  19801000
CNT  GBX
ICL  G03C  168
FREF
PNO  WO 95/18991
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
ICL  G03F  700
OREF
PAL  Kresig, D., "Neue Trends in der Entwicklung, Answendung und Verarbeitung
      organischer Photoresiste", J. Inf. Rec. Mater, vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 75-87
      (1987).
PAL  Horng, C.T., et al., "Superimposition of Photoresist Patterns", IBM
      Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 26, No. 3B, p. 172 (Aug. 1983).
PAL  Bassous, E. et al., "A Three-Letter Resist System for Deep U.V. and RIE
      Microlithography on Nonplanar Surfaces", J. Electrochem. Soc., Solid-State
      Science and Technology, vol. 130, No. 2, pp. 478-484 (Feb. 1983).
PAL  Lin, Yi-Ching, et al., "Use of antireflective coating in bilayer resist
      process", J. Vac. Sci. Technol, B, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 1215-1218 (Oct.-Dec.
      1983).
LREP
FRM  Thelen Reid & Priest, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for forming resist patterns having two photoresist layers and an
      intermediate layer involves coating a primary photoresist film having a
      small thickness over an under layer, and exposing the primary photoresist
      film to light using a mask. Then, the primary photoresist film is
      developed, thereby forming a primary photoresist film pattern. An
      intermediate layer is formed over the entire exposed surface of a
      resulting structure, the intermediate layer being made of a spin on glass
      or plasma enhancement oxide. A secondary photoresist film is coated over
      the intermediate layer. The secondary photoresist film is exposed to light
      using the same mask as used for the primary photoresist film, and is
      developed to form a secondary photoresist pattern. A portion of the
      intermediate layer exposed through the secondary photoresist pattern is
      etched, forming a secondary photoresist pattern completely overlapping
      with the primary photoresist pattern so that the resulting resist pattern
      has a vertical profile.
PATN
WKU  059897899
SRC  8
APN  6732127
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19960627
TTL  Silver halide color photographic material and method for forming image
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Hoa Van
INVT
NAM  Nakagawa; Hajime
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Haijima; Akimitsu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950627
APN  7-182294
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950724
APN  7-207325
CLAS
OCL  430382
XCL  430445
XCL  430446
XCL  430486
XCL  430963
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  7407
FSC  430
FSS  505;544;957;382;445;446;486;963
UREF
PNO  4500634
ISD  19850200
NAM  Sakanoue et al.
OCL  430544
UREF
PNO  4947196
ISD  19900800
NAM  Wash et al.
OCL  354 76
UREF
PNO  5344750
ISD  19940900
NAM  Fujimoto et al.
OCL  430487
UREF
PNO  5376484
ISD  19941200
NAM  Iwagaki
OCL  430533
UREF
PNO  5455146
ISD  19951000
NAM  Nishikawa et al.
OCL  430391
UREF
PNO  5498513
ISD  19960300
NAM  Mikayashi et al.
OCL  430505
UREF
PNO  5506094
ISD  19960400
NAM  Merkel et al.
OCL  430957
UREF
PNO  5529894
ISD  19960600
NAM  Mihayashi et al.
OCL  430957
UREF
PNO  5545513
ISD  19960800
NAM  Edwards
OCL  430505
UREF
PNO  5571661
ISD  19961100
NAM  Isbige et al.
OCL  430957
UREF
PNO  5576158
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ford et al.
OCL  430544
UREF
PNO  5618656
ISD  19970400
NAM  Szajewski et al.
OCL  430957
UREF
PNO  5630927
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kawagishi et al.
OCL  430544
FREF
PNO  0 329 016
ISD  19890800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 458 315 A1
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 467 300 A1
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 569 975 A1
ISD  19931100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  59-129849
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/04254
ISD  19900400
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  A silver halide color photographic material comprising a transparent
      support having thereon at least one blue-sensitive silver halide emulsion
      layer, at least one green-sensitive silver halide emulsion layer, at least
      one red-sensitive silver halide emulsion layer and at least one
      light-insensitive layer, wherein said red-sensitive silver halide emulsion
      layer contains at least one compound which releases a development
      inhibitor having a diffusion parameter of 0.3 or more upon reaction with
      the oxidation product of a color developing agent, and when development
      processing I and development processing II each defined in the
      specification are carried out, the gradients of yellow, magenta and cyan
      obtained by said two kinds of development processing satisfy the following
      conditions:
PA1  0.8.ltoreq..gamma..sub.II (Y)/.gamma..sub.I (Y).ltoreq.1.2
PA1  0.8.ltoreq..gamma..sub.II (M)/.gamma..sub.I (M).ltoreq.1.2
PA1  0.8.ltoreq..gamma..sub.II (C)/.gamma..sub.I (C).ltoreq.1.2
PAL  wherein .gamma..sub.I (Y), .gamma..sub.I (M), .gamma..sub.I (C),
      .gamma..sub.II (Y), .gamma..sub.II (M) and .gamma..sub.II (C) each is
      defined in the specification.
PATN
WKU  059897902
SRC  9
APN  212954&
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19981215
TTL  Process for the production of archival silver images
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Hoa Van
INVT
NAM  Wernicke; Ubbo
CTY  Rosrath
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Agfa Gevaert AG
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19971222
APN  197 57 220
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19980209
APN  198 05 103
CLAS
OCL  430429
XCL  430428
XCL  430463
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  539
FSC  430
FSS  428;429;463
FREF
PNO  401961
ISD  19331100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1155376
ISD  19690600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Connolly Bove Lodge & Hutz
ABST
PAL  Archival photographic silver images are obtained by the finishing bath's
      containing 10 to 60 mg of metal ions/liter of metals, the electrode
      potential of which in the electrochemical series is more positive than
      that of silver.
PATN
WKU  059897910
SRC  9
APN  0622214
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980417
TTL  Photographic printing method
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Hoa Van
NDR  11
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Koboshi; Shigeharu
CTY  Hino
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishikawa; Masao
CTY  Hino
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kuriyama; Shinichi
CTY  Hino
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Konica Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970422
APN  9-120202
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970701
APN  9-176078
CLAS
OCL  430434
XCL  430357
XCL  430394
XCL  430401
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  529
FSC  430
FSS  434;357;394;401
UREF
PNO  5374972
ISD  19941200
NAM  Nakane et al.
OCL  396613
UREF
PNO  5432580
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tokuda
OCL  396570
UREF
PNO  5436688
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  396617
UREF
PNO  5508783
ISD  19960400
NAM  Iwagaki et al.
OCL  355 40
UREF
PNO  5600386
ISD  19970200
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  396315
UREF
PNO  5745219
ISD  19980400
NAM  DeMarti, Jr. et al.
OCL  355 40
UREF
PNO  5861942
ISD  19990100
NAM  Ohsone et al.
OCL  355 27
LREP
FR2  Bierman; Jordan B.
     Bierman, Muserlian and Lucas
ABST
PAL  In a method of reprinting an image on a frame of a film piece among plural
      film pieces received with a printing order onto a photographic paper, the
      plural film pieces are incorporated into a film assemblage without
      splicing the plural film pieces with no consideration whether each of the
      plural film pieces has a frame to be reprinted; the plural film pieces are
      fed out of the film assemblage; the image of the film piece among the
      plural film pieces fed from the film assemblage is exposed onto the
      photographic paper; and the exposed photographic paper is developed so as
      to obtain a visual image.
PATN
WKU  059897929
SRC  8
APN  9978186
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971224
TTL  Photographic film
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  6
EXP  Huff; Mark F.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Miyai; Junichi
CTY  Wakayama-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Noritsu Koki Co., Ltd.
CTY  Wakayama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961225
APN  8-344864
CLAS
OCL  430501
XCL  430496
XCL  242551
XCL  242553
XCL  242556
XCL  2425561
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  302
ICL  G03C  1765
FSC  242
FSS  551;553;556;556.1
FSC  430
FSS  496;501
UREF
PNO  3573047
ISD  19710300
NAM  Jeffee
OCL  430496
UREF
PNO  5475463
ISD  19951200
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  354321
UREF
PNO  5652941
ISD  19970700
NAM  Arimoto et al.
OCL  354319
LREP
FRM  Smith Patent Office
ABST
PAL  A photographic film is connected with a leader by engagement with an
      engaging piece provided on the leader. The film is then conveyed by being
      pulled by the leader since engaging holes in the film are engageable with
      engaging pieces provided on a leader. The engaging holes are formed at a
      leading end portion of a photographic film. Portions of the photographic
      film around the engaging holes are reinforced by adhering a reinforcement
      piece to the leading end portion of the photographic film, thereby
      preventing the photographic film from being torn at the engaging holes.
PATN
WKU  059897937
SRC  9
APN  1045695
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980625
TTL  Color negative photographic elements with modified scavenging compound
      distributions
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Walker; Amanda C.
EXP  Schilling; Richard L.
INVT
NAM  Sowinski; Allan F.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Begley; William J.
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Singer; Stephen P.
CTY  Spencerport
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  430505
XCL  430506
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  146
FSC  430
FSS  505;506
UREF
PNO  3843369
ISD  19741000
NAM  Kumai et al.
UREF
PNO  5314793
ISD  19940500
NAM  Chang et al.
UREF
PNO  5360703
ISD  19941100
NAM  Chang
UREF
PNO  5389506
ISD  19950200
NAM  Sutton
UREF
PNO  5585230
ISD  19961200
NAM  Zengerle et al.
UREF
PNO  5629140
ISD  19970500
NAM  Harder et al.
FREF
PNO  0 556 700 A1
ISD  19930800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 302 411
ISD  19970100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Reserach Disclosure, Item 38957, vol. 389, Sep. 1996, X.C.
PAL  Research Disclosure, Item 38957, vol. 389, Sep. 1996, X.D.
PAL  Research Disclosure, Item 38957, vol. 389, Sep. 1996. XII.
LREP
FR2  Roberts; Sarah Meeks
ABST
PAL  A color negative photographic element is disclosed containing higher levels
      of oxidized developer agent scavenging compound in the lowest and
      intermediate sensitivity layers of a triple-coated image recording unit
      than in the fast layer. Reduced fog and granularity are obtained, and
      increased speed and latitude are obtained.
PATN
WKU  059897945
SRC  9
APN  1162349
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980716
TTL  Polyalkylene naphthalate comprising specific UV-absorber
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  4
EXP  Schilling; Richard L.
INVT
NAM  Marien; August
CTY  Westerlo
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Agfa-Gevaert, N.V.
CTY  Mortsel
CNT  BEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970829
APN  97202663
CLAS
OCL  430512
XCL  430533
XCL  428480
XCL  524 86
XCL  524218
XCL  524290
XCL  524291
XCL  524292
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  1795
ICL  G03C  1815
ICL  C08K  534
ICL  C08K  548
FSC  430
FSS  512;533
FSC  428
FSS  480
FSC  524
FSS  86;218;290;291;292
UREF
PNO  5593818
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kawamoto
OCL  430533
UREF
PNO  5688636
ISD  19971100
NAM  Kiekens
OCL  430512
FREF
PNO  0 631 177 A1
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 664 480 A2
ISD  19950700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 747 756 A1
ISD  19961200
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  H. Laver: "The Use of UV-Absorbers in X-Ray Photographic Films," Research
      Disclosure No. 248, Dec. 1984, Havant GB, p. 598, XP002054694.
LREP
FRM  Breiner & Breiner
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a polyalkylene naphthalate film, preferably the homopolymer of
      naphthalene-2,6-dicarboxylic acid and ethylene glycol (PEN), comprising a
      UV absorbing compound of general formula Q--CO--CO--X (explained in the
      description) for quenching of the UV fluorescence at 429 nm. The polymeric
      film is preferably used as support for a photographic material, preferably
      a colour negative or colour reversal photographic material.
PATN
WKU  059897953
SRC  7
APN  8866171
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19920521
TTL  Performance of photographic emulsions at high silver ion concentrations
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Chea; Thorl
INVT
NAM  Evans; Francis John
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Herz; Arthur Herman
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  455250
APD  19891222
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  430513
XCL  430577
XCL  430581
XCL  430603
XCL  430605
XCL  430608
XCL  430642
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  1492
ICL  G03C  110
FSC  430
FSS  581;577;513;567;642;603;605;608;517;522
UREF
PNO  2493748
ISD  19500100
NAM  Brooker et al.
OCL  430577
UREF
PNO  3271157
ISD  19660900
NAM  McBride
UREF
PNO  3647460
ISD  19720300
NAM  Hofman et al.
OCL  430513
UREF
PNO  4590155
ISD  19860500
NAM  Klotzer
UREF
PNO  5057406
ISD  19911000
NAM  Usagawa et al.
OCL  430513
OREF
PAL  Photographic Science Eng., 16, 1972, p. 413.
PAL  The Theory of the Photographic Process, 4th Edition, 1977, pp. 25-37.
PAL  Research Disclosure No. 15560, Mar. 1977.
PAL  W. L. Gardner et al, "Society of Photographic Scientists & Engineers",
      1977, pp. 325-330.
PAL  T. H. James, "The Theory of the Photographic Process", 1977, pp. 156-158.
PAL  R. W. Swenson et al, "Photographic Science & Technique", 1956, pp. 162-166.
PAL  Research Disclosure No. 17643, Dec. 1978, pp. 22-31.
LREP
FR2  Leipold; Paul A.
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a photographic recording material comprising a
      support and a photosensitive chemically sensitized silver halide emulsion
      layer, containing a sensitizing dye selected from the group consisting of
      oxonal dyes, merocyanine dyes, and cyanine dyes having a net negative
      charge, and which has a pH value between about 2 to about 5 and a pAg
      value between about 1 to about 4.7.
PATN
WKU  059897961
SRC  9
APN  1658859
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980930
TTL  Organic silver salt containing thermally processable elements with spot
      reducing surfactant combinations
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Schilling; Richard L.
INVT
NAM  Moon; Alice
CTY  Penfield
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  430536
XCL  430523
XCL  430531
XCL  430539
XCL  430637
XCL  430636
XCL  430961
XCL  430964
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  1498
ICL  G03C  149
ICL  G03C  176
FSC  430
FSS  523;531;536;539;631;636;637;638;961;964
UREF
PNO  3080254
ISD  19630300
NAM  Grant, Jr.
OCL  430474
UREF
PNO  4367283
ISD  19830100
NAM  Nakayama et al.
OCL  430636
UREF
PNO  4741992
ISD  19880500
NAM  Przezdziecki
OCL  430523
UREF
PNO  5198406
ISD  19930300
NAM  Mack et al.
OCL  503207
UREF
PNO  5380644
ISD  19950100
NAM  Yonkoski et al.
OCL  430617
UREF
PNO  5503967
ISD  19960400
NAM  Furlan et al.
OCL  430637
UREF
PNO  5545507
ISD  19960800
NAM  Simpson et al.
OCL  430617
UREF
PNO  5571665
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ballerini et al.
OCL  430637
UREF
PNO  5635339
ISD  19970600
NAM  Murray
OCL  430617
UREF
PNO  5654130
ISD  19970800
NAM  Murray
OCL  430617
UREF
PNO  5686228
ISD  19971100
NAM  Murray et al.
OCL  430617
UREF
PNO  5736293
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hirai et al.
OCL  430203
OREF
PAL  Research Disclosure, vol. 170, Jun. 1978, Item 17029.
PAL  Research Disclosure, vol. 389, Sep. 1996, Item 38957.
LREP
FR2  Thomas; Carl O.
ABST
PAL  A thermally processable imaging element is disclosed having a protective
      coat overlying at least one thermographic or photothermographic imaging
      layer containing an organic silver salt and a thermally activated reducing
      agent for silver ion. The protective coat includes a film-forming binder
      comprised of a water dispersible polymer containing hydroxy pendant groups
      and, to reduce low density spots visible after thermal processing, a
      combination of anionic, non-ionic and fluorocarbon moiety containing
      surfactants satisfying formula defined selection criteria.
PATN
WKU  059897970
SRC  9
APN  167725&
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19981007
TTL  Light-sensitive silver halide photographic materials comprising zeolites
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Schilling; Richard L.
INVT
NAM  Vandenabeele; Hubert
CTY  Mortsel
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Agfa-Gevaert, N.V.
CTY  Mortsel
CNT  BEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  430539
XCL  430523
XCL  430569
XCL  430564
XCL  430603
XCL  430604
XCL  430605
XCL  430608
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  109
ICL  G03C  1015
ICL  G03C  1025
FSC  430
FSS  569;603;604;608;605;564;523;539
UREF
PNO  4845023
ISD  19890700
NAM  Mifune
OCL  430569
UREF
PNO  5447834
ISD  19950900
NAM  Fujita et al.
OCL  430559
FREF
PNO  0 644 454
ISD  19950300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 644 455
ISD  19950300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 119 946
ISD  19831100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Breiner & Breiner
ABST
PAL  A light-sensitive silver halide photographic material and a method for
      preparing said material is provided, wherein said material comprises a
      support and on one or both sides thereof at least one silver halide
      emulsion layer and a protective antistress layer as an outermost layer,
      characterized in that said silver halide emulsion layer(s) and/or said
      protective antistress layer comprise(s) at least one zeolite loaded with a
      photographically useful group. Said photographically useful group is a
      soluble salt, an organic compound releasing chloride, bromide or iodide, a
      sulfur salt, a selenium salt, a tellurium salt and/or a metal salt of
      group VIII.
PAL  Further a method of preparing said light-sensitive silver halide
      photographic material as described hereinbefore is provided, said method
      comprising the steps of precipitating silver halide crystals in a
      colloidally stable aqueous medium by mixing an aqueous silver salt
      solution and at least one halide solution thereby forming an emulsion;
      flocculating, followed by decanting, washing and redispersing said
      emulsion or washing said emulsion by dialysis or ultrafiltration followed
      by adding one or more colloidally stable solution(s); chemically ripening
      said silver halide crystals in said emulsion, adding thereto solutions
      comprising chemical ripening agents; adding coating solutions comprising
      coating additives, followed by coating and drying, wherein in at least one
      of said steps at least one zeolite is added to the said medium, solution
      or emulsion.
PATN
WKU  059897988
SRC  8
APN  9946632
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971219
TTL  Combinations of purine-releasing pyrazolone DIR couplers and pyrazolone
      or pyrazolotriazole imaging couplers
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1,18
EXP  Letscher; Geraldine
INVT
NAM  Merkel; Paul B.
CTY  Victor
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Poslusny; Jerrold N.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Steele; David A.
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  430544
XCL  430549
XCL  430555
XCL  430558
XCL  430957
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  108
ICL  G03C  726
ICL  G03C  732
FSC  430
FSS  543;544;549;555;558;957
UREF
PNO  3933500
ISD  19760100
NAM  Shiba et al.
OCL  430543
UREF
PNO  5091293
ISD  19920200
NAM  Nozawa et al.
OCL  430503
FREF
PNO  0 649 056 A2
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 867 763 A1
ISD  19980900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4-278942
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4278942
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Rice; Edith A.
ABST
PAL  A photographic element comprises: (a) a support; and (b) at least one
      silver halide emulsion layer; wherein said emulsion layer contains (c) at
      least one magenta dye-forming pyrazolone DIR coupler of structure I; and
      (d) at least one magenta dye-forming imaging coupler of structure II,
      structure IIIa or structure IIIb, below:
      ##STR1##
      wherein the substituents are as defined in the specification.
PATN
WKU  059897996
SRC  9
APN  0993255
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980618
TTL  Radiographic UV/blue intensifying screen-film combination
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Huff; Mark F.
INVT
NAM  Verbeeck; Ann
CTY  Begijnendijk
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Verrept; Peter
CTY  Avelgem
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Callant; Paul
CTY  Edegem
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Caron; Koenraad
CTY  Wilrijk
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Agfa-Gevaert. N.V.
CTY  Mortsel
CNT  BEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970711
APN  97202169
CLAS
OCL  430567
XCL  430591
XCL  430966
XCL  2504861
XCL  2523014R
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  1035
ICL  G03C  110
ICL  G03C  517
FSC  430
FSS  567;569;966;967;591
FSC  250
FSS  486.1
FSC  252
FSS  301.4 R
UREF
PNO  2080050
ISD  19370500
NAM  Kendall
OCL  430591
UREF
PNO  4225653
ISD  19800900
NAM  Brixner
OCL  428690
UREF
PNO  5601969
ISD  19970200
NAM  Verbeeck
OCL  430569
FREF
PNO  0 770 909 A1
ISD  19970500
CNT  EPX
ICL  G03C  146
FREF
PNO  WO 93/11458
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
ICL  G03C  517
LREP
FRM  Breiner & Breiner
ABST
PAL  A radiographic screen/film combination or system has been provided
      comprising a duplitized film sandwiched between a pair of supporting or
      self-supporting X-ray intensifying screens, characterized in that i) said
      pair of supported or self-supporting X-ray intensifying screens
      essentially consists of luminescent phosphor particles emitting at least
      50% and more preferably at least 80% of their emitted radiation in the
      wavelength range shorter than 380 nm, as e.g. a niobium and gadolinium
      doped, monoclinic M, yttriumtantalate (MYT) phosphor corresponding to
      formula I
EQU  YTaO.sub.4 :Gd:Nb                                          (I),
PA0  ii) said film comprises {111} tabular silver halide grains rich in silver
      chloride, spectrally sensitive to irradiation in the said wavelength range
      shorter than 380 nm by the presence of at least one azacyanine dye as a
      spectral sensitizer.
PATN
WKU  059898003
SRC  8
APN  9619518
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971031
TTL  Process for producing tabular silver halide grains
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  McPherson; John A.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Hosoya; Yoichi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamanouchi; Junichi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961119
APN  8-308123
CLAS
OCL  430569
XCL  430627
XCL  430628
XCL  430642
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  1035
ICL  G03C  1043
ICL  G03C  1047
FSC  430
FSS  567;569;627;628;642
UREF
PNO  3118766
ISD  19640100
NAM  Roth
OCL  430642
UREF
PNO  4713320
ISD  19871200
NAM  Maskasky
OCL  430567
UREF
PNO  5587281
ISD  19961200
NAM  Saitou et al.
OCL  430567
FREF
PNO  5-12696
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-82883
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A process for producing tabular silver halide grains in a dispersion medium
      solution, wherein the dispersion medium comprises a gelatin derivative
      containing at least two carboxyl groups (--COOH) which are newly
      introduced through chemical modification of amino groups (--NH.sub.2) of
      gelatin molecule, thereby monodisperse tabular silver halide grains small
      in thickness and large in aspect ratio are provided.
PATN
WKU  059898011
SRC  9
APN  1408291
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980826
TTL  Silver halide photographic material and method for forming image
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Hoa Van
INVT
NAM  Hirosawa; Toshio
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katsube; Kouji
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Toshiko
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hayafuchi; Yoshiro
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Arasawa; Katsuyuki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Oriental Photo Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Hiratsuka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971111
APN  9-325292
CLAS
OCL  430626
XCL  430364
XCL  430376
XCL  430377
XCL  430549
XCL  430551
XCL  430565
XCL  430613
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  130
FSC  430
FSS  549;551;565;613;626
UREF
PNO  H583
ISD  19890200
NAM  Asami
OCL  430550
UREF
PNO  4315069
ISD  19820200
NAM  Scott et al.
OCL  430365
UREF
PNO  4348474
ISD  19820900
NAM  Scheerer et al.
OCL  430506
UREF
PNO  4411987
ISD  19831000
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  430542
UREF
PNO  4839263
ISD  19890600
NAM  Miyoshi et al.
OCL  430551
UREF
PNO  4894318
ISD  19900100
NAM  Arakawa et al.
OCL  430551
UREF
PNO  5362616
ISD  19941100
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  430549
FREF
PNO  0 087 984 A2
ISD  19830900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 243 202 A2
ISD  19871000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 255 784 A2
ISD  19880200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 157 840
ISD  19851000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/12465
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Flynn, Thiel, Boutell & Tanis, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a silver halide photographic material and an
      image forming method for obtaining a monochrome image using a dye image
      even if it is treated with a color developer free of benzyl alcohol; a
      photographic property of the monochrome image is less deteriorated by a
      toxic gas such as formaldehyde and an increase in sensitization and fog
      with time is improved.
PAL  A silver halide photographic material comprising a support, at least one
      silver halide emulsion layer on the support and at least one
      non-photosensitive hydrophilic colloidal layer, in which a silver halide
      grain of the silver halide emulsion layer includes not less than 95% mol
      of silver halide and in which the silver halide emulsion layer includes a
      yellow coupler, a magenta coupler, a cyan coupler and a specific formalin
      scavenger and the silver halide emulsion layer and/or the
      non-photosensitive hydrophilic colloidal layer include a specific
      s-triazine type compound and a method for forming an image by developing
      the silver halide photographic material with a color developer
      substantially free of benzyl alcohol.
PATN
WKU  059898020
SRC  8
APN  8675090
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970602
TTL  Recording materials and method for manufacturing said materials coated
      from hydrophilic layers having no gelatin or low amounts of gelatin
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Schilling; Richard L.
INVT
NAM  Vandenabeele; Hubert
CTY  Mortsel
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Agfa-Gevaert, N.V.
CTY  Mortsel
CNT  BEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960613
APN  96201653
CLAS
OCL  430627
XCL  430231
XCL  430232
XCL  430230
XCL  430523
XCL  430531
XCL  430536
XCL  430539
XCL  430628
XCL  430629
XCL  430631
XCL  430634
XCL  430642
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  1053
ICL  G03C  104
ICL  G03C  1047
ICL  G03C  138
FSC  430
FSS  631;642;539;629;232;231;217;935;628;230;523;531;536;634
UREF
PNO  3168403
ISD  19650200
NAM  Himmelmann et al.
OCL  430629
UREF
PNO  3632374
ISD  19720100
NAM  Greiller
OCL  430935
UREF
PNO  3767410
ISD  19731000
NAM  Brust et al.
OCL  430637
UREF
PNO  4113903
ISD  19780900
NAM  Choinski
OCL  430935
UREF
PNO  4842900
ISD  19890600
NAM  Miyamoto
OCL  430935
UREF
PNO  5310637
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kurz
OCL  430935
UREF
PNO  5478709
ISD  19951200
NAM  Vandenabeele
OCL  430523
UREF
PNO  5618650
ISD  19970400
NAM  De Keyzer et al.
OCL  430232
UREF
PNO  5707775
ISD  19980100
NAM  Deprez et al.
OCL  430232
LREP
FRM  Breiner & Breiner
ABST
PAL  Recording materials and a method of manufacturing said materials by coating
      hydrophilic colloidal layer compositions on a support by slide-hopper or
      curtain-coating techniques, followed by drying, said materials comprising
      a support and one or more light-sensitive and/or heat-sensitive layer(s)
      having a hydrophilic colloidal coating composition comprising no
      gelatin(in the case of (photo)thermographic materials) or gelatin in low
      amounts in order to provide a ratio by weight of gelatin to silver halide
      expressed as an equivalent amount of silver nitrate in the range from 0.05
      to 0.4 (in the case of a light-sensitive silver halide photographic
      material) and thickening agents composed of synthetic clay and anionic
      macromolecular polyelectrolytes and wherein said synthetic clay is present
      in an amount of at least 85% by weight versus a total amount of thickening
      agents.
PATN
WKU  059898038
SRC  8
APN  9372342
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970908
TTL  Method for treating a subject suffering from a condition associated with
      an extracellular zinc sphingomyelinase
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Tate; Christopher R.
EXP  Lankford, Jr.; Leon B.
NDR  22
NFG  35
INVT
NAM  Tabas; Ira
CTY  New City
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Schissel; Scott L.
CTY  Teaneck
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Williams; Kevin Jon
CTY  Wynnewood
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  The Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Thomas Jefferson University
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435  4
XCL  424 941
XCL  424 946
XCL  435  71
XCL  435  721
XCL  435  8
XCL  435 18
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  100
ICL  C12Q  166
ICL  C12Q  134
FSC  424
FSS  94.1;94.6
FSC  435
FSS  4;7.1;18;7.72;8
UREF
PNO  4987151
ISD  19910100
NAM  Tabas
OCL  514548
UREF
PNO  5789181
ISD  19980800
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  435  7.8
OREF
PAL  Schissel et al. J. Biol. Chem. vol. 17, pp. 18250-18259, abstract, 1998.
PAL  Schissel et al. 69th Scientific Sessions--Am. Heart Assoc., abstract, 1996.
PAL  Schissel, S. Dissertation Abstracts Int. vol. 58, No. 9B, abstract, 1997.
PAL  Francis, S.H. et al. (1994) Zinc interactions and conserved motifs of the
      cGMP-binding cGMP-specific phosphodiesterase suggest that it is a zinc
      hydrolase J. Biol. Chem., 269: 22477-22480 (Exhibit 2).
PAL  Hannun, Y. A. and Bell, R. M. (1989) "Functions of sphingolipids and
      sphingolipid breakdown products in cellular regulation," Science,
      243:500-507 (Exhibit 3).
PAL  Kolesnick, R. N. (1991) "Sphingomyelin and derivatives as cellular
      signals," Prog. Lipid Res., 30:1-38 (Exhibit 4).
PAL  Levade, T. et al. (1986) "Sphingomyelinases and Niemann-Pick Disease," J.
      Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem., 24: 205-220 (Exhibit 5).
PAL  Okwu, A. K. et al. (1994) "Regulation of the threshold for
      lipoprotein-induced acyl-CoA:cholesterol O-acyltransferase stimulation in
      macrophages by cellular sphingomyelin content," J. Lipid Res., 35(4):
      644-655 (Exhibit 6).
PAL  Schissel, S. L. et al. (1996) "Zn.sup.2+ -stimulated sphingomyelinase is
      secreted by many cell types and is a product of the acid sphingomyelinase
      gene," J. Biol. Chem., 271(31): 18431-18436 (Exhibit 7).
PAL  Schissel, S. L. et al. (1996) "Rabbit aorta and human atherosclerotic
      lesions hydolyze the sphingomyelin of retained low-density lipoprotein:
      Proposed role for arterial-wall sphingomyelinase in subendothelial
      retention and aggregation of atherogenic lipoproteins," J. Clin. Invest.,
      98(6): 1455-1464 (Exhibit 8).
PAL  Schuchman, E. H. et al. (1991) "Human acid sphingomyelinase: Isolation,
      nucleotide sequence, and expression of the full-length and alternatively
      spliced cDNAs," J. Biol. Chem., 266(13): 8531-8539 (Exhibit 9).
PAL  Skiba, P. J. et al. (1996) "The distal pathway of lipoprotein-induced
      cholesterol esterification, but not sphingomyelinase-induced cholesterol
      esterification, is energy-dependent," J. Biol. Chem., 271(23): 13392-13400
      (Exhibit 10).
PAL  Spence, M. W. et al. (1989) "A new Zn.sup.2+ -stimulated sphingomyelinase
      in fetal bovine serum," J. Biol. Chem., 264(10):5358-5363 (Exhibit 11).
PAL  Tabas, I. et al. (1993) "Lipoprotein lipase and sphingomyelinase
      synergistically enhance the association of atherogenic lipoproteins with
      smooth muscle cells and extracellular matrix: A possible mechanism for low
      density lipoprotein and lipoprotein(a) retention and macrophage foam cell
      formation," J. Biol. Chem., 268(27): 20419-20432 (Exhibit 12).
PAL  Williams, K. J. et al. (1992) "Mechanisms by which lipoprotein lipase
      alters cellular metabolism of lipoprotein(a), low density lipoprotein, and
      nascent lipoproteins. Roles for low density lipoprotein receptors and
      heparan sulfate proteoglycans," J. Biol. Chem., 267(19): 13284-13292
      (Exhibit 13).
PAL  Williams, K. J. and I. Tabas (1995) "The response-to-retention hypothesis
      of early atherogenesis," Arterioscler. Thromb. Vasc. Biol., 15(5): 551-561
      (Exhibit 14).
PAL  Xu, X.-X. and I. Tabas (1991) "Sphingomyelinase enhances low density
      lipoprotein uptake and ability to induce cholesteryl ester accumulation in
      macrophages," J. Biol. Chem., 266(36): 24849-24858 (Exhibit 15).
PAL  Yamamoto, K. (1994) "Microbial Endoglycosidases for Analyses of
      Oligosaccharide Chains in Glycoproteins," J. Biochem., 116(2): 229-235
      (Exhibit 16).
LREP
FR2  White; John P.
     Cooper & Dunham LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides for a method for treating a subject
      suffering from a condition associated with an extracellular zinc
      sphingomyelinase activity which comprises administering to the subject an
      amount of a zinc sphingmyelinase inhibitor effective to decrease
      extracellular zinc sphingomyelinase activity in the subject and thereby
      treat the subject. The present invention also provides for a method for
      determining whether a compound inhibits an activity of an extracellular
      zinc sphingomyelinase involving ceramide formation which comprises: (a)
      contacting a sample containing the zinc sphingomyelinase under acidic pH
      conditions known to be associated with the activity of such zinc
      sphingomyelinase, with: (i) a substrate of the zinc sphingomyelinase
      enzyme, and (ii) the compound being evaluated; (b) measuring the
      concentration of ceramide in the sample from (a); (c) determining the
      amount of zinc sphingomyelinase activity in the sample based upon the
      concentration of ceramide measured in step (b); and (d) comparing the
      amount of sphingomyelinase activity determined in step (c) with the amount
      of sphingomyelinase activity determined in the absence of the compound, so
      as to determine whether the compound inhibits the activity of zinc
      sphingomyelinase.
GOVT
PAR  The invention disclosed herein was made with support under Grants No.
      HL39703, HL 21006 and HL38956 from National Institutes of Health, U.S.
      Department of Health and Human Services. Accordingly, the U.S. Government
      has certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059898046
SRC  8
APN  5557224
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19951114
TTL  E6 binding proteins
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1,7
EXA  Salimi; Ali R.
EXP  Eisenschenk; Frank C.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Androphy; Elliot J.
CTY  Natick
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Chen; Jason J.
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  New England Medical Center Hospitals, Inc.
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  273059
APD  19940708
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435  5
XCL  435  723
XCL  435  76
XCL  435  77
XCL  435  771
XCL  435  772
XCL  435  792
XCL  530300
XCL  530350
XCL  536 2372
XCL  536 235
XCL  514 12
XCL  930220
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  170
ICL  G01N 33574
ICL  A61K 3800
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  5;7.23;7.6;7.7;7.72;7.71;7.92
FSC  530
FSS  300;350
FSC  536
FSS  23.5;23.72
FSC  930
FSS  220
FSC  514
FSS  12
UREF
PNO  5532348
ISD  19960700
NAM  Huibregtse et al.
OCL  536 23.5
OREF
PAL  Hartman et al., "The complete primary structure of rat chaperonin 10
      reveals a putative .beta..alpha..beta. nucleotide-binding domain with
      homology to p21ras ", Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1164:219-222 (1993).
PAL  Ryan et al., "Isolation of a cDNA clone specifying rat chaperonin 10, a
      stress-inducible mitochondrial matrix protein synthesised without a
      cleavable presequence", FEBS Letters, 337:152-156 (Jan 1994).
PAL  Chen et al., "Interaction of papillomavirus E6 oncoproteins with a putative
      calcium-binding protein" Science 269:529-531 (1995).
PAL  Weis et al., "The endoplasmic reticulumcalcium-binding protein of 55 kDA is
      a novel EF-hand protein retained int eh endoplasmic reticulum by a
      carboxyl-terminal His-Asp-Glu-Leu motif" J. Biological Chemistry
      269:19142-19150 (1994).
PAL  Arbeit, J.M. et al., "Neuroepithelial Carcinomas in Mice Transgenic with
      Human Papillomavirus Type 16 E6/E7 ORFs" Am. J. Pathol., vol. 142, No. 4,
      pp. 1187-1197, 1993.
PAL  Chien, C.--T. et al., "The two-hybrid system: A method to identify and
      clone genes for proteins that interact with a protein of interest" Proc.
      Natl. Acad. Sci., vol. 88, pp. 9578-9582, Nov. 1991.
PAL  Cole, S.T. and O. Danos, "Nucleotide Sequence and Comparative Analysis of
      the Human Papillomavirus Type 18 Genome" J. Mol. Biol., vol. 193, pp.
      599-608, 1987.
PAL  Crook, T. et al., "Degradation of p53 Can be Targeted by HPV E6 Sequences
      Distinct from Those Required for p. 53 Binding and Trans-Activation" Cell,
      vol. 67, pp. 547-556, 1991.
PAL  Fields, S. and O. Song, "A novel genetic system to detect protein-protein
      interactions" Nature, vol. 336, pp. 495-496, 1988.
PAL  Kaebling, M. et al., "Loss of heterozygosity on chromosome 17p and mutant
      p53 in HPV-negative cervical carcinomas" The Lancet, vol. 340, pp.
      140-142, Jul. 18, 1992.
PAL  Gu, Z. et al., "DNA damage induced p53 mediated transcription is inhibited
      by human papillomavirus typ 18 E6" Oncogene, vol. 9, pp. 629-633, 1994.
PAL  Hoppe-Seyler, F. and K. Butz, "Cellular Control of Human Papillomavirus
      Oncogene Transcription" Molecular Carcinogenesis, vol 10, pp. 134-141,
      1994.
PAL  Howley, P.M., "Role of the Human Papillomavirus in Human Cancer" Cancer
      Research (Suppl.), vol. 51. pp. 5019s-5022s, Sep. 15, 1991.
PAL  Huibregtse, J.M. et al., "A cellular protein mediates association of p53
      with the E6 oncoprotein of human papillomavirus types 16 or 18" The EMBO
      Journal, vol. 10, No. 13, pp. 4129-4135, 1991.
PAL  Huibregtse, J.M. et al., "Cloning and Expression of the cDNA for E6-AP, a
      Protein That Mediates the Interaction of the Human Papillomavirus E6
      Oncoprotein with p53" Molecular and Cellular Biology, vol 13, No. 2, pp.
      775-784, Feb. 1993.
PAL  Kim, K. H. et al., "Expression and Localization of Human Papillomavirus
      Type 16 E6 and E7 Open Reading Frame Proteins in Human Epidermal
      Keratinocyte" Yonsei Medical Journal, vol. 35, No. 1, pp. 1-9, 1994.
PAL  Lamberti, C. et al., "Transcriptional activation by the papillomavirus
      E6zinc finger oncoprotein" The EMBO Journal, vol. 9, No. 6, pp. 1907-1913,
      1990.
PAL  Lechner, M.S. et al., "Inhibition of p53 DNA Binding by Human
      Papillomavirus E6 Proteins" Journal of Virology, vol. 68, No. 7, pp.
      4262-4273, Jul. 1994.
PAL  Liang, X.H. et al., "Co-localization of the tumor-suppressor protein p53
      and human papillomavirus E6 protein in human cervical carcinoma cell
      lines" Oncogene, vol. 8, pp. 2645-2652, 1993;.
PAL  May, E. et al., "Endogenous HeLa p53 proteins are easily detected in HeLa
      cells transfected with mouse deletion mutant p53 gene" Oncogene, vol. 6,
      pp. 1363-1365, 1991.
PAL  Mietz, J.A. et al., "The transcriptional transactivation function of
      wild-type p53 is inhibited by SV40 large T-antigen and by HPV-16 E6
      oncoprotein" The EMBO Journal, vol. 11, No. 13, pp. 5013-5020, 1992.
PAL  Morrissey, L.C. et al., "trans Activation by the Bovine Papillomavirus E2
      Protein in Saccharomyces cerevisiae" Journal of Virology, vol. 63, No. 10,
      pp. 4422-4425, Oct. 1989.
PAL  Scheffner, M. et al., "The E6 Oncoprotein Encoded by Human Papillomavirus
      Types 16 and 18 Promotes the Degradation of p53" Cell, vol. 63, pp.
      1129-1136, Dec. 21, 1990.
PAL  Scheffner, M. et al., "The HPV-16 E6 and E6-AP Complex Functions as a
      Ubiquitin-Protein Ligase in the Ubiquitination of p53" Cell, vol. 75, pp.
      495-505, Nov. 5, 1993.
PAL  Scheffner, N. et al., "Interaction of the Human Papillomavirus Type 16 E6
      Oncoprotein with Wild-Type and Mutant Human p53 Proteins" Journal of
      Virology, vol. 66, No. 8, pp. 5100-5105, Aug. 1992;.
PAL  Sedman, S.A. et al., "Mutant p53 Can Substitute for Human Papillomavirus
      Type 16 E6 in Immortalization of Human Keratinocytes but Does Not have
      E6-Associated trans-Activation or Transforming Activity" Journal of
      Virology, vol. 66, No. 7, pp. 4201-4208, Jul. 1992.
PAL  Storey, A. and L. Banks, "Human papvillomavirus type 16 E6 gene cooperates
      with EJ-ras to immortalize primary mouse cells" Oncogene, vol. 8, pp.
      919-924, 1993.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson, P.C.
ABST
PAL  E6-BP polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding E6-BP polypeptides, and uses
      thereof.
GOVT
PAC  GOVERNMENT FUNDING
PAR  Work described herein was supported in part by funding from the National
      Institute of Health. The United States Government has certain rights in
      the invention.
PATN
WKU  059898054
SRC  8
APN  967716&
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19971110
TTL  Immortal avian cell line to grow avian and animal viruses to produce
      vaccines
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  23
EXA  Schwartzman; Robert
EXP  Degen; Nancy
NDR  8
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Reilly; John David
CTY  Lansing
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Taylor; Daniel C.
CTY  East Lansing
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Maes; Roger
CTY  Okemos
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Coussens; Paul M.
CTY  Lansing
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Board of Trustees operating Michigan State University
CTY  East Lansing
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  670272
APD  19960621
PSC  01
PNO  5833980
RLAP
COD  82
APN  549045
APD  19951027
PSC  01
PNO  5827738
CLAS
OCL  435  5
XCL  4242291
XCL  435349
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  170
ICL  A61K 39255
ICL  C12N  506
FSC  435
FSS  5;7.1;349
FSC  424
FSS  204.1;209.1;211.1;214.1;215.1;216.1;222.1;229.1;232.1;233.1
UREF
PNO  Re33164
ISD  19900200
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  424209.1
UREF
PNO  3629396
ISD  19711200
NAM  Yates et al.
OCL  424 89
UREF
PNO  4302444
ISD  19811100
NAM  Baxendale
OCL  424 89
UREF
PNO  4357320
ISD  19821100
NAM  Apontoweil et al.
OCL  424 89
UREF
PNO  4530831
ISD  19850700
NAM  Lutticken et al.
OCL  424 89
UREF
PNO  4673572
ISD  19870600
NAM  De Boer
OCL  424 89
UREF
PNO  4795635
ISD  19890100
NAM  Peleg et al.
OCL  424 89
UREF
PNO  5192539
ISD  19930300
NAM  Van Der Marel et al.
OCL  424201.1
UREF
PNO  5443982
ISD  19950800
NAM  Welniak et al.
OCL  435235.1
OREF
PAL  Woods et al. (1976) Antigenicity of inactivated swine influenza virus
      concentrated by centrifugation. Res. Comm. Chem. Pathol. Pharmacol.
      13:129-132, Feb. 1976.
PAL  Brugh et al. (1979) Immunization of chickens and turkeys against avian
      influenza with monovalent and polyvalent oil emulsion vaccines. Am. J.
      Vet. Res. 40:165-169, Feb. 1979.
PAL  Alexander, D.J., Newcastle disease and other paramyxovirus infections.
      In:Diseases of Poultry.Ninth Edition.B.W. Calnek, et al., eds. Iowa State
      University Press, Ames. IA, USA 496-519 (1991).
PAL  Olson, N.O., Reovirus Infections. In:Diseases of Poultry. Ninth
      Edition.B.W. Calnek, et al eds. Iowa State University Press, Ames, IA, USA
      639-647 (1991).
PAL  Sahu, S.P. and N. O. Olson, American Journal of Veterinary Research, vol.
      36 pp. 847-850 (1975).
PAL  Barta, V., et al.,Avian Diseases, vol. 28, pp. 216-223 (1984).
PAL  Van der Heide, L., et al. Avian Diseases, vol. 27, pp. 698-706 (1983).
PAL  Rau, W.E., et al., Avian Diseases, vol. 24, pp. 648-657 (1980).
PAL  Tripathy, D.N., Pox. In: Diseases of Poultry. Ninth Edition. B.W. Calnek,
      et al., eds. Iowa State university Press, Ames, IA, USA pp. 583-596
      (1991).
PAL  Moscovici, et al, Cell, vol. 11, pp. 95-103 (1977).
PAL  Hitchner, S.B., Avian Diseases, vol. 25, pp. 874-881 (1981).
PAL  Winterfield, R.W., Poultry Science, vol. 64, pp. 65-70 (1985).
PAL  Easterday, B.C. and V.S. Hinshaw, Influenza. In: Diseases of Poultry. Ninth
      Edition.B.W. Calnek, et al., eds. Iowa State University Press, Ames, IA,
      USA pp. 532-551 (1991).
PAL  Stone, H.D.,Avian Disease, vol. 31, pp. 483-490 (1987).
PAL  Easterday, B.C. and V. Hinshaw, Swine Influenza. In: Diseases of Swine. 7th
      Edition.A.D. Leman, et al., eds. Iowa State University Press, Ames, IA,
      USA pp. 349-357 (1992).
PAL  Hirai, K., et al. Avian Diseases, vol. 23, pp. 148-163 (1978).
PAL  Hitchner, S.B., and B.W. Calnek. American Journal of Veterinary Research,
      vol. 41, pp. 1280-1281 (1980).
PAL  Vindevogel, H. and J. P. Duchatel (Miscellaneous herpesvirus infection.
      In:Diseases of Poultry. Ninth Edition.B.W. Calnek, et al., eds. Iowa State
      University Press, Ames, IA, USA pp. 665-667 (1991).
PAL  Aini, I, et al., Journal of Wildlife Diseases, vol. 29, pp. 196-202 (1993).
PAL  Luckert, P.D. and Y.M. Saif; Infectious bursal disease. In: Diseases of
      Poultry. Ninth Edition.B.W. Calnek, et al., eds. Iowa State University
      Press, Ames, IA, USA pp. 648-663 (1991).
PAL  Cowen, B.S. and M.O. Braune. Avian Diseases, vol. 32, pp. 282-297 (1988).
PAL  Jackwood,et al., Avian Diseases, vol. 31, pp. 370-375 (1987).
PAL  Skeeles, J.K. and P.D.Lukert. Avian Diseases, vol. 24, pp. 43-47 (1980).
PAL  Stoll, R., et al. Journal of General Virology, vol. 75, pp. 2261-2269
      (1994).
PAL  King, D.J. and D. Cavanaugh; Infectious bronchitis. In: Diseases of
      Poultry. Ninth Edition.B.W. Calnek, et al., eds. Iowa State University
      Press, Ames, IA, USA pp. 471-484 (1991).
PAL  Noteborn, M. and G. Koch. Avian Pathology. vol. 24, pp. 11-31 (1995).
PAL  Calnek, B.W., et al; Avian Encephalomyelitis. In: Diseases of Poultry.
      Ninth Edition.B.W. Calnek, et al., eds. Iowa State University
      Press,Ames,IA,USA pp. 520-531 (1991).
PAL  McFerran,J.B., Adenovirus (group I)infections of chickens. In: Diseases of
      Poultry. Ninth Edition.B.W.Calnek, et al., eds. Iowa State University
      Press, AMes, IA, USA pp. 552-563 (1991).
PAL  Domermuth, C.H. and W.B. Gross (Hemorrhagic enteritis and related
      infections. In: Diseases of Poultry. Ninth Edition.B.W.Calnek, et al.,
      eds. Iowa State University Press, Ames, IA, USA pp. 567-672 (1991).
PAL  McFarren, J.B.(Egg drop Syndrome. In: Diseases of Poultry. Ninth
      Edition.B.W. Calnek, et al., eds. Iowa State University Press, Ames, IA,
      USA pp. 573-582 (1991).
PAL  Hayami,M., et al., International Journal of Cancer, vol. 20, pp. 729-737
      (1977).
PAL  Bauer, H., et al., Medical Microbiology and Immunology. vol. 164, pp.
      197-205 (1977).
PAL  Ogura, H., et al, Gann, vol. 75, pp. 410-414 (1984).
PAL  Ogura, H., and T. Fujiwara,Acta Med Okayama, vol. 41, pp. 141-143 (1987).
PAL  Kawaguchi, T.,et al., Cancer Research, vol. 47, pp. 4460-4464 (1987).
PAL  Nazerian, Avian Pathology, vol. 16, pp. 527-544 (1987).
PAL  Nick, et al.,Journal of Virology, vol. 18, pp. 227-234 (1976).
PAL  Cursiefen et al.,Archives of Virology, vol. 59, pp. 39-46 (1979).
PAL  Chettle et al.,British Veterinary Journal, vol. 141, pp. 141-145 (1985).
LREP
FR2  McLeod; Ian C.
ABST
PAL  Method of propagating viruses that replicate in embryonated eggs or in
      primary cultures of chicken embryo cells on an immortal, virus-free,
      contact-inhibited, and non-oncogenic chicken embryo cell line. The method
      supports replication of avian viruses of the Birnaviridae, Coronaviridae,
      Herpesviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Paramyxoviridae, Picornaviridae,
      Polyomaviridae, Poxviridae, and Reoviridae families. The immortal cell
      line of the present invention supports replication of swine influenza
      virus, for instance. The cell line is useful for virus isolation
      diagnostic assays and for propagating virus suitable for live or killed
      vaccines.
PATN
WKU  059898062
SRC  8
APN  9920072
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971217
TTL  Immunodissociation for improving the immunochemical determination of an
      analyte
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Graser; Jennifer
EXP  Chin; Christopher L.
INVT
NAM  Brust; Stefan
CTY  Marburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Behring Diagnostics GmbH
CTY  Marburg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DDX
APD  19961219
APN  196 53 074
PRIR
CNT  DDX
APD  19970103
APN  197 00 134
CLAS
OCL  435  5
XCL  435  71
XCL  435  792
XCL  435962
XCL  435974
XCL  436518
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 33543
FSC  435
FSS  5;7.1;7.92;962;974
FSC  436
FSS  518
UREF
PNO  5236830
ISD  19930800
NAM  Ishikawa
OCL  435  7.5
UREF
PNO  5384240
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hyman et al.
OCL  435  5
FREF
PNO  0 572 845 A1
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  S. Hashida et al., "Detection of Antibody IgG to HIV-1 in Urine by
      Ultrasensitive Enzyme Immunoassay (Immune Complex Transfer Enzyme
      Immunoassay) Using Recombinant p24 as Antigen for Diagnosis of HIV-1
      Infection", J. Clin. Lab. Analy., 8:86-95 (1994).
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a process for the immunochemical
      determination of one or more analytes in a sample using an immobilized
      specific receptor R1, which exhibits interactive bioaffinity with the
      analyte, and a specific receptor R2, which likewise exhibits interactive
      bioaffinity with the analyte and which as a rule is labeled. In the novel
      process, a receptor R3, which possesses one or more than one specific
      binding site for the analyte, is added and the resulting immune complexes
      are entirely or partially dissociated, after which they are reassociated
      and subsequently detected. According to a further embodiment, a receptor
      R4 is employed in addition to the receptor R3, which receptor R4 possesses
      an affinity towards R3 and is immobilized on the solid phase, with the
      resulting immune complexes being entirely or partially dissociated, after
      which they are reassociated and subsequently detected.
PATN
WKU  059898070
SRC  8
APN  2557746
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19940607
TTL  Detecting cancerous conditions by assaying for telomerase activity
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Myers; Carla J.
NDR  12
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  West; Michael D.
CTY  San Carlos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Shay; Jerry
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Wright; Woodring E.
CTY  Arlington
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Nam Woo
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Harley; Calvin B.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Weinrich; Scott L.
CTY  Redwood City
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Geron Corporation & Board of Regents
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  The University of Texas System
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  151477
APD  19931111
PSC  01
PNO  5830644
RLAP
COD  90
APN  153051
APD  19931111
PSC  01
PNO  5645986
RLAP
COD  92
APN  000000
RLAP
COD  82
APN  038766
APD  19930324
PSC  01
PNO  5489508
RLAP
COD  82
APN  882438
APD  19920513
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435 15
XCL  435 912
XCL  435  72
XCL  536 2431
XCL  536 2433
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12P 1934
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  6;15;91.1;91.5;91.2;7.2
FSC  436
FSS  64
FSC  935
FSS  77;78
FSC  536
FSS  24.31;24.33
UREF
PNO  4737454
ISD  19880400
NAM  Dattagupta et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5489508
ISD  19960200
NAM  West et al.
OCL  935  6
FREF
PNO  9304546
ISD  19930500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9408053
ISD  19940400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  S. Wang and V. Zakian (1990) Nature 345:456. Telomere-telomere
      recombination provides an express pathway for telomere acquisition.
PAL  S. Goldstein (1990) Science 249:1129. Replicative senescence: the human
      fibroblast comes of age.
PAL  J. Smith and R. Whitney (1980) Science 207:82. Intraclonal variation in
      proliferative potential of human diploid fibroblasts;stochastic mechanisms
      for cellular aging.
PAL  T. Ohno (1979) Mechanisms of aging and development 11:179. Strict
      relationship between dialyzed serum concentration and cellular life span
      in vitro.
PAL  L. Hayflick and P. Moorhead (1961) Experimental Cell Research 25:585. The
      serial cultivation of human diploiid cell strains.
PAL  J. Szostak (1989) Nature 337:303. The beginning of the ends.
PAL  G. Jankovic, et al. (1991) Nature 350:197. Telomere loss and cancer.
PAL  J. Gall (1990) Nature 344:108. Tying up loose ends.
PAL  G. Yu, et al. (1990) Nature 344:126. In vivo alteration of telomere
      sequences and senescence caused by mutated Tetrahymena telomerase RNAs.
PAL  L. Harrington and C. Greider (1991) Nature 353:451. Telomerase primer
      specificity and chromosome healing.
PAL  J. Gray, et al. (1991) Cell 67:807. Cloning and expression of genes for the
      Oxytricha telomere-binding protein:specific subunit interactions in the
      telomeric complex.
PAL  F. Muller, et al. (1991) Cell 67:815. New telomere formation after
      developmentally regulated chromosomal breakage during the process of
      chromosome diminution in Ascaris lumbricoides.
PAL  C. Greider (1990) Bioassays 12:363. Telomeres, telomerase and senesence.
PAL  E. Henderson, et al. (1990) Biochemistry 29:732. Telomere G-strand
      structure and function analyzed by chemical protection, base analogue
      substitution, and utilization by telomerase in vitro.
PAL  D. Gottschling, et al. (1990) Cell 53:751. Position effect at S. cerevisiae
      telomeres: reversible repression of Pol II transcription.
PAL  V. Lundblad and J. Szostak (1989) Cell 57:633. A mutant with a defect in
      telomere elongation leads to senescence in yeast.
PAL  E. Blackburn (1984) Annual Reviews in Biochemistry 53:163. The molecular
      structure of centromeres and telomeres.
PAL  A. Olovnikov (1973) J. Theoretical Biology 41:181. A theory of marginotomy.
PAL  H. Cooke and B. Smith (1986) CSHSQB LI:213. Variability at the telomeres of
      the human X/Y pseudoautosomal region.
PAL  C. Greider (1991) Cell 67:645. Chromosome first aid.
PAL  G. Morin (1989) Cell 59:521. The human telomere terminal transferase enzyme
      is a ribonucleoprotein that synthesizes TTAGGG repeats.
PAL  C. Harley, et al. (1990) Nature 345:458. Telomeres shorten during ageing of
      human fibroblasts.
PAL  Ham and McKeehan (1979) Methods in Enzymology LVIII:44. Media and growth
      requirements.
PAL  J. Starling, et al. (1990) Nucleic Acids Research 18:6881. Extensive
      telomere repeat arrays in mouse are hypervariable.
PAL  Grieder and Blackburn, "The Telomere Terminal Transferase of Tetrahymena Is
      a Ribonucleoprotein Enzyme with Two kinds of Primer Specificity", 51 Cell
      887, 1987.
PAL  Blackburn et al., "Recognition and elongation of telomeres by telomerase",
      31 Genome 553, 1989.
PAL  Greider, "Telomerase Is Processive", 11 Molec. and Cell. Biology 4572,
      1991.
PAL  Counter et al., "Telomere shortening associated with chromosome instability
      is arrested in immortal cells which express telomerase activity", 11 EMBO
      1921, 1992.
PAL  Harley, "Telomere loss: mitotic clock or genetic time bomb?", 256 Mutation
      Res. 271, 1991.
PAL  Eck and Nabel, "Antisense oligonucleotides for therapeutic intervention",
      2, Opin. Biotech 897, 1991.
PAL  Zahler et. al., "Inhibition of telomerase by G-quartet DNA structures", 350
      Nature, 718, 1991.
PAL  Yu and Blackburn, "Developmentally Programmed Healing of Chromosomes by
      Telomerase in Tetrahymena", 67 Cell 823, 1991.
PAL  Harley et al., "Telomeres shorten during ageing of human fibroblasts", 345
      Nature 458, 1990.
PAL  Blackburn, "Structure and function of telomeres", 350 Nature 569, 1991.
PAL  Cech, "Ribozymes and Their Medical Implications", 260 JAMA 3030, 1988.
PAL  Greider and Blackburn, "A telomeric sequence in the RNA of Tetrahymena
      telomerase required for telomere repeat synthesis," Nature 337:331-337
      (1989).
PAL  Cotten, "The in vivo application of ribozymes," Trends in Biotechnology
      8:174-178 (1990).
PAL  Harley et al., "The Telomere Hypothesis of Cellular Aging," Experimental
      Gerontology 27:375-382 (1992).
PAL  Shay et al., "Loss of telomeric DNA during aging may predispose cells to
      cancer (Review)," Int'l J. Oncology 3:559-563 (1993).
PAL  Windle and McGuire, "Telomeres: the long and the short of it," Proceedings
      of the American Association for Cancer Research 33:594-595 (1992).
PAL  Counter et al., "Stabilization of Short Telomeres and Telomerase Activity
      Accompany Immortalization of Epstein-Barr Virus-Transformed Human B
      Lymphocytes," J. Virology 68:3410-3414 (1994).
PAL  Klingelhutz et al., "Restoration of Telomeres in Human
      Papoillomavirus-Immortalized Human Anogenital Epithelial Cells," Molecular
      and Cellular Biology 14:961-969 (1994).
PAL  Counter et al., "Telomerase activity in human ovarian carcinoma," Proc.
      Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:2900-2904 (1994).
PAL  Strahl and Blackburn, "The effects of nucleoside analogs on telomerase and
      telomeres in Tetrahymena," Nucleic Acids Research 22:893-900 (1994).
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon LLP
ABST
PAL  Methods and kits are provided for diagnosis of specific cancerous
      conditions. The invention features a method for diagnosis of a condition
      in a patient associated with an elevated level of telomerase activity
      within a cell. The method involves determining the presence or amount of
      telomerase within the cells in the patient, e.g. by the use of the
      polymerase chain reaction. In one embodiment of the invention, the
      condition associated with elevated telomerase activity is chosen from
      prostate cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, renal cancer,
      ovarian/cervical cancer, lung cancer, and leukemia. The invention allows
      cancer to be detected even in tissues and cells which are not positive by
      pathology.
PATN
WKU  059898089
SRC  8
APN  2596091
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19940614
TTL  Identification of compounds affecting specific interaction of peptide
      binding pairs
ISD  19991123
NCL  58
ECL  1,13
EXP  Priebe; Scott D.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Young; Kathleen H.
CTY  Newtown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Ozenberger; Bradley A.
CTY  Yardley
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  American Cyanamid Company
CTY  Madison
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435  4
XCL  435 29
XCL  4352542
XCL  43525421
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12Q  102
ICL  C12N 1581
FSC  435
FSS  6;254.2;320.1;4;29;254.21
UREF
PNO  5283173
ISD  19940200
NAM  Fields et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5512473
ISD  19960400
NAM  Brent et al.
OCL  435325
UREF
PNO  5525490
ISD  19960600
NAM  Erickson et al.
OCL  435 29
UREF
PNO  5582995
ISD  19961200
NAM  Avruch et al.
OCL  435  7.1
FREF
PNO  WO 94/09133
ISD  19940400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/18380
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/19988
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/26400
ISD  19951000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Kim et al., "Inhibition of vascular endothelial growth factor-induced
      angiogenesis suppresses tumour growth in vivo", Nature 362: 841-844, Apr.
      1993.
PAL  Mendelsohn et al., "Applications of interaction traps/two-hybrid systems to
      biotechnology research", Curr. Opin. Biotech. 5:482-486, Oct. 1994.
PAL  Wu et al., "Specific interactions between proteins implicated in splice
      site selection and regulated alternative splicing". Cell 74:1061-1070,
      Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  A. Vojtek et al., Mammalian Ras Interacts Directly with the
      Serine/Threonine Kinase Raf, Cell, vol. 74, Jul. 16, 1993, pp. 205-214.
PAL  Chien, C-T., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA, 88, 0578-9582, (1991).
PAL  Dohlman, H., al., Annu. Rev. Biochem., 60, 653-688, (1991).
PAL  Dower, S., Advances in Second Messenger and Phosphoprotein Research, 28,
      19-25, (1993).
PAL  Durfee, T., et al., Genes and Devel., 7, 555-569, (1993).
PAL  Fields, S., et al., Trends Genet. 10: 286-292 (1994).
PAL  Fritz, C., et al., Current Biology, 2, 403-405, (1992).
PAL  Yang, X., et al., Science, 257, 680-682, (1992).
PAL  Young, P., et al., Current Biology, 3, 408-420, (1992).
PAL  Wang, T., et al., Science, 265, 674-676 (1994).
LREP
FR2  Webster; Darryl L.
     Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to novel modified host cells which express
      heterologous fused proteins and methods of screening for test samples
      having peptide-binding activity; wherein the modified host cell comprises:
      (a) a gene sequence encoding a heterologous fusion protein; said fusion
      protein comprising a first peptide of a peptide binding pair, or segment
      of said first peptide, which is joined to either a DNA binding domain or
      its corresponding transcriptional activation domain of a transcriptional
      activation protein; (b) a gene sequence encoding a heterologous fusion
      protein, said fusion protein comprising a second peptide of the peptide
      binding pair in (a), or a segment thereof, fused to either a DNA binding
      domain or its corresponding transcriptional activation domain, whichever
      one is not employed in (a); (c) a reporter gene operatively associated
      with the transcriptional activation protein, or a portion thereof; (d)
      optionally, a deletion or mutation in the chromosomal DNA of the host cell
      for the transcriptional activation protein if present in the selected host
      cell.
PATN
WKU  059898097
SRC  8
APN  3781186
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19950124
TTL  Methods for detecting a polynucleotide using an inactivating reagent and
      composition and kit comprising same
ISD  19991123
NCL  50
ECL  1
EXP  Brusca; John S.
INVT
NAM  Stavrianopoulos; Jannis G.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Enzo Diagnostics, Inc.
CTY  Farmingdale
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  633730
APD  19901224
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  536 243
XCL  536 2532
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C07H 2100
FSC  435
FSS  6;91.1
FSC  536
FSS  24.3;25.32
FREF
PNO  0231495
ISD  19870800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0309230
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1295153
ISD  19620400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1203781
ISD  19651000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  901643
ISD  19620700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  931227
ISD  19630700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  8902476
ISD  19890300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Bhavsar, et al., "Synthesis of Acridine Derivatives", 107 Chemical
      Abstracts, 667 (Abstract No. 96576U) 1987.
PAL  Arnold et al. Clin. Chem. 35 1588-1594 (1989) Assay Formats Involving
      Acridinium-Ester-Labeled DNA Probes.
PAL  Morrison et al. "Organic Chemistry" Allyn and Bacon, Inc. Boston (1973) pp.
      765-775.
LREP
FR2  Fedus, Esq.; Ronald C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a method for detecting the presence of a
      target polynucleotide in a sample. The method comprises the steps of (a)
      contacting the sample under hybridizing conditions with (i) a
      single-stranded polynucleotide probe capable of hybridizing to the target
      polynucleotide and comprising a polynucleotide and at least one
      intercalating molecule attached to a nucleotide of the polynucleotide by
      means of a linker arm, and (ii) a background-reducing reagent which
      chemically modifies the intercalating molecule when the probe to which it
      is attached is single-stranded; and (b) detecting a property change
      resulting from the intercalation of the intercalating molecule into a
      target-probe hybrid, thereby detecting the target polynucleotide. The
      intercalating molecule which is part of the polynucleotide probe induces a
      change in a property, in either the probe, the target polynucleotide or a
      target-probe hybrid. The property change can be detected, for example, by
      means of a generated signal which can be identified or quantified. The
      present invention can be employed in a heterogeneous (two step or two
      phase) assay using a support to immobilize the target or probe, and a
      washing step, and in a homogeneous (one step or one phase) assay using a
      hybridization solution. Also provided are a composition and a nucleic acid
      hybridization kit useful for detecting the presence of a target
      polynucleotide in a sample.
PATN
WKU  059898100
SRC  8
APN  5070325
APT  1
ART  187
APD  19950731
TTL  Screening methods for immunosuppressive agents
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Myers; Carla
EXP  Jones; W. Gary
NDR  12
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Flanagan; William M.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Crabtree; Gerald R.
CTY  Woodside
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Board of Trustees of Leland Stanford Jr. University
CTY  Stanford
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  228944
APD  19940418
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  749385
APD  19910822
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435  71
XCL  435 915
XCL  4352402
XCL  4351723
XCL  536 241
XCL  436 63
XCL  436501
XCL  935  6
XCL  935 17
XCL  935 36
XCL  935 78
XCL  935 77
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12P 1934
ICL  G01N 3353
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  6;7.1;240.2;172.3;91.5
FSC  436
FSS  501;63
FSC  536
FSS  24.1
FSC  935
FSS  6;17;36;77;78
FREF
PNO  87/04170
ISD  19870700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  8704170
ISD  19870700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  88/05083
ISD  19880700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  89/07614
ISD  19890800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  89/08147
ISD  19890900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Verwiej et al J. Biol Chem (1990) 265:15788-15795.
PAL  Sambrook et al, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 1989, Cold Spring
      Harbor Laboratory Press, NY, pp. 10.31-10.33.
PAL  Sawadogo et al, Cell (1985) 43:165-175.
PAL  Emmel et al Science (1989) 246:1617-1619
PAL  Shaw et al. Science (1988) 241:202-205.
ABST
PAL  Activation of NF-AT-dependent transcription, including agents which
      interfere with the production, modification of the nuclear or cytoplasmic
      subunits, or the nuclear import of the cytoplasmic subunits. In
      particular, screening tests for novel immunosuppressants are provided
      based upon the ability of NF-AT to activate transcription.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made in the course of work supported by the U.S.
      Government, which has certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059898119
SRC  8
APN  5362989
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19950929
TTL  Sextant core biopsy predictive mechanism for non-organ confined disease
      status
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  17,18
EXP  Scheiner; Toni R.
NDR  37
NFG  38
INVT
NAM  Veltri; Robert W.
CTY  Oklahoma City
STA  OK
INVT
NAM  Miller; M. Craig
CTY  Guthrie
STA  OK
INVT
NAM  Bacus; Michael P.
CTY  Edmond
STA  OK
INVT
NAM  Ashenayi; Kaveh
CTY  Tulsa
STA  OK
ASSG
NAM  Urocor, Inc.
CTY  Oklahoma City
STA  OK
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  315210
APD  19940929
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435  723
XCL  435  721
XCL  436 63
XCL  436 64
XCL  436813
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 33574
ICL  C12Q  168
FSC  435
FSS  6;7.23;7.21
FSC  436
FSS  63;64;813
OREF
PAL  Ackerman et al., "Analysis of Risk Factors Associated with Prostate Cancer
      Extension to the Surgical Margin and Pelvic Node Metastasis at Radical
      Prostatectomy", The Journal of Urology, 150:1845-1850, 1993.
PAL  Bacus et al., "Prostate Adenocarcinoma--An Image-Analysis Technique for DNA
      Ploidy Determination", Laboratory Medicine, 24(4):225-231, 1993.
PAL  Badalament et al., "DNA Ploidy and Prostate-Specific Antigen as Prognostic
      Factors in Clinically Resectable Prostate Cancer", Cancer, 67:3014-3023,
      1991.
PAL  Donald F. Gleason, MD, PhD, "Histologic Grading of Prostate Cancer: A
      Perspective", Human Pathology, 23(3):273-279, 1992.
PAL  Hammerer et al., "Digital Rectal Examination, Imaging, and
      Systematic-Sextant Biopsy in Identifying Operable Lymph Node-Negative
      Prostatic Carcinoma", Eur Urol, 22:281-287, 1992.
PAL  Katz et al., "Molecular Staging of Prostate Cancer with the Use of an
      Enhanced Reverse Transcriptase-PCR Assay", Urology, 43(6):765-775, 1994.
PAL  Miller et al., "A Multivariate Statistical Algorithm foir Predicting
      Organ-Confined Disease Status Based Upon the Sextant Biopsy Pathology, PSA
      and Quantitative Image Analysis", UroCor, Western Section AUA 71st Annual
      Meeting, Nov. 5-9, 1995, Scottsdale, AZ.
PAL  Ravery et al., "Systematic Biopsies Accurately Predict Extracapsular
      Extension of Prostate Cancer and Persistent/Recurrent Detectable PSA After
      Radical Prostatectomy", Urology, 44:371-376, 1994.
PAL  Terris et al., "Prediction of Prostate Cancer Volume Using
      Prostate-Specific Antigen Levels, Transrectal Ultrasound, and Systematic
      Sextant Biopsies", Urology, 45:75-80, 1995.
PAL  Ross et al., Cancer, vol. 72, pp. 3020-3028, Nov. 15, 1993.
PAL  Partin et al., Cancer, vol. 70, No. 1, pp. 161-168, 1992.
PAL  Dawson et al., Anal. Quant. Cytol. Histol., vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 227-235,
      Aug. 1993.
PAL  Molnar, et al., Anal. Cell Pathol., vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 161-175, May 1993.
LREP
FRM  Arnold White & Durkee
ABST
PAL  A method for screening individuals at risk for the loss of organ
      confinement in prostate cancer is disclosed. The method is useful for
      evaluating cells from patients at risk for recurrence of prostate cancer
      following surgery for prostate cancer. Specifically, the method uses
      specific Markovian nuclear texture features, alone or in combination with
      other biomarkers, to determine whether the cancer will progress or lose
      organ confinement. In addition, methods of predicting the development of
      fatal metastatic disease by statistical analysis of selected biomarkers is
      also disclosed. The invention also contemplates a method that uses a
      neural network to analyze and interpret cell morphology data. Utilizing
      Markovian factors and other biomarkers as parameters, the network is first
      trained with a sets of cell data from known progressors and known
      non-progressors. The trained network is then used to predict the loss of
      organ confinement by evaluating patient samples.
PATN
WKU  059898127
SRC  8
APN  5616379
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19951122
TTL  Transcription method
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Horlick; Kenneth R.
NDR  8
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Rosemeyer; Viola
CTY  Wavre
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Seibl; Rudolf
CTY  Penzberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Boehringer Mannheim GmbH
CTY  Mannheim
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19941123
APN  44 41 602
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435 911
XCL  435 9121
XCL  536 241
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12P 1934
ICL  C07H 2102
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  6;91.1;91.21
FSC  536
FSS  24.1
FSC  935
FSS  77;78
UREF
PNO  5474916
ISD  19951200
NAM  Reischl et al.
OCL  435 91.2
FREF
PNO  A-0 396 775
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/01384
ISD  19910200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO-A-91 01384
ISD  19910200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO-A-92 18521
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Sousa et al., "Model for the Mechanism of Bacteriophage T7 RNAP
      Transcription Initiation and Termination", J. Mol. Biol., 224: 319-334,
      (1992).
PAL  Promega 1993/1994 Catalog, p. 110, 1993/94.
PAL  Goeddel, D. (Ed) "Gene Expression Technology" Academic Press, Inc. pp.
      512-527, 1991.
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
ABST
PAL  An improved method of transcribing nucleic acids wherein the amount of
      abortive transcripts formed is reduced wherein the improvement comprises
      an effector sequence in the transcription reaction.
PATN
WKU  059898135
SRC  8
APN  6648630
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19960617
TTL  Detection of amplified nucleic acid sequences using bifunctional
      haptenization and dyed microparticles
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXA  Tung; Joyce
EXP  Marschel; Ardin H.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Gerdes; John C.
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Molecular Innovations, Inc.
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435 912
XCL  536 243
XCL  536 253
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12Q 1934
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  C07H 2100
FSC  435
FSS  91.2
FSC  536
FSS  24.3;25.3
UREF
PNO  4683195
ISD  19870700
NAM  Mullis et al.
OCL  435 91
UREF
PNO  4683202
ISD  19870700
NAM  Mullis et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  4687732
ISD  19870800
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  4965188
ISD  19901000
NAM  Mullis et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5168044
ISD  19921200
NAM  Joyce
OCL  435  7.24
UREF
PNO  5232829
ISD  19930800
NAM  Longiaru
OCL  435 29
UREF
PNO  5328825
ISD  19940700
NAM  Warren, III et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5344757
ISD  19940900
NAM  Holtke et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5374524
ISD  19941200
NAM  Miller
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5387510
ISD  19950200
NAM  Wu
OCL  435 91.2
UREF
PNO  5415839
ISD  19950500
NAM  Zaun et al.
OCL  422 64
UREF
PNO  5455166
ISD  19951000
NAM  Walker
OCL  435 91.2
UREF
PNO  5489507
ISD  19960200
NAM  Chehab
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5527673
ISD  19960600
NAM  Reinhartz et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5541069
ISD  19960700
NAM  Mortenson et al.
OCL  435  7.9
UREF
PNO  5543305
ISD  19960800
NAM  Cummins et al.
OCL  435 91.1
FREF
PNO  063879
ISD  19820400
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07H 1920
FREF
PNO  320308
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12Q  168
OREF
PAL  Watson, J.D. et al. (1987) Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4 th Ed., pp.
      299-301, Benjamin/Cummings Pub. Menlo Park, CA.
PAL  Gerdes et al. (1993) Transplantation Proceedings 25:1411.
LREP
FR2  Bernard, P.C.; Julie L.
ABST
PAL  The invention describes an assay for detecting amplified target nucleic
      acid sequences with a visual signal. The sensitivity and specificity of
      the methodology are based on bifunctional target labeling during the
      amplification step or subsequent hybridization that generates a
      bifunctional label. The invention may be used, for example, in the
      screening of amplicon detection for the purpose of more efficiently
      screening libraries. The invention is also useful to detect nucleic acid
      sequences indicative of a genetic defect or contagious disease when used
      with the appropriate primers, as well as detect the existence of nucleic
      acid amplification.
PATN
WKU  059898143
SRC  8
APN  8471762
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970401
TTL  Screening methods in eucaryotic cells
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Fredman; Jeffrey
NDR  10
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Frankel; Allan
CTY  Mill Valley
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tan; Ruoying
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Reagents of the University of California
CTY  Oakland
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435  4
XCL  4351722
XCL  4351723
XCL  435240
XCL  435  731
XCL  435 70
XCL  43525421
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 241
XCL  536 234
XCL  536 243
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12N  119
ICL  C12N 1563
ICL  C07H 2102
FSC  435
FSS  4;6;172.2;172.3;240;70;7.31;697;320.1;254.21
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;24.3;23.4;24.1
UREF
PNO  4608339
ISD  19860800
NAM  Yoakum et al.
OCL  435172.2
UREF
PNO  5610015
ISD  19970300
NAM  Wickens et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5637463
ISD  19970600
NAM  Dalton et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5683899
ISD  19971100
NAM  Stuart
OCL  435172.2
UREF
PNO  5695941
ISD  19971200
NAM  Brent et al.
OCL  435  6
OREF
PAL  Lufkin et al, "Identification by cell fusion of gene sequences that
      interact with positive trans-acting factors", Science 237:283-286, Jul.
      1987.
PAL  Nonet et al, "Introduction of YACs containing a putative mammalian
      replication origin into mammalian cells can generate structures that
      replicate autonomously", Somatic Cell and Molecular Genetics
      19(2):171-192, 1993.
PAL  Allen James et al., "Finding Prospective Partners in the Library: the
      Two-Hybrid System and Phage Display Find a Match," in Trends Biochem.
      Sci., vol. 20, pp. 511-516, (Dec. 1995).
PAL  Felgner Philip L. et al., "Lipofection: A Highly Efficient, Lipid-Mediated
      DNA-Transfection Procedure," in Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, Biochemisty
      part, vol. 84, pp. 7413-7417, (Nov. 1987).
PAL  Fouts Derrick E. et al., "Improved Method for Selecting RNA-Binding
      Activities in Vivo," in Nucleic Acids Res, vol. 24, No. 8, pp. 1582-1584,
      1996.
PAL  Harada Kazuo et al., "Selection of RNA-Binding Peptides in Vivo," in
      Nature, vol. 380, pp. 175-179, (Mar. 14, 1996).
PAL  Jain CHaitanya et al., "A Structural MO&1 for the HIV-1 Rev-RRE Complex
      Deduced from Altered Specificity Rev Variants Isolated by a Rapid Genetic
      Strategy," in Cell, vol. 87, pp. 115-125, (Oct. 4, 1996).
PAL  Kinsella Todd M. et al., "Episomal Vectors Rapidly and Stably Produce
      High-Titer Recombinant Retrovirus," in Human Gene Therapy, vol. 7, pp.
      1405-1413, (Aug. 1, 1996).
PAL  Kitamura Toshio et al., "Efficient Screening of Retroviral cDNA Expression
      Libraries," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, Biochemistry part, vol. 92, pp.
      9146-9150, (Sep. 1995).
PAL  Rassoulzadegan Minoo et al., "High Frequency of Gene Transfer After Fusion
      Between Bacteria and Eukaryotic Cells," in Nature, vol. 295, pp. 257-259,
      (Jan. 21, 1982).
PAL  Sandri-Goldin Rozanne et al., "High-Frequency Transfer of Cloned Herpes
      Simplex Virus Type 1 Sequences to Mammalian Cells by Protoplast Fusion,"
      in Molecular and Cellular Biology, vol. 1, No. 8, pp. 743-752, (Aug.
      1981).
PAL  Schaffner Walter, "Direct Transfer of Cloned Genes From Bacteria to
      Mammalian Cells," in Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, vol. 77, No. 4, Genetics
      part, pp. 2163-2167, (Apr. 1980).
PAL  Seed Brian et al., "Molecular Cloning of the CD2 Antigen, the T-Cell
      Erythrocyte Receptor, by a Rapid Immunoselection Procedure," in Proc.
      Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, vol. 84, Immunology part, pp. 3365-3369, (May
      1987).
PAL  Seed Brian, "Developments in Expression Cloning," in Curr. Op. Biotechnol.,
      vol. 6, Current Opinion in Biology, pp. 567-573, 1995.
PAL  Wilhelm et al., "A One-Hybrid System for Detecting RNA-Protein
      Interactions," in Genes to Cells, vol. 1, pp. 317-323, 1996.
PAL  Yates John L. et al., "Stable Replication of Plasmids Derived from
      Epstein-Barr Virus in Various Mammalian Cells," in Nature, vol. 313, pp.
      812-815, (Feb. 28, 1985).
PAL  Li et al, "Isolation of ORC6, a component of the yeast origin recognition
      complex by a one-hybrid system", Science 262:1870-1874, Dec. 1993.
PAL  Wilhelm et al, "A one-hybrid system for detecting RNA-protein
      interactions", Genes to Cells, 1(3):317-23 Abstract only, Mar. 1996.
LREP
FRM  Townsend & Townsend & Crew
ABST
PAL  The invention provides new methods for screening libraries of peptides and
      other compounds for a desired property in eucaryotic cells. The methods
      are premised, in part, on the unexpected observation that the contents of
      procaryotic or lower eucaryotic cells, such as yeast, can be transferred
      to recipient eucaryotic cells in an essentially clonal manner by
      protoplast fusion of the respective cells. Applications of the methods
      include screening peptides in eucaryotic cells substantially incapable of
      episomal replication of transferred nucleic acid fragments; screening in
      eucaryotic cells peptides or secondary metabolites produced in procaryotic
      cells; and screening a library of peptides for capacity to bind a selected
      RNA in eucaryotic cells.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT OF GOVERNMENT INTEREST
PAR  This invention was made with Government support under Grant Nos. AI29135
      and GM47478 awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The Government
      has certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059898151
SRC  8
APN  8482519
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970429
TTL  Methods for detecting predisposition to cancer at the MTS gene
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXA  Riley; Jezia
EXP  Marschel; Ardin H.
NDR  25
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Skolnick; Mark H.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Cannon-Albright; Lisa A.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Kamb; Alexander
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  University of Utah Research Foundation
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Myriad Genetics, Inc.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  474083
APD  19950607
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  PCTUS9503537
APD  19950317
RLAP
COD  90
APN  251938
APD  19940601
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  90
APN  215087
APD  19940318
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  90
APN  215086
APD  19940318
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  86
APN  251938
RLAP
COD  82
APN  227369
APD  19940414
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  214582
APD  19940318
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435 911
XCL  435 912
XCL  536 231
XCL  514  1
XCL  514 44
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  A01N 6100
ICL  C07H 2102
FSC  536
FSS  23.1
FSC  435
FSS  6;91.1;91.2
FSC  514
FSS  1;44
UREF
PNO  5089386
ISD  19920200
NAM  Stackebrandt et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5227471
ISD  19930700
NAM  Wright, Jr.
OCL  530388.8
FREF
PNO  WO 94/09135
ISD  19940400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/28483
ISD  19951000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Radford et al. "Allelic loss chromosome 17 in ductal carcinoma in situ of
      the breast" Cancer Res. vol. 53, pp. 2947-2949, 1993.
PAL  Yokota et al. "Multiple steps in carcinogenesis involving alterations of
      multiple tumor suppressor genes" FASEB J. vol. 7, pp. 920-925, Jul. 1993.
PAL  Tsai et al. "Allelic losses of chromosomes 9, 11, and 17 in human bladder
      cancer" Cancer Research, vol. 50, pp. 44-47, Jan. 1990.
PAL  Aaronson, S.A. (1991). "Growth Factors and Cancer," Science 254:1146-1153.
PAL  Cairns, P., et al. (1994). "Homozygous Deletions of 9p21 in Primary Human
      Bladder Tumors Detected by Comparative Multiplex Polymerase Chain
      Reaction," Cancer Research 54:1422-1424.
PAL  Cannon-Albright, L.A., et al. (1992). "Assignment of a Locus for Familial
      Melanoma, MLM, to Chromosome 9p13-p22," Science 258:1148-1152.
PAL  Cannon-Albright, L.A., et al. (1994). "Localization of the 9p Melanoma
      Susceptibility Locus (MLM) to a 2-cM Region between D9S736 and D9S171,"
      Genomics 23:265-268.
PAL  Cheng, J.Q., et al. (1993). "Homozygous Deletions within 9p21-p22 Identify
      a Small Critical Region of Chromosomal Loss in Human Malignant
      Mesotheliomas," Cancer Research 53:4761-4763.
PAL  Ebralidze, A., et al. (1989). "Isolation and characterization of a gene
      specifically expressed in different metastatic cells and whose deduced
      gene product has a high degree of homology to a Ca.sup.2+ -binding protein
      family," Genes & Development 3:1086-1093.
PAL  Fountain, J.W., et al. (1992). "Homozygous deletions within human
      chromosome band 9p21 in melanoma," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
      89:10557-10561.
PAL  Goldstein, A.M., et al. (1994). "Linkage of Cutaneous Malignant
      Melanoma/Dysplastic Nevi to Chromosome 9p, and Evidence for Genetic
      Heterogeneity," Am. J. Hum. Genet. 54: 489-496.
PAL  Gruis, N.A., et al. (1995). "Genetic Evidence in Melanoma and Bladder
      Cancers that p16 and p53 Function in Separate Pathways of Tumor
      Suppression," Am. J. Pathology 146:1199-1206.
PAL  Gu, Y., et al. (1993). "Inhibition of CDK2 activity in vivo by an
      associated 20K regualtory subunit," Nature 366:707-710.
PAL  Hannon, G.J. and Beach, D. (1994). "p15.sup.INK4B is a potential effector
      of TGF-.beta.-induced cell cycle arrest," Nature 371:257-260.
PAL  Harris, C.C. (1993). "p53: At the Crossroads of Molecular Carcinogenesis
      and Risk Assessment," Science 262:1980-1981.
PAL  Hinds, P.W., et al., (1994). "Function of a human cyclin gene as an
      oncogene," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:709-713.
PAL  Hunter, T. (1993). "Braking the Cycle," Cell 75:839-841.
PAL  Kamb, A., et al. (1994). "Analysis of the p16 gene (CDKN2) as a candidate
      for the chromosome 9p melanoma susceptibility locus," Nature Genetics
      8:22-26.
PAL  Kamb, A., et al. (1994). "A Cell Cycle Regulator Potentially Involved in
      Genesis of Many Tumor Types," Science 264:436-440.
PAL  Marx, J. (1994). "How Cells Cycle Toward Cancer," Science 263:319-321.
PAL  Marx, J. (1994). "New Tumor Suppresor May Rival p53," Science 264:344-345.
PAL  Motokura, T., et al. (1991). "A novel cyclin encoded by a bc11-linked
      candidate oncogene," Nature 350:512-515.
PAL  Nancarrow, D.J., et al. (1993). "Confirmation of Chromosome 9p Linkage in
      Familial Melanoma," Am. J. Hum. Genet. 53:936-942.
PAL  Nasmyth, K. and Hunt, T. (1993). "Dams and sluices," Nature 366:634-635.
PAL  Nobori, T., et al. (1994). "Deletions of the cyclin-dependent kinase-4
      inhibitor gene in multiple human cancers," Nature 368:753-756.
PAL  Pardee, A.B. (1989). "G.sub.1 Events and Regulation of Cell Proliferation,"
      Science 246: 603-608.
PAL  Parker, C. and Sherbert, G.V. (1992). "Modulators of intracellular
      Ca.sup.2+ and the calmodulin inhibitor W-7 alter the expression of
      metastasis-associated genes MTS1 and NM23 in metastatic variants of the
      B16 murine melanoma," Melanoma Research 2:337-347.
PAL  Parry, D., et al. (1995). "Lack of cyclin D-Cdk complexes in Rb-negative
      cells correlates with high levels of p16.sup.INK4/MTS1 tumour suppressor
      gene product," EMBO J. 14:503-511.
PAL  Ruppert, J.M., et al. (1993). "Evidence for Two Bladder Cancer Suppressor
      Loci on Human Chromosome 9," Cancer Research 53:5093-5095.
PAL  Serrano, M., et al. (1993). "A new regulatory motif in cell-cycle control
      causing specific inhibition of cyclin D/CDK4," Nature 366:704-707.
PAL  Sherr, C.J. (1993). "Mammalian G1 Cyclins," Cell 73:1059-1065.
PAL  Tulchinsky, E., et al. (1992). "Transcriptional analysis of the mts1 gene
      with specific reference to 5' flanking sequences," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
      USA 89:9146-9150.
PAL  van der Riet, P., et al. (1994). "Frequent Loss of Chromosome 9p21-22 Early
      in Head and Neck Cancer Progression," Cancer Research 54:1156-1158.
PAL  Walker, G.J., et al. (1994). "Refined localization of the melanoma (MLM)
      gene on chromosome 9p by analysis of allelic deletions," Oncogene
      9:819-824.
PAL  Weaver-Feldhaus, J., et al. (1994). "Localization of a putative tumor
      suppressor gene by using homozygous deletions in melanomas," Proc. Natl.
      Acad. Sci. 91:7563-7567.
PAL  Xiong, Y., et al. (1993). "p21 is a universal inhibitor of cyclin kinases,"
      Nature 366:701-704.
LREP
FRM  Rothwell, Figg, Ernst & Kurz, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to somatic mutations in the Multiple Tumor
      Suppressor (MTS) gene in human cancers and their use in the diagnosis and
      prognosis of human cancer. The invention further relates to germ line
      mutations in the MTS gene and their use in the diagnosis of predisposition
      to melanoma, leukemia, astrocytoma, glioblastoma, lymphoma, glioma,
      Hodgkin's lymphoma, CLL, and cancers of the pancreas, breast, thyroid,
      ovary, uterus, testis, kidney, stomach and rectum. The invention also
      relates to the therapy of human cancers which have a mutation in the MTS
      gene, including gene therapy, protein replacement therapy and protein
      mimetics. Finally, the invention relates to the screening of drugs for
      cancer therapy.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made in part with Government support under Grant No.
      CA48711 by the National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. The federal
      government may have certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059898160
SRC  8
APN  8756465
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19970731
TTL  Method to detect DNA damage and measure DNA repair rate
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  2
EXA  Siew; Jeffrey
EXP  Horlick; Kenneth R.
NDR  24
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Van Houten; Bennett
CTY  Galveston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Research Development Foundation
CTY  Carson City
STA  NV
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  384107
APD  19950201
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435 912
XCL  536 2433
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12P 1934
ICL  C07H 2100
FSC  435
FSS  91.2;6
FSC  536
FSS  22.1
UREF
PNO  5891682
ISD  19990400
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OREF
PAL  Casou et al. Repair synthesis by human cell extracts in cisplatin-damaged
      DNA is preferentially determined by minor adducts Nucleic Acids Research
      vol. 20(23), pp. 6363-6368, 1992.
PAL  Piette, J. Biological consequences associated with DNA oxidation mediated
      by singlet oxygen J. Photochem, Photobiol. B: Biol., vol. 11, pp. 241-260,
      1991.
PAL  Kalinowski et al. Analysis of DNA damage and repair in murine leukemina
      L1210 cells using a quantitative polymerase chain reaction assay, Nucleic
      Acid Research, vol. 20 (13), pp. 3485-3494, 1992.
LREP
FRM  Benjamin Aaron Adler
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US96/01127
PD1  19970731
PD2  19970731
PD3  19960129
PCP  WO96/23895
PCD  19960808
ABST
PAR  The present invention includes an improved method to detect and
      quantitatively assay the amount of DNA damage in large double-stranded
      templates starting with less than 50 ng of sample DNA. This invention has
      utility in vivo for quantitating gene-specific DNA damage, measuring DNA
      repair rates and monitoring efficacy of anti-neoplasia therapy in
      patients. Additionally, this invention is useful to detect and assess risk
      due to mutagenic environmental hazard sites, and monitor hazard site
      dynamics and includes a device for accomplishing these objects.
PATN
WKU  059898178
SRC  8
APN  9174044
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970825
TTL  Target nucleic acid and capture method
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Zitomer; Stephanie
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Soderlund; Hans Erik
STR  Salonkitie 19
CTY  02940 Espoo
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Weckman; Arja Marjatta
STR  Tallberqin puistotie 6 A 5
CTY  00200 Helsinki
CNT  FIX
RLAP
COD  71
APN  500695
APD  19950711
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  610470
APD  19901107
PSC  01
PNO  5476769
RLAP
COD  81
APN  024604
APD  19870311
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435 911
XCL  435 912
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 243
XCL  536 2433
XCL  935 77
XCL  935 78
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12P 1934
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  C07H 2102
FSC  435
FSS  6;5;91.1;91.2
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;24.3;24.33
FSC  935
FSS  77;78
UREF
PNO  4581333
ISD  19860400
NAM  Kourilsky et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  4605735
ISD  19860800
NAM  Miyoshi et al.
OCL  536 27
UREF
PNO  4683202
ISD  19870700
NAM  Mullis
OCL  435 91
UREF
PNO  4851331
ISD  19890700
NAM  Vary et al.
OCL  435  6
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts
FR2  Clark; Richard S.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a rapid and sensitive method for assaying
      nucleic acids by means of hybridization techniques, wherein the detector
      probes are modified primers being incorporated into copies of the target
      nucleic acid before the hybridization reaction and a reagent combination
      as well as a kit therefor. The invention also provides a method for
      assaying nucleic acids by means of hybridization techniques, wherein the
      capturing probes are modified primers being incorporated into copies of
      the target nucleic acids before the hybridization reaction.
PATN
WKU  059898186
SRC  8
APN  941262&
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970930
TTL  DNA encoding human RSEC6 related protein
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Duffy; Patricia A.
NDR  12
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Labrie; Samuel T.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Streeter; David G.
CTY  Boulder Creek
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435 691
XCL  435 701
XCL  435 711
XCL  435 712
XCL  4352523
XCL  43525411
XCL  4353201
XCL  435325
XCL  536 235
XCL  935  4
XCL  935  6
XCL  935 22
XCL  935 66
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12P 2106
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;23.6;23.4;23.5
FSC  435
FSS  6;69.1;69.3;69.7;70.1;71.1;71.2;325;252.3;254.11;320.1
FSC  935
FSS  4;6;22;66
OREF
PAL  Mahbubani etal, Chapter 31 in "PCR Technology Current Innovations" Griffin
      etal eds, CRC Press Inc, 1994.
PAL  Rothman, J.E. and Wieland, F.T. "Protein Sorting by Transport Vesicles"
      Science (1996) 272:227-234.
PAL  Tellman, J.T. et al., "Molecular Identification of Two Novel Munc-18
      Isoforms Expressed in Non-neuronal Tissues" J.Biol.Chem. (1995)
      270:5857-5863.
PAL  Hata, Y. and Sudhof, T.C. "A Novel Ubiquitous Form of Munc-18 Interacts
      with Multiple Syntaxins" J.Biol.Chem. (1995) 270:13022-13028.
PAL  Ting, et al., "rSec6 and rSec8, mammalian homologs of yeast proteins
      essential for secretion" Proc.Natl.Adac.Sci.USA (1995) 92:9613-9617.
PAL  Hsu, S. et al., "The Mammalian Brain rsec6/8 Complex" Neuron (1996)
      17:1209-1219.
PAL  Bunk, Steve "Scientists, Clinicians Optimistic About New Antischizophrenia
      Drugs" The Scientist (1997) 11:1,5.
PAL  Ting, A.E. et al., (GI 1163173), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession
      U32575), National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library
      of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894.
PAL  Karayiorgou, M. et al., "Schizophrenia susceptibility associated with
      interstitial deletions of chromosome 22q11" Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA (1995)
      92:7612-7616.
PAL  Lachman, H.M. et al., "Linkage Studies Suggest a Possible Locus for Bipolar
      Disorder Near the Velo-Cardio-Facial Syndrome Region on Chromosome 22"
      Amer.J.Med.Gene. (1997) 74:121-128.
PAL  Hudson, T.J. et al., "An STS-Based Map of the Human Genome." Science (1995)
      270:1945-1954.
LREP
FRM  Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a human rSec6 related vesicle transport protein
      (HSEC6) and polynucleotides which identify and encode HSEC6. The invention
      also provides expression vectors, host cells, agonists, antibodies and
      antagonists. The invention also provides methods for treating disorders
      associated with expression of HSEC6.
PATN
WKU  059898194
SRC  8
APN  9522824
APT  1
ART  168
APD  19971118
TTL  Method for quantitatively determining an antibody having the ability to
      inhibit the activity of a reverse transcriptase
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1,7
EXP  Budens; Robert D.
INVT
NAM  Odawara; Fumitomo
CTY  Mishima
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435  5
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12Q  170
FSC  435
FSS  5;6
UREF
PNO  4942122
ISD  19900700
NAM  Imagawa et al.
OCL  435  5
FREF
PNO  0 392 459
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 480 408
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4-148698
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  T. Otake et al., "HIV isolation and clinical markers on the seropositive
      subjects", pp. 1287-1294, The Journal of the Japanese Association for
      Infectious Diseases, vol. 64, No. 10, 1990.
PAL  D.A. Paul et al., "Correlation of serum HIV antigen and antibody with
      clinical status in HIV-infected patients", pp. 357-363, Journal of Medical
      Virology, vol. 22, 1987.
PAL  K. Sano et al., "Antibody that inhibits human immunodeficiency virus
      reverse transcriptase and association with inability to isolate virus",
      pp. 2415-2417, Journal of Clinical Microbiology, vol. 25, No. 12, Dec.
      1987.
PAL  L.A. Kohlstaedt et al., "Crystal structure at 3.5 A resolution of HIV-1
      reverse transcriptase complexed with an inhibitor", pp. 1783-1790,
      Science, vol. 256, Jun. 26, 1992.
PAL  A.L. Devico et al., "Mechanism of enzyme inhibition mediated by
      anti-reverse transcriptase antibodies from HIV type 1-infected
      individuals", pp. 953-960, AIDS Research and Human Retroviruses, vol. 10,
      No. 8, 1994.
PAL  T. Nakano et al., "An improved non-radioisotopic reverse transcriptase
      assay and its evaluation", pp. 923-931, The Journal of the Japanese
      Association for Infectious Diseases, vol. 68, No. 7, 1994.
PAL  Urabe et al., J. Clin. Microbiol. 32(8):1870-1875, Aug. 1994.
PAL  Sano et al., Int. Conf. AIDS (Japan), Aug. 7-12, 1994, p. 111, Abstract No.
      PA0323.
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/01407
PD1  19971118
PD2  19971118
PD3  19960524
PCP  WO96/37781
PCD  19961128
ABST
PAR  Disclosed is a method for quantitatively determining an antibody, contained
      in a biological sample, having the ability to inhibit the activity of a
      reverse transcriptase derived from an HIV, comprising: reacting a
      hybridization product, immobilized on a solid phase, of a primer
      consisting essentially of oligodeoxythymine nucleotide and an RNA template
      consisting essentially of adenine ribopolynucleotide with a reverse
      transcriptase derived from HIV, to thereby bind the reverse transcriptase
      to the hybridization product; conducting a synthesis of a DNA
      complementary to the RNA template from a deoxymononucleotide triphosphate
      in the presence of the reverse transcriptase activity-inhibiting antibody;
      and measuring the amount of the synthesized DNA and quantitatively
      determining the above-mentioned antibody, based on the measured amount of
      the synthesized DNA. The method of the present invention can be performed
      with ease and with high reproducibility in classifying and quantitatively
      determining the antibodies against the epitopes of a viral reverse
      transcriptase. By the method of the present invention, not only the virus
      having mutated during a latent period thereof, and the properties which
      the virulis exhibits as a result of the mutation, but also a virus having
      acquired drug resistance as a result of the administration of the drugs to
      the host, can be studied by quantitatively determining the antibodies.
      Further, it has also become possible to accurately and promptly determine
      the changes in the infected host, such as the change in the ability to
      produce antibodies, which occur in accordance with the progression of
      illness.
PATN
WKU  059898208
SRC  8
APN  9899251
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19971212
TTL  Polynucleotides encoding a human adipophilin protein homolog
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Duffy; Patricia A.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Bandman; Olga
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lal; Preeti
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Shah; Purvi
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Corley; Neil C.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435 691
XCL  435 701
XCL  435 711
XCL  4353201
XCL  435325
XCL  4352523
XCL  43525411
XCL  4352572
XCL  536 235
XCL  536 243
EDF  6
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  C12N 1511
ICL  C12N 1563
ICL  C12N 1585
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;23.5;24.3
FSC  435
FSS  6;69.3;69.7;70.1;71.1;7.2;325;243;252.3;254.11;257.2;320.1;960;69.1
OREF
PAL  Jiang, H-P. and Serrero, G., "Isolation and characterization of a
      full-length cDNA coding for an adipose differentiation-related protein"
      Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA (1992) 89:7856-7860.
PAL  Heid, H.W. et al., "Adipocyte differentiation-related protein is secreted
      into milk as a constituent of milk lipid globule membrane" Biochem.J.
      (1996) 320:1025-1030.
PAL  Jiang, H.P. et al., "Molecular Cloning of a Differentiation-related mRNA in
      the Adipogenic Cell Line 1246" Cell Growth Differ. (1992) 3:21-30.
PAL  Steiner, S. et al., "Induction of the Adipose Differentiation-Related
      Protein in Liver of Etomoxir-Treated Rats" Biochem.Biophys.Res.Commun.
      (1996) 218:777-782.
PAL  Greenberg, A.S. et al., "Perilipin, A Lipid Droplet-Associated, Adipocyte
      Specific Protein: cDNA Cloning and Expression" Clin.Res. (1997) 39:287A.
PAL  Greenberg, A.S. et al., "Isolation of cDNAs for perilipins A and B:
      Sequence and Expression of lipid droplet-associated proteins of
      adipocytes" Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA (1993) 90:12035-12039.
PAL  Weisgraber, K.H and Mahley, R.W., "Human apolipoprotein E: the Alzheimer's
      disease connection" FASEB J. (1996) 10:1485-1494.
PAL  Heid, H.W. et al., (GI 1806040), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession
      X97324), National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library
      of Medicine, Betheseda, Maryland, 20894.
PAL  Heid, H.W. et al., (GI 1806039), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession
      X97324), National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library
      of Medicine, Betheseda, Maryland, 20894.
PAL  Jiang, H-P and Serrero, G. (GI 191693), GenBank Sequence Database
      (Accession M93275), National Center for Biotechnology Information,
      National Library of Medicine, Maryland, 20894.
PAL  Jiang, H-P and Serrero, G. (GI 191692), GenBank Sequence (Accession
      M93275), National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library
      of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894.
PAL  GenBank Accession Number B0566, publicly available Jun. 13, 1996.
PAL  GenBank Accession Number N98622, publicaly available Aug. 20, 1996.
PAL  Boehnnger Mannheim Biochemicals 1991 Catalog p. 557.
PAL  Stratagene (1991 Product catalog) p. 66.
PAL  Gibco BRL (Catalogue & Reference Guide 1992) p. 292.
PAL  Promega (1993/1994 Catalog) pp. 90-91.
PAL  New England Biolabs (Catalog 1986/1987) pp. 60-62.
PAL  Herzog et al. DNA and Cell Biology 12(6):465-471, 1992.
PAL  Jazin et al, Regulatory Peptides 47:247-258, 1993.
PAL  Rudinger et al in "Peptide Hormones" ed. by Parsons J.A. University Park
      Press, Jun. 1976, p. 6.
PAL  Burgess et al, The Journal of Cell Biology 111:2129-2138, 1990.
PAL  Lazar et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology, 8(3):1247-1252, 1988.
LREP
FRM  Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a human human adipophilin-like protein (HALP) and
      polynucleotides which identify and encode HALP. The invention also
      provides expression vectors, host cells, antibodies, agonists, and
      antagonists. The invention also provides methods for treating disorders
      associated with expression of HALP.
PATN
WKU  059898216
SRC  9
APN  0030678
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970105
TTL  Universal targets for species identification
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Fredman; Jeffrey
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Goh; Swee Han
CTY  Vancouver
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Chow; Anthony
CTY  W. Vancouver
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Hemmingsen; Sean
CTY  Saskatoon
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  University of British Columbia
CTY  Vancouver
CNT  CAX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  The National Research Council of Canada
CTY  Ottawa
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  429121
APD  19950426
PSC  01
PNO  5708160
ISD  19980113
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435  5
XCL  435 911
XCL  435 912
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 243
XCL  536 2431
XCL  536 2432
XCL  536 2433
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12P 1934
ICL  C07H 2102
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  5;6;91.1;91.2
FSC  536
FSS  24.3;24.31;24.32;24.33;23.1
UREF
PNO  5232833
ISD  19930800
NAM  Sanders et al.
OCL  435  7.21
UREF
PNO  5464750
ISD  19951100
NAM  Sanders et al.
OCL  435  7.21
UREF
PNO  5494796
ISD  19960200
NAM  Spears et al.
OCL  435  6
FREF
PNO  A-0468520
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  A-9207874
ISD  19920500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Perkin Elmer Cetus Geneamp DNA amplification reagent kit instructions
      (1990).
PAL  Sipos et al., "Cloning and sequencing of the gene coding for the 10-and
      60-kDa heat shock proteins from Pseudomonas aeruginosa and mapping of a
      species specific epitope", Inf. Immun. 59(9):3219-3226 (1991).
PAL  Ohta et al., "Molecular characterization of the gene operon of heat shock
      proteins HSP60 and HSP10 in methicillin resistant staphlococcus aureus",
      Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 193(2):730-737 (1993).
PAL  Hemmingsen et al., "Homologous plant and bacterial proteins chaperone
      oligomeric protein assembly", Nature 333:330-334 (1988).
PAL  Plikaytis et al., "Differentiation of Slowly Growing Myobacterium Species,
      Including Myobacterium tuberculosis, by Gene Amplification and Restriction
      Fragment Length Polymorphism Analysis", Journal of Clinical Microbiology,
      vol. 30, No. 7, pp. 1815-1822 (Jul. 1, 1992).
PAL  Telenti et al., "Rapid Identification of Mycobacterium to the Species Level
      by Polymerase Chain Reaction and Restriction Enzyme Analysis", Journal of
      Clinical Microbiology, vol. 31, No. 2, pp. 175-178, Feb. 1, 1993.
PAL  Octavian Lungu et al., "Differentiation of Nocardia from Rapidly Growing
      Mycobacterium Species by PCR-RFLP Analysis", Diagn. Microbiol. Infect.
      Dis., vol. 18, pp. 13-18, Jan. 18, 1994.
PAL  Goh et al., "HSP60 Gene Sequences as Universal Targets for Microbial
      Species Identification Studies with Coagulase-Negative Staphylococci",
      Journal of Clinical Microbiology, vol. 34, No. 4, pp. 818-823, Apr. 1996.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides oligonucleotide primers and a method of
      using these primers for identification of the species of an organism,
      wherein the identification includes amplification of a variable
      polynucleotide sequence encoding a highly conserved region of a heat shock
      polypeptide.
PATN
WKU  059898224
SRC  9
APN  1548026
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19980917
TTL  ATP synthase subunit homolog
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Slobodyansky; Elizabeth
EXP  Achutamurthy; Ponnathapura
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Tang; Y. Tom
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Corley; Neil C.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Guegler; Karl J.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Baughn; Mariah R.
CTY  San Leandro
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435183
XCL  4352523
XCL  435325
XCL  4353201
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 232
XCL  536 235
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12N  900
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  6;91.2;252.3;325;320.1;183
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;23.2;23.5
OREF
PAL  Belogrudov, G.I. et al., "Membrane Topography and Near-neighbor
      Relationships of the Mitochondrial ATP Synthase Subunits e, f, and g", J.
      Biol. Chem. 271(34): 20340-20345 (1996).
PAL  Hartzog, P.E. and Cain, B.D., "The a.sub.leu207->arg Mutation in F.sub.1
      F.sub.0 -ATP Synthase from Escherichia coli", J. Biol. Chem. 268(17):
      12250-12252 (1993).
PAL  Sutliff, T.D. et al., (Direct submission), GenBank Sequence Database
      (Accession 100657), National Center for Biotechnology Information,
      National Library of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894 (GI 100657), Dec.
      6, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
FR2  Muenzen; Colette C.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a human ATP synthase subunit homolog (ASYNT) and
      polynucleotides which identify and encode ASYNT. The invention also
      provides expression vectors, host cells, antibodies, agonists, and
      antagonists. The invention also provides methods for diagnosing, treating
      or preventing disorders associated with expression of ASYNT.
PATN
WKU  059898232
SRC  9
APN  1572067
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980918
TTL  Homogeneous detection of a target through nucleic acid ligand-ligand
      beacon interaction
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Horlick; Kenneth R.
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Jayasena; Sumedha
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Gold; Larry
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435  71
XCL  536 243
XCL  536 231
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  6;810;7.1
FSC  536
FSS  24.3;23.1
UREF
PNO  5118801
ISD  19920600
NAM  Lizardi et al.
OCL  536 24.3
UREF
PNO  5270163
ISD  19931200
NAM  Gold et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5312728
ISD  19940500
NAM  Lizardi et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5691145
ISD  19971100
NAM  Pitner et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5723323
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kauffman et al.
OCL  435172.3
FREF
PNO  2 183 661
ISD  19870600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/06694
ISD  19890700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/19813
ISD  19911200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/14843
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Tyagi et al., Nature Biotechnology 14, 303-308.
PAL  Ellington & Szostak (1990) Abstracts of papers presented at the 1990
      meeting on RNA Processing, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring
      Harbor, NY, p. 84.
PAL  Joyce (1989) Gene 82:83.
PAL  Joyce & Inoue (1989) Nucleic Acids Research 17:711.
PAL  Kinzler & Vogelstein (1989) Nucleic Acids Research 17:3645.
PAL  Kostrikis et al. (1998) Science 279:1228.
PAL  Kramer et al. (1974) J. Mol. Biol. 89:719.
PAL  Levisohn & Spiegelman (1969) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 63:805.
PAL  Levisohn & Spiegelman (1968) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 60:866.
PAL  Nyren et al. (1993) Analytical Biochem. 208:171.
PAL  Oliphant et al. (1989) Mol. Cell. Biol. 9:2944.
PAL  Oliphant & Struhl (1988) Nucleic Acids Research 16:7673.
PAL  Oliphant & Struhl (1987) Methods in Enzymology 155:568.
PAL  Oliphant et al. (1986) Gene 44:177.
PAL  Robertson & Joyce (1990) Nature 344:467.
PAL  Thiesen & Bach (1990) Nucleic Acids Research 18:3203.
PAL  Tyagi et al. (1998) Nature Biotechnology 16:49.
LREP
FRM  Swanson & Bratschun LLC
ABST
PAL  The presence of a target in a test mixture or the concentration of such
      target can be determined by a method relying on fluorescence emission
      measurement. Such method utilizes a nucleic acid ligand to the target and
      a ligand beacon comprising: i) a nucleic acid sequence complimentary to at
      least a portion of said nucleic acid ligand, ii) a fluorescent group, and
      iii) a fluorescence-modifying group. The emission profile of the ligand
      beacon is altered based on the presence and/or concentration change of the
      target in the test mixture.
PATN
WKU  059898240
SRC  9
APN  1863045
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19981104
TTL  Apparatus and method for lysing bacterial spores to facilitate their
      identification
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Ketter; James
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Birmingham; Joseph G.
CTY  Richland
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Hammerstrom; Donald J.
CTY  West Richland
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  MesoSystems Technology, Inc.
CTY  Richland
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  4352872
XCL  4352873
XCL  4352879
XCL  4352883
XCL  4352885
XCL  4353061
XCL  313 48
XCL  324403
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
FSC  435
FSS  6;287.2;287.3;287.9;288.3;288.5;306.1
FSC  313
FSS  48
FSC  324
FSS  403
UREF
PNO  4954320
ISD  19900900
NAM  Birmingham et al.
OCL  422186.04
OREF
PAL  Bryden, Wayne A.; Benson, Richard C.; Ecelberger, Scott A.; Phillips, Terry
      E.; Cotter, Robert J.; and Fenselau, Catherine; "The Tiny-TOF Mass
      Spectrometer for Chemical and Biological Sensing,"John Hopkins APL
      Technical Digest, vol. 16, No. 3, 1995, pp. 296-310.
PAL  Bryden, Wayne A.; Benson, Richard C.; Ko, Harvey W.; and Donlon, Mildred;
      "Universal Agent Sensor for Counterproliferation Applications," John
      Hopkins APL Technical Digest, vol. 18, No. 2, 1997, pp. 302-308.
PAL  Carr, Anna K.; Roth, J. Reece; Brickman, C.; Kelly-Wintenberg, K.; and
      Montie, T.C.; "Killing Microorganisms in a Sealed Sterilization Bag with a
      One Atmosphere Uniform Glow Discharge," 4Q21, Abstract. Supported in part
      by the UTK Center for Materials, University of Tennessee. p. 231.
PAL  Hamilton, W. A. and Sale, A. J. H.; "Effects Of High Electric Fields On
      Microorganisms, II. Mechanism Of Action Of The Lethal Effect," Biochim.
      Biophys. Acta, I48, Jul. 1967, pp. 789-800.
PAL  Mizuno, Akira and Hori, Yuji; "Destruction of Living Cells by Pulsed
      High-Voltage Application," IEEE Transactions On Industry Applications,
      vol. 24, No. 3, May/Jun. 1988. pp. 387-394.
PAL  Mizuno, Akira; Inoue, Toru; Yamaguchi, Shigeo; Sakamoto, Ken-ichi; Saeki,
      Takakiyo; Matsumoto, Yoichi; and Minamiyama, Koichi; "Inactivation Of
      Viruses Using Pulsed High Electric Field," IEEE Transactions on Industry
      Applications, .COPYRGT.1990. pp. 77-83.
LREP
FR2  Anderson; Ronald M.
ABST
PAL  Bacteria cells and/or spores are collected and concentrated to form a
      specimen that is lysed using an ionized fluid to facilitate identification
      of the bacterial cells or spores by tests performed on the DNA and RNA
      contained therein. An impact collector is preferably used for separating
      the spores and cells from an air sample that is drawn through an input
      port of a portable housing. The resulting specimen is then exposed to an
      ionizing discharge that ruptures the surface membrane of the bacterial
      cells or spores. The ionizing discharge can be produced by a Tesla coil or
      other potential transformer that is electrically energized to produce an
      ionization potential, which is applied to an electrode, or to produce a
      corona glow discharge spread over a relatively larger surface of a
      plate-type electrode. Alternatively, air or another gaseous fluid in
      proximity to the electrode may be ionized by the ionizing potential or
      discharge from the electrode, forming an ionized fluid that is applied to
      the specimen. The surface membranes of the cells and/or spores are
      ruptured or cleaved by the ionizing discharge, exposing the nuclear DNA
      and RNA material contained therein. The lysed bacterial spores and/or
      cells are then processed by a cell RNA/DNA identifier, which uses a time
      of flight mass spectrometer or other assaying device to determine the
      types of spores and/or cells comprising the specimen. One preferred
      embodiment of the apparatus is housed in a portable housing and preferably
      includes a battery powered power supply, so that the apparatus is readily
      carried about in an adverse environment such as a battlefield to
      facilitate identification of bacteriological warfare agents.
PATN
WKU  059898259
SRC  9
APN  1884697
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19981109
TTL  Excitatory amino acid transporter gene and uses
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Hobbs; Lisa J.
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Amara; Susan G.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Arriza; Jeffrey L.
CTY  Kennett Square
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Eliasof; Scott
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Kavanaugh; Michael P.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Oregon Health Sciences University
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  948569
APD  19971010
PSC  01
PNO  5882926
RLAP
COD  82
APN  140729
APD  19931020
PSC  01
PNO  5658782
ISD  19970819
CLAS
OCL  435  6
XCL  435  78
XCL  435 20
XCL  435 691
XCL  435 701
XCL  436501
XCL  436504
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  G01N 3353
ICL  G01N 33566
ICL  C12P 2104
FSC  435
FSS  6;7.8;29;69.1;70.1
FSC  436
FSS  501;504
UREF
PNO  4683195
ISD  19870700
NAM  Mullis
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5385831
ISD  19950100
NAM  Mulvihill et al.
OCL  435 69.1
UREF
PNO  5424185
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lam et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  B14683202
ISD  19901100
NAM  Mullis
OCL  435 91
OREF
PAL  Arriza et al. (1994) J. Neurosci., vol. 14, No. 9, pp. 5559-5569.
PAL  Kanai et al. (1992) Nature, 360: 467-471.
PAL  Kanai et al. (1993) Trends in Neurosci., vol. 16, No. 9, pp. 365-370.
PAL  Kanai et al., (1993) FASEB J., 7: 1450-1459.
PAL  Kanner, (1993), FEBS Lett., 325 (1,2): pp. 95-99.
PAL  Pines et al., (1992) Nature, 360: pp. 464-467.
PAL  Schloss et al. (1992) FEBS Lett., 307 (1): pp. 76-80.
PAL  Shashidharan et al., (1993), Biochim. Biophys. Acta., 1216: pp. 161-164.
PAL  Stelzner et al., (1993) FASEB J., 7(4/part 2): A575.
PAL  Storck et al., (1992), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 89: pp. 10955-10959.
PAL  Uhl, (1992), Trends in Neurosci., 15(7): 265-268.
PAL  Anderson et al., (1989) J. Biol. Chem., 264: pp. 8222-822.
PAL  Arriza et al., (1992) J. Neurosci., 12: 4045-4055.
PAL  Barish, (1983) J. Physiol., 342: 309-325.
PAL  Bertling et al., (1987) Bioscience Reports, 7: 107-112.
PAL  Blakely et al., (1991) Anal. Biochem., 194: 302-308.
PAL  Bouvier et al., (1992) Nature, 360: 471-474.
PAL  Bussolati et al., (1992) J. Biol. Chem., 267: 8330-8335.
PAL  Choi et al., (1987) Neurosci., 7: 357-358.
PAL  Chomczynski & Sacchi, (1987) Anal. Biochem., 162: 156-159.
PAL  Christensen (1990), Physiol. Rev., 70: 43: 77.
PAL  Christensen et al., (1967), J. Biol. Chem., 242:5237-5246.
PAL  Eisenberg et al., (1984), J. Molec. Biol., 179: 125-142.
PAL  Engelke et al., (1992) J. Bacteriol., 171: 5551-5560.
PAL  Fairman, (1995) Human Excitatory Amino Acid Transporter 4. Genbank
      Accession No. U18244.
PAL  Felgner et al., (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 84: 7412-7417.
PAL  Gerogiou, (1988) AICHE Journal, vol. 34, No. 8, pp. 1233-1248.
PAL  Gluzman, (1981) Cell, 23: 175-182.
PAL  Guastella et al., (1992) Proc. Natl. Sci., 89: 7189-7193.
PAL  Guastella et al., (1990) Science, 249: 1303-1306.
PAL  Kanai et al., (1994) J. Biol Chem., vol. 269, No. 32, pp. 20599-20606.
PAL  Kanner & Schuldiner, (1987), CRC Crit. Rev. Biochem., 22: 1-38.
PAL  Kavanaugh et al., (1992) J. Biol. Chem., 267:22007-22009.
PAL  Kim et al., (1991) Nature, 352: 725-728.
PAL  Kong et al., (1993) J. Biol. Chem., 268: 1509-1512.
PAL  Kozak, (1987) Nucleic Acid Res., 15: 8125-8132.
PAL  Maenz et al., (1992), J. Biol. Chem., 267: 1510-1516.
PAL  Makowski & Christensen, (1982) J. Biol. Chem., 257: 14635-14638.
PAL  Nicholls & Atwell, (1990), TIPS, 11: 462-468.
PAL  Olney et al., (1990) Science, 248: 596-599.
PAL  Quick and Lester, (1994) Methods in Neuroscience, 19: 261-279.
PAL  Saiki et al., (1988) Science, 239: 487-491.
PAL  Sanger et al., (1977) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 74: 5463
PAL  Smith & Johnson, (1988) Gene, 67: 31-40.
PAL  Smithies et al., (1985) Nature, 317:230-234.
PAL  Thomas & Capecchi, (1987) Cell, 51: 503-512.
PAL  Wallace et al., (1990) J. Bacteriol., 172: 3214-3220.
PAL  Wang et al., (1991) Nature, 352: 729-731.
PAL  Dreyer et al., (1996) Arch. Ophthalmol., 114: 299-305.
PAL  Honda, (1996) Nippon Ganka Gakkst Zasshi, 100: 937-955.
PAL  Kalloniatis, (1995) J. Amer. Optom. Assoc., 66: 750-757.
PAL  Zerangue et al., (1995) J. Biol. Chem., 270: 6433-6435.
PAL  Kataoka et al., (1997) J. Neurosci., 17: 7017-7024.
PAL  Sheng et al., (1996) Neuron., 17: 575-578.
LREP
FRM  McDonnell Boehnen Hulbert & Berghoff
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to novel mammalian excitatory amino acid transporter
      proteins and genes encoding such proteins. The invention is directed
      towards the isolation, characterization and use of human excitatory amino
      acid transporter proteins for pharmacological screening of analogues,
      agonists, antagonists, inhibitors, modulators and facilitators of
      excitatory amino acid transport in a variety of tissues, particularly
      neuronal tissues. This invention provides isolated nucleic acid encoding a
      novel excitatory amino acid transporter subtype that is specifically
      expressed in retina. Also provided are recombinant expression constructs
      capable of expressing this novel transporter in transformed prokaryotic
      and eukaryotic cells, and also provides such transformed cell cultures
      producing the novel human transporter. Purified transporter protein and
      membranes comprising the transporter protein are also provided. The
      invention provides methods of screening compounds in vitro for transporter
      binding properties using said preparations of protein and membranes from
      transformed cell cultures, as well as from amphibian oocytes expressing
      the human transporter protein provided herein.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made with government support under National Institute of
      Health grant DA07595. The government has certain rights to this invention.
PATN
WKU  059898267
SRC  8
APN  4566203
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19950601
TTL  Nuclear matrix protein fluid assay
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Navarro; Mark
EXP  Caputa; Anthony C.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Beausang; Lee Anne
CTY  Norfolk
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Lidgard; Graham P.
CTY  Wellesley
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Miller; Thomas E.
CTY  Franklin
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Matritech, Inc.
CTY  Newton
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  112646
APD  19930826
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  785804
APD  19911031
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435  71
XCL  435  721
XCL  435  723
XCL  435  792
XCL  435  794
XCL  435961
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 3353
ICL  G01N 33567
ICL  G01N 33574
ICL  G01N 33531
FSC  435
FSS  7.1;7.21;7.23;961;7.92;7.94
UREF
PNO  4628027
ISD  19861200
NAM  Gay
UREF
PNO  4806463
ISD  19890200
NAM  Goodchild et al.
UREF
PNO  4861581
ISD  19890800
NAM  Epstein et al.
UREF
PNO  4882268
ISD  19891100
NAM  Penman et al.
UREF
PNO  4885236
ISD  19891200
NAM  Penman et al.
UREF
PNO  4937185
ISD  19900600
NAM  Webb et al.
UREF
PNO  5017474
ISD  19910500
NAM  McClune et al.
UREF
PNO  5032508
ISD  19910700
NAM  Naughton et al.
UREF
PNO  5098890
ISD  19920300
NAM  Gewitz et al.
UREF
PNO  5273877
ISD  19931200
NAM  Fey et al.
FREF
PNO  WO87/03910
ISD  19870700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/06697
ISD  19890700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO91/17266
ISD  19910400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO93/09437
ISD  19930500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Getzenberg et al. (1990) "Tissue Specificity and Cell Death are Associated
      with Specific Alterations in Nuclear Matrix Proteins," Abstract published
      in The Journal of Urology, AUA Eighty-fifth Annual Meeting, May 13-17,
      1990, 143: No. 4, Abstract No. 155.
PAL  Miller et al. (1991) "Release of Nuclear Matrix Proteins during Apoptotic
      Cell Death," Abstract published in J. Cell Biol., 115: No. 3, Abstract No.
      1822.
PAL  Compton et al., "Identification of Novel Centromere/Kinetochore-associated
      Proteins Using Monoclonal Antibodies Generated Against Human Mitotic
      Chromosome Scaffolds";J. of Cell Biol.; 112 (No. 6):1083-1097 (Mar. 1991).
PAL  Fey et al., "The Nuclear Matrix: Defining Structural and Functional
      Roles";Critical Reviews in Euk. Gene Expression; 1(2):127-143 (1991).
PAL  Kallajoki, et al.; "A 210 kD nuclear matrix protein is a functional part of
      the mitotic spindle; a microinjection study using SPN monoclonal
      antibodies,"EMBO J.; 10:3351-3362 (1991).
PAL  Keesee et al., "Utilization of Nuclear Matrix Proteins for Cancer
      Diagnosis,"Critical Reviews in Eukaryotic Gene Expression; 6(2&3):189-214
      (1996).
PAL  Lydersen et al., "Human-Specific Nuclear Protein That Associates with the
      Polar Region of the Mitotic Apparatus: Distribution in a Human/Hamster
      Hybrid Cell,"Cell; 22:489-499 (1980).
PAL  Maekawa et al., "Identification of a Minus End-Specific
      Microtubule-Associated Protein Located at the Mitotic Poles in Cultured
      Mammalian Cells,"European J. of Cell Biology; 54:255-267 (1991).
PAL  Oeller et al., "Reversible Inihibition of Tomato Fruit Senescence by
      Antisense RNA,"Science; 254:437-439 (1991).
PAL  Thibodeau et al., "Monoclonal Antibody CC-3 Recognizes Phosphoproteins in
      Interphase and Mitotic Cells,"Experimental Cell Research; 195:145-153
      (1991).
PAL  Tousson, "Centrophilin: A Novel Mitotic Spindle Protein Involved in
      Microtubule Nucleation,"J. of Cell Biol.; 112 (No. 3):427-440 (1991).
PAL  Whitfield et al., "Cloning of a Gene Encoding an Antigen Associated with
      the Centrosome in Drosophila," J. of Cell Science; 89:467-480 (1988).
PAL  News Release, "Clinical Utility of Matritech's Bladder Cancer Test Reported
      in August Issue of Journal of Urology," (Jul. 1996).
PAL  Fey et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 85: 121-125 (1988).
PAL  Kohler et al., Nature, 256: 495-497 (1975).
PAL  Larrick et al. FASEB J., 4: 3215-3223 (1990).
PAL  Walker et al., Meth. Achiev. Exp. Pathol., 13: 18-54 (1988).
PAL  Weeks et al., Methods in Enzymology, 133: 366-387 (1986).
PAL  Wyllie et al., International Review of Cytol., 68: 251-306 (1980).
PAL  Davidson et al (Clinical Diagnosis By Lab. Methods 15.sup.th Ed. p. 864),
      1974.
PAL  Scopes R.K. Protein Purification, Springer-Verlag, New York 1982 pp. 43-52.
PAL  Domasheno et al, Int J Radiat Biol, 57(2):315-29, 1990.
PAL  Genetic Eng News, Journal Announcement Jul.-Aug. 1990, 10 (7) p. 28.
LREP
FRM  Testa, Hurwitz & Thibeault, LLP
ABST
PAL  Disclosed are methods for determining the degree of cell death in a tissue
      by detecting and quantitating soluble interior nuclear matrix proteins and
      protein fragments in body fluids and extracellular media. The methods are
      is useful for monitoring the viability of cells and tissue, for evaluating
      the progress of a disease or its treatment, and for evaluating the
      cytotoxicity of unknown compounds. Also disclosed are methods for inducing
      the release of interior nuclear matrix proteins and protein fragments in
      soluble form from cells.
PATN
WKU  059898275
SRC  8
APN  7447019
APT  1
ART  168
APD  19961031
TTL  Use of nuclear magnetic resonance to design ligands to target
      biomolecules
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Green; Lora M.
NDR  12
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Fesik; Stephen W.
CTY  Gurnee
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Hajduk; Philip J.
CTY  Palatine
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Olejniczak; Edward T.
CTY  Grayslake
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Abbott Laboratories
CTY  Abbott Park
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  678903
APD  19960712
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  75
APN  558633
APD  19951114
PSC  01
PNO  5819643
CLAS
OCL  435  71
XCL  436501
XCL  436173
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 3353
ICL  G01N 2408
FSC  435
FSS  7.1
FSC  436
FSS  501;173
UREF
PNO  5270163
ISD  19931200
NAM  Gold et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5306619
ISD  19940400
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5698401
ISD  19971200
NAM  Fesik et al.
OCL  435  7.1
FREF
PNO  9110140
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9300446
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9414980
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9418339
ISD  19940800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  A. Bax et al., "Methodological Advances in Protein NMR", Accounts of
      Chemical Research, vol. 26, No. 4, (1993), pp. 131-138.
PAL  A. Bax et al., "An Efficient 3D NMR Technique for Correlating the Proton
      and .sup.15 N Backbone Amide Resonances With the .alpha.-Carbon of the
      Preceding Residue in Uniformly .sup.15 N/.sup.13 C Enriched Proteins",
      Journal Of Biomolecular NMR, vol. 1, (1991), pp. 99-104.
PAL  A. Bax et al., "Optimized Recording of Heteronuclear Multidimensional NMR
      Spectra Using Pulsed Field Gradients", Journal of Magnetic Resonance, vol.
      99, (1992), pp. 638-643.
PAL  G. Bodenhausen et al., "Natural Abundance Nitrogen-15 NMR by Enhanced
      Heteronuclear Spectroscopy", Chemical Physics Letters, vol. 69, No. 1,
      (1980), pp. 185-189.
PAL  S.D. Clark et al., "Coregulation of Collagenase and Collagenase Inhibitor
      Production by Phorbol Myristate Acetate in Human Skin Fibroblasts",
      Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, vol. 241, No. 1, (1985), pp.
      36-44.
PAL  D.A. Egan et al., "Equilibrium Denaturation of Recombinant Human FK Binding
      Protein in Urea", Biochemistry, vol. 32, No. 8, (1993), pp. 1920-1927.
PAL  S.D. Emerson et al., "Solution Structure of the Ras-Binding Domain of
      c-Raf-1 and Identification of Its Ras Interaction Surface", Biochemistry,
      vol. 34, No. 21, (1995), pp. 6911-6918.
PAL  S.W. Fesik et al., "Heteronuclear Three-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy. A
      Strategy for the Simplification of Homonuclear Two-Dimensional NMR
      Spectra", Journal of Magnetic Resonance, vol. 78, No. 3, (1988), pp.
      588-593.
PAL  G. Gemmecker et al., "An Improved Method for Selecvtively Observing Protons
      Attached to .sup.12 C in the Presence of .sup.1 H-.sup.13 C Spin Pairs",
      Journal of Magnetic Resonance, vol. 96, (1992), pp. 199-204.
PAL  S. Grzesiek et al., "Correlating Backbone Amide and Side Chain Resonances
      in Larger Proteins by Multiple Relayed Triple Resonance NMR", Journal of
      the American Chemicla Society, vol. 114, (1992), pp. 6291-6293.
PAL  L.E. Kay et al., "Three-Dimensional Triple-Resonance NMR Spectroscopy of
      Isotopically Enriched Proteins", Journal Of Magnetic Resonance, vol. 89,
      (1990), pp. 496-514.
PAL  L.E. Kay et al., "A Gradient-Enhanced HCCH-TOCSY Experiment for Recording
      Side-Chain .sup.1 H and .sup.13 C Correlations in H.sub.2 O Samples of
      Proteins", Journal of Magnetic Resonance, vol. 101, No. 6, (1993), pp.
      333-337.
PAL  T.M. Logan et al., "Structural Characterization of the FK 506 Binding
      Protein Unfolded in Urea and Guanidine Hydrochloride", Journal of
      Molecular Biology, vol. 236, (1994), 637-648.
PAL  A.I. Marcy et al., "Human Fibroblast Stromelysin Catalytic Domain:
      Expression, Purification, and Characterization of a C-Terminally Truncated
      Form", Biochemistry, vol. 30, (1991), pp. 6476-6483.
PAL  D. Marion et al., "Three-Dimensional Heteronuclear NMR of .sup.15 N-Labeled
      Proteins", Journal of the American Society, vol. 111, (1989), pp.
      1515-1517.
PAL  E.D. Matayoshi et al., "Novel Fluorogenic Substrates for Assaying
      Retroviral Proteases by Resonance Energy Transfer", Science, vol. 247,
      (1990), pp. 954-958.
PAL  D. Neri et al., "Stereospecific Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Assignments of
      the Methyl Groups of Valine and Leucine in the DNA-Binding Domain of the
      434 Repressor by Biosynthetically Directed Fractional .sup.13 C
      Labelling", Biochemistry, vol. 28, (1989), pp. 7510-7516.
PAL  M. Nigles et al., "Determination of Three-Dimensional Structures of
      Proteins From Interproton Distance Data by Hybrid Distance
      Geometry-Dynamical Simulated Annealing Calculations", FEBS Letters, vol.
      229, No. 2, (1989), pp. 317-324.
PAL  E.T. Olejniczak et al., "Extrapolation of Time-Domain Data With Linear
      Prediction Increases Resolution and Sensitivity", Journal of Magnetic
      Resonance, vol. 87, (1990), pp. 628-632.
PAL  Ye et al., "Purification and Characterization of the Human Stromelysin
      Catalytic Domain Expressed in Escherichia coli", Biochemistry, vol. 31,
      (1992), pp. 11231-11235.
PAL  S.P. Rucker et al., "Broadband Homonuclear Cross Polarization in 2D N.M.R.
      Using DIPSI-2", Molecular Physics, vol. 68, No. 2, (1989), 509-517.
PAL  G.W. Vuister et al., "Quantitative J Correlation : A New Approach for
      Measuring Homonuclear Three-Bond J(H.sup.N N.sup..alpha.) Coupling
      Constants in .sup.15 N-Enriched Proteins", Journal of American Chemical
      Society, vol. 115, (1993), pp. 7772-7777.
PAL  H. Weingarten et al., "Spectrophotometric Assay for Vertebrate
      Collagenase", Analytical Biochemistry, vol. 147, No. 2, (1985), pp.
      437-440.
PAL  S. Brown et al., 15N NMR Study of [15N]Actimomycin D Complexed with d(pGpC)
      and DNA, J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1982), 104, 5504-5506.
PAL  J. Cheng et al., "15N NMR Relaxation Studies of the FK506 Binding Protein:
      Backbone Dynamics of the Uncomplexed Receptor" Biochemistry 1993, 32,
      9000-9010.
PAL  D. Gorenstein et al., "31P and Two-Dimensional 31P/1H Correlated NMR
      Spectra of Duplex d(Ap[170]Gp[18O]Cp[16O]T) and Assignment of 31P Signals
      in d(ApGpCpT)2-Actinomycin D Complex" Biochemistry 1984, 23,6717-6723.
PAL  C. Lin et al., "Determination of the Major Tautomeric Form of the
      Covalently Modified Adenine in the (+)-CC-1065-DNA Adduct by 1H and 15N
      NMR Studies" Biochemistry 1990, 29, 9503-9507.
PAL  E. Nikonowicz et al., "An Efficient Procedure for Assignment of Proton,
      Carbon and Nitrogen Resonances in 13C/15N Labeled Nucleic Acids" J. Mol.
      Biol. (1993) 232, 1141-1156.
PAL  S.W. Fesik et al., "NMR Methods For Determining The Structures Of
      Enzyme/Inhibitor Complexes As An Aid In Drug Design", Biochemical
      Pharmacology, vol. 40, No. 1, 161-167 (1990).
PAL  R.P. Meadows et al., "Three-Dimensional Structure Of The FK506 Binding
      Protein/Ascomycin Complex In Solution By Heteronuclear Three-And
      Four-Dimensional NMR", Biochemistry, vol. 32, 754-765 (1993).
PAL  NMR Method Offers Shortcut To Drug Design; Science 274;1531 (1996).
PAL  Bennion, et al; Design and Synthesis of Some Substrate Analogue Inhibitors
      of Phospholipase A2 and Investigations by NMR and Molecular Modeling into
      the Binding Interactions in the Enzyme-Inhibitor Complex; J. Med. Chem
      1992, 35, 2939-2951.
PAL  Fesik, eta l., NMR Methods for Determining the Structure of
      Enzyme/Inhibitor Complexes as an Aid in Drug Design; Biochem Pharm vol.
      40, No. 1 pp. 161-167 1990.
PAL  Fesik, et al., NMR Studies of Molecular Complexes as a Tool in Drug Design;
      Journ of Med Chem vol. 34. No. 10 Oct. 91 p. 2937.
PAL  Roberts et al.; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Analysis of Elctron
      Transfer Flavoproteins from Human and Paracoccus Denitrificans; Protein
      Science(1995) 4:1654-1657.
PAL  Mujeeb, et al., A Potential Gene Target in HIV-1; Rationale, Selection of a
      Conserved Sequence, and Determination of NMR Distance and Torsion Angle
      Constraints, Biochemistry 1992, 31, 9325-9338.
PAL  Fesik, NMR Structure Based Drug Design, Journ of Bio NMR 3 (1993)261-269.
PAL  Sanner et al., Geom: A New Tool for Molecular Modelling Based on Distance
      Geometry Calculation with NMR Data, Journ of Computer-aided Molecular
      Design, 3 (1989) 195-210.
PAL  Journ of China Pharmaceutical University 1992: 23(5):316.
PAL  Craik et al., Determining the Conformation of a Ligand Bound to an Enzyme;
      Journ of Chem Ed. vol. 68 No. 3 Mar. 1991.
PAL  Zuiderweg, et al., Modern NMR Spectroscopy of Proteins and Peptides in
      Solution and its Relevance to Drug Design; Perspectives in Drug Disc and
      Design, 1 (1993) 391-417.
PAL  Trotta, et al., 1H NMR Study of D(GCGATCGC);2 and its Interaction with
      Minor Groove Binding 4', 6-Diamindino-2-Phenylindole, Journ of Biological
      Chemistry vol. 268 No. 6 Feb. 25, pp. 3944-3951.
PAL  Birdsall, NMR Spectroscopy and Drug Design: Lessons from Dihydrofolate
      Reductase Inhibitors.
PAL  Terry, et al., In Vivo Patent Infringement-Metabolic Pathways to Legal
      Trouble; Pharm News vol. 3., No. 4, 1996.
PAL  Erickson, CH 29 Macromolecular X-ray Crystallography and NRM as Tool for
      Structure Based Drug Design; Annual Reports in Medicianl Chemistry 27 p.
      271.
PAL  Reily, et al., Design, Synthesis and Soltuion Structure of a Renin
      Inhibitor . . . , FEBS vol. 302, No. 1, 97-103.
PAL  Mountzouris, et al., Comparison of a DSB-120 DNA Interstrand Cross-Linked
      Adduct with the Corresponding Bix-Tomaymycin Adduct:An Example of a
      Successful Template Directed Approach to Drug Design Based Upon the
      Monoalkylating Copound Tomaymycin, J. Med Chem. 1994, 37, 3132-3140.
PAL  Angerman, et al., A Proton Magnetic Resonance Study of the Aggregation of
      Actinomycin D in D20+, Biochemistry vol. 11, No. 13, 1972.
PAL  Cheng, et al., 13N NMR Relaxation Studies of the FK506 Binding Protein:
      Dynamic Effects of Ligand Binding and Implications for Calcineurin
      Recognition, Biochem vol. 33, No. 14, 1994.
PAL  Folmer, et al, Solution Structure of the Single-Stranded DNA Binding
      Protein of the Filaentous Pseudomonas Phage PF3: Similarity to Other
      Proteins Binding to Single-Stranded Nucleic Acids; The EMBO Journ. vol.
      14, No. 17, pp. 4132-4142, 1995.
PAL  Bycroft, et al; NMR Solution Structure of a DSRNA Binding Domain from
      Drosophila Staufen Protein Reveals Homology to the N-Terminal Domain Of
      Ribosomal Protein S5; The EMBO Journ., vol. 14 No. 14 pp. 3563-3571, 1995.
PAL  Vis, et al; Solution Structure of the Hu Protein from Bacillus
      Stearothermophilus; J. Mol. Biol. (1995) 254, 692-703.
PAL  Bushweller, et al.; The Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Solution Structure of
      the Mixed Disulfide Between Escherichia coli Glutaredoxin (C14S) and
      Glutathione; J. Mol. Biol. (1994) 235,1585-1597.
PAL  van Nuland, et al.; The High-Resolution Structure of the HPR from
      Histidine-Containing Phosphocarrier Protein HPR from Escherichia coli
      Determined by Restrained Molecular Dynamics from Nuclear Magnetic
      Resonance Nuclear Overhauser Effect Data; J. Mol. Biol. (1994)
      237,544-559.
PAL  Osapay, et al.; Solution Structure of Carbonmonoxy Myoglobin Determined
      from Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Distance and Chemical Shift Constraints;
      J. Mol. Biol. (1994) 244,183-197.
PAL  Schnuchel, et al.: Structure of Severin Domain 2 in Solution; J. Mol. Biol.
      (1995) 247,21-27.
PAL  Szyperski, et al, NMR Structure Determination of the Escherichia coli DNAJ
      Molecular Chaperone . . . , Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. vol. 91, pp.
      11242-11347 Nov. 1994.
PAL  Fushman, et al.; Solution Structure of Pleckstrin Homology Domain of
      Dynamin by Heteronuclear NMR Spectroscopy; Proc. Natl. Acad vol. 92, pp.
      816-820 Jan. 1995.
PAL  Lodi, et al.; High-Resolution Solution Structure of the B Chemokine HMIP-1
      B by Multidimensional NMR; Science vol. 263, Mar. 25, 1994.
PAL  Xu, et al.; Solution Structure Of A Cellulose-Binding Domain from
      Cellulomonas Fimi by Nuclear Magnetoc Resonance Spectroscopy; Biochemistry
      1995, 34, 6993-7009.
PAL  Kuboniwa, et al.; Solution Structure of Calcium Free Calmodulin; NAt
      Structural Biol vol. 2 No. 9 Sep. 1995.
PAL  Zhang, et al., Calcium Induced Conformational Transition Revealed By The
      Solution Structure Of APO Calmodulin; Nat. Struc Bio. vol. 2 No. 9, Sep.
      1995.
PAL  Newkirk, et al.; Solution NMR Structure of the Major Cold Shock Protein
      (CSPA) from Escherichia coli: Identification of a Binding Epitope for DNA,
      Proc Natl Acad Sci vol. 91, pp. 5114-5118.
PAL  Morita, et al.; Structure of the Oct-3 Pou-Homeodomain in Solution, as
      Determined By Triple Resonance Heteronuclear Multidimensional NMR
      Spectroscopy, Protein Science (1995) 4: 729-739.
PAL  Santoro, et al., Three-Dimensional Structure of Chemotactic Che Y Protein
      in Aqueous Solution by Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Methods, J. Mol. Biol.
      (1995) 247, 717-725.
PAL  Skelton, et al., Determination of the Solution Structure of APO Calbindin
      D9K by NMR Spectroscopy; J. Mol. Biol. (1995) 249,441-462.
PAL  Tsao, et al., The Three-Dimensional Solution Structure of the NK-2
      Homeodoamin from Drosophila; J. Mol. Biol. (1995) 251, 297-307.
PAL  Pervushin, et al., Three-Dimensional Structure of (1-71) Bacterioopsin
      Solubilized in Methanol . . . Eur. J. biochem 219, 517-583 (1994).
PAL  Sivaraja, et al., Solution Structure of Pou-Specific Homeodomain: 3D-NMR
      Studied of Human B-Cell Transcription Factor Oct-2, Biochemistry 1994, 33,
      9845-9855.
PAL  Kraulis, et al.: Solution Structure and Dynamics of RAS P21 GDP Determined
      by Heteronuclear Three and Four-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy; Biochemistry
      1994, 33. 3515-3531.
PAL  Narula, et al.; Three-Dimensional Solution Structure of Callinectes Sapidus
      Mertallothionein-1 Determined by Homonuclear and Heternuclear Magnetic
      Resonance Spectroscopy; Biochemistry 1995, 34,620-631.
PAL  Banci, et al., The Three-Dimensional Solution Structure of the Reduced
      High-Potential Iron-Sulfur Protein from Chromatium Vinosum Through NMR;
      Biochemistry 1995, 34, 206-219.
PAL  Cerf, et al., Homo and Heternuclear Two-Dimensional NMR Studies of the
      Globular Domain of Histon H1 . . . ; Biochemistry 1994 33, 11079-11086.
PAL  Moy, et al., Assignments, Secondary Structure, Global Fold, and Dynamics of
      Chemotaxis Y Protein Using Three and Four Dimensional Heteronuclear (13C,
      15N) NMR Spectroscopy; Biochemistry 1994, 33, 10731-10742.
PAL  Mayo, et al., NMR Solution Structure Of The 32-KDA Platelet Factor 4
      ELR-Motif-N-Terminal Chimera: A Synnetric Tetramer; Biochemistry 1995, 34,
      11399-11409.
PAL  Slupsky, et al.; NMR Solution Structure of Clacium Saturated Skeletal
      Muscle Troponin C; Biochemistry 1995, 34, 15953-15964.
PAL  Hardman, et al.; Structure of the A-Domain of HMG1 and its Interaction with
      DNA as Studied by Heternuclear Three and Four Dimensional NMR
      Spectroscopy; Biochemistry 1995, 16596-16607.
PAL  Rouviere Fourmy, et al., 1H and 15N Assignment of NMR Spectrum, Secondary
      Structure and Global Folding of the Immunophilin-Like Domain of the 59-KDA
      FK506-Binding Protein; Eur J. Biochem. 231, 761-772 (1995).
PAL  Greer, et al.; Application of the Three Dimensional Structures of Protein
      Target Molecules in Structure Based Drug Design#; Journ of Med Chem. vol.
      37, No. 8 Apr. 15, 1994.
PAL  Ogata, et al.; Solution Structure of a Specific DNA Complex of the
      DNA-Binding Domain of MYB Oncoprotein by NMR: Nucleic Acids Symposium
      Series No. 31 217-218.
PAL  Lassen et al; Three Dimensional Structure of Bovine Heart Fatty Acid
      Binding Protein with Bound Palmitic Acid, Determined by Multidimensional
      NMR Spectroscopy; Eur. J. Biochem 230, 266-280 (1995).
PAL  Zhou, et al; Structure and Ligand Recognition of the Phosphotyrosine
      Binding Domain Of SHC; Nature vol. 378 Dec. 7, 1995.
PAL  Clore et al., High Resolution Structure of the Oligomerization Domain of
      P53 by Multidimensional NMR; Science vol. 265, Jul. 1994.
PAL  Kaptein et al., Structure and Dynamics of the LAC Repressor-Operator
      Complex as Determined by NMR; Toxicology Letter 82/83 (1995) 591-599.
PAL  Werner, et al.; The Solution Structure of the Human ETS1-DNA Complex
      Reveals a Novel Mode of Binding and True-Side Chain Intercalation; Cell.
      vol. 83, 761-771 Dec. 1, 1995.
PAL  Atkinson, et al.; Echistatin: The Refined Structure of a Disintegrin in
      Solution by 1H NMR and Restrained Molecular Dynamics; Int J. Peptide
      Protein Res 43. 1994, 563-572.
PAL  Gincel, et al.; Three Dimensional Structure in Solution of a Wheat
      Lipid-Transfer Protein from Multidimensional 1H-NMR Data; Eur. J. Biochem
      226, 413-422 (1994).
PAL  Banci et al; The Three Dimensional Structure in Solution of the
      Paramagnetic High Potential Iron Sulfur Protein I from Ectothiorhodospira
      Halophila Through Nuclear Magnetic Resonance; Eur. J. Biochem 225-725
      (1994).
PAL  Yang et al., Solution Structure of GAP SH3 Domain by 1H NMR and Spatial
      Arrangement of Essential RAS Signaling-Involved Sequence; The EMBO Journ
      vol. 13, No. 6, pp. 1270-1279 (1994).
PAL  Fogh et al.; Solutiojn Structure of the Lexa Repressor DNA Binding Domain
      Determined by 1H NMR Spectroscopy; The EMBO Journ vol. 13 No. 17 pp.
      3936-3944 1994.
PAL  Demene et al; Three Dimensional 1H NMR Structure of the Nucleocapsid
      Protein NCP10 of Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus; Journ of Biomole NMR, 4
      (1994) 153-170.
PAL  Findlay et al; Solution Structure of the TR1C Fragment of Skeletal Muscle
      Troponin-C; The Journ of Biolo Chem. vol. 269, No. 9, Mar. 4 pp. 6773-6778
      1994.
PAL  Cai et al; Solution Conformaiton of Cytochrome C-551 from Pseudomonas
      Stutzeri Zobell Determined by NMR; Biophysical Journal vol. 67 Sep. 1994
      1207-1215.
PAL  Ottiger et al; The NMR Solution Structure of the Pheromone ER-2 from the
      Ciliated Protozoan Euplotes Raikovi; Protein Sciene (1994) 3: 1515-1526.
PAL  Qian et al; Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Solution Structure of the Fushi
      Tarazu Homeodomain from Drosophila and Comparison with the Antennapedia
      Homeodomain; J. Mol. Bio. 1994, 238, 333-345.
PAL  Barlow et al; Structure of the C3HC4 Domain by 1H-Nuclear Magnetic
      Resonance Spectroscopy; J. Mol. Biol. 1994 237, 201-211.
PAL  Campbell et al; Comparison of NMR Solution Structures of the Receptor
      Binding Domains of Pseudomanas Aeruginosa Pili Straindpoa, KB7 and PAK
      Implications for Recepto Binding and Synthetic Vaccine Design;
      Biochemistry 1995, 34, 16255-16268.
PAL  Campos-Olivas et al, NMR Solution Stucture of the Antifungal Protein from
      Aspergillus Giganteus:Evidence for Cysteine Pairing Isomerism;
      Biochemistry 1995, 34, 3009-3021.
PAL  Wilson et al; A Determination of the Solution Conformation of the
      Nonmammalian Tachykinin Eledoisin by NRM And DC Spectroscopy; Biochemistry
      1994, 33, 6802-6811.
PAL  Amodeo et al; Multiple Conformations and Proline Cis-Trans Isomerization in
      Salmon Calcitonin: A Combined Nuclear Magnetic Resonance, Distance
      Geometry, and Molecular Mechanics Study; Biochemistry 1994, 33,
      10754-10762.
PAL  Hoffman et al., Crystal Structure of Prokaryotic Ribosomal Protein L9: A
      bi-Lobed RNA Binding Protein; The EMBO Journ vol. 13, No. 1 pp. 205-212,
      1994.
PAL  Jia et al; Crystallization and Preliminary X-ray Crystallographic Studies
      Type III Antifreeze Protein; Protein Science (1995), 4: 1236-1238.
PAL  Sohi et al., Crystallization and X-ray Analysis of a Single Fab Binding
      Domain from Protein L of Peptostrptococcus Magnus; Proteins: Structure,
      Function, and Genetic 23:610-612 (1995).
PAL  Ermler et al.; Crystallization and Preliminary X-ray Diffraction Studies of
      a Bacterial Flavohemoglobin Protein; Proteins: Structure, Function and
      Genetics 21: 351-353 1995.
PAL  Choudhary et al.; Crystallization and Preliminary X-ray Crstallographic
      Analysis of the 38-KDA Immunodominant Antigen of Mycobacterium
      Tuberculosis; Protein Science (1994) 3:2450-2451.
PAL  Thunnissen et al; Purification, Crystallisation and Preliminary X-ray
      Analysis of Penicillin Binding Protein 4 from Escherichia coli, A Protien
      Related to Class A B-Lactamases; J. Mol. Bio. 1995 247, 149-153.
PAL  Song et al.; Crystallization and Preliminary X-ray Crystallographic Study
      of Ribosome-Inactivating Protein from Barley Seeds; Acta Cryst (1994) D50,
      910-912.
PAL  Davies et al.; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Diffraction Studies of
      Bacterial Ribosomal Protein L14; Acta Cryst (1994) D50, 790-792.
PAL  Inoue et al.; Refined Crystal Structure of Pseudoazurin from
      Methylobacterium Extorquens AM1 at 1.5 A Resolution; Acta Cryst 1994, D50,
      317-328.
PAL  Jia et al.; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Structure Solution of
      Rhizomucor Miehei Aspartic Proteinase; Acta Cryst (1995) D51, 243-244.
PAL  Verboven et al; Crystallization and Xray Investigation of Vitamin D-Binding
      Protein from Human Serum. Identification of the Crystal Content; J.
      Steroid Biochem Molec. Biol. vol. 54, No. 1/2 pp. 11-14 1995.
PAL  Thompson et al; Crystal Structure of Cellular Retinoic Acid Binding Protein
      I Shows Increased Access to the Binding Cavity Due to Formation of an
      Intermolecular B Sheet; J. Mol. Biol. (1995) 252, 433-446.
PAL  de Mel et al.; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Diffraction Analysis of
      the ARSC Protein from Escherichia coli Arsenical Resistance Plasmid R773;
      J. Mol. Biol. (1994) 242, 701-702.
PAL  Greasley et al; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Diffraction Studies on
      ADP Ribosylation Factor 1; J. Mol. Biol. (1994) 244, 651-653.
PAL  Picot et al.; The Xray Crystal Structure of the Membrane Protein
      Prostaglandin H2 Synthase-1; Nature vol. 367 Jan. 20, 1994.
PAL  Hopkins et al.; Crystallization and Prelinimary Xray Analysis of C-Reactive
      Protein from Rat; J. Mol. Biol. (1994) 235,767-771.
PAL  Sierra et al; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Investigation of a
      Recombinant Outer Membrane Protein from Neisseria Meningitidis; J. Mol.
      Biol. (1994) 235, 1154-1155.
PAL  Prakash et al.; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Diffraction Studies on
      a Trypsin/Chymotrypsin Double-Headed inhibitor from Horse Gram; J. Mol.
      Biol. (1994) 235, 364-366.
PAL  Jedrzejas et al.; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Diffraction Xray
      Diffraction Studies of the Cartilage Link Protein from Bovine Trachea;
      Proteins: Structure, Function, and Genetics 22:76-78 (1995).
PAL  Belyaev et al; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Investigation of
      Recombinant Simian Immunodeficiency Virus Matrix Protein; J. Mol. Biol.
      (1994) 241, 744-746.
PAL  Englebert et al.; Crystallization and Xray Diffraction Study of the
      Streptomyces K15 Penicillin Binding DD Transpeptidase; J. Mol. Biol.
      (1994) 241, 295-297.
PAL  Chang et al.; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Analysis of a Trimeric
      Form of Human Mannose Binding Protein; J. Mol. Biol. (1994) 241, 125-127.
PAL  Lee-Huang et al; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Analysis of Gap 31;
      J. Mol. Biol. (1994) 240, 92-94.
PAL  Zhang et al.; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Analysis of the Low
      Molecular Weight Phosphtyrosyl Protein Phosphatase from Bovin Heart; J.
      Mol. Biol. (1994) 238,281-283.
PAL  Mosimann et al; Refined 1.6 A Xray Crystallographic Structure of P-30
      Protein, an Amphibian Ribonuclease with Anti-Tumor Activity; J. Mol. Biol
      (1994) 236, 1141-1153.
PAL  Wagner et al; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Diffraction Studies of a
      Corrinoid Protein from Sporomusa Ovata; J. Mol. Biol (1994) 236, 388-389.
PAL  Weisgraber et al; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Analysis of Human
      Plasma Apolipoprotien C1; J. Mol. Biol. (1994) 236, 382-384.
PAL  St Charles et al; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Analysis Of
      APO-S100B and S100B with CA2+; J. Mol. Biol. (1994) 236.
PAL  Kondo et al; Crystallization and Xray Studies of the DNA Binding Domain of
      OMPR Protein A Positive Regulator Involved in Activation of Osmoregulatory
      Genes in Escherichia coli; J. Mol. Biol. (1994) 235, 780-782.
PAL  Borisova et al; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Diffraction Studies of
      Teh Lepidopteran Specific Insecticidal Crystal Protein Cryla (a); J. Mol.
      Biol. (1994)243, 530-532.
PAL  Charon et al; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Diffraction Study of the
      Nickel Binding Protein Nika of Escherichia coli; J. Mol. Biol. (1994) 243,
      352-355.
PAL  Kumasaka et al; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Study of H2-Proteinase
      from the Venom of Trimeresurau Flavoviridis; J. Biochem 117, 929-930
      (1995).
PAL  de Mel et al; Preliminary Xray Diffraction Analysis of Crystals of the PII
      Protein from Escherichia coli; J. Mol. Biol. (1994) 243, 796-798.
PAL  Doukov et al; Preliminary Xray Crystallographic Study of
      Methyltetrahydrofolate-Corrinoid/Iron Sulfur Protien Methyltransferase
      from Clostridium Thermoaceticum; Acta Cryst (1995) D51, 1092-1093.
PAL  Vallee et al; Characterization, Crystallization And Preliminary Xray
      Crystallographic Analysis of the Complex Between Barley Amylase and the
      Bifunctional Amylase/Sybtilisin Inhibitor Form Barley Seeds; J. Mol. Biol.
      (1994) 236, 368-371.
PAL  Nardini et al; Reptile Heme Protein Structure: Xray Crystallographic Study
      of the Aquo-Met and Cyano-Met Derivatives of Teh Loggerhead Sea Turtle
      (Caretta Caretta) Myoglobin at 2.0 A Resolution; J. Mol. Biol. (1995) 247,
      459-465.
PAL  Hyvonen et al; Structrure of the Binding Site for Inositol Phosphates in a
      PH Domain; The EMBO Journ vol. 14, No. 19 pp. 4676-4685.
PAL  Kanellopoulos et al; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Crystallographic
      Studies on the Adenovirus SSDNA Binding Protein in Complex with SSDNA;
      Journ of Struct Biol. 115, 113-116 (1995).
PAL  Li et al; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Analysis of Borrelia
      Burgdorferi Outer Surface Protein A (OSPA) Complexed with a Murine
      Monoclonal Antibody Fab Fragment; Journ of Struc Biol 115, 335-337 (1995).
PAL  Pitts et al; The Three Dimensional Xray Crystal Structure of the Aspartic
      Proteinase Native to Trichoderma Reesei Complexed with a Renin Inhibitor
      CP-80794.
PAL  Li et al; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Diffraction Studies of an
      A1/2/DNA Ternary Complex; Proteins: Structure, Function and Genentics 21:
      161-164 (1995).
PAL  LaLonde et al; Xray Crystallographic Structures of Adipocyte Lipid-Binding
      Protein Complexed with Palmitate and Hexadencanesulfonic Acid. Properties
      of Cavity Binding Sites; Biochemistry 1994, 33, 4885-4895.
PAL  Kitadokoro et al; Crystallization and Preliminary Xray Crystallographic
      Studies of Glutamic Acid Specific Proteinase fromBacillus Licheniformis
      Comples with Z-Leu-Glu-CH2CL; Acta Cryst (1995) D51, 835-836.
PAL  Derrick et al; The Third IgG Binding Domain from Streptococcal Pritein G An
      Analysis by Xray Crystallography of the Structure Alone and in a Complex
      with Fab; J. Mol. Biol. (1994) 243,906-918.
LREP
FR2  Pope; Lawrence S.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a process of designing compounds which bind
      to a specific target molecule. The process includes the steps of a)
      identifying a first ligand to the target molecule using two-dimensional
      .sup.15 N/.sup.1 H NMR correlation spectroscopy; b) identifying a second
      ligand to the target molecule using two-dimensional .sup.15 N/.sup.1 H NMR
      correlation spectroscopy; c) forming a ternary complex by binding the
      first and second ligands to the target molecule; d) determining the three
      dimensional structure of the ternary complex and thus the spatial
      orientation of the first and second ligands on the target molecule; and e)
      linking the first and second ligands to form the drug, wherein the spatial
      orientation of step (d) is maintained.
PATN
WKU  059898283
SRC  8
APN  7473818
APT  1
ART  168
APD  19961112
TTL  Protein D-an IgD binding protein of Haemophilus influenzae
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Nelson; Brett
EXP  Smith; Lynette F.
NDR  13
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Forsgren; Arne
STR  Sothonsvagen 4 B
CTY  S-230 11 Falsterbo
CNT  SEX
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19900531
APN  9001949
RLAP
COD  71
APN  465307
APD  19950605
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  946499
APD  19921109
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435  71
XCL  435  5
XCL  436513
XCL  530350
XCL  5303871
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 3353
ICL  C12Q  170
ICL  H01R 3108
ICL  C07K  100
FSC  436
FSS  513
FSC  435
FSS  5;7.1
FSC  530
FSS  350;387.1
UREF
PNO  3800798
ISD  19740400
NAM  Winkler
UREF
PNO  3995018
ISD  19761100
NAM  Sjoquist
FREF
PNO  0 131 142
ISD  19850100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 338 265
ISD  19851000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 200 909
ISD  19861200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 281 673
ISD  19880900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 320 289
ISD  19890600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  87/05631
ISD  19870900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Forsgren, et al, "Many Bacterial Species Bind . . . " J. Immunol.
      122(4):1468-1472, 1979.
PAL  Infection and Immunity, vol. 59, No. 1, pp. 119 to 125, H.ang.ken Janson et
      al. (Jan. 1991), "Protein D, an Immunoglobulin D-Binding Protein of
      Haemophilus influenzae: Cloning, Nucleotide Sequence, and Expression in
      Escherichia coli".
PAL  The Journal of Immunology, vol. 145, No. 10, pp. 3379 to 3384, Maorong Ruan
      et al. (Nov. 15, 1990), "Protein D of Haemophilus influenzae A Novel
      Bacterial Surface Protein with Affinity for Human IgD.sup.1 ".
PAL  The Journal of Immunology, vol. 122, No. 4, pp. 1468 to 1472, Arne Forsgren
      et al., "Many Bacterial Species Bind Human IgD.sup.1 ".
PAL  Safety, Tolerability, and Immunogenicity of Concurrent Administration of
      Haemophilus influenzae Type b Conjugate Vaccine (Meningococcal Protein
      Conjugate) with Either Measles-Mumps-Rubella Vaccine or
      Diphtheria-Tetanus-Pertussis and Oral Poliovirus Vaccines in 14- to
      23-Month Old Infants, Barry Dashefsky et al., Supplement to Pediatrics,
      American Academy of Pediatrics, Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60009-0927,
      Apr. 1990, vol. 85, No. 4, Part 2, pp. 682-689.
PAL  "Protein of Mice Against the Lethal Effect of an Intraperitoneal Infection
      with Haemophilus (Actinobacillus) pleuropneumoniae after Vaccination with
      Capsular Proteins", D.K. Lenser et al., Veterinary Medicine, 18 (1988) pp.
      335-348.
PAL  "Protein D, a Putative Immunoglobulin D-Binding Protein Produced by
      Haemophilus influenzae, Is Glycerophosphodiester Phosphodiesterase",
      Robert S. Munson, Jr. et al., Journal of Bacteriology, Jul. 1993, vol.
      175, No. 14, pp. 4569-4571.
PAL  "Purification and Characterization of glpQ-Encoded Glycerophosphodiester
      Phosphodiesterase from Escherichia coli K-12", Timothy J. Larson et al.,
      Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, vol. 260, No. 2, Feb. 1, 1988,
      pp. 577-584.
PAL  "Protein D of Haemophilus influenzae Is Not a Universal Immunoglobulin
      D-Binding Protein", Ken Sasaki et al., Infection and Immunity, Jul. 1993,
      vol. 61, No. 7, pp. 3026-3031.
PAL  "Efficacy of Cell Extract from Actinobacillus Haemophilus pleuropneumoniae
      Serotype 1 Against Disease in Swine", P.I. Fedorka et al., Infection and
      Immunity, Feb. 1990, vol. 58, No. 2, pp. 358-365.
PAL  "Protection of Infant Rats from Haemophilus influenzae Type b Infection by
      Antiserum to Purified Outer Membrane Protein a", Marilyn R. Loeb,
      Infection and Immunity, vol. 55, No. 11, pp. 2612-2618, 1987.
PAL  "Purification and Comparison of Outer Membrane Protein P2 from Haemophilus
      influenzae Type b Isolates", Robert S. Munson, Jr. et al., J. Chem.
      Invest., vol. 72, pp. 677-684, 1983.
PAL  "Purification and Partial Characterization of Outer Membrane Proteins P5
      and P6 from Haemophilus influenzae Type b", Robert S. Munson, Jr. et al.,
      Infection and Immunity, vol. 49, pp. 544-549, 1985.
PAL  Alan Kimura et al, "A Minor High-Molecular-Weight Outer Membrane Protein of
      Haemophilus influenzae Type b is a Protective Antigen", Infection and
      Immunity, vol. 47, No. 1, pp. 253-259, 1985.
PAL  Timothy F. Murphy et al, "A Subtyping System for Nontypable Haemophilus
      influenzae Based on Outer-Membrane Proteins", The Journal of Infectious
      Diseases, vol. 147, No. 5, pp. 838-846, 1983.
PAL  Klaus Weber et al, "The Reliability of Molecular Weight Determinations by
      Dodecyl Sulfate-Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis", The Journal of
      Biological Chemistry, vol. 244, No. 16, pp. 4406-4412, 1969.
PAL  "Molecular Analysis of DNA and Construction of Genomic Libraries of
      Mycobacterium leprae", Josephine E. Clark-Curtiss et al, Journal of
      Bacteriology, vol. 161, No. 3, pp. 1093-1102, 1985.
PAL  "The 3'-Terminal Sequence of Escherichia coli 16S Ribosomal RNA:
      Complementarity to Nonsense Triplets and Ribosome Binding Sites",J. Shine
      et al, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci, USA, vol. 71, No. 4, pp. 1342-1346, 1974.
PAL  "Effects of the Complete Removal of Basic Amino Acid Residues from the
      Signal Peptide on Secretion of Lipoprotein in Escherichia coli*", The
      Journal of Biological Chemistry, George P. Vlasuk et al, vol. 258, No. 11,
      pp. 7141-7148, 1983.
PAL  "Many Bacterial Species Bind Human IgD.sup.1 ", Arne Forsgren et al., The
      Journal of Immunology, vol. 122, No. 4, pp. 1468-1472, 1979.
PAL  "Protein D, the Immunoglobulin D-Binding Protein of Haemophilus influenzae,
      Is a Lipoprotein", H.ang.kan Janson et al., Infection and Immunity, vol.
      60, No. 4, Apr. 1992, pp. 1336-1342.
PAL  "Nontypable Haemophilus influenzae: A Review of Clinical Aspects, Surface
      Antigens, and the Human Immune Response to Infection", Timothy E. Murphy
      et al., Review of Infectious Diseases, vol. 9, No. 1, Jan.-Feb. 1987 pp.
      1-15.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A novel surface exposed protein of Haemophilus influenzae or related
      Haemophilus species is described. The protein named protein D is an Ig
      receptor for human IgD and has an apparent molecular weight of 42,000.
      Protein D can be detected in all of 116 encapsulated and non-encapsulated
      isolates of H. influenzae studied. The protein from all strains shows in
      addition to the same apparent molecular weight immunogenic similarities
      since protein D from all strains interacts with three different mouse
      monoclonal antibodies and monoclonal human IgD. A method for purification
      of protein D is described. Cloning of the protein D gene from H.
      influenzae in E. coli is described as well as the nucleotide sequence and
      the deduced amino acid sequence.
PATN
WKU  059898291
SRC  8
APN  7897863
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970129
TTL  Autoantibodies and their targets in the diagnosis of peripheral
      neuropathies
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Navarro; Mark
EXP  Caputa; Anthony C.
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Pestronk; Alan
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Washington University
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  481144
APD  19950607
RLAP
COD  82
APN  137895
APD  19931018
RLAP
COD  82
APN  925926
APD  19920807
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  743005
APD  19910809
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435  71
XCL  436506
XCL  436513
XCL  436518
XCL  436536
XCL  436811
XCL  5303875
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 3353
ICL  G01N 33564
ICL  G01N 33563
ICL  C07K 1600
FSC  435
FSS  7.1
FSC  436
FSS  506;513;518;536;811
FSC  530
FSS  387.5
OREF
PAL  Freddo et al (Neurology vol. 36, Apr. 1986 pp. 454-458).
PAL  Rostami et al (Ann. Neurol. vol. 22 No. 3, 1987 pp. 381-383).
PAL  Pestronk, A. et al., "Polyneuropathy Syndromes Associated with Serum
      Antibodies to Sulfatide and Myelin-Associated Glycoprotein", Neurology,
      41:357-362 (1991).
PAL  Connolly et al., "High-titer Serum Anti-Tubulin Antibodies are a Marker for
      Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy", Neurology, 42:409
      (1992).
PAL  Pestronk, A. et al., " Treatable Multifocal Motor Neuropathy With
      Antibodies to GM1 Ganglioside", Annals of Neurology, 24:73-78 (1988).
PAL  Pestronk, A. "Invited Review: Motor Neuropathies, Motor Neuron Disorders,
      and Antiglycolipid Antibodies", Muscle and Nerve, 14:927-936 (1991).
PAL  Cullum, et al., "Antibodies to tubulin and microtubule-associated
      proteins", Molecular and Chemical Neuropathy, 15:159-172 (1991).
PAL  Srinivasan, et al., "Autoantigens in Human Neuroblastoma Cells", Journal of
      Neuroimmunology, 26:43-50 (1990).
PAL  Schwerer, et al., "Serum Antibodies Against Glycosphingolipids in Chronic
      Relapsing Experimental . . . ", Journal of Neuroimmunology, Jul.
      2-3:107-119 (1985).
PAL  Fredman, et al., "Characterization of the Binding Epitope of a Monoclonal
      Antibody to Sulphatide", Journal of Biochemistry, 251:17-22 (1988).
PAL  Fredman, et al., "Antibodies in Sera from Patients with Inflammatory
      Demyelinating Polyradiculoneuropathy . . . ", Journal of Neurology,
      238:75-79 (1991).
PAL  Ilyas, et al., "Polyneuropathy with Monoclonal Gammopathy: Glycolipids are
      Frequently Antigens for IgM Paraproteins", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA,
      82:6697-6700 (1985).
PAL  Kashiwagi, et al., "Significant Increase in the Antibody to Gal.alpha.1-3
      Gal Structure in Sera of Patients with Hepatocellular Carcinoma after
      Transcatheter Arterial Embolization", Cancer Res., 49:4396-4401 (1989).
PAL  Marcus, "Measurement and Clinical Importance of Antibodies to
      Glycosphingolipids", Annals of Neurol. (Suppl), 27:S53-S55 (1990).
PAL  Toda, et al., "Hepatocyte Plasma Membrane Glycosphingolipid Reactive with
      Sera from Patients with Autoimmune Chronic Active Hepatitis: Its
      Identification as Sulfatide", Hepatology, 12:664-670 (1990).
PAL  Ryberg, "Multiple Specificities of Antibrain Antibodies in Multiple
      Sclerosis and Chronic Myelopathy", J. of Neurological Sciences, 38;357-382
      (1978).
PAL  DeViries, et al., "The Protein Composition of Bovine Myeline-Free Axons",
      Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 439:133-145 (1976).
PAL  Toru-Delbauffe, et al., "Properties of Neurofilament Protein Kinase",
      Biochem. J., 235:283-289 (1986).
PAL  Uemura, et al., Chemical Abstracts, 1986, vol. 105, Ref. No. 170079m.
PAL  Portanova et al., "Anti-Histone Antibodies in Idiopathic and Drug-Induced
      Lupus Recognize Distinct Intrahistone . . . ", Journal of Immunology,
      138:446-451 (1987).
PAL  Kornberg, A.J. et al., "Chronic motor neuropathies: Diagnosis, Therapy, and
      Pathogenesis", Ann. Neurol., 37(S1):S43-S50 (1995).
PAL  Parry, G.J. et al., Motor neuropathy with multifocal conduction block. In:
      Dyck, P.J., Thomas, P.K., eds. Peripheral Neuropathy, 3rd ed.
      Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders, 1518-1524 (1993).
PAL  Kornberg, A.J. et al., "The clinical and diagnostic role of anti-GM1
      antibody testing", Muscle Nerve, 17:100-104 (1994).
PAL  Pestronk, A. et al., "Anti-MAG antibodies: major effects of antigen purity
      and antibody cross-reactivity on ELISA results and clinical correlation",
      Neurology, 44:1131-1137 (1994).
PAL  Pestronk, A. et al., "Lower motor neuron syndromes defined by patterns of
      weakness, nerve conduction abnormalities, and high titers of
      antiglycolipid antibodies", Ann. Neurol., 27:316-326 (1990).
PAL  Li, F. et al., "Autoantibodies to GM1 ganglioside: different reactivity to
      GM1-liposomes in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and lower motor neuron
      disorders", J. Neurol. Sci., 104:209-214 (1991).
PAL  Kinsella, L.J. et al., "Clinical and electrophysiologic correlates of
      elevated anti-GM1 antibody titers", Neurology, 44:1278-1282 (1994).
PAL  Adams, D. et al., "Predictive value of anti-GM1 ganglioside antibodies in
      neuromuscular diseases: a study of 180 sera", Journal of Neuroimmunology,
      32:223-230 (1991).
LREP
FRM  Hamilton, Brook, Smith & Reynolds, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to methods of diagnosing peripheral
      neuropathies by determining the titer of autoantibodies directed toward
      particular nervous system antigens. It also provides for substantially
      purified preparations of specific antigens, namely neuroprotein-1, histone
      H3 (neuroprotein-2), .beta.-tubulin (neuroprotein-3), neuroprotein-4,
      neuroprotein-5, and NP-9 antigen which can be used in such diagnostic
      methods.
PATN
WKU  059898305
SRC  8
APN  8601747
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970731
TTL  Bifunctional or bivalent antibody fragment analogue
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Ungar; Susan
EXP  Hutzell; Paula K.
NDR  44
NFG  50
INVT
NAM  Davis; Paul James
CTY  Felmersham
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  van der Logt; Cornelis Paul Erik
CTY  Rushden
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Verhoeyen; Martine Elisa
CTY  Rushden
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Wilson; Steve
CTY  Goldington
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Unilever Patent Holdings BV
CTY  Vlaardingen
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19951016
APN  95307332
CLAS
OCL  435  71
XCL  5303873
XCL  5303871
XCL  5303881
XCL  435 691
EDF  6
ICL  C12P 2108
ICL  C12P 2106
ICL  C07K 1600
ICL  G01N 3353
FSC  530
FSS  387.1;387.3;388.1
FSC  435
FSS  7.1;69.1
FREF
PNO  WO 93/11161
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Burgess et al (J. Cell. Bio, III: 2129-2138), 1990.
PAL  Lazar et al (Mol & Cell Bio, 8: 1247-1252), 1988.
PAL  Tao et al (J. Immunol, 143: 2595-2601), 1989.
PAL  Bowie et al (Science 247: 1306-1310), 1990.
PAL  Klausner (Biotechnology, 4: 1042-1043), 1984.
PAL  Better et al (Science, 240: 1041-1043), 1988.
PAL  Holliger et al (PNAS, 30: 6444-6448), 1993.
PAL  Verhoeyen et al: "Antibody fragments for controlled delivery of therapeutic
      agents" Biochemical Society Transactions, vol. 23, No. 4, Jul. 18-21 1995,
      pp. 1067-1073 XP000565752, see the whole document.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/03605
PD1  19970731
PD2  19970731
PD3  19960814
PCP  WO97/14719
PCD  19970424
ABST
PAR  A bispecific or bivalent double head antibody fragment, which is composed
      of a binding complex containing two polypeptide chains, whereby one
      polypeptide chain has two times a variable domain of a heavy chain
      (V.sub.H) in series and the other polypeptide chain has two times a
      variable domain of a light chain (V.sub.L) in series, and the binding
      complex contains two pairs of variable domains (V.sub.H -A//V.sub.L -A and
      V.sub.H -B//V.sub.L -B), wherein said double head antibody fragments have
      binfunctional antigen binding activity. A process for producing such an
      antibody fragment is disclosed. An immunoassay is also provided for,
      wherein the improvement is the inclusion of a bispecific or bivalent
      double head antibody fragment, which is composed of a binding complex
      containing two polypeptide chains, whereby one polypeptide chain has two
      times a variable domain of a heavy chain (V.sub.H) in series and the other
      polypeptide chain has two times a variable domain of a light chain
      (V.sub.L) in series, as a binding means.
PATN
WKU  059898313
SRC  8
APN  8602980
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970708
TTL  Hapten assay by a competition-based method
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Devl; S.
EXP  Housel; James C.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Cros; Philippe
CTY  Lyons
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Battail; Nicole
CTY  Lyons
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Piga; Nadia
CTY  Ecully
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Bio Merieux
CTY  Marcy-l'Etoile
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19941221
APN  94 15418
CLAS
OCL  435  71
XCL  435  76
XCL  435  793
XCL  435  794
XCL  435  795
XCL  435544
XCL  436544
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 3353
ICL  G01N 33532
FSC  435
FSS  7.1;6;7.93-7.95
FSC  436
FSS  544
UREF
PNO  4824941
ISD  19890400
NAM  Gordon et al.
UREF
PNO  4921788
ISD  19900500
NAM  Deutsch
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5223393
ISD  19930600
NAM  Khanna et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5429952
ISD  19950700
NAM  Garner et al.
OCL  436518
UREF
PNO  5648213
ISD  19970700
NAM  Reddy et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5656731
ISD  19970800
NAM  Urdea et al.
XCL  435  7.1
UREF
PNO  5849480
ISD  19981200
NAM  Cros et al.
OCL  435  6
FREF
PNO  A 0 620 439
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO-A 91-19812
ISD  19911200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO-A 93-20094
ISD  19931000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO-A 93-20074
ISD  19931000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR95/01709
PD1  19970708
PD2  19970708
PD3  19951221
PCP  WO96/19729
PCD  19960627
ABST
PAR  Method of assaying hapten in a sample, in which said sample is placed in
      contact with antibodies capable of recognizing hapten and with a
      predetermined quantity of a reagent capable of competing with said
      hapten-fixing antibodies. The reagent is a conjugate formed by a
      single-stranded fragment of nucleic acid with a compound capable of being
      recognized by said hapten-recognizing antibodies. The fixed or unfixed
      reactant is detected by antibodies capable of recognizing the nucleic acid
      fragment of said conjugate. Detection of said reactant by anti-fragment
      antibodies of said nucleic acid enhances, in particular, the sensitivity
      of the assay.
PATN
WKU  059898321
SRC  8
APN  4270886
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19950421
TTL  Method for screening for non-tetracycline efflux pump inhibitors
ISD  19991123
NCL  110
ECL  1
EXA  Pak; Michael
EXP  Feisee; Lila
NDR  22
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Trias; Joaquim
CTY  San Mateo
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chamberland; Suzanne
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hecker; Scott J.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lee; Ving J.
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Microcide Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435  72
XCL  435  732
XCL  435 29
XCL  435 691
XCL  514  2
XCL  514154
XCL  514 42
XCL  514 23
XCL  514183
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 3350
ICL  G01N 33566
FSC  435
FSS  7.2;69.1
FSC  514
FSS  154;2;42;23;183
FREF
PNO  547403 A1
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  84/018995
ISD  19840500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9405810
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9410303
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Bertrand et al., "Construction of a Single-Copy Promoter Vector and Its Use
      in Analysis of Regulation of the Transposon Tn10 Tetracycline Resistance
      Determinant," J. of Bacteriology 158:910-919 (1984).
PAL  Cohen et al., "Endogeneous Active Efflux of Norfloxacin in Susceptible
      Escherichia coli," Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 32:1187-1191
      (1988).
PAL  Fingel et al., in The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 1975, Ch. 1,
      p. 1.
PAL  Levy, "Active Efflux Mechanisms for Antimicrobial Resistance,"
      Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 36:695-703 (1992).
PAL  Lewis, "Multidrug resistance pumps in bacteria: variations on a theme,"
      TIBS 119-123 (Mar. 1994).
PAL  Li et al., "Role of Efflux Pump(s) in Intrinsic Resistance of Pseudomonas
      aerugionsa: Resistance to Tetracycline, Chloramphenicol, and Norfloxacin,"
      Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 38:1732-1741 (1994).
PAL  Li et al., "Role of Efflux Pump(s) in Intrinsic Resistance of Pseudomonas
      aerugionsa: Active Efflux as a Contributing Factor to .beta.-Lactam
      Resistance," Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 38:1742-1752 (1994).
PAL  Livermore and Davy, "Invalidity for Pseudomonas aeruginosa of an Accepted
      Model of Bacterial Permeability to .beta.-Lactam Antibiotics,"
      Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 35:916-921 (1991).
PAL  Neyfakh et al., "Fluoroquinolone Resistance Protein NorA of Staphylococcus
      auerus is a Multidrug Efflux Transporter," Antimicrobial Agents and
      Chemotherapy 38:1732-1741 (1994).
PAL  Nikaido, "Prevention of Drug Access to Bacterial Targets: Permeability
      Barriers and Active Efflux," Science 264:382-388 (1994).
PAL  Peitz et al., Biochem. J. 6:2561 (1967).
PAL  Poole et al., "Cloning and sequence analysis of an EnvCD homologue in
      Pseudomonas aerugionsa: regulation by iron and possible involvement in the
      secretion of the siderophore pyoverdine," Molecular Microbiology
      10:529-544 (1993).
PAL  Poole et al., "Multiple Antibiotic Resistance in Pseudomonas aerugionsa:
      Evidence for Invovlement of an Efflux Operon," J. of Bacteriology
      175:7363-7372 (1993).
PAL  Rothstein et al., "Detection of Tetracyclines and Efflux Pump Inhibitors,"
      Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 37:1624-1629 (1993).
PAL  Speer et al., "Bacterial Resistance to Tetracycline: Mechanisms, Transfer,
      and Clinical Significance," Clin. Microbiol. Reviews 5:387-399 (1992).
PAL  Vogelman et al., "In Vivo Postantibiotic Effect in a Thigh Infection in
      Neutropenic Mice," J. Infect. Dis. 157:287-298 (1988).
PAL  Wolz, "Iron Release from Transferrin by Pyoverdin and Elastase from
      Pseudomonas aerugionsa," Infect. & Imm. 62:4021-4027 (1994).
PAL  Woods and Iglewski, "Modulatory Effect of Iron on the Pathogenesis of
      Pseudomonas aeruginosa Mouse Corneal Infections," Infect. & Immun.
      35:461-464 (1982).
PAL  Wooldridge and Williams, "Iron uptake mechanisms of pathogenic bacteria,"
      FEMS Microbiol. Rev. 12:325-348 (1993).
PAL  Bergeron, "A Review of Models for the Therapy of Experimental Infections,"
      Scand. J. Infect Dis. Suppl. 14:189-206 (1978).
PAL  Davis, "Activity of Gentamicin, Tobramycin, Polymyxin B, and Colistimethate
      in Mouse Protection Tests with Pseudomonas aeruginosa," Antimicrobial
      Agents and Chemotherapy 8:50-53 (1975).
PAL  Day et al., "A simple method for the study in vivo of bacterial growth and
      accompanying host response," J. Infect. 2:39-51 (1980).
PAL  Dinh et al., "A Family of Extracytoplasmic Proteins That Allow Transport of
      Large Molecules across the Outer Membranes of Gram-Negative Bacteria," J.
      Bacteriology 176:3825-3831 (1994).
PAL  Dufresne et al., "Cloning and Expression of the Imipenem-Hydrolyzing
      .beta.-Lactamase Operon from Pseudomonas maltophilia in Escherichia coli,"
      Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 32:819-826 (1988).
PAL  Benet et al., "Ch. 1--Pharmacokinetics: The Dynamics of Drug Absorption,
      Distribution, and Elimination," in The Pharmacological Basis of
      Therapeutics, pp. 3-32 (1975).
PAL  Gensberg and Smith, "Siderophore-specific of iron uptake in Pseudomonas
      aeruginosa," J. Gen. Microbiol. 138:2381-2387 (1992).
PAL  Haas, "Siderophore Presence in Sputa of Cystic Fibrosis Patients," Infect.
      & Imm. 59:3997-4000 (1991).
PAL  Kelly et al., "Surface Characteristics of Pseudomonas aeruginosa Grown in a
      Chamber Implant Model in Mice and Rats," Infect. Immun. 57:344-350 (1989).
PAL  Kirsch et al., "The Use of .beta.-Galactosidase Gene Fusions to Screen for
      Antibacterial Antibiotics," J. Antibiotics 44:210-217 (1991).
PAL  Malouin et al., "Outer Membrane and Porin Characteristics of Serratia
      marcescens Grown In Vitro and in Rat Intraperitoneal Diffusion Chambers,"
      Infect. Immun. 58:1247-1253 (1990).
PAL  Murray, "Can Antibiotic Resistance be Controlled?" New Engl. J. Med.
      330:1229-1230 (1994).
PAL  Reitz et al., "The Biochemical Mechanisms of Resistance by Streptococci to
      the Antibiotics D-Cycloserine and O-Carbamhyl-D-Serine," Biochem. J.
      6:2561-2570 (1967).
PAL  Santoro and Levinson, "Rat Model of Experimental Endocarditis," Infect.
      Immun. 19:915-918 (1978).
PAL  Sato et al., "Antimicrobial Activity of DU-6859, a New Potent
      Fluoroquinolone, against Clinical Isolates," Antimicrobial Agents and
      Chemotherapy 37:1491-1498 (1992).
PAL  Seoane and Levy, "Reversal of MarR binding to the regulatory region of the
      marRAB operon by structurally unrelated inducers," Abstr. of the Am. Soc.
      for Microbiol. Gen. Meeting, Las Vegas, NV Abstract H-26 (1994).
PAL  Sokol, "Surface Expression of Ferripyochelin-Binding Protein is Required
      for Virulence of Pseudomonas aerugionsa," Infect. & Imm. 55:2021-2025
      (1987).
PAL  Spratt, "Resistance to Antibiotics Mediated by Target Alterations," Science
      264:388-393 (1994).
PAL  Sriyoshachati and Cox, "Siderophore-Mediated Iron Acquisition from
      Transferrin by Pseudomonas aerugionsa," Infect. & Imm. 52:885-891 (1986).
PAL  Tanaka, et al., "Antimicrobial Activity of DV-7751a, a New
      Fluoroquinolone," Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 37:2112-2218
      (1993).
PAL  Trias, "Decreased Outer Membrane Permeability in Imipenem-Resistant Mutants
      of Pseudomonas aeruginosa," Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy
      33:1201-1206 (1989).
PAL  Gold man, et al. Antimicro. Agents Chemo. vol. 34(10): pp. 1973-1980. Oct.
      1990.
PAL  Ahmed et al., "A Protein That Activates Expression of a Multidrug Efflux
      Transporter upon Binding the Transporter Substrates," J. Biol. Chem.
      269:28506-28513 (1994).
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon LLP
ABST
PAL  Methods are provided for screening for inhibitors of microbial efflux pumps
      including those which export antibiotics. The screening methods are based
      on the increase in the intracellular concentration of a compound, such as
      an antibiotic, when the bacterial cells are contacted with an efflux pump
      inhibitor. In addition, this invention provides pharmaceutical
      compositions containing such efflux pump inhibitors, and methods for
      treating microbial infections using those compositions.
PATN
WKU  059898330
SRC  8
APN  4604024
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19950602
TTL  Methods for detection of molecules with affinity for MPL polypeptides
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Teng; Sally
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Charon; Martine
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Gisselbrecht; Sylvie
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Penciolelli; Jean-Francios
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Souyri; Michele
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Tambourin; Pierre
CTY  Gif-Sur-Yvette
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Varlet; Paule
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Vigon; Isabelle
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Wendling; Francoise
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Institut National de la Sante et de la Recherche Medicale (Inserm)
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  309259
APD  19940920
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  078311
CLAS
OCL  435  72
XCL  435 691
XCL  4352523
XCL  43525411
XCL  435325
XCL  530350
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  102
ICL  C12N 1512
ICL  C07K 14705
FSC  435
FSS  7.2;69.1;240.1;252.3;254.11;325
FSC  530
FSS  350
OREF
PAL  Le Coniat, M. et al., 1989, "The human homolog of the myeloproliferative
       us maps to chromosome band 1p34, " Hum. Genetics 83:194-196.
PAL  Wending, F. et al., 1990, "Myeloproliferative leukemia virus sustains
      proliferation and differentiation of hematopoietic progenitor cells, "
      Exp. Hematol. 18:624.
PAL  Wendling, F. et al., 1989, "Myeloid progenitor cells transformed by the
      myeloproliferative leukemia virus proliferate and differentiate in vitro
      without the addition of growth factors," Leukemia 3:475-480.
PAL  Wendling, F. et al., 1989, "Factor-independent erythropoietic progenitor
      cells in leukemia induced by the myeloproliferative leukemia virus," Blood
      73:1161-1167.
PAL  Wendling, F. et al., 1986, "MPLV: a retrovirus complex inducing an acute
      myeloroliferative leukemic disorder in adult mice," Virology 149: 242-246.
PAL  Benit et al., "The 'WS motif" Common to v-mpl and Members of the Cytokine
      Receptor Superfamily is Dispensable for Myeloproliferative Leukemia Virus
      Pathogenicity , Onogene, 8:787-790 (1993) (no. month available on
      reference).
PAL  Penciolelli et al., "Genetic Analysis of Myeloproliferative Leukemia Virus,
      a Novel Acute Leukemogenic Replication-Defective Retrovirus", J. Virology,
      61:579-583 (Feb. 1987).
PAL  Skoda et al., "Murine c-mpl: a Member of the Hematopoietic Growth Factor
      Receptor Superfamily that Transduces a Proliferative Signal", The EMBO
      Journal, 12:2645-2653 (1993) (no month available on reference).
PAL  Souyri et al., "A Putative Truncated Cytokine Receptor Gene Transduced by
      the Myeloproliferative Leukemia Virus Immortalizes Hematopoietic
      Progenitors", Cell, 63:000-000 (Dec. 21, 1990).
PAL  Souyri et al., "A Putative Truncated Cytokine Receptor Gene Transduced by
      the Myeloproliferative Leukemia Virus Immortalizes Hematopoietic
      Progentiors", Cell, 63:1137-1147 (Dec. 21, 1990).
PAL  Vigon et al., "Molecular Cloning and Characterization of MPL, the Human
      Homolog of the v-mpl Oncogene: Identification of a Member of the
      Hematopietic Growth Factor Receptor Superfamily", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
      USA), 89:5640-5644 (Jun. 1992).
PAL  Vigon et al., "Characterization of the Murine Mpl proto-oncogene, a Member
      of the Hematopoietic Cytkine Receptor Family: Molecular Cloning,
      Chromosomal Location and Evidence for a Function in Cell Growth",
      Oncogene, 8:2607-2615 (1993) (no month available on reference).
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds L
ABST
PAL  Polypeptide of a growth factor receptor family, having a specific sequence
      and presenting all or part of the following properties: it encourages
      and/or is involved in the proliferation and/or differentiation of
      hematopoietic cell lines when obtained from the MPLV retrovirus; it is
      capable of acting as a hematopoietic growth factor receptor; it is
      recognized by antibodies directed against it. Polypeptides similar to the
      above. Applications in the diagnosis of the expression of said ligand
      polypeptide.
PATN
WKU  059898348
SRC  8
APN  6873553
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19961126
TTL  Uses of nucleic acid encoding neuropeptide Y/peptide YY (Y2) receptors
      nucleic acid encoding
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Gucker; Stephen
EXP  Caputa; Anthony C.
NDR  35
NFG  48
INVT
NAM  Gerald; Christophe
CTY  Ridgewood
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Walker; Mary W.
CTY  Elmwood Park
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Branchek; Theresa
CTY  Teaneck
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Weinshank; Richard L.
CTY  Teaneck
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation
CTY  Paramus
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  192288
APD  19940203
PSC  01
PNO  5545549
CLAS
OCL  435  72
XCL  435  71
XCL  435  721
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 33566
ICL  G01N 33567
FSC  435
FSS  7.1;7.2;7.21
UREF
PNO  5026685
ISD  19910600
NAM  Boublik et al.
UREF
PNO  5328899
ISD  19940700
NAM  Boublik et al.
UREF
PNO  5506258
ISD  19960400
NAM  Christophe et al.
UREF
PNO  5516653
ISD  19960500
NAM  Bard et al.
UREF
PNO  5545549
ISD  19960800
NAM  Gerald et al.
UREF
PNO  5571695
ISD  19961100
NAM  Selbie et al.
UREF
PNO  5602024
ISD  19970200
NAM  Gerald et al.
FREF
PNO  2037433
ISD  19911000
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2134428
ISD  19941000
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0355794
ISD  19900200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0355793
ISD  19900200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  6-116284
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9200079
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9309227
ISD  19930500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9400486
ISD  19940100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9422467
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9500161
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9614331
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9623809
ISD  19960800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9717440
ISD  19970500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9737998
ISD  19971000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9748406
ISD  19971200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Weinberg, D.H. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 271(28):16435-16438 (1996).
PAL  Herzog, H. et al. PNAS 89:5794-5798 (1992).
PAL  Wahlestedt, c. et al. Life Sciences. 50:7-12 (1991).
PAL  Whitcomb, D.C. et al. Am. J. Physiol. 259:G687-G691 (1990).
PAL  Lundberg, J.M. et al. J. Neuroscience. 4(9):2376-2386 (1984).
PAL  Wahlestedt, C. et al. Life Science. 50:7-12 (1991).
PAL  Narvaez, J.A. et al. Neuroscience Letters. 140:273-276 (1992).
PAL  Blasquez, C. et al. Brain Research. 596:163-168 (1992).
PAL  Kotz, C.M. et al. Brain Research. 631:325-328 (1993).
PAL  Gehlert, D.R. et al. Life Science. 55(8):551-562 (1994).
PAL  Gerald, C. et al. Nature. 382:168-171 (1996).
PAL  Larhammar, D., et al., "Cloning and Functional Expression of a Human
      Neuropeptide Y/Peptide YY Receptor of the Y1 Type" J. Biol. Chem. (1992)
      267(16): 10935-10938;.
PAL  Sasaki, et al., "Cloning And Expressing Of A complementary DNA Encoding A
      Bovine Adrenal Angiotensin II Type-1 Receptor" Nature (1991) 351:
      230-233;.
PAL  Inui, A. et al. Science. 611:350-352 (1990).
PAL  Wahlestedt, C. et al. Academy of Science. 611:7-12 (1990).
PAL  Sheikh, S.P. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 266:23959-23966 (1991).
PAL  Wahlestedt, C., et al., "Modulation of Anxiety and Neuropeptide Y-Y1
      Receptors by Antisense Oligodeoxy nucleotides" Science (1993) 259(5094):
      528-531; and.
PAL  Yan, H., et al., EMBL Data Library Accession No. G02301 (Jun. 6, 1997).
PAL  Kluxen, et al., "Expression Cloning Of A Rat Brain Somatostatin Receptor
      cDNA" PNAS (1992) 89: 4618-4622;.
PAL  Sheikh, S.P., et al., Binding of Monoiodinated Neuropeptide Y to
      Hippocampal Membranes and Human Neuroblastoma Cell Lines J. Biol. Chem.
      (1989) 264(12): 6648-6654;.
PAL  Wallace, et al., Oligonucleotide Probes For The Screening Of Recombinant
      D78 89++8u9 nh NA Libraries (1987) Methods in Enzymology 152: 432-442;.
PAL  Xie, et al., "Expression Cloning of G-Protein-Coupled Opioid Receptors"
      PNAS (1992) 89: 4124-4128.
PAL  Aguzzi, A., et al., "Transgenic and Knock-out Mice: Models of Neurological
      Disease" Brain Pathol. (1994) 4(1): 3-20;.
PAL  Herzog, H., et al., "Neuropeptide-Y Y1 Receptor Gene Polymorphism:
      Cross-Sectional Analyses in Essential Hypertension and Obesity" Biochem.
      Biophys. Res. Commun. (1993) 196(2): 902-906;.
PAL  Oliveira, L., et al., "A Common Motif In G-Protein-Coupled Seven
      Transmembrane Helix Receptors" Journal of Computer-Aided Molecular Design
      (1993) 7(6): 649-658;.
PAL  Voisin, T., et al., "Peptide YY Receptors in the Proximal Tubule PKSV-PCT
      Cell-Line Derived From Transgenic Mice-Relation With Cell-Growth" J. Of
      Biol. Chem. (1993) 268(27): 20547-20554;.
LREP
FR2  White; John P.
     Cooper & Dunham LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US95/01469
PD1  19961126
PD2  19961126
PD3  19950203
PCP  WO95/21245
PCD  19950810
ABST
PAR  This invention provides isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding a human
      and a rat Y2 receptor, an isolated protein which is a human or rat Y2
      receptor, vectors comprising an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a
      human or rat Y2 receptors, mammalian cells comprising such vectors,
      antibodies directed to the human or rat Y2 receptor, nucleic acid probes
      useful for detecting nucleic acid encoding human or rat Y2 receptors,
      antisense oligonucleotides complementary to any sequences of a nucleic
      acid molecule which encodes a human or rat Y2 receptor, pharmaceutical
      compounds related to human or rat Y2 receptors, and nonhuman transgenic
      animals which express DNA a normal or a mutant human or rat Y2 receptor.
      This invention further provides methods for determining ligand binding,
      detecting expression, drug screening, and treatment involving the human or
      rat Y2 receptor.
PATN
WKU  059898356
SRC  8
APN  8109834
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970227
TTL  System for cell-based screening
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Bao-Thuy L.
EXP  Chin; Christopher L.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Dunlay; R. Terry
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Taylor; D. Lansing
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Cellomics, Inc.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435  72
XCL  435  721
XCL  435 29
XCL  435 405
XCL  435 4051
XCL  4352883
XCL  4352884
XCL  436546
XCL  436172
XCL  436800
XCL  436809
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 33533
FSC  435
FSS  7.2;7.21;29;40.5;40.51;288.3;288.4
FSC  436
FSS  546;172;800;809
UREF
PNO  5355215
ISD  19941000
NAM  Schroeder et al.
OCL  356317
UREF
PNO  5401629
ISD  19950300
NAM  Harpold et al.
UREF
PNO  5436128
ISD  19950700
NAM  Harpold et al.
UREF
PNO  5491084
ISD  19960200
NAM  Chalfie et al.
UREF
PNO  5548661
ISD  19960800
NAM  Price et al.
OCL  382133
FREF
PNO  WO 87 02802
ISD  19870700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94 11841
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/07463
ISD  19950300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/21191
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/23898
ISD  19960800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/27675
ISD  19960900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Bhatia et al., "Fabrication of Surfaces Resistant to Protein Adsorption and
      Application to Two-Dimensional Protein Patterning," Analytical
      Biochemistry 208:197-205 (1993).
PAL  Calvert et al., "Photoresist Channel-Constrained Deposition of Electroless
      Metallization on Ligating Self-Assembled Films," Journal of Vacuum Science
      and Technology B12:3884-3997 (1994).
PAL  Calvert, "Lithographically Patterned Self-Assembled Films," In Thin Films,
      vol. 20: Organic Thin Films And Surfaces:Directions For The Nineties, A.
      Ulman, Ed., Academic Press, Boston, pp. 109-141 (1995).
PAL  Chalfie et al., "Green Fluorescent Protein as a Marker For Gene
      Expression," Science 26:12501-12504 (1994).
PAL  Chrisey et al., Selective Attachment of Synthetic DNA to
      Self-Assembled-Monolayer Functionalized Surfaces, Proceedings, Materials
      Research Society 330:179-184 (1994).
PAL  Chrisey et al., "Covalent Attachment of Synthetic DNA to Self-Assembled
      Monolayer Films," Nucleic Acids Research 24:3031-3039 (1996).
PAL  Chrisey et al., "Fabrication of Patterned DNA Surfaces," Nucleic Acids
      Research 24:3040-3047 (1996).
PAL  Davis et al., "A Nuclear GFP That Marks Nuclei in Living Drosophila
      Embryos; Maternal Supply Overcomes a Delay in the Appearance of Zygotic
      Fluorescence," Dev. Biology 170:726-729 (1995).
PAL  Dulcey et al., "Deep UV Photochemistry of Chemisorbed Monolayers: Patterned
      Coplanar Molecular Assemblies," Science 252:551-554 (1991).
PAL  Dulcey et al., "Photochemistry and Patterning of Self-Assembled Monolayer
      Films Containing Aromatic Hydrocarbon Functional Groups," Langmuir
      12:1638-1650 (1996).
PAL  Firestone et al., "Comparison of Autofocus Methods for Automated
      Microscopy," Cytometry 12:195-206 (1991).
PAL  Groen et al., "A Comparison of Different Focus Functions for Use in
      Autofocus Algorithms," Cytometry 6:81-91 (1985).
PAL  Harms and Aus, "Comparison of Digital Focus Criteria for a TV Microscope
      System," Cytometry 5:236-243 (1984).
PAL  Hu and Cheng, "Expression of Aequorea Green Fluorescent protein in Plant
      Cells," FEBS Letters 369:331-334 (1995).
PAL  Kaether and Gerdes, "Visualization of Protein Transport Along the Secretory
      pathway Using Green Fluorescent Protein," FEBS Letters 369:267-271 (1995).
PAL  Kapur et al., "Fabrication and Selective Surface Modification of
      3-Dimensionally Textured Biomedical Polymers from Etched Silicon
      Substrates," Journals of Biomedical Materials Research 33:205-216 (1996).
PAL  Kittler et al., "Threshold Selection Based on a Simple Image Statistic," in
      Computer Vision, Graphics and Image Processing 30:125-147 (1985).
PAL  Morise et al., "Intermolecular Energy Transfer in the Bioluminescent System
      of Aequorea," Biochemistry 13:2656-2662 (1974).
PAL  Proffitt et al., "A Fluorescence Digital Image Microscopy System for
      Quantifying Relative Cell Numbers in Tissue Culture Plates," Cytometry
      24:204-213 (1996).
PAL  Ridler and Calvard, "Picture Thresholding Using an Iterative Selection
      method," In IEEE Trans. Systems, Man, And Cybernetics pp. 630-632 (1978).
PAL  Rizzuto et al., "Chimeric Green Fluorescent Protein as a Tool for
      Visualizing Subcellular Organelles in Living Cells," Curr. Biology
      5:635-642 (1995).
PAL  Spargo et al., "Spatially Controlled Adhesion, Spreading, and
      Differentiation of Endothelial Cells on Self-Assembled Molecular
      Monolayers," PNAS 91:11070-11074 (1994).
PAL  Stenger et al., "Coplanar Molecular Assemblies of Amino- and Perfluorinated
      Alkylsilanes: Characterization and Geometric Definition of Mammalian Cell
      Adhesion and Growth," Journal of the American Chemical Society
      114:8435-8442 (1992).
PAL  Taylor et al., "The New Vision of Light Microscopy," American Scientist
      80:322-335 (1992).
PAL  Ward et al., "Spectrophotometric Identity of the Energy transfer
      Chromophores in Renilla and Aequorea Green-Fluorescent Proteins,"
      Photochem. Photobiol. 31:611-615 (1980).
PAL  Taylor et al., "Potential of Machine-Vision Light Microscopy in Toxicologic
      Pathology," Toxicologic Pathology 22:145-159 (1994).
PAL  Taylor et al., "Automated Interactive Microscopy: Measuring and
      Manipulating the Chemical and Molecular Dynamics of Cells and Tissues,"
      Intl. Soc. for Optical Engineering 2678: 15-27 (1996).
PAL  Farkas et al., "Multimode Light Microscopy and the Dynamics of Molecules,
      Cells, and Tissues," Ann. Rev. Physiol. 55:785-817 (1993).
LREP
FR2  Harper; David S.
     McDonnell Boehnen Hulbert & Berghoff
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to an optical system for determining the
      distribution, environment, or activity of fluorescently labeled reporter
      molecules in cells for the purpose of screening large numbers of compounds
      for specific biological activity. The invention involves providing cells
      containing fluorescent reporter molecules in an array of locations and
      scanning numerous cells in each location with a fluorescent microscope,
      converting the optical information into digital data, and utilizing the
      digital data to determine the distribution, environment or activity of the
      fluorescently labeled reporter molecules in the cells. The array of
      locations may be an industry standard 96 well or 384 well microtiter plate
      or a microplate which is a microplate having a cells in a micropaterned
      array of locations. The invention includes apparatus and computerized
      method for processing, displaying and storing the data.
PATN
WKU  059898364
SRC  8
APN  4724666
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19950607
TTL  Method for measuring the binding sites for macrophage-derived
      inflammatory mediator (MIP-1.alpha. and MIP-1.beta.)
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Mertz; Prema
NDR  15
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Cerami; Anthony
CTY  Shelter Island
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Beutler; Bruce
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Wolpe; Stephen D.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  The Rockefeller University
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  207888
APD  19940307
PSC  01
PNO  5616688
RLAP
COD  81
APN  024867
APD  19930301
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  902532
APD  19920622
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  238937
APD  19880902
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  104827
APD  19871002
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  766852
APD  19850816
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  414098
APD  19820907
PSC  01
PNO  4603106
RLAP
COD  82
APN  351290
APD  19820222
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  299932
APD  19810908
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435  721
XCL  435 695
XCL  435471
XCL  4352523
XCL  4353201
XCL  435 711
XCL  435 712
XCL  435325
XCL  435  71
XCL  435  72
XCL  530324
XCL  930140
EDF  6
ICL  C07K 1452
ICL  G01N 33567
FSC  435
FSS  7.1;69.5;240.2;252.3;320.1;471;7.2;7.21;71.1;71.2;325
FSC  530
FSS  300;324
FSC  930
FSS  140
UREF
PNO  4603106
ISD  19860700
NAM  Cerami et al.
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  5145676
ISD  19920900
NAM  Fahey, III et al.
OCL  424 85.1
FREF
PNO  WO 83/00930
ISD  19830300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Sherry et al. (1992) Cytokines 4: 117-30.
PAL  Sherry et al. (1991) Curr. Opin. Immunol. 3: 56-60.
PAL  Dinarello et al. (1977) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74: 4624-7.
PAL  Voller et al. (1976) Bull. World Health Organ. 53: 55-65.
PAL  Brown et al. (1972) Bioch. Biophys. Res. Commun: 375-82.
PAL  Brown et al. (1989) J. Immunol. 142: 679-87.
PAL  Sporn et al. (1989) J. Immunol. 144: 4434-4441.
PAL  Wolpe et al. (1989) FASEB J. 3: 2565-73.
PAL  Yoshimura et al. (1989) FEBS Letts. 224:487-93.
PAL  Zipfel et al. (1989) J. Immunol. 142: 1582-90.
PAL  Davatelis et al. (1988) J. Exp. Med. 167: 1939-44.
PAL  Lipes et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 9704-8.
PAL  Matsushima et al. (1988) J. Exp. Med. 167: 1883-93.
PAL  Sherry et al. (1988) J. Exp. Med. 168: 2251-9.
PAL  Wolpe et al. (1988) J. Exp. Med. 167: 570-81.
PAL  Sassa et al. (1987) Blood Cells 13: 161-9.
PAL  Wolpe et al. (1987) in The inhibitors of hamatopoiesis. Najman et al. eds.
      pp. 197-200.
PAL  Yoshimura et al. (1987) J. Immunol. 139: 788-93.
PAL  Yoshimura et al. (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84: 9233-7.
PAL  Caput et al. (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:1670-4.
PAL  Reeves et al. (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 83: 3228-32.
PAL  Kownatzki et al. (1986) Clin. Exp. Immunol. 64: 214-22.
PAL  Obaru et al. (1986) J. Biochem. 99:885-94.
PAL  Beutler et al. (1985) Nature 316: 552-4.
PAL  Beutler et al. (1985) Science 229: 869-71.
PAL  Mahoney et al. (1985) J. Immunology 134: 1673-1675.
PAL  Torti et al. (1985) Science 229: 867-9.
PAL  W.E. Paul, ed. (1984) Fundamental Immunology. p. 706.
PAL  Hotez et al. (1984) Parasite Immnuol. 6:203.
PAL  Lomdedico et al. (1984) Nature 312: 458-62.
PAL  Kawakami et al. (1982) Proc. Natl. Acad. sci. USA: 79: 912-16.
PAL  Kawakami et al. (1981) J. Exp. Med. 154: 631-9.
PAL  Merrill et al. (1990) J. Clin. Invest. 65: 268-76.
PAL  Kampschmidt et al. (1980) J. Lab. Clin. Med. 95: 616-23.
PAL  Tono-Oka et al. (1980) Immunol. 39: 607-13.
PAL  Sipe et al. (1979) J. Exp. Med. 150: 597-606.
LREP
FRM  Klauber & Jackson
ABST
PAL  An inflammatory cytokine is disclosed which has been isolated from cells
      that have been incubated with a stimulator material. The inflammatory
      cytokine comprises a protein that is capable of binding to heparin,
      inducing localized inflammation characterized by polymorphonuclear cell
      infiltration when administered subcutaneously and inducing in vitro
      polymorphonuclear cell chemokinesis, while lacking the ability to suppress
      the activity of the anabolic enzyme lipoprotein lipase, cause the
      cytotoxicity of cachectin/TNF-sensitive cells, stimulate the blastogenesis
      of endotoxin-resistant C3H/HeJ thymocytes, or induce the production of
      cachectin/TNF by primary thioglycollate-elicited mouse macrophage cells. A
      particular inflammatory cytokine MIP-1 has been isolated and has been
      found to comprise a peptide doublet of similar molecular weights of about
      8,000 daltons, and to show a pI of about 4.6. The doublet has been
      resolved into its component peptides, MIP-1.alpha. and MIP-1.beta. for
      which distinct cDNA's have been cloned and sequenced. Diagnostic and
      therapeutic utilities are proposed, and testing procedures, materials in
      kit form and pharmaceutical compositions are likewise set forth.
PATN
WKU  059898372
SRC  9
APN  1145576
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980713
TTL  Immortalized human keratinocyte cell line
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Wortman; Donna C.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Allen-Hoffmann; B. Lynn
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Schlosser; Sandra J.
CTY  Oregon
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Pickart; Michael A.
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435  721
XCL  435347
XCL  435371
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 33567
ICL  C12N  508
FSC  435
FSS  7.21;347;371;373;402;408
UREF
PNO  5491084
ISD  19960200
NAM  Chalfie et al.
OCL  435189
OREF
PAL  H.P. Baden, et al., "Isolation and Characterization of a Spontaneously
      Arising Long-lived Line of Human Keratinocytes (NM1)," In Vitro Cell. Dev.
      Biol. 23(3):205-213, 1987.
PAL  P. Boukamp, et al., "Cell Keratinization in a Spontaneously Immortalized
      Diploid Human Keratinocyte Cell Line," J. Cell Biol. 106:761-771, 1988.
PAL  J.A. Garlick and L.B. Taichman, "Fate of Human Keratinocytes during
      Reepithelialization in an Organotypic Culture Model," Lab. Invest. 70(6)
      916-924, 1994.
PAL  J.A. Garlick, et al., "Re-epithelialization of Human Oral Keratinocytes in
      vitro," J. Dent. Res. 75(3):912-918, 1996.
PAL  J.A, Garlick, "Skin Substitutes--Tissue Models for Cancer Biology,"
      Bioengineering of Skin Substitutes, Sep. 18-19, Boston, MA, 1997.
PAL  R.H. Rice, et al., "Elevation of Cell Cycle Control Proteins During
      Spontaneous Immortalization of Human Keratinocytes," Mol. Biol. Cell
      4:185-194, 1993.
PAL  D. Strickland, "Organogenesis gets Approval from FDA for Graftpatch ; Stock
      Jumps 7 Percent," Bioworld Today 8(154):1-4, 1997.
PAL  Allen-Hoffmann et al., Polycyclic hydrocarbon mutagenesis of human
      epidermal keratinocytes in culture, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
      81:7802-7806, 1984.
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady LLP
ABST
PAL  A spontaneously immortalized human keratinocyte cell line is disclosed. In
      a preferred embodiment, this cell line is ATCC 12191. In another
      embodiment of the invention, a method of assaying the effect of a test
      tumor cell modulation agent is disclosed. The method comprises the steps
      of obtaining a human stratified squamous epithelial cell culture, wherein
      the culture comprises human malignant squamous epithelial cells and
      spontaneously immortalized human keratinocytes, wherein the culture forms
      a reconstituted epidermis. One then treats the epidermis with a test tumor
      cell modulation agent and evaluates the growth of the malignant cells
      within the epidermis.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT
PAR  This invention was made with United States government support awarded by
      the following agency: NIH Grant No. AR40284 and NIH Grant Nos. CA66786 and
      AR42853. The United States has certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059898380
SRC  8
APN  485862&
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19950607
TTL  Immunological methods of detecting MN proteins and MN polypeptides
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXA  Reeves; Julie E.
EXP  Huff; Sheela
NDR  31
NFG  58
INVT
NAM  Zavada; Jan
CTY  Prague
CNT  CZX
INVT
NAM  Pastorekova; Silvia
CTY  Bratislava
CNT  SKX
INVT
NAM  Pastorek; Jaromir
CTY  Bratislava
CNT  SKX
ASSG
NAM  Institute of Virology, Slovak Academy of Sciences
CTY  Bratislava
CNT  SKX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CSX
APD  19920311
APN  709-92
RLAP
COD  72
APN  260190
APD  19940615
RLAP
COD  82
APN  177093
APD  19931230
RLAP
COD  82
APN  964589
APD  19921021
PSC  01
PNO  5387676
ISD  19950207
CLAS
OCL  435  723
XCL  5303877
XCL  5303888
XCL  5303897
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 3353
FSC  424
FSS  138.1;139.1;152.1;155.1;174.1;7.1;183.1;147.1;159.1
FSC  435
FSS  69.6;70.21;172.2;240.27;252.3;7.23
FSC  530
FSS  387.1;388.8;389.7;387.3;391.7
UREF
PNO  5387676
ISD  19950200
NAM  Zavada et al.
OCL  536 23.5
FREF
PNO  8808854
ISD  19881100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9318152
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Bander et al., "Renal cancer imaging with monoclonal antibody G250," Proc.
      Am. Urol. Assoc., 155 (Suppl.): 583A (Abstract 1088; May 1996).
PAL  Liao et al., "Identification of the MN/CA9 Protein As a Reliable Diagnostic
      Biomarker of Clear Cell Carcinoma of the Kidney," Cancer Research, 57:
      2827-2831 (Jul. 15, 1997).
PAL  McKiernan et al., "Expression of the Tumor-associated Gene MN: A Potential
      Biomarker for Human Renal Cell Carcinoma," Cancer Research 57: 2362-2365
      (Jun. 15, 1997).
PAL  Steffens et al., "Targeting of Renal Cell Carcinoma With Iodine-131-Labeled
      Chimeric Monoclonal Antibody G250," Journal of Clinical Oncology, 15(4):
      1529-1537 (Apr. 1997).
PAL  Turner et al., "MN Antigen Expression in Normal, Preneoplastic, and
      Neoplastic Esophagus: A Clinicopathological Study of a New
      Cancer-Associated Biomarker," Hum Pathol, 28(6): 740-744 (Jun. 1997).
PAL  Uemura et al., "Expression of Tumor-Associated Antigen MN/G250 in Urologic
      Carcinoma: Potential Therapeutic Target," J. Urology:157 (4 Supp): 377
      (Abstract 1475) (Apr. 16, 1997).
PAL  Brewer et al., "A Study of Biomarkers in Cervical Carcinoma and Clinical
      Correlation of the Novel Biomarker MN," Gynecologic Oncology, 63: 337-344
      (1996).
PAL  Liao and Stanbridge, "Expression of the MN Antigen in Cervical Papanicolaou
      Smears Is an Early Diagnostic Biomarker of Cervical Dysplasia," Cancer
      Epidemiology, Biomarkers & Prevention, 5: 549-557 (Jul. 1996).
PAL  Divgi et al., "Scintigraphy of Renal Cell Carcinoma with I-131 Labelled
      Monoclonal Antibody (MAB) G250," European Journal of Nuclear Medicine,
      19(8): 578 (Abstract) (Aug. 23, 1992).
PAL  Kurth et al., "Characterization of Human Renal Cell Carcinoma Tumor Lines
      by Means of Monoclonal Antibodies," Prostate, 6(4): 451 (Abstract) (1985).
PAL  Oosterwijk et al., "The Expression of Renal Antigens in Renal Cell
      Carcinoma," World Journal of Urology, 2(2): 156-158 (1984).
PAL  Oosterwijk et al., "Monoclonal Antibodies that Discriminate Between Renal
      Cell Carcinomas (RCC) and other Malignancies," Prostate, 6(4): 451-452
      (1985).
PAL  Oosterwijk et al., "Immunohistochemical Analysis of Monoclonal Antibodies
      to Renal Antigens--Application in the Diagnosis of Renal Cell Carcinoma,"
      American Journal of Pathology, 123(2): 301-309 (May 1986).
PAL  Oosterwijk et al., "Monoclonal Antibody G250 Recognizes a Determinant
      Present in Renal-Cell Carcinoma and Absent from Normal Kidney," Int. J.
      Cancer, 38: 489-494 (1986).
PAL  Oosterwijk et al., "Relationship Between DNA Ploidy, Antigen Expression and
      Survival in Renal Cell Carcinoma," Int. J. Cancer, 42: 703-708 (1988).
PAL  Oosterwijk et al., "Expression of Intermediate-sized Filaments in
      Developing and Adult Human Kidney and Renal Cell Carcinoma," The Journal
      of Histochemistry and Cytochemistry, 38(3): 385-392 (1990).
PAL  Oosterwijk et al., "Antibody Localization in Human Renal Cell Carcinoma: A
      Phase I Study of Monoclonal Antibody G250," Journal of Clinical Oncology,
      11(4): 738-750 (Apr. 1993).
PAL  Oosterwijk et al., "The Use of Monoclonal Antibody G250 in the Therapy of
      Renal-Cell Carcinoma," Seminars in Oncology, 22(1): 34-41 (Feb. 1995).
PAL  Oosterwijk et al., "Molecular characterization of the Renal Cell
      Carcinoma-associated antigen G250," Proceedings of the American
      Association for Cancer Research, 37: 461 (Mar. 1996).
PAL  Uemura et al., "Internal Image Anti-Idiotype Antibodies Related to
      Renal-Cell Carcinoma-Associated Antigen G250," Int. J. Cancer, 56: 609-614
      (1994).
PAL  Uemura et al., "Vaccination with Anti-Idiotype Antibodies Mimicking a Renal
      Cell Carcinoma-Associated Antigen Induces Tumor Immunity," Int. J. Cancer,
      58: 555-561 (1994).
PAL  Uemura et al., "Immunization with Anti-Idiotype Monoclonal Antibodies
      Bearing the Internal Image of the Renal-Cell Carcinoma-Associated Antigen
      G25 Induces Specific Cellular Immune Responses," Int. J. Cancer, 59:
      802-807 (1994).
PAL  Uemura et al., "Anti-tumor effects of vaccination with internal image
      anti-idotype monoclonal antibodies," Biotherapy (Japan), 9(3): 294-295
      (1995).
PAL  Van Dijk et al., "Therapeutic Effects of Monoclonal Antibody G250,
      Interferons and Tumor Necrosis Factor, In Mice with Renal-Cell Carcinoma
      Xenografts," Int. J. Cancer, 56: 262-268 (1994).
PAL  Frohman et al., "Rapid production of full-length cDNAs from rare
      transcripts: Amplification using a single gene-specific oligonucleotide
      primer," PNAS (USA), 85: 8998-9002 (Dec. 1988).
PAL  Liao et al., "Identification of the Mn Antigen as a Diagnostic Biomarker of
      Cervical Intraepithelial Squamous and Glandular Neoplasia and Cervical
      Carcinomas," American Journal of Pathology, 145(3): 598-609 (Sep. 1994).
PAL  Pastorek et al., "Cloning and characterization of MN, a human
      tumor-associated protein with a domain homologous to carbonic anhydrase
      and a putative helix-loop-helix DNA binding segment," Oncogene, 9:
      2877-2888 (1994).
PAL  Opavsky et al., "Regulation of MN Expression," Cell Biology International,
      18(5): Abstract No. Mo-58 (1994).
PAL  Frosch et al., "Cloning and Characterisation of an Immunodominant Major
      Surface Antigen of Echinococcus multilocularis", Molecular and Biochemical
      Parasitology, 48: 121-130 (1991).
PAL  Pastorekova et al., "A Novel Quasi-viral Agent, MaTU, Is a Two-Component
      System", Virology, 187: 620-626 (1992).
PAL  Stanbridge et al., "Specific Chromosome Loss Associated with the Expression
      of Tumorigenicity in Human Cell Hybrids", Somatic Cell Genetics, 7(6):
      699-712 (1981).
PAL  Stanbridge et al., "Human Cell Hybrids: Analysis of Transformation and
      Tumorigenicity", Science, 215: 252-259 (Jan. 15, 1982).
PAL  Tweedie and Edwards, "Mouse Carbonic Anhydrase III: Nucleotide Sequence and
      Expression Studies", Biochemical Genetics, 27(1/2): 17-30 (1989).
PAL  Young and Davis, "Efficient Isolation of Genes by Using Antibody Probes",
      PNAS (USA) 80: 1194-1198 (Mar. 1983).
PAL  Zavada, "The Pseudotypic Paradox", J. gen. Virol., 63: 15-24 (1982).
PAL  Zavada and Zavadova, "A Transmissible Antigen Detected in Two Cell Lines
      Derived from Human Tumours", J. gen. Virol., 24: 327-337 (1974).
PAL  Zavada and Zavadova, "An unusual transmissible agent--MaTu", Arch. Virol.,
      118: 189-197 (1991).
PAL  Zavada et al., "VSV Pseudotype Produced in Cell Line derived from Human
      Mammary Carcinoma", Nature New Biology, 240: 124-125 (Nov. 22, 1972).
PAL  Zavada et al., "Tumorigenicity-Related Expression of MaTu Proteins in HeLa
      x Fibroblast Hybrids", Abstract presented at the XIX Meeting of the
      European Tumor Virus Group (May 1-4, 1991).
PAL  Zavada et al., "Expression of MaTu-MN Protein in Human Tumor Cultures and
      in Clinical Specimens", Int. J. Cancer, 54: 268-274 (1993).
PAL  Pastorek et al., "MN--A Novel Type of Oncoprotein," Cell Biology
      International, 18(5): Abstract No. Mo-57 (1994).
PAL  Pastorekova et al., "Transformation of Mammalian Cells by MN Oncogene,"
      Cell Biology International, 18(5): Abstract No. Mo-56 (1994).
PAL  Reeck et al Cell vol. 50 667, Aug. 1987.
PAL  Lewin Science vol. 237 1570, 1987.
PAL  Pastorek et al, Oncogene vol. 9:2877-2888, 1994.
PAL  Costa et al, HUman Pathology vol. 27 No. 3:217-218, 1996.
PAL  Pastorekova et al Virology vol. 187:620-626, 1992.
PAL  Zavada et al Int J Cancer vol. 54:268-274, 1993.
LREP
FR2  Lauder; Leona L.
FR2  Morgenstern; Arthur S.
ABST
PAL  A new gene--MN--and proteins/polypeptides encoded therefrom are disclosed.
      Recombinant nucleic acid molecules for expressing MN proteins/polypeptides
      and recombinant proteins are provided. Expression of the MN gene is
      disclosed as being associated with tumorigenicity, and the invention
      concerns methods and compositions for detecting and/or quantitating MN
      antigen and/or MN-specific antibodies in vertebrate samples that are
      diagnostic/prognostic for neoplastic and pre-neoplastic disease. Test kits
      embodying the immunoassays of this invention are provided. MN-specific
      antibodies are disclosed that can be used diagnostically/prognostically,
      therapeutically, for imaging, and/or for affinity purification of MN
      proteins/polypeptides. Also provided are nucleic acid probes for the MN
      gene as well as test kits comprising said probes. The invention also
      concerns vaccines comprising MN proteins/polypeptides which are effective
      to immunize a vertebrate against neoplastic diseases associated with the
      expression of MN proteins. The invention still further concerns antisense
      nucleic acid sequences that can be used to inhibit MN gene expression, and
      polymerase chain reaction (PCR) assays to detect genetic rearrangements.
PATN
WKU  059898399
SRC  8
APN  9145265
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19970819
TTL  Use of MOLT4 CD69 expression to determine the presence and activity of
      interferon inhibitors
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Romeo; David S.
EXP  Kemmerer; Elizabeth
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Medenica; Rajko D.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Powell; David K.
CTY  Hilton Head Island
STA  SC
ASSG
NAM  Shaker; Ghassan I.
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  05
CLAS
OCL  435  724
XCL  424 854
XCL  424 857
XCL  4241541
XCL  930142
XCL  4353723
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 3353
ICL  C12N  522
ICL  A61K 3821
FSC  435
FSS  7.24;372.3
FSC  424
FSS  85.4;85.7;154.1
FSC  930
FSS  142
UREF
PNO  5215741
ISD  19930600
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  424 85.7
UREF
PNO  5270037
ISD  19931200
NAM  Bienzle
OCL  424 85.5
UREF
PNO  5474771
ISD  19951200
NAM  Lederman et al.
OCL  424133.1
UREF
PNO  5503987
ISD  19960400
NAM  Wagner et al.
OCL  435  7.94
OREF
PAL  Gerosa et al. Different sensitivity to interleukin 4 of interleukin 2-and
      interferon alpha-induced CD69 antigen expression in human resting NK cells
      and CD3.sup.+, CD4.sup.-, CD8.sup.-  lymphocytes. Cellular Immunology,
      (May 1992) 141 (2) 342-51.
PAL  Chorvath et al. Interferon alpha-induced modulation of leukocyte cell
      surface antigens: immunocytofluorometric study with human
      leukaemia/lymphoma cell lines. Acta Virologica, (Jan. 1991) 35 (1) 7-18.
PAL  Medenica et al. Journal of Clinical Apheresis, 9:216-221 (1994).
PAL  Chadha et al. Journal of Biological Regulators and Homeostatic Agents,
      5:1-9 (Jan.-Mar. 1991).
PAL  Aszalos et al. Biochemical Medicine and Metabolic Biology, 46:267-270 (Oct.
      1991).
PAL  Havredaki, M. and Barona, F. (1985) "Variations of interferon inactivators
      and/or inhibitors in human serum and their relationship to interferon
      therapy," Japan J. Med. Sci. Biol. 38: 107-111.
PAL  Kawade, Y and Watanabe, Y. (1984) "Neutralization of interferon by
      antibody: Appraisals of methods of determining and expressing
      neutralization titer," J. of Interferon Res. 4: 571-584.
PAL  Rhodes et al., (1984) "Human tumor-induced inhibition of interferon action
      in vitro: Reversal of inhibition by .beta.-carotene (pro-vitamin A),"
      Cancer Immunol. Immunother. 16: 189-192.
PAL  Bjorndahl, J.M., et al. (1988), "The 28 kDa/32 kDa activation antigen EA1;
      Further characterization and signal requirements for its expression," J.
      Immunol. 141: 4094.
PAL  J. Natl. Cancer Inst. (Bethesda) (1972), 49:891-895.
PAL  Maino, VC, Suni MA, Ruitenberg, JJ, Rapid Flow cytometric method for
      measuring lymphocyte subset activation, Cytometry (1995), 20(2): 127-133.
PAL  Cebrian, M. Yague, E., Rincon, M., Lopez-Botet, M., De Landazuri, M.O.,
      Sanchez-Madrid, E., Triggering of cell proliferation through AIM, an
      acitvation inducer molecule expressed on activated human lymphocytes, J.
      Exp. Med. (1988), 168:1621-1637.
PAL  Lanier, L.L., Buck, D.W., Rhodes, L., Ding, A., Evans, E., Barney, C.,
      Phillips, J.H., Interleukin 2 activation of natural killer cells rapidly
      induces the expression and phosphorylation of the Leu-23 antigen, J. Exp.
      Med. (1988) 1572-1585.
PAL  Testi, R., Phillips, J.H., Lanier, L.L., Leu 23 induction as an early
      marker of functional CD3/T cell antigen receptor triggering: requirement
      for receptor cross-linking, prolonged elevation of intracellular [Ca++]
      and stimulation of protein kinase, J. Immunol. (1989) 142:1854-1860.
PAL  Nakamura, S., Sung, S.S.J., Bjorndahl, J.M., Fu, S.M., Human T cell
      activation IV. T cell activation and proliferation via the early
      activation antigen EA-1, J. Exp. Med. (1989) 169:677-689.
PAL  Santis, A.G., Campanero, M.R., Alonso, J.L., Tugroros, A., Alonso, M.A.,
      Yague, E., Pivel, J.P., Sanchez-Madrid, E., TNF--a production induced in T
      lymphocytes through the AIM/CD69 activation pathway, Eur. J. Immunol.
      (1992), 22:1253-1259.
PAL  Lopez-Cabrera, M., Santis, A.G., Fernandez-Ruiz, E., Blacher, R., Esch, F.,
      Sanchez-Mateos, P., Sanchez-Madrid, E., Molecular cloning, expression, and
      chromosomal localization of the human earliest lymphocyte activation
      antigen AIM/CS69, a new member of the C-type animal lectin superfamily of
      signal transmitting receptors, J. Exp. Med. (1993), 178:537-547.
PAL  Full text of the ATCC catalog entry for MOLT 4 cell line.
LREP
FRM  DeWitt Ross & Stevens SC
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a method of determining the presence and activity of
      interferon inhibitors in a test sample, preferably human blood serum. The
      method includes the steps of culturing cells which express an
      interferon-inducible antigen in the presence of an interferon and then
      adding an aliquot of the cultured cells to a test sample and to a control
      sample. The expression of the interferon-inducible antigen is then
      measured in both the test sample and in the control sample and these two
      values compared to determine the presence and activity of interferon
      inhibitors in the test sample.
PATN
WKU  059898402
SRC  8
APN  8650896
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970529
TTL  Estimation of active infection by heliobacter pylori
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Portner; Ginny Allen
EXP  Housel; James C.
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  D'Angelo; Joseph P.
CTY  Miami
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Zhe; Jin
CTY  Miami
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Americare International Diagnostics, Inc.
CTY  Miami
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435  732
XCL  422101
XCL  422 56
XCL  422 50
XCL  436113
XCL  436518
XCL  435 12
XCL  435  6
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 33554
FSC  435
FSS  7.32;12;6
FSC  422
FSS  56;50;101
FSC  548
FSS  126
FSC  436
FSS  113;165
FSC  128
FSS  771
FSC  204
FSS  403
UREF
PNO  4066403
ISD  19780100
NAM  Bruschi
OCL   23230B
UREF
PNO  4194063
ISD  19800300
NAM  Frank et al.
OCL  435 12
UREF
PNO  4297173
ISD  19811000
NAM  Hikuma et al.
OCL  204  1T
UREF
PNO  4350660
ISD  19820900
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  422 90
UREF
PNO  4426451
ISD  19940100
NAM  Columbus
OCL  436518
UREF
PNO  4548906
ISD  19851000
NAM  Sekikawa et al.
OCL  436113
UREF
PNO  4568518
ISD  19860200
NAM  Wolfbeis et al.
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  4713165
ISD  19871200
NAM  Conover et al.
OCL  204403
UREF
PNO  4719085
ISD  19880100
NAM  Jacobs
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  4748113
ISD  19880500
NAM  Marshall
OCL  435 12
UREF
PNO  4769216
ISD  19880900
NAM  Chandler et al.
OCL  422 58
UREF
PNO  4769467
ISD  19880900
NAM  Imai
OCL  548126
UREF
PNO  5008078
ISD  19910400
NAM  Yaginuma et al.
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  5091080
ISD  19920200
NAM  Van Eikeren et al.
OCL  210188
UREF
PNO  5116759
ISD  19920500
NAM  Klainer et al.
OCL  435288
UREF
PNO  5198335
ISD  19930300
NAM  Sekikawa et al.
OCL  435  4
UREF
PNO  5238613
ISD  19930800
NAM  Anderson
OCL  264 22
UREF
PNO  5252292
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hirata et al.
OCL  422 98
UREF
PNO  5286624
ISD  19940200
NAM  Terashima et al.
OCL  435 12
UREF
PNO  5344546
ISD  19940900
NAM  Kiesele et al.
OCL  204415
UREF
PNO  5393496
ISD  19950200
NAM  Seymour
OCL  422101
UREF
PNO  5411893
ISD  19950500
NAM  Eden et al.
OCL  436165
UREF
PNO  5420014
ISD  19950500
NAM  Cripps
OCL  435  7.32
UREF
PNO  5420016
ISD  19950600
NAM  Boguslaski et al.
OCL  435 12
UREF
PNO  5439801
ISD  19950800
NAM  Jackson
OCL  435 12
UREF
PNO  5443080
ISD  19950800
NAM  D'Angelo et al.
OCL  128771
UREF
PNO  5462064
ISD  19951000
NAM  D'Angelo et al.
OCL  128771
UREF
PNO  5492841
ISD  19960200
NAM  Craig
OCL  436534
UREF
PNO  5494640
ISD  19960200
NAM  Simon et al.
OCL  422  2.05
UREF
PNO  5506148
ISD  19960400
NAM  Munkholm
OCL  436111
UREF
PNO  5507289
ISD  19960400
NAM  Essen-Moller
OCL  128635
UREF
PNO  5552276
ISD  19960900
NAM  Mochida et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5554339
ISD  19960900
NAM  Cozzette et al.
OCL  422 50
UREF
PNO  5565328
ISD  19961000
NAM  Bascomb et al.
OCL  435 25
UREF
PNO  5620900
ISD  19970400
NAM  Tanzer
OCL  436113
UREF
PNO  5709837
ISD  19980100
NAM  Mori et al.
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  5719052
ISD  19980200
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  435287.1
OREF
PAL  "Determination on Ammonia in Saliva Using Indophenol, an Ammonium ELectrode
      and an Enzymatic Method: A Comparative Investigation", Huizenga et al., J.
      Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem., vol. 20, 1982, pp. 571-574.
PAL  Vijaykumari, S. et al, Cytobios, vol. 82 (331), pp. 251-260, (abstract),
      1998.
PAL  Patel, P. et al, Gastroenterol., vol. 106 (4), part 2, p. A156 col. 1,
      Abstract 2, 1994.
PAL  Jung, H. et al, The Soul journal of Medicine, vol. 31, No. 4, pp. 231-246,
      1990.
PAL  Luzza, F et al, FEMS Immunology and Med. Microbiol., vol. 10 (3-4), pp.
      285-288, 1995.
PAL  Hopkins, R.J. et al, Am. J. Med., vol. 97, Sep., pp. 265-277, 1994.
PAL  Karnes, W.E. et al, Gastroenterol, 1991, vol. 101, pp. 167-174, 1991.
PAL  Mertz, H. et al, Digestive Diseases and Sci., vol. 36, No. 1, Jan. pp. 1-4,
      1991.
PAL  Bertocchi, P et al, Brosensors and Bioelectronics, vol. 11 (No. 1/2), pp.
      1-10, 1996.
PAL  Dunn, B.E. et al, Infect. Immun., Jun. 1989, vol. 57 (61, pp. 1825-1833.
PAL  De Stoppelaar, J.D., J. Dent. Res, vo. 61 (Spec. issue) 1982, p. 225.
PAL  Hurzenga, J.R et al, J. Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem., 1982, vol. 20, pp.
      571-574.
PAL  Killeen, G. F. et al, Analytical Biochem, vol. 215, 1993, pp. 284-291.
PAL  Matsuura, M. et al, 1990, Microbiol Immunol., vol. 34, #5, pp. 467-470.
PAL  Meyerowitz, C. et al, 1992, J. Dent. Res., vol. 71, (spec. issue), p. 521.
PAL  Singer, D.L. et al, Arch. orol. Biology, vol. 28(10), 1983, pp. 923-930.
PAL  Shuto, R. et al, Nippon Rinsho Dec., 1993, vol. 51(12) pp. 3132-3137, see
      summary (English Abstract).
PAL  Weinholt et al, 1993, vol. 694, Annals of the N.Y. Academy of Science, pp.
      340-342.
PAL  Wolfbeis, O.S. et al, 1986 Analytica Chemica Acta, pp. 321-327, vol. 185.
PAL  Yamada, T. et al, J. Clin. Invest., vol. 52(6), 1973, p. 91.
PAL  Kobayashi, R. et al, 1992, vol. 40(5), Chem. Pharm. Bull., pp. 1327-1328.
LREP
FR2  Lerner; Herbert L.
FR2  Greenberg; Laurence A.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a diagnostic apparatus for estimating an active Heliobacter
      pylori infectious agent in saliva, comprising in combination an
      immunoassay chamber in which a first portion of said saliva is subjected
      to serological test for antibody to said infectious agent and a chemical
      reaction chamber in which a second portion of said saliva is subjected to
      chemical analysis for an ammonia constituent thereof.
PATN
WKU  059898410
SRC  8
APN  4724186
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19950607
TTL  Polypeptides and nucleic acids derived from Salmonella typhi and
      detection of Salmonella using thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Ryan; V.
EXP  Housel; James C.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Popoff; Michel Yvan
CTY  Plaisir
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Dion; Michel
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Institut Pasteur
CTY  Paris Cedex
CNT  FRX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Institut National de la Sante et de la Recherche Medicale
CTY  Paris Cedex
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19900711
APN  90 08852
RLAP
COD  74
APN  961702
CLAS
OCL  435  735
XCL  4242341
XCL  4242581
XCL  435  6
XCL  435  71
XCL  435 911
XCL  4353201
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 243
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3902
ICL  A61K 39112
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  G01N 3353
FSC  435
FSS  6;91.1;7.1;7.35;320.1
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;24.3
FSC  424
FSS  234.1;258.1
UREF
PNO  5055394
ISD  19911000
NAM  Koperko et al.
OCL  435  6
OREF
PAL  Rahn et al. Molecular and Cellular Probes 6: 271-279, 1992.
PAL  Qadri et al. Journal of Immunoassay 11(2): 251-270, 1990.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Nucleic sequences from the genome of Salmonella Typhi include all or part
      of the genetic information required for the in vitro infection of cultured
      HeLa cells by Salmonella bacteria. Polypeptides encoded by these nucleic
      sequences are also described, as is the use of said polypeptides and
      nucleic sequences for implementing methods of in vitro Salmonella
      detection in biological samples which are thought to contain it.
PATN
WKU  059898429
SRC  9
APN  1051636
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980626
TTL  Method of marking biomolecules using horseradish peroxidase
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Saunders; David
INVT
NAM  Schmidt; Eberhard
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Weiss; Christa
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bio-Tez Berlin-Buch GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19951229
APN  195 49 131
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTDE9602511
APD  19961224
CLAS
OCL  435  79
XCL  435188
XCL  435964
XCL  436544
XCL  5303913
XCL  5303915
XCL  530402
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 33535
FSC  530
FSS  345;391.3;391.5;402
FSC  435
FSS  7.9;188;964
FSC  436
FSS  544
UREF
PNO  4655836
ISD  19870400
NAM  Mrawert et al.
UREF
PNO  4657853
ISD  19870400
NAM  Freytag et al.
OCL  435188
UREF
PNO  5057313
ISD  19911000
NAM  Shih et al.
UREF
PNO  5534414
ISD  19960700
NAM  Pollner et al.
OCL  435188
OREF
PAL  A.J. Pesce et al.: Preparation and Analysis of Peroxidase Antibody and
      Alkaline Phaophatase Antibody Conjugates, INSERM Symposium No. 2, North
      Holland Publ., 1976, pp. 7-23.
PAL  M.B.Wilson et al.: Recent Developments in the Periodate Method of
      Conjugating Horseradish Peroxidase to Antibodies, W. Knapp et al.
      Immunofluorscene & Related Statininf, Elsevier Press 1978, pp. 215-224.
PAL  P. K. Nakane et al.: Peroxidase-Labeled Antibody, J. Histochem. Cytochem,
      22, 12, 1974, pp. 1084-1090.
PAL  K. Fujiwara: New Hapten-Protein Conjugation Method Using
      N(m-aminobenzyloxy) succinimide, etc., J. Immun. Methods, 175 (1994),
      Elsevier, pp. 123-129.
LREP
FRM  Schweitzer Cornman Gross & Bondell LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention is a method for the enzymatic labeling of biomolecules, such
      as immunoglobulin, peptide, hormone, or hapten, which involves oxidizing
      horseradishperoxidase (HRP) with a periodate, crosslinking the oxidized
      HRP with an .alpha.,.OMEGA.-diaminoalkane, and coupling the biomolecule
      with the crosslinked, oxidized HRP.
PATN
WKU  059898437
SRC  8
APN  7204205
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19960927
TTL  Methods for identifying modulators of protein kinase C phosphorylation
      of ICAM-related protein
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Duffy; Patricia A.
NDR  34
NFG  39
INVT
NAM  Gallatin; W. Michael
CTY  Mercer Island
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Vazeux; Rosemay
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  ICOS Corporation
CTY  Bothwell
STA  WA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  487113
APD  19950607
PSC  01
PNO  5837822
RLAP
COD  82
APN  102852
APD  19930805
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  009266
APD  19930122
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  90
APN  PCTUS9300787
APD  19930126
RLAP
COD  82
APN  894061
APD  19920605
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  889724
APD  19920526
RLAP
COD  82
APN  827689
APD  19920127
CLAS
OCL  435 15
XCL  435  4
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  148
FSC  435
FSS  4;7.1;7.2;15
FSC  436
FSS  518
FSC  450
FSS  300;324;344;345;350
UREF
PNO  4271139
ISD  19810600
NAM  Hart
UREF
PNO  4568649
ISD  19860200
NAM  Bertoglio-Matte
UREF
PNO  5081034
ISD  19920100
NAM  Bevilacqua et al.
UREF
PNO  5629162
ISD  19970500
NAM  de fougerolles et al.
FREF
PNO  0 289 949 A2
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 314 317 A2
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 314 863 A2
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 362 531 A1
ISD  19900400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 386 906 A1
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 387 668 A1
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 408 859 A2
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 468 257 A1
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/06592
ISD  19880900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/02922
ISD  19890400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/05539
ISD  19900500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/05786
ISD  19900500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/06953
ISD  19900600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/13300
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/10683
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/16928
ISD  19911100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/18010
ISD  19911100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/18011
ISD  19911100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/00751
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/04034
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/06119
ISD  19920400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/22323
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Ashkenazi et al., "Protection Against Endotoxic Shock by a Tumor Necrosis
      Factor Receptor Immunoadhesin," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88:10535-10539
      (1991).
PAL  Baron et al., "Surface Expression of .alpha.4 Integrin by CD4 T Cell sis
      Required for their Entry into Brain Parenchyma," J. Exp. Med., 177:57-68
      (1993).
PAL  Beatty et al., "Definition of a Common Leukocyte Cell-Surface Antigen
      (Lp95-150) Associated with Diverse Cell-Mediated Immune Functions.sup.1,"
      J. Immunol., 131:2913-2918 (1983).
PAL  Bochner et al., "IgE-Dependent Regulation of Human Basophil Adherence to
      Vascular Endothelium," J. Immunol., 142:3180-3186 (1989).
PAL  Bochner et al., "Adherence of Human Basophils to Cultured Umbilical Vein
      Endothelial Cells," J. Clin. Invest., 81:1355-1364 (1989).
PAL  Cannizzaro et al., "The Human Gene Encoding Phosphatidylinositol-3 Kinase
      Associated p85.alpha. Is at Chromosome Region 5812-13.sup.1," Cancer Res.,
      51:3818-3820 (1991).
PAL  Capecchi, Mario R., "Altering the Genome by Homologous Recombination,"
      Science, 244:1288-1292 (1989).
PAL  Capon et al., "Designing CD4 Immunoadhesins for AIDS Therapy," Nature,
      337:525-531 (1989).
PAL  Carpen et al., "Association of Intracellular Adhesion Molecule-1 (ICAM-1)
      with Actin-containing Cytoskeleton and .alpha.-actinin," J. Cell. Biol.,
      118:1223-1234 (1992).
PAL  Chan et al., "The .delta. Chain is Associated with Tyrosine Kinase and Upon
      T-cell Antigen Receptor Stimulation Associates with ZAP-70, a 70-kDa
      Tyrosine Phosphoprotein," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA., 88:9166-9170
      (1991).
PAL  Chen and Okayama, "High Efficiency Transformation of Mammalian Cells by
      Plasmid DNA," Molecular and Cellular Biology, 7:2745-2752 (1982).
PAL  Chien et al., "The Two-hybrid System: A Method to Identify and Clone Genes
      for Proteins that Interact with a Protein of Interest," Proc. Natl. Acad.
      Sci. USA., 88:9578-9582 (1991).
PAL  Clayberger et al., "Identification and Characterization of Two Novel
      Lymphocyte Function-Associated Antigens, L24 and L25," J. Immunol,
      138:1510-1514 (1987).
PAL  Corpet, F., "Multiple Sequence Alignment with Hierarchal Clustering,"
      Nucleic Acids Res., 16(22):10881-10890 (1988).
PAL  Cybulsky and Gimbrone, "Endothelial Expression of a Mononuclear Leukocyte
      Adhesion Molecule During Atherogenesis," Science, 251:788-791 (1991).
PAL  de Fougerolles et al., "Characterization of ICAM-2 and Evidence for a Third
      Counter-Receptor for LFA-1," J. Exp. Med., 174:253-267 (1991).
PAL  de Fourerolles et al., "Cloning and Expression of Intercellular Adhesion
      Molecule 3 Reveals Strong Homology to Other Immunoglobulin Family
      Counter-receptors for Lymphocyte Function-associated Antigen 1," J. Exp.
      Med., 177:1187-1192 (Apr. 1993).
PAL  de Fougerolles and Springer, "Intercellular Adhesion Molecule 3, a Third
      Adhesion Counter-Receptor for Lymphocyte Function Associated Molecule 1 on
      Resting Lymphocytes," J. Exp. Med., 175:185-190 (1992).
PAL  Dustin and Springer, "Structure and Regulation of the Leukocyte Adhesion
      Receptor LFA-1 and Its Counterreceptors, ICAM-1 and ICAM-2," CHS Symp.
      Qual., 54:753-765 (1989).
PAL  Dustin et al., "T-Cell Receptor Cross-Linking Transiently Stimulated
      Adhesiveness Through LFA-1," Nature, 341:619-624 (1989).
PAL  Edgington S., "Chemokines in Cardiovascular Disease," Bio/Technology, 11:
      (676-681)(1993).
PAL  Edwards, M., "Cell Adhesion Molecules as a Target for Therapy," Current
      Opinion in Therapeutic Patents, 1(11):1617-1630 (1991).
PAL  Elices et al., "VCAM-1 on Activated Endothelium Interacts with the
      Leukocyte Integrin VLA-4 at a Site Distinct from the VLA-4/Fibronectin
      Binding Site," Cell, 60:577-584 (1990).
PAL  Fahey et al., "Cytokine Production in a Model of Wound Healing: The
      Appearance of MIP-1, MIP-2, Cachectin/TNF and IL-I," Cytokine, 2:92
      (1990).
PAL  Fawcett et al., "Molecular Cloning of ICAM-3, a third Ligand for LFA-1,
      Constitutively Expressed on Resting Leukocytes," Nature, 360:481-484
      (1992).
PAL  Flanagan and Rabbits, "Arrangement of Human Immunoglobulin Heavy Chain
      Constant Region Genes Implies Evolutionary Duplication of a Segment
      Containing .gamma., .epsilon. and .alpha. Genes," Nature, 300:709-713
      (1982).
PAL  Geppert and Lipsky, "Association of Various T Cell-Surface Molecules With
      The Cytoskeleton," J. Immunol., 146:3298 (1990).
PAL  Goding, J., "Conjugation of Antibodies with Fluorochromes: Modifications to
      the Standard Methods," J. Immunol. Meth., 13:215 (1976).
PAL  Hadam, M., "N11 Cluster Report: CDw50", pp. 667-670 in Knapp et al., eds.,
      Leukocyte Typing IV, Oxford, Oxford University Press (1989).
PAL  Hahn et al., "The Complete Sequences of Plasmids pFNeo and pMH-Neo:
      Convneient Expression Vectors for High-level Expression of Eukarotic Genes
      in Hematopoietic Cell Lines," Gene, 127:267-268 (1993).
PAL  Hart and Greenwald, "Scintillation Proximity Assay (SPA)--A New Method of
      Immunoassay," Mol. Immunol., 12:265-267 (1979).
PAL  Hart et al., "Scintillation-Proximity Assay of Antigen-Antibody Binding
      Kinetics: Concise Communication," J. Nucl. Med., 20:1062-1065 (1979).
PAL  Hieter et al., "Cloned-Human and Mouse Kappa Immunoglobulin Constant and J
      Region Genes Conserve Homology in Functional Segments," Cell, 22:197-207
      (1980).
PAL  Ho et al., "Site-directed Mutagenesis by Overlap Extension Using the
      Polymerase Chain Reaction," Gene:51-59 (1989).
PAL  Hochuli et al., "Genetic Approach to Facilitate Purification of Recombinant
      Proteins With A Novel Metal Chelate Adsorbent," Bio/Technology,
      6:1321-1325 (1988).
PAL  Horton et al., "Engineering Hybrid Genes Without the Use of Restriction
      Enzymes: Gene Splicing by Overlap Extension," Gene, 77:61-68 (1989).
PAL  Hunkapiller and Hood, "The Growing Immunoglobulin Gene Superfamily,"
      Nature, 323:15-16 (1986).
PAL  Janknecht et al., "Rapid and Efficient Purification of Native
      Histidine-Tagged Protein Expressed by Recombinant Vaccinia Virus," Proc.
      Natl. Acad. Sci. USA., 88:8972-8976 (1991).
PAL  Johnstone et al., p. 52 in Blackwell, Immunochemistry in Practice, Oxford
      Press (1982).
PAL  Juan et al., "CDw50 and ICAM-3: Two Names for the Same Molecule," Eur. J.
      Immunol., 23:1508-1512 (1993).
PAL  Keegan et al., "Separation of DNA Binding from the Transcription-Activating
      Function of a Eukaryotic Regulatory Protein," Science, 231:699-704 (1986).
PAL  Knapp et al., "CD Antigens 1989," Blood, 74(4):1488-1450 (Sep. 1989).
PAL  Kunkel, T., "Rapid and Efficient Site-Specific Mutagenesis Without
      Phenotypic Selection," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA., 82:488-492 (1985).
PAL  Kyte and Doolittle, "A Simple Method for Displaying the Hydropathic
      Character of a Protein," J. Mol. Biol., 157:105-132 (1982).
PAL  Ledbetter et al., "Antibodies to Tp67 and Tp44 Augment and Sustain
      Proliferative Responses to Activated T Cells," J. Immunol.,
      135(4):2331-2336 (1985).
PAL  Lozano et al., "Isolation and Characterization of a CDw50 Negative Jurkat
      T-Cell Line Variant," Leukemia Research, 17(1):9-16 (1993).
PAL  Lozano et al., "Effect of Protein Kinase C Activators on the
      Phosphorylation and the Surface Expression of the CDw50 Leukocyte
      Antigen," Eur. J. Biochem., 203:321-326 (Mar. 1992).
PAL  Lukacs et al., "Macrophage Inflammatory Protein-1 .alpha. Influences
      Eosinophil Recruitment in Antigen-specific Airway Inflammation," Eur. J.
      Immunol., 25:245-251 (1995).
PAL  Ma and Ptashne, "Deletion Analysis of GAL4 Defines Two Transcriptional
      Activating Segments," Cell, 48:847-853 (1987).
PAL  Miyagishi et al., "Macrophage Inflammatory Protein-1 .alpha. in the
      Cerebrospinal Fluid of Patients with Multiple Sclerosis and other
      Inflammatory Neurological Diseases," J. Neurol. Sci., 129:223-227 (1989).
PAL  Morales-Ducret et al., ".alpha..sub.4 /.alpha..sub.1 Integrin (VLA-4)
      Ligands in Arthritis," J. Immunol, 149:1424-1431 (1992).
PAL  Newman et al., "PECAM-1 (CD31) Cloning and Relation to Adhesion Molecules
      of the Immunoglobulin Gene Superfamily," Science, 247:1219-1222 (1990).
PAL  Orlandi et al., "Cloning Immunoglobulin Variable Domains for Expression by
      the Polymerase Chain Reaction," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA., 86:3833-3837
      (1989).
PAL  Pelletier et al., "Importance of Endothelial VCAM-1 for Inflammatory
      Leukocytic Infiltration In Vivo," J. Immunol., 149:2473-2481 (1992).
PAL  Pierschbacher and Ruoslahti, "Influence of Sterochemistry of the Sequence
      Arg-Gly-Asp-Xaa on Binding Specificity in Cell Adhesion," J. Biol. Chem.,
      262(36):17294-17298 (1987).
PAL  Pulido et al., "Functional Evidence for Three Distinct and Independently
      Inhibitable Adhesion Mediated by the Human Integrin VLA-4," J. Biol. Chem.
      266:10241-10245 (1991).
PAL  Reth, M., "Antigen Receptor Tail Clue," Nature, 338:383-384 (1989).
PAL  Sandhu et al., "Human Primary Immune Response in SCID Mice Engrafted with
      Human Peripheral Blood Lymphocytes," J. Immunol., 152:3806-3813 (1994).
PAL  Schleimer et al., "Regulation of Human Basophil Mediator Release by
      Cytokines," J. Immunol., 143:1310-1317 (1989).
PAL  Shanley et al., "Role of Macrophage Inflammatory Protein-1.alpha.
      (MIP-1.alpha.) in Acute Lung Injury in Rats," J. Immunol., 154:4793-4802
      (1995).
PAL  Simmons et al., "ICAM, An Adhesion Ligand of LFA-1, Is Homologous to the
      Neural Cell Adhesion Molecule NCAM, " Nature, 331:624-627 (1988).
PAL  Springer, T., "Adhesion Receptors of the Immune System," Nature,
      346:425-434 (1990).
PAL  Staunton et al., "The Arrangement of the Immunoglobulin-like Domains of
      ICAM-1 and the Binding Sites for LFA-1 and Rhinovirus," Cell, 61:243-254
      (1990).
PAL  Vazeux et al., "Cloning and Characterization of a New Intercellular
      Adhesion Molecule ICAM-R," Nature, 360:485-488 (1992).
PAL  Vilella et al., "Involvement of the CDw50 Molecule in Allorecognition,"
      Tissue Antigens, 36:203-210 (1990).
PAL  Weyrich et al., "Monocyte Tethering by P-Selection Regulates Monocyte
      Chemotactic Protein-1 and Tumor Necrosis Factor-.alpha. Secretion," J.
      Clin. Invest., 95:2297-2303 (1995).
PAL  Williams and Barclay, "The Immunoglobulin Superfamily--Domains For Cell
      Surface Recognition .sup.1,2," Ann. Rev. Immunol., 6:381-405 (1988).
PAL  Lozano et al., European J. Biochemistry, 302(1-2):321-326, Jan. 1992.
PAL  Aftab et al, Analytical Biochemistry 187:84-88, 1990.
LREP
FRM  Marshall, O'Toole, Gerstein, Murray & Borun
ABST
PAL  Modulators of protein kinase C phosphorylation of human intercellular
      adhesion molecule polypeptide (designated "ICAM-R") are identified through
      novel methods.
PATN
WKU  059898445
SRC  9
APN  132974&
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980812
TTL  Method for evaluating drug metabolism and reagent compositions therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Leary; Louise N.
NDR  8
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Shimada; Kaoru
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mizutani; Mayumi
CTY  Handa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Naganeo; Fumiharu
CTY  Chitagun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Pfizer Inc.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  WOX
APD  19970813
APN  PCT/IB97/00988
CLAS
OCL  435 25
XCL  435  4
XCL  435 29
XCL  435176
XCL  435177
XCL  435968
XCL  435963
XCL  435370
XCL  435366
XCL  424  92
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  126
ICL  C12Q  100
ICL  C12Q  102
FSC  435
FSS  25;4;29;176;177;968;963;370;366
FSC  424
FSS  9.2
UREF
PNO  5240831
ISD  19930800
NAM  Barnes
OCL  435 25
UREF
PNO  5478723
ISD  19951200
NAM  Parkinson et al.
OCL  435 25
UREF
PNO  5525482
ISD  19960600
NAM  States et al.
OCL  435 25
LREP
FR2  Richardson; Peter C.
FR2  Benson; Gregg C.
FR2  Sheyka; Robert F.
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a method for evaluating the susceptibility of
      pharmaceutical drugs to metabolism by a specific cytochrome P-450 isozyme,
      which comprises contacting the sample compound with a reagent composition
      prepared by adding the specific cytochrome P-450 isozyme to liver
      microsomes lacking said specific cytochrome P-450 isozyme in a carrier
      material. More particularly, this invention relates to a useful in vitro
      quantitative assay for drug metabolism by P-450 isozymes such as CYP2D6,
      CYP2C19, and CYP2A6. This invention also relates to a reagent composition
      which is useful for said in vitro assay.
PATN
WKU  059898453
SRC  9
APN  1510967
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980910
TTL  Diagnostic compositions and devices utilizing same
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Leary; Louise N.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Douglas; Joel S.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Drexler; Karen R.
CTY  Los Altos Hills
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Mercury Diagnostics, Inc.
CTY  Scotts Valley
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  037653
APD  19980310
PSC  01
PNO  5885790
RLAP
COD  81
APN  628794
APD  19960405
PSC  01
PNO  5776719
CLAS
OCL  435 25
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  126
FSC  435
FSS  25;28;14;4;18;808;814;970
FSC  564
FSS  305;250
FSC  562
FSS  89;493
FSC  544
FSS  49
UREF
PNO  3964871
ISD  19760600
NAM  Hochstrasser
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4059407
ISD  19771100
NAM  Hochstrasser
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4101381
ISD  19780700
NAM  Klose et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4168205
ISD  19790900
NAM  Danninger et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4247297
ISD  19810100
NAM  Berti et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4247631
ISD  19810100
NAM  Nix et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4260679
ISD  19810400
NAM  Tsuda et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4278439
ISD  19810700
NAM  White
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4367285
ISD  19830100
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4385114
ISD  19830500
NAM  Guthlein et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4416983
ISD  19831100
NAM  Roder et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4492754
ISD  19850100
NAM  Trager et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4605629
ISD  19860800
NAM  Lange et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4734360
ISD  19880300
NAM  Philips et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4820632
ISD  19890400
NAM  Frey et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  4851335
ISD  19890700
NAM  Kerscher et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  5059394
ISD  19911000
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  5082626
ISD  19920100
NAM  Grage, Jr.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  5084382
ISD  19920100
NAM  Frey et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  5304468
ISD  19940400
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  5306623
ISD  19940400
NAM  Kiser
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  5315035
ISD  19940500
NAM  Frey et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  5334508
ISD  19940800
NAM  Hoenes
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  5453360
ISD  19950900
NAM  Yu
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  5526120
ISD  19960600
NAM  Jina et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  5563031
ISD  19961000
NAM  Yu
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  5776719
ISD  19980700
NAM  Douglas et al.
OCL  435 28
UREF
PNO  5885790
ISD  19990300
NAM  Douglas et al.
OCL  435 28
FREF
PNO  0 007 787
ISD  19800200
CNT  EPX
OCL  435 28
FREF
PNO  328 029
ISD  19890800
CNT  EPX
OCL  435 28
FREF
PNO  0 735 369
ISD  19961000
CNT  EPX
OCL  435 28
FREF
PNO  43 43 082 A1
ISD  19950600
CNT  DEX
OCL  435 28
FREF
PNO  07311498
ISD  19950200
CNT  JPX
OCL  435 28
FREF
PNO  938029
ISD  19630900
CNT  GBX
OCL  435 28
FREF
PNO  90/90/06372
ISD  19900600
CNT  WOX
OCL  435 28
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstract, 95:38761 (1981)., Month not available.
PAL  M. Mizoguchi, et al., Bunseki Kagaku, 45(2): 111-124 (1996) (and an English
      language abstract). Month not available.
PAL  International Search Report, PCT/US97/1177, International Filing Date Jul.
      7, 1997, mailed Nov. 12, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis LLP
ABST
PAL  A dry chemistry reagent matrix composition is provided containing a matrix
      material and a reagent composition containing 3-methyl-6-(sulfonate
      salt)-benzothiazolinone-(2)-hydrazone (MBTH-S),
      N-ethyl-N-(3-sulfopropyl)aniline, and an oxidase enzyme or a peroxidase
      enzyme or a mixture thereof. The dry chemistry reagent matrix composition
      is useful in reagent test strips for determining the presence or
      concentration of an analyte in a fluid sample, such as blood.
PATN
WKU  059898461
SRC  8
APN  4707699
APT  1
ART  121
APD  19950606
TTL  Assays to identify inducers of plant defense resistance
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Gitomer; Ralph
NDR  15
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Klessig; Daniel Frederick
CTY  Bridgewater
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Chen; Zhixiang
CTY  Highland Park
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey
CTY  New Brunswick
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  418554
APD  19950407
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  259535
APD  19940614
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  146317
APD  19931102
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  038132
APD  19930326
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  923229
APD  19920731
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435 27
XCL  435 28
XCL  435184
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  130
ICL  C12Q  128
FSC  435
FSS  4;27;28;69.2;173.8;184
OREF
PAL  Plant Physiology Supp. D. (1992), p. 122, "Partial Purification and
      Characterization of a Soluble Salicylic Acid-Binding Protein From Tobacco
      Leaves" Chen, Z.
PAL  Environmental Health Perspectives--"Genetic Modulation of the Cellular
      Antioxidant Defense Capacity", vol. 88, pp. 77-82, (1990) Amstad, P.
PAL  Plant Cell Physiol., "Construction and Expression in Tobacco of
      .beta.-Glucuronidase (GUS) Reporter Gene Containing an Intron Within the
      Coding Sequence", 31(6): 805-813 (1990) JSPP, p. 806 Ohta, S.
PAL  Free Rad. Res. Comms., vol. 14, Nos. 5-6, pp. 323-334, Association of
      Antioxidant Systems in the Protection of Human Fibroblasts Against Oxygen
      Derived Free Radicals--1991 Michiels, C.
PAL  Plant Molecular Biology, 14: 457-466, (1990) "Inhibition of flower
      pigmentation by antisense CHS genes: promoter and minimal sequence
      requirements for the antisense effect" van der Krol, A.
PAL  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA, vol. 86, pp. 6949-6952, Sep. (1989) "Protection
      against tobacco mosaic virus in transgenic plants that express tobacco
      mosaic virus antisense RNA" Powell P.
PAL  Current Biology, vol. 2, No. 8 Aug. (1992), "A new signalling role for
      salicylic acid" Hanke P.
PAL  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 88, pp. 8179-8183, Sep. (1991)
      Biochemistry, "Identification of a soluble salicyclic acid-binding protein
      that may function in signal transduction in the plant disease-resistance
      response" Chen Z.
PAL  Landry L., Arabidopsis Mutants Lacking Phenolic Sunscreens Exhibit Enhanced
      UV-B Injury and Oxidative Damage, Plant Physiol 109:1159-66, 1995.
PAL  Chernomorets, M., Diagnosis of Winter Hardiness of Grapevines Using
      Physiological and Biochemical Indices, Sadovosdstvo, No. 6 pp. 19-24,
      1977.
PAL  Mehlhorn, H., Ozone Toxicity in Higher Plants and its Modulation by the
      Environment, Diss Abstracts Int, 50(6) 2320-B, Dec. 1989.
PAL  Sanchez-Casas P., A Salicylic Acid Binding Activity and a Salicylic Acid
      Inibitable Catalase Activity Are Present in a Variety of Plant Species,
      Plant Physiol 106 pp. 1675-1679,1994.
PAL  Chernomorets, M., Diagnosis of Winter Hardiness of Grapevines Using
      Physiological and Biochemical Indicies, Sadovosdstvo, No. 6, translation,
      1977.
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to assays which can be used to identify
      inducers of plant resistance to pathogens. The assays use catalase and/or
      ascorbate peroxidase.
GOVT
PAR  The United States government may have certain rights in the present
      invention through the National Science Foundation Pursuant to Grant No.
      DCB-9003711.
PATN
WKU  059898470
SRC  8
APN  7410816
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19961030
TTL  Compositions and methods for neutralizing and coloring solutions
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Gitomer; Ralph
INVT
NAM  Park; John Y.
CTY  Santa Ana
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Cook; James N.
CTY  Mission Viejo
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Dziabo, Jr.; Anthony J.
CTY  El Toro
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Allergan
CTY  Waco
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  227707
APD  19940414
PSC  01
PNO  5578240
RLAP
COD  81
APN  752320
APD  19910830
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435 28
XCL  422 30
XCL  424 1032
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  128
FSC  435
FSS  28;31
FSC  134
FSS  27
FSC  252
FSS  408.1
FSC  422
FSS  30
FSC  424
FSS  10.3;10.32;468
UREF
PNO  Re32672
ISD  19880500
NAM  Huth et al.
OCL  252 95
UREF
PNO  4568517
ISD  19860200
NAM  Kaspar et al.
OCL  422 30
UREF
PNO  4585488
ISD  19860400
NAM  Giefer
OCL  134 27
UREF
PNO  4767559
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kruse et al.
OCL  252106
UREF
PNO  4826658
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kay
OCL  422 30
UREF
PNO  4852591
ISD  19890800
NAM  Wisotzki et al.
OCL  134 57R
UREF
PNO  4863627
ISD  19890900
NAM  Davies et al.
OCL  252 95
UREF
PNO  5011661
ISD  19910400
NAM  Schafer et al.
OCL  422 30
UREF
PNO  5055287
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kessler
OCL  424  7.1
UREF
PNO  5382599
ISD  19950100
NAM  Rupp et al.
OCL  514547
UREF
PNO  5395621
ISD  19950300
NAM  Amtower
OCL  424613
UREF
PNO  5531963
ISD  19960700
NAM  Powell
OCL  422 30
UREF
PNO  5578240
ISD  19961100
NAM  Park et al.
OCL  510513
FREF
PNO  0209071
ISD  19870100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  411887
ISD  19910200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  426489
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  458578
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9112825
ISD  19910900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Holly F., Vitamins and Polymers in the Treatment of Ocular Surface Disease,
      Spectrum, pp. 37-42, May 1990.
PAL  Contactolgia, vol. 10D, 1988, Ph. Lapalus et al.: "Wiring von Vitamin B12
      auf die Abheilung von Hornhautwunden bein Kaninchen", pp. 73-75. German.
PAL  Spectrum, "Vitamins and Polymers in the Treatment of Ocular Surface
      Disease", pp. 37-42 (May 1990) Frank J. Holly.
LREP
FRM  Stout, Uxa, Buyan & Mullins, LLP
FR2  Uxa; Frank J.
ABST
PAL  A composition and method useful to quickly and effectively indicate whether
      a functional component such as catalase has been added to a clear solution
      such as a hydrogen peroxide solution involves compounding with the
      functional component an effective amount of vitamin B-12 such that when
      the compounded composition is added to the clear solution, the clear
      solution turns rose colored. By observing the rose color, the user can
      determine that the functional component has been added to the clear
      solution.
PATN
WKU  059898488
SRC  8
APN  3938441
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19950224
TTL  Use of human immortalized endothelial cells to isolate and propagate
      Ehrlichia chaffeensis and Ehrlichia canis
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Hines; Ja-Na A.
EXP  Wilson; James O.
INVT
NAM  Dawson; Jacqueline E.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Department of Health
      and Human Services
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
RLAP
COD  74
APN  968821
APD  19921030
PSC  01
PNO  5401656
RLAP
COD  82
APN  518182
APD  19900503
PSC  01
PNO  5192679
RLAP
COD  82
APN  687526
APD  19910418
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435 29
XCL  424 88
XCL  424 93
XCL  435 29
XCL  4352401
XCL  4352402
XCL  43524021
XCL  43524023
XCL  4352403
XCL  435243
XCL  435245
XCL  4352521
XCL  435253
XCL  435258
XCL  435260
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  102
ICL  C12N  500
ICL  C12N  100
ICL  C12N  136
FSC  435
FSS  243;240.1;240.21;260;240.2;252.1;245;258;253;240.23;240.3
FSC  424
FSS  88;93
UREF
PNO  5401656
ISD  19950300
NAM  Dawson
OCL  435243
OREF
PAL  Lawley et al. in Ryan (Ed.) Endothelial Cells vol. III pp. 229-240 CRC
      Press, (1987).
PAL  Kelly et al.American Society for Micro. (1985) Mar. 3-7, 1985 p. 171
      Abstract No. J 17.
PAL  Wilson. 1991. J. Clin. Microbiol. 29:2838-2842.
PAL  Dawson et al. 1991. J. Clin. Microbio. 29:2741-2745.
PAL  Dumler et al. 1991. N. Eng. J. Med. 325:1109-1110.
PAL  Walker. 1989. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 2:227-240.
PAL  Kelly et al. ASM Annual Mtg (1985) Abstract No. J 17.
LREP
FRM  Fitch, Even, Tabin, & Flannery
ABST
PAL  This invention provides a purified immortalized human endothelial cell
      infected with Ehrlichia chaffeensis or Ehrlichia canis. Also provided is a
      method of simultaneously screening a sample from a human subject for the
      presence of E. chaffeensis and Rickettsia rickettsii comprising contacting
      the sample with immortalized human endothelial cells under conditions
      which allow infection of the cells and detecting the presence of
      infection, the presence of infection indicating the presence of E.
      chaffeensis and/or R. rickettsii. The invention also provides a method of
      screening a sample from a human subject for the presence of E. chaffeensis
      comprising contacting the sample with endothelial cells under conditions
      which allow infection of the cells by E. chaffeensis and detecting the
      presence of infection by E. chaffeensis, the presence of infection by E.
      chaffeensis indicating the presence of E. chaffeensis in the sample.
      Finally, the invention provides a method of culturing E. chaffeensis or E.
      canis comprising contacting E. chaffeensis or E. canis with immortalized
      human endothelial cells under conditions which allow the propagation of E.
      chaffeensis or E. canis.
PATN
WKU  059898496
SRC  8
APN  4612868
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19950605
TTL  Antisense of oligonucleotides to c-kit proto-oncogene and in vitro
      methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  5
EXP  Crouch; Deborah
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Gewirtz; Alan M.
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Calabretta; Bruno
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Temple University of the Commonwealth System of Higher Education
CTY  Philadephia
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  129123
APD  19931007
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  682812
APD  19910409
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435 29
XCL  435  5
XCL  435325
XCL  435372
XCL  536 245
XCL  514 44
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  102
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12N  500
ICL  A61K 4800
FSC  536
FSS  24.5
FSC  514
FSS  44;908
FSC  435
FSS  29;6;325;372
UREF
PNO  5087617
ISD  19920200
NAM  Smith
FREF
PNO  WO92/22303
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO93/09789
ISD  19930500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Stein et al (1993) Science 261, 1004-1012.
PAL  Weiss (1991) Science News 139-108-109.
PAL  Tseng et al (1994) Cancer Gene Therapy 1, 65-71.
PAL  James (1991) Antiviral Chem. Chemother. 2, 191-214.
PAL  Cleary et al (1998) Cell 47, 19-28.
PAL  Linnenbach et al (1988) Proced. Nat. Acad. Sci. 85, 74-78.
PAL  Strohmeyer et (1991) Canc. Res. 51, 1811-1816.
PAL  Slamm et al (1989) Science 244, 707-712.
PAL  Majello et al (1986) Proced. Natl. Acad. Sci. 83, 9636-9640.
PAL  McGrath et al (1983) Nature 304, 901-904.
PAL  Caracciolo et al (1989) Science 245, 1107-1110.
PAL  Yarden et al (1987) EMBOJ 6, 3341-3351.
PAL  Orr-Urtregiv et al (1990) Develop. 109, 911-923.
PAL  Ratajczak et al (1992) Proced. Natl. Acad. Sci: 89, 11823-11827.
PAL  Ratajczak et al (1992) Blood 79, 1956-1961.
PAL  Smith et al (1986) Aust. NZ J. Med. 16, 39-42.
PAL  Park et al (1980) Blood 55, 595-601.
PAL  Gustavsson et al (1984) Canc. Res. 44, 4648-4652.
PAL  Veerman et al (1990) Brit. J. Hematology 74, 381-384.
LREP
FRM  Seidel Gonda, Lavorgna & Monaco, PC
ABST
PAL  Oligonucleotides are provided having a nucleotide sequence complementary to
      at least a portion of the mRNA transcript of the human c-kit gene. These
      "antisense" oligonucleotides are hybridizable to the c-kit mRNA
      transcript. Such oligonucleotides are useful in selectively inhibiting
      proliferation of erythroid cells, particularly in disorders characterized
      by an elevated hematocrit due to over-production of erythrocytes. The
      antisense oligomers also have activity agent hematologic neoplastic cells
      and are therefore suitable as bone marrow purging agents.
PATN
WKU  059898500
SRC  9
APN  1400479
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980826
TTL  Methods of testing cancer cells and anticancer drugs
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Leary; Louise N.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Livant; Donna L.
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  The Regents of The University of Michigan
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  754322
APD  19961121
PSC  01
PNO  5840514
CLAS
OCL  435 29
XCL  435  4
XCL  435  71
XCL  435  721
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  102
ICL  C12Q  100
FSC  435
FSS  29;4;7.1;7.21
UREF
PNO  4016043
ISD  19770400
NAM  Schuurs et al.
OCL  195103.5R
UREF
PNO  4018653
ISD  19770400
NAM  Mennen et al.
OCL  195127
UREF
PNO  4424279
ISD  19840100
NAM  Bohn et al.
OCL  439534
UREF
PNO  5051448
ISD  19910900
NAM  Shashoua
OCL  514547
UREF
PNO  5169862
ISD  19921200
NAM  Burke, Jr. et al.
OCL  514450
UREF
PNO  5192746
ISD  19930300
NAM  Lobl et al.
OCL  514 11
UREF
PNO  5264358
ISD  19931100
NAM  Doersen et al.
OCL  435240.2
UREF
PNO  5389518
ISD  19950200
NAM  Steele et al.
OCL  435 29
UREF
PNO  5436221
ISD  19950700
NAM  Kitaguchi et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5492890
ISD  19960200
NAM  Ginsburg et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5523209
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ginsberg et al.
OCL  435  7.2
UREF
PNO  5539085
ISD  19960700
NAM  Bischoff et al.
OCL  530350
UREF
PNO  5548062
ISD  19960800
NAM  Isoai et al.
OCL  530326
UREF
PNO  5559103
ISD  19960900
NAM  Gaeta et al.
OCL  514 54
UREF
PNO  5576423
ISD  19961100
NAM  Aversa et al.
OCL  530388.75
UREF
PNO  5840514
ISD  19981100
NAM  Livant
OCL  435 29
OREF
PAL  P. Calabresi and B.A. Chabner, "Antineoplastic Agents," In: Goodman and
      Gilman The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics (Pergamon Press, 8th
      Edition) (pp. 1209-1216).
PAL  J.H. Gerlach et al., "Multidrug Resistance," Cancer Surveys, 5:25-46
      (1986).
PAL  J.H. Goldie and Andrew J. Coldman, "The Genetic Origin of Drug Resitance in
      Neoplasms: Implications for Sstemic Therapy," Cancer Research,
      44:3643-3653 (1984).
PAL  D. Livant et al., "Invasion of Selectively Permeable Sea Urchin Embryo
      Basement Membranes by Metastatic Tumor Cells, But Not By Their Normal
      Counterparts," Cancer Research 55:5085 (1995).
PAL  Bresalier et al., "The Laminin 1 Chain Ile-Lys-Val-Ala-Val
      (IKVAV)-Containing Peptide Promotes Liver Colonization by Human Colon
      Cancer Cells," Cancer Research 55:2476 (1995).
PAL  Eldred et al., "Orally Active Non-Peptide Fibrinogen Receptor (GpIIb/IIIa)
      Antagonists: Identification of
      4-[4-[4-(Aminoiminomethyl)phenyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1-piperidineacetic Acid
      as a Long-Acting, Broad-Spectrum Antithrombotic Agent," J. Med. Chem.,
      37:3882 (1994).
PAL  Ku et al., "Potent Non-Peptide Fibrinogen Receptor Antagonists Which
      Present An Alternative Pharmacophore," J. Med. Chem., 38:9 (1995).
PAL  W.R. Pearson and D.J. Lipman, "Improved Tools For Biological Sequence
      Comparison," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA), 85:2444-2448 (1988).
PAL  D.J. Lipman and W.R. Pearson, "Rapid and Sensitive Protein Similarity
      Searches," Science, 227:1435-1441 (1985).
PAL  Douillard and Hoffman, "Basic Facts about Lymphocytes Hybridomas,"
      Compendium of Immunology Vol II, ed. by Schwartz (1981).
PAL  G. Kohler and C. Milstein, "Continuous Cultures of Fused Cells Secreting
      Antibody of Predefined Specificity," Nature, 256:495-497 (1975).
PAL  G. Kohler and C. Milstein, "Derivation of Specific Antibody-Producing
      Tissue Culture and Tumor Lines By Cell Fusion," European Journal of
      Immunology, 6:511-519 (1976).
PAL  C.L. Reading, "Theory and Methods For Immunizatioin in Culture and
      Monoclonal Antibody Production," Journal of Immunological Methods,
      53:261-291 (1982).
PAL  T. K. Gartner et al., "The Tetrapeptide Analogue of the Cell Attachement
      Site of Fibronectin Inhibitis Platelet Aggregation and Fibrinogen Binding
      to Activated Platelets," The Journal of Biological Chemistry,
      260:11891-11894.
PAL  N.S. Nicholson et al., "In Vitro and In Vivo Effects of a Peptide Mimetic
      (SC-47643) of RGD As An Antiplatelet and Antithrombotic Agent," Thrombosis
      Research, 62:567-578 (1995).
PAL  M. Nomizu et al., "Multimeric Forms of Tyr-IIe-Gly-Ser-Arg (YIGSR) Peptide
      Enhance the Inhibition of Tumor Growth and Metastasis," Cancer Research,
      53:3459-3461 (1993.
PAL  I. Saiki et al., "Inhibition of the Metastasis of Murine Malignant Melanoma
      By Synthetic Polymeric Peptides Containing Core Sequences of Cell-Adhesive
      Molecules," Cancer Research, 49:3815-3822 (1989).
PAL  R.H. Wenger et al., "Cloning of cDNA Coding For Connective Tissue
      Activating Peptide III From a Human Platelet-Derived AgtII Expression
      Library," Blood, 73(6):1498-1503.
PAL  Aota, S. et al., "The Short Amino Acid Sequence Pro-His-Ser-Arg-Asn in
      Human Fibronectin Cell-Adhesive Function," J. Biol.
      Chem.,269(40):24756-24761 (1994).
PAL  Kumar, S. et al., "Childhood kidney tumors: in vitro studies and natural
      history," Virchows Arch, 405:95-111 (1984).
LREP
FRM  Medlen & Carroll, LLP
ABST
PAL  Methods for making fibronectin-depleted substrates are described. Such
      substrates are useful for a variety of assays, including tumor invasion
      assays.
PATN
WKU  059898518
SRC  8
APN  9221441
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970825
TTL  Method for enhancing shelf life of biological growth media
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Redding; David A.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Self; Jim
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hall; Robert D.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Webster; Daniel R.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  BioMed Diagnostics
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  242014
APD  19940512
PSC  01
PNO  5661029
CLAS
OCL  435 30
XCL  435 34
XCL  435383
XCL  435395
XCL  435420
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  124
FSC  435
FSS  29.3;32;34;325;383;395;410;420
UREF
PNO  3726767
ISD  19730400
NAM  White
OCL  195127
UREF
PNO  4271270
ISD  19810600
NAM  Lukaesek
OCL  435294
UREF
PNO  4396717
ISD  19830800
NAM  Fjebig et al.
OCL  435301
UREF
PNO  4867316
ISD  19890900
NAM  Rollender et al.
OCL  206670
UREF
PNO  5173298
ISD  19921200
NAM  Meadows
OCL  424427
UREF
PNO  5417576
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hill
OCL  435299
UREF
PNO  5661029
ISD  19970800
NAM  Self et al.
OCL  435288.3
LREP
FRM  Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
ABST
PAL  A method for prolonging the shelf life of biological growth media provides
      a device with a tray for growing and observing a microbiological culture.
      The device includes a substrate with a well to provide a containment and
      barrier for the biological growth medium to grow an organism in the tray
      and a lid that is sealable and resealable around the substrate periphery.
      The lid includes an interior side that sheets out upon condensation of
      vapor and faces the growth medium. A barrier layer is positioned over the
      well. The biological growth media is introduced in the well and the lid
      around the substrate periphery is sealed.
PATN
WKU  059898526
SRC  9
APN  1843524
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19981102
TTL  Indicator systems for determination of sterilization
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Leary; Louise N.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hendricks; Judy K.
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Rechsteiner; Shaundrea L
CTY  Lambertville
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Gorski; Joel R.
CTY  Marrietta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  North American Science Associates
CTY  Northwood
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  735992
APD  19961024
PSC  01
PNO  5830683
CLAS
OCL  435 31
XCL  435 14
XCL  435 26
XCL  435 29
XCL  435287
XCL  435807
XCL  435810
XCL  422 50
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  122
ICL  C12Q  154
ICL  C12Q  132
ICL  C12Q  102
FSC  435
FSS  31;14;26;29;287;807;810
FSC  422
FSS  50
UREF
PNO  Re34515
ISD  19940100
NAM  Foley
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  2984172
ISD  19610500
NAM  Roberts et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  3078628
ISD  19630200
NAM  Ready
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  3450036
ISD  19690600
NAM  Broesma
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  3694992
ISD  19721000
NAM  Hunt
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  3811242
ISD  19740500
NAM  Hayford, Jr. et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  3942467
ISD  19760300
NAM  Witonsky
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  4121399
ISD  19781000
NAM  Verville
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  4457125
ISD  19840700
NAM  Fishburne
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  4525316
ISD  19850600
NAM  Galla et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  4576795
ISD  19860300
NAM  Bruso
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  4579715
ISD  19860400
NAM  Bruso
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  4594834
ISD  19860600
NAM  Schmidt et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  4602472
ISD  19860700
NAM  Ampolini et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  4636472
ISD  19870100
NAM  Bruso
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  4692307
ISD  19870900
NAM  Bruso
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  4699765
ISD  19871000
NAM  Hambleton
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  4839291
ISD  19890600
NAM  Welsh et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  4848222
ISD  19890700
NAM  Fleissner
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  4902478
ISD  19900200
NAM  Hambleton
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5046304
ISD  19910900
NAM  Alameda et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5056371
ISD  19911000
NAM  Graudejus et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5073488
ISD  19911200
NAM  Matner et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5085802
ISD  19920200
NAM  Jalinski
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5182212
ISD  19930100
NAM  Jalinski
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5200147
ISD  19930400
NAM  Augurt
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5223401
ISD  19930600
NAM  Foltz et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5252484
ISD  19931000
NAM  Matner et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5366872
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hird et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5378430
ISD  19950100
NAM  Nieves et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5401156
ISD  19950300
NAM  Anderson
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5418167
ISD  19950500
NAM  Matner et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5435971
ISD  19950700
NAM  Dyckman
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5486459
ISD  19960100
NAM  Burnham et al.
OCL  435 31
UREF
PNO  5830683
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hendricks et al.
OCL  435 31
FREF
PNO  3335754
ISD  19830800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2084954
ISD  19820400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2113389
ISD  19830800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2186974
ISD  19870800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9532742
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, LLC
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to novel apparatus and methods for inserting and
      positioning a compressible material into a container and for using the
      container for detecting a specific environmental parameter or combination
      of parameters, or for determining the effectiveness of a sterilization
      procedure. Precise positioning of a plug of compressible material in a
      container has been discovered to provide flexibility necessary for
      production of indicator systems that vary in their response to sterilizing
      conditions to reflect the efficacy of sterilizers based on different modes
      of sterilization and reproduceability necessary for accurate monitoring of
      each mode. The invention also relates to test indicators containing
      controlled volumes of compressed, gas-permeable materials and to methods
      for using test indicators for determining the efficacy of different types
      of sterilization processes. The test indicator consists of a plurality of
      interactive enzymes in a container with at least one opening. The opening
      is filled with a compressed cylindrical foam insert and the test indicator
      is placed into the sterilization chamber. The foam insert regulates the
      amount of sterilant such as steam, gas, chemicals or plasma entering the
      test indicator. After the sterilization cycle is complete, the foam insert
      is removed and the remaining components of the enzyme system are combined.
      If the proper sterilization conditions were not met, the interactive
      enzyme system remains active, and a color product forms upon the addition
      of the remaining components of the enzyme system. If the proper
      sterilization conditions were met, the sterilant destroys the interactive
      enzymes and no color product is formed. Inactivation of the enzyme system
      parallels the inactivation of bacterial spores subjected to the
      sterilization process. Results are available in from a few seconds to a
      few hours. The test indicator can also be placed into a container with
      material such that the designs simulates an environmental parameter test
      of the sterilization process.
PATN
WKU  059898534
SRC  9
APN  1160788
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980715
TTL  Gel matrix with redox purple for testing and characterizing
      microorganisms
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXP  Leary; Louise N.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Bochner; Barry R.
CTY  Alameda
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Naleway; John J.
CTY  Eugene
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Biolog, Inc.
CTY  Hayward
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  762656
APD  19961209
PSC  01
PNO  5882882
RLAP
COD  84
APN  421377
APD  19950412
PSC  01
PNO  5627045
CLAS
OCL  435 34
XCL  435  4
XCL  435 18
XCL  435 29
XCL  435 32
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  104
ICL  C12Q  100
ICL  C12Q  134
ICL  C12Q  102
FSC  435
FSS  34;4;18;29;32
UREF
PNO  5183743
ISD  19930200
NAM  Corey
OCL  435 34
UREF
PNO  5627045
ISD  19970500
NAM  Corey
OCL  435 34
FREF
PNO  0402699
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Corey, Paul F.; Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, vol. 3, No. 2,
      pp. 175-178, 1993. Month not available.
LREP
FRM  Medlen & Carroll, LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to kits, methods, and compositions for
      the characterization of various microorganisms. In particular, the present
      invention is suited for the characterization of commonly encountered
      microorganisms (e.g., E. coli, S. aureus, etc.), as well as commercially
      and industrially important organisms from various and diverse
      environments. For example, the kits of the present invention are
      particularly suited for the growth and characterization of the
      actinomycetes and fungi.
PATN
WKU  059898542
SRC  8
APN  7424973
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19961101
TTL  Vessels and multiwell plates having a scintillant base
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Gitomer; Ralph
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Cook; Neil David
CTY  Beaconsfield
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Amersham International plc
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19930517
APN  93303806
RLAP
COD  72
APN  373316
CLAS
OCL  435 35
XCL  422 71
XCL  436804
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  116
FSC  435
FSS  4;7.1;7.2;29;35
FSC  436
FSS  57;531;535;537;804;805
FSC  422
FSS  71
UREF
PNO  5496502
ISD  19960300
NAM  Thomson
OCL  252301.17
UREF
PNO  5665562
ISD  19970900
NAM  Cook
OCL  435 35
FREF
PNO  0 576 090
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/03844
ISD  19900400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Amersham Life Science, Proximity News, Issue No. C1 (Apr. 1996).
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A vessel, or an array of vessels, in the form of a multiwell plate, wherein
      the side walls are opaque and non-scintillant, and wherein the base
      comprises a scintillant substance, said base being formed of a plastics
      material which does not permit the attachment or growth of cells.
PATN
WKU  059898550
SRC  9
APN  1552325
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980929
TTL  Bile acid converting microorganism and process for preparing bile acid
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Lilling; Herbert J.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Okamura; Akio
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsui; Hiroyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tokyo Tanabe Company Limited
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960329
APN  8-077945
CLAS
OCL  435 58
XCL  435 52
XCL  4352563
XCL  435911
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  114
ICL  C12P 3306
FSC  435
FSS  52;58;911;256.3
UREF
PNO  4579819
ISD  19860400
NAM  Sawada et al.
OCL  435 58
UREF
PNO  4604353
ISD  19860800
NAM  Sawada et al.
OCL  435911
OREF
PAL  Carlstrom et al, "Microbial synthesis of 1.beta.- and 15.beta.-hydroxylated
      bile acids," Journal of Lipid Research, vol. 22, pp. 1225-1234 (1981).
PAL  Joannou et al, "Identification of 15.beta.-hydroxylated C.sub.21 steriods
      in the neo-natal . . . ," Journal of Steroid Biochemistry, vol. 14, pp.
      901-912 (1981).
PAL  Computer JPOABS 60-228500 Kimura et al, Nov. 13, 1985.
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/00937
PD1  19980929
PD2  19980929
PD3  19970321
PCP  WO97/36997
PCD  19970910
ABST
PAR  A microorganism having a capability of introducing a 7.beta.-hydroxyl group
      into a 7-unsubstituted bile acid, and a process for preparing a bile acid
      having a 7.beta.-hydroxyl group characterized by bringing the above
      microorganism into contact with a 7-unsubstituted bile acid to convert the
      acid to a bile acid having a 7.beta.-hydroxyl group. The process permits
      ursodeoxycholic acid useful as a cholagogue and intermediates therefor to
      be efficiently prepared.
PATN
WKU  059898569
SRC  7
APN  8494207
APT  1
ART  185
APD  19920624
TTL  Pharmaceutical composition having an endoproteolytic activity; a process
      for endoproteolytically processing (precursor) proteins and for the
      (micro)biological production of proteins
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXA  Schmickel; D.
EXP  Fleisher; Mindy B.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  van de Ven; Willem Jan
CTY  St.Joris-Weert
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  van den Ouweland; Anna Maria
CTY  Randwijk
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  van Duijnhoven; Johannes Lambertus
CTY  Helmond
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Roebroek; Antonius Johannes
CTY  Born
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Koning; Piet Nico
CTY  Oegstgeest
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Katholieke Universiteit Leuven
CTY  Leuven
CNT  BEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19891025
APN  8902651
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19900418
APN  9000917
CLAS
OCL  435 681
XCL  435226
XCL  4352402
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3848
ICL  C12P 2106
ICL  C12N  964
FSC  435
FSS  68.1;69.1;320.1;226;219
OREF
PAL  Fuller et al Science 246 p. 482 Oct. 27, 1989.
PAL  Thim et al Proc Nat Acad Sci USA 83 p. 6766 1986.
PAL  Wise et al Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 87 p. 9378 1990.
PAL  Mizuno et al Biochem Biophys Res Comm 156 p. 246 1988.
PAL  Roebroek et al EMBO 5 p. 2197 1987.
PAL  Van den Ouweland et al NAR 17 p. 7101 1989.
PAL  Misumi et al NAR 18 p. 6719 1990.
PAL  Lehninger, Biochemistry, Worth Publishing, 1975.
PAL  Boehringer Mannheim Biochemical Cataloge p. 496.
LREP
FRM  Cooper & Dunham LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/NL90/00151
PD1  19920624
PD2  19920624
PD3  19901012
PCP  WO91/06314
PCD  19910516
ABST
PAR  The invention is based on the finding that furin belongs to a family of
      endoproteolytically active enzymes and relates to a process for the in
      vitro cleavage of a protein by treating the protein in the presence of
      Ca.sup.2+ ions with furin or furin like enzyme, or enzymatically active
      fragment, derivative or fusion protein of furin or furin-like enzyme.
PATN
WKU  059898577
SRC  8
APN  9082123
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970807
TTL  Polypeptide compositions and methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Moore; William W.
EXP  Achutamurthy; Ponnathapura
INVT
NAM  Mundschenk; David D.
CTY  Dania
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  PhyloMed Corporation
CTY  Plantation
STA  FL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  644399
APD  19960510
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435 691
XCL  435183
XCL  530234
XCL  530350
XCL  514  2
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1581
ICL  C12N  900
ICL  A61K 3816
ICL  C07K 1446
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;184;252.3;320.1;254.23;183
FSC  530
FSS  234;350
FSC  536
FSS  23.1
FSC  514
FSS  2
UREF
PNO  3888977
ISD  19750600
NAM  Sanders
OCL  435  5
UREF
PNO  4126676
ISD  19781100
NAM  Sanders
OCL  424542
UREF
PNO  4162303
ISD  19790700
NAM  Sanders
OCL  424542
UREF
PNO  5002876
ISD  19910300
NAM  Sreekrishna et al.
OCL  435 69.5
UREF
PNO  5165927
ISD  19921100
NAM  Kaslow
OCL  424 92
UREF
PNO  5389540
ISD  19950200
NAM  Makoff et al.
OCL  435 69.3
OREF
PAL  Thurberg, F. P., in Aquatic Applications of Ozone, Blogoslawski, W. J., et
      al., Eds., "Inactivation of red-tide toxins by ozone treatment", pp.
      50-58, International Ozone Institute, Pubs., 1975.
PAL  Menzel, D. B., Archives of Environmental Health, vol. 23, "Oxidation of
      biologically active reducing substances by ozone", pp. 149-152, 1971.
PAL  Thorsen et al (1979) J. Appl. Polymer Sci 24:523-546 "Wool Shrinkage
      Control and Surface Modification by Ozone".
PAL  Database on CAPLUS, "Oxidation of biologically active reducing substances
      by ozone", Menzel, D.B. Environ. Health, Aug. 1971, vol. 23, No. 2, pp.
      149-153. Abstract only.
PAL  Chang, C., "The role of an invariant tryptophan residue in x-bungarotoxin
      and cobrotoxin", European Journal of Biochemistry, vol. 193(2) (1990).
PAL  Van Der Zee, J., "Toxic effects of ozone on murine L929 fibroblasts",
      Biochem. J., 242:707-712 (1987).
PAL  "Cloning, Characterization, and Expression of Animal Toxin Genes for
      Vaccine Development", L.A. Smith, J. Toxicol.-Toxin Reviews, 9(2), 243-283
      (1990).
PAL  "The Use of Sanders Neurotoxoid I (Modified Snake Venom) in the Treatment
      of Recurrent Herpes Simplex of the Cornea: Progress Report", Clark, W.B.,
      et al., Southern Medical Journal 55(9):947-951 (1962).
PAL  "Foreign Gene Expression in Yeast: a Review", Romanos, et al., Yeast,
      8:442-433 (1992).
PAL  "Yeast Systems for the Commerical Production of Heterologous Proteins",
      Buckholz, et al., Bio/Technology 9:1067-1072 (1991).
PAL  "You-Prime cDNA Synthesis Kit Instructions", Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology
      (1989).
PAL  Stratagene (LaJolla, CA) (Catalog #236211, "Predigested Lambda ZAP II/EcoR1
      Cloning Kit") (1989).
PAL  "T7 Sequencing Kit Instructions", Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology (1990).
PAL  EcoR I (see Gibco product insert for EcoR I catalog #15202-013, restriction
      enzyme assay for EcoR I (1994).
PAL  T4 DNA Ligase (see insert materials, Gibco BRL, Cat. # 5224SC, T4 DNA
      Ligase) (1992).
PAL  "Wizards Maxipreps DNA Purification System", Promega (1994).
PAL  Phillips Petroleum Company and compiled in "Pichia Expression Kit--A Manual
      of Methods for Expression of Recombinant Proteins in Pichia pastoris",
      which was prepared by Invitrogen and accompanies their expression kit
      having catalog # K1710-01.
LREP
FRM  Fredrikson & Bryon, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A method of preparing a bioactive polypeptide in a stable, inactivated
      form, the method comprising the step of treating the polypeptide with
      ozonated water in order to oxidize and/or stabilize the cysteine residues,
      and in turn, prevent the formation of disulfide bridges necessary for
      bioactivity. The method can involve the use of ozonated water to both
      oxidize the disulfide bridges in a bioactive polypeptide, and to then
      stabilize the resultant cysteine residues. Optionally, and preferably, the
      method can involve the use of ozonated water to stabilize the cysteine
      residues, and thereby prevent the formation of disulfide bridges, in a
      polypeptide produced by recombinant means in a manner that allows the
      polypeptide to be recovered with the disulfide bridges unformed.
PATN
WKU  059898585
SRC  8
APN  9597492
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19971028
TTL  Dead-type ATP-dependent RNA helicase (DbpB) from Staphylococcus aureus
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Railey, II; Johnny F.
INVT
NAM  Huang; Jianzhong
CTY  Schwenksville
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  McDevitt; Damien
CTY  Berwyn
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Traini; Christopher M
CTY  Media
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Wang; Min
CTY  Blue Bell
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  SmithKline Beecham Corporation
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435 691
XCL  4352523
XCL  4353201
XCL  536 232
XCL  536 237
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1531
ICL  C12N  121
ICL  C12N 1563
ICL  C07K 1431
FSC  536
FSS  23.2;23.7;24.32
FSC  435
FSS  320.1;252.3;69.1
FREF
PNO  0 786 519 A2
ISD  19970700
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Lane, D.P., GenBank Submission, Accession No. X52647, Direct Submission.
PAL  Iggo, et. al., "Identification of a putative RNA heliocase in E. Coli."
      Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 18, No. 18, pp. 5413-5417, (1990).
PAL  Boddeker, et. al., "Charactarization of DbpA, an Escherichia coli DEAD box
      protein with ATP independent RNA unwinding activity." Nucleic Acids
      Research, vol. 25, No. 3, pp. 537-544, (1997).
PAL  Nicol, et. al., "The "DEAD box" protein DbpA interacts specifically with
      the peptidyltransferase center in 23S rRNA." Pro. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.,
      Biochemistry, vol. 92, pp. 11681-11685, Dec. (1995).
PAL  Fuller-Pace, et. al., "DdpA: a DEAD box protein specifically activated by
      23S RNA." The EMBO Journal, vol. 12, No. 9, pp. 3619-3626, (1993).
LREP
FR2  Gimmi; Edward R.
FR2  King; William T.
FR2  Deibert; Thomas S.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides dbpB polypeptides and DNA (RNA) encoding dbpB
      polypeptides and methods for producing such polypeptides by recombinant
      techniques. Also provided are methods for utilizing dbpB polypeptides to
      screen for antibacterial compounds.
PATN
WKU  059898593
SRC  8
APN  9673644
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19971107
TTL  Vesicle trafficking proteins
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Mayhew; Bradley S.
EXP  Achutamurthy; Ponnathapura
NDR  26
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Bandman; Olga
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lal; Preeti
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Guegler; Karl J.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Shah; Purvi
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Corley; Neil C.
CTY  Mountian View
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435 691
XCL  435 691
XCL  435325
XCL  4352523
XCL  530350
XCL  536 235
EDF  6
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C12N 1563
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;325;252.3
FSC  530
FSS  350
FSC  536
FSS  23.5
OREF
PAL  Genbank Accession AA442417 "zv70e05.r1 Soares total fetus Nb2HF8 9w Homo
      sapiens cDNA clone" Submitted by Hillier et al., Jun. 2, 1997.
PAL  GenBank Accession U35246 "Human vacuolar protein sorting homolog h-vps45
      mRNA, complete cds." Submitted by Pevsner et al., Jan. 15, 1997.
PAL  GenBank Acession X75935 "B.taurus mRNA for coatomer" Submitted by Kuge et
      al., Jan. 31, 1994.
PAL  Aalto, M., et al., "A Family of Proteins Involved in Intracellular
      Transport," Cell, 68:181-182 (1992).
PAL  El-Husseini, A., et al.,Molecular cloning of a mammalian homologue of the
      yeast vesicular transport vps45, Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1325:8-12
      (1997).
PAL  Pevsner, J., et al., "Mammalian homologues of yeast vacuolar protein
      sorting (vps) genes implicated in Golgi-to-lysosome trafficking," Gene,
      183:7-14 (1996).
PAL  Niu, S., et al., Cloning and sequencing of a developmentally regulated
      avian mRNA containing the LEA motif found in plant seed proteins, Gene,
      175:187-191 (1996).
PAL  Kuge, O. , et al., ".differential.Cop, a Subunit of Coatomer, Is Required
      for COP-coated Vesicle Assembly," Journal of Cell Biology, 123(6)
      :1727-1734 (1993).
PAL  Tellam, J.T., et al., (GI 1703494), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession
      U66865), National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library
      of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894 (1996).
PAL  Tellam, J.T., et al., (GI 1703493), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession
      U66865), National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library
      of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894 (1996).
PAL  Niu, S., et al., (GI 969170), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession U31977),
      National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library of
      Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894 (1996).
PAL  Niu, S., et al., (GI 969169), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession U31977),
      National Center for Biotechnology Information National Library of
      Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894 (1996).
PAL  Kuge. O., (GI 441486), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession X75935,
      National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library of
      Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894 (1993).
PAL  Kuge. O., (GI 441485), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession X75935,
      National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library of
      Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894 (1993).
PAL  Adams, M.D. et al Nature 377(6547 Suppl.) 3-174 (1995).
PAL  Iadonato, S.P. et al. (g1808698) Accession No. AC 000109. Submitted Sep.
      11, 1997
PAL  Iadonato, S.P. et al. (g1808699) Accession No. AC000110, Submitted Jan. 30,
      1997.
LREP
FR2  Muenzen; Colette C.
     Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides three human vesicle trafficking proteins (VTP) and
      polynucleotides which identify and encode VTP. The invention also provides
      expression vectors, host cells, agonists, antibodies and antagonists. The
      invention also provides methods for preventing and treating disorders
      associated with expression of VTP.
PATN
WKU  059898607
SRC  8
APN  9893865
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19971212
TTL  Human isomerase homologs
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Sun-Hoffman; Lin
EXP  Hutzell; Paula K.
NDR  20
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Bandman; Olga
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hillman; Jennifer L.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Guegler; Karl J.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Corley; Neil C.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Shah; Purvi
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435 691
XCL  435  6
XCL  435320
XCL  536 231
EDF  6
ICL  C12P 2106
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C07H 2102
FSC  530
FSS  350
FSC  536
FSS  23.5;23.1
FSC  435
FSS  326;252.3;69.1;6;320
OREF
PAL  Burgess et al. T. Cell Biol. 11: 2129-2138, 1990.
PAL  Lazar et al. Mol. Cell Biol. 8: 1247-1252, 1988.
PAL  Tao et al. J. Immunol. 143(8) 2595-2601, 1989.
PAL  Grillies et al. Human Antibodies a Hylenidomas, 1990 1(1):47-54.
PAL  Simek, SL et al. Gen Barck. Accession No. L 070 63 .sub.T in MPSRCH Search,
      1993.
PAL  Coss, MC et al. Gen Barck. Accession No. L07063 in MPSRCH search, 1995.
PAL  McDonald, M et al. Gen Barck--Accession No. Z56231, 1995.
PAL  Cross, SH et al. Gen Barck. Accession No. Z56231, 1994.
PAL  Watson, et al. Mol. Biol. of the Gene, pp. 1074-1075, 1987.
PAL  Samibrook et al. Mol. cloning pp. 1.72, 1.73, 1.75, 16.3, 16.4, 1989.
PAL  Bergsma, D.J. et al., "The Cyclophilin Multigene Family of Peptidyl-Prolyl
      Isomerases" J.Biol.Chem. (1991) 266:23204-23214.
PAL  Coss, M.C. et al., "Molecular Cloning, DNA Sequence Analysis, and
      Biochemical Characterization of a Novel 65-KDa FK506-binding Protein
      (FKBP65)" J.Biol.Chem. (1995) 270:29336-29341.
PAL  Schreiber, Stuart L. "Chemistry and Biology of the Immunophilins and Their
      Immunosuppressive Ligands" Science (1991) 251:283-287.
PAL  Roper, D.I. and Cooper, R.A. "Purification, necleotide sequence and some
      properties of a bifunctional isomerase/decarboxylase from the
      homoprotocatechuate degradative pathway of Escherichia coli C"
      Eur.J.Biochem. (1993) 217:575-580.
PAL  Simek, S.L. et al., (GI 894162), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession
      L07063), National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library
      of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894.
PAL  Davis, R.E. et al., (GI 2190533), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession
      U30265), National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library
      of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894.
PAL  Davis, R.E. et al., (GI 2190532), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession
      U30265), National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library
      of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894.
PAL  Bult, C.J. et al., (GI 1500558), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession
      U67606), National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library
      of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894.
PAL  Rahfeld, J.U., et al., "Confirmation of the existence of a third family
      among peptidyl-prolyl cistrans isomerases amino acid sequence and
      recombinant production of parvulin." FEBS Letters (1994) 352:180-184.
PAL  Jenkins, J.R. and Cooper, R.A. "Molecular Cloning, Expression, and Analysis
      of the Genes of the Homoprotocatechuate Catabolic Pathway of Escherichia
      coli C" J.Bacteriol. (1988) 170:5317-5324.
PAL  Bult, C.J. et al., (GI 2826444), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession
      U67606 and L77117), National Center for Biotechnology Information,
      National Library of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894.
LREP
FRM  Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides human isomerase homologs (HIH) and polynucleotides
      which identify and encode HIH. The invention also provides expression
      vectors, host cells, antibodies, agonists, and antagonists. The invention
      also provides methods for treating or preventing disorders associated with
      expression of HIH.
PATN
WKU  059898615
SRC  9
APN  121179&
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19980722
TTL  Human ion transport-like protein
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Basi; Nirmal S.
EXP  Feisee; Lila
NDR  3
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Lal; Preeti
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Corley; Neil C.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Guegler; Karl J.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Patterson; Chandra
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435 691
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 2431
XCL  4353201
XCL  435325
XCL  4352523
XCL  4351723
EDF  6
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  C12N 1512
ICL  C12N 1563
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;320.1;325;253.3;172.1
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;24.31;23.5
FSC  530
FSS  350
OREF
PAL  Strange, K., "Regulation of Solute and Water Balance and Cell Volume in the
      Central Nervous System," J. Am. Soc. Nephrol., 3:12-27 (1992).
PAL  Ring, M., et al., "Expression of Schistocerca gregaria Ion Transport
      Peptide (ITP) and its Homologue (ITP-L) in a Baculovirus/Insect Cell
      System," Insect Biochem. Molec. Biol., 28:51-58 (1998).
PAL  Meredith, J., et al., "Locust Ion Tranpsort Peptide (ITP): Primary
      Structure, cDNA and Expression in a Baculovirus System," J. Exp. Biol.,
      199:1053-1061 (1996) (GI 1244522 & GI 1244524).
PAL  Soyez, D., "Occurrence and Diversity of Neuropeptides from the Crustacean
      Hyperglycemic Hormone Family in Arthropods," Annals New York Academy of
      Sciences, 814:319-323 (1997).
PAL  Meredith, J., et al., (GI 1244522), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession
      1244522), National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library
      of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland 20894.
PAL  Meredith, J., et al., (GI 1244524), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession
      1244524), National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library
      of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland 20894.
LREP
FRM  Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a human ion transport-like protein (HITLP) and
      polynucleotides which identify and encode HITLP. The invention also
      provides expression vectors, host cells, antibodies, agonists, and
      antagonists. The invention also provides methods for diagnosing, treating,
      or preventing disorders associated with expression of HITLP.
PATN
WKU  059898623
SRC  9
APN  1441787
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19980831
TTL  Tab1 protein and DNA coding therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  McGarry; Sean
EXP  Degen; Nancy
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Matsuomoto; Kunihiro
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishida; Eisuke
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960424
APN  8-126282
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961028
APN  8-300856
RLAP
COD  74
APN  752891
APD  19961020
PSC  01
PNO  5837819
CLAS
OCL  435 691
XCL  435  6
XCL  435471
XCL  435440
XCL  435455
XCL  435243
XCL  435325
XCL  4353201
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 232
XCL  536 243
XCL  536 235
EDF  6
ICL  C12P 2100
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  C12N 1511
ICL  C12N 1585
FSC  435
FSS  6;69.1;471;440;243;325;320.1;455
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;23.2;23.4;23.5
OREF
PAL  Shibuya, et al., "Is AMK-1 a Transfer Molecule Involved in TGF-.beta.
      Signal Transduction," 68th Meeting Of Japanese Society (Sep. 15-18, 1995;
      Summary Published Jul. 25, 1995 Sendai, Japan).
PAL  Nishida, et al,. "Signaling Pathways and Functions of the MAP Kinase
      Superfamily," 54th Meeting Of Japanese Cancer Association, (Oct. 3-5, 1995
      Kyoto, Japan).
PAL  Irie, et al., "A Novel Member of MAPKK, TAK1, May Function As A Mediator In
      TGF-.beta. Signal Transduction," 18th Meeting Of Japanese Molecular
      Biochemistry Society S21-4 and 2E11, Dec. 6-9, 1995 Nagoya, Japan.
PAL  Yamaguchi, et al, et al., "Identification of a Member of the MAPKK Family
      as a Potential Mediator of TGF-.beta. Signal Transduction," Science 270:
      2008-11 (1995).
PAL  Shibuya, et al., "TAB1: An Activator of the TAK1 MAPKK in TGF-.beta. Signal
      Transduction," Science 272: 1179-82 (1996).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  TAB1 protein having activity which activates factor TAK1 in the TGF-.beta.
      signaling pathway, and having the amino acid sequence shown in FIG. 1.
PATN
WKU  059898631
SRC  9
APN  1729772
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19981014
TTL  Human ankyrin family protein
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Srivastava; Devesa
EXP  Campbell; Eggerton A.
NDR  5
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Tang; Y. Tom
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Guegler; Karl J.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Corley; Neil C.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Yue; Henry
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435 691
XCL  4353201
XCL  4352523
XCL  536 231
EDF  6
ICL  C12P 2106
ICL  C12N  120
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C07H 2102
FSC  536
FSS  23.1
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;252.34;320.1
OREF
PAL  Lambert, S. et al., "From anemia to cerebellar dysfunction. A review of the
      ankyrin gene family," Euro. J. Biochem., 211:1-6 (1993).
PAL  Lux, S. et al., "Analysis of cDNA for human erythrocyte ankyrin indicates a
      repeated structure with homology to tissue-differentiation and cell-cycle
      control proteins," Nature, 344:36-42 (1990).
PAL  Otsuka, A. et al., "An Ankyrin-related Gene (unc-44) Is Necessary for
      Proper Axonal Guidance in Caenorhabditis elegans," The Journal of Cell
      Biology, 129:1081-1092 (1995).
PAL  DeMatteis, M. et al., "The role of ankyrin and spectrin in membrane
      transport and domain formation," Curr. Opin. Cell Biol., 10:542-549
      (1998).
PAL  Cosentino, M. et al., (Direct Submission), Genbank Sequence Database
      (Accession 1841966), National Library of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland,
      20894, (GI 1841966).
PAL  Otto, E., (Direct Submission), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession 29491),
      National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library of
      Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894, (GI 29491).
LREP
FRM  Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a human ankyrin family protein (ANFP) and
      polynucleotides which identify and encode ANFP. The invention also
      provides expression vectors, host cells, antibodies, agonists, and
      antagonists. The invention also provides methods for diagnosing, treating,
      or preventing disorders associated with expression of ANFP.
PATN
WKU  059898640
SRC  8
APN  7888929
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970122
TTL  DNA encoding spo-rel polypeptides
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Navarro; Mark
EXP  Caputa; Anthony C.
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Burnham; Martin Karl Russel
CTY  Norristown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Gentry; Daniel Robert
CTY  Pottstown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Hodgson; John Edward
CTY  Malvern
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Lawlor; Elizabeth Jane
CTY  Malvern
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  SmithKline Beecham Corporation
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  SmithKline Beecham plc
CNT  GBX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  435 693
XCL  4352523
XCL  4353201
XCL  435325
XCL  536 237
EDF  6
ICL  C12P 2106
ICL  C12N  120
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  536
FSS  23.7
FSC  435
FSS  320.1;69.3;252.3;325
UREF
PNO  5175101
ISD  19921200
NAM  Gotz et al.
OREF
PAL  Gentry, et. al., "Mutational analysis of the Escherichia coli spoT gene
      identifies distinct but overlapping regions involved in ppGpp synthesis
      and degradation." Molecular Microbiology, vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1373-1384,
      (1996).
PAL  Xiao, et. al., "Residual Guanosine 3",5"-Bispyrophosphate Synthetic
      Activity of relA Null Mutants can Be Eliminated by spoY Null Mutations."
      The Journal of Biological Chemintry, vol. 266, No. 9, pp. 5980-5990, Issue
      of Mar. 25, (1991).
PAL  Mechold, et. al., "Functional Analysis of relA/spoT Gene Homolog from
      Streptococcus equisimilis." Journal of Bacteriology, vol. 178, No. 5, pp.
      1401-1411. Mar. (1996).
PAL  Mechold, et. al., "Genetic organization of the streptokionase region of the
      Streptococcus equisimilis H46A chromosome." Mol. Gen. Genet, vol. 241, pp.
      129-140, (1993).
PAL  Fujimura, et. al., "Increase of methicillin Resistance in Staphylococcus
      aureus caused by deletion of a gene Whose Product is Homologous to Lytic
      Enzymes." Journal of Bacteriology, vol. 179, No. 20, pp. 6294-6301, Oct.
      (1997).
PAL  Metzger, et. al., Protein Sequences Encoded by the relA and spoT genes of
      Escherichia coli Are Interrelated. The Journal of Biological Chemistry,
      Communication, vol. 264, No. 16, pp. 9122-9125, Issue of Jun. 5, (1989).
PAL  Lazar et al (Molecular & Cellular Biology vol. 8, No. 3, Mar. 1988 pp.
      1247-1252).
PAL  Burgess et al (J. of Cell Biology vol. 111, Nov. 1990, pp. 2129-2138).
PAL  Salgaller et al (Cancer Immunol. Immunother. vol. 39, 1994, pp. 105-116).
PAL  Schendel et al (Biochemistry vol. 28, 1989, pp. 2459-2471).
LREP
FR2  Gimmi; Edward R.
FR2  King; William T.
FR2  Deibert; Thomas S.
ABST
PAL  Spo-rel polypeptides and DNA (RNA) encoding such spo-rel and a procedure
      for producing such polypeptides by recombinant techniques is disclosed.
      Also disclosed are methods for utilizing such spo-rel for the treatment of
      infection, particularly bacterial infections. Antagonists against such
      spo-rel and their use as a therapeutic to treat infections, particularly
      bacterial infections are also disclosed. Also disclosed are diagnostic
      assays for detecting diseases related to the presence of spo-rel nucleic
      acid sequences and the polypeptides in a host. Also disclosed are
      diagnostic assays for detecting polynucleotides encoding the relA/spoT
      gene family and for detecting the polypeptide in a host.
PATN
WKU  059898658
SRC  8
APN  803754&
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19970221
TTL  Hepatitis B vaccine
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Zeman; Mary K
EXP  Smith; Lynette F.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Thomas; Howard Christopher
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Carman; William Frederick
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  339281
APD  19941107
PSC  01
PNO  5639637
RLAP
COD  91
APN  927489
APD  19921116
RLAP
COD  81
APN  PCTGB9100444
APD  19910325
CLAS
OCL  435 693
XCL  435  5
XCL  4353201
XCL  435810
XCL  435975
XCL  530350
XCL  436820
EDF  6
ICL  C12P 2106
ICL  C12Q  170
ICL  G01N 3353
ICL  G01N 33576
FSC  435
FSS  69.3;5;320.1;810;975
FSC  530
FSS  350
FSC  436
FSS  820
UREF
PNO  4738926
ISD  19880400
NAM  Hamada et al.
OCL  435  5
OREF
PAL  Valenzuela et al. "Nucleotide sequence of the gene..." Nature, 280 (1979),
      pp.815-819.
PAL  McMahon et al. "DNA Sequence analysis of surface..." Cold Spring Harbour
      symposium, (Sep. 1989).
PAL  Carman et al. British application 9007024.4.
PAL  Waters, J.S. et al."Loss of the common "A" determinant.." J. Clin. Invest.
      90(6) (1992), pp. 2543-2547.
PAL  Okamoto, H. et al. Mol. Immunol. 26(2): 197-205 (1989).
PAL  Carman, W.F. et al. Lancet 356:325-329 (1990).
PAL  Zenetta A.R. et al. Lancet Nov. 12, 1988, pp. 1132-1133.
PAL  Boslego, J.W. et al. "Gonorrhea vaccines" Vaccines and Immunol. Cryz, S.J.
      ed. Pergamon Press, (1991)pp. 211-223.
PAL  Ellis, R.W. "New technologies for..." Vaccines, Plotkin, S.A. et al, eds.
      Saunders & Co. (1988) pp. 588-575.
PAL  Bowie, J.U. et al. "Deciphering the message..." Science, 247: 1306-1310
      (1990).
PAL  Kumar, V. et al. "Amino acid variations at a single..." Proc. Natl Acad.
      Sci. 87:1337-1341 (1990).
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye
ABST
PAL  A variant HBsAg protein of fragment thereof displaying the antigenicity of
      Hepatitis B virus surface antigen is dicslosed, in which the variant
      protein of fragment thereof (vHBsAg) comprises a modified `a` determinant
      in which there is an amino acid other than glycine at position 145 of the
      HBsAg sequence. A vaccine comprising the vHBsAg is provided, as is a kit
      for diagnostic in vitro detection of anti-vHBsAg antibodies and an
      antibody preparation comprising anti-vHBsAg antibodies.
PATN
WKU  059898666
SRC  8
APN  9518223
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19971016
TTL  FGF homologs
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Saoud; Christine
EXP  Ulm; John
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Deisher; Theresa A.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Conklin; Darrell C.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Raymond; Fenella
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Bukowski; Thomas R.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Holderman; Susan D.
CTY  Kirkland
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Hansen; Birgit
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Sheppard; Paul O.
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  ZymoGenetics, Inc.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435 694
XCL  435243
XCL  4353201
XCL  435325
XCL  536 2351
XCL  935 13
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1518
ICL  C12N 1563
ICL  C12N  121
ICL  C12N  500
FSC  435
FSS  69.4;320.1;70.1;325;243
FSC  536
FSS  23.51
FSC  935
FSS  13
UREF
PNO  5439818
ISD  19950800
NAM  Fiddes et al.
UREF
PNO  5514566
ISD  19960500
NAM  Fiddes et al.
UREF
PNO  5604293
ISD  19970200
NAM  Fiddes et al.
OREF
PAL  Ohbayashi et al. J. Biol. Chem. 273(29):18161-18164, 1998.
PAL  Hu et al. Mol. Cell. Biol. 18(10):6063-6074, 1998.
PAL  Ayala et al. Modern Genetics, Benjamin/Cummings Pub. Co., CA, pp. 44,46 and
      Glossary, 1984.
PAL  Long et al., Cell Regulation 2: 1081-1095, 1991.
PAL  Lifeseq.TM. Clone Information Results, Incyte Pharmaceuticals Inc., 1995.
PAL  Goldfarb, Cell Growth and Differentiation 1: 439-445, 1990.
PAL  Crossley et al., Cell 84: 127-136, 1996.
LREP
FR2  Sawislak; Deborah A.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to polynucleotide and polypeptide molecules
      for zFGF-5 a novel member of the FGF family. The polypeptides, and
      polynucleotides encoding them, are proliferative for muscle cells and may
      be used for remodelling cardiac tissue and improving cardiac function. The
      present invention also includes antibodies to the zFGF-5 polypeptides.
PATN
WKU  059898674
SRC  8
APN  9349596
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19970922
TTL  DNA encoding IL-10-like homologue; related reagents
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Draper; Garnette D.
INVT
NAM  Knappe; Andrea
STR  Karlsbader Strasse 5
CTY  Erlangen
CNT  DEX
ITX  D-91058
INVT
NAM  Fickenscher; Helmut
STR  Im Heuschlag 20
CTY  Erlangen
CNT  DEX
ITX  D-91054
INVT
NAM  Fleckenstein; Bernhard
STR  Schlaifhausen 228
CTY  Wiesenthau
CNT  DEX
ITX  D-91368
CLAS
OCL  435 6952
XCL  435 695
XCL  4352523
XCL  4353201
XCL  536 235
XCL  536 243
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1524
FSC  536
FSS  23.5;24.3
FSC  438
FSS  69.5;69.52;252.3;320.1
UREF
PNO  5231012
ISD  19930700
NAM  Mosmann et al.
OCL  435 69.52
OREF
PAL  Helene M. Martin, et al., Gene159(2):187-191, 1995. "Cloning and
      characterisation of an ovine interleukin-10-encoding cDNA".
PAL  Anthony R. Mire-Sluis, et al., Journal of Immunological Methods,
      187(2):191-199, 1995. "Quantitative cell line based bioassays for human
      cytokines".
PAL  Jan E. de Vries and Rene de Waal Malefyt, Interleukin 10, R.G. Landes
      Company: Austin, Texas, 1995.
PAL  G.S. Hudson, et al., GenBank, Accession No. M11924, pp. 1-5, Sep. 1, 1988.
      "The short unique region of the B95-8 Epstein-Barr virus genome".
PAL  Kevin W. Moore, et al., GenBank, Accession No. M37897, pp. 1-2, Jun. 12,
      1991. "Homology of cytokine sythesis inhibitory factor (IL-10) to the
      Epstein-Barr virus gene BCRFI".
PAL  H.-J. Rode, et al., GenBank, Accession No. L08504, p. 1, Aug. 2, 1993. "The
      genome of equine herpesvirus type 2 harbors an interleukin 10 (IL10)-like
      gene".
PAL  P. Vieira, et al., GenBank, Accession No. M57627, pp. 1-2, Mar. 7, 1995.
      "Isolation and expression of human cytokine synthesis inhibitory factor
      cDNA clones: homology to Epstein-Barr virus open reading frame BCRFI".
PAL  Adams et al Accession # B69652.
PAL  Adams et al Accession # B48149.
LREP
FR2  Keleher; Gerald P.
FR2  Ching; Edwin P.
ABST
PAL  Purified genes encoding cytokine from a mammal, reagents related thereto
      including purified proteins, specific antibodies, and nucleic acids
      encoding this molecule are provided. Methods of using said reagents and
      diagnostic kits are also provided.
PATN
WKU  059898682
SRC  9
APN  1497251
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19980908
TTL  Fusion protein systems designed to increase soluble cytoplasmic
      expression of heterologous proteins in esherichia coli
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Degen; Nancy
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Harrison; Roger G.
CTY  Norman
STA  OK
INVT
NAM  Davis; Gregory D.
CTY  San Carlos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  The Board of Regents of the University of Oklahoma
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435 697
XCL  435 691
XCL  4352523
XCL  43525411
XCL  4353201
XCL  435325
XCL  435348
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 241
EDF  6
ICL  C12P 2102
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  C12N  121
ICL  C12N 1564
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;320.1;440;69.7;70.1;71.1;325;348;252.3;254.11;254.2
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;24.1
UREF
PNO  5270181
ISD  19931200
NAM  McCoy et al.
OCL  435 69.7
UREF
PNO  5292646
ISD  19940300
NAM  McCoy et al.
OCL  435 69.7
FREF
PNO  9402502
ISD  19940200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Blattner et al., "The Complete Genome Sequence of Escherichia coli K-12",
      Science, vol. 277, pp. 1453-1462, XP002069950, Sep. 5, 1997.
PAL  Davis, G.D. et al., "Soluble Expression of Recombinant Proteins in
      Escherichia Coli Using the NUSA Expression System", Abstracts of Papers of
      the American Chemical Society, vol. 216, No. 1-3, pp. 103-btec,
      XP002089994, Aug. 23, 1998.
PAL  Davis, G.D. and Harrison, R.G., "Rapid Screening of Fusion Protein
      Recombinants by Measuring Effects of Protein Overexpression on Cell
      Growth", Biotechniques, vol. 24, No. 3, pp. 360-362, XP002089507, Mar.
      1998.
PAL  Wilkinson, D.L. and Harrison, R.G., "Predicting the Solubility of
      Recombinant Proteins in Escherichia Coli ", Biotechnology, vol. 9, pp.
      443-448, XP002089506, May 1991.
PAL  PCT International Search Report for PCT/US98/19101, International filing
      date Sep. 14, 1998.
PAL  "Phage Display/Protein Fusion", New England BioLabs, 1996/1997 Catalog, pp.
      163-165.
PAL  "Expression Systems", Invitrogen Product Catalog, 1997 6 pages.
PAL  "Recombinant Protein Expression", Pharmacia Biotech Catalog, 1997, pp.
      159-163.
PAL  David L. Wilkinson and Roger G. Harrison, "Predicting the Solubility of
      Recombinant Proteins in Escherichia Coli", Biotechnology, 9:443-448, May
      1991.
PAL  Donahue et al., "Human IL-3 and GM-CSF Act Synergistically in Stimulating
      Hematopoiesis in Primates", Science, 241:1820-1823, Sep. 1988.
PAL  Lutsenko et al., "Recombinant Interleukin-3 Expression System in E. coli",
      http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/Htbin-post/Entrez/query?uid=1524590&form=6&db=
     m&Dopt=r, Bioorg Khim, 18(3) :391-397, Mar. 18, 1992 (page one only).
PAL  George et al., "High-Level Expression in Escherichia coli in Biologically
      Active Bovine Growth Hormone", DNA, 4(4):273-281, 1985.
PAL  Joost Haelewyn and Marc De Ley, "A Rapid Single-Step Purification Method
      for Human Interferon-.gamma. from Isolated Escherichia coli Inclusion
      Bodies", Biochemistry and Molecular Biology International,
      37(6):1163-1171, Dec. 1995.
PAL  Sharma et al., "Folding and Activation of Recombinant Human Prorenin",
      Biotechnology and Applied Biochemistry, 9:181-193, 1987.
PAL  Guan et al., "Vectors That Facilitate the Expression and Purification of
      Foreign Peptides in Escherichia Coli by Fusion to Maltose-Binding
      Protein", Gene, 67:21-30, 1988.
PAL  Zhang et al., "Expression and Functional Characterization of Escherichia
      coli NusQ and Lambda Q as Glutathione S-Transferase Fusion Proteins",
      Protein Expr Purif, 6(5):625-31, Oct. 1995.
PAL  George Georgiou and Pascal Valax, "Expression of Correctly Folded Proteins
      in Escherichia Coli", Current Opinion in Biotechnology, 7:190-197, 1996.
PAL  LaVallie et al., "A Thioredoxin Gene Fusion Expression System That
      Circumvents Inclusion Body Formation in the E. coli Cytoplasm",
      Bio/Technology, 11:187-193, Feb. 11, 1993.
PAL  Donald Smith and Kevin Johnson, "Single-Step Purification of Polypeptides
      Expressed in Escherichia coli As Fusion With Glutathione S-Transferase",
      Gene, 67:31-40, 1988.
LREP
FRM  Dunlap, Codding & Rogers, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A fusion sequence having a carrier protein which is preferably an E. coli
      protein having a predicted solubility probability of at least 90% fused to
      a target heterologous peptide or protein, and a host cell (especially E.
      coli) transformed with, or having integrated into its genome, a DNA
      sequence comprising a DNA encoding a carrier protein as defined herein
      fused to the DNA sequence of a selected heterologous peptide or protein.
      This fusion sequence is under the control of an expression control
      sequence capable of directing the expression of a fusion protein in the
      cell. An objective of the present invention is to improve the purification
      process of recombinant fusion proteins by avoiding the initial expression
      of these fusion proteins in E. coli as insoluble inclusion bodies. The
      methods and compositions of the present invention permit the production of
      large amounts of heterologous peptides or proteins in a stable, soluble
      form in certain host cells which normally express limited amounts of such
      soluble peptides or proteins. The present invention produces fusion
      proteins which retain the desirable characteristics of a carrier protein
      (i.e., stability, solubility, and a high level of expression).
PATN
WKU  059898690
SRC  8
APN  8124124
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970306
TTL  Process for preparing daunorubicin and doxorubicin
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Tung; Peter P.
EXP  Achutamurthy; Ponnathapu
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Filippini; Silvia
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Lomovskaya; Natalia
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Fonstein; Leonid
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Colombo; Anna Luisa
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Hutchinson; C. Richard
CTY  Cross Plains
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Pharmacia & Upjohn S.p.A.
CTY  Nerviano
CNT  ITX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  435 78
XCL  43525235
XCL  536 231
EDF  6
ICL  C12P 1956
ICL  C12N  120
ICL  C07H 2102
FSC  435
FSS  78;252.35
FSC  536
FSS  23.1
OREF
PAL  Hutchinson, C. et al., Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, vol. 64, pp. 165-176, 1993.
PAL  Scotti, C. et al., J. Bacter., vol. 178, pp. 7316-7321, Dec. 1996.
LREP
FRM  Nikaido Marmelstein Murray & Oram, LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to a process for improving daunorubicin
      and doxorubicin production by means of a recombinant microorganism in
      which a gene of daunorubicin metabolism involved in the glycosylation of
      daunorubicin to acid-sensitive, baumycin-like compounds is inactivated.
PATN
WKU  059898704
SRC  8
APN  3895645
APT  1
ART  169
APD  19950216
TTL  Method for cloning active promoters
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  McElwain; Elizabeth F.
NDR  45
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Nakari; Tiina Hannele
CTY  Helsinki
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Onnela; Maija-Leena
CTY  Helsinki
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Ilmen; Marja Hannele
CTY  Helsinki
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Penttila ; Merja Elisa
CTY  Helsinki
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Rohm Enzyme Finland Oy
CTY  Rajamaki
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19860430
APN  8610600
RLAP
COD  71
APN  932485
APD  19920819
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  496155
APD  19900319
RLAP
COD  81
APN  044077
APD  19870429
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435 911
XCL  435 9141
XCL  435911
XCL  435913
XCL  435925
XCL  435929
XCL  435931
XCL  435945
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C12N  114
FSC  435
FSS  172.3;91.41;911;913;925;929;931;945;91.1
UREF
PNO  4725535
ISD  19880200
NAM  Sonenshein et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5108918
ISD  19920400
NAM  Groenen et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5674707
ISD  19971000
NAM  Hintz et al.
OCL  435 69.1
UREF
PNO  5710021
ISD  19980100
NAM  Hintz et al.
OCL  435 69.1
FREF
PNO  0 137 280 A1
ISD  19850400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 244 598 A1
ISD  19871100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 306 107 A3
ISD  19890300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 459 643 A1
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/00379
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/02172
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Teeri, T. et al., "The Molecular Cloning of the Major Cellulase Gene from
      Trichoderma reesei," Bio/Technol.:696-699 (Oct. 1983).
PAL  Harkki, A. et al., "A Novel Fungal Expression System: Secretion Of Active
      Calf Chymosin From The Filamentous Fungus Trichoderma reesei,"
      Bio/Technol. 7:596-603 (Jun. 1989).
PAL  Judelson, H.W. et al., "Highly Abundant and Stage-Specific mRNAs in the
      Obligate Pathogen Bremia lactucae," Molecular Plant-Microbe Interactions
      3(4):225-232 (1990).
PAL  Turgeon, B.G. et al., "Development of a Fungal Transformation System Based
      on Selection of Sequences with Promoter Activity," Molec. and Cell. Biol.
      7(9):3297-3305 (1987).
PAL  Curie, C. et al., "Cis and trans-acting elements involved in the activation
      of Arabidopsis thaliana A1 gene encoding the translation elongation factor
      EF-1.alpha.," Nucl. Acids Res. 19(6):13-5-1310 (1991).
PAL  Kim, D.W. et al., "Use of the human elongation factor 1.alpha. promoter as
      a versatile and efficient expression system," Gene 91:217-223 (1990).
PAL  Miyajima, A. et al., "Coordination of Levels of Elongation Factors Tu, Ts,
      and G, and Ribosomal Protein S1 in Escherichia coli," J. Biochem.
      83:453-462 (1978).
PAL  Thiele, D. et al., "Elongation Factor 1.alpha. from Saccharomyces
      cerevisiae: Rapid Large-Scale Purification And Molecular
      Characterization," J. Biol. Chem. 260 (5):3084-3089 (1985).
PAL  Uetsuki, T. et al., "Isolation and Characterization of the Human
      Chromosomal Gene for Polypeptide Chain Elongation Factor-1.alpha.," J.
      Biol. Chem. 10:5791-5798 (1989).
PAL  Schirmaier, F. et al., "Identification of two genes coding for the
      translation elongation factor EF-1.alpha. of S. cerevisiae," EMBO J.
      3(13):3311-3315 (1984).
PAL  Liboz, Thierry et al., "The four members of the gene family encoding the
      Arabidopsis thaliana translation elongator factor EF-1.alpha. are actively
      transcribed," Plant Mol. Biol. 14:107-110 (1989).
PAL  Auer, J. et al., "Organisation and Nucleotide Sequence of a Gene Cluster
      Comprising the Translation Elongation Factor 1.alpha. from Sulfolobus
      acidocaldarius," System. Appl. Microbiol. 14(1):14-22 (1990).
PAL  Ishiura, M. et al., "Simplified cosmid vectors for gene transfer to
      cultured mammalian cells: isolation of the gene for elongation factor 2
      from the mouse," Gene 85:427-433 (1989).
PAL  Penttila, M.E. et al., "Cloning of Aspergillus niger genes in yeast.
      Expression of the gene coding Aspergillus .beta.-glucosidase," Mol. Gen.
      Genet. 194(3):494-499 (1984).
PAL  von Melchner, H. et al., "Isolation of cellular promoters by using a
      retrovirus promoter trap," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:3733-3737 (1990).
PAL  Neve et al., "Eukaryotic DNA fragments which act as promoters for a plasmid
      gene," Nature 277: 324-325 (1979).
PAL  Soldati, L. et al., "Effective gene expression in Pseudomonas aeruginosa
      under the control of the Escherichia coli consensus promoter," FEMS
      Microbiol. Letts. 42:163-167 (1987).
PAL  An, G. et al., "Plasmid Vehicles for Direct Cloning of Escherichia coli
      Promoters," J. Bacteriol. 140(2):400-407 (1979).
PAL  Band, L. et al., "Construction of a vector for cloning promoters in
      Bacillus subtilis," Gene 26 2(3):313-315 (1983).
PAL  Achen, M.G. et al., "Construction of plasmid vectors for the detection of
      streptococcal promoters," Gene 45 (1):45-49 (1986).
PAL  Goodey, A.R. et al., "The selection of promoters for the expression of
      heterologous genes in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae," Mol. Gen.
      Genet. 204:505-511 (1986).
PAL  Pater, M.M. et al., "Thymidine Kinase of Herpes Virus as a Vehicle for the
      Isolation and Characterization of Unknown Mammalian Promoters and
      Enhancers," J. Mol. Appl. Genet. 2(4):363-371 (1984).
PAL  Slos, P. et al., "Isolation and Characterization of Chromosomal Promoters
      of Streptococcus salivarius subsp. thermophilus," Appl. Environ.
      Microbiol. 57(5):1333-1339 (1991).
PAL  Santangelo, G.M. et al., "Properties of Promoters Cloned Randomly from the
      Saccharomyces cerevisiae Genome," Molec. and Cell. Biol. 8(10):4217-4224
      (1988).
PAL  Savochkina, L.P. et al., "Stability of Cloned Promoter-Containing
      Fragments," Mol. Gen. Genet. 189:142-147 (1983).
PAL  Ogawa, H. et al., "Molecular cloning of promoter-containing fragments from
      Bacillus stearothermophilus and their expression in Escherichia coli and
      Bacillus subtilis," FEMS Microbiol. Letts 24 (2-3):169-172 (1984).
PAL  Gatignol, A. et al., "Cloning of Saccharomyces cerevisiae promoters using a
      probe vector based on phleomycin resistance," Gene 91:35-41 (1990).
PAL  Goldfarb, D.S. et al., "Expression Probe Plasmids To Isolate And Analyze
      Bacillus Subtillus Regulatory Elements," Proc. Int. Symp. Genet. Ind.
      Microorganisms, pp. 120-124 (1982).
PAL  Kubota, M. et al., "Random screening of promoters from Escherichia coli and
      classification based on the promoter strength," Jpn. J. Genet. 66:399-409
      (1991).
PAL  Flick, J.S. et al., "Two Systems of Glucose Represseion of the GAL1
      Promoter in Saccharomyces cerevisiae," Mol. and Cell. Biol.
      10(9):4757-4769 (1990).
PAL  Shoemaker, S.P. et al., "Cellulases: Diversity Amongst Improved Trichoderma
      Strains," In: Trends In The biology Of Fermentations For Fuels And
      Chemicals, Hollaender, Alexander (ed.), Plenum Press, New York, pp. 89-109
      (1981).
PAL  Montenecourt, B.S. et al., "Preparation of Mutants of Trichoderma reesei
      with Enhanced Cellulase Production," Appl. and Environ. Microbiol.
      34(6):777-782 (1977).
PAL  Takashima, S. et al., "Analysis of Cre1 binding sites in the Trichoderma
      resei cbhl upstream region," FEMS Microbiol. Letters 145:361-366 (1996).
PAL  Margret, D. and Lauquin, G.J.M. 1986. The Yeast SRP Gene: Positive
      Modulation by Glucose of its Transcriptional Expression, Biochemical and
      Biophysical Research Communications, 138(1):297-303.
PAL  Nakari et. al., Proceeding of the Second Tricel Symposium on Trichoderma
      reesei Cellulases and Other Hydrolases, Espoo, Finland, ed by P. Suominen
      et. al. Foundation for Biotechnical and Industrial Fermentation Research
      8(1993):239-246.
PAL  Penttka et al, 1987, Gene 61:155-164.
LREP
FRM  Sterne, Kessler, Goldstein & Fox P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A method is described for the identification and cloning of promoters that
      express under a defined environmental condition, such as growth in glucose
      medium. Using this method, five Trichodermal promoters capable of the high
      expression of operably linked coding sequences are identified, one of
      which is the promoter for T. reesei tef1. Also provided are altered cbh1
      promoters, altered so that glucose no longer represses expression from
      such promoter. The invention further provides vectors and hosts that
      utilize such promoters, and unique fungal enzyme compositions from such
      hosts.
PATN
WKU  059898712
SRC  8
APN  8006415
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970214
TTL  Kits for DNA sequencing employing a mixed DNA-polymer chain probe
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Horlick; Kenneth R.
NDR  14
NFG  35
INVT
NAM  Grossman; Paul D.
CTY  Burlingame
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Fung; Steven
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Menchen; Steven M.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Woo; Sam Lee
CTY  Redwood City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Winn-Deen; Emily S.
CTY  Foster City
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  The Perkin-Elmer Corporation
CTY  Foster City
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  447174
APD  19950519
PSC  01
PNO  5624800
RLAP
COD  81
APN  296880
APD  19940826
PSC  01
PNO  5580732
RLAP
COD  81
APN  973118
APD  19920407
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  866018
APD  19920407
PSC  01
PNO  5470705
RLAP
COD  82
APN  862642
APD  19920403
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435 911
XCL  536 2433
EDF  6
ICL  C12P 1934
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  91.1;810
FSC  536
FSS  24.33
UREF
PNO  4879214
ISD  19891100
NAM  Kornher et al.
UREF
PNO  4925785
ISD  19900500
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5108568
ISD  19920400
NAM  Van Alstine
UREF
PNO  5171534
ISD  19921200
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  5525465
ISD  19960600
NAM  Haralambidis et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5677440
ISD  19971000
NAM  Haralambidis et al.
OCL  536 25.3
OREF
PAL  Haralambidis et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 18(3), 493-499 (1990).
PAL  Kambara et al., Bio/Technology 9, 648-651 (Jul. 1991).
PAL  J.Noolandi Electrophoresis 13:394-395 (1992) A new concept for sequencing
      DNA by capillary electrophoresis.
PAL  K.J.Livak et al. Nucleic Acids Research 20(18): 4831-4837 (1992) Detection
      of single base differences using biotinylated nucleotides with very long
      linker arms.
PAL  J.S.Kornher et al. Nucleic Acids Research 17(19): 7779-7784 (1989) Mutation
      detection using nucleotide analogs that alter electrophoretic mobility.
PAL  P.Mayer et al. Analytical Chemistry 66: 1777-1780 (1994) Theory of DNA
      sequencing using free solution electrophoresis of protein-DNA complexes.
PAL  W.Muller et al Nucleic Acids Research 9(1): 95-119 (1981) Polyethylene
      glycol derivatives of base and sequence specific DNA ligands: DNA
      interaction and application for base specific separation of DNA fragments
      by gel electrophoresis.
PAL  R.L. Cunico et al. Journal of Chromatography 559: 467-477 (1991)
      Characterization of polyethylene glycol modified proteins using charge
      reversed capillary electrophoresis.
LREP
FR2  Grossman; Paul D.
ABST
PAL  Method and composition for detecting one or more selected polynucleotide
      regions in a target polynucleotide. In the method, a mixture of
      sequence-specific probes are reacted with the target polynucleotide under
      hybridization conditions, and the hybridized probes are treated to
      selectively modify those probes which are bound to the target
      polynucleotide in a base-specific manner. The resulting labeled probes
      include a polymer chain which imparts to each different-sequence probe, a
      distinctive ratio of charge/translational frictional drag, and a
      detectable label. The labeled probes are fractionated by electrophoresis
      in a non-sieving matrix, and the presence of one or more selected
      sequences in the target polynucleotide are detected according to the
      observed electrophoretic migration rates of the labeled probes in a
      non-sieiving medium.
PATN
WKU  059898720
SRC  8
APN  909525&
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19970812
TTL  Methods and compositions for transferring DNA sequence information among
      vectors
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Guzo; David
INVT
NAM  Luo; Ying
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hua; Shaobing
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Zhu; Li
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Clontech Laboratories, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435 912
XCL  435 914
XCL  435 9141
XCL  435455
XCL  435463
XCL  435465
XCL  435325
XCL  435354
XCL  435366
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 241
XCL  536 242
XCL  536 2433
EDF  6
ICL  C12P 1934
ICL  C12N 1585
ICL  C12N 1564
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  5;91.2;91.4;91.41;455;463;465;325;354;366
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;24.1;24.2;24.33
OREF
PAL  Bendixen, Christian et al., "A Yeast Mating-Selection Scheme for Detection
      of Protein-Protein Interactions," Nucleic Acids Research (1994) vol. 22,
      No. 9:1778-1779.
PAL  Chien, Cheng-Ting et al., "The Two-Hybrid System: A Method to Identify and
      Clone Genes For Proteins That Interact With A Protein of Interest," Proc.
      Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1991) vol. 88:9578-9582.
PAL  Degryse, Eric et al., "In Vivo Cloniong by Homologous Recombination in
      Yeast Using a Two-Plasmid-Based System," Yeast (1995) vol. 11:629-640.
PAL  Fields, Stanley et al., "A Novel Genetic System to Detect Protein-Protein
      Interactions," Nature (1989) vol. 340:245-246.
PAL  Gietz, Daniel et al., "Improved Method For High Efficiency Transformation
      Of Intact Yeast Cells," Nucleic Acids Research (1992) vol. 20, No. 6:1425.
PAL  Glasunov, A.V. et al., "Different Repair Kinetics For Short and Long DNA
      Double-Strand Gaps in Saccharomyces Cerevisiae," Int. J. Radiat. Biol.
      (1995) vol. 68, No. 4:421-428.
PAL  Guarente, Leonard "Strategies For The Identification Of Interacting
      Proteins", Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA (1993) vol. 90:1639-1641.
PAL  Ishioka, Chikashi et al., "Screening Patients For Heterozygous p53
      Mutations Using A Functional Assay In Yeast," Nature Genetics (1993) vol.
      5:124-129.
PAL  Ishioka, Chikashi et al., "Detection of Heterozygous Truncating Mutations
      In The BRCA1 and APC Genes By USing A Rapid Screening Assay In Yeast,"
      Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1997) vol. 94:2449-2453.
PAL  Hopkin, Karen "Yeast Two-Hybrid Systems: More Than Bait And Fish," The
      journal of Nih Research (1996) vol. 8:27-29.
PAL  Lorenz, Michael et al., "Gene Disruption With PCT Products In Saccharomyces
      Cerevisiae," Gene (1995) vol. 158:113-117.
PAL  Luo, Ying et al., "Cloning and Analysis of DNA-Binding Proteins by Yeast
      One-Hybrid and One-Two-Hybrid Systems," BioTechniques (1996) vol.
      20:564-568.
PAL  Botstein, Dr. D., "The Molecular Analysis of Gene Function in the Yeast S.
      Cerevisiae Has Been Aided Tremendously by the Development of Methods for
      the Manpfulation of," Gene (1987) vol. 58:201-216.
PAL  Manivasakam, Palaniyandi et al., "Micro-Homology Mediated PCR Targeting in
      Saccharomyces Cerevisiae," Nucleic Acids Research (1995) vol. 23, No.
      14:2799-2800.
PAL  Shinohara, Akira et al., "Homologous Recombination and the Roles of
      Double-Strand Breaks," Tibs (1995) vol. 20:387-391.
PAL  Zhu, Li "Yeast GAL4 Two-Hybrid System," Methods in Molecular Biology (1997)
      vol. 63:173-196.
LREP
FRM  Bozicevic, Field & Francis, LLP
FR2  Field; Bret
ABST
PAL  Methods and compositions are provided for transferring DNA sequence
      information from a first vector to a second vector. In the subject
      methods, a first vector comprising a region of DNA having a sequence of
      interest is contacted with a set of three pairs of oligonucleotide primers
      under conditions sufficient to produce three different PCR products, where
      each product corresponds to a different reading frame. The oligonucleotide
      primers comprise a first region of sequence identity with the first vector
      and a second region permissive of site specific recombination with the
      second vector. The resultant PCR products are combined with the second
      vector under conditions sufficient for site specific recombination to
      occur. Also provided are kits for use in performing the subject methods.
PATN
WKU  059898739
SRC  8
APN  9293027
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970911
TTL  Method of detecting gene expression and/or of preventing such expression
      in cells
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Fredman; Jeffrey
NDR  9
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Vinayagamoorthy; Thuraiayah
STR  112-245 Stillwater Dr., Chalsea Gardens
CTY  Saskatoon, Saskatchewan
CNT  CAX
ITX  S7J 4M7
INVT
NAM  Schloss; Eric
STR  #304, 8215-112 Street
CTY  Edmonton, Alberta
CNT  CAX
ITX  T6G 2C8
CLAS
OCL  435 912
XCL  435  6
XCL  435 9121
XCL  435 915
XCL  536 243
XCL  536 2431
XCL  536 2433
XCL  536 245
XCL  514 44
EDF  6
ICL  C12P 1934
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C07H 2102
FSC  435
FSS  6;91.2;91.1;91.21;91.5
FSC  536
FSS  24.3;24.31;24.32;24.33;24.5
FSC  514
FSS  44
UREF
PNO  4683195
ISD  19870700
NAM  Mullis et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  4683202
ISD  19870700
NAM  Mullis
OCL  435 91
UREF
PNO  5322770
ISD  19940600
NAM  Gelfand
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5338671
ISD  19940800
NAM  Scalice et al.
OCL  435 91.2
UREF
PNO  5340728
ISD  19940800
NAM  Grosz et al.
OCL  435 91.2
UREF
PNO  5405774
ISD  19950400
NAM  Abramson et al.
OCL  435252.3
UREF
PNO  5407800
ISD  19950400
NAM  Gelfand et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5436149
ISD  19950700
NAM  Barnes
OCL  435194
UREF
PNO  5527669
ISD  19960600
NAM  Resnick et al.
OCL  435  5
UREF
PNO  5585479
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hoke et al.
OCL  536 24.5
UREF
PNO  5593829
ISD  19970100
NAM  McCabe et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5595872
ISD  19970100
NAM  Wetterau, II et al.
OCL  435  6
OREF
PAL  Orum et al, "Single base pair mutation analysis by PNA directed PCR
      clamping", Nucleic Acids Res. 21(23):5332-5336, 1993.
PAL  Herrmann et al, "PCR and reverse dot hybridization for the detection of
      endogenous retroviral transcripts", J. Virol. Methods 46:333-348, 1994.
PAL  Lo, "Application of PCR for fetal cell detection", Early Human Development
      47:S73-S77, 1996.
PAL  Probst et al, "The G-tetrad in antisense targeting", Trends Genetics
      12(8):90-91, 1996.
PAL  Harris et al, "Strategies for targeted gene therapy", Trends Genetics
      12(10):400-405, 1996.
PAL  Marshall, "Gene Therapy's growin pains", Science 269:1050-1055, Aug. 1995.
PAL  Kawasaki, "Amplification of RNA" in PCR Protocols: A Guide to Methods and
      Applications, Innis et al, Eds., pp. 21-27, 1990.
ABST
PAL  A method of amplifying a nucleotide sequence complementary to an mRNA
      template derived from genomic DNA. The method involves the following
      steps. A sample mixture containing an mRNA template and corresponding
      genomic DNA is provided, the genomic DNA including at least two exons
      separated by at least one intron. A pair of intron-blockers are introduced
      into the mixture, the intron-blockers comprising a sequence of
      intron-specific oligonucleotides modified to prevent nucleotide extension
      in conditions promoting polymerase chain reaction. A primer pair promoting
      amplification of cDNA derived from the mRNA template is introduced into
      the mixture and then reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction is
      carried out to amplify cDNA. Detection of the cDNA is proof of the
      existence of mRNA in the sample, and thus proof of expression of the
      corresponding gene. The method avoids false positives caused by
      amplification of genomic DNA as well as cDNA based on an mRNA template.
      The invention includes a method of suppressing gene expression in vivo,
      which comprises exposing cells containing a gene to be suppressed, made up
      of exons and at least one intron, to intron-blockers having nucleotide
      sequences that bind to the intron to prevent gene expression.
PATN
WKU  059898747
SRC  8
APN  6202853
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19960322
TTL  Humectant, antistatic agent, dispersant and film-forming agent having
      polysaccharide as active principle, preparation process of
      polysaccharides, and Kliebsiella ocytoca TNM-3 strain
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Tate; Christopher R.
EXP  Lankford, Jr.; Leon B.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Nakanishi; Osamu
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ooiso; Yoichi
CTY  Higashiosaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okumiya; Takeshi
CTY  Yao
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugihara; Ryosuke
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawashima; Kaoru
CTY  Habikino
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tayca Corporation
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950327
APN  7-093100
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950501
APN  7-131040
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950628
APN  7-184738
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950704
APN  7-191280
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950718
APN  7-203845
CLAS
OCL  435101
XCL  435 72
XCL  4352521
XCL  435852
XCL  536123
EDF  6
ICL  C12P 1904
ICL  C12N  120
FSC  435
FSS  72;101;852;252.1
FSC  536
FSS  123
UREF
PNO  4514563
ISD  19850400
NAM  Fujiyama et al.
OCL  536123
UREF
PNO  4806636
ISD  19890200
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL  536123
UREF
PNO  4906746
ISD  19900300
NAM  Barnier et al.
OCL  536127
UREF
PNO  4921793
ISD  19900500
NAM  Rosenberg et al.
OCL  435 84
UREF
PNO  4950604
ISD  19900800
NAM  Graber-Gubert et al.
OCL  435252.1
UREF
PNO  4975371
ISD  19901200
NAM  Kawaguchi
OCL  435101
UREF
PNO  5476656
ISD  19951200
NAM  Kawaguchi et al.
OCL  424116
FREF
PNO  0 379 999
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 618 232 A2
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 058 107
ISD  19810400
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  The ATCC Catalogue of Bacteria and Bacteriophages, 18th ed., p. 165, 1992.
PAL  Beurret et al. Carbohydrate Res. vol. 157 1986 pp. 13-25.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan vol. 018, No. 433 (C-1239) Aug. 18, 1994
      corresponding to JP 06 136003.
LREP
FR2  Conlin; David G.
FR2  O'Day; Christine C.
ABST
PAL  The disclosure describes a humectant, antistatic agent, film-forming agent
      or dispersant comprising an effective amount of a polysaccharide produced
      by two strains of Kliebsiella composed of D-glucuronic acid, L-rhamnose,
      D-galactose and D-glucose in a molar ratio of D-glucuronic
      acid:L-rhamnose:D-galactose:D-glucose=0.8-1.2:2.4-3.6:0.8-1.2:0.8-1.2.
PATN
WKU  059898755
SRC  8
APN  9734619
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19980420
TTL  Method of process for producing L-lysine by fermentation
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Mayhew; Bradley S.
EXP  Wax; Robert A.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kojima; Hiroyuki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ogawa; Yuri
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawamura; Kazue
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sano; Konosuke
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ajinomoto Co., Inc.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950613
APN  7-146054
CLAS
OCL  435115
XCL  4352523
XCL  43525231
XCL  435232
XCL  435194
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C12N  988
ICL  C12N  912
FSC  435
FSS  115;232;252.3;252.31;194
UREF
PNO  5258300
ISD  19931100
NAM  Glassman et al.
OCL  435240.4
UREF
PNO  5545545
ISD  19960800
NAM  Gengenbach et al.
OCL  435172.3
FREF
PNO  93/19190
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/11517
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/16042
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Sugita T, et al. Cloning and characterization of the mutatedthreonine
      operon (thrA(1)5A(2)5BC) of Serratia marcescens. Gene. May 1, 1987;
      57(2-3): 151-158.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/00648
PD1  19980420
PD2  19980420
PD3  19960314
PCP  WO96/41871
PCD  19961227
ABST
PAR  A bacterium belonging to the genus Serratia, which is transformed by
      introducing into its cells, a DNA coding for a dihydrodipicolinate
      synthase originating from a bacterium belonging to the genus Escherichia
      or Serratia having mutation to desensitize feedback inhibition by L-lysine
      and a DNA coding for an aspartokinase originating from a bacterium
      belonging to the genus Escherichia or Serratia having mutation to
      desensitize feedback inhibition by L-lysine is cultivated in an
      appropriate medium, L-lysine is produced and accumulated in a culture
      thereof, and L-lysine is collected from the culture.
PATN
WKU  059898763
SRC  8
APN  9884254
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971210
TTL  Colorant precursors derivable from cells of plants of the genus
      medicago, process for their preparation and use thereof for the
      preparation of colorants
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Lankford, Jr.; Leon B.
INVT
NAM  Belcour-Castro; Beatrice
CTY  La Riche
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Hussler; Georges
CTY  Aulnay-Sous-Bois
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Bonnet; Anne
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  L'Oreal
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19961211
APN  96 15212
CLAS
OCL  435117
XCL  435 41
XCL  435121
XCL  435122
XCL  435410
XCL  4241951
XCL  424 701
XCL  424 706
XCL  424 74
XCL  514183
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  500
ICL  A61K  706
ICL  A61K  713
ICL  C07D20912
FSC  435
FSS  41;117;410;121;122
FSC  424
FSS  195.1;70.1;70.6;74
FSC  514
FSS  183
UREF
PNO  4569839
ISD  19860200
NAM  Grollier et al.
OCL  424 74
FREF
PNO  0 560 683
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 82 01010
ISD  19820400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Database WPI Section Ch, Week 9411 Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB;
      Class B04, AN 94-089261 XP002038421 & JP 06 040 884 A (Taiyo Kagaku KK),
      Feb. 15, 1994.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 97, No. 13, Sep. 27, 1982 Columbus, Ohio, US;
      abstract No. 107154, Chaubet, Nicole et al: Characterization
      of.beta.-galactosidase of Medicago sativa suspension-cultured cells
      growing on lactose. Effect of the growth substrates on the activities:
      XP002038420 & Z. Pflanzenphysiol. (1982), 106(5), 401-7.
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Colorant precursors, which are present in the cells of plants belonging to
      the genus Medicago, such as alfalfa, can react with quinones so as to
      yield colorants which can be used in dyeing compositions for textiles or
      hair.
PATN
WKU  059898771
SRC  8
APN  8178054
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970823
TTL  Selective process for the deacylation of acylated compounds
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Hanley; Susan
EXP  Witz; Jean C.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  De Pater; Robertus M.
CTY  Delft
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Sibeyn; Mieke
CTY  Amersfoort
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Gist-Brocades B.V.
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19950803
APN  95202125
CLAS
OCL  435158
XCL  435170
XCL  549292
XCL  560256
EDF  6
ICL  C12P  718
ICL  C12P  104
ICL  C07D30930
ICL  C07C 6702
FSC  435
FSS  158;170;171;252.1;254.1;254.3
FSC  549
FSS  292
FSC  560
FSS  119;256
UREF
PNO  5451688
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kogen et al.
OCL  549292
LREP
FRM  Bierman, Musierlian and Lucas
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/03495
PD1  19970423
PD2  19970423
PD3  19960805
PCP  WO97/06204
PCD  19970220
      ##STR1##
ABST
PAR   The invention provides a simple and selective method for the deacylation
      of 4-acylated statins during the preparation of statins from a
      fermentation broth, more specifically a reduction of impurities from the
      process, by increasing the pH of the fermentation broth.
PATN
WKU  059898780
SRC  9
APN  0213047
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980210
TTL  Fermentation process for preparing erythritol using mutant cells by
      controlling osmotic pressure
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Lilling; Herbert J.
INVT
NAM  Kim; Sang Yong
CTY  Kyonggi
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Oh; Deok Kun
CTY  Chonbuk
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Jung; Soo Ryun
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Bolak Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyunggi-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19971230
APN  97-78786
CLAS
OCL  435158
XCL  435911
EDF  6
ICL  C12P  718
FSC  435
FSS  158;911
UREF
PNO  4906569
ISD  19900300
NAM  Maeda et al.
OCL  435158
UREF
PNO  4923812
ISD  19900500
NAM  Horikita et al.
OCL  435158
UREF
PNO  4939091
ISD  19900700
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  435158
UREF
PNO  5902739
ISD  19990500
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  435158
OREF
PAL  Aoki et al., Biotechnology Letters, 15:4, pp. 383-388, Apr. 1993.
PAL  Ishizuka et al., Journal of Fermentation and Bioengineering, 68:5, pp.
      310-314, 1989.
PAL  Hajny et al., Applied Microbiology, 12:2, pp. 240-246, May 1964.
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a fermentation process for preparing
      erythritol with high productivity with novel mutant of Trigonopsis
      variabilis, more specifically, for preparing erythritol under optimal
      fermentation conditions for maximum erythritol production by optimizing
      the environmental conditions of culture such as pH, temperature and
      controlling osmotic pressure. A two-stage fermentation was performed to
      control osmotic pressure. Osmotic pressure was adjusted to a low level
      during growth phase and to a high level during production phase by adding
      glucose and NaCl. Therefore, erythritol production could be increased due
      to the increased mutant cells.
PATN
WKU  059898798
SRC  8
APN  7813295
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19970110
TTL  Compositions and methods using eukaryotic Rad52
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Sandals; William
EXP  Ketter; James
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Reddy; Gurucharan
CTY  Redwood City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Golub; Efim Ilya
CTY  New Haven
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Radding; Charles Meyer
CTY  Hamden
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Yale University
CTY  New Haven
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4351723
XCL  435  6
XCL  530350
XCL  536 231
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1563
ICL  C12N 2106
ICL  C07K 1300
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  6;172.3
FSC  530
FSS  350
FSC  536
FSS  23.1
OREF
PAL  Panyutin and Hsieh, "Formation of a Single Base Mismatch Impedes
      Spontaneous DNA Branch Migration," J. Mol. Biol., 230:413-424 (1993).
PAL  Reddy et al., "Human Rad52 protein promotes single-strand DNA annealing
      followed by branch migration," Database Medline--NLM, Mutation Research,
      Netherlands, AN 97363253 (Jun. 1997).
PAL  New et al., "Rad52 protein stimulates DNA strand exchange by Rad51 and
      replication protein A, " Nature (London), 391:401-410 (Jan. 1998).
PAL  Ogawa, T., et al., "A Species-Specific Interaction of Rad51 and Rad52
      Proteins in Eukaryotes", Adv. Biophys. vol. 31:93-100 (1995).
PAL  Park, M.S., et al., "Physical Interaction Between Human RAD52 and RPA is
      Required for Homologous Recombination in Mammalian Cells", The Journal of
      Biol. Chem. vol. 271(31):18996-19000 (1996).
PAL  Shen, Z., et al., "The Human and Mouse Homologs of the Yeast RAD52 Gene:
      cDNA Cloning, Sequence Analysis, Assignment to Human Chromosome 12p
      12.2-p13, and mRNA Expression in Mouse Tissues", Genomics 25:199-206
      (1995).
PAL  Bendixen, C., et al., "Identification of a Mouse Homologue of the
      Saccharomyces cerevisiae Recombination and Repair Gene, RAD52", Genomics
      23:300-303 (1994).
PAL  Ogawa, T., et al., "RecA-like Recombination Proteins in
      Eukaryotes:Functions and Structures of RAD51 Genes", Cold Spring Harbor
      Symposia on Quantitative Biology, vol. LVIIL:567-576 (1993).
PAL  Park, M.S., "Expression of Human RAD52 Confers Resistance to Ionizing
      Radiation in Mammalian Cells", The Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol.
      270(26):15467-15470 (1995).
PAL  Bezzubova, O.Y., et al.,"Identification of a Chicken RAD52 Homologue
      Suggests Conservation of the RAD52 Recombination Pathway Throughout the
      Evolution of Higher Eukaryotes", Nucleic Acids Research 21(25:5945-5949
      (1993).
PAL  Smith, J., et al., "A Mutation in the Gene Encoding the Saccharomyces
      cerevisiae Single-Stranded DNA-Binding Protein Rfal Stimulates a
      RAD52-Independent Pathway for Direct-Repeat Recombination", Molecular and
      Cellular Biology, vol. 15(3):1632-1641 (1995).
PAL  Sugawara, N., et al., "DNA Structure-DependentRequirements for Yeast RAD
      Genes in Gene Conversion", Nature, vol. 373:84-86 (1995).
PAL  Rattray, A.J. et al., "Use of a chromosomal Inverted Repeat to Demonstrate
      that the RAD51 and RAD52 Genes of Saccharomyces cerevisiae Have Different
      Roles in Mitotic Recombination", Genetics 138:587-595 (1994).
PAL  Hays, S.L., et al., "Complex Formation in Yeast Double-Strand Break Repair:
      Participation on Rad51, Rad52, Rad55, and Rad57 Proteins", Proc. Natl.
      Acad. Sci, USA, Genetics vol. 92:6925-6929 (1995).
PAL  Shinohara, A., et al., "Homologous Recombination and the Roles of
      Double-Strand Breaks", TIBS 20:387-391 (1995).
PAL  Johnson, R.D., et al., "Functional Differences and Interactions Among the
      Putative RecA Homologs Rad51, Rad52, and Rad57", Molecular and Cellular
      Biology 4843-4850 (1995).
PAL  Milne, G.T., et al., "Dominant Negative Alleles of RAD52 Reveal a DNA
      Repair/Recombination Complex Including Rad51 and Rad52", Genes &
      Development 1755-1765 (1993).
PAL  Adzuma, K. et al., "Primary Structure of the RAD52 Gene in Saccharomyces
      cerevisiae", Molecular and Cellular Biology vol. 4(12):2735-2744 (1984).
PAL  Donovan, J.W., et al., "Homotypic and Heterotypic Protein Associations
      Control Rad51 Function in Double-Strand Break Repair", Genes & Development
      2552-2562 (1994).
PAL  Shen, Z., et al., "Specific Interactions Between the Human RAD51 and RAD52
      Proteins", The Journal of Biological Chemistry vol. 271(1):148-152 (1996).
PAL  Klein, H.L., "Genetic Control of Intrachromosomal Recombination", BioEssays
      vol. 17(2):147-159 (1995).
PAL  Haber, J.E., "In vivo biochemistry: Physical monitoring of recombination
      induced by site-specific endonucleases", BioEssays vol. 17(7):609-620
      (1995).
PAL  Mortensen et al. DNA strand annealing is promoted by the yeast Rad52
      protein. PNAS (USA) vol. 93:10729-10734, Oct. 1, 1996.
PAL  Sugawara et al. Characterization of double-strand break-induced
      recombination: Homology requirements and single-stranded DNA formation.
      Mol. Cell. Biol. vol. 12(2):563-575, Feb. 1992.
PAL  Muris et al. Cloning of human and mouse genes homologous to Rad52, ayeast
      gene involved in DNA repair and recombination. Mut. Res., DNA Repair. vol.
      315:295-305, Dec. 1994.
LREP
FRM  Flehr Hohbach Test Albritton & Herbert LLP
FR2  Trecartin; Richard F.
FR2  Silva; Robin M.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to complexes of eukaryotic Rad52 protein and nucleic
      acids, and methods of using the complexes.
PATN
WKU  059898801
SRC  8
APN  1976478
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19940216
TTL  Method of preparing lysozyme dimers
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Lilling; Herbert J.
NDR  2
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Herrmann; Peter
CTY  Itingen
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Klein; Peter
CTY  Itingen
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Nika Health Products Ltd.
CTY  Liechtenstein
CNT  LIX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  867706
CLAS
OCL  435188
XCL  435206
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  936
ICL  A61K 3748
FSC  435
FSS  188;206
UREF
PNO  3915798
ISD  19751000
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  435180
UREF
PNO  3941655
ISD  19760300
NAM  Heady et al.
OCL  435234
UREF
PNO  4371612
ISD  19830200
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  435181
UREF
PNO  4705755
ISD  19871100
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  435206
UREF
PNO  4805702
ISD  19890200
NAM  Waite
OCL  930 10
UREF
PNO  4959309
ISD  19900900
NAM  Dattagupta et al.
OCL  435188
UREF
PNO  4966851
ISD  19901000
NAM  Durance et al.
OCL  435206
UREF
PNO  5200182
ISD  19930400
NAM  Kiczka
OCL  435199
FREF
PNO  1221046
ISD  19870400
CNT  CAX
OCL  435206
FREF
PNO  0071490
ISD  19800500
CNT  JPX
OCL  435206
FREF
PNO  3233787
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
OCL  435206
OREF
PAL  CA95-093078(11) Hashimoto Shvichi et al Int. J. Radiat. Relat Stud Phys
      Chem Med 40(1) 1981 31-46.
PAL  CA89-370550/50 Kicizka ABS WO8911294 (Nov. 30, 1989) Equivalence U.S.
      5200182.
PAL  CA097-019873(03) Hashimoto Shivichi et al Int. J. Radia Relat. Stud. Phys.
      Chem. Med 41(3) 1982 303-14.
PAL  CA096-213251 (25) Sorrentino Salvatore et al Eur J. Biochem 124 (1) 1982
      pp. 183-189.
PAL  Sorrentino et al Eur. J. Biochem 124(1) 1982 pp. 183-189.
PAL  Eur. J. Biochem., vol. 124, 1982, Sorrentino: "Dimerization of
      Deoxyribonuclease I, Lysozyme and Papain", see p. 184, line 17 --line 22;
      p. 184, line 47--line 57.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 84, No. 15, Apr. 12, 1976 (Columbus, Ohio US),
      Wang et al.: "Preparation of Cross-Linked Dimers of Pancreatic
      Ribonuclease", see p. 241, Abstract 10156x, & Biochemistry 1976, 15(3),
      660-5.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. III, No. 13, Sep. 25, 1989, (Columbus, Ohio), Roth
      Mary R. et al.: "Analysis of Dimeric Species Derived From The Reaction of
      Phosphatidylethanolamine with Dimethylsuberimidate", see p. 360, abstract
      111947u, & Chem. Phys. Lipids 1989, 51(1), 39-46.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 97, No. 3, Jul. 9, 1982, (Columbus, Ohio),
      Hashimoto Shuichi et al.: "Dysozyme Dimer Formation On Lysozyme Oxidation
      With BR2", see abstract 19873M, & Int. J. Radiat. Biol. Rela. Study.
      Phys., Chem. 1982, 41(3), 303-14.
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method is provided for preparing a highly purified lysozyme dimer product
      which comprises dimerizing the lysozyme monomer with a suberimidate
      coupling reagent in a buffer solution adjusted to pH 10, stopping the
      dimerization at a given point by lowering the pH to 7 via addition of HCl
      or other suitable acid solution, and purifying the dimeric lysozyme by a
      series of elution steps carried out using ion exchange resin column
      chromatography. Monomeric lysozyme remaining undimerized by the initial
      dimerization step is recycled into the process in order to increase yield.
      The present system is advantageous in that large amounts of purified
      lysozyme dimer can be prepared efficiently and relatively inexpensively,
      and the lysozyme dimer so produced is useful in treating viral and/or
      bacterial diseases without causing the cytotoxic effects associated with
      the lysozyme monomer.
PATN
WKU  059898810
SRC  8
APN  7832028
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970114
TTL  Nucleic acid molecules encoding delta-5,7-sterol, delta-7 reductase from
      arabidopsis thaliana
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Saidha; Tekchand
EXP  Achutamurthy; Ponnathapu
NDR  26
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Chenivesse; Xavier
CTY  Ivry sur Seine
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Duport; Catherine
CTY  Bures sur Yvette
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Lecain; Eric
CTY  Cachan
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Pompon; Denis
CTY  Gif sur Yvette
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Hoechst Marion Roussel
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950215
APN  95 01723
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950601
APN  95 06517
RLAP
COD  74
APN  601435
APD  19960212
PSC  01
PNO  5759801
CLAS
OCL  435189
XCL  43525411
XCL  4352542
XCL  4353201
XCL  435 52
XCL  435 711
XCL  536 232
XCL  536 236
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  902
ICL  C12N  116
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;71.1;52;189;254.11;254.2;320.1
UREF
PNO  5547868
ISD  19960800
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  435189
FREF
PNO  0360361
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Kissel et al (1989) Biochem Biophys Acta 1006:227-236 "Molecular Clonins
      and Expression of cDNA for Rat Pancreatic Cholesterol Esterase".
PAL  Corey et al (1993) PNAS 90:11628-11632 "Isolation of an Arabidopsis
      Thallang Gene Encoding Cycloartenol Synthase by Functional Expression in a
      Yeast . . . ".
PAL  Ashman, et al (1991) Lipids 26:628-632 "Cloning Disruption of the Yeast
      (C-8 Sterol Isomerase Gene".
PAL  Ritter et al (1970) Bioc Biophs Res Comm 38:921-929 "Purfication . . . ".
PAL  Newman et al (1994) Plant Physiol 106:1241-1255 "Genes Galore . . . ".
LREP
FRM  Bierman, Muserlian and Lucas
ABST
PAL  A nucleic acid sequence containing a sequence coding for a protein having a
      delta-5,7 sterol, delta-7 reductase activity, said nucleic acid being a
      DNA or an RNA, production process, strains of transformed yeasts and uses
      thereof.
PATN
WKU  059898828
SRC  8
APN  8161054
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19970314
TTL  Processes for preparing acarviosyl transferase and for using it in the
      conversion of acarbose homologues into acarbose, for the preparation of
      acarbose homologues
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Stole; Einar
EXP  Sisson; Bradley L.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Crueger; Anneliese
CTY  Erkrath
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Dellweg; Hans-Georg
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Lenz; Jurgen Georg
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schroder; Werner
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Pape; Hermann
CTY  Munster
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Goeke; Klaus
CTY  Menden
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schaper; Beate
CTY  Munster
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hemker; Michael
CTY  Munster
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Piepersberg; Wolfgang
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Distler; Jurgen
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Stratmann; Ansgar
CTY  Hattingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960322
APN  196 11 252
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960625
APN  196 25 269
CLAS
OCL  435193
XCL  4352523
XCL  43525411
XCL  4353201
XCL  435325
XCL  435410
XCL  536 232
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  910
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C12N  120
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  193;320.1;252.3;254.11;325;410
FSC  536
FSS  23.2
FSC  935
FSS  22
UREF
PNO  3937817
ISD  19760200
NAM  Frommer et al.
OCL  424115
UREF
PNO  3951745
ISD  19760400
NAM  Frommer et al.
OCL  195 80R
UREF
PNO  4062950
ISD  19771200
NAM  Frommer et al.
OCL  424181
FREF
PNO  0 730 029
ISD  19960900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  20 64 092
ISD  19720700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  22 09 834
ISD  19730900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  23 47 782
ISD  19750400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 07 214
ISD  19961000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/47748
ISD  19971200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/38313
ISD  19980900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Rudinger (1976) Characteristics of the amino acids as components of a
      peptide hormone sequence. In: Peptide Hormones. Ed. J. A. Parsons.
      University Park Press, Baltimore, MD. pp. 1-7, Jun. 1976.
PAL  Ngo et al. (1994) Computational complexity, protein structure prediction,
      and the ILevinthal paradox. In: The Protein Folding Problem and Tertiary
      Structure Prediction. Eds. Merz et al. Birkhauser et al. Boston, MA. pp.
      491-495 Jan. 1994.
PAL  Thornton et al. (1995) Protein Engineering: Editorial Overview. Current
      Opinion in Biotechnology 6(4): 367-369, Aug. 1995.
PAL  Wallace (1993) Understanding cytochrome c function: engineering protein
      structure by semisynthesis. The FASEB Journal 7: 505-515, Apr. 1993.
PAL  Schaper, Beat: "Biochemische und Physiologische Studien zur Biosynthese des
      Alpha-Glucosidase-Inhibitors Acarbose" pp. 73 -115 (1991).
PAL  Lanson et al., "Nucleotide Sequence and X-Ray Structure of Cyclodextrin
      Glycosyltransferase from Bacillus Circulans Strain 251 in a
      Maltose-dependent Crystal Form" Journal of Molecular Biology, pp. 590-600
      (1994).
PAL  Bibb, et al. (1994) Mol. Microbiol. 14, pp. 533-545.
PAL  Birnboim, J. Doly (1979) Nucleic Acids Res. 7, pp. 1513-1523.
PAL  Hanahan (1983) J. Mol. Biol. 166, pp. 557-580.
PAL  Hopwood, et al. (1985) Genetic manipulation of Streptomyces; A laboratory
      manual; The John Innes Foundation, Norwich, England.
PAL  Ingham, et al. (1995) Nucleic Acids Res. vol. 23, pp. 370-373.
PAL  Lugtenberg, et al. (1975), FEBS Lett., vol. 58, pp. 254-258.
PAL  Madon, Hutter (1991), J. Bacteriol., vol. 173, pp. 6325-6331.
PAL  Mazodier, et al. (1989), J. Bacteriol. vol. 171, pp. 3583-3585.
PAL  Sanger, et al. (1977), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci, USA 74, 5463-5467.
PAL  Southern, (1975), J. Mol. Biol. 98, 503-521.
PAL  Wehmeier, (1995), Gene 165, pp. 149-150.
PAL  Goeke, (1986), Enzymatische Untersuchungen zum Zuckerstoffwechsel und zur
      Biosynthese des .alpha.-Glucosidase-Inhibitors Acarbose bei Actinoplanes
      spec.; Dissertation Uni Munster.
PAL  Schaper (1991), Biochemische und physiologische Studien zur Biosynthese des
      .alpha.-Glucosidase-Inhibitors Acarbose; Dissertation Uni Munster.
PAL  User's manual protein sequencing system model 473A (1989), Applied
      Biosystems Foster City, CA 94404, USA.
LREP
FRM  Sprung Kramer Schaefer & Briscoe
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to acarviosyl transferase from actinomycetes, mainly
      from Actinoplanes sp. SE 50/110 and its mutants, to a process for
      isolating, purifying and characterizing the enzyme, to the isolation and
      characterization of the acbD gene encoding the acarviosyl transferase, to
      the expression of the acarviosyl transferase in a heterologous host
      organism, to the use of the acarviosyl transferase for converting acarbose
      minor constituents into acarbose or for preparing acarbose homologues, to
      the use of the acarviosyl transferase in acarbose purification, and also
      to the preparation of production mutants in which formation of minor
      constituents is reduced by means of inactivation of the acarviosyl
      transferase gene.
PATN
WKU  059898836
SRC  9
APN  1965255
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19981120
TTL  Human ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Slobodyansky; Elizabeth
EXP  Wax; Robert A.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Au-Young; Janice
STR  1419 Kains Ave.
CTY  Berkeley
STA  CA
ZIP  94702
INVT
NAM  Goli; Surya K.
STR  620 Iris Ave. #338
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ZIP  94086
INVT
NAM  Hillman; Jennifer L.
STR  467 N. Third St. #3
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ZIP  95112
RLAP
COD  74
APN  679765
APD  19960710
PSC  01
PNO  5840866
CLAS
OCL  435193
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  910
FSC  435
FSS  193
UREF
PNO  5650313
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ni et al.
OCL  435193
OREF
PAL  Gregori, L. et al., "Ubiquitin-Mediated Degradative Pathway Degrades the
      Extracellular but not the Intracellular Form of Amyloid .beta.-Protein
      Precursor", Biochem.Biophys.Res.Comm. (1994) 203:1731-1738.
PAL  Morishima, M. et al., "Posttranslational Modifications of Tau in Paired
      Helical Filaments", Dementia (1994) 5:282-288.
PAL  Grant, E.P. et al., "Rate of Antigen Degradation by the
      Ubiquitin-Proteasome Pathway Influences MHC Class I Presentation", J.
      Immun. (1995) 155:3750-3758.
PAL  Gosink, M.M. et al., "Redirecting the specificity of ubiquitination by
      modifying ubiquitin-conjugating enzymes", Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA (1995)
      92:9117-9121.
PAL  Barrell, B. et al. (Direct Submission), GenBank Sequence Database
      (Accession 798905), National Center for Biotechnology Information,
      National Library of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894.
PAL  Seufer, W. et al., "Ubiquitin-conjugating enzymes UBC4 and UBC5 mediate
      selective degradation of short-lived and abnormal proteins", EMBO J,
      (1990) 9(2), 543-550 (Accession X17493).
PAL  Auffray C. et al., "H. Sapiens Partial cDNA Sequence; Clone C-2cb12," EMBL
      Sequence Database, (6(Nov. 1994), Heidelberg, Brd, XP002042018, Accession
      No. Z44894.
PAL  Finley, et al., "Ubiquitination", Annu.Rev.Cell Biol. (1991) 7:25-69.
PAL  Scheffner, et al., "Protein ubiquitination involving an E1-E2-E3 enzyme
      ubiquitin thioester cascade", Nature (1995) 81-83.
PAL  Nuber, U. et al., "Cloning of Human Ubiquitin-conjugating Enzymes UbcH6 and
      UbcH7 (E2-F1) and Characterization of Their Interaction with E6-AP and
      RSP5", J.Biol.Chem. (1996) 271:2795-2800.
PAL  Prendergast, J.A. et al., "Increased Ubiquitin Expression Suppresses the
      Cell Cycle Defect Associated with the Yeast Ubiquitin Conjugating Enzyme,
      CDC34 (UBC3)", J.Biol.Chem. (1995) 270:9347-9352.
PAL  Liu, Y. et al., "Intragenic Suppression among CDC34 (UBC3) Mutations
      Defines a Class of Ubiquitin-Conjugating Catalytic Domains", Mol.Cell.Bio.
      (1995) 15:5635-5644.
PAL  Banerjee A. et al., "Characterization of a Dominant Negative Mutant of the
      Cell Cycle Ubiquitin-conjugating Enzyme Cdc34", J.Biol.Chem. (1995)
      270:26209-26215.
PAL  Llovera, M. et al., "Muscle Wasting Associated with Cancer Cachexia is
      Linked to an Important Activation of the ATP-Dependent Ubiquitin-Mediated
      Proteolysis", Int.J.Cancer (1995) 61:138-141.
PAL  Attaix, D. et al., "Regulation of ATP-ubiquitin-dependent proteolysis in
      muscle wasting", Reprod.Nutr.Dev. (1994) 34:583-597.
PAL  Voisin, L. et al., "Muscle Wasting in a Rat Model of Long-lasting Sepsis
      Results from the Activation of Lysosomal, CA.sup.2+ -activated, and
      Ubiquitin-Proteasome Proteolytic Pathways", J.Clin.Invest. (1996)
      97:1610-1617.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a polynucleotide (ubcp) which identifies and
      encodes a novel ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme (UBCP). The invention
      provides for genetically engineered expression vectors and host cells
      comprising the nucleic acid sequence encoding UBCP. The invention also
      provides for the use of substantially purified UBCP and its agonists,
      antagonists, or inhibitors in the commercial production of recombinant
      proteins and in pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of diseases
      associated with the expression of UBCP. Additionally, the invention
      provides for the use of antisense molecules to ubcp in pharmaceutical
      compositions for treatment of diseases associated with the expression of
      UBCP. The invention also describes diagnostic assays which utilize
      diagnostic compositions comprising the polynucleotide, fragments or the
      complement thereof, which hybridize with the genomic sequence or the
      transcript of ubcp or anti-UBCP antibodies which specifically bind to
      UBCP.
PATN
WKU  059898844
SRC  9
APN  2101246
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19981211
TTL  HisS polypeptides from Chlamydia trachomatis
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Duffy; Patricia A.
INVT
NAM  Brown; James R
CTY  Berwyn
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Lawlor; Elizabeth J
CTY  Malvern
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Reichard; Raymond W
CTY  Quakertown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  SmithKline Beecham Corporation
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  899028
APD  19970723
PSC  01
PNO  5858720
CLAS
OCL  435193
XCL  435183
XCL  4241841
XCL  4241851
XCL  4241901
XCL  4241921
XCL  4242631
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  910
ICL  A61K 3900
ICL  A61K 39118
FSC  530
FSS  300;350
FSC  514
FSS  2
FSC  424
FSS  263.1;184.1;185.1;190.1;192.1;234.1
FSC  435
FSS  183;193
OREF
PAL  Menguito, et. al., "Molecular Cloning, sequence, structural analysis and
      expression of the Histidyl-tRNA synthetase gene from Streptococcus
      equisimilis". Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 21, No. 3, pp. 615-620 (1993).
LREP
FR2  Gimmi; Edward R.
FR2  King; William T.
FR2  Deibert; Thomas S.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides hisS polypeptides and DNA (RNA) encoding hisS
      polypeptides and methods for producing such polypeptides by recombinant
      techniques. Also provided are methods for utilizing hisS polypeptides to
      screen for antibacterial compounds.
PATN
WKU  059898852
SRC  8
APN  8741867
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970613
TTL  Specific mutations of map kinase 4 (MKK4) in human tumor cell lines
      identify it as a tumor suppressor in various types of cancer
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  2
EXA  Hutson; Richard
EXP  Prouty; Rebecca E.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Teng; David H. -F.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Tavtigian; Sean V.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Perry, III; William L.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Skolnick; Mark H.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  Myriad Genetics, Inc.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  782482
APD  19970110
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435194
XCL  4353201
XCL  435 912
XCL  435 691
XCL  435  6
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 232
XCL  536 243
XCL  536 2433
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  912
ICL  C12N 1552
ICL  C12N 1500
FSC  435
FSS  194;69.1;6;320.1;91.2
FSC  536
FSS  24.3;24.33;23.1;23.2
UREF
PNO  5534426
ISD  19960700
NAM  Karin et al.
UREF
PNO  5593884
ISD  19970100
NAM  Karin et al.
UREF
PNO  5605808
ISD  19970200
NAM  Karin et al.
OREF
PAL  Collins, L.R. et al. (1996). "G.alpha..sub.12  Stimulates c-Jun NH.sub.2
      -terminal Kinase through the Small G Proteins Ras and Rac", J. Biol. Chem.
      271:17349-17353.
PAL  Dai, T. et al. (1995). "Stress-activated protein kinases bind directly to
      the .delta. domain of c-Jun in resting cell: implications for repression
      of c-Jun function", Oncogene 10:849-855.
PAL  Deacon, K. and Blank, J.L. (1997). "Characterization of the
      Mitogenactivated Protein Kinase Kinase 4 (MKK4)/c-Jun NH.sub.2 -terminal
      kinase 1 and MKK3/p38 Pathways Regulated by MEK Kinases 2 and 3", J. Biol.
      Chem. 272:14489-14496.
PAL  Derijard, B. et al. (1994). "JNK1: A Protein Kinase Stimulated by UV Light
      and Ha-Ras That Binds and Phosphorylates the c-Jun Activation Domain",
      Cell 76:1025-1037.
PAL  Derijard, B. et al. (1995). "Independent Human MAP Kinase Signal
      Transduction Pathways Defined by MEK and MKK Isoforms", Science
      267:682-685.
PAL  Hirai, S. et al. (1996). "Activation of the JNK pathway by distantly
      related protein kinases, MEKK and MUK", Oncogene 12:641-650.
PAL  Lin, A. et al. (1995). "Identification of a Dual Specifically Kinase That
      Activates the Jun Kinases and p38-Mpk2", Science 268:286-290.
PAL  Minden, A. et al. (1994). "Differential Activation of ERK and JNK
      Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases by Raf-1 and MEKK", Science
      266:1719-1723.
PAL  Nishina, H. et al. (1997). "Stress-signalling kinase Sek1 protects
      thymocytes from apoptosis mediated by CD95 and CD3", Nature 385:350-353.
PAL  Sanchez, I. et al. (1994). "Role of SAPK/ERK kinase-1 in the
      stress-activated pathway regulating transcription factor c-Jun", Nature
      372:794-798.
PAL  Su, B. et al. (1994). "JNK Is Involved in Signal Integration during
      Costimulation of T Lymphocytes", Cell 77:727-736.
PAL  Yang, D. et al. (1997). "Targeted disruption of the MKK4 gene causes
      embryonic death, inhibition of c-Jun NH.sub.2 -terminal kinase activation,
      and defects in AP-1 transcriptional activity", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
      94:3004-3009.
LREP
FRM  Rothwell, Figg, Ernst & Kurz, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to mutations in the MKK4 gene in human
      cancers and their use in the diagnosis and prognosis of human cancer.
      Specific mutations in the MKK4 gene which are associated with breast,
      pancreatic, colorectal and testicular cancers have been identified. The
      invention also relates to the therapy of human cancers which have a
      mutation in the MKK4 gene, including gene therapy, protein replacement
      therapy and protein mimetics. Finally, the invention relates to the
      screening of drugs for cancer therapy.
PATN
WKU  059898860
SRC  7
APN  6351964
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19910102
TTL  Method for the inhibition and prevention of viral replication using
      fusions of a virus protein and a destructive enzyme
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Bugaisky; G. E.
EXP  Sisson; Bradley
NDR  10
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Boeke; Jef D
CTY  Catonsville
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Natsoulis; Georges
CTY  Baltimore
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  The Johns Hopkins University
CTY  Baltimore
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435199
XCL  435196
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  922
ICL  C12N  914
FSC  530
FSS  350
FSC  435
FSS  183;198;199;196;219;69.7
FSC  935
FSS  14;10
UREF
PNO  4593002
ISD  19860600
NAM  Dulbecco
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  4769330
ISD  19880900
NAM  Paoletti et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  4774182
ISD  19880900
NAM  Szybalski
OCL  435 69.1
UREF
PNO  4918166
ISD  19900400
NAM  Kingsman et al.
OCL  530350
UREF
PNO  5008373
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kingsman et al.
OCL  530350
UREF
PNO  5041379
ISD  19910800
NAM  Fraser et al.
OCL  435235.1
FREF
PNO  PCT/GB87/00764
ISD  19871000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  PCT/GB87/00763
ISD  19871000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/11359
ISD  19901000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Baltimore, Cell, vol. 40, pp. 481-482, 1985.
PAL  Baltimore, Nature, vol. 335, pp. 395-396, 1988.
PAL  Boeke, Mobile DNA: Transposable Elements in Saccharomyces cerevisiae, eds.
      Douglas E. Berg and Martha M. Howe, Am. Soc. for Microbiology, Wash.,
      D.C., Chapter 13, pp. 335-374, 1989.
PAL  Boeke, et al., Mol. and Cell. Biol., vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 1432-1442, 1988.
PAL  Boeke, et al., Cell, vol. 40, pp. 491-500.
PAL  Boeke, et al., Science, 239, pp. 280-282, 1988.
PAL  Chejanovsky, et al., J. Virology, vol. 64, pp. 1764-1770, 1990.
PAL  Eichinger, et al., Cell, vol. 54, pp. 955-966, 1988.
PAL  Friedman, et al., Nature, vol. 335, pp. 452-454, 1988.
PAL  Garfinkel, et al., Cell, vol. 42, pp. 507-517, 1985.
PAL  Garry, et al., Science, vol. 250, pp. 1127-1129, 1990.
PAL  Gilmour, et al., AIDS, vol. 3, pp. 717-723, 1989.
PAL  Green, et al., Cell, vol. 58, pp. 215-223, 1989.
PAL  Hartley, J. Mol. Biol., vol. 202, pp. 913-915, 1988.
PAL  Herskowitz, Nature, vol. 329, pp. 219-222, 1987.
PAL  Jones, et al., J. Virology, vol. 64, No. 5, pp. 2265-2279, 1990.
PAL  Kingsman, et al., Trans. R. Soc. Lond., vol. 324, pp. 477-485, 1985.
PAL  Boeke, "Yeast Ty Elements as Retroviruses" in Viruses of Fungi and Simple
      Eukaryotes, ed. Koltin & Leibowitz, Marcel Dekker, NY, 1988.
PAL  Malim, et al., Cell, vol. 58, pp. 205-214, 1989.
PAL  Mariani, et al., Nature, vol. 347, pp. 737-741, 1990.
PAL  Mossakowska, et al., Biochemistry, vol. 28, pp. 3843-3850, 1989.
PAL  Rose, et al., Cell, vol. 48, pp. 1047-1060, 1987.
PAL  Salter, et al., Virology, vol. 157, pp. 236-240, 1987.
PAL  Shortle, Gene, vol. 22, pp. 181-189, 1983.
PAL  Towbin, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 76, No. 9, pp. 4350-4354,
      1979.
PAL  Trono, et al., Cell, vol. 59, pp. 113-120, 1989.
PAL  Varmus, Nature, vol. 314, pp. 583-584, 1985.
PAL  Weldon, et al., J. Virology, vol. 64, pp. 4169-4179, 1990.
PAL  Boeke, et al., Int'l Search Report of PCT/US92/00014, filed Jan. 2, 1992.
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A new type of dominant negative gene-fusion acts as an antiviral agent when
      expressed in infected cells. The dominant negative effect is obtained by
      fusing a gene coding for a capsid or envelope protein of a virus to a gene
      coding for an enzyme (e.g., nuclease or protease) that can destructively
      hydrolyze or modify the encapsulated viral DNA, RNA or proteins. The
      fusion gene is expressed in virally infected cells; viruses assembled in
      these cells will then "self-destruct" because the fusion enzyme
      incorporated in the viral particles destroys or functionally alters
      essential components of the virus, thus preventing the virus from
      productively infecting another cell.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made with government support under GM36481 and CA16519
      awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The government has certain
      rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059898879
SRC  8
APN  9148485
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970818
TTL  Cloning and expression of DNA molecules incoding arabinan-degrading
      enzymes of fungal origin
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Moore; William W.
EXP  Achutamurthy; Ponnathapura
NDR  30
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Van Heuvel; Margaretha
CTY  Leiden
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Bakhuis; Janna Gardina
CTY  Delft
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Coutel; Yves
CTY  Ennevelin
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Harder; Abraham
CTY  Berkel en Rodenrijs
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  De Graaff; Leendert Hendrik
CTY  Oosterbeek
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Flipphi; Michel Johannes Anthonie
CTY  Wageningen
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Van Der Veen; Peter
CTY  Wageningen
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Visser; Jacob
CTY  Wageningen
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Andreoli; Peter Michael
CTY  Bellegem-Kortrijk
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  DSM N.V.
CNT  NLX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  952853
APD  19921125
PSC  01
PNO  5863783
CLAS
OCL  435200
XCL  435 691
XCL  435 72
XCL  4352523
XCL  43525231
XCL  4353201
XCL  43525411
XCL  43525421
XCL  4352543
XCL  4352546
XCL  536 232
XCL  935 14
XCL  935 28
XCL  935 68
XCL  935 69
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  924
ICL  C12N 1556
ICL  C12N 1574
ICL  C12N 1580
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;201;252.3;254.21;254.3;254.4;254.5;254.6;320.1;200;252.31
FSC  536
FSS  23.2
UREF
PNO  4703008
ISD  19871000
NAM  Lin
OCL  435240.2
UREF
PNO  4757006
ISD  19880700
NAM  Toole, Jr. et al.
OCL  435 69.6
UREF
PNO  4760025
ISD  19880700
NAM  Estell et al.
OCL  435222
UREF
PNO  5013652
ISD  19910500
NAM  Strausberg et al.
OCL  435 69.2
UREF
PNO  5075227
ISD  19911200
NAM  Hagen
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5108918
ISD  19920400
NAM  Groenen et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5143844
ISD  19920900
NAM  Abrahmsen et al.
OCL  435257.3
UREF
PNO  5188958
ISD  19930200
NAM  Moloney et al.
OCL  435240.4
UREF
PNO  5246849
ISD  19930900
NAM  Bryan et al.
OCL  435222
UREF
PNO  5324653
ISD  19940600
NAM  van Eekelen et al.
OCL  435 22
UREF
PNO  5336611
ISD  19940800
NAM  Van Eekelen et al.
OCL  435221
UREF
PNO  5340735
ISD  19940800
NAM  Christianson et al.
OCL  435221
UREF
PNO  5340738
ISD  19940800
NAM  Lambeir et al.
OCL  435234
UREF
PNO  5384257
ISD  19950100
NAM  Lambeir et al.
OCL  435324
UREF
PNO  5397705
ISD  19950300
NAM  Zukowski et al.
OCL  435222
UREF
PNO  5482849
ISD  19960100
NAM  Branner et al.
OCL  435222
FREF
PNO  0311469
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  332281
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  124812
ISD  19770300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  8504627
ISD  19851000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/06343
ISD  19900600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Margolles-Clark, E., et al., Applied and Environmental Microbiology, vol.
      62, "Cloning of genes encoding alph-L-arabinofuranosidase and
      beta-xylosidase from Trichoderma reesei by expression in Saccharomyces
      cervisiae", pp. 3840-3846, 1996.
PAL  Van Zyl, W. H., EMBL database submission accession No. U39942, "Cloning and
      characterization of the alpha-L-arabinofuranosidase gene (ABF2) of
      Aspergillus niger expressed in Saccharomyces cerevisiae", 1995.
PAL  Kunst, F., et al., Nature, vol. 390, "The complete genome sequence of the
      Gram-positive bacterium Bacillus subtitlis", pp. 249-256, 1987.
PAL  Whitehead, T. R., Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, vol. 1244, "Nucleotide
      sequences of xylan-inducible xylanase and xylosidase/arabinosidase genes
      from Bacteroides ovatus V975", pp. 239-241, 1995.
PAL  Wipat, A., et al., Microbiology, vol. 142, "The dnaB-pheA region of the
      Bacillus subtilis chromosome containing genes responsible for stress
      responses, the utilization of plant cell walls and primary metabolism",
      pp. 3067-3078, 1996.
PAL  Hseu, T.-Z., et al., EMBL database submission accession No. U38661,
      "Purification, cloning and characterization of a vifundtional
      arabinofuranosidase/beta-xylosidase from Trichoderma koningii G39", 1995.
PAL  Brillouet et al., "Production, purification, and properties of an
      .alpha.-L-arabinofuranosidase from Dichomitus squalens" Carbohydrate Res.
      144:113-126 (1985).
PAL  Rombouts et al., "The arabinanases of Aspergillus niger-purification and
      characterization of two .alpha.-L-arabinofuranosidases and an
      endo-1,5-.alpha.-L-arabinanase" Carbohydrate Polymers 9:25-47 (1988).
PAL  van der Veen et al., Induction, purification and characterization of
      arabinases produced by Aspergillus niger Arch. Microbiol. 157:23-28
      (1991).
PAL  Gunata et al., "Purification and some properties of an
      .alpha.-L-arabinofuranosidase from Aspergillus niger. Action on grape
      monoterpenyl arabinofuranosylglucosides" J. Agric. Food Chem. 38:772-776
      (1990).
PAL  Schwarz et al., "Xylan degradation by the termophile clostridium
      stercorarium: cloning and expression of xylanase, .beta.-D-Xylosidase, and
      .alpha.-L-arabinofuranosidase genes in Escherichia coli" Biophys. Red.
      Commun. 170(1):368-374 (1990).
PAL  Whitehead et al., "The genes for three xylan-degrading activities from
      Bacteroides ovatus are clustered in a 3.8-kilobase region" J. Bacteriol.
      175(5):2408-24112 (1990).
PAL  Karimi et al., "Comparative study of some microbial arabinan-degrading
      enzymes" J. Indust. MIcrobiol. 4(3):173-180 (1989).
PAL  Lee et al., "Purification and characterization of an
      .alpha.-L-arabinofuranosidase from Clostriduim acetobutylicum ATCC 824"
      Can J. Microbiol. 33:1011-1016 (1987).
PAL  Whitaker et al., "Pectic substances, pectic enzymes and haze formation in
      fruit juices" Enzyme Microb. Technol. 6:341-349 (1984).
PAL  Kaji, A., "L-Arabinosidases" Adv. Carbohydrate Chem. Biochem. 42:383-394
      (1984).
PAL  Tagawa et al., Methods in Enzymology 160:707-712 (1988).
PAL  Waibel et al., Journal of Chromatography 197(1):86-91 (1980).
PAL  Frohman et al., Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA
      85:8998-9002 (1988).
PAL  Moos et al., The Journal of Biological Chemistry 263(13):6005-6008 (1988).
PAL  Cullen et al., Bio/Technology 5:369-376 (1987).
PAL  Matsuda et al., FEBS Letters 126(10):111-113 (1981).
PAL  Poutanen, K., Journal of Biotechnology 7(4):271-282 (1988).
PAL  Kelly et al., Biochemical Journal 245(3):843-849 (1987).
PAL  Sood et al., Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA
      78(1):616-620 (1981).
PAL  Jaye et al., "Isolation of a human anti-haemophiliac factor IX cDNA clone
      using a unique 52-base synthetic oligonucleotide probe deduced from the
      amino acid sequence of bovine factor IX" Nucleic Acids Research
      11(8);2325-2335 (1983).
PAL  Ullrich et al., "Isolation of the human insulin-like growth factor I gene
      using a single synthetic DNA probe" The EMBO Journal 3(2):361-364 (1984).
PAL  Lehtovaara, et al., "A new method for random mutagenesis of complete genes:
      enzymatic generation of mutant libraries in vitro", Protein Engineering
      2:63-68 (1988).
PAL  Landt et al., "A general method for rapid site-directed mutagenesis using
      the polymerase chain reaction", Gene 96:125-128 (1990).
PAL  Kuipers et al., "Improved site-directed mutagenesis using PCR", Nucleic
      Acids Research 19:4556 (1991).
PAL  Zhou et al., "Random mutagenesis of gene-sized DNA molecules by use of PCR
      with Taq DNA polymerase", Nucleic Acids Research 19:6052 (1991).
PAL  Zoller, M.J., "New molecular biology methods for protein engineering"
      Current Opinion in Biotechnology 2:526-531 (1991).
PAL  Caldwell et al., "Randomization of genes by PCR Mutagenesis" PCR Methods
      and Applications 2:28-33 (1992).
LREP
FRM  Morrison & Foerster LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides the cloning and expression of purified and
      isolated DNA molecules, obtainable from fungi, which encode enzymes having
      arabinan-degrading activity. The present invention also provides DNA
      constructs containing these DNA molecules and methods for their enhanced
      expression in selected microbial host cells. The present invention further
      provides methods for the use of the thus-produced arabinan-degrading
      enzymes.
PATN
WKU  059898887
SRC  9
APN  0422959
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980313
TTL  Purified mixture of collagenase I, collagenase II and two other proteases
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Saucier; Sandra E.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Dwulet; Francis E.
CTY  Greenwood
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Ellis; Bernice B.
CTY  Greenfield
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Gill; John F.
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Jacobsen; Linda B.
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Smith; Marilyn E.
CTY  McCordsville
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Waters; David G.
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Roche Diagnostics Corporation
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  590957
APD  19960124
PSC  01
PNO  5753485
CLAS
OCL  435220
XCL  435219
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  952
ICL  C12N  950
FSC  435
FSS  219;220;183
UREF
PNO  3201325
ISD  19650800
NAM  Barton
OCL  195 66
UREF
PNO  3705083
ISD  19721200
NAM  Chiulli et al.
OCL  195 62
UREF
PNO  3821364
ISD  19740600
NAM  Chiulli et al.
OCL  424 94
UREF
PNO  4256836
ISD  19810300
NAM  Nonaka et al.
OCL  435 70
UREF
PNO  4431544
ISD  19840200
NAM  Atkinson et al.
OCL  210635
UREF
PNO  4431546
ISD  19840200
NAM  Hughes et al.
OCL  210656
UREF
PNO  4732758
ISD  19880300
NAM  Hurion et al.
OCL  424 94.2
UREF
PNO  4797213
ISD  19890100
NAM  Parisus et al.
OCL  210651
UREF
PNO  4868121
ISD  19890900
NAM  Scharp et al.
OCL  435268
UREF
PNO  4873359
ISD  19891000
NAM  Chmurny et al.
OCL  560 40
UREF
PNO  4946792
ISD  19900800
NAM  O'Leary
OCL  435268
UREF
PNO  5079160
ISD  19920100
NAM  Lacy et al.
OCL  435240.2
UREF
PNO  5116615
ISD  19920500
NAM  Gokcen
OCL  424 94
UREF
PNO  5120656
ISD  19920600
NAM  O'Leary et al.
OCL  435268
UREF
PNO  5173295
ISD  19921200
NAM  Wehling
OCL  424 94
UREF
PNO  5177017
ISD  19930100
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  435252.33
UREF
PNO  5273904
ISD  19931200
NAM  Langley
OCL  438287
UREF
PNO  5322790
ISD  19940600
NAM  Scharp et al.
OCL  435268
UREF
PNO  5332503
ISD  19940700
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  210635
UREF
PNO  5422261
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  435219
UREF
PNO  5753485
ISD  19980500
NAM  Dwulet et al.
OCL  435220
FREF
PNO  0 191 613
ISD  19860800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/1447
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/04666
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Purification and Partial Characterization of Collagenolytic Enzymes from
      Clostridium histolyticum," Kono, Biochemistry, vol. 7, No. 3, Mar. 1968
      (pp. 1106-1114).
PAL  "Consecutive Use of .omega.-Aminoalkylagaroses. Resolution and Purification
      of Clostripain and Collagenase From Clostridium histolyticum," Kuala, et
      al., Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, vol. 69, No. 2,
      1976 (pp. 389-396).
PAL  "Five Sepharose-Bound Ligands For The Chromatographic Purification of
      Clostridium Collagenase and Clostripain," Emod et al., FEBS Letters, vol.
      77, No. 1, May 1977 (pp. 51-56).
PAL  "The Role of Proteolytic Enzymes Derived From Crude Bacterial Collagenase
      in the Liberation of Hepatocytes From Rat Liver," Hatton, et al., Eur. J.
      Biochem, 137, 1983 (pp. 311-318).
PAL  Enzymatic Isolation of Cells from Neonatal Calvaria Using Two Purfied
      Enzymes from Clostridum histolyticum, Hefley, et al., Exp. Cell Res., 149
      (1983), pp. 227-236.
PAL  "Utilization of FPLC-Purified Bacterial Collagenase for the Isolation of
      Cells from Bone,"Journal of Bone and Medical Research, vol. 2, No. 6, 1987
      (pp. 505-516).
PAL  "Protease Activity in Pancreatic Islet Isolation by Enzymatic Digestion,"
      McShane, et al., Diabetes, vol. 38, Suppl. Jan. 1, 1989 pp. 126-128.
PAL  "An Analysis of the Role of Collagenase and Protease in the Enzymatic
      Dissociation of the Rat Pancreas for Islet Isolation," Wolters, et al.,
      Diabetologia 35, 1992, pp. 735-742.
PAL  "Purification and Separation of Individual Collagenase of Clostridium
      histolyticum Using Red Dye Ligand Chromatography," Bond, et al.,
      Biochemistry, vol. 23, No. 13, 1984, pp. 3077-3085.
PAL  "Characterization of the Individual Collagenases from Clostridium
      histolyticum," Bond, et al., vol. 23, 1984, pp. 3085-3091.
PAL  "Worthington Enzyme Manual: Enzymes and Related Biochemicals," Worthington
      Biochemical Corporation, 1988, pp. 93-101.
PAL  "Purification and Characterization of Myosin from Bovine Thyroid,"
      Kobayashi, et al., The Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 252, No.22
      Nov. 25, 1977, pp. 8285-8291.
PAL  ".gamma.-Glutamyl Hydrolase (Conjaugase)," Silink, et al., The Journal of
      Biological Chemistry, vol. 250, No. 15, 1975, pp. 5982-5994.
PAL  "Protein Purification Using Immobilized Triazine Dyes," Dean, et al.,
      Journal of Chromatography, 165 (1979) 301-319.
PAL  "Enzymatic Harvesting of Adult Human Saphenous Vein Endothelial Cells: Use
      of a Chemically Defined Combination of Two Purified Enzymes to Attain
      Viable Cell Yields Equal to Those Attained by Crude Bacterial Collagenase
      Preparations," Suggs, et al., Journal of Vasular Surgery, vol. 15, No. 1,
      Jan. 1992, pp. 205-213.
PAL  "Preparation of Single Smooth Muscle Cells from Guinea Pig Taenia Coli by
      Combinations of Purified Collagenase and Papin," Maruyama, et al., Journal
      of Pharmacological Methods, 18, 151-161 (1987).
PAL  "Enzyme lsolation and Purification," Patel, Biotechnology Applications and
      Research, Ed. Cheremisinoff and Ouellette, 1985, Chp. 41, pp. 534-562.
PAL  "Enzymatic Isolation of Cells from Bone:Cytotoxic Enzymes of Bacterial
      Collagenase," Hefley, et al., Am. J. Physiol, 240, C234-C238, 1981.
LREP
FR2  Harris; Brent A.
ABST
PAL  A purified enzyme mixture useful for isolating cells or cell clusters from
      tissue is disclosed. The mixture includes at least two collagenase
      enzymes, at least two other proteases, and additional non-protease
      components. The mixture is purified by removing at least some of the
      non-protease components. The purified mixture may then be used to isolate
      cells or cell clusters from tissue. Also disclosed are the essential
      components of the purified enzyme mixture as well as preferred ranges and
      ratios of these essential components for isolating cells or cell clusters
      from tissue. Finally, a dissociation system is disclosed that can be used
      with the purified enzyme mixture to dissociate tissue and recover cells or
      cell clusters.
PATN
WKU  059898895
SRC  8
APN  8211183
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970319
TTL  Nucleic acids encoding polypeptides having tripeptide aminopeptidase
      activity
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Moore; William W.
EXP  Wax; Robert A.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Rey; Michael
CTY  Davis
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Golightly; Elizabeth
CTY  Davis
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Novo Nordisk Biotech, Inc.
CTY  Davis
STA  CA
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  DKX
APD  19941108
APN  1288/94
PRIR
CNT  DKX
APD  19941222
APN  1470/94
RLAP
COD  72
APN  PCTDK9500446
APD  19961108
CLAS
OCL  435225
XCL  435220
XCL  435 691
XCL  4352543
XCL  4353201
XCL  435477
XCL  435478
XCL  536 232
XCL  536 2432
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  962
ICL  C12N 1557
ICL  C12N 1563
ICL  C12N 1580
FSC  435
FSS  225;220;69.1;254.3;320.1;477;488
FSC  536
FSS  23.2;24.32
UREF
PNO  5616485
ISD  19970400
NAM  Hadary et al.
OCL  435220
FREF
PNO  0440303
ISD  19910800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/16642
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/17512
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Lees, et al., Chemical Abstracts, vol. 113, No. 15, Abstract 128464 (Oct.
      8, 1990).
PAL  Tsyperovych, et al., Ukrainian Journal of Biochemistry "System of
      Aminopeptidases from Aspergillus flavus", No. 1, pp. 101-105, (1977).
PAL  Krieger, et al., FEBS Lettersvol. 352, pp. 385-388 (1994).
PAL  Balow, et al., The Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 258, No. 19, pp.
      11622-11628 (Oct. 10, 1983).
PAL  Lees et al., Biochemical Society Transactions, vol. 18, p. 667, (1990).
PAL  Butler, et al., 1995 Applied And Environmental Microbiology, vol. 61, No.
      8, pp. 3145-3150.
LREP
FR2  Zelson; Steve T.
FR2  Starnes; Robert L.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to isolated nucleic acid sequences encoding
      polypeptides having tripeptide aminopeptidase activity. The invention also
      relates; to nucleic acid constructs, vectors, and host cells comprising
      the nucleic acid sequences as well as recombinant methods for producing
      the polypeptides.
PATN
WKU  059898909
SRC  8
APN  4476425
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19950523
TTL  Compositions and methods for PACE 4 and 4.1 gene and polypeptides in
      cells
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Prouty; Rebecca E.
NDR  12
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Barr; Philip J.
CTY  Berkeley
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kiefer; Michael C.
CTY  Clayton
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Chiron Corporation
CTY  Emeryville
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  284941
APD  19940802
RLAP
COD  81
APN  848629
APD  19920309
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435226
XCL  424 9464
XCL  536 232
XCL  536 234
XCL  530350
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  964
ICL  A61K 3848
FSC  435
FSS  226
FSC  424
FSS  94.64
FSC  536
FSS  23.2;23.4
FSC  530
FSS  350
OREF
PAL  P.J. Barr, Cell 66:1-3 (1991).
PAL  A.J.M. Roebroek et al., Molec. Biol. Rep. 11:117-125 (1986).
PAL  A.J.M. Roebroek et al., The EMBO J. 5: (9)2197-2202 (1986).
PAL  D.L. Christie et al., The Journal of Biological Chemistry
      266:(24)15679-15683 (1991).
PAL  D. Julius et al., Cell 36:309-318 (1984).
PAL  K. Mizuno et al., Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications
      156:(1)246-254 (1988).
PAL  P.J. Barr et al., DNA and Cell Biology 10:(5)319-328 (1991).
PAL  N. Hosaka et al., The J. of Biological Chemistry 226:12127-12130 (1991).
PAL  Y. Misumi et al., The J. of Biological Chemistry 266:(25)16954-16959
      (1991).
PAL  S.P. Smeekens et al., The J. of Biological Chemistry 266:(6)2997-3000
      (1991).
PAL  K.I.J. Sennan et al., The J. of Biological Chemistry 266:(35)24011-24017
      (1991).
PAL  R.S. Fuller et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:1434-1438 (1989).
PAL  L. Thomas et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:5297-5301 (1991).
PAL  S. Benjannet et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Scie USA 88:3564-3568 (1991).
PAL  N.G. Seidah et al., Mol. Endo. 5:111-122 (1991).
PAL  Wim J.M. van de Ven et al., Molecular Biology Reports 14:265-275 (1990).
PAL  M.C. Kiefer et al., DNA and Cell Biology 10:(10)757-769 (1991).
PAL  R.S. Fuller et al., Science 246:482-486 (1989).
PAL  J.A. Schalken et al., J. Clin. Invest. 80:1545-1549 (1987).
PAL  W.R. Bell, "Blood, Coagulants and Anticoagulants", Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia
      of Chemical Technology, Fourth Edition, vol. 4: 333-360, 1992.
PAL  Bresnahan, J. et al. J. Cell. Biol. 111:2851-2859 (1990).
PAL  Seidah et al. DNA Cell. Biol. 9:415-424 (1990).
PAL  Smeekens et al. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. 88:340-344 (1991).
PAL  Wise et al. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. 87:9378-9382 (1990).
LREP
FRM  Cooley Godward LLP
FR2  Guth; Joseph H.
FR2  Blackburn; Robert P.
ABST
PAL  Compositions and methods are provided for endopeptidases and their
      production, and for enhanced efficiencies of processing heterologous
      precursor polypeptides to mature polypeptides. These compositions and
      methods utilize recombinant PACE 4 and 4.1, mammalian endopeptidases that
      are specific for dibasic amino acid sites. Therapeutic compositions and
      methods employing PACE 4 or 4.1 or their inhibitors are also provided.
PATN
WKU  059898917
SRC  8
APN  893598&
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970711
TTL  Bacterial stains and use thereof in fermentation processes for
      2-keto-L-gulonic acid production
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Lilling; Herbert J.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Liaw; Hungming J.
CTY  Champaign
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Eddington; John
CTY  Decatur
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Yang; Yueqin
CTY  Decatur
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Archer-Daniels-Midland Company
CTY  Decatur
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  740066
APD  19961024
PSC  01
PNO  5834231
CLAS
OCL  435244
XCL  4352521
XCL  435138
XCL  4352536
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  100
ICL  C12N  138
ICL  C12N  120
ICL  C12P  760
FSC  435
FSS  252.1;138;253.6;244
UREF
PNO  3043479
ISD  19620700
NAM  Huang
OCL  195 47
UREF
PNO  3234105
ISD  19660200
NAM  Motizuki et al.
OCL  195 49
UREF
PNO  3907639
ISD  19750900
NAM  Makover et al.
OCL  195 36
UREF
PNO  3912592
ISD  19751000
NAM  Makover et al.
OCL  195 31
UREF
PNO  4877735
ISD  19891000
NAM  Nogami et al.
OCL  435138
UREF
PNO  4892823
ISD  19900100
NAM  Imai et al.
OCL  435138
UREF
PNO  4933289
ISD  19900600
NAM  Imai et al.
OCL  435253.3
UREF
PNO  4935359
ISD  19900600
NAM  Yin et al.
OCL  435138
UREF
PNO  4945048
ISD  19900700
NAM  Uchihori et al.
OCL  435105
UREF
PNO  4960695
ISD  19901000
NAM  Hoshino et al.
OCL  435 42
UREF
PNO  5312741
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hoshino et al.
OCL  435 42
UREF
PNO  5437989
ISD  19950800
NAM  Asakura et al.
OCL  435190
UREF
PNO  5474924
ISD  19951200
NAM  Nogami et al.
OCL  435138
UREF
PNO  5541108
ISD  19960700
NAM  Fujiwara et al.
OCL  435252.1
FREF
PNO  1081470
ISD  19940200
CNT  CNX
FREF
PNO  0 213 591
ISD  19870300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 221 707
ISD  19870500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 278 447
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 518 136
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  41-160
ISD  19660100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  41-159
ISD  19660100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  41-5907
ISD  19660300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  51-40154
ISD  19760400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-67673
ISD  19950600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-250671
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  526660
ISD  19761000
CNT  SUX
OREF
PAL  Kieslich, K., vol. ed., "Biotransformations," Biotechnology 6A:436-437
      (1934), Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, Germany.
PAL  Martin, C.K. and Perlman, D. "Conversion of L-Sorbose to 2-Keto-L-Gulonic
      Acid By Mixtures of Immobilized Cells of Gluconobacter melanogenus IFO
      3293 and Pseudomonas Species," Eur. J. Appl. Microbiol. 3:91-95 (1976).
PAL  Tsukada, Y. and Perlman, D., "The Fermentation of l-Sorbose by
      Gluconobacter melanogenus: General Characteristics of the Fermentation,"
      Biotechnology and Bioengineering XIV:7999-810 (1972).
PAL  Walker, J.M. and Gingold, E.B., Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, The
      Royal Society of Chemistry, London, pp. 15-20 (1989).
PAL  Yin, G.-L. et al., "Studies on the Production of Vitamin C Precursor
      2-Keto-L-Gulonic Acid from L-Sorbose by Fermentation. I. Isolation,
      Screening and Identification of 2-keto-L-Gulonic Acid Producing Bacteria,"
      Acta Microbiologica Sinica:246-251 (1980).
PAL  Yin, G.-L. et al., "Studies on Production of Vitamin C Precursor
      2-Keto-L-Gulonic Acid from L-Sorbose by Fermentation," Acta Microbiologica
      Sinica 21:185-191 (1981).
PAL  Abstract of U.S.S.R. 526,660 Derwent World Patents Index, WPI Account No.
      77-48308Y/27, (1977).
PAL  Abstract of EP0278,447 Derwent World Patents Index, WPI Account No.
      95-155907/21 (1995).
LREP
FRM  Sterne, Kessler, Goldstein & Fox P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a process for the production of
      2-keto-L-gulonic acid by fermentative conversion of L-sorbose and/or
      D-sorbitol. The present invention further relates to novel bacterial
      strains useful in this process.
PATN
WKU  059898925
SRC  8
APN  662944&
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19960613
TTL  Microorganisms, demulsifiers and processes for breaking an emulsion
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Saoud; Christine
EXP  Ulm; John
NDR  16
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Nishimaki; Fukumi
CTY  Iruma-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Nobuhiro
CTY  Iruma-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsuchida; Tomohiko
CTY  Iruma-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Kazuya
CTY  Iruma-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hino; Sanae
CTY  Iruma-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tonen Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950614
APN  7-147179
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951228
APN  7-343870
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951228
APN  7-343912
CLAS
OCL  4352521
XCL  435266
XCL  210610
XCL  252331
EDF  6
ICL  C02F  300
ICL  C12N  112
ICL  C12N  120
FSC  435
FSS  266;252.1
FSC  210
FSS  610
FSC  252
FSS  331
UREF
PNO  4432887
ISD  19840200
NAM  Zajic et al.
OCL  252331
UREF
PNO  5328689
ISD  19940700
NAM  Weiner et al.
OCL  424115
UREF
PNO  5411665
ISD  19950500
NAM  Scraggs et al.
OCL  210610
UREF
PNO  5496469
ISD  19960300
NAM  Scraggs et al.
OCL  210177
UREF
PNO  5532162
ISD  19960700
NAM  Aamot
OCL  435264
FREF
PNO  93-22403
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95-31408
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Duvnjak et al, Biotechnology Letters, 9(1), 39-42 (1987)
      "Deemulsificaaaation of Petroleum W/O . . . ".
PAL  Ramsay, B.A. et al, Microbial Enhanced Oil Recovery, pp. 61-65 (1983),
      Pennwell Books, U.S.A.
PAL  Cairns, W.L., et al, Applied and Environmental Microbiology, 43(2),
      362-366(1982) "Characterization of . . . ".
PAL  Stewart, A.L., et al, Biotechnology Letters, 5(11), 725-730 (1983)
      "Bacteria-Induced . . . ".
PAL  Gray, N.C.C. et al, Biotechnology Letters, 6(7), 419-424 (1984)
      "Bacteria-Induced De-Emulsification . . . ".
PAL  Wilkinson, M.A., et al, Biotechnology Letters, 7(6), 406-408(1985) "Testing
      of Microbial . . . ".
PAL  Cairns, W.L., et al, Microbial Enhanced Oil Recovery, pp. 106-113(1983)
      Pennwell Books (USA).
PAL  Krug et al. Bugey's Manual of Systematic Bacteriology. vol. 1. Williams &
      Wilkins pp. 350-352, 1984.
LREP
FR2  Meller; Michael N.
FR2  Lieberstein; Eugens
ABST
PAL  The present invention discloses a process for breaking an emulsion
      comprising water and oil, comprising the steps of mixing an emulsion
      consisting of water and oil with a culture, bacterial cells or a culture
      supernatant of a bacterium belonging to the genus Alteromonas or the genus
      Rhodococcus capable of breaking an emulsion comprising water and oil; and
      consequently separating said emulsion into an aqueous layer and oil layer;
      and, a process for breaking an emulsion comprising water and oil,
      comprising the steps of mixing an emulsion comprising water and oil with
      bacterial cells of a bacterium belonging to the genus Aeromonas capable of
      breaking an emulsion comprising water and oil so as to form an aqueous
      layer and an aggregated layer consisting of bacterial cells and oil, and
      then separating these layers.
PATN
WKU  059898933
SRC  8
APN  2875373
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19940808
TTL  Receptor-activated reporter systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Longton; Enrique D.
EXP  Sisson; Bradley
NDR  15
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Czech; Michael P.
CTY  Wrentham
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Corvera; Silvia
CTY  Wrentham
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  University of Massachusetts Medical Center
CTY  Worcester
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  127316
APD  19930927
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  4352523
XCL  435 691
XCL  4353201
XCL  435 697
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 235
XCL  536 234
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  121
FSC  435
FSS  320.1;240.2;252.3;69.7;69.1;7.2;7.7;7.1
FSC  536
FSS  23.4;23.5;23.1
FREF
PNO  0 244 221
ISD  19871100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 366 238
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/03554
ISD  19910300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  PCT/US94/10936
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Calamia et al. (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87, pp. 4937-4941, 1990.
PAL  Olson et al. (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268/13, pp. 9839-9846, 1993.
PAL  Fukumoto et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 264, No. 14, 1989,
      pp. 7776-7779.
PAL  Harrison et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 267, No. 6, 1992,
      pp. 3783-3788.
PAL  Database WPI, Week 9106, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB; AN
      91-041061 & JP, A,2 308 791, Dec. 21, 1990 Abstract.
PAL  Asano et al., Domains Responsible for the Differential Targeting of Glucose
      Transporter Isoforms, J. Biol. Chem. 267:19636-19641, 1992.
PAL  Czech and Buxton, Insulin Action on the Internalization of the GLUT4
      Glucose Transporter in Isolated Rat Adipocytes, J. Biol. Chem.
      268:9187-9190, 1993.
PAL  Czech et al., Exofacial Epitope-tagged Glucose Transporter Chimeras Reveal
      COOH-Terminal Sequences Governing Cellular Localization, J. Cell Biol.
      123;127-135, 1993.
PAL  Czech et al., Complex Regulation of Simple Sugar Transport in
      Insulin-Responsive Cells, Trends Biochem. Sci. 17:197-201, 1992.
PAL  Hudson et al., Targeting of the "Insulin-responsive" Glucose Trasporter
      (GLUT4) to the Regulated Secretory Pathway in PC12 Cells, J. Cell Biol.
      122:579-588, 1993.
PAL  Johnson et al., A His-Leu-Leu Sequence near the Carboxyl Terminus of the
      Cytoplasmic Domain of the Cation-dependent . . . Necessary for the
      Lysosomal Enzyme Sorting Function, J. Biol. Chem. 267:17110-17115, 1992.
PAL  Johnson et al., The Cytoplasmic Tail of the Mannose
      6-Phosphate/Insulin-Like Growth Factor-II Receptor has Two Signals for
      Lysosomal Enzyme Sorting in the GoLgi, J. Cell Biol. 119:249-257, 1992.
PAL  Jhun et al., Effects of Insulin on Steady State Kinetics of GLUT4
      Subcellular Distribution in Rat Adipocytes J. Biol. Chem. 267:17710-17715,
      1992.
PAL  Kanai et al., Direct Demonstration of Insulin-Induced GLUT4 Translocation
      to the Surface of Intact Cells by Insertion of a c-myc Epitope into an
      Exofacial GLUT4 Domain, J. Biol. Chem. 268:14523-14526, 1993.
PAL  Letourneur et al., A Novel Di-Leucine Motif and a Tyrosine-Based Motif
      Independently Mediate Lysosomal Targeting and Endocytosis of CD3 Chains,
      Cell 69:1143-1157, 1992.
PAL  Marshall et al., Domains that Confer Intracellular Sequestration of the
      Glut4 Glucose Transporter in Xenopus Oocytes, J. Biol. Chem.
      268:26193-26199, 1993.
PAL  Piper et al., GLUT-4 NH.sub.2 Terminus Contains a Phenylalanine-Based
      Targeting Motif that Regulates Intracellular Sequestration, J. Cell Biol.
      121:1221-1232, 1993.
PAL  Piper et al., The Efficient Intracellular Sequestration of the
      Insulin-regulatable Glucose Transporter (GLUT-4) is Conferred by the
      NH.sub.2 Terminus, J. Cell Biol. 117:729-743, 1992.
PAL  Verhey et al., A Leu-Leu Sequence is Essential for COOH-terminal Targeting
      Signal of GLUT4 Glucose Transporter in Fibroblasts, J. Biol. Chem.
      269:2353-2356, 1994.
PAL  Yang et al., Comparison of GLUT4 and GLUT1 Subcellular Trafficking in Basal
      and Insulin-stimulated 3T3-L1 Cells, J. Biol. Chem. 268:4600-4603, 1993.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention discloses a chimeric GLUT transporter including a GLUT
      receptor polypeptide fused to a domain of a detectable heterologous
      polypeptide and cells expressing such reporter constructs. Cells
      expressing a detectably-tagged chimeric GLUT transporter are used in
      methods of screening candidate compounds for their ability to agonize or
      antagonize an interaction between a ligand and a receptor, e.g., insulin.
      In addition, a 30 amino acid intracellular retention sequence is
      disclosed.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT AS TO FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH
PAR  This invention was made in part with Government funding and the Government
      therefore has certain rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059898941
SRC  8
APN  3178447
APT  1
ART  184
APD  19941004
TTL  Isolated DNA coding for spider silk protein, a replicable vector and a
      transformed cell containing the DNA
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Lau; Kawai
EXP  Wax; Robert A.
NDR  20
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Lewis; Randolph V.
CTY  Laramie
STA  WY
INVT
NAM  Xu; Ming
CTY  Calgary
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Hinman; Michael B.
CTY  Laramie
STA  WY
ASSG
NAM  University of Wyoming
CTY  Laramie
STA  WY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  684819
APD  19910415
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  511792
APD  19900420
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  4352523
XCL  43525233
XCL  4353201
XCL  536 235
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  121
ICL  C12N 1563
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  530
FSS  353
FSC  536
FSS  23.5
FSC  435
FSS  320.1;69.1;252.3;252.33
UREF
PNO  4394443
ISD  19830700
NAM  Weissman et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  4727028
ISD  19880200
NAM  Santerre et al.
OCL  435240.2
UREF
PNO  5171505
ISD  19921200
NAM  Lock
OCL  264202
UREF
PNO  5245012
ISD  19930900
NAM  Lombardi et al.
OCL  530353
FREF
PNO  0294979
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2162190
ISD  19860100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2205568
ISD  19881200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9116351
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO91/16351
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Candelas et al. 1981. J. Exp. Zool. 216: 1-6.
PAL  Yuen et al. Jan. 1989. Bio Techniques 7(1): 74-82.
PAL  Ish-Horowicz et al. 1981. Nucleic Acids Research 9(13): 2989-2998.
PAL  Lewis, R.V. 1989. "Cloning and Structure of Different Types of Spider
      Silk", NTIS Document No. AD-A216217.
PAL  Raju et al. 1987. J. Biol. Chem. 262(12): 5755-5762.
PAL  Chemical & Engineering News, pp. 24-25, (Jul. 25, 1988).
PAL  Randolph V. Lewis, "Cloning and Structure of Different Types of Spider
      Silk", NTIS Document No. AD-A203 137 (1988).
PAL  Nina Hall, New Scientist, p. 39, "Designs on silk weave stronger fibres",
      Sep. 29, 1988.
PAL  F. Lucas, "Spiders and their silks", pp. 20-26 (Jan. 1964).
PAL  Work, Textile Research Journal, pp. 650-662 (Oct. 1977).
PAL  Work, J. Arachnol., 9:299-308 (1981).
PAL  Work, Textile Research Journal, pp. 349-356 (May 1982).
PAL  Work et al, J. Arachnol., 10:1-10 (1982).
PAL  Xu et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 87, pp. 7120-7124 (1990).
PAL  Dong et al, Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, vol. 284, No. 1, pp.
      53-57 (1991).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, (1991) vol. 114, p. 182.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, (1989), vol. 111, p. 182.
PAL  Dissertation Abstracts Int'l, (1991), vol. 52, No. 2, p. 669-B.
PAL  Lombardi et al, (1990), Acta Zool, Fennica 190:243-248.
PAL  American Chemical Society, (1990),Polymer Preprints, vol. 31, No. 1.
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch and Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to isolated cDNA which codes for spider
      silk protein or a fragment or variant thereof, a replicable vector
      containing cDNA which codes for spider silk protein and which is capable
      of expressing spider silk protein, a transformed cell or microorganism
      containing cDNA which codes for spider silk protein or a fragment thereof
      which is capable of expressing spider silk protein and products, such as
      fibers, which may be manufactured utilizing the recombinant protein of the
      present invention.
GOVT
PAR  The invention described in this application was made in part with U.S.
      Government support by contracts with the Office of Naval Research
      (Contract No. N00014-89-J-1564) and the U.S. Army Research Office
      (Contract No. DAAL03-91-G-0044) and the Government has certain rights in
      this invention.
PATN
WKU  059898950
SRC  8
APN  9221719
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970902
TTL  .beta.-(1-3)-glucanosyltransferase, oligonucleotides encoding this
      enzyme, and molecules having effects on this enzyme
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Prouty; Rebecca E.
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Fontaine; Thierry
CTY  Issy les Moulineaux
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Hartland; Robbert
CTY  Willetton
CNT  AUX
INVT
NAM  Mouyna; Isabelle
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Latge; Jean-Paul
CTY  Issy les Moulineauz
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Institut Pasteur
CNT  FRX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  43525233
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 232
XCL  4353201
XCL  4352523
XCL  435193
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1554
ICL  C12N  910
ICL  C12N  121
ICL  C12N 1570
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;23.2
FSC  435
FSS  320.1;252.3;252.33;193
LREP
FRM  Bierman, Muserlian and Lucas
ABST
PAL  Protein having a .beta.-(1-3) glucanosyltransferase activity. This protein
      can be used for screening molecules for their antifungal activities.
PATN
WKU  059898968
SRC  9
APN  1189298
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980805
TTL  Method for degrading polychlorinated biphenyls and novel microorganism
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Lilling; Herbert J.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Kimbara; Kazuhide
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimura; Minoru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hatta; Takashi
CTY  Okayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kiyohara; Hohzoh
CTY  Bizen
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Railway Technical Research Institute
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970623
APN  9-166373
RLAP
COD  74
APN  048306
APD  19980326
PSC  01
PNO  5897996
CLAS
OCL  4352525
XCL  4352521
XCL  4352625
XCL  435832
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  120
ICL  C12N  114
ICL  B09B  300
FSC  435
FSS  252.1;252.5;262.5;832
UREF
PNO  5897996
ISD  19990400
NAM  Kimbara et al.
OCL  435262.5
OREF
PAL  Wu et al Applied & Envir. Microb. Nov. 1996 vol. 62 No. 11 pp. 4174-79.
PAL  Biotech Abstract 89-05760 Biot. AU8775287, Jan. 5, 1989.
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner LLP
ABST
PAL  According to this method for degrading PCBs by utilizing thermophilic
      bacteria possessing the capability of degrading PCBS, the degradation of
      PCBs is quick, thereby enabling processing devices to be made more compact
      and shortening the processing time. As a microorganism suitable for use in
      this method, Bacillus sp. JF8, a thermophilic microorganism which
      possesses the capability of degrading PCBs, is offered.
PATN
WKU  059898976
SRC  9
APN  0470260
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19980324
TTL  Yeast silencing genes proteins and methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  McKelvey; Terry
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Pillus; Lorraine
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Clarke; Astrid
CTY  Longmont
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Lowell; Joanna
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Jacobson; Sandra
CTY  Lafayette
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Reifsnyder; Cheryl
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  University Technology Corporation
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4352542
XCL  43525421
XCL  4353201
XCL  536 2374
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  119
ICL  C12N  118
ICL  C12N 1531
ICL  C12N 1563
FSC  536
FSS  23.74
FSC  435
FSS  254.2;254.21;320.1
FREF
PNO  WO 95/19988
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Abraham, J., et al. "Regulation of Mating-type Information in Yeast" J.
      Mol. Biol., 176:307-331 (1984).
PAL  Aparicio, O.M., et al. "Modifiers of position effect are shared between
      telomeric and silent mating-type loci in S. cerevisiae," Cell,
      66:1279-1287 (1991).
PAL  Axelrod, A. and Rine, J. "A role for CDC7 in repression of transcription at
      the silent mating-type locus HMR in Saccharomyces cerevisiae," Mol. and
      Cell. Biol., 11(2):1080-1091 (1991).
PAL  Bassett Jr., D.E., et al. "Yeast genes and human disease," Nature,
      379:589-590 (1996).
PAL  Baudin, A., et al. "A simple and efficient method for direct gene deletion
      in Saccharomyces cerevisiae," Nucleic Acids Research, 21(14):3329-3330
      (1993).
PAL  Borrow, J., et al. "The translocation t(8;16)(p11;p13) of acute myeloid
      leukaemia fuses a putative acetyltransferase to the CREB-binding protein,"
      Nature Genetics, 14:33-41 (1996).
PAL  Brachmann, C.B., et al. "The SIR2 gene family, conserved from bacteria to
      humans, functions in silencing, cell cycle progression, and chromosome
      stability," Genes & Dev., 9:2888-2902 (1995).
PAL  Brand, A.H., et al. "A yeast silencer contains sequences that can promote
      autonomous plasmid replication and transcriptional activation," Cell,
      51:709-719 (1987).
PAL  Braunstein, M., et al. "Transcriptional silencing in yeast is associated
      with reduced nucleosome acetylation," Genes & Dev., 7:592-604 (1993).
PAL  Brownell, J.E. and Allis, C.D. "Special HATs for special occasions: linking
      histone acetylation to chromatin assembly and gene activation," Curr.
      Opin. in Genes & Devl, 6:176-184 (1996).
PAL  Brownell, J.E. and Allis, C.D. "An activity gel assay detects a single,
      catalytically active histion acetyltransferase subunits in Tetrahymena
      macronuclei," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 92:6364-6368 (1995).
PAL  Brownell, J.E., et al. "Tetrahymena histone acetyltransferase A: A homolog
      to yeast Gcn5p linking histone acetylation to gene activation," Cell,
      84:843-851 (1996).
PAL  Chrivia, J.C., et al. "Phosphorylated CREB binds specifically to the
      nuclear protein CBP," Nature, 365:855-859 (1993).
PAL  Dillin, A. and Rine, J. "On the origin of a silencer," TIBS, 20:231-235
      (1995).
PAL  Feldman, J., et al. "Identification of Sites Required for Repression of a
      Silent Mating Type Locus in Yeast" J. Mol. Biol., 178:815-834 (1984).
PAL  Gray, T.E., et al. "Refolding of barnase mutants and pro-barnase in the
      presence and absence of GroEL," EMBO J., 12(11):4145-4150 (1993).
PAL  Greenwell, P.W., et al. "TEL1, a gene involved in controlling telomere
      length in S. cerevisiae, is homologous to the human ataxia telangiectasia
      gene," Cell, 82:823-829 (1995).
PAL  Gottschling, D.E., et al. "Position effect at S. cerevisiae telomeres:
      reversible repression of Pol II transcription," Cell, 63:751-762 (1990).
PAL  Hawthorne, D.C. "A deletion in yeast and its bearing on the structure of
      the mating type locus," Genetics, 48:1727-1729 (1963).
PAL  Hebbes, T.R., et al. "A direct link between core histone acetylation and
      transcriptionally active chromatin," EMBO J., 7(5):1395-1402 (1988).
PAL  Hong, L., et al. "Studies of the DNA binding properties of histone H4 amino
      terminus," J. Biol. Chem., 268(1):305-314 (1993).
PAL  Johnson, L.M., et al. "Genetic evidence for an interaction between SIR3 and
      histone H4 in the repression of the silent mating loci in Saccharomyces
      cerevisiae," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 87:6286-6290 (1990).
PAL  Kamine, J., et al. "Identification of a cellular protein that specifically
      interacts with the essential cysteine region of the HIV-1 tat
      transactivator," Virology, 216:357-366 (1996).
PAL  Kassir, Y., et al. "SAD Mutation of Saccharomyces cerevisiae Is an Extra a
      Cassette"Mol. Cell. Biol, 3:871-880 (1983).
PAL  Kayne, P.S., et al. "Extremely conserved histone H4 N terminus is
      dispensable for growth but essential for repressing the silent mating loci
      in yeast," Cell, 55:27-39 (1988).
PAL  Kennedy, B.K., et al. "Mutation in the silencing gene SIR4 can delay aging
      in S. cerevisiae," Cell, 80:485-496 (1995).
PAL  Kimmerly, W., et al. "Roles of two DNA-binding factors in replication,
      segregation and transcriptional represion mediated by a yeast silencer"
      EMBO J., 7:2241-2253 (1988).
PAL  Kleff, S., et al. "Identification of a gene encoding a yeast histone H4
      acetyltransferase," J. Biol. Chem., 270(42):24674-24677 (1995).
PAL  Lee, D.Y., et al. "A positive role for histone acetylation in trnascription
      factor access to nucleosomal DNA," Cell, 72:73-84 (1993).
PAL  Lee, F-J., et al. "Acetylation is required for normal growth and mating of
      Saccharomyces cerevisiae," J. Bacteriol., 171(11):5795-5802 (1989).
PAL  Loo, S. and Rine, J. "Silencing and heritable domains of gene expression,"
      Annu. Rev. Cell Dev. Biol., 11:519-548 (1995).
PAL  Mahoney, D.J., et al. "Mutations in the HML E silencer of Saccharomyces
      cerevisiae yield metastable inheritance of transcriptional repression,"
      Genes & Dev., 5:605-615 (1991).
PAL  Marcus, G.A., et al. "Functional similarity and physical association
      between GCN5 and ADA2: putative transcriptional adaptors," EMBO J.,
      13(20):4807-4815 (1994).
PAL  Megee, P.C., et al. "Genetic analysis of histone H4: essential role of
      lysines subject to reversible acetylation," Science, 247:841-845 (1990).
PAL  Morrow, D.M., et al. "TEL1, and S. cerevisiae homolog of the human gene
      mutated ataxia telangiectasia, is functionally related to the yeast
      checkpoint gene MEC1," Cell, 82:831-840 (1995).
PAL  Mullen, J.R., et al. "Identification and characterization of genes and
      mutants for an N-terminal acetyltransferase from yeast," EMBO J,
      8(7):2067-2075 (1989).
PAL  Ehrenhofer-Murray, A.E., et al. "The role of Sas2, an acetyltransferase
      homologue of Saccharomyces cerevisiae, in silencing and ORC function,"
      Genetics, 145:923-934 (1997).
PAL  Park, E-C. and Szostak, J.W. "Point mutations in the yeast histone H4 gene
      prevent silencing of the silent mating type locus HML," Mol. Cell. Biol.,
      10(9):4932-4934 (1990).
PAL  Parthun, M.R., et al. "The major cytoplasmic histone acetyltransferase in
      yeast: links to chromatin replication and histone metabolism," Cell,
      87:85-94 (1996).
PAL  Pennisi, E. "Opening the way to gene activity," Science, 275:155-157
      (1997).
PAL  Pillus, L. and Grunstein, M. "Chromatin structure and epigenetic regulation
      in yeast" Chromatin Structure and Gene Expression (ed. Elgin, S.C.R.) IRL
      Press, Oxford University Press, pp. 123-146 (1995).
PAL  Pillus, L. and Rine, J. "Epigenetic inheritance of transcriptional states
      in S. cerevisiae," Cell, 59:637-647 (1989).
PAL  Reifsnyder, C., et al. "Yeast SAS silencing genes and human genes
      associated with AML and HIV-1 Tat interactions are homologous with
      acetyltransferases," Nature Genetics, 14:42-49 (1996).
PAL  Renauld, H., et al. "Silent domains are assembled continously from the
      telomere and are defined by promoter distance and strength, and by SIR3
      dosage," Genes & Dev., 7:1133-1145 (1993).
PAL  Roth, S.Y. and Allis, C.D. "Histone acetylation and chromatin assembly: a
      single escort, multiple dances?" 87:5-8 (1996).
PAL  Roth, S.Y. "Something about silencing," Nature Genetics, 14:3-4 (1996).
PAL  Rothstein, R. "Targeting, disruption, replacement, and allele rescue:
      integrative DNA transformation in yeast," Meth. Enzymol., 194:281-301
      (1991).
PAL  Savitsky, K, et al. "A single ataxia telangiectasia gene with a product
      similar to Pl-3 kinase," Science, 268:1749-1753 (1995).
PAL  Scherens, B., et al. "Sequencing and functional analysis of a 32560 bp
      segment on the laft arm of yeast chromosome II. Identification of 26 open
      reading frames, including the KIP1 and SEC17," Yeast, 9:1355-1371 (1993).
PAL  Schrader, A. "Genes in baker's yeast may aid HIV research," The Denver
      Post, Sep. 3, 1996.
PAL  Shaw, W.V. and Leslie, A.G.W. "Chloramphenicol acetyltransferase," Annu.
      Rev. Biophys. Chem, 20:363-386 (1991).
PAL  Spencer, F., et al. "Mitotic chromosome transmission fidelity mutants in
      Saccharomyces cerevisiae," Genetics, 124:237-249 (1990).
PAL  Strathern, J.N., et al. "Isolation of a circular derivative of yeast
      chromosome III: Implications for the mechanism of mating type
      interconversion," Cell, 18:309-319 (1979).
PAL  Sussel, L., et al. "Epigenetic switching of transcriptional states: cis-
      and trans-acting factors affecting establishment of silencing at the HMR
      locus in Saccharomyces cerevisiae," Mol. Cell. Biol., 13(7):3919-3928
      (1993).
PAL  Taunton, J., et al. "A mammalian histone deacetylase related to the yeast
      transcriptional regulator Rpd3p," Science, 272:408-411 (1996).
PAL  Tercero, J.C. and Wickner, R.B. "MAK3 encodes an N-acetyltransferase whose
      modification of the L-A gag NH.sub.2 terminus is necessary for virus
      particle assembly," J. Biol. Chem., 267(28):20277-20281 (1992).
PAL  Thompson, J.S., et al. "Histone H3 amino terminus is required for telomeric
      and silent mating locus repression in yeast," Nature, 369:245-247 (1994).
PAL  Orr-Weaver, T.L., et al. "Gene conversion adjacent to regions of
      double-strand break repair," Mol. Cell. Biol., 8(12):5292-5298 (1988).
PAL  Whiteway, M., et al. "The yeast ARD1 gene product is required for
      repression of cryptic mating-type information at the HML locus,"
      7(10):3713-3722 (1987).
LREP
FRM  Greenlee, Winner and Sullivan, PC
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides the yeast genes SAS2, SAS3 and ESA1 and the
      proteins encoded thereby. SAS2, SAS3 and ESA1 genes of members of the
      genus Saccharomyces are provided, particularly the SAS2, SAS3 and ESA1
      genes of S. cerevisiae. Also provided are yeast SAS2, SAS3 and ESA1 coding
      sequences. Specifically provided are the SAS2, SAS3 and ESA1 coding
      sequences of members of the genus Saccharomyces, and more specifically of
      S. cerevisiae. Genes of this invention comprise protein coding sequences
      as well as the regulatory regions that control expression of the encoded
      protein. Of most interest are SAS2, SAS3, and ESA1 genes of yeast
      including those of the genus Saccharomyces which are 90% or more
      homologous to the corresponding genes of S. cerevisiae. Specifically
      provided are DNA constructs comprising purified and isolated DNA molecules
      comprising SAS2, SAS3 or ESA1 coding sequences that encode proteins from a
      strain of S. cerevisiae.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT
PAR  This invention was made, at least in part, with funding from the National
      Science Foundation (Grant No. 1533408). Accordingly, the United States
      Government has certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059898984
SRC  8
APN  0689971
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19930527
TTL  Method for storing fungal conidia
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Marx; Irene
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Jin; Xixuan
CTY  Worcester
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Grigas; Kathryn E.
CTY  Worcester
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Carol Ann
CTY  Worcester
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Perry; Paul
CTY  Acton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Miller; David W.
CTY  Amherst
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  EcoScience Corporation
CTY  East Brunswick
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  889594
APD  19920527
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435260
XCL  4352541
XCL  424 935
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  104
ICL  C12N  114
FSC  435
FSS  254.1;260
FSC  424
FSS  93 Q;93.5
UREF
PNO  3338794
ISD  19670800
NAM  Bladel
UREF
PNO  3360440
ISD  19671200
NAM  Haab et al.
UREF
PNO  3865695
ISD  19750200
NAM  Massier
UREF
PNO  4063383
ISD  19771200
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  4097261
ISD  19780600
NAM  Conway et al.
UREF
PNO  4235964
ISD  19801100
NAM  Bochner
UREF
PNO  4311477
ISD  19820100
NAM  Kitamura et al.
UREF
PNO  4390360
ISD  19830600
NAM  Walker
UREF
PNO  4530834
ISD  19850700
NAM  McCabe et al.
UREF
PNO  4718935
ISD  19880100
NAM  Walker et al.
UREF
PNO  4724147
ISD  19880200
NAM  Marois et al.
UREF
PNO  4751082
ISD  19880600
NAM  Schaerffenberg et al.
UREF
PNO  4765275
ISD  19880800
NAM  Yukawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4878312
ISD  19891100
NAM  Shimizu
UREF
PNO  4886664
ISD  19891200
NAM  Jung et al.
UREF
PNO  4908315
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kertz
UREF
PNO  4921703
ISD  19900500
NAM  Higuchi et al.
UREF
PNO  4925663
ISD  19900500
NAM  Stimac
UREF
PNO  4978505
ISD  19901200
NAM  Kertz
UREF
PNO  5042427
ISD  19910800
NAM  Bedding
UREF
PNO  5057315
ISD  19911000
NAM  Gunner et al.
OCL  424 93Q
UREF
PNO  5057316
ISD  19911000
NAM  Gunner et al.
UREF
PNO  5074902
ISD  19911200
NAM  Connick et al.
UREF
PNO  5088231
ISD  19920200
NAM  Kertz
UREF
PNO  5141744
ISD  19920800
NAM  Chang et al.
UREF
PNO  5238681
ISD  19930800
NAM  Chang et al.
FREF
PNO  81386/87
ISD  19871100
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  0226394
ISD  19870600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  92100010
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/12385
ISD  19891200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/15526
ISD  19901200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Walstad, J.D., "Effects of Environmental Conditions on Two Species of
      Muscardine Fungi (Beauveria bassiana and Metarhizium anisopliae)", J. of
      Invertebrate Pathology, vol. 16, 221-226 (1970).
PAL  Beker & Rapoport, Conservation of Yeast by Dehydration, In Advances in
      Biochemical Engineering/Biotechnology, vol. 35 of Biotechnology Methods,
      ed. A. Fiechper, Springer Verlag, pp. 127-171 (1987).
PAL  Crowe & Crowe, Stabilization of Membranes in Anhydrobiotic Organisms In
      Membranes, Metabolism and Dry Organisms, A.C. Leopold, Comstock Publishing
      Co., Ithica, NY, pp. 188-209 (1986).
PAL  Dillon, Roderick James and Anthony Keith Charnley, "A technique for
      accelerating and synchronising germination of conidia of the
      entomopathogenic fungus Metarhizium anisopiiae," Arch. Microbiol.
      142:204-206 (1985).
PAL  Zweig, Gunter, "Environmental Aspects of Controlled Release Pesticide
      Formulations," Controlled Release Pesticides Amer. Chem. Soc., Washington,
      D.C. 37-53 (1977).
PAL  Smith, In "Maintenance of Microorganisms", Kirsop et al ed. 1988, pp.
      87-91.
PAL  ATCl Catalogue of Filamentous Fungi, 1991, pp. xv-xvi, 74-75, 235-236.
PAL  Roberts et al., Entomol. Sci. Am., vol. 10, pp. 19-76 (1977).
PAL  Daoust et al., J. of Invert. Path., 41, pp.143-150 (1983).
PAL  Daoust et al., J. of Invert. Path., 41, pp.151-160 (1983).
PAL  Daoust et al. J of Invert. Path., 41, pp. 161-170 (1983).
PAL  Reinecke et al. Brighton Crop Protection Conf.--Pests & Diseases, pp. 49-54
      (1990).
PAL  Ferron, Ann. Rev. Entamol., 23, pp. 409-442 (1978).
LREP
FRM  Arnall Golden & Gregory, LLP
ABST
PAL  Methods for packaging Metarhizium fungal cultures or conidia are described.
      In one embodiment, the fungal culture is provided within an insect
      infection chamber that attracts insects, then infects them with a lethal
      dosage of fungus, where the packaging maintains high humidity within the
      chamber, allows free exchange of gases, and is impermeable to microbes,
      including fungal spores, viruses, and bacteria. In a second embodiment,
      the fungal conidia are packaged under conditions which maintain high
      viability even after long-term storage at both 25.degree. C. and
      37.degree. C., i.e., low relative humidity and oxygen. The conidia can
      then be reactivated for the use in the control of insects such as
      cockroaches, flies, ants, soft-bodied insects, turf pests, and
      caterpillars.
PATN
WKU  059898992
SRC  8
APN  7740654
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19961223
TTL  Oversized cellulase compositions for use in detergent compositions and
      in the treatment of textiles
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Patterson, Jr.; Charles
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Bower; Benjamin S.
CTY  Pacifica
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Clarkson; Kathleen A.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Larenas; Edmund A.
CTY  Moss Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ward; Michael
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Genencor International, Inc.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435263
XCL  435264
EDF  6
ICL  C12S 1100
FSC  435
FSS  263;264
UREF
PNO  5298405
ISD  19940300
NAM  Nevelainen et al.
OCL  435209
FREF
PNO  94/07983
ISD  19940400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/07998
ISD  19940400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94 21801
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96 16177
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/01629 A1
ISD  19970100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Hatsutori, M., et al., (1997) Chem. Abst. 126:294536m.
PAL  Saloheimo, M., et al. (1988) Gene 63, 11-21.
PAL  Abuchowski, A. et al., "Alteration of Immunological Properties of Bovine
      Serum Albumin by Covalent Attachment of Polyethylene Glycol," The Journal
      of Biological Chemistry, vol. 252, No. 11, Issue of Jun. 10, pp.
      3578-3581, 1977.
PAL  Abuchowski, A. et al., "Effect of covalent Attachment of Polyethylene
      Glycol on Immunogenicity and Circulating Life of Bovine Liver Catalase,"
      The Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 252, No. 11, Issue of Jun. 10,
      pp. 3582-3586, 1977.
PAL  Cosgrove, et al., "Autolysis and extension of isolated walls from growing
      cucumbdr hypocotuyls," J. of Experimental Botany, vol. 45, Special Issue,
      pp. 1711-1719, Nov. 1994.
PAL  Delgado, C. et al., "Coupling of Poly(ethylene glycol) to Albumin under
      Very Mild conditions by Activation with Treasyl Chloride; Characterization
      of the Conjugate by Partitioning in Aqueous Two-Phase systems,"
      Biotechnology and Applied Biochemistry, vol. 12, pp. 119-128, (1990).
PAL  Fortier, G. et al., "Surface modification of horseradish peroxidase with
      poly (ethylene glycols)s of various molecular masses," Biotechnol. Appl.
      Biochem., vol. 17, pp. 115-130 1993.
PAL  Inada, Y. et al., "Biomedical and biotechnological applications of PEG-and
      PM-modified proteins," Focus, Tibtech Mar. 1995, vol. 13, pp. 86-91.
PAL  Inada, Y. et al., "Polyethylene Clycol(PEG)-Protein Conjugates; Application
      to Biomedical and Biotechnological Processes," Journal of Bioactive and
      Compatible Polymers, vol. 5, Jul. 1990, pp. 343-365.
PAL  Jackson, C. et al., "Synthesis, Isolation, and Characterization of
      Conjugates of Ovalbumin with Monomethoxypolyethylene Glycol Using Cyanuric
      chloride as the Coupling Agent," Analytical Biochemistry, vol. 165, 1987,
      pp. 114-127.
PAL  Khan, S. et al., "Polyethylene glcol-modified subtilisin forms
      micropraticulate suspensions in organic solvents," Enzyme Microb.
      Technol., 1992, vol. 14, Feb., pp. 96-101.
PAL  Linder, M. et al., "Characterization of a Double Cellulose-binding
      Domain,." The Journal of Biological Chemistry, V. 271 (35), pp.
      21268-21272, Aug. 30, 1996.
PAL  Luderer, M. et al., "A re-appraisal of Multiplicty of endoglucanase from
      Trichodema reesei using monoclonal antibodies and plasma desorption mass
      spectrometry," Biochimica et aBiophysica Acta, V. 1076 (1991) pp. 427-434.
PAL  McGennis, K. et al., Dimerization of Thermomonospora fusca
      .beta.1,4-Endoglucanase E2.dagger., Biochemistry, 1993, V. 32, pp.
      8146-8150.
PAL  Park, W. et al., "Development of Effective Modified Cellulase for Cellulose
      Hydrolysis Process," Biotechnology and Bioengineering, vol. 45, pp.
      366-373 (1995)8.
PAL  Plou, F. et al., "Acylation of subtilisin with long fatty acyl residues
      affects its activity and thermostability in aqueous medium," FEBS Letters,
      vol. 339, 194, pp. 200-204.
PAL  Yang, Z. et al., "Activity and Stability of Enzymes Incorporated into
      Acrylic Polymers," J. Am. Chem Soc., 1995, 117, pp. 4843-4850.
PAL  Yang, Z. et al., "Synthesis of Protein-Containing polymers in Organic
      Solvents," Biotechnology and Bioengineering, vol. 45, pp. 10-17, 1995.
PAL  Zalipsky, S. et al., "Evaluation of a New Reagent for Covalent Attachment
      of Polyethylene Glycol to Proteins," Biotechnology and Applied
      Biochemistry, vol. 15, 1992, vol. 15, pp. 100-114.
PAL  PCT International Search Report PCT/US97/23336, Aug. 20, 1998.
LREP
FR2  Stone; Christopher L.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a modified cellulase protein which is
      advantageously used in the treatment of textiles. Particularly, a method
      for treating a cellulose containing fabric is provided comprising the
      steps of forming an aqueous solution comprising a cellulase composition
      which differs from a precursor cellulase in that it has been enlarged and
      contacting the aqueous solution with a cellulose containing fabric for a
      time and under conditions appropriate to treat the fabric. The enlarged
      cellulase may comprise a multimeric composition of two or more distinct
      cellulase units or a single cellulase which has had adhered thereto
      polymeric or fibrous constituents.
PATN
WKU  059899000
SRC  9
APN  1367226
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980819
TTL  Process for preparing optically active allylic alcohol derivatives
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Lilling; Herbert J.
INVT
NAM  Lee; Adam Shih-Yuan
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Yeh; Hsiu-Chih
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Pan; Ohm-Guo
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chen; Shyh-Fong
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Ku; Hao
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Development Center of Biotechnology
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  435280
XCL  435128
XCL  435130
XCL  435131
XCL  435195
XCL  435198
EDF  6
ICL  C12P 4100
ICL  C12P 1100
ICL  C12P 1300
FSC  435
FSS  198;195;128;130;131;280
UREF
PNO  5106750
ISD  19920400
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  435280
OREF
PAL  Caddick, S.;Jenkins, K. Chem. Soc. Rev. 1996, 447-456.
PAL  Noyori R.; Tokunaga, M.; Kitamura M. Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1995, 68, 36-55.
PAL  Ward, R.S. Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 1995, 6, 1475-1490.
PAL  Burgess, K.; Jennings, L.D. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113, 6129-6139.
PAL  Mitsuda, S.; Nabeshima, S. Recl. Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas 1991, 110, 151-154.
PAL  Burgess, K.; Jennings, L.D.. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1990, 112, 7434-7436.
PAL  Panek, J.S.; Clark, T.D. J. Org. Chem. 1992, 57, 4323-4326.
PAL  Noyori, R.; Suzuki, M. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1984, 23, 847-876.
PAL  Caton, M.P.L. Tetrahedron 1979, 35, 2705-2742.
PAL  Taylor, R.J.K. Synthesis 1985, 364-392.
PAL  Samuelsson, B., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1983, 22, 805-815.
PAL  Vane, J.R. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1983, 22, 741-752.
PAL  Bergstorm, S. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1983, 22, 858-866.
PAL  Nelson, N.A.; Kelly, R.C.; Johnson, R.A. Chem. Eng. News 1982 33(60),
      30-44.
PAL  Roberts, S.M.; Scheinmann, F. New Synthetic Routes to Prostaglandins and
      Thromboxanes, Academic Press: New York 1982.
PAL  Newton, R.F.; Roberts, S.M. Tetrahedron 1980, 36, 2163-2196.
PAL  Nicolaou, K.C.; Gasic, G.P.; Barnette, W.E. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.
      1978, 17, 293-312.
PAL  Mitra, A. Synthesis of Prostaglandins, Wiley-Interscience: New York, 1977.
PAL  Gooding, O.W.; Beard, C.C.; Cooper, G.F.; Jackson, D.Y. J. Org. Chem. 1993,
      58, 3681-3686.
PAL  Gooding, O.W. J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 4209-4211.
PAL  Suzuki, M.; Yanagisawa, A.; Noyori, R.J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110,
      4718-4726.
PAL  Suzuki, M.; Yanagisawa, A.; Noyori, R.J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1985, 107,.
      3348-3349.
PAL  Morita, Y.; Suzuki, M.; Noyori R. J. Org. Chem. 1989, 54, 1785-1878.
PAL  Pirkle, W.H. Asymmetric Synthesis, Morrison J.D. ed., Academic Press: New
      York, 1983, vol. 1, pp. 125-152; and Williams, A.; Ibrahim, I.T. Chem.
      Rev. 1981, 81, 589-636.
LREP
FRM  Scully, Scott, Murphy & Presser
ABST
PAL  A process for preparing optically active allylic alcohol derivatives
      comprises reacting a racemic mixture of the following formula I
      ##STR1##
      wherein R is alkyl, alkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl or
      arylalkyl;
PAL  with acetate or anhydride under the catalysis of Pseudomonase AK, PS or
      K-10 lipase in the presence of an organic solvent.
PATN
WKU  059899018
SRC  9
APN  005982&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980112
TTL  Computer system for controlling value of operational parameters during
      an operation
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Beisner; William H.
NDR  26
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Zhao; Xi
STR  16336 W. La. Chiquita Ave.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
ZIP  95032
INVT
NAM  Jin; Guobing
STR  3317 Onslow Way
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ZIP  95132
RLAP
COD  71
APN  548145
APD  19951025
PSC  01
PNO  5736370
CLAS
OCL  4352852
XCL  435450
XCL  435461
XCL  4351736
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1300
FSC  435
FSS  3;173.1;173.5;173.6;173.8;285.2;285.1;450;461
FSC  204
FSS  547;693;157.15;450;600;663;DIG. 9
FSC  205
FSS  341;701;744
FSC  800
FSS  292
UREF
PNO  4622302
ISD  19861100
NAM  Sowers
OCL  435172.2
UREF
PNO  4663292
ISD  19870500
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  435287
UREF
PNO  4849355
ISD  19890700
NAM  Wong
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  4946793
ISD  19900800
NAM  Marshall, III
OCL  435291
UREF
PNO  5736370
ISD  19980400
NAM  Zhao et al.
OCL  435285.1
FREF
PNO  1058043
ISD  19920100
CNT  CNX
FREF
PNO  1100463
ISD  19950300
CNT  CNX
FREF
PNO  63-283584
ISD  19881100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-3788
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
OCL  435285.2
OREF
PAL  Scangos et al. "Mechanisms and applications of DNA-mediated gene transfer
      in mammalian cells--a review." 14 Gene I (1981), pp. 1-10.
PAL  Anderson. "Prospects for Human Gene Therapy." 226 Science 401 (Oct. 26,
      1984), pp. 401-409, Oct. 1984.
PAL  Wong et al. "Electric Field Mediated Gene Transfer." 107 Biochemical and
      Biophysical Research Communications 584 (Jul. 30, 1982), pp. 584-587, Jul.
      1982.
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman
ABST
PAL  A computer system for controlling the parameters used during molecule
      transfer operations. The computer system includes a processor coupled to a
      memory. The memory stores instructions that are executed by the processor.
      The computer system controls the value of parameters that affect the
      characteristics of pulses delivered by a pulse generating circuit to a
      solution. The pulse generating unit delivers individual pulses during
      cycles. The cumulative pulse delivered during a specified number of cycles
      is a pulse output. The magnitude of a pulse output is determined by the
      number of cycles corresponding to the pulse output and the characteristics
      of the individual pulses delivered during the cycles. A pulse group is a
      series of pulse outputs. The computer system controls a molecule transfer
      operation by causing the pulse generation circuit to deliver one or more
      pulse groups to the solution. A user selects the shape and number of pulse
      groups to be delivered for an operation. The computer alters the
      operational parameters used by the pulse generation circuit to cause the
      pulse generation circuit to deliver pulse groups having the selected
      shapes.
PATN
WKU  059899026
SRC  9
APN  0619221
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980417
TTL  Method for determining the antimicrobial agent sensitivity of a
      nonparaffinophilic hydrophobic microorganism and an associated apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Beisner; William H.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Ollar; Robert-A.
CTY  Milford
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Infectech, Inc.
CTY  Sharon
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  969588
APD  19971113
PSC  01
PNO  5891662
ISD  19990406
CLAS
OCL  4352879
XCL  4352881
XCL  4352883
XCL  435810
EDF  6
ICL  C12M  116
FSC  435
FSS  29;32;33;34;287.9;288.1;288.3;304.1;305.1;810
UREF
PNO  5153119
ISD  19921000
NAM  Ollar
OCL  435 34
UREF
PNO  5316918
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ollar
OCL  435 34
UREF
PNO  5472877
ISD  19951200
NAM  Ollar
OCL  435288.1
UREF
PNO  5569592
ISD  19961000
NAM  Ollar
OCL  435 32
UREF
PNO  5637501
ISD  19970600
NAM  Ollar et al.
OCL  435286.2
UREF
PNO  5639675
ISD  19970600
NAM  Felder et al.
OCL  435 29
UREF
PNO  5641645
ISD  19970600
NAM  Felder et al.
OCL  435 32
UREF
PNO  5654194
ISD  19970800
NAM  Felder et al.
OCL  435287.9
UREF
PNO  5663056
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ollar et al.
OCL  435 29
UREF
PNO  5668010
ISD  19970900
NAM  Felder et al.
OCL  435287.9
UREF
PNO  5677169
ISD  19971000
NAM  Ollar et al.
OCL  435287.9
UREF
PNO  5707824
ISD  19980100
NAM  Felder et al.
OCL  435 34
UREF
PNO  5801009
ISD  19980900
NAM  Felder et al.
OCL  435 29
UREF
PNO  5846760
ISD  19981200
NAM  Ollar
OCL  435 29
UREF
PNO  5854014
ISD  19981200
NAM  Ollar
OCL  435 34
LREP
FR2  Radack; David V.
     Eckert Seamans Cherin & Mellott, LLC
ABST
PAL  A method for determining a sensitivity of a nonparaffinophilic hydrophobic
      microorganism to an antimicrobial agent. The method includes providing at
      least one receptacle containing an aqueous broth including a carbon source
      and introducing the nonparaffinophilic hydrophobic microorganism into the
      receptacle. The method further includes placing into the receptacle (i) a
      slide coated with a hydrophobic material and (ii) a predetermined quantity
      of the antimicrobial agent to be tested. By observing the
      nonparaffinophilic hydrophobic microorganism growth or lack thereof on the
      slide, it can be determined whether the predetermined quantity of the
      antimicrobial agent is effective in inhibiting growth of the
      nonparaffinophilic hydrophobic microorganism on the slide. An associated
      apparatus is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059899034
SRC  8
APN  4877276
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19950607
TTL  Strain for the production of 6-dimethyltetracycline, method for
      producing the strain and vector for use in the method
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Moore; William W.
EXP  Achutamurthy; Ponnathapura
NDR  47
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Ryan; Michael J.
CTY  West Milford
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  American Cyanamid Company
CTY  Wayne
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4353201
XCL  435471
XCL  4352523
XCL  43525235
XCL  435183
XCL  435 64
XCL  536 232
XCL  536 237
XCL  536 241
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1568
ICL  C12N 1576
ICL  C12N 1552
ICL  C12P 2900
FSC  435
FSS  64;172.3;252.35;320.1;252.3;471;183
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;23.2;23.7;24.1
UREF
PNO  Re34875
ISD  19950300
NAM  Birmingham et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  3005023
ISD  19611000
NAM  Miller
OCL  260559
UREF
PNO  3019173
ISD  19620100
NAM  Arishima et al.
OCL  195 80
UREF
PNO  3616241
ISD  19711000
NAM  Growich, Jr.
OCL  435 64
UREF
PNO  3639214
ISD  19720200
NAM  Mercer et al.
OCL  435 64
UREF
PNO  4752574
ISD  19880600
NAM  Hershberger et al.
OCL  435 43
UREF
PNO  5589385
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ryan et al.
OCL  435252.35
UREF
PNO  5639949
ISD  19970600
NAM  Ligon et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5643753
ISD  19970700
NAM  Loosmore et al.
OCL  435 69.3
UREF
PNO  5643774
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ligon et al.
OCL  435183
FREF
PNO  1166681
ISD  19691000
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0468217
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0468220
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Merck Index, 11th ed. (1989), p. 310.
PAL  Goodman, Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology 78:5-57 eds. Hlavka and
      Booth, pp. 5-57, (1985).
PAL  Mahmoud et al., "Chlortetracycline Production with Immobilized Streptomyces
      aureofaciens", Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 26:333-337, 1987.
PAL  Mahmoud et al., "Chlorteracycline Production with Immobilized Streptomyces
      aureofaciens", Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 26:338-341, 1987.
PAL  Ohama, T., et al., Journal of Bacteriology, vol. 169, "Organization and
      codon usage of the streptomycin operon in Micrococcus luteus, a bacterium
      with a high genomic G+C content", pp. 4770-4777, 1987.
PAL  Godany, A., et al., Journal of Basic Microbiology, vol. 30, "The
      Streptomyces aureofaciens plasmid pIMBR8 and its use for shuttle vector
      construction", pp. 7329-735, 1990.
PAL  Sezanov, G. V., et al., Antibiotics and Chemotherapy, vol. 35, "Molecular
      cloning of a chlortetracycline resistance gene from a Streptomyces
      aureofaciens producing strain", pp. 7-11, 1990.
PAL  Lancini, G., in Proceedings of the 5th European Congress on Biotechnology,
      vol. 2, Christiansen, C., et al., Eds., "Biological modifications of
      antibiotics", pp. 735-738, Munksgaard, Pub., Copenhagen, 1992.
PAL  Baum, Ellen Z., et al., Journal of Bacteriology, vol. 170, "Temporally
      regulated tandem promoters in Micromonospora echinospora", pp. 71-77,
      1988.
PAL  Godany, A., et al., Biotechnology Letters, vol. 13, "Streptomyces
      aureofaciens strains as hosts for cloning of genes affecting antibiotic
      production", pp. 471-476, 1991.
PAL  Muchova, J., et al., Journal of Basic Microbiology, vol. 31, "Highly
      transformable mutants of Streptomyces aureofaciens containing
      restriction-modification systems", pp. 141-147, 1991.
PAL  Thiermann, F., et al., Dechema Biotechnology Conferences, vol. 5 (Part A),
      "In vitro and in vivo halogenation of natural products by bacterial
      haloperoxidases", pp. 17-20, 1992.
PAL  Vanek, , Z., et al., Biotekhnologiya, vol. 7-8, "Early stages of strain
      development and production of secondary metabolites in Streptomycetes",
      pp. 175-182, 1995.
PAL  Kormanec, J., et al., Journal of General Microbiology, vol. 139,
      "Optimization of Streptomyces aureofaciens transformation and disruption
      of the hrdA gene encoding a homologue of the principal sigma factor", pp.
      2525-2529, 1993.
PAL  Kormanec, J., et al., Gene, vol. 143, "The Streptomyces aureofaciens
      homologue of the whiG gene encoding a putative sigma factor esential for
      sporulation", pp. 101-103, 1994.
PAL  Carruthers, F. L., et al., Applied and Environmental Microbiology, vol. 60,
      "Identification of a genetic locus in Psuedomonas aureofaciens involved in
      fungal inhibition", pp. 71-77, 1994.
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  Recombinant S. aureofaciens cells are provided. These cells comprise:
PA0  (a) at least one CTC 11 gene; and (b) optionally
PA1  (i) a CTC 09 gene;
PA1  (ii) a CTC 03 gene; or
PA1  (iii)a combination thereof;
PAL  wherein:
PA1  the CTC 11 gene is chromosomal, extra-chromosomal, or chromosomal and
      extra-chromosomal;
PA1  the CTC 09 gene, CTC 03 gene, or a combination thereof is chromosomal,
      extra-chromosomal, or a combination thereof;
PA1  expression of the CTC 11 gene is enhanced over that of a wild-type S.
      aureofaciens cell; and
PA1  optionally, the CTC 09 gene, the CTC 03 gene, or both of the CTC 09 gene
      and the CTC 03 gene are inactivated.
PAL  The present invention also contemplates vector pLP21329 and vectors for
      allelic replacement in a S. aureofaciens host cell. The vectors comprise:
PA1  (a) a functional E. coli origin of replication;
PA1  (b) a functional Streptomyces origin of replication;
PA1  (c) a functional gene that imparts a positively selectable phenotype on the
      host cell; and
PA1  ((d) a ribosomal S12 gene which is expressed in Streptomyces such that it
      imparts sensitivity to streptomycin to the host cell.
PAL  In another embodiment, a method of mutating a target gene of a biosynthetic
      pathway of Streptomyces is disclosed. The method comprises
PA1  (a) replacing the genomic copy of the target gene with a selectable marker
      gene through homologous recombination to form a first recombinant strain;
      and
PA1  (b) replacing the selectable marker gene in the first recombinant strain
      with an altered copy of the target gene through homologous recombination
      to form a second recombinant strain.
PATN
WKU  059899042
SRC  8
APN  8179530
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19971006
TTL  Selective inhibition of internally initiated RNA translation
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  McGarry; Sean
EXP  LeGuyader; John
NDR  17
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Das; Saumitra
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Dasgupta; Asim
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Coward; Peter
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  The Regents of the University of California
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  321427
APD  19941011
CLAS
OCL  4353201
XCL  435  6
XCL  435325
XCL  435375
XCL  435455
XCL  536 241
XCL  536 245
EDF  6
ICL  C07H 2102
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  C12N 1585
FSC  435
FSS  6;177.3;375;377;325;455
FSC  536
FSS  24.1;24.5
FSC  514
FSS  44
OREF
PAL  Agrawal, S. "Antisense Oligonucleotides: Towards Clinical Trials" TIBTECH
      vol. 14:376-387, 1996.
PAL  Stull et al "Antigene, Ribozyme and Aptamer Nucleic Acid Drugs: Progress
      and Prospects" Pharmaceutical Research vol. 12(4):465-483, 1995.
PAL  Kitamura, N. et al. Primary Structure, Gene Organization and Polypeptide
      Expression of Poliovirus RNA, Nature (1981) 291:547-553.
PAL  Racaniello, V.R., et al. Molecular Cloning of Poliovirus cDNA and
      Determination of the Complete Nucleotide Sequence of the Viral Genome,
      Proc Natl Acad Sci USA (1981) 78:4887-4891.
PAL  Skinner, M.A. et al. New Model for the Secondary Structure of the 5'
      Non-coding RNA of Poliovirus is Supported by Biochemical and Genetic Data
      Tha Also Show That RNA Secondary Structure is Important in Neurovirulence,
      J Mol Biol (1989) 207:379-392.
PAL  Agol, V., The 5'-Untranslated Region of Picornaviral Genomes, Adv Virus Res
      (1991) 40:103-180.
PAL  Pelletier, J. et al. Mutational Analysis of Upstream AUG Codons of
      Polivirus RNA, J. Virol (1988a) 62:4486-4492.
PAL  Kozak, M., Comparison of Initiation of Protein Synthesis in Procaryotes,
      Eucaryotes, and Organelles, Microbiol Rev (1983) 47:1-45.
PAL  Pelletier, J. et al. Internal Initiation of Translation of Eukaryotic mRNA
      Directed by a Sequence Derived from Poliovirus RNA, Nature (1988)
      334:320-325.
PAL  Jang, S.K. et al. Cap-independent Translation of Encephalomyocarditis Virus
      RNA: Structural Elements of the Internal Ribonsomal Entry Site and
      Involvement of a Cellular 57-kD RNA-binding Protein, Genes Dev (1990)
      4:1560-1572.
PAL  Belsham, G.J. et al. A Region of the 5' Noncoding Region of Foot-and-Mouth
      Disease Virus RNA Directs Efficient Internal Initiation of Protein
      Synthesis Within Cells: Involvement with the Role of L Protease in
      Translational Control, J Virol (1990) 64:5389-5395.
PAL  Jackson, R. et al. The Novel Mechanism of Initiation of Picornavirus RNA
      Translation, Trends Biochem Sci (1990) 15:477-483.
PAL  Luz, N. et al. A Cellular 57 kDa Protein Binds to Two Regions of the
      Internal Translation Initiation Site of Foot-and-Mouth Disease Virus, FEBS
      Letters (1990) 269:311-314.
PAL  Luz, N. et al. Interaction of a Cellular 57-Kilodalton Protein with the
      Internal Translation Initiation Site of Foot-and-Mouth Disease Virus
      Virology (1991) 65:6486-6494.
PAL  Bandopadhyay, P.K. et al. Cap-Independent Translation by the 5'
      Untranslated Region of Theiler's Murine Encephalomyelitis Virus, J Virol
      (1992) 66:6249-6256.
PAL  Borman, A. et al. Initiation of Translation of Human Rhinovirus RNA:
      Mapping the Internal Ribosome Entry Site, Virology (1992) 188:685-696.
PAL  Borman, A. et al. The Involvement of a Spliceosome Component in Internal
      Initiation of Human Rhinovirus RNA Translation, Gen Virol (1993)
      74:1775-1788.
PAL  Kohara, K.T. et al. Internal Ribosome Entry Site within Hepatitis C Virus
      RNA, J Virol (1992) 66:1476-1483.
PAL  Glass, M.J. et al. Identification of the Hepatitis A Virus Internal
      Ribosome Entry Site: In Vivo and In Vitro Analysis of Bicistronic RNAs
      Containing the HAV 5' Noncoding Region, Virology (1993) 193:842-852.
PAL  Macejak, D.G. et al. Internal Initiation of Translation Mediated by the 5'
      Leader of a Cellular mRNA, Nature (1991) 353:90-94.
PAL  Oh, S.K. et al. Homeotic Gene Antennapaedia mRNA Contains 5'-Noncoding
      Sequences that Confer Translational Initiation by Internal Ribonsome
      Binding, Genes Dev (1992) 6:1643-1653.
PAL  Pilipenko, E.V. et al. Prokaryotic-like Cis Elements in the Cap-Independent
      Internal Initiation of Translation on Picornavirus RNA, Cell (1992)
      68:119-131.
PAL  Brown, B.A. et al. Translation of Poliovirus RNA In Vitro: Changes in
      Cleavage Pattern and Initiation Sites by Ribonsomal Salt Wash, Virology
      (1979) 97:376-405.
PAL  Dorner, H.A. et al. In Vitro Translation of Poliovirus RNA: Utilization of
      Internal Initiation Sites in Reticulocyte Lysate, J. Virol (1984)
      50:507-514.
PAL  Najita, L., Oxidation--Reduction Sensitive Interaction of a Cellular 50-kDa
      Protein with an RNA Hairpin in the 5' Noncoding Region of the Poliovirus
      Genome, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA (1990) 87:5846-5850.
PAL  Meerovitch, K. et al., A Cellular Protein that Binds to the 5'-Noncoding
      Region of Poliovirus RNA: Implications for Internal Translation
      Initiation, Genes Dev (1989) 3:1026-1034.
PAL  Meervitch, K. et al. La Autoantigen Enhances and Corrects Abberant
      Translation of Poliovirus RNA in Reticulocyte Lysate, J. Virol (1993)
      67:3798-3807.
PAL  Borovjagin, A.V. et al. RNA--Protein Interactions Within the Internal
      Translation Initiation region of Encephalomyocarditis Virus RNA, Nucleic
      Acids Res (1991) 19:4999-5005.
PAL  Pestova, T.V. et al. Translation of Poliovirus RNA: Role of an Essential
      cis-Acting Oligopyrimidine Element within the 5' Nontranslated Region and
      Involvement of a Cellular 57-Kilodalton Protein, J Virol (1991)
      65:6194-6204.
PAL  Chang, K.H. et al. Cell Type-Specific Proteins Which Interact with the 5'
      Nontranslated Region of Hepatitis A Virus RNA, J Virol (1993)
      67:6716-6725.
PAL  Hellen, C.U.T. et al. A Cytoplasmic 57-kDa Protein that is Required for
      Translation of Picornavirus RNA by Internal Ribosomal Entry is identical
      to the Nuclear Pyrimidine Tract-Binding Protein, Proc natl Acad Sci USA
      (1993) 90:7642-7646.
PAL  Gebhard, J.R. et al. Specific Interactions of HeLa Cell Proteins with
      Proposed Translation Domains of the Poliovirus 5' Noncoding Region, J
      Virol (1992) 66:3101-3109.
PAL  del Angel, P.A.G. et al. Cell Proteins Bind to Multiple Sites Within the 5'
      Untranslated Region of Poliovirus RNA, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA (1989)
      86:8299-8303.
PAL  Coward, P. et al., Yeast Cells are Incapable of Translating RNAs Containing
      the Poliovirus 5' Untranslated Region: Evidence for a Translational
      Inhibitor, J Virol (1992) 66:286-295.
LREP
FRM  Morrison & Foerster, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US95/12615
PD1  19971006
PD2  19971006
PD3  19951011
PCP  WO96/11211
PCD  19960418
ABST
PAR  A method to inhibit translation of an mRNA, which is intitiated at an
      internal ribosome entry site of the mRNA and requires binding of a protein
      factor to that site, is disclosed. The method comprises a step of
      providing, in an in vitro, or in vivo system that is capable of
      translating the mNRA, an inhibitory effective amount of a molecule that
      selectively binds to the protein factor, thereby preventing that factor
      from binding to the mNRA. The inhibitor molecule is an RNA oligonucleotide
      consisting of less than 35 nucleotides or a structural mimic of such an
      RNA oligonucleotide. Nucleotide sequences of such inhibitor RNA
      oligonucleotides include portions of the following sequences: the 60
      nucleotide sequence of a yeast inhibitor RNA or of the sequence
      complementary to that yeast inhibitor RNA; nucleotides 186-220 of
      poliovirus (stem-loop D); nucleotides 578-618 of poliovirus (stem-loop G);
      nucleotides 260-415 of poliovirus (stem-loop E); nucleotides 448-556 of
      poliovirus (stemp-loop F); and the sequence of the internal ribosome entry
      site of the immunoglobulin heavy chain binding protein (Bip).
PATN
WKU  059899050
SRC  8
APN  8336784
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970408
TTL  HCV NS3 protein fragments having helicase activity and improved
      solubility
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Slobodyansky; Elizabeth
EXP  Achutamurthy; Ponnathapura
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Houghton; Michael
CTY  Danville
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Choo; Qui-Lim
CTY  El Cerrito
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Han; Jang
CTY  Lafayette
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Choe; Joonho
CTY  Taejon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Chiron Corporation
CTY  Emeryville
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  529169
APD  19950915
CLAS
OCL  4353201
XCL  536 232
XCL  536 234
XCL  536 2372
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  69.7;320.1;183
FSC  536
FSS  23.2;23.4;23.72
UREF
PNO  4870008
ISD  19890900
NAM  Brake
OCL  435 69.4
UREF
PNO  5350671
ISD  19940900
NAM  Houghton et al.
OCL  435  5
UREF
PNO  5371017
ISD  19941200
NAM  Houghton et al.
OCL  435320.1
FREF
PNO  0 116 201
ISD  19840800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 120 551
ISD  19841000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 164 556
ISD  19851200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  450 931 A1
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 318 216-B1
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  6-319583
ISD  19941100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Kim, et al., Biochemical & Biophysical Research Comm., (1995)
      215(1):160-166.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 095, No. 002, Mar. 31, 1995 & JP 06 319583
      A (Souyaku Gijutsu Kenkyusho:KK), Nov. 22, 1994.
PAL  Faila et al., J. Virol. 68:3753-3760 (1994).
PAL  Choo et al., PNAS, 88:2451-2455 (1991).
PAL  Gorbalenya et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 17:4713-4729 (1989).
PAL  Suzich et al., J Virol, 67-6152-6158 (1993).
PAL  Gwack et al., Mol. Cells. 5(2) : 171-175 (1995).
PAL  Warrener et al., "Pestivirus NS3 (p80) Protein Possesses RNA Helicase
      Activity," J. Virol. 69:1720-1726, (1995).
PAL  Lee et al., J. Biol. 267:4398-4407 (1992).
PAL  Clewell et al, Proc Nat Acad Sci USA (1969) 62:1159.
PAL  Clewell, J Bacteriol (1972) 110:667.
LREP
FR2  Harbin; Alisa A.
     Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris
FR2  Blackburn; Robert P
ABST
PAL  The Hepatitis C Virus (HCV) NS3 protein contains amino acid motifs of a
      serine proteinase, a nucleotide triphosphatase (NTPase), and an RNA
      helicase. A carboxy fragment of the HCV NS3 protein was purified and
      possessed RNA helicase activity. Detections from the amino terminus
      resulted in the protein becoming soluble. Deletions from the carboxy
      terminus do not result in a loss of helicase activity until at least 50
      amino acids are deleted. The helicase activity requires ATP and divalent
      cations such as Mg.sup.2+  and Mn.sup.2+. The helicase activity was
      blocked by monoclonal antibody specific to the HCV NS3 protein.
PATN
WKU  059899069
SRC  8
APN  1929429
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19940207
TTL  Method and reagent for inhibiting P-glycoprotein (mdr-1-gene)
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Patterson, Jr.; Charles L.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Thompson; James D.
CTY  Solon
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  882885
APD  19920514
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435325
XCL  4353201
XCL  536 231
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1585
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  514
FSS  44
FSC  536
FSS  23.1
FSC  435
FSS  240.2;320.1;325
FREF
PNO  0387775
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9104324
ISD  19910400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9115580
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9118913
ISD  19911200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9118624
ISD  19911200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9118625
ISD  19911200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Christoffersen, R. E., et al., preprint, no date given.
PAL  Haekh's Chemical Dictionary, 4th Ed. (J. Grant, Ed) McGraw-Hill Book Co,
      1969, p. 242.
PAL  New Riverside University Dictionary, the Riverside Pub. Co, 1984, p. 437.
PAL  Chang and Miller, "Ras, an Inner Membrane Transducer of Growth Stimuli," in
      Prospect for Antisense Nucleic Acid Therapy of Cancer and AIDS,
      Wiley-Liss, Inc., pp. 115-124 (1991).
PAL  Holm et al., "Construction of a Ribozyme with Catalytic Activity Against
      the mRNA of the Multidrug Resistance-Associated P-Glycoprotein,"
      Proceedings of the 83rd Annual Meeting of the American Association for
      Cancer Research 33:401 at abstract No. 2393 (1992).
PAL  Kashani-Sabet et al., "Reversal of the Malignant Phenotype by an Anti-ras
      Ribozyme," Antisense Research & Development 2:3-15 (1992).
PAL  Kobayashi et al., "Cleavage of human MDR1 mRNA by a hammerhead ribozyme,"
      FEBS Letters 319:71-74 (1993).
PAL  Stephenson and Gibson, "In Vitro Cleavage of an N-ras Messenger-Like RNA by
      a Ribozyme," Antisense Research & Development 1:261-268 (1991).
PAL  Zuker and Stiegler, 9 Nucleic Acids Research 133, 1981, "Optimal Computer
      Folding of Large RNA Sequences Using Thermodynamics and Auxiliary
      Information".
PAL  Jaeger et al., 86 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 7706, 1989, "Improved
      Predictions of Secondary Structures for RNA".
PAL  Zuker, 244 Science 48, 1989, "On Finding All Suboptimal Foldings of an RNA
      Molecule".
PAL  Perrotta and Been, 31 Biochemistry 16, 1992.
PAL  Hampel and Tritz, 28 Biochemistry 4929, 1989.
PAL  Hampel et al., 18 Nucleic Acids Research 299, 1990.
PAL  Weerasinghe et al., 65 Journal of Virology 5531, 1991.
PAL  Mamone et al., "Design of Hammerhead Ribozymes Targeted to Sequences in
      HIV, HSV, and the RAT ANF GENE", Abstract of Keystone, CO (May 27, 1992).
PAL  Pavco et al., "Regulation of Self-Splicing Reactions by Antisense RNA",
      Abstract of Keystone, CO (May 27, 1992).
PAL  Haseloff and Gerlach, 334 Nature 585, 1988.
PAL  Guerrier-Takada et al., 35 Cell 849, 1983.
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon LLP
ABST
PAL  An enzymatic RNA molecule which specifically cleaves mRNA encoded by an
      mdr-1 gene.
PATN
WKU  059899077
SRC  8
APN  7808364
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970110
TTL  Methods and compositions for calcium binding proteolipid encoding
      nucleic acids
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Duffy; Patricia A.
NDR  10
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Boyan; Barbara D.
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Van Dijk; Simon
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Dean; David D.
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Board of Regents, University of Texas System
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435325
XCL  4252523
XCL  42525411
XCL  4253201
XCL  536 237
XCL  536 2432
XCL  536 2433
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1585
ICL  C12N  121
ICL  C07H 2102
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  6;70.1;320.1;243;252.3;254.11;325
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;23.2;23.7;24.3;24.32;24.33
OREF
PAL  Boyan, R., "Amino Terminal Sequence for Corynebacterium matruchotii
      Calcifiable Proteolipid," The FASEB Journal, 5(4):A814, 1991. (abstract).
PAL  Boyan et al., "Mechanisms of Bacterial Involvement in Dental Calculus
      Formation," Journal of Dental Research, 71 (special issue):233, 1992.
      (abstract).
PAL  Boyan-Salyers and Boskey, "Relationship Between Proteolipids and
      Calcium-Phosopholipid-Phosphate Complexes in Bacterionema matruchotii
      Calcification," Calcified Tissue International, 30(2):167-174, 1980.
PAL  Ennever et al., "Characterization of Bacterionema matruchotti Calcification
      Nucleator," Journal of Dental Research, 57(4):637-642, 1978.
PAL  Khare et al., "Immunoreactivity of Antibody to Bacterionema matruchotti
      Proteolipid," Journal of Dental Research, 67(special issue):233, 1998.
      (abstract).
PAL  Murakami, Y. "Analysis of the Nucleotide Sequences of Chromosome VI form
      Saccharomyces cerevisiae," Nature Genetics, 10(3):261-268, 1995.
PAL  Murakami, Y., EMBL Database Entry SCCHRVI Accession No. D50617, D44605, May
      30, 1995.
PAL  Swain et al., "Resolution of Ion Translocating Proteolipid Subclasses
      Active in Bacterial Calcification," Journal of Dental Research,
      68(6):1094-1097, 1989.
PAL  Internation Search Report dated Jun. 10, 1997, (UTFK:301P-).
PAL  Cao et al., "Characterization, Cloning and Expression of the 67-kDa Annexin
      from Chicken Growth Plate Cartilage Matrix Vesicles," Biochemical and
      Biophysical Research Communications, 197(2)556-561, 1993.
PAL  Genge et al., "Matrix Vesicle Annexins Exhibit Proteolipid-like Properties.
      Selective Partitioning into Lipophilic Solvents Under Acidic Conditions,"
      The Journal of Biological Chemistry, 266(16):10678-10685, 1991.
PAL  Genge et al., "Establishment of the Primary Structure of the Major
      Lipid-Dependent Ca.sup.2+  Binding Proteins of Chicken Growth Plate
      Cartilage Matrix Vesicles: Identity with Anchorin CII (Annexin V) and
      Annexin II," Journal of Bone and Mineral Research, 7(7):807-819, 1992.
PAL  Hemmings et al.,".alpha.- and .beta.-Forms of the 65-kDa Subunit of Protein
      Phosphatase 2A Have a Similar 39 Amino Acid Repeating Structure,"
      Biochemistry, 29(13):3166-3173, 1990.
PAL  Iakovidis et al., "Oral Micro-organisms and Calcific Aortic Stenosis,"
      Abstracts from the 65th Scientific Sessions, Abstract No. 3380,
      Circulation 86:I-849, 1992.
PAL  Kessler et al., "Binding of Calcium to the Proteolipid Phosphorin," Mineral
      Electrolyte Metab., 14:135-141, 1988.
PAL  Van Dijk et al., "Immunological Detection of Bacterial Proteolipids
      Involved in Microbial Calcification," 75th General Session and Exhibition
      of the International Association for Dental Research; J. Dent. Res., vol.
      76, Abstract No. 102, p. 26,1997.
PAL  Van Dijk et al., "Sequencing of Bacterial Proteolipids Involved in
      Microbial Calcification," 74th General Session and Exhibition of the
      International Association for Dental Research; J. Dent Res., vol. 75,
      Abstract No. 614, p. 94, 1996.
PAL  Wu et al., "Characterization of the Nucleational Core Complex Responsible
      for Mineral Induction by Growth Plate Cartilage Matrix Vesicles," The
      Journal of Biological Chemistry, 268(33):25084-25094, 1993.
PAL  Murakami et al, Nature Genet. 10(3):261-268 (1995).
LREP
FRM  Williams, Morgan & Amerson
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to the cloning and sequencing of DNA encoding
      membrane-associated proteolipids from C. matruchotii to vectors comprising
      the DNA and to host cells containing vectors including the novelty DNA.
GOVT
PAR  The United States Government has rights in the present invention pursuant
      to support from National Institute of Dental Research grants DE-07263,
      DE-05932 and National Science Foundation grant EEC-92/09612.
PATN
WKU  059899085
SRC  8
APN  7938780
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970523
TTL  Modulation of drug and radiation resistant genes
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  LeGuyader; John L.
NDR  8
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Scanlon; Kevin J.
CTY  Pasadena
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  City of Hope
CTY  Duarte
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435325
XCL  435  6
XCL  435 9131
XCL  4353201
XCL  435366
XCL  435375
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 232
XCL  536 2431
XCL  536 245
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1585
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  C12Q  168
FSC  514
FSS  44
FSC  435
FSS  6;91.31;172.3;320.1;325;366
FSC  536
FSS  24.5;23.2
OREF
PAL  Holm, P.S. et al. (1994). Br. J. Cancer 70:239-243.
PAL  Toshide et al. Advan. Enzyme Regul. 32: 195-209 (1992).
PAL  Kashani-Sabet et al. Cancer Gene Therapy 1(4):V-70:326 (1994).
PAL  Gewirtz et al. PNAS 93:3161-3163 (1996).
PAL  Rojanasakul et al. Advanced Drug Del. Reviews 18:115-131 (1996).
PAL  Stull et al. Pharm. Res. 12:465-483 (1995).
PAL  Weinberg, R.A. (1989) Cancer Res. 49:3713-3721.
PAL  Rosenberg, B. (1985) Cancer. 55:2303-2316.
PAL  Gottesman, M.M. (1993) Ann. Rev. Biochem. 62:385-427.
PAL  Ransone, L.J. & Verma, I.M. (1990) Ann. Rev. Cell Biol. 6:539-557.
PAL  Scanlon, K.J. et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 88:10591-10595.
PAL  Boguski, M.S., McCormick F. (1993) Nature 366:643-654.
PAL  Christen, R.D. et al. (1990) J. Clin. Invest. 86:1632-1640.
PAL  Hancock, M.C. et al. (1991) Cancer Res. 51:4575-4580.
PAL  Basu, A., Lazo, J.S. (1992) Cancer Res. 52:3119-3124.
PAL  Mann, S.C. et al. (1991) Int. J. Cancer 48:866-872.
PAL  Marx (1987) Science 237:854-856 (1987).
PAL  Lee, et al. (1987) Cell 49:741-752.
PAL  McKnight (1991) Scientific American, pp. 54-64.
PAL  Abate, et al. (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:1032-1036 (1990).
PAL  Ransone, et al. (1989) Int. J. Cancer Supplement 4:10-21.
PAL  Kouzarides, et al. (1989) Cancer Cells 1:71-76.
PAL  Rubin, E., et al. (1992) Cancer Res. 52:878-882.
PAL  Scanlon, K.J. et al. (1988) Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 244:127-135.
PAL  Scanlon, K.J., et al. (1989) Cancer Comm. 1:269-275.
PAL  Hollander, M.C., et al. (1989) Cancer Res. 49:1687-1692.
PAL  Scanlon, K.J., et al. (1989) Anticancer Res. 9:1301-1312.
PAL  Kastan, M.B., et al. (1991) Cancer Res. 51:6304-6311.
PAL  Kuerbitz, S.J., et al. (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:7491-7495.
PAL  Raycroft, L., et al. (1990) Science 249:1049-1051.
PAL  Brown, R., et al. (1993) Int. J. Cancer 55:678-684.
PAL  Wang, TS-F (1991) Ann. Rev. Biochem. 60:513-552.
PAL  Schmidt, C.J., et al. (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:3346-3350.
PAL  Kedar, P.S., et al. (1990) Mol. Cell. Biol. 10:3852-3856.
PAL  Sklar, M.D. (1988) Cancer Res. 48:793-797.
PAL  Niimi, S. et al. (1991) Br. J. Cancer 63:237-241.
PAL  Scanlon, K.J., et al. (1989) J. Clin. Lab. Anal. 3:323-329.
PAL  Kashani-Sabet, M., et al. (1990) Eur. J. Cancer 26:383-390.
PAL  Vanhamme, L., et al. (1987) Exp. Cell Res. 169:120-126.
PAL  Binetruy, B. et al. (1991) Nature 351:122-127.
PAL  Wang, J.C. (1985) Ann. Rev. Biochem. 54:665-697.
PAL  Liu, L.F. (1989) Ann. Rev. Biochem. 58:351-375.
PAL  Ali-Osman, F., et al. (1993) Cancer Res. 53:5663-5668.
PAL  Scanlon, K.J., et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 85:650-653.
PAL  Kashani-Sabet, M., et al. (1992) Antisense Res. Dev. 2:3-15.
PAL  Sarver, N., et al. (1990) Science 247:1222-1225.
PAL  Kashani-Sabet, M., et al. (1990) J. Biol. Chem. 265:11285-11288.
PAL  Scanlon, K.J., et al. (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 83:8923-8925.
PAL  Kashani-Sabet, M., et al. (1994) Cancer Res. 54:900-902.
PAL  Gottesman, M.M. (1993) Cancer Res. 53:747-754.
PAL  Ueda, K. et al. (1987) J. Biol. Chem. 262:17432-17436.
PAL  Teeter, L.D., et al. (1991) Cell Growth & Diff. 2:429-437.
PAL  Shen, D.W. et al. (1986) Science 232:643-645.
PAL  Cole, S.P.C. et al. (1992) Science 258:1650-1654.
PAL  Beck, W.T., et al. (1993) Adv. Enz. Reg. 33:113-127.
LREP
FRM  Rothwell, Figg, Ernst & Kurz, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US94/10215
PD1  19970523
PD2  19970523
PD3  19940912
PCP  WO96/08558
PCD  19960321
ABST
PAR  The effects of suppressing c-fos oncogene expression on drug or radiation
      resistant mammalian cells are described. A2780S human ovarian carcinoma
      cells with resistance to actinomycin D were isolated and the resultant
      A2780AD cells exhibited the MDR phenotype. A hammerhead ribozyme designed
      to cleave fos RNA cloned into the pMAMneo plasmid was transfected into
      A2780AD cells. Induction of the ribozyme resulted in decreased expression
      of c-fos, followed by that of mdr-1, c-jun, and p53. Reversal of the MDR
      phenotype by the anti-mdr ribozyme occurred one-fourth as rapidly as that
      induced by the anti-fos ribozyme. These studies demonstrate the primacy of
      the c-fos oncogene in maintaining the resistant phenotype in human cancer
      cells. Thus, down regulation of fos/jun will make resistant cancer cells
      more sensitive to conventional treatment, i.e., cancer chemotherapeutic
      agents and/or radiation.
PATN
WKU  059899093
SRC  8
APN  9383654
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970926
TTL  Huchordin and uses thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Prouty; Rebecca E.
NDR  5
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Pan; Yang
CTY  Brookline
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Millennium BioTherapeutics, Inc.
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435325
XCL  536 235
XCL  435 691
XCL  4353201
XCL  4352523
XCL  530350
XCL  514 12
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1512
ICL  C12N 1563
ICL  C12N  510
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;320.1;325;252.3
FSC  514
FSS  12
FSC  530
FSS  350
FSC  536
FSS  23.5
UREF
PNO  5679783
ISD  19971000
NAM  De Robertis et al.
OCL  536 23.5
UREF
PNO  5846770
ISD  19981200
NAM  LaVallie
OCL  435 69.1
FREF
PNO  WO 96/29411
ISD  19960900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/21335
ISD  19980500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Piccolo et al., "Dorsoventral Patterning in Xenopus: Inhibition of Ventral
      Signals by Direct Binding of Chordin to BMP-4" Cell 86:589-598, 1996.
PAL  Sasai et al., "Xenopus chordin: A Novel Dorsalizing Factor Activated by
      Organizer-Specific Homebox Genes" Cell 79:779-790, 1994.
PAL  Tolsma et al., "Peptides Derived from Two Separate Domains of the Matrix
      Protein Thrombospondin-1 Have Anti-Angiogenic Activity" J. of Cell. Biol.
      122(2):497-511, 1993.
PAL  Volpert et al., "Inhibition of Angiogenesis by Thrombospondin-2" Biochem. &
      Biophys. Research Comm. 217(1):326-332, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to huchordin polypeptides, nucleic acid molecules
      encoding huchordin, and uses thereof.
PATN
WKU  059899107
SRC  9
APN  128312&
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19980803
TTL  Potent genetic switch allowing regulated gene expression in eukaryotic
      cells
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Yucel; Irem
EXP  Degen; Nancy
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Mermod; Nicolas
CTY  Buchillon
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Imhof; Markus O.
CTY  Ecublens
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Chatellard; Philippe
CTY  Lausanne
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  University of Lausanne
CTY  Lausanne
CNT  CHX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  435325
XCL  435352
XCL  435455
XCL  435465
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 234
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  500
FSC  435
FSS  325;352;455;465
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;23.4;24.1
UREF
PNO  5589362
ISD  19961200
NAM  Bujard
OCL  435 69.1
UREF
PNO  5814618
ISD  19980900
NAM  Bujard et al.
OCL  514 44
OREF
PAL  Aebischer et al., Nature Medicine 2, 696-699 (1996).
PAL  Baniahmad et al., EMBO J., 11, 1015-1023 (1992).
PAL  Baniahmad et al., Mol. Cell Biol., 15, 76-86 (1995).
PAL  Baniahmad et al., Mol. Cell Biol., 17, 4259-4271 (1997).
PAL  Deuschle et al., Mol. Cell Biol.. 15, 1907-1914 (1995).
PAL  Fisher et al., Mol. Cell Biol., 16, 2670-2677 (1996).
PAL  Friedman et al., Genes Dev., 10, 2067-2078 (1996).
PAL  Furth et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 91, 9302-9306 (1994).
PAL  Gossen et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 89, 5547-5551 (1992).
PAL  Gossen et al., Current Opinion in Biotechnology, 5, 516-520 (1994).
PAL  Gossen et al., Science, 268, 1766-1769 (1995).
PAL  Grbavec et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Com., 223, 701-705 (1996).
PAL  Hassig et al., Cell, 89, 341-347 (1997).
PAL  Magari et al. J. Clin. Invest., 100, 2865-2872 (1997).
PAL  Moosman et al. Nucl. Acids Res., 24, 4859-4867 (1996).
PAL  Nagy et al. Cell, 89, 373-380 (1997).
PAL  No. et al. Proc. Nat'l. Acd. Sci. USA 93, 3346-3351 (1996).
PAL  Palapati et al. J. Biol. Chem., 272, 26604-26610 (1997).
PAL  Resnitzky et al. Mol. Cell. Biol. 14, 1669-1679 (1994).
PAL  Rivera et al. Nat. Med. 2, 1028 (1996).
PAL  Roelant et al. BioTechniques, 20, 914-917 (1996).
PAL  Sadowski et al. Nucl. Acids Res. 17, 7539 (1989).
PAL  Sadowski et al. Nature, 335, 563-564 (1988).
PAL  Smale et al. Cell., 57 103-113 (1989).
PAL  Spencer et al. Science, 262, 1019-1024 (1993).
PAL  Thompson et al. Gene, 103, 171-177 (1991).
PAL  Wang et al. Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA, 91, 8180-8184 (1994).
PAL  Wang et al. Gene Therapy, 4, 432-441 (1997).
PAL  Wang et al. Nature Biotechnology, 15, 239-243 (1997).
PAL  Witzgall et al. Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA, 91, 4514-4518 (1994).
PAL  Yin et al Analytical Biochemistry, 235, 195-201 (1996).
PAL  Yuh et al. Science, 279, 1896-1902 (1998).
LREP
FR2  Elrifi; Ivor R.
FR2  Morency; Michel
     Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a system for controlled transgene
      transcription using chimeric activator and repressor proteins functioning
      in a novel regulatory network. The target transgene is actively silenced
      in non-inducing conditions by a novel class of chimeric proteins
      consisting of the DNA-binding tetracycline repressor fused to distinct
      multimerized eukaryotic transcriptional repression domains. In the
      presence of a tetracycline "inducer", the repressor does not bind to the
      promoters for both the target gene and for another regulatory gene
      encoding a transactivator (e.g., GAL4-VP16). Under these inducing
      conditions, the transactivator activates expression of the target
      transgene and of its own gene, in an additional autoregulatory positive
      feedback loop.
PATN
WKU  059899115
SRC  9
APN  0753955
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19980508
TTL  Site-specific synthesis of pseudouridine in RNA
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXA  Shibuya; Mark L.
EXP  LeGuyader; John L.
NDR  8
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Fournier; Maurille J.
CTY  Amherst
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Ni; Jingwei
CTY  Amherst
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  University of Massachusetts
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  435375
XCL  435  6
XCL  435 911
XCL  4352542
XCL  4353201
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 241
XCL  536 2432
XCL  536 245
EDF  6
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12N 1581
ICL  C12N 1511
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  6;91.1;91.31;325;375;243;254.2;320.1
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;24.1;24.3;24.33;24.5
OREF
PAL  Balakin, et al., "The RNA World of the Nucleolus: Two Major Families of
      Small RNAs Defined by Different Box Elements with Related Functions,"
      Cell, vol. 86:823-834, (1996).
PAL  Caffarelli, et al., "Processing of the intron-encoded U16 and U18 snoRNAs:
      The conserved C and D boxes control both the processing reaction and the .
      . . ," The EMBO Journal, vol. 15:1121-1131 (1996).
PAL  Tsui, et al., "Absence of hisT-Mediated tRNA Pseudouridylation Results in a
      Uracil Requirement That Interferes with Escherichia coli K-12 Cell
      Division," Journal of Bacteriology, vol. 173:7395-7400 (1991).
PAL  Ganot, et al., "The family of box ACA small nucleolar RNAs is defined by an
      evolutionarily conserved secondary structure and ubiquitous sequence . . .
      ," Genes & Development, vol. 11:941-956 (1997).
PAL  Hagervall, et al., "Role of tRNA modification in translational fidelity,"
      Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, vol. 1050:263-266 (1990).
PAL  Hartshorne, et al., "A common core structure for U3 small nucleolar RNAs,"
      Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 22:3354-3364 (1994).
PAL  Huang, et al., "Accumulation of U14 Small Nuclear RNA in Saccharomyces
      cerevisiae Requires Box C, Box D, and a 5',3' Terminal Stem," Molecular
      and Cellular Biology, vol. 12:4456-4463 (1992).
PAL  Jarmolowski, et al., "Identification of essential elements in U14 RNA of
      Saccharomyces cerevisiae," The EMBO Journal, vol. 9:4503-4509 (1990).
PAL  Kiss-Laszlo, et al., "Site-Specific Sugar Methylation of rRNA: A Novel
      Function for Small Nuclear RNAs," RNA 1996, The First Annual Meeting of
      the RNA Society, Abstract (1996).
PAL  Kiss-Laszlo, et al., "Site-Specific Ribose Methylation of Preribosomal RNA:
      A Novel Function for Small Nucleolar RNAs," Cell, vol. 85:1077-1088
      (1996).
PAL  Tyc, et al., "U3, U8 and U13 comprise a new class of mammalian snRNPs
      localized in the cell nucleolus," The EMBO Journal, vol. 8:3113-3119
      (1989).
PAL  Watkins, et al., "Elements essential for processing intronic U14 snoRNA are
      located at the termini of the mature snoRNA sequence and include conserved
      nucleotide boxes C and D," RNA, vol. 2:118-133 (1996).
PAL  Xia, et al., "Identification of specific nucleotide sequences and
      structural elements required for intronic U14 snoRNA processing," RNA,
      vol. 3:17-26 (1997).
PAL  Maden et al, Database Biosis on STN, "Eukaryotic ribosomal RNA: The recent
      excitement in the nucleotide modification problem," Abstract No. 99655451,
      Chromosoma, vol. 105:391-400, (1997).
PAL  Ni et al, "Small Nucleolar RNAs Direct Site-Specific Synthesis of
      Pseudouridine in Ribosomal RNA," Cell, vol. 89:565-573 (1997).
PAL  Peculis, "RNA Processing: Pocket Guides to Ribosomal RNA," Current Biology,
      vol. 7:R480-R482 (1997).
PAL  Tollervey et al, "Function and Synthesis of Small Nucleolar RNAs," Current
      Opinion in Cellular Biology, vol. 9:337-342 (1997).
PAL  International Search Report dated Jul. 6, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention features a modified small nucleolar ribonucleic acid (snoRNA)
      that directs the conversion of a uridine to a pseudouridine in a target
      nucleic acid, e.g., RNA, that includes first and second flanking regions
      located on either side of the uridine. The modified snoRNA includes a
      ribonucleotide sequence of a box H/ACA snoRNA including a Domain A
      sequence and a Domain B sequence, or a Domain A sequence and a Domain C
      sequence, wherein the snoRNA is modified in that the Domain A sequence is
      replaced by a first recognition sequence complementary to at least three
      consecutive nucleotides in the first flanking region in the target nucleic
      acid, and the Domain B or C sequence is replaced by a second recognition
      sequence complementary to at least three consecutive nucleotides in the
      second flanking region in the target nucleic acid.
PATN
WKU  059899123
SRC  9
APN  2117959
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19981215
TTL  Three component chimeric antisense oligonucleotides
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Leguyader; John
INVT
NAM  Arrow; Amy
CTY  Bethel
STA  ME
INVT
NAM  Dale; Roderic M. K.
CTY  Wilsonville
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Woolf; Tod Mitchell
STR  21 Birch Rd.
CTY  Natick
STA  MA
ZIP  01760
ASSG
NAM  Oligos Etc. Inc.
CTY  Wilsonville
STA  OR
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Woolf; Tod Mitchell
CTY  Natick
STA  MA
COD  04
RLAP
COD  71
APN  754580
APD  19961121
PSC  01
PNO  5849902
CLAS
OCL  435375
XCL  435  6
XCL  435 911
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 243
XCL  536 2433
XCL  536 245
EDF  6
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C12Q  168
FSC  435
FSS  6;91.1;375
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;24.3;24.5
UREF
PNO  5576208
ISD  19961100
NAM  Monia et al.
OCL  435375
UREF
PNO  5582986
ISD  19961200
NAM  Monia et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5652356
ISD  19970700
NAM  Agrawal
OCL  536 24.5
OREF
PAL  De Mesmaeker et al., Current Opinion in Structural Biology, 5:343-355
      (1995).
PAL  Gerwitz et al., Science, 93:3161-3163 (1966).
PAL  Moulds et al., Biochemistry 34:5044-5053 (1995).
LREP
FRM  Bozicevic, Field & Francis LLP
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to antisense oligonucleotides that target mRNAs in
      cells as substrates for the cellular enzyme RNase H and thereby cause
      specific degradation of the targeted mRNA. The oligonucleotides have three
      components: a RNase H activating region, a complementarity region and 3'
      and 5' ends. The invention optimizes each of the components to resist
      intracellular nucleases, to increase hybridization to target mRNA, to
      specifically inactivate target mRNA in cells, and to decrease
      cytotoxicity.
PATN
WKU  059899131
SRC  9
APN  1094920
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980702
TTL  Culture vessel for growing or culturing cells, cellular aggregates,
      tissues and organoids and methods for using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  17
EXP  Redding; David A.
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Anderson; Charles Daniel
STR  3215 Jacquelyn Dr.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ZIP  77054
INVT
NAM  Dodd; Charlie W.
CTY  Seabrook
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Anderson; Charles Daniel
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  435394
XCL  4352867
XCL  4352931
XCL  4352971
XCL  4352972
XCL  4352982
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C12M  300
FSC  435
FSS  325;383;394;420;286.3;286.7;289.1;293.1;297.1;297.2;298.2
UREF
PNO  4988623
ISD  19910100
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL  435286
UREF
PNO  5026650
ISD  19910600
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL  435286
UREF
PNO  5153131
ISD  19921000
NAM  Wolf et al.
OCL  435240.24
UREF
PNO  5153132
ISD  19921000
NAM  Goodwin et al.
OCL  435240.24
UREF
PNO  5153133
ISD  19921000
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL  435240.24
UREF
PNO  5155034
ISD  19921000
NAM  Wolf et al.
OCL  435240.24
UREF
PNO  5155035
ISD  19921000
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL  435240.24
UREF
PNO  5308764
ISD  19940500
NAM  Goodwin et al.
OCL  435240.24
UREF
PNO  5330908
ISD  19940700
NAM  Spaulding
OCL  435240.24
UREF
PNO  5376548
ISD  19941200
NAM  Matsuo et al.
OCL  435284
UREF
PNO  5437998
ISD  19950800
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL  435286
UREF
PNO  5449617
ISD  19950900
NAM  Falkenberg et al.
OCL  435240.25
UREF
PNO  5523228
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ingram et al.
OCL  435240.25
UREF
PNO  5665594
ISD  19970900
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL  435394
UREF
PNO  5702941
ISD  19971200
NAM  Schwarz
OCL  435243
UREF
PNO  5763279
ISD  19980600
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL  435383
LREP
FRM  Felsman, Bradley, Vaden, Gunter & Dillon, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A bioreactor system for culturing cells, cellular aggregates, tissues and
      organoids and methods of using same includes a cylindrical reactor vessel
      having an unobstructed longitudinal axis that is rotated about that
      horizontal axis to suspend cells and/or tissue in a culture medium.
      Filters are used within the vessel to retain the cells and/or tissues
      within the culture chamber and may be also used to subdivide the culture
      chamber. A pump maintains a flow of oxygen rich culture medium through the
      vessel to sustain cell respiration. A gas exchange device maintains
      desired gas concentrations in the medium and the entire system is operated
      within an enlarged incubator to maintain appropriate temperatures. Access
      ports on the vessel are used to introduce various materials into the
      culture chamber and to remove bubbles that may form in the medium. Sensors
      and a microprocessor unit monitor operational conditions and direct
      adjustments to maintain desired conditions.
PAL  Several methods of operating the bioreactor system are also disclosed
      wherein the vessel is used to culture cells, to grow three dimensional
      cellular aggregates and tissues, to filter waste materials and toxins from
      fluids, to commercially produce various biological materials from cells
      and/or tissue, and as a diagnostic or research tool.
PATN
WKU  059899140
SRC  8
APN  6568386
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19960603
TTL  Integration cassette for improvement of transgenesis in eukaryotes
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Brusca; John S.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Gagne ; Marc
CTY  St-Jean-Chrysostome
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Sirard; Marc-Andre
CTY  Breakeyville
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Pothier; Fran.cedilla.ois
CTY  Saint-Lambert-de-Levy
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Universite Laval
CTY  Quebec
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  435455
XCL  4353201
XCL  536 231
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1563
ICL  C12N 1511
FSC  536
FSS  23.1
FSC  435
FSS  172.3;320.1;455
OREF
PAL  Thomas et al., 1987, Cell, 51:503.
PAL  Zimmer et al., 1989, Nature, 338:150.
PAL  Sambrook et al., 1982, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, pp.
      1.3-1.100, Cold Spring Harbor Lab., Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.
PAL  Richard et al. Integration of a vector containing a repetitive Line-1
      element in the human genome. Molecular and Cellular Biology vol. 14 pp.
      6689-6695, 1994.
PAL  Zheng et al. Gene targeting in normal and amplified cell lines. Nature vol.
      344 pp. 170-173, 1990.
PAL  Capecchi Altering the genome by homologous recombination. Science vol. 244
      pp. 1288-1292, 1989.
PAL  Krimpenfort et al. Generation of transgenic dairy cattle using in vitro
      embryo production. Biotechnology vol. 9 pp. 844-847, 1991.
PAL  Adair et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 86;4572.
PAL  Brinster et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 86:7087.
PAL  Gagne et al., 1991, Mol. Reprod. Dev., 29:6.
PAL  Gagne et al., 1994, Transgene, 1:293.
PAL  Smithies et al., 1985, Nature, 317:230.
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to DNA constructs provided to improve
      transgenesis or genomic integration of DNA fragment of interest into
      nuclear DNA of eukaryotic cell. The DNA constructs of the present
      invention allow a more efficient procedure by increasing the rate of
      genomic integration of a DNA fragment. After integration into host cell's
      DNA, the DNA constructs may provide a mean of screening transgenic cells.
      An increasing integration means, as well as a method for screening
      transgenic cells with said DNA construct are disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059899158
SRC  9
APN  1851748
APT  1
ART  169
APD  19981103
TTL  Plant transformation with early identification of germ line
      transformation events
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Haas; Thomas
EXP  Smith; Lynette R. F.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Christou; Paul
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  McCabe; Dennis E.
CTY  Middleton
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Monsanto Company
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  627195
APD  19960403
PSC  01
PNO  5830728
RLAP
COD  81
APN  161685
APD  19931202
PSC  01
PNO  5503998
RLAP
COD  81
APN  485111
APD  19900226
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  435468
XCL  435419
XCL  800278
XCL  800279
XCL  800287
XCL  800293
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C12N 1529
ICL  C12N 1582
ICL  A01H  400
FSC  435
FSS  468;419
FSC  800
FSS  278;279;287;293
UREF
PNO  5830728
ISD  19981100
NAM  Christou et al.
OCL  435172.3
LREP
FR2  Seay; Nicholas J.
ABST
PAL  A method is disclosed for making more efficient the particle-mediated germ
      line genetic transformation of bean species such as soybean. After a
      particle-mediated transformation event, in the absence of a selectable
      marker gene, relatively large numbers of plants must be regenerated to
      find the relatively low likelihood germ line transformation events which
      have occurred. It has been discovered that using in the transformation
      process a marker gene linked to the gene of interest, and by excising a
      segment of the stem of the shoot during the regeneration process and
      assaying the segment for the marker gene, certain patterns or phenotypes
      can be identified in the stem segment which are associated with an
      increased frequency of germ line transformation events. As the plants are
      regenerated, other indices of gene expression, at the first trifoliate
      leaf stage and at the third or fourth trifoliate leaf stage, also serve as
      markers of the likelihood of germ line transformation. By using these
      markers in the relatively early stages of plant regeneration to assay for
      likelihood of germ line events, it is possible to concentrate regeneration
      efforts on plants most likely to yield germ line events, and to discard
      the others, so as to lower the burden and effort in achieving a desired
      number of transformation events.
PATN
WKU  059899166
SRC  9
APN  0229156
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980212
TTL  Direct cholesterol assay reagent
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Snay; Jeffrey
NDR  21
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Purdie; Neil
CTY  Stillwater
STA  OK
ASSG
NAM  Research Corporation Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  432653
APD  19950502
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  091499
APD  19930714
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  785998
APD  19911031
PSC  01
PNO  5252488
RLAP
COD  82
APN  639222
APD  19910109
PSC  01
PNO  5246864
RLAP
COD  82
APN  463473
APD  19900111
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  436 13
XCL  436 71
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2164
FSC  436
FSS  71;164;171;172;13
UREF
PNO  3705181
ISD  19721200
NAM  Parikh et al.
UREF
PNO  3884638
ISD  19750500
NAM  Dixon et al.
UREF
PNO  3960493
ISD  19760600
NAM  Beitz et al.
UREF
PNO  4328000
ISD  19820500
NAM  Horr et al.
UREF
PNO  4360470
ISD  19821100
NAM  Batcho et al.
UREF
PNO  4486531
ISD  19841200
NAM  Ziegenhorn et al.
UREF
PNO  4626511
ISD  19861200
NAM  Artiss et al.
UREF
PNO  4701417
ISD  19871000
NAM  Portenhauser et al.
UREF
PNO  4814508
ISD  19890300
NAM  Gors et al.
UREF
PNO  4883765
ISD  19891100
NAM  Tamir et al.
UREF
PNO  5021197
ISD  19910600
NAM  Takeda et al.
UREF
PNO  5101049
ISD  19920300
NAM  Goda et al.
UREF
PNO  5168067
ISD  19921200
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  5246864
ISD  19930900
NAM  Purdie et al.
UREF
PNO  5252488
ISD  19931000
NAM  Purdie et al.
FREF
PNO  91/00029
ISD  19910100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO91/10892
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  (1988) "Current Status of Blood Cholesterol Measurement in Clinical
      Laboratories in the United States: A Report from the Laboratory
      Standardization Panel of the National Cholesterol Education Program",
      Clin. Chem. 34:193-201.
PAL  Abbott, et al. (1983) "Joint Distribution of Lipoprotein Cholesterol
      Classes", Arteriosclerosis 3:260-272.
PAL  Baillie, et al. (1991) 43rd Natl. Mtg. Am. Ass. for Clinical Chem.,
      Workshop Report.
PAL  Castelli, et al. (1986) "Incidence of Coronary Heart Disease and
      Lipoprotein Cholesterol Levels", JAMA 256:2835-2838.
PAL  Cox, et al. "The Estimation of Some 17-Alkyl-Substituted Steroids with the
      Zinc Chloride-Acetyl Chloride (Tshugaev) Reagent and a Postulated Reaction
      Mechanism", Canadian Journal of Chemistry 39:217-222.
PAL  Feng, et al. (1973) "Use of Ferric Ammonium Sulfate in Serum Cholesterol
      Determination", Clinical Chemistry 19(1):121-122.
PAL  Garhnen (1974) "A New Method for the Determination of Unconjugated
      Bilirubin in Human Serum by Spectropolarimetry", Clinica Chimica Acta
      52:187-196.
PAL  Grundy, et al. (1989) "The Place of HDL in Cholesterol Management", Arch.
      Intern. Med. 149:505-510.
PAL  Kannel, et al. (1971) "Serum Cholesterol, Lipoproteins, and the Risk of
      Coronary Heart Disease", Annals. of Internal Medicine 74:1-12.
PAL  Ke, et al. (1985) "Versatile Spectrophotomer for Photosynthesis
      (Light-Induced Changes in Absorbance and Fluorescence Yield, Circular and
      Linear Dichroism) and Other Biphysical Measurements", Rev. Sci. Instrum.
      56:26-31.
PAL  Kholodova, et al. (1976) "Chugaev's Reaction for Sterols", Chemical
      Abstracts 84 (19), Abstract No. 132218:211.
PAL  Kholodova (1988) "Spectral Properties of Steroid Hormones, Sapongenins and
      Alkaloids in the Chugaev Reaction as a Function of their Structure",
      Chemical Abstracts 108(24), Abstract No. 210073:357.
PAL  Krivacic, et al. (1971) "A Simultaneous Absorption and Circular Dichroism
      Data Acquisition System", Analytical Biochemistry 43:547-555.
PAL  Lambert, et al. (1976) Organic Structural Analysis, Macmillan, New
      York:325-332.
PAL  Nasipuri, et al. (1979) "Polycyclic Systems. Part 19. Synthesis of
      8-Isobutyl-10-Methyl-11H-Indeno[2,1-a]Phenanthrene (Second Diels
      Hydrocarbon), A Minor Dehydrogenation Product of Cholesterol", J.C.S.
      Perkin I:3034-3036.
PAL  Perlstein, et al. (1975) "Spectrophotometin Study of Influence or the
      Direct Ferric Perchlorate Method for the Determination of Serum
      Cholesterol", J. Microchem. 20(4):428-439.
PAL  Purdie, et al. (1989) "Analytical Applications of Polarimetry, Optical
      Rotatory Dispersion and Circular Dichroism", Analytical Chemistry
      61:77A-89A.
PAL  Purdie, et al. (1991) "Direct Measure of the Low-Density Fractions of Serum
      Cholesterol", Anal. Chem. 63:2947-2951.
PAL  Purdie, et al. (1992) "Direct Measure of Total Cholesterol and its
      Distribution Among Major Serum Lipoproteins", Clinical Chemistry
      38:1645-1646.
PAL  Superko, et al. (1986) "High-Density Lipoprotein Cholesterol Measurements",
      JAMA 256:2714-2717.
PAL  Warnick, et al. (1980) "HDL Cholesterol: Results of Interlaboratory
      Proficiency Tests", Clinical Chemistry 26:169-170.
PAL  Warnick, et al. (1991) 43rd Natl. Mtg. Am. Ass. for Clinical Chem.,
      Roundtable Report.
PAL  Wybenga, et al. (1970) "Direct Manual Determination of Serum Total
      Cholesterol with a Single Stable Reagent", Clinical Chemistry
      16(12):980-984.
LREP
FRM  Scully, Scott, Murphy & Presser
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to the direct quantitative determination of
      cholesterol and involves the formation of a spectrophotometrically active
      product of cholesterol obtained by contacting cholesterol with an acyl
      compound and a perchlorate effective to form the spectrophotometrically
      active product.
PATN
WKU  059899174
SRC  8
APN  6004490
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19960213
TTL  Glucose monitor and test strip containers for use in same
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  36
EXP  Le; Long V.
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  McAleer; Jerome F.
CTY  Wantage
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Moerman; Piet H. C.
CTY  Zemst
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Siu; Ta
CTY  Alhambra
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Selfcare, Inc.
CTY  Waltham
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  436 46
XCL  436 50
XCL  422 50
XCL  422 61
XCL  422 67
XCL  422 681
XCL  422104
EDF  6
ICL  G01N  100
ICL  G01N 3350
FSC  422
FSS  50;55;58;61;67;99;102;104;68.1
FSC  436
FSS  44;46;50
UREF
PNO  3770382
ISD  19731100
NAM  Carter et al.
OCL  422 67
UREF
PNO  4225410
ISD  19800900
NAM  Pace
OCL  204195R
UREF
PNO  4303887
ISD  19811200
NAM  Hill et al.
OCL  324441
UREF
PNO  4413407
ISD  19831100
NAM  Columbus
OCL   29825
UREF
PNO  4578716
ISD  19860300
NAM  Van Rijckevorsel et al.
OCL  360  1
UREF
PNO  4592893
ISD  19860600
NAM  Poppe et al.
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  4751184
ISD  19880600
NAM  Higo et al.
OCL  435287
UREF
PNO  4852025
ISD  19890700
NAM  Herpichbohm
OCL  364551.01
UREF
PNO  4900424
ISD  19900200
NAM  Birth et al.
OCL  204409
UREF
PNO  4963245
ISD  19901000
NAM  Weetall
OCL  204403
UREF
PNO  5000180
ISD  19910300
NAM  Kuypers et al.
OCL  128635
UREF
PNO  5053199
ISD  19911000
NAM  Keiser et al.
OCL  422 68.1
UREF
PNO  5108564
ISD  19920400
NAM  Szuminsky et al.
OCL  204153.12
UREF
PNO  5120420
ISD  19920600
NAM  Nankai et al.
OCL  204403
UREF
PNO  5126034
ISD  19920600
NAM  Carter et al.
OCL  204403
UREF
PNO  5264106
ISD  19931100
NAM  McAleer et al.
OCL  204403
UREF
PNO  5277870
ISD  19940100
NAM  Fuller et al.
OCL  422 82.05
UREF
PNO  5281395
ISD  19940100
NAM  Markart et al.
OCL  422 82.05
UREF
PNO  5286362
ISD  19940200
NAM  Hoenes et al.
OCL  204403
UREF
PNO  5288636
ISD  19940200
NAM  Pollmann et al.
OCL  435288
UREF
PNO  5366609
ISD  19941100
NAM  White et al.
OCL  204403
UREF
PNO  5437999
ISD  19950800
NAM  Diebold et al.
OCL  435288
UREF
PNO  5489414
ISD  19960200
NAM  Schreiber et al.
OCL  422 64
UREF
PNO  5505308
ISD  19960400
NAM  Eikmeier et al.
OCL  206449
UREF
PNO  5507288
ISD  19960400
NAM  Bocker et al.
OCL  128633
UREF
PNO  5575403
ISD  19961100
NAM  Charlton et al.
OCL  221 31
FREF
PNO  0170375
ISD  19860200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0351892
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0359891
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0555654
ISD  19930800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0567067
ISD  19931000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  677149
ISD  19910400
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  89/08713
ISD  19890900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9410558
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Book of DS199x Touch Memory Standard, Dallas Semiconductor 1990.
LREP
FRM  Oppedahl & Larson LLP
ABST
PAL  A test meter of the type which receives a disposable test strip and a
      sample of bodily fluid from a patient and performs an electrochemical
      analysis of the amount of an analyte such as glucose in the sample
      includes a receptacle for receiving a container in which disposable test
      strips are provided, and a mechanism for reading information about the
      disposable test strips that is affixed to the container. For example,
      calibration values can be applied to the container in the form of a
      machine readable bar-code, a magnetic stripe, a memory chip or as a
      resonant wire loop. By automatically obtaining calibration values from the
      container in which the strips are provided, the chances of using the wrong
      calibration information are greatly reduced. The container may also
      contain information readable by the meter including the expiration date,
      and the number of test strips in the container.
PATN
WKU  059899182
SRC  8
APN  9199217
APT  1
ART  168
APD  19970828
TTL  ADME analysis of mixtures
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Ponnaluri; P.
EXP  MacMillan; Keith D.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Dietz; Corine M.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Gibbons; Jacqueline A.
CTY  Oakland
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Taylor; Eric W.
CTY  Oakland
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Chiron Corporation
CTY  Emeryville
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  436 63
XCL  436124
XCL  436503
XCL  435  11
XCL  435  12
XCL  514832
XCL  514743
XCL  514746
XCL  514744
XCL  514759
XCL  604  4
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 3348
ICL  A01N 2900
FSC  436
FSS  124;63;503
FSC  604
FSS  4
FSC  422
FSS  44
FSC  435
FSS  1.1;1.2
FSC  514
FSS  832;746;759;744;743
UREF
PNO  4666425
ISD  19870500
NAM  Fleming
OCL  604  4
OREF
PAL  Pellegrin et al., European Journal of Drug Metabolism and
      Pharmacokinetics., 1985., vol. 10., No. 2., pp. 113-120.
PAL  Takahashi et al., "The Use of a Perfluorochemical Emulsion as a Vascular
      Perfusate in Drug Absorption" J. Pharm. Pharmacol. 40:252-257, 1988.
PAL  Geyer, "`Bloodless` Rats Through the Use of Artificial Blood Substitutes"
      Federation Proceedings 34(6):1499-1505, May, 1975.
PAL  Baba et al., "Ex-Vivo Perfusion of Surgically Removed Organs" Biomat. Art.
      Cells Art. Org. 16(1-3): 623-624, 1988.
PAL  Faithfull, "Fluorocarbons Current Status and Future Applications"
      Anaesthesia 42:234-242, 1987.
PAL  Dietz et al., "ADME Characterization of Complex Chemical Mixtures in vivo:
      Development of a Method to Analyze Mixtures of 24 Molecules in an
      Oxygen-Carrying Blood Substitute" Pharmaceutical Research 13(9 Suppl),
      1996, Abstract No. PPDM 8426.
PAL  Spence, "Perfluorocarbons in the Twenty-First Century: Clinical
      Applications as Transfusion Alternatives" Art. Cells, Blood Subs., and
      Immob. Biotech. 23(3):367-380, 1995.
PAL  Spence, "Perfluorocarbons as Blood Substitutes: the Early Years Experience
      with Fluosol DA-20% in the 1980s" Art. Cells, Blood Subs., and Immob.
      Biotech. 22(4):955-963, 1994.
PAL  Noble, "Artificial Blood" Analytical Chemistry 67(1):31A-33A, Jan., 1995.
PAL  Flaim, "Pharmacokinetics and Side Effects of Perfluorocarbon-Based Blood
      Substitutes" Art. Cells, Blood Subs., and Immob. Biotech. 22(4):1043-1054,
      1994.
PAL  Marchbank, "Fluorocarbon Emulsions" Perfusion 10:67-88, 1995.
PAL  Luo et al., Poster Presented at the 14th Symposium on Liquid
      Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (L.C./MS, CF/MS, MS/MS) at Cornell
      University, Ithaca, New York, Jul. 23-25, 1997, poster entitled
      "Development of a Quantitative Method for Measuring Chemical Mixtures in a
      Perfluorocarbon Based Oxygen-Carrying Blood Substitute Using LC/MS".
LREP
FRM  Merchant Gould Smith Edell Welter & Schmidt
FR2  Fujita; Sharon M.
FR2  Blackburn; Robert P.
ABST
PAL  A method for analyzing the ADME/PK properties of a mixture of compounds is
      (1) perfusing an animal or organ with a perfluorocarbon emulsion blood
      substitute, (2) administering the mixture of test compounds, (3)
      withdrawing an aliquot of the perfusate, (4) disrupting the emulsion, and
      (5) analyzing the aqueous phase of the perfusate for the concentration of
      test compounds.
PATN
WKU  059899190
SRC  8
APN  8289654
APT  1
ART  176
APD  19970327
TTL  Method for analyzing contamination within hole in semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Alanko; Anita
EXP  Gulakowski; Randy
NDR  6
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Aoki; Hidemitsu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  436 73
XCL  436 79
XCL  436 83
XCL  436 84
XCL  436171
XCL  134  13
XCL  438 14
XCL  438756
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 3320
FSC  436
FSS  73;79;83;84;171;172;173
FSC  134
FSS  1.3
FSC  438
FSS  14;756
FSC  216
FSS  84
UREF
PNO  4990459
ISD  19910200
NAM  Maeda et al.
OCL  436178
UREF
PNO  5527707
ISD  19960600
NAM  Fukazawa
OCL  436 72
UREF
PNO  5686314
ISD  19971100
NAM  Miyazaki
OCL  436177
UREF
PNO  5877027
ISD  19990300
NAM  Kemmochi et al.
OCL  436175
UREF
PNO  5890501
ISD  19990400
NAM  Kaneko et al.
OCL  134  1.3
FREF
PNO  61-82436
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "A new Technique for Quantitative Analysis of Metallic Contamination inside
      Deep-Submicron-Diameter Holes", H. Aoki, pp. 154-156, Extended Abstracts
      of the 1996 International Conference on Solid State Devices and Materials,
      Yokohama, Dec. 1996.
PAL  Cleaning Technology of Surface of Silicon Wafer, p. 97, (Japanese language
      with English language translation) Nov. 1995.
LREP
FR2  Whitesel; J. Warren
     Laff, Whitesel & Saret, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  First and second semiconductor substrate samples formed with a first oxide
      layer with holes and a third semiconductor substrate sample formed with a
      second oxide layer having no hole are prepared. The first and the third
      samples are subject to the same contaminating process for contaminating
      the surface of the first oxide layer of the first sample and the surface
      within the hole, and the surface of the second oxide layer of the third
      sample. All of the first and second layers of the first to third samples
      are dissolved by the HF vapor. The dissolved solutions are collected and
      analyzed the amount of contaminating material contained in respective
      solutions. The contamination amount in the hole is derived from the first,
      second and third contamination amount from an equation:
EQU  contamination amount in the hole =first contamination amount-second
      contamination amount-(surface exposing ratio.times.third contamination
      amount)
PAL  By this, in the process of fabrication of the semiconductor product, metal
      contaminant within the hole can be analyzed with high sensitivity, and can
      monitor washing effect.
PATN
WKU  059899204
SRC  8
APN  6686508
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19960604
TTL  Methods of modifying feeding behavior compounds useful in such methods
      and DNA encoding a hypothalmic atypical neuropeptide Y/peptide YY
      receptor Y5
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Gucker; Stephen
EXP  Caputa; Anthony C.
NDR  42
NFG  47
INVT
NAM  Gerald; Christophe P. G.
CTY  Ridgewood
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Weinshank; Richard L.
CTY  Teaneck
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Walker; Mary W.
CTY  Elmwood Park
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Branchek; Theresa
CTY  Teaneck
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation
CTY  Paramus
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  566096
APD  19951201
RLAP
COD  82
APN  349025
APD  19941202
PSC  01
PNO  5602024
CLAS
OCL  436501
XCL  436503
XCL  435  72
XCL  435  721
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 33566
FSC  435
FSS  7.2;7.21
FSC  436
FSS  501;503
UREF
PNO  5026685
ISD  19910600
NAM  Boublik et al.
UREF
PNO  5328899
ISD  19940700
NAM  Boublik et al.
UREF
PNO  5504094
ISD  19960400
NAM  Bruns et al.
UREF
PNO  5506258
ISD  19960400
NAM  Christophe et al.
UREF
PNO  5516653
ISD  19960500
NAM  Bard et al.
UREF
PNO  5545549
ISD  19960800
NAM  Gerald et al.
UREF
PNO  5554621
ISD  19960900
NAM  Poindexter et al.
UREF
PNO  5571695
ISD  19961100
NAM  Selbie et al.
UREF
PNO  5602024
ISD  19970200
NAM  Gerald et al.
FREF
PNO  2037433
ISD  19911000
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2134428
ISD  19960400
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0355793
ISD  19900200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0355794
ISD  19900200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  6116284
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9200079
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9309227
ISD  19930500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9312139
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9324515
ISD  19931200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9400486
ISD  19940100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9422467
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9502823
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9500161
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9517906
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9521245
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9614307
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9614331
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96-14331
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9612490
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9612489
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9616542
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9623809
ISD  19960800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9717440
ISD  19970500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9737998
ISD  19971000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Ball, H.J., et al., "Multiple Promoters Regulate Tissue-Specific Expression
      of the Human NPY-Y1 Receptor Gene" J. Biol. Chem. (Nov. 1995) 270(45):
      27272-27276.
PAL  Kalra, S.P., et al., "Structure-Function Analysis of Stimulation of Food
      Intake by Neuropeptide Y: Effects of Receptor Agonists" (1991) Physiology
      & Behavior 50: 5-9.
PAL  Krause, J., et al., "Neuropeptide Yl Subtype Pharmacology of a
      Recombinantly Expressed Neuropeptide Receptor" (1992) Molecular
      Pharmacology 41: 817-821.
PAL  Larhammer, D., et al., "Cloning and Functional Expression of Human
      Neuropeptide Y/Peptide YY Receptor of the Y1 Type" (1992) J. Biol. Chem.
      267(16): 10935-10938; and.
PAL  Stanley, B.G., et al., "Evidence For Neuropeptide Y Mediation of Eating
      Produced by Food Deprivation and for a Variant of the Y1 Receptor
      Mediating this Peptide's Effect" (1992) Peptides (1992) 13: 581-587.
PAL  George, S.T. et al., Bochemicial and Biophysical Research Communications.
      163(3): 1265-1269, (1989).
PAL  Hu, Y. et al., Journal of Biol. Chem. 271(42): 26315-26319, (1996).
PAL  Kotz, C.M., et al. Brain Research. 631:325-328, (1993).
PAL  Gehlert, D. Life Science. 55(8):551-562, (1994).
PAL  Kirby, D.A., et al. J. Med. Chem. 38:4579-4586, (1995).
PAL  Balasubramaniam, A. et al. J. Med. Chem. 39(4):811-814, (1996).
PAL  Weinberg, D.H., et al. J. Biol. Chem. 271(28):16435-16438, (1996).
PAL  Balasubramaniam, A. et al. J. Med. Chem. 39:1142-1147, (1996).
PAL  Gerald, C. et al. Letters to Nature. 382:168-171, (1996).
PAL  Gimpl et al., J. Neurosci, vol. 34, pp. 198-205, Feb. 1, 1993.
PAL  Herzog et al., PNAS, vol. 89, pp. 5794-5798, 1992.
PAL  Sheik et al., JBC, vol. 266, pp. 23959-23966, 1991.
LREP
FR2  White; John P.
     Cooper & Dunham LLP
ABST
PAL  This invention provides methods of modifying feeding behavior, including
      increasing or decreasing food consumption, e.g., in connection with
      treating obesity, bulimia or anorexia. These methods involve
      administration of compounds that are selective agonists or antagonists for
      the Y5 receptor. One such compound has the structure:
      ##STR1##
      In addition, this invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule
      encoding a Y5 receptor, an isolated Y5 receptor protein, vectors
      comprising an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a Y5 receptor, cells
      comprising such vectors, antibodies directed to the Y5 receptor, nucleic
      acid probes useful for detecting nucleic acid encoding Y5 receptors,
      antisense oligonucleotides complementary to any unique sequences of a
      nucleic acid molecule which encodes a Y5 receptor, and nonhuman transgenic
      animals which express DNA encoding a normal or a mutant Y5 receptor.
PATN
WKU  059899212
SRC  8
APN  8860882
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970702
TTL  Test device and method for colored particle immunoassay
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Do; Pensee T.
EXP  Chin; Christopher L.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Charlton; David E.
CTY  Allentown
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Miller; Neal W.
CTY  Lebanon
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Carter Wallace, Inc.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  995331
APD  19921223
PSC  01
PNO  5714389
RLAP
COD  81
APN  702450
APD  19910516
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  211582
APD  19880627
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  436501
XCL  436169
XCL  436178
XCL  436514
XCL  436518
XCL  436523
XCL  436524
XCL  436525
XCL  436533
XCL  436544
XCL  436515
XCL  436810
XCL  435  792
XCL  435  793
XCL  435  794
XCL  435  795
XCL  435176
XCL  4352871
XCL  4352872
XCL  4352879
XCL  435805
XCL  435810
XCL  435970
XCL  422 55
XCL  422 56
XCL  422 57
XCL  422 58
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 3353
ICL  G01N 33566
FSC  436
FSS  514;518;523-525;533;544;169;178;810;814;817;818;501;575
FSC  435
FSS  176;7.92-7.95;970;287.1;287.2;287.9;805;810
FSC  422
FSS  55-58
UREF
PNO  Re30267
ISD  19800500
NAM  Bruschi
UREF
PNO  3620677
ISD  19711100
NAM  Morison
OCL   23253
UREF
PNO  3811840
ISD  19740500
NAM  Bauer et al.
OCL   23253TP
UREF
PNO  3888629
ISD  19750600
NAM  Bagshawe
OCL   23230B
UREF
PNO  4042335
ISD  19770800
NAM  Clement
OCL   23253
UREF
PNO  4045384
ISD  19770800
NAM  Dorman
OCL  260  8
UREF
PNO  4094647
ISD  19780600
NAM  Deutsch et al.
OCL   23253
UREF
PNO  4168146
ISD  19790900
NAM  Grubb et al.
OCL   23230
UREF
PNO  4169138
ISD  19790900
NAM  Jonsson
OCL  424 12
UREF
PNO  4205952
ISD  19800600
NAM  Cais
OCL   23230B
UREF
PNO  4219335
ISD  19800800
NAM  Ebersole
OCL   23230B
UREF
PNO  4235601
ISD  19801100
NAM  Deutsch et al.
OCL   23230
UREF
PNO  4256834
ISD  19810300
NAM  Zuk et al.
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4258001
ISD  19810300
NAM  Pierce et al.
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  4294818
ISD  19811000
NAM  McMichael et al.
OCL  424 12
UREF
PNO  4297344
ISD  19811000
NAM  Schwinn et al.
OCL  424 12
UREF
PNO  4313734
ISD  19820200
NAM  Leuvering
OCL   23230
UREF
PNO  4348207
ISD  19820900
NAM  Cappel
OCL   23230B
UREF
PNO  4357142
ISD  19821100
NAM  Schall, Jr. et al.
OCL   23230B
UREF
PNO  4361537
ISD  19821100
NAM  Deutsch et al.
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  4366241
ISD  19821200
NAM  Tom et al.
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4373932
ISD  19830200
NAM  Gribnau et al.
OCL  436501
UREF
PNO  4376110
ISD  19830300
NAM  David et al.
OCL  436513
UREF
PNO  4411518
ISD  19831000
NAM  Meserol et al.
OCL  356 39
UREF
PNO  4419453
ISD  19831200
NAM  Dorman et al.
OCL  436534
UREF
PNO  4434150
ISD  19840200
NAM  Azad et al.
OCL  424  1.1
UREF
PNO  4435504
ISD  19840300
NAM  Zuk et al.
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4446232
ISD  19840500
NAM  Liotta
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4459358
ISD  19840700
NAM  Berke
OCL  436170
UREF
PNO  4477575
ISD  19841000
NAM  Vogel et al.
OCL  436170
UREF
PNO  4486530
ISD  19841200
NAM  David et al.
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4487839
ISD  19841200
NAM  Kamentsky
OCL  436518
UREF
PNO  4496654
ISD  19850100
NAM  Katz et al.
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4503143
ISD  19850300
NAM  Gerber et al.
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4508829
ISD  19850400
NAM  Sulitzeanu
OCL  436510
UREF
PNO  4515889
ISD  19850500
NAM  Klose et al.
UREF
PNO  4537861
ISD  19850800
NAM  Elings et al.
OCL  436518
UREF
PNO  4552839
ISD  19851100
NAM  Gould et al.
OCL  435  7.9
UREF
PNO  4590169
ISD  19860500
NAM  Cragle et al.
OCL  436523
UREF
PNO  4594327
ISD  19860600
NAM  Zuk
OCL  436514
UREF
PNO  4604364
ISD  19860800
NAM  Kosak
OCL  436501
UREF
PNO  4623461
ISD  19861100
NAM  Hossom et al.
OCL  210445
UREF
PNO  4624929
ISD  19861100
NAM  Ullman
OCL  436179
UREF
PNO  4632901
ISD  19861200
NAM  Valkirs et al.
OCL  435  5
UREF
PNO  4639242
ISD  19870100
NAM  Babson
OCL  494 37
UREF
PNO  4639419
ISD  19870100
NAM  Olson et al.
OCL  435  5
UREF
PNO  4647544
ISD  19870300
NAM  Nicoli et al.
OCL  436518
UREF
PNO  4654309
ISD  19870300
NAM  Milnar et al.
OCL  922 56
UREF
PNO  4665034
ISD  19870500
NAM  Chandler
OCL  435287
UREF
PNO  4690907
ISD  19870900
NAM  Hibino et al.
OCL  436514
UREF
PNO  4703017
ISD  19871000
NAM  Campbell et al.
OCL  436518
UREF
PNO  4756828
ISD  19880700
NAM  Litman et al.
OCL  435  7.9
UREF
PNO  4757004
ISD  19880700
NAM  Houts et al.
OCL  435  7.9
UREF
PNO  4761381
ISD  19880800
NAM  Blatt et al.
OCL  436165
UREF
PNO  4770853
ISD  19880900
NAM  Bernstein
OCL  422 58
UREF
PNO  4772550
ISD  19880900
NAM  Greenquist
OCL  435  7.9
UREF
PNO  4774192
ISD  19880900
NAM  Terminiello et al.
OCL  436540
UREF
PNO  4778751
ISD  19881000
NAM  El Shami et al.
OCL  435  7.9
UREF
PNO  4803170
ISD  19890200
NAM  Stanton et al.
OCL  436518
UREF
PNO  4806311
ISD  19890200
NAM  Greenquist
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  4806312
ISD  19890200
NAM  Greenquist
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  4853335
ISD  19890800
NAM  Olsen et al.
OCL  436527
UREF
PNO  4857453
ISD  19890800
NAM  Ullman et al.
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4859612
ISD  19890800
NAM  Cole et al.
OCL  436523
UREF
PNO  4861711
ISD  19890800
NAM  Friesen et al.
OCL  436  7
UREF
PNO  4868108
ISD  19890900
NAM  Bahar et al.
OCL  435  7.9
UREF
PNO  4883688
ISD  19891100
NAM  Houts et al.
OCL  427285
UREF
PNO  4891313
ISD  19900100
NAM  Berger et al.
OCL  436  7
UREF
PNO  4916056
ISD  19900400
NAM  Brown, III et al.
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4920046
ISD  19900400
NAM  McFarland et al.
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4945042
ISD  19900700
NAM  Geiger et al.
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4956302
ISD  19900900
NAM  Gordon et al.
OCL  436161
UREF
PNO  4960691
ISD  19901000
NAM  Gordon et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  4962023
ISD  19901000
NAM  Todd et al.
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4963468
ISD  19901000
NAM  Olson
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4981785
ISD  19910100
NAM  Nayak
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4981786
ISD  19910100
NAM  Dafforn et al.
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4985204
ISD  19910100
NAM  Klose et al.
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  4999285
ISD  19910300
NAM  Stiso
OCL  435  7.9
UREF
PNO  5006474
ISD  19910400
NAM  Horstman et al.
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  5008080
ISD  19910400
NAM  Brown, III et al.
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  5030558
ISD  19910700
NAM  Litman et al.
OCL  435  7.91
UREF
PNO  5039607
ISD  19910800
NAM  Skold et al.
OCL  435  7.5
UREF
PNO  5043428
ISD  19910800
NAM  Heimburger et al.
UREF
PNO  5075078
ISD  19911200
NAM  Osikowicz et al.
OCL  422 56
UREF
PNO  5120504
ISD  19920600
NAM  Petro-Roy et al.
OCL  422 58
UREF
PNO  5120643
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ching et al.
OCL  435  7.92
UREF
PNO  5141850
ISD  19920800
NAM  Cole et al.
OCL  436525
UREF
PNO  5141875
ISD  19920800
NAM  Kelton et al.
OCL  436514
UREF
PNO  5149622
ISD  19920900
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  425  5
UREF
PNO  5156952
ISD  19921000
NAM  Litman et al.
OCL  435  7.91
UREF
PNO  5164294
ISD  19921100
NAM  Skold et al.
OCL  435  7.5
UREF
PNO  5232835
ISD  19930800
NAM  Litman et al.
OCL  435  7.93
UREF
PNO  5248619
ISD  19930900
NAM  Skold et al.
OCL  436514
UREF
PNO  5591645
ISD  19970100
NAM  Rosenstein
OCL  436514
UREF
PNO  5602040
ISD  19970200
NAM  May et al.
UREF
PNO  5622871
ISD  19970400
NAM  May et al.
OCL  436514
UREF
PNO  5656503
ISD  19970800
NAM  May et al.
OCL  436514
UREF
PNO  5662871
ISD  19970900
NAM  Nyman et al.
UREF
PNO  5686315
ISD  19971100
NAM  Pronovost et al.
OCL  436510
UREF
PNO  5710005
ISD  19980100
NAM  Rittenberg
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5753517
ISD  19980500
NAM  Brooks et al.
OCL  436514
UREF
PNO  B14366241
ISD  19881000
NAM  Tom et al.
OCL  435  7
FREF
PNO  63502/86
ISD  19861000
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  0007654
ISD  19800200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0018561
ISD  19800400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0032270
ISD  19810700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0063810
ISD  19821100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0088636
ISD  19830900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0149168 A1
ISD  19850700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0154749 A1
ISD  19850900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0158746
ISD  19851000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0164180
ISD  19851200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 170 746 A1
ISD  19860200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0183442 A2
ISD  19860600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0186799
ISD  19860700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 191 640 A2
ISD  19860800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  192 320
ISD  19860800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0201079
ISD  19861100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0212603 A2
ISD  19870300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 217 403 A2
ISD  19870400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 225 054 A1
ISD  19870600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 250 137 A2
ISD  19871200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 258 963 A2
ISD  19880300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0271204A2
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0284232 A1
ISD  19880900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0291194
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0299428 A2
ISD  19890100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0306336
ISD  19890300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0320240 B1
ISD  19890600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0337082
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0349215
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0420021 A2
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  212599 B1
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0505636 A1
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0560410 A2
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0284232 B1
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2356944
ISD  19780100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3044385
ISD  19820000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3432083
ISD  19860300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  8 805 565
ISD  19920300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  8703007
ISD  19890100
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  2 016 687
ISD  19790900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2204398
ISD  19881100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 86/03839
ISD  19860700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 86/04683
ISD  19860800
CNT  WOX
OCL  435  7.9
FREF
PNO  WO 87/02774
ISD  19870500
CNT  WOX
OCL  435  7.9
FREF
PNO  WO 88/05912
ISD  19880800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/08534
ISD  19881100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/12528
ISD  19910800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  H. Weil, Der Ursprung der Papierchromatographie, 40 Naturwissenschaften
      (1953), pp. 1-7 (see ref. No. 161 for Englih translation).
PAL  Glad, C. et al.; "Immunocapillary migration--A New Method for
      Immunochemical Quantitation"; Analytical Biochemistry, 85, 180-187 (1978).
PAL  Frens, "Controlled Nucleation for the Regulation of the Particle Size in
      Monodisperse Gold Suspensions," 241 Nature Physical Science 20-22 (1973).
PAL  Horisberger, "Evaluation of Colloidal Gold as a Cytochromic Marker for
      Transmission and Scanning Electron Microscopy," 36 Biol. Cellulaire 253-58
      (1979).
PAL  Leuvering, et al, "Sol Particle Immunoassay (SPIA)," 1 (1) J. Immunoassay
      77-91 (1980).
PAL  Tijssen, Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, vol.
      15, "Practice and Theory of Enzyme Immunoassays," Chapter 13--The
      Immobilization of Immunoreactants on Solid Phases, 297-328.
PAL  Lou, et al., One-Step Competitive Immunochromatographic Assay for
      Semiquantitative Determination of Lipoprotein(a) in Plasma, 39(4) Clin.
      Chem 619-624 (1993).
PAL  Gribnau, et al., Particle-Labelled Immunoassays: A Review, 376 J. of
      Chromatography Biomedical Applications 175-189 (1986).
PAL  Leuvering et al., Optimization of a Sandwich Sol Particle Immunoassay for
      Human Chorionic Gonadotrophin, 62 J. of Immunological Methods 175-184
      (1983).
PAL  Lederer, M., "Chromatographic Properties of Two Gold Compounds Used in the
      Therapy of Polyarthritis", 153 Journal of Chromatography, 302-304 (1978).
PAL  Colloidal Metal Marking Reference Book (1984-85), vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 1-44.
PAL  H. Weil, The Evolution of Paper Chromatography, 132 Kolloid-Z (1953), pp.
      149-162.
PAL  Zuk, R.F., et al., Enzyme Immunochromatography--A Quantitative Immunoassay
      Requiring No Instrumentation, Clinical Chemistry, vol. 31, No. 7, pp.
      1144-1150 (1985).
PAL  Bosch, A.M. G., "Enzym-und Sol Particle Immunoassays fur Hormone",
      Gynecology and Obstetrics, pp. 509-512; 1987. German English Summary--1
      page.
PAL  Moeremans, M., et al., "Sensitive Visualization of Antigen-Assays with
      Immunogold and Immunogold/Silver Staining", J. Immunological Methods, 74,
      pp. 353-360, 1984.
PAL  Maguire T.A., "Pregnancy and Ovulation Testing", The Pharmaceutical
      Journal, 531-533, (1989), May 6.
PAL  Chard, T., "Pregnancy Tests: A Review", Human Reproduction, vol. 7, No. 5,
      pp. 701-710, 1952.
PAL  Brdicka, R., "Grundlagen Der Physikalischen Chemie", Ch. X, pp. 774-787;
      Veb Deutscher Verlag Der Wissenschaften, Berlin (1958). 1 page Eng. Sum.
PAL  Bredig-Leipzig, "Einige Anwendungen Des Elektrischen Lichtbogens",
      Zeitschrist Fur Electrochemie, Heft. 22, pp. 514-515; (1898). (English
      Summary--1 page).
PAL  Wiberg, E., "Lehrbuch Der Anorganischen Chemie", pp. 333-338, Walter De
      Gruyter & Co., Berlin, 1960. (English Summary--1 page).
PAL  Unanue, E.R., Benacerraf, B.; "Immunfluoreszenz"; Immunologie, pp. 63-65;
      Walter de Gruyter, Berlin-New York 1987. (English Translation).
PAL  Wright, J.F.; "A Simple Immunodiagnostic Test System for Alternate Site
      Market", World Biotech Report, pp. 263-271; 1988.
PAL  Zsigmondy, R.; "Ueber Wassrige Losungen Metallischer Goldes", Annalen Der
      Chemie, 301, pp. 29-54; 1898. (English Translation).
PAL  Van Hell, H., et al., "Particle Immunoassays", Alternative Immunoassays,
      Ch. 4, pp. 40-59; 1985.
PAL  Collins, W.P.; "Expert Report"; In the High Court of Justice, Chancery
      Division, Patent Court; Unilever PLC v. Chefaro Proprietaries Ltd., 1994.
PAL  Collins, W.P. Statutory Declaration, In the matter of European Patent
      Application No. 88303744.2-2116 in the name of Unilever, NV, 1992.
PAL  Stanley, C.J., "Affidavit", In the Matter of European Patent No. 291,194 to
      Unilever, NV and In the Matter of Opposition Therto, 1994.
PAL  Stanley, C.J., "Witness Statement", In the High Court of Justice, Chancery
      Division, Patent Court, Unilever PLC v. Chefaro Proprietaries Ltd., 1994.
PAL  Verheijden, P., "Witness Statement", In the High Court of Justice, Chancery
      Division, Patent Court, Unilever PLC v. Chefaro Proprietaries Ltd., 1994.
PAL  Collins, W.P., "Statutory Declaration No. 2", In the Matter of European
      Patent Application No. 88303744.2/291,194, In the Name of Unilever NV and
      Oppositions Thereto, 1995.
PAL  Giles, A.B., "Witness Statement", In the High Court of Justice, Chancery
      Division, Patent Court, Unilever PLC v Chefaro Proprietaries Ltd.; CH
      1993. U. No. 3034; 1994.
PAL  Kronick, M.N., "Immunoassay Techniques with Fluorescent Phycobiliprotein
      Conjugates", Clinical Chemistry, 29/9, 1582-1586, 1983.
PAL  May, K., "Witness Statement", In the High Court of Justice, Chancery
      Division, Patent Court, Unilever PLC v. Chefaro Proprietaries Ltd.; 1993.
PAL  Welch, P.G., "Witness Statement", In the High Court of Justice, Chancery
      Division, Patent Court; Unilever PLC v. Chefaro Proprietaries Ltd.; 1994.
PAL  "Polar Bear Hits Town; OPUS Immunoassay System", Diagnostic News, issue 1,
      Mar. 1992, Behring. pp. 73-75.
PAL  "Summary of Pregslide 00 see Test Specifications", XII World Congress on
      Fertility & Sterility, Singapore, 1986.
PAL  Stanley, C.J., et al., "Enzyme Amplification Can Enhance Both the Speed and
      the Sensitivity of Immunoassays", J. Immunological Methods, 83, 89-95
      (1985).
PAL  Stanley, C.J., et al., "Enzyme Amplification: A New Technique for Enhancing
      the Speed and Sensitivity of Enzyme Immunoassays", I.C.P.R., 44-51;
      Jul./Aug. 1985.
PAL  Johannsson, A., et al., "A Fast Highly Sensitive Colorimetric Enzyme
      Immunoassay System Demonstrating Benefits of Enzyme Amplifcations in
      Clinical Chemistry", Clinica Chemica Acta, 148, 119-124, (1985).
PAL  Moss, D.W., et al., "An Enzyme-Amplified Monoclonal Immunoenzymometric
      Assay for Prostatic Acid Phosphatase", Clinica Chimica Acta, 152, 85-94
      (1985).
PAL  Johannsson, A., et al., "Enzyme Amplication for Immunoassays Detection
      Limit of One Hundredth of an Attomole", J. Immunological Methods, 87, 7-11
      (1986).
PAL  Stanley, C.J., et al., "Use of a New and Rapid Milk Progesterone Assay to
      Monitor Reproductive Activity in the Cow", The Veterinarian Record, Jun.
      14, 1986, pp. 664-667.
PAL  Heap, R.B., et al., "Mechanisms of Transfer of Steroid Hormones and Growth
      Factors into Milk", Endocrinologia Experimentalis, vol. 20, pp. 101-118;
      1986.
PAL  Worsfold, A.I., et al., "The Evaluation of a New Rapid Milk Progesterone
      Test as an Aid to Improving Dairy Herd Fertility", British Veterinary
      Journal, 143, 83-87, 1987.
PAL  Stanley, C.J., et al., "Enzyme-Amplified Immunoassays", J. Pharmaceutical
      and Biomedical Analysis, vol. 5, No. 8, pp. 811-820, 1987.
PAL  Stanley, C.J., et al., "Amperometric Enzyme-Amplified Immunoassays", J.
      Immunological Methods, 112:153-161, 1988.
PAL  Surek, B. "Visualization of Antigenic Proteins Blotted onto Nitrocellulose
      Using The Immuno-Gold Staining (IGS) Method" Biochemical and Biophysical
      Research Communications, 121 (1), 284-289, 1984.
PAL  Hsu, Y.-H., "Immunogold for Detection of Antigen on Nitrocellulose Paper"
      Anal. Biochem., 142, 221-225, 1984.
PAL  Puissieux, F et al., "Les Liposomes; Applications Therapeutiques" Technique
      et Documentation (Lavoisier) 1985, Ch. 2, p. 48 (French, with
      translation).
PAL  Syva, Syntex Company, Product Brochure "Acculevel; Acculevel TDM Assays",
      pp. 1-6, Sep. 1987.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts; 53: 18745 (1959); Werdmann et al.; "Paper
      chromatographic separation of Copper (II), Silver (1) and Gold (III)";
      Osterr. Chemiker Ztg. 60: 138-139 (1959).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts; 5: 3753 (1911); Fichter et al.; "The capillary analyses
      of Colloidal Solutions"; Verhandl Naturforsch. Ges. Basel 21: 1-24 (1910).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts; 5: 3753 (1911); Fichter Z.; Chem. Ind. Kolloide, 8:
      1-12 (1911).
PAL  Greenquist et al.; "Homogeneous Fluorescent Immunoassay with dry Reagents";
      Clinical Chemistry, 27 (9), 1614-1617 (1981).
PAL  Collins, H.W.P.; "Alternative Immunoassays", Ed. John Wiley & Sons, 34-57
      (1985).
LREP
FRM  Testa, Hurwitz & Thibeault, LLP
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a test cell and a method for detection of a preselected ligand
      in a liquid sample such as a body fluid. The test cell includes an
      elongate outer casing which houses an interior permeable material capable
      of transporting an aqueous solution and defining a sample inlet, a test
      volume, and a reservoir volume. The reservoir volume is disposed in a
      section of the test cell spaced apart from the inlet and is filled with
      sorbent material. The reservoir acts to receive liquid transported along a
      flow path defined by the permeable material and extending from the inlet
      and through the test volume. In the test volume is a test site which
      includes a first protein having a binding site specific to a first epitope
      of the ligand immobilized in fluid communication with the flow path. The
      test site can be observed through a window of the casing.
PATN
WKU  059899220
SRC  8
APN  3100421
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19940922
TTL  Method for determining rheumatoid factors and agents for carrying out
      the method
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Christopher L.
INVT
NAM  Toth; Tibor
CTY  Marburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Behring Diagnotics GmbH
CTY  Marburg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19920201
APN  42 02 924
RLAP
COD  71
APN  140712
APD  19931022
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  010326
APD  19930128
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  436507
XCL  436509
XCL  436518
XCL  436531
XCL  436533
XCL  436534
XCL  436536
XCL  436811
XCL  5303911
XCL  530812
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 33546
FSC  436
FSS  507;509;518;531;533;536;811;534
FSC  530
FSS  812;391.1
UREF
PNO  4292038
ISD  19810900
NAM  Kondo et al.
UREF
PNO  4547466
ISD  19851000
NAM  Turanchik et al.
OCL  436509
UREF
PNO  4569919
ISD  19860200
NAM  Toth et al.
OCL  436533
UREF
PNO  4590156
ISD  19860500
NAM  Dorsett
UREF
PNO  4600698
ISD  19860700
NAM  Toth
OCL  436534
UREF
PNO  4670381
ISD  19870600
NAM  Frickey et al.
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4935339
ISD  19900600
NAM  Zahradnik
OCL  435  5
FREF
PNO  29 18 342
ISD  19801100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  63-235868
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2259569
ISD  19910100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Genung and Hsu, "Immobilization of Immunoglobulins on Polystyrene Latex
      Beads--Characterization by Density Gradient Centrifugation", Biotech and
      Bioeng., 20:1129-1141 (1978).
PAL  Latex Coating, Estapor Microspheres News, Jan. 1996, at 4.
PAL  Sorensen and Brobeck, "Assessment of Coating-Efficiency in ELISA plates by
      Direct Protein Determination", J. Immun. Meth., 95:291-93 (1986).
PAL  Daniel P. Stites, MD, "Clinical Laboratory Methods for Detection of
      Antigens and Antibodies," Chapter 26 in Basic and Clinical Immunology,
      Fudenberg et al., eds., Lange Medical Publications, Los Altos, California,
      p. 363, (1980).
PAL  "Nephelometric Assay of Antigens and Antibodies with Latex Particles", J.
      Grange et al., Journal of Immunological Methods, 18:365-375 (1977).
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to an immunochemical method for the detection and
      determination of rheumatoid factors using immune complexes as specific
      binding partners as well as to the preparation of reagents that are
      suitable for these methods.
PATN
WKU  059899239
SRC  8
APN  7183119
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19961028
TTL  Hologram containing sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Christopher L.
NDR  18
NFG  36
INVT
NAM  Lowe; Christopher Robin
CTY  Saffron Walden
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Millington; Roger Bradley
CTY  Huntington
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Blyth; Jeffrey
CTY  Brighton
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Mayes; Andrew Geoffrey
CTY  St Neots
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  BTG International Limited
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19940328
APN  9406142
CLAS
OCL  436518
XCL  359  1
XCL  359  3
XCL  359 10
XCL  359 30
XCL  359 31
XCL  359 32
XCL  359 33
XCL  359 34
XCL  422 55
XCL  422 57
XCL  422 8205
XCL  435  74
XCL  4352871
XCL  4352872
XCL  4352887
XCL  435808
XCL  436164
XCL  436165
XCL  436527
XCL  436805
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 33543
ICL  G01N 33552
FSC  359
FSS  1;3;10;30-34
FSC  422
FSS  55;57;82.05
FSC  435
FSS  7.4;287.1;287.2;288.7;808
FSC  436
FSS  518;527;164;165;805
UREF
PNO  4986619
ISD  19910100
NAM  Walter et al.
UREF
PNO  5352582
ISD  19941000
NAM  Lichtenwalter et al.
OCL  436518
FREF
PNO  0 255 302
ISD  19880200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/07203
ISD  19880900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  R.C. Spooncer et al. "A humidity sensor using wavelength-dependent
      holographic . . . " Intl Jour of Optoelectrics, 1992, vol. 7 No. 3, pp.
      449-452.
PAL  O. Bryngdahl. "Holography with Evanescent Waves" Jour of the Optical
      Society of America, vol. 59, No. 12, Dec. 1969, pp. 1645-1650.
PAL  A. Othonos et al. "Fiber Bragg grating laser sensor" Optical
      Engineering/Nov. 1993/ vol. 32 No. 11, pp. 2841-2845.
PAL  J.Glanz. "Diffraction Physics redefines biosensors"R&D Biosciences &
      Pharmaceuticals, Mar. 1993, p. 51.
PAL  P.K. Sphon et al. "Interaction of aqueous solutions . . . " Sensors and
      Actuators, 15 (1988), pp. 309-324.
PAL  P.S. Vukuic et al. "Surface plasmon resonance on gratings . . . " Sensors
      and Actuators B. 3 (1992), pp. 155-160.
PAL  D.R. Wuest et al. "Color control in reflection . . . " Applied Optics, Jun.
      10, 1991, vol. 30 No. 17, pp. 2363-2367.
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB95/00668
PD1  19961028
PD2  19961028
PD3  19950327
PCP  WO95/26499
PCD  19951005
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to a sensor (9) comprising a hologram (17) supported
      on or within a holographic support medium (10).
PAL  A species to be detected is reactive with a substance disposed throughout,
      the sensor (9). Optionally, a chemical reactive with a species to be
      detected or a specific binding conjugate of a species to be detected is
      disposed throughout part of or all of the sensor (9).
PAL  The resulting reaction(s) cause(s) variation(s) in the hologram (17) or
      holographic support medium (10) which in turn varies one or more optical
      characteristic(s) of the hologram (17).
PAL  The variation in the optical characteristic(s) of the hologram (17) and/or
      the holographic support medium (10), preferably give(s) rise to a
      wavelength shift in incident radiation. The variation of the optical
      parameter is related to the species to be detected.
PAL  The advantages of the sensor are that it is cheap, easy to manufacture and,
      once calibrated, reliable and robust.
PATN
WKU  059899247
SRC  8
APN  9411844
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970930
TTL  Device for determining an analyte in a sample
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Christopher L.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Root; Richard T.
CTY  Kirkland
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Lovell; Stephen J.
CTY  Lutherville
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Becton, Dickinson and Company
CTY  Franklin Lakes
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  436518
XCL  422 55
XCL  422 56
XCL  422 58
XCL  422 61
XCL  436164
XCL  436169
XCL  436514
XCL  436530
XCL  436805
XCL  436809
XCL  436810
XCL  435  6
XCL  4352871
XCL  4352872
XCL  4352877
XCL  4352878
XCL  4352879
XCL  435810
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 33543
ICL  G01N 335588
FSC  422
FSS  55-58;61
FSC  435
FSS  6;287.1;287.2;287.7;287.8;287.9;810
FSC  436
FSS  164;169;514;518;530;805;809;810
UREF
PNO  5418171
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kimura et al.
OCL  436518
UREF
PNO  5474902
ISD  19951200
NAM  Uylen et al.
OCL  422 56
LREP
FR2  Weintraub; Bruce S.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a device for determining an analyte in a
      fluid sample in an assay. The device comprises a lid having a plurality of
      elements and a membrane. The elements have openings which allow passage of
      fluid to the membrane. The membrane is supported by the lid and covers the
      openings of the elements. The undersurface of the membrane is in contact
      with a porous wick which contains a first zone which includes binder
      attached to a particulate label and a second zone containing salt. The
      wick extends downward from the membrane and is in contact with the fluid
      sample.
PATN
WKU  059899255
SRC  8
APN  8841489
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970627
TTL  Antibody to and assay for peptide linked-pyridinoline as indicator of
      bone resorption level
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Ceperley; Mary E.
NDR  6
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Fitzpatrick; Judith
CTY  Tenafly
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Lenda; Regina
CTY  Wesley Hills
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Zeng; Zijian
CTY  Warren
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Serex, Inc.
CTY  Maywood
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  436525
XCL  436530
XCL  436815
XCL  5303889
XCL  5303898
XCL  5303911
XCL  5303913
XCL  530809
XCL  935 95
XCL  935110
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 33553
ICL  C07K 1681
FSC  435
FSS  7.1;7.93
FSC  436
FSS  525;530;815
FSC  530
FSS  388.9;389.8;391.1;391.3;809
FSC  935
FSS  95;110
UREF
PNO  4973666
ISD  19901100
NAM  Eyre
OCL  530323
UREF
PNO  5300434
ISD  19940400
NAM  Eyre
OCL  435240.2
UREF
PNO  5320970
ISD  19940600
NAM  Eyre
OCL  436536
UREF
PNO  5527715
ISD  19960600
NAM  Kung et al.
OCL  436547
UREF
PNO  5620861
ISD  19970400
NAM  Cerelli et al.
OCL  435  7.1
UREF
PNO  5661039
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kung et al.
OCL  436501
OREF
PAL  Bailey, A. J. et al., "Age related changes in the reducible cross-links of
      collagen," FEBS Lett. 16(2):86-88 (1971).
PAL  Banes, A. J., et al., "Nonmineralized and Mineralized Compartments of Bone:
      The Role of Pyridinoline in Nonmineralized Collagen," Biochem. Biophys.
      Res. Commun. 113(3):975-981 (1983).
PAL  Barnes, M. J. et al., "Age-Related Variations in Hydroxylation of Lysine
      and Proline in Collagen," Biochem. J. 139(2):461-468 (1974).
PAL  Eyre, D. R., "Crosslink Maturation in Bone Collagen," in The Chemistry and
      Biology of Mineralized Connective Tissues, pp. 51-55, (Veis, A. ed.)
      (Elsevier, New York, 1981).
PAL  Eyre, D. R., "Crosslink Maturation in Bone Collagen," Develop. Biochem.
      22:50-55 (1981).
PAL  Eyre, D.R. et al., "Quantitation of Hydroxypyridinium Crosslinks in
      Collagen by High-Performance Liquid Chromatography," Analyt. Biochem.
      137:380-388 (1984).
PAL  Eyre, D. R. In: The Chemistry and Biology of Mineralized Tissues, p. 105,
      (Butler, W. T. ed.) (Ebsco Media Inc., Birmingham, Ala., 1985).
PAL  Eyre, D. R. et al., "Cross-linking in Collagen and Elastin," Ann. Rev.
      Biochem. 53:717-748 (1984).
PAL  Fujimoto, D. et al., "Isolation and Characterization of a Fluorescent
      Material in Bovine Achilles Tendon Collagen," Biochem. Biophys. Res.
      Commun. 76(4):1124-1129 (1977).
PAL  Gunja-Smith and Boucek, "Collagen cross-linking compounds in human urine,"
      Biochem J. 197(3):759-762 (1981).
PAL  Robins, S. P., "An enzyme-linked immunoassay for the collagen cross-link
      pyridilone," Biochem J. 207(3):617-620 (1982).
PAL  Robins et al., "Measurement of the cross linking compound, pyridinoline, in
      urine as an index of collagen degradation in joint disease," Ann. Rheum.
      Diseases 45:969-973 (1986).
PAL  Singer, F. R., et al., "Paget's Disease of Bone," in Metabolic Bone
      Disease, vol. II, pp. 489-575, (eds. Avioli, L. V. and Krane, S. M.)
      (Academic Press, New York, 1978).
PAL  Walters, C. et al., "Collagen Crosslinks in Human Dentin: Increasing
      Content of Hydroxypyridinium Residues with Age," Calc. Tiss. Intl.
      35:401-405 (1983).
LREP
FRM  Arnall Golden & Gregory, LLP
ABST
PAL  A monoclonal antibody, Serex A93, recognizes peptide linked pyridinoline in
      Type I bone collagen fragments and can be used to quantitate bone
      resorption. The hybridoma producing this antibody has been deposited with
      the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Md., under accession
      number HB-12254. The epitope reactive with the antibody is stable to acid
      hydrolysis and therefore is not a linear peptide. The antibody recognizes
      pyridinoline in bound or conjugated form, but not in the free form found
      in urine. The antibody is useful in immunoassays for determining bone
      resorption, utilizing body fluids such as urine, saliva, blood, or sweat.
PATN
WKU  059899263
SRC  8
APN  9557237
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971022
TTL  Recovery of and uses of specific binding agents
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Bao-Thuy L.
EXP  Housel; James C.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Badley; Robert A
CTY  Bedford
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Berry; Mark J
CTY  Northampton
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Porter; Philip
CTY  Bedford
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Wattam; Trevor
CTY  Northampton
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Unipath Limited
CTY  Basingstoke
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19941124
APN  94308705
RLAP
COD  71
APN  562589
APD  19951124
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  436538
XCL  435  71
XCL  435  795
XCL  435961
XCL  436507
XCL  436510
XCL  436512
XCL  436518
XCL  436541
XCL  436547
XCL  436  8
XCL  436 16
XCL  5303892
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 33533
FSC  435
FSS  7.1;7.95;961
FSC  436
FSS  507;510;512;518;541;547;8;16
FSC  530
FSS  389.2
UREF
PNO  4952569
ISD  19900800
NAM  Simons
OCL  424 88
UREF
PNO  5467778
ISD  19951100
NAM  Catt et al.
OCL  128 38
UREF
PNO  5527686
ISD  19960600
NAM  Fitzpatrick et al.
OCL  435  7.9
FREF
PNO  0 175 269
ISD  19860300
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07K  100
FREF
PNO  0 324 540
ISD  19890700
CNT  EPX
ICL  G01N 3378
FREF
PNO  0 383 313 A3
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
ICL  G01N 3374
FREF
PNO  WO 85/01941
ISD  19850500
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07G  700
FREF
PNO  WO 91/05262
ISD  19910400
CNT  WOX
ICL  G01N 33543
FREF
PNO  WO 95/00174
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 39395
OREF
PAL  Voet et al. Biochemistry, pp. 90-92, 1990.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  An antibody specific for a target analyte is purified by affinity
      chromatography on a substrate bearing a low-affinity analogue of the
      target analyte. The antibody is displaced from the substrate by contact
      with a second analogue of intermediate affinity, which remains complexed
      with the antibody. This complex can be used in a conventional assay for
      the target analyte, which displaces the intermediate-affinity analogue.
      The complexed antibody is rendered more storage-stable because the second
      analogue protects the antibody binding reagion.
PATN
WKU  059899271
SRC  9
APN  0035211
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980106
TTL  Non-volatile semiconductor and memory cell and method for production
      thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Ghyka; Alexander G.
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  11
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Yamanobe; Tomomi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960530
APN  8-137245
RLAP
COD  74
APN  857254
APD  19970516
PSC  01
PNO  5780886
CLAS
OCL  438  3
XCL  438287
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
ICL  H01L 21336
FSC  438
FSS  3;287
UREF
PNO  5146299
ISD  19920900
NAM  Lamp et al.
OCL  257295
UREF
PNO  5478653
ISD  19951200
NAM  Guenzer
OCL  428446
UREF
PNO  5519234
ISD  19960500
NAM  Paz de Araujo et al.
OCL  257295
UREF
PNO  5576564
ISD  19961100
NAM  Satoh et al.
OCL  257295
UREF
PNO  5780886
ISD  19980700
NAM  Yamanobe
OCL  257295
FREF
PNO  0 415 750 A1
ISD  19910300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 653 794 A1
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  6-125066
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Journal of Applied Physics, vol. 72, No. 11, Dec. 1, 1992, pp. 5517-5519,
      XP000323884 Joshi et al. "Rapid Thermally Processed Ferroelectric
      B!4TI3012 Thin Films".
PAL  Wescon Technical Papers, vol. 35, Nov. 1, 1991, pp. 390-393, XP000320562,
      Liddiard, "Ferroelectric Memories: An Emerging Technology".
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 095, No. 007, Aug. 31, 1995, & JP 07 099257
      A (Ricoh Co Ltd), Apr. 11, 1995.
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol.30, No.8, Jan. 1, 1988, pp. 436/437
      XP00011203 "Use of Conducting Oxides as a Diffusion barrier in Shallow
      Junction Semiconductor Devices".
PAL  ISSCC95/Session 4/Technology Directions: displays, Photonics and
      Ferroelectric Memories, "A Single-Transistor Ferroelectric Memory Cekll"
      Feb. 1995.
LREP
FRM  Jones Volentine, LLP
ABST
PAL  A non-volatile semiconductor memory cell employing a field effect
      transistor having a gate of the metal/ferroelectric structure or the
      metal/ferroelectric/metal/insulator structure, wherein the ferroelectric
      layer is a layer of bismuth titanate containing bismuth more than the
      stoichiometric quantity or a piled layer of bismuth titanate of the
      stoichiometric composition and bismuth titanate containing bismuth more
      than the stoichiometric quantity, both of which have a less amount of
      dielectric constant and remanent polarization, thereby enabling the
      non-volatile memory cell to memorize and erase binary information with a
      less amount of voltage to be applied to the gate.
PATN
WKU  059899280
SRC  9
APN  0517674
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980420
TTL  Method and device for detecting end point of plasma treatment, method
      and device for manufacturing semiconductor device, and semiconductor
      device
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Perez-Ramos; Vanessa
EXP  Powell; William
NDR  10
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Nakata; Toshihiko
CTY  Hiratsuka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ninomiya; Takanori
CTY  Hiratsuka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951020
APN  7-272318
CLAS
OCL  438  7
XCL  438  8
XCL  438  9
XCL  156345
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
FSC  438
FSS  7;8;9
FSC  156
FSS  345
UREF
PNO  4263089
ISD  19810400
NAM  Keller
OCL  156627
UREF
PNO  4377436
ISD  19830300
NAM  Donelly et al.
OCL  156626
UREF
PNO  4430151
ISD  19840200
NAM  Tsukada
OCL  156626
UREF
PNO  4457820
ISD  19840700
NAM  Bergeron et al.
OCL  204192
UREF
PNO  4493745
ISD  19850100
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  156626
UREF
PNO  5045149
ISD  19910900
NAM  Nulty
OCL  156627
UREF
PNO  5308414
ISD  19940500
NAM  O'Neill et al.
UREF
PNO  5320704
ISD  19940600
NAM  Horioka et al.
OCL  156626
UREF
PNO  5739051
ISD  19980400
NAM  Saito
OCL  438 16
FREF
PNO  57-120674
ISD  19820700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-28252
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-229827
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/03042
PD1  19980420
PD2  19980420
PD3  19961021
PCP  WO97/15074
PCD  19970424
ABST
PAR  In order to detect the end point of a plasma process stably and at a high
      precision always without being affected by the fine delineation of a
      pattern to be processed and an external disturbance, it is constructed
      such that emission wavelength components 27 of species are taken out of a
      plasma emission 24 and only a frequency component synchronous with a
      high-frequency electric power for plasma excitation is extracted by a
      synchronous detection circuit 30 and so on. Thereby, the progressing
      status of etching is seized more accurately and a change in signal at an
      end point becomes clear. As a result, the precision of detection of the
      end point of a plasma process for a minute aperture pattern is improved.
PATN
WKU  059899298
SRC  9
APN  1195883
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980721
TTL  Apparatus and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXP  Powell; William
NDR  37
NFG  45
INVT
NAM  Nikoh; Hideo
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Imai; Shinichi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Jiwari; Nobuhiro
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakagawa; Satoshi
CTY  Toyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumoto; Shoji
CTY  Toyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Bito; Yoji
CTY  Toyama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electronics Corporation
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970722
APN  9-195418
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971105
APN  9-320505
CLAS
OCL  438  9
XCL  156345
XCL  438714
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
FSC  438
FSS  9;714
FSC  216
FSS  59;66;67
FSC  156
FSS  345 P;345 MT
UREF
PNO  5593539
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kubota et al.
XCL  438714
UREF
PNO  5770097
ISD  19980600
NAM  O'Neill et al.
XCL  438714
OREF
PAL  K. Kiozawa et al., "SiO.sub.2 Etching in C.sub.4 F.sub.8 /O.sub.2 ECR
      Plasma", Proc. of 1995 Dry Process Symposium, VIII-7, pp. 255-260, 1995.
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  A reactor is composed of a lower frame of a chamber, a quartz dome, an
      upper electrode, an 0 ring, and the like. A lower electrode and a
      substrate as a workpiece to be processed thereon are disposed in the
      reactor. The temperature of the quartz dome is maintained at a temperature
      of 180.degree. C. or higher by means of a heater. Fluorocarbon gas such as
      C.sub.2 F.sub.6 gas or C.sub.4 F.sub.8 gas is introduced into the reactor
      through a gas inlet and RF power from a first RF power source is applied
      to an antenna coil to produce a plasma and thereby etch an oxide film on
      the substrate. By heating the quartz dome to a high temperature, a deposit
      which hinders the release of oxygen from a wall face is prevented from
      being attached and the deposit on the bottom of the hole which causes an
      etch stop during processing is removed with oxygen. This prevents the etch
      stop during an etching process for forming a deep hole.
PATN
WKU  059899301
SRC  8
APN  8056781
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970227
TTL  Method for observing tungsten plug of semiconductor device
      microscopically
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Berry; Renee R.
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  1
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Lu; Shu-Ying
CTY  Shinchu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Tseng; Fei-Chun
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Microelectronics Corp.
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19961226
APN  85116101
CLAS
OCL  438 17
XCL  438 16
XCL  438 18
XCL  438648
XCL  438683
XCL  438685
XCL  438785
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 2100
FSC  438
FSS  658;632;636;637;17;253;586;16;18;648;683;685;785
UREF
PNO  5736863
ISD  19980400
NAM  Liu
OCL  324765
OREF
PAL  Nanda, Characterization of the nucleation and growth process of CVD-W on
      TiN substrates, Materials Research Society, 401-406, 1995.
PAL  Ting, Reduction in flux divergence at vias for improved electromigration in
      multilayered AICu interconnects, Applied Physics Letters, 2134-2136, Sep.
      30, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Rabin & Champagne PC
ABST
PAL  A method of observing a tungsten plug of a semiconductor device using a
      microscope includes cutting the semiconductor device at the center of the
      tungsten plug. The semiconductor device is then stained with a reagent
      which includes hydrogen peroxide and ammonia and etched with a solution
      containing hydrofluoric acid. The fine structure of the grain of the
      tungsten plug of the semiconductor device is then observed with a
      microscope.
PATN
WKU  059899310
SRC  8
APN  9367667
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970924
TTL  Low-cost methods for manufacturing field ionization and emission
      structures with self-aligned gate electrodes
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Tuan H.
NDR  10
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Ghodsian; Bahram
CTY  West Vancouver
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Parameswaran; Ash M.
CTY  Port Moody
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Syrzycki; Marek
CTY  Coquitlam
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Simon Fraser University
CTY  Burnaby
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  438 20
XCL  438 34
XCL  445 24
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
FSC  438
FSS  20
FSC  257
FSS  10
FSC  445
FSS  24;50
UREF
PNO  4307507
ISD  19811200
NAM  Gray et al.
UREF
PNO  4916002
ISD  19900400
NAM  Carver
UREF
PNO  5100355
ISD  19920300
NAM  Marcus et al.
OCL  445 24
UREF
PNO  5221221
ISD  19930600
NAM  Okaniwa
OCL  445 24
UREF
PNO  5334908
ISD  19940800
NAM  Zimmerman
UREF
PNO  5367181
ISD  19941100
NAM  Yoshida
OCL  257 91
UREF
PNO  5393647
ISD  19950200
NAM  Neukermans et al.
UREF
PNO  5483118
ISD  19960100
NAM  Nakamoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5580827
ISD  19961200
NAM  Akamine
UREF
PNO  5727976
ISD  19980300
NAM  Nakamoto et al.
OCL  445 24
UREF
PNO  5885124
ISD  19990300
NAM  Hattori
OCL  445 24
OREF
PAL  Spindt, C.A., "A Thin-Film Field-Emission Cathode", Communication, p.
      3504-?.
LREP
FRM  Oyen Wiggs Green & Mutala
ABST
PAL  Methods for forming field emission and/or field ionization structures with
      self-aligned gate electrode structures involve forming a cavity in a first
      face of a substrate and forming an oxide layer in the cavity. The oxide
      layer forms a mold for making a sharp field emission tip which will be
      exposed on a second face of the substrate. In a first method a gate
      electrode is formed in the substrate. The gate electrode is automatically
      spaced apart from and insulated from the tip by the oxide layer. The gate
      electrode may comprise a doped region in the substrate. In a variant
      method, a gate electrode is formed in a thin metal film deposited on the
      second face of the substrate. A photoresist mask is created by shining
      ultraviolet light on the first face of the substrate to expose the
      underside of a layer of photoresist deposited on the metal film in an area
      adjacent the tip mold. The mask is automatically aligned with the tip
      mold.
PATN
WKU  059899328
SRC  9
APN  1235206
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980728
TTL  Method and apparatus for retaining and releasing laser bars during a
      facet coating operation
ISD  19991123
NCL  38
ECL  1,11
EXP  Bueker; Richard
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Freund; Joseph M.
CTY  Fogelsville
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Przybylek; George J.
CTY  Douglasville
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Romero; Dennis M.
CTY  Allentown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Holmdel
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438 29
XCL  118728
XCL  118729
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
FSC  118
FSS  728;729
FSC  438
FSS  29
UREF
PNO  3949295
ISD  19760400
NAM  Moorshead
UREF
PNO  3962655
ISD  19760600
NAM  Selway et al.
UREF
PNO  4195758
ISD  19800400
NAM  Morgan
UREF
PNO  4563368
ISD  19860100
NAM  Tihanyi et al.
UREF
PNO  4716568
ISD  19871200
NAM  Scifres et al.
UREF
PNO  4904610
ISD  19900200
NAM  Shyr
UREF
PNO  5063173
ISD  19911100
NAM  Gasser et al.
UREF
PNO  5084886
ISD  19920100
NAM  Martin
UREF
PNO  5099488
ISD  19920300
NAM  Ahrabi et al.
UREF
PNO  5154333
ISD  19921000
NAM  Bauer et al.
UREF
PNO  5171717
ISD  19921200
NAM  Broom et al.
UREF
PNO  5311530
ISD  19940500
NAM  Wagner et al.
UREF
PNO  5325384
ISD  19940600
NAM  Herb et al.
UREF
PNO  5394426
ISD  19950200
NAM  Joslin
UREF
PNO  5498973
ISD  19960300
NAM  Cavaliere et al.
UREF
PNO  5668049
ISD  19970900
NAM  Chakrabarti et al.
UREF
PNO  5719077
ISD  19980200
NAM  Chakrabarti et al.
LREP
FRM  Dickstein Shapiro Morin & Oshinsky LLP
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and process for retaining laser bars during a facet coating
      operation and releasing the bars after the conclusion of the facet coating
      operation. A multitude of spacers are positioned with laser bars
      therebetween. Each spacer includes an upper and lower fixture blade. The
      spacers are compressed together, thus sandwiching the laser bars, during
      the facet coating operation. After release of the compressive force,
      adhered laser bars are removed by moving one of the fixture blades
      relative to the other fixture blade. Movement can be along the
      longitudinal axis of the blades, perpendicular to the longitudinal axis,
      or rotation about a pivot axis. Further, movement can include elevation of
      one blade, or an end of one blade, relative to the other blade.
PATN
WKU  059899336
SRC  8
APN  9320954
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970917
TTL  Method of forming a cadmium telluride/silicon structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Dutton; Brian
NDR  1
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Bevan; Malcolm J.
CTY  Garland
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Shih; Hung-Dah
CTY  Garland
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  DRS Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Parsippany
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  724267
APD  19960919
PSC  01
PNO  5838053
ISD  19981117
CLAS
OCL  438 84
XCL  438 87
XCL  438 95
XCL  438102
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
ICL  H01L 2106
FSC  438
FSS  95;84;87;102;938
FSC  257
FSS  442;18
UREF
PNO  5198690
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kitagawa et al.
OCL  257200
UREF
PNO  5449927
ISD  19950900
NAM  Hamilton, Jr. et al.
OCL  257188
UREF
PNO  5581117
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kawano
OCL  257188
UREF
PNO  5661074
ISD  19970800
NAM  Tischler
OCL  438 32
LREP
FRM  Thelen Reid & Priest, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  In one embodiment, a semiconductor structure is disclosed. The structure
      includes both a silicon and a cadmium telluride layer. Each may have a
      (100) lattice orientation. A plurality of buffer layers are disposed
      between the silicon layer and the cadmium telluride layer. Each of these
      buffer layers has a lattice constant which is greater than the lattice
      constant of the layer below it and less than the lattice constant of the
      layer above it. As examples, these buffer layers may comprise zinc
      sulfide, zinc selenide, zinc telluride or zinc tellurium selenide.
PATN
WKU  059899344
SRC  8
APN  3156192
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19940930
TTL  Process for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a logic circuit
      and a plurality of input/output amplifier circuits
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Graybill; David E.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Nishino; Tomoki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takeda; Masashi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931001
APN  5-269628
CLAS
OCL  438106
XCL  438123
XCL  438129
XCL  438611
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2160
FSC  437
FSS  209
FSC  257
FSS  773;786
FSC  438
FSS  106;123;129;611
UREF
PNO  4403240
ISD  19830900
NAM  Seki et al.
OCL  357 48
UREF
PNO  4750666
ISD  19880600
NAM  Neugebauer et al.
UREF
PNO  4827326
ISD  19890500
NAM  Altman et al.
OCL  357 67
UREF
PNO  4892842
ISD  19900100
NAM  Corrie et al.
OCL  437 67
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  A process for manufacturing a semiconductor device wherein the number of
      input/output terminals can be selectively increased while using
      input/output amplifier circuit functional portions having the same circuit
      configuration, by using both ball bonding and TAB bonding techniques.
      Every two (4A, 4B) of the electrodes on the semiconductor device
      correspond to each one set of input/output amplifier circuits formed by
      three ones (6A, 6B, 6C) of the input/output amplifier circuits. The
      spacing S.sub.1 between the two electrodes (4A, 4B) corresponding to one
      set of input/output amplifier circuits is substantially equal to the
      spacing S.sub.2 between the electrode 4B and the adjacent electrode 4C of
      one adjacent set of input/output amplifier circuits and also to the
      spacing S.sub.3 between the electrode 4A and the adjacent electrode 4D of
      the other adjacent set of input/output amplifier circuits.
PATN
WKU  059899352
SRC  8
APN  9617833
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971031
TTL  Column grid array for semiconductor packaging and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Jones; Josetta I.
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Abbott; Donald C.
CTY  Norton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Texas Instruments Incorporated
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438106
XCL  438667
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2144
ICL  H01L 2148
ICL  H01L 2150
FSC  438
FSS  106;667
UREF
PNO  5260169
ISD  19931100
NAM  Nakano
UREF
PNO  5355283
ISD  19941000
NAM  Marrs et al.
OCL  361760
UREF
PNO  5822856
ISD  19981000
NAM  Bhatt et al.
FREF
PNO  0 368 262
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 536 418
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 582 052
ISD  19940200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 751 565
ISD  19970100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3-209841
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 97 40532
ISD  19971000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Valetti; Mark A.
FR2  Brady; W. James
FR2  Donaldson; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  A method for manufacturing a column grid array semiconductor package (10,
      210) may include the steps of providing a substrate material (14, 114,
      214) having a first side (16, 116) and a second side (18), forming a
      plurality of holes (36, 136, 236) in the substrate (14, 114, 214), forming
      contacts (24, 124,) on the first surface (16, 116) of the substrate (14,
      114, 214), filling the plurality of holes (36, 136, 236) with a conductive
      material (32, 132, 232) to an extent that an extension portion (28, 128,
      228) is formed on the second side (18) of the substrate (14, 114, 214) to
      which an electrical contact may be made. The extension portion (28, 128,
      228) may be coated with a capping material (40, 140, 240). The holes (36,
      136, 236) may be filled with the conductive material (32, 132, 232) by
      placing a material (146, 246) over the hole (36, 136, 236) on the first
      side (16, 116) of the substrate (14, 114, 214) and filling the holes (36,
      136, 236) with the conductive material (32, 132, 232). The resist (146,
      246) may then be removed.
PATN
WKU  059899360
SRC  8
APN  9893121
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971212
TTL  Microelectronic assembly fabrication with terminal formation from a
      conductive layer
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Jones; Josetta I.
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  12
NFG  39
INVT
NAM  Smith; John W.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Fjelstad; Joseph
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Tessera, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  440665
APD  19950515
PSC  01
PNO  5801441
RLAP
COD  84
APN  271768
APD  19940707
PSC  01
PNO  5518964
RLAP
COD  75
APN  885238
APD  19970630
RLAP
COD  82
APN  366236
APD  19941229
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  438106
XCL  438118
XCL  438127
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2144
ICL  H01L 2148
ICL  H01L 2150
FSC  438
FSS  106;118;127
UREF
PNO  4067104
ISD  19780100
NAM  Tracy
UREF
PNO  4642889
ISD  19870200
NAM  Grabbe
UREF
PNO  4955523
ISD  19900900
NAM  Calomagno et al.
UREF
PNO  5067007
ISD  19911100
NAM  Kanji et al.
UREF
PNO  5133495
ISD  19920700
NAM  Angulas et al.
UREF
PNO  5148265
ISD  19920900
NAM  Khandros et al.
UREF
PNO  5148266
ISD  19920900
NAM  Khandros et al.
UREF
PNO  5203075
ISD  19930400
NAM  Angulas et al.
UREF
PNO  5258330
ISD  19931100
NAM  Khandros et al.
UREF
PNO  5316788
ISD  19940500
NAM  Dibble et al.
UREF
PNO  5346861
ISD  19940900
NAM  Khandros et al.
UREF
PNO  5398863
ISD  19950300
NAM  Grube et al.
UREF
PNO  5455390
ISD  19951000
NAM  DiStefano et al.
UREF
PNO  5518964
ISD  19960500
NAM  DiStefano et al.
UREF
PNO  5525545
ISD  19960600
NAM  Grube et al.
UREF
PNO  5557501
ISD  19960900
NAM  DiStefano et al.
UREF
PNO  5590460
ISD  19970100
NAM  DiStefano et al.
UREF
PNO  5615824
ISD  19970400
NAM  Fjelstad et al.
UREF
PNO  5650914
ISD  19970700
NAM  DiStefano et al.
UREF
PNO  5679977
ISD  19971000
NAM  Khandros et al.
UREF
PNO  5688716
ISD  19971100
NAM  DiStefano et al.
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik, LLP
ABST
PAL  A structure including a conductive, preferably metallic conductive layer is
      provided with leads on a bottom surface. The leads have fixed ends
      permanently attached to the structure and free ends detachable from the
      structure. The structure is engaged with a microelectronic element such as
      a semiconductor chip or wafer, the free ends of the leads are bonded to
      the microelectronic element, and the leads are bent by moving the
      structure relative to the microelectronic element. Portions of the
      conductive layer are removed, leaving residual portions of the conductive
      layer as separate electrical terminals connected to at least some of the
      leads. The conductive layer mechanically stabilizes the structure before
      bonding, and facilitates precise registration of the leads with the
      microelectronic element. After the conductive layer is converted to
      separate terminals, it does not impair free movement of the terminals
      relative to the microelectronic element.
PATN
WKU  059899379
SRC  8
APN  9184511
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970826
TTL  Method for compensating for bottom warpage of a BGA integrated circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Chambliss; Alonzo
EXP  Chaudhuri; Olik
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Variot; Patrick
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chia; Chok J.
CTY  Campbell
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Trabucco; Robert T.
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  LSI Logic Corporation
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  506382
APD  19950724
PSC  01
PNO  5745986
RLAP
COD  84
APN  192081
APD  19940204
PSC  01
PNO  5435482
ISD  19950725
CLAS
OCL  438108
XCL  438 15
XCL  438118
XCL  438125
XCL  438126
XCL  438613
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2144
FSC  438
FSS  118;125;126;15;613;FOR 343
FSC   29
FSS  827;832;840
FSC  228
FSS  180.22
FSC  361
FSS  768
FSC  257
FSS  738
UREF
PNO  2366935
ISD  19450100
NAM  Schmid
OCL  451388
UREF
PNO  3833230
ISD  19740900
NAM  Noll
OCL  279  3
UREF
PNO  3871015
ISD  19750300
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  257779
UREF
PNO  4521995
ISD  19850600
NAM  Sekiya
OCL  451388
UREF
PNO  4603466
ISD  19860800
NAM  Morley
OCL   29569
UREF
PNO  4604644
ISD  19860800
NAM  Beckman et al.
OCL  257737
UREF
PNO  4661192
ISD  19870400
NAM  McShane
OCL  156292
UREF
PNO  4693036
ISD  19870900
NAM  Mori
OCL  451287
UREF
PNO  4752027
ISD  19880600
NAM  Gschwend
OCL  228180.2
UREF
PNO  4830264
ISD  19890500
NAM  Bitaillou et al.
OCL  228180.2
UREF
PNO  5010389
ISD  19910400
NAM  Gansauge et al.
OCL  257737
UREF
PNO  5029383
ISD  19910700
NAM  Snyder et al.
OCL   29740
UREF
PNO  5060844
ISD  19911000
NAM  Behun et al.
OCL  228180.2
UREF
PNO  5121299
ISD  19920600
NAM  Frankeny et al.
OCL  361413
UREF
PNO  5167361
ISD  19921200
NAM  Liebman et al.
OCL  228180.2
UREF
PNO  5214308
ISD  19930500
NAM  Nishiguchi et al.
OCL  257692
UREF
PNO  5275330
ISD  19940100
NAM  Isaacs et al.
OCL  228180.2
UREF
PNO  5355283
ISD  19941000
NAM  Marrs et al.
OCL  361760
UREF
PNO  5400950
ISD  19950300
NAM  Myers et al.
OCL  228180.2
UREF
PNO  5435482
ISD  19950700
NAM  Variot et al.
OCL  228254
UREF
PNO  5461261
ISD  19951000
NAM  Nishiguchi
OCL  257781
UREF
PNO  5465152
ISD  19951100
NAM  Bilodeau et al.
OCL  356371
UREF
PNO  5489750
ISD  19960200
NAM  Sakemi et al.
OCL  174261
UREF
PNO  5745986
ISD  19980500
NAM  Variot et al.
OCL   29840
UREF
PNO  5901437
ISD  19990500
NAM  Variot et al.
OCL   29840
FREF
PNO  59-188155
ISD  19841000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-208766
ISD  19841100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-159745
ISD  19860700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-133136
ISD  19910600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-171695
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-029659
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  87-01509
ISD  19770300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/02653
ISD  19890300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, "Micro-Miniature Solder Flattening
      Assembly," vol. 31, No. 12, May 1989.
ABST
PAL  An integrated circuit includes a plurality of solder balls arrayed on the
      bottom surface of a package of the integrated circuit. These solder balls
      provide for surface mounting of the integrated circuit to a circuit board
      by solder reflow. The array of solder balls can be planarized so that each
      of the plural solder balls participate in defining a truly planar solder
      ball contact array for the integrated circuit package. Methods of
      manufacturing the integrated circuit with a package having planarized
      solder balls in an array dependent from a bottom surface thereof are set
      forth. The truly planarized solder ball contact array of the integrated
      circuit package affords nearly absolute reliability in forming of
      surface-mount electrical connections between the integrated circuit
      package and the circuit board on which the package is to mount.
      Additionally, the planarized solder ball contacts locally compensate
      individually for warpage of the integrated circuit package by variation in
      the individual dimensions of dependency of each solder ball below the
      bottom surface of the package.
PATN
WKU  059899387
SRC  8
APN  926583&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970904
TTL  Method of fabricating topside structure of a semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Berezny; Neal
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Wang; Hsingya Arthur
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mohamed; Bandali B.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Garg; Shyam
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Pickelsimer; Bruce
CTY  Pflugerville
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  579757
APD  19951228
PSC  01
PNO  5728453
CLAS
OCL  438116
XCL  438791
XCL  438 64
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2144
ICL  H01L 2148
ICL  H01L 2100
ICL  H01L 2131
FSC  438
FSS  116;791;64
UREF
PNO  4618541
ISD  19861000
NAM  Forouhi et al.
OCL  428688
UREF
PNO  4775550
ISD  19881000
NAM  Chu et al.
OCL  427 38
UREF
PNO  4965226
ISD  19901000
NAM  Gootzen et al.
OCL  437189
UREF
PNO  5217926
ISD  19930600
NAM  Langley
OCL  437228
UREF
PNO  5527872
ISD  19960600
NAM  Allman
OCL  528 12
OREF
PAL  Wolf, S.; Silicon Processing for the VLSI Era, vol. 2; Lattice Press,
      Sunset Beach, Ca.; pp. 273-276, 1990.
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin and Friel
FR2  Kwok; Edward C.
ABST
PAL  The present method and apparatus provides a thin layer of oxynitride over a
      device including a patterned metal layer, application of a planarizing SOG
      layer over the thin oxynitride layer, removal of thin portions of the SOG
      layer by etching to expose portions of the thin oxynitride layer, and
      application of a thick oxynitride layer to form a strong bond with the
      thin oxynitride layer. A thin nitride layer, transparent to UV light, may
      then be applied to the resulting structure prior to application of plastic
      packaging material.
PATN
WKU  059899395
SRC  8
APN  9893687
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971212
TTL  Process of manufacturing compliant wirebond packages
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Graybill; David E.
NDR  7
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Fjelstad; Joseph
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Tessera, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438117
XCL  438124
XCL  438126
XCL  438127
XCL  438617
XCL  438977
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21283
ICL  H01L 2156
ICL  H01L 2158
ICL  H01L 2160
FSC  438
FSS  117;124;126;127;617;FOR 379;FOR 385;977;FOR 485
UREF
PNO  4764848
ISD  19880800
NAM  Simpson
UREF
PNO  5148265
ISD  19920900
NAM  Khandros et al.
UREF
PNO  5148266
ISD  19920900
NAM  Khandros et al.
UREF
PNO  5455390
ISD  19951000
NAM  DiStefano et al.
UREF
PNO  5476211
ISD  19951200
NAM  Khandros
UREF
PNO  5801446
ISD  19980900
NAM  DiStefano et al.
UREF
PNO  5806181
ISD  19980900
NAM  Khandros et al.
UREF
PNO  5829128
ISD  19981100
NAM  Eldridge et al.
FREF
PNO  WO 95/14314
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of making a assembly including the steps of fitting a chip within
      an aperture in a frame, connecting the bond pads on the frame to the
      contacts on the chip by forming wire loops therebetween, dispensing a
      compliant material over the frame, chip and wire loops for form a
      compliant layer, and plasma etching the top surface of the compliant layer
      to expose the top portion of each wire loop. The semiconductor chip
      assembly can then be incorporated into a larger assembly by connecting the
      wire loops to connection pads on an external substrate.
PATN
WKU  059899409
SRC  8
APN  9070370
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970806
TTL  Semiconductor device capable of accomplishing a high moisture proof
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Chambliss; Alonzo
EXP  Monin, Jr.; Donald L.
NDR  5
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Nakajima; Hirofumi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940526
APN  6-134885
RLAP
COD  71
APN  449493
APD  19950524
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  438127
XCL  438118
XCL  438123
XCL  438124
XCL  438126
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2156
FSC  438
FSS  118;122;126;127;FOR 367;FOR 379;FOR 384;FOR 413;123;124
FSC  257
FSS  687;691;692;698;707;790;796;787
UREF
PNO  4396936
ISD  19830800
NAM  McIver et al.
OCL  257713
UREF
PNO  5105259
ISD  19920400
NAM  McShane et al.
OCL  257667
UREF
PNO  5216278
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  257688
UREF
PNO  5357400
ISD  19941000
NAM  Takekawa
OCL  361704
UREF
PNO  5450283
ISD  19950900
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  361704
UREF
PNO  5561323
ISD  19961000
NAM  Andros et al.
OCL  257707
UREF
PNO  5793118
ISD  19980800
NAM  Nakajima
OCL  257790
UREF
PNO  5847467
ISD  19981200
NAM  Willis et al.
OCL  257789
FREF
PNO  61-71649
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Foley, Hoag & Eliot LLP
ABST
PAL  In a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device including a
      semiconductor element and a chip carrier which has conductive leads bonded
      to the semiconductor element, a first resin mold portion is formed by a
      first resin mold portion to locate inner parts of the conductive leads
      together with the semiconductor element within the first resin mold
      portion. Thereafter, a second resin mold portion is formed to cover the
      first resin mold portion on a side of the semiconductor element and to
      uncover the first resin mold portion on another side opposite to the
      semiconductor element. Alternatively, a heat spreader may be attached to
      the semiconductor element and may be sealed by the first and the second
      resin mold portions.
PATN
WKU  059899417
SRC  8
APN  9897542
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19971212
TTL  Encapsulated integrated circuit packaging
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Collins; D. Mark
EXP  Picardat; Kevin M.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Wensel; Richard W.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438127
XCL  438106
XCL  438118
XCL  438121
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2144
ICL  H01L 2148
ICL  H01L 2150
FSC  438
FSS  127;106;118;121
UREF
PNO  5441918
ISD  19950800
NAM  Morisaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5696033
ISD  19971200
NAM  Kinsman
LREP
FRM  Trop, Pruner, Hu & Miles, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An encapsulated integrated circuit package uses a heat dissipating dam
      which is secured about the die to the die support. A dam constrains the
      outward movement of liquid glob top material during the manufacturing
      process. In addition, the dam provides heat dissipating properties for the
      integrated circuit package and may improve the structural integrity of the
      package as well. The dam may be efficiently applied to the die support
      using automated techniques, such as adhesive tape bonding.
PATN
WKU  059899425
SRC  9
APN  2376105
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19990125
TTL  Method for fabricating semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Picardat; Kevin M.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Ishikawa; Takae
CTY  Chiba Prefecture
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mine; Katsutoshi
CTY  Chiba Prefecture
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Naito; Hiroyosi
CTY  Chiba Prefecture
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamakawa; Kimio
CTY  Chiba Prefecture
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941124
APN  6-314185
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941229
APN  6-339035
RLAP
COD  74
APN  561472
APD  19951121
PSC  01
PNO  5907190
CLAS
OCL  438127
XCL  438124
XCL  438126
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2144
FSC  438
FSS  124;125;126;127
UREF
PNO  4769344
ISD  19880900
NAM  Sakai et al.
OCL  439124
UREF
PNO  5243756
ISD  19930900
NAM  Hamburgen et al.
OCL  438124
UREF
PNO  5348913
ISD  19940900
NAM  McBride et al.
OCL  438126
UREF
PNO  5391924
ISD  19950200
NAM  Uchida et al.
OCL  257789
UREF
PNO  5436203
ISD  19950700
NAM  Lin
OCL  438126
UREF
PNO  5571851
ISD  19961100
NAM  Freeman et al.
OCL  424445
UREF
PNO  5641997
ISD  19970600
NAM  Ohta et al.
OCL  257788
UREF
PNO  5683806
ISD  19971100
NAM  Sakumoto et al.
OCL  525126
FREF
PNO  5009270
ISD  19730500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-51834
ISD  19860300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1191056
ISD  19860800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2092344
ISD  19870400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  11310
ISD  19880100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2311520
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5206325
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  283561
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1549242
ISD  19790700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Milco; Larry A.
ABST
PAL  A method for fabricating a semiconductor device, comprising the steps of
      coating the surface of a semiconductor element with a curable silicone
      composition comprising a curable silicone polymer and a filler having an
      average particle diameter of 0.01 to 500 micrometers and a specific
      gravity of 0.01 to 0.95, wherein the filler is selected from the group
      consisting of powders of organic resins, hollow forms of organic resin
      powders, hollow inorganic powders, intrinsically electrically conductive
      fillers, and fillers having a surface that is electrically conductive;
      allowing sufficient time to elapse for the filler in the part of the
      curable silicone composition adjoining the element to migrate into the
      part of the curable silicone composition remote from the element; and
      curing the curable silicone composition.
PATN
WKU  059899433
SRC  7
APN  4479696
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19891208
TTL  Method for fabrication of programmable interconnect structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Quach; T. N.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Whitten; Ralph G.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bechtel; Richard L.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Thomas; Mammen
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chua; Hua-Thye
CTY  Los Altos Hills
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chan; Andrew K.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Birkner; John M.
CTY  Portola Valley
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  QuickLogic Corporation
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  404996
APD  19890907
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  438131
XCL  438485
XCL  438600
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2128
FSC  437
FSS  101;922;193;170
FSC  438
FSS  131;600;482;485
FSC  148
FSS  DIG. 55
UREF
PNO  3611063
ISD  19711000
NAM  Neale
OCL  317234
UREF
PNO  3619732
ISD  19711100
NAM  Neale
OCL  317234
UREF
PNO  3629863
ISD  19711200
NAM  Neale
OCL  340173
UREF
PNO  3634927
ISD  19720100
NAM  Neale et al.
OCL   29576
UREF
PNO  3675090
ISD  19720700
NAM  Neale
OCL  317234R
UREF
PNO  3677814
ISD  19720700
NAM  Gillery
OCL  117211
UREF
PNO  3699543
ISD  19721000
NAM  Neale
OCL  340173
UREF
PNO  3775174
ISD  19731100
NAM  Neale
OCL  117212
UREF
PNO  3792319
ISD  19740200
NAM  Tsang
OCL  317235R
UREF
PNO  4174521
ISD  19791100
NAM  Neale
OCL  357 45
UREF
PNO  4199692
ISD  19800400
NAM  Neale
OCL  307238
UREF
PNO  4217374
ISD  19800800
NAM  Ovshinsky et al.
OCL  437942
UREF
PNO  4225946
ISD  19800900
NAM  Neale et al.
OCL  365163
UREF
PNO  4226898
ISD  19801000
NAM  Ovshinsky et al.
OCL  437937
UREF
PNO  4228524
ISD  19801000
NAM  Neale et al.
OCL  365163
UREF
PNO  4312046
ISD  19820100
NAM  Taylor
OCL  365104
UREF
PNO  4431271
ISD  19840200
NAM  Okubo
OCL  350334
UREF
PNO  4442507
ISD  19840400
NAM  Roesner
OCL  365100
UREF
PNO  4458297
ISD  19840700
NAM  Stopper et al.
OCL  361403
UREF
PNO  4467400
ISD  19840800
NAM  Stopper
OCL  361403
UREF
PNO  4479088
ISD  19841000
NAM  Stopper
OCL  324 73R
UREF
PNO  4499557
ISD  19850200
NAM  Holmberg et al.
OCL  357715
UREF
PNO  4517223
ISD  19850500
NAM  Oushinsky et al.
OCL  437101
UREF
PNO  4545111
ISD  19851000
NAM  Johnson
OCL  437 48
UREF
PNO  4569121
ISD  19860200
NAM  Lim et al.
OCL  437101
UREF
PNO  4599705
ISD  19860700
NAM  Holmberg et al.
OCL  357 51
UREF
PNO  4621260
ISD  19861100
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  340719
UREF
PNO  4651409
ISD  19870300
NAM  Ellsworth et al.
OCL   29576B
UREF
PNO  4726851
ISD  19880200
NAM  Matsumura et al.
OCL  437101
UREF
PNO  4771015
ISD  19880900
NAM  Kanai et al.
OCL  437109
UREF
PNO  4823181
ISD  19890400
NAM  Mohsen et al.
OCL  357 51
UREF
PNO  4866006
ISD  19890900
NAM  Imagawa et al.
OCL  437101
UREF
PNO  4882293
ISD  19891100
NAM  Naumann et al.
OCL  437922
UREF
PNO  4914055
ISD  19900400
NAM  Gordon et al.
OCL  437192
UREF
PNO  5070384
ISD  19911200
NAM  McCollum et al.
OCL  357 51
UREF
PNO  5181096
ISD  19930100
NAM  Forouhi
OCL  257530
UREF
PNO  5502315
ISD  19960300
NAM  Chua et al.
OCL  257 50
FREF
PNO  2 086 654
ISD  19811000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  87/02827
ISD  19870500
CNT  WOX
OCL   27 24
OREF
PAL  Bogdan, Albert A., "An electrically Programmable Silicon Circuit Board",
      Mosaic Systems, Inc., pp. 472-476 (no date provided).
PAL  Cole, B., "ICC Takes the Antifuse One Step Further", Electronics, Mar.
      1989, p. 87.
PAL  Cole, B., "Programmable Logic Devices: Faster, Denser, and a Lot More of
      Them", Electronics, Sep. 17, 198, pp. 61-72.
PAL  Gordon, K. and Wong, R., "Conducting Filament of the Programmed Metal
      Electrode Amorphous Silicon Antifuse", IEDM 93 (Dec. 1993) pp. 27-30.
PAL  Iversen, W., "Amorphous.vias in wafer link chips", Electronics, vol. 56,
      No. 19, Sep. 22, 1983, pp. 48-49.
PAL  Iversen, W., "Amorphous switches add PROM density", Electronics, vol. 57,
      No. 7, Apr. 5, 1984,,p. 54.
PAL  Millman, J. and Halkias, C., Integrated Electronics: Analog And Digital
      Circuits And Systems, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1972, pp. 58-59.
PAL  Raffel, J., et al., "Laser Programmed Vias for Restructurable VLSI",
      Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Lincoln Laboratory, International
      Electron Devices Meeting, 1980, pp. 132-135.
PAL  Raffel, J., et al., "A Demonstration of Very Large Area Integration Using
      Restructurable Laser Links", Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
      Lincoln Laboratory, IEEE ISSCC 1982, 9 pages.
PAL  Raffel, J., et al., "A Demonstration of Very Large Area Integration Using
      Laser Restructuring", IEEE International Symposium on Circuits and
      Systems, vol. 2, May 1983, pp. 781-784.
PAL  Raffel, J., et al., "A Wafer-Scale Digital Integrator", IEEE International
      Conference on Computer Designs VLSI in Computers, Oct. 1984, pp. 121-126.
PAL  Wyatt, P., et al., "Process Considerations in Restructurable VLSI for
      Wafer-Scale Integration", Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Lincoln
      Laboratory, International Electron Devices Meeting, Dec. 1984, pp.
      626-629.
PAL  "Rad-Hard Verticle Anti-Fuse Technology Reduces IC Geometry", Defense
      Electronics, vol. 26, No. 5, May 1994, p. 12.
PAL  A.C. Adams, "Plasma Deposition of Inorganic Films," Solid State
      Technology,/Apr. 1983, pp. 135-139.
PAL  Burns et al., "Application of plasma-deposited SiN to wafer-scale
      integrated circuits," IEEE Transations or Electron Devices, vol. ED-34,
      No. 11, Nov. 1987, pp. 2374-2375.
PAL  B. Cook et al., "Amorphous Silicon antifuse technology for bipolar Proms,"
      Bipolar Circuits and Technology Meeting, pp. 99-100.
PAL  K. El-Ayat et al., "A CMOS electrically configurable gate array," IEEE
      International Solid State Circuits Conference, 1988, pp. 76-77.
PAL  E. Hamdy et al., "Dielectric based antifuse for logic and memory Ics,"
      IEMD, 1988, pp. 786-789.
PAL  J.C. Knights et al., "Microstructure of plasma-deposited a-Si:H films,"
      Appl. Phys. Lett. vol. 35, No. 3, Aug. 1,1979, pp. 244-246.
PAL  D. L. Morel, et al., "Effect of hydrogen on the diode properties of
      reactively sputtered amorphous silicon Schottky barrier structures," Appl.
      Phys. Lett., vol. 39, No. 8, Oct. 15, 1981, pp. 612-3.
PAL  Y. Shacham-Diamond et al., "A novel ion-implanted amorphous silicon
      programmable element," IEDM, 1987, pp. 194-197.
PAL  H. Stopper, "A wafer with electrically programmable interconnections," IEEE
      International Solid State Circuits Conference, 1985, pp. 268-269.
PAL  Vossen and Kern, Thin Film Processes, Academic Press, 1978.
PAL  Chittick, et al., "The Preparation and Properties of . . . ", J.
      Electrochem. Soc., vol. 116, No. 1, Jan. 1969, pp. 77-81.
PAL  Wolf, et al., Silicon Processing, Lattice Press, 1986, vol. I, pp. 280-283.
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson Franklin and Friel
ABST
PAL  In one method for forming amorphous silicon antifuses with significantly
      reduced leakage current, a film of amorphous silicon is formed in a
      antifuse via between two electrodes. The amorphous silicon film is
      deposited using plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition, preferably in
      an silane-argon environment and at a temperature between 200 and 500
      degrees C., or reactively sputtered in a variety of reactive gases. In
      another method, an oxide layer is placed between two amorphous silicon
      film layers. In yet another method, one of the amorphous silicon film
      layers about the oxide layer is doped. In another embodiment, a layer of
      conductive, highly diffusible material is formed either on or under the
      amorphous silicon film. The feature size and thickness of the amorphous
      silicon film are selected to minimize further the leakage current while
      providing the desired programming voltage. A method also is described for
      for forming a field programmable gate array with antifuses.
PATN
WKU  059899441
SRC  8
APN  9200053
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970829
TTL  Method of fabricating self-aligned thin film transistor using laser
      irradiation
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Hack; Jonathan
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  9
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Yoon; Jung-Kee
CTY  Kyongki-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Electronics Inc.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960830
APN  96-36718
CLAS
OCL  438149
XCL  438151
XCL  438158
XCL  438160
XCL  438166
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
ICL  H01L 2184
FSC  438
FSS  149;151;158;160;166
UREF
PNO  5656511
ISD  19970800
NAM  Shindo
UREF
PNO  5658805
ISD  19970800
NAM  Young
UREF
PNO  5661050
ISD  19970800
NAM  Den Boer et al.
UREF
PNO  5696011
ISD  19971200
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5733804
ISD  19980300
NAM  Hack et al.
UREF
PNO  5827763
ISD  19960200
NAM  Seo
UREF
PNO  5846855
ISD  19960500
NAM  Igarashi et al.
OREF
PAL  Kawachi et al., "A Novel Technology for a-Si TFT-LCD's with Buried ITO
      Electrode Structure," IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, vol. 41, No.
      7, Jul. 1994.
PAL  Lustig et al, "Gate dielectric and contact effects in hydrogenated
      amorphous silicon-silicon nitride thin film trnasistors," J. Appl. Phys.
      65(10), May 15, 1989.
PAL  Chang Dong-Kim et al, "Eximer-Laser Crystallized Poly-Si TFT's with
      Transparent Gate," IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, vol., 43, No.,
      4, Apr. 4, 1996.
PAL  Sameshima, et al, "Analysis of Dopant Diffusion in Molten Silicon Induced
      by a Pulsed Eximer Laser," Japanese Journal of Applied Physics, vol. 26,
      No. 7 pp. L1208-L1210, Jul. 1987.
PAL  Chang-Doon Kim et al., "Amorphous-Silicon TFT's with Self-Aligned
      Poly-Silicon Source and Drain," Materials Research Society Symposium
      Proceeding Vo. 297, pp. 925-930, 1993.
LREP
FRM  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of manufacturing an inverse-staggered self-aligned thin film
      transistor on a substrate having a front surface and a back surface is
      provided. The method includes the steps of (a) forming a gate electrode
      over the front surface of the substrate,(b) forming a gate insulating
      layer over the gate electrode,(c) forming a semiconductor active layer
      over the gate insulating layer adjacent the gate electrode. The method
      further includes the steps of (d) forming an impurity-doped semiconductor
      layer over the active layer and (e) radiating a laser beam from the back
      side of the substrate using the gate electrode as a mask to substantially
      crystallize portions of the active layer and the impurity-doped
      semiconductor layer to define source and drain regions in the active
      layer.
PATN
WKU  059899450
SRC  8
APN  9830367
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980213
TTL  Thin film device provided with coating film, liquid crystal panel and
      electronic device, and method for making the thin film device
ISD  19991123
NCL  57
ECL  34
EXA  Sulsky; Martin
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  39
NFG  73
INVT
NAM  Yudasaka; Ichio
CTY  Suwa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimoda; Tatsuya
CTY  Suwa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kanbe; Sadao
CTY  Suwa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miyazawa; Wakao
CTY  Suwa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Seiko Epson Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960515
APN  8-120653
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960919
APN  8-248071
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961114
APN  8-303387
CLAS
OCL  438149
XCL  438608
XCL  438609
XCL  438626
XCL  257 72
XCL  257 59
XCL  257 64
XCL  257347
XCL  428  1
XCL  428447
XCL  346140R
XCL  4274192
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2904
ICL  G02F  1136
ICL  G02F  11333
ICL  B05C  502
FSC  257
FSS  59;347;348;349;350;72;64
FSC  349
FSS  39;139
FSC  438
FSS  149;608;609;626;627;789;790;787
FSC  118
FSS  56;58;255;267
FSC  347
FSS  20;37;40
FSC  427
FSS  419.2;419.8
FSC  346
FSS  140 R
UREF
PNO  4569305
ISD  19860200
NAM  Ferri et al.
UREF
PNO  4687352
ISD  19870800
NAM  Igi et al.
UREF
PNO  4792817
ISD  19881200
NAM  Barney
UREF
PNO  5534716
ISD  19960700
NAM  Takemura
UREF
PNO  5645901
ISD  19970700
NAM  Fukuchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5728626
ISD  19980300
NAM  Allman et al.
UREF
PNO  5744171
ISD  19980400
NAM  Schneider
UREF
PNO  5757453
ISD  19980500
NAM  Shin et al.
UREF
PNO  5759268
ISD  19980600
NAM  Begin et al.
UREF
PNO  5770260
ISD  19980600
NAM  Fukuyama et al.
UREF
PNO  5779799
ISD  19980700
NAM  Davis
UREF
PNO  5784132
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hashimoto
FREF
PNO  61-78165
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-223727
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-102324
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-126921
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-253033
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-105486
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-116941
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-204168
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-281958
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-122475
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-1065
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-32085
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/01618
PD1  19980213
PD2  19980213
PD3  19970514
PCP  WO97/43689
PCD  19971120
ABST
PAR  Any one of an insulating film forming a TFT, a silicon film and a
      conductive film is formed by applying a solution and annealing it. In a
      spin coater (102), a coating solution containing a thin film component
      which is supplied from a solution storage section (105) is spin-coated
      onto a substrate. The substrate after coating the coating solution is
      annealed in an annealing section (103) to form a coating film on the
      substrate. Additional laser annealing improves one of film
      characteristics, i.e., crystallinity, density and adhesiveness.
      Application of the coating solution or a resist by an ink jet process
      increases utilization of the solution and permits forming a patterned
      coating film. Because a thin film device in accordance with the present
      invention is inexpensive and has a high throughput, TFT production by a
      production system having high utilization of the coating solution
      drastically reduces initial investment and production cost of a liquid
      crystal display device.
PATN
WKU  059899468
SRC  8
APN  9143696
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970819
TTL  Method of forming SRAM cells and pairs of field effect transistors
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Hawranek; Scott J.
EXP  Chaudhari; Chandra
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Honeycutt; Jeffrey W.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  582446
APD  19960103
PSC  01
PNO  5691217
CLAS
OCL  438153
XCL  438258
XCL  438241
XCL  148DIG163
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
ICL  H01L 2184
FSC  438
FSS  241;242;258;153
FSC  148
FSS  DIG. 163;DIG. 14;DIG. 136
UREF
PNO  4627153
ISD  19861200
NAM  Masuoka
OCL  437979
UREF
PNO  4951112
ISD  19900800
NAM  Choi et al.
OCL  365154
UREF
PNO  5010521
ISD  19910400
NAM  Matsui
OCL  365154
UREF
PNO  5254489
ISD  19931000
NAM  Nakata
OCL  437 40GS
UREF
PNO  5285096
ISD  19940200
NAM  Ando et al.
OCL  257380
UREF
PNO  5293336
ISD  19940300
NAM  Ishii et al.
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5327002
ISD  19940700
NAM  Motoyoshi
OCL  257380
UREF
PNO  5347152
ISD  19940900
NAM  Sundaresan
OCL  257304
UREF
PNO  5426065
ISD  19950600
NAM  Chan et al.
OCL  547 52
UREF
PNO  5432114
ISD  19950700
NAM  O
OCL  437979
UREF
PNO  5497021
ISD  19960300
NAM  Tada
OCL  257392
UREF
PNO  5607868
ISD  19970300
NAM  Chida et al.
FREF
PNO  63-105522
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-71559
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-96378
ISD  19900400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-42869
ISD  19910200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-71665
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-275640
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-21369
ISD  19940100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-120453
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Research Disclosure, "Process to make thick and thin gate dielectric
      devices on the same chip", 334(2) (Feb. 1992) 117, No. 33428.
PAL  Lage, Craig et. al., "Soft Error Rate And Stored Charge Requirements in
      Advanced High-Density SRAMs", IEEE 1993, IEDM pp. 821-824.
LREP
FRM  Wells, St. John, Roberts, Gregory & Matkin, P.S.
ABST
PAL  A method of forming a pair of field effect transistors having different
      thickness gate dielectric layers includes, a) providing a first region on
      a substrate for formation of a first field effect transistor s having a
      first gate dielectric layer of a first thickness and providing a second
      region on the substrate for formation of a second field effect transistor
      having a second gate dielectric layer of a second thickness; b) providing
      the first gate dielectric layer and a first conductive gate layer over the
      first and second regions; c) patterning the first conductive layer to
      define a first gate of the first field effect transistor in the first
      region while leaving the first conductive layer not patterned for gate
      formation for the second field effect transistor in the second region; d)
      after defining the first gate, stripping the first conductive layer and
      the first gate dielectric layer from the second region; e) after stripping
      the first conductive layer and the first gate dielectric layer from the
      second region, providing the second gate dielectric layer and a second
      conductive gate layer over the second region; and f) patterning the second
      conductive layer in the second region to define a second gate of the
      second field effect transistor in the second region. The invention has
      particular utility in fabrication of SRAM circuitry.
PATN
WKU  059899476
SRC  8
APN  6658075
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19960619
TTL  Method for the manufacture of quantum structures, in particular quantum
      dots and tunnel barriers as well as components with such quantum
      structures
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXP  Mulpuri; Savitri
NDR  21
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Dilger; Markus
CTY  Kirchheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Eberl; Karl
CTY  Weil der Stadt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Haug; Rolf
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  v. Klitzing; Klaus
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Max-Planck-Geselleschaft Zur
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950620
APN  195 22 351
CLAS
OCL  438172
XCL  438483
XCL  438702
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21335
ICL  H01L 21778
FSC  438
FSS  39;40;41;46;47;172;212;197;962;483;701;702
FSC  257
FSS  194;17;22;24;192
UREF
PNO  5313684
ISD  19940500
NAM  Arimoto
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5436191
ISD  19950700
NAM  Paell et al.
OCL  638 46
UREF
PNO  5607876
ISD  19970300
NAM  Biengelsew et al.
OCL  257 17
UREF
PNO  5656821
ISD  19970800
NAM  Sakuma
OCL  257 17
UREF
PNO  5701017
ISD  19971200
NAM  Patel et al.
OCL  257 27
UREF
PNO  5739056
ISD  19980400
NAM  Tiwari et al.
OCL  438172
UREF
PNO  5770475
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  438 47
UREF
PNO  5827754
ISD  19981000
NAM  Min et al.
OCL  438 40
UREF
PNO  5828076
ISD  19981000
NAM  Gossner et al.
OCL  638212
FREF
PNO  4218650 A1
ISD  19931200
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Weisbuch, Claude, Quantum Semiconductor Structures. Acad. Press, Inc.,
      1991, pp. 189-215.
PAL  Nakamura, Y., et al., "Modulation of one-dimensional electron density m
      n-A1GaAs/GaAs edge quantum wire transistor", Appl. Phys. Lett 64(19), May
      9, 1994, pp. 2552-2554.
PAL  Fukui, T., et al., "GaAs tetrahedral quantum dot structures fabricated
      using selective area metalorganic chemical vapor deposition", Appl. Phys.
      Lett 58(18) May 6, 1991, pp. 2018-2020.
PAL  Tan, I-Hsing et al., "Systematic observation of strain-induced lateral
      quantum confinement in GaAs quantum well wires prepared by chemical dry
      etching", Appl. Phys. Lett. 59(15), Oct. 7, 1991, pp. 1875-1877.
PAL  Yuh, Perg-fei, et al., "One-dimensional transport in quantum well wire-high
      electron mobility transistor", Appl. Phys. Lett 49(25), Dec. 22, 1986, pp.
      1738-1740.
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of manufacturing quantum structures, in particular quantum dots
      and tunnel barriers and also a component with such quantum structures
      wherein in that a substrate is structured by the intentional formation of
      trenches so that material remains between oppositely disposed trench
      sections, with a transition from a broader region to a narrower region;
      wherein further material is deposited onto the substrate so that
      differential growth sets in on the remaining regions of the substrate and
      an inclined surface arises in the transition region between the broader
      region and the narrower region and a material height increase arises in
      the narrower region relative to the broader region; and wherein a
      different material, or a material of different conductivity, is
      subsequently deposited, whereby a tunnel barrier arises on the inclined
      surface and/or a quantum dot arises at the upper end of the inclined
      surface.
PATN
WKU  059899484
SRC  8
APN  934831&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970922
TTL  Methods of forming pairs of transistors, and methods of forming pairs of
      transistors having different voltage tolerances
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Chang; Joni
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Vines; Landon
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Brugge; Hunter
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  VLSI Technology, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438216
XCL  438217
XCL  438275
XCL  438753
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218238
FSC  438
FSS  199;216;217;275;276;287;745;756;753;906
UREF
PNO  5047816
ISD  19910900
NAM  Cuevas
OCL  357 23.14
UREF
PNO  5498578
ISD  19960300
NAM  Steele et al.
OCL  437235
UREF
PNO  5821172
ISD  19981000
NAM  Gilmer et al.
OCL  438769
LREP
FRM  Wells, St. John, Roberts, Gregory & Matkin, P.S.
ABST
PAL  The invention encompasses methods of forming pairs of transistor gates. In
      one aspect, the invention includes a method comprising: a) defining a
      first region and a second region of a substrate; the first region and
      second region comprising a first substrate surface and a second substrate
      surface, respectively; b) improving a lifetime of a low voltage tolerant
      transistor formed proximate the first substrate surface by cleaning the
      first substrate surface with a first mixture comprising hydrofluoric acid
      and hydrochloric acid; c) forming a first transistor gate over the first
      substrate region and incorporating the first transistor gate into the
      low-voltage tolerant transistor; and d) forming a second transistor gate
      over the second substrate region and incorporating the second transistor
      rate into a high-voltage tolerant transistor. In another aspect, the
      invention includes a method comprising: a) defining a first region and a
      second region of a substrate; the first region and second region
      comprising a first substrate surface and a second substrate surface,
      respectively; b) cleaning at least one of the first and second substrate
      surfaces with a first mixture comprising hydrofluoric acid and
      hydrochloric acid; c) after cleaning the at least one of the first and
      second substrate surfaces, forming a first oxide layer over the first and
      second substrate surfaces; d) removing the first oxide layer from over the
      first substrate surface while leaving the first oxide layer over the
      second substrate surface; and e) forming a second oxide layer over the
      first substrate surface.
PATN
WKU  059899492
SRC  8
APN  8832021
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970626
TTL  Method of manufacturing a complementary metal-oxide semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Tuan H.
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Kim; Jae-Kap
CTY  Kyoungki-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Kwang-Soo
CTY  Kyoungki-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Hyundai Electronics Industries Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyoungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KPX
APD  19960629
APN  96-26318
CLAS
OCL  438217
XCL  438276
XCL  438289
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218238
FSC  438
FSS  217;220;224;275;276;289
FSC  257
FSS  392
UREF
PNO  4472871
ISD  19840900
NAM  Green et al.
OCL  438276
UREF
PNO  5091324
ISD  19920200
NAM  Hsu et al.
OCL  148DIG.82
UREF
PNO  5272367
ISD  19931200
NAM  Dennison et al.
OCL  257306
UREF
PNO  5384279
ISD  19950100
NAM  Stolmeijer et al.
OCL  438217
UREF
PNO  5403764
ISD  19950400
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  438257
UREF
PNO  5407849
ISD  19950400
NAM  Khambaty et al.
OCL  438217
FREF
PNO  62-57242
ISD  19870300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-60254
ISD  19870300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-67755
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-263468
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-130868
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-183393
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-204025
ISD  19960800
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  R. Muller et al, Device Electronics for Integrated Circuits II, pp. 505-512
     .
LREP
FRM  Ware, Fressola, Van Der Sluys & Adolphson LLP
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a method of manufacturing a complementary metal-oxide
      semiconductor device. The method includes the steps of: forming a
      plurality of field oxide layers; forming a screen oxide film on each
      surface of the first, second, third and fourth active regions; forming a
      first mask pattern for exposing first and second active regions; forming a
      N-type well to a selected depth from each surface of the exposed first and
      second active regions; forming a N-type ion implanted layer right beneath
      each surface of the first and second active regions; removing the first
      mask pattern; forming a second mask pattern for exposing the third active
      region; forming a P-type well to a selected depth from the surface of the
      exposed third active region; forming a first P-type ion implanted layer
      right beneath the surface of the third active region; removing the second
      mask pattern; forming a third mask pattern for exposing first and fourth
      active regions; forming a second P-type ion implanted layer for
      controlling a third threshold voltage right beneath each surface of the
      first and fourth active regions; and forming a gate electrode including a
      gate oxide film on the first, second, third and fourth active regions.
PATN
WKU  059899506
SRC  9
APN  013676&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980126
TTL  Reduced mask CMOS salicided process
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Chaudhari; Chandra
NDR  7
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Wu; Shye-Lin
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Texas Instruments - Acer Incorporated
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  438228
XCL  438231
XCL  438592
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218238
FSC  438
FSS  228;229;230;231;232;530;592;636
UREF
PNO  5650341
ISD  19970700
NAM  Yang et al.
OCL  438228
UREF
PNO  5668024
ISD  19970900
NAM  Tsai et al.
OCL  438231
UREF
PNO  5670397
ISD  19970900
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  438232
UREF
PNO  5854101
ISD  19981200
NAM  Wu
OCL  438231
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention includes forming an oxide layer, nitride on a
      substrate. An ion implantation is performed. A LPD-oxide is formed on P
      well. Subsequently, an ion implantation to dope phosphorus into the
      substrate to form N well. Then, the LPD-oxide is removed. The oxide layer
      and the silicon nitride layer are respectively removed. Subsequently, a
      thin gate oxide is regrown on the surface of the substrate. A polysilicon
      layers, a second nitride are deposited on the oxide layer. Polysilicon
      gates are patterned. An ion implantation is carried out to implant arsenic
      into the P well. A thin LPD-oxide is forged along the surface of the gate,
      the substrate on the P well. A thermal anneal process is used to condense
      the LPD-oxide. Simultaneously, an ultra thin silicon oxynitride layer is
      formed on the surface of N well. Next, BSG side wall spacers are formed on
      the side walls of the gates. The silicon nitride layer is removed.
      Self-align silicide (SALICIDE), polycide are respectively formed on the
      exposed substrate, gates. Then, an ion implantation is performed. Then,
      another ion implantation is next used. Finally, ultra shallow junction
      source and drain are formed adjacent to the gates by using a rapid thermal
      process (RTP).
PATN
WKU  059899514
SRC  8
APN  6344143
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19960418
TTL  Semiconductor device with contacts formed in self-alignment
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Duong; Khanh
EXP  Arroyo; Teresa M.
NDR  7
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Toshifumi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950420
APN  7-095257
CLAS
OCL  438239
XCL  438586
XCL  438229
XCL  438303
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218242
FSC  438
FSS  229;230;231;232;233;303;305;307;239;287;595;238;624;586
FSC  148
FSS  FOR 168;FOR 216;FOR 217
FSC  365
FSS  624
UREF
PNO  3649884
ISD  19720300
NAM  Haneta
OCL  438287
UREF
PNO  4868138
ISD  19890900
NAM  Chan et al.
OCL  438595
UREF
PNO  5073510
ISD  19911200
NAM  Kwon et al.
OCL  438297
UREF
PNO  5187114
ISD  19930200
NAM  Chan et al.
OCL  438238
UREF
PNO  5296399
ISD  19940300
NAM  Park
OCL  438241
UREF
PNO  5335196
ISD  19940800
NAM  Anzai
OCL  365149
UREF
PNO  5429979
ISD  19950700
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  438253
UREF
PNO  5536674
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kosa et al.
OCL  438238
UREF
PNO  5547885
ISD  19960800
NAM  Ogoh
OCL  438286
UREF
PNO  5563088
ISD  19961000
NAM  Tseng
OCL  438253
UREF
PNO  5578524
ISD  19961100
NAM  Fukase et al.
OCL  438624
UREF
PNO  5705028
ISD  19980100
NAM  Matsumoto
OCL  437195
UREF
PNO  5716881
ISD  19980200
NAM  Liang et al.
OCL  438238
UREF
PNO  5792683
ISD  19980800
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  438238
FREF
PNO  2-163963
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  S. Subbanna et al., "A Novel Borderless Contact/Inter-connect Technology
      Using Aluminum Oxide Etch Stop for High Performance SRAM and Logic", IEDM
      93, pp. 441-444.
LREP
FRM  Sughru, Mion, Zinn Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  In a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, laminate structures
      with a first insulating film as a top film are formed on a semiconductor
      region having a first conductive type. One of the laminate structures is a
      gate electrode structure including a second insulating film as a gate
      insulating film formed on the semiconductor region, a conductive layer as
      a gate electrode formed on the gate insulating film, and the first
      insulating film formed on the gate electrode. Next, side wall insulating
      films are formed on side walls of the gate electrode structure and
      laminate structures adjacent to the gate electrode structure. Ion
      implantation of impurity of a second conductive type different from the
      first conductive type is executed using the side wall insulating films in
      a self-alignment manner to produce the source/drain regions for a
      metal-oxide-semiconductor (MOS) transistor. Contacts are formed for
      source/drain regions formed between the gate electrode structure and the
      adjacent laminate structures, using the side walls in a self-alignment
      manner.
PATN
WKU  059899522
SRC  8
APN  9346171
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970922
TTL  Method for fabricating a crown-type capacitor of a DRAM cell
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Umez-Eronini; Lynette T.
EXP  Utech; Benjamin
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Jen; Tean-Sen
CTY  Chiayih
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Wang; Shiou-Yu
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Cheng; Jia-Shyong
CTY  Hsinchu Hsien
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Lin; Chi-Hui
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Nanya Technology Corporation
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19970624
APN  86108834
CLAS
OCL  438253
XCL  438255
XCL  438745
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 128242
FSC  438
FSS  745;253;254;255
UREF
PNO  5543345
ISD  19960800
NAM  Liaw et al.
OCL  438397
UREF
PNO  5700731
ISD  19971200
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  438381
UREF
PNO  5792689
ISD  19980800
NAM  Yang et al.
OCL  438253
LREP
FR2  Bednarek; Michael D.
     Crowell & Moring LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for fabricating a DRAM cell having a crown-type capacitor over a
      semiconductor substrate is disclosed. The method includes steps of: (a)
      forming a transistor over the semiconductor substrate; (b) forming an
      insulating layer over the transistor; (c) selectively etching the
      insulating layer to form a contact opening; (d) forming a first conducting
      layer over the insulating layer and filling into the contact opening; (e)
      forming an etching stop layer and a mask layer over the first conducting
      layer; (f) pattering the mask layer to form a plurality of openings; (g)
      forming a dielectric spacer on the sidewall of the mask layer, and
      removing exposed portions of the etching stop layer; (h) anisotropically
      etching the mask layer and the first conducting layer by using the
      dielectric spacer as a mask, to expose, respectively, the etching stop
      layer and the insulating layer; (i) removing uncovered etching stop layer
      to expose the first conducting layer; (j) anisotropically etching the
      first conducting layer to a predetermined depth by using the dielectric
      spacer as a mask, thereby forming a crown-type storage electrode; (k)
      removing the dielectric spacer and the etching stop layer; (l) forming a
      dielectric layer over exposed portions of the storage electrode; and (m)
      forming a second conducting layer as an opposite electrode over the
      dielectric layer.
PATN
WKU  059899530
SRC  8
APN  9985999
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971229
TTL  Method for manufacturing DRAM capacitor
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Trinh; Michael
NDR  11
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Liang; Chia-Wen
CTY  Hsinchu Hsien
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Jenq; Jason
CTY  Pingtung
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Microelectronics Corp.
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19971018
APN  86115353
CLAS
OCL  438253
XCL  438239
XCL  438396
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218242
FSC  438
FSS  253;254;396;397;296;255;398
UREF
PNO  5677227
ISD  19971000
NAM  Yang et al.
OCL  438253
UREF
PNO  5780339
ISD  19980700
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  438253
LREP
FRM  Rabin & Champagne, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method for forming a DRAM capacitor that utilizes silicon nitride spacers
      on two occasions to perform self-aligned contact window etching
      operations. Furthermore, on the second etching operation, one less
      photomask is required for the etching of the second via. In addition, a
      silicon nitride layer over the first polysilicon layer has a smaller
      thickness than the usual oxide layer in a conventional method of
      manufacture. Consequently, a shallower contact step height for the
      capacitor, which is beneficial to the production of miniaturized devices,
      is obtained. Finally, the tri-fork shaped capacitor structure further
      increases the surface area of the capacitor so that the capacitance of the
      DRAM capacitor is increased.
PATN
WKU  059899549
SRC  9
APN  0350567
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980305
TTL  Method for forming a cylinder capacitor in the dram process
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXA  Chen; Tark
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  6
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Lee; Yu-Hua
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Huang; Jenn Ming
CTY  Chin-chu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd.
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  438253
XCL  438396
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218242
FSC  438
FSS  239;244;250;253;256;393;396;397;399
UREF
PNO  5346844
ISD  19940900
NAM  Cho et al.
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5409855
ISD  19950400
NAM  Jun
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5554557
ISD  19960900
NAM  Koh
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5753547
ISD  19980500
NAM  Ying
OCL  438253
UREF
PNO  5854119
ISD  19981200
NAM  Wu et al.
OCL  438396
OREF
PAL  Chang et al, "ULSI Technology", McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. New York, NY,
      1996, p. 444-445.
LREP
FR2  Saile; George O.
FR2  Ackerman; Stephen B.
FR2  Pike; Rosemary L.S.
ABST
PAL  A method for fabricating a cylindrical capacitor is described.
      Semiconductor device structures, including a capacitor node contact
      region, are formed on a semiconductor substrate. A first insulating layer
      is deposited over the device structures and planarized. A silicon nitride
      layer and then a second insulating layer are deposited over the first
      insulating layer. A contact opening having a first width is etched through
      the insulating layers and the silicon nitride layer to the capacitor node
      contact region. A photoresist mask is formed over the second insulating
      layer having a mask opening over the contact opening wherein the mask
      opening has a second width wider than the first width and wherein
      photoresist residue remains at the bottom of the contact opening. A second
      opening is etched in the second insulating layer corresponding to the mask
      opening wherein the photoresist residue protects the semiconductor
      substrate within the contact opening during etching. The photoresist mask
      and residue are removed. A first layer of polysilicon is deposited to fill
      the contact opening. The first polysilicon layer overlying the second
      insulating layer is polished away to form the bottom electrode of the
      capacitor. The second insulating layer is removed. A capacitor dielectric
      layer is deposited over the silicon nitride layer and the first
      polysilicon layer. A second polysilicon layer is deposited overlying the
      capacitor dielectric layer to form the top electrode of the capacitor.
PATN
WKU  059899557
SRC  9
APN  0634867
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980421
TTL  Method of forming stacked and trench type DRAM capacitor
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Chen; Jack
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  10
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Chen-Chung
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Microelectronics Corp.
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19970506
APN  86105969
RLAP
COD  74
APN  903885
APD  19970731
CLAS
OCL  438253
XCL  438254
XCL  438396
XCL  438397
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218242
FSC  438
FSS  239;243;244;253;254;386;387;396;397
FSC  257
FSS  303;306
UREF
PNO  5434812
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tseng
OCL  257303
UREF
PNO  5637523
ISD  19970600
NAM  Fazan et al.
OCL  438397
UREF
PNO  5688709
ISD  19971100
NAM  Rostoker
OCL  438254
UREF
PNO  5891772
ISD  19990400
NAM  Hsu
OCL  438254
UREF
PNO  5910667
ISD  19990600
NAM  Hsu
OCL  257306
LREP
FRM  Rabin & Champagne, PC
ABST
PAL  A DRAM capacitor structure and its manufacturing include covering a
      semiconductor substrate with a first conducting layer. A first insulating
      layer and a second insulating layer are alternately stacked at least once
      above the first conducting layer to form a multi-layered structure. A
      contact window opening is formed in the multi-layered structure to expose
      a source/drain region located above the semiconductor substrate. A pattern
      is etch-defined on the multi-layered structure, using the first insulating
      layer as an etching stop layer. Part of the second insulating layer is
      etched away to form a cross-sectional profile similar to twin towers, with
      each tower having the form of a vertical T-stack. A second conducting
      layer covers the multi-layered structure. The first insulating layer and
      the second insulating layer of the multi-layered structure, as well as the
      second conducting layer in a top part of the multi-layered structure, are
      etched away to form a lower electrode. A dielectric layer is formed above
      the lower electrode. An upper electrode is formed above the dielectric
      layer.
PATN
WKU  059899565
SRC  8
APN  8143773
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970311
TTL  DRAM capacitor process
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Chang; Joni
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Huang; Heng-Sheng
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Microelectronics Corp.
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  438254
XCL  438397
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218242
FSC  438
FSS  238;239;253;254;396;397
UREF
PNO  5286668
ISD  19940200
NAM  Chou
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5789291
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sung
OCL  438254
LREP
FRM  Rabin & Champagne, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A DRAM capacitor is formed by providing an opening to the surface of the
      drain of a memory cell's pass transistor. A first layer of polysilicon is
      deposited over the device and in contact with the drain of the pass
      transistor. Arsenic ions are implanted into the first layer of polysilicon
      and the first layer of polysilicon is annealed. A second layer of
      polysilicon is deposited over the first. Phosphorus ions are implanted
      into the surface of the second layer of polysilicon. A mask is formed over
      the two polysilicon layers, and the two layers are etched to define the
      lateral extent of the memory cell capacitor's lower electrode. An etch
      that preferentially etches doped polysilicon is used to laterally etch the
      (doped and annealed) first polysilicon layer, thereby undercutting the
      second polysilicon layer. The second polysilicon layer is then annealed. A
      dielectric film is formed on the surface of the lower electrode and an
      upper electrode consisting of doped polysilicon is formed over the surface
      of the dielectric layer. Forming a DRAM capacitor in this manner prevents
      impurities implanted into the polysilicon lower electrode of the capacitor
      from diffusing into the substrate in a manner which could expand the size
      of the drain region.
PATN
WKU  059899573
SRC  8
APN  8597618
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970521
TTL  Process for fabricating semiconductor memory device with high data
      retention including silicon oxynitride etch stop layer formed at high
      temperature with low hydrogen ion concentration
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  14
EXP  Booth; Richard
NDR  4
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Ngo; Minh Van
CTY  Union City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mehta; Sunil
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Foote; David K.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438257
XCL  438  97
XCL  438637
XCL  438786
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218247
ICL  H01L 214763
FSC  428
FSS  259-267;970;634;786;763
UREF
PNO  4363868
ISD  19821200
NAM  Takasaki et al.
UREF
PNO  4992306
ISD  19910200
NAM  Hochberg et al.
OCL  427255.3
UREF
PNO  5010039
ISD  19910400
NAM  Ku et al.
UREF
PNO  5619072
ISD  19970400
NAM  Mehta
OCL  257774
UREF
PNO  5747369
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kantimahanti et al.
OCL  438241
UREF
PNO  5814551
ISD  19980900
NAM  Park et al.
OCL  438448
LREP
FR2  Alexander; David C.
     Arter & Hadden LLP
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor memory device such as a flash Electrically Erasable
      Programmable Read-Only Memory (Flash EEPROM) includes a floating gate with
      high data retention. A tungsten damascene local interconnect structure
      includes a silicon oxynitride etch stop layer which is formed using Plasma
      Enhanced Chemical Vapor Deposition (PECVD) at a temperature of at least
      480.degree. C. such that the etch stop layer has a very low concentration
      of hydrogen ions. The minimization of hydrogen ions, which constitute
      mobile positive charge carriers, in the etch stop layer, minimizes
      recombination of the hydrogen ions with electrons on the floating gate,
      and thereby maximizes data retention of the device.
PATN
WKU  059899581
SRC  9
APN  1369105
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980820
TTL  Flash memory with microcrystalline silicon carbide film floating gate
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Trinh; Michael
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Forbes; Leonard
CTY  Corvallis
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  790603
APD  19970129
PSC  01
PNO  5801401
CLAS
OCL  438257
XCL  438593
XCL  438931
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21336
ICL  H01L 213205
FSC  438
FSS  257;258;259;260;261;264;201;211;593;594;FOR 203;931
FSC  148
FSS  DIG. 148
UREF
PNO  4507673
ISD  19850300
NAM  Aoyama et al.
OCL  357 23R
UREF
PNO  5021999
ISD  19910600
NAM  Kohda et al.
OCL  365168
UREF
PNO  5027171
ISD  19910600
NAM  Reedy et al.
OCL  357 23.5
UREF
PNO  5111430
ISD  19920500
NAM  Morie
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5253196
ISD  19931000
NAM  Shimabukuro
OCL  365 45
UREF
PNO  5293560
ISD  19940300
NAM  Harari
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5317535
ISD  19940500
NAM  Talreja et al.
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5388069
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kokubo
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5424993
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  365218
UREF
PNO  5430670
ISD  19950700
NAM  Rosenthal
OCL  365 45
UREF
PNO  5434815
ISD  19950700
NAM  Smarandoiu et al.
OCL  365189.01
UREF
PNO  5438544
ISD  19950800
NAM  Makino
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5449941
ISD  19950900
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  257411
UREF
PNO  5467306
ISD  19951100
NAM  Kaya et al.
OCL  365185.2
UREF
PNO  5477485
ISD  19951200
NAM  Bergemont et al.
OCL  365185.24
UREF
PNO  5485422
ISD  19960100
NAM  Bauer et al.
OCL  365168
UREF
PNO  5493140
ISD  19960200
NAM  Iguchi
OCL  257316
UREF
PNO  5508543
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hartstein et al.
OCL  257314
UREF
PNO  5627781
ISD  19970500
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  365185.2
UREF
PNO  5629222
ISD  19970500
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  438264
UREF
PNO  5670790
ISD  19970900
NAM  Katoh et al.
OCL  257 14
UREF
PNO  5754477
ISD  19980500
NAM  Forbes
OCL  365185.33
UREF
PNO  5798548
ISD  19980800
NAM  Fujiwara
OCL  257319
FREF
PNO  3-222367
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-224431
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-302828
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-255878
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Alok, D., et al., "Electrical Properties of Thermal Oxide Grown on N-type
      6H-Silicon Carbide", Applied Physcis Letters, 64, 2845-2846, (May 23,
      1994).
PAL  Baldwin, G.L., et al., "The Electronic Conduction Mechanism of Hydrogenated
      Nanocrystalline Silicon Films", Proc. 4th Int. Conf. on Solid-State and
      Int. Circuit Tech, Beijing, 66-68, (1995).
PAL  Bauer, M., et al., "A Multilevel-Cell 32 Mb Flash Memory", Digest IEEE,
      Solid-State Circuits Conf.,, 440, (1995).
PAL  Boeringer, D.W., et al., "Avalanche amplificaiton of multiple resonant
      tunneling through parallel silicon microcrystallites", Physical Rev. B,
      51, 13337-13343, (1995).
PAL  Demichelis, F., et al., "Influence of Doping on the Structural and
      Optoelectronic Properties of Amorphous and Microcrystalline Silicon
      Carbide", Journal of Applied Physics, 72, 1327-1333, (Aug. 15, 1992).
PAL  Demichelis, F., et al., "Physical Properties of Undoped and Doped
      Microcrystalline SiC:H Deposited By PECVD", Materials Research Society
      Symposium Proceedings, 219, Anaheim, CA, 413-418, (Apr. 30-May 3, 1991).
PAL  Dipert, B., et al., "Flash Memory Goes Mainstream", IEEE Spectrum, 30,
      48-52, (1993).
PAL  Edelberg, E., et al., "Visible Luminescence from Nanocrystalline silicon
      films produced by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition", Appl. Phys.
      Lett., 68, 1415-1417, (1996).
PAL  Hamakawa, Y., et al., "Optoelectronics and Photovoltaic Applications of
      Microcrystalline SiC", Materials Research Society Symposium Proceedings,
      164, Boston, MA, 291-301, (Nov. 29-Dec. 1, 1989).
PAL  Hu, G., "Will Flash Memory Replace Hard Disk Drive?", IEEE Electron Devices
      Meeting, Session 24, (Dec. 13, 1994).
PAL  Hybertsen, M.S., "Absorption and Emission of Light in Nanoscale Silicon
      Structures", Phys. Rev. Lett., 72, 1514-1517, (1994).
PAL  Jung, T.S., et al., "A 3.3V, 128Mb Multi-Level NAND Flash Memory for Mass
      Storage Applications", 1996 IEEE Solid-State Circuits Conf., Digest of
      Technical Papers, 512, (1996).
PAL  Kamata, T., et al., "Substrate Current Due to Impact Ionization in
      MOS-FET", Japan. J. Appl. Phys., 15, 1127-1134, (Jun. 1976).
PAL  Ohkawa, M., et al., "A 98 mm 3.3V 64Mb Flash Memory with FN-NOR type
      4-Level Cell", IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference, 36-37,
      (1996).
PAL  Prendergast, J., "FLASH or DRAM: Memory Choice for the Future", IEEE
      Electron Device Meeting, Session 25, Phoenix, AZ, (1995).
PAL  Schoenfeld, O., et al., "Formation of Si Quantum dots in Nanocrystalline
      silicon", Proc. 7th Int. Conf. on Modulated Semiconductor Structures,
      Madrid, 605-608, (1995).
PAL  Shimabukuro, R.L., et al., "Circuitry for Artificial Neural Networks with
      Non-volatile Analog Memories", IEEE Int'l Symp. on Circuits and Systems,
      2, 1217-1220, (1989).
PAL  Shimabukuro, R.L., et al., "Dual-Polarity Nonvolatile MOS Analogue Memory
      (MAM) Cell for Neural-Type Circuitry", Electronics Lett., 24, 1231-1232,
      (Sep. 15, 1988).
PAL  Suh, K.D., et al., "A 3.3 V 32 Mb NAND Flash Memory with Incremental Step
      Pulse Programming Scheme", IEEE J. Solid-State Circuits, 30, 1149-1156,
      (Nov. 1995).
PAL  Sze, S.M., "Physics of Semiconductor Devices", Wiley-Interscience 2d Ed.,
      New York, 482, (1981).
PAL  Takeuchi, K., et al., "A Double-Level-V Select Gate Array Architecture for
      Multilevel NANAD Flash Memories", IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits,
      31, 602-609, (Apr. 1996).
PAL  Tiwari, S., et al., "A silicon nancrystal based memory", Appl. Physics
      Lett., 68, 1377-1379, (1996).
PAL  Tiwari, S., et al., "Volatile and Non-Volatile Memories in Silicon with
      Nano-Crystal Storage", Int'l Electron Devices Meeting: Technical Digest,
      Washington, DC, 521-524, (Dec. 1995).
PAL  Tsu, R., et al., "Slow Conductance oscillations in nanoscale silicon
      clusters of quantum dots", Appl. Phys. Lett., 65, 842-844, (1994).
PAL  Tsu, R., et al., "Tunneling in Nanoscale Silicon Particles Embedded in an
      SiO/sub/2 Matrix", Abstract, IEEE Device Research Conference, 178-179,
      (1996).
PAL  Ye, Q., et al., "Resonant Tunneling via Microcrystalline-silicon quantum
      confinement", Physical Rev. B, 44, 1806-1811, (1991).
PAL  Yih, C.M., et al., "A Consistent Gate and Substrate Current Model for
      Sub-Micron MOSFET'S by Considering Energy Transport", Int'l Symp. on VLSI
      Tech., Systems and Applic., Taiwan, 127-130, (1995).
PAL  Zhao, X., et al., "Nanocrystalline Si: a material constructed by Si quantum
      dots", 1st Int. Conf. on Low Dimensional Structures and Devices,
      Singapore, 467-471, (1995).
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg Woessner & Kluth P.A.
ABST
PAL  A memory is described which has memory cells that store data using hot
      electron injection. The data is erased through electron tunneling. The
      memory cells are described as floating gate transistors wherein the
      floating gate is fabricated using a conductive layer of microcrystalline
      silicon carbide particles. The microcrystalline silicon carbide particles
      are in contact such that a charge stored on the floating gate is shared
      between the particles. The floating gate has a reduced electron affinity
      to allow for data erase operations using lower voltages.
PATN
WKU  059899590
SRC  8
APN  9925090
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971217
TTL  Method of manufacturing nonvolatile semiconductor memory devices with a
      reduced number of gate electrode forming steps
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Mao; Daniel H.
EXP  Chaudhuri; Olik
NDR  10
NFG  52
INVT
NAM  Araki; Yoshiko
CTY  Yokkaichi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961226
APN  8-347425
CLAS
OCL  438258
XCL  438257
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218247
FSC  438
FSS  257;258;262;263;266
UREF
PNO  5304503
ISD  19940400
NAM  Yoon et al.
OCL  437 43
UREF
PNO  5439838
ISD  19950800
NAM  Yang
OCL  437 43
UREF
PNO  5445981
ISD  19950800
NAM  Lee
OCL  437 43
UREF
PNO  5635416
ISD  19970600
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  438258
UREF
PNO  5756385
ISD  19980500
NAM  Yuan et al.
OCL  438258
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A silicon nitride film and a silicon oxide film are deposited in that order
      on a WSi film. In a single session of lithography, the gate electrode of a
      memory cell and the gate electrode of a transistor constituting a
      peripheral circuit are formed. The silicon oxide film makes a mask used to
      form a floating gate of the memory cell. The silicon nitride film makes a
      mask used to form a common source region by etching a gate oxide film and
      a field oxide film. The silicon nitride film covers the WSi film to
      prevent impurities from entering the WSi film when impurities are
      introduced into the common source region. This prevents abnormal oxidation
      in a subsequent process.
PATN
WKU  059899603
SRC  8
APN  964590&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19971105
TTL  Semiconductor device and method for fabricating the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Chaudhari; Chandra
NDR  21
NFG  38
INVT
NAM  Fukase; Kenji
CTY  Ogaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950223
APN  7-35656
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960122
APN  8-8581
RLAP
COD  74
APN  603747
APD  19960220
PSC  01
PNO  5796139
CLAS
OCL  438267
XCL  438596
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218247
FSC  438
FSS  258;266;267;595;596
UREF
PNO  4629520
ISD  19861200
NAM  Ueno et al.
OCL  438564
UREF
PNO  5029130
ISD  19910700
NAM  Yeh
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5030584
ISD  19910700
NAM  Nakata
OCL  438564
UREF
PNO  5063172
ISD  19911100
NAM  Manley
OCL  438267
UREF
PNO  5108939
ISD  19920400
NAM  Manley et al.
OCL  438267
UREF
PNO  5323037
ISD  19940600
NAM  Su
OCL  257306
UREF
PNO  5444653
ISD  19950800
NAM  Nagasawa et al.
OCL  365149
UREF
PNO  5494838
ISD  19960200
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  438267
UREF
PNO  5585293
ISD  19961200
NAM  Sharma et al.
OCL  438267
FREF
PNO  1-307247
ISD  19891200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-101532
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-235358
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-226334
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  80106929
ISD  19910900
CNT  TWX
FREF
PNO  83101499
ISD  19940100
CNT  TWX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/18980
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Wang, et al., "A Study of Plasma Treatments on Siloxane SOB," IEEE VMIC
      Conference, Jun. 7-8, 1994, pp. 101-107.
PAL  Chiang et al., Defects Study on Spin on Glass Planarization Technology,
      IEEE VMIC Conference, Jun. 15-16, 1987, pp. 404-412.
PAL  Lai-Juh Chen, et al., "Fluorine-Implanted Treatment (FIT) SOG for the
      Non-Etchback Intermetal Dielectric," IEEE VMIC Conference, Jun. 7-8, 1994,
      pp. 81-86.
PAL  Moriya et al., "Modification Effects in Ion-Implanted SiO.sub.2
      Spin-on-Glass," J. Electrochem. Soc., vol. 140, No. 5, May 1993, pp.
      1442-1450.
PAL  Matsuura et al., "An Advanced Interlayer Dielectric System with Partially
      Converted Organic SOG Using Plasma Treatment," IEEE VMIC Conference, Jun.
      8-9, 1993, pp. 113-115.
PAL  Ishida et al., "Mechanism for AlSiCu Alloy Corrosion," Jpn. J. Appl. Phys.,
      vol. 31 (1992), pp. 2045-2048.
PAL  Doki et al., "Moisture-Blocking Mechanism of ECR-Plasma," IEEE VMIC
      Conference, Jun. 7-8, 1994, pp. 235-139.
PAL  Shimokawa et al., "Suppression of MOSFET hot carrier degradation by P-SiO
      underlayer," The Institute of Electronics, Information and Communication
      Engineers, Technical Report of IEICE, SDM92-133 (1992-12), pp. 89-94.
PAL  Murase et al., "Dielectric Constant of Silicon Dioxide Deposited by
      Atmospheric-Pressure Chemical Vapor Deposition Using
      Tetraethylorthosilicate and Ozone," Jpn. J. Appl. Phys., vol. 33 (1994),
      pp. 1385-1389.
LREP
FRM  Sheridan Ross PC
ABST
PAL  A split gate type transistor device and a method for making it. The
      transistor has a substrate, and a floating gate electrode is located on
      the substrate. A control gate electrode is provided having thick and thin
      film sections over the floating electrode. A source region and a drain
      region are formed separately in the substrate. The thin film section is
      formed partially over the drain region and impurity is passed into the
      substrate through the thin film section to form the drain region.
PATN
WKU  059899611
SRC  9
APN  1169041
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980717
TTL  Fabrication method of a vertical channel transistor
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Dang; Trung
NDR  3
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Yang; Jeon Wook
CTY  Daejeon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Mun; Jae Kyoung
CTY  Daejeon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Oh; Eung Gie
CTY  Daejeon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Jae Jin
CTY  Daejeon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Pyun; Kwang Eui
CTY  Daejeon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute
CTY  Daejeon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Korea Telecom
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19971217
APN  97-69499
CLAS
OCL  438270
XCL  438268
XCL  438272
XCL  438212
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21336
FSC  438
FSS  212;268;270;271;272
UREF
PNO  4620207
ISD  19861000
NAM  Calviello
UREF
PNO  4757029
ISD  19880700
NAM  Koury, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5177027
ISD  19930100
NAM  Lowrey et al.
OCL  438270
UREF
PNO  5312767
ISD  19940500
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  438268
UREF
PNO  5403763
ISD  19950400
NAM  Yamazaki
UREF
PNO  5504359
ISD  19960400
NAM  Rodder
UREF
PNO  5686327
ISD  19971100
NAM  Park
OCL  438268
OREF
PAL  Z. Rav-Noy et al., "Vertical FET's in GaAs", IEEE Electron Device Letters,
      vol. EDL-5, No. 7, Jul. 1984, pp. 228-230.
PAL  B.A. Vojak et al., "A Self-Aligned Dual-Grating GaAs Permeable Base
      Transistor", IEEE Electron Device Letters, vol. EDL-5, No. 7, Jul. 1984,
      pp. 270-272.
PAL  S. Adachi et al., "A New Gate Structure Vertical-GaAs FET", IEEE Electron
      Device Letters, vol. EDL-6, No. 6, Jun. 1985, pp. 264-266.
PAL  P.M. Campbell et al., "Trapezoidal-Groove Schottky-Gate Vertical-Channel
      GaAs FET (GaAs Static Induction Transistor)", IEEE Electron Device
      Letters, vol. EDL-6, No. 6, Jun. 1985, pp. 304-306.
LREP
FRM  Jacobson, Price, Holman & Stern, PLLC
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a method for manufacturing a vertical channel transistor
      comprising the steps of: selectively implanting a dopant of high
      concentration into a semiconductor substrate to form a source region;
      firstly etching the semiconductor substrate using an insulator and a first
      photoresist pattern as a mask; secondly etching the substrate using a
      second photoresist pattern having a shape corresponding to said source
      region as a mask; implanting a dopant of low concentration into the
      exposed substrate using said second photoresist pattern as a mask to form
      a vertical channel layer; implanting a dopant of high concentration into
      the exposed substrate using same mask to form a drain region; activating
      said dopants, and forming an ohmic contact layer on said drain region;
      thirdly etching using a third photoresist pattern for exposing the firstly
      etched portion of the substrate as a mask; depositing a gate metal on the
      substrate exposed by the thirdly etching; and wiring a metal,
      respectively. This invention can be easily manufactured a vertical channel
      transistor having a low parasitic resistance and an extremely small gate
      length without sophicated complex processes.
PATN
WKU  059899620
SRC  9
APN  1590405
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980923
TTL  Semiconductor device having dual gate and method of formation
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  8
EXA  Pham; Long
EXP  Fahmy; Wael M.
NDR  1
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Holloway; Thomas C.
CTY  Murphy
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Hattangady; Sunil V.
CTY  McKinney
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Texas Instruments Incorporated
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438275
XCL  438199
XCL  438299
XCL  438770
XCL  438775
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218234
FSC  438
FSS  199;275;299;770;775;FOR 187;FOR 212;FOR 216;FOR 217;FOR 218
UREF
PNO  4151006
ISD  19790400
NAM  De Graaff et al.
OCL  148  1.5
UREF
PNO  5254489
ISD  19931000
NAM  Nakata
OCL  437 40
UREF
PNO  5327002
ISD  19940700
NAM  Motoyoshi
OCL  257380
UREF
PNO  5497021
ISD  19960300
NAM  Tada
OCL  257369
UREF
PNO  5502009
ISD  19960300
NAM  Lin
OCL  437239
UREF
PNO  5576226
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hwang
OCL  437 24
UREF
PNO  5716863
ISD  19980200
NAM  Arai
OCL  437 41
UREF
PNO  5763922
ISD  19980600
NAM  Chau
OCL  257371
LREP
FR2  Garner; Jacqueline J.
FR2  Brady; Wade James
FR2  Donaldson; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  The invention comprises a method of forming a semiconductor device is
      provided where a first gate insulator layer 26 is formed on an outer
      surface of semiconductor substrate 24. A mask body 28 is formed to cover
      portions of the insulator layer 26. The exposed portions of the layer 26
      are subjected to a nitridation process to form a nitride layer 30. A
      second oxidation process forms a thick gate oxide layer 32. The nitride
      layer 30 inhibits the growth of oxide resulting in a single integrated
      device having gate insulator layers having two different thicknesses such
      that high voltage and low voltage transistors can be formed on the same
      integrated circuit.
PATN
WKU  059899638
SRC  8
APN  8978042
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970721
TTL  Method for obtaining a steep retrograde channel profile
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Dvong; Khanh
EXP  Brown; Peter Toby
NDR  5
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Luning; Scott D.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Greenlaw; David C.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Fewkes; Jonathan
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438289
XCL  438162
XCL  438203
XCL  438290
XCL  438302
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21336
FSC  438
FSS  162;166;203;289;302;778;290
UREF
PNO  4463493
ISD  19840800
NAM  Momose
OCL  438433
UREF
PNO  4578128
ISD  19860300
NAM  Mundt et al.
OCL  438433
UREF
PNO  4965648
ISD  19901000
NAM  Yang et al.
OCL  257240
UREF
PNO  5079177
ISD  19920100
NAM  Lage et al.
OCL  438203
UREF
PNO  5264394
ISD  19931100
NAM  Ruckman et al.
OCL  438778
UREF
PNO  5266510
ISD  19931100
NAM  Lee
OCL  438298
UREF
PNO  5292671
ISD  19940300
NAM  Odanaka
OCL  438433
UREF
PNO  5409848
ISD  19950400
NAM  Han et al.
OCL  438302
UREF
PNO  5547882
ISD  19960800
NAM  Juang et al.
OCL  438290
UREF
PNO  5637512
ISD  19970600
NAM  Miyasaka et al.
OCL  438166
UREF
PNO  5656844
ISD  19970800
NAM  Klein et al.
OCL  257347
UREF
PNO  5770485
ISD  19980600
NAM  Gardner et al.
OCL  438162
UREF
PNO  5827763
ISD  19981000
NAM  Gardner et al.
OCL  438232
UREF
PNO  5864163
ISD  19990100
NAM  Chou et al.
OCL  257385
FREF
PNO  407183393
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "Re-examination of Indium implantation for a low power 0.1 um technology"
      IEDM 95-897 1995 IEEE P. Bouillon, et al.
PAL  "Indium Channel Implant for Improved Short-Channel Behavior of
      Submicrometer NMOSFETs" IEEE Electron Device Letters, vol. 14, NO. 8, Aug.
      1993.
LREP
FR2  Nelson; H. Donald
ABST
PAL  A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device with a steep retrograde
      profile. The threshold voltage adjust dopant layer and the punchthrough
      prevent dopant layer are formed in the substrate. All surface capping
      layers are removed from the active device regions and, the semiconductor
      device is placed in a chamber and a high vacuum is established after which
      an inert atmosphere is introduced into the chamber. The anneal to repair
      the damage to the lattice and to activate the dopant ions in the dopant
      layers is done in the inert atmosphere with the surface of the substrate
      maintained clean, that is, free from a capping oxide or other layer formed
      on the surface of the substrate.
PATN
WKU  059899646
SRC  8
APN  8184275
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970317
TTL  Post-spacer LDD implant for shallow LDD transistor
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  8
EXA  Pham; Long
EXP  Fahmy; Wael M.
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Gardner; Mark I.
CTY  Cedar Creek
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Hause; Fred N.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438303
XCL  438301
XCL  438305
XCL  438306
XCL  438307
EDF  6
ICL  G01L 21336
FSC  438
FSS  301;303;305;306;307;FOR 204
UREF
PNO  4728617
ISD  19880300
NAM  Woo et al.
OCL  437 30
UREF
PNO  4757026
ISD  19880700
NAM  Woo et al.
OCL  437 29
UREF
PNO  4784965
ISD  19881100
NAM  Woo et al.
OCL  437 30
UREF
PNO  5102816
ISD  19920400
NAM  Manukonda et al.
OCL  437 44
UREF
PNO  5658815
ISD  19970800
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  438304
UREF
PNO  5677589
ISD  19971000
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  437 40
UREF
PNO  5759885
ISD  19980600
NAM  Son
OCL  438230
UREF
PNO  5766991
ISD  19980600
NAM  Chen
OCL  438231
UREF
PNO  5770508
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yeh et al.
OCL  438305
UREF
PNO  5817563
ISD  19981000
NAM  Lim
OCL  439307
FREF
PNO  0218408
ISD  19870400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  363250175
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
OCL  438204
FREF
PNO  402161733
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
OCL  438204
FREF
PNO  402206127
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
OCL  438204
FREF
PNO  8700967
ISD  19870200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  James P., "LDD MOSFET's . . . Spacer Technology", IEEE Electron Device
      Letters, vol. 9, Issue 4, Apr. 1988.
PAL  Physics of Semiconductor Devices, Second Edition, S.M. Sze, Bell
      Laboratories, Inc., John Wiley & sons, 1981, pp. 431-486.
LREP
FR2  Daffer; Kevin L.
     Conley, Rose & Tayon
ABST
PAL  Broadly speaking, the present invention contemplates a semiconductor
      manufacturing process in which LDD regions of a semiconductor transistor
      are implanted after the heavily doped regions without requiring the
      removal of spacer structures from the sidewalls of the transistor gate. A
      semiconductor substrate is provided. The semiconductor substrate includes
      a channel region laterally displaced between first and second lightly
      doped regions. The first and second lightly doped regions are laterally
      displaced between first and second heavily doped regions of the
      semiconductor substrate. A gate dielectric is formed on an upper surface
      of the semiconductor substrate. A conductive gate structure is then formed
      on the gate dielectric. The conductive gate structure is aligned over the
      channel region of the semiconductor substrate. First and second spacer
      structures are then formed on first and second sidewalls of the conductive
      gate. The first and second spacer structures extend laterally from the
      first and second sidewalls of the conductive gate such that the first and
      second spacer structures cover the first and second lightly doped regions
      of the semiconductor substrate. A projected range characteristic of the
      first and second spacer structures is greater than a projected range
      characteristic of the conductive gate structures. A first impurity
      distribution is then introduced into the semiconductor substrate. An
      interlevel dielectric layer is then deposited on the underlying topography
      and planarized. A projected range characteristic of the interlevel
      dielectric layer is approximately equal to a projected range
      characteristic of the first and second spacer structures. A second
      impurity distribution is then implanted into the semiconductor substrate
      through the interlevel dielectric layer.
PATN
WKU  059899654
SRC  9
APN  0230324
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980213
TTL  Nitride overhang structures for the silicidation of transistor
      electrodes with shallow junction
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Lebentritt; Michael
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  10
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Maa; Jer-Shen
CTY  Vancouver
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Sheng Teng
CTY  Camas
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Peng; Chien-Hsiung
CTY  Vancouver
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Laboratories of America, Inc.
CTY  Camas
STA  WA
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  438303
XCL  438305
XCL  438586
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21336
FSC  438
FSS  301;303;305;586;689
UREF
PNO  5451532
ISD  19950900
NAM  Bashir et al.
OCL  437 41
UREF
PNO  5620919
ISD  19970400
NAM  Godinho et al.
OCL  438220
UREF
PNO  5691212
ISD  19971100
NAM  Tsai et al.
OCL  437 24
UREF
PNO  5744395
ISD  19980400
NAM  Shue et al.
OCL  438305
UREF
PNO  5766991
ISD  19980600
NAM  Chen
OCL  438231
UREF
PNO  5776822
ISD  19980700
NAM  Fuji et al.
OCL  438586
UREF
PNO  5783475
ISD  19980700
NAM  Ramaswami
OCL  438303
OREF
PAL  Paper titled, "Edge Leakage of Cobalt Silicided Shallow Junctions" by C.H.
      Peng, J.S. Maa and S.T. Hsu, published in 1997 Elsevier Sciences S.A.,
      Thin Solid Films 308-309, pp. 575-579.
PAL  Paper entitled, "Low-Temperature Processing of Shallow Junctions Using
      Epitaxial and Polycrystalline CoSi.sub.2 " by E.C. Jones, N.W. Cheung, and
      D.B. Fraser, published in the Journal of Electronic Materials, vol. 24,
      No. 7, 1995, pp. 863-873.
PAL  Article entitled, "A Study of the Leakage Mechanisms of Silicided n.sup.+
      /p Junctions" by R. Liu, D.S. Williams, and W.T. Lynch, published in J.
      Appl. Phys. 63(6) Mar. 15, 1988, pp. 1990-1999.
PAL  Article entitled, "Effect of Argon ION Bombardment on the Stability on the
      Stability of Narrow Cobalt Silicide/Polysilicon Structure", by Jer-shen
      Maa and Chien-Hsiung Peng, published in Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc. vol.
      438, 1997 Materials Research Society, pp. 301-307.
LREP
FR2  Ripma; David C.
ABST
PAL  A method of forming a temporary overhang structure to shield the
      source/drain edges near the gate electrode from the deposition of
      silicidation metal is provided. The growth of silicide on the source/drain
      regions remains controlled, without the presence of silicidation metal on
      the gate electrode sidewalls near the source/drain edges. The resulting
      silicide layer does not have edge growths interfering with the
      source/drain junction areas. The overhang structure is formed by covering
      the gate electrode with two insulators having differing etch
      selectivities. The top insulator is anisotropically etched so that only
      the top insulator covering the gate electrode vertical sidewalls remains.
      The exposed bottom insulator is isotropically etched to form a gap between
      the top insulator and the source/drain region surfaces. When silicidation
      metal is deposited, the gap prevents the deposition of metal between the
      gate electrode and the source/drain region surfaces. A transistor, with an
      overhang structure, fabricated by the above-mentioned procedure is also
      provided.
PATN
WKU  059899662
SRC  8
APN  9906983
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19971215
TTL  Method and a deep sub-micron field effect transistor structure for
      suppressing short channel effects
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Chaudhari; Chandra
NDR  5
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Huang; Jenn Ming
CTY  Hsin-chu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd.
CTY  Hsin-chu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  438305
XCL  438231
XCL  438563
XCL  438595
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21336
FSC  438
FSS  224;228;231;305;306;307;563;564;595;596;763
UREF
PNO  4960723
ISD  19901000
NAM  Davies
OCL  438595
UREF
PNO  5221632
ISD  19930600
NAM  Kurimoto et al.
OCL  438595
UREF
PNO  5312768
ISD  19940500
NAM  Gonzalez
OCL  438231
UREF
PNO  5496750
ISD  19960300
NAM  Moslehi
OCL  438305
UREF
PNO  5641698
ISD  19970600
NAM  Lin
OCL  438305
UREF
PNO  5710054
ISD  19980100
NAM  Gardner et al.
OCL  438305
UREF
PNO  5851866
ISD  19981200
NAM  Son
OCL  438563
UREF
PNO  5915182
ISD  19990600
NAM  Wu
OCL  438563
LREP
FR2  Saile; George O.
FR2  Ackerman; Stephen B.
ABST
PAL  A method and a deep sub-micron FET structure for suppressing short channel
      effects and reducing gate-to-drain overlay capacitance and for making CMOS
      devices is achieved. The method for making these improved FETs includes
      forming a gate oxide and a patterned polysilicon layer for gate
      electrodes. Silicon nitride (Si.sub.3 N.sub.4) first sidewall spacers are
      formed on the sidewalls of the gate electrodes. After selectively removing
      the gate oxide adjacent to the first sidewall spacers, second sidewall
      spacers are formed from a doped oxide that serve as a solid-phase
      diffusion source. The source/drain contact areas are implanted adjacent to
      the second sidewall spacers. The substrate is then annealed to diffuse
      from the second sidewall spacers the lightly doped source/drains (LDDs).
      The Si.sub.3 N.sub.4 sidewall spacers serve as a diffusion barrier and the
      LDDs are formed under the Si.sub.3 N.sub.4 spacers contiguous with the FET
      channel, resulting in reduced gate-to-drain overlay capacitance and
      improved immunity to hot electron effects. By including three additional
      masking steps, both N-channel and P-channel FETs can be formed for making
      CMOS devices.
PATN
WKU  059899670
SRC  9
APN  0702560
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980430
TTL  Transistor with ultra short length defined partially by sidewall
      oxidation of a gate conductor overlying the channel length
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Blum; David S
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  4
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Gardner; Mark I.
CTY  Cedar Creek
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Gilmer; Mark C.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438305
XCL  438303
XCL  438304
XCL  438265
XCL  438286
XCL  257344
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21265
FSC  438
FSS  303;304;305;265;286
FSC  257
FSS  344
UREF
PNO  5472895
ISD  19951200
NAM  Park
OCL  438305
UREF
PNO  5578509
ISD  19961100
NAM  Fujita
OCL  438286
UREF
PNO  5672531
ISD  19970900
NAM  Gardner et al.
OCL  438286
UREF
PNO  5693546
ISD  19971200
NAM  Nam et al.
OCL  438305
UREF
PNO  5710450
ISD  19980100
NAM  Chau et al.
OCL  438303
UREF
PNO  5783473
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sung
OCL  438265
OREF
PAL  Stanley Wolf Silicon Processing for the VSLI Era vol. I Lattice Press pp.
      182,191,192, 1986.
LREP
FR2  Daffer; Kevin L.
     Conley, Rose & Tayon
ABST
PAL  An integrated circuit fabrication process is provided for forming a
      transistor having an ultra short channel length. A mask is formed, from a
      material resistant to oxidation, upon a conductive gate layer and portions
      of the conductive gate layer are oxidized to form a gate conductor
      laterally disposed between a pair of oxide regions. As a result, the gate
      conductor has an ultra narrow lateral dimension. Source and drain impurity
      areas are formed self-aligned with sidewall surfaces of the oxide regions.
      In an embodiment, the oxide regions are removed and lightly doped drain
      regions are formed self-aligned with sidewall surfaces of the gate
      conductor. Following LDD formation, the mask is removed, spacers are
      formed laterally adjacent the gate conductor sidewall surfaces, and a
      metal silicide is formed upon upper surfaces of the gate conductor and the
      source and drain impurity areas. In an alternative embodiment, following
      formation of the source and drain impurity areas, the mask is removed and
      the oxide regions are etched to form sidewall spacers adjacent the gate
      conductor. Lightly doped drain implant areas are then formed self-aligned
      to sidewall surfaces of the gate conductor, and a metal silicide is formed
      upon upper surfaces of the gate conductor and the source and drain
      impurity areas.
PATN
WKU  059899689
SRC  8
APN  9327657
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970917
TTL  Method of making bipolar transistor having reduced resistance
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Long
EXP  Fourson; George
NDR  14
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Kim; Young-ok
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Soo-cheol
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-Do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19941130
APN  94-32135
RLAP
COD  74
APN  564970
APD  19951130
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  438365
XCL  438202
XCL  438309
XCL  438364
XCL  438365
XCL  438369
XCL  438508
XCL  438509
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21331
FSC  438
FSS  202;309;364;365;369;508;509;FOR 165;FOR 322;FOR 346
FSC  148
FSS  DIG. 10;DIG. 11
UREF
PNO  3836998
ISD  19740900
NAM  Kocsis et al.
OCL  357 53
UREF
PNO  4871977
ISD  19891000
NAM  Schilling et al.
OCL  330255
UREF
PNO  4960726
ISD  19901000
NAM  Lechaton et al.
OCL  437 59
UREF
PNO  5179432
ISD  19930100
NAM  Husher
OCL  257593
UREF
PNO  5286986
ISD  19940200
NAM  Kihara et al.
OCL  257215
UREF
PNO  5374845
ISD  19941200
NAM  Havemann
OCL  257592
UREF
PNO  5387553
ISD  19950200
NAM  Moksvold et al.
OCL  437 32
UREF
PNO  5389552
ISD  19950200
NAM  Irammanesh et al.
OCL  437 31
UREF
PNO  5488002
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kimura et al.
OCL  437 31
UREF
PNO  5589409
ISD  19961200
NAM  Bulucea et al.
OCL  437 31
UREF
PNO  5698459
ISD  19971200
NAM  Grubisich et al.
OCL  148DIG.10
UREF
PNO  5717241
ISD  19980200
NAM  Mahli et al.
OCL  257378
UREF
PNO  5733791
ISD  19980300
NAM  Iranmanesh
OCL  437 31
FREF
PNO  403198344
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
OCL  438FOR165
FREF
PNO  404277630
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
OCL  438FOR165
FREF
PNO  405109748
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
OCL  438FOR165
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  In a bipolar transistor and the manufacturing method thereof, the bipolar
      transistor includes a first conductive well, an emitter impurity layer
      formed in the center of the well, a base impurity layer formed in the form
      of completely surrounding the emitter impurity layer, and a first
      conductive high-concentration collector impurity layer having an annular
      shape along the edge of the well, and maintaining a constant interval from
      the base impurity layer. The first conductive layer formed to be parallel
      with the high-concentration collector impurity layer is connected
      therewith through a contact hole, and is connected with the collector
      electrode through another contact hole. Owing to a simple manufacturing
      process, the processing time and cost can be reduced. Also, parasitic
      bipolar transistors are not generated nor is increased collector
      resistance produced, thereby increasing reliability.
PATN
WKU  059899697
SRC  8
APN  9264086
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970908
TTL  Method of producing silicon layer having surface controlled to be uneven
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Blum; David S
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  36
NFG  53
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Hirohito
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Honma; Ichiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950306
APN  7-72276
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951005
APN  7-284485
RLAP
COD  71
APN  611178
APD  19960305
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  438381
XCL  438381
XCL  438795
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2300
ICL  H01L 21477
FSC  438
FSS  795;57;381
UREF
PNO  4965225
ISD  19901000
NAM  Yamagishi et al.
OCL  438795
FREF
PNO  3-263370
ISD  19911100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-272165
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-304273
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-163850
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Watanabe A New York Cylindrical Capacitor Using Hemispherical Grained Si
      (HSG-SI) for 256Mb DRAMs IEEE International Electron Devices Meeting pp.
      10.1.1-10.1.4, Dec. 13, 1996.
PAL  "Hemispherical Grained Silicon (HSG-Si) Formation on In-Situ Phosphorous
      Doped Amorphous-Si Using the Seeding Method," H. Watanabe et al., Extended
      Absts. of 1992 Internat'l. Conf. on Solid State Devices and Materials,
      Tsukuba, Japan, Aug. 26-28, 1992, pp. 422-424.
PAL  "A New Cylindrical Capacitor Using Hemispherical Grained Si (HSG-Si) for
      256Mb DRAMs," H. Watanabe et al., Internat'l. Electron Devices Meeting,
      San Francisco, CA, Dec. 13-16, 1992, pp.259-262.
PAL  Watanabe, et al. "A New Cylindrical Capacitor Using Hemispherical Grained
      Si (HSG-Si) for 256Mb DRAMs," Internat'l. Electron Devices Meeting, San
      Francisco, CA, Dec. 13-16, 1992, pp. 10.1.1-10.1.4.
LREP
FRM  Foley Hoag & Eliot LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of forming a silicon layer disclosed herein includes the steps of
      depositing an amorphous silicon layer on a substrate, irradiating a silane
      gas to the substrate, and performing an annealing process in a high vacuum
      or in an inert gas. The amorphous silicon layer is thereby converted into
      a silicon layer having an uneven surface caused by hemispherical or
      spherical silicon grains. The annealing process may be performed while
      irradiating a hydrogen gas or an oxidizing gas. In this case, such a
      silicon layer that has an even surface is formed.
PATN
WKU  059899700
SRC  8
APN  7747969
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19961230
TTL  Method for fabricating semiconductor device having thin-film resistor
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Sulsky; Martin
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  4
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Ohkawa; Makoto
CTY  Toyoake
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iida; Makio
CTY  Ichinomiya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Mikimasa
CTY  Toyohashi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippondenso Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940608
APN  6-126115
RLAP
COD  71
APN  463550
APD  19950605
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  438384
XCL  438381
XCL  438382
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2170
FSC  438
FSS  381;382;384
UREF
PNO  4510178
ISD  19850400
NAM  Paulson et al.
UREF
PNO  4591821
ISD  19860500
NAM  Paulson et al.
UREF
PNO  4700465
ISD  19871000
NAM  Sirkin
UREF
PNO  5013677
ISD  19910500
NAM  Hozumi
UREF
PNO  5030588
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hosaka
UREF
PNO  5043295
ISD  19910800
NAM  Ruggerio et al.
UREF
PNO  5128745
ISD  19920700
NAM  Takasu et al.
UREF
PNO  5310695
ISD  19940500
NAM  Suzuki
UREF
PNO  5420063
ISD  19950500
NAM  Maghsoudnia et al.
UREF
PNO  5503878
ISD  19960400
NAM  Suzuki et al.
UREF
PNO  5525831
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ohkawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5552342
ISD  19960900
NAM  Itou et al.
FREF
PNO  0350961
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0443575
ISD  19910800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  63-229717
ISD  19830900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-214240
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-261101
ISD  19851200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-8368
ISD  19860100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-096948
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-119549
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-227047
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-58259
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-20364
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-012960
ISD  19910100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-104118
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-44259
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-44260
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-029547
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-90501
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-211357
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  John L. Vossen and Werner Kern, Thin Film Processes II, 1991.
PAL  S. M. Sze, VLSI Technology, 1988.
PAL  S.Wolf, "Silicon Processing for the VLSI Era," vol. II 1990, pp. 103-110,
      192, 335, Jun. 1990.
PAL  Translation of JP 2-104118, May 1991.
PAL  S.Wolf & R.N. Tauber, "Silicon Processing for the VLSI Era," vol. I, pp.
      541,542, 581, Jun. 1990.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro, LLP
ABST
PAL  Even when a contact hole is formed before thin-film resistor formation, a
      contact area exposed in the contact hole is prevented from damaging. A
      semiconductor element is formed in a silicon semiconductor substrate and
      an oxide film is formed on the surface of the semiconductor substrate.
      Then, a contact hole is formed on the oxide film and moreover, a CrSiN
      film serving as a thin-film resistor and a TiW film serving as a barrier
      metal are formed on the oxide film. The TiW film is patterned by a mask
      and the CrSiN film is patterned through chemical dry etching. Finally, an
      Al electrode is formed on the semiconductor element and the CrSiN film
      through the contact hole and moreover a protective film is formed thereon.
PATN
WKU  059899719
SRC  8
APN  9260366
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970909
TTL  Method for forming trenched polysilicon structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Thomas; Toniae M.
EXP  Whitehead, Jr.; Carl
NDR  1
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Tu; Tuby
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chen; Kuang-Chao
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Mosel Vitelic Inc.
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19970429
APN  86105676
CLAS
OCL  438396
XCL  438253
XCL  438255
XCL  438398
XCL  438947
XCL  438964
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218242
FSC  438
FSS  253;255;396;398;665;947;964
UREF
PNO  5302540
ISD  19940400
NAM  Ko et al.
OCL  438255
UREF
PNO  5350707
ISD  19940900
NAM  Ko et al.
OCL  438396
UREF
PNO  5466627
ISD  19951100
NAM  Lur et al.
OCL  438396
UREF
PNO  5488008
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kawamura
OCL  438398
UREF
PNO  5538592
ISD  19960700
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  438396
UREF
PNO  5670406
ISD  19970900
NAM  Tseng
OCL  438396
UREF
PNO  5681774
ISD  19971000
NAM  Tseng
OCL  438396
UREF
PNO  5804480
ISD  19980900
NAM  Lu et al.
OCL  438253
LREP
FRM  Chapman and Cutler
ABST
PAL  A method for forming a trenched polysilicon structure can be applied to a
      semiconductor device. The method includes steps of: a) providing a
      polysilicon layer; b) forming a dielectric layer on the polysilicon layer;
      c) forming a rugged oxide layer on the dielectric layer; d) removing a
      portion of the dielectric layer which is not covered by the rugged oxide
      layer for exposing a corresponding portion of the polysilicon layer; e)
      forming a plurality of microtrenches by etching the corresponding portion
      of the polysilicon layer; and f) removing the rugged oxide layer and the
      dielectric layer to obtain the trenched polysilicon structure.
PATN
WKU  059899727
SRC  8
APN  6858473
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19960724
TTL  Capacitor in a semiconductor configuration and process for its production
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Coleman; William David
EXP  Fahmy; Wael M.
NDR  4
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Widmann; Dietrich
CTY  Unterhaching
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Melzner; Hanno
CTY  Unterhaching
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hoenlein; Wolfgang
CTY  Unterhaching
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950724
APN  195 27 023
CLAS
OCL  438397
XCL  438738
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2170
FSC  257
FSS  296;300;306;307;308;309;756
FSC  438
FSS  396;397
UREF
PNO  5084405
ISD  19920100
NAM  Fazan et al.
OCL  257306
UREF
PNO  5126280
ISD  19920600
NAM  Chan et al.
OCL  257309
UREF
PNO  5126810
ISD  19920600
NAM  Gotou
OCL  257306
UREF
PNO  5150276
ISD  19920900
NAM  Gonzalez et al.
OCL  257296
UREF
PNO  5153813
ISD  19921000
NAM  Oehrlein et al.
OCL  257309
UREF
PNO  5155657
ISD  19921000
NAM  Oehrlein et al.
OCL  257307
UREF
PNO  5160987
ISD  19921100
NAM  Pricer et al.
OCL  257307
UREF
PNO  5206787
ISD  19930400
NAM  Fujioka
OCL  257307
UREF
PNO  5214296
ISD  19930500
NAM  Nakata et al.
OCL  257308
UREF
PNO  5240871
ISD  19930800
NAM  Doan et al.
OCL  438397
UREF
PNO  5412237
ISD  19950500
NAM  Komori et al.
OCL  257756
FREF
PNO  0 295 709 A2
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 415 530 A1
ISD  19910300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 484 088 A1
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 513 988 A1
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  43 01 690 A1
ISD  19930700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 07 575 A1
ISD  19930900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 285 338
ISD  19950700
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  "Anisotropic Etching of Crystalline Silicon in Alkaline Solutions" (Seidel
      et al.), J. Electrochem. Soc., vol. 137, No. 11, Nov. 1990, pp. 3626-3632.
PAL  "Stacked Capacitor DRAM Cell with Vertical FINS (VF-STC)", Technical
      Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 33, No. 2, Jul. 1990, pp. 245-247.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan No. 60009154 (Masahiro et al.), dated Jan. 18,
      1985.
LREP
FR2  Lerner; Herbert L.
FR2  Greenberg; Laurence A.
ABST
PAL  A capacitor in a semiconductor configuration, especially a DRAM, includes
      an electrode structure having a plurality of spaced-apart elements being
      electrically connected with a connecting structure and all including
      p-conductive material with a doping >10.sup.10 cm.sup.-3. The elements of
      the electrode structure are either stacked or disposed side by side and
      may be cup-shaped. In a production process, a layer sequence of
      alternatingly one p.sup.- -doped and one p.sup.+ -doped layer is produced,
      which receives an opening through the use of anisotropic etching. At least
      in a peripheral region of the opening, a p.sup.+ -zone is created, which
      connects the layer sequence and forms the connecting structure. Next, the
      p.sup.- -doped layers are etched selectively to the p.sup.+ -doped layers,
      a capacitor dielectric is deposited, and a counterelectrode is produced.
PATN
WKU  059899735
SRC  8
APN  8207127
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970318
TTL  Semiconductor processing method of providing a conductively doped layer
      of hemispherical grain polysilicon and a hemispherical grain
      polysilicon layer produced according to the method
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  2
EXA  Thomas; Toniae M.
EXP  Whitehead, Jr.; Carl
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Zahurak; John K.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Schuegraf; Klaus F.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Thakur; Randhir P.S.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  539851
APD  19951006
PSC  01
PNO  5639685
CLAS
OCL  438398
XCL  438396
XCL  438253
XCL  438255
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218242
FSC  438
FSS  255;398;665;964;253;396;397;254
FSC  257
FSS  309
UREF
PNO  4906590
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kanetaki et al.
OCL  437249
UREF
PNO  5037773
ISD  19910800
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  437977
UREF
PNO  5290729
ISD  19940300
NAM  Hayashide et al.
OCL  437977
UREF
PNO  5340765
ISD  19940800
NAM  Dennison et al.
OCL  437 60
UREF
PNO  5366917
ISD  19941100
NAM  Watenabe et al.
OCL  437 60
UREF
PNO  5407534
ISD  19950400
NAM  Thakur
OCL  437 60
UREF
PNO  5418180
ISD  19950500
NAM  Brown
OCL  437 60
UREF
PNO  5444013
ISD  19950800
NAM  Akram et al.
OCL  437 60
UREF
PNO  5518948
ISD  19960500
NAM  Walker
OCL  437 60
UREF
PNO  5583070
ISD  19961200
NAM  Liao et al.
OCL  438398
UREF
PNO  5597754
ISD  19970100
NAM  Lou et al.
OCL  438398
UREF
PNO  5639685
ISD  19970600
NAM  Zahurak et al.
OCL  438398
UREF
PNO  5639689
ISD  19970600
NAM  Woo
OCL  438398
UREF
PNO  5696014
ISD  19971200
NAM  Figura
OCL  438398
UREF
PNO  5723887
ISD  19980300
NAM  Tsuchimoto et al.
OCL  438398
FREF
PNO  5175456
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
OCL  437977
FREF
PNO  6045521
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
OCL  437977
LREP
FRM  Wells, St. John, Roberts, Gregory & Matkin, P.S.
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor processing method of providing a conductively doped layer
      of hemispherical grain polysilicon over a substrate includes, a) providing
      a layer of conductively doped silicon over the substrate to a thickness
      greater than about 200 Angstroms; b) depositing an undoped layer of
      non-polycrystalline silicon over the doped silicon layer to a thickness of
      from 100 Angstroms to about 400 Angstroms; c) positioning the substrate
      with the doped silicon and undoped non-polycrystalline silicon layers
      within a chemical vapor deposition reactor; d) with the substrate therein,
      lowering pressure within the chemical vapor deposition reactor to a first
      pressure at or below about 200 mTorr; e) with the substrate therein,
      raising pressure within the chemical vapor deposition reactor from the
      first pressure and flushing the reactor with a purging gas; f) with the
      substrate therein ceasing flow of the purging gas and lowering pressure
      within the chemical vapor deposition reactor to a second pressure at or
      below about 200 mTorr; and g) annealing the substrate having the deposited
      non-polycrystalline silicon layer in the presence of a conductivity
      enhancing impurity gas at an annealing temperature of from about
      350.degree. C. to about 600.degree. C. and at an annealing pressure of
      from about 10.sup.4 Torr to about 80 Torr to in situ both diffuse
      conductivity enhancing impurity into the non-polycrystalline silicon layer
      and transform the non-polycrystalline silicon layer into a conductively
      doped hemispherical grain polysilicon layer.
PATN
WKU  059899743
SRC  9
APN  0866016
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980529
TTL  Method of manufacturing a semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Lattin; Christopher
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  10
NFG  48
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Keizo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kuriyama; Toshihide
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970530
APN  9-141695
CLAS
OCL  438407
XCL  438455
XCL  438459
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2130
FSC  438
FSS  404;407;412;455;459
UREF
PNO  4510671
ISD  19850400
NAM  Kurtz et al.
OCL   29571
UREF
PNO  5827755
ISD  19981000
NAM  Yonehara et al.
OCL  438 30
UREF
PNO  5854123
ISD  19981200
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  438507
FREF
PNO  60-121715
ISD  19850600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-218421
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-291543
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Ben Kloeck et al., "Study of Electrochemical Etch-Stop for High-Precision
      Thickness Control of Silicon Membranes", IEEE Transactions on Electron
      Devices, vol. 36, No. 4, Apr. 1989, pp. 4-10.
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device having a region which is
      partially thinner than the rest thereof is disclosed. A semiconductor thin
      layer is formed on an insulating layer by an annealing treatment after
      implanting ions into the semiconductor substrate at a predetermined depth.
      A semiconductor material is formed by epitaxial growing to a predetermined
      thickness on the semiconductor thin layer. The the insulating layer or
      eliminating the insulating layer and a part of the semiconductor substrate
      under the insulating layer is eliminated by an etching operation.
PATN
WKU  059899751
SRC  8
APN  9935010
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971218
TTL  Method for manufacturing shallow trench isolation
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Jones; Josetta
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Kuo; Chien-Li
CTY  Hsinchu Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Microelectronics Corp.
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19971004
APN  86114503
CLAS
OCL  438424
XCL  438435
XCL  438437
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2176
FSC  438
FSS  424;437;435;FOR 227
UREF
PNO  4666556
ISD  19870500
NAM  Fulton et al.
UREF
PNO  5231046
ISD  19930700
NAM  Tasaka
UREF
PNO  5674775
ISD  19971000
NAM  Ho et al.
UREF
PNO  5763315
ISD  19980600
NAM  Benedict et al.
UREF
PNO  5780346
ISD  19980700
NAM  Arghavani et al.
FREF
PNO  303942
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Wolf, S and Tauber, R.N., Silicon Processing for the VLSI Era, Lattice
      Press, vol. 1, p. 534, 1986.
PAL  Wolf, S and Tauber, R.N., Silicon Processing for the VLSI Era, Lattice
      Press, vol. 2, p. 49, 1990.
ABST
PAL  A method for manufacturing shallow trench isolation comprising the steps of
      providing a substrate, then forming a pad oxide layer over a substrate
      using a thermal oxidation process. After that, a silicon nitride layer is
      formed over the pad oxide layer using a low pressure chemical vapor
      deposition method. Next, using conventional photolithographic and etching
      processes, the silicon nitride layer is patterned to form an opening
      exposing the pad oxide layer. In a subsequent step, the pad oxide layer
      exposed by the opening and the substrate below the opening is etched to
      form a deep trench. Thereafter, portions of the silicon nitride layer and
      the pad oxide layer are etched away using hot phosphoric acid solution to
      expose portions of the substrate. Finally, a liner oxide layer is formed
      over the interior surface of the trench. The characteristic of this
      invention includes the formation of a smooth upper trench corners and a
      liner oxide layer thicker than the pad oxide layer. Therefore, the problem
      of current leaking from devices due to subthreshold kink effect can be
      avoided.
PATN
WKU  059899760
SRC  9
APN  1226185
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980722
TTL  Fabrication method for a field emission display emitter
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Umez-Eronini; Lynette T.
EXP  Utech; Benjamin
NDR  7
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Liao; Kuan-Yang
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Silicon Incorporated
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19980610
APN  87109217
CLAS
OCL  438424
XCL  514700
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  130
FSC  438
FSS  345;700;424;514
UREF
PNO  5160492
ISD  19921100
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  438 43
UREF
PNO  5783905
ISD  19980700
NAM  Greschner et al.
OCL  313497
LREP
FRM  Thomas, Kayden, Horstemeyer & Risley
ABST
PAL  A fabrication method for a sharp tip emitter first includes a trench formed
      on a semiconductor substrate. Next, an isolating layer is deposited over
      the substrate by high-density plasma chemical vapor deposition (HDP CVD).
      A V-shaped groove is naturally formed on the isolating layer around the
      trench. Next, a silicon layer is formed over the isolating layer and an
      ion implantation is performed into the silicon layer over the V-shaped
      groove. Next, a semiconductor layer is formed over the substrate. Next, a
      high temperature thermal process is performed to drive the implanted ions
      into the semiconductor layer. Next, the isolating layer is removed so that
      the silicon layer is separated from the substrate. Then, the tip emitter
      is formed.
PATN
WKU  059899778
SRC  9
APN  0632104
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980420
TTL  Shallow trench isolation process
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Guerrero; Maria
EXP  Whitehead, Jr.; Carl
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Wu; Shye-Lin
CTY  Hu Kou Hsiang
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Texas Instruments - Acer Incorporated
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  438431
XCL  438424
XCL  438430
XCL  438700
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2176
FSC  438
FSS  432;424;437;426;452;700;430;431
UREF
PNO  4582565
ISD  19860400
NAM  Kawakatsu
OCL  438431
UREF
PNO  4666556
ISD  19870500
NAM  Fulton et al.
OCL  438437
UREF
PNO  5059550
ISD  19911000
NAM  Tateoka et al.
OCL  438432
UREF
PNO  5112772
ISD  19920500
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  438432
UREF
PNO  5116779
ISD  19920500
NAM  Iguchi
OCL  438432
UREF
PNO  5455194
ISD  19951000
NAM  Vasquez et al.
OCL  438425
UREF
PNO  5472904
ISD  19951200
NAM  Figura et al.
OCL  438426
UREF
PNO  5521422
ISD  19960500
NAM  Mandelman et al.
UREF
PNO  5591681
ISD  19970100
NAM  Wristers et al.
OCL  438762
UREF
PNO  5679601
ISD  19971000
NAM  Wu
OCL  438446
UREF
PNO  5780346
ISD  19980700
NAM  Arghavani et al.
OCL  438296
OREF
PAL  Stanley Wolf and Richard N. Tauber "Silicon Processing for the VLSI Era",
      vol. 1, Process Technology, pp. 25, 187-191, 194, 206-207, 532, 546-551,
      581, 1986.
PAL  Andres Bryant et al., Characteristics of CMOS Device Isolation for the ULSI
      Age, 1994 IEEE, pp. 671-674.
PAL  Asanga H. Perera et al., Trench Isolation for 0.45 .mu.Active Pitch and
      Below, 1995 IEEE, pp. 679-682.
PAL  O. Joubert et al., Polysilicon Gate Etching in High-Density Plasmas:
      Comparison Between Oxide Hard Mask and Resist Mask, J. Electrochem. Soc.,
      vol. 144, No. 5, May 1997, pp. 1854-1861.
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention proposes a method for fabricating shallow trench
      regions for isolation. An oxide hard mask is utilized for the silicon
      etching. A thick thermal oxide film is created at and near the trench
      corners to prevent the gate wrap-around and corner parasitic leakage.
      Forming trench regions on a semiconductor substrate by using a thick pad
      oxide layer as an etching hard mask. A thermal oxide film is grown to
      recover the etching damages. An undoped LPCVD amorphous silicon film is
      then deposited on entire surface of the semiconductor substrate. A high
      temperature/pressure oxidation process follows to convert the undoped
      amorphous silicon film into thermal oxide. A thick CVD oxide layer is
      deposited on the semiconductor substrate. The oxide film outside the
      trench regions is removed by using a CMP process. Finally, the MOS devices
      are fabricated on the semiconductor substrate by standard processes, and
      thus complete the present invention.
PATN
WKU  059899786
SRC  9
APN  1166107
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980716
TTL  Shallow trench isolation of MOSFETS with reduced corner parasitic
      currents
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Long
EXP  Fahmy; Wael
NDR  8
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Peidous; Igor V.
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
ASSG
NAM  Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing, Ltd.
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  438436
XCL  438424
XCL  438435
XCL  438437
XCL  438438
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 218224
FSC  438
FSS  424;435;436;437;438
UREF
PNO  5447884
ISD  19950900
NAM  Fahey et al.
OCL  437 67
UREF
PNO  5492858
ISD  19960200
NAM  Bose et al.
OCL  437 67
UREF
PNO  5641704
ISD  19970600
NAM  Paoli et al.
OCL  438436
UREF
PNO  5643823
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ho et al.
OCL  437 67
LREP
FR2  Saile; George O.
FR2  Pike; Rosemary L. S.
ABST
PAL  A method is described for forming MOSFETs with shallow trench isolation
      wherein the abrupt corners introduced by anisotropically etching the
      silicon trenches are modified by an oxidation step which rounds off the
      corners and also reduces the effect of tensile stresses caused by the
      densified trench filler material. The method selectively exposes the
      corner regions to an oxidation whereby the formation of an oxide birdsbeak
      modulates the corners and introduces a compressive stress component in the
      corner region. Several variations of the procedure are disclosed,
      including embodiments wherein birdsbeaks extending in both a vertical and
      horizontal directions from the corners are employed. The channel and gate
      oxide edges of MOSFETs extend to these corners. By attenuating the abrupt
      corners and reducing the mechanical stresses, gate oxide integrity is
      improved and anomalous sub-threshold currents of MOSFETs formed are
      abated.
PATN
WKU  059899794
SRC  9
APN  2089203
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19981210
TTL  Method for controlling the silicon nitride profile during patterning
      using a novel plasma etch process
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Long
EXP  Fahmy; Wael M.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Liu; Wen Jun
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Pei Ching
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
INVT
NAM  Zhou; Mei Sheng
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
ASSG
NAM  Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd.
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  438439
XCL  438714
XCL  438724
XCL  438734
XCL  438744
XCL  218 67
XCL  218 72
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2176
FSC  438
FSS  439;714;724;734;744;FOR 117;FOR 120;FOR 124;FOR 126;FOR 127;FOR 229
FSC  216
FSS  67;72
UREF
PNO  4283249
ISD  19810800
NAM  Ephrath
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  4803181
ISD  19890200
NAM  Buchmann et al.
OCL  437228
UREF
PNO  5286344
ISD  19940200
NAM  Bialock et al.
OCL  156657
UREF
PNO  5312518
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kadomura
OCL  156662
UREF
PNO  5314576
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kadomura
OCL  156655
UREF
PNO  5318668
ISD  19940600
NAM  Tamaki et al.
OCL  156662
UREF
PNO  5338395
ISD  19940800
NAM  Keller et al.
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  5387312
ISD  19950200
NAM  Keller et al.
OCL  156662
UREF
PNO  5431772
ISD  19950700
NAM  Babie et al.
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  5854136
ISD  19981200
NAM  Huang et al.
OCL  438714
LREP
FR2  Saile; George O.
FR2  Pike; Rosemary L. S.
ABST
PAL  A novel anisotropic plasma etching process for forming patterned silicon
      nitride (Si.sub.3 N.sub.4) layers with improved critical dimension (CD)
      control while minimizing the Si.sub.3 N.sub.4 footing at the bottom edge
      of the Si.sub.3 N.sub.4 pattern is achieved. A pad oxide/silicon nitride
      layer is deposited on a silicon substrate. A patterned photoresist layer
      is used as an etching mask for etching the silicon nitride layer. By this
      invention, a chlorine (Cl.sub.2) breakthrough plasma pre-etch forms a
      protective polymer layer on the sidewalls of the patterned photoresist and
      removes residue in the open areas prior to etching the Si.sub.3 N.sub.4.
      The Si.sub.3 N.sub.4 is then aniso-tropically plasma etched using an etch
      gas containing SF.sub.6. The polymer layer, formed during the Cl.sub.2
      pre-etch, reduces the lateral recessing of the photoresist when the
      Si.sub.3 N.sub.4 is etched, and results in improved patterned Si.sub.3
      N.sub.4 profiles with reduced CD bias, and minimizes Si.sub.3 N.sub.4
      footings at the bottom edge of the Si.sub.3 N.sub.4 pattern.
PATN
WKU  059899808
SRC  8
APN  9784306
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19971125
TTL  Semiconductor processing method of forming field isolation oxide
      relative to a semiconductor substrate
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Fourson; George
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Lee; Roger R.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Gonzalez; Fernando
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  699551
APD  19960819
PSC  01
PNO  5714414
CLAS
OCL  438452
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21762
FSC  438
FSS  452;FOR 229;FOR 230
FSC  148
FSS  DIG. 85;DIG. 86
UREF
PNO  4520553
ISD  19850600
NAM  Kraft
UREF
PNO  4743566
ISD  19880500
NAM  Bastiaens et al.
UREF
PNO  4758530
ISD  19880700
NAM  Schubert
UREF
PNO  5128274
ISD  19920700
NAM  Yabu et al.
UREF
PNO  5145802
ISD  19920900
NAM  Tyson et al.
UREF
PNO  5372951
ISD  19941200
NAM  Anjum et al.
UREF
PNO  5374586
ISD  19941200
NAM  Huang et al.
UREF
PNO  5468675
ISD  19951100
NAM  Kaigawa
UREF
PNO  5580816
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hemmenway et al.
UREF
PNO  5679600
ISD  19971000
NAM  Juengling
FREF
PNO  53-148389
ISD  19781200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-161848
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-219253
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-260639
ISD  19901000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-130630
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-162528
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-321228
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Well, St. John, Roberts, Gregory & Matkin P.S.
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor processing method of forming field isolation oxide relative
      to a semiconductor substrate includes providing a semiconductor substrate
      having field and active area regions; forming masking material over the
      active area region and leaving the field region exposed, the masking
      material comprising first, second and third layers, and having a sidewall;
      exposing the semiconductor substrate to first oxidation conditions
      effective to form field isolation oxide of a first thickness over the
      exposed field region; forming an etch stop material layer over the
      sidewall; removing at least a portion of the third layer selectively
      relative to the etch stop material layer; and subjecting the semiconductor
      substrate to second oxidation conditions effective to grow the field
      isolation oxide to a second thickness on the exposed field region of the
      semiconductor substrate.
PATN
WKU  059899816
SRC  8
APN  886876&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970702
TTL  Method of manufacturing SOI substrate
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Blum; David S.
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  8
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Nakashima; Sadao
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohno; Terukazu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsuchiya; Toshiaki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakai; Tetsushi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Shinji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ueki; Takemi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kado; Yuichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takeda; Tadao
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960705
APN  8-176304
CLAS
OCL  438459
XCL  438695
XCL  257347
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21265
FSC  438
FSS  695;459
FSC  257
FSS  347
FREF
PNO  0595233A
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0675534
ISD  19951000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2581795
ISD  19861100
CNT  FRX
OREF
PAL  "Analysis of color variations in bonded SOI wafers", by P.J. Clapis et al.,
      IEEE, 1993, pp. 66-67.
PAL  "Silicon on insulator material technology", by M. Bruel, Electronics
      Letters, Jul. 6, 1995, vol. 31, No. 14, pp. 1201-1202.
PAL  "A method of Detecting Hot Spots on Semiconductors using Liquid Crystals",
      by J. Hiatt, 19th Annual Proceedings Reliability Physics 1981, pp.
      130-133.
PAL  "Anomalous temperature effects of oxidation stacking faults in silicon", by
      S.M. Hu, Applied Physics Letters, vol. 27, No. 4, Aug. 15, 1975, pp.
      165-167.
PAL  "Hydrogen annealed silicon-on-insulator", by N. Sato et al., Applied
      Physics Letters, vol. 65, No. 15, Oct. 10, 1994, pp. 1924-1926.
PAL  "Experimental 0.25-.mu.m Gate Fully Depleted CMOS/SIMOX Process Using a New
      Two-Step LOCOS Isolation Technique", by T. Ohno et al., IEEE, vol. 42, No.
      8, Aug. 1995.
PAL  "Investigation on High-Speed Performance of 0.1-.mu.m-Gate, Ultrathin-Film
      CMOS/SIMOX", by Y. Omura et al., IEICE Trans. Electron., vol. E75-C. No.
      12, Dec. 1992, pp. 1491-1496.
PAL  "Crystallographic defect studies in SIMOX material thinned by sacrificial
      oxidation", by L.F. Giles et al., Nuclear Instruments and Method in
      Physics Research B84 (1994) pp. 242-247.
LREP
FRM  Blakely Sokoloff Taylor & Zafman
ABST
PAL  A method of manufacturing an SOI substrate uses an SOI substrate having a
      first single-crystal silicon layer, an insulating layer formed on the
      first single-crystal silicon layer, and a second single-crystal silicon
      layer formed on the insulating layer. The surface of the second
      single-crystal silicon layer is thermally oxidized. The second
      single-crystal silicon layer is controlled to have a predetermined
      thickness by removing the thermally oxidized surface. This step
      controlling the second single-crystal silicon layer to have a
      predetermined thickness includes the step of eliminating, by annealing, a
      stacking fault formed by the thermal oxidation.
PATN
WKU  059899824
SRC  8
APN  967022&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971110
TTL  Semiconductor device and method of manufacturing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Picardat; Kevin M.
NDR  5
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Yoshikazu; Takahashi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971008
APN  9-275964
CLAS
OCL  438462
XCL  438113
XCL  438460
XCL  438464
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21301
FSC  438
FSS  113;114;458;459;460;462;464;465
UREF
PNO  5547906
ISD  19960800
NAM  Badehi
OCL  438465
UREF
PNO  5604160
ISD  19970200
NAM  Warfield
OCL  438113
UREF
PNO  5776798
ISD  19980700
NAM  Quan et al.
OCL  438460
UREF
PNO  5879964
ISD  19990300
NAM  Pair et al.
OCL  438113
UREF
PNO  5897337
ISD  19990400
NAM  Kata et al.
OCL  438460
FREF
PNO  8-306853
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-64049
ISD  19970300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Jones Volentine, LLP
ABST
PAL  Disclosed herein is a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device,
      according to the present invention, wherein a wafer is divided into
      individual fractions by a diamond blade, the entire surface of the wafer,
      which include gaps between the respective fractions, is thereafter sealed
      with a resin, and the wafer is divided into individual fractions again by
      a diamond blade narrower than another diamond blade in width, whereby a
      chip size package in which the resin is being left on one sides of a chip,
      can be obtained. According to the method referred to above, a chip size
      package in which chip sides are also sealed with the resin, can be easily
      manufactured.
PATN
WKU  059899832
SRC  8
APN  9216219
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970827
TTL  Method of fabricating and curing spin-on-glass layers by electron beam
      irradiation
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Zarneke; David A.
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Goo; Ju-seon
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Choi; Ji-hyun
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Hwang; Byung-keun
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Hae-jeong
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960913
APN  96-39844
CLAS
OCL  438473
XCL  438474
XCL  438471
XCL  438477
XCL  438782
XCL  438783
XCL  438798
XCL  438800
XCL  438624
XCL  438631
XCL  438697
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21322
FSC  438
FSS  624;782;783;798;800;631;697;477;471;473;474
UREF
PNO  4983546
ISD  19910100
NAM  Hyun et al.
OCL  437231
UREF
PNO  5118530
ISD  19920600
NAM  Hanneman et al.
OCL  427226
UREF
PNO  5192697
ISD  19930300
NAM  Leong
OCL  437 37
UREF
PNO  5609925
ISD  19970300
NAM  Camilletti et al.
OCL  427503
UREF
PNO  5759906
ISD  19980600
NAM  Lou
OCL  438623
LREP
FRM  Myers Bigel Sibley & Sajovec
ABST
PAL  An insulating layer may be fabricated on a microelectronic substrate by
      spinning a layer of spin-on-glass (SOG) on a microelectronic substrate and
      curing the SOG layer by irradiating the SOG layer with an electronic beam.
      Irradiating may take place simultaneously with heating the substrate to a
      temperature below about 500.degree. C. An underlying and/or overlying
      capping layer may also be provided. Alternatively, rather than irradiating
      the SOG layer, an overlying capping layer may be irradiated.
PATN
WKU  059899840
SRC  8
APN  9464131
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971007
TTL  Method of using getter layer to improve metal to metal contact
      resistance at low radio frequency power
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Mulpuri; Savitri
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Anderson; Steven M.
CTY  Kissmmee
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Chetlur; Sundar S.
CTY  Kissmmee
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438476
XCL  438656
XCL  438677
XCL  438906
XCL  438625
XCL  2041923
XCL  20419217
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2130
ICL  H01L 2144
FSC  438
FSS  471;476;676;677;656;629;672;637;640;648;674;675;906;974;795
FSC  134
FSS  1.1;1.2;1.3;1
FSC  204
FSS  192.1;192.17;192.3;192.32
UREF
PNO  4981816
ISD  19910100
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  438648
UREF
PNO  5200360
ISD  19930400
NAM  Bradbury et al.
OCL  438677
UREF
PNO  5284799
ISD  19940200
NAM  Sato
OCL  438628
UREF
PNO  5348894
ISD  19940900
NAM  Gnade et al.
OCL  438653
UREF
PNO  5514908
ISD  19960500
NAM  Liao et al.
OCL  257751
UREF
PNO  5520563
ISD  19960500
NAM  Wallace et al.
OCL  445 24
UREF
PNO  5534463
ISD  19960700
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  438643
UREF
PNO  5719083
ISD  19980200
NAM  Komatsu
OCL  438652
UREF
PNO  5851870
ISD  19981200
NAM  Alugbin et al.
OCL  438239
UREF
PNO  5891803
ISD  19990400
NAM  Gardner
OCL  438660
UREF
PNO  5897368
ISD  19990400
NAM  Cole, Jr. et al.
OCL  438625
FREF
PNO  402133923
ISD  19900500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  402297738
ISD  19901000
CNT  JPX
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a method of using a getter layer on a
      semiconductor substrate having a first metal stack formed thereon to
      improve metal to metal contact resistance. The method comprises the steps
      of forming a getter layer, which may be titanium, on the first metal
      stack, wherein the getter layer has a higher affinity for oxygen or a
      higher getter capability than the first metal stack, substantially
      removing the getter layer by exposing the getter layer to radiation, and
      forming a second metal stack, which in an advantageous embodiment may also
      be titanium, on the first metal stack.
PATN
WKU  059899859
SRC  8
APN  8846340
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970627
TTL  Semiconductor single crystalline substrate and method for production
      thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Christianson; Keith
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Maruyama; Tamotsu
CTY  Gunma-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sato; Shigeyuki
CTY  Niigata-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Shin-Etsu Handotai Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940112
APN  6-37681
RLAP
COD  74
APN  385544
APD  19950208
PSC  01
PNO  5751055
CLAS
OCL  438507
XCL  438974
XCL  438978
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2120
FSC  438
FSS  457;464;468;492;503;504;507;758;759;928;974;476;477;978
FSC  257
FSS  618;623;798
FSC  148
FSS  33
UREF
PNO  4925809
ISD  19900500
NAM  Yoshiharu et al.
FREF
PNO  37 17 440
ISD  19881200
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Snider & Associates
FR2  Snider; Ronald R.
ABST
PAL  In a semiconductor single crystalline substrate provided with a protecting
      film to prevent autodoping on the reverse surface thereof, for growing a
      vapor-phase epitaxial layer on the main obverse surface thereof, a width
      of a chamfer is set for locating an edge-crown occurred in consequence of
      a vapor-phase epitaxial growth on the chamfer, and a gap of a distance is
      formed between a periphery of the protecting film and an innermost part of
      the chamfer on the reverse surface.
PATN
WKU  059899867
SRC  8
APN  8577331
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970516
TTL  Method to inhibit the formation of ion implantation induced edge defects
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Mulpuri; Savitri
NDR  8
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Hsieh; Yong-Fen
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Microelectronics Corp.
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  438514
XCL  438524
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21265
FSC  438
FSS  510;514;515;518;524;533;534
UREF
PNO  4748103
ISD  19880500
NAM  Hollinger
OCL  438527
UREF
PNO  4968634
ISD  19901100
NAM  Kuhlmann
OCL  438514
UREF
PNO  5217924
ISD  19930600
NAM  Rodder et al.
OCL  438533
UREF
PNO  5424222
ISD  19950600
NAM  Arndt
OCL  438515
UREF
PNO  5482876
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hsieh et al.
OCL  438303
UREF
PNO  5498556
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hong et al.
OCL  438305
UREF
PNO  5523244
ISD  19960600
NAM  Vu et al.
OCL  438370
UREF
PNO  5552331
ISD  19960900
NAM  Hsu et al.
OREF
PAL  Tamura, et al., "Lattice Defects Generated by Ion Implantation Into
      Submicron Si Areas," Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., vol. 147, 1989, pp.
      143-154.
PAL  C.H. Chu, et al., "Structural Damage Induced by Ga .sup.+ Focused Ion Beam
      Implantation in (001) Si," J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B 9 (6), Nov./Dec. 1991,
      pp. 3451-3455.
PAL  M. Tamura, et al., "Mask-Size Dependence of Lattice Defects Generated by
      B-And As-Implantation Into Submicron Si Areas," Nuclear Instruments and
      methods in Physics Research B32/38, 1989, pp. 329-335.
PAL  H. Cerva, et al., "Defect Formation in Silicon at a mask Edge During
      Crystallization of an Amorphous Implantation Layer," J. Appl. Phys., vol.
      66, No. 10, Nov. 15, 1989, pp. 4723-4728.
PAL  M. Horiuchi, et al., "Gate-Edge Effects on SPE Regrowth From As.sup.+
      -Implanted Si," Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research
      B37/38, 1989, pp. 285-289.
PAL  B.Y. Tsui, et al., "Impact of Structure Enhanced Defects Multiplication on
      Junction Leakage," IEEE/IRPS, 1994, pp. 383-387.
PAL  M. Horiuchi, et al., "Three-Dimensional Solid-Phase-Epitaxial Regrowth From
      As.sup.+  -Implanted Si," J. Appl. Phys. 65 (6), Mar. 15, 1989, pp.
      2238-2242.
PAL  Y.F. Hsieh, "Generation of Implantation Induced Tertiary Defects,"
      Submitted to JAP, Jul. 1994, pp. 1-20.
LREP
FRM  Rabin & Champagne, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method to determine a desired thickness for a surface layer through which
      ion implantation will take place in order to control the shape of the
      implantation profile to minimize the formation of flaws includes choosing
      a maximum angle .theta. between solid phase epitaxial regrowth fronts,
      determining a projected range of ion implantation distance Rp into the
      substrate and a projected standard deviation .DELTA.Rp along a first axis
      direction and a projected standard deviation .DELTA.Y along a second axis
      direction. These values are then substituted into the following equation
      to solve for thickness t of the surface layer: t=Rp+cos.theta.[[(.DELTA.Y
      sin .theta.).sup.2 +(.DELTA.Rp cos .theta.).sup.2 ].sup.0.5 ] After the
      layer is placed onto the substrate, the implantation step is carried out.
      Annealing is then performed to recrystallize the amorphous zone. The
      morphology of the surface being implanted through can also be modified in
      order to control the directions of recrystallization upon annealing.
PATN
WKU  059899875
SRC  9
APN  0460591
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980323
TTL  Method of forming a self-aligned contact in semiconductor fabrications
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Ghyka; Alexander G.
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Kuo; Ming Cheng
CTY  Hsin-Chuang
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Semiconductor Corp.
CTY  Hsinchu City
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19971114
APN  86116977
CLAS
OCL  438592
XCL  438595
XCL  438640
XCL  438666
XCL  438684
XCL  438755
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 213205
ICL  H01L 214763
FSC  438
FSS  592;640;595;666;684;755
UREF
PNO  5510294
ISD  19960400
NAM  Dixit et al.
OCL  437195
UREF
PNO  5861673
ISD  19990100
NAM  Yoo et al.
OCL  257758
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens Olson & Bear LLP
ABST
PAL  A method is provided for use in semiconductor fabrications to form a
      self-aligned contact (SAC) in a semiconductor device, which can help
      increase the contact area between the metallization layer and the
      substrate and also prevent the occurrence of a short-circuit between the
      metallization layer and a conductive layer, such as a tungsten silicide
      layer, in the gate structures. In particular, the method utilizes an
      etchant that can etch into the tungsten silicide much more effectively
      than into the overlying silicon nitride layer and the underlying
      polysilicon layer. The constricted shape can better prevent the silicide
      layer from coming into contact, and thus forming a short-circuit, with the
      subsequently formed metallization layer. Moreover, since the silicide
      layer is reduced in size due the constriction, the underlying polysilicon
      layer can be correspondingly made smaller, allowing the contact area
      between the metallization layer and the substrate to be increased. The
      increased contact area allows an increase in the RC value of the
      self-aligned contact.
PATN
WKU  059899883
SRC  9
APN  1922327
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981116
TTL  Semiconductor device and method of manufacturing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Lindsay, Jr.; Walter L.
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  11
NFG  43
INVT
NAM  Iinuma; Toshihiko
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suguro; Kyoichi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nadahara; Soichi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971117
APN  9-315173
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980610
APN  10-162154
CLAS
OCL  438592
XCL  438682
XCL  438683
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 213205
ICL  H01L 214763
ICL  H01L 2144
FSC  438
FSS  592;682;683
UREF
PNO  4663191
ISD  19870500
NAM  Choi et al.
OCL  427 93
UREF
PNO  5624869
ISD  19970400
NAM  Agnello et al.
OCL  438602
UREF
PNO  5665646
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kitano
OCL  438592
UREF
PNO  5744395
ISD  19980400
NAM  Shue et al.
OCL  438305
UREF
PNO  5780349
ISD  19980700
NAM  Naem
OCL  438305
UREF
PNO  5851891
ISD  19981200
NAM  Dawson et al.
OCL  438305
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A silicon region partitioned by insulating films is formed on a main
      surface of a substrate. A mixed film of first and second metals is formed
      directly or indirectly on the substrate having the silicon region formed
      thereon. Then, a heat treatment is applied to permit the first and second
      metals to react with silicon in the silicon region so as to form
      selectively a first silicide film on the surface of the silicon region.
      Further, the first silicide film is subjected to a heat treatment under a
      nitriding atmosphere so as to form a second silicide film consisting
      essentially of the first metal and silicon on the surface of the silicon
      region and a nitride film consisting essentially of the second metal and
      nitrogen on the surface of the second silicide film or both on the surface
      and at the crystal grain boundary of the second silicide film.
PATN
WKU  059899891
SRC  8
APN  8661081
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970530
TTL  Die and cube reroute process
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  25
EXA  Eaton; Kurt
EXP  Chaudhuri; Olik
NDR  1
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Terrill; Robert E.
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Texas Instruments Incorporated
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438598
XCL  438618
XCL  438656
XCL  438679
XCL  438940
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2160
FSC  438
FSS  598;109;612;618;666;648;650;652;656;669;679;940
UREF
PNO  3951708
ISD  19760400
NAM  Dean
OCL  156  3
UREF
PNO  4898648
ISD  19900200
NAM  Cusano
OCL  204 15
UREF
PNO  5055319
ISD  19911000
NAM  Bunshah et al.
OCL  427 38
UREF
PNO  5126286
ISD  19920600
NAM  Chance
OCL  438203
UREF
PNO  5239131
ISD  19930800
NAM  Hoffman et al.
OCL  174 52.4
UREF
PNO  5386430
ISD  19950100
NAM  Yamagishi et al.
OCL  372 57
UREF
PNO  5449955
ISD  19950900
NAM  Debiec et al.
OCL  257751
UREF
PNO  5652559
ISD  19970700
NAM  Saia et al.
OCL  335 78
UREF
PNO  5653019
ISD  19970800
NAM  Bernhardt et al.
OCL   29840
UREF
PNO  5657206
ISD  19970800
NAM  Pendersen et al.
OCL  361772
UREF
PNO  5754216
ISD  19980500
NAM  Higuchi et al.
OCL  347238
UREF
PNO  5834162
ISD  19981100
NAM  Malba
OCL  430317
LREP
FR2  Brady, III; Wade James
FR2  Donaldson; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  A method of creating a rerouting pattern on a semiconductor die or cube by
      providing a semiconductor die having an active surface with bond pads
      thereon and sides. A layer of electrically insulating material is
      sputtered over the active surface and the sides while exposing the bond
      pads. Electrically conductive material is formed over the electrically
      insulating material on the active surface and the sides. A selected
      portion of the electrically conductive material is removed with an excimer
      laser. The step of sputtering a layer of electrically insulating material
      over the active surface and said sides can include the steps of sputtering
      a layer of electrically insulating material over the active surface
      including the bond pads and the sides, masking the electrically insulating
      material to expose the region of the electrically insulating material over
      the bond pads and ablating the electrically insulating material with an
      excimer laser at the exposed region down to said bond pads. The step of
      forming electrically conductive material over the electrically insulating
      material comprises the steps of forming a layer of Ti followed by a layer
      of Pd followed by a layer of Au. The electrically conductive material is
      formed over the electrically insulating material by a modified evaporation
      process. Solder receiving regions are provided on one of the sides of the
      die or cube and the die or cube is disposed so that the solder receiving
      regions contact a circuit board and are soldered to the circuit board.
PATN
WKU  059899905
SRC  8
APN  5999898
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19960214
TTL  Tinoxide thin film, preparation thereof, and gas detecting sensor using
      thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Whipple; Matthew
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Koh; Seok Keun
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Jung; Hyung Jin
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Song; Seok Kyun
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Choi; Won Kook
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Choi; Dongsoo
CTY  Ansan
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Jeon; Jin Seok
CTY  Ansan
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Korea Gas Corporation
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19950804
APN  95-24120
CLAS
OCL  438608
XCL  438609
XCL  427529
XCL  427561
XCL  427564
EDF  6
ICL  C23C 1432
FSC  438
FSS  608;609;679
FSC  427
FSS  576;529;523;531;564;561
FSC  204
FSS  192.17;192.29;298.05
UREF
PNO  4091138
ISD  19780500
NAM  Takagi et al.
OCL  428209
UREF
PNO  4197814
ISD  19800400
NAM  Takagi et al.
OCL  118726
UREF
PNO  4740267
ISD  19880400
NAM  Knauer et al.
OCL  156635
UREF
PNO  5084265
ISD  19920100
NAM  Harada et al.
OCL  423592
UREF
PNO  5110435
ISD  19920500
NAM  Haberland
OCL  204192.31
UREF
PNO  5196102
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kumar
OCL  427528
UREF
PNO  5582879
ISD  19961200
NAM  Fujimura et al.
OCL  427561
UREF
PNO  5616061
ISD  19970400
NAM  Potter
OCL  445 24
OREF
PAL  Yamada, Isao and Gikan Takaoka, "Ionized Cluster beams: Physics and
      Technology", Jpn J. Appl. Phys., vol. 32 (1993) pp. 2121, May 1993.
PAL  H. Takaoka et al. Crystallographic Properties of Tin Oxide Thin Films
      Prepared by R-ICB Technique, pp. 143-146, Dept. of Electronics, Kyoto
      University.
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to tinoxide thin film, a process for
      manufacturing thereof comprising the step of depositing tin while
      providing oxygen or ionized oxygen around a substrate, and relates to a
      gas detecting sensor prepared by the use of such tinoxide thin film.
PATN
WKU  059899913
SRC  8
APN  8795622
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970620
TTL  Methods for fabricating a bonding pad having improved adhesion to an
      underlying structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Collins; Deven
EXP  Picardat; Kevin M.
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Lien; Chuen-Der
CTY  Los Altos Hills
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Integrated Device Technology, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  409784
APD  19950324
PSC  01
PNO  5723822
CLAS
OCL  438612
XCL  438613
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2144
FSC  438
FSS  612;613
UREF
PNO  5045918
ISD  19910900
NAM  Cagan et al.
UREF
PNO  5124781
ISD  19920600
NAM  Tashiro
UREF
PNO  5394013
ISD  19950200
NAM  Oku et al.
UREF
PNO  5403777
ISD  19950400
NAM  Bryant et al.
OCL  438612
UREF
PNO  5436197
ISD  19950700
NAM  Hause
OCL  438612
UREF
PNO  5565378
ISD  19961000
NAM  Harada et al.
OCL  438612
UREF
PNO  5587337
ISD  19961200
NAM  Idaka et al.
OCL  438613
UREF
PNO  5661081
ISD  19970800
NAM  Hsue et al.
OCL  438612
LREP
FRM  Bever & Hoffman
ABST
PAL  An insulating layer having an irregular upper surface is provided to
      improve the adhesion and increase the coefficient of friction between the
      insulating layer and a bonding pad formed over the insulating layer. By
      making the upper surface of the insulating layer irregular, the area of
      contact between the bonding pad and the insulating layer is increased. As
      a result, the adhesion between the bonding pad and the insulating layer is
      also increased. This prevents the bonding pad from being detached from the
      insulating layer when a bonding wire is later attached to the bonding pad.
      The upper surface of the insulating layer can be made irregular by etching
      one or more cavities in the upper surface of the insulating layer. The
      upper surface of the insulating layer can alternatively be made irregular
      by forming one or more raised structures beneath the insulating layer. The
      raised structures cause plateaus to be formed at the upper surface of the
      insulating layer.
PATN
WKU  059899921
SRC  8
APN  9254420
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970908
TTL  Method of making a semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Gurley; Lynne A.
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  21
NFG  45
INVT
NAM  Yabu; Toshiki
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Segawa; Mizuki
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960910
APN  8-239403
CLAS
OCL  438612
XCL  438614
XCL  438618
XCL  438118
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2144
FSC  438
FSS  118;612;614;618
UREF
PNO  5554305
ISD  19960900
NAM  Wojnarowski et al.
OCL  216 62
UREF
PNO  5731584
ISD  19980300
NAM  Beyne et al.
OCL  250374
UREF
PNO  5746868
ISD  19980500
NAM  Abe
OCL  156247
UREF
PNO  5785236
ISD  19980700
NAM  Cheung et al.
OCL  228180.5
UREF
PNO  5804259
ISD  19980900
NAM  Robles
OCL  438584
UREF
PNO  5807787
ISD  19980900
NAM  Fu et al.
OCL  438623
UREF
PNO  5849632
ISD  19981200
NAM  Tuttle et al.
OCL  438633
UREF
PNO  5854127
ISD  19981200
NAM  Pan
OCL  438598
UREF
PNO  5874779
ISD  19990200
NAM  Matsuno
OCL  257758
UREF
PNO  5900668
ISD  19990500
NAM  Wollesen
OCL  257522
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  A plurality of metal wires are formed on an underlying interlayer
      insulating film. Areas among the metal wires are filled with a buried
      insulating film of a silicon oxide film with a small dielectric constant
      (i.e., a first dielectric film), and thus, a parasitic capacitance of the
      metal wires can be decreased. On the buried insulating film, a passivation
      film of a silicon nitride film with high moisture absorption resistance
      (i.e., a second dielectric film) is formed, and thus, a coverage defect
      can be avoided. A bonding pad is buried in an opening formed in a part of
      a surface protecting film including the buried insulating film and the
      passivation film, so as not to expose the buried insulating film within
      the opening. Thus, moisture absorption through the opening can be
      prevented. In this manner, the invention provides a semiconductor device
      which has a small parasitic capacitance in an area with a small pitch
      between the metal wires and is free from a coverage defect as well as the
      moisture absorption through the opening for the bonding pad, and a method
      of manufacturing the semiconductor device.
PATN
WKU  059899930
SRC  8
APN  6361633
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19960422
TTL  Method for galvanic forming of bonding pads
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Graybill; David
NDR  2
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Zakel; Elke
STR  Reinickestrasse 8
CTY  14612 Falkensee
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Aschenbrenner; Rolf
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Ostmann; Andreas
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kasulke; Paul
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Zakel; Elke
CNT  DEX
COD  05
ASSG
NAM  Pac Tech Packaging Technologies, GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  WOX
APD  19960212
APN  PCT/DE96/00206
CLAS
OCL  438614
XCL  438678
XCL  438615
XCL  438653
XCL  438654
XCL  438686
XCL  438687
XCL  438688
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21288
ICL  H01L 2160
FSC  438
FSS  678;FOR 389;614;615;653;654;686;687;688;FOR 343
FSC  427
FSS  98;305
UREF
PNO  3599060
ISD  19710800
NAM  Triggs et al.
UREF
PNO  4182781
ISD  19800100
NAM  Hooper et al.
UREF
PNO  4910072
ISD  19900300
NAM  Morgan et al.
UREF
PNO  4970571
ISD  19901100
NAM  Yamakawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5169680
ISD  19921200
NAM  Ting et al.
UREF
PNO  5384284
ISD  19950100
NAM  Doan et al.
OCL  437190
UREF
PNO  5508228
ISD  19960400
NAM  Nolan et al.
UREF
PNO  5532025
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kinlen et al.
UREF
PNO  5583073
ISD  19961200
NAM  Lin et al.
UREF
PNO  5587337
ISD  19961200
NAM  Idaka et al.
FREF
PNO  0176746
ISD  19860400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3702354
ISD  19870700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4226167
ISD  19940200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4424014
ISD  19960100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  117450
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  22132
ISD  19900100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2224335
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2276249
ISD  19901100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3012933
ISD  19910100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3209725
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4022131
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4094544
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5109734
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6140409
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO9602122
ISD  19960100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Ting et al., Selective Electroless Metal Deposition for Integrated Circuit
      Fabrication, J. Electrochem. Soc. vol. 136, No. 2, pp. 456-462, Feb. 1989.
PAL  Activation of Surface by STM Probe Electroless Plating, IBM Technical
      Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 31, No. 9, p. 241, Feb. 1989.
PAL  Thomas et al., Vapor Phase Deposition of Palladium for Electroless Copper
      Plating J. Electrochem. Soc. vol. 136, No. 6, pp. 1661-1666, Jun. 1989.
PAL  Elbing et al., Jahrbuch Oberflachentechnik Band 49, 1993, p. 107ff.
PAL  Ashenbrenner et al., Electroless Nickel/Copper Plating as a New
      Metallization, IEEE Transactions on Components, Packaging, and
      Manufacturing Technology Part-B, vol. 18, No. 2, May 1984, pp. 334-338.
PAL  Lee et al., Structure and Corrosion Characteristics of Electroless Ni-Mo-P
      Alloy Deposits, Plating and Surface Finishing, Sep. 1991.
PAL  Riedel, Funktionelle Chemische Vernicklung, Berlin 1989, p. 13ff.
PAL  Nachbehandlung Von Chemisch Abgeschiedenen Nickeluberzugen, Thermische
      Nachbehandlung, p. 192ff.
LREP
FRM  Eckert Seamans Cherin & Mellott, LLC
ABST
PAL  Method for the preparation of electrodeposited or galvanically deposited
      bumps for the bonding of integrated circuits, characterized by two
      subsequent metal depositions, deposited without an external current source
      (chemical metal deposition) on a metallization 1, the first deposition
      being thicker than the second and the second deposition being more even or
      more regular throughout a large area than the first one.
PATN
WKU  059899948
SRC  9
APN  2221764
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19981229
TTL  Method for producing contact structures
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  13
EXA  Berezny; Nema
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  9
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Khoury; Theodore A.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Jones; Mark R.
CTY  Mundelein
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Frame; James W.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Advantest Corp.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  438615
XCL  438670
XCL  438676
XCL  257775
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2144
FSC  438
FSS  15;615;666;670;676;685;686;687;688
FSC  257
FSS  737;775
FSC  439
FSS  45;46
FSC   29
FSS  840;843
UREF
PNO  5127998
ISD  19920700
NAM  Cole
OCL  205135
UREF
PNO  5230965
ISD  19930700
NAM  Cole
OCL  428601
UREF
PNO  5829128
ISD  19981100
NAM  Eldridge
OCL   29855
UREF
PNO  5832601
ISD  19981100
NAM  Eldridge
OCL   29843
UREF
PNO  5846879
ISD  19981200
NAM  Winnerl
OCL  430666
UREF
PNO  5878486
ISD  19990400
NAM  Eldridge
OCL   29840
UREF
PNO  5884398
ISD  19990400
NAM  Eldridge
OCL   29843
UREF
PNO  5897326
ISD  19990400
NAM  Eldridge
OCL  438 14
LREP
FRM  Muramatsu & Associates
ABST
PAL  A production method for forming contact structures on a planar surface of a
      substrate. The production method includes the steps of: (a) forming a
      sacrificial layer on a surface of a silicon substrate, (b) forming an
      conductive layer made of electric conductive material on the sacrificial
      layer, (c) forming a photoresist layer on the conductive layer, (d)
      aligning a photo mask over the photoresist layer and exposing the
      photoresist layer with ultraviolet light through the photo mask where the
      photo mask including an image of the contact structures, (e) developing
      the image on the photoresist layer which has openings on the surface of
      the photoresist layer, (f) forming the contact structures made of electric
      conductive material in the openings by an electroplating process, (g)
      stripping the photoresist layer, (h) placing an adhesive tape on the
      contact structure, and (i) removing the sacrificial layer and the
      conductive layer by an etching process to separate the contact structures
      on the adhesive tape from the silicon substrate.
PATN
WKU  059899956
SRC  8
APN  9989145
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971229
TTL  Semiconductor device and wire bonding method therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Picardat; Kevin M.
NDR  5
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Nishiura; Shinichi
CTY  Fussa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mochida; Tooru
CTY  Higashiyamato
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Shinkawa
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961227
APN  8-357517
CLAS
OCL  438617
XCL  438612
XCL  2281805
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2144
FSC  438
FSS  617;124;612;613;615
FSC  228
FSS  180.5
UREF
PNO  4932584
ISD  19900600
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  228180.5
UREF
PNO  5148964
ISD  19920900
NAM  Shimizu
OCL  228180.5
UREF
PNO  5156323
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kumazawa et al.
OCL  220180.5
UREF
PNO  5205463
ISD  19930400
NAM  Holdgrafer et al.
OCL  228180.5
UREF
PNO  5259548
ISD  19931100
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  228180.5
UREF
PNO  5863810
ISD  19990100
NAM  Kaldenberg
OCL  438124
FREF
PNO  H4-318943
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  H5-60657
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Koda & Androlia
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor device including a bonded wire that connects a first
      bonding point and a second bonding point and has a linear portion in the
      top area thereof, the linear portion being bent or depressed down, thus
      having a high shape-retaining strength.
PATN
WKU  059899964
SRC  9
APN  0220094
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980211
TTL  Method for manufacturing semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Quach; T. N.
NDR  2
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kishi; Akira
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970327
APN  9-074773
CLAS
OCL  438621
XCL  438655
XCL  438664
XCL  438683
XCL  438688
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2128
FSC  438
FSS  586;597;621;630;649;655;664;683;688
UREF
PNO  4920069
ISD  19900400
NAM  Fossum et al.
OCL  437 90
UREF
PNO  5369055
ISD  19941100
NAM  Chung
OCL  438533
UREF
PNO  5529958
ISD  19960600
NAM  Yaoita
OCL  438655
UREF
PNO  5776822
ISD  19980700
NAM  Fujii et al.
OCL  438586
FREF
PNO  3-65658
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Katz, A., et al., "Metal/Al/Si contacts formed by eutectic rapid thermal
      melting", J. Vac. Sci. Technol., a 7(3), May/Jun. 1989, pp. 1484-1487.
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device includes the steps of:
      forming a laminated film by forming an aluminum film and a titanium film
      in this order on P-type and N-type electrically conductive regions of a
      silicon substrate and forming a silicide layer containing a titanium
      silicide as a major component on the electrically conductive region by
      allowing the laminated film to react with silicon constituting the silicon
      substrate by a first heat treatment.
PATN
WKU  059899972
SRC  9
APN  0616591
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980417
TTL  Method for forming dual damascene structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Thanh
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Lin; Benjamin Szu-Min
CTY  Tung Chui Chiayi
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Jenq; Jason
CTY  Pingtung
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Microelectronics Corp.
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19980216
APN  87102086
CLAS
OCL  438622
XCL  438624
XCL  438631
XCL  438633
XCL  438634
XCL  438637
XCL  438638
XCL  438640
XCL  438675
XCL  438692
XCL  438701
XCL  438703
XCL  438761
XCL  438713
XCL  438948
XCL  430311
XCL  430312
XCL  430314
XCL  430316
XCL  430317
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21314
FSC  438
FSS  622-624;626;631-634;637;638;640;674-675;687-688;692;701;703;713;959;948-951
FSC  430
FSS  311-317
UREF
PNO  5328553
ISD  19940700
NAM  Poon
OCL  156636
UREF
PNO  5578523
ISD  19961100
NAM  Fiordalice et al.
OCL  438633
UREF
PNO  5741626
ISD  19980400
NAM  Jain et al.
OCL  430314
UREF
PNO  5801094
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yew et al.
OCL  438624
UREF
PNO  5880018
ISD  19990300
NAM  Boeck et al.
OCL  438619
UREF
PNO  5897375
ISD  19990400
NAM  Watts et al.
OCL  438693
UREF
PNO  5920790
ISD  19990700
NAM  Wetzel et al.
OCL  438618
UREF
PNO  5935762
ISD  19990800
NAM  Dai et al.
OCL  430312
ABST
PAL  A method for forming dual damascene metallic structure that utilizes the
      formation of a protective photoresist layer at the bottom of a vertical
      window to prevent damages to a device region in the substrate when
      subsequent etching operation is carried out to form a horizontal trench
      pattern. The protective photoresist layer at the bottom of the vertical
      window is formed by irradiating the photoresist layer with a dose of
      radiation having energy level insufficient to chemically dissociate the
      photoactive molecules of the photoresist layer near the bottom of the
      vertical window.
PATN
WKU  059899980
SRC  8
APN  9192719
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970828
TTL  Method of forming interlayer insulating film
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Lebentritt; Michael S.
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  6
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Sugahara; Gaku
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Aoi; Nobuo
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Arai; Koji
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sawada; Kazuyuki
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960829
APN  8-228112
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961009
APN  8-268571
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970206
APN  9-023522
CLAS
OCL  438623
XCL  438743
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 214763
FSC  438
FSS  623;743;763;770;773;792
UREF
PNO  3632386
ISD  19720100
NAM  Hurst
OCL  117 46
UREF
PNO  4123308
ISD  19781000
NAM  Nowlin et al.
OCL  156272
UREF
PNO  4137365
ISD  19790100
NAM  Wydeven et al.
OCL  428412
UREF
PNO  4492733
ISD  19850100
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL  428412
UREF
PNO  4493855
ISD  19850100
NAM  Sachdev et al.
OCL  427 41
UREF
PNO  4590117
ISD  19860500
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  350164
UREF
PNO  4599243
ISD  19860700
NAM  Sachdev et al.
OCL  427 38
UREF
PNO  5112025
ISD  19920500
NAM  Nakayama et al.
UREF
PNO  5252250
ISD  19931000
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  252 73
UREF
PNO  5270082
ISD  19931200
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  528 10
UREF
PNO  5298587
ISD  19940300
NAM  Hu et al.
OCL  427539
UREF
PNO  5429995
ISD  19950400
NAM  Nishiyama et al.
UREF
PNO  5718967
ISD  19980200
NAM  Hu et al.
OCL  428216
FREF
PNO  0212691
ISD  19861000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 212 691
ISD  19870300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 560 617
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0560617
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  41 26 759
ISD  19930200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  03101123
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  07254592
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  08321217
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Wiedman et al, "New photodefinable glass etch masks for entirely dry
      photolithography: Plasma deposited organosilicon hydride polymers",
      Applied Physics Letters, American Institute of Physics, vol. 62, pp.
      372-374, Jan. 25, 1993.
PAL  K. Endo, et al., "Nitrogen Doped Fluorinated Amorphous Carbon Thin Films
      Grown by Plasma Enhanced Chemical Vapor Deposition", Extended Abstracts of
      the 1995 International Conference on Solid State Devices and Materials,
      Osaka, pp. 177-179, 1995 Month Unknown.
PAL  European Search Report dated Jun. 26, 1998.
PAL  C. I. Lang, et. al., Vapor Deposition Of Very Low K Polymer Films, Poly
      (Naphthalene), Poly Fluorinated Naphthalene), Materials Research Society
      Symposium Proc., vol. 381, Apr. 17-19, 1995, pp. 45-50.
PAL  K. Endo, et al., "Fluorinated Amorphous Carbon Thin Films Grown By Helicon
      Plasma Enhanced Chemical Vapor Deposition For Low Dielectric Constant
      Interlayer Dielectrics", Applied Physics Letters, vol. 68, No. 20, May 13,
      1996, pp. 2864-2866.
PAL  F. Durrant, et al., "Fluorine-Containing Amorphous Hydrogenated Carbon
      Films", Thin Solid Films, vol. 281/282, No. 1/02 Aug. 1, 1996, pp.
      294-297.
PAL  Endo, et al., "Fluorinated Amorphous Carbon Thin Films Grown By Helicon
      Plasma Enhanced Chemical Vapor Deposition For Low Dielectric Constant
      Interlayer Dielectrics" Applied Physics Letters, vol. 68, No. 20, May 13,
      1996, pp. 2864-2866.
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  A material containing, as a main component, an organic silicon compound
      represented by the following general formula:
EQU  R.sup.1.sub.x Si(OR.sup.2).sub.4-x
PAL  (where R.sup.1 is a phenyl group or a vinyl group; R.sup.2 is an alkyl
      group; and x is an integer of 1 to 3) is caused to undergo plasma
      polymerization or react with an oxidizing agent to form an interlayer
      insulating film composed of a silicon oxide film containing an organic
      component. As the organic silicon compound where R.sup.1 is a phenyl
      group, there can be listed phenyltrimethoxysilane or
      diphenyldimethoxysilane. As the organic silicon compound where R.sup.1 is
      a vinyl group, there can be listed vinyltrimethoxysilane or
      divinyldimethoxysilane.
PATN
WKU  059899999
SRC  8
APN  9399143
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970926
TTL  Construction of a tantalum nitride film on a semiconductor wafer
ISD  19991123
NCL  41
ECL  1
EXA  Zarneke; David A.
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  58
NFG  65
INVT
NAM  Levine; Timothy E.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chen; Ling
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chang; Mei
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mosely; Roderick C.
CTY  Pleasanton
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Littau; Karl A.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Raaijmakers; Ivo
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Applied Materials, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  498990
APD  19950706
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  75
APN  567461
APD  19951205
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  75
APN  677185
APD  19960709
RLAP
COD  75
APN  677218
APD  19960709
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  75
APN  680913
APD  19960712
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  75
APN  810221
APD  19970228
RLAP
COD  75
APN  808246
APD  19970228
RLAP
COD  75
APN  339521
APD  19941114
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  438627
XCL  438643
XCL  438648
XCL  438653
XCL  438656
XCL  438660
XCL  438663
XCL  438685
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 214763
FSC  438
FSS  627;643;648;653;656;660;663;685
UREF
PNO  5552341
ISD  19960900
NAM  Lee
OCL  437192
UREF
PNO  5567483
ISD  19961000
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL  427535
UREF
PNO  5801098
ISD  19980900
NAM  Fiordalice et al.
OCL  438653
LREP
FRM  Thomason, Moser & Patterson
ABST
PAL  The construction of a film on a wafer, which is placed in a processing
      chamber, may be carried out through the following steps. A layer (film) of
      tantalum nitride material is deposited on the wafer. Next, the layer of
      tantalum nitride material is annealed. The deposition and annealing may
      both be accomplished in the same chamber, without need for removing the
      wafer from the chamber until both steps are completed.
PATN
WKU  059900008
SRC  8
APN  8033048
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970220
TTL  Method and apparatus for improving gap-fill capability using chemical
      and physical etchbacks
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  11
EXA  Whipple; Matthew
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  12
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Hong; Soonil
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ryu; Choon Kun
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Nault; Michael P.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Singh; Kaushal K.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lam; Anthony
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Rana; Virendra V. S.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Conners; Andrew
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Applied Materials, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438631
XCL  438697
XCL  438699
XCL  438734
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21306
FSC  438
FSS  697;699;734;631
UREF
PNO  4732658
ISD  19880300
NAM  Lee
OCL  437228
UREF
PNO  5013400
ISD  19910500
NAM  Kurasaki et al.
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  5204288
ISD  19930400
NAM  Marks et al.
OCL  437228
UREF
PNO  5270264
ISD  19931200
NAM  Andideh et al.
OCL  437228
UREF
PNO  5296092
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kim
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  5354715
ISD  19941000
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  437238
UREF
PNO  5514624
ISD  19960500
NAM  Morozumi
OCL  437195
UREF
PNO  5575886
ISD  19961100
NAM  Murase
OCL  156636.1
UREF
PNO  5698467
ISD  19971200
NAM  Sakao et al.
OCL  437195
UREF
PNO  5721172
ISD  19980200
NAM  Jang et al.
OCL  438424
UREF
PNO  5841196
ISD  19981100
NAM  Gupta et al.
OCL  257774
OREF
PAL  Laxman, Ravi, "Low E deo;ectrocs: CVD Fluorinated Silicon Dioxides",
      Semiconductor international, pp. 71, 72, 74, May 1995.
PAL  Wolf, Stanley, Silicon processing for the VLSI Era, vol. 1, p. 552, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Townsend & Townsend & Crew
ABST
PAL  A method and an apparatus for depositing a dielectric layer to fill in a
      gap between adjacent metal lines. In preferred embodiments of the method,
      a first dielectric layer is deposited over the lines and subsequently
      etched using both chemical and physical etchback steps. After the etchback
      steps are completed, a second dielectric layer is deposited over the first
      dielectric layer to fill in the gap.
PATN
WKU  059900016
SRC  8
APN  9776591
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19971124
TTL  Method of forming a semiconductor device having a critical path wiring
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Eaton; Kurt
EXP  Fahmy; Wael M.
NDR  11
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Oda; Noriaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950424
APN  7-123183
RLAP
COD  74
APN  636962
APD  19960424
PSC  01
PNO  5883433
CLAS
OCL  438633
XCL  438638
XCL  438666
XCL  438675
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21283
FSC  438
FSS  637;638;361;700;626;633;645;666;674;675
UREF
PNO  5034799
ISD  19910700
NAM  Tomita et a.
OCL  257775
UREF
PNO  5045916
ISD  19910900
NAM  Vor et al.
OCL  257903
UREF
PNO  5083188
ISD  19920100
NAM  Yamagata
OCL  257752
UREF
PNO  5084412
ISD  19920100
NAM  Nakasaki
OCL  257762
UREF
PNO  5196916
ISD  19930300
NAM  Ishigami et al.
OCL  257769
UREF
PNO  5220199
ISD  19930600
NAM  Owada et al.
OCL  257758
UREF
PNO  5294836
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kishi
OCL  257758
UREF
PNO  5309015
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kuwata et al.
OCL  257758
UREF
PNO  5317193
ISD  19940500
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  257773
UREF
PNO  5354711
ISD  19941000
NAM  Heitzmann et al.
OCL  438182
UREF
PNO  5429995
ISD  19950700
NAM  Nishiyama et al.
OCL  257760
UREF
PNO  5477074
ISD  19951200
NAM  Yen
OCL  257773
UREF
PNO  5479053
ISD  19951200
NAM  Oda
OCL  257773
UREF
PNO  5500559
ISD  19960300
NAM  Miyata et al.
OCL  257764
UREF
PNO  5502335
ISD  19960300
NAM  Oda
OCL  257775
UREF
PNO  5529953
ISD  19960600
NAM  Shoda
OCL  438189
UREF
PNO  5532516
ISD  19960700
NAM  Pasch et al.
OCL  257775
UREF
PNO  5604380
ISD  19970200
NAM  Nishimura et al.
OCL  257773
UREF
PNO  5654931
ISD  19970800
NAM  Tamba et al.
OCL  365230.03
OREF
PAL  N. Oda et al., "New Wiring Design Concept for Reducing Wiring Resistance
      Effect in ECL Circuits", IEEE 1990 Bipolar Circuits and Technology
      Meeting, pp. 140-143.
PAL  M. Bohr et al. "A High Performance 0.35 um Logic Technology for 3.3v and
      2.5v Operation", IEDM 94, pp. 273-276.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a semiconductor device, which has: a wiring corresponding to a
      critical path, a wiring delay time of which determines an operating speed
      of an entire circuit, and a wiring corresponding to other than the
      critical path. The critical path wiring and the other wiring are formed on
      the same wiring layer, wherein a thickness of at least a part of the
      critical path wiring is greater than that of the other wiring.
PATN
WKU  059900024
SRC  9
APN  0827525
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980521
TTL  Method of making an antireflective structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Ha Tran
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Niroomand; Ardavan
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Gonzalez; Fernando
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  844398
APD  19970418
PSC  01
PNO  5886391
CLAS
OCL  438636
XCL  438424
XCL  438624
XCL  438952
XCL  257510
XCL  257640
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21027
ICL  H01L 2131
FSC  438
FSS  636;424;435;443;624;296;359;952
FSC  257
FSS  510;513;640;649
UREF
PNO  4541167
ISD  19850900
NAM  Havermann et al.
OCL   29576
UREF
PNO  5229316
ISD  19930700
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  437 67
UREF
PNO  5259924
ISD  19931100
NAM  Mathews et al.
OCL  156653
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger & Seeley
ABST
PAL  Inventive antireflective structures comprise a semiconductor substrate
      having hereon a combination of a plurality of layers that either that
      absorb reflected light or that dissipate reflected light into patterns and
      intensities that do not substantially alter photoresist material on the
      semiconductor substrate. The semiconductor substrate has formed thereon a
      feature having a width of less than about 0.25 microns. Antireflective
      structures contemplated include a first layer of polysilicon and first
      layer of silicon nitride material that is formed upon the first layer of
      polysilicon. The antireflective structure has the ability to scatter
      unabsorbed light into patterns and intensities that are substantially
      ineffective to alter photoresist material exposed to said patterns and
      intensities. A first antireflective structure comprises a first layer of
      polysilicon disposed upon on a semiconductor substrate, a second layer of
      silicon nitride material disposed upon the first layer of polysilicon, and
      a masking layer disposed upon the second layer of silicon nitride
      material. A second antireflective structure comprises a first layer of
      polysilicon disposed upon on a semiconductor substrate, a first layer of
      nitride material disposed upon the first layer of polysilicon, a second
      layer of polysilicon disposed upon the first layer of silicon nitride
      material, and a masking layer disposed upon the second layer of
      polysilicon. A third antireflective structure comprises a first layer of
      polysilicon disposed upon on a semiconductor substrate, a first layer of
      silicon nitride material disposed upon the first layer of polysilicon, a
      second layer of polysilicon disposed upon the first layer of silicon
      nitride material, a second layer of silicon nitride material disposed upon
      the second layer of polysilicon, and a masking layer disposed upon the
      second layer of silicon nitride material.
PATN
WKU  059900032
SRC  8
APN  8389853
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970423
TTL  Method of fabricating a semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Powell; Alva C.
EXP  Breneman; Bruce
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Oda; Noriaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960424
APN  8-102261
CLAS
OCL  438637
XCL  438738
XCL  216 18
XCL  216 47
XCL  216 72
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
FSC  216
FSS  18;41;47;67;79
FSC  438
FSS  637;672;725;736;738
UREF
PNO  4806453
ISD  19890200
NAM  Vidusek et al.
OCL  430312
UREF
PNO  4814041
ISD  19890300
NAM  Auda
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  5679269
ISD  19971000
NAM  Cohen et al.
OCL  216 72
UREF
PNO  5827780
ISD  19981000
NAM  Hsia et al.
OCL  438692
UREF
PNO  5833817
ISD  19981100
NAM  Tsai et al.
OCL  204192.17
FREF
PNO  60-115248
ISD  19850600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-90614
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-83842
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  S. M. Irving; "A Plasma Oxidation Process for Removing Photoresist Films";
      Solid State Technology, Jun. 1971, pp. 47-51.
PAL  Japanese Office Action dated Mar. 24, 1998 with English language
      translation of Japanese Examiner's comments.
LREP
FRM  Whitham, Curtis & Whitham
ABST
PAL  There is provided a method of fabricating a semiconductor, including the
      steps, in sequence, of (a) forming a first interlayer insulating film over
      a semiconductor substrate, (b) forming an electrically conductive contact
      hole in the first interlayer insulating film, (c) forming a second
      interlayer insulating film over the first interlayer insulating film, (d)
      forming a photosensitive organic film over the second interlayer
      insulating film, (e) forming a via-hole passing through the photosensitive
      organic film and the second interlayer insulating film, the via-hole being
      in vertical alignment with the contact hole, (f) forming a film so that
      the film covers the photosensitive organic film therewith and fills the
      via-hole therewith, (g) exposing the film to plasma so that a portion of
      the film lying over the photosensitive organic film is removed, (h)
      removing both the photosensitive organic film and the film remaining in
      the via-hole, and (i) forming a wire above the via-hole. In accordance
      with the above mentioned method, the cured layer formed on the
      photosensitive organic film is removed by being exposed to plasma in
      oxygen atmosphere with the via-hole being filled with the film. Thus, the
      second interlayer insulating film defining an inner wall of the via-hole
      is not exposed directly to oxygen plasma, and hence is not etched by the
      plasma. As a result, it is possible to prevent that the via-hole has a
      greater side length than a designed side length.
PATN
WKU  059900040
SRC  9
APN  1159445
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980715
TTL  Method for forming a tungsten plug and a barrier layer in a contact of
      high aspect ratio
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; Sam
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Yang; Yu-Ru
CTY  Yi Lan
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Lu; Horng-Bor
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Lin; Jenn-Tarng
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Microelectronics Corp.
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  438648
XCL  438643
XCL  438644
XCL  438668
XCL  438675
XCL  438629
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2144
ICL  H01L 214763
FSC  438
FSS  648;643;644;668;675;629
UREF
PNO  4141022
ISD  19790200
NAM  Sigg et al.
OCL  357 23
UREF
PNO  4920071
ISD  19900400
NAM  Thomas
OCL  437188
UREF
PNO  5104826
ISD  19920400
NAM  Fujita et al.
OCL  437190
UREF
PNO  5250467
ISD  19931000
NAM  Somekh et al.
OCL  437192
UREF
PNO  5502008
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hayakawa et al.
OCL  437225
UREF
PNO  5525543
ISD  19960600
NAM  Chen
OCL  437190
UREF
PNO  5591672
ISD  19970100
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  437190
UREF
PNO  5693561
ISD  19971200
NAM  Merchant et al.
OCL  437190
UREF
PNO  5700716
ISD  19971200
NAM  Sharan et al.
OCL  437190
UREF
PNO  5780356
ISD  19980700
NAM  Kim
OCL  438627
UREF
PNO  5833817
ISD  19981100
NAM  Tsai et al.
OCL  204192.17
UREF
PNO  5877086
ISD  19990300
NAM  Aruga
OCL  438653
ABST
PAL  A method for forming a barrier layer inside a contact in a semiconductor
      wafer is disclosed herein. The forgoing semiconductor wafer includes a
      dielectric layer on a silicon contained layer. A portion of the silicon
      contained layer is exposed by the contact. The method mentioned above
      includes the following steps.
PAL  First, form a conductive layer on the topography of the semiconductor wafer
      by a method other than CVD to increase the ohmic contact to the exposed
      silicon contained layer. Thus a first portion of the conductive layer is
      formed on the dielectric layer, and a second portion of the conductive
      layer is formed on the exposed silicon contained layer. Next, remove the
      first portion of the conductive layer to expose the dielectric layer.
      Finally, use a chemical vapor deposition (CVD) method to form the barrier
      layer on the dielectric layer and the first portion of the conductive
      layer to prevent said silicon contained layer from exposure.
PATN
WKU  059900059
SRC  8
APN  7990375
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970210
TTL  Method of burying a contact hole with a metal for forming multilevel
      interconnections
ISD  19991123
NCL  100
ECL  1
EXP  Everhart; Caridad
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hirose; Kazuyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miyakawa; Kuniko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  438660
XCL  438663
XCL  438688
XCL  438687
XCL  438645
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21443
FSC  438
FSS  660;662;663;688;687;645
UREF
PNO  5814556
ISD  19980900
NAM  Wee et al.
OCL  438620
FREF
PNO  63-128730
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-268126
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  A method of burying a conductive metal into a contact hole formed in an
      insulation film formed over a silicon substrate. Within the contact hole a
      refractory metal silicide layer has been formed on the silicon substrate
      and a barrier metal layer has been formed on the refractory metal silicide
      layer and further a conductive metal film has been formed on the barrier
      metal layer. A top surface region of the conductive metal film is rapidly
      heated to a first temperature below a melting point of the conductive
      metal film and high enough so as to cause a semi-fluidization of only the
      top surface region of the conductive metal film so as to maintain an
      interface between the barrier metal layer and the conductive metal film at
      a second temperature which is lower than the first temperature and low
      enough so as to prevent any chemical reaction between the barrier metal
      layer and the conductive metal film and also maintain the refractory metal
      silicide layer and the silicon substrate to have temperatures lower than
      the second temperature so as to prevent silicon from being diffused
      through the barrier metal layer into the conductive metal film.
PATN
WKU  059900067
SRC  8
APN  7952589
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970210
TTL  Method for forming materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Berry; Renee' R.
EXP  Bowers; Charles
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Thakur; Randhir P. S.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438676
XCL  438677
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2144
FSC  438
FSS  591;486;487;471;476;162;166;158;517;779;676;677
FSC  257
FSS  51;66
FSC  118
FSS  715
UREF
PNO  4246298
ISD  19810100
NAM  Guarnery et al.
OCL  427 46
UREF
PNO  4558660
ISD  19851200
NAM  Nishizawa et al.
OCL  118725
UREF
PNO  4699689
ISD  19871000
NAM  Bersin
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  5268201
ISD  19931200
NAM  Komaki et al.
OCL  427255.1
UREF
PNO  5314538
ISD  19940500
NAM  Maeda et al.
OCL  118715
UREF
PNO  5449799
ISD  19950900
NAM  Terfloth et al.
OCL  556112
UREF
PNO  5510158
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hiramoto et al.
OCL  427582
UREF
PNO  5531857
ISD  19960700
NAM  Engelsberg et al.
OCL  156345
UREF
PNO  5580421
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hiatt et al.
OCL  150643.1
UREF
PNO  5612250
ISD  19970300
NAM  Ohtani et al.
OCL  437101
UREF
PNO  5650361
ISD  19970700
NAM  Radhakrishnan
OCL  438779
UREF
PNO  5658417
ISD  19970800
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  156345
UREF
PNO  5663077
ISD  19970900
NAM  Adachi et al.
OCL  438151
FREF
PNO  4-93067
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-171975
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-333814
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "How Rapid Isothermal Processing Can Be a Cominant Semiconductor Processing
      Technology in the 21.sup.st Century" Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc. vol. 429,
      1996 Materials Research Society, pp. 81-94.
PAL  "Development Trends in Rapid Isothermal Processing (RIP) Dominated
      Semiconductor Manufacturing"--R. Singh, Department of Electrical and
      Computer Engineering Clemson University, pp. 31-42.
PAL  "Metalorganic Chemical APOR Deposition (MOCVD) of Oxides for Electronic and
      Photonic Applications"--The Minerals, Metals & Materials Society, 1995,
      pp. 211-220.
PAL  "UV-O.sub.3 and Dry-O.sub.2 : Two-Step Annealed Chemical Vapor-Deposited
      Ta.sub.2 O.sub.5 Films for Storage Dielectrics of 64-Mb DRAM's"--IEEE
      Transactions on Electron Devices, vol. 38, No. 3, Mar. 1991, pp. 455-462.
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor fabrication apparatus and methods for processing materials
      on a semiconductor wafer are disclosed. The fabrication apparatus is a
      processing chamber comprising: an ultraviolet radiation source and an
      infrared radiation source, the radiation sources symmetrically arranged
      such that radiation is substantially uniform throughout the chamber and
      the radiation sources being capable of being used as a film deposition
      radiation source or a film annealing radiation source or both; an
      ultraviolet radiation sensor and an infrared radiation sensor to provide a
      feedback loop to the ultraviolet radiation source and to the infrared
      radiation source, respectively, so that a desired level of ultraviolet
      radiation and infrared radiation is maintained inside the chamber. An
      exemplary method to utilize the semiconductor fabrication apparatus
      comprises processing a material on a semiconductor assembly during
      semiconductor fabrication, by the steps of: precleaning a semiconductor
      assembly in ultraviolet radiation, the step of precleaning performed prior
      to the step of forming; forming a film in ultraviolet radiation and
      infrared radiation; annealing the film ultraviolet light radiation and
      infrared radiation; wherein the ultraviolet radiation and the infrared
      radiation are supplied by independently operable ultraviolet and infrared
      radiation sources within the same processing chamber.
PATN
WKU  059900075
SRC  8
APN  9797831
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971126
TTL  Method of manufacturing a semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Deo; Duy-Vu
EXP  Kunemund; Robert
NDR  8
NFG  36
INVT
NAM  Kajita; Akihiro
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Oya; Katsuhiko
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukuhara; Johta
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Otsuka; Kenichi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Itoh; Hitoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961129
APN  8-319656
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970806
APN  9-211979
CLAS
OCL  438680
XCL  438683
XCL  438706
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21441
FSC  438
FSS  622;700;723;706;675;683;761;679;680
UREF
PNO  4501769
ISD  19850200
NAM  Hieber et al.
OCL  438683
UREF
PNO  5498768
ISD  19960300
NAM  Nishitani et al.
OCL  438723
UREF
PNO  5605867
ISD  19970200
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  438790
UREF
PNO  5620925
ISD  19970400
NAM  Nakata et al.
OCL  438641
UREF
PNO  5635423
ISD  19970600
NAM  Huang et al.
OCL  438700
OREF
PAL  Hitoshi Itoh et al., "Production-Level Planarized Metallization for Lower
      Half-Micron Devices Using Tungsten Selective CVD", Conference Proceedings
      ULSI XI, Materials Research Society, pp. 467-473, Oct. 24-25, 1996.
PAL  S. E. Schulz et al., "Influence of Wafer Prelcean before Selective Tungsten
      CVD on Surface Properties of Interconnect and Intermetal Dielectric
      Materials", phys. stat. sol. (a) 145, pp. 311-318, May 31, 1994.
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  This invention provides a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device,
      including the steps of forming an insulating film and a first metal film
      on one major surface of a semiconductor substrate, each of the insulating
      film and the first metal film having a partially exposed surface, and
      selectively forming a second metal film on the exposed surface of the
      first metal film, wherein formation of the second metal film is performed
      in an atmosphere containing a gasified silicon compound obtained upon
      gasifying a liquid silicon compound containing at least one element
      selected from the group consisting of carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, chlorine,
      and fluorine, or its reaction product, whereby the exposed surface of the
      insulating film is chemically modified with the silicon compound or its
      reaction product.
PATN
WKU  059900083
SRC  8
APN  9347518
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970922
TTL  Semiconductor device with pure copper wirings and method of
      manufacturing a semiconductor device with pure copper wirings
ISD  19991123
NCL  45
ECL  1
EXA  Zarneke; David A
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  5
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Koyama; Mitsutoshi
CTY  Yokkaichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kubota; Takeshi
CTY  Ichikawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960925
APN  8-253185
CLAS
OCL  438687
XCL  438660
XCL  438629
XCL  438643
XCL  438653
XCL  438668
XCL  438672
XCL  438675
XCL  438680
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2144
FSC  438
FSS  687;626;627;629;631;632;633;637;643-645;648;653;654;656;660;668;672;675;680
     ;685
FSC  420
FSS  469;500
FSC  148
FSS  432
UREF
PNO  4591484
ISD  19860500
NAM  Miyafuji et al.
OCL  420481
UREF
PNO  4842891
ISD  19890600
NAM  Miyazaki et al.
OCL  427 35
UREF
PNO  5085731
ISD  19920200
NAM  Norman et al.
OCL  156646
UREF
PNO  5143867
ISD  19920900
NAM  D'Heurle
OCL  437188
UREF
PNO  5370840
ISD  19941200
NAM  Caron et al.
OCL  420492
UREF
PNO  5391517
ISD  19950200
NAM  Gelatos et al.
OCL  437190
UREF
PNO  5654232
ISD  19970800
NAM  Gardner
OCL  438661
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  In a method for forming a high aspect ratio structure using copper in an
      ultra high-speed device, the degree of copper burying is heightened. A
      high aspect ratio structure, such as a fine connecting hole, is formed in
      a layer insulating film on a silicon substrate. Then, after a CVD-TiN film
      is formed to have a thickness of 10 nm on the insulating film, a copper
      film having a thickness of 1 .mu.m is formed. In this case, the highly
      pure copper film is formed by controlling film-forming conditions so as to
      set oxygen and sulfur concentrations in the film equal to a fixed level or
      lower. Thus, during its burying in the connecting hole, the surface
      diffusibility and fluidity of the copper film heated by means of laser
      irradiation are facilitated.
PATN
WKU  059900091
SRC  8
APN  8056072
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970225
TTL  Maximization of low dielectric constant material between interconnect
      traces of a semiconductor circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Lattin; Christopher
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  7
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Hsueh; Cheng-Chen
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lee; Shih-Ked
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lien; Chuen-Der
CTY  Los Altos Hills
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Integrated Device Technology, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  753009
APD  19961119
PSC  01
PNO  5854503
CLAS
OCL  438689
XCL  438700
XCL  438735
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21302
FSC  438
FSS  626;631;636;688;689;694;700;735;738;743;762;787;FOR 388;FOR 393;FOR 395
     ;FOR 401
UREF
PNO  4568410
ISD  19860200
NAM  Thornquist
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  4863879
ISD  19890900
NAM  Kwok
OCL  437 41
UREF
PNO  4986878
ISD  19910100
NAM  Malazgirt et al.
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  5003062
ISD  19910300
NAM  Yen
OCL  437231
UREF
PNO  5128279
ISD  19920700
NAM  Nariani et al.
OCL  437195
UREF
PNO  5201993
ISD  19930400
NAM  Langley
OCL  156643
UREF
PNO  5364818
ISD  19941100
NAM  Ouellet
OCL  437195
UREF
PNO  5403780
ISD  19950400
NAM  Jain et al.
OCL  437195
UREF
PNO  5413963
ISD  19950500
NAM  Yen et al.
OCL  437195
UREF
PNO  5422312
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  437195
UREF
PNO  5442211
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kita
UREF
PNO  5453406
ISD  19950900
NAM  Chen
OCL  437231
UREF
PNO  5457073
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ouellet
OCL  437231
UREF
PNO  5482900
ISD  19960100
NAM  Yang
OCL  437195
UREF
PNO  5486488
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kamiyama
OCL  437 60
UREF
PNO  5567970
ISD  19961000
NAM  Sheu et al.
UREF
PNO  5591681
ISD  19970100
NAM  Wristers et al.
OCL  437240
UREF
PNO  5607773
ISD  19970300
NAM  Ahlburn et al.
OCL  428427
UREF
PNO  5710076
ISD  19980100
NAM  Dai et al.
OCL  438305
UREF
PNO  5731604
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kinzer
OCL  257153
UREF
PNO  5759906
ISD  19980700
NAM  Lou
OCL  438623
UREF
PNO  5767012
ISD  19980700
NAM  Fulford, Jr. et al.
OCL  438622
FREF
PNO  401286355
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
OCL  257347
FREF
PNO  404132257
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
OCL  257347
FREF
PNO  404164369
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
OCL  257347
LREP
FRM  Bever & Hoffman
ABST
PAL  A structure and method of maximizing the volume of low dielectric constant
      material between adjacent traces of a conductive interconnect structure. A
      semiconductor structure includes a semiconductor substrate, a first
      insulating layer located over the semiconductor substrate, a conductive
      interconnect layer having a plurality of conductive traces located over
      the first insulating layer, and a patterned insulating layer located over
      the patterned interconnect layer. One or more trenches are formed in the
      upper surface of the first insulating layer. These trenches, which do not
      extend completely through the first insulating layer, are located between
      adjacent traces of the interconnect layer. A dielectric material having a
      low dielectric constant is located in these trenches, and between adjacent
      traces of the patterned interconnect layer. The trenches advantageously
      maximize the volume of low dielectric constant material which is located
      between the traces.
PATN
WKU  059900105
SRC  8
APN  8419477
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970408
TTL  Pre-conditioning polishing pads for chemical-mechanical polishing
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Chen; Kin-Chan
EXP  Utech; Benjamin
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Berman; Michael J.
CTY  West Linn
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  LSI Logic Corporation
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438691
XCL  438692
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21302
FSC  438
FSS  690;691;692;693
UREF
PNO  5081051
ISD  19920100
NAM  Mattingly et al.
OCL  437 10
UREF
PNO  5216843
ISD  19930600
NAM  Breivogel et al.
OCL   51131.1
UREF
PNO  5527424
ISD  19960600
NAM  Mullins
OCL  156636.1
UREF
PNO  5536202
ISD  19960700
NAM  Appel et al.
OCL  451285
UREF
PNO  5547417
ISD  19960800
NAM  Breivogel et al.
OCL  451 58
UREF
PNO  5595527
ISD  19970100
NAM  Appel et al.
OCL  451 28
UREF
PNO  5665201
ISD  19970900
NAM  Sahota
OCL  438693
UREF
PNO  5692947
ISD  19971200
NAM  Talieh et al.
OCL  451 41
LREP
FRM  Beyer & Weaver, LLP
ABST
PAL  A preconditioning mechanism for preconditioning a polishing pad is
      described. The preconditioning mechanism includes an arm capable of being
      disposed over the polishing pad and a head section located on a distal end
      of the arm and rotatable about a central axis. Furthermore, the head
      section includes at least two heads oriented about the central axis and
      have surfaces for either conditioning or preconditioning the polishing
      pad, whereby rotation of the head section about the central axis by
      defined amounts presents at least two heads to the polishing pad so that
      different of the two heads can engage the polishing pad for conditioning
      or preconditioning depending upon how far rotation has proceeded.
PATN
WKU  059900113
SRC  8
APN  9328394
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970918
TTL  Titanium aluminum alloy wetting layer for improved aluminum filling of
      damescene trenches
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Powell; William
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  McTeer; E. Allen
CTY  Meridian
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438692
XCL  216 38
XCL  257751
XCL  257752
XCL  257774
XCL  438720
XCL  438742
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
FSC  216
FSS  18;38;39;75;88;100
FSC  438
FSS  631;633;637;643;644;672;692;723;720;742;743-745
FSC  257
FSS  751;752;774
UREF
PNO  5209817
ISD  19930500
NAM  Ahmad et al.
XCL  216 38
UREF
PNO  5262354
ISD  19931100
NAM  Cote et al.
OCL  437195
UREF
PNO  5300813
ISD  19940400
NAM  Joshi et al.
OCL  257752
UREF
PNO  5422310
ISD  19950600
NAM  Ito
XCL  438742
UREF
PNO  5563099
ISD  19961000
NAM  Grass
OCL  437192
UREF
PNO  5821168
ISD  19981000
NAM  Jain
XCL  216 38
OREF
PAL  G. Yao, et al., Charaterization of Ti TiN, TiAl Films As Wetting Layers For
      Aluminum Planarization, pp. 220-222, Jun. 27-29, 1995 VMIC Conference,
      ISMIC--104/95/0220.
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger and Seeley
ABST
PAL  The novel process forms a first recess, such as a contact hole, within a
      first dielectric layer upon a semiconductor substrate. At least one
      diffusion barrier layer, selected from a group consisting of ceramics,
      metallics, and intermetallics, is formed within the first recess and at
      least partially conformably formed upon the first dielectric layer. A
      first electrically conductive layer is then formed within the recess over
      a said diffusion barrier layer. Preferably, the first electrically
      conductive layer is substantially composed of tungsten. The first
      electrically conductive layer is planarized above the recess thereby
      forming a top surface thereof. A second dielectric layer is formed over
      the first dielectric layer and said first electrically conductive layer. A
      second recess is formed in the second dielectric layer. The second recess
      extends from an upper surface of the second dielectric layer to the top
      surface of the first electrically conductive layer. The second recess has
      a bottom formed at least partially by the top surface of the first
      electrically conductive layer. A wetting layer composed of a
      titanium-aluminum alloy, is formed within the second recess over the
      second dielectric layer. A second electrically conductive layer then
      formed to substantially fill the second recess over the wetting layer. The
      wetting layer enables the second electrically conductive layer to
      substantially fill the second recess while being deposited at lower
      temperatures than conventional deposition processes. A portion of the
      wetting layer and the electrically conductive layer situated above the
      upper surface of the second dielectric layer is selectively removed by
      planarizing to form a planar top surface.
PATN
WKU  059900121
SRC  9
APN  0137421
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980127
TTL  Chemical-mechanical polishing of hydrophobic materials by use of
      incorporated-particle polishing pads
ISD  19991123
NCL  39
ECL  1
EXA  Chen; Kin-chan
EXP  Utech; Benjamin
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Robinson; Karl M.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Walker; Michael A.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438692
XCL  438693
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
FSC  438
FSS  690;691;692;693
UREF
PNO  5020283
ISD  19910600
NAM  Tuttle
OCL   51209
UREF
PNO  5297364
ISD  19940300
NAM  Tuttle
OCL  451527
UREF
PNO  5547417
ISD  19960800
NAM  Breivogel et al.
OCL  451 58
UREF
PNO  5759917
ISD  19980600
NAM  Grover et al.
OCL  438690
UREF
PNO  5827781
ISD  19981000
NAM  Skrovan et al.
OCL  438693
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger & Seeley
ABST
PAL  The present invention comprises a method of chemical-mechanical polishing
      of a surface on a semiconductor substrate by providing a fixed-abrasive
      polishing pad; providing a surface to be polished; and providing a
      chemical polishing solution containing a surface tension-lowering agent
      that lowers the surface tension of the solution from the nominal surface
      tension of water to a surface tension that sufficiently wets a hydrophobic
      surface to be polished such that chemical-mechanical polishing is
      accomplished. The present invention also comprises pad improvements that
      mechanically sweep the polishing solution under the pad or that receive
      polishing solution from the back of the pad such that a tangential and
      radial shear is placed on the polishing solution as it flows away from the
      pad.
PATN
WKU  059900130
SRC  8
APN  9825665
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971202
TTL  Process for treating a semiconductor substrate comprising a
      surface-treatment step
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Chen; Kin-Chan
EXP  Powell; William
INVT
NAM  Berenguer; Marc
CTY  Revel
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Pons; Michel
CTY  Meylan
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  France Telecom
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19961204
APN  96 14875
CLAS
OCL  438706
XCL  438710
XCL  438714
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21302
FSC  438
FSS  706;710;714
UREF
PNO  4361033
ISD  19821100
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL   73 64.4
UREF
PNO  4855016
ISD  19890800
NAM  Jucha et al.
OCL  438714
UREF
PNO  4937055
ISD  19900600
NAM  Kittler et al.
OCL  427126
UREF
PNO  5266309
ISD  19931100
NAM  Gardella, Jr. et al.
OCL  424 78.09
UREF
PNO  5281546
ISD  19940100
NAM  Possin et al.
OCL  438710
UREF
PNO  5723383
ISD  19950300
NAM  Kosugi et al.
OCL  438710
FREF
PNO  0 345 107
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 560 617
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 630 989
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 245 600
ISD  19920100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Thin Solid Films, vol. 222, No. 1/02, Dec. 20, 1992, pp. 126-131,
      XP000345492 Ramm J. et al: Low-Temperature in Situ Claening of Silicon
      Wafers with an Ultra High Vacuum Compatible Plasma Source.
PAL  Journal of the Electrochemical Society, vol. 141, No. 11, Nov. 1, 1994, pp.
      3136-3140, XP000493875 Carter R. J. et al.: "In Situ Remote H-Plasma
      Cleaning of Patterned SI-SI02 Surfvaces".
LREP
FRM  Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A process for treating a semiconductor substrate, comprising a prior
      surface-treatment step using a plasma at medium or low pressure,
      preferably having an electron concentration N.sub.e .gtoreq.10.sup.11
      cm.sup.-3 and preferably producing a small potential difference V.sub.p
      -V.sub.f <20 V, wherein the surface energy of the treated surface is
      determined so as optionally to have fast feedback on the control of the
      process in order to optimize the plasma treatment, and the prior surface
      treatment step may be followed by a deposition step with a view to filling
      or planarizing the treated surface or to improving morphological,
      physical, or electrical characteristics of materials deposited on the
      treated surface.
PATN
WKU  059900148
SRC  9
APN  0039861
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980107
TTL  In situ wafer cleaning process
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  15
EXA  Champagne; Donald L.
EXP  Kunemund; Robert
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Wilson; Gregory M.
CTY  Chesterfield
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Lottes; Charles R.
CTY  Ballwin
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc.
CTY  St. Peters
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438706
XCL  438906
XCL  438974
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21306
FSC  438
FSS  477;743;774;764;906;974;706
UREF
PNO  4544416
ISD  19851000
NAM  Meador et al.
OCL  148  1.5
UREF
PNO  5288662
ISD  19940200
NAM  Lagendijk et al.
OCL  438774
UREF
PNO  5352636
ISD  19941000
NAM  Beinglass
OCL  438475
UREF
PNO  5599425
ISD  19970200
NAM  Lagendijk et al.
OCL  438743
OREF
PAL  Damon DeBusk et al., "Investigating a trans-dichloroethylene vapor cleaning
      process," MICRO, pp. 39-43, Sep. 1995.
PAL  Schumacher Brochure, Trans-LC.TM., Schumacher's "Ozone Friendly" TCA
      Replacement, Jan. 7, 1994, which includes Attachments C, D and E: A. K.
      Hochberg et al., "A New Liquid Chlorine Source for Silicon Oxidation," J.
      Electrochem. Soc., vol. 139, No. 12, Dec. 1992; D. DeBusk et al.,
      "Characterization of Trans 1,2 Dichloroethane as a substitute for
      1,1,1-Trichloroethane in Silicon Oxidations;" and G. W. Dawson et al.,
      "t-DCE, An Ozone Friendly TCA Alternative."
LREP
FRM  Senniger, Powers, Leavitt & Roedel
ABST
PAL  A low pressure in situ wafer cleaning process and apparatus are disclosed
      wherein a low pressure external combustion reactor 2 in combination with a
      low pressure furnace 14 produces a stream of a combustion product through
      the combustion of a halogenated hydrocarbon and oxygen. The combustion
      product is contacted with semiconductor wafers in the low pressure furnace
      to remove Group I and II metals. After a sufficient time has passed for
      cleaning, the combustion reactor and furnace are purged with an inert gas
      to remove the combustion product. In a preferred embodiment, the
      halogenated hydrocarbon is trans-1,2-dichloroethylene and the combustion
      product is vaporous hydrochloric acid.
PATN
WKU  059900156
SRC  9
APN  0415677
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980312
TTL  Dual damascence process
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Umez-Eronini; Lynette T.
EXP  Utech; Benjamin
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Lin; Tony
CTY  Kao Hsiung Hsien
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Huang; Yimin
CTY  Taichung Hsien
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Yew; Tri-Rung
CTY  Hsinchu Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Microelectronics Corp.
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19971220
APN  86119415
CLAS
OCL  438706
XCL  438742
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2144
FSC  438
FSS  622;523;742;706
UREF
PNO  5466639
ISD  19951100
NAM  Ireland
OCL  438633
UREF
PNO  5518963
ISD  19960500
NAM  Park
OCL  438624
UREF
PNO  5741626
ISD  19980400
NAM  Jain et al.
OCL  430314
ABST
PAL  A dual damascene process can be used to form an interconnect. A first
      dielectric layer is formed on a semiconductor substrate having a device
      layer formed thereon. A stop layer is formed on the first dielectric layer
      and a second dielectric layer is formed on the stop layer. A hard mask
      layer is formed and patterned on the second dielectric layer so that an
      opening is formed to expose the second dielectric layer therewithin. The
      second dielectric layer, the stop layer and a part of the first dielectric
      layer are etched within the opening by photolithography and etching, so
      that a contact window is formed. Using the hard mask layer as a hard mask,
      an etching is performed so that a metal trench penetrating through the
      second dielectric layer is formed, and the device layer within the contact
      window is exposed.
PATN
WKU  059900164
SRC  8
APN  9973826
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971223
TTL  Dry etching method and apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  18
EXP  Powell; William
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Kim; Byong-dong
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Jung-kyu
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Sung-il
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961224
APN  96 70899
CLAS
OCL  438707
XCL  156345
XCL  216 71
XCL  438729
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
FSC  156
FSS  345 P;345 V;345 C;345 PT;345 PH
FSC  216
FSS  67;71
FSC  438
FSS  707;710;729
FSC  204
FSS  298.31;298.34
UREF
PNO  4230515
ISD  19801000
NAM  Zajac
OCL  438729
UREF
PNO  4297162
ISD  19811000
NAM  Mundt et al.
OCL  438729
UREF
PNO  5155331
ISD  19921000
NAM  Horiuchi et al.
XCL  438729
UREF
PNO  5439524
ISD  19950800
NAM  Cain et al.
XCL  156345
UREF
PNO  5556521
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ghanbari
XCL  156345
UREF
PNO  5565074
ISD  19961000
NAM  Qian et al.
UREF
PNO  5614055
ISD  19970300
NAM  Fairbairn et al.
UREF
PNO  5628869
ISD  19970500
NAM  Mallon
XCL  216 71
UREF
PNO  5685941
ISD  19971100
NAM  Forster et al.
FREF
PNO  0 608 633 A2
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 91 02106
ISD  19910200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94 14185
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Jones Volentine, LLP
ABST
PAL  A dry etching method and apparatus improves the uniformity of etching a
      wafer in the manufacture of a semiconductor device. The dry etching
      apparatus has a susceptor supporting the wafer, a cooling system installed
      in the susceptor, an upper RF (radio frequency) electrode which may
      incorporate a gas diffuser for spraying reactive gas toward the wafer, and
      an RF power source for producing an electric field used to react the gas
      and generate plasma. The gap between the upper RF electrode and the
      susceptor is configured to accommodate for distortions in the wafer or
      other processing requirements. In addition, the nozzles of the gas
      diffuser can be configured to spray different amounts of gas to also
      enhance the etching uniformity. Finally, one of the electrodes may be
      divided into concentric sections. In this case, the RF power source can
      generate electric fields of different intensities at the sections. When
      the divided electrode is the susceptor, the cooling system cools the
      sections to different temperatures to in turn temperature-condition the
      wafer in a manner determined in advance to enhance the uniformity of the
      etching process.
PATN
WKU  059900172
SRC  9
APN  1045504
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980625
TTL  Plasma reactor with heated source of a polymer-hardening precursor
      material
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Powell; William
NDR  22
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Collins; Kenneth
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Rice; Michael
CTY  Pleasanton
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Groechel; David
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Yin; Gerald
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mohn; Jon
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Roderick; Craig
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Buchberger; Douglas
CTY  Tracy
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Yang; Chan-Lon
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Wong; Jerry
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Marks; Jeffrey
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Keswick; Peter
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Applied Materials, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  734797
APD  19961023
RLAP
COD  82
APN  648256
APD  19960513
RLAP
COD  82
APN  580026
APD  19951220
RLAP
COD  89
APN  503467
APD  19950718
PSC  01
PNO  5770099
ISD  19980623
RLAP
COD  90
APN  597577
APD  19960202
RLAP
COD  82
APN  521668
APD  19950831
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  289336
APD  19940811
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  984045
APD  19921201
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  86
APN  580026
RLAP
COD  81
APN  041796
APD  19930401
PSC  01
PNO  5556501
ISD  19960917
RLAP
COD  81
APN  722340
APD  19910627
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  86
APN  503467
RLAP
COD  84
APN  138060
APD  19931015
PSC  01
PNO  5477975
ISD  19951226
CLAS
OCL  438714
XCL  216 67
XCL  216 68
XCL  438723
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
FSC  438
FSS  714;715;723;738;743
FSC  156
FSS  345 C;345 PT;345 PH
FSC  216
FSS  67;68
UREF
PNO  4123316
ISD  19781000
NAM  Tsuchimoto
UREF
PNO  4261762
ISD  19810400
NAM  King
UREF
PNO  4350578
ISD  19820900
NAM  Frieser et al.
UREF
PNO  4427516
ISD  19840100
NAM  Levinstein et al.
UREF
PNO  4427762
ISD  19840100
NAM  Takahashi et al.
UREF
PNO  4430547
ISD  19840200
NAM  Yoneda et al.
UREF
PNO  4457359
ISD  19840700
NAM  Holden
UREF
PNO  4512391
ISD  19850400
NAM  Harra
UREF
PNO  4565601
ISD  19860100
NAM  Kakehi et al.
UREF
PNO  4711698
ISD  19871200
NAM  Douglas
UREF
PNO  4756810
ISD  19880700
NAM  Lamont, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4786352
ISD  19881100
NAM  Benzing
UREF
PNO  4786359
ISD  19881100
NAM  Stark et al.
UREF
PNO  4793897
ISD  19881200
NAM  Dunfield et al.
UREF
PNO  4807016
ISD  19890200
NAM  Douglas
UREF
PNO  4810935
ISD  19890300
NAM  Boswell
UREF
PNO  4842683
ISD  19890600
NAM  Cheng et al.
UREF
PNO  4870245
ISD  19890900
NAM  Price et al.
UREF
PNO  4918031
ISD  19900400
NAM  Flamm et al.
UREF
PNO  4948458
ISD  19900800
NAM  Ogle
UREF
PNO  4990229
ISD  19910200
NAM  Campbell et al.
UREF
PNO  5000113
ISD  19910300
NAM  Wang et al.
UREF
PNO  5006220
ISD  19910400
NAM  Hijikata et al.
UREF
PNO  5015330
ISD  19910500
NAM  Okumura et al.
UREF
PNO  5074456
ISD  19911200
NAM  Degner et al.
UREF
PNO  5085727
ISD  19920200
NAM  Steger
UREF
PNO  5169487
ISD  19921200
NAM  Langley et al.
UREF
PNO  5187454
ISD  19930200
NAM  Collins et al.
UREF
PNO  5203956
ISD  19930400
NAM  Hansen
UREF
PNO  5241245
ISD  19930800
NAM  Barnes et al.
UREF
PNO  5249251
ISD  19930900
NAM  Egalon et al.
UREF
PNO  5258824
ISD  19931100
NAM  Carlson et al.
UREF
PNO  5276693
ISD  19940100
NAM  Long et al.
UREF
PNO  5277751
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ogle
UREF
PNO  5326404
ISD  19940700
NAM  Sato
UREF
PNO  5346578
ISD  19940900
NAM  Benzing et al.
UREF
PNO  5349313
ISD  19940900
NAM  Collins et al.
UREF
PNO  5356515
ISD  19941000
NAM  Tahara et al.
OCL  438715
UREF
PNO  5392018
ISD  19950200
NAM  Collins et al.
UREF
PNO  5399237
ISD  19950300
NAM  Keswick et al.
UREF
PNO  5401350
ISD  19950300
NAM  Patrick et al.
UREF
PNO  5414246
ISD  19950500
NAM  Shapona
UREF
PNO  5423945
ISD  19950600
NAM  Marks et al.
UREF
PNO  5477975
ISD  19951200
NAM  Rice et al.
UREF
PNO  5514246
ISD  19960500
NAM  Blalock
UREF
PNO  5529657
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ishii
UREF
PNO  5556501
ISD  19960900
NAM  Collins et al.
UREF
PNO  5567268
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kadomura
OCL  156345C
FREF
PNO  0 403 418 A2
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 413 282 A2
ISD  19910200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 520 519 A1
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 552 490 A1
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 552 491 A1
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 601 468 A1
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 651 434 A2
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 680 072 A2
ISD  19951100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 727 807 A1
ISD  19960800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 742 577 A2
ISD  19961100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  55-154582
ISD  19801200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-155732
ISD  19820900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-147531
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-91377
ISD  19860500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-142744
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-12129
ISD  19870100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-254428
ISD  19871100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-9120
ISD  19880100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/20833
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Coburn, W.J., "Increasing the Etch Rate Ratio oSiO2/Si in Fluorocarbon
      Plasma Etching," IBM Technical Disclosure, vol. 19, No. 10, Mar. 1977.
PAL  Matsuo, Seitaro, "Selective Etching of SiO2 Relative to Si by Plasma
      Reactive Sputter Etching," J. Vac. Sc. Technology, vol. 17, No. 2,
      Mar.-Apr. 1980.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, Publication No. 07288196 A, Oct. 31, 1995 (Tokyo
      Electron Ltd).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, Publication No. 08017799 A, Jan. 19, 1996
      (Plasma Syst: KK).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, Publication No. 62052714 A, Mar. 7, 1987
      (Olympus Optical Co. Ltd; Toagosei Chem Ind Co Ltd).
LREP
FRM  Michaelson and Wallace
ABST
PAL  A general method of the invention is to provide a polymer-hardening
      precursor piece (such as silicon, carbon, silicon carbide or silicon
      nitride, but preferably silicon) within the reactor chamber during an etch
      process with a fluoro-carbon or fluoro-hydrocarbon gas, and to heat the
      polymer-hardening precursor piece above the polymerization temperature
      sufficiently to achieve a desired increase in oxide-to-silicon etch
      selectivity. Generally, this polymer-hardening precursor or silicon piece
      may be an integral part of the reactor chamber walls and/or ceiling or a
      separate, expendable and quickly removable piece, and the heating/cooling
      apparatus may be of any suitable type including apparatus which
      conductively or remotely heats the silicon piece.
PATN
WKU  059900180
SRC  8
APN  7121474
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19960911
TTL  Oxide etching process using nitrogen plasma
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  17
EXA  Nguyen; Ha Tran
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ho; Yu-Chun
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Yen; Tzu-Shih
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Luo; Hung-Yi
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Vanguard International Semiconductor Corporation
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  438723
XCL  438695
XCL  438714
XCL  438637
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 213065
ICL  H01L 21311
FSC  438
FSS  637;695;723;714
UREF
PNO  5091326
ISD  19920200
NAM  Haskell
OCL  438257
UREF
PNO  5643407
ISD  19970700
NAM  Chang
OCL  438623
LREP
FRM  Christensen, O'Connor, Johnson & Kincness PLLC
ABST
PAL  The present invention is a method for improviding an oxide etching process
      by using a nitrogen-based plasma. An additional nitrogen-based plasma step
      is used to inhibit or delay the formation of observed residual bubbles
      during a dry etching process. The method comprises the steps of etching
      the oxide layer by reactive ion etching and immersing the oxide layer in a
      nitrogen plasma.
PATN
WKU  059900199
SRC  8
APN  9669450
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971110
TTL  Selective etching of oxides
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  Alanko; Anita
EXP  Breneman; Bruce
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Torek; Kevin James
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Lee; Whonchee
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Hawthorne; Richard C.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  601787
APD  19960215
PSC  01
PNO  5685951
CLAS
OCL  438723
XCL  438738
XCL  438743
XCL  252 791
XCL  134  13
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21302
FSC  252
FSS  79.1
FSC  134
FSS  1.3
FSC  438
FSS  721;723;738;743
UREF
PNO  4380489
ISD  19830400
NAM  Beinvogl et al.
OCL  156657.1
UREF
PNO  4615764
ISD  19861000
NAM  Bobbio et al.
OCL  438723
UREF
PNO  5022961
ISD  19910600
NAM  Izumi et al.
OCL  156662.1
UREF
PNO  5030319
ISD  19910700
NAM  Nishino et al.
OCL  216 87
UREF
PNO  5173152
ISD  19921200
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  216 79
UREF
PNO  5176790
ISD  19930100
NAM  Arleo et al.
OCL  438715
UREF
PNO  5314578
ISD  19940500
NAM  Cathey
OCL  156662
UREF
PNO  5376233
ISD  19941200
NAM  Man
OCL  156662.1
UREF
PNO  5505816
ISD  19960400
NAM  Barnes et al.
OCL  437225
UREF
PNO  5509970
ISD  19960400
NAM  Shiramizu
OCL  134  3
UREF
PNO  5571375
ISD  19961100
NAM  Izumi et al.
OCL  438743
UREF
PNO  5620559
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kikuchi
OCL  438723
UREF
PNO  5685951
ISD  19971100
NAM  Torek et al.
OCL  156646.1
UREF
PNO  5716495
ISD  19980200
NAM  Butterbaugh et al.
OCL  156643.1
UREF
PNO  5736450
ISD  19980400
NAM  Huang et al.
OCL  438738
UREF
PNO  5770263
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hawthorne et al.
OCL  427309
FREF
PNO  601532 A2
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4124543 A1
ISD  19920300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  8-195381 A2
ISD  19960700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-264500 A2
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Watanabe et al., "Selective Etching of Phosphosilicate Glass with Low
      Pressure Vapor" HF: J. Electrochem. Soc. vol. 142, (1) 237-243.
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger & Seeley
ABST
PAL  A surface having exposed doped silicon dioxide such as BPSG is cleaned with
      a vapor phase solution that etches thermal oxide at least one-third as
      fast as it etches the exposed doped silicon dioxide, resulting in more
      thorough cleaning with less removal of the exposed doped silicon dioxide.
      Specific applications to formation of container capacitors are disclosed.
      Preferred cleaning vapor phase solutions include about 1% water, about 5%
      hydrogen fluoride, and about 5% ammonias. The vapor phase solution is also
      useful in cleaning methods in which a refractory metal silicide is exposed
      to the cleaning vapor phase solution such as in cleaning prior to spacer
      formation or prior to a gate stack contact fill, in which case about 500
      PPMV water, about 2% hydrogen fluoride, and about 2% ammonia is most
      preferred.
PATN
WKU  059900202
SRC  8
APN  9979786
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971224
TTL  Method for forming a conductive plug
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Powell; William
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Ha; Jae-Hee
CTY  Chungcheongbuk-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Semicon Co., Ltd.
CTY  Chungcheongbuk-Do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961226
APN  96/72200
CLAS
OCL  438738
XCL  438672
XCL  438734
XCL  438742
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2100
FSC  438
FSS  637;672;720;723;734;742;743;737;738
FSC  216
FSS  67;75
UREF
PNO  5827436
ISD  19981000
NAM  Kamide et al.
XCL  438720
OREF
PAL  IEEE Transactions of Semiconductor Manufacturing, vol., 3, No. 3, Aug.
      1990, Development of a Magnetron-Enhanced Plasma Process for Tungsten
      Etchback with Response-Surfaxe Methodology, Paul E. Riley, et al, pp.
      142-144.
PAL  Mechanism of Plug Loss Suppression in Tungsten Etchback processes by a
      Redeposition of Titanium reaction Products, Satoru Mihara et al, Process
      Development Div., Fujitsu Limited, ECS Proceedings 10th Symp. Plasma
      Proc., vol. PV 94.20, pp. 449-459.
ABST
PAL  A method for forming a semiconductor device contact plug in a contact hole
      without a plug cavity. The method forms a contact hole on a substrate, and
      then forms a barrier layer in the contact hole. Next, a contact plug is
      formed on the barrier layer in the contact hole. After the formation of
      the contact plug, a portion of the barrier layer is selectively removed
      using a gas mixture of a first gas and a second gas. The first gas etches
      the barrier layer, and the second gas forms a protective layer to prevent
      a cavity from forming.
PATN
WKU  059900210
SRC  8
APN  994950&
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971219
TTL  Integrated circuit having self-aligned CVD-tungsten/titanium contact
      plugs strapped with metal interconnect and method of manufacture
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  9
EXA  Vinh; Lan
EXP  Utech; Benjamin
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Prall; Kirk
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Rhodes; Howard E.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Sharan; Sujit
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Sandhu; Gurtel
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Ireland; Philip J.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  438745
XCL  438745
XCL  438754
XCL  438755
XCL  438756
XCL  438757
XCL  438753
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21336
FSC  438
FSS  745;754;755;756;757;753
UREF
PNO  5032530
ISD  19910700
NAM  Lowrey et al.
OCL  437 34
UREF
PNO  5134085
ISD  19920700
NAM  Gilgen et al.
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5846881
ISD  19981200
NAM  Sandhu et al.
OCL  438683
LREP
FRM  Trask, Britt & Rossa
ABST
PAL  This invention is a process for manufacturing a random access memory array.
      Each memory cell within the array which results from the process
      incorporates a stacked capacitor, a silicon nitride coated access
      transistor gate electrode, and a self-aligned high-aspect-ratio digit line
      contact having a tungsten plug which extends from the substrate to a metal
      interconnect structure located at a level above the stacked capacitor. The
      contact opening is lined with titanium metal which is in contact with the
      substrate, and with titanium nitride that is in contact with the plug.
      Both the titanium metal and the titanium nitride are deposited via
      chemical vapor deposition reactions.
PATN
WKU  059900229
SRC  8
APN  9987568
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971229
TTL  Method of evaluating a silicon wafer
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Vinh; Lan
EXP  Hiteshew; Felisa C.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Motoura; Hisami
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Asano; Eiichi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Komatsu Electronic Metals Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961227
APN  8-357514
CLAS
OCL  438745
XCL  438745
XCL  438751
XCL  438753
XCL  438750
XCL  438754
XCL  156612
XCL  156643
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21312
FSC  438
FSS  745;751;753;750;754
FSC  156
FSS  612;643
UREF
PNO  4053335
ISD  19771000
NAM  Hu
OCL  148174
UREF
PNO  5310703
ISD  19940500
NAM  Visser et al.
OCL  437229
UREF
PNO  5734195
ISD  19980300
NAM  Takizawa et al.
OCL  257607
FREF
PNO  870009
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 21324
FREF
PNO  8124984
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 2166
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  The evaluating method includes: dipping a mirror-polished silicon wafer in
      a dilute hydrofluoric acid; washing the surface of the silicon wafer;
      subjecting the surface-washed silicon wafer to a heat treatment in an
      oxygen atmosphere to form a thermal oxidation film; forming a
      predetermined number of polycrystalline silicon electrodes having a
      predetermined area on the thermal oxidation film; applying a voltage to
      each electrode between the predetermined number of polycrystalline silicon
      electrodes and the silicon wafer; and judging the quality of the
      mirror-polishing process of the silicon wafers in accordance with the
      breakdown electric field intensity of the leakage current obtained by
      measuring the oxide film insulation.
PATN
WKU  059900237
SRC  9
APN  038089&
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980311
TTL  Fire-resistant glazing
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Group; Karl
INVT
NAM  Siedel; Horst
CTY  Walchwil
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Morin; Claude
CTY  Puteaux
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Jeanvoine; Pierre
CTY  Poissy
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Vetrotech Saint-Gobain International AG
CTY  Walchwil
CNT  CHX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  501 70
XCL  501 72
EDF  6
ICL  C03C  3087
FSC  501
FSS  70;72
UREF
PNO  3984252
ISD  19761000
NAM  Kiefer
OCL  106 54
UREF
PNO  5656558
ISD  19970800
NAM  Brix et al.
OCL  501 70
UREF
PNO  5763342
ISD  19980600
NAM  Mita et al.
OCL  501 70
UREF
PNO  5763343
ISD  19980600
NAM  Brix et al.
OCL  501 70
UREF
PNO  5776844
ISD  19980700
NAM  Koch et al.
OCL  501 70
FREF
PNO  24 13 552
ISD  19750900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  23 13 442
ISD  19760900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  28 18 804
ISD  19801000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 25 656
ISD  19960800
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  Use is made, for the manufacture of fire-resistant glazings of the G
      fire-resistance classes, comprising panes made of glass toughened by the
      thermal route by means of a conventional toughening plant and possessing
      safety glass properties, of glasses which exhibit a thermal expansion
      coefficient .alpha..sub.20-300 of between 6 and 8.5.times.10.sup.-6
      K.sup.-1, a thermal stress factor .phi. of between 0.5 and
      0.8N/(mm.sup.2.K), a softening point of between 750 and 830.degree. C. and
      a transformation point of at the very most 1190.degree. C.
PATN
WKU  059900245
SRC  8
APN  8767572
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970616
TTL  Dehydrocoupling treatment and hydrosilylation of silicon-containing
      polymers, and compounds and articles produced thereby
ISD  19991123
NCL  44
ECL  1
EXP  Marquis; Melvyn I.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Blum; Yigal
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  McDermott; Gregory A.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  SRI International
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  548082
APD  19951025
PSC  01
PNO  5639844
ISD  19970617
RLAP
COD  84
APN  063617
APD  19930518
PSC  01
PNO  5750643
ISD  19980512
CLAS
OCL  501 88
XCL  501 92
XCL  528 15
XCL  528 17
XCL  528 19
XCL  528 28
XCL  528 29
XCL  528 31
XCL  528 32
XCL  528 12
XCL  528 13
XCL  528 16
XCL  528 21
XCL  528 23
EDF  6
ICL  C04B 3552
FSC  528
FSS  15;17;19;28;29;31;32;12;13;16;21;23
FSC  501
FSS  88;92
UREF
PNO  4612383
ISD  19860900
NAM  Laine et al.
OCL  528 15
UREF
PNO  4952715
ISD  19900800
NAM  Blum et al.
OCL  528 15
UREF
PNO  5008422
ISD  19910400
NAM  Blum et al.
OCL  556412
UREF
PNO  5128494
ISD  19920700
NAM  Blum
OCL  528 15
UREF
PNO  5639844
ISD  19970600
NAM  Blum et al.
OCL  528 16
LREP
FR2  Reed; Dianne E.
     Reed & Associates
ABST
PAL  Novel methods for the preparation of polymers useful as precursors to
      ceramic materials by catalytic activation of Si--H bonds are disclosed.
      The methods comprise reacting, in the presence of a catalyst effective to
      activate Si--H bonds, Si--N bonds, or both, and/or a reactive solvent, a
      polymer in the form of a polysilane, polysilazane, polysiloxane or
      polycarbosilane with a reactant having the structural formula R--X--H,
      wherein X is NR' or O, R is H, organic, silyl, siloxyl, silazanyl or
      carbosilyl and may contain at least one additional X--H group, and R' is
      H, amino, silyl or silazanyl, to produce a modified polymer containing at
      least one Si--X bond. Polymers produced by these methods are also
      disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059900253
SRC  8
APN  8275017
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970328
TTL  Ceramic matrix composite and method of manufacturing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Marcantoni; Paul
INVT
NAM  Suyama; Shoko
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kameda; Tsuneji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Goto; Yasuhiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kato; Masahiro
CTY  Kanagawa-Ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960329
APN  8-077637
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960927
APN  8-256791
CLAS
OCL  501 92
XCL  428570
XCL   75236
EDF  6
ICL  C04B 3556
FSC  501
FSS  92
FSC  428
FSS  569;570
FSC   75
FSS  236
UREF
PNO  3419404
ISD  19681200
NAM  Mao
OCL  501 98.4
UREF
PNO  4927792
ISD  19900500
NAM  Petrovic et al.
OCL  501 92
UREF
PNO  4970179
ISD  19901100
NAM  Petrovic et al.
OCL  501 92
UREF
PNO  5000896
ISD  19910300
NAM  Petrovic et al.
OCL  501 92
UREF
PNO  5079195
ISD  19920100
NAM  Chiang et al.
OCL  501 92
UREF
PNO  5281565
ISD  19940100
NAM  Hecht et al.
OCL  501 92
UREF
PNO  5292691
ISD  19940300
NAM  Hecht et al.
OCL  501 96
UREF
PNO  5292692
ISD  19940300
NAM  Maloney et al.
OCL  501 92
UREF
PNO  5364442
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sekhar
OCL   75229
UREF
PNO  5364513
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sekhar et al.
OCL  204244
UREF
PNO  5454999
ISD  19951000
NAM  Jayashankar et al.
OCL  419 32
UREF
PNO  5462902
ISD  19951000
NAM  Henager, Jr. et al.
OCL  501 87
UREF
PNO  5514630
ISD  19960500
NAM  Willkens et al.
OCL  501 92
FREF
PNO  0 555 760
ISD  19930800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 643 023
ISD  19950300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  07215781
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  08048563
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "Impression Creep Behavior of SIC Particle--MaSi.sub.2 Composites" Butt et
      al Mater Sci Techn. Div. J Mater Research 11(6) pp. 1528-1536, 1996.
PAL  "Corrosion Behavior of Infiltrated Reaction Sintered Sicon Carbide" Kishan
      et al. J Mater. Sci Lett, 13(20) pp. 1516-1517, 1994.
PAL  "Mechanical Properties of MoSi.sub.2 ISic/20w Net Shape Composite" Chen et
      al. Ceran Eng. Sci Proc (1996), 17 (3) pp. 287-294.
PAL  "Preliminary Study on Liquid Phase or Action Band of Sic by Using Si + Mo
      Liquid alloy" Hu et al. Guonayan Yuobao, 24 (3) pp. 347-351, 1996.
PAL  "Effects of Thermal Cycle on Mechanical Properties of SiC Particles
      Reinforced MoSi.sub.2 Composite" Zheng et al. Acta Metall Sin (Engl Lett)
      9(2) pp. 129-134, 1996.
PAL  "Mechanical Properties of MoSi.sub.2 Matrix Sinuates Composites at Elevated
      Temperature" Jiang et al. Funtai Oyobi Funmatsu Yakin (1996) 43(4) pp.
      444-449.
PAL  "Tensile Creep and Creep Rupture of SiC-Reinforced MoSi.sub.2 " French et
      al. Ceram Eng. Sci Proc. (1995) 16 (4), pp. 129-136.
PAL  "Microstructure and Properties of MoSi.sub.2 & MoSi.sub.2- -SiC Sintered
      Bodies Obtained From Fire Powders" Hojo et al. Funtai Oyobi Funmatsu Vakin
      42(11) 1295-9, 1995.
PAL  "The Effect of Grain Size and SiC Particulates on the Strength & Durctility
      of MoSi.sub.2 " Ghosh et al. Strength Mat: Fundam Phy Aspects Stength
      Const Mat. Proc Int'l Conference, 10.sup.th (1994) pp. 967-971.
PAL  "SiC Reinforced MoSi.sub.2 Composite Materials" Wang et al, Int Symp Ceram.
      Materials. Compon. Engines., 5.sup.th (1995) Meeting Date 1994 pp.
      304-307.
PAL  "Microstructure and Mechanical Properties of MoSi.sub.2 /SiC Composites"
      Suzuki et al. Ceram Trans. (1994), 44 (Mater. Processing & Design) pp.
      427-434.
PAL  "Mechanical Properties of Molydan Disilude Based Mat'ls Consolidated by Hot
      Isostatic Press (HIC)" Suryanarayanan et al. Acta Metall Mater 42(11) pp.
      3751-3757, 1994.
PAL  "Elevated-Temperature Mechanical Behavior of Plasma Sprayed MoSi.sub.2
      -SiC" Wolfsteine et al., Mater. Sci Eng. A (1994) A 189(1-2) pp. 257-266.
PAL  "Field Assisted Combustion Synthesis of MoSi.sub.2 -SiC Composites"
      Gedevanoshvili et al. Ser. Matall Mater. (1994) 31 (6) pp. 741-743.
PAL  "Microstructure Evolution in Compositionaly Tailored MoSi.sub.2 -/SiC
      Composites" Riddle et al., Mater Res. Soc Symp Proc, 322 (High Temp Silver
      & Ref Alloys pp. 291-296 (1994).
PAL  "On the Fatigue Response of Bridging Ductile Fibers in a MoSi.sub.2
      Inter-Metallic Composite" Deve et al. Mater. Sci Eng. A (1993) a160(2) PP.
      209-214.
PAL  "Strengthening of Discontinuously Reinforced MoSi.sub.2 Composites at High
      Temperatures" Aiken, Mater. Sci Eng A (1992, A155(1-2) pp. 121-133.
PAL  "Synthesis & Properties of In Situ MoSi.sub.2 -/SiC Composites",
      Jayasharkar et al., Mater. Res. Soc. Symp Proc (1994) 322 (High Top Solids
      & Ref Alloys) pp. 33-40.
PAL  "Microstructures of XD Mohbchem Disilicade & Silium Carbide Particulates
      Components" Feng et al. Mater. Res. Soc Symp Proc. (1993), 288(High Temp.
      Ordered Intermetalic Alloys) pp. 1031-1036.
PAL  "Fabrication & Characterization of Reaction Bonded Silva carbide & Reaction
      Bromide SiC/MoSi.sub.2 " Yang et al. Int Symp. Ceram Mater. Compon,
      Engine. 5.sup.th (1995) Meeting Date (1994) pp. 252-259.
PAL  "Synthesis of SiC/MoSi.sub.2 Composites Using Polyoric Pneurosis" Kim et
      al. Han'guk Chaelyo Hakhocchi (1996), 6(5), pp. 515-523, 1996.
PAL  "A New Rate for the Synthesis of SiC/MoSi.sub.2 Composites Mat'ls"
      Narciso-Romero et al. Chen Comm (1996) (14) pp. 1667-1668.
PAL  "Preparation of SiC/MoSi.sub.2 Composites by Sintering Process" Jin et al.,
      Sintering Mater., Proc. Int. Symp. Sci Technol. Sinkey, 6.sup.th (1995)
      pp. 361-366.
PAL  "Properties of Heat-Treated Research Sintered Sicicon Carbide & Fabrication
      of Silicon Carbide/Molytodemure Sisiliude Composite" Iseki et al., Key
      Eng. Mat. 1991, 53-55 (Austerman '90) pp/ 138-143.
PAL  "High Strength MoSi.sub.2 Matrix Composites" Ting et al., NASA Conf. Publ,
      3225rpt. 1, 17.sup.th Conference on Metal Matrix, Carbon, 7 Ceramic Matrix
      Composite, pp. 21-36, (1994).
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  There is provided a ceramic matrix composite whose strength is less
      degraded even in a high-temperature range at, especially, 1,400.degree. C.
      or higher, and a method of manufacturing the ceramic matrix composite. The
      ceramic matrix composite in which reinforcements are arranged in a ceramic
      matrix to be combined to the ceramic matrix is characterized in that the
      main component of the ceramic matrix consists of silicon carbide and
      molybdenum silicide based compound, the density ratio of the matrix is 90%
      or higher.
PATN
WKU  059900261
SRC  9
APN  0390941
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980313
TTL  Method of producing a surface modified sialon composite
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Group; Karl
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Baek; Yong Kee
CTY  Daejon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kang; Suk-Joong L.
CTY  Daejon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Sung Min
CTY  Daejon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Baek; Seung Su
CTY  Daejon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Agency for Defense Development
CTY  Daejon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970315
APN  97/8870
CLAS
OCL  501 981
XCL  501 982
XCL  501 983
XCL  264666
XCL  264673
EDF  6
ICL  C04B 35599
FSC  501
FSS  98.1;98.2;98.3
FSC  264
FSS  673;666
UREF
PNO  4880755
ISD  19891100
NAM  Mehrotra et al.
OCL  501 98.1
UREF
PNO  5081079
ISD  19920100
NAM  Ukyo et al.
OCL  501 98.1
UREF
PNO  5120682
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ukyo et al.
OCL  501 98.2
UREF
PNO  5275986
ISD  19940100
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  501 98.1
UREF
PNO  5316856
ISD  19940500
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  501 98.3
UREF
PNO  5352395
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kallenbach et al.
OCL  264673
UREF
PNO  5411923
ISD  19950500
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  501 98.3
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  A sialon composite and fabrication method thereof in which the phase of a
      surface layer thereof is modified differently from that of the bulk. The
      surface layer is modified to .alpha.-sialon or .alpha.-.beta. sialon
      composite but the bulk is .beta.-sialon. Also, the surface layer is
      modified to .beta.-sialon or .alpha.-.beta. sialon composite but the bulk
      is .alpha.-sialon.
PATN
WKU  059900270
SRC  8
APN  8868751
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970702
TTL  Flexible graphite composite
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Marcantoni; Paul
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Mercuri; Robert Angelo
CTY  Seven Hills
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Capp; Joseph Paul
CTY  Strongsville
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Gough; Jeffrey John
CTY  Olmsted Township
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  UCAR Carbon Technology Corporation
CTY  Danbury
STA  CT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  833136
APD  19970404
CLAS
OCL  501 99
XCL  501100
XCL  501101
XCL  428244
XCL  277938
EDF  6
ICL  C04B 3552
FSC  501
FSS  99;100;101
FSC  428
FSS  244
FSC  277
FSS  938
UREF
PNO  3404061
ISD  19681000
NAM  Shane et al.
OCL  161125
UREF
PNO  4799956
ISD  19890100
NAM  Vogel
OCL   75243
UREF
PNO  4895713
ISD  19900100
NAM  Greinke et al.
OCL  423448
UREF
PNO  4911972
ISD  19900300
NAM  Mercuri
OCL  428 99
UREF
PNO  5176863
ISD  19930100
NAM  Howard
OCL  264113
UREF
PNO  5494506
ISD  19960200
NAM  Ford et al.
OCL   55502
UREF
PNO  5499827
ISD  19960300
NAM  Suggs et al.
OCL  277229
UREF
PNO  5531454
ISD  19960700
NAM  Borneby
OCL  277 26
UREF
PNO  5785322
ISD  19980700
NAM  Suggs et al.
OCL  277213
FREF
PNO  52-092216
ISD  19770800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  McCarthy; Frederick J.
ABST
PAL  Flexible graphite sheet having embedded ceramic fibers extending from its
      surfaces into the sheet to increase the permeability of the sheet to
      resin. The resin impregnated sheet is formed into a sealing gasket.
PATN
WKU  059900288
SRC  8
APN  9344896
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970919
TTL  Dielectric paste
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Green; Anthony
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Roethlingshoefer; Walter
CTY  Reutlingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Seibold; Annette
CTY  Rutesheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Nishigaki; Susumu
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Robert Bosch GmbH
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960919
APN  19638195
CLAS
OCL  501137
XCL  252572
XCL  501138
XCL  501139
EDF  6
ICL  C04B 35468
FSC  501
FSS  134;135;136;137;138;139
FSC  252
FSS  572
UREF
PNO  4220547
ISD  19800900
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  501137
OREF
PAL  WPIDS Abstract No. 93-072019, abstract of Japanese Patent Specification No.
      05-020924, Jan. 1993.
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A high-dielectric lead-free paste serves for the manufacture of at least
      one area having a high dielectric constant in a ceramic multilayer
      circuit. The lead-free dielectric paste is basically made of barium
      titanate nano powder of a suitable particle size and sinters at
      temperatures below 1000.degree. C., preferably in a range of 800.degree.
      C. to 1000.degree. C.
PATN
WKU  059900296
SRC  9
APN  0286427
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980224
TTL  High dielectric-constant dielectric ceramic composition, and its
      fabrication process
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Group; Karl
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Satoh; Masami
CTY  Akita
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Hitoshi
CTY  Akita
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  TDK Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970225
APN  9-040465
CLAS
OCL  501138
XCL  501139
EDF  6
ICL  C04B 35468
FSC  501
FSS  137;138;139
UREF
PNO  4803591
ISD  19890200
NAM  Miyashita et al.
OCL  501138
UREF
PNO  5084424
ISD  19920100
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  501138
UREF
PNO  5238887
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  501138
UREF
PNO  5250481
ISD  19931000
NAM  Park
OCL  501138
UREF
PNO  5296426
ISD  19940300
NAM  Burn
OCL  501138
FREF
PNO  61-20084
ISD  19860500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-146466
ISD  19910600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-295048
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-292459
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-292458
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-109319
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-243721
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A dielectric ceramic composition of the invention comprises as major
      components 94 to 99 mol % of barium titanate, calculated as BaTiO.sub.3,
      0.05 to 3 mol % of tantalum oxide, calculated as Ta.sub.2 O.sub.5, 0.05 to
      3 mol % of niobium oxide, calculated as Nb.sub.2 O.sub.5, and 0.5 to 3 mol
      % of zinc oxide, calculated as ZnO, and further contains as a subordinate
      additive at least one of calcium zirconate, strontium zirconate and barium
      zirconate in a total amount of 0.2 to 5% by weight per 100 mol % of said
      major components, calculated as CaZrO.sub.3, SrZrO.sub.3 and BaZrO.sub.3,
      respectively. The dielectric ceramic composition having a high dielectric
      constant is most unlikely to delaminate and is suitable for a multilayered
      ceramic capacitor. This dielectric ceramic composition has also little, if
      any, capacitance change and dielectric loss over a wide temperature range
      of -55.degree. C. to +150.degree. C.
PATN
WKU  059900300
SRC  8
APN  8748888
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970613
TTL  So.sub.x reducing additive for FCC systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Dunn; Thomas
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  McCauley; John R.
CTY  Louisville
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Tricat Industries, Inc.
CTY  Baltimore
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  502 64
XCL  502344
XCL  502415
EDF  6
ICL  B01J 2906
FSC  502
FSS  64;344;415
UREF
PNO  2992884
ISD  19610700
NAM  Bienstock et al.
OCL  502415
UREF
PNO  3405196
ISD  19681000
NAM  Wolff
OCL  502344
UREF
PNO  3835031
ISD  19740900
NAM  Bertolacini et al.
UREF
PNO  4233276
ISD  19801100
NAM  D'Souza et al.
UREF
PNO  4369130
ISD  19830100
NAM  Bertolacini et al.
UREF
PNO  4381991
ISD  19830500
NAM  Bertolacini et al.
UREF
PNO  4459371
ISD  19840700
NAM  Hobbs et al.
OCL  502341
UREF
PNO  4626419
ISD  19861200
NAM  Lewis et al.
UREF
PNO  4668655
ISD  19870500
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  502304
UREF
PNO  4735705
ISD  19880400
NAM  Burk, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4755499
ISD  19880700
NAM  Neal et al.
OCL  502415
UREF
PNO  5021228
ISD  19910600
NAM  Dai et al.
UREF
PNO  5108979
ISD  19920400
NAM  Magnabosco et al.
UREF
PNO  5215953
ISD  19930600
NAM  Blumrich et al.
OCL  502218
UREF
PNO  5288675
ISD  19940200
NAM  Kim
UREF
PNO  5399327
ISD  19950300
NAM  Kim
OCL  423244.11
UREF
PNO  5427995
ISD  19950600
NAM  Ziebarth et al.
OCL  502411
UREF
PNO  5547648
ISD  19960800
NAM  Buchanan et al.
UREF
PNO  5589602
ISD  19961200
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  585671
FREF
PNO  0 247 836
ISD  19871200
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Alak B. Bhattacharyya et al., "Catalytic SO.sub.x Abatment: The Rule of
      Magnesium Aluminate Spinel in the Removal of SO.sub.x from Fluid Catalytic
      Cracking (FCC) Flue Gas", Ind. Eng. Chem. Res., 1988, vol. 27, pp.
      1356-1360.
PAL  Ashok K. Vijh, "A Thermochemical Approach to the Gas-Phase Reduction of
      Metal Sulphates", Journal of Materials Science, 1978, vol. 13, pp.
      2413-2417.
PAL  Faith Habashi et al., "Reduction of Sulfates by Hydrogen", Can. J. Chem.,
      1976, vol. 54, pp. 3646-3650.
PAL  Jacob Mu et al., "Thermal Decomposition of Inorganic Sulfates and Their
      Hydrates", American Chemical Society, Ind. Eng. Chem. Process Des. Dev.,
      1981, vol. 20, No. 4, pp. 640-646.
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  Sulfur oxides are removed in the regenerator zone and rapidly released as
      H.sub.2 S in the reactor zone of an FCC system employing a particulate
      SO.sub.x reducing additive comprising an alkali metal oxide. Embodiments
      comprise the incorporation of an inorganic support, MgO, CeO.sub.2 or Ag,
      and V.sub.2 O.sub.5.
PATN
WKU  059900318
SRC  8
APN  7535821
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19961126
TTL  Zeolite catalyst with enhanced dealkylation activity and method for
      producing same
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Dunn; Thomas
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Ghosh; Ashim Kumar
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Fina Technology, Inc.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  502 66
XCL  502 64
XCL  502 74
XCL  502 78
XCL  502 85
EDF  6
ICL  B01J 29064
ICL  B01J 2920
FSC  502
FSS  64;66;74;78;85
UREF
PNO  3619412
ISD  19711100
NAM  Clement et al.
OCL  502 78
UREF
PNO  5215736
ISD  19930600
NAM  Caullet et al.
OCL  502 66
OREF
PAL  "Fluorine-Promoted Catalyst", By Ashim Ghosh and Ron Kydd, Catalysis
      Reviews, 27(4) 539-589 (1985).
PAL  "Acidity and Activity fof Fluorinated Mordenites", by Ashim Ghosh and Ron
      Kydd, Journal fo Catalysis, 103, 399-406 (1987).
PAL  "An Infrared Study of the effect of HF treatment on the acidity of ZSM-5",
      by Ashim Ghosh and Ron Kydd, Zeolite, 10, 766-771(1990).
LREP
FR2  Smith; Pamela S.
FR2  Jackson; William D.
FR2  Cheairs; M. Norwood
ABST
PAL  An improved zeolite catalyst having enhanced dealkylation activity is
      provided. The catalyst is prepared by incorporating fluorine into the
      zeolite structure. In another embodiment, a transition element such as
      nickel is additionally incorporated into the zeolite structure. The
      process for producing the catalyst also includes ion-exchange and
      calcining steps. A mordenite type catalyst has been found to be
      particularly effective. The catalyst of the present invention demonstrates
      improved activity for the dealkylation of polyalkylaromatic compounds
      found in residue from the alkylation process and in heavy reformate
      streams from refineries. A dealkylation process using the catalyst of the
      present invention is provided. The dealkylation process shows good
      selectivity for benzene and monoalkylated aromatic products, and catalyst
      stability, particularly at high reaction temperatures.
PATN
WKU  059900326
SRC  8
APN  9417648
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970930
TTL  Hydrocarbon conversion catalyst composition and processes therefor and
      therewith
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Wood; Elizabeth D.
INVT
NAM  Wu; An-hsiang
CTY  Bartlesville
STA  OK
INVT
NAM  Drake; Charles A.
CTY  Nowata
STA  OK
ASSG
NAM  Phillips Petroleum Company
CTY  Bartlesville
STA  OK
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  502 71
XCL  502 60
XCL  502 61
XCL  502 62
XCL  502 63
XCL  502 64
XCL  502 65
XCL  502 66
XCL  502 74
XCL  502 77
XCL  502 85
EDF  6
ICL  B01J 2906
ICL  B01J 2100
ICL  B01J 2904
FSC  502
FSS  60;61;62;63;64;65;66;71;74;77;85
UREF
PNO  3843741
ISD  19741000
NAM  Yan
UREF
PNO  4237063
ISD  19801200
NAM  Bell et al.
OCL  502 60
UREF
PNO  4288645
ISD  19810900
NAM  Wagstaff
OCL  585415
UREF
PNO  5294332
ISD  19940300
NAM  Klotz
OCL  208120
UREF
PNO  5316753
ISD  19940500
NAM  Nakagawa
OCL  502 64
LREP
FRM  Richmond, Hitchcock, Fish & Dollar
ABST
PAL  A catalyst composition, a process for producing the catalyst composition,
      and a hydroconversion process for converting a fluid stream comprising at
      least one saturated hydrocarbon to C.sub.6 to C.sub.8 aromatic
      hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, and xylenes are disclosed. The
      catalyst composition comprises a zeolite and a promoter. The process for
      producing the composition comprises the steps of: (1) combining a zeolite
      with a complexing ligand and a promoter compound under a condition
      sufficient to produce a modified zeolite; and (2) heating the modified
      zeolite to produce a promoted zeolite. The hydroconversion process
      comprises contacting a fluid stream with the catalyst composition under a
      condition sufficient to effect the conversion of a saturated hydrocarbon
      to a C.sub.6 to C.sub.8 aromatic hydrocarbon.
PATN
WKU  059900334
SRC  8
APN  9901825
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971212
TTL  Syndiotactic prochiral olefin polymerization using non-aromatic,
      anionic, dienyl group containing complexes
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Pasterczyk; J.
EXP  Bell; Mark L.
INVT
NAM  Wilson; David R.
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Schmidt; Greg F.
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  The Dow Chemical Company
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  345048
APD  19941123
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  502103
XCL  502113
XCL  502117
XCL  502152
XCL  502155
XCL  526160
XCL  526943
EDF  6
ICL  B01J 3100
ICL  B01J 3700
ICL  C08F  402
ICL  C08F  460
FSC  502
FSS  103;113;117;152;155
UREF
PNO  3242099
ISD  19660300
NAM  Manyik et al.
UREF
PNO  4774301
ISD  19880900
NAM  Campbell, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4808680
ISD  19890200
NAM  Schmidt et al.
UREF
PNO  4871704
ISD  19891000
NAM  Kohara et al.
OCL  502114
UREF
PNO  5045517
ISD  19910900
NAM  Campbell, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5064802
ISD  19911100
NAM  Stevens et al.
UREF
PNO  5064918
ISD  19911100
NAM  Malanga
UREF
PNO  5066741
ISD  19911100
NAM  Campbell, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5075394
ISD  19911200
NAM  McDaniel et al.
OCL  502103
UREF
PNO  5075426
ISD  19911200
NAM  Zielinski
OCL  534 15
UREF
PNO  5153157
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hlatky et al.
UREF
PNO  5198401
ISD  19930300
NAM  Turner et al.
UREF
PNO  5200379
ISD  19930400
NAM  McDaniel et al.
OCL  502117
UREF
PNO  5206197
ISD  19930400
NAM  Campbell, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5296433
ISD  19940300
NAM  Siedle et al.
UREF
PNO  5369196
ISD  19941100
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5399635
ISD  19950300
NAM  Neithamer et al.
UREF
PNO  5470993
ISD  19951100
NAM  Devore et al.
UREF
PNO  5486632
ISD  19960100
NAM  Devore et al.
OCL  502103
UREF
PNO  5495036
ISD  19960200
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  502103
UREF
PNO  5539068
ISD  19960700
NAM  Devore et al.
OCL  502103
UREF
PNO  5541349
ISD  19960700
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  502117
UREF
PNO  5543480
ISD  19960800
NAM  Patton et al.
OCL  502152
UREF
PNO  5616664
ISD  19970400
NAM  Timmers et al.
OCL  502103
UREF
PNO  5679816
ISD  19971000
NAM  Timmers et al.
OCL  502103
UREF
PNO  5700748
ISD  19971200
NAM  Murray
OCL  502117
UREF
PNO  5770538
ISD  19980600
NAM  Devore et al.
OCL  502103
UREF
PNO  5817849
ISD  19981000
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  502103
UREF
PNO  5886117
ISD  19990300
NAM  Campbell, Jr.
OCL  526134
UREF
PNO  5892076
ISD  19990400
NAM  Nickias
OCL  502117
FREF
PNO  277003
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  468651
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  520732
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 488 259
ISD  19820200
CNT  FRX
OCL  502152
FREF
PNO  8-81516
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/08498
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  D. Devore et al., Organometallics, vol. 14, pp. 3132-3134, 1995.
PAL  Organometallics, Yamamoto, et al., 8, p. 105, 1989.
PAL  Organometallics, Blenkers, J., et al., 6, p. 459, 1987.
PAL  J. Am. Chem. Soc., 107, p. 5016, 1985 L. Spahl et al.
PAL  J. Am. Chem. Soc., 104, p. 3737, 1982, R.D. Ernst et al.
PAL  Chem. Rev., R. D. Ernst, 88, 1255-1291, 1988.
PAL  J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Comm., pp. 383-384, 1993 J. B. Lambert et al.
PAL  Organometallics, Lambert, J. B., et al., 13, pp. 2430-2443, 1994.
PAL  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 27, p. 1100, 1988, R.D. Ernst et al.
PAL  Organometallics, 6, pp. 1947-1954, 1987, P. DiMauro et al.
ABST
PAL  Compositions comprising Group 4 metal complexes in the +2 or +3 formal
      oxidation state and containing an anionic pentadienyl ligand or a
      substituted derivative thereof and activating cocatalysts are used as
      catalysts for polymerizing olefins, diolefins and/or acetylenically
      unsaturated monomers. Monovinylidene aromatic monomers in particular are
      polymerized to form highly syndiotactic polymers.
PATN
WKU  059900342
SRC  8
APN  9861831
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971205
TTL  Olefin polymerization catalyst
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Pasterczyk; J.
EXP  Bell; Mark L.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Nozaki; Takashi
CTY  Kibi-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961206
APN  8-340415
CLAS
OCL  502132
XCL  502118
XCL  502125
XCL  502128
XCL  502129
XCL  502133
EDF  6
ICL  B01J 3100
ICL  B01J 3700
ICL  C08F  402
ICL  C08F  460
FSC  502
FSS  128;125;129;132;133;118
UREF
PNO  4159965
ISD  19790700
NAM  Sakurai et al.
OCL  252429B
UREF
PNO  4330646
ISD  19820500
NAM  Sakurai et al.
OCL  502129
UREF
PNO  4330647
ISD  19820500
NAM  Sakurai et al.
OCL  502125
UREF
PNO  4335229
ISD  19820600
NAM  Sakurai et al.
OCL  502129
UREF
PNO  4381252
ISD  19830400
NAM  Sakurai et al.
OCL  502129
UREF
PNO  4431568
ISD  19840200
NAM  Miya et al.
OCL  502125
UREF
PNO  4471066
ISD  19840900
NAM  Sakurai et al.
OCL  502113
UREF
PNO  5041403
ISD  19910800
NAM  Nakajo et al.
OCL  502104
UREF
PNO  5064798
ISD  19911100
NAM  Chang
OCL  502128
UREF
PNO  5585317
ISD  19961200
NAM  Sacchetti et al.
OCL  502125
FREF
PNO  2111312
ISD  19940600
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0 132 288
ISD  19850100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  A2-0136113
ISD  19850400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  B-52-37037
ISD  19770900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  B-53-8588
ISD  19780300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-42366
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  A-3-294310
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  A-3-294302
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-7405
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 056 998
ISD  19810300
CNT  GBX
OCL  502129
ABST
PAL  An olefin polymerization catalyst comprising (A) a solid catalyst component
      and (B) an organometallic compound component. The solid catalyst component
      (A) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
PA1  (I) obtaining a solid (A-1) by reacting:
PA2  (i) an organomagnesium component soluble in a hydrocarbon solvent and
      represented by the formula (M.sup.1).sub..alpha. (Mg).sub..beta.
      (R.sup.1).sub.p (R.sup.2).sub.q (OR.sup.3).sub.r ; and
PA2  (ii) an Si--H bond-containing chlorosilane compound represented by the
      formula: H.sub.a SiCl.sub.b R.sup.4.sub.4-(a+b), in a ratio of from 0.01
      to 100 mol (ii) per mol (i);
PA1  (II) reacting the solid (A-1) with an alcohol (A-2) in a ratio of from 0.05
      to 20 mol of the alcohol per mol of C--Mg bonds contained in the solid
      (A-1), to form a reaction product; and
PA1  (III) reacting the reaction product with a titanium compound (A-4). The
      solid catalyst component (A) is adjusted to have an alkoxy group/titanium
      molar ratio of 2.4 or lower and an alkoxy group/magnesium molar ratio of
      0.15 or lower.
PATN
WKU  059900350
SRC  8
APN  9552197
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971021
TTL  Polymerization catalyst systems, their preparation, and use
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Pasterczyk; J.
EXP  Bell; Mark L.
INVT
NAM  Koppl; Alexander
STR  Bambergerstrasse 51, 95445
CTY  Bayreuth
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Alt; Helmut G.
STR  Wacholderweg 27, D-95445
CTY  Bayreuth
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Palackal; Syriac J.
STR  2501 Dorchester Dr.
CTY  Bartlesville
STA  OK
ZIP  74006
INVT
NAM  Welch; M. Bruce
STR  4750 Lewis Dr.
CTY  Bartlesville
STA  OK
ZIP  74006
CLAS
OCL  502152
XCL  502151
XCL  502159
XCL  502111
XCL  502109
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 3100
ICL  B01J 3700
ICL  C08F  402
ICL  C08F  460
FSC  502
FSS  151;152;111;159
UREF
PNO  2827446
ISD  19580300
NAM  Breslow
OCL  260 94.9
UREF
PNO  3242099
ISD  19660300
NAM  Manyik et al.
OCL  252429
UREF
PNO  4431788
ISD  19840200
NAM  Kaminsky
OCL  527313
UREF
PNO  4544762
ISD  19851000
NAM  Kaminsky et al.
OCL  556179
UREF
PNO  4665208
ISD  19870500
NAM  Welborn, Jr. et al.
OCL  556179
UREF
PNO  4904631
ISD  19900200
NAM  Chang
OCL  502120
UREF
PNO  4912075
ISD  19900300
NAM  Chang
OCL  502107
UREF
PNO  4925821
ISD  19900500
NAM  Chang
OCL  502107
UREF
PNO  4937217
ISD  19900600
NAM  Chang
OCL  502111
UREF
PNO  4978730
ISD  19901200
NAM  Maezawa et al.
OCL  502111
UREF
PNO  4990640
ISD  19910200
NAM  Tsutsui et al.
OCL  556181
UREF
PNO  5006500
ISD  19910400
NAM  Chang
OCL  502107
UREF
PNO  5008228
ISD  19910400
NAM  Chang
OCL  502111
UREF
PNO  5049535
ISD  19910900
NAM  Resconi et al.
OCL  502117
UREF
PNO  5234878
ISD  19930800
NAM  Tsutsui et al.
OCL  502103
UREF
PNO  5340786
ISD  19940800
NAM  Tsutsui et al.
OCL  502111
UREF
PNO  5427992
ISD  19950600
NAM  Graefe et al.
OCL  502152
UREF
PNO  5446001
ISD  19950800
NAM  Gurtzgen
OCL  502151
UREF
PNO  5529965
ISD  19960600
NAM  Chang
OCL  502110
UREF
PNO  5534474
ISD  19960700
NAM  Becker et al.
OCL  502152
UREF
PNO  5595950
ISD  19970100
NAM  Sagar et al.
OCL  502152
UREF
PNO  5616665
ISD  19970400
NAM  Jejelowo et al.
OCL  526129
UREF
PNO  5670589
ISD  19970900
NAM  Geerts et al.
OCL  502111
UREF
PNO  5728640
ISD  19980300
NAM  Lu et al.
OCL  502111
UREF
PNO  5789332
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kutschera et al.
OCL  502111
FREF
PNO  1247297
ISD  19881200
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0 170 059
ISD  19860200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  208561
ISD  19870100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 308 177
ISD  19890300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  368644
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  513808
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 567 952
ISD  19931100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3240382
ISD  19840500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  61-31404
ISD  19860200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Journal of Molecular Catalysis, vol. 9 (1980), p. 423-434, D.
      Slotfeldt-Ellingsen et al.
PAL  Specification to Inventor's Certificate, U.S.S.R., published on Aug. 23,
      1977.
PAL  Translation of Japanese Patent Application Publication (Kokai) 62-148491.
LREP
FR2  Bowman; Edward L.
ABST
PAL  A solid cocatalyst is prepared by combining (1) a first material capable of
      affixing an organoaluminum compound with (2) an organic liquid and then
      adding an organoaluminum compound and then contacting that product with
      water dispersed in an inert gas. Further catalyst compositions prepared
      from that cocatalyst and the use of such catalyst compositions to
      polymerize olefins is disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059900369
SRC  8
APN  9477292
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971007
TTL  Initiator system and adhesive composition made therewith
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Wood; Elizabeth D
INVT
NAM  Deviny; E. John
CTY  Roseville
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  3M Innovative Properties Company
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  789411
APD  19970129
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  515187
APD  19950811
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  502162
XCL  502170
XCL  502172
XCL  502200
XCL  502202
EDF  6
ICL  B01J 3114
ICL  B01J 3118
FSC  502
FSS  162;170;172;200;202
UREF
PNO  2985633
ISD  19610500
NAM  Welch et al.
OCL  260 85.3
UREF
PNO  3141862
ISD  19640700
NAM  Kirshenbaum et al.
OCL  260 45.5
UREF
PNO  3275611
ISD  19660900
NAM  Mottus et al.
OCL  260 80.5
UREF
PNO  3340193
ISD  19670900
NAM  Fields et al.
OCL  252 56
UREF
PNO  3418260
ISD  19681200
NAM  Trofimenko
OCL  260  2
UREF
PNO  3425988
ISD  19690200
NAM  German et al.
OCL  260 47
UREF
PNO  3451952
ISD  19690600
NAM  Slocombe
OCL  260  2.5
UREF
PNO  3476727
ISD  19691100
NAM  Lo Monaco et al.
OCL  260 92.8
UREF
PNO  3527737
ISD  19700900
NAM  Masuhara et al.
OCL  260 78.5
UREF
PNO  3829973
ISD  19740800
NAM  Masuhara et al.
OCL   32 15
UREF
PNO  4167616
ISD  19790900
NAM  Bollinger
OCL  526197
UREF
PNO  4379728
ISD  19830400
NAM  Lin
OCL  156307.3
UREF
PNO  4485229
ISD  19841100
NAM  Waddill et al.
OCL  528111
UREF
PNO  4515724
ISD  19850500
NAM  Ritter
OCL  260410
UREF
PNO  4524181
ISD  19850600
NAM  Adam et al.
OCL  525107
UREF
PNO  4638092
ISD  19870100
NAM  Ritter
OCL  568  1
UREF
PNO  4639498
ISD  19870100
NAM  Ritter
OCL  526196
UREF
PNO  4656229
ISD  19870400
NAM  Chiao
OCL  525518
UREF
PNO  4676858
ISD  19870600
NAM  Ritter
OCL  156307.3
UREF
PNO  4684538
ISD  19870800
NAM  Klemarczyk
OCL  427 54.1
UREF
PNO  4721751
ISD  19880100
NAM  Schappert et al.
OCL  524773
UREF
PNO  4731416
ISD  19880300
NAM  Saunders
OCL  525131
UREF
PNO  4775734
ISD  19881000
NAM  Goel
OCL  528 89
UREF
PNO  4874814
ISD  19891000
NAM  Cartier et al.
OCL  525 61
UREF
PNO  4904360
ISD  19900200
NAM  Wilson, Jr. et al.
OCL  204181.7
UREF
PNO  4920188
ISD  19900400
NAM  Sakashita et al.
OCL  526196
UREF
PNO  4921921
ISD  19900500
NAM  Ritter
OCL  526195
UREF
PNO  4985516
ISD  19910100
NAM  Sakashita et al.
OCL  526196
UREF
PNO  5021507
ISD  19910600
NAM  Stanley et al.
OCL  525127
UREF
PNO  5106928
ISD  19920400
NAM  Skoultchi et al.
OCL  526196
UREF
PNO  5143884
ISD  19920900
NAM  Skoultchi et al.
OCL  502160
UREF
PNO  5286821
ISD  19940200
NAM  Skoultchi
OCL  526196
UREF
PNO  5310835
ISD  19940500
NAM  Skoultchi et al.
OCL  526198
UREF
PNO  5376746
ISD  19941200
NAM  Skoultchi
OCL  526196
UREF
PNO  5401805
ISD  19950300
NAM  Chung et al.
OCL  525288
UREF
PNO  5539070
ISD  19960700
NAM  Zharov et al.
OCL  526198
UREF
PNO  5795657
ISD  19980800
NAM  Pocius et al.
OCL  428516
UREF
PNO  5883208
ISD  19990300
NAM  Deviny
OCL  526198
FREF
PNO  0649582
ISD  19931000
CNT  AUX
OCL  526198
FREF
PNO  0664459
ISD  19630600
CNT  CAX
OCL  526198
FREF
PNO  2061021
ISD  19921000
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0 051 796 A1
ISD  19820500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 511 464 A1
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  42-14318
ISD  19670800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  45-29195
ISD  19700900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  46-16888
ISD  19710500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  48-18928
ISD  19730600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  53-102394
ISD  19780900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-288675
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-177470
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-264509
ISD  19911100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  93-235089
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  904403
ISD  19620800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  988632
ISD  19650400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1113722
ISD  19680500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1132261
ISD  19681000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  The Trialkylborane-initiated Graft Copolymerization of Methyl Methacrylate
      onto Hemoglobin, K. Kojima, S. Iwabuchi and K. Kojima, Bulletin of the
      Chemical Society of Japan, vol. 44, pp. 1891-1895 (1971) no month
      available.
PAL  A New Method for the Graft Copolyermerization of Methyl Methacrylate onto
      Proteins and Fibers, Polymers Letters, vol. 9, pp. 25-29 (1971) no month
      available.
PAL  The Grafting of Methyl Methacrylate onto Cotton by Tri-n-butylborane, K.
      Kojima, S. Iwabuchi, K. Murakami, K. Kojima and F. Ichikawa, Journal of
      Applied Polymer Science, vol. 16, pp. 1139-1148 (1972) no month available.
PAL  Grafting of Vinyl Monomers by Tri-n-Butylborane onto Chlorophyll and
      Related Compounds, Polymers Letters Edition, vol. 13, pp. 361-363 (1975)
      no month available.
PAL  Tributylborane-Initiated Grafting of Methyl Methacrylate onto Chitin, K.
      Kojima, M. Yoshikuni and T. Suzuki, Journal of Applied Polymer Science,
      vol. 24, pp. 1587-1593 (1979) no month available.
PAL  Grafting of Methyl Methacrylate onto Silk Fibers Initiated by
      Tri-n-Butylborane, M. Tsukada, T. Yamamoto, N. Nakabayashi, H. Ishikawa
      and G. Freddi, Journal of Applied Polymer Science, vol. 43, pp. 2115-2121
      (1991) no month available.
PAL  Molecular Weight Distribution of the Methyl Methacrylate (MMA) Polymer
      Separated from the MMA-Grafted Silk Fiber, M. Tsukada, Y. Goto, G. Freddi,
      T. Yamamoto and N. Nakabayashi, Journal of Applied Polymer Science, vol.
      44, pp. 2197-2202 (1992) no month available.
PAL  Synthesis of Functionalized Polypropylene and
      Polypropylene-Polymethylmethacrylate Graft Copolymer, D. Rhubright and
      T.C. Chung, Proceedings of the American Chemical Society, Polymeric
      Materials Science and Engineering, vol. 67, pp. 112-113 (1992) no month
      available.
PAL  Polymerization of Acrylonitrile in Presence of Tributylborine, G.
      Kolesnikov and L. Fedorova, translated from Bull. Acad. Sci. USSR, Div.
      Chem. Sci., p. 236 (1957).
PAL  Tributylborine: A Catalyst for the Polyermization of Unsaturated Compounds,
      G. Kolesnikov and N.V. Klimentova, translated from Bull. Acad. Sci. USSR,
      Div. Chem. Sci., p. 653 (1957) no month available.
PAL  Triethylboron as an Initiator for Vinyl Polymerization, J. Furukawa, T.
      Tsuruta and S. Inoue, Journal of Polymer Science, vol. XXVI, Issue No.
      113, pp. 234-236 (1957) no month available.
PAL  Oxygen Compounds as Cocatalyst for Triethylboron-Catalyzed Vinyl
      Polymerization, J. Furukawa and T. Tsuruta, Journal of Polymer Science,
      vol. XXVIII, Issue No. 116, pp. 227-229 (1958) no month available.
PAL  Mechanism of the Polymerization of Acrylonitrile in Presence of
      Tributylborine, G. Kolesnikov and L. Fedorova, Translated from Bull. Acad.
      Sci. USSR, Div. Chem. Sci., p. 906 (1958) no month available.
PAL  Mechanism of Trialkylboron Initiated Polymerization, J. Fordham and C.
      Sturm, Journal of Polymer Science, vol. XXXIII, No. 126, pp. 503-504
      (1958) no month available.
PAL  Cocatalytic Activity of Some Metal Salts on Vinyl Polmerization with
      Tributhylboron, I. M. Panayotov, Comptes rendus de l'Academie bulgare des
      Sciences, vol. 14, No. 2, pp. 147-150 (1961) no month available.
PAL  Polymerization with Organoboron Compounds, F. Arimoto, Journal of Polymer
      Science: Part A-1, vol. 4, pp. 275-282 (1966).
PAL  On the Existence of a Free-Radical Organoboron Complex in the
      Polymerization of Methyl Methacrylate, R. Kern and J. Schaefer, Polymer
      Letters, vol. 5, pp. 157-162 (1967) no month available.
PAL  Vinyl Monomer Polymerization Mechanism in the Presence of Trialkylboranes,
      J. Groteworld, E. Lissi and A. Villa, Journal of Polymer Science: Part
      A-1, vol. 6, pp. 3157-3162 (1968) no month available.
PAL  Free-Radical Polymerization of Methyl Methacrylate in the Presence of
      Trialkylboranes, P. Brindley and R. Pearson, Polymer Letters, vol. 6, pp.
      831-835 (1968) no month available.
PAL  Ethylene Polymerization in Presence of Tributylboron, G. Kolesnikov and T.
      Soboleva, Scientific and Research Publications of the Members of the All
      Union Chemical Society Name After Mendilev, vol. 2, p. 663 (1957) no month
      available.
PAL  Free-Radical Copolymerization of 1,2-Dichloroethylenes. Evidence for Chain
      Transfer by Chlorine Atom Elimination, T. Dawson, R. Lundberg and F.
      Welch, Journal of Polymer Science: Part A-1, vol. 7, pp. 173-181 (1969) no
      month available.
PAL  Mechanism of Vinyl Monomer Polymerization in the Presence of
      Trialkylboranes and Inhibitors, E. Aranchibia et al., Journal of Polymer
      Science: Part A-1, vol. 7, pp. 3430-3433 (1969) no month available.
PAL  Polymerization of Methyl Methacrylate by Trialkylborane-Pyridine System, K.
      Kojima et al., Polymer Letters, vol. 8, pp. 541-547 (1970) no month
      available.
PAL  Polymerization Initiated by Triethylborane-Peroxide Mixtures, E. Abuin et
      al., Polymer Letters, vol. 7, pp. 515-518 (1970) no month available.
PAL  Polymerization of Methyl Methacrylate by Co-ordination Compounds of
      Tri-n-butylborane with Some Electron-donating Compounds, Kojima et al.,
      Research Report of the Chiba University Faculty of Engineering, vol. 22,
      No. 41, pp. 47-55 no date available.
PAL  Polymerization of Methyl Methacrylate Initiated by
      Tri-n-butylborane-Organic Halide Systems, M. Yoshikuni, M. Asami, S.
      Iwabuchi and K. Kojima, Journal of Polymer Science, vol. 11, pp. 3115-3124
      (1973) no month available.
PAL  Polymerization of Methyl Methacrylate Initiated by Tributylborane-Pyridine
      System, Kojima et al., Journal of the Japanese Chemical Society, No. 11,
      pp. 2165-2171 (1972) no month available.
PAL  The Copolymerization of Vinylhydroquinone and Acrylonitrile by
      Tri-n-butylborane, S. Iwabuchi, M. Ueda, M. Kobayashi and K. Kojima,
      Polymer Journal, vol. 6, No. 2, pp. 185-190 (1974) no month available.
PAL  Free Radical Polymerization in the Presence of Triethylborane, E. Abuin, J.
      Cornejo and E. Lissi, European Polymer Journal, vol. 11, pp. 779-782
      (1975) no month available.
PAL  Polymerization of Methyl Methacrylate by tri-n-butylborane in the presence
      of amino acid esters, K. Kojima, S. Iwabuchi, Y. Moriya and M. Yoshikuni,
      Polymer, vol. 16, pp. 601-604 (1975) no month available.
PAL  Analysis of Mechanism of Radical Formation Resulted from the Initiator
      System of Triethylboron and Oxygen by Spin Trapping Techinque, Sato et
      al., Journal of the Japanese Chemical Society, No. 6, pp. 1080-1084 (1975)
      no month available.
PAL  Development of Adhesive Pit ad Fissure Sealants Using a MMA Resin Initiated
      by a Tri-n-butyl Borane Derivative, N. Nakabayashi and E. Masuhara,
      Journal of Biomedical Materials Research, vol. 12, pp. 149-165 (1978) no
      month available.
PAL  Vinyl Acetate Polymerization Initiated by Alkylborane-oxidizer-type
      Systems, S. Ivanchev, L. Shumnyi and V. Konovalenko, Polymer Science
      U.S.S.R., vol. 22, No. 12, pp. 8000-8006 (1980) no month available.
PAL  Preparation of Hard Tissue Compatible Materials: Dental Polymers, N.
      Nakabayashi and E. Masuhara, Biomedical Polymers, pp. 85-111 (1980) no
      month available.
PAL  Mechanism of Initiation of Polymerization of Vinyl Monomers by Means of the
      Trialkylborane-Acid System, S. Ivanchev and L. Shumnyi, translated from
      Doklady Akademii Nauk SSR, vol. 270, No. 5, pp. 1127-1129 (1983) no month
      available.
PAL  Effect of Organic Bases on Initiating Properties in the System
      Boronalkylelemental Organic Peroxide During Vinylchloride Polymerization,
      T. Guzanova, Master Thesis of the Fifth (graduate) year student, Ministry
      of High and Secondary Special Education Russia, Gorky State University
      (1983) no month available.
PAL  Application of Spin Trapping Technique to Radical Polymerization, 20, T.
      Sato, N. Fukumura and T. Otsu, Makromol. Chem., 184, pp. 431-442 (1983) no
      month available.
PAL  Importance of Polymerization Initiator Systems and Interfacial Initiation
      of Polymerization in Adhesive Bonding of Resin to Dentin, Y. Imai, Y.
      Kadoma, K. Kojima, T. Akimoto, K. Ikakura and T. Ohta, J. Dent. Res., vol.
      70, No. 7, pp. 1088-1091 (1991) no month available.
PAL  Vibrational Analysis by Raman Spectroscopy of the Interface Between Dental
      Adhesive Resin and Dentin, M. Suzuki, H. Kato and S. Wakumoto, J. Dent.
      Res., vol. 70, No. 7, pp. 1092-1097 (1991) no month available.
PAL  Laser-Raman Spectroscopic Study of the Adhesive Interface Between
      4-MET/MMA-TBB Resin and Hydroxyapatite or Bovine Enamel, M. Ozaki, M.
      Suzuki, K. Itoh and S. Wakumoto, Dental Materials Journal, vol. 10, No. 2,
      pp. 105-120 (1991) no month available.
PAL  Polymerization of Some Vinyl Monomers on Triisobutylboron-Containing
      Radical Initiators in the Presence of Hydroquinone and Benzoquinone, V.
      Dodonov and D. Grishin, High Molecular Compounds, vol 35, No. 3, pp.
      137-141 (1993) no month available.
PAL  Synthesis of PP-g-PMMA, PP-g-PVA and PP-g-PCL Copolymers, D. Rhubright and
      T. Chung, American Chemical Society, Division of Polymer Chemistry, Papers
      Presented at the Chicago, Illinois Meeting, vol. 34, No. 2, pp. 560-561
      (1993) no month available.
PAL  Functionalized and Grafted Polyolefin Copolymers Prepared by Tansition
      Metal Catalysts and Borane Monomers, T. Chung, Polymer Reprints, vol. 35,
      No. 1, pp. 674-675 (1994) no month available.
PAL  Photochemical Modification of Fluorocargon Resin Surface to Adhere with
      Epoxy Resin, M. Okoshi, T. Miyokawa, H. Kashiura and M. Murahara, Mat.
      Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., vol. 334, pp. 365-371 (1994) no month available.
PAL  Chemical Abstract No. 88532r, Chemical Abstracts, vol. 73, 1970 no month
      available.
PAL  Chemical Abstract No. 134385q, Chemical Abstracts, vol. 80, 1974 no month
      available.
PAL  "Characterization of the various complexes of tri-n-butyl borane as a
      polymer initiating agent", Fujisawa et al., Reports of the Institute for
      Medical and Dental Engineering 3, 64-71 (1969). (English translation
      enclosed) no month available.
LREP
FR2  Skolnick; Steven E.
FR2  Bardell; Scott A.
ABST
PAL  Systems for initiating the polymerization of acrylic monomers comprising
      (1) organoborane-amine complexes and (2) bireactive decomplexers
      preferably comprising at least one free-radically polymerizable group and
      at least one amine-reactive group in the same molecule. The decomplexer is
      capable of forming a covalent bond with both the acrylic monomers and
      amine complex, resulting in a reduced level of mobile constituents.
      Furthermore, when the organoborane amine complex of the initiator system
      comprises a polyamine compound, polymerized acrylic compositions having
      improved solvent resistance are advantageously provided.
PATN
WKU  059900377
SRC  8
APN  8967059
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970718
TTL  Method of treating spontaneously combustible catalysts
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Wood; Elizabeth D
INVT
NAM  Seamans; James Dallas
CTY  The Woodlands
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Partin; John Alexander
CTY  Spring
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Samonte; Edward Roy
CTY  The Woodlands
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  CRI International, Inc.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  431391
APD  19950428
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  057596
APD  19930504
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  502216
XCL  502 28
XCL  502 30
XCL  502 31
XCL  502 33
XCL  502168
XCL  502150
XCL  502172
XCL  502219
XCL  502220
XCL  502222
XCL  502223
XCL  208113
EDF  6
ICL  B01J 2702
ICL  B01J 27047
ICL  B01J 27043
ICL  B01J 27045
FSC  502
FSS  28;30;31;33;150;168;216;219;220;222;223;172
FSC  208
FSS  113
UREF
PNO  3563912
ISD  19710200
NAM  Young
OCL  252430
UREF
PNO  4089930
ISD  19780500
NAM  Kittrell et al.
OCL  423239
UREF
PNO  4177136
ISD  19791200
NAM  Herrington et al.
OCL  208215
UREF
PNO  4234462
ISD  19801100
NAM  Bondar et al.
OCL  252463
UREF
PNO  4260524
ISD  19810400
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  252463
UREF
PNO  4520128
ISD  19850500
NAM  Morales et al.
OCL  502210
UREF
PNO  4530911
ISD  19850700
NAM  Ryan et al.
OCL  502 74
UREF
PNO  4530917
ISD  19850700
NAM  Berrebi
OCL  502220
UREF
PNO  4794098
ISD  19881200
NAM  Pohl et al.
OCL  502 33
UREF
PNO  4808562
ISD  19890200
NAM  Kubersky et al.
OCL  502172
UREF
PNO  4912071
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kaijima et al.
OCL  502 26
UREF
PNO  4943547
ISD  19900700
NAM  Seamans et al.
OCL  502150
UREF
PNO  4999326
ISD  19910300
NAM  Sikkenga et al.
OCL  502 33
UREF
PNO  5032565
ISD  19910700
NAM  Berrebi
OCL  502331
UREF
PNO  5041404
ISD  19910800
NAM  Seamans et al.
OCL  502 33
UREF
PNO  5139983
ISD  19920800
NAM  Berrebi et al.
OCL  502 33
UREF
PNO  5153163
ISD  19921000
NAM  Roumieu et al.
OCL  502222
UREF
PNO  5169819
ISD  19921200
NAM  Berrebi
OCL  502168
UREF
PNO  5397756
ISD  19950300
NAM  Dufresne et al.
OCL  502 33
UREF
PNO  5681787
ISD  19971000
NAM  Seamans et al.
OCL  502 33
FREF
PNO  1555015
ISD  19690100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  8900914
ISD  19890400
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  2208357
ISD  19890300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2246083
ISD  19920100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/02793
ISD  19930200
CNT  WOX
ABST
PAL  Self-heating characteristics of a spontaneously combustible catalyst are
      reduced by treating spontaneously combustible catalysts with
      oxygen-containing hydrocarbons having at least 12 carbon atoms. The
      treatment is particularly suitable for reducing the self-heating
      characteristics of sulfidable metal oxide(s)-containing catalysts,
      presulfurized catalysts, presulfided catalysts or reduced catalysts. When
      applied to sulfur-containing catalysts, the treatment gives a catalyst
      that has suppressed self-heating properties without substantially
      compromising sulfur retention or activity. Further, a method of safely
      unloading a catalyst from a reactor is provided where the catalyst in the
      reactor is treated with a liquid mixture containing oxygen-containing
      hydrocarbon having at least 12 carbon atoms to wet the catalyst.
PATN
WKU  059900385
SRC  9
APN  0278114
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980223
TTL  Catalyst for purifying oxygen rich exhaust gas
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Hailey; Patricia L.
EXP  Bell; Mark L.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Suga; Katsuo
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sekiba; Toru
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970224
APN  9-038653
CLAS
OCL  502303
XCL  502324
XCL  502325
XCL  502328
XCL  502332
XCL  502333
XCL  502334
XCL  502335
XCL  502336
XCL  502337
XCL  502338
XCL  502339
XCL  502340
XCL  502341
XCL  502327
XCL  502355
EDF  6
ICL  B01J 2300
ICL  B01J 2302
ICL  B01J 2342
ICL  B01J 2356
FSC  502
FSS  303;325;328;324;332;333;334-339;340;341;327;355;525
UREF
PNO  4748143
ISD  19880500
NAM  Tabata et al.
OCL  502304
UREF
PNO  4849398
ISD  19890700
NAM  Takada et al.
OCL  502303
UREF
PNO  5447705
ISD  19950900
NAM  Petit et al.
OCL  423418.2
UREF
PNO  5559073
ISD  19960900
NAM  Hu et al.
OCL  502525
UREF
PNO  5622680
ISD  19970400
NAM  Monceaux et al.
OCL  423213.5
UREF
PNO  5691263
ISD  19971100
NAM  Park et al.
OCL  502525
UREF
PNO  5736482
ISD  19980400
NAM  Durand et al.
OCL  502303
UREF
PNO  5801114
ISD  19980900
NAM  Durand et al.
OCL  502303
UREF
PNO  5811364
ISD  19980900
NAM  Suga et al.
OCL  502328
UREF
PNO  5814576
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yamamoto
OCL  502303
UREF
PNO  5821185
ISD  19981000
NAM  White et al.
OCL  502303
FREF
PNO  0 488 250 A1
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 532 024 A1
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  5-168860
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-89393A2
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-315634
ISD  19941100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-136518
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-217461
ISD  19960800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-86928
ISD  19970300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a first catalyst for purifying an exhaust gas. The
      first catalyst has a substrate and a catalytic coating formed thereon.
      This catalytic coating has first and second grains. The first grain
      includes a porous carrier supporting thereon at least one of palladium and
      rhodium. The second grain includes a double oxide supporting thereon at
      least one of platinum and palladium. This double oxide is represented by a
      formula of (La.sub.1-x A.sub.x).sub.1-.alpha. BO.sub..delta.  where A is
      at least one element selected from barium, potassium and cesium, B is at
      least one of iron, cobalt, nickel and manganese, 0<X<1, 0<.alpha.<0.2, and
      .delta. is a number such that a net electric charge of the first double
      oxide becomes zero. The invention further relates to a second catalyst
      similar to the first catalyst. The first grain of the second catalyst
      includes a porous carrier supporting thereon at least one of platinum,
      palladium, rhodium and iridium. The second grain of the second catalyst
      includes a double oxide represented by a formula of (La.sub.1-x
      A.sub.x).sub.1-.alpha. BZr.sub..beta. O.sub..delta.  where A, B, x,
      .alpha. and .delta. are defined as above and 0<.beta.<1. The first and
      second catalysts are each improved in NOx absorption capability and
      capable of purifying NOx contained in an oxygen rich exhaust gas, even
      after the passage of an exhaust gas of high temperature for a long time
      through these catalysts.
PATN
WKU  059900393
SRC  8
APN  7807082
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970108
TTL  Metal complex derived catalyst and method of forming
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Ghyka; Alexander G.
EXP  Niebling; John F.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Paul; Partha P
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Schwab; Stuart T
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Southwest Research Institute
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  502326
XCL  502 66
XCL  502338
XCL  502339
XCL  502345
EDF  6
ICL  B01J 2340
FSC  502
FSS  63;64;66;326;338;339;345
UREF
PNO  4234455
ISD  19801100
NAM  Homeier et al.
OCL  252430
UREF
PNO  4290916
ISD  19810900
NAM  Carlson
OCL  252430
UREF
PNO  4388285
ISD  19830600
NAM  Rankel et al.
OCL  423329
UREF
PNO  4751068
ISD  19880600
NAM  Bickar et al.
OCL  423437
UREF
PNO  4970188
ISD  19901100
NAM  Steinbach et al.
OCL  502163
UREF
PNO  4980335
ISD  19901200
NAM  Sugo et al.
OCL  502402
UREF
PNO  5041270
ISD  19910800
NAM  Fujitani et al.
OCL  423213.2
UREF
PNO  5057296
ISD  19911000
NAM  Beck
OCL  423277
UREF
PNO  5098684
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kresge et al.
OCL  423277
UREF
PNO  5102643
ISD  19920400
NAM  Kresge et al.
OCL  423328
UREF
PNO  5108725
ISD  19920400
NAM  Beck et al.
OCL  423263
UREF
PNO  5126297
ISD  19920600
NAM  Hardison et al.
OCL  502 62
UREF
PNO  5128302
ISD  19920700
NAM  Steinbach et al.
OCL  502241
UREF
PNO  5164351
ISD  19921100
NAM  Steinbach et al.
OCL  502 74
UREF
PNO  5167942
ISD  19921200
NAM  Balkus et al.
OCL  423705
UREF
PNO  5264203
ISD  19931100
NAM  Beck et al.
OCL  423703
UREF
PNO  5362695
ISD  19941100
NAM  Beck et al.
OCL  502 62
FREF
PNO  9111390
ISD  19910800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  J.S. Beck, J.C. Vartuli, W.J.Roth, M.E. Leonowicz, C.T. Kresge, K.D.
      Schmitt, C.T-W Chu, D.H. Olson, E.W. Sheppard, S.B. McCullen, J.B. Higgins
      and J.L. Schlenker; "A New Family of Mesoporous Molecular Sieves Prepared
      with Liquid Crystal Templates," Journal of the American Chemical Society;
      1992, vol. 114, pp. 10834-10843. No month.
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist
ABST
PAL  A hydrocarbon-independent lean-burn NO.sub.x catalyst for treatment of
      products of combustion includes a porous support impregnated with two
      transition metals. The first transition metal has a stable upper oxidation
      state that is reducible to a lower oxidation state in the presence of
      carbon monoxide which is oxidized in the presence of the first transition
      metal to form carbon dioxide. The second transition metal has a stable
      lower oxidation state and is capable of being raised to a higher oxidation
      state in the presence of NO.sub.x which is reduced to nitrogen and oxygen
      in the presence of the second metal. The first and second metals cooperate
      to form a redox reaction system which regenerates the active form of the
      catalyst by raising the first metal to its stable oxidation state and
      reducing the second metal to it stable lower oxidation state by electron
      transfer between the first and second metals. The catalyst is based on
      transition metals which are less expensive than the noble metal-containing
      catalysts in current use.
PATN
WKU  059900407
SRC  8
APN  901828&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970728
TTL  Promoted and stabilized copper oxide and zinc oxide catalyst and
      preparation
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Bos; Steven
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Hu; X. D.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Wagner; Jon P.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
ASSG
NAM  United Catalysts Inc.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  584919
APD  19960111
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  371500
APD  19950111
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  502342
XCL  502346
XCL  4234372
XCL  423656
EDF  6
ICL  B01J 2300
ICL  C01B 3100
ICL  C01B  300
FSC  502
FSS  342;346
FSC  423
FSS  656;437.2
UREF
PNO  1330772
ISD  19200200
NAM  Bosch et al.
OCL  423656
UREF
PNO  1866246
ISD  19320700
NAM  Beekley
OCL  423656
UREF
PNO  3546140
ISD  19701200
NAM  Gutmann et al.
OCL  423656
UREF
PNO  3922337
ISD  19751100
NAM  Campbell et al.
OCL  423656
UREF
PNO  4126581
ISD  19781100
NAM  Sugier et al.
OCL  423656
UREF
PNO  4801574
ISD  19890100
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  423656
LREP
FR2  Cox; Scott R.
ABST
PAL  A catalyst for the conversion of carbon oxide comprising 30 to 70% CuO, 20
      to 90% ZnO, 0.1 to 20% of an element of Group IV-B in the form of an
      oxide, preferably titanium and/or zirconium, most preferably titanium,
      about 5 to about 40 percent Al.sub.2 O.sub.3 and preferably 50 to 1000 ppm
      of a Group 1-A element in the form of an oxide.
PATN
WKU  059900415
SRC  8
APN  8351511
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970404
TTL  Mesoporous activated carbon filaments
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXA  Hailey; Patricia L.
EXP  Bell; Mark L.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Chung; Deborah D. L.
CTY  Amherst
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Lu; Weiming
CTY  Buffalo
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Research Foundation of State University of New York at Buffalo
CTY  Amherst
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  502416
XCL  502424
XCL  502427
XCL  502420
XCL  502430
XCL  502432
XCL  502433
XCL  502434
XCL  502436
XCL  4234476
XCL  4234477
EDF  6
ICL  B01J 2002
ICL  D01F  912
FSC  502
FSS  416;424;427;420;430;432;433;434;436
FSC  423
FSS  447.6;447.7
UREF
PNO  3959448
ISD  19760500
NAM  Fuller et al.
OCL  423447.7
UREF
PNO  4045368
ISD  19770800
NAM  Katori et al.
OCL  502416
UREF
PNO  4439349
ISD  19840300
NAM  Everett et al.
OCL  502180
UREF
PNO  4921831
ISD  19900500
NAM  Nakai et al.
OCL  502416
UREF
PNO  4975263
ISD  19901200
NAM  Furuyama et al.
OCL  423447.7
UREF
PNO  5030435
ISD  19910700
NAM  Kitamura et al.
OCL  423447.6
UREF
PNO  5212144
ISD  19930500
NAM  Schwartz, Jr.
OCL  502424
UREF
PNO  5238470
ISD  19930800
NAM  Tolles et al.
OCL   95143
UREF
PNO  5242879
ISD  19930900
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  502180
UREF
PNO  5304527
ISD  19940400
NAM  Dimitri
OCL  502425
UREF
PNO  5446005
ISD  19950800
NAM  Endo
OCL  502433
UREF
PNO  5451554
ISD  19950900
NAM  Guile et al.
OCL  502418
UREF
PNO  5472742
ISD  19951200
NAM  Lee
OCL  427399
UREF
PNO  5538932
ISD  19960700
NAM  Yan et al.
OCL  502424
UREF
PNO  5595720
ISD  19970100
NAM  Arai et al.
OCL  423447.6
OREF
PAL  M.M. Dubinin, N.S. Polyakov and G.A. Petukhova, (1993), Porous Structure
      and Surface Chemistry of Active Carbons, Adsoprtion Science & Technology,
      vol. 10, pp. 17-26 month N/A.
PAL  H-L Chiang and P.C. Chiang, (1995), The Influence of 01113 Reaction om
      Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Activated Carbon for Benzene
      Adsorpton, Toxicol. and Environ. Chemistry, vol. 47, pp. 97-108 month N/A.
PAL  Y. Takeuchi abd T. Itoh, 1993, Removal from Ozone from Air by Activated
      Carbon Treatment, Separations Technology, vol. 3, pp. 168-175 Jul. 1993.
PAL  J. Alcaniz-Monge, D. Cazorla-Amoros, and A. Linares-Solano, (Mar. 1994),
      Effect of the Activating Gas on Tensile Strength and Pore Structure of
      Pitch-Based Carbon Fibres, Carbon, vol. 32, pp. 1277-1283.
PAL  A. Oya and S. Yoshida, (1996), Preparation and Properties of an
      Antibacterial Activated Carbon Fiber Containing Mesopores, Carbon, vol.
      34, pp. 53-57 Jul. 1995.
PAL  A.W.P. Fung, Z.H. Wang, K. Lu, M.S. Dresselhaus and R.W. Pekala, (1993),
      Characterization of carbon aerogels by transport measurements; J. Mater.
      Res., vol. 8, pp. 1875-1885 Aug. 1993.
PAL  R. Ghosal. D.J. Kaul, U. Boes, D. Sanders, D.M. Smith and A. Maskara
      (1995), Speciality Carbon Adsorbents with a Tailored Pore Structure and
      their Properties, Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., vol. 371, pp. 413-423 month
      N/A.
PAL  Carbon Fiber Composites, p. 14, D.D.L. Chung, Butterworth-Heinemann,
      Newton, MA. (month not available), 1994.
LREP
FRM  Hodgson, Russ, Andrews, Woods & Goodyear LLP
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a mesoporous carbon material in the form of
      filaments having a high surface area. A process is also provided to
      produce mesoporous carbon material of high surface area. The process
      comprises drying a carbon material, surface oxidizing the dried material,
      stabilizing the surface oxidized material, and activating the stabilized
      material to produce a highly activated, mesoporous material.
PATN
WKU  059900423
SRC  8
APN  9758291
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971121
TTL  Sublimation thermal transfer image receiving material and image
      recording method therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  17
EXP  Hess; Bruce H.
INVT
NAM  Mochizuki; Hidehiro
CTY  Numazu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Imamura; Masanaga
CTY  Fujinomiya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ricoh Company, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961121
APN  8-326129
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971120
APN  9-336403
CLAS
OCL  503227
XCL  156235
XCL  428195
XCL  428913
XCL  428914
EDF  6
ICL  B41M  5035
ICL  B41M  538
FSC    8
FSS  471
FSC  156
FSS  235
FSC  428
FSS  195;913;914
FSC  503
FSS  227
UREF
PNO  5348931
ISD  19940900
NAM  Mochizuki et al.
OCL  503227
UREF
PNO  5376619
ISD  19941200
NAM  Mochizuki et al.
OCL  503227
UREF
PNO  5525573
ISD  19960600
NAM  Uemura et al.
OCL  503227
UREF
PNO  5565404
ISD  19961000
NAM  Mochizuki et al.
OCL  503227
UREF
PNO  5658850
ISD  19970800
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  503227
LREP
FRM  Cooper & Dunham LLP
ABST
PAL  A noncontact-reading type IC card image receiving material useful for
      sublimation thermal transfer recording is provided which is made by
      forming a resin cover film overlying a substrate including an IC chip and
      an antenna and in which an image is recorded on a surface of the receiving
      material or a receiving layer optionally formed on the receiving material
      by imagewise heating a sublimation thermal transfer recording material
      having an ink layer which contacts the receiving material or the receiving
      layer, wherein the resin cover film is formed by an injection and
      compression molding method. The receiving material is preferably subjected
      to a heat treatment after an image is formed thereon.
PATN
WKU  059900431
SRC  8
APN  6525717
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19960617
TTL  Anti-fouling compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Clardy; S. Mark
INVT
NAM  Kugler; Martin
CTY  Leichlingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Londershausen; Michael
CTY  Erkrath
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schrage; Heinrich
CTY  Krefeld
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Uhr; Hermann
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kunisch; Franz
CTY  Odenthal
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19931221
APN  43 43 597
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940317
APN  44 09 039
CLAS
OCL  504116
XCL  504150
XCL  504158
XCL  504159
XCL  504161
XCL  424405
XCL  514341
XCL  514351
XCL  514596
XCL  514597
XCL  514598
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 4340
ICL  A01N 4350
ICL  A01N 4734
FSC  504
FSS  116;150;158;159;161
FSC  424
FSS  405
FSC  106
FSS  15.05;18.32
FSC  514
FSS  341;351;596;597;598
UREF
PNO  3679466
ISD  19720700
NAM  Bowman, Jr.
OCL  117127
UREF
PNO  3912519
ISD  19751000
NAM  Takagi et al.
OCL  424277
UREF
PNO  4468405
ISD  19840800
NAM  Rigterink et al.
OCL  424322
UREF
PNO  4818534
ISD  19890400
NAM  Levy
OCL  424404
UREF
PNO  4883158
ISD  19891100
NAM  Twydell et al.
OCL  514616
UREF
PNO  4923894
ISD  19900500
NAM  Kanda et al.
OCL  514493
UREF
PNO  5556883
ISD  19960900
NAM  Thoms et al.
OCL  514594
FREF
PNO  111452
ISD  19840600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2402197
ISD  19740800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2614725
ISD  19761000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3024467
ISD  19820100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3414244
ISD  19851000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 90 06975
ISD  19900600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92 20747
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Sprung Kramer Schaefer & Briscoe
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP94/04087
PD1  19960617
PD2  19960617
PD3  19941208
PCP  WO95/17478
PCD  19950629
ABST
PAR  An anti-fouling composition comprising a carrier, and a binder, the
      improvement which comprises an effective amount of at least one
      insecticide. The composition is applied to the surfaces of articles which
      come into contact with seawater or brackish water, especially wood. Other
      conventional anti-fouling agents may also be present.
PATN
WKU  059900440
SRC  9
APN  0502782
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19980330
TTL  Selective herbicides based on aryl uracils
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Clardy; S. Mark
INVT
NAM  Santel; Hans-Joachim
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Dollinger; Markus
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Andree; Roland
CTY  Langenfeld
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Drewes; Mark Wilhelm
CTY  Langenfeld
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940902
APN  44 31 219
RLAP
COD  71
APN  793396
CLAS
OCL  504128
XCL  504132
XCL  504134
XCL  504136
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 4350
ICL  A01N 43653
ICL  A01N 4728
ICL  A01N 5702
FSC  504
FSS  128;132;134;136
UREF
PNO  5084084
ISD  19920100
NAM  Santow et al.
OCL   71 92
UREF
PNO  5567670
ISD  19961000
NAM  Amuit et al.
OCL  504230
FREF
PNO  4 412 079
ISD  19950200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/14073
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstract of JP-A-06 271 409 (Sep. 27,), Week 9443 AN-347010.
PAL  Chemical Abstract of JP-A-07 053 313 (Feb. 28, 1995), Week 9517 AN
      95-128198.
PAL  R. Wegler Chemie der Pfanzenschutz-und Schadlingsbekampfungsmittel. Band
      2.' 1970, see p. 354, last paragraph, and p. 356, line 8-line 18.
LREP
FRM  Sprung Kramer Schaefer & Briscoe
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to new herbicidal synergistic active compound
      combinations which are composed of, on the one hand, known aryluracils (or
      aryl-thiouracils--or compounds which are isomeric to these aryluracils or
      aryl-thiouracils) and, on the other hand, further known herbicides
      belonging to other substance classes and which can be used particularly
      successfully for selective weed control in a variety of crops, in
      particular in maize.
PATN
WKU  059900458
SRC  9
APN  171113&
APT  1
ART  167
APD  19981013
TTL  Herbicidal mixtures
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Robinson; Allen J.
INVT
NAM  Leep; Daniel Carl
CTY  Newark
STA  DE
INVT
NAM  Lichtner; Francis T.
CTY  Newark
STA  DE
ASSG
NAM  E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  504128
XCL  504127
XCL  504133
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 4364
ICL  A01N 5700
FSC  504
FSS  127;128;133
FREF
PNO  0475392
ISD  19920300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0739893
ISD  19961000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0766918
ISD  19970400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9208353
ISD  19920500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  93/25081
ISD  19931200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A01N 5720
FREF
PNO  9634528
ISD  19961100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Makino et al, C.A.; vol. 124 (1996) 124:289581b.
PAL  Suzuki et al, C.A. vol. 126 (1997) 126:74875f.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US97/06333
PD1  19981013
PD2  19981013
PD3  19970415
PCP  WO97/38581
PCD  19971023
ABST
PAR  This invention relates to herbicidal mixtures comprising sulfonylureas
      together with glyphosate, herbicidal compositions of said mixtures, and a
      method for the use of said mixtures to control undesired vegetation.
PATN
WKU  059900466
SRC  8
APN  9119264
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19970815
TTL  Herbicidal compositions comprising dimethenamid and diketone or
      triketone herbicides
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Clardy; S. Mark
INVT
NAM  Fenderson; John M.
CTY  Kiowa
STA  KS
INVT
NAM  O'Neal; William B.
CTY  Buffalo Grove
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Quaghebeur; Theo
CTY  Saint-Symphorien
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Schumm; Karl-Christoph
CTY  Campinas
CNT  BRX
INVT
NAM  Van Loocke; Walter
CTY  Meetkerke
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Sandoz Ltd.
CTY  Basel
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19930625
APN  9313210
RLAP
COD  74
APN  467364
APD  19950606
PSC  01
PNO  5716901
RLAP
COD  81
APN  265594
APD  19940623
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  236732
APD  19940502
PSC  01
PNO  5877115
RLAP
COD  75
APN  153946
APD  19931116
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  019386
APD  19930218
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  75
APN  152066
APD  19931112
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  019933
APD  19930219
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  504129
XCL  504134
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 4310
ICL  A01N 3106
FSC  504
FSS  129;289;134
UREF
PNO  3013054
ISD  19611200
NAM  Richter
OCL  260473
UREF
PNO  4666502
ISD  19870500
NAM  Seckinger et al.
OCL   71 90
UREF
PNO  4695673
ISD  19870900
NAM  Heather et al.
OCL  568310
UREF
PNO  4789393
ISD  19881200
NAM  Hanagan
OCL   71 92
UREF
PNO  4869748
ISD  19890900
NAM  Knudsen
OCL   71123
UREF
PNO  4921526
ISD  19900500
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL   71 86
UREF
PNO  5006150
ISD  19910400
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL   71 88
UREF
PNO  5089046
ISD  19920200
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL   71108
FREF
PNO  137963
ISD  19850400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  186118
ISD  19860700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  186119
ISD  19860700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  186120
ISD  19860700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  230596
ISD  19870800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  249150
ISD  19871200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  315889
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  336898
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  338992
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  380 447
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  394889
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  461079
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  549524
ISD  19930600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/10653
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/07837
ISD  19920500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Weed Control And Soil Persistence Studies With Dimethenamid In Maize, A.
      Rahman and T.K. James; Proc. 45th N.Z. Plant Protection Conf. 1992: 84-88.
PAL  Herbicidal Composition, Kimura et al.; United States Statutory Invention
      Registration, Reg. No. H670, Sep. 5, 1989.
PAL  SAN 582 H--A New Herbicide For Weed Control In Corn And Soybeans, J. Harr,
      K. Seckinger, E. Ummel, Brighton Crop Protection Conference--Weeds, 1991,
      pp. 87-92.
PAL  Weed Control in No-tillage and Conventional Corn (Zea mays) with ICIA-0051
      and SC-0774, John S. Wilson and Chester L. Foy; Weed Technology, 1990,
      vol. 4:731-738.
LREP
FRM  Alston & Bird LLP
ABST
PAL  Co-application of dimethenamid with diketone or triketone herbicides
      provides improved herbicidal activity.
PATN
WKU  059900474
SRC  8
APN  6597211
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19960606
TTL  Herbicidal composition comprising
      4-iodo-2-[3-(4-methoxy-6-methyl-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)ureidosulfonyl]benzoi
      c esters
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Pak; John
INVT
NAM  Hacker; Erwin
CTY  Hochheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hess; Martin
CTY  Mainz-Bretzenheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kehne; Heinz
CTY  Hofheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Hoechst Schering AgrEvo GmbH
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950608
APN  195 20 839
CLAS
OCL  504134
XCL  504127
XCL  504129
XCL  504130
XCL  504133
XCL  504135
XCL  504136
XCL  504138
XCL  504141
XCL  504142
XCL  504143
XCL  504144
XCL  504145
XCL  504146
XCL  504147
XCL  504148
XCL  504149
XCL   71DIG1
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 4364
ICL  A01N 4338
ICL  A01N 4340
ICL  A01N 3718
FSC  504
FSS  133;134;127;129;130;135-136;138;141-149
FSC   71
FSS  DIG. 1
UREF
PNO  5872077
ISD  19990200
NAM  Hacker et al.
OCL  504134
FREF
PNO  WO 92/13845
ISD  19920800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug LLP
ABST
PAL  Herbicidal compositions comprising
PA0  A) at least one compound from the group of the substituted
      phenylsulfonylureas of the formula I and their agriculturally acceptable
      salts
      ##STR1##
      in which R.sup.1 is (C.sub.1 -C.sub.8)alkyl, (C.sub.3 -C.sub.4)alkenyl,
      (C.sub.3 -C.sub.4)alkynyl or (C.sub.1 -C.sub.4)alkyl which is mono- to
      tetrasubstituted by radicals selected from the group consisting of halogen
      and (C.sub.1 -C.sub.2)alkoxy,
PAL  and
PA0  B) at least one herbicidally active compound from the group of compounds
      composed of
PA1  Ba) herbicides which act selectively against grasses in cereals and/or
      maize,
PA1  Bb) herbicides which act selectively against dicots in cereals and/or
      maize,
PA1  Bc) herbicides which act selectively against grasses and dicots in cereals
      and/or maize and
PA1  Bd) herbicides which act non-selectively against grass weeds and
      broad-leaved weeds in non-crop areas and/or selectively against grass
      weeds and broad-leaved weeds in transgenic crops.
PATN
WKU  059900482
SRC  8
APN  9313265
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19970916
TTL  Selective herbicides based on metribuzin and substituted
      imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl-sulfonyl compounds
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Pak; John
INVT
NAM  Dahmen; Peter
CTY  Neuss
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Dollinger; Markus
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Santel; Hans-Joachim
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Riebel; Hans-Jochem
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960923
APN  196 38 886
CLAS
OCL  504134
XCL  504133
XCL  504135
XCL  504136
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 43707
ICL  A01N 4354
ICL  A01N 4364
FSC  504
FSS  133;134;135;136
UREF
PNO  3671523
ISD  19720600
NAM  Westphal et al.
OCL  544182
UREF
PNO  3905801
ISD  19750900
NAM  Fawzi
OCL  504229
UREF
PNO  5173104
ISD  19921200
NAM  Feucht
OCL  504133
UREF
PNO  5223016
ISD  19930600
NAM  Takematsu et al.
OCL  504130
UREF
PNO  5420098
ISD  19950500
NAM  Ansai et al.
OCL  504133
FREF
PNO  0 305 939
ISD  19890300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 477 808
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  17 95 784
ISD  19750600
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Sprung Kramer Schaefer & Briscoe
ABST
PAL  The novel herbicidally active compound combinations comprising (a)
      metribuzin of the formula (I) and (b) an active compound from the group of
      the substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl-sulfonyl compounds of the
      formula (II) where
PA1  Z represents N or CH and
PA1  R, X and Y are each as defined in the description,
PAL  exhibit synergistic activities at certain weight ratios and can be used as
      selective herbicides in a variety of crop plants (for example maize, wheat
      and barley).
PATN
WKU  059900490
SRC  9
APN  2288923
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19990111
TTL  Triketone derivatives
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Covington; Raymond
EXP  Kight; John
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Kazufumi
CTY  Chita
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shibata; Mitsuru
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Koike; Kazuyoshi
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  981407
APD  19971219
CLAS
OCL  504288
XCL  504292
XCL  549 23
XCL  549 28
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 4318
ICL  A01N 4316
ICL  C07D33506
FSC  549
FSS  28;23;404;405
FSC  504
FSS  288;292;298
UREF
PNO  5468878
ISD  19951100
NAM  Nasuno et al.
OCL  504288
UREF
PNO  5480858
ISD  19960100
NAM  Sakamoto et al.
OCL  504288
FREF
PNO  WO 93/18031
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/04524
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/08988
ISD  19940400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/04054
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/13275
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A triketone compound of the following formula:
      ##STR1##
      wherein Y.sup.1 is C.sub.1 to C.sub.4 alkyl, a halogen or a C.sub.1 to
      C.sub.4 haloalkyl; each of Y.sup.2 and Y.sup.3 is independently C.sub.1 to
      C.sub.4 alkyl; Y.sup.4 is hydrogen, C.sub.1 to C.sub.4 alkyl or a halogen;
      n is 0, 1 or 2; p is 0 or 1; each of R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3 and R.sup.4
      is independently hydrogen, C.sub.1 to C.sub.4 alkyl or phenyl; or when p
      is 1, either R.sup.1 or R.sup.2 and either R.sup.3 or R.sup.4 optionally
      bond to each other to form an intramolecular double bond; and X is a group
      of the formula
      ##STR2##
      in which each of R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 is independently a hydrogen atom, a
      C.sub.1 to C.sub.4 alkyl group or a phenyl group. The triketone compound
      is useful as a herbicide to control a broad range of upland weeks at a low
      dosage without causing phytotoxicity on corn.
PATN
WKU  059900504
SRC  9
APN  0134546
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980126
TTL  Water soluble invert emulsions
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  12
EXP  Tucker; Philip
INVT
NAM  Patel; Arvind D.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  M-I L.L.C.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  004267
APD  19980108
CLAS
OCL  507136
XCL  507261
XCL  507939
EDF  6
ICL  C09K  706
ICL  C09K  702
FSC  507
FSS  136;139;261;939
UREF
PNO  H1611
ISD  19961100
NAM  Patel
OCL  507103
UREF
PNO  4464269
ISD  19840800
NAM  Walker et al.
OCL  507136
UREF
PNO  4747969
ISD  19880500
NAM  Rupilius et al.
OCL  260415
UREF
PNO  4830765
ISD  19890500
NAM  Perricone et al.
OCL  252  8.51
UREF
PNO  4941981
ISD  19900700
NAM  Perricone et al.
OCL  252  8.51
UREF
PNO  4963273
ISD  19901000
NAM  Perricone et al.
OCL  252  8.51
UREF
PNO  4964615
ISD  19901000
NAM  Mueller et al.
OCL  252  8.551
UREF
PNO  5057234
ISD  19911000
NAM  Bland et al.
OCL  252  8.51
UREF
PNO  5072794
ISD  19911200
NAM  Hale et al.
OCL  175 50
UREF
PNO  5120708
ISD  19920600
NAM  Melear
OCL  507126
UREF
PNO  5141920
ISD  19920800
NAM  Bland et al.
OCL  507136
UREF
PNO  5348938
ISD  19940900
NAM  Mueller et al.
OCL  507136
FREF
PNO  374671A1
ISD  19900600
CNT  EPX
ICL  C09K  706
FREF
PNO  449257A2
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
ICL  C09K  706
FREF
PNO  495579A3
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
ICL  C09K  702
FREF
PNO  0 652271
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 730018
ISD  19960900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  730018A1
ISD  19960900
CNT  EPX
ICL  C09K  702
FREF
PNO  3842703A1
ISD  19900600
CNT  DEX
ICL  C09K  706
FREF
PNO  751191
ISD  19560600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2223255
ISD  19900400
CNT  GBX
ICL  C09K  706
FREF
PNO  2251447
ISD  19920700
CNT  GBX
ICL  C09K  706
FREF
PNO  2252993
ISD  19920800
CNT  GBX
ICL  C09K  706
FREF
PNO  2283036
ISD  19950400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO89/01491
ISD  19890200
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07K  700
FREF
PNO  WO90/06890
ISD  19900600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO90/06981
ISD  19900600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO93/16145
ISD  19930800
CNT  WOX
ICL  C09K  706
FREF
PNO  WO93/23491
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
ICL  C09K  706
FREF
PNO  WO94/16030
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
ICL  C09K  706
FREF
PNO  WO96/19545
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
ICL  C09K  706
OREF
PAL  Aldrich Katalog Handbuch Feinchemikalien, Aldrich GmbH & Co. KG,
      Steinheim/DE (1994), p. 557.
PAL  Dickey, Parke A.; Petroleum Development Geology, 2nd Ed.; Penn Well Books
      before 1988, pp. 57-83.
PAL  The Dow Chemical Company; Physical Properties Of Dowanol Glycol Ethers And
      Acetates; table; Jun. 1995.
PAL  The Dow Chemical Company; Material Safety Data Sheet, Oct. 20, 1997.
PAL  The Dow Chemical Company; Product Information--Dowanol DPNB, Apr. 1997.
PAL  The Dow Chemical Company; Product Information--Dowanol PNB, Apr. 1997.
PAL  The Dow Chemical Company; The Glycol Ethers Handbook, Oct. 1993.
PAL  Chemical Abstract Services Search Report, Oct. 27, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Arnold White & Durkee
ABST
PAL  A drilling fluid and an invert emulsion fluid having utility for drilling,
      completing or working over subterranean oil and gas wells are disclosed.
      The drilling fluid includes a continuous phase that includes a
      preferentially-oil-soluble glycol ether which has a viscosity at
      25.degree. C. of at least 10 centipoise, and an emulsifier. The invert
      emulsion fluid includes a oleaginous fluid including a
      preferentially-oil-soluble glycol ether which is miscible in oil and is
      such that less than 10% by volume of the glycol ether is miscible in fresh
      water at 20.degree. C., that is to say 10% by volume of the glycol ether
      mixed in fresh water results in two phases. The invert emulsion fluid also
      includes a nonoleaginous fluid and an emulsifier which is functionally
      effective to stabilize the invert emulsion. In one embodiment, glycol
      ether is selected from propylene glycol n-butyl ether; dipropylene glycol
      n-butyl ether; tripropylene glycol n-butyl ether; tetra propylene glycol
      n-butyl ether; pentapropylene glycol n-butyl ether; hexapropylene glycol
      n-butyl ether; heptapropylene glycol n-butyl ether and combinations
      thereof. The fluids of the present invention may also contain weighting
      agents, bridging agents, wetting agents, corrosion inhibitors and other
      components of drilling fluids that are known in the art.
PATN
WKU  059900512
SRC  9
APN  0555495
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980406
TTL  Injection molded degradable casing perforation ball sealers
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Kelly; C. H.
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Ischy; Noel David
CTY  Tyler
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Fox; Craig Steven
CTY  Rockwall
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Fairmount Minerals, Inc.
CTY  Chardon
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  507204
XCL  252  1
XCL  166294
XCL  507239
XCL  507219
EDF  6
ICL  C09K  300
ICL  C09K 3102
ICL  E21B 3313
FSC  252
FSS  1
FSC  507
FSS  219;239;204
FSC  166
FSS  294
UREF
PNO  3319716
ISD  19670500
NAM  Dill
OCL  166 42
UREF
PNO  3971852
ISD  19760700
NAM  Brenner et al.
OCL  426103
UREF
PNO  4064055
ISD  19771200
NAM  Carney
XCL  507130
UREF
PNO  4387769
ISD  19830600
NAM  Erbstoesser et al.
OCL  166295
UREF
PNO  4421902
ISD  19831200
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  526317
UREF
PNO  4526695
ISD  19850700
NAM  Erbstoesser et al.
OCL  252  8.55R
UREF
PNO  4552909
ISD  19851100
NAM  Czerwinski et al.
OCL  524 11
UREF
PNO  4716964
ISD  19880100
NAM  Erbstoesser et al.
OCL  166284
UREF
PNO  5253709
ISD  19931000
NAM  Kendrick et al.
OCL  166284
UREF
PNO  5356149
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kane
OCL  273218
UREF
PNO  5374486
ISD  19941200
NAM  Clatty et al.
OCL  428423.1
UREF
PNO  5401824
ISD  19950300
NAM  Clatty et al.
OCL  528 53
UREF
PNO  5500020
ISD  19960300
NAM  Bandino
OCL    8 94.22
UREF
PNO  5684114
ISD  19971100
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL  528129
UREF
PNO  5788184
ISD  19980800
NAM  Eddy
OCL  244121
LREP
FR2  Alworth; C. W.
ABST
PAL  A degradable ball sealer for use in the oil and gas industry is disclosed.
      The ball seat comprises a particular composition of matter and injection
      molding technique that provides a ball seal which will dissolve in
      stimulation or wellbore fluids after stimulation operations are complete.
      In use, the surface of the ball sealer softens slightly assuring a solid
      seal between the ball the and the casing perforation. The composition when
      dissolved into wellbore fluids does not pose a hazard and disperses well
      in aqueous based wellbore fluids. The same composition, made into a larger
      ball, may be used as a tubing sealer for pressure testing.
PATN
WKU  059900520
SRC  8
APN  6860095
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19960725
TTL  Foamed fracturing fluid
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Kelly; C. H.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Harris; Phillip C.
CTY  Duncan
STA  OK
ASSG
NAM  Halliburton Energy Services, Inc.
CTY  Duncan
STA  OK
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  300604
APD  19940902
PSC  01
PNO  5566760
CLAS
OCL  507214
XCL  507216
XCL  507202
XCL  507209
XCL  507211
XCL  166308
EDF  6
ICL  C09K  300
ICL  E21B 4317
FSC  507
FSS  211;214;216
UREF
PNO  3153450
ISD  19641000
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL  166 42
UREF
PNO  3195634
ISD  19650700
NAM  Hill
OCL  166 42
UREF
PNO  3310112
ISD  19670300
NAM  Nielsen et al.
OCL  166 42
UREF
PNO  3368627
ISD  19680200
NAM  Hurst et al.
OCL  166 42
UREF
PNO  3664422
ISD  19720500
NAM  Bullen
OCL  166283
UREF
PNO  3937283
ISD  19760200
NAM  Blauer et al.
OCL  166307
UREF
PNO  3980136
ISD  19760900
NAM  Plummer et al.
OCL  166280
UREF
PNO  4553601
ISD  19851100
NAM  Almond et al.
OCL  166308
UREF
PNO  4619776
ISD  19861000
NAM  Mondshine
OCL  252  8.551
UREF
PNO  4627495
ISD  19861200
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL  166280
UREF
PNO  4870167
ISD  19890900
NAM  Zody et al.
OCL  536114
UREF
PNO  5002125
ISD  19910300
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL  166271
UREF
PNO  5024276
ISD  19910600
NAM  Borchardt
OCL  166308
UREF
PNO  5076357
ISD  19911200
NAM  Marquis
OCL  166273
UREF
PNO  5233032
ISD  19930800
NAM  Zody et al.
OCL  536114
UREF
PNO  5333687
ISD  19940800
NAM  Osterloh
OCL  166272
UREF
PNO  5424285
ISD  19950600
NAM  Stacy et al.
OCL  507202
UREF
PNO  5480984
ISD  19960100
NAM  Angerer et al.
OCL  536 88
UREF
PNO  5566760
ISD  19961000
NAM  Harris
OCL  166308
UREF
PNO  5720347
ISD  19980200
NAM  Audibert et al.
OCL  166294
UREF
PNO  5741482
ISD  19980400
NAM  Modi et al.
OCL  424 76.3
OREF
PAL  "Recent Advances in Hydraulic Fracturing"; by Gidley, Holditch, Nierode,
      and Veatch; p. 198; Society of Petroleum Engineers, Henry L. Doherty
      Memorial Fund of AIME, Richardson, Texas 1989.
PAL  "Fracture Conductivity Impairment Removal"; by Norman, Hollenbeak, and
      Harris; SPE Paper No. 19732; presented Oct. 1989.
PAL  "A Comparison of Mixed Gas Foams with N.sub.2 and CO.sub.2 Foam Fracturing
      Fluids on a Flow Loop Viscometer"; by Harris; SPE Paper No. 20642;
      presented Sep. 1990.
PAL  "Application of Foam Fluids to Minimize Damage During Fracturing"; by
      Harris; SPE Paper No. 22394; presented Mar. 1992.
PAL  "Polymers in Aqueous Media Performance Through Association"; edited by J.
      Edward Glass; sponsored by Division of Polymeric Materials: Science &
      Engineering, American Chemical Society; ch. 18, pp. 343-364, 1989.
LREP
FR2  Kent; Robert A.
ABST
PAL  An aqueous foamed fracturing fluid composition and method for using the
      foamed fracturing fluid for fracturing subterranean formations that have
      been penetrated by a wellbore wherein the foamed fracturing fluid
      comprises: (a) a viscosifier which is preferably either hydrophobically
      modified guar or hydrophobically modified hydroxymethylcellulose; (b) a
      surfactant which is preferably alpha olefin sulfonate; and (c) the gas
      phase includes either nitrogen or carbon dioxide.
PATN
WKU  059900539
SRC  8
APN  885212&
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970630
TTL  Gelling agent for hydrocarbon liquid and method of use
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Metzmaier; Daniel S.
EXP  Lovering; Richard D.
INVT
NAM  Jones; Cruise K.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Williams; Dennis A.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Blair; Curtis C.
CTY  East Bernard
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Nalco/Exxon Energy Chemicals, L.P.
CTY  Sugar Land
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  507238
XCL  516 99
XCL  516104
XCL  556174
EDF  6
ICL  E21B 4326
ICL  C08J  309
FSC  507
FSS  238;922
FSC  252
FSS  315.1
FSC  508
FSS  368;370;429;433;435
FSC  516
FSS  99;104
FSC  556
FSS  174
UREF
PNO  3397219
ISD  19680800
NAM  Ford et al.
OCL  556174
UREF
PNO  3727689
ISD  19730400
NAM  Clampitt
OCL  166283
UREF
PNO  3757864
ISD  19730900
NAM  Crawford et al.
OCL  166308
UREF
PNO  4104173
ISD  19780800
NAM  Gay et al.
OCL  507238
UREF
PNO  4174283
ISD  19791100
NAM  Griffin, Jr.
OCL  507203
UREF
PNO  4200539
ISD  19800400
NAM  Burnham
OCL  507238
UREF
PNO  4200540
ISD  19800400
NAM  Burnham
OCL  507238
UREF
PNO  4200545
ISD  19800400
NAM  Clason et al.
OCL  508248
UREF
PNO  4316810
ISD  19820200
NAM  Burnham
OCL  507238
UREF
PNO  4595513
ISD  19860600
NAM  Morgenthaler et al.
OCL  507231
UREF
PNO  4622155
ISD  19861100
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL  507238
UREF
PNO  4787994
ISD  19881100
NAM  Thorne et al.
OCL  508435
UREF
PNO  4877894
ISD  19891000
NAM  Huddleston
OCL  558113
UREF
PNO  4987241
ISD  19910100
NAM  Fukasawa et al.
OCL  556174
UREF
PNO  5057233
ISD  19911000
NAM  Huddleston
OCL  507238
UREF
PNO  5110485
ISD  19920500
NAM  Huddleston
OCL  507238
UREF
PNO  5190675
ISD  19930300
NAM  Mark
OCL  507238
UREF
PNO  5202035
ISD  19930400
NAM  Huddleston
OCL  507238
UREF
PNO  5256231
ISD  19931000
NAM  Todd et al.
OCL  508435
UREF
PNO  5256320
ISD  19931000
NAM  Todd et al.
OCL  508435
UREF
PNO  5514645
ISD  19960500
NAM  McCabe et al.
OCL  507238
UREF
PNO  5571315
ISD  19961100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  106285
UREF
PNO  5846915
ISD  19981200
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  507238
FREF
PNO  2 177 711
ISD  19870100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Martin; Michael B.
FR2  Breininger; Thomas M.
ABST
PAL  A gelling agent for viscosifying liquid hydrocarbon fracturing fluids is an
      aluminum salt of a phosphate ester made by forming the ester by reacting
      P.sub.2 O.sub.5 with a mixture of organic alcohols which include high
      molecular weight alcohols or diols selected from hydroxy functional
      homopolymers, copolymer or terpolymer made from olefins and diolefins
      selected from the group consisting of ethylene, propylene, butene,
      butadiene, isoprene, and selected styrenes. The oil based fracturing fluid
      containing the gelling agent in sufficient concentration to provide a
      viscosity of between 50 cp and 350 cp at 100.degree. F.
PATN
WKU  059900547
SRC  9
APN  2246619
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19981231
TTL  Method of mixing diethylene glycol and polytetrafluoroethylene
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Howard; Jacqueline V.
INVT
NAM  Willis; John Dale
STR  1222 Merlyn St.
CTY  Lakeland
STA  FL
ZIP  33813
CLAS
OCL  508182
XCL  508183
EDF  6
ICL  C10M13104
FSC  508
FSS  181;182;183
UREF
PNO  4224173
ISD  19800900
NAM  Reick
OCL  508182
UREF
PNO  4615917
ISD  19861000
NAM  Runge
OCL  508183
UREF
PNO  4806281
ISD  19890200
NAM  Huth
OCL  508181
UREF
PNO  5518639
ISD  19960500
NAM  Luk et al.
OCL  508182
LREP
FRM  Lyon, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A lubricant contains a fire-resistant water/glycol mixture combined with
      polytetrafluoroethylene, and is useful in the hydraulic systems of die
      casting machines, for example. The addition of polytetrafluoroethylene
      enhances the lubricity of fire-resistant hydraulic fluids thereby reducing
      the associated equipment maintenance. A preferred lubricant is formed by
      sequentially and homogeneously blending its constituents thereby
      prolonging the shelf life of the final product.
PATN
WKU  059900555
SRC  9
APN  2346842
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19990121
TTL  Biodegradable lubricant composition from triglycerides and oil soluble
      antimony
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  McAvoy; Ellen M.
INVT
NAM  Garmier; William W.
CTY  Hartville
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Renewable Lubricants, Inc.
CTY  Hartville
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  918076
APD  19970825
PSC  01
PNO  5863872
RLAP
COD  81
APN  644964
APD  19960515
PSC  01
PNO  5736493
CLAS
OCL  508491
XCL  508150
XCL  508365
XCL  508371
XCL  508382
EDF  6
ICL  C10M10538
FSC  508
FSS  491
UREF
PNO  2716089
ISD  19550800
NAM  Cyphers et al.
OCL  508363
UREF
PNO  3702301
ISD  19721100
NAM  Baldwin
OCL  508488
UREF
PNO  4627192
ISD  19861200
NAM  Fick
OCL   47 58
UREF
PNO  4741845
ISD  19880500
NAM  King
OCL  508141
UREF
PNO  4743402
ISD  19880500
NAM  Fick
OCL  260412.2
UREF
PNO  4766228
ISD  19880800
NAM  Born et al.
OCL  556 25
UREF
PNO  4783274
ISD  19881100
NAM  Jokinen et al.
OCL  508209
UREF
PNO  4867890
ISD  19890900
NAM  Colclough et al.
OCL  508192
UREF
PNO  5034144
ISD  19910700
NAM  Ohgake et al.
OCL  508488
UREF
PNO  5089157
ISD  19920200
NAM  Trivett
OCL  508284
UREF
PNO  5298177
ISD  19940300
NAM  Stoffa
OCL  508231
UREF
PNO  5338471
ISD  19940800
NAM  Lal
OCL  508491
UREF
PNO  5399275
ISD  19950300
NAM  Lange et al.
OCL  508470
UREF
PNO  5427700
ISD  19950600
NAM  Stoffa
OCL  508491
UREF
PNO  5427704
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lawate
OCL  508491
UREF
PNO  5520830
ISD  19960500
NAM  Klaus et al.
OCL  508150
UREF
PNO  5736493
ISD  19980400
NAM  Garmier
OCL  508491
UREF
PNO  5863872
ISD  19990100
NAM  Garmier
OCL  508491
FREF
PNO  0 294 045
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 301 727
ISD  19890200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 604 125
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 134 923
ISD  19840800
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  European Search Report published with PCT/US97/08384, completed Sep. 5,
      1997, PCT.
PAL  SAE Technical paper Series No. 890239 titled "Evaluation of Diesel Engine
      Lubricants by Micro-Oxidation" published Feb. 27, 1989 by The Engineering
      Society for Advancing Mobility; Land Sea Air and Space, Warrendale, PA.
LREP
FRM  Hudak & Shunk Co., L.P.A.
ABST
PAL  A lubricant composition is disclosed which comprises, a triglyceride oil
      lubricant and an oil soluble antimony compound as an antioxidant.
      Preferred antimony compounds are antimony dialkyldithiocarbamate and
      antimony dialkylphosphorodithioates.
PATN
WKU  059900563
SRC  8
APN  8687803
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970604
TTL  Compositions containing an organo-substituted benzophenone
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Toomer; Cephia D.
EXP  Howard; Jacqueline V.
INVT
NAM  Kremer; Ross Allan
CTY  Lawrenceville
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Lundmark; Bruce Robert
CTY  Hulmeville
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Mobil Oil Corporation
CTY  Fairfax
STA  VA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  508578
EDF  6
ICL  C10M12924
FSC  508
FSS  578
FSI  C10M12424;10520
FSI  <568332;333
UREF
PNO  2221380
ISD  19401100
NAM  Horsch
OCL  508578
UREF
PNO  2281597
ISD  19420500
NAM  Prutton
OCL  508578
UREF
PNO  3282842
ISD  19661100
NAM  Bonner et al.
OCL  508578
UREF
PNO  3702299
ISD  19721100
NAM  Hartie et al.
OCL  508578
UREF
PNO  4018693
ISD  19770400
NAM  Mead et al.
OCL  508578
UREF
PNO  4027040
ISD  19770500
NAM  Deraedt et al.
OCL  424331
UREF
PNO  4124726
ISD  19781100
NAM  Hamazaki et al.
OCL  424331
UREF
PNO  4664829
ISD  19870500
NAM  Arakawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5171915
ISD  19921200
NAM  Forbus et al.
OCL  585445
UREF
PNO  5254274
ISD  19931000
NAM  Ho et al.
LREP
FR2  Keen; Malcolm D.
ABST
PAL  A lubricant, fuel or other composition comprising an organo-substituted
      benzophenone in which the latter compound acts as a lubricant base stock,
      a blend stock, an additive solubility enhancer and/or a deposit reducing
      agent, and is defined as having at least one ring carbon atom of its
      benzophenone moiety bonded to an organo radical which is a hydrocarbyl
      radical containing 1 to about 60 carbon atoms, or such a hydrocarbyl
      radical modified to contain additional oxygen, nitrogen and/or sulfur.
      Compositions containing such an organo-substituted benzophenone as the
      base fluid possess excellent resistance to deposition under severe
      conditions as well as outstanding thermal and oxidative stabilities.
PATN
WKU  059900571
SRC  9
APN  1164236
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980715
TTL  Liquid fire starter composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  McAvoy; Ellen M.
INVT
NAM  Sharp; Barbara W.
STR  3839 Mallard Way
CTY  Stevensville
STA  MT
ZIP  59840
CLAS
OCL  508583
XCL   44451
EDF  6
ICL  C10M12906
ICL  C10L 1100
FSC  508
FSS  583
FSC   44
FSS  451
UREF
PNO  3389088
ISD  19680600
NAM  Schar et al.
OCL  508583
UREF
PNO  3395003
ISD  19680700
NAM  Alexander
OCL   44520
UREF
PNO  3759674
ISD  19730900
NAM  Gregg
OCL   44266
UREF
PNO  4084939
ISD  19780400
NAM  Zmoda
OCL   44266
UREF
PNO  4261700
ISD  19810400
NAM  Monick
OCL   44266
UREF
PNO  4365971
ISD  19821200
NAM  Monick
OCL   44266
UREF
PNO  4371447
ISD  19830200
NAM  Webb et al.
OCL  508583
UREF
PNO  4382802
ISD  19830500
NAM  Beinke et al.
OCL   44301
UREF
PNO  4436525
ISD  19840300
NAM  Zmoda et al.
OCL   44266
UREF
PNO  4485584
ISD  19841200
NAM  Raulerson et al.
OCL   44531
UREF
PNO  4878922
ISD  19891100
NAM  Kaye
OCL   44502
UREF
PNO  5053057
ISD  19911000
NAM  Schuster
OCL   44349
UREF
PNO  5720784
ISD  19980200
NAM  Killick et al.
OCL   44451
UREF
PNO  5883055
ISD  19990300
NAM  Baca
OCL  508206
LREP
FRM  Saliwanchik, Lloyd & Saliwanchik
ABST
PAL  The subject invention pertains to liquid fire starter compositions and
      methods of making and using the fire starter compositions. The liquid fire
      starters comprise mineral oil and an alcohol. Mineral oil makes up
      approximately 80-98% volume to volume (v/v) of the fire starter
      composition while the alcohol comprises approximately 2-20% (v/v) of the
      composition. A preferred embodiment comprises about 95% mineral oil and
      about 5% ethanol. The starter can be shaken, applied to a combustible,
      then lighted to ignite charcoal or other flammable materials. The fire
      starter compositions of the invention are odorless and safe for indoor as
      well as outdoor use.
PATN
WKU  059900580
SRC  9
APN  0031615
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980106
TTL  Hair hygiene product or hair treatment product for man or animals
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Douyon; Lorna M.
INVT
NAM  Bac; Elisabeth
STR  4 rue de Longpont
CTY  92200 Neuilly
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Benoit; Jean-Pierre
STR  145 rue Victor Hugo
CTY  14800 Deauville
CNT  FRX
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950707
APN  95 08265
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTFR9601058
APD  19960705
CLAS
OCL  510120
XCL  510123
XCL  510125
XCL  510160
XCL  510439
XCL  510446
XCL  510475
XCL  424 701
XCL  424 7015
XCL  424 7019
XCL  424465
EDF  6
ICL  C11D 1700
ICL  C11D  333
ICL  A61K  706
FSC  510
FSS  120;123;125;160;439;446;475
FSC  424
FSS  70.1;70.15;70.19;400;464;465;489
UREF
PNO  4012341
ISD  19770300
NAM  Orshitzer et al.
OCL  510120
UREF
PNO  4478734
ISD  19841000
NAM  Ogino et al.
OCL  510490
UREF
PNO  4664835
ISD  19870500
NAM  Grollier et al.
OCL  510119
UREF
PNO  4707293
ISD  19871100
NAM  Ferro
OCL  510121
UREF
PNO  4737362
ISD  19880400
NAM  Yoshizumi et al.
OCL  424 94.6
UREF
PNO  4855130
ISD  19890800
NAM  Konrad et al.
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4929378
ISD  19900500
NAM  Morita et al.
OCL  510130
UREF
PNO  5062994
ISD  19911100
NAM  Imperatori
OCL  510141
UREF
PNO  5352387
ISD  19941000
NAM  Rahman et al.
OCL  510496
UREF
PNO  5523017
ISD  19960600
NAM  Moran et al.
OCL  510447
UREF
PNO  5824629
ISD  19981000
NAM  Petritsch
OCL  510120
FREF
PNO  0 091 237
ISD  19831000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0330435
ISD  19890800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 370 969
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 367 926
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 659 341
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  43 24 358
ISD  19940100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  02218605
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WOA93 07245
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WOA94 12467
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WOA95 15745
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Rompp Chemie Lexikon, Georg Thieme Verlag, 1989, pp. 3583-3584, XP002016486
     .
LREP
FRM  Henderson & Sturm
ABST
PAL  A single-dose solid composition useful for cleaning or treating human or
      animal hair and having a high disintegration rate in water is disclosed.
      The composition includes at least one surface active agent selected from
      the group consisting of an anionic surface active agent and a nonionic
      surface active agent, an amphoteric product and at least one
      disintegrating agent. The composition has a disintegration time in an
      aqueous medium selected from the group consisting of water and aqueous
      solutions of less than about 5 minutes. The disintegrating agent consists
      essentially of polyvinylpyrrolidone. A method for making said composition
      is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059900598
SRC  8
APN  9361022
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970923
TTL  Shampoo composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Fries; Kery
INVT
NAM  Finel; Christophe Michel
CTY  Compiegne
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Gibson; Walter Thomas
CTY  Cheshire
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Hague; Jonathan David
CTY  Cheshire
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Helene Curtis, Inc.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960923
APN  9619761
CLAS
OCL  510122
XCL  510121
XCL  510137
XCL  510151
XCL  510466
XCL  424 7012
XCL  424 7013
XCL  424 7022
XCL  134 42
EDF  6
ICL  C11D  337
ICL  C11D  322
ICL  C11D  138
FSC  510
FSS  121;122;137;151;466
FSC  424
FSS  70.12;70.22;70.13
FSC  134
FSS  42
UREF
PNO  4620878
ISD  19861100
NAM  Gee
OCL  106287.15
UREF
PNO  4733677
ISD  19880300
NAM  Gee et al.
OCL  132  7
UREF
PNO  4902499
ISD  19900200
NAM  Bolish, Jr. et al.
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  5085857
ISD  19920200
NAM  Reid et al.
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  5246694
ISD  19930900
NAM  Birthwistle
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  5439673
ISD  19950800
NAM  Murray
OCL  424 70.12
UREF
PNO  5504149
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kosal et al.
OCL  524837
UREF
PNO  5523081
ISD  19960600
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  424 73
UREF
PNO  5578298
ISD  19961100
NAM  Berthiaume et al.
OCL  427 70.122
UREF
PNO  5707613
ISD  19980100
NAM  Hill
OCL  424 78.03
UREF
PNO  5776444
ISD  19980700
NAM  Birtwistle et al.
OCL  424 70.12
FREF
PNO  0268982
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0432951
ISD  19910600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0468721
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0529883
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0674898
ISD  19951000
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  International Search Report Application No. PCT/EP 97/05176 mailed Feb.,
      10, 1998.
PAL  Copending application: Serial No. 08/887,998 to Finel et al., filed Jul. 3,
      1997, for Hair Styling Composition, assigned to Helene Curtis, Inc. (Not
      included, for record purposes only).
LREP
FR2  Boxer; Mathew
ABST
PAL  A conditioning shampoo composition for hair and/or skin comprises a stable
      microemulsion of a high viscosity, slightly cross-linked silicone with a
      particle size of <0.15 microns, in combination with a deposition polymer
      and a surfactant.
PATN
WKU  059900601
SRC  9
APN  0302996
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980225
TTL  Cleaning liquid and cleaning method
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Petruncio; John M
EXP  Kopec; Mark
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Ohmi; Tadahiro
STR  1-17-301, Komegabukuro 2-chome, Aoba-ku
CTY  Sendai-shi, Miyagi-ken 980-0813
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Omae; Shunkichi
CTY  Miyagi-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Jizaimaru; Takayuki
CTY  Miyagi-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nitta; Takahisa
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ohmi; Tadahiro
CTY  Miyagi-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  05
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970225
APN  10-044084
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970226
APN  9-042745
CLAS
OCL  510175
XCL  134  1
XCL  134  2
XCL  134  3
XCL  252 793
XCL  2521861
XCL  438753
XCL  438756
EDF  6
ICL  C11D  710
ICL  C11D  718
ICL  C03C 2300
ICL  C09K 1308
FSC  510
FSS  175;176
FSC  134
FSS  1;2;3
FSC  252
FSS  79.3;186.1
FSC  438
FSS  753;756
UREF
PNO  3979241
ISD  19760900
NAM  Maeda et al.
OCL  156 13
UREF
PNO  4917123
ISD  19900400
NAM  McConnell et al.
OCL  134 95
UREF
PNO  5679171
ISD  19971000
NAM  Saga et al.
OCL  134  3
UREF
PNO  5858106
ISD  19990100
NAM  Ohmi et al.
OCL  134  1
FREF
PNO  08187474
ISD  19960700
CNT  JPX
ICL  B08B  308
FREF
PNO  08306655
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 21304
FREF
PNO  PCT/JP97/02311
ISD  19970700
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 21304
OREF
PAL  Tadahiro Ohmi, "Ultraclean ULSI Technology", Baifukan, pp. 226-223, Dec.
      1995.
LREP
FR2  Knuth; Randall J.
ABST
PAL  A cleaning method and a cleaning device which require an extremely short
      time for processing and also insure and extremely high cleaning effect.
      Foreign materials deposited on a substrate are removed with a cleaning
      liquid prepared by mixing a basic and water-soluble fluoride and an
      oxidizing agent in pure water.
PATN
WKU  059900610
SRC  8
APN  6504876
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19960517
TTL  Toilet cleansing block
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Douyon; Lorna M.
INVT
NAM  Veltman; Jerome J.
CTY  Caledonia
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Wortley; Russell B.
CTY  Somers
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc.
CTY  Racine
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  510191
XCL  510192
XCL  510445
XCL  510446
XCL  510447
XCL  510473
XCL  510495
XCL    42271
XCL  134 34
XCL  134 42
EDF  6
ICL  C11D 1700
ICL  C11D  322
ICL  B08B  304
FSC  510
FSS  191;192;193;445;446;447;473;495
FSC    4
FSS  227.1
FSC  134
FSS  34;42
UREF
PNO  3708425
ISD  19730100
NAM  Compa et al.
UREF
PNO  4026813
ISD  19770500
NAM  Lamberti et al.
UREF
PNO  4119578
ISD  19781000
NAM  Daeninckx et al.
UREF
PNO  4269723
ISD  19810500
NAM  Barford et al.
UREF
PNO  4396522
ISD  19830800
NAM  Callicott et al.
UREF
PNO  4459710
ISD  19840700
NAM  Keyes et al.
UREF
PNO  4460490
ISD  19840700
NAM  Barford et al.
OCL  510192
UREF
PNO  4476046
ISD  19841000
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  510192
UREF
PNO  4477363
ISD  19841000
NAM  Wong et al.
UREF
PNO  4683072
ISD  19870700
NAM  Holdt et al.
UREF
PNO  4722801
ISD  19880200
NAM  Bunczk et al.
UREF
PNO  4722802
ISD  19880200
NAM  Hutchings et al.
UREF
PNO  4738728
ISD  19880400
NAM  Barford et al.
UREF
PNO  4820449
ISD  19890400
NAM  Menke et al.
UREF
PNO  4911859
ISD  19900300
NAM  Bunczk et al.
OCL  510193
UREF
PNO  4994266
ISD  19910200
NAM  Wells
UREF
PNO  5089174
ISD  19920200
NAM  Kaw et al.
UREF
PNO  5158778
ISD  19921000
NAM  Donovan et al.
UREF
PNO  5188755
ISD  19930200
NAM  Chang
UREF
PNO  5205955
ISD  19930400
NAM  Bunczk et al.
UREF
PNO  5332519
ISD  19940700
NAM  Mazzola
UREF
PNO  5336427
ISD  19940800
NAM  Bunczk et al.
UREF
PNO  5449473
ISD  19950900
NAM  Bunczk et al.
UREF
PNO  5759974
ISD  19980600
NAM  Menke et al.
OCL  510191
FREF
PNO  0122664
ISD  19840400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0462643
ISD  19910600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4439677
ISD  19960500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2021143
ISD  19790600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9614392
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
ABST
PAL  A toilet cleansing block contains anionic surfactant such as a sulfonate,
      linear primary alcohol such as Neodol 23, and binder such as hydroxy ethyl
      cellulose. The block erodes very slowly, yet at essentially identical
      rates in hard or soft water. The block is for immersion in toilet tanks.
PATN
WKU  059900628
SRC  8
APN  9940596
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971219
TTL  Low toxicity paint stripper
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Petruncio; John M.
EXP  Gupta; Yogendra
INVT
NAM  Summerfield; Stephen R.
CTY  Chesterfield
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Clark; Matthew W.
CTY  Clarkston
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Wilson; Neil R.
CTY  Ferndale
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Moore; Michael E.
CTY  Farmington Hills
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Vivian; Thomas A.
CTY  Flint
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Hofacker; Scott A.
CTY  Athens
STA  AL
ASSG
NAM  Gage Products Company
CTY  Ferndale
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  510204
XCL  510201
XCL  510202
XCL  510206
EDF  6
ICL  C11D  718
ICL  C11D  730
ICL  C11D  752
ICL  C11D  904
FSC  510
FSS  201;202;203;204;206;210;212
UREF
PNO  1185641
ISD  19160600
NAM  Ellis
OCL  510202
UREF
PNO  1820395
ISD  19310800
NAM  Lovell et al.
OCL  510202
UREF
PNO  1884774
ISD  19321000
NAM  Lougovoy
OCL  510202
UREF
PNO  3094491
ISD  19630600
NAM  Grminger, Jr. et al.
OCL  252171
UREF
PNO  3355385
ISD  19671100
NAM  Mackley
OCL  252104
UREF
PNO  3391085
ISD  19680700
NAM  Crockett
OCL  252143
UREF
PNO  3574123
ISD  19710400
NAM  Laugle
OCL  252144
UREF
PNO  3616803
ISD  19711100
NAM  Menkart et al.
OCL  132  7
UREF
PNO  3664962
ISD  19720500
NAM  Kelley et al.
OCL  252125
UREF
PNO  3988256
ISD  19761000
NAM  Vandermey et al.
OCL  252171
UREF
PNO  4024085
ISD  19770500
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  252136
UREF
PNO  4056403
ISD  19771100
NAM  Cramer et al.
OCL  134 22
UREF
PNO  4120810
ISD  19781000
NAM  Palmer
OCL  252153
UREF
PNO  4269724
ISD  19810500
NAM  Hodson
OCL  252171
UREF
PNO  4294729
ISD  19811000
NAM  Bakos et al.
OCL  252545
UREF
PNO  4445939
ISD  19840500
NAM  Hodson
OCL  134  2
UREF
PNO  4645617
ISD  19870200
NAM  Vivian
OCL  252165
UREF
PNO  4732695
ISD  19880300
NAM  Francisco
OCL  252162
UREF
PNO  4986936
ISD  19910100
NAM  Wolbers
OCL  252170
UREF
PNO  5185235
ISD  19930200
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  430331
UREF
PNO  5215675
ISD  19930600
NAM  Wilkins et al.
OCL  252100
UREF
PNO  5425893
ISD  19950600
NAM  Stevens
OCL  252166
UREF
PNO  5454985
ISD  19951000
NAM  Harbin
OCL  252558
UREF
PNO  5518661
ISD  19960500
NAM  Langford et al.
OCL  252364
UREF
PNO  5536439
ISD  19960700
NAM  Harbin
OCL  510212
UREF
PNO  5597788
ISD  19970100
NAM  Stevens
OCL  510212
UREF
PNO  5696072
ISD  19971200
NAM  Nercissiantz et al.
OCL  510206
UREF
PNO  5721204
ISD  19980200
NAM  Maxwell et al.
OCL  510206
UREF
PNO  5759975
ISD  19980600
NAM  Maxwell
OCL  510203
UREF
PNO  5830836
ISD  19981100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  510212
LREP
FRM  Gifford, Krass, Groh, Sprinkle, Anderson & Citkowski, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A paint-stripping composition comprises, on a weight basis, at least 20% of
      a benzyl alcohol, together with 5-30% of methylene chloride, 1-10% of
      hydrogen peroxide and 10-60% of water. The composition may also include
      auxiliary ingredients such as thickeners, evaporation retardants,
      surfactants, pH control agents, accelerators, corrosion inhibitors,
      preservatives, coloring agents, and fragrances.
PATN
WKU  059900636
SRC  8
APN  8660549
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970530
TTL  Stripping composition based on water and anisole
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Webb; Gregory E.
EXP  Gupta; Yogendra
INVT
NAM  Lallier; Jean-Pierre
CTY  Courbevoie
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Elf Atochem S.A.
CTY  Puteaux
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960531
APN  96 06736
CLAS
OCL  510206
XCL  510203
XCL  510417
XCL  134 38
EDF  6
ICL  C11D  320
ICL  C11D  750
ICL  C09D  900
FSC  510
FSS  202;203;206;212;417
FSC  134
FSS  38
UREF
PNO  4171240
ISD  19791000
NAM  Wong
OCL  156630
UREF
PNO  4518518
ISD  19850500
NAM  Koch
OCL  252142
UREF
PNO  4591391
ISD  19860500
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  134 22.17
UREF
PNO  4623611
ISD  19861100
NAM  West
OCL  430329
UREF
PNO  4854973
ISD  19890800
NAM  Holdar
OCL  134 39
UREF
PNO  4956115
ISD  19900900
NAM  Van De Mark
OCL  252170
UREF
PNO  4992187
ISD  19910200
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  252 50
UREF
PNO  5011621
ISD  19910400
NAM  Sullivan
OCL  252162
UREF
PNO  5128230
ISD  19920700
NAM  Templeton et al.
OCL  430191
UREF
PNO  5155011
ISD  19921000
NAM  Zertani et al.
OCL  430331
UREF
PNO  5155012
ISD  19921000
NAM  Joerg et al.
OCL  430331
UREF
PNO  5232515
ISD  19930800
NAM  Sullivan
OCL  134 38
UREF
PNO  5308527
ISD  19940500
NAM  Lallier et al.
OCL  252162
UREF
PNO  5468422
ISD  19951100
NAM  Khouzam et al.
OCL  252544
UREF
PNO  5484952
ISD  19960100
NAM  Nolan et al.
OCL  549329
FREF
PNO  0 573 339
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  93/07227
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmacology, vol. 21, 1969, 70S-90S, 1969.
PAL  Journal of Physical Chemistry, vol. 93, 1989, 4855-4861, 1989.
PAL  Mellan, Ibert, Industrial Solvents Handbook, 2d ed., Noyes Data
      Corporation, pp. 338, 341, and 342, Month not known 1977.
PAL  Hansen, Charles M., "The Three Dimensional Solubility Parameter--Key to
      Paint Component Affinities: I", Journal of Paint Technology, 505(39),
      104-117, Feb. 1967.
PAL  Hansen, Charles M., "The Three Dimensional Solubility Parameter--Key to
      Paint Component Affinities: II", Journal of Paint Technology, 511(39),
      505-510, Aug. 1967.
PAL  Hansen, Charles M., et al., "The Three Dimensional Solubility
      Parameter--Key to Paint Component Affinities: III", 511(39), 511-514, Aug.
      1967.
PAL  Kirk-Othmer, Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 2d ed., Supp. vol., pp.
      889-910, month not known 1971.
LREP
FRM  Millen, White, Zelano & Branigan, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is related to a stripping composition for paints,
      varnishes or lacquers. This composition contains at least water and
      anisole.
PATN
WKU  059900644
SRC  8
APN  7813163
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970109
TTL  Compositions and methods for cleaning hard surfaces using protonated
      amines and amine oxide surfactants
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Johnson; Jerry D.
INVT
NAM  Wierenga; Thomas James
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Barger; Bruce
CTY  West Chester
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  438939
APD  19950510
PSC  01
PNO  5691291
RLAP
COD  82
APN  330633
APD  19941028
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  510214
XCL  510244
XCL  510433
XCL  510499
XCL  510503
EDF  6
ICL  C11D  175
ICL  C11D  140
FSC  510
FSS  214;244;433;499;503
UREF
PNO  3943234
ISD  19760300
NAM  Roggerkamp
OCL  424343
UREF
PNO  4065409
ISD  19771200
NAM  Flanagan
OCL  252528
UREF
PNO  4165334
ISD  19790800
NAM  Gosselink et al.
OCL  260458
UREF
PNO  4252665
ISD  19810200
NAM  Casey et al.
OCL  252106
UREF
PNO  4276205
ISD  19810600
NAM  Ferry
OCL  252528
UREF
PNO  4391726
ISD  19830700
NAM  Koster
OCL  252 99
UREF
PNO  4397776
ISD  19830800
NAM  Ward
OCL  252527
UREF
PNO  4606850
ISD  19860800
NAM  Malik
OCL  252528
UREF
PNO  4690779
ISD  19870900
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  252546
UREF
PNO  4820436
ISD  19890400
NAM  Andree et al.
OCL  252544
UREF
PNO  5330674
ISD  19940700
NAM  Urfer
OCL  252176
UREF
PNO  5376310
ISD  19941200
NAM  Cripe et al.
OCL  252548
UREF
PNO  5378409
ISD  19950100
NAM  Ofosu-Asante
OCL  252548
UREF
PNO  5389306
ISD  19950200
NAM  Wierenga et al.
OCL  252547
UREF
PNO  5399296
ISD  19950300
NAM  Wierenga et al.
OCL  252547
UREF
PNO  5435935
ISD  19950700
NAM  Kupneski
OCL  252156
UREF
PNO  5476615
ISD  19951200
NAM  Hall et al.
OCL  252547
UREF
PNO  5486315
ISD  19960100
NAM  Tseng
OCL  510214
UREF
PNO  5691291
ISD  19971100
NAM  Wierenga et al.
OCL  510214
UREF
PNO  5703036
ISD  19971200
NAM  Iakovides
OCL  510503
FREF
PNO  0 255 978
ISD  19880200
CNT  EPX
ICL  C11D  340
FREF
PNO  2 123 847
ISD  19840200
CNT  GBX
ICL  C11D  183
FREF
PNO  06157
ISD  19920400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Herbert A. Laitinen and Walter E. Harris, Chemical Analysis, McGraw-Hill
      Inc., 1975, pp. 27-53.
LREP
FR2  Clark; Karen F.
FR2  Nesbitt; Daniel F.
FR2  Rasser; Jacobus C.
ABST
PAL  Hard surface cleaning compositions which cause little or no vinyl staining
      comprise from about 1% to about 60% of an amine oxide detergent surfactant
      having the formula R.sup.1 R.sup.2 R.sup.3 NO, wherein R.sup.1 has from
      about 8 to about 30 carbon atoms, and R.sup.2 and R.sup.3 each
      individually has from about 1 to about 18 carbon atoms; an aqueous carrier
      liquid; an amine; and no more than about 2% anionic surfactant. At least a
      portion of the amine is protonated, and the molar ratio of protonated
      amine to amine oxide is at least 0.1:1.
PATN
WKU  059900652
SRC  8
APN  7709722
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19961220
TTL  Dishwashing detergent compositions containing organic diamines for
      improved grease cleaning, sudsing, low temperature stability and
      dissolution
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Webb; Gregory E.
EXP  Gupta; Yogendra
INVT
NAM  Vinson; Phillip Kyle
CTY  Fairfield
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Oglesby; Janice L.
CTY  Bright
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Scheibel; Jeffrey J.
CTY  Montgomery
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Scheper; William M.
CTY  Lawrenceburg
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Ofosu-Asante; Kofi
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Clarke; Joanna Margaret
CTY  Brussels
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Owens; Robert N.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  510237
XCL  510235
XCL  510427
XCL  510499
EDF  6
ICL  C11D  326
ICL  C11D  732
FSC  510
FSS  235;236;237;499;426;433;490;427
FSC  252
FSS  FOR 135;FOR 164;FOR 196
UREF
PNO  2267205
ISD  19411200
NAM  Kyrides
OCL  252152
UREF
PNO  3003970
ISD  19611000
NAM  Call
OCL  252152
UREF
PNO  3173876
ISD  19650300
NAM  Zobrist
OCL  252137
UREF
PNO  3309321
ISD  19670300
NAM  McMaster
OCL  252152
UREF
PNO  3839234
ISD  19741000
NAM  Roscoe
OCL  252544
UREF
PNO  3935129
ISD  19760100
NAM  Jabale
OCL  252525
UREF
PNO  4001123
ISD  19770100
NAM  Renold
OCL  252  8.8
UREF
PNO  4077896
ISD  19780300
NAM  Bunegar et al.
OCL  252 90
UREF
PNO  4547301
ISD  19851000
NAM  Ooms
OCL  252  8.8
UREF
PNO  4556509
ISD  19851200
NAM  Demangeon et al.
OCL  252542
UREF
PNO  4886615
ISD  19891200
NAM  Deham
OCL  252 90
UREF
PNO  5158612
ISD  19921000
NAM  Savoly et al.
OCL  106678
UREF
PNO  5484555
ISD  19960100
NAM  Schepers
OCL  252541
FREF
PNO  6 3131-124-A
ISD  19861100
CNT  JPX
ICL  C11D  348
FREF
PNO  0414581
ISD  19901100
CNT  ESX
LREP
FR2  Robinson; Ian S.
FR2  Zerby; Kim William
FR2  Rasser; Jacobus C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to detergent compositions containing low
      molecular weight organic diamines. More particularly, the invention is
      directed to detergent compositions for hand dishwashing which has improved
      grease removal performance and benefits in sudsing. The detergents of this
      invention also have improved low temperature stability properties and
      dissolution properties.
PATN
WKU  059900660
SRC  9
APN  1010727
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980612
TTL  Liquid hard surface cleaning compositions based on
      carboxylate-containing polymer and divalent counterion, and processes
      of using same
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1,17
EXP  Hertzog; Ardith
INVT
NAM  Gordon; Neil James
CTY  Strombeek-Bever
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Reniers; Vincent
CTY  Tienen
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Willey; Alan David
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  510238
XCL  510244
XCL  510434
XCL  510471
XCL  510476
XCL  510508
EDF  6
ICL  C11D  302
ICL  C11D  322
ICL  C11D  337
FSC  510
FSS  434;223;471;476;508;533;238;244
UREF
PNO  3960575
ISD  19760600
NAM  Martin
OCL  106 10
UREF
PNO  4218250
ISD  19800800
NAM  Kasprzak
OCL  106  3
UREF
PNO  4692264
ISD  19870900
NAM  Gresser
OCL  510418
UREF
PNO  4784786
ISD  19881100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  252 91
UREF
PNO  5314636
ISD  19940500
NAM  Rek et al.
OCL  510371
UREF
PNO  5486307
ISD  19960100
NAM  Misselyn et al.
OCL  510108
UREF
PNO  5510052
ISD  19960400
NAM  McCandlish
OCL  510218
UREF
PNO  5574004
ISD  19961100
NAM  Carr
OCL  510361
UREF
PNO  5739092
ISD  19980400
NAM  Ofusu-Asante
OCL  510235
FREF
PNO  0 100 125
ISD  19840200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 162 033 A2
ISD  19851100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C11D  3386
FREF
PNO  0 374 471 A1
ISD  19900600
CNT  EPX
ICL  C11D  194
FREF
PNO  71 478
ISD  19741200
CNT  LUX
FREF
PNO  1 430 204
ISD  19760300
CNT  GBX
ICL  C11D  722
FREF
PNO  WO 93/05132
ISD  19930300
CNT  WOX
ICL  C11D  165
FREF
PNO  94/05769
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/05752
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
ICL  C11D  110
FREF
PNO  WO 94/12609
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
ICL  C11D 1004
FREF
PNO  WO 94/26858
ISD  19941100
CNT  WOX
ICL  C11D  172
FREF
PNO  95/14762
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Aylor; Robert B.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US95/17044
PD1  19980612
PD2  19980612
PD3  19951229
PCP  WO97/24425
PCD  19970710
ABST
PAR  Liquid hard-surface cleaning compositions are disclosed which provide
      excellent gloss to the surfaces cleaned therewith. The compositions
      comprise a surfactant, a carboxylate-containing polymer, and a divalent
      counterion in a molar ratio of carboxylate-containing monomeric units in
      said polymer to said divalent counterion of from about 12:1 to 1:32.
PATN
WKU  059900679
SRC  9
APN  2054779
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19981204
TTL  Concrete surface cleaning composition and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Garrett; Dawn L.
EXP  Gupta; Yogendra
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Franssen; Todd
STR  1428 MacPool St.
CTY  Dacono
STA  CO
ZIP  80514
INVT
NAM  Franssen; Carla
STR  1428 MacPool St.
CTY  Dacono
STA  CO
ZIP  80514
INVT
NAM  Carlo; Leonard R.
STR  2825 Lyncrest Dr.
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
ZIP  80918
CLAS
OCL  510240
XCL  510368
XCL  510382
XCL  510395
XCL  510462
XCL  510509
EDF  6
ICL  C11D  3382
ICL  C11D  314
ICL  C11D  310
FSC  510
FSS  240;382;389;395;396;462;509;368
UREF
PNO  966060
ISD  19100800
NAM  Severns
OCL  510278
UREF
PNO  1407502
ISD  19220200
NAM  Weigle
OCL  510139
UREF
PNO  1723521
ISD  19290800
NAM  Plank
OCL  510215
UREF
PNO  2380830
ISD  19450700
NAM  Fiedler
OCL  510139
UREF
PNO  2384006
ISD  19450900
NAM  Bleakney
OCL  510399
UREF
PNO  2494827
ISD  19500100
NAM  Munter
OCL  510399
UREF
PNO  2601862
ISD  19520700
NAM  Thomson
OCL  134  7
UREF
PNO  2605236
ISD  19520700
NAM  McCants
OCL  252443
UREF
PNO  2805204
ISD  19570900
NAM  Adams, Jr.
OCL  252 88
UREF
PNO  3630931
ISD  19711200
NAM  Salomone
OCL  510240
UREF
PNO  3673095
ISD  19720600
NAM  Archer
OCL  252 88
UREF
PNO  3701734
ISD  19721000
NAM  Stover
OCL  252 88
UREF
PNO  4000092
ISD  19761200
NAM  Wentler
OCL  510441
LREP
FR2  Ross P.C.; Sheridan
ABST
PAL  A composition and method for cleaning concrete and asphalt surfaces from
      oil and grease stains includes a combination of various constituents,
      namely baking soda, calcium carbonate, crushed corn, detergent, fly ash,
      portland cement and/or kiln dust. Other compositions also include quartz
      sand, ground corn cobs, microorganisms and coloring agents. The method
      involves contact of the present formulation with concrete/asphalt
      surfaces, preferably administered in lines spanning the dimensions of the
      oil stain to be cleaned. The material is swept over the oil stain with a
      broom or other suitable device to achieve a relatively uniform
      application. Water is applied to dampen the formulation, thus activating
      the detergent in the formulation and to hold down dust during the cleaning
      operation. The formulation rests on the surface for a sufficient amount of
      time to permit the detergents and other agents to dissolve and/or
      otherwise dissipate the oil stain. The formulation is then collected from
      the oil stain surface resulting in a cleaned surface free of oil and
      grease stains.
PATN
WKU  059900687
SRC  9
APN  0410640
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980310
TTL  Powder detergent composition having improved solubility
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1,8
EXP  Douyon; Lorna M.
INVT
NAM  Brouwer; Steven J.
CTY  Rockford
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Wint; Michael J.
CTY  Grand Rapids
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Amway Corporation
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTUS9703678
APD  19970310
RLAP
COD  82
APN  617941
APD  19960315
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  510276
XCL  510356
XCL  510444
XCL  510488
XCL  510509
EDF  6
ICL  C11D  310
ICL  C11D 1100
ICL  C11D 1706
FSC  510
FSS  276;356;444;488;509
UREF
PNO  3446893
ISD  19690500
NAM  Hanford et al.
UREF
PNO  3579455
ISD  19710500
NAM  Sabatelli et al.
UREF
PNO  3597361
ISD  19710800
NAM  Sumner
UREF
PNO  3627686
ISD  19711200
NAM  Sabatelli et al.
UREF
PNO  3653914
ISD  19720400
NAM  Schmitt
UREF
PNO  3664961
ISD  19720500
NAM  Norris
UREF
PNO  3684744
ISD  19720800
NAM  Shen et al.
UREF
PNO  3700599
ISD  19721000
NAM  Mizuno et al.
UREF
PNO  3761415
ISD  19730900
NAM  Gould
UREF
PNO  3764559
ISD  19731000
NAM  Mizuno et al.
UREF
PNO  3769222
ISD  19731000
NAM  Yurko et al.
UREF
PNO  3799880
ISD  19740300
NAM  Kelly et al.
UREF
PNO  3801511
ISD  19740400
NAM  Lemoff
UREF
PNO  3846346
ISD  19741100
NAM  Conn
UREF
PNO  3850852
ISD  19741100
NAM  Neillie et al.
UREF
PNO  3886098
ISD  19750500
NAM  DiSalvo et al.
UREF
PNO  3896056
ISD  19750700
NAM  Benjamin et al.
UREF
PNO  3904685
ISD  19750900
NAM  Shahidi et al.
UREF
PNO  3920586
ISD  19751100
NAM  Bonaparte et al.
UREF
PNO  3922230
ISD  19751100
NAM  Lamberti et al.
UREF
PNO  3933670
ISD  19760100
NAM  Brill et al.
UREF
PNO  3933673
ISD  19760100
NAM  Davies
UREF
PNO  3950260
ISD  19760400
NAM  Eldib
UREF
PNO  3950275
ISD  19760400
NAM  Toyoda et al.
UREF
PNO  3962149
ISD  19760600
NAM  Chirash et al.
UREF
PNO  3993574
ISD  19761100
NAM  Christ et al.
UREF
PNO  3998762
ISD  19761200
NAM  Murata et al.
UREF
PNO  4028262
ISD  19770600
NAM  Cheng
UREF
PNO  4049467
ISD  19770900
NAM  Rubin
UREF
PNO  4051054
ISD  19770900
NAM  Davies et al.
UREF
PNO  4059538
ISD  19771100
NAM  Green et al.
UREF
PNO  4098713
ISD  19780700
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  4125475
ISD  19781100
NAM  Kolaian et al.
UREF
PNO  4140650
ISD  19790200
NAM  Wilde
UREF
PNO  4180467
ISD  19791200
NAM  Barth
UREF
PNO  4196093
ISD  19800400
NAM  Clarke et al.
UREF
PNO  4203858
ISD  19800500
NAM  Chakrabarti
UREF
PNO  4210550
ISD  19800700
NAM  Cornelissens
UREF
PNO  4216104
ISD  19800800
NAM  Gergely
UREF
PNO  4222905
ISD  19800900
NAM  Cockrell, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4234442
ISD  19801100
NAM  Cornelissens
UREF
PNO  4239659
ISD  19801200
NAM  Murphy
UREF
PNO  4248911
ISD  19810200
NAM  Wixon
UREF
PNO  4260651
ISD  19810400
NAM  Wixon
UREF
PNO  4272393
ISD  19810600
NAM  Gergely
UREF
PNO  4294718
ISD  19811000
NAM  Kaeser
UREF
PNO  4298493
ISD  19811100
NAM  Schreiber
UREF
PNO  4311606
ISD  19820100
NAM  Kaeser
UREF
PNO  4311607
ISD  19820100
NAM  Kaeser
UREF
PNO  4362640
ISD  19821200
NAM  Schreiber
UREF
PNO  4407722
ISD  19831000
NAM  Davies et al.
UREF
PNO  4416809
ISD  19831100
NAM  Magari et al.
UREF
PNO  4441881
ISD  19840400
NAM  Ruppert et al.
UREF
PNO  4444674
ISD  19840400
NAM  Gray
UREF
PNO  4457854
ISD  19840700
NAM  Gangwisch et al.
UREF
PNO  4473485
ISD  19840900
NAM  Greene
UREF
PNO  4524013
ISD  19850600
NAM  Lamberti
UREF
PNO  4534876
ISD  19850800
NAM  Browne
UREF
PNO  4557853
ISD  19851200
NAM  Collins
UREF
PNO  4576727
ISD  19860300
NAM  Browne
OCL  510298
UREF
PNO  4589989
ISD  19860500
NAM  Mhller et al.
UREF
PNO  4612137
ISD  19860900
NAM  Kuroda et al.
UREF
PNO  4619710
ISD  19861000
NAM  Kuenn et al.
UREF
PNO  4652391
ISD  19870300
NAM  Balk
UREF
PNO  4664836
ISD  19870500
NAM  Taylor, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4666740
ISD  19870500
NAM  Wixon
UREF
PNO  4715980
ISD  19871200
NAM  Lopes et al.
UREF
PNO  4720399
ISD  19880100
NAM  Taha
UREF
PNO  4741851
ISD  19880500
NAM  Borrello
UREF
PNO  4806173
ISD  19890200
NAM  Toukan
UREF
PNO  4818424
ISD  19890400
NAM  Evans et al.
UREF
PNO  4820441
ISD  19890400
NAM  Evans et al.
UREF
PNO  4853259
ISD  19890800
NAM  Taha
UREF
PNO  4857223
ISD  19890800
NAM  Borrello
UREF
PNO  4869843
ISD  19890900
NAM  Saito et al.
UREF
PNO  4879105
ISD  19891100
NAM  Yorozu
UREF
PNO  4900466
ISD  19900200
NAM  Atkinson et al.
UREF
PNO  4919847
ISD  19900400
NAM  Barletta et al.
UREF
PNO  4923628
ISD  19900500
NAM  Appel et al.
UREF
PNO  4931203
ISD  19900600
NAM  Ahmed et al.
UREF
PNO  4954292
ISD  19900900
NAM  Hull et al.
UREF
PNO  4970017
ISD  19901100
NAM  Nakamura et al.
UREF
PNO  4992079
ISD  19910200
NAM  Lutz
UREF
PNO  5002758
ISD  19910300
NAM  Ichii et al.
UREF
PNO  5030377
ISD  19910700
NAM  Sone et al.
UREF
PNO  5030379
ISD  19910700
NAM  Knight et al.
UREF
PNO  5091106
ISD  19920200
NAM  Jacobs et al.
UREF
PNO  5108646
ISD  19920400
NAM  Beerse et al.
OCL  510532
UREF
PNO  5133924
ISD  19920700
NAM  Appel et al.
UREF
PNO  5151208
ISD  19920900
NAM  Huijben et al.
UREF
PNO  5164108
ISD  19921100
NAM  Appel et al.
UREF
PNO  5198144
ISD  19930300
NAM  Ichii et al.
UREF
PNO  5259994
ISD  19931100
NAM  Welch et al.
UREF
PNO  5279756
ISD  19940100
NAM  Savio et al.
UREF
PNO  5300250
ISD  19940400
NAM  Morgan et al.
UREF
PNO  5312561
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hoshino et al.
UREF
PNO  5312748
ISD  19940500
NAM  Liu et al.
UREF
PNO  5314637
ISD  19940500
NAM  Saito et al.
UREF
PNO  5338476
ISD  19940800
NAM  Pancheri et al.
UREF
PNO  5415806
ISD  19950500
NAM  Pepe et al.
UREF
PNO  5458799
ISD  19951000
NAM  Flower
UREF
PNO  5468416
ISD  19951100
NAM  Outtrup et al.
UREF
PNO  5468516
ISD  19951100
NAM  Yamashita et al.
UREF
PNO  5470509
ISD  19951100
NAM  Pancheri
UREF
PNO  5714451
ISD  19980200
NAM  Brower et al.
OCL  510534
FREF
PNO  0 110 588
ISD  19840600
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Prieto et al., United States Statutory Invention Registration, Reg. No.
      H1467, Publication Date: Aug. 1, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
FR2  Nichols; G. Peter
ABST
PAL  A powder laundry detergent has improved solubility in the laundering
      solution and improved dispensability by incorporating an acidulant that,
      in its acid form, is sparingly soluble in water and, in its salt form, is
      soluble in water. In particular, the acidulant is selected from the group
      of acids that in an acid form are soluble in water in an amount not
      greater than about 8%, preferably no greater than about 0.7% by weight at
      25.degree. C. and in a salt form are soluble in water at least in an
      amount of about 15% by weight at 25.degree. C. A method of improving the
      solubility of a powder detergent includes admixing an acidulant in the
      powder detergent where the acidulant is selected from the group of acids
      that in an acid form are soluble in water in an amount not greater than
      about 8%, preferably not greater than about 0.7% by weight at 25.degree.
      C. and in a salt form are soluble in water at least in an amount of about
      15% by weight at 25.degree. C.
PATN
WKU  059900695
SRC  8
APN  8498245
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971027
TTL  Fusarium isolate and lipases, cutinases and enzyme compositions derived
      therefrom
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Lilling; Herbert J.
INVT
NAM  Andre; Christophe
CTY  Grez-Doiceau
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Charmoille; Lucien
CTY  Brussels
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Genencor International, Inc.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19941213
APN  9425109
CLAS
OCL  510281
XCL  510320
XCL  510321
XCL  435198
XCL  435925
EDF  6
ICL  D06L 1600
ICL  C11D  742
ICL  C12N  920
FSC  435
FSS  198;925
FSC  510
FSS  320;321;281
FREF
PNO  130 064
ISD  19850100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  90/09446
ISD  19900800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/03578
ISD  19940200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/14963
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/14951
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/14964
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Chander & Klostermeyer, "Production of lipase by Fusarium solani under
      various growth conditions," Sciences Des Aliments, pp. 279-285 (1983).
PAL  Flurkey W.H. et al., "In vitro translation of cutinase mRNA:evidence for a
      precursor form of an extracellular fungal enzyme," Archives of
      Biochemistry and biophysics, vol. 212(1):154-161 (1981).
PAL  Koller W. et al., "Mechanism of Action of Cutinase Chemical Modification of
      the Catalytic Triad Characteristic for Serine Hydrolases," Biochemistry,
      vol. 21(13):3083-3090 (1982).
PAL  Martinez et al., "Fusarium solani cutinase is a lipolytic enzyme with a
      catalytic serine accessible to solvent," Nature, vol. 356 (6370):615-618
      (1992).
PAL  Purdy & Kolattukudy, "Hydrolysis of plant cuticle by plant pathogens.
      Purification, amino acid composition and molecular weight of two isozymes
      of cutinase and a nonspecific esterase from Fusarium solani f. pisi,"
      Biochemistry, vol. 14, No. 13 (1975).
PAL  Purdy et al., "Depolymeriztion of a hydroxy fatty acid biopolymer, cutin,
      by an extracellular enzyme from Fusarium solani f. pisi Isolation and some
      properties of the enzyme," Arch. biochem. Biophys., vol. 159(1):61-69
      (1973).
PAL  Soliday et al., "Isolation and characterization of a cutinase from Fusarium
      roseum culmorum and its immunological comparison with cutinases from F.
      solani pisi," Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, vol. 176:334-343
      (1976).
PAL  Soliday et al., "Cloning and structure determination of cDNA for cutinase,
      an enzyme involved in fungal penetration of plants," Proc. Natl. Acad.
      Sci. USA, vol. 81:3939-3943 (1984).
PAL  Sreekantiah et al., "The production of certain extracellular hydrolytic
      enzymes by four species of plant pathogenic fungi," Indian Journal of
      Microbiology, vol. 12:71-78 (1972).
LREP
FR2  Faris; Susan
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/04799
PD1  19971027
PD2  19971027
PD3  19951202
PCP  WO96/18729
PCD  19960620
ABST
PAR  The present invention concerns lipolytic enzymes naturally produced by a
      fungus of the species Fusarium solanii. The lipolytic enzymes include two
      lipases and a cutinase. The present invention concerns a biologically pure
      culture of Fusarium solanii producing these lipolytic enzymes and in
      particular a biologically pure culture of Fusarium solanii var. minus
      T.92.637/1. The present invention concerns also a detergent composition
      containing these lipolytic enzymes.
PATN
WKU  059900709
SRC  9
APN  2120739
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19981215
TTL  System for delivering hydrophobic liquid bleach activators
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Petruncio; John M
EXP  Gupta; Yogendra
INVT
NAM  Chapman; Benjamin Edgar
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Trinh; Toan
CTY  Mainesville
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  014144
APD  19980127
PSC  01
PNO  5905067
CLAS
OCL  510349
XCL  510220
XCL  510312
XCL  510376
XCL  25218638
EDF  6
ICL  C11D 1706
ICL  C11D  3395
ICL  C11D  718
ICL  C11D  754
ICL  A01N  300
FSC  510
FSS  349;376;312;220
FSC  252
FSS  186.38
UREF
PNO  3441507
ISD  19690400
NAM  Schiefer
OCL  252 95
UREF
PNO  3494786
ISD  19700200
NAM  Nielsen
OCL  117100
UREF
PNO  3494787
ISD  19700200
NAM  Lund
OCL  117100
UREF
PNO  3971852
ISD  19760700
NAM  Brenner et al.
OCL  426103
UREF
PNO  4087369
ISD  19780500
NAM  Wevers
OCL  252102
UREF
PNO  4207199
ISD  19800600
NAM  Perner
OCL  252174
UREF
PNO  4290903
ISD  19810900
NAM  Macgilp et al.
OCL  252 91
UREF
PNO  4399049
ISD  19830800
NAM  Gray et al.
OCL  252 91
UREF
PNO  4444674
ISD  19840400
NAM  Gray
OCL  252 95
UREF
PNO  4545784
ISD  19851000
NAM  Sanderson
OCL    8107
UREF
PNO  4946624
ISD  19900800
NAM  Michael
OCL  252315.2
UREF
PNO  5102564
ISD  19920400
NAM  Gardlik et al.
OCL  252  8.9
UREF
PNO  5232612
ISD  19930800
NAM  Trinh et al.
OCL  252  8.6
UREF
PNO  5232613
ISD  19930800
NAM  Bacon et al.
OCL  252  8.6
UREF
PNO  5234611
ISD  19930800
NAM  Trinh et al.
OCL  252  8.8
UREF
PNO  5236615
ISD  19930800
NAM  Trinh et al.
OCL  252174.11
UREF
PNO  5267531
ISD  19931200
NAM  Appel et al.
OCL  119171
UREF
PNO  5269962
ISD  19931200
NAM  Brodbeck et al.
OCL  252186.25
UREF
PNO  5405413
ISD  19950400
NAM  Willey
OCL    8111
UREF
PNO  5503639
ISD  19960400
NAM  Willey
OCL    8111
UREF
PNO  5534195
ISD  19960700
NAM  Chapman et al.
OCL  510444
UREF
PNO  5534196
ISD  19960700
NAM  Chapman et al.
OCL  252186.27
UREF
PNO  5814592
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kahn et al.
OCL  510304
UREF
PNO  5872092
ISD  19990200
NAM  Kong-Chan et al.
OCL  510413
FREF
PNO  0 106 634
ISD  19840400
CNT  EPX
ICL  C11D  339
FREF
PNO  1398785
ISD  19750600
CNT  GBX
ICL  D06L  302
FREF
PNO  1441416
ISD  19760600
CNT  GBX
ICL  D06L  300
LREP
FR2  Echler, Sr.; R. S.
FR2  Zerby; K. W.
FR2  Rasser; J. C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a system for delivering liquid bleach
      activators to solid or granular peroxygen bleach containing compositions.
      The preferred delivery system is liquid activators complexed with a
      cyclodextrin. preferably beta-cyclodextrin. The present invention also
      relates to a method for preparing the liquid bleach activator/cyclodextrin
      complexes described herein.
PATN
WKU  059900717
SRC  9
APN  1048724
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980625
TTL  Method for inhibiting tarnish formation when cleaning silver with ether
      stabilized, N-propyl bromide-based solvent systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  14
EXP  Skane; Christine
INVT
NAM  Shubkin; Ronald L.
CTY  Baton Rouge
STA  LA
ASSG
NAM  Albemarle Corporation
CTY  Richmond
STA  VA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  510412
XCL  510175
XCL  510255
XCL  510256
XCL  510258
XCL  510273
XCL  510401
XCL  252364
EDF  6
ICL  C11D  324
ICL  C11D  343
FSC  510
FSS  412;175;255;256;258;273;401
FSC  252
FSS  364
UREF
PNO  3758503
ISD  19730900
NAM  Hartzler
OCL  260327M
UREF
PNO  5403507
ISD  19950400
NAM  Henry
OCL  252170
UREF
PNO  5492645
ISD  19960200
NAM  Oshima et al.
OCL  252171
UREF
PNO  5616549
ISD  19970400
NAM  Clark
OCL  510412
UREF
PNO  5814595
ISD  19980900
NAM  Flynn et al.
OCL  510411
UREF
PNO  5827812
ISD  19981000
NAM  Flynn et al.
OCL  510411
FREF
PNO  61-19700
ISD  19860100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6119700
ISD  19860100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-7798
ISD  19870100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Spielman, Jr.; E. E.
ABST
PAL  Silver tarnishing is inhibited when using ether stabilized, n-propyl
      bromide based cleaning compositions by including a small amount of an
      acetylenic compound in the compositions.
PATN
WKU  059900725
SRC  9
APN  2455951
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19990208
TTL  Microemulsion composition for cleaning hard surfaces
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Howard; Jacqueline V.
INVT
NAM  Gross; Stephen F.
CTY  Souderton
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Barabash; Martin J.
CTY  Jamesburg
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Hessel; J. Frederick
CTY  Doylestown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Henkel Corporation
CTY  Gulph Mills
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  954012
APD  19971020
RLAP
COD  82
APN  869361
APD  19970603
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  510417
XCL  510201
XCL  510206
XCL  510424
XCL  510427
EDF  6
ICL  C09D  904
ICL  C11D  183
FSC  510
FSS  201;206;417;424;427
UREF
PNO  5082584
ISD  19920100
NAM  Loth et al.
OCL  510181
UREF
PNO  5084200
ISD  19920100
NAM  Dishart et al.
OCL  510405
UREF
PNO  5431840
ISD  19950700
NAM  Soldanski et al.
OCL  510417
UREF
PNO  5441662
ISD  19950800
NAM  Schwadtke et al.
OCL  510425
UREF
PNO  5520836
ISD  19960500
NAM  Schwadtke et al.
OCL  510425
UREF
PNO  5591376
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kiewert et al.
OCL  510238
UREF
PNO  5616548
ISD  19970400
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL  510425
UREF
PNO  5672579
ISD  19970900
NAM  Diaz et al.
OCL  510181
LREP
FR2  Jaeschke; Wayne C.
FR2  Drach; John E.
FR2  Trzaska; Steven J.
ABST
PAL  A terpene-free hard surface cleaning composition containing: (a) a nonionic
      surfactant; (b) an anionic surfactant; (c) a primary solvent consisting of
      a C.sub.6 -C.sub.14 methyl ester; (d) a short-chain cosurfactant; and (e)
      water, all weights being based on the total weight of the composition.
PATN
WKU  059900733
SRC  8
APN  6727700
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19960628
TTL  Process for the production of a detergent composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Douyon; Lorna M.
INVT
NAM  Garcia; Marcelito Abad
CTY  Jeddah
CNT  SAX
INVT
NAM  Jordan; David Alan
CTY  Jeddah
CNT  SAX
INVT
NAM  Peter; Donald
CTY  Wirral
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Ranpuria; Chandulal Kantilal
CTY  Wirral
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Lever Brothers Company
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950630
APN  9513327
CLAS
OCL  510444
XCL  510507
XCL  510509
XCL  510510
XCL  510511
XCL  264117
XCL  264140
EDF  6
ICL  C11D 1100
FSC  510
FSS  444;507;509;510;511
FSC  264
FSS  117;140
UREF
PNO  4196093
ISD  19800400
NAM  Clarke et al.
OCL  510317
UREF
PNO  4767570
ISD  19880800
NAM  Joubert
OCL  510444
UREF
PNO  4828721
ISD  19890500
NAM  Bollier et al.
OCL  510308
UREF
PNO  5080848
ISD  19920100
NAM  Strauss et al.
OCL  264117
UREF
PNO  5164108
ISD  19921100
NAM  Appel et al.
OCL  510444
UREF
PNO  5188786
ISD  19930200
NAM  Wilms et al.
OCL  264117
UREF
PNO  5354493
ISD  19941000
NAM  Wilms
OCL  510444
UREF
PNO  5366652
ISD  19941100
NAM  Capeci et al.
OCL  510444
UREF
PNO  5397507
ISD  19950300
NAM  Bauer et al.
OCL  510444
UREF
PNO  5468516
ISD  19951100
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  427180
UREF
PNO  5490954
ISD  19960200
NAM  Van Der Hoeven et al.
OCL  510444
UREF
PNO  5576285
ISD  19961100
NAM  France et al.
OCL  510444
UREF
PNO  5616550
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kruse et al.
OCL  510444
UREF
PNO  5629275
ISD  19970500
NAM  Bauer et al.
OCL  510108
UREF
PNO  5736501
ISD  19980400
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  510444
FREF
PNO  342 043
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  367 339
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  430 328
ISD  19910600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  510 746
ISD  19921000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  544 365
ISD  19930600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1 603 810
ISD  19710600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2514677
ISD  19751000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  5202399
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1 495 144
ISD  19771200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 029 854
ISD  19800300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9323523
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/14766
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9728246
ISD  19970800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Mitelman; Rimma
ABST
PAL  A process for the production of a detergent composition or component having
      a bulk density of less than 700 g/l which involves mixing a particulate
      starting material compound with a liquid binder in a mixer/granulator
      having both a stirring and a cutting action wherein the starting material
      contains a component, which is not a detergent active compound, having a
      bulk density of not more than 600 g/l is disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059900741
SRC  8
APN  8238464
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970325
TTL  Process to make soap
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Ogden; Necholus
INVT
NAM  Gross; William S.
CTY  Randolph
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Hawes; Glen Warren
CTY  Roselle
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Colgate-Palmolive Co.
CTY  New Yorlk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  510458
XCL  510141
XCL  510152
XCL  510153
XCL  510459
EDF  6
ICL  C11D 1300
ICL  C11D 1304
FSC  510
FSS  133;141;152;153;458;459
UREF
PNO  1874388
ISD  19320800
NAM  Travis
UREF
PNO  3622516
ISD  19711100
NAM  Shen et al.
OCL  252109
UREF
PNO  4387040
ISD  19830600
NAM  Straw
UREF
PNO  4671892
ISD  19870600
NAM  Bereiter
UREF
PNO  4758370
ISD  19880700
NAM  Jungermann et al.
UREF
PNO  4789499
ISD  19881200
NAM  Bereiter
FREF
PNO  3704605
ISD  19870800
CNT  DEX
ICL  C11D 1304
FREF
PNO  0316935
ISD  19301000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2247464
ISD  19920300
CNT  GBX
ICL  C11D  926
LREP
FR2  Barancik; Martin B.
ABST
PAL  A process for producing soap which comprises blending soaps, water, and
      glycerin prepared from
PA1  a. the neutralization of at least one free fatty acid with a strong alkali
      to produce soap and water, and
PA1  b. the saponification of at least one triglyceride with a strong alkali to
      produce soap and glycerin, the amount of glycerin from step b being
      sufficient to provide up to about 6 wt. % of glycerin to the finished soap
      product.
PAL  A process for producing soap from a mixed feedstock of at least one
      triglyceride and at least one free fatty acid which comprises contacting
      at least one triglyceride and at least one free fatty acid with strong
      alkali at an elevated temperature, the quantity of triglyceride present so
      that the glycerine produced from its saponification with strong alkali
      does not exceed about 6 wt. % of the finished soap product.
PATN
WKU  059900750
SRC  9
APN  0279137
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980223
TTL  Method of removing grease and oil from dry clothing using powder
      containing clay and talc
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Delcotto; Gregory R.
EXP  Gupta; Yogendra
INVT
NAM  Terziev; Nicola
STR  5100 N. Ocean Blvd., #1407
CTY  Fort Lauderdale
STA  FL
ZIP  33308
CLAS
OCL  510507
XCL  510285
XCL  510445
XCL  510446
XCL  510511
XCL  510516
EDF  6
ICL  C11D  702
FSC  510
FSS  285;445;446;507;511;516
UREF
PNO  4076633
ISD  19780200
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  510516
UREF
PNO  4178254
ISD  19791200
NAM  Leikhim et al.
OCL  510516
UREF
PNO  4493781
ISD  19850100
NAM  Chapman et al.
OCL  510278
ABST
PAL  A powdered cleaning product designed to extract oil and grease from fabric.
      It consists of the dry mixture of powdered montmorillonite clay and
      powdered talc, which are combined in a specific ratio. The mixture absorbs
      oil and grease from garments without leaving any rim around the spot or
      otherwise damaging the fabric.
PATN
WKU  059900768
SRC  9
APN  1360132
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19980819
TTL  Benzodioxepinone and its use in perfumery
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Lamm; Marina
EXP  Dodson; Shelley A.
INVT
NAM  Gaudin; Jean-Marc
CTY  Annemasse
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Blanc; Pierre-Alain
CTY  Crassier
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Firemenich SA
CTY  Geneva
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19970909
APN  2123/97
CLAS
OCL  512  1
XCL  424401
XCL  512  8
XCL  512 13
XCL  512 15
XCL  512 20
XCL  512 27
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  746
ICL  A61K  700
FSC  512
FSS  1;8;13;15;20;27
FSC  424
FSS  401
UREF
PNO  3517031
ISD  19700600
NAM  Beereboo et al.
OCL  260333
UREF
PNO  3647479
ISD  19720300
NAM  Beereboom et al.
OCL  426536
UREF
PNO  3799892
ISD  19740300
NAM  Berreboom et al.
OCL  252522
UREF
PNO  5525589
ISD  19960600
NAM  Etzweiler et al.
OCL  512 23
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  7-Propyl-2H,4H-1,5-benzodioxepin-3-one and its use as perfuming ingredient
      is described. The said compound develops an aldehyde-type fragrance
      typical of the aliphatic unsaturated aldehydes of current use in products
      like soaps, shampoos, detergents for textiles or for multiple purposes,
      but, contrary to these aldehydes, proved to be completely stable,
      chemically and olfactively, in aggressive media characteristic of these
      products.
PATN
WKU  059900776
SRC  8
APN  4225406
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19950414
TTL  Glucagon-like peptide-2 and its therapeutic use
ISD  19991123
NCL  80
ECL  1
EXP  Huff; Sheela
INVT
NAM  Drucker; Daniel J.
CTY  Toronto
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  1149336 Ontario Inc.
CTY  Toronto
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  514  2
XCL  514  3
XCL  514 12
XCL  530303
XCL  530308
XCL  530324
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3800
FSC  514
FSS  2;3;12
FSC  530
FSS  324;308;303
FSC  935
FSS  52;55;66;70;71
FSC  435
FSS  366;371
FREF
PNO  612531
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Barragan, J.M.; Rodriguez, R.E.; and Blazquez, E. Changes in arterial blood
      pressure and heart rate induced by glucagon-like peptide-1-(7-36) amide in
      rats. American Journal of Physiology. 266 (3 Pt 1), pE459-66, Mar. 1994.
PAL  Bloom, S.R. Gut Hormones in adaptation. Gut. 28, S1, pp. 31-35, 1987.
PAL  Brubaker, Patricia L. Regulation of Intestinal Proglucagon-Derived Peptide
      Secretion by Intestinal Regulatory Peptides. Endocrinology. vol. 128, No.
      6, pp. 3175-3182, 1991.
PAL  Buhl, Thora; Thim, Lars; Kofod, Hans; Orskov, Catherine; Harling, Henrik;
      and Holst, Jens J. Naturally Occurring Products of Proglucagon 111-160 in
      the Porcine and Human Small Intestine. The Journal of Biological
      Chemsitry. vol. 263, No. 18, pp. 8621-8624, Issue of Jun. 25, 1988.
PAL  Calvo, J.C.; Yusta, B; Mora, F; and Blazquez, E. Structural
      characterization by affinity cross-linking of glucagon-like peptide-1
      (7-36) amide receptor in rat brain. J. Neurochem. 64(1), pp. 299-306, Jan.
      1995.
PAL  Cheeseman, Chris I.; and Raymand Tsang. The effect of gastric inhibitory
      polypeptide and glucagon like peptides on intestinal basolateral membrane
      hexose transport. The American Physiological Society. APSracts 3:0071G,
      Apr. 16, 1996.
PAL  Drucker. Pancreas. 1990, 5(4):484.
PAL  Ehrlich, Peter; Tucker, Devin; Asa, Sylvia L.; Brubacker, Patricia L.; and
      Drucker, Daniel J. Inhibition of pancreatic proglucagon gene expression in
      mice bearing subcutaneous endocrine tumors. American Journal of
      Physiology. pp. E662-E671, 1994.
PAL  George, S.K.; Uttenthal, L.O.; Ghiglione, M.; and Bloom, S.R. Molecular
      forms of glucagon-like peptides in man. FEBS Letters. vol. 192, No. 2, pp.
      275-278, Nov. 1985.
PAL  Hoosein, Naseema M.; and Gurd, Ruth S. Human glucagon-like peptides 1 and 2
      activate rat brain adenylate cyclase. FEBS Letters. vol. 178, No. 1, pp.
      83-86, Dec. 1984.
PAL  Irwin, David M.; and Wong, Jaffe. Trout and Chicken Proglucagon:
      Alternative Splicing Generates mRNA Transcripts Encoding Glucagon-Like
      Peptide 2. Molecular Endocrinology. 9:267-277, 1995.
PAL  Lee, Ying C.; Asa, Sylvia L.; and Drucker, Daniel J. Glucagon Gene
      5'-Flanking Sequences Direct Expression of Simian Virus 40 Large T Antigen
      to the Intestine, Producing Carcimona of the Large Bowel in Transgenic
      Mice. The Journal of Biological Chemistry. vol. 267, No. 15, pp.
      10706-10708, May 25, 1992.
PAL  Lund, P. Kay; Hoyt, Eileen; Simmons, James G.; and Ulshen, Martin H.
      Regulation of Intestinal Glucagon Gene Expression during Adaptive Growth
      of Small Intestine. Digestion. 54:371-373. 1993.
PAL  Mojsov, Svetlana; Heinrich, Gerhard; Wilson, Ira B.; Ravazzola, Mariella;
      Orci, Lelio; and Habener, Joel F. Preproglucagon Gene Expression in
      Pancreas and Intestine Diversifies at the Level of Post-translational
      Processing. The Journal of Biological Chemistry. vol. 261, No. 25, pp.
      11880-11889, Sep. 5, 1986.
PAL  Mommsen, Thomas P.; Andrews, P.C.; and Plisetskaya, Erika M. Glucagon-like
      peptides activate hepatic gluconeogenesis. FEBS Letters. vol. 219, No. 1,
      pp. 227-232, Jul. 1987.
PAL  Nishi and Steiner, Mol. Endocrinol., 1990, 4:1192-8.
PAL  Orskov, C.; Buhl, T.; Rabenhoj, L.; Kofod, H.; and Holst, J.J..
      Carboxypeptidase-B-like processing of the C-terminus of glucagon-like
      peptide-2 in pig and human small intestine. FEBS Letters. 247(2), pp.
      193-196, Apr. 24, 1989.
PAL  Orskov, C.; Holst, J.J.; Pouisen, S. Seier; and Kirkegaard, P. Pancreatic
      and intestinal processing of proglucagon in man. Diabetologia. 30:874-881,
      1987.
PAL  Orskov, C; and Holst, J.J. Radio-immunoassays for glucagon-like peptides 1
      and 2 (GLP-1 and GLP-2). Scand. J. Clin. Lab. Invest. 47(2), pp. 165-174,
      Apr. 1987.
PAL  Orskov, Catherine; Holst, Jens J.; Khuhtsen, Svend; Baldissera, Furio G.A.;
      Poulsen, Steen S.; and Nielsen, O. Vagn. Glucagon-Like Peptides GLP-1 and
      GLP-2, Predicted Products of the Glucagon Gene, Are Secreted Separately
      from Pig Small Intestine but Not Pancreas. Endocrinology. vol. 119, No. 4,
      pp. 1467-1475, 1986.
PAL  Ruiz-Grand, C.; Pintado, J.; Alarcon, C.; Castilla, C.; Valverde, I;
      Lopez-Novoa, J.M. Renal catabolism of human glucagon-like peptides 1 and
      2. Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol. 68(12), pp. 1568-1573, Dec. 1990.
PAL  Shennan, K.I.J.; Holst, J.J.; and Docherty, K. Proglucagon expression,
      posttranslational processing and secretion in SV40-transformed islet
      cells. Molecular and Cellular Endocrinology. 67(1989), pp. 93-99.
PAL  Watanabe, Nobuaki; Matsuyama, Tatsuo; Namba, Mitsuyoshi; Miyagawa,
      Jun-ichiro; Itoh, Hidehiko; Komatsu, Ryoya; Kono, Norio; and Tarui,
      Seiichiro. Trophic Effect of Glucagon-(1-21)-Peptide on the Isolated Rat
      Ileal Mucosal Cells. Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications.
      vol. 152, No. 3, pp. 1038-1044, May 16, 1988.
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  Glucagon-like peptide 2, a product of glucagon gene expression, has been
      identified as a gastrointestinal tissue growth factor. Its effects on the
      growth of small intestine and on pancreatic islets are described. Its
      formulation as a pharmaceutical, and its therapeutic use in treating bowel
      tissue disorders and in treating diabetes, are described.
PATN
WKU  059900784
SRC  8
APN  6796281
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19960712
TTL  Means of increasing estrogen receptor levels in neural tissue
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Gupta; Anish
EXP  Tsang; Cecilia J.
NDR  13
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Toran-Allerand; C. Dominique
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  The Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514  2
XCL  514 12
XCL  514182
XCL  530399
XCL  540  2
XCL  540114
XCL  540117
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3818
ICL  A61K 3156
ICL  C07K 14475
FSC  514
FSS  8;12;21
FSC  530
FSS  399;514;540;182;2;114;117
OREF
PAL  Toran-Allerand et. al, PNAS, vol. 89, May 1992, pp. 4668-4672.
PAL  Miranda et al, PNAS, vol. 90, Jul. 1993, pp. 6439-6443.
PAL  McMillan, P.J., et al. (1996) The Effects of Ovariectomy and Estrogen
      Replacement on trkA and Choline Acetyltransferase mRNA Expression in the
      Basal Forebrain of the Adult Female Sprague-Dawley Rat. J. Neurosci.
      16(5):1860-1865. (Exhibit B).
PAL  Miranda, R.C., et al. (1994) Interactions of Estrogen with the
      Neurotrophins and Their Receptors During Neural Development Hormones and
      Behavior 28:367-375. (Exhibit C).
PAL  Miranda, R.C., et al. (1993) Neuronal Colocalization of mRNAs for
      Neurotrophins and Their Receptors in the Developing Central Nervous System
      Suggests a Potential for Autocrine Interactions Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
      90:6439-6443. (Exhibit D).
PAL  Miranda, R.C., et al. (1993) Presumptive Estrogen Target Neurons Express
      mRNAs for both the Neurotrophins and Neurotrophin Receptors: A Basis for
      Potential Developmental Interactions of Estrogen with the Neurotrophins
      Molecular and Cellular Neurosciences 4(6):510-525 (Exhibit E).
PAL  Miranda, R.C., and Toran-Allerand, C.D. (1992) Developmental Expression of
      Estrogen Receptor mRNA in the Rat Cerebral Cortex: A Nonisotopic in situ
      Hybridization Histochemistry Study Cerebral Cortex 2:1-15. (Exhibit F).
PAL  Singh, M., et al. (1995) The Effect of Ovariectomy and Estradiol
      Replacement on Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor Messenger Ribonucleic
      Acid Expression in Cortical and Hippocampal Brain Regions of Female
      Sprague-Dawley Rats Endocrinology 136(5):2320-2324 (Exhibit G).
PAL  Singh, M., et al (1993) Ovariectomy Reduces ChAT Activity and NGF mRNA
      Levels in the Frontal Cortex and Hippocampus of the Female Sprague-Dawley
      Rat Society for Neuroscience Abstracts 19(2):1254, Abstract No. 514.11.
      (Exhibit H).
PAL  Shorabji, F., et al (1995) Identification of a Putative Estrogen Response
      Element in the Gene Encoding Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor Proc. Natl.
      Acad. Sci. USA 92:11110-11114. (Exhibit I).
PAL  Sohrabji, F., et al. (1994) Reciprocal Regulation of Estrogen and NGF
      Receptors by Their Ligands in PC12 Cells J. Neurobiology 25(8):974-988.
      (Exhibit J).
PAL  Sohrabji, F. et al. (1994) Estrogen Differentially Regulates Estrogen and
      Nerve Growth Factor Receptor mRNAs in Adult Sensory Neurons J. Neurosci.
      14(2):459-471. (Exhibit K).
PAL  Toran-Allerand, C.D. (1996) The Estrogen/Neurotrophin Connection During
      Neural Development: Is Co-Localization of Estrogen Receptors with the
      Neurotrophins and Their Receptors Biologically Relevant? Dev. Neurosci.
      18:36-48. (Exhibit L).
PAL  Toran-Allerand, C.D. (1996) Mechanisms of Estrogen Action During Neural
      Development: Mediation by Interactions with the Neurotrophins and Their
      Receptors? J. Steroid Biochem. Molec. Biol. 56:169-178. (Exhibit M).
PAL  Toran-Allerand, C.D., et al. (1992) Estrogen Receptors Colocalize with
      Low-Affinity Nerve Growth Factor Receptors in Cholinergic Neurons of the
      Basal Forebrain Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:4668-4672. (Exhibit N).
PAL  Toran-Allerand, C.D., et al. (1992) Cellular Variations in Estrogen
      Receptor mRNA Translation in the Developing Brain: Evidence from Combined
      [.sup.125 I] Estrogen Autoradiography and Non-Isotopic In Situ
      Hybridization Histochemistry Brain Research 576:25-41. (Exhibit O).
PAL  Toran-Allerand, C.D. (1990) The Brain-Slicer: Anatomical Precision for
      Organotypic Explant Culture Brain Research Bulletin 24:865-868. (Exhibit
      P).
PAL  Toran-Allerand, C.D. (1984) in Progress in Brain Research G.J. DeVries et
      al. (Eds) On the Genesis of Sexual Differentiation of the Central Nervous
      System: Morphogenetic Consequences of Steroidal Exposure and Possible Role
      of .alpha.-Fetoprotein 61:63-98. (Exhibit Q).
PAL  Toran-Allerand, C.D. (1976) Sex Steroids and the Development of the Newborn
      Mouse Hypothalamus and Preoptic Area In Vitro: Implications for Sexual
      Differentiation Brain Research 106:407-412. (Exhibit R).
PAL  Scisearch abstract on STN. No. 94:451363. Sohrabhi et al. `Reciprocal
      Regulation of Estrogen and NGF Receptors by Their Ligands in PC12 Cells`,
      Journal of Neurobiology, vol. 25, No. 8, pp. 974-988 (abstract), Jul.
      1994.
PAL  Scisearch abstract on STN. No. 95:99583. Miranda et al. `Interactions of
      Estrogen with the Neurotrophins and Their Receptors During Neural
      Development`, Hormones and Behavior, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 367-375
      (abstract), Dec. 1994.
PAL  Ehlert et al., `Muscarinic Receptors and Novel Strategies for the Treatment
      of Age-Related Brain Disorders`, Life Sciences, vol. 55, Nos. 25/26, pp.
      2135-2145, 1994.
PAL  Patel, Shirish V., `Pharmacotheraphy of Cognitive Impairment in Alzheimer's
      Disease: A Review`, J. Geriatr. Psychiatry. Neurol. vol. 8, pp. 81-95,
      Apr. 1995.
LREP
FR2  White; John P.
     Cooper & Dunham LLP
ABST
PAL  This invention provides a method of increasing the level of estrogen
      receptors in the neural tissue of a subject which comprises administering
      to the subject estrogen in an amount effective to increase the level of
      neurotrophin receptors and a neurotrophin in an amount effective to
      increase the level of estrogen receptors, so as to thereby increase the
      level of estrogen receptors. This invention also provides a method of
      increasing the level of estrogen receptors in a sample of neural tissue
      from a subject which comprises contacting the sample with estrogen in an
      amount effective to increase the level of neurotrophin receptors and
      neurotrophin in an amount effective to increase the level of estrogen
      receptors, so as to thereby increase the level of estrogen receptors.
      Lastly, this invention provides a method of preventing the onset of
      Alzheimer's disease.
PATN
WKU  059900792
SRC  9
APN  0164003
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19980130
TTL  Agents affecting thrombosis and hemostasis
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Degen; Nancy
NDR  15
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Wolf; David L.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Sinha; Uma
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  COR Therapeutics Inc.
CTY  South San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  469301
APD  19950606
PSC  01
PNO  5837679
RLAP
COD  84
APN  268003
APD  19940629
PSC  01
PNO  5583107
RLAP
COD  82
APN  249777
APD  19940526
PSC  01
PNO  5597799
RLAP
COD  81
APN  808329
APD  19911216
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  578646
APD  19900904
PSC  01
PNO  5278144
CLAS
OCL  514  2
XCL  424 9464
XCL  424422
XCL  424423
XCL  435212
XCL  530381
XCL  530384
XCL  530830
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3836
ICL  A61K 3516
ICL  A61F 1300
ICL  C07K 14435
FSC  514
FSS  2;12;21;834;8
FSC  530
FSS  380;381;384;350;407;829;830;831;395
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;69.2;69.6;212
FSC  424
FSS  94.64;422;426;423;428
UREF
PNO  4337244
ISD  19820600
NAM  Smith
OCL  424 94.64
UREF
PNO  4382083
ISD  19830500
NAM  Thomas
OCL  474 94.64
UREF
PNO  4604285
ISD  19860800
NAM  Faith et al.
OCL  474 94.6
UREF
PNO  4970300
ISD  19901100
NAM  Fulton et al.
OCL  530383
UREF
PNO  5114851
ISD  19920500
NAM  Porter et al.
OCL  435440
UREF
PNO  5278144
ISD  19940100
NAM  Wolf
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5583107
ISD  19961200
NAM  Wolf et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5597799
ISD  19970100
NAM  Wolf
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5837679
ISD  19981100
NAM  Wolf et al.
OCL  514 12
FREF
PNO  9204378
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Bernardi, et al., "Partial Gene Deletion in a Family with Factor X
      Deficiency" Blood, vol. 73, No. 8, 2123-2127 (1989).
PAL  Cassels, et al., "The Interaction of Streptokinase Plasminogen Activator
      Complex, Tissue-Type Plasminogen Activator, Urokinase and their Acylated
      Derivatives with Fibrin and Cyanogen Bromide Digest of Fibrinogen"
      Biochem. J. 247, 395-400 (1987).
PAL  Crabbe, et al., "Acylated Plasminogen-Streptokinase Activator Complex: A
      New Approach to Thrombolytic Therapy" Pharmacotherapy, vol. 10, No. 2,
      115-126 (1990).
PAL  Davie, "The Blood Coagulation Factors: Their cDNAs, Genes, and Expression"
      Plasma Coagulation Factors, 242-267.
PAL  DiScipio, et al., "Activation of Human Factor X (Stuart Factor) by a
      Protease from Russell's Viper Venom" Biochemistry, vol. 6, No. 24,
      5253-5260 (1977).
PAL  Dunwiddie, et al., "Antistasin, a Leech-Derived Inhibitor of Factor Xa" The
      Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 264, No. 26, 16694-16699 (1989).
PAL  Etingin, et al., "Viral Activation of the Coagulation Cascade: Molecular
      Interactions at the Surface of Infected Endothelial Cells" Cell, vol. 61,
      657-662 (1990).
PAL  Fair, et al., "Isolation and Characterization of the Factor X Friuli
      Variant" Blood, vol. 73, No. 8, 2108-2116 (1989).
PAL  Fears, "Development of Anisoylated Plasminogen-Streptokinase Activator
      Complex from the Acyl Enzyme Concept" Seminars in Thrombosis and
      Hemostasis-Vol. 15, No. 2, 129-139 (1989).
PAL  Fears, et al., "The Protective Effect of Acylation on the Stability of
      Anisoylated Plasminogen Streptokinase Activator Complex in Human Plasma"
      Drugs 33 (Suppl. 3, 57-63 (1987).
PAL  Furie, et al., "The Molecular Basis of Blood Coagulation" Cell, vol. 53,
      505-518 (1988).
PAL  Girard, et al., "Functional Significance of the Kunitz-Type Inhibitory
      Domains of Lipoprotein-Associated Coagulation Inhibitor" Nature, vol. 338,
      518-520 (1989).
PAL  Girard, et al., "Inhibition of Factor VIIa-Tissue Factor Coagulation
      Activity by a Hybrid Protein" Science, vol. 248, 1421-1424 (1990).
PAL  Hassan, et al., "Multiple Polymorphic Sites in Factor X Locus" Blood, vol.
      71, No. 5, 1353-1356 (1988).
PAL  Hoover, et al., "The Adhesive Interaction between Polymorphonuclear
      Leukocytes and Endothelial Cells in Vitro" Cell, vol. 14, 423-428 (1978).
PAL  Husten, et al., "The Active Site of Blood Coagulation Factor Xa" The
      Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 262, No. 27, 12953-12961 (1987).
PAL  Krishnaswamy, et al., "Prothrombinase Complex Assembly" The Journal of
      Biological Chemistry, vol. 263, No. 8, 3823-3834 (1988).
PAL  Levine, "Clinical Manifestations and Therapy of Hemophilias A and B" Plasma
      Coagulation Factors, 97-111.
PAL  Nesheim, et al., "The Contribution of Bovine Factor V and Factor Va to the
      Activity of Prothrombinase" The Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 254,
      No. 21, 10952-10962 (1979).
PAL  Nesheim, et al., "Cofactor Dependence of Factor Xa Incorporation into the
      Prothrombinase Complex" The Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 256, No.
      13, 6537-6540 (1981).
PAL  Reddy, et al., "Molecular Characterization of Human Factor X.sub.San
      Antonio " Blood, vol. 74, No. 5, 1486-1490 (1989).
PAL  Skogen, et al., "Comparison of Coagulation Factor Xa and Des-(1-44) Factor
      Xa in the Assembly of Prothrombinase" The Journal of Biological Chemistry,
      vol. 256, No. 4, 2306-2310 (1984).
PAL  Steinberg, et al., "Activation of Factor X" Plasma Coagulation Factors,
      112-119.
PAL  Sturzebecher,et al., "Stable Acyl-Derivatives of Tissue-Type Plasminogen
      Activator" Thrombosis Research 47, 699-703 (1987).
PAL  Watzke, et al., Molecular Defect (Gla.sup.+14 .fwdarw.Lys) and its
      Functional Consequences in a Hereditary Factor X Deficiency (Factor X
      "Vorarlberg") The Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 285, No. 20,
      11982-11989 (1990).
PAL  Waxman, et al., "Tick Anticoagulant Peptide (TAP) is a Novel Inhibitor of
      Blood Coagulation Factor Xa" Science, vol. 248, 593-596 (1990).
PAL  Neuenschwander et al Anal Biochem. 184 347-352 1990.
PAL  Nucir et al Adv. Drug Del. Rev 6 133-151 1991.
PAL  Fuy et al PNAS 82 3591-3595 1985.
PAL  Parrish, "New Concepts In Therapeutic Photomedicine: Photochemistry,
      Optical Targeting & The Therapeutic Window" J Invest Dermatol. 77(1)
      45-50, Jul. 1981.
LREP
FRM  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
ABST
PAL  Analogs of blood factors which are transiently inactive are useful in
      treatment of diseases characterized by thrombosis. In addition, modified
      forms of activated blood factors that generate the active blood factor in
      serum but have extended half-lives are useful in treating hemophilia
      conditions. These modified forms of the blood factor may be acylated forms
      which are slowly deacylated in vivo.
PATN
WKU  059900806
SRC  9
APN  0515892
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980415
TTL  Use of protein S-100-b in medicines containing the protein S-100b
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Davenport; Avis M.
INVT
NAM  Haglid; Kenneth G.
CTY  Hov.ang.s
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  A+ Science Invest AB
CTY  Goteberg
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19951017
APN  9503620-8
CLAS
OCL  514  2
XCL  514 12
XCL  530300
XCL  530324
XCL  424400
EDF  6
ICL  A10N 3718
ICL  A61K 3800
ICL  C07K  500
ICL  C07K  700
FSC  514
FSS  12;2
FSC  530
FSS  300;324
FSC  424
FSS  400
FREF
PNO  WO92 10200
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9210200
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3700
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/01305
PD1  19980415
PD2  19980415
PD3  19961015
PCP  WO97/14427
PCD  19961015
ABST
PAR  The present invention concerns the use of the protein S-100b in medicines
      for the stimulation of growth and survival of damaged neurons. The
      invention includes as well a medicine containing the S-100b protein in an
      aqueous solution which may contain also other biocompatible substances.
PATN
WKU  059900814
SRC  9
APN  1297201
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980805
TTL  Purified APO A and APO E compounds and methods for using them
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Mohamed; Abdel A.
EXP  Tsang; Cecilia J.
INVT
NAM  Ageland; Hans
CTY  Bromma
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Romander; Lena
CTY  Nacka-Strand
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Esperion Therapeutics, Inc.
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19950303
APN  9500778
RLAP
COD  71
APN  875125
CLAS
OCL  514  2
XCL  514 20
XCL  514 21
XCL  530359
XCL  530361
XCL  530402
XCL  530421
XCL  530427
XCL  435 691
XCL  435 696
XCL  424406
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3800
ICL  C07K  100
FSC  514
FSS  2;20;21
FSC  530
FSS  359;361;402;421;427
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;69.6
FSC  424
FSS  406
UREF
PNO  4740304
ISD  19880400
NAM  Tjerneld et al.
OCL  210639
UREF
PNO  5059528
ISD  19911000
NAM  Bollen et al.
OCL  435 69.4
UREF
PNO  5089602
ISD  19920200
NAM  Isliker et al.
OCL  530359
UREF
PNO  5128318
ISD  19920700
NAM  Levine et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5834596
ISD  19981100
NAM  Ageland et al.
OCL  530359
FREF
PNO  262651
ISD  19880400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  267 703
ISD  19880500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  329 605 A1
ISD  19890800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0333474
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  345 615
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  345 155
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0494848
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0308336
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  6228319
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8003198
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  88/031666
ISD  19880500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90 12879
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/06655
ISD  19910500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  93/12143
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93 25581
ISD  19931200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/13819
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/00237
ISD  19960100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/04556
ISD  19960200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/27608
ISD  19960900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  F.B. Anspach et al, Removal of Endotoxins by Affinity Sorbents Journal of
      Chromatography A, 711 (1995) 81-92.
PAL  S. Minobe et al, Characteristics and Applications of Adsorbents for Pyrogen
      Removal Biotechnology and Applied Biochemistry 10, 143-153 (1988).
PAL  H.B. Brewer et al, The Amino Acid Sequence of Human APOA-I, an
      Apolipoprotein Isolated from High Density Lipoproteins Biochemical and
      Biophysical Research Communications, 80:3 (1978) 623-630.
PAL  J.P. Segrest et al, A Molecular Theory of Lipid-Protein Interations in the
      Plasma Lipoproteins FEBS Letters, 38:3 (1974) 247-253.
PAL  G. Franceschini et al, A-IMilano Apoprotein: Decreased High Density
      Lipoprotein Cholesteral Levels with Significant Lipoprotein Modifications
      and Without Clinical Atherosclerosis in an Italian Family J Clin. Invest.
      66 (1980) 892-900.
PAL  K.H. Weisgraber et al, Apolipoprotein A-IMilano: Detection of Normal A-I in
      Affected Subjects and Evidence for a Cysteine for Arginine Substitut in
      the Variant A-I J. Biological Chemistry, 258:4 (1983) 2508-2513.
PAL  G. Franceschini et al, Apoliporotein A-IMilano: Accelerated Binding and
      Disassociation from Lipids of a Human Apolipoprotein Variant J. Biological
      Chemistry, 260:30 (1985) 16321-16325.
PAL  K. Emancipator et al, In Vitro Inactivation of Bacterial Endotoxin by Human
      Lipoproteins and Apolipoproteins Infection and Immunity,, 60:2 (1992)
      596-601.
PAL  R. Munford et al, Binding of Salmonella Typhimurium Lipopolysaccharides to
      Rat High-Density Lipoproteins Infection and Immunity, 34:3 (1981) 835-843.
PAL  T. Karplus et al, A new Method for Reduction of Endotoxin Contamination
      from Protein Solutions J. Immuno. Methods, 105 (1987) 211-220.
PAL  C.R. Sirtori et al, Human Apolipoprotein Mutants III: Crystal Structures of
      the Common Apolipoprotein E Variants: Insights into Functional Mechanisms,
      NATO ASI Series, Springer Verlag, Berlin, vol. II, 73-96 (1993).
PAL  Japio Abstract of JP61-96998 (1986).
PAL  Abstract of JP1-95798 (1989).
PAL  Freudenberg et al (1979) Nat. Toxins, Proc. Inc. Symp. Anim., Plant Microb.
      Toxins., 6th Edition, pp. 349-354.
PAL  Gualandri et al (1985), Am. J. Hum. Genet., vol. 37, pp. 1083-1097.
PAL  Ulevitch et al (1981) J. Clin. Invest., vol. 67, pp. 827-837.
PAL  Sharma (1986) Biotechnology and Applied Biochemistry, vol. 8, pp. 5-22.
PAL  Matsumae et al (1990) Biotechnology and Applied Biochemistry, vol. 12, pp.
      129-140.
PAL  Deeb et al (1991) J. Biological Chemistry, vol. 266, No. 21, pp.
      13654-13660.
PAL  Takada et al (1991) Journal of Lipid Research, vol. 32, pp. 1275-1280.
PAL  Matsunaga et al (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 88, pp. 2793-2797.
PAL  Weisgraber et al (1980) J. Clin. Invest., vol. 66, pp. 901-907.
PAL  Alred et al., "Application of temperature-induced phase partitioning at
      ambient temperature for enzyme purification," J Chromatogr A 659(2):289-98
      (1994).
PAL  Alred et al., Synthesis of dye conjugates of ethylene oxide-propylene oxide
      copolymers and application in temperature-induced phase partitioning,
      Bioseparation 2(6):363-73 (1992).
PAL  Alred, et al., "Partitioning of ecdysteroids using temperature-induced
      phase separation," J. Chromatography 628:205-214 (1993).
PAL  Badimon, et al., "Regression of atherosclerotic lesions by high density
      lipoprotein plasma fraction in the cholesterol-fed rabbit," J. Clin
      Invest. 85(4):1234-41 (1990).
PAL  Berggren, et al., "Effects of salts and the surface hydrophobicity of
      proteins on partitioning in aqueous two-phase systems containing
      thermoseparating ethylene oxide-propylene oxide copolymers," J.
      Chromatography 718: 67-79 (1995).
PAL  Bradford, et al., "A rapid and sensitive method for the quantitation of
      microgram quantities of protein utilizing the principle of protein-dye
      binding," Anal Biochem72:248-54 (1976).
PAL  Calebrisi, et al., "Molecular characterization of native and recombinant
      apolipoprotein A-IMilano dimer. The introduction of an interchain
      disulfide bridge remarkably alters the physicochemical properties of
      apolipoprotein A-I," J Biol Chem. 269(51): 32168-74 (1994).
PAL  Cohn, et al., "Preparation and Properties of Serum and Plasma Proteins. IV.
      A System for the Separation into Fractions of the Protein and Lipoprotein
      Components of Biological Tissues and Fluids," J. Am. Chem. Soc. 68:
      459-475 (1946).
PAL  Eisenberg, et al., "A helical hydrophobic moment: a measure of the
      amphiphilicity of a helix," Nature 299: 371-374 (1982).
PAL  Fransechini, et al. "Apolipoprotein AIMilano. Disulfide-linked dimers
      increase high density lipoprotein stability and hinder particle
      interconversion in carrier plasma," J Biol Chem. 265(21):12224-31 (1990).
PAL  Fransechini, et al. "High density lipoprotein-3 heterogeneity in subjects
      with the apo-AIMilano variant," J. Biol. Chem. 257(17): 9926-30 (1982).
PAL  Harris, et al. "Enzyme purification using temperature-induced phase
      formation," Bioseparation. 2(4): 237-46 (1991).
PAL  Index, 11eEd., Merck and Co., Rahway, NJ, pp. 342 and 455 (1989).
PAL  Isaachi, et al., "Mature apolipoprotein AI and its precursor proApoAI:
      influence of the sequence at the 5' end of the gene on the efficiency of
      expression in Escherichia coli," Gene 81(1):129-37 (1989).
PAL  Johansson, et al., "Effects of Salts on the Partition of Proteins in
      Aqueous Polymeric Biphasic Systems," Acta Chimica Scandivica B 28: 873-882
      (1974).
PAL  Lerch, et al., "Isolation and Properties of Apolipoprotein A for
      Therapeutic Use," Protides Biol. Fluids 36: 409-416 (1989).
PAL  Medzour, et al. "Anion-exchange fast protein liquid chromatographic
      characterization and purification of apolipoproteins A-I, A-II, C-I, C-II,
      C-III0, C-III1, C-III2 and E from human plasma," J Chromatogr.
      414(1):35-45 (1987).
PAL  Moguilevsky, et al., "Production of human recombinant proapolipoprotein A-I
      in Escherichia coli: purification and biochemical characterization," DNA
      8(6):429-36 (1989).
PAL  Nilsson, et al., "Immobilization and purification of enzymes with
      staphylococcal protein A gene fusion vectors," EMBO J. 4(4):1075-80
      (1985).
PAL  Nitschmann, et al., "Vereinfachtes Verfahen zur Gewinnung von humanem
      Albumin und--Globulin aus Blutplasma mittels Alkoholfallung," Helv. Chim.
      Acta. 37:866-873 (1954).
PAL  Oncley, et al., "The separation of the Antibodies, Isogglutinins,
      Prothrombin, Plasminogen and .beta.1--Lipoprotein into Subfractions of
      Human Plasma," J. Am. Chem. Soc. 71: 541-550 (1949).
PAL  Peitsch, et al., "A purification method for apolipoprotein A-I and A-II,"
      Anal Biochem. 178(2):301-5 (1989).
PAL  Pigiet, et al., "Thioredoxin-catalyzed refolding of disulfide-containing
      proteins," Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 83(20):7643-7 (1986).
PAL  Ross, et al., "Rapid chromatographic purification of apolipoproteins A-I
      and A-II from human plasma," Anal Biochem 149(1):166-8 (1985).
PAL  Rubenstein, et al., "A new method for the fractionation of human plasma
      high density lipoprotein," Can J Biochem. 55(7):766-8 (1977).
PAL  Soma, et al., "Recombinant apolipoprotein A-IMilano dimer inhibits carotid
      intimal thickening induced by perivascular manipulation in rabbits," Circ
      Res. 76(3): 405-11 (1995).
PAL  Walter, et al. Partitioning procedures and techniques: cells, organelles,
      and membranes, Methods Enzymol 228:42-63 (1994).
PAL  Weisgraber, et al. "Identification of the disulfide-linked homodimer of
      apolipoprotein E3 in plasma. Impact on receptor binding activity," J Biol
      Chem. 266(18):12029-34 (1991).
PAL  Dorland's Illustrate Medical Dictionary (Twenty-fifth Edition) W.B.
      Saunders-Publisher, 1974.
PAL  O'Brien et al, Circulation, vol. 98, pp. 519-527, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Arnall Golden & Gregory, LLP
ABST
PAL  A substantially endotoxin-free ApoA or ApoE is produced by recombinant DNA
      technique, suitably in E. coli. Medicaments and methods for treatment of
      atherosclerosis or cardiovascular diseases employ ApoA or ApoE purified by
      a process comprising contacting a first aqueous solution comprising ApoA
      or ApoE and endotoxins with a matrix comprising an immobilized compound
      with an end group comprising two or three nitrogen atoms bonded to a
      carbon atom for attaching the endotoxins to the matrix, and subsequently
      treating the matrix comprising the immobilized compound with a second
      aqueous solution comprising a surfactant for releasing the ApoA or ApoE
      while the endotoxins remain attached to the matrix. Alternatively, the
      ApoA or ApoE is purified by a process comprising contacting the first
      aqueous solution comprising ApoA or ApoE and endotoxins with an
      anion-exchange matrix for attaching the ApoA and ApoE to the matrix,
      treating the anion-exchange matrix with a second aqueous solution
      comprising a compound comprising two or three nitrogen atoms bonded to a
      carbon atom for releasing the endotoxins while the ApoA or ApoE remains
      attached to the matrix, and then releasing the ApoA or ApoE from the
      matrix.
PATN
WKU  059900822
SRC  8
APN  9556605
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19971022
TTL  Uses of lipopolysaccharide binding protein
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Borin; Michael
EXP  Tsang; Cecilia J.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Dedrick; Russell L.
CTY  Kensington
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Carroll; Stephen F.
CTY  Walnut Creek
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Xoma Corporation
CTY  Berkeley
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514  8
XCL  514  2
XCL  435 681
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3800
ICL  A61K 3816
FSC  514
FSS  2;8
FSC  435
FSS  68.1
UREF
PNO  5245013
ISD  19930900
NAM  Ulevitch et al.
OCL  530380
UREF
PNO  5310879
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ulevitch et al.
OCL  530388.1
UREF
PNO  5484705
ISD  19960100
NAM  White et al.
OCL  435  7.32
UREF
PNO  5488034
ISD  19960100
NAM  McGregor et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5696090
ISD  19971200
NAM  McGregor et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5731415
ISD  19980300
NAM  Gazzano-Santoro
OCL  530350
UREF
PNO  5770561
ISD  19980600
NAM  Horwitz
OCL  514  8
UREF
PNO  5804367
ISD  19980900
NAM  White et al.
OCL  435  4
FREF
PNO  WO 86/06279
ISD  19861100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/01639
ISD  19910200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/03535
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/05797
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/06228
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/17819
ISD  19940800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/21280
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/25476
ISD  19941100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/00641
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/02414
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/20163
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/21436
ISD  19960700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Elevated levels of lipopolysaccharide (LPS) binding protein ( LBP) reduce
      the inflammatory potential of LPS in vitro and in vivo. Fourth
      International Endotoxin Society Conference, Nagoya, Japan, Oct. 22-25,
      1996. Journal of Endotoxin Resear.
PAL  Abrahamson, S.L., et al., "Biochemical Characterization of Recombinant
      Fusions of Lipopolysaccharide Binding Protein and
      Bactericidal/Permeability-increasing Protein," J. Biological Chemistry,
      272(4):2149-2155 (Jan., 1997).
PAL  Beekhuizen, H. et al., "CD14 Contributes to the Adherence of Human
      Monocytes to Cytokine-Stimulated Endothelial Cells," J. Immunology,
      147(11):3761-3767 (Dec., 1991).
PAL  Bone, R.C. "The Pathogenesis of Sepsis," Annals Internal Medicine,
      115:457-469 (1991).
PAL  Corradin, S.B. et al., "Enhancement of murine macrophage binding of and
      response to bacterial lipopolysaccharide (LPS) by LPS-binding protein," J.
      Leukocyte Biology, 52:363-368 (Oct., 1992).
PAL  de Winter, R.J. et al., "Recombinant Endotoxin-Binding Protein
      (rBPI.sub.23) Attenuates Endotoxin-Induced Circulatory Changes in Humans,"
      J. Inflammation, 45: 193-206 (1995).
PAL  Dedrick, R.L. et al., "Elevated Levels of Lipopolysaccharide (LPS) Binding
      Protein (LBP) Reduce the Inflammatory Potential of LPS in Vitro and in
      Vivo," J. Endotoxin Research, 3(supp. 1):18 (Abstract I-14) (Oct., 1996).
PAL  Dubin, W. et al., "Asthma and endotoxin: lipopolysaccharide-binding protein
      and soluble CD14 in bronchoalveolar compartment," Am. J. Physiol.,
      270:L736-L744 (1996).
PAL  Frey, E.A. et al., "Soluble CD14 Participates in the Response of Cells to
      Lipopolysaccharide," J. Exp. MEd., 176:1665-1671 (Dec., 1992).
PAL  Froon, A.H.M., et al., "Lipopolysaccharide Toxicity-Regulating Proteins in
      Bacteremia," J. Infectious Diseases, 171:1250-1257 (1995).
PAL  Gallay, P. et al., "Purification and Characterization of Murine
      Lipopolysaccharide-Binding Protein," Infection and Immunity, 61(2):378-383
      (Feb., 1993).
PAL  Gazzano-Santoro, H. et al., "Competition between rBPI.sub.23, a Recombinant
      Fragment of Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein, and
      Lipopolysaccharide (LPS)-Binding Protein for Binding to LPS and
      Gram-Negative Bacteria," Infection Immunity, 62(4): 1185-1191 (Apr.,
      1994).
PAL  Gegner, J.A. et al., "Lipopolysaccharide (LPS) Signal Transduction and
      Clearance," J. Biological Chemistry, 270(10): 5320-5235 (Mar., 1995).
PAL  Geller, D.A., et al., "Induction of Hepatocyte Lipopolysaccharide Binding
      Protein in Models of Sepsis and the Acute-Phase Response," Arch. Surg.,
      128(1): 22-28 (Jan., 1993).
PAL  Hailman, E. et al., "Lipopolysaccharide (LPS)-binding Protein Accelerates
      the Binding of LPS to CD14," J. Exp. Med., 179(1): 269-277 (Jan., 1994).
PAL  Han, J. et al., "Lipopolysaccharide (LPS) Binding Protein, Truncated at the
      Ile-197, Binds LPS but does not Transfer LPS to CD14," J. Biological
      Chemistry, 269(11): 8172-8175 (Mar., 1994).
PAL  Haziot, A. et al., "Recombinant Soluble CD14 Prevents Mortality in Mice
      Treated with Endotoxin (Lipopolysaccharide)," J. Immunology, 154:
      6529-6532 (1995).
PAL  Haziot, A. et al., "Recombinant Soluble CD14 Inhibits LPS-Induced Tumor
      Necrosis Factor-.alpha. Production by Cells in Whole Blood," J.
      Immunology, 152: 5868-5876 (1994).
PAL  Heumann, D. et al., "Competition between Bacterial/Permeability-Increasing
      Protein and Lipopolysaccharide-Binding Protein for Lipopolysaccharide
      Binding to Monocytes," J. Infectious Diseases, 167: 1351-1357 (1993).
PAL  Heumann, D. et al., "Radioimmunoassay versus flow cytometric assay to
      quantify LPS-binding protein (LBP) concentrations in human plasma," J.
      Immunological Methods, 171:169-176 (1994).
PAL  Huang, K. et al., "Lipopolysaccharide-Induced E-Selectin Expression
      Requires Continuous Presence of LPS and is Inhibited by
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein," Inflammation, 19(3):389-404
      (1995).
PAL  Iriye, B.K. et al., "Differences in the Concentration of an Endotoxin
      Binding Protein Help Explain Sensitivity to Septic Complications in
      Pregnancy," Am. J. Obstetrics Gynecol., 174(1 pt. 2):390 (1996) (Abstract
      291).
PAL  Kirkland, T.N. et al., "Analysis of Lipopolysaccharide Binding by CD14," J.
      Biological Chemistry, 268(33): 24818-24823 (Nov., 1993).
PAL  Lee, J-D et al., "Transfection of CD14 into 70Z/3 Cells Dramatically
      Enhances the Sensitivity to Complexes of Lipopolysaccharides (LPS) and LPS
      Binding Protein," J. Experimental Medicine, 175:1697-1705 (Jun., 1992).
PAL  Leturcq, D. et al, "Generation of Monoclonal Antibodies to Human LBP and
      Their Use in the Detection of LBP Protein in Serum", J. Cell. Biochem.,
      16C:161 (1992) (Abstract CB 109).
PAL  Little, D. et al., "Perioperative immune modulation," Surgery, 114(1):
      87-91 (1993).
PAL  Marra, M.N. et al., "The Role of Bactericidal/Permeability--Increasing
      Protein as a Natural Inhibitor of Bacterial Endotoxin," J. Immunology,
      148(2):532-537 (Jan., 1992).
PAL  Marra, M.N. et al., "Bactericidal/Permeability--Increasing Protein has
      Endotoxin-Neutralizing Activity," J. Immunology, 144(2): 662-666 (1990).
PAL  Mathison, J.C. et al., "Plasma Lipopolysaccharide (LPS)-Binding Protein,"
      J. Immunology, 149(1):200-206 (Jul. 1, 1992).
PAL  Mathison, J. et al., "Regulatory Mechanisms of Host Responsiveness to
      Endotoxin (Lipopolysaccharide)," Pathobiology, 59:185-188 (1991).
PAL  Meszaros, K. et al., "Immunoreactivity and Bioactivity of
      Lipopolysaccharide-Binding Protein in Normal and Heat-Inactivated Sera,"
      Infection and Immunity, 63(1): 363-366 (Jan., 1995).
PAL  Morrison, D.C. et al., "The Effects of Bacterial Endotoxins on Host
      Mediation Systems," Am. J. Pathology, 93(2):527-618 (Nov., 1978).
PAL  Ooi et al., "Endotoxin-Neutralizing Properties of the 25 kD N-Terminal
      Fragment and a Newly Isolated 30kD C-Terminal Fragment of the 55-60 kD
      Bactericidal/Permeability-increasing Protein of Human Neutrophils," J.
      Exp. Med., 174:649-655 (Sep., 1991).
PAL  Opal, S.M. et al., "Activity of Lipopolysaccharide-Binding
      Protein-Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein Fusion Peptide in an
      Experimental Model of Pseudomonas Sepsis," Antimicrobial Agents
      Chemotherapy, 39(12): 2813-2815 (Dec., 1995).
PAL  Pugin, J. et al., "Lipopolysaccharide activation of human endothelial and
      epithelial cells is mediated by lipopolysaccharide-binding protein and
      soluble CD14," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 90:2744-2748 (Apr., 1993).
PAL  Pugin, J. et al., "Soluble CD14 and Lipopolysaccharide Binding Protein
      Mediate Epithelial Cell Responses to Lipopolysaccharides," FASEB J., A142
      (Abstract 824) (1993).
PAL  Schindler, R. et al., "Plasma levels of
      bactericidal/permeability-increasing protein (BPI) and
      lipopolysaccharide-binding protein (LBP) during hemodialysis," Clinical
      Nephrology, 40(6):346-351 (1993).
PAL  Schumann, R.R. et al., "Significantly Elevated Levels of Lipopolysaccharide
      Binding Protein (LBP) in Patients with Severe Sepsis: A Prospective Cohort
      Study with 109 surgical ICU Patients," 36th Int'l Conf. on Antimicrobial
      Agents and Chemotherapy, New Orleans, LA, Sep. 15-18, (1996) (Abstract
      LB17).
PAL  Schumann et al., "Structure and Function of Lipopolysaccharide Binding
      Protein", Science, 249:1429-1431 (Sep., 1990).
PAL  Schutt, C. et al., "CD14 Prevents Endotoxin Inducible Oxidative Burst
      Response of Human Monocytes," Allerg. Immunol., 37: 159-164 (1991).
PAL  Schutt, C. et al., "Endotoxin-neutralizing capacity of soluble CD14," Res.
      Immunol., 143: 71-78 (1992).
PAL  Taylor, A.H. et al., "Lipopolysaccharide (LPS) Neutralizing Peptides Reveal
      a Lipid A Binding Site of LPS Binding Protein," J. Biological Chemistry,
      270(30): 17934-17938 (Jul., 1995).
PAL  Theofan et al., "An Amino-Terminal Fragment of Human
      Lipopolysaccharide-Binding Protein Retains Lipid A Binding but Not
      CD14-Stimulatory Activity", J. Immunology, 152(7): 3623-3629 (1994).
PAL  Tobias, P.S. et al., "Identification of a Lipid A Binding Site in the Acute
      Phase Reactant Lipopolysaccharide Binding Protein," J. Biological
      Chemistry, 264(18):10867-10871 (Jun., 1989).
PAL  Tobias, P.S. et al., "A Family of Lipopolysaccharide Binding Proteins
      Involoved in Responses to Gram-negative Sepsis," J. Biological Chemistry,
      263(27):13479-13481 (Sep., 1988).
PAL  Tobias, P.S. et al., "Lipopolysaccharide Binding Protein-mediated
      Complexation of Lipopolysaccharide with Soluble CD14," J. Biological
      Chemistry, 270(18):10482-10488 (May, 1995).
PAL  Tobias, P.S. et al., "Lipopolysaccharide Binding Protein," J. Cell.
      Biochem., 16C:151 (Abstract CB006) (1992).
PAL  Tobias, S. et al., "Control of Lipopolysaccharide-High Density Lipoprotein
      Binding by Acute Phase Protein(s)," J. Immunology, 131(4): 1913-1916
      (Oct., 1983).
PAL  Tobias, P.S. et al., "Control of Lipopolysaccharide-High-Density
      Lipoprotein Interactions by an Acute-Phase Reactant in Human Serum,"
      Infection Immunity, (United States), 50 (1): 73-76 (Oct., 1985).
PAL  Tobias, P.S. et al., "Isolation of a Lipopolysaccharide-Binding Acute Phase
      Reactant from Rabbit Serum," J. Exp. Med., 164:777-793 (Sep., 1986).
PAL  Tobias, P.S. et al., "Participation of Lipopolysaccharide-binding Protein
      in Lipopolysaccharide-dependent Marcophage Activation," Am. J. Resp. Cell.
      Mol. Biol., 7:239-245 (1992).
PAL  Tracey, K.J. et al., "The Role of Cytokine Mediators in Septik Shock," Adv.
      Surg., 23: 21-56 (1990).
PAL  Ulevitch, R.J. et al., "The Modification of Biophysical and Endotoxic
      Properties of Bacterial Lipopolysaccharides by Serum," J. Clin. Invest.
      (United States), 62(6): 1313-1324 (Dec., 1978).
PAL  Wilde, C.G. et al., "Bactericidal/Permeability-increasing Protein and
      Lipopolysaccharide (LPS)-binding Protein," J. Biological Chemistry,
      269(26): 17411-17416 (Jul., 1994).
PAL  Worthen, G.S. et al., "Neutrophil Adherence Induced by Lipopolysaccharide
      in Vitro," J. Clin. Invest., 90:2526-2535 (Dec., 1992).
PAL  Wright, S.D. et al., "CD14, a Receptor for Complexes of Lipopolysaccharide
      (LPS) and LPS Binding Protein", Science, 249:1431-1433 (Sep., 1990).
PAL  Wright, S.D. et al., "Activation of the Adhesive Capacity of CR3 on
      Neutrophils by Endotoxin: Dependence on Lipopolysaccharide Binding Protein
      and CD14," J. Exp. Med., 173(5): 1281-1286 (May, 1991).
PAL  Wright, S.D. et al., "Lipopolysaccharide (LPS) Binding Protein Opsonizes
      LPS-Bearing Particles for Recognition by a Novel Receptor on Macrophages,"
      J. Exp. Med., 170(4): 1231-1241 (Oct., 1989).
PAL  Wurfel, M.M. et al., "Lipopolysaccharide (LPS)-binding Protein Is Carried
      on Lipoproteins and Acts as a Cofactor in the Neutralization of LPS," J.
      Exp. Med., 180: 1025-1035 (Sep., 1994).
PAL  Yu, B. et al., "Catalytic Properties of Lipopolysaccharide (LPS) Binding
      Protein," J. Biological Chemistry, 271(8): 4110-4105 (Feb., 1996).
LREP
FRM  Marshall, O'Toole, Gerstein, Murray & Borun
ABST
PAL  Novel LBP compositions and therapeutic uses for LBP are provided for
      preventing the adverse effects of exposure to endotoxin.
PATN
WKU  059900830
SRC  8
APN  8165106
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970313
TTL  Multicatalytic protease inhibitors
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Minnifield; Nita
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Iqbal; Mohamed
CTY  Malvern
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Diebold; James L.
CTY  Norristown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Siman; Robert
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
INVT
NAM  Chatterjee; Sankar
CTY  Wynnewood
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Kauer; James C.
CTY  Kennett Square
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Cephalon, Inc.
CTY  West Chester
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  760638
APD  19961204
PSC  01
PNO  5830870
RLAP
COD  84
APN  552794
APD  19951103
PSC  01
PNO  5614649
RLAP
COD  82
APN  464398
APD  19950605
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  337795
APD  19941114
PSC  01
PNO  5550262
CLAS
OCL  514  9
XCL  564123
XCL  554 36
XCL  554 42
XCL  554 51
XCL  554 52
XCL  554 54
XCL  554 57
XCL  558432
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3800
ICL  C07C23100
ICL  C07C23500
ICL  C07C25500
FSC  514
FSS  19
FSC  564
FSS  123
FSC  554
FSS  36;51;54;42;57
FSC  558
FSS  432
UREF
PNO  4499082
ISD  19850200
NAM  Shenvi et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  4518528
ISD  19850500
NAM  Rasnick
OCL  260112.5R
UREF
PNO  4636492
ISD  19870100
NAM  Kettner et al.
OCL  514 18
UREF
PNO  4652552
ISD  19870300
NAM  Kettner et al.
OCL  514 18
UREF
PNO  5024994
ISD  19910600
NAM  Doherty et al.
OCL  514 18
UREF
PNO  5296468
ISD  19940300
NAM  Hoeger et al.
OCL  514 15
UREF
PNO  5340736
ISD  19940800
NAM  Goldberg
OCL  435226
UREF
PNO  5550262
ISD  19960800
NAM  Iqbal et al.
UREF
PNO  5614649
ISD  19970300
NAM  Iqbal et al.
UREF
PNO  5830870
ISD  19981100
NAM  Iqbal et al.
FREF
PNO  0275480
ISD  19880700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4-202170
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/06543
ISD  19910500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/13904
ISD  19910900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/20804
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Allen et al., "Differential Requirements for Antigen Processing by
      Macrophages for Lysozyme-specific T Cell Hybridomas", J. Immunol. 1984,
      132, 1077-1079.
PAL  Amsterdam, A. et al., "Changes in intracellular localization of proteasomes
      in immortalized ovarian granulosa cells during mitosis associated with a
      role in cell cycle control", PNAS USA, 90:99-103 (1993).
PAL  Armon, T. et al., "Assembly of the 26 S complex that degrades proteins
      ligated to ubiquitin is accompanied by the formation of ATPase activity",
      J. of Biol. Chem., 265(34):20723-20726 (1990).
PAL  Arribas, J. et al., "Autoantibodies against the multicatalytic proteinase
      in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus", J. Exp. Med., 173:423-427
      (1991).
PAL  Arrigo, A.-P., et al., "Identity of the 19S `prosome` particle with the
      large multifunctional protease complex of mammalian cells (the
      proteasome)", Nature 331:192-194 (1988).
PAL  Azaryan, A. et al., "The presence of ATp+ubiquitin-dependent proteinase and
      multicatalytic proteinase complex in bovine brain", Neurochemical Res.,
      14(10):995-1001 (1989).
PAL  Baldwin, J. et al., ".sup.11 B NMR studies of an aryl boronic acid bound to
      chymotripsin and subtilisin", Bioorganic & Medicianl Chem. Letters,
      1(1):9-12 (1991).
PAL  Bannister, J. et al., "Aspects of the structure, function, and applications
      of superoxide dismutase", CRC Critical Reviews in Biochemistry
      22(2):111-179 (1987).
PAL  Bartel, B. et al., "The recognition component of the N-end rule pathway",
      The EMBO Journal 9(10):3179-3189 (1990).
PAL  Basak, A. et al., "Syntheses of argininal semicarbazone containing peptides
      and their applications in the affinity chromatography of serine
      proteinases", Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 36:7-17 (1990).
PAL  Bewley, "cDNA and deduced amino acid sequence of murine Cu--Zn superoxide
      dismutase", Nucleic Acids Research 16(6):2728 (1988).
PAL  Borchelt, D. et al., "Superoxide dismutase 1 with mutations linked to
      familial amyotrophic lateral sclerosis possesses significant activity",
      PNAS USA, 91:8292-8296 (1994).
PAL  Bowling, A. et al., "Superoxide dismutase activity, oxidative damage, and
      mitochondrial energy metabolism in familial and sporadic amyotrophic
      lateral sclerosis", J. of Neurochemistry 61:2322-2325 (1993).
PAL  Brown, M. et al., "Structural and serological similarity of MHC-linked LMP
      and proteasome (multicatalytic proteinase) complexes", Nature 353:355-357
      (1991).
PAL  Brown, R.H. "Clinical Implications of Basic Research. A Transgenic-Mouse
      Model of Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis", NEJM 1994, 331(16), 1091-1092.
PAL  Cardozo, C. et al., "Evidence that the nature of amino acid residues in the
      P.sub.3 position directs substrates to distinct catalytic sites of the
      pituitary multicatalytic proteinase complex (proteasome)", Biochemistry
      33:6483-6489 (1994).
PAL  Carrell and Boswell, Proteinase inhibitors, Barrett and Salvesen (eds.),
      Chap. 12, Elsevier Science Publishers BV (Biomedical Division) pp. 403-420
      (1986).
PAL  Chau, V. et al., "A multiubiquitin chain is confined to specific lysine in
      a targeted short-lived protein", Science, 243:1576-1583 (1989).
PAL  Chen and Okayama, "Calcium phosphate-mediated gene transfer: a highly
      efficient transfection system for stably transforming cells with plasmid
      DNA", Biotechniques 1988, 6(7), 632-638.
PAL  Chu-Ping, M. et al., "Identification, purification, and characterization of
      a protein activator (PA28) of the 20 S proteasome (macropain)", The J. of
      Biol. Chem. 267(15):1015-10523, (1992).
PAL  Chu-Ping, M. et al., "Purification and characterization of a protein
      inhibitor of the 20S proteasome (macropain)", Biochimica et Biophysica
      Acta, 1119:303-311 (1992).
PAL  Ciechanover, A. et al., "Degradation of nuclear oncoproteins by the
      ubiquitin system in vitro", PNAC USA 88:139-143 (1991).
PAL  Ciechanover and Schwartz, "The ubiquitin-mediasted proteolytic pathway:
      mechanisms of recognition of the proteolytic substrate and involvement in
      the degradation of native cellular proteins", The FASEB Journal 8:182-191
      (1994).
PAL  Collins, D. et al., "Processing of exogenous liposome-encapsulated antigens
      in vivo generates class I MHC-restricted T cell responses", The J. of
      Immunol. 148(11):3336-3341 (1992).
PAL  DeMartino, G. et al., "The primary structures of four subunits of the
      human, high-molecular-weight proteinase, macropain (proteasome), are
      distinct but homologous", Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1079:29-38 (1991).
PAL  DeMartino, G. et al., "ATP-stimulated degradation of endogenous proteins in
      cell-free extracts of BHK 21/C13 fibroblasts A key role for the
      proteinase, macropain, in the ubiquitin-dependent degradation of
      short-lived proteins", Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1073:299-308 (1991).
PAL  Deng, H.-X. et al., "Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and structural defects
      in Cu, Zn Superoxide Dismutase", Science 261:1047-1051 (1993).
PAL  Dick, L. et al., "Degradation of Oxidized Insulin B Chain by the
      Multiproteinase Complex Macropain (Proteasome)", Biochemistry 1991, 30,
      2725-2734.
PAL  Drechsel, D. et al., "Affinity chromatography of .alpha.-1-protease
      inhibitor using sepharose-4B-bound anhydrochymotrypsin", Anayltical
      Biochemistry 143:141-145 (1984).
PAL  Driscoll and Goldberg, "Skeletal muscle proteasome cna degrade proteins in
      an ATP-dependent process that does not require ubiquitin", PNAC USA
      86:787-791 (1989).
PAL  Dubiel, W. et al., "Purification of 11 S regulator of the multicatalytic
      protease", The J. of Biol. Chemistry, 267(31):22369-22377 (1992).
PAL  Driscoll, J. et al., "An ATP-stabilized inhibitor of the proteasome is a
      component of the 1500-kDa ubiquitin conjugate-degrading complex", PNAS USA
      89:4986-4990 (1992).
PAL  Driscoll, J. et al., "MHC-linked IMP gene products specifically alter
      peptidase activities of the proteasome", Nature 365:262-264 (1993).
PAL  Dubiel, W. et al., "Subunit 4 of the 26 S protease is a member of a novel
      eukaryotic ATPase family", The J. of Biological Chemistry
      267(32):22699-22702 (1992).
PAL  Eytan, E. et al., "ATP-dependent incorporation of 20S protease into the 26S
      complex that degrades proteins conjugated to ubiquitin", PNAS USA
      86:7751-7755 (1989).
PAL  Fagan and Waxman, "A novel ATP-requiring protease from skeletal muscle that
      hydrolyzes non-ubiquitinated proteins", The J. of Biological Chemistry
      274(30) 17868-17872 (1989).
PAL  Fagan, J. et al., "Red blood cells contain a pathway for the degradation of
      oxidant-damaged hemoglobin that does not require ATP or ubiquitin", The J.
      of Biological Chemistry 261(13):5705-5713 (1986).
PAL  Falkenburg et al., "Drosophila small cytoplasmic 19S ribonucleoprotein is
      homologous to the rat multicatalytic proteinase", Nature 331:190-192
      (1988).
PAL  Fruh, Klaus et al., "Alternative exon usage and processing of the major
      histocompatibility comoplex-encoded proteasome subunits", The J. of
      Biiological Chem., 267(31):22131-22140 (1992).
PAL  Fujiwara, T. et al., "Proteasomes are essential for yeast proliferation.
      cDNA cloning and gene disruption of two major subunits",
      265(27):16604-16613 (1990).
PAL  Fujiwara, T. et al., "Molecular cloning of cDNA for proteasomes
      multicatalytic proteinase complexes from rat liver: primary structure of
      the largest component (C2)", Biochemistry 28:7332-7340 (1988).
PAL  Furuno, K. et al., "Role of different proteolytic systems in the
      degradation of muscle proteins during denervation atrophy", The J. of
      Biological Chemistry 265(15):8550-8557 (1990).
PAL  Gaczynska, M. et al., ".gamma.-Interferon and expression of MHC genes
      regulate peptide hydrolysis by proteasomes", Nature 365:264-267 (1993).
PAL  Galloway and Likavec, "Ubiquitin in normal, reactive and neoplastic human
      astrocytes", Brain Research 500:343-351 (1989).
PAL  Ganoth, D. et al., "A multicomponent system that degrades proteins
      conjugated to the ubiquitin", The J. of Biological Chemistry,
      263(25):12412-12419 (1988).
PAL  Garlick, P.J. et al., "A Rapid and Convenient Technique for Measuring the
      rate of Protein Synthesis in Tissues by Injection of (.sup.3
      H)phenylalanine", Biochem. J. 1980, 192, 719-723.
PAL  Glynne, R. et al., "A proteasome-related gene between the two ABC
      transporter loci in the class II region of the human MHC", Nature
      353:357-360 (1991).
PAL  Goldberg & St. John, "Intracellular Protein degradation in Mammalian and
      Bacterial Cells: Part 2" Annu. Rev. Biochem. 1976, 45, 747-803.
PAL  Goldberg, "The mechanism and functions of ATP-dependent proteases in
      bacterial and animal cells", Eur. J. Biochem. 203:9-23 (1992).
PAL  Goldberg and Rock, "Proteolysis, proteasomes and antigen presentation",
      Nature 357:375-379 (1992).
PAL  Greene & Wuts, "Protecting groups in organic synthesis", 2d Ed., Wiley &
      Sons, 1991.
PAL  Greenwald, "Superoxide dismutase and catalase as therapeutic agents for
      human diseases. A critical review", Free Radical Biology & Medicine
      8:201-209 (1990).
PAL  Haas, et al., "The inactivation of ubiquitin accounts for the inability to
      demonstrate ATP, ubiquitin-dependent proteolysis in liver extracts", The
      J. of Biological chemistry 260(8):4694-4703 (1985).
PAL  Haass, C. et al., "The PROS-35 gene encodes the 35 kd protein subunit of
      Drosophila melanogaster proteasome", The EMBO Journal 8(8):2373-2379
      (1989).
PAL  Halliwell and Gutteridge, "Role of free radicals and catalytic metal ions
      in human disease: an overview", Methods in Enzymology 186:1-75 (1990).
PAL  Harding III et al., "Electroporation of exogenous antigen into the cytosol
      for antigen processing and class I major histocompatibility complex (MHC)
      presentation: weak base amines and hypothermia (18.degree. C.) inhibit the
      class I MHC processing pathway", Eur. J. Immunol. 22:1865-1869 (1992).
PAL  Harding, C. et al., "Liposome-encapsulated antigens engender lysososmal
      processing for Class II MHC presentation and cytosolic processing for
      Class I presentation", The J. of Immunol. 147(9):2860-2863 (1991).
PAL  Hegde, A. et al., "Regulatory subunits of cAMP-dependent protein kinases
      are degraded after conjugation to ubiquitin: A molecular mechanism
      underlying long-term synaptic plasticity", PNAC USA 90:7436-7440 (1993).
PAL  Heinemeyer, W. et al., "Proteinase yscE, the yeast
      proteasome/multicatalytic-multifunctional proteinase: mutants unravel its
      function in stress induced proteolysis and uncover its necessity for cell
      survival", The EMBO Journal 10(3):555-562 (1991).
PAL  Hershko, A. et al, "Components of ubiquitin-protein ligase system", The J.
      of Biological Chemistry 258(13):8206-8214 (1983).
PAL  Hershko & Crechanovh, "Mechanisms of Intracellular Protein Breakdown",
      Annu. Rev. Biochem. 1982, 51, 335-364.
PAL  Hershko and Heller, "Occurrence of a polyubiquitin structure in
      ubiquitin-protein conjugates", Biochemical and Biophysical Research Comm.
      128(3):1079-1086 (1985).
PAL  Hershko and Rose, "Ubiquitin-aldehyde: A general inhibitor of
      ubiquitin-recycling processes", PNAC USA 84:1829-1833 (1987).
PAL  Hershko, A. et al., "ATP-dependent degradation of ubiquitin-protein
      conjugates", PNAC USA 81:1619-1623 (1984).
PAL  Ho, S. et al., "Site-directed mutagenesis by overlap extension using the
      polymerase chain reaction", Gene 77:51-59 (1989).
PAL  Hoffman, L. et al., "Multiple forms of the 20 S multicatalytic and the 26 S
      ubiquitin/ATP-dependent proteases from rabbit reticulocyte lysate", The J.
      of.
PAL  Holloway, S. et al., "Anaphase is initiated by proteolysis rather than by
      the inactivation of maturation-promoting factor", Cell 73:1393-1402
      (1993).
PAL  Hough and Rechsteiner, "Effects of temperature on the degradation of
      proteins in rabbit reticulocyte lysates and after injection into HeLa
      cells", PNAC USA 81:90-94.
PAL  Hough, R. et al., "Purification of two high molecular weight proteases from
      rabbit reticulocyte lysate", The J. of Biol. Chem. 262(17):8303-8313
      (1987).
PAL  Hough and Rechstiner, "Ubiquitin-lysozyme conjugates. Purification and
      susceptibility to proteolysis", The J. of Biol. Chem. 261(5):2391-2399
      (1986).
PAL  Hudig, D. et al., "Selective isocoumarin serine protease inhibitors block
      RNK-16 lymphocyte granule-mediated cytolysis", Molecular Immunology
      26(8):793-798 (1989).
PAL  Ishiura, S. et al., "Isolation of two forms of the high-molecular-mass
      serine protease, ingensin, from porcine skeletal muscle", FEBS Letters
      189(1):119-123 (1985).
PAL  Ishiura, S. et al., "Addition of ATP increases the apparent molecular mass
      of the multicatalytic proteinase, ingensin", FEBS Letters 257(1):123-126
      (1989).
PAL  Ishiura, S. et al., "Putative N-terminal splitting enzyme of amyloid A4
      peptides is the multicatalytic proteinase, ingensin, which is widely
      distributed in mammalian cells", FEBS Letters 257(2):388-392 (1989).
PAL  Ishiura, S. et al., "Distribution of Alzheimer's disease amyloid
      A4-generating enzymes in rat brain tissue", Neuroscience Letters
      115:329-334 (1990).
PAL  Jaspers and Tischler, "Atrophy and Growth Failure of rat Hindlimg Muscles
      in Tail-Cast Suspension", J. App. Phys. 1984, 57(5), 1472-1479.
PAL  Johnson, E. et al., "Ubiquitin as a degradation signal", The EMBO Journal
      11(2):497-505 (1992).
PAL  Kamakura, K. et al., "Localization of ingensin in rat central nervous
      system and skeletal muscle", Journal of Neuroscience Research 20:473-478
      (1988).
PAL  Kettner and Shenvi, "Inhibition of the serine proteases leukocyte elastase,
      pancreatic elastase, cathespin G, and chymotrypsin by peptide boronic
      acids", The J. of Biological Chemistry 259(24):15106-15114 (1984).
PAL  Kidd and Woo, Chapter 13, "Molecular analysis of the serine proteinase
      inhibitor gene family", Proteinase Inhibitors, Barrett and Salvesen
      (eds.), Elsevier.
PAL  Kloetzel, P.-M. et al., "The 19S Ring-type Particles of Drosophila",
      Experimental Cell Research 170:204-213 (1987).
PAL  Kojima and Omori, "Two-way cleavage of .beta.-amyloid protein precursos by
      multicatalytic proteinase", FEBS Letters 304 (1):57-60 (1992).
PAL  Kopp, F. et al., "Size and shape of the multicatalytic proteinase from rat
      skeletal muscle", Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 872:253-260 (1986).
PAL  Kumatori, A. et al., "Abnormally high expression of proteasomes in human
      leukemic cells", PNAC USA 87:7071-7075 (1990).
PAL  Kwak, S. et al., "Multicatalytic proteinase is present in Lewy bodies and
      neurofibrillary tangles in diffuse Lewy body disease brains", Neuroscience
      Letters 128:21-24 (1991).
PAL  Laskowski and Kato, "Protein inhibitors of proteinaseses", Ann. Rev.
      Biochem. 49:593-626 (1980).
PAL  Lee, L. et al., "Relationships among the subunits of the high molecular
      weight proteinase, macropain (proteasome)", Biochimica et Biophysica Acta
      1037:178-185 (1990).
PAL  Lowe, J. et al., "Ubiquitin Carboxyl-Terminal Hydrolase (PGP 9.5) is
      selectively present in ubiquitinated inclusion bodies characterisitic of
      human neurodegenerative diseases", J. of Pathology 161:153-160 (1990).
PAL  Lucas, J. et al., "Susceptibility of Myelin Proteins to a Neutral
      Endproteinase: the Degradation of Myelin Basic Protein (MBP) and P.sub.2
      Protein by Purified Bovine Brain Multicatalytic Proteinase Complex (MPC)",
      Neurochem. Research 17(12):1261-1266 (1992).
PAL  Mason, R., "Characterization of the active site of human multicatalytic
      proteinase", Biochem. J. 265:479-484 (1990).
PAL  Matthews, W. et al., "Involvement of the proteasome in various degradative
      processes in mammalian cells", PNAC USA 86:2597-2601 (1989).
PAL  McConnell, R. et al, "Inhibition studies of some serine and thiol
      proteinases by new leupeptin analogues", J. Med. Chem. 36(8):1084-1089
      (1993).
PAL  McDermott and Gibson, "The activity of the High-M.sub.r, multicatalytic
      protease in normal brain and brain from Alzheimer's disease patients",
      Neuroscience Res. Comm. 8(3):185-190 (1991).
PAL  McDermott, J.R. et al., "Multicatalytic, High-M.sup.4 endopeptidase from
      postmortem human brain", J. of Neurochemistry 56(5):1509-1517 (1991).
PAL  McGuire, M. et al., "ATP-stimulated proteolysis in soluble extracts of BHK
      21/C13 cells. Evidence for multiple pathways and a role for an enzyme
      related to the high-molecular-weight protease, macropain", Arch. of
      Biochem. and Biophysics 262(1):273-283 (1988).
PAL  McGuire, M. et al., "An enzyme related to the high molecular weight
      multicatalytic proteinase, macropain, participates in a
      ubiquitin-mediated, ATP-stimulated proteolytic pathway in soluble extracts
      of BHK 21/C13 fibroblasts", Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 967:195-203
      (1988).
PAL  McGuire and DeMartino, "Purification and characterization of a high
      molecular weight proteinase (macropain) from human erythrocytes",
      Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 873:279-289 (1986).
PAL  Michalek, M. et al., "A role for the ubiquitin-dependent proteolytic
      pathway in MHC class I-restricted antigen presentation", Nature
      363:552-554 (1993).
PAL  Monaco and McDevitt, "The LMP antigens: a stable MHC-controlled
      multisubunit protein complex", Human Immunology 15:416-426 (1986).
PAL  Monaco and McDevitt, "H-2 linked low-molecular weight polypeptide antigens
      assemble into an unusual macromolecular complex", Nature 309:797-799
      (1984).
PAL  Munoz, K.M. et al., "Time Course of the Response of Myofibrillar and
      Sarcoplasmic Protein Metabolism to Unweighting of the Soleus Muscle",
      Metabolism 42(8):1006-1012 (1993).
PAL  Oleksyszyn and Powers, "Irreversible inhibition of serine proteases by
      peptide derivatives of (.alpha.-aminoalkyl)phosphonate diphenyl esters",
      Biochemistry 30:485-493 (1991).
PAL  Orlowski, M., "The multicatalytic proteinase complex, a major
      estralysosomal proteolytic system", Biochemistry 29(45):10289-10297
      (1990).
PAL  Orlowski and Michaud, "Pituitary multicatalytic proteinase complex.
      Specificity of components and aspects of proteolytic activity",
      Biochemistry 28:9270-278 (1989).
PAL  Orlowski, M. et al., "Evidence for the presence of five distinct
      proteolytic components in the pituitary multicatalytic proteinase complex.
      Properties of two components cleaving bonds on the carboxyl side of
      branched chain and small neutral amino acids", Biochemistry 32:1563-1572
      (1993).
PAL  Pappolla, M.A. et al., "The "normal" brain. "Abnormal" ubiquitinilated
      deposits highlight an age-related protein change", Am. J. of Pathology,
      135(4):585-591 (1989).
PAL  Pfeifer et al., "Phagocytic processing of bacterial antigens for class I
      MHC presentation to T cells", Nature 361:359-362 (1993).
PAL  Pickart, C. et al., "Murine erythroleukemia cells possess an active
      ubiquitin- and ATP-dependent proteolytic pathway", Archives of Biochem.
      and Biophysics, 272(1):114-121 (1989).
PAL  Powers and Harper, "Inhibitors of serine proteinases", Chapter 3,
      Proteinase Inhibitors, Barrett and Salvesen (eds.), Elsevier Science
      Publishers BV (Biomedical Division), 1986.
PAL  Ray and Harris, "Lens neutral endopeptidase occurs in other bovine and
      human tissues", Biochem. J. 248:643-648 (1987).
PAL  Rechsteiner, M. et al., "The multicatalytic and 26S proteases", The J. of
      Biol. Chem., 268(9):6065-6068 (1993).
PAL  Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Pub. Co., Easton, PA, (1980).
PAL  Rivett and Sweeney, "Properties of subunits of the multicatalytic
      proteinase complex revealed by the use of subunit-specific antibodies",
      Biochem. J. 278:171-177 (1991).
PAL  Rivett, A.J., "The Multicatalytic Proteinase. Multiple Proteolytic
      Activities", J. Biol. Chem. 1989, 264(21), 12215-12219.
PAL  Rivett, A.J., "Proteasomes: multicatalytic proteinase complexes", Biochem.
      J. 291:1-10 (1993).
PAL  Robertson, M. "Proteasomes in the pathway", Nature 353:300-301 (1991).
PAL  Rock, K. et al., "Inhibitors of the proteasome block the degradation of
      most cell proteins and the generation of peptides presented on MHC class I
      molecules", Cell 78:761-771 (1994).
PAL  Rosen, D. et al, "Mutations in Cu/Zn superoxide dismutase gene are
      associated with familial amyotrophic lateral sclerosis", Nature 362:59-62
      (1993).
PAL  Saitoh, Y. et al., "Purification and characterization of multicatalytic
      proteinase form eggs of the ascidian Halocynthia roretzi", J. Biochem.
      105:254-260 (1989).
PAL  Sato and Shiratsuchi, "`Chymotrypsin-like` activity of chicken liver
      multicatalytic proteinase resides in the smallest subunit", Chimica et
      Biophysica Acta 1041:269-272 (1990).
PAL  Schechter and Burger, "On the Size of the Active Site in Proteases. I.
      Papain", Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1967, 27(2), 157-162.
PAL  Silver and Haskell, "Acid-sensitive latent inhibitors for proteolytic
      enzymes: synthesis and characterization", J. Med. Chem. 32:1253-1259
      (1989).
PAL  Sweeney and Rivett, "Immunological properties of the multicatalytic
      proteinase", Biochemical Society Transactions 17:1126-1127 631st Meeting,
      Guildford.
PAL  Tamura, T. et al., "Molecular cloning and sequence analysis of cDNAs for
      five major subunits of human proteasomes (multi-catalytic proteinase
      complexes)", Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 1089:95-102 (1991).
PAL  Tamura, T. et al., "DNA cloning and sequencing of component C5 of
      proteasomes from rat hepatoma cells", FEBS Letters 264(1):91-94 (1990).
PAL  Tanaka, K. et al., "A high molecular weight protease in the cytosol of rat
      liver", The J. of Biol. Chem. 261(32):15197-15203 (1986).
PAL  Tanaka, K. et al., "Possible mechanism of nuclear translocation of
      proteasomes", FEBS Letters 271(1,2):41-46 (1990).
PAL  Tanaka, K. et al., "Proteasomes (multi-protease complexes) as 20 S
      ring-shaped particles in a variety of eukaryotic cells", The J. of Biol.
      Chem. 262(31):16209-16217 (1988).
PAL  Tanaka, K. et al., "Molecular cloning of cDNA for proteasomes from rat
      liver: primary structure of component C3 with a possible tyrosine
      phosphorylation site", Biochemistry 29:3777-3785 (1989).
PAL  Tanaka, K. et al., "Molecular organization of a high molecular weight
      multi-protease complex from rat liver", J. Mol. Biol. 203:985-996 (1988).
PAL  Tanaka, K. et al., "Role of substrate in reversible activation of
      proteasomes (multi-protease complexes) by sodium dodecyl sulfate", J.
      Biochem. 106:495-500 (1989).
PAL  Tischler, M.E., "Different Mechanisms of Increased Proteolysis in Atrophy
      Induced by Denervation or Unweighting of rat Soleus Muscle", Metabolism
      39(7):756-763 (1990).
PAL  Tsubuki, S. et al., "Purification and characterization of a
      Z-Leu-Leu-Leu-MCA degrading protease expected to regulate neurite
      formation: a novel catalytic activity in proteasome", Biochem. and
      Biophys. Res. Comm. 196(3):1195-1201 (1993).
PAL  Tsukahara, T. et al., "An ATP-dependent protease and ingensin, the
      multicatalytic proteinase, in K562 cells", Eur. J. Biochem. 1988, 177(2),
      261-266.
PAL  Vinitsky, A. et al., "Inhibition of the chymotrypsin-like activity of the
      pituitary multicatalytic proteinase complex", Biochemistry 31:9421-9428
      (1992).
PAL  Wagner, B.J. et al., "Lens Neutral Proteinase Preparations Hydrolyze
      Glutamoyl Bonds", Exp. Eye Res. 1985, 40, 879-882.
PAL  Wagner, B.J. et al., "A synthetic endopeptidase substrate hydrolyzed by the
      bovine lens neutral proteinase preparation", Exp. Eye Res. 38:477-483
      (1984).
PAL  Wagner, B.J. et al., "Differential inhibition of two proteolytic activities
      in bovine lens neutral-proteinase preparations", Biochem. J. 228:517-519
      (1985).
PAL  Wagner and Margolis, "Common epitopes of bovine lens
      multicatalytic-proteinase-complex subunits", Biochem. J. 257:265-269
      (1989).
PAL  Weitman and Etlinger, "A monoclonal antibody that distinguishes latent and
      active forms of the proteasome (multicatalytic proteinase complex)", The
      J. of Biol.
PAL  Wilk and Orlowski, "Evidence that pituitary cation-sensitive neutral
      endopeptidase is a multicatalytic protease complex", J. of Neurochem.
      40(3):842-849.
PAL  Wilkinson, K., "Detection and inhibition of ubiquitin-dependent
      proteolysis", Methods in Enzymology 185:387-397 (1990).
PAL  Yamamoto, T. et al., "Purification of the two forms of the
      high-molecular-weight neutral proteinase ingensin from rat liver",
      Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 882:297-304 (1986).
PAL  Yang, Y. et al., "Proteasomes are regulated by interferon .gamma.:
      Implications for antigen processing", PNAS USA 89:4928-4932 (1992).
PAL  Yewdell et al., "Cells Process Exogenous Proteins for Recognition by
      Cytotoxic T Lymphocytes", Science 1988, 239, 637-640.
PAL  Zhong, S. et al., "Observation of tightly bound .sup.11 B nuclear magnetic
      resonance signals on serine proteases. Direct solution evidence for
      tetrahedral geometry around the boron in the putative transition-state
      analogues", J. of the Am. Chem. Soc. 113(25):9429-9435 (1991).
PAL  Doherty, A. et al., "New Inhibitors of Human Renin That Contain Novel
      Replacements at the P.sub.2 Site", J. Med. Chem. 1991, 34, 1258-1271.
PAL  Theobald, P. et al., "Novel Gonadotropin-Releasing Hormone Antagonists:
      Peptides Incorporating Modified N.sup..omega. -Cyanoguanidino Moieties",
      J. Med. Chem. 1991, 34.
PAL  Theobald, P. et al., "General Method for Incorporation of Modified
      N.sup..omega. -Cyanoguanidino Moieties on Selected Amino Functions During
      Solid-Phase Peptide Synthesis", J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1990, 112, 9624-9626.
PAL  Imperiali, B. an dAbeles, Inhibition of Serine Proteases by Peptidyl
      Fluormethyl Ketones, Biochemistry 1986, 25, 3760-3767.
PAL  Nakajima, K. et al., Mapping the Extended Substrate Binding Site of
      Cathespin G and Human Leukocyte Elastase, J. Biochem. 1979, 254,
      4027-4032.
PAL  Morris et al, In: Robbins Pathologic Basis of Disease Eds: Cotran et al 4th
      Edition. WB Saunders Co. pp. 1429-1433, 1989.
LREP
FRM  Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris LLP
ABST
PAL  Disclosed herein are inhibitors of the multicatalytic protease enzyme which
      are represented by the general formula:
      ##STR1##
      Constituent members and preferred constituent members are disclosed
      herein. Methodologies for making and using the disclosed compounds are
      also set forth herein.
PATN
WKU  059900849
SRC  8
APN  844031&
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970418
TTL  Compounds with growth hormone releasing properties
ISD  19991123
NCL  77
ECL  1
EXP  Tsang; Cecilia J.
INVT
NAM  Richter; Stefan Lutz
CTY  Gentofte
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Madsen; Kjeld
CTY  Vaerlose
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Thogersen; Henning
CTY  Farum
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Johansen; Nils Langeland
CTY  Herlev
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Olsen; Ole Hvilsted
CTY  Bronshoj
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Andersen; Peter Hongaard
CTY  Vanlose
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Hansen; Annette
CTY  Vaerlose
CNT  DKX
ASSG
NAM  Novo Nordisk A/S
CTY  Bagsvaerd
CNT  DKX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DKX
APD  19960419
APN  0468/96
CLAS
OCL  514 11
XCL  514  9
XCL  514 13
XCL  514 14
XCL  514 15
XCL  530317
XCL  530325
XCL  530326
XCL  530327
XCL  530328
XCL  530399
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3702
ICL  C07K  700
FSC  530
FSS  317;325;327-328;399
FSC  514
FSS  9;11;13;14-15
FREF
PNO  0 177 819
ISD  19860400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  8910933
ISD  19891100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO/9218351
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/11396
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Zelson; Steve T.
FR2  Rozek; Carol E.
ABST
PAL  The present invention related to truncated GHRs of the general formula I
EQU  K-(M).sub.x -A-B-(C).sub.w -D-E-(F).sub.z -G-(N).sub.y -L  (I)
PAL  which have the ability to stimulate release of endogenous growth hormone.
PATN
WKU  059900857
SRC  9
APN  0723231
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19980504
TTL  Inhibin-HBc fusion protein
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Kemmerer; Elizabeth
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Ireland; James J.
CTY  East Lansing
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Pumpens; Paul
CTY  Riga
CNT  LVX
INVT
NAM  Borisova; Galina
CTY  Riga
CNT  LVX
INVT
NAM  Skrastina; Dace
CTY  Riga
CNT  LVX
INVT
NAM  Mezule; Guna
CTY  Riga
CNT  LVX
ASSG
NAM  Michigan State University
CTY  East Lansing
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514 12
XCL  514  2
XCL  530399
XCL  536 234
XCL  435 697
EDF  6
ICL  C07K 1400
ICL  C07K 1402
ICL  C07K 14575
ICL  A61K 3816
FSC  514
FSS  12;2
FSC  530
FSS  350;399
FSC  536
FSS  23.4;23.51
FSC  435
FSS  69.7
OREF
PAL  Borisova, et al. Proc. USSR Acad. Sci., 1988; 298:1474-1478 (no title).
PAL  Borisova, et al. FEBS Lett., "Recombinant core particles of hepatitis B
      virus exposing foreign antigenic determinants on therir surface", 1989;
      259:121-124.
PAL  Borisova, et al. Intervirology, "Spatial structure and insertion capacity
      of immunodominant region of hepatitis B core antigen", 1996; 39:16-22.
PAL  Brown, et al. J. Reprod. Fertility, "Immunization against recombinant
      bovine inhibin .alpha.-subunit causes increased ovulation rates in gilts",
      1990; 90:199-205.
PAL  Devereux, et al. Nucleic Acids Res., "A comprehensive set of sequence
      analysis programs for the VAX", 1984; 12:387-395.
PAL  Furst, et al. Gene, 1986; 48:119-131 (no title).
PAL  Good, et al. Biol. Reprod., "Isolation of nine different biologically and
      immunologically active molecular variants of bovine follicular inhibin",
      1995; 53:1478-1488.
PAL  Ireland, et al. Biol. Reprod., "Alterations in amounts of different forms
      of inhibin during follicular atresia", 1994; 50:1265-1276.
PAL  King, et al. J. Animal Science, "Ovulatory and endocrine responses after
      active immunization of gilts against a synthetic fragment of bovine
      inhibin", 1993; 71:975-982.
PAL  Martin, et al. Biol. Reprod., "Immunoneutralization of inhibin modifies
      hormone secretion and sperm production in bulls", 1991; 45:73-77.
PAL  Mason, et al. TIBTECH, "Transgenic plants as vaccine production systems",
      1995; 13:388-392.
PAL  McCue, et al. Theriogenology, "Ovulation and embryo recovery rates
      following immunization of mares against an inhibin alpha-subunit
      fragment", 1992; 38:823-831.
PAL  Morris, et al. J. Reprod. Fertility, "Effect of immunization against
      synthetic peptide sequences of bovine inhibin .alpha.-subunit on ovulation
      rate and twin-calving rate in heifers", 1993; 97:255-261.
PAL  Nassal, et al. Trends in Microbiology, "Hepatitis B virus replication",
      1993; 1:221-228.
PAL  Ohsawa, et al. Anal. Biochem., "Silver stain for detecting 10-femtogram
      quantities of protein after polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis", 1983;
      135:409-415.
PAL  Ouchterlony 1965, In:Immunochemie. 15.sup.th Colloquium of the Gesellschaft
      fur Physiologische, Chemie, Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1979;
      pp. 15-35.
PAL  Scott, et al. Science, "Searching for peptide ligands with an epitope
      library", 1990; 249:386-390.
PAL  Towbin, et al. PNAS USA, "Electrophoretic transfer of proteins from
      polyacrylamide gels to nitrocellulose sheets: Procedure and some
      applications", 1979; 76:4350-4354.
PAL  Voglmayr, et al. Biol. Reprod., "Immunization of rams against human
      recombinant inhibin .alpha.-subunit delays, augments, and extends
      season-related increase in blood gonadotropin levels", 1990; 42:81-86.
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould
ABST
PAL  A fusion protein formed of an antigenic inhibin peptide inserted into
      hepatitis B capsid protein is expressed from a chimeric gene forming an
      effective immunogen which induces anti-inhibin antibodies when
      administered to a host animal.
PATN
WKU  059900865
SRC  9
APN  2031590
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19981201
TTL  Therapeutic uses of BPI protein products for human meningococcemia
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Mohamed; Abdel A.
EXP  Tsang; Cecilia J.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Giroir; Brett P.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Scannon; Patrick J.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Xoma Corporation
CTY  Berkeley
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  927437
APD  19970910
PSC  01
PNO  5888977
RLAP
COD  81
APN  644287
APD  19960510
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  378228
APD  19950124
PSC  01
PNO  5753620
RLAP
COD  82
APN  291112
APD  19940816
PSC  01
PNO  5643875
RLAP
COD  82
APN  188221
APD  19940124
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  514 12
XCL  514 21
XCL  514898
XCL  530324
XCL  530350
XCL  530829
XCL  530830
XCL  424529
XCL  424534
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3800
ICL  A61K 3514
FSC  514
FSS  12;21;898
FSC  530
FSS  324;350;829;830
FSC  424
FSS  529;534
UREF
PNO  5089274
ISD  19920200
NAM  Marra et al.
OCL  424534
UREF
PNO  5171739
ISD  19921200
NAM  Scott et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5198541
ISD  19930300
NAM  Elsbach
OCL  435 69.1
UREF
PNO  5234912
ISD  19930800
NAM  Marra et al.
OCL  514 21
UREF
PNO  5245013
ISD  19930900
NAM  Ulevitch et al.
OCL  530380
UREF
PNO  5308834
ISD  19940500
NAM  Scott et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5334584
ISD  19940800
NAM  Scott et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5348942
ISD  19940900
NAM  Little, II et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5420019
ISD  19950500
NAM  Theofan et al.
OCL  435 69.1
UREF
PNO  5439807
ISD  19950800
NAM  Grinna
OCL  435 69.1
UREF
PNO  5447913
ISD  19950900
NAM  Ammons et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5466580
ISD  19951100
NAM  White et al.
OCL  435  7.1
UREF
PNO  5466581
ISD  19951100
NAM  White et al.
OCL  435  7.32
UREF
PNO  5484705
ISD  19960100
NAM  White et al.
OCL  435  7.32
UREF
PNO  5488034
ISD  19960100
NAM  McGregor et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5494896
ISD  19960200
NAM  Hansbrough
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5523288
ISD  19960600
NAM  Cohen et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5532216
ISD  19960700
NAM  Espevik et al.
OCL  514 21
UREF
PNO  5576292
ISD  19961100
NAM  Elsbach et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5578568
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ammons et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5578572
ISD  19961100
NAM  Horwitz et al.
OCL  514 12
FREF
PNO  WO 90/09183
ISD  19900800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/01639
ISD  19910200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/03535
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/09621
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/06228
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/05797
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/23434
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/23540
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/17819
ISD  19940800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/18323
ISD  19940800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/20128
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/20129
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/20532
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/21280
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/25476
ISD  19941100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/00641
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/01428
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/02414
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/08344
ISD  19950300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/08773
ISD  19950300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/10297
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/19179
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/19180
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/19372
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/19784
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/20163
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/24209
ISD  19950900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/01647
ISD  19960100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/08509
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/21436
ISD  19960700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Ammons et al., "Recombinant Amino Terminal Fragment of Bactericidal/
      Permeability Increasing Protein Prevents Hemodynamic Responses to
      Endotoxin", Circulatory Shock, 41(3):176-184 (Nov., 1993).
PAL  Ammons et al., "Protective Effects of an N-Terminal Fragment of
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein in Rodent Models of
      Gram-Negative Sepsis: Role of Bactericidal Properties," J. Infect. Dis.,
      170(6):1473-82 (Dec. , 1994).
PAL  Ammons et al., "An N-Terminal Fragment of
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein Protects against Hemodynamic
      and Metabolic Derangements in Rat Gram-Negative Sepsis," J. Endotoxin
      Res., 3(1):57-66 (1996).
PAL  Ammons et al., "Protective Effects of an N-Terminal Fragment of
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein in Endotoxemia and
      Gram-Negative Sepsis," Novel Therapeutics Strategies in the Treatment of
      Sepsis, pp. 55-70 (1996).
PAL  Baggiolini et al., "Neutrophil-activating Peptide-1/Interleukin 8, a Novel
      Cytokine That Activates Neutrophils," J. Clin. Invest., 84:1045-1049
      (Oct., 1989).
PAL  Barron, "Pathophysiology of Septic Shock and Implications for Therapy,"
      Clinical Pharmacy, 12(11):829-845 (Nov., 1993).
PAL  Berry, L.N., "Introduction" in Handbook of Endotoxin, vol. 3, Cellular
      Biology of Endotoxin, Berry, L.N., (Ed.), Elsevier, Amsterdam, New York,
      Oxford, pp. xvii-xxi, (1985).
PAL  Binnema et al., "Quantitation of Urokinase Antigen in Plasma and Culture
      Media by Use of an Elisa," Thromb. Res, 43:569-577 (1986).
PAL  Bloom et al., "Serum Neopterin Levels Following Intravenous Endotoxin
      Administration to Normal Humans", Immunobiol., 18:317-323 (1990).
PAL  Boermeester et al., "Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein (BPI)
      Prevents Hemodynamic and Metabolic Derangements Following Partial
      Hepatectomy," Dutch Society of Gastroenterology Meeting, p. 84 (Oct. 7,
      1993) (Abstract).
PAL  Boermeester et al., "A Prophylactic Approach towards Postoperative
      Endotoxemia," in Yearbook of Intensive Care and Emergency Medicine 1994,
      Vincent, J.L., (Ed.), Springer-Verlag, pp. 35-41 (1994).
PAL  Boermeester et al., "Endotoxin and Interleukin-1 Related Hepatic
      Inflammatory Response Promotes Liver Failure After Partial Hepatectomy,"
      Hepatology, 22(5):1499-15006 (Nov., 1995).
PAL  Boermeester et al., "Liver Failure Induces a Systemic Inflammatory
      Response," Amer. J. Pathology, 147(5):1428-1440 (Nov., 1995).
PAL  Bone, R.C., "The Pathogenesis of Sepsis," Ann. Inter. Med., 115:457-469
      (1991).
PAL  Bone et al., "Definitions for sepsis and organ failure", Critical Care
      Medicine, 20(6):724-726 (1992).
PAL  Boujoukos et al., "Detection of Interleukin-8 in Bronchoalveolar Lavage
      Without Alveolar Neutrophil Influx, Before and After Intravenous Endotoxin
      in Normal Humans", Am. Rev. Resp. Dis., 145(4):A441 (Apr., 1992)
      (Abstract).
PAL  Boujoukos et al., "Compartmentalization of the acute cytokine response in
      humans after intravenous endotoxin administration", J. Appl. Physiol.,
      74:3027-3033.
PAL  Bradley et al., "Hemodynamic Alterations in Normotensive and Hypertensive
      Subjects During the Pyrogenic Reaction", J. Clin. Invest., 24:749-758
      (1945).
PAL  Brandtzaeg et al., "Plasma Endotoxin as a Predictor of Multiple Organ
      Failure and Death in Systemic Meningococcal Disease," J. Infect. Dis.,
      159(2):195-204 (Feb., 1989).
PAL  Brandtzaeg et al., "Plasminogen Activator Inhibitor 1 and 2,
      Alpha-2-Antiplasmin, Plasminogen, and Endotaxin Levels in Systemic
      Meningococcal Disease," Thrombosis Research, 57:271-278 (1990).
PAL  Brandtzaeg et al., "Meningococcal Endotoxin in Lethal Septic Shock Plasma
      Studied by Gas Chromatography, Mass-Spectrometry, Ultracentrifugation, and
      Electron Microscopy," J. Clin. Invest., 89:816-823 (Mar., 1992).
PAL  Brandtzaeg et al., "Pathogenesis of Meningococcal Infections," in
      Meningococcal Disease, K. Cartwright, Ed., John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. pp.
      72-114 (1995).
PAL  Brigham et al., "Endotoxin and Lung Injury", Rev. Respir. Dis., 133:913-927
      (1986).
PAL  Calandra et al., "Prognostic Values of Tumor Necrosis Factor/Cachectin,
      Interleukin-1, Interferon-.alpha., and Interferon-.gamma. in the Serum of
      Patients with Septic Shock", J. Infect. Diseases, 161:982-987 (May, 1990).
PAL  Calandra et al., "High Circulating Levels of Interleukin-6 in Patients with
      Septic Shock: Evolution During Sepsis, Prognostic Value, and Interplay
      with Other Cytokines", Am. J. Medicine, 91:23-29 (Jul., 1991).
PAL  Cannon et al., "Circulating Interleukin 1 and Tumor Necrosis Factor in
      Septic Shock and Experimental Endotoxin Fever", J. Infect. Diseases,
      161:79-84 (Jan., 1990).
PAL  Cavaillon, J.M., "Controversies Surrounding Current Therapies for Sepsis
      Syndrome," Bull. Inst. Pasteur., 93:21-41 (1995).
PAL  Chmielewska et al., "Evidence For a Rapid Inhibitor To Tissue Plasminogen
      Activation in plasma," Thromb. Res., 31:427-436 (1983).
PAL  Cochrane, "The Enhancement of Inflammatory Injury", Am. Rev. Respir. Dis.,
      136:1-2 (1980).
PAL  Colman, "Surface-mediated Defense Reactions, The Plasma Contact Activation
      System", J. Clin. Invest., 73:1249-1253 (May, 1984).
PAL  Cross et al., "Choice of Bacteria in Animal Models of Sepsis," Infect.
      Immun., 6(7):2741-2747 (Jul., 1993).
PAL  Cross, A.S., "Antiendotoxin Antibodies: A Dead End?" Ann. Intern. Med.,
      121(1):58-60 (Jul. 1, 1994).
PAL  Danner et al., "Endotoxemia in Human Septic Shock", Chest, 99:169-175 (Jan.
      1991).
PAL  de Winter et al., "Recombinant Endotoxin-Binding Protein (rBPI.sub.23)
      Attenuates Endotoxin-Induced Circulatory Changes in Humans," J. Inflamm.,
      45:193-206 (1995).
PAL  De La Cadena et al., "Activation of the Kallikrein-Kinin System After
      Endotoxin Administration to Normal Human Volunteers", Blood,
      81(12):3313-3317 (Jun. 15, 1993).
PAL  Dinarello, C.A., "The Proinflammatory Cytokines Interleukin-12 and Tumor
      Necrosis Factor and Treatment of the Septic Shock Syndrome", J. Infection
      Diseases, 163:1177-1184 (Jun., 1991).
PAL  Edwards et al., "Complications and Sequelae of Meningococcal Infections in
      Children," J. of Pediatrics, 99(4):540-545 (Oct., 1981).
PAL  Elin et al., "Effect of Induced Fever on Serum Iron and Ferritin
      Concentrations in Man", Blood, 49(1):147-153 (Jan., 1977).
PAL  Elms et al., "Measurement of Crosslinked Fibrin Degardation Products-An
      Immunoassay Using Monoclonal Antibodies," Thromb. Haemostas, 50(2):591-594
      (1983).
PAL  Elsbach et al. "Separation and Purification of a Potent
      Bactericidal/Permeability Increasing Protein and a Closely Associated
      Phopholipase A.sub.2 from Rabbit Polymorphonuclear Leukocytes," J. Biol.
      Chem., 254(21):11000-11009 (Nov., 1979).
PAL  Elsbach and Weiss, "Oxygen-Independent Antimicrobial Systems of
      Phagocytes," In Inflammation: Basic Principles and Clinical Correlates,
      Chapter 30, Second Edition, Gallin et al., (Eds.), Raven Press, Ltd., pp.
      603-636, (1992).
PAL  Elsbach et al., "Prospects for Use of Recombinant BPI in the Treatment of
      Gram-Negative Bacterial Infections," Infect. Agents Dis., 4:102-109
      (1995).
PAL  Evans et al., "Protective Effects of a Recombinant Amino-Terminal Fragment
      of Human Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein in an Animal Model
      of Gram-Negative Sepsis," J. Infect. Dis., 171:153-60 (Jan., 1995).
PAL  Fijnvandraat et al., "Endotoxin Induced Coagulation Activation and Protein
      C Reduction in Meningococcal Septic Shock," in Bacterial Endotoxins: Basic
      Science to Anti-Sepsis Strategies, Wiley-Liss, Inc., pp. 247-254 (1994).
PAL  Fink, M.P., "Adoptive Immunotherapy of Gram-Negative Sepsis: Use of
      Monoclonal Antibodies to Lipopolysaccharide," Crit. Car.Med. (Supplement),
      21(2):S32-S39 (Feb., 1993).
PAL  Fiser, "Assessing the Outcome of Pediatric Intensive Care," J. Pediatrics,
      121:168-174 (1992).
PAL  Fisher et al., "Human neutrophil bactericidal/permeability-increasing
      protein reduces mortality rate from endotoxin challenge: A
      placebo-controlled study," Crit. Care Med., 2294):553-558 (Apr., 1994).
PAL  Fisher et al., "Recombinant Human Interleukin 1 Receptor Antagonist in the
      Treatment of Patients With Sepsis Syndrome: Results form a Randomized,
      Double-blind, Placebo-Controlled Trial," JAMA, 271(23):1836-1878 (Jun. 15,
      1994).
PAL  Flaegstad et al., "Factors associated with fatal outcomes in childhood
      meningococcal disease," Acta Paediatr., 84:1137-1142 (1995).
PAL  Fong et al., "Endotoxemia Elicits Increased Circulating .beta.2-IFN/Il-6 in
      Man", J. Immunology, 142(7):2321-2324 (Apr. 1, 1989).
PAL  Fong et al., "Total Parental Nutrition and Bowel Rest Modify the Metabolic
      Response to Endotoxin in Humans", Ann. Surg., 210(4):449-457 (Oct., 1989).
PAL  Fong et al., "The Acute Aplanchnic and Peripheral Tissue Metabolic Response
      to Endotoxin in Humans", J. Clin. Invest., 85:1896-1904 (Jun. 1990).
PAL  Gazzano-Santoro et al., "High-Affinity Binding of the
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein and a Recombinant
      Amino-Terminal Fragment to the Lipid A Region of Lipopolysaccharide,"
      Infect. Immun., 60(11):4754-4761 (Nov., 1992).
PAL  Genoff et al., "Extremely Amputations in Meningococcal-Induced Purpura
      Fulminans," Plastic Reconstructive Surg., 89(5):878-881 (May, 1992).
PAL  Giroir et al., "Meningococcal," in Essentials of Pediatric Intensive Care,
      Second Edition, vol. One, Levin, D.L. and Morris, F.C., Eds., Quality
      Medical Publishing, Inc., pp. 421-427 (1997).
PAL  Giroir et al., "Shock," in Essentials of Pediatric Intensive Care, Second
      Edition, vol. One, Levin D.L. and Morriss, F.C., Eds., Quality Medical
      Publishing, Inc., pp. 280-301 (1997).
PAL  Granowitz et al., "Production of interleukin-1-receptor antagonist during
      experimental endotoxaemia", Lancet, 338:1423-24 (Dec., 7, 1991).
PAL  Granowitz et al., "Hematologic and Immunomodulatory Effects of an
      Interleukin-1 Receptor Antagonist Coinfusion During Low-Dose Endotoxemia
      in Healthy Humans", Blood, 82(10):2985-2990 (Nov., 15, 1993).
PAL  Gray et al., "Cloning of the cDNA of a Human Neutrophil Bactericidal
      Protein," J. Biol. Chem., 264(16):9505-9509 (Jun. 5, 1989).
PAL  Hack et al., "A Modified Competitive Inhibition Radioimmunoassay for the
      Detection of C3a Use of .sup.125 I-C3 Instead of .sup.125 I-C3A", J.
      Immunol. Meth., 108:77-84 (1988).
PAL  Halstensen et al., "Sequelae One Year After Meningococcal Disease," Acta.
      Neurol. Scand., 89:139-142 (1994).
PAL  Havens et al., "Trends in Mortality in Children Hospitalized With
      Meningococcal Infections,1957-1987," Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J., 8(1):8-11
      (1988).
PAL  Hesse et al., "Cytokine Appearance in Human Endotoxemia and Primate
      Bacteremia", Srug., Gyn. & Obstet., 166:147-153 (Feb., 1988).
PAL  Hochberg, Y., "A sharper Bonferroni procedure for multiple tests of
      significance," Biometrika, 75(4):800-802 (1988).
PAL  Hoffman et al., "Endotoxin in Septic Shock," Anesth. Analg., 77:613-624
      (1993).
PAL  Holvoet, P. et al., "Assay of Human Tissue-Type Plasminogen Activator
      (t-PA) with an Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA) Based on Three
      Murine Monoclonal Antibodies to t-PA," Thromb. Haemastasis., 54(3):684-687
      (1985).
PAL  In't Veld., "Effects of the Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein of
      Polymorphonuclear Leukocytes on Isolated Bacterial Cytoplasmic Membrane
      Vesicles", Infect. Immun., 56(5):1203-1208 (May, 1988).
PAL  Kelly et al., "Role of the bactericidal permeability-increasing protein in
      the treatment if gram-negative pneumonia", Surgery, 114(2):140-146 (Aug.,
      1993).
PAL  Kindt et al., "Initial recruitment of neutrophils to alveolar structures in
      acute lung injury", J. Appl. Physiol., 70:1575-1585 (1991).
PAL  Kirsch, E. et al., "Pathophysiology, treatment and outcome of
      meningcoccemia: a review and recent experience," Pediatr. Infect Dis J.,
      15(11):967-979 (1996).
PAL  Koch, G.G., "The Use of Non-Parametric Methods in the Statistical Analysis
      of the Two-Period Change-Over Design," Biometric, 28:577-584 (1972).
PAL  Kohn et al., "Protective Effect of a Recombinant Amino-Terminal Fragment of
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein in Experimental Endotoxemia",
      J. Infect. Disease, 168:1307-1310 (Nov., 1993).
PAL  Kohn et al., "Role of Endotoxin in Acute Inflammation Induced by
      Gram-Negative Bacteria:Specific Inhibition of Lipopolysaccharide-Mediated
      Responses with an Amino-Teminal Fragment of
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein," Infect. Immun.,
      63(1):33-339 (Jan., 1995).
PAL  Koyama et al., "rBPI.sub.23 Attenuates Endotoxin-Induced Cardiovascular
      Depression in Awake Rabbits," Shock, 4(1):74-78 (Jul., 1995).
PAL  Kung et al., "Efficacy of a recombinant terminal amino fragment of
      bactericidal/permeability increasing protein in rodents challenged with
      LPS or E. coli bacteria," In Bacterial Endotoxins: Basic Science to
      Anti-Sepsis Strategies, Wiley-Liss, Inc., New York, pp. 255-263 (1994).
PAL  Kung et al., "Pharmacokinetic Evaluations of rBPI.sub.23 in Mice, Rats, and
      Humans," International Conference on Endotoxemia IV, Amsterdam, The
      Netherlands, p. 23, (Aug. 17-29, 1993) (Abstract P3).
PAL  Leach et al., "Prevention of Lethal Endotoxemia by BP.sub.23 ", J. Cell.
      Chem, (Keystone Symposia, Suppl.) 16(C):172 (Feb. 21 -Mar. 7, 1992)
      (Abstract CB 412).
PAL  Lechner et al., "The Recombinant 23-kDa N-Terminal Fragment of
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein (rBPI.sub.23) Decreases
      Escherchia coli-Induced Mortality and Organ Injury During
      Immunosuppression-Related Neutropenia," Shock, 4(4):298-306 (Oct., 1995).
PAL  Levi et al., "Reduction of Contact Activation Related Fibrinolytic Activity
      in Factor XII Deficient Patients," J. Clin. Invest., 88:1155-1160 (Oct.,
      1991).
PAL  Levy et al., "Antibacterial 15-kDa Protein Isoforms (p15s) Are Members of a
      Novel Family of Leukocyte Proteins", J. Biol. Chem., 268(8):6058-6063
      (Mar., 1993).
PAL  Lichtman et al., "Reactivation of Arthritis Induced by Small Bowel
      Bacterial Overgrowth in Rats: Role of Cytokines, Bacteria, and Bacterial
      Polymers," Infect. Immun., 63(6):2295-2301 (Jun., 1995).
PAL  Lin et al., "Protective Effect Of A Recombinant Fragment Of
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein Against Carbohydrate
      Dyshomeostasis And Tumor Necrosis Factor-.alpha. Elevation In Rate
      Endotoxemia," Biochem. Pharmacol. 47(9):1553-1559 (1994).
PAL  Lin et al., "Protective Effects of a Recombinant N-Terminal Fragment of
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein on Endotoxic Shokc in
      Conscious Rabbits," Shock, 2(5):324-3311 (Nov., 1994).
PAL  Lin et al., "Synergistic Effect of a Recombinant N-Terminal Fragment of
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein and Cefamandole in Treatment
      of Rabbit Gram-Negative Sepsis," Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy,
      40(1):65-69 (Jan., 1996).
PAL  MacIntyre et al., "E5 Antibody Improves Outcome from Multi-Organ Failure in
      Survivors of Gram-Negative Sepsis", Critical Care Medicine, S14 (Apr.,
      1991).
PAL  Mannion et al., "Separation of Sublethal and Lethal Effects of
      Polymorphonuclear Leukocytes on Escherichia coli", J. Clin. Invest.,
      86:631-641 (Aug., 1990).
PAL  Marra et al., "Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein Has
      Endotoxin-Neutralizing Activity", J. Immunol., 144(2):662-666 (Jan. 15,
      1990).
PAL  Marra et al., "The Role of Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein as
      a Natural Inhibitor of Bacterial Endotoxin", J. Immunol., 148(2):532-537
      (Jan. 15, 1992).
PAL  Marra et al., "Endotoxin-binding and -neutralizing properties of
      recombinant bactericidal/permeability-increasing protein and monoclonal
      antibodies HA-1A and E4," Crit. Care. Med., 22(4):559-565 (1994).
PAL  Martich et al., "Detection of Interleukin 8 and Tumor Necrosis Factor in
      Normal Humans after Intravenous Endotoxin: The Effect of Antiinflammatory
      Agents", J. Exp. Medicine, 173:1021-1024 (Apr., 1991).
PAL  Martich et al., "Effects of ibuprofen and pentoxifylline on the
      cardiovascular response of normal humans to endotoxin", J. Appl. Physiol.,
      73(3):925-931 (1992).
PAL  Martich et al., "Intravenous Endotoxin Administration to Normal Humans
      Primes Neutrophils for an Enhanced Respiratory Burst", Critical Care
      Medicine, S100 (Apr., 1992).
PAL  Martich et al., "Response of Man to Endotoxin", Immunobiol., 187(3):403-416
      m (Apr., 1993).
PAL  McManus et al., "Coagulopathy as a Predictor of Outcome in Meningococcal
      Sepsis and the Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome With Purpura,"
      Critical Care Medicine, 21(5):706-711 (1993).
PAL  Meszaros et al., "A Recombinant Amino Terminal Fragment of
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein Inhibits the Induction of
      Leukocyte Responses by LPS," J. Leukocyte Biol., 54(6):558-563 (Dec.,
      1993).
PAL  Meszaros et al., "Monocyte Tissue Factor Induction by Lipopolysaccharide
      (LPS): Dependence on LPS-Binding Protein and CD14, and Inhibition by a
      Recombinant Fragment of Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein,"
      Blood, 83(9):2516-2525 (May 1, 1994).
PAL  Michie et al., "Detection of Circulating Tumor Necrosis Factor After
      Endotoxin Administration", N. Eng. J. Medicine, 318(23):1481-1486 (Jun. 9,
      1988).
PAL  Moore et al., "A Single Dose of Endotoxin Activates Neutrophils without
      Activating Complement", Surgery, 102(2):200-205 (Aug., 1987).
PAL  Moser et al., "Cardiopulmonary Consequencs of Pyrogen-Induced Hyperpyrexia
      in Man", J. Clin. Invest., 42(5):626-634 (1963).
PAL  Nadel et al., "Treatment of Meningococcal Disease in Childhood," in
      Meningococcal Disease, Cartwright, ed., J. Wiley & Sons, New York, pp.
      207-243 (1995).
PAL  Natanson et al., "Role of Endotoxemia in Cardiovascular Dysfunction and
      Mechanisms of Pathogenesis," Ann. Inter. Med., 120(9):771-783 (May 1,
      1994).
PAL  Niklasson et al., "Prognostic Factors in Meningococcal Diseasem" Scand. J.
      Infect. Dis., 3:17-25 (1971).
PAL  Nuijens et al., "Plasma Elastase .alpha..sub.1 -antitrypsin and lactoferrin
      in sepsis: Evidence for neutrophils as mediators in fatal Sepsis", J. Lab.
      Clin. Med., 119:159-168 (1992).
PAL  Ooi et al., "A 25-kDa NH.sub.2 -termianl Fragment Carries All the
      Antibacterial Activities of the Human Neutrophil 60-kDa
      Bactericidal/Permeability-increasing Protein," J. Biol. Chem.,
      262(3):14891-14894 (1987).
PAL  Ooi et al., "Isolation of Two Isoforms of a Novel 15-kDa Protein from
      Rabbit Polymorphonuclear Leukocytes That Modulate the Antibacterial
      Actions of Other Leukocyte Proteins," J. Biol. Chem., 265:15956-15962
      (Sep. 15, 1990).
PAL  Ooi et al., "Endotoxin-neutralizing Properties of the 25 kDa N-Terminal
      Fragment and a Newly Isolated 30 KDC-Terminal Fragment of the 55-60 kD
      Bactericidal/Permeability-increasing Protein of Human Neutrophils," J.
      Exp. Med., 174:649-655 (Sep., 1991).
PAL  Parker et al., "Profound but Reversible Myocardial Depression in Patients
      with Septic Shock," Ann. Intern. Med., 100:483-490 (1984).
PAL  Parker et al., "Serial cardiovascular variables in surviors and nonsurviors
      of human septic shock: Heart rate as an early predictor of prognosis," J.
      Crit. Care., 15(10):923-929 (1987).
PAL  Parrillo et al., "Septic Shock in Humans", Annals of Int. Med.
      113(3):227-242 (Aug., 1990).
PAL  Peters et al., "Rapid Microanalysis of Coagulation Parameters by Automated
      Chromogenic Substrated Methods-Application in Neonatal Patients," Thromb.
      Res., 28:773-781 (1982).
PAL  Petros et al., "Effects of a Nitric Oxide Synthase Inhibitor in Humans With
      Septic Shock," Cardiovascular Research, 28:34-39 (1994).
PAL  Pollack et al., "Pediatric Risk of Mortality (PRISM) Score," Critical Care
      Medicine, 16(11):1110-1116 (Nov. 1988).
PAL  Powars et al., "Epidemic Meningococcemia and Purpura Fulminans with Induced
      Protein C Deficiency," Clinical Infectious Diseases, 17:254-261 (1993).
PAL  Pruzanski et al., "Hyperphospholipasemia A.sub.2 in Human Volunteers
      Challenged with Intravenous Endotoxin", Inflammation 16(5):561-570 (1992).
PAL  Quezado et al., "A Controlled Trial of HA-1A in a Canine Model of
      Gram-negative Septic Shock," JAMA, 269(17):2221-2227 (May 5, 1993).
PAL  Quezado et al., "New Strategies for Combating Sepsis: The Magic Bullets
      Missed the Mark . . . But the Search Continues," TibTech, 13:56-63 (Feb.,
      1995).
PAL  Rackow et al., "Hemodynamic Response to Fluid Repletion in Patients With
      Septic Shock: Evidence for Early Depression of Cardiac Performance," Circ.
      Shock, 22:11-22 (1987).
PAL  Revhaug et al., "Inhibition of Cyclo-oxygenase Attenuates the Metabolic
      Response to Endotoxin in Humans", Arch. Surg. 123:162-170 (Feb., 1988).
PAL  Scannon, P.J., "Applying Lessons Learned from Anti-Endotoxin Therapy," J.
      Endo. Res., 2:217-220 (1995).
PAL  Schlag et al., "Protective Effect of Bactericidal/Permeability Increasing
      Protein (rBPI.sub.21) on Sepsis Induced Organ Failure in Nonhuman
      Primates," Shock Conference, Ashville, N.C. Jun. 11-14, (1995) (Abstract).
PAL  Sheridan et al., "Management Strategy in Purpura Fulminans with Multiple
      Organ Failure in Children," Burns, 22(1):53-56 (1996).
PAL  Sinclair et al., "Prognosis of Meningococcal Septicaemia," Lancet, 2:38
      (Jul. 4, 1987).
PAL  Smith et al., "Endotoxin Administration to Normal Huamns Causes Increased
      Alveolar Permeability and Priming of Alveolar Macrophages to Produce
      Enahanced Superoxide and IL-1 Production", Clin. Res. 36:374A (Apr., 1988)
      (Abstract).
PAL  Spinas et al., "Induction of plasma inhibitors of interleukin 1 and
      TNF-.alpha. activity by endotoxin administration to normal humans", Am. J.
      Physiol., 259:R933-R997 (1990).
PAL  Spinas et al., "Pretreatment with Ibuprofen Augments Circulating Tumor
      Necrosis Factor-.alpha. , Interleukin-6, and Elastase during Acture
      Endotoxinemia", J. Infectious Dis., 163:89-85 (1991).
PAL  Steven et al., "The Clinical Spectrum of Meningococcal Disease," in
      Meningococcal Disease, Cartwright, ed., J. Wiley & Sons, New York, pp.
      178-205 (1995).
PAL  Stiehm & Damrosch, "Factors in the prognosis of meningococcla infection,"
      J. Pediatrics, 68:457-467 (1966).
PAL  Sturk et al., "Optimalization of a Chromogenic Assay for Endotoxin in
      Blood," in Bacterial Endotoxins: Structure, Biomedical Significance, and
      Detection with the Limulus Amebocyte Lysate Test, pp. 117-136 (1985).
PAL  Suffredini et al., "Promotion and Subsequent Inhibition of Plasminogen
      Activation after Administration of Intravenous Endotoxin to Normal
      Subjects", N. Eng. J. Medicine, 320(18):1165-1172 (May 4, 1989).
PAL  Suffredini et al., "The Cardiovascular Response of Normal Humans to the
      Administration of Endotoxin", N. Eng. J. Medicine, 321:280-287 (Aug. 3,
      1989).
PAL  Suffredini et al., "Pulmonary and Oxygen Transport Effects of Intravenously
      Administered Endotoxin in Normal Humans", Am. Rev. Respir. Dis.,
      145:1398-1403 (1992).
PAL  Suffredini et al., "Current Prospects for the Treatment of Clinical
      Sepsis," Crit. Care Med., 22(7):S12-S18 (Jul., 1994).
PAL  Teitel et al., "Studies of the Prothrombin Activation Pathway Utilizing
      Radioimmunoassays for the F.sub.2 /F.sub.1+2 Fragment and
      Thrombin-Antithrombin Complex," Blood, 59(5):1086-1096 (May, 1982).
PAL  Tesoro et al., "Factors Affecting Outcome in Meningococcal Infections,"
      AJDC, 145:218-220 (Feb., 1991).
PAL  Thornton et al., "Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein Inhibits
      Tumor Necrosis Factor Release in Whole Blood in Response to Neisseria
      Meningitidis and N. Gonorrhoeae," FASEB J., 8(4):A137 (1994) (Abstract
      794).
PAL  van Deventer et al., "Experimental Endotoxemia in Humans: Analysis of
      Cytokine Release and Coagulation, Fibrinolytic, and Complement Pathways",
      Blood, 76(12):2520-2526 (Dec. 15, 1990).
PAL  Van Dueren et al., "Correlation between Proinflammatory Cytokines and
      Antiinflammatory Mediators and the Severtiy of Disease in Meningococcal
      Infections," J. Infect. Dis., 172:433-439 (1995).
PAL  van Leeuwan et al., "Hepatic Failure and Coma After Liver Resection is
      Reversed by Manipulation of Gut Contents: The Role of Endotoxin," Surgery,
      110(2):169-175 (Aug., 1991).
PAL  Van Zee et al., "Tumor necrosis factor soluble receptors circulate during
      experimental and clinical inflammation and can protect against excessive
      tumor necrosis factor, .alpha. in vitro and in vivo", Proc. Natl. Acad.
      Sci. USA., 89:4845-4849 (Jun., 1992).
PAL  Van Zee et al., "Tumor Necrosis Factor (TNF) Soluble Receptors Protect
      Against Excessive TNF.alpha. During Infection and Injury", Fed. Amer. Soc.
      Exp. Biol., 6:A1715 (1992) (Abstract 4512).
PAL  VanderMeer et al., "Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein
      Ameliorates Acute Lung Injury in Porcine Endotoxemia," J. Infect. Dis.,
      172(1):2006-14 (May 1994).
PAL  Verheijen et al., "A Simple, Sensitive Spectrophotometric Assay for
      Extrinsic (Tissue-Type) Plasminogen Activator Applicable to Measurements
      in Plasma," Thromb. Haemostas, 48(3):266-269 (1982).
PAL  von der Mohlen et al., "Effect of rBPI.sub.23 on Endotoxin-induced Cytokine
      Release and Leukocyte Changes in Human Volunteers" Clinical Research,
      42(2):152A (Apr., 1994) (Abstract).
PAL  Waage et al., "The Complex Pattern of Cytokines in Serum from Patients with
      Meningococcal Septic Shock", J. Exp. Med. 169:33-338 (Jan., 1989).
PAL  Weiss et al., "Resistance of Gram-negative Bacteria to Purified Leukocyte
      Proteins", J. Clin. Invest., 65:619-628 (Mar., 1980).
PAL  Weiss et al., "The Role of Lipopolysaccharide in the Action of the
      Bactericidal/Permeability Neutrophil Protein on the Bacterial Envelope",
      J. Immunol., 132:3109-3115 (Jun., 1984).
PAL  Weiss et al., "Cellular and Subcellular Localization of the
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein of Neutrophils," Blood,
      69(2):652-659 (Feb., 1987).
PAL  Weiss et al., "Tissue Destruction by Neutrophils", N. Eng. J. Medicine,
      320(6):365-376 (Feb. 9, 1989).
PAL  Weiss et al., "Human Bacterial/Permeability-increasing Protein and a
      Recombinant NH.sub.2 -Terminal Fragment Cause Killing of Serum-resistant
      Gram-negative Bacteria in Whole Blood and Inhibit Tumor Necrosis Factor
      Release Induced by the Bacteria," J. Clin. Invest., 90:1122-1130 (Sep.,
      1992).
PAL  Wolff, "Biological Effects of Bacterial Endotoxins in Man", J. Infectious
      Diseases 128(Supplement):S259-S264 (Jul., 1973).
PAL  Wong et al., "Meningococcal Infections in Children: As Review of 100
      Cases," Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J., 8(4):224-227 (1989).
PAL  Yao et al., "Pathogenesis of Hemorrhage-Induced Bacteria/Endotoxin
      Translocation in Rats," Annals Surg., 221(4):398-405 (Apr., 1995).
PAL  Yong et al., "An Experiment Mouse Model of Yersinia-induced Reactive
      Arthritis," Microbiol Path., 4:304-310 (1988).
PAL  Yong et al., "Protective Effect of Re-LPS Antiserum on Experimental
      Multiple System Organ Failure," Chinese Medical Journal, 105(10):833-838
      (Oct. 1992).
PAL  Zabel et al., "Oxpentifylline in Endotoxaemia", Lancet, 2:1474-1477 (Dec.
      23/30, 1989).
PAL  Kartalija et al., "Effect of Recombinant N-Terminal Fragment of
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein (rBPI-23) on Cerespinal Fluid
      Inflammation Induced by Endotoxin," J. Infectious Diseases, 171(4):948-953
      (Apr. 1995).
PAL  Kirch et al., "Phase I/II Trial of rBPI-21 (A Recombinant 21kDa Fragment of
      Bactericidal/Permeability-Increasing Protein) in Children With Severe
      Meningococcemia," Pediatric Research, 41(4):35A (Apr., 1997).
PAL  Thornton et al., The FASEB Journal, vol. 8, No. 4, Mar. 15, 1994, Abstract
      No. 794, p. A137.
PAL  Marijke et al., Blood, vol. 85, No. 2 pp. 3437-3443, Jun. 15, 1995.
PAL  Marijke et al., The Journal of Infectious Diseases, vol. 172, pp. 144-151,
      Jul. 1995.
LREP
FRM  Marshall, O'Toole, Gerstein, Murray & Borun
ABST
PAL  Methods and materials for the treatment of human meningococcemia are
      provided in which therapeutically effective amounts of BPI protein
      products are administered.
PATN
WKU  059900873
SRC  9
APN  2274205
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19990108
TTL  Human ena/VASP-like protein splice variant
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1,2
EXA  Tung; Mary Beth
EXP  Saunders; David
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Lal; Preeti
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Guegler; Karl J.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Corley; Neil C.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  026587
APD  19980220
CLAS
OCL  514 12
XCL  514 21
XCL  530350
XCL  530849
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3817
ICL  C07K 14435
FSC  514
FSS  12;21
FSC  530
FSS  350;849
OREF
PAL  Ohta, S, et al., Differential display cloning of a novel rat cDNA (RNB6)
      that shows high expression in the neonatal brain revealed a member of
      Ena/VASP family. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 237:307-312, 1997.
PAL  Gertler, F.B. et al., "Mena, a Relative of VASP and Drosophila Enabled, Is
      Implicated in the Control of Microfilament Dynamics" Cell (1996)
      87:227-239.
PAL  Ermekova, K.S. et al., "WW Domain of Neural Protein FE65 Interacts with
      Proline-rich Motifs in Mena, the Mammalian Homolog of Drosophila Enabled"
      J. Biol. Chem. (1997) 272:32869-32877.
PAL  Linial, M., "Proline clustering in proteins from synaptic vesicles"
      Neuroreport (1994) 5:2009-2015.
PAL  Ohta, S. et al., "Differential Display Cloning of a Novel Rat cDNA (RNB6)
      That Shows High Expression in the Neonatal Brain Revealed a Member of
      Ena/VASP Family" Biochem. Biophys.Res.Commun. (1997) 237:307-312.
PAL  Gertler, F.B. et al., (GI 1644452), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession
      U72519), National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library
      of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894. (1996).
PAL  Walter, U., (GI 624963), GenBank Sequence Database (Accession Z46389),
      National Center for Biotechnology Information, National Library of
      Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, 20894. (1995).
PAL  Haffner, C. et al., "Molecular cloning, structural analysis and functional
      expression of the proline-rich focal adhesion and microfilament-associated
      protein VASP" EMBO J. (1995) 14:19-27.
PAL  Adams, M.D., et al., GenBank Accession No. AA312190, cross reference to
      Nature 377, supp. 28:3-17, 1995.
PAL  Naeve, C.W. et al., Accuracy of Automated DNA sequencing: a
      multi-laboratory comparison of sequencing results. Biotechniques. 19(3)
      :448-453. (1995).
PAL  Gertler, F.B., et al., GenBank Accession No. U72519, cross referenced to
      Cell 87(2) :227-239 (1996).
LREP
FR2  Muenzen; Colette C.
     Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a human ena/VASP-like protein splice variant (EVL1)
      and polynucleotides which identify and encode EVL1. The invention also
      provides expression vectors, host cells, antibodies, agonists, and
      antagonists. The invention also provides methods for treating or
      preventing disorders associated with expression of EVL1.
PATN
WKU  059900881
SRC  8
APN  4639782
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19950605
TTL  Method for treating kaposi's sarcoma with antisense oligonucleotides
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Schwartzman; Robert
EXP  Degen; Nancy
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Ensoli; Barbara
CTY  Silver Spring
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Gallo; Robert C.
CTY  Bethesda
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Department of Health
      and Human Services
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
RLAP
COD  74
APN  072575
APD  19930604
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  514 44
XCL  435366
XCL  536 245
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3170
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  C12N  508
FSC  435
FSS  91.1;366
FSC  514
FSS  44
FSC  536
FSS  22.1;24.5
UREF
PNO  5585479
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hoke et al.
OCL  536 24.5
FREF
PNO  9221380
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Morrison (1991) Suppression of basic fibroblast growth factor expression by
      antisense oligodeoxynucleotides inhibits the growth of transformed human
      astrocytes. J. Biol. Chem. 266:728-734, Jan. 1991.
PAL  Rojanasakul (1996) Antisense oligonucleotide therapeutics: drug delivery
      and targeting. Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 18:115-131, 1996.
PAL  New England Journal of Medicine (1982); vol. 306, No. 4, pp. 248-252.
PAL  Abraham et al., Science, "Nucleotide Sequence of a Bovine Clone Enclding
      the Angiogenic Protein, Basic Fibroblast Growth Factor", 233: 545-548.
PAL  Agarwal et al., Nucleic Acids Research (1979), vol. 6, No. 4, pp.
      3009-3025.
PAL  Albini et al., Cancer Research (1987); "A Rapid in Vitro Assay for
      Quantitating the Invasive Potential of Tumor Cells"; 47: 3239-3245.
PAL  Barillari et al., Journal of Immunology (1992); "Effects of Cytokines from
      Activated Immune Cells on Vascular Cell Growth and HIV-1 Gene Expression";
      vol. 149, No. 11, pp. 3727-3734.
PAL  Bayever et al., Antisense Research and Development; "Guest Editorial:
      Systemic Human Antisense Therapy Begins"; 2:109-110 (1992).
PAL  Becker et al., EMBO Journal; "Proliveration of Human Malignant Melanomas is
      Inhibited by Antisense Oligodeoxynucleotides Targeted Against Basic
      Fibroblast Growth Factor"; vol. 8, No. 12, pp. 3685-3691 (1989).
PAL  Burgess et al., Annu. Rev. Biochem; The Heparin-Binding (Fibroblast) Growth
      Factor Family of Proteins; 58:575-606 (1989).
PAL  Dagle et al., Nucleic Acids Research; "Targeted Degradation of mRNA in
      Xenopus Oocytes and Embryos Directed by Modified Oligonucleotides: Studies
      of An2 and Cyclin in Embryogenesis"; vol. 18, No. 16.
PAL  Ensoli et al., Science; "AIDS--Kaposi's Sarcoma-Derived Cells Express
      Cytokines with Autocrine and Paracrine Growth Effects"; 243:223-226.
PAL  Ensoli et al., Hematol. Oncol. Clin. No. Am.; "Pathogenesis of
      AIDS-Associated Kaposi's Sarcoma": 5:281 (1991).
PAL  Ensoli et al., Immunol. Rev.; "Cytokines and Growth Factors in the
      Pathogenesis of AIDS-Associated Kaposi's Sarcoma"; 127:147-155.
PAL  Ensoli et al., Journal of Virology; "Release, Uptake, and Effects of
      Extracellular Human Immunodeficiency Virus Type 1 Tat Protein on Cell
      Growth and Viral Transactivation", 67:277-287.
PAL  Folkman et al., Nature; "Angiogenesis in vitro"; 288:551-556.
PAL  Folkman et al., Science; "Angiogenic Factors"; 235:442-447.
PAL  Friedman-Kein, Am. Acad. Dermatology; "Disseminated Kaposi's Sarcoma
      Syndrome in Young Homosexual Men"; 5:468-471.
PAL  Gottlieb et al., Human Pathology; "Kaposi's Sarcoma: An Extensively
      Disseminated Form in Young Homosexual Men"; 13:882-892.
PAL  Haverkos et al., N. Eng. J. Med.; 312:1518 (1995).
PAL  Ingber et al., Nature; "Synthetic Analogues of Fumagillin that Inhibit
      Angiogenesis and Suppress Tumour Growth"; 348:555-557.
PAL  Inoue et al., FEBS Letters; "Sequence-Dependent Hydrolysis of RNA Using
      Modified Oligonucleotide Splints and RNase H"; 215:327-330 (1987).
PAL  LaPlance et al., Nuc. Acids Res.; "Phosphorothioate-Modified
      Oligodeoxyribonucleotides"; 14:9081-9093.
PAL  Loke et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA; "Characterization of
      Oligonucleotide Transport into Living Cells"; 86:3474-3478.
PAL  Inoue et al., Nucleic Acids Research; "Synthesis and Hybridization Studies
      on Two Complementary Nona (2'-O-methyl) Ribonucleotides"; 15:6131.
PAL  McNutt et al., Am. J. Pathol.; "Early Lesions of Kaposi's Sarcoma in
      Homosexual Men"; 111:62-77.
PAL  Miles et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA; "AIDS Kaposi Sarcoma-Derived
      Cells Produce and Respond to Interleukin 6"; 87:4068-4072.
PAL  Roth et al., Oncogene; "Depletion of PDGF from Serum Inhibits Growth of
      AIDS-Related and Sporadic Kaposi's Sarcoma Cells in Culture"; 4:483.
PAL  Safai et al., Annals of Internal Medicine; "The Natural History of Kaposi's
      Sarcoma in the Acquired Immunodeficiency Sydrome" 103:744-750.
PAL  Salahuddin et al., Science; "Angiogenic Properties of Kaposi's
      Sarcoma-Derived Cells After Long-Term Culture in Vitro"; 242:430-433.
PAL  Sarin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, "Inhibition of Acquired
      Immunodeficiency Syndrome Virus by Oligodeoxynucleoside
      Methylphosphonates"; 85:7448-7451.
PAL  Shakin et al., J. Biol. Chem.; "Destablization of Messenger
      RNA/Complementary DNA Duplexes by the Elongatng 80 S Ribonsome";
      261:10618.
PAL  Stec et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc.; "Automated Solid-Phase Synthesis,
      Separation, and Stereochemistry of Phosphorothioate Analogues of
      Oligodeoxyribonucleotides"; 106:6077-6079.
PAL  Sturzl et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA; "Expression of Platelet-Derived
      Growth Factor and its Receptor in AIDS-Related Kaposi Sarcoma in Vivo
      Suggests Paracrine and Autocrine Mechanisms of Tumor Maintenance";
      89:7046.
PAL  Thompson et al., Cancer Res.; "Supernatants of Acquired Immunodeficiency
      Syndrome-Related Kaposi's Sarcoma Cells Induce Endothelial Cell Chemotaxis
      and Invasiveness"; 51:2670-2676.
PAL  Thompson et al., Science; "Site-Directed Neovessel Formation in Vivo";
      241:1349-1352.
PAL  Uhlmann et al., Chemical Review; "Antisense Oligonucleotides; A New
      Therapeutic Principle"; 90:543-584.
PAL  Weindel et al., Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications;
      "AIDS-Associated Kaposi's Sarcoma Cells in Culture Express Vascular
      Endothelial Growth Factor"; 183:1167-1174.
PAL  Xerri et al., Am. J. Pathol.; "Fibroblast Growth Factor Gene Expression in
      AIDS--Kaposi's Sarcoma Detected by In Situ Hybridization"; 138:9-15.
PAL  Morrison, Suppression of Basic Fibroblast Growth Factor Expression by
      Antisense Oligodeoxynucleotides Inhibits the Growth of Transformed Human
      Astrocytes, The Journal of Biological Chemistry, 266:728-734, 1991.
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear, LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a method to treat Kaposi's sarcoma (KS),
      and particularly, human immunodeficiency virus associated KS through the
      administration of antisense oligonucleotides complementary to basic
      fibroblast growth factor RNA.
PATN
WKU  059900890
SRC  8
APN  4868269
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19950607
TTL  Self-assembling polynucleotide delivery system comprising dendrimer
      polycations
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Larson; Thomas G.
EXP  Degen; Nancy
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Szoka, Jr.; Francis C.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Haensler; Jean
CTY  Petite-Rosselle
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  The Regents of the University of California
CTY  Oakland
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  092200
APD  19930714
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  913669
APD  19920714
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  864876
APD  19920403
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  514 44
XCL  435455
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3170
ICL  A61K 4800
ICL  C12N 1587
FSC  435
FSS  172.1;172.3;240.1;240.2;320.1;325;375;377;455;458;459
FSC  514
FSS  44
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;24.5
FSC  528
FSS  310;328;336;363;391
FSC  424
FSS  450
UREF
PNO  5661025
ISD  19970800
NAM  Szoka et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5714166
ISD  19980200
NAM  Tomalia et al.
OCL  424486
OREF
PAL  Crystal "Transfer of Genes to Humans: Early Lessons and Obstacles to
      Success" Science 270: 404-410, Oct. 1995.
PAL  Gura "Antisense has Growing Pains" Science 270: 575-577, Oct. 1995.
PAL  Stull et al. "Antigene, Ribozyme and Aptamer Nucleic Acid Drugs: Process
      and Prospects" Pharm. Res. 12: 465-483, Apr. 1995.
LREP
FR2  Koenig; Nathan P.
     Crosby, Heafey, Roach & May
ABST
PAL  A self-assembling polynucleotide delivery system comprises a dendrimer
      polycation aiding in the delivery of the polynucleotide to a desired
      address, and optionally other agents such as DNA masking agents, cell
      recognition agents, charge-neutralization agents,
      membrane-permeabilization agents, and subcellular-localization agents.
GOVT
PAC  ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF GOVERNMENT SUPPORT
PAR  The government has rights in this invention pursuant to Grant No. GM-30163
      awarded by the National Institutes of Health.
PATN
WKU  059900903
SRC  8
APN  6075193
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19960227
TTL  Methods and compositions for treatment of diseases
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Campbell; Bruce R.
NDR  7
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Nabel; Gary Jan
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  The University of Michigan
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  123188
APD  19930920
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  514 44
XCL  536 245
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 4800
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  514
FSS  44
FSC  536
FSS  24.5;23.1
FREF
PNO  9111535
ISD  19910800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Stull et al (1995) Pharmaceutical Research 12:465-483.
PAL  Bielinska et al (1990) Science 250:997-1000.
PAL  Schreck et al. (1991) EMBO J 10:2247-2258.
PAL  N Mukaida et al (1990) J Biol Chem 265:21128-21133.
PAL  MJ Lenardo et al (1989) Cell 58:227-229.
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
ABST
PAL  Administration of a double-stranded DNA NF-.kappa.B inhibitor is effective
      for the treatment of immune and inflammatory diseases, cancer, and viral
      infections.
PATN
WKU  059900911
SRC  8
APN  8161550
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19970312
TTL  Vectors having enhanced expression, and methods of making and uses
      thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  51
ECL  1
EXP  Railey, II; Johnny F.
NDR  30
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Tartaglia; James
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Cox; William I.
CTY  Sand Lake
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Gettig; Russell Robert
CTY  Averill Park
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Martinez; Hector
CTY  Menands
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Paoletti; Enzo
CTY  Delmar
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Pincus; Steven E.
CTY  East Greenbush
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Virogenetics Corporation
CTY  Troy
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514 44
XCL  424 932
XCL  435 691
XCL  4351723
XCL  4353201
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1567
ICL  C12N 1586
ICL  A61K 4800
FSC  514
FSS  44
FSC  424
FSS  93.2
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;172.3;320.1
UREF
PNO  4738922
ISD  19880400
NAM  Haseltine et al.
OCL  435 69.3
UREF
PNO  5302517
ISD  19940400
NAM  Rhode, III
OCL  435 69.1
OREF
PAL  Park et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:4713-4717 (1994).
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug LLP
FR2  Frommer; William S.
FR2  Kowalski; Thomas J.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed and claimed are vectors having enhanced expression and methods
      for making and using them. Enhancement of expression is from substantially
      co-temporal expression of at least one first nucleic acid molecule and at
      least one second nucleic acid molecule. The second nucleic acid molecule
      encodes a transcription factor or a translation factor or a transcription
      factor and a translation factor. The contemporaneous expression can be
      from operably linking the first and second nucleic molecules to a single
      promoter, or from operably linking the first nucleic acid molecule to a
      first promoter and the second nucleic molecule to a second promoter
      wherein the first and second promoters function substantially
      contemporaneously. Thus, the first and second nucleic acid molecules can
      be at the same locus in the vector, or at different loci. The second
      nucleic acid molecule can encode: one transcription factor or more than
      one transcription factor; or one translation factor or more than one
      translation factor; or at least one transcription factor and at least one
      translation factor. The transcription factor can be from vaccinia H4L, D6,
      A7, G8R, A1L, A2L, H5R, or combinations thereof. The translation factor
      can be from a K3L open reading frame, an E3L open reading frame, a VAI
      RNA, an EBER RNA, a sigma 3 open reading frame, a TRBP open reading frame,
      or combinations thereof. The vector can be a poxvirus such as an
      attenuated poxvirus, e.g., NYVAC, or ALVAC.
PATN
WKU  059900920
SRC  8
APN  9273948
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19970827
TTL  GATA-6 transcription factor: compositions and methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Schwartzman; Robert
EXP  Degen; Nancy
INVT
NAM  Walsh; Kenneth
CTY  Carlisle
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  St. Elizabeth's Medical Center
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514 44
XCL  4353201
XCL  536 235
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 4800
ICL  C12N 1512
ICL  C12N 1585
FSC  435
FSS  320.1;375;377
FSC  514
FSS  44
FSC  536
FSS  23.5
UREF
PNO  5444157
ISD  19950800
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  530395
UREF
PNO  5502176
ISD  19960300
NAM  Tenen et al.
OCL  536 24.1
UREF
PNO  5503833
ISD  19960400
NAM  Redmond et al.
OCL  424196.11
FREF
PNO  WO 95/23161
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Banai et al., "Rabbit Ear Model of Injury-Induced Arterial Smooth Muscle
      Cell Proliferation," Circulation Research 1991:69:748-756.
PAL  Flugelman et al., "Low Level in Vivo Gene Transfer into the Arterial Wall
      Through a Perforated Balloon Catheter," Circulation 1992:85:1110-1117.
PAL  Gregory Gregoriadis, "Liposomes for Drugs and Vaccines," Trends in
      Biotechnology, vol. 3, No. 9, 1985, pp. 235-241.
PAL  Grepin et al., "Induction of Cardiogenesis in Embryonic Stem Cells
      Following Forced Expression of Transcription Factor Gata-4," Minisymposium
      23: Tissue-Specific Gene Expression (1996-2001)--Wednesday, p. 1998.
PAL  Grepin et al., "Inhibition of Transcription Factor GATA-4 Expression Blocks
      in Vito Cardiac Muscle Differentiation," Molecular and Cellular Biology.
      Aug. 1995, pp. 4095-4102.
PAL  Hehrlein et al., "Low-Dose Radioactive Endovascular Stents Prevent Smooth
      Muscle Cell Proliferation and Neointimal Hyperplasia in Rabbits,"
      Circulation 1995:92:1570-1575.
PAL  Jahroudi et al., "Endothelial-Cell-Specific Regulation of von Willebrand
      Factor Gene Expression," Molecular and Cellular Biology, Feb. 1994, p.
      999-1008.
PAL  Jiang et al., "Regulation of Cardiac Gene Expression by GATA-4/5/6
      Transcription Factors," Abstracts of the 68th Scientific Sessions, p.
      3650.
PAL  Johnson et al., "Proliferating Cell Nuclear Antigen (PCNA) Is Expressed in
      activated Rat Skeletal Muscle Satellite Cells," Journal of Cellular
      Physiology 154:39-43 (1993).
PAL  Joulin et al., "A New Approach To Isolate Genomic Control Regions
      Application to the GATA Transcription Factor Family," Eur. J. Biochem.
      232, 620-626 (1995).
PAL  Kamensaki et al., "TPA-Induced Arrest of Erythroid Differentiation Is
      Coupled with Downregulation of Gata-1 and Upreguation of GATA-2 in an
      Erythroid Cell Line SAM-1," Blood, vol. 87, No. 3 Feb. 1, 1996, pp.
      999-1005.
PAL  Lee et al., "Cloning of the GATA-Binding Protein that Regulates
      Endothelin-1 Gene Expression in Endothelial Cells," The Journal of
      Biological Chemistry, vol. 266, No. 24, Aug. 25, 1991, pp. 16188-16192.
PAL  Merika et al., "DNA-Binding Specificity of GATA Family Transcription
      Factors," Molecular and Cellular Biology, vol. 13, No. 7, Jul. 1993, pp.
      3999-4010.
PAL  More et al., "A Time Sequence of Vessel Wall Changes in an Experimental
      Model of Angioplasty," Journal of Pathology, vol. 172, pp. 287-292 (1994).
PAL  Nabel et al., "Site-Specific Gene Expression in Vivo by Direct Gene
      Transfer into the Arterial Wall," Science, vol. 249, Sep. 14, 1990, pp.
      1285-1288.
PAL  Nemer et al., "Expression and Regulation of a Family of GATA Transcription
      Factors in the Mammalian Heart," Wednesday, Muscle Gene Expression p.
      2434.
PAL  Pandolfi et al., "Targeted Disruption of the GATA3 Gene Causes Severe
      Abnormalities in the Nervous System and in Fetal Liver Haematopoiesis,"
      Nature Genetics, vol. 11, Sep. 1995, pp. 40-44.
PAL  Rome et al., "Anatomic Barriers Influence the Distribution of In Vivo Gene
      Transfer into the Arterial Wall," Arterioscler Thromb. 1994: 14:148-161.
PAL  Thuerauf et al., "Regulation of Rat Brain Natriuretic Peptide
      Transcription: A Potential Role for GATA-Related Transcription Factors in
      Myocardial Cell Gene Expression," The Journal of Biological Chemistry,
      vol. 269, Jul. 8, 1994, pp. 17772-17775.
PAL  Eric J. Topol. "Caveats About Elective Coronary Stenting," NE J. Med., vol.
      331, No. 8, 1994, pp. 539-541.
PAL  Yamagata et al., "Of the GATA-Binding Proteins, Only GATA-4 Selectively
      Regulates the Human Interleukin-5 Gene Promoter in Interleukin-5-Producing
      Cells Which Express Multiple GATA-Binding Proteins," Molecular and
      Cellular Biology, vol. 15, No. 7, Jul. 1995, pp. 3830-3839.
PAL  Abstract Only Of Alexander et al., "Circulating Human Factor IX Produced in
      Keratin-Promoter Transgenic Mice: A Feasibility Study for Gene Therapy of
      Haemophilia B," Hum. Mol. Genet, 1995, Jun: 4(6):993-999.
PAL  Abstract Only Of Auge et al., "Proliferative and Cytotoxic Effects of
      Mildly Oxidized Low-Density Lipoproteins on Vascular Smooth-Muscle Cells,"
      Biochem J. 309 (Pt 3):1015 20 (1995).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Bai et al., "Neointima formation After Vascular Stent
      Implantation. Spatial and Chronological Distribution of Smooth Muscle Cell
      Proliferation and Phenotypic Modulation," Arterioscler Thromb 14:1846-1853
      (1994).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Brauker et al., "Sustained Expression of High Levels of
      Human Factor IX from Human Cells Implanted Within an Immunoisolation
      Device into Athymic Rodents," Hum. Gene Ther. 1998 Apr. 10; 9(6):879-888.
PAL  Abstract Only Of Carter et al., "Morphologic Characteristics of Lesion
      Formation and Time Course of Smooth Proliferative Restenosis Model," J.
      Am. Coll. Cardiol. 24:1398-405 (1994).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Chang et al., "Adenovirus-Mediated Over-Expression of hte
      Cyclin/Cyclin-Dependent Kinase Inhibitor, p21 Inhibits Vascular Smooth
      Muscle Cell Proliferation and Neointima Formation in the Rat Carotoid
      Artery Model of Balloon Angioplasty," J. Clin. Invest 96:2260-8 (1995).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Chang et al., "Inhibition of Hypercholesterolemia-Induced
      Atherosclerosis in the Nonhuman Primate by Probucol. II. Cellular
      Composition and Proliferation," Arteriscler. Thromb. Vasc. Biol.
      15:1631-40 (1995).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Conte et al., "Efficient Repopulation of Denuded Rabbit
      Arteries with Autologous Genetically Modified Endothelial Cells,"
      Circulation 89:2161-9 (1994).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Epstein et al., "The Basis of Molecular Strategies for
      Treating Coronary Restenosis After Angioplasty," J. Am. Coll. Cardiol.
      23:1278-88 (1994).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Herrmann, et al., "Inhibition of Smooth Muscle Cell
      Proliferation and Experimental Angioplasty Restenosis by Beta-Cyclodextrin
      Tetradecasulfate," Arterioscler Thromb. 13:924-31 (1993).
PAL  Abstract Only of Hysmith et al., "Comparative Toxicity of the
      Cardiovascular Toxin Allylamine to Porcine Aortic Smooth Muscle and
      Endothelial Cells," Toxicology 38:141-50 (1986).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Katayose et al., "Consequences of p53 Gene Expression by
      Adenovirus Vector on Cell Cycle Arrest and Apoptosis in Human Aortic
      Vascular Smooth Muscle Cells," Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 215:446-51
      (1995).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Kaushal et al., "Activation of the Myogenic Lineage by
      MEF2A, a Factor that Induces and Cooperates with MyoD," Science
      266:1236-40 (1994).
PAL  Abstract Only OfKurki et al., "Monoclonal Antibodies to Proliferating Cell
      Nuclear Antigen (PCNA)/Cyclin as Probes for Proliferating Cells by
      Immunofluorescence Microscopy and Flow Cytometry," J. Immunol. Methods
      109:49-59 (1988).
PAL  Abstract Only OfLafont et al., "Effect of Alpha-Tocopherol on Restenosis
      After Angioplsaty in a Model of Experimental Atherosclerosis," J. Clin.
      Invest. 95:1018-25 (1995).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Lohr et al., "Comparison of Proliferating Cell Nuclear
      Antigen (PCNA) Staining and BrdUrd-Labelling Index under Different
      Proliferative Conditions in Vitro by Flow Cytometry," Cell. Prolif.
      28:93-104 (1995).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Marino et al., "Proliferating Cell Nuclear Antigen in
      Developing and Adult Rat Cardiac Muscle Cells," Circ. Res. 69:1353-60
      (1991).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Mooradian et al., "Nitric Oxide (NO) Donor Molecules:
      Effect of NO Release Rate on Vascular Smooth Muscle Cell Proliferation in
      Vitro," J. Cardiovasc. Pharmacol. 25:674-8 (1995).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Morishita et al., "A Gene Therapy Strategy Using a
      Transcription Factor Decoy of the E2F Binding Site Inhibits Smooth Muscle
      Proliferation in Vivo," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:5855-9 (1995).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Oguchi et al., Vascular Smooth Muscle Cells from
      Genetically Hyperlipidemic Rabbit (WHHL Rabbit) Exhibit Decreased Growth
      Response, Atherosclerosis 90:101-8 (1991).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Petersen et al., "Sustained Production of Human
      Transferrin by Transduced Fibroblasts Implanted into Athymic Mice: A Model
      for Somatic Gene Therapy," J. Invest. Dermtol. 1995 Feb; 104(2):171-176.
PAL  Abstract Only Of Pickering et al., "Prevention of Smooth Muscle Cell
      Outgrowth from Human Atherosclerotic Plaque by a Recombinant Cytotoxin
      Specific for the Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor," J. Clin. Invest.
      91:724-9 (1993).
PAL  Abstract Only OfPorreca et al., "Antiproliferative Effect of
      Desferrioxamine on Vascular Smooth Muscle Cells In Vitro and In Vivo,"
      Arterioscler. Thromb. 14:299-304 (1994).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Raja-Walia et al., "Enhancement of Liposome-Mediated Gene
      Transfer into Vascular Tissue by Replication Deficient Adenovirus," Gene
      Ther. 2:521-30 (1995).
PAL  Abstract Only OfRekhter et al., "Active Proliferation of Different Cell
      Types, Including Lymphocytes, in Human Atherosclerotic Plaques," Am. J.
      Pathol. 147:668-77 (1995).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Shi et et al., "Transcatheter Delivery of C-MYC Antisense
      Oligomers Reduces Neointimal Formation in a Porcine Model of Coronary
      Artery Ballon Injury," Circulation 90:944-51 (1994).
PAL  Abstract Only OfSpeir et al., "Inhibition of Smooth Muscle Cell
      Proliferation by an Antisense Oligodeoxynucleotide Targeting the Messenger
      RNA Encoding Proliferating Cell Nuclear Antigen," Circulation 86:538-47
      (1992).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Takeshita et al., "Increased Gene Expression After
      Liposome-Mediated Arterial Gene Transfer Associated with Intimal Smooth
      Muscle Cell Proliferation. In Vitro and In Vivo Findings in a Rabbit Model
      of Vascular Injury," J. Clin. Invest. 93:652-61 (1994).
PAL  Abstract Only OfZeymer et al., "Proliferating Cell Nuclear Antigen
      Immunohistochemistry in Rat Aorta After Balloon Denudation. Comparison
      with Thymidine and Bromodeoxyuridine Labeling," Am. J. Pathol. 141:685-90
      (1992).
PAL  Abstract Only Of Zhou et al., "Long-Term Expression of Human Factor IX cDNA
      in Rabbits," Sci China B1993 Nov; 36(11):1333-1341.
PAL  Narita, N., et al., "The Gene for Transcription Factor GATA-6 Resides on
      Mouse Chromosome 18 is Expressed in Myocardium and Vascular Smooth
      Muscle", Genomics, (1996), 36(2), 345-348.
PAL  Laverriere, A.C., et al., "GATA-4/5/6, A Subfamily of Three Transcription
      Factors Transcribed in Developing Heart and Gut", J Biol Chem, (1994),
      269(37), 23177-23184.
PAL  Morrisey, E.E., et al., "GATA-6: A Zinc Finger Transcription Factor That is
      Expressed in Multiple Cell Lineages Derived from Lateral Mesoderm", Dev
      Biol, (1996), 177(1), 309-322.
PAL  Qureshi, S.T., et al., "Mapping of the GATA6 Gene to Mouse Chromosome 18",
      Mamm Genome, (1996), 7(9), 705-706.
PAL  Jiang, Y. And Evans, T., "The Xenopus GATA-4/5/6 Genes are Associated with
      Cardiac Specification and Can Regulate Cardiac-Specific Transcription
      During Embryogenesis", Dev Biol, (1996), 174(2), 258-270.
PAL  Suzuki, E., et al., "The Human GATA-6 Gene: Structure, Chromosomal
      Location, and Regulation of Expression by Tissue-Specific and
      Mitogen-Responsive Signals", Genomics, (1996), 38(3), 283-290.
PAL  Li et al. "Expression of the SM22alpha Promoter in Transgenic Mice Provides
      Evidence for Distinct Transcriptional Regulatory Programs in Vascular and
      Visceral Smooth Muscle Cells", J. Biol. Chem., (1996), 132, 849-859.
PAL  Davis et al. (1996) The chicken vitellogenin II gene is flanked by a GATA
      factor-dependent estrogen response unit. Mol. Endocrinol. 10:937-944, Aug.
      1996.
PAL  Verma et al. (1997) Gene therapy-promises, problems and prospects. Nature
      389:239-242, Sep. 1997.
LREP
FRM  Wolf, Greenfield & Sacks P.C.
ABST
PAL  Methods and compositions for reducing or preventing the proliferation of
      vascular smooth muscle cells are provided. The method involves the step of
      administering an isolated GATA-6 molecule to a subject to prevent or
      reduce vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation. The isolated GATA-6
      molecule can be a GATA-6 nucleic acid or a GATA-6 protein.
PATN
WKU  059900938
SRC  8
APN  8297487
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19970331
TTL  Treating HBV with phospholipid prodrugs of
      .beta.-L-2',3'-dideoxyadenosine 5'-monophosphate
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Kunz; Gary L.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Schinazi; Raymond F.
CTY  Decatur
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Sommadossi; Jean-Pierre
CTY  Birmingham
STA  AL
INVT
NAM  Gosselin; Gilles
CTY  Montpellier
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Imbach; Jean-Louis
CTY  Montpellier
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Emory University
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  University of Alabama Research Foundation, Inc.
CTY  Birmingham
STA  AL
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  CNRS
CTY  Montpellier
CNT  FRX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  587598
APD  19951222
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  320461
APD  19941007
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  119470
APD  19930910
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  514 47
XCL  536 267
XCL  536 2714
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3170
ICL  C07H 1916
ICL  C07H 1920
FSC  514
FSS  47
FSC  536
FSS  27.14;26.7
UREF
PNO  4000137
ISD  19761200
NAM  Dvonoch et al.
OCL  260252
UREF
PNO  4336381
ISD  19820600
NAM  Nagata et al.
OCL  544313
UREF
PNO  4818538
ISD  19890400
NAM  Rideout et al.
OCL  514 50
UREF
PNO  4861759
ISD  19890800
NAM  Mitsuya et al.
OCL  514 46
UREF
PNO  4879277
ISD  19891100
NAM  Mitsuya et al.
OCL  514 49
UREF
PNO  4900828
ISD  19900200
NAM  Belica et al.
OCL  544317
UREF
PNO  4916122
ISD  19900400
NAM  Chu et al.
OCL  514 50
UREF
PNO  4963533
ISD  19901000
NAM  de Clerq et al.
OCL  514 49
UREF
PNO  5041449
ISD  19910800
NAM  Belleau et al.
OCL  514274
UREF
PNO  5047407
ISD  19910900
NAM  Belleau et al.
OCL  514274
UREF
PNO  5059690
ISD  19911000
NAM  Zahler et al.
OCL  544276
UREF
PNO  5185437
ISD  19930200
NAM  Koszlka et al.
OCL  536 27.14
UREF
PNO  5270315
ISD  19931200
NAM  Belleau et al.
OCL  514274
UREF
PNO  5770713
ISD  19980600
NAM  Imbach
OCL  536 22.1
UREF
PNO  5770725
ISD  19980600
NAM  Gosselin et al.
OCL  536 26.8
UREF
PNO  5849905
ISD  19981200
NAM  Gosselin et al.
OCL  536 25.33
FREF
PNO  0 217 580
ISD  19870400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0337713
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0375329
ISD  19900600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0433898
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0515157
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0494119
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0515156
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0515144
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0526253
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/07532
ISD  19881000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/11186
ISD  19910800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/00315
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/10497
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/10496
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/15308
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/14743
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/18517
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/12131
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/12128
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/12132
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/24510
ISD  19931200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/05300
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/27616
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/14802
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/14456
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/26764
ISD  19941100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/11252
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/40164
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Piantadosi et al. J. Med. Chem. 34:1408-1414, 1991.
PAL  Jurovcik. et al. Nucleic Acids Res. 3(8): 2143-2154, 1976.
PAL  Balzarini, J., et al., "Potent and Selective Anti-HTLV-III/LAV Activity of
      2',3'-Dideoxycytidinene, the 2',3'-Unsaturated Derivative of
      2',3'-Dideoxycytidine," Biochemical and Biophysical Research
      Communications, vol. 140, No. 2, pp. 735-742 (1986).
PAL  Carter et al., "Activities of (-)-Carbovir and 3'-Azido-3'-Deoxythymidine
      Against Human Immunodeficiency Virus In Vitro," Antimicrobial Agents and
      Chemotherapy, vol. 34, No. 6, pp. 1297-1300 (1990).
PAL  Chang, Chien-Neng, et al., "Deoxycytidine Deaminase-resistant Steroisomer
      Is the Active Form of (.+-.)-2',3'-Dideoxy-3'-thiacytidine in the
      Inhibition of Hepatitis B Virus Replication," The Journal of Biological
      Chemistry, vol. 357, No. 20, pp. 13938-13942.
PAL  Chu, et al., "Structure-Activity Relationships of Pyrimidine Nucleosides as
      Antiviral as Antiviral Agents for Human Immunodeficiency Virus Type 1 in
      Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells," J. Med. Chem. vol. 32, p. 612 (1989).
PAL  Chu, et al., "Comparative Activity of 2',3'-Saturated and Unsaturated
      Pyrimidine and Purine Nucleosides Against Human Immunodeficiency Virus
      Type 1 in Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells," Biochem. Pharm., vol. 37,
      No. 19, pp. 3543-3548 (1988).
PAL  Chu, C.K., et al., "An Efficient Total Synthesis of
      3'-Azido-3'-Deoxythiymidine (AZT) and 3'-Azido-2',3'-Dideoxyuridine
      (AZDDU, CS-87) from D-Mannitol," Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 5349, vol. 29.
PAL  Cretton, E., et al., "Pharmokinetics of 3'-Azido-3'-Dexoythymidine and its
      Catabolites and Interactions with Probenecid in Rhesus Monkeys,"
      Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, pp. 801-807 (1991).
PAL  Cretton, E., et al., "Catabolism of 3'-Azido-3'-Deoxythymidine in
      Heptaocytes and Liver Microsomes, with Evidence of Formation of
      3'-Amino-3'-Deoxythymidine, a Highly Toxic Catabolite for Human Bone
      Marrow Cells," Pharmacology, vol. 39, p. 258 (1991).
PAL  Furman, et al., "The Anti-Hepatitis B Virus Activities, Cytotoxicities, and
      Anabolic Profiles of the (-) and (+) Enantiomers of
      cis-5-Fluoro-1-[2-(Hydromethyl)-1,3-Oxthiolane-5-yl]Cytosine,"
      Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, vol. 36, No. 12, pp. 2686-2692.
PAL  Jeong, L., et al., "Asymmetric Synthesis and Biological Evaluation of
      .beta.-L-(2R,5S)- and .alpha.-L-(2R-5R)-1,3-Oxathiolane-Pyrimidine and
      -Purine Nucleosides and Potential Anti-HIV Agents," J. Med. Chem., vol. 36
      (1993), pp. 181-195.
PAL  Krenitsky, T.A., et al., "3'-Amino-2',3'-Dideoxyribonucleosides of Some
      Pyrimidines: Synthesis and Biological Activities," J. Med. Chem, Vo. 26
      (1983), pp. 841-895.
PAL  Lin, et al., "Potent and Selective In Vitro Activity of
      3'-Deoxythmindine-2-Ene-(3'-Deoxy-2',3'-Didehydrothymidine) Against Human
      Immunodeficiency Virus," Biochem. Pharm., vol. 36, No. 17, p. 2716 (1987).
PAL  Mitsuya, H., et al., "Rapid in Vitro Systems for Assessing Activity of
      Agents Against HTLV-III/LAV," AIDS: Modern Concepts and Therapeutic
      Challenges, S. Broder, Ed. (Marcel-Dekker, New York, 1987), pp. 303.
PAL  Mitsuya, J., et al., 3'-Azido-3'-Deoxythymidine (BW A 509U): An Antiviral
      Agent that Inhibits the Infectivity and Cytopathic Effect of Human
      T-Lymphotropic Virus Type III/Lymphadenopathy-Associated Virus In Vitro,
      Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, vol. 82, pp. 7097-7100 (1985).
PAL  Mitsuya, J., et al., "Molecular Targets for AIDS Therapy," Science, vol.
      249, pp. 1533-1544, 1990.
PAL  Norbeck, D., et al., "A New 2',3'-Dideoxynucleoside Prototype with In Vitro
      Activity Against HIV," Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 6263.
PAL  Okabe, M., et al., "Synthesis of the Dideoxynucleosides ddC and CNT from
      Glutamic Acid, Ribonolactone, and Pyrimidine Bases," J. Org. Chem. 1989.
PAL  Richman, D. D., et al., "The Toxicity of Azidothymidine (AZT) in the
      Treatment of Patients with AIDS and AIDS-Related Complex," N. Eng. J. Med.
      1987, 317:192.
PAL  Satsumabayashi, S. et al., "The Synthesis of 1,3-Oxathiolane-5-one
      Derivatives," Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan, 1972, 45,913.
PAL  Schinazi, R.F., et al., "Activities of the Four Optical Isomers of
      2',3'-Dideoxy-3'-Thiacytidine (BCH-189) against Human Immunodeficiency
      Virus Type 1 in Human Lymphocytes," Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy
      36(3) 672-676.
PAL  Schinazi, R.F., et al., "Insights into HIV Chemotherapy," AIDS Research and
      Human Retroviruses 8(6) (1992) 963-990.
PAL  Schinazi, R.F., et al., "Pharmacokinetics and Metabolism of Racemic
      2',3'-Dideoxy-5-Fluoro-3'-Thiacytidine in Rhesus Monkeys," Antimicrobial
      Agents and Chemotherapy 36(11) 2432-2438.
PAL  Schinazi, R.F., et al., "Selective Inhibition of Human Immunodeficiency
      Viruses by Racemates and Enantiomers of
      cis-5-Fluoro-1-[2-(Hydroxymethyl)-1,3-Oxathiolan-5-yl]Cytosine,"
      Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 36(11) 2423-2431.
PAL  Schinazi, R.F., et al., "Substrate Specificity of Escherichia coli
      Thymidine Phosphorylase for Pyrimidine Nucleosides and an Anti-Human
      Immunodeficiency Virus Activity," Biochemical Pharmacology 44(2) (1992)
      199-204.
PAL  Sterzycki, R.Z., et al., "Synthesis and anti-HIV activity of several
      2'-fluoro-containing pyrimidine nucleosides," J. Med. Chem. 33:2150-2157
      (1990).
PAL  Vorbruggen et al, "Nucleoside Synthesis with Trimethylsilyl Triflate and
      Perchlorate as Catalysts," Chem. Ber. 1981, 114:1234-1255.
PAL  Wilson, L.J., et al. "A General Method for Controlling Glycosylation
      Stereochemistry in the Synthesis of 2'-Deoxyribose Nucleosides,"
      Tetrahedron Lett. 1990, 1815.
PAL  Zhu, Zhou, et al., "Cellular Metabolism of 3'-Azido-2',3'-Dideoxyuridine
      with Formation of 5'-O-Diphophoshexase Derivatives by Previously
      Unrecognized Metabolic Pathways of 2'-Deoxyuridine Analogs," Molecular
      Pharmacology, vol. 38, pp. 929-938.
PAL  Ganem D "Animal Models of Hepatitis B Virus Infection" Experimental Models
      in Antimicrobial Chemotherapy vol. 2 pp. 259-272.
PAL  Schinazi, R.F., et al., "Pure Nucleoside Enantiomers of
      .beta.-2',3'-Dideoxycytidine Analogs are Selective Inhibitors of Hepatitis
      B Virus in Vitro," Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, vol. 38, No. 9,
      Sep. 1994, pp. 2172-2174.
LREP
FR2  Knowles; Sherry M.
FR2  Haley; Jacqueline
     King & Spalding
ABST
PAL  A method for treating HBV infections comprising administering a
      5'-phospholipid prodrug of .beta.-L-2',3'-dideoxyadenosine
      5'-monophosphate.
PATN
WKU  059900946
SRC  9
APN  0143405
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980127
TTL  Inhibitors of sorotonin N-acetyltransferase
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1,5,6
EXP  Kunz; Gary L.
NDR  22
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Cole; Philip A.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Khalil; Ehab
CTY  Bronx
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  The Rockefeller University
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514 47
XCL  536 2623
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3170
ICL  C07H 1920
FSC  514
FSS  47
FSC  536
FSS  26.13;26.23
OREF
PAL  Albert et al, 1992, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 89:12053-7.
PAL  Arendt et al, 1992, Br J Psych, 161:361-4.
PAL  Borjigin et al, 1995, Nature, 378:783-85.
PAL  Cole et al, 1994, J Biol Chem, 269:30880-7.
PAL  Coon et al, 1995, Science, 270:1681-3.
PAL  DeAnglis et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem.: in print ??????.
PAL  D'Sa et al, 1996, J Neurochem, 67:900-6.
PAL  Ishida et al, 1987, J Biol Chem, 262:2895-9.
PAL  Kim et al, 1997, J Am Chem Soc, 119:11096-7.
PAL  Klein et al, 1996, Trends Endocrin Metab, 7:106-12.
PAL  Klein et al, 1997, Recent Progress in Hormone Reseachm 52:307-57.
PAL  Meikle et al, 1995, Biochem J, 308:327-33.
PAL  Nguyen et a, 1984, Hoppe-Seyler;s Z Physiol Chem, Bd. 365-:1-8.
PAL  Redman et al, 1983, Science, 219:1089-91.
PAL  Reppert et al, 1994, Neuron, 13:1177-85.
PAL  Reppert et al, 1995, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 92:8734-8.
PAL  Voisin et al, 1984, J Biol Chem, 259:10913-8.
PAL  Yang et al, 1996, Nature, 382:319-24.
LREP
FRM  Klauber & Jackson
ABST
PAL  This invention is directed to a compound having the formula I.
      ##STR1##
      This invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a
      compound which inhibits serotonin N-acetyltransferase having the formula I
      and a pharmaceutical acceptable carrier. The present invention relates to
      novel compounds and analogs which inhibit the serotonin
      N-acetyltransferase enzyme, and to processes for their preparation.
PATN
WKU  059900954
SRC  8
APN  4485033
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19950726
TTL  Use of hyaluronic acid and forms to prevent arterial restenosis
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Peselev; Elli
NDR  21
NFG  38
INVT
NAM  Falk; Rudolf Edgar
CTY  Toronto
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Ascuali; Samuel Simon
CTY  Toronto
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Turley; Eva Anne
CTY  Winnipeg
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Hyal Pharmaceutical Corporation
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  675908
APD  19910703
RLAP
COD  75
APN  838674
APD  19920221
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  89
APN  838675
APD  19920221
PSC  01
PNO  5639738
RLAP
COD  89
APN  952095
APD  19920928
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  90
APN  125398
APD  19930923
PSC  01
PNO  5834444
CLAS
OCL  514 54
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3170
FSC  536
FSS  55.1;55.2
FSC  514
FSS  54
UREF
PNO  2583096
ISD  19520100
NAM  Hadidian et al.
UREF
PNO  3436454
ISD  19690400
NAM  Nouvel
UREF
PNO  3887703
ISD  19750600
NAM  Manoussos et al.
UREF
PNO  4141973
ISD  19790200
NAM  Balazs
UREF
PNO  4272522
ISD  19810600
NAM  Balazs
UREF
PNO  4303676
ISD  19811200
NAM  Balazs
UREF
PNO  4582865
ISD  19860400
NAM  Balazs et al.
UREF
PNO  4636524
ISD  19870100
NAM  Balazs et al.
UREF
PNO  4684627
ISD  19870800
NAM  LeVeen et al.
UREF
PNO  4711780
ISD  19871200
NAM  Fahim
UREF
PNO  4716224
ISD  19871200
NAM  Sakurai et al.
UREF
PNO  4725585
ISD  19880200
NAM  Wenge et al.
UREF
PNO  4736024
ISD  19880400
NAM  Della Valle et al.
UREF
PNO  4755544
ISD  19880700
NAM  Makino et al.
UREF
PNO  4795741
ISD  19890100
NAM  Leshchiner et al.
UREF
PNO  4801619
ISD  19890100
NAM  Lindblad
UREF
PNO  4808576
ISD  19890200
NAM  Schultz et al.
UREF
PNO  4814176
ISD  19890300
NAM  Makino et al.
UREF
PNO  4840941
ISD  19890600
NAM  Ueno et al.
UREF
PNO  4851521
ISD  19890700
NAM  della Valle et al.
UREF
PNO  4853226
ISD  19890800
NAM  Machida et al.
UREF
PNO  4937254
ISD  19900600
NAM  Sheffield et al.
UREF
PNO  4946870
ISD  19900800
NAM  Partain, III et al.
UREF
PNO  4957744
ISD  19900900
NAM  della Valle et al.
UREF
PNO  4965353
ISD  19901000
NAM  della Valle et al.
UREF
PNO  4970298
ISD  19901100
NAM  Silver et al.
UREF
PNO  5095037
ISD  19920300
NAM  Iwamitsu et al.
UREF
PNO  5166331
ISD  19921100
NAM  della Valle et al.
FREF
PNO  30806/84
ISD  19840700
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  B-72117/87
ISD  19871200
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  15456/88
ISD  19880900
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  B17459/88
ISD  19881200
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  29145/89
ISD  19890600
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  14534/88
ISD  19901100
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  B14534/88
ISD  19901100
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  17459/88
ISD  19910800
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  1205031
ISD  19860500
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1240929
ISD  19880800
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2031880
ISD  19901200
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0 312 208
ISD  00000000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 138 572
ISD  19850400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 179 442
ISD  19860400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 197 718
ISD  19861000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 208 623
ISD  19870100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 244 718
ISD  19870400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 216 453
ISD  19870400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 224 987
ISD  19870600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 240 098
ISD  19871000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 265 116
ISD  19880400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 270 317
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 287 210
ISD  19881000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 285 357
ISD  19881000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 295 092
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 296 740
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 341 745
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0378852
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 378852
ISD  19900700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2364373
ISD  19751000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  57-183707
ISD  19821200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-000017
ISD  19860100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-233622
ISD  19861000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-201825
ISD  19870900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63/045223
ISD  19880200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  A-116678/88
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-287041
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  769287
ISD  19570300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1283892
ISD  19720800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2099826
ISD  19821200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/07060
ISD  19880900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO89/05645
ISD  19890600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/07932
ISD  19890900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO91/04058
ISD  19910400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Sandra Blakeslee, "Solid cores of tumors keeping out best drugs", Jul. 8,
      1989 edition of the Globe and Mail, Toronto, Ontario, p. D4.
PAL  Pam Harrison, "Toxic drug tamed but still potent" Ontario Medicine, vol. 8,
      No. 16 dated Aug. 21, 1989, p. 1.
PAL  The Merck Index, Eleventh Edition, Centennial Edition, Hyaluronic Acid
      formulation, pp. 751 and 752.
PAL  Goodwin, J.S. Prostaglandin E and Cancer Growth Potential for Immunotherapy
      with Prostaglandin Synthesis Inhibitors, Augmentive Agents in Cancer
      Therapy, Raven Press, New York, (1981) (will follow).
PAL  Dr. Samuel Asculai, "Inactivation of Herpes Simplex Viruses by Nonionic
      Surfactants", Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, Apr. 1978, pp.
      686-690, (will follow).
PAL  Alaverdyan MI, Ter-Avetisyan AT. Effect of hyaluronidase, hyaluronic acid,
      and some other substances on postradiational experimental bacteriemai.
      Bulletin of Experimental Biology and Medicine 1967; 64(9): 967-969.
PAL  Balazs EA, Gibbs DA. The rheological properties and biological function of
      hyaluronic acid. In: Chemistry and Molecular Biology of the Intercellular
      Matrix. vol. III. New York: Academic Press, 1970. pp. 1241-1253.
PAL  Balazs EA, Band P. Hyaluronic acid: Its structure and use. Cosmetics &
      Toiletries. Polymers in Cosmetics 1984; 99: 65-72.
PAL  Camber O, Lundgren P. Diffusion of some low molecular weight compounds in
      sodium hyaluronate. Acta Pharmaceutica Suecica 1985; 22(6): 315-320.
PAL  Camber O, Edman P, Gurny R. Influence of sodium hyaluronate on the meiotic
      effect of pilocarpine rabbits. Current Eye Research 1987; 6(6): 779-784.
PAL  Chang S-C. Pro-drug and vehicle approaches to improve the therapeutic index
      of topically applied timolol in the pigmented rabbit. Dissertation
      Abstracts International 1988; 49(2): 367-B.
PAL  Cravioto, R.O., et al. Effects of Precipitates Formed by Insulin with
      Hyaluronic Acid and Mucoid From Vitreous Humor in Depressing Blood-Sugar
      Levels Science (1950); vol. 111: 520-521.
PAL  Gieldanowski, Jerzy; Skowronska, Jadwiga Studies on immunosuppressive and
      anti-inflammatory effect of adriamycin. Arch. Immunol. Ther. Exp. (1980);
      28 (3); 439-446.
PAL  Hassan HG, Akerman B, Ranck H, Lindberg B, Lindquist B. Effects of
      adjuvants to local anaesthetics on their duration. Acta Anaesthesiol.
      Scand. 1985; 29: 384-388.
PAL  Hurd ER Immunosuppressive and anti-inflammatory properties of
      cyclophosphamide, azathioprine and methotrexate. Arthritis and Rheumatism
      (Jan.-Feb. 1973); 16 (1): 84-88.
PAL  Idson B. Polymers in skin cosmetics. Cosmetics & Toiletries 1988; 103:
      63-68.
PAL  Johansson A, Hassan H, Renck H. Effects of adjuvants to local anaesthetics
      on their duration. Acta Anaesthesiol. Scand. 1985; 29: 736-738.
PAL  Kalbhen D.A. The inhibitory effects of steroidal and Non-steroidal
      antirheumatic drugs on articular cartilage in osteoarthrosis and its
      counteraction by a biological GAG-peptide complex (Rumalon.RTM.). Z.
      Rheumatol (1982); 41: 202-211.
PAL  Katsu M., Abe T., Shimada S. Significance and clinical use of non-steroid
      anti-inflammatory drugs as substitutes for steroids in steroid dependence.
      Nippon Rinsho (Jan. 1968); 26(1): 89-95.
PAL  Kreis H, Chkoff N, Droz D, et al. Nonsteroid anti-inflammatory agents as a
      substitute treatment for steroids in ATGAM-treated cadaver kidney
      recipients. Transplantation (Feb. 1984); 37(2): 139-145.
PAL  McIlwraith W. Current concepts in equine degenerative joint disease.
      Journal of the American Veterinary Medical Association 1982; Feb. 1:
      239-250.
PAL  Mizushima, Y. Possibility of non-steroid anti-inflammatory drugs as a
      substitute for steroids-analysis of the present situation and demands for
      the future. Nippon Rinsho (Jan. 1986); 26(1): 61-65.
PAL  Nizolek DJH, White KK. Corticosteroid and hyaluronic acid treatments in
      equine degenerative jioint disease: A review. The Cornell Veterinarian
      1981; 71(4): 355-375.
PAL  Pigman W, et al. Acide hyaluronique et facteurs de permeabilite tissulaire.
      Bull. Soc. Chim. Biol. 1963: 5(2-3): 185-202.
PAL  Pruett RC, Schepens CL, Constable IJ, Swann DA. Hyaluronic acid vitreous
      substitute. In: Vetreous Surgery and Advances in Fundus Diagnosis and
      Treatment. Freeman H.M., et al., Editors. Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1977:
      Chapter 55. pp. 433-444.
PAL  Reim M. Teping C. Surgical procedures in the treatment of most severe eye
      burns. Acta Ophthalmologica 1989-Supplementum 192; 67: 47-54.
PAL  Rydell NV, Balazs EA. Effect of intra-articular injection of hyaluronic
      acid on the clinical symptoms of osteoarthritis and on granulation tissue
      formation. Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research 1971; 80(Oct.):
      25-29.
PAL  Saba P, Galeone F, Salvadorini F, Guarguaglini M, Ombrato M. Investigation
      of the antihyperlipemic activity of an association of clofibrate and
      extractive mucopolysaccharide complex. Current Therapeutic Research 1978;
      23(4): 455-463.
PAL  Stegmen R, Miller D. Use of sodium hyaluronate in severe penetrating ocular
      tramua. Acta Ophthalmol. 1986; 18: 9-13.
PAL  Trabucchi E, Foschi D, Marazzi M, Radaelli E, Lucianetti A, Rizzitelli E,
      Baratti C, et al. Prevention of wound dehiscence in severely obese
      patients with jejuno-ileal by-pass: The role of hyaluronic acid.
      Pharmatherapeutica 1988; 5(4): 233-239.
PAL  Sertoli P, Merello A, Parodi M. L'acido jaluronico, per uso topico, nella
      cura delle ulcere trofo-circolatorie degli arti inferiori.
      (Comunicazioni). Giornale Italiano di Dermatologia 1970; 45(8): 468-471.
PAL  Walther, M. The Prevention of Strine Cutis Distansae During Pregnancy.
      Mineva Gynecolgia (1981) vol. 33: 497-499.
PAL  Weirich, E.G., Longauer, J.K., Kirkwood, A.H. Dermatopharmacology of
      salicylic acid. III. Topical contra-inflammatory effect of salicylic acid
      and other durgs in animal experiments. Dermatologica (1976); 152(2):
      87-99.
PAL  Braun, DP et al., "Modulation of Immunity in Cancer Patient by
      Prostaglandin Antagonists", Immunity to Cancer II, 1989, p. 439-448, Alan
      R. Liss, Inc.
PAL  Sneader, W.E., Chemical Abstracts, vol. 76, No. 10, Possible Mechanism for
      Action of DMSO on Percutaeous absorption, J. Pharm. Pharmacol, 1971, 23
      (Supp).
LREP
FR2  Hughes; Ivor M.
FR2  Hughes; Neil H.
FR2  Sarkis; Marcelo K.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/CA94/00188
PD1  19950726
PD2  19950726
PD3  19940325
ABST
PAR  This invention relates to a method of inhibiting the narrowing of the
      tubular walls of an animal with a form of hyaluronic acid.
PATN
WKU  059900962
SRC  8
APN  4667131
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19950606
TTL  Formulations containing hyaluronic acid
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  2
EXP  Peselev; Elli
NDR  12
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Asculai; Samuel Simon
CTY  Toronto
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Hochman; David
CTY  Thornhill
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Purschke; Don
CTY  Toronto
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Harper; David William
CTY  Oakville
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Klein; Ehud Shmuel
CTY  Givat Savyon
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Falk; Rudolf Edger
CTY  Toronto
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Hyal Pharmaceutical Corporation
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19920220
APN  2061703
RLAP
COD  72
APN  675908
APD  19900918
RLAP
COD  75
APN  838674
APD  19920221
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  76
APN  290840
APD  19941027
CLAS
OCL  514 54
XCL  514 62
XCL  536 552
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3170
FSC  514
FSS  54;23;62
FSC  536
FSS  55.1;55.2
UREF
PNO  2583096
ISD  19520100
NAM  Hadidian et al.
UREF
PNO  3042667
ISD  19620700
NAM  Flodin et al.
UREF
PNO  3247063
ISD  19660400
NAM  Pulver
UREF
PNO  3357784
ISD  19671200
NAM  Kasper et al.
UREF
PNO  3396081
ISD  19680800
NAM  Billek et al.
UREF
PNO  3436454
ISD  19690400
NAM  Nouvel
UREF
PNO  3792164
ISD  19740200
NAM  Bechtold et al.
UREF
PNO  3845201
ISD  19741000
NAM  Haddad et al.
UREF
PNO  3870791
ISD  19750300
NAM  Haddad et al.
UREF
PNO  3887703
ISD  19750600
NAM  Manoussos et al.
UREF
PNO  4003991
ISD  19770100
NAM  Krohn et al.
UREF
PNO  4045558
ISD  19770800
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  4061722
ISD  19771200
NAM  Bodor et al.
UREF
PNO  4141973
ISD  19790200
NAM  Balazs
UREF
PNO  4240163
ISD  19801200
NAM  Galin
UREF
PNO  4255415
ISD  19810300
NAM  Chrai et al.
UREF
PNO  4271143
ISD  19810600
NAM  Schoenwald et al.
UREF
PNO  4272522
ISD  19810600
NAM  Balazs
UREF
PNO  4280954
ISD  19810700
NAM  Yannas et al.
UREF
PNO  4303676
ISD  19811200
NAM  Balazs
UREF
PNO  4328803
ISD  19820500
NAM  Pape
UREF
PNO  4470975
ISD  19840900
NAM  Berger et al.
UREF
PNO  4478822
ISD  19841000
NAM  Haslam et al.
UREF
PNO  4487865
ISD  19841200
NAM  Balazs et al.
UREF
PNO  4500676
ISD  19850200
NAM  Balazs
UREF
PNO  4517295
ISD  19850500
NAM  Bracke
UREF
PNO  4582865
ISD  19860400
NAM  Balazs et al.
UREF
PNO  4629623
ISD  19861200
NAM  Balazs et al.
UREF
PNO  4636524
ISD  19870100
NAM  Balazs et al.
UREF
PNO  4684627
ISD  19870800
NAM  LeVeen et al.
UREF
PNO  4686288
ISD  19870800
NAM  Lormeau et al.
UREF
PNO  4711780
ISD  19871200
NAM  Fahim
UREF
PNO  4713448
ISD  19871200
NAM  Balazs et al.
UREF
PNO  4716224
ISD  19871200
NAM  Sakurai et al.
UREF
PNO  4725585
ISD  19880200
NAM  Wenge et al.
UREF
PNO  4736024
ISD  19880400
NAM  Della Valle et al.
OCL  536 55.3
UREF
PNO  4746504
ISD  19880500
NAM  Nimrod et al.
UREF
PNO  4755544
ISD  19880700
NAM  Makino et al.
UREF
PNO  4782046
ISD  19881100
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  4784990
ISD  19881100
NAM  Nimrod et al.
UREF
PNO  4784991
ISD  19881100
NAM  Nimrod et al.
UREF
PNO  4795741
ISD  19890100
NAM  Leshchiner et al.
UREF
PNO  4801619
ISD  19890100
NAM  Lindblad
UREF
PNO  4804537
ISD  19890200
NAM  Bergman et al.
UREF
PNO  4808576
ISD  19890200
NAM  Schultz et al.
UREF
PNO  4814175
ISD  19890300
NAM  Tack et al.
UREF
PNO  4820732
ISD  19890400
NAM  Shell et al.
UREF
PNO  4840941
ISD  19890600
NAM  Ueno et al.
UREF
PNO  4851521
ISD  19890700
NAM  della Valle et al.
UREF
PNO  4853224
ISD  19890800
NAM  Wong
UREF
PNO  4853226
ISD  19890800
NAM  Machida et al.
UREF
PNO  4855134
ISD  19890800
NAM  Yamahira et al.
UREF
PNO  4863907
ISD  19890900
NAM  Sakurai et al.
UREF
PNO  4877619
ISD  19891000
NAM  Richer
UREF
PNO  4879282
ISD  19891100
NAM  Saliba, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4912093
ISD  19900300
NAM  Michaeli
UREF
PNO  4913898
ISD  19900400
NAM  Altobelli et al.
UREF
PNO  4937254
ISD  19900600
NAM  Sheffield et al.
UREF
PNO  4937270
ISD  19900600
NAM  Hamilton et al.
UREF
PNO  4944941
ISD  19900700
NAM  Ammann
UREF
PNO  4957744
ISD  19900900
NAM  della Valle
UREF
PNO  4963666
ISD  19901000
NAM  Malson
UREF
PNO  4965353
ISD  19901000
NAM  della Valle
UREF
PNO  5092841
ISD  19920300
NAM  Spears
UREF
PNO  5095037
ISD  19920300
NAM  Iwamitsu
FREF
PNO  B-72117/87
ISD  19871200
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  B-15456/88
ISD  19881000
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  B-14534/88
ISD  19881100
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  1087610
ISD  19801000
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1205031
ISD  19860500
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1240929
ISD  19880800
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2006060
ISD  19891200
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2004740
ISD  19900600
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2031880
ISD  19901200
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1317287
ISD  19930500
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0066283
ISD  19820500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0138572
ISD  19850400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0138216
ISD  19850400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0136782
ISD  19851000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0197718
ISD  19861000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0224987
ISD  19870600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0244178
ISD  19871100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0296740
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0341745
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0378852
ISD  19900700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0433817
ISD  19910600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0437622-A1
ISD  19910700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1425265
ISD  19660400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2364373
ISD  19750700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  57-185208
ISD  19821100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-183938
ISD  19831000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-183611
ISD  19831000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-025311
ISD  19840200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-219209
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-056114
ISD  19860300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-064701
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-106602
ISD  19860500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-187866
ISD  19860800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-171703
ISD  19860800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  A-62-201825
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1238530
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  A-116678/88
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  27287
ISD  19900100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2200624
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-18022
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  769287
ISD  19550500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  818336
ISD  19590800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1283892
ISD  19720800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2099826
ISD  19821200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 84/04453
ISD  19841100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 86/00912
ISD  19860200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 86/03125
ISD  19860600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/07060
ISD  19880900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/06840
ISD  19880900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/07853
ISD  19881000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/03205
ISD  19890400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/05645
ISD  19890600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/10941
ISD  19891100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/10020
ISD  19900900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/10031
ISD  19900900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Abatangelo G, Martelli M, Vecchia P. Healing of hyaluronic acid-enriched
      wounds: Histological observations. J. Surgical Research 1983; 35: 410-416.
PAL  Abatangelo G, Corvito R, et al. Cell detachment mediated by hyaluronic
      acid. Exp. Cell Res. 1982; 137: 73-78.
PAL  Adams JB. Steroid hormones and breast cancer. Dissertation Abstracts
      International 1981; 42(4): 1425B.
PAL  Ahlgren T, Jarstrand C. Hyaluronic acid enhances phagocytosis of human
      monocytes in vitro. J Clinical Immunology 1984; 4(3): 246-249.
PAL  Alaverdyan MI, Ter-Avetisyan AT. Effect of hyaluronidase, hyaluronic acid,
      and some other substances on postradiational experimental bacteriemai.
      Bulletin of Experimental Biology and Medicine 1967; 64(9): 967-969.
PAL  Alexander P. Ageing skin: Remedial measures. Manuf. Chemist 1985; Oct.: 35,
      37, 39.
PAL  Altman RD, Kapila P, Dean DD, Howell DS.
PAL  Future therapeutic trends in osteoarthritis. Scand. J. Rheumatology 1989;
      Suppl. 77: 37-42.
PAL  Ambroggio G, Barberis ML. Trattamento di lesioni cutanee ad andamento
      cronico con acido ialuronico. Minerva Chirurgica 1969; 23(15): 815-818.
PAL  Anastassiades T, Robertson W. Modulation of mitogen-dependent lymphocyte
      stimulation by hyaluroniccid. J Rheum. 1984; 11(6): 729-734.
PAL  Appel A, Horwitz AL, Dorfman A. Cell-free synthesis of hyaluronic acid in
      marfan syndrome. J Biological Chemistry 1979; 254(23): 12199-12203.
PAL  Arzeno G, Miller D. Effect of sodium hyaluronate on corneal wound healing.
      Arch Ophthalmol 1982; 100: 152.
PAL  Aste L, Burattoni G. Osservazioni sull'impiego dell'acido jaluronico nel
      trattamento delle ulcere da decubito nelle sindromi midollari. Ospedali
      D'Italia Chirurgia 1967: 17(3): 315-322.
PAL  Balazs EA, Band P. Hyaluronic acid: Its structure and use. Cosmetics &
      Toiletries . Polymers in Cosmetics 1984; 99: 65-72.
PAL  Balazs EA, Freeman MI, et al. Hyaluronic acid and replacement of vitreous
      and aqueous humor. Modern Problems in Ophthalmology : Secondary Detachment
      of the Retina 1971; 10: 3-21.
PAL  Balazs EA, Gibbs DA. The rheological properties and biological function of
      hyaluronic acid. In: Chemistry and Molecular Biology of the Intercellular
      Matrix. vol. III. New York: Acadmic Press, 1970. pp. 1241-1253.
PAL  Barondes SH. Bifunctional properties of lectins: Lectins redefined. TIBS
      1988; 13 (Dec.): 480-482.
PAL  Barron BA, et al. Comparison of the effects of viscoat and healon on
      postoperative intraocular pressure. Am. J. Ophthallmology 1985; 100:
      377-384.
PAL  Bayer EA, Wilcher M. The use of the avidin-biotin complex as a tool in
      molecular biology. Methods of Biochemical Analysis . vol. 26: 1-45.
PAL  Ber A, Mikolajczyk H. Badania nad ukladem hialuronidaza--kwas hialuronowy.
      Wplyw kwasu kialuronowego na gojenie sie doswiad-czalnych wrzodow zoladka
      u szczurow. Patologia Polska 1957; 8: 31-36.
PAL  Biggar WD, Sturgess JM. Role of lysozyme in the microbicidal activity of
      rat alveolar macrophages. Infection and Immunity 1977; 16(3): 974-982.
PAL  Billek G, Billek D. Hyaluronsaure--Die Gesch . . . eines kosmetischen
      wirkstoffs. [Summary in English] Parfuemerie und Kosmetik 1988; 69(12):
      768-790 & 792-795.
PAL  Binkhorst CD. Advantages and disadvantages of intracamerular Na-Hyaluronate
      (Healon) in intraocular lens surgery. Documenta Ophthalmologica 1981; 50:
      233-235.
PAL  Blumenkrantz N, Asboe-Hansen G. Reaction of cationic groups of
      chlorpromazine with anionic macromolecules: Complexes with DNA, RNA,
      hyaluronic acid and heparin. Acta Pharmacol. et Toxiicol. 1974; 34: 27-32.
PAL  Boutet D, Voskamp K. L'acide hyaluronique: Proprietes et applications.
      Parfums, Cosmetiques, Aromes 1986; 68: 53-56.
PAL  Bowen BR, Nguyen T, Lasky LA. Characterization of a human homologue of the
      murine peripheral lymph node homing receptor. J Cell Biology 1989;
      109(Jul.): 421-427.
PAL  Boyce ST, Christianson DJ, Hansbrough JF. Structure of a collagen-GAG
      dermal skin substitute optimized for cultured human epidermal
      keratinocytes. J. Biomedical Material Research 1988; 22: 939-957.
PAL  Brandstetter W, Kiesewetter E, Wohlzogen FX. Influencint experimental
      pathological changes i rodents with hyaluronic acid. [Translation of :
      Beeinflussung experimentell-pathologischer veranderungen bei nagern durch
      hyaluronsaure.] Archive for Experimental Pathology and Pharmacology /
      Archiv Fur Experimentelle Pathologie 1957; 231(2): 186-198.
PAL  Brandt K. Modification of chemotaxis by synovial fluid hyaluronate.
      Arthritis and Rheumatism 1970; 13(3): 308-309.
PAL  Brown TA, Bouchard T, St. John T, Wayner E, Carter WG. Human keratinocytes
      express a new CD44 core protein (CD44E) as a heparan-sulfate intrinsic
      membrane proteoglycan with additional exons. J Cell Biology 1991; 113(1):
      207-221.
PAL  Bruno RN. Osservazioni sull'impiego comparativo di sale sodico dell'acido
      ialuronico e dell'estratto di Triticum vulgaris in 20 casi di soggetti
      affetti da ulcere a deversa etiologia. [Summary in English] Il
      Policlinico. Sezione Medica: 1983; 90(4): 340-344.
PAL  Burk DT. Morphological effects of streptomyces hyaluronidase treatment on
      the ouitgrowth of the nasal processes in mouse embryos. J Craniofacial
      Genetics 1985; 5: 385-398.
PAL  Buu-Hoi NG. PH. La B-hydroxypropiophenone, ses analogues et leurs
      derives.Recueil Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas 1949; 68: 759, 768, & 774.
PAL  Camber O, Edman P, Gurny R. Influence of sodium hyaluronate on the meiotic
      effect of pilocarpine in rabbits. Current Eye Research 1987; 6(6):
      779-784.
PAL  Camber O, Lundgren P. Diffusion of some low molecular weight compounds in
      sodium hyaluronate. Acta Pharmaceutica Suecica 1985; 22(6): 315-320.
PAL  Carbonetto S, Gruver MM, Turner DC. Nerve Fiber growth in culture on
      fibronectin, collagen, and glycosaminoglycan substrates. J. Neuroscience
      1983; 3(11): 2324-2335.
PAL  Chang N-S. Hyaluronic acid and complement interactions. Dissertation
      Abstracts International 1985; 45(12): 3766-B.
PAL  Chang S-C. Pro-drug and vehicle approaches to improve the therapeutic index
      of topically applied timolol in the pigmented rabbit. Dissertation
      Abstracts International 1988; 49(2): 367-B.
PAL  Chen WYJ, Grant ME, Schor AM, Schor SL. Differences between adult and
      foetal fibroblasts in the regulation of hy: Correlation with migratory
      activity. J Cell Science 1989; 94: 577-584.
PAL  Cifonelli JA. The isolation and characterization of hyaluronic acid from
      Pasteurella multocida. Carbohydrate Research 1970; 14: 272-276.
PAL  Cifonelli JA, Dorfman A. The biosynthesis of hyaluronic acid by group A
      Streptococcus: The uridine nucleotides of groups A Streptococcus. J.
      Biological Chemistry 1957; 228: 547-557.
PAL  Cleary PP, Larkin A. Hyaluronic acid capsule: Strategy for oxygen
      resistance in group A streptococci. J Bacteriology 1979; 140(3):
      1090-1097.
PAL  Cleland RL. Molecular weight distribution in hyaluronic acid. In: Chemistry
      and Molecular Biology of the Intercellular Matrix. Edited by EA Balazs.
      Boston: Academic Press, 1970: 733-742.
PAL  Comper WD, Laurent TC. Physiological function of connective tissue
      polysaccharides. Physiological Reviews 1978 (Jan.); 58(1): 255-305.
PAL  Constable IJ, Swann DA. Vitreous substitution. Chapter 60; pp. 709-713.
PAL  Costantini A, Muzzio A, Agus GB. Plethysmographic patterns in scleroderma
      after percutaneous G.A.G. treatment. Bolletinno Chimico Farmaceutico 1986;
      125(10): 111s-115s.
PAL  Cravioto RO, Massieu GH, Izquierdo JJ. Effects of precipitates formed by
      insulin with hyaluronic acid and mucoid from vitreous humor in depressing
      blood-sugar levels. Science 1950; 111: 520-521.
PAL  Cullis-Hill D, Ghosh P. The role of hyaluronic acid in joint stability: A
      hypothesis for hip dysplasisa and allied disorders. Medical Hypothesis
      1987; 23: 171-185.
PAL  Culty M, Miyake K, Kincade PW, Silorski E, Butcher EC. The hyaluronate
      receptor is a member of the CD44 (H-CAM) family of cell surface
      glycoproteins. J Cell Biology 1990; 111(6, pt. 1): 2765-2774.
PAL  Curri SB. Influence of the hyaluronic acid on the restoration processes of
      the muscular-cutaneous planes. [Translation of: Influenza dell'acido
      jaluronico sui processi riparativi dei piani cutaneo-muscolari.] Bulletin
      of the Italian Society for Experimental biology / Bollettino Della Societa
      Italiana Di Biologia Sperimentale 1959; 35(23): 1762-1768.
PAL  Dahl IM. Biosynthesis of proteoglycans and hyaluronate in human fibroblast
      cultures established from normal and pathological corneas. Exp. Eye
      Research 1981; 32: 435-443.
PAL  Dahlgren C, Bjorksten B. Effect of hyaluronic acid on polymorphonuclear
      leucocyte cell surface properties. Scand. J Haematol. 1982; 28: 376-380.
PAL  Dasch W, von, Braun E, Nowack H. Transdermale salicylat-resorption und
      verhalten des corticosteroid-plasmaspiegels nach epidermaler applikation
      einer antiphlogistisch wirksamen salbe. [Summary in English]
      Arzneim.-Forsch. 1983; 33(8): 1196-1199.
PAL  Davidson JF, Walker ID. Synthetic fibrinolytic agents. Progress in
      Cardiovascular Diseases 1979; XXI(5): 375-396.
PAL  De Buman M, Walther M, de Weck R. Wirksamkeit der Alphastria-Creme bei der
      Vorbeugung von Schwangerschaftsstreifen (Striae distensae). [Summary in
      English] Gynak. Rdsch. 1987; 27: 79-84.
PAL  Deguchi T, Ishii A, Tanaka M. Binding of aminoglycoside antibiotics to
      acidic mucopolysaccharides. The Journal of Antibiotics 1978; 31(2):
      150-155.
PAL  Delmage JM, Powars DR, Jaynes PK, Allerton SE. The selective suppression of
      immunogenicity by hyaluronic acid. Annals of Clinical and Laboratory
      Science 1986; 16(1): 303-310.
PAL  Delpech A, Delpech B, Girard N, Boullie MC, Lauret P. Hyaluronectin in
      normal human skin and in basal cell carcinoma. British J Dermatology 1982;
      106: 561-568.
PAL  Di Cicco LM, Mansbridge JN, Morhenn VB. Inhibition of attachment and growth
      of tumor cells on collagen by a monoclonal antibody. In Vitro Cellular &
      Developmental Biology 1987; 23(12): 805-814.
PAL  Dionigi R, Tibaldeschi C, et al. Comportamento dei mucopolisaccaridi acidi
      nel tessuto di riparazione delle ferite durante il processo di guarigione.
      Biochimica E Biologia Sperimentale 1968; 7(3): 153-156.
PAL  Doege KJ, Sasaki M, Kimura T, Yamada Y. Complete coding sequence and
      deduced primary structure of the human cartilage large aggregating
      proteoglycan, Aggrecan. J Biological Chemistry 1991; 266(2): 894-902.
PAL  Doillon CJ, Silver FH Collagen-based would dressing: Effects of hyaluronic
      acid and fibronectin on wound healing. Biomaterials 1986; 7(Jan.): 3-8.
PAL  Drobnik J. Hyaluronan in drug delivery. Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews
      1991; 7: 295-308.
PAL  Dziewonski K, Kahl W. Studja nad reakcjami t. zw. merkuryzacji i degradacji
      kwasow wielokarbonowych.--Studien uber die Mercurie-rungs und
      Decarboxylierngstreaktionen von Polycarbonsauren. Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci.
      Ser. Sci. Chim. 1934: pp. 394-397.
PAL  Eisner G. Die Anwendung von Healon bei extrakepsularer kataraktextraktion
      und bei der implantation von intraokularen linsen. Klin. Mbl. Augenheilk
      1981; 179: 346-349.
PAL  Elling H. Immunofluorescence demonstration of transdermal depostion of
      mucopolysaccharides into the skin. Arzneim.-Forsch. 1987; 37(7): 816-818.
PAL  Elling H. Penetration of mucopolysaccharides into the skin of diverse
      animal species. Arzneim-Forsch. 1986; 36(10): 1505-1507.
PAL  Elling H. Transcutaneous penetration of a mucopolysaccharide polysulfuric
      acid ester in man: A histochemical study. Arzneim-Forsch. Drug Res. 1987;
      31(2): 212-213.
PAL  Faber V, Rosendal K. Streptococcal hyaluronidase II: Studies on the
      production of hyaluronidase and HA by representatives of all types of
      hemolytic streptococci belonging to group A. In: Statens Seruminstitut,
      Copenhagen (Director: J. Orskov, M.D.).
PAL  Fatini G, Gallenga G, Veltroni A. The treatment of burns with hyaluronic
      acid.[Translation of: Il trattamento delle ustioni con acido jaluronico.]
      Hospitals of Italy Surgery / Ospedali D'Italia Chirurgia 1968; 19(3):
      283-287.
PAL  Faulstich H, Weckauf M. Cytolysis of red cells mediated by phallolysin, a
      toxin binding to N-Acetylglucosamine on the cell surface. Hoppe-Seyler's
      Z. Physiol. Chem. 1975; Bd. 356 (Jul.): 1187-1189.
PAL  Feige JJ, Pirollet F, Cochet C, Chambaz EM. Selective inhibition of a
      cyclic nucleotide-independent protein kinase (G-type casein kinase) by
      naturally occurring glycosaminoglycans. FEBS Letters / Elsevier/Nd
      Biomedical Press 1980; 21(1): 139-142.
PAL  Forrester JV, Lackie JM. Effect of Hyaluronic acid on neutrophil adhesion.
      J Cell Sci. 1981; 50: 329-344.
PAL  Fraser JRE, Murcoch WS, Curtain CC, Watt BJ. Proteins retained with
      hyaluronic acid during ultrafiltration of synovial fluid. Connective
      Tissue Research 1977; 5: 61-65.
PAL  Gandrille S, Aiach M, Lane DA, Vidaud D, et al. Important role of Arginine
      129 in Heparin-binding site of Antithrombin III. J Biological Chemistry
      1990; 265(31): 18997-19001.
PAL  Gasior-Chrzan B, Gosciniak G, et al. Influence of white-egg lysozyme on
      IStaphlyococcus aureus phagocytosis by guinea-pig granulocytes. Medycyna
      Doswiadczalan i Mikrobiologia 1987; 39(7): 7-10.
PAL  Gaughan EM, Nixon AJ, Krook LP, Yeager AE, et al. Effects of sodium
      hyaluronate on tendon healing and adhesion formation in horses. Am. J.
      Vet. Res. 1991; 52(5): 764-773.
PAL  Gieldanowski, Jerzy; Skowronska, Jadwiga. Studies on immnosuppressive and
      anti-inflammatory effect of adriamycin. Arch. Immunol. Ther. Exp. 1980;
      28(3): 439-446.
PAL  Gill WB, Jones KW, Ruggiero KJ. Protective effects of heparin and other
      sulfated glycosaminoglycans on crystal adhesion to injured urothelium. J
      Urology 1982; 127(1): 152-154.
PAL  Gingerich DA. Effect of exogenous hyaluroxperimentally induced equine
      osteoarthritis: Dosage titration studies. Research in Veterinary Science
      1981; 30: 192-197.
PAL  Ginsburg I. The biochemistry of bacteriolysis: Paradoxes, facts and myths.
      Microbiological Sciences 1988; 5(5): 137-142.
PAL  Ginsburg I, Sela MN, Morag A, Ravid Z, Duchan Z, et al. Role of leukocyte
      factors and cationic polyelectrolytes in phagocytosis of group A
      streptococci and Candida albicans by neutrophils, macrophages, fibroblasts
      and epithelial cells: Modulation by anionic polyelectrolytes in relation
      to pathogenesis of chronic inflammation. Inflammation 1981; 5(4): 289-312.
PAL  Goetinck PF, Stirpe NS, Tsonis PA, Carlone D. The tandemly repeated
      sequences of cartilage link protein contain the sites for interaction with
      hyaluronic acid. J Cell Biology 1987; 105: 2403-2408.
PAL  Gorog P, Raake W. Antithrombotic effect of a mucopolysaccharide
      poly-sulfate after systemic, topical and percutaneous application.
      Arzneim.-Frosch. 1987; 37(3): 342-345.
PAL  Granger HJ, Laine SH, Laine GA. Osmotic pressure exerted by entangled
      polysaccharide chains. Microcirculation, Endothelium, and Lymphatics 1985;
      2: 85-105.
PAL  Graue EL, Polack FM, Balazs EA. The protective effect of Na-hyalluronate to
      corneal endothelium. Exp. Eye Research1980; 31: 119-127.
PAL  Gregoriadis G. Carrier potential of liposomes in biology and medicine (Part
      1 of 2). New England J Medicine 1976; 295: 704-710.
PAL  Greiling H, et al. B-Elimination reaction in amino acid containing
      hyaluronic acid preparations. In: Chemistry and Molecular Biology of the
      intercellular Matrix. Edited by EA Balazs. New York: Academic Press, 1970:
      759-762.
PAL  Gustafson SB, McIlwraith W, Jones RL. Comparison of the effect of
      polysulfated glycosamino-glycan, corticosteroids, and sodium hyaluronate
      in the potentiation of a subinfective dose of Staphlyococcus aureus in the
      midcarpal joint of horses. Am. J. Vet. Res. 1989; 50(12): 2014-2017.
PAL  Hakansson L, Vange P. The combined action of hyaluronic acid and
      fibronectin stimulates neutrohil migration. Journal of Immunology 1985;
      135(4): 2735-2739.
PAL  Hakansson L, Hallgren R, Venge P. Regulation of granulocyte function by
      hyaluronic acid. J. Clin. Invest. 1980; 66: 298-305.
PAL  Hakansson L. Hyaluronic acid stimultes neutrophil function in vitro and in
      vivo. Scandanavian J. Infectious Dis. Suppl. 1980; 24: 54-57.
PAL  Hassan HG, Akerman B, Ranck H, Lindberg B, Lindquist B. Effects of
      adjuvants to local anaesthetics on their durationActa Anaesthesiol. Scand.
      1985; 29: 384-388.
PAL  Hoshino O, Zehavi U, et al. The isolation and structure identification of a
      disaccharide containing manno-muramic acid from Micrococcus lysodeikticus
      cell wall. Journal of Biological Chemistry 1972; 247(2): 381-390.
PAL  Hughes EN, Colombatti A, Qugust JT. Murine cell surface glycoproteins. J
      Biological Chemistry 1983; 258(2): 1014-1021.
PAL  Hurd ER. Immunosuppressive and antiinflammatory properties of
      cyclophosphamide, azathioprine and methotrexate. Arthritis and Rheumatism
      1973 (Jan.-Feb.); 16(1): 84-88.
PAL  Idson B. Polymers in skin cosmetics. Cosmetics & Toiletries 1988; 103:
      63-68.
PAL  Idson B. Formulation for treatment of aging skin problems. Drug and
      Cosmetic Industry 1988; 142(Jan.): 36, 38, 84.
PAL  Idson B. "Natural" moisturizers for cosmetics. Drug and Cosmetic Industry
      1985; 136(5)(May): 24-26.
PAL  Introini C, Mignini E. Lozione idratante dopo-bagno. Rivista Italiana 1973;
      55(12): 804-811.
PAL  Iozzo RV. Proteoglycans: Structure, function, and role in neoplasia.
      Laboratory Investigation 1985; 53(4): 373-396.
PAL  Irwin DHG. Sodium hyaluronate in equine traumatic arthritis. J. of the
      South African Veterinary Association 1980; 50(4): 231-233.
PAL  Jacobs RR, McClain O, Neff J. Control of postlaminectomy scar formation: An
      experimental and clinical study. Spine 1980; 5(3): 223-229.
PAL  Jacobson B. The biosynthesis of hyaluronic acid. In: Chemistry and
      Molecular Biology of the Intercellular Matrix:: vol. 2, Glycosamionglycans
      and Proteoglycans, Edited by EA Balazs. New York: Academic Press, 1970.
PAL  Jarvelainen H, Ronnemaa T, Tammi M, et al. Type IIA hyperlipoproteinemic
      sera secrease the synthesis of hyaluronic acid by cultured human aortic
      smooth muscle cells. Atherosclerosis 1981; 39: 61-69.
PAL  Jeanloz RW. Mucopolysaccharides of higher animals. In: The Chemistry and
      Biology of Compounds Containing Amino Sugars. New York: Academic Press,
      1969. pp. 589-625.
PAL  Johansson A, Hassan H, Renck H. Effects of adjuvants to local anaesthetics
      on their duration. Acta Anaesthesiol. Scand. 1985; 29: 736-738.
PAL  Joshi HN. In vitro characterization of membranes of hyaluronic acid and its
      esters. Dissertation Abstracts International 1993; 53(11): 5731-B.
PAL  Kalbhen DA. The inhibitory effects of steroidal and non-steroidal
      antirheumatic drugs on articular cartilage in osteo-arthrosis and its
      counteraction by a biological GAG-peptide complex ("Rumalon"). Zeitschrift
      fur Rheumatologie 1982; 41(5): 340-202-211.
PAL  Katona G. A clinical trial of glycosaminoglycan-peptide complex ("Rumalon")
      in patients with osteoarthritis of the knee. Current Medical Research and
      Opinion 1987; 10(9): 625-633.
PAL  Katsu M, Abe T, Shimada S. Significance and clincal use of non-steroid
      anti-inflammatory drugs as substitutes for steroids in steroid dependence.
      Nippon Rinsho (Jan. 1968); 26(1): 89-95.
PAL  Keller N. Alteration of the hydrodynamic properties of hyaluronate
      solutions by corticosterone. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1967; 148:
      757-766.
PAL  Kendall FE, et al. A serologically inactive polysaccharide elaborated by
      mucoid strains of group A hemolytic Streptococcus. J Biological Chemistry
      1937; 118: 61-69.
PAL  Kielty CM, Whittaker SP, Grant ME, Shuttleworth CA. Typ VI collagen
      microfibrils: Evidence for a structural association with hyaluronan. The
      Journal of Cell Biology 1992; 118(4): 979-990.
PAL  Kimata K, Hascall VC, Kimura JH. Mechanisms for dissociating proteoglycan
      aggregates. J Biol. Chemistry 1982; 257(7): 3827-3832.
PAL  Kimoto E, Tanaka Y, Abe T. Interaction between acid mucopolysaccharides and
      basic noxious substances.The Kurume Medical Journal 1960; 7(1): 1-12.
PAL  Kirchberger MA, Martin DG, Leaf A, Sharp GW. The effect of aldosterone on
      glucose metabolism in toad bladder. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1968;
      165: 22-31.
PAL  Kjems E, Lebech K. Isolation of hyaluronic acid from cultures of
      streptococci in a chemically defined medium. Acta Path. Microbiol. Scand.
      1976 (Sect. B); 84: 162-164.
PAL  Kopp S, Benneberg B, Haraldson T, Carlsson GE. The short-term effect of
      intra-articular injections of sodium hyaluronate and corticosteroid on
      temporoman-dibular joint pain and dysfunction. Oral Maxillofac. Surg.
      1985; 43: 429-435.
PAL  Kopp S, Carlsson GE, Haraldson T, Wenneberg. Long-term effect of
      intra-articular injections of sodium hyaluronate and corticosteroid on
      temporamandibular joint arthritis. Oral. Maxillofac. Surg. 1987; 45:
      929-935.
PAL  Kreis H, Chkoff N, Droz D, et al. Nonsteroid antiinflammatory agents as a
      substitute treatment for steroids in ATGAM-treated cadaver kidney
      recipients. Transplantation 1984 (Feb.); 37 (2): 139-145.
PAL  Kresse von H, Truppe W. Untersuchungen zur pinozytose von proteoglykanen
      und glykosaminoglykanen. 1978: 17 Marz: 188-191.
PAL  Krusius T, Gehlsen KR, Ruoslahti E. A fibroblast chondroitin sulfate
      proteoglycan core protein contains lectin-like and grwoth factor-like
      sequences. J Biol. Chemistry 1987; 262(27): 13120-13125.
PAL  Ksander GA, Vistnes LM. Collagen and glycosaminoglycans in capsules around
      silicone implants. J. Surgical Research 1981; 31: 433-439.
PAL  Kvist TN, Finnegan CV. The distribution of glycosamionglycans in the axial
      region of the developing chick embryo II. Biochemical analysis. J Exp.
      Zool. vol. 175: 241-258.
PAL  Larsen NE, Balazs EA. Drug delivery systems using hyaluronan and its
      derivatives Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 1991; 7: 279-293.
PAL  Laurent TC. Structure of hyaluronic acid. In: Chemistry and Molecular
      Biology of the Intercellular Matrix.. vol. i, II, III. Edited by EA
      Balazs. New York: Academic Press, 1970. pp. 703-773.
PAL  Laurent TC. The interaction between polysaccharides and other
      macromolecules. Biochemical Journal 1963; 89(2): 253-257.
PAL  Laurent TC, Pietruszkiewicz A. The effect of hyaluronic acid on the
      sedimentation rate of other substances. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta
      1961; 49(2): 258-264.
PAL  Laurent UBG, Granath KA. The molecular weight of hyaluronate in the aqueous
      humour and vitreous body of rabbit and cattle eyes. Experemental Eye
      Research 1983; 36: 481-492.
PAL  Laurent UBG, Fraser JRE. Turnover of hyaluronate in the aqueous humour and
      vitreous body of the rabbit. Experimental Eye Research 1983; 36:493-504.
PAL  LeBoeuf RD, Gregg RR, et al. Effects of hyaluronic acid and other
      glycosaminoglycans on fibrin polymer formation. Biochemistry 1987; 26:
      6052-6057.
PAL  Lee KH, Spencer MR. Studies on mechanism of action of salicylates V: Effect
      of salicylic acid on enzymes involved in mucopoly-saccharides synthesis.
      J. Pharmaceutical Sciences 1969; 58: 464-468.
PAL  LeVeen HH, Franklin E, Barberio JR. The use of hyaluronic acid for fixation
      of skin grafts. Surgery 1951; 29(5): 743-747.
PAL  Lindahl U, Hook M. Glycosaminoglycans and their binding to biological
      macromolecules. Annual Review of Biochemistry 1978; 47: 385-417.
PAL  Little CB, Hilbert BJ, Wickstrom S, Hedlund BE. Quantitative microanalysis
      of equine synovial fluid glycosaminoglycan concentration. Am. J. Vet. Res.
      1990; 51(10): 1534-1539.
PAL  Longas OM, et al. Sequential hydrolysis of hyaluronate by B-Glucuronidase
      and B-N-Acetylhexosaminadase. Biol. Chem. J. 1981; 197: 275-282.
PAL  Lowther DA. The Role of glutamine in the biosynthesis of hyaluronate by
      streptococcal suspensions. Biochemical Journal 1956; 62: 304-314.
PAL  Maguen E, Besburn AB, Macy JI. Combined use of sodium hyaluronate and
      tissue adhesive in penetrating deratoplasty of corneal perforations.
      Ophthalmic Surgery 1984 (Jan.); 15: 55-57.
PAL  Malark JA, Nixon AJ, Skinner KL, Mohammed H. Characteristics of digital
      flexor tendon sheath fluid from clinically normal horses. Am. J. Vet. Res.
      1991; 52(8): 12921294.
PAL  Mapleson JL, Buchwald M. Effect of cycloheximide and dexamethasone
      phosphate on hyaluronic acid synthesis and secretion in cultured human
      skin fibroblasts. J. Cellular Physiology 1981; 109: 215-222.
PAL  Markovitz A, et al. The biosynthesis of hyaluronic acid by group A
      Streptococcus. J. Biological Chemistry 1959; 234(9): 2343-2350.
PAL  Marmo E. Sulla farmacologia dei mucopolisaccaridi d'interesse
      reumatologico. Cl. Terap. 1979; 90: 531-539.
PAL  Maroudas NG, Lindenbaum ES. Polymer treatments reduce adhesion of
      comminuted stone in rat bladder. British J Urology 1987; 59: 519-522.
PAL  Martin DE, Reece M, Reese AC. Effect of plasma fibronectin, macrophages,
      and glycosaminoglycans on tumor cell growth. Cancer Investigation 1984;
      2(5): 339-345.
PAL  Mazzone A, Baiguera R, Rossini S, et al. Pharmacological effect of
      yaluronic acid (HA) on phagocytes: Hypothesis for an HA-induced monocyte
      chemotatic factor for neutrophils. Clinical Therapeutics 1986; 8(5):
      527-536.
PAL  Mazzone A, Baiguera R, Casali G, Tarantola M, et al. Importanza dell'acido
      ialuronico nel modulare la migrazione dei neutrofili. Min. Med. 1986; 77:
      693-700.
PAL  McCulloch JA. Chemonucleolysis: Experience with 2000 cases. Clinical
      Orthopaedics and Related Research 1980; 146 (Jan.-Feb.): 128-135.
PAL  McIlwraith W. Current concepts in equine degenerative joint disease.
      Journal of the American Veterinary Medical Association 1982; Feb. 1:
      239-250.
PAL  McLean D. The capsulation of Streptococci and its relation to diffusion
      factor (hyaluronidase). J Pathology & Bacteriology 1941; 53: 13-27.
PAL  Mehta PP, Sagar S, Kakkar VV. Treatment of superficial thrombophlebitis: A
      randomized, double-blind trial of heparinoid cream. British Medical
      Journal 1975; 3: 614-616.
PAL  Mejersjo C. TMJ Osteroarthrosis. J Craniomandibular Practice 1987; 5(1):
      73-78.
PAL  Mejersjo C, Kipp S. Effect of corticosteroid and sodium hyaluronate on
      induced joint lesions in the guinea-pig knee. Int. J. Oral Maxillofac.
      Surg. 1987; 16: 194-201.
PAL  Mejersjo C. Ph.D. Thesis: Long-Term Development After Treatment of
      Mandibular Dysfunction and Osteroarthrosis: A Clinical-Radiographic
      Follow-Up and an Animal Experimenal Study. Department of Stomatognathic
      Physiology, Faculty of Odontology, University of Goteberg, Goteberg,
      Sweden, 1984 (ISSN 0348-6672; ISBN 91-7222-758-3).
PAL  Mendler N, Schrock N. Osmotic properties of macromolecular solutions and
      gels: Physical Aspects and Physiological Relevance. In: Hemodilution.:
      Theoretical Basis and Clinical Application. Int. Symp. Rottach-Egern.
      Basel: Karger, 1972: 105-117.
PAL  Meyer K. Reflections on "mucopolysaccharides" and their protein complexes.
      In: Chemistry and Molecular Biology of the Intercellular Matrix vol. I..
      Edited by EA Balazs. New York: Academic Press, 1970: pp. 5-24.
PAL  Meyer K, et al. The hydrolysis of the polysaccharide acids of vitreous
      humor, of unbilical cord, and of streptococcus by the autolytic enzyme of
      pneumococcus. J. Biological Chemistry 1937; 118: 71-78.
PAL  Miller D, Stegmann R. Use of Na-hyaluronate in auto-corneal transplantation
      in rabbits. Ophthalmic Surgery 1980; 11(1): 19-21.
PAL  Miyake K, Underhill CB, Lesley J, Kincade PW. Hyaluronate can function as a
      cell adhesion molecule and CD44 participates in hyaluronate recognition. J
      Exp. Med. 1990; 172: 69-75.
PAL  Miyazaki K, Goto S, Okawara H, Yamaguchi T. Sodium hyaluronate (SPH).
      Pharmacometrics 1984; 28(6): 1123-1135.
PAL  Mizushima Y. Possibility of non-steroid anti-inflammatory drugs as a
      substitute for steroids--analysis of the present situation and demands for
      the future. Nippon Rinsho (1968 Jan.); 26(1): 61-65.
PAL  Myers SL. Suppression of hyaluronic acid synthesis in synovial organ
      cultures by corticosteroid suspensions. Arthritis and Rheumatism 1985;
      28(11): 1275-1282.
PAL  Nambisan B, Kurup PA. Ascorbic acid and glycosaminoglycan and lipid
      metabolism in guinea pigs fed normal and atherogenic diets.
      Atherosclerosis 1975; 22: 447-461.
PAL  Namiki O, Toyoshima H, Morisaki N. Therapeutic effect of intra-articular
      injection of high molecular weight hyaluronic acid on osteoarthritis of
      the knee. International J Clinical Pharmacology, Therapy and Toxicology
      1982; 20(11): 501-507.
PAL  Neame PJ, Christner JE, Baker JR. Cartilage proteoglycan aggregates. J
      Biol. Chemistry 1987; 262(36): 17768-17778.
PAL  Neame PJ, Christner JE, Baker JR. The primary structure of link protein
      from rat chondrasarcoma proteoglycan aggregate. J Biol. Chemistry 1986;
      261(8): 3519-3535.
PAL  Neame PJ, Perin J-P, Bonnet F, Christner JE, Jolles P, Baker JR. An amino
      acid sequence common to both cartilage proteoglycan and link protein. J
      Biol. Chemistry 1985; 260(23): 12402-12404.
PAL  Nehme D, Fingerhut B, Veenema RJ. Effect of a mucopolysaccharide cream on
      tissue metabolism. International Surgery 1973; 58(3): 171-173.
PAL  Nettelbladt O, Tengblad A, Hallgren R. High-dose corticosteroids during
      bleomycin-induced alveolitis in the rat do not suppress the accumulation
      of hyaluronan (hyaluronic acid) in lung tissue. Eur. Respir. J. 1980; 3:
      421-428.
PAL  Neubauer. Healon als Nothelfer. Klin. Mbl. Augenheilk. 1983; 182: 269-271.
PAL  Niemann H, Birch-Anderson A, Kjems E, Mansa B, Stirm S. Streptococcal
      bacteriophage 12/12-borne hyaluronidase and its characterization as a
      lyase (EC 4.2.99.1) by means of streptococcal hyaluronic acid and purified
      bacteriophage suspensions. Acta Path. Microbiol. Scand. 1976 (Sect. B);
      84: 145-153.
PAL  Nitzan DW, Pruzanski W, Saito S, Ranadive N. Modulation of locomotor
      activity of polymorphonuclear cells by cationic substances and cationic
      lysosomal fractions from human neutrophils. Inflammation 1985; 9(4):
      375-387.
PAL  Nizolek DJH, White KK. Corticosteroid and hyaluronic acid treatments in
      equine degenerative joint disease: A review. The Cornell Veterinarian
      1981; 71(4): 355-375.
PAL  O'Brien WF, Drake RS, Bibro MC. The use of ibuprofen and dexamethasone in
      the prevention of postoperative adhesion formation. Obstetrics &
      Gynecology 1982; 60(3): 373-378.
PAL  Ogielska E. Proby zastosowania etamucyny w odwarstwieniu siatkowki. Klinika
      Oczna 1973; 6: 671-672.
PAL  Ogston AG. The biological functions of the glycosaminoglycans. In:
      Chemistry and Molecular Biology of the Intercelular Matrix. vol. III.
      Edited by EA Balazs. New York. Academic Press, 1970. pp. 231-1240.
PAL  Olesen ES. Fibrinolytic activity produced in guinea-pig serum by some human
      body fluids and by hyaluronic acid. Scandinavian Journal of clinical &
      Laboratory Investigation 1961; 13(1): 37-43.
PAL  Otsuka K, Mori Y. Inhibitory effect of D-penicillamine on degrqadation of
      hexosamine-containing substances in the involution of carrageenin
      granuloma induced by calcium chelate ethylenediametetraacetate. Chem.
      Pharm. Bull. 1976; 24(2): 215-219.
PAL  Pal MK, Nath J. Separation of hyaluronate, chondroitin sulfate, and heparin
      by adsorption-desorption technique. Analytical Biochemistry 1974; 57:
      395-402.
PAL  Pantlitschko M, Schmid J, Seelich F, Kaiser E. Uber die
      blutgerinnungshemmende Eigenschaft sulfurierter hyaluronsaure. Monatshefte
      Fur Chemie 1951; 82: 380-383.
PAL  Passarini B, Tosti A, Fanti PA, Varotti C. Effetto dell'acido ialuronico
      sul processo reparativo delle ulcere trofiche. [Summary in English]
      Giornale Italiano di Dermatologia e Venereologia 1982; 117: XXVII-XXX.
PAL  Pigman W. Acide hyaluronique et facteurs de permeabilite tissulaire.
      Bulletin de la Societe de Chimie Biologique 1963; 45: 185-202.
PAL  Pigman W, et al. Preparation and stability of hyaluronic acid. Biochim.
      Biophys. Acta 1961; 53: 254-262.
PAL  Pinkus H, Perry ET. The influence of hyaluronic acid and other substances
      on tensile strength of healing wounds. J. Investigative Dermatology 1953;
      21: 365-374.
PAL  Polefka TG. The passive permeability properties and cell surface
      characteristics of the novikoff hepatoma ascites cell. Dissertation
      Abstracts International 1980; 41(4): 1216B.
PAL  Popovici GG, Haulica I, Botez E. The action of some antibiotics on tissular
      diffusibility. Revue Roumaine de Physiologie 1971; 8(6): 503-509.
PAL  Pruett RC, Schepens CL, Constable IJ, Swann DA. Hyaluronic acid vitreous
      substitute. In: Vetreous Surgery and Advances in Fundus Diagnosis and
      Treatment. Freeman H.M., et al., Editors. Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1977:
      Chapter 55, pp. 433-444.
PAL  Pruzanski W, Ranadive NS, Saito s. Modulation of phagocytosis and
      intracellular bactericidal activity of polymorphonuclear and mononuclear
      cells by cationic proteins from human granulocytes. Inflammation 1984;
      8(4): 445-457.
PAL  Raake W, Panse P, Elling H. Zur pharmakologie, pharmakokinetik und
      toxikologie eines Heparin-Analogs bei kutaner anwendung. Die Medizinische
      Welt 1986; 37: 67-71.
PAL  Razemon MM, Turut P, Capier M.J. L'acide hyaluronique dans les traumatismes
      delabrants du globes. Bulletin des Societes d'Ophtalmologie du Nord. 1972:
      Seance du 29 Octobre.
PAL  Reggianini V. L;azione locale dell'ac. jaluronico sui p'rocessi riparati
      viconnettivali. Risultati clinici. Ospedali D'Italia Chirurgia 1968;
      19(2): 173-188.
PAL  Reim M, Teping C. Surgical procedures in the treatment of most severe eye
      burns. Acta Ophthalmologica 1989-Supplementum 192; 67: 47-54.
PAL  Repaske R, Repaske AC, Mayer RD. Carbon dioxide control of lag period and
      growth of Streptococcus sanguis. J. Bacteriology 1974; 117(2): 652-659.
PAL  Rosner IA, Boja BA, Malemud CJ, et al. Intraarticular hyaluronic acid
      injection and synovial prostaglandins in experimental immune synovitis. J.
      Rheumatology 1983; 10: 71-78.
PAL  Rydell NW, Balazs EA. Effect of intra-articular injection of hyaluronic
      acid on the clinical symptoms of osteoarthritis and on granulation tissue
      formation. Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research 1971; 80(Oct.):
      25-29.
PAL  Rydell NW, Butler J, Balazs EA. Hyaluronic acid in synovial fluid. VI
      Effect of intra-articular injection of hyaluronic acid on the clinical
      symptoms of arthritis in track horses. Acta Veterinaria Scandinavica 1970;
      11(2): 139-155.
PAL  Saar(n)i H, Jalkanen M, Hopsu-Havu VK. Effect of five anti-inflammatory
      steroids on collagen and glycoaminoglycan synthesis in vitro. British
      Journal of Dermatology 1980; 103: 167-173.
PAL  Saar(n)i H, Tulamo R-M, Konttinen YT, Sorsa T. Methylprednisolone acetate
      induced release of cartilage proteoglycans: Determination by high
      performance liquid chromatolgraphy. Annals of the Rheumatic Diseases 1992;
      51(2): 214-219.
PAL  Saar(n)i, Hopsu-Havu VK. The decrease of hyaluronate synthesis by
      anti-inflammatory steroids in vitro. British Journal of Dermatology 1978;
      98: 445-449.
PAL  Saar(n)i H, Konttinen YT, Tulamo R-M, Antti-Poika I, Honkanen V.
      Concentration and degree of polymerization of hyaluronate in equine
      synovial fluid. Am. J. Vet. Res. 1989; 50(12): 2060-2063.
PAL  Saba P, Galeone F, Salvadorini F, Guarguaglini M, Ombrato M. Investigation
      of the antihyperlipemic activity of an association of clofibrate and
      extractive mucopolysaccharide complex. Current Therapeutic Research 1978;
      23(4): 455-463.
PAL  Saba HI. Hemophilia and allied conditions. Current Therapy 1978; 280-288.
PAL  Salter MKC. Optical Studies of Acridine orange-glycosaminoglycan complexes
      in aqueous solution. Dissertation Abstracts International 1977; 12(Part
      1): 6159B-6160B.
PAL  Schaefer H, Zesch A. Die penetration von heparin in die menschliche haut.
      Pharmazie 1976; 31: 251-254.
PAL  Schecter B, Neumann A, Wilchek M, Arnon R. Soluble polymers as carriers of
      cis-platinum. J. Controlled Release 1989; 10: 75-87.
PAL  Schmut O, Hofmann H. Preparation of gels from hyualuronate solutions.
      Graefe's Arch. Clin. Exp. Ophthalmol. 1982; 218: 311-314.
PAL  Schmut O, Hofmann H. A method for the purification of bovine vitreous body
      hyaluronic acid. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1981; 673: 192-196.
PAL  Schmut O, Hofmann H. Studies on the generation of hydrogen peroxide during
      some non-enzyme reactions changing the hyaluronic acid molecule.
      Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1975; 411: 231-235.
PAL  Shanley DJ, Cossu G, Boettiger D, Holtzer H, Pacifici M. Transformation by
      Rous Sarcoma Virus induces similar patterns of glycosaminoglycan synthesis
      in chick embryo skin febroblasts and bertebral chondroblasts. J. Biol.
      Chemistry 1983; 258(2): 810-816.
PAL  Shannon BT, Love SH, Roh BH, Schroff RW. Quantitation of glycosaminoglycans
      of rabbit lung during delayed-type hypersensitivity reactions and
      granuloma formation. Inflammation 1981; 5(4): 323-334.
PAL  Shannon BT, Love SH, Myrvik QN. Participation of hyaluronic acid in the
      macrophage disappearance reaction. Immunological Communications 1980;
      9(4): 357-370.
PAL  Shcherbakova EB. Metabolism and functions of phagocytes on combined use of
      immunosuppressors and biologically active substances. Antibiotiki 1984;
      29(12): 907-913.
PAL  Shepherd MG, Sullivan PA. The control of morphogenesis in Candida albicans.
      J Dent. Res. 1984; 63(3): 435-440.
PAL  Shimada E, Matsumura G. Molecular weight of hyaluronic acid from rabbit
      skin. J. Biochemistry 1977; 81: 79-91.
PAL  Singh Ch, Misra J. Some properties of deoxycholate and dodecyl sulphate in
      relation to macroionic complexes and their bio-chemical implications.
      Arzneim.-Forsch. 1978; 28(8): 1320-1327.
PAL  Sneader WE, Florence AT, McColl E. A possible mechanism for the action of
      dimethyl sulphoxide on percutaneous absorption. J. Pharmacy & Pharmacology
      1971; 23 (Suppl.): 252s.
PAL  Sparer RV. Controlled Release of Drugs from Glycosaminoglycan Drug
      Complexes. Dissertation Abstracts International 1983; 43(9): 2921B.
PAL  Stacey M, Barker SA. Hyaluronic acid. In: Carbohydrates of Living Tissues.
      By: Stacey M, Barker SA. London: D. Van Nostrand Co. Ltd., 19 62: 37-58.
PAL  Stangel JJ, Nisbet II JD, Settles H. Formation and prevention of
      postoperative abdominal adhesions. J Reproductive Medicine 1984; 29(3):
      43-156.
PAL  Stegman R, Miller D. Use of sodium hyaluronate in severe penetrating ocular
      trauma. Acta Ophthalmol. 1986; 18: 9-13.
PAL  Stegman R, Miller D. Extracapsular cataract extraction with hyaluronate
      sodium. Annals of Ophthalmology 1982; Sep.: 813-815.
PAL  Stenfors L-E. Treatment of tympanic membrane perforations with hyaluronan
      in an open pilot study of unselected patients. Acta Otolaryngol (Stockh)
      1987; Suppl. 442: 81-87.
PAL  Stephens RW, Ghosh P, Taylor TKF. The inhibitory effects of
      anti-inflammatory drugs and cations on hyaluronic acid degradation by
      serum and pathological synovial fluid polysaccharidases. Clinical and
      Experimental pharmacology and Physiology . Abstract No. 91: 87-88.
PAL  Stoolmiller AC, Dorfman A. The biosynthesis of hyaluronic acid in group A
      Streptococci. In: Chemistry and Molecular Biology of the Intercellular
      Matrix. Edited by EA Balazs. Boston: Academic Press, 1970. pp. 783-794.
PAL  Stuttgen G, Panse P, Bauer E. Permeation of the human skin by heparin and
      mucopolysaccharide polysulfuric acid ester. Arzneim.-Forsch. 1990; 40(4):
      484-489.
PAL  Sugahara et al. Biosynthesis of HA by Streptococcus. J. Biological
      Chemistry 1979; 254(14): 6252-6261.
PAL  Suzuki, Sakaru. (Dep't of Chemistry, Faculty of Science, Nagoya
      University.) Symposium III Interaction between cell Stromata and Cancer:
      Interaction between Cells and Stromata in the Course of Cancer Cell
      Metastasis. [English Translation] Japanese Journal of Cancer and
      Chemotherapy 1984; 11(3): 557-780.
PAL  Swann DA, Radin EL, Nazimiec M, Weisse PA, Curran N, et al. Role of
      hyaluronic acid in joint lubrication. Ann. Rheum. Dis. 1974; 33: 318-326.
PAL  Swann DA. On the state of hyaluronic acid in a connective tissue matrix.
      In: Chemistry and Molecular Biology of the intercelluar Matrix.. Edited by
      EA Balazs. New York: Academic Press, 1970: 743-748.
PAL  Swann DA. Studies on hyaluronic acid: The preparation and properties of
      Rooster Comb hyaluronic acid. Biochem. Biophys. Acta. 1968; 156: 17-30.
PAL  The New Encyclopaedia Britannica, vol. VIII. 1977: p. 102.
PAL  Thomas SC, Jones LC, Hungerford DS. Hyaluronic acid and its effect on
      postoperative adhesions in the rabbit flexor tendon: A preliminary look.
      Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research 1986; 206: 281-289.
PAL  Toledo-Pereyra LH, Simmons RL, Najarian JS. Modification of immunogenicity
      on kidney allografts treated with acid mucopolysaccharides. Surgical
      Forum. pp. 331-332.
PAL  Tonn SJ, Gander JE. Biosynthesis of polysaccharides by prokaryotes. Ann.
      Rev. Microbiol. 1979; 33: 169-199.
PAL  Torregrossa F, Caroti A. Una verifica clinica sull'isp tp'ocp do acodp oa;
      irpmocp spttp fpr,a do garze mpm adesove nella terapia di ulcere ad
      andamento torpido. Giornale Italiano di Dermatologia e Venereoligia 1983;
      118: XLI-XLIV.
PAL  Trabucchi E, Foschi D, Marazzi M, Radaelli E, Lucianetti A, Rizzitelli E,
      Baratti C, et al. Prevention of wound dehiscence in severely obese
      patients with jejuno-ileal by-pass: The role of hyaluronic acid.
      Pharmatherapeutica 1988; 5(4): 233-239.
PAL  Treadway WJ, et al. The role of hyaluronic acid flux on modulation of
      neutrophil function. Arthritis and Rheumatism 1981; 24(4) (Suppl): 218.
PAL  Trimble WS, Johnson PW, Hozumi N, Roder JC. Inducible cellular
      transformation by a metallothionein -ras hybrid oncogene leads to natural
      killer cell susceptibility. Nature 1986; 321: 782-784.
PAL  Tulamo R-M. Comparison of high-performance liquid chromatography with a
      radiometric assay for determination of the effect of intra-articular
      administration of corticosteroid and saline solution on synovial fluid
      hyaluronate concentration in horses. Am. J. Vet. Res. 1991; 52(12):
      1940-1944.
PAL  Tulamo R-M, Saar(n)i H, Konttinen YT. Determination of concentration of
      hyaluronate in equine serum. Am. J. Vet. Res. 1990; 51(5): 740-742.
PAL  Turley EA, Austen K, Vandeligt, Clary C. Hyaluronan and a cell-associated
      Hyaluronan binding protein regulate the locomotion of Ras-transformed
      cells. The Journal of Cell Biology 1991; 112(5): 1041-1047.
PAL  Turley E, Tretiak M, Tanguay K. Effect of glycosaminoglycans and enzymes on
      the integrity of human placental amnion as a barrier to cell invasion.
      JNCl 1987; 78: 787-795.
PAL  Underhill CB, Green SJ, Comoglio PM, Tarone G. The hyaluronate receptor is
      identical to a glycoprotein of Mr 85,000 (gp85) as shown by a monoclonal
      antibody that interferes with binding activity. J Biol. Chem. 1987;
      262(27): 13142-13146.
PAL  Uzuka M, et al. The mechanism of estrogen-induced increase in hyaluronic
      acid biosynthesis, with special reference to estrogen receptor in the
      mouse-skin. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1980; 627: 199-206.
PAL  Vaheri A. Heparin and related polyionic substances as virus inhibitors.
      Acta Pathologica et Microbiologica Scandinavica. Supplementum 174, 1964:
      1-98.
PAL  van de Rijn I, van de, Kessler RE. Growth characteristics of Group A
      Streptococci in a new chemically defined medium. Infection and Immunity
      1980; 27(2): 444-448.
PAL  Venturini D. Osservazioni cliniche sull'impiego dell'acido ialuronico in
      terapia dermatologica. Giornale Italiano di Dermatologia e Venereologia
      1985; 120: V-X.
PAL  Verstraeten TC, Wilcox DX, Friberg TR, Reel C. Effects of silicone oil and
      hyaluronic acid on cultured human retinal pigment epithelium.
      Investigative Ophthalmology & Visual Science 1990; 31(9): 1761-1766.
PAL  Vuorio E, Takala I, et al.. Effects of sodium aurothiomalate on hyaluronic
      acid synthesis in normal and rheumatoid synovial fibroblast cultures.
      Scandinavian Journal of Rheumatology 1979; 8: 173-176.
PAL  Wasteson A, Westermark B, Lindahl U, Ponten J. Aggregation of feline
      lymphoma cells by hyaluronic acid. Int. J Cancer 1973; 12: 169-178.
PAL  Weirich EG, Longauer Jk, Kirkwood AH. Dermatopharmacology of salicylic
      acid. III. Topical contrainflammatory effect of salicylic acid and other
      drugs in animal experiments. Dermatological1976; 152(2): 87-99.
PAL  Welter DA, Hodge LD. A Scanning electron microscopic technique for
      three-dimensional visualization of the spatial arrangement of metaphase,
      anaphase and telophase chromatids. Scanning Electron Microscopy 1985; II:
      879-888.
PAL  Whitnack E, Bisno AL, Beachey EH. Hyaluronate capsule prevents attachment
      of group A streptococci to mouse peritoneal macrophages. Infection and
      Immunity 1981; 31(3): 985-991.
PAL  Wigrin A. Falk J, Wik O. The healing of cartilage injuries under the
      influence of joint immobilization and repeated hyaluronic acid injections.
      Acta Orthop. Scand. 1978; 49: 121-133.
PAL  Willen J. Diagnostik och behandling av istabila frakturer i brost-och
      landryggrad. Nordisk Medicin 1985; 100; 8-10.
PAL  Wolf RE, et al. Growth-rate-dependent alteration of 6-phospho-gluconate
      dehydrogenase and glucose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase levels in Escherichia
      coli K-12. J. Bacteriology 1979; 139(3): 1093-1096.
PAL  Wu TC, Trask LM, Phee RE. Comparison of media and culture techniques for
      detection of Streptococcus pneumoniae respiratory secretions. J Clinical
      Microbiology 1980; 12(6): 772-775.
PAL  Yaron M, Yaron I, Herzberg M. Levamisole in rheumatoid arthritis [letter].
      Lancet 1976; Feb. 14: 369.
PAL  Yuzawa K. Experimental studies on the healing and restoration of gliding
      function of the injured digital flexor tendon. [Summary in English] J.
      Jpn. Orthop. Ass. 1985; 59: 1107-1118.
PAL  Zakut-Houri R, Oren M, Bienz B, Lavie V, Hazum S, Givol D. A single gene
      and a pseudogene for the cellular tumour antigen p53. Nature 1983; 306:
      594-597.
LREP
FR2  Hughes; Ivor M.
FR2  Hughes; Neil H.
FR2  Sarkis; Marcelo K.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a method of controlling the unloading of a drug
      from the skin or exposed tissue of a human into the lymphatic system
      comprising transporting an effective dosage amount of the drug into the
      skin or exposed tissue by an effective non-toxic amount of a form of
      hyaluronic acid.
PATN
WKU  059900970
SRC  8
APN  8879893
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970703
TTL  Methods of treating asthma with o-desulfated heparin
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Henley, III; Raymond
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Kennedy; Thomas P.
CTY  Richmond
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Cavalier Pharmaceuticals
CTY  Richmond
STA  VA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514 56
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31725
FSC  514
FSS  56
UREF
PNO  5296471
ISD  19940300
NAM  Holme et al.
OCL  514 56
UREF
PNO  5380716
ISD  19950100
NAM  Conrad et al.
OCL  514 56
FREF
PNO  WO9319734A-1
ISD  19931000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Diamant, Z., et al., Effect of Inhaled Heparin on Allergen-induced Early
      and Late Asthmatic Responses in Patients with Atopic Asthma,
      Amer.Resp.Crit.Care Med., vol. 153, pp. 1790-1795 (1996).
PAL  Ahmed, T., et al., Effects of Inhaled Heparin on Immunologic and
      Nonimmunologic Bronchoconstrictor Responses in Sheep, Am.Rev.Respir.Dis.,
      vol. 145, pp. 566-570 (1992).
PAL  Jacoby, D.B., et al., Human Eosinophil Major Basic Protein is an Endogenous
      Allosteric Antagonist at the Inhibitory Muscarinic M2 Receptor,
      J.Clin.Invest., vol. 91, pp. 1314-1318 (1993).
PAL  Bowler, S.D., et al., Heparin Inhibits the Immediate Response to Antigen in
      the Skin and Lungs of Allergic Subjects, Am.Rev.Respir.Dis., vol. 147, pp.
      160-163 (1993).
PAL  Ahmed, T., et al., Preventing Bronchoconstriction in Exercise-Induced
      Asthma with Inhaled Heparin, N.Engl.J.Med., vol. 329(2), pp. 90-95 (1993).
PAL  Minette, P.A.H., et al., A Muscarinic Agonist Inhibits Reflex
      Brochoconstriction in Normal But Not in Asthmatic Subjects,
      J.Appl.Physiol., vol. 67(6), pp. 2461-2465 (1989).
PAL  Ahmed, T., et al., Inhibition of Antigen-Induced Airway and Cutaneous
      Responses by Heparin: A Pharmacodynamic Study, J.Appl.Physiol., vol.
      74(4), pp. 1492-1498 (1993).
PAL  Jaseja, M., et al., Novel Regio- and Stereoselective Modifications of
      Heparin in Alkaline Solution. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopic
      Evidence, Can.J.Chem., vol. 67, pp. 1449-1456 (1989).
PAL  Hu, J., et al., Complex Allosteric Modulation of Cardiac Muscarinic
      Receptors by Protamine: Potential Model for Putative Endogenous Ligands,
      Mol.Pharmacol., vol. 42, pp. 311-324 (1992).
PAL  Jacques, L.B., et al., Intrapulmonary Heparin--A New Procedure for
      Anticoagulant Therapy, Lancet, Nov. 27, 1976, pp. 1157-1161.
PAL  Dolowitz, D.A., et al., The Use of Heparin in the Control of Allergies,
      Annals. of Allergy, vol. 23, pp. 309-313 (1965).
PAL  Fryer, A.D., et al., Function of Pulmonary M.sub.2 Muscarinic Receptors in
      Antigen-Challenged Guinea Pigs is Restored by Heparin and
      Poly-L-Glutamate, J.Clin.Invest., vol. 90, pp. 2292-2298 (1992).
PAL  Hartman, M.M., Thrombo-Embolic Phenomena In Severe Asthma, California
      Medicine, vol. 98(1), pp. 27-32 (1963).
PAL  Rej, R., et al., Importance for Blood Anticoagulant Activity Of A 2-Sulfate
      Group On L-Iduronic Acid Residues In Heparin, Thrombosis and Haemostasis,
      vol. 61, p. 540 (1989).
PAL  Edens, R.E., et al., Heparin Is Not Just an Anticoagulant Anymore: Six and
      One-Half Decades of Studies on the Ability of Heparin to Regulate
      Complement Activity, Complement Today: Complement Profiles, vol. 1, pp.
      96-120 (1993).
PAL  Rej, R., et al., Base-Catalyzed Conversion of the .alpha.-L-Iduronic Acid
      2-Sulfate Unit of Heparin Into a Unit of .alpha.-L-galacturonic Acid, and
      Related Reactions, Carbohydr Res, vol. 200, pp. 437-447 (1990).
PAL  Rao, N., et al., Sulfated Polysaccharides Prevent Human Leukocyte
      Elastase--Induced Acute Lung Injury and Emphysema on Hamsters, Am.Rev.
      Respir. Dis., vol. 142, pp. 407-412 (1990).
PAL  Redini, F., et al., Inhibition of Leucocyte Elastase By Heparin and Its
      Derivatives, Biochem. J., vol. 252, pp. 515-519 (1988.
LREP
FRM  Alston & Bird LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for reducing asthmatic response in a mammal comprising
      administering a response-reducing amount of O-desulfated heparin to the
      mammal, thereby reducing the asthmatic response. The amount can be
      administered by aerosolization. The O-desulfated heparin has O-desulfation
      at least at the 2-O and 3-O positions.
PATN
WKU  059900989
SRC  8
APN  9832475
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980901
TTL  Therapeutic use of
      1-amino-3-(N,N-dimethylamino)-propylidene-1,1-bisphosphonic acid and
      its salts
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Oh; Taylor Victor
EXP  Geist; Gary
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Van Beek; Ermond R.
CTY  Leiden
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Lowik; Clemens W. G. M.
CTY  Leiden
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Papapoulos; Socrates
CTY  Leiden
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Labriola; Rafael
CTY  Pilar
CNT  ARX
INVT
NAM  Vecchioli; Adriana
CTY  Pilar
CNT  ARX
ASSG
NAM  Gador, S.A.
CNT  ARX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  University of Leiden
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19950710
APN  95110706
CLAS
OCL  514114
XCL  514108
XCL  514102
XCL  514141
XCL  562 13
XCL  562 14
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 5700
ICL  C07F  922
FSC  562
FSS  13;14
FSC  514
FSS  108;114;141;102
UREF
PNO  4822609
ISD  19890400
NAM  Flora
OCL  424112
UREF
PNO  5668120
ISD  19970900
NAM  Shinoda et al.
OCL  514102
LREP
FRM  Pendorf & Cutliff
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/02981
PD1  19980901
PD2  19980901
PD3  19960708
PCP  WO97/02827
PCD  19970130
ABST
PAR  Use of 1-amino-3-N,N-dimethylamino)-propyliden-1,1-bisphosphonic acid of
      the structural formula:
      ##STR1##
      or of its monosodium or other pharmaceutically acceptable salt, as a
      biological carrier for bone active substances or for the preparation of a
      medicament for the diagnosis, prophylaxis and/or treatment of bone and/or
      mineral metabolism disorders.
PATN
WKU  059900997
SRC  8
APN  9941142
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19971219
TTL  Angiostatic agents and methods and compositions for controlling ocular
      hypertension
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Pryor; Alton
EXP  Clardy; S. Mark
INVT
NAM  Clark; Abbot F.
CTY  Arlington
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Alcon Laboratories, Inc.
CTY  Forth Worth
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  990424
APD  19971215
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  643387
APD  19960506
PSC  01
PNO  5698545
ISD  19971216
RLAP
COD  81
APN  349342
APD  19941202
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  941485
APD  19920908
PSC  01
PNO  5371078
ISD  19941206
RLAP
COD  82
APN  559123
APD  19900727
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  419226
APD  19891010
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  264918
APD  19881031
PSC  01
PNO  4876250
CLAS
OCL  514172
XCL  514173
XCL  514176
XCL  514179
XCL  514180
XCL  514182
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3158
ICL  A61K 3156
FSC  514
FSS  179;172;173;176;180;182
UREF
PNO  4642355
ISD  19870200
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  548533
UREF
PNO  4863912
ISD  19890900
NAM  Southren et al.
OCL  514177
UREF
PNO  4876250
ISD  19891000
NAM  Clark
OCL  514179
UREF
PNO  5371078
ISD  19941200
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  514179
UREF
PNO  5606043
ISD  19970200
NAM  Nguyen et al.
OCL  536 23.5
UREF
PNO  5698545
ISD  19971200
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  514179
OREF
PAL  Sommer A, et al. Relationship between intraocular pressure and primary open
      angle glaucoma among white and black Americans. Arch. Ophthalmol.
      109:1090-1095, (1991).
PAL  Sheffield, et al., "Genetic Linkage of Familial Open Angle Glaucoma to
      Chromosome 1q21-131," Nature Genetics, 4:47-50 (1993).
PAL  Sarfarazi, et al., "Assignment of a Locus (GLC3A) for Primary Congenital
      Glaucoma (Buphthalmos) to 2p21 and Evidence for Genetic Heterogeneity,"
      Genomics, 30:171-177 (1995).
PAL  Akarsu, et al.,"A Second Locus (GLC3B) for Primary Congenital Glaucoma
      (Buphthalmos) Maps to the 1p36 Region," Human Molecular Genetics,
      5(8):1199-1203 (1996).
PAL  Stoilova, et al., "Localization of a Locus (GLC1B) for Adult-Onset Primary
      Open Angle Glaucoma to the 2cen-q13 Region," Genomics, 36:142-150 (1996).
PAL  Wirtz, et al., "Mapping a Gene for Adult-Onset Primary Open-Angle Glaucoma
      to Chromosome 3q," Am. J. Hum. Genet., 60:296-304 (1997).
PAL  Andersen, et al., "A Gnee Responsible for the Pigment Dispersion Syndrome
      Maps to Chromosome 7q35-q36," Arch. Ophthalmol., 115:384-388 (1997).
PAL  Richards, et al., "Mapping of a Gene for Autosomal Dominant Juvenile-Onset
      Open-Angle Glaucome to Chromosome 1q," Am. J. Hum. Genet., 54:62-70
      (1994).
PAL  Morissette, et al., "A Common Gene for Juvenile and Adult-Onset Primary
      Open-Angle Glaucomas Confined on Chromosome 1q," Am. J. Hum. Genet.,
      56:1431-1442 (1995).
PAL  Wiggs, et al., "Genetic Linkage of Autosomal Dominant Juvenile Glaucoma to
      1q21-q31 in Three Affected Pedigrees," Genomics, 21:299-303 (1994).
PAL  Meyer, et al., "Age-Dependent Penetrance and Mapping of the Locus for
      Juvenile and Early-Onset Open-Angle Glaucoma on Chromosome 1q (GLC1A) in a
      French Family," Hum. Genet., 98:567-571 (1996).
PAL  Graff, et al., "Confirmation of Linkage to 1q21-31 in a Danish Autosomal
      Dominant Juvenile-Onset Glaucoma Family and Evidence of Genetic
      Heterogeneity," Hum. Genet., 96:285-289 (1995).
PAL  Stone, et al., "Identification of a Gene That Causes Primary Open Angle
      Glaucoma," Science, 275:668-670 (1997).
PAL  Polansky, et al., "Eiconsanoid Production and Glucocorticoid Regulatory
      Mechanisms in Cultured Human Trabecular Meshwork Cells," The Ocular
      Effects of Prostaglandins and Other Eicosanoids, pp. 113-138 (1989).
PAL  Polansky, et al., "In Vitro Correlates of Glucocorticoid Effects on
      Intraocular Pressure," Glaucoma Update IV (1991).
PAL  Polansky, et al., "Cellular Pharmacology and Molecular Biology of the
      Trabecular Meshwork Inducible Glucocorticoid Response Gene Product,"
      Ophthalmologica, 211:126-139 (1997).
PAL  Ortego, et al., "Cloning and Characterization of Subtracted cDNAs from a
      Human Ciliary Body Library Encoding TIGR, a Protein Involved in Juvenile
      Open Angle Glaucoma with Homology to Myosin and Olfactomedin," FEBS
      Letters, 413:349-353 (1997).
PAL  (Kubota, et al., "A Novel Myosin-like Protein (Myocilin) Expressed in the
      Connecting Cilium of the Photoreceptor: Molecular Cloning, Tissue
      Expression, and Chromosomal Mapping," Genomics, 41:360-369 (1997).
PAL  DeSantis, et al., Dexamethasone-Induction of Ocular Hypertension in the
      Primate, ARVO Abstracts. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci., 31(Suppl.):99
      (1990).
PAL  Knepper, et al., "Intraocular Pressure and Glycosaminoglycan Distribution
      in the Rabbit Eye: Effect of Age and Dexamethasone," Exp. Eye Res.,
      27:567-565 (1978).
PAL  Francois, et al., Ultrastructural and Morphometric Study of Corticosteroid
      Glaucoma in Rabbits, Ophthalmic Res., 16:168-178 (1984).
PAL  Lorenzetti, O. J., "Effects of Corticosteroids on Ocular Dynamics in
      Rabbits," J. Pharmacol. Exp. Therap., 175:763-772 (1970).
PAL  Zhan, et al., "Steroid Glaucoma: Corticosteroid-Induced Ocular Hypertension
      in Cats," Exp. Eye Res., 54:211-218 (1992).
PAL  Rozsival, et al., "Aqueous Humour and Plasma Cortisol Levels in Glaucoma
      and Cataract Patients," Current Eye Research, 1:391-396 (1981).
PAL  Ray, et al., "Plasma Cortisol in Glaucoma," Ann. Ophthalmol., 9:1151-1154
      (1977).
PAL  Schwartz, et al., "Increased Plasma Free Cortisol in Ocular Hypertension
      and Open Angle Glaucoma," Arch. Ophthalmol., 105:1060-1065 (1987).
PAL  Wilson, et al., Dexamethasone Induced Ultrastructural Changes in Cultured
      Human Trabecular Meshwork Cells, Cur. Eye Res., 12:784-793 (1993).
PAL  Clark, et al., "Glucocorticoid-Induced Formation of Cross-Linked Actin
      Networks in Cultured Human Trabecular Meshwork Cells," Invest. Ophthalmol.
      Vis. Sci., 35:281(1994).
PAL  Crum, et al., "A New Class of Steroids Inhibits Angiogenesis in the
      Presence of Heparin or a Heparin Fragment," Science, 230:1375-1378 (Dec.
      20, 1985).
PAL  Ingber, et al., "A Possible Mechanism for Inhibition of Angiogenesis by
      Angiostatic Steroids: Induction of Capiullary Basement Membrane
      Dissolution," Endocrinology, 119:1768-1775 (1986).
PAL  Southren, et al., "Intraocular Hypotensive Effect of a Topically Applied
      Cortisol Metalolite: 3-alpha, 5-beta-tetrahydrocortisol," Investigative
      Ophthalmology and Visual Science, (May 28, 1987.
PAL  Folkman, et al., "Angiostatic Steroids," Ann. Surg., 206(3) (1987).
LREP
FR2  Yeager; Sally
ABST
PAL  Compositions of angiostatic agents for treating GLC1A glaucoma and methods
      for their use are disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059901004
SRC  9
APN  1431463
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980828
TTL  Composition and method for treatment of psoriasis
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXP  Reamer; James H.
INVT
NAM  Rosenberg; E. William
CTY  Memphis
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Glenn; Thomas M.
CTY  Mobile
STA  AL
INVT
NAM  Skinner, Jr.; Robert B.
CTY  Memphis
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Noah; Patricia W.
CTY  Germantown
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Panda Pharmaceuticals, L.L.C.
CTY  Memphis
STA  TN
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  The University of Tennessee Research Corporation
CTY  Knoxville
STA  TN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  046851
APD  19980324
PSC  01
PNO  5886038
CLAS
OCL  514174
XCL  514552
XCL  514863
XCL  514168
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31595
FSC  514
FSS  168;174;552;863
UREF
PNO  4316902
ISD  19820200
NAM  Yu et al.
OCL  424266
UREF
PNO  4495203
ISD  19850100
NAM  Grollier et al.
UREF
PNO  4496588
ISD  19850100
NAM  Bey et al.
UREF
PNO  4507321
ISD  19850300
NAM  Raisfeld
UREF
PNO  4513011
ISD  19850400
NAM  Grollier et al.
UREF
PNO  4518789
ISD  19850500
NAM  Yu et al.
UREF
PNO  4626529
ISD  19861200
NAM  Grollier
UREF
PNO  4837213
ISD  19890600
NAM  Caron et al.
UREF
PNO  4847257
ISD  19890700
NAM  Hupe et al.
UREF
PNO  4892888
ISD  19900100
NAM  Grollier et al.
UREF
PNO  4933330
ISD  19900600
NAM  Jorgensen et al.
UREF
PNO  4981681
ISD  19910100
NAM  Tosti
UREF
PNO  5681835
ISD  19971000
NAM  Willson
FREF
PNO  0 513 832
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  "Psoriasis Patients Try the Alternatives", Skin & Allergy News, vol. 28,
      No. 3, dated prior to Mar. 18, 1997, pp. 1 & 25.
PAL  1997 CIR Compendium, Cosmetic Ingredient Review, Washington, D.C., 1997, p.
      97.
PAL  Program Bulletin for Joint Meeting, 5th European Congress on Psoriasis, 7th
      International Psoriasis Symposium, received Aug. 17, 1998, p. 24 Paragraph
      Pl.
PAL  Federal Register, vol. 47, No. 233, Part IV, Department of Health and Human
      Services, FDA, OTC Drug Products for the Control of Dandruff, Seborrheic
      Dermatitis, and Psoriasis; Establishment of a Monograph, Dec. 3, 1982, pp.
      54646-54684.
PAL  "A Super-Effective Natural Therapy for Psoriasis", Health & Healing, vol.
      7, No. 2, By Dr. Julian Whitaker, Feb. 1997, pp. 4-5.
PAL  The Schoch Letter, vol. 47, No. 4, Editor: Ervin Epstein, Apr. 1997,
      Paragraphs 49, 50.
PAL  Kragballe Pharmacol. Toxicol. (Copenhagen), 77 (4), 241-6 (Abstract), 1995.
LREP
FRM  Pearne, Gordon, McCoy & Granger LLP
ABST
PAL  Pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use in the treatment of
      psoriasis, having isopropyl myristate as a first active ingredient and a
      different anti-psoriatic agent as a second active ingredient; preferably
      they are combined in the same pharmaceutical composition.
PATN
WKU  059901012
SRC  8
APN  7372329
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970312
TTL  Carbapenem derivatives
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Berch; Mark L
INVT
NAM  Aihara; Kazuhiro
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kano; Yuko
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shiokawa; Sohjiro
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sasaki; Toshiro
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Setsu; Fumihito
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Toyooka; Yumiko
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishii; Miyuki
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Atsumi; Kunio
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iwamatsu; Katsuyoshi
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tamura; Atsushi
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Meiji Seika Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo-to
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950310
APN  7-51616
CLAS
OCL  514210
XCL  540302
EDF  6
ICL  C07D51906
ICL  A61K 31425
ICL  A61K 31495
FSC  540
FSS  302
FSC  514
FSS  210
UREF
PNO  4680292
ISD  19870700
NAM  Christensen et al.
OCL  514210
FREF
PNO  62-61985
ISD  19870300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-230290
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO95/07912
ISD  19950300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/00573
PD1  19970312
PD2  19970312
PD3  19960308
PCP  WO96/28455
PCD  19960919
ABST
PAR  Novel carbapenem derivatives, represented by the following formula (I),
      having a substituted or unsubstituted imidazo[5,1-b]thiazolium-6-ylmethyl
      group at the 2-position are disclosed. The compounds represented by the
      formula (I) have potent antibacterial activity against a wide spectrum of
      bacteria from Gram-positive bacteria to Gram-negative bacteria including
      Pseudomonas aeruginosa and, in addition, have potent antibacterial
      activity against various .beta.-lactamase-producing bacteria and MRSA and
      are very stable against DHP-1.
      ##STR1##
PATN
WKU  059901020
SRC  8
APN  8601623
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971121
TTL  Substituted azetidin-2-ones for treatment of atherosclerosis
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1,19
EXP  Berch; Mark L.
INVT
NAM  Hickey; Deirdre Mary Bernadette
CTY  Saffron Walden
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Dhanak; Dashyant
CTY  West Chester
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Leach; Colin Andrew
CTY  Hertfordshire
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Ife; Robert John
CTY  Hertfordshire
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Tew; David Graham
CTY  Audubon
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  SmithKline Beecham p.l.c.
CTY  Brentford
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19941222
APN  9426020
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19941222
APN  9426030
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950608
APN  9511599
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950608
APN  9511600
CLAS
OCL  514210
XCL  540360
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31395
ICL  C07D20509
FSC  540
FSS  360
FSC  514
FSS  210
FREF
PNO  010358
ISD  19800400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  199630
ISD  19860000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  481671
ISD  19920000
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Kita et al., Tetrahedron Letters, 36(1) , pp. 115-118 (1995).
PAL  Kita et al., Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 39(9), pp. 2225-2232
      (1991).
PAL  Kametani, Chem Abs 109:6266, 1988.
PAL  Ihara, Tetrahedron, vol. 38, 2489, 1982.
LREP
FR2  Dustman; Wayne J.
FR2  King; William T.
FR2  Kinzig; Charles M.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/05130
PD1  19971121
PD2  19971121
PD3  19951220
PCP  WO96/19451
PCD  19960627
      ##STR1##
ABST
PAR   Compounds of formula (I) in which R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, which may be the
      same or different, is each selected from hydrogen, halogen or C.sub.(1-8)
      alkyl; R.sup.3 is aryl or aryl C.sub.(1-4) alkyl which may be optionally
      substituted; X is a linker group; Y is an optionally substituted aryl
      group; and n is 0, 1 or 2; are inhibitors of the enzyme Lp-PLA.sub.2 and
      thereof of use in treating atherosclerosis.
PATN
WKU  059901039
SRC  8
APN  7934173
APT  1
ART  168
APD  19970225
TTL  Combination preparation for use in immunological diseases
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  MacMillan; Keith D.
INVT
NAM  Schonharting; Martin
CTY  Taunusstein
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Mullner; Stefan
CTY  Hochheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Zabel; Peter
CTY  Bad Segeberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Hoechst Aktiengesllschaft
CTY  Frankfurt am Main
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940825
APN  44 30 128
CLAS
OCL  514211
XCL  514262
XCL  514263
XCL  514826
XCL  514885
XCL  514889
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3155
FSC  514
FSS  224.8;355;356;826;885;889;211;262;263
UREF
PNO  4855300
ISD  19890800
NAM  Mandi et al.
UREF
PNO  5670506
ISD  19970900
NAM  Leigh et al.
OCL  514258
FREF
PNO  0234262
ISD  19860200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0490181
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0493682
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0544391
ISD  19910900
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstracts AN 19993:52043, Massaia et al, "Cyclosporin A and
      Dipyridamole: an effective combination against the generation of cytotoxic
      T lymphocytes.", Pharmacol. Res.(Jan. 1992), 26 (suppl. 2).
PAL  Khabar et al., The 9th Inter. Congress of Immunology; San Francisco CA.,
      Jul. 23-29, 1995, "Pentoxifylline Selectively Potentiates Cyclosporin a
      (CYA)-Mediated Suppression of Mixed Lymphocyte Cytotoxicity (MLC) Among
      other Immunological Functions" # 5054.
PAL  Carrier et al., Transplantation Proceedings, 26(5): 2745-2746 (1994),
      "Effect of Pentoxifylline on Renal Toxicity of Cyclosporin: Preliminary
      Results".
PAL  Galdal et al., Biochem. Pharmacology, 33(17):2723-2726 (1984), Inhibition
      of the Thromboplastin Response of Endothelial Cells In Vitro.
PAL  Sarria et al., Fundam. Clin. Pharmacol., 8:26-33 (1994), "The
      nicardipine-isoprenaline interaction in human and guinea-pig isolated
      airways".
PAL  Berkenboom et al., J. of Cardiovascular Pharmacol., 18(5):761-768 (1991)
      "Prevention of Cyclosporine A-Induced Vascular Toxicity by
      Pentoxifylline".
PAL  Stewart et al., Amer. J. of Clin. Oncol., 17(4): 313-316 (1994), "Addition
      of Pentoxifylline plus Nifedipine to Chemotherapy in Patients with
      Cisplatin-Resistant Cancers of the Lung and Other Sites".
PAL  Reece et al., Ann. Meeting of the Canadian Society for Clinical
      Investigation and the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada,
      Sep. 11-14m 1992 "Chronic Graft-Versus-Host Disease (CGVHD) in Patients
      (PTS) Receiving Unrelated Donor (UD) Allogeneic Bone Marrow Transplants
      (ALLO BMTS) Incidence Risk Factors and Outcome".
PAL  Database Caplus on STN, AN 1991:143854, Sharpe et al, "Treatment of
      cutaneous hypersensitivity with topical calcium channel blockers", S.
      African, (corresponding to ZA 9006583), pub. Jul. 20, 1990.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts AN 1988:216 076, Hui et al, 1988.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/03125
PD1  19970225
PD2  19970225
PD3  19950807
PCP  WO96/05838
PCD  19960229
ABST
PAR  A combination preparation comprising a compound which has a
      phosphodiesterase-inhibiting action, and a compound which reduces the
      biologically effective intracellular Ca.sup.2+  content, is suitable for
      the treatment of immunological diseases.
PATN
WKU  059901047
SRC  8
APN  9819355
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980325
TTL  Polycyclic alcaloid-derivatives as NMDA-receptor antagonists
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Delacroix-Muirheid; C.
EXP  Tsang; Cecilia J.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Dimaio; John
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Dixit; Dilip M.
CTY  Roxboro
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Biochem Pharma, Inc.
CTY  Laval
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950714
APN  9514448
CLAS
OCL  514212
XCL  514213
XCL  514295
XCL  514411
XCL  514430
XCL  514431
XCL  514437
XCL  514438
XCL  514443
XCL  514454
XCL  514450
XCL  514451
XCL  514455
XCL  514461
XCL  514468
XCL  548400
XCL  548434
XCL  540576
XCL  540581
XCL  546 97
XCL  549 12
XCL  549 26
XCL  549 27
XCL  549 28
XCL  549 43
XCL  549 46
XCL  549 48
XCL  549354
XCL  549356
XCL  549386
XCL  549459
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3100
FSC  514
FSS  646;656;657;660;661;212;213;295;411;430;431;437;438;443;454;450;451;455;461
     ;468
FSC  549
FSS  12;26;27;28;43;46;48;354;356;386
FSC  540
FSS  459;576;581
FSC  546
FSS  97
FSC  548
FSS  400;434
UREF
PNO  3836670
ISD  19740900
NAM  Freed et al.
OCL  424330
UREF
PNO  4957909
ISD  19900900
NAM  Abou-Gharbia et al.
OCL  514 75
OREF
PAL  Malis et al., "Animal Pharmacology of Wy-16,225, A New Analgesic Agent",
      The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, vol. 194, No.
      3, pp. 488-498, (1975).
PAL  A.A. Farooqui & L.A. Horrocks, "Brain Research Reviews" 16, Excitatory
      amino acid receptors, neural membrane phospholipid metabolism and
      neurological disorders, 1991, pp. 171-191.
PAL  A.B. MacDermott & N. Dale, "TINS" 10 (7), Receptors, ion channels and
      synaptic potentials underlying the integrative actions of excitatory amino
      acids, 1987, pp. 280-284.
PAL  S.I. Said, H.I. Berisha & H. Pakbaz, "Neuroscience" 65 (4),
      N-Methly-D-Aspartate Receptors Outside The The Central Nervous System:
      Activation Causes Lung Injury That is Mediated by Nitric Oxide Synthesis
      and Prevented by Vasoactive Intestinal Peptide, 1995, pp. 943-946.
PAL  J.W. Olney, "Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol." 30, Excitotixic Amino Acids
      and Neuropsychiatric Disorders, 1990, pp. 47-71.
PAL  A.C. Foster, R. Gill, L.L. Iversen, J.A. Kemp, E.H.F. Wong & G.N. Woodruff,
      "Current and Future Trends in Anticonvulsant, Anxiety, and Stroke
      Therapy", Therapeutic Potential of NMDA Receptor Antagonists as
      Neuroprotective Agents, 1990, pp. 301-329.
PAL  M.A. Rogawski & R.J. Porter, "Pharmacological Reviews", 42(3),
      Antiepileptic Drugs: Pharmacological and Clinical Efficacy with
      Consideration of Promising Developmental Stage Compounds, 1990, pp.
      222-286.
PAL  J.W. Downing, J.G. Brock-Utne, A. Barclay and I.L. Schwegmann, "Brit J.
      Anaesth", WY 16225 (Dezocine), A New Synthetic Opiate Agonist-Antagonist
      and Potent Analgesic: Comparison With Morphine for Relief of Pain After
      Lower Abdominal Surgery, 1981, pp. 59-64.
PAL  M.E. Freed, J.R. Potoski, E.H. Freed, G.L. Conklin & J.L. Malis, "Journal
      of Medicinal Chemistry" 16(6), Bridged Aminotetralins as Novel Potent
      Analgesic Substances, 1973, pp. 595-599.
PAL  W. Koek & F.C. Colpaert, "The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental
      Therapeutics" 252(1), Selective Blockade of N-Methyl-D-Aspartate
      (NMDA)-Induced Convulsions by NMDA Antagonists and Putative Glycine
      Antagonists: Relationship with Phencyclidine-Like Behavioral Effects,
      1990, pp. 349-357.
PAL  P.J. Fray, B.J. Sahakian, T.W. Robbins, G.F. Koob & S.D. Iversen,
      "Psychopharmacology" 69, An Observational Method for Quantifying the
      Behavioural Effects of Dopamine Agonists: Contrasting Effects of
      d-Amphetamine and Apomorphine, 1980, pp. 253-259.
PAL  N.W. Dunham & T.S. Miya; "Journal of the American Pharmaceutical
      Association" XLVI(3), A Note on a Simple Apparatus for Detecting
      Neurological Deficit in Rats and Mice, 1957, pp. 208-209.
PAL  J. Hughes, H.W. Kosterlitz & F.M. Leslie, "Brit J. Pharmac." 53, Effect of
      Morphine on Adrenergic Transmission in the Mouse Vas Deferens. Assessment
      of Agonist and Antagonist Potencies of Narcotic Analgesics, 1975, pp.
      371-381.
PAL  J.W. Olney, Patterns Clin. Expression Genet. Var., Toxic Effects of
      Glutamate and Related Amino Acids on the Developing Central Nervous
      System, 1974, pp. 501-512.
PAL  R.L. Follenfant, G.W. Hardy, L.A. Lowe, C. Schneider & T.W. Smith, "Brit.
      J. Pharmacol.", 93, Antinociceptive effects of the novel opioid peptide
      BW443C compared with classical opiates; peripheral versus central actions,
      1988, pp. 85-92.
PAL  F.M. Leslie, "Pharmacological Reviews", 39(3), Methods Used for the Study
      of Opioid Receptors, 1987 pp. 197-249.
PAL  C.J. Fowler & G.L. Fraser, "Neurochem. Int." 24(5), Opioid Receptors and
      Their Subtypes, A Critical Review with Emphasis on Radioligand Binding
      Experiments, 1994, pp. 401-427.
PAL  R.B. Raffa, A. Kim, K.C. Rice, B.R. De Costa, E.E. Codd & R.B. Rothman,
      "Peptides" 15(3), Low Affinity of FMRFamide and Four FaRPs
      (FMRFamide-Related Peptides), Including the Mammalian-Derived FaRPs
      F-8-Famide (NPFF) and A-18-Famide, for Opioid Receptors, 1994, pp.
      401-404.
PAL  R.B. Rothman, V. Bykov, B.R. De Costa, A.E. Jacobson, K.C. Rice & L.S.
      Brady, "Peptides" 11, Interaction of Endogenous Opioid Peptides and Other
      Drugs With Four Kappa Opioid Binding Sites in Guinea Pig Brain, 1990, pp.
      311-331.
PAL  J.A.H. Lord, A.A. Waterfield, J. Hughes & H.W. Kosterlitz, "Nature" 267(9),
      Endogenous opioid peptides: multiple agonists and receptors, 06-1977, pp.
      495-499.
PAL  E. Siegmund, R. Cadmus and G. Lu, "P.S.E.B.M." 95, A Method for Evaluating
      both Non-Narcotic and Narcotic Analgesics (23345), 1957, pp. 729-731.
PAL  W.R. Martin, C.G. Eades, J.A. Thompson, R.E. Huppler and P.E. Gilbert,
      "Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics" 197(3), The
      Effects of Morphine and Nalorphine-Like Drugs in the Nondependent and
      Morphine-Dependent Chronic Spinal Dog, 1976, pp. 517-533.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
PCTA
PCN  PCT/CA96/00468
PD1  19980325
PD2  19980325
PD3  19960712
PCP  WO97/03929
PCD  19970206
ABST
PAR  Polycyclic alkaloids of formula (I), wherein R.sub.1 is H, C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
      or C.sub.6-12 aryl optionally substituted with polar groups; R.sub.2 and
      R.sub.3 are independently H, OH, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, --C(NH)--NH.sub.2, a
      positively charged group, or C.sub.7-13 aralkyl optionally substituted
      with NH.sub.2, OH, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or halogen; or R.sub.2 and R.sub.3
      together form a 5 to 6 member ring optionally incorporating a heteroatom;
      R.sub.4 is H, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, OR.sub.6, SR.sub.6, or N(R.sub.6).sub.2,
      wherein each R.sub.6 is independently H, C.sub.1-3 alkyl; X ix O, S, SO,
      SO.sub.2, or N--R.sub.5, wherein each R.sub.5 is independently H,
      C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.7-13 aralkyl optionally interrupted with one or
      more heteroatom; n is an integer from 0 to 2; and m is an integer from 0
      to 3. These compounds act as antagonists at the ionotropic NMDA
      (N-methyl-(D)-aspartic acid) receptor.
      ##STR1##
PATN
WKU  059901055
SRC  9
APN  2327759
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19990115
TTL  Benzosulfone derivatives
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Murray; Joseph
EXP  Richter; Johann
INVT
NAM  Bos; Michael
CTY  Rheinfelden
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Hunkeler; Walter
CTY  Magden
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Riemer; Claus
CTY  Freiburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.
CTY  Nutley
STA  NJ
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19980116
APN  98100690
CLAS
OCL  5142355
XCL  5142358
XCL  514269
XCL  514318
XCL  514421
XCL  544122
XCL  544124
XCL  544158
XCL  544319
XCL  548523
XCL  568 30
XCL  568 33
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 35535
ICL  C07D41300
ICL  C07D20700
ICL  C07C31500
FSC  514
FSS  235.5;235.8;269;318;429
FSC  544
FSS  122;124;158;319;360
FSC  548
FSS  523
FSC  568
FSS  30;33
FREF
PNO  524 781
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  09059254
ISD  19970300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  H. Yamanaka, S. Ogawa and S. Konno, Chem. Pharm. Bull., 29, pp. 98-104,
      1981.
PAL  R. Gerdil, Helvetica Chimica Acta, 56, pp. 196-206, 1973.
PAL  B.L. Roth, S.C. Craigo, M.S. Choudhary, A. Uluer, F.J. Monsma Jr., Y. Shen,
      H.Y. Meltzer and D. R. Sibley, J. Pharmacol. & Exp. Ther., 268, pp.
      1403-1410, 1994.
PAL  F.J. Monsma, Jr., Y. Shen, R.P. Ward, M.W. Hamblin and D.R. Sibley, Mol.
      Pharmacol., pp. 320-327, 1993.
PAL  A. Bourson, E. Borroni, R.H. Austin, F.J. Monsma Jr. and A.J. Sleight, J.
      Mol. Pharmacol. & Exp. Ther., 274, pp. 173-180, 1995.
PAL  R.P. Ward, M.W. Hamblin, J.E. Lachowicz, B.J. Hoffman, D.R. Sibley and D.M.
      Dorsa, Neuroscience, 64, pp. 1105-1111, 1995.
PAL  A.J. Sleight, F.G. Boess, A. Bourson, D.R. Sibley and F.J. Monsma Jr.,
      Neurotransmissions, 11, pp. 1-5, 1995.
PAL  Abstract of Japanest Patent No. 09059254.
PAL  W. Klotzer, Monatshefte Chemie, 92, pp. 1212-1217 (1961).
LREP
FR2  Johnston; George W.
FR2  Tramaloni; Dennis P.
FR2  Kirk, Jr.; Joseph P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to novel compounds of the general formula
      ##STR1##
      wherein R.sup.1 is hydrogen;
PA0  R.sup.2 is hydrogen, trifluoromethyl or lower alkyl;
PA0  R.sup.3 is hydrogen or amino; or
PA0  R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 or R.sup.3 and R.sup.2 taken together are
      --CH.dbd.CH--CH.dbd.CH--;
PA0  Z is pyrimidin-4-yl, pyridin-4-yl, pyridin-2-yl or phenyl;
PA0  R.sup.4, R.sup.5 are each independently hydrogen, lower alkyl,
      trifluoromethyl, halogen, lower alkoxy, nitrilo, amino, lower alkyl-amino,
      di-lower alkyl-amino, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, vinyl,
      C.sub.3 -C.sub.6 cycloalkyl, C.sub.3 -C.sub.6 cycloalkenyl,
      t-buthylethinyl, hydroxyalkylethinyl, phenylethinyl, naphthyl, thiophenyl,
      or phenyl, which may be substituted by halogen, lower alkoxy, lower alkyl,
      trifluoromethyl or nitro, or a group --NH(CH.sub.2).sub.n NR.sup.6
      R.sup.7, --N(CH.sub.3)(CH.sub.2).sub.n NR.sup.6 R.sup.7,
      --NH(CH.sub.2).sub.n -morpholin-4-yl or --NH(CH.sub.2).sub.n OH;
PA0  n is 2-4
PA0  R.sup.6 and R.sup.7 are each independently hydrogen or lower alkyl,
PAL  and to their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
PAL  It has been found that the compounds of formula I possess a selective
      affinity to 5HT-6 receptors.
PATN
WKU  059901063
SRC  8
APN  8757283
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970804
TTL  Bicyclic amino group-substituted pyridonecarboxylic acid derivatives,
      esters thereof and salts thereof, and bicyclic amines useful as
      intermediates thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Coleman; Brenda
EXP  Shah; Mukund J.
INVT
NAM  Sakamoto; Masato
CTY  Toyonaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Chiba; Katsumi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tominaga; Yukio
CTY  Toyonaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Minami; Akira
CTY  Hirakata
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  514248
XCL  514258
XCL  514267
XCL  514291
XCL  514293
XCL  514296
XCL  514300
XCL  514312
XCL  514412
XCL  544234
XCL  544235
XCL  544236
XCL  544238
XCL  544250
XCL  544279
XCL  546 80
XCL  546 83
XCL  546 89
XCL  546 92
XCL  546123
XCL  546156
XCL  548515
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3147
ICL  A61K 3140
ICL  C07D20952
ICL  C07D40104
FSC  514
FSS  248;258;267;291;293;296;300;312;412
FSC  544
FSS  234;235;236;238;250;279
FSC  546
FSS  80;83;89;92;123;156
FSC  548
FSS  515
FREF
PNO  0 022 288
ISD  19810100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 343 524
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 413 455
ISD  19910200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 550 019
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  56-11729
ISD  19810200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-056673
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO94/15933
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  duPont, Chem. Abstr., vol. 66 (1967) p 3554, Abstract No. 37500b.
PAL  Chiba et al., Chem. Abstr., vol. 111, No. 17, Oct. 23, 1989 Abstract No.
      111-153779w.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP95/00135
PD1  19970804
PD2  19970804
PD3  19950202
PCP  WO95/21163
PCD  19950810
ABST
PAR  This invention relates to bicyclic amino group-substituted
      pyridonecarboxylic acid derivatives of the general formula
EQU  A--Pri
PAL  esters thereof and salts thereof, wherein: Pri is a pyridonecarboxylic acid
      residue, and A is a bicyclic amino group represented by the following
      formula and joined to the 7-position of the pyridonecarboxylic acid or a
      position equivalent to the 7-position thereof.
      ##STR1##
      wherein R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 may be the same or different and each
      represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or an amino-protecting
      group; R.sub.3 and R.sub.4 may be the same or different and each
      represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a hydroxyl
      group, an oxo group, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkyl group; and n is
      an integer of 0 or 1.
PAL  The above-described pyridonecarboxylic acid derivatives, esters thereof and
      salts thereof are useful as antibacterial agents.
PAL  This invention also relates to bicyclic amine compounds useful as direct
      intermediates for the synthesis of the above-described pyridonecarboxylic
      acid derivatives.
PATN
WKU  059901071
SRC  8
APN  8831149
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970626
TTL  Fibrinogen receptor antagonist prodrugs
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Truong; Tamthom N.
EXP  Shah; Mukund J.
INVT
NAM  Egbertson; Melissa S.
CTY  Ambler
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Hartman; George D.
CTY  Lansdale
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Lumma; William C.
CTY  Pennsburg
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Wai; John S.
CTY  Harleysville
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Young; Steven D.
CTY  Lansdale
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Merck & Co., Inc.
CTY  Rahway
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514250
XCL  514255
XCL  514318
XCL  514326
XCL  544234
XCL  544344
XCL  544360
XCL  546193
XCL  546194
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 4358
ICL  A01N 4340
ICL  C07D23726
ICL  C07D21168
FSC  544
FSS  234;344;360
FSC  546
FSS  194;193
FSC  514
FSS  250;318;255;326
UREF
PNO  5256812
ISD  19931000
NAM  Alig et al.
OCL  560 35
UREF
PNO  5547671
ISD  19960800
NAM  Duthinh
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  5814636
ISD  19980900
NAM  Katano et al.
OCL  514252
FREF
PNO  6597843
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  659 743 A1
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  718 287 A2
ISD  19951200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  44 46 301 A1
ISD  19941200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/22835
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94 22834
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Parr; Richard S.
FR2  Winokur; Melvin
ABST
PAL  Fibrinogen receptor antagonist alcohol prodrugs having the structure, for
      example, of
      ##STR1##
      more particularly,
      ##STR2##
PATN
WKU  059901080
SRC  9
APN  1014285
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980709
TTL  5H,10H-imidazo[1,2-a]indeno[1,2-e]pyrazine-4-one derivatives,
      preparation thereof, intermediates thereof and drugs containing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Gerstl; Robert
INVT
NAM  Aloup; Jean-Claude
CTY  Villeneuve-le-Roi
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Bouquerel; Jean
CTY  Drancy
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Damour; Dominique
CTY  Orly
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Hardy; Jean-Claude
CTY  Cergy-Saint-Christophe
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Jimonet; Patrick
CTY  Villepreux
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Manfre; Franco
CTY  Limeil-Brevannes
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Mignani; Serge
CTY  Chatenay-Malabry
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Nemecek; Patrick
CTY  Thiais
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Rhone Poulenc Rorer S.A.
CTY  Antony
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960110
APN  96 00192
CLAS
OCL  514250
XCL  544343
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31495
ICL  C07D48704
FSC  544
FSS  343
FSC  514
FSS  250
FREF
PNO  WO 95/26349
ISD  19951000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/31511
ISD  19961000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR97/00019
PD1  19980709
PD2  19980709
PD3  19970106
PCP  WO97/25328
PCD  19970717
ABST
PAR  Compounds of formula (I), wherein R is a hydrogen atom or a --COOH,
      -alk-COOH, --PO.sub.3 H.sub.2, --CH.sub.2 --PO.sub.3 H.sub.2, or
      --CH.dbd.CH--COOH radical, or a phenyl radical substituted by a carboxy
      radical, R.sub.1 is an alk-CN, -alk-COOH, -alk-Het, alk-PO.sub.3 H.sub.2
      or -alk-CO--NH--SO.sub.2 R.sub.2 radical, R.sub.2 is an alkyl or phenyl
      radical, alk is an alkyl radical, Het is a saturated or unsaturated mono-
      or polycyclic heterocyclic ring containing 1-9 carbon atoms and one or
      more heteroatoms selected from O, S and N, said heterocyclic ring
      optionally being substituted by one or more alkyl, phenyl or phenylalkyl
      radicals, with the proviso that when R is a hydrogen atom or a --COOH or
      --PO.sub.3 H.sub.2 radical, R.sub.1 cannot be -alk-COOH, isomers, racemic
      mixtures, enantiomers and diastereoisomers thereof, salts thereof, the
      preparation thereof, intermediates thereof and drugs containing said
      compounds, are disclosed. The compounds of formula (I) have valuable
      pharmacological properties and are antagonists of the
      .alpha.-amino-3-hydroxy-5-methyl-4-isoxazolepropionic acid (AMPA) receptor
      also known as the quisqualate receptor. Furthermore, the compounds of
      formula (I) are non-competitive antagonists of the N-methyl-D-aspartate
      (NMDA) receptor, and specifically ligands for NMDA receptor glycine
      modulator sites.
      ##STR1##
PATN
WKU  059901098
SRC  9
APN  2625253
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19990304
TTL  Heterocyclo-substituted imidazopyrazine protein tyrosine kinase
      inhibitors
ISD  19991123
NCL  42
ECL  1
EXP  Gerstl; Robert
INVT
NAM  Chen; Ping
CTY  Lawrenceville
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Norris; Derek J.
CTY  Trenton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Barrish; Joel C.
CTY  Holland
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Iwanowicz; Edwin J.
CTY  Cranbury
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514250
XCL  540599
XCL  544 61
XCL  544115
XCL  544346
EDF  6
ICL  C07D47114
ICL  A61K 3150
FSC  544
FSS  346;61;115
FSC  514
FSS  250
FSC  540
FSS  599
UREF
PNO  4160097
ISD  19790700
NAM  Warner et al
UREF
PNO  4172947
ISD  19791000
NAM  Warner et al.
UREF
PNO  4191766
ISD  19800300
NAM  Warner et al.
UREF
PNO  4191767
ISD  19800300
NAM  Warner et al.
UREF
PNO  4197403
ISD  19800400
NAM  Warner et al.
UREF
PNO  4198508
ISD  19800400
NAM  Warner et al.
UREF
PNO  4200750
ISD  19800400
NAM  Warner et al.
UREF
PNO  4225724
ISD  19800900
NAM  Warner et al.
UREF
PNO  4229452
ISD  19801000
NAM  Warner et al.
UREF
PNO  4236015
ISD  19801100
NAM  Warner et al.
UREF
PNO  4317682
ISD  19820300
NAM  Katsura et al.
UREF
PNO  4440929
ISD  19840400
NAM  Lee et al.
UREF
PNO  5034530
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hansen et al.
UREF
PNO  5276028
ISD  19940100
NAM  Hansen
FREF
PNO  728481
ISD  19960800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO97/19079
ISD  19970500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO99/10341
ISD  19990300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  99/09845
ISD  19990300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Bolen,J. B., et al., FASEB Journal, "The Src family of tyrosine protein
      kinases in hemopoietic signal transduction", vol. 6, pp. 3403-3409 (1992).
PAL  Chan, A.C., et al., EMBO Journal, "Activation of ZAP-70 kinase activity by
      phosphorylation of tyrosine 493 is required for lymphocyte antigen
      receptor function", vol. 14, pp. 2499-2508, (1995).
PAL  Ihle, J. N., Seminars in Immunology, "The Janus protein tyrosine kinases in
      hematopoietic cytokine", vol.7, pp. 247-254 (1995).
PAL  Iwashima, M., et al., Science, "Sequential Interactions of the TCR with Two
      Distinct Cytoplasmic Tyrosine Kinases", vol. 263, pp. 1136-1139 (1994).
PAL  Schieven, G. L., et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry, "ZAP-70 Tyrosine
      Kinase, CD45, and T Cell Receptor Involvement in UV-and H.sub.2 O.sub.2
      -induced T Cell Signal Transduction", vol. 269, No. 32, pp. 20718-20726
      (1994).
PAL  Ulrich, A., et al., Cell, "Signal Transduction by Receptors with Tyrosine
      Kinase Activity", vol. 61, pp. 203-212 (1990).
PAL  Weiss, A., et al., Cell, "Signal Transduction by Lymphocyte Antigen
      Receptors", vol. 76, pp. 263-274 (1994).
PAL  Cooper, J. A., et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry, "Phosphorylation
      Sites in Enolase and Lactate Dehydrogenase Utilized by Tyrosine Protein
      Kinases in Vivo and In Vitro", vol. 259, No. 12, pp. 7835-7841 (1984).
PAL  Davey, D.D., et al. J.Med. Chem. "Novel Compounds Possessing Potent cAMP
      and cGMP Phosphodiesterase Inhibitory Activity. Synthesis and
      Cardiovascular Effects of a Series of Imidazo[1,2-a]quinnoxalinones and
      Imidazo[1,5-a]quinoxalinones and Their AZA Analogues" vol. 34, pp.
      2671-2677 (1991).
PAL  U.S. Application Serial No. 09/097,338; "Imidazoquinoxaline Protein
      Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors;" Filed Jun. 15, 1998.
PAL  U.S. Application Serial No. 09/094,797; "Imidazoquinoxaline Protein
      Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors;" Filed Jun. 15, 1998.
LREP
FR2  Sher; Audrey F.
ABST
PAL  Novel heterocyclo-substituted imidazopyrazines and salts thereof,
      pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds, and methods of
      using such compounds in the treatment of protein tyrosine
      kinase-associated disorders such as immunologic disorders.
PATN
WKU  059901101
SRC  8
APN  914062&
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970715
TTL  Method for treating tumors having high LDL requirements employing MTP
      inhibitors
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Henley, III; Raymond
INVT
NAM  Firestone; Raymond A.
CTY  New Haven
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Bristol-Meyers Squibb Company
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514252
XCL  514326
XCL  514329
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31495
ICL  A61K 31445
FSC  514
FSS  252;326;329
UREF
PNO  5712279
ISD  19980100
NAM  Biller et al.
OCL  514252
OREF
PAL  Firestone, R.A. "Low-Density Lipoprotein as a Vehicle for Targeting
      Antitumor Compounds to Cancer Cells" Bioconjugate Chem., vol. 5, No. 2,
      1994, pp. 105-113.
PAL  Wunderlich, M. et al, "The Redox Properties of Protein Disulfide Isomerase
      (DsbA) of Escherichia coli Result from a Tense Conformation of its
      Oxidized Form", J. Mol. Biol. (1993) 233, 559-566.
PAL  Firestone, R.A. et al, "Selective Delivery of Cytotoxic Compounds to Cells
      by the LDL Pathway" Journal of Medicinal Chem., 1984, vol. 27, No. 8, pp.
      1037-1043.
LREP
FR2  Rodney; Burton
ABST
PAL  A method is provided for treating hematologic tumors and solid tumors,
      including certain types of leukemias and metastatic tumors, having high
      LDL requirements employing a delipidating agent such as an MTP inhibitor
      to substantially reduce LDL blood levels. In addition, a method is
      provided for treating tumors of the above types having high LDL
      requirements, especially hematologic tumors such as certain leukemias,
      employing a delipidating compound to substantially remove native LDL, and
      then administering a cytotoxic agent carried in reconstituted LDL.
PATN
WKU  059901110
SRC  9
APN  0715891
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980501
TTL  Aldose reductase inhibition in preventing or reversing diabetic
      cardiomyopathy
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Weddington; Kevin E.
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Brian F.
CTY  East Lyme
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Pfizer Inc.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514252
XCL  514365
XCL  514366
XCL  514367
XCL  514866
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3150
ICL  A61K 31425
FSC  514
FSS  252;365;366;367;866
UREF
PNO  4743611
ISD  19880500
NAM  Malamas et al.
OCL  514390
UREF
PNO  4748280
ISD  19880500
NAM  Mylari et al.
OCL  568595
UREF
PNO  4868301
ISD  19890900
NAM  Mylari et al.
OCL  544237
UREF
PNO  5064830
ISD  19911100
NAM  Going
OCL  514252
UREF
PNO  5164391
ISD  19921100
NAM  Kurono et al.
OCL  514253
UREF
PNO  5304557
ISD  19940400
NAM  Mylari
OCL  514248
UREF
PNO  5728704
ISD  19980300
NAM  Mylari et al.
OCL  514256
UREF
PNO  5834466
ISD  19981100
NAM  Ramasamy et al.
OCL  514227.5
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstracts (126:16897d) Ramasamy et al. (1997).
PAL  Zarich et al., American Heart Journal, vol. 118, pp. 1000-1012 (1989).
PAL  Cameron et al., Diabetologia, vol. 32, pp. 365-370 (1989).
PAL  Roy et al., Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice, vol. 10, pp. 91-97
      (1990).
PAL  Raev, D. C., Clinical Cardiology, "Evolution of Cardiac Changes in Young
      Insulin-Dependent (Type 1) Diabetic Patients-One More Piece of the Puzzle
      of Diabetic Cardiopathy", 1993, vol. 16, pp. 784-790.
PAL  Spector, K.S., Clinical Cardiology, "Diabetic Cardiomyopathy", 1998, vol.
      21, pp. 885-887.
LREP
FR2  Richardson; Peter C.
FR2  Benson; Gregg C.
FR2  Goddard; Carl J.
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to the use of aldose reductase inhibitors in the
      treatment, prevention or reversal of diabetic cardiomyopathy in a human
      subject.
PATN
WKU  059901128
SRC  8
APN  6707130
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19960618
TTL  Inhibitors of metalloproteases pharmaceutical compositions comprising
      same and methods of their use
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Bernhardt; Emily
INVT
NAM  Campbell; David
CTY  San Mateo
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Look; Gary C.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Szardenings; Anna Katrin
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Patel; Dinesh V.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Affymax Technologies N.V.
CTY  Greenford
CNT  GBX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  514255
XCL  544385
XCL  544231
XCL  544349
XCL  544350
XCL  514249
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31495
ICL  C07D24108
FSC  544
FSS  385
FSC  514
FSS  255
UREF
PNO  4609667
ISD  19860900
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  514367
UREF
PNO  4940709
ISD  19900700
NAM  Shimazaki et al.
OCL  514253
UREF
PNO  5728830
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kanda et al.
OCL  544  5
UREF
PNO  5736539
ISD  19980400
NAM  Graham et al.
OCL  514218
UREF
PNO  5817751
ISD  19981000
NAM  Szardenings et al.
OCL  530317
FREF
PNO  0 181 152
ISD  19860500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  96/00391
ISD  19960100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Bernstein, et al., "Preparation of a Diketopiperazine Analog of Leukotriene
      D.sub.4 (LTD.sub.4)", Tetrahedron Letters, vol. 26, No. 16, pp. 1951-1954,
      1985.
PAL  Dudman, et al., "Homocysteine Thiolactone and Experimental
      Homocysteinemia", Biochemical Medicine, (27), pp. 244-253 (1982).
PAL  Rossbach, et al., Abstract, for Physiol. -Chem. Inst., University
      Tuebingen, Tuebingen, Germany, Z. Naturforsch. B (1971), 26(11), pp.
      1144-1151.
PAL  Schneider, et al., "Kinetik der Reaktion von Imidazol-SH-Verbindungen mit
      N-Athyl-maleinimid", Hoppe-Seyler's Z. Physiol. Chem, pp. 1521-1530, Dec.
      1969.
PAL  Richter, et al., "Penicillamine: An Extractable Chiral Auxiliary Providing
      Excellent Stereocontrol", Tetrahedron: Asymmetry, vol. 7, No. 2, pp.
      427-434 (1996).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 117, No. 33, 1992, Abstract No. 0275b, Nachev:
      Synthesis of N-Polyfunctional Substituted L-Phenylalanine, p. 849, col. 1,
      XP002040920.
PAL  Birkedal-Hansen et al, Critical Reviews in Oral Biology and Medicine, 4
      (2), pp. 197-250 (1993).
PAL  Vincenti et al, Arthritis & Rheumatism, 37, p. 1115-1126 (1994).
PAL  Beyermann et al, J. Org. Chem. 55, p. 721-728 (1990).
LREP
FR2  Swiss; Gerald F.
FR2  Stevens; Lauren L.
ABST
PAL  Novel inhibitors of metalloproteases are disclosed. Such compounds are
      useful in pharmaceutical compositions and methods for treating or
      controlling disease states or conditions which involve tissue breakdown,
      such as rheumatoid arthritis.
PATN
WKU  059901136
SRC  8
APN  7670621
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19961216
TTL  Monohydrates of aminobenzenesulfonic acid derivatives and method for
      preparing thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Bernhardt; Emily
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Yamazaki; Chika
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sato; Tadao
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagano; Tatsuo
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951215
APN  7-326648
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951215
APN  7-327068
CLAS
OCL  514255
XCL  514218
XCL  540575
XCL  544392
XCL  544394
XCL  544395
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31495
ICL  A61K 3155
ICL  C07D295096
ICL  C07D24308
FSC  544
FSS  392;394;395
FSC  514
FSS  255
UREF
PNO  4411904
ISD  19831000
NAM  Pattison
OCL  544392
UREF
PNO  5053409
ISD  19911000
NAM  Okushima et al.
OCL  514255
UREF
PNO  5457107
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kaufman
OCL  514236.2
UREF
PNO  5486517
ISD  19960100
NAM  Downing et al.
OCL  514253
FREF
PNO  0 390 654
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 503 611
ISD  19750800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 126 598
ISD  19840300
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Kitamura et al, Chemical Abstracts, vol. 111, No. 23519, 1989.
PAL  Okujima et al., Chemical Abstracts, vol. 117, No. 21, Nov. 23, 1992,
      Abstract No. 212524h, p. 850 JP 04 139 127.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P
ABST
PAL  A monohydrate of an aminobenzenesulfonic acid derivative represented by the
      following formula (I), for example,
      2-(1-piperazinyl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonic acid, is substantially free from
      weight change due to moisture absorption and can be weighed accurately in
      manufacturing a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of heart
      diseases comprising said monohydrate.
      ##STR1##
PATN
WKU  059901144
SRC  8
APN  8073384
APT  1
ART  167
APD  19970228
TTL  Use of 5-HT.sub.1A receptor antagonists for the treatment of urinary
      incontinence
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  MacMillan; Keith D.
INVT
NAM  Leonardi; Amedeo
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Testa; Rodolfo
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Recordati, S.A., Chemical and Pharmaceutical Company
CTY  Chiasso
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19960228
APN  MI96A0378
CLAS
OCL  514255
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31495
FSC  514
FSS  255
UREF
PNO  4576959
ISD  19860300
NAM  Flaugh
UREF
PNO  5387593
ISD  19950200
NAM  Mattson et al.
FREF
PNO  395313
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  395312
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  444854
ISD  19910900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  481744
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  490772
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 512 755
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07D21375
FREF
PNO  546583
ISD  19930600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  558245
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  574313
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  590971
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  633260
ISD  19950100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2255337
ISD  19921100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2262093
ISD  19930600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2277517
ISD  19941100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/07135
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/03444
ISD  19940200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/15928
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/15919
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/21611
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/21610
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/20481
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/02592
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/11891
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/33743
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/33743
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/05817
ISD  19960200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  97/00897
ISD  19970200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Database Chemical Abstracts on STN, AN 1993:521179, "Effects of
      Serotonergic agonists on micturition and sexual function in the rat", Drug
      Dev. Res. (1992), 27(4), 361-75, Jan. 1992.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts AN 1996:428601, Oquiza et al, EP 714663, Nov. 1995.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts AN 1993:169115, Cliff et al, EP 512755 A2, Apr. 30,
      1992.
PAL  Alexander, B.S. et al., J. Pharm. Pharmacol. 40, 888 (1988).
PAL  Andersson, Drugs 35:477 (1988).
PAL  Bertin B. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 267:8200 (1992).
PAL  Bliss, Quart, J. Pharm. Pharmacol., 11:192 (1938).
PAL  Cheung, Y-D. et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol. 84, 79 (1982).
PAL  Creese, I. et al., Eur J. Pharmacol. 60, 55 (1979).
PAL  D. Dauzonne et al., Synthesis, 348 1984.
PAL  De Groat, Neurobiology of Incontinence, (Ciba Foundation Symposium 151:27,
      (1990).
PAL  Dray, J. Pharmacol. Methods, 13:157 (1985).
PAL  Fletcher et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol. 237:283 (1993).
PAL  Fletcher et al., TIPS 14:441 (1993).
PAL  Greene, T.W., Chapter 7 "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", John
      Wiley and Sons, New York (1981).
PAL  Guarneri, L. (Pharmacol. Res., 27(2):173(1993).
PAL  Guarneri, L. et al., Drugs of Today 30(2):91 (1994).
PAL  Guarneri, L. et al., Pharmacol. Res., 24:175 (1991).
PAL  Guarneri, L. et al., XXVII Congresso Naxionale Della Societa Italiana Di
      Farmacologia, 1994, p. 310.
PAL  Hanft, G. et al., J. Pharm. Pharmacol. 41, 714 (1989).
PAL  Lecci, K. et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Therapeutics 262:181 (1992).
PAL  Lepor, H., Urology, 42:483 (1993).
PAL  Maggi, C.A. et al., Brain Res., 380:83 (1986).
PAL  Maggi, C.A. et al., Brain Res., 415:1 (1987).
PAL  Maggi, C.A. et al., J. Pharmacol. Meth., 15:157 (1986).
PAL  Maggi, C.A. et al., J. Urol., 136:696 (1986).
PAL  Maggi, C.A. et al., Naun. Schmied. Arc.Pharmacol., 332:276 (1986).
PAL  Maggi, C.A. et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 230:500 (1984).
PAL  Moser, R.C., Eur. J. Pharmacol. 193:165 (1991).
PAL  Al Neirabeyeh, M. et al., Eur. J. Med. Chem. 26,497 (1991).
PAL  Pietra, C. et al., IRCS Med. Sci., 14:992 (1986).
PAL  Ruffman, R. J. Int.Med. Res. 16:317 (1988).
PAL  Saxena, P.R., Pharmac. Ther. 66:339 (1995).
PAL  Schoefter, R. et al., Brit. J. Pharmacol. 95:975 (1988).
PAL  Stockmeier, C.A. et al., Life Sci., 38, 117-127 (1966).
PAL  Shenker, A. et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol. 109:427-429 (1985).
PAL  The RBI Handbook of Receptor Classification, Kebabian and Nemeyer, Eds.,
      pp. 58-61 (1994), RBI2.
PAL  Thorberg, S.O. et al., Acta Pharm. Suec. 24, 169 (1987).
PAL  Tricklebank, R.D. et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol. 117:15 (1985).
PAL  Vandermaelen, C.P. et al., Brain Res., 289:109-119 (1983).
PAL  Yaksh, T.K. et al. Amer. J. Physiol., 251:R1177 (1986).
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  The present invention discloses compositions and methods for treating
      neuromuscular dysfunction of the lower urinary tract in mammals, including
      humans, using serotonin 5-HT.sub.1A receptor antagonist compounds that
      exert their inhibitory effects via pre-synaptic (somatodendritic) and
      post-synaptic antagonism.
PATN
WKU  059901152
SRC  9
APN  1020781
APT  1
ART  167
APD  19980622
TTL  Compositions and methods for controlling pest insects
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Robinson; Allen J.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Wren; Heather N.
CTY  Hampstead
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Virginia Tech Intellectual Properties, Inc.
CTY  Blacksburg
STA  VA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  595899
APD  19960206
PSC  01
PNO  5770601
ISD  19980623
RLAP
COD  82
APN  291072
APD  19940817
PSC  01
PNO  5514681
ISD  19960507
CLAS
OCL  514258
XCL  514262
XCL  514263
XCL  514264
XCL  514278
XCL  424 84
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 4342
ICL  A01N 4354
ICL  A01N 4390
FSC  514
FSS  258;262;263;264;278
FSC  424
FSS  84
UREF
PNO  4857532
ISD  19890800
NAM  Koehler et al.
OCL  514262
UREF
PNO  4883801
ISD  19891100
NAM  Nathanson
OCL  514263
UREF
PNO  4902690
ISD  19900200
NAM  Nathanson
OCL  514213
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  Compositions of xanthine and mercapto-allopurinol and methods of using
      same, for controlling the growth of pest insects which salvage, store, or
      excrete their nitrogenous wastes via the purine metabolic pathway.
PATN
WKU  059901160
SRC  8
APN  9135979
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970915
TTL  Trisubstituted phenyl derivatives
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Kessinger; Ann M.
EXP  Raymond; Richard L.
INVT
NAM  Nussbaumer; Peter
CTY  Maria Enzersdorf
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Novartis AG
CTY  Basel
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950314
APN  9505080
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950323
APN  9505858
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19951228
APN  9526593
CLAS
OCL  514259
XCL  544283
XCL  544287
XCL  544293
XCL  546152
XCL  546153
XCL  546156
XCL  546159
XCL  546168
XCL  546170
XCL  546171
XCL  546178
XCL  560 45
XCL  564167
XCL  564443
XCL  514311
XCL  514312
XCL  514313
XCL  514619
XCL  514630
XCL  514646
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31505
ICL  C07D23988
ICL  C07D23993
ICL  C07D23994
FSC  544
FSS  283;287;293
FSC  514
FSS  259
UREF
PNO  4851423
ISD  19890700
NAM  Girijavallabhan et al.
OCL  514399
UREF
PNO  5272167
ISD  19931200
NAM  Girijavallabhan et al.
OCL  514394
UREF
PNO  5409930
ISD  19950400
NAM  Spada et al.
OCL  514248
UREF
PNO  5459144
ISD  19951000
NAM  Girijavallabhan et al.
OCL  514269
UREF
PNO  5480883
ISD  19960100
NAM  Spada et al.
OCL  514249
UREF
PNO  5646153
ISD  19970700
NAM  Spada et al.
OCL  514259
UREF
PNO  5656643
ISD  19970800
NAM  Spada et al.
OCL  514312
FREF
PNO  0028305 A1
ISD  19810500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0081782
ISD  19830600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0181568
ISD  19860500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0274867 B1
ISD  19880700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0274867 A2
ISD  19880700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0407217 A1
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0497740 A1
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0539326 A2
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0560407 B1
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0584222 B1
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  88/03806
ISD  19880600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  88/03800
ISD  19880600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  92/20642
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Derwent Abstract: Japan Tobacco, 97-415263/38.
PAL  Nagpal et al., "New Dermatological Agents for the Treatment of Psoriasis,"
      Annual Reports in Medicinal Chemistry, vol. 32, Ch. 20, pp. 201-210, 1997.
PAL  Goodman & Gilman's, "The Parmacological Basis of Therapeutics," Academic
      Press, Ninth Edition, Ch. 64, pp. 1607-1608, 1996.
LREP
FR2  Loeschorn; Carol A.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/01116
PD1  19970915
PD2  19970915
PD3  19960314
PCP  WO96/28430
PCD  19960919
ABST
PAR  The invention concerns compounds of formula I
      ##STR1##
      wherein the substituents have various meanings, and their use in the
      prevention or treatment of inflammatory and proliferative skin diseases
      and cancer.
PATN
WKU  059901179
SRC  9
APN  0604437
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980415
TTL  Method for inhibiting neoplastic cells and related conditions by
      exposure to quinazoline derivatives
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Goldberg; Jerome D.
INVT
NAM  Pamukcu; Rifat
CTY  Spring House
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Piazza; Gary
CTY  Doylestown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Cell Pathways, Inc.
CTY  Horsham
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514259
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 4354
FSC  514
FSS  259
UREF
PNO  3031450
ISD  19620400
NAM  Fischer et al.
OCL  260247.5
UREF
PNO  3161654
ISD  19641200
NAM  Shen
OCL  260319
UREF
PNO  3322755
ISD  19670500
NAM  Roch et al.
OCL  260246
UREF
PNO  3517005
ISD  19700600
NAM  Cronin et al.
OCL  260256.4
UREF
PNO  3594480
ISD  19710700
NAM  Cronin et al.
OCL  424250
UREF
PNO  3647858
ISD  19720300
NAM  Hinkley et al.
OCL  260470
UREF
PNO  3654349
ISD  19720400
NAM  Shen et al.
OCL  260515
UREF
PNO  3780040
ISD  19731200
NAM  Schnettler et al.
OCL  260256.5
UREF
PNO  3812127
ISD  19740500
NAM  Cronin et al.
OCL  260268BQ
UREF
PNO  3819631
ISD  19740600
NAM  Broughton et al.
OCL  260256.4F
UREF
PNO  3920636
ISD  19751100
NAM  Takahasi et al.
OCL  260240J
UREF
PNO  4001237
ISD  19770100
NAM  Partyka et al.
OCL  260256.4B
UREF
PNO  4001238
ISD  19770100
NAM  Partyka et al.
OCL  260256.4B
UREF
PNO  4039544
ISD  19770800
NAM  Broughton et al.
OCL  260256.4F
UREF
PNO  4060615
ISD  19771100
NAM  Matier et al.
OCL  260256.4Q
UREF
PNO  4079057
ISD  19780300
NAM  Juby et al.
OCL  260256.4Q
UREF
PNO  4098788
ISD  19780700
NAM  Crenshaw et al.
OCL  544293
UREF
PNO  4101548
ISD  19780700
NAM  Crenshaw et al.
OCL  544293
UREF
PNO  4102885
ISD  19780700
NAM  Crenshaw et al.
OCL  544280
UREF
PNO  4138561
ISD  19790200
NAM  Crenshaw et al.
OCL  544284
UREF
PNO  4146718
ISD  19790300
NAM  Jenks et al.
OCL  544292
UREF
PNO  4161595
ISD  19790700
NAM  Kaplan et al.
OCL  544284
UREF
PNO  4171363
ISD  19791000
NAM  Crenshaw et al.
OCL  544284
UREF
PNO  4208521
ISD  19800600
NAM  Crenshaw et al.
OCL  544250
UREF
PNO  4209623
ISD  19800600
NAM  Juby
OCL  544319
UREF
PNO  4423075
ISD  19831200
NAM  Dvornik et al.
OCL  424317
UREF
PNO  4460590
ISD  19840700
NAM  Moller
OCL  424251
UREF
PNO  4460591
ISD  19840700
NAM  DeGraw et al.
OCL  424251
UREF
PNO  4880810
ISD  19891100
NAM  Lowe, III et al.
OCL  514258
UREF
PNO  4885301
ISD  19891200
NAM  Coates
OCL  514263
UREF
PNO  4923874
ISD  19900500
NAM  McMahon et al.
OCL  514258
UREF
PNO  5073559
ISD  19911200
NAM  Coates
OCL  514262
UREF
PNO  5147875
ISD  19920900
NAM  Coates et al.
OCL  544259
UREF
PNO  5223501
ISD  19930600
NAM  Chakravarty et al.
OCL  514258
UREF
PNO  5250535
ISD  19931000
NAM  Verheyden et al.
OCL  514262
UREF
PNO  5254571
ISD  19931000
NAM  Coates et al.
OCL  514340
UREF
PNO  5358952
ISD  19941000
NAM  Moschel et al.
OCL  514262
UREF
PNO  5401774
ISD  19950300
NAM  Pamukcu et al.
OCL  514569
UREF
PNO  5439895
ISD  19950800
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  514 63
UREF
PNO  5488055
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kumar et al.
OCL  514293
UREF
PNO  5614530
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kumar et al.
OCL  544293
UREF
PNO  5614627
ISD  19970300
NAM  Takase et al.
OCL  544293
FREF
PNO  0 347146 A2
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 349239 A2
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 351058
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 352960 A2
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 395328 A2
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 428268 A2
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 463756 A1
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 485158 A2
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 485173 A2
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 485172 A2
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 485171 A2
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 485157 A2
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 508586 A1
ISD  19921000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 526004 A1
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 607439 A1
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3038166
ISD  19810000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  56-53659
ISD  19810500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-167974
ISD  19821000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  807826
ISD  19590100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2063249
ISD  19810600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/03419
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/07149
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/12095
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/05661
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/03985
ISD  19970200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Waddell, W.R. et al., Am. J. Surgery, vol. 157, pp. 175-179 (1989).
PAL  Gonzaga, R.A.F. et al., The Lancet, Mar. 30, 1985, p. 751.
PAL  Waddell, W.R. et al., J. Surg. Oncology, vol. 24, pp. 83-87 (1983).
PAL  Federation Proceedings (1972) of the Federation of American Societies for
      Experimental Biology abstract Nos. 2044 and 2045.
PAL  Gilman, S.C. et al., Nonsteroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs in Cancer
      Therapy, (circa 1985).
PAL  Brogden, R.N. et al., Drugs, vol. 16, pp. 97-114 (1978).
PAL  Hucker, H.B. et al., Drug Metabolism & Disposition, vol. 1, No. 6, pp.
      721-736 (1973).
PAL  Shen, T.Y. et al., Chemical and Biological Studies on Indomethacin,
      Sulindac and Their Analogs, pp. 107-178 (circa 1975).
PAL  Duggan, D.E. et al., Clin. Pharm. & Therapeutics, vol. 21, No. 3, pp.
      326-335 (1976).
PAL  Duggan, D.E. et al., J. Pharm. & Exper. Therap., vol. 201, No. 1, pp. 8-13
      (1977).
PAL  Glavin, G.B. et al., Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology, vol. 83, pp.
      386-389 (1986).
PAL  Moorghen, M. et al., Journal of Pathology, vol. 156, pp. 341-347 (1988).
PAL  Moorghen, M. et al., Acta Histochemica, Suppl.-Band XXIX, S. 195-199
      (1990).
PAL  Bjarnason et al., Gastroenterology, vol. 94, No. 4, pp. 1070-1074 (1988).
PAL  Badrieh, Y., et al., Chem. Ber., vol. 125, pp. 667-674 (1992).
PAL  Silvola, J. et al., Effects of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs on rat
      gastric mucosal phosphodiesterase activity, Agents and Actions, vol. 12.4,
      pp. 516-520 (1982).
PAL  Curtis-Prior, P.B. et al., Cyclic Nucleotide Phosphodiesterase Activity of
      Human Normal and Carcinomatous Lung Tissue, The Lancet, pp. 1225-1225 Dec.
      4, 1976.
PAL  Pepin, P. et al., Effects of Sulindac and Oltipraz on the tumorigenicity of
      4-(methylnitrosamino)1-(3-pyridyl)-1-Butanone in A/J mouse lung,
      Carcinogenesis, vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 341-348 (1992).
PAL  Nicholson, C.D. et al. Differential modulation of tissue function and
      therapeutic potential of selective inhibitors of cyclic nucleotide
      phosphodiesterase isoenzymes, Trends Pharmacol. Sci. (TiPS), vol. 12, pp.
      19-27 (1991).
PAL  Ahn, H.S. et al., Effects of Selective Inhibitors on Cyclic Nucleotide
      Phosphodiesterases of Rabbit Aorta, Biochemical Pharmacology, vol. 38, No.
      19, pp. 3331-3339 (1989).
PAL  Luginer, C. et al., Selective Inhibition of Cyclic Nucleotide
      Phosphodiesterases of Human, Bovine and Rat Aorta, Biochem. Pharmacology,
      vol. 35, No. 10, pp. 1743-1751 (1986).
PAL  Turner, N.C. et al., Relaxation of guinea-pig trachea by cyclic AMP
      phosphodiesterase inhibitors and their enhancement by sodium
      mitroprusside, Br. J. Pharmacol. vol. III, pp. 1047-1052 (1994).
PAL  Weishaar, R.E. et al., Multiple Molecular Forms of Cyclic Nucleotide
      Phosphodiesterase in Cardiac and Smooth Muscle and In Platelets, Biochem.
      Pharmacology, vol. 35, No. 5, pp. 787-800 (1986).
PAL  Murray, K.J. et al., Potential Use of Selective Phosphodiesterase
      Inhibitors in the Treatment of Asthma, New Drugs for Asthma Therapy,
      Birkhauser Verlag Basel, pp. 27-46 (1991).
PAL  Saeki, T. et al., Isolation of Cyclic Nucleotide Phosphodiesterase Isozymes
      From Pig Aorta, Biochem. Pharmacology, vol. 46, No. 5, pp. 833-839 (1993).
PAL  Turner, N.C. et al., Pulmonary effects of type V cyclic GMP specific
      phosphodiesterase inhibition in anaesthetized guinea-pig, Br. J.
      Pharmacol., vol. 111, 1198-1204 (1994).
PAL  Ferreira, S.H. et al., The molecular mechanism of action of peripheral
      morphone analgesia: stimulation of the cGMP system via nitric oxide
      release, European Journal of Pharmacology, 201 pp. 121-122 (1991).
PAL  Hidaka, H. et al., Selective Inhibitors of Three Forms of Cyclic Nucleotide
      Phosphodiesterase--Basic and Potential Clinical Applications, vol. 16,
      Advances in Cyclic Nucleotide and Protein Phosphorylation Research, pp.
      245-259 (1984).
PAL  Tulshian, D. et al., Synthesis and Phosphodiesterase Activity of Carboxylic
      Acid Mimetics of Cyclic Guanosine 3",5"-Monophosphate, J. Med. Chem, vol.
      36, 1210-1220 (1993).
PAL  Yasumoto, T. et al., Properties of Base-Substituted and Carboxyl-Esterified
      Analogues of Griseolic Acid, a Potent cAMP Phosphodiesterase Inhibitor,
      Biochemical Pharmacology, vol. 43, No. 10, pp. 2073,2081 (1992).
PAL  Broughton, B.J. et al., Antiallergic Activity of
      2-Phenyl-8-azapruin-6-ones, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, vol. 18, No.
      11, pp. 1117-1118 (1975).
PAL  Kodama, K. et al., Effects of a novel, selective and potent
      phosphodiesterase type V inhibitor, E4021, on myocardial ischemia in
      guinea pigs, Euro. J. of Pharma. 263, pp. 93-99 (1994).
PAL  Zacharski, L. R. et al., Effect of Mopidamol on Survival in Carcinoma of
      the Lung and Colon: Final Report of Veterans Administration Cooperative
      Study No. 188, J. of the Nat'l. Cancer Inst., vol. 80, No. 2, pp. 90-96
      (1988).
PAL  Lichtner, R. B. et al., The Pyrimido-pyrimidine Derivatives RA 233 and
      RX-RA 85 affect Growth adn Cytoskeletal Organization of Rat Mammary
      Adenocarcinoma Cells, Eur. J. Cancer Clin. Oncol., vol. 23, No. 9, pp.
      1269-1275 (1987).
PAL  Janik, P. et al., Inhibition of Growth of Primary and Metastatic Lewis Lung
      Carcinoma Cells by the Phosphodiesterase Inhibitor Isobutylmethylxanthine,
      Cancer Res. vol. 40, pp. 1950-1954, (Jun., 1980).
PAL  Bergstrand, Hakan et al., Effects of Antiallergic Agents, Compound 48/80,
      and Some Reference Inhibitors on the Activity of Partially Purified Human
      Lung Tissue Adenosine Cyclic 3',5'-Monophosphate and Guanosine Cyclic
      3',5'-Monophosphate Phosphodiesterases, Molecular Pharmacology, 13, pp.
      38-43 (1976).
PAL  Drees, Markus et al., 3',5'-Cyclic Nucleotide Phosphodiesterase in Tumor
      Cells as Potential Target for Tumor Growth Inhibition, Cancer Research 53,
      pp. 3058-3061 (1993).
PAL  Semmler, J. et al., Xanthine derivatives: comparison between suppression of
      tumor necrosis factor-x production and inhibition of cAMP
      phosphodiesterase activity, Immunology 78, pp. 520-525 (1993).
PAL  Mehta, Rajendra et al., Structure-Activity Relationships of Brassinin in
      Preventing the Development of Carcinogen-Induced Mammary Lesions in Organ
      Culture, Anticancer Research 14: 1209-1214 (1994).
PAL  Makaryan, A.P. et al., Cyclic Nucleotides in Patients with Malignant
      Neoplasms of the Colon, Laboratornoe Delo, vol. 8, pp. 31-33 (1991).
PAL  Carter et al., Chemotherapy of Cancer, 2.sup.nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, NY,
      NY, 1981, pp. 362-365.
PAL  Biddle, William et al., Antineoplastic Effect of the Pyrimido-Pyrimidine
      Derivative: RA 233, Pathologie Biologie, Jan., 1984, pp. 9-13.
PAL  Clarke, W.R. et al., The type III phosphodiesterase inhibitor milrinone and
      type V PDE inhibitor dipyridamole individually and synergistically reduce
      elevated pulmonary vascular resistance (Abstract Only), Pulm. Pharmacol.,
      7(2), pp. 81-89, (1994).
PAL  Raeburn, David et al., Effects of isoenzyme-selective inhibitors of cyclic
      nucleotide phosphodiesterase on microvascular leak in guinea pig airways
      in vivo (Abstract Only), J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 267(3), pp. 1147-1151
      (1993).
PAL  Marcoz, P. et al., Modulation of rat thymocyte proliferative response
      through the inhibition of different cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase
      isoforms by means of selective inhibitors and cGMP-elevating agents
      (Abstract Only), Mol. Pharmacol. 44(5) pp. 1027-1035 (1993).
PAL  Barnett, Mary S. et al., Initial biochemical and functional
      characterization of cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase isozymes in canine
      colonic smooth muscle (Abstract Only), J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 264(2)
      pp. 801-812 (1993).
PAL  Molnar-Kimber, K. et al., Modulation of TNFa and IL-1B from
      indotoxin-stimulated monocytes by selective PDE isozyme inhibitors
      (Abstract Only), Agents Actions 39(Spec. Conf. Issue), C77-C79 (1993).
PAL  Giorgi, Mauro et al., Characterization of 3':5' cyclic nucleotide
      phosphodiesterase activities of mouse neuroblastoma N18TG2 cells (Abstract
      Only), FEBS Lett. 324(1) pp. 76-80 (1993).
PAL  Porter, Roderick et al., Preparation of
      6-phenyl-3-(5-tetrazoly)pyridin-2(H)-one derivatives as cyclic
      AMP-dependent protein kinase agonists (Abstract Only), PCT Int. Appl.
      WO9206085 A1, (Sep. 26, 1991).
PAL  Molnar-Kimber, K. L. et al., Differential regulation of TNF-a and IL-1B
      production from endotoxin stimulated human monocytes by phosphodiesterase
      inhibitors (Abstract Only), Mediators Inflammation 1(6) pp. 411-417
      (1992).
PAL  Radomski, Marek W. et al., Human Colorectal adenocarcinoma cells:
      differential nitric oxide synthesis determines their ability of aggregate
      platelets (Abstract Only), Cancer Res. 51(22) pp. 6073-6078 (1991).
PAL  Anderson, Thomas L. G. et al., Interactions between isoprenaline, sodium
      nitroprusside, and isozyme-selective phosphodiesterase inhibitors on
      ADP-induced aggretation and cyclic Nucleotide levels in human platelets
      (Abstract Only), J. Cardiovasc. Pharmacol. 18(2) pp. 237-242 (1991).
PAL  Souness, John E. et al., Role of Selective cyclic GMP phosphodiesterase
      inhibition in the myorelaxant actions of M&B 22,943, MY-5445, vinpocetine
      and 1-methyl-3-isobutyl-8-(methylamino)xanthine (Abstract Only), Br. J.
      Pharmacol. 98(3) pp. 725-734 (1989).
PAL  Lichtner, Rosemarie B., The pyrimidopyrimidine derivatives RA233 and
      RX-RA85 affect cell cycle distribution of two murine tumor cell lines
      (Abstract Only), Eur. J. Cancer Clin. Oncol. 25(6), pp. 945-951 (1989).
PAL  Mamytbekova, A., et al., Antimetastatic effect of flurbiprofen and other
      platelet aggregation inhibitors (Abstract Only), Neoplasma 33(4), pp.
      417-421 (1986).
PAL  Hagiwara, Masatoshi et al., Effect of
      1-(3-chloroanilino)-4-phenylpthalazine (MY-5445), a specific inhibitor of
      cyclic CMP phosphodiesterase, on human platelet aggregation (Abstract
      Only), J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 229(2) pp. 467-471 (1984).
LREP
FR2  Stevenson; Robert W.
ABST
PAL  A method for inhibiting neoplastic cells and related conditions by exposing
      them to substituted quinazoline compounds.
PATN
WKU  059901187
SRC  8
APN  8944741
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970820
TTL  Purine compounds and xanthine oxidase inhibitors
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Spivack; Phyllis G.
INVT
NAM  Nagamatsu; Tomohisa
CTY  Okayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Yoko
CTY  Choshi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Endo; Kazuki
CTY  Choshi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Imaizumi; Masahiro
CTY  Choshi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yamasa Corporation
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950221
APN  7-56536
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950221
APN  7-056537
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950227
APN  7-063377
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950227
APN  7-063378
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950901
APN  7-248739
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950901
APN  7-248740
CLAS
OCL  514261
XCL  514262
XCL  514267
XCL  544251
XCL  544265
XCL  544276
XCL  544277
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3152
ICL  C07D47334
ICL  C07D48714
FSC  544
FSS  251;265;276
FSC  514
FSS  261;262;267;277
OREF
PAL  A. Griner-Sorolla et al., "Nitrosaminopurines and Nucleosides, Synthesis
      and Biological Activivty", Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, vol. 16, No. 4,
      pp. 365-369 (1973).
PAL  J. Goodfellow, "Cooperative Effects in Water-biomolecule Crystal Systems",
      Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 79, pp. 4977-4979 (Aug. 1982).
PAL  Brown et al., Aust. Chem35(6), 1263-7, 1982.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/00391
PD1  19970820
PD2  19970820
PD3  19960221
PCP  WO96/26208
PCD  19960829
ABST
PAR  Purine or triazolopurine compounds are disclosed represented by formula (I)
      or (II):
      ##STR1##
      wherein R.sup.1 and R.sup.4 represent each hydrogen, halogeno, hydroxy,
      mercapto, or amino; R.sup.2 represents alkyl or aryl; and R.sup.3 and
      R.sup.5 represent each hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl; and pharmaceutical
      compositions comprising these compounds as xanthine oxidase inhibitors,
      remedies for hyperuricemia, or remedies or preventive agents for gout.
PATN
WKU  059901195
SRC  8
APN  6050336
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970623
TTL  1,4,4-(trisubstituted)cyclohexane monomers and related compounds
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Owens; Amelia
INVT
NAM  Christensen, IV; Siegfried B.
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Karpinski; Joseph M.
CTY  Pottstown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Ryan; M. Dominic
CTY  Pottstown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Bender; Paul E.
CTY  Cherry Hill
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  SmithKline Beecham Corporation
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514277
XCL  546334
XCL  546344
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31435
FSC  546
FSS  334;344
FSC  514
FSS  277
UREF
PNO  5449687
ISD  19950900
NAM  Christensen, et al.
OCL  514520
LREP
FR2  Kanagy; James M
FR2  Kinzig; Charles M
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US95/16712
PD1  19970623
PD2  19970623
PD3  19951221
PCP  WO96/19986
PCD  19960704
ABST
PAR  Novel compounds of formula I are described herein. These compounds inhibit
      the production of Tumor Necrosis Factor and are useful in the treatment of
      disease states mediated or exacerbated by TNF production; these compounds
      are also useful in the mediation or inhibition of enzymatic or catalytic
      activity of phosphodiesterase IV.
PATN
WKU  059901209
SRC  8
APN  8947945
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970910
TTL  Hexacyclic camptothecin analogues, and process for preparing them
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Raymond; Richard L.
INVT
NAM  Bedeschi; Angelo
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Candiani; Ilaria
CTY  Varese
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Zarini; Franco
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Pharmacia & Upjohn S.p.A.
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960110
APN  9600438
CLAS
OCL  514279
XCL  546 41
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31435
ICL  C07D49122
ICL  C07D49822
ICL  C07D51322
FSC  546
FSS  41
FSC  514
FSS  279
UREF
PNO  4981968
ISD  19910100
NAM  Wall et al.
OCL  546 41
UREF
PNO  5614628
ISD  19970300
NAM  Cabri et al.
OCL  546 48
UREF
PNO  5648534
ISD  19970700
NAM  Igarashi et al.
OCL  548217
UREF
PNO  5670500
ISD  19970900
NAM  Berges et al.
OCL  546 41
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/05752
PD1  19970910
PD2  19970910
PD3  19961217
PCP  WO97/25332
PCD  19970717
ABST
PAR  The present invention relates to novel hexacyclic camptohecin analogues,
      having a five-membered aza-heterocycle fused to ring (A) of camptothecin
      at positions 9 and 10. Such compounds possess high antitumor activity by
      inhibition of topoisomerase (I).
PATN
WKU  059901217
SRC  8
APN  5695341
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19951208
TTL  Use of 1,2-bridged 1,4-dihydropyridines as medicaments
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Zinna Northington
INVT
NAM  Urbahns; Klaus
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Heine; Hans-Georg
CTY  Krefeld
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Junge; Bodo
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Glaser; Thomas
CTY  Overath
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wittka; Reilinde
CTY  Koln
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  De Vry; Jean-Marie-Viktor
CTY  Rosrath
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Sommermeyer; Henning
CTY  Koln
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19941216
APN  44 44 860
CLAS
OCL  514294
XCL  546 93
XCL  546 94
XCL  546 95
XCL  514290
EDF  6
ICL  C07D47104
ICL  A61K 31435
FSC  546
FSS  93-95
FSC  514
FSS  290;294
UREF
PNO  3867393
ISD  19750200
NAM  Meyer et al.
OCL  546321
UREF
PNO  3935220
ISD  19760100
NAM  Meyer et al.
OCL  260294.8
UREF
PNO  3951988
ISD  19760400
NAM  Meyer et al.
OCL  540593
UREF
PNO  4053614
ISD  19771000
NAM  Meyer et al.
OCL  260295.5
UREF
PNO  5225566
ISD  19930700
NAM  Butera et al.
OCL  548361.5
FREF
PNO  2210633
ISD  19730900
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Porsolt, R.D. et al, `Behavioral Despair in Rats: A New Model Sensitive to
      Antidepressant Treatments` Eur. J. Pharmacol. 1978, vol. 47, No. 4, pp.
      379-391, abstract only.
PAL  Etcheberrigaray, E. et al, Annals of the New York Acad. Sci. Dec. 15, 1994,
      vol. 747, pp. 245-255, online search results relied upon.
PAL  Heinemann, U. et al, Epilepsy Res. Suppl. 1992, vol. 9, pp. 107-114, online
      search results relied upon.
PAL  Lee, Y.S. et al, Cellular Signalling, Nov. 1993, 5(6), pp. 803-809, online
      search results relied upon.
PAL  Zhang, H. et al, Pharm. Toxicol. Dec. 1994, vol. 75(6), pp. 327-336, online
      search results relied upon.
PAL  H. Meyer, et al., Liebigs Ann. Chem., pp. 1888-1894, (1977).
PAL  P.W.L. Tas, et al., Neuroscience Letters, vol. 94, pp. 279-284, (1988).
PAL  Pflugers Archiv. European Journal of Physiology, vol. 429, No. 2, Dec.
      1994, pp. 176-182.
PAL  J.C. Ellory, et al., Br. J. Pharmacol., vol. 111, pp. 903-905 (1994).
LREP
FRM  Sprung Kramer Schaefer & Briscoe
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to the new use of 1,2-bridged
      1,4-dihydropyridines which are known in some cases, of the general formula
      (I)
      ##STR1##
      in which R.sup.1 to R.sup.4 and a have the meaning indicated in the
      description, processes for their preparation and their use as medicaments,
      as selective potassium channel modulators, in particular for the treatment
      of the central nervous system.
PATN
WKU  059901225
SRC  9
APN  0036137
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19980107
TTL  Quinolone- and naphthyridonecarboxylic acid derivatives
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Mach; D. Margaret M.
INVT
NAM  Petersen; Uwe
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schenke; Thomas
CTY  Bergisch Gladbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Jaetsch; Thomas
CTY  Koln
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bartel; Stephan
CTY  Bergisch Gladbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bremm; Klaus Dieter
CTY  Recklinghausen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Endermann; Rainer
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Metzger; Karl Georg
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940804
APN  44 27 530
RLAP
COD  74
APN  764548
APD  19961212
PSC  01
PNO  5753669
RLAP
COD  84
APN  508603
APD  19950728
PSC  01
PNO  5605910
CLAS
OCL  514294
XCL  5142292
XCL  5142302
XCL  5142245
XCL  544 66
XCL  544 32
XCL  544101
XCL  546 94
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3140
ICL  A61K 3147
ICL  C07D215233
ICL  C07D22102
FSC  546
FSS  94
FSC  544
FSS  66;101;32
FSC  514
FSS  294;229.2;230.2;224.5
UREF
PNO  4864023
ISD  19890900
NAM  Yokose
OCL  544 66
UREF
PNO  4988709
ISD  19910100
NAM  Ogata
OCL  514314
UREF
PNO  5026856
ISD  19910600
NAM  Yatsunami
OCL  546156
UREF
PNO  5312823
ISD  19940500
NAM  Petersen
OCL  514300
UREF
PNO  5457104
ISD  19951000
NAM  Bartel
OCL  514234.5
UREF
PNO  5578604
ISD  19961100
NAM  Himmler
OCL  514312
UREF
PNO  5585491
ISD  19961200
NAM  Domagala
OCL  546123
UREF
PNO  5631256
ISD  19970500
NAM  Demuth
OCL  514252
UREF
PNO  5631266
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kim
OCL  514300
UREF
PNO  5679675
ISD  19971000
NAM  Jaetsch
OCL  514229.2
FREF
PNO  0 429 304
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  429304
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  343524
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 343 524
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 387 802
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  387802
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 520 240
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  520240
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 523 512
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  523512
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 607 825
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  607825
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  647644
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 647 644
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  671391
ISD  19950900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 671 391
ISD  19950900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4 230 804
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9 212 146
ISD  19920700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Derwert Abstract of JP 04-253 973, (Sep. 9, 1992).
LREP
FRM  Sprung Kramer Schaefer & Briscoe
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to new quinolone- and naphthyridonecarboxylic acid
      derivatives which are substituted in the 7-position by a tricyclic amine
      radical, their salts, processes for their preparation and antibacterial
      compositions comprising these compounds.
PATN
WKU  059901233
SRC  8
APN  8758352
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970806
TTL  Vasoconstrictive substituted 2,3-dihydro-1,4-dioxinopyridines
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Zinna Northington
INVT
NAM  Van Lommen; Guy Rosalia Eugene
CTY  Berlaar
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Andres-Gil; Jose Ignacio
CTY  Madrid
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Fernandez-Gadea; Francisco Javier
CTY  Toledo
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Matesanz-Ballesteros; Maria Encarnacion
CTY  Toledo
CNT  ESX
ASSG
NAM  Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V.
CTY  Beerse
CNT  BEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19950207
APN  95 20 290
CLAS
OCL  514302
XCL  546115
EDF  6
ICL  C07D49104
ICL  A61K 31435
FSC  546
FSS  115
FSC  514
FSS  302
FREF
PNO  0 559 285
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  42 26 527
ISD  19940200
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  International Search Report Application No. PCT/EP96/00396, May 1996.
PAL  International Preliminary Examination Report Application No. , Nov. 1996
      PCT/EP96/00396.
LREP
FR2  Appollina; Mary A.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/00396
PD1  19970806
PD2  19970806
PD3  19960130
PCP  WO96/24596
PCD  19960815
ABST
PAR  The present invention is concerned with compounds of formula
      ##STR1##
      the N-oxide forms, the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts and
      the stereochemically isomeric forms thereof, wherein .dbd.a.sub.1
      --a.sub.2 .dbd.a.sub.3 --a.sub.4 .dbd. is a bivalent radical of formula
      .dbd.N--CH.dbd.CH--CH.dbd. (a), .dbd.CH--N.dbd.CH--CH.dbd. (b),
      .dbd.CH--CH.dbd.N--CH.dbd. (c), .dbd.CH--CH.dbd.CH--N.dbd. (d), wherein
      one or two hydrogen atoms can be substituted by halo, hydroxy, C.sub.1-6
      alkyl or C.sub.1-6 alkyloxy; R.sup.1 is hydrogen or C.sub.1-6 alkyl;
      R.sup.2 is hydrogen or C.sub.1-6 alkyl; R.sup.3 is hydrogen or C.sub.1-6
      alkyl; Alk.sup.1 is C.sub.1-5 alkanediyl; Alk.sup.2 is C.sub.2-15
      alkanediyl; Q is a five- or six-membered heterocyclic ring containing at
      least one nitrogen atom or a radical of formula --C(NR.sup.5
      R.sup.6).dbd.C--R.sup.4 wherein R.sup.4 is hydrogen, cyano, aminocarbonyl
      or C.sub.1-6 alkyl; R.sup.5 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.3-6
      alkenyl or C.sub.3-6 alkynyl; R.sup.6 is hydrogen or C.sub.1-6 alkyl; or
      R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 taken together may form a bivalent radical of formula
      --(CH.sub.2).sub.4 -- or --(CH.sub.2).sub.5 --.
PAL  Pharmaceutical compositions, preparations and use as a medicine are
      described.
PATN
WKU  059901241
SRC  8
APN  9572406
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19971024
TTL  Neuromuscular relaxants
ISD  19991123
NCL  49
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Zinna Northington
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Gyermek; Laszlo
STR  25 Ocean Crest Ct.
CTY  Rancho Palos Verdes
STA  CA
ZIP  90274
INVT
NAM  Lee; Chingmuh
STR  956 Paseo La Cresta
CTY  Palos Verdes Estates
STA  CA
ZIP  90274
INVT
NAM  Cho; Young-Moon
STR  3241 S. Sepulveda Blvd., #205
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
ZIP  90034
CLAS
OCL  514304
XCL  514305
XCL  514316
XCL  546126
XCL  546133
XCL  546186
EDF  6
ICL  C07D40102
ICL  A61K 3146
FSC  546
FSS  290;130;126;133;186
FSC  514
FSS  304;305;316
UREF
PNO  2734062
ISD  19560200
NAM  Hotovy et al.
UREF
PNO  2746964
ISD  19560500
NAM  Biel et al.
OCL  546130
UREF
PNO  5494898
ISD  19960200
NAM  Cheng et al.
FREF
PNO  1287588
ISD  19690100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1933478
ISD  19710100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1770183
ISD  19710900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  142597
ISD  19511200
CNT  HUX
FREF
PNO  3727915
ISD  19580300
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  572933
ISD  19760100
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  886183
ISD  19620100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1398050
ISD  19750600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 81/01710
ISD  19810600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/07410
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Gyermek, L. and Nador, K., The Pharmacology of Tropane Compounds in
      Relation to their Steric Structure, The Journal of Pharmacy and
      Pharmacology, 1957, 9, pp. 209-229.
PAL  Haining, C,G., Johnston, R.G., Smith, J.M., The Neuromuscular Blocking
      Properties of a Serial of Bis-Quaternary Tropeines, Brit. J. Pharmacol.,
      1960, 15, pp. 71-81.
PAL  Nador, K., Gyermek, L., Attempts to Find New Compounds with Curare-Like
      Effects, Part III. Quaternary Derivatives of Dicarboxylic Tropine Esters,
      Acta Chimica Hung., 1952, pp. 369-374.
LREP
FRM  Oppenheimer Wolff & Donnelly LLP
ABST
PAL  Alkoxy and/or acyloxy disubstituted and polysubstituted aralkyl and
      aralkenyl bis-quaternary ammonium derivatives of cyclic alkanol diesters
      have neuromuscular relaxant properties.
PATN
WKU  059901250
SRC  8
APN  7861281
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970117
TTL  NK-1 receptor antagonists for the treatment of cancer
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Goldberg; Jerome D.
INVT
NAM  Howard; Harry Ralph
CTY  Bristol
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Pfizer Inc.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514305
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3144
FSC  514
FSS  305
FREF
PNO  9520575
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Bunn, et al., Cancer Research, vol. 54, pp. 3602-3610 (1994).
PAL  Cascieri, et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 258, p. 5158
      (1983).
PAL  Cummings, et al., J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal., 12(6), pp. 811-819 (1994).
PAL  Elliott, et al., Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Patents, vol. 7(1), pp.
      43-54 (UK 1997).
PAL  Goso, et al., European Journal of Pharmacology, vol. 254, pp. 221-227
      (1994).
PAL  Kucharczyk, N., Expert Opinion on Investigational Drugs, vol. 4(4), pp.
      229-311 (UK 1995).
PAL  Ladduwahetty, et al., Med. Chem., 39, pp. 2907-2914 (1996).
PAL  Oleynek, et al., The Journal of Antibiotics, vol. 47(4), pp. 339-410
      (1994).
PAL  Orosz, et al., International Journal of Cancer, vol. 60, pp. 82-87 (1995).
PAL  Snider, et al., Science, 251, pp. 435-437 (1991).
PAL  Swain, et al., Biorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 4(18), pp. 2161-2164 (1994).
PAL  Villablanca, et al., Circ. Res., 75(6), pp. 1113-1120 (1994).
LREP
FR2  Richardson; Peter C.
FR2  Ginsburg; Paul H.
FR2  Dryer; Mark
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to the use of certain NK-1 receptor
      antagonists (e.g., substance P receptor antagonists) to treat cancer
      patients, particularly cancer patients afflicted with a small cell lung
      carcinoma, APUDoma, astrocytoma, neuroendocrine tumor or extrapulmonary
      small cell carcinoma.
PATN
WKU  059901268
SRC  9
APN  0527521
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19980331
TTL  Quinolinic sulfide derivatives acting as NMDA receptor antagonists and
      process for preparation thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Aulakh; Charanjit S.
EXP  Kight; John
INVT
NAM  Park; No Sang
CTY  Taejon-si
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Seong; Churl Min
CTY  Taejon-si
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Jung; Young Sik
CTY  Taejon-si
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Choi; Jin Il
CTY  Taejon-si
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Chang Woo
CTY  Taejon-si
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Chung; Yong Jun
CTY  Taejon-si
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Choi; Seung Won
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kong; Jae Yang
CTY  Taejon-si
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Park; Woo Kyu
CTY  Chungjoo-si
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Korea Research Institute of Chemical Technology
CTY  Taejon-si
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970331
APN  97-11958
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970415
APN  97-13818
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19971106
APN  97-58546
CLAS
OCL  514312
XCL  546155
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3147
ICL  C07D21522
FSC  514
FSS  312
FSC  546
FSS  155
FREF
PNO  0481676
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  94/20470
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Pongratz, E. et al.: Ylide von heterocycllen,VIII'. Monatshefte fur chemie
      vol. 115, pp. 231-242, 1984.
LREP
FRM  Dilworth & Barrese
ABST
PAL  A class of quinolinic sulfide derivatives of formula I are potent and
      specific antagonists at the strychnine insensitive glycine bitding site on
      the NMDA receptor complex with an pharmacological advantageous profile.
      They may be useful in treatment or prevention of neuro-degenerative
      disorders. Particularly, the compounds included in the present invention
      are especially useful for minimizing damage of the central nervous system
      arising as a consequence of ischemic or hypoxic condition such as stroke,
      hypoglycemia, cerebral ischemia, cardiac arrest, and physical trauma. They
      are also useful in prevention of chronic neurodegenerative disorders
      including epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease and
      Parkinsonism. By virtue of their NMDA receptor antagonist properties, the
      present compounds may also use as anticonvulsant, analgesic,
      antidepressant, anxiolytic, and antischizophrenic agent. Formula I
      ##STR1##
      wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R.sub.4, and R are defined in
      specification.
PATN
WKU  059901276
SRC  9
APN  0366730
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19980309
TTL  Process for the preparation of
      4-(4-(4-(hydroxybiphenyl)-1-piperidinyl)-1-hydroxybutyl)-.alpha.,.alpha.
      -dimethylphenylacetic acid and phosphorylated derivatives
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Covington; Raymond
EXP  Kight; John
INVT
NAM  Meiwes; Johannes
CTY  Idstein
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Worm; Manfred
CTY  Wiesbaden
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Hoechst Marion Roussel Deutschland GmbH
CTY  Frankfurt am Main
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970311
APN  197 09 898
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19971121
APN  197 51 498
CLAS
OCL  514317
XCL  546 22
XCL  546239
XCL  546241
EDF  6
ICL  C12P 1712
FSC  546
FSS  22;239;241
FSC  514
FSS  317
UREF
PNO  4254129
ISD  19810300
NAM  Carr et al.
UREF
PNO  4285957
ISD  19810800
NAM  Carr et al.
UREF
PNO  5204249
ISD  19930400
NAM  Schwartz et al.
FREF
PNO  23 03 306 C3
ISD  19730800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  30 07 498 C2
ISD  19801000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  40 34 218 A1
ISD  19920400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/06992
ISD  19920400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstract of Japan, Band 15, No. 60 (C-805), Feb. 13, 1991; & JP
      02-288883 A (Sankyo Co Ltd), Nov. 28, 1990.
PAL  H. Konzett et al., "Versuchsanordnung zu Untersuchungen an der
      Bronchialmuskulatur", Arch. Exp. Path. U. Pharmak., 195:71-74 (1940).
PAL  S. Schwartz et al., "Microbial Oxidation of Ebastine", Appl. Microbiol
      Biotechnol., 44:731-735 (1996).
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to the preparation of the compound
      4-(4-(4-(hydroxydiphenyl)-1-piperidinyl)-1-hydroxybutyl)-.alpha.,.alpha.-d
     imethylphenylacetic acid and its phosphorylated derivatives. These
      compounds can be prepared from
      .alpha.-(p-tert-butylphenyl)-4-(.alpha.-hydroxy-.alpha.-phenylbenzyl)-1-pi
     peridinylbutanol with the aid of fungi of the genus Cunninghamella or
      Absidia. The compounds according to the present invention can be used as
      pharmaceuticals for the treatment of allergic disorders, allergic rhinitis
      or asthma. Compounds of the formula II in which R.sup.1 is --CH.sub.2
      --O--P(O)(OH).sub.2 and R.sup.2 is --OH; R.sup.1 is --CH.sub.3 and R.sup.2
      is --O--P(O)(OH).sub.2 ; or
PA1  R.sup.1 is --COOH and R.sup.2 is --O--P(O)(OH).sub.2 are produced by the
      process according to the present invention and are suitable as
      pharmaceuticals with antihistamine action.
PATN
WKU  059901284
SRC  8
APN  7221908
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19961122
TTL  .alpha..sub.1C specific compounds to treat benign prostatic hyperplasia
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Jordan; Kimberly
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Gluchowski; Charles
CTY  Wayne
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Forray; Carlos C.
CTY  Paramus
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Chiu; George
CTY  Bridgewater
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Branchek; Theresa A.
CTY  Teaneck
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Wetzel; John M.
CTY  Elmwood Park
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Hartig; Paul R.
CTY  Pennington
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation
CTY  Paramus
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  228932
APD  19940413
PSC  01
PNO  5578611
CLAS
OCL  514318
XCL  514654
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 35445
ICL  A61K 35135
FSC  514
FSS  318;654
UREF
PNO  4975440
ISD  19901200
NAM  Flockerzi et al.
OCL  514318
UREF
PNO  4994461
ISD  19910200
NAM  Ulrich
OCL  514252
UREF
PNO  5403842
ISD  19950400
NAM  Leonardi et al.
OCL  514252
UREF
PNO  5403847
ISD  19950400
NAM  Gluchowski et al.
OCL  514318
UREF
PNO  5508306
ISD  19960400
NAM  Chiu et al.
OCL  514524
UREF
PNO  5556753
ISD  19960900
NAM  Bard et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5578611
ISD  19961100
NAM  Gluchowski et al.
OCL  514318
FREF
PNO  0176956
ISD  19860400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2144080
ISD  19720300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3709796
ISD  19871100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  8907443
ISD  19890800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9118599
ISD  19911200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9421660
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Archibald, et al., "Penzamidopiperidines. 3. Carbocyclic Derivatives
      Related to Indoramin" J. Med. Chem. (1974) 17(7): 739-744.
PAL  Chapple, C., "Medical Treatment for Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia" B.M.J.
      (1992) 304: 1198-1199.
PAL  Chow, et al., "Multicentre Controlled Trial of Indoramin in the Symptomatic
      Relief of Benign Prostatic Hypertrophy" Br. J. Urology (1990) 65(1):
      36-38.
PAL  Christmas, T.J. and Kirby, R.S., "Alpha-Adrenoceptor Blockers in the
      Treatment of Bening Prostatic Hyperplasia" World J. Urol. (1991) 9: 36-40.
PAL  Heimbach, et al., "Anwendung Von .alpha.-Rezeptorenblockern Bei
      Urologischen Erkrankungen" Dtsch. Med. Wochenschr. (1992) 117(21):
      825-828.
PAL  Lepor H., et al., "The Alpha-Adrenoceptor Subtype Mediating the Tension of
      Human Prostatic Smooth Muscle" The Prostate (1993) 22:301-307.
PAL  Lepor, et al., "Laboratory Assessment of Terazosin and Alpha-1 Blockade in
      Prostatic Hyperplasia" Urology (1988) 32(6): 21-26.
PAL  Kaminka, M.E., et al., "Effect of Prazosin on Human Benign Prostatic
      Hyperplasia Strips" Chemical Abstracts (1998) Abstract No. 563185.
PAL  Yamada, et al., "Alpha-1 Adrenoceptors in Human Prostate: Characterization
      and Alternation in Benign Prostatic Hypertrophy" Chemical Abstracts (1987)
      Abstract No. 513718.
PAL  Marshall, I., et al., "Human .alpha.1C-Adrenoceptor: Functional
      Characterization In Prostate," Meeting of the British Pharmacological
      Society (1992), Abst. No. 372P.
PAL  Archibald, J.L., et al., "Antihypertensive Ureidopiperidines," Journal of
      Medicinal Chemistry, 23: 857-861 (1980).
PAL  Boer, R., et al., "(+)-Niguldipine binds with very high affinity to
      Ca.sup.2+ channels and to a subtype of .alpha..sub.1 -adrenoreceptors,"
      European Journal of Pharmacological--Molecular Pharmacology Section, 172:
      131-145 (1989); The Netherlands.
PAL  Forray, C., et al., "The 60 .sub.1C -Adrenergic Receptor that Meditates
      Smooth Muscle Contraction in Human Prostate Has the Pharmacological
      Properties of the Cloned Human .varies.1cSubtype," Molecular Pharmacology,
      45: 703-708 (1994); U.S.A..
PAL  Forray, C., Chiu, G., et al., "Effects of Novel Alpha-1C Adrenergic
      Receptor Antagonists on the Contraction of Human Prostate Smmoth Muscle,"
      American Urological Association Eighty-ninth Annual Meeting, May 14-19,
      1994 The Journal of Urology, 151(5), Abstract #159 May 1994; U.S.A.
PAL  Forray, C., Bard, J.A., et al., "Comparison of the Pharmacological
      Properties of the Cloned Bovine, Human, and Rat .alpha.1C-Adrenergic
      Receptors," The FASEB Journal, 8(4), Abstract #2042 (1994); U.S.A.
PAL  Gong, E., et al., ".alpha.1C-Adrenergid Antagonists and Orthostatic
      Hypotension in the Rat," The FASEB Journal, 8(4), Abstract #2043 (1994);
      U.S.A.
PAL  Gup, et al., "Autonomic Receptors in Human Prostate Adenomas," Journal of
      Urology (1990) 143(1); 179-185.
PAL  Hieble, J.P., et al., "In Vitro characterization of the
      .alpha.1-adrenoreceptors in human prostate," European Jourmal of
      Pharmacology, 107: 111-117 (1985); The Netherlands.
PAL  Lepor, H., et al., "Localization of Alpha .sub.1C Adrenoceptor
      (.alpha..sub.1C AR) Subtypes in the Human Prostate," American Urological
      Association Eighty-Ninth Annual Meeting, May 14-19, 1994, The Journal of
      Urology, 151 (5), Abstract #614 (May 1994); U.S.A.
PAL  Lepor and Baumann, et al., Medline Abstracts (1988), Abst. No. 88317113;
      "The Alpha Adrenergic Binding Properties of Terazosin in the Human
      Prostate Adenoma and Canine Brain," Journal of Urology (1988), 140(3):
      664-667.
PAL  Lepor and Knapp-Maloney, et al., "A Dose Titration Study Evaluating
      Terazosin, A Selective Once-a-Day Alpha-1-Blocker for the Treatment of
      Symptomatic Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia," Journal of Urology (1990)
      144(6); 1393-1398.
PAL  Lepor and Shapiro, et al., Medline Abstracts (1988), Abst. No. 88317114;
      "The Effect of Electrocautery on Neurotransmitter Receptor Binding Assays
      in the Canine Prostate," Journal of Urology (1988), 140(3): 668-671.
PAL  Lomasney, J.W., et al., "Molecular Cloning and Expression of the cDNA for
      the .alpha.1A-Adrenergic Receptor," Journal of Biological Chemistry, 266:
      6365-6369 (1991).
PAL  Perez, J.L., et al., "Is the .alpha..sub.1C -Adrenergic Receptor the
      .alpha..sub.1A -Subtype?" The FASEB Journal, 8(4), Abstract #2041 (1994);
      U.S.A.
PAL  Ramaro, C.S., et al., "Genomic Organization and Expression of the Human
      .alpha..sub.1B -Adrenergic Receptor," Journal of Biological Chemistry
      (1992), 267(30): 21936-21944.
PAL  Tang, R., et al., "Localization of Alpha 1C Adrenoceptor (.varies.1 AR)
      Subtypes in the Human Prostatic Tissue," The FASEB Journal, 8(5), Abstract
      #5070 (1994); U.S.A..
PAL  Wetzel, J.M., et al., "Structural and Functional Studies of the Human
      .alpha..sub.1C Adrenergic Receptor: The Orientation of Transmembrane Helix
      5," The FASEB Journal, 8(4), Abst. #2182(1994), U.S.A.
PAL  Yamada, S., et al., ".alpha..sub.1A -Adrenergic Receptors in Human
      Prostate: Characterization and alteration in Benign Prostatic
      Hypertrophy,"Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 242:
      326-330 (1987).
LREP
FR2  White; John P.
     Cooper & Dunham LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US95/04203
PD1  19961122
PD2  19961122
PD3  19950404
PCP  WO95/28157
PCD  19951026
ABST
PAR  This invention provides a method of treating benign prostatic hyperplasia
      in a subject which comprises administering to the subject a
      therapeutically effective amount of an .alpha..sub.1C antagonist which (a)
      binds to a human .alpha..sub.1C adrenergic receptor with a binding
      affinity greater than 100-fold higher than the binding affinity with which
      the .alpha..sub.1C antagonist binds to a human .alpha..sub.1A adrenergic
      receptor, a human .alpha..sub.1B adrenergic receptor, and a human
      histamine H.sub.1 receptor; and (b) binds to a human .alpha..sub.2
      adrenergic receptor with a binding affinity which is greater than 100-fold
      lower than the binding affinity with which the .alpha..sub.1C antagonist
      binds to such .alpha..sub.1C adrenergic receptor.
PAL  The invention further provides a method of inhibiting contraction of a
      prostate tissue which comprises contacting the prostate tissue with an
      effective contraction-inhibiting amount of an .alpha..sub.1C antagonist
      which (a) binds to a human .alpha..sub.1C adrenergic receptor with a
      binding affinity greater than 100-fold higher than the binding affinity
      with which the .alpha..sub.1C antagonist binds to a human .alpha..sub.1A
      adrenergic receptor, a human .alpha..sub.1B adrenergic receptor, and a
      human histamine H.sub.1 receptor; and (b) binds to a human .alpha..sub.2
      adrenergic receptor with a binding affinity which is greater than 100-fold
      lower than the binding affinity with which the .alpha..sub.1C antagonist
      binds to such .alpha..sub.1C adrenergic receptor.
PATN
WKU  059901292
SRC  9
APN  1502719
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980909
TTL  Methods for regulating trkA expression
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Jarvis; William R. A.
INVT
NAM  Bryant; Henry Uhlman
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Santerre; Robert Frank
CTY  Zionsville
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Eli Lilly and Company
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514324
XCL  514422
XCL  514443
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31445
ICL  A61K 3140
ICL  A61K 3138
FSC  514
FSS  324;422;443
UREF
PNO  4133814
ISD  19790100
NAM  Jones et al.
UREF
PNO  4380635
ISD  19830400
NAM  Peters
UREF
PNO  4418068
ISD  19831100
NAM  Jones
UREF
PNO  5075321
ISD  19911200
NAM  Schreiber
UREF
PNO  5434166
ISD  19950700
NAM  Glasebrook
UREF
PNO  5441947
ISD  19950800
NAM  Dodge et al.
UREF
PNO  5445941
ISD  19950800
NAM  Yang
UREF
PNO  5482927
ISD  19960100
NAM  Maniar et al.
UREF
PNO  5482949
ISD  19960100
NAM  Black et al.
UREF
PNO  5494929
ISD  19960200
NAM  Grese
OCL  514443
UREF
PNO  5504094
ISD  19960400
NAM  Bruns, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5512296
ISD  19960400
NAM  Cullinan
UREF
PNO  5545647
ISD  19960800
NAM  Tanaka et al.
UREF
PNO  5686476
ISD  19971100
NAM  May
FREF
PNO  0 659 413 A3
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 729 754
ISD  19960200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  074 747 051
ISD  19960500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 747 052
ISD  19960500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO93/10113
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO93/10741
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO996/40130
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO96/40137
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Draper et al., "Effects of Raloxifene (LY139481 HC1) on Biochemical Markers
      of Bone and Lipid Metabolism i Healthy Postmenopausal Women", Hong Kong,
      Fourth Int'l Symp. on Osteoporosis, Mar. 29, 1993.
PAL  Bryant et al., "Protection from Bone Loss and Lowering of Serum Cholesterol
      in the Absence of Uterine Stimulation in Ovariectomized Rats", Am Soc.
      Bone & Min. Res., Tampa, Sep. 18-22, 1993.
PAL  Bryant et al., "Raloxifene is a Tissue Specific Estrogen Agonist", Am Soc.
      Bone & Min. Res., Tampa, Sep. 18-22, 1993.
PAL  Frolick et al., "In Vivo and In Vitro Metabolism of Raloxifene", Am. Soc.
      Bone & Min. Res., Tampa, Sep. 18-22, 1993.
PAL  Glasebrook et al., "Multiple Binding Sites for the Anti-estrogen
      Raloxifene", Am Soc. Bone & Min. Res., Tampa, Sep. 18-22, 1993.
PAL  Hock et al., "Combination of Raloxifene and Human Parathyoid Hormone 1-34;
      Increased Femur Bone Mass in Young Ovariectomized (OVX) Rats", Am. Soc.
      Bone & Min. Res., Tampa, Sep. 18-22, 1993.
PAL  Sato et al., "DEXA Analysis of Raloxifene Effects on the Bones From
      Ovariectomized Rats", Am. Soc. for Bone and Min. Res., Tampa, Sep. 18-22,
      1993.
PAL  Yang et al., "Raloxifene an Anti-Estrogen, Simulates the Effects of
      Estrogen in Inhibiting Bone Resorption Through Regulating TGFB-3
      Expression in Bone;".Am Soc. for Bone and Min. Res., Tampa, Sep. 18-22,
      1993.
PAL  Black et al., "Distinct, Structure-Related Profiles of Estrogenic and
      Anti-Estrogenic Activity in the Tamoxifen and LY117018 Series;" The
      Endocrine Society, Abstract 1982.
PAL  Black et al. "Uterine Bioassay of Tamoxifen, and New Estrogen Antagonist
      (LY117018) in Rats and Mice," Life Sciences, 26:1980, 1453-1458, 1980.
PAL  Black et al., "Differential Interaction of Antiestrogens with Cytosol
      Estrogen Receptors," Molecular and Cellular Endocrinology, 22:1981,
      95-103, 1981.
PAL  Black et al., "Evidence for Biological Action of the Antiestrogens
      LY1107018 and Tamoxifen by Different Mechanisms," Endocrinology 109;1981,
      987-989, 1981.
PAL  Black, L.J. "Biological Actions and Binding Properites of a New Estrogen
      Antagosist LY117018," In: Homone Antagonists, 129-82, 1982 (M.K. Agarwal
      ed.).
PAL  Black et al., LY156758: A Unique Antiestrogen Displaying High Affinity for
      Estrogen Receptors, Negligible Estrogenic Activity and Near-Total Estrogen
      Antagonism in Vivo. Presented at the Fifth Annual San Antonio Breast
      Cancer Symposium, San Antonio, Texas, Nov. 5-6, 1982.
PAL  Black et al., The Antiestrogenic Action of LY139481: Species Uniformity
      Duration of Action and Kinetics of 3H-LY139481 Distribution In Vivo.
      Sixty-fifth Annual Meeting of the Endocrine Society, San Antonio, Texas,
      Jun. 8-10, 1983, abs. 93.
PAL  Black et al., Antagonism of Estrogen Action with a New benzothiophene
      Derived Antiestrogen, Life Sciences, 32, 1983, 1031-1036.
PAL  Black et al., The Relationship of the Antiestrogenic Efficacy of LY156758
      to its Pharmacokinetics and Metabolism Following Oral Administration to
      Adult Ovariectomized Rats, Seventh International Congress of
      Endocrinology, Quebec City, Canada, Jul. 1-7, 1984, abs. 323.
PAL  Black et al., Synthesis and Antiestrogenic Activity of
      [3,4-Dihydro-2(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-napthalenyl]
      [4-[2-pyrrolidinyl)ethoxyl]-phenyl] methanone, methanesulfonic acid salt,
      Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 22, 1979, 962-966.
PAL  Black et al., Antiestrogens 2. Structure Activity Studies in a Series of
      3-Aroyl-2-arylbenzo[b]thiophene Derivatives Leading to
      [6-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)benzo[b]thien-3-yl][4-[2-(1-piperidinyl)etho
     xy]-phenyl]methanone Hydrochloride (LY156758), a Remarkably Effective
      Estrogen Antagonist with Only Minimal Intrinsic Estrogenicity, J. Med.
      Chem. 27(8), 1984, 1057-1066.
PAL  Metzger, et al. Estrogen Receptor Blockade with Tamoxifen Diminishes Growth
      Hormone Secretion in Boys: Evidence for a Stimulatory Role of Endogenous
      Estrogens during Male Adolescence Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and
      Metabolism, vol. 79(2), 1994, 513-518.
PAL  Weissberger, et al., Activation of the Somatotropic Axis by Testosterone in
      Adult Males: Evidence for the Role of Aromatization, Journal of Clinical
      Endocrinology and Metabolism, vol. 76(6), 1407-1412, 1993.
PAL  Metzger, et al., Androgen Receptor Blockade with Flutamide Enhances Growth
      Hormone Secretion in Late Pubertal Males: Evidence for Independent Actions
      of Estrogen and Androgen, Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and
      Metabolism, vol. 76(5), 1993, 1147-1152.
PAL  Evans, et al., Effects of Sex and Age on the 24-Hour Profile of Growth
      Hormone Secretion in Man: Importance of Endogenous Estradiol
      Concentrations,Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, vol.
      64(1) 1987.
PAL  Spijkstra, et al., Divergent Effects of the Antiestrogen Tamoxifen and of
      Estrogens on Luteinzing Hormone (LH) Pulse Frequency, But Not on Basal LH
      Levels and LH Pulse Amplitude in Men,, Journal of Clinical Endocrinology
      and Metabolism, vol. 64(1), 1987.
PAL  Caruso-Nicoletti, et al., Short Term, Low Dose Estradiol Accelerates Ulnar
      Growth in Boys, J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metabolism, vol. 61(5), 1985.
PAL  Database US Patfull on STN, No. 96:36299, Cullinan et al., of the abstract
      to U.S. Patent No. 5,512,296, Issued on Apr. 20, 1995.
PAL  Miranda et al, Chemical Abstracts, vol. 122, abstract No. 205433, 1994.
PAL  Frolik et al, Chemical Abstracts, vol. 125, abstract No. 185773, 1996.
LREP
FR2  Boudreaux; William R.
FR2  Sales; James J.
ABST
PAL  The current invention provides methods for the up-regulation of trkA in a
      mammal, including humans, comprising the administration of an effective
      amount of a compound of formula I
      ##STR1##
      wherein R.sup.1 and R.sup.3 are, independently, --H, --CH.sub.3,
      --CO(C.sub.1 -C.sub.6 alkyl), or --COAr, where Ar is optionally
      substituted phenyl;
PA1  R.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidine, piperidine,
      and hexamethyleneimino; or
PA1  a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
PAL  In addition, the current invention provides method to increase the effect
      of NGF (Nerve Growth Factor), NGF-like activities or NGF agonists, whether
      such is from endogenous or exogenous sources.
PAL  Further, the current invention provides methods for maintaining the
      homeostasis and health of the hippocampus, hypothalamus, and cortex, thus
      maintaining their biological functions.
PATN
WKU  059901306
SRC  9
APN  1066064
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980629
TTL  Therapeutic heterocycles
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Raymond; Richard L.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Miller; Scott Carson
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
ASSG
NAM  Zeneca Limited
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19930817
APN  9317104
RLAP
COD  74
APN  689199
APD  19960805
PSC  01
PNO  5861392
RLAP
COD  84
APN  290642
APD  19940815
PSC  01
PNO  5567700
CLAS
OCL  514326
XCL  5142278
XCL  5142355
XCL  514255
XCL  514314
XCL  514316
XCL  514318
XCL  514320
XCL  544 586
XCL  544 60
XCL  544129
XCL  544130
XCL  544361
XCL  546174
XCL  546175
XCL  546187
XCL  546193
XCL  546201
XCL  546202
XCL  546209
XCL  546210
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31445
ICL  C07D40104
ICL  C07D41304
ICL  C07D41704
FSC  546
FSS  187;209;210
FSC  514
FSS  316;326
UREF
PNO  5236921
ISD  19930800
NAM  Edmonds-Alt et al.
OCL  514252
UREF
PNO  5559131
ISD  19960900
NAM  Miller
OCL  514329
UREF
PNO  5559132
ISD  19960900
NAM  Miller
OCL  514329
UREF
PNO  5576333
ISD  19961100
NAM  Miller
OCL  514316
UREF
PNO  5602138
ISD  19970200
NAM  Miller
OCL  514259
FREF
PNO  2029275
ISD  19910500
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2067924
ISD  19921100
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2090785
ISD  19930900
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0428434
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0474561
ISD  19920300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0515240
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0512901
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0512902
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0515250
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0559538
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  923177
ISD  19930100
CNT  ZAX
FREF
PNO  923178
ISD  19930100
CNT  ZAX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/09844
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/10146
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  A. Graham et al., "Isolation and Characterisation of the Human Lung NK-2
      Receptor Gene Using Rapid Amplification of cDNA Ends", Biochemical and
      Biophysical Research Communications, (1991), vol. 177, No. 1, 8-16.
PAL  X. Emonds-Alt et al., "Pharmacological Profile and Chemical Synthesis of SR
      48968, a Non-Peptide Antagonist of the Neurokinin A (NK2) Receptor",
      Biorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, (1993), vol. 3, No. 5, 925-930.
PAL  D. Aharony et al., "Pharmacologic Characterization of the Novel Ligand
      [4,5-3H-LEU9]Neurokinin-A Binding to NK-2 Receptors on Hamster Urinary
      Bladder Membranes",Neuropeptides, (1992), 23, 121-130.
PAL  M. Needham et al., "LCR/MEL: A Versatile System for High-Level Expression
      of Heterologous Proteins in Erythroid Cells", Nucleic Acids Research,
      (1992), vol. 20, No. 5, 997-1003.
LREP
FR2  Person; Richard V.
ABST
PAL  Compounds of formula I
      ##STR1##
      wherein G, J, L, M, m and D have any of the meanings given in the
      specification, their N-oxides, and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts
      are nonpeptide antagonists of neurokinin A and useful for the treatment of
      asthma, etc. Also disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions, processes for
      preparing the compounds of formula I and intermediates.
PATN
WKU  059901314
SRC  8
APN  9044612
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970801
TTL  Heterocyclic thioesters and ketones
ISD  19991123
NCL  58
ECL  1
EXA  Aulakh; Charanjit S.
EXP  Kight; John
NDR  4
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Hamilton; Gregory S.
CTY  Catonsville
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Li; Jia-He
CTY  Cockeysville
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Gpi Nil Holdings Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  721765
APD  19960925
CLAS
OCL  514330
XCL  546226
XCL  548533
XCL  548540
XCL  514422
XCL  514423
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31445
ICL  C07D21106
FSC  548
FSS  533;540
FSC  514
FSS  422;423;330
FSC  546
FSS  226
UREF
PNO  4310461
ISD  19820100
NAM  Krapcho et al.
OCL  260326.2
UREF
PNO  4374829
ISD  19830200
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL  424177
UREF
PNO  4390695
ISD  19830600
NAM  Krapcho et al.
OCL  544130
UREF
PNO  4531964
ISD  19850700
NAM  Shimano et al.
OCL   71 92
UREF
PNO  4574079
ISD  19860300
NAM  Gavras et al.
OCL  424  1.1
UREF
PNO  4578474
ISD  19860300
NAM  Krapcho et al.
OCL  546188
UREF
PNO  4593102
ISD  19860600
NAM  Shanklin, Jr.
OCL  546216
UREF
PNO  4766110
ISD  19880800
NAM  Ryan et al.
OCL  514 19
UREF
PNO  4808573
ISD  19890200
NAM  Gold et al.
OCL  514 19
UREF
PNO  4818749
ISD  19890400
NAM  Gold et al.
OCL  514 19
UREF
PNO  5147877
ISD  19920900
NAM  Goulet
OCL  514291
UREF
PNO  5166317
ISD  19921100
NAM  Wallace et al.
OCL  530350
UREF
PNO  5192773
ISD  19930300
NAM  Armistead et al.
OCL  514315
UREF
PNO  5215969
ISD  19930600
NAM  Springer et al.
OCL  514 21
UREF
PNO  5232923
ISD  19930800
NAM  Fukazawa et al.
OCL  514237.5
UREF
PNO  5252579
ISD  19931000
NAM  Skotnicki et al.
OCL  514291
UREF
PNO  5294603
ISD  19940300
NAM  Rinehart
OCL  514 10
UREF
PNO  5319098
ISD  19940600
NAM  Burbaum et al.
OCL  548533
UREF
PNO  5330993
ISD  19940700
NAM  Armistead et al.
OCL  514330
UREF
PNO  5359138
ISD  19941000
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
OCL  562567
UREF
PNO  5385918
ISD  19950100
NAM  Connell et al.
OCL  514330
UREF
PNO  5414083
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hackl et al.
OCL  544130
UREF
PNO  5424454
ISD  19950600
NAM  Burbaum et al.
OCL  548533
UREF
PNO  5447915
ISD  19950900
NAM  Schreiber et al.
OCL  514 18
UREF
PNO  5516797
ISD  19960500
NAM  Armistead et al.
OCL  514548
UREF
PNO  5543423
ISD  19960800
NAM  Zelle et al.
OCL  514332
UREF
PNO  5717092
ISD  19980200
NAM  Armistead et al.
OCL  544129
FREF
PNO  12401
ISD  19800600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  48159A2
ISD  19820300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  48159
ISD  19820300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  50800
ISD  19820500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  73143
ISD  19830300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  88350
ISD  19830900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  196841
ISD  19861000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  260118
ISD  19880300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  333174
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  352000
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  378318
ISD  19900700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  405994
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  419049
ISD  19910300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  468339
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  572365
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  652229
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3508251
ISD  19860900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3931051
ISD  19900300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4015255
ISD  19911100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  04149166
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  05178824
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9207782
ISD  19930400
CNT  ZAX
FREF
PNO  2247456
ISD  19920300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO8809789
ISD  19881200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9012805
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9104985
ISD  19910400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9113088
ISD  19910900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9200278
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9203472
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9204370
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9218478
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9216501
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9219745
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9219593
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9221313
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9307269
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9313066
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9323548
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9325546
ISD  19931200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9405639
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9407858
ISD  19940400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9413629
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9512572
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9524385
ISD  19950900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9526337
ISD  19951000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9535308
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9535367
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9606097
ISD  19960200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9615101
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9617816
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9641609
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/36869
ISD  19971000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Rao, A.V. Rama et al., "Studies directed towards the synthesis of
      immunosuppressive agent FK-506: synthesis of the entire bottom half,"
      Tetrahedron Lett., 1991, 32(9), 1251-4.
PAL  Fisher, Matthew et al., "On the remarkable propensity for carbon-carbon
      bond cleavage reactions in the C(8)-C(10) region of FK-506," J. Org.
      Chem., 1991, 56(8), 2900-7.
PAL  Linde, Robert G. et al., "Straightforward synthesis if 1,2,3-tricarbonyl
      systems," J. Org. Chem., 1991, 56(7), 2534-8.
PAL  Hayward, C.M. et al., "An application of the Suarez reation to the
      regiospecific synthesis of the C.sub.28 -C.sub.42 segment of rapamycin,",
      1993, 3989-92.
PAL  Waldmann, Herbert, "Proline benzyl ester as chiral auzilary in Barbier-type
      reactions in aqueous solution," 1990, Synlett, 10, 627-8.
PAL  Gold, Bruce G. et al., "Regulation of aberrant neurofilament
      phosophorylation in neuronal periokarya. IV. Evidence for the involvement
      of two signals," Brain Search, 626 (1993) 23-30.
PAL  Hauske, James R. et al., "Design and Synthesis of Novel FKBP Inhibitors,"
      J. Med. Chem., 1992, 35, pp. 4284-4296.
PAL  Holt, Dennis A. et al., "Structure Acitivity Studies of Nonmacrocyclic
      Rapamycin Derivatives," Bioorganic & Medical Chemistry Letters, 1993, vol.
      3, No. 10, pp. 1977-1980.
PAL  Yamashita, Dennis S. et al., "Design Synthesis and Evaluation of Dual
      Domain FKBP Ligands," Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 1994, vol.
      3, No. 2, pp. 325-328.
PAL  Teague, Simon J. et al., "Synthesis and Study of a Non Macrocyclic FK506
      Derivative," Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 1994, vol. 4, No.
      13, pp. 1581-1584.
PAL  Luengo, Juan I. et al. "Synthesis and Structure-Activity Relationships of
      Macrocyclic FKBP Ligands," Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 1994,
      vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 321-324.
PAL  Holt, Dennis A. et al., "Structure-Activity Studies of Synthetic FKBP
      Ligands as Prptidyl-Prolyl Isomerase Inhibitors," Bioorganic & Medicinal
      Chemistry Letters, 1994, vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 315-320.
PAL  Teague, Simon J. et al. "The Affinity of the Excised Binding Domain of the
      FK-506 for the Immunophilin FKBP12," Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemsitry
      Letters, 1993, vol. 3, No. 10, pp. 1947-1950.
PAL  Caffrey, Moya V. et al. "Synthesis and Evaluation of Dual Domain
      Macrocyclic FKBP12 Ligands," Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemsitry Letters,
      1994, vol. 4, No. 21, pp. 2507-2510.
PAL  Birkenshaw, Timothy N. et al. "Synthesis FKBP12 Ligands. Design and
      Synthesis of Pyranose Replacements," Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemsitry
      Letters, 1994, vol. 4, No. 21, pp. 2501-2506.
PAL  Holt, Dennis A. et al. "Design, Synthesis, and Kinetic Evaluation of
      High-Affinity FKBP Ligands and the X-ray Crystal Structures of their
      Complexes with FKBP12", J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1993, 115, pp. 9925-9938.
PAL  Wang, Gary T. et al. "Synthesis and FKBP Binding of Small Molecule Mimics
      of the Tricarbonyl Region of FK506," Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry
      Letters, 1994, vol. 4, No. 9, pp. 1161-1166.
PAL  Snyder, Solomon H. and Sabatini, David M., "Immunophilins and the Nervous
      System," Nature Medicine, 1995, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 32-37.
PAL  Egbertson, M., and Danishefsky, S., "A synthetic route to the tricarbonyl
      region of FK-506," J. Org. Chem., 1989, 54(1), 11-12.
PAL  Williams, D.R. and Benbow, J.W., "Synthesis of the .alpha.,.beta. diketo
      amide segment of the novel immunosuppresive FK506," J. Org. Chem., 1988,
      53(191), 4643-4.
PAL  Kocienski, P. et al., "A synthesis of the C(1)-C(15) segemnt of
      tsukubaenolide (FK506)," Tetrahedron Lett., 1988, 29(35), 4481-4.
PAL  Tanaka, H. et al., "Structure of FK506, a novel immunosuppressant isolated
      from Streptomyces," J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1987, 109(16), 5031.3.
PAL  Marshall, J.A. et al., "Convenient synthesis of dioxopiperazines via
      aminolysis of .alpha.-(pyruvylamino) esters," Synth. Commun., 1975, 5(3),
      237-44.
PAL  Stocks, Michael J. et al. "The Contricution to Binding of the Pyranoside
      Substituents in the Excised Binding Domain of FK-506," Bioorganic &
      Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 1994, vol. 4, No. 12, pp. 1457-1460.
PAL  Haeusler, Johannes and Schmidt, Ulrich, "Amino acids and peptides. IX.
      Pyruvoyl amino acids," Chem. Ber., 1974, 107(1), 145-51. (German).
PAL  Hearn, Walter R., and Worthington, Robert E., "L-Proline-N-oxalic
      anhydride," J. Org. Chem., 1967, 32(12), 4072-4.
PAL  Steffan, Robert J. et al., "Base catalyzed degradation of rapamycin,"
      Tetrahedron Lett., 1993, 34(23), 3699-702.
PAL  Nicolau, K.C. et al., "Total Synthesis of rapamycin," J. Am. Chem. Soc.,
      1993, 115(10), 4419-20.
PAL  Hayward, C.M. et al., "Total synthesis of rapamycin via a novel
      titanium-mediated aldol macrocyclization reaction," J. Am. Chem. Soc.,
      1993, 115(20), 9345-6.
PAL  Yohannes, Daniel et al. "Degradation of rapamycin: synthesis of a
      rapamycin-derived fragment containing the tricarbonyl and triene sectors,"
      Tetrahedron Lett., 1993, 34(13), 2075-8.
PAL  Luengo, J. et al., "Studies on the chemistry of rapamycin: novel
      transformation under Lewis-acid catalysis," Tetrahedron Lett., 1993,
      34(6), 991-4.
PAL  Yohannes, Daniel et al., "Degradation of rapamycin: retrieval of major
      intact subunits," Tetrahedron Lett., 1992, 33(49), 7469-72.
PAL  Hovarth, R. et al., "An application of the Evans-Prasad 1,3-Syn diol
      synthesis to a stereospecific synthesis of the C.sub.10 -C.sub.27 segment
      of rapamycin," Tetrahedron Lett., 1993, 34(25), 3993-3996.
PAL  Whitesell, J.K. et al., "Asymmetric Induction. Reduction, Nucleophilic
      Addition to, Ene Reactions of Chiral .alpha.-Ketoesters," J. Chem. Soc.,
      Chem Commun., 1983, 802.
PAL  Ando, Takao et al., "Formation of Crossed Phenzine from the reaction
      between Tetra-p-anisyl- and Tetra-p-tolyl- hydrazines in Liquid Sulphur
      Dioxide," Chem. Comm., S. Chem. Comm., 1975, 989.
PAL  Kino, Toru et al., "FK-506, A novel immunosuppressant isolated from A
      Streptomyces," J. of Antibiotics, 1987, 40(9), 1249-55.
PAL  Goulet, Mark T. and Boger, Joshua, "Degradative studies on the tricarbonyl
      containing macrolide rapamycin," Tetrahedron Lett., 1991, 32(45), 6454.
PAL  Goulet, Mark T.et al., "Construction of the FK-506 analog from
      rapamycin-derived materials," Tetrahedron Lett., 1991, 32(36), 4627-30.
PAL  Armistead, D.M. et al., "Design, synthesis and structure of non-macrocyclic
      inhibitors of FKBP12, the major binding protein for the immunosuppressant
      FK506," Acta Crystallogr. 1995, D51(4), 522-8.
PAL  Luengo, J. et al., "Structure-activity studies of rapamycin
      analogs:evidence that the C-7 methodoxy group is part of the effector
      domain and positioned at the FKBP:12-FRAP interface," Chem. Biol., 1995,
      2(7), 471-81.
PAL  Furber, Mark, "FKBP-12-ligand-calceineurin interactions: analogs of
      SBL506," J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1995, 117(27), 7267-8.
PAL  Wang CP et al., "A high performance liquid chromatographic method for the
      determination of rapamycin (sirolamus) in the rat serum, plasma, and blood
      and in monkey serum," J. Liq. Chromatogr., 1995, 18(9), 1801-8.
PAL  Chakraborty, TK et al., "Design and Synthesis of a rapamycin-based high
      affinity binding FKBP12 ligand," Chem. Biol., 1995, (2)3, 157-61.
PAL  Smith, A.B. et al., "Total synthesis of rapamycin and demethoxyrapamycin,"
      J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1995, 117(19), 5407-8.
PAL  Baumann, K. et al., "Synthesis and oxidative cleavage of the major
      equilibrium products of ascomycin and FK 506," Tetrahedron Lett., 1995,
      26(13), 2231-4.
PAL  Nelson, F. et al., "A novel ring contraction of rapamycin," Tetrahedron
      Lett., 1994, 35(41), 7557-60.
PAL  Dawson, T.M. et al., "The immunophilins, FK506 binding and cyclophilin, are
      discretely localized in the brain: relationship to calcineurin,"
      Neuroscience, 1994, 62(2), 569-80.
PAL  Cameron, Andrew et al., "Immunophilin FK506 binding protein associated with
      inositol 1,4,5-triphosphate receptor modulates calcium flux," Proc. Natl.
      Acad. Sci. USA, 1995, 92, 1784-1788.
PAL  Stocks, M. et al., "The contribution to the binding of the pyranoside
      sustituents in the excised binding domain of FK-506," Bioorg. Med. Chem.
      Lett., 1994, 4(12), 1457-60.
PAL  Steiner, J.P. et al., "Nonimmunosuppressive Ligands for Neuroimmunophilins
      Promote Nerve Extension In Vitro and In Vivo," Soc. For Neuroscience
      Abstracts, 1996, 22, 297.13.
PAL  Lyons, W. Ernest et al., "Neronal Regeneration Enhances the Expression of
      the Immunophilin FKBP-12," The Journal of Neuroscience, 1995, 15, 2985-94.
PAL  Skotnicki, Jerauld et al., "Ring expanded rapamycin derivatives,"
      Tetrahedron Lett., 1994, 35(2), 201-2.
PAL  Skotnicki, Jerauld et al., "Synthesis of secorapamycin esters and amides,"
      Tetrah. Lett., 1994, 35(2), 197-200.
PAL  Rao, A.V. Rama and Desibhatla, Vidyanand, "Studies directed towards the
      synthesis of rapamycin: stereoselective synthesis of C-1 to C-15 segment,"
      Tetrahedron Lett., 1993, 34(44), 7111-14.
PAL  Andrus, Merrit B., "Structure-based design of an acyclic ligand that
      bridges FKBP12 and calcineurin," J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1993, 115(2), 10420-1.
PAL  Luengo, Juan I. et al., "Efficient removal of pipecolinate from rapamycin
      and FK506 by reaction with tetrabutylammonium cyanide," Tetrahedron Lett.,
      1993, 34(29), 4599-602.
PAL  Baader, Ekkehard et al., "Inhibition of prolyl 4-hydroxylase by oxalyl
      amino acid derivatives in vitro, in isolated microsomes and in embryonic
      chicken tissues," Biochem. J. , 1994, 300(2), 525-30.
PAL  Holt, Dennis A. et al., "Structure-activity of synthetic FKBP ligands as
      peptidyl-prolyl isomerase inhibitors," Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 1994,
      4(2), 315-20.
PAL  Karle, Isabella L. et al., "Conformation of the oxalamide group in
      retro-bispeptides. Three crystal structures." Int. J. Pept. Protein Res.,
      1994, 43(2), 160-5.
PAL  Kaczmar, et al., "Darstellung verscheider Schlangenkafig-Polyelektrolyte
      auf der Basis von Polyacrylamiden und einem Anionenaustauscher," Makromol.
      Chem., 1976, 177, 1981-9. (German).
PAL  Steiner, Jospeh P. et al., "High brain densities of the immunophilin FKBP
      colocalized with calcineurin," Nature Lett., 1992, 358, 584-7.
PAL  Pattenden, Gerald and Tnkard, Mark, "Facile Synthesis of the tricarbonyl
      subunit in the immunosuppresant rapamycin," Tetrahedron Lett., 1993,
      34(16), 2677-80.
PAL  Furber, M. et al., "Studies relating to the immunosuppressive activity of
      FK506," Tetrahedron Lett., 1993, 34(8), 1351-4.
PAL  Ranganathan, Darshan et al., "Oxalopeptides as core motifs for protein
      design," J. Chem. Soc., 1993, (1), 92-4.
PAL  Dawson, Ted M. et al. "Immunosuppresant FK506 enhances phosphorylation of
      nitric oxide synthase and protects against glutamate neurotoxicity," Proc.
      Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1993, 90, 9808-12.
PAL  Cunliffe, C. Jane et al., "Novel inhibitors of proplyl 4-hydroxylase. 3.
      Inhibition by the substrate analog N-oxaloglycine and its derivatives," J.
      Med. Chem., 1992, 35(14), 2652-8.
PAL  Waldmann, Herbert, "Amino acid esters as chiral auxilaries in Barbier-type
      reactions in aqueous solutions," Liebigs Ann. Chem., 1991, (12), 1317-22.
      (German).
PAL  Krit, N.A. et al., "Impact of the nature of alkyl radical on the biological
      activity of N-carboxyalkyl dipeptides," Khim.-Farm. Zh., 1991, 25(7),
      44-6. (Russian).
PAL  Blaschke et al., Chemical Abstracts, 1974, 84, 78405k.
PAL  Caufield, Craig E. and Musser, John H., Annual Reports in Medicinal
      Chemistry, Johns (Ed.), Academic Press, Inc., Chapter 21, 195-204, 1989.
PAL  Effenberger F. et al., "Diastereoselective addition of benzenesulfenyl
      chloride to 1-acryloylproline esters," Chemical Abstracts, 1989, 10,
      778-9.
PAL  Nakatsuta. M. et al. "Total Synthesis of FK506 and an FKBP Probe Reagent,
      (C.sub.8, C.sub.9-13 C.sub.2)-FK-506," J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1990, 112 (14),
      5583-90.
PAL  Shu, A. et al., "Synthesis of I-125 labeled photoaffinity rapamycin
      analogs," J. Labelled Compd. Radiopharm., 1996, 38(3), 277-37.
PAL  Tatlock, J. et al., "High affinity FKBP-12 ligands from (R)-(-)-carvone.
      Synthesis and evaluation of FK506 pyranose ring replacements," Bioorg.
      Med. Chem. Lett., 1995, 5(21), 2489-94.
PAL  Teague, S. et al., "Synthesis of FK506-cyclosporin hybrid marcocycles,"
      Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 1995, 5(20), 2341-6.
PAL  Stocks, M. et al., "macrocyclic ring closures employing the intramolecular
      Heck reaction," Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36(36), 6555-8.
PAL  Wang, C.P. et al., "High performance liquid chromatographic isolation and
      spectroscopic characterization of three major metabolites from the plasma
      of rats receiving rapamycin (sirolimus) orally," J. Liq. Chromatogr.,
      1995, 18(13), 2559-68.
PAL  Chakaraborty, Tushar K., "Studies towards the development of cyclic
      peptide-based analogs of macrolide immunosuppresants," Pure Appl. Chem.,
      1996, 68(3), 565-568.
PAL  Ponticelli, Claudio, "Treatment of the Nephrotic Syndrome with Cyclosporin
      A," J. of Autoimmunity, 1992, 5, 315-24.
PAL  Tindall, Richard S.A., "Immunointervention with Cyclosporin A in autoimmune
      Neurological Disorders," J.of Autoimmunity, 1992, 5, 301-313.
PAL  Tugwell, Peter, "Cyclosporin in the Treatment of Rheumatoid Arhtritis", J.
      of Autoimmunity, 1992, 5, 231-40.
PAL  Fry, Lionel, "Psoriasis: Immunopathology and Long-term Treatment with
      Cyclosporin," J. of Autoimmunity, 1992, 5, 277-83.
PAL  Feutran, Gilles, "The Optimal use of Cyclosporin o in Autoimmune Disease,"
      J. of Autoimmunity, 1992, 5, 183-95.
PAL  Slee, Deborah H. et al., "Selectivity in the Inhibition of HIV and FIV
      Protease: Inhibitory and Mechanistic Studies of Pyrrolidine-Containing
      .alpha.-Keto Amide and Hydroxyethylamine Core Structures," J. Am. Chem.
      Soc., 1995, 117(48), 1187-78.
PAL  Nicolau, K.C. et al., "Total synthesis of rapamycin," Che.--Eur. J., 1995,
      1(5), 318-33.
PAL  Munoz, Benito et al., ".alpha.-ketoamide Phe-Pro isostere as a new core
      structure for the inhibition of HIV protease," Bioorg. Med. Chem., 1994,
      2(10), 1085-90.
PAL  Hauske, James R. et al., "Investigation of the effects of synthetic,
      non-cytotoxic immunophilin inhibitors on MDR," Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett.,
      1994, 4(17), 2097-102.
PAL  Mashkovskii, M.D. et al.,
      1-[4-(2-Hydroxy-3-tert-butylaminopropoxy)-indole-3-yl
      (5-acetamido-1-(S)-carboxypentyl)-DL-alanyl]-L-proline dihydrochloride, a
      new angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor with .beta.-adrenoblocking
      properties, Khim.-Farm. Zh., 1993, 27(10), 16-20.
PAL  Ranganathan, Darshan et al., "Protein Backbone Modification by Novel
      C.alpha.-C Side-Chain Scission," 1994, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 116(15),
      6545-57.
PAL  Soai, Kenso and Ishizaki, Miyuki, "Asymmetric Synthesis of Functionalized
      tertiary alcohols by diastereoselective allylation of chiral .varies.-keto
      amides derived from (S)-proline esters: control of sterochemistry based on
      saturated coordination of Lewis acid," J. Org. Chem., 1986, 57(17) 3290-5.
      (English).
PAL  Soai, Kenso et al., "Asymmetric synthesis of both enantiomers of
      .varies.-hydroxy acids by the diastereoselective reduction of chiral
      .varies.-keto amides with complex metal hydrides in the presence of a
      metal salt," Chem. Lett., 1986, 11, 1897-900.
PAL  Soai, Kenso and Hasegawa, Hitoshi, "Diastereoselective reduction of chiral
      .varies.-ketoamides derived from (S)-proline esters with sodium
      borohydride. Preparation of optically active .varies.-hydroxy acids," J.
      Chem. Soc., 1985, 1(4), 769-72.
PAL  Soai, Kenso and Ishizaki, Miyuki, "Diastereoselective asymmetric allylation
      of chiral .varies.-keto amides with allyltrimethylsilane. Preparation of
      protected homoallylic alcohols," J. Chem. Soc., 1984, 15, 1016-17.
PAL  Soai, Kenso et al., "Sodium borohydride as diastereoselective reducing
      agent of chiral .varies.-keto amides," Pept. Chem., 1982, 20, 81-4.
PAL  Bender, D., et al., "Periodate oxidation of .varies.-keto .gamma.-lactams.
      Enol oxidation and .beta.-lactam formation. Mechanism of periodate
      hydroxlation reactions," J. Org. Chem., 1978, 43(17), 3354-62.
PAL  Colombo, L. et al., "Enantioselective synthesis of secondary alcohols in
      the presence fo chiral ligands," Tetrahedron, 1982, 38(17), 2725-7.
PAL  Soai, Kenso et al., "Unusual effect of mixed solvent on the asymmetric
      reduction of chiral .alpha.-keto amides with sodium borohydride," J. Chem.
      Soc., 1982, 21, 1282-3.
PAL  Steglich, Wolfgang et al., "Activated carboxylic acid derivatives. II. A
      simple synthesis of 2-oxycarboxylic acid amides, N-(2-oxoacyl)amino acid
      esters and 2-oxocarboxylic acid hydrazides," Synthesis, 1978, 8, 622-4.
      (German).
PAL  Cushman, D.W. et al., "Design of potent competitive inhibitors of
      angiotensin-converting enzyme. Caboxylalkanoyl and mercaptoalkanoyl amino
      acids," Biochemistry, 1977, 16(25), 5484-91.
PAL  Steglich, Wolfgang and Hinze, Sabine, "A rational synthesis of
      N-triluoroacetylamino acids," Synthesis, 1976, 8, 399-401. (German).
PAL  Bycroft, Barrie W., and Lee, Grahame R., "Efficient asymmetric synthesis of
      .alpha.-amino from .alpha.-keto acids and ammonia with conservation of the
      chiral reagent," J. Chem. Soc., 1975, 24, 988-9.
PAL  Askin, D. et al., "Efficient Degradation of FK-506 to a versatile synthetic
      intermediate," J. Org. Chem., 1990, 55(20), 5451-4.
PAL  Goulet, Mark T., and Boger, Joshua, "Degradative studies on the tricarbonyl
      containing macrolide rapamycin," Tetrahedron Lett., 1990, 31(34), 4845-8.
PAL  Jones, T. et al., "Chemistryof tricarbonyl hemiketals and application of
      Evans technology to the total synthesis of the immunosuppresant
      (-)-FK-506," J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1990, 112(8), 2998-3017.
PAL  Jones, A. et al., "A formal synthesis of FK-506. Exploration of some
      alternatives to macrolactamization,"J. Org. Chem., 1990, 55(9), 2786-97.
PAL  Rao, A.V., et al., "Studies directed towards the synthesis of
      immunosuppresive agent FK-506: construction of the tricarbonyl moiety,"
      Tetrahedron Lett., 1990, 31(10), 1439-42.
PAL  Harding, M.W., et al., "A receptor for the immunosuppresive FK506 is a
      cis-trans peptidyl-prolyl isomerase," Nature Lett., 1989, 341, 758-60.
PAL  Finberg, Robert W. et al., "Prevention of HIV-1 Infection and Preservation
      of CD4 Function by the Binding of CPFs to gp120," Science, 1990, 249,
      287-91.
PAL  Goodfellow, Val S. et al., "p-Nitrophenyl 3-diazopyruvate and
      diazopyruvamide, a New Family of Photoactivatable Cross-Linking
      Bioprobes," Biochemistry, 28(15), 6346-60.
PAL  Wasserman, H.H. et al., "Synthesis of the tricarbonyl region of FK-506
      through an amidophosphorane [Erratum to document cited in
      CA111(7):57366p]," J. Org. Chem., 1989, 54(22), 5406.
PAL  Wasserman, H.H. et al., "Synthesis of the tricarbonyl region of FK-506
      through an amidosphere," J. Org. Chem., 1989, 54(12), 2785-6.
PAL  Dragovich et al., "Structured-Based Design of Novel, Urea-Containing FKBP12
      Inhibitors," J. Med. Chem., 1996, 39, 1872-1884.
PAL  Gold et al., The Immunosuppressant FK506 Increases the Rate of Axonal
      Regeneration in Rat Sciatic Nerve, The Journal of Neuroscience, 1995,
      15(11), 7509-7516.
PAL  Gold et al, "The Immunosuppressant FK506 increases functional recovery and
      nerve regeneration following peripheral nerve injury," Restorative
      Neurology and Neuroscience, 1994, 6, 287-296.
PAL  Lyons et al., "Immunosuppressant FK506 promotes neurite outgrowth in
      culture of PC12 cells and sensory ganglia," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA,
      1994, 91, 3191-3195.
PAL  Gold, et al, "Multiple signals underlie the anatomy-induced up-regulation
      of c-JUN in adult sensory neurons," Neuroscience Letters 176, 1994,
      123-127.
PAL  Gold et al., "Regulation of the transcription factor c-JUN by nerve growth
      factor in adult sensory neurons," Neuroscience Letters 154, 1993, 129-133.
PAL  Askin, D. et al., "Chemistry of FK-506: benzilic acid rearrangement of the
      tricarbonyl system," Tetrahedron Lett., 1989, 30(6), 671-4.
PAL  Coleman, R., and Danishefsky, S., "Degradation and manipulations of the
      immunosupressant FK506: preparation of potantial synthetic intemediates,"
      Heterocycles, 1989, 28(1), 157-61.
PAL  Faelth, Lars et al., "Interactions between C=S groups in 1,2 and
      1,3-bis(thiocarbonyl) Compounds: A Study by Spectroscopy, X-Ray
      Crystallography, and CNDO/S Calculations," Theochem, 1989, 55, 239-59.
PAL  Doulmedais, Ali et al., "Sterochemistry of Electrochemical Reduction of
      Optically Active .varies.-ketoamides. II. Electrorduction of
      benzoylformamides derived from S-(-)-proline, " Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr.,
      1989, (2), 185-01. (French).
PAL  Soai, Kenso et al., "Asymmetric Allylation of .varies.-keto amides Derived
      from (S)-proline esters," Pept. Chem., 1986, 24, 327-30.
PAL  Munegumi, M. et al., "Asymmetric Catalytic Hydrogenations of
      N-pyruvoyl-(s)-proline esters," Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 1987, 60(1), 243-53
     .
LREP
FRM  Nath & Associates
FR2  Nath; Gary M.
FR2  Heiman; Lee C.
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to neurotrophic low molecular weight, small molecule
      heterocyclic thioesters and ketones having an affinity for FKBP-type
      immunophilins, and their use as inhibitors of the enzyme activity
      associated with immunophilin proteins, particularly peptidyl-prolyl
      isomerase, or rotamase, enzyme activity.
PATN
WKU  059901322
SRC  8
APN  664631&
APT  1
ART  123
APD  19960617
TTL  Polycyclic systems, and derivatives thereof, as neurotransmitter release
      enhancers useful in the treatment of cognitive disorders
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Aulakh; Charanjit S.
EXP  Ivy; C. Warren
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Teleha; Christopher Allan
CTY  New Castle
STA  DE
INVT
NAM  Wilkerson; Wendell Wilkie
CTY  New Castle
STA  DE
INVT
NAM  Earl; Richard Alan
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
ASSG
NAM  The DuPont Merck Pharmaceutical Company
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  216881
APD  19940328
PSC  01
PNO  5594001
RLAP
COD  82
APN  044012
APD  19930408
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  514333
XCL  546187
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3144
ICL  C07D40906
FSC  546
FSS  256;197;198;199;200;202;273.1;275.7;276.7;280.1;187
FSC  514
FSS  333
UREF
PNO  4760083
ISD  19880700
NAM  Meyers et al.
OCL  514333
UREF
PNO  5173489
ISD  19921200
NAM  Earl et al.
OCL  514252
UREF
PNO  5185447
ISD  19930200
NAM  Crapps
OCL  546 86
UREF
PNO  5272269
ISD  19931200
NAM  Jensen et al.
OCL  544333
UREF
PNO  5359070
ISD  19941000
NAM  Cherney et al.
OCL  546 76
UREF
PNO  5532249
ISD  19960700
NAM  Wilkerson et al.
OCL  514292
FREF
PNO  0311010
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1052346
ISD  19661200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 9314092
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9314085
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9221660
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  DeNoble, et al., Pharmacol. Biochem. Behavior, (199) 36:957.
PAL  Cook, et al., Drug Development Research (1990) 19: 301.
PAL  Nickolson, et al., Drug Development Research (1990) 19: 285.
PAL  Earl, et al., Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, vol. 2, No. 8,
      1996, pp. 851-854.
LREP
FR2  Kondrad; Karen H.
ABST
PAL  Compounds of Formula (I) have been shown to enhance the release of the
      neurotransmitter acetylcholine, and thus may be useful in the treatment of
      diseases of man where subnormal levels of this neurochemical are found,
      such as in Alzheimer's disease, and other conditions involving learning
      and cognition. This invention describes compounds, pharmaceutical
      compositions and methods of treatment comprising compounds of Formula (I):
      ##STR1##
PATN
WKU  059901330
SRC  8
APN  875506&
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19971016
TTL  Indole derivatives as 5-HT receptor antagonist
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Rotman; Alan L.
INVT
NAM  Gaster; Laramie Mary
CTY  Bishop's Stortford
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Wyman; Paul Adrian
CTY  Epping
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Mulholland; Keith Raymond
CTY  Harlow
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Davies; David Thomas
CTY  Ware
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Duckworth; David Malcolm
CTY  Bishop's
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Forbes; Ian Thomson
CTY  Stevenage
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Jones; Graham Elgin
CTY  Hertford
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  SmithKline Beecham p.l.c.
CTY  Brentford
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950202
APN  9502052
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950425
APN  9508327
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950503
APN  9508967
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950817
APN  9516845
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950826
APN  9517542
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950912
APN  9518574
CLAS
OCL  514337
XCL  5462771
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3144
ICL  C07D40110
ICL  C07D40310
FSC  546
FSS  277.1
FSC  514
FSS  337
FREF
PNO  WO 92/05170
ISD  19920400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/04533
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/22871
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Hall; Linda E.
FR2  Venetianer; Stephen A.
FR2  Kinzig; Charles M.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/00368
PD1  19971016
PD2  19971016
PD3  19960126
PCP  WO96/23783
PCD  19960808
ABST
PAR  A compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof:
      ##STR1##
      wherein: P.sup.1 is pyridyl;
PA1  P.sup.2 is phenyl;
PA1  A is a bond or a chain of 1 to 5 atoms optionally substituted by C.sub.1-6
      alkyl;
PA1  R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 groups are each independently hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl
      optionally substituted by NR.sup.12 R.sup.13, C.sub.2-6 alkenyl, C.sub.2-6
      alkynyl, cyano, halogen, CF.sub.3, NR.sup.12 R.sup.13, CHO, OCF.sub.3,
      COR.sup.14, CH.sub.2 OR.sup.14 or OR.sup.14 where R.sup.12, R.sup.13 and
      R.sup.14 are independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-6 alkyl;
PA1  n and m are independently 0, 1 or 2;
PA1  R.sup.3 is hydrogen or C.sub.1-6 alkyl;
PA1  R.sup.4 is a group of formula (i):
      ##STR2##
      in which: R.sup.6 and R.sup.7 are independently hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl
      optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms, C.sub.1-6 alkylthio,
      C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or halogen.
PATN
WKU  059901349
SRC  9
APN  133106&
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980812
TTL  Oral droperidol compositions and method for treating migraine
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Spivack; Phyllis G.
INVT
NAM  Alam; Abu
CTY  Lake Forest
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Taylor Pharmaceuticals
CTY  Buffalo Grove
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514338
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3144
FSC  514
FSS  338
UREF
PNO  5118508
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kikuchi et al.
OCL  424448
UREF
PNO  5288497
ISD  19940200
NAM  Stanley et al.
OCL  424440
UREF
PNO  5310561
ISD  19940500
NAM  Jao et al.
OCL  424465
OREF
PAL  Wang, et al. Droperidol Treatment of Status Migrainosus and Refractory
      Migraine, Headache. Jun., 1997, pp. 377-382.
PAL  Wang, et al., Droperidol Treatment of Acute Refractory Migraine and Status
      Migrainosus, Headache, Apr., 1996, p. 280.
PAL  John F. Rothrock, MD., Treatment of Acute Migraine with Intravenous
      Droperidol, Headache, Apr. 1997, pp. 256-257.
PAL  Nageotte et al., American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 174/6
      (1801-6) (abstract), 1996.
PAL  Kymer et al., Journal of Clinical anesthesia, 7/1 (35-9) (abstract), Feb.
      1995.
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  Oral dosage form of droperidol are provided and a method for treating
      migraine using such oral formulations. The dosage forms include tablets,
      capsules, powders, effervescent formulations and syrups.
PATN
WKU  059901357
SRC  8
APN  4550528
APT  1
ART  123
APD  19950531
TTL  Retroviral protease inhibiting compounds
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; Zinna Northington
INVT
NAM  Norbeck; Daniel W.
CTY  Crystal Lake
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Sham; Hing Leung
CTY  Mundelein
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Kempf; Dale J.
CTY  Libertyville
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Zhao; Chen
CTY  Gurnee
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Abbott Laboratories
CTY  Abbott Park
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  185666
APD  19940201
PSC  01
PNO  5461067
RLAP
COD  82
APN  023226
APD  19930225
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  514340
XCL  514342
XCL  514369
XCL  514370
XCL  514372
XCL  514374
XCL  514376
XCL  514377
XCL  514378
XCL  514380
XCL  5462697
XCL  5462711
XCL  5462721
XCL  5462724
XCL  5462804
XCL  5462834
XCL  5462754
XCL  548182
XCL  548183
XCL  548184
XCL  548186
XCL  548187
XCL  548189
XCL  548190
XCL  548191
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3144
ICL  C07D41314
FSC  514
FSS  333;340;342;365;369;370;372;374;376;377;378;380
FSC  546
FSS  256;275;280
FSC  548
FSS  182;183;184;186;187;189;190;191;194;213;214;204;225;226;227;228;229;233;234
     ;235;236;243;245;246;247;248
FREF
PNO  0486948
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0521827
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9208699
ISD  19920500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9318006
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Sham, H. L., et al., "Facile Synthesis of Potent HIV-1 Protease Inhibitors
      containing a Novel Pseudo-symmetric Dipeptide Isotere", Journal of the
      Chemical Society, 13:1052-1053 (1993).
LREP
FR2  Crowley; Steven R.
FR2  Ward; Michael J.
ABST
PAL  A retroviral protease inhibiting compound of the formula:
      ##STR1##
      is disclosed.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made with Government support under contract number
      AI27220 awarded by the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious
      Diseases. The Government has certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059901365
SRC  8
APN  9997539
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970815
TTL  Isoxazoline derivatives useful as antimicrobials
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Kifle; Bruck
EXP  Shah; Mukund J.
INVT
NAM  Barbachyn; Michael Robert
CTY  Kalamazoo
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Thomas; Richard Charles
CTY  Kalamazoo
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Cleek; Gary J.
CTY  Kalamazoo
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Pharmacia & Upjohn Company
CTY  Kalamazoo
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514340
XCL  514378
XCL  5462721
XCL  548240
EDF  6
ICL  C07D41300
ICL  C07D26102
ICL  A61K 3144
ICL  A61K 3142
FSC  546
FSS  272.1
FSC  514
FSS  340;378
FSC  548
FSS  240
UREF
PNO  3769295
ISD  19731000
NAM  Hoyle et al.
OCL  260307
UREF
PNO  4283403
ISD  19810800
NAM  Davenport
OCL  424263
FREF
PNO  2725763
ISD  00000000
CNT  DKX
FREF
PNO  352 781
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07D26320
FREF
PNO  0 693 491
ISD  19960100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07D41304
FREF
PNO  0 694 543
ISD  19960100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07D41304
FREF
PNO  94 13649
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07D26320
FREF
PNO  95/14680 A1
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07D26104
OREF
PAL  S. S. Ghabrial, et al., Acta Chemica Scandinavica, B 41, pp. 426-434
      (1987).
PAL  Ghabrial et al. (Acta Chem. Scand., Ser. B (1987), B41(6), 426-34).
PAL  Castelhano et al. (Bioorg. Chem. (1988), 16(3), 335-40).
LREP
FR2  Yang; Lucy X.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides compounds of formula 1
      ##STR1##
      or pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof wherein A and R.sub.1 are as
      defined in the claims which are antibacterial agents.
PATN
WKU  059901373
SRC  9
APN  092461&
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980605
TTL  Method of inhibiting NADPH oxidase
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Criares; Theodore J.
INVT
NAM  Ternansky; Robert J.
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Valentino; Karen L.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Karanewsky; Donald S.
CTY  Escondido
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Idun Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  La Jolla
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  676822
APD  19960708
CLAS
OCL  514357
XCL  514361
XCL  514639
XCL  514646
XCL  514647
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3144
ICL  A61K 3141
ICL  A61K 3115
ICL  A61K 31135
FSC  514
FSS  357;361;639;646;647
UREF
PNO  4015014
ISD  19770300
NAM  Vatne et al.
OCL  424324
UREF
PNO  4256108
ISD  19810300
NAM  Theeuwes
OCL  128260
UREF
PNO  4265874
ISD  19810500
NAM  Bonsen et al.
OCL  424 15
UREF
PNO  4564636
ISD  19860100
NAM  Kaplan
OCL  514567
OREF
PAL  Dewhirst, "Structure-Activity Relationships for Inhibition of Prostaglandin
      Cyclooxygenase by Phenolic Compounds," Prostaglandins 20(2): 209-222,
      1980.
PAL  Gaur et al., Chemical Abstract 116: Abstract No. 151378u, 1992.
PAL  Hansen et al., "Re-examination and further development of a precise and
      rapid dye method for measuring cell growth/cell kill," Journal of
      Immunological Methods 119: 203-210, 1989.
PAL  Hogquist et al., "Release of IL-1 From Mononuclear Phagocytes," J.
      Immunology 147: 2181-2186, 1991.
PAL  Machon and Ryng, "Synthesis and Biological Properties of
      5-Benzoylamino-3-Methyl-4-Isoxazolocarboxylic Acid Derivatives," Arch.
      Immunol. Ther. Exp. 29(6): 813-821, 1981.
PAL  Mosmann, "Rapid Colorimetric Assay for Cellular Growth and Survival:
      Application to Proliferation and Cytotoxicity Assays," Journal of
      Immunological Methods 65: 55-63, 1983.
PAL  Mrowietz et al., "Inhibition of Human Monocyte Functions by Anthralin,"
      British Journal of Dermatology 127: 382-386, 1992.
PAL  Ramanathan et al., "Biological Activity of Some 2-Amino 4,5,6,7-Tetrahydro
      Benzo (b)-Thiophenes and Their Derivatives," J. Indian Chem. Soc. LV:
      822-825, 1978.
PAL  Slater et al., "Studies on Succinate-Tetrazolium Reductase Systems, III.
      Points of Coupling of Four Different Tetrazolium Salts," Biochim. Biophys.
      Acta. 77: 383-393, 1963.
PAL  Sozzani et al., "The Signal Transduction Pathway Involved in the Migration
      Induced by a Monocyte Chemotactic Cytokine," The Journal of Immunology
      147: 2215-2221, 1991.
PAL  Stolk et al., "Characteristics of the Inhibition of NADPH Oxidase
      Activation in Neutrophilis by Apocynin, a Methoxy-substituted Catechol,"
      Am. J. Respir. Cell Mol. Biol. 11: 95-102, 1994.
PAL  Synderman, "Methods for Studying Mononuclear Phagocytes," Adams et al.
      (eds.), Academic Press, New York, 1981, pp. 535-547.
PAL  Wahl et al., "Current Protocols in Immunology," Coligan et al. (eds.),
      1991, p. 7.6.1.
PAL  Wahl et al., "Isolation of Human Mononuclear Cell Subsets by Counterflow
      Centrifugal Elutriation (CCE)," Cellular Immunology 85: 373-383, 1984.
PAL  Zigmond et la., "Leukocyte Locomotion and Chemotaxis," The Journal of
      Experimental Medicine 137: 387-410, 1973.
LREP
FRM  Seed and Berry LLP
ABST
PAL  The instant methods employs pharmaceutical compositions comprising aromatic
      azines; and imines, of the Formula 1 to selectively inhibit inflammation
      by preventing the oxidating burst from phagocytic leukocytes caused by
      NADPH Oxidase.
PATN
WKU  059901381
SRC  9
APN  2250349
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19990104
TTL  Cyclopentane (ene) heptenoic or heptanoic acids and derivatives thereof
      useful as therapeutic agents
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Lambkin; Deborah C.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Burk; Robert M.
CTY  Laguna Beach
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Allergan
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  084805
APD  19980526
PSC  01
PNO  5906989
RLAP
COD  84
APN  861414
APD  19970521
PSC  01
PNO  5798378
RLAP
COD  84
APN  740883
APD  19961104
PSC  01
PNO  5681848
RLAP
COD  84
APN  445842
APD  19950711
PSC  01
PNO  5587391
RLAP
COD  84
APN  174535
APD  19931228
PSC  01
PNO  5545665
CLAS
OCL  514357
XCL  560121
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31215
ICL  C07C 6974
FSC  560
FSS  121
FSC  514
FSS  530
UREF
PNO  3845115
ISD  19741000
NAM  Lincoln, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  3847967
ISD  19741100
NAM  Lincoln, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  3853950
ISD  19741200
NAM  Lincoln et al.
UREF
PNO  3931206
ISD  19760100
NAM  Bowler et al.
UREF
PNO  4088779
ISD  19780500
NAM  Vlattas
UREF
PNO  4235930
ISD  19801100
NAM  Skuballa et al.
UREF
PNO  4256745
ISD  19810300
NAM  Skuballa et al.
UREF
PNO  4338316
ISD  19820700
NAM  Marsham
UREF
PNO  4351846
ISD  19820900
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
UREF
PNO  4359467
ISD  19821100
NAM  Vorbruggen et al.
UREF
PNO  4403100
ISD  19830900
NAM  Morton, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4447428
ISD  19840500
NAM  Collington et al.
UREF
PNO  4494274
ISD  19850100
NAM  Thurlow
UREF
PNO  4560786
ISD  19851200
NAM  Skuballa et al.
UREF
PNO  4562207
ISD  19851200
NAM  Imaki et al.
UREF
PNO  4599353
ISD  19860700
NAM  Bito
UREF
PNO  5004752
ISD  19910400
NAM  Raduechel et al.
UREF
PNO  5006539
ISD  19910400
NAM  Jones et al.
UREF
PNO  5034413
ISD  19910700
NAM  Chan, II et al.
UREF
PNO  5238961
ISD  19930800
NAM  Woodward et al.
UREF
PNO  5270049
ISD  19931200
NAM  Chan, II et al.
UREF
PNO  5352708
ISD  19941000
NAM  Woodward et al.
UREF
PNO  5376683
ISD  19941200
NAM  Klar et al.
UREF
PNO  5414016
ISD  19950500
NAM  Skuballa et al.
UREF
PNO  5422368
ISD  19950600
NAM  Sternschantz et al.
FREF
PNO  0364417
ISD  19900400
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Starr, M.S., Exp. Eye Res.1971, 11, pp. 170-177.
PAL  Bito, L.Z. Biological Protection with Prostaglandins, Cohen, M.M., ed.,
      Boca Raton, Fla, CRC Pres Inc., 1995, pp. 231-252.
PAL  Bito, L.Z. Applied Pharmacology in the Medical Treatment of Glacoma,
      Drance, S.M. & Neufeld, A.H. eds., New York, Brune & Stratton, 1984, pp.
      477-505.
PAL  Nilsson et al, Inv. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 28 (suppl), 1987, pp. 284.
PAL  Bito, L.Z., Arch. Ophthalmol. 105, 1987,1036.
PAL  Siebold et al, Prodrug, 5, 1987, 3.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to 7-[5-hydroxy-2-(hydroxyhydrocarbyl or
      heteroatom-substituted hydroxy hydrocarbyl)-3-hydroxycyclopentyl(enyl)]
      heptanoic or heptenoic acids and derivatives of said acids, wherein one or
      more of said hydroxy groups are replaced by an ether group. The compounds
      of the present invention are potent ocular hypotensives, and are
      particularly suitable for the management of glaucoma.
PATN
WKU  059901390
SRC  8
APN  6556442
APT  1
ART  121
APD  19960530
TTL  Thiazolidinedione derivatives or salts thereof and pharmaceutical
      compositions containing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Gerstl; Robert
INVT
NAM  Yano; Shingo
CTY  Kawagoe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ogawa; Kazuo
CTY  Tokorozawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukushima; Masakazu
CTY  Hanno
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  514369
XCL  514342
XCL  546280
XCL  548183
EDF  6
ICL  C07D41712
ICL  A61K 31425
FSC  548
FSS  183
FSC  546
FSS  280
FSC  514
FSS  369;342
FREF
PNO  645387A1
ISD  19950300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  07138258
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 9427995
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a thiazolidinedione derivative represented by the
      following formula (1):
      ##STR1##
      wherein R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 individually represent H, a halogen atom, or a
      halogen-substituted or -unsubstituted lower alkyl or alkoxy group, and
      R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 may be coupled together to form a ring of an
      alkylenedioxy chain, X represents a nitrogen atom or a CH group, A
      represents a substituted or unsubstituted imidazolidinone, pyrrolidinone,
      imidazole or pyrazole ring, or a salt thereof; and a pharmaceutical
      composition containing the thiazolidinedione derivative or a salt thereof.
      The above compound has excellent blood sugar-lowering action and blood
      lipid-lowering action and is useful as a therapeutic agent for diabetes.
PATN
WKU  059901403
SRC  8
APN  6695019
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19960710
TTL  Substituted oxazolines of the formula (I)
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Coleman; Brenda
EXP  Shah; Mukund J.
INVT
NAM  Kramer; Wolfgang
CTY  Burscheid
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Fischer; Reiner
CTY  Monheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Holmwood; Graham
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hagemann; Hermann
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wachendorff-Neumann; Ulrike
CTY  Neuwied
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Erdelen; Christoph
CTY  Leichlingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Turberg; Andreas
CTY  Erkrath
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Mencke; Norbert
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940117
APN  44 01 099
CLAS
OCL  514374
XCL  548237
XCL  548238
XCL  548239
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 4376
ICL  C07D26310
ICL  C07D26312
ICL  C07D26314
FSC  514
FSS  374
FSC  548
FSS  237;239;238
UREF
PNO  2372409
ISD  19450300
NAM  Tryon
OCL  548237
UREF
PNO  3777031
ISD  19731200
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  514374
UREF
PNO  3901906
ISD  19750800
NAM  Kozlik
OCL  260307F
UREF
PNO  4045447
ISD  19770800
NAM  Arlt
OCL  548237
UREF
PNO  4216162
ISD  19800800
NAM  Arlt
OCL  548237
UREF
PNO  5807877
ISD  19980900
NAM  Lantzsh et al.
OCL  514374
FREF
PNO  0345775
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  English Abstract of JO 2235-874-A, Pharmaceuticals, p.27, Week 9043 (1990).
PAL  English Abstract of J 5 7058-641, Pharmaceuticals, p.3, Week E20 (1980).
PAL  English translaton of the claims of JO 2235-872-A.
PAL  English translation of the claims of J 5 7058-641.
PAL  English translation of Japanese Patent 2235872.
PAL  Puesen et al. Chem. Abstr. vol. 120 p. 1049, entry 217380e, 1994.
PAL  Michelo et al. Chem. Abstr. vol. 118, p. 749 entry 255223f, 1992.
PAL  Umezawa et al Chem. Abstr. vol. 116, p. 820 entry 83659j, 1992.
PAL  Toshimitsu et al. Chem. Abstr. vol. 114, p. 798 entry 122355n, 1991.
PAL  Kurth et al. Chem. Abstr vol. 102, p. 565 entry 45822k, 1985.
PAL  Shibata et al. Chem Abstr vol. 98, p. 566 entry 106914, 1983.
PAL  Japan Tobacco Chem Abstr vol. 97, p. 581 entry 109704, 1982.
PAL  Bates et al Chem. Abstr. vol. 94, p. 432 entry 15626, 1981.
PAL  Harder et al. Chem Abstr. vol. 125 entry 317321, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Sprung Kramer Schaefer & Briscoe
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/00021
PD1  19960710
PD2  19960710
PD3  19950104
PCP  WO95/19349
PCD  19950720
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to novel substituted oxazolines of the formula (I)
      ##STR1##
      in which A, B, D, E and G have the meaning given in the description,
PA1  to a number of processes for their preparation and to their use as agents
      for combating pests.
PATN
WKU  059901411
SRC  8
APN  3705749
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19950106
TTL  Treatment of platelet derived growth factor related disorders such as
      cancers
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Criares; Theodore J.
NDR  14
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Hirth; Klaus Peter
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Schwartz; Donna Pruess
CTY  San Mateo
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mann; Elaina
CTY  Alameda
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Shawver; Laura Kay
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Keri; Gyorgi
CTY  Budapest
CNT  HUX
INVT
NAM  Szekely; Istvan
CTY  Dunakeszi
CNT  HUX
INVT
NAM  Bajor; Tamas
CTY  Budapest
CNT  HUX
INVT
NAM  Haimichael; Janis
CTY  Budapest
CNT  HUX
INVT
NAM  Orfi; Laszlo
CTY  Budapest
CNT  HUX
INVT
NAM  Levitzki; Alex
CTY  Jerusalem
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Gazit; Aviv
CTY  Jerusalem
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Ullrich; Axel
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Lammers; Reiner
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kabbinavar; Fairooz F.
CTY  Woodland Hills
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Slamon; Dennis
CTY  Woodland Hills
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tang; Peng Cho
CTY  Moraga
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sugen Inc.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  179570
APD  19940107
PSC  01
PNO  5700823
CLAS
OCL  514378
XCL  514521
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3142
ICL  A61K 31275
FSC  514
FSS  378;521
UREF
PNO  5494911
ISD  19960200
NAM  Bartlett et al.
OCL  514256
FREF
PNO  3101093
ISD  19930100
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  0413329
ISD  19910200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0520722
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0537742
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0551230
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0607777
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0607775
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0607776
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0665013
ISD  19950800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2524929
ISD  19761200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2240104
ISD  19910700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  8704436
ISD  19870700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9117748
ISD  19911100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9221641
ISD  19920400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9218481
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9220642
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9426260
ISD  19941100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9521613
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Kaur, "Tyrphostin induced growth inhibition: correlation with effect on
      p210.sup.bcr-abl autokinase activity in K562 chronic myelogenous
      leukemia," Anti-Cancer Drugs 5:213-222 (1994).
PAL  Kovalenko et al., "Selective Platelet-derived Growth Factor Receptor Kinase
      Blockers Reverse sis-Transformation," Cancer Research 54:6106-6114 (1994).
PAL  Mattar et al., "Effects of leflunomides active metabolite, A771726, on
      signal transduction pathways necessary for proliferation," Immunobiology
      186(1-2):43 (1992) (abstract).
PAL  Bristol Laboratories Oncology Products, "VePesid (Etoposide) For Injection
      and Capsules," Dec. 1992.
PAL  Andrews et al., (American Veterinary Medicine Association Panel on
      Euthanasia), "1993 Report of the AVMA Panel on Authanasia," J. American
      Veterinary Medicine Association 202(2);229-249 (1993).
PAL  Bartlett et al., "Leflunomide (HWA 486), a novel immunomodulating compound
      for the treatment of autoimmune disorders and reactions leading to
      transplantation rejection," Agents and Actions 32:10-21 (1991).
PAL  Bartlett et al., "Effects of leflunomide on immune responses and models of
      inflammation," Springer Semin. Immunopathol. 14:381-394 (1993).
PAL  Bartlett et al., "Leflunomide: A novel immunomodulating drug" in
      Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs 2nd ed. pp. 349-366, Lewis and Furstk
      eds., Dekker, NY NY (1990).
PAL  Baselga et al., "Antitumor Effects of Doxorubicin in Combination With
      Anti-epidermal Growth Factor Receptor Monoclonal Antibodies," J. of Natl.
      Cancer Institute 85(16):1327-1333 (1993).
PAL  Baudy et al., "Potent Quinoxaline-Spaced Phosphono .alpha.-Amino Acids of
      the AP-6 Type as Competitive NMDA Antagonists: Synthesis and Biological
      Evaluation," J. Med. Chem. 36:331-342 (1993).
PAL  Bilder et al., "Tyrphostins inhibit PDGF-induced DNA synthesis and
      associated early events in smooth muscle cells," Am. J. Physiol. 260(Cell
      Physiol.29):C721-C730 (1991).
PAL  Birchall et al., "Compositions for killing internal parasites containing
      3-teri-alkyl-4-hydroxy-5-halobenzylidene-malononitriles," Chemical
      Abstracts 88:535 (1978).
PAL  Brychaert et al., "Inhibition of Platelet-Derived Growth Factor-Induced
      Mitogenesis and Tyrosine Kinase Activity in Cultured Bone Marrow
      Fibroblasts by Tyrphostins," Exp. Cell Research 199:255-261 (1992).
PAL  Bustelo and Barbacid, "Tyrosine Phosphorylation of the vav Proto-Incogene
      Product in Activated B Cells," Science 256:1196-1199 (1992).
PAL  Caraglia et al., "Cytosine arabinoside increases the binding of .sup.125
      I-labelled epidermal growth factor and .sup.125 I-transferrin and enhances
      the in vitro targeting of human tumour cells with anti-(growth factor
      receptor)mAb," Cancer Immunol. Immunother. 37:150-156 (1993).
PAL  Carboni et al., "Cyanocarbon Chemistry. XI. Malononitrile Dimer," J. Am.
      Chem. Soc. 80:2838-2840 (1958).
PAL  Cecil Textbook of Medicine, eds. Wyngaarden, Smith, Bennett, W.B. Saunders
      (1992) p. 2220.
PAL  Chen and Okayama, "Calcium Phosphate-Mediated Gene Transfer: A Highly
      Efficient Transfection System for Stably Transforming Cells with Plasmid
      Cells with Plasmid DNA," BioTech. 6:632-638 (1988).
PAL  Cherwinski et al., "The Immunosuppressant Leflunomide Inhibits Lymphocyte
      Progression Through Cell Cycle by a Novel Mechanism," J. Pharmacology and
      Exp. Therap. 272:460-468 (1995).
PAL  Chong et al., "Leflunomide, a Novel Immunosuppressive Agent,"
      Transplantation 55:1361-1366 (1993).
PAL  Chong et al., Leflunomide, a Novel Immunomodulatory Agent: In Vitro
      Analyses of the Mechanism of Immunosuppression, Transplant. Proc.
      25:747-749 (1993).
PAL  Conn et al., "Purification of a glycoprotein vascular endothelial cell
      mitogen from a rat glimo-derived cell line," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
      87:1323-1327 (1990).
PAL  Dati et al., "Inhibition of c-erbB-2 oncogene expression by estrogens in
      human breast cancer cells," Oncogene 5:1001-1006 (1990).
PAL  Decker and Lohmann-Matthes, "A quick and simple method for the quantitation
      of lactate dehydrogenase release in measurements of cellular cytotoxicity
      and tumor necrosis factor (TNF) activity," J. Immunol. Methods 115:61-69
      (1988).
PAL  Ehrlich and Bogert, "Experiments in the Veratrole and Quinoxaline Groups,"
      J. Org. Chem. 12:522 (1947).
PAL  Ferris et al., "Synthesis of Zuinazoline Nculeosides from Ribose and
      Anthranilonitrile. Application of Phase-Transfer Catalysis in Nucleoside
      Synthesis," J. Org. Chem. 44(2):173-178 (1979).
PAL  Floege et al., "Factors involved in the regulation of mesangial cell
      proliferation in vitro and in vivo," Kidney International 43S:47-54
      (1993).
PAL  Fry et al., "New insights into protein-tyrosine kinase receptor signaling
      complexes," Protein Science 2:1785-1797 (1993).
PAL  Gazit et al., "Tyrphostins. 1. Synthesis and Biological Activity of Protein
      Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors," J. Med. Chem. 32:2344-2352 (1989).
PAL  Gazit et al., "Tyrphostins. 2. Heterocyclic and .alpha.-Substituted
      Benzylidenemalononitril Tyrphostins as Potent Inhibitors of EGF Receptor
      and ErbB2/neu Tyrosine Kinases," J. Med. Chem. 34:1896-1907 (1991).
PAL  Gazit et al., "Tyrphostins. 3. Structure-Activity Relationship Studies of a
      .alpha.-Substituted Benzylidenemalononitrile 5-S-Aryltyrphostins," J. Med.
      Chem. 36:3556-3564 (1993).
PAL  Glant et al., "Immunodulation of proteoglycan-induced progressive
      polyarthritis by leflunomide," Immunopharmacology 23:105-116 (1992).
PAL  Gottardis et al., "Estradiol-Stimulated Growth of MCF-7 Tumors Implanted in
      Athymic Mice: A Model to Study the Tumoristatic Action of Tamoxifen," J.
      Steroid Biochem. 30(1-6):331-314 (1988).
PAL  Gulbins et al., "Tyrosine Kinase-Stimulated Guanine Nucleotide Exchange
      Activity of Vav in T Cell Activation," Science 260:822-825 (1993).
PAL  Hale et al., "Prognostic value of epidermal growth factor receptor
      expression in cervical carcinoma," J. Clin. Pathol. 46:149-153 (1993).
PAL  Harris et al., "Breast Cancer (First of Three Parts)," New England J. of
      Medicine 327(5):319-328 (1992).
PAL  Heldin, "Structural and functional studies on platelet-derived growth
      factor," EMBO Journal 11:4251-4259 (1992).
PAL  Hoekstra et al., "Differential effects of steurosporine and tyrphostins on
      receptor tyrosine kinase autophosphorylation and peptide substrate
      phosphorylation," Experimental Therapeutics from 84th Annual Meeting of
      American Association for Cancer Research, vol. 34, #2455 (1993).
PAL  Honegger et al., "Point Mutation at the ATP Binding Site of EGF Receptor
      Abolishes Protein-Tyrosine Kinase Activity and Alters Cellular Routing,"
      Cell 5:199-209 (1987).
PAL  Houck et al., "The Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Family:
      Identification of a Fourth Molecular Species and Characterization of
      Alternative Splicing of RNA," Molecular Endocrinology 5:1806-1814 (1991).
PAL  Issidorides and Haddadin, "Benzofurazan Oxide. II. Reactions with Enolate
      Anions," J. Org. Chem. 31:4067-4068 (1966).
PAL  Ju et al., "Leflunomide inhibits cytokine-induced DNA synthesis of rabbit
      synovial cells in culture," Zhongguo Yaoli Xuebao 15:223-226 (1994).
PAL  Ju et al., "Leflunomide inhibits PAF induced DNA synthesis in rabbit
      synovial cells and PAF production from rat peritomeal macrophages," Yaoxue
      Xuebao 92:90-94 (1994).
PAL  Karameris et al., "Expression of Epidermal Growth Factor (EGF) and
      Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor (EGFR) in Gastric and Colorectal
      Carcinomas, An Immunohistological Study of 63 Cases," Path. Res. Pract.
      189:133-137 (1993).
PAL  Koenders et al., "Epidermal growth factor receptor and prognosis in human
      breast cancer: a prospective study," Breast Cancer Research and Treatment
      25:21-27 (1993).
PAL  Korzeniewski and Callewaert, "An Enzyme-Release Assay for Natural
      Cytotoxicity.sup.1," J. Immunol. Methods 64:313 (1983).
PAL  Kuechle et al., "Prevention of Kidney and Skin Graft Rejection in Rats by
      Leflunomide, a New Immunodulating Agent," Transplant Proc. 23:1083-1806
      (1991).
PAL  Lee and Salemnick, "Purine N-Oxides, LXII. 2,4-Dioxopyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine
      N-Oxides," J. Org. Chem. 40(24):3608-3610 (1975).
PAL  Levitzki, "Tyrphostins--Potential Antiproliferative Agents and Novel
      Molecular Tools," Biochem. Pharm. 40(5):913-918 (1990).
PAL  Ley and Seng, "Synthesen unter Verwendung von Benzofuroxan," Synthesis
      1975:415-422 (1975).
PAL  Lyall et al., "Tyrphostins Inhibit Epidermal Growth Factor (EGF)-Receptor
      Tyrosine Kinase Activity in Living Cells and EGF-stimulated Cell
      Proliferation," J. Bio. Chem. 264:14503-14509 (1989).
PAL  Marshall, E., "Search for a Killer: Focus Shifts from Fat to Hormones,"
      Science 259:618-621 (1993).
PAL  Mattar et al., "Inhibtion of the epidermal growth factor receptor tyrosine
      kinase activity by leflunomide," FEBS Letters 2:161-164 (1993).
PAL  Mattar et al., "Inhibtion of the epidermal growth factor receptor tyrosine
      kinase activity by leflunomide," FEBS Letters vol. 334:161-164 (1993) [19
      ].
PAL  McChesney et al., "An Evaluation of Leflunomide in the Canine Renal
      Transplantation Model," Transplantation 57:1717-1722 (1994).
PAL  Millauer et al., "High Affinity VEGF Binding and Development Expression
      Suggest Flk-1 as a Major Regulator of Vasculogenesis and Angiogenesis,"
      Cell 72:835-846 (1993).
PAL  Mosmann, "Rapid Colorimetric Assay for Cellular Growth and Survival:
      Application to Proliferation and Cytotoxicity Assays," J. Immunol. Methods
      65:55-63 (1983).
PAL  Muller et al., "BCR First Exon Sequences Specifically Activate the BCR/ABL
      Tyrosine Kinase Oncogene of Philadelphia Chromsome-Positive Human
      Leukemias," Mol. Cell. Biol. 11:1785-1792 (1991).
PAL  Nichterlein et al., "Leflunomide (HWA 486) Prolongs Course of Murine
      Listeriosis," Immunol. Infect. Dis. 4:18-22 (1949).
PAL  Ogawa et al., "Therapeutic Effects of Leflunomide, a New Antirheumatic
      Drug, on Glomerulonephritis Induced by the Antibasement Membrane Antibody
      in Rats," Clin. Immunol. Immunopath. 61:103-118 (1991).
PAL  Ogawa et al., "Effects of leflunomide on glomerulonephritis induced by
      antibasement membrane antibody in rats," Agents Actions 31:321-328 (1990).
PAL  Ohmichi et al., "The Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitor Tyrphostins Blocks the
      Cellular Actions of Nerve Growth Factor," Biochemistry 32:4650-4658
      (1993).
PAL  Osborne et al., "Effect of Estrogens and Antiestrogens on Growth of Human
      Breast Cancer Cells in Athymic Nude Mice," Cancer Research 45:584-590
      (1985).
PAL  Osherov et al., "Selective Inhibition of the EGF and Neu receptors by
      Tyrophostins," J. Cell Biochem. S17A:237 (1993).
PAL  Oshreov et al., "Selective Inhibition of the Epidermal Growth Factor and
      HER2/Neu Receptors by Tyrphostins," J. Bio. Chem. 268:11134-11142 (1993).
PAL  Ozzello and Sordat, "Behavior of Tumors Produced by Transplantation of
      Human Mammary Cell Lines in Athymic Nude Mice," Eur. J. Cancer 16:553-559
      (1980).
PAL  Patterson et al.,
      "3-Cyano-5-methyl-N-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-isoxazolecarboxamide, a
      New Prodrug for the Antiarthritic Agent
      2-Cyano-3-hydroxy-N-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-butenamide," J. Med.
      Chem. 35:507-510 (1992).
PAL  Peterson and Barnes, "Genistein and Biochanin A Inhibit the Growth of Human
      Prostate Cancer Cells but not Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor Tyrosine
      Autophosphorylation," The Prostate 22:335-345 (1993).
PAL  Pigott et al., "Expression of epidermal growth factor receptor in human
      glioblastoma multiforme," Brit. J. of Neurosurgery 7:261-265 (1993).
PAL  Plate et al., "Vascular endothelial growth factor is a potential tumour
      angiogenesis factor in human gliomas in vivo," Nature 359:845-848 (1992).
PAL  Plate et al., "Up-Regulation of Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor and Its
      Cognate Receptors in a Rat Glioma Model of Tumor Angiogenesis," Cancer
      Research 53:5822-5827 91993).
PAL  Plate et al., "Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Recpetor-.beta. is Induced
      Tumor Development and Upregulated during Tumor Progression in Endothelial
      Cells in Human Gliomas," Laboratory Investigation 4:529-534 (1992).
PAL  Pollack et al., "Response of malignant glioma cell lines to epidermal
      growth factor and platelet-derived growth factor in a serum-free medium,"
      J. Neurosurg. 73:106-112 (1990).
PAL  Ren et al., "Identification of a Ten-Amino Acid Proline-Rich SH3 Binding
      Site," Science 259:1157-1161 (1993).
PAL  Rendu et al., "Inhibition of Platelet Activation by Tyrosine Kinase
      Inhibitors," Biochem. Pharm. 44(5):881-888 (1992).
PAL  Rosenthal et al., "Conditioned Medium from Mouse Sarcoma 180 Cells Contains
      Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor," Growth Factors 4:53-59 (1990).
PAL  Ross, "The pathogenesis of atherosclerosis: a perspective for the 1990s,"
      Nature 362:801-809 (1993).
PAL  Rusch et al., "Differential Expression of the Epidermal Growth Factor
      Receptor and Its Lgands in Primary Non-Small Cell Lung Cancers and
      Adjacent Benign Lung," Cancer Research 53:2379-2385 (1993).
PAL  Rygaard and Povlsen, "Heterotransplantation of a Human Malignant Tumour to
      `Nude` Mice," Acta path. microbiol. scand. 77:758-760 (1969).
PAL  Schorlemmer et al., "Prolongation of Allogenic Transplanted Skin Grafts and
      Induction of Tolerance by Leflunomide, a New Immunosuppressive Isoxazol
      Derivative," Transplant. Proc. 25:763-767 (1993).
PAL  Schornagel et al., "Synthesis and Evaluation of 2,4-Diaminoquinazoline
      Antifolates with Activity Against Methotrexate-Resistant Human Tumor
      Cells," Biochem. Pharm. 33(20):3251-3255 (1984).
PAL  Scott et al., "p185.sup.HER2 Signal Transduction in Breast Cancer Cells,"
      J. Bio. Chem. 266(22):14300-14305 (1991).
PAL  Seibert et al., "Clonal Variation of MCF-7 Breast Cancer Cells in Vitro and
      in Athymic Nude Mice," Cancer Research 43:2223-2239 (1983).
PAL  Shafie and Grantham, "Role of Hormones in Growth and Regression of Human
      Breast Cancer Cells (MCF-7) Transplanted into Athymic Nude Mice," J. Natl.
      Cancer Institute 67(1):51-56 (1981).
PAL  Shweiki et al., "Vascular endothelial growth factor induced by hypoxia may
      mediate hypoxia-initiated angiogenesis," Nature 359:843-845 (1992).
PAL  Skehan et al., "New Colorimetric Cytotoxicity Assay for Anticancer-Drug
      Screening," J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 82:1107-1112 (1990).
PAL  Talmadge and Twardzik, "Role of Cytokines in Inflammation and
      Autoimmunity," Agents and Actions 35S:135-141 (1991).
PAL  Thoenes et al., "Leflunomide (HWA 486) Inhibits Experimental Autoimmune
      Tubulointerstitial Nephritis in Rats," Int. J. Immunopharmacol. 11:921-929
      (1989).
PAL  Ueno et al., "Inhibition of PDGF .beta. Receptor Signal Transduction by
      Coexpression of a Truncated Receptor," Science 252:844-252 (1991).
PAL  Ulrichs et al., "Suppression of Natural Xenophile Antibodies With the Novel
      Immunomodulating Drug Leflunomide," Transplant Proc. 24:718-719 (1992).
PAL  Wada et al., "Anti-receptor antibodies reverse the phenotype of cells
      transformed by two interacting proto-oncogene encoded receptor proteins,"
      Oncogene 5:489-495 (1990).
PAL  Waltenberger et al., "Different Signal Transduction Properties of KDR and
      Flt1, Two Receptors for Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor," J. Biol.
      Chem. 269:26988-26995 (1994).
PAL  Warri et al., "Estrogen Suppression of erbB2 Expression is Associated with
      Increased Growth Rate of ZR-75-1 Human Breast Cancer Cells In Vitro and in
      Nude Mice," Int. J. Cancer 49:616-623 (1991).
PAL  Weithmann et al., "Effect of leflunomide on constitutive and inducible
      pathways of cellular eicosanoid generation," Agents Actions 41:164-170
      (1994).
PAL  Williams et al., "Immunosuppressive Effects of Leflunomide in a Cardiac
      Allograft Model," Transplantation Proc. 25:745-746 (1993).
PAL  Williams et al., "Leflunomide in Experimental Transplantation,"
      Transplantation 57:1223-1231 (1994).
PAL  Xiao et al., "Effect of Leflunomide in Control of Acute Rejection in
      Hamster-to-Rat Cardiac Xenografts," Transplantation Proceedings
      26:1263-1265 1994).
PAL  Xiao et al., "Leflunomide Controls Rejection in Hamster to Rat Cardiac
      Xenografts," Transplantation 58:828-834 (1994).
PAL  Yaish et al., "Blocking of EGF-Dependent CellProliferation by EGF Receptor
      Kinase Inhibitors," Science 242:933-935 (1988).
PAL  Yoneda et al., "The Antiproliferative Effects of Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors
      Tyrphostins on a Human Squamous Cell Carcinoma in Vitro and in Nude Mice,"
      Cancer Research 51:4430-4435 (1991).
PAL  Zeillinger et al., "EGF-R and Steroid Receptors in Breast Cancer: A
      Comparison with Tumor Grading, Tumor Size, Lymph Node Involvement, and
      Agen," Clin. Biochem. 26:221-227 (1993)Andrews et al. (American Veterinary
      Medicine Association Panel on Euthanasia), "1993 Report of the AVMA Panel
      on Euthanasia", J. American Veterinary Medicine Association 202(2):229-249
      (1993).
PAL  Zielinski et al., "Effects of leflunomide (HWA 486) on expression of
      lymphocyte activation markers," Agents Actions 38:(Special Conference
      Issue) C80-C82 (1993).
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention concerns compounds which can inhibit platelet derived
      growth factor receptor (PDGF-R) activity, preferably such compounds also
      inhibit the activity other members of the PDGF-R super family and are
      selective for members of the PDGF-R super family. The PDGF-R super family
      includes PDGF-R and PDGF-R related kinases Flt, and KDR. The featured
      compounds are active on cell cultures to reduce the activity of the PDGF-R
      and preferably one or more PDGF-R related kinases. An example of a
      featured compound, A10 (see FIG. 1a), and its ability to inhibit growth of
      tumor cells in vivo is described below. Using the present application as
      guide other compounds able to inhibit PDGF-R and preferably Flt and/or KDR
      can be obtained. Such compounds are preferably used to treat patients
      suffering from cell proliferative disorders characterized by inappropriate
      PDGF-R activity.
PATN
WKU  059901420
SRC  9
APN  1429221
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19981015
TTL  Benzopyran derivatives having leukotriene-antagonistic action
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Stockton; Laura L.
INVT
NAM  Carganico; Germano
CTY  Piode
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Casellas; David Mauleon
CTY  Rubi
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Avellana; Jaime Pascual
CTY  L'Hospitalet del Llobregat
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Garcia Perez; M. Luisa
CTY  El Masnou
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Benet; Albert Palomer
CTY  Girona
CNT  ESX
ASSG
NAM  Laboratorios Menarini S.A.
CTY  Badalona
CNT  ESX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ESX
APD  19960321
APN  9600682
CLAS
OCL  514382
XCL  514456
XCL  548253
XCL  549402
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3135
ICL  A61K 3141
ICL  C07D40514
ICL  C07D40712
FSC  549
FSS  402
FSC  548
FSS  253
FSC  514
FSS  382;456
UREF
PNO  4977162
ISD  19901200
NAM  Huang et al.
OCL  514314
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 115, No. 17, 1991, Abs. No. 182817v, p. 874,
      XP002036210, JP 00 395 144 A, Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
LREP
FRM  Griffin, Butler, Whisenhunt & Szipl, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP97/01418
PD1  19981015
PD2  19981015
PD3  19970320
PCP  WO97/34885
PCD  19970925
ABST
PAR  The present invention relates to novel 4-oxo-4H-1-benzopyran compounds
      containing benzyloxymethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, or other araliphatic
      substituents in their 8-position. These compounds show a
      leukotriene-antagonistic activity. The compounds are characterized by good
      oral adsorption. The compounds of the present invention may be used as
      anti-inflammatory and antiallergic medicaments, and in the treatment of
      cardiovascular diseases.
PATN
WKU  059901438
SRC  8
APN  416945&
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19950404
TTL  Water-based, solvent- and emulsifier-free microbicidal active compound
      combination
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Pak; John
INVT
NAM  Ludwig; Georg-Wilhelm
CTY  Krefeld
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Exner; Otto
CTY  Ratingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Buchel; Karl-Heinz
CTY  Burscheid
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Holmwood; Graham
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19910919
APN  41 31 205
RLAP
COD  71
APN  202715
APD  19940223
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  942554
APD  19920909
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  514383
XCL  514478
XCL  514479
XCL  514643
XCL  514970
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 2522
ICL  A01N 3312
ICL  A01N 43653
ICL  A01N 4710
FSC  514
FSS  383;643;478;479;970
UREF
PNO  3934025
ISD  19760100
NAM  Swered et al.
OCL  514643
UREF
PNO  4379709
ISD  19830400
NAM  Margold
OCL    8 94.18
UREF
PNO  4532341
ISD  19850700
NAM  Holmwood et al.
OCL  549559
UREF
PNO  4626595
ISD  19861200
NAM  Holmwood et al.
OCL  549559
UREF
PNO  4723984
ISD  19880200
NAM  Holmwood et al.
OCL   71 76
UREF
PNO  4789746
ISD  19881200
NAM  Kraatz et al.
OCL  548262
UREF
PNO  4871390
ISD  19891000
NAM  Holmwood et al.
OCL   71 92
UREF
PNO  4888049
ISD  19891200
NAM  Iwasaki et al.
OCL  514567
UREF
PNO  4897107
ISD  19900100
NAM  Holmwood et al.
OCL   71 92
UREF
PNO  4904298
ISD  19900200
NAM  Holmwood et al.
OCL   71 92
UREF
PNO  4911746
ISD  19900300
NAM  Holmwood et al.
OCL   71 92
UREF
PNO  5196407
ISD  19930300
NAM  Goletz et al.
OCL  514 63
UREF
PNO  5200421
ISD  19930400
NAM  Ludwig et al.
OCL  514383
FREF
PNO  0052424
ISD  19820500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0237764
ISD  19870900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0393746
ISD  19900400
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  McCutcheon's, Detergents and Emulsifiers 1971 Annual pp. 22 and 41.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, Jul. 23, 1990, p. 98. 113:2 S, 798 t.
PAL  Chemical Patents Index, Basic Abstracts Journal, 1986, 86-239113/37.
PAL  Chemical Patents Index, Documentation Abstracts Journal, Mar. 13, 1991,
      91-007802/02.
LREP
FRM  Sprung Kramer Schaefer & Briscoe
ABST
PAL  New microbicidal, optionally solvent- and emulsifier-free microbicidal
      active compound combinations and agents comprising known azole fungicides
      and quaternary ammonium compounds and their use in the preservation of
      materials.
PATN
WKU  059901446
SRC  9
APN  025083&
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980217
TTL  4-aminoalkoxy-1,3-dihydrobenzoimidazol-2-one dopamine autoreceptor
      agonists
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Morris; Patricia L.
INVT
NAM  Mewshaw; Richard Eric
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Nelson; James Albert
CTY  Washington Crossing
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Shah; Uresh Shantilal
CTY  Cranbury
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  American Home Products Corporation
CTY  Madison
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514387
XCL  5483047
XCL  5483064
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31415
ICL  C07D40912
ICL  C07D40512
ICL  C07D23526
FSC  548
FSS  304.7;306.4
FSC  514
FSS  387
UREF
PNO  4140789
ISD  19790200
NAM  Jaeggi
OCL  424248.55
UREF
PNO  5750556
ISD  19980500
NAM  Mewshaw et al.
UREF
PNO  5760070
ISD  19980600
NAM  Mewshaw et al.
FREF
PNO  707007
ISD  19960400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  771801
ISD  19970500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO9208708
ISD  19920500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9323385
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9808819
ISD  19980300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9808843
ISD  19980300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Joseph Weinstock et al., J. Med. Chem., 30, 1166-1176 (1987).
PAL  Juan C. Jaen et al., J. Med. Chem., 31, 1621-1625 (1988).
PAL  Staehelin et al., J. Biological Chemistry 258 (6) 3496-3502,1983.
LREP
FR2  Barrett; Rebecca R.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed are compounds of the formula
      ##STR1##
      wherein: R.sup.1 is hydrogen or C.sub.1 -C.sub.6 alkyl;
PA1  R.sup.2 is selected from hydrogen, straight-chain and branched C.sub.1
      -C.sub.10 alkyl, cyclohexylmethyl or --(CH.sub.2).sub.m Ar where Ar is
      phenyl, naphthyl, thienyl, furanyl or pyridinyl, each optionally
      substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from C.sub.1
      -C.sub.6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1 -C.sub.6 alkoxy and trifluoromethyl;
PA1  or NR.sup.1 R.sup.2 is 1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydroquinolin-1-yl or 1, 2, 3,
      4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-yl;
PA1  m is 1-5;
PA1  n is 1 or 2;
PA1  R.sup.3 is hydrogen or C.sub.1 -C.sub.6 alkyl;
PA1  Y is hydrogen, C.sub.1 -C.sub.6 alkyl, and C.sub.1 -C.sub.6 alkoxy;
PAL  or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which are dopamine
      autoreceptor agonists and as such are useful in the treatment of
      schizophrenia, Parkinson's disease, Tourette's syndrome, alcohol addiction
      and drug addiction.
PATN
WKU  059901454
SRC  8
APN  9955224
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971222
TTL  Vitronectin receptor antagonists, their preparation and their use
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Raymond; Richard L.
INVT
NAM  Wehner; Volkmar
CTY  Sandberg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Stilz; Hans Ulrich
CTY  Frankfurt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Peyman; Anuschirwan
CTY  Kelkheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Scheunemann; Karlheinz
CTY  Liederbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Ruxer; Jean-Marie
CTY  Issy les Moulineaux
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Carniato; Denis
CTY  Marcoussis
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Lefrancois; Jean-Michel
CTY  Livry Gargan
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Gadek; Thomas Richard
CTY  Oakland
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  McDowell; Robert
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Frankfurt Am Main
CNT  DEX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Genentech, Inc.
CTY  South San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961220
APN  196 53 645
CLAS
OCL  514388
XCL  5142242
XCL  5142305
XCL  514258
XCL  514261
XCL  514266
XCL  514301
XCL  514302
XCL  514303
XCL  514367
XCL  514375
XCL  514379
XCL  514309
XCL  514381
XCL  514382
XCL  514383
XCL  514405
XCL  514414
XCL  514416
XCL  514418
XCL  514443
XCL  514469
XCL  544 47
XCL  544 48
XCL  544 50
XCL  544 90
XCL  544 91
XCL  544256
XCL  544276
XCL  544278
XCL  544280
XCL  544284
XCL  544286
XCL  546114
XCL  546115
XCL  546118
XCL  546141
XCL  548152
XCL  548153
XCL  548161
XCL  548180
XCL  548218
XCL  548233
XCL  548241
XCL  548251
XCL  548277
XCL  5483027
XCL  5483031
XCL  5483037
XCL  5483051
XCL  5483071
XCL  5483615
XCL  5483626
XCL  5483648
XCL  548465
XCL  548467
XCL  548472
XCL  549486
XCL  549487
XCL  549 55
XCL  549467
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31415
ICL  C07D40512
FSC  548
FSS  305.1
FSC  514
FSS  388
FREF
PNO  0 528 586
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 528 587
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 796 855
ISD  19970900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  196 29 817
ISD  19980100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  196 29 816
ISD  19980100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  94/08577
ISD  19940400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/12181
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/32710
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/00574
ISD  19960100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/00730
ISD  19960100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/26190
ISD  19960800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Horton et al., "Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD) Peptides and the Anti-Vitronectin
      Receptor Antibody 23C6 Inhibit Dentine Resorption and Cell Spreading by
      Osteoclasts.sup.1 " Experimental Cell Research 195 pp. 368-375 (1991).
PAL  Sato et al., "Echistatin Is a Potent Inhibitor of Bone Resorption in
      Culture" The Journal of Cell Biology 111:1713-1723 (1990).
PAL  Fisher et al., "Inhibition of Osteoclastic Bone Resorption in Vivo by
      Echistatin, An "Arginyl-Glycyl-Aspartyl" (RGD)-Containing Protein"
      Endocrinology 132:1411-1413 (1993).
PAL  Brown et al., "Stimulation of migration of human aortic smooth muscle, cell
      by vitronectin: implications for atherosclerosis" Cardiovascular Research
      28:1815-1820 (1994).
PAL  Brooks et al., "Integrin .alpha..sub..nu. .beta..sub.3 Antagonists Promote
      Tumor Regression by Inducing Apoptosis of Angiogenic Bloos Vessels" Cell
      79:1157-1164 (1994).
PAL  Friedlander et al., "Definition of Two Angiogenic Pathways by Distinct
      .alpha..sub..nu.  Integrins" Science 270:1500-1502 (1995).
PAL  Engleman et al., A Peptidomimetic Antagonist of the .alpha..sub..nu.
      .beta..sub.3 Integrin Inhibits Bone Resorption In Vitro and Prevents
      Osteoporosis In Vivo J. Clin. Invest. 99:2284-2292 (1997).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to compounds of the formula I,
EQU  A--B--D--E--F--G                                           (I)
PAL  in which A, B, D, E, F and G have the meanings given in the patent claims,
      to their preparation and to their use as medicaments. The compounds of the
      invention are used as vitronectin receptor antagonists and as inhibitors
      of bone resorption.
PATN
WKU  059901462
SRC  9
APN  1354701
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980817
TTL  Benzimidazoles for inhibiting protein tyrosine kinase mediated cellular
      proliferation
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Stockton; Laura L.
INVT
NAM  Boschelli; Diane Harris
CTY  New City
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Denny; William Alexander
CTY  Pakuranga
CNT  NZX
INVT
NAM  Doherty; Annette Marian
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Hamby; James Marino
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Khatana; Sonya Shah
CTY  Leawood
STA  KS
INVT
NAM  Kramer; James Bernard
CTY  Sylvania
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Palmer; Brian Desmond
CTY  Glendene
CNT  NZX
INVT
NAM  Showalter; Howard Daniel Hollis
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Warner-Lambert Company
CTY  Morris Plains
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514394
XCL  514393
XCL  5483021
XCL  5483044
XCL  5483047
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31415
ICL  C07D23508
FSC  548
FSS  302.1;304.4;304.7
FSC  514
FSS  393;394
UREF
PNO  3644382
ISD  19720200
NAM  Clemence et al.
OCL  260295F
UREF
PNO  4186135
ISD  19800100
NAM  Thominet et al.
OCL  260326.34
UREF
PNO  4492708
ISD  19850100
NAM  Spitzer
OCL  424273AB
UREF
PNO  5283242
ISD  19940200
NAM  Ellingboe
OCL  514186
UREF
PNO  5360809
ISD  19941100
NAM  Axelsson et al.
OCL  514338
UREF
PNO  5527548
ISD  19960600
NAM  Tyortyalian
OCL  426 72
UREF
PNO  5552426
ISD  19960900
NAM  Lunn et al.
OCL  514394
UREF
PNO  5554632
ISD  19960900
NAM  Teuber et al.
OCL  514338
FREF
PNO  0563001A1
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0616807A1
ISD  19940900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  96/40644
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/40645
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Crissey; Todd M.
ABST
PAL  Benzimidazoles of Formula I below are inhibitors of protein tyrosine
      kinases, and are useful in treating cellular proliferation.
      ##STR1##
      The compounds are especially useful in treating cancer, atherosclerosis,
      restenosis, and psoriasis.
PATN
WKU  059901470
SRC  9
APN  1864920
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19981105
TTL  H.sub.3 receptor ligands of the phenyl-alkyl-imidazoles type
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Powers; Fiona T.
INVT
NAM  Aslanian; Robert G.
CTY  Rockaway
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Schering Corporation
CTY  Kenilworth
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514400
XCL  5483461
EDF  6
ICL  C07D23364
ICL  A61K 31415
FSC  548
FSS  346.1
FSC  514
FSS  400
UREF
PNO  5559113
ISD  19960900
NAM  Schwartz et al.
XCL  514400
UREF
PNO  5578616
ISD  19961100
NAM  Aslanian et al.
OCL  548346.1
UREF
PNO  5708171
ISD  19980100
NAM  Schwartz et al.
OCL  544324
UREF
PNO  5869479
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kreutner et al.
XCL  514400
FREF
PNO  93/12108
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  93/12107
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  93/14070
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/06037
ISD  19950300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/14007
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/29315
ISD  19960900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  98/06394
ISD  19980200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Partial translation for WO 9629315, Sep. 1996.
LREP
FR2  Jeanette; Henry C.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed are novel phenyl-alkyl-imidazoles of the formula
      ##STR1##
      or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof, wherein A and R,
      are as defined in the specification.
PAL  Also disclosed are methods of treating allergy, inflammation, hypotension,
      glaucoma, sleeping disorders, states of hyper and hypo motility of the
      gastrointestinal tract, hypo and hyperactivity of the central nervous
      system, Alzheimer's, schizophrenia, obesity and migraines, comprising
      administering an effective amount of a compound of formula I (or a salt or
      solvate thereof) to a patient in need of such treatment.
PAL  Also disclosed are methods for treatment of upper airway allergic responses
      comprising administering a compound, or salt or solvate thereof, of
      formula I in combination or admixture with a histamine H.sub.1 receptor
      antagonist.
PATN
WKU  059901489
SRC  8
APN  6616747
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19960611
TTL  Treatment of inflammation and inflammation-related disorders with a
      combination of a cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor and a leukotriene A.sub.4
      hydrolase inhibitor
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Mach; D. Margaret
INVT
NAM  Isakson; Peter C.
CTY  Clarkson Valley
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Anderson; Gary D.
CTY  Maryland Heights
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Gregory; Susan A.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  G.D. Searle & Co.
CTY  Skokie
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  489468
APD  19950612
PSC  01
PNO  5700816
CLAS
OCL  514406
XCL  514277
XCL  514365
XCL  514367
XCL  514568
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 4340
ICL  A01N 4378
ICL  A01N 4356
ICL  A01N 3710
FSC  514
FSS  406.568;367;365;277
UREF
PNO  4745427
ISD  19880500
NAM  Atkinson
OCL  514469
UREF
PNO  4778805
ISD  19881000
NAM  Adams
OCL  514320
UREF
PNO  4912131
ISD  19900300
NAM  Adams
OCL  514464
UREF
PNO  5344991
ISD  19940900
NAM  Reitz et al.
OCL  568 34
UREF
PNO  5380738
ISD  19950100
NAM  Norman et al.
OCL  514304
UREF
PNO  5393790
ISD  19950200
NAM  Reitz et al.
OCL  514709
UREF
PNO  5434178
ISD  19950700
NAM  Talley et al.
OCL  514406
UREF
PNO  5466823
ISD  19951100
NAM  Talley et al.
OCL  548377.1
UREF
PNO  5474995
ISD  19951200
NAM  Ducharme et al.
OCL  514241
UREF
PNO  5510368
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lau et al.
OCL  514419
UREF
PNO  5700816
ISD  19971200
NAM  Isakson
OCL  514326
FREF
PNO  485111
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  94/13635
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/15932
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/20480
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/26731
ISD  19941100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/27980
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9500501
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/15316
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/03387
ISD  19960200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/03388
ISD  19960200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/06840
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/10999
ISD  19960400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/11192
ISD  19960400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  J. Allergy Clinl Immunol., 81,110 (1988).
PAL  J. Basamajian, Spine, 14, 438 (1989).
PAL  V. Fossaluzza and S. Devita, Int. J. Clin. Pharm. Res., XII, 99 (1992).
PAL  R. Greenwald et al. J. Rheumatol., 19, 927 (1992).
PAL  W. Beaver, Am. J. Med., 77, 38 (1984).
PAL  L. Guth et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 91, 12308 (1994),
PAL  G. Hughes et al, Dermatology, 184, 54 (1992).
PAL  C. Stewart et al, Clin. Pharmacol. Ther., 47, 540 (1990).
PAL  K. Tramposch, Inflammation, 17, 531 (1993).
PAL  S. Lightman and P. Watson, Am. J. Ophthalmol., 108, 95 (1989).
PAL  B. Teicher et al., Cancer Chemother. Pharmacol., 33, 515 (1994).
PAL  R. Willikens and E. Segre, Arthritis Rheum., 19, 677 (1976).
PAL  P. Seideman et al, Acta Orthop. Scand., 64, 285 (1993).
PAL  M. Seifert and C. Engler, Curr. Med. Res. Opin., 7, 38 (1980).
LREP
FR2  Joseph; Bulock
ABST
PAL  Combinations of a cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor and a leukotriene A.sub.4
      hydrolase inhibitor are described for treatment of inflammation and
      inflammation-related disorders.
PATN
WKU  059901497
SRC  9
APN  2652455
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19990309
TTL  Class of benzoporphyrin derivative photoactive compounds
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Sripada; Pavanaram K
EXP  Raymond; Richard L.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Sternberg; Ethan D.
CTY  Vancouver
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Dolphin; David
CTY  Vancouver
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Tovey; Andrew
CTY  Vancouver
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Richter; Anna M.
CTY  Vancouver
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Levy; Julia G.
CTY  Vancouver
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  University of British of Columbia
CTY  Vancouver
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  918840
APD  19970826
PSC  01
PNO  5880145
RLAP
COD  82
APN  852326
APD  19970507
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  514410
XCL  540145
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3140
ICL  C07D48722
FSC  540
FSS  145
FSC  514
FSS  410
UREF
PNO  5880145
ISD  19990300
NAM  Sternberg et al.
OCL  514410
LREP
FRM  Morrison & Foerster LLP
ABST
PAL  New compounds expanding the repertoire of compounds useful in photodynamic
      therapy are described. Monohydrobenzoporphyrins can be obtained in the
      triacid form or as esters with heteroatom-substituted alcohols, or as
      amides.
PATN
WKU  059901500
SRC  8
APN  8092427
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970319
TTL  Heterocyclic derivatives, method of production thereof and
      pharmaceutical use thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Kessinger; Ann M.
EXP  Shah; Mukund J.
INVT
NAM  Matsui; Hiroshi
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kamiya; Shoji
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shirahase; Hiroaki
CTY  Nagaokakyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Shohei
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Wada; Katsuo
CTY  Takatsuki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sankyo Company, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940920
APN  6-225166
CLAS
OCL  514415
XCL  5483121
XCL  548490
XCL  548491
XCL  548113
XCL  548106
XCL  546165
XCL  546201
XCL  5462774
XCL  544122
XCL  544123
XCL  544128
XCL  544363
XCL  544373
XCL  5142352
XCL  514253
XCL  514254
XCL  514311
XCL  514314
XCL  514323
XCL  514339
XCL  514397
XCL  514414
XCL  514 80
XCL  514 82
XCL  514186
XCL  514187
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3140
ICL  A61K 3147
ICL  C07D20908
ICL  C07D21540
FSC  548
FSS  490;491;312.1
FSC  546
FSS  201;277.4
FSC  514
FSS  415;323;253;254;235.2;339;397;414
FSC  544
FSS  373;122;123
UREF
PNO  3824230
ISD  19740700
NAM  Hester, Jr.
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  5143919
ISD  19920900
NAM  Meguro et al.
OCL  514291
UREF
PNO  5254590
ISD  19931000
NAM  Malen et al.
OCL  514613
UREF
PNO  5256782
ISD  19931000
NAM  Meguro et al.
OCL  546114
FREF
PNO  2-117651
ISD  19900500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-7259
ISD  19910100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  04066568
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/14801
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  97/12860
ISD  19970400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  De Vries et al., "Potential Antiatherosclerotic Agents. 5..sup.1 An
      Acyl-CoA:Cholesterol O-Acyltransferase Inhibitor with Hypocholesterolemic
      Activity," J. Med. Chem., 29, pp. 1131-1133 (1986).
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP95/01873
PD1  19970319
PD2  19970319
PD3  19950920
PCP  WO96/09287
PCD  19960328
ABST
PAR  Heterocyclic derivatives of the formula (I)
      ##STR1##
      wherein each symbol is as defined in the specification, pharmaceutically
      acceptable salts thereof and method of producing them. Pharmaceutical
      compositions containing the heterocyclic derivative or a pharmaceutically
      acceptable salt thereof, particularly, ACAT inhibitors and
      lipoperoxidation inhibitors. The heterocyclic derivatives and
      pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof of the present invention show
      superior ACAT inhibitory activity and lipoperoxidation inhibitory
      activity, and are useful as ACAT inhibitors and hyperlipemia inhibitors.
      To be specific, they are useful for the prevention and treatment of
      arteriosclerotic lesions of arteriosclerosis, hyperlipemia and diabetes,
      as well as ischemic diseases of brain, heart and the like.
PATN
WKU  059901519
SRC  8
APN  9815392
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980515
TTL  Optically active substituted phenylalkylamine derivatives
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Dolan; John F.
EXP  Richter; Johann
INVT
NAM  Nakazato; Atsuro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kumagai; Toshihito
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miyazawa; Tomoki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohta; Koumei
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawashima; Yutaka
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hatayama, deceased; Katsuo
CTY  late of Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ITX  by Sachiko Hatayama, legal representative
ASSG
NAM  Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950614
APN  7-147180
CLAS
OCL  514438
XCL  514641
XCL  514649
XCL  514650
XCL  549 75
XCL  564271
XCL  564272
XCL  564276
XCL  564355
XCL  564360
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31135
ICL  A61K 3138
ICL  C07D33306
FSC  514
FSS  438;641;649;650
FSC  549
FSS  75
FSC  564
FSS  271;272;276;355;360
UREF
PNO  4329367
ISD  19820500
NAM  Francis
OCL  424330
UREF
PNO  4971995
ISD  19901100
NAM  Schoofs et al.
OCL  514520
FREF
PNO  0418430A1
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0641766A1
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2626877
ISD  19891100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  9011997
ISD  19901000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Lorusso & Loud
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/01613
PD1  19980515
PD2  19980515
PD3  19960613
PCP  WO97/00238
PCD  19970103
ABST
PAR  The present invention relates to an optically active, substituted
      phenylalkylamine derivative represented by Formula [1]:
      ##STR1##
      wherein A is a substituted or non-substituted phenyl or thienyl; X.sup.1
      is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl or a substituted or non-substituted
      C.sub.1-5 alkoxy; R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are equally or differently hydrogen,
      C.sub.1-7 alkyl, C.sub.3-7 alkenyl or C.sub.3-7 alkynyl; R.sup.3 is
      C.sub.1-10 alkyl, C.sub.2-10 alkenyl or C.sub.2-10 alkynyl; n is an
      integer from 2 to 5; and m is an integer from 1 to 4,
PAL  or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and pharmaceutical use of
      such compound or salt. The compound of the invention is excellent in sigma
      1 receptor antagonism and useful for treating schizophrenia, depression,
      anxiety, cerebrovascular diseases/senile troublesome behaviors, and
      cognitive dysfunctions and motor dysfunctions such as Alzheimer's disease,
      Parkinson's disease and Huntington's disease which are neurodegenerative
      diseases. Further, the compound of the invention is also useful for
      treating dependence resulted from drug abuse.
PATN
WKU  059901527
SRC  8
APN  8002398
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970212
TTL  Dosage forms containing thioctic acid or solid salts of thioctic acid
      with improved release and bioavailability
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Henley, III; Raymond
INVT
NAM  Hettche; Helmut
CTY  Dietzenbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Rischer; Matthias
CTY  Maintal
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Sarlikiotis; Werner
CTY  Frankfurt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Asta Medica Aktiengesellschaft
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940922
APN  44 33 764
RLAP
COD  71
APN  531978
APD  19950921
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  514440
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31385
FSC  514
FSS  440
UREF
PNO  3718664
ISD  19730200
NAM  Salat et al.
OCL  260327
UREF
PNO  5281722
ISD  19940100
NAM  Blaschke et al.
OCL  549 39
UREF
PNO  5376382
ISD  19941200
NAM  Goede et al.
OCL  424464
FREF
PNO  0 427 246 A2
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 427 247 A2
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 530 446 A2
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  43 17 646 A1
ISD  19941200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 43 593 A1
ISD  19950600
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  The Merck Index, 11.sup.th edition, (1989) p. 1469, cit#9255.
LREP
FRM  Cushman Darby & Cushman IP Group of Pillsbury Madison & Sutro
ABST
PAL  Novel, advantageous dosage forms of thioctic acid and the enantiomers
      thereof together with thioctic acid salts are described. The
      pharmaceutical formulations according to the invention are used for the
      production of pharmaceutical dosage forms which release the active
      ingredient more rapidly and have greater bioavailability than previous
      forms.
PATN
WKU  059901535
SRC  9
APN  0728489
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980505
TTL  Ultrasonicated .alpha.-lipoic acid solutions for attenuating
      microvascular injury
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Spivack; Phyllis G.
NDR  5
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Wood; John G.
STR  20922 W. 63rd Terrace
CTY  Shawnee
STA  KS
ZIP  66218
INVT
NAM  Samson; Frederick E.
STR  171 Lake Shore S.
CTY  Lake Quivira
STA  KS
ZIP  66106-9516
CLAS
OCL  514440
XCL  252302
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31385
FSC  514
FSS  440
FSC  252
FSS  302
UREF
PNO  5318987
ISD  19940600
NAM  Weithmann et al.
OCL  514457
UREF
PNO  5498427
ISD  19960300
NAM  Menasche
OCL  424678
UREF
PNO  5532269
ISD  19960700
NAM  Koltringer
OCL  514440
UREF
PNO  5650429
ISD  19970700
NAM  Conrad et al.
OCL  514440
FREF
PNO  4138040 A1
ISD  19920500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1769865 A1
ISD  19921000
CNT  SUX
OREF
PAL  Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th edition, Mack Pub. (Easton, PA),
      1508, 1538, 1990.
PAL  Arai et al., Drug Design and Delivery 2(2), 109-20, Dec. 1987.
PAL  Schoheit et al., "Effect of .alpha.-Lipoic Acid and Dihydrolipoic Acid on
      Ischemia/ Reperfusion Injury of the Heart and Heart Mitochondria,"
      Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 1271:335-342 (1995).
PAL  Werker et al., "Neither Desferrioxamine Nor Lipoic Acid Enhances the Cold
      Ischaemic Tolerance of Epigastric Free Flaps in Rats," Microsurgery,
      14:574-578 (1993).
PAL  Ou et al., "Thioctic (Lipoic) Acid: A Therapeutic Metal-Chelating
      Antioxidant?" Biochemical Pharmacology, 50(1):123-126 (1995).
PAL  Lester Packer, "Antioxidant Properties of Lipoic Acid and Its Therapeutic
      Effects in Prevention of Diabetes Complications and Cataracts.sup.a,"
      Annals New York Academy of Sciences, 738:257-264 (Nov. 17, 1994).
PAL  Barbiroli et al., "Lipoic (Thioctic) Acid Increases Brain Energy
      Availability and Skeletal Muscle Performance as Shown by In Vivo .sup.31
      P-MRS in a Patient with Mitochondrial Cytopathy," Journal of Neurology,
      242: 472-477 (1995).
PAL  Muller et al., "Prolonged Pretreatment with .alpha.-Lipoic Acid Protects
      Cultured Neurons Against Hypoxic, Glutamate-, or Iron-Induced Injury,"
      Journal of Cerebral Blood Flow and Metabolism, 15(4):624-630 (1995).
PAL  Sandhya et al., "Role of DL .alpha.-Lipoic Acid in Gentamicin Induced
      Nephrotoxicity," Molecular and Cellular Biochemistry, 145:11-17 (1995).
PAL  Werker et al., "Oxidative Processes and Free Radical Scavengers in
      Ischaemia-Reperfusion Injury in Adipocutaneous Flaps: In Vitro Lipid
      Peroxidation Assessment," British Journal of Plastic Surgery,
      48(8):590-596 (Dec. 1995).
PAL  Nickander et al., "Alpha-Lipoic Acid: Antioxidant Potency Against Lipid
      Peroxidation of Neural Tissues In Vitro and Implications for Diabetic
      Neuropathy," Free Radical Biology & Medicine, 21(5):631-639 (1996).
PAL  Wood et al., "Attenuation of Hemorrhagic Shock-Induced Microvascular
      Dysfunction By .alpha.-Lipoic Acid," The Oxygen Society, (Nov. 1996).
LREP
FRM  Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal
ABST
PAL  A pharmaceutical composition comprising an ultrasonicated formulation of
      .alpha.-lipoic acid and an aqueous solution which may also contain other
      antioxidants and/or metal chelators is disclosed.
PAL  Also disclosed is a method of ultrasonically preparing pure or mixed
      micelles of lipid-soluble antioxidants and .alpha.-lipoic acid in aqueous
      solutions for intravenous delivery to mitigate microvascular dysfunction
      in hemorrhagic shock and other conditions of acute microvascular injury.
PATN
WKU  059901543
SRC  9
APN  0829390
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980522
TTL  Anti-first-pass effect compounds and citrus extract
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Solola; Taofiq A
EXP  Ramsuer; Robert W.
NDR  6
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Harris; James W.
CTY  Cocoa Beach
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Bioavailability Systems, L.L.C.
CTY  Cocoa Beach
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514453
XCL  4241951
XCL  4263305
XCL  426333
XCL  426616
XCL  549264
XCL  549282
EDF  6
ICL  A23L  1212
ICL  A61K 3135
ICL  A61K 3579
ICL  C07D49304
FSC  424
FSS  195.1
FSC  514
FSS  453
UREF
PNO  5820915
ISD  19981000
NAM  Harris
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to the process of making citrus (preferably
      grapefruit) extract having reduced levels of phototoxic furocoumarins and
      containing enhanced amounts of one or more anti-first pass effect
      compounds.
PATN
WKU  059901551
SRC  8
APN  9773657
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19971124
TTL  Oxygenated-heterocycle containing sulfonamide inhibitors of aspartyl
      protease
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Stockton; Laura L.
INVT
NAM  Tung; Roger D.
CTY  Arlington
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Bhisetti; Govinda Rao
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  424810
APD  19950419
PSC  01
PNO  5691372
CLAS
OCL  514456
XCL  549396
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3135
ICL  C07D31100
FSC  549
FSS  396
FSC  514
FSS  456
UREF
PNO  3743722
ISD  19730700
NAM  Mohrs et al.
OCL  424 98
UREF
PNO  4330542
ISD  19820500
NAM  Descamps et al.
OCL  424248.5
UREF
PNO  4629724
ISD  19861200
NAM  Ryono et al.
OCL  514 18
UREF
PNO  5196438
ISD  19930300
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  514311
UREF
PNO  5354866
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kempf et al.
OCL  546265
FREF
PNO  0 022 118
ISD  19810100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07C143822
FREF
PNO  0 181 071
ISD  19860300
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07K  506
FREF
PNO  0 264 795
ISD  19880400
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07K  500
FREF
PNO  0 346 847
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07D20716
FREF
PNO  0 364 804
ISD  19900400
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07D21130
FREF
PNO  0 468 641
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07K  502
FREF
PNO  0 486 948
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07D21326
FREF
PNO  0 541 168
ISD  19930500
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07D21726
FREF
PNO  3542567
ISD  19860600
CNT  DEX
ICL  C07K  506
FREF
PNO  59-046252
ISD  19840300
CNT  JPX
ICL  C07C10344
FREF
PNO  59-048449
ISD  19840300
CNT  JPX
ICL  C07C103375
FREF
PNO  61-071830
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
ICL  B01F 1746
FREF
PNO  2167759
ISD  19860600
CNT  GBX
ICL  C07K  506
FREF
PNO  2200115
ISD  19880700
CNT  GBX
ICL  C07C10300
FREF
PNO  WO 90/07329
ISD  19900700
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3119
FREF
PNO  WO 91/00725
ISD  19910100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/18866
ISD  19911200
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07C23722
FREF
PNO  WO 92/08700
ISD  19920500
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07D21548
FREF
PNO  WO 92/08701
ISD  19920500
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07D21548
FREF
PNO  WO 92/08688
ISD  19920500
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07D21548
FREF
PNO  WO 92/08699
ISD  19920500
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07D21548
FREF
PNO  WO 92/08698
ISD  19920500
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07D21548
FREF
PNO  WO 92/17176
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3144
FREF
PNO  WO 93/23368
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07C27524
FREF
PNO  WO 93/23379
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07D21726
FREF
PNO  WO 93/23388
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07D30336
FREF
PNO  WO 94/04491
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07K 1300
FREF
PNO  WO 94/04492
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07C31129
FREF
PNO  WO 94/04493
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07C31744
FREF
PNO  WO 94/10134
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07C30706
FREF
PNO  WO 94/10136
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07C31744
FREF
PNO  WO 94/18192
ISD  19940800
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07D40114
FREF
PNO  WO 94/19322
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07D20934
OREF
PAL  R.D. Bindal et al., "Ab Initio Calculations on N-Methylmethanesulfonamide
      and Methyl Methanesulfonate for the Development of Force Field Torsional
      Parameters and Their Use in the Conformational Analysis of Some Novel
      Estrogens",J. Am. Chem. Soc., 112, pp. 7861-7868 (1990).
PAL  R. Bone et al., "X-ray Crystal Structure of the HIV Protease Complex with
      L-700,417, an Inhibitor with Pseudo C.sub.2 Symmetry", J. Am. Chem. Soc.,
      113, pp. 9382-9384 (1991).
PAL  R.F. Borch et al., "The Cyanohydridoborate Anion as a Selective Reducing
      Agent", J. Am. Chem. Soc., 93, pp. 2897-2904 (1971).
PAL  J.C. Craig et al., "Antiviral Synergy Between Inhibitors of HIV Proteinase
      and Reverse Transcriptase", Anitiviral Chem. and Chemotherapy, 4(3), pp.
      161-166 (1990).
PAL  S. Crawford et al., "A Deletion Mutation in the 5' Part of the pol Gene of
      Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus Blocks Proteolytic Processing of the gag and
      pol Polyproteins", J. Virol., 53, pp. 899-907 (1985).
PAL  M. Cushman et al., "Development of Methodology for the Synthesis of
      Stereochemically Pure Phe.PSI.[CH.sub.2 N]Pro Linkages in HIV Protease
      Inhibitors", J. Org. Chem., 56, pp. 4161-4167 (1991).
PAL  D.S. Dhanoa et al., "The Synthesis of Potent Macrocyclic Renin Inhibitors",
      Tetrahedron Lett., 33, pp. 1725-1728 (1992).
PAL  G.B. Dreyer et al., "Hydroxyethylene Isostere Inhibitors of Human
      Immunodeficiency Virus-1 Protease: Structure-Activity Analysis Using
      Enzyme Kinetics, X-ray Crystallography, and Infected T-Cell Assays",
      Biochemistry, 31, pp. 6646-6659 (1992).
PAL  B.E. Evans et al., "A Stereocontrolled Synthesis of Hydroxyethylene
      Dipeptide Isosteres Using Novel, Chiral Aminoalkyl Epoxides and
      .gamma.-(Aminoalkyl) .gamma.-Lactones", J. Org. Chem., 50, pp. 4615-4625
      (1985).
PAL  G.A. Flynn et al., "An Acyl-Iminium Ion Cyclization Route to a Novel
      Conformationally Restricted Dipeptide Mimic: Applications to
      Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibition", J. Am. Chem. Soc., 109, pp.
      7914-7915 (1989).
PAL  G. Fontenot et al., "PCR Amplification of HIV-1 Proteinase Sequences
      Directly from Lab Isolates Allows Determination of Five Conserved
      Domains", Virology, 190, pp. 1-10 (1992).
PAL  P.G. Gassman and T.L. Guggenheim, "Opening of Epoxides with Trimethylsilyl
      Cyanide to Produce .beta.-Amino Alcohols", J. Am. Chem. Soc., 104, pp.
      5849-5850 (1982).
PAL  E.E. Gilbert, "Recent Developments in Preparative Sulfonation and
      Sulfation", Synthesis, 1969, pp. 3-10 (1969).
PAL  A. Goldblum, "Modulation of the Affinity of Aspartic Proteases by the
      Mutated Residues in Active Site Models", FEBS, 261, pp. 241-244 (1990).
PAL  D. Grobelny et al., "Selective Phosphinate Transition-State Analogue
      Inhibitors of the Protease of Human Immunodeficiency Virus", Biochem.
      Biophys. Res. Commun., 169, pp. 1111-1116 (1990).
PAL  G.D. Hartman et al., "4-Substituted Thiophene- and Furan-2-sulfonamides as
      Topical Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitors", J. Med. Chem., 35, pp. 3822-3831
      (1992).
PAL  J.R. Huff, "HIV Protease: A Novel Chemotherapeutic Target for AIDS",
      Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 34(8), pp. 2305-2314 (1991).
PAL  K.Y. Hui et al., "A Rational Approach in the Search for Potent Inhibitors
      Against HIV Proteinase", FASEB, 5, pp. 2606-2610 (1991).
PAL  N.E. Kohl et al., "Active HIV Protease Is Required for Viral Infectivity",
      Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 85, pp. 4686-4690 (1988).
PAL  X. Lin et al., "Enzymic Activities of Two-Chain Pepsinogen, Two-Chain
      Pepsin, and the Amino-Terminal Lobe of Pepsinogen", J. Biol. Chem.,
      267(24), pp. 17257-17263 (1992).
PAL  K.P. Manfredi et al., "Examination of HIV-1 Protease Secondary Structure
      Specificity Using conformationally Constrained Inhibitors", J. Med. Chem.,
      34, pp. 3395-3399 (1991).
PAL  F.R. Marshall, "Computer-Aided Drug Design", Ann. Ref. Pharmacol. Toxicol.,
      27, pp. 193-213 (1987).
PAL  J.A. Martin, "Recent Advances in the Design of HIV Proteinase Inhibitors",
      Antiviral Research, 17, pp. 265-278 (1992).
PAL  T.D. Meek et al., "Inhibition of HIV-1 Protease in Infected T-Lymphocytes
      by Synthetic Peptide Analogues", Nature, 343, pp. 90-92 (1990).
PAL  M. Miller et al., "Structure of Complex of Synthetic HIV-1 Protease with a
      Substrate-Based Inhibitor at 2.3 .ANG. Resolution", Science, 246, pp.
      1149-1152 (1989).
PAL  M. Miller et al., "Crystal Structure of a Retroviral Protease Proves
      Relationship to Aspartic Protease Family", Nature, 337, pp. 576-579
      (1989).
PAL  H. Mitsuya and S. Broder, "Inhibition of the in vitro Infectivity and
      Cytopathic Effect of Human T-Lymphotropic Virus Type
      III/Lymphoadenopathy-Associated Virus (HTLV-III/LAV) by
      2',3'-Dideoxynucleosides", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 83, pp. 1911-1915
      (1986).
PAL  K.H.M. Murthy et al., "Crystal Structures at 2.2-.ANG. Resolution of
      Hydroxyethylene-Based Inhibitors Bound to Human Immunodeficiency Virus
      Type 1 Protease Show That the Inhibitors Are Present in Two Distinct
      Orientations", J. Biol. Chem., 267, pp. 22770-22778 (1992).
PAL  J.B. Nichols et al., "A Molecular Mechanics Valence Force Field for
      Sulfonamides Derived by ab initio Methods", J. Phys. Chem., 95, pp.
      9803-9811 (1991).
PAL  L.E. Overman and L.A. Flippin, "Facile Aminolysis of Epoxides with
      Diethylaluminum Amides", Tetrahedron Letters, vol. 22, pp. 195-198 (1981).
PAL  J. Palca, "Shooting at a New HIV Target", Science, 247, p. 410 (1990).
PAL  L.H. Pearl et al., "A Structural Model for the Retroviral Proteases",
      Nature, 329, pp. 329-351 (1987).
PAL  M. Popvic et al., "Detection, Isolation, and Continuous Production of
      Cytopahtic Retroviruses (HTLV-III) from Patients with AIDS and Pre-AIDS",
      Science, 224, pp. 497-500 (1984).
PAL  G.H. Posner and D.Z. Rogers, "Organic Reactions at Alumina Surfaces. Mild
      and Selective Opening of Epoxides by Alcohols, Thiols, Benzeneselenol,
      Amines, and Acetic Acid", J. Am. Chem. Soc., 99, 8208-8218 (1977).
PAL  M.D. Power et al., "Nucleotide Sequence of SRV-1, a Type D Simian Acquired
      Immune Deficiency Syndrome Retrovirus" Science, 231, pp. 1567-1573 (1986).
PAL  N.A. Roberts, "Rational Design of Peptide-Based HIV Proteinase Inhibitors",
      Science, 248, pp. 358-361 (1990).
PAL  S. Scharpe et al., "Proteases and Their Inhibitors: Today and Tomorrow",
      Biochimie, 73, pp. 121-126 (1991).
PAL  S.K. Sharma et al., "Could Angiotensin I Be Produced from a Renin Substrate
      by the HIV-1 Proteae?", Anal. Biochem., 198, pp. 363-367 (1991).
PAL  H. Toh et al., "Close Structural Resemblance Between Putative Polymerase of
      a Drosophila Transposable Genetic Element 17.6 and pol Gene Product of
      Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus", EMBO J., 4, pp. 1267-1272 (1985).
LREP
FRM  Fish & Neave
FR2  Haley, Jr.; James F.
FR2  Govindaswamy; K.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a novel class of sulfonamides which are
      aspartyl protease inhibitors. This invention also relates to
      pharmaceutical compositions comprising these compounds. The compounds and
      pharmaceutical compositions of this invention are particularly well suited
      for inhibiting HIV-1 and HIV-2 protease activity and consequently, may be
      advantageously used as anti-viral agents against the HIV-1 and HIV-2
      viruses. This invention also relates to methods for inhibiting the
      activity of HIV aspartyl protease using the compounds of this invention.
PATN
WKU  059901560
SRC  8
APN  9456767
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19980112
TTL  6-Carboxamido dihydropyran derivatives
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Owens; Amelia
INVT
NAM  Cherry; Peter
CTY  Hertfordshire
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Howes; Peter
CTY  Hertfordshire
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Smith; Paul
CTY  Hertfordshire
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Sollis; Stephen
CTY  Hertfordshire
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Biota Scientific Management PTY Ltd.
CTY  Melbourne
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950519
APN  9510141.6
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19951212
APN  9525389.4
CLAS
OCL  514459
XCL  514460
XCL  549420
XCL  549424
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3135
ICL  C07D31500
FSC  549
FSS  420;424
FSC  514
FSS  459;460
FREF
PNO  27579/71
ISD  19921000
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  24566/92
ISD  19930300
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  27242/92
ISD  19930400
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  91/16320
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  93/16049
ISD  19930800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Sollis, et al., "Novel Inhibitors of Influenza Sialidase Related to GG167
      Synthesis of 4-Amino abd Guanidino-4H Pyran-2-Carboxylic
      Acid-6-Propylamides; Selective Inhibitors of Influenza A Virus Sialidase",
      Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, pp. 8-11.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AU96/00289
PD1  19980112
PD2  19980112
PD3  19960513
PCP  WO96/36628
PCD  19961121
ABST
PAR  Compounds of formula (I),
      ##STR1##
      wherein R.sup.1 represents OR.sup.5, SR.sup.5, NR.sup.5 R.sup.6,
      N(OR.sup.5)R.sup.6 or N(NR.sup.5 R.sup.6)R.sup.6 ; X represents OH,
      N.sub.3, NR.sup.3 R.sup.4 or NR.sup.4 CO.sub.2 R.sup.15 ; Y represents H
      or NHR.sup.2 ; R.sup.2 represents a group SO.sub.2 R.sup.7 or COR.sup.7 ;
      R.sup.3 represents H, C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C(.dbd.NR.sup.8)NR.sup.9 R.sup.10
      ; R.sup.4 represents H or C.sub.1-6 alkyl; R.sup.5 represents H,
      C.sub.1-20 alkyl, C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-20 alkenyl, C.sub.2-20
      alkynyl, CHR.sup.11 COR.sup.12 or C.sub.1-20 alkyl substituted by one or
      more groups selected from NR.sup.13 R.sup.14, NR.sup.13 COR.sup.14,
      CO.sub.2 R.sup.13, OR.sup.13, C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl and optionally
      substituted aryl; each R.sup.6 independently represents H, C.sub.1-6
      alkyl, C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-6 alkenyl, C.sub.2-20 alkynyl, aryl
      or C.sub.1-4 alkyl substituted by one or more groups selected from
      NR.sup.13 R.sup.14, COR.sup.13, C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl, CN, N.sub.3,
      OR.sup.13 and optionally substituted aryl; or R.sup.5 and R.sup.6 together
      form a C.sub.2-6 hydrocarbon chain which may optionally contain a group
      NR.sup.13 which chain is optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 groups
      selected from oxo and C.sub.1-6 alkyl groups which groups may optionally
      be substituted by hydroxy or optionally substituted aryl; R.sup.7
      represents C.sub.1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halogen
      atoms, C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted aryl; R.sup.8,
      R.sup.9 and R.sup.10 each independently represent H, C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
      amino, hydroxy, cyano or nitro; R.sup.11 represents the side chain of a D-
      or L-amino acid; R.sup.12 represents NR.sup.13 R.sup.14, OR.sup.13 or
      R.sup.13 ; each R.sup.13 and each R.sup.14 independently represents H,
      C.sub.1-6 alkyl or optionally substituted arylC.sub.1-4 alkyl; R.sup.15
      represents C.sub.1-6 alkyl; and their pharmaceutically acceptable
      derivatives are neuraminidase inhibitors useful in the treatment of viral
      infections.
PATN
WKU  059901578
SRC  9
APN  1097954
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19980702
TTL  Foam cleaning compositions containing an acaricidal agent
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Pak; John
INVT
NAM  Zocchi; Germaine
CTY  Villers-Aux-Tours
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Fonsny; Pierre
CTY  Theux
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Colgate Palmolive Company
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  938684
APD  19970926
RLAP
COD  82
APN  753161
APD  19961121
PSC  01
PNO  5906992
CLAS
OCL  514464
XCL  514531
XCL  514532
XCL  514543
XCL  514544
XCL  514546
XCL  514686
XCL  514699
XCL  514730
XCL  514945
XCL  424405
XCL  510382
XCL  510383
XCL  510386
XCL  510401
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 4330
ICL  A01N 3708
ICL  A01N 3710
ICL  C11D  348
FSC  514
FSS  544;464;531;686;699;532;543;546;730;945
FSC  424
FSS  405
FSC  510
FSS  382;383;386;401
UREF
PNO  4666940
ISD  19870500
NAM  Bischoff et al.
OCL  514544
FREF
PNO  89/12673
ISD  19891200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Nanfeldt; Richard E.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a foam composition for killing dust mites
      comprising an acaricidal agent, polymer, ether solvent, perfume,
      surfactant and water.
PATN
WKU  059901586
SRC  8
APN  963195&
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971103
TTL  Carboxylic acid derivatives, method of manufacturing the same and
      therapeutic agents containing these compounds
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Carr; Deborah D
INVT
NAM  Tomiyama; Tsuyoshi
CTY  Nagano-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tomiyama; Akira
CTY  Nagano-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yanagisawa; Takashi
CTY  Kousyoku
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Noda; Atsushi
CTY  Nagano-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Yoshinori
CTY  Kousyoku
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kotobuki Seiyaku Co., Ltd.
CTY  Nagano-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961101
APN  8-291737
CLAS
OCL  514467
XCL  514449
XCL  514461
XCL  514463
XCL  564123
XCL  564199
XCL  549450
XCL  549451
XCL  549452
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 4326
ICL  A61K 31335
FSC  554
FSS  68
FSC  564
FSS  305;123;199
FSC  562
FSS  433;443
FSC  549
FSS  296;321;450;451;452
FSC  514
FSS  449;461;469;467
FREF
PNO  95/22966
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO95/22966
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Casreact Abstr. of JP-04/149170, 1995.
PAL  Organic Chemistry, 9th ed., pp. 183 & 313, 1995.
PAL  M.R. Gowravaram, et al. "Inhibition of Matrix Metalloproteinases by
      Hydroxamates Containing Heteroatom-Based Modifications of the P.sub.1 '
      Group", J. Med. Chem., 1995, 38, pp. 2570-2581.
PAL  B.E. Tomczuk, et al., "Hydroxamate Inhibitors of the Matrix
      Metallo-Proteinases (MMPs) Containing Novel P.sub.1 ' Heteroatom Based
      Modifications", Biorganic & Medicinal Chem. Letters, vol. 5, No. 4, pp.
      343-348 (1995).
LREP
FRM  Sherman and Shalloway
ABST
PAL  New therapeutic agents of carboxylic acid derivatives are disclosed, which
      are represented by the compounds of the following formula (I) or its
      pharmaceutically acceptable salts,
      ##STR1##
      These compounds are useful as a matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs)
      inhibitors.
PATN
WKU  059901594
SRC  9
APN  1179748
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980811
TTL  Use of 5HT4 receptor antagonists for overcoming gastrointestinal effects
      of serotonin reuptake inhibitors
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Henley, III; Raymond
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Meulemans; Ann Louise Gabrielle
CTY  Mol
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Bosmans; Jean-Paul Rene Marie Andre
CTY  Rijkevorsel
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V.
CTY  Beerse
CNT  BEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960215
APN  96200380
CLAS
OCL  514469
XCL  514651
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3134
ICL  A61K 31135
FSC  514
FSS  469;651
FREF
PNO  WO 9200103A
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9400113A
ISD  19940100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9408998A
ISD  19940400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9427987A
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 9504737A
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 122, No. 15, Apr. 10, 1995, Abstract No. 178309,
      A. Lucchelli et al.: "The interaction of antidepressant drugs with central
      and peripherical enteric 5-HT3 and 5-HT4 receptors".
LREP
FR2  Coletti; Ellen Ciambrone
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP97/00586
PD1  19980811
PD2  19980811
PD3  19970207
PCP  WO97/29739
PCD  19970821
ABST
PAR  The present invention concerns the use of receptor antagonists of the 5HT4
      receptor for avoiding, alleviating, suppressing or overcoming the
      gastrointestinal side-effects of serotonin reuptake inhibitors. The
      present invention also concerns pharmaceutical formulations comprising
      5HT4-receptor antagonists for alleviating, suppressing or overcoming the
      gastrointestinal side-effects of serotonin reuptake inhibitors, as well as
      pharmaceutical compositions comprising 5HT4 receptor antagonists and
      serotonin reuptake inhibitors.
PATN
WKU  059901608
SRC  9
APN  3127338
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19990514
TTL  Use of tropolone derivatives as inhibitors of the enzyme inositol
      monophosphatase
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1,2
EXP  Krass; Frederick
INVT
NAM  Islam; Khalid
CTY  Como
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Stefanelli; Stefania
CTY  Legnano
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Sponga; Federica
CTY  Saronno
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Denaro; Maurizio
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Gruppo Lepetit, SpA
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950524
APN  95107936
RLAP
COD  71
APN  945120
APD  19971015
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  PCTEP9602160
APD  19960520
CLAS
OCL  514470
XCL  514473
XCL  514553
XCL  514574
XCL  435  74
XCL  435  771
XCL  435  772
XCL  435  79
XCL  435  791
XCL  435 21
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 3700
ICL  A61K 31185
ICL  C12Q  142
FSC  514
FSS  470;473;553;574
FSC  435
FSS  7.4;7.71;7.72;7.9;21;7.91
UREF
PNO  4981980
ISD  19910100
NAM  Giocobbe et al.
OCL  514345
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstract 77:111266, "Biosynthesis of the Fungal Tropolones
      Puberulonic and Puberulic Acids", Nov. 1972.
LREP
FR2  Homan; Ruth E.
ABST
PAL  The present invention concerns the use of puberulic or puberulonic acid as
      inhibitors of the enzyme iositol monophosphatase (EC 3.1.3.25) and thus
      useful in the treatment of manic or depressive symptoms.
PATN
WKU  059901616
SRC  9
APN  222870&
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19981230
TTL  Hydroximic acid derivatives
ISD  19991123
NCL  44
ECL  1
EXA  Sackey; Ebenezer
EXP  Richter; Johann
INVT
NAM  Kirio; Yoshie
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Maeda; Takako
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sasaki; Norio
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Toshima; Norishige
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sawai; Nobumitsu
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Milligan; Bruce
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Perez; Joseph
CTY  Lyon
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Vors; Jean-Pierre
CTY  Lyon
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Gant; Daniel B.
CTY  Durham
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Rhone-Poulenc Agrochimie
CTY  Lyons
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950417
APN  7-90733
PRIR
CNT  WOX
APD  19950727
APN  PCT/EP95/02984
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950731
APN  7-194670
PRIR
CNT  WOX
APD  19960111
APN  PCT/IB96/00276
RLAP
COD  74
APN  945343
CLAS
OCL  514508
XCL  558  7
XCL  514640
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 3752
ICL  A01N 3324
ICL  C07C25126
FSC  514
FSS  508;640
FSC  558
FSS  7
UREF
PNO  5104872
ISD  19920400
NAM  Tsubata et al.
OCL  514238.2
UREF
PNO  5194662
ISD  19930300
NAM  Brand et al.
OCL  560 35
UREF
PNO  5268488
ISD  19931200
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  548561
UREF
PNO  5292759
ISD  19940300
NAM  Brand et al.
OCL  514339
UREF
PNO  5332752
ISD  19940700
NAM  Cliff et al.
OCL  514369
UREF
PNO  5449803
ISD  19950900
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  558  1
UREF
PNO  5510344
ISD  19960400
NAM  Cliff et al.
OCL  514212
FREF
PNO  0370629
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  01378308
ISD  19900700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0398692
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0414153
ISD  19910200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0426460
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0463488
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0487409
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0532022
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0535928
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0585751
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0617014
ISD  19940900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  94/01189
ISD  19951000
CNT  ZAX
FREF
PNO  94/14761
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/19331
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Hydroximic acid derivatives, useful as pesticides, have the formula
      ##STR1##
      in which G is G.sub.3 or G.sub.4 having the formula:
      ##STR2##
      in which R.sub.5 is lower alkyl; R.sub.6 and R.sub.7 are, independently,
      hydrogen or lower alkyl; W is O, S, SO or SO.sub.2 ; X.sub.1, X.sub.2 and
      X.sub.3 are, independently, hydrogen or a variety of substituents; and
      R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are, independently, hydrogen or a variety of
      substituents.
PATN
WKU  059901624
SRC  8
APN  9209794
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970829
TTL  Method for treatment of fibromyalgia and chronic fatigue syndrome
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1,2
EXP  Kulkosky; Peter F.
INVT
NAM  Scharf; Martin B.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Orphan Medical, Inc.
CTY  Minnetonka
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514533
XCL  514923
XCL  424449
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31235
FSC  514
FSS  529;557;533
FSC  424
FSS  449
UREF
PNO  4599355
ISD  19860700
NAM  Kluger et al.
OCL  514533
UREF
PNO  4738985
ISD  19880400
NAM  Kluger et al.
OCL  514533
UREF
PNO  5594030
ISD  19970100
NAM  Conte et al.
OCL  514553
FREF
PNO  0561408
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  95/017989
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/40105
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3119
OREF
PAL  The Facts About Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, Centers for Disease Control and
      Prevention, National Center for Infectious Diseases, Atlanta, GA, 1-21,
      (Mar. 1995).
PAL  Bennett, R.M., et al., "Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Insulin-like Growth Factor-I
      Axis Dysfunction in Patients with Fibromyalgia", The Journal of
      Rheumatology, 24, 1384-1389, (1997).
PAL  Buchwald, D., et al., "Insulin-like Growth Factor-I (Somatomedin C) Levels
      in Chronic Fatigue Syndrome and Fibromyalgia", The Journal of
      Rheumatology, 23, 739-742, (1996).
PAL  Entholzner, E., et al., "EEG Changes During Sedation with
      Gamma-Hydroxybutyric Acid", Anaesthesist, 44 (5), 345-350, (1995).
PAL  Fukuda, K., et al., "Management Strategies for Chronic Fatigue Syndrome",
      Federal Practitioner, 9 pgs, (Jul. 1995).
PAL  Goldenberg, D.L., et al., "A Randomized, Controlled Trial of Amitriptyline
      and Naproxen in the Treatment of Patients With Fybromyalgia", Arth.
      Rheum., 29, 1371, (1986).
PAL  Goldenberg, D.L., et al., "Fibromyalgia and Chronic Fatigue Syndrome: Are
      they the Same?", J. Muscoloskel Med., 7, 19, (1990).
PAL  Goldenberg, D.L., et al., "High Frequency of Fibromyalgia in Patients with
      Chronic Fatigue Seen in a Primary Care Practice", Arth. Rheum., 33 (3),
      381-387, (Mar. 1990).
PAL  Griep, E.N., et al., "Pituitary Release of Growth Hormone and Prolactin in
      the Primary Fibromyalgia Syndrome", The Journal of Rheumatology, 21,
      2125-2130, (1994).
PAL  Mamelak, M., et al., "The Effects of Gamma-Hydroxybutyrate on Sleep", Biol.
      Psychiatry, 12 (2), 273-288, (1977).
PAL  Moldofsky, H.D., et al., "A Chronbiologic Theory of Fibromyalgia", J.
      Muscoloskel. Pain, 1, 49, (1993)
PAL  Moldofsky, H.D., et al., "Musculoskeletal Symptoms and Non-REM Sleep
      Disturbance in Patients with "Fibrositis Syndrome" and Healthy Subjects",
      Psychosoma. Med., 37, 341, (1975).
PAL  Pellegrino, M.J., et al., "Familial Occurrence of Primary Fibromyalgia",
      Arch. Phys. Med. Rehab., 70, 61, (1989).
PAL  Schaefer, K.M., "Sleep Disturbances and Fatigue in Women With Fibromyalgia
      and Chronic Fatigue Syndrome", JOGNN, 24 (3), 229-233, (Mar./Apr. 1995).
PAL  Scharf, M.B., et al., "Current Pharmacologic Management of Narcolepsy",
      American Family Physician, 38 (1), 143-148, (Jul. 1988).
PAL  Scharf, M.B., et al., "The Effects and Effectiveness of y-Hydroxybutyrate
      in Patients with Narcolepsy", J. Clin. Physchiatry, 46 (6), 222-225,
      (1985).
PAL  Smythe, H.A., "Studies of Sleep in Fibromyalgia: Techniques, Clinical
      Significance, and Future Directions", British Journal of Rheumatology, 34,
      897-900, (1995).
PAL  Van Cauter, E., et al., "Simultaneous Stimulation of Slow-Wave Sleep and
      Growth Hormone Secretion by Gamma-hydroxybutyrate in Normal Young Men", J.
      Clin. Invest., 100 (3), 745-753, (1997).
PAL  Yamada, Y., et al., "Effect of Butyrolactone and Gamma-Hydroxybutyrate on
      the EEG and Sleep Cycle in Man", Electroenceph. clin. Neurophysiol., 22,
      558-562, (1967).
PAL  Yunus, M.B., et al., "A Controlled Study of Primary Fibromyalgia Syndrome:
      Clinical Features and Association with Other Functional Syndromes", J.
      Rheumatol., 16, 62, (1989).
PAL  Broughton, R., et al., "The Treatment of Narcolepsy-Cataplexy with
      Nocturnal Gamma-Hydroxybutyrate", Le Journal Canadian des Sciences
      Neurologiques, 6 (1), 285-289, (1979).
PAL  Mamelak, M., et al., "Treatment of Narcolepsy with y-Hydroxybutyrate. A
      Review of Clinical and Sleep Laboratory Findings", Sleep, 9(1), 285-289,
      (1986).
PAL  Montplaisir, J., et al., "Le Gamma-hydroxybutyrate de Sodium (GHB) dans le
      Traitement de L'hypersomnie Essentielle", Can. J. Psychiatry, 26, 162-166,
      (1981).
PAL  CA 126:99858 Van Cauter et al Jun. 1996.
PAL  CA 127:200274 Van Cauter et al 1997.
PAL  CA 87:112300 1977 M. Mamelak et al.
PAL  CA 123:188258 (1995).
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg, Woessner and Kluth
ABST
PAL  A method is provided to treat a human afflicted with chronic fatigue
      syndrome or fibromyalgia syndrome by the administration of certain
      butyrate derivatives.
PATN
WKU  059901632
SRC  8
APN  372218&
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19950113
TTL  Selective modulation of processes mediated by retinoid X receptors, and
      compounds useful therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Raymond; Richard L.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Evans; Ronald M.
CTY  La Jolla
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mangelsdorf; David J.
CTY  Duncanville
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Heyman; Richard A.
CTY  Encinitas
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Boehm; Marcus F.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Harmon; Margaret A.
CTY  Irving
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  The Salk Institute for Biological Studies
CTY  La Jolla
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514549
XCL  514475
XCL  514560
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3120
ICL  A61K 3123
ICL  A61K 31335
FSC  514
FSS  549;560;475
OREF
PAL  Akita et al. "Nonbleachable Rhodospins Retaining the Full Natural
      Chromophore" J. Am. Chem. Soc. 102:6372-6374 (1980).
PAL  Asato et al. "Retinal and Rhodospin Analogues Directed toward a Better
      Understanding of the H.T.-n Model of the Primary Process of Vision" J. Am.
      Chem. Soc. 108:5032-5033 (1986).
PAL  Boehm et al. "Synthesis and Structure-Activity Relationships of Novel
      Retinoid X Receptor-Selective Retinoids" J. Med. Chem. 37:2930-2941
      (1994).
PAL  Brand et al. "Identification of a second human retinoic acid receptor"
      Nature 332:850-853 (1988).
PAL  Clayton and Goodwin "The Biological Significance of the Terpenoid Pathway
      of Biosynthesis" Aspects of Terpenoid Chemistry and Biology, Goodwin, ed.
      (Academic press, London) Chapter 1:1-23 (1971).
PAL  de Lera et al. "Synthesis and Studies of 12-S-CIS Conformationally Locked
      Retinoids" Chemistry and Biology of Synthetic Retinoids, Dawson and
      Okamura, eds., CRC Press, Inc., Chapter 9:202-227 (1990).
PAL  Derguini and Nakanishi "Synthetic rhodopsin analogs" Photobiochem. and
      Photobiophys. 13:259-283 (1986).
PAL  Giguere et al. "Identification of a receptor for the morphogen retinoic
      acid" Nature 330:624-629 (1987).
PAL  Heyman et al. "9-Cis Retinoic Acid Is a High Affinity Ligand for the
      Retinoid X Receptor" Cell 68:397-406 (1992).
PAL  Ishikawa et al. "A Functional Retinoic Acid Receptor Encoded by the Gene on
      Human Chromosome 12" Mol. Endo. 4:837-844 (1990).
PAL  Ito, M. "Synthesis and Application of Retinoids and Related Compounds to
      vision Research and Cancer Studies" Chemistry and Biology of Synthetic
      Retinoids, Dawson and Okamura, eds., CRC Press, Inc., Chapter 4:78-97
      (1990).
PAL  Ladias and Karathanasis "Regulation of the apolipoprotein AI Gene by ARP-1,
      a Novel Member of the Steroid Receptor Superfamily" Science 251:561-565
      (1991).
PAL  Mangelsdorf et al. "A Direct Repeat in the Cellular Retinol-Binding Protein
      Type II Gene Confers Differential Regulation by RXR and RAR" Cell
      66:555-561 (1991).
PAL  Mangelsdorf et al. "Characterization of three RXR genes that mediate the
      action of 9-cis retinoic acid" Genes and Development 6:329-344 (1992).
PAL  Mangelsdorf et al. "Nuclear receptor that identifies a novel retinoic acid
      response pathway" Nature 345:224-229 (1990).
PAL  Mangelsdorf et al. "The Retinoid Receptors" The Retinoids: Biology,
      Chemistry, and Medicine, 2nd ed., edited by Sporn et al., (Raven Press,
      Ltd., New York), Chapter 8:319-349 (1994).
PAL  Miyajima et al. "Identification of two novel members of erbA superfamily by
      molecular cloning: the gene products of the two are highly related to each
      other" Nucleic Acids Research 16:11057-11074 (1988).
PAL  Mlodzik et al. "The Drosophila seven-up Gene, a Member of the Steroid
      Receptor Gene Superfamily, Controls Photoreceptor Cell Fates" Cell
      60:211-224 (1990).
PAL  Oro et al. "Relationship between the product of the Drosophila
      ultraspiracle locus and the vertebrate retinoid X receptor" Nature
      347:298-301 (1990).
PAL  Quistad et al. "Environmental Degradation of the Insect Growth Regulator
      Methoprene (Isopropyl
      (2E,4E)-11-Methoxy-3,7,11-trimethyl-2,4-dodecadienoate).I.Metabolism by
      Alfalfa and Rice" J. Agr. Food Chem. 22:582-589 (1974).
PAL  Sadowski and Ptashne "A vector for expressing GAL4(1-147) fusions in
      mammalian cells" Nucl. Acids Res. 17:7539 (1989).
PAL  Sheves et al. "An Artificial Visual Pigment with Restricted C.sub.9
      -C.sub.11 Motion Forms Normal Photolysis Intermediates" J. Am. Chem. Soc.
      108:6440-6441 (1986).
PAL  Sladek et al. "Liver-enriched transcription factor HNF-4 is a novel member
      of the steroid hormone receptor superfamily" Genes & Development
      4:2353-2365 (1990).
PAL  Umesono et al. "Direct Repeats as Selective Response Elements for the
      Thyroid Hormone, Retinoic Acid, and Vitamin D.sub.3 Receptors" Cell
      65:1255-1266 (1991).
PAL  Unsworth et al. "Teratogenic Evaluation of Terpenoid Derivatves" Life
      Sciences 15:1649-1655 (1974).
PAL  Wang et al. "COUP transcription factor is a member of the steroid receptor
      superfamily" Nature 340:163-166 (1989).
PAL  Webster et al. "The Yeast UAS.sub.G Is a Transcriptional Enhancer in Human
      HeLa Cells in the Presence of the GAL4 Trans-Activator" Cell 52:169-178
      (1988).
PAL  Wecksler and Normn "An Hydroxylapatite Batch Assay for the Quantitation of
      1.alpha.,25-Dihydroxyvitamin D.sub.3 -Receptor Complexes" Analytical
      Biochem. 92:314-323 (1979).
LREP
FRM  Gray Cary Ware & Freidenrich
FR2  Reiter; Stephen E.
ABST
PAL  In accordance with the present invention, ligands have been discovered
      which selectively bind retinoid X receptors. Such ligands can be used for
      the selective modulation of retinoid X receptor mediated processes. In a
      further aspect of the present invention, there are provided pharmaceutical
      compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle containing
      at least one of the above-described selective ligands. Such compositions
      are useful, for example, for the treatment of a variety of retinoid X
      receptor mediated disease states.
PATN
WKU  059901640
SRC  8
APN  930701&
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980317
TTL  N-alkylpolyhydroxyamine salts of polyunsaturated fatty acids
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Carr; Deborah D
INVT
NAM  Horrobin; David F.
CTY  Stirling
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Knowles; Philip
CTY  Carlisle
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Manku; Mehar
CTY  Carlisle
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Stewart; John C.
CTY  Guildford
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Scotia Holdings PLC
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950420
APN  9508023
CLAS
OCL  514560
XCL  514557
XCL  514558
XCL  554 66
XCL  554 68
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31215
FSC  882
FSS  66;68
FSC  514
FSS  587;588;860
UREF
PNO  1985424
ISD  19341200
NAM  Piggott et al.
OCL  554 66
UREF
PNO  2703798
ISD  19550300
NAM  Schwartz
OCL  554 66
FREF
PNO  431130
ISD  19340300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  92/06984
ISD  19920400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  92 06984
ISD  19920400
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/00952
PD1  19980317
PD2  19980317
PD3  19960419
PCP  WO96/33155
PCD  19961024
ABST
PAR  An N-alkylpolyhydroxyamine salt of an n-6 or n-3 essential fatty acid (EFA)
      that is beyond the 6-desaturation step, or of any polyunsaturated fatty
      acid, other than those belonging to the n-6 and n-3 series, having 16 to
      26 carbon atoms and up to six double bonds, the double bonds being in the
      cis or trans configuration, the salt being formed with the fatty acid
      either as such or in the form of a covalent derivative, through the
      carboxyl group, of a bifunctional compound itself having a free acid
      function.
PATN
WKU  059901659
SRC  9
APN  0464457
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980324
TTL  Pharmaceutical compounds
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Barts; Samuel
INVT
NAM  Tercero; Concepcion Pedregal
CTY  Madrid
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Esteban; Almudena Rubio
CTY  Madrid
CNT  ESX
ASSG
NAM  Lilly, S.A.
CTY  Madrid
CNT  ESX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ESX
APD  19970325
APN  9700642
CLAS
OCL  514561
XCL  514558
XCL  514567
XCL  562443
XCL  562434
XCL  562503
XCL  562502
XCL  562505
XCL  562506
XCL  562504
XCL  562571
XCL  562573
XCL  554110
XCL  554111
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31195
FSC  562
FSS  573;443;434;503;502;505;506;509;571;563;561
FSC  514
FSS  558;507;561
FSC  554
FSS  110;111
UREF
PNO  5589501
ISD  19961200
NAM  Carrera et al.
OCL  514438
OREF
PAL  Ezquerra J. et al., J. Org. Chem., 1995, 60, 2925.
PAL  Moody C. M. et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1993, 34, 4667.
PAL  Escribano A. et al., Bioorg. and Med. Chem. Lett., 1998, 8, 765.
PAL  Baldwin J. E. et al., J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1987, 153.
PAL  Kasai T. et al., Agric. Biol. Chem. 1984, 48(9) , 2271.
PAL  Ouerfelli O. et al., Synlett, 1993, 409.
PAL  Panday, S. K. et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 6673.
PAL  Hon Y. et al., Heterocycles 1990, 31, 191.
PAL  Todeschi, N., et al., Journal of the Chemical Society, Perkin Transactions
      2, 1996, 1337-1351.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 90, No. 23, Jun. 4, 1979, abstract No. 187333j.
LREP
FR2  Hay; Martin A.
ABST
PAL  A pharmaceutical compound of the formula:
      ##STR1##
      in which n is 1 or 2, R.sup.1 is --CO.sub.2 H, R.sup.2 is hydrogen or
      C.sub.1-4 alkyl and
PA1  R.sup.3 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-10 alkyl, C.sub.2-10 alkenyl, optionally
      substituted phenyl, optionally substituted phenyl-C.sub.1-4 alkyl,
      optionally substituted phenyl C.sub.2-10 alkenyl,(optionally substituted
      phenyl).sub.2 -C.sub.1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-7
      cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-7 cycloalkyl-C.sub.1-4 alkyl or
      optionally substituted C.sub.3-7 cycloalkyl-C.sub.2-10 alkenyl, or
PA1  R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbon atom to which they are
      attached, form an optionally substituted C.sub.4-7 cycloalkyl group;
PA1  or a salt or ester thereof other than the compounds
      .gamma.-propylidene-L-glutamic acid, .gamma.-ethylidene-L-glutamic acid
      and .gamma.-methylidene-L-glutamic acid.
PATN
WKU  059901667
SRC  8
APN  7978200
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970207
TTL  Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Channavajjala; Lakshmi
EXP  Page; Thurman K.
INVT
NAM  Leone-Bay; Andrea
CTY  Ridgefield
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Wang; Eric
CTY  Yonkers
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Sarubbi; Donald J.
CTY  Bronxville
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Leipold; Harry
CTY  Elmsford
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Emisphere Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Tarrytown
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514563
XCL  424464
XCL  424489
XCL  514559
XCL  562444
XCL  530313
XCL  530399
XCL  530351
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  948
ICL  A01N22900
FSC  424
FSS  451;464;489
FSC  514
FSS  559;563
FSC  562
FSS  444
FSC  530
FSS  351;313;399
UREF
PNO  Re24899
ISD  19601100
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  2671451
ISD  19540300
NAM  Bolger
OCL  128260
UREF
PNO  2828206
ISD  19580300
NAM  Rosenberg
OCL   99  2
UREF
PNO  2862918
ISD  19581200
NAM  Meyer et al.
OCL  260123.5
UREF
PNO  2868740
ISD  19590100
NAM  Luce
OCL  260  8
UREF
PNO  2971916
ISD  19610200
NAM  Schleicher et al.
OCL  252 62.5
UREF
PNO  3016308
ISD  19620100
NAM  Macaulay
OCL  177 37
UREF
PNO  3052655
ISD  19620900
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  260 78
UREF
PNO  3057344
ISD  19621000
NAM  Abella et al.
OCL  128  2
UREF
PNO  3076790
ISD  19630200
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  260 78
UREF
PNO  3170802
ISD  19650200
NAM  Fukushima
OCL   99145
UREF
PNO  3190837
ISD  19650600
NAM  Brynko et al.
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  3474777
ISD  19691000
NAM  Figge et al.
OCL  128  2
UREF
PNO  3491093
ISD  19700100
NAM  Pachter et al.
OCL  260247.5
UREF
PNO  3565559
ISD  19710200
NAM  Sato
OCL  424 37
UREF
PNO  3567650
ISD  19710300
NAM  Bakan
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  3574832
ISD  19710400
NAM  Engel et al.
OCL  424183
UREF
PNO  3576758
ISD  19710400
NAM  Emrick
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  3687926
ISD  19720800
NAM  Arima et al.
OCL  260112.5
UREF
PNO  3725113
ISD  19730400
NAM  Chang
OCL  117 82
UREF
PNO  3748277
ISD  19730700
NAM  Wagner
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  3794561
ISD  19740200
NAM  Matsukawa et al.
OCL  195 29R
UREF
PNO  3795739
ISD  19740300
NAM  Birkmayer et al.
OCL  424274
UREF
PNO  3816404
ISD  19740600
NAM  Kablaoui et al.
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  3822348
ISD  19740700
NAM  Higashi et al.
OCL  424 95
UREF
PNO  3849550
ISD  19741100
NAM  Teitelbaum
OCL  424 78
UREF
PNO  3933873
ISD  19760100
NAM  Love et al.
OCL  260404
UREF
PNO  3937668
ISD  19760200
NAM  Zolle
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  3939253
ISD  19760200
NAM  Bodor et al.
OCL  424309
UREF
PNO  3956172
ISD  19760500
NAM  Saeki et al.
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  3962416
ISD  19760600
NAM  Katzen
OCL  424 19
UREF
PNO  3976773
ISD  19760800
NAM  Curran
OCL  424250
UREF
PNO  4035507
ISD  19770700
NAM  Bodor et al.
OCL  424311
UREF
PNO  4048268
ISD  19770900
NAM  Ludwig
OCL  264 15
UREF
PNO  4061466
ISD  19771200
NAM  Sjoholm et al.
OCL   23230B
UREF
PNO  4117801
ISD  19781000
NAM  Dannelly et al.
OCL  118 20
UREF
PNO  4147767
ISD  19790400
NAM  Yapel
OCL  424 22
UREF
PNO  4183849
ISD  19800100
NAM  Hansen
OCL  260112.7
UREF
PNO  4199561
ISD  19800400
NAM  Roth et al.
OCL  424 32
UREF
PNO  4217370
ISD  19800800
NAM  Rawlings et al.
OCL  426 98
UREF
PNO  4238506
ISD  19801200
NAM  Stach et al.
OCL  424319
UREF
PNO  4239635
ISD  19801200
NAM  Rieder
OCL  252 34
UREF
PNO  4239754
ISD  19801200
NAM  Sache et al.
OCL  424183
UREF
PNO  4272506
ISD  19810600
NAM  Schwarzberg
OCL  424  8
UREF
PNO  4289759
ISD  19810900
NAM  Heavner et al.
OCL  424177
UREF
PNO  4345588
ISD  19820800
NAM  Widder et al.
OCL  128  1.3
UREF
PNO  4348384
ISD  19820900
NAM  Horikoshi et al.
OCL  424101
UREF
PNO  4351337
ISD  19820900
NAM  Sidman
OCL  128260
UREF
PNO  4352883
ISD  19821000
NAM  Lim
OCL  435178
UREF
PNO  4357259
ISD  19821100
NAM  Senyei et al.
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  4388304
ISD  19830600
NAM  Nyeki et al.
OCL  424177
UREF
PNO  4393192
ISD  19830700
NAM  Curatolo et al.
OCL  528292
UREF
PNO  4402856
ISD  19830900
NAM  Schnoring et al.
OCL  428402.22
UREF
PNO  4402968
ISD  19830900
NAM  Martin
OCL  424273
UREF
PNO  4405598
ISD  19830900
NAM  Brown
OCL  424 45
UREF
PNO  4442090
ISD  19840400
NAM  Kakeya et al.
OCL  424178
UREF
PNO  4446138
ISD  19840500
NAM  Pack
OCL  424248.57
UREF
PNO  4450150
ISD  19840500
NAM  Sidman
OCL  424  1.1
UREF
PNO  4457907
ISD  19840700
NAM  Porter
OCL  424  7.1
UREF
PNO  4460563
ISD  19840700
NAM  Calanchi
OCL  424 35
UREF
PNO  4462839
ISD  19840700
NAM  McGinley et al.
OCL  106198
UREF
PNO  4462991
ISD  19840700
NAM  Higuchi et al.
OCL  424177
UREF
PNO  4473620
ISD  19840900
NAM  Wu et al.
OCL  428402.24
UREF
PNO  4483807
ISD  19841100
NAM  Asano
OCL  264 22
UREF
PNO  4492684
ISD  19850100
NAM  Goosen et al.
OCL  424 19
UREF
PNO  4518433
ISD  19850500
NAM  McGinley et al.
OCL  106180
UREF
PNO  4590265
ISD  19860500
NAM  Bogan et al.
OCL  536 63
UREF
PNO  4608278
ISD  19860800
NAM  Frank
OCL  427213.35
UREF
PNO  4613500
ISD  19860900
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  429 85
UREF
PNO  4647455
ISD  19870300
NAM  De Bold
OCL  424 95
UREF
PNO  4666641
ISD  19870500
NAM  Fickat et al.
OCL  264  4.3
UREF
PNO  4671954
ISD  19870600
NAM  Goldberg
OCL  424450
UREF
PNO  4673566
ISD  19870600
NAM  Goosen et al.
OCL  424 19
UREF
PNO  4683092
ISD  19870700
NAM  Tsang
OCL  264  4.3
UREF
PNO  4690786
ISD  19870900
NAM  Ninomiya et al.
OCL  264  4.6
UREF
PNO  4692284
ISD  19870900
NAM  Braden
OCL  264  4.3
UREF
PNO  4692433
ISD  19870900
NAM  Hostetler et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  4703042
ISD  19871000
NAM  Bodor
OCL  514 56
UREF
PNO  4708952
ISD  19871100
NAM  Salatinjants
OCL  514158
UREF
PNO  4745161
ISD  19880500
NAM  Saudek et al.
OCL  525420
UREF
PNO  4753804
ISD  19880600
NAM  Iaccheri et al.
OCL  424491
UREF
PNO  4757007
ISD  19880700
NAM  Satoh
OCL  435 69
UREF
PNO  4757024
ISD  19880700
NAM  Roper
OCL  436507
UREF
PNO  4757066
ISD  19880700
NAM  Shiokari et al.
OCL  514210
UREF
PNO  4766012
ISD  19880800
NAM  Valenti
OCL  427213.36
UREF
PNO  4774320
ISD  19880900
NAM  Tagliabue et al.
OCL  530328
UREF
PNO  4789734
ISD  19881200
NAM  Pierschbacher
OCL  530395
UREF
PNO  4835312
ISD  19890500
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  564205
UREF
PNO  4837381
ISD  19890600
NAM  Steber et al.
OCL  424502
UREF
PNO  4844904
ISD  19890700
NAM  Hamaguchi et al.
OCL  424450
UREF
PNO  4873087
ISD  19891000
NAM  Morishita et al.
OCL  424433
UREF
PNO  4878942
ISD  19891100
NAM  Motegi et al.
OCL   71109
UREF
PNO  4886663
ISD  19891200
NAM  Houghten
OCL  424 88
UREF
PNO  4895725
ISD  19900100
NAM  Kantor et al.
OCL  424455
UREF
PNO  4897444
ISD  19900100
NAM  Brynes et al.
OCL  525 54.1
UREF
PNO  4900730
ISD  19900200
NAM  Miyauchi
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  4908233
ISD  19900300
NAM  Takizawa et al.
OCL  427213.35
UREF
PNO  4919939
ISD  19900400
NAM  Baker
OCL  424493
UREF
PNO  4925673
ISD  19900500
NAM  Steiner
OCL  424455
UREF
PNO  4927928
ISD  19900500
NAM  Shroot et al.
OCL  544154
UREF
PNO  4963364
ISD  19901000
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  424455
UREF
PNO  4976968
ISD  19901200
NAM  Steiner
OCL  424491
UREF
PNO  4983402
ISD  19910100
NAM  Steiner
OCL  424491
UREF
PNO  4996292
ISD  19910200
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  528328
UREF
PNO  5019400
ISD  19910500
NAM  Gombotz et al.
OCL  424497
UREF
PNO  5023374
ISD  19910600
NAM  Simon
OCL  564152
UREF
PNO  5039481
ISD  19910800
NAM  Pacifici et al.
OCL  422  4
UREF
PNO  5041291
ISD  19910800
NAM  Bader et al.
OCL  424426
UREF
PNO  5055300
ISD  19911000
NAM  Gupta
OCL  424409
UREF
PNO  5066487
ISD  19911100
NAM  Morelle et al.
OCL  424 68
UREF
PNO  5067961
ISD  19911100
NAM  Kelman et al.
OCL  623  5
UREF
PNO  5069936
ISD  19911200
NAM  Yen
OCL  427213.33
UREF
PNO  5077278
ISD  19911200
NAM  Hafner et al.
OCL  514 30
UREF
PNO  5100669
ISD  19920300
NAM  Hyon et al.
OCL  424426
UREF
PNO  5100918
ISD  19920300
NAM  Sunshine et al.
OCL  514557
UREF
PNO  5122367
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ron et al.
OCL  424 80
UREF
PNO  5126147
ISD  19920600
NAM  Silvestri et al.
OCL  424497
UREF
PNO  5137892
ISD  19920800
NAM  Chu et al.
OCL  514278
UREF
PNO  5186947
ISD  19930200
NAM  Goettsche et al.
OCL  424638
UREF
PNO  5204099
ISD  19930400
NAM  Barbier et al.
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5206384
ISD  19930400
NAM  Shibahara et al.
OCL  548537
UREF
PNO  5216124
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hansen, Jr. et al.
OCL  530317
UREF
PNO  5244653
ISD  19930900
NAM  Berke et al.
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  5250236
ISD  19931000
NAM  Gasco
OCL  264  4.4
UREF
PNO  5271934
ISD  19931200
NAM  Goldberg et al.
OCL  424401
UREF
PNO  5271961
ISD  19931200
NAM  Mathiowitz et al.
OCL  427213.31
UREF
PNO  5278148
ISD  19940100
NAM  Branca et al.
OCL  514 19
UREF
PNO  5310535
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kruper, Jr. et al.
OCL  424  1.53
UREF
PNO  5328992
ISD  19940700
NAM  Peter et al.
OCL  534116
UREF
PNO  5352461
ISD  19941000
NAM  Feldstein et al.
OCL  424493
UREF
PNO  5384133
ISD  19950100
NAM  Boyes et al.
OCL  424501
UREF
PNO  5389377
ISD  19950200
NAM  Chagnon et al.
OCL  424450
UREF
PNO  5389379
ISD  19950200
NAM  Dirix et al.
OCL  424451
UREF
PNO  5401516
ISD  19950300
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424491
UREF
PNO  5418010
ISD  19950500
NAM  Janda et al.
OCL  427213.31
UREF
PNO  5439686
ISD  19950800
NAM  Desai et al.
OCL  424451
UREF
PNO  5443841
ISD  19950800
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424451
UREF
PNO  5447728
ISD  19950900
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424490
UREF
PNO  5451410
ISD  19950900
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424490
UREF
PNO  5474997
ISD  19951200
NAM  Gray et al.
OCL  514252
UREF
PNO  5536813
ISD  19960700
NAM  Charpenel et al.
OCL  530324
UREF
PNO  5540939
ISD  19960700
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424491
UREF
PNO  5541155
ISD  19960700
NAM  Leone-Bay et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5578323
ISD  19961100
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424499
UREF
PNO  5601846
ISD  19970200
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424499
UREF
PNO  5629020
ISD  19970500
NAM  Leone-Bay et al.
OCL  424489
UREF
PNO  5643957
ISD  19970700
NAM  Leone-Bay et al.
OCL  514563
UREF
PNO  5650386
ISD  19970700
NAM  Leone-Bay et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5665700
ISD  19970900
NAM  Cho et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5667806
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kantor
OCL  424484
UREF
PNO  5693338
ISD  19971200
NAM  Milstein
OCL  424451
UREF
PNO  5705529
ISD  19980100
NAM  Matyus et al.
OCL  514541
UREF
PNO  5709861
ISD  19980100
NAM  Santiago et al.
OCL  424184.1
UREF
PNO  5714167
ISD  19980200
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  424490
UREF
PNO  5750147
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kantor
OCL  424491
FREF
PNO  1077842
ISD  19760800
CNT  CAX
ICL  A61K  950
FREF
PNO  0 000 667 A1
ISD  19790200
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  950
FREF
PNO  0 036 145 A1
ISD  19810900
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 3162
FREF
PNO  0 068 314
ISD  19830100
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 3116
FREF
PNO  0 105 804
ISD  19840400
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 130 162 A2
ISD  19850100
CNT  EPX
ICL  B01J 1302
FREF
PNO  0 170 540 A1
ISD  19860200
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  952
FREF
PNO  0 342 054 A2
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  706
FREF
PNO  0 342 056 A2
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  706
FREF
PNO  0 365 183
ISD  19900400
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07C31121
FREF
PNO  0 366 277
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  9107
FREF
PNO  0 418 642
ISD  19910300
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 3730
FREF
PNO  0 448 057
ISD  19910900
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12P 2108
FREF
PNO  0 452 161
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  748
FREF
PNO  0 459 795
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 3702
FREF
PNO  0 467 389
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  952
FREF
PNO  0 490 549 A1
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 4712
FREF
PNO  0 517 211 A1
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 4712
FREF
PNO  0 616 799 A1
ISD  19940900
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K  700
FREF
PNO  1 351 358
ISD  19640300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  1 468 601
ISD  19670200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 133 926
ISD  19721200
CNT  FRX
ICL  A61K 2700
FREF
PNO  2 326 934
ISD  19770500
CNT  FRX
ICL  A61K 4700
FREF
PNO  2 565 102
ISD  19851200
CNT  FRX
ICL  A61K  952
FREF
PNO  2 424 169
ISD  19741200
CNT  DEX
ICL  A61K  900
FREF
PNO  2343037
ISD  19750300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3 202 255
ISD  19821000
CNT  DEX
ICL  C08L 8900
FREF
PNO  3 612 102
ISD  19861000
CNT  DEX
ICL  C07K 1500
FREF
PNO  71258/2
ISD  19871200
CNT  ILX
FREF
PNO  48-24246
ISD  19730300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-68612
ISD  19810600
CNT  JPX
ICL  A61K 3119
FREF
PNO  58-35111
ISD  19830300
CNT  JPX
ICL  A61K  966
FREF
PNO  6-107682
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  280825
ISD  19641200
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  280826
ISD  19641200
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  B-146698
ISD  19821100
CNT  NOX
ICL  A61K 3726
FREF
PNO  929401
ISD  19630600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 075 952
ISD  19670800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 236 885
ISD  19710600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 567 763
ISD  19800500
CNT  GBX
ICL  A61K  922
FREF
PNO  2 095 994
ISD  19821000
CNT  GBX
ICL  A61K  900
FREF
PNO  WO 85/00110
ISD  19850100
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 4700
FREF
PNO  WO 85/00105
ISD  19850100
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  952
FREF
PNO  WO 85/00809
ISD  19850200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 87/04076
ISD  19870700
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 4502
FREF
PNO  WO 88/01213
ISD  19880200
CNT  WOX
ICL  B23B  516
FREF
PNO  WO 92/19263
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3900
FREF
PNO  WO 93/18754
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 93/25583
ISD  19931200
CNT  WOX
ICL  C07K 1500
FREF
PNO  WO 94/11015
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3700
FREF
PNO  WO 94/14420
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 94/21234
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  700
FREF
PNO  WO 94/18997
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3700
FREF
PNO  WO 94/18950
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  9127
FREF
PNO  WO 94/24291
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 39015
FREF
PNO  WO 94/23767
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61L  916
FREF
PNO  WO 94/23702
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 94/28878
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  914
FREF
PNO  WO 95/11690
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3700
FREF
PNO  WO 85/02772
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 4900
FREF
PNO  WO 95/28920
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3119
FREF
PNO  WO 95/28838
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
ICL  A01N 3746
FREF
PNO  WO 96/12474
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 96/12475
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 96/12473
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 96/21464
ISD  19960700
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3900
FREF
PNO  WO 96/30036
ISD  19961000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/33699
ISD  19961000
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 96/40070
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  914
FREF
PNO  WO 96/40076
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  916
FREF
PNO  WO 96/39835
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A01N 4350
FREF
PNO  WO 97/10197
ISD  19970300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/31938
ISD  19970900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/36480
ISD  19971000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/47288
ISD  19971200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Airaudo, C.B. et al. (1987) Journal of Food Service, vol. 52(6), pp.
      1750-1752.
PAL  Andini, S. et al. (1975) Origins of Life, vol. 6, pp. 147-153.
PAL  Brooke, S. 1 et al. (1977) BioSystems, vol. 9, pp. 1-22.
PAL  Chen et al. (1975) "Evidence for Hemiacetal Formation", Biochemistry, vol.
      18, No. 5, pp. 921-925.
PAL  Davis et al. (1983) "Leucinal Inhibits . . . ", Pharmacology Biochemistry
      Behavior, vol. 19, pp. 791-794.
PAL  Dose, K. (1974) Origins of Life, vol. 5, pp. 239-252.
PAL  Fasman et al. (1964) Biochemistry, vol. 3, No. 11, pp. 1665-1674.
PAL  Fox, S.W. et al. (1976) BioSystems, vol. 8, pp. 40-44.
PAL  Fox, S.W. et al., Molecular Evolution and the Origin of Life, Maxel Decker,
      New York (1977).
PAL  Fox, S.W. et al. (1968) Biochim. Biophys. Acta, vol. 160, pp. 246-249.
PAL  Fox, S.W. (1976) Origins of Life, vol. 7, pp. 49-68.
PAL  Fox, S.W. (1980) Naturwissenschaften, vol. 67, pp. 378-383.
PAL  Fox, S.W. et al. (1960) Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, vol. 86,
      pp. 281-285.
PAL  Fox, S.W. et al. (1974) Origins of Life, vol. 5, pp. 227-237.
PAL  Fox, S.W. (1984) Origins of Life, vol. 14, pp. 485-488.
PAL  Gol'dovskii, A.M. (1978) Zhurnal Evolyutsionnoi Biokhimii i Fiziologii,
      vol. 14(6), pp. 437-439.
PAL  Gurrieri, S. et al. (1973) Thermochimica Acta, vol. 7, pp. 231-239.
PAL  Harada, K. et al. (1979) BioSystems, vol. 11, pp. 47-53.
PAL  Harada et al., (1960) Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, vol. 86, pp.
      274-280.
PAL  Hare (1970) Etude Cenetique De La Polycondensation Thermique D'.chi.-Amino
      Acides, vol. 45, pp. 330-339.
PAL  Heinrich, M.R. et al. (1969) Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, vol.
      130, pp. 441-448.
PAL  Heinz, B. et al. (1981) BioSystems, vol. 14, pp. 33-40.
PAL  Hennon, G. et al. (1975) Biochimie, vol. 57, pp. 1395-1396.
PAL  Hsu, L.L. et al. (1976) BioSystems, vol. 8, pp. 89-101.
PAL  Hsu, L.L. et al. (1971) Currents in Modern Biology, vol. 4, pp. 12-25.
PAL  Ishima, Y. et al. (1981), BioSystems, vol.14, pp. 243-251.
PAL  Jackson et al. (1991) "Pharmacological . . . ", J. Pharm. & Exp. Thera.,
      vol. 261, No. 1, pp. 546-552.
PAL  Jungck, J.R. et al. (1973) Naturwissenschaften, vol. 60, pp. 425-427.
PAL  Kokufuta, E. et al. (1984) BioSystems, vol. 16, pp. 175-181.
PAL  Krampitz, G. et al. (1967) Naturwissenschaften, pp. 516-517.
PAL  Krampitz, G. et al. (1968) Naturwissenschaften, pp. 345 and 346.
PAL  Krampitz, G. et al. (1966) Naturwissenschaften, pp. 7 and 8.
PAL  Lacey, Jr., J.C. et al. (1979) BioSystems, vol. 11, pp. 9-17, 1-7.
PAL  Martinez Luque-Romero, M. et al. (1986) BioSystems, vol. 19, pp. 267-272.
PAL  Masinovsky, Z. et al. (1989) BioSystems, vol. 22, pp. 305-310.
PAL  Matsuno, K. (1982) BioSystems, vol. 15, pp. 1-11.
PAL  Matsuno, K. (1984) BioSystems, vol. 17, pp. 11-14.
PAL  Matsuno, K. (1981) BioSystems, vol. 14, pp. 163-170.
PAL  McAlhaney, W.W. et al. (1976) BioSystems, vol. 8, pp. 45-50.
PAL  Melius, P. et al. (1987) BioSystems, vol. 20, pp. 213-217.
PAL  Melius, P. et al. (1975) Bioorganic Chemistry, vol. 4, pp. 385-391.
PAL  Melius, P. (1979) BioSystems, vol. 11, pp. 125-132.
PAL  Miquel, J. et al. (1971) Currents in Modern Biology, vol. 3, pp. 299-306.
PAL  Nakashima, T. et al. (1980) J. Mol. Evol., vol. 15, pp. 161-168.
PAL  Nakashima, T. et al. (1981) BioSystems, vol. 14, pp. 151-161.
PAL  Novak, V.J.A. (1984) Origins of Life, vol. 14, pp. 513-522.
PAL  Olafsson, P.G. et al. (1971) Polymer Letters, vol. 9, pp. 521-528.
PAL  Phillips, R.D. et al. (1974) Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., vol. 6, pp.
      309-319.
PAL  Przybylski, A.T. et al. (1982) Die Naturwissenschaften, vol. 69, pp.
      561-563.
PAL  Przybylski, A.T. et al. (1984) Applied Biochemistry and Biotechnology, vol.
      10, pp. 301-307.
PAL  Przybylski, A.T. (1985) BioSystems, vol. 17, pp. 281-288.
PAL  Rohlfing, D.L. (1975) Origins of Life, vol. 6, pp. 203-209.
PAL  Rohlfing, D.L. (1970) Science, vol. 169, pp. 998-1000.
PAL  Rohlfing, D.L. (1967) Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, vol. 118,
      pp. 468-474.
PAL  Rohlfing, D.L. et al. Catalytic Activities of Thermal
      Polyanhydro-.alpha.-Amino Acids, pp. 373-418.
PAL  Rohlfing, D.L. et al. (1976) BioSystems, vol. 8, pp. 139-145.
PAL  Ryan, J.W. et al. (1973) BioSystems, vol. 5, pp. 115-118.
PAL  Saunders, M.A. et al. (1974) BioSystems, vol. 6, pp. 81-92.
PAL  Snyder, W.D. et al. (1975) BioSystems, vol. 7, pp. 222-229.
PAL  Sokol, P.E. (1974) Journal of the American Oil Chemists'Society, vol. 52,
      pp. 101-102.
PAL  Tschager et al. (1988) Milchwirtschaftliche Berichte, vol. 95, pp. 79-83.
PAL  Vaughan, G. et al. (1987) BioSystems, vol. 20, pp. 219-223.
PAL  Vol'kenshtein, M.V. (1989) Molekulyarnaya Biologiya, vol. 23(1), pp. 23-37.
PAL  Waehneldt, T.V. et al. (1968) Biochim. Biophys. Acta, vol. 160, pp.
      239-245.
PAL  Williams et al. (1991) J. Biol. Chem., vol. 266, No. 8, pp. 5182-5190.
PAL  Yuki, A. et al. (1969) Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications,
      vol. 36(4), pp. 657-663.
PAL  Zulaski et al. (1983) "New Carboxyalkyl Inhibitors of Brain
      Enkenphalinase", J. Med. Chem., 26, pp. 60-65.
PAL  (1985) Chemical Abstracts, vol. No. 105(1), Abstract No. 12027p.
PAL  (1985) Chemical Abstracts, vol. No. 102(6), Abstract No. 50870d.
PAL  Chemical Abstract, vol. 80(9) Abst. No. 52392a.
PAL  Bergeron, Raymond J., et al. (1994) "Macromolecular Self-Assembly of
      Diketopiperazine Tetrapeptides", Journal of the American Chemical Society,
      vol. 116, pp. 8479-8484.
PAL  Bergeron, Raymond J., et al. (1993) "A Comparative Study of the
      Iron-Clearing Properties of Desferrithiocin Analogues With Desferrioxamine
      B in a Cebus Monkey Model", Blood, vol. 81, No. 8, pp. 2166-2173.
PAL  Bergeron, Raymond J., et al. (1992) "A Comparison of the Iron-Clearing
      Properties of 1,2-Dimethyl-3-Hydroxypyrid-4-One.
      1,2-Diethyl-3-Hydroxypyrid-4-One, and Deferoxamine", Blood, vol. 79, No.
      7, pp. 1882-1890.
PAL  Bergeron, Raymond J., et al. (1991) "Evaluation of Desferrithiocin and Its
      Synthetic Analogs as Orally Effective Iron Chelators", Journal of
      Medicinal Chemistry, vol. 34, No. 7, pp. 2072-2078.
PAL  Bergeron, Raymond et al., "A Comparative Evaluation of Iron Clearance
      Models", Annals New York Academy of Sciences, pp. 278-393.
PAL  Andriuoli, G., et al. (1990), Haemostasis 20 (suppl. 1):154-158.
PAL  Caramazza, I., et al. (1991), Thrombosis Research 62:785-789.
PAL  Guarini, S., et al. (1983), Experimentia 41:350-352.
PAL  Guarini, S., et al. (1985), Pharmacological Research Communications
      17(8):685-697.
PAL  Dal Pozzo, A., et al. (1989), Thrombosis Research 56:119-124.
PAL  Gelb, R., et al (1983), Lite Sciences 33(1):83-85.
PAL  Watterberg et al. (1988), Pediatric Research, vol. 23, No. 4, part 2, p.
      570A, col. 1, abstract No. 2209.
PAL  Bernstein (1985), Chest 87(1):68S-73S.
PAL  Damge et al. (1988), Diabetes 37:246-251.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts:83 184360k, (1975).
PAL  Amino, Y., et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. 36(11):4426-4434 (1988).
PAL  Baughman, R.A. et al., Proc. of the 6th Inter'l. Symp. on Recent Advs. in
      Drug Delivery Systems, Ctr. for Controlled Chem. Delivery, University of
      Utah, Feb. 22-25, 1993, Salt Lake City, UT, pp. 179-180 "Method for
      Assessing The Stability of Proteinoid Microspheres".
PAL  Haas, S. et al., "Assessment Of Stability Of Proteinoid Microspheres",
      Proceed. Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater., 20 (1993), Controlled
      Release Society, Inc.
PAL  X. Ma, et al., Proceed. Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater.,
      20(1993), Controlled Release Society, Inc. "In Vitro Mechanistic
      Investigation of the Proteinoid Microsphere Oral Delivery System".
PAL  Yen, H.-R H., et al., "Adsorption of Sulforhodamine 101 on Proteinoid
      Microspheres" Proceed. Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater., 20
      (1993), Controlled Release Society, Inc.
PAL  Presented at "IBC Rational Drug Design Conference", San Diego, Calif.--Dec.
      1994.
PAL  Leone-Bay et al., Presented at "Winter Conference on Medicinal and
      Bioorganic Chemistry" Steamboat Springs, Colorado--Feb. 1995 "Microsphere
      Formation and Drug Delivery in a Series of Derivatized Amino Acids".
PAL  Santiago et al., Pharm. Res. 11: 1994, p. S-298 "Oral Delivery of Heparin
      Microspheres made with Modified Amino Acids".
PAL  Leone-Bay et al., Pharm. Res. 11: 1994, p. S-121 "Oral Delivery of Heparin
      using Acylated Amino Acids".
PAL  Sarubbi et al., Pharm. Res. 11: 1994, p. S-299 "Oral Calcitonin Delivery
      using the PODDS Technology".
PAL  Leipold et al., Pharm. Res. 11: 1994, p. S-298 "Oral Delivery of Interferon
      in Rats and Primates".
PAL  Santiago et al., Pharm. Res. 11: 1994, p. S-298 "Evaluation in Rats of
      Vehicles for the Oral Delivery of Low Molecular Weight Heparin".
PAL  X. Ma et al., PDD 7303 Pharmaceutical Research 9(10):S-244, 1992. (Oct.
      Supplement).
PAL  Milstein et al., Symposia Abstracts. AAPS Annual Meeting, San Antonia, TX,
      Nov. 15-19, 1993.
PAL  Santiago et al. "Initial Studies In The Assessment of Proteinoid
      Microsphere Activity" Proceed. Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater.,
      20 (1993), Controlled Release Society, Inc.
PAL  Santiago et al. "Oral Immunization of Rats with Influenza Virus M Protein
      (M1) Microspheres" Proceed. Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater., 19
      (1992), Controlled Release Society, Inc., pp. 116-117.
PAL  Santiago et al. "Proteinoid Microspheres For The Oral Delivery of Heparin"
      Proceed. Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater., 19 (1992), Controlled
      Release Society, Inc. pp. 514-515.
PAL  Santiago et al. American Society for Microbiology 92nd General Meeting,
      Abstract of the General Meeting, p. 159, May 26-30, 1992.
PAL  Milstein et al. "Preparation And In Vitro Characterization Of Proteinoid
      Microspheres" Proceed Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater., 19
      (1992), Controlled Release Society, Inc. pp. 516-517.
PAL  Doris K. Chiappetta, Eastern Analytical Symposium, Nov. 17, 1992 "Solutions
      for Problems in Bioanalysis".
PAL  Elizabeth A. Harris. M.S., Eastern Analytical Symposium, Nov. 17, 1992
      "Solutions for Problems in Bioanalysis".
PAL  AAPS 6TH Ann. Meeting and Expo., "Proteinoids--A Novel Drug Delivery
      System" Nov. 19, 1992, p. 33.
PAL  Milstein et al., "Efficient Oral Delivery Of Monoclonal Antibodies By
      Proteinoid Encapsulation" The 1993 Miami Bio/Technology Winter
      Symposium--Advances in Gene Technology: Protein Engineering and Beyond,
      Jan. 17-22, 1993.
PAL  Xinghang Ma, et al. "Stability Study of Drug-loaded Proteinoid Microsphere
      Formulations during Freeze-drying" Journal of Drug Targeting, 1994, vol.
      2, pp. 9-21.
PAL  Baughman et al., "Screening Candidate Microsphere Formulations By
      Incubating In Simulated Digestive Fluids" Proc. of the 6th Intern'l.
      Sympo. on Recent Advances in Drug Delivery Systems, Ctr. for Controlled
      Chem. Delivery, University of Utah, Feb. 22-25, 1993, pp. 181-182.
PAL  Robert O. Dillman, M.D., Annals of Internal Medicine 1989:111 pp. 592-600,
      "Monoclonal Antibodies for Treating Cancer".
PAL  Brendan D. Curti, Critical Reviews of Oncology/Hematology, 1993: 14 pp.
      29-39 "Physical barriers to drug delivery in tumors".
PAL  V. Hird et al, Genes and Cancer, edited by Desmond Carney & Karol Sikora,
      pp. 183-189, Immunotherapy with Monoclonal Antibodies.
PAL  Michael E. Osband et al., Immunology Today, vol. 11, No.6 1990, pp. 93-95,
      "Problems in the investigational study and clinical use of cancer
      immunotherapy".
PAL  William J. Harris, Tibtech Feb. 1993 vol.11, pp. 42-44 "Therapeutic
      antibodies--the coming of age".
PAL  Thomas A. Waldmann, Science, Jun. 21, 1991, 252:1657-1662, "Monoclonal
      Antibodies in Diagnosis and Therapy".
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 76(14):72994u, (1971).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 84(7):44660d, (1975).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 86(16):107529g, (1976).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 112(15):134663h, (1989).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 114(22):214519x, (1990).
PAL  J. Gyore et al., Thermal Analysis, vol. 2--Proceeding Fourth ICTA Budapest
      1974, pp. 387-394.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 99(19) 158832b, (1982).
PAL  Derwent Abstracts, JP 67008622, (1967).
PAL  Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, vol. 38, No. 21, pp. 4257-4262, (1995),
      "Microsphere Formation in a Series of Derivatized .alpha.-Amino Acids:
      Properties, Molecular Modeling, and Oral Delivery of Salmon Calcitonin".
PAL  Andrea Leone-Bay et al., Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, vol. 38, No. 21,
      pp. 4263-4269, (1995), "N-Acylated .alpha.-Amino Acids as Novel Oral
      Delivery Agents for Proteins".
PAL  The Extra Pharmacopoeia, Thirtieth Edition, pp. 325-326, (1993).
PAL  Stephen J. Douglas et al., Chemistry and Industry, vol. 22:748-751, 1985.
PAL  C.A. Finch, Chemistry and Industry, vol. 22:752-756, 1985.
PAL  John A. Butera et al., J. Med. Chem., vol. 34:3212-3228, 1990.
PAL  Madeline G. Cimini et al., Ann. Report in Med Chem., vol. 27:89-98., 1992.
PAL  Bernadette Earley et al., Brain Research, vol. 546:282-286, 1991.
PAL  John W. Ellingboe et al., J. Med Chem., vol. 35:705-716, 1992.
PAL  William C. Lumma et al., J. Med Chem., vol. 30:758-763, 1987.
PAL  Joseph J. Lynch et al., J. of Pharm. and Exp. Therap., vol. 269:541-554,
      1994.
PAL  Kiyoshi Matsuno et al., Brain Research, vol. 575:315-319, 1992.
PAL  Thomas K. Morgan et al., J. Med. Chem., vol. 33:1091-1097, 1990.
PAL  Hitoshi Oinuma et al., J. Med Chem., vol. 33:903-905, 1990.
PAL  Tadimeti S. Rao et al., Molecular Pharmacology, vol.37:978-982, 1990.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, 99(23):191473h, Dec. 5, 1983.
PAL  R. Langer, Science, 249:1527-1533, 1990.
PAL  M. Alonso et al., Vaccine, 12:299, 1994.
PAL  A. Leone-Bay et al., J. Med. Chem., 39:2571-2578, 1996.
PAL  R. Thompson, Biochemistry, 12:47-51, 1973.
PAL  S.A. Thompson, J. Med. Chem., abstract, 86:174780, 1986.
PAL  Franssen et al., J. Med. Chem., 35:1246-1259, 1992.
PAL  Kondo, Microcapsule Processing and Technology, pp. 154-165, 1979.
PAL  Pastores et al., Journal of Liquid Chromatography, 18:3049-3059, 1995.
PAL  Sinha et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry, 260:10714-10719, 1985.
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  Carrier compounds and compositions therewith which are useful in the
      delivery of active agents are provided. Methods of administration and
      preparation are provided as well.
PATN
WKU  059901675
SRC  8
APN  909492&
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970812
TTL  Activity-inhibitor and activity-potentiator for glutamic acid in the
      brain
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Reamer; James H.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Torii; Kunio
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kondo; Takashi
CTY  Toyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mallick; Hrudananda
CTY  New Delhi
CNT  INX
ASSG
NAM  Japan Science and Technology Corporation
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Ajinomoto Co., Inc.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960812
APN  8-212838
CLAS
OCL  514564
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31195
FSC  514
FSS  561;564
UREF
PNO  4372774
ISD  19830200
NAM  Fish et al.
OCL  424319
UREF
PNO  5373085
ISD  19941200
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  528328
UREF
PNO  5470846
ISD  19951100
NAM  Sandyk
OCL  514159
UREF
PNO  5587399
ISD  19961200
NAM  Acousta et al.
OCL  514561
UREF
PNO  5602150
ISD  19970200
NAM  Lidsky
OCL  514327
UREF
PNO  5643954
ISD  19970700
NAM  Komissarova et al.
OCL  514561
UREF
PNO  5668117
ISD  19970900
NAM  Shapiro
OCL  514 55
UREF
PNO  5691325
ISD  19971100
NAM  Sandyk
OCL  514159
UREF
PNO  5693614
ISD  19971200
NAM  Torii et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5731349
ISD  19980300
NAM  Komissarova et al.
OCL  514561
OREF
PAL  Chang et al II Eur. J. Pharmacol 233 12-3 209-217, p. 66, 36-37, (1993).
PAL  Chang et al. III Neurochem. Res. 20(8):931-937, p. 61-62, (1995).
PAL  Chang et al I Eur. J. Pharmacol. 193(2) 239-247, p. 68-69, (1991).
PAL  Starr et al Pharmacol Biochem Behav 4512:321-325, p. 34-35, (1993).
PAL  Pautler Medical Hypothesis 42(6):363-366, p. 72-73, (1994).
PAL  Dorheim et al Biochemical Biophys Res. Commun. 205/1:659-665, p. 29-30,
      (1994).
PAL  Rigaud-Monnet et al Brain Research 673/2:297-303, p. 25-25, (1995).
PAL  Herberg et al. Psycho Pharmacology 119(1):115-123, p. 64-65 22-23, (1995).
PAL  Habu et al Biochem Mol. Biol. Int. 39(1):87-95, p. 59-60, (1996).
PAL  Prendergast et al Pharmacol Biochem Behav. 56(1):81-87, p. 60, (1997).
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides an activity-inhibitor for glutamic acid in
      the brain which comprises L-lysine or its derivatives. The present
      invention also provides an activity-inhibitor for glutamic acid in the
      brain which comprises L-arginine or its derivatives. The present invention
      further provides an activity-potentiator for glutamic acid in the brain
      which comprises glycine or its derivatives.
PATN
WKU  059901683
SRC  8
APN  8445311
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19970417
TTL  Methods and compositions for the treatment of ataxia telangiectasia
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Gerstl; Robert
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Paterson; Malcolm C.
CTY  Riyadh
CNT  SAX
INVT
NAM  Mirzayans; Razmik
CTY  Edmonton
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Alberta Cancer Board
CTY  Edmonton
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  514573
XCL  424  4
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31557
FSC  514
FSS  573
FSC  424
FSS  4
FREF
PNO  2011969
ISD  19700300
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Askew, et al., 1989, "Molecular Recognition with Convergent Functional
      Groups. Synthethic and Structural Studies with a Model Receptor for
      Nucleic Acid Components", J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111:108-1090.
PAL  Aurias and Dutrillaux, 1986, "A possible new type of chromosome
      rearrangement: telomere-centromere translocation (tct) followed by double
      duplication", Hum. Genet. 72: 25-26.
PAL  Aurias and Dutrillaux, 1986, "Probable involvement of immunoglobulin
      superfamily genes in most recurrent chromosomal rearrangements from ataxia
      telangiectasia", Hum. Genet. 72:210-214.
PAL  Bar et al., 1978, "Extreme Insulin Resistance in Ataxia Telangiectasia",
      New Eng. J. Med. 298:1164-1171.
PAL  Beamish and Lavin, 1994, "Radiosensitivity in ataxia-telangiectasia:
      anomalies in radiation-induced cell cycle delay", Int. J. Radiat. Biol.
      65:175-184.
PAL  Bigbee et al., 1989, "Evidence for an Elevated Frequency of In Vivo Somatic
      Cell Mutations in Ataxia Telangiectasia", Am. J. Hum. Genet. 44:402-408.
PAL  Corey et al., 1969, Stereo-Controlled Synthesis of Prostaglandins
      F.sub.2.alpha. and E.sub.2 (dl), J. Am. Chem. Soc. 91:5675-5677.
PAL  Croce et al., 1985, "Gene for .alpha.-Chain of Human T-Cell Receptor:
      Location on Chromosome 14 Region Involved in T-Cell Neoplasms", Science
      227:1044-1047.
PAL  Ford and Easton, 1995, "The genetics of breast of ovarian cancer", Br. J.
      Cancer 72:805-812.
PAL  Gatti et al., 1991, "Ataxia-Telangiectasia: An Interdisciplinary Approach
      to Pathogenesis", Medicine 70:99-117.
PAL  Hartwell and Kastan, 1994, "Cell Cycle Control and Cancer", Science
      266:1821-1828.
PAL  Heather et al., 1973, "Total Synthesis of Prostaglandins. V. A Synthesis of
      (.times. )-Prostaglandin E.sub.2 Via a Totally Asymmetric Process",
      Tetrahedron Letters 25:2313-2316.
PAL  Henderson et al., 1985, "Diagnosis of Ataxia-Telangiectasia by T-Lymphocyte
      Cloning Assay", Lancet 11:1242.
PAL  Hernandez et al., 1993, "A family showing no evidence of linkage between
      the ataxia telangiectasia gene and chromosome 11 q22-23", J. Med. Genet.
      30:135-140.
PAL  Houghten et al., 1991, "Generation and use of synthetic peptide
      combinatorial libraries for basic research and drug discovery", Nature
      354:84-86.
PAL  Hynes, 1992, "Integrins: Versatility, Modulation, and Signaling in Cell
      Adhesion", Cell 69:11-25.
PAL  Jaspers et al., 1988, "Genetic complementation analysis of ataxia
      telangiectasia and Nijmegen breakage syndrome: a survey of 50 patients",
      Cytogenet. Cell Genet. 49:259-263.
PAL  Kastan et al., 1992, "A Mammalian Cell Cycle Checkpoint Pathway Utilizing
      p53 and GADD45 Is Defective in Ataxia-Telangiectasia", Cell 71:587-597.
PAL  Kastan et al., 1991, "Participation of p53 Protein in the Cellular Response
      to DNA Damage", Cancer Res. 51:6304-6311.
PAL  Khanna & Lavin, 1993, "Ionizing radiation and UV induction of p53 protein
      by different pathways in ataxia-telangiectasia cells", Oncogene
      8:3307-3312.
PAL  Kuerbitz et al., 1992, "Wild-type p53 is a cell cycle checkpoint
      determinant following irradiation", Pro. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
      89:7491-7495.
PAL  Kuhnlein and Paterson, 1990, "Increased uracil-DNA glycosylase, AP-DNA
      binding protein and deoxyribonuclease activities in tumor and
      SV40-transformed cell lines of huma origin", Carcinogenesis 11:117-121.
PAL  Lam, et al., 1991, "A new type of synthetic peptide library for identifying
      ligand-binding activity", Nature 354:82-84.
PAL  Lewis and Dean, 1989, "Automated site-directed drug design: the concept of
      spacer skeletons for primary structure generation", Proc. R. Soc. Lond.
      236:125-140.
PAL  Lewis and Dean, 1989, "Automated site-directed drug design: the formation
      of molecular templates in primary structure generation", Proc. R. Soc.
      Lond. 236:141-162.
PAL  McKinaly and Rossmann, 1989, "Rational Design of Antiviral Agents", Annu.
      Rev. Pharmacol. Toxiciol. 29: 111-122.
PAL  Mohamed et al., 1987, "A Defect in DNA Topoisomerase II Activity in
      Ataxia-Telangiectasia Cells", Biochem. Biophys Res. Commun. 149:233-238.
PAL  Pippard et al., 1988, "Cancer in Homozygotes and Heterozygotes of
      Ataxia-Telangiectasia and Xeroderma Pigmentosum in Britain", Cancer Res.
      48:2929-2932.
PAL  Ripka, Jun. 16, 1988, "Computers picture the perfect drug", New Scientist
      54-57.
PAL  Rosin et al., 1989, "Heterogeneity of chromosomal breakage levels in
      epithelial tissue of ataxia-telangiectasia homozygotes and heterozygotes",
      Hum. Genet. 83:133-138.
PAL  Rouvinen et al., 1988, "Computer-Aided Drug Design", Acta Pharmaceutical
      Fennica 97:159-166.
PAL  Russo et al., 1989, "Molecular analysis of a t(14;14) translocation in
      leukemic T-cells of an ataxia telangiectasia patient", Proc. Natl. Acad.
      Sci. 86:602-606.
PAL  Savitsky et al., 1995, "A Single Ataxia Telangiectasia Gene with a Product
      Similar to PI-3 Kinase", Science 268:1749-1753.
PAL  Saxon et al., 1979, "Helper and Suppressor T-Lymphocyte Leukemia in Ataxia
      Telangiectasia", New Eng. J. Med. 300:700-704.
PAL  Sedgwick and Boder (1991) in Handbook of Clinical Neurology: Hereditary
      Neuropathies and Spinocellular Atrophies vol. 16(60) (P.J. Ninken et al.,
      edu.), pp. 347-423, Elsevier Science, Amsterdam.
PAL  Shaham and Becker, 1981, "The Ataxia Telangiectasia Clastogenic Factor is a
      Low Molecular Weight Peptide", Hum. Genet. 58:422-424.
PAL  Shiloh et al., 1989, "G.sub.2 chromosomal radiosensitivity in families with
      ataxia-telangiectasia", Hum. Genet. 84:15-18.
PAL  Songyang et al., 1993, "SH2 Domains Recognize Specific Phosphopeptide
      Sequences", Cell 72:767-778.
PAL  Swift et al., 1991, "Incidence of Cancer in 161 Families Affected by
      Ataxia-Telangiectasia", New Eng. J. Med. 325:1831-1836.
PAL  Swift et al., 1987, "Breast and Other Cancers in Families with
      Ataxia-Telangiectasia", New Eng. J. Med. 316:1289-1294.
PAL  Weeks et al., 1991, "Assessment of Chronic .gamma. Radiosensitivity as an
      in Vitro Assay for Heterozygote Identification of Ataxia-Telangiectasia",
      Radiat. Res. 128:90-99.
PAL  Woods and Taylor, 1992, "Ataxia Telangiectasia in the British Isles: The
      Clinical and Laboratory Features of 70 Affected Individuals", Quart. J.
      Med. 82:169-179.
PAL  Wooster et al., 1993, "Absence of linkage to the ataxia telangiectasia
      locus in familial breast cancer", Hum. Genet. 92:91-94.
PAL  Zakian, 1995, "ATM-Related Genes: What do They Tell Us about Functions of
      the Human Gene?", Cell 82:685-687.
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  Embodiments of the invention include formulations for the treatment of (AT)
      ataxia telangiectasia patient and asymptomatic AT heterozygous carriers.
      The subject formulations comprise one or more different prostaglandins and
      a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Preferably the prostaglandins are
      group E prostaglandins, prostaglandin E2 being particularly preferred.
      Other embodiments of the invention include methods of treating AT patients
      and AT carriers. These methods comprise the steps of administering an
      effective amount of a prostaglandin containing composition of the
      invention. Other embodiments of the invention include methods of treating
      AT patients and carriers with radiotherapy. The methods comprise the steps
      of administering and effective amount of a prostaglandin containing
      formulations of the invention and subsequently irradiating the subject
      with an amount of radiation sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic
      effect. Other embodiments of the invention include methods of radioimaging
      AT patients and AT carriers. The methods comprise the steps of
      administering an effective amount of a prostaglandin containing
      formulation of the invention and subsequently irradiating the subject with
      an amount of radiation to produce a diagnostic image of interest.
PATN
WKU  059901691
SRC  8
APN  8067716
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970226
TTL  Compositions and methods for treating bone deficit conditions
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Craires; Theodore J.
NDR  91
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Petrie; Charles
CTY  Woodinville
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Orme; Mark W.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Baindur; Nand
CTY  Edmonds
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Robbins; Kirk G.
CTY  Renton
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Harris; Scott M.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Mundy; Gregory R.
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  ZymoGenetics, Inc.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Osteoscreen, Inc.
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  736228
APD  19961023
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  514613
XCL  514322
XCL  514614
XCL  514616
XCL  514167
XCL  514706
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31445
ICL  A61K 3116
ICL  A61K 3118
FSC  514
FSS  322;613;614;616;617;706
UREF
PNO  5280040
ISD  19940100
NAM  Labroo et al.
OCL  514422
UREF
PNO  5441964
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bryant et al.
OCL  514324
UREF
PNO  5523309
ISD  19960600
NAM  Bryant et al.
OCL  514320
UREF
PNO  5576340
ISD  19961100
NAM  Fijuita et al.
OCL  514369
UREF
PNO  5622974
ISD  19970400
NAM  Muehl
OCL  514320
FREF
PNO  WO93/10113 A1
ISD  19930500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO95/10513 A1
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Mundy, G.R., "Cytokines and Growth Factors in the Regulation of Bone
      Remodeling," Journal of Bone and Mineral Research (1993) 8(2):S505-S510.
PAL  Mundy, G.R., "Regulation of Bone Formation by Bone Morphogenetic Proteins
      and Other Growth Factors," Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research
      (1996) 324:24-28.
PAL  Harris, S.E., et al., "Effects of Transforming Growth Factor .beta. on Bone
      Nodule Formation and Expression of Bone Morphogenetic Protein 2,
      Osteocalcin, Osteopontin, Alkaline Phosphatase, and Type 1 Collagen mRNA
      in Long-Term Cultures of Fetal Rat Calvarial Osteoblast," Journal of Bone
      and Mineral Reseach (1994) 9(6):855-863.
PAL  Stein, G.S., et al., "Bone cell differentiation; a functionally coupled
      relationship between expression of cell-growth-and tissue-specific genes,"
      Current Opinion in Cell Biology (1990)2:1018-1027.
PAL  Urist, M.R., "Bone: Formation by Autoinduction," Science (1965)
      150:893-899.
PAL  Wozney, J.M., et al., "Novel Regulators of Bone Formation: Molecular Clones
      and Activities," Science (1988) 242:1528-1534.
PAL  Wozney, J.M., "The Bone Morphogenetic Protein Family and Osteogenesis,"
      Molecular Reproduction and Development (1992) 32:160-167.
PAL  Von Angerer et al. Studies on Heterocyle-based pure estrogen antagonist.
      Ann. N.Y. Academy Sciences. 1995, vol. 761, pp. 176-191, see especially
      pp. 178-180.
PAL  Chem. abstr. vol. 127, abstract No. 127:17703, Petrie et al. Preparation of
      (hetero aromatic compounds for treating bone deficit conditions,
      WO-97/15308 (Eng.) (1997).
PAL  Chem abstr. vol. 107, abst. No. 107:109578, Watts et al., Studies on the
      ligand specificity and potential identify of microsomal
      antiestrogen-binding sites, Mol. Pharmocol. 1987, 31(5), 541-51.
PAL  Chem abstr. vol. 108, abstract No. 108:69162, Jordan et al., Effects of
      antiestrogens on bone in castrated and intact female rats, Breast Cancer
      Res. Treat. 1987, (10)1, 31-5.
PAL  Chem. abstr. vol. 115, abstract No. 115:8533, Schwarz et al.
      1,2-diphenyl-l-pyridybut-l-enes--potential antigestrogens. part 1.
      synthesis Arch. Pharm. 1991, 324(4), 223-9.
PAL  Neelam et al. Structure-activity relationship of antiestrogens: A study
      using triarylbutenone, benzofuran and triayrlfuran analogues as models for
      triarylethylenes and triarylpropenones. J. Med. chem. 1989, vol. 32, pp.
      1700-1707, see entire article.
LREP
FRM  Morrison & Foerster, LLP
ABST
PAL  Compounds containing two aromatic systems covalently linked through a
      linker containing one or more atoms, or "linker" defined as including a
      covalent bond per se so as to space the aromatic systems at a distance
      1.5-15 .ANG., are effective in treating conditions associated with bone
      deficits. The compounds can be administered to vertebrate subjects alone
      or in combination with additional agents that promote bone growth or that
      inhibit bone resorption. They can be screened for activity prior to
      administration by assessing their ability to effect the transcription of a
      reporter gene coupled to a promoter associated with a bone morphogenetic
      protein and/or their ability to stimulate calvarial growth in model animal
      systems.
PATN
WKU  059901705
SRC  8
APN  8603561
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19970930
TTL  Therapeutic use of mono and bicarboxylic acid amides active at the
      peripheral cannabinoid receptor
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Solola; Taofiq A.
EXP  Richter; Johann
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Della Valle; Francesco
CTY  Padua
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Leon; Alberta
CTY  Padua
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Marcolongo; Gabriele
CTY  Padua
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Lorenzi; Silvana
CTY  Padua
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Lifegroup S.p.A.
CTY  Monselice
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19941214
APN  MI9402512
CLAS
OCL  514613
XCL  514676
XCL  514679
XCL  514716
XCL  544107
XCL  562555
XCL  564152
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3116
ICL  C07C23301
ICL  C07C23570
ICL  C07D26530
FSC  514
FSS  613;676;679;716
FSC  562
FSS  555
FSC  544
FSS  107
FSC  564
FSS  152
FREF
PNO  550008 A2
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Munro et al., Nature, vol. 365 pp. 61-65, 1993.
PAL  Facci et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA vol. 92 pp. 3376-3380, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Watov & Kipnes, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/04927
PD1  19970930
PD2  19970930
PD3  19951213
PCP  WO96/18391
PCD  19960620
ABST
PAR  The following description concerns a therapeutic method for the treatment
      of diseases connected with the modulation of the cannabinoid peripheral
      receptor, comprising administering amidic derivatives of mono and
      bicarboxylic acids with aminoalcohols or arninoethers selectively active
      on said receptor.
PATN
WKU  059901713
SRC  8
APN  9452931
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970925
TTL  Hydrazonoacetic acid amides and the use thereof as pesticides
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Kumar; Shailendra
INVT
NAM  Seitz; Thomas
CTY  Langenfeld
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Stenzel; Klaus
CTY  Dusseldorf
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950405
APN  195 12 617
CLAS
OCL  514614
XCL  514451
XCL  514461
XCL  514475
XCL  514520
XCL  514529
XCL  514534
XCL  514599
XCL  514615
XCL  549356
XCL  549429
XCL  549512
XCL  558411
XCL  560 24
XCL  560 27
XCL  560 29
XCL  560 30
XCL  560 45
XCL  564 74
XCL  564147
XCL  564134
XCL  564142
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 3116
ICL  C07C24312
ICL  C07C23102
ICL  C07C23300
FSC  564
FSS  147;74;134;142
FSC  514
FSS  614;615;599;520;529;534;451;461;475
FSC  558
FSS  411
FSC  560
FSS  45;24;27;29;30
FSC  349
FSS  512;429;356
UREF
PNO  5461049
ISD  19951000
NAM  O'Brien et al.
FREF
PNO  2232449
ISD  19740100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9429267
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Shawali et al, Tetrahedron, pp. 2517-2528, 1971.
PAL  Popp et al, Notes pp. 473-475, 1971.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 112, No. 8, Feb. 19, 1990, Abstract No. 57392,
      Hanna, M.A., et al. "Photoxidation retardants . . . derivatives".
PAL  Liebigs Ann. Chem. (1989), (12), 1271-4, Moderhack, Dietrich, "Ring
      Cleavage of . . . nucleophiles", p. 1271.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 110, No. 21, May 22, 1989, Abstract No. 192697,
      El-Reedy, A.M., et al., "Reactions with monothiomalonaamides . . .
      thiazoles".
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 108, No. 9, Feb. 29, 1988, Abstract No. 75196,
      Mohareb, R.M., et al., "Polyfunctionally substituted . . .
      cyanoacetranilide".
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 95, No. 23, Dec. 7, 1981, Abstract No. 203515,
      Dubenko, R.G. et al., "Study of a series . . . salts".
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 93, No. 9, Sep. 1, 1980, Abstract No. 94934,
      Monguzzi, R. et al., "Synthesis and . . . acids".
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 87, No. 21, Nov. 21, 1977, Abstract No. 162131,
      Mahevskaya, M.S., "Synthesis and arylhdrazones".
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 80, No. 21, May 27, 1974, Moderhack, Dietrich, et
      al. "2-(N-Alkylhydroxylamino)acid . . . amides".
PAL  J. Heterocycl. Chem. (1971), 8(3), 473-5, Popp, Frank, et al., "Reaction of
      . . . amines".
PAL  Tetrahedron (1971), 27(12), 2517-28, Shawali, A.S.A.S., et al., "Synthesis
      and reaction . . . chlorides".
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 123, No. 25, Dec. 18, 1995, Abstract No. 339119,
      Frohberg, Petra, et al., "Lipoxygenase inhibitors . . . amidrazones".
PAL  English language translation of DE 2,232,449, 1974.
LREP
FRM  Sprung Kramer Schaefer & Briscoe
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/01308
PD1  19970925
PD2  19970925
PD3  19960325
PCP  WO96/31464
PCD  19961010
ABST
PAR  The invention concerns hydrazonoacetic acid amides of general formula (I),
      a process for producing them, and the use of the said amides as
      pesticides. In the formula shown, the following meanings apply: A stands
      for a simple bond or optionally substituted alkylene; Q stands for oxygen
      or sulphur, R.sup.1 stands for optionally substituted cycloalkyl,
      cycloalkenyl, aryl or heterocyclyl; R.sup.2 stands for hydrogen or
      optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl or
      heterocyclyl; R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are identical or different and each
      stand for hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl or cycloalkyl; R.sup.2
      and R.sup.3 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound form
      an optionally substituted heterocyclyl ring; R.sup.5 stands for optionally
      substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl or heterocyclyl.
PATN
WKU  059901721
SRC  8
APN  8074739
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970227
TTL  Peptidomimetics for the treatment of HIV infection
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Kumar; Shailendra
INVT
NAM  Pincus; Matthew R.
CTY  Brooklyn
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Kende; Andrew S.
CTY  Pittsford
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Hlavka; Joseph J.
CTY  Tuxedo Park
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Abajian; Henry B.
CTY  Hillsdale
STA  NJ
R47  4
ASSG
NAM  Innapharma, Inc.
CTY  Suffern
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514621
XCL  514545
XCL  514681
XCL  514724
XCL  514730
XCL  560 51
XCL  560 53
XCL  564169
XCL  568327
XCL  568808
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31165
ICL  C07C23305
FSC  564
FSS  169;170;171;172
FSC  514
FSS  621;545;681;724;730
FSC  560
FSS  51;53
FSC  568
FSS  327
UREF
PNO  4442090
ISD  19840400
NAM  Kakeya et al.
OCL  424178
UREF
PNO  4835192
ISD  19890500
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  514729
UREF
PNO  5162499
ISD  19921100
NAM  Trampota et al.
OCL  530328
UREF
PNO  5210228
ISD  19930500
NAM  Todd et al.
OCL  549292
UREF
PNO  5276016
ISD  19940100
NAM  Pert et al.
OCL  514 15
UREF
PNO  5308864
ISD  19940500
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  514460
FREF
PNO  88/09338
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  579363 A1
ISD  19940100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  5085931
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  CA 63:4341 h, 1965.
PAL  Abdel-Meguid, S.S. et al. (1994), "An Orally Biovailable HIV-1 Protease
      Inhibitor Containing an Imidazole-Derived Peptide Bond Reaplcement:
      Crystallographic and Pharmacokinetic Analysis," Biochemistry
      33(39):11671-11677.
PAL  Ayuso, J.L. (1994), "Use of Psychotropic Drugs in Patients with HIV
      Infection," Drugs 47(4):599-610.
PAL  Brenneman et al. (1988), "Peptide T Sequences Prevent Neuronal Cell Death
      Produced by the Envelope Protein (gp120) of the Human Immunodeficiency
      Virus," Drug Dev. Res. 15(4):361-369.
PAL  Buzy et al. (1992), "Potent gp120-like neurotoxic activity in the
      cerebrospinal fluid of HIV-infected individuals is blocked by peptide T,"
      Brain Res. 598:10-18.
PAL  Caglioti (1996), "The reduction of tosylhydrazones and of acyl
      tosylhydrazides," Tetrahedron 22:487-493.
PAL  Carucci, J.E. et al. (1989), "Blocking of the nucleotide exchange of the
      P21 protein with an active site affinity label," Med. Sci. Res.
      17:559-560.
PAL  Chen (1989), "Comparitive X-ray Crystallographic Evidence for a .beta.-Bend
      Conformation as the Active Structure for Peptide T in T4 Receptor
      Recognition," J. Protein Chem. 8:87-100.
PAL  Connell, E.V. et al. (Feb. 1994), "Combinative interactions of a human
      immunodeficiency virus (HIV) Tat antagonist with HIV reverse transcriptase
      inhibitors and an HIV protease inhibitor," Antimicrob. Agents Chemother.
      (US) 38 (2):348-52.
PAL  Dorsey, B.D. et al. (1994), "The Design of a Potent and Orally Bioavailable
      HIV Protease Inhibitor," J. Med. Chem. 37:(21):3443-3451.
PAL  Dreiding et al. (1955), "A Synthesis of trans-10-Methyl-2-decalone," J. Am.
      Chem. Soc. 77:411-414.
PAL  Ito et al. (1978), "Synthesis of .alpha.,.beta.-Unsaturated Carbonyl
      Compounds by Palladium (II)-Catalyzed Dehydrosilylation of Silyl Enol
      Ethers," J. Org. Chem. 43:1011-1013.
PAL  Kende et al. (1982), "Stereospecific Total Synthesis of Ajugarin-IV," Tet.
      Letts. 23:1751-1754.
PAL  Kim et al. (1994), "A new hydroxyethylamine class of HIV-1 protease
      inhibitors with high antiviral potency and oral bioavailabilty," Bioorg.
      Med. Chem. Letts. 4(19):2273-2278.
PAL  Licht, D. et al. (1992), "Correlation of the Conformation of a Modified
      Ribonuclease Octapeptide, Homologous to Peptide T, with Its Ability to
      Indice CD4-Dependent Monocyte Chemotaxis," J. Protein Chem. 11:475-481.
PAL  Marastoni et al. (1992), "A cyclic peptide T anaogue with high chrmotactic
      activity," Eur. J. Med. Chem. 27:383-389.
PAL  Marshall et al. (1970), "The Stereoselective Total Synthesis of Racemic
      Nootkatone," Tetrahedron Lett., No. 15, p. 1239.
PAL  McDougal et al. (1985), "Immunoassay for the dettection and Quantitation of
      Infectious Human Retrovirus, Lymphadenopathy-Associated Virus (LAV)," J.
      Immun. Meth. 76:171-183.
PAL  McMurry et al. (1976), "Ester Cleavages Via SN2-Type Dealkylation," Org.
      React. 24:187-224.
PAL  Oikawa et al. (1975), "An Application of Reactions of .beta.-Ketosulfoxides
      to Estrone Synthesis," Chem. Pharm. Bull. 23:2466-2467.
PAL  Oritani et al. (1984), "Enantioselectivity of Microbial Hydrolysis of
      (.+-.)-Decahydro-2-napththyl Acetatos. Preparations and Absolute
      Configurations of Chiral Decahydro2-naththols," J. Org. Chem.
      49:3689-3694.
PAL  Pert et al. (1986), "Octapeptides deduced from the neuropeptide
      receptor-like pattern of antigen T4 in brain potently inhibit human
      immunodeficiency virus receptor binding and T-cell infectivity," Proc.
      Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:9254-9258.
PAL  Roberts et al. (1990), "Rational Design of Peptide-Based HIV Proteinase
      Inhibitors," Science 248:358-361.
PAL  Ruff et al. (1987), "CD4 receptor binding peptides that block HIV
      infectivity cause human monocyte chemotaxis," FEBS Lett. 211:17-22.
PAL  Ruff et al. (Sep. 26, 1987), "Peptide T.sub.[4-8] is Core HIV Envelope
      Sequence Required for CD4 Receptor Attachment," Lancet, p. 751.
PAL  Ruff et al. (1991), "Pharmacokinetics of Peptide T in Patients with
      Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS)," Prog. Neuro-Psychopharmacol. &
      Biol. Psychiat. 15:791-801.
PAL  Schinazi et al. (1986), "Delayed Treatment with Combinations of Antiviral
      Drugs in Mice Infected with Herpes Simplex Virus and Application of the
      Median Effect Method of Analysis," Antimicrob. Agents Chemother.
      30:491-498.
PAL  Schinazi et al. (1988), "Combinations of Isoprinosine and
      3'-Azido-3'-Deoxythymidine in Lymphocytes Infected with Human
      Immunodeficiency Virus Type 1," Agents Chemother. 32:1784-1787.
PAL  Sodroski et al. (Jun. 20, 1987), "HIV Envelope-CD4 Interaction Not
      Inhibited by Synthetic Octaptpdies," Lancet, pp. 1428-1429.
PAL  Spira et al. (1987), "Micromethod for Assaying Reverse Transcriptase of
      Human T-Cell Lymphotropic Virus Type III/Lymphadenopathy-Associated
      Virus," J. Clin. Microbiol. 25:97-99.
PAL  Tsuda, Y. and Sakai, Y. (1981), "Efficient Dealkoxycarbonylation of Some
      .beta.-Ketoesters by Halides of Group IIa Metals," Synthesis, pp. 119-120.
LREP
FRM  Greenlee, Winner and Sullivan, P.C.
ABST
PAL  This invention provides peptidomimetics which bind to T4 or CD4 cell
      receptors and are useful in inhibiting viral infectivity by viruses which
      bind to T4 cell receptors. More specifically, peptidomimetics of this
      invention can alleviate symptoms of AIDS by inhibiting binding of HIV, the
      virus associated with AIDS, to receptor sites in human cells susceptible
      to HIV infection. These peptidomimetics, in particular, inhibit binding of
      HIV to cells of brain membrane and the immune system. They also display
      substantially longer half-lives in vivo than peptide T. The compounds of
      this invention which bind to T4 or CD4 receptors and thereby inhibit
      binding of HIV, alone or in combination with one another, can be used to
      alleviate AIDS symptoms and ameliorate symptoms of HIV infection,
      especially neuronal dementias and Kaposi's sarcoma. The compounds of this
      invention, alone or in combination, can further be used to prevent
      development of AIDS in persons who might become exposed to HIV.
PATN
WKU  059901730
SRC  9
APN  0774200
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980527
TTL  2,3,5-trimethyl-4-hydroxyanilide derivatives, preparation thereof and
      therapeutical use thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Kumar; Shailendra
INVT
NAM  Patoiseau; Jean-Fran.cedilla.ois
CTY  Castres
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Autin; Jean-Marie
CTY  Labruguiere
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Delhon; Andre
CTY  Castres
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Oms; Philippe
CTY  Castres
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Junquero; Didier
CTY  Burlats
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Pierre Fabre Medicament
CTY  Boulogne
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19951128
APN  95 14086
CLAS
OCL  514625
XCL  514618
XCL  514629
XCL  514824
XCL  564162
XCL  564215
XCL  564223
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3116
ICL  C07C23305
FSC  514
FSS  618;625;629;824
FSC  564
FSS  162;215;223
UREF
PNO  5254590
ISD  19931000
NAM  Malen et al.
OCL  514613
FREF
PNO  0 559 898
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 619 312
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  M Sato et al, Patent Abstracts of Japan 18(262) May 19, 1994.
LREP
FRM  The Firmof Gordon W. Hueschen
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR96/01877
PD1  19980527
PD2  19980527
PD3  19961127
PCP  WO97/19918
PCD  19970605
ABST
PAR  Novel 2,3,5-trimethyl-4-hydroxyanilide derivatives of general formula I,
      wherein, e.g., R.sub.1 is phenyl, R.sub.2 is H, R.sub.3 is C.sub.12
      H.sub.25, and A is a sulphur atom, are disclosed. A method for preparing
      said derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one of
      said compounds as active principle, and the use of such derivatives for
      treating hypercholesterolemia or atherosclerosis.
      ##STR1##
PATN
WKU  059901748
SRC  8
APN  0633305
APT  1
ART  167
APD  19930519
TTL  Aqueous composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Robinson; Allen J.
INVT
NAM  Henry; William John
CTY  Dollar
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Zeneca Limited
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19901106
APN  9024133
RLAP
COD  71
APN  784226
APD  19911028
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  514635
XCL  514634
XCL  514636
EDF  6
ICL  A01N 3752
FSC  514
FSS  634;635;636
UREF
PNO  3639631
ISD  19720200
NAM  Badcock et al.
OCL  514635
UREF
PNO  4661523
ISD  19870400
NAM  Disch
OCL  514635
UREF
PNO  5030659
ISD  19910700
NAM  Bansemir et al.
OCL  514635
FREF
PNO  110568
ISD  19840600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0324211
ISD  19880100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  324211
ISD  19890700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  379256
ISD  19900700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  91119
ISD  19481000
CNT  NZX
FREF
PNO  95714
ISD  19500900
CNT  NZX
FREF
PNO  118495
ISD  19580500
CNT  NZX
FREF
PNO  702268
ISD  19540100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1152243
ISD  19690500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2187097
ISD  19870900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Derwent Publications Ltd., London WPI, Acct. No. 75-12733W/08 (1974).
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  A aqueous medium containing a biguanide, particularly a biguanide oligomer,
      and having a pH of less than 5. The biguanide oligomer may be a
      poly(hexamethylene biguanide) having up to 15 repeat units. The medium has
      improved storage stability compared to commercially available systems and
      is at least as effective as a biocide.
PATN
WKU  059901756
SRC  9
APN  0429317
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980317
TTL  Prevention of migraine
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Rose; Shep K.
INVT
NAM  Pinsker; Walter
STR  21 Skookwams Ct.
CTY  West Islip
STA  NY
ZIP  11795
RLAP
COD  71
APN  693158
APD  19961004
PSC  01
PNO  5753712
CLAS
OCL  514649
XCL  514816
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3152
ICL  A61K 31135
FSC  514
FSS  649;816
UREF
PNO  3819706
ISD  19740600
NAM  Mehta
OCL  260570.5
UREF
PNO  3885046
ISD  19750500
NAM  Mehta
OCL  424330
LREP
FRM  Dike, Bronstein, Roberts & Cushman, LLP
FR2  Neuner; George W.
ABST
PAL  A method of preventing migraine headaches in humans by the administration
      of the compound of the formula I
      ##STR1##
      or a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt thereof in a
      non-toxic, effective therapeutic amount (calculated as base) to a human in
      need thereof.
PATN
WKU  059901764
SRC  8
APN  7896794
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970127
TTL  Fluoroether compositions and methods for inhibiting their degradation in
      the presence of a Lewis acid
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Aulakh; Charanjit S.
EXP  Rotman; Alan L.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Bieniarz; Christopher
CTY  Highland Park
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Chang; Steve H.
CTY  Gurnee
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Cromack; Keith R.
CTY  Lake Bluff
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Huang; Shuyen L.
CTY  Riverwoods
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Kawai; Toshikazu
CTY  Tsurugashima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Manami
CTY  Miyoshimachi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Loffredo; David
CTY  Elmhurst
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Raghavan; Rajagopalan
CTY  Grayslake
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Speicher; Earl R.
CTY  Buffalo Grove
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Stelmach; Honorate A.
CTY  Lake Forest
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Abbott Laboratories
CTY  Abbott Park
STA  IL
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Central Glass Company Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  514722
XCL  568683
XCL  568684
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3108
ICL  C07C 4312
FSC  514
FSS  722;816
FSC  568
FSS  683;684
UREF
PNO  2992276
ISD  19610700
NAM  Weinmayr
OCL  260614
UREF
PNO  3527813
ISD  19700900
NAM  Terrell
OCL  260614
UREF
PNO  3689571
ISD  19720900
NAM  Regan et al.
OCL  260614
UREF
PNO  4080389
ISD  19780300
NAM  Moilliet
OCL  260614F
UREF
PNO  4250334
ISD  19810200
NAM  Coon et al.
OCL  568683
UREF
PNO  4469898
ISD  19840900
NAM  Coon et al.
OCL  568683
OREF
PAL  Sevoflurane Water Content, Abbott Laboratories.
PAL  XP-002061443; "The Degradation, Absorption, and Solubility of Volatile
      Anesthetics in Soda Lime Depend on Water Content"; David P. Strum, MD,
      FRCP, and Edmond I. Eger II, MD; vol. 78. No. 2; Feb. 1994; Baltimore; pp.
      340-348.
PAL  XP00206144; Dressing J., Sprenger A., Kieviet O.S.: "Repertorium 94/95",
      1994, NL., S-Gravenhage, SDU, The Hague.
PAL  USP XXII, Official Monographs, p. 726 (isoflurane).
PAL  A. Carre, F. Roger, and C. Varinot, "Study ofAcid/Base Properties of Oxide,
      Oxide Glass and Glass-Ceramic Surfaces," Journal of Colloid and Interface
      Science, vol. 154, No. 1, Nov. 1972.
PAL  M. Hair, "The Nature of Leached Glass Surfaces," Clean Surfaces: Their
      Preparation and Characterization for Interfacial Studies, Published by
      Marcel Dekker, Inc., (New York) 1970.
PAL  I. Chistovskaya and F. Janowski, "Acidic and Catalytic Properties of
      Boron-Containing Porous Glasses," React. Kinet. Catal. Lett., vol. 43, No.
      2, 277-282 (1991).
PAL  J. Jednacak-Biscan, V. Pravdic, and W. Haller, Adsorption Phenomena on
      Glass Surfaces, Journal of Colloid and Interface Science, vol. 121, No. 2,
      Feb. 1988.
PAL  J. March, "Advanced Organic Chemistry," McGraw-Hill Book Company (New
      York).
PAL  Smith, I. et al.: Comparison of Induction, Maintenance, and Recovery
      Characteristics of Sevoflurane-N.sub.2 O and Propofol-Sevoflurane-N.sub.2
      O with Propofol-Isoflurane-N.sub.2 O Anesthesia. Anesth. Analg. vol. 74,
      pp. 253-259, 1992.
LREP
FR2  Woodworth; Brian R.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to an anesthetic composition containing a
      fluoroether compound and a physiologically acceptable Lewis acid
      inhibitor. This composition exhibits improved stability and does not
      readily degrade in the presence of a Lewis acid.
PATN
WKU  059901772
SRC  8
APN  9331441
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970918
TTL  Treatment of diseases mediated by the nitric oxide/cGMP/protein kinase G
      pathway
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Reamer; James H.
INVT
NAM  Brown; David A.
CTY  Ellicott City
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Codon Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  Gaithersburg
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514729
XCL  514724
XCL  514739
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31045
FSC  514
FSS  724;729;739
UREF
PNO  5747532
ISD  19980500
NAM  Lai
OCL  514305
OREF
PAL  Merck Index, 10th Edn, # 1708, 2696, 3744, 7756, 9522, 1983.
LREP
FR2  Tarcza; John E.
FR2  Karta; Glenn E.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed are methods and compositions for stimulating cellular nitric
      oxide (NO) synthesis, cyclic guanosine monophosphate levels (cGMP), and
      protein kinase G (PKG) activity for purposes of treating diseases mediated
      by deficiencies in the NO/cGMP/PKG signal transduction pathway, by
      administration of various compounds including alcohols, diols and/or
      triols and their analogues.
PATN
WKU  059901780
SRC  9
APN  1621610
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980929
TTL  Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for use against histomoniasis
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Spivack; Phyllis G.
INVT
NAM  Ninkov; Dusan
CTY  Amsterdam
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Ropapharm B.V.
CTY  Zaandam
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970930
APN  97203004
CLAS
OCL  514731
XCL  4241951
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3105
ICL  A61K 3578
FSC  514
FSS  731
FSC  424
FSS  195.1
FREF
PNO  53-066420
ISD  19780600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/01348
ISD  19970100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Abstract 1923, "Carvacrol", The Merck Index and Encyclopedia of Chemicals,
      Drugs, and Bilogicals, Twelfth Edition, p. 308, 1996.
PAL  Abstract 9540, "Thymol", The Merck Index and Encyclopedia of Chemicals,
      Drugs, and Bilogicals, Twelfth Edition, p. 1604, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising carvacrol
      and/or thymol as active agents in the veterinary field. The compositions
      according to the invention can be used in the treatment of histomoniasis,
      an infectious disease of poultry, mainly of turkeys, and in treatment
      against hemoflagellates.
PATN
WKU  059901799
SRC  8
APN  4311876
APT  1
ART  167
APD  19950428
TTL  Composition and method of enhancing electrotransport agent delivery
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Harrison; Robert H.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Gyory; J. Richard
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Campbell; Patricia S.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  ALZA Corporation
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  514970
XCL  514329
XCL  514946
XCL  514947
XCL  564194
XCL  604 20
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  908
FSC  424
FSS  449
FSC  514
FSS  946;329;817;818;970
FSC  604
FSS  20
FSC  564
FSS  191;194
UREF
PNO  4555524
ISD  19851100
NAM  Grubert et al.
OCL  514570
UREF
PNO  4558690
ISD  19851200
NAM  Joyce
OCL  128  1R
UREF
PNO  4593053
ISD  19860600
NAM  Jevne et al.
OCL  523111
UREF
PNO  4605670
ISD  19860800
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  514619
UREF
PNO  4637930
ISD  19870100
NAM  Konno et al.
OCL  424 28
UREF
PNO  4685911
ISD  19870800
NAM  Konno et al.
OCL  604897
UREF
PNO  4722726
ISD  19880200
NAM  Sanderson et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4722941
ISD  19880200
NAM  Eckert et al.
OCL  514784
UREF
PNO  4731241
ISD  19880300
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  514227
UREF
PNO  4752285
ISD  19880600
NAM  Petelenz et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4820263
ISD  19890400
NAM  Spevak et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4879119
ISD  19891100
NAM  Konno et al.
OCL  424449
UREF
PNO  4879274
ISD  19891100
NAM  Kamiya et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  4882163
ISD  19891100
NAM  Guse et al.
OCL  424448
UREF
PNO  4888354
ISD  19891200
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  514424
UREF
PNO  4892737
ISD  19900100
NAM  Bodor et al.
OCL  424449
UREF
PNO  4927408
ISD  19900500
NAM  Haak et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4940456
ISD  19900700
NAM  Sibalis et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4950229
ISD  19900800
NAM  Sage, Jr.
OCL  604120
UREF
PNO  4952560
ISD  19900800
NAM  Kigasawa et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  4959365
ISD  19900900
NAM  Francoeur et al.
OCL  514237.5
UREF
PNO  4973303
ISD  19901100
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5001139
ISD  19910300
NAM  Lawter et al.
OCL  514344
UREF
PNO  5023085
ISD  19910600
NAM  Francoeur et al.
OCL  424449
UREF
PNO  5026556
ISD  19910600
NAM  Drust et al.
OCL  424449
UREF
PNO  5045319
ISD  19910900
NAM  Chien et al.
OCL  424448
UREF
PNO  5045553
ISD  19910900
NAM  Ueda et al.
OCL  514344
UREF
PNO  5053227
ISD  19911000
NAM  Chiang et al.
OCL  424448
UREF
PNO  5059426
ISD  19911000
NAM  Chiang et al.
OCL  424449
UREF
PNO  5069908
ISD  19911200
NAM  Henley
OCL  424449
UREF
PNO  5069909
ISD  19911200
NAM  Sharma et al.
OCL  424449
UREF
PNO  5128376
ISD  19920700
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  514772
UREF
PNO  5158537
ISD  19921000
NAM  Haak et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5203768
ISD  19930400
NAM  Haak et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5288289
ISD  19940200
NAM  Haak et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5302172
ISD  19940400
NAM  Sage, Jr. et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5320597
ISD  19940600
NAM  Sage, Jr. et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5320598
ISD  19940600
NAM  Haak et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5328455
ISD  19940700
NAM  Lloyd et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5380271
ISD  19950100
NAM  Gyory
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5395310
ISD  19950300
NAM  Untereker et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5423739
ISD  19950600
NAM  Phipps et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5450845
ISD  19950900
NAM  Axelgaard
OCL  600382
UREF
PNO  5464387
ISD  19951100
NAM  Haak et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5539972
ISD  19960700
NAM  Gyory et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5540669
ISD  19960700
NAM  Sage, Jr. et al.
OCL  604290
UREF
PNO  5795321
ISD  19980800
NAM  McArthur et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5840056
ISD  19981100
NAM  Atanasoska
OCL  604 20
FREF
PNO  0278473
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 3702
FREF
PNO  0448300
ISD  19910900
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61N  130
FREF
PNO  0552879
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61K 4710
FREF
PNO  WO8900853
ISD  19890200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 3160
FREF
PNO  WO9008507
ISD  19900800
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61B 1000
FREF
PNO  WO9116077
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K 4712
FREF
PNO  WO9301807
ISD  19930200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61K  970
FREF
PNO  WO9506497
ISD  19950300
CNT  WOX
ICL  A61N  130
OREF
PAL  Srinivasan et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 79(7):588-91 (1990).
LREP
FR2  Miller; D. Byron
FR2  Stone; Steven F.
ABST
PAL  A composition suitable for transdermal electrotransport delivery of an
      agent through a body surface comprises a free acid/base form of an agent
      to be delivered by transdermal electrotransport, and a salt form of the
      agent, and optionally a permeation enhancer. Methods of enhancing
      transdermal electrotransport delivery and of forming a composition for the
      enhancement of transdermal electrotransport drug delivery, and a
      transdermal electrotransport delivery device (10) utilizing the
      compositions of the invention are disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059901802
SRC  8
APN  6239587
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19960329
TTL  Aqueous composition containing solubilized or dispersed oil-soluble
      substance
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Lovering; Richard D.
INVT
NAM  Shioguchi; Kaoru
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yuki; Akifumi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950329
APN  7-072010
CLAS
OCL  516 73
XCL  426651
XCL  426654
XCL  514975
XCL  516 75
EDF  6
ICL  A23L  1035
ICL  B01F 1734
ICL  B01J 1300
FSC  252
FSS  312;356
FSC  426
FSS  651;654
FSC  516
FSS  73;75
FSC  514
FSS  975
UREF
PNO  2583576
ISD  19520100
NAM  Kern et al.
XCL  252312
UREF
PNO  2628930
ISD  19530200
NAM  Zentner
XCL  252356
UREF
PNO  3253992
ISD  19660500
NAM  Brooks
XCL  252356
UREF
PNO  3637774
ISD  19720100
NAM  Babayan et al.
UREF
PNO  3936391
ISD  19760200
NAM  Gabby et al.
OCL  252356
UREF
PNO  4093750
ISD  19780600
NAM  Babayan
XCL  426651
UREF
PNO  4454113
ISD  19840600
NAM  Hemker
XCL  252312
UREF
PNO  4959233
ISD  19900900
NAM  Schou et al.
XCL  426654
UREF
PNO  5883274
ISD  19990300
NAM  Shioguchi et al.
OCL  554227
FREF
PNO  62-250941
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
ICL  A23L  1035
FREF
PNO  6-36862
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
ICL  B01F 1742
OREF
PAL  Kagaku Daijiten, First Edition, p. 1637, issued by Tokyo Kagaku Dojin, 1989
     .
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  An aqueous composition which comprises an aqueous medium (component C) and
      an oil-soluble substance (component B) solubilized or dispersed therein by
      the action of a solubilizing or dispersing agent (component A), said
      component A comprising a polyglycerol saturated fatty acid ester which has
      a cloud point of 20.degree. C. or higher and in which at least 70% by
      weight of the fatty-acid moieties thereof are derived from a saturated
      fatty acid having 12 to 14 carbon atoms; and the amount of said component
      A being from 1 to 10 parts by weight per part by weight of said component
      B.
PATN
WKU  059901810
SRC  8
APN  9888004
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971211
TTL  Aqueous foam quenching compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Metzmaier; Daniel S.
EXP  Lovering; Richard D.
INVT
NAM  Spyropoulos; Konstantinos
CTY  Mies
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Sane; Daniel Yves
CTY  Geneva
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Witco Corporation
CTY  Greenwich
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  516118
XCL    8581
XCL  510466
EDF  6
ICL  B01D 1904
ICL  C09B 6710
FSC  516
FSS  118;134;129
FSC    8
FSS  581
FSC  510
FSS  466
UREF
PNO  3235509
ISD  19660200
NAM  Nitzsche et al.
OCL  516117
UREF
PNO  3560401
ISD  19710200
NAM  O'Hara et al.
OCL  516117
UREF
PNO  3691091
ISD  19720900
NAM  Koerner
OCL  516117
UREF
PNO  3822113
ISD  19740700
NAM  Keenan et al.
OCL    8581
UREF
PNO  3984200
ISD  19761000
NAM  Doesburg
OCL  516124
UREF
PNO  4021365
ISD  19770500
NAM  Sinka et al.
OCL  516116
UREF
PNO  4039469
ISD  19770800
NAM  Raleigh
OCL  516117
UREF
PNO  4076648
ISD  19780200
NAM  Rosen
OCL  516118
UREF
PNO  4395352
ISD  19830700
NAM  Kulkarni et al.
OCL  516118
UREF
PNO  4405490
ISD  19830900
NAM  Maas et al.
OCL  106287.14
UREF
PNO  5100923
ISD  19920300
NAM  Hintz et al.
OCL  516116
UREF
PNO  5380464
ISD  19950100
NAM  McGee et al.
OCL  516118
UREF
PNO  5431853
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tsuda et al.
OCL  516118
UREF
PNO  5543082
ISD  19960800
NAM  McGee et al.
OCL  516118
UREF
PNO  5645649
ISD  19970700
NAM  Cole, Jr.
OCL  134 18
FREF
PNO  0425992
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0516109
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 687 725 A1
ISD  19951200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 769 548 A1
ISD  19970400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  26 26 994 A1
ISD  19761200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  30 13 923 A1
ISD  19811000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 37 754 C1
ISD  19940100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 43 185 C1
ISD  19941100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  5-261206
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1197254
ISD  19700700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/05580
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, Eleventh Edition, (Van Nostrand
      Reinhold Co., NY, NY, copyright 1987) pp. 300 and 1141, Oct. 1989.
PAL  McCutcheon's Vol. 1: Emulsifiers & Detergents 1993 North American Edition,
      (McCutcheon Division, MC Publishing Co, Glen Rock, NJ, 1993) p. 191, Jan.
      1994.
PAL  S. Ross, "Mechanisms of Foam Stabilization and Antifoaming Action",
      Chemical Engineering Progress, 63:9, pp. 41-47 (Sep. 1967).
PAL  R.S. Bhute, "Silicone Antifoaming Agents", J. Scient. Ind. Res., 30:241-249
      (May 1971).
PAL  Kelvin Roberts, et al., "The Effect of Spontaneous Emulsification of
      Defoamer on Foam Prevention", Journal of Colloid and Interface Science,
      62:2, pp. 264-271 (Nov. 1977).
LREP
FR2  Welch, II; Edward K.
FR2  Reiskind; Andrew S.
FR2  Witkowski; Timothy X.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed are antifoam emulsions useful in control of foam in aqueous
      foaming systems which comprise:
PA1  (A) polydiorganosiloxane;
PA1  (B) fine solid particles of inorganic oxide, bearing on the surface thereof
      a polydiorganosiloxane component; wherein the total amount of
      polydiorganosiloxane present in components (A) and (B) comprises 5 wt % to
      60 wt % of the emulsion and the weight ratio of the total amount of
      polydiorganosiloxane present in components (A) and (B) to the amount of
      said inorganic oxide is 10:1 to 200:1;
PA1  (C) an organic surfactant dispersing agent selected from the group
      consisting of non-ionic tetrafunctional block copolymers terminating in
      primary or secondary hydroxyl groups and mixtures thereof, which agent
      comprises 0.1 wt % to 36 wt % of said emulsion;
PA1  (D) a block copolymer of polydimethylsiloxane with one or more blocks of
      polyalkylene oxide, the molecular weight of the polydimethylsiloxane
      portion being 300 to 100,000 Daltons and the total molecular weight of all
      polyalkylene oxide blocks present being 100 to 40,000 Daltons, which
      copolymer comprises 0.1 wt. % to 20 wt. % of said emulsion;
PA1  (E) a non-ionic surfactant component comprising one or more non-ionic
      surfactants not conforming to agent (C) nor to copolymer (D) and
      comprising 1 wt % to 60 wt % of said emulsion;
PA1  (F) a thickener component which comprises 0.01 wt % to 15 wt % of said
      emulsion;
PA1  (G) a protective colloid component which comprises 0.01 wt. % to 10 wt. %
      of said emulsion; and
PA1  (H) water comprising up to 95 wt. % of the emulsion.
PATN
WKU  059901829
SRC  9
APN  153677&
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980915
TTL  Polymer packing material for liquid chromatography and a producing
      method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Foelak; Morton
NDR  7
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Hosoya; Ken
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohtsu; Yutaka
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shirota; Osamu
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Tomohiko
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Shiseido Company, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970919
APN  9-255553
CLAS
OCL  521 62
XCL  521 63
XCL  521 64
EDF  6
ICL  C08J  928
FSC  521
FSS  62;63;64
UREF
PNO  5130343
ISD  19920700
NAM  Frechet et al.
OCL  521 62
UREF
PNO  5231415
ISD  19930700
NAM  Harris
OCL  521 28
FREF
PNO  0 57 54 88
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 9312167
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A method of producing a polymer packing material for liquid chromatography
      includes the steps of swelling seed polymer particles to form swelled
      particles, polymerizing monomers in the swelled particles under existence
      of diluent, and removing the diluent to form porous polymer particles,
      wherein the step of polymerizing the monomers is conducted under existence
      of a compound having a conjugated double bond not reactive with the
      monomers and having a molecular weight of 100-500. Alternatively, the
      polymerization process may be conducted by an oxidation reduction
      polymerization process. Further, the porous polymer particles obtained
      after removal of the diluent may be subjected to a heat treatment process
      at a temperature of 100.degree. C. or higher.
PATN
WKU  059901837
SRC  8
APN  8063400
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970226
TTL  Porous particles, porous hollow particles and method of preparing such
      particles
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Foelak; Morton
NDR  6
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Kawano; Yoshinobu
CTY  Miyazaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hatate; Yasuo
CTY  Kogoshima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Taniguchi; Toru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Reika Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960226
APN  8-063711
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960307
APN  8-050629
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960524
APN  8-129690
CLAS
OCL  521 64
XCL  521 65
EDF  6
ICL  C08J  928
FSC  521
FSS  64;65
UREF
PNO  3255127
ISD  19660600
NAM  Von bonin
OCL  521 64
UREF
PNO  3442842
ISD  19690500
NAM  Von Bonin
OCL  521 64
UREF
PNO  3879314
ISD  19750400
NAM  Gunning et al.
OCL  521 64
UREF
PNO  4137380
ISD  19790100
NAM  Gunning et al.
OCL  521 64
UREF
PNO  4321332
ISD  19820300
NAM  Beresford et al.
OCL  521 64
UREF
PNO  4461849
ISD  19840700
NAM  Karickoff
OCL  521 64
UREF
PNO  4808633
ISD  19890200
NAM  Ferguson et al.
OCL  521 64
UREF
PNO  4826881
ISD  19890500
NAM  Ferguson et al.
OCL  521 64
UREF
PNO  5470887
ISD  19951100
NAM  Perrins et al.
OCL  521 65
FREF
PNO  3637057
ISD  19861000
CNT  DEX
ICL  C08F  800
FREF
PNO  1-207133
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-11282
ISD  19910200
CNT  JPX
ICL  C08F  232
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A first dispersion phase is dispersed in a first continuous phase
      comprising a solidifying component so as to prepare a primary emulsion,
      and this primary emulsion s ispersed in a second continuous phase as a
      second dispersion phase so as to prepare a secondary emulsion. The
      solidifying component in the secondary emulsion is then solidified, and
      the first dispersion phase is removed leaving pores so as to form porous
      particles.
PATN
WKU  059901845
SRC  9
APN  0521906
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980331
TTL  Polyisocyanate based aerogel
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Sergent; Rabon
INVT
NAM  Biesmans; Guy Leon Jean Ghislain
CTY  Everberg
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Imperial Chemical Industries PLC
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970401
APN  97105359
CLAS
OCL  521 64
XCL  521 61
XCL  521 62
XCL  521 63
XCL  521 82
XCL  521 93
XCL  521 94
XCL  521 97
XCL  521125
XCL  521128
XCL  521130
XCL  521136
XCL  521137
XCL  521155
XCL  521158
XCL  521170
XCL  521902
EDF  6
ICL  C08J  928
ICL  C08G 1816
ICL  C08G 1822
ICL  C08L 6100
FSC  511
FSS  61;62;63;64;93;82;94;97;136;137;902;125;128;130;155;158;170
UREF
PNO  5066684
ISD  19911100
NAM  LeMay
OCL  521 64
UREF
PNO  5081163
ISD  19920100
NAM  Pekala
OCL  521187
UREF
PNO  5086085
ISD  19920200
NAM  Pekala
OCL  521187
UREF
PNO  5116883
ISD  19920500
NAM  LeMay
OCL  521178
UREF
PNO  5420168
ISD  19950500
NAM  Mayer et al.
OCL  521 99
UREF
PNO  5476878
ISD  19951200
NAM  Pekala
OCL  521 61
UREF
PNO  5478867
ISD  19951200
NAM  Tabor
OCL  521163
UREF
PNO  5484818
ISD  19960100
NAM  De Vos et al.
OCL  521123
UREF
PNO  5869545
ISD  19990200
NAM  Biesmans et al.
OCL  521117
FREF
PNO  19505046
ISD  19960800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  95/02009
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/03358
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/20822
ISD  19960700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/37539
ISD  19961100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/36654
ISD  19961100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro Intellectual Property Group
ABST
PAL  Process for making polyisocyanate based aerogels by trimerisation of an
      organic polyisocyanate in an organic solvent in the presence of a
      (co)polymer containing an isocyanate-reactive group, gellation and
      supercritically drying of the obtained sol-gel.
PATN
WKU  059901853
SRC  9
APN  0435570
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980319
TTL  Polymer polyol and preformed stabilizer systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Milstead; Mark W.
EXP  Marquis; Melvyn I.
INVT
NAM  Fogg; Graeme Douglas
CTY  Vogelwaarde
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  The Dow Chemical Company
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  521112
XCL  528 21
XCL  528 24
XCL  524730
XCL  526279
EDF  6
ICL  C08J  900
FSC  522
FSS  99;172;136;137;145
FSC  528
FSS  21;24
FSC  556
FSS  444
FSC  526
FSS  279
FSC  524
FSS  730
FSC  521
FSS  112
UREF
PNO  4723026
ISD  19880200
NAM  Cloetens et al.
OCL  556444
UREF
PNO  4831076
ISD  19890500
NAM  Lidy et al.
OCL  524701
UREF
PNO  4883832
ISD  19891100
NAM  Cloetens et al.
OCL  524265
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/04149
PD1  19980319
PD2  19980319
PD3  19951023
PCP  WO97/15605
PCD  19970501
ABST
PAR  A preformed stabilizer composition based on a precursor stabilizer
      obtainable by reacting a silicon atom containing compound of formula
      R.sub.n SiX.sub.4-n or R.sub.n Si((--OSi(R.sup.1).sub.2).sub.p X).sub.4-n
      wherein the R groups are independently saturated or unsaturated
      hydrocarbyl groups, at least one R group being an olefinically unsaturated
      hydrocarbyl group; R.sup.1 is a hydrocarbyl group, X is a C.sub.1 to
      C.sub.10 alkoxy group, n is an integer from 1 to 3 and p is an integer
      greater than zero, with a polyether polyol having an average molecular
      weight in excess of 400 and a hydroxyl number in the range 20 to 280 is
      used to manufacture polymer polyol compositions having a combination of
      (a) high polymer content, from 30 weight percent to 60 weight percent, (b)
      lower viscosities, typically less than 9,000 centipose, (c) product
      stability such that 100% passes through a 150 mesh screen, and (d) up to
      100% of the polymer solids content passes through a 700 mesh screen.
PATN
WKU  059901861
SRC  8
APN  8100802
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970304
TTL  Polyurethane foam for sealant
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Foelak; Morton
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Katoh; Kenichi
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yano; Tadashi
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yasue; Tadao
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ito; Masahiro
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimizu; Tadashi
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Inoac Corporation
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960304
APN  8-075187
CLAS
OCL  521128
XCL  521129
XCL  521172
XCL  521173
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 1832
FSC  521
FSS  128;129;172;173
UREF
PNO  4146687
ISD  19790300
NAM  Reale
UREF
PNO  4156759
ISD  19790500
NAM  Hostettler
OCL  521102
UREF
PNO  4226947
ISD  19801000
NAM  Yukuta et al.
UREF
PNO  4242463
ISD  19801200
NAM  Sanok et al.
UREF
PNO  5077321
ISD  19911200
NAM  Michaelis et al.
FREF
PNO  0399142
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0574651
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A polyurethane foam for a sealant is disclosed which is produced from a
      composition prepared by compounding reaction mixture comprising a
      polyisocyanate ingredient and a polyol ingredient with a given amount by
      weight of an ozone inhibitor ingredient. A sealant of a predetermined
      shape is obtained from the foam. The polyol ingredient may be one
      ordinarily used for producing soft polyurethane foams, but especially
      preferably comprises a polyester-polyether polyol having both an ester
      segment and an ether segment in the molecular chain. The foam has
      excellent resistance to ozone deterioration and hence retains a sufficient
      air permeability required of a sealant for practical use. Further, the
      foam suffers little decrease in tensile strength from the initial value
      because it also has excellent resistance to deterioration by moisture and
      heat, i.e., high hydrolytic stability. A door for a conditioner is also
      described which comprises a substrate having provided on at least one
      surface thereof a sealant layer which comprises the polyurethane foam for
      sealant.
PATN
WKU  059901870
SRC  8
APN  870189&
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970606
TTL  Method of preparing polyurethane foam utilizing organofunctionally
      modified polysiloxanes
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Cooney, Jr.; John M.
INVT
NAM  Boinowitz; Tammo
CTY  Essen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Burkhart; Georg
CTY  Essen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Langenhagen; Rolf-Dieter
CTY  Hattingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schlachter; Ingo
CTY  Essen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Weier; Andreas
CTY  Essen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Th. Goldschmidt AG
CTY  Essen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970326
APN  197 12 628
CLAS
OCL  521170
XCL  521122
XCL  521155
XCL  521172
XCL  521174
EDF  6
ICL  C08J  904
FSC  521
FSS  122;155;170;172;174
UREF
PNO  2834748
ISD  19580500
NAM  Bailey et al.
UREF
PNO  3629308
ISD  19711200
NAM  Bailey et al.
UREF
PNO  5357018
ISD  19941000
NAM  Burkhart et al.
OCL  528 15
UREF
PNO  5688860
ISD  19971100
NAM  Croft
OCL  521122
UREF
PNO  5744507
ISD  19980400
NAM  Angell et al.
OCL  521122
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to the use of polysiloxane-polyoxyalkylene copolymers
      of the general formula I
      ##STR1##
      as additives in the production of polyurethane foams.
PATN
WKU  059901888
SRC  8
APN  6992544
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19960815
TTL  Radiation curable coatings with improved weatherability
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Berman; Susan W.
INVT
NAM  Patel; Gautam Ambalal
CTY  Clifton Park
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Pickett; James Edward
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Gillette; Gregory Ronald
CTY  Clifton Park
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Medford; George Frederic
CTY  Ballston Lake
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  General Electric Company
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  522 28
XCL  522 64
XCL  522 75
XCL  522 71
XCL  522 83
XCL  522 84
XCL  522 79
XCL  522 91
XCL  522 96
XCL  528 20
XCL  528 23
XCL  528 26
XCL  428412
XCL  428447
XCL  524611
XCL  524612
XCL  524858
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  336
ICL  C08K  55397
ICL  C08G 7704
ICL  C08L 7514
FSC  522
FSS  84;75;64;71;83;96;91;79;28
FSC  524
FSS  611;612;858
FSC  528
FSS  20;23;26
FSC  428
FSS  412;447
UREF
PNO  4455205
ISD  19840600
NAM  Olson et al.
UREF
PNO  4478876
ISD  19841000
NAM  Chung
UREF
PNO  4486504
ISD  19841200
NAM  Chung
UREF
PNO  4491508
ISD  19850100
NAM  Olson et al.
UREF
PNO  4863802
ISD  19890900
NAM  Moore et al.
UREF
PNO  5162390
ISD  19921100
NAM  Tilley et al.
UREF
PNO  5214085
ISD  19930500
NAM  Patel et al.
UREF
PNO  5318850
ISD  19940600
NAM  Pickett et al.
UREF
PNO  5391795
ISD  19950200
NAM  Pickett
UREF
PNO  5468789
ISD  19951100
NAM  Lewis et al.
OREF
PAL  "Photostability of UV Screeners in Polymers and coatings," James E.
      Pickett; James E. Moore; 1996 American Chemical Society, pp. 81-87.
PAL  "Light Stabilisation of Polymers by Radiation-Cured Acrylic Coatings," C.
      Decker; S. Biry; Progress in Organic Coatings, 1996 Elsevier Science S.A.,
      pp. 287-301.
LREP
FR2  Brown; Sterling B.
FR2  Johnson; Noreen C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides the discovery of an improved radiation
      curable coating composition comprising at least one acrylic monomer, a
      photoinitiator, and an ultraviolet light absorber selected from triazine
      or a dibenzoyl resorcinol derivative or a mixture thereof, the dibenzoyl
      resorcinol derivative having the formula
      ##STR1##
      where Ar and Ar' are independently substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic
      or polycyclic aryl groups and R' is H or a linear or branched alkyl chain
      having less than about 10 carbons bearing a --Si(OR.sup.2).sub.3, where
      R.sup.2 is a C.sub.1 to C.sub.6 alkyl group.
PATN
WKU  059901896
SRC  8
APN  930634&
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980114
TTL  Coating compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Berman; Susan W.
INVT
NAM  Hall; Stephen Anthony
CTY  Penarth
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Ivory; Nicholas Eric
CTY  Glastonbury
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Coates Brothers PLC
CTY  Kent
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950406
APN  9507101
CLAS
OCL  522 79
XCL  522 80
XCL  522 83
XCL  522 84
XCL  522 85
XCL  522100
XCL  522103
XCL  4302811
XCL  4302861
XCL  528365
XCL  528406
XCL  428209
EDF  6
ICL  G03C  1725
ICL  G03C  173
ICL  C08G 5917
ICL  C08K  320
FSC  522
FSS  100;103;81;83;79;84;85
FSC  430
FSS  281.1;286.1
FSC  528
FSS  365;406
FSC  428
FSS  209
UREF
PNO  4100045
ISD  19780700
NAM  Bogan et al.
OCL  204159.16
UREF
PNO  4714751
ISD  19871200
NAM  Schornick et al.
OCL  522100
UREF
PNO  4935330
ISD  19900600
NAM  Hofmann et al.
OCL  430281
FREF
PNO  47-29477
ISD  19721100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  89/07785
ISD  19890800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/00861
PD1  19980114
PD2  19980114
PD3  19960404
PCP  WO96/31806
PCD  19961010
ABST
PAR  A photopolymerizable material is provided that is suitable for use in the
      production of coatings or resists on printed circuit boards, for example
      The material is an ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable reaction
      product of a polyepoxide and a mixture of (i) a major proportion of an
      ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid and (ii) a minor. proportion of
      a saturated aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic acid, the reaction product
      being further modified by reaction with a dicarboxylic acid or anhydride
      thereof.
PATN
WKU  059901900
SRC  8
APN  8929521
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970715
TTL  Photosensitive resin composition for photo-cast-molding
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  McClendon; Sanza L.
EXP  Seidleck; James J.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Shohei
CTY  Fuji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Anai; Kousi
CTY  Fuji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960717
APN  8-205466
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960717
APN  8-205467
CLAS
OCL  522 81
XCL  522 83
XCL  522 75
XCL  522 96
XCL  522 97
XCL  522107
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  322
ICL  C08K  326
ICL  C08F  246
FSC  522
FSS  107;97;96;75;81;83;64
FSC  525
FSS  168;20
FSC  523
FSS  513
FSC   96
FSS  115
UREF
PNO  3644120
ISD  19720200
NAM  Kai et al.
OCL   96115
UREF
PNO  4255464
ISD  19810300
NAM  Van Der Kallen
OCL  427 54.1
UREF
PNO  4265723
ISD  19810500
NAM  Hesse et al.
OCL  204159.23
UREF
PNO  4425287
ISD  19840100
NAM  Hesse et al.
OCL  264 22
UREF
PNO  4985472
ISD  19910100
NAM  Aosai et al.
OCL  522 64
UREF
PNO  5104983
ISD  19920400
NAM  Stock et a l.
OCL  524141
UREF
PNO  5176985
ISD  19930100
NAM  Seitz et al.
OCL  430284
UREF
PNO  5326822
ISD  19940700
NAM  Hesse et al.
OCL  525168
FREF
PNO  0 498 592
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 279 656
ISD  19950100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 96 15179
ISD  19960500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  55-124 624
ISD  19800900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-125 233
ISD  19820800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-019 624
ISD  19860100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  03 114 711
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  04 122 615
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  A photosensitive resin composition for cast molding, which has an
      ultraviolet transmittance of 0.05-5% as measured at a 1-mm thickness.
PATN
WKU  059901918
SRC  9
APN  0773301
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980527
TTL  Granular carrier for immobilizing microbial cells and apparatus for
      producing the granular carrier
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Nutter; Nathan M.
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Kikuta; Makoto
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Izumida; Hitoshi
CTY  Hiratsuka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nanishi; Kiyoshi
CTY  Hiratsuka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hirama; Toshirou
CTY  Fujisawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kansai Paint Co., Ltd.
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951128
APN  7-331223
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960731
APN  8-216920
CLAS
OCL  522 87
XCL  522 88
XCL  522 89
XCL  422232
XCL  422233
EDF  6
ICL  C08J  314
ICL  C12N 1104
FSC  522
FSS  87;88;89
FSC  422
FSS  232;233
FSC  435
FSS  174;177;178;180;181
FSC  530
FSS  813;815;816
UREF
PNO  4195129
ISD  19800300
NAM  Fukui et al.
OCL  435182
UREF
PNO  4605622
ISD  19860800
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  435182
FREF
PNO  55-40
ISD  19800100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  55-20676
ISD  19800600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-106836
ISD  19850600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-19837
ISD  19870500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-118529
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/03439
PD1  19980527
PD2  19980527
PD3  19961122
PCP  WO97/19978
PCD  19970605
ABST
PAR  A microorganism cells-immobilizing granular carrier and its manufacturing
      system.
PAL  Said microorganism cells-immobilizing granular carrier, which has a
      specific gravity of 1.00 to 1.20, and which has a contact angle of
      2.degree. to 30.degree. formed between the carrier surface and n-paraffin,
      and which has a surface suitable for the attachment of a microorganism, is
      obtained by dripping a liquid composition containing a hydrophilic
      photo-curable resin having (a) at least two ethylenically-unsaturated
      bonds in one molecule, (b) photopolymerization initiator, and (c)
      water-soluble macromolecular polysaccharide capable of gelatinizing
      through contact with alkaline metal ions or polyvalent metal ions, into an
      aqueous medium containing alkaline metal ions or polyvalent metal ions to
      gelatinize the composition; and irradiating the composition with
      ultraviolet radiation so as to harden said composition.
PATN
WKU  059901926
SRC  9
APN  0575836
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980409
TTL  Radiation-curable water-dilutable urethane resins, preparation process
      and use
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Gorr; Rachel
INVT
NAM  Gerlitz; Martin
CTY  Graz
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Awad; Rami-Raimund
CTY  Graz
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Kuttler; Ulrike
CTY  Graz
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Fraydl; Thomas
CTY  Graz
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Leitner; Martin
CTY  Gamlitz
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Kocsar; Andreas
CTY  Graz
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Vianova Resins AG
CTY  Graz
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ATX
APD  19970409
APN  599/97
CLAS
OCL  522 93
XCL  522 97
XCL  522 98
XCL  524591
XCL  4284251
XCL  526301
XCL  528 71
XCL  528 75
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 1862
FSC  522
FSS  98;93;97
FSC  524
FSS  591
FSC  428
FSS  425.1
FSC  526
FSS  301
FSC  528
FSS  75;71
UREF
PNO  5596065
ISD  19970100
NAM  Gerlitz et al.
OCL  528 71
FREF
PNO  0 694 531
ISD  19960100
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  Radiation-curable water-dilutable urethane resins obtainable by reacting
      cycloaliphatic and/or aromatic diisocyanates with a mixture of a
      (meth)acryloyl-containing dihydroxy compound in an amount such that the
      amount of reactive hydroxyl groups present therein is from 0.2 to 0.6 mol,
      and with a tri or tetrahydric polyol which has been partly esterified with
      (meth)acrylic acid and has a residual average hydroxyl functionality of
      from 1.0 to 1.4 in the molecule, in an amount such that the amount of the
      reactive hydroxyl groups is from 0.4 to 0.8 mol, the sum of the amounts of
      the reactive hydroxyl groups always being 1.0 mol, and from 40 to 60% of
      the isocyanate groups being converted into urethane groups, and reacting
      the resulting intermediate with an aliphatic saturated monocarboxylic acid
      having at least two hydroxyl groups in an amount such that the amount of
      the reactive hydroxyl groups is from 0.6 to 1 mol, until the hydroxyl
      groups have undergone complete reaction and reacting this product, if
      desired, with further part-esterified polyol in an amount such that the
      amount of hydroxyl groups in the polyol is from 0 to 0.5 mol until the
      remaining free isocyanate groups have undergone complete reaction, the
      molar proportions of the components being chosen so that the ratio of the
      number of isocyanate groups to the number of hydroxyl groups is from 0.9:1
      to 1:1 and the reaction product possesses carboxyl groups in accordance
      with an acid number of from 20 to 40 mg/g and has a specific double bond
      content of not more than 3.5 mol/kg.
PATN
WKU  059901934
SRC  8
APN  5712505
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19951212
TTL  Polymers for reversible photoinduced sol gel transitions
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  9
EXP  Codd; Bernard
NDR  15
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Russell; Alan J.
CTY  Wexford
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Beckman; Eric J.
CTY  Edgewood
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Andreopoulos; Fotios M.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Wagner; William R.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  University of Pittsburgh
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  522149
XCL  522162
XCL  522178
XCL  522183
XCL  526320
EDF  6
ICL  C08J  324
FSC  522
FSS  149;162;173;181;183
FSC  430
FSS  286.1;287.1
FSC  526
FSS  320
UREF
PNO  3257664
ISD  19660600
NAM  Leubner et al.
OCL  430287.1
UREF
PNO  3761280
ISD  19730900
NAM  Wolff et al.
XCL  522149
UREF
PNO  3933885
ISD  19760100
NAM  Satomura
XCL  522149
UREF
PNO  4065430
ISD  19771200
NAM  Satomura
XCL  430287.1
FREF
PNO  58-69208
ISD  19830400
CNT  JPX
OCL  522149
OREF
PAL  English Translation of Nakanishi et al., JP 53-69208, Apr. 1983.
LREP
FRM  Bartony & Hare
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides crosslinked polymeric networks that are
      reversibly crosslinked upon exposure to light of a suitable wavelength. In
      one embodiment photocrosslinkable branched hydrophilic polymers containing
      photochromic groups are synthesized. Cinnamylidene groups and derivatives
      of cinnamylidene are preferably used as the photochromic agents or
      photocrosslinking agents.
PATN
WKU  059901942
SRC  8
APN  9661336
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971107
TTL  Biodegradable in-situ forming implants and methods of producing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Merriam; Andrew C.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Dunn; Richard L.
CTY  Fort Collins
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  English; James P.
CTY  Birmingham
STA  AL
INVT
NAM  Cowsar; Donald R.
CTY  Birmingham
STA  AL
INVT
NAM  Vanderbilt; David P.
CTY  Birmingham
STA  AL
ASSG
NAM  Atrix Laboratories, Inc.
CTY  Fort Collins
STA  CO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  532540
APD  19950925
PSC  01
PNO  5733950
RLAP
COD  81
APN  210891
APD  19940318
PSC  01
PNO  5739176
RLAP
COD  81
APN  788032
APD  19911223
PSC  01
PNO  5340849
ISD  19940823
RLAP
COD  84
APN  513782
APD  19900424
PSC  01
PNO  5278201
ISD  19940111
RLAP
COD  84
APN  252645
APD  19881003
PSC  01
PNO  4983763
ISD  19900703
CLAS
OCL  523113
XCL  523113
XCL  424423
XCL  424426
XCL  604 49
XCL  604 51
XCL  525190
XCL  525411
XCL  525412
XCL  525415
XCL  525439
XCL  525450
EDF  6
ICL  A61K  908
FSC  523
FSS  111;113
FSC  424
FSS  423;426
FSC  525
FSS  190;411;412;415;439;450
FSC  604
FSS  49;51
UREF
PNO  2155658
ISD  19390400
NAM  Hermann et al.
UREF
PNO  3068188
ISD  19621200
NAM  Beste et al.
UREF
PNO  3218283
ISD  19651100
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  3219527
ISD  19651100
NAM  Gurney
UREF
PNO  3328246
ISD  19670600
NAM  Gottfried et al.
UREF
PNO  3463158
ISD  19690800
NAM  Schmitt et al.
UREF
PNO  3520949
ISD  19700700
NAM  Shepherd et al.
UREF
PNO  3696811
ISD  19721000
NAM  Chen
UREF
PNO  3755558
ISD  19730800
NAM  Scribner
UREF
PNO  3760034
ISD  19730900
NAM  Critchfield et al.
UREF
PNO  3767784
ISD  19731000
NAM  Gluck
UREF
PNO  3887699
ISD  19750600
NAM  Yolles
UREF
PNO  3931678
ISD  19760100
NAM  O'Sullivan et al.
UREF
PNO  3935308
ISD  19760100
NAM  Wise et al.
UREF
PNO  3939111
ISD  19760200
NAM  Schollenberger et al.
UREF
PNO  4148871
ISD  19790400
NAM  Pitt et al.
UREF
PNO  4161948
ISD  19790700
NAM  Bichon
UREF
PNO  4408023
ISD  19831000
NAM  Gould et al.
UREF
PNO  4439420
ISD  19840300
NAM  Mattei et al.
UREF
PNO  4443430
ISD  19840400
NAM  Mattei et al.
UREF
PNO  4447562
ISD  19840500
NAM  Ivani
UREF
PNO  4450150
ISD  19840500
NAM  Sidman
UREF
PNO  4491479
ISD  19850100
NAM  Lauchenauer
UREF
PNO  4568536
ISD  19860200
NAM  Kronenthal et al.
UREF
PNO  4570629
ISD  19860200
NAM  Widra
UREF
PNO  4582640
ISD  19860400
NAM  Smestad et al.
UREF
PNO  4595713
ISD  19860600
NAM  St. John
UREF
PNO  4631188
ISD  19861200
NAM  Stoy et al.
UREF
PNO  4650665
ISD  19870300
NAM  Kronenthal et al.
UREF
PNO  4663077
ISD  19870500
NAM  Rei et al.
UREF
PNO  4677139
ISD  19870600
NAM  Feinmann et al.
UREF
PNO  4702917
ISD  19871000
NAM  Schindler
UREF
PNO  4715369
ISD  19871200
NAM  Suzuki et al.
UREF
PNO  4745160
ISD  19880500
NAM  Churchill et al.
UREF
PNO  4767627
ISD  19880800
NAM  Caldwell et al.
UREF
PNO  4767861
ISD  19880800
NAM  Boulware
UREF
PNO  4772470
ISD  19880900
NAM  Inoue et al.
UREF
PNO  4774227
ISD  19880900
NAM  Piez et al.
UREF
PNO  4780320
ISD  19881000
NAM  Baker
UREF
PNO  4793336
ISD  19881200
NAM  Wang
UREF
PNO  4857602
ISD  19890800
NAM  Casey et al.
UREF
PNO  4920203
ISD  19900400
NAM  Tang et al.
UREF
PNO  4938763
ISD  19900700
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL  604891.1
UREF
PNO  4981696
ISD  19910100
NAM  Loomis et al.
UREF
PNO  4983689
ISD  19910100
NAM  Yu
UREF
PNO  5007940
ISD  19910400
NAM  Berg
UREF
PNO  5013553
ISD  19910500
NAM  Southard et al.
UREF
PNO  5077049
ISD  19911200
NAM  Dunn et al.
UREF
PNO  5278201
ISD  19940100
NAM  Dunn et al.
UREF
PNO  5278202
ISD  19940100
NAM  Dunn et al.
UREF
PNO  5286763
ISD  19940200
NAM  Gerhart et al.
UREF
PNO  5324519
ISD  19940600
NAM  Dunn et al.
UREF
PNO  5324520
ISD  19940600
NAM  Dunn et al.
UREF
PNO  5340849
ISD  19940800
NAM  Dunn et al.
UREF
PNO  5368859
ISD  19941100
NAM  Dunn et al.
UREF
PNO  5707647
ISD  19980100
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL  523111
UREF
PNO  5717030
ISD  19980200
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL  523111
UREF
PNO  5739176
ISD  19980400
NAM  Dunn et al.
UREF
PNO  B14938763
ISD  19950700
NAM  Dunn et al.
FREF
PNO  1 261 549
ISD  19890900
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0 140 766
ISD  19850500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 159 293
ISD  19851000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 241 178
ISD  19871000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 244 118
ISD  19871100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 537 559
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 539 751
ISD  19930500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 560 014
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 649 662
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 126 270
ISD  19730300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  29 17 037
ISD  19800400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  63-137907
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 85/00969
ISD  19850300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 85/02092
ISD  19850500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Billmeyer, F. W., Jr., "Textbook of Polymer Science, Third Edition,"
      Copyright.COPYRGT.1984 by John Wiley & Sons, Inc.:390-391.
PAL  Gilding, D.K., "Biodegradable Polymers (Chapter 9)," Biocompatibility of
      Clinical Implant Materials: 209-232, 1980.
PAL  Holland, S.J. et al., "Polymers for Biodegradable Medical Devices. 1. The
      Potential of Polyesters as Controlled Macromolecular Release Systems,"
      Journal of Controlled Release, 4:155-180 (1986).
PAL  Sax, N.I. et al., "Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary,"
      Copyright.COPYRGT.1987 by Van Nostrand Reinhold Company Inc. pp. 145-146;
      932-933 and 944-945.
PAL  Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
      2:236-237 (1985).
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  A biodegradable polymer is provided for use in providing syringeable,
      in-situ forming, solid biodegradable implants for animals. The polymer is
      placed into the animal in liquid form and cures to form the implant
      in-situ. A thermoplastic system to form said implant comprises the steps
      of dissolving a non-reactive polymer in biocompatible solvent to form a
      liquid, placing the liquid within the animal, and allowing the solvent to
      dissipate to produce the implant. An alternative, thermosetting system
      comprises mixing together effective amounts of a liquid acrylic ester
      terminated, biodegradable prepolymer and a curing agent, placing the
      liquid mixture within an animal and allowing the prepolymer to cure to
      form the implant. Both systems provide a syringeable, solid biodegradable
      delivery system by the addition of an effective level of biologically
      active agent to the liquid before injection into the body.
PATN
WKU  059901950
SRC  9
APN  0743690
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980508
TTL  Dental resin material and process for producing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Merriam; Andrew E. C.
INVT
NAM  Arita; Akishi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  GC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970526
APN  9-149872
CLAS
OCL  523116
XCL  523115
XCL  523209
XCL  523216
XCL  524493
XCL  524494
XCL  528502C
EDF  6
ICL  A61C  508
ICL  C08K  334
FSC  523
FSS  115;116;209
FSC  524
FSS  493;494
FSC  528
FSS  502 C
UREF
PNO  4297266
ISD  19811000
NAM  Ibsen et al.
OCL  523115
UREF
PNO  4859716
ISD  19890800
NAM  Ibsen et al.
OCL  523116
UREF
PNO  5356951
ISD  19941000
NAM  Yearn et al.
OCL  523116
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A dental resin material which is formed into a dental prosthesis by milling
      processing is disclosed, comprising an acrylic resin polymer containing
      from 20 to 70% by weight of an inorganic filler having a mean particle
      size of from 0.01 to 0.04 .mu.m in diameter. A process for producing a
      dental resin material is also disclosed, which comprises polymerizing for
      curing a mixture comprising a combination of from 20 to 70% by weight of
      an inorganic filler having a mean particle size of from 0.01 to 0.04 .mu.m
      in diameter, a methacrylate or acrylate monomer having at least one
      unsaturated double bond, and a heat polymerization initiator while
      elevating the pressure and heating under the conditions that the pressure
      is from 50 to 300 MPa and that the temperature is from 100 to 200.degree.
      C. The dental resin material according to the invention has esthetics and
      mechanical properties suitable for dental prostheses such as inlays or
      crowns and being free from unpolymerized monomers, which is superior in
      machinability and can be suitably used for the preparation of dental
      prostheses by milling processing by means of a CAD/CAM device.
PATN
WKU  059901969
SRC  9
APN  0293814
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980226
TTL  Surface-layer structure of soil having weed emergence inhibitor activity
      and method of weed emergence inhibition
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Merriam; Andrew E. C.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Toushin; Kazumi
STR  2105 Hayashi
CTY  Kurashiki-shi, Okayama 710-01
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Naoi; Yoshiyuki
CTY  Okayama
CNT  JPX
COD  15
ASSG
NAM  Toushin; Kazumi
CTY  Okayama
CNT  JPX
COD  15
ITX  a part interest
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950901
APN  7-248802
CLAS
OCL  523132
XCL  523129
XCL  523212
XCL  405129
XCL  405270
XCL  405303
XCL  260DIG14
XCL  106900
EDF  6
ICL  A01G 1300
ICL  C04B 3200
ICL  C09K 1702
FSC  523
FSS  212;129;132
FSC  405
FSS  129;270;303
FSC  260
FSS  DIG. 14
FSC  106
FSS  900
UREF
PNO  4565468
ISD  19860100
NAM  Crawford
OCL  405129
UREF
PNO  5500245
ISD  19960300
NAM  Toushin
OCL  427221
FREF
PNO  0234504
ISD  19870900
CNT  EPX
OCL  405270
FREF
PNO  0029718
ISD  19820200
CNT  JPX
OCL  405270
FREF
PNO  5-244834
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
ICL  A01G 1300
FREF
PNO  6-206755
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
ICL  C04B 3200
FREF
PNO  83/00516
ISD  19830200
CNT  WOX
OCL  405270
LREP
FR2  Bednarek; Michael D.
     Crowell & Moring LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/02465
PD1  19980226
PD2  19980226
PD3  19960829
PCP  WO97/08940
PCD  19970313
ABST
PAR  The present invention provides a ground surface structure for prevention of
      weed growing. The structure includes a germination-preventing sheet (2)
      resistant to penetration of buds of a plant and laid over the surface of a
      selected ground (1). The structure also includes a surface layer (3)
      formed by accumulating a water-repellent earth material on the
      germination-preventing sheet (2). The earth material includes material
      grains formed with silicone coating. Typically, the germination-preventing
      sheet (2) is made of a nonwoven fabric material and resistant to
      penetration of buds of a plant. Further, the sheet blocks the passage of
      light, but exhibits water permeability and air permeability.
PATN
WKU  059901977
SRC  8
APN  9818057
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980105
TTL  Organic solvent based ink for invisible marking/identification
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXA  Shosho; Callie E.
EXP  Jagannathan; Vasu
INVT
NAM  Escano; Nelson Zamora
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Krutak, Sr.; James John
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Weaver; Max Allen
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Chemical Company
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  523160
XCL  524539
XCL  528282
XCL  528283
XCL  528289
XCL  528298
XCL  106 3115
XCL  106 3132
XCL  106 3164
EDF  6
ICL  C09D 1102
ICL  C08G 6316
ICL  C08G 6320
ICL  C08K  330
FSC  523
FSS  160;161
FSC  106
FSS  31.13;31.14;31.15;31.32;31.64
FSC  524
FSS  539;540
FSC  528
FSS  289;298;282;283
UREF
PNO  Re27117
ISD  19710400
NAM  Byrne et al.
OCL  260314.5
UREF
PNO  Re34480
ISD  19931200
NAM  Eda
OCL  540139
UREF
PNO  3630941
ISD  19711200
NAM  Bergmark et al.
OCL  252186
UREF
PNO  3734874
ISD  19730500
NAM  Kibler et al.
OCL  260 29.2E
UREF
PNO  3779993
ISD  19731200
NAM  Kibler et al.
OCL  260755
UREF
PNO  3828010
ISD  19740800
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  260 75N
UREF
PNO  4202491
ISD  19800500
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  235491
UREF
PNO  4233196
ISD  19801100
NAM  Sublett
OCL  260 29.2N
UREF
PNO  4250078
ISD  19810200
NAM  McFarlane et al.
OCL  260 40R
UREF
PNO  4321133
ISD  19820300
NAM  DiGiacomo
OCL  209  3.3
UREF
PNO  4335220
ISD  19820600
NAM  Coney
OCL  523414
UREF
PNO  4408004
ISD  19831000
NAM  Pengilly
OCL  524398
UREF
PNO  4420581
ISD  19831200
NAM  McFarlane et al.
OCL  524431
UREF
PNO  4423814
ISD  19840100
NAM  White
OCL  209  3.3
UREF
PNO  4435220
ISD  19840300
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  106291
UREF
PNO  4476272
ISD  19841000
NAM  Pengilly
OCL  524398
UREF
PNO  4535118
ISD  19850800
NAM  Pengilly
OCL  524398
UREF
PNO  4540595
ISD  19850900
NAM  Acitelli et al.
OCL  427  7
UREF
PNO  4541438
ISD  19850900
NAM  Parker et al.
OCL  128664
UREF
PNO  4606859
ISD  19860800
NAM  Duggan et al.
OCL  540122
UREF
PNO  4649064
ISD  19870300
NAM  Jones
OCL  427256
UREF
PNO  4704309
ISD  19871100
NAM  Coney et al.
OCL  427258
UREF
PNO  4738785
ISD  19880400
NAM  Langston et al.
OCL  210738
UREF
PNO  4804719
ISD  19890200
NAM  Weaver et al.
OCL  525420
UREF
PNO  4816386
ISD  19890300
NAM  Gotoh et al.
OCL  430495
UREF
PNO  4824948
ISD  19890400
NAM  Stark et al.
OCL  540125
UREF
PNO  4883714
ISD  19891100
NAM  Stockl et al.
OCL  428412
UREF
PNO  4904567
ISD  19900200
NAM  Maeda et al.
OCL  430270
UREF
PNO  4910292
ISD  19900300
NAM  Blount
OCL  528272
UREF
PNO  4973656
ISD  19901100
NAM  Blount
OCL  528272
UREF
PNO  4975220
ISD  19901200
NAM  Streitel et al.
OCL  252301.35
UREF
PNO  4983817
ISD  19910100
NAM  Dolash et al.
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  4992204
ISD  19910200
NAM  Kluger et al.
OCL  252301.16
UREF
PNO  5006598
ISD  19910400
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  524601
UREF
PNO  5030708
ISD  19910700
NAM  Krutak et al.
OCL  528272
UREF
PNO  5055500
ISD  19911000
NAM  Peters et al.
OCL  523319
UREF
PNO  5093147
ISD  19920300
NAM  Andrus et al.
OCL  427  7
UREF
PNO  5093184
ISD  19920300
NAM  Edwards
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  5102980
ISD  19920400
NAM  Krutak et al.
OCL  528272
UREF
PNO  5110968
ISD  19920500
NAM  Tai et al.
OCL  556415
UREF
PNO  5120610
ISD  19920600
NAM  Wegner et al.
OCL  428447
UREF
PNO  5143671
ISD  19920900
NAM  Peters et al.
OCL  264117
UREF
PNO  5169881
ISD  19921200
NAM  Peters et al.
OCL  523319
UREF
PNO  5194319
ISD  19930300
NAM  Onaka et al.
OCL  428224
UREF
PNO  5201921
ISD  19930400
NAM  Luttermann et al.
OCL    8506
UREF
PNO  5208630
ISD  19930500
NAM  Goodbrand et al.
OCL  355201
UREF
PNO  5214188
ISD  19930500
NAM  Tai et al.
OCL  558419
UREF
PNO  5218042
ISD  19930600
NAM  Kuo et al.
OCL  524601
UREF
PNO  5260052
ISD  19931100
NAM  Peters et al.
OCL  424 63
UREF
PNO  5292855
ISD  19940300
NAM  Krutak et al.
OCL  528289
UREF
PNO  5336714
ISD  19940800
NAM  Krutak et al.
OCL  524608
UREF
PNO  5397819
ISD  19950300
NAM  Krutak et al.
OCL  524 88
UREF
PNO  5423432
ISD  19950600
NAM  Krutak et al.
OCL  209577
UREF
PNO  5461136
ISD  19951000
NAM  Krutak et al.
OCL  528289
UREF
PNO  5486274
ISD  19960100
NAM  Thetford et al.
OCL  204157.5
UREF
PNO  5525516
ISD  19960600
NAM  Krutak et al.
OCL  436 56
UREF
PNO  5542971
ISD  19960800
NAM  Auslander et al.
OCL  106 21
UREF
PNO  5553714
ISD  19960900
NAM  Cushman et al.
OCL  209577
UREF
PNO  5608053
ISD  19970300
NAM  Thetford et al.
OCL  540140
UREF
PNO  5614008
ISD  19970300
NAM  Escano et al.
OCL  523161
UREF
PNO  5665151
ISD  19970900
NAM  Escano et al.
OCL  106 31.15
UREF
PNO  5702511
ISD  19971200
NAM  De Saint-Romain et al.
OCL  106 31.32
UREF
PNO  5703229
ISD  19971200
NAM  Krutak et al.
OCL  540140
UREF
PNO  5755860
ISD  19980500
NAM  Zhu
OCL  106 31.15
UREF
PNO  5766324
ISD  19980600
NAM  Ikegaya et al.
OCL  106 31.15
FREF
PNO  3-79683
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1 537 375
ISD  19781200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 237 804
ISD  19910500
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Leach, R.H. and Pierce, R.J., The Printing Ink Manual, Blueprint, London
      (pp.218, 225-226, 234-236, 241, 245, 249-250), 1993.
PAL  Wheeler, Bob L., et al., "A Silicon Phthalocyanine and Silicon
      Naphthalocyanine: Synthesis, Electro-chemistry, and Electrogenerated
      Chemiluminescence", JACS, vol. 106, pp. 7404-7410 (1984).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 77, p. 74, 141469m (1972).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 106, p. 80, 86223s (1987).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 114, p. 98, 230681z (1991).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 114, p. 744, 196444n (1991).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 114, p. 744, 196445p (1991).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 114, p. 742, 196418g (1991).
LREP
FR2  Davis; Mark L.
FR2  Graves, Jr.; Bernard J.
FR2  Gwinnell; Harry J.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US97/19251
PD1  19980105
PD2  19980105
PD3  19971027
PCP  WO98/18871
PCD  19980517
ABST
PAR  An organic solvent based polyester ink formulation having a fluorescing
      compound therein is suitable for ink jet printing applications. The ink is
      useful for producing invisible printing/markings on the surface of a
      variety of materials for identification, authentication, sorting, etc.
      Suitable printing substrates include porous and non-porous materials such
      as plastic, film, sheeting, fabric, paper, high gloss paper; metal, foils,
      plates; rubber; glass; cellophane; wood; and the like. The ink formulation
      contains at least one organic soluble polyester, having at least one near
      infrared fluorophore copolymerized therein, dissolved in an organic
      solvent. Suitable organic solvents include a C.sub.3 -C.sub.6 carbon
      ketone, a C.sub.3 -C.sub.6 carbon organic ester, a C.sub.1 -C.sub.3 carbon
      alcohol, or a combination thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the
      polyester containing the copolymerized near infrared fluorophore is
      dissolved in a solvent comprising a C.sub.3 -C.sub.6 carbon ketone and a
      C.sub.1 -C.sub.3 carbon alcohol.
PATN
WKU  059901985
SRC  9
APN  0472786
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980324
TTL  Ink compositions containing vinyl pyrrolidinone/vinyl imidazolium
      copolymers
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Shosho; Caleie E.
EXP  Jagannathan; Vasu
INVT
NAM  Schwarz, Jr.; William M.
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Xerox Corporation
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  523160
XCL  523161
XCL  526263
XCL  526264
EDF  6
ICL  C09D 1100
ICL  C09D 1102
ICL  C09D 1110
ICL  C08F 2610
ICL  C08F22610
FSC  523
FSS  160;161
FSC  526
FSS  258;263;264
FSC  106
FSS  31.27;31.49
UREF
PNO  4197135
ISD  19800400
NAM  Bailey et al.
OCL  106 23
UREF
PNO  4267088
ISD  19810500
NAM  Kempf
OCL  260 29.2EP
UREF
PNO  4659382
ISD  19870400
NAM  Kang
OCL  106 22
UREF
PNO  5156675
ISD  19921000
NAM  Breton et al.
OCL  106 31.43
UREF
PNO  5206071
ISD  19930400
NAM  Atherton et al.
OCL  428195
UREF
PNO  5250107
ISD  19931000
NAM  Bares
OCL  106 20R
UREF
PNO  5531818
ISD  19960700
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  106 31.28
UREF
PNO  5846924
ISD  19981200
NAM  Detering et al.
OCL  510475
UREF
PNO  5851651
ISD  19981200
NAM  Chao
OCL  428327
UREF
PNO  5869032
ISD  19990200
NAM  Tropsch et al.
OCL  424 70.15
FREF
PNO  57-198768
ISD  19821200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Byorick; Judith L.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is an ink composition which comprises (1) water; (2) an anionic
      dye; and (3) a copolymer of vinyl pyrrolidinone and a vinyl imidazolium
      salt. Also disclosed are methods for using the aforementioned ink
      compositions in ink jet printing processes.
PATN
WKU  059901993
SRC  8
APN  4234529
APT  1
ART  151
APD  19950419
TTL  Indicator ink compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Guarviello; John J.
EXP  Jagannathan; Vasu
INVT
NAM  Bealing; John R.
CTY  Smyrna
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Gorski; Joel R.
CTY  Marietta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  North American Science Associates, Inc.
CTY  Northwood
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  523161
XCL  524508
XCL  524509
XCL  524510
XCL  260DIG38
XCL  523208
XCL  106 3113
XCL  106 3118
XCL  106 3127
EDF  6
ICL  C09D 1110
FSC  523
FSS  164;208
FSC  260
FSS  DIG. 38
FSC  524
FSS  508;509;510
FSC  160
FSS  20 R;22 R;31.13;31.18;31.27
UREF
PNO  34515
ISD  18620100
NAM  Foley
OCL  374160
UREF
PNO  2606654
ISD  19520800
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  206459.1
UREF
PNO  3290499
ISD  19661200
NAM  Vale et al.
OCL  250474.1
UREF
PNO  3667916
ISD  19720600
NAM  Sliva et al.
OCL  436  1
UREF
PNO  3691380
ISD  19720900
NAM  Hubner et al.
OCL  250474.1
UREF
PNO  3743846
ISD  19730700
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  250474.1
UREF
PNO  3932134
ISD  19760100
NAM  Fang et al.
OCL  422119
UREF
PNO  4001587
ISD  19770100
NAM  Panchenkov et al.
OCL  250474.1
UREF
PNO  4015937
ISD  19770400
NAM  Miyamoto et al.
OCL  436  1
UREF
PNO  4021252
ISD  19770500
NAM  Banczak et al.
OCL  106 30R
UREF
PNO  4024096
ISD  19770500
NAM  Wachtel
OCL  523160
UREF
PNO  4038873
ISD  19770800
NAM  Kimmel
OCL  374102
UREF
PNO  4042545
ISD  19770800
NAM  Defago et al.
OCL  106 22C
UREF
PNO  4045397
ISD  19770800
NAM  Parkinson
OCL  524262
UREF
PNO  4155895
ISD  19790500
NAM  Rohowetz et al.
OCL  524 89
UREF
PNO  4165399
ISD  19790800
NAM  Germonprez
OCL  427264
UREF
PNO  4166044
ISD  19790800
NAM  Germonprez et al.
OCL  252488.1
UREF
PNO  4179397
ISD  19791200
NAM  Rohowetz et al.
OCL  252408.1
UREF
PNO  4188437
ISD  19800200
NAM  Rohowetz
OCL  428199
UREF
PNO  4298569
ISD  19811100
NAM  Read
OCL  422 27
UREF
PNO  4421560
ISD  19831200
NAM  Kito et al.
OCL  106 21E
UREF
PNO  4448548
ISD  19840500
NAM  Foley
OCL  374160
UREF
PNO  4514361
ISD  19850400
NAM  Hirsch
OCL  422 26
UREF
PNO  4579670
ISD  19860400
NAM  Payne
OCL  507211
UREF
PNO  5057433
ISD  19911000
NAM  Douglas
OCL  436  1
UREF
PNO  5064576
ISD  19911100
NAM  Suto
OCL  556 37
UREF
PNO  5084623
ISD  19920100
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  250474.1
UREF
PNO  5087659
ISD  19920200
NAM  Fujisawa
OCL  524594
UREF
PNO  5158363
ISD  19921000
NAM  Speelman et al.
OCL  374102
UREF
PNO  5258065
ISD  19931100
NAM  Fujisawa
OCL  106 22B
UREF
PNO  5340537
ISD  19940800
NAM  Barrett
OCL  422 26
FREF
PNO  1271393
ISD  19180700
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  920689
ISD  19691000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2055393
ISD  19810300
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  "Chemical Abstracts," Journal: Chemical Abstract Service, vol. 103, p. 84,
      Oct. 7, 1985. 106435f.
LREP
FR2  Remenick; James
     Baker & Botts, LLC
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to indicator ink compositions that contain a
      water-based dispersion of a phenol-formaldehyde resin, at least one
      colorant and an amine-terminated catalyst. These indicator ink
      compositions are fixed to a surface, such as by drying, and respond to
      specific conditions of time, temperature, humidity, pressure and the
      presence or absence of certain chemicals by changing color. Compositions
      provide a means for detecting exposure to a predetermined condition and
      can be fixed or otherwise attached to nearly any article or designed into
      patterns on materials. Exposure of the indicator ink to the specific
      condition, the indicator ink provides a permanent detectable record of the
      event. Further, by varying the amount of amine-terminated catalyst in the
      formulation, the specific conditions at which the indicator composition
      will change color can be altered. Such compositions are specifically
      useful for determining the effectiveness of a sterilization process.
PATN
WKU  059902019
SRC  9
APN  0229172
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980212
TTL  Pseudo-plastic aqueous ink for ball point pen
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Shosho; Callie E.
EXP  Jagannathan; Vasu
INVT
NAM  Miyazaki; Shigeru
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takeuchi; Yoji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Pencil Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970218
APN  9-033959
CLAS
OCL  523161
XCL  106 3113
XCL  106 316
XCL  106 3164
XCL  106 3169
XCL  106 317
XCL  106 3189
EDF  6
ICL  C09D 1116
ICL  C09D 1118
ICL  C09D18304
ICL  C09D18100
FSC  523
FSS  160;161
FSC   16
FSS  31.13;31.6;31.64;31.69;31.7;31.72;31.89;31.96
UREF
PNO  4059606
ISD  19771100
NAM  Walsingham et al.
OCL  556444
UREF
PNO  4545818
ISD  19851000
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  106 31.38
UREF
PNO  4686246
ISD  19870800
NAM  Gajria
OCL  523161
UREF
PNO  4786198
ISD  19881100
NAM  Zgambo
OCL  401142
UREF
PNO  5302193
ISD  19940400
NAM  Wouch et al.
OCL  524261
UREF
PNO  5348989
ISD  19940900
NAM  Shiraishi
OCL  523161
UREF
PNO  5466281
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hanke et al.
OCL  106 31.38
UREF
PNO  5523019
ISD  19960600
NAM  Kim
OCL  516116
UREF
PNO  5547499
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kawasumi et al.
OCL  106 31.25
UREF
PNO  5683500
ISD  19971100
NAM  Kawasumi et al.
OCL  106 31.6
UREF
PNO  5686519
ISD  19971100
NAM  Loftin et al.
OCL  524462
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  A pseudo-plastic aqueous ink for a ball point pen contains at least a
      pigment, a dispersant, water, a polar solvent and a thickener and further
      contains 0.05 to 7% by weight of the silicone base surfactant or 0.05 to
      5% by weight of a silicone base surfactant and 0.05 to 5% by weight of
      sodium dialkyl sulfosuccinate based on the whole amount of the ink.
PATN
WKU  059902027
SRC  8
APN  9981640
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971224
TTL  Dual encapsulation technique for preparing ink-jets inks
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXA  Shosho; Callie E.
EXP  Jagannathan; Vasu
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Nguyen; Khe C
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ganapathiappan; Sivapackia
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  962496
APD  19971031
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  523201
XCL  523160
XCL  523206
XCL  523207
XCL  525 71
XCL  106 3127
XCL  106 316
EDF  6
ICL  C08F26506
ICL  C08F26702
ICL  C08K  910
ICL  C08L 5100
FSC  523
FSS  160;161;201;206;207
FSC  525
FSS  71
FSC  106
FSS  31.27;31.6
UREF
PNO  3544500
ISD  19701200
NAM  Osmond et al.
OCL  428402.24
UREF
PNO  4565764
ISD  19860100
NAM  Nakahara et al.
OCL  430111
UREF
PNO  4829101
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kraemer et al.
OCL  523201
UREF
PNO  5424370
ISD  19950600
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  525303
UREF
PNO  5432210
ISD  19950700
NAM  Bogan, Jr.
OCL  523201
UREF
PNO  5461125
ISD  19951000
NAM  Lu et al.
OCL  525293
UREF
PNO  5536612
ISD  19960700
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  430137
UREF
PNO  5589522
ISD  19961200
NAM  Beach et al.
OCL  523160
UREF
PNO  5607999
ISD  19970300
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  524503
UREF
PNO  5616644
ISD  19970400
NAM  Schlarb et al.
OCL  524522
UREF
PNO  5618859
ISD  19970400
NAM  Maeyama et al.
OCL  523201
UREF
PNO  5631309
ISD  19970500
NAM  Yanagi et al.
OCL  523160
UREF
PNO  5708095
ISD  19980100
NAM  Page et al.
OCL  525301
UREF
PNO  5814685
ISD  19980900
NAM  Satake et al.
OCL  523201
UREF
PNO  5853861
ISD  19981200
NAM  Held
OCL  428207
UREF
PNO  5854308
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kuo et al.
OCL  523161
ABST
PAL  Ink-jet inks for ink-jet printing are provided which include a vehicle and
      a colorant, the colorant encapsulated by or associated with a primer
      core/shell polymer to form a primer/colorant combination, and the
      primer/colorant combination, upon printing on a print medium, encapsulated
      by a durable core/shell polymer. The primer core/shell polymer serves to
      provide adhesion of the durable core/shell polymer to the colorant and the
      durable core/shell polymer serves to provide a smear-fast film upon drying
      of the ink on a print medium. The primer core/shell polymer comprises a
      hydrophobic core and a hydrophilic shell comprising a polar component,
      while the durable core/shell polymer comprises a hydrophobic core
      comprising a low T.sub.g component, which, when homopolymerized, has a
      glass transition temperature, T.sub.g, below 25.degree. C. and a high
      T.sub.g component, which, when homopolymerized, has a glass transition
      temperature above 25.degree. C. and a hydrophilic shell selected from the
      group consisting of neutral shells, cationic shells, and anionic shells.
PATN
WKU  059902035
SRC  9
APN  0726362
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980504
TTL  Method for improving the compatibility of random vinyl substituted
      aromatic/C.sub.4 -C.sub.6 conjugated diolefin polymer/asphalt mixtures
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Szekely; Peter A.
INVT
NAM  Cheng; John Tze-Chiang
CTY  Charlotte
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Plaumann; Heinz
CTY  Charlotte
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Takamura; Koichi
CTY  Charlotte
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Baughmann; Arthur Barry
CTY  Matthews
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Liu; Wai-chun Richard
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  BASF Corporation
CTY  Mt. Olive
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  523450
XCL  524 59
XCL  524 68
XCL  524 69
XCL  524 71
EDF  6
ICL  C08L 9500
ICL  C08L 6300
ICL  C08L  906
ICL  C08L 3306
ICL  C08L 7902
FSC  523
FSS  450
FSC  524
FSS  59;69;71;61;68
FSC  106
FSS  273.1
UREF
PNO  4073759
ISD  19780200
NAM  Lowry et al.
OCL  524 61
UREF
PNO  4169822
ISD  19791000
NAM  Kutch et al.
OCL  523450
UREF
PNO  5749953
ISD  19980500
NAM  Doyle
OCL  106273.1
FREF
PNO  673507
ISD  19631100
CNT  CAX
OCL  523450
FREF
PNO  214 852
ISD  19841000
CNT  DEX
OCL  524 71
FREF
PNO  100555
ISD  19870500
CNT  JPX
OCL  524 59
LREP
FR2  Nammo; Laura D.
FR2  Will; Joanne P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a method for improving the compatibility
      of random vinyl substituted aromatic/C.sub.4 -C.sub.6 conjugated diolefin
      polymer/asphalt mixtures comprising adding a modifier to said random vinyl
      substituted aromatic/C.sub.4 -C.sub.6 conjugated diolefin polymer/asphalt
      mixture selected from the group consisting of:
PA1  (a) polymers containing an epoxy functionality
PA1  (b) polymers containing a carboxyl functionality
PA1  (c) monomers, oligomers, and polymers containing an amine functionality;
PA1  (d) monomers, oligomers, and polymers containing an ester functionality; or
      mixtures thereof.
PATN
WKU  059902043
SRC  9
APN  0166456
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980130
TTL  Crosslinking isoprene-isobutylene rubber with alkyphenol-formaldehyde
      and epoxy resins
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Sellers; Robert E.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Onizawa; Masao
STR  2-111-3, Owada-cho
CTY  Omiya-shi, Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971031
APN  9-315897
CLAS
OCL  523457
XCL  523434
XCL  523459
XCL  523467
XCL  525109
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  322
ICL  C08K  326
ICL  C08K  336
ICL  C08L  900
FSC  525
FSS  109;141
FSC  523
FSS  434;459;457;467
UREF
PNO  3932341
ISD  19760100
NAM  Kutch et al.
UREF
PNO  4699832
ISD  19871000
NAM  Sattlemeyer
OCL  525141
UREF
PNO  5488974
ISD  19960200
NAM  Shiota et al.
OCL  138125
UREF
PNO  5502109
ISD  19960300
NAM  Wallenwein et al.
OCL  525141
FREF
PNO  53-49055
ISD  19780500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-247643
ISD  19911100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-34886
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-134275
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  The Vanderbilt Rubber Handbook, 13th Ed., Ed. by R.F. Ohm, R.T. Vanderbilt
      Company, Inc., Norwalk, CT (1990) pp. 92-105.
PAL  Polysar butyl terpolymers. For the manufacture of sealants and adhesives.
      Bayer AG, Oct. 1993.
LREP
FRM  Sherman and Shalloway
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a method for crosslinking an
      isoprene-isobutylene rubber with resins, and a crosslinked rubber product
      obtained by said method. According to the present invention, there are
      provided:
PA1  a method for crosslinking an isoprene-isobutylene rubber, which comprises
      adding, to 100 parts by weight of an isoprene-isobutylene rubber, 8-25
      parts by weight of an alkylphenol-formaldehyde resin and 0.3-10 parts by
      weight of an epoxy resin such as bisphenol A epoxy resin, and
PA1  a crosslinked rubber product obtained by the above method.
PATN
WKU  059902051
SRC  8
APN  9123512
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970818
TTL  Polyvinyl-based kneading and molding play composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Szekely; Peter A.
INVT
NAM  Cordova; Abimael
CTY  Downey
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Mattel, Inc.
CTY  El Segundo
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  524 55
XCL  524 28
XCL  524 43
XCL  524157
XCL  524312
XCL  524386
XCL  524399
XCL  524400
XCL  524503
EDF  6
ICL  C08L  500
ICL  C08L  504
ICL  C08K  542
ICL  C08J  511
FSC  526
FSS  57
FSC  524
FSS  28;43;55;386;449;497;399;400;312;157;503
UREF
PNO  Re35144
ISD  19960100
NAM  Columbus et al.
OCL  524 55
UREF
PNO  3105058
ISD  19630900
NAM  Osugi et al.
OCL  525 57
UREF
PNO  3892905
ISD  19750700
NAM  Albert
OCL  525 57
UREF
PNO  4481326
ISD  19841100
NAM  Sonenstein
OCL  525 57
UREF
PNO  5157063
ISD  19921000
NAM  Wetherell
OCL  524 55
UREF
PNO  5171766
ISD  19921200
NAM  Mariano et al.
OCL  523218
UREF
PNO  5262475
ISD  19931100
NAM  Creasy
OCL  525 57
UREF
PNO  5284897
ISD  19940200
NAM  Columbus et al.
OCL  524 55
UREF
PNO  5322880
ISD  19940600
NAM  Columbus et al.
OCL  524 55
UREF
PNO  5473005
ISD  19951200
NAM  Columbus et al.
OCL  524 55
UREF
PNO  5494759
ISD  19960200
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  525 57
UREF
PNO  5498645
ISD  19960300
NAM  Mariano et al.
OCL  524449
UREF
PNO  5506290
ISD  19960400
NAM  Shapero
OCL  524389
LREP
FR2  Mulcahy; Robert W.
ABST
PAL  The invention is directed to a cross-linked gel-like polyvinyl-based
      composition of matter having unique elasticity. The composition is capable
      of being used as a kneading compound, as well as being moldable,
      stretchable, and bouncing, for use in play activities. The composition is
      based on a cohesive polyvinyl alcohol/polyvinyl pyrrolidone nonadhesive
      and substantially nondrying binder composition that is appropriate for
      child use. The invention is also directed to a method of making the
      instant polyvinyl-based composition of matter.
PATN
WKU  059902060
SRC  8
APN  9695532
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971113
TTL  Asphalt modifier composition and asphalt composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Szekely; Peter A.
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Shingo
CTY  Wakayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ikenaga; Takayuki
CTY  Wakayama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kao Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960228
APN  8-840833
RLAP
COD  74
APN  807149
APD  19970227
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  524 59
XCL  524 68
XCL  524 69
XCL  524 70
XCL  524 71
EDF  6
ICL  C08L 9500
FSC  524
FSS  59;68;69;70;71
UREF
PNO  2592564
ISD  19520400
NAM  Hardman
OCL  106284.1
UREF
PNO  2693425
ISD  19541100
NAM  Hardman
OCL  106284.1
UREF
PNO  2997454
ISD  19610800
NAM  Leistner et al.
OCL  524140
UREF
PNO  3404140
ISD  19681000
NAM  Fukumoto et al.
OCL  524140
UREF
PNO  3776806
ISD  19731200
NAM  Mayer et al.
OCL  524145
UREF
PNO  3878162
ISD  19750400
NAM  Breitschaft
OCL  524140
UREF
PNO  4123420
ISD  19781000
NAM  Kyo et al.
OCL  524145
UREF
PNO  4217434
ISD  19800800
NAM  Koeble
OCL  524140
UREF
PNO  4244911
ISD  19810100
NAM  Ishizaka et al.
OCL  524145
UREF
PNO  4251436
ISD  19810200
NAM  Silberberg et al.
OCL  524145
UREF
PNO  4581290
ISD  19860400
NAM  Henkel et al.
OCL  524140
UREF
PNO  4659381
ISD  19870400
NAM  Walters
OCL  524 59
UREF
PNO  4704417
ISD  19871100
NAM  Bonin et al.
OCL  524140
UREF
PNO  4804696
ISD  19890200
NAM  Jolitz et al.
OCL  524 68
UREF
PNO  4882373
ISD  19891100
NAM  Moran
OCL  524 68
UREF
PNO  5070123
ISD  19911200
NAM  Moran
OCL  524 69
UREF
PNO  5095055
ISD  19920300
NAM  Moran
OCL  524 69
UREF
PNO  5104983
ISD  19920400
NAM  Stock et al.
OCL  524145
UREF
PNO  5185393
ISD  19930200
NAM  Kanda et al.
OCL  524145
UREF
PNO  5516817
ISD  19960500
NAM  Slusher et al.
OCL  524 69
UREF
PNO  5618862
ISD  19970400
NAM  Germanaud et al.
OCL  524 71
FREF
PNO  64630
ISD  19821100
CNT  EPX
OCL  524 69
FREF
PNO  10157210
ISD  19851000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  63-265960
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
OCL  524145
FREF
PNO  3-69376A2
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  53-138440
ISD  19781200
CNT  JPX
OCL  524140
FREF
PNO  5-423691
ISD  19790800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-188462
ISD  19850900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-44922
ISD  19860300
CNT  JPX
OCL  524145
FREF
PNO  62-30168
ISD  19870200
CNT  JPX
OCL  524145
FREF
PNO  62-218451
ISD  19870900
CNT  JPX
OCL  524145
FREF
PNO  4-41799
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
OCL  524145
FREF
PNO  6-192579
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-329919
ISD  19941100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-157665
ISD  19950600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  Preparation of an asphalt composition using an asphalt modifier composition
      comprising at least one member selected from the group consisting of
      rubber-base modifiers and resin-base modifiers and a phosphorus compound
      permits the modifier to be satisfactorily dissolved in asphalt. Further,
      when paving is conducted by using a composition for paving prepared with
      such the asphalt composition, the adhesion of asphalt to an aggregate is
      high, and the resultant pavement has markedly improved in rutting
      resistance and wearing resistance. Therefore, such the pavement has a
      prolonged service life.
PATN
WKU  059902078
SRC  9
APN  1027808
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980623
TTL  Mixtures of bitumen, of powdered rubber waste and of polymer, employed
      as road binder
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Asinojsky; Olga
EXP  Seidleck; James J.
INVT
NAM  Perret; Patrice
CTY  Serquigny
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Lebez; Jean
CTY  Evreux
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Montignac; Guillaume
CTY  Bernay
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Elf Atochem S.A.
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970624
APN  97 07859
CLAS
OCL  524 59
XCL  524 60
XCL  524 69
XCL  525 545
EDF  6
ICL  C08L 9500
FSC  524
FSS  59;60;69
FSC  525
FSS  54.5
UREF
PNO  4992492
ISD  19910200
NAM  Sainton
OCL  524 62
UREF
PNO  5306750
ISD  19940400
NAM  Goodrich et al.
OCL  524 59
UREF
PNO  5556900
ISD  19960900
NAM  Goodrich et al.
OCL  524 59
UREF
PNO  5604274
ISD  19970200
NAM  Gallagher et al.
OCL  524 69
FREF
PNO  305225
ISD  19890300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  448425
ISD  19910900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2580658
ISD  19861000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/09907
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  French Search Report dated Feb. 25, 1998.
PAL  "Compatibilizer for Crumb Rubber Modified Asphalt", M.E. Labib, et al.
      212th American Chemical Society, National Meeting, Orlando, FL. Aug.
      25-29,1996.
LREP
FRM  Bell, Boyd & Lloyd
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to mixtures of bitmen, of powdered rubber
      waste and of at least one copolymer (A) of an alpha-olefin and of at least
      one unsaturated epoxide, such that:
PA1  the Brookfield viscosity at 180.degree. C. according to NFT Standard 76102
      (27 needle) is lower than 1150 mPa s;
PA1  the difference in absolute value of the softning points (ring-and-ball
      temperature) according to NFT 66008 between the top and bottom fractions
      of a mixture stored for 3 days at 180.degree. C. in a vertical tube is
      smaller than or equal to 5.degree. C. These mixtures are useful as road
      binders.
PATN
WKU  059902086
SRC  8
APN  9910441
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971215
TTL  Stabilization of polycarbonate/ABS blends with mixtures of hindered
      amines and UV absorbers
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Hoke; Veronica P.
INVT
NAM  Andrews; Stephen M.
CTY  New Fairfield
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corporation
CTY  Tarrytown
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  524 91
XCL  524100
XCL  524102
XCL  524336
XCL  524337
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  534
FSC  524
FSS  100;102;91;336;337
UREF
PNO  3919234
ISD  19751100
NAM  Ramey et al.
UREF
PNO  3920659
ISD  19751100
NAM  Ramey et al.
UREF
PNO  3928330
ISD  19751200
NAM  Ramey et al.
UREF
PNO  4190571
ISD  19800200
NAM  Lai et al.
UREF
PNO  4240961
ISD  19801200
NAM  Lai
UREF
PNO  4292240
ISD  19810900
NAM  Lai et al.
UREF
PNO  4464496
ISD  19840800
NAM  Nemzek et al.
OCL  524 91
UREF
PNO  4480092
ISD  19841000
NAM  Lai et al.
UREF
PNO  4650870
ISD  19870300
NAM  Conetta et al.
OCL  544357
UREF
PNO  4722806
ISD  19880200
NAM  Lai et al.
UREF
PNO  4812494
ISD  19890300
NAM  Nagasaki et al.
OCL  524 91
UREF
PNO  4929653
ISD  19900500
NAM  Kletecka et al.
UREF
PNO  4986932
ISD  19910100
NAM  Disteldorf et al.
OCL  524 91
UREF
PNO  5059644
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kosinski
UREF
PNO  5071981
ISD  19911200
NAM  Son et al.
UREF
PNO  5096948
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kurumada et al.
OCL  524 91
UREF
PNO  5098944
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kletecka et al.
UREF
PNO  5420181
ISD  19950500
NAM  Eichenauer et al.
OCL  524 91
UREF
PNO  5492948
ISD  19960200
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  524100
UREF
PNO  5733956
ISD  19980300
NAM  Lau et al.
OCL  524 91
UREF
PNO  5856486
ISD  19990100
NAM  Pickett et al.
OCL  544385
UREF
PNO  5869554
ISD  19990200
NAM  Pickett et al.
OCL  524100
FREF
PNO  157734
ISD  19850300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  577292
ISD  19940100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  675159
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  849327
ISD  19971200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  899295
ISD  19980800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  92-04407
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Research Disclosure, Oct. 1993/673, Hindered Amine Light Stabilizers For
      Polycarbonates.
PAL  Research Disclosure, Oct. 1993 pp. 673-675.
PAL  P. P. Klemchuk, et al. Makromol Chem., Makromol Sympos. 28, 117 (1989).
PAL  G. L. Gaines, Jr. Polymer Degradation and Stability, 27, 13(1990).
PAL  Additives 95 Meeting, Feb. 22-24, 1995 M. Clauss, et al. Ciba Additives,
      Basle, Switz.
PAL  J. D. Cooney, Polymer Engineering & Science, 22, 492 (1982).
PAL  J. L. Gardette, et al. Polymer Degradation and Stability, 48, 457 (1995).
LREP
FR2  Hall; Luther A. R.
ABST
PAL  Blends of polycarbonate with ABS resins are effectively stabilized by a
      combination of selected non-basic hindered amines containing the
      3,3,5,5-tetramethyl-2-oxo-1-piperazinyl moiety and UV absorbers such as
      benzotriazoles, s-triazines and benzophenones, particularly the
      benzotriazoles and s-triazines.
PATN
WKU  059902094
SRC  8
APN  8460450
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970425
TTL  Copolymers of propylene with polymerizable hindered amine light
      stabilizers
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Sarofim; N.
EXP  Lipman; Bernard
INVT
NAM  Rubino; Mark R.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Mulhall; Steve
CTY  Monroeville
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Whitby, III; Edmund P.
CTY  Wexford
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Onishi; Akiyoshi
CTY  Tsu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Terauchi; Makoto
CTY  Yokkaichi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Aristech Chemical Corporation
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  524 99
XCL  524100
XCL  524102
XCL  524103
XCL  524204
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  534
FSC  524
FSS  99;100;102;103;204
UREF
PNO  3755279
ISD  19730800
NAM  Langer et al.
OCL  260 88
UREF
PNO  3975357
ISD  19760800
NAM  Murayama et al.
OCL  260 45.8
UREF
PNO  4426471
ISD  19840100
NAM  Berner
OCL  524 91
UREF
PNO  4743657
ISD  19880500
NAM  Rekers et al.
UREF
PNO  4857230
ISD  19890800
NAM  Matsumura
OCL  524 99
UREF
PNO  4857595
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kazmierzak et al.
OCL  525142
UREF
PNO  4863999
ISD  19890900
NAM  MacLeay et al.
OCL  525142
UREF
PNO  4868246
ISD  19890900
NAM  MacLeay et al.
OCL  525142
UREF
PNO  4929652
ISD  19900500
NAM  Gugumus
OCL  524 99
UREF
PNO  4960593
ISD  19901000
NAM  Sevini et al.
OCL  524 99
UREF
PNO  4975489
ISD  19901200
NAM  Kazmierzak et al.
OCL  525142
UREF
PNO  5030670
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hess et al.
OCL  524 99
UREF
PNO  5350786
ISD  19940900
NAM  Costanzi et al.
OCL  524102
UREF
PNO  5455289
ISD  19951000
NAM  Caselli
OCL  523223
UREF
PNO  5679733
ISD  19971000
NAM  Malik et al.
OCL  524 99
FREF
PNO  92/12201
ISD  19920700
CNT  WOX
OCL  524 99
OREF
PAL  Wilen, Markku, and Nasman, "Preparation of Hindered Piperidine and its
      Copolymerization with Propylene over a High Activity Z-N Catalyst" J.
      Polymer Science: Part A: Polymer Chemistry, v 30, 1163-1170 (1992).
LREP
FR2  Krayer; William L.
ABST
PAL  Copolymers are disclosed of lower alpha-olefins and HALS-containing
      monomers, typically 1-(10-undecenyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine. They
      may be used for light or heat stabilizing, by themselves or in blends with
      other polymers.
PATN
WKU  059902108
SRC  9
APN  1112260
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980707
TTL  Rubber compositions containing a carboxymaleimidophenyl ester
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Asinovsky; Olga
EXP  Seidleck; James J.
INVT
NAM  Wideman; Lawson Gibson
CTY  Hudson
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Sandstrom; Paul Harry
CTY  Tallmadge
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company
CTY  Akron
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  524104
XCL  524 87
XCL  524261
XCL  524262
XCL  525282
XCL  5253326
XCL  5253327
XCL  5253329
XCL  526262
XCL  152209R
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  534
FSC  524
FSS  104;87;262;261
FSC  525
FSS  332.6;332.7;332.9;282
FSC  526
FSS  262
FSC  152
FSS  209 R
UREF
PNO  5108934
ISD  19920400
NAM  Rokugawa et al.
OCL  436512
UREF
PNO  5190822
ISD  19930300
NAM  Nishikawa et al.
OCL  428402.2
LREP
FR2  Hendricks; Bruce J.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to rubber compositions containing an
      elastomer having olefinic unsaturation and a carboxymaleimidophenyl ester
      of the formula
      ##STR1##
      wherein R.sup.1 is selected from the group alkyls having from 1 to 8
      carbon atoms and aryls having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms; and R.sup.2 and
      R.sup.3 may be the same or different and are selected from the group
      consisting of hydrogen, halogen and alkyls having from 1 to 8 carbon
      atoms.
PATN
WKU  059902116
SRC  8
APN  7709617
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19961220
TTL  Method for kneading silane coupling agent-blended rubber composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Asinovsky; Olga
EXP  Seidleck; James J.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Yano; Masashi
CTY  Sayama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Bridgestone Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961018
APN  8-276347
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961212
APN  8-332486
CLAS
OCL  524262
XCL  524265
XCL  524493
XCL  523213
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  554
ICL  C08K  906
FSC  524
FSS  262;265;493
FSC  523
FSS  213
UREF
PNO  3500496
ISD  19700300
NAM  Perlberg et al.
OCL  425144
UREF
PNO  4151157
ISD  19790400
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  260 42.15
UREF
PNO  4517336
ISD  19850500
NAM  Wolff et al.
OCL  524571
UREF
PNO  5227425
ISD  19930700
NAM  Rauline
OCL  524493
UREF
PNO  5580919
ISD  19961200
NAM  Agostini et al.
OCL  524493
UREF
PNO  5804636
ISD  19980900
NAM  Nahmias et al.
OCL  524493
FREF
PNO  0103754
ISD  19840300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0731133
ISD  19960900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0732362
ISD  19960900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  7-196850
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
ICL  C08L  906
FREF
PNO  97 09162
ISD  19970300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  In a method for kneading a silane coupling agent-blended rubber composition
      prepared by blending a natural rubber and/or a diene group synthetic
      rubber with silica and a silane coupling agent, a coupling reaction of the
      silica with the silane coupling agent is carried out in a temperature
      range of 130 to 140.degree. C.
PATN
WKU  059902124
SRC  8
APN  8889333
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19970707
TTL  Compositions for rendering absorbent materials water-repellent and
      oil-repellent
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Aylward; D.
EXP  Dawson; Robert
INVT
NAM  Hager; Rudolf
CTY  Altoetting
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Eberharter; Elke
CTY  Burghausen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Wacker-Chemie GmbH
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960826
APN  196 34 500
CLAS
OCL  524269
XCL  106  2
XCL  427445
XCL  524261
XCL  524267
XCL  524268
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  334
FSC  106
FSS  287.12;287.14;287.16;2
FSC  524
FSS  261;266;267;268;269;838;860
FSC  252
FSS  862
FSC  427
FSS  455
UREF
PNO  4125673
ISD  19781100
NAM  Roth et al.
OCL  428447
UREF
PNO  4648904
ISD  19870300
NAM  Depasquale et al.
UREF
PNO  4766234
ISD  19880800
NAM  Wehowsky et al.
UREF
PNO  5196054
ISD  19930300
NAM  Schmuck et al.
UREF
PNO  5314533
ISD  19940500
NAM  Goebel et al.
UREF
PNO  5399191
ISD  19950300
NAM  Mayer et al.
OCL  106287.11
UREF
PNO  5531812
ISD  19960700
NAM  Montigny et al.
FREF
PNO  2639353
ISD  19900500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  4309971
ISD  19940900
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman P.C.
ABST
PAL  The aqueous compositions for rendering absorbent materials oil-repellent
      and water-repellent consist essentially of
PA1  (A) an organosilicon compound,
PA2  (A1) a C.sub.1 -C.sub.20 -alkyl-C.sub.1 -C.sub.6 -alkoxysilane,
PA2  (A2) an organopolysiloxane containing C.sub.1 -C.sub.6 -alkoxy groups and
      optionally groups selected from hydroxyl groups and C.sub.1 -C.sub.30
      hydrocarbon groups which optionally contain basic nitrogen, or mixtures of
      (A1) and (A2),
PA1  (B) an organofluorine compound consisting of fluorine and carbon atoms and
      optionally chlorine, hydrogen, oxygen sulfur, silicon, phosphorus and/ or
      nitrogen atoms, and containing CF bonds,
PA1  (C) a surfactant and
PA1  (D) water.
PATN
WKU  059902132
SRC  8
APN  9458913
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971105
TTL  Flame resistant polyester resin composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Sanders; Kriellion
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Toshikazu
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950509
APN  7-110804
CLAS
OCL  524288
XCL  524316
XCL  524371
XCL  524393
XCL  524469
XCL  524502
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  509
ICL  C08K  510
ICL  C08K  512
ICL  C08K  505
FSC  524
FSS  288;412;316;371;393;469;502
FREF
PNO  90-365437
ISD  19890400
CNT  JPX
ICL  C08L 6702
FREF
PNO  2263862
ISD  19901000
CNT  JPX
ICL  C08K  503
FREF
PNO  WO 85/03718
ISD  19850800
CNT  WOX
ICL  C08L 6702
FREF
PNO  WO 89/03854
ISD  19890500
CNT  WOX
ICL  C08K  512
FREF
PNO  WO 95/18179
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
ICL  C08K  505
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US96/06532
PD1  19971105
PD2  19971105
PD3  19960508
PCP  WO96/35754
PCD  19961114
ABST
PAR  Flame resistant polyester resin composition comprising a polyester matrix
      resin containing a polyalkylene oxide, a brominated flame retardant, and a
      brominated dialkyl phthalate which exhibits low melt viscosity, excellent
      flow, improved welding strength and resistance to thermal shock.
PATN
WKU  059902140
SRC  8
APN  9040498
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970731
TTL  Liquid glycol benzoate compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Zalukaeva; T.
EXP  Wu; David W.
INVT
NAM  Arendt; William David
CTY  Libertyville
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Bohnert; Thomas Joseph
CTY  Palatine
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Holt; Mark Stephen
CTY  Barrington
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Velsicol Chemical Corporation
CTY  Rosemont
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  524296
XCL  524296
XCL  524287
XCL  252 12
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  500
ICL  C08K  510
ICL  C08L 2100
ICL  C08G 6310
FSC  524
FSS  296
FSC  252
FSS  12
UREF
PNO  2823192
ISD  19580200
NAM  Elwell et al.
OCL  260 31.4
UREF
PNO  4444933
ISD  19840400
NAM  Columbus et al.
OCL  524292
UREF
PNO  4654390
ISD  19870300
NAM  Siegel
OCL  524296
UREF
PNO  4656214
ISD  19870400
NAM  Wickson
OCL  524287
UREF
PNO  4829099
ISD  19890500
NAM  Fuller et al.
UREF
PNO  4876304
ISD  19891000
NAM  Mertz et al.
OCL  524314
UREF
PNO  5132390
ISD  19920700
NAM  Domszy et al.
UREF
PNO  5284906
ISD  19940200
NAM  Schulz et al.
UREF
PNO  5284907
ISD  19940200
NAM  Schulz et al.
UREF
PNO  5364956
ISD  19941100
NAM  Matsumoto
OCL  560 89
UREF
PNO  5459116
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ro et al.
UREF
PNO  5545472
ISD  19960800
NAM  Koubek et al.
OCL  428261
FREF
PNO  1042929
ISD  19781100
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0157426
ISD  19850400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 244 107 A1
ISD  19871100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 292 599 A1
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  55-133305
ISD  19801000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  496574
ISD  19381200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1321383
ISD  19720600
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Ans. 6 of 40--1995: 769895--Chang--JP94-94509 Abstract pp. 11-12.
PAL  Ans. 16 of 40--1991: 7501--Ghanem et al.--Macromol. Ec. Super. Phys. Chem.
      Ind. Paris, France--Polym. Commun. 31(10), 388-91 (English) 1990--Abstract
      pp. 34-35.
PAL  Ans. 31 of 40--1982:599061--Asah--JP 80-160102 Abstract pp. 87-88.
PAL  Ans. 37 of 40--1971:530479--Schaafsma NL 6919151 19710622--Abstract pp. 98
      and 99.
PAL  Ans. 40 of 40--1969:38531--Feit--ZA 6800149-19680528 Abstract pp. 101-103.
PAL  PCT Publication WO 97/16481 Published May 9, 1997 Application No.
      PCT/US98/15939.
PAL  International Search Report in PCT/US98/15939, dated Dec. 4, 1998.
PAL  Research Disclosure No. 13914, Nov. 1975.
PAL  Research Disclosure No. 17943, Mar. 1979.
PAL  Translation, Balkov, et al. "Use of Methyl Benzoate for Plasticizer
      Production", Zhurnal Prikladnoi Khimii, vol. 51, No. 3, pp. 706-707, Mar.
      1978.
PAL  Sadykh-Zahde, "Synthesis and use of diethylene glycol esters of benzoic and
      synthetic fatty acids as plasticizers" S.I. Ref.Zh.Khim, 1977, Abstract
      No. 6N159, (1976), (5), 53-8.
PAL  Z. Chen, et al. "Synthesis of Diethylene Glycol Dibenzoate Catalyzed with
      Solid Acid", Huaxue Shijie (1987), 28(I), 13-16 and (abstract).
LREP
FR2  Abrams; Hugh A.
     Sidley & Austin
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to liquid compositions comprising mixtures of
      esters derived from a) diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol and b)
      benzoic or toluic acid. The freezing point of the ester mixture is below
      the freezing points of the constituent esters when the relative
      concentrations of the constituent esters are within specified limits. The
      invention also relates oils and lubricants containing the present liquid
      ester compositions as plasticizing additives.
PATN
WKU  059902159
SRC  8
APN  7664494
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19961212
TTL  High clarity carboxylated nitrile rubber
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Mulcahy; Peter D.
INVT
NAM  Grimm; Donald Charles
CTY  Akron
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company
CTY  Akron
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  524311
XCL  524321
XCL  524322
XCL  524773
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  509
FSC  524
FSS  321;311;322;773
UREF
PNO  2669550
ISD  19540200
NAM  Brown
OCL  260 23.7
UREF
PNO  2724707
ISD  19551100
NAM  Brown
OCL  260 80.7
UREF
PNO  4452936
ISD  19840600
NAM  Grimm
OCL  524322
UREF
PNO  4529766
ISD  19850700
NAM  Starmer
OCL  524310
LREP
FR2  Rockhill; Alvin T
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a high clarity water sensitive
      carboxylated nitrile rubber composition which is particularly useful in
      making photopolymer formulations for printing plates utilized in
      flexographic printing applications. The present invention more
      specifically discloses a high clarity water sensitive carboxylated nitrile
      rubber composition which is comprised of (a) a carboxylated nitrile rubber
      which is comprised of repeat units which are derived from about 30 weight
      percent to about 60 weight percent 1,3-butadiene, from about 30 weight
      percent to about 50 weight percent acrylonitrile, and from about 10 weight
      percent to about 20 weight percent methacrylic acid, and (b) from about 1
      to about 10 phr of at least one organic acid which contains at least three
      carboxyl groups. The carboxylated nitrile rubber of this invention will
      typically have a Mooney ML-4 viscosity of less than about 80. In
      applications where improved scorch safety is required the rubber
      composition will also contain from about 0.1 phr to about 7 phr of at
      least one oligomerized fatty acid.
PATN
WKU  059902167
SRC  8
APN  8971641
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970718
TTL  Method for manufacturing grafted polyacrylamide flocculant of
      cationic/ampholytic ions
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Buttner; David
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Cai; Ziyun
CTY  Guangzhou
CNT  CNX
INVT
NAM  Yan; Huihua
CTY  Guangzhou
CNT  CNX
INVT
NAM  Tao; Yingxiang
CTY  Guangzhou
CNT  CNX
ASSG
NAM  Guangzhou Institute of Environmental Protection Sciences
CTY  Guangzhou
CNT  CNX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CNX
APD  19970411
APN  97108880
CLAS
OCL  524423
XCL  524317
XCL  524424
XCL  524846
XCL  525 543
XCL  525 5431
XCL  527305
XCL  527306
XCL  527309
XCL  527312
EDF  6
ICL  C08F25100
ICL  C08F25102
FSC  527
FSS  305;306;309;312
FSC  525
FSS  54.3;54.31
FSC  524
FSS  317;423;424;846
FREF
PNO  B-59-50682
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  A-3-231903
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  A-3-265605
ISD  19911100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  A-4-185621
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  109594
ISD  19960400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2261222
ISD  19930500
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Pan, "Study of Aminomethylation of Starch/Polyacrylamide", Shiyou Huagong
      20(11), 1991 pp. 744-750.
PAL  Chemical Abstract 108:188748.
PAL  Chemical Abstract 116:256099.
ABST
PAL  The present invention discloses a process for manufacturing a grafted
      polyacrylamide flocculant of cationic/ampholytic ions, which is
      characterized by graft-copolymerizing starch or micro-crystalline
      cellulose as backbone with acrylamide, while using potassium permanganate
      as initiator, hydrolyzing and thereafter reacting with
      alkyl-amino-carbinol. Optionally, the product may also contain additives.
      It has advantages in readily available raw materials, low cost of
      production, simple technology and mild reaction conditions. The product
      has good overall performance, high flocculating ability, wide
      applicability and is an ideal sludge-dewatering agent and sewage treating
      agent.
PATN
WKU  059902175
SRC  9
APN  0758671
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980512
TTL  Styrene based resin composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Warzel; Mark
INVT
NAM  Nakano; Akikazu
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sumitomo; Takashi
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Funaki; Keisuke
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ijitsu; Toshikazu
CTY  Sodegaura-machi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sawada; Michihiro
CTY  Sodegaura-machi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kuramoto; Masahiko
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Masakazu
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19860506
APN  2-101928
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19860506
APN  2-101929
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19870412
APN  2-305838
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19870915
APN  87113456
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19870918
APN  547316
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19880113
APN  3-003844
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19880114
APN  3-004923
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19880520
APN  3-121700
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19881116
APN  25607/88
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19881130
APN  584527
PRIR
CNT  MYX
APD  19881130
APN  PI8801391
PRIR
CNT  THX
APD  19881130
APN  007792
PRIR
CNT  RUX
APD  19881202
APN  4356994
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19881203
APN  88108299
PRIR
CNT  MYX
APD  19890106
APN  PI8900015
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19890107
APN  89100233
PRIR
CNT  THX
APD  19890110
APN  007971
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19890111
APN  28402/89
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19890112
APN  588025
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19890112
APN  89100171
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19890112
APN  89 0154
PRIR
CNT  RUX
APD  19890112
APN  4613296
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19890113
APN  379/1989
RLAP
COD  74
APN  463927
APD  19950605
PSC  01
PNO  5891951
RLAP
COD  75
APN  930329
APD  19920817
PSC  01
PNO  5292587
RLAP
COD  90
APN  524372
APD  19900515
PSC  01
PNO  5166238
RLAP
COD  82
APN  358353
APD  19890511
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  89
APN  423602
APD  19891016
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  90
APN  492205
APD  19900312
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  347182
APD  19890503
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  185515
APD  19880425
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  86
APN  423602
RLAP
COD  81
APN  268159
APD  19881107
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  86
APN  463927
RLAP
COD  84
APN  411407
APD  19950328
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  167190
APD  19931216
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  510110
APD  19900417
PSC  01
PNO  5395890
RLAP
COD  86
APN  510110
RLAP
COD  82
APN  267990
APD  19881107
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  89
APN  285707
APD  19881216
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  90
APN  492205
APD  19900312
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  233899
APD  19880815
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  096946
APD  19870914
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  86
APN  930329
RLAP
COD  84
APN  464935
APD  19900116
PSC  01
PNO  5164479
CLAS
OCL  524423
XCL  524425
XCL  524431
XCL  524436
XCL  524437
XCL  524442
XCL  524443
XCL  524447
XCL  524449
XCL  524450
XCL  524451
XCL  524493
XCL  524495
XCL  524504
XCL  524505
XCL  524533
XCL  524577
EDF  6
ICL  C08L 2504
ICL  C08K  300
FSC  524
FSS  423;425;431;436;437;442;443;447;449;450;451;493;495;504;505;533;577
UREF
PNO  5089353
ISD  19920200
NAM  Negi et al.
UREF
PNO  5109068
ISD  19920400
NAM  Yamasaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5127158
ISD  19920700
NAM  Nakano
UREF
PNO  5145950
ISD  19920900
NAM  Funaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5156797
ISD  19921000
NAM  Yamasaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5164479
ISD  19921100
NAM  Funaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5166238
ISD  19921100
NAM  Nakano et al.
UREF
PNO  5183871
ISD  19930200
NAM  Yamasaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5188930
ISD  19930200
NAM  Funaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5200454
ISD  19930400
NAM  Nakano
UREF
PNO  5202402
ISD  19930400
NAM  Funaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5219940
ISD  19930600
NAM  Nakano
UREF
PNO  5270353
ISD  19931200
NAM  Nakano et al.
UREF
PNO  5273830
ISD  19931200
NAM  Yaguchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5283117
ISD  19940200
NAM  Arai et al.
UREF
PNO  5286762
ISD  19940200
NAM  Funaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5292587
ISD  19940300
NAM  Funaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5318839
ISD  19940600
NAM  Arai et al.
UREF
PNO  5326813
ISD  19940700
NAM  Okada et al.
UREF
PNO  5346950
ISD  19940900
NAM  Negi et al.
UREF
PNO  5352727
ISD  19941000
NAM  Okada et al.
UREF
PNO  5357014
ISD  19941000
NAM  Uchida et al.
UREF
PNO  5374462
ISD  19941200
NAM  Funaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5391611
ISD  19950200
NAM  Funayama et al.
UREF
PNO  5395890
ISD  19950300
NAM  Nakano et al.
UREF
PNO  5418275
ISD  19950500
NAM  Okada et al.
UREF
PNO  5436397
ISD  19950700
NAM  Okada
UREF
PNO  5444126
ISD  19950800
NAM  Okada et al.
UREF
PNO  5543462
ISD  19960800
NAM  Okada et al.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A polystyrene-based resin composition containing a styrene-based resin with
      mainly syndiotactic configuration and filler as main components.
      Styrene-based resins of mainly syndiotactic configuration include
      polystyrene, poly(alkylstyrene), poly(halogenated styrene),
      poly(alkoxystyrene), styrene copolymers comprised of polymerized units of
      at least of styrene, alkylstyrene, halogenated styrene and alkoxystyrene,
      and mixtures thereof.
PATN
WKU  059902183
SRC  9
APN  1970003
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19981120
TTL  Polymeric magnet compound
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Choi; Ling Siu
EXP  Wu; David W.
INVT
NAM  Hill; Valerie Anne
CTY  Akron
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Gozdiff; Michael
CTY  North Canton
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company
CTY  Akron
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  524431
XCL  524435
XCL  524523
XCL   494781
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  310
FSC  524
FSS  435;431;523
FSC   49
FSS  478.1
UREF
PNO  4234378
ISD  19801100
NAM  Iwasaki et al.
OCL  162138
UREF
PNO  4520079
ISD  19850500
NAM  Nakajima et al.
OCL  428694BC
UREF
PNO  4778707
ISD  19881000
NAM  Arioka et al.
OCL  428141
UREF
PNO  5002677
ISD  19910300
NAM  Srail et al.
OCL  252 62.54
UREF
PNO  5482987
ISD  19960100
NAM  Forschirm
OCL  524230
UREF
PNO  5674933
ISD  19971000
NAM  Ngoc et al.
OCL  524504
OREF
PAL  Murphy, The Additives for Plastics Handbook, Elsevier, p. 240, 1996.
LREP
FR2  Rockhill; Alvin T.
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a polymeric composition having ultraviolet light
      and heat resistance that can be molded into rubbery articles that can be
      magnetized. For instance, the rubbery compositions of this invention can
      be molded into magnetic seals for refrigerator or freezer doors. In such
      applications, the magnetic composition acts as a combination airtight
      gasket and magnetic closure device for the refrigerator or freezer. These
      polymeric magnetic compositions offer the advantage of being thermoplastic
      materials rather than thermosets. By virtue of being thermoplastics, they
      can be injection-molded into the desired form without the need for a
      curing step. Thus, rubbery magnetic compositions can be manufactured by a
      simpler, less costly process by utilizing the compositions of this
      invention. This invention more specifically discloses a polymeric magnet
      composition which is comprised of (1) from 5 to 19 parts by weight of a
      rubbery polymer which is comprised of repeat units which are comprised of
      (a) butyl acrylate, (b) at least one member selected from the group
      consisting of methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate and
      ethyl acrylate, (c) acrylonitrile, (d) styrene, (e) a crosslinking agent;
      (2) from 80 to 90 parts by weight of a magnetic powder; and (3) from 1 to
      10 parts by weight of an internal lubricant.
PATN
WKU  059902191
SRC  9
APN  1255630
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980831
TTL  Colored metallic paint compositions and painted objects
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Choi; Ling-Siu
EXP  Wu; David W.
INVT
NAM  Sakai; Naoya
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujimori; Eiji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakaniwa; Shinichi
CTY  Cigasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishii; Katsuaki
CTY  Totsuka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  BASF Coatings AG
CTY  Muenster-Hiltrup
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960227
APN  8-040051
CLAS
OCL  524441
XCL  106417
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  308
FSC  524
FSS  441
FSC  106
FSS  447
UREF
PNO  4598020
ISD  19860700
NAM  Panush
UREF
PNO  5441564
ISD  19950800
NAM  Vogt
OCL  106417
UREF
PNO  5476949
ISD  19951200
NAM  Wallquist et al.
OCL  548453
FREF
PNO  0 388 931 A2
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
ICL  B05D  506
FREF
PNO  388931
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  439107
ISD  19910700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 640 603 A1
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07D48704
FREF
PNO  42 40 511 A1
ISD  19921200
CNT  DEX
ICL  C09D 1700
FREF
PNO  4-202477
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
ICL  C08L10100
FREF
PNO  7-292294
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
ICL  C09D  538
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP97/00608
PD1  19980831
PD2  19980831
PD3  19970210
PCP  WO97/31983
PCD  19970904
ABST
PAR  To obtain a colored metallic paint with which a colored metallic paint film
      which has excellent features and with which a change in color is produced
      according to differences in the viewing angle can be formed using the
      usual cheap pigments without compounding special glitter materials. The
      present invention provides a paint composition which contains, per 100
      parts by weight of a film forming binder (A), from 0.1 to 15 parts by
      weight of metallic powder (B), from 0.1 to 10 parts by weight of a first
      colored pigment (C) of primary particle size from 0.01 to 0.2 .mu.m which
      is selected from among the group comprising the phthalocyanine, perylene,
      indanthrone, azomethine, benzimidazolone, quinacridone, anthraquinone,
      diketopyrolopyrrole and dioxazine based pigments, and from 0.5 to 50 parts
      by weight of a second colored pigment (D) of primary particle size from
      0.1 to 2 .mu.m selected from among the group comprising the
      diketopyrolopyrrole, quinacridone, pyrazolone, naphthol AS, iron oxide and
      complex metal oxide based pigments, where the primary particle size of the
      pigment (C) is relatively smaller than that of the pigment (D), and there
      is a complementary color relationship between the pigments (C) and (D).
PATN
WKU  059902205
SRC  8
APN  7961359
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970206
TTL  Propylene resin composition and coating method using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Wilson; Donald R.
INVT
NAM  Sobajima; Yoshihiro
CTY  Mie
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujii; Hironari
CTY  Mie
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimouse; Masashi
CTY  Mie
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Japan Polychem Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960207
APN  8-021430
CLAS
OCL  524449
XCL  524451
XCL  525 70
XCL  525 71
XCL  525 87
EDF  6
ICL  C08L 5106
ICL  C08K  334
FSC  525
FSS  70;71;87
FSC  524
FSS  451;449
UREF
PNO  5354618
ISD  19941000
NAM  Ishigaki et al.
OCL  525 78
UREF
PNO  5462987
ISD  19951000
NAM  Shinonaga et al.
OCL  525 71
UREF
PNO  5556910
ISD  19960900
NAM  Harada et al.
OCL  525 71
UREF
PNO  5585187
ISD  19961200
NAM  Shinonaga et al.
OCL  525 71
FREF
PNO  2572417
ISD  19860500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  7-118488
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Database WPI, Derwent Publications, AN-97-128932, JP-A-9-012832, Jan. 14,
      1997.
PAL  Database WPI, Derwent Publications, AN-96-157216, JP-8-041276, Feb. 13,
      1996.
PAL  Database WPI, Derwent Publications, AN-96-157214, JP-8-041274, Feb. 13,
      1996.
PAL  Database WPI, Derwent Publications, AN-95-204006, JP-7-118488, May 9, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A propylene resin composition having suitability to coating is disclosed
      which comprises (a) 100 parts by weight of a propylene-ethylene block
      copolymer comprising 60 to 95% by weight of a crystalline polypropylene
      unit and 5 to 40% by weight of an ethylene-propylene random copolymer
      unit, (b) 2 to 120 parts by weight of an ethylene-.alpha.-olefin copolymer
      obtained by polymerization using a metallocene catalyst, containing 20 to
      65% by weight of an .alpha.-olefin having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and having
      a melt flow rate of 0.5 to 40 g/10 min and a density of 0.85 to 0.90
      g/cm.sup.3, (c) 0.1 to 120 parts by weight of a filler selected from talc,
      mica, and a fibrous filler, (d) 5 to 40% by weight of a propylene polymer
      having grafted thereto 0.1 to 25% by weight, based on the total polymer,
      of maleic anhydride or a hydroxyl-containing maleic anhydride derivative,
      and (e) 0 to 10% by weight of a hydroxyl-terminated diene polymer or a
      hydrogenation product thereof. A molded article obtained from the
      propylene resin composition can be coated with a melamine coating without
      cleaning with trichloroethane or primer coating to provide a coated
      article having high adhesion to the coating, appearance, and well-balanced
      high mechanical strength.
PATN
WKU  059902213
SRC  8
APN  8895910
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970708
TTL  Preparation of aqueous polymer dispersions with a bimodal particle-size
      distribution
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Reddick; Judy M.
INVT
NAM  Dames; Burkhardt
CTY  Neuwied
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Mathauer; Klemens
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Machtle; Walter
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  BASF Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  524457
XCL  524458
XCL  524507
XCL  524513
XCL  524523
XCL  524524
XCL  524832
XCL  524833
EDF  6
ICL  C08J  302
FSC  524
FSS  833;458;460;832;457;507;513;523;524
UREF
PNO  4254004
ISD  19810300
NAM  Abbey
UREF
PNO  4929668
ISD  19900500
NAM  Zeibig et al.
OCL  524832
UREF
PNO  5380790
ISD  19950100
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  524833
FREF
PNO  2138830
ISD  19841000
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A process for preparing aqueous polymer dispersions by emulsion
      polymerization of free-radically polymerizable compounds (monomers)
      comprises adding, during the polymerization of the monomers, a
      miniemulsion which is an aqueous, surfactant-stabilized emulsion of
      monomers whose emulsified droplets have a size of from 10 to 500 nm and
      which comprises a compound (stabilizer) which is dissolved in the monomers
      of the droplets and whose solubility in the monomers is at least twice its
      solubility in water.
PATN
WKU  059902221
SRC  8
APN  999369&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19971229
TTL  Resin-Filler composite and production method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Cain; Edward J.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Watada; Kazuo
CTY  Sendai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujioka; Yoichi
CTY  Sendai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanda; Hiroko
CTY  Kokubu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Enokida; Koji
CTY  Kokubu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Saeki
CTY  Sendai
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kyocera Corporation
CTY  Kyoto-Fu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961227
APN  8-351207
CLAS
OCL  524492
XCL  524430
XCL  524437
XCL  524493
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  300
FSC  524
FSS  492;493;430;437
UREF
PNO  4711916
ISD  19871200
NAM  Hagiwara et al.
OCL  523223
UREF
PNO  4766162
ISD  19880800
NAM  Hammamoto et al.
OCL  523440
LREP
FRM  Loeb & Loeb, LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a composite of resin and fillers used in
      electronic parts and structural parts, and to a process for producing the
      same, and the object of the present invention is to provide a resin
      composite with a molded body having high dimensional accuracy, being free
      of surface defects attributable to a mold used for molding and being
      capable of easy forming and mass production, as well as a process for
      producing the same. The process for producing a resin composite according
      to the present invention comprises a step of mixing fillers of an average
      particle diameter of 40 .mu.m or less with thermosetting resin, a step of
      compression molding this mixed powder into a predetermined shape at
      ordinary temperature, and a step of allowing the compression molded body
      after released from the mold to be hardened by heating at 100 to
      250.degree. C. to give a hardened molded body.
PATN
WKU  059902230
SRC  9
APN  0242799
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980217
TTL  Control of rheological and mechanical properties of silicone elastomers
      containing silica filler
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Cain; Edward J.
INVT
NAM  DeGroot, Jr.; Jon Vierling
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Dow Corning Corporation
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  524492
XCL  524493
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  300
FSC  524
FSS  492;493
UREF
PNO  4251281
ISD  19810200
NAM  Machurat et al.
OCL  106288
UREF
PNO  5367260
ISD  19941100
NAM  Dechene et al.
OCL  324307
UREF
PNO  5652376
ISD  19970700
NAM  Deleuw et al.
OCL   73 54.35
UREF
PNO  5670560
ISD  19970900
NAM  Lower et al.
OCL  523212
OREF
PAL  "The Journal of the American Chemical Society," vol. 60, p. 309 (Feb.,
      1938).
PAL  "Rubber Chemistry and Technology," vol. 68, p. 59 (Mar.-Apr., 1995).
PAL  "J. Soc. Chem. Ind., London," vol. 69, p. 134 (1950).
PAL  "Rubber Chemistry and Technology," vol. 66, pp. 48-60 (1993).
LREP
FR2  Warren; Jennifer S.
ABST
PAL  A method of controlling silica reinforcement in a curable silicone
      composition having a desired property related to the silica reinforcement
      comprising adding to the curable silicone composition a volume fraction of
      reinforcing silica filler sufficient to provide the desired property,
      where the volume fraction is determined by use of a regression analysis
      equation relating the volume fraction, Carman surface area (CSA), and
      Burnauer-Emmet-Teller surface area (BET) of the reinforcing silica filler
      to the desired property.
PATN
WKU  059902248
SRC  9
APN  022801&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980213
TTL  Stable low foam waterborne polymer compositions containing
      poly(alkyleneimines)
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Peng; Kuo-Liang
EXP  Jagannathan; Vasu
INVT
NAM  Raynolds; Peter Webb
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Scott; Duane Allan
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Chemical Company
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  524501
XCL  524500
XCL  524502
XCL  526193
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  500
ICL  C08L 3308
ICL  C08L 3310
ICL  C08L 7900
FSC  524
FSS  501;500;502
FSC  526
FSS  193
UREF
PNO  5296530
ISD  19940300
NAM  Bors et al.
UREF
PNO  5484975
ISD  19960100
NAM  Itatsu
UREF
PNO  5498659
ISD  19960300
NAM  Esser
UREF
PNO  5525662
ISD  19960600
NAM  Lavoie et al.
UREF
PNO  5534310
ISD  19960700
NAM  Rokowski et al.
OCL  427494
UREF
PNO  5891950
ISD  19990400
NAM  Collins et al.
OCL  524502
FREF
PNO  341886 A2
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  6-121171
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Allen; Rose M.
FR2  Gwinnell; Harry J.
ABST
PAL  This invention provides low foam waterborne polymer compositions stabilized
      against gelling due to the addition of a poly(alkylenimine) by addition of
      surfactants. Preferably, the surfactants are nonionic surfactants having a
      hydrophilic-lipophilic balance (HLB) of at least about 17.5.
      Polymerization in the presence of phosphate surfactants has been found to
      yield low foam polymers. These stable low foam polymer compositions are
      useful in a variety of coating formulations such as, for example, paints,
      inks, sealants, textile backcoatings, adhesives and the like. Methods of
      making stable low foam polymer are also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059902256
SRC  8
APN  6493262
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19960517
TTL  Resin of polyphenylene sulfide, polyethylene graft and TFE for sliding
      member
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Henderson; Christopher
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Sagisaka; Kouichi
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sato; Mitsuo
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamazaki; Masanori
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950517
APN  7-118405
CLAS
OCL  524504
XCL  524114
XCL  524496
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  515
ICL  C08K  304
FSC  524
FSS  114;495;496;504;847;520
UREF
PNO  5149731
ISD  19920900
NAM  Uota
OCL  524265
UREF
PNO  5160786
ISD  19921100
NAM  Nakai
OCL  428323
UREF
PNO  5604285
ISD  19970200
NAM  Miyamori
OCL  524439
FREF
PNO  04178497
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  0548789
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  05202245
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A resin compound having high slidability is provided, comprising (A)
      polyphenylene sulfide resin, (B) polyethylene modified with an ethylenic
      unsaturated carboxylic acid and/or an ethylenic unsaturated carboxylic
      acid anhydride, (C) a silane coupling agent having an epoxy group, (D)
      polytetrafluoroethylene and (E) graphite.
PATN
WKU  059902264
SRC  8
APN  0048909
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19930121
TTL  Aqueous resin composition and curing process
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Merriam; Andrew E. C.
INVT
NAM  Arita; Yoshihiro
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawamura; Kiyoshi
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kanaida; Kenta
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Satoshi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930120
APN  5-007978
CLAS
OCL  524516
XCL  524236
XCL  524415
XCL  524416
XCL  524419
XCL  524707
XCL  524745
XCL  524808
XCL  524549
XCL  525204
XCL  525279
XCL  1563312
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 6300
FSC  156
FSS  331.2
FSC  524
FSS  236;415;416;419;516;707;745;549;808
FSC  525
FSS  204;279
UREF
PNO  4113674
ISD  19780900
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  524 36
UREF
PNO  4474923
ISD  19841000
NAM  Keskey et al.
OCL  524458
UREF
PNO  4474942
ISD  19841000
NAM  Sano et al.
OCL  524606
UREF
PNO  4579937
ISD  19860400
NAM  Masuda et al.
OCL  528363
UREF
PNO  4644032
ISD  19870200
NAM  Keskey et al.
OCL  524516
UREF
PNO  4737410
ISD  19880400
NAM  Kantner
OCL  524516
UREF
PNO  4837302
ISD  19890600
NAM  Sano
OCL  528407
UREF
PNO  4988762
ISD  19910100
NAM  Overbeek et al.
OCL  526310
FREF
PNO  0146965
ISD  19850700
CNT  EPX
OCL  525204
FREF
PNO  3048493
ISD  19820700
CNT  DEX
OCL  524516
FREF
PNO  60-161427
ISD  19850800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  There is provided an aqueous resin composition which does not cause
      coagulation, can be cured at low temperature, and, by this curing, forms a
      coating superior in mechanical strength, water resistance, solvent
      resistance and adhesion to various substrates. The aqueous resin
      composition of this invention comprises an oxazoline group-containing
      polymer (A), a carboxyl group-containing polymer (B), and an acidic
      compound-amine salt catalyst (C). The curing is carried out by a reaction
      between the oxazoline group-containing polymer (A) and the carboxyl
      group-containing polymer (B) in the presence of the acidic compound-amine
      salt catalyst (C).
PATN
WKU  059902272
SRC  8
APN  8013683
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970219
TTL  Ink set
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Reddick; Judy M.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Takizawa; Yoshihisa
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Aoki; Makoto
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kurabayashi; Yutaka
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920717
APN  4-190947
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920901
APN  4-233693
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19921228
APN  4-348639
RLAP
COD  74
APN  092219
APD  19930716
PSC  01
PNO  5623294
CLAS
OCL  524517
XCL  524  9
XCL  524 18
XCL  524 25
XCL  524 26
XCL  524 27
XCL  524 28
XCL  524 35
XCL  524 47
XCL  524 52
XCL  524 53
XCL  524377
XCL  524498
XCL  524500
XCL  524502
XCL  524516
XCL  524522
XCL  524521
XCL  524 77
XCL  524 78
XCL  106 314
XCL  106 3141
XCL  106 3136
XCL  106 3137
XCL  106 3139
EDF  6
ICL  C08L 3700
FSC  524
FSS  366;27;77;78;9;18;25;26;28;35;47;52;53;377;498;500;502;516;522;521;517
FSC  106
FSS  31.41;31.4;31.36;31.37;31.39
UREF
PNO  4533920
ISD  19850800
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  364  1.1
UREF
PNO  5078790
ISD  19920100
NAM  Tochihara et al.
OCL  106 20
UREF
PNO  5080716
ISD  19920100
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  106 20
UREF
PNO  5124201
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kurabayashi et al.
OCL  428323
UREF
PNO  5131949
ISD  19920700
NAM  Tochihara et al.
OCL  106 20
UREF
PNO  5132700
ISD  19920700
NAM  Tochihara et al.
OCL  346  1.1
UREF
PNO  5172133
ISD  19921200
NAM  Suga et al.
OCL  342100
UREF
PNO  5181045
ISD  19930100
NAM  Shields et al.
OCL  346  1.1
UREF
PNO  5246774
ISD  19930900
NAM  Sakaki et al.
OCL  428323
UREF
PNO  5380358
ISD  19950100
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  106 20R
UREF
PNO  5427611
ISD  19950600
NAM  Shirota et al.
OCL  106 22A
UREF
PNO  5607999
ISD  19970300
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  524503
UREF
PNO  5621447
ISD  19970400
NAM  Takizawa et al.
OCL  347 88
FREF
PNO  0 015 704 A1
ISD  19800900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 472 169 A2
ISD  19920200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 540 757 A1
ISD  19930500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  61-59911
ISD  19790500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-59912
ISD  19790500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-59914
ISD  19800200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  55-66976
ISD  19800500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  55-65269
ISD  19800500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-9279
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-63185
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  Disclosed herein is an ink-jet recording process which comprises applying a
      first liquid at least containing a water-soluble resin having at least one
      carboxyl group or anhydride thereof, or sulfonic group per molecule to a
      recording medium and then applying an ink at least comprising water, an
      organic solvent, a dye, an alkali-soluble resin and an alkali to the
      portions where the first liquid has adhered, thereby forming an image. An
      ink set and an instrument for use in such a process are also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059902280
SRC  9
APN  0106348
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980122
TTL  Coating compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Michl; Paul R.
INVT
NAM  Eichman; Henry Jude
STR  45 Fairfield Rd.
CTY  Havertown
STA  PA
ZIP  19083
INVT
NAM  Sheppard; Aurelia de la Cuesta
STR  1299 Fountain Rd.
CTY  Newtown
STA  PA
ZIP  18940
INVT
NAM  Wood; Timothy Grant
STR  Rua Beatriz Sa de Toledo, 95 Apto. 501, Vila Ema
CTY  Sao Jose dos Campos-SP
CNT  BRX
ITX  12243-050
CLAS
OCL  524529
EDF  6
ICL  C08L 5100
FSC  524
FSS  529
UREF
PNO  4501845
ISD  19850200
NAM  Baus et al.
UREF
PNO  4812516
ISD  19890300
NAM  Maeda
OCL  525 85
UREF
PNO  4968740
ISD  19901100
NAM  Makati et al.
UREF
PNO  5064717
ISD  19911100
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  428352
UREF
PNO  5100963
ISD  19920300
NAM  Lin
OCL  525221
UREF
PNO  5166242
ISD  19921100
NAM  Chu
OCL  524238
UREF
PNO  5232987
ISD  19930800
NAM  Sakakibara
OCL  524483
UREF
PNO  5236991
ISD  19930800
NAM  Makati et al.
UREF
PNO  5360826
ISD  19941100
NAM  Egolf
OCL  521 54
UREF
PNO  5480920
ISD  19960100
NAM  Sharma
OCL  523161
UREF
PNO  5610215
ISD  19970300
NAM  Nonweiler
OCL  524444
FREF
PNO  0656909
ISD  19960700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  63-018632
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Gironda; Kevin F.
ABST
PAL  Aqueous coating compositions containing at least 2 polymer components which
      provide adhesion and improved durability as measured by improved gloss
      retention or dirt pick up resistance in dried coatings made from the
      coating composition are disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059902299
SRC  8
APN  9283137
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970912
TTL  Adhesives with low level of residual monomers and process for
      manufacturing same
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Asinovsky; Olga
EXP  Seidleck; James J.
INVT
NAM  Hille; Thomas
CTY  Neuwied
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Petersen; Paul M.
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Burkert; James
CTY  Rahway
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Foreman; Paul B.
CTY  Somerville
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  National Starch and Chemical Investment Holding Corporation
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961031
APN  196 43 959
CLAS
OCL  524556
XCL  524555
XCL  525370
XCL  528481
XCL  528485
XCL  528495
XCL  528499
XCL  528500
XCL  528501
EDF  6
ICL  C08F  206
ICL  C08F  842
FSC  524
FSS  555;556
FSC  528
FSS  481;485;495;499;500;501
FSC  525
FSS  370;339
UREF
PNO  3023201
ISD  19620200
NAM  Moberly et al.
OCL  260 94.7
UREF
PNO  3331824
ISD  19670700
NAM  Folzenlogen et al.
OCL  260 88.2
UREF
PNO  3632740
ISD  19720100
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  424 28
UREF
PNO  3769071
ISD  19731000
NAM  Trancik
OCL  117122P
UREF
PNO  3896789
ISD  19750700
NAM  Trancik
OCL  128  2R
UREF
PNO  4273722
ISD  19810600
NAM  Koritala
OCL  260409
UREF
PNO  4375529
ISD  19830300
NAM  Fong et al.
OCL  524555
UREF
PNO  4560553
ISD  19851200
NAM  Zupan
OCL  424 78
UREF
PNO  4655768
ISD  19870400
NAM  Marecki et al.
OCL  604897
UREF
PNO  4883669
ISD  19891100
NAM  Chien et al.
OCL  424448
UREF
PNO  4906169
ISD  19900300
NAM  Chien et al.
OCL  424448
UREF
PNO  4929717
ISD  19900500
NAM  Chmelir
OCL  528490
UREF
PNO  5478922
ISD  19951200
NAM  Rhee et al.
OCL  528483
UREF
PNO  5705571
ISD  19980100
NAM  Tsiang et al.
OCL  525339
FREF
PNO  880595
ISD  19791200
CNT  BEX
FREF
PNO  0 209 956 A1
ISD  19870100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C08G 6102
FREF
PNO  0 363 795 A2
ISD  19900400
CNT  EPX
ICL  C08F  440
FREF
PNO  0 521 620 A1
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C08F  600
FREF
PNO  0 544 325 A1
ISD  19930600
CNT  EPX
ICL  C08F  804
FREF
PNO  0 696 603 A1
ISD  19960200
CNT  EPX
ICL  C08F29704
FREF
PNO  0 725 087 A1
ISD  19960800
CNT  EPX
ICL  C08F  804
FREF
PNO  43 03 616 C1
ISD  19940800
CNT  DEX
ICL  C09J13308
OREF
PAL  "General Characteristics of Surfactants", ICI Americas Inc., Wilmington,
      Delaware 19897, Oct. 1979.
PAL  Takashiro Muroi, "Catalysts and Processes for the Hydrogenation of
      Polymers", CCN Chemical Catalyst News, Issued by Engelhard Corporation,
      Sep. 1993.
LREP
FR2  McNally; Lydia T.
FR2  Gennaro; Jane E.
ABST
PAL  An adhesive, which contains olefinic polymers and less than 1% by weight of
      free monomers, is manufactured via catalytic hydrogenation. It is
      preferably used in the area of cosmetics, in the foods sector, in
      medicinal plasters and transdermal systems.
PATN
WKU  059902302
SRC  8
APN  649286&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19960517
TTL  Finely particulate polymer for stencil ink
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Niland; Patrick D.
INVT
NAM  Muramatsu; Ichiro
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kase; Mitsuo
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kano; Toshiaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsuda; Hiroshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Dainippon Ink and Chemicals Inc.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Riso Kagaku Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950522
APN  7-122398
CLAS
OCL  524590
XCL  106 3101
XCL  106 3113
XCL  106 316
XCL  106 3127
XCL  428402
XCL  428407
XCL  523160
XCL  523161
XCL  523200
XCL  523220
XCL  524507
XCL  524589
XCL  524591
EDF  6
ICL  C08J  300
ICL  C08K  320
ICL  C08L 7500
ICL  C09D 1112
FSC  524
FSS  589;590;507;591
FSC  428
FSS  402;407
FSC  523
FSS  161;200;220;160
FSC  106
FSS  20 R;22 C;31.01;31.13;31.6;31.27
UREF
PNO  4162997
ISD  19790700
NAM  Walsh
UREF
PNO  4243702
ISD  19810100
NAM  Walsh
UREF
PNO  5155165
ISD  19921000
NAM  Maruyama e tal.
OCL  524839
UREF
PNO  5312865
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hoefer et al.
OCL  524591
FREF
PNO  0 018 099
ISD  19801000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 255 078
ISD  19880200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4-85376
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-279561
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-324117
ISD  19951200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A finely particulate polymer for use in a stencil ink is disclosed which is
      uniformly dispersible into a binder polymer having a solubility parameter
      of 11.0 or lower and has an average particle diameter of from 0.1 to 10
      .mu.m and a maximum particle diameter of 50 .mu.m or smaller. The finely
      particulate polymer is highly advantageous in that stencil inks having an
      appropriate viscosity can be easily obtained with the particulate polymer
      using the same formulation even when the inks contain different colorants,
      and that with the particulate polymer, a colorant which has been unusable
      due to its adverse influence on the storage stability of stencil inks can
      be used to produce a stencil ink having excellent storage stability by
      encapsulating the colorant in the individual polymer particles.
PATN
WKU  059902310
SRC  9
APN  2205513
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19981223
TTL  Room temperature vulcanizing silicone rubber compositions and process
      for making
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Moore; Margaret G.
INVT
NAM  DeGroot, Jr.; Jon Vierling
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Fairbank; Carl Allen
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Dow Corning Corporation
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  524730
XCL  524731
XCL  524863
XCL  528 18
XCL  528 34
EDF  6
ICL  C08G  554
FSC  524
FSS  863;730;731
FSC  528
FSS  34;18
UREF
PNO  3035016
ISD  19620500
NAM  Bruner
OCL  260 46.5
UREF
PNO  3133891
ISD  19640500
NAM  Ceyzeriat
OCL  260 18
UREF
PNO  3296161
ISD  19670100
NAM  Kulpa
OCL  260 18
UREF
PNO  4261758
ISD  19810400
NAM  Wright et al.
OCL  106287.12
UREF
PNO  4304897
ISD  19811200
NAM  Bluestein
OCL  528 20
UREF
PNO  5425947
ISD  19950600
NAM  Hautekeer et al.
OCL  524267
UREF
PNO  5488124
ISD  19960100
NAM  Cobb et al.
OCL  556445
UREF
PNO  5670686
ISD  19970900
NAM  Cobb et al.
OCL  556445
UREF
PNO  5744703
ISD  19980400
NAM  Krenceski et al.
OCL   73 54.01
LREP
FR2  Warren; Jennifer S.
FR2  Boley; William F.
ABST
PAL  A one-component room temperature vulcanizable silicone rubber composition
      comprising (A) silanol end-terminated polyorganosiloxane base polymer, (B)
      organotriacyloxysilane cross-linker, (C) polysiloxane-polyether copolymer
      rheology modifier, and (D) particulate silica. The rheology modifying
      agent is particularly useful for adjusting the viscosity and plateau
      stress of the silicone rubber compositions.
PATN
WKU  059902329
SRC  8
APN  9182071
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970825
TTL  Stabilizers for polymer polyols
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Cooney, Jr.; John M.
INVT
NAM  Shen; Jianzhong
CTY  West Chester
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  McDaniel; Kenneth G.
CTY  West Chester
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Hayes; John E.
CTY  Gouvieux
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Holeschovsky; Uli B.
CTY  Chester Springs
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Hinney; Harry R.
CTY  Cross Lanes
STA  WV
ASSG
NAM  ARCO Chemical Technology, L.P.
CTY  Greenville
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  524762
XCL  568616
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  506
FSC  568
FSS  616
FSC  524
FSS  762
UREF
PNO  4454255
ISD  19840600
NAM  Ramlow et al.
UREF
PNO  4472560
ISD  19840900
NAM  Kuyper et al.
OCL  568620
UREF
PNO  5114619
ISD  19920500
NAM  Heuveisland
OCL  568618
UREF
PNO  5196476
ISD  19930300
NAM  Simroth
UREF
PNO  5196496
ISD  19930300
NAM  Galimberti et al.
OCL  526160
UREF
PNO  5777177
ISD  19980700
NAM  Pazo
OCL  568679
FREF
PNO  5-209052
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-228247
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Schuchardt; Jonathan L.
ABST
PAL  Unique, well defined polyethers containing both hydroxyl-functionality and
      unsaturation-functionality are prepared by oxyalkylating an unsaturated
      monomer having at least two free carboxylic acid groups in the presence of
      an effective amount of a double metal cyanide complex catalyst,
      optionally, when necessary, in the presence of a free radical
      polymerization inhibitor. The resulting polyethers are eminently suitable
      for such uses as polymer polyol stabilizers or stabilizer precursors, and
      both in situ and ex situ impact modifiers for thermoplastics.
PATN
WKU  059902337
SRC  8
APN  6986900
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19960816
TTL  Rheology modifiers for use in aqueous compositions
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Reddick; Judy M.
INVT
NAM  Barron; Milagros C.
CTY  Hixson
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Verstrat; Daniel W.
CTY  Ooltewah
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Wilkerson, III; John M.
CTY  Hixson
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  National Starch and Chemical Investment Holding Corporation
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  524767
XCL  524547
XCL  524548
XCL  524555
XCL  524560
XCL  524561
XCL  524765
XCL  524766
EDF  6
ICL  C08K  320
ICL  C08K  505
FSC  524
FSS  765;766;767;547;548;555;560;561
UREF
PNO  Re33156
ISD  19900100
NAM  Shay et al.
OCL  526301
UREF
PNO  4012437
ISD  19770300
NAM  Shachat et al.
OCL  260482R
UREF
PNO  4128520
ISD  19781200
NAM  Barabas et al.
OCL  524824
UREF
PNO  4616074
ISD  19861000
NAM  Ruffner
OCL  526318
UREF
PNO  4806345
ISD  19890200
NAM  Bhattacharyya
OCL  424 70
UREF
PNO  4892916
ISD  19900100
NAM  Hawe et al.
OCL  526304
UREF
PNO  5011987
ISD  19910400
NAM  Barron et al.
OCL  560221
UREF
PNO  5164177
ISD  19921100
NAM  Bhatt et al.
OCL  424 47
UREF
PNO  5238992
ISD  19930800
NAM  Outubuddin
OCL  524755
UREF
PNO  5294692
ISD  19940300
NAM  Barron et al.
OCL  526301
FREF
PNO  190892
ISD  19860800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 329 419 A2
ISD  19890800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 398 576 B1
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  49-5512
ISD  19740200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  J. A. Wenninger & G. N. McEwen, "International Cosmetic Ingredient
      Handbook", Third Edition, 1995.
PAL  K. G. Srinivasan and D. L. Neumann, "Cationic acrylic latex as paper
      saturants", Sep. 1986 Tappi Journal, pp. 104-106.
PAL  J. A. Wenninger & G. N. McEwen, "International Cosmetic Ingredient
      Handbook", Sixth Edition, 1995.
LREP
FR2  Thallemer; John D.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to acrylate-based rheology modifiers for use
      in aqueous compositions having pH of less than or equal to 9 and to the
      rheologically-modified aqueous compositions, which modifiers contain an
      emulsion which is prepared by single-stage emulsion polymerization of a
      C.sub.2 -C.sub.6 alkyl ester of acrylic acid and/or a C.sub.1 -C.sub.6
      alkyl ester of methacrylic acid, a monomer chosen from a vinyl-substituted
      heterocyclic compound containing at least one of a nitrogen or sulfur
      atom, (meth)acrylamide, a mono- or di- (C.sub.1 -C.sub.4)alkylamino
      (C.sub.1 -C.sub.4)alkyl (meth)acrylate, a mono or di-(C.sub.1
      -C.sub.4)alkylamino (C.sub.1 -C.sub.4)alkyl (meth)acrylamide, and
      optionally cross-linking monomers and/or associative monomers, in the
      presence of water, a surfactant, a free-radical initiator and an alcohol
      selected from C.sub.2 -C.sub.12 linear or branched alcohols, ethylene
      glycol, propylene glycol and glycerol, or mixtures thereof, and
      essentially in the absence of a polymeric colloidal stabilizer such as
      polyvinyl alcohol.
PATN
WKU  059902345
SRC  9
APN  1262157
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980730
TTL  Coating composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Niland; Patrick D.
INVT
NAM  Stahovic; Robert
CTY  Cambridge Springs
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Pecora; Anthony J.
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  BTG, a Partnership
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  524839
XCL  523149
XCL  523150
XCL  524  9
XCL  524 13
XCL  524366
XCL  524376
XCL  524442
XCL  524448
XCL  524591
XCL  524840
XCL  4284111
XCL  4284231
EDF  6
ICL  C08J  300
ICL  C08K  320
ICL  C08L 7500
ICL  B32B  904
ICL  B32B 2700
FSC  523
FSS  149;150
FSC  524
FSS  376;366;591;839;840;9;13;448;442
FSC  428
FSS  423.1;411.1
UREF
PNO  4059551
ISD  19771100
NAM  Weiant et al.
OCL  260 29.6H
UREF
PNO  5066705
ISD  19911100
NAM  Wickert
OCL  524457
UREF
PNO  5548019
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kawakami et al.
OCL  524591
UREF
PNO  5658376
ISD  19970800
NAM  Noguchi et al.
OCL  106 31.43
UREF
PNO  5753215
ISD  19980500
NAM  Mougin
OCL  424 70.11
LREP
FRM  Lovercheck and Lovercheck
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a liquid composition for coating surfaces,
      comprising: polymer droplets dispersed in a liquid component, ultraviolet
      light (UV) absorber, and defoamer. The liquid component comprises water,
      and volatile organic solvent. The organic solvent comprises a first and a
      second ether. The first and the second ether are miscible with water. The
      UV absorber and the defoamer are dispersed in the liquid component. A
      preferred embodiment of the invention provides the liquid composition with
      a particulate composition to provide a material for superior non-skid
      surface coatings, such as non-skid flooring surface coatings. Thus, the
      invention provides a material for making non-skid coatings, comprising: a
      particulate composition including wollastonite particles, cellulose
      particles, and diatomaceous earth particles. The invention provides a
      method of forming a non-skid coated substrate, comprising: providing a
      material for making non-skid coatings, comprising: particulate
      composition, the particulate composition comprising wollastonite
      particles, cellulose particles, and diatomaceous earth particles,
      providing liquid composition comprises water, fungicide, defoamer,
      ultra-violet light absorber and polymeric material, mixing the particulate
      composition and the liquid composition to form a coating composition,
      coating the coating composition onto a surface of a substrate to form a
      non-skid coated substrate.
PATN
WKU  059902353
SRC  8
APN  864358&
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970528
TTL  Olefin block copolymer and production process thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Wilson; Donald R.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Terano; Minoru
CTY  Ishikawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Research Development Corporation of Japan
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940922
APN  6-228040
RLAP
COD  71
APN  531067
APD  19950920
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  525 53
XCL  525247
XCL  525268
XCL  525323
XCL  526348
XCL  526943
EDF  6
ICL  C08F29708
ICL  C08L 2316
FSC  525
FSS  247;268;323;53
FSC  526
FSS  348;943
UREF
PNO  3499060
ISD  19700300
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  525268
UREF
PNO  3798288
ISD  19740300
NAM  McManimie et al.
OCL  525268
UREF
PNO  4977210
ISD  19901200
NAM  Kerth et al.
OCL  525323
UREF
PNO  5391629
ISD  19950200
NAM  Turner et al.
OCL  525323
UREF
PNO  5733980
ISD  19980300
NAM  Cozewithy et al.
OCL  526348
UREF
PNO  5798420
ISD  19980800
NAM  Cozewith et al.
OCL  525323
FREF
PNO  0405201
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0433990
ISD  19910600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0433986
ISD  19910600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4130429
ISD  19830300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2055388
ISD  19810300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2184128
ISD  19870600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9112285
ISD  19910800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Y. Do et al. (1986) Macromol. 19, 2896-2900.
PAL  Amori et al. (1995). Macromol. Rapid Commun. 16, 247-252.
PAL  M. Bochmann, (1996) J Chem Soc, Dalton Trans. 255 (title page only).
PAL  J. Boor, Jr., Ziegler-Natta Catalysts and Polymerizations, Academic Press,
      New York, 1979, p. 32.
LREP
FRM  Sherman and Shalloway
ABST
PAL  A chemically bonded olefin block copolymer consists essentially of
      chemically bonded polypropylene and poly(ethylene-co-propylene). The block
      copolymer is obtained by a process of (1) introducing a Ziegler
      polymerization catalyst based on titanium and propylene to a first
      polymerization zone (a) and polymerizing the propylene in the
      polymerization zone (a) for a period of 0.01 to 0.130 seconds and
      withdrawing an effluent stream of polypropylene, catalyst, solvent and
      unreacted propylene therefrom; (2) introducing the effluent stream to a
      second polymerization zone (b) together with ethylene dissolved in a
      solvent and carrying out a polymerization reaction in the second
      polymerization zone (b) for a period of 0.01 to 0.130 seconds; and (3)
      recovering the block copolymer.
PATN
WKU  059902361
SRC  8
APN  8862842
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970701
TTL  Preparation of impact-resistant polystyrene
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Warzel; Mark L.
INVT
NAM  Knoll; Konrad
CTY  Mannheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Loth; Wolfgang
CTY  Bad Duerkheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Gausepohl; Hermann
CTY  Mutterstadt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  BASF Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  590625
APD  19960124
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  136937
APD  19931018
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  525 53
XCL  525 54
XCL  525 88
XCL  525 89
XCL  525314
XCL  525315
XCL  525316
XCL  525250
EDF  6
ICL  C08F27900
ICL  C08L 5302
FSC  525
FSS  53;54;88;89;314;315;316;250
UREF
PNO  3356763
ISD  19671200
NAM  Dollinger et al.
OCL  525314
UREF
PNO  3475514
ISD  19691000
NAM  Nemphos et al.
OCL  525314
UREF
PNO  3658946
ISD  19720400
NAM  Bronstert et al.
UREF
PNO  3660535
ISD  19720500
NAM  Finch et al.
UREF
PNO  3801520
ISD  19740400
NAM  Hogan et al.
OCL  525314
UREF
PNO  4143647
ISD  19790300
NAM  Glukhovskoi et al.
UREF
PNO  4388447
ISD  19830600
NAM  Iwamoto et al.
OCL  525316
UREF
PNO  4421895
ISD  19831200
NAM  Echte et al.
OCL  525 53
UREF
PNO  5240993
ISD  19930800
NAM  Aerts et al.
OCL  525 52
FREF
PNO  2 140 081
ISD  19720200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1 770 392
ISD  19720300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1 206 800
ISD  19700900
CNT  GBX
OCL  525314
LREP
FRM  Keil & Weinkauf
ABST
PAL  Abstract of the disclosure: A process is described for the continuous
      preparation of an impact-resistant molding material by anionic
      polymerization of styrene or another aromatic vinyl compound or mixtures
      thereof in the presence of a solvent and a block rubber, wherein the
      polymerization is carried out in at least 2 reaction vessels that together
      form a reactor cascade, the monomer stream being subdivided among the
      reaction vessels present, the living polymer chain ends being terminated
      in a conventional manner and the solvent being removed.
PATN
WKU  059902370
SRC  9
APN  0820636
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980520
TTL  Poly(ethylene glycol) aldehyde hydrates and related polymers and
      applications in modifying amines
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Nutter; Nathan M.
INVT
NAM  Bentley; Michael D.
CTY  Huntsville
STA  AL
INVT
NAM  Harris; J. Milton
CTY  Huntsville
STA  AL
ASSG
NAM  Shearwater Polymers, Inc.
CTY  Huntsville
STA  AL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  525 542
XCL  525 56
XCL  525107
XCL  525154
EDF  6
ICL  C07C10352
ICL  C08L 8900
FSC  525
FSS  54.2;56;107;154
UREF
PNO  4179337
ISD  19791200
NAM  Davis et al.
UREF
PNO  4487715
ISD  19841200
NAM  Nitecki et al.
OCL  260112.5R
UREF
PNO  5171264
ISD  19921200
NAM  Merrill
UREF
PNO  5252714
ISD  19931000
NAM  Harris et al.
OREF
PAL  Functionalized Poly(ethylene glycol) for Preparation of Biologically
      Conjugates, Bioconjugate Chem. 1995, 6: 150-165, Samuel Zalipsky.
PAL  Modification of CD4 Immunoadhesin with Monomethoxpoly(ethylene glycol)
      Aldehyde via Reductive Alkylation, Bioconjugate Chem. 1994, 5: 133-140,
      Steven M. Chamow, et al.
LREP
FRM  Alston & Bird LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a method of coupling PEG or related polymers
      to a substance by reductive amination. An activated PEG having an aldehyde
      hydrate moiety is prepared and is conveniently used as an intermediate for
      coupling PEG to a variety of biomolecules by reductive amination. The
      method of making PEG-conjugated biomolecules in accordance with the
      present invention avoids the condensation and oxidation reactions that are
      inherent in the coupling methods employed heretofore in the prior art
      using PEG aldehyde. As a result, high purity of PEG-conjugates can be
      achieved.
PATN
WKU  059902388
SRC  8
APN  934263&
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970919
TTL  Release coating for adhesive articles and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  56
ECL  1
EXP  Lipman; Bernard
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  DiZio; James P.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Wong; Roy
CTY  White Bear Lake
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Schneider; Hildegard M.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  3M Innovative Properties Company
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  525 60
XCL  525 61
XCL  5253267
XCL  5253276
XCL  5253294
XCL  5253296
XCL  5253298
XCL  5253299
XCL  5253304
XCL  5253305
XCL  5253315
XCL  525340
XCL  525343
XCL  525353
XCL  525367
XCL  525369
XCL  525374
EDF  6
ICL  C08F  830
FSC  525
FSS  60;61;326.7;327.6;329.4;329.6;329.8;329.9;330.4;330.5;331.5;340;343;353;367
     ;369;374
UREF
PNO  2532011
ISD  19501100
NAM  Dahlquist et al.
UREF
PNO  2607711
ISD  19520800
NAM  Hendricks
UREF
PNO  2829073
ISD  19580400
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  2876894
ISD  19590300
NAM  Dahlquist et al.
UREF
PNO  2913355
ISD  19591100
NAM  Collins
UREF
PNO  3051588
ISD  19620800
NAM  Lavanchy
UREF
PNO  3052566
ISD  19620900
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  3285771
ISD  19661100
NAM  Dabroski
UREF
PNO  3342625
ISD  19670900
NAM  Grossman et al.
UREF
PNO  3475196
ISD  19691000
NAM  Bartell et al.
UREF
PNO  3502497
ISD  19700300
NAM  Crocker
UREF
PNO  3510342
ISD  19700500
NAM  Demmig et al.
UREF
PNO  3928690
ISD  19751200
NAM  Settineri et al.
UREF
PNO  4241198
ISD  19801200
NAM  Kobayashi
UREF
PNO  4299741
ISD  19811100
NAM  Doehnert
UREF
PNO  4342815
ISD  19820800
NAM  Doehnert
UREF
PNO  4622360
ISD  19861100
NAM  Gomi et al.
UREF
PNO  4973513
ISD  19901100
NAM  Riedel
UREF
PNO  5032460
ISD  19910700
NAM  Kantner et al.
UREF
PNO  5089336
ISD  19920200
NAM  Kumar et al.
UREF
PNO  5128412
ISD  19920700
NAM  Miyasaka et al.
UREF
PNO  5202190
ISD  19930400
NAM  Kantner et al.
UREF
PNO  5225480
ISD  19930700
NAM  Tseng et al.
UREF
PNO  5350631
ISD  19940900
NAM  Tseng et al.
UREF
PNO  5356706
ISD  19941000
NAM  Shores
UREF
PNO  5516865
ISD  19960500
NAM  Urquiola
FREF
PNO  0 086 406 A1
ISD  19830800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 303 416
ISD  19890200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 409 218 A2
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 448 399 A2
ISD  19910900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 484 093 A2
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 606 532 A1
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 620 235 A2
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  57-061061-A
ISD  19820400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60 090 672
ISD  19850500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-126191-A
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  03086776
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  03086777
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  03086778
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  03086779
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  06192341
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/11933
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/31042
ISD  19970800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Bardell; Scott A.
ABST
PAL  A polymer includes an ethylene-containing backbone having substituents
      attached thereto, wherein the substituents include a urethane linked
      nitrogen-bonded hydrocarbon side chain having about 5 carbon atoms or more
      in length and a terminal methyl group; and an oxygen linked water
      solubilizing group. The polymer is particularly useful in a release
      coating composition and is suitable for forming films from aqueous
      dispersions thereof, organic solvent dispersions thereof, or mixtures
      thereof.
PATN
WKU  059902396
SRC  8
APN  8427518
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970416
TTL  Weatherable ASA composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Buttner; David
INVT
NAM  Chang; Moh Ching Oliver
CTY  Westfield
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Auclair; Richard M.
CTY  Westfield
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Bayer Corporation
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  525 85
XCL  525 78
XCL  525 80
EDF  6
ICL  C08L 5104
ICL  C08L 2512
ICL  C08L 3308
FSC  525
FSS  78;80;85
UREF
PNO  3846510
ISD  19741100
NAM  Lanchlan et al.
OCL  260876R
UREF
PNO  3944631
ISD  19760300
NAM  Yu et al.
OCL  260881
UREF
PNO  4224419
ISD  19800900
NAM  Swoboda et al.
OCL  525 71
UREF
PNO  4442263
ISD  19840400
NAM  Brandstetter et al.
OCL  525 83
UREF
PNO  4753988
ISD  19880600
NAM  Henton et al.
OCL  525 73
UREF
PNO  4880875
ISD  19891100
NAM  Wassmuth et al.
OCL  525 67
UREF
PNO  5112910
ISD  19920500
NAM  Piejko
OCL  525 84
UREF
PNO  5120788
ISD  19920600
NAM  Seitz et al.
OCL  525 85
UREF
PNO  5252666
ISD  19931000
NAM  Seitz et al.
OCL  525 80
FREF
PNO  337187
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Gil; Joseph C.
FR2  Preis; Aron
ABST
PAL  A thermoplastic composition comprising (a) a polyalkyl acrylate rubber
      characterized that it contains no grafted phase, and (b) a poly (vinyl
      aromatic-co-nitrile)-grafted polyalkyl acrylate rubber, and (c) ungrafted
      poly (vinyl aromatic-co-nitrile) having a number average molecular weight
      of about 20,000 to 100,000 g/mole is disclosed. The composition which
      contains about 15 to 35% by weight of polyalkyl acrylate rubber having a
      weight average particle size of about 0.02 to 1 microns and wherein weight
      ratio between (a) to the total (a)+(b) is 0.1 to 0.5, is characterized in
      having improved physical and mechanical properties.
PATN
WKU  059902400
SRC  8
APN  8935564
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970711
TTL  Rubber-containing resin composition and styrene resin composition
      containing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Michl; Paul R.
INVT
NAM  Mishima; Ikuhiro
CTY  Kakogawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumura; Yo-ichi
CTY  Takasago
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hashimoto; Yoshihiko
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumoto; Shigemi
CTY  Akashi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kaneka Corporation
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960712
APN  8-183170
CLAS
OCL  525 86
EDF  6
ICL  C08L  900
FSC  525
FSS  86
UREF
PNO  4430478
ISD  19840200
NAM  Schmitt et al.
OCL  525 71
UREF
PNO  4657974
ISD  19870400
NAM  Kushida
OCL  525 86
UREF
PNO  4755559
ISD  19880700
NAM  Kishida et al.
OCL  525 67
UREF
PNO  4985496
ISD  19910100
NAM  Kishida
OCL  525 86
UREF
PNO  5140067
ISD  19920800
NAM  Tsuneshige
OCL  525 86
UREF
PNO  5202379
ISD  19930400
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  525 66
UREF
PNO  5574099
ISD  19961100
NAM  Noro
OCL  525 84
UREF
PNO  5605963
ISD  19970200
NAM  Leitz
OCL  525 86
UREF
PNO  5610235
ISD  19970300
NAM  Hiromoto et al.
OCL  525 71
UREF
PNO  5674940
ISD  19971000
NAM  Eichenauer
OCL  525 86
UREF
PNO  5708082
ISD  19980100
NAM  Huang
OCL  525 86
FREF
PNO  0052732 A1
ISD  19811000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 390 081
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 402 528
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 430 876 A1
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0488930 A1
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 488 932
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 505 799
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  63-191852
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-295051
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-59947
ISD  19960800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/22570
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A rubber-containing resin composition suitable as an impact modifier for
      styrene resins (such as styrene homopolymer and copolymers and polymer
      alloys thereof with other thermoplastic resins), which comprises (A) a
      graft copolymer having a graft ratio of 10 to 80% by weight wherein a
      graft component comprising 15 to 60% by mole of at least one vinyl cyanide
      compound, 40 to 85% by mole of at least one aromatic vinyl compound and 0
      to 30% by mole of at least one other monomer copolymerizable with them is
      graft-copolymerized onto a diene rubber having a volume average particle
      size of 100 to 1,000 nm by an emulsion polymerization method, and (B) an
      emulsion-polymerized copolymer of 15 to 60% by mole of at least one vinyl
      cyanide compound, 40 to 85% by mole of at least one aromatic vinyl
      compound and 0 to 30% by mole of at least one other monomer
      copolymerizable with them, which has a weight average molecular weight of
      5,000 to 90,000 and a ratio of weight average molecular weight to number
      average molecular weight of 1.5 to 4.5, in which the ratio of the graft
      copolymer (A) to the copolymer (B) is from 50/50 to 95/5 by weight. A
      styrene resin composition comprising the rubber-containing resin
      composition and a styrene resin provides molded articles having excellent
      properties such as impact resistance, mechanical property, heat resistance
      and surface appearance with good processability.
PATN
WKU  059902418
SRC  8
APN  889342&
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19970708
TTL  Polyoxypropylene/polyoxyethylene copolymers with improved biological
      activity
ISD  19991123
NCL  176
ECL  1
EXP  McKane; Joseph K.
NDR  20
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Emanuele; R. Martin
CTY  Hillbrook
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Hunter; Robert L.
CTY  Tucker
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Culbreth; Paula H.
CTY  Loganville
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  CytRx, Corporation
CTY  Norcross
STA  GA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  657161
APD  19960603
PSC  01
PNO  5691387
RLAP
COD  84
APN  087136
APD  19930702
PSC  01
PNO  5523492
RLAP
COD  81
APN  847874
APD  19920313
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  673289
APD  19910319
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  525 88
XCL  525 89
XCL  525 93
XCL  568624
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 4311
ICL  A61K 4732
FSC  568
FSS  624
FSC  514
FSS  723
FSC  424
FSS  280.1
FSC  524
FSS  505
FSC  525
FSS  88;89;93
UREF
PNO  Re29909
ISD  19790200
NAM  Kurtz
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  2674619
ISD  19540400
NAM  Lundsted
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  2854378
ISD  19580900
NAM  Buckwalter et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  2979528
ISD  19610400
NAM  Lundsted
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3022335
ISD  19620200
NAM  Lundsted
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3036118
ISD  19620500
NAM  Jackson et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3089818
ISD  19630500
NAM  Stone
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3140232
ISD  19640700
NAM  Noseworthy
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3228834
ISD  19660100
NAM  Gans et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3391196
ISD  19680700
NAM  Earing et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3450502
ISD  19690600
NAM  Hymes
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3577522
ISD  19710500
NAM  Hymes
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3590125
ISD  19710600
NAM  Hymes
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3641240
ISD  19720200
NAM  Hymes et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3740421
ISD  19730600
NAM  Schmolka
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3867521
ISD  19750200
NAM  Miskel et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3867533
ISD  19750200
NAM  Schmolka
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3956259
ISD  19760500
NAM  Garcia et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  3980772
ISD  19760900
NAM  Ginger et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4073886
ISD  19780200
NAM  Kehm
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4100271
ISD  19780700
NAM  Krezanoski
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4104455
ISD  19780800
NAM  Nagasawa
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4179337
ISD  19791200
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4186253
ISD  19800100
NAM  Yokoyama et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4305922
ISD  19811200
NAM  Rhodes
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4323560
ISD  19820400
NAM  Baschang et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4378347
ISD  19830300
NAM  Franco
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4395393
ISD  19830700
NAM  Schmolka
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4407790
ISD  19831000
NAM  Oakes et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4409209
ISD  19831000
NAM  Baschang et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4410660
ISD  19831000
NAM  Straus
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4423038
ISD  19831200
NAM  Baschang et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4489158
ISD  19841200
NAM  Straus
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4575484
ISD  19860300
NAM  Straus
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4600652
ISD  19860700
NAM  Solomon et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4606918
ISD  19860800
NAM  Allison et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4609546
ISD  19860900
NAM  Hiratani
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4764567
ISD  19880800
NAM  Ott
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4801452
ISD  19890100
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4803070
ISD  19890200
NAM  Cantrell et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4806352
ISD  19890200
NAM  Cantrell
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4837014
ISD  19890600
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4837083
ISD  19890600
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4879109
ISD  19891100
NAM  Hunter
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4897263
ISD  19900100
NAM  Hunter
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4937070
ISD  19900600
NAM  Hunter
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  4997644
ISD  19910300
NAM  Hunter
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5017370
ISD  19910500
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5028599
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hunter
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5030448
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hunter
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5032394
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hunter
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5039520
ISD  19910800
NAM  Hunter
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5041288
ISD  19910800
NAM  Hunter
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5047236
ISD  19910900
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5057540
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kensil et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5064643
ISD  19911100
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5071649
ISD  19911200
NAM  Hunter
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5078995
ISD  19920100
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5080894
ISD  19920100
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5089260
ISD  19920200
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5198211
ISD  19930300
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5250294
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5294365
ISD  19940300
NAM  Welch et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5340916
ISD  19940800
NAM  Henn et al.
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5371253
ISD  19941200
NAM  Cooper
OCL  568624
UREF
PNO  5523492
ISD  19960600
NAM  Emanuele et al.
OCL  568624
FREF
PNO  0 000 704
ISD  19780700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0003999
ISD  19790900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0011237
ISD  19800500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 049 422
ISD  19810900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 103 290
ISD  19830900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2081436
ISD  19710100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2708152
ISD  19770200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1183112
ISD  19850800
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  WO 87/06836
ISD  19871100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 87/06831
ISD  19871100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  90/07336
ISD  19900700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Schmolka, I., "A Reivew of Block Polymer Surfactants," Journal of the
      American Oil Chemists Society, 54, No. 3, pp. 110-116 (1977).
PAL  Block and Graft Copolymerization, vol. 2, (ed. by R.J. Ceresa, John Wiley &
      Sons, 1976) "The Applications of Block Copolymer Polyol Surfactants," L.G.
      Lundsted and I.R. Schmolka; pp. 174-205 and pp. 255-272.
PAL  Reindorf, C.A., et al., "Perfluorocarbon Compounds: Effects on the
      Rheological Properties of Sickle Erythrocytes in vitro," American Journal
      of Hematology, vol. 19, pp. 229-236 (1985).
PAL  Padilla, F., et al., "Effect of Fluoricarbon Emulsions on the Mechanical
      Fragility of Normal and Sickle Cells: In Vitro Studies," Federation
      Proceedings, vol. 34, pp. 1510-1512 (1975).
PAL  Vercellotti, G.M., et al., "Activation of Plasma Complement by
      Perfluorocarbon Artificial Blood: Probable Mechanism of Adverse Pulmonary
      Reactions in Treated Patients and Rationale for Corticosteroid
      Prophylaxis," Blood, vol. 59, pp. 1299-1304 (1982).
PAL  Rodeheaver, G.T., "Pluronic.RTM. F-68: A Promising New Skin Wound
      Cleanser," Ann Emerg Med, 9:11, pp. 572-576 (1980).
PAL  Janoff, A.S., et al., "The Modification of Human Erythrocyte Membrane
      Structure by Membrane Stabilizers: An Electron Spin Resonance Study,"
      American Journal of Hematology, vol. 10, pp. 171-179 (1981).
PAL  Moore, A.R., et al., "Reduction of Splenic Vascular Resistance During
      Profusion by Pluronic.RTM. F-68," Journal of Surgical Research, vol. 8,
      pp. 563-566 (1968).
PAL  Benner, K.U., et al., "Cold-Induced Platelet Aggregation In Vivo And Its
      Inhibition By A Nonionic Surface Active Substance," Thrombosis Research,
      vol. 2, pp. 331-342 (1973).
PAL  Hymes, A.C., et al., "The Influence Of An Industrial Surfactant
      Pluronic.RTM. F-68, In The Treatment of Hemorrhagic Shock," Journal of
      Surgical Research, Vol. 11, pp. 191-197 (1971).
PAL  Hoie, J., et al., "Effects of Pluronic.RTM. F68, Poloralkol, On Vascular
      Resistance In Vivo," Journal of Surgical Research, vol. 11, pp. 515-517
      (1971).
PAL  Grover, F.L., et al., "A Nonionic Surfactant And Blood Viscosity," Arch
      Surg., vol. 106, pp. 307-310 (1973).
PAL  Grover, F.L., et al., "The Effect of Pluronic.RTM. F-68 On Circulatory
      Dynamics And Renal And Carotid Artery Flow During Hemorrhagic Shock,"
      Journal of Surgical Research, vol. 17, pp. 30-35 (1974).
PAL  Ketchum, L.D., et al., "Experimental Use of Pluronic.RTM. F-68 In
      Microvascular Surgery,"Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, vol. 53, pp.
      288-292 (1974).
PAL  Ketchum, L.D., "Pharmacological alternations in the clotting mechanism: Use
      in microvascular surgery,"Journal of Hand Surgery, vol. 3, pp. 407-415
      (1978).
PAL  Vasko, K.A., et al., "Poloxalkol.RTM. (Pluronic F-68): A priming solution
      for cardiopulmonary bypass," Trans. Am. Soc. Artif. Int. Organs, 18, pp.
      526-531 (1972).
PAL  Block, N.L., et al., "Acutely Traumatized Canine Ureter, Effects of Low
      Molecular Weight Dextran and Surfactant Pluronic F-68," Urology, vol. III,
      pp. 190-194 (1974).
PAL  Knize, D.M., et al., "Use of antisludging agents in experimental cold
      injuries," Surgery, Gynecology & Obstetrics, vol. 129, pp. 1019-1026
      (1969).
PAL  Organ Perfusion and Preservation, (ed. by Norman, J.C.,
      Appleton-Century-Crofts, (1968)), Paton, B.C., et al., "The use of a
      nonionic detergent added to organ perfusates," pp. 105-120.
PAL  Smillie, J.A., et al., "Cryopreservation of Human Platelets with
      Polyvinylpyrrolidone," Transfusion, vol. 21, pp. 552-556 (1981).
PAL  Gaehtgens, P., et al., "Desaggregation of Human Red Blood Cells by Various
      Surface-Active Agents as Related to Changes of Cell Shape and Hemolysis,"
      Act Heamat, vol. 33, pp. 82-89 (1975).
PAL  Advances in Blood Substitute Research (ed. by Bolin, et al., Alan R. Liss,
      Inc. New York (1983)) Sugi, et al., The Use of Fluosol-DA (FDA) in
      Emergency Situations: A Report of 67 Clinical Cases, Abstract/451.
PAL  Lane, T.A., et al., "Reduction in the Toxicity of a Component of an
      Artificial Blood Substitute by supercritical fluid fractionation,"
      Transfusion, vol. 28, pp. 375-378 (1987).
PAL  Lane, T.A., et al., "Paralysis of Phagocyte Migration Due to an Artificial
      Blood Substitute," Blood, vol. 64, pp. 400-405 (1984).
PAL  Spiess, B.D., et al., "Protection from Cerebral Air Emboli with
      Perfluorocarbons in Rabbits," Stroke, vol. 17, pp. 1146-1149 (1986).
PAL  Kanter, K.R., et al., "Superiority of Perfluorocarbon Cardioplegia over
      Blood or Crystalloid Cardioplegia," Circulation, vol. 64, pp. II-75-II-80
      (1981).
PAL  Harjula, A., et al., "Perfluorocarbon solution as a myocardial
      preservative," J. Applied Cardiology, vol. 2, pp. 121-136 (1987).
PAL  Tokioka, M.D., et al., "Effects of intracoronary infusion of arterial blood
      or Fluosol-DA 20% on regional myocardial metabolism and function during
      brief coronary artery occlusions," Laboratory Investigation, vol. 75, pp.
      473-481 (1987).
PAL  Benner, K.U., et al., "Uber die Wirkung von Pluronic.RTM. F68, einem
      polyoxypropylen-Polyoxyathylen-Kondensat, auf die ADP-induzierte
      Thrombocytenaggregation in vitro," Pflugers Arch., vol. 315, pp. 45-52
      (1970).
PAL  Forman, M.B., et al., "Reduction of Infarct Size with Intracoronary
      Perfluorochemical in a Canine Preparation of Reperfusion," Circulation,
      vol. 71, pp. 1060-1068 (1985).
PAL  Forman, M.B., et al., "Beneficial Long-Term Effect of Intracoronary
      Perfluorochemical on Infarct Size and Ventricular Function in a Canine
      Reperfusion Model," J. Am. Col. of Cardiol., pp. 1082-1090 (May 1987).
PAL  Goodman, R.L., et al., "Perfluorocarbon Emulsions in Cancer Therapy:
      Preliminary Observations on Presently Available Formulations," Int. J.
      Radiation Oncology Biol. Phys., vol. 10, pp. 1421-1424 (1984).
PAL  Grover et al., "A Nonionic Surfactant and Blood Viscosity--Experimental
      Observations," Arch. Surg., vol. 106, pp. 307-310 (Mar., 1973).
PAL  Connaghan et al., Specific Identification of Fibrin Polymers, Fibrinogen
      Degradation Products, and Crosslinked Fibrin Degration Products in Plasma
      and Serum With a New Sensitive Technique, Blood, vol. 65, No. 3, pp.
      589-597 (Mar., 1985).
PAL  Atkinson, T.P., et al., "Ion transport mediated by copolymers composed of
      polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene," The American Physiological Society,
      0363-6143/88, pp. C20-C26 (1988).
PAL  Wiman et al., "Determination of Soluble Fibrin in Plasma by a Rapid and
      Quantitative Spectrophotometric Assay," Thrombosis and Haemostasos, F.K.
      Schattauer Verlag GmbH (Stuttgart) 55 (2), pp. 18-193 (1986).
PAL  Hunter, R.L., et al., "The Adjuvant Activity of Nonionic Block Polymer
      Surfactants. III. Characterization of Selected Biologically Active
      Surfaces," Scand. J. Immunol., vol. 23, pp. 287-300 (1986).
PAL  Perfluorochemmical Blood Substitues, Technical Information Ser. No. 5, Jun.
      30, 1978, Revised, Jul. 1, 1981, Manufacturer: The Green Cross
      Corporation.
PAL  Heron, M.W., et al., "A Method for Measuring a Nonionic Surface-Active
      Agent (Pluronic F-68) in Biological Fluids," Analytical Biochemistry, vol.
      24, pp. 491-495 (1968).
PAL  Uno, T., et al., "Determination of Surface-Active Agents. VIII. Infrared
      Determination of the Proportion of Ethylene Oxide and Propylene Oxide in
      Pluronic," Chem. Pharm. Bull., vol. 15(1), pp. 77-82 (1967).
PAL  Hymes, A.C., et al., "Influence of an Industrial Surfactant (Pluronic F-68)
      on Human Amniotic Fluid Embolism," American Journal Obstetrics and
      Gynecology, vol. 107(8), pp. 1217-1222 (Aug. 15, 1970).
PAL  Grover, F.L., et al., "Beneficial Effect of Pluronic F-68 on the
      Microcirculation in Experimental Hemorrhagic Shock," Surgical Forum, vol.
      21, pp. 30-32 (1970).
PAL  Maugh, T.H., "Perfluorochemical Emulsions: Promising Blood Substitutes,"
      Science, vol. 179, pp. 669-672 (1973).
PAL  Justice, C., et al., "Prevention of Thrombosis with Agents which Reduce
      Platelet Adhesiveness," The American Surgeon, vol. 40, pp. 186-189 (1974).
PAL  Danielson, G., et al., "Use of Pluronic F-68 to Diminish Fat Emboli and
      Hemolysis During Cardiopulmonary Bypass," The Journal of Thoracic and
      Carrdiovascular Surgery, vol. 59(2), pp. 178-184 (1970).
PAL  Ketchum, L.D., "Experimental Use of Pluronic F68 in Microvascular Surgery,"
      Plastic Reconstructive Surgery, vol. 54, p. 478 (1974).
PAL  Hunter, R., "Adjuvant Activity of Non-ionic Block Copolymers. IV. Effect of
      Molecular Weight and Formulation on Titre and Isotype of Antibody,"
      Vaccine, vol. 9, pp. 250-256 (Apr. 1991).
PAL  Byars, N.E., et al., "Adjuvant formulation for use in vaccines to elicit
      both cell-mediated and humoral immunity," Vaccine, vol. 5, pp. 223-228
      (Sep. 1987).
PAL  Hunter, et al., "The Adjuvant Activity of Nonionic Block Polymer
      Surfactants I. The role of Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance," J. of
      Immunology, vol. 127, No. 3, pp. 1244-1250 (1981).
PAL  Hunter, R.L., et al., "The Adjuvant Activity of Nonionic Block Polymer
      Surfactants II. Antibody Formulation and Infammation Related to the
      Structure of Triblock and Octablock Copolymers," J. of Immunology., vol.
      133, No. 6, pp. 3167-3175 (1984).
PAL  Hunter, R.L., et al., "Nonionic Block Copolymer Surfactants as
      Immunological Adjuvants: Mechanisms of Action and Novel Formulations,"
      Immunological Adjuvants and Vacines, ed. by Gregoriadis, G., et al.,
      Plenum Publishing Corp., pp. 133-144 (1989).
PAL  Cornforth, et al., "Antituberculosis Effect of Certain Surface-Active
      Polyoxyethylene Ethers in Mice," Nature, vol. 168, pp. 150-153 (1951).
PAL  Lin, T.S., et al., "Synthesis and Biological Activity of Several Amio
      Analogs of Thymidine," J. Med. Chem., vol. 21, pp. 109-112 (1978).
PAL  McDougal, J.S., et al., "Immunoassay for the detection and Quantitation of
      infectious human retrovirus, lymphadenopathy-associated virus (LAV)," J.
      Immun. Meth., vol. 76, pp. 171-183 (1985).
PAL  Groopman, J.E., et al., "Characterization of serum neutralization response
      to the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)," AIDS Res. Human Retro., vol.
      3, pp. 71-85 (1987).
PAL  Spira, et al., "Micromethod for assaying the reverse transcriptase of
      LAV-HTLV-III/lymphadenopathy-associated virus," J. Clin. Microbiol., vol.
      25, pp. 97-99 (1987).
PAL  Schinazi, R.F., et al., "Combinations of Isoprinosine and
      3'-Azido-3'-Deoxythymidine in Lymphocytes Infected with Human
      Immunodificiency Virus Type 1," Antimicrob. Agents Chemother., vol. 32,
      pp. 1784-1789 (1988).
PAL  Schinazi, R.F., et al., "Effect of combination of acyclovir, and vidarabine
      or its 5'-monophosphate on herpes simplex viruses in cell culture and in
      mice," Antimicrob. Agents Chemother., vol. 22, pp. 499-507 (1982).
PAL  Chou, T.C., et al., "Quantitative analysis of dose-effect relationships:
      the combined effects of multiple drugs or enzyme inhibitors," Adv. Enz.
      Regul., vol. 22, pp. 27-55 (1984).
PAL  Weintraub, H.M., "Antisense RNA and DNA," Scientific American, pp. 40-46
      (Jan. 1990).
PAL  Schmolka, I.R., et al., "Artificial Skin I. Preparation and Properties of
      Pluronic F-127 Gels for Treatment of Burns," J. Biomed. Mater. Res., vol.
      6, pp. 571-582 (1972).
PAL  Snippe, H., et al., "Adjuvant Effect of Nonionic Block Polymer Surfactants
      in Humoral and Cellular Immunity," Int. Archs. Allergy Appl. Immun., vol.
      65, pp. 390-398 (1981).
PAL  Takayama, K., et al., "Adjuvant activity of non-ionic block copolymers. V.
      Modulation of antibody isotype by lipopolysaccharides, lipid A and
      precursors," Vaccine, vol. 9, pp. 257-265 (Apr. 1991).
PAL  Williams, J.H., et al., "Modulation of Rat Granulocyte Traffic by a Surface
      Active Agent in Vitro and Bleomycin Injury," Proceedings of the Society
      for Experimental Biology and Medicine, vol. 188, pp. 461-470 (1988).
PAL  Matsukura, M., et al., "Phosphorothioate analogs of oligodeoxynucleotides:
      Inhibitors of replication and cytopathic effects of human immunodeficiency
      virus," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., vol. 84, pp. 7706-7710 (Nov., 1987).
PAL  Rodeheaver, et al., "Mechanical Cleansing of Contaminated Wounds with
      Surfactant," Am. J. Surg., vol. 129, No. 3, pp. 241-245 (1975).
PAL  Database WPI, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB; AN 82-1478IE(08) &
      JP-A-57 008 223 (mitsui Petrochem.) Jan. 17, 1982.
PAL  Schick, M.J., Non-ionic Surfactants. Marcel Dekker Inc., New York, pp.
      893-920 (1967).
PAL  Davis, B.D., M.D., et al., Microbiology: Indluding Immunology and Molecular
      Genetics. Third Edition, Harper & Row Publishers, Cambridge, pp. 740-741
      and 842-843 (1980).
PAL  Cremieux, A., et al., "Methods of Testing Disinfectants," Disinfection,
      Sterilization, and Preservation, Block, S.S., ed., Lea & Febiger
      Publishers, Philadelphia, pp. 918-925, 940 (1983).
PAL  Hunter, et al., "Increased Whole Blood Viscosity During Coronary Bypass
      Surgery," Thromb. Haemost., vol. 63, No. 1, pp. 6-12 (Feb. 19, 1990).
PAL  Kondo, et al., "Prolonged Suspended Animation in Puppies," Cryobiology,
      vol. 11, No. 5, pp. 446-451 (1974).
PAL  Mezrow, et al., "Poloxamer 188 improves neurologic outcome after
      hypothermic circulatory arrest," J. Thorac. Cardiovasc. Surg., vol. 103,
      No. 6, pp. 1143-1146 (Jun., 1992).
PAL  Nagata, et al. "Clinical evaluation on the effect of Poloxamer 188 on the
      hemolysis during cardiopulmonary bypass," J. Aichi, Med. Univ. Assoc.,
      vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 48-54 (1983).
PAL  Papadea, et al., "Effect of RheothRx (TM) Copolymer on Blood Viscosity
      Related to Fibrin(ogen) Concentration," FASEB J., vol. 2, No. 4, p. A384A,
      abstract 512 (Mar. 15, 1988).
PAL  Richard, M.N., et al., "Effect of Lysine and Wettig Agents on Activated
      Plasinogen Solutions," Canadian Journal of Biochemistry & Physiology, vol.
      41, pp. 211-217 (1963).
PAL  Sakauchi, "Prevention of Excess Hemolysis During Cardiopulmonary Bypass by
      the Use of Pluronic F-68," Kitakanto Med. J., vol. 23, No. 3, pp. 231-238
      (1973).
LREP
FRM  Jones & Askew, LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention comprises novel preparations of
      polyoxypropylene/polyoxyethylene copolymers which retain the therapeutic
      activity of the commercial preparations, but are substantially free from
      the undesirable effects which are inherent in the prior art preparations.
      Because the preparations of polyoxypropylene/polyoxyethylene copolymers
      which comprise the present invention are a less polydisperse population of
      molecules than the prior art polyoxypropylene/polyoxyethylene copolymers,
      the biological activity of the copolymers is better defined and more
      predictable.
PATN
WKU  059902426
SRC  8
APN  8633959
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970527
TTL  Propylene/ethylene-.alpha.-olefin block copolymer and process for
      processing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Mullis; Jeffrey
INVT
NAM  Naga; Naofumi
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Oobayashi; Yoshiaki
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tasaka; Masatada
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mizunuma; Kouji
CTY  Kisarazu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960527
APN  8-132088
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960603
APN  8-140240
CLAS
OCL  525 95
XCL  525323
EDF  6
ICL  C08F29700
ICL  C08F29708
FSC  525
FSS  95;323
UREF
PNO  4454306
ISD  19840600
NAM  Fujii
OCL  525323
UREF
PNO  4489195
ISD  19841200
NAM  Saeda
OCL  525323
UREF
PNO  5232993
ISD  19930800
NAM  Winter et al.
OCL  525247
UREF
PNO  5280074
ISD  19940100
NAM  Schreck et al.
OCL  525240
UREF
PNO  5391618
ISD  19950200
NAM  Yamamoto
OCL  525 88
UREF
PNO  5541260
ISD  19960700
NAM  Pelliconi et al.
OCL  525240
UREF
PNO  5684099
ISD  19971100
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  526135
UREF
PNO  5840808
ISD  19981100
NAM  Sugimura et al.
OCL  525268
FREF
PNO  0 605 180 A1
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  58-71910
ISD  19830400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-297408
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-248156
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-102126
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 133 020
ISD  19840700
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Ewen et al., "Crystal Structures and Sterotypes Propylene Polymerizations
      with Chiral Hafnium Metallocene Catalysts", J. Am. Chem. Soc., 109,
      (1987), pp. 6544-6545.
PAL  Mise et al., "Excellent Steroregular Isotactic Polymerizations of Propylene
      with C.sub.2 -Symmetric Silyene-Bridged Metallocene Catalysts", Chemistry
      Letters, (1989), pp. 1853-1356.
PAL  Spaleck et al. "High Molecular Weight Polypropylene Through Specifically
      Designed Zirconocene Catalysts", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 31, (1992),
      pp. 1347-1350.
PAL  Grassi et al., "Microstructure of Isotactic Polypropylene Prepared with
      Homogeneous Catalysis: Steroregularity, Reioregularity, and
      1,3-Insertion", Macromolecules, 21, (1988), pp. 617-622.
PAL  Spaleck et al., "The Influence of Aromatic Substituents on the
      Polymerization Behavior of Bridged Zirconocene Catalysts",
      Organometallics, 13 (1994), pp. 954-963.
PAL  Kakugo et al., ".sup.13 CNMR Determination of Monomer Sequence Distribution
      in Ethylene-Propylene Copolymers Prepared with .differential.-TiCI.sub.3
      -A1(C.sub.2 H.sub.5).sub.2 Cl",Macromolecules, 15, (1982) pp. 1150-1152.
PAL  Zhang et al., "DSC and .sup.13 C NMR studies of ethylene-propane copolymers
      prepared by a highly active and sterospecific catalyst", Macromol. Chem.
      Phys. 195, (1994), pp. 1063-1073.
PAL  Ray et al., "Carbon-13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Determination of Monomer
      Composition and Sequence Distributions in Ethylene-Propylene Copolymers
      Prepared with a Stereoregular Catalyst System", Macromolecules, vol. 10,
      No. 4, (Jul.-Aug. 1977), pp. 773-778.
PAL  Zambelli et al., "Copolymerization of ethylene with propene in the presence
      of homogeneous catalytic systems based on Group 4 metallocenes and
      methylalumoxane: implications of the reactivity ratios on the reaction
      mechanism", Makromol. Chem. Rapidcommun., 12, (1991), pp. 523-528.
PAL  Rossi et al., "Microstructure of Ethylene-1-Butene Copolymers Produced by
      Zirconocene/Methylaluminoxane Catalysis", Macromolecules, vol. 29, No. 7,
      (1996), pp. 2331-2338.
PAL  Quijada et al., "Synthesis and characterization of ethylene-1-hexene
      copolymers using homogenous Ziegler-Natta catalysts", Polymer Bulletin,
      35, (1995), pp. 299-306.
PAL  Koivumaki et al., "Copolymerization of Ethene and Propene in Liquid propene
      with MgCI.sub.2 /TiCI.sub.4, VOCI.sub.3 and Cp.sub.2 ZrCi.sub.2 Catalyst
      Systems--A Comparision of Products", Eur. Polym. J., Vol. 30, No. 10,
      (1994), pp. 1111-1115.
PAL  Brintzinger et al., "Sterospecific Olefin Polymerization with Chiral
      Metallocene Catalyst", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 34, (1995), pp.
      1143-1170.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  A propylene/ethylene-.alpha.-olefin block copolymer obtained by
      block-copolymerizing a polypropylene component with an
      ethylene-.alpha.-olefin random copolymer component, which satisfies
      conditions of the following terms (I) to (III):
PA0  (I) the content of the polypropylene component having an intrinsic
      viscosity ([.eta.]) measured in tetralin at 135.degree. C. of from 0.5 to
      5.0 dl/g is from 5 to 95% by weight;
PA0  (II) the content of the .alpha.-olefin in the random copolymer component is
      from 5 to 40 mol %, and the content of the ethylene-.alpha.-olefin random
      copolymer component whose .rho. value represented by the following
      equation:
EQU  .rho.=2[E].multidot.[A]/[EA]
PAL  (wherein [E] represents a molar fraction of ethylene, [A] represents a
      molar fraction of the .alpha.-olefin and [EA] represents a molar fraction
      of a diad chain of ethylene and the .alpha.-olefin) is within the range
      from 0.5 to 1.5 is from 5 to 95% by weight; and
PA0  (III) the intrinsic viscosity ([.eta.]) of the
      propylene/ethylene-.alpha.-olefin block copolymer measured in tetralin at
      135.degree. C. is from 0.5 to 5.0 dl/g, and a process for producing the
      above propylene/ethylene-.alpha.-olefin block copolymer.
PATN
WKU  059902434
SRC  8
APN  9870946
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19971208
TTL  Polyuroxy sealer prepared from epoxy resin, aldimine or ketimine and
      polyisocyanate
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Sellers; Robert E.
INVT
NAM  Mormile; Patrick J.
CTY  Bowling Green
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Shah; Rajnikant
CTY  Ahimedabad
CNT  INX
INVT
NAM  Thieben; Larry E.
CTY  Waterville
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  BASF Corporation
CTY  Southfield
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  525111
XCL  525438
XCL  525528
EDF  6
ICL  C08L 3314
ICL  C08L 6300
ICL  C08L 6702
FSC  525
FSS  528;111;438
UREF
PNO  3993708
ISD  19761100
NAM  Brinkmann et al.
OCL  260830
UREF
PNO  4310646
ISD  19820100
NAM  Kempter et al.
OCL  525528
UREF
PNO  4433078
ISD  19840200
NAM  Kersten et al.
OCL  523403
UREF
PNO  5214086
ISD  19930500
NAM  Mormile et al.
OCL  524237
UREF
PNO  5262465
ISD  19931100
NAM  Ott et al.
OCL  523415
FREF
PNO  4442149
ISD  19960500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2-045518
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-097559
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
ABST
PAL  A coating composition useful as a sealer comprises an epoxy resin, an
      aldimine or ketimine, a polyisocyanate hardener and a hydroxyl containing
      compound such as a polyester or acrylic polyol.
PATN
WKU  059902442
SRC  9
APN  1450441
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980901
TTL  Toughened polymer blends
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Michl; Paul R.
INVT
NAM  Warakomski; John M.
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Bank; David H.
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Ho; Thoi H.
CTY  Lake Jackson
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  The Dow Chemical Company
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  525179
XCL  525 92
EDF  6
ICL  C08F  830
FSC  525
FSS  179
UREF
PNO  4454284
ISD  19840600
NAM  Ueno
OCL  524427
UREF
PNO  4839425
ISD  19890600
NAM  Mawatari
OCL  525 92
UREF
PNO  5086105
ISD  19920200
NAM  Abe
OCL  524492
UREF
PNO  5219940
ISD  19930600
NAM  Nakano
UREF
PNO  5270353
ISD  19931200
NAM  Nakano et al.
UREF
PNO  5273706
ISD  19931200
NAM  Laughner
OCL  264540
UREF
PNO  5395890
ISD  19950300
NAM  Nakano et al.
UREF
PNO  5418275
ISD  19950500
NAM  Okada
OCL  524504
UREF
PNO  5475053
ISD  19951200
NAM  Niessner
OCL  525 64
UREF
PNO  5760125
ISD  19980600
NAM  Ohtomo
OCL  524508
FREF
PNO  0320725
ISD  19890600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  324398
ISD  19890700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0546497
ISD  19930600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0618267
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  06116454
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  06345923
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  07048487
ISD  19950200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  07048488
ISD  19950200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  08143729
ISD  19960600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  08319386
ISD  19961200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/37552
ISD  19961100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9711123
ISD  19970300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9711124
ISD  19970300
CNT  WOX
ABST
PAL  A polymer blend comprising:
PA1  a) a syndiotactic monovinylidene aromatic polymer,
PA1  b) a polyamide,
PA1  c) a compatibilizing polymer for a) and b),
PA1  d) a rubbery polyolefin impact modifier, optionally extended with an oil,
PA1  e) a domain forming rubbery polymer,
PA1  f) a polar group functionalized rubbery polyolefin, and
PA1  g) optionally, a compatibilizing polymer for a) and d).
PATN
WKU  059902450
SRC  8
APN  9361545
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970924
TTL  .alpha., .omega.-polymethacrylate glycols, methods for their synthesis
      and their use for the preparation of polymers, particularly
      polyurethanes and polyesters
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Zitomer; Fred
INVT
NAM  Esselborn; Eberhard
CTY  Essen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Fock; Jurgen
CTY  Dusseldorf
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Th. Goldschmidt AG
CTY  Essen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19930429
APN  43 14 111
RLAP
COD  71
APN  645938
APD  19960514
RLAP
COD  90
APN  234699
APD  19940428
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  5253306
XCL  525384
XCL  526222
XCL  526224
XCL  526319
XCL  526320
EDF  6
ICL  C08F  814
FSC  525
FSS  330.6;384
FSC  526
FSS  222;224
UREF
PNO  4056559
ISD  19771100
NAM  Lewis
OCL  526212
UREF
PNO  4103093
ISD  19780700
NAM  Lewis
OCL  560205
UREF
PNO  4208313
ISD  19800600
NAM  Lewis
OCL  526323.1
UREF
PNO  4351924
ISD  19820900
NAM  Andrews
OCL  525330.6
UREF
PNO  4357435
ISD  19821100
NAM  Lewis
OCL  524239
UREF
PNO  4501860
ISD  19850200
NAM  Campbell
OCL  525359.4
UREF
PNO  4791221
ISD  19881200
NAM  Gabillet
OCL  560217
OREF
PAL  Markromolekulare Stoffe, Hert Bartl, et al, 1987, 3 pages.
PAL  Functionalization of PMMA by Afuntional "Iniferter", G. Clouet, 1989, 15
      Pgs.
PAL  Telechelic Polymers, J. Rietveld, et al, 1983, 5 pages.
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug LLP
ABST
PAL  .alpha., .omega.-polymethacrylate glycols of the general formula
      ##STR1##
      are prepared and a method for their synthesis and their use as only or
      partial glycol component for the preparation of polyesters and
      polyurethanes and for the modification of alkyd and epoxide resins are
      described.
PATN
WKU  059902469
SRC  8
APN  991370&
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19971216
TTL  Transparent materials consisting of hydrogenated products of ring-opened
      metathetical polymers with polar substituents
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Lipman; Bernard
INVT
NAM  Chen; Yun
CTY  Krefeld
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Dujardin; Ralf
CTY  Willich
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bruder; Friedrich-Karl
CTY  Krefeld
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Rechner; Johann
CTY  Kempen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayer AG
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961223
APN  196 54 076
CLAS
OCL  5253321
XCL  525338
XCL  525339
EDF  6
ICL  C08F  804
FSC  525
FSS  338;339;332.1
FREF
PNO  1546775
ISD  19790500
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Derwent Abstract, JP 04 277 519n Oct., 1992.
PAL  Patent Abstract of Japan, vol. 009, No. 180, Jul. 25, 1985, Publ. No.
      02103226, Apr. 16, 1990.
PAL  Patent Abstract of Japan, vol. 014, No. 306, Jul. 3, 1990, Publ. No.
      60049051, Mar. 18, 1985.
PAL  Patent Abstract of Japan, vol. 104, no. 106, Feb. 27, 1990, Publ. No.
      01311120, Dec. 15, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Connolly Bove Lodge & Hutz LLP
ABST
PAL  Hydrogenation products of copolymers prepared by ring-opening metathetical
      polymerisation of a cyano-substituted norbornene and at least one
      multicyclic olefin, which contains 95.5 to 5 wt. % of the
      cyano-substituted norbornene incorporated in the polymer and in which at
      least 60% of the initially present olefinic double bonds have been
      saturated by hydrogenation and the preparation of the new hydrogenation
      products by polymerisation in the presence of a catalyst and optionally a
      chain transfer agent at -20.degree. C. to 100.degree. C. at atmospheric
      pressure in an inert solvent, followed by hydrogenation in the presence of
      a homogeneous or heterogeneous hydrogenation catalyst at 0.degree. C. to
      200.degree. C. under a hydrogen pressure of 2 to 200 bar in an inert
      solvent.
PATN
WKU  059902477
SRC  9
APN  0314048
APT  1
ART  172
APD  19980226
TTL  Base and solvent-decomposed molding of thermosetting resin and aliphatic
      polyester
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Sellers; Robert E.
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Terada; Takahiko
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Onishi; Hiroshi
CTY  Hirakata
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kadoma
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940427
APN  6-89599
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940428
APN  6-91752
RLAP
COD  74
APN  578572
CLAS
OCL  525415
XCL   294033
XCL  310 43
XCL  310208
XCL  525 49
XCL  525415
XCL  525425
XCL  525438
XCL  525440
XCL  525442
XCL  525443
XCL  428458
EDF  6
ICL  B32B 1508
ICL  C08L 6704
ICL  C08L 6706
FSC   29
FSS  403.3
FSC  310
FSS  43;208
FSC  428
FSS  458
FSC  525
FSS  49;415;425;438;440;442;443
UREF
PNO  4039568
ISD  19770800
NAM  Sakai et al.
UREF
PNO  4128527
ISD  19781200
NAM  Kinjo et al.
OCL  260 42.18
UREF
PNO  4663429
ISD  19870500
NAM  Murai et al.
OCL  528355
UREF
PNO  5127958
ISD  19920700
NAM  Personette
OCL  134  2
UREF
PNO  5468780
ISD  19951100
NAM  Kubota et al.
OCL  525438
FREF
PNO  0650813
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  61-214740
ISD  19360900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  52-137601
ISD  19771100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  53-108153
ISD  19780900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  53-108193
ISD  19780900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-89887
ISD  19810700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-115933
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-123657
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-214740
ISD  19860900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-267355
ISD  19871100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-43947
ISD  19880200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-229882
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-192153
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-192108
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-043781
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  90-59393
ISD  19970300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Renner, Otto, Boisselle & Sklar, PLL
ABST
PAL  The thermosetting composition of the present invention includes an
      unsaturated polyester, an addition polymerizable monomer, a low shrink
      agent other than an aliphatic polyester, and an aliphatic polyester
      decomposed in a decomposing solution containing a base and at least one
      solvent selected from the group consisting of water, methanol, ethanol,
      and ethylene glycol at a temperature lower than a boiling point of the
      decomposing solution after being cured.
PATN
WKU  059902485
SRC  9
APN  1496565
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980909
TTL  Film formed from polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate resin, process for
      producing said film and package using said film
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Acquah; Samuel A.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Mori; Shinichiro
CTY  Tokyo-To
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sasada; Katsuhiko
CTY  Tokyo-To
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hasegawa; Kayo
CTY  Tokyo-To
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Harada; Yasuhiro
CTY  Tokyo-To
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kumaki; Chikao
CTY  Tokyo-To
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamaguchi; Masahisa
CTY  Tokyo-To
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuura; Yasuki
CTY  Tokyo-To
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamashita; Rikiya
CTY  Tokyo-To
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Toshiyuki
CTY  Tokyo-To
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Inoue; Isao
CTY  Tokyo-To
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NKK Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  DAI Nippon Printing Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930610
APN  5-165169
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930702
APN  5-188675
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931224
APN  5-329089
RLAP
COD  74
APN  379655
CLAS
OCL  525444
XCL  528298
XCL  528302
XCL  528308
XCL  525437
EDF  6
ICL  C08F 2000
FSC  528
FSS  298;302;308
FSC  525
FSS  437;444
UREF
PNO  3673139
ISD  19720600
NAM  Hrach
OCL  524170
UREF
PNO  3875119
ISD  19750400
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  528298
UREF
PNO  5006613
ISD  19910400
NAM  Shepard et al.
OCL  525444
UREF
PNO  5176861
ISD  19930100
NAM  Ishikawa
OCL  264101
UREF
PNO  5209972
ISD  19930500
NAM  Super et al.
OCL  428349
UREF
PNO  5387449
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kunz et al.
OCL  428 35.4
FREF
PNO  0 225 631 A3
ISD  19870600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 394 751 A2
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 556 050 A1
ISD  19930800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 583 953 A1
ISD  19940200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  60-150232
ISD  19850800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-119265
ISD  19870500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-152400
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-138731
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Masayoshi Ito et al.; "Two-Stage Drawing of Poly(Ethylene
      2,6-Naphthalate)"; Journal of Applied Polymer Science, vol. 46, No. 6;
      Oct. 25, 1992; pp. 1013-1023.
LREP
FRM  Parkhurst & Wendel, L.L.P
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate film
      comprising a resin composed mainly of polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate and
      having an intrinsic viscosity .eta. in the range of from 0.31 to 0.6, said
      film having stretch ratios of 1 to 3 times and 1 to 3 times or 3 to 6
      times and 1 to 1.8 times respectively in substantially mutually
      perpendicular directions and a thickness in the range of from 5 to 150
      .mu.m;
PA1  a polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate resin comprising a blend composed mainly of
      two components of: a polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate resin having an
      intrinsic viscosity in the range of from 0.3 to 0.5 dl/g and prepared by
      an esterification reaction of a dicarboxylic acid having a
      2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid content of not less than 90% by mole with
      a glycol having an ethylene glycol content of not less than 90% by mole,
      or a transesterification and a polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate resin having
      an intrinsic viscosity in the range of from 0.5 to 0.7 dl/g and prepared
      by an esterification reaction of a dicarboxylic acid having a
      2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid content of not less than 90% by mole with
      a glycol having an ethylene glycol content of not less than 90% by mole,
      or a transesterification, the resin blend having an intrinsic viscosity in
      the range of from 0.31 to 0.68 dl/g;
PA1  a modified polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate resin prepared by an esterification
      reaction of a dicarboxylic acid having a 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid
      content of not less than 90% by mole with a hydroxy compound having an
      ethylene glycol content in the range of from 90 to 99.5% by mole and a
      content of a compound having three or more ester forming functional groups
      in the range of from 0.5 to 5% by mole, or a transesterification; and
PA1  packaging films or packs produced from these resins.
PATN
WKU  059902493
SRC  8
APN  9197400
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970828
TTL  Methods of fabrication of deaggregated electrically conductive polymers
      and precursors thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  52
ECL  1
EXP  Mosley; Terressa
NDR  11
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Angelopoulos; Marie
CTY  Cortlandt Manor
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Furman; Bruce K.
CTY  Beacon
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  783805
APD  19970116
CLAS
OCL  525540
XCL  252500
XCL  528422
EDF  6
ICL  C08F28300
FSC  528
FSS  422
FSC  252
FSS  500
FSC  525
FSS  540
UREF
PNO  5232631
ISD  19930800
NAM  Cao et al.
OCL  252500
UREF
PNO  5264552
ISD  19931100
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  528422
UREF
PNO  5276112
ISD  19940100
NAM  MacDiarmid et al.
OCL  525540
UREF
PNO  5324453
ISD  19940600
NAM  Cao et al.
OCL  528422
UREF
PNO  5403913
ISD  19950400
NAM  MacDiarmid et al.
OCL  528495
UREF
PNO  5519111
ISD  19960500
NAM  MacDiarmid et al.
OCL  528422
UREF
PNO  5520852
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ikkala et al.
OCL  528422
UREF
PNO  5736623
ISD  19980400
NAM  Angelopoulos et al.
OCL  528422
LREP
FR2  Morris; Daniel P.
ABST
PAL  Deaggregated substituted and unsubstituted polyparaphenylenes,
      polyparaphenylevevinyles, polyanilines, polyazines, polythiophenes,
      poly-p-phenylene sulfides, polyfuranes, polypyrroles, polyselenophene,
      polyacetylenes formed from soluble precursors and combinations thereof and
      copolymers thereof and methods of fabrication are described. The
      deaggregated polymer molecules when subsequently doped show higher
      electrical conductivity. Agents such as lithium chloride, m-cresol and
      nonylphenol are used to deaggregate the polymer molecules. The
      deaggregating agents can be added prior to or during doping the molecules.
PATN
WKU  059902507
SRC  8
APN  8666377
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970530
TTL  Method of fluidized bed temperature control
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Choi; Ling-Siu
EXP  Wu; David W.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Parrish; John Roberts
CTY  Cross Lanes
STA  WV
INVT
NAM  Boldt; August Joseph
CTY  Inez
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  McNeil; Thomas James
CTY  Hurricane
STA  WV
INVT
NAM  Hartley; Ivan Jeremy
CTY  St Albans
STA  WV
ASSG
NAM  Union Carbide Chemicals & Plastics Technology Corporation
CTY  Danbury
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  526 61
XCL  526 88
XCL  526901
EDF  6
ICL  C08F  200
FSC  526
FSS  61;88;901
UREF
PNO  5191521
ISD  19930300
NAM  Brosilow
OCL  364160
UREF
PNO  5306792
ISD  19940400
NAM  Havas et al.
OCL  526106
LREP
FR2  Deppenbrock; B. L.
ABST
PAL  An improved method of bed temperature control is provided by the
      coordinated manipulation of the water flow rate in one or more heat
      exchangers and cycle gas flow rate to the reactor.
PATN
WKU  059902515
SRC  8
APN  7884001
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970127
TTL  Process for polymerising olefin with a Ziegler-Natta catalyst
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Teskin; Fred
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Gelus; Emmanuel
CTY  Lavera
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  BP Chemicals Limited
CNT  GBX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  312283
APD  19940926
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  5261257
XCL  5261252
XCL  526144
XCL  526901
EDF  6
ICL  C08F  4649
ICL  C08F  234
FSC  526
FSS  125.2;125.7;901;144
UREF
PNO  4593010
ISD  19860600
NAM  Malpass
OCL  526125.7
UREF
PNO  5118769
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kondo et al.
OCL  526125.7
FREF
PNO  529977
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  56-104907
ISD  19810800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-127703
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
OCL  526125.7
OREF
PAL  Translation of Toyo --Japanese No. 61-127703.
PAL  English translation furnished.
LREP
FRM  Morgan & Finnegan, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a process for (co-)polymerizing olefin(s)
      comprising introducing into a polymerization medium the olefin(s), a
      titanium-based catalyst of Ziegler-Natta type, an organometallic
      cocatalyst and a halogenated hydrocarbon compound in an amount effective
      for increasing the catalyst activity in the (co-)polymerization, the
      amount being such that the molar ratio of the quantity of the halogenated
      hydrocarbon compound to that of titanium is comprised between 0.01 and
      0.1, or between 0.001 and 0.15 when the (co-)polymerization is carried out
      continuously. The process is particularly useful in a continuous gas-phase
      (co-)polymerisation of olefin(s).
PATN
WKU  059902531
SRC  8
APN  8126755
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970310
TTL  Indenyl compounds and catalyst components for the polymerization of
      olefins
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Wu; David W.
INVT
NAM  van Beek; Johannus A. M.
CTY  Maastricht
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  de Vries; Johannes G.
CTY  Maastricht
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Arts; Henricus J.
CTY  Sittard
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Persad; Radjindrakumar
CTY  Wessem
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  van Doremaele; Gerardus H. J.
CTY  Sittard
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  DSM N.V.
CTY  Heerlen
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19921111
APN  9201970
RLAP
COD  74
APN  439449
APD  19950511
PSC  01
PNO  5646322
RLAP
COD  81
APN  PCTNL9300229
APD  19931103
CLAS
OCL  526127
XCL  526160
XCL  526943
XCL  526352
XCL  502155
XCL  556 11
XCL  556 15
XCL  556 43
XCL  556 53
EDF  6
ICL  C08F  464
FSC  526
FSS  127;160;943
UREF
PNO  4078131
ISD  19780300
NAM  de Zarauz
UREF
PNO  4769428
ISD  19880900
NAM  Zboril
OCL  526 84
UREF
PNO  5001205
ISD  19910300
NAM  Hoel
UREF
PNO  5017714
ISD  19910500
NAM  Welborn, Jr.
OCL  556 12
UREF
PNO  5071808
ISD  19911200
NAM  Antberg
OCL  502107
UREF
PNO  5120867
ISD  19920600
NAM  Welborn, Jr.
OCL  556 12
UREF
PNO  5145819
ISD  19920900
NAM  Winter
OCL  502117
UREF
PNO  5191042
ISD  19930300
NAM  Cozewith
UREF
PNO  5268495
ISD  19931200
NAM  Riepl et al.
OCL  556 11
UREF
PNO  5276208
ISD  19940100
NAM  Winter
OCL  556 53
UREF
PNO  5350817
ISD  19940900
NAM  Winter et al.
UREF
PNO  5372980
ISD  19941200
NAM  Davis
UREF
PNO  5391789
ISD  19950200
NAM  Rohrmann
OCL  556 11
UREF
PNO  5455365
ISD  19951000
NAM  Winter et al.
UREF
PNO  5543373
ISD  19960800
NAM  Winter et al.
UREF
PNO  5576260
ISD  19961100
NAM  Winter et al.
UREF
PNO  5646322
ISD  19970700
NAM  van Beek et al.
FREF
PNO  1-277004
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1-287666
ISD  19881000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 347 128 A1
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2-344887
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2-360492
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2-372414
ISD  19900600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1-420436
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2-427339
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2-427697
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1-485823
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1-485821
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1-500944
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 545 140 A1
ISD  19930600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO-91/02012
ISD  19910200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO-91/09882
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  HH Brintzinger et al. (1995) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl, 34, 1143 (pp.
      1143-1145 & ref).
PAL  Whelan, T., "Polymer Technology Dictionary," Chapman & Hall, London, 1994,
      entry under "x-olefin" at p. 1.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to an indenyl compound of the general formula
EQU  R'Ind--M--(Cp)Q.sub.k
PAL  in which the symbols have the following meanings:
PA1  Ind: an indenyl group
PA1  R': a substituent, other than hydrogen, to the Ind group,
PA1  Cp: a cyclopentadienyl group
PA1  M: a transition metal from group 3, 4, 5 or 6 of the Periodic System of
      Elements
PA1  Q: a ligand to M
PA1  and k is an integer linked to the valence of M.
PAL  The invention is characterized in that the R' group is bound to the Ind
      group at the 2-position. The indenyl compound is a catalyst component for
      the polymerization of olefins. The invention also relates to polymers
      obtainable with such indenyl compounds.
PATN
WKU  059902540
SRC  8
APN  7801793
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19961226
TTL  Metallocenes as catalysts in the preparation of cycloolefin copolymers
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Teskin; Fred
INVT
NAM  Weller; Thomas
CTY  Mainz
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Aulbach; Michael
CTY  Hofheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kuber; Frank
CTY  Oberursel
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Erker; Gerhard
CTY  Munster
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Psiorz; Christian
CTY  Munster
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bachmann; Bernd
CTY  Eppstein
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Osan; Frank
CTY  Kelkheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Targor GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19931221
APN  43 43 566
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19931224
APN  43 44 631
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940914
APN  44 32 617
RLAP
COD  74
APN  712681
APD  19960913
PSC  01
PNO  5710297
RLAP
COD  81
APN  361423
APD  19941221
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  526160
XCL  526127
XCL  526161
XCL  526170
XCL  526281
XCL  526943
EDF  6
ICL  C08F23204
FSC  526
FSS  160;170;281;943;127;161
UREF
PNO  4931417
ISD  19900600
NAM  Miya et al.
UREF
PNO  5003019
ISD  19910300
NAM  Ishimaru et al.
OCL  526281
UREF
PNO  5008228
ISD  19910400
NAM  Chang
OCL  502111
UREF
PNO  5087677
ISD  19920200
NAM  Brekner et al.
OCL  526160
UREF
PNO  5122583
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ewen et al.
OCL  526125
UREF
PNO  5145819
ISD  19920900
NAM  Winter et al.
UREF
PNO  5268495
ISD  19931200
NAM  Riepl et al.
OCL  556 11
UREF
PNO  5278264
ISD  19940100
NAM  Spaleck et al.
UREF
PNO  5308811
ISD  19940500
NAM  Suga et al.
OCL  502 62
UREF
PNO  5331057
ISD  19940700
NAM  Brekner et al.
OCL  525289
UREF
PNO  5359001
ISD  19941000
NAM  Epple et al.
OCL  525 97
UREF
PNO  5376725
ISD  19941200
NAM  Epple et al.
XCL  526281
UREF
PNO  5442020
ISD  19950800
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  526127
UREF
PNO  5491205
ISD  19960200
NAM  Langhauser et al.
OCL  526121
FREF
PNO  1317411
ISD  19930500
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  2095100
ISD  19931000
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  0 490 256
ISD  19720600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 129 368
ISD  19841200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 277 003
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 277 004
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 283 164
ISD  19880900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 302 424
ISD  19890200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 316 155
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 351 392
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 407 870 A2
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 427 697
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 426 638
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 485 823
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0528287
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  528 041
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 530 647
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 560 090 A1
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 566 988 A1
ISD  19931000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 578 838
ISD  19940100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 610 851 A1
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 650 981
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 650 973
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  721954
ISD  19960700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  93/20113
ISD  19931000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Erickson et al, "Syntheses of Dipentafulvenes: Bichromophoric Effects
      Correlated with Structure", J. Org. Chem., vol. 57, No. 8, pp. 2504-2508
      (1992).
PAL  S. Pasynkiewicz, "Alumoxanes: Synthesis, structures, complexes and
      reactions", Polyhedron, vol. 9, No. 23, pp. 429-453, (1990).
PAL  Keith J. Stone and R. Daniel Little, "An Exceptionally Simple and Efficient
      Method for the Preparation of a Wide Variety of Fulvenes", The Journal of
      Organic Chemistry, vol. 49, No. 11, pp. 1849-1853 (Jun. 1, 1984).
PAL  H. Stetter and H.J. Bender, "Addition von Aldehyden an aktivierte
      Doppelbindungen, XXIX, Neue Methode zur Darstellung symmetrischer
      1,4-Diketone", Chem. Ber. 114, pp. 1226-1233, (1981).
PAL  Shaochun You and Markus Neuenschwander, "Oxidative Coupling of
      6,6-Dimethylfulvenyl Anion", Forschung, Chimia 46, pp. 377-380, (1992).
PAL  H. Stetter und H. Kuhlmann, "Addition von Aldehyden an aktivierte
      Doppelbindungen, XI", Chem. Ber. 109, pp. 3426-3431, (1976).
PAL  H. Stetter und M. Schreckenberg, "Eine neue Methode zur Addition von
      Aldehyden an aktivierte Doppel-bindungen, IV1)", Chem. Ber. 107, pp.
      2453-2458, (1974).
PAL  M. Neuenschwander, "Novel-Chiral Ansa-Metallocene Complexes with Semi-Rigid
      Condensed Cyclic Bridge", Makromol. Chem. 183, p. 359, (1982).
PAL  Erker, Gerhard, et. al. "Synthesis of a Novel Annulated C.sub.1 -Bridged
      ansa-Metallocene System", Chem. Ber. 127 pp. 1551-1553 (1994).
PAL  European Search Report No. 94120162.6, Feb. 27, 1995.
PAL  Mise et al., "Excellent Stereoregular Isotactic Polymerizations of
      Propylene with C.sub.2 -Symmetric Silylene-Bridged Metallocene Catalysts"
      Chemistry Letters pp. 1853-1856 (1989).
PAL  Tagungsband der 1st Journal of Organometallic Chemistry Conference on
      Applied Organometallic Chemistry, "Novel -Chiral Ansa-Metallocene
      Complexes with Semi-rigid Condensed Cyclic Bridge" Seite 136 (1982).
LREP
FRM  Connolly Bove Lodge & Hutz LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a stereorigid metallocene compound
      containing, as ligands, at least two substituted or unsubstituted
      cyclopentadienyl groups which are bonded to one another via a monocyclic
      or polycyclic ring system, where at least one cyclopentadienyl group is
      fused to the monocyclic or polycyclic ring system, and to a process for
      the preparation of a cycloolefin copolymer. The cycloolefin copolymers
      obtained in this way have high tear strengths and are suitable for the
      production of extrusion parts and injection moldings.
PATN
WKU  059902558
SRC  8
APN  6061826
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19960223
TTL  High molecular weight polysytrene production by vinyl acid catalyzed
      free radical polymerization
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Henderson; Christopher
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Priddy; Duane B.
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Dais; Virginia A.
CTY  Sanford
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  The Dow Chemical Company
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  459007
APD  19950602
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  355716
APD  19191214
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  526193
XCL  526204
XCL  526222
XCL  526220
XCL  526278
XCL  526287
XCL  526346
EDF  6
ICL  C08F  202
ICL  C08F 1208
FSC  526
FSS  75;287;277;278;346;193;204;220;222
UREF
PNO  2914499
ISD  19591100
NAM  Sheetz
UREF
PNO  3396136
ISD  19680800
NAM  Dickerson
OCL  526287
UREF
PNO  3513120
ISD  19700500
NAM  Pohlemann
OCL  526287
UREF
PNO  3711449
ISD  19730100
NAM  Brendley
OCL  526287
UREF
PNO  4241191
ISD  19801200
NAM  Keppler
OCL  521 56
UREF
PNO  4585825
ISD  19860400
NAM  Wesselmann
OCL  524511
UREF
PNO  5109033
ISD  19920400
NAM  Grey
OCL  526278
UREF
PNO  5115055
ISD  19920500
NAM  Dais et al.
OCL  526225
UREF
PNO  5145924
ISD  19920900
NAM  Shero et al.
OCL  526225
UREF
PNO  5274027
ISD  19931200
NAM  Guillaume et al.
OCL  524814
UREF
PNO  5439999
ISD  19950800
NAM  Archer et al.
OCL  526278
FREF
PNO  A-0 391 675
ISD  19900400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  A-0 617 062
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  142268
ISD  19840800
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Plastics Manuf., 118: 821423r, vol. 118, pp. 51-52 (1993).
PAL  Chem. Abstract, 118, 82143r (1993).
PAL  Buzanowski, et al., Spontaneous Polymerization of Styrene in the Presence
      of Acid: Further Confirmation of the Mayo Mechanism, Polymer, vol. 33, No.
      14, pp. 3055-3059 (1992).
PAL  Georges, et al., Narrow Polydispersity Polystyrene by a Free Radical
      Polymerization Polystyrene Process--Rate Enhancement, Macromolecules, 27,
      pp. 7228-7229 (1994).
ABST
PAL  The present invention is a free radical bulk polymerization process for the
      preparation of high molecular weight polymers from vinyl aromatic
      monomers, characterized in that the polymerization is conducted in the
      presence of a vinyl acid containing either a sulfur or phosphorus atom
      within the acid functional group.
PATN
WKU  059902566
SRC  9
APN  0374202
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980310
TTL  Long chain branched syndiotactic vinyl aromatic polymers
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Zitomer; Fred
INVT
NAM  Newman; Thomas H.
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Huang; Yi-Bin
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Chahl; Mark S.
CTY  Masslau
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  The Dow Chemical Company
CTY  Midland
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  526340
XCL  526335
XCL  526336
XCL  526339
XCL  526346
XCL  526347
XCL  5263471
EDF  6
ICL  C08F21234
ICL  C08F23604
ICL  C08F23622
FSC  526
FSS  336;329.2;340;347;346
UREF
PNO  5202402
ISD  19930400
NAM  Funaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5484866
ISD  19960100
NAM  Loveless
OCL  526340
FREF
PNO  WO9808881
ISD  19980300
CNT  WOX
ABST
PAL  Long chain branched syndiotactic vinyl aromatic polymers can be obtained by
      polymerizing the vinyl aromatic monomer in the presence of a small amount
      of a multifunctional monomer under conditions such that a syndiotactic
      vinyl aromatic polymer is produced.
PATN
WKU  059902574
SRC  9
APN  009868&
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980122
TTL  Process for producing prepolymers which cure to improved sealants, and
      products formed thereby
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Sergent; Rabon
INVT
NAM  Johnston; Robert R.
CTY  Versoix
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Lehmann; Patrice
CTY  Vetraz-Monthoux
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Witco Corporation
CTY  Greenwich
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  528 28
XCL  528 29
XCL  528 59
XCL  528 69
XCL  556414
XCL  556420
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 1871
ICL  C08G 1810
ICL  C08G 7718
ICL  C08G 7726
FSC  528
FSS  28;29;59;69
FSC  556
FSS  414;420
UREF
PNO  3033815
ISD  19620500
NAM  Pike et al.
OCL  528 38
UREF
PNO  3627722
ISD  19711200
NAM  Seiter
OCL  524869
UREF
PNO  3632557
ISD  19720100
NAM  Brode et al.
OCL  528 28
UREF
PNO  3979344
ISD  19760900
NAM  Bryant et al.
OCL  528 22
UREF
PNO  4067844
ISD  19780100
NAM  Barron et al.
OCL  525453
UREF
PNO  4209455
ISD  19800600
NAM  Pepe
OCL  556419
UREF
PNO  4222925
ISD  19800900
NAM  Bryant et al.
OCL  524589
UREF
PNO  4345053
ISD  19820800
NAM  Rizk et al.
OCL  525440
UREF
PNO  4374237
ISD  19830200
NAM  Berger et al.
OCL  528 28
UREF
PNO  4625012
ISD  19861100
NAM  Rizk et al.
OCL  528 28
UREF
PNO  4645816
ISD  19870200
NAM  Pohl et al.
OCL  528 28
UREF
PNO  5126170
ISD  19920600
NAM  Zweiner et al.
OCL  528 68
UREF
PNO  5364955
ISD  19941100
NAM  Zweiner et al.
OCL  556418
UREF
PNO  5623044
ISD  19970400
NAM  Chiao
OCL  528 28
UREF
PNO  5670601
ISD  19970900
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  528 76
FREF
PNO  650872
ISD  19911000
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  676403
ISD  19951000
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Welch, II; Edward K.
FR2  Reiskind; Andrew S.
FR2  Witkowski; Timothy X.
ABST
PAL  Silylated polyurethanes exhibiting a superior combination of mechanical
      properties and which cure in reasonable time to a low-tack sealant,
      without excessive viscosity, are prepared by reacting a polyol component
      having terminal unsaturation of less than 0.2 meq/g with a diisocyanate
      component to form a hydroxyl-terminated prepolymer, and endcapping the
      prepolymer with an isocyanate silane of the formula OCN--R--Si--(X).sub.m
      (--OR.sup.1).sub.3-m wherein m is 0, 1 or 2, each R.sup.1 is alkyl
      containing 1 to 4 carbon atoms, each X is alkyl containing 1 to 4 carbon
      atoms, and R is a difunctional organic group.
PATN
WKU  059902582
SRC  8
APN  9667644
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971110
TTL  High resilience, high clarity polyurethane elastomer
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Gorr; Rachel
INVT
NAM  Peter; Thomas H.
CTY  Southbury
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Uniroyal Chemical Company, Inc.
CTY  Middlebury
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  528 65
XCL  528 76
XCL  528 85
XCL  301  53
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 1848
FSC  528
FSS  85;76;65
FSC  301
FSS  5.3
UREF
PNO  4294951
ISD  19811000
NAM  Sugita et al.
OCL  528 55
UREF
PNO  4555562
ISD  19851100
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  528 72
UREF
PNO  5264620
ISD  19931100
NAM  Narayan
OCL  560351
UREF
PNO  5312844
ISD  19940500
NAM  Gonsior et al.
OCL  521 99
UREF
PNO  5599874
ISD  19970200
NAM  Singer et al.
OCL  524590
FREF
PNO  4332719
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Encyclopedia of Polymer Science & Engineering; vol. 13; 1988, page 263.
LREP
FR2  Thompson; Raymond D.
FR2  Dilworth; Peter G.
ABST
PAL  A polyurethane elastomer possessing high resilience and high clarity is
      obtained by subjecting to polyurethane elastomer-forming conditions a
      polyurethane elastomer-forming reaction mixture comprising:
PA1  a) an isocyanate selected from the group consisting of diphenyl methane
      diisocyanate, isocyanate obtained from the reaction of polyol with MDI and
      mixtures thereof;
PA1  b) at least one polyol; and,
PA1  c) at least one diol chain extender of the general formula:
EQU  HO--(CH.sub.2).sub.x --OH
PAL  wherein x is an integer from 5 to about 16.
PATN
WKU  059902590
SRC  9
APN  1630792
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980929
TTL  Polyketone polymer composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Truong; Duc
INVT
NAM  Smaardijk; Abraham Adriaan
CTY  Amsterdam
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  De Wit; Hendrik
CTY  Amsterdam
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Shell Oil Company
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  528126
XCL  528266
XCL  528220
XCL  524151
XCL  524194
XCL  524222
XCL  524291
XCL  524356
EDF  6
ICL  C08G  802
ICL  C08G 1400
FSC  528
FSS  220;126;206
FSC  524
FSS  151;194;222;291;356
UREF
PNO  3330859
ISD  19670700
NAM  Dexter et al.
UREF
PNO  5082885
ISD  19920100
NAM  Kluttz et al.
OCL  524347
UREF
PNO  5286786
ISD  19940200
NAM  Hoenig et al.
FREF
PNO  326223
ISD  19990800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2311528
ISD  19970100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Search Report dated May 18, 1999.
LREP
FR2  Volyn; Todd F.
ABST
PAL  Polymer composition made by combining a polyketone polymer and a
      monophenolic compound of the general formula:
      ##STR1##
      R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, independently, are hydrogen or alkyl groups with 1-6
      carbon atoms,
PA1  Y is an organic group from 3 up to 15 carbon atoms.
PATN
WKU  059902604
SRC  9
APN  0915661
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980908
TTL  Branched alkenyl functional polyester
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Mosley; Terressa
INVT
NAM  Pettersson; Bo
CTY  Helsingborg
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Perstorp AB
CTY  Perstorp
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19951222
APN  9504652
CLAS
OCL  528190
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 6300
FSC  528
FSS  190
UREF
PNO  3669939
ISD  19720600
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  528176
FREF
PNO  WO 93/17060
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/12754
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Third Edition, vol. 1, pp.
      386-413 ("acrylic ester polymers"), John Wiley & Sons (1978).
PAL  Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Third Edition, vol. 2, pp.
      97-106 ("allyl compounds"), John Wiley & Sons (1978).
LREP
FRM  Scully, Scott, Murphy & Presser
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/01718
PD1  19980908
PD2  19980908
PD3  19961219
PCP  WO97/23539
PCD  19970703
ABST
PAR  A branched alkenyl functional polyester of a prepolymer having at least one
      carboxyl and at least three hydroxyl groups, which is made allylfunctional
      by reaction between at least one of said hydroxyl groups in the prepolymer
      and at least one monomeric or polymeric compound having at least one
      allylic unsaturation. The prepolymer is a condensation product obtained by
      condensing at least one monomer selected from the group consisting of di,
      tri or polyhydroxyfunctional monocarboxylic acids having 2-18 carbon atoms
      optionally followed by further chain extension by addition of at least one
      monohydroxyfunctional monocarboxylic acid or corresponding lactone having
      2-24 carbon atoms.
PATN
WKU  059902612
SRC  8
APN  9173870
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970826
TTL  Organic optical component
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Merriam; Andrew E. C.
INVT
NAM  Yamashita; Wataru
CTY  Fukuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshimura; Tomomi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shibuya; Atsushi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakata; Yoshihiro
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Oikawa; Hideaki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takuma; Keisuke
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohta; Masahiro
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960829
APN  8-228551
CLAS
OCL  528191
XCL  523106
XCL  528183
XCL  528210
XCL  528347
XCL  528353
XCL  524606
XCL  525534
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 6300
ICL  C08G 6926
FSC  523
FSS  106
FSC  524
FSS  606
FSC  525
FSS  534
FSC  528
FSS  183;191;210;347;353
UREF
PNO  4950731
ISD  19900800
NAM  Faler et al.
OCL  528201
UREF
PNO  5317082
ISD  19940500
NAM  Beuhler et al.
OCL  528353
UREF
PNO  5320650
ISD  19940600
NAM  Simmons
OCL  210500.38
UREF
PNO  5354839
ISD  19941000
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  528183
FREF
PNO  0695955
ISD  19960200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0720030
ISD  19960700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  310919
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "Photosensitive Polyimides--Fundamentals and Applications," pp. 298-301
      (1955).
PAL  "The Preparation of Aromatic Amines with Sodium Amide in Liquid Ammonia,"
      J. Am. Chem. Soc., 74, pp. 3011-3013 (1952).
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis LLP
ABST
PAL  A low birefringent organic optical component prepared from a resin
      consisting essentially of one or more repetitive structural units selected
      from the group consisting of structures represented by general formula
      (1);
      ##STR1##
      wherein A is either of the groups below.
      ##STR2##
      The organic optical component can exhibit excellent transparency, heat
      resistance and mechanical strength as well as a low birefringence. Also
      provided is a novel aromatic polyamide with a low permitivity and
      excellent transparency, processability and thermal stability, besides
      excellent heat resistance inherent in an aromatic polyamide.
PATN
WKU  059902620
SRC  8
APN  8751943
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19970915
TTL  Process for producing polycarbonates
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Mosley; Terressa
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Shishikura; Akihiro
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Masahiro
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Seiji
CTY  Sodegaura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kunishi; Noriyuki
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Motegi; Hiroaki
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Idemitsu Petrochemical Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950203
APN  7-017230
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950203
APN  7-017283
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951010
APN  7-257437
CLAS
OCL  528196
XCL  528198
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 6400
FSC  528
FSS  196;198
FREF
PNO  59-047228
ISD  19840300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-163131
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-223330
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-310905
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/00220
PD1  19970915
PD2  19970915
PD3  19960202
PCP  WO96/23831
PCD  19960808
ABST
PAR  According to this invention, the prior art problem that relatively many
      steps and a long time are required for obtaining a high quality
      polycarbonate of a high molecular weight by a solid phase polymerization
      method has been solved by subjecting a polycarbonate oligomer to swollen
      solid phase polymerization under an atmosphere containing a swelling
      solvent gas or subjecting a polycarbonate oligomer to poor solvent solid
      phase polymerization under a stream of a poor solvent gas.
PATN
WKU  059902639
SRC  8
APN  6102573
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19960304
TTL  Contrast agents
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Warzel; Mark L.
INVT
NAM  Dugstad; Harald
CTY  Oslo
CNT  NOX
INVT
NAM  Rongved; P.ang.l
CTY  Nesoddtangen
CNT  NOX
INVT
NAM  Skurtveit; Roald
CTY  Oslo
CNT  NOX
ASSG
NAM  Nycomed Imaging ASA
CNT  NOX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19940906
APN  9417941
RLAP
COD  72
APN  PCTGB9401923
APD  19940905
RLAP
COD  90
APN  PCTGB9502109
APD  19950906
CLAS
OCL  528271
XCL  528272
XCL  528302
XCL  528307
XCL  528308
XCL  424  93
XCL  424  95
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 6700
FSC  528
FSS  271;272;302;307;308
FSC  424
FSS  9.3;9.5
UREF
PNO  5674468
ISD  19971000
NAM  Klaveness et al.
OCL  424  9.3
FREF
PNO  0 441 468
ISD  19910800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 458 745
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 535 534
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  92/04392
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  92/11873
ISD  19920700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  92/17213
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  92/17212
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  93/18070
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  93/17718
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  93/25242
ISD  19931200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas PLLC.
ABST
PAL  Novel extended polymer surfactants comprising a methoxy-terminated
      polyethylene glycol hydrophilic block acylated with a hydrophobic moiety
      comprising a chain of at least two fatty acid units, e.g. an acyloxyacyl
      group such as 16-hexadecanoyloxyhexadecanoyl, are useful in the
      preparation of polymer-based gas-containing contrast agents by emulsion
      techniques.
PATN
WKU  059902647
SRC  8
APN  6901190
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19960731
TTL  Copolymerization of tetrahydrofurans and cyclic anhydrides
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Wilson; Donald R.
INVT
NAM  Drysdale; Neville Everton
CTY  Newark
STA  DE
ASSG
NAM  E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  505293
APD  19950822
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  89
APN  PCTUS9310140
APD  19931029
RLAP
COD  90
APN  021369
APD  19930223
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  528271
XCL  528365
XCL  560200
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 6342
ICL  C07C 6724
FSC  528
FSS  365;271
FSC  560
FSS  200
UREF
PNO  3464958
ISD  19690900
NAM  Matsuura et al.
OCL  260 78.4
UREF
PNO  3842019
ISD  19741000
NAM  Kropp
OCL  528410
UREF
PNO  3864287
ISD  19750200
NAM  Matsuda et al.
OCL  528409
UREF
PNO  5084586
ISD  19920100
NAM  Farooq
OCL  556181
UREF
PNO  5130470
ISD  19920700
NAM  Dorai et al.
OCL  560200
UREF
PNO  5430122
ISD  19950700
NAM  Drysdale
OCL  528 55
UREF
PNO  5475069
ISD  19951200
NAM  Drysdale
OCL  526192
UREF
PNO  5478920
ISD  19951200
NAM  Drysdale
OCL  528410
UREF
PNO  5541346
ISD  19960700
NAM  Drysdale et al.
OCL  549509
FREF
PNO  WO 88/02661
ISD  19880400
CNT  WOX
ICL  B01J 3126
OREF
PAL  Habermeier, J. et al, J. Poly. Science: Part C, 16, 2131-2141 (1967).
PAL  Borowsky, S. et al, Organometallics, 10, 1268-1274 (1991).
PAL  Hilt, V.A.et al, Makromol. Chem., 101, 246-270 (1967).
PAL  Oechsner, W. et al, Makromol. Chem., 150, 1-23 (1971).
PAL  Dreyfuss, P. et al, Polymer Letters Ed., 14(3), 139-142 (1976).
PAL  Matsukura, K. et al, Chemical Abstracts, 78(16), p. 32 (1973).
ABST
PAL  Poly(ester-ethers) are produced by the copolymerization of tetrahydrofurans
      and cyclic carboxylic anhydrides using selected metal
      perfluoroalkylsulfonates and related compounds as catalysts. The resulting
      copolymers are useful as intermediates for monomers for use in other
      polymerizations.
PATN
WKU  059902655
SRC  9
APN  1025112
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19980622
TTL  Production of poly(trimethylene terephthalate)
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Acquah; Sam A.
NDR  12
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Blanchard; Elwood Neal
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
INVT
NAM  Gochanour; Craig Robert
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
INVT
NAM  Leffew; Kenneth Wayne
CTY  Kennett Square
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Stouffer; Jan M.
CTY  Washington
STA  WV
ASSG
NAM  E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  528272
XCL  528298
XCL  528300
XCL  528301
XCL  528302
XCL  528307
XCL  528308
XCL  5283086
XCL  525437
XCL  525444
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 6302
FSC  528
FSS  272;298;300;301;302;307;308;308.6
FSC  525
FSS  437;444
UREF
PNO  4165420
ISD  19790800
NAM  Rinehart et al.
OCL  526 63
UREF
PNO  5540868
ISD  19960700
NAM  Stouffer et al.
OCL  264 13
UREF
PNO  5633018
ISD  19970500
NAM  Stouffer et al.
OCL  425  8
UREF
PNO  5763104
ISD  19980600
NAM  Stouffer et al.
OCL  528503
ABST
PAL  Disclosed herein is a novel physical form of low molecular weight
      poly(trimethylene terephthalate). This form may be produced from molten
      low molecular weight poly(trimethylene terephthalate) material by means of
      rapid heat transfer from the material. The poly(trimethylene
      terephthalate) composition is suitable for use as a starting material for
      solid-state polymerization in order to produce polymers of higher
      molecular weight.
PATN
WKU  059902663
SRC  9
APN  2043386
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19981202
TTL  Degradable polyesters, a mixed culture of microorganisms for degrading
      these polyesters, and methods for making these substances
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Acquah; Samuel A.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Tadros; Raef M.
CTY  Lincoln
STA  NE
INVT
NAM  Timm; Delmar C.
CTY  Lincoln
STA  NE
ASSG
NAM  University of Nebraska
CTY  Lincoln
STA  NE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  528288
XCL  528272
XCL  528279
XCL  528281
XCL  528283
XCL  528298
XCL  528361
XCL  4242341
XCL  521 48
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 6344
FSC  528
FSS  272;279;281;283;288;298;361
FSC  424
FSS  234.1
FSC  521
FSS  48
UREF
PNO  4446257
ISD  19840500
NAM  Kooifmans et al.
OCL  523403
UREF
PNO  4536525
ISD  19850800
NAM  Freese et al.
OCL  523414
UREF
PNO  5521011
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ishidoya et al.
OCL  428413
UREF
PNO  5606009
ISD  19970200
NAM  Sakashita et al.
OCL  528204
UREF
PNO  5614585
ISD  19970300
NAM  Matsukawa et al.
OCL  524608
UREF
PNO  5686540
ISD  19971100
NAM  Kakizawa
OCL  525444
UREF
PNO  5756650
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kawamonzen et al.
OCL  528353
UREF
PNO  5844066
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kakizawa
OCL  528354
OREF
PAL  Annau, E. et al., "Uber die Bedeutung der Furmarsaure fur die tierische
      Gewebsatmung,"Hoppe-Seyler's Zeitschrift f. physiol. Chemie., vol. 236,
      pp. 1-31, 1935. We believe this reference relates to microorganisms.
PAL  Annau, E. et al., "Uber die bedeutung der Furmarsaure Fur die tierische
      Gewebsatmung,"Hoppe-Seyler's Zeitschrift f. physiol. Chemie., vol. 244,
      pp. 105-116, 1936. We believe this reference relates to microorganisms.
PAL  Bergmann et al.,"Uber ein all-gemeines Verfahren der Peptid-Synthese," Ber.
      Deut. Chem. Ges., vol. 65, pp. 1992-1201, 1932. We believe this reference
      relates to microorganisms.
PAL  Lynen, von Feodor, "Zum Biologischen Abbau der Essigsaure," Annalen der
      Chemie, vol. 552, pp. 270-306, 1957. We believe this reference relates to
      microorganisms.
PAL  Lynen, von Feodor, "Zum Biologischen Abbau der Essigsaure, " Annalen der
      Chemie, vol. 554, pp. 40-68, 1957. We believe this reference relates to
      micororganisms.
PAL  Albertsson et al., "Biodegradation and Test Methods for Environmental and
      Biomedical Applications of Polymers, " CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, pp.
      263-293, 1990.
PAL  Albertsson, Ann-Christine, "Biodegradation of Synthetic Polymers. II. A
      Limited Microbial Conversion of .sup.14 C in Polyethylene to .sup.14
      CO.sub.2 by some Soil Fungi," Journal of Applied Polymer Science, vol.22
      pp. 3419-3433, 1978.
PAL  Albertsson et al., "Biodegradation of Synthetic Polymers. III. The
      Liberation of .sup.14 CO.sub.2 by Molds like Fusarium redolens from
      .sup.14 C Labeled Pulverized High-Density Polyethylene, " Journal of
      Applied Polymer Science, vol. 22, 3435-3447, 1978.
PAL  Anderson et al., "The Potential for Poly-cx-Amino Acids as Biomaterials, "
      Journal of Biomedical Material Resource Symposium, No. 5, Part I, pp.
      197-207, 1974.
PAL  Benedict et al., "Fungal Degradation of Polycaprolactones," Journal of
      Applied Polymer Science, vol. 28, pp. 327-334, 1983.
PAL  Benedict et al., "Polycaprolactone Degradation by Mixed and Pure Cultures
      of Bacteria and a Yeast," Journal of Applied Polymer Science, vol. 28,
      335-342, 1983.
PAL  Cook et al., "Scanning Electron Microscopic Visualization of Biodegradation
      of Polycaprolactones by Fungi, " Journal of Polymer Science: Polymer
      Letters edition, vol. 19, pp. 159-165, 1981.
PAL  DeMoss et al., "Quantitative Aspects of the Tricarboxylic Acid Cycle in
      Baker's Yeast, " Journal of Bacteriology, vol. 74, pp. 445-451, 1957.
PAL  Dennenberg et al., "A New Biodegradable Plastics Made from Starch Graft
      Poly(methyl Acrylate) Copolymer, " Journal of Applied Polymer Science,
      vol. 22, pp. 459-465, 1978.
PAL  De Simone et al., "Synthesis, Characterization, and Degradation of Block
      Polyesteramides Containing Poly(L-Lactide) Segments, " Journal of Applied
      Polymer Science,vol. 46, pp. 1813-1820, 1992.
PAL  Fields et al., "Microbial Degradation of Polyesters: Polycaprolactone
      Degraded by P. pullulans, " Journal of Applied Polymer Science, vol.18,
      pp. 3571-3579, 1974.
PAL  Flory, Paul J., "A Comparison of Esterification and Ester Interchange
      Kinetics, " Journal of the American Chemical Society, vol. 62, pp.
      2261-2264, 1940.
PAL  Flory, Paul J., "Kinetics of the Degradation of Polyesters by Alcohols, "
      Journal of the American Chemical Society, vol. 62, pp. 2255-2261, 1940.
PAL  Flory, Paul J., "Kinetics of Polyestification: A Study of the Effects of
      Molecular Weight and Viscosity on reaction Rate, " Journal of the American
      Chemical Society, vol. 61, pp. 3334-3340, 1939.
PAL  Freedman et al., "Photodegradable Vinyl Plastics. I. Effect of N-Halogen
      Additives, " Journal of Applied Polymer Science, vol. 20, pp. 463-274,
      1976.
PAL  Gibson, David T., "Microbial Degradation of Aromatic Compounds," Science,
      vol.161, pp. 1093-1097, 1968.
PAL  Graham, Neil B., "Polymeric Inserts and Implants for the Controlled Release
      of Drugs," The British Polymer Journal, vol. 10, pp. 260-266, 1978.
PAL  Guillet, J.E., "Photochemistry in Macromolecular Systems, "
      Naturwissenschaften, vol. 59, pp. 503-509, 1972.
PAL  Harper et al., "Mechanism of the Benzophenone-Sensitized Photodegradation
      of Polypropylene," Journal of Applied Polymer Science, vol. 17, pp.
      3503-3508, 1973.
PAL  Harper et al., "Sensitised Photodegradation of Polypropylene," Journal of
      Chemistry and Industry (London), pp. 848-849, 1972.
PAL  Haysashi et al., "Preparation and Properties of A-B-A Tri-Block Copolymer
      Membranes Consisting of n-Hydroxyalkyl L-glutamine as the A Component and
      L-Alanine as the B Component," Polymer Journal, vol.17, No. 12, pp.
      1273-1280, 1985.
PAL  Heller, J., "Controlled Release of Biologically Active Compounds from
      Biorodible Polymers, " Biomaterials, vol. 1, pp. 51-57, 1980.
PAL  Huang et al., "Biodegradable Polymers: Photolysis and Fungal Degradation of
      Poly(arylene Keto Esters), " Journal of Applied Polymer Science, vol. 25,
      pp. 1951-1960, 1980.
PAL  Itoh et al."Hydrolysis of Polyesters by Lipases, " Nature, vol. 270, pp.
      76-80, 1977.
PAL  Jarrett et al., "Mechanism of the Biodegradation of Polycaprolactone, "
      Plenum press, New York, N. Y., pp. 181-192, 1984.
PAL  Klausmeier, R. E., "The Effect of Extraneous Nutrients on the
      Biodeterioration of Plastics," Society of Chemical Industry, S.C.I.
      Monograph No. 23, pp. 232-243,1966.
PAL  Kluyver et al., "Microbial Metabolism and Its Industrial Implications, "
      Chemistry and Industry, pp. 136-145, 1952.
PAL  Li-Xia et al., "Synthesis and Microbial Degradation of Poly(2-methyl
      phenylene oxide), " Journal of Applied Polymer Science, vol. 48, pp.
      1081-1087, 1993.
PAL  Ozilgen, Mustafa, "Kinetics of Amino Acid Production by Over-Producer
      Mutant Microorganisms, " Enzyme Microbial Technology, vol. 10, pp.
      110-114, 1988.
PAL  Paetau et al., "Biodegradable Plastic Made from Soybean Products. 1. Effect
      of Preparation and Processing on mechanical Properties and Water
      Absorption, " Indian Engineering Chemical Research, vol. 33, pp.
      1821-1827, 1994.
PAL  Peppler, Henry J., "Microbial Technology, " Reinhold Publishing
      Corporation, pp. 435-437, 1967.
PAL  Potts et al., "The Biodegradability of Synthetic Polymers, " Synoposium on
      Polymers and Ecological Problems, Plenum Press, New York, pp.61-80, 1973.
PAL  Pramanick et al., "Studies on Some Radical Transfer Reactions by Entrapping
      the Radicals as Polymer Endgroups," Acta Polymerica, vol. 39, pp. 357-361,
      1988.
PAL  Reed et al., "Biodegradable Polymers for Use in Surgery
      -Poly(glycolic)/Poly(lactic acid) Homo and Copolymers: 2. In Vitro
      Degradation , " Polymer,vol. 22, pp. 494-498, 1981.
PAL  Schindler et al., "Biodegradable Elastomeric Polyesters, " Polymeric
      Reprints, pp. vol. 23 , 111-112, 1982.
PAL  Stare et al., "The Effect of Fumarate on Respiration, " Proc. Roy. Soc.,
      pp. 338-357, 1936.
PAL  Tokiwa et al., "Hydrolysis of Polyesters by Rhisopus delemar Lipase,"
      Agricultural and Biological Chemistry, vol. 42, pp. 1071-1072, 1978.
PAL  Tokiwa et al., "Purification and Some Properties of Polyethylene
      Adipate-degrading Enzyme Produced by Penicillium sp. Strain 14-3.sup.+,"
      Agricultural and Biological Chemistry, vol. 41, pp. 265-274, 1977.
PAL  Tokiwa et al., "Synthesis of Copolyamide-Esters and Some Aspects Involved
      in Their Hydrolysis by Lipase, " Journal of Applied Polymer Science, vol.
      24, 1701-1711, 1979.
PAL  Wang et al., "Fermentation and Enxyme Technology," John Wiley & Sons, pp.
      57-97, 1979.
PAL  Ward, Owen P., "Fermentation Biotechnology, " Open University Press,1989.
PAL  Whitesides et al., "Enzymes as Catalysts in Synthetic Organic Chemistry, "
      Angewandte Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., vol. 24, pp. 617-718, 1985.
LREP
FRM  Shook, Hardy & Bacon
ABST
PAL  Degradable polyesters useful in packaging, packing, agricultural,
      biomedical, and other applications are made by reacting amine-protected
      glutamic acid with diols or epoxy compounds. The polyesters include a
      thermoplastic main chain aliphatic polyester, a thermoset heterochain
      polyester and a thermoset heterochain aromatic polyester. Each of these
      polyesters can be hydrolyzed into monomers using a biological catalyst
      such as the enzyme lipase. The thermoplastic main chain aliphatic
      polyester and the thermoset heterochain polyester can be degraded to
      respiratory gases and biomass with a mixed culture of Rhizopus, chinesis,
      Rhizopus delemar, Penecillium pinophilum, Aspergillus niger and
      Pseudomonas aeruginosa microorganisms. This mixed culture of
      microorganisms can also be used to degrade other polyesters containing
      hydrolyzable backbone polyesters.
PATN
WKU  059902671
SRC  8
APN  9456309
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971030
TTL  Optical fibre and optical fibre tape, and method for making same
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Truong; Duc
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  McNutt; Christopher
CTY  Saint Germain en Laye
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Alcatel Cable
CTY  Clichy
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950503
APN  95 05269
CLAS
OCL  528322
XCL  525902
XCL  525928
XCL  525929
XCL  4284235
XCL  385123
XCL  385128
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 7310
FSC  528
FSS  322
FSC  428
FSS  423.5
FSC  525
FSS  902;928;929
FSC  385
FSS  123;128
UREF
PNO  3435003
ISD  19690300
NAM  Craven et al.
UREF
PNO  3872057
ISD  19750300
NAM  Pazos
FREF
PNO  WO9416127
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9500576
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 11, No. 267 (C-443), Aug. 28, 1987
      corresponding to JP-A-62 068809 (NTTC) Mar. 28, 1987.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR96/00656
PD1  19971030
PD2  19971030
PD3  19960430
PCP  WO96/35135
PCD  19961107
ABST
PAR  The present invention relates to an optical fiber (1) comprising an optical
      core (2) for guiding the majority of the lightwaves transmitted by the
      fiber, and surrounded by optical cladding (3), itself surrounded by a
      protective covering (4) of a plastics material, characterized in that the
      plastics material (4) is a reversibly cross-linked material.
PATN
WKU  059902680
SRC  8
APN  7547463
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19961121
TTL  Sinterable semi-crystalline powder and near-fully dense article formed
      therewith
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Mosley; Terressa
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Dickens, Jr.; Elmer Douglas
CTY  Richfield
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Lee; Biing Lin
CTY  Broadview Heights
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Taylor; Glenn Alfred
CTY  Twinsburg
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Magistro; Angelo Joseph
CTY  Brecksville
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Ng; Hendra
CTY  E. Cleveland
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  DTM Corporation
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  663455
APD  19960613
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  298076
APD  19940830
PSC  01
PNO  5527877
RLAP
COD  82
APN  980004
APD  19921123
PSC  01
PNO  5342919
CLAS
OCL  528323
XCL  156 622
XCL  264122
XCL  264125
XCL  521145
XCL  521919
XCL  523201
XCL  528310
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 6914
FSC  156
FSS  62.2
FSC  264
FSS  122;125;308;325
FSC  528
FSS  323;310
FSC  521
FSS  145;919
FSC  523
FSS  201;205;206;902
UREF
PNO  Re28361
ISD  19750300
NAM  Hahn
OCL  117 16
UREF
PNO  3591409
ISD  19710700
NAM  Aubrey et al.
OCL  117100
UREF
PNO  4247508
ISD  19810100
NAM  Housholder
OCL  264219
UREF
PNO  4863538
ISD  19890900
NAM  Deckard
OCL  156 62.2
UREF
PNO  4938816
ISD  19900700
NAM  Beaman et al.
OCL  156 62.2
UREF
PNO  4944817
ISD  19900700
NAM  Bourell et al.
OCL  156 62.2
UREF
PNO  5017317
ISD  19910500
NAM  Marcus
OCL  264 81
UREF
PNO  5034432
ISD  19910700
NAM  Ueno et al.
OCL  523221
UREF
PNO  5063183
ISD  19911100
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  501 96
UREF
PNO  5076869
ISD  19911200
NAM  Bourell et al.
OCL  156 62.2
UREF
PNO  5132143
ISD  19920700
NAM  Deckard
OCL  264 25
UREF
PNO  5155324
ISD  19921000
NAM  Deckard et al.
OCL  219121.64
UREF
PNO  5182170
ISD  19930100
NAM  Marcus et al.
OCL  428551
UREF
PNO  5185108
ISD  19930200
NAM  Shimandle
OCL  264 25
UREF
PNO  5304329
ISD  19940400
NAM  Dickens, Jr. et al.
OCL  264 25
UREF
PNO  5342919
ISD  19940800
NAM  Dickens, Jr. et al.
OCL  528823
FREF
PNO  89065403
ISD  19870700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8802677
ISD  19880400
CNT  WOX
ICL  B23K 2600
FREF
PNO  9301258
ISD  19930100
CNT  WOX
ICL  C10G 7340
FREF
PNO  9412340
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
ICL  B29C 6700
LREP
FRM  Anderson, Levine & Lintel
ABST
PAL  A laser-sinterable powder product has been prepared having unique
      properties which allow the powder to be sintered in a selective laser
      sintering machine to form a sintered part which is near-fully dense. For
      most purposes, the sintered part is indistinguishable from another part
      having the same dimensions made by isotropically molding the powder. In
      addition to being freely flowable at a temperature near its softening
      temperature, a useful powder is disclosed that has a two-tier distribution
      in which substantially no primary particles have an average diameter
      greater than 180 .mu.m, provided further that the number average ratio of
      particles smaller than 53 .mu.m is greater than 80%, the remaining larger
      particles being in the size range from 53 .mu.m to 180 .mu.m. A powder
      with slow recrystallization rates, as evidenced by non-overlapping
      endothermic and exothermic peaks in their differential scanning
      calorimetry characteristics for scan rates of on the order of 10.degree.
      C. to 20.degree. C. per minute, will also result in sintered parts that
      are near-fully dense, with minimal dimensional distortion.
PATN
WKU  059902698
SRC  8
APN  9756841
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19971121
TTL  Copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone and vinylimidazole
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Hampton-Hightower; P.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Neubecker; Karin
CTY  Frankenthal
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Stien; Stefan
CTY  Saulheim
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Kothrade; Stephan
CTY  Limburgerhof
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  BASF Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950131
APN  7-34208
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951028
APN  7-303723
RLAP
COD  74
APN  590475
APD  19960124
PSC  01
PNO  5725978
CLAS
OCL  528327
XCL  528310
XCL  528322
XCL  525279
XCL  525281
XCL  525412
XCL  525479
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 6900
ICL  C08F22606
ICL  C08F27102
ICL  C08F27900
FSC  528
FSS  327;310;522
FSC  525
FSS  412;279;281;479
UREF
PNO  3917794
ISD  19751100
NAM  Akagi et al.
OCL  427 68
UREF
PNO  4229514
ISD  19801000
NAM  Kurita et al.
OCL  430195
UREF
PNO  4241162
ISD  19801200
NAM  Hatano et al.
OCL  430195
UREF
PNO  4442196
ISD  19840400
NAM  Iwaki et al.
OCL  430195
UREF
PNO  5024920
ISD  19910600
NAM  Morishita et al.
OCL  430325
UREF
PNO  5254431
ISD  19931000
NAM  Etherington et al.
OCL  430171
UREF
PNO  5424368
ISD  19950600
NAM  Miyazaki et al.
OCL  430195
UREF
PNO  5622926
ISD  19970400
NAM  Schade et al.
OCL  510340
FREF
PNO  635 565
ISD  19950100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  28 14 287
ISD  19791000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 35 798 A1
ISD  19921000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 44 386 A1
ISD  19921200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 16 023
ISD  19941100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  48-79970
ISD  19731000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  51 003 645
ISD  19740600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-173007
ISD  19900700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-204750
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-050205
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-011442
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-067433
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-510278
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The improved water-soluble photosensitive resin composition comprises a
      high-polymer compound represented by the general formula (I):
      ##STR1##
      (where X is Na, K or NH.sub.4) and a water-soluble polymer which is either
      polyvinylpyrrolidone or a copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone and vinylimidazole
      or both. The composition is applied to a substrate, exposed through a mask
      pattern and developed to form a photocured pattern and, thereafter, a
      light absorber is applied to the entire surface of the substrate and
      dried, followed by stripping away the photocured pattern and the overlying
      light absorber to form a black matrix pattern. The composition is suitable
      for use as a photoresist in the manufacture of black matrices as on color
      CRTs and capable of efficient formation of photocured patterns with high
      sensitivity by shorter times and lower intensities of exposure. In
      addition, the composition adheres strongly to glass substrates and is
      capable of pattern formation as thin film that is faithful to the mask
      pattern used. A vinylpyrrolidone/vinylimidazole copolymer is also
      disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059902701
SRC  9
APN  1824244
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19981030
TTL  Amorphous, transparent polyamide compositions and articles having
      reduced flammability
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Nutter; Nathan M.
INVT
NAM  Dalla Torre; Hans
CTY  Domat/Ems
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Hewel; Manfred
CTY  Rodels
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Ems- Inventa AG
CTY  Zurich
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19931223
APN  0384/93
RLAP
COD  74
APN  857289
APD  19970516
PSC  01
PNO  5859147
RLAP
COD  82
APN  360319
APD  19941221
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  528335
XCL  528336
XCL  528338
XCL  528339
XCL  528340
XCL  528344
XCL  528347
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 6926
ICL  C08G 6928
FSC  528
FSS  335;336;338;339;340;344;347
UREF
PNO  3789091
ISD  19740100
NAM  Anderson et al.
UREF
PNO  3849368
ISD  19741100
NAM  Anderson et al.
UREF
PNO  3966838
ISD  19760600
NAM  Feldmann et al.
UREF
PNO  4268459
ISD  19810500
NAM  Hoffman
UREF
PNO  4388431
ISD  19830600
NAM  Mauric et al.
UREF
PNO  4458045
ISD  19840700
NAM  Mauric et al.
UREF
PNO  5245005
ISD  19930900
NAM  Schwier et al.
OCL  528336
FREF
PNO  44 06 857
ISD  19950600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  92/13717
ISD  19920800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  International Standard, Plastics--Polyamide (PA) moulding and extrusion
      materials--Part 1: Designation, Reference No. ISO 1874-1:1992 (E).
LREP
FRM  Venable
FR2  Spencer; George H.
FR2  Wells; Ashley J.
ABST
PAL  A polyamide composition which is amorphous and transparent, which has
      reduced flammability, and which has reduced migration of flame-retardant
      additive so that it is film-free, includes at least one polyamide which
      contains cycloaliphatic monomer units and which is amorphous and
      transparent; and a flame-retardant additive which is present in an amount
      effective to reduced flammability of the polyamide composition, which is
      dissolved in the at least one polyamide, and which is at least one alkyl
      phosphonic acid compound having a general formula:
      ##STR1##
      wherein R and R' each represent, independent of each other, an alkyl group
      having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and x=0 or 1. An article molded from this
      composition is transparent, has reduced flammability, and has reduced
      migration of flame-retardant additive so that it is film-free.
PATN
WKU  059902710
SRC  8
APN  6840078
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19960723
TTL  Films and absorbent articles comprising a biodegradable
      polyhydroxyalkanoate comprising 3-hydroxybutyrate and
      3-hydroxyhexanoate comonomer units
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Cole; Elizabeth M.
INVT
NAM  Noda; Isao
CTY  Fairfield
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The Procter & Gamble Company
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  188271
APD  19940128
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  528361
XCL  528354
XCL  528355
XCL  528491
XCL  428913
EDF  6
ICL  C08G 6306
FSC  528
FSS  361;354;355;491
FSC  428
FSS  913
UREF
PNO  4393167
ISD  19830700
NAM  Holmes et al.
OCL  525 64
UREF
PNO  4477654
ISD  19841000
NAM  Holmes et al.
OCL  528361
UREF
PNO  4603070
ISD  19860700
NAM  Steel et al.
OCL  428 88
UREF
PNO  4880592
ISD  19891100
NAM  Martini et al.
OCL  264514
UREF
PNO  5004664
ISD  19910400
NAM  Fuller et al.
OCL  430106.6
UREF
PNO  5023316
ISD  19910600
NAM  Benvenuti et al.
OCL  528357
UREF
PNO  5135859
ISD  19920800
NAM  Witholt
OCL  435135
UREF
PNO  5135966
ISD  19920800
NAM  Chatterjee et al.
OCL  523126
UREF
PNO  5191016
ISD  19930300
NAM  Yalpani
OCL  525 54.2
UREF
PNO  5191037
ISD  19930300
NAM  Doi
OCL  525450
UREF
PNO  5231148
ISD  19930700
NAM  Kleinke et al.
OCL  525450
UREF
PNO  5292860
ISD  19940300
NAM  Shiotani et al.
OCL  528361
UREF
PNO  5350627
ISD  19940900
NAM  Nemphos et al.
OCL  428288
UREF
PNO  5391423
ISD  19950200
NAM  Wnuk et al.
OCL  428217
UREF
PNO  5489470
ISD  19960200
NAM  Noda
UREF
PNO  5498692
ISD  19960300
NAM  Noda
UREF
PNO  5502116
ISD  19960300
NAM  Noda
UREF
PNO  5536564
ISD  19960700
NAM  Noda
UREF
PNO  5602227
ISD  19970200
NAM  Noda
FREF
PNO  0 400 855
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
ICL  C08K  553
FREF
PNO  0 416 624 A2
ISD  19910300
CNT  EPX
ICL  C08G 63682
FREF
PNO  0 533 144 A2
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12P  762
FREF
PNO  0 540 182 A3
ISD  19930500
CNT  EPX
ICL  C08L 6704
FREF
PNO  0 540 182 A2
ISD  19930500
CNT  EPX
ICL  C08L 6704
FREF
PNO  0 560 014 A1
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
ICL  A61L 2500
FREF
PNO  0 606 923 A2
ISD  19940700
CNT  EPX
ICL  C08L 6704
FREF
PNO  290 914 A5
ISD  19910600
CNT  DEX
ICL  C12P  742
FREF
PNO  4040158 A1
ISD  19920600
CNT  DEX
ICL  C09D16704
FREF
PNO  4212801 A1
ISD  19921100
CNT  DEX
ICL  A61K  6087
FREF
PNO  05-159
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
ICL  A61L 3100
FREF
PNO  3-277656
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
ICL  C08L 6704
FREF
PNO  4-89004
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
ICL  A45C 1118
FREF
PNO  05-320323
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
ICL  C08G 6306
FREF
PNO  04136066
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
ICL  C08L 6704
FREF
PNO  04136067
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
ICL  C08L 6704
FREF
PNO  05017590
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
ICL  C08J  500
FREF
PNO  05 034 343
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01N 3352
FREF
PNO  05093317
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
ICL  D01F  814
FREF
PNO  05093318
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
ICL  D01F  814
FREF
PNO  05230351
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
ICL  C08L 6702
FREF
PNO  2243327
ISD  19911000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 243 327
ISD  19911000
CNT  GBX
ICL  B32B 2736
FREF
PNO  91/13207
ISD  19910900
CNT  WOX
ICL  D21H 1962
FREF
PNO  91/18994
ISD  19911200
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12P  762
FREF
PNO  92/09211
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
ICL  A23L  129
FREF
PNO  92/09210
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
ICL  A23L  1221
FREF
PNO  92/18553
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
ICL  C08G 6306
FREF
PNO  92/19747
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1582
FREF
PNO  92/21708 A1
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
ICL  C08G 6306
FREF
PNO  93/02194
ISD  19930200
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1552
FREF
PNO  94/00506
ISD  19940100
CNT  WOX
ICL  C08G 6308
FREF
PNO  94/28070
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
ICL  C08L 6704
OREF
PAL  Abe, H., Y. Doi, T. Fukishima and H. Eya, "Biosynthesis From Gluconate of a
      Random Copolyester Consisting of 3-hydroxybutyrate and Medium-chain-length
      3-hydroxyalkanoates by Pseudomonas sp. 61-3", Int. J. Biol. Macromol.,
      vol. 16, No. 3, (May/Jun. 1994).
PAL  Agostini, D.E., J.B. Lando & J.R. Shelton, "Synthesis and Characterization
      of Poly-.beta.-hydroxybutrate. I. Synthesis of Crystalline
      DL-poly-.beta.-hydroxybutyrate from DL-.beta.butyrolactone", Journal of
      Polymer Science, Part A-1, vol. 9, pp. 2773-2787 (1971).
PAL  Aida, T., Y. Maekawa, S. Asano and S. Inoue, "Immortal"Polymerization.
      Polymerization of Epoxide and .beta.-Lactone with Aluminum Prophyrin in
      the Presence of Protic Compound , Macromolecules, vol. 21, Number 5, pp.
      1195-1202 ( May 1998).
PAL  Amos, D.A. & M.J. McInerney, "Composition of Poly-.beta.-hydroxyalkanoate
      From Syntrophomonas wolfei Grown on Unsaturated Fatty Acid Substrates",
      Arch. Microbiol., vol. 155, pp. 103-106 (1991).
PAL  Anderson, A.J. & E.A. Dawes, Occurence, Metabolism, Metabolic Role, and
      Industrial Uses of Bacterial Polyhydroxyalkanoates, Microbiologial
      Reviews, vol. 54, No. 4, pp. 450-472 (Dec. 1990).
PAL  Anderson, A.J., G.W. Haywood, D.R. Williams & E.A. Dawes, "The Production
      of Polyhydroxyalkanoates From Unrelated Carbon Sources", Novel
      Biodegradable Microbial Polymers, Dawes, E.A. Ed., Kluwer Academic Publ.
      Boston, pp. 119-129, (1990) (NATO ASI Series E. Applied Sciences-vol.
      186).
PAL  Bero, M., J. Kasperczyk & G. Adamus, "Coordination of Polymerization of
      Lactides, 3", Makromol. Chem., vol. 194, pp. 907-912 (1993).
PAL  Billingham, N.C., M.G. Proctor & J.D. Smith, "Polymerization and
      Copolymerization of .beta.-butyrolactone by Aluminum Compounds", Journal
      of Organometallic Chemistry, vol. 341, pp. 83-93 (1988).
PAL  Brandl, H., E.J. Knee, Jr., R.C. Fuller, R.A. Gross & R.W. Lenz, "Ability
      of the Phototrophic Bacterium Rhodospirillum rubrumto Produce Various
      Poly(.beta.-hydroxyalkanoates): Potential Sources for Biodegradable
      Polyesters", Int. J. Biol. Macromol., vol. 11, pp. 49-54 (Feb. 1989).
PAL  "Novel Biodegradable Microbial Polymers", E.A. Dawes, Ed., NATO ASI Series,
      Series E:Applied Sciences, vol. 186.
PAL  Doi, Y. (ed) "Microbial Polyesters", Chapter 1, VCH Publishers, New York,
      pp. 1-9 (1990).
PAL  Doi, Y., "Microbial Synthesis, Physical Properties and Biodegradability of
      Polyhydroxyalkanoate", Advances in Biolpolymer Engineering Conference,
      (Jan. 23-28, 1994).
PAL  Doi, Y., "Microbial Polyesters ", Chapters 3, 4 and 5, VCH Publishers, New
      York, pp. 33-98 (1990).
PAL  Dubois, P., I. Barakat, R. Jerome & P. Teyssie, "Macromolecular Engineering
      of Polylactones and Polylactides. 12. Study of the Depolymerization
      Reactions of Poly(e-caprolactone) with Functional Aluminum Alkoxide End
      Groups", Macromolecules, vol. 26, pp. 4407-4412 (1993).
PAL  Gross, R.A., C. DeMello, R.W. Lenz, H. Brandl & R.C. Fuller, "Biosynthesis
      and Characterization of Poly(.beta.-hydroxyalkanoates Produced By
      Pseudomonas oleovorans", Macromolecules, vol. 22, pp. 1106-1115 (1989).
PAL  Gross, R.A., Y. Zhang, G. Konrad & R.W. Lenz, "Polymerization of
      .beta.-monosubstituted-.beta.-propiolactones Using Trialkylaluminum-water
      Catalytic Systems and Polymer Characterization", Macromolecules, vol. 21,
      pp. 2657-2668 (1988).
PAL  Haywood, G.W., A.J. Anderson & E.A. Dawes, A Survey of the Accumulation of
      Novel Polyhydroxyalkanoates by Bacteria:. Biotechnology Letters, vol. 11,
      No. 7, pp. 471-476 (1989).
PAL  Hocking, P.J. & R.H. Marchessault, "Syndiotactic
      Poly[(R,S)-.beta.-hydroxybutyrate]Isolated from
      Methylaluminoxane-catalyzed Polymerization", Polymer Bulletin, vol. 30,
      pp. 163-170 (1993).
PAL  Holmes, P.A., "Developments in Crystalline Polymers--2", D. C. Bassett,
      Ed., Elsevier Science Publishing Co.
PAL  Hori, Y., M. Suzuki, A. Yamaguchi & T. Nishishita, Ring-opening
      Polymerization of Optically Active .beta.-butyrolactone Using Distannoxane
      Catalysts: Synthesis of High Molecular Weight Poly(3-hydroxybutryrate),
      Macromolecules, vol. 26, pp. 5533-5534 (1993).
PAL  Inoue, s., Y. Tomoi, T. Tsuruta & J. Furukawa, "Organometallic-catalyzed
      Polymerization of Propiolactone", (1961).
PAL  Kaspercayk, J. & M. Bero, "Coordination Polymerization of lactides, 4",
      Makromol Chem., vol. 194, pp. 913-925 (1993).
PAL  Kemnitzer, J.E., S.P. McCarthy & R.A. Gross, "Predominantly Syndiotactic
      Poly(.beta.-hydroxybutyrate) by the Tributyltin Methoxide Catalized
      Ring-Opening Polymerization of Racemic .beta.-butyrolactone",
      Macromolecules, vol. 26, pp. 1221-1229 (1993).
PAL  Kobayashi, G. and T. Shiotani, "Biosynthesis and Characterization of
      Poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-cohydryoxyhexanoate)", SPSJ 41st Annual Meeting
      (May 29, 1992).
PAL  Kumagai, Y. & Y. Doi, "Synthesis of a Block Copolymer of
      Poly(3-hydroxybutyrate) and Poly(Ethylene Glycol) and its Application to
      Biodegradable Polymer Blends",Journal of Environmental Polymer
      Degradation, vol. 1 , No. 2, pp. 81-87 (1993).
PAL  Lauzier, C.A., C.J. Monasterios, I Saracovan, R. H. Marchessault and B.A.
      Ramsay, "Film Formation and Paper Coating with
      Poly(.beta.-hydroxyalkanoate), a Biodegradable Latex", Tappi Journal, vol.
      76, No. 5, pp. 71-77 ( May 1993).
PAL  Le Borgne, A. & N. Spassky, "Stereoelective Polymerization of
      .beta.-butyrolactone", Polymer, vol. 30, pp. 2312-2319 ( Dec. 1989).
PAL  "Living Polymerization and Selective End Functionalization of
      e-Caprolactone Using Zinc Alkoxides as Initiators", Macromolecules, vol.
      24, pp. 6542-6545 (1991).
PAL  Liebergesell, M., E. Hustede, A. Timm, A. Steinbuchel, R. C. Fuller, R.W.
      Lenz & H.G. Schlegel, "Formation of Poly(3-hydroxyalkanoates ) by
      Phototrophic and Chemolithotrophic Bacteria", Arch. Microbiol., vol. 155,
      pp. 415-421 (1991).
PAL  Liebergesell, M., F. Mayer & A. Steinbuchel, "Analysis of
      Polyhydroxyalkanoic Acid-biosynthesis Genes of Anoxygenic Phototrophic
      Bacteria Reveals Synthesis of a Polyester Exhibiting and Unusual
      Composition", Applied Microbiology and Biotechnology, vol. 40, pp. 2-3
      (Nov. 1993).
PAL  Marchessault, R. H., P. Rioux and I. Saracovan, "Direct Electrostatic
      Coating of Paper", Nordic Pulp and Paper Research Journal No. 1, pp.
      211-216 (Apr. 1993).
PAL  Muller, H. and D. Seebach, "Poly(hydroxalkanoates): A Fifth Class of
      Physiologically Important Organic Biopolymers?", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed.
      Engl., vol. 32, pp. 477-502 (1993).
PAL  Poirier, Y., D.E. Dennis, C. Nawrath & C. Somerville, "Progress Toward
      Biologically Produced Biodegradable Thermoplastics", Advanced Materials,
      vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 30-36 (1993).
PAL  Ramsay, B.A., I Saracovan, J.A. Ramsay and R.H. Marchessault, "Continuous
      Production of Long-Side-Chain Poly-.beta.-Hydroxyalkanoates by Pseudomonas
      oleovorans", Applied and Environmental Microbiology, vol. 57, No. 3, pp.
      625-629 (Mar. 1991).
PAL  Shelton, J.R., D.E. Agostini & J.B. Lando, "Synthesis a nd Characterization
      of Poly-.beta.-hydroxybutyrate. II. Synthesis of
      D-poly-.beta.-hydroxybutyrate and the Mechanism of Ring-opening
      Polymerization of .beta.-butyrolactone", Journal of Polymer Science, Part
      A-1, vol. 9, pp. 2789-2799 (1971).
PAL  Shimamura, E., M. Scandola and Y.Doi, "Microbial Synthesis and
      Characterization of Poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3-hydroxypropionate)",
      Macromolecules, vol. 27, No. 16, pp. 4429-4435 (Aug. 1, 1994).
PAL  Shimamura, E., K. Kasuya, G. Kobayashi, T. Shiotani, Y. Shima and Y. Doi,
      Physical Properties and Biodegradability of Microbial
      Poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3-hydroxyhexanoate), Macromolecules, vol. 27,
      #3, pp. 878-880 (Jan. 1994).
PAL  Steinbuchel & H. G. Schlegel, "Physiology and Molecular Genetics of
      Poly.beta.-hydroxyalkanoic acid) Synthesis in Alcaligenes eutrophus",
      Macromolecules, vol. 5, pp. 535-542 (1991).
PAL  Tanahashi, N. & Y. Doi, "Thermal Properties and Stereoregularity of
      Poly(3-hydroxybutyrate) Prepared from Optically Active
      .beta.-butyrolactone With a Zinc-based Catalyst", Macromolecules, vol. 24,
      pp. 5732-5733 (1991).
PAL  Timm, A. & A. Steinbuchel, "Formation of Polyesters Consisting of
      Medium-Chain-Length 3-hydroxyalkanoic Acids from Gulconate by Pseudonomads
      aeruginosa and Other Fluorescent Pseudomonads", Applied and Environmental
      Microbiology, vol. 56, No. 11, pp.3360-3367 (Nov. 1990).
PAL  Timm, A.& A. Steinuchel, "Formation of Poly(3-hydroxyalkanoates) by Wild
      Type Recombinant Strains of Pseudomonas aeruginosaand other Fluorescent
      Pseudomonods", Novel Biodegradable Microbial Polymers Dawes, E.A., Ed.,
      Kluwer, Academic Publ., Boston, pp. 445-447 (1990) NATO ASI Series E,
      Applied Sciences-vol. 186).
PAL  Ulmer, H.W., R.A. Gross, M. Posasa, P. Weisbach, R.C. Fuller & R.W. Lenz,
      "Bacterial Production of Poly9.beta.-hydroxyalkanoates) Containing
      Unsaturated Repeating Units by RHodospirillum rubrum", Macromolecules,
      vol. 27, pp. 1675-1679 (1994).
PAL  Zhang, Y., R.A. Gross & R.W. Lenz "Stereochemistry of the Ring-opening
      Polymerization of (S)-.beta.-butyrolactone", Macromolecules, vol. 23, pp.
      3206-3212 (1990).
LREP
FR2  Hersko; Bart S.
FR2  Corstanje; Brahm J.
FR2  Suter; David L.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a film comprising a biodegradable
      copolymer, wherein the copolymer comprises at least two randomly repeating
      monomer units (RRMU) wherein the first RRMU monomer unit has the structure
      ##STR1##
      and the second RRMU has the structure
      ##STR2##
      wherein at least 50% of the RRMUs have the structure of the first RRMU.
      The present invention further relates to an absorbent article comprising a
      liquid pervious topsheet, a biodegradable liquid impervious backsheet
      comprising the above film, and an absorbent core positioned between the
      topsheet and the backsheet.
PATN
WKU  059902728
SRC  8
APN  861069&
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970521
TTL  Method of treating polyolefin
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1,23
EXP  Teskin; Fred
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Ryoichi
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohtani; Satoru
CTY  Ichihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishikawa; Hiroshi
CTY  Waki-cho
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kojima; Teruhisa
CTY  Waki-cho
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960521
APN  8-126008
CLAS
OCL  528499
XCL  528483
XCL  528491
XCL  528494
XCL  528495
XCL  528496
XCL  528502R
XCL  528502F
XCL  528503
EDF  6
ICL  C08F  602
FSC  528
FSS  483;496;499;494;491;495;490;502 R;502 F;503
UREF
PNO  3931130
ISD  19760100
NAM  Beining
UREF
PNO  4029877
ISD  19770600
NAM  Yoshiura et al.
UREF
PNO  5340786
ISD  19940800
NAM  Tsutsui et al.
UREF
PNO  5387660
ISD  19950200
NAM  Doyle
UREF
PNO  5428127
ISD  19950600
NAM  Asanuma et al.
UREF
PNO  5498809
ISD  19960300
NAM  Emert et al.
OCL  585 13
FREF
PNO  2814572
ISD  19791000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  46-4992
ISD  19710200
CNT  JPX
OCL  528496
OREF
PAL  Abstract of Japan Laid-Open Pat. Publ. No. 9-52918 (Feb. 25, 1997).
LREP
FRM  Sherman and Shalloway
ABST
PAL  A method of treating polyolefin comprises (i) a ligand-decomposition step
      of contacting polyolefin, which is obtained by the use of a transition
      metal compound containing ligands having cyclopentadienyl skeleton, with a
      ligand decomposer, such as water, oxygen, alcohol, alkylene oxide or
      peroxide, to decompose the ligands contained in the polyolefin, and (ii) a
      ligand-removal step of heating the polyolefin contacted with the ligand
      decomposer to remove the decomposed ligands from the polyolefin. According
      to this method, the residual ligands having cyclopentadienyl skeleton,
      which are contained in the polyolefin produced by the use of a transition
      metal compound containing ligands having cyclopentadienyl skeleton, are
      decomposed and removed from the polyolefin, whereby polyolefin diminished
      in odor development in the molding process can be obtained.
PATN
WKU  059902736
SRC  8
APN  9667466
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19971110
TTL  Synthesis of cyclic peptides
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Russel; Jeffrey E.
INVT
NAM  Andersson; Lars Henrik Harald
CTY  Lund
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Skoldback; Jan-Ake
CTY  Malmo
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Ferring B.V.
CTY  Hoofddorp
CNT  SEX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  670182
APD  19960620
PSC  01
PNO  5726287
RLAP
COD  84
APN  423415
APD  19950418
PSC  01
PNO  5596078
RLAP
COD  81
APN  084849
APD  19930629
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  924459
APD  19970713
RLAP
COD  82
APN  797826
APD  19970210
PSC  01
PNO  5763407
RLAP
COD  84
APN  524761
APD  19950907
PSC  01
PNO  5674850
RLAP
COD  81
APN  176411
APD  19931223
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  530315
XCL  530338
XCL  530344
EDF  6
ICL  C07K  102
ICL  C07K  118
ICL  C07K  120
ICL  C07K  716
FSC  530
FSS  315;317;327;328;329;331;336;338;344;345
FSC  514
FSS  11;14;15;16
FSC  930
FSS  150;DIG. 565;DIG. 566;DIG. 567
UREF
PNO  3497491
ISD  19700200
NAM  Zaoral et al.
OCL  930 21
UREF
PNO  3794633
ISD  19740200
NAM  Kamber et al.
OCL  530336
UREF
PNO  3929758
ISD  19751200
NAM  Hughes et al.
OCL  530307
UREF
PNO  4033940
ISD  19770700
NAM  Hughes et al.
OCL  530307
UREF
PNO  4093610
ISD  19780600
NAM  Abraham et al.
OCL  530315
UREF
PNO  4216141
ISD  19800800
NAM  Rivier et al.
OCL  530333
UREF
PNO  4271068
ISD  19810600
NAM  Kamber et al.
OCL  530336
UREF
PNO  4351764
ISD  19820900
NAM  Birr
OCL  530336
UREF
PNO  4487765
ISD  19841200
NAM  de Wied
OCL  514 15
UREF
PNO  4717715
ISD  19880100
NAM  Ali
OCL  514 11
UREF
PNO  5047398
ISD  19910900
NAM  Hagstam et al.
OCL  514 15
UREF
PNO  5066716
ISD  19911100
NAM  Robey et al.
OCL  525 54.1
UREF
PNO  5459236
ISD  19951000
NAM  Aurell et al.
OCL  530315
UREF
PNO  5482931
ISD  19960100
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL  514 15
UREF
PNO  5498598
ISD  19960300
NAM  Harris
OCL  514 11
UREF
PNO  5500413
ISD  19960300
NAM  Larsson et al.
OCL  514 15
UREF
PNO  5596078
ISD  19970100
NAM  Andersson et al.
OCL  530315
UREF
PNO  5674850
ISD  19971000
NAM  Larsson et al.
OCL  514 16
UREF
PNO  5726287
ISD  19980300
NAM  Andersson et al.
OCL  530315
OREF
PAL  Roberts et al. Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry, 2nd ed. Menlo Park:
      W.A. Benjamin, Inc. pp. 612-613, 1977.
LREP
FRM  Hopgood, Calimafde, Kalil & Judlowe
ABST
PAL  A process for preparing and purifying cyclic peptides having disulfide
      moieties in a two step processing operation including reverse phase
      chromatography which simplifies synthesis and reduces production costs,
      yet produces high, quality yield. The improved process is particularly
      useful for the preparation of vasopressin and oxytocin and their
      respective derivatives and analogs.
PATN
WKU  059902744
SRC  8
APN  9780513
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19971125
TTL  Cyclosporine derivatives and uses thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Tsang; Cecilia J.
INVT
NAM  Wang; Chengrong
CTY  Hockessin
STA  DE
ASSG
NAM  Dade Behring Inc.
CTY  Deerfield
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  530317
XCL  514  9
XCL  514 11
XCL  514 15
XCL  530327
XCL  4241931
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3812
ICL  A61K 3800
ICL  C07D 1600
ICL  C07D 1700
FSC  530
FSS  317;321
FSC  514
FSS  9;11
FSC  424
FSS  193.1
UREF
PNO  4117118
ISD  19780900
NAM  Harri et al.
OCL  424117
UREF
PNO  4384996
ISD  19830500
NAM  Bollinger et al.
OCL  260112.5R
UREF
PNO  4396542
ISD  19830800
NAM  Wenger
OCL  260112.5R
UREF
PNO  4639434
ISD  19870100
NAM  Wenger et al.
OCL  514 11
UREF
PNO  4661408
ISD  19870400
NAM  Lau et al.
OCL  428405
UREF
PNO  4727035
ISD  19880200
NAM  Mahoney
OCL  436518
UREF
PNO  4764503
ISD  19880800
NAM  Wenger
OCL  514 11
UREF
PNO  4798823
ISD  19890100
NAM  Witzel
OCL  514 11
UREF
PNO  5089390
ISD  19920200
NAM  Davalian et al.
OCL  435  7.93
UREF
PNO  5151348
ISD  19920900
NAM  Lau et al.
OCL  435  7.92
UREF
PNO  5169773
ISD  19921200
NAM  Rosenthaler et al.
OCL  240 27
UREF
PNO  5239057
ISD  19930800
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  530321
UREF
PNO  5302532
ISD  19940400
NAM  Lau
OCL  436528
UREF
PNO  5350574
ISD  19940900
NAM  Erlanger et al.
OCL  514  9
UREF
PNO  5405785
ISD  19950400
NAM  Erlanger et al.
OCL  436531
FREF
PNO  0 044 441 A1
ISD  19820100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 283 801 A2
ISD  19880900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 375 454 A1
ISD  19900600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 473 961 A2
ISD  19920300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 487289 B1
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 487 289 A2
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 86 02080
ISD  19860400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 86/02080
ISD  19860400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/06763
ISD  19900600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Ball, et al.; Specific .sup.3 H Radioimmunoassay with a Monoclonal Antibody
      for Monitoring Cyclosporine in Blood; Clinical Chemistry; 34 No. 2:
      257-260; 1988.
PAL  Bowers, et al.; Studies of Cyclosporine Blood Levels: Analysis, Clinical
      Utility, Pharmacokinetics, Metabolites, and Chronopharmacology;
      Transplantation Proceedings; XVIII No. 6, Suppl 5:137-143; 1986.
PAL  Cacalano, et al.; Antibodies to cyclosporine A (CsA).sub.-- by a novel
      route and their use to monitor cyclosporine levels by radioimmunoassay; J.
      Immunological Methods; 118:257-263; 1989.
PAL  Christians, et al.; Liquid-Chromatographic Measurement of Cyclosporin A and
      Its Metabolites in Blood, Bile, and Urine; Clinical Chemistry; 34 No.
      1:34-39; 1988.
PAL  Donatsch, et al.; A radioimmunoassay to measure cyclosporin A in plasma and
      serum samples; J. Immunoassay; 2 No. 1:19-32; 1981.
PAL  Hawk's Cay Meeting; Consensus Document: Hawk's Cay Meeting on Therapeutic
      Drug Monitoring of Cyclosporine; Transplantation Proceedings; 22 No.
      3:1357-1361; 1990.
PAL  Mauer, et al.; Disposition of cyclosporine in several animal species and
      man; Drug Metabolism And Disposition; 12 No. 1:120-126; 1984.
PAL  McBride, et al.; Measurement of Cyclosporine in Plasma from Patients with
      Various Transplants: HPLC and Radioimmunoassay with a Specific Monoclonal
      Antibody Compared; Clinical Chemistry; 35 No. 8:1726-1730; 1989.
PAL  Quesniaux, et al.; An enzyme immunoassay for the screening of monoclonal
      antibodies to cyclosporin; Immunology Letters; 9:99-104; 1985.
PAL  Quesniaux, et al.; Fine specificity and cross-reactivity of monoclonal
      antibodies to cyclosporine; Molecular Immunology; 24 No. 11:1159-1168;
      1987.
PAL  Quesniaux, et al.; Potential of Monoclonal Antibodies to Improve
      Therapeutic Monitoring of Cyclosporine; Clinical Chemistry; 33 No.
      1:32-37; 1987.
PAL  Quesniaux, et al.; Monoclonal Antibodies to Ciclosporin; Prog. Allergy;
      38:108-122; 1986.
PAL  Rosano, et al., Cyclosporin Metabolites in Human Blood and Renal Tissue;
      Transplantation Proceedings; XVIII No. 6 Supp. 5:35-40; 1986.
PAL  Ryffel, et al.; Biologic Significance of Cyclosporine Metabolites;
      Transplantation Proceedings;XX No. 2 Suppl 2:575-584; 1988.
PAL  Sandoz Ltd.; Ciclosporin RIA-Kit, Instructions for Use; 2.sup.nd
      Edition:1-21; 1983.
PAL  Sanghvi, et al.; Abbott's Fluorescence Polarization Immunoassay for
      Cyclosporine and Metabolites Compared with the Sandoz "Sandimmune" RIA;
      Clinical Chemistry; 34 No. 9:1904-1906; 1988.
PAL  Traber, et al.; Cyclosporins--New Analogues by Precursor Directed
      Biosynthesis; Journal of Antibiotics; XLII No. 4:591-597; 1988.
PAL  Schran, et al.; Determination of Cyclosporine Concentrations with
      Monoclonal Antibodies; Clinical Chemistry; 33 No. 12:2225-2229; 1987.
PAL  Vernillet, et al.; Determination of Cyclosporine in Plasma: Specific
      Radioimmunoassay with a Monoclonal Antibody and Liquid Chromatography
      Compared; Clinical Chemistry; 35 No. 4:608-611; 1989.
PAL  Wolf, et al.; Measurement of Cyclosporine Concentrations in Whole Blood:
      HPLC and Radioimmunoassay with a Specific Monoclonal Antibody and.sup.3 H-
      or.sup.125 I-Labeled Ligand Compared; Clinical Chemistry; 35 No.
      1:120-124; 1989.
PAL  Erlanger, Bernard F.; The Preparation of Antigenic Hapten-Carrier
      Conjugates: A Survey; Methods in Enzymology;70:85-105; 1980.
PAL  Kabakoff, David S.; Chemical Aspects of Enzyme-Immunoassay; ISBN
      0-8493-5617-2; Chap. 4:71-104; 1987.
PAL  Brinkley, Michael; A Brief Survey of Methods for Preparing Protein
      Conjugates with Dyes, Haptens, and Cross-Linking Reagents; Teaching
      Editorial; Bioconjugate Chem; 3 No. 1:2-13; 1992.
PAL  Yatscoff, et al.; Pharmacodynamic Monitoring of Immunosuppressive Drugs;
      Transplantation Proceedings; 28 No. 6:3013-3015; 1996.
PAL  Papageorgiou, et al., Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, vol. 3, No.
      12, pp. 2559-2564 (1993).
PAL  Rauffer, et al., Molecular Immunology, vol. 31, No. 12, pp. 913-922 (1994).
LREP
FR2  Ruszala; Lois K
FR2  Gattari; Patrick G
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides novel cyclosporine C (CsC) derivatives
      having improved protein conjugatibility and hydrolytic stability. The
      present invention further provides a CsC derivative conjugated to a
      carrier, e.g., a solid support. Preferably, the solid support is a latex
      or magnetic particle.
PATN
WKU  059902752
SRC  8
APN  9267891
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970910
TTL  Linker and linked fusion polypeptides
ISD  19991123
NCL  102
ECL  19,24,33
EXA  Ungar; Susan
EXP  Hutzell; Paula K.
NDR  14
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Whitlow; Marc D.
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Filpula; David R.
CTY  Piscataway
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Enzon, Inc.
CTY  Piscataway
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  224591
APD  19940407
RLAP
COD  82
APN  002845
APD  19930115
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  980529
APD  19921120
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  530324
XCL  530326
XCL  530350
XCL  5303911
XCL  5303915
XCL  530402
XCL  536 231
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3800
ICL  C07K  100
ICL  C07K 1600
ICL  C07H 2102
FSC  530
FSS  387.3;326;324;350;391.1;391.5;402
FSC  536
FSS  23.1
UREF
PNO  4085443
ISD  19780400
NAM  Dubois et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4266253
ISD  19810500
NAM  Matherat
OCL  358903
UREF
PNO  4355023
ISD  19821000
NAM  Ehrlich et al.
OCL  424 85
UREF
PNO  4414629
ISD  19831100
NAM  Waite
OCL  364300
UREF
PNO  4434156
ISD  19840200
NAM  Trowbridge
OCL  424 85
UREF
PNO  4444878
ISD  19840400
NAM  Paulus
OCL  435  7
UREF
PNO  4470925
ISD  19840900
NAM  Auditore-Hargreaves
OCL  260112B
UREF
PNO  4479895
ISD  19841000
NAM  Auditore-Hargreaves
OCL  260112B
UREF
PNO  4642334
ISD  19870200
NAM  Moore et al.
OCL  530388
UREF
PNO  4704692
ISD  19871100
NAM  Ladner
OCL  364496
UREF
PNO  4816397
ISD  19890300
NAM  Boss et al.
OCL  435 68
UREF
PNO  4816567
ISD  19890300
NAM  Cabilly et al.
OCL  530387
UREF
PNO  4853871
ISD  19890800
NAM  Pantoliano et al.
OCL  364496
UREF
PNO  4881175
ISD  19891100
NAM  Ladner
OCL  364496
UREF
PNO  4908773
ISD  19900300
NAM  Pantoliano et al.
OCL  364496
UREF
PNO  4939666
ISD  19900700
NAM  Hardman
OCL  364496
UREF
PNO  4946778
ISD  19900800
NAM  Ladner et al.
OCL  435 69.6
UREF
PNO  5091513
ISD  19920200
NAM  Huston et al.
OCL  530387.3
UREF
PNO  5132405
ISD  19920700
NAM  Huston et al.
OCL  530387.3
UREF
PNO  5160723
ISD  19921100
NAM  Welt et al.
OCL  424  1.1
UREF
PNO  5258498
ISD  19931100
NAM  Huston et al.
OCL  530350
UREF
PNO  5260203
ISD  19931100
NAM  Ladner et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5476786
ISD  19951200
NAM  Huston
OCL  435252.33
UREF
PNO  5534254
ISD  19960700
NAM  Huston et al.
OCL  424135.1
UREF
PNO  5591828
ISD  19970100
NAM  Bosslet et al.
OCL  530387.3
FREF
PNO  0088994
ISD  19830900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0120694
ISD  19841000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0125023
ISD  19841100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0294703
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0365997
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0506124
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 86/01533
ISD  19860300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/01649
ISD  19880300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/07086
ISD  19880900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/07085
ISD  19880900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/09344
ISD  19881200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/06133
ISD  19900600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/19739
ISD  19911200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/15682
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO93/11161
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/15210
ISD  19930800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/04691
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/09817
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/13804
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Batra et al., "Anti-Tac (FV)-PE40, a Single Chain Antibody Pseudomonas
      Fusion Protein Directed at Interleukin 2 Receptor Bearing Cells," J. Biol.
      Chem. 265 (25) :15198-15202 (1990).
PAL  Bedzyk et al., "Immunological and Structural Characterization of a High
      Affinity Anti-fluorescein Single-Chain Antibody," J. Biol Chem. 265
      (30):18615-18620 (1990).
PAL  Bird et al., "Single-Chain Antigen-Binding Proteins," Science 242:423-426
      (1988).
PAL  Breitling et al., "A Surface Expression Vector for Antibody Screening,"
      Gene 104:147-153 (Aug. 1991).
PAL  Chaudhary et al., "A Recombinant Immunotoxin Consisting of Two Antibody
      Variable Domains Fused to Pseudomonas Exotoxin," Nature 339:394-397
      (1989).
PAL  Clements, J., "Construction of a Nontoxic Fusion Peptide for Immunization
      against E. coli Strains That Produce Heat-Labile and Heat-Stable
      Enterotoxins," Infection and Immunity 58(5):1159-1166 (1990).
PAL  Colcher et al., "In Vivo Tumor Targeting of a Recombinant Single-Chain
      Antigen-Binding Protein," J. National Cancer Institute 82(14):1191-1197
      (1990).
PAL  Condra et al., "Bacterial Expression of Antibody Fragments That Block Human
      Rhinovirus Infection of Cultured Cells," J. Biol. Chem. 265(4):2292-2295
      (1990).
PAL  Essig et al., "Crystallization of Single-Chain Fv Proteins," J. Mol. Biol.
      234:897-901 (Dec. 1993).
PAL  Fuchs et al., "Targeting Recombinant Antibodies To The Surface of E. coli:
      Fusion To A Peptidoglycan Associated Lipoprotein," Bio/Technol.
      9:1369-1372 (Dec. 1991).
PAL  Harris and Emery, "Therapeutic Antibodies--The Coming of Age," TiBTech
      11:42-44 (Feb. 1993).
PAL  Hird et al., "Immunotherapy with Monoclonal Antibodies" in: Genes and
      Cancer, eds. Carney et al., John Wiley & Sons Ltd., pp. 183-189 (1990).
PAL  Holvoet et al., "Characterization of a Chimeric Plasminogen Activator
      Consisting of a Single-Chain Fv Fragment Derived from a Fibrin Fragment
      D-Dimer-specific Antibody and a Truncated Single-Chain Urokinase," J.
      Biol. Chem. 266(29):19717-19724 (1991).
PAL  Huston et al., "Medical Applications of Single-Chain Antibodies," Int. Rev.
      Immunol 10(2-3):195-217 (1993).
PAL  Huston et al., "Protein Engineering of Single-Chain Fv Analogs and Fusion
      Proteins," Meth. in Enzymology 203:46-88 (1991).
PAL  Kim et al., "Redesigning a Sweet Protein: Increased Stability and
      Renaturability," Protein Eng. 2(8):571-575 (1989).
PAL  Laroche et al., "Characterization of a Recombinant Single-chain Molecule
      Comprising the Variable Domains of a Monoclonal Antibody Specific for
      Human Fibrin Fragment D-Dimer," J. Biol. Chem. 266(25):16343-16349 (Sep.
      1991).
PAL  Lehninger, A.L., Principles of Biochemistry, Worth Publishers, Inc., NY,
      NY, pp. 150-155 (1982).
PAL  Milenic et al., "Construction, Binding Properties, Metabolism, and Tumor
      Targeting of a Single-Chain Fv Derived from the Pancarcinoma Monoclonal
      Antibody CC49," Cancer Research 51:6363-6371 (Dec. 1991).
PAL  Mottez et al., "A Single-Chain Murine Class I Major Transplantation
      Antigen," Eur. J. Immunol. 21:467-471 (Feb. 1991).
PAL  Novotny et al., "A Soluble, Single-Chain T-cell Receptor Fragment Endowed
      With Antigen-Combining Properties," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
      88:8646-8650 (Oct. 1991).
PAL  Pantoliano et al., "Conformational Stability, Folding, and Ligand-Binding
      Affinity of Single-Chain Fv Immunoglobulin Fragments Expressed in E.
      coli," Biochemistry 30(42):10117-10125 (Oct. 1991).
PAL  Schlom, J., "Monoclonal Antibodies: They're More and Less Than You Think"
      in: Molecular Foundations of Oncology, ed. S. Broder, Publ. Williams &
      Wilkins, Baltimore, MD, pp. 95-134 (1991).
PAL  Scientific Report--Ludwig Institute for Cancer Research--1991 Annual
      Scientific Report, Published Apr. 30, 1992.
PAL  Seehaus et al., "A Vector for the Removal of Deletion Mutants from Antibody
      Libraries," Gene 114:235-237 (May 1992).
PAL  Soo Hoo et al., "Characterization of a Single-Chain T-cell Receptor
      Expressed in E. coli," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:4759-4763 (May 1992).
PAL  Takkinen et al., "An Active Single-Chain Antibody Containing a Cellulase
      Linker Domain Is Secreted by E. coli," Protein Eng. 4(7):837-841 (Oct.
      1991).
PAL  Traunecker et al., "Bispecific Single-Chain Molecules (Janusins) Target
      Cytotoxic Lymphocytes on HIV Infected Cells," EMBO J. 10(12):3655-3659
      (Dec. 1991).
PAL  Waldmann, T., "Monoclonal Antibodies in Diagnosis and Therapy," Science
      252:1657-1661 (Jun. 1991).
PAL  Welt et al., "Quantitative Analysis of Antibody Localization in Human
      Metastatic Colon Cancer: A Phase I Study of Monoclonal Antibody A33," J.
      Clinical Oncology 8(11):1894-1906 (1990).
PAL  Whitlow et al., "An Improved Linker for Single-Chain Fv with Reduced
      Aggregation and Enhanced Proteolytic Stability," Protein Eng. 6(8):989-995
      (Nov. 1993).
PAL  Whitlow, et al., "Single Chain Fvs," in: Tumor Immunology: A Practical
      Approach, Publ. by Oxford University Press, pp. 279-291 (1993).
PAL  Wootton et al., "The Q-Linker: A Class of Interdomain Sequences Found in
      Bacterial Multidomain Regulatory Proteins," Protein Eng. 2(7):535-543
      (1989).
PAL  Yokota et al., "Rapid Tumor Penetration of a Single-Chain Fv and Comparison
      with Other Immunoglobulin Forms," Cancer Res. 52:3402-3408 (Jun. 1992).
PAL  Boulianne, et al., "Production of functional chimaeric mouse/human
      antibody," Nature 312:643-646 (1984).
PAL  Brennan, et al., "Preparation of Bispecific Antibodies by Chemical
      Recombination of Monoclonal Immunoglobulin G.sub.1 Fragments," Science
      229:81-83 (Jul. 1985).
PAL  Brewin-Wilson, D., "Cross-Linked Antibodies Turn Cytotoxic Cells against
      Cancer," Oncol. Biototech. News 3(6):7 (Jun. 1989).
PAL  Corvalan, J.R.F. and Smith, W., "Construction and characterisation of a
      hybrid-hybrid monoclonal antibody recognising both carcinoembryonic
      antigen (CEA) and vinca alkaloids," Cancer Immunol. Immunother. 24:127-132
      (1988).
PAL  Corvalan, et al., "Tumour Therapy with Vinca Alkaloids Targeted by a
      Hybrid-Hybrid Monoclonal Antibody Recognising both CEA and Vinca
      Alkaloids," Intl. J. Cancer Supp. 2:22-25 (1988).
PAL  Cumber, et al., "Comparative Stabilities in Vitro and in Vivo of a
      Recombinant Mouse Antibody FvCys Fragment and A bisFvCys Conjugate," J.
      Immunol. 149(1):120-126 (Jul. 1992).
PAL  Davies, D.R. and Metzger, H., "Structural Basis of Antibody Function," Ann.
      Rev. Immunol. 1:87-177 (1983).
PAL  Field, et al., "Miniantibodies produced in E. coli--Fusion protein
      expression using dual origin vector," Dialog File 357: Biotechnology
      Abstracts, Accession No. 89-05519 (1989).
PAL  Field, et al., "Miniantibodies produced in E. coli--Hen egg lysozyme
      variable region monoclonal antibody gene cloning in E. coli," Dialog File
      357:Biotechnology Abstracts, Accession No. 87-12016 (1987).
PAL  Foglesong, et al., "Preparation and analysis of bifunctional
      immunoconjugates containing monoclonal antibodies OKT3 and BABR1," Cancer
      Immunol. Immunother. 30:177-184 (1989).
PAL  Foglesong, et al., "Preparation and Characterization of Bifunctional
      Heteroconjugates Containing OKT3 and Antitumor Antibodies," Third Intl.
      Conf. on Monoclonal Antibody Immunoconjugates for Cancer, San Diego, CA,
      Abstract No. 65 (Feb. 4-6, 1988).
PAL  George, et al., "Production of a Bispecific Antibody by Linkage of Two
      Recombinant Single Chain Fv Molecules," J. Cell. Biochem. Supp. 15E:127
      Abstract No. N206 (Mar. 1991).
PAL  Ghetie, V. and Moraru, I., "Preparation and Applications of Multivalent
      Antibodies with Dual Specificity," Meth. Enzymol. 92:523-543 (1983).
PAL  Gilliland, et al., "Bispecific Monoclonal Antibodies and Antibody
      Heteroconjugates for Enhancement of T Cell Activation and for Targeting
      Effector Activity Against HIV-Infected Cells," Targeted Cellular
      Cytotoxicity and Bispecific Antibodies, Annapolis, MD, Conf. Abstract
      (Oct. 22-25, 1989).
PAL  Glennie, et al., "Bispecific and Trispecific Antibody Derivatives for the
      Retargeting of Cytotoxic T Cells," Targeted Cellular Cytotoxicity and
      Bispecific Antibodies, Annapolis, MD, Conf. Abstract (Oct. 22-25, 1989).
PAL  Glennie, et al., "Preparation and Performance of Bispecific
      F(ab'.gamma.).sub.2 Antibody Containing Thioether-Linked Fab'.gamma.
      Fragments," J. Immunol. 139(7):2367-2375 (1987).
PAL  Goldenberg, et al., "Cancer Diagnosis and Therapy with Radiolabeled
      Antibodies," in: Immunoconjugates, Antibody Conjugates in Radioimaging and
      Therapy of Cancer, C.-W. Vogel, ed., Oxford University Press, NY, pp.
      259-280 (1987).
PAL  Gorog, et al., "Use of bispecific hybrid antibodies for the development of
      a homogeneous enzyme immunoassay," J. Immunol. Meth. 123:131-140 (1989).
PAL  Griffiths, et al., "Human anti-self antibodies with high specificity from
      phage display libraries," EMBO J. 12(2):725-734 (Feb. 1993).
PAL  Herron, J.N., "Equilibrium and Kinetic Methodology for the Measurement of
      Binding Properties in Monoclonal and Polyclonal Populations of
      Antifluorescyl-IgG Antibodies," in: Fluorescein Hapten: An Immunological
      Probe, E.W. Voss, ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, pp. 49-76 (1984).
PAL  Holliger, P., et al., "`Diabodies`: Small bivalent and bispecific antibody
      fragments," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448 (Jul. 1993).
PAL  Honda, et al., "A human hybrid hybridoma producing a bispecific monoclonal
      antibody that can target tumor cells for attack by Pseudomonas aeruginosa
      exotoxin A," Cytotechnology 4:59-68 (1990).
PAL  Huber, R. "Structural Basis for Antigen-Antibody Recognition," Science
      253:702-703 (1986).
PAL  Hudson, et al., "Immunoglobulin Chain Recombination Among Antidigoxin
      Antibodies by Hybridoma-Hybridoma Fusion," J. Immunol. 139(8):2715-2723
      (1987).
PAL  Huston, et al., "Engineering of Antibody Binding Sites to Tumor Antigens,"
      SBIR Grant Title Page/Abstract, Phase I Grant, Creative BioMolecules, Inc.
      (1985).
PAL  Huston, et al., "Engineering of Antibody Binding Sites to Tumor Antigens,"
      SBIR Grant Title Page/Abstract, Phase II Grant, Creative BioMolecules,
      Inc. (1986).
PAL  Huston, et al., "Protein Engineering of Antibody Binding Sites: Recovery of
      Specific Activity in an Anti-digoxin Single-chain Fv Analogue Produced in
      Escherichia coli," PNAS USA 85:5879-5883 (1988).
PAL  Huston, et al., "Protein Engineering of Single-Chain Fv Analogs and Fusion
      Proteins," in Methods in Enzymology Molecular Design and Modeling:
      Concepts and Applications, vol. 203, Langone, J.J., ed., Academic Press,
      Inc., pp. 46-88 (1991).
PAL  Jung, G., "Target Cell Induced T Cell Activation with Antibody
      Heteroconjugates," Targeted Cellular Cytotoxicity and Bispecific
      Antibodies, Annapolis, MD, Conf. Abstract (Oct. 22-25, 1989).
PAL  Karawajew, et al., "Bispecific antibody-producing hybrid hybridomas
      selected by a fluorescence activated cell sorter," J. Immunol. Meth.
      96:265-270 (1987).
PAL  Klausner, A., "Single-Chain Antibodies Become a Reality," Bio/Technology
      4:1041,1043 (1986).
PAL  Kuhn, et al., "Gene Transfer, Expression, and Molecular Cloning of the
      Human Transferrin Receptor Gene," Cell 37:95-103 (1984).
PAL  Kurokawa, et al., "Enhanced Fibrinolysis by a Bispecific Monoclonal
      Antibody Reactive to Fibrin and Tissue Plasminogen Activator,"
      Bio/Technology 7:1163-1167 (1989).
PAL  Lanzavecchia, A. and Scheidegger, D., "The use of hybrid hybridomas to
      target human cytotoxic T lymphocytes," Eur. J. Immunol. 17:105-111 (1987).
PAL  Levinson, et al., "Biosynthetic antibody sites: Studies of an anti-digoxin
      Fv region--recombinant monoclonal antibody preparation," Dialog File 357:
      Biotechnology Abstracts, Accession No. 87-11664 (1987).
PAL  Maddon, et al., "The Isolation and Nucleotide Sequence of a cDNA Encoding
      the T Cell Surface Protein T4: A New Member of the Immunoglobulin Gene
      Family," Cell 42:93-104 (1985).
PAL  Mandache, et al., "Simultaneous detection of two different cell surface
      antigens by electron microscopy by means of multivalent hybrid antibody
      with double specificity," J. Immunol. Meth. 42:355-365 (1981).
PAL  Mezes, et al., "Molecular Design of Anti-Tumor Single Chain Fv Species,"
      Third Annual IBC Intl. Conf. on Antibody Engineering, San Diego, CA, Conf.
      Abstract (Dec. 14-16, 1992).
PAL  Mezzanzanica, et al., "Human Ovarian Carcinoma Lysis by Cytotoxic T Cells
      Targeted by Bispecific Monoclonal Antibodies: Analysis of the Antibody
      Components," Intl. J. Cancer 41:609-615 (1988).
PAL  Mezzanzanica, et al., "Human T Cells are Targeted Against Human Ovarian
      Carcinoma Cells by Bifunctional F(ab').sub.2 Antibodies Stably Joined by
      Thioether Linkages," Targeted Cellular Cytotoxicity and Bispecific
      Antibodies, Annapolis, MD, Poster No. 15 (Oct. 22-25, 1989).
PAL  McGregor, et al., "Spontaneous Assembly of Bivalent Single Chain Antibody
      Fragments in Escherichia coli," Molec. Immunol. 31(3):219-226 (1994).
PAL  McGuinness, B.T., et al., "Phage diabody repertoires for selection of large
      numbers of bispecific antibody fragments," Nature Biotechnol. 14:1149-1154
      (Sep. 1996).
PAL  McNeil, D., and Freiberger, P., "Fuzzy Delphi," in: Fuzzy Logic, Simon &
      Schuster, New York, pp. 209-227 (1993).
PAL  Milstein, C. and Cuello, A.C., "Hybrid hybridomas and their use in
      immunohistochemistry," Nature 305537-540 (1983).
PAL  Morrison, S.L., "Transfectomas Provide Novel Chimeric Antibodies," Science
      229:1202-1207 (1985).
PAL  Morrison, et al., "Chimeric human antibody molecules: Mouse antigen-binding
      domains with human constant region domains," PNAS USA 81:6851-6855 (1984).
PAL  Mota, et al., "Preparation and Some Properties of Dimeric Rabbit IgG
      Antibody," Molec. Immunol. 21(7):641-645 (1984).
PAL  Munro, A., "Uses of Chimeric Antibodies," Nature 312:597-598 (1984).
PAL  Muraro, et al., "Generation and Characterization of B72.3 Second Generation
      Monoclonal Antibodies Reactive with the Tumor-associated Glycoprotein 72
      Antigen," Cancer Res. 48:4588-4596 (Aug. 1988).
PAL  Neuberger, et al., "Recombinant antibodies possessing novel effector
      functions," Nature 312:604-608 (1984).
PAL  Nisonoff, A., and Rivers, M.M., "Recombination of a Mixture of Univalent
      Antibody Fragments of Different Specificity," Arch. Biochem. Biophys.
      93:460-462 (1961).
PAL  Nisonoff, et al., "Quantitative estimation of the hybridization of rabbit
      antibodies," Nature 194:355-359 (1962).
PAL  Oi, V.T., "Chimeric Antibodies," BioTechniques 4(3):214-221 (1986).
PAL  Partis, et al., "Cross-Linking of Protein by .omega.-Maleimido Alkanoly
      N-Hydroxysuccinimido Esters," J. Protein Chem. 2(3):263-277 (1983).
PAL  Pastan, et al., "Immunotoxins," Cell 47:641-648 (Dec. 1986).
PAL  Pimm, et al., "A bispecific monoclonal antibody against methotrexate and a
      human tumour associated antigen augments cytotoxicity of
      methotreaxate-carrier conjugate," Br. J. Cancer 61:508-513 (1990).
PAL  Raso, V. and Griffin, T., "Hybrid Antibodies with Dual Specificity for the
      Delivery of Ricin to Immunoglobulin-bearing Target Cells," Cancer Res.
      41:2073-2078 (1981).
PAL  Roitt, I.M., in: Essential Immunology, 6th Ed., Blackwell Scientific
      Publications, Boston, MA, p. 38 (1988).
PAL  Runge, et al., "Antibody Enhanced Thrombolysis: (1) Capture of Endogenous
      Tissue Plasminogen Activator (tPA) by a Heteroantibody Duplex and (2)
      Direct Targeting by an Antifibrin-tPA Conjugate In Vivo," Clin. Res.
      35(3):643A (1987).
PAL  Scott, et al., "Requirements for the Construction of Antibody Heterodimers
      for the Direction of Lysis of Tumors by Human T Cells," J. Clin. Invest.
      81:1427-1433 (1988).
PAL  Segal, et al., "Targeting of Cytotoxic Cells against Tumors with
      Heterocrosslinked, Bispecific Antibodies," in: Immune System and Cancer,
      Hamaoka et al., eds., Japan Sci. Soc. Press, Tokyo, Japan, pp. 323-331
      (1989).
PAL  Segal, et al., "Targeting of Cytotoxic Cells with Heterocrosslinked
      Antibodies," Cancer Invest. 6(1):83-92 (1988).
PAL  Snider, D.P. and Segal, D.M., "Targeted Antigen Presentation Using
      Crosslinked Antibody Heteroaggregates," J. Immunol. 139(5):1609-1616
      (1987).
PAL  Songsivilai, S. and Lachmann, P.J., "Bispecific antibody: a tool for
      diagnosis and treatment of disease," Clin. Exp. Immunol. 79:315-321
      (1990).
PAL  Staerz, et al., "Hybrid antibodies can target sites for attack by T cells,"
      Nature 314:628-631 (1985).
PAL  Sukhatme, et al., "The T Cell Differentiation Antigen Leu-2/T8 Is
      Homologous to Immunoglobulin and T Cell Receptor Variable Regions," Cell
      40:591-597 (1985).
PAL  Titus, et al., "Human T Cells Targeted with Anti-T3 Cross-linked to
      Antitumor Antibody Prevent Tumor Growth in Nude Mice," J. Immunol.
      138(11):4018-4022 (1987).
PAL  Traunecker, et al., "Bispecific single chain molecules (Janusins) target
      cytotoxic lymphocytes on HIV infected cells," EMBO J. 10(12):3655-3659
      (Dec. 1991).
PAL  Urnovitz, et al., "IgA:IgM and IgA:IgA Hybrid Hybridomas Secrete
      Heteropolymeric Immunoglobulins that are Polyvalent and Bispecific," J.
      Immunol. 140(2):558-563 (1988).
PAL  Van Brunt, J., "Protein Architecture: Designing from the Ground Up,"
      Bio/Technology 4(4):277-283 (1986).
PAL  Vitetta, et al., "Immunotoxins: A New Approach to Cancer Therapy," Science
      219:644-650 (1983).
PAL  Weidner, et al., "Molecular Stabilization Effects of Interactions between
      Anti-metatype Antibodies and Liganded Antibody," J. Biol. Chem.
      267(5):10281-10288 (May 1992).
PAL  Whitlow, et al., "Multivalent Fvs: characterization of single-chain Fv
      oligomers and preparation of a bispecific Fv," Protein Eng. 7(8):1017-1026
      (Aug. 1994).
PAL  Whitlow, M., and Filpula, D., "Single-Chain Fv Proteins and Their Fusion
      Proteins," Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2(2):97-105 (Apr.
      1991).
PAL  Whitlow, et al., "Single-Chain Fv Proteins and Their Fusion Proteins,"
      Methods 2(3):1-9 (Apr. 1991).
PAL  Wood, et al., "The synthesis and in vivo assembly of functional antibodies
      in yeast," Nature 314:446-449 (1985).
PAL  Zhu, Z., et al., "High Level Secretion of a Humanized Bispecific Diabody
      from Escherichia coli," Bio/Technol. 14:192-196 (Feb. 1996).
LREP
FRM  Sterne, Kessler, Goldstein & Fox P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention is directed to a novel peptide linker useful for connecting
      polypeptide constituents into a novel linked fusion polypeptide. The
      peptide linker of the invention provides greater stability and is less
      susceptible to aggregation than previously known peptide linkers. The
      peptide linker of the invention may be up to about 50 amino acids in
      length and contains at least one occurrence of a charged amino acid
      followed by a proline. When used for making a single chain Fv (sFv), the
      peptide linker is preferably from 18 to about 30 amino acids in length. A
      preferred embodiment of the peptide linker of the invention comprises the
      sequence:
PA1  GSTSGSGXPGSGEGSTKG (SEQ. ID NO 1),
PAL  where X is a charged amino acid, preferably lysine or arginine. Methods of
      making linked fusion polypeptides using the peptide linker of the
      invention are claimed.
PATN
WKU  059902760
SRC  8
APN  8536236
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19970509
TTL  Synthetic inhibitors of hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1,5
EXP  Mosher; Mary E.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Zhang; Rumin
CTY  Edison
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Mui; Philip W.
CTY  Freehold
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Weber; Patricia C.
CTY  Yardley
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Schering Corporation
CTY  Kenilworth
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  530326
XCL  530327
XCL  530332
XCL  530402
XCL  435183
XCL  435212
XCL  435219
XCL  435236
XCL  514 13
XCL  514 14
XCL  514 15
XCL  930 10
XCL  930 21
XCL  930 30
XCL  930220
EDF  6
ICL  C07K  700
ICL  C07K  702
ICL  C07K  708
ICL  C07K 1400
FSC  435
FSS  320.1;69.7;183;212;219;236
FSC  536
FSS  23.2;23.4
FSC  530
FSS  326;327;332;402
FSC  514
FSS  2;13-15
FSC  930
FSS  10;21;30;220
UREF
PNO  5371017
ISD  19941200
NAM  Houghton et al.
OCL  435320.1
UREF
PNO  5372928
ISD  19941200
NAM  Miyamura et al.
OCL  435  5
UREF
PNO  5767233
ISD  19980600
NAM  Zhang et al.
OCL  530326
UREF
PNO  5843752
ISD  19981200
NAM  Dasmahapatra et al.
OCL  435219
FREF
PNO  WO 95/22985
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/36702
ISD  19961100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/35806
ISD  19961100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/35717
ISD  19961100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Shimuzu et al (1996) J of Virology, vol. 70 (1) PP. 127-132.
PAL  Urbani et al (1996) J Biol. Chem., vol. 272 (14) pp. 9204-9209.
PAL  Okamoto et al., 1990, J. Exp. Med, 60(3):167-77.
PAL  Bartenschlager et al., 1995, J. Virology, 69(1):198-205.
PAL  Bartenschlager et al., 1994, J. Virology, 68(8):5045-55.
PAL  Bourdon et al., 1991, FEBS, 294(3):163-66.
PAL  Failla et al., 1995, J. Virology, 69(3):1769-77.
PAL  Lin et al., 1994, J. Virology, 68(12):9147-57.
PAL  Maraganore et al., 1990, Biochemistry, 29:7095-7101.
PAL  Parry et al., 1994, Biochemistry, 33:14807-14.
PAL  Pizzi et al., 1994, PNAS, 91:888-92.
PAL  Tanji et al., 1995, J. Virology, 69(3):1575-81.
LREP
FR2  McLaughlin; Jaye P.
ABST
PAL  An inhibitor of the HCV NS3 protease. The inhibitor is a subsequence of a
      substrate of the NS3 protease or a subsequence of the NS4A cofactor.
      Another inhibitor of the present invention contains a subsequence of a
      substrate linked to a subsequences of the NS4A cofactor. In another
      embodiment the inhibitor is a bivalent inhibitor comprised of a
      subsequence, a mutated subsequence or a mutated full-length of a substrate
      of the NS3 protease linked to a subsequence, a mutated subsequence or a
      mutated full-length suquence of the HCV NS4A cofactor.
PATN
WKU  059902779
SRC  8
APN  7070829
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19960903
TTL  Semipeptoid farnesyl protein transferase inhibitors and analogs thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Celsa; Bennett
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Levitzki; Alexander
CTY  Jerusalem
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Gilon; Chaim
CTY  Jerusalem
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Reuveni; Hadas
CTY  Aminadav
CNT  ILX
ASSG
NAM  Yissum Research Development Company of the Herbrew University of
      Jerusalem
CTY  Jerusalem
CNT  ILX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  530330
XCL  530331
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3807
FSC  514
FSS  18;19
FSC  530
FSS  330-331
UREF
PNO  5585359
ISD  19961200
NAM  Breslin et al.
OCL  514 19
UREF
PNO  5705686
ISD  19980100
NAM  Sebti et al.
OCL  562557
FREF
PNO  0 444 898A1
ISD  19910200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 461869 A2
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/19735
ISD  19910600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Clerc, F. Et al, "Constrained Analogs Of KCVFM With Improved Inhibitopry
      Properties Against Farnesyl Transferase", Bioorganic & Medicinal Chem.
      Ltrs., vol. 5, No. 16, pp. 1779-1784 (1995).
PAL  Leftheris, K. Et al, "Peptide Based p21.sup.ras Farnesyl Transferase
      Inhibitors: Systematic Modification of the Tetrapeptide CA.sub.1 A.sub.2 X
      Motif", Bioorganic & Medicinal Chem. Ltrs., vol. 4, pp. 887-892 (1994).
PAL  Patel, D.V. et al, "Phosphinyl Acid-Based Bisubstrate Analop Inhibitors of
      Ras Farnesyl Protein Transferase", J. Med. Chem., vol. 38, No. 3, pp.
      435-442 (1995).
PAL  Williams, T.M. et al, "2-Substituted Piperazines as Constrained Amino
      Acids, Application to the Synthesis of Potent, Non Carboxylic Acid
      Inhibitors of Farnesyltransferase", J. Med. Chem., vol. 39, No. 7, pp.
      1345-1348 (1996).
PAL  Lerner, E. et al, "Disruption of Oncogenic K-Ras4B Processing and
      Signalling by a Potent Geranylgeranyltransferase I Inhibitor", J. Biol.
      Chem., vol. 270, No. 45, pp. 26770-26773 (1995).
PAL  Cox, A.D. et al, "The CAAX Peptidomimetic Compound B581 Specifically Blocks
      Farnesylated, But Not Geranylgeranylated or Myristylated, Oncogenic Ras
      Signaling and Transformation", J. Biol. Chem. , vol. 269, No. 30, pp.
      19203-10206 (1994).
PAL  Graham, S.L. et al. "Pseudopeptide Inhibitors of Ras Farnesyl-Protein
      Transferase", J. Med Chem., vol. 37, No. 6, pp. 725-732 (1994).
PAL  Kohl, N.E. et al, "Selective Inhibition of ras-Dependent Transformation by
      a Farnesyltransferase Inhibitor" Science, Vil. 260, pp. 1934-1936 (Jun.
      1993).
PAL  James, G.L. et al, "Benzodiazepine Peptidomimetics: Potent Inhibitors of
      Ras Farneslation in Animal Cells", Science, vol. 260, pp. 1937-1942 (Jun.
      1993).
PAL  Hancock, J.F., "Anti-Ras Drugs Come of Age", Current Biology, vol.3, No.
      11, pp. 770-772 (1993).
PAL  Gibbs, J.B. et al, "Farnesyltransferase Inhibitors: Ras Research Yields a
      Potential Cancer Therapeutic", Cellvol. 77, pp. 175-178 (Apr. 1994).
PAL  Manne, V. Et al, "Bisubstrate Inhibitors of Farnesyltransferase: A Novel
      Class of Specific Inhibitors of Ras Transformed Cells", Oncogene, vol. 10,
      pp. 1763-1779 (1995).
PAL  Vogt, A. Et al, "A Non-Peptide Mimetic of Ras-CAAX: Selective Inhibition of
      Farnesyltransferase and Ras Processing", J. Biol. Chem., vol. 270, No. 2,
      pp. 660-664 (1995).
PAL  Byk, G. Et al, "Local Constrained Shifty Pseudopeptides Inhibitors of
      Ras-Farnesyl Transferase" Bioorganic & Medical Letters, vol. 5, No. 22,
      pp. 2677-2682 (1995).
PAL  Kohl, N.E. et al, "Inhibition of Farnesyltransferase Induces Regression of
      Mammary and Salivary Carcinomas in ras Transgenic Mice", Nature Medicine,
      vol. 1, No. 8, pp. 792-797 (1995).
PAL  Kohl, N.E. et al, "Protein Farnesyltransferase Inhibitors Block the Growth
      of ras-Dependent Tumors in Nude Mice", Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 91
      pp. 9141-9145 (1994).
PAL  Leftheris, K. Et al, "Development of Highly Potent Inhibitors of Ras
      Farnesyltransferase Possessing Cellular and in vitro Activity", J. Med
      Chem., vol. 39, pp. 224-236 (1996).
PAL  Brown, M. S. Et al, "Tetrapeptide Inhibitors of Protein
      Farnesyltransferase: Amino-Terminal Substitution in
      Phenylalanine-Containing Tetrapeptides Restores Farnesylation", Proc. Nat.
      Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 89, pp. 8313-8316 (1992).
PAL  Kato, K. Et al, "Isoprenoid Addition to Ras Protein is the Critical
      Modification for its Membrane Association and Transforming Activity",
      Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 89, pp. 6403-6407 (1992).
PAL  Hancock, J.F. et al, "All ras Proteins are Polyisoprenylated But only Some
      aare Palmitoylated", Cell, vol. 57, pp. 1167-1177 (1989).
PAL  Goldstein, J.L. et al, "Nonfarnesylated Tetrapeptide Inhibitors of Protein
      Farnesyltransferase", J. Biol. Chem., vol. 266, No. 24, pp. 15575-15578
      (1991).
PAL  Zuckermann, R.N. et al, "Efficient Method for the Preparation of Peptoids
      [Oligo (N-substituted glycines)] by Submonomer Solid-Phase Synthesis", J.
      Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 114, pp. 10646-10647 ((1992).
PAL  Zuckermann, R.N. et al, "Discovery of Nanomolar Ligands for
      7--Transmembrane G-Protein-Coupled Receptors from a Diverse
      N-(Substituted) Glycine Peptoid Library", J. Med. Chem., vol. 37, pp.
      2678-2685 (1994).
PAL  Kessler, H., "Peptides -A New Approach to the Development of
      Pharmaceuticals", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., vol. 32, No. 4, pp. 543-544
      (1993).
PAL  Simon, R.J. et al, "Peptoids: A Modular Approach to Drug Discovery", Proc.
      Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 89, pp. 9367-9371 (1992).
PAL  Miller, S.M. et al, "Comparison of the Proteolytic Susceptibilities of
      Homologous L-Amino Acid, and N-Substituted Glycine Peptide and Peptide
      Oligomers", Drug Development Research, vol. 35, No. 20, pp. 20-32 (1995).
PAL  Moores, S.L. et al, "Sequence dependence of Protein Isoprenylation", J.
      Biol. Chem., vol. 266, No. 22, pp. 14603-14610, (1991).
PAL  Miller, S.M. et al, "Proteolytic Studies of Homologous Peptide and
      N-Substituted Glycine Peptide and Peptide Oligomers", Bioorg. & Med. Chem.
      Ltrs., vol. 4, No. 22, pp. 2657-2662 (1994).
PAL  Gallop, M.A. et al, "Applications of Combinatorial Technologies to Drug
      Discovery. 1. Background and Peptide Combinatorial Libraries", J. Med.
      Chem., vol. 37, No. 9, pp. 1233-1251 (1994).
PAL  Gibbs, J.B., "Ras C-Terminus Processing Enzymes---New Drug Targets?" Cell,
      vol. 65, pp. 1-4 (1991).
PAL  Reiss, Y. et al, "Sequence requirement for Peptide Recognition by Rat Brain
      p21.sup.ras Protein Farnesyltransferase", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, vol.
      88, pp. 732-736 (1991).
PAL  Houghten, R.A., "General Method for the Rapid Solid-Phase Synthesis of
      Large Numbers of Peptides: Specificity of Antigen-Antibody Interaction at
      the Level of Individual Amino Acids", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 82,
      pp. 5131-5135 (1985).
PAL  deSolms, S. J. et al, "Pseudopeptide Inhibitors of Protein
      Farneslytransferase", J. Med. Chem., vol. 38, pp. 3967-3971 (1995).
PAL  Garcia, A.M. et al, "Peptidomimetic Inhibitors of Ras Farnesylation and
      Function in Whole Cells", J. Biol. Chem., vol. 268, No. 25, pp.
      18415-18418 (1993).
PAL  Reiss, Y. Et al, "Inhibition of Purified p21.sup.ras Farnesyl: Protein
      Transferase by Cys-AAX Tetrapeptides", Cell, vol. 62, pp. 81-88, (1990).
PAL  Kruijtzer, J.A. et al, "Synthesis in Solution of Peptoids using
      Fmoc-Protected N-Substituted Glycines", Tetrahedron Letters, vol. 36, No.
      38, pp. 6969-6972 (1995).
PAL  Bodor, N. et al, "A Strategy for Delivering Peptides into the Central
      Nervous System by Sequential Metabolism", Science, vo. 257, pp. 1698-1700
      (1992).
PAL  Maltese, W.A., "Posttranslational Modification of Proteins by Isoprenoids
      in Mammalian Cells", FASEB Journal, vol. 4, pp. 3319-3328, (1990).
LREP
FR2  Friedman; Mark M.
ABST
PAL  A farnesyl protein transferase (i.e., farnesyltransferase) inhibitors
      formed as peptoid and semipeptoid peptidomimetic compounds derived from a
      farnesyltransferase universal recognition tetrapeptide sequence CAAX
      (i.e., CAAX motif) and analogs thereof, and to the use of these compounds
      and analogs and ester derivatives thereof as chemotherapeutic agents in
      oncogenic or non-oncogenic Ras associated cancers and proliferative
      diseases.
PATN
WKU  059902787
SRC  8
APN  7937148
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970303
TTL  Protective or anchor groups and their use
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Celsa; Bennett
INVT
NAM  Hoffmann; Stefen
STR  Mascheroder Weg 1
CTY  D-38124 Braunschweig
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Frank; Ronald
STR  Mascheroder Weg 1
CTY  D-38124 Braunschweig
CNT  DEX
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940902
APN  44 31 317
CLAS
OCL  530333
XCL  530331
XCL  530334
XCL  530335
XCL  530336
XCL  530345
XCL  564133
XCL  564138
XCL  564188
XCL  564192
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 3802
ICL  C07K  100
FSC  530
FSS  331;333;334;335;336;345
FSC  504
FSS  133;138;188;192
UREF
PNO  4454065
ISD  19840600
NAM  Gilvarg et al.
OCL  260112.5
UREF
PNO  4922015
ISD  19900500
NAM  Breipohl et al.
OCL  562451
FREF
PNO  5097789
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Masao Kawai et al, Preparation of Protected .alpha.-Methoxyglycine and its
      Incorporation into Peptide Synthesis, Chemistry Letters, pp. 557-580,
      1990.
PAL  A.R. Brown et al., Solid Phase Synthesis of .alpha.-Hydroxyglycine Extended
      Peptides-Biological Precursors of Peptede Amides, Tetrahedron Letters,
      vol. 35, No. 5, pp. 789-792, 1994.
PAL  N. Nichifor et al, Synthesis of Peptide Derivatives of 5-Fluorouracil,
      Tetrahedron, vol. 50, No. 12, pp. 3747-3760, 1994.
PAL  Kahns & Bundgaard Pharm Res. vol. 8 No. 12 1991 pp. 1533-1538.
PAL  JAPIO AN. 93-097789/CAPLUS AN. 1993: 603855/WPIDS AN 93-164426 of JP
      05097789.
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/03469
PD1  19970303
PD2  19970303
PD3  19950904
PCP  WO96/07672
PCD  19960314
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to a carbamide of the general formula
EQU  R.sub.1 --CO--NH--C(R.sub.2)(R.sub.3)--X--Y
PAL  which is protected by a temporary protective group and wherein
PA1  R.sub.1 --CO means a carbonyl residue which can be provided as a unit for
      the chain of a peptide, and can have one or a plurality of amino acid
      residues;
PA1  R2 and R3 mean resides of the carbamide which do not participate in their
      function, whereby R2 and R3 can be identical or different, but are
      different when one of the two residues means a hydrogen atom;
PA1  X means an oxygen atom or a sulphur atom, and
PA1  Y means a protective group for X.
PAL  The invention further relates to a process for producing the protected
      carbamide and to utilisation of the protected carbamide.
PAL  The protected carbamide according to the invention can also be linked to a
      carrier material.
PATN
WKU  059902795
SRC  8
APN  455552&
APT  1
ART  181
APD  19950531
TTL  Amino-terminally truncated cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance
      regulator
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Carlson; Karen C.
NDR  6
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Carter; Barrie J.
CTY  Kensington
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Flotte; Terence
CTY  Baltimore
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Afione; Sandra
CTY  Bethesda
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Solow; Rikki
CTY  Gaithersburg
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Department of Health
      and Human Services
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
RLAP
COD  74
APN  891962
APD  19920602
PSC  01
PNO  5587308
CLAS
OCL  530350
XCL  435 691
EDF  6
ICL  C07K 1400
ICL  C12P 2106
FSC  530
FSS  350
FSC  435
FSS  69.1
UREF
PNO  4797368
ISD  19890100
NAM  Carter et al.
OCL  435320
OREF
PAL  Beatre et al. 1989 J Virol 63:4450-4454.
PAL  McLaughlin et al. 1988 J Virol 62(6):1963-1973.
PAL  Srivastava et al. 1989 PNAS 86:8078-8082.
PAL  Riordan et al., "Identification of the Cystic Fibrosis Gene: Cloning and
      Characterization of Complimentary DNA," Science 245:1066-1073 (1989).
PAL  Collins et al. "Cystic Fibrosis: Molecular Biology and Therapeutic
      Implications" Science 256:774-779 (1992).
PAL  Rosenfeld et al., "In Vivo Transfer of the Human Cystic Fibrosis
      Transmembrane Conductance Regulator Gene to the Airway Epithelium", Cell
      68:143-155 (Jan. 10, 1992).
ABST
PAL  Described herein are constructions of recombinant DNA comprising modified
      adeno-associated virus (AAV) DNA sequences capable of functioning as a
      eukaryotic expression vector for expressing foreign DNA sequences using a
      novel transcription promoter comprising the termini of AAV DNA. It is
      shown that expression of a test reporter gene can be obtained from this
      vector in mammalian cells. It is further shown that this combination of
      vector and promoter can be used to introduce and express a human gene and
      correct a genetic defect in human cells resulting from malfunction of the
      mutant endogenous gene. Further, the vector can be used to correct the
      genetic defect by expressing a modified version of the human gene
      consisting of a fusion of part of the said gene and a synthetic sequence
      contained in the vector.
PATN
WKU  059902809
SRC  8
APN  7027109
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19961115
TTL  Glioblastoma-derived angiogenesis inhibiting factor
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Hayes; Robert C.
EXP  Caputa; Anthony C.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Van Meir; Erwin
CTY  La Jolla
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Huang; H.-J. Su
CTY  La Jolla
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Cavenee; Webster K
CTY  La Jolla
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Ludwig Institue for Cancer Research
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  207454
APD  19940307
PSC  01
PNO  5807731
CLAS
OCL  530350
XCL  530417
XCL  530828
EDF  6
ICL  C07K 14435
ICL  C07K 14515
FSC  530
FSS  350;417;828
UREF
PNO  5192744
ISD  19930300
NAM  Bouck et al.
OCL  514  8
UREF
PNO  5626841
ISD  19970500
NAM  Gurewich
OCL  424 94.63
OREF
PAL  K.M. Dameron et al., "Regulation of an Angiogenesis Inhibitor--by the p53
      Tumor Suppressor Gene," Proceedings of the American Association for Cancer
      Research, vol. 34, p. 542, Abstract 3234, (1993).
PAL  K. M. Dameron et al., "Regulation of an Angiogenesis Inhibitor--in Human
      Fibroblasts by the p53 Tumor Suppressor Gene", Journal of Cellular
      Biochemistry Supplement, vol. 18C, p. 187, Abstract N 306, (1994).
PAL  Van Meir et al., "Analysis of the p53 Gene and Its Expression in--Human
      Glioblastoma Cells", Cancer Research, vol. 54, pp. 649-652, (1994) .
PAL  M. Gossen et al., "Tight Control of Gene Expression in Mammalian--Cells by
      Tetracycline-Responsive Promoters", Proceedings of the National Academy of
      Science, USA, vol. 89, pp. 5547-5551, (1992).
PAL  Erwin G. Van Meir, Release of an Inhibitor of Angiogenesis Upon--Induction
      of Wild Type p53 Expression in Glioblastoma Cells, Nature Genetics, vol.
      8, (1994).
PAL  Hupp et al. Cell 71:875-888, 1992.
PAL  Sitrin et al. Cancer Research 50:4957-4961, 1990.
PAL  Sturzbecher et al. Oncogene 7 (1992) 1513-1523.
PAL  Rudinger In "Peptide Hormones" (Jun. 1976)ed. J.A. Parsons, University Park
      Press, Baltimore, pp. 1-7.
LREP
FRM  Fulbright & Jaworski, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US95/02634
PD1  19961115
PD2  19961115
PD3  19950303
PCP  WO95/24208
PCD  19950914
ABST
PAR  A glioblastoma-derived angiogenesis inhibiting factor is described. The
      material is induced in presence of wild type p53, but not by several
      mutated forms of p53. Various uses of the material are described.
PATN
WKU  059902817
SRC  8
APN  7204841
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19960930
TTL  Vertebrate smoothened proteins
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  2
EXA  Kaufman; Claire M.
EXP  Hutzell; Paula K.
NDR  24
NFG  49
INVT
NAM  de Sauvage; Frederic J.
CTY  Foster City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Rosenthal; Arnon
CTY  Pacifica
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Stone; Donna M.
CTY  Brisbane
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Genentech, Inc.
CTY  South San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  530350
XCL  530300
XCL  530402
XCL  536 235
XCL  536 234
XCL  435 691
XCL  435 697
EDF  6
ICL  C07K 1447
ICL  C12N 1512
FSC  530
FSS  300;350
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;402;69.7
FSC  536
FSS  23.5;23.4
UREF
PNO  4342566
ISD  19820800
NAM  Theofilopoulos et al.
OCL  436507
UREF
PNO  4399216
ISD  19830800
NAM  Axel et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  4419446
ISD  19831200
NAM  Howley et al.
OCL  435 69.1
UREF
PNO  4601978
ISD  19860700
NAM  Karin
OCL  435 69.1
UREF
PNO  4676980
ISD  19870600
NAM  Segal et al.
OCL  424136.1
UREF
PNO  4736866
ISD  19880400
NAM  Leder
OCL  800  2
UREF
PNO  4816567
ISD  19890300
NAM  Cabilly et al.
OCL  530387.3
UREF
PNO  4870009
ISD  19890900
NAM  Evans et al.
OCL  435 69.4
UREF
PNO  5364934
ISD  19941100
NAM  Drayna et al.
OCL  536 23.2
FREF
PNO  03089
ISD  19790700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  36776
ISD  19810900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  73657
ISD  19830300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  117060
ISD  19840800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  117058
ISD  19840800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2211504
ISD  19890700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 87/05330
ISD  19870900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/05859
ISD  19890600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/00360
ISD  19910100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/00358
ISD  19910100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/20373
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/08829
ISD  19930500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/04690
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/04679
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/29348
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Stone et al., "the tumour-suppressor gene patched encodes a candidate
      receptor for Sonic hedgehog" Nature 384(14):129-134 (Nov. 1996).
PAL  Strader et al., Structural basis of beta-adrenergic receptor function,
      FASEB J., 3: 1825-1832, 1989.
PAL  Klein, J., Immunology, Wiley-Interscience:New York, NY, pp. 188-189, 1982.
PAL  Ngo et al. In The protein folding problem and tertiary structure
      prodection. (1994) Marz et al. (eds), Birkhauser Boston pp. 433, 452-455.
PAL  Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Oslo et al., eds., 16th edition, Mack
      Publishing Co. (1980).
PAL  Handbook of Monoclonal Antibodies, Ferrone et al. eds., Park Ridge,
      NJ:Noyes Publications, pp. 302-359 and Chapter 22 (1985).
PAL  Tissue Culture, Kruse and Patterson, eds, Academic Press (1973).
PAL  Mammalian Cell Biotechnology: A Practical Approach, M. Butler, ed., IRL
      Press (1991).
PAL  Alcedo et al., "The Drosophila smoothened Gene Encodes a Seven-Pass
      Membrane Protein, a Putative Receptor for the Hedgehog Signal" Cell
      86:221-232 (1996).
PAL  Aplin et al., "Preparation, Properties, and Applications of Carbohydrate
      Conjugates of Proteins and Lipids" CRC Crit. Rev. Biochem. 10(4):259-306
      (1981).
PAL  Banerji et al., "A Lymphocyte-specific Cellular Enhancer Is Located
      Downstream of the Joining Region in Immunoglobulin Heavy Chain Genes" Cell
      33:729-740 (Jul. 1983).
PAL  Bejsovec and Wieschaus, "Segment polarity gene interactions modulate
      epidermal patterning in Drosophila embryos" Development 119:501-517
      (1993).
PAL  Bhanot et al., "A New Member of the Frizzled Family From Drosophila
      Functions As A Wingless Receptor" Nature 382:225-230 (1996).
PAL  Bitgood et al., "Sertoli Cell Signaling by Desert Hedgehog Regulates the
      Male Germline" Current Biology 6(3):298-304 (1996).
PAL  Boerner et al., "Production of Antigen-Specific Human Monoclonal Antibodies
      From In Vitro-Primed Human Splenocytes" The Journal of Immunology
      147(1):86-95 (1991).
PAL  Bradley, Teratocarcinomas and Embryonic Stem Cells: A Practical Approach,
      E. J. Robertson, ed., IRL, Oxford pp. 113-151 (1987).
PAL  Brodeur et al., "Mouse-Human Myeloma Partners for the Production of
      Heterohybridomas" Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and
      Applications, New York:Marcel Dekker, Inc. pp. 51-63 (1987).
PAL  Bruggemann et al., "Designer Mice: The Production of Human Antibody
      Repertoires in Transgenic Animals" Year in Immunology 7:33-40 (1993).
PAL  Canaani et al., "Regulated Expression of Human Interferon .beta..sub.1 Gene
      After Transduction into Cultured Mouse and Rabbit Cells" Proc. Natl. Acad.
      Sci. USA 79:5166-5170 (Sep. 1982).
PAL  Carter et al., "Humanization of an anti-p185.sup.HER2 antibody for human
      cancer therapy" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 89:4285-4289 (1992).
PAL  Chan et al., "Two Homologs of the Drosophila Polarity Gene Frizzled (fz)
      Are Widely Expressed in Mammalian Tissues" Journal of Biological Chemistry
      267 (35):25202-25207 (1992).
PAL  Chang et al., "Phenotypic Expression in E. coli of a DNA Sequence Coding
      for Mouse Dihydrofolate Reductase" Nature 275:617-624 (1978).
PAL  Chothia and Lesk, "Canonical structures for the hypervariable regions of
      immunoglobulins" J. Mol. Biol. 196(4):901-917 (1987).
PAL  Cole et al., "The EBV-Hybridoma Technique and Its Application to Human Lung
      Cancer" Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Reisfeld et al., New
      York:Alan R. Liss, Inc. pp. 77-96 (1985).
PAL  Currie and Ingham, "Induction of a specific muscle cell type by a
      hedgehog-like protein in zebrafish" Nature 382:452-455 (1996).
PAL  David et al., "Protein Iodination and Solid State Lactoperoxidase"
      Biochemistry 13(5):1014-1021 (1974).
PAL  Davis et al., "Released form of CNTF receptor alpha component as a soluble
      mediator of CNTF responses" Science 259:1736-1739 (1993).
PAL  deBoer et al., "The TAC Promoter: A functional Hybrid Derived From the TRP
      and LAC Promoters" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:21-25 (1983).
PAL  Dieffenbach et al. PCR Primer: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor
      Laboratory Press pp. 1-16; 133-142 (1995).
PAL  DiNardo et al., "Two-tiered regulation of spatially patterned engrailed
      gene expression during Drosophila embryogenesis" Nature 332:604-609
      (1988).
PAL  Duksin, "Relationship of the Structure and Biological Activity of the
      Natural Homologies of Tunicanicin" Journal of Biological Chemistry
      257:3105-3109 (1982).
PAL  Echelard et al., "Sonic hedgehog, a member of a family of putative
      signaling molecules, is Implicated in the regulation of CNS polarity" Cell
      75:1417-1430 (1993).
PAL  Edge et al., "Deglycosylation of glycoproteins by trifluoromethane-sulfonic
      acid" Analytical Biochemistry 118:131-137 (1981).
PAL  Evan et al., "Isolation of Monoclonal Antibodies Specific for Human c-myc
      Proto-Oncogene Product" Molecular & Cellular Biology 5:3610-3616 (1985).
PAL  Fan et al., "Long-range sclerotome induction by sonic hedgehog: direct role
      of the amino-terminal cleavage product and modulation by the cyclic AMP
      signaling pathway" Cell 81:457-465 (1995).
PAL  Field et al., "Purification of a RAS-Responsive Adenylyl Cyclase Complex
      from Saccharomyces cerevisiae by Use of an Epitope Addition Method"
      Molecular & Cellular Biology 8:2159-2165 (1988).
PAL  Fiers et al., "Complete Nucleotide Sequence of SV40 DNA" Nature
      273(11):113-120 (1988).
PAL  Gailani et al., "The role of the Human Homologue of Drosophila Patched in
      Sporadic Basal Carcinomas" Nature Genetics 13(5) (1996).
PAL  Gething & Sambrook, "Cell-surface expression of influenza haemagglutinin
      from a cloned DNA copy of the RNA gene" Nature 293:620-625 (1981).
PAL  Goding, "Production of Monoclonal Antibodies" Monoclonal Antibodies:
      Principles and Practice, Academic Press, pp. 59-103 (1986).
PAL  Goeddel et al., "Direct Expression in Escherichia coli of a DNA Sequence
      Coding for Human Growth Hormone" Nature 281(5732):544-548 (1979).
PAL  Goeddel et al., "Synthesis of Human Fibroblast Interferon by E. coli"
      Nucleic Acids Research 8(18):4057-4074 (1980).
PAL  Goodrich et al., "Conservation of the hedgehog/patched signaling pathway
      from flies to mice: induction of a mouse patched gene by Hedgehog" Genes
      dev. 10(3):301-312 (1996).
PAL  Gorman et al., "The Rous Sarcoma Virus Long Terminal Repeat is a Strong
      Promoter When Introduced into a Variety of Eukaryotic Cells by
      DNA-Mediated Transfection" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 79:6777-6781 (1982).
PAL  Graham et al., "Characteristics of a Human Cell Line Transformed by DNA
      from Human Adenovirus Type 5" J. Gen. Virol. 36:59-72 (1977).
PAL  Graham et al., "A New Technique for the Assay of Infectivity of Human
      Adenovirus 5 DNA" Virology 52:456-467 (1973).
PAL  Gray et al., "Expression of Human Immune Interferon cDNA in E. coli and
      Monkey Cells" Nature 295:503-508 (1982).
PAL  Greenaway et al., "Human Cytomegalovirus DNA: BamHI, EcoRI and PstI
      Restriction Endonuclease Cleavage Maps" Gene 18:355-360 (1982).
PAL  Hahn et al., "Mutations of the Human Homolog of Drosophila Patched in the
      Nevoid Basal Cell Carcinoma Syndrome" Cell 85:841-851 (1996).
PAL  Hakimuddin et al., "A Chemical Method for the Deglycosylation of Proteins"
      Archives of Biochemistry & Biophysics 259(1):52-57 (1987).
PAL  Hess et al., "Cooperation of Glycolytic Enzymes" J. Adv. Enzyme Reg.
      7:149-167 (1968).
PAL  Hidalgo and Ingham, "Cell patterning in the Drosophila segment: spatial
      regulation of the segment polarity gene patched" Develpment 110:291-301
      (1990).
PAL  Hitzeman et al., "Isolation and Characterization of the yeast
      3-Phosphoglycerokinase Gene (PGK) by an Immunological Screening Technique"
      Journal of Biological Chemistry 255(24):12073-12080 (Dec. 1980).
PAL  Holland et al., "Isolation and Identification of Yeast Messenger
      Ribonucleic Acids Coding for Enolase, Glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate
      Dehydrogenase, and Phosphoglycerate Kinase" Biochemistry 17(23):4900-4907
      (1978).
PAL  Hoogenboom and Winter, "By-passing immunisation: human antibodies from
      synthetic repertoires of germline V.sub.H gene segments rearranged in
      vitro" J. Mol. Biol. 227:381-388 (1992).
PAL  Hooper and Scott, "The Drosophila patched gene encodes a putative membrane
      protein required for segmental patterning" Cell 59:751-765 (1989).
PAL  Hopp et al., "A Short Polypeptide Marker Sequence Useful for Recombinant
      Protein Identification and Purification" Bio/Technology 6:1204-1210
      (1988).
PAL  Hsiao et al., "High-frequency Transformation of Yeast by Plasmids
      Containing the Cloned Yeast Arg4 Gene" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
      76:3829-3833 (1979).
PAL  Hunter et al., "Preparation of Iodine 131 Labelled Human Growth Hormone of
      High Specific Activity" Nature 194:495-496 (1962).
PAL  Hynes et al., "Control of neuronal diversity by the floor
      plate:contact-mediated induction of midbrain dopaminergic neurons" Cell
      80:95-101 (1995).
PAL  Ingham and Hidalgo, "Regulation of wingless transcription in the Drosophila
      embryo" Development 117:283-291 (1993).
PAL  Ingham et al., "Role of the Drosophila patched gene in positional
      signalling" Nature 353:184-187 (1991).
PAL  Ingham et al., "Signalling by hedgehog family proteins in Drosophila and
      vertebrate development" Curr. Opin. Genet. Dev. 5:492-498 (1995).
PAL  Jakobovits et al., "Analysis of Homozygous Mutant Chimeric Mice: Deletion
      of the Immunoglobulin Heavy-Chain Joining Region Blocks B-cell Development
      and Antibody Production" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:2551-2555 (1993).
PAL  Jakobovits et al., "Germ-line Transmission and Expression of a
      Human-Derived Yeast Artificial Chromosome" Nature 362:255-258 (1993).
PAL  Johnson et al., "Ectopic expression of Sonic hedgehog alters dorsal-ventral
      patterning of somites" Cell 79:1165-1173 (1994).
PAL  Johnson et al., "Human Homolog of Patched, a Candidate Gene for the Basal
      Cell Nevus Syndrome" Science 272:1668-1671 (1996).
PAL  Jones et al., "Replacing the Complementarity-determining Regions in a Human
      Antibody with Those From a Mouse" Nature 321:522-525 (May 29, 1986).
PAL  Jurgens et al., "Mutations Affecting the Pattern of the Larval Cuticle in
      Drosophila-Melanogaster. II. Zygotic Loci on the Third Chromosome" Wilhelm
      Roux's Archives of Developmental Biology 193(5):283-295 (1984).
PAL  Keown et al., "Methods for Introducing DNA into Mammalian Cells" Methods in
      Enzymology 185:527-537 (1990).
PAL  Kinzler et al., "Identification of an amplified, highly expressed gene in a
      human glioma" Science 236:70-73 (1987).
PAL  Klein et al., "Selection for genes encoding secreted proteins and
      receptors" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci, USA 93:7108-7113 (1996).
PAL  Kohler and Milstein, "Continuous cultures of fused cells secreting antibody
      of predefined specificity" Nature 256:495-497 (1975).
PAL  Kozbor et al., "A Human Hybrid Myeloma for Production of Human Monoclonal
      Antibodies" The Journal of Immunology 133(6):3001-3005 (1984).
PAL  Krauss et al., "A functionally conserved homolog of the Drosophila segment
      polarity gene hh is expressed in tissues with polarizing activity in
      zebrafish embryos" Cell 75:1431-1444 (1993).
PAL  Laimins et al., "Osmotic Control of kdp Operon Expression in Escherichia
      Coli" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78(1):464-468 (Jan. 1981).
PAL  Lee et al., "Autoproteolysis in hedgehog protein biogenesis" Science
      266:1528-1537 (1994).
PAL  Li et al., "Targeted mutation of the DNA methyltransferase gene results in
      embryonic lethality" Cell 69:915-926 (1992).
PAL  Lindsley and Zimm The Genome of Drosophila Melanogaster, San Diego,
      CA:Academic Press (1992).
PAL  Lumsden and Graham, "A Forward Role for Hedgehog" Current Biology
      5(12):1347-1350 (1995).
PAL  Lusky et al., "Bovine Papilloma Virus Contains an Activator of Gene
      Expression at the Distal End of the Early Transcription Unit" Molecular &
      Cellular Biology 3(6):1108-1122 (Jun. 1983).
PAL  Lutz-Freyermuth et al., "Quantitative Determination That one of Two
      Potential RNA-binding Domains of the A Protein Component of the U1 Small
      Nuclear Ribonucleoprotein Complex Binds with High Affinity to Stem-loop II
      of U1 RNA" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:6393-6397 (1990).
PAL  Mage et al., "Preparation of Fab and F(ab')2 Fragments from Monoclonal
      Antibodies" Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications,
      New York:Marcel Dekker, Inc. pp. 79-97 (1987).
PAL  Mansour et al., "Disruption of the Proto-oncogene int-2 in Mouse
      Embryo-derived Stem Cells: a General Strategy for Targeting Mutations to
      Non-selectable Genes" Nature 336:348-352 (1988).
PAL  Mantei et al., "Rabbit .beta.-globin mRNA Production in Mouse L Cells
      Transformed with Cloned Rabbit .beta.-globin Chromosomal DNA" Nature
      281:40-46 (1979).
PAL  Marigo et al. "Conservation in hedgehog signaling: induction of a chicken
      patched homolog by Sonic hedgehog in the developing limb" Development
      122:1225-1233 (1996).
PAL  Marks et al., "By-passing immunization: human antibodies from V-gene
      libraries displayed on phage" J. Mol. Biol. 222:581-597 (1991).
PAL  Martin et al., "GAP Domains Responsible for Ras p21-Dependent Inhibition of
      Muscarinic Atrial K.sup.30 Channel Currents" Science 255:192-192 (1992).
PAL  Mather et al., "Culture of Testicular Cells in Hormone-Supplemented
      Serum-Free Medium" Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 383:44-68 (1982).
PAL  Mather et al., "Establishment and Characterization of Two Distinct Mouse
      Testicular Epithelial Cell Lines" Biol. Reprod. 23:243-252 (1980).
PAL  Maxam et al., "Sequencing End-labeled DNA with Base-Specific Chemical
      Cleavages" Methods in Enzymology 65:499-560 (1980).
PAL  McCafferty et al., "Phage antibodies: filamentous phage displaying antibody
      variable domains" Nature 348:552-554 (1990).
PAL  Messing et al., "A System for Shotgun DNA Sequencing" Nucleic Acids
      Research 9(2):309-321 (1981).
PAL  Milstein et al., "Hybrid Hybridomas and Their Use in Immunohistochemistry"
      Nature 305:537-540 (1983).
PAL  Mulligan et al., "Expression of a Bacterial Gene in Mammalian Cells"
      Science 209:1422-1427 (Sep. 1980).
PAL  Munson et al., "LIGAND: A Versatile Computerized Approach for
      Characterization of Ligand-Binding Systems" Analytical Biochemistry
      107:220-239 (1980).
PAL  Nakano et al., "A Protein with several possible membrane-spanning domains
      encoded by the Drosophila segment polarity gene patched" Nature
      341:508-513 (1989).
PAL  Nusslein-Volhard et al., "Mutations Affecting the Pattern of the Larval
      Cuticle in Drosophila-Melanogaster" Wilhelm Roux's Archives of
      Developmental Biology 193(5):267-282 (1984).
PAL  Nygren, "Conjugation of Horseradish Peroxidase to Fab Fragments with
      Different Homobifunctional and Heterobifunctional Cross-Linking Reagents"
      The Journal of Histochemistry and Cytochemistry 30(5):407-412 (1982).
PAL  Osborne et al., "Transcription Control Region Within the Protein-coding
      Portion of Adenovirus E1A Genes" Molecular & Cellular Biology
      4(7):1293-1305 (Jul. 1984).
PAL  Paborsky et al., "Mammalian Cell Transient Expression of Tissue Factor for
      the Production of Antigen" Protein Eng. 3(6):547-553 (1990).
PAL  Pain et al., "Preparation of Protein A-Peroxidase Monoconjugate Using a
      Heterobifunctional Reagent, and its Use in Enzyme Immunoassays" Journal of
      Immunological Methods 40:219-230 (1981).
PAL  Pavlakis et al., "Expression of Two Human Growth Hormone Genes in Monkey
      Cells Infected by Simian Virus 40 Recombinants" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
      78(12):7398-7402 (1981).
PAL  Pennisi, E., "Gene Linked to Commonest Cancer" Science 272:1583-1584
      (1996).
PAL  Perrimon, N., "The genetic basis of patterned baldness in Drosophila" Cell
      76:781-784 (1994).
PAL  Perrimon, N., "Hedgehog and Beyond" Cell 80:517-520 (1995).
PAL  Presta, "Antibody engineering" Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2:593-596 (1992).
PAL  Presta et al., "Humanization of an Antibody Directed Against IgE" J.
      Immunol. 151(5):2623-2632 (Sep. 1, 1993).
PAL  Reyes et al, "Expression of Human B-interferon cDNA under the control of a
      thymidine kinase promoter from herpes simplex virus" Nature
      297(17):598-601 (1982).
PAL  Riddle et al., "Sonic hedgehog mediates the polarizing activity of the ZPA"
      Cell 75:1401-1416 (1993).
PAL  Riechmann et al., "Reshaping human antibodies for therapy" Nature
      332:323-327 (1988).
PAL  Rijsewijk et al., "The Drosophila homolog of the mouse mammary oncogene
      int-1 is identical to the segment polarity gene wingless" Cell 50:649-657
      (1987).
PAL  Roberts et al., "Soni Hedgehog is an endodermal signal inducing Bmp-4 and
      Hox genes during induction and regionalization of the chick hindgut"
      Development 121:3163-3174 (1995).
PAL  Roelink et al., "Floor plate and motor neuron induction by vhh-1, a
      vertebrate homolog of hedgehog expressed by the notochord" Cell 76:761-775
      (1994).
PAL  Sambrook et al., Molecular cloning: A Laboratory Manual, New York:Cold
      Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1989).
PAL  Shaw et al., "A General Method for the Transfer of Cloned Genes to Plant
      Cells" Gene 23:315-330 (1983).
PAL  Sims et al., "A Humanized CD18 Antibody Can Block Function Without Cell
      Destruction" The Journal of Immunology 151(4):2296-2308 (1993).
PAL  Skinner et al., "Use of the Glu-Glu-Phe C-terminal Epitope for Rapid
      Purification of the Catalytic Domain of Normal and Mutant ras
      GTPase-activating Proteins" Journal of Biological Chemistry
      266:14163-14166 (1991).
PAL  Smith et al., "Cardiac Glycoside-Specific Antibodies in the Treatment of
      Digitalis Intoxication" Antibodies in Human Diagnosis and Therapy pp.
      365-389 (1977).
PAL  Southern et al., "Transformation of Mammalian Cells to Antibiotic
      Resistance with a Bacterial Gene Under Control of the SV40 Early Region
      Promoter" J. Molec. Appl. Genet. 1:327-341 (1982).
PAL  Sugden et al., "A Vector that Replicates as a Plasmid and Can Be
      Efficiently Selected in B-Lymphoblasts Transformed by Epstein-Barr Virus"
      Molecular & Cellular Biology 5:410-413 (1985).
PAL  Suresh et al., "Bispecific Monoclonal Antibodies from Hybrid Hybridomas"
      Methods in Enzymology 121:210-228 (1986).
PAL  Tabata and Korn-berg, "Hedgehog is a signaling protein with a key role in
      patterning Drosophila imaginal discs" Cell 76:89-102 (1994).
PAL  Thomas, "Hybridization of Denatured RNA and Small DNA Fragments Transferred
      to Nitrocellulose" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:5201-5205 (1980).
PAL  Thomas et al., "Site-Directed Mutagenesis by Gene Targeting in Mouse
      Embryo-Derived Stem Cells" Cell 51:503-512 (1987).
PAL  Thotakura et al., "Enzymatic Deglycosylation of Glycoproteins" Meth.
      Enzymol. 138:350-359 (1987).
PAL  Traunecker et al., "Bispecific Single Chain Molecules (Janusins) Target
      Cytotoxic Lymphocytes on HIV Infected Cells" EMBO Journal 10:3655-3659
      (1991).
PAL  Treanor et al., "Characterization of a multicomponent receptor for GDNF"
      Nature 382:80-83 (1996).
PAL  Urlaub et al., "Isolation of Chinese Hamster Cell Mutants Deficient in
      Dihydrofolate Reductase Activity" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
      77(7):4216-4220 (Jul. 1980).
PAL  van den Heuvel and Ingham, "Smoothened Encodes a Receptor-Like Serpentine
      Protein Required for Hedgehog Signalling" Nature 382:547-551 (1996).
PAL  Van Solingen et al., "Fusion of Yeast Spheroplasts" J. Bact. 130:946-947
      (1977).
PAL  Verhoeyen et al., "Reshaping Human Antibodies: Grafting an Antilysozyme
      Activity" Science 239:1534-1536 (Mar. 25, 1988).
PAL  Vortkamp et al., "Regulation of rate of cartilage differentiation by Indian
      hedgehog and PHT-related protein" Science 273:613-622 (1996).
PAL  Yaniv, M., "Enhacing Elements for Activation of Eukaryotic Promoters"
      Nature 297(6):17-18 (May 1982).
PAL  Zola, "Using Monoclonal Antibodies: Soluble Antigens" Monoclonal
      Antibodies: A Manual of Techniques, Crc Press, Chapter 6, pp. 147-158
      (1987).
LREP
FR2  Svoboda; Craig G.
ABST
PAL  Novel vertebrate homologues of Smoothened, including human and rat
      Smoothened, are provided. Compositions including vertebrate Smoothened
      chimeras, nucleic acid encoding vertebrate Smoothened, and antibodies to
      vertebrate Smoothened, are also provided.
PATN
WKU  059902825
SRC  8
APN  8631964
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19970527
TTL  Receptor protein for human B cell stimulatory factor-2
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Ulm; John
NDR  30
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Kishimoto; Tadamitsu
STR  5-31, Nakanocho 3-chome
CTY  Tondabayashi-shi, Osaka
CNT  JPX
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19880122
APN  63-012387
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19880125
APN  63-012599
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19880804
APN  63-194885
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19890114
APN  1-7461
RLAP
COD  71
APN  444296
APD  19950518
PSC  01
PNO  5851793
RLAP
COD  84
APN  907650
APD  19920702
PSC  01
PNO  5480796
RLAP
COD  84
APN  298694
APD  19890119
PSC  01
PNO  5171840
CLAS
OCL  530350
XCL  435 697
XCL  536 234
EDF  6
ICL  C07K 14705
ICL  C07K 1900
FSC  530
FSS  350;351
FSC  435
FSS  172.3;69.7
FSC  536
FSS  23.4
UREF
PNO  5171840
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kishimoto
OCL  530350
FREF
PNO  312996
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  325474
ISD  19890700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  61-24697
ISD  19860200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-9774
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-9776
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  T. Hirano, et al., "Complementary DNA for a Novel Human Interleukin (BSF-2)
      that Induces B Lymphocytes to Produce Immunoglobulin", Nature, vol. 324,
      pp. 73-76, (1986).
PAL  T. Kishimoto, et al., "Molecular Regulation of B Lymphocyte Response",
      Ann.Reb. Immunol., vol. 6, pp. 485-512, (1988).
PAL  T. Hirano et al., "Human B-cell Differentiation Factor Defined by an
      Anti-peptide Antibody and its Possible Role in Antoantibody Production",
      Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., vol. 84, pp. 228-231, (1987).
PAL  T. Taga, et al., "Receptors for B Cell Stimulatory Factor 2", J. Exp. Med.,
      vol. 166, pp. 967-981, (1987).
PAL  B. Seed, "An LFA-3 CDNA Encodes a Phospholipid-linked Membrane Protein
      Homologous to its Receptor CD2", Nature, vol. 329, pp. 840-842 (1987).
PAL  J. Messing, "New M13 Vectors for Cloning", Methods in Enzymology, vol. 101,
      pp. 20-79 (1983).
PAL  C. Tyndall, et al., "A Region of the Polyoma Virus Genome Between the
      Replication Origin and Late Protein Coding Sequences is Required in Cis
      for Both Early Gene Expression and Viral DNA Replication", Nucleic Acids
      Research, vol. 9, No. 23. pp. 6231-6250, (1981).
PAL  S. Nakajima-Iijima, et al., "Molecular Structure of the Human Cytoplastic
      B-action Gene: Interspecies Homology of Sequences in the Introns", Proc.
      Natl. Sci., vol. 82, pp. 6133-6137, (1985).
PAL  L. Ellis, et al., Cell, "Replacement of Insulin Receptor Tyrosine Residues
      1162 and 1163 Comprises Insulin-Stimulated Kinase Activity and Uptake of
      2-Deoxyglucose", vol. 45, pp. 721-732, (1986).
PAL  M. Wigler, et al., Biochemical Transfer of Single-Copy Eucaryotic Genes
      Using Total Cellular DNA as Donor, Cell, vol. 14, pp. 725-731, (1978).
PAL  G. Chu, et al., SV40 DNA Transfection of Cells in Suspension: Analysis of
      the Efficiency of Transcription of T-antigen, Gene, vol. 13, pp. 197-202,
      (1981).
PAL  T. Maniatis, et al., "Extraction, Purification, and Analysis of mRNA from
      Eukaryotic Cells", Molecular Cloning, 1982, pp. 188-199 and 213-246.
PAL  L. May, et al., "Anti-.beta.-interferon Antibodies Inhibit the Increased
      Expression of HLA-B7 mRNA in Tumor Necrosis Factor-treaded Human
      Fibroblasts", Pro. Natl. Acad. Sci., vol. 83, pp. 8957-8961, Dec. 1986.
PAL  A. Ziberstein, et al., "Structure and Expression of cDNA and Genes for
      Human Interferon-beta-2, a Distinct Species Inducible by
      Growth-stimulatory Cytokines", EMBO Journal, vol. 5, No. 10, pp.
      2529-2537, 1986.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 109, p. 193, 87407d.
PAL  K. Yamasaki, et al., Science, vol. 241, Aug. 12th, 1988, pp. 825-828.
PAL  Y. Hirata. et al., "Characterization of IL-6 Receptor Expression by
      Monoclonal and Polyclonal Antibodies", J. Immunology, vol. 143, pp.
      2900-2906 Nov. 1989.
PAL  O. Makela et al., "Haptens and Carriers", Handbook of Experimental
      Immunology, vol. 1, Chapter 3, pp. 3.1-3.13, 1986.
PAL  C. Milstein, "Overview: Monoclonal Antibodies", Handbook of Experimental
      Immunology, vol. 4, Chapter 107, pp. 107-1--107.12, 1986.
PAL  Biological Abstract No. 89015076 J. Immunology, 143:2900-2906 (1988).
PAL  Chemical Abstract, vol. 110, No. 23, p. 555, Jun. 1989, No. 210580 e.
PAL  Chemical Abstract, vol. 111, No. 1, p. 552, Jul. 1989, No. 5589 u.
PAL  M. Fujii et al., "High and Low-Affinity Interleukin 2 Receptors:
      Distinctive Effects of Monoclonal Antibodies", J. Immunology, vol. 137,
      pp. 1552-1556, 1986.
PAL  Chemical Abstract, vol. 109, No. 9, 1988, p. 546, No. 71738b.
PAL  Biological Abstract vol. 28, 1985, No. 65431.
PAL  Biological Abstract vol. 84, No. 12, 1987, No. 118862.
PAL  Shimamura et al., Summary Document of Proceedings of the Japanese Society
      for Immunology, Proc. Jpn. Soc. Immunol., vol. 18 (1988), Along with
      Translation.
PAL  Okuno et al., EMP. Hematol., 20:395-400 (1992).
PAL  Taga et al., Cell, 58:573-581 (Aug. 11, 1989).
PAL  Yasukawa et al., J. Biochem., 108:673-676 (1990).
PAL  Bataille et al., J. Clin Invest., 84:2008-2011 (Dec. 1989).
PAL  Devereux et al., "The Program Manual For The Sequence Analysis Software
      Package Of The Genetics Computer Group", University of Wisconsin,
      Biotechnology Center (Jun. 1987).
PAL  Palfreyman et al., J. Immunological Methods, 75:383-393 (1984).
PAL  R. Lerner, Nature 299: 592-596 (Oct. 14, 1982).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  An isolated receptor protein or human B cell stimulatory factor-2, capable
      of specifically binding to the human B cell stimulatory factor-2; DNA
      coding for the above-mentioned receptor protein; expression vectors
      containing the above-mentioned DNA; host organisms transformed with the
      above-mentioned expression vector; a process for production of the
      receptor protein comprising culturing the host organisms in a medium to
      produce the receptor protein and recovering the receptor protein from the
      culture; and a antibody reacting with the protein.
PATN
WKU  059902833
SRC  8
APN  8343276
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970415
TTL  Proteins catalyzing the extension of plant cell walls
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Delacroix-Muirheid; C.
EXP  Tsang; Cecilia J.
NDR  26
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Cosgrove; Daniel J.
CTY  Pennsylvania Furnace
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  McQueen-Mason; Simon
CTY  Fulford
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  The Penn State Research Foundation
CTY  University Park
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  242090
APD  19940512
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  530370
XCL  530372
XCL  530350
XCL  4241951
XCL  435183
EDF  6
ICL  C07K 1500
FSC  530
FSS  370;372;350
FSC  435
FSS  183
FSC  424
FSS  195.1
UREF
PNO  3844890
ISD  19741000
NAM  Horikoshi et al.
OCL  195 62
UREF
PNO  3966543
ISD  19760600
NAM  Cayle et al.
OCL  162158
UREF
PNO  4004976
ISD  19770100
NAM  Isaac
OCL  565698
UREF
PNO  5175275
ISD  19921200
NAM  Dobashi et al.
OCL  536 56
UREF
PNO  5616686
ISD  19970400
NAM  Fischetti et al.
OCL  530326
OREF
PAL  Li et al., Planta, 191 (3), pp. 349-356, 1993.
PAL  Cosgrove, Planta, 177: pp. 121-130, 1989.
PAL  Mcqueen-Mason et al., The Plant Cell, vol. 4, pp. 1425-1433, Nov. 1992.
PAL  Fry, Stephen C., Physiologia Plantarium 75:532-536, 1989.
PAL  Patel, Praful, in "Biotechnology Applications and Research", eds.
      Cheremisinoff, P.N. and Ouellette, R.P. pp. 534-562, Technomic Publishing
      Company, Inc. Lancaster, PA, 1985.
PAL  Taiz, L., Ann. Rev. Plant Physiol. 35:585-657, 1984.
PAL  Scopes, R.K., Chapter 3, Protein Purification, Principles and Practice, 2nd
      Ed., pp. 41-54, Springer-Verlag, New York, 1987.
PAL  Deutscher, M.P., Academic Press 1990, Guide to Protein Purification, pp.
      174-193.
PAL  Fry, Stephen C., Current Biology 4(9):815-817, 1994.
PAL  Cleland, R.E., Planta 170:379-385, 1987.
PAL  Nishitani, K. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 267(29):21058-21064, 1992.
PAL  Taiz, L., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:7387-7389, Aug. 1994.
PAL  Shcherban, T.Y. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:9245-9249, Sep. 1995.
LREP
FR2  Monahan; Thomas J.
ABST
PAL  Plant cell expansion is regulated by wall relaxation and yielding, which is
      thought to be catalyzed by elusive "wall loosening" enzymes. By employing
      a reconstitution approach, we initially found that a crude protein extract
      from the cell walls of growing cucumber seedlings possessed the ability to
      induce the extension of isolated cell walls. This activity was restricted
      to the growing region of the stem and could induce the extension of
      isolated cell walls from various dicots and monocots, but was less
      effective on grass coleoptile walls. Sequential HPLC fractionation of the
      active wall extract revealed two proteins with molecular masses of 29 and
      30 kD, as measured by SDS-PAGE, associated with such activity. Each
      protein, by itself, could induce wall extension without detectable
      hydrolytic breakdown of the wall We proposed the name "expansins" for this
      class of proteins. Expansins have been isolated from various plant sources
      including oat, cucumber, broccoli, celery, tomato, cotton, cabbage, and
      corn, and also from snail and its feces. These proteins weaken the
      intermolecular bonds between plant wall polysaccharides. They decrease the
      mechanical strength of commercial products made from polysaccharides, such
      as paper, and therefore present a novel approach in developing new
      technologies in industries which make use of such polysaccharides, such as
      in the paper industry, in the applications of polysaccharide gums and
      related products. These proteins moreover present a novel approach in the
      control of plant growth.
PATN
WKU  059902841
SRC  9
APN  1468057
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980904
TTL  Process for the isolation and purification of zeamatin
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Mohamed; Abdel A.
EXP  Tsang; Cecilia J.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Mahiou; Belaid
CTY  Westminster
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Rieger; Robert
CTY  Westminster
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Univera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  Broomfield
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  530376
XCL  530350
XCL  530370
XCL  530412
XCL  530414
XCL  530416
XCL  530417
XCL  530418
XCL  530422
XCL  530427
EDF  6
ICL  C07K  100
ICL  C07K 1400
ICL  A23J  100
FSC  530
FSS  376;350;370;412;414;416;417;418;422;427
UREF
PNO  5521153
ISD  19960500
NAM  Roberts et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5559034
ISD  19960900
NAM  Roberts et al.
OCL  435320.1
OREF
PAL  Paulis et al, Chemical Abstract, 1 vol. 109, p. 520, Ref. # 36789X, 1988
      (Cereal Chem. vol. 65, No. 3, pp. 215-222).
PAL  Sofer et al, Biotechniques, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 198-203, 1983.
PAL  Bonnerjea et al, Bio/Technology, vol. 5, pp. 955-958, 1986.
PAL  Bartlett and Smith (1991) Clinical Microbiology Reviews 4:137-149.
PAL  Bodey et al. (1992) Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 11:99-109.
PAL  Cox and Perfect (1993) Curr. Opin. Infect. Dis. 6:422-426.
PAL  Fox (1993) ASM News 59:515-518.
PAL  Kujath (1992) Mycoses 35:225-228.
PAL  Nouza (1992) Infection 20:113-117.
PAL  Roberts and Selitrennikoff (1990) J. Gen. Microbiol. 136:1771-1778.
PAL  Samonis and Bafaloukos (1992) in vivo 6:183-194.
PAL  Sternberg (1994) Science 266:1632-1634.
PAL  Vigers et al. (1992) Plant Science 83:155-161.
PAL  Vigers et al. (1991) Molecular Plant-Microbe Interactions 4:315-323.
LREP
FRM  Swanson & Bratschun LLC
ABST
PAL  Methods are herein provided for the isolation and purification of zeamatin,
      an antifungal protein from corn. The subject methods use capture
      chromatography and reverse phase chromatography. The methods herein
      described is superior to prior art techniques as it the eliminates
      ammonium sulfate precipitation and centrifugation steps.
PATN
WKU  059902850
SRC  8
APN  484078&
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19950607
TTL  Catalytic antibodies against cocaine
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Ungar; Susan
EXP  Hutzell; Paula K.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Landry; Donald W.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Zhao; Kang
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  The Trustees of Columbia University
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  313291
CLAS
OCL  5303871
XCL  5303889
XCL  53038885
XCL  5303891
XCL  5303898
XCL  530402
XCL  546 22
XCL  546 23
EDF  6
ICL  C07K 1600
ICL  C07K  100
ICL  C07F  906
FSC  530
FSS  387.1;405;388.85;388.9;389.1;389.8;402
FSC  546
FSS  23;22
FSC  436
FSS  547
UREF
PNO  3884898
ISD  19750500
NAM  Schneider
UREF
PNO  3888866
ISD  19750600
NAM  Leute et al.
UREF
PNO  3917582
ISD  19751100
NAM  Soffer et al.
OCL  260121
UREF
PNO  3975237
ISD  19760800
NAM  Rubenstein et al.
OCL  195 63
UREF
PNO  4045420
ISD  19770800
NAM  Soffer et al.
OCL  260112
UREF
PNO  4197237
ISD  19800400
NAM  Leute et al.
OCL  260112
UREF
PNO  4203802
ISD  19800500
NAM  Rubenstein et al.
OCL  435188
UREF
PNO  4220722
ISD  19800900
NAM  Rowley et al.
UREF
PNO  4235864
ISD  19801100
NAM  Kaul et al.
OCL  424  1
UREF
PNO  4493795
ISD  19850100
NAM  Nestor, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4620977
ISD  19861100
NAM  Strahilevitz
UREF
PNO  4650771
ISD  19870300
NAM  Buckler et al.
UREF
PNO  4659567
ISD  19870400
NAM  Tramontano et al.
OCL  424 85
UREF
PNO  4695624
ISD  19870900
NAM  Marburg et al.
UREF
PNO  4714676
ISD  19871200
NAM  Keyes
UREF
PNO  4792446
ISD  19881200
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  424 85.8
UREF
PNO  4888281
ISD  19891200
NAM  Schochetman et al.
OCL  435 72
UREF
PNO  4931544
ISD  19900600
NAM  Katre et al.
UREF
PNO  4963355
ISD  19901000
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  424 85.8
UREF
PNO  5030717
ISD  19910700
NAM  Tramontano et al.
OCL  530387
UREF
PNO  5037750
ISD  19910800
NAM  Schochetman et al.
OCL  435183
UREF
PNO  5079152
ISD  19920100
NAM  Benkovic et al.
OCL  435125
UREF
PNO  5187086
ISD  19930200
NAM  Janda et al.
OCL  435146
UREF
PNO  5202270
ISD  19930400
NAM  Ungemach et al.
OCL  436537
UREF
PNO  5463028
ISD  19951000
NAM  Landry et al.
OREF
PAL  Erlanger, B.F. (1980) "The Preparation of Antigenic Hapten-Carrier
      Conjugates: A Survey." Methods in Enzymology 70: 85-105.
PAL  Colburn, W.A. (1980) "Specific Antibodies and Fab Fragments to Alter the
      Pharmaco-kinetics and Reverse the Pharmacologic/Toxicologic Effects of
      Drugs." Drug Metabolism Reviews 11:223-262.
PAL  McConnell, et al. (1981) The Immune System, Blackwell Scientific
      Publications, Boston, MA, pp. 157-159.
PAL  Hames, et al. (1981) Gel Electrophoresis of Proteins, (IRL Press,
      Washington, D.C.) p. 44.
PAL  Scopes, R.K. (1982) Protein Purification, (Springer-Verlag, NY), p. 254.
PAL  Giannini, et al. (1989) "Bromocriptine and Amantadine in Cocaine
      Detoxification." Psychiatry Research 29: 11-16.
PAL  Gawin, et al. (1989) "Cocaine Dependence." Ann. Rev. Med. 40:149-161.
PAL  Pentel, et al. (1991) "Pretreatment with Drug-Specific Antibody Reduces
      Desipramine Cardiotoxicity in Rats." Life Sciences 48:675-683.
PAL  National Institute On Drug Abuse "Development of immunological and
      molecular biological approaches to effect reduction of cocaine use." NIH
      Guide vol. 21, No. 34, Sep. 25, 1992.
PAL  National Institute On Drug Abuse "Development of innovative methods to
      identify medications for treating cocaine use." NIH Guide vol. 21, No. 31,
      Aug. 28, 1992.
PAL  Bagasra, et al. (1992) "A Potential Vaccine for Cocain Abuse Prophylaxis."
      Immunopharmacology 23: 173-179.
PAL  Yu, et al. (1992) "Synthesis of Carbon-11 Labeled Iodinated Cocaine
      Derivatives and Their distribution in Baboon Brain Measured Using Positron
      Emission Tomography".
PAL  Chandrakumar, et al. (1993) "Phenylphosphonate Monoester Analogs of
      Cocaine, Potential Haptens for the Generation of Catalytic Antibodies."
      Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 3: 309-312.
PAL  Landry, et al. (1993) "Antibody-Catalyzed Degradation of Cocaine." Science
      259: 1899-1901.
PAL  Abraham, et al. (1992) "N-Modified Analogues of Cocaine: Synthesis and
      Inhibition of Binding to the Cocaine Receptor." J. Med. Chem 35: 141-144.
PAL  Lewin, A.H., et al. (1992) "2 beta-substituted Analogues of Cocaine.
      Synthesis and Inhibition of Binding to the Cocaine Receptor." J. Med.
      Chem. 35: 135-140.
PAL  Ambre, J., et al., (1984), Urinary excretion of ecgonine methyl ester, a
      major metabolite of cocaine in humans, J. Anal. Toxicol., 8:23-25 (Exhibit
      17).
PAL  Ambre, J., (1985), The urinary excretion of cocaine and metabolites in
      humans: a kinetic analysis of published data, J. Anal. Toxicol., 9:241-245
      (Exhibit 18).
PAL  Bach, J.F., et al., (1993), Safety and efficacy of therapeutic monoclonal
      antibodies in clinical therapy, Immunol. Today, 14:421-425 (Exhibit 19).
PAL  Baldwin, E., and Schultz, P.G., (1989), Generation of a catalytic antibody
      by site-directed mutagenesis, Science, 245:1104-1107 (Exhibit 20).
PAL  Benkovic, S.J., (1988), Catalysis of a stereospecific bimolecular amide
      synthesis by an antibody, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 85:5355-5358
      (Exhibit 21).
PAL  Benkovic, S.J., et al., (1990), The enzymic nature of antibody catalysis:
      development of multistep kinetic processing, Science, 250:1135-1139
      (Exhibit 22).
PAL  Benuck, M., et al., (1987), Pharmacokinetics of systemically administered
      cocaine and locomotor stimulation in mice, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Therap.,
      243:144-149 (Exhibit 23).
PAL  Bonese, K.F., et al., (1974), Changes in heroin self-administration by a
      rhesus monkey after morphine immunization, Nature, 252:708-710 (Exhibit
      24).
PAL  Borrebaeck, C.A.K., (1989), Strategy for the production of human monoclonal
      antibodies using in vitro activated B cells, J. Immunol. Methods,
      23:157-165 (Exhibit 25).
PAL  Carpenter, C.B., (1990), Immunosuppression in organ transplantation, N.
      Engl. J. Med., 332:1224-1226 (Exhibit 26).
PAL  Chandrakumar, N.S., et al., (1993), Phenylphosphonate monoester analogs of
      cocaine, Bioorg. & Medic. Chem. Let., 3:309-312 (Exhibit 27).
PAL  Chow, M.J., (1985), Kinetics of cocaine distribution, elimination, and
      chronotropic effects, Clin. Pharmacol. Ther., 38:318-324 (Exhibit 28).
PAL  Cochran, A.G., et al., (1991), Antibody-catalyzed biomolecular imine
      formation, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 113:6670-6672 (Exhibit 29).
PAL  Dean, R.A., et al., (1991), Human liver cocaine esterases: ethanol-mediated
      formation of ethylcocaine, FASEB J., 5:2735-2739 (Exhibit 30).
PAL  Fischman, M.W., et al., (1990), Effects of desipramine maintenance on
      cocaine self-administration by humans, J. Pharmacol. & Exp. Ther.,
      253:760-770 (Exhibit 31).
PAL  Fujii, I., et al., (1991), Enantiofacial protonation by catalytic
      antibodies, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 113:8528-8529 (Exhibit 32).
PAL  Gatley, S.J., et al., (1990), Rapid stereoselective hydrolysis of
      (+)-cocaine in baboon plasma prevents its uptake in the brain:
      implications for behavioral studies, J. Neurochem., 54:720-723 (Exhibit
      33).
PAL  Gawin, F.H., et al., (1988), Cocaine and other stimulants: actions, abuse
      and treatment, New Eng. J. Med., 318:1173-1182 (Exhibit 34).
PAL  Gawin, F.H., et al., (1989), Desipramine facilitation of initial cocaine
      abstinence, Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 46:117-121 (Exhibit 35).
PAL  Goeders, N.E., (1983), Cortical dopaminergic involvement in cocaine
      reinforcement, Science, 221:773-775 (Exhibit 37).
PAL  Harris, W.J., et al., (1993), Therapeutic antibodies--the coming of age,
      TIBTECH, 11:42-44 (Exhibit 38).
PAL  Ikeda, S., et al., (1991), Asymmetric induction via a catalytic antibody,
      J. Am. Chem. Soc., 113:7763-7764 (Exhibit 39).
PAL  Iverson, B.L. and Lerner, R.A., (1989), Sequence-specific peptide cleavage
      catalyzed by an antibody, Science, 243:1184-1188 (Exhibit 40).
PAL  Jackson, D.Y., et al., (1988), An antibody-catalyzed claisen rearrangement,
      J. Am. Chem. Soc., 110:4841-4842 (Exhibit 41).
PAL  Janda, K.D., et al., (1991), Catalytic antibodies with acyl-transfer
      capabilities: mechanistic and kinetic investigations, J. Am. Chem. Soc.,
      113:291-297 (Exhibit 42).
PAL  Janda, K.D., et al., (1988), Induction of an antibody that catalyzes the
      hydrolysis of an amide bond, Science, 241:1188-1191 (Exhibit 43).
PAL  Janda, K.D., et al., (1989), Catalytic antibodies with lipase activity and
      R or S substrate selectivity, Science, 244:437-440 (Exhibit 44).
PAL  Janda, K.D., et al., (1991), Antibody bait and switch catalysis: a survey
      of antigens capable of inducing abzymes, J.Am. Chem. Soc., 113:5427-5434
      (Exhibit 45).
PAL  Janda, K.D., et al., (1991), Substrate attenuation: an approach to improve
      antibody catalysis, Tetrahedron, 47:2503-2506 (Exhibit 46).
PAL  Kitazume, T., et al., (1991), Antibody-catalyzed double stereoselection in
      fluorinated materials, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 113:8573-8575 (Exhibit 47).
PAL  Lesko, L.M., et al., (1982), Introgenous cocaine psychosis, New Eng. J.
      Med., 307:1153 (Exhibit 49).
PAL  Mayforth, R.D., et al., (1990), Designer and catalytic antibodies, N. Engl.
      J. Med., 323:173-178 (Exhibit 50).
PAL  Osband, M.E., et al., (1990), Problems in the investigation study and
      clinical use of cancer immunotherapy, Immunol. Today, 11:193-9195 (Exhibit
      51).
PAL  Pollack, S.J., (1986), Selective chemical analysis by an antibody, Science,
      234:1570-1573 (Exhibit 52).
PAL  Queen, C., et al., (1989), A humanized antibody that binds to the
      interleukin 2 receptor, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 86:10029-10033
      (Exhibit 53).
PAL  Reichmann, L.M., et al., (1988), Reshaping human antibodies for therapy,
      Nature, 332:323-327 (Exhibit 54).
PAL  Robins, R.J., (1996), The measurement of low-molecular-weight,
      non-immunogenic compounds by immunoassay. In: H. Linskens and J.F. Jackson
      (Eds.), Immunology in Plant Sciences, Springer-Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg,
      pp. 86-141, (Exhibit 55).
PAL  Schultz, P.G., (1988), The interplay between chemistry and biology in the
      design of enzymatic catalysts, Science, 240:426-433 (Exhibit 56).
PAL  Seaver, S.S., (1994), Monoclonal antibodies in industry: more difficult
      than originally thought, Genetic Engineering News, 14:10, 21 (Exhibit 57).
PAL  Shokat, K.M., et al., (1989), A new strategy for the generation of
      catalytic antibodies, Nature, 338:269-271 (Exhibit 58).
PAL  Tramontano, et al., (1986), Catalytic antibodies, Science, 234:1566-1570
      (Exhibit 59).
PAL  Tramontano, A., et al., (1986), Chemical reactivity at an antibody binding
      site elicited by mechanistic design of a synthetic antigen, Proc. Natl.
      Acad. Sci. USA, 83:6736-6740 (Exhibit 60).
PAL  Tramontano, A., et al., (1988), Antibody catalysis approaching the activity
      of enzymes, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 110:2282-2286 (Exhibit 61).
PAL  Waldman, T.A., (1991), Monoclonal antibodies in diagnosis and therapy,
      Science, 252:1657-1662 (Exhibit 62).
PAL  Ziegler, E.J., et al., (1991), Treatment of gram-negative bacteremia and
      septic shock with HA-1A human monoclonal antibody against endotoxin, N.
      Engl. J. Med., 324:429-436 (Exhibit 63).
LREP
FR2  White; John P.
     Cooper & Dunham LLP
ABST
PAL  This invention provides compounds which are analogs to the hydrolysis
      transition-state of a cocaine benzoyl ester group. This invention also
      provides such analogs linked to carrier proteins, and antibodies thereto.
      This invention further provides pharmaceutical composition for decreasing
      concentration in a subject using the antibodies produced.
PATN
WKU  059902868
SRC  8
APN  7814496
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970110
TTL  Antibodies with reduced net positive charge
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1,11
EXA  Bansal; Geetha P.
EXP  Hutzell; Paula K.
NDR  22
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Khawli; Leslie A.
CTY  Arcadia
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Epstein; Alan L.
CTY  La Canada
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Techniclone, Inc.
CTY  Tustin
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  5303871
XCL  5303881
XCL  5303891
XCL  5303913
XCL  5303917
XCL  530402
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 39395
ICL  C07K 1600
FSC  530
FSS  402;387.1;388.1;389.1;391.3;391.7
UREF
PNO  5021571
ISD  19910600
NAM  Mease et al.
FREF
PNO  WO88/07553
ISD  19881000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO89/12458
ISD  19890600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO89/12458
ISD  19891200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO90/09196
ISD  19900200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO90/09196
ISD  19900800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO91/07991
ISD  19910600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO92/04052
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Frankel, Arthur E.; Immunotoxins, 1988 Kluwer Academic Publishers;
      Antibody-toxin conjugation; pp. 213-251.
PAL  Orlandi, Rosaria, et al; Hybridoma, vol. 5, No. 1, 1986; Change in Binding
      Reactivity of an Anti-Tumor Monoclonal Antibody After the Introduction of
      2-Pyridyl Disulphide Groups; pp. 1-8.
PAL  Frankel, Arthur E.; Immuntoxins; 1988; Antibody-toxin conjugation; pp.
      213-251.
PAL  Khawli, et al.; Antibody, Immunoconjugates, and Radiopharmaceuticals; vol.
      6, No. 1, 1993; Improved Immunotargeting of Tumors with Biotinylated
      Monoclonal Antibodies and Radiolabeled Streptavidin; pp. 13-27.
PAL  Najafi, et al.; Nucl.Med.Biol., vol. 19, No. 2, The Evaluation of .sup.186
      Re-labeled Antibodies Using N.sub.2 S.sup.4 Chelate In Vitro and In Vivo
      Using Tumor-bearing Nude Mice; pp. 205-212.
PAL  Alauddin, et al.; Antibody, Immunoconjugates, and Radiopharmaceuticals;
      vol. 4, No. 3, 1991; Evaluation of .sup.99m Tc-Labeled N.sub.2 S.sub.4
      Coupled B72.3 and Lym-1 Antibodies as Tumor-Imaging Agents in
      Tumor-Bearing Nude Mice.
PAL  Yazynin, et al., Immunology Letters; 41 (1994) pp. 235-239; Group-selective
      immunoassay.
PAL  Thakur, et al.; The Journal of Nuclear Medicine; vol. 35, No. 5, May 1994;
      Laboratory Studies; Technetium-99m-Labeled Monoclonal Antibodies:
      Influence of Technetium-99 Binding Sites; pp. 876-881.
PAL  Khawli, et al.; Cancer Biotherapy & Radiopharmaceuticals; vol. 11, No. 3,
      1996; Improved Tumor Localization and Radioimaging with Chemically
      Modified Monoclonal Antibodies; pp. 203-215.
PAL  Ponomareva et al Immunologiga, 0(4) 1989 pp. 76-78. (Russian) abstract
      enclosed.
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens Olson & Bear, LLP
ABST
PAL  Modified antibodies which have been by chemical conjugation with agents
      reactive with free amino groups are disclosed. Among the chemical agents
      disclosed for use in connection with the invention are heterobifunctional
      reagents and biotin. The use of these modified antibodies in the diagnosis
      and therapy of cancer and other mammalian disease is also disclosed.
      Diagnostic uses include immunoscintography. The modified antibodies may be
      further conjugated with labels or biologically active molecules for use in
      diagnosis and therapy. The modified antibodies may also be formulated into
      pharmaceutical compositions for these purposes.
PATN
WKU  059902876
SRC  9
APN  0176281
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980202
TTL  Human monoclonal antibody specifically binding to surface antigen of
      cancer cell membrane
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Schwadron; Ronald B.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hosokawa; Saiko
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tagawa; Toshiaki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hirakawa; Yoko
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ito; Norihiko
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagaike; Kazuhiro
CTY  Sagamihara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910628
APN  3-158859
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910628
APN  3-158860
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910628
APN  3-158861
RLAP
COD  74
APN  360125
APD  19941220
PSC  01
PNO  5767246
RLAP
COD  81
APN  905534
APD  19920629
CLAS
OCL  5303888
XCL  5303871
XCL  5303877
XCL  53038815
XCL  5303897
XCL  530866
EDF  6
ICL  C07K 1630
ICL  C07K 1618
ICL  C07K 1628
FSC  530
FSS  387.1;387.7;388.15;388.8;389.7;866
UREF
PNO  4800155
ISD  19890100
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  435  7.23
UREF
PNO  5264221
ISD  19931100
NAM  Tagawa et al.
OCL  424450
FREF
PNO  0 178 891
ISD  19870900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9014595
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9109134
ISD  19910600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9116071
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Cancer Research vol. 45, 263-271, Jan. 1985, Imam et al., Generation and
      Immunohistological Characterization of Human Monoclonal Antibodies to
      Mammary Carcinoma Cells.
PAL  Cancer Immunol/Immunotherapy (1989) 28: 296-300, Formenti et al.,
      "Reactivity of a Human Monoclonal Antibody Against Carcinomas and other
      Lesions of the Colon".
PAL  Cancer Research vol. 49, 2471-2476, May 1, 1989, Vollmers et al., "SC-1 a
      Functional Human Monoclonal Antibody Against Autologous Stomach Carcinoma
      Cells".
PAL  Cell vol. 22, 197-207, Nov. 1980, Hieter et al. "Cloned Human and Mouse
      Kappa Immunoglobulin Constant and J Region Genes Conserve Homology in
      Functional Segments".
PAL  Nature vol. 294, 536-540, Hieter et al., "Clustered Arrangement of
      Immunoglobulin Constant Region Genes in Man" Dec. 10, 1981.
PAL  The Journal of Biological Chemistry vol. 257, 1516-1522, Feb. 1992, Hieter
      et al., "Evolution of Human Immunoglobulin k J Region Genes".
PAL  Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 14, 1779-1789, Huck et al., Sequence of a
      human immunoglobulin Gamma 3 heavy chain constant region gene: comparison
      with the other human C genes (1986).
PAL  Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 18, 4278, May 1990, Friedlander et al.,
      Complete nucleotide sequence of the membrane form of the human IgM heavy
      chain.
PAL  Nature vol. 321, 522-525, May 1986, Jones et al., "Replacing the
      complementarity determining regions in a human antibody with those from a
      mouse".
PAL  Chen et al., J. Cancer Res. Clin. Oncol., 117 (4), pp. 367-376, 1991.
PAL  Liu et al., Chung Hug Chung Liv Tsu Chih, 10(4), pp. 242-244, 1988.
PAL  Harris et al., TIBTECH, 11, pp. 42-44, 1993.
PAL  Dermer, Bio/Technology, 12, p. 320, 1994.
PAL  Hird et al., Chapter 12, from: Genes and Cancer, Ed.
PAL  D. Carney, et al., Wiley and Sons, pp. 183-189, 1990.
PAL  Saito et al., J. Natl. Cancer Institute 80(10), pp. 728-738, 1988.
PAL  Waldman, Science, vol. 262, pp. 1657-1662, 1991.
PAL  Parks et al., Chapter 29, From Handbook of Exp. Immunol. vol. 1,
      Immunochemistry, Blackwell Scientific Pub, 1986.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 111, No. 13, Sep. 25, 1989 Kazuhiro Yoshikawa et
      al. "A Human Monoclonal Antibody Recognizing a Surface Antigen on Stomach
      Cancer Cells.", p. 503, Col. 2, Abstract-No. 113 362y.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 100, No. 21, May 21, 1984 Takashi Masuko et al.
      "Monoclonal Antibodies Against Cell Surface Antigens Present on Human
      Urinary Bladder Cancer Cells.", p. 474, Col. 1, Abstract-No. 172 850b.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A human monoclonal antibody specifically binding to a surface antigen of
      cancer cell membrane, an isolated DNA encoding the antibody, and a
      hybridoma producing the antibody. An anti-cancer formulation comprising
      the monoclonal antibody bonded to the surface of a liposome enclosing an
      anti-cancer agent or toxin is also provided.
PATN
WKU  059902884
SRC  9
APN  0754234
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980508
TTL  Method for purifying FSH
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Moezie; F. T.
INVT
NAM  Musick; James R.
CTY  Conifer
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Van Horn; Erik
CTY  Englewood
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Vitro Diagnostics, Inc.
CTY  Littleton
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  530398
XCL  530397
XCL  530350
XCL  530412
XCL  530413
XCL  530415
XCL  530344
EDF  6
ICL  C07K  318
ICL  C07K  320
ICL  C07K  328
FSC  530
FSS  344;397;398;350;412;413;415
UREF
PNO  4487833
ISD  19841200
NAM  Donahoe
UREF
PNO  4734398
ISD  19880300
NAM  diZerega
UREF
PNO  4764502
ISD  19880800
NAM  diZerega
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5128453
ISD  19920700
NAM  Arpaia et al.
OCL  530398
UREF
PNO  5173404
ISD  19921200
NAM  diZerega
OCL  435  7.1
UREF
PNO  5661126
ISD  19970800
NAM  Donahoe
FREF
PNO  2173803A
ISD  19861000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Declaration of James R. Musick and Erik Van Horn.
PAL  International Search Report.
PAL  Jack, G.W., "Immunoaffinity Chromatography," Mol. Biotechnology, 1,, pp.
      59-86 (1994).
PAL  Lowe, C.R. et al,, "Designer dyes: `biomimetic` ligands for the
      purification of pharmaceutical proteins by affinity chromatography,"
      Tibtech, 10, pp. 442-448 (1992).
PAL  Moore, L.G., et al, "Follicle-Stimulating Hormone in the Brushtail Possum
      (Trichosurus vulpecula): Purification, Characterization, and
      Radioimmunoassay," Gen. Comp. Endo., 106, pp. 30-38 (1997).
LREP
FRM  McCutchen, Doyle, Brown & Enersen, LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a method for purifying follicle stimulating
      hormone (FSH) from biological samples, for example, from human pituitary
      glands or human postmenopausal urine, wherein the FSH is contaminated with
      other proteins, by use of dye-ligand affinity chromatography (DAC). This
      process may be used to generate affinity pure FSH suitable for therapeutic
      applications.
PATN
WKU  059902892
SRC  9
APN  0000310
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980102
TTL  Method for the purification of proteins
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Mohamed; Abdel A.
EXP  Tsang; Cecilia J.
INVT
NAM  Fauquex; Pierre Fran.cedilla.ois
CTY  Basel
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Georges; Catherine
CTY  Aesch
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Novartis AG
CTY  Basel
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19950726
APN  95810485
CLAS
OCL  530413
XCL  530350
XCL  530351
XCL  530412
XCL  530415
XCL  530416
XCL  530417
XCL  530419
XCL  530420
XCL  530421
XCL  530427
XCL  530811
XCL  530812
EDF  6
ICL  C07K 1700
ICL  A23J  100
FSC  530
FSS  413;350;351;412;415;416;417;419;420;421;427;811;812
UREF
PNO  5136025
ISD  19920800
NAM  Scheuermann et al.
OCL  530413
UREF
PNO  5169936
ISD  19921200
NAM  Staples et al.
OCL  530350
FREF
PNO  0051873
ISD  19820500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0205404
ISD  19861200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0253303
ISD  19880100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Heinemeyer et al., EMBO Journal, vol. 10, 1991, pp. 555-562.
PAL  Hinnen et al, "Yeast Genetic Engineering," Barr et al Eds., Butterworths,
      1989, pp. 193-213.
PAL  Meister et al, J. Gen. Virol, vol. 67, 1986, pp. 1633-1643.
PAL  Hochkeppel et al., Drugs of the Future, vol. 17, 1992, pp. 899-914.
PAL  Sulkowski, Trends in Biotechnology, vol. 3, 1985, pp. 1-7.
PAL  Rassi & Horvath, J. Chromatography, vol. 359, 1986, pp. 241-253.
PAL  Figueroa et al., J. Chromatography, vol. 371, 1986, pp. 335-352.
PAL  Arnold, BIO/Technology, vol. 9, 1991, 151-156.
PAL  Wong et al., Separation and Purification Methods, vol. 20, 1991, pp.
      49-106.
PAL  Porath, Protein Expression and Purfication, vol. 3, 1992, pp. 263-281.
PAL  Yip & Hutchens Methods in Molecular Biology, vol. 11, 1992, pp. 17-31.
PAL  Chadha et al., J. Gen. Virol., vol. 43, 1979 pp. 701-706.
PAL  Sulkowski et al., Affinity Chromatography and Related Techniques, 1982, pp.
      313-322.
PAL  Hochuli, Chimia, vol. 40, 1986 pp. 408-412.
PAL  Hochuli, J. Chromatography, vol. 444 1988, pp. 293-302.
PAL  Zawistowska et al., Ceral Chem., vol. 65, 1988, pp. 413-416.
PAL  Vijayalakshim, TIBTECH, vol. 7, 1989, pp. 71-76.
PAL  Porath, Trends in Analytical Chem., vol. 7, 1988, pp. 254-259.
PAL  Yamashita et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 87, 1990, pp. 5684-5652.
PAL  Yip et al., Analytical Biochem., vol. 183 pp. 159-171.
PAL  Hemdan & Porath, J. Chromatography, Vo, 323 1985, pp. 255-264.
PAL  Porath, Biotechnol. Progress, vol. 3, 1987, pp. 14-21.
PAL  Gregory et al., Protein Engineering, vol. 6, 1993, pp. 29-35.
PAL  Kagedal in Protein purification, principles, high resolution methods and
      applications; Janson and Ryden Eds., 1989, pp. 227-241.
PAL  Satchell & Satchell, Chemical Reviews, vol. 69, 1969, pp. 251-278.
PAL  Todd et al., Proteins, vol. 10, 1991, pp. 156-161.
PAL  Smith et al., Inorganic Chem., vol. 26, 1987, pp. 1965-1969.
PAL  Nakagawa et al., Analytical Biochem. vol. 168, pp. 75-81.
PAL  Nakagawa et al; Analytical Biochemistry, vol. 168, pp. 75-81, 1988.
PAL  Smith et al, Inorg. Chem., vol. 26, pp. 1965-1969, 1987.
PAL  Alan G. Sharpe, Inorganic Chemistry, Published by Longman Group Limited
      London, Chapter 15, under 15.3, Hydrides, p. 377, 1981.
PAL  Baham et al, Chemical Abstracts, vol. 88, p. 636, Ref--#1891266 (J.
      Environ. Qual. 1978(2), pp. 181-188), 1978.
PAL  Sofer et al., BioTechniques, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 198-203, 1983.
PAL  Bonnerjea et al Bio/Technology, vol. 4, pp. 955-958, 1986.
LREP
FR2  Kalinchak; Stephen G.
FR2  Wissing; William K.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/03144
PD1  19980120
PD2  19980120
PD3  19960717
PCP  WO97/05159
PCD  19970213
ABST
PAR  The instant invention relate to a new method for the purification of
      proteins using copper chelate-affinity chromatography, wherein the impure
      or pre-purified protein is adsorbed on immobilized copper(II) ions,
      optionally washed with buffer and deionized water, washed with a solution
      of a Lewis-base, and finally eluted with deionized water.
PATN
WKU  059902906
SRC  9
APN  2053543
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19981204
TTL  Blue reactive dyestuffs
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Powers; Fiona T.
INVT
NAM  Phillips; Duncan Adrian Sidney
CTY  Lancs
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Taylor; John Anthony
CTY  Prestwich
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Kao; Yung-Chien
CTY  Taoyuan
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Everlight USA, Inc.
CTY  Pineville
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  534637
XCL  534605
XCL  534612
EDF  6
ICL  C09B 62513
FSC  534
FSS  637;605;612
UREF
PNO  4801694
ISD  19890100
NAM  Scheibli et al.
OCL  534637
UREF
PNO  5831040
ISD  19981100
NAM  Reichert
OCL  534637
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides the blue dyestuffs of the following formula
      (I),
      ##STR1##
      wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, X, X.sub.1, X.sub.2, Y, and Z are defined in
      this document. These kinds of dyestuffs are suitable for dyeing and
      printing of materials containing either cellulose fibers, such as cotton,
      synthetic cotton, hemp, and synthetic hemp, or synthetic polyamide and
      polyurethane fibers, such as wool, silk, and nylon.
PATN
WKU  059902914
SRC  9
APN  2044315
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19981203
TTL  Recovery of isoflavones from soy molasses
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Howard C.
INVT
NAM  Waggle; Doyle H.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Bryan; Barbara A.
CTY  University City
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Protein Technologies International, Inc.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  086658
APD  19980529
RLAP
COD  82
APN  661845
APD  19960611
PSC  01
PNO  5821361
CLAS
OCL  536  8
XCL  4241951
EDF  6
ICL  C07D31136
FSC  435
FSS  200;201;209
FSC  424
FSS  195.1
FSC  514
FSS  783;456
FSC  536
FSS  8;124;127;128
UREF
PNO  3461205
ISD  19690800
NAM  Mansfeld et al.
OCL  424195
UREF
PNO  3974184
ISD  19760800
NAM  Umezawa et al.
OCL  260345.2
UREF
PNO  4064277
ISD  19771200
NAM  Yokotsuka et al.
OCL  426331
UREF
PNO  4157984
ISD  19790600
NAM  Zilliken
OCL  252407
UREF
PNO  4218489
ISD  19800800
NAM  Zilliken
OCL  426545
UREF
PNO  4232122
ISD  19801100
NAM  Zilliken
OCL  435 52
UREF
PNO  4264509
ISD  19810400
NAM  Zilliken
OCL  260345
UREF
PNO  4366082
ISD  19821200
NAM  Zilliken
OCL  252404
UREF
PNO  4366248
ISD  19821200
NAM  Zilliken
OCL  435125
UREF
PNO  4390559
ISD  19830600
NAM  Zilliken
OCL  426545
UREF
PNO  4428876
ISD  19840100
NAM  Iwamura
OCL  260123.5
UREF
PNO  5141746
ISD  19920800
NAM  Fleury et al.
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  5320949
ISD  19940600
NAM  Shen
OCL  435 68.1
UREF
PNO  5352384
ISD  19941000
NAM  Shen
OCL  252398
UREF
PNO  5424331
ISD  19950600
NAM  Shlyankevich
OCL  514456
UREF
PNO  5516528
ISD  19960500
NAM  Hughes et al.
OCL  424464
UREF
PNO  5554519
ISD  19960900
NAM  Weber et al.
OCL  435125
UREF
PNO  5569459
ISD  19961000
NAM  Shlyankevich
OCL  424195.1
UREF
PNO  5637561
ISD  19970600
NAM  Shen et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5637562
ISD  19970600
NAM  Shen et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5670632
ISD  19970900
NAM  Chaihorsky
OCL  536  8
UREF
PNO  5679806
ISD  19971000
NAM  Zheng et al.
OCL  549403
UREF
PNO  5702752
ISD  19971200
NAM  Gugger et al.
OCL  426634
UREF
PNO  5726034
ISD  19980300
NAM  Bryan et al.
OCL  435 68.1
UREF
PNO  5763389
ISD  19980600
NAM  Shen et al.
OCL  514  2
UREF
PNO  5792503
ISD  19980800
NAM  Gugger et al.
OCL  426634
FREF
PNO  647408A1
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  62-12685A
ISD  19870600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-126186A
ISD  19870600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-245648A
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-258669
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  40-36242A
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-266898A
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4283518
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5170756A
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-287554A
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-214787A
ISD  19960800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4283283
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  90-23822A
ISD  19970100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO93/23069
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/07811
ISD  19970300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Matsuura and Obata; "Beta-glucosidases from soybeans hydrolyze daidzin and
      genistin"; J. Food Science; vol. 58, No. 1, pp. 144-147; (1993).
PAL  Naim et al.; "Soybean isoflavones, characterization, determination and
      antifungal activity"; J. Agri. Food Chem.; vol. 22, No. 5, pp. 806-810;
      (1974).
PAL  Matsuura, Obata, Fukushima; "Objectionable Flavor of Soy Milk Developed
      during the Soaking of Soybeans and its Control"; J. Food Science; vol. 54,
      No. 3, pp. 602-605; (1989).
PAL  Nguyenle, T. et al.; "An Investigation on the Extraction and Concentration
      of Isoflavones in Soy-Based Products"; J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal.,14:221-232,
      (1995).
PAL  Barnes et al.; "Isoflavones and Their Conjugates in Soy Foods: Extraction
      Conditions and Analysis by HPLC-Mass Spectrometry"; J. Agri. Food Chem.;
      vol. 42, No. 11, pp. 2466-2474; (1994).
PAL  Coward et al.; "Genistein, Daidzein, and Their .beta.-Glycoside Conjugates:
      Antitumor Isoflavones in Soybean Foods from American and Asian Diets"; J.
      Agri. Food Chem.; vol. 41, No. 11, pp. 1961-1967; (1993).
LREP
FR2  Taylor; Richard B.
ABST
PAL  Methods for recovering isoflavones and derivatives thereof from soy
      molasses are disclosed. In a first embodiment, a method is disclosed in
      which isoflavones are recovered without any significant conversion of
      isoflavone conjugates to other forms. In a second embodiment, a method is
      disclosed whereby isoflavone conjugates are converted to glucosides while
      in the soy material prior to their recovery. In a third embodiment, a
      method is disclosed in which isoflavones are converted to their aglucone
      form while in the soy material and prior to their recovery. Also disclosed
      are various isoflavone enriched products obtained from soy molasses.
PATN
WKU  059902930
SRC  8
APN  8364427
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970730
TTL  Human metalloproteinase, variants thereof and DNA sequence coding
      therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Whisenant; Ethan
EXP  Jones; W. Gary
INVT
NAM  Docherty; Andrew James Penrose
CTY  Guilford
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Slocombe; Patrick Marcel
CTY  Bracknell
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Celltech Therapeutics Limited
CTY  Berkshire
CNT  GBX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  536 231
XCL  536 243
XCL  536 232
XCL  530350
XCL  435  6
EDF  6
ICL  C07H 2102
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  C07K 1400
ICL  C12Q  168
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;24.3;23.2
FSC  530
FSS  350
FSC  435
FSS  6
UREF
PNO  5270447
ISD  19931200
NAM  Liotta et al.
OCL  530326
UREF
PNO  5280106
ISD  19940100
NAM  Lioota et al.
OCL  530330
UREF
PNO  5372809
ISD  19941200
NAM  Liotta et al.
OCL  424185.1
UREF
PNO  5482848
ISD  19960100
NAM  Dickson et al.
OCL  435219
UREF
PNO  5698671
ISD  19971200
NAM  Stetler-Stevenson et al.
OCL  530324
FREF
PNO  WO 95/06031
ISD  19950300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Shapiro et al., J. Biological Chemistry 268(32) : 23,824-23, 829 (1993).
PAL  Basset et al., Nature 348 :699-740 (1990).
PAL  Takinoi et al., J. of Biological Chemistry 270(39) :23, 013-23, 020 (Sep.
      1995).
PAL  Sirum et al., Biochemistry 28 :8691-8698 (1989).
PAL  Puente et al., Cancer Research 56: 944-949 (Mar. 1996).
PAL  Freije et al., Biological Chemistry 269(4) :16,766-16,773 (1994).
PAL  Will et al., Eur. of Biochemistry 231 :602-608 (1995).
PAL  McKie et al., Biochem. J. 318 : 459-462 (1996).
PAL  Levy et al., Genomics 13 :881-883 (1992).
PAL  Hite, et al., Biochem., vol. 31, 6203-6211 (1992).
PAL  Will, et al., Biochem., vol. 271, No. 29, 17119-17123 (1996).
PAL  Pei, et al., Nature, vol. 375, 244-247 (1995).
PAL  Crabbe, et al., Biochemistry 33, 14419-14425 (1994).
PAL  Murphy, et al., J. of Bio Chem., vol. 267, No. 14, 9612-9618 (1992).
PAL  Feehan, et al., . Biochem., vol. 271, No. 12, 7019-7024 (1996).
PAL  Walchek, et al., Nature, vol. 380 720-723 (1996).
PAL  Lasky, Science, vol. 258, 964-969 (1992).
PAL  Mohler, et al., Nature, vol. 370, 218-220 (1994).
PAL  Gearing, et al., Nature, vol. 370, 555-561 (1994).
PAL  Edamatsu, et al., Biochem., vol. 112, No. 5, 637-642 (1992).
PAL  McGeehan, et al., Nature, vol. 370, 558-561 (1994).
LREP
FRM  Dike, Bronstein Roberts & Cushman, LLP
FR2  Hazzard; Lisa Swiszcz
FR2  Conlin; David G.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/02181
PD1  19970730
PD2  19970730
PD3  19960905
PCP  WO97/09430
PCD  19970313
ABST
PAR  A human metalloproteinase is described together with nucleic acids coding
      therefor and corresponding antisense DNA and RNA. The metalloproteinase
      may be used to generate antibodies therefor and to obtain compounds
      capable of regulating the action of the metalloproteinase in vivo.
PATN
WKU  059902949
SRC  8
APN  7449054
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19961108
TTL  Nucleotide and amino acid sequences of C4-2, a tumor suppressor gene,
      and methods of use thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  2
EXA  Eyler; Yvonne
EXP  Huff; Sheela
NDR  7
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Murphy; Gerald P.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Boynton; Alton L.
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Sehgal; Anil
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Northwest Biotherapeutics LLC
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  536 235
XCL  435  723
XCL  4353201
XCL  530350
EDF  6
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  G01N 33574
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C07K  100
FSC  536
FSS  23.5
FSC  530
FSS  350;358
FSC  435
FSS  7.23;320.1
OREF
PAL  Benton and Davis, 1977, "Screening .lambda.gt Recombinant Clones by
      Hybridization to Single Plaques in situ", Science 196:180-182.
PAL  Bogler et al., 1995, "The p53 Gene and Its Role in Human Brain Tumors",
      GLIA 15:308-327.
PAL  Boynton and Whitfield, 1983, "The Role of Cyclic AMP in Cell Proliferation:
      A Critical Assessment of the Evidence", Adv. Cyclo. Nucleo. Res.
      15:193-294.
PAL  Brene et al., 1994, "Expression of m2RNAs Encoding ARPP-16/19, ARPP-21, and
      DARPP-32 in Human Brain Tissue", J. Neuroscience 14:985-998.
PAL  Chen et al., 1995, "Connexin43 Reverses the Phenotype of Transformed Cells
      and Alters Their Expression of Cyclin/Cyclin-Dependent Kinases", Cell
      Growth Differ. 6:681-690.
PAL  Faillot et al., 1996, "A Phase I Study of an Anti-Epidermal Growth Factor
      Receptor Monoclonal Antibody for the Treatment of Malignant Gliomas",
      Neurosurgery 39:478-483.
PAL  Furnari et al., 1995, "Genetics and Malignant Progression of Human Brain
      Tumours", Cancer Surveys 25:223-275.
PAL  Grunstein and Hogness, 1975, "Colony Hybridization: A Method for the
      Isolation of Cloned DNAs that Contain a Specific Gene", Proc. Natl. Acad.
      Sci. USA 72:3961-3965.
PAL  Hadman et al., 1995, "Modifications to the Differential Display Technique
      Reduce Background and Increase Sensitivity", Anal. Chem. 226:383-386.
PAL  Horiuchi et al., 1990, "Purification and cDNA Cloning of ARPP-16, a
      cAMP-Regulated Phosphoprotein Enriched in Basal Ganglia, and of Related
      Phosphoprotein, ARPP-19", J. Biol. Chem. 265:9476-9484.
PAL  Ikonomov and Jacob, 1996, "Differential Display Protocol with Selected
      Primers that Preferentially Isolates mRNAs of Moderate-to Low-Abundance in
      a Microscopic System", Biotechniques 20:1030-1042.
PAL  Laws and Thapar, 1993, "Brain Tumors", CA Cancer J. Clin. 43:262-271.
PAL  Liang et al., 1992, "Differential Display and Cloning of Messenger RNAs
      from Human Breast Cancer versus Mammary Epithelial Cells", Cancer Res.
      52:6966-6968.
PAL  Liang and Pardee, 1992, "Differential Display of Eukaryotic Messenger RNA
      by Means of the Polymerase Chain Reaction", Science 257:967-971.
PAL  Parker et al., 1996, "Cancer Statistics, 1996", CA Cancer J. Clin. 46:5-28.
PAL  Ponder, 1990, Inherited Predisposition to Cancer, Trends Genet. 6:213-218.
PAL  Sehgal et al., 1996, "Isolation of Differentially Expressed cDNAs During
      Ferret Tracheal Development: Application of Differential Display PCR",
      Exp. Lung Res. 22:419-434.
PAL  Shilo and Weinberg, 1981, "DNA Sequences Homologous to Vertebrate Oncogenes
      Are Conserved in Drosophila melanogaster", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
      78:6789-6792.
PAL  Weinberg, 1991, "Tumor Supressor Genes", Science 254:1138-1146.
PAL  Harada et al., 1996, "Molecular Genetic Investigation of the
      Neurofibromatosis Type 2 Tumor Suppressor Gene in Sporadic Meningioma", J.
      Neurosurg. 84:847-851.
PAL  Sehgal et al., 1997, "Characterization of C4-2 as a Tumor-Suppressor Gene
      in Human Brain Tumors", J. Surg. Oncol. 64:102-108.
PAL  Sehgal et al., 1997, "Cloning, Sequence and Developmental Expression
      Analysis of C4-2, a Potential Brain Tumor-Suppressor Gene", J. Surg.
      Oncol. 65:249-257.
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to the discovery, identification and
      characterization of a novel tumor suppressor gene C4-2. The invention
      encompasses nucleotide sequences of the C4-2  gene and amino acid
      sequences of its encoded protein product(s), as well as derivatives and
      analogs thereof. The invention also encompasses the production of C4-2
      proteins and antibodies. The invention further encompasses therapeutic
      compositions and methods of diagnosis and therapy.
PATN
WKU  059902957
SRC  9
APN  0061565
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19980113
TTL  Conotoxin peptides
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Bugaisky; Gabrielee
EXP  Wax; Robert A.
INVT
NAM  Shon; Ki-Joon
CTY  Shaker Heights
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Olivera; Baldomero M.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  McIntosh; J. Michael
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  University of Utah Research Foundation
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  319554
APD  19941007
PSC  01
PNO  5719264
CLAS
OCL  536 235
XCL  536 231
XCL  4353201
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1512
FSC  536
FSS  23.5;23.1
FSC  435
FSS  320.1;252.3;252.33;254.11;69.1
OREF
PAL  Gray et al. (1988) "Peptide toxins from venomous Conus snails." Ann. Rev.
      Biochem 57: 665-700.
LREP
FRM  Rothwell, Figg, Ernst & Kurz, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to conotoxin peptides having 25-35 amino
      acids, six cysteines which form three disulfide bonds between the first
      and fourth, second and fifth, and third and sixth cysteines, respectively.
      The invention is directed to .delta.-conotoxin GmVIA having the formula
      Val-Lys-Pro-Cys-Arg-Lys-Glu-Gly-Gln-Leu-Cys-Asp-Pro-Ile-Phe-Gln-Asn-Cys-Cy
     s-Arg-Gly-Trp-Asn-Cys-Val-Leu-Phe-Cys-Val (SEQ ID NO:1). This peptide
      activates sodium channels. The invention is further directed to
      .mu.O-conotoxin peptides of the generic formula Ala-Cys-Xaa.sub.1
      -Lys-Lys-Trp-Glu-Tyr-Cys-Ile-Val-Pro-Ile-Xaa.sub.2 -Gly-Phe-Xaa.sub.3
      -Tyr-Cys-Cys-Pro-Gly-Leu-Ile-Cys-Gly-Pro-Phe-Val-Cys-Val, wherein
      Xaa.sub.1 is Arg or Ser, Xaa.sub.2 is Ile or Leu and Xaa.sub.3 is Ile or
      Val (SEQ ID NO:2). These peptides block sodium channels. Examples of
      .mu.O-conotoxin peptides of the present invention are MrVIA, having the
      formula
      Ala-Cys-Arg-Lys-Lys-Trp-Glu-Tyr-Cys-Ile-Val-Pro-Ile-Ile-Gly-Phe-Ile-Tyr-Cy
     s-Cys-Pro-Gly-Leu-Ile-Cys-Gly-Pro-Phe-Val-Cys-Val (SEQ ID NO:3), and MrVIB,
      having the formula
      Ala-Cys-Ser-Lys-Lys-Trp-Glu-Tyr-Cys-Ile-Val-Pro-Ile-Leu-Gly-Phe-Val-Tyr-Cy
     s-Cys-Pro-Gly-Leu-Ile-Cys-Gly-Pro-Phe-Val-Cys-Val (SEQ ID NO:4).
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made with Government support under Grant Nos. GM-48677
      and NS-27219 awarded by the National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md.
      The United States Government has certain rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059902965
SRC  8
APN  7598041
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19961203
TTL  Single chain B3 antibody fusion proteins and their uses
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Eisenschenk; Frank C.
NDR  17
NFG  41
INVT
NAM  Pastan; Ira
CTY  Potomac
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Willingham; Mark
CTY  Summerville
STA  SC
INVT
NAM  Fitzgerald; David
CTY  Rockville
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Brinkmann; Ulrich
CTY  Kensington
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Pai; Lee
CTY  Silver Spring
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Department of Health
      and Human Services
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
RLAP
COD  74
APN  331398
APD  19941028
PSC  01
PNO  5608039
RLAP
COD  82
APN  767331
APD  19910930
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  596289
APD  19901012
PSC  01
PNO  5242813
CLAS
OCL  536 2353
XCL  5303873
XCL  435 691
EDF  6
ICL  C07K 1900
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  530
FSS  387.3
FSC  536
FSS  23.53
FSC  435
FSS  69.1
UREF
PNO  4545985
ISD  19851000
NAM  Pastan et al.
UREF
PNO  4867962
ISD  19890900
NAM  Abrams
UREF
PNO  5242813
ISD  19930900
NAM  Pastan et al.
UREF
PNO  5258498
ISD  19931100
NAM  Huston et al.
FREF
PNO  WO9307286
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Colman, Research in Immunology, 1994, 145:33.
PAL  Bast et al., J. Clin. Invest. 68:1331-1337 (1981).
PAL  Batra et al., J. Biol. Chem. 265:15198-15202 (1990).
PAL  Batra et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:8545-8549 (1989).
PAL  Better et al., Science, 240:1041-1043 (1988).
PAL  Bird et al., Science, 242:423-26 (1988).
PAL  Brinkmann et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 89:3075-3079 (1992).
PAL  Brinkmann et al., Biochem. Biophys. Acta. 1198:27-45 (1994).
PAL  Chaudhary et al., Nature 339:394-397 (1989).
PAL  Chaudhary et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:9491-94 (1990).
PAL  Chaudhary et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:1066-1070 (1990).
PAL  Hartman et al., E.M.B.O.J. 3:3023-3030 (1984).
PAL  Hellstrom et al., Cancer Res. 50:2183-2190 (1990).
PAL  Hoess et al., Gene 128:43-49 (1993).
PAL  Huston et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-83 (1988).
PAL  Jones et al., Nature 321:522-525 (1986).
PAL  Kondo et al., J. Biol. Chem. 263:9470-75 (1988).
PAL  Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:6851-6855 (1984).
PAL  Pai et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:3358-62 (1991).
PAL  Pastan et al., Cancer Res. 51:3781-3787 (1991).
PAL  Wawrzynczak et al., Mol. Immunol. 29:213-220 (1992).
PAL  Willingham et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:2474-2478 (1987).
PAL  Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA, vol. 88, No.
      19, Oct. 1, 1991 Washington, DC, USA, pp. 8616-8620, U. Brinkmann et al.
      `B3 (Fv) --PE38KDEL, a single-chain immunotoxin that causes complete
      regression of a human carcinoma in mice` cited in the application see
      abstract see figures 1,2.
PAL  Bioconjugate Chemistry, vol. 5, No. 4, Jul. 1994 Washington, DC, USA, pp.
      321-326, XP 000564453 I. Benhar et al. `Mutations of two lysine residues
      in the CDR loops of a recombinant immunotoxin that reduce its sensitivity
      to chemical derivatization.` cited in the application see abstract see
      figure 1.
PAL  Cancer Research, vol. 53, No. 2, Jan. 15, 1993 Philadelphia, PA, USA, pp.
      334-339, P. Friedman et al. `BR96 sFv-PE40, a potent single-chain
      immunotoxin that selectively kills carcinoma cells. ` see abstract see
      discussion.
PAL  The Journal of Immunology, vol. 152, No. 5, Mar. 1, 1994 Baltimore, MD,
      USA, pp. 2377-2384, C. Siegall et al., `In vitro and in vivo
      characterization of BR96 sFv-PE40.` see abstract.
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  This invention provides for recombinant single chain antibodies capable of
      specifically binding to a Lewis.sup.Y -related carbohydrate antigen and
      fusion proteins comprising these antibodies. More particularly, the
      invention provides for single chain Fv regions of the monoclonal antibody
      B3. The invention also provides for a method of improving the binding
      affinity of antibodies lacking a serine at position 95 of the V.sub.H
      region that involves mutating position 95 to a serine.
PATN
WKU  059902973
SRC  9
APN  0148806
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19980128
TTL  Human monoclonal antibody specifically binding to surface antigen of
      cancer cell membrane
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Schwadron; Ronald B.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hosokawa; Saiko
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tagawa; Toshiaki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hirakawa; Yoko
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ito; Norihiko
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagaike; Kazuhiro
CTY  Sagamihara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910628
APN  3-158859
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910628
APN  3-158860
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910628
APN  9-158861
RLAP
COD  74
APN  450578
APD  19950525
PSC  01
PNO  5837845
RLAP
COD  84
APN  360125
APD  19941220
PSC  01
PNO  5767246
RLAP
COD  81
APN  905534
APD  19920629
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  536 2353
XCL  536 235
XCL  536 231
XCL  53038815
XCL  5303888
XCL  530808
XCL  530867
EDF  6
ICL  C07H 2100
ICL  C07H 2102
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  C07K 1630
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;23.5;23.53
FSC  530
FSS  388.15;388.8;808;867
UREF
PNO  4800155
ISD  19890100
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  435  7.23
UREF
PNO  5024946
ISD  19910600
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  530388.15
UREF
PNO  5264221
ISD  19931100
NAM  Tagawa et al.
OCL  424450
UREF
PNO  5419904
ISD  19950500
NAM  Irie
OCL  424155.1
FREF
PNO  0 178 891
ISD  19870900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0520499
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9014595
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9109134
ISD  19910600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9116071
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 111, No. 13, Sep. 25, 1989 Columbus, Ohio USA
      Kazuhiro Yoshikawa et al. "A Human Monoclonal Antibody Recognizing a
      Surface Antigen On Stomach Cancer Cells.", p. 503, col. 2, Abstract-No.
      113 362y.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 100, No. 21, May 21, 1984 Columbus, Ohio, USA
      Takashi Masuko et al. "Monoclonal Antibodies Against Cell Surface Antigens
      Present On Human Urinary Bladder Cancer Cells.", p. 474, col. 1,
      Abstract-No. 172 850b.
PAL  Dermer, Bio/Technology, 12: 320, 1994.
PAL  Cancer Research vol. 45, 263-271, Jan. 1985, Imam et al., Generation and
      Immunohistological Characterization of Human Monoclonal Antibodies to
      Mammary Carcinoma Cells.
PAL  Cancer Immunol/Immunotherapy (1989) 28: 296-300, Formenti et al.,
      "Reactivity of a Human Monoclonal Antibody Against Carcinomas and other
      Lesions of the Colon".
PAL  Cancer Research vol. 49, 2471-2476, May 1, 1989, Vollmers et al., "SC-1 a
      Functional Human Monoclonal Antibody Against Autologous Stomach Carcinoma
      Cells".
PAL  Cell vol. 22, 197-207, Nov. 1980, Hieter et al. "Cloned Human and Mouse
      Kappa Immunoglobulin Constant and J Region Genes Conserve Homology in
      Functional Segments".
PAL  Nature vol. 294, 536-540, Hieter et al., "Clustered Arrangement of
      Immunoglobu Constant Region Genes in Man" Dec. 10, 1981.
PAL  The Journal of Biological Chemistry vol. 257, 1516-1522, Feb. 1992, Hieter
      et al., "Evolution of Human Immunoglobulin k J Region Genes".
PAL  Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 14, 1779-1789, Huck et al., Sequence of a
      human immunoglobulin Gamma 3 heavy chain constant region gene: comparision
      with the other human C genes (1986).
PAL  Nucleic Acids Research, vol. 18, 4278, May 1990, Friedlander et al.,
      Complete nucleotide sequence of the membrane form of the human IgM heavy
      chain.
PAL  Nature vol. 321, 522-525, May 1986, Jones et al., "Replacing the
      complementary determining regions in a human antibody with those from a
      mouse".
PAL  Hird et al. Chapter 12, From: Genes and Cancer, Ed.
PAL  D. Carney et al., Wiley and Sons, 1990, pp. 183-189.
PAL  Harris et al., Tibtech, 11: 42-44, 1993.
PAL  Chen et al. J. Cancer Res. Clin. Oncol., 177 p. 367-376, 1991. Abstract
      thereof.
PAL  Liu., Chung Hug Chung Liu Tsa Chih, 10(4), pp. 242-244, 1988. Abstract
      thereof.
PAL  Saito et al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 80(10), pp. 728-734, 1988. Abstract
      thereof.
PAL  Waldman, Science, vol. 262, pp. 1657-1662, 1991.
PAL  Parks et al., Chapter 29, from Handbook of Exp. Immunol., vol. 1 :
      Immunochemistry, Blackwell Scientific Pub., 1986, pp. 29.1-29.21.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A human monoclonal antibody specifically binding to a surface antigen of
      cancer cell membrane, an isolated DNA encoding the antibody, and a
      hybridoma producing the antibody. An anti-cancer formulation comprising
      the monoclonal antibody bonded to the surface of a liposome enclosing an
      anti-cancer agent or toxin is also provided.
PATN
WKU  059902981
SRC  8
APN  9285628
APT  1
ART  165
APD  19970912
TTL  CIS-acting cellular nucleic acid molecules
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Marschel; Ardin H.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Carmichael; Gordon G.
CTY  West Hartford
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Huang; Yinggun
CTY  New Britain
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  The University of Connecticut
CTY  Farmington
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  536 241
XCL  435 691
XCL  435 692
XCL  435440
XCL  435455
XCL  435375
XCL  4353201
XCL  536 231
EDF  6
ICL  C07H 2104
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;69.2;440;455;375;320.1
FSC  436
FSS  501
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;24.1
UREF
PNO  5585263
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hammarskjold et al.
OCL  435236
UREF
PNO  5686120
ISD  19971100
NAM  Mertz et al.
OCL  435320.1
OREF
PAL  Cullen, B.R., "Mechanism of Action of Regulatory Proteins Encoded by
      Complex Retroviruses", Microbiol. Rev. 56 (3) :375-394 (1992).
PAL  Bray, M., et al., "A small element from the Mason-Pfizer monkey virus
      genome makes human immunodeficiency virus type 1 expression and
      replication Rev-independent", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 91:1256-1260
      (1994).
PAL  Yen, T.S., "Regulation of hepatitis B virus gene expression", Virology
      4:33-42 (1993).
PAL  McKnight, S.L., "The nucleotide sequence and transcript map of the herpes
      simplex virus thymidine kinase gene", Nucleic Acids Research,
      8(24):5949-5964 (1980).
PAL  Liu and Mertz, "HnRNP L binds a cis-acting RNA sequence element that
      enables intron-independent gene expression", Genes & Development,
      9:1766-1780 (1995).
PAL  Donello, J.E., et al., "The Hepatitis B Virus Posttranscriptional
      Regulatory Element Is Composed of Two Subelements", J. Virol.,
      70(7):4345-4351 (1996).
PAL  Huang and Liang, "A Novel Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) Genetic Element with Rev
      Response Element-Like Properties That Is Essential for Expression of HBV
      Gene Products", Mol. Cell. Biol. 13(12):7476-7486 (1993).
PAL  Huang and Yen, "Role of the Hepatitis B Virus Posttranscriptional
      Regulatory Element in Export of Intronless Transcripts", Mol. Cell. Biol.,
      15(7):3864-3869 (1995).
PAL  Kedes. L.H., "Histone Genes and Histone Messengers", Ann. Rev. Biochem.,
      48:837-870 (1979).
PAL  Kobilka, B.K. et al., "An intronless gene encoding a potential member of
      the family of receptors coupled to guanine nucleotide regulatory
      proteins", Nature, 329:75-79 (1987).
PAL  Nagata, S., et al., "The structure of one of the eight or more distinct
      chromosomal genes for human interferon-.alpha.", Nature, 287:401-408
      (1980).
PAL  Hattori, K., et al., "Structure and chromosomal localization of the
      functional intronless human JUN protooncogene", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
      85:9148-9152 (1988).
PAL  Hentschel and Birnstiel, "The Organization and Expression of Histone Gene
      Families", Cell 25:301-313 (1981).
PAL  Malim and Cullen, "Rev and the Fate of Pre-mRNA in the Nucleus:Implications
      for the Regulation of RNA Processing in Eukaryotes", Mol. Cell. Biol.,
      13(10):6180-6189 (1993).
PAL  Bogerd, H.P., et al., "Identification of a Novel Cellular Cofactor for the
      Rev/Rex Class of Retroviral Regulatory Proteins", Cell, 82:485-494 (1995).
PAL  Fischer, U., et al., "The HIV-1 Rev Activation Domain Is a Nuclear Export
      Signal That Assesses an Export Pathway Used by Specific Cellular RNAs",
      Cell, 82:475-483 (1995).
PAL  Fritz, C.C., et al., "A Human nucleoporin-like protein that specifically
      interacts with HIV Rev", Nature, 376:530-533 (1995).
PAL  Huang and Carmichael, "Role of Polyadenylation in Nucleocytoplasmic
      Transport of mRNA", Mol. Cell. Biol. 16(4):1534-1542 (1996).
PAL  Eckner, R., et al., "Mature mRNA 3' end formation stimulates RNA export
      from the nucleus", EMBO J., 10 (11):3513-3522 (1991).
PAL  Williams, A.S., et al., "Changes in the stem-loop at the 3' terminus of
      histone mRNA affects its nucleocytoplasmic transport and cytoplasmic
      regulation", Nucleic Acids Research, 22(22):4660-4666 (1994).
PAL  Liu and Mertz, "Sequence of the polypyrimidine tract of the 3'--terminal 3'
      splicing signal can affect intron-dependent pre-mRNA processing in vivo",
      Nucleic Acids Research, 24(9):1765-1773 (1996).
PAL  Dargemont and Kuhn, "Export of mRNA from Microinjected Nuclei of Xenopus
      laevis Oocytes", J. Cell Biol., 118(1):1-9 (1992).
PAL  Hamm and Mattaj, "Monomethylated Cap Structures Facilitate RNA Export from
      the Nucleus", Cell, 63:109-118 (1990).
PAL  Izaurralde, E., et al., "A Cap Binding Protein That May Mediate Nuclear
      Export of RNA Polymerase II-transcribed RNAs", J. Cell Biol., 118
      (6):1287-1295 (1992).
PAL  Harris, M.E., et al., "Regulation of Histone mRNA in the Unperturbed Cell
      Cycle: Evidence Suggesting Control at Two Posttranscriptional Steps", Mol.
      Cell. Biol., 11(5):2416-2424 (1991).
PAL  Hammarskjold, M-L, "Regulation of retroviral RNA export", Cell & Develop.
      Biol. 8:83-90 (1997).
PAL  Buchman and Berg, "Comparison of Intron-Dependent and Intron-Independent
      Gene Expression", Mol. Cell. Biol. 8(10):4395-4405 (1988).
LREP
FRM  Hamilton, Brook, Smith & Reynolds, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An isolated cis-acting cellular nucleic acid molecule from a histone gene
      which suppresses splicing and facilitates transport of unspliced RNA and
      RNA from intronless DNA from a cell nucleus to the cytoplasm of the cell
      is described, as well as expression vectors and recombinant host cells
      containing the nucleic acid molecule and methods of use therefor.
GOVT
PAC  GOVERNMENT SUPPORT
PAR  Work described herein was supported by Grant Number CA45382 from the
      National Institutes of Health. The U.S. Government has certain rights in
      the invention.
PATN
WKU  059902990
SRC  8
APN  5145422
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19950814
TTL  Control of CD44 gene expression for therapeutic use
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Guzo; David
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Ruzdijic; Sabera
CTY  Santa Ana
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Pietrzkowski; Zbigniew
CTY  Santa Ana
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Cieslak; Dariusz
CTY  Santa Ana
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  ICN Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CTY  Costa Mesa
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  536 245
XCL  536 231
EDF  6
ICL  C07H 2104
ICL  C07H 2102
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;24.1;24.3;24.33;24.5
FSC  514
FSS  44
OREF
PAL  Gura, Science, vol. 278, pp. 1041-1042, Nov. 7, 1997.
PAL  Gura, Science, vol. 270, Oct. 27, 1995, pp. 575-577.
PAL  Nature Biotechnology, "Antisense '97: A Roundtable on the State of the
      Industry", vol. 15, Jun. 1997, pp. 519-524.
PAL  Sulston et al., Nature, vol. 356, Mar. 5, 1992, pp. 37-41.
PAL  Merzak, Abderrahim et al., "CD44 Mediates Human Glioma Cell Adhesion and
      Invasion in Vitro", Cancer Research, 54, 3988-3992 (Aug. 1, 1994).
PAL  Li, Hong et al., "Varian T Cd44 Adhesion Molecules Are Expressed in Human
      Brain Metastases but Not in Glioblastomas", Cancer Research, 53, 5345-5349
      (Nov. 15, 1993).
LREP
FR2  Fish; Robert D.
     Crockett & Fish
ABST
PAL  Neoplastic cells which over-express CD44, including especially non-small
      cell lung cancer and melanoma cancer cells, are treated with antisense
      oligonucleotides to control CD44 expression. Test results show that the
      claimed oligonucleotides significantly decreases cell growth in a CD44
      sequence specific manner of lung cancer or melanoma cells, or both, but
      are largely non-toxic to normal cells. Examples of dosing in a clinical
      setting are provided.
PATN
WKU  059903007
SRC  8
APN  3004848
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19940902
TTL  Enzyme catalyzed template-independent creation of phosphodiester bonds
      using protected nucleotides
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Wilson; James O.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hiatt; Andrew C.
STR  660 Torrance St.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ZIP  92103
INVT
NAM  Rose; Floyd
CTY  Del Mar
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hiatt; Andrew C.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
COD  04
ASSG
NAM  Rose; Floyd D.
CTY  Del Mar
STA  CA
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  536 253
XCL  536 2531
XCL  536 2532
XCL  536 2533
XCL  536 2534
EDF  6
ICL  C07H  100
FSC  536
FSS  25.3;25.31;25.32;25.33;25.34;4
FSC  435
FSS  91.2;91.1;91.21;91.3;91.31
UREF
PNO  4096324
ISD  19780600
NAM  Kelly et al.
UREF
PNO  4423212
ISD  19831200
NAM  Skulnick
UREF
PNO  4605735
ISD  19860800
NAM  Miyoshi et al.
OCL  536 27
UREF
PNO  4689405
ISD  19870800
NAM  Frank et al.
OCL  536 27
UREF
PNO  4719176
ISD  19880100
NAM  Klotz
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  4816571
ISD  19890300
NAM  Andrus et al.
OCL  436 27
UREF
PNO  4820812
ISD  19890400
NAM  Miyoshi et al.
UREF
PNO  4863849
ISD  19890900
NAM  Melamede
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  4876335
ISD  19891000
NAM  Yamane et al.
UREF
PNO  4948882
ISD  19900800
NAM  Ruth
UREF
PNO  4950745
ISD  19900800
NAM  Ishido et al.
UREF
PNO  4980460
ISD  19901200
NAM  Molko et al.
UREF
PNO  5003059
ISD  19910300
NAM  Brennan
OCL  536 27
UREF
PNO  5032680
ISD  19910700
NAM  Kawai et al.
UREF
PNO  5039796
ISD  19910800
NAM  Engels et al.
OCL  536 27
UREF
PNO  5047524
ISD  19910900
NAM  Andrus et al.
OCL  536 27
UREF
PNO  5091519
ISD  19920200
NAM  Cruickshank
OCL  536 23
UREF
PNO  5093232
ISD  19920300
NAM  Urdea et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5112963
ISD  19920500
NAM  Pieles et al.
UREF
PNO  5256549
ISD  19931000
NAM  Urdea et al.
OCL  435 91
UREF
PNO  5258506
ISD  19931100
NAM  Urdea et al.
UREF
PNO  5262530
ISD  19931100
NAM  Andrus et al.
OCL  536 25.31
UREF
PNO  5262536
ISD  19931100
NAM  Hobbs, Jr.
OCL  546 25
UREF
PNO  5264563
ISD  19931100
NAM  Huse
OCL  536 25.3
UREF
PNO  5264566
ISD  19931100
NAM  Froehler et al.
OCL  536 25.34
UREF
PNO  5268266
ISD  19931200
NAM  Fritsch et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5268464
ISD  19931200
NAM  Brill
UREF
PNO  5281701
ISD  19940100
NAM  Vinayak
OCL  536 25.34
UREF
PNO  5302509
ISD  19940400
NAM  Cheeseman
UREF
PNO  5348868
ISD  19940900
NAM  Reddy et al.
OCL  536 25.31
UREF
PNO  5362866
ISD  19941100
NAM  Arnold, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5367066
ISD  19941100
NAM  Urdeaa et al.
UREF
PNO  5380833
ISD  19950100
NAM  Urdea
OCL  536 22.1
UREF
PNO  5436143
ISD  19950700
NAM  Hyman et al.
FREF
PNO  55-38324
ISD  19800300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9001064
ISD  19900200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/14972
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Single-step elongation of oligodeoxynucleotides using terminal
      deoxynucleotidyl transferase, Herbert Schott and Herbert Schrade, Eur. J.
      Biochem. 143, 613-620 (1984).
PAL  Molecular Biology of Terminal transferase, Luch M.S. Chang, CRC Critical
      Reviews in Biochemistry, vol. 21, Issue 1.
PAL  Initiator role of double stranded DNA in terminal transferase catalyzed
      polymerization reactions, David J. Robbins and Mary Sue Coleman, Nucleic
      Acids Research, vol. 16, Nov. 7, 1988.
PAL  Hyman, Edward David The Hyman Method: Oligonucleotide Synthesis and Plasmid
      Preparation, (1995).
PAL  Sarfati et al., J. Biol. Chem., 265(31), 18902-18906 (1990).
PAL  Metzker et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 22(20), 4259-4267 (1994).
PAL  Canard et al., Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA, 92, 10859-10863 (Nov. 1995).
PAL  Canard et al., Gene, 148, 1-6 (1994).
PAL  Kutateladze et al., FEBS, 207(2), 205-212 (1986).
PAL  Bollum, Fed. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 17, 193 (1958).
PAL  Deng and Wu, Meth. Enzymol., 100: 96-116 (1983).
PAL  Flugel et al., Biochem. Biophys. Acta., 308: 35-40 (1973).
PAL  Bennett et al., Biochemistry, vol. 12, No. 20 pp. 3956-3960 (1973).
PAL  England et al., Biochemistry, vol. 17, No. 11 pp. 2069-2076 (1978).
PAL  Kossel et al., Eur. J. Biochem, 22:271-276 (1971).
PAL  Kaufmann et al., Eur. J. Biochem, 24:4-11 (1971).
PAL  Hinton and Gumport, Nucleic Acids Res., 7:453-464 (1979).
PAL  Modak, Biochemistry, 17, 3116-3120 (1978).
PAL  Chang and Bollum, Biochemistry, vol. 10, No. 3 pp. 536-542 (1971).
LREP
FRM  Lerner, David, Littenberg, Krumholz & Mentlik, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for the stepwise creation of phosphodiester bonds between desired
      nucleosides resulting in the synthesis of polynucleotides having a
      predetermined nucleotide sequence by preparing an initiation substrate
      containing a free and unmodified 3'-hydroxyl group; attaching a
      mononucleotide selected according to the order of the predetermined
      nucleotide sequence to the 3'-hydroxyl of the initiating substrate in a
      solution containing a catalytic amount of an enzyme capable of catalyzing
      the 5' to 3' phosphodiester linkage of the 5'-phosphate of the
      mononucleotide to the 3'-hydroxyl of the initiating substrate, wherein the
      mononucleotide contains a protected 3'-hydroxyl group, whereby the
      protected mononucleotide is covalently linked to the initiating substrate
      and further additions are hindered by the 3'-hydroxyl protecting group.
      Methods in which a mononucleotide immobilized on a solid support is added
      to a free polynucleotide chain are also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059903015
SRC  8
APN  6875297
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19961018
TTL  Process for the separation and purification of nucleic acids from
      biological sources
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Wilson; James O.
INVT
NAM  Colpan; Metin
CTY  Essen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schorr; Joachim
CTY  Dusseldorf
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Moritz; Peter
CTY  Kerpen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Qiagen GmbH
CTY  Hilden
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940207
APN  44 03 692
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940625
APN  44 22 291
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940914
APN  44 31 125
CLAS
OCL  536 254
XCL  536 253
XCL  536 2531
XCL  536 2541
XCL  536 2542
XCL  435  6
XCL  435259
XCL  435267
XCL  435270
XCL  435810
EDF  6
ICL  C07H 2100
ICL  C12N  108
FSC  536
FSS  25.3;25.31;25.4;25.41;25.42
FSC  435
FSS  6;259;267;268;269;270;810
UREF
PNO  4997932
ISD  19910300
NAM  Reardon et al.
UREF
PNO  5057426
ISD  19911000
NAM  Henco et al.
OCL  435270
UREF
PNO  5652141
ISD  19970700
NAM  Henco et al.
OCL  435270
UREF
PNO  5747663
ISD  19980500
NAM  Colpan et al.
OCL  536 25.4
FREF
PNO  90/05018
ISD  19900500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  93/11221
ISD  19931000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstract of Japan, Derwent Publications Ltd., JPA58013519 (Seikagaku
      Kogyo KK), Jan. 26, 1983.
LREP
FRM  Jacobson, Price, Holman & Stern, PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/00389
PD1  19961018
PD2  19961018
PD3  19950203
PCP  WO95/21177
PCD  19950810
ABST
PAR  A process for the isolation and purification of nucleic acids and/or
      oligonucleotides for use in gene therapy wherein nucleic acids and/or
      oligonucleotides are isolated or purified from an essentially biological
      source, characterized in that
PA1  essentially biological sources are lysed, the fractions obtained are
      optionally freed or depleted from the remainder of biological sources by
      per se known mechanical methods, such as centrifugation, filtration;
PA1  the fractions thus treated are subsequently treated with affinity
      chromatographic material or with inorganic chromatographic material for
      the removal of endotoxins; followed by
PA1  isolation of nucleic acids and/or oligonucleotides on an anion exchanger
      which is designed such that DNA begins to desorb from the anion exchanger
      only at an ionic strength corresponding to a sodium chloride solution of a
      concentration higher by at least 100 mM than one corresponding to the
      ionic strength at which RNA begins to desorb from the anion exchanger
      material.
PATN
WKU  059903023
SRC  8
APN  8935610
APT  1
ART  164
APD  19970711
TTL  Method for isolating ribonucleic acid
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Whisenart; Ethan
EXP  Jones; W. Gary
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Kuroita; Toshihiro
CTY  Tsuruga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kamimura; Hideki
CTY  Tsuruga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawakami; Bunsei
CTY  Tsuruga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawamura; Yoshihisa
CTY  Tsuruga
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyo Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960712
APN  8-183381
CLAS
OCL  536 254
XCL  435  6
XCL  435 911
XCL  435 913
XCL  935 76
XCL  935 77
XCL  935 78
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 243
EDF  6
ICL  C07H 2100
ICL  C12Q  168
ICL  C12N 1500
FSC  435
FSS  6;91.1;91.3
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;24.3;25.4
FSC  935
FSS  76;77;78
UREF
PNO  5128247
ISD  19920700
NAM  Koller
OCL  435 91
UREF
PNO  5155018
ISD  19921000
NAM  Gillespie et al.
OCL   43 91
UREF
PNO  5523231
ISD  19960600
NAM  Reeve
OCL  435270
UREF
PNO  5620852
ISD  19970400
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  5728822
ISD  19980300
NAM  Macfarlane
OCL  536 25.41
FREF
PNO  0 389 063
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  92/18514
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/34569
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/18731
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Chomczyneski et al., "Single-Step Method Of RNA Isolation By Acid
      Guanidinium Thiocyante-Phenol-Chloroform Extraction", Analytical
      Biochemistry, vol. 162:156-159, (1987).
PAL  Boom et al., "Rapid And Simple Method For Purification Of Nucleic Acids",
      Journal of Clinical Microbiology, vol. 28(3):495-503, (1990).
PAL  Vogelstein et al., "Preparative And Analytical Purification Of DNA From
      Agarose", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 76(2):615-619, (1979).
PAL  Purification of Plasmid DNA, Molecular Cloning, 2nd ed., pp. 1. 40 and
      1.41, (1989).
PAL  Okamoto et al., "Detection Of Hepatitis C Virus RNA By A Two-Stage
      Polymerase Chain Reaction With Two Pairs Of Primers Deduced from the
      5'-Noncoding Region", Japan, J. Exp. Med., vol. 60(4):215-222, (1990).
PAL  Pairs Of Primers Deducted from the 5'-Noncoding Region, Japan, J. Exp.
      Med., vol. 60(4):215-222, (1990).
PAL  Dahle et al., BioTechniques 15(6) : 1102-1105 (1993).
PAL  Chirgwin et al., Biochemistry 18(24) : 5294-5299 (1979).
PAL  Krawetz et al., J. of Biochemical and Biophysical Methods 12 : 29-36(1986).
PAL  Davis et al., "Basic Methods in Molecular Biology", pp. 129-142, Elsevier
      Publishing (1986).
PAL  The Dynal Technical Handbook, 2nd Edition, pp. 35-60, Dynal A.S, Oslo,
      Norway (1995).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A method for isolating a ribonucleic acid, which comprises dissolution of a
      sample containing the ribonucleic acid, such as cells, in an acidic
      solution containing a lithium salt and a chaotropic agent, bringing the
      ribonucleic acid into contact with a nucleic acid-binding carrier such as
      silica particles, thereby to allow selective adsorption of the ribonucleic
      acid alone onto said carrier, and eluting the ribonucleic acid from the
      nucleic acid-bound carrier; a reagent therefor; and a method for producing
      a cDNA from the ribonucleic acid isolated by this method. According to the
      present invention, a high purity ribonucleic acid can be isolated quickly
      and safely from a sample containing the ribonucleic acid.
PATN
WKU  059903031
SRC  8
APN  8580545
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19970516
TTL  Synthesis of 7-deaza-2'deoxyguanosine nucleotides
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1,18
EXP  Crane; L. Eric
INVT
NAM  Seela; Frank
CTY  Paderborn
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Roche Diagnostics GmbH
CTY  Mannheim
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19850816
APN  3529478
RLAP
COD  74
APN  448836
APD  19950524
RLAP
COD  84
APN  269999
APD  19881114
PSC  01
PNO  5480980
RLAP
COD  84
APN  896657
APD  19860813
PSC  01
PNO  4804748
CLAS
OCL  536 2623
XCL  536 2626
XCL  536 2671
XCL  536 2672
XCL  536 2713
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 243
XCL  536 2781
XCL  435 911
EDF  6
ICL  C07H 1914
ICL  C07H 1220
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;24.3;26.23;26.26;26.71;26.72;27.13;27.81
FSC  435
FSS  91.1
UREF
PNO  3337530
ISD  19670800
NAM  Hanze
OCL  536 25.6
UREF
PNO  4500707
ISD  19850200
NAM  Caruthers et al.
OCL  536 25.34
UREF
PNO  4804748
ISD  19890200
NAM  Seela
OCL  536 27.2
UREF
PNO  5091310
ISD  19920200
NAM  Innis
OCL  435 91
UREF
PNO  5142033
ISD  19920800
NAM  Innis
OCL  536 23.1
UREF
PNO  5480980
ISD  19960100
NAM  Seela
OCL  536 23.1
OREF
PAL  Winkeler et al., "Synthesis of
      2-Amino-7-(2'-deoxy-.beta.-D-erythro-pentofuranosyl)-3,7-dihydro-4H-pyrrol
     o[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one, a New Isostere of 2'-Deoxyguanosine," J. Org.
      Chem., 48(18), 3119-3122 (1983).
PAL  Barr et al., "7-Deaza-2'-Deoxyguanosine-5'-Triphosphate: Enhanced
      Resolution in M13 Dideoxy Sequencing," BioTechniques, 4(5), 428-432
      (1986).
PAL  Mizusawa et al., "Improvement of the Dideoxy Chain Termination Method of
      DNA Sequencing by Use of Deoxy-7-deazaguanosine Triphosphate in Place of
      GTP," Nucleic Acids Research, 14(3), 1319-1324 (1986).
PAL  Sanger et al., "DNA Sequencing with Chain-Terminating Inhibitors," Proc.
      Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 74(12), 5463-5467 (1977).
PAL  Seela et al., "Poly(7-deazaguanylic acid), the Homopolynucleotide of the
      Parent Nucleoside of Queosine," Biochemistyr, 21(18), 4338-4343 (1982).
PAL  Sen et al., "A Sodium-Potassium Switch in the Formation of Four-Stranded
      G4-DNA," Nature, 344, 410-414 (1990).
LREP
FRM  Fulbright & Jaworski, LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides 7-deaza-2'-deoxy-guanosine nucleotides of
      the general formula:
      ##STR1##
      wherein R is a --PO.sub.3 H.sub.2, --P.sub.2 O.sub.6 H.sub.3 or --P.sub.3
      O.sub.9 H.sub.4 residue or an alkali metal, alkaline earth metal or
      ammonium salt of the phosphate groups.
PAL  The present invention also provides processes for the preparation of these
      nucleotides and is also concerned with the use thereof in the sequencing
      of DNA.
PATN
WKU  059903040
SRC  9
APN  1694723
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19981009
TTL  Cellulose acetate excellent in physical strength, and process for
      production thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Howard C.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Kiyose; Atsunobu
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimamoto; Shu
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shuto; Yuichiro
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Taniguchi; Hiroki
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.
CTY  Sakai
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.
CTY  Minamiashigara
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950331
APN  7-100710
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950411
APN  7-85551
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951010
APN  7-292668
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960319
APN  8-62603
RLAP
COD  71
APN  750182
CLAS
OCL  536 69
XCL  536 69
XCL  536 70
XCL  536 76
XCL  536 80
EDF  6
ICL  C08B  306
ICL  C08B  102
FSC  536
FSS  69;70;71;74;80
UREF
PNO  4024334
ISD  19770500
NAM  Chandler et al.
OCL  536 65
UREF
PNO  4162359
ISD  19790700
NAM  Leithem et al.
OCL  536 70
UREF
PNO  4269972
ISD  19810500
NAM  Yabune et al.
OCL  536 71
UREF
PNO  4306060
ISD  19811200
NAM  Ikemoto
OCL  536 69
UREF
PNO  4312980
ISD  19820100
NAM  Motozato et al.
OCL  536 76
UREF
PNO  4501886
ISD  19850200
NAM  O'Brien
OCL  536 57
UREF
PNO  4551389
ISD  19851100
NAM  Ohtake et al.
OCL  428402
UREF
PNO  4697007
ISD  19870900
NAM  Seitz et al.
OCL  536 83
UREF
PNO  4983730
ISD  19910100
NAM  Domeshek et al.
OCL  536 69
UREF
PNO  5047180
ISD  19910900
NAM  Steiner et al.
OCL  264  5
UREF
PNO  5114535
ISD  19920500
NAM  Burley et al.
OCL  162  9
UREF
PNO  5142034
ISD  19920800
NAM  Bellas et al.
OCL  536 58
UREF
PNO  5244945
ISD  19930900
NAM  Elion
OCL  524 10
UREF
PNO  5288318
ISD  19940200
NAM  Mayer et al.
OCL  106213
UREF
PNO  5371207
ISD  19941200
NAM  Zhuang
OCL  536 58
UREF
PNO  5449555
ISD  19950900
NAM  Karstens et al.
OCL  428364
UREF
PNO  5478386
ISD  19951200
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  106169
UREF
PNO  5597912
ISD  19970100
NAM  Edgar et al.
OCL  536 63
UREF
PNO  5663310
ISD  19970900
NAM  Shimoda et al.
OCL  536 69
UREF
PNO  5914397
ISD  19990600
NAM  Kiyose et al.
OCL  536 71
LREP
FRM  Flynn, Thiel, Boutell & Tanis, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An object of the invention is to obtain cellulose acetate with improved
      physical properties, particularly film strength arid improved flexibility
      of the molded product. Cellulose acetate wherein average degree of
      acetylation is not less than 59%, viscosity average degree of
      polymerization (DP) is not less than 290, and concentrated solution
      viscosity (.eta.) according to the falling ball viscosity method for
      viscosity average degree of polymerization (DP) is expressed by the
      following formula (1):
      2.814.times.ln(DP)-11.753.ltoreq.ln(.eta.).ltoreq.7.28.times.ln(DP)-37.059
      (1) and a process for production thereof.
PATN
WKU  059903058
SRC  8
APN  8752095
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980205
TTL  Photochromic diaryl-3H-naphthopyrane
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Higel; Floyd D.
INVT
NAM  Zinner; Herbert
CTY  Pentling
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Melzig; Manfred
CTY  Wessling
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Optische Werke G. Rodenstock
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19951028
APN  195 40 185
CLAS
OCL  540480
XCL  544 61
XCL  544150
XCL  546144
XCL  546167
XCL  546196
XCL  5483114
XCL  548427
XCL  548465
XCL  548525
XCL  548962
XCL  549389
EDF  6
ICL  B07D31192
ICL  B07D40504
ICL  B07D40704
ICL  B07D40904
ICL  C08K  515
ICL  C09K  900
FSC  549
FSS  389
FSC  544
FSS  61;150
FSC  540
FSS  480
FSC  546
FSS  144;167;196
FSC  548
FSS  311.4;427;465;525;962
UREF
PNO  3567605
ISD  19710300
NAM  Becker
OCL  204158
UREF
PNO  5066818
ISD  19911100
NAM  Gemert et al.
OCL  549389
UREF
PNO  5274132
ISD  19931200
NAM  VanGemert
OCL  549389
UREF
PNO  5369158
ISD  19941100
NAM  Knowles
OCL  524  1.1
UREF
PNO  5411679
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kumar
OCL  252586
UREF
PNO  5656206
ISD  19970800
NAM  Knowles et al.
OCL  252586
UREF
PNO  5658500
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kumar et al.
OCL  252586
UREF
PNO  5658501
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kumar et al.
OCL  252586
FREF
PNO  0 313 941
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0629620
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Momota et al, Chemical Abstracts, vol. 125, No. 15, #195483Z, 1996.
PAL  Matsuoka et al, Chemical Abstracts, vol. 125, No. 17, #221584V, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE96/02049
PD1  19980202
PD2  19980202
PD3  19961028
PCP  WO97/15565
PCD  19970501
ABST
PAR  Disclosed is a photochromic compound having a diaryl-3H-napthopyran
      structure, which has at the 8-position a nitrogen atom-linked hetercyclus,
      in which the heterocylcus can also have a HALS compound as a substituent
      or the heterocyclus itself can be formed as a HALS compound.
PAL  Furthermore a photochromic compound is described having a
      diaryl-3H-naphtopyran structure which has at the 8-position an N-atom
      linked and an alkyl-bridge linked HALS compound.
PATN
WKU  059903066
SRC  8
APN  9228535
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970903
TTL  Process for the purification of caprolactam obtained from the
      depolymerization of polyamide-containing carpet
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Kifle; Bruck
EXP  Shah; Mukund J.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Mayer; Richard Eugene
CTY  Richmond
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Crescentini; Lamberto
CTY  Chester
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Jenczewski; Theodore John
CTY  Midlothian
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  AlliedSignal Inc.
CTY  Morristown
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  540540
EDF  6
ICL  C07D20112
FSC  540
FSS  540
UREF
PNO  2813858
ISD  19571100
NAM  Joris
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  3406176
ISD  19681000
NAM  Surrey et al.
OCL  260287
UREF
PNO  3939153
ISD  19760200
NAM  Fowler
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  4107160
ISD  19780800
NAM  Dicoi et al.
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  4148792
ISD  19790400
NAM  Danziger et al.
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  4148793
ISD  19790400
NAM  Danziger et al.
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  4170592
ISD  19791000
NAM  Danziger et al.
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  4178287
ISD  19791200
NAM  Mattone et al.
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  4248781
ISD  19810200
NAM  Horn et al.
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  4301073
ISD  19811100
NAM  Fuchs et al.
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  4314940
ISD  19820200
NAM  Senni et al.
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  4326925
ISD  19820400
NAM  Senni et al.
OCL  203 37
UREF
PNO  4328154
ISD  19820500
NAM  Senni et al.
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  4457807
ISD  19840700
NAM  Rulkens et al.
OCL  203 72
UREF
PNO  4493719
ISD  19850100
NAM  Wintermantel et al.
OCL   62532
UREF
PNO  4582642
ISD  19860400
NAM  Crescentini et al.
OCL  260239.3
UREF
PNO  4605762
ISD  19860800
NAM  Mandoki
OCL  562483
UREF
PNO  4606858
ISD  19860800
NAM  Bondi et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  4610768
ISD  19860900
NAM  Moosavian
OCL  203 14
UREF
PNO  4720328
ISD  19880100
NAM  Corbin et al.
OCL  203 37
UREF
PNO  4767503
ISD  19880800
NAM  Crescentini et al.
OCL  203 48
UREF
PNO  4795571
ISD  19890100
NAM  Holzknecht et al.
OCL  210774
UREF
PNO  4882430
ISD  19891100
NAM  Neubauer et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  4900821
ISD  19900200
NAM  Tan et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5032684
ISD  19910700
NAM  Neubauer et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5169870
ISD  19921200
NAM  Corbin et al.
OCL  521 49.8
UREF
PNO  5233037
ISD  19930800
NAM  Nielinger et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5241066
ISD  19930800
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5245029
ISD  19930900
NAM  Inaba et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5350847
ISD  19940900
NAM  Fuchs et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5359062
ISD  19941000
NAM  Fuchs
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5440032
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hirosawa et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5441607
ISD  19950800
NAM  Fuchs et al.
OCL  203 49
UREF
PNO  5455346
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kopietz et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5457197
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sifniades et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5458740
ISD  19951000
NAM  Losier et al.
OCL  203 34
UREF
PNO  5495014
ISD  19960200
NAM  Fuchs et al.
OCL  540538
UREF
PNO  5495015
ISD  19960200
NAM  Bassler et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5502184
ISD  19960300
NAM  Kajikuri et al.
OCL  540536
UREF
PNO  5536831
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kopietz et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5539106
ISD  19960700
NAM  Thijeert et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5556890
ISD  19960900
NAM  Halderit et el.
OCL  521 49.8
UREF
PNO  5637700
ISD  19970600
NAM  Fuchs et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5656757
ISD  19970800
NAM  Jenczewski et al.
OCL  540540
UREF
PNO  5681952
ISD  19971000
NAM  Sifniades et al.
OCL  540540
FREF
PNO  80 48666
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  08048666
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  67725
ISD  19730700
CNT  PLX
FREF
PNO  72745
ISD  19741200
CNT  PLX
FREF
PNO  82269
ISD  19760800
CNT  PLX
FREF
PNO  89233
ISD  19770600
CNT  PLX
FREF
PNO  238550
ISD  19690600
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/06763
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/20813
ISD  19970600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/34868
ISD  19970900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  J. Synowiec et al., "Oczyszczanie Kaprolaktamu przez krystalizacje z
      roztworu wodnego", Przemys Chemiczny 57(4), pp. 185-189 (1978).
PAL  Encylopedia of Chemical Technology, vol. 4, Kirk-Othmer, "Caprolactam", pp.
      830-832.
PAL  L.A. Dmitrieva et al., "Regeneration of .epsilon.-Caprolactam from Wastes
      in the Manufacture of Polycaproamide Fibres and Yarns", Fibre Chemistry
      17(4), 229 (Mar. 1986).
PAL  K.V. Datye, "Recycling Processes and Products in Nylon 6 Fibre Industry",
      Indian Journal of Fibre & Textile Research 16, 46 (Mar. 1991).
PAL  N.D. Sharma, "Utilization of Polycaproamide (Nylon-6 Waste)", Textile Asia,
      66 (1991).
PAL  "Caprolactam Recovery from Carpets by Polyamide 6 Recycling", IFJ, 34 (Oct.
      1992).
LREP
FR2  Brown; Melanie L.
FR2  Andrews; Virginia S.
FR2  Criss; Roger H.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a process for the preparation of purified
      caprolactam comprising the steps of:
PA1  (a) depolymerizing polyamide-containing carpet in the presence of steam to
      obtain crude caprolactam and steam;
PA1  (b) removing substantially all of said water from said crude caprolactam
      and steam
PA1  (c) distilling the resulting concentrated crude caprolactam at a pressure
      of less than about 8 mmHg and a temperature from about 110.degree. C. to
      about 145.degree. C. so as to form overheads and bottoms of the
      caprolactam; and
PA1  (d) crystallizing the caprolactam overheads to obtain caprolactam crystals
      and mother liquor.
PAL  The resulting purified caprolactam may then be used to make polycaprolactam
      which may then be used in engineered materials or spun into fiber.
PATN
WKU  059903074
SRC  9
APN  1272020
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980731
TTL  Process for the preparation of [2-((8.9)-Dioxo-2,6-Diazabicyclo
      [5.2.0]-Non-1(7)-en-2yl) Ethyl]Phosphonic acid
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Kifle; Bruck
EXP  Shah; Mukund J.
INVT
NAM  Asselin; Andre A.
CTY  Mahwah
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Kinney; William A.
CTY  Richboro
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Schmid; Jean
CTY  Chester
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  American Home Products Corporation
CTY  Madison
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  540542
XCL  560129
EDF  6
ICL  C07D22332
ICL  C07C 6900
FSC  540
FSS  542
FSC  560
FSS  129
UREF
PNO  5168103
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kinney et al.
OCL  514221
FREF
PNO  0496561
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1518660
ISD  19650700
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Eck; Steven R.
FR2  Seifert; Arthur G.
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a process for the preparation of the formula I
      compound
      [2-((8,9)-dioxo-2,6-diazabicyclo[5.2.0]-non-1(7)-en-2-yl)ethyl]phosphonic
      acid, a NMDA antagonist useful as an anticonvulsant and neuroprotectant in
      situations involving excess release of excitatory amino acids.
      ##STR1##
      In the process of the present invention, 3-aminopropyl carbamic acid
      1,1-dimethylethyl ester is reacted with a dialkyl vinylphosphonate to
      obtain N-[3-(t-butyloxycarbonyl-amino)propyl]-2-aminoethylphosphonic acid
      dialkyl ester (d) in 80% yield. Reaction of (d) with a
      3,4-dialkoxycyclobut-3-en-1,2-dione gives
      [3-[[2-(dialkoxyphosphoryl)ethyl]-(2-alkoxy-3,4-dioxo-1,2-cyclobuten-1-yl)
     amino]propyl] carbamic acid 1,1-dimethylethyl ester (e) in 96% yield.
      Deprotection and cyclization of (e) in trifluoroacetic acid gives
      [2-((8,9)-dioxo-2,6-diazabicyclo[5.2.0]-non-1(7)-en-2-yl)ethyl]phosphonic
      acid dialkyl ester (c) in 58% yield. The phosphonic acid diethyl ester (c)
      was treated with bromotrimethylsilane to give compound I.
PATN
WKU  059903082
SRC  9
APN  151122&
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19980910
TTL  Intermediates in the preparation of substituted alkenoic acids
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Fan; Jane
INVT
NAM  Nelson; Katrina Ann
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Nunes; Joseph John
CTY  Andover
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Eli Lilly and Company
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  862710
APD  19970523
PSC  01
PNO  5849922
CLAS
OCL  544133
XCL  546209
XCL  546 14
XCL  548237
EDF  6
ICL  C07D41312
FSC  544
FSS  133
FSC  546
FSS  14;209
FSC  548
FSS  237
UREF
PNO  4980478
ISD  19901200
NAM  Hatanaka et al.
OCL  546344
UREF
PNO  5100889
ISD  19920300
NAM  Misra et al.
OCL  514365
UREF
PNO  5153327
ISD  19921000
NAM  Misra et al.
OCL  548237
UREF
PNO  5158967
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hall
OCL  514374
FREF
PNO  0 337 640
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 374 952
ISD  19900600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 391 652
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 476 994
ISD  19920300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 497 629
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 497 085
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 536 713
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Soyka, R., et al., J. Med. Chem., 37, 26-39, (1994).
PAL  Takeuchi, K., et al., Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Letters, 2, 743-755, (1994).
PAL  Gilchrist, T., and Summersell, R., Tetrahedron Letters, 28, 1469-1472,
      (1987).
PAL  Parrain, J., et al., Tetrahedron Letters, 31, 1857-1860, (1990).
PAL  Zhang, H., et al., J. Org. Chem., 55, 1857-1867, (1990).
PAL  Takeuchi, K., et al., J. Org. Chem., 60, 156-168, (1995).
PAL  Roth, G., and Farina, V., Tetrahedron Letters, 36, 2191-2194, (1995).
PAL  Farina, V., et al., J. Org. Chem., 59, 5905-5911, (1994).
PAL  Farina, V., and Krishnan, B., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 113, 9585-9595, (1991).
PAL  Stracker, E., and Sweifel, G., Tetrahedron Letters, 32, 3329-3332, (1991).
PAL  Deshpande, M., Tetrahedron Letters, 35, 5613-5614, (1994).
PAL  Malm, J., et al., Tetrahedron Letters, 33, 2199-2202, (1992).
PAL  Yang, Y., and Martin, A., Synthetic Communications, 22, 1757-1762, (1992).
PAL  Yamamoto, Y., and Yanagi, Akihiko, Heterocycles, 16, 1161-1164, (1981).
PAL  Palmisano, G., and Santagostino, M., Helvetica Chimica Acta, 76, 2356-2366,
      1993.
PAL  Mitchell, T., Synthesis, 803-815, (1992).
PAL  Ishikura, M., et al., Heterocycles, 22(11), 2475-2478 (1984).
PAL  Negishi, E., et al., Heterocycles, 18, 117-122 (1982).
PAL  Sakamoto, T., et al., Heterocycles, 31(2), 219-221, (1990).
LREP
FR2  Anderson; Arvie J.
FR2  Jackson; Thomas E.
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a highly selective process for preparation of
      E-.omega.-phenyl-.omega.-(3-pyridyl)-.omega.-alkenoic acid derivatives
      bearing a carbamoyl substituted oxazolyl or oxazolinyl group on the phenyl
      ring which demonstrate utility for thromboxane receptor antagonism and/or
      thromboxane synthase inhibition, as well as to intermediates therefore.
PATN
WKU  059903090
SRC  9
APN  2728397
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19990319
TTL  2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-morpholinonitrobenzene and
      2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-morpholinoaniline
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Ramsuer; Robert W.
INVT
NAM  Schach; Thomas
CTY  Gernsheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Papenfuhs; Theodor
CTY  Frankfurt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Clariant GmbH
CTY  Frankfurt
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970307
APN  197 09 439
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970307
APN  197 09 441
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970307
APN  197 09 442
RLAP
COD  71
APN  035427
APD  19980305
CLAS
OCL  544166
EDF  6
ICL  C07D29504
ICL  C07D295073
FSC  544
FSS  166
UREF
PNO  4123251
ISD  19781000
NAM  Shen et al.
OCL  344166
FREF
PNO  86 3129
ISD  19980900
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Hanf; Scott E.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a process for the preparation of
      N-carboxyalkyl-3-fluoro-4-dialkylaminoanilines, which comprises reacting,
      in a first step, an ortho-nitrochlorobenzene of the formula (1) in which X
      is Cl or F, with a secondary amine of the formula (2) HNR.sup.1 R.sup.2,
      in which R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, independently of one another, are identical
      or different and are an alkyl radical having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms or,
      together with the N atom to which they are bonded, form a ring having from
      3 to 7 members, in the presence of a base in the presence or absence of a
      solvent at from -10 to 120.degree. C., reacting, in a second step, the
      2-chloro-4-dialkylamino-5-fluoronitrobenzene with hydrogen at from 30 to
      150.degree. C. and from 1 to 100 bar in the presence of a base and a
      noble-metal catalyst and, in a third step, extracting the
      3-fluoro-4-dialkylaminoaniline from the reaction mixture using an aqueous
      solution of an acid as a salt dissolved in water, removing the aqueous
      phase and reacting the 3-fluoro-4-dialkylaminoaniline salt, dissolved in
      water, with a chloroformate of the formula (3) ClCO.sub.2 R.sup.3, in
      which R.sup.3 is an alkyl radical having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an
      aralkyl radical having from 7 to 20 carbon atoms, at from 0 to 100.degree.
      C. in the presence of a basic compound.
PATN
WKU  059903104
SRC  9
APN  2883503
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19990408
TTL  Method for preparing substituted triazines
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Ford; John M.
INVT
NAM  Barrows; Franklin H.
CTY  Waterbury
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Uniroyal Chemical Company, Inc.
CTY  Middlebury
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  544197
EDF  6
ICL  C07D25154
FSC  544
FSS  197
UREF
PNO  4650867
ISD  19870300
NAM  Ronco et al.
OCL  544197
UREF
PNO  4794135
ISD  19881200
NAM  Wheeler et al.
OCL  544197
UREF
PNO  4972010
ISD  19901100
NAM  Wheeler et al.
OCL  544197
UREF
PNO  5047530
ISD  19910900
NAM  Wheeler et al.
OCL  544197
UREF
PNO  5120844
ISD  19920600
NAM  Wheeler et al.
OCL  544197
FREF
PNO  859221
ISD  19610100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1 279351
ISD  19730600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Thompson; Raymond D.
ABST
PAL  A method for preparing substituted triazines includes reacting a
      phenylazoaniline with a cyanuric halide to produce a (phenylazo)
      phenylamino-1,3,5-triazine, which is then reduced to form an
      aminoanilino-1,3,5-triazine. The aminoanilino-1,3,5-triazine can be
      alkylated under reducing conditions to produce an
      N-alkyl-phenylenediamino-1,3,5-triazine such as
      2,4,5-tris-[N-alkyl-p-phenylenediamino]-1,3,5-triazine, which is useful as
      an antiozonant in rubber and other polymer formulations.
PATN
WKU  059903112
SRC  9
APN  1715798
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19981021
TTL  Process for preparation of pyrimidine derivatives
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Ford; John M.
INVT
NAM  Hong; You Wha
CTY  Kyonssi-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Young Nam
CTY  Kyonssi-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Hong Bae
CTY  Kyonssi-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Uhan Corporation
CTY  Tongjiak-Ku
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960504
APN  96-14538
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960504
APN  96-14539
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961029
APN  96-49380
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961029
APN  96-49381
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961029
APN  96-49382
CLAS
OCL  544324
XCL  544323
EDF  6
ICL  C07D23948
FSC  544
FSS  331;323;324
UREF
PNO  5750531
ISD  19980500
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  514256
FREF
PNO  0230871
ISD  19870800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0337943
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0560726
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9118887
ISD  19911200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9414795
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9605177
ISD  19960200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 96, Apr. 12, 1982, p. 697, col. 1, abstract No.
      122741v, "Herbicides . . . ".
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 118, Jun. 21, 1993, p. 347, col. 2, abstract No.
      249869w, "Biosynthesis . . . ".
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 106, Feb. 2, 1987, p. 526, col. 1, abstract No.
      32801k, "Carbon dioxide . . . ".
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 96, Jun. 21, 1982, p. 726, col. 1, abstract No.
      217665n, "Synthesis . . .".
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
PCTA
PCN  PCT/KR97/00073
PD1  19981021
PD2  19981021
PD3  19970430
PCP  WO97/42186
PCD  19971113
ABST
PAR  The present invention relates to a process for preparation of
      5,6-dimethyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl-amino)-4-(1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoqui
     nolin-2-yl)pyrimidine represented by the following formula (I),
      ##STR1##
      and its acid addition salts by reacting a pyrimidine derivative
      represented by the formula (II-A),
      ##STR2##
      in which Hal represents a halogen, with
      1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline represented by the formula (III),
      ##STR3##
PATN
WKU  059903120
SRC  8
APN  9134468
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19971104
TTL  Method for the preparation of esters of anhydroecgonine
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Rotman; Alan L.
INVT
NAM  Moldt; Peter
CTY  Humlebaek
CNT  DKX
ASSG
NAM  Neurosearch A/S
CTY  Glostrup
CNT  DKX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DKX
APD  19950324
APN  0302/95
CLAS
OCL  546132
XCL  546127
EDF  6
ICL  C07D45102
ICL  C07D45110
FSC  546
FSS  132
UREF
PNO  5506359
ISD  19960400
NAM  Madras et al.
OCL  546130
FREF
PNO  0604355
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  L.G.Wadw,jr. Organic Chemistry, p. 349, Prentice Hall publishers, 1987.
PAL  Majewski, M. and Zheng, G., "Stereoselective deprotonation of tropinone and
      reactions of tropinone lithium enolate", Canadian Journal of Chemistry,
      vol. 70, pp. 2618-2626 (1992).
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/01277
PD1  19971104
PD2  19971104
PD3  19960322
PCP  WO96/30371
PCD  19961003
ABST
PAR  The present invention discloses compounds of the formula any mixture
      thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
PA1  wherein R, R.sup.3, and R.sup.4 each have the meanings set forth in the
      specification.
PAL  The compounds possess valuable pharmaceutical properties as dopamine
      reuptake inhibitors.
PATN
WKU  059903139
SRC  9
APN  162573&
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19980929
TTL  Preparation of 3-alkyltetrahydrofurans
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Dentz; Bernard
INVT
NAM  Beavers; William Anthony
CTY  Longview
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Chemical Company
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
COD  09
RLAP
COD  72
APN  944853
APD  19971006
PSC  01
PNO  5856527
CLAS
OCL  546214
XCL  5462834
XCL  548517
XCL  549414
XCL  549472
EDF  6
ICL  C07D40506
ICL  C07D40706
UREF
PNO  4879420
ISD  19891100
NAM  Ernst
UREF
PNO  5536854
ISD  19960700
NAM  Weyer et al.
UREF
PNO  5856527
ISD  19990100
NAM  Beavers
OCL  549429
FREF
PNO  0 343 841
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 340 970
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  96-291158
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Zenk et al., Synthesis, 695 (1984).
PAL  Botteghi et al., J. Org. Chem., 37, 1835 (1972).
PAL  Talipov et al., Zh. Org. Khim., 29, 1024 (1993).
PAL  Shriner et al., Org. Synth. Coll., vol. IV, 786 (1963).
PAL  Comprehensive Organic Synthesis, B. M. Trost, Ed., Pergamon Press, New
      York, vol. 2, 612 (1991).
PAL  Starr et al., Org. Synth. Coll., vol. II, 566 (1943).
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 120, No. 17, Apr. 25, 1994, Talipov et al.
LREP
FR2  Blake; Michael J.
FR2  Gwinnell; Harry J.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a process for the preparation of 3-alkyltetrahydrofurans by a
      two-step process wherein 2,3-dihydrofuran is reacted with an acetal to
      form an intermediate compound which may be converted to a
      3-alkyltetrahydrofuran by contacting the intermediate with hydrogen in the
      presence of a catalytic amount of a Group VIII noble metal or rhenium,
      water and a strong acid.
PATN
WKU  059903147
SRC  8
APN  6561691
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19960607
TTL  Pharmaceutical pyridine compounds
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Higel; Floyd D.
INVT
NAM  Daines; Robert A.
CTY  Lansdale
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  SmithKline Beecham Corporation
CTY  Phila.
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  PCTUS9306234
APD  19930630
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  025198
APD  19930302
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  906771
APD  19920630
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  546341
XCL  546  1
XCL  546332
XCL  546334
XCL  546335
XCL  546336
XCL  546337
XCL  546339
XCL  546340
XCL  546343
XCL  546344
XCL  546346
EDF  6
ICL  A61K 31435
ICL  A61K 3144
ICL  C07D21172
ICL  C07D40100
FSC  546
FSS  1;332-337;339;340;341;343;344;346
FSC  514
FSS  277;336;356;358;827
UREF
PNO  5643914
ISD  19970700
NAM  Daines
OCL  514277
OREF
PAL  Enantiomeric specificity at the deacylation process of tryptic catalysis,
      Tanizawa et al., Mar. 16, 1987, vol. 916 pp. 205-212.
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 108. Issued 1988, 16395, Antibodies to
      4-hydroxyandrostenedione.
PAL  Tanizawa et al, Chemical Abstracts, vol. 108, #163953a (1988).
LREP
FR2  Kanagy; James M
FR2  Kinzig; Charles M.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US94/13970
PD1  19960607
PD2  19960607
PD3  19941205
ABST
PAR  This invention relates to a compound of formula I
      ##STR1##
      These compounds are leukotriene antagonists and as such can be used in
      treating various diseases associated with leukotrienes.
PATN
WKU  059903155
SRC  9
APN  3026736
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19990430
TTL  Process for the preparation of sulfentrazone
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Morris; Patricia L.
INVT
NAM  Dumas; Donald Joseph
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
ASSG
NAM  E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  5482632
EDF  6
ICL  C07D24912
FSC  548
FSS  263.2
UREF
PNO  4818275
ISD  19890400
NAM  Theodoridis
OCL   71 92
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a process for the preparation of
      N-[2,4-dichloro-5-[4-(difluoromethyl)-4,5-dihydro-3-methyl-5-oxo-1H-1,2,4-
     triazol-1-yl]phenyl]methanesulfonamide (I) which comprises reacting
      2-(5-amino-2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-(difluoromethyl)-2,4-dihydro-5-methyl-3H-
     1,2,4-triazol-3-one (II) with methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a
      catalytic amount of a source of soluble halide.
PATN
WKU  059903163
SRC  9
APN  072114&
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980504
TTL  Substituted (1,4)dioxino(2,3-F)
      6,7-Dichloro-6,7-difluoro-2-trichloromethyl-[1,4]-dioxino-[2,3-f]-benzim
      idazole and their use in pest control
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Stockton; Laura L.
INVT
NAM  Assmann; Lutz
CTY  Eutin
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Marhold; Albrecht
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Dehne; Heinz-Wilhelm
CTY  Bonn
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hanssler; Gerd
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Stenzel; Klaus
CTY  Dusseldorf
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wachendorff-Neumann; Ulrike
CTY  Neuwied
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Leverkusen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940503
APN  44 15 435
RLAP
COD  74
APN  818651
APD  19970319
PSC  01
PNO  5792873
RLAP
COD  84
APN  737075
CLAS
OCL  5483021
EDF  6
ICL  C07D491056
FSC  548
FSS  302.1
FSC  549
FSS  362;366
UREF
PNO  4600787
ISD  19860700
NAM  Marhold et al.
OCL  549362
UREF
PNO  5310747
ISD  19940500
NAM  Enomoto et al.
OCL  514395
UREF
PNO  5484953
ISD  19960100
NAM  Marhold et al.
OCL  549362
UREF
PNO  5510364
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lunkenheimer et al.
OCL  514395
FREF
PNO  517476
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  545204
ISD  19930600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  630570
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4237567
ISD  19940500
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Sprung Kramer Schaefer & Briscoe
ABST
PAL  New benzimidazole derivatives of the formula
      ##STR1##
      in which R represents cyano or the group
      ##STR2##
      X.sup.1, X.sup.2, X.sup.3 and X.sup.4 are identical or different and
      represent halogen;
PA1  Y represents alkyl, alkenyl or alkinyl, each of which is optionally
      substituted by halogen; or represents optionally substituted phenylalkyl
      or in each case optionally substituted cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl; and
PA1  Z represents hydrogen or halogen,
PAL  a process for the preparation of these substances, and their use for
      controlling pests. New intermediates and processes for their preparation.
PATN
WKU  059903171
SRC  8
APN  9459154
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980206
TTL  2-(1H-4(5)-imidazoyl) cyclopropyl compounds
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1,15
EXP  Higel; Floyd D.
INVT
NAM  Phillips; James G.
CTY  Bay Village
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Tedford; Clark E.
CTY  South Russel
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Khan; Amin Mohammed
CTY  Solon
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Gliatech, Inc.
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  453359
APD  19950530
PSC  01
PNO  5652258
CLAS
OCL  5483381
XCL  514400
XCL  5483401
XCL  5483411
XCL  5483415
XCL  5483421
XCL  5483451
EDF  6
ICL  C07D23364
ICL  C07D23356
ICL  A61K 31415
FSC  548
FSS  345.1;338.1;340.1;341.1;341.5;342.1
FSC  514
FSS  400
UREF
PNO  4707487
ISD  19871100
NAM  Arrang et al.
OCL  514326
UREF
PNO  5217986
ISD  19930600
NAM  Pomponi et al.
OCL  514408
UREF
PNO  5290790
ISD  19940300
NAM  Arrang et al.
OCL  514326
UREF
PNO  5652258
ISD  19970700
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL  514400
LREP
FRM  Rockey, Milnamow & Katz
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US96/07833
PD1  19980206
PD2  19980206
PD3  19960529
PCP  WO96/38141
PCD  19961205
ABST
PAR  The present invention provides compounds having H.sub.3 histamine receptor
      antagonist activity of formula (1.0) wherein R.sub.2 is a hydrogen or a
      methyl or ethyl group; R.sub.3 is a hydrogen or a methyl or ethyl group; n
      is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; and R.sub.1 is selected from the group
      consisting of (a) C.sub.3 to C.sub.8 cycloalkyl; (b) phenyl or substituted
      pneyly; (c) alkyl; (d) heterocyclic; (e) decahydronaphthalene; and (f)
      octahydroindene; with the proviso that when X is H, A can be --CH.sub.2
      CH.sub.2, --COCH.sub.2 --CON(CH.sub.3)--, --CH.dbd.CH--, .alpha.,
      --CH.sub.2 --NH--, --CH.sub.3 --N(CH.sub.3)--, --CH(OH)CH.sub.2 --,
      --NH--CH.sub.2 --, --N(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.2 --, --CH.sub.2 O--, --CH.sub.2
      S--, and --NHCOO--; when X is NH.sub.2, HN(CH.sub.3), N(CH.sub.3).sub.2,
      OH, OCH.sub.3, CH.sub.3, SH and SCH.sub.3 ; A can be --NHCO--,
      --N(CH.sub.3)--CO--, --NHCH.sub.2 --, --N(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.2 --,
      --CH.dbd.XH--, --COCH.sub.2 --, --CH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 --, --CH( )H)CH.sub.2
      --, or .beta.; and when R.sub.1 and X taken together denote a 5,6 or 6,6
      saturated bicyclic ring structure, X can be NH, O, or S. The
      pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and individual stereoisomers
      of compounds of structural formula (1.0), as well as mixtures thereof, are
      also contemplated as falling within the scope of the present invention.
      The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a
      pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in combination with an effective
      amount of a compound of said formula and a method of treating conditions
      in which antagonism of histamine H.sub.3 receptors may be of therapeutic
      importance.
PATN
WKU  059903180
SRC  9
APN  0725900
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980306
TTL  Soluble polyester-supported chiral phosphines
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXA  Davis; Brian J.
EXP  Geist; Gary
INVT
NAM  Chan; Albert Sun-Chi
CTY  Kowloon
CNT  HKX
INVT
NAM  Fan; Qing-Hua
CTY  Kowloon
CNT  HKX
ASSG
NAM  The Hong Kong Polytechnic University
CTY  Kowloon
CNT  HKX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  548412
XCL  528272
XCL  528287
XCL  528288
XCL  556 19
XCL  560 44
XCL  564 15
XCL  548402
EDF  6
ICL  C07F  902
ICL  C07F 1502
ICL  C07C22972
ICL  C07D20700
FSC  560
FSS  44
FSC  528
FSS  272;287;288
FSC  548
FSS  402;412
FSC  564
FSS  15
FSC  556
FSS  19
UREF
PNO  4705895
ISD  19871100
NAM  Okano et al.
OCL  564 15
OREF
PAL  Kazuo Ackiwa, "Catalytic Asymmetric Hydrogenations with Polymer Support
      Chiral Pyrrolidinephosphine-Rhodium Complexes", Chemistry Letters, pp.
      905-908, 1978.
PAL  Wan et al., "Design and Synthesis of a Heterogeneous Asymmetric Catalyst",
      Nature, vol. 370, pp. 449-450, Aug. 11, 1994.
PAL  Han et al., "Soluble Polymer-Bound Ligand-Accelerated Catalysis: Asymmetric
      Dihydroxylation", J. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 118, No. 32 pp. 7632-7633, 1996.
PAL  Bolm et al., "Asymmetric Dihydroxylation with MeO-Polyethyleneglycol-Bound
      Ligands", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., vol. 36, No. 7, pp. 741-743, 1997.
PAL  Nagel et al., "Synthesis of Bis(phosphane) Palladium and Rhodium Complexes
      on a Polyethylene Oxide Grafted Polystyrene Matrix (TentaGel) and the
      Catalytic Behavior of the Rhodium Complexes", Chem. Ber., vol. 129, pp.
      815-821, 1996.
PAL  Kitamura et al., "Practical Synthesis of Binap-Ruthenium(II) Dicarboxylate
      Complexes", J. Org. Chem, V. 57, pp. 4053-4054, 1992.
PAL  Holz et al., Strategies for Synthesis of Chiral Hydroxy Phosphines--A Class
      of Versatile Ligands and Ligand Precursors for Asymmetric Catalysis,
      Synthesis, pp. 983-1006, Sep. 1997.
PAL  Database Caplus on STN, Acc. No. 1997:488446, LIU et al., `Water-soluble
      amphoteric pholymer-bound rhodium catalysts.` Book of Abstracts, 214th ACS
      National Meeting, Las Vegas, NV, Sep. 7-11 (1997) ORGN-042. American
      Chemical Society: Washington, D.C.
PAL  Database Caplus on STN, Acc. No. 1997:68843, Malmstroem et al., `Synthesis,
      spectroscopic and catalytic properties of cationic Rh(i) complexes bound
      to phosphine functionalized water-soluble polymers.` J. Mol. Catal. A:
      Chem. (1997), 116(1-2), 237-245. (abstract).
PAL  Database Caplus on STN, Acc. No. 1995:538692, Malmstroem et al., `Coupling
      of the Triphenylphosphine Moiety to Water-Soluble Polymers: A New Method
      to Achieve Water-Soluble Metal Phosphine Complexes.` Organometallics
      (1995), 14(5), 2593-6. (abstract).
PAL  Database Caplus on STN, Acc. No. 1987:118893, Parrinello et al.,
      `Platinum-catalyzed asymmetric hydroformylation with a ploymer-attached
      optically active phosphine ligand.` J. Org. Chem. (1986), 51(22), 4189-95.
      (abstract), 1987.
PAL  Database Caplus on STN, Acc. No. 1977:96552, Bernard et al., `Comparison
      between homogeneous and supported catalysis in hydrogenation by
      rhodium-phosphine complexes. I. Homogeneous catalysts, and catalysts fixed
      on a soluble polymer.` Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr. (1976), (7-8, Pt. 2), 1163-7.
      (abstract), 1977.
PAL  Database Caplus on STN, Acc. No. 1976:462215, Schurig et al., `A new class
      of catalysts.` Chemtech (1976), 6(3), 212-214. (abstract).
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  Novel soluble polyester-supported chiral phosphines have been prepared and
      have been used in the preparation of rhodium and ruthenium catalysts. Such
      polymer-supported catalysts show high catalytic activities and
      enantioselectivities. In the case of Ru(BINAP) catalyst supported on
      soluble polyester, the resulting catalysts were found to be more active
      than those of the corresponding homogeneous Ru(BINAP) catalysts in the
      asymmetric hydrogenation of 2-arylpropenoic acids. These soluble
      polyester-supported catalysts can be easily separated from the reaction
      mixture and then be reused without loss of activity and selectivity.
PATN
WKU  059903198
SRC  8
APN  9170529
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970822
TTL  Synthesis of bisindolylmaleimides
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Kessinger; Ann M.
EXP  Ford; John M.
INVT
NAM  Faul; Margaret Mary
CTY  Zionsville
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Winneroski, Jr.; Leonard Larry
CTY  Greenwood
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Eli Lilly and Company
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  548455
XCL  548428
XCL  540472
EDF  6
ICL  C07D40314
ICL  C07D49814
FSC  548
FSS  428;455
UREF
PNO  5057614
ISD  19911000
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  548466
UREF
PNO  5339712
ISD  19950300
NAM  Hill
OCL  578455
UREF
PNO  5541347
ISD  19960700
NAM  Faul et al.
OCL  552105
FREF
PNO  0 540 956 A1
ISD  19930500
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07D47114
OREF
PAL  Davis et al., Inhibitors of Protein Kinase C. 1. 2,3-Bisarylmaleimides, J.
      Med. Chem. Jan. 1992, vol. 35, No.1, pp. 177-184.
LREP
FR2  Darkes; Paul R.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides for the reaction of optionally substituted
      indole-3-acetamides with optionally substituted methyl indole-3-glyoxyl
      reagent to prepare potent PKC inhibitors. The reaction is a very efficient
      and robust macrocyclization methodology.
PATN
WKU  059903201
SRC  9
APN  0978647
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19980616
TTL  Optically active diphosphine ligands
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Owens; Amelia
INVT
NAM  Helmchen; Gunther
CTY  Heidelberg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Murmann; Christoph
CTY  Schifferstadt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  BASF Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970618
APN  197 25 643
CLAS
OCL  549218
XCL  549206
XCL  549213
XCL  502207
XCL  502213
EDF  6
ICL  C07F  9655
ICL  C07F  502
ICL  C07F 1500
FSC  549
FSS  218;206;213
UREF
PNO  4187241
ISD  19800200
NAM  Townsend et al.
OCL  260438
UREF
PNO  4634775
ISD  19870100
NAM  Beck et al.
OCL  548402
UREF
PNO  4652657
ISD  19870300
NAM  Broger et al.
OCL  548402
UREF
PNO  4668795
ISD  19870500
NAM  Andrade et al.
OCL  548412
UREF
PNO  5177220
ISD  19930100
NAM  Schaefer et al.
OCL  549314
FREF
PNO  151 282
ISD  19850800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  158 875
ISD  19851000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  184872
ISD  19860600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  185 882
ISD  19860700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  271 311
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  269 395
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  437 690
ISD  19910700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  614 901
ISD  19940900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  97/13763
ISD  19970400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  J. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 106, 1984, 4653-5766, Tani et al.
PAL  Acc. Chem. Res. 1990, 23, 345-350, Noyori et al.
PAL  Asymmetric Synthesis vol. 5, Chiral Catalysis, 13-23.
PAL  Tetrahedron:Asymmetry, vol. 2, No. 7, pp. 569-592, 1991.
PAL  J. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 1991,11, 8518-8519, Burk.
PAL  J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1996, 118, 5142-5143, Burk et al.
PAL  J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1995, 117, 9375-9376, Burk et al.
PAL  J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1993, 115, 10125-10138, Burk et al.
PAL  Tetrahedron vol. 43, No. 21, pp. 5055-5072, 1987, Hanessian et al.
PAL  Tetrahedron vol. 38, No. 15, 2377-2394, 1982, Cardellach et al.
PAL  Inorganic Chimica Acta, 73 (1983)275-279, Uson et al.
PAL  Jansen et al., Tetrahedron: Asymmetry, vol. 1, No. 10. pp. 719-720, 1990.
LREP
FRM  Keil & Weinkauf
ABST
PAL  Optically active diphosphine ligands of the formula I,
      ##STR1##
      where: R.sup.1 is hydrogen, C.sub.1 -C.sub.10 -acyl, C.sub.1 -C.sub.10
      -alkyl, C.sub.2 -C.sub.10 -alkenyl, each of which may be linear or
      branched, aryl, arylalkyl, in which the ring systems may be substituted in
      each case,
      ##STR2##
      R.sup.2, R.sup.3 independently of one another are C.sub.1 -C.sub.10
      -alkyl, which may be linear or branched, aryl, arylalkyl, in which the
      ring systems may be substituted in each case,
PA1  R.sup.4, R.sup.5, R.sup.6 independently of one another are C.sub.1
      -C.sub.10 -alkyl, which may be linear or branched, aryl, arylalkyl, in
      which the ring systems may be substituted in each case.
PATN
WKU  059903210
SRC  9
APN  3136531
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19990518
TTL  Monoesters and macrocyclic diester of phthalic acid and synthesis thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Desai; Rita
EXP  Rotman; Alan L.
INVT
NAM  Van Sickle; Dale E.
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Chemical Company
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  136452
APD  19980819
CLAS
OCL  549349
XCL  549350
XCL  523160
XCL  528272
XCL  526915
EDF  6
ICL  C07D32100
ICL  C07D32110
ICL  C07D32300
ICL  C08G 6302
ICL  C03C 1700
FSC  549
FSS  350;349
FSC  585
FSS  422;415
FSC  526
FSS  905;915
FSC  523
FSS  160
FSC  528
FSS  272
LREP
FR2  Allen; Rose M.
FR2  Gwinnell; Harry J.
ABST
PAL  Monoesters and macrocyclic diesters of 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol and
      phthalic acid or a derivative thereof are described. Methods by which such
      monoesters and diesters may be prepared are also described. The mono- and
      diesters according to the invention are useful in the preparation of
      clear, hard thermoplastic polymers. The thermoplastic polymers are useful
      in coatings, inks, reinforced plastics and packaging materials.
PATN
WKU  059903228
SRC  9
APN  2657279
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19990309
TTL  Alpha-tocopherol cyclopropylates, the new vitamin E derivatives and
      method for producing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Stockton; Laura L.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Lee; Sijoon
CTY  Taejon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Cheong; Heui-young
CTY  Taejon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  SK Corporation
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  549410
EDF  6
ICL  C07D31172
FSC  549
FSS  410
UREF
PNO  4039559
ISD  19770800
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  549410
LREP
FRM  Abelman, Frayne & Schwab
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to novel alpha-tocopherol cyclopropylates,
      represented by the following formula I:
      ##STR1##
      wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.2', R.sub.3 and R.sub.3', which may be the
      same or different, each is a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched C.sub.1
      -C.sub.10 alkyl chain, phenyl, acetyl or halogen.
PATN
WKU  059903236
SRC  9
APN  1781103
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19981023
TTL  Preparation of amines
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Owens; Amelia
INVT
NAM  Clubb; Clyde Neal
CTY  Longview
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Chemical Company
CTY  Kingsport
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  549491
EDF  6
ICL  C07D30702
FSC  549
FSS  491
UREF
PNO  4963672
ISD  19901000
NAM  Merger et al.
UREF
PNO  5068398
ISD  19911100
NAM  Merger et al.
UREF
PNO  5166443
ISD  19921100
NAM  Merger et al.
FREF
PNO  91-10848A
ISD  19970400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Freifelder, Morris, Practical Catalytic Hydrogeneration, John Wiley & Sons,
      Inc. 1971, pp. 333-345.
LREP
FR2  Blake; Michael J.
FR2  Gwinnell; Harry J.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a process for the preparation of an amine by contacting in a
      reaction zone a water-soluble aldehyde, water, ammonia and hydrogen in the
      presence of a supported ruthenium catalyst at elevated temperature and
      pressure. The process is particularly useful for the preparation of
      3-(aminomethyl)tetrahydrofuran by contacting an aqueous solution of
      3-formyltetrahydrofuran with ammonia and hydrogen at elevated temperature
      and pressure in the presence of a supported ruthenium catalyst. The use of
      a supported ruthenium catalyst has been found to avoid the problem of
      catalyst leaching encountered when a nickel catalyst is used.
PATN
WKU  059903244
SRC  9
APN  039954&
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980316
TTL  Process for producing 3-methyltetrahydrofuran
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Dentz; Bernard
INVT
NAM  Takemoto; Masaki
CTY  Niigata-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Abe; Takafumi
CTY  Niigata-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970402
APN  9-083865
CLAS
OCL  549508
EDF  6
ICL  C07D30706
FSC  549
FSS  508
UREF
PNO  5478952
ISD  19951200
NAM  Schwartz
OCL  549325
FREF
PNO  0 343 985 A2
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 589 314 A1
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  63-235320
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-219981
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-217768
ISD  19960800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  There is disclosed a process for producing 3-methyl-tetrahydrofuran which
      comprises the step 1 of subjecting the compound represented by the general
      formula [I]
EQU  ROOC--CH(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.2 --CHO                         [I]
PAL  wherein R is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and the formyl group
      may be present as an acetal having an alkanol with 1 to 8 carbon atoms, to
      hydrogenation and alcohol-eliminating cyclization to synthesize
      2-methyl-.gamma.-butyrolactone; the step 2 of separating the
      2-methyl-.gamma.-butyrolactone formed in the step 1 from alcohols by means
      of distillation, etc.; and the step 3 of hydrogenating the
      2-methyl-.gamma.-butyrolactone which is formed in the step 2. The above
      process enables the production of the objective highly-pure
      3-methyltetrahydrofuran substantially free from an alcohol in high
      efficiency and high conversion through simplified production steps.
PATN
WKU  059903252
SRC  8
APN  0269786
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19930305
TTL  Process for the preparation of 9-desoxotaxol, 9-desoxobaccatin III and
      analogs thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Trinh; Ba K.
INVT
NAM  Holton; Robert A.
CTY  Tallahassee
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Somoza; Carmen
CTY  Tallahassee
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Yukio
CTY  Tallahassee
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Shindo; Mitsuru
CTY  Tallahassee
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Florida State University
CTY  Tallahassee
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  549510
XCL  549511
EDF  6
ICL  C07D30514
FSC  549
FSS  510;511
UREF
PNO  4814470
ISD  19890300
NAM  Colin et al.
OCL  514499
UREF
PNO  4876399
ISD  19891000
NAM  Holton et al.
OCL  568817
UREF
PNO  4921974
ISD  19900500
NAM  Duggan
OCL  549292
UREF
PNO  4924011
ISD  19900500
NAM  Denis et al.
OCL  549510
UREF
PNO  4924012
ISD  19900500
NAM  Colin et al.
OCL  549510
UREF
PNO  5175315
ISD  19921200
NAM  Holton
OCL  549510
OREF
PAL  Kingston et al., "Progress in the Chemistry of Organic Natural Products
      61," Springer-Verlag pp. 1-206 (1993).
PAL  Farina et al., The Chemistry of Taxanes: Unexpected Rearrangement of
      Baccatin III During Chemoselective Debenzoylation With Bu3SnOMe/LiCl,
      Tetrahedron Letters, vol. 33, No. 28, pp. 3979-3982 (1992).
PAL  Klein et al. "Synthesis of 9-Dihydrotaxol: A Novel Bioactive Taxane",
      Tetrahedron Letters, vol. 34, No. 13, pp. 2047-2050, 1993.
PAL  Miller et al., "Antileukemic Alkaloids from Taxus Wallichiana Zucc", J.
      Org. Chem. 1981, vol. 46, No. 7, pp. 1469-1474.
PAL  Chen et al., "Taxol Structure-Activity Relationships: Synthesis and
      Biological Evaluation of 2-Deoxytaxol", Tetrahedron Lett., vol. 34, No.
      20, pp. 3205-3206 (1993).
PAL  Holton et al., "A Synthesis of Taxusin", JACS 110:6558 (1988).
PAL  Samaranayake et al., "Modified Taxols. 5.1 Reaction of Taxol with
      Electrophilic Reagents and Preparation of a Rearranged Taxol Derivative
      with Tubulin Assembly Activity3.", J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56, pp. 5114-5119.
PAL  Denis & Green, "A Highly Efficient, Practical Approach to Natural Taxol",
      JACS 110:5917-5919 (1988).
LREP
FRM  Senniger, Powers, Leavitt & Roedel
ABST
PAL  Process for the preparation of a derivative or analog of baccatin III or
      10-desacetyl baccatin III having a C9 substituent other than keto in which
      the C9 keto substituent of taxol, a taxol analog, baccatin III or
      10-desacetyl baccatin III is selectively reduced to the corresponding
      hydroxy group.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made with Government support under NIH Grant #CA 42031
      and Grant #CA 55131 awarded by the National Institute of Health. The
      Government has certain rights in the Invention.
PATN
WKU  059903260
SRC  7
APN  9766146
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19921116
TTL  3-oxiranyl benzoic acids and derivatives thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1,2
EXP  Trinh; Ba K.
INVT
NAM  Djuric; Stevan Wakefield
CTY  Glenview
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Penning; Thomas Dale
CTY  Des Plaines
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  G.D. Searle & Co.
CTY  Skokie
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  274218
APD  19880921
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  549561
XCL  514475
EDF  6
ICL  C07D30316
FSC  549
FSS  561
FSC  514
FSS  475
UREF
PNO  4665189
ISD  19870500
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  549554
UREF
PNO  4675335
ISD  19870600
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  514381
FREF
PNO  0134111
ISD  19840700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2144422
ISD  19840700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2177401
ISD  19840700
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  J. Evans, et. al., Prostaglandins, Leukotrienes and Medicine 23: 167-171
      (1986).
PAL  R. A. Lewis, et. al., J. Clin. Invest., 73: 889-897 (1984).
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to compounds of the formula
      ##STR1##
      or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein R is alkyl of 12
      carbon atoms, alkenyl of 12 carbon atoms having from 1 to 4 --CH.dbd.CH--
      groups when the carbon adjacent to R is saturated and from 1 to 2
      --CH.dbd.CH-- groups when the carbon adjacent to R is unsaturated, aryl,
      heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl wherein the alkyl groups have 1 to 6 carbon
      atoms, or aryloxyalkyl wherein the alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms
      R.sup.1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable cation.
      These compounds are inhibitors of leukotriene A.sub.4 (LTA.sub.4)
      hydrolase.
PATN
WKU  059903279
SRC  8
APN  5497639
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19951130
TTL  Use of aminotriarylmethanes for marking hydrocarbons and novel
      aminotriarylmethanes
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Badio; Barbara
EXP  Clardy; S. Mark
INVT
NAM  Schloesser; Ulrike
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Beck; Karin Heidrun
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  BASF Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19930621
APN  43 20 456
CLAS
OCL  552100
XCL  585  2
XCL  585  3
XCL  585  4
EDF  6
ICL  C09B 1100
ICL  C07C  720
FSC  552
FSS  104
FSC  548
FSS  345.1
FSC  585
FSS  2;3;4
UREF
PNO  5145573
ISD  19920900
NAM  Riedel et al.
OCL  208 14
UREF
PNO  5233048
ISD  19930800
NAM  Eckstein et al.
OCL  548345.1
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP94/01941
PD1  19951130
PD2  19951130
PD3  19940615
PCP  WO95/00606
PCD  19950105
ABST
PAR  Use of aminotriarylmethanes of the formula
      ##STR1##
      where the ring A may be benzofused, and
PA1  R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are each substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1 -C.sub.13
      -alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, or R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are
      together with the nitrogen atom joining them together a heterocyclic
      radical, or else R.sup.1 is hydrogen,
PA1  R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1 -C.sub.20
      -alkyl or else R.sup.3 is hydrogen, and
PA1  X.sup.1 and X.sup.2 are each substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1 -C.sub.13
      -alkyl or a radical of the formula NR.sup.1 R.sup.2, or else one of
      X.sup.1 and X.sup.2 is hydrogen,
PAL  for marking hydrocarbons, hydrocarbons comprising the abovementioned
      aminotriarylmethanes, a method for detecting the aminotriarylmethanes in
      hydrocarbons, and novel aminotriarylmethanes.
PATN
WKU  059903287
SRC  9
APN  2563533
APT  1
ART  166
APD  19990224
TTL  Process for the preparation of 4-amino-.DELTA.4-3-ketosteroids via
      4-nitro-.DELTA.4-3-ketosteroids
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Pryor; Alton
EXP  Dodson; Shelley A.
INVT
NAM  Weintraub; Philip M.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Angelastro; Michael R.
CTY  Mason
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Gates; Cynthia A.
CTY  Fairfield
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Flynn; Gary Alan
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Curran; Timothy Thomas
CTY  Chester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  King; Chi-Hsin Richard
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc.
CTY  Bridgewater
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  010974
APD  19980122
RLAP
COD  84
APN  737031
CLAS
OCL  552515
XCL  552522
EDF  6
ICL  C07J 4100
FSC  552
FSS  515;522
OREF
PAL  Ekhato et al, Synthesis of new nitro and amino sterols, J. Chem. Soc.,
      Perkin Trans. 1, vol. 12, 3239-42, 1988.
LREP
FR2  Kurys; Barbara E.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides 4-nitro-.DELTA..sup.4 -3-ketosteroids, their
      use as steroid C.sub.17-20 lyase and 5.alpha.-reductase inhibitors and to
      a novel process for preparing a compound of the formula:
      ##STR1##
      comprising sequentially: a) reacting a starting compound of the formula
      ##STR2##
      with an effective amount of a strong base at an elevated or suitable
      temperature for a time sufficient to create the corresponding
      thermodynamic dienolate, followed by addition of a neutral nitrating agent
      to produce the 4-nitrosteroid; and then;
PA1  b) reacting the 4-nitrosteroid with a suitable reducing agent.
PATN
WKU  059903295
SRC  8
APN  832493&
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970403
TTL  Retinoids
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Killos; Paul J.
INVT
NAM  Klaus; Michael
CTY  Weil am Rhein
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Mohr; Peter
CTY  Basle
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Hoffman-La Roche Inc.
CTY  Nutley
STA  NJ
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960415
APN  96105849
CLAS
OCL  554118
XCL  554214
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 59147
FSC  554
FSS  118;214
UREF
PNO  4169103
ISD  19790900
NAM  Haenni et al.
FREF
PNO  1143657
ISD  19830300
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  010 208A1
ISD  19800400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  552624
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  35 09 455 A1
ISD  19851000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  211 167 A9
ISD  19950600
CNT  HUX
FREF
PNO  2156676
ISD  19851000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Masayoshi Ito et al., Chem. Phar. Bull., vol. 36 (1), pp. 78-86 (1988).
PAL  Barua et al., Biochem. J., vol. 168:557-564 (1977).
PAL  Mayer et al., Helvetica Chemica Acta, vol. 63, Fasc. 6, Nr. 156, pp.
      1467-1472 (1980).
PAL  Doran et al., Methods in Enzymology, 190:334-338 (1990).
PAL  Kistler, Arch. Toxiol., 60:403-414 (1987).
PAL  Widmeer, Pure & Appl. Chem., vol. 57, No. 5, pp. 741-752 (1985).
PAL  Curley et al., Pharmaceutical Research, vol. 7, No. 3, pp. 270-273 (1990).
PAL  CA 112:213684 (1990).
PAL  CA 110:231910 (1988).
LREP
FR2  Johnston; George W.
FR2  Epstein; William H.
ABST
PAL  Compounds of the formula:
      ##STR1##
      wherein R.sup.2 and X are as described, are disclosed. The compounds are
      useful for treating dermatological disorders which are accompanied by
      epithelial lesions, e.g., acne and psoriasis, as well as malignant and
      premalignant epithelial lesions, tumours and precancerous changes of the
      mucous membrane in the mouth, tongue, larynx, oesophagus, bladder, cervix
      and colon.
PATN
WKU  059903309
SRC  8
APN  6123880
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19960307
TTL  Recovery of highly fluorinated carboxylic acids from the gas phase
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Carr; Deborah D
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Sulzbach; Reinhard Albert
CTY  Burghausen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kowatsch; Wilhelm
CTY  Garching
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Steidl; Dieter
CTY  Hofheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Dyneon GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950309
APN  195 08 447
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950726
APN  195 27 276
CLAS
OCL  554202
XCL  554175
XCL  554195
XCL   95149
EDF  6
ICL  C11B  300
FSC  554
FSS  202;175;195
FSC   95
FSS  149
UREF
PNO  2516127
ISD  19500700
NAM  Laur et al.
OCL  260450
FREF
PNO  814839
ISD  19370600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2546320
ISD  19770400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2423272
ISD  19830500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1127521
ISD  19680900
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Lilly; James V.
ABST
PAL  Highly fluorinated carboxylic acids can be removed from exhaust gas streams
      by scrubbing with concentrated alkali solutions if these alkali solutions
      have a density high enough for the salt of the highly fluorinated
      carboxylic acid to separate out as an independent phase. An apparatus
      suitable therefor contains a scrubber and a separation vessel which is
      advantageously equipped with a conveying element, a collection vessel
      connected via an overflow and a circulation line for the scrubbing liquor.
PATN
WKU  059903317
SRC  8
APN  963570&
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971031
TTL  Metallocenes containing partially hydrogenated p-ligands
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Nazario-Gonzalez; Porfirio
INVT
NAM  Winter; Andreas
CTY  Glashutten
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Zenk; Roland
CTY  Bad Soden
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Fraaije; Volker
CTY  Frankfurt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kuber; Frank
CTY  Oberursel
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Targor GmbH
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961031
APN  196 44 041
CLAS
OCL  556  9
XCL  556 12
XCL  556 14
XCL  556 19
XCL  556 21
XCL  556 22
XCL  556 53
XCL  556 58
XCL  556 43
XCL  502103
XCL  502117
XCL  502152
XCL  526129
XCL  526160
XCL  526943
EDF  6
ICL  C07F 1700
ICL  C08F  4643
ICL  B01J 3100
FSC  556
FSS  9;12;14;19;21;22;53;58;43
FSC  502
FSS  103;117;152
FSC  526
FSS  129;160;943
UREF
PNO  5510502
ISD  19960400
NAM  Sugano et al.
OCL  556 11
FREF
PNO  0 611 772 A2
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a metallocene of the formula I,
      ##STR1##
      for preparing polyolefins, where M.sup.1 is preferably Zr, Hf or Ti,
      R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are each a hydrogen atom, a C.sub.1 -C.sub.3 -alkyl
      group, a C.sub.1 -C.sub.3 -alkoxy group, a C.sub.6 -C.sub.8 -aryl group, a
      C.sub.6 -C.sub.8 -aryloxy group, a C.sub.2 -C.sub.4 -alkenyl group, a
      C.sub.7 -C.sub.10 -arylalkyl group, a C.sub.7 -C.sub.12 -alkylaryl group,
      a C.sub.8 -C.sub.12 -arylalkenyl group or chlorine, R.sup.3 is a chlorine
      atom, a C.sub.1 -C.sub.3 -alkyl group, a C.sub.2 -C.sub.4 -alkenyl group,
      a C.sub.6 -C.sub.8 -aryl group, an NR.sup.16.sub.2, SR.sup.16,
      OSiR.sup.16.sub.3, SiR.sup.16.sub.3 or PR.sup.16.sub.2 radical where
      R.sup.16 is chlorine, a C.sub.1 -C.sub.4 -alkyl group or a C.sub.6
      -C.sub.8 -aryl group. R.sup.4 is a hydrogen atom, R.sup.13 is --(R.sup.14
      M.sup.2 R.sup.15)--, --(R.sup.14 CR.sup.15)--(R.sup.14 CR.sup.15)--,
      --(R.sup.14 CR.sup.15)--(R.sup.14 M.sup.2 R.sup.15)-- or --(R.sup.14
      CR.sup.15)--, where R.sup.14 and R.sup.15 are each a hydrogen atom,
      chlorine, an Si(methyl).sub.3 group, an N(methyl).sub.2 group, an
      N(phenyl).sub.2 group, an Si(phenyl).sub.3 group, a B(methyl).sub.2 group,
      a B(phenyl).sub.2 group, a C.sub.1 -C.sub.4 -alkyl group, in particular a
      methyl group, a CF.sub.3 group, a C.sub.6 -C.sub.12 -aryl group, a
      pentafluorophenyl group, a C.sub.1 -C.sub.4 -alkoxy group, in particular a
      methoxy group, a C.sub.2 -C.sub.4 -alkenyl group, a C.sub.7 -C.sub.10
      -arylalkyl group, a C.sub.8 -C.sub.12 -arylalkenyl group or a C.sub.7
      -C.sub.12 -alkylaryl group, or R.sup.14 and R.sup.15 together with the
      atoms connecting them form a ring, M.sup.2 is silicon or germanium, z is 0
      or 1, R.sup.x and R.sup.y are identical where R.sup.5 to R.sup.9 are as
      defined for R.sup.14, and l+m+n+o+p.gtoreq.2 and .ltoreq.5, and l+n+p is
      .gtoreq.1, where l, n, m, o or p can be 0, 1, 2 or 3 or R.sup.5 to R.sup.9
      together with the atoms connecting them form one or more rings.
PATN
WKU  059903325
SRC  9
APN  2172690
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19981221
TTL  Metal compound of aromatic hydroxycarboxylic acid, charge control agent,
      toner, and powdery paint
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1,4
EXP  Nazario-Gonzalez; Porfirio
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Sukata; Kazuaki
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsuruhara; Tohru
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamanaka; Shun-Ichiro
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugawara; Shuji
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yasumatsu; Masashi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950829
APN  7-245564
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960307
APN  8-80953
RLAP
COD  74
APN  703821
APD  19960827
CLAS
OCL  556 49
XCL  556 55
XCL  556106
XCL  556108
XCL  556150
XCL  556184
XCL  556437
XCL  556443
XCL  25218211
XCL  430110
EDF  6
ICL  C07F 1900
ICL  C07F 1500
ICL  C07F  728
FSC  556
FSS  49;55;106;108;150;184;437;443
FSC  252
FSS  182.11
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, vol. 99, No. 23, abstract No. 194629z, Klasek et al.,
      CS 194,148 (Cl. C07C65/12) Mar. 30, 1982, Dec. 5, 1983.
LREP
FRM  McGlew and Tuttle, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Metal compound of formula [I] which is excellent in charge control or
      charge-enhancing property, and toner for developing electrostatic images
      and powdery paint for electrostatic painting incorporating thereof:
      ##STR1##
      wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 independently represent a
      hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl group, or a linear or branched
      unsaturated alkyl group; R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, and
      R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 may bind together to form an aromatic or aliphatic
      ring which may have one or more substituents of a linear or branched alkyl
      group, or a linear or branched unsaturated alkyl group; M represents a
      metal; m represents an integer of 3 or more; n represents an integer of 2
      or more.
PATN
WKU  059903333
SRC  8
APN  6659659
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19960619
TTL  Silyl-linked polyamidoamines and their preparation
ISD  19991123
NCL  41
ECL  1
EXP  Shaver; Paul F.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Allen; Anthony J.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
INVT
NAM  Sau; Arjun C.
CTY  Newark
STA  DE
ASSG
NAM  Hercules Incorporated
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  556413
XCL  556419
XCL  556425
EDF  6
ICL  C07F  710
FSC  556
FSS  413;419;425
UREF
PNO  2926116
ISD  19600200
NAM  Keim
UREF
PNO  2926154
ISD  19600200
NAM  Keim
UREF
PNO  3288754
ISD  19661100
NAM  Green
UREF
PNO  3637550
ISD  19720100
NAM  Sprauer
UREF
PNO  3992251
ISD  19761100
NAM  Lipowski
UREF
PNO  4287110
ISD  19810900
NAM  Takagishi et al.
UREF
PNO  4501640
ISD  19850200
NAM  Soerens
UREF
PNO  4528316
ISD  19850700
NAM  Soerens
UREF
PNO  4973680
ISD  19901100
NAM  Billmers
UREF
PNO  4990563
ISD  19910200
NAM  Sau
UREF
PNO  4992538
ISD  19910200
NAM  Sau
UREF
PNO  5004791
ISD  19910400
NAM  Billmers
UREF
PNO  5032682
ISD  19910700
NAM  Sau
UREF
PNO  5036137
ISD  19910700
NAM  Sau
UREF
PNO  5071978
ISD  19911200
NAM  Sau
UREF
PNO  5338807
ISD  19940800
NAM  Espy et al.
UREF
PNO  5354829
ISD  19941000
NAM  Swisher et al.
OCL  528 10
FREF
PNO  979579
ISD  19720600
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  1174560
ISD  19890700
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  English language abstract of Japanese Publication No. 1174560.
PAL  English language translation of Japanese Publication No. 1174560.
LREP
FRM  Greenblum & Bernstein, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  Silyl-linked polyamidoamines, and aqueous compositions including these
      resins, which have utility in wet strength, dry strength, creping, and
      glass fiber forming size applications.
PATN
WKU  059903341
SRC  8
APN  9877274
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971209
TTL  Ionic organosilicon compounds and their preparation and use
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Shaver; Paul F.
INVT
NAM  Hierstetter; Thomas
CTY  Burghausen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Dauth; Jochen
CTY  Burghausen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Peschanel; Birgit
CTY  Burghausen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Deubzer; Bernward
CTY  Burghausen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Wacker-Chemie GmbH
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DDX
APD  19961210
APN  196 51 287
CLAS
OCL  556413
XCL  556405
XCL  556418
XCL  556419
XCL  556420
XCL  556424
XCL  556425
XCL  556428
EDF  6
ICL  C07F  708
ICL  C07F  710
FSC  556
FSS  413;405;418;419;420;425;424;428
UREF
PNO  3734763
ISD  19730500
NAM  Plueddemann
OCL  556413
UREF
PNO  3779912
ISD  19731200
NAM  Redmore et al.
UREF
PNO  3819675
ISD  19740600
NAM  Plueddemann
OCL  556413
UREF
PNO  4493926
ISD  19850100
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  556424
UREF
PNO  4496705
ISD  19850100
NAM  Florence et al.
OCL  556413
UREF
PNO  4525567
ISD  19850600
NAM  Campbell et al.
UREF
PNO  4654161
ISD  19870300
NAM  Kollmeier et al.
OCL  556420
UREF
PNO  4898614
ISD  19900200
NAM  Halloran et al.
OCL  556413
UREF
PNO  4918210
ISD  19900400
NAM  Fenton et al.
OCL  556425
UREF
PNO  5041590
ISD  19910800
NAM  Snow
OCL  558425
UREF
PNO  5068380
ISD  19911100
NAM  Meguriya et al.
OCL  556428
UREF
PNO  5073619
ISD  19911200
NAM  O'Lenick
OCL  556413
UREF
PNO  5087715
ISD  19920200
NAM  Snow
OCL  556413
UREF
PNO  5246607
ISD  19930900
NAM  Schaefer et al.
OCL  556413
UREF
PNO  5344949
ISD  19940900
NAM  Koerner et al.
OCL  556413
UREF
PNO  5399737
ISD  19950300
NAM  Park et al.
OCL  556413
UREF
PNO  5405983
ISD  19950400
NAM  Fost et al.
UREF
PNO  5532399
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hager et al.
FREF
PNO  0095156
ISD  19830500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0292760
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0423696
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9518096
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9632436
ISD  19960400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  M. Litt and T. Matsuda, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 19 (1975) 1221.
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman P.C
ABST
PAL  Ionic organosilicon compounds comprising siloxane units of the formula
EQU  A.sub.a R.sub.b X.sub.c SiO.sub.(4-a-b-c)/2                (I),
PAL  in which
PA1  R is an identical or different, optionally halogenated hydrocarbon radicals
      having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or radicals of the formulae
EQU  --R'--((NHCH.sub.2 CH.sub.2).sub.o --(N.sup.+ H.sub.2 CH.sub.2
      CH.sub.2).sub.p --N.sup.(x+q-2)+ H.sub.x R".sub.q).sub.d-1  (II)
EQU  --R'--(SH).sub.d-1                                         (III)
PAL  or
EQU  --R'--(Z--C (O)--CR'"=CH.sub.2).sub.d-1                    (IV)
PAL  in which
PA1  R', R", Z, R'", o, p, q, x, d, X and A have the meaning given in claim 1
      and
PA1  a is 0 or 1,
PA1  b is 0, 1, 2 or 3,
PA1  c is 0, 1, 2 or 3
PA1  and the sum a+b+c is.ltoreq.4,
PAL  with the proviso that at least one radical A is contained in each molecule,
      and, optionally, non-bonding counter-ions from the group consisting of
      alkali metal, alkaline earth metal and ammonium ions of organic amines are
      present to compensate the negative charges and non-bonded counter-ions
      from the group consisting of organic anions, such as, for example, acetate
      ions, are present to compensate the positive charges,their preparation and
      their use.
PATN
WKU  059903350
SRC  9
APN  0043001
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980108
TTL  Di-p-tolydialkylsilane derivative and photoluminescene polymer formed
      therefrom and methods for preparing these compounds
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Shaver; Paul F.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kim; Hwan-kyu
CTY  Taejun
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Soo-min
CTY  Taejun
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Ryu; Mi-kyung
CTY  Taejun
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Ki-dong
CTY  Taejun
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Display Devices Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19971001
APN  97-464
CLAS
OCL  556415
XCL  556488
XCL  556489
XCL  528 32
EDF  6
ICL  C07F  708
ICL  C07F  710
FSC  506
FSS  488;489;415
FSC  528
FSS  488;489;415
FSC  556
FSS  32
UREF
PNO  3334122
ISD  19670800
NAM  Cekada et al.
OCL  556489
UREF
PNO  3347897
ISD  19671000
NAM  Webster
OCL  556489
UREF
PNO  3558683
ISD  19710100
NAM  Belsky et al.
OCL  556489
UREF
PNO  4502973
ISD  19850300
NAM  Stangroom
OCL  252 73
UREF
PNO  5621130
ISD  19970400
NAM  Ando et al.
OCL  556465
UREF
PNO  5741921
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kreuder et al.
OCL  556406
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A di-p-tolyldialkylsilane derivative, a photoluminescence polymer formed
      from the derivative, and methods for preparing the derivative and polymer
      are provided. The di-p-tolyldialkylsilane derivative is represented by the
      following formula (1):
      ##STR1##
      where R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are independently selected from the group
      consisting of phenyl and --(CH.dbd.CH).sub.k R.sub.3 (k is an integer
      between and inclusive of 0 and 2, and R.sub.3 is hydrogen or alkyl), and
      X.sup.2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen atom
      and cyano group. The di-p-tolylalkylsilane derivative of the formula (1)
      is very useful as a monomer of a functional polymer. The photoluminescence
      polymer formed from the di-p-tolylalkylsilane derivative of the chemical
      formula (1) contains a repeating unit having a silicon between the
      conjugated double bonds, thereby suppressing electron movement of the
      conjugated double bond. As a result, a range of colors between blue and
      green, particularly, blue, can be obtained. Also, when the
      photoluminescence polymer is adopted as a color-developing substance, the
      threshold voltage characteristics are improved.
PATN
WKU  059903368
SRC  8
APN  7821069
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970113
TTL  Synthesis and purification of zosteric acid
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Killos; Paul J.
INVT
NAM  Alexandratos; Spiro D.
CTY  Knoxville
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  The University of Tennessee Research Corporation
CTY  Knoxville
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  558 37
XCL  562429
EDF  6
ICL  C07C30500
FSC  558
FSS  37
FSC  562
FSS  429
UREF
PNO  3549562
ISD  19701200
NAM  Mindick et al.
OCL  260  2.1
UREF
PNO  3843566
ISD  19741000
NAM  Barrett
OCL  260  2.1
UREF
PNO  4224415
ISD  19800900
NAM  Meitzner et al.
OCL  521 38
UREF
PNO  5312977
ISD  19940500
NAM  Yanaka et al.
OCL  562443
UREF
PNO  5384176
ISD  19950100
NAM  Zimmerman et al.
OCL  428 68
UREF
PNO  5472966
ISD  19951200
NAM  Sloan et al.
OCL  514255
OREF
PAL  Alexandratos, et al., "Metal Ion Extraction Capability of Phosphinic Acid
      Resins: Comparative Study of Phosphinic, Sulfonic, and Carboxylic Resins
      Using Zinc Ions", Macromolecules, vol. 18, No. 5 pp. 835-840 (1985).
PAL  Alexandratos, et al., "Synthesis and Characterization of Bifunctional
      Phosphinic Acid Resins", Macromolecules, vol. 18, No. 5 pp. 830-835
      (1985).
PAL  Vassilev, et al., "Microsynthesis of Some Hydroxycinnamic Acids and a Study
      of Their Metabolism in Plants", Tome 34, No. 7, pp. 125-128 (1981).
LREP
FRM  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
ABST
PAL  The synthesis and purification of zosteric acid is described. The
      specification describes methods for preparing p-coumaric acid, for
      preparing zosteric acid, and purifying zosteric acid. Zosteric acid is
      prepared from p-coumaric acid. Zosteric acid, however, need not be
      prepared by any particular method to be purified by a method of the
      invention. All three methods may be used in combination to prepare and
      purify zosteric acid.
PATN
WKU  059903376
SRC  8
APN  9216545
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970826
TTL  Process for the preparation of 2-cyanoethylphosphinic esters
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Vollano; Jean F
EXP  Geist; Gary
INVT
NAM  Kleiner; Hanss-Jerg
CTY  Kronberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Ticona GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960828
APN  196 34 706
CLAS
OCL  558 73
XCL  558134
XCL  558145
XCL  558167
EDF  6
ICL  C07F  932
FSC  558
FSS  73;134;145;167
UREF
PNO  4594199
ISD  19860600
NAM  Thottathil
UREF
PNO  5051524
ISD  19910900
NAM  Baylis
UREF
PNO  5407922
ISD  19950400
NAM  Marescaux et al.
FREF
PNO  0 319 479
ISD  19870600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 463 560
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  CA:117:17188, abs of JP04029237, Jan. 1992.
PAL  CA:122:160936 abs of EP632050, Jan. 1995.
PAL  Wolfgang Froestl: "Phosphinic acid analogues of GABA" Journal of Medicinal
      Chemistry, Bd. 38, Nr. 17, 1995, Washington D.C., pp. 3297-3312,
      XP002043375.
LREP
FRM  Connolly & Hutz
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a process for the preparation of
      phosphorus-containing compounds of the formula (I)
      ##STR1##
      where R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are identical or different and are a
      straight-chain or branched alkyl radical having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a
      cyclohexyl-, cyclopentyl-, aryl-, halogen-, (C.sub.1 -C.sub.6)-alkyl- or
      (C.sub.1 -C.sub.6)-alkoxy-substituted aryl radical, where R.sup.1 and
      R.sup.2, together with the phosphorus atom and the oxygen atom, can also
      form a ring, in particular an oxaphosphorin ring, which comprises metering
      acrylonitrile at elevated temperature into a compound of the formula (II)
      ##STR2##
      where R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are as defined above.
PATN
WKU  059903384
SRC  9
APN  1798170
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19981028
TTL  Negative-working chemical-sensitization photoresist composition
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Higel; Floyd D.
INVT
NAM  Hada; Hideo
CTY  Hiratsuka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugeta; Yoshiki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamazaki; Hiroyuki
CTY  Koza-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Komano; Hiroshi
CTY  Koza-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960202
APN  8-018008
RLAP
COD  74
APN  791814
APD  19970130
PSC  01
PNO  5892095
CLAS
OCL  558388
XCL  430325
XCL  430328
XCL  430330
XCL  430332
XCL  430334
EDF  6
ICL  C07C25500
FSC  430
FSS  325;328;332;334;330
FSC  558
FSS  338
UREF
PNO  4451286
ISD  19840500
NAM  Martin
OCL   71107
UREF
PNO  4466822
ISD  19840800
NAM  Martin
XCL  558391
UREF
PNO  4540598
ISD  19850900
NAM  Berner et al.
OCL  427 54.1
UREF
PNO  4548756
ISD  19851000
NAM  Martin
OCL  558390
UREF
PNO  4566901
ISD  19860100
NAM  Martin
XCL  558391
UREF
PNO  4736055
ISD  19880400
NAM  Dietliker et al.
OCL  560 13
UREF
PNO  4800230
ISD  19890100
NAM  Roper
OCL  558380
UREF
PNO  5358968
ISD  19941000
NAM  Oberdorf et al.
OCL  514620
UREF
PNO  5442063
ISD  19950800
NAM  Takase et al.
OCL  544333
UREF
PNO  5489605
ISD  19960200
NAM  Oberdorf et al.
OCL  514374
UREF
PNO  5696161
ISD  19971200
NAM  Kirstgen et al.
OCL  514421
UREF
PNO  5892095
ISD  19990400
NAM  Hada et al.
OCL  558388
FREF
PNO  0 044 115
ISD  19820100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 241 423
ISD  19871000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 361 907
ISD  19900400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 571 330
ISD  19931100
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a novel positive-working or negative-working
      chemical-sensitization photoresist composition useful in the
      photolithographic patterning works for the manufacture of electronic
      devices. The photoresist composition is characterized by a unique
      acid-generating agent capable of releasing an acid by the pattern-wise
      exposure of the resist layer to actinic rays so as to increase or decrease
      the solubility of the resist layer in an aqueous alkaline developer
      solution. The acid-generating agent proposed is a novel cyano
      group-containing oxime sulfonate di- or triester compound represented by
      the general formula
EQU  A[C(CN).dbd.N--O--SO.sub.2 --R].sub.n,
PAL  in which each R is, independently from the others, an unsubstituted or
      substituted monovalent hydrocarbon group such as alkyl groups, A is a
      divalent or tervalent organic group or, preferably, phenylene group and
      the subscript n is 2, when A is a divalent group, or 3, when A is a
      tervalent group or, preferably 2. Since more than one of sulfonic acid
      molecules are released from one molecule of the sulfonate compound by the
      exposure to actinic rays, the chemical-sensitization photoresist
      composition exhibits high photosensitivity.
PATN
WKU  059903392
SRC  9
APN  0978620
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980616
TTL  Phenylacetic acid derivatives, and use as fungicides
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Sacket; Ebenezer
EXP  Richter; Johann
INVT
NAM  Bayer; Herbert
CTY  Mannheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Sauter; Hubert
CTY  Mannheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Muller; Ruth
CTY  Andernach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Grammenos; Wassilios
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Harreus; Albrecht
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kirstgen; Reinhard
CTY  Neustadt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Rohl; Franz
CTY  Schifferstadt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Ammermann; Eberhard
CTY  Heppenheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Lorenz; Gisela
CTY  Hambach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  BASF Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940204
APN  44 03 447
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19940617
APN  44 21 180
RLAP
COD  74
APN  682760
CLAS
OCL  558436
XCL  564254
XCL  546286
XCL  544301
XCL  544303
EDF  6
ICL  C07C25507
ICL  C07C25110
FSC  558
FSS  436
FSC  564
FSS  254
UREF
PNO  5863951
ISD  19990100
NAM  Ziegler et al.
OCL  564640
LREP
FRM  Keil & Weinkauf
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to phenylacetic acid derivatives of the
      formula I
      ##STR1##
      where the substituents and the index have the following meanings: X is
      NOCH.sub.3, CHOCH.sub.3, CHCH.sub.3 and [sic] CHCH.sub.2 CH.sub.3 ;
PA1  R.sup.1 is hydrogen and [sic] C.sub.1 -C.sub.4 -alkyl;
PA1  R.sup.2 is cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C.sub.1 -C.sub.4 -alkyl
      and [sic] C.sub.1 -C.sub.4 -alkoxy;
PA1  m is 0, 1 or 2, it being possible for the R.sup.2 radicals to be different
      if m is 2;
PA1  R.sup.3 is hydrogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxyl, amino, halogen, C.sub.1
      -C.sub.1 -alkyl, C.sub.1 -C.sub.4 -haloalkyl, C.sub.1 -C.sub.4 -alkoxy,
      C.sub.1 -C.sub.4 -haloalkoxy, C.sub.1 -C.sub.4 -alkylthio, C.sub.1
      -C.sub.4 -alkylamino or di-C.sub.1 -C.sub.4 -alkylamino;
PA1  R.sup.4 is hydrogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxyl, amino, halogen,
PA1  R.sup.5 is hydrogen, C.sub.1 -C.sub.10 -alkyl, C.sub.3 -C.sub.6
      -cycloalkyl, C.sub.2 -C.sub.10 -alkenyl, C.sub.2 -C.sub.10 -alkynyl,
      C.sub.1 -C.sub.10 -alkylcarbonyl, C.sub.2 -C.sub.10 -alkenylcarbonyl,
      C.sub.3 -C.sub.10 -alkynylcarbonyl or C.sub.1 -C.sub.10 -alkylsulfonyl, it
      being possible for these radicals to be partly or completely halogenated
      or to carry one to three of the following groups: cyano, nitro, hydroxyl,
      mercapto, amino, carboxyl, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl,
PATN
WKU  059903406
SRC  9
APN  2231670
APT  1
ART  171
APD  19981230
TTL  Polyurethane polyolefins and prepolymers based on hydroxy functional
      polybutadiene
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Sergent; Rabon
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Haider; Karl W.
CTY  McKees Rocks
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Chan; Jack C.
CTY  Coraopolis
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Jonsson; E. Haakan
CTY  Cologne
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Franz; Uli W.
CTY  Moon Township
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Peters; Mark A.
CTY  Moon Township
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Taylor; Ronald P.
CTY  Coraopolis
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Bayer Corporation
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  999218
APD  19971229
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  560 25
XCL  528 59
XCL  528 75
XCL  560 26
XCL  560115
XCL  560158
XCL  560330
EDF  6
ICL  C07C27108
ICL  C08G 1867
FSC  528
FSS  59;75
FSC  560
FSS  25;26;115;158;330
UREF
PNO  3941909
ISD  19760300
NAM  Schoer et al.
OCL  156315
UREF
PNO  3963681
ISD  19760600
NAM  Kaneko et al.
OCL  528 61
UREF
PNO  5247023
ISD  19930900
NAM  Chung et al.
OCL  525288
UREF
PNO  5403904
ISD  19950400
NAM  Nubel et al.
OCL  526139
UREF
PNO  5512635
ISD  19960400
NAM  Nubel et al.
OCL  525247
UREF
PNO  5519101
ISD  19960500
NAM  Nubel et al.
OCL  526142
UREF
PNO  5559190
ISD  19960900
NAM  Nubel et al.
OCL  525270
UREF
PNO  5589543
ISD  19961200
NAM  Yokelson et al.
OCL  525131
UREF
PNO  5589548
ISD  19961200
NAM  Nubel et al.
OCL  525247
UREF
PNO  5728917
ISD  19980300
NAM  Grubbs et al.
OCL  585653
UREF
PNO  5750815
ISD  19980500
NAM  Grubbs et al.
OCL  585511
UREF
PNO  5849851
ISD  19981200
NAM  Grubbs et al.
OCL  526 93
LREP
FR2  Gil; Joseph C.
FR2  Cheung; Noland J.
ABST
PAL  A di-hydroxy-functionalized linear non-crosslinked polyolefin is disclosed
      having no pendant chain-branched groups which is prepared by reacting
      1,4-diacetoxy-2-butene with 1,5-cyclooctadiene in the presence of a
      catalyst comprising a ruthenium metal carbene complex, characterized in
      that the functionality number of said polyolefin as determined by NMR is
      2.0 and the viscosity of said polyolefin ranges from about 800 to 16000
      mPa.s @25.degree. C. at a number average molecular weight ranging from
      2,600 to 6,500 g/mole. A prepolymer comprising the reaction of a
      polyisocyanate with the polyolefin is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059903414
SRC  8
APN  7736843
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19961224
TTL  Diastereoselective synthesis hydroxyethylene dipeptide isosteres
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  O'Sullivan; Peter
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Liotta; Dennis C.
CTY  McDonough
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Lagu; Bharat Ramkrishna
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Emory University
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  148990
APD  19931108
PSC  01
PNO  5587514
CLAS
OCL  560 39
XCL  2609982
XCL  530331
XCL  549321
XCL  560 29
XCL  560 40
XCL  560 43
XCL  560 45
XCL  560125
XCL  560170
XCL  562444
XCL  562445
XCL  562507
XCL  562567
XCL  564134
XCL  564165
XCL  564191
XCL  564197
EDF  6
ICL  C07C21922
ICL  C07C21906
FSC  260
FSS  998.2
FSC  530
FSS  331
FSC  549
FSS  321
FSC  560
FSS  29;39;40;43;45;125;170
FSC  562
FSS  444;445;507;567
FSC  564
FSS  134;165;191;197;198
UREF
PNO  4329473
ISD  19820500
NAM  Almquist et al.
OCL  546281
UREF
PNO  4613676
ISD  19860900
NAM  Fuhrer et al.
OCL  560 39
UREF
PNO  4705846
ISD  19871100
NAM  Thaisrivongs
OCL  530332
UREF
PNO  4758584
ISD  19880700
NAM  Buhlmayer et al.
OCL  514400
UREF
PNO  4863905
ISD  19890900
NAM  Hudspeth et al.
OCL  514 18
UREF
PNO  4864017
ISD  19890900
NAM  Thaisrivongs
OCL  530329
UREF
PNO  4880781
ISD  19891100
NAM  Hester, Jr. et al.
OCL  514 18
UREF
PNO  4882420
ISD  19891100
NAM  Thaisrivongs
OCL  530330
UREF
PNO  4894437
ISD  19900100
NAM  TenBrink
OCL  530328
UREF
PNO  5091425
ISD  19920200
NAM  Bradury et al.
OCL  514228.5
UREF
PNO  5120718
ISD  19920600
NAM  Goldman et al.
OCL  514 32
UREF
PNO  5132400
ISD  19920700
NAM  Gammill et al.
OCL  530317
UREF
PNO  5169952
ISD  19921200
NAM  Askin et al.
OCL  544137
UREF
PNO  5175298
ISD  19921200
NAM  Wuts
OCL  548230
UREF
PNO  5187074
ISD  19930200
NAM  Treiber et al.
OCL  435 41
UREF
PNO  5188950
ISD  19930200
NAM  Balani et al.
OCL  435120
UREF
PNO  5192668
ISD  19930300
NAM  Treiber et al.
OCL  435 41
UREF
PNO  5229518
ISD  19930700
NAM  Plata et al.
OCL  546243
UREF
PNO  5244910
ISD  19930900
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  514326
FREF
PNO  0 045 161
ISD  19820200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  92/21647
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO93/23379
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Bradbury, R.H., et al., "An Efficient Synthesis of the .sub.y -Lactone
      Corresponding to a Hydroethylene Dipeptide Isostere Using Steroselective
      Bromolactonisation of a Chiral Acyloxazolidinone," Tetrahedron Letters,
      30:29, pp. 3845-3848 (1989).
PAL  Chakravarty, P.K.., et al., "The Synthesis of
      (2S,4S,5S)-5-(N-Boc)-Amino-6-Cyclohexyl-4-Hydroxy-2-Isopropyl-Hexanoic
      Acid Lactone, and Hydroxyethylene Dipeptide Isostere Precursor,"
      Tetrahedron Letters, 30:4, pp. 415-418 (1989).
PAL  Compagnone, R.S. & Rapoport, H., "Chirospecific Synthesis of (+)-
      Pilocarpine," J. Org. Chem., 51, pp. 1713-1719 (1986).
PAL  Decamp, A.E., et al., "Stereocontrolled Addition of Proplonate Homoenolate
      Equivalents to Chiral .varies.-Amino Aldehydes," Tetrehedron Letters,
      32:16, pp. 1867-1870 (1991).
PAL  Diederich, A.M., et al, "Stereoselective Synthesis of a Hydroxyethylene
      Dipeptide Isostere," Tetrehedron Letters, 34:39, pp. 6169-6172 (1993).
PAL  Evans, B.E., et al., "A Stereocontrolled Synthesis of Hydroxyethylene
      Dipeptide Isosteres Using Novel, Chiral Aminoalkyl Epoxides; New Renin
      Inhibitor Analogs," Peptides Structure and Function, Proceedings of the
      Ninth American Peptide Symposium (1985).
PAL  Evans, B.F., et al., "A Stereocontrolled Synthesis of Hydroxyethylene
      Dipeptide Isosteres Using Novel, Chiral Aminoalkyl Epoxides and
      .gamma.-(Aminoalkyl) .gamma.-Lactones," J. Org. Chem., 50, pp. 4615-4625
      (1985).
PAL  Fray, A.H., et al., A Short, "Stereoselective Synthesis of the Lactone
      Precursor to 2R,4S,5S Hydroxyethylene Dipeptide Isosteres," J. Org. Chem.,
      vol. 51, p. 4826 (1986).
PAL  Ghosh, A.K., et al., "An Efficient Synthesis of Hydroxyethylene Dipepetide
      Isosteres: The Core Unit of Potent HIV-1 Protease Inhibitors," J. Org.
      Chem., vol. 56, p. 6500 (1991).
PAL  Herold, P., et al., "A Versatile and Sterocontrolled Synthesis of
      Hydroxyethylene Dipeptide Isosteres," J. Org. Chem., 50, pp. 1178-1185
      (1989).
PAL  Hoffman, R.V., et al., "A Simple Synthetic Approach to
      Cbz-Phe-.psi.-(Ch.sub.2) Gly-Pro-OMe and Related Peptide Isosteres,"
      Tetrahedron Letters, vol. 33:25, pp. 3579-3582 (1992).
PAL  Holladay, M.W., et al., "Synthesis of Hydroxethylene and Ketomethylene
      Dipeptide Isosteres," Tetrahedron Letters, 24:41, pp. 4401-4404 (1983).
PAL  Hormuth, S. et al., "Titanated Methoxyallene as Novel Homoaldol Equivalent
      for Diastereoselective Additions to Chiarly Amino Aldehydes," Angew. Chem.
      Int. Ed. Engl., 32:10, pp. 1449-1450 (1993).
PAL  Kano, S., et al., "Stereocontrolled Covergent Synthesis of Hydroethylene
      Dipeptide Isosteres by the Reaction of .varies.-Amino Alehyde with
      Alkoxytitanium Homenolates," Teterdedron Letters, 32:2, pp. 233-236
      (1991).
PAL  Meek, T.D., "Inhibitors of HIV-1 Protease," J. Enzyme Inhibition, vol. 6,
      pp. 65-98 (1992).
PAL  Nishi, T. et al., "Diasterselective Synthesis of the Hydroxyethylene
      Dipeptide Isostere of Leu-Val," Chemistry Letters, pp. 1993-1996 (1989).
PAL  Sakurai, M., et al., "A New Synthetic Route for the .gamma.-Lactone
      Precursors of Hydroxyethylene Dipeptide Isosteres," Tetrahedron Letters,
      vol. 34, pp. 5939-5942 (1993).
PAL  Szelke, M., et al., "Novel Transition --State Analogue Inhibitors of
      Renin," Proc. Am. Pept. Symp. 8th, pp. 579-583 (1983).
PAL  Vara Prasad, J.N.V., et al., "Addition of Allylic Metals to
      .varies.-Aminoaldehydes. Application to the Synthesis of Statine,
      Ketomethylene and Hydroxyethylene Dipeptide Isostreres," Tetrahedron
      Letters, vol. 31:13, pp. 1803-1806 (1990).
LREP
FR2  Knowles; Sherry M.
FR2  Haley; Jacqueline
     King & Spalding
ABST
PAL  A process for the synthesis of hydroxyethylene dipeptide isosteres from
      .alpha.-N,N-di(protected)amino(alkyl or substituted alkyl) methyl ketones
      that can be efficiently carried out on an industrial scale. The process
      proceeds with excellent diastereoselectivity and chemical efficiency, and
      can be used to prepare a wide variety of hydroxyethylene dipeptide
      isosteres for a variety of uses, including as HIV-1 protease inhibitors
      and renin inhibitors.
GOVT
PAR  The U.S. government has rights in this invention by virtue of the partial
      funding of work leading to this invention through the National Institutes
      of Health.
PATN
WKU  059903422
SRC  8
APN  683776&
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19960716
TTL  Surfactant, emulsifier for emulsion polymerization, dispersant for
      suspension polymerization and modifier for resin modification
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1,10
EXP  Chang; Ceila
INVT
NAM  Tsuzuki; Masahide
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Komiya; Kaoru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Denka Kogyo K.K.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950725
APN  7-189472
CLAS
OCL  560183
XCL  560 55
XCL  560 64
XCL  560 74
XCL  560205
XCL  562465
XCL  562470
XCL  562471
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 6973
ICL  C07C 6952
FSC  560
FSS  55;64;74;183;205
FSC  562
FSS  465;470;471
UREF
PNO  5459179
ISD  19951000
NAM  Asanaka et al.
OCL  523201
FREF
PNO  62-22803
ISD  19870100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-227434
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-227435
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-289229
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-151345
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Chemical Astracts, vol. 108, No. 14, Apr. 4, 1988, Columbus, Ohio US;
      abstract No. 113502, Ichihara Akinobu: "Emulsifiers For Aqueous Resin
      Dispersions" p. 38; col. 2; XP002016498 & JP-A-62 240 304 (Daiichi Kogyo
      Seiyaku Co. Ltd.
PAL  CA abstract No. 108:187449, corresponding to JP 62289229 (Ichihara et al.),
      1988.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A surfactant, an emusifier for emulsion polymerization, a dispersant for
      suspension polymerization and a modifier for modification of resin
      properties are disclosed, each of these agents being comprised of a novel
      compound having a dibasic carboxyl group. The compound is represented by
      Formula (1)
EQU  [X--O--(R.sup.1 O).sub.m --OC--R.sup.2 --COO].sub.y M      (1)
PAL  where M is a hydrogen atom, a metal atom or a quaternary
      nitrogen-containing group, y is equal to the valence of M, R.sup.1 is at
      least one hydrocarbon group, R.sup.2 is a moiety of a dibasic acid or a
      moiety of its anhydride, m is 0 or an integer of 1 to 1,000, and X is a
      hydrocarbon group having at least one polymerizable double bond of
      carbon--ncarbon which may contain an oxygen atom and a fluorine atom.
PATN
WKU  059903430
SRC  9
APN  0494836
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980327
TTL  Process for producing butyl acrylate
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Parsa; J.
EXP  Killos; Paul J.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Bauer, Jr.; William
CTY  Huntingdon Valley
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Chapman; Josefina Tseng
CTY  Norristown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Luciano Mirabelli; Mario Giuseppe
CTY  Horsham
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Venter; Jeremia Jesaja
CTY  Seabrook
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Rohm and Haas Company
CTY  Phila.
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  797380
APD  19970207
PSC  01
PNO  5877345
CLAS
OCL  560218
XCL  562600
XCL  568913
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 6748
ICL  C07C 5142
ICL  C07C 2726
FSC  560
FSS  218
FSC  562
FSS  600
FSC  568
FSS  913
UREF
PNO  3539621
ISD  19701100
NAM  Cipollone et al.
UREF
PNO  3686268
ISD  19720800
NAM  Jobert et al.
UREF
PNO  3846488
ISD  19741100
NAM  Otsuki et al.
UREF
PNO  3855081
ISD  19741200
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  3868410
ISD  19750200
NAM  Horlenko et al.
UREF
PNO  3894076
ISD  19750700
NAM  Van Duyne et al.
UREF
PNO  4012439
ISD  19770300
NAM  Erpenbach
UREF
PNO  4175089
ISD  19791100
NAM  Heiba et al.
UREF
PNO  4280010
ISD  19810700
NAM  Erpenbach et al.
UREF
PNO  4435539
ISD  19840300
NAM  Witiak
UREF
PNO  4464229
ISD  19840800
NAM  Sato et al.
UREF
PNO  4507495
ISD  19850300
NAM  Dougherty et al.
UREF
PNO  4618709
ISD  19861000
NAM  Sada et al.
UREF
PNO  4671857
ISD  19870600
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  4748268
ISD  19880500
NAM  Pietsch et al.
UREF
PNO  4814493
ISD  19890300
NAM  Dougherty et al.
UREF
PNO  4833267
ISD  19890500
NAM  Nakashima et al.
UREF
PNO  4889950
ISD  19891200
NAM  Bott et al.
UREF
PNO  4925981
ISD  19900500
NAM  Shimizu et al.
UREF
PNO  4968834
ISD  19901100
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  5028735
ISD  19910700
NAM  Segawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5087744
ISD  19920200
NAM  Krabetz
UREF
PNO  5151547
ISD  19920900
NAM  Sato et al.
UREF
PNO  5248819
ISD  19930900
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5315037
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sakamoto
UREF
PNO  5482597
ISD  19960600
NAM  Herbst et al.
UREF
PNO  5571386
ISD  19961100
NAM  Bauer et al.
UREF
PNO  5606102
ISD  19970200
NAM  Fauconet et al.
OCL  560205
FREF
PNO  270999
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  271371
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  609127
ISD  19940100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3441207
ISD  19850500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  8128337
ISD  19830700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9093027
ISD  19840500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2145044
ISD  19870600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  100168
ISD  19890400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Lemanowicz; John
FR2  Gironda; Kevin
ABST
PAL  An improved process for producing n-butyl acrylate in high yield and high
      purity substantially free of acrylic acid, incorporates one or more of the
      following new process components in an acid-catalyzed esterification
      process for producing n-butyl acrylate:
PAL  1. A hydrolytic recovery component, wherein heavy end adducts produced
      during the acid-catalyzed esterification are hydrolyzed, recovered, and
      recycled as valuable reactants from a hydrolytic recovery unit (HRU);
PAL  2. A cracking reactor component, preferably used with the HRU, wherein
      additional valuable reactants are recovered and recycled after treatment
      in the cracking reactor; and
PAL  3. A new distillative component, wherein a crude n-butyl acrylate stream is
      efficiently distilled in an aqueous mode through an acrylic acid
      separation column, thereby providing n-butyl acrylate substantially free
      of acrylic acid and in high yield.
PAL  The first two components also are applicable to acid-catalyzed processes
      producing C.sub.1 to C.sub.4 alkyl acrylates. A continuous process
      producing n-butyl acrylate incorporating all new process components also
      is disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059903449
SRC  8
APN  9603069
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971029
TTL  Process for the production of vinyl acetate
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXP  Shippen; Michael L.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Couves; John William
CTY  High Wycombe
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Kitchen; Simon James
CTY  Doncaster
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  BP Chemicals Limited
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19961104
APN  9622911
CLAS
OCL  560245
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 6705
FSC  560
FSS  245
UREF
PNO  3847972
ISD  19741100
NAM  Kominami
OCL  560245
UREF
PNO  5179056
ISD  19930100
NAM  Bartley
OCL  560245
UREF
PNO  5336802
ISD  19940800
NAM  Smith
OCL  560245
FREF
PNO  685451
ISD  19951200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  723810
ISD  19960700
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Fay, Sharpe, Fagan, Minnich & McKee, LLP
ABST
PAL  A process for the production of vinyl acetate which comprises contacting
      ethylene, acetic acid and an oxygen-containing gas with a supported
      palladium catalyst prepared by a process comprising the steps of (a)
      impregnating a catalyst support with a palladium compound, (b) converting
      the palladium compound to substantially metallic palladium, and (c)
      sintering the supported palladium at a temperature of greater than
      500.degree. C.
PATN
WKU  059903457
SRC  8
APN  9826548
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971202
TTL  Process for preparation of ethylenically unsaturated isocyanates
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Barts; Samuel
INVT
NAM  Lohmann; Dieter
STR  Mittelweg 56
CTY  4142 Munchenstein
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Duthaler; Rudolf
STR  Girenhaldenweg 17
CTY  4126 Bettingen
CNT  CHX
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19961219
APN  96810882
CLAS
OCL  560345
XCL  560215
XCL  560222
EDF  6
ICL  C07C26300
FSC  560
FSS  345;215;222
UREF
PNO  4707466
ISD  19871100
NAM  Engel et al.
OCL  558411
OREF
PAL  Chemical Abstracts, Synthetic High Polymers, vol. 106, 1987, sectioni
      106:102820s pp. 9-10 and DE-A-3,523,692.
PAL  Derwent Abstract AN 70-20886R.
LREP
FR2  Lee; Michael U.
ABST
PAL  A process for the preparation of ethylenically unsaturated isocyanates is
      described, which process comprises silylating an appropriate ethylenically
      unsaturated urethane precursor at the urethane nitrogen and converting the
      resulting unsaturated N-silyl-urethane by means of thermolysis at elevated
      temperature into the desired isocyanate. The unsaturated isocyanates
      obtainable according to the process are suitable, for example, as monomers
      or comonomers in the preparation of polymerisates or copolymerisates.
PATN
WKU  059903465
SRC  8
APN  7934866
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19970226
TTL  Prostaglandins and processes for production thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Worrall; Timothy A.
EXP  Hutzell; Paula K.
INVT
NAM  Kataoka; Kenichiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Minoshima; Toru
CTY  Yamaguchi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shiota; Tatsuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsutsumi; Takaharu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hada; Takahiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Hiroko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morita; Takuya
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Endo; Noriaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Teijin Limited
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950626
APN  7-159189
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951215
APN  7-327085
CLAS
OCL  562503
XCL  549422
XCL  554117
XCL  554214
XCL  560121
XCL  514573
EDF  6
ICL  C07C40500
ICL  C07C 6974
ICL  A61K 31557
FSC  562
FSS  503
FSC  435
FSS  63
FSC  549
FSS  422
FSC  554
FSS  117;214
FSC  560
FSS  121
FSC  514
FSS  573
UREF
PNO  4363817
ISD  19821200
NAM  Biddlecom
OCL  424311
OREF
PAL  CA 125:114386, May 1996.
PAL  CA 123:339525, Jul. 1995.
PAL  CA122:274094, Apr. 1992.
PAL  XA 115:214847, Apr. 1991.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/01662
PD1  19970226
PD2  19970226
PD3  19960617
PCP  WO97/01534
PCD  19970116
ABST
PAR  A prostaglandin having formula (I), (II), or (III):
      ##STR1##
      a process of production thereof, and inhibitors of cell migration caused
      by chemokines containing (I) or (II) as an active ingredient.
PATN
WKU  059903473
SRC  8
APN  4311388
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19950428
TTL  Process for preparing a carboxylic acid
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Keys; Rosalynd
EXP  Barts; Samuel
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Clode; Kirsten Everald
CTY  North Humberside
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  BP Chemicals Limited
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19930326
APN  9306409
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19930910
APN  9318809
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19940505
APN  9408966
RLAP
COD  72
APN  173694
APD  19931223
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  90
APN  284078
APD  19940801
PSC  01
PNO  5672743
CLAS
OCL  562517
XCL  562519
XCL  562520
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 5110
ICL  C07C 5114
ICL  C07C 5112
FSC  562
FSS  517;519;520
UREF
PNO  3772380
ISD  19731100
NAM  Paulik et al.
UREF
PNO  4007130
ISD  19770200
NAM  Leach et al.
OCL  252411R
UREF
PNO  5344972
ISD  19940900
NAM  Isshiki et al.
OCL  562517
FREF
PNO  0 384 652
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  618184
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1767150
ISD  19720500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1234641
ISD  19710600
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Forster, "Kinetic and Spectroscopic Studies of the Carbonylation of
      Methanol with an Iodide-promoted Iridium Catalyst", J.C.S. Dalton, 1979,
      pp. 1639-1645.
LREP
FRM  Morgan & Finnegan, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A process for preparing a carboxylic acid having n+1 carbon atoms by
      contacting carbon monoxide with a liquid reaction composition comprising
      an alcohol of n carbon atoms or an ester derivative thereof; an iridium
      carbonylation catalyst and a hydrocarbyl halide promoter wherein in the
      liquid reaction composition the concentration of water is about 2 to 8% by
      weight, the concentration of ester derivative of said alcohol and product
      acid is from 1 to 60% by weight (preferably 3-35% by weight), and the
      concentration of hydrocarbyl halide is from 2 to 10% weight.
PATN
WKU  059903481
SRC  9
APN  0028452
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980105
TTL  Conversion of alkanes to unsaturated carboxylic acids over heteroploy
      acids supported on polyoxometallate salts
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Keys; Rosalynd
EXP  Barts; Samuel
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Lyons; James E.
CTY  Wallingford
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Volpe; Anthony F.
CTY  Lansdale
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Ellis, Jr.; Paul E.
CTY  Downingtown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Karmakar; Swati
CTY  Norristown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Sunoco, Inc.
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Rohm and Haas Company
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  562549
XCL  5625122
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 5116
ICL  C07C 2710
FSC  562
FSS  549;512.2
UREF
PNO  4803187
ISD  19890200
NAM  Lyons et al.
OCL  502200
UREF
PNO  4859798
ISD  19890800
NAM  Lyons et al.
OCL  568399
UREF
PNO  4898989
ISD  19900200
NAM  Ellis, Jr. et al.
OCL  568399
UREF
PNO  4916101
ISD  19900400
NAM  Lyons et al.
OCL  502209
UREF
PNO  5091354
ISD  19920200
NAM  Ellis, Jr. et al.
OCL  502200
UREF
PNO  5191116
ISD  19930300
NAM  Yamamatsu et al.
OCL  562549
UREF
PNO  5334780
ISD  19940800
NAM  Shaikh et al.
OCL  568910
FREF
PNO  0 418 657 A2
ISD  19910300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 425 666 B1
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  H2-42033
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  H6-218286
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Pope, et al., Heteropoly and Isopoly Oxometalates, Springer-Verlag, pp.
      17-18, and 31-32, New York (1993).
PAL  Uemura, et al., "Oxotrimetal Acetato-complexes of Chromium, Manganese,
      Iron, Cobalt, Rhodium, and Iridium." J. Chem. Soc. Dalton Trans., pp.
      2565-2571, (1973).
PAL  Finke, et al., "Trisubstituted Heteropolytungstates as Soluble Metal Oxide
      Analogues 3..sup.1 Synthesis, Characterization, .sup.31 P, .sup.29 Si,
      .sup.51 V, and 1 -and 2-D .sup.183 W NMR, Deprotonation, and H.sup.+
      Mobility Studies of Organic Solvent Soluble Forms of H.sub.x SiW.sub.9
      V.sub.3 O.sub.40.sup.x-7." J. Amer. Chem. Soc., vol. 108, pp. 2947-2960,
      (1986).
PAL  Fernando Ortega, Ph.D., Thesis, Georgetown University, (1982).
PAL  Domaille, et al., "Synthesis and .sup.183 W NMR Characterization of
      Vanadium-Substituted Polyoxometallates Based on B-type PW.sub.9
      O.sub.34.sup.9-  Precursors." Inorg. Chem., vol. 25, pp. 1239-1242,
      (1986).
PAL  M. Ai, "Partial Oxidation of n-Butane with Heteropoly Compound-based
      Catalysts." Labo. Resources Utiliz., Tokyo Inst. Tech., Yokohama, Japan,
      Proceedings of the 18.sup.th International Congress on Catalysis, vol. V:
      Cluster-derived catalysts, Active phase support interactions, Catalysts
      for synthesis of Chemicals, Vergal Chemie, vol. 5, pp. V475-V486, Berlin,
      (1984).
PAL  N. Mizuno, et al., "Synthesis of [PW.sub.9 O.sup.37 {Fe.sub.3-x Ni.sub.x
      (Oac.sub.3 }].sup.(9=x)-  (x=predominantly 1) and Oxidation Catalysis by
      the Catalyst Precursors." J. Mol. Cat., vol. 88, L125 -31, (1994).
PAL  Wu, et al., "Catalytic Behaviour of Metal Ions Located at Different Sites
      of Heteropoly Compounds." Catlysis Letters, vol. 23, pp. 195-205, (1994).
PAL  Ueda, et al., "Catalytic Oxidation of Isobutane to Methacrylic acid with
      molecular Oxygen Over Activated Pyridinium 12-Molybdophosphate." Cat.
      Lett., vol. 46, pp. 261-265, (1997).
PAL  F, Trifiro, "Reactivity of Keggin-type Heteropolycompounds in the Oxidation
      of Isobutane to Methacrolein and Methacrylic Acid: Reaction Mechanism." J.
      Mol. Catal., A, vol.114, pp. 343-359, (1996).
PAL  Mizuno, et al., "Direct Oxidation of Isobutane into Methacrylic Acid and
      Methacrolein over Cs.sub.2.5 Ni.sub.0.08 -substituted H.sub.3 Pmo.sub.12
      O.sub.40." J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun., pp. 1411-1412, (1994).
PAL  Mizuno, et al., "Catalytic Performance of Cs.sub.2.5 Fe.sub.0.08 H.sub.1.26
      PVMo.sub.11 O.sub.40 for Direct Oxidation of Lower Alkanes." J. Mol.
      Catal., A, vol. 114, pp. 309-317, (1996).
PAL  M. Ai, "Oxidation of Propane to Acrylic Acid." Catalysis Today, vol.13 (4),
      pp. 679-684 (Eng.) (1992).
PAL  G. Centi, et al., "Selective Oxidation of Light Alkanes: Comparison Between
      Vanadyl Pyrophosphate and V-Molybdophosphoric Acid." Catal. Sci. Technol.,
      Proc. Tokyo Conf., 1.sup.st Meeting, pp. 225-230, (1990).
PAL  Mizuno, et al., "Pronounced Catalytic Activity of Fe.sub.0.08 Cs.sub.2.5
      H.sub.1.26 PVMo.sub.11 O.sub.40 for direct oxidation of propane into
      acrylic acid." Applied Catalysis A: General, vol. 128, L165-L170, (1995).
PAL  Ueda, et al., "Partial Oxidation of Propane to Acrylic Acid over Reduced
      Heteropolymolybdate catalysts." Chemistry Letters, vol. 541-2, (1995).
PAL  Cavani, et al., "Enhancement of Catalytic Activity of the
      Ammonium/Potassium Salt of 12-Molybdophosphoric Acid by Iron Ion Addition
      for the Oxidation of Isobutane to Methacrylic Acid." Catalysis Letters,
      vol. 32, pp. 215-226, (1995).
PAL  Blake, et al, "Magnetic and Spectroscopic Properties of Some
      Heterotrinuclear Basic Acetates of Chromium (III), Iron (III), and
      Divalent Metal Ions." J. Chem. Soc. Dalton Trans., pp. 2509-2520, (1985).
LREP
FR2  Hamilton LLP; Pepper
ABST
PAL  Alkanes are converted to unsaturated carboxylic acids by contacting an
      alkane with an oxidizing agent and a heteropolyacid supported on wide pore
      polyoxometallate salts.
PATN
WKU  059903490
SRC  9
APN  0370207
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980309
TTL  Process for the preparation of D,L-methionine or the salt thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Parsa; J.
EXP  Killos; Paul J.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Geiger; Friedhelm
CTY  Erlensee
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Halsberghe; Baudouin
CTY  Mobile
STA  AL
INVT
NAM  Hasselbach; Hans-Joachim
CTY  Gelnhausen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hentschel; Klaus
CTY  Rodenbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Huthmacher; Klaus
CTY  Gelnhausen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Korfer; Martin
CTY  Johannesberg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Mannsfeld; Sven-Peter
CTY  Mobile
STA  AL
INVT
NAM  Tanner; Herbert
CTY  Hanau
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Theissen; Ferdinand
CTY  Bornheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Vanrobaeys; Jose
CTY  Mobile
STA  AL
INVT
NAM  Willigerodt; Klaus
CTY  Mobile
STA  AL
ASSG
NAM  Degussa Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Frankfurt
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19951218
APN  19547236
RLAP
COD  74
APN  768624
APD  19961218
CLAS
OCL  562559
XCL  562556
EDF  6
ICL  C07C32100
ICL  C07C31500
FSC  562
FSS  559;556
UREF
PNO  4069251
ISD  19780100
NAM  Mannsfeld
OCL  260534
UREF
PNO  4518801
ISD  19850500
NAM  Bolze
OCL  562559
FREF
PNO  0143218
ISD  19850600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1906405
ISD  19701200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1620332
ISD  19720400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  48-014619
ISD  19730200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  48-014618
ISD  19730200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  50-106901
ISD  19750200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  50-157318
ISD  19751200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  03095146
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  03095145
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  04169570
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7311018
ISD  19740200
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  1108926
ISD  19680400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1186538
ISD  19700400
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Database WPI, Section Ch. 1973 (73-64461U).
PAL  Database WPI, Section Ch. 1973 (73-64462U).
PAL  Terasawa "Preparation Methionine" Chemical Abstracts, vol. 120, No. 13,
      Mar. 28, 1994, Abstract 164902t.
PAL  Takagi "Alpha-Amino Acids" Chemical Abstracts, vol. 84, No. 7, Feb. 1976,
      Abstract 44666k.
PAL  Kojima "DL-Methinine Alkali" Chemical Abstracts, vol. 85, No. 7, Aug. 1986,
      Abstract 47049t.
PAL  Database WPI, Section Ch. Week 9122--1991 (91-159964).
PAL  Database WPI, Section Ch. 1973 (73-64461 U).
PAL  Mizuo "Preparation of Methionine" Chemical Abstracts, vol. 117, 1992,
      Abstract 172112p.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  A process for the preparation of methionine or a salt of methionine by
      reaction of the components 3-methylmercaptopropionaldhyde, hydrogen
      cyanide, ammonia and carbon dioxide or components from which the
      above-mentioned components can be prepared, optionally in the presence of
      water, to 5-(2-methylmercaptoethyl)-hydantoin and further reaction thereof
      to methionine or the salt thereof, characterised in that the reaction of
      the components is initiated by means of at least one premixture in such a
      way that a first mixture is formed containing at least the predominant
      proportion (at least 5/10) of the 3-methylmercaptopropionaldeyde and at
      least 1/10 of the hydrogen cyanide component or corresponding quantities
      of components from which these components can be prepared, and less than
      5/10 of one of the components ammonia, carbon dioxide or of the components
      from which ammonia or carbon dioxide can be prepared, and in that this
      first mixture is combined with the other component(s) for the reactive
      conversion to 5-(2-methylmercaptoethyl)-hydantoin, wherein this (these)
      latter component(s) may be premixed in one or more other mixtures.
PATN
WKU  059903503
SRC  8
APN  9911456
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971216
TTL  Process for making granular L-lysine
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Oh; Taylor Victor
EXP  Geist; Gary
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Stevens; Joseph Michael
CTY  Monticello
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Binder; Thomas P.
CTY  Decatur
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Archer Midland Company
CTY  Decatur
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  562562
XCL  435115
XCL  424438
XCL  424489
XCL  426  2
XCL  426 53
EDF  6
ICL  C07C22900
ICL  C12P 1308
FSC  424
FSS  438;489
FSC  426
FSS  2;53
FSC  435
FSS  115
FSC  562
FSS  562
UREF
PNO  3089824
ISD  19630500
NAM  Wurster
OCL  167 82
UREF
PNO  4181708
ISD  19800100
NAM  Dannelly
OCL  424482
UREF
PNO  4327118
ISD  19820400
NAM  Georgen et al.
OCL  426656
UREF
PNO  4996067
ISD  19910200
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  426 96
UREF
PNO  5133976
ISD  19920700
NAM  Rouy
OCL  426 72
UREF
PNO  5300318
ISD  19940400
NAM  Pierre et al.
OCL  427212
UREF
PNO  5622710
ISD  19970400
NAM  Binder et al.
OCL  424438
FREF
PNO  91460051.5
ISD  00000000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/23129
ISD  00000000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Saksaoka et al, Coated feed activities for ruminants, CA: 110: 170254b,
      Dec. 1988.
LREP
FRM  J.Warren Whitesel Laff, Whitesel & Saret, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  Process for the efficient production of a substantially dust-free, free
      flowing granular L-Lysine in which the L-Lysine content is adjustable.
      Cells are removed from a fermentation broth containing L-Lysine to make a
      substantially cell free L-Lysine broth. Water is removed from the L-Lysine
      broth to form a concentrated L-Lysine broth. The L-Lysine content of the
      concentrated L-Lysine broth may be adjusted to be between about 35% and
      76%, measured as a percent of freebase per kg, by adding material
      containing L-Lysine to provide an enriched L-Lysine broth. The enriched
      L-Lysine broth is agglomerated by means of an atomized spray of the
      enriched L-Lysine broth directed onto a fluidized bed of percolating
      L-Lysine particles. The L-Lysine particulates act as seeds for the
      agglomeration process wherein the L-Lysine particulates grow in size to
      provide a substantially dust-free, free flowing granular L-Lysine.
      Granules in the size range between about 177 micron and 1190 micron, and
      preferably between about 177 micron and 420 micron, are selected by means
      of a sieving process and bagged. Granules which are larger than about 1190
      micron are ground down and combined with particles which are less than
      about 177 micron and recycled back to the fluidized bed to act as seeds in
      order to sustain the agglomeration process.
PATN
WKU  059903511
SRC  8
APN  9815724
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971222
TTL  Process for separating pivalic acid from spent reaction mixtures
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Keys; Rosalynd
INVT
NAM  Cabre; Joan
CTY  Barcelona
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Centellas; Victor
CTY  Barcelona
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Diago; Jose
CTY  Barcelona
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Esteve; Asuncion
CTY  Barcelona
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Serrat; Joan
CTY  Barcelona
CNT  ESX
ASSG
NAM  Biochemie GmbH
CNT  ATX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950628
APN  9513115
CLAS
OCL  562606
XCL  562840
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 53128
ICL  C07C 5160
FSC  562
FSS  606;840
UREF
PNO  2255421
ISD  19410900
NAM  Groll et al.
OCL  562531
UREF
PNO  4770821
ISD  19880900
NAM  Miyazawa et al.
OCL  562864
UREF
PNO  5202462
ISD  19930400
NAM  Yazawa et al.
OCL  560236
FREF
PNO  0 439 096
ISD  19910700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  850176
ISD  19600900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2176184
ISD  19861200
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Aldrich Chemical Company Catalog, p. 1480, 1996.
PAL  Alfa Catalog Research Chemicals and Accessories, p. 405, 1993-1994.
LREP
FR2  McNally; Lydia T.
ABST
PAL  A process for recovering 2,2-dimethylpropanoic acid in highly pure form
      from a mixture of 2,2-dimethylpropanoic acid and impurities which may be
      obtained in the production of a beta lactam antibiotic, by degrading
      impurities and separating off the volatile fragments.
PATN
WKU  059903520
SRC  8
APN  7968930
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970205
TTL  Phosphazenium salt and preparation process thereof, and process for
      producing poly(alkylene oxide)
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  O'Sullivan; Peter
NDR  30
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Nobori; Tadahito
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kouno; Masahiro
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Toshiaki
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mizutani; Kazumi
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kiyono; Shinji
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sonobe; Yoshiho
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takaki; Usaji
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960220
APN  8-032018
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960227
APN  8-039342
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960314
APN  8-057181
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960509
APN  8-114773
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960514
APN  8-118851
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960528
APN  8-133983
CLAS
OCL  564 12
XCL  502164
XCL  540542
XCL  546 21
XCL  546184
XCL  548111
XCL  548579
EDF  6
ICL  C07F  902
ICL  C07D21192
ICL  C07D22304
ICL  C07D20746
FSC  564
FSS  12
FSC  502
FSS  164
FSC  546
FSS  21;184
FSC  540
FSS  542
FSC  548
FSS  111;5.79
UREF
PNO  3829505
ISD  19740800
NAM  Herold
OCL  260611B
UREF
PNO  5401814
ISD  19950300
NAM  Schomaker et al.
OCL  525523
UREF
PNO  5627291
ISD  19970500
NAM  Fischer
OCL  549507
FREF
PNO  50-159595
ISD  19751200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-38323
ISD  19810400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-12026
ISD  19820100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-232433
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-276821
ISD  19901100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  48-93697
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Schwesinger et al., Chem Abst. 108:37964, 1988.
PAL  Esswein et al, "Anionic Polymerization of Oxirane in the Presence of the
      Polyiminophosphazene base t-Bu-P.sub.4 ", Macronol, Rapid Commun, 17, pp.
      143-148 (1996).
PAL  Esswein et al, "Polymerization of Ethylene Oxide with Alkyllithium
      Compounds and the Posphazene Base tBu-P.sub.4 ", Angew, Chem. Int. Ed.
      Engl., 35, No. 6, pp. 623-625 (1996).
PAL  Esswein et al, "Use of Polyiminophosphazenen Bases for Ring-opening
      Polymerzations", Macromol Symp., 107, pp. 331-340 (1996).
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A salt useful as an active species in an organic reaction and represented
      by the following chemical formula (1):
      ##STR1##
      wherein n stands for an integer of from 1 to 8, Z.sup.n-  represents an
      n-valent anion of an active hydrogen compound, a, b, c and d each stands
      for a positive integer, and Rs represent the same or different hydrocarbon
      groups. In addition, a simple and efficient process is provided for
      producing a poly(alkylene oxide) by polymerizing an alkylene oxide
      compound in the presence of the salt represented by the chemical formula
      (1).
PATN
WKU  059903538
SRC  9
APN  081203&
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980519
TTL  Process for producing arylsulfonylureide compounds
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Kumar; Shailendra
INVT
NAM  Sasaki; Nobuaki
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sawano; Bunji
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumoto; Mansuke
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawabata; Toshihiko
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yamamoto Chemicals, Inc.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970520
APN  9-147164
CLAS
OCL  564 42
XCL  564 39
EDF  6
ICL  C07C31152
FSC  564
FSS  42;39
UREF
PNO  3150180
ISD  19640900
NAM  Hayman et al.
OCL  564 42
UREF
PNO  3384757
ISD  19680500
NAM  Ruschig et al.
OCL  564 42
FREF
PNO  51-48220A
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  53-01455A
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-39030A
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  The arylsulfonylureide compound which is of value as a color developer is
      provided in high yield and high purity by a simple procedure. The
      technology of the invention for producing an arylsulfonylureide compound
      of general formula (1)
EQU  (Ar.sup.1 --SO.sub.2 NHCONH).sub.n --Ar.sup.2              (1)
PAL  wherein Ar.sup.1 represents an aromatic residue; Ar.sup.2 represents a
      bivalent or trivalent aromatic residue; n represents an integer of 2 or 3
      comprises reacting an arylsulfonamide alkali metal salt of general formula
      (2)
EQU  Ar.sup.1 --SO.sub.2 NH.B                                   (2)
PAL  wherein B represents an alkali metal with an aromatic isocyanate compound
      of general formula (3)
EQU  Ar.sup.2 --(NCO).sub.n                                     (3)
PAL  in at least one solvent selected from the class consisting of acetonitrile,
      acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone,
      tetrahydrofuran, ethyl acetate, and butyl acetate and containing 1 to 10
      weight % of water in a state of suspension being maintained throughout the
      reaction and eliminating the alkali metal from the resulting
      arylsulfonylureide compound alkali metal salt in the same solvent.
PATN
WKU  059903546
SRC  9
APN  193922&
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19981117
TTL  Conversion of ammonium picrate to m-phenylenediamine, aniline, and
      primary amines
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Killos; Paul J.
INVT
NAM  Goetsch; Duane A.
CTY  Andover
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Arcuri; Kym B.
CTY  Greenwell Springs
STA  LA
ASSG
NAM  Gradient Technology
CTY  Excelsior
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  564421
XCL  564422
EDF  6
ICL  C07C20900
FSC  564
FSS  421;422
UREF
PNO  4336085
ISD  19820600
NAM  Walker et al.
UREF
PNO  4552667
ISD  19851100
NAM  Shultz
UREF
PNO  4983503
ISD  19910100
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5543324
ISD  19960800
NAM  Rajan et al.
LREP
FR2  Naylor; Henry E.
ABST
PAL  Ammonium picrate, Explosive "D", is converted to picric acid, which is then
      converted to triaminophenol by the conversion of the aromatic nitro groups
      to amino groups. The triaminophenols are then converted to
      triaminobenzenes by the removal of the hydroxyl groups and the
      triaminobenzenes are converted to m-phenylenediamine, aniline, and primary
      aliphatic amines by the removal of amino groups.
PATN
WKU  059903554
SRC  8
APN  9431616
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19971003
TTL  Substituted diaminophenols, process for their preparation, and hair dyes
      containing such compounds
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Burn; Brian M.
INVT
NAM  Akram; Mustafa
CTY  Hamburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wolff; Wolfgang
CTY  Bargteheide
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bittner; Andreas
CTY  Offenbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kobs; Uwe
CTY  Oberhausen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Hans Schwarzkopf GmbH & Co. KG.
CTY  Hamburg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19941027
APN  44 38 129
RLAP
COD  71
APN  547416
APD  19951025
PSC  01
PNO  5676706
CLAS
OCL  564443
EDF  6
ICL  C07C20938
FSC  564
FSS  443
UREF
PNO  3134721
ISD  19640500
NAM  Seemuller et al.
UREF
PNO  3184387
ISD  19650500
NAM  Seemuller et al.
OCL    8416
UREF
PNO  3666812
ISD  19720500
NAM  Kalopissis et al.
OCL    3574
UREF
PNO  3738799
ISD  19730600
NAM  Kalopissis et al.
OCL    8416
UREF
PNO  4566875
ISD  19860100
NAM  Grollier et al.
OCL    8406
UREF
PNO  4985955
ISD  19910100
NAM  Grollier et al.
OCL    8416
UREF
PNO  5180397
ISD  19930100
NAM  Grollier et al.
OCL    8416
UREF
PNO  5387718
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kohler et al.
OCL  568 38
UREF
PNO  5525123
ISD  19960600
NAM  Lorenz et al.
OCL    8408
FREF
PNO  348783
ISD  19601000
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  1063979
ISD  19670400
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Smith, Gambrell & Russell
     Beveridge, DeGrandi Weilacher & Young
ABST
PAL  Compounds of the formula (I) and their salts with inorganic and organic
      acids,
      ##STR1##
      in which R.sub.1 is a hydrogen atom or a trimethylsilyl group, R.sub.2,
      R.sub.3, R.sub.4, and R.sub.5 are, independently of each other, a hydrogen
      atom, a (C.sub.1 -C.sub.4) alkyl group, a hydroxy-(C.sub.2 -C.sub.3) alkyl
      group, an alkoxy-(C.sub.2 -C.sub.3) group, an amino-(C.sub.2 -C.sub.3)
      group, or a 2,3-dihydroxypropyl group, and in which R.sub.1, R.sub.2,
      R.sub.3, R.sub.4 and R.sub.5 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms, and
      processes for their preparation and use as hair-coloring agents.
PATN
WKU  059903562
SRC  9
APN  0685046
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980512
TTL  Method for purifying dimethyl sulphoxide (DMSO)
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Vollano; Jean F
EXP  Geist; Gary
INVT
NAM  Commarieu; Annie
CTY  Pau
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Bazin; Isabelle
CTY  Gan
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Elf Acquitaine Production
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19951117
APN  95 13641
CLAS
OCL  568 37
XCL  210660
XCL  210638
EDF  6
ICL  C07C31506
FSC  568
FSS  37
FSC  210
FSS  638;660;681;687
UREF
PNO  2366007
ISD  19441200
NAM  D'Alelio
UREF
PNO  2631127
ISD  19530300
NAM  D'Alelio
UREF
PNO  2645621
ISD  19530700
NAM  D'Alelio
UREF
PNO  2683695
ISD  19540700
NAM  Dwyer
UREF
PNO  3358036
ISD  19671200
NAM  Morenberg
UREF
PNO  3376203
ISD  19680400
NAM  Lackey
UREF
PNO  4108866
ISD  19780800
NAM  Tramier
UREF
PNO  4724082
ISD  19880200
NAM  Boom
UREF
PNO  4861490
ISD  19890800
NAM  Morris
UREF
PNO  4894168
ISD  19900100
NAM  Holl
UREF
PNO  5300628
ISD  19940400
NAM  Honda
UREF
PNO  5674662
ISD  19971000
NAM  Szmanda
FREF
PNO  656879
ISD  19650600
CNT  BEX
FREF
PNO  2 014 385
ISD  19700400
CNT  FRX
OREF
PAL  "Anion Exchange in Dimethyl Sulfoxide" Alan M. Phipps, Anal. Chem.
      40(12):1769-1773 (1968).
PAL  "La purification du dimethylsulfoxide" Chaudron et al., Chimie Analytique
      53(5):310-314 (1971).
PAL  International Search Report dated Feb. 4, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Bell, Boyd & Lloyd
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR96/01806
PD1  19980512
PD2  19980512
PD3  19961115
PCP  WO97/19057
PCD  19970529
ABST
PAR  This process consists in placing liquid DMSO with a low water content in
      contact with an ion exchange resin in --SO.sub.3 H form, and then in
      separating the liquid from the resin.
PAL  The DMSO thus obtained has a content of iron cation tracer element of less
      than or equal to 1 ppb and a content of Na cation tracer element of less
      than or equal to 2 ppb.
PATN
WKU  059903570
SRC  8
APN  8210195
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970319
TTL  Process for the oxidation of isoalkylaromatic hydrocarbons, and catalyst
      for the execution of the process
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Vollano; Jean F
EXP  Killos; Paul J.
INVT
NAM  Zawadiak; Jan
CTY  Gliwice
CNT  PLX
INVT
NAM  Stec; Zbigniew
CTY  Gliwice
CNT  PLX
INVT
NAM  Knips; Ulrich
CTY  Kamen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Zellerhoff; Robert
CTY  Hamminkeln
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Gilner; Danuta
CTY  Gliwice
CNT  PLX
INVT
NAM  Orlinska; Beata
CTY  Katowice
CNT  PLX
INVT
NAM  Polaczek; Jerzy
CTY  Warszawa
CNT  PLX
ASSG
NAM  Rutgers Kureha Solvents GmbH
CTY  Duisburg
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  PLX
APD  19960320
APN  313418
CLAS
OCL  568320
XCL  568557
XCL  5689105
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 4500
ICL  C07C40900
FSC  568
FSS  320;557;910.5
FSC  502
FSS  164;169
UREF
PNO  3898288
ISD  19750800
NAM  De-Radzitzky D'Ostrowick
UREF
PNO  4362821
ISD  19821200
NAM  Lin
UREF
PNO  4448892
ISD  19840500
NAM  Kukes
OCL  502164
UREF
PNO  4879266
ISD  19891100
NAM  Bhattacharya
FREF
PNO  0267759
ISD  19880500
CNT  EPX
ICL  C07C 2950
FREF
PNO  0309005
ISD  19290400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9520560
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Hawley's Chemical Dictionary 12th edition p. 931, 1993.
PAL  Defensive Publication of the Patent office by Aufdermarsh T856,021 (Nov.
      12, 1968).
PAL  CA 123: 256345 abst of JP 07196573, Aug. 1, 1995.
PAL  React. Kinet. Catal. Lett.; vol. 27 (2) No. 2, 231-233 (1985), Entitled:
      "The Use of Phase--Transfer Catalysis For the Initiation of p-Xylene
      Oxidation".
LREP
FRM  Hedman, Gibson & Costigan, P.C.
ABST
PAL  In a process for the catalytic oxidation of isoalkylaromatic hydrocarbons
      into ketones, alcohols and peroxides the isoalkyl- aromatic hydrocarbons
      in fluid phase at a temperature of 60 to 120.degree. C. are oxidized by
      oxygen in the presence of a catalyst of metal salt of different valency
      and alkylammonium salt or alkylphosphonium salt. Further there is claimed
      a catalyst for the oxidation of isoalkylaromatic hydrocarbons, containing
      a metal salt selected from copper salts, cobalt salts and manganese salts
      or their mixtures and an alkylammonium salt or alkylphosphonium salt in a
      ratio of metal salt to alkylammonium salt or alkylphosphonium salt of 0.5
      to 50:1.
PATN
WKU  059903589
SRC  9
APN  0298530
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980313
TTL  Process for the preparation of formaldehyde
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Wilson; James O.
INVT
NAM  Knuth; Bernhard
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Diercks; Rainer
CTY  Neuhofen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  BASF Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Ludwigshafen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960213
APN  196 05 213
CLAS
OCL  568473
XCL  568471
XCL  568472
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 4500
FSC  568
FSS  473;471;472
UREF
PNO  2462413
ISD  19490200
NAM  Meath
OCL  568473
UREF
PNO  2587468
ISD  19520200
NAM  Heider
OCL  260348.5
UREF
PNO  3948997
ISD  19760400
NAM  Howe et al.
OCL  568402
UREF
PNO  3959385
ISD  19760500
NAM  Nienburg et al.
OCL  568454
UREF
PNO  3991118
ISD  19761100
NAM  Diem et al.
OCL  568473
UREF
PNO  4098826
ISD  19780700
NAM  Alpers et al.
OCL  568473
UREF
PNO  4167527
ISD  19790900
NAM  Nielsen
OCL  568473
UREF
PNO  4198351
ISD  19800400
NAM  Branecky et al.
OCL  568473
UREF
PNO  4219509
ISD  19800800
NAM  Nielsen et al.
OCL  568473
UREF
PNO  4383123
ISD  19830500
NAM  Ferris et al.
OCL  568473
UREF
PNO  4439625
ISD  19840300
NAM  Rao
OCL  568473
UREF
PNO  5854163
ISD  19981200
NAM  Diercks et al.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP97/00615
PD1  19980313
PD2  19980313
PD3  19970211
PCP  WO97/30015
PCD  19970821
ABST
PAR  A process for preparing formaldehyde by oxidative dehydrogenation of
      methanol comprises passing a gas mixture (i) comprising
PA1  a) from 0.1 to 50% by volume of methanol,
PA1  b) from 0.1 to 30% by volume of oxygen,
PA1  c) from 0 to 50% by volume of nitrogen oxide and
PA1  d) from 0 to 60% by volume of water at from 150 to 800.degree. C. through a
      phosphorus-doped silver catalyst fixed bed (a) and applying from 0.01 to
      100 ppm by weight of phosphorus, based on the phosphorus-doped silver
      catalyst fixed bed, in the form of a finely divided phosphorus compound
      having a melting point or decomposition temperature of more than
      500.degree. C. (phosphorus compound P) to the phosphorus-doped silver
      catalyst fixed bed (a) per kg of methanol which is passed through in the
      form of the gas mixture (i) per cm.sup.2 of the cross-sectional area of
      the phosphorus-doped silver catalyst fixed bed (a).
PATN
WKU  059903597
SRC  9
APN  1011251
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980630
TTL  Process for the production of fluoromethylhexafluoroisopropylether
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Shippen; Michael L.
INVT
NAM  Ryan; Thomas Anthony
CTY  Kelsall
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Burgess; Leslie
CTY  Runcorn
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Imperial Chemical Industries PLC
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960104
APN  9600072
CLAS
OCL  568683
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 4100
FSC  568
FSS  683
UREF
PNO  5750807
ISD  19980500
NAM  Burgess
OCL  570142
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/03001
PD1  19980630
PD2  19980630
PD3  19961206
PCP  WO97/25303
PCD  19970717
ABST
PAR  Process for producing Sevoflurane anaesthetic which comprises reacting
      hexafluoroisopropyl alcohol with essentially pure bis(fluoromethyl)ether.
      The bis(fluoromethyl)ether is preferably obtained by the reaction of
      formaldehyde with hydrogen fluoride.
PATN
WKU  059903600
SRC  9
APN  0767727
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980512
TTL  Process for the catalytic dealkoxylation of
      1,1,3-trialkoxy-2-methyl-butane
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Padmanabhon; Sreeni
EXP  Kumar; Shailendra
INVT
NAM  Burdet; Bruno
CTY  Baldersheim
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Nosberger; Paul
CTY  Birsfelden
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Ruttimann; August
CTY  Aresheim
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Roche Vitamins Inc.
CTY  Parsippany
STA  NJ
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960819
APN  96113248
RLAP
COD  74
APN  904523
APD  19970801
PSC  01
PNO  5786518
CLAS
OCL  568691
XCL  568594
XCL  568600
XCL  568672
XCL  568687
XCL  568591
XCL  562238
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 4128
FSC  568
FSS  487;591;596;594;691;672;600;687
FSC  502
FSS  238
UREF
PNO  2165962
ISD  19391100
NAM  Mueller-Cunradl et al.
OCL  260615
UREF
PNO  4288635
ISD  19810900
NAM  Gray
OCL  568483
UREF
PNO  5100852
ISD  19920300
NAM  Arntz et al.
OCL  502 77
FREF
PNO  3535128
ISD  19870400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  56-113736
ISD  19810900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56113736
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Eletti-Bianchi et al., "A Two-Step Synthesis of
      (E)-4-Chloro-2-methylcrotonaldehyde from Isoprene . . . ", J. Org. Chem.
      41:1648-1650 (1976).
PAL  Nederlof et al., An Effective [1,4]-Charge Affinity Inversion of Sulfur
      Functionalized Isoprenes, Tetrahedron Letters, 34:2205-2207 (1978).
PAL  Dietl et al., Copper (II)--Catalyzed .gamma.-Chlorination of .alpha.,
      .beta.-Unsaturated Aldehydes and Ketones, Tetrahedron Letters No.
      20:1719-1720 (1973).
PAL  Makin et al, "The Chemistry of Unsaturated Ethers", J. Gen. Chem. USSR
      32:1088-1092 (1962).
PAL  S. M. Makin, "The Enol Ether Synthesis of Polyenes", Pure & Appl. Chem.
      47:173-181 (1976).
PAL  S.M. Makin, "Chemistry of Unsaturated Ethers", Chem. USSR 32:3105-3106
      (1961).
PAL  A. F. Thomas, "Addition of a Functionalized Iosoprenme Unit to an Allyl
      Alcohol", J.A.C.S. 91:3281-3289 (1969).
PAL  Hoaglin et al., Reaction of Acetals and .alpha.,.beta.-Unsaturated Ethers,
      J.A.C.S 71:3468-3472 (1949).
PAL  Fischer et al., C.sub.5 Building Blocks of Terpene Syntehses:
      .gamma.-Acetoxylation of (E)-2-Methyl-2-butenals, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed.
      Engl. 27, No. 2, pp. 285-297 (1988).
PAL  G. Gast et al., "Synthese du nuciferal-(E)-(S)", Helvetica Chemica Acta,
      vol. 54, No. 5, pp. 1369-1373 (1971).
PAL  Cerveny et al., "Catalytic splitting of acetals to unsaturated ethers", J.
      Chem. Tech. Biotechnol., vol. 58, No. 3, pp. 211-214 (1993).
PAL  Thomas et al, JACS, 91, pp. 3281-3289, 1969.
PAL  J.General Chemistry, USSR,29 pages 3649, 1959.
LREP
FR2  Johnston; George W.
FR2  Tramaloni; Dennis P.
FR2  Ebel; Eileen M.
ABST
PAL  A novel process for the manufacture of a .gamma.-halotiglic aldehyde
      HalH.sub.2 C-CH.dbd.C(CH.sub.3)-CHO [I], wherein Hal signifies chlorine or
      bromine, comprises haloalkoxylating a 1-alkoxy-2-methyl-1,3-butadiene
      H.sub.2 C.dbd.CH-C (CH.sub.3).dbd.CH-OR.sup.1 [II], wherein R.sup.1
      signifies C.sub.1-4 -alkyl, using a particular halogenating agent in a
      C.sub.1-4 -alkanol (R.sup.2 OH) and hydrolyzing the thus-obtained
      .gamma.-halotiglic aldehyde dialkyl acetal HalH.sub.2
      C-CH.dbd.C(CH.sub.3)-CH (OR.sup.1)(OR.sup.2) [III] to the desired
      .gamma.-chloro- or .gamma.-bromotiglic aldehyde I. The halogenating agent
      used in this process is selected from an alkali metal hypochlorite, an
      alkali metal hypobromite, an alkaline earth metal hypochlorite, an
      alkaline earth metal hypobromite, tert.butyl hypochlorite,
      N-bromoacetamide, 1.3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin and
      1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin. Further aspects of the present
      invention are the use of the thus manufactured .gamma.-halotiglic aldehyde
      for the production of .gamma.-acetoxy-tiglic aldehyde or of a Wittig
      aldehyde halide Hal-Ph.sub.3 P.sup.+ CH.sub.2 -CH.dbd.C(CH.sub.3)-CHO
      [VII], wherein Hal signifies chlorine or bromine and Ph a process for the
      catalytic dealkoxylation of the 1,1,3-trialkoxy-2-methyl-butane CH.sub.3
      -CH(ORl)-CH(CH.sub.3)-CH(OR.sup.1).sub.2 [VI] to the corresponding
      1-alkoxy-2-methyl-1,3-butadiene II in the gas phase using an aluminium
      silicate of medium specific surface as the catalyst. The products I,
      .gamma.-acetoxy-tiglic aldehyde and VII are known, important intermediates
      for the production of various apocarotenoids and diapocarotenoids as well
      as of Vitamin A.
PATN
WKU  059903619
SRC  9
APN  0991627
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19980618
TTL  Process for producing ethyl tertiary butyl ether by catalytic
      distillation
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Sripada; Pavanaram K
EXP  Shah; Mukund J.
INVT
NAM  Frey; Stanley J.
CTY  Palatine
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Davis; Scott P.
CTY  Mount Prospect
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Krupa; Steven L.
CTY  Fox River Grove
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Cottrell; Paul R.
CTY  Arlington Heights
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  UOP LLC
CTY  Des Plaines
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  568697
XCL  568694
XCL  568699
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 4106
FSC  568
FSS  697;694;699
UREF
PNO  4198530
ISD  19800400
NAM  Wentzeimer et al.
OCL  568697
UREF
PNO  4413150
ISD  19831100
NAM  Briggs
OCL  568697
UREF
PNO  5158652
ISD  19921000
NAM  Pucci et al.
OCL  203 73
UREF
PNO  5248836
ISD  19930900
NAM  Bakshi et al.
OCL  568697
UREF
PNO  5258560
ISD  19931100
NAM  Marker
OCL  568697
UREF
PNO  5368691
ISD  19941100
NAM  Asselineau et al.
OCL  203 29
UREF
PNO  5401887
ISD  19950300
NAM  Rastelli et al.
OCL  568697
LREP
FR2  McBride; Thomas K.
FR2  Molinaro; Frank S.
FR2  Maas; Maryann
ABST
PAL  A low pressure catalytic distillation process for producing high purity
      ethyl tertiary butyl ether that contains less than 0.6 weight percent
      ethanol, and preferably less than 0.07 weight percent ethanol, has been
      developed. The high purity ethyl tertiary butyl ether is withdrawn
      directly from a catalytic distillation column. No downstream processing is
      necessary to remove excess ethanol from the ether product. A stream
      containing a significant amount of one or more inert azeotropic agents
      such as normal butane, isopentane, and isobutane is introduced along with
      the isobutylene and ethanol reactants into an etherification zone
      containing a catalytic distillation column. The catalytic distillation
      column is operated under low pressure conditions which result in the
      reaction of the ethanol with the isobutylene to form ethyl tertiary butyl
      ether. The inert azeotropic agent must be present at the inlet to the
      catalytic distillation column in an amount sufficient to azeotrope excess
      ethanol and cause the excess ethanol to distill into an overhead stream
      under the conditions of operation. The preferred azeotropic agent is
      isopentane. Excess ethanol forms an azeotrope with the azeotropic agent
      and is distilled with other hydrocarbons into an overhead stream. The
      ethyl tertiary butyl ether and no more than 0.6 weight percent ethanol are
      distilled into a bottoms stream and withdrawn directly from the catalytic
      distillation column.
PATN
WKU  059903627
SRC  9
APN  1444875
APT  1
ART  163
APD  19980831
TTL  Method for preparing bisphenol A
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  McKane; Joseph K.
INVT
NAM  Pressman; Eric James
CTY  East Greenbush
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Wetzel; Joseph Richard
CTY  Watervliet
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  General Electric Company
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  568724
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 3768
FSC  568
FSS  724
UREF
PNO  4346249
ISD  19820800
NAM  Krabbenhoft
OCL  568782
UREF
PNO  4391998
ISD  19830700
NAM  Wu
OCL  568781
UREF
PNO  4590303
ISD  19860500
NAM  Mendiratta
OCL  568728
UREF
PNO  4822923
ISD  19890400
NAM  Li
OCL  568724
UREF
PNO  5105026
ISD  19920400
NAM  Powell et al.
OCL  568727
UREF
PNO  5105027
ISD  19920400
NAM  Desmurs et al.
OCL  568727
UREF
PNO  5243093
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kissinger et al.
OCL  568724
UREF
PNO  5475152
ISD  19951200
NAM  Kissinger et al.
OCL  568724
UREF
PNO  5723688
ISD  19980300
NAM  Patrascu et al.
OCL  568724
UREF
PNO  5723689
ISD  19980300
NAM  Pressman et al.
OCL  568724
LREP
FR2  Johnson; Noreen C.
FR2  Stoner; Douglas E.
ABST
PAL  A method for preparing bisphenol A is disclosed, with a selectivity for the
      p,p'-isomer of greater than about 97%. The method involves reacting phenol
      with p-isopropenylphenol or 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-propanol in the presence
      of a catalyst, at a reaction temperature of no greater than about
      65.degree. C. The bisphenol A product is preferably purified by a
      technique which omits the use of adduct crystallization.
PATN
WKU  059903635
SRC  8
APN  1750577
APT  1
ART  122
APD  19931229
TTL  Method for oxidizing alkanes using novel porphyrins synthesized from
      dipyrromethanes and aldehydes
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Wong; King Lit
EXP  Shah; Mukund J.
INVT
NAM  Wijesekera; Tilak
CTY  Glen Mills
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Lyons; James E.
CTY  Wallingford
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Ellis, Jr.; Paul E.
CTY  Downingtown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Company, Inc.
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  568116
APD  19900816
RLAP
COD  82
APN  425089
APD  19891023
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  066666
APD  19870626
PSC  01
PNO  4900871
RLAP
COD  82
APN  000246
APD  19870102
PSC  01
PNO  4895682
CLAS
OCL  568910
XCL  540145
EDF  6
ICL  C07D48722
ICL  C07C 2950
FSC  568
FSS  910
UREF
PNO  4803187
ISD  19890200
NAM  Lyons et al.
OCL  502200
UREF
PNO  4859798
ISD  19890800
NAM  Lyons et al.
OCL  568399
UREF
PNO  4892941
ISD  19900100
NAM  Dolphin et al.
OCL  540145
UREF
PNO  4895680
ISD  19900100
NAM  Ellis, Jr. et al.
OCL  260410.9
UREF
PNO  4895682
ISD  19900100
NAM  Ellis et al.
OCL  260410.9
UREF
PNO  4900871
ISD  19900200
NAM  Ellis et al.
OCL  568399
UREF
PNO  4970348
ISD  19901100
NAM  Ellis, Jr. et al.
OCL  568399
UREF
PNO  5091354
ISD  19920200
NAM  Ellis, Jr. et al.
OCL  502200
UREF
PNO  5118886
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ellis et al.
OCL  568910
UREF
PNO  5120882
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ellis et al.
OCL  568910
UREF
PNO  5120886
ISD  19920600
NAM  Lyons et al.
OCL  568909.8
FREF
PNO  0274909
ISD  19880700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  88/07988
ISD  19881000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Lyons et al., "Selective Low Temperature Hydroxylation of Isobutane By
      Molecular Oxygen Catalyzed By An Iron Perhaloporphyrin Complex", Cat.
      Lett., 8, 45 (1991).
PAL  Badger et al., "Porphyrins VII. The Synthesis of Porphyrins By the
      Rothemund Reaction", Aust. J. Chem., 17, 1028-1035 (1964).
PAL  Osuka et al., "An Improved Synthesis of 5,15-Diaryloctaalkylporphyrins" J.
      Heterocyclic Chem., 27, 1657 (1990).
PAL  Manka et al., "High Yield Synthesis of 5,15-Diarylporphyrins" Tetrahedron
      Lett., 30, 6989 (1989).
PAL  Homma et al., "Electron Deficient Porphyrins. 1. Tetrakis (Trifluoromethyl)
      Porphyrin and Its Metal Complexes.", Tetrahedron Lett., 24, 4343 (1983).
PAL  Ono et al., "A Convenient Synthesis of Trifluoromethylated Pyrroles and
      Porphyrins", Bull. Chem. So.Jpn., 62, 3368 (1989).
PAL  Hoffmann et al., "Preparation and catalytic activities of the manganese and
      iron derivatives of Br.sub.8 TMP and Cl.sub.12 TMP, two robust porphyrin
      ligands obtained by halogenation of tetramesitylporphyrin",
      Bull.Soc.Chim.Fr., 129, 85 (1992).
PAL  Bhyrappa et al., "Octabromotetraphenylporphyrin and Its Metal Derivatives:
      Electronic Structure and Electrochemical Properties", Inorg. Chem., 30,
      239 (1991).
PAL  Onaka et al., "Porphyrin Synthesis of Clay Nanospaces", Chemistry Lett., p.
      117 (1993).
PAL  Gong et al., "Nitrooctaethylporphyrins: Synthesis, Optical and Redox
      Properties", Can.J.Chem., 63, 401-405 (1985).
PAL  Ellis et al., "Halogen Substituent Effects on the Catalytic Activity of
      Iron Porphyrin Complexes for Selective Air-Oxidation of Alkanes in the
      Liquid Phase", Cat.Lett., 3, 389, (1989).
PAL  Lyons et al., "Halogen Substituent Effects on the Catalytic Activity of
      Iron Porphyrin complexes for the Decomposition of tert-Butyl
      Hydroperoxide", J.Catalysis, 141, 311 (1993).
PAL  Lindsey et al., "Investigation of the Synthesis of Ortho-Substituted
      Tetraphenylporphyrins", J.Org.Chem., 54, 828 (1989).
PAL  Adler et al., "On the Preparation of Metalloporphyrins",
      J.Inorg.Nucl.Chem., 32, 2443 (1970).
PAL  J. B. Paine, III, in The Porphyrins, Dolphin ed., Academic Press, NY, v. 1,
      pp. 101, 163-234 (1978).
PAL  Ogoshi et al., "Syntheses of 5-Aryl- and
      5,15-diaryl-2,3,7,8,12,13,17,18-Octaethylporphines" Chem.Lett., p. 29,
      (1978).
PAL  Gunter et al., "Synthesis and Atropisomer Separation of Porphyrins
      Containing Functionalization at the 5,15-Meso Positions: Application to
      the Synthesis of Binuclear Ligand Systems" J.Org.Chem., 46, 4792 (1981).
PAL  Young, et al., "Synthesis and Characterization of Blocked and
      Ligand-Appended HemesDerived from Atropisomeric meso-Diphenylporphyrins",
      J.Am.Chem.Soc., 107, 898 (1985).
PAL  Traylor et al. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun., 279-280 (1984).
PAL  Carey, F.A. et al. Advanced Organic Chemistry. Part A: Structure and
      Mechanisms (Plenum Press, New York), p. 14 (1984).
LREP
FR2  Falk; Stephen T.
ABST
PAL  The invention comprises a method for the oxidation of alkanes to alcohols
      and for decomposition of hydroperoxides to alcohols utilizing new
      compositions of matter, which are metal complexes of porphyrins. Preferred
      complexes have hydrogen, haloalkyl or haloaryl groups in meso positions,
      two of the opposed meso atoms or groups being hydrogen or haloaryl, and
      two of the opposed meso atoms or groups being hydrogen or haloalkyl, but
      not all four of the meso atoms or groups being hydrogen. Other preferred
      complexes are ones in which all four of the meso positions are substituted
      with haloalkyl groups and the beta positions are substituted with halogen
      atoms. A new method of synthesizing porphyrinogens is also disclosed.
GOVT
PAR  The Government of the United States of America has rights in this invention
      pursuant to Cooperative Agreement No. DE-FC21-90MC26029 awarded by the
      U.S. Department of Energy.
PATN
WKU  059903643
SRC  8
APN  9033602
APT  1
ART  161
APD  19970730
TTL  Purification of pentafluoroethane
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Siegel; Alan
INVT
NAM  Schirmann; Jean-Pierre
STR  6 Rue de la Main d'Or
CTY  75011 Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Hub; Serge
STR  1 Rue Georges Courteline
CTY  69100 Villeurbanne
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Lacroix; Eric
STR  Le Bourg
CTY  69480 Amberieux D'Azergues
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Lantz; Andre
STR  Domaine de la Hetraie
CTY  69390 Vernaison
CNT  FRX
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960830
APN  96 10633
CLAS
OCL  570177
XCL  570176
EDF  6
ICL  C07C 1738
FSC  570
FSS  176;177
UREF
PNO  4873381
ISD  19891000
NAM  Kellner et al.
OCL  570176
UREF
PNO  5087329
ISD  19920200
NAM  Felix
UREF
PNO  5346595
ISD  19940900
NAM  Clemmer et al.
FREF
PNO  612 709
ISD  19940200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0626362
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0669302
ISD  19950800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/05752
ISD  19910500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/21147
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/02439
ISD  19940200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/20441
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
ABST
PAL  In order to purify a crude pentafluoroethane (F125) containing
      chloropentafluoroethane (F115), it is subjected to a heat treatment in the
      presence of hydrogen, the treatment being carried out at a temperature at
      least equal to 550.degree. C. and with an H.sub.2 /F115 molar ratio of at
      least 10.
PATN
WKU  059903651
SRC  8
APN  7941765
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970203
TTL  Catalyst comprising ZSM-5, rhenium and a selectivating agent
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1,16
EXP  Dunn; Thomas
INVT
NAM  Chang; Clarence D.
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  DiGuiseppi; Frank T.
CTY  Yardville
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Han; Scott
CTY  Lawrenceville
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Mobil Oil Corporation
CTY  Fairfax
STA  VA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  352646
APD  19941209
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  585475
XCL  585470
XCL  502 63
XCL  502 64
XCL  502 71
XCL  502 85
EDF  6
ICL  C07C  522
FSC  585
FSS  475;470
FSC  502
FSS  63;64;71;77;85
UREF
PNO  4275256
ISD  19810600
NAM  Chu et al.
OCL  585467
UREF
PNO  5321183
ISD  19940600
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  585475
UREF
PNO  5349113
ISD  19940900
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  585475
LREP
FR2  Roberts; Peter W.
FR2  Keen; Malcolm D.
ABST
PAL  There is provided a catalyst comprising ZSM-5, rhenium which is impregnated
      onto the catalyst, and a selectivating agent. The selectivating agent may
      be coke and/or a siliceous material. The catalyst is particularly useful
      for catalyzing toluene disproportionation reactions. Methods for making
      this catalyst and processes for using this catalyst in toluene
      disproportionation are also provided.
PATN
WKU  059903660
SRC  9
APN  2185806
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19981222
TTL  Selective xylene disproportionation process for pseudocumene production
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Dang; Thuan D.
EXP  Griffin; Walter D.
INVT
NAM  Brown; Stephen H.
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Stern; David L.
CTY  Mount Laurel
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Mobil Oil Corporation
CTY  Fairfax
STA  VA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  585475
EDF  6
ICL  C07C  522
FSC  585
FSS  475;470
UREF
PNO  3721717
ISD  19730300
NAM  Suld et al.
OCL  260672T
UREF
PNO  3784621
ISD  19740100
NAM  Suggit et al.
OCL  260672T
UREF
PNO  3915895
ISD  19751000
NAM  Suggit et al.
OCL  252455Z
UREF
PNO  4038335
ISD  19770700
NAM  Minachev et al.
OCL  260672T
UREF
PNO  4090981
ISD  19780500
NAM  Rodewald
OCL  252455Z
UREF
PNO  4127616
ISD  19781100
NAM  Rodewald
OCL  260671R
UREF
PNO  4465886
ISD  19840800
NAM  Rodewald
OCL  585467
UREF
PNO  4477583
ISD  19841000
NAM  Rodewald
OCL  502 71
UREF
PNO  4891467
ISD  19900100
NAM  Sikkenga
OCL  585467
UREF
PNO  4950835
ISD  19900800
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  585467
UREF
PNO  5004854
ISD  19910400
NAM  Yan
OCL  585489
UREF
PNO  5234872
ISD  19930800
NAM  Apelian et al.
OCL  502 62
UREF
PNO  5238677
ISD  19930800
NAM  Apelian et al.
OCL  423714
UREF
PNO  5243117
ISD  19930900
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  585467
UREF
PNO  5403800
ISD  19950400
NAM  Beck et al.
OCL  502 64
UREF
PNO  5406015
ISD  19950400
NAM  Beck et al.
OCL  585475
UREF
PNO  5476823
ISD  19951200
NAM  Beck et al.
OCL  502 60
UREF
PNO  5625103
ISD  19970400
NAM  Abichandani et al.
OCL  585475
UREF
PNO  5659098
ISD  19970800
NAM  Beck et al.
OCL  585475
OREF
PAL  Ockerbloom, "Xylenes and Higher Aromatics" Hydrocarbon Processing, Apr.
      1972, pp. 114-118.
LREP
FR2  Roberts; Peter W.
FR2  Keen; Malcolm D.
ABST
PAL  There is provided a process for shape selective xylene disproportionation
      that involves contacting a feedstream which includes xylene under
      conversion conditions, with a molecular sieve catalyst that has been
      surface modified. The xylene disproportionation process has a selectivity
      for pseudocumene of over 85%.
PATN
WKU  059903678
SRC  9
APN  1876996
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19981106
TTL  Process for oligomer production and saturation
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Yildirim; Bekir L.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Stine; Laurence O.
CTY  Western Springs
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Muldoon; Brian S.
CTY  Mt. Prospect
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Gimre; Steven C.
CTY  Carol Stream
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Frame; Robert R.
CTY  Glenview
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  UOP LLC
CTY  Des Plaines
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  990828
APD  19971215
PSC  01
PNO  5895830
RLAP
COD  82
APN  573314
APD  19951215
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  585514
XCL  585502
XCL  585504
XCL  585506
XCL  585509
EDF  6
ICL  C07C  218
FSC  585
FSS  502;504;506;509;514
UREF
PNO  2526966
ISD  19501000
NAM  Oberfell et al.
OCL  196  1
UREF
PNO  4200714
ISD  19800400
NAM  Mahoney et al.
OCL  526 68
UREF
PNO  4254294
ISD  19810300
NAM  Juguin et al.
OCL  585525
UREF
PNO  4304948
ISD  19811200
NAM  Vora et al.
OCL  585315
UREF
PNO  4393259
ISD  19830700
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  585315
UREF
PNO  4678645
ISD  19870700
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  422190
UREF
PNO  4749820
ISD  19880600
NAM  Kuo et al.
OCL  585330
UREF
PNO  5049360
ISD  19910900
NAM  Harandi et al.
OCL  422141
FREF
PNO  2186287
ISD  19870200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  McBride; Thomas K.
FR2  Tolomei; John G.
ABST
PAL  A process for the production of C.sub.8 and higher olefins by the
      oligomerization of light olefins to heavier olefins is improved by the
      addition of heavy paraffins to the oligomerization zone. The recycle of
      the heavy paraffins extends the catalyst activity and improves the
      catalyst life.
PATN
WKU  059903686
SRC  9
APN  1113658
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980707
TTL  Isomerization of allenes to alkynes with an alkaline-earth metal hydride
      containing catalyst
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Bullock; In Suk
EXP  Griffin; Walter D.
INVT
NAM  Nakano; Mitsuru
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Novak; Bruce M.
CTY  Amherst
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toyota Chuo Kenkyusho
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  585538
XCL  585534
XCL  585664
XCL  585665
XCL  585666
XCL  585667
XCL  585668
XCL  585669
XCL  585670
EDF  6
ICL  C07C  200
ICL  C07C  202
ICL  C07C  523
FSC  585
FSS  538;534;664;665;666;667;668;669;670
UREF
PNO  2594706
ISD  19520400
NAM  Allan
OCL  585538
UREF
PNO  3235618
ISD  19660200
NAM  Hastings et al.
OCL  585538
UREF
PNO  3369054
ISD  19680200
NAM  Zelinski et al.
OCL  585538
UREF
PNO  3671605
ISD  19720600
NAM  Smith, Jr.
OCL  585538
UREF
PNO  4036904
ISD  19770700
NAM  Strope
OCL  585538
UREF
PNO  5062998
ISD  19911100
NAM  Herman et al.
OCL  585538
FREF
PNO  47-38593
ISD  19721200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-225987
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Providing an isomerization process which can isomerize allenes to alkynes
      less expensively and stably is an assignment to be solved by the present
      invention and given thereto. The present invention is an isomerization
      process including the step of reacting an allene-lype hydrocarbon compound
      (R.sub.1 R.sub.2 C.dbd.C.dbd.CR.sub.3 R.sub.4) in the presence of
      alkaline-earth metal hydride working as an isomerization catalyst, thereby
      isomerizing the allene-type hydrocarbon compound to an alkyne-type
      hydrocarbon compound (R.sub.1 C.ident.C--CR.sub.2 R.sub.3 R.sub.4).
PATN
WKU  059903694
SRC  9
APN  0210447
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980209
TTL  Process for producing light olefins
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Wood; Elizabeth D
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Barger; Paul T.
CTY  Arlington Heights
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Lawson; R. Joe
CTY  Arlington Heights
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Vora; Bipin V.
CTY  Darien
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  UOP LLC
CTY  Des Plaines
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  513371
APD  19950810
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  585640
XCL  585314
XCL  585315
XCL  585324
XCL  585664
XCL  585638
XCL  585639
XCL  585643
XCL  585644
XCL  585645
XCL  585646
XCL  585647
EDF  6
ICL  C07C  120
ICL  C07C  200
ICL  C07C  523
FSC  585
FSS  638;639;640;643;644;645;646;647;314;315;324;664
UREF
PNO  3723562
ISD  19730300
NAM  Heckelsberg
UREF
PNO  3928483
ISD  19751200
NAM  Chang et al.
UREF
PNO  4025575
ISD  19770500
NAM  Chang et al.
UREF
PNO  4052479
ISD  19771000
NAM  Chang et al.
UREF
PNO  4252479
ISD  19810200
NAM  Scherfenberg
UREF
PNO  4447669
ISD  19840500
NAM  Hamon et al.
OCL  585640
UREF
PNO  4496786
ISD  19850100
NAM  Santilli et al.
OCL  585640
UREF
PNO  4499314
ISD  19850200
NAM  Seddon et al.
OCL  585408
UREF
PNO  4547616
ISD  19851000
NAM  Avidan et al.
OCL  585640
UREF
PNO  4590174
ISD  19860500
NAM  Kukes et al.
OCL  502219
UREF
PNO  4677242
ISD  19870600
NAM  Kaiser
OCL  585638
UREF
PNO  4677243
ISD  19870600
NAM  Kaiser
OCL  585638
UREF
PNO  4843183
ISD  19890600
NAM  Inui
OCL  585640
UREF
PNO  4861938
ISD  19890800
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  585640
UREF
PNO  4973792
ISD  19901100
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  585638
UREF
PNO  5026935
ISD  19910600
NAM  Leyshon et al.
OCL  585315
UREF
PNO  5026936
ISD  19910600
NAM  Leyshon et al.
OCL  585315
UREF
PNO  5095163
ISD  19920300
NAM  Barger
OCL  585640
UREF
PNO  5126308
ISD  19920600
NAM  Barger et al.
OCL  502214
UREF
PNO  5132484
ISD  19920700
NAM  Gajda
OCL  585667
UREF
PNO  5191141
ISD  19930300
NAM  Barger et al.
OCL  585640
FREF
PNO  0129900B1
ISD  19890100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO93/13013
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Peters et al., Plant Design and Economics For Chemical Engineers, Third
      Edition, pp. 6-7 No month vailable, 1980.
PAL  Inui, T., "Structure-Reactivity Relationships in Methanol to Olefin
      Conversion on Various Microporous Crystalline Catalysts," Grasseli, R.K.
      and Sleight A.W., Eds. of Structure-Activity and Selectivity Relationships
      in Heterogeneous Catalysis, (Amsterdam, Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.,
      1991) pp. 233-242. no month available.
LREP
FR2  McBride; Thomas K.
FR2  Tolomei; John G.
FR2  Silverman; Richard P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a process for the production of light
      olefins comprising olefins having from 2 to 4 carbon atoms per molecule
      from an oxygenate feedstock. The process comprises passing the oxygenate
      feedstock to an oxygenate conversion zone containing a metal
      alumninophosphate catalyst to produce a light olefin stream. The light
      olefin stream is fractionated and a portion of the products are
      metathesized to enhance the yield of the ethylene, propylene, and/or
      butylene products. Propylene can be metathesized to produce more ethylene,
      or a combination of ethylene and butene can be metathesized to produce
      more propylene. This combination of light olefin production and
      metathesis, or disproportionation provides flexibility to overcome the
      equilibrium limitations of the metal aluminophosphate catalyst in the
      oxygenate conversion zone. In addition, the invention provides the
      advantage of extended catalyst life and greater catalyst stability in the
      oxygenate conversion zone.
PATN
WKU  059903708
SRC  9
APN  1483099
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980904
TTL  Steam cracking of ethane-rich and propane-rich streams
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Hein
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Sims; David William
CTY  Dunfermline
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  BP Chemicals Limited
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19970924
APN  9720334
CLAS
OCL  585650
XCL  585648
XCL  585302
EDF  6
ICL  C07C  402
FSC  585
FSS  300;302;324;648;650
UREF
PNO  3959401
ISD  19760500
NAM  Albright et al.
OCL  260683R
UREF
PNO  4458096
ISD  19840700
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL  585302
UREF
PNO  4492624
ISD  19850100
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  208 78
UREF
PNO  5658452
ISD  19970800
NAM  Heyse et al.
OCL  208 48R
FREF
PNO  2 231 057
ISD  19900700
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  G. D. Hobson, Modern Petroleum Technology, Steam Cracking, pp. 453-451,
      Jun. 1973.
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a process for cracking hydrocarbon feedstock
      comprising a mixture of ethane and propane by (a) subjecting the feedstock
      to a fractionation process so as to separate the feedstock into an ethane
      rich stream and a propane rich stream, (b) steam cracking each of these
      streams separately under optimum cracking conditions for each stream in
      separate furnaces, (c) recovering the ethylene so formed in said crackers
      and (d) recycling the residual uncracked ethane and propane from the
      cracked products to the respective ethane rich and propane rich
      feedstreams being fed to the steam cracker. The process enables yields of
      ethylene to be increased.
PATN
WKU  059903716
SRC  8
APN  836513&
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970505
TTL  Process for the selective hydroisomerization of long linear and/or
      slightly branched paraffins using a catalyst based on a molecular sieve
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1,23,24,26
EXA  Bullock; In Suk
EXP  Griffin; Walter D.
INVT
NAM  Martens; Johan
CTY  Huldenberg
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Souverijns; Wim
CTY  Hoogstraten
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Parton; Rudy
CTY  Winksele
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Froment; Gilbert
CTY  Deurle
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Benazzi; Eric
CTY  Montesson
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  George Marchal; Nathalie
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Marcilly; Christian
CTY  Houilles
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Institut Francais du Petrole
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950906
APN  95 10424
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950906
APN  95 10425
CLAS
OCL  585739
XCL  585740
XCL  585750
XCL  585751
XCL  502 61
XCL  502 64
XCL  502 73
XCL  502 74
EDF  6
ICL  C07C  513
ICL  B01J 2904
ICL  B01J 2100
FSC  585
FSS  739;740;750;751
FSC  502
FSS  61;64;73;74;66
UREF
PNO  4705674
ISD  19871100
NAM  Araya et al.
OCL  423 77
UREF
PNO  4814543
ISD  19890300
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  585739
UREF
PNO  5135638
ISD  19920800
NAM  Miller
OCL  208 27
UREF
PNO  5178748
ISD  19930100
NAM  Casci et al.
OCL  208 46
UREF
PNO  5282958
ISD  19940200
NAM  Santilli et al.
OCL  208111
FREF
PNO  0 065 400
ISD  19821100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 103 981
ISD  19840300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 187 497
ISD  19860700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  92/01657
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Millen, White, Zelano & Branigan, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR96/01364
PD1  19970505
PD2  19970505
PD3  19960905
PCP  WO97/09397
PCD  19970313
ABST
PAR  The invention concerns a process for the selective hydroisomerisation of
      compounds containing at least one n-alkane chain containing more than 10
      carbon atoms, in which the compound to be treated is brought into contact
      with a catalyst comprising at least one hydro-dehydrogenating element and
      at least one molecular sieve with a mono- or bidimensional pore network in
      which the openings of the accessible pores are delimited by 10 oxygen
      atoms, and the distance termed the bridge width between the pores is less
      than 0.70 nm, and in which the catalyst, when subjected to a standard
      n-heptadecane isomerization test, has a selectivity of at least 70%
      towards isomerized products for a conversion of 95%.
PAL  The sieve is preferably a NU-10, NU-23, NU-87, EU-13 or Theta-1 zeolite.
PATN
WKU  059903724
SRC  9
APN  0058017
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19980112
TTL  Adsorbent for the removal of trace quantities from a hydrocarbon stream
      and process for its use
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Tam M.
EXP  Griffin; Walter D.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Blankenship; Steven A.
CTY  Radcliff
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Voight; Richard W.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  United Catalysts Inc.
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  585823
XCL  585820
XCL  585868
XCL  502406
XCL  502415
EDF  6
ICL  C07C  712
ICL  C07C  700
ICL  B01J 2002
ICL  B01J 2000
FSC  585
FSS  820;823;868
FSC  502
FSS  406;415
UREF
PNO  5085844
ISD  19920200
NAM  Nowack et al.
OCL  423245.1
UREF
PNO  5157201
ISD  19921000
NAM  Norris
OCL  585820
UREF
PNO  5241994
ISD  19930900
NAM  Sarrazin et al.
OCL  208251R
UREF
PNO  5268091
ISD  19931200
NAM  Boitiaux et al.
OCL  208251R
UREF
PNO  5281445
ISD  19940100
NAM  Khare
OCL  427445
UREF
PNO  5700439
ISD  19971200
NAM  Goyette et al.
OCL  423230
LREP
FR2  Cox; Scott R.
ABST
PAL  An adsorbent product for the adsorption of trace elements of sulfur,
      arsenic, mercury, compounds which contain these elements or metal hydrides
      from a hydrocarbon gas stream, preferably an olefinic or paraffinic
      stream, wherein the adsorbent product is iron oxide and manganese oxide
      placed on a support material, preferably aluminum oxide. Also disclosed is
      a process for the use of this adsorbent product for the removal of trace
      elements of arsenic, mercury and sulfur or compounds containing those
      elements or metal hydrides from a hydrocarbon gas stream, preferably an
      olefinic or paraffinic gas stream.
PATN
WKU  059903732
SRC  8
APN  9146326
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19970819
TTL  Nanometer sized metal oxide particles for ambient temperature adsorption
      of toxic chemicals
ISD  19991123
NCL  43
ECL  1
EXA  Vandy; Timothy C.
EXP  Straub; Gary P.
NDR  12
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Klabunde; Kenneth J.
CTY  Manhattan
STA  KS
ASSG
NAM  Kansas State University Research Foundation
CTY  Manhattan
STA  KS
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  700221
APD  19960820
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  588200
XCL  588205
XCL  588218
XCL  588221
XCL  588224
XCL  588236
XCL  588242
XCL  588246
XCL  423210
XCL  42324401
XCL  4232451
EDF  6
ICL  A62D  300
FSC  423
FSS  210;239.1;244.01;244.06;244.07;245.1
FSC  588
FSS  200;205;218;221;224;236;242;246
UREF
PNO  4201751
ISD  19800500
NAM  Holter et al.
OCL  423210
UREF
PNO  4539188
ISD  19850900
NAM  Hirsch et al.
OCL  423210
UREF
PNO  4548797
ISD  19851000
NAM  Sauer et al.
OCL  423240
UREF
PNO  4582613
ISD  19860400
NAM  Kenney et al.
OCL  210761
UREF
PNO  5352425
ISD  19941000
NAM  Rodriguez et al.
OCL  423244.07
UREF
PNO  5547649
ISD  19960800
NAM  Beck et al.
OCL  423230
UREF
PNO  5648591
ISD  19970700
NAM  Donecker et al.
OCL  588205
UREF
PNO  5750084
ISD  19980500
NAM  Tsutsumi et al.
OCL  423239.1
OREF
PAL  Klabunde et al.; Nanoscale Metal Oxides as Destructive Adsorbents. New
      Surface Chemistry and Environmental Applications; Fine Particles Science
      and Technology, 691-706 (1996).
PAL  Klabunde et al.; Overlayer of Iron Oxide on Nanoscale Magnesium Oxide
      Crystallites; High Temperature and Materials Science; 33:99-106 (1995).
PAL  Utamapanya et al.; Nanoscale Metal Oxide Particles/Clusters as Chemical
      Reagents. Synthesis and Properties of Ultrahigh Surface Area Magnesium
      Hydroxide and Magnesium Oxide; Chem. Mater., 3:175-181 (1991).
PAL  Koper et al.; Destructive Adsorption of Chlorinated Hydrocarbons on
      Ultrafine (Nanoscale) Particles of Calcium Oxide; Chem. Mater., 5:500-505
      (1993).
PAL  Ekerdt et al.; Surface Chemistry of Organophosphorus Compounds; J. Phys.
      Chem., 92:6182-6188 (1988).
PAL  Klabunde et al.; Nanocrystals as Stoichiometric Reagents with Unique
      Surface Chemistry; J. Phys. Chem., 100:12142-12153 (1996).
PAL  Li et al.; Destructive Adsorption of Chlorinated Benzenes on Ultrafine
      (Nanoscale) Particles of Magnesium Oxide and Calcium Oxide; Environ. Sci.
      Technol. 28:1248-1253 (1994).
PAL  Li et al.; Adsorption and Decomposition of Organophosphorus Compounds on
      Nanoscale Metal Oxide Particles. In Situ GC-MS Studies of Pulsed
      Microreactions over Magnesium Oxide; Chem. Mater. 4:323-330 (1992).
PAL  Lin et al.; Thermally Activated magnesium Oxide Surface Chemistry.
      Adsorption and Decomposition of Phosphorus Compounds; Langmuir, 1:600-605
      (1985).
LREP
FRM  Hovey, Williams, Timmons & Collins
ABST
PAL  Methods for adsorbing toxic target chemical compounds such as HCN,
      P(O)(OCH.sub.2 CH.sub.3)(CN)(N(CH.sub.3).sub.2), ClCN, (CF.sub.3).sub.2
      C.dbd.CF.sub.2, Zn(CH.sub.2 CH.sub.3).sub.2, Hg(CH.sub.3).sub.2,
      Fe(CO).sub.5, (P)(O)(CH.sub.3)(F)[OCH(CH.sub.3).sub.2 ], S(CH.sub.2
      CH.sub.2 Cl).sub.2, C.sub.6 H.sub.5 C(O)CH.sub.2 Cl, C(O)Cl.sub.2, C.sub.6
      Cl.sub.5 OH, C.sub.6 H.sub.3 (OH)(NO.sub.2).sub.3, C.sub.6 H.sub.5
      (Br)(CN), C.sub.6 H.sub.5 CH.sub.2 CN and (CF.sub.3)C.dbd.CF.sub.2 are
      provided wherein such compounds (either as gases, liquids or solids) are
      contacted with nanoscale oxide adsorbents, such as MgO and CaO, preferably
      at a temperature in the range of -70 to 90.degree. C. and at atmospheric
      pressure. The preferred adsorbents have an average particle size of from
      about 1-20 nm, and have a total pore volume of at least about 0.5 cc/g.
GOVT
PAC  FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH/DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
PAR  This invention was made with government support under Grant
      DAAH04-93-G-0328 awarded by the United States Army Research Office. The
      government has certain rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059903740
SRC  8
APN  7276656
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19961017
TTL  Methods for the heat treatment of residues of the cleaning of fumes and
      residues of the industrial process emitting these fumes
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Langel; Wayne
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Vicard; Jean-Fran.cedilla.ois
CTY  Lyons
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Gourmelon; Fabrice
CTY  Lyons
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Lab Group, Lab S.A.
CTY  Lyons, Cedex
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19940428
APN  94 05418
CLAS
OCL  588228
XCL  588209
XCL  588213
XCL  588216
XCL  588224
XCL  588234
XCL  588240
XCL  588252
EDF  6
ICL  A62D  300
FSC  423
FSS  1;107;155;659
FSC  588
FSS  209;252;228;213;216;224;234;240
UREF
PNO  5434333
ISD  19950700
NAM  Jantzen et al.
OCL  588252
UREF
PNO  5550312
ISD  19960800
NAM  Schingnitz et al.
OCL  588208
UREF
PNO  5607596
ISD  19970300
NAM  Vicard
OCL  210739
FREF
PNO  0381601
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2547210
ISD  19841200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2696955
ISD  19940400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3827086
ISD  19900200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9011817
ISD  19901000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Dowell & Dowell, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR95/00555
PD1  19961017
PD2  19961017
PD3  19950428
PCP  WO95/30112
PCD  19951109
ABST
PAR  An improvement to methods for heat treating flue gas cleaning residues (1)
      and residues from the industrial process generating said flue gases. For
      this purpose, the method comprises a physicochemical treatment step (2,
      7), a heat treatment step (13) and a step involving treating gases
      generated by said heat treatment (19, 22, 28). These three steps are
      closely overlapped and combined both to minimise the volatilisation of
      volatile compounds during heat treatment and to remove separately the
      elements that cannot effectively be immobilised in the treated residue
      matrix during said heat treatment. The physicochemical treatment step may
      advantageously be combined with the wet cleaning step that may be included
      in the industrial process flue gas cleaning step. The method is
      particularly suitable for melting/vitrifying fly ash, agglomerating the
      finest fly ash, and destroying organic compounds such as dioxins and
      furans.
PATN
WKU  059903759
SRC  8
APN  9162941
APT  1
ART  375
APD  19970822
TTL  Sheating laminate for an absorbent product, process for manufacture of
      the sheathing laminate and absorbent product containing such sheathing
      laminate
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Yong; Ki
EXP  Weiss; John G.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Lindquist; Bengt
CTY  Lerum
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Bohm; Thomas
CTY  Vastra Frolunda
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  SCA Hygiene Products Aktiebolag
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19931015
APN  9303406
RLAP
COD  71
APN  619505
APD  19960618
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  604378
XCL  604383
EDF  6
ICL  A61F 1315
ICL  A61F 1320
FSC  604
FSS  378;383;385.1;385.2
FSC  156
FSS  324.4;306.6;554;303;324;244.11;244.12;244.27
UREF
PNO  4330353
ISD  19820500
NAM  Kunimoto et al.
OCL  156324.4
UREF
PNO  4420353
ISD  19831200
NAM  Levine
OCL  156324.4
UREF
PNO  4515649
ISD  19850500
NAM  Nussabaum
OCL  156306.6
UREF
PNO  4637949
ISD  19870100
NAM  Manning et al.
OCL  156306.6
UREF
PNO  4731276
ISD  19880300
NAM  Manning et al.
OCL  156306.6
UREF
PNO  5304161
ISD  19940400
NAM  Noel et al.
OCL  604378
UREF
PNO  5370764
ISD  19941200
NAM  Alikhan
OCL  156324
UREF
PNO  5415640
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kirby et al.
OCL  604383
UREF
PNO  5447507
ISD  19950900
NAM  Yamamoto
OCL  604387
UREF
PNO  5472437
ISD  19951200
NAM  Akyama et al.
OCL  604387
FREF
PNO  WO 93/09744
ISD  19930500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/12745
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a sheathing laminate for an absorbent product,
      such as a sanitary napkin, a diaper, an incontinence protector or the
      like, and which is to be used as a liquid permeable top layer, which, when
      the product is in use, faces the body of the user. The laminate (30)
      comprises a web (10) of plastic film, to one side of which are fixed two
      mutually spaced, longitudinal strips (14, 16) of non-woven material, while
      to the other side of the plastic film web (10)--in an area between the two
      strips (14, 16) on the opposite side of the plastic film web--there is
      fixed a longitudinal intermediate strip (26) of non-woven material. When
      used on an absorbent product, the laminate has perforations (42) at least
      within a portion of the area of the intermediate non-woven strip (26). The
      invention also relates to a process for manufacture of the sheathing
      laminate.
PATN
WKU  059903767
SRC  9
APN  0520101
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19980331
TTL  Disposable absorbent undergarment
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Ruhl; Dennis
EXP  Weiss; John G.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Inoue; Yasushi
CTY  Kagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Onishi; Kazuaki
CTY  Kagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sayama; Yasushi
CTY  Kagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Uni-Charm Corporation
CTY  Ehime-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970331
APN  9-081721
CLAS
OCL  604378
XCL  604358
XCL  6043851
EDF  6
ICL  A61F 1315
FSC  604
FSS  358;378;385.1;385.2;391
FSC    2
FSS  69;82;87
UREF
PNO  3110312
ISD  19631100
NAM  Wirth
UREF
PNO  5718698
ISD  19980200
NAM  Dobrin et al.
OCL  604383
UREF
PNO  5772649
ISD  19980600
NAM  Siudzinski
OCL  604386
LREP
FRM  Lowe Hauptman Gopstein Gilman & Berner
ABST
PAL  A disposable absorbent undergarment includes a liquid-permeable topsheet, a
      liquid-impermeable backsheet and a absorbent core disposed therebetween.
      The backsheet consists of a breathable plastic film and a breathable
      fibrous sheet integrally laminated with an outer surface of the breathable
      plastic film. The breathable fibrous sheet consists of at least a first
      component layer and a second component layer being in contact with the
      first component layer. The first component layer has a wettability with
      body fluids higher than that of the second component layer.
PATN
WKU  059903775
SRC  8
APN  9972870
APT  1
ART  371
APD  19971223
TTL  Dual-zoned absorbent webs
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Ruhl; Dennis
EXP  Weiss; John G.
NDR  11
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Chen; Fung-jou
CTY  Appleton
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Lindsay; Jeffrey Dean
CTY  Appleton
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Kamps; Richard Joseph
CTY  Wrightstown
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Lake; Andrew Michael
CTY  Combined Locks
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Robinson; Mark Louis
CTY  Appleton
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc.
CTY  Neenah
STA  WI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  821483
APD  19970321
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  604381
XCL  6043851
XCL  442 79
XCL  442 86
EDF  6
ICL  A61F 1315
FSC  604
FSS  381;382;385.1
FSC  442
FSS  79;85;86;90
UREF
PNO  2391621
ISD  19451200
NAM  Powell, III et al.
UREF
PNO  2576914
ISD  19511200
NAM  Barrett
UREF
PNO  3020178
ISD  19620200
NAM  Sweeney et al.
UREF
PNO  3165485
ISD  19650100
NAM  Ilnyckyj
UREF
PNO  3224926
ISD  19651200
NAM  Bernardin
UREF
PNO  3287149
ISD  19661100
NAM  Dooley et al.
UREF
PNO  3339550
ISD  19670900
NAM  Van Haaften
UREF
PNO  3417040
ISD  19681200
NAM  Kremer
UREF
PNO  3455778
ISD  19690700
NAM  Bernardin
UREF
PNO  3485706
ISD  19691200
NAM  Evans
UREF
PNO  3489148
ISD  19700100
NAM  Duncan et al.
OCL  604382
UREF
PNO  3494821
ISD  19700200
NAM  Evans
UREF
PNO  3520842
ISD  19700700
NAM  Crean
UREF
PNO  3556932
ISD  19710100
NAM  Coscia et al.
UREF
PNO  3556933
ISD  19710100
NAM  Williams et al.
UREF
PNO  3629171
ISD  19711200
NAM  Kremer et al.
UREF
PNO  3695269
ISD  19721000
NAM  Malaney
UREF
PNO  3700623
ISD  19721000
NAM  Keim
UREF
PNO  3765997
ISD  19731000
NAM  Dunning
UREF
PNO  3772076
ISD  19731100
NAM  Keim
UREF
PNO  3809089
ISD  19740500
NAM  Hedstrom et al.
UREF
PNO  3812000
ISD  19740500
NAM  Salvucci, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  3838692
ISD  19741000
NAM  Levesque
UREF
PNO  3885158
ISD  19750500
NAM  Flutie et al.
UREF
PNO  3899388
ISD  19750800
NAM  Petrovich et al.
UREF
PNO  3929135
ISD  19751200
NAM  Thompson
OCL  604385.1
UREF
PNO  3967623
ISD  19760700
NAM  Butterworth et al.
UREF
PNO  3976734
ISD  19760800
NAM  Dunning et al.
UREF
PNO  4041951
ISD  19770800
NAM  Sanford
OCL  604385.2
UREF
PNO  4100324
ISD  19780700
NAM  Anderson et al.
UREF
PNO  4113911
ISD  19780900
NAM  LaFitte et al.
UREF
PNO  4117199
ISD  19780900
NAM  Gotoh et al.
UREF
PNO  4129528
ISD  19781200
NAM  Petrovich et al.
UREF
PNO  4147586
ISD  19790400
NAM  Petrovich et al.
UREF
PNO  4208459
ISD  19800600
NAM  Becker et al.
UREF
PNO  4222921
ISD  19800900
NAM  Van Eenam
UREF
PNO  4342314
ISD  19820800
NAM  Radel et al.
UREF
PNO  4391869
ISD  19830700
NAM  Cook et al.
UREF
PNO  4425130
ISD  19840100
NAM  DesMarais
UREF
PNO  4445970
ISD  19840500
NAM  Post et al.
UREF
PNO  4524474
ISD  19850600
NAM  Svensson
UREF
PNO  4556450
ISD  19851200
NAM  Chuang et al.
UREF
PNO  4588457
ISD  19860500
NAM  Crenshaw et al.
UREF
PNO  4610915
ISD  19860900
NAM  Crenshaw et al.
UREF
PNO  4626254
ISD  19861200
NAM  Widlund et al.
UREF
PNO  4675394
ISD  19870600
NAM  Solarek et al.
UREF
PNO  4725473
ISD  19880200
NAM  Van Gompel et al.
UREF
PNO  4741941
ISD  19880500
NAM  Englbert et al.
UREF
PNO  4781710
ISD  19881100
NAM  Megison et al.
OCL  604378
UREF
PNO  4879170
ISD  19891100
NAM  Radwanski et al.
UREF
PNO  4929495
ISD  19900500
NAM  Stanislawczyk
UREF
PNO  4931355
ISD  19900600
NAM  Radwanski et al.
UREF
PNO  4981557
ISD  19910100
NAM  Bjorkquist
UREF
PNO  5008344
ISD  19910400
NAM  Bjorkquist
UREF
PNO  5011864
ISD  19910400
NAM  Nielsen et al.
UREF
PNO  5048589
ISD  19910900
NAM  Cook et al.
UREF
PNO  5069548
ISD  19911200
NAM  Boehnlein
UREF
PNO  5085736
ISD  19920200
NAM  Bjorkquist
UREF
PNO  5156902
ISD  19921000
NAM  Pieper et al.
UREF
PNO  5188625
ISD  19930200
NAM  Van Iten et al.
UREF
PNO  5230776
ISD  19930700
NAM  Andersson et al.
UREF
PNO  5246545
ISD  19930900
NAM  Ampulski et al.
UREF
PNO  5302382
ISD  19940400
NAM  Kasprzak
UREF
PNO  5348620
ISD  19940900
NAM  Hermans et al.
UREF
PNO  5368910
ISD  19941100
NAM  Langdon
UREF
PNO  5389202
ISD  19950200
NAM  Everhart et al.
UREF
PNO  5399412
ISD  19950300
NAM  Sudall et al.
UREF
PNO  5411636
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hermans et al.
UREF
PNO  5423788
ISD  19950600
NAM  Rollins et al.
UREF
PNO  5429686
ISD  19950700
NAM  Chiu et al.
UREF
PNO  5431643
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ouellette et al.
OCL  604385.1
UREF
PNO  5437653
ISD  19950800
NAM  Gilman et al.
UREF
PNO  5454801
ISD  19951000
NAM  Lauritzen
OCL  604378
UREF
PNO  5478335
ISD  19951200
NAM  Colbert
UREF
PNO  5491190
ISD  19960200
NAM  Sandvick et al.
UREF
PNO  5492598
ISD  19960200
NAM  Hermans et al.
UREF
PNO  5501768
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hermans et al.
UREF
PNO  5516572
ISD  19960500
NAM  Roe
UREF
PNO  5536555
ISD  19960700
NAM  Zelazoski et al.
UREF
PNO  5552020
ISD  19960900
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  5562645
ISD  19961000
NAM  Tanzer et al.
UREF
PNO  5591306
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kaun
UREF
PNO  5591309
ISD  19970100
NAM  Rugowski et al.
UREF
PNO  5598643
ISD  19970200
NAM  Chuang et al.
UREF
PNO  5601871
ISD  19970200
NAM  Krzysik
UREF
PNO  5635191
ISD  19970600
NAM  Roe et al.
UREF
PNO  5653930
ISD  19970800
NAM  Noda et al.
UREF
PNO  5667636
ISD  19970900
NAM  Engel et al.
UREF
PNO  5670110
ISD  19970900
NAM  Dirk et al.
FREF
PNO  0 677 612 A2
ISD  19851000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 353 972 A1
ISD  19900200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3-185197
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/13774 A1
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/13773 A1
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/18784 A1
ISD  19970500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO97/18784
ISD  19970500
CNT  WOX
OCL  604385.1
OREF
PAL  Derwent World Patent Database abstract of GB 1,593,331: Description of Kemi
      Oy, "Water Resistant Paper And Board."
PAL  AATCC Test Method 66-1990, Technical Manual of the American Association of
      Textile Chemists and Colorists, 1995, pp. 99-100.
PAL  Adams, Kurt L., Bernard Miller, and Ludwig Rebenfeld, "Forced In-Plane Flow
      of an Epoxy Resin in Fibrous Networks," Polymer Engineering And Science,
      Mid-Nov., 1986, vol. 26, No. 20, pp. 1434-1441.
PAL  Back, Ernst L., "The Pore Anisotropy of Paper Products and Fibre Building
      Boards," Svensk Papperstidning arg. 69, Nr. 7, Apr. 15, 1966, pp. 219-224.
PAL  Bear, Jacob, "Dynamics of Fluids in Porous Media," American Elsevier, New
      York, NY, 1972, pp. 136-151.
PAL  Bieman, Leonard H., Kevin G. Harding, and Albert Boehnlein, "Absolute
      Measurement Using Field Shifted Moire," SPIE Optical Conference
      Proceedings, Nov. 1991, vol. 1614, pp. 259-264.
PAL  Bowden, Edward V., "Non-Contact Drying and Turning--the `On Machine`
      Technology of the Nineties," Appita, vol. 44, No. 1, Jan. 1991, pp. 41-46.
PAL  Cadeyes Product Guide, Medar, Inc., Farmington Hills, MI, 1994, pp. 1-19.
PAL  Dullien, F. A. L., "Porous Media: Fluid Transport and Pore Structure,"
      Academic Press, New York, 1979, pp. 78-83
PAL  Horstmann, Diane H., Jeffrey D. Lindsay, and Robert A. Stratton, "Using
      Edge-Flow Tests to Examine the In-Plane Anisotropic Permeability of
      Paper," Tappi Journal, 74(4), Apr. 1991, pp. 241-247.
PAL  Lindsay, Jeffrey D. and Jill R. Wallin, "Characterization of In-Plane Fluid
      Flow in Paper," AlChE Proceedings 1989 and 1990 Forest Products Symposium,
      Tappi Press, Atlanta, GA, 1992, pp. 121-129.
PAL  Lindsay, Jeffrey D., "Displacement Dewatering To Maintain Bulk," Paperi Ja
      Puu--Paper And Timber, vol. 74, No. 3, 1992, pp. 232-242.
PAL  Lindsay, Jeffrey D. and Paul H. Brady, "Studies of Anisotropic Permeability
      With Applications to Water Removal in Fibrous Webs: Part 1," Tappi
      Journal, vol. 76, No. 9, Sep. 1993, pp. 119-125.
PAL  Lindsay, Jeffrey D. and Paul H. Brady, "Studies of Anisotropic Permeability
      With Applications to Water Removal in Fibrous Webs: Part 2," Tappi
      Journal, vol. 76, No. 11, Nov. 1993, pp. 167-174.
PAL  Lindsay, Jeffrey D., "Relative Flow Porosity in Fibrous Media: Measurements
      and Analysis, Including Dispersion Effects," Tappi Journal, vol. 77, No.
      6, Jun. 1994, pp. 225-239.
PAL  Mummery, Leigh, "Surface Texture Analysis: The Handbook," Hommelwerke GmbH,
      Muhlhausen, Germany, 1990, pp. 28-29.
LREP
FR2  Croft; Gregory E.
ABST
PAL  A dual-zoned, three-dimensional, resilient absorbent web is disclosed which
      is suitable as body-side liner for absorbent articles such as feminine
      pads, diapers and the like. When used as a liner in absorbent articles,
      the dual-zoned web combines the advantages of apertured films and soft,
      nonwoven cover layers in one structure while still being inherently
      hydrophilic. The liner comprises a web of wet-resilient, hydrophilic
      basesheet having a three-dimensional topography comprising elevated
      regions onto which hydrophobic matter is deposited or printed and a
      plurality of spaced apart depressed regions. In a preferred embodiment,
      the hydrophobic matter applied to the elevated regions of the basesheet
      comprises hydrophobic fibers in a contiguous nonwoven web which has been
      apertured or provided with slits or other openings, such that the
      apertures or openings overlay a portion of the depressed regions. The
      elevated hydrophobic regions enhance dry feel and promote fluid flow
      toward the lower hydrophilic regions, which comprise the exposed depressed
      regions of the basesheet. The basesheet is preferably in liquid
      communication with underlying absorbent material, most preferably a
      stabilized airlaid cellulosic material or compressed stabilized fluff such
      that the absorbent material can wick fluid out of the basesheet by
      capillary action. When soft, hydrophobic fibers are deposited on the
      elevated regions, the liner also has a soft, cloth-like feel in addition
      to a dry feel in use.
PATN
WKU  059903783
SRC  8
APN  6523161
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19960523
TTL  Textile surgical implants
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Tram A.
EXP  Milano; Michael J.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ellis; Julian Garth
CTY  Nottingham
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Bridport Gundry (UK) Limited
CTY  Somerset
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950525
APN  9510624
CLAS
OCL  623 11
XCL  623  1
XCL  623 12
XCL  623 13
XCL  606151
XCL  606154
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  202
FSC  606
FSS  151;153-155;213-216;228-230
FSC  623
FSS  1;11-15;901;66
UREF
PNO  4415617
ISD  19831100
NAM  D'Elia
OCL  428 86
UREF
PNO  4905692
ISD  19900300
NAM  More
OCL  606151
UREF
PNO  5443499
ISD  19950800
NAM  Schmitt
OCL  623 12
UREF
PNO  5458636
ISD  19951000
NAM  Brancatao
OCL  606151
FREF
PNO  0 117 072 A1
ISD  19840800
CNT  EPX
OCL  623 12
FREF
PNO  0 334 045 A1
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
OCL  623 12
FREF
PNO  0621017
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
OCL  623  1
FREF
PNO  3830005 C1
ISD  19891100
CNT  DEX
OCL  623 11
LREP
FRM  Salter & Michaelson
ABST
PAL  A textile surgical implant includes a base cloth, and an array of fibers
      provided on the base cloth. The base cloth is removable from the fibers
      before or after the location of the implant in a patient. A method of
      making a textile surgical implant is further disclosed. The method
      includes the step of placing an array of fibers on a base cloth by
      embroidery. The base cloth is removable from the fibers before or after
      the implant is implanted.
PATN
WKU  059903791
SRC  8
APN  6588557
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19960531
TTL  Prosthetic devices including elastin or elastin-based materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Koh; Choon P.
EXP  Isabella; David J.
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Gregory; Kenton W.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Kenton W. Gregory & Sisters of Providence
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  341881
APD  19941115
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  623 11
XCL  623  1
XCL  623  2
XCL  623 12
XCL  623901
XCL  606194
XCL  606195
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  202
ICL  A61F  206
ICL  A61F  204
FSC  623
FSS  11;1;2;12;901
FSC  606
FSS  194;195
UREF
PNO  4132746
ISD  19790100
NAM  Urry et al.
UREF
PNO  4187852
ISD  19800200
NAM  Urry et al.
UREF
PNO  4500700
ISD  19850200
NAM  Urry
UREF
PNO  4589882
ISD  19860500
NAM  Urry
UREF
PNO  4693718
ISD  19870900
NAM  Urry et al.
UREF
PNO  4783523
ISD  19881100
NAM  Urry et al.
UREF
PNO  4801299
ISD  19890100
NAM  Brendel et al.
UREF
PNO  4870055
ISD  19890900
NAM  Urry et al.
UREF
PNO  4886062
ISD  19891200
NAM  Wiktor
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  4960423
ISD  19901000
NAM  Smith
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  4976734
ISD  19901200
NAM  Urry et al.
UREF
PNO  5064430
ISD  19911100
NAM  Urry
UREF
PNO  5156613
ISD  19921000
NAM  Sawyer
UREF
PNO  5209776
ISD  19930500
NAM  Bass et al.
OCL  106124
UREF
PNO  5223420
ISD  19930600
NAM  Rabaud et al.
UREF
PNO  5254113
ISD  19931000
NAM  Wilke
UREF
PNO  5292362
ISD  19940300
NAM  Bass et al.
UREF
PNO  5336256
ISD  19940800
NAM  Urry
UREF
PNO  5336616
ISD  19940800
NAM  Livesey et al.
UREF
PNO  5591224
ISD  19970100
NAM  Schwartz et al.
OCL  623  1
UREF
PNO  5607475
ISD  19970300
NAM  Cahalan et al.
OCL  623 11
UREF
PNO  5693085
ISD  19971200
NAM  Buirge et al.
OCL  623  1
OREF
PAL  M. Rabaud, J.Y. Elie, F.Lefebvre and D. Ducassou, A New Biodegradable
      Elastin-Fibrin Material; Its Use in Urological, Digestive and
      Cardiovascular Surgery, Journal of Biomaterials Applications vol. 7---Jul.
      1992.
LREP
FRM  Marger Johnson & McCollom, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention is directed to a prosthetic device comprising a support
      member comprising a stent, a conduit or a scaffold; and a layer of elastin
      or elastin-based material located on said support member. Preferably, the
      layer of said elastin or elastin-based biomaterial completely surrounds
      said support member. The support member can be formed of a metal or a
      synthetic material such as a polymeric material.
PATN
WKU  059903805
SRC  8
APN  9488367
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19971010
TTL  Percutaneous biofixed medical implants
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Dinh X.
EXP  Yu; Mickey
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Marotta; James S.
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  LaTorre; Guy
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Batich; Christopher
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Hench; Larry L.
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  University of Florida Research Foundation, Inc.
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  USBiomaterials, Inc.
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  623 11
XCL  623 66
XCL  427  228
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  202
FSC  623
FSS  11;12;66
FSC  427
FSS  2.24;2.28
UREF
PNO  4131597
ISD  19781200
NAM  Bliiethgen et al.
UREF
PNO  4168326
ISD  19790900
NAM  Broemer et al.
UREF
PNO  4613516
ISD  19860900
NAM  Kucheria et al.
UREF
PNO  4652459
ISD  19870300
NAM  Engelhardt
UREF
PNO  4731394
ISD  19880300
NAM  Vogel et al.
UREF
PNO  4871384
ISD  19891000
NAM  Kasuga
UREF
PNO  4990163
ISD  19910200
NAM  Ducheyne et al.
UREF
PNO  5068122
ISD  19911100
NAM  Kokabo et al.
UREF
PNO  5380298
ISD  19950100
NAM  Zabetakis et al.
UREF
PNO  5480438
ISD  19960100
NAM  Arima et al.
UREF
PNO  5522896
ISD  19960600
NAM  Prescott
UREF
PNO  5604976
ISD  19970200
NAM  Stobie et al.
OREF
PAL  Aoki, H., et al., Medical Progress Tech., 12: 213-220, 1970.
PAL  Ducheyne, P., J. Biomed Mater. Res., 19: 273-291, 1985.
PAL  Hench, L.L., J. Am. Ceram. Soc., 74: 1487-1510, 1991.
PAL  Hench, L.L., J. Biomed. Mater. Res. Symp., 2(1): 117-141, 1971.
PAL  Jansen, J.A. et al., J. Mater. Sci. Mate. Med., 1: 192-197, 1990.
PAL  Jansen, J.A. et al., J. Biomed. Mater. Res., 25: 1535-1545, 1991.
PAL  Klein, C.P.A.T. et al., An Introduction to Bioceramics, Eds. World
      Scientific, Singapore, 199-221, 1993.
PAL  Kokubo, T. et al., J. Biomed. Mater. Res., 24: 721-734, 1990.
PAL  Luzar, M.A., Perit. Dial. Int., 11: 333-340, 1991.
PAL  Hench, L.L., Wilson, J., Handbook of Bioactive Ceramics, CRC, 1: 235-244
      and 283-302, 1990.
PAL  Yoshiyama, N., et al., Perit. Dial. Int., 11(suppl. 1): 297, 1991.
PAL  Zabetakis, P.M., et al., ASAIO J., 40, M896-M899, 1994.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Percutaneous implants are disclosed including a portion implantable into a
      patient, a dermal bonding region capable of forming a bond between the
      implant and a dermal layer of the patient after the implantable portion is
      implanted into the patient, and the dermal bonding region including a
      substrate with a discontinuous coating of particulate bioactive glass
      wherein the average spacing between the particles of bioactive glass is
      predetermined and at least about 20 microns prior to implantation into the
      patient. Also disclosed are bioactive coatings including a substrate and
      fibers and/or particles of bioactive glass distributed on the substrate
      with a predetermined average interfiber distance of at least about 20
      microns.
PATN
WKU  059903813
SRC  8
APN  9680233
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19971112
TTL  Biomedical materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Dinh X.
EXP  Yu; Mickey
INVT
NAM  Nishihara; Katsunari
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  ISE International, Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961113
APN  8-301759
CLAS
OCL  623 11
XCL  623 16
XCL  424422
XCL  424423
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  202
ICL  A61F  228
ICL  A61F  614
FSC  623
FSS  16;18;11;66
FSC  424
FSS  422;423
UREF
PNO  4060081
ISD  19771100
NAM  Yannas et al.
OCL  623 11
UREF
PNO  4378224
ISD  19830300
NAM  Nimni et al.
OCL  623 11
UREF
PNO  4623553
ISD  19861100
NAM  Ries et al.
OCL  427  2
UREF
PNO  5071436
ISD  19911200
NAM  Huc et al.
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  5211661
ISD  19930500
NAM  Shinjou et al.
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  5306311
ISD  19940400
NAM  Stone et al.
OCL  623 18
UREF
PNO  5425770
ISD  19950600
NAM  Piez et al.
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  5624463
ISD  19970400
NAM  Stone et al.
OCL  623 18
UREF
PNO  5837752
ISD  19981100
NAM  Shastri et al.
OCL  523116
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a biomedical material comprising a shark-derived collagen; a
      biomedical material comprising a shark-derived collagen and
      hydroxyapatite; and methods for preparing the same. Since the biomedical
      materials comprise a shark-derived collagen which is low in antigenicity
      and high in biocompatibility, they do not cause rejection and they produce
      effects of good adhesion to organisms and easy remodeling when they are
      used as artificial skin, artificial tendon, artificial bone, surgical
      suture or the like. They also have an effect that they do not leave a
      prominent scar when the wound has been cured. Further, the biomedical
      materials of the invention are excellent in mechanical strength. Thus,
      when used as artificial skin, they are hard to tear, good for tightly
      adhering and capable of following the movement of a joint well.
PATN
WKU  059903821
SRC  8
APN  4136039
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19950330
TTL  Method and implant for surgical manipulation of bone
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Isabella; David J.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Fox; William Casey
CTY  Pipe Creek
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  BioMedical Enterprises, Inc.
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  016908
APD  19930212
PSC  01
PNO  5405388
ISD  19950411
RLAP
COD  89
APN  357072
APD  19941215
RLAP
COD  90
APN  383829
APD  19950206
RLAP
COD  82
APN  016908
RLAP
COD  90
APN  357072
RLAP
COD  81
APN  194812
APD  19940211
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  062735
APD  19930510
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  924420
APD  19920730
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  575001
APD  19900829
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  623 16
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  228
FSC  623
FSS  16;18;20;11
FSC  606
FSS  164;167;130
FSC  604
FSS  256;265;167
FSC  128
FSS  898
UREF
PNO  3896504
ISD  19750700
NAM  Fischer
UREF
PNO  4438773
ISD  19840300
NAM  Letterio
UREF
PNO  4681103
ISD  19870700
NAM  Boner et al.
UREF
PNO  4772261
ISD  19880900
NAM  Von Holf
OCL  604 51
UREF
PNO  4805634
ISD  19890200
NAM  Ullrich et al.
UREF
PNO  4880006
ISD  19891100
NAM  Alberktsson
OCL  128630
UREF
PNO  4936851
ISD  19900600
NAM  Fox
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  5385553
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hart et al.
OCL  604167
UREF
PNO  5405388
ISD  19950400
NAM  Fox
OCL  623 16
UREF
PNO  5569205
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hart et al.
OCL  604167
FREF
PNO  17592
ISD  19130100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1548964
ISD  19790700
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  International Search Report for related foreign application PCT/US96/04350,
      date of mailing Aug. 19, 1996.
PAL  Aufdemorte, T.B., Fox, W.C., Boyce, R.F., Triplett, R.G., Poser, J., Moore,
      G., and Holt, G.R., "A novel orthopedic implant to repeatedly sample
      cancellous bone for histomorphometric analysis," 5th International
      Congress of Bone Morphometry, Niigata, Japan, Jul. 1988.
PAL  Aufdemorte, T.B., Fox, W.C., Holt, G. H., Triplett, R.G., McGuff, H. S.,
      Nguyen T., Ammann, A.J., and Beck, S.L., "An Intraosseous Device for the
      Study of Osteotropic Factor Effects and Bone Healing: A Trial with
      Transforming Growth Factor-.beta..sub.1 (TGF-.beta..sub.1 )," Journal of
      Bone and Joint Surgery, 74-A,8:1153-61, Sep. 1992.
PAL  Fox, W. C., "Osseous Implants for Experimental Studies of Bone, Marrow, and
      Materials Biocompatibility," Dissertation, The University of Texas at
      Austin, pp. 19-37, May 1991.
PAL  Fox, W. C. and Miller, M. A., "An Osseous Implant for Studies of
      Biomaterials Using an In-vivo Electrochemical Transducer," Journal of
      Biomedical Materials Research, 27:763-773, Jun. 1993.
PAL  Fox, W. C. and Aufdemorte, T. B., "Experience with Osseous Implants for
      Bone and Biomaterials Research," Journal of Long-Term Effects of Medical
      Implants, 3,1:1-27, Apr. 1993.
PAL  Alberktsson and Linder, "A Method for Short-and Long-term In vivo Study of
      the Bone-Implant Interface", Jn Clin. Ortho. Rel. Res 159:269-273 Sep.
      1981.
PAL  Alberktson, Branemark, Hansson and Lindstrom, "Osseointegrated Titanium
      Implants: requirements for ensuring a long-lasting, direct bone-to-implant
      anchorage in man," Acto orthop. scand. 52, 155-170, 1981.
PAL  Drinker C.K., Drinker K.R., Lund C.C., The circulation in the mammalian
      bone marrow. Am j Physiol 1922; 62:1-92.
PAL  Tocantis, L.M., O'Neill J.F., Price A.H., Infusion of blood and other
      fluids via the bone marrow in traumatic shock and other forms of
      peripheral circulatory failure, Ann Surg 1941;114:1085-1092.
PAL  Meola, F., Bone marrow infusions as a routine procedure in children, J
      Pediatr 1949;25:13-16.
PAL  Heinild S., Sondergaard T., Tudvad F., Bone marrow infusions in childhood:
      Experiences from a thousand infusions, J Pediatr 1947;30:400-412.
PAL  Papper E.M., Bone marrow route for injecting fluids, drugs into general
      circulation, Anesthesiology 1942;3:307-313.
PAL  Rosetti V.A., Thompson B.M., et. al., Intraosseous infusion: An alternative
      route of pediatric intravascular access, A Emer Med 1985; 14.9;103-105.
PAL  Valdes M.M., Intraosseous fluid administration in emergencies, Lancet
      1977;2:1235-1236.
PAL  Shoor P.M., Berryhill R.E., Benumof J.L., Intraosseous infusion:
      Pressure-flow relationship and pharmacokinetics, J Trauma 1979;19:772-774.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/357,072, Fox, filed Dec. 15, 1994.
LREP
FRM  Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, L.L.P
ABST
PAL  A method and implant for surgical manipulation of bone consist of methods
      and devices to sample bone (21 and 23) and marrow, (22) and perform
      skeletal surgery from the inside of the bone. The method uses a hollow
      cylinder (13 or 15) inserted permanently or temporarily into a drill hole
      in a bone which acts as a port. To this port, adapters (27) can be used to
      guide fiber optics (31); surgical devices, such as rotating cutters (32);
      and aspiration or infusion catheters (33). The ability of the insert (13
      or 15) to seal in bone allows the collection of tissue under sterile
      conditions for transplantation to other sites in the patient. The
      aspiration and collection capability of this method and device allows the
      aspirate to be processed aseptically, to be concentrated to its vital
      components, and combined with donor or synthetic bone material for the
      treatment of bone at a distant skeletal site. This distant site might be
      accessed with the insert (13 and 15) and infusion catheter (33) or with
      conventional surgical technique.
PATN
WKU  059903830
SRC  8
APN  4693345
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19950606
TTL  Stably transformed plants comprising novel insecticidal proteins
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Nashed; Nashaat T.
EXP  Wax; Robert A.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Warren; Gregory W.
CTY  Cary
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Koziel; Michael G.
CTY  Cary
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Mullins; Martha A.
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Nye; Gordon J.
CTY  Apex
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Carr; Brian
CTY  Cary
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Desai; Nalini M.
CTY  Cary
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Kostichka; Kristy
CTY  Durham
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Duck; Nicholas B.
CTY  Cary
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Estruch; Juan J.
CTY  Durham
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Novartis Finance Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  463483
APD  19950605
RLAP
COD  82
APN  314594
APD  19940928
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  218018
APD  19940323
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  037057
APD  19930325
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  800205
XCL  4351721
XCL  4351723
XCL  435410
XCL  435412
XCL  530350
XCL  536 231
XCL  536 237
XCL  536 2371
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  104
FSC  800
FSS  205
FSC  435
FSS  252.5;252.8;240.4;189;172.1;172.3;410;412
FSC  536
FSS  23.1;23.2;23.71;23.7
FSC  530
FSS  350
UREF
PNO  3632747
ISD  19720100
NAM  Satohiro et al.
OCL  424 93
UREF
PNO  3651215
ISD  19720300
NAM  Satohiro et al.
OCL  424 93
UREF
PNO  4996155
ISD  19910200
NAM  Sick et al.
OCL  435252.3
UREF
PNO  5262323
ISD  19931100
NAM  Baird et al.
OCL  435252.5
FREF
PNO  0498537A2
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0501650A2
ISD  19920200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO88/08880
ISD  19881100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO90/13651
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO91/16434
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO91/16432
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  US94/03131
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/21795
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Thnanabalu et al. "Cloning, sequencing, and expression of a gene encoding a
      100-kilodalton maosquitocidal from Bacillus sphaericus SSII-1" J.
      Bacteriol. 173, 2776-2785, May 1991.
PAL  Krieg, A. "Concerning alpha-exotoxin produced by vegetative cell of
      Bacillus thuringiensis and Bacillus cereus" J. Inverteb. Path. 17,
      134-135, Jan. 1971.
PAL  Chambers et al., Isolation and Characterization of a Novel Isecticidal
      Crystal Protein Gene from Bacillus thuringiensis subsp. aizawai, Journal
      of Bacteriology, Jul. 1991, 3966-3976.
PAL  Gleave, et al., Screening by Poymerase Chain Reaction of Bacillus
      thuringiensis Serotypes for the Presence of cryV-like Insecticidal Protein
      Genes and Characterization of a cryV Gene Cloned from B. thuringiensis
      subsp. kurstaki, Applied and Environmental.
PAL  Kostichka, et al. Cloning of a cryV-type Isecticidal Protein Gene from
      Bacillus thuringiensis: the cry-V encoded Protein Is Expressed Early in
      Stationary Phase.
PAL  Arellano, A., et al., "Evidence of a New Bacillus thuriengiensis Toxin
      Active Against the Australian Sheep Blowfly Lucilla cuprina", Proceedings
      and Abstracts of the 5th International Colloquium on Invertebrate
      Pathology and Microbial Control, Adelaide, Austrailia, Aug. 20-24, 1990,
      p. 291.
PAL  Beecher, Douglas J., et al., "A Novel Bicomponent Hemolysin from Bacillus
      cereus", Inspection and Immunity, 58(7):2220-2227 (1990).
PAL  Faust, R.M., "Bacterial Diseases", In: Insect Diseases, G. Cantwell, ed.,
      Marcel Dekker, NY 1974, pp. 90-102.
PAL  Faust, R.M., et al., "Bacteria and Their Toxins as Insecticides", In:
      Microbial and Viral Pesticides, E. Kurstak, Ed., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1982,
      pp. 84-89, 108-120.
PAL  Gilmore, Michael S., et al., "A Bacillus cereus Cytolytic Determinant,
      Cereolysin AB, Which Comprises the Phospholipase C and Sphingomyelinase
      Genes: Nucleotide Sequence and Genetic Linkage", Journal of Bacteriology,
      171(2):744-753 (1989).
PAL  Heimpel, A.M., "The pH in the Gut and Blood of the Larch Sawfly,
      Pristiphora erichsonii (HTG.), and Other Insects with Reference to the
      Pathogenicity of Bacillus cereus FR. and FR.", Can. J. Zool., 33:99-106
      (1955).
PAL  Heimpel, A.M., "Investigations of the Mode of Action of Strains of Bacillus
      cereus FR. and FR. Pathogenic for the Larch Sawfly, Pristiphora erichsonii
      (HTG.)", Can. J. Zool., 53:311-326 (1995).
PAL  Hofte, H., et al., "Insecticidal Crystal Proteins of Bacillus
      thuringiensis", Microbiological Reviews, 53(2):242-255 (1989).
PAL  Koziel, M.G., et al., "Field Performance of Elite Tansgenic Maize Plants
      Expressing an Insecticidal Protein Derived from Bacillus thuringiensis",
      Bio/Technology, 11:194-200 (1993).
PAL  Krieg, A., "Thuricin, a Bacteriocin Produced by Bacillus thuringiensis", J.
      Invert. Path., 15:291 (1970).
PAL  Kushner, D.J., et al., "Lecithinase Production by Strains of Bacillus
      cereus FR. and FR. Pathogenic for the Larch Sawfly, Pristiphora erichsonii
      (HTG.)", Can. J. Microbiol., 3:547-551 (1957).
PAL  Luthy, P., et al., "Bacillus thuringiensis as a Bacterial Insecticide:
      Basic Consideration and Application", In: Microbial and Viral Pesticides,
      E. Kurstak, Ed., Marcel Dekker, NY 1982, pp. 37-39, 54-56.
PAL  Myers, P.S., et al., "Localization of a Mosquito-Larval Toxin of Bacillus
      sphaericus 1593", Appl. Environ. Microbiol., 39(1):1205-1211 (1980).
PAL  Tailor et al., Identification and characterization of a novel Bacillus
      thuringiensis -(-endotoxin entomocidal to coleopteran and lepidopteran
      larvae, Molecular Microbiology, 1992:6(9), 1211-1217.
PAL  European International Search Report dated May 3, 1996, for PCT/EP95/03826.
PAL  Bernier et al., "Bacillus thuringiensis Strains A20 and A29 and
      Insecticidal Compounds Therefrom, and Compositions Containing These
      Compounds", Abstract No. 227249, New Zealand Patent Office Journal,
      80(6):798, (1988).
PAL  Jellis et al., "Bacillus thuringiensis .delta.-Endotoxin Variants and
      Insecticidal Compositions", Abstract No. 228108, New Zealand Patent Office
      Journal, 81(3):359, (1992).
PAL  Schurter et al., "Genetic Manifpulation of B.thuringiensis and B.cereus
      Vectors and Insecticidal Composition", Abstract No. 229191, New Zealand
      Patent Office Journal, 81(3):363, (1992).
PAL  Tayabali et al., "Semiautomated Quantification of Cytotoxic Damage Induced
      in Cultured Insect Cells Exposed to Commercial Bacillus thuringiensis
      Biopesticides" Journal of Applied Toxicology, 15(5):365-373 (1995).
PAL  Thanabalu et al., "Cytotoxicity and ADP-Ribosylating Activity of the
      Mosquitocidal Toxin from Bacillus sphaericus SSII-1: Possible Roles of the
      27- and 70-Kilodalton Peptides", Journal of Bacteriology, 175(8):2314-2320
      (1993).
PAL  Vaithlingam et al., "Anti-Coleopteran Toxin and Gene", Abstract No. 226442,
      New Zealand Patent Office Journal, 80(7):931, (1991).
PAL  Wahisaka et al., "Bacillus thuringiensis Mutant and Bacterial Insecticide",
      Abstract No. 199725, New Zealand Patent Office Journal, (1982).
PAL  Walther et al., "Analysis of Mosquito Larvicidal Potential Exhibited by
      Vegetative Cells of Bacillus thuringiensis subsp. israelensis", Applied
      and Environmental Microbiology, 52(4): 650-653 (1986).
PAL  Ward et al., "Bacillus thuringiensis var. israelensis .delta.-Endotoxin
      Cloning and Expression of the Toxin in Sporogenic and Asporogenic Strains
      of Bacillus subtilis", Journal of Molecular Biology, 191(1): 13-22 (1986).
PAL  Porter, A.G., et al., "Mosquitocidal Toxins of Bacilli and Their Genetic
      Manipulation for Effective Biological Control of Mosquitoes",
      Microbiological Reviews, 57(4):838-861 (1993).
PAL  Sekar, V., "The Insecticidal Crystal Protein Gene is Expressed in
      Vegetative Cells of Bacillus thuringiensis var. temebropmos", Current
      Microbiology, 17:347-349.
PAL  Shivakumar, A.G., et al., Abstract, :Cloned Crystal Protein Genes Express
      Vegetatively in Bacillus subtilis, Plasmid, 16(3):230(1986).
PAL  Thanabalu, T., et al., "Proteolytic Processing of the Mosquitocidal Toxin
      from Bacillus sphaericus SSII-1", J. Bacteriol., 174(15):5051-5056 (1992).
PAL  Yoshisue, H., et al., "Effects of Bacillus thuringiensis var. israelensis
      20 kDa Protein on Production of the Bti 130-kDa Crystal Protein in
      Escherichia coli", Bioscience, Biotechnology, and Biochemistry,
      56(9):1429-1433 (1992).
LREP
FR2  Pace; Gary M.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is drawn to pesticidal strains and proteins. Bacillus
      strains which are capable of producing pesticidal proteins and auxiliary
      proteins during vegetative growth are provided. Also provided are the
      purified proteins, nucleotide sequences encoding the proteins and methods
      for using the strains, proteins and genes for controlling pests.
PATN
WKU  059903848
SRC  8
APN  8668795
APT  1
ART  169
APD  19970530
TTL  Co-expression of proteins
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1,3,4
EXA  Zaghmout; Ousama
EXP  Smith; Lynette R. F.
NDR  9
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Bagga; Suman
CTY  Las Cruces
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Sengupta-Gopalan; Champa
CTY  Las Cruces
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Kemp; John D.
CTY  Las Cruces
STA  NM
ASSG
NAM  New Mexico State University
CTY  Las Cruces
STA  NM
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  800278
XCL  536 236
XCL  435 691
XCL  4353201
XCL  435410
XCL  435419
XCL  800284
XCL  800295
XCL  8003201
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  504
ICL  C12N 1529
ICL  A01H  500
ICL  A01H  510
FSC  536
FSS  23.6
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;320.1;410;419
FSC  800
FSS  200;205;DIG. 43;DIG. 56;278;284;295;320.1
OREF
PAL  Matzke and Matzke. Plant Physiol. 1995. vol. 107: 679-685.
PAL  Finnegan and MCElory. Bio/Technology. 1994. 12: 883-888.
PAL  Ohtani et al. Plant Molecular Biology. 1990. vol. 16: 117-128.
PAL  Giannazza et al. Phytochemistry. 1977. vol. 16: 315-317.
PAL  Bagga et al. Plant Physiol. 1995. vol. 107: 13-23. January issue.
PAL  Bray et al. Planta. 1987. vol. 172: 364-370.
PAL  Kirhara et al. Molecular and general Genetics. 1988. vol. 211: 477-484.
PAL  Marks and Larkins. Journal of Biological Chemistry. 1982. vol.
      257:9976-9983).
PAL  Abe, S. et al. (1991) "Protein bodies in corn endosperm are enclosed by and
      enmeshed in F.-actin." Protoplasma 165: 139-149.
PAL  Maliga, P. (1978) "Resistant mutant and their use in genetic manipulation."
      Frontiers of Plant Tissue Culture (Ed: Thorpe TA) pp. 381-392.
PAL  Argo, P., et al. (1982) "A Structural Model for Maize Zein Proteins" The
      Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 257, No. 17, 9984-9990.
PAL  Altenbach, S.B., et al. (1992) "Accumulation of a Brazil nut albumin in
      seeds of transgenic canola results in enhanced levels of seed protein
      methionine" Plant Molecular Biology 18: 235-245.
PAL  Barnes, D.K., et al. (1988) "Highlights in the USA and Canada" Agronomy
      Monograph No. 29: 1-24.
PAL  Boston, R.S., et al. (1991) "Increased Expression of the Maize
      Immunoglobulin Binding Protein Homolog b-70 in Three Zein Regulatory
      Mutants" The Plant Cell, vol. 3, 497-505.
PAL  De Clercq, A., et al. (1990) "Expression and Processing of an Arabidopsis
      2S Albumin in Transgenic Tobacco" Plant Physiol. 92: 899-907.
PAL  Esen, A., et al. (1992) "Immunocytochemical Localization of .delta.-Zein In
      The Protein Bodies of Maize Endosperm Cells" American Journal of Botany
      79(3): 243-248.
PAL  Gianazza, E., et al. (1977) "Amino Acid Composition of Zein Molecular
      Components" Physiochemistry, vol. 16, 315-317.
PAL  Guerche, P., et al. (1990) "Expression of the 2S albumin from Bertholletia
      excelsa in Brassica napus" Mol Gen Genet 221: 306-314.
PAL  Hoffman, L.M., et al. (1988) "A modified storage protein is synthesized,
      processed, and degraded in the seeds of transgenic plants" Plant Molecular
      Biology 11:717-729.
PAL  Kaldy, M.S., et al. (1979) "Amino acid composition of sainfoin forage"
      Grass and Forage Science, vol. 34, 145-148.
PAL  Karchi, H., et al. (1993) "Seed-specific expression of a bacterial
      desensitized aspartate kinase increases the production of seed threonine
      and methionine in transgenic tobacco" The Plant Journal, 3(5): 721-727.
PAL  Kirihara, J.A., et al. (1988) "Differential expression of a gene for a
      methionine-rich storage protein in maize" Mol Gen Genet 211: 477-484.
PAL  Langridge, P., et al. (1983) "A Zein Gene of Maize is Transcribed from Two
      Widely Separated Promoter Regions" Cell, vol. 34, 1015-1022.
PAL  Larkins, B.A., et al. (1989) "Zein Gene Expression during Maize Endosperm
      Development" The Molecular Basis of Plant Development, pp. 109-120.
PAL  Larkins, B.A., et al. (1978) "Synthesis and Deposition of Zein in Protein
      Bodies of Maize Endosperm" Plant Physiol. 62: 256-263.
PAL  Lee, K.H., et al. (1976) "Genetic Regulation of Storage Protein Content in
      Maize Endosperm" Biochemical Genetics, vol. 14: 641-650.
PAL  Lending, C.R., et al. (1989) "Changes in the Zein Composition of Protein
      Bodies during Maize Endosperm Development" The Plant Cell, vol. 1:
      1011-1023.
PAL  Li, X., et al. (1993) "Rice Prolamine Protein Body Biogenesis A
      BiP-Mediated Process" Science, vol. 262, pp. 1054-1056.
PAL  Michaud, R., et al. (1988) "World Distribution and Historical Development",
      Alfalfa and Alfalfa Improvement--Agronomy Monograph No. 29: 25-91.
PAL  Misra, P.S., et al. (1972) "Endosperm Protein Systhesis in Maize Mutants
      with Increased Lysine Content" Science, vol. 176: 1425-1427.
PAL  Ohtani, T., et al. (1991) "Normal and lysine-containing zeins are unstable
      in transgenic tobacco seeds", Plant Molecular Biology 16: 117-128.
PAL  Pelham, H.R.B. (1990) "The retention signal for soluble proteins of the
      endoplasmic reticulum", Elsevier Science Publishers 0376-5067/90 pp.
      483-486.
PAL  Phillips, R.L., et al. (1985) "Elevated Protein-Bound Methionine in Seeds
      of a Maize Line Resistant to Lysine Plus Threonine", American Association
      of Cereal Chemists, vol. 62, No. 3: 213-218.
PAL  Reish, B. et al. (1981) "Selection and Characterization of
      Ethionine-resistant Alfalfa (Medicago sativa L.) Cell Lines" Theor. Appl.
      Genet, 59: 89-94.
PAL  Saalbach, I., et al. (1994) "A chimeric gene encoding the methionine-rich
      2S albumin of the Brazil nut (Bertholletia excelsa H.B.K.) Is stably
      expressed and inherited in transgenic grain legumes" Mol. Gen. Genet 242:
      226-236.
PAL  Schroeder, H.E., et al. (1991) "Expression of a Chicken Ovalbumin Gene in
      Three Lucerne Cultivars" Aust. J. Plant Physiol. 18: 495-505.
PAL  Wallace, J.C., et al. (1988) "Aggregation of Lysine-Containing Zeins into
      Protein Bodies in Xenopus Oocytes" Science, vol. 240: 662-664.
PAL  Williamson, J.D., et al. (1988) "The Synthesis of a 19 Kilodalton Zein
      Protein in Transgenic Petunia Plants" Plant Physiol. 88: 1002-1007.
PAL  Zhang, F., et al. (1992) "Increases in binding protein (BiP) accompany
      changes in protein body morphology in three high-lysine mutants of maize"
      Protoplasma 171: 142-152.
LREP
FRM  Saliwanchik, Lloyd & Saliwanchik
ABST
PAL  The subject invention pertains to materials and methods for transformed
      plants and plant tissues that are capable of expressing high levels of
      stable proteins which are localized as protein bodies within the plant
      cell. Transformed plants co-expressing high levels of both the 15 kD and
      10 kD zein proteins are disclosed which accumulate to high levels as
      protein bodies in the vegetative tissue of the plant. Transformed plants
      co-expressing the 15 kD and 10 kD zein proteins are useful for providing
      forage crops containing increased levels of sulfur containing amino acids,
      such as methionine, in the diet of animals that normally feed on such
      crops. Also contemplated by the subject invention are transformed plants
      or plant tissue comprising stable protein bodies which contain
      heterologous proteinaceous material. In one embodiment, a stable protein
      body is expressed in a plant or plant tissue as a fusion protein
      comprising a zein protein and an operably linked protein or peptide. The
      protein bodies provided in the present invention are resistant to rumin
      digestion or environmental degradation.
PATN
WKU  059903856
SRC  8
APN  9686886
APT  1
ART  169
APD  19971112
TTL  Protein production in transgenic alfalfa plants
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1,7
EXA  Nelson; Amy J.
EXP  Smith; Lynette
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Vezina; Louis-P.
CTY  Sainte-Foy
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Laberge; Serge
CTY  Sainte-Foy
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Bazin; Renee
CTY  Sainte-Foy
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Khoudi; Habib
CTY  Sainte-Foy
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Lemieux; Real
CTY  Sainte-Foy
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Allard; Guy
CTY  Sainte-Foy
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Her Majesty the Queen in right of Canada, as represented by the Minister
      of Agriculture and Agri-Food
CTY  Ottawa
CNT  CAX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Canadian Red Cross Society
CTY  Sainte-Foy
CNT  CAX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Universite Laval
CTY  Sainte-Foy
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  800278
XCL  435 691
XCL  435 696
XCL  530412
XCL  530413
XCL  800260
XCL  800288
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  102
ICL  C07K  114
ICL  C07K  122
ICL  C12N 1513
ICL  C12N 1582
FSC  435
FSS  172.3;430.1;419;69.1;69.6;468
FSC  800
FSS  205;250;69.1;69.6;260;278;288;298
FSC  530
FSS  412;417;413
FSC  536
FSS  23.53
UREF
PNO  5639947
ISD  19970600
NAM  Hiatt et al.
OCL  800205
FREF
PNO  0 657 538 A2
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/21012
ISD  19960700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/22372
ISD  19960700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Hiatt A, et al. "Plantibodies: Expression of monoclonal antibodies in
      plants."Antibody Expression and Engineering: A Practical Guide, 1992.
PAL  Darnell J, et al. Molecular Cell Biology, pp. 78-80, 1986.
PAL  An, G., et al., 1988. Plant Mol. Biol. Manual, Gevin, S.B., and Shilperoot,
      R.A. (eds) Kluwer Academic Publisher, Dordecht, pp. A3/1-19.
PAL  Austin S., et al., 1997. "The Potential use of transgenic Alfalfa as a
      Bioreator for the Production of Enzymes" Biotechnology and the Improvement
      of Forage Legumes. McKersie B.D. And Brown D.C.W. (eds) CAB International,
      pp. 409-418.
PAL  Bradford, M.M. 1976. "A Rapid and Sensitive Method for the Quantitation of
      Microgram Quantities of Protein Utilizing the Principle of Protein Dye
      Binding" Anal Biochem 72: 248-254.
PAL  De Wilde, C., et al., 1996. "Interact antigen-binding MAK33 antibody and
      Fab fragment accumulate in intracellular spaces of Arabidopsis thaliana".
      Plant Science, 114:233-241.
PAL  de Vries, S., et al., 1988. "Isolation of total and polysomal RNA from
      plant tissues," Plant Mol. Biol. Manual, Gevin, S.B., and Shilperoot, R.A.
      (eds) Kluwer Academic Publisher, Dordrecht, PMAN-B6/1-13.
PAL  Desgagnes, R., et al.,. 1995 "Genetic transformation of commercial breeding
      lines of alfalfa (Medicago sativa)", Plant Cell Tissue Organ Culture.
      42:129-140.
PAL  During, K., et al., 1990. "Synthesis and self-assembly of a functional
      monoclonal antibody in transgenic Nicotiana tabacum", Plant Mol. Biol.
      15:281-293.
PAL  Grierson, D. and Covey, S. (1988), Plant Molecular Biology, 2d Ed.
PAL  Hiatt, A., Cafferky, R., and Bowdish, K. 1989. "Production of antibodies in
      transgenic plants", Nature 342:76-78.
PAL  Hiatt, A. 1990. "Antibodies produced in plants", Nature 344:469-470.
PAL  Hiatt, A., and Pinney, R., 1992. pp. 159-176 "Expression of Monoclonal
      Antibodies in Plants," Antibody expression and engineering: A practical
      guide. Borrebaeck, C.A.K. (ed) Frreman W.H. and company, New York.
PAL  Issit, P.D. 1985. Applied Blood Group Serology: Third Edition. Montgomery
      Scientific Publication, Miami.
PAL  Jones, B.A. et al. 1995. "Characterization of proteolysis in alfalfa and
      red clover," Crop Sc. 35:537-541.
PAL  Ma, J.K.-C., et al., 1994. "Assembly of monoclonal antibodies with IgG1 and
      IgA heavy chain domains in transgenic tobacco plants," Eur. J. Immunol.
      24:131-138.
PAL  McKersie, B.D., and Bowley, S.R. 1993. "Synthetic Seeds of Alfalfa," pp.
      231-255 Redenbaugh (ed) CRC Press.
PAL  Miele, L. 1997. "Plants as bioreactors for biopharmaceuticals: regulatory
      considerations," TIBTECH 15: 45-50.
PAL  Morris, P., and Robbins, M.P. 1997. "Manipulating and Condensed Tannins in
      Forage Legumes," Biotechnology and the Improvement of Forage Legumes.
      McKersie, B.D. and Brown D.C.W. (eds) CAB International, pp. 147-173.
PAL  Papadopoulos, Y.A., McKersie, B.D., 1983. "A comparison of protein
      degradation during wilting and ensiling of 6 forage species," Can. J. Plt.
      Sc. 63: 903-912.
PAL  St. Laurent, M., et al., 1993. "Functional Cooperation Among Human
      IgG-specific Murine Monoclonal Antibodies for the Detection of Weak Blood
      Group Antibodies in Routine Agglutination Tests," Vox Sang. 64: 99-105.
PAL  Wang, H.Y., and Imanaka, T. 1995. "Antibody expression and engineering",
      American chemical Society, Washington, D.C.
PAL  Rogers, Stephen G. et al., (1988) "Gene Transfer in Plants: Production of
      Transformed Plants Using Ti Plasmid Vectors," Methods for Plant Molecular
      Biology, Academy Press, New York VIII, pp. 421-463.
PAL  Whitelam, G.C., and Cockburn, W. 1996. "Antibody expression in transgenic
      plants," Trends in Plant Science. 8: 268-272.
PAL  Wongsamuth, R. and Doran, P., "Production of Monoclonal Antibodies by
      Tobacco Hairy Roots," Biotechnology and Bioengineering. 54, 1997, 401-415.
PAL  Wright, A., Shin, S-U and Morrison, S.L. 1992. "Genetically engineered
      antibodies: progress and prospects," Critical Review in Immunology 12:
      125-168.
PAL  Firek, Simon et al., "Secretion of a Functional Single-Chain Fv Protein in
      Transgenic Tobacco Plants and Cell Suspension Cultures", Plant Molecular
      Biology 23: 861-870, 1993, pp. 861-870.
PAL  Hiatt, Andrew et al., "Monoclonal Antibody Engineering in Plants", FEBS
      Letters, vol. 307, No. 1, 1992, pp. 71-75.
PAL  Ma, Julian K.C., et al., "Generation and Assembly of Secretory Antibodies
      in Plants", Science, vol. 268, May 5, 1995.
PAL  "Abstracts 4.sup.th International Congress of Plant Molecular Biology", The
      International Society for Plant Molecular Biology, Amsterdam, Jun. 19-24,
      1994.
PAL  Michaud, Real et al., "Report of the Thirty-Fourth North American Alfalfa
      Improvement Conference", University of Guelph, Guelph Ontario, Ul. 10-14,
      1994.
PAL  Ma, K-C. J., "Antibody Expression in Plants", 1995 American Chemical
      Society.
PAL  Ma, K-C. J., "Immunotherapeutic Potential of Antibodies Produced in
      Plants", TIBTECH, vol. 13, Dec. 1995, pp. 522-527.
PAL  Vezina, Louis-P., "Call for Abstracts", 1997 Congress on In Vitro Biology,
      Washington, D.C., Jun. 14-18, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  This invention is directed to characterizing a host system suitable for the
      production of functional transgenic proteins, such as anti-human IgG, for
      use in applications requiring Government regulatory approval. It is well
      known that regulatory agencies required stable, consistent master cell
      banks and master cell lines for the production of transgenic proteins in
      order to ensure sufficient material for appropriate characterization,
      clinical trials, and potential sales. Current plant production systems
      require the establishment of seed banks for this purpose. However, there
      are many draw backs related to such a system for the production of a
      continuous reliable transgenic protein source. An aspect of this invention
      is directed to characterizing a plant production system suitable for
      transgenic proteins that meet the stringent regulatory requirements.
      Another aspect of this invention exemplifies the production and
      characterization of an anti-human IgG for use as a blood grouping
      reagents, through the expression of corresponding genes in transgenic
      alfalfa plants. The cDNAs of the heavy and light chains of a human
      IgG-specific IgG2a(kappa) murine mAb (C5-1) were transferred into alfalfa
      through Agrobacterium infection. Transgenic plants expressing the light-
      and heavy-chain encoding mRNAs were obtained and plants from the F1
      progeny (obtained by sexual crossing) were found to express fully
      assembled C5-1. Furthermore, the transgenic protein was stable in vivo, as
      well as during extraction and purification procedures. Purification
      yielded a unique H2L2 form with a reactivity indistinguishable from
      hybridoma-derived C5-1 in standardized serological tests. Results indicate
      that plant-derived transgenic proteins, such as mAbs can be used as
      diagnostic reagents as effectively as hybridoma-derived mAbs, and
      demonstrates the usefulness of the transformed alfalfa system to produce
      large amounts of proteins, including multimeric proteins such as mAbs.
PATN
WKU  059903864
SRC  8
APN  8670870
APT  1
ART  169
APD  19970602
TTL  Genes controlling floral development and apical dominance in plants
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1,2,4
EXP  Fox; David T.
NDR  12
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  An; Gynhueng
CTY  Pohang
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Washington State University Research Foundation
CTY  Pullman
STA  WA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  485981
APD  19950607
PSC  01
PNO  5861542
RLAP
COD  82
APN  323449
APD  19941014
PSC  01
PNO  5859326
CLAS
OCL  800290
XCL  800278
XCL  800298
XCL  435419
XCL  435468
XCL  536 236
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1582
ICL  C12N 1529
ICL  C12N  504
ICL  A01H  500
FSC  536
FSS  23.6
FSC  800
FSS  278;290;298
FSC  435
FSS  468;419
FREF
PNO  WO 96 11566
ISD  19960400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Mena et al. Plant J 8(6): 845 854, 1995.
PAL  Lu et al. Plant Mol. Biol. 23:901-904, 1993.
PAL  Matsuoka et al. Plant Cell 5:1039-1048, Sep. 1993.
PAL  Kang and An, "Isolation and Characterization of a Rice MADS Box Gene
      Belonging to the AGL2 Gene Family," Mol. Cells 7:45-51 (1997).
PAL  Kang et al., "Phenotypic alterations of petal and sepal by ectopic
      expression of a rice MADS box gene in tobacco," Plant Molecular Biology,
      29:1-10 (1995).
PAL  Chung et al., "Characterization of two rice MADS box genes homologous to
      GLOBOSA," Plant Science 109:45-56 (1995).
PAL  Greco et al., "MADS box genes expressed in developing inflorescences of
      rice and sorghum," Mol. Gen. Genet. 253:615-623 (1997).
PAL  #Ma et al., "AGL1-AGL6, an Arabidopsis Gene Family With Similarity to
      Floral Homeotic and Transcription Factor Genes," Genes Dev. 5:484-495
      (1991).
PAL  #Huijser et al., "Bracteomania, and Inflorescence Anomaly, is Caused by the
      Loss of Function of the MADS-Box Gene squamosa in Antirrhinum majus," EMBO
      J. 11:1239-1249 (1992).
PAL  #Schwarz-Sommer et al., "Characterization of the Antirrhinum Floral
      Homeotic MADS-Box Gene deficiens: Evidence for DNA Binding and
      Autoregulation of its Persistent Expression Through Flower Development,"
      EMBO J. 11:251-263 (1992).
PAL  #Bradley et al., "Complementary Floral Homeotic Phenotypes Result From
      Opposite Orientations of a Transposon at the plena Locus of Antirrhinum,"
      Cell 72:85-95 (1993).
PAL  #Kempin et al., "Conversion of Perianth into Reproductive Organs by Ectopic
      Expression of the Tobacco Floral Homeotic Gene NAGI," Plant Physiol.
      103:1041-1046 (1993).
PAL  #Sommer et al., "Deficiens, a Homeotic Gene Involved in the Control of
      Flower Morphogenesis in Antirrhinum majus: The Protein Shows Homology to
      Transcription Factors," EMBO J. 9:605-613 (1990).
PAL  #Angenent et al., "Differential Expression of Two MADS Box Genes in
      Wild-Type and Mutant Petunia Flowers," Plant Cell 4:983-993 (1992).
PAL  #Chung et al., "Early Flowering and Reduced Apical Dominance Result from
      Ectopic Expression of a Rice MADS Box Gene," Plant Mol. Biol. 0:1-9
      (1994).
PAL  #Tsuchimoto et al., "Ectopic Expression of pMADS3 in Transgenic Petunia
      Phenocopies the Petunia blind Mutant," Plant Cell 5:843-853 (1993).
PAL  #Coen et al., "floricaula: A Homeotic Gene Required for Flower Development
      in Antirrhinum majus," Cell 63:1311-1322 (1990).
PAL  #Trobner et al., "GLOBOSA: A Homeotic Gene Which Interacts With Deficiens
      in the Control of Antirrhinum Floral Organogenesis," EMBO J. 11:4693-4704
      (1992).
PAL  #Jack et al., "The Homeotic Gene APETALA3 of Arabidopsis thaliana Encodes a
      MADS Box and is Expressed in Petals and Stamens," Cell 68:683-697 (1992).
PAL  #Tamas, "Hormonal Regulation of Apical Dominance." In: Davies PJ (ed),
      Plant Hormones and Their Role in Plant Growth and Development, pp.
      393-410. Martinus Nijhoff Pub., Dordrecht, Netherlands (1987).
PAL  #Schmidt et al., "Identification and Molecular Characterization of ZAG1,
      the Maize Homolog of the Arabidopsis Floral Homeotic Gene Agamous," Plant
      Cell 5:729-737 (1993).
PAL  #Pnueli et al., "Isolation of the Tomato Agamous Gene TAG1 and Analysis of
      its Homeotic Role in Transgenic Plants," Plant Cell 6:163-173 (1994).
PAL  #Weigel et al., "Leafy Controls Floral Meristem Identity in Arabidopsis,"
      Cell 69:843-859 (1992).
PAL  #Mandel et al., "Molecular Characterization of the Arabidopsis Floral
      Homeotic Gene APETALA1," Nature 360:273-277 (1992).
PAL  #Pnueli et al., "The MADS Box Gene Family in Tomato: Temporal Expression
      During Floral Development, Conserved Secondary Structures and Homology
      with Homeotic Genes From Antirrhinum and Arabidopsis," Plant J. 1:255-266
      (1991).
PAL  #Mandel et al., "Manipulation of Flower Structure in Transgenic Tobacco,"
      Cell 71:133-143 (1992).
PAL  #Gasser, "Molecular Studies on the Differentiation of Floral Organs," Annu.
      Rev. Plant Physiol. Plant Mol. Biol. 42:621-649 (1991).
PAL  #Yanofsky et al., "The Protein Encoded by the Arabidopsis Homeotic Gene
      agamous Resembles Transcription Factors," Nature 346:35-39 (1990).
PAL  #An, "Regulatory Genes Controlling Flowering Time or Floral Organ
      Development," Plant Mol. Biol. 25:335-337 (1994).
PAL  #Coen, "The Role of Homeotic Genes in Flower Development and Evolution,"
      Annu. Rev. Plant Physiol. Plant Mol. Biol. 42:241-279 (1991).
PAL  #Pnueli et al., "The TM5 MADS Box Gene Mediates Organ Differentiation in
      Three Inner Whorls of Tomato Flowers," Plant Cell 6:175-186 (1994).
PAL  #Mizukami et al., "Ectopic Expression of the Floral Homeotic Gene Agamous
      in Transgenic Arabidopsis Plants Alters Floral Organ Identity," Cell
      71:119-131 (1992).
PAL  #Coupland, "Leafy Blooms in Aspen," Nature 377:482-483 (1995).
PAL  #Weigel et al., "A Developmental Switch Sufficient for Flower Initiation in
      Diverse Plants," Nature 377:495-500 (1995).
PAL  #Mandel et al., "A Gene Triggering Flower Formation in Arabidopsis," Nature
      377:522-524 (1995).
PAL  Kang and An, "AC U78782" EMBL Database, Jul. 31, 1997, Heidelberg.
PAL  Theissen and Heinz, "MADS-Box Gene in Plant Ontogeny and Phylogeny:
      Haeckel'`Biogenetic Law` Revisited," Current Opinion in Genetics and
      Development 5:628-639 (1995).
LREP
FRM  Klarquist Sparkman Campbell Leigh & Whinston, LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides compositions and methods for affecting the
      transition from vegetative to reproductive growth in a wide variety of
      plants. Several MADS-box genes have been isolated that, when expressed in
      transgenic plants, result in such phenotypes as, for example, reduced
      apical dominance or dwarfism and early flowering.
PATN
WKU  059903872
SRC  8
APN  3193527
APT  1
ART  169
APD  19941006
TTL  Stable transformation of plant cells
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Benzion; Gary
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Tomes; Dwight T.
CTY  Cumming
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Weissinger; Arthur
CTY  Des Moines
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Sanford; John C.
CTY  Geneva
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Klein; Theodore M.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
ASSG
NAM  Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.
CTY  Johnston
STA  IA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  906018
APD  19920626
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  711585
APD  19910606
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  581154
APD  19900907
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  205155
APD  19880610
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  800293
XCL  800278
XCL  800288
XCL  8003201
XCL  8003001
XCL  435412
XCL  435424
XCL  435430
XCL  4354301
EDF  6
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  C12N 1582
ICL  A01H  106
ICL  A01H  400
FSC  435
FSS  172.1;172.3;240.4;320.1;412;424;430;430.1
FSC  800
FSS  205;320.1;278;288;293;300.1
FSC  935
FSS  52;53;85
UREF
PNO  4801545
ISD  19890100
NAM  Stuart et al.
OCL  435240.49
UREF
PNO  4945050
ISD  19900700
NAM  Sanford et al.
OCL  435240.4
UREF
PNO  5350689
ISD  19940900
NAM  Shillito et al.
OCL  435240.46
UREF
PNO  5484956
ISD  19960100
NAM  Lundquist et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5489520
ISD  19960200
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5538877
ISD  19960700
NAM  Lundquist et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5538880
ISD  19960700
NAM  Lundquist et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5550318
ISD  19960800
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5595733
ISD  19970100
NAM  Carswell et al.
OCL  424 93.21
UREF
PNO  5770450
ISD  19980600
NAM  Shillito et al.
OCL  435424
FREF
PNO  0270356
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 290 395
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Lee 1989 (Jan.-Feb.) Plants Today, pp. 9-11.
PAL  Sanford 1990 Physiologia Plantarium 79: 206-209.
PAL  Gordon-Kamm 1991 (Jan.) In Vitro Cell Devel Biol. 27P:21-27.
PAL  Christou 1992 The Plant Journal 2(3):275-281.
PAL  Fromm et al 1986 Nature 319:791-793.
PAL  Klein et al 1988 (May) Bio/Technology 6:559-563.
PAL  Klein et al 1988 (Jun.) Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci USA 85:4305-4309.
PAL  Pouwels et al 1985 Cloning Vectors Manual. Elsevier Press Table VII-5.
PAL  Klein et al 1987 (May) Nature 327:70-73.
PAL  Weissinger et al 1987 (Mar.) I in Vitro 23(#3): 75A (Abstract 254).
PAL  Ranch et al 1985 In Vitro Cell & Devel Biol. 21: 653-658.
PAL  Hu et al 1986 In Handbook of Pl. Cell Culture; MacMillan, Evan et al (eds);
      vol. 4 pp. 72-74.
PAL  de la Pena et al 1987 (Jan.) Nature 325:274-276.
PAL  Journal of Cellular Biochemistry, Suppl. 13D, Mar. 27th-Apr. 7th, 1989, p.
      259, abstract No. M 122, Alan R. Liss., New York, US; W. J. Gordon-Kamm et
      al.: "Stable Transformation of embryogenic Maize Cultures by
      Microprojectile Bombardment".
PAL  Theor. App. Genet., vol. 70, No. 5, 1985, pp. 505-509; D. T. Tomes, et al.:
      "The Effect of Parental Genotype on Initiation of Embryogenic Callus from
      Elite Maize (Zea mays L.) germplasm".
PAL  UCLA Symp. Mol. Cell. Biol., New Ser., vol. 129, 1990, pp. 21-34, Plant
      Gene Transfer, Proceedings of a UCLA Symposium, Park City, Utah, Apr.
      1st-7th, 1989, Wiley-Liss, New York, US; J.Cao et al.: "Transformation of
      Rice and Maize Using the Biolistic Process".
PAL  Biotechnology, vol. 6, No. 4, Apr., 1988, pp. 397-402; I.K. Vasil:
      "Progress in the Regeneration and Genetic Manipulation of Cereal Crops".
PAL  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 85, Nov. 1988, pp. 8502-8505; T. M. Klein,
      et al.: "Stable Genetic Transformation of Intact Nicotiana Cells by the
      Particle Bombardment Process".
PAL  Plant Molecular Biology, vol. 14, No. 2, Feb. 1990, pp. 261-268, Kluwer
      Academic Publishers, BE; D. T. Tomes, et al.: "Transgenic Tobacco Plants
      and Their Progeny Derived by Microprojectile Bombardment of Tobacco
      Leaves".
PAL  Journal of Cellular Biochemistry, Suppl. 13d, Mar. 27th-Apr. 1989, p. 268,
      Abstract No. M 149, Alan R. Liss, Inc. New York, US: M.C. Ross et al.:
      "Transient and Stable Transgenic Cells and Calli of Tobacco and Maize
      following microprojectile bombardment".
PAL  Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA, vol. 86, No.
      19, Oct. 1989, pp. 7500-7504, Washington, DC, US; P. Christou et al.:
      "Inheritance and Expression of Foreign Genes in Transgenic Soybean
      Plants".
PAL  Green et al. (1983) Somatic Cell Genetic Systems in Corn, Advances in Gene
      Technology: Molecular Genetics of Plants and Animals, pp. 147-157.
PAL  Rhodes et al. (1988) Genetically Transformed Maize Plants from Protoplasts,
      Science, vol. 240, pp. 204-207.
PAL  Everett et al. (1987) Genetic Engineering of Sunflower (Helianthus Annuus
      L.), Bio/Technology, vol. 5, pp. 1201-1204.
PAL  Helmer et al. (1984) A New Chimeric Gene as a Marker for Plant
      Transformation: the Expression of Escherichia Coli .beta.-Galactosidase in
      Sunflower and Tobacco Cells, Bio/Technology, pp. 520-527.
PAL  Eichholtz et al. (1987) Expression of Mouse Dihydrofolate Reductase Gene
      Confers Methotrexate Resistance in Transgenic Petunia Plants, Somatic Cell
      and Molecular Genetics, vol. 13(1):67-76.
PAL  De Block et al. (1984) Expression of Foreign Genes in Regenerated Plants
      and Their Progeny, EMBO Journal, vol. 3, No. 8, pp. 1681-1689.
PAL  Goldman et al., "Transformation of Zea Mays by Agrobacterium Tumefaciens",
      J. Cellular Biochemistry, Supplement 11B, UCLA Symposia on Molecular &
      Cellular Biology, (1987).
PAL  Klein et al., "Transfer of Foreign Genes Into Intact Maize Cells With
      High-Velocity Microprojectiles", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., vol. 85, pp.
      305-309, (1988).
PAL  Weissinger et al., "Maize Transformation via Microprojectile Bombardment",
      Current Communications in Molecular Biology (1988).
PAL  Sanford et al., USDA Competitive Grant No. 86-CRCR-1-2092 (1986).
PAL  CRIS abstract of Sanford et al., USDA Competitive Grant No. 86-CRCR-1-2092
      (1986).
PAL  Food and Agriculture Competitively Awarded Research and Education Grants
      Fiscal Year 1986 "Red Book" p. 46 (Feb. 1987).
PAL  Cover Letter and Addendum for Renewal of Sanford et al., USDA Competitive
      Grant No. 86-CRCR-1-2092, submitted to the USDA Mar. 5, 1987.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
     Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides methods for producing a fertile, stably transformed,
      Zea mays plant. The methods comprise the steps of (a) providing a foreign
      DNA comprising an expression vector carrying a gene encoding an agronomic
      trait; (b) providing a maize embryogenic callus, suspension culture, or
      immature embryo isolated from a plant; (c) introducing the foreign DNA
      into the embryogenic callus, suspension culture or immature embryo
      isolated from a plant by one or more microparticle bombardments; and (d)
      regenerating fertile transgenic Zea mays plant.
PATN
WKU  059903880
SRC  8
APN  4822862
APT  1
ART  162
APD  19950607
TTL  Resistance to viruses and viroids in transgenic plants and animals
      expressing dsRNA-binding protein
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Campell; Bruce R.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Roth; Don Allen
CTY  Laramie
STA  WY
INVT
NAM  Langland; Jeffrey Olaf
CTY  Laramie
STA  WY
ASSG
NAM  Research Corporation Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  800301
XCL  800280
XCL  8003172
XCL  8003173
XCL  4353201
XCL  935 64
EDF  6
ICL  C12N  500
ICL  C12N 1500
ICL  A01H  104
FSC  800
FSS  205;280;301;317.2;317.3
FSC  435
FSS  172.3
FSC  935
FSS  64
UREF
PNO  5252479
ISD  19931100
NAM  Srivastava
OCL  435235.1
UREF
PNO  5324643
ISD  19940600
NAM  Greatbatch et al.
OCL  435 91.32
UREF
PNO  5399346
ISD  19950300
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  424 93.21
OREF
PAL  Anderson, W. French, "Prospects for Human Gene Therapy," Science (1984)
      226:401-409.
PAL  Chang, H-W and Jacobs, B.L., "Identification of a Conserved Motif That Is
      Necessary for Binding of the Vaccinia Virus E3L Gene Products to
      Double-Stranded RNA," Virology (1993) 194:537-547.
PAL  Chang, H-W et al., "E3L gene of vaccinia virus encodes an inhibitor of the
      interferon-induced, double-stranded RNA-dependent protein kinase," Proc.
      Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1992) 89:4825-4829.
PAL  Fitchen, J.H. and Beachy, R.N., "Genetically Engineered Protection Against
      Viruses in Transgenic Plants," Annu. Rev. Microbiol. (1993) 47:739-63.
PAL  Langland, J.O. et al., "Identification of a Plant-Encoded Analog of PKR,
      the Mammalian-Double-Stranded RNA-Dependent Protein Kinase," Plant Physiol
      (1995) 108:1-9.
PAL  Langland, J.O. et al., "Nucleic Acid Affinity Chromatography: Preparation
      and Characterization of Double-Stranded RNA Agarose," Protein Expression
      and Purification (1995) 6:25-32.
PAL  Langland, J.O. et al., "Products of the Porcine Group C. Rotavirus NSP3
      Gene Bind Specifically to Double-Stranded RNA and Inhibit Activation of
      the Interferon-Induced Protein Kinase PKR," J. Virology (1994)
      68(6):3821-3829.
PAL  Miki, B.L. et al., "Procedures for Introducing Foreign DNA into Plants,"
      CRC Press, Inc. (1993) pp. 67-80.
PAL  Nelson, R.S. et al., "Virus Tolerance, Plant Growth, and Field Performance
      of Transgenic Tomato Plants Expressing Coat Protein from Tobacco Mosaic
      Virus," Biotechnology (1988) 5:403-409.
PAL  Qian, Y. et al., "Molecular Analysis of the Gene 6 from a Porcine Group C
      Rotavirus That Encodes the NS34 Equivalent of Group A Rotaviruses,"
      Virology (1991) 134:752-757.
PAL  St. Johnston, D. et al., "A conserved double-stranded RNA-binding domain,"
      Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1992) 89:10979-10983.
PAL  Tolstoshev, P. and Anderson, W.F., "Gene Transfer Techniques for Use in
      Human Gene Therapy," Genome Research in Molecular Medicine and Virology,
      Academic Press, Inc. (1993) pp. 35-50.
PAL  JD Watson et al. (1987) Molecular Biology of the Gene p. 313.
PAL  E Beattie et al. (1995) J Virology 69:499-505.
PAL  Y Devash et al. (1982) Science 216: 1415-1416.
PAL  K Lee et al (1996) Mol Cell Biol 16: 3023-3034.
PAL  EF Meurs et al. (1995) Virology 214:653-659.
PAL  JK Lodge et al. (1993) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 90: 7089-7093.
LREP
FRM  Greenlee, Winner & Sullivan, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a method for imparting resistance in animals to
      viruses, and in plants to viruses and viroids, that express
      double-stranded RNA-like structures (dsRNAs). This method enables the
      binding of pathogenic dsRNAs during the infection process by expression of
      dsRNA-binding protein in transgenic animal and plant hosts, thus
      interrupting the infection cycle and inhibiting disease. The presence of a
      dsRNA-binding protein in a transgenic host renders the transgenic host
      resistant to the phenotypic symptoms of viral infection and/or decreased
      pathogen replication. Accordingly, the present invention provides a
      genetically engineered animal and plant, stably transformed to express a
      dsRNA-binding protein, such that the transgenic host displays resistance
      to virus and/or viroid challenge.
GOVT
PAR  The invention was partially made with Government support under Grant, No.
      MCB9220617 awarded by the National Science Foundation, Grant No. 348445
      awarded by the Wyoming Agricultural Experimental Station and Cooperative
      Agreement No. SCA 58-5354-5-705 awarded by the United States Department of
      Agriculture.
PATN
WKU  059903899
SRC  8
APN  838763&
APT  1
ART  169
APD  19970410
TTL  High lysine derivatives of .alpha.-hordothionin
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1,4,6,7,10
EXA  Kimball; Melissa L.
EXP  Smith; Lynette R. F.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Rao; A. Gururaj
CTY  Urbandale
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Beach; Larry
CTY  Des Moines
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.
CTY  Des Moines
STA  IA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  575654
APD  19951220
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  369975
APD  19950106
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  003885
APD  19930113
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  800301
XCL  800279
XCL  530300
XCL  530372
XCL  536 236
XCL  435410
XCL  435419
XCL  435468
XCL  4353201
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  500
ICL  C12N 1529
ICL  C12N 1582
ICL  A01G 1300
FSC  800
FSS  205;200;250;DIG. 9;DIG. 52;301;298;278;279;295
FSC  435
FSS  69.1;70.1;172.3;410;411;412;414;415;416;419;252.3
FSC   47
FSS  58
FSC  536
FSS  23.6
FSC  530
FSS  300;372
FSC  514
FSS  2
UREF
PNO  5703049
ISD  19971200
NAM  Rao
OCL  514 12
FREF
PNO  0 318 341
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 502 718
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1529
FREF
PNO  WO 89/04371
ISD  19890500
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12P 2100
FREF
PNO  WO 92/14822
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1529
FREF
PNO  WO 93/03160
ISD  19930200
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1582
FREF
PNO  WO 93/19190
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1529
FREF
PNO  WO 94/10315
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1529
FREF
PNO  WO 94/16078
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1529
FREF
PNO  WO 94/20628
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1582
OREF
PAL  Altenbach S.B. et al., "Manipulation of Methionine-Rich Protein Genes in
      Plant Seeds", Trends in Biotechnology, vol. 8, No. 6, 1990 pp. 156-160.
PAL  Altenbach S.B. et al., "Accumulation of a Brazil Nut Albumin in Seed of
      Transgenic Canola Results in Enhanced Levels of Seed Protein Methionine",
      Plant Molecular Biology, 18: 235-245, 1992 pp. 235-245.
PAL  Anderson J. et al., "A Transgenic Corn Line with Altered Levels of a
      High-Methionine Storage Protein", J. Cell Biochem Suppl., vol. 16F, p.
      225, 1992, abstract.
PAL  Beach, L.R. et al., "Enchancing the nutritional value of Seed Crops",
      Current Top. Plant Physiol.: Biosynthesis & Molecular Regulation of Amino
      Acids in Plants, vol. 7, 1992 pp. 229-238.
PAL  Florack, D.E.A et al. "Expression of biologically active hordothionin in
      tobacco, Effects of pre- and pro- sequences at the amino and carboxyl
      termini of the hordothionin precursor on mature protein expression and
      sorting", Plant Molecular Biology vol. 24 1994, pp. 83-96.
PAL  Garcia-Olmeda, F. et al. "Trypsin/alpha-amylase inhibitors and thionins
      from cereals: possible role in crop protection", Journal of Exp. Botany
      Supplement, vol. 42, No. 238, May 1991 p. 4 and abstract p. 1. 5.
PAL  Karachi H. et al., "Seed Specific Expression of a Bacterial Desensitized
      Aspartate Kinase Increases the Production of Seed Threonine and Methionine
      in Transgenic Tobacco", The Plant Journal, vol. 3, No. 5, pp. 721-727,
      1993.
PAL  Karachi H. et al., "Lysine synthesis and catabolism are coordinately
      regulated during tobacco seed development" PNAS 91, 1994 pp. 2577-2581, p.
      2581 left column, last line right column.
PAL  Maddox, J. et al. "Cloning of a barley gene alpha-hordothionin, and
      expression in transgenic tobacco" J. Cell Biochem. Suppl. vol. 16F 1992 p.
      217 and abstract p. 212.
PAL  Rao A.G. et al., "Validation of the Structure-function properties of
      alpha-hordothionin and derivatives through protein modeling"-see abstract;
      Protein Engineering: Supplement, Advances in Gene Technology Protein
      Engineering and Beyond. Miami Winter symposium, Jan. 17-22, 1993 vol. 6,
      1993.
PAL  Rao A.G. et al., "Structure-Function Validation of High Lysine Analogs of
      .alpha.-Hordothionin Designed by Protein Modeling", Protein Engineering,
      vol. 7, No. 12, pp. 1485-1493, Dec. 1994.
PAL  Florack et al. Synthetic hordothionin genes as tools for bacterial disease
      resostance breeding. In: Agricultural Biotechnology in Focus in the
      Netherlands, Dekkers et al, eds. Pudoc, The Netherlands. pp. 39-48, 1990.
PAL  Krebbers et al. Expression of modified Seed storage proteins in transgenic
      plants. In:Transgenic Plants. Hiatt, ed. Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York.
      pp. 37-60, 1992.
PAL  Ponz et al. Cloning and nucleotide sequence of a cDNA encoding the
      precursor of the barley toxin -hordothionin. Eur. J. Biochem. vol. 156,
      pp. 131-135, 1986.
LREP
FRM  Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.
ABST
PAL  Derivatives of .alpha.-hordothionin made by position-specific substitution
      with lysine residues provide lysine enrichment while retaining the
      antifungal activity of the parent compound.
PATN
WKU  059903902
SRC  8
APN  6227406
APT  1
ART  169
APD  19960327
TTL  Methods and compositions for the production of stably transformed,
      fertile monocot plants and cells thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Benzion; Gary
NDR  52
NFG  55
INVT
NAM  Lundquist; Ronald C.
CTY  Minnetonka
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Walters; David A.
CTY  Groton
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Kirihara; Julie A.
CTY  Bloomington
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Dekalb Genetics Corporation
CTY  Dekalb
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  112245
APD  19930825
RLAP
COD  82
APN  636089
APD  19901228
RLAP
COD  82
APN  508045
APD  19900411
PSC  01
PNO  5484956
RLAP
COD  82
APN  467989
APD  19900122
PSC  01
PNO  5081396
CLAS
OCL  800302
XCL  800268
XCL  800265
XCL  8003201
XCL  536 2371
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  500
ICL  A01H  400
ICL  A01H  120
ICL  C12H  504
FSC  800
FSS  205;200;DIG. 56;302;268;265;320.1
FSC   47
FSS  58;DIG. 1
FSC  435
FSS  172.3;172.1
FSC  536
FSS  24.1;27.1;23.71
FSC  935
FSS  53;55;67
UREF
PNO  4370160
ISD  19830100
NAM  Ziemelis
OCL   71117
UREF
PNO  4399216
ISD  19830800
NAM  Axel et al.
OCL  435  6
UREF
PNO  4535060
ISD  19850800
NAM  Comai
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  4559301
ISD  19851200
NAM  Turner
OCL  435 76
UREF
PNO  4559302
ISD  19851200
NAM  Ingolia
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  4581847
ISD  19860400
NAM  Hibberd et al.
OCL   47 58
UREF
PNO  4634665
ISD  19870100
NAM  Axel et al.
OCL  435 68
UREF
PNO  4642411
ISD  19870200
NAM  Hibberd et al.
OCL  800  1
UREF
PNO  4665030
ISD  19870500
NAM  Close
OCL  435240
UREF
PNO  4666844
ISD  19870500
NAM  Cheng
OCL  435240
UREF
PNO  4683202
ISD  19870700
NAM  Mullis
OCL  435 91
UREF
PNO  4727028
ISD  19880200
NAM  Santerre et al.
OCL  435240.2
UREF
PNO  4743548
ISD  19880500
NAM  Crossway et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  4761373
ISD  19880800
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  4806483
ISD  19890200
NAM  Wang
OCL  435240.49
UREF
PNO  4940835
ISD  19900700
NAM  Shah et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  4971908
ISD  19901100
NAM  Kishore et al.
OCL  435172.1
UREF
PNO  5001060
ISD  19910300
NAM  Peacock et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5004863
ISD  19910400
NAM  Umbeck
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5015580
ISD  19910500
NAM  Christou et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5034322
ISD  19910700
NAM  Rogers et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5049500
ISD  19910900
NAM  Arnizen et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5094945
ISD  19920300
NAM  Comai
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5110732
ISD  19920500
NAM  Benfey et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5134074
ISD  19920700
NAM  Gordon et al.
OCL  435240.4
UREF
PNO  5145777
ISD  19920900
NAM  Goodman et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5177010
ISD  19930100
NAM  Goldman et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5187073
ISD  19930200
NAM  Goldman et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5187267
ISD  19930200
NAM  Comai et al.
OCL  536 23.1
UREF
PNO  5188642
ISD  19930200
NAM  Shah et al.
OCL   47 58
UREF
PNO  5188958
ISD  19930200
NAM  Moloney et al.
OCL  435240.4
UREF
PNO  5215912
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hoffman
OCL  435240.4
UREF
PNO  5250515
ISD  19931000
NAM  Fuchs et al.
OCL  514 12
UREF
PNO  5254799
ISD  19931000
NAM  DeGrave et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5258300
ISD  19931100
NAM  Glassman et al.
OCL  435240.4
UREF
PNO  5268463
ISD  19931200
NAM  Jefferson
OCL  536 23.7
UREF
PNO  5272072
ISD  19931200
NAM  Kaneko et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5276268
ISD  19940100
NAM  Strauch et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5290924
ISD  19940300
NAM  Last et al.
OCL  536 24.1
UREF
PNO  5302523
ISD  19940400
NAM  Coffee et al.
OCL  435172.1
UREF
PNO  5350689
ISD  19940900
NAM  Shillito et al.
OCL  435240.47
UREF
PNO  5352605
ISD  19941000
NAM  Fraley et al.
OCL  435240.4
UREF
PNO  5371003
ISD  19941200
NAM  Murry et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5380831
ISD  19950100
NAM  Adang et al.
OCL  536 23.71
UREF
PNO  5384253
ISD  19950100
NAM  Krzyzek et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5405765
ISD  19950400
NAM  Vasil et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5436393
ISD  19950700
NAM  Rocha-Sosa et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5472869
ISD  19951200
NAM  Krzyzek et al.
OCL  435240.4
UREF
PNO  5484956
ISD  19960100
NAM  Lundquist et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5489520
ISD  19960200
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5491288
ISD  19960200
NAM  Chaubet et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5500365
ISD  19960300
NAM  Fischhoff et al.
OCL  435240.4
UREF
PNO  5508468
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lundquist et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5545545
ISD  19960800
NAM  Gengenbach et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5550318
ISD  19960800
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5554798
ISD  19960900
NAM  Lundquist et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5561236
ISD  19961000
NAM  Leemans et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5563324
ISD  19961000
NAM  Tarczynski et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5565347
ISD  19961000
NAM  Fillatti et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5567600
ISD  19961000
NAM  Adang et al.
OCL  536 23.71
UREF
PNO  5567862
ISD  19961000
NAM  Adang et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5578702
ISD  19961100
NAM  Adang et al.
OCL  530350
UREF
PNO  5589616
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hoffman et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5591616
ISD  19970100
NAM  Hiei et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5595733
ISD  19970100
NAM  Carswell et al.
OCL  424 93.21
UREF
PNO  5596131
ISD  19970100
NAM  Horn et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5623067
ISD  19970400
NAM  Vandekerckhove et al.
OCL  536 24.1
UREF
PNO  5625136
ISD  19970400
NAM  Koziel et al.
OCL  800205
UREF
PNO  5641664
ISD  19970600
NAM  D'Halluin et al.
OCL  435172.3
UREF
PNO  5641876
ISD  19970600
NAM  McElroy et al.
OCL  536 24.1
FREF
PNO  B-80893/87
ISD  19881200
CNT  AUX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  2032443
ISD  19901200
CNT  CAX
ICL  C12N 1587
FREF
PNO  0 131 623 B1
ISD  19840100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1511
FREF
PNO  0 141 373 A3
ISD  19850500
CNT  EPX
ICL  A01G  700
FREF
PNO  0 160 390 A2
ISD  19851100
CNT  EPX
ICL  A01H 1510
FREF
PNO  0 174 791 A2
ISD  19860300
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 189 707 A2
ISD  19860800
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 193 259 A1
ISD  19860900
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 204 549 A2
ISD  19861000
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 202 668 A2
ISD  19861100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N  502
FREF
PNO  0 242 236 A1
ISD  19871000
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 242 246 A1
ISD  19871100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 299 552 A1
ISD  19880100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 257 472 A2
ISD  19880300
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 262 971 A2
ISD  19880500
CNT  EPX
ICL  A01H  102
FREF
PNO  0 270 356 A2
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 271 408
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 275 069 A2
ISD  19880700
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 280 400 A2
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
ICL  A01C  106
FREF
PNO  0 282 164 A2
ISD  19880900
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N  500
FREF
PNO  0 292 435 A1
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 289 479 A2
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 290 395 A2
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 301 749 A2
ISD  19890200
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 353 908 A2
ISD  19890700
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1529
FREF
PNO  0 331 855 A2
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12M  300
FREF
PNO  0 334 539 A2
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 335 528 A2
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  0 348 348 A2
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
ICL  A01N 6500
FREF
PNO  0 385 962 A1
ISD  19900200
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1582
FREF
PNO  0 360 750 A2
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1529
FREF
PNO  0 359 617 A2
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1553
FREF
PNO  0 408 403 A1
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1532
FREF
PNO  0 424 047 A1
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1587
FREF
PNO  0 442 174 A1
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1587
FREF
PNO  0 459 643 A2
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1582
FREF
PNO  0 442 175 A1
ISD  19910800
CNT  EPX
ICL  A01H  102
FREF
PNO  0 452 269 A2
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1582
FREF
PNO  0 485 970 A3
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
ICL  C12N 1582
FREF
PNO  469 273 A1
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 589 110 A1
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
ICL  A01N 6302
FREF
PNO  2661421
ISD  19911100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3738874A1
ISD  19881100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4013099A1
ISD  19911000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  61-134343
ISD  19840500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8801444
ISD  19900100
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  2 159 173 A
ISD  19851100
CNT  GBX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  WO 85/01856
ISD  19850500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A01B 7600
FREF
PNO  WO 85/02973
ISD  19850700
CNT  WOX
ICL  A01J  700
FREF
PNO  WO 85/02972
ISD  19850700
CNT  WOX
ICL  A01C  106
FREF
PNO  0 154 204 A2
ISD  19850900
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  WO 87/04181
ISD  19870700
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N  100
FREF
PNO  WO 87/05629
ISD  19870900
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  WO 89/04371
ISD  19890500
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 2100
FREF
PNO  89/10396
ISD  19891100
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N  500
FREF
PNO  WO 89/11789
ISD  19891200
CNT  WOX
ICL  A01H  100
FREF
PNO  WO 89/12102
ISD  19891200
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  WO 90/01869
ISD  19900300
CNT  WOX
ICL  A01H  100
FREF
PNO  WO 90/02801
ISD  19900300
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1532
FREF
PNO  WO 90/10691
ISD  19900800
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N  500
FREF
PNO  WO 91/02071
ISD  19910200
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1582
FREF
PNO  WO 91/04323
ISD  19910400
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N  910
FREF
PNO  WO 91/00183
ISD  19910500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/10725
ISD  19910700
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N  500
FREF
PNO  WO 91/16432
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1531
FREF
PNO  WO 92/06205
ISD  19920400
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1582
FREF
PNO  WO 92/09696
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1582
FREF
PNO  WO 92/12250
ISD  19920700
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1582
FREF
PNO  92/17580
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 0510
FREF
PNO  WO 92/19731
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1500
FREF
PNO  WO 93/07278
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1582
FREF
PNO  93/06220
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1582
FREF
PNO  WO 93/08682
ISD  19930500
CNT  WOX
ICL  A01H  100
FREF
PNO  93/09237
ISD  19930500
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1582
FREF
PNO  WO 93/14210
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
ICL  C12N 1582
OREF
PAL  Abstracts, 35th Annual Maize Genetics Conference, In Vitro Cellular and
      Devel. Biol., 28:(3) (1992).
PAL  "Bullets" Transform Plant Cells, Agricell Report, 9, 5, (Jul. 1987).
PAL  "BioTechnica Applies for Field Test of Genetically Engineered Corn,"
      Genetic Technology News, 10(3), (Mar. 1990).
PAL  Catalog, Handbook of Fine Chemicals, Aldrich Chem. Co., p. 508 (1988).
PAL  "Chipping Away at Old Weed Enemies," Farm Science Outlook, Prairie Farmer
      162, 34 (Feb. 20, 1990).
PAL  "Corn Transformers Multiply," Bio/Technol., 8, 490 (Jun. 1990).
PAL  "Cornell U. Gene Gun Hits Biotech Bullseye," Agriculture Technology, p. 13.
PAL  "Dalapon, " Merck Index, 11th edition, S. Budavae, (ed.), Merck and Co.,
      pp. 405-406 (1989).
PAL  "Dekalb Researchers Produce Fertile Corn Plants with Foreign Genes," ARI
      Newsletter (Oct./Nov. 1990).
PAL  Dialog Search of Japanese Patent No. 61-134343 (1986).
PAL  EPO Notice Regarding Publication of Bibliographic Data for EPO 0485506
      (1992).
PAL  "Gene Guns Succeed in Altering Corn," Biotechnology News, p. 2 (Apr. 1990).
PAL  "Genetic Engineering Advance Announced for Corn Plants," Investor's Daily,
      (Apr. 19, 1990).
PAL  "Genetically Engineered Corn: Breakthrough Brings Market Closer," Genetic
      Technology News, 8-11 (Oct. 1990).
PAL  "Herbicide-Resistant Corn" CT Academy of Science and Engineering, Case
      Reports, 5(4), 6 (1990).
PAL  International Search Report, PCT/US 90/04462, mailed Jan. 15, 1991.
PAL  International Search Report, PCT/US 90/09699, mailed Aug. 16, 1995.
      (publish date).
PAL  International Society for Plant Molecular Biology, Program and Abstracts,
      Molecular Biology of Plant Growth and Development, Tuson, Arizona, Oct.
      6-11 (1991).
PAL  "Keystone Crops," Agricultural Genetics Report, (Mar./Apr. 1990).
PAL  Patent Family Record for Australian Patent 87 80 893.
PAL  "Plant Science Research, Inc. Achieves Successful Transformation of Corn,"
      Genetic Engineering News, 10(3), 3 (Mar. 1990).
PAL  "Shotgunning DNA into Cells," Genetic Engineering News, (Jul./Aug. 1987).
PAL  "Sticky Ends," Genetic Engineering News, 10(5), 1 (May 1990).
PAL  "Teams from USDA/Monsanto and DeKalb Genetically Engineer Corn," Genetic
      Technology News, 10(5) (May 1990).
PAL  "Two Teams Succeed in Putting Foreign Genes in Corn Plants," Genetic
      Engineering Letter, 10(8), 3 (Apr. 24, 1990).
PAL  "USDA Approves More Field Tests," Genetic Technology News, 11(7), 12 (Jul.
      1991).
PAL  "USDA Approves Field Test for BioTechnica's Genetically Engineered Corn,"
      Genetic Technology News, 10(7), 6 (Jul. 1990).
PAL  Adang, M.J., et al., "Characterized Full-Length and Truncated Plasmid
      Clones of the Crystal Protein of Bacillus thuringiensis subsp. kurstaki
      HD-73 and Their Toxicity to Manduca sexta," Gene, 36, 289-300 (1985).
PAL  Ahokas, H. "Transfection of Germinating Barley Seed Electrophoretically
      with Exogenous DNA," Theor. Appl. Genet., 77, 469-472 (1989).
PAL  Ahokes, H. "Electrophoretic transfection of cereal grains with exogenous
      nucleic acid," Soc. Biochem. Biophys. Microbio. Fen., Biotieteen Paivat
      (Bioscience Days), Abstracts, Technical University of Helsinki, Espoo, p.
      2 (1989).
PAL  Akella, V., et al., "Expression in Cowpea Seedings of Chimeric Transgenes
      after Electroporation into Seed-Derived Embryos," Plant Cell Rep., 12,
      110-117 (1993).
PAL  Altenbach, S. B., et al., "Enhancement of the Methionine Content of Seed
      Proteins by the Expression of a Chimeric Gene Encoding a Methionine-Rich
      Protein in Transgenic Plants," Plant. Mol. Biol., 13, 513-522 (1989).
PAL  Altenbach, S. B., et al., "Cloning and Sequence Analysis of a cDNA Encoding
      a Brazil Nut Protein Exceptionally Rich in Methionine," Plant Mol. Biol.,
      8, 239-250 (1987).
PAL  Ampe, C., et al., "The Amino-Acid Sequence of the 2S Sulphur-Rich from Seed
      of Brazil Nut (Bertholletia excelsa H.B.K.)," Eur. J. Biochem., 159,
      597-604 (1986).
PAL  Armstrong, C. L., et al., "Establishment and Maintenance of Friable,
      Embryogenic Maize Callus and the Involvement of L-Proline," Planta, 164,
      207-214 (1985).
PAL  Armstrong, C.L., et al., "Genetic and cytogenetic variation in plants
      regenerated from organogenic and friable, embroyonic tissue cultures of
      maize," Biological Abstracts, vol. 85, Abstract No. 117662 (1988).
PAL  Aves, K., et al., Transformation of an Elite Maize Inbred Through
      Microprojectile Bombardment of Regenerable Embryonic Callus, In Vitro
      Cell. Develop. Biol., 28A, p. 124A, Abstract No. P-1134 (1992).
PAL  Bao-Jian, L., et al., "Introduction of Foreign Genes into the Seed Embryo
      Cells of Rice by Electroinjection and the Regeneration of Transgenic Rice
      Plants," Science in China, 34, 925-931 (1991).
PAL  Barker, R. F., et al., "Nucleotide Sequence of the T-DNA Region from the
      Agrobacterium tumefaciens Octopone Ti Plasmid pTil5955," Plant Mol. Biol.,
      2, 335-350 (1983).
PAL  Beerman, F., et al., "Tyrosinase as a Marker for Transgenic Mice," Nuc.
      Acids. Res., 19, 958 (1991).
PAL  Belanger, F. C., et al., "Molecular Basis for Allelic Polymorphism of the
      Maize Globulin-1 Gene" Genetics, 129, 863-872 (1991).
PAL  Benner, M. S., et al., "Genetic Analysis of Methionine-Rich Storage Protein
      Accumulation in Maize, " Theor. Appl. Genet., 78, 761-767 (1989).
PAL  Bevan, M., et al., "A Chimaeric Antibiotic Resistance Gene as a Selectable
      Marker for Plant Cell Transformation," Nature, 304, 184-187 (1983).
PAL  Bevan, M., et al., "Structure and Transcription of the Nopaline Synthase
      Gene Region of T-DNA," Nuc. Acids Res., 11, 369-385 (1983).
PAL  Binns, A N., "Agrobacterium-mediated gene delivery and the biology of host
      range limitations," Physiologia Plantarum, 79, 135-139 (1990).
PAL  Bishop, J. E., "Two Teams Plane Genes into Corn," The Wall Street Journal,
      B1 (Apr. 1990).
PAL  Booy, G., et al., "Attempted Pollen-Mediated Transformation of Maize," J.
      Plant Physiol., 135, 319-324 (1989).
PAL  Boyer, J. S., "Water Deficits and Photosynthesis," In: Water Deficits and
      Plant Growth, vol. IV, Kozlowski, T. T., (ed.), Academic Press, New York,
      pp. 153-190 (1976).
PAL  Boulton, M.I., et al., "Specificity of Agrobacterium-mediated delivery of
      maize streak virus DNA to members of the Gramineae," Plant Molecular
      Biology, 12, 31-40 (1989).
PAL  Brill, W. J., "Agricultural Microbiology," Scientific American, 245(3),
      199-215 (Sep. 1981).
PAL  Brunke, K. J., et al., "Insect Control with Genetically Engineered Crops,"
      Trends in Biotechnol., 9, 197-200 (1991).
PAL  Buchanan-Wollaston, V., et al., "Detoxification of the Herbicide Dalapon by
      Transformed Plants," J. of Cell. Biochem., 13D, p. 330, Abstract No. M503
      (1989).
PAL  Caliguri, M. G., et al., "Identification of Amino Acid Residues Involved in
      Feedback Regulation of the Anthranilate Synthase Complex from Salmonella
      typhimurium," J. Biol. Chem., 266, 8328-8335 (1991).
PAL  Callis, J., et al., "Introns Increase Gene Expression in Cultures Maize
      Cells," Genes and Development, 1, 1183-1200 (1987).
PAL  Cao, J., et al., "Transformation of Rice and Maize Using the Biolistic
      Process," In: Plant Gene Transfer, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 21-33 (1990).
PAL  Carpita, N. C., "The Biochemistry of " Growing Cells Walls, In: Physiology
      of Cell Expansion During Plant Growth, Cosgrove, D. J., et al., (eds.) Am.
      Soc. Plant Physiol., pp. 28-100 (1987).
PAL  Chan, M.-T., et al., "Agrobacterium-Mediated Production of Transgenic Rice
      Plants Expressing a Chimeric .alpha.-Amylase Promoter
      1.beta.-Glucuronidase Gene," Plant Mol. Biol., 22, 491-506 (1993).
PAL  Chandler, V. L., et al., "Two Regulatory Genes of the Maize Anthocyanin
      Pathway are Homologous: Isolation of B Utilizing R Genomic Sequences," The
      Plant Cell, 1175-1183 (1989).
PAL  Chasan, R., "Transforming Maize Transformation," The Plant Cell, 4,
      1463-1464 (1992).
PAL  Chourey, P.S., et al., "Callus Formation from Protoplasts of a Maize Cell
      Culture," Theor. Appl. Genet., 59, 341-344 (1981).
PAL  Christou, P., et al., "Opine Synthesis in Wild-Type Plant Tissue," Plant
      Physiol., 82, 218-221 (1986).
PAL  Christou, P., et al., "Soybean Genetic Engineering--Commerical Production
      of Transgenic Plants," Trends Biotechnol., 8, 145-151 (1990).
PAL  Christou, P., et al., "Cotransformation Frequencies of Foreign Genes in
      Soybean Cell Cultures," Theor. Appl. Genet., 79, 337-341 (1990).
PAL  Christou, P., et al., "Genetic Transformation of Crop Plants Using
      Microprojectile Bombardment," The Plant Journal, 2, 275-281 (1992).
PAL  Christou, P., et al., "Stable Transformation of Soybean Callus by
      DNA-Coated Gold Particles," Plant Physiol., 87, 671-674 (1988).
PAL  Chu, C.-C., et al., "Establishment of an Efficient Medium for Anther
      Culture of Rice Through Comparative Experiments on the Nitrogen Sources,"
      Sci. Sin. (Peking ), 13, 659-668 (1975).
PAL  Clark, B., "Biotech Advance in Corn: Gunslinging Researchers Fire Marker
      Genes in to Corn," AG Consultant, 46(7), 12 (Jul. 1990).
PAL  Cocking, F., et al., "Gene Transfer in Cereals," Science, 236, 1259-1262
      (1987).
PAL  Coe et al., "The Genetics of Corn" In: Corn and Corn Improvement, 2nd
      edition, Sprague, G.F., (ed.), American Soc. Agronomy, Inc, Madison, WI,
      p. 138 (1977).
PAL  Comai, L., et al., "Expression in Plants of a Mutant aroA Gene from
      Salmonella typhimurium Confers Tolerance to Glyphosate," Nature, 317,
      741-744 (Oct. 1985).
PAL  Creissen, G., et al., "Agrobacterium-and Microprojectile-Mediated Viral DNA
      Delivery into Barley Microspore Derived-Cultures," Plant Cell Rep., 8,
      680-683 (Apr. 1990).
PAL  Crossway, A., et al., "Integration of foreign DNA following microinjection
      of tobacco mesophyll Protoplasts," Mol. Gen. Genet., 202, 179-185 (1986).
PAL  D'Halluin, K., et al., "Transgenic Maize Plants by Tissue Electroporation,"
      The Plant Cell, 4, 1495-1505 (1992).
PAL  Darvill, A., et al., "The Primary Cell Walls of Flowering Plants," In: The
      Biochemistry of Plants,vol. 1, pp. 91-162 (1980).
PAL  Dauce-LeReverand, B., et al., "Improvement of Escherichia coli Strains
      Overproducing Lysine Using Recombinant DNA Techniques," Eur. J. Appl.
      Microbiol. Biotechnol., 15, 227-231 (1982).
PAL  De Block, M., et al., "Engineering herbicide resistance on plants by
      expression of a detoxifying enzyme," EMBO J., 6, 2513-2518 (1987).
PAL  De Greef, W., et al., "Evaluation of herbicide resistance in transgenic
      crops under field conditions," Bio/Technol., 7, 61-64 (1989).
PAL  Dekeyser, R. A., et al., "Evaluation of Selectable Markers for Rice
      Transformation," Plant Physiol., 90, 217-223 (1989).
PAL  Dekeyser, R. A., et al., "Transient Gene Expression in Intact and Organized
      Rice Tissues," The Plant Cell, 2, 591-602, (1990).
PAL  DeWald et al., "Plant regeneration from inbred maize suspensions," VIIth
      International Congress on Plant Tissue and Cell Culture, p. 12, Abstract
      No. A1-36 (Jun. 24-29, 1990).
PAL  DeWet, J. M. J., et al.; "Exogenous gene transfer in maize (Zea mays) using
      DNA-treated pollen;" In: The experimental manipulation of ovule tissues.
      Chapman, G.P., et al., (eds.), Longman, New York, pp. 197-209 (1985).
PAL  DeWet, J. R. et al., "Cloning of Firefly Luciferase cDNA and the Expression
      of Active Luciferase in Escherichia coli," Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 82,
      7870-7873 (1985).
PAL  Donn, G., et al., "Stable Transformation of Maize with a Chimaeric,
      Modified Phosphinothricin-Acetyltransferase Gene from Streptomyces
      viridochromogenes,"Abstracts, VIIth International Congress Plant Tissue
      Cell Culture, p. 53, Abstract No. A2-38 (Jun. 24-29, 1990).
PAL  Dupuis, I., et al., "Gene Transfer to Maize Male Reproductive Structure by
      Particle Bombardment of Tassel Primordia," Plant Cell Rep., 12, 607
      (1993).
PAL  Ellis, J. G., et al., "Does the OCS-Element Occur as a Functional Component
      of the Promotors of Plant Genes?" EMBO J., 6, 3203-3208 (1987).
PAL  Evans, D. A., et al., "Somaclonal Variation--Genetic basis and Breeding
      Applications," Trends Genet., 5, 46-50 (1989).
PAL  Fennel, A., et al., "Electroporation and PEG Delivery of DNA into Maize
      Microspores," Plant Cell Reports, 11, 567-570 (1992).
PAL  Fitzpatrick, T., "Pleiotrophic Gene Found in Barley Plant," Genetic
      Engineering News, 13, 1 (1993).
PAL  Fransz, P., et al., "Cytodifferentiation during callus initiation and
      somatic embryogenesis in Zea mays L.," Ph.D. thesis, U. of Wageningen
      Press, The Netherlands (1988).
PAL  Freeling, J.C., et al., "Developmental Potentials of Maize Tissue
      Cultures," Maydica, XXI, 97-112 (Jul. 1977).
PAL  Freiberg, "More Researchers Discover Corn Transformation Technology," AG
      Biotechnology News, p. 26 (1990).
PAL  Fromm, M. E., et al., "Inheritance and Expression of Chimeric Genes in the
      Progeny of Transgenic Maize Plants," Bio/Technol. 8, 833-839 (1990).
PAL  Fromm, M. E., et al., "Stable Transformation of Maize after Gene Transfer
      by Electroporation," Nature, 319, 791-793 (1986).
PAL  Fromm, M., et al., "Expression of Genes Transfected into Monocot and Dicot
      Plant Cells by Electroporation," Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 82, 5824-5828
      (1985).
PAL  Fry, S.C., "Introduction to the Growing Cell Wall," In: The Growing Plant
      Cell Wall: Chemical and Metabolic Analysis, Longman Scientific and
      Technical, New York, pp. 1-5, 102-109 (1988).
PAL  Geiser, M., et al., "The Hypervariable Region on the Genes Coding for
      Entomopathogenic Crystal Proteins of Bacillus thuringiensis : Nucleotide
      Sequence of the kurhd1 gene of subsp. kurstaki HD1," Gene, 48, 109-118
      (1986).
PAL  Goff, S. A., et al., "Plant Regeneration of Anthocyanin Biosynthetic Genes
      Following Transfer of B Regulatory Genes into Maize Tissues," EMBO J., 9,
      2517-2522 (1990).
PAL  Gordon-Kamm, W. J., et al., "Stable Transformation of Embryonic Maize
      Cultures by Microprojectile Bombardment," J. Cellular Biochem., 13D, p.
      259, Abstract No. M122 (1989).
PAL  Gordon-Kamm, W.J., et al., "Transformation of Maize Cells and Regeneration
      of Fertile Transgenic Plants," The Plant Cell, 2, 603-618 (1990).
PAL  Gould, J., et al., "Transformation of the Graminae by Agrobacterium
      tumefaciens," Int. Soc. Plant Mol. Biol. 3rd Int. Congress, Abstract No.
      1277 (1991).
PAL  Gould, O., et al., "Shoot Tip Culture as a Potential Transformation
      System," Abstracts, Beltwide cotton production research conferences, New
      Orleans, LA, p. 91 (1988).
PAL  Gould, J., et al., "Transformation of Zea mays. L. Using Agrobacterium
      tumefaciens and the Shoot Apex," Plant Physiol., 95, 426-434 (1991).
PAL  Graves, A., et al., "The transformation of Zea mays seedlings with
      Agrobacterium tumefacians," Plant Mol. Biol., 7, 43-50 (1986).
PAL  Green, C., et al., "Plant Regeneration from Tissue Cultures of Maize,"
      Crop. Sci., 15, 417-421 (1975).
PAL  Green, C., et al., "Plant Regeneration in Tissue Cultures of Maize," In:
      Maize for Biological Research, Sheridan, W. F., (ed.) Plant Mol. Biol.
      Assoc., pp. 367-372 (1982).
PAL  Green, C., et al., "Somatic Cell Genetic Systems in Corn," In: Advances in
      Gene Technology: Molecular Genetics of Plant and Animals, Academic Press,
      Inc., pp. 147-157 (1983).
PAL  Grimsley, N., et al., "DNA Transfer from Agrobacterium to Zea mays or
      Brassica by Agroinfection is Dependent on Bacterial Virulence Functions,"
      Mol. Gen. Genet., 217 309-316 (1989).
PAL  Gritz, L., et al., "Plasmid-Encoded Hygromycin B Resistance: The Sequence
      of Hygromycin B Phosphotransferase Gene and Its Expression in Escherichia
      coli and Saccharomyces cerevisiae," Gene, 25, 179-188 (1983).
PAL  Guerineau, F., et al., "Sulfonamide Resistance Gene for Plant
      Transformation," Plant Molecular Biology, 15, 127-136 (1990).
PAL  Guilley, H., et al., "Transcription of Cauliflower Mosaic Virus DNA:
      Detection of Promoter Sequences, and Characterization of Transcripts,"
      Cell, 30, 763-773 (Oct. 1982).
PAL  Gunset, G., "Genetic Advance May Transform Corn," Chicago Tribune (Apr. 19,
      1990.
PAL  Gunset, G., "Corn Farmers See Economic, Environmental Gold in Designer
      Genes," Chicago Tribune (Jan. 21, 1991).
PAL  Hallauer, A. R., et al., "Corn Breeding," In: Corn and Corn Improvement,
      3rd edition, Sprague, G. F., et al., (eds.), Agronomy Soc. Amer., pp.
      463-564 (1988).
PAL  Haughn, G. W., "Transformation with a Mutant Arabidopsis Acetolactate
      Synthase Gene Renders Tobacco Resistant to Sulfonylurea Herbicides," Mol.
      Gen. Genet., 211, 266-271 (1988).
PAL  Hautpman, R. M., et al., "Evaluation of Selectable Markers for Obtaining
      Stable Transformants on the Gramineae," Plant Physiol., 86, 602-606
      (1988).
PAL  Hoffman, L. M., et al., "A Modified Storage Protein is Synthesized,
      Processed, and Degraded in the Seeds of Transgenic Plants," Plant Mol.
      Biol., 11, 717-729 (1988).
PAL  Hoffman, L. M., et al., "Synthesis and Protein Body Deposition of Maize
      15kD Zein in Transgenic Tobacco Seeds," EMBO J., 6 3213-3221 (1987).
PAL  Hofte, H., et al., "Insecticidal Crystal Proteins of Bacillus
      thuringiensis," Microbiol. Rev., 53, 242-255 (1989).
PAL  Hong, B., et al., "Developmental and Organ-Specific Expression of an
      ABA-and Stress-Induced Protein in Barley," Plant Mol. Biol., 18, 663-674
      (1992).
PAL  Hooykaas, P.J.J., "Transformation of plant cell via Agrobacterium," Plant
      Mol. Biol., 13, 327-336 (1989).
PAL  Horn, M., et al., "Transgenic Plants of OrchardGrass (Dactylis glomerata L.
      ) from Protoplasts," Chem. Abstracts, 110, p.208, Abstract No. 89869a
      (1989).
PAL  Horn, M., et al., "Transgenic Plants of Orchardgrass (Dactylis glomerata L.
      ) from Protoplasts," Plant Cell Reports, 7, 469 (1988).
PAL  Howe, A., et al., "Development of Glyphosphate as a Selectable Marker for
      the Production of Fertile Transgenic Corn Plants," In Vitro Cell. Develop.
      Biol., 28A, p. 124A, Abstract No. P-1136 (Jul.-Aug. 1992).
PAL  Huang, Y., et al., "Factors Influencing Stable Transformation of Maize
      Protoplasts by Electroporation," Plant Cell Tissue and Organ Culture, 18,
      281 (1989).
PAL  Imbrie-Milligan, C., et al., "Microcallus Growth from Maize Protoplasts,"
      Planta, 171, 58-64 (1987).
PAL  Jahne, A., et al., "Regeneration of Fertile Plants from Protoplasts Derived
      from Embryogenic Cell Suspensions of Barley (Hordeum vulgare L. )," Plant
      Cell Rep., 10, 1-6 (1991).
PAL  Jayne, S., et al., "Analysis of Elite Transgenic Maize Plants Produced by
      Microprojectile Bombardment," Program and Abstracts, Int. Soc. for Plant
      Mol. Biol., 3rd Int. Cong., Abstract No. 338 (Oct. 6-11, 1991).
PAL  Jefferson, R,. et al., ".beta.-Glucuronidase from Escherichia coli as a
      Gene-Fusion Marker," Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 83, 8447-8451 (1986).
PAL  Jefferson, R., et al., "GUS Fusions: .beta.-Glucuronidase as a Sensitive
      and Versatile Gene Fusion Marker in Higher Plants," EMBO J., 6, 3901-3907
      (1987).
PAL  Jefferson, R., "Assaying chimeric genes in plants: the GUS gene fusion
      system," Plant Mol. Biol. Rep., 5, 387-405 (1987).
PAL  Jones, H., et al., "Recent Advances in Plant Electroporation," Oxford
      Surveys of Plant Molecular and Cell Biol., 4, 347-357 (1987).
PAL  Jones, H., et al., "Transient Gene Expression in Electroporated Solanum
      Protoplasts," Plant Mol. Biol., 13, 503-511 (1989).
PAL  Kaeppler, H. F., et al., "Silicon Carbide Fiber-Mediated DNA Delivery into
      Plant Cells," Plant Cell Rep., 9, 415-418 (1990).
PAL  Kamo, K., et al., "Establishment and Characterization of Long-Term
      Embryonic Maize Callus and Cell Suspension Cultures," Plant Sci., 45,
      111-117 (1986).
PAL  Kamo, K, et al., "Regeneration of Zea mays L. from Embryogenic Callus,"
      Bot. Gaz., 146, 327-334 (1985).
PAL  Kao, K. N., et al., "Nutritional Requirements for Growth of Vicia hajastana
      Cells and Protoplasts at a Very Low Population Density in Liquid Media,"
      Planta, 126, 105-110 (1978).
PAL  Kartha, K., et al., "Transient Expression of Chloramphenicol Acetyl
      Transferase (CAT) Gene in Barley Cell Cultures and Immature Embryos
      Through Microprojectile Bombardment," Plant Cell Rep., 8, 429-432 (1989).
PAL  Kay, R., et al., "Duplication of CaMV 35S Promoter Sequences Creates a
      Strong Enhancer for Plant Genes," Science, 236, 1299-1302 (Jun. 5, 1987).
PAL  Kirihara, J., et al., "Differential Expression of a Gene for a
      Methionine-Rich Storage Protein in Maize," Mol. Gen. Genet., 477-484
      (1988).
PAL  Kirihara, J., et al., "Isolation and Sequence of a Gene Encoding a
      Methionine-Rich 10-kD Zein Protein from Maize," Gene, 71, 359-370 (1988).
PAL  Klein, T., et al., "Transfer of Foreign Genes into Intact Maize Cells with
      High-Velocity Microprojectiles," Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 85, 4305-4309
      (1988).
PAL  Klein, T. M., et al., "Factors Influencing Gene Delivery into Zea mays
      Cells by High Velocity Microprojectiles," Bio/Technol., 6, 559-563 (1988).
PAL  Klein, T. M., et al., "High-Velocity Microprojectiles for Delivering
      Nucleic Acids to Living Cells," Nature, 327, 70-73 (1987).
PAL  Klein, T., et al., "Genetic Transformation of Maize Cell by Particle
      Bombardment and the Influence of Methylation on Foreign Gene Expression,"
      In: Gene Manipulation in Plant Improvement II, Gustafson, J. P., (ed.),
      Plenum Press, NY, pp. 265-266 (1990).
PAL  Klein, T., et al., "Genetic transformation of Maize Cells by Particle
      Bombardment," Plant Physiol., 91, 440-444 (1989).
PAL  Klein, T., et al., "Regulation of Anthocyanin Biosynthetic Genes Introduced
      into Maize Tissue by Microprojectiles," Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 86,
      6682-6685 (1989).
PAL  Kozak, M., "Compilation and Analysis of Sequence from the Translational
      Start Site in Eukaryotic mRNAs," Nuc. Acids. Res., 12, 857-871 (1984).
PAL  Kozak, M., "Point Mutations Define a Sequence Flanking the AUG Initiator
      Codon that Modulates Translation by Eukaryotic Ribosomes," Cell, 44,
      283-292 (1986).
PAL  Koziel, M. G., et al., "Field Performance of Elite Transgenic Maize Plants
      Expressing an Insecticidal Protein Derived from Bacillus thuringenesis,"
      Bio/Technol., 11, 194-200 (1993).
PAL  Kreitlow, B., "Genetic Engineering `Breakthrough` Disputed," Cedar Rapids
      Gazette (Apr. 20, 1990).
PAL  Kriz, A. L., et al., "Characterization of the Maize Globulin-2 Gene and
      Analysis of Two Null Alleles," Biochemical Genetics, 29, 241-254 (1991).
PAL  Kuhlemeier, C., et al., "Regulation of Gene Expression in Higher Plants,"
      Ann. Rev. Physiol., 38, 234-239 (1987).
PAL  Langridge, et al., "Transformation of Cereals via Agrobacterium and the
      Pollen Pathway: A Critical Assessment," The Plant J., 2, 613-638 (1992).
PAL  Lazzeri, P., et al., "In Vitro Genetic Manipulation of Cereals and
      Grasses," Ad. Cell Culture, 6, 291-293 (1988).
PAL  Lee, J.S., et al., "Gene Transfer into Intact Cells of Tobacco by
      Electroporation," Korean J. Gent., 11, 65-72 (1989).
PAL  Leemans, J., "Genetic Engineering for Fertility Control," Keystone
      Symposium on Crop Improvement via Biotechnology:An International
      Perspective, Abstract No. Y016 (Apr. 10-26, 1992).
PAL  Levitt, J., "Growth Regulators" In: Introduction to Plant Physiology, The
      C. V. Mosby Company, St. Louis, p. 241 (1969).
PAL  Li, X.-Q., et al., "GUS Expression in Rice Tissues Using
      Agrobacterium-Mediated Transformation," Program and Abstracts, Int. Soc.
      for Plant Mol. Biol., 3rd Int. Cong., Abstract No. 385 (Oct. 6-11, 1991).
PAL  Lindsey, K., et al., "Electroporation of Cells," Physiologia Plantarum, 79,
      168-172 (1990).
PAL  Lindsey, K., et al., "The Permeability of Electroporated Cells and
      Protoplasts of Sugar Beet," Planta, 172, 346-355 (1987).
PAL  Lindsey, K., et al., "Transient Gene Expression in Electroporated
      Protoplasts and Intact Cells of Sugar Beet," Plant Mol. Biol., 10, 43-52
      (1987).
PAL  Lindsey, K. et al., "Stable Transformation of Sugarbeet Protoplasts by
      Electroporation," Plant Cell Rep., 8, 71-74 (1989).
PAL  Looker, D., "Dekalb Claims Success in Effort to Alter Genetic Makeup of
      Corn," Des Moines Register (Apr. 19, 1990).
PAL  Lorz, H., et al., "Advances in Tissue Culture and Progress Towards Genetic
      Transformation of Cereals," Plant Breeding, 100, 1-25 (1988).
PAL  Lu, C., et al., "Somatic Embryogenesis in Zea mays L., " Theor. Appl.
      Genet., 62, 109-112 (1982).
PAL  Lu, C., et al., "Improved Efficiency of Somatic Embryogenesis and Plant
      Regeneration on Tissue Cultures of Maize (Zea mays L.)," Theor. Appl.
      Genet., 66, 285-289 (1983).
PAL  Ludwig, S., et al., "A Regulatory Gene as a Novel Visible Marker for Maize
      Transformation," Science, 247, 449-450 (1990).
PAL  Ludwig, S., et al., "High Frequency Callus Formation from Maize
      Protoplasts," Theor. Appl. Genet., 71, 344-350 (1985).
PAL  Ludwig, S., et al., "Lc, a Member of the Maize R Gene Family Responsible
      for Tissue-Specific Anthocyanin Production, Encodes a Protein Similar to
      Transcriptional Activators and Contains the myc-Homology Region," Proc.
      Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 86, 7092-7096 (1989).
PAL  Ludwig, S., et al., "Maize R. Gene Family: Tissue-Specific Helix-Loop-Helix
      Proteins," Cell, 62, 849-851 (1990).
PAL  Lutcke, H., et al., "Selection of AUG Initiation Codons Differs in Plants
      and Animals," EMBO J., 6, 43-48 (1987).
PAL  Maas, C., et al., "A Highly Optimized Monocot Expression Cassette:
      Application for Barley Transformation and Barley Virus Research," Program
      and Abstracts, Int. Soc. Plant Mol. Biol., Abstract No. 386 (Oct. 6-11,
      1991).
PAL  Maddock, S. E., et al., "Expression in Maize Plants of Wheat Germ
      Agglutinin, a Novel Source of Insect Resistance," Program and Abstracts,
      Int. Soc. Plant Mol. Biol., 3rd Int. Cong., Abstract No. 372 (Oct. 6-11,
      1991).
PAL  Masumura, T., et al., "cDNA Cloning of an mRNA Encoding a Sulfur-Rich 10
      kDa Prolamin Polypeptide in Rice Seeds," Plant Mol. Biol., 12, 123-130
      (1989).
PAL  McCabe et al., "Stable Transformation of Soybean (Glycine max ) by Particle
      Acceleration," Bio/Technol., 6, 923-926 (1988).
PAL  McDaniel, C., et al., "Cell-Lineage Patterns in the Shoot Apical Meristem
      of the Germinating Maize Embryo,"0 Planta, 175, 13-22 (1988).
PAL  Meadows, M., "Characterization of Cells and Protoplasts of the B73 Maize
      Cell Line," Plant Sci. Lett., 28, 337-348 (1982/83).
PAL  Mendel, R., et al., "Delivery of Foreign Genes to Intact Barley Cell by
      High-Velocity Microprojectiles," Theor. Appl. Genet., 78, 31-34 (1989).
PAL  Messing, J., "Corn Storage Protein: A Molecular Genetic Model," Division of
      Energy BioSciences--Summaries of FY 1990 Activities, p. 70, Abstract No.
      135 (1990).
PAL  Milborrow, B. V., "Abscisic Acid and Other Hormones," In: The Physiology
      and Biochemistry of Drought Resistance in Plants, Paleg, L. G., et al.,
      (eds.), Academic Press, New York, pp. 347-388 (1981).
PAL  Moffat, A. S., "Corn Transformed," Science, 249, 630 (Aug. 10, 1990).
PAL  Morikawa, et al., "Gene Transfer into Intact Plant Cells by Electroporation
      Through Cell Walls and Membranes," Gene, 41, 121 (1986).
PAL  Morocz, S. et al., "An Improved System to Obtain Fertile Regenerants via
      Maize Protoplasts Isolated From a Highly Embryonic Suspension Culture,"
      Theor. Appl. Genet., 80, 721-726 (1990).
PAL  Morocz, S., et al., "Two Approaches to Rendering Zea mays L. Applicable to
      Tissue Manipulations," Abstracts, VIIth Int. Cong. on Plant Tissue and
      Cell Culture, Amsterdam A1-102, Abstract No. 209, p. 190 (1990).
PAL  Murakami, T., et al., "The Bialaphos Biosynthetic Genes of Streptomyces
      hygroscopicus: Molecular Cloning and Characterization of the Gene
      Cluster," Mol. Gen. Genet., 205, 42-50 (1986).
PAL  Murashige, T., et al., A Revised Medium for Rapid Growth and Bio Assays
      with Tobacco Tissue Cultures, Physiol. Plant., 473-497 (1962).
PAL  Murphy, H.L., "New-Dekalb-Pfizer Seed Chief to Harves R & D Breakthroughs,
      " Crains's Business Weekly, pp. 38-39 (1990).
PAL  Murray, E. E., et al., "Codon usage in plant genes," Nuc. Acids Res., 17,
      477-498 (1989).
PAL  Nelson, R. S., "Virus Tolerance, Plant Growth, and Field Performance of
      Transgenic Tomato Plants Expressing Coat Protein from Tobacco Mosaic
      Virus," et al., Bio/Technol., 6, 403-409 (1988).
PAL  Nelson, T., "New Horses for Monocot Gene Jockeys," The Plant Cell, 2, 589
      (1990).
PAL  Neuffer, "Growing Maize for Genetic Purposes," Maize for Biological
      Research, Plant Mol. Biol. Assoc., (1988).
PAL  Niyogi, K.K., et al., "Two Anthranilate Synthase Genes in Arabidopsis:
      Defense-Regulated Regulation of the Tryptophan Pathway," The Plant Cell,
      4, 721-733 (1992).
PAL  Odell, J,. et al., "Identification of DNA Sequences Required for Activity
      of the Cauliflower Mosaic Virus 35S Promoter," Nature, 313, 810-811
      (1985).
PAL  Office Action date May 30, 1989, Goldman et al., USSN 06/880,271, filed
      Jun. 30, 1986.
PAL  Office Action dated Mar. 8, 1990, Goldman, USSN 06/880,271, filed Jun. 30,
      1986.
PAL  Ohta, Y., "High-Efficiency Genetic Transformation of Maize by a Mixture of
      Pollen and Exogenous DNA," Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 83, 715-719 (1986).
PAL  Okta, Y., et al., "Gene Manifestation of Exogenous DNA Applied to
      Self-Propagating Stigma (Gene Action Revealed in the M.sub.1 and M.sub.2
      Generations from Self-Pollination Applying Exogenous DNA), " Jap. J.
      Breed., 30, 184-185 (1980).
PAL  Omirullen, S., et al., "Activity of a Chimeric Promoter with the Doubled
      CaMV 35S Enhancer in Protoplast--Derived Cells and Transgenic Plants in
      Maize," Plant Mol. Biol., 21, 415-428 (1993).
PAL  Ozias-Akins, P., et al., "In vitro regeneration and genetic manipulation of
      grasses," Physiol. Plant., 73, 565-569 (1988).
PAL  Ozias-Akins, P., et al., "Progress and Limitations in the Culture of Cereal
      Protoplasts," Trends in Biotechnol., 2, 119-123 (1984).
PAL  Park, S. H., et al., "Selection of Maize Transformants form Shoot Apex
      Cultures Cocultivated with Agrobacterium Containing the Bar Gene," In
      Vitro Cell. Develop. Biol., 29A, Abstract No. P-1102 (1993).
PAL  Parker, W. B., et al., "Selection and Characterization of
      Sethoxydim-Tolerant Maize Tissue Cultures," Plant Physiol., 92, 1220-1225
      (1990).
PAL  Pederson, K., et al., "Sequence Analysis and Characterization of a Maize
      Gene Encoding a High-Sulfur Zein Protein of M.sub.r 15,000," J. Biol.
      Chem., 261, 6279-6284 (1986).
PAL  Perl, A., et al., "Bacterial Dihydrodipicolinate Synthase and Desensitized
      Aspartate Kinase: Two Novel Selectable Markers for Plant Transformation,"
      Bio/Technol., 11, 715-718 (1993).
PAL  Perlack, F. J., et al., "Modification of the Coding Sequence Enhances Plant
      Expression of Insect Control Protein Genes," Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA,
      88, 3324-3328 (1991).
PAL  Phillips, R. L., et al., "Elevated Protein-Bound Methionine in Seeds of a
      Maize Line Resistant to Lysine Plus Threonine," Cereal Chem., 62, 213-218
      (1985).
PAL  Phillips, R. L., et al., "Cell/Tissue Culture and In Vitro Manipulation,"
      In: Corn and Corn Improvement, 3rd edition, Sprague, G. F., et al.,
      (eds.), Agronomy Soc. Amer., pp. 345-387 (1988).
PAL  Pioneer HiBred International, Inc., Application Under 7 CFR 340, Release of
      Genetically Engineered Corn Plants, Permit No. 92-174-02, NO CBI, p. 8
      (Nov. 3, 1992).
PAL  Pioneer HiBred International, Inc., Application Under 7 CFR, 340, Release
      of Genetically Engineered Corn Plants, Permit No. 92-330-01, CBI-Deleted ,
      p. 13 (Apr. 13, 1993).
PAL  Phillips, R. L., et al., "Elevated Protein-Bound Methionine in Seeds of a
      Maize Line Resistant to Lysine Plus Threonine," Cereal Chem., 62, 213-218
      (1985).
PAL  Pioneer's Application for Release in the Environment Under 7 CFR 340, Corn
      Plants Genetically Enginerred to Express Wheat Germ Agglutinin (WGA)
      Genes, in Order to Confer Resistance to the European Corn Borer (Ostrinia
      nubilalis) and Tolerance to Glufosinate Herbicides, 92-022-03, No CBI
      Copy, p. 11 (May 4, 1992).
PAL  Poehlman, J. "Breeding Corn (Maize)," In: Breeding Field Crops, 3rd
      edition, AVI Publishing Co., Westport CN, pp. 452 (1986).
PAL  Poehlman, J. Breeding Corn (Maize), In: Breeding Field Crops, 3rd edition,
      AVI Publishing Co., Westport CN, pp. 469-471, 477-481 (1986).
PAL  Potrykus, I., et al., "Callus Formation from Cell Culture Protoplasts of
      Corn (Zea mays L.)," Theor. Appl. Genet., 54, 209-214 (1979).
PAL  Potrykus, I., "Gene Transfer to Cereals: An Assessment," Bio/Technol., 8,
      535-542 (Jun. 1990).
PAL  Potrykus, I., "Gene Transfer to Cereals: An Assessment," Trends
      Biotechnol., 7, 269-273 Oct. 1989).
PAL  Potrykus, I., "Gene Transfer to Plants: Assessment and Perspectives,"
      Physiol. Plant., 79, 125-134 (1990).
PAL  Potrykus, I., et al., "Callus formation from stem protoplasts of corn (Zea
      mays L.)" Mol. Gen. Genet., 156, 347-350 (1977).
PAL  Potter, et al., "Enhancer-Dependent Expression of Human.kappa.
      Immunoglobulin Genes Introduced into Mouse Pre-B by Lymphocytes
      Electroporation, " Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 81, 7161 (1984).
PAL  Prioli, L. M., et al., "Plant Regeneration and Recovery of Fertile Plants
      from Protoplasts of Maize (Zea mays L.)," Bio/Technol. 7, 589-594 (Jun.
      1989).
PAL  Puite, K. J., et al., "Electrofusion, a Simple and Reproducible Technique
      in Somatic Hybridization of Nicotiana plumbaginifolia mutants," Plant Cell
      Rep., 4, 274-276 (1985).
PAL  Rhodes, C. A., et al., "Genetically Transformed Maize Plants from
      Protoplasts," Science, 240, 204-207 (Apr. 8, 1988).
PAL  Rhodes, C. A., et al., "Plant Regeneration from Protoplasts Isolated from
      Embryogenic Maize Cell Cultures," Bio/Technol., 6, 56-60 (Jan. 1988).
PAL  Rhodes, C. A., "Corn: From Protoplasts to Fertile Plants," Bio/Technol., 7,
      548 (Jun. 1989).
PAL  Richaud, F., et al., "Chromosomal Location and Nucleotide Sequence of the
      Escherichia coli dapA Gene," Biol. Abstracts, 82, p. AB-391, Abstract No.
      3396 (1986).
PAL  Richaud , F., et al., "Chromosomal Location and Nucleotide Sequence of the
      Escherichia coli dap/A Gene," J. Bacteriol., 166, 297-300 (1986).
PAL  Robbins-Roth et al., "They Make it Happen in Biotech," Bioworld, pp. 30-36
      (Nov/Dec 1990).
PAL  Robertson, D. S., "Loss of Mu Mutator Activity when Active Mu Systems are
      Transferred to Inbred Lines," Maize Genetics Coop. Newsletter, 60, 10
      (1986).
PAL  Ross, M.C., et al., "Transient and Stable Transgenic Cells and Calli of
      Tobacco and Maize Following Microprojectile Bombardment," J. Cell.
      Biochem., 13D, p. 268 Abstract No. M149 (1989).
PAL  Sahi, S. V., et al., "Metabolites in Maize Which Affect Virulence Induction
      in Agrobacterium tumefaciens," Plant Physiol., Supplement, p. 86 Abstract
      No. 514, (1989).
PAL  Sanford, J. C., "Biolistic Plant Transformation," Physiol. Plant., 79,
      206-209 (1990).
PAL  Sanford, J. C., "The Biolistic Process," Trends Biotechnol., 6, 299-302
      (1988).
PAL  Sanford, J.C., et al., "Attempted Pollen-Mediated Plant Transformation
      Employing Genomic Donor DNA," Theor. Appl. Genet., 69, 571-574 (1985).
PAL  Sanford, J. C., et al., "Delivery of Substances into Cells and Tissues
      Using a Particle Bombardment Process," Particulate Sci. Technol., 5, 27-37
      (1987).
PAL  Sass, "Morphology: Development of the Caryopsis" In: Corn and Corn
      Improvement, 2nd edition, Sprauge, G. F., (ed.), American Soc. Agronomy,
      p. 89,98 (1977).
PAL  Schmidt, A., et al., "Media and environmental effects of phenolics
      production from tobacco cell cultures," Chem. Abstracts, 110, p. 514,
      Abstract No. 230156z (1989).
PAL  Shen, W,-H., et al., "Excision of a Transposible Element form a Viral
      Vector Introduced into Maize Plants by Agroinfection," The Plant J., 2,
      35-42 (1992).
PAL  Shigekawa, K., et al., "Electroporation of Eukaryotes and Prokaryotes: A
      General Approach to the Intoduction of Macromolecules into Cells," Bio
      Techniques, 6, 742-751 (1988).
PAL  Shillito, R. D., et al., "High Efficiency Direct Gene Transfer to Plants,"
      Bio/Technol., 3, 1099 (1985).
PAL  Shillito, R. D., et al., "Regeneration of Fertile Plants From Protoplasts
      of Elite Inbred Maize," Bio/Technol., 7, 581-587 (Jun. 1989).
PAL  Shimamoto, K., et al., "Fertile Transgenic Rice Plants Regenerated from
      Transformed Protoplasts," Nature, 338, 274-278 (1989).
PAL  Shotwell, M. A., et al., "The Biochemistry of Plants--A Comprehensive
      Treatise," In: The Biochemistry of Plants, vol. 15, Marcus, A., (ed.),
      Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, pp. 297-345 (1989).
PAL  Smith, R., et al., "Shoot apex explant for transformation," Plant Physiol.,
      86, p. 108, Abstract No. 646 (1988).
PAL  Soberon, X., et al., "Construction and Characterization of New Cloning
      Vehicles, IV. Deletion Derivatives of pBR322 and pBR325," Gene, 9, 287-305
      (1980).
PAL  Songstad, D. D., et al., "Transient Expression of GUS and Anthocyanin
      Constructs in Intact Maize Immature Embryos Following Electroporation,"
      Plant Cell Tissue and Organ Culture, 33, 195-201(1993).
PAL  Spencer, T. M. et al., "Fertile Transgenic Maize," Abstracts, 7th Annual
      Meeting, Mid Atlantic Plant Mol. Biol. Soc., p. 30 (1990).
PAL  Spencer et al., "Bialaphos Selection of Stable Transformations from Maize
      Cell Culture," Theor. Appl. Genet., 79, 625-631 (May 1990).
PAL  Spencer, T. M., et al., "Segregation of Transgenes in Maize," Plant Mol.
      Biol., 18, 201-210 (1992).
PAL  Spencer, T.M., et al., "Selection of Stable Transformants from Maize
      Suspension Cultures using the Herbicide Bialaphos," Poster presentation,
      FASEB Plant Gene Expression Conference, Copper Mountain, Colorado (Aug. 8,
      1989).
PAL  Sprauge et al., "Corn Breeding, " In: Corn and Corn Improvement, Sprauge,
      G.F., (ed.), American Society of Agronomy, Inc, Madison, Wi, pp. 305,
      320-323 (1977).
PAL  Steimel, D., "Corn Breeders Stalk Perfect Hybrid," Rockford Register Star,
      (Aug. 6, 1990).
PAL  Steimel, D., "New Gun Will Custom-Design Corn: Breeding Technique Expected
      by End of 90 s Will Let Crop Grow Without Pesticides or Much Water," (Apr.
      1990).
PAL  Sugiyama, M., et al., "Use of the Tyrosinase Gene from Streptomyces to
      Probe Sequences for Escherichia coli," Plasmid, 23, 237-241 (1990).
PAL  Suttie, J., et al., "Use of Different Selection Agents to Produce Maize
      Transformants of an Elite Geneotype Using Microprojectile Bombardment,"
      Program and Abstracts, Int. Soc. Plant Mol. Biol., 3rd Int. Cong.,
      Abstract No. 426 (Oct. 6-11, 1991).
PAL  Tarczynski, M. C., et al., "Expression of a Bacterial mtlD Gene in
      Transgenic Tobacco Leads to Production an Accumulation of Mannitol," Proc.
      Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 89, 2600-2604 (1992).
PAL  Tarczynski, M.C., et al., "Stress Protection of Transgenic Tobacco by
      Production of the Osmolyte Mannitol," Science, 259, 508-510 (1993).
PAL  Thompson, C., et al., "Characterization of the Herbicide-Resistance Gene
      bar from Streptomyces hygroscopicus," EMBO J., 6, 2519-2523 (1987).
PAL  Tomes, D. "Status of Corn Transformation," 26th Annual Corn Breeders
      School, Meeting Proceedings, U. Illinois, p. 7-8 (Feb. 26-27 1990).
PAL  Tomes, D. T., et al., "Transgenic Tobacco Plants and their Progeny Derived
      by Microprojectile Bombardment of Tobacco Leaves," Plant Mol. Biol., 14,
      261-268 (Feb. 1990).
PAL  Twell, D., et al., "Transient Expression of Chimeric Genes Delivered into
      Pollen by Microprojectile Bombardment," Plant Physiol., 91, 1271-1274
      (1989).
PAL  Ulian, E., et al., "Transformation of Plants via the Shoot Apex," In Vitro
      Cell. Dev. Biol., 9, 951-954 (1988).
PAL  Usami, S., et al., "Absence in Monocotyledonous Plants of the Diffusible
      Plant Factors including T-DNA Circularization and vir Gene Expression in
      Agrobacterium," Mol. Gen. Genet., 209, 221-226 (1987).
PAL  Vain, P., et al., "Osmotic Pretreament Enhances Particle
      Bombardment-Mediated Transient and Stable Transformation of Maize," Plant
      Cell Rep., 12, 84-88 (1993).
PAL  Vasil, I.K., "Transgenic Cereals Becoming a Reality," Bio/Technol., 8, 797
      (Sep. 1990).
PAL  Vasil, I. K., et al., "Culture of Protoplasts Isolated from Embryogenic
      Cell Suspension Cultures of Sugarcane and Maize," IAPTC Abstracts, p. 443
      (1986).
PAL  Vasil, V., et al., "Isolation and Maintenance of Embryogenic Cell
      Suspension Cultures of Gramineae," In: Cell Culture and Somatic Cell
      Genetics of Plants, Vol. I, Academic Press, pp. 152-158 (1984).
PAL  Vasil, V., et al., "Plant Regeneration from Friable Embryonic Callus and
      Cell Suspension Cultures of Zea mays L.," J. Plant Physiol., 124, 399-408
      (1986).
PAL  Walbot, V., et al., "Molecular genetics of corn," In: Corn and Corn
      Improvement, 3rd edition, Sprauge, G. F., et al., (eds.), American Soc.
      Agronomy, Madison, WI, pp. 389-430 (1988).
PAL  Waldron, C., et al., "Resistance to Hygromycin B," Plant Mol. Biol., 5,
      103-108 (1985).
PAL  Walters, D. A., et al., "Transformation and Inheritance of Hygromycin
      Phosphotransferase Gene in Maize Plants," Plant Molecular Biol., 18,
      189-200 (1992).
PAL  Wan, Y., et al., "Maize Transformation and Regeneration of Transgenic
      Plants by Microprojectile Bombardment of Type I Callus," Abstracts, 35th
      Annual Maize Genetics Conference, p. 5 (Mar. 18-21, 1993).
PAL  Wang, Y., et al., "Characterization of cis-Acting Elements Regulating
      Transcription from the Promoter of a Constitutively Active Rice Actin
      Gene," Mol. Cell. Biol., 12, 3399-3406 (1992).
PAL  Wang, Y., et al., "Transient Expression of Foreign Genes in Rice, Wheat and
      Soybean Cells Following Particle Bombardment," Plant Mol. Biol., 11,
      433-439 (1988).
PAL  Weising, K., et al., "Foreign Genes in Plants: Transfer, Structure,
      Expression and Applications," Ann. Rev. Genet., 22, 421-478 (1988).
PAL  White, J., et al., "A Cassette Containing the bar Gene of Streptomyces
      hygroscopicus: a Selectable Marker for Plant Transformation," Nuc. Acid.
      Res., 18, 1062 (1989).
PAL  Whiteley, H.R., et al., The Molecular Biology of Parasporal Crystal Body
      Formation in Bacillus thuringiensis, Ann. Rev. Microbiol., 40, 549-576
      (1986).
PAL  Wong, E. Y., et al., "Arabidopsis thaliana Small Subunit Leader and Transit
      Peptide Enhance the Expression of Bacillus thuringiensis Proteins in
      Transgenic Plants," Plant Mol. Biol., 20, 81-93 (1992).
PAL  Yang, H., et al. "Production of Kanamycin Resistant Rice Tissues Following
      DNA Uptake into Protoplasts," Plant Cell Rep., 7, 421 (1988).
PAL  Yanisch-Perron, C., et al., "Improved M13 Phage Vectors and Host Strains:
      Nucleotide Sequences of the M13mp18 and pUC19 Vectors," Gene, 33, 103-119
      (1985).
PAL  Yugari, Y., et al., "Coordinated End-Product Inhibition in Lysine Synthesis
      in Escherichia coli," Biochem. Biophys. Acta, 62, 612-614 (1962).
PAL  Andrews, D.L., et al., "Characterization of the Lipid Acyl Hydrolase
      Activity of the Major Potato (Solanum tuberosum) Tuber Protein, Patatin,
      by Cloning and Abundant Expression in a Baculovirus Vector", Biochem. J.,
      252, 199-206.
PAL  Flavell, R., et al., "Prospects for Transforming Monocot Crop Plants",
      Nature, 307, 108-109 (Jan. 12, 1984).
PAL  Goodman, R.M., et al., "Gene Transfer in Crop Improvement", Science, 236,
      48-54 (Apr. 3, 1987).
PAL  Jaynes, J.M., et al., "Plant Protein Improvement by Genetic Engineering:
      Use of Synthetic Genes", Trends in Biotechnology, 4, 314-320 (Dec. 1986).
PAL  Murray, L.E., et al., "Transgenic Corn Plants Expressing MDMV Strain B Coat
      Protein are Resistant to Mixed Infections of Maize Dwarf Mosaic Virus and
      Maize Chlorotic Mottle Virus", Bio/Technology, 11, 1559-1564 (Dec. 1993).
PAL  Niyogi, K.K., et al., "Suppressors of trp I Fluorescence Identify a New
      Arabidopsis Gene, TRP4, Encoding the Anthranilate Synthase Beta Gene", The
      Plant Cell, 5, 1011-1027 (Sep. 1993).
PAL  Paszkowski, J., et al., "Direct Gene Transfer to Plants", The EMBO Journal,
      3, 2717-2722 (1984).
PAL  Poehlman, J. M., "Backcross Breeding", In: Breeding Field Crops, 3rd
      edition, AVI Publishing Company, Inc., Westport, CT, 203-206 (1988).
PAL  Potrykus, I., et al., "Direct Gene Transfer to Cells of a Graminaceous
      Monocot", Mol. Gen. Genet., 199, 183-188 (1985).
PAL  Shen, W.-H., et al., "Amplification and Expression of the
      Beta-Glucuronidase Gene in Maize Plants by Vectors Based on Maize Streak
      Virus", The Plant Journal, 5, 227-236 (1994).
PAL  P. J. Charest, et al., "Factors Affecting the Use of Chloramphenicol
      Acetyltransferase as a Marker for Brassica Genetic Transformation", Plant
      Cell Reports, 7, 628-631 (1989).
PAL  L. Herrera-Estrella, et al., "Use of Reporter Genes to Study Gene
      Expression in Plant Cells", In: Plant Molecular Biology Manual B1, Kluwer
      Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, pp. 1-22 (1988).
PAL  M. M. Johri, et al., "Genetic Approaches to Meristem Organization", In:
      Maize for Biological Research, W. F. Sheridan, (ed.), Plant Molecular
      Biology Association, pp. 301-310 (1982).
PAL  Botterman, J., et al., "Engineering Herbicide Resistance in Plants", Trends
      in Genetics, vol. 4, No. 8, 221-222, (Aug. 1988).
PAL  Mariani, C., et al., "Engineered Male Sterility in Plants", Symposia of the
      Society for Experimental Biology, No. XLV, Proceedings of a Meeting Held
      at the University of Glasgow, Scotland, pp. 271-279, (1991).
PAL  Poehlman, J.M., "Breeding Field Crops", Third Edition, AVI Publishing
      Company, Inc. Westport, CT, pp. 203-206, (1988).
PAL  Vasil, V., et al., "Regeneration of Plants from Embryogenic Suspension
      Culture Protoplasts of Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.)", Bio/Technology, 8,
      429-434 (May 1990).
PAL  Datta, S.K., et al., "Genetically Engineered Fertile Indica-Rice Recovered
      from Protoplasts", Bio/Technology, 8, 736-740 (Aug. 1990).
PAL  McCue, K.F., et al., "Drought and Salt Tolerance: Towards Understanding and
      Application", Tibtech, 8, 358-362 (Dec. 1990).
PAL  Rathinasabapathi, B., et al., "Metabolic Engineering of Glycine Betaine
      Synthesis: Plant Betaine Aldehyde Dehydrogenases Lacking Typical Transit
      Peptides are Targeted to Tobacco Chloroplasts Where They Confer Betaine
      Aldehyde Resistance", Planta, 193, 155-162 (1994).
PAL  Atanassova, R., et al., "A 126 bp Fragment of Plant Histone Gene Promoter
      Confers Preferential Expression in Meristems of Transgenic Arabidopsis",
      The Plant J., 2, 291-300 (1992).
PAL  Brignon, P., et al., "Nuclease Sensitivity and Functional Analysis of a
      Maize Histone H3 Gene Promoter", Plant Mol. Biol., 22, 1007-1015 (1993).
PAL  Datta, S.K., et al., "Isolated Microspore-Derived Plant Formation via
      Embryogenesis in Triticum aestivum L.", Plant Sci., 48, 49-54 (1987).
PAL  Hooykaas-Van Slogteren, G.M.S., et al., "Expression of Ti Plasmid Genes in
      Monocotyledonous Plants Infected with Agrobacterium tumefaciens", Nature,
      311, 763-764 (Oct. 25, 1984).
PAL  Ranch, J.P., et al., "Expression of 5-Methyltryptophan Resistance in Plants
      Regenerated from Resistant Cell Lines of Datura innoxia", Plant Physiol.,
      71, 136-140 (1983).
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg, Woessner, and Kluth, P.A.
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a reproducible system for the production of
      stable, genetically transformed maize cells, and to methods of selecting
      cells that have been transformed. One method of selection disclosed
      employs the streptomyces bar gene introduced by microprojectile
      bombardment into embryogenic maize cells which were grown in suspension
      cultures, followed by exposure to the herbicide bialaphos. The methods of
      achieving stablefs transformation disclosed herein include tissue culture
      methods and media, methods for the bombardment of recipient cells with the
      desired transforming DNA, and methods of growing fertile lants from the
      transformed cells. This invention also relates to the transformed cells
      and seeds and to the fertile plants grown from the transformed cells and
      to their pollen.
PATN
WKU  059903910
SRC  9
APN  1379283
APT  1
ART  169
APD  19980821
TTL  Soybean cultivar 922286942427
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  McElwain; Elizabeth F.
INVT
NAM  Matson; Kevin W.
CTY  Ames
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Byrum; Joseph R.
CTY  West Des Moines
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  Monsanto Corporation
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  800312
XCL  800260
XCL  435415
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  500
ICL  A01H  510
ICL  A01H  102
ICL  C12N  504
FSC  800
FSS  312;260
FSC  435
FSS  415;426;430
LREP
FRM  Rothwell, Figg, Ernst & Kurz
ABST
PAL  A novel soybean cultivar, designated 922286942427, is disclosed. The
      invention relates to the seeds of soybean cultivar 922286942427, to the
      plants of soybean 922286942427 and to methods for producing a soybean
      plant produced by crossing the cultivar 922286942427 with itself or
      another soybean variety. The invention further relates to hybrid soybean
      seeds and plants produced by crossing the cultivar 922286942427 with
      another soybean cultivar.
PATN
WKU  059903929
SRC  9
APN  0363650
APT  1
ART  169
APD  19980306
TTL  Hybrid maize plant and seed 34A03
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Benzion; Gary
INVT
NAM  Fox; Russell L.
CTY  Johnston
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.
CTY  Des Moines
STA  IA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  8003201
XCL  800298
XCL  800275
XCL  800271
XCL  800301
XCL  800302
XCL  800303
XCL  435412
XCL  435424
XCL  435430
XCL  4354301
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  500
ICL  A01H  400
ICL  A01H  100
ICL  C12N  504
FSC  800
FSS  200;205;280;DIG. 56;320.1;298;275;271;301;302;303
FSC   47
FSS  58;DIG. 1
FSC  435
FSS  172.3;172.1;412;424;430;430.1
UREF
PNO  4812599
ISD  19890300
NAM  Segebart
FREF
PNO  160390
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Conger, B.V., et al. (1987) "Somatic Embryogensis From Cultured Leaf
      Segments of Zea Mays", Plant Cell Reports, 6:345-347.
PAL  Duncan, D.R., et al. (1985) "The Production of Callus Capable of Plant
      Regeneration From Immature Embryos of Numerous Zea Mays Genotypes",
      Planta, 165:322-332.
PAL  Edallo, et al. (1981) "Chromosomal Variation and Frequency of Spontaneous
      Mutation Associated with in Vitro Culture and Plant Regeneration in
      Maize", Maydica, XXVI:39-56.
PAL  Green, et al. (1975) "Plant Regeneration From Tissue Cultures of Maize",
      Crop Science, vol. 15, pp. 417-421.
PAL  Green, C.E., et al. (1982) "Plant Regeneration in Tissue Cultures of Maize"
      Maize for Biological Research, pp. 367-372.
PAL  Hallauer, A.R. et al. (1988) "Corn Breeding" Corn and Corn Improvement, No.
      18, pp. 463-481.
PAL  Meghji, M.R., et al. (1984) "Inbreeding Depression, Inbred & Hybrid Grain
      Yields, and Other Traits of Maize Genotypes Representing Three Eras", Crop
      Science, vol. 24, pp. 545-549.
PAL  Phillips, et al. (1988) "Cell/Tissue Culture and In Vitro Manipulation",
      Corn & Corn Improvement, 3rd Ed., ASA Publication, No. 18, pp. 345-387.
PAL  Poehlman et al (1995) Breeding Field Crop, 4th Ed., Iowa State University
      Press, Ames, IA., pp. 132-155 and 321-344.
PAL  Roa, K.V., et al., (1986) "Somatic Embryogenesis in Glume Callus Cultures",
      Maize Genetics Cooperative Newsletter, No. 60, pp. 64-65.
PAL  Sass, John F. (1977) "Morphology", Corn & Corn Improvement, ASA
      Publication, Madison, WI pp. 89-109.
PAL  Songstad, D.D. et al. (1988) "Effect of
      ACC(1-aminocyclopropane-1-carboyclic acid), Silver Nitrate & Norbonadiene
      on Plant Regeneration From Maize Callus Cultures", Plant Cell Reports,
      7:262-265.
PAL  Tomes, et al. (1985) "The Effect of Parental Genotype on Initiation of
      Embryogenic Callus From Elite Maize (Zea Mays L.) Germplasm", Theor. Appl.
      Genet., vol. 70, pp. 505-509.
PAL  Troyer, et al. (1985) "Selection for Early Flowering in Corn: 10 Late
      Synthetics", Crop Science, vol. 25, pp. 695-697.
PAL  Umbeck, et al. (1983) "Reversion of Male-Sterile T-Cytoplasm Maize to Male
      Fertility in Tissue Culture", Crop Science, vol. 23, pp. 584-588.
PAL  Wright, Harold (1980) "Commercial Hybrid Seed Production", Hybridization of
      Crop Plants, Ch. 8:161-176.
PAL  Wych, Robert D. (1988) "Production of Hybrid Seed", Corn and Corn
      Improvement, Ch. 9, pp. 565-607.
LREP
FRM  Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.
ABST
PAL  According to the invention, there is provided a hybrid maize plant,
      designated as 34A03, produced by crossing two Pioneer Hi-Bred
      International, Inc. proprietary inbred maize lines. This invention relates
      to the hybrid seed 34A03, the hybrid plant produced from the seed, and
      variants, mutants, and trivial modifications of hybrid 34A03.
PATN
WKU  059903937
SRC  9
APN  0374504
APT  1
ART  169
APD  19980310
TTL  Inbred maize line PH1CN
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  11
EXP  Benzion; Gary
INVT
NAM  Chapman; Michael Allen
CTY  Madison Lake
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.
CTY  Des Moines
STA  IA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  8003201
XCL  800298
XCL  800275
XCL  800271
XCL  800301
XCL  800302
XCL  800303
XCL  4354301
XCL  435430
XCL  435424
XCL  435412
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  500
ICL  A01H  400
ICL  A01H  100
ICL  C12N  504
FSC  800
FSS  320.1;298;275;271;301;302-303
FSC  435
FSS  412;424;430.1;430
FREF
PNO  160390
ISD  19851100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Conger, B. V., et al. (1987) "Somatic Embryogenesis From Cultured Leaf
      Segments of Zea mays", Plant Cell Reports, 6:345-347.
PAL  Duncan, D.R., et al. (1985) "The Production of Callus Capable of Plant
      Regeneration From Immature Embryos of Numerous Zea Mays Genotypes",
      Planta, 165:322-332.
PAL  Edallo, et al. (1981) "Chromosomal Variation and Frequency of Spontaneous
      Mutation Associated with in Vitro Culture and Plant Regeneration in
      Maize", Maydica, XXVI:39-56.
PAL  Green, et al., (1975) "Plant Regeneration From Tissue Cultures of Maise",
      Crop Science, vol. 15, pp. 417-421.
PAL  Green, C.E., et al. (1982) "Plant Regeneration in Tissue Cultures of Maise"
      Maise for Biological Research, pp. 367-372.
PAL  Hallauer, A.R. et al. (1988) "Corn Breeding" Corn and Corn Improvement, No.
      18, pp. 463-481.
PAL  Meghji, M.R., et al. (1984). "Inbreeding Depression, Inbred & Hybrid Grain
      Yields, and Other Traits of Maize Genotypes Representing Three Eras", Crop
      Science, vol. 24, pp. 545-549.
PAL  Phillips, et al. (1988) "Cell/Tissue Culture and In Vitro Manipulation",
      Corn & Corn Improvement, 3rd Ed., ASA Publication, No. 18, pp. 345-387.
PAL  Poehlman et al., (1995) Breeding Field Crop, 4th Ed., Iowa State University
      Press, Ames, IA., pp. 132-155 and 321-344.
PAL  Rao, K.V., et al., (1986)"Somatic Embryogenesis in Glume Callus Cultures",
      Maize Genetics Cooperative Newletter, No. 60, pp. 64-65.
PAL  Sass, John F. (1977) "Morphology", Corn & Corn Improvement, ASA
      Publication. Madison, Wisconsin, pp. 89-109.
PAL  Songstad, D.D. et al. (1988) "Effect of ACC
      (1-aminocyclopropane-1-carboxyclic acid), Silver Nitrate & Norbonadiene on
      Plant Regeneration From Maize Callus Cultures", Plant Cell Reports,
      7:262-265.
PAL  Tomes, et al. (1985) "The Effect of Parental Genotype on Initiation of
      Embryogenic Callus From Elite Maze (Zea Mays L.) Germplasm", Theor. Appl.
      Genet, vol. 70, pp. 505-509.
PAL  Troyer, et al., (1985) "Selection for Early Flowering in Corn: 10 Late
      Synthetics", Crop Science, vol. 25, pp. 695-697.
PAL  Umbeck, et al. (1983) "Reversion of Male-Sterile T-Cytoplasm Maize to Male
      Fertility in Tissue Culture", Crop Science, vol. 23, pp. 584-588.
PAL  Wright, Harold (1980) "Commercial Hybrid Seed Production", Hybridization of
      Crop Plants, Ch. 8: 161-176.
PAL  Wych, Robert D. (1988) "Production of Hybrid Seed", Corn and Corn
      Improvement, Ch. 9, pp. 565-607.
PAL  Lee, Michael (1994) "Inbred Lines of Maize and Their Molecular Markers",
      The Maize Handbook Ch. 65:423-432.
PAL  Boppenmaier, et al., "Comparsons Among Strains of Inbreds for RFLPs", Maize
      Genetics Cooperative Newsletter, 65:1991, p. 90.
PAL  Smith, J.S.C., et al., "The Identification Female Selfs in Hybrid Maize: A
      Comparison Using Electrophoresis and Morphology", Seed Science and
      Technology 14, 1-8.
PAL  Allard, R.W. "Principles of Plant Breeding" John Wiley & Sons, pp. 155-161,
      1960.
LREP
FRM  Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.
ABST
PAL  An inbred maize line, designated PH1CN, the plants and seeds of inbred
      maize line PH1CN, methods for producing a maize plant, either inbred or
      hybrid, produced by crossing the inbred maize line PH1CN with itself or
      with another maize plant, and hybrid maize seeds and plants produced by
      crossing the inbred line PH1CN with another maize line or plant.
PATN
WKU  059903945
SRC  9
APN  1644602
APT  1
ART  169
APD  19981001
TTL  Inbred corn line LH261
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Haas; Thomas
EXP  Benzion; Gary
INVT
NAM  Arthur; Gary D.
CTY  Iowa City
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  Holden's Foundation Seeds, LLC
CTY  Williamsburg
STA  IA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  8003201
XCL  800295
XCL  800298
XCL  800278
XCL  435419
XCL  435468
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  400
ICL  A01H  500
ICL  C12N 1529
FSC  800
FSS  320.1;295;298;278
FSC  435
FSS  419;468
FSC  536
FSS  24.1
OREF
PAL  Plant Variety Protection Certificate for Inbred Corn Line LH60.
PAL  Plant Variety Protection Certificate for Inbred Corn Line LH127.
PAL  Plant Variety Protection Certificate for Inbred Corn Line LH216.
PAL  Phillips et al. Corn and Corn Improvement-Agronomy Monograph No. 18, 3rd
      edition, pp. 345-368, 1988.
LREP
FRM  Rothwell, Figg, Ernst & Kurz
ABST
PAL  An inbred corn line, designated LH261, is disclosed. The invention relates
      to the seeds of inbred corn line LH261, to the plants of inbred corn line
      LH261 and to methods for producing a corn plant produced by crossing the
      inbred line LH261 with itself or another corn line. The invention further
      relates to hybrid corn seeds and plants produced by crossing the inbred
      line LH261 with another corn line.
PATN
WKU  059903953
SRC  9
APN  3181030
APT  1
ART  169
APD  19990524
TTL  Inbred sweet corn line W1498A
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  1
EXA  Haas; Thomas
EXP  Benzion; Gary
INVT
NAM  Plaisted; Douglas C.
CTY  Middleton
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Grier; Stephen L.
CTY  Stanton
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Houghton; Wesley
CTY  Naples
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Novartis AG
CTY  Basel
CNT  CHX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  8003201
XCL  800271
XCL  800275
XCL  800295
XCL  800278
XCL  800298
XCL  435419
XCL  435468
EDF  6
ICL  A01H  508
ICL  A01H  400
ICL  C12N 1529
FSC  800
FSS  320.1;294;298;278;279;271
FSC  435
FSS  419;468
LREP
FR2  Lebel; Edouard G.
FR2  Hoxie; Thomas
ABST
PAL  An inbred sweet corn line, designated W1498A, the plants and seeds of
      inbred sweet corn line W1498A, methods for producing a maize plant
      produced by crossing the inbred sweet corn line W1498A with itself or with
      another maize plant, and hybrid maize seeds and plants produced by
      crossing the inbred sweet corn line W1498A with another maize line or
      plant.
PATN
WKU  059903961
SRC  8
APN  6251765
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19960329
TTL  Neck for stringed musical instruments
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Lockett; Kim
EXP  Nappi; Robert E.
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Lasner; Richard M.
CTY  Mill Valley
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Modulus Guitars, L.L.C.
CTY  Novato
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   84293
XCL   84291
XCL   84267
EDF  6
ICL  G10D  300
FSC   84
FSS  293;291;267
UREF
PNO  3251257
ISD  19660500
NAM  Bunker
OCL   84267
UREF
PNO  4121492
ISD  19781000
NAM  Berardi
OCL   84293
UREF
PNO  4304277
ISD  19811200
NAM  Petillo
OCL   84293
UREF
PNO  4846038
ISD  19890700
NAM  Turner
OCL   84293
UREF
PNO  4846039
ISD  19890700
NAM  Mosher
OCL   84293
UREF
PNO  5018423
ISD  19910500
NAM  Bunker
OCL   84293
UREF
PNO  5180876
ISD  19930100
NAM  Thorward
OCL   84293
UREF
PNO  5353672
ISD  19941000
NAM  Stewart
OCL   84293
UREF
PNO  5465642
ISD  19951100
NAM  Goto
OCL   84293
FREF
PNO  2230890A
ISD  19901000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Bacon, Tony, "The Ultimate Guitar Book ," Knoff, 1991, Ill. 2A-B.
PAL  "The Electric Guitar--an illustrated history ," p. 156, Chronical Books,
      1993.
PAL  "The Luthier's Mercantile Catalog-Handbook for Stringed Instrument Builders
      ," pp. 99, 101.
PAL  Cherne Steven, "3.sup.rd  Edition Blue Book of Guitars," pp. 433-434, 460.
PAL  Tanaka, Yuji, "History of Electric Guitars", two pages, 1984.
PAL  Gruhn, George & Carter, Walter., "Acoustic Guitars and Other Fretted
      Instruments", pp. 50,197.
PAL  Wheeler, Tom, "American Guitars an Illustrated History", pp. 57,81, 1982.
PAL  Moonstone Guitars Eclipse Bass promotional material, 1981.
PAL  Pacifica Model 1221 promotional material.
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A stringed musical instrument having a neck assembly, a body portion, and a
      plurality of strings, the neck assembly having a composite central
      structure made of a composite material which is sufficiently strong to
      withstand the entire load imposed on the neck assembly by the tension of
      the strings without deformation or the need for structural reinforcement.
      The neck assembly also includes at least one non-structural, non-load
      bearing wooden insert carried by the composite central structure and
      extending substantially along the length of the neck assembly, for
      enabling the stringed instrument to have the response and tonal coloration
      of stringed instruments with traditional wooden neck assemblies, a
      fingerboard carried by the composite central structure, and a
      non-structural, non-load bearing truss rod assembly for relief adjustment
      of the neck.
PATN
WKU  059903970
SRC  9
APN  2090813
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981210
TTL  Collapsible stringed musical instrument
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Hsieh; Shih-yung
EXP  Nappi; Robert E.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Taylor; Shane Gregory
STR  "Cooranga"
CTY  Yetman New South Wales 2410
CNT  AUX
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19971218
APN  PP 1068
CLAS
OCL   84327
XCL   84267
XCL   84291
EDF  6
ICL  G10D  300
FSC   84
FSS  267;291;327
UREF
PNO  4770079
ISD  19880900
NAM  Mastroianni
OCL   89291
UREF
PNO  5383385
ISD  19950100
NAM  Gilbert
OCL   84267
LREP
FRM  Paul & Paul
ABST
PAL  There is disclosed a stringed musical instrument of the type having a neck
      projecting from a body, and strings arranged alongside each other and
      extending along the neck and a face of the body in use. In one form, the
      instrument is provided with support means moveable from a retracted
      condition to an extended condition and incorporating a strap for providing
      support for a user or the instrument itself. In another form, the
      instrument is provided with at least one display plate moveable from a
      retracted position whereby a width of the instrument is minimized to an
      extended position to thereby increase the width of the instrument.
PATN
WKU  059903988
SRC  9
APN  0561207
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980406
TTL  Key-pad operating mechanism of saxophone
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Fletcher; Marlon T.
EXP  Ip; Paul
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Nonaka; Hideki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nonaka Boeki Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawawa-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970414
APN  9-095984
CLAS
OCL   84385R
XCL   84342
XCL   84380R
XCL   84382
XCL   84384
EDF  6
ICL  G10D  708
ICL  G10D  904
FSC   84
FSS  342;382;384;385 R;385 A;385 P;380 R
UREF
PNO  1745430
ISD  19300200
NAM  MacDonald
UREF
PNO  4353281
ISD  19821000
NAM  DeFord
OCL   84384
FREF
PNO  05276196
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Woodbridge & Associates
ABST
PAL  A key-pad operating mechanism of the saxophone for forcibly separating a
      normally closed key-pad from the tone hole seat via an arm using the
      leverage principle by pressing the operating lever for the normally closed
      key-pad even if the normally closed key-pad is stuck to the tone hole
      seat. The mechanism can easily open the normally closed key-pad without
      affecting any traditional maneuverability of the instrument and prevents
      key-pads from becoming inoperable during a play.
PATN
WKU  059903996
SRC  9
APN  1296159
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980805
TTL  Saxophone palm key and method of use
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Witkowski; Stanley J.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Runyon; Clinton A.
STR  174 Emerite Dr.
CTY  Lafayette
STA  LA
ZIP  70506
CLAS
OCL   84385R
EDF  6
ICL  G10D  708
FSC   84
FSS  380 R;385 R
UREF
PNO  2555980
ISD  19510600
NAM  Loney
OCL   84385R
UREF
PNO  2710558
ISD  19550600
NAM  Lefevre-Selmer
OCL   84385R
UREF
PNO  3857317
ISD  19741200
NAM  Carree
UREF
PNO  4148242
ISD  19790400
NAM  Woehr et al.
UREF
PNO  4250791
ISD  19810200
NAM  tairadate
LREP
FR2  Montgomery; Robert N.
ABST
PAL  A removable key attachment has been developed which when adjustably
      attached to the low C-sharp spatula of a saxophone, having an articulated
      C-sharp, enables the player to depress the low C-sharp lever with the heal
      of the left hand. Thereby, leaving the little finger of the left hand free
      to press the low B or B-flat key without sliding from key to key,
      producing a much smother passage with much greater speed.
PATN
WKU  059904003
SRC  8
APN  8160619
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970311
TTL  Connection between the pedal and heel plates of a foot pedal
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Hsieh; Shih-Yung
EXP  Shoop, Jr.; William M.
NDR  7
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Hoshino; Yoshihiro
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hoshino Gakki Kabushiki Kaisha
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   844221
EDF  6
ICL  G10D 1302
FSC   84
FSS  422.1;422.2
UREF
PNO  2132211
ISD  19381000
NAM  Hueckstead
OCL   84422.1
UREF
PNO  4188853
ISD  19800200
NAM  Bills
OCL   84422.1
UREF
PNO  5565638
ISD  19961000
NAM  Liao
OCL   84422.1
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A connection between a pivotable pedal plate of a foot pedal for operating
      a drum, cymbal, or the like instrument and a relatively stationary heel
      plate. The pivot connection includes an axle that extends through flanges
      projecting rearwardly from the pedal plate and through a projection
      forwardly of the heel plate that extends into the recess between the
      flanges of the pedal plate. Screws hold the axle firmly to either the
      pedal plate or the heel plate and bearings in the other of the heel plate
      and the pedal plate receive the axle and permit relative motion between
      the other plate and the axle without any gap between the axle and either
      of the plates as would be usual in the prior art.
PATN
WKU  059904011
SRC  9
APN  0703702
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980430
TTL  Dual foot pedal assembly and related quick release mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Fletcher; Marlon T.
EXP  Nappi; Robert E.
NDR  12
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Braun; Daniel T.
STR  547 Doat St.
CTY  Buffalo
STA  NY
ZIP  14211
INVT
NAM  LaRue; Jon
STR  5597 E. Henrietta Rd.
CTY  Rush
STA  NY
ZIP  14543
CLAS
OCL   844221
XCL   84104
XCL   84411R
XCL   844222
XCL   84DIG25
EDF  6
ICL  G10D 1302
ICL  G10D 1306
FSC   84
FSS  104;111-114;411 R;422.1;422.2;DIG. 25
UREF
PNO  4520710
ISD  19850600
NAM  Elliott, Jr.
OCL   84422R
UREF
PNO  5591929
ISD  19970100
NAM  Wellman
OCL   84422.1
UREF
PNO  5789688
ISD  19980800
NAM  Schiano
OCL   84422.1
LREP
FR2  Braun; Robert T.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for use with a percussion instrument assembly includes a base
      unit for positioning on a preselected surface. A first instrument pedal
      includes a first connecting linkage having a first end and a second end.
      The first end of the first connecting linkage is linked to the base unit
      so that the first instrument pedal may be utilized to operated a first
      percussion instrument. A second instrument pedal is positioned adjacent
      the first instrument pedal. The second instrument pedal includes a second
      connecting linkage having a first end and a second end. The first end of
      the second connecting linkage is linked to the base unit so that the
      second instrument pedal may be utilized to operate a second percussion
      instrument in a manner such that the first and second pedals are capable
      of being alternately actuated independently and simultaneously by the foot
      of an operator to respectively activate one or both the first and second
      percussion instruments. A quick release mechanism is provided so that the
      first instrument pedal may be rapidly engaged and disengaged,
      respectively, with a third instrument pedal.
PATN
WKU  059904020
SRC  9
APN  0420301
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980313
TTL  Musical cymbal handle strap clip
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Ashton; Wesley Scott
EXP  Nappi; Robert E.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Epstein; Frank B
CTY  Brookline
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Avedis Zildjian Company
CTY  Norwell
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   844223
XCL   84453
XCL   24115H
XCL   24198
EDF  6
ICL  G10D 1302
FSC   84
FSS  421;422.3;327;453;411 R
FSC   24
FSS  3.12;115 H;115 K;197;198;200;265 A;265 R
UREF
PNO  1605595
ISD  19261100
NAM  Lang
OCL  224  5
UREF
PNO  2040958
ISD  19360500
NAM  Schottenfels
OCL   24198
UREF
PNO  2212862
ISD  19400800
NAM  Hirsh
OCL   24198
UREF
PNO  2247867
ISD  19410700
NAM  Baumann
OCL  224  5
UREF
PNO  2273136
ISD  19420200
NAM  Orech et al.
OCL  224  5
UREF
PNO  3104436
ISD  19630900
NAM  Ostolaza
OCL   24198
UREF
PNO  3869763
ISD  19750300
NAM  Senk et al.
OCL   24198
UREF
PNO  4038726
ISD  19770800
NAM  Takabayashi
OCL   24198
UREF
PNO  4226161
ISD  19801000
NAM  Goetsch
OCL   84376A
FREF
PNO  701994
ISD  19310300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  450772
ISD  19490800
CNT  ITX
OREF
PAL  L. A. Elkington Catalog, Manufacturers Parts and Accessories For Musical
      Instruments, p. 3, 1963.
PAL  Rogers Catalog, pp. 5 and 52, Dec. 1964.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A musical cymbal and handstrap assembly includes a musical cymbal, a cymbal
      handstrap clip, and a handstrap. The handstrap has a hand portion
      extending through an aperture in the cymbal at a first convex side of the
      cymbal and a securement portion extending at the second concave side of
      the cymbal. The handstrap clip includes a body, a pair of free arms
      extending from and generally along respective opposite sides of the body,
      and an aperture which holds a base portion of the hand portion of the
      handstrap. The arms and sides of the body together define slots through
      which the securement portion of the handstrap extends to be releasably and
      adjustably secured.
PATN
WKU  059904038
SRC  9
APN  2093332
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981211
TTL  Lyre mounting bracket for a musical instrument tuner
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Hsieh; Shih-Yung
EXP  Masih; Karen
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Membreno; Agustin J.
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Wilson; Mark L.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Whitaker; Kerry W.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Onboard Research Corporation
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   84454
XCL   84453
EDF  6
ICL  G10G  702
FSC   84
FSS  453;454;387 A;329
UREF
PNO  3543633
ISD  19701200
NAM  Batten
OCL   84453
LREP
FR2  Handley; Mark W.
ABST
PAL  A lyre mounting bracket (14) is provided for acoustically coupling a
      musical instrument tuner (12) to a lyre (16) for a musical instrument
      (10). The tuner (12) includes an electronics section (26) having a
      vibratory sensor. A hinged elbow member (44) secures the mounting bracket
      (14) to the tuner (12). The mounting bracket (14) has a main body (42)
      which includes two oppositely facing, planar surfaces (50, 52) for
      securing directly between a clamp (20) of the lyre (16). Support braces
      (58, 60) extend outward from opposite sides of the main body (42), each
      having arcuately shaped sides (66-76) which extend orthogonal to and
      adjacent to the peripheral edges of respective ones of the planer mounting
      surfaces (50, 52). The sides (66-76) have profiles which fit substantially
      flush with portions of a profile (94) defined by the peripheral edges of a
      first half (90) of the lyre clamp (20). The first half (90) of the lyre
      clamp (20) includes two lobes (96, 98) which fit substantially flush
      against mounting ears (54, 56) defined by the main body (42) of the
      mounting bracket (14). The support braces (58, 60) further include
      protuberances (78, 80) which extend into crooks (97, 99) of the profile
      (94) of the first half (90) of the lyre clamp (20). The arcuately shaped
      sides (66-76) and the protuberances (78, 80) of the support braces (58,
      60), and the planar mounting surfaces (50, 52) together define two
      oppositely facing sockets (62, 64) for receiving the two parts (90, 92) of
      the lyre clamp (20) in a closely fitting relation, such that the lyre
      mounting bracket (14) is acoustically coupled to the lyre (16) for
      transmitting mechanical vibration therebetween.
PATN
WKU  059904046
SRC  8
APN  7840187
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970115
TTL  Performance data editing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  4
EXA  Fletcher; Marlon
EXP  Nappi; Robert E.
NDR  15
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Miyano; Yasuhisa
CTY  Hamamatsu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yamaha Corporation
CTY  Hamamatsu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960117
APN  8-006186
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960117
APN  8-006187
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960117
APN  8-006188
CLAS
OCL   84609
XCL   84602
XCL   84615
XCL   84626
XCL   84633
EDF  6
ICL  G10H  102
ICL  G10H  130
ICL  G10H  146
FSC   84
FSS  601-602;609-610;615;626;630;633;634;649;650;653;662;665
UREF
PNO  3844379
ISD  19741000
NAM  Tomisawa et al.
OCL   84  1.01
UREF
PNO  5488196
ISD  19960100
NAM  Zimmerman et al.
OCL   84612
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  A performance data editing apparatus is realized by a computer system
      and/or an electronic musical instrument to provide rich expressions of an
      automatic performance by performing a variety of editing processes on
      performance data. Herein, the performance data correspond to multiple
      parts of the music played by the automatic performance, so at least one of
      the parts is designated as an editing part. For example, a velocity
      expander editing process is provided to broaden a distribution range of
      velocity data representing tone volumes of musical tones of the editing
      part. Thus, it is possible to emphasize ups and downs in variations of the
      tone volumes with respect to the editing part. A sound duplication editing
      process is provided to duplicate generation of a same musical tone under a
      condition where a shortage of tone-generation channels does not occur.
      Thus, it is possible to produce a marrowy and thick musical tone with
      respect to the editing part. Further, a timing tuner editing process is
      provided to perform an adjustment such that playback timings of the
      musical tones of the editing part will substantially coincide with desired
      playback timings which are requested by a human operator.
PATN
WKU  059904054
SRC  9
APN  1120506
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980708
TTL  System and method for generating and controlling a simulated musical
      concert experience
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  28
EXA  Fletcher; Marlon
EXP  Shoop, Jr.; William M.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Auten; Don R.
CTY  Nashville
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Akers; Richard T.
CTY  Antioch
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Gembar; Richard
CTY  Mt. Juliet
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Gibson Guitar Corp.
CTY  Nashville
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   84609
XCL   84610
XCL   84634
XCL   84649
XCL   84650
EDF  6
ICL  G10H  136
FSC   84
FSS  600-602;609-612;622-625;626;633-636;649-652;712-714;477 R;478
UREF
PNO  3490328
ISD  19700100
NAM  King
OCL   84169
UREF
PNO  3609019
ISD  19710900
NAM  Tuber
OCL  352 17
UREF
PNO  3617647
ISD  19711100
NAM  Maler et al.
OCL  179100
UREF
PNO  3900886
ISD  19750800
NAM  Coyle, et al.
OCL  358 82
UREF
PNO  4081829
ISD  19780300
NAM  Brown
OCL  358 82
UREF
PNO  4182214
ISD  19800100
NAM  Wakeman
OCL   84  1.28
UREF
PNO  4257062
ISD  19810300
NAM  Meredith
OCL  358 81
UREF
PNO  4267561
ISD  19810500
NAM  Karpinsky, et al.
OCL  358 82
UREF
PNO  4768086
ISD  19880800
NAM  Paist
OCL  358 81
UREF
PNO  4988981
ISD  19910100
NAM  Zimmerman
OCL  340709
UREF
PNO  5148154
ISD  19920900
NAM  MacKay, et al.
OCL  340712
UREF
PNO  5307456
ISD  19940400
NAM  MacKay
OCL  395154
UREF
PNO  5319452
ISD  19940600
NAM  Funahashi
OCL  348  6
UREF
PNO  5355762
ISD  19941000
NAM  Tabata
OCL   84609
UREF
PNO  5393926
ISD  19950200
NAM  Johnson
OCL   84610
UREF
PNO  5513129
ISD  19960400
NAM  Bolas et al.
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5670729
ISD  19970900
NAM  Miller, et al.
OCL   84609
UREF
PNO  5773742
ISD  19980600
NAM  Eventoff et al.
OCL   84609
LREP
FRM  Waddey & Patterson
ABST
PAL  A musician can simulate participation in a concert by playing a musical
      instrument and wearing a head-mounted 3D display that includes stereo
      speakers. Audio and video portions of a musical concert are pre-recorded,
      along with a separate sound track corresponding to the musical instrument
      played by the musician. Playback of the instrument sound track is
      controlled by signals generated in the musical instrument and transmitted
      to a system interface box connected to the audio-video play back device,
      an audio mixer, and the head-mounted display. An external bypass switch
      allows the musician to suppress the instrument sound track so that the
      sounds created by actual playing of the musical instrument are heard along
      with the pre-recorded audio and video portions.
PATN
WKU  059904062
SRC  9
APN  2042967
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981203
TTL  Editing apparatus and editing method
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Witkowski; Stanley J.
NDR  13
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Junichi
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohtsu; Shuichi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Aoyagi; Shigeru
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Higuchi; Takashi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971212
APN  9-343312
CLAS
OCL   84609
XCL   84645
XCL   84649
EDF  6
ICL  G10H  126
FSC   84
FSS  609-614;634-638;645;649-652;666-669
UREF
PNO  5313012
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ishida
OCL   84609
UREF
PNO  5747716
ISD  19980500
NAM  Matsumoto
OCL   84609
UREF
PNO  5859379
ISD  19990100
NAM  Ichikawa
OCL   84609
LREP
FR2  Maioli; Jay H.
ABST
PAL  Correct musical performances are played back at edit points by inserting an
      event specifying a sound source at each of the edit points, by inserting
      edit-point denoting events each for denoting one of the edit points, and
      by inserting an edit-point control event for controlling the edit points
      during work to edit a standard MIDI file.
PATN
WKU  059904070
SRC  8
APN  678089&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19960711
TTL  Automatic improvisation system and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  52
ECL  4
EXA  Fletcher; Marlon T.
EXP  Ro; Bentsu
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Gannon; Peter
CTY  Victoria
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  PG Music, Inc.
CTY  Victoria
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL   84613
XCL   84604
XCL   84609
XCL   84637
EDF  6
ICL  G10H  138
FSC   84
FSS  604-607;609-613;634-637
UREF
PNO  4926737
ISD  19900500
NAM  Minamitaka
OCL   84611
UREF
PNO  5278348
ISD  19940100
NAM  Etaki et al.
OCL   84636
UREF
PNO  5347083
ISD  19940900
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL   84613
UREF
PNO  5451709
ISD  19950900
NAM  Minamitka
OCL   84609
UREF
PNO  5627335
ISD  19970500
NAM  Rigopulos et al.
OCL   84635
UREF
PNO  5663517
ISD  19970900
NAM  Oppenheim
OCL   84649
LREP
FRM  Graybeal Jackson Haley LLP
ABST
PAL  A system and method for generating new musical improvisations, based on a
      database of existing improvisations. An automated method for converting
      the existing improvisations to a database and generating a new
      improvisation from the database. Musical improvisations are performed by
      musicians and stored in MIDI Data format. The Chord symbols used and key
      signature are input, and added to the improvisation. The system analyzes
      the performances, and information about sections and phrases of the solo
      are stored in a "Riffs" file. The musicians' original performances, the
      chord symbols and the Riffs files are combined into a Soloist Database
      File, consisting of one or more improvisations. An Options file is created
      by the user to control parameters about the solo to be generated. The
      system then generates a new improvisation based on any input chord
      progression and key, and the Options file, by choosing portions of the
      Soloist Database to construct the new improvisation.
PATN
WKU  059904089
SRC  8
APN  8120099
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970305
TTL  Electronic stringed instrument using phase difference to control tone
      generation
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Donels; Jeffrey
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hasebe; Kiyoshi
CTY  Shizuoka-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yamaha Corporation
CTY  Hamamatsu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960308
APN  8-079359
CLAS
OCL   84723
XCL   84735
EDF  6
ICL  G10H  300
FSC   84
FSS  723;726-728;735
UREF
PNO  4348930
ISD  19820900
NAM  Chobanian et al.
OCL   84726
UREF
PNO  4907483
ISD  19900300
NAM  Rose et al.
OCL   84726
UREF
PNO  5206449
ISD  19930400
NAM  McClish
OCL   84723
UREF
PNO  5585588
ISD  19961200
NAM  Tumura
OCL   84726
FREF
PNO  55-87196
ISD  19800700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9516984
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  An electronic stringed instrument having a first pickup device and a second
      pickup device. When any one of the strings is picked at a picking position
      between the first pickup device and the second pickup device, vibrational
      waves propagate from the picking position toward both sides of the string.
      When the advancing waves pass the first and second pickup devices, the
      first and second pickup devices output electrical signals. A time
      difference between the electrical signals provided by the first and second
      pickup devices is calculated to determine the picking position. Note tone
      color and other tonal parameters are controlled based on the picking
      position.
PATN
WKU  059904097
SRC  9
APN  2192586
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981222
TTL  Musical apparatus detecting maximum values and/or peak values of
      reflected light beams to control musical functions
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Donels; Jeffrey
NDR  16
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Shigeru
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsui; Akira
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Roland Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971226
APN  9-360015
CLAS
OCL   84724
XCL  341 41
EDF  6
ICL  G01H  306
FSC   84
FSS  723;724
FSC  341
FSS  41
UREF
PNO  3405222
ISD  19681000
NAM  Heinzl
UREF
PNO  4321463
ISD  19820300
NAM  Stecher
XCL   84724
UREF
PNO  4468999
ISD  19840900
NAM  Bonanno
UREF
PNO  5045687
ISD  19910900
NAM  Gurner
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5237126
ISD  19930800
NAM  Curtis et al.
OCL   84724
UREF
PNO  5369270
ISD  19941100
NAM  Gurner et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5414256
ISD  19950500
NAM  Gurner et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5442168
ISD  19950800
NAM  Gurner et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5459312
ISD  19951000
NAM  Gurner et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5473461
ISD  19951200
NAM  Miremadi
OCL  359189
UREF
PNO  5475214
ISD  19951200
NAM  DeFranco et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5508511
ISD  19960400
NAM  Zur et al.
OCL  250222.1
UREF
PNO  5833549
ISD  19981100
NAM  Zur et al.
OCL  473199
FREF
PNO  58-195296
ISD  19831200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-98583
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-269776
ISD  19971000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon LLP
ABST
PAL  A musical apparatus which outputs music under the control of various
      musical control instructions where the desired musical control
      instructions are reliably determined by the movement of an object in an
      operation space, and where the musical control instructions are varied by
      changing the state of motion of the object in space.
PAL  The musical apparatus performs musical control instructions whose contents
      are based on the state of motion of an object in motion within a specified
      operation space. The musical apparatus may have at least one light source
      which shines light into said operation space, at least one light sensor
      which receives light which has been reflected by an object in the space so
      that it has at least two light paths which reach from the light source to
      the light sensor via the object, so that a detection values is output
      according to the quantity of light received via a respective one of the
      light paths, and a musical controller which outputs music and controls a
      musical function when the correlation between the current values of the
      detection values of the various paths satisfies a specified relationship.
PATN
WKU  059904100
SRC  8
APN  9792678
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971126
TTL  Electrical musical instrument
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  17
EXA  Fletcher; Marlon T.
EXP  Shoop, Jr.; William M.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Kenneth G.
CTY  Shetland
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Skyinblow Limited
CTY  Shetland Isles
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19961126
APN  9624503
CLAS
OCL   84731
XCL   84743
XCL   84275
XCL   84290
XCL   84291
EDF  6
ICL  G10D  300
FSC   84
FSS  730-731;DIG. 24;743;274;275;290;291;307;309
UREF
PNO  4411186
ISD  19831000
NAM  Faivre
OCL   84291
UREF
PNO  4836076
ISD  19890600
NAM  Bernier
OCL   84275
UREF
PNO  5396822
ISD  19950300
NAM  Itokawa
OCL   84291
LREP
FRM  Madson & Metcalf
ABST
PAL  An electrical musical instrument in the form of an electric violin 1
      comprises an instrument body 2 comprising a body member 6 comprising an
      upper convex member 7 and a lower convex member 8 attached to each other
      by means of screws at the upper and lower ends thereof. An aperture 4 is
      defined in the upper convex member 7 and is adapted to receive a bridge 5.
      A reinforcing member 11 extends along the length of the rear of the violin
      body 2. The violin 1 further comprises a wooden neck 3 extending from the
      body 2.
PAL  Electric pick-up means 10 supported by the instrument body 2 and provide an
      electrical output signal representing vibration of at least one tensioned
      string extending in use substantially along the length of the instrument 1
      and passing over the bridge 5. The reinforcing member 11 in use opposes
      torque applied to the instrument body 2 and neck member 3 as a result of
      the tension in the or each string.
PATN
WKU  059904119
SRC  9
APN  0724130
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980504
TTL  Methods for utilizing switches on the back of the neck of a musical
      instrument
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Donels; Jeffrey
NDR  14
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Kellar; Bradford S.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Kellar Bass Systems
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL   84742
XCL   84293
EDF  6
ICL  G10H  118
ICL  G10H  312
FSC   84
FSS  718;720;722;742;293
UREF
PNO  2792738
ISD  19570500
NAM  Donahue
UREF
PNO  2910906
ISD  19591100
NAM  Libera
UREF
PNO  3116357
ISD  19631200
NAM  Krebs
UREF
PNO  3196729
ISD  19650700
NAM  Burns et al.
UREF
PNO  3217079
ISD  19651100
NAM  Murrell
UREF
PNO  3223771
ISD  19651200
NAM  Hopping
UREF
PNO  3530226
ISD  19700900
NAM  Wheeler et al.
UREF
PNO  3530227
ISD  19700900
NAM  Wheeler et al.
UREF
PNO  4901618
ISD  19900200
NAM  Blum, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5033353
ISD  19910700
NAM  Fala et al.
XCL   84743
UREF
PNO  5095799
ISD  19920300
NAM  Wallace et al.
UREF
PNO  5633474
ISD  19970500
NAM  Cardey, III
OCL   84737
LREP
FRM  Ritter, Van Pelt & Yi LLP
ABST
PAL  Methods and apparatuses for utilizing switches on the back of the neck of a
      musical instrument are provided. Multiple switches may be positioned along
      the length of the back of the neck of a musical instrument to produce
      tones to accompany the musical instrument. The pitch of the tones
      generated by activation of the switches may vary depending upon the
      position of the switches along the back of the neck of the musical
      instrument. With embodiments of the invention, a musician is able to play
      both music for an electric guitar and music for a bass guitar at the same
      time.
PATN
WKU  059904127
SRC  8
APN  6474462
APT  1
ART  280
APD  19960507
TTL  Differential thermopile heat flux transducer formed by depositing metals
      and non-metals from liquids onto a substrate
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  12
EXP  Felber; Joseph L.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Terrell; James P.
CTY  Blacksburg
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Vatell Corporation
CTY  Christiansburg
STA  VA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  136225
XCL  136224
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 3528
FSC  136
FSS  224;225
UREF
PNO  2429200
ISD  19471000
NAM  Bradley et al.
XCL  136224
UREF
PNO  4779994
ISD  19881000
NAM  Diller et al.
OCL  374 29
UREF
PNO  5393351
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kinard et al.
XCL  136224
OREF
PAL  Flanders, S.N., "Heat Flux Transducers Measure in-situ Building Thermal
      Performance", J. Thermal Insulation and Building Environments, vol. 18,
      Jul. 1944, U. S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory,
      Hanover, NH, pp. 28-52.
PAL  Trethowen, H. A., "Systematic Errors with Surface-Mounted Heat Flux
      Transducers and How to Live with Them", In-Situ Heat Flux Measurements in
      Buildings--Applications and Interpretation of Results, CRREL Special
      Report 91-Mar., 1991, U. S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering
      Laboratory, Hanover, NH, pp. 15-27.
PAL  Hager, J. M., "Development and Calibration of a Heat Flux Microsensor",
      M.S. Thesis, 1989, Virginia Polytechnic and State University, Blacksburg,
      VA 24061.
ABST
PAL  A thin sensor for heat flux and temperature, designed for adhesive
      attachment to a surface, is manufactured on a flexible insulated metallic
      substrate, using conductive and dielectric inks. The sensor exhibits a
      combination of high sensitivity for heat flux and low resistance to the
      flow of heat. These characteristics enable it to measure heat flux at
      surface boundaries with improved accuracy over conventional heat flux
      transducers (HFT's) because the temperature drop produced by the sensor is
      very small. The high sensitivity of the sensor makes it ideal for
      measuring heat flow through insulating materials, and well adapted to
      instrumenting heat flow in buildings, detecting fires at an early stage,
      or remotely measuring the temperature of string and web products in
      industrial processing.
PATN
WKU  059904135
SRC  8
APN  8788278
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970619
TTL  Bifacial lightweight array for solar power
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Chapman; Mark
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Ortabasi; Ugur
STR  1680 Meadowglen La.
CTY  Encinitas
STA  CA
ZIP  92024
CLAS
OCL  136244
XCL  136251
XCL  136292
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2500
FSC  136
FSS  244;251;292
UREF
PNO  4293731
ISD  19811000
NAM  Schweig et al.
OCL  136245
UREF
PNO  4377266
ISD  19830300
NAM  Belew et al.
OCL  244159
UREF
PNO  4401710
ISD  19830800
NAM  Bansemir et al.
OCL  428229
UREF
PNO  4680074
ISD  19870700
NAM  Schmitz et al.
OCL  136244
UREF
PNO  5538563
ISD  19960700
NAM  Finkl
OCL  136246
LREP
FRM  Watson Cole Grindle Watson P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A laminate includes bifacial solar cells that can receive and convert
      sunlight incident from either side. The laminate is held in a frame by
      high tensile cords that are strung like the cords in a tennis racket. The
      resulting assembly receives direct sunlight from one side and light
      reflected through albedo through the other side.
PATN
WKU  059904143
SRC  9
APN  0771740
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980915
TTL  Photovoltaic solar roof
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Chapman; Mark
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Posnansky; Mario
STR  Melchenbuhlweg 18 CH-3006
CTY  Bern
CNT  CHX
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19960923
APN  2318/96
CLAS
OCL  136244
XCL  136291
XCL  136245
XCL   521733
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2500
FSC  136
FSS  244;245;291
FSC   52
FSS  173.3
UREF
PNO  4040867
ISD  19770800
NAM  Forestieri et al.
OCL  136244
UREF
PNO  5232518
ISD  19930800
NAM  Nath et al.
OCL  136244
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist, PC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/CH96/00411
PD1  19980915
PD2  19980915
PD3  19961121
PCP  WO98/13883
PCD  19980402
ABST
PAR  This invention concerns a solar roof consisting of unmodified mass-produced
      roofing elements (1), for example of fiber cement, upon which solar cells
      (2) which have also been mass produced have been made fast using adhesive
      or clamps. Each solar cell (2) has a border element (3) on its upper edge
      upon which a connecting terminal (4) is placed. This connecting terminal
      (4) has at least one receptacle (5) into which can be inserted an
      asymmetrically formed plug (6) at the end of a cable (7). All of the named
      elements (1 to 7) rest on the roofing elements (1) so that no ducts of any
      kind need to be provided through the roofing elements (1), for example, a
      longer cable (17) leads from the final roofing element (1) of a row under
      the next higher overlaying roofing element and under the roof to a
      converter or direct consumer. The switch type (series or parallel) of the
      individual solar cells (2) is established by the wiring in the connecting
      terminal (4). The roof can be laid by a roofer with no electrotechnical
      expertise.
PATN
WKU  059904151
SRC  8
APN  8495912
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19970529
TTL  Multilayer solar cells with bypass diode protection
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Diamond; Alan
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Green; Martin Andrew
CTY  Waverly
CNT  AUX
INVT
NAM  Wenham; Stuart Ross
CTY  Menai Heights
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Pacific Solar Pty Ltd
CTY  New South Wales
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19941208
APN  PM9960
CLAS
OCL  136255
XCL  136258
XCL  136260
XCL  136261
XCL  136262
XCL  136264
XCL  257461
XCL  257463
XCL  257464
XCL  257106
XCL  257 61
XCL  438 95
XCL  438 96
XCL  438 97
XCL  438 98
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 3106
ICL  H01L 27142
ICL  H01L 2362
ICL  H01L 3118
FSC  136
FSS  255;258 PC;258 AM;260;261;262;254;265
FSC  257
FSS  461;463;464;106;61
FSC  438
FSS  95;96;97;98
UREF
PNO  H667
ISD  19890900
NAM  Bedair et al.
UREF
PNO  4323719
ISD  19820400
NAM  Green
OCL  136244
UREF
PNO  4385198
ISD  19830500
NAM  Rahilly
UREF
PNO  4933022
ISD  19900600
NAM  Swanson
UREF
PNO  5136353
ISD  19920800
NAM  Pankove et al.
UREF
PNO  5248346
ISD  19930900
NAM  Fraas et al.
UREF
PNO  5389158
ISD  19950200
NAM  Fraas et al.
UREF
PNO  5461002
ISD  19951000
NAM  Safir
OCL  437160
UREF
PNO  5580395
ISD  19961200
NAM  Yoshioka et al.
OCL  136255
UREF
PNO  5609694
ISD  19970300
NAM  Asai
OCL  136255
UREF
PNO  5616185
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kukulka
OCL  136255
UREF
PNO  5665175
ISD  19970900
NAM  Safir
OCL  136255
UREF
PNO  5797998
ISD  19980800
NAM  Wenham et al.
OCL  136255
FREF
PNO  024057
ISD  19810200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0537781
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2117174
ISD  19831000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2128017
ISD  19840400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO95/27314
ISD  19951000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Sproul, A. B. et al.: "Crystalline and polycrystalline silicon tandem
      junction solar cells: theoretical advantages" Solar Cells, Jul. 1986,
      Switzerland, vol. 18, NR. 1, pp. 31-40, ISSN 0379-6787 XP-002059152.
PAL  Martin A. Green: "Solar Cells--Operating Principles, Technology and System
      Applications", Feb. 1992, Chap. 11, pp. 212-219.
LREP
FRM  Jordan and Hamburg LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AU95/00829
PD1  19970529
PD2  19970529
PD3  19951208
PCP  WO96/18213
PCD  19960613
ABST
PAR  A multilayer solar cell with bypass diodes includes a stack of alternating
      p and n type semiconductor layers 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 arranged to form a
      plurality of rectifying photovoltaic junctions 15, 16, 17, 18. Contact is
      made to underlying layers by way of a buried contact structure comprising
      grooves extending down through all of the active layers, the walls of each
      groove being doped 33, 34 with n-or p-type impurities depending upon the
      layers to which the respective contact is to be connected and the grooves
      being filled with metal contact material 31, 32. One or more bypass diodes
      are provided by increasing the doping levels on either side 10, 13 of one
      or more portions of the junctions 16 of the cell such that quantum
      mechanical tunnelling provides a reverse bias characteristic whereby
      conduction occurs under predetermined reverse bias conditions. Ideally,
      the doping levels in the bypass diodes is 10.sup.18 atoms/cm.sup.3 or
      greater and the junction area is small.
PATN
WKU  059904160
SRC  9
APN  0618276
APT  1
ART  173
APD  19980416
TTL  Conductive metal oxide film and method of making
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Chapman; Mark
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Windisch, Jr.; Charles F.
CTY  Kennewick
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Exarhos; Gregory J.
CTY  Richland
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Battelle Memorial Institute
CTY  Richland
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  136255
XCL  438 69
XCL  438 85
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2500
FSC  438
FSS  69;85
FSC  136
FSS  255
UREF
PNO  4000346
ISD  19761200
NAM  Dowell
OCL  428336
UREF
PNO  5078803
ISD  19920100
NAM  Pier et al.
OCL  136256
UREF
PNO  5578502
ISD  19961100
NAM  Albright et al.
OCL  437  4
OREF
PAL  Electrochemically Reduced Polycrystalline Tin Oxide Thin Films, H.Feng,
      S.J. Laverty, P. Magure, J. Molloy, and B.J. Meenan, J. Electrochem. Soc.
      vol. 143, No. 6, Jun. 1996.
PAL  Optical Properties of Aluminum Doped Zinc Oxide Thin Films Prepared by RF
      Nagnetron Sputtering, T. Minami, H. Nanto and S. Takata, Japanese Journal
      of Applied Physics, vol. 24, No. 8, Aug. 1985, pp. L605-L607.
PAL  L.A. Harris and R. Schumacher, J Electrochem Soc, 127, 1186 (1980).
PAL  Electrochemical Patterning of Tin Oxide Films, BJ Baliga, SK Ghandhi, J.
      Electrochem. Soc, vol. 124, No. 7, Jul. 1997.
PAL  Reduction of CO.sub.2 on Fluorine-Doped SNO.sub.2 Thin-Film Electrodes, R
      Shiratsuchi, K hongo, G Nogami, S Ishimaru, J. Electrochem. Soc., vol.
      139, No. 9, Sep. 1992.
PAL  Electrochemical Activation of Rutile Electrode Photosensitivy, AL Asatiani,
      TV Dzhavrishvili, ZA Rotenberg, Institute of Organic Chemistry and
      Electrochemistry Academy of Sciences of the Georgian SSR, Translated from
      Elektrokhimiya, vol. 13, No. 2, p. 309, Feb. 1977.
LREP
FR2  Zimmerman; Paul W.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is a method for reducing a dopant in a film of a
      metal oxide wherein the dopant is reduced and the first metal oxide is
      substantially not reduced. The method of the present invention relies upon
      exposing the film to reducing conditions for a predetermined time and
      reducing a valence of the metal from a positive valence to a zero valence
      and maintaining atoms with a zero valence in an atomic configuration
      within the lattice structure of the metal oxide. According to the present
      invention, exposure to reducing conditions may be achieved
      electrochemically or achieved in an elevated temperature gas phase.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made with Government support under Contract
      DE-AC06-76RLO 1830 awarded by the U.S. Department of Energy. The
      Government has certain rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059904178
SRC  8
APN  2577690
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19940606
TTL  Electromagnetic noise absorbing material and electromagnetic noise filter
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Ngo; Hung V
EXP  Kincaid; Kristine
NDR  21
NFG  60
INVT
NAM  Senda; Masakatsu
CTY  Mito
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mori; Toshinori
CTY  Narashino
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishii; Osamu
CTY  Mito
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Koshimoto; Yasuhiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Toshima; Tomoyuki
CTY  Tokorozawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930607
APN  5-163135
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930614
APN  5-167454
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930707
APN  5-168215
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940228
APN  6-055100
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940311
APN  6-068038
CLAS
OCL  174 35MS
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  900
FSC  174
FSS  35 R;35 MS
FSC  428
FSS  611;692;694 T;402;900;546;558;928
UREF
PNO  3886506
ISD  19750500
NAM  Lorber et al.
OCL  333 96
UREF
PNO  4731500
ISD  19880300
NAM  Otsuka
OCL  174 36
UREF
PNO  5169713
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kumurdjian
OCL  428323
UREF
PNO  5373102
ISD  19941200
NAM  Ehrlich et al.
OCL  174 35R
UREF
PNO  5585196
ISD  19961200
NAM  Inomata et al.
OCL  428557
FREF
PNO  2-67796
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-69001
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-211906
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-345007
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "High frequency measurement technique for patterned soft magnetic film
      permeability with magnetic film/conductor/magnetic film inductance line",
      Senda et al., Rev. Sci. Instrum., vol. 64, No. 4, pp. 1034-1037, Apr.
      1993.
PAL  "Application to an EMI Noise Filter of a High-Loss CoZrNb/SiO.sub.2
      Multilayer Film", Senda et al., vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 511-514, 1994.
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Electromagnetic noise absorbing material and filter, which are small,
      light, and effective even with respect to unwanted electromagnetic waves
      of a few hundred MHz or more, are provided. A small and flexible
      electromagnetic noise filter cable and tape-shaped electromagnetic noise
      filter, as well as a manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus
      therefor, are also provided. The electromagnetic noise absorbing material
      has a thickness or particle diameter of the alloy magnetic substance which
      is within a range of from 1/10 to 10 times the skin depth thereof, and
      thereby, a large eddy current loss can be generated, so that it is
      possible to manufacture electromagnetic noise filters having various
      shapes, which are small, light, and which realize a large electromagnetic
      noise suppression effect as a result of eddy current loss, and these
      possess a large relative magnetic permeability even at levels of a few
      hundred MHz or more. According to the thin film manufacturing method and
      apparatus, it is possible to easily manufacture an electromagnetic noise
      absorbing material having small hysteresis, possessing a hard axis of
      uni-axial magnetic anisotropy, which is superior in high-frequency
      response, and has a large electromagnetic noise suppression effect.
PATN
WKU  059904186
SRC  8
APN  9025561
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970729
TTL  Hermetic CBGA/CCGA structure with thermal paste cooling
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Ngo; Hung V
EXP  Reichard; Dean A.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Bivona; Kevin G.
CTY  Poughkeepsie
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Coffin; Jeffrey T.
CTY  Pleasant Valley
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Drofitz, Jr.; Stephen S.
CTY  Wappingers Falls
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Goldmann; Lewis S.
CTY  Bedford
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Interrante; Mario J.
CTY  New Paltz
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Iruvanti; Sushumna
CTY  Wappingers Falls
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Sherif; Raed A.
CTY  Croton-on Hudson
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  174 524
XCL  257713
XCL  257778
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2302
FSC  361
FSS  704;718;719
FSC  257
FSS  704;778;712;713;710
FSC  174
FSS  52.3;52.4
UREF
PNO  4514752
ISD  19850400
NAM  Engel et al.
OCL  174 52.5
UREF
PNO  4985753
ISD  19910100
NAM  Fujioka et al.
OCL  257700
UREF
PNO  5014115
ISD  19910500
NAM  Moser
OCL  257659
UREF
PNO  5132875
ISD  19920700
NAM  Plesinger
OCL  361704
UREF
PNO  5268533
ISD  19931200
NAM  Kovacs et al.
OCL  174 52.4
UREF
PNO  5297006
ISD  19940300
NAM  Mizukoshi
OCL  361704
UREF
PNO  5317107
ISD  19940500
NAM  Osorio
OCL  174 52.4
UREF
PNO  5323294
ISD  19940600
NAM  Layton et al.
OCL  361699
UREF
PNO  5324888
ISD  19940600
NAM  Tyler et al.
OCL  174 52.2
UREF
PNO  5357673
ISD  19941000
NAM  Polak et al.
OCL   29840
UREF
PNO  5365402
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hatada et al.
OCL  361699
UREF
PNO  5414214
ISD  19950500
NAM  Cho et al.
OCL  174 52.3
UREF
PNO  5455457
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kurokawa
OCL  257712
UREF
PNO  5471366
ISD  19951100
NAM  Ozawa
OCL  361704
UREF
PNO  5528456
ISD  19960600
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  361704
UREF
PNO  5539151
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hamzehdoost et al.
OCL  174 52.4
UREF
PNO  5706579
ISD  19980100
NAM  Ross
OCL   29840
UREF
PNO  5745344
ISD  19980400
NAM  Baska et al.
OCL  361705
OREF
PAL  A.J. Blodgett et al., "Thermal Conduction Module: A High-Performance
      Multilayer Cermaic Package", IBM J. Res. Develop., vol. 26, No. 1, pp.
      30-36, (Jan. 1982).
PAL  R.G. Biskeborn et al., "Integral Cap Heat Sink Assembly For The IBM 4381
      Processor", Proceedings of the Technical Conference, Fourth Annual
      International Electronics Packaging Conference, pp. 468-474, (Oct. 29-31,
      1984).
LREP
FRM  Ratner & Prestia
FR2  Townsend; Tiffany L.
ABST
PAL  A device and method for hermetically sealing an integrated circuit chip
      between a substrate and a lid while providing effective dissipation of
      heat generated by the integrated circuit chip. The device includes an
      integrated circuit chip, carrier substrate, interface coolant, and a lid.
      The integrated circuit chip is attached to the top of the carrier
      substrate. The interface coolant is disposed on the top of the integrated
      circuit chip and the lid is placed on top of the carrier
      substrate/integrated circuit chip combination and contacts the interface
      coolant. The interface coolant provides a thermal path for conducting heat
      from the integrated circuit chip to the lid. The substrate is attached to
      a circuit board by a ceramic ball grid array (CBGA) or a ceramic column
      grid array (CCGA).
PATN
WKU  059904194
SRC  8
APN  9188665
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970826
TTL  Data cable
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  12
EXA  Mayo, III; William H.
EXP  Sough; Hyung-Sub
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Bogese, II; Stephen B.
CTY  Roanoke
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Virginia Patent Development Corporation
CTY  Roanoke
STA  VA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  174120R
XCL  174120SR
XCL  174113AS
XCL  174113R
EDF  6
ICL  H01B  700
FSC  174
FSS  97;99 R;110 PM;113 R;113 AS;120 R;120 SR;102 SP
UREF
PNO  2583026
ISD  19520100
NAM  Swift
OCL  174117
LREP
FRM  Saidman DesignLaw Group
ABST
PAL  A primary conductor having a solid wire or wire strands that are enclosed
      by an insulating coating which has ribs that extend radially outwardly.
      The insulating coating provides electrical insulation between neighboring
      conductors. The ribs define air spaces which are between the ribs and
      space the insulated primary conductors from each other, thereby reducing
      the overall dielectric constant of the cable assembly. This in turn
      reduces the line-to-line capacitance between adjacent conductors, thereby
      minimizing Near End Cross Talk.
PATN
WKU  059904208
SRC  8
APN  9893156
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971212
TTL  Cable securing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Dhiru R
EXP  Kincaid; Kristine
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Alexander; Arthur Ray
CTY  Valley Center
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  NCR Corporation
CTY  Dayton
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  174135
XCL  174157
XCL  248 56
EDF  6
ICL  H01B  700
FSC  174
FSS  135;151;157;88 R;88 S;72 R;84;92
FSC  248
FSS  56
UREF
PNO  3668301
ISD  19720600
NAM  Faulconer
OCL  174 88R
UREF
PNO  4449015
ISD  19840500
NAM  Hotchkiss et al.
OCL  174138F
UREF
PNO  4719321
ISD  19880100
NAM  Kozel et al.
OCL  174135
UREF
PNO  4831215
ISD  19890500
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  174 92
UREF
PNO  4890318
ISD  19891200
NAM  Crane et al.
OCL  379399
UREF
PNO  4927984
ISD  19900500
NAM  Meislitzer et al.
OCL  174 92
UREF
PNO  5241136
ISD  19930800
NAM  Michaelis et al.
OCL  174151
UREF
PNO  5254808
ISD  19931000
NAM  Rodriques et al.
OCL  174 65R
UREF
PNO  5780774
ISD  19980700
NAM  Ichikawa et al.
OCL  174 88R
UREF
PNO  5828005
ISD  19981000
NAM  Huynh-Ba et al.
OCL  174 92
LREP
FRM  Gates & Cooper
ABST
PAL  A device for securing multiple cables including a first comb member which
      has teeth and spaces. The spaces locate different multiple cables. A
      closure member can also be a comb with teeth and spaces. The two comb
      members are hinged on one side to open and close, so that the relative
      spaces are in alignment when closed. There is a securing member for
      securing the two combs together. Cables can remain in their relative
      spaces when the combs are opened or closed.
PATN
WKU  059904216
SRC  8
APN  8023271
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970218
TTL  Built in board resistors
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Dhiru R.
EXP  Kincaid; Kristine
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Yee; Dawson
CTY  Beaverton
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  174260
XCL  174262
XCL  361748
XCL  361766
XCL  439 74
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  116
FSC  174
FSS  250;255;256;260;262;266
FSC  361
FSS  748;751;765;766;771
FSC  439
FSS  68;74
UREF
PNO  4725925
ISD  19880200
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  361406
UREF
PNO  5098771
ISD  19920300
NAM  Friend
OCL  428209
UREF
PNO  5418689
ISD  19950500
NAM  Alpaugh et al.
OCL  361792
UREF
PNO  5451721
ISD  19950900
NAM  Tsukada et al.
OCL  174261
UREF
PNO  5463191
ISD  19951000
NAM  Bell et al.
OCL  174263
UREF
PNO  5557502
ISD  19960900
NAM  Banerjee et al.
OCL  361712
UREF
PNO  5708569
ISD  19980100
NAM  Howard et al.
OCL  361760
UREF
PNO  5780143
ISD  19980700
NAM  Shimamoto et al.
OCL  174261
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  A printed circuit board which has a layer of electrically resistive
      material that can provide a pull-up/pull-down resistor for the board. The
      printed circuit board includes a substrate which has a conductive plane
      located on the top surface of the board. The conductive plane is typically
      dedicated to electrical power. The board also has a via that is connected
      to an internal signal line. The resistive material is applied to the top
      surface to connect the conductive plane to the via and the signal line.
      The resistive material can be applied with a screening process which
      simplifies the assembly process of the resistor. Additionally, the
      resistive material is relatively small and located adjacent to the via so
      that the resistor does not occupy valuable board space.
PATN
WKU  059904224
SRC  8
APN  951676&
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971016
TTL  Apparatus for measuring weight and length of article
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  3
EXP  Gibson; Randy W.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Komori; Susumu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kakinuma; Sakae
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Masaaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Shinko Denshi Company Limited
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961018
APN  8-297513
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970909
APN  9-260982
CLAS
OCL  177 2511
XCL  177145
XCL  177119
EDF  6
ICL  G01G 2100
FSC  177
FSS  119;145;199;200;50;25.18;25.11;25.12;25.13;25.14
UREF
PNO  4709770
ISD  19871200
NAM  Kohashi et al.
OCL  177 50
UREF
PNO  4794996
ISD  19890100
NAM  Wallace et al.
OCL  177 50
UREF
PNO  5109936
ISD  19920500
NAM  Ruppel
OCL  177 50
UREF
PNO  5596179
ISD  19970100
NAM  Sakaeda
OCL  177 25.18
UREF
PNO  5635679
ISD  19970600
NAM  Kohashi et al.
OCL  177145
UREF
PNO  5814772
ISD  19980900
NAM  Nishimura et al.
OCL  177 25.13
LREP
FRM  Varndell & Varndell, PLLC
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for measuring weights of articles having different shapes and
      weights successively transported on a conveyer including first and second
      weighing conveyers 13 and 14 having load cells 23 and 24 to produce weight
      signals and photo-sensors 20, 21 and 22 arranged at inlets and outlets of
      the weighing conveyers 13 and 14 for detecting passage of the articles to
      produce article detection signals. In a calculating circuit 25, a weigh of
      an article is calculated by processing weight signals supplied from the
      first and second weighing conveyers 13 and 14 in accordance with a
      measuring sequence which is selected from a plurality of measuring
      sequences in accordance with the article detection signals supplied from
      the photo-sensors 20, 21 and 22.
PAL  A length of an article is measured by detecting a difference (x-y) between
      a length of an article and a reference length Lx by which the
      photo-sensors 20 and 21 are separated from each other by counting output
      pulses from rotary encoder 15 detecting a rotation angle of driving
      rollers 11, and calculating a sum of the reference length and said
      difference (x-y).
PATN
WKU  059904232
SRC  9
APN  0971286
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980612
TTL  Mobile hospital bed scale
ISD  19991123
NCL  64
ECL  61
EXP  Gibson; Randy W.
NDR  11
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Ashpes; Adam T.
CTY  Baltimore
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Rynd; Richard
CTY  Baltimore
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  EZE Weigh, LLC
CTY  Owings Mills
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  177140
XCL  177141
XCL  177144
XCL  177146
XCL  254  2C
EDF  6
ICL  G01G 1908
ICL  G01G 1910
FSC  177
FSS  144;146;126;129;130;131;140;141
FSC  254
FSS  2 C;93 R;89 H
UREF
PNO  3217818
ISD  19651100
NAM  Engelsher et al.
OCL  177144
UREF
PNO  3431992
ISD  19690300
NAM  Whitecar
OCL  177140
UREF
PNO  4002215
ISD  19770100
NAM  Harvill
OCL  177130
UREF
PNO  4006789
ISD  19770200
NAM  Stultz et al.
OCL  177126
UREF
PNO  4281730
ISD  19810800
NAM  Swersey et al.
OCL  177126
UREF
PNO  4403680
ISD  19830900
NAM  Hillesheimer
OCL  177146
UREF
PNO  4487276
ISD  19841200
NAM  Swersey et al.
OCL  177126
UREF
PNO  4589989
ISD  19860500
NAM  Muller et al.
OCL  252  8.75
UREF
PNO  4669136
ISD  19870600
NAM  Waters et al.
OCL  177144
UREF
PNO  4793428
ISD  19881200
NAM  Swersey
OCL  177144
UREF
PNO  4961470
ISD  19901000
NAM  Koerber, Sr.
OCL  177144
UREF
PNO  4974692
ISD  19901200
NAM  Carruth
OCL  177144
UREF
PNO  5173977
ISD  19921200
NAM  Carruth et al.
OCL  177144
UREF
PNO  5319817
ISD  19940600
NAM  Hay et al.
OCL  177144
UREF
PNO  5393935
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hasty et al.
OCL  177 45
UREF
PNO  5393938
ISD  19950200
NAM  Bumbalough
OCL  177144
UREF
PNO  5612515
ISD  19970300
NAM  Eisen
OCL  177126
UREF
PNO  5672849
ISD  19970900
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL  177263
UREF
PNO  5739478
ISD  19980400
NAM  Zefra
OCL  177130
UREF
PNO  5747745
ISD  19980500
NAM  Neuman
OCL  177132
LREP
FRM  Daneker, McIntire, Schumm et al
FR2  Schumm, III; Brooke
ABST
PAL  A mobile bed scale is contemplated which lifts the entire bed with patient
      in situ on a load platform with a non-slip surface. The scale minimizes
      both vertical and horizontal displacement. The platform has load cells
      which deliver data to a memory and display device. The invention is
      portable and partly foldable to aid in storage. It provides for recharging
      if desired, and for use of an auxiliary power source if desired.
PATN
WKU  059904240
SRC  9
APN  211447&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981215
TTL  Breaker device
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Friedhofer; Michael
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Miyazaki; Sho
CTY  Yokkaichi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Wiring Systems, Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  988511
APD  19971210
PSC  01
PNO  5911318
CLAS
OCL  200 16R
XCL  200  1R
XCL  200 17R
XCL  200561
EDF  6
ICL  H01H  154
FSC  200
FSS  1 R;6 R;16 R-16 D;17 R;537;6 B-6 C;547-550;553;554;557;248;561-563;572;258
     ;243;252;329;332;335
UREF
PNO  1864548
ISD  19320600
NAM  Nordhem
OCL  200325
UREF
PNO  2198469
ISD  19400400
NAM  Woodward
OCL  200337
UREF
PNO  2324876
ISD  19430700
NAM  Quentin
OCL   74565
UREF
PNO  2734374
ISD  19560200
NAM  Crabbs
OCL   70201
UREF
PNO  2806099
ISD  19570900
NAM  Rexroad
OCL  200 50.05
UREF
PNO  2967919
ISD  19610100
NAM  Greaves
OCL  200106
UREF
PNO  3187120
ISD  19650600
NAM  Akst
OCL  200 16A
UREF
PNO  3246101
ISD  19660400
NAM  Caputo
OCL  200104
UREF
PNO  4029914
ISD  19770600
NAM  Schmidt et al.
OCL  200  1R
UREF
PNO  4410775
ISD  19831000
NAM  Howard
OCL  200 52R
UREF
PNO  4822961
ISD  19890400
NAM  Hugin et al.
OCL  200 16R
UREF
PNO  5416286
ISD  19950500
NAM  Dixon, Jr.
OCL  200 16E
UREF
PNO  5708239
ISD  19980100
NAM  Konda et al.
OCL  200  1R
FREF
PNO  8-306265
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01H 2102
FREF
PNO  8-293347
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01R 1352
LREP
FR2  Casella; Anthony J.
FR2  Hespos; Gerald E.
ABST
PAL  A breaker device is provided in which a lever can be locked in specified
      positions with an improved reliability and unlocking can be easily
      effected. A slider (60) carried by a lever (30) and a panel (22) of a
      casing (20) define a locking mechanism of the device. When the lever (30)
      is in a specified rotation position, the slider (60) and the panel (22)
      are engaged with each other to lock the lever (30) in that position. An
      unlock portion (62) for unlocking the locking mechanism is provided in a
      position to be covered by a handle portion (32) of the lever (30). Since
      this unlock portion (62) is protected by the handle portion (32), a tool
      or the like cannot come into contact with or strike the unlock portion
      (62). On the other hand, if a finger is placed on the handle portion (32)
      to rotate the lever (30), the tip of this finger is located at the
      underside of the handle portion (32), so that the unlock portion (62) can
      be easily operated.
PATN
WKU  059904259
SRC  9
APN  2382474
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19990127
TTL  Programmable electrical switch
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Friedhofer; Michael
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  McSwiggen; John P.
CTY  Elmhurst
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Knowles Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Itasca
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  200 16R
XCL  200292
XCL   29622
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 1500
FSC  200
FSS  16 R-16 D;547-551;243;252;280;281;284;292
FSC   29
FSS  622-846;847;884
FSC  439
FSS  55;68;70;72;73;83;510;525;526;527
UREF
PNO  3624320
ISD  19711100
NAM  Eberhart et al.
OCL  200 16R
UREF
PNO  4001490
ISD  19770100
NAM  Lynch
OCL  174 88R
UREF
PNO  4152565
ISD  19790500
NAM  Rose
OCL  200291
UREF
PNO  4353610
ISD  19821000
NAM  Deters
OCL  339 19
UREF
PNO  4491703
ISD  19850100
NAM  Jaklic
OCL  200 16D
UREF
PNO  4536953
ISD  19850800
NAM  De Vera
OCL   29622
OREF
PAL  Wilbrecht Electronics, Inc. Product Data Sheet for Model 2005 Slide Switch,
      No Date.
PAL  Resistance Technology, Inc. Product Data Sheet for Slide Switch Model 21-2,
      No Date.
PAL  Resistance Technology, Inc. Product Data Sheet for Slide Switch Model 21-3,
      No Date.
LREP
FRM  Wallenstein & Wagner, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A programmable electrical switch having a housing and a plurality of
      single-switch-position conducting leads which are positioned in two
      substantially aligned rows is disclosed. Each of the leads has a proximal
      end that is disposed within the housing and a distal end that extends
      outwardly from the housing. The leads are disposed in the housing so that
      they are electrically independent of one another. The switch may also have
      a conducting bridge electrically interconnecting the leads in each of the
      rows. The switch also includes a moveable conductive contact that is
      positioned between a pair of opposing leads to electrically bridge a gap
      between the opposing leads.
PATN
WKU  059904267
SRC  9
APN  1064924
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980629
TTL  Cam-operated timer quiet cycle selector
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Vu; Bao Q.
EXP  Wong; Peter S.
NDR  23
NFG  43
INVT
NAM  Amonett; Daniel Keith
CTY  Marion County
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Emerson Electric Co.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  654494
APD  19960528
PSC  01
PNO  5861590
CLAS
OCL  200 38R
XCL  200 38B
EDF  6
ICL  H01H  708
FSC  200
FSS  11 R;38 R-38 D
UREF
PNO  4335282
ISD  19820600
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  200 38R
UREF
PNO  4421110
ISD  19831200
NAM  Wojtanek
OCL  200 38R
UREF
PNO  4675478
ISD  19870600
NAM  Song
OCL  200 38R
UREF
PNO  4796484
ISD  19890100
NAM  Eder
OCL   74568T
UREF
PNO  5290978
ISD  19940300
NAM  Georgacakis et al.
OCL  200 38R
UREF
PNO  5652418
ISD  19970700
NAM  Amonett
OCL  200 38R
UREF
PNO  5652419
ISD  19970700
NAM  Amonett et al.
OCL  200 38R
UREF
PNO  5684281
ISD  19971100
NAM  Amonett
OCL  200 38R
LREP
FR2  Becker; Mark D.
FR2  Waldkoetter; Eric R.
ABST
PAL  An appliance timer has features to facilitate automated assembly or manual
      assembly. A timer housing base accepts timer components from two
      directions, and installation of components in either direction is along a
      straight axis. A motor in the timer engages a gear train which runs a
      drive cam. The drive cam imparts motion to a camstack which then engages
      timer blade switches, and the blade switches operate the appliance. A
      subinterval is also supplied on the timer to allow periodic operation of a
      switch without the use of the camstack. The timer also features a quiet
      manual advance which removes the blade switches from communication with
      the camstack to allow an operator to select various timer programs without
      any of the clicking noises that are usually associated with timer program
      selection. Furthermore, a detent slider is positioned in communication
      with the camstack to provide a tactile feel for the operator of the timer
      when selecting between various timer programs.
PATN
WKU  059904275
SRC  9
APN  1779389
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981023
TTL  Movable acceleration switch responsive to acceleration parallel to plane
      of substrate upon which the switch is fabricated and methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Friedhofer; Michael
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Lammert; Michael Dean
CTY  Manhattan Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  McIver; George William
CTY  Redondo Beach
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  TRW Inc.
CTY  Lyndhurst
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  200 6153
XCL   7351436
XCL  200 6145M
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 3514
FSC   73
FSS  488;514.01;514.15;514.16;514.24;514.29;514.35-514.38
FSC  180
FSS  268;271;281;282;286
FSC  200
FSS  61.45 R-61.45 M
FSC  280
FSS  735;806
FSC  307
FSS  9.1;10.1;116;119-124
FSC  701
FSS  1;29;31;34;36;45
UREF
PNO  4543457
ISD  19850900
NAM  Petersen et al.
OCL  200 83N
UREF
PNO  4855544
ISD  19890800
NAM  Glenn
OCL  200 61.45R
UREF
PNO  5001933
ISD  19910300
NAM  Brand
OCL   73651
UREF
PNO  5177331
ISD  19930100
NAM  Rich et al.
OCL  200 61.45R
UREF
PNO  5231879
ISD  19930800
NAM  Yamamoto
OCL   73517R
UREF
PNO  5387819
ISD  19950200
NAM  Ueno et al.
OCL  307 10.1
UREF
PNO  5511421
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kudo
OCL   73514.32
UREF
PNO  5541437
ISD  19960700
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  257417
UREF
PNO  5561248
ISD  19961000
NAM  Negoro
OCL   73514.32
UREF
PNO  5756901
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kurle et al.
OCL   73777
UREF
PNO  5821419
ISD  19981000
NAM  Mader et al.
OCL   73493
UREF
PNO  5828138
ISD  19981000
NAM  McIver et al.
OCL  307 10.1
LREP
FRM  Tarolli, Sundheim, Covell, Tummino & Szabo LLP
ABST
PAL  A micro-miniature acceleration switch (240) has a substrate (242) and an
      inertial mass member ("IMM" 244) fabricated upon the substrate. The
      substrate (242) has a planar surface (246), and the IMM (244) can slide
      relative to the substrate from a first position to a second position when
      the switch (240) is accelerated along at least one direction parallel to
      the planar surface by acceleration of sufficient magnitude. Electrical
      contacts (e.g., 268) are fabricated upon the substrate (242) with at least
      one contact being coupled to the IMM (244). The contacts (268) move
      between closed and open positions when the IMM (244) slides between the
      first position and the second position. In one embodiment, an electrode
      (e.g., 292) provides an electrostatic force that opposes the acceleration
      forces and holds the IMM (244) in a holding position until overcome by the
      predetermined acceleration force. The predetermined acceleration force
      necessary to trigger the switch (240) may conveniently be adjusted by
      adjusting the electrostatic force applied by the electrode (292). The
      switch (240) is particularly useful as a safing switch in a system (140)
      for controlling a vehicle occupant protection device.
PATN
WKU  059904283
SRC  9
APN  0917435
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981102
TTL  Pressure switch for hydraulic pump
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Friedhofer; Michael
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hayashi; Tetsuji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kuga; Kenichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kayaba Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951227
APN  7-352044
CLAS
OCL  200 82R
XCL   73745
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 3538
FSC   73
FSS  744;745
FSC   92
FSS  5 R
FSC  200
FSS  81 R;82 R;82 B;82 C;82 D
UREF
PNO  4724289
ISD  19880200
NAM  Heissler
OCL  200 82R
UREF
PNO  4752658
ISD  19880600
NAM  Mack
OCL  200 82R
UREF
PNO  4827093
ISD  19890500
NAM  Strzodka
OCL  200 82C
UREF
PNO  5187337
ISD  19930200
NAM  Fujie et al.
OCL  200 82R
UREF
PNO  5321220
ISD  19940600
NAM  Sekiguchi
OCL  200 82R
FREF
PNO  61-36040
ISD  19861000
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01H 3538
FREF
PNO  62-57352
ISD  19870400
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01H 3538
FREF
PNO  1-168935
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01H 3530
FREF
PNO  1-165542
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01H 3538
FREF
PNO  3-76345
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01H 3528
FREF
PNO  5-12968
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01H 3538
LREP
FRM  Rabin & Champagne P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/03654
PD1  19981102
PD2  19981102
PD3  19961213
PCP  WO97/24744
PCD  19971007
ABST
PAR  An easily assembled, low cost pressure switch for a hydraulic pump is
      proposed. An oil pressure introducing hole is provided for leading a
      discharge pressure to a depression formed in a body which is earthed. A
      plug supporting an electrically conducting terminal in an insulated state
      so as to block the depression, comprises a cylindrical part opening into
      the depression of the body. An electrically conducting sleeve which is
      pierced by a damping orifice connected to the oil pressure introducing
      hole, engages with an opening of the cylindrical part. An electrically
      conducting plunger which comes in contact with and separates from the
      terminal in response to an oil pressure from the damping orifice, is
      housed in the sleeve. A spring pushing the plunger against the oil
      pressure is housed in the cylindrical part of the plug, and the lower end
      of the sleeve engages with the opening of the oil pressure introducing
      hole.
PATN
WKU  059904291
SRC  8
APN  8446660
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970421
TTL  Subassembly with an electric switch
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Luebke; Rennee S.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kramer; Markus
CTY  Spaichingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Marquardt GmbH
CTY  Rietheim - Weilheim
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960424
APN  196 16 249
CLAS
OCL  200296
XCL  2003022
EDF  6
ICL  H01H  904
FSC  200
FSS  302.2;302.1;296
UREF
PNO  2814703
ISD  19571100
NAM  Martin
OCL  200302.2
UREF
PNO  2950373
ISD  19600800
NAM  Grover et al.
XCL  200302.2
UREF
PNO  3231706
ISD  19660100
NAM  Waldorf
XCL  200302.2
UREF
PNO  3940585
ISD  19760200
NAM  Schaad
XCL  200302.2
UREF
PNO  4342894
ISD  19820800
NAM  Scott et al.
XCL  200302.1
UREF
PNO  4788387
ISD  19881100
NAM  Kasegi et al.
XCL  200302.1
FREF
PNO  0536056
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  8904332 U
ISD  19890800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4015587
ISD  19901100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  9105624 U
ISD  19910800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  29510010 U
ISD  19951100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4442971
ISD  19960100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Venable
FR2  Spencer; George H.
FR2  Voorhees; Catherine M.
ABST
PAL  A subassembly having a main housing and an electric switch arranged within
      the main housing. The main housing has a wall provided with an opening and
      the switch has a switch housing and an actuating element. The switch is
      arranged within the main housing such that the actuating element projects
      through the opening in the wall so as to extend exteriorly of the main
      housing and thus be actuatable from the exterior of the main housing. The
      wall has a first contact surface in the region of the opening and the
      switch housing has a second contact surface in the region of and
      surrounding the actuating element. The two contact surfaces are in
      pressure contact with each other when the switch is installed in the main
      housing with the actuating element of the switch projecting through the
      opening, thereby eliminating the need for an additional seal between the
      contact surfaces of the main housing and the switch housing. The
      subassembly can be used, for example, in a steering wheel lock, an
      ignition lock, a door lock or the like in a motor vehicle, or it can be
      used in domestic appliances or in machine tools.
PATN
WKU  059904305
SRC  9
APN  1900633
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981112
TTL  Waterproof switch device for a flashlight
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Luebke; Renee S.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Shiau; Shoei-Shuh
STR  No. 10, Alley 1, Lane 551, Sec. 1, Wan-Shou Rd. Guei-Shan, Hsiang
CTY  Tao-Yuan Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  2003022
XCL  200 60
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 1306
FSC  200
FSS  302.2;60
FSC  362
FSS  206
UREF
PNO  Re29047
ISD  19761100
NAM  Brindley
XCL  200 60
UREF
PNO  5211471
ISD  19930500
NAM  Rohrs
OCL  362206
UREF
PNO  5752764
ISD  19980500
NAM  Shiau
OCL  362206
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A switch device is mounted on the rear end of a conductive barrel body of a
      flashlight, and includes an actuating plunger movably disposed in a
      coupling member. An elastomeric cap member includes an annular insert
      portion interposed between a rear annular wall of the coupling member and
      the actuating plunger, and a cap portion. The cap portion has a
      depressible body and an annular connecting portion which extends forwardly
      in an axial direction and which is formed integrally with the insert
      portion to define an annular juncture therebetween. A block member extends
      radially and outwardly from the annular juncture to form a shoulder that
      faces rearwards, and has an outer peripheral surface distal to and
      radially spaced relative to the annular juncture. A socket portion extends
      forwardly from the depressible body so as to be plugged by a depressible
      plug end of the actuating plunger. A tubular retaining member includes an
      inner annular retaining portion that extends inwardly and radially from an
      inner surface thereof such that, once the retaining member is brought to
      engage the rear annular wall of the coupling member, liquid-tight
      abutments are established among the inner annular retaining portion and
      the annular connecting portion and the shoulder.
PATN
WKU  059904313
SRC  9
APN  0807753
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980518
TTL  Protective cover for rocker switch
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Nhung
EXP  Gellner; M. L.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Wright; Jeffery R.
CTY  Cazenovia
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Marquardt Switches, Inc.
CTY  Cazenovia
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2003023
XCL  2003023
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 1906
FSC  200
FSS  302.1;302.2;302.3
UREF
PNO  4345121
ISD  19820800
NAM  Tenner
OCL  200 42R
UREF
PNO  4814554
ISD  19890300
NAM  Magiera
OCL  200  6R
UREF
PNO  5568861
ISD  19961000
NAM  Lamberti
OCL  200302.003
UREF
PNO  5788059
ISD  19980400
NAM  Jahangiri
OCL  200302.3
FREF
PNO  1956502
ISD  19691100
CNT  DEX
OCL  200153J
FREF
PNO  0 653 769 B1
ISD  19940800
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Wall Marjama Bilinski & Burr
ABST
PAL  A protective covering for a rocker switch that includes a bezel and a
      rocker arm passing upwardly through an opening in the bezel. An open frame
      is snap-fitted tightly over the bezel and contains a resilient cap that
      encloses the top of the frame and the upwardly extended rocker arm. The
      cap is bonded to the frame to provide a dirt-proof seal therebetween. The
      cap can be depressed against the rocker arm to cycle the switch without
      disturbing the seal.
PATN
WKU  059904321
SRC  8
APN  9561560
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971022
TTL  External button switch-installed structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Luebke; Renee S.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Kuroda; Mitsuru
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950419
APN  7-093441
RLAP
COD  74
APN  634388
APD  19960418
PSC  01
PNO  5788060
CLAS
OCL  200343
EDF  6
ICL  H01H  312
FSC  200
FSS  343;345;341
FSC  400
FSS  496;495.1
UREF
PNO  4029916
ISD  19770600
NAM  Chu
XCL  200  5A
UREF
PNO  4387282
ISD  19830600
NAM  Latasiewicz
OCL  200343
UREF
PNO  4468145
ISD  19840800
NAM  Denley
OCL  400496
UREF
PNO  4532393
ISD  19850700
NAM  Koizumi et al.
OCL  200343
UREF
PNO  4582967
ISD  19860400
NAM  Brumit et al.
XCL  200343
UREF
PNO  4638151
ISD  19870100
NAM  Suwa
XCL  200517
UREF
PNO  4772769
ISD  19880900
NAM  Shumate
OCL  200314
UREF
PNO  5749457
ISD  19980500
NAM  Castaneda et al.
OCL  200343
FREF
PNO  2498005
ISD  19820700
CNT  FRX
OCL  200343
FREF
PNO  60-172246
ISD  19851100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2247922
ISD  19901000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1218480
ISD  19710100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1305896
ISD  19730200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  The housing of the case has a pair of ribs and a hole for holding an
      external switch button, formed therein. The external switch button is
      provided with an actuating section for actuating an internal press-switch
      button, an arm section capable of being elastically deformed to allow
      movement of the actuating section, and a supporting section which is
      sandwiched between the pair of ribs.
PATN
WKU  059904330
SRC  8
APN  9927565
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971217
TTL  Molded electrical switch
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Nhung
EXP  Gellner; Michael L.
NDR  11
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Alden, III; Wayne S.
CTY  Whitman
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Crotzer; David R.
CTY  Nashua
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Feinberg; Arnie
CTY  Stoughton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Thomas & Betts International, Inc.
CTY  Sparks
STA  NV
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  200345
XCL  200511
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 1370
FSC  200
FSS  345;511;516;5 A;8 R;11 R;11 TW;16 R-16 F;503;512-517;537-552;264
UREF
PNO  3707609
ISD  19721200
NAM  Dapot et al.
OCL  200  5R
UREF
PNO  3728509
ISD  19730400
NAM  Shimojo
OCL  200159R
UREF
PNO  3950627
ISD  19760400
NAM  Murata et al.
OCL  200159R
UREF
PNO  5008505
ISD  19910400
NAM  Takano et al.
OCL  200531
UREF
PNO  5063277
ISD  19911100
NAM  Takano et al.
OCL  200531
UREF
PNO  5430267
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ozeki et al.
OCL  200302.2
UREF
PNO  5430297
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ozeki et al.
OCL  200302.3
UREF
PNO  5493082
ISD  19960200
NAM  Bloch et al.
OCL  200 16A
UREF
PNO  5512717
ISD  19960400
NAM  Magome et al.
OCL  200295
UREF
PNO  5777281
ISD  19980700
NAM  Riddiford
OCL  200  5A
LREP
FRM  Weingarten, Schurgin, Gagnebin & Hayes LLP
ABST
PAL  Several different types of electrical switches are disclosed. In one
      particular embodiment, an electrical switch is disclosed comprising: a
      molded case having a pair of conductive terminal contacts; and a molded
      actuator for mating with the case. The actuator is movable between a
      conducting position and a non-conducting position within the case, and the
      actuator has at least one spring member and a conductive contact surface.
      The spring member forces the actuator into the non-conducting position,
      and the conductive contact surface provides an electrical connection
      between the pair of conductive terminal contacts when the actuator is in
      the conducting position. The actuator is retained within the case by a
      retaining member and/or a snap member. The case and the actuator are
      molded about the conductive terminal contacts and the spring members,
      respectively. Furthermore, the conductive contact surface is formed of a
      conductive elastomer that is grafted to the actuator. In other
      embodiments, the spring members are molded as a part of the actuator or
      the case, or the spring members are connected to the conductive contact
      surface or the conductive terminal contacts with the actuator and the case
      being molded thereabout, respectively.
PATN
WKU  059904348
SRC  9
APN  1441795
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980831
TTL  Switching mechanism for circuit breaker
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Tuyen T.
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Fujihira; Takumi
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Tatunori
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uchida; Naoshi
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kuboyama; Katunori
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tosaka; Hiroaki
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Toyama; Kentaro
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nomura; Koji
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagahiro; Isamu
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970903
APN  9-254283
CLAS
OCL  200401
XCL  335  6
XCL  335 21
XCL  335166
XCL  335172
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 2300
FSC  335
FSS  6;21;22;166;167;172;174;176;177
FSC  200
FSS  401
UREF
PNO  3605052
ISD  19710900
NAM  Dimond et al.
OCL  335166
UREF
PNO  4786771
ISD  19881100
NAM  Iio et al.
OCL  200153G
UREF
PNO  5082996
ISD  19920100
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  200401
LREP
FRM  Kanesaka & Takeuchi
ABST
PAL  A switching mechanism for a circuit breaker includes a frame; a latch
      rotatably supported on the frame; a holder rotatably supported on the
      frame and having a movable contact; a handle lever rockably supported on
      the frame by lever shafts; a toggle link formed of first and second links
      rotationally connected by a toggle shaft; and a switching spring. A free
      end of the first link is rotatably connected to the latch, and a free end
      of the second link is rotatably connected to the holder. The first and
      second links generally overlap each other to reduce the movement range of
      the toggle link to miniaturize a switching mechanism. The switching spring
      is situated between the toggle shaft and the handle lever at a side
      opposite to a switching handle with respect to the lever shaft. When the
      handle lever is moved, operational force of the switching spring relative
      to the toggle link is reversed to rotate the holder with the movable
      contact, and when the latch is disengaged, the operational force of the
      switching spring relative to the toggle link is reversed to rapidly rotate
      the holder to thereby trip the movable contact.
PATN
WKU  059904356
SRC  9
APN  190714&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981112
TTL  Push button switch
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Friedhofer; Michael
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Chao; Shih-Hung
CTY  Taoyuan
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Acer Peripherals Inc.
CTY  Taoyuan
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19971205
APN  86220278
CLAS
OCL  200517
XCL  200345
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 1370
FSC  200
FSS  5 A;512;517;520;341;345
FSC  400
FSS  490;491;491.2;495;495.1;496
UREF
PNO  5203448
ISD  19930400
NAM  Osada et al.
OCL  200517
UREF
PNO  5256843
ISD  19931000
NAM  Chiba et al.
OCL  200517
UREF
PNO  5386091
ISD  19950100
NAM  Clancy
OCL  200517
UREF
PNO  5389755
ISD  19950200
NAM  Chen
OCL  200341
UREF
PNO  5821482
ISD  19981000
NAM  Ootani et al.
OCL  200  5A
FREF
PNO  84209542
ISD  19840700
CNT  TWX
ICL  G06F  3823
LREP
FRM  Majestic, Parsons, Siebert & Hsue P.C.
ABST
PAL  The push button switch provided includes a housing, a key cap, an elastic
      actuator, and a membrane switch layer. The housing has a key top guide
      integral with the housing, and two slots are provided at the vicinity of
      the key top guide. The key top has a cap and two deformable hooks. The cap
      has a bottom surface, and a plunger is provided and extends from the
      bottom surface. The two deformable hooks are provided and extend from an
      edge of the cap. Each deformable hook corresponds to one of the slots and
      is disposed within the corresponding slot. The plunger is slidably
      disposed within the key top guide, which allows a reciprocal movement of
      the key top with respect to the housing. The actuator has an elastic dome
      and a deformable sheet membrane integral with the elastic dome. The
      elastic dome supports the plunger and deforms responsive to the reciprocal
      movement of the key top. The membrane switch layer is disposed underneath
      the actuator. The deformable hook includes a hook portion, and a leg is
      provided and extends from the hook portion. As the key top moves downward
      under an external force, the leg first impacts against the deformable
      membrane to prevent the bottom surface of the key top from colliding
      against a bottom surface of the key top guide.
PATN
WKU  059904364
SRC  9
APN  0753130
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980508
TTL  Electrical rocker type switch
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Luebke; Renee S.
NDR  8
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Balaban; David B.
CTY  Hauppauge
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Tufano; Anthony
CTY  North Massapequa
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc.
CTY  Little Neck
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  777982
APD  19961224
PSC  01
PNO  5749459
RLAP
COD  81
APN  583242
APD  19960105
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  376982
APD  19950123
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  168587
APD  19931214
PSC  01
PNO  5384441
ISD  19950127
RLAP
COD  81
APN  984397
APD  19921209
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  200559
XCL  200339
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 2180
FSC  200
FSS  339;559
UREF
PNO  4070555
ISD  19780100
NAM  Carli
XCL  200559
UREF
PNO  4242552
ISD  19801200
NAM  Tibolla
OCL  200339
UREF
PNO  4386254
ISD  19830500
NAM  Eberhardt et al.
OCL  200339
LREP
FR2  Sutton; Paul J.
ABST
PAL  An electrical rocker type wall switch capable of single, duplex and triplex
      configurations incorporates one or more slightly concave manually
      depressible rockers. These rockers have a relatively short range of motion
      from their respective on to off positions. The edges of the rocker lie
      substantially flush with the switch cover when in either of their on or
      off positions. Switching is actuated by an actuating arm attached to the
      rocker moving a contact on the end of a movable brush arm in and out of
      electrical contact with a fixed contact on the end of a contact arm
      attached to a fixed terminal. One or more brush arms extend from a fixed
      brush backplate and are formed so as to be resilient. Switch toggling is
      achieved by using a toggle spring, held in place on the end of a toggle
      arm, which is compressed during the first half of travel of the rocker
      from its resting position and expands as the rocker crosses its midway
      point toward the second half of travel to its resting position on the
      other side of the switch. The toggle spring sits centrally over a spring
      pivot which has two spring stops on either side of it to support the
      toggle spring at the on and off position of the rocker.
PATN
WKU  059904372
SRC  8
APN  7948611
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970205
TTL  System for sorting articles
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Thuy V.
EXP  Ellis; Christopher P.
NDR  16
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Coutant; Ralph
CTY  Ridgewood
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Iversen; Alfred W.
CTY  Upper Montclair
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Steblaj; Frank P.
CTY  Mountain Lakes
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  W & H Systems, Inc.
CTY  Carlstadt
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  209583
XCL  209  33
XCL  19837004
XCL  198704
XCL  19834995
EDF  6
ICL  B07C  500
ICL  B65G 4740
FSC  198
FSS  370.04;370.03;704;349.95
FSC  209
FSS  3.3;583;579;577;584;587;559
UREF
PNO  772569
ISD  19041000
NAM  Kling
OCL  198704
UREF
PNO  3167192
ISD  19650100
NAM  Harrison et al.
UREF
PNO  3265190
ISD  19660800
NAM  Boehm
UREF
PNO  3269520
ISD  19660800
NAM  Bishop et al.
UREF
PNO  3318435
ISD  19670500
NAM  Scott
UREF
PNO  3360106
ISD  19671200
NAM  Harrison et al.
UREF
PNO  3463298
ISD  19690800
NAM  Harrison
UREF
PNO  3630394
ISD  19711200
NAM  Kingzett et al.
UREF
PNO  3674140
ISD  19720700
NAM  FIle
OCL  209559
UREF
PNO  3759381
ISD  19730900
NAM  Mercadie et al.
OCL  209559
UREF
PNO  3848728
ISD  19741100
NAM  Leibrick et al.
UREF
PNO  3888351
ISD  19750600
NAM  Wilson
OCL  209577
UREF
PNO  3945485
ISD  19760300
NAM  Speaker
UREF
PNO  3977513
ISD  19760800
NAM  Rushforth
OCL  198370.04
UREF
PNO  4031998
ISD  19770600
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  198370.04
UREF
PNO  4139088
ISD  19790200
NAM  Olsen
UREF
PNO  4174773
ISD  19791100
NAM  Venzke
UREF
PNO  4461378
ISD  19840700
NAM  Roth
OCL  198370.04
UREF
PNO  4635785
ISD  19870100
NAM  Prydtz
UREF
PNO  4832204
ISD  19890500
NAM  Handy et al.
OCL  209  3.3
UREF
PNO  5301790
ISD  19940400
NAM  Prydtz et al.
UREF
PNO  5325972
ISD  19940700
NAM  Prydtz et al.
OCL  209583
UREF
PNO  5590995
ISD  19970100
NAM  Berkers et al.
OCL  198357
LREP
FRM  Gibbons, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger + Vecchione
ABST
PAL  A system for sorting articles, the system having a track which defines a
      route starting at at least one loading point, the route continuing on to a
      plurality of destination points and arriving back at the loading point.
      The system also has at least one tray for conveying an article from the
      loading point to a selected one of the destination points. The track
      includes a first segment for momentarily tilting a leading end of the tray
      upward relative to a trailing end of the tray and possibly downward again,
      and a second segment for laterally tilting the tray at an angle. The first
      and second segments selectively maneuver an article loaded in the tray to
      a bottom corner thereof prior to the tray reaching the selected
      destination point in order to substantially reduce the jarring of the
      article during the discharge thereof at the selected destination point. A
      scanner is provided for scanning an identification-code disposed on the
      article. The scanner is coupled to a controller which determines the
      selected destination point using the information obtained by the scanner
      from the identification-code disposed on the article.
PATN
WKU  059904380
SRC  9
APN  0307661
APT  1
ART  363
APD  19980226
TTL  Apparatus for sorting sheets or the like
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Tuan N.
NDR  21
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Yamashita; Taichiro
CTY  Tsuchiura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hamada; Yasunori
CTY  Tsuchiura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshida; Kazushi
CTY  Ibaraki-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Osaka; Tadashi
CTY  Ibaraki-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tamamoto; Junichi
CTY  Ibaraki-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931228
APN  5-334947
RLAP
COD  74
APN  734128
APD  19961021
PSC  01
PNO  5749473
RLAP
COD  81
APN  362877
APD  19941223
PSC  01
PNO  5593044
CLAS
OCL  209584
XCL  209900
XCL  271  301
XCL  271184
XCL  271225
EDF  6
ICL  B07C  536
ICL  B65H 8500
FSC  209
FSS  540;559;563;564;583;584;900
FSC  271
FSS  3.01;3.12;184;186;225;291
UREF
PNO  4757904
ISD  19880700
NAM  Ozawa
XCL  271301
UREF
PNO  4891088
ISD  19900100
NAM  Svyatsky
XCL  209900
UREF
PNO  5097959
ISD  19920300
NAM  Tilles et al.
OCL  209584
UREF
PNO  5109987
ISD  19920500
NAM  Daboub et al.
XCL  271225
UREF
PNO  5143225
ISD  19920900
NAM  Rabindran et al.
OCL  209584
UREF
PNO  5324927
ISD  19940600
NAM  Williams
XCL  209584
UREF
PNO  5363971
ISD  19941100
NAM  Weeks et al.
XCL  209900
UREF
PNO  5421464
ISD  19950600
NAM  Gillmann et al.
OCL  209584
FREF
PNO  566456
ISD  19931000
CNT  EPX
OCL  209584
FREF
PNO  51-105897
ISD  19760900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-170579
ISD  19831000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-170580
ISD  19831000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  197361
ISD  19860900
CNT  JPX
OCL  209900
FREF
PNO  63-202560
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-287584
ISD  19881100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8403680
ISD  19860700
CNT  NLX
OCL  209584
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  Apparatus for sorting and distributing sheet-like items, such as postal
      matter. A feeder successively feeds the sheet-like items with the front
      surfaces of all the items facing in the same direction. A stacker is
      positioned above the feeder for stacking the sheet-like items in an
      upright position. As the sheet-like items are conveyed from the feeder to
      the stacker, a selector activates either a first reader or a second reader
      to read address codes applied to the front surfaces or the back surfaces
      of the sheet-like items. The selector selects the one of the first reader
      and the second reader to be activated based on which of the front surfaces
      and the back surfaces of the sheet like items have address codes thereon.
PATN
WKU  059904399
SRC  9
APN  0486620
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980326
TTL  Compartmentalized arc chamber
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  13
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Pever; Steven E.
CTY  Bellefontaine
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
CTY  Alpharetta
STA  GA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  218156
XCL  218155
XCL  337186
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 3302
ICL  H01H 3308
FSC  218
FSS  1;9;14;44;45;46;47;58;65;71;84;92;119;152;3;155-6
FSC  335
FSS  8-10;202
FSC  260
FSS  43;22;283;293;297;333;335;337;254
FSC  337
FSS  186-198
UREF
PNO  558343
ISD  18960400
NAM  Bergquist
UREF
PNO  1153656
ISD  19150900
NAM  Wake
UREF
PNO  1534516
ISD  19250400
NAM  Getchell
UREF
PNO  1780684
ISD  19301100
NAM  Owens
UREF
PNO  1785194
ISD  19301200
NAM  Hammerly
UREF
PNO  2100753
ISD  19371100
NAM  Schofield et al.
UREF
PNO  2457002
ISD  19481200
NAM  Spiro
UREF
PNO  2863969
ISD  19581200
NAM  Edmunds
UREF
PNO  3041432
ISD  19620600
NAM  Tillson
UREF
PNO  3077525
ISD  19630200
NAM  Dyer
UREF
PNO  3114024
ISD  19631200
NAM  Tillson
UREF
PNO  3202775
ISD  19650800
NAM  Tillson
UREF
PNO  3439108
ISD  19690400
NAM  Zerwes
UREF
PNO  3472945
ISD  19691000
NAM  Trachtenberg
UREF
PNO  3632935
ISD  19720100
NAM  Stegmaier
UREF
PNO  3748620
ISD  19730700
NAM  Ellsworth et al.
UREF
PNO  3800106
ISD  19740300
NAM  Simmons
UREF
PNO  3840717
ISD  19741000
NAM  Pekrul et al.
UREF
PNO  3917920
ISD  19751100
NAM  Pekrul et al.
UREF
PNO  3958095
ISD  19760500
NAM  Zaffrann et al.
OCL  200272
UREF
PNO  4233643
ISD  19801100
NAM  Iverson et al.
UREF
PNO  4251700
ISD  19810200
NAM  Zaffrann et al.
UREF
PNO  4302643
ISD  19811100
NAM  Cox et al.
UREF
PNO  4480161
ISD  19841000
NAM  Kellog et al.
UREF
PNO  4527027
ISD  19850700
NAM  Link et al.
UREF
PNO  4675481
ISD  19870600
NAM  Markowski et al.
UREF
PNO  4689716
ISD  19870800
NAM  Cooper et al.
UREF
PNO  4755909
ISD  19880700
NAM  Hibbert et al.
UREF
PNO  4778959
ISD  19881000
NAM  Sabatella et al.
UREF
PNO  4778961
ISD  19881000
NAM  M'Sadoques et al.
UREF
PNO  4791255
ISD  19881200
NAM  Eliezer
UREF
PNO  4926290
ISD  19900500
NAM  Mizerak
UREF
PNO  4959514
ISD  19900900
NAM  Robarge et al.
UREF
PNO  5013870
ISD  19910500
NAM  Navazo
UREF
PNO  5159538
ISD  19921000
NAM  Wells et al.
UREF
PNO  5181164
ISD  19930100
NAM  Beard et al.
UREF
PNO  5357066
ISD  19941000
NAM  Morel et al.
UREF
PNO  5434376
ISD  19950700
NAM  Hyatt et al.
UREF
PNO  5483416
ISD  19960100
NAM  Goe, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5486650
ISD  19960100
NAM  Yetter
UREF
PNO  5590019
ISD  19961200
NAM  Fox et al.
UREF
PNO  5609245
ISD  19970300
NAM  Cassity et al.
LREP
FR2  Zebrak; Ira Lee
ABST
PAL  A multiphase switch support base including a molded top cover and a molded
      bottom base each having interior and exterior walls which when assembled
      together, the base is divided into compartmentalized arc chambers which
      function to isolate each line contact and each load contact of each phase
      of the switch from each other as well as from each other line and each
      other load contact of each of the other phases of the switch.
PATN
WKU  059904402
SRC  8
APN  9410902
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970930
TTL  Switch and arc extinguishing material for use therein
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Friedhofer; Michael A.
NDR  22
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Yamaguchi; Shoji
CTY  Amagasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishiyama; Itsuo
CTY  Amagasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Baba; Fumiaki
CTY  Amagasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahasi; Mitugu
CTY  Amagasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mitsuhashi; Takao
CTY  Amagasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kato; Kazuharu
CTY  Amagasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hiroi; Osamu
CTY  Amagasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Murakami; Tadaki
CTY  Amagasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Adachi; Hiroshi
CTY  Amagasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishina; Kenichi
CTY  Fukuyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukuya; Kazunori
CTY  Fukuyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamagata; Shinji
CTY  Fukuyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katsube; Shunichi
CTY  Fukuyama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940310
APN  6-39884
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940523
APN  6-108316
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940705
APN  6-153717
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940726
APN  6-174465
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940804
APN  6-183489
RLAP
COD  71
APN  399578
APD  19950307
CLAS
OCL  218158
XCL  218 34
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 3308
FSC  218
FSS  1;15;22;34-39;43;46;47;76;81;85;89;90;103;105;106;149-151;155-158
UREF
PNO  2337949
ISD  19431200
NAM  Walle
OCL  200147
UREF
PNO  2864919
ISD  19581200
NAM  Stringfellow
OCL  200144
UREF
PNO  3716685
ISD  19730200
NAM  Wilson
OCL  200174R
UREF
PNO  3742415
ISD  19730600
NAM  Cameron et al.
OCL  337279
UREF
PNO  3761660
ISD  19730900
NAM  Jones
OCL  200144C
UREF
PNO  3800111
ISD  19740300
NAM  Holmstrom
OCL  200144C
UREF
PNO  3897384
ISD  19750700
NAM  Busch et al.
OCL  260 40R
UREF
PNO  4082931
ISD  19780400
NAM  Hayes
OCL  200144C
UREF
PNO  4433081
ISD  19840200
NAM  Britsch
OCL  523457
UREF
PNO  4436831
ISD  19840300
NAM  Nishizako et al.
OCL  501119
UREF
PNO  4444671
ISD  19840400
NAM  Wiltgen, Jr.
OCL  252632
UREF
PNO  4453053
ISD  19840600
NAM  Yamagata et al.
OCL  200144R
UREF
PNO  4511773
ISD  19850400
NAM  Heft et al.
OCL  200144C
UREF
PNO  4562322
ISD  19851200
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  200148G
UREF
PNO  4950852
ISD  19900800
NAM  Goldman et al.
OCL  200144C
UREF
PNO  4975551
ISD  19901200
NAM  Syvertson
OCL  200144C
UREF
PNO  5227236
ISD  19930700
NAM  Handermann
OCL  428361
UREF
PNO  5406245
ISD  19950400
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  337273
UREF
PNO  5463199
ISD  19951000
NAM  Divincenzo et al.
OCL  218158
FREF
PNO  0 346 825
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 576 992
ISD  19940100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1 061 866
ISD  19590700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1 105 028
ISD  19610400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1111267
ISD  19610700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1 129 206
ISD  19620500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1 185 687
ISD  19650100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  31 06 871
ISD  19811200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  155 218
ISD  19920500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  63-310534
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Database WPI, Derwent Publ. Inc., AN 79-53610B, Jun. 9, 1979.
PAL  Derwent Publications Ltd., JP63126136 (Matsushita Elec Works), May 30, 1988
      *Abstract*.
PAL  Patent Abstract of Japan, "Arc Extinguish Device," Dec. 19, 1988, vol. 13,
      No. 150.
PAL  Patent Abstract of Japan, "Arc Extinguishing Device," Mar. 23, 1989, vol.
      13, No. 298.
PAL  Patent Abstract of Japan, "Arc Extinguishing Material and Circuit Breaker,"
      Jun. 4, 1990, vol. 14, No. 391.
PAL  Patent Abstract of Japan, "Arc-Extringuishing Material and Circuit
      Breaker," Oct. 16, 1990, vol. 14, No. 584.
PAL  European Search Report, (EP 95 10 3406) Jun. 21, 1995, 6 pages.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A switch containing a switch case, contacts adapted to be opened and
      closed, an arc extinguishing chamber disposed in the vicinity of the
      contacts, and an arc extinguishing material capable of reducing the amount
      of metal particles and free carbons to be scattered from components
      disposed within the switch by an arc generated when the contacts are
      opened or closed or capable of insulating the metal particles and the free
      carbons to convert into an insulator, thereby inhibiting a decrease in arc
      resistance expected to occur upon the generation and extinction of the arc
      and a decrease in insulation resistance expected to occur within and
      around the arc extinguishing chamber and at inner wall surfaces of the
      switch case upon and after the extinction of the arc. The switch is
      applicable to a switch expected to generate an arc upon interruption of
      electric current flowing therethrough such as a circuit breaker,
      current-limiting device or electromagnetic contactor and is capable of
      immediately extinguishing the arc and inhibiting the decrease in
      insulation resistance within and around the arc extinguishing chamber and
      at inner wall surfaces of the switch case.
PATN
WKU  059904410
SRC  8
APN  9864687
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971208
TTL  Damper tube closure
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Mills; Gregory
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Zaenglein; Daniel Patrick
CTY  Springboro
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Roszman; Eric John
CTY  Owosso
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Lehman; Craig Thomas
CTY  Beavercreek
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  General Motors Corporation
CTY  Detroit
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  219 7816
XCL   298972
XCL  2281734
EDF  6
ICL  B23K 1100
FSC  219
FSS  61.11;67;78.16;117.1
FSC  228
FSS  173.1;173.2;173.4;265;182
FSC   29
FSS  897.2
FSC   72
FSS  126
UREF
PNO  3643322
ISD  19720200
NAM  Gerstle
OCL  219 67
UREF
PNO  5644826
ISD  19970700
NAM  Reves
OCL   29243.5
UREF
PNO  5718139
ISD  19980200
NAM  Gardner
XCL   72126
FREF
PNO  58-116986
ISD  19830700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Sigler; Robert M.
ABST
PAL  A closed end tube particularly for use in a vehicle suspension damper
      includes a tubular body with an attachment fitting fixed to the end of the
      tube where the closed end of the tube is manufactured according to a
      multi-step process. Initially, the process commences with a tubular body
      having an opening at both ends. One of the ends is formed so that the tube
      is partially closed with a reduced opening remaining. An attachment
      fitting is forced against the partially closed end of the tube to
      completely close the end and a welding operation is used to fix the
      attachment fitting to the now closed end of the tube.
PATN
WKU  059904429
SRC  8
APN  9480234
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19971009
TTL  Welding gun
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Mills; Gregory
NDR  6
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Suita; Kazutsugu
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Seiji
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakamoto; Yoshitaka
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961028
APN  8-285421
CLAS
OCL  219 8625
XCL  219 87
EDF  6
ICL  B23K 1130
FSC  219
FSS  86.1;86.25;86.32;86.33;87;90;119
UREF
PNO  2305774
ISD  19421200
NAM  Hagedorn
UREF
PNO  2313789
ISD  19430300
NAM  Weightman
OCL  219 86.25
UREF
PNO  3148264
ISD  19640900
NAM  Van Alan et al.
UREF
PNO  3665148
ISD  19720500
NAM  Yasenchak et al.
XCL  219 86.33
UREF
PNO  5111019
ISD  19920500
NAM  Torii et al.
OCL  219 87
FREF
PNO  59-13582
ISD  19840100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-253576
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-290251
ISD  19951100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2231522
ISD  19901100
CNT  GBX
OCL  219 86.25
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 8, No. 100, May 11, 1984 & JP 59 013582 A
      (Nissan Jidosha K.K.), Jan. 24, 1984.
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A welding gun includes an actuator and welding tips. The actuator includes
      a stator coupled to a welding robot and a rotor rotatable relative to the
      stator about an axis of the actuator. The stator includes an axially
      extending portion and at least one circumferentially extending arm. The
      rotor includes an axially extending portion and at least one
      circumferentially extending arm. The welding tips are coupled to an end of
      the circumferentially extending arm of the stator and an end of the
      circumferentially extending arm of the rotor. Lengths of the axially
      extending portion of the stator and the axially extending portion of the
      rotor can be determined to any length so long as strength and rigidity are
      assured.
PATN
WKU  059904437
SRC  9
APN  0412023
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980312
TTL  Plasma torch pilot arc circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Van; Quang
EXP  Walberg; Teresa
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Tatham; David A.
CTY  Enfield
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Gregorich; James M.
CTY  Merrimack
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Morris; David M.
CTY  Claremont
STA  NH
ASSG
NAM  Thermal Dynamics Corporation
CTY  West Lebanon
STA  NH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  21912157
XCL  21912154
EDF  6
ICL  B23K  900
FSC  219
FSS  121.57;130.4;121.54;130.5
FSC  361
FSS  256
UREF
PNO  3688180
ISD  19720800
NAM  Chiasson et al.
OCL  321 21
UREF
PNO  3774007
ISD  19731100
NAM  Chiasson et al.
OCL  219131R
UREF
PNO  4061899
ISD  19771200
NAM  Gillitzer et al.
OCL  219130.5
UREF
PNO  4092517
ISD  19780500
NAM  Woodacre
OCL  219137PS
UREF
PNO  4109130
ISD  19780800
NAM  Oku
OCL  219130.21
UREF
PNO  4225769
ISD  19800900
NAM  Wilkins
OCL  219130.4
UREF
PNO  4247752
ISD  19810100
NAM  Stringer
OCL  219130.33
UREF
PNO  4282569
ISD  19810800
NAM  Hardwick et al.
OCL  363 87
UREF
PNO  4283618
ISD  19810800
NAM  Jakob
OCL  219130.5
UREF
PNO  4560857
ISD  19851200
NAM  Segawa et al.
OCL  219130.21
UREF
PNO  4628180
ISD  19861200
NAM  Edberg
OCL  219124.01
UREF
PNO  4665299
ISD  19870500
NAM  Iwata
OCL  219130.21
UREF
PNO  4929811
ISD  19900500
NAM  Blankenship
OCL  219121.54
UREF
PNO  4973821
ISD  19901100
NAM  Martin
OCL  219130.51
UREF
PNO  5036176
ISD  19910700
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  219121.44
UREF
PNO  5166494
ISD  19921100
NAM  Luo et al.
OCL  219121.55
UREF
PNO  5170030
ISD  19921200
NAM  Solley et al.
OCL  219121.54
UREF
PNO  5183990
ISD  19930200
NAM  Enyedy
OCL  219121.54
UREF
PNO  5212364
ISD  19930500
NAM  Chen
OCL  219137PS
UREF
PNO  5235162
ISD  19930800
NAM  Nourbakhsh
OCL  219121.54
UREF
PNO  5349605
ISD  19940900
NAM  Campbell
OCL  373 25
UREF
PNO  5365035
ISD  19941100
NAM  Poulsen et al.
OCL  219137PS
UREF
PNO  5416297
ISD  19950500
NAM  Luo et al.
OCL  219121.57
UREF
PNO  5424507
ISD  19950600
NAM  Yamaguchi
OCL  219121.44
UREF
PNO  5486679
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hamura et al.
OCL  219130.5
UREF
PNO  5506384
ISD  19960400
NAM  Yamaguchi
OCL  219121.57
UREF
PNO  5506387
ISD  19960400
NAM  Sawada et al.
OCL  219137PS
UREF
PNO  5530220
ISD  19960600
NAM  Tatham
OCL  219121.57
UREF
PNO  5548097
ISD  19960800
NAM  Couch, Jr. et al.
OCL  219121.57
UREF
PNO  5620617
ISD  19970400
NAM  Borowy et al.
OCL  219121.54
UREF
PNO  5630952
ISD  19970500
NAM  Karino et al.
OCL  217121.57
UREF
PNO  5643475
ISD  19970700
NAM  Karino et al.
OCL  219121.57
UREF
PNO  5660745
ISD  19970800
NAM  Naor
OCL  219121.57
UREF
PNO  5844197
ISD  19981200
NAM  Daniel
OCL  219121.57
LREP
FRM  Senniger, Powers, Leavitt & Roedel
ABST
PAL  A pilot arc circuit for a plasma torch establishes a pilot arc current in
      the channel between the torch electrode and torch tip at a first target
      level which is greater than a predetermined minimum current sufficient to
      maintain a stable pilot arc. After a period of time following pilot arc
      initiation, the pilot arc current is reduced to a second target level
      which is greater than or equal to the predetermined minimum current so
      that damage to the torch is reduced by minimizing wear on the parts. The
      pilot arc current is established and maintained as a function of a pilot
      arc reference signal. Pulsing the pilot arc current assists in main arc
      transfer and enhances pilot arc stability.
PATN
WKU  059904445
SRC  8
APN  729493&
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19961011
TTL  Laser method and system of scribing graphics
ISD  19991123
NCL  72
ECL  1
EXP  Evans; Geoffrey S.
NDR  25
NFG  43
INVT
NAM  Costin; Darryl J.
STR  25787 Willowbend Rd.
CTY  Perrysburg
STA  OH
ZIP  43551
RLAP
COD  72
APN  550339
APD  19951030
CLAS
OCL  21912169
XCL  21912161
EDF  6
ICL  B23K 2600
FSC  219
FSS  121.72;121.68;121.69;121.67;121.78;121.8;121.65;121.66;121.6;121.61
FSC    8
FSS  444
FSC  347
FSS  253
FSC  430
FSS  20
UREF
PNO  3523345
ISD  19700800
NAM  Hughes
OCL   28 72.1
UREF
PNO  3720784
ISD  19730300
NAM  Maydan et al.
OCL  347253
UREF
PNO  4122240
ISD  19781000
NAM  Banas et al.
OCL  219121.6
UREF
PNO  4271568
ISD  19810600
NAM  Durville et al.
OCL   26  9
UREF
PNO  4564739
ISD  19860100
NAM  Mattelin
OCL  219121.68
UREF
PNO  4589884
ISD  19860500
NAM  Gilpatrick
OCL    8481
UREF
PNO  4629858
ISD  19861200
NAM  Kyle
OCL  219121
UREF
PNO  4680032
ISD  19870700
NAM  Arnott
OCL    8486
UREF
PNO  4680034
ISD  19870700
NAM  Arnott
OCL    8481
UREF
PNO  4780590
ISD  19881000
NAM  Griner et al.
OCL  219121.8
UREF
PNO  4814259
ISD  19890300
NAM  Newman et al.
OCL  430319
UREF
PNO  4847184
ISD  19890700
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  430346
UREF
PNO  5017423
ISD  19910500
NAM  Bossmann et al.
OCL  428224
UREF
PNO  5171650
ISD  19921200
NAM  Ellis et al.
OCL  430 20
UREF
PNO  5185511
ISD  19930200
NAM  Yabu
OCL  219121.78
UREF
PNO  5200592
ISD  19930400
NAM  Yabu
OCL  219121.67
UREF
PNO  5262613
ISD  19931100
NAM  Norris et al.
OCL  219121.68
UREF
PNO  5341157
ISD  19940800
NAM  Campagna et al.
OCL  346108
UREF
PNO  5404626
ISD  19950400
NAM  Bylund et al.
OCL   26 69
UREF
PNO  5567207
ISD  19961000
NAM  Lockman et al.
OCL    8444
FREF
PNO  2698302
ISD  19940500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3916126
ISD  19901100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  5 9106-560-A
ISD  19820200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-95885
ISD  19890400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-45578
ISD  19910200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-138374
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Translation of USSR Inventor's Certificate No. 1,559,794, No Publication
      Date of Translation.
PAL  Excel Control Laser, "Industrial Strength Laser Marking", 1992.
LREP
FR2  Harris, Esq.; Scott C.
ABST
PAL  A laser method scribes graphics on materials. The method relates to the
      identification and understanding of a new energy measurement called energy
      density per unit time, and the identification and simultaneous control of
      the laser operating parameters which influence this energy measurement.
      Once a range of energy density per unit time is determined for scribing a
      desired graphic on a given material, the energy density per unit time can
      be controlled to stay within that range to achieve desired results in a
      repeatable fashion. In a preferred embodiment, the material is one of a
      group of fabric, leather and vinyl materials. In this embodiment, the
      energy density per unit time can be controlled to substantially avoid
      complete carbonization, melting and/or burnthrough of the material.
PATN
WKU  059904453
SRC  9
APN  0560871
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980407
TTL  Consumable electrode type AC pulse arc welding apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Shaw; Clifford C.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Ogasawara; Takaaki
STR  c/o Toyohashi Plant in Kobe Steel, Ltd. 1-2 Azanakahara, Mitsuya-cho
CTY  Toyohashi-shi, Aichi, 441-3114
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tabata; Masaru
STR  c/o Toyohashi Plant in Kobe Steel, Ltd. 1-2 Azanakahara, Mitsuya-cho
CTY  Toyohashi-shi, Aichi, 441-3114
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Homma; Masahiro
STR  c/o Toyohashi Plant in Kobe Steel, Ltd. 1-2 Azanakahara, Mitsuya-cho
CTY  Toyohashi-shi, Aichi, 441-3114
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sato; Eiji
STR  c/o Toyohashi Plant in Kobe Steel, Ltd. 1-2 Azanakahara, Mitsuya-cho
CTY  Toyohashi-shi, Aichi, 441-3114
CNT  JPX
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970411
APN  9-094153
CLAS
OCL  2191305
XCL  21913051
EDF  6
ICL  B23K  909
FSC  219
FSS  130.51;130.21;130.31;130.32;130.33;130.5;137 PS
UREF
PNO  4608482
ISD  19860800
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL  219130.31
UREF
PNO  4876433
ISD  19891000
NAM  Kashima et al.
OCL  219130.51
UREF
PNO  5017757
ISD  19910500
NAM  Kawai et al.
OCL  219130.51
UREF
PNO  5220151
ISD  19930600
NAM  Terayama et al.
OCL  219130.51
UREF
PNO  5349159
ISD  19940900
NAM  Mita et al.
OCL  219130.51
FREF
PNO  1-186279
ISD  19890700
CNT  JPX
OCL  219130.51
ABST
PAL  The consumable electrode type AC pulse arc welding apparatus is configured
      so that the pulse width setting circuit 16 includes the pulse width
      setting device 16a for hard wire, the pulse width setting device 16b for
      soft wire and the switch SW2 for switching the pulse width setting device.
      Further, the frequency setting device 20 includes the frequency setting
      device 20a for hard wire, the frequency setting device 20b for soft wire
      and the switch SW3 for switching the frequency setting device. By
      switching the switch SW1 when switching wire type, within the pulse width
      setting devices and the frequency setting devices, the selection between
      the hard wire side and the soft wire side can be simultaneously switched,
      thereby welding can be implemented with a suitable welding condition
      according to the wire type.
PATN
WKU  059904461
SRC  9
APN  0491918
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19980327
TTL  Method of arc welding using dual serial opposed torches
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Shaw; Clifford C.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Zhang; Yuming
CTY  Lexington
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Zhang; Shaobin
CTY  Lexington
STA  KY
ASSG
NAM  University of Kentucky Research Founadtion
CTY  Lexington
STA  KY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  219137PS
XCL  219 75
XCL  21912145
XCL  21912146
EDF  6
ICL  B23K 1002
FSC  219
FSS  137 PS;124.1;125.1;136;137 R;60 R;61;75;121.45;121.46
UREF
PNO  2716691
ISD  19550800
NAM  Bowman
OCL  219 60R
UREF
PNO  2764668
ISD  19560900
NAM  Dumoulin
OCL  219137PS
UREF
PNO  3114829
ISD  19631200
NAM  Libby
OCL  219125.1
UREF
PNO  3248513
ISD  19660400
NAM  Sunnen
UREF
PNO  3319043
ISD  19670500
NAM  Rohrberg
OCL  219137R
UREF
PNO  3437787
ISD  19690400
NAM  Chyle
OCL  219125.1
UREF
PNO  3475587
ISD  19691000
NAM  Budds et al.
OCL  219137PS
UREF
PNO  3588660
ISD  19710600
NAM  Purkhiser
OCL  219124.1
UREF
PNO  4023006
ISD  19770500
NAM  West et al.
UREF
PNO  4153831
ISD  19790500
NAM  Renzulli et al.
UREF
PNO  4439662
ISD  19840300
NAM  Tateno
UREF
PNO  5045667
ISD  19910900
NAM  Iceland et al.
UREF
PNO  5225654
ISD  19930700
NAM  Harwig et al.
UREF
PNO  5347098
ISD  19940900
NAM  Murakami et al.
UREF
PNO  5388753
ISD  19950200
NAM  Bjorkman, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5599469
ISD  19970200
NAM  Yoshino
UREF
PNO  5614110
ISD  19970300
NAM  Shintani et al.
OREF
PAL  Craig; The Plasma Arc Process--A Review; Welding Journal; Feb. 1988; 19-25.
LREP
FRM  King and Schickli
ABST
PAL  An improved method of arc welding uses a single power supply connected to
      opposed welding torches placed on both sides of a workpiece. Each torch is
      connected to a different polarity lead of the power supply and forms a
      separate arc with the workpiece. When a current is supplied to the first
      torch, it is guided from the first electrode, through the first arc, the
      workpiece, the second arc, and to the electrode of the second torch. This
      guiding function improves the penetration, concentration, as well as the
      directional stability of the arc. This permits the effective and efficient
      welding of relatively thick workpieces using existing equipment at low
      current levels.
PATN
WKU  059904470
SRC  8
APN  9119981
APT  1
ART  175
APD  19970815
TTL  Wire feeder with non-linear speed control
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  22
EXP  Shaw; Clifford C.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Nowak; Albert M.
CTY  Appleton
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Yunk; Thomas G.
CTY  Shiocton
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Herwig; Warren E.
CTY  Oshkosh
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Illinois Tool Works Inc.
CTY  Glenview
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  21913771
EDF  6
ICL  B23K  912
FSC  219
FSS  137.71;124.03;132;130.21;130.31;137.7
UREF
PNO  2223177
ISD  19401100
NAM  Jones
OCL  219130.31
UREF
PNO  3509314
ISD  19700400
NAM  Freytag
OCL  219137.71
UREF
PNO  3989921
ISD  19761100
NAM  Ohi et al.
OCL  219124.03
UREF
PNO  4216367
ISD  19800800
NAM  Risberg
OCL  219132
UREF
PNO  4430551
ISD  19840200
NAM  Toth
OCL  219137.71
UREF
PNO  4608482
ISD  19860800
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL  219137.71
UREF
PNO  5834733
ISD  19981100
NAM  Oyama et al.
OCL  219137.71
LREP
FR2  Corrigan; George R.
ABST
PAL  A welding machine with a wire feeder and a controller is disclosed. The
      wire feeder includes a wire feed motor with a motor speed input. The
      controller is coupled to the motor speed control input. A user selectable
      wire feed speed input is also connected to the controller. The controller
      has an input circuit coupled with a non-linear stage such that the
      relationship between the user selectable wire feed speed input and the
      actual wire feed speed is not linear. The selectable input may be a
      potentiometer mounted on a front panel as the user selectable wire feed
      speed input. The non-linearity may be continuous or two discrete gains.
PATN
WKU  059904496
SRC  8
APN  492083&
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19950629
TTL  Electric heating device for mirror
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Hoang; Tu Ba
NDR  17
NFG  51
INVT
NAM  Sugiyama; Tetsuya
CTY  Soka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagaoka; Makoto
CTY  Kiyose
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ueda; Yoshiya
CTY  Soka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tazunoki; Hiroshi
CTY  Soka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Pentel Kabushiki Kaisha
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931104
APN  5-063927
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931202
APN  5-338954
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940208
APN  6-035415
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940325
APN  6-103475
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940407
APN  6-095812
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940407
APN  6-095813
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940810
APN  6-209101
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940825
APN  6-224266
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940912
APN  6-243283
CLAS
OCL  219219
EDF  6
ICL  H05B  100
FSC  219
FSS  202-203;219;522;543
FSC  359
FSS  838;841;850;267
FSC  338
FSS  306-309
FSC  392
FSS  438;439
UREF
PNO  2808351
ISD  19571000
NAM  Colbert
OCL  338308
UREF
PNO  3686473
ISD  19720800
NAM  Shirn et al.
OCL  219219
UREF
PNO  3839620
ISD  19741000
NAM  Seibel et al.
OCL  219219
UREF
PNO  4352006
ISD  19820900
NAM  Zega
OCL  219219
UREF
PNO  4459470
ISD  19840700
NAM  Shlichta et al.
OCL  219522
UREF
PNO  4634242
ISD  19870100
NAM  Taguchi et al.
OCL  359512
UREF
PNO  4634835
ISD  19870100
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  219219
UREF
PNO  4724304
ISD  19880200
NAM  Teshima et al.
OCL  219219
UREF
PNO  4940317
ISD  19900700
NAM  Reuben
OCL  219219
UREF
PNO  5155340
ISD  19921000
NAM  Morita et al.
OCL  219543
UREF
PNO  5155625
ISD  19921000
NAM  Komatsu et al.
OCL  219219
UREF
PNO  5406049
ISD  19950400
NAM  Reiser et al.
OCL  219522
FREF
PNO  55-16448
ISD  19800500
CNT  JPX
OCL  338308
FREF
PNO  58-28937
ISD  19830600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-195258
ISD  19851200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-192963
ISD  19861200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-112632
ISD  19870700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-33648
ISD  19870800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-66034
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  0124095
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4102599
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  0513872
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-156758
ISD  19950600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-53050
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-11864
ISD  19970100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-405
ISD  19970100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  415912
ISD  19340900
CNT  GBX
OCL  219543
OREF
PAL  "Electrical Conducting Coating", Corning Glass Works Product Information
      Bulletin, Section H, Apr. 1959.
LREP
FRM  Adams & Wilks
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP94/01848
PD1  19950629
PD2  19950629
PD3  19941102
PCP  WO95/12508
PCD  19950511
ABST
PAR  In a mirror with a heater, a reflective heating resistor film, or a
      reflection film and a heating resistor film, are formed on a mirror base
      plate. The heating resistor film is provided with at least one pair of
      electrodes to apply electricity to and heat the film. The reflective
      heating resistor film, reflection film and/or heating resistor film are so
      arranged as to form a clear visible image and to be heated. The
      temperature of the mirror surface can be controlled, and the electrodes
      are formed so as to heat the entire surface of the mirror uniformly.
PATN
WKU  059904500
SRC  8
APN  964704&
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971105
TTL  Rotary conveyor
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Pelham; Joseph
NDR  16
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Kirker; Eric John
CTY  Vandalia
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Patterson, Jr.; William R.
CTY  Miamisburg
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Hall; Donald Ray
CTY  Clayton
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Hall; David L.
CTY  Clayton
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Odawara Automation, Inc.
CTY  Tipp
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  219388
XCL  432124
XCL  432125
XCL  19837701
XCL  19837707
XCL  118642
EDF  6
ICL  B65G 47252
ICL  F27B  916
ICL  F27B  936
ICL  F27D  312
FSC  219
FSS  388
FSC  432
FSS  121;122;124;125
FSC  198
FSS  377.01;377.07;614;615;435
FSC  414
FSS  937
FSC   99
FSS  339;340;421 P;443 C
FSC  118
FSS  322;641;642;668;730
UREF
PNO  2517360
ISD  19500800
NAM  Singer
OCL   99421P
UREF
PNO  2549019
ISD  19510400
NAM  Saunders
OCL   99421P
UREF
PNO  2574686
ISD  19511100
NAM  Brown
OCL  118642
UREF
PNO  3309982
ISD  19670300
NAM  Surks
OCL  198377.01
UREF
PNO  3390757
ISD  19680700
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  198377.01
UREF
PNO  3552299
ISD  19710100
NAM  Patoks
OCL   99339
UREF
PNO  3732066
ISD  19730500
NAM  Kipple et al.
OCL  432 49
UREF
PNO  3744403
ISD  19730700
NAM  Castronuovo
OCL   99421P
UREF
PNO  3782892
ISD  19740100
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  432132
UREF
PNO  4050889
ISD  19770900
NAM  Kohn
OCL  432130
UREF
PNO  4116325
ISD  19780900
NAM  McDonald
OCL  198377
UREF
PNO  4305329
ISD  19811200
NAM  Fenoglio
OCL   99339
UREF
PNO  4967487
ISD  19901100
NAM  Urquhart
OCL  118642
UREF
PNO  4969414
ISD  19901100
NAM  Bair et al.
OCL  118668
UREF
PNO  5254164
ISD  19931000
NAM  Masahumi
OCL  118642
UREF
PNO  5275521
ISD  19940100
NAM  Wada
OCL  414937
UREF
PNO  5338189
ISD  19940800
NAM  Hata et al.
OCL  432124
UREF
PNO  5743965
ISD  19980400
NAM  Nishimura et al.
OCL  118641
LREP
FRM  Thompson Hine & Flory LLP
ABST
PAL  A rotary conveyor comprising an annular array of a plurality of
      circumferentially spaced work piece support members for receiving a
      corresponding plurality of work pieces. They conveyor further include a
      first drive ring coaxially associated with the array for rotating the work
      pieces in the work piece support members. The drive ring is rotatable with
      respect to the array such that relative movement between the drive ring
      and the array causes the work pieces to rotate. The invention further
      includes a rotary oven for depositing and curing resin on work pieces
      having a shaft thereon. The oven comprises an annular array having a
      plurality of circumferentially spaced work piece support members. Each
      work piece support member has a sprocket mounted on its radially inward
      end and is shaped so as to receive a work piece in its radially outward
      end. The oven further comprises a drive ring coaxial with the array, the
      drive ring having a chain mounted about its outer periphery such that the
      work piece support member sprockets mesh with the chain. The oven also
      includes a plurality of heating elements to heat the work pieces retained
      in the work piece support members, and a motor coupled to the ring for
      rotating the ring about the ring axis. The oven further comprises indexing
      means coupled to the array for step-wise rotating the annular array,
      whereby as the array is indexed the work pieces are passed under the
      heating elements to thereby heat and cure the work pieces.
PATN
WKU  059904526
SRC  9
APN  102468&
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980622
TTL  Automatic oven
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Fastovsky; Leonid
EXP  Leung; Philip H.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Shelton; Winston L.
CTY  Jeffersontown
STA  KY
ASSG
NAM  Carton Drive Enterprises LLC
CTY  Louisville
STA  KY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  219393
XCL  219413
XCL  219521
XCL  432121
XCL  221150
XCL  221150A
XCL  126190
XCL  126340
EDF  6
ICL  A21B  102
FSC   99
FSS  340;403;468;357;388;386;443 C;443 R
FSC  126
FSS  190;340;19 R;337
FSC  211
FSS  59;150;386
FSC  219
FSS  393;413;392;400;334;335;388;521
FSC  221
FSS  150 H
FSC  222
FSS  108
FSC  426
FSS  233;302
FSC  432
FSS  121;134;56
FSC  392
FSS  416;418
UREF
PNO  2387817
ISD  19451000
NAM  Wales
UREF
PNO  2444510
ISD  19480700
NAM  Isserstedt
UREF
PNO  2552135
ISD  19510500
NAM  Bertino
UREF
PNO  3267835
ISD  19660800
NAM  Romano et al.
UREF
PNO  3658050
ISD  19720400
NAM  Snyder
OCL  126340
UREF
PNO  3660376
ISD  19720500
NAM  Grove
OCL  219413
UREF
PNO  3859903
ISD  19750100
NAM  Kipp
UREF
PNO  4059398
ISD  19771100
NAM  Zimmer et al.
OCL  432121
UREF
PNO  4398651
ISD  19830800
NAM  Kumpfer
UREF
PNO  4454803
ISD  19840600
NAM  Wolf
UREF
PNO  4513879
ISD  19850400
NAM  Reiss
OCL  221150
UREF
PNO  4784111
ISD  19881100
NAM  Palomba
OCL  126190
UREF
PNO  5522310
ISD  19960600
NAM  Black
OCL   99357
UREF
PNO  5579952
ISD  19961200
NAM  Fiedler et al.
OCL  221150A
LREP
FR2  Camoriano; Theresa Fritz
     Camoriano and Associates
ABST
PAL  An oven includes a front door, a pivotable product support platform, and a
      back opening. There is a ramp connected to the back of the oven at the
      back opening, so that, when the platform pivots downwardly to eject
      product from the oven, the product slides down the platform and onto the
      ramp. The oven includes a control system, including a timer, which
      controls a solenoid that causes the platform to drop down when it is time
      to remove the product from the oven.
PATN
WKU  059904534
SRC  8
APN  9826831
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971202
TTL  High pressure/high temperature process chamber
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  4
EXA  Fuqua; Shawntina
EXP  Walberg; Teresa
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Das; Ashok K.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Stevens; Joe
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tzou; Erich
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tsai; Matt
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Applied Materials, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  219405
XCL  219390
XCL  219411
EDF  6
ICL  A21B  100
FSC  219
FSS  390;405;411
FSC  392
FSS  416;418
FSC  118
FSS  724;725;50.1
UREF
PNO  4472622
ISD  19840900
NAM  Satoh et al.
OCL  219390
UREF
PNO  4533820
ISD  19850800
NAM  Shimizu
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  4558660
ISD  19851200
NAM  Nishizawa et al.
OCL  118725
UREF
PNO  4789771
ISD  19881200
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  219405
UREF
PNO  5414244
ISD  19950500
NAM  Imahashi
OCL  219497
UREF
PNO  5446825
ISD  19950800
NAM  Moslehi et al.
OCL  392416
UREF
PNO  5490228
ISD  19960200
NAM  Soma et al.
OCL  392416
UREF
PNO  5493987
ISD  19960200
NAM  McDiarmid et al.
OCL  117102
UREF
PNO  5800618
ISD  19980900
NAM  Niori et al.
OCL  118723
LREP
FRM  Dugan & Dugan
ABST
PAL  An improved processing chamber is provided that withstands numerous high
      pressure/high temperature processing cycles without heater breakage. The
      processing chamber contains a high conductivity, a high emissivity and/or
      a high transmissivity shield positioned in sufficient proximity to a
      heater to prohibit gas currents such as convection current loops from
      forming between the shield and the heater. The shield is preferably a thin
      anodized metal or a sapphire sheet.
PATN
WKU  059904542
SRC  9
APN  0604143
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980414
TTL  Lightwave oven and method of cooking therewith having multiple cook
      modes and sequential lamp operation
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Pelham; Joseph
NDR  20
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Westerberg; Eugene R.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Pettibone; Donald W.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Winterringer; Gay
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Quadlux, Inc.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  219411
XCL  219412
XCL  219485
XCL  219492
XCL  219508
XCL  392411
XCL   99331
EDF  6
ICL  A21B  114
ICL  A21B  200
ICL  H05B  102
FSC  219
FSS  405;410-413;446;396;492;485;509;508
FSC   99
FSS  331
FSC  426
FSS  241;243;248;523
FSC  392
FSS  411;416
UREF
PNO  D245162
ISD  19770700
NAM  Zimmer
OCL  D15108
UREF
PNO  500371
ISD  18930600
NAM  Brachhausen et al.
UREF
PNO  793424
ISD  19050600
NAM  Custer
UREF
PNO  2549619
ISD  19510400
NAM  Miskella
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  2559249
ISD  19510700
NAM  Hudson
OCL  219 35
UREF
PNO  2767297
ISD  19561000
NAM  Benson
OCL  219 35
UREF
PNO  2824943
ISD  19580200
NAM  Laughlin
OCL   35315
UREF
PNO  2864932
ISD  19581200
NAM  Forrer
OCL  219 35
UREF
PNO  2924695
ISD  19600100
NAM  Atkeson
OCL  219 34
UREF
PNO  2939383
ISD  19600600
NAM  Kanaga
OCL   99327
UREF
PNO  2980544
ISD  19610400
NAM  Mills
OCL   99229
UREF
PNO  3003409
ISD  19611000
NAM  Mills
OCL   99331
UREF
PNO  3033968
ISD  19621100
NAM  Julie
OCL  219 20
UREF
PNO  3037443
ISD  19620600
NAM  Newkirk et al.
OCL   99332
UREF
PNO  3119000
ISD  19640100
NAM  Losch et al.
OCL  219 19
UREF
PNO  3131280
ISD  19640400
NAM  Brussel
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  3249741
ISD  19660500
NAM  Mills
OCL  219388
UREF
PNO  3280720
ISD  19661000
NAM  Kohn
OCL   99238.5
UREF
PNO  3304406
ISD  19670200
NAM  King
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  3313917
ISD  19670400
NAM  Ditzler et al.
OCL  219400
UREF
PNO  3326962
ISD  19670600
NAM  Martino et al.
OCL   99328
UREF
PNO  3342977
ISD  19670900
NAM  Anderson
OCL  219548
UREF
PNO  3364338
ISD  19680100
NAM  Holtkamp
OCL  219398
UREF
PNO  3414709
ISD  19681200
NAM  Tricault
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  3427435
ISD  19690200
NAM  Webb
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  3448678
ISD  19690600
NAM  Burstein
OCL   99386
UREF
PNO  3470942
ISD  19691000
NAM  Fukada et al.
OCL  219492
UREF
PNO  3559564
ISD  19710200
NAM  Turner et al.
OCL   99332
UREF
PNO  3569656
ISD  19710300
NAM  White et al.
OCL  219 10.55B
UREF
PNO  3586823
ISD  19710600
NAM  Schier
OCL  219347
UREF
PNO  3601582
ISD  19710800
NAM  Boisfleury
OCL  219388
UREF
PNO  3621200
ISD  19711100
NAM  Watts, Jr.
OCL  219377
UREF
PNO  3626154
ISD  19711200
NAM  Reed
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  3626155
ISD  19711200
NAM  Joeckel
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  3648010
ISD  19720300
NAM  Schier
OCL  219214
UREF
PNO  3660637
ISD  19720500
NAM  Grove
OCL  219413
UREF
PNO  3666921
ISD  19720500
NAM  Shevlin
OCL  219492
UREF
PNO  3682643
ISD  19720800
NAM  Foster
OCL  219405
UREF
PNO  3684860
ISD  19720800
NAM  Snyder
OCL  219413
UREF
PNO  3688084
ISD  19720800
NAM  Charneski
OCL  219537
UREF
PNO  3693538
ISD  19720900
NAM  Snyder
OCL   99447
UREF
PNO  3699307
ISD  19721000
NAM  Malkin
OCL  219492
UREF
PNO  3713846
ISD  19730100
NAM  Turner et al.
OCL   99217
UREF
PNO  3719789
ISD  19730300
NAM  Harnden, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3751632
ISD  19730800
NAM  Kauranen
OCL  219492
UREF
PNO  3828163
ISD  19740800
NAM  Amagami et al.
OCL  219413
UREF
PNO  3836751
ISD  19740900
NAM  Anderson
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  3847069
ISD  19741100
NAM  Guibert
OCL  219388
UREF
PNO  3870806
ISD  19750300
NAM  Capossela et al.
OCL  426221
UREF
PNO  3882255
ISD  19750500
NAM  Gorham, Jr. et al.
OCL  426235
UREF
PNO  3935807
ISD  19760200
NAM  Main
OCL   99352
UREF
PNO  3944807
ISD  19760300
NAM  Frantti et al.
UREF
PNO  3959620
ISD  19760500
NAM  Stephen, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4036151
ISD  19770700
NAM  Shin
OCL  108 20
UREF
PNO  4092512
ISD  19780500
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  219 10.55
UREF
PNO  4101759
ISD  19780700
NAM  Anthony
OCL  219405
UREF
PNO  4121078
ISD  19781000
NAM  Takano et al.
OCL  219 10.55
UREF
PNO  4164591
ISD  19790800
NAM  Ahlgren et al.
OCL  426523
UREF
PNO  4164643
ISD  19790800
NAM  Peart et al.
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  4191881
ISD  19800300
NAM  Ahlgren et al.
OCL  219388
UREF
PNO  4210794
ISD  19800700
NAM  Oguri
OCL  219 10.55
UREF
PNO  4225767
ISD  19800900
NAM  Hatanaka et al.
OCL  219 10.55
UREF
PNO  4238669
ISD  19801200
NAM  Huntley
OCL  219405
UREF
PNO  4238995
ISD  19801200
NAM  Polster
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  4244284
ISD  19810100
NAM  Flavan et al.
OCL   99327
UREF
PNO  4245148
ISD  19810100
NAM  Glaske et al.
OCL  219492
UREF
PNO  4276465
ISD  19810600
NAM  Flavio
OCL  219388
UREF
PNO  4323773
ISD  19820400
NAM  Carpenter
OCL  235473
UREF
PNO  4343985
ISD  19820800
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  219214
UREF
PNO  4360726
ISD  19821100
NAM  Haden
OCL  219494
UREF
PNO  4363957
ISD  19821200
NAM  Tachikawa et al.
OCL  219497
UREF
PNO  4367388
ISD  19830100
NAM  Ishihara et al.
OCL  219 10.55B
UREF
PNO  4374319
ISD  19830200
NAM  Guibert
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  4379964
ISD  19830400
NAM  Kanazawa et al.
OCL  219492
UREF
PNO  4396817
ISD  19830800
NAM  Eck et al.
OCL  426523
UREF
PNO  4401884
ISD  19830800
NAM  Kusunoki et al.
OCL  426243
UREF
PNO  4410779
ISD  19831000
NAM  Weiss
OCL  219 10.55
UREF
PNO  4421015
ISD  19831200
NAM  Masters et al.
OCL   99400
UREF
PNO  4421974
ISD  19831200
NAM  Oota et al.
OCL  219492
UREF
PNO  4441015
ISD  19840400
NAM  Eichelberger et al.
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  4455479
ISD  19840600
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  219405
UREF
PNO  4462307
ISD  19840700
NAM  Wells
OCL   99386
UREF
PNO  4463238
ISD  19840700
NAM  Tanabe
OCL  219 10.55B
UREF
PNO  4468260
ISD  19840800
NAM  Hiramoto
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  4481405
ISD  19841100
NAM  Malick
OCL  219405
UREF
PNO  4483631
ISD  19841100
NAM  Kydd
OCL  364557
UREF
PNO  4486639
ISD  19841200
NAM  Mittelsteadt
OCL  219 10.55B
UREF
PNO  4493960
ISD  19850100
NAM  Mittelsteadt et al.
UREF
PNO  4501944
ISD  19850200
NAM  Matsushima
OCL  219 10.55
UREF
PNO  4506652
ISD  19850300
NAM  Baker
OCL  219388
UREF
PNO  4508960
ISD  19850400
NAM  Arai
OCL  219388
UREF
PNO  4511788
ISD  19850400
NAM  Arai et al.
OCL  219405
UREF
PNO  4516486
ISD  19850500
NAM  Burkhart
OCL   99388
UREF
PNO  4554437
ISD  19851100
NAM  Wagner et al.
OCL  219388
UREF
PNO  4561907
ISD  19851200
NAM  Raicu
OCL  148187
UREF
PNO  4565704
ISD  19860100
NAM  Dagerskog
OCL  426233
UREF
PNO  4575616
ISD  19860300
NAM  Bergendal
OCL  219405
UREF
PNO  4588923
ISD  19860500
NAM  Hoegler et al.
OCL  313579
UREF
PNO  4598194
ISD  19860700
NAM  Halberstadt et al.
OCL  219464
UREF
PNO  4601004
ISD  19860700
NAM  Holt et al.
OCL  364557
UREF
PNO  4663557
ISD  19870500
NAM  Martin, Jr. et al.
OCL  313112
UREF
PNO  4680451
ISD  19870700
NAM  Gat et al.
UREF
PNO  4687895
ISD  19870800
NAM  Chitre et al.
OCL  219 10.55
UREF
PNO  4692597
ISD  19870900
NAM  Tsuda et al.
OCL  219492
UREF
PNO  4700051
ISD  19871000
NAM  Goessler et al.
OCL  219464
UREF
PNO  4701663
ISD  19871000
NAM  Kawakatsu et al.
OCL  313112
UREF
PNO  4721877
ISD  19880100
NAM  Kawakatsu et al.
OCL  131111
UREF
PNO  4728763
ISD  19880300
NAM  Bell et al.
OCL  219 10.55
UREF
PNO  4731251
ISD  19880300
NAM  Javanovic
XCL  219405
UREF
PNO  4734562
ISD  19880300
NAM  Amano et al.
OCL  219413
UREF
PNO  4761529
ISD  19880800
NAM  Tsisios
OCL  219 10.55B
UREF
PNO  4771154
ISD  19880900
NAM  Bell et al.
OCL  219405
UREF
PNO  4808798
ISD  19890200
NAM  Goessler et al.
OCL  219464
UREF
PNO  4816635
ISD  19890300
NAM  Edamura
OCL  219 10.55
UREF
PNO  4836138
ISD  19890600
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  118666
UREF
PNO  4871559
ISD  19891000
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL  426248
UREF
PNO  4894518
ISD  19900100
NAM  Ishikawa
OCL  219413
UREF
PNO  4910942
ISD  19900300
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL   53425
UREF
PNO  4949005
ISD  19900800
NAM  Parham et al.
OCL  313112
UREF
PNO  4960977
ISD  19901000
NAM  Alden
OCL  219388
UREF
PNO  4976194
ISD  19901200
NAM  Kelterborn et al.
OCL   99328
UREF
PNO  4983001
ISD  19910100
NAM  Haginda et al.
OCL  350  1.6
UREF
PNO  4999468
ISD  19910300
NAM  Fadel
OCL  219 10.55B
UREF
PNO  5034235
ISD  19910700
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL  426238
UREF
PNO  5036179
ISD  19910700
NAM  Westerberg et al.
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  5038395
ISD  19910800
NAM  Lenski
OCL  392420
UREF
PNO  5039535
ISD  19910800
NAM  Lang et al.
OCL  426233
UREF
PNO  5097112
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kanaya et al.
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  5108792
ISD  19920400
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  118725
UREF
PNO  5134263
ISD  19920700
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  219 10.55
UREF
PNO  5138219
ISD  19920800
NAM  Krisl et al.
OCL  313112
UREF
PNO  5147068
ISD  19920900
NAM  Wright
OCL  221  9
UREF
PNO  5157239
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kanaya et al.
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  5164161
ISD  19921100
NAM  Feathers et al.
OCL  422109
UREF
PNO  5171974
ISD  19921200
NAM  Koether et al.
OCL  219506
UREF
PNO  5179264
ISD  19930100
NAM  Sheridan et al.
OCL  219497
UREF
PNO  5182439
ISD  19930100
NAM  Burkett et al.
OCL  219492
UREF
PNO  5183997
ISD  19930200
NAM  Lotz
UREF
PNO  5285041
ISD  19940200
NAM  Wright
UREF
PNO  5308161
ISD  19940500
NAM  Stein
UREF
PNO  5315092
ISD  19940500
NAM  Takahashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5317130
ISD  19940500
NAM  Burkett et al.
OCL  219492
UREF
PNO  5319717
ISD  19940600
NAM  Tazawa
OCL  219705
UREF
PNO  5352865
ISD  19941000
NAM  Burkett et al.
OCL  219492
UREF
PNO  5373778
ISD  19941200
NAM  Moreth
OCL   99421
UREF
PNO  5378872
ISD  19950100
NAM  Jovanovic
OCL  210405
UREF
PNO  5382441
ISD  19950100
NAM  Lentz et al.
OCL  436411
UREF
PNO  5390588
ISD  19950200
NAM  Krasznai et al.
OCL   99389
UREF
PNO  5396047
ISD  19950300
NAM  Schilling et al.
OCL  219446
UREF
PNO  5404420
ISD  19950400
NAM  Song
OCL  392416
UREF
PNO  5420401
ISD  19950500
NAM  Jacquault et al.
UREF
PNO  5422460
ISD  19950600
NAM  Bralia et al.
UREF
PNO  5471914
ISD  19951200
NAM  Krasznai et al.
OCL   99389
UREF
PNO  5478986
ISD  19951200
NAM  Westerberg
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  5517005
ISD  19960500
NAM  Westerberg
OCL  219405
UREF
PNO  5534679
ISD  19960700
NAM  Beaver, II et al.
UREF
PNO  5560285
ISD  19961000
NAM  Moreth
OCL   99421
UREF
PNO  5567459
ISD  19961000
NAM  Gonzalez-Hernandez et al.
OCL  426241
UREF
PNO  5620624
ISD  19970400
NAM  Westerburg
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  5665259
ISD  19970900
NAM  Westerberg
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  5674421
ISD  19971000
NAM  Beaver, II et al.
OCL  219385
UREF
PNO  5695668
ISD  19971200
NAM  Boddy
OCL  219396
UREF
PNO  5695669
ISD  19971200
NAM  Westerberg
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  5712464
ISD  19980100
NAM  Westerberg
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  5726423
ISD  19980300
NAM  Westerberg et al.
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  5736713
ISD  19980400
NAM  Westerberg
OCL  219411
UREF
PNO  5786569
ISD  19980700
NAM  Westerberg
OCL  219411
FREF
PNO  0 023 724
ISD  19810200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 215 617
ISD  19860900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 332 081
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 455 169 A2
ISD  19910600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  25 46 106
ISD  19770400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  35 03 648
ISD  19860400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  32 42 804 A1
ISD  19860600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  52-112146
ISD  19770900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-60007
ISD  19820400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-70323
ISD  19820400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-1930
ISD  19840100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-47302
ISD  19840300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-210228
ISD  19841100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-37116
ISD  19850200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-69920
ISD  19850500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-167932
ISD  19851100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-245933
ISD  19851200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-34913
ISD  19880300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-46720
ISD  19880300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-49405
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-154483
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-315982
ISD  19891200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-89921
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-080523
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-361714
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  88-717
ISD  19850400
CNT  KRX
FREF
PNO  569 419
ISD  19751100
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  1155223
ISD  19850500
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1215651
ISD  19860300
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  839551
ISD  19600600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  1273023
ISD  19720500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2132060
ISD  19830800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2147788
ISD  19850500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2152790
ISD  19850800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2180637
ISD  19870400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2245136
ISD  19920100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/03369
ISD  19880500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/10857
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/12962
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Fostoria Corp., "Heat Processing with Infrared," Feb. 1962, pp. 1-7.
PAL  Summer, W. Dr., "Ultra-Violet and Infra-Red Engineering," 1962, pp.
      102-112.
PAL  Beggs, E.W., "Quicker Drying With Lamps," Jul. 1939, vol. 97, No. 7, pp.
      88-89.
PAL  Harold McGee, Book, "On Food and Cooking," Charles Schribner's Sons, New
      York, 1984, chapter 14, pp. 608-624.
PAL  Hidemi Sato et al., "Effects of Radiative Characteristics of Heaters on
      Crust Formation And Coloring Processes of Food Surface," Nippon Shokuhin
      Kagaku Kaishi, Vol. 42, No. 9, pp. 643-648, (1995).
LREP
FRM  Limbach & Limbach L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An lightwave oven and method of cooking therewith for cooking food with
      radiant energy in the visible, near-visible and infrared ranges of the
      electromagnetic spectrum from a first plurality of high power lamps
      positioned above the food and a second plurality of high power lamps
      positioned below the food. The first plurality of lamps are sequentially
      operated at a first average power level by applying power thereto in a
      staggered manner so that not all of the first plurality of lamps are on at
      the same time, and the second plurality of lamps are sequentially operated
      at a second average power level by applying power thereto in a staggered
      manner so that not all of the second plurality of lamps are on at the same
      time. The stagger can be varied to change the time average power level of
      the first and/or second pluralities of lamps without adversely affecting
      the spectral outputs thereof. The first and second pluralities of lamps
      can be operated in one of several different modes. In one mode, the first
      and second pluralities of lamps are sequentially operated simultaneously.
      In another mode, the first plurality of lamps is sequentially operated
      while the second plurality of lamps are turned off. In yet another mode,
      the second plurality of lamps is sequentially operated while the first
      plurality of lamps are turned off.
PATN
WKU  059904550
SRC  9
APN  0651621
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980423
TTL  Chafing dish
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Pelham; Joseph
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Scott; Chester B.
CTY  Lexington
STA  SC
INVT
NAM  Scott, III; Chester
CTY  Mentor
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Chesterfield Products, Inc.
CTY  Mentor
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  219430
XCL  219432
XCL  219437
XCL  392448
XCL  392501
EDF  6
ICL  H05B  378
FSC  219
FSS  430;429;432;437
FSC  126
FSS  33;377;378
FSC   99
FSS  403;483
FSC  392
FSS  448;497;498;501
UREF
PNO  1697732
ISD  19290100
NAM  Newland
OCL  392497
UREF
PNO  1994909
ISD  19350300
NAM  Ehrgott
OCL  219437
UREF
PNO  2471259
ISD  19490500
NAM  Chapman
OCL  392498
UREF
PNO  2576688
ISD  19511100
NAM  Landgraf
OCL  392498
UREF
PNO  2756425
ISD  19560700
NAM  Webber
OCL  219437
UREF
PNO  3476915
ISD  19691100
NAM  Rapsis
OCL  392448
UREF
PNO  3797563
ISD  19740300
NAM  Hoffmann et al.
OCL  219387
UREF
PNO  3971307
ISD  19760700
NAM  Graham
OCL   99403
UREF
PNO  5045672
ISD  19910900
NAM  Scott
OCL  219439
LREP
FRM  Watts, Hoffman, Fisher & Heinke, Co., L.P.A.
ABST
PAL  A heater for use with a chafing dish having water and food pans with
      complemental peripheral flanges is disclosed. The heater includes a spacer
      sized to be interposed between such flanges to maintain at least portions
      of the flanges in spaced relationship. An immersible heater assembly
      including an upstanding arm is connected to and depends from the spacer.
      The heater assembly includes an encased electrical resistance heater loop
      having end portions connected to the arm. The arm and loop are sized to
      position the loop near a bottom of the water pan and immersed in water
      when the chafing dish is in use. A temperature sensitive switch is
      connected to the heater unit for interrupting a power supply when the
      temperature of the heater unit exceeds a predetermined temperature. A
      power supply cord extends from the spacer outwardly from the dish when the
      heater is in use.
PATN
WKU  059904569
SRC  9
APN  2518511
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19990217
TTL  Syrup warming system
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Pelham; Joseph
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kilbride; Herbert F.
STR  Box 40 Virgin Gouda
CTY  British Virgin Islands
CNT  VGX
CLAS
OCL  219432
XCL  219434
XCL  2221465
EDF  6
ICL  F27D 1102
ICL  A47J 3624
ICL  A47J 3902
FSC  219
FSS  385-387;214;421;429;432-434
FSC  222
FSS  146.5
UREF
PNO  968682
ISD  19100800
NAM  Parkhurst et al.
OCL  219434
UREF
PNO  1028383
ISD  19120600
NAM  Parkhurst
OCL  219432
UREF
PNO  1145977
ISD  19150700
NAM  Denhard
OCL  219434
UREF
PNO  1151605
ISD  19150800
NAM  Morgan
OCL  219434
UREF
PNO  2847552
ISD  19580800
NAM  Gates
OCL  219434
UREF
PNO  3105138
ISD  19630900
NAM  Gazdik
OCL  219386
UREF
PNO  3215817
ISD  19651100
NAM  Peek
OCL  219432
UREF
PNO  3432641
ISD  19690300
NAM  Welke
OCL  219433
UREF
PNO  3514579
ISD  19700500
NAM  Sanders
OCL  219430
UREF
PNO  3591768
ISD  19710700
NAM  Torres
OCL  219387
UREF
PNO  3725641
ISD  19730400
NAM  Tilp
OCL  219433
UREF
PNO  3808825
ISD  19740500
NAM  Ciurea
OCL  219386
UREF
PNO  3896973
ISD  19750700
NAM  Morgan
OCL  222146.5
UREF
PNO  3904086
ISD  19750900
NAM  Losenno
OCL  222146.5
UREF
PNO  4145603
ISD  19790300
NAM  Mackay et al.
OCL  219387
UREF
PNO  4147924
ISD  19790400
NAM  De Witt, Jr.
OCL  219417
UREF
PNO  4158125
ISD  19790600
NAM  Jones
OCL  219433
UREF
PNO  4305533
ISD  19811200
NAM  Wightman et al.
OCL  224 42.42
UREF
PNO  4853518
ISD  19890800
NAM  Bravo
OCL  219441
LREP
FR2  Breaux; Joseph N.
ABST
PAL  A syrup warming system for warming syrups and the like contained within a
      container that includes a mechanism for varying the amount of heat
      provided to a syrup container without varying the amount of heat supplied
      by a heating element. The heating element is powerable by a battery. The
      mechanism is a removable, adjustable height pitcher support basket
      including a tubular top member and a cup-shaped bottom member. The syrup
      warming system may include a number of interconnectable warming units that
      are securable together if desired.
PATN
WKU  059904577
SRC  9
APN  104740&
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980625
TTL  Glass-ceramic cook top
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Paik; Sam
EXP  Walberg; Teresa
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Steiner; Herbert
CTY  Traunstein
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Edlmann; Manfred
CTY  Schnaitsee
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Meierhofer; Rudolf
CTY  Altenmarkt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  BSH Bosch und Siemens Hausgeraete GmbH
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950614
APN  195 21 690
RLAP
COD  74
APN  661348
APD  19960614
CLAS
OCL  21945211
XCL  126214A
EDF  6
ICL  H05B  368
ICL  F24C 1510
FSC  219
FSS  455;458;459;463;464
FSC  129
FSS  39 H;39 N;39 J;211;214 A
UREF
PNO  4243016
ISD  19810100
NAM  Kristen et al.
UREF
PNO  4453533
ISD  19840600
NAM  Scheidler et al.
UREF
PNO  4492217
ISD  19850100
NAM  Scheidler
UREF
PNO  4960978
ISD  19901000
NAM  Lorenz et al.
UREF
PNO  5036831
ISD  19910800
NAM  Ray
OCL  219464
UREF
PNO  5530224
ISD  19960600
NAM  Sassman
UREF
PNO  5782047
ISD  19980700
NAM  Bird et al.
OCL  219464
FREF
PNO  449347
ISD  19910200
CNT  EPX
OCL  219464
LREP
FR2  Lerner; Herbert L.
FR2  Greenberg; Laurence A.
ABST
PAL  A glass-ceramic cooktop includes a glass-ceramic plate having a periphery.
      At least one heating body is disposed below the glass-ceramic plate. A
      sprayed-on plastic frame embraces the periphery of the glass-ceramic plate
      and has an upper surface. A protective lining of high-temperature-proof
      material embraces the glass-ceramic plate and is disposed on the upper
      surface of the plastic frame.
PATN
WKU  059904585
SRC  9
APN  033815&
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980303
TTL  End cap contact assembly for a heater roller
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Pelham; Joseph
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Hyllberg; Bruce E.
CTY  Gurnee
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Langley; Robert G.
CTY  Burlington
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  American Roller Company
CTY  Union Grove
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  219469
XCL  219216
XCL  439 29
XCL  439799
XCL  439840
EDF  6
ICL  B21B 2706
ICL  G03G 1520
ICL  H01R 1333
ICL  H05B  303
FSC  219
FSS  216;469;471;541;543
FSC  338
FSS  376
FSC  439
FSS  21;25;29;788;799;840
UREF
PNO  1668381
ISD  19280500
NAM  Schlid
OCL  439840
UREF
PNO  3056101
ISD  19620900
NAM  Bethke
OCL  439 21
UREF
PNO  4033654
ISD  19770700
NAM  Ross
OCL  439840
UREF
PNO  4321759
ISD  19820300
NAM  Gamble
OCL   34110
UREF
PNO  4570055
ISD  19860200
NAM  McMills
OCL  219541
UREF
PNO  4820904
ISD  19890400
NAM  Urban
OCL  219216
UREF
PNO  5191381
ISD  19930300
NAM  Yuan
OCL  219216
UREF
PNO  5235163
ISD  19930800
NAM  Levitan
OCL  219541
UREF
PNO  5532807
ISD  19960700
NAM  Takemoto
OCL  219216
UREF
PNO  5616263
ISD  19970400
NAM  Hyllberg
OCL  219469
UREF
PNO  5726425
ISD  19980300
NAM  Moebius
OCL  219471
UREF
PNO  5821499
ISD  19981000
NAM  Crimmins et al.
OCL  219471
FREF
PNO  0 687 132 A2
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/31088
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady LLP
ABST
PAL  An electrical contact assembly for a roller (10) having at least one
      single-bevel end portion (13) has a first electrical contact formed by a
      thermally sprayed band (29) of a nickel alloy, a second electrical contact
      (30) formed by an annular contact structure (57, 37, 38, 30) assembled to
      the roller (10) and a bridging contact formed by an extension coil spring
      (33) which extends around the tapered end (24) of the roller (10) in a
      location where it will make bridging contact between the first electrical
      contact (29) and the second electrical contact (30) and provide spring
      pressure to maintain such contact.
PATN
WKU  059904593
SRC  8
APN  9496394
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971014
TTL  System for controlling a plurality of resistive heating elements
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  3
EXP  Paschall; Mark
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Feustel; Hans-Peter
CTY  Roth
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Beetz; Klaus
CTY  Karlsruhe
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bohlender; Franz
CTY  Kandel
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  David + Baader - DBK
CNT  DEX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Alcatel SEG AG
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961015
APN  196 42 442
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961015
APN  196 42 443
CLAS
OCL  219486
XCL  219485
XCL  219202
XCL  219508
XCL  219505
XCL  307 38
EDF  6
ICL  H05B  102
FSC  219
FSS  202-206;483-486;497;499;505;501;508;481
FSC  307
FSS  38-41
UREF
PNO  4138607
ISD  19790200
NAM  Engelmann
OCL  219497
UREF
PNO  4920252
ISD  19900400
NAM  Yoshino
OCL  219497
UREF
PNO  5521359
ISD  19960500
NAM  Bone
OCL  219718
UREF
PNO  5528016
ISD  19960600
NAM  Mogi
OCL  219486
UREF
PNO  5658480
ISD  19970800
NAM  Tennant et al.
OCL  219519
FREF
PNO  0567402
ISD  19931000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3447182
ISD  19891200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4345056
ISD  19950700
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An electric heating system comprising at least two electric heating
      resistors, the heating power of which being adjusted by a control device
      comprising a plurality of controllers each one of which has one of the
      electric heating resistor associated with it, wherein the control range of
      the control means is distributed over the controllers and wherein a
      different control range is associated to each controller.
PATN
WKU  059904607
SRC  8
APN  7942664
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970131
TTL  Voltage-dependent automatic cooking apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Paschall; Mark
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Petty; Jonathan Scott
CTY  Cedar Rapids
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Tarplee; Jennifer Lynn
CTY  Cedar Rapids
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  Amana Company, L.P.
CTY  Amana
STA  IA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  219497
XCL  219481
XCL  219506
XCL  323234
EDF  6
ICL  H05B  102
FSC  219
FSS  501;506;492;497;481;499;505
FSC  323
FSS  319;235;236;234
UREF
PNO  4317977
ISD  19820300
NAM  Buck
OCL  219 10.55B
UREF
PNO  4340807
ISD  19820700
NAM  Raskin et al.
OCL  219497
UREF
PNO  4396817
ISD  19830800
NAM  Eck et al.
OCL  219 10.55M
UREF
PNO  4420668
ISD  19831200
NAM  Larson et al.
OCL  219 10.55B
UREF
PNO  4506144
ISD  19850300
NAM  Hesford et al.
OCL  219497
UREF
PNO  4901506
ISD  19900200
NAM  Weyandt
OCL   53479
UREF
PNO  5672288
ISD  19970900
NAM  Tran
OCL  219502
OREF
PAL  Petty et al., U.S. application No. 08/769,616, Filed Dec. 18, 1996,
      Entitled "Oven with High Power Radiant Cooking Elements and Methods of
      Developing, Optimizing, Storing and Retrieving Recipes for the Operation
      of the Oven.".
LREP
FRM  Tobor, Goldstein & Healey
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for changing an automatic cooking program in an
      electric oven is disclosed. A parameter of the cooking program, such as
      cooking time, is automatically altered in response to a property of the
      electricity supplying the oven, such as line voltage. The method and
      apparatus are particularly well suited for use in ovens utilizing halogen
      tungsten lamps as sources of heat.
PATN
WKU  059904615
SRC  8
APN  9796460
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971126
TTL  Photothermographic media processor thermal control
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Paschall; Mark
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Stumpf; Paul B.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Brewen; Alan T.
CTY  Pittsford
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  219497
XCL  219505
XCL  219216
XCL  255405
EDF  6
ICL  H05B  102
FSC  219
FSS  497;216;505;494;508;483
FSC  355
FSS  285;290;208;405
UREF
PNO  4006985
ISD  19770200
NAM  Hutner
OCL  355 14
UREF
PNO  4304985
ISD  19811200
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  4822977
ISD  19890400
NAM  Leising et al.
OCL  219216
UREF
PNO  5266774
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kimiura et al.
OCL  219216
UREF
PNO  5561512
ISD  19961000
NAM  Fukano et al.
OCL  355285
UREF
PNO  5568229
ISD  19961000
NAM  Sszlucha
OCL  355208
FREF
PNO  95/30934
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Noval; William F.
ABST
PAL  A thermal processor for thermally processing a sequence of exposed
      photothermographic media comprising: a rotatable thermally conductive
      drum; a heat source for heating the drum to a setpoint temperature; a
      plurality of rollers spaced around a portion of the periphery of the drum
      for holding down exposed photothermographic media to the drum for thermal
      development thereof; a sensor for sensing the temperature of the drum; and
      a control for controlling the temperature of the drum as a function (1) of
      the setpoint temperature, (2) of the sensed drum temperature, and (3) of
      the status of the processor, i.e., whether or not photothermographic media
      is being processed by the drum, in order to compensate for heat loss due
      to media heating and roller heating.
PATN
WKU  059904623
SRC  9
APN  2018799
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19981130
TTL  Welding collar
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Pasrija; Krishan
EXP  Walberg; Teresa
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Scholl; Reinhold
CTY  Mannheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Friatec Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Mannheim
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19971128
APN  197 52 910
CLAS
OCL  219535
XCL  264248
EDF  6
ICL  H05B  358
FSC  219
FSS  633;621;243;535
FSC  156
FSS  358;64;503;253;158
FSC  285
FSS  104
FSC  264
FSS  25;248
FSC  428
FSS  136
UREF
PNO  4436987
ISD  19840300
NAM  Thalmann et al.
OCL  219535
UREF
PNO  4440038
ISD  19840400
NAM  Reich et al.
OCL  219535
UREF
PNO  4670207
ISD  19870600
NAM  Yamada et al.
UREF
PNO  4684417
ISD  19870800
NAM  Grandclement et al.
UREF
PNO  4770442
ISD  19880900
NAM  Sichler
OCL  285 21
UREF
PNO  4792374
ISD  19881200
NAM  Rianda
OCL  156503
UREF
PNO  5252157
ISD  19931000
NAM  Inhofe, Jr.
OCL  156158
UREF
PNO  5476562
ISD  19951200
NAM  Inhofe, Jr.
OCL  156156
FREF
PNO  195 19 341
ISD  19960600
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A welding collar contains a collar body of fusible plastic and a heater
      coil, disposed in its inside surface, which is spaced apart from a free
      collar end by a front zone. This welding collar is improved in that
      pipelines with ends which are not precisely cylindrical, and especially
      pipelines made from material in rolls, can be welded in a problem-free and
      reliable manner. The sum of the length of the front zone and the axial
      length of an inner zone adjoining the heater coil, with which the inserted
      pipe comes in contact, is at least approximately equal to the length of
      the heater coil. The insertion depth is greater by at least a factor of
      1.4 than the inside diameter of the collar body.
PATN
WKU  059904631
SRC  9
APN  0909807
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980605
TTL  Oxygen sensor element holding lamination type ceramic heater
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Vinod D
EXP  Walberg; Teresa
NDR  11
NFG  37
INVT
NAM  Shirai; Makoto
CTY  Kuwana
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Masayuki
CTY  Kuwana
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Denso Corporation
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970613
APN  9-173020
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980511
APN  10-127913
CLAS
OCL  219544
XCL  219542
XCL  219543
EDF  6
ICL  H05B  344
FSC  219
FSS  544;542;209
FSC  338
FSS  243
FSC  204
FSS  424;425;426;427;242
FSC   73
FSS  31.05
UREF
PNO  4578174
ISD  19860300
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  204429
UREF
PNO  4636293
ISD  19870100
NAM  Bayha et al.
UREF
PNO  4824550
ISD  19890400
NAM  Ker et al.
OCL  204427
UREF
PNO  5098548
ISD  19920300
NAM  Duce
OCL  204424
UREF
PNO  5139639
ISD  19920800
NAM  Holleboom
OCL  204427
UREF
PNO  5271821
ISD  19931200
NAM  Ogasawara et al.
OCL  204429
UREF
PNO  5393397
ISD  19950200
NAM  Fukaya et al.
OCL  204424
UREF
PNO  5451748
ISD  19950900
NAM  Matsuzaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5685964
ISD  19971100
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  204429
UREF
PNO  5759365
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  204424
FREF
PNO  42 32 092 A1
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  197 02 096 A1
ISD  19970700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4-157358
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-203718
ISD  19970800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  94/14057
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  JP 04 157358 A (Nippondenso Co. Ltd.), May 29, 1992 & Database WPI Section
      Ch, Week 9225, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB, Class E36, AN
      92-231513, XP002078850 & Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 16, No. 448
      (P-1432-), Sep. 17, 1992.
PAL  JP 05 126789 A (Hitachi Ltd.), May 21, 1993 & Patent Abstracts of Japan,
      vol. 17, No. 495 (P-1608), Sep. 7, 1993, XP002078849.
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P. C.
ABST
PAL  An oxygen sensor element has a cup-type solid electrolyte body defining an
      air chamber therein, and a plate-like lamination-type ceramic heater is
      disposed in the air chamber with a front end portion contacting the bottom
      portion of the air chamber. Accordingly, the lamination type ceramic
      heater is prevented form being swung and hit against the electrolyte body.
PATN
WKU  059904640
SRC  8
APN  9580697
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971027
TTL  Method for producing hot rolled steel sheet using induction heating and
      apparatus therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Leung; Philip H.
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Hino; Yoshimichi
CTY  Fukuyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Minote; Toru
CTY  Fukuyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Masuda; Sadakazu
CTY  Fukuyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Masaaki
CTY  Fukuyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Eda; Hisatomo
CTY  Fukuyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Terauchi; Takumasa
CTY  Fukuyama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NKK Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961030
APN  8-288357
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961031
APN  8-290010
CLAS
OCL  219602
XCL  219645
XCL  219656
XCL  219674
XCL   72202
EDF  6
ICL  H05B  606
ICL  B21B  126
FSC  219
FSS  602;645;646;656;674;671;610
FSC   72
FSS  202;200
UREF
PNO  3587268
ISD  19710600
NAM  Bricmont
UREF
PNO  3705967
ISD  19721200
NAM  Bobart et al.
UREF
PNO  4447690
ISD  19840500
NAM  Grever
OCL  219656
UREF
PNO  5179258
ISD  19930100
NAM  Arvedi et al.
OCL  219645
FREF
PNO  0243340 A1
ISD  19871000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  51-122649
ISD  19761000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  52-30936
ISD  19770300
CNT  JPX
OCL  219656
FREF
PNO  54-9034
ISD  19790100
CNT  JPX
OCL  219656
FREF
PNO  59-92114
ISD  19840500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-214804
ISD  19870900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-321009
ISD  19891200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-33715
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-269840
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/14742
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 014, No. 127 (M-0947), Mar. 9, 1990 & JP 01
      321009 A (Kawasaki Steel Corp.), Dec. 27, 1989.
PAL  Induction Heating in Rolling Mills, ABB Review, vol. 89, No. 2, Feb. 1989,
      pp. 25-30.
PAL  Ross N.V. et al: "Induction Heating of Strip: Solenoidal and Transverse
      Flux" Iron and Steel Engineer, vol. 69, No. 6, Jun. 1992, pp. 39-43.
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method and hot rolling apparatus for producing a hot rolled steel sheet
      include a roughing rolling mill to roughing roll a heated slab into a
      sheet bar, at least one solenoid-type induction heater arranged for
      re-heating the sheet bar over its entire width, and a finish rolling mill
      arranged to finish roll the re-heated sheet bar into a hot rolled steel
      sheet having a predetermined thickness. An initial temperature before
      rolling is set to be low, and re-heating of the sheet bar is carried out
      around the middle of the hot rolling apparatus. The thermal energy
      required for rolling is thereby reduced as a whole without damaging the
      quality of the resulting hot rolled steel sheet. A descaling apparatus is
      provided prior to the finish rolling mill to remove oxide scales on
      surfaces of the sheet bar, whereby the resulting hot rolled steel sheet is
      free of scale flaws and exhibits superior surface properties.
PATN
WKU  059904658
SRC  8
APN  4890876
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19950609
TTL  Electromagnetic induction-heated fluid energy conversion processing
      appliance
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Leung; Philip H.
NDR  18
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Nakaoka; Mutsuo
CTY  Nishinomiya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawamura; Yasuzo
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uchihori; Yoshitaka
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Omron Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950327
APN  7-094345
CLAS
OCL  219629
XCL  219630
XCL  219661
XCL  219667
XCL  219674
EDF  6
ICL  H05B  608
ICL  H05B  610
FSC  219
FSS  628;629;630;661;665;667;672;674
UREF
PNO  4089176
ISD  19780500
NAM  Ashe
OCL  219628
UREF
PNO  4341936
ISD  19820700
NAM  Virgin
OCL  219629
UREF
PNO  4560849
ISD  19851200
NAM  Migliori et al.
OCL  219667
UREF
PNO  4845332
ISD  19890700
NAM  Jancosek et al.
OCL  219667
UREF
PNO  5055648
ISD  19911000
NAM  Iceland et al.
OCL  219667
UREF
PNO  5450305
ISD  19950900
NAM  Boys et al.
OCL  219624
UREF
PNO  5504309
ISD  19960400
NAM  Geissler
OCL  219663
FREF
PNO  2 565 059
ISD  19851100
CNT  FRX
OCL  219630
FREF
PNO  53-158970
ISD  19781200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-44473
ISD  19830300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-98701
ISD  19830600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-161774
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-115949
ISD  19850500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-184005
ISD  19850800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-197412
ISD  19850900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-216221
ISD  19870800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-23158
ISD  19900100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-61066
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-94130
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-97097
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-98286
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-92801
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Uchihori et al., "The State-of-the Art Electromagnetic Induction
      Flow-Through Pipeline Package Type Fluid Heating Appliance . . . "
      International Power Electronics Conference, Apr. 3-7, 1995.
PAL  SPC-94-36-44 (Japanese Language Reference) Published Jun. 10, 1994.
LREP
FRM  Morrison & Foerster, LLP
ABST
PAL  This invention pertains to an electromagnetic induction fluid heating
      apparatus equipped with a heating element constructed from a conductive
      material installed in a fluid flow passage, a coil installed around this
      heating element, and a high frequency electrical current generator for
      this coil. In particular, this heating element is a layered component that
      allows electrical conduction between metallic plates. This heating element
      is formed so that electrical current vortices occur throughout this
      layered component. By forming a fluid flow passage that allows mixing
      within this layered component, the electrical power efficiency becomes
      100%. Moreover, this high frequency electrical current generator is an
      invertor that uses semiconductor power devices such as SIT, B-SIT, MOSFET,
      IGRT, and MCT, etc. When the preferred PWM system (Pulse Width Modulation)
      is used, the heating efficiency (affected by the efficiency of the
      invertor, etc. matched with this layered component) exceeds 90%.
PATN
WKU  059904666
SRC  9
APN  0539600
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980402
TTL  Apparatus for supplying microwave energy to a cavity
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Leung; Philip H.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  McKee; Philip R.
CTY  Frisco
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Winkelman; Earl R.
CTY  Garland
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Gidner; John David
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  TurboChef Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  219746
XCL  219748
XCL  219751
XCL  219697
EDF  6
ICL  H05B  670
FSC  219
FSS  746;748;749;751;745;717;756;695;697
UREF
PNO  2593067
ISD  19520400
NAM  Spencer
UREF
PNO  2605383
ISD  19520700
NAM  Spencer
UREF
PNO  2704802
ISD  19550500
NAM  Blass et al.
UREF
PNO  2827537
ISD  19580300
NAM  Haagensen
OCL  219751
UREF
PNO  3104303
ISD  19630900
NAM  Crapuchettes
UREF
PNO  3104305
ISD  19630900
NAM  Crapuchettes
UREF
PNO  3527915
ISD  19700900
NAM  Haagensen et al.
UREF
PNO  3557334
ISD  19710100
NAM  Lewis
UREF
PNO  3619536
ISD  19711100
NAM  Boehm
UREF
PNO  3673370
ISD  19720600
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  3676809
ISD  19720700
NAM  Paine et al.
UREF
PNO  3715551
ISD  19730200
NAM  Peterson
UREF
PNO  3789179
ISD  19740100
NAM  Haagensen
OCL  219751
UREF
PNO  3806689
ISD  19740400
NAM  Kegereis et al.
UREF
PNO  3810248
ISD  19740500
NAM  Risman et al.
UREF
PNO  3851133
ISD  19741100
NAM  Dygve et al.
UREF
PNO  4004122
ISD  19770100
NAM  Hallier
OCL  219748
UREF
PNO  4019009
ISD  19770400
NAM  Kusunoki et al.
UREF
PNO  4316069
ISD  19820200
NAM  Fitzmayer
OCL  219749
UREF
PNO  4336434
ISD  19820600
NAM  Miller
UREF
PNO  4354083
ISD  19821000
NAM  Staats
UREF
PNO  5182426
ISD  19930100
NAM  Sklenak et al.
OCL  219746
UREF
PNO  5254823
ISD  19931000
NAM  McKee et al.
UREF
PNO  5329086
ISD  19940700
NAM  DeMatteis et al.
UREF
PNO  5434390
ISD  19950700
NAM  McKee et al.
UREF
PNO  5449888
ISD  19950900
NAM  Smith et al.
UREF
PNO  5451751
ISD  19950900
NAM  Takimoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5558793
ISD  19960900
NAM  McKee et al.
UREF
PNO  5567339
ISD  19961000
NAM  Joo et al.
UREF
PNO  5742033
ISD  19980400
NAM  Park
FREF
PNO  1407852
ISD  19740900
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Amster, Rothstein & Ebenstein
ABST
PAL  A microwave oven excitation system comprising a cylindrical microwave
      launcher for radiating microwave energy into a heating cavity of a
      microwave oven which is mounted adjacent to the heating cavity in either a
      substantially vertical position or a substantially horizontal position, a
      first hollow waveguide secured to the launcher, a first source of
      microwave energy at a predetermined operating frequency secured to the
      first waveguide, a second hollow waveguide secured to the launcher
      substantially perpendicular to the first waveguide, and a second source of
      microwave energy at a predetermined operating frequency secured to the
      second waveguide. Alternatively, a single waveguide is secured to the
      cylindrical launcher and has only a single source of microwave energy
      secured thereto. In either case, a mode stirrer can be installed within
      the cylindrical microwave launcher.
PATN
WKU  059904674
SRC  9
APN  1585053
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19980923
TTL  Microwave oven having improved structure for fixing a blower
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Leung; Philip H.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Yang; Ha-young
CTY  Yongin
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Jong-keun
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19980513
APN  98-17102
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19980513
APN  98-17103
CLAS
OCL  219757
XCL  126 21A
EDF  6
ICL  H05B  664
FSC  219
FSS  757;681;400;756
FSC  126
FSS  21 A
UREF
PNO  5371343
ISD  19941200
NAM  Yoshimura et al.
OCL  219746
UREF
PNO  5393961
ISD  19950200
NAM  Umekage et al.
OCL  219757
UREF
PNO  5477036
ISD  19951200
NAM  Jun et al.
OCL  219757
FREF
PNO  1-194285
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
OCL  219757
FREF
PNO  2-46690
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
OCL  219757
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a microwave oven comprising, a body divided into a cooking
      chamber and a device chamber, a magnetron installed in the device chamber
      of the body, a high voltage condenser and a high voltage transformer, and
      a blower for cooling elements installed in the device chamber. The blower
      comprises a fan for forcedly blowing air, and a motor having a stator, a
      rotor, and at least one fixing rod. The stator is equipped with a bobbin
      with a coil wound thereon. The stator provides the fan with a driving
      force. The fixing rod is extended from the stator and coupled with a rear
      panel of the body. The fixing rod passes through the rear panel, and is
      formed with a screw part at an end part thereof which is assembled with a
      nut. The blower for cooling the devices for generating microwave is
      directly fixed onto the rear panel of the body without using a bracket.
      Accordingly, unit cost is reduced due to a reduced amount of elements. In
      addition, the number of processes for assembling the blower is reduced,
      and the assembling efficiency as well as a productivity increase.
PATN
WKU  059904682
SRC  8
APN  8362807
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970502
TTL  Device for the automatic detection and inspection of defects on a
      running web, such as a textile fabric
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; John R.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Cornuejols; Georges
STR  7, rue du Colonel Moll
CTY  75017 Paris
CNT  FRX
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19941102
APN  94 13419
CLAS
OCL  2502081
XCL  25055905
XCL  25055908
XCL  25055946
XCL  348 88
XCL  348128
XCL  356430
EDF  6
ICL  D06H  308
ICL  G01N 2189
FSC  250
FSS  208.1;559.04;559.05;559.07;559.08;559.4;559.42;559.43;559.44;559.45;559.46
FSC  348
FSS  88;128
FSC  356
FSS  429;430
UREF
PNO  4748334
ISD  19880500
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5708470
ISD  19980100
NAM  Holford
OCL  348 61
UREF
PNO  5742398
ISD  19980400
NAM  Laucournet
OCL  356429
FREF
PNO  0306742
ISD  19890300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2701766
ISD  19940800
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  92/08967
ISD  19920500
CNT  WOX
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR95/01444
PD1  19970502
PD2  19970502
PD3  19951102
PCP  WO96/14460
PCD  19960517
ABST
PAR  The device includes a motor that move the web and an electronic camera
      which supplies a signal representing an image of the web formed on an
      image sensor having photosensitive points. The device has synchronization
      of the duration of a predetermined number of successive pitches of the web
      passing through the optical field of the camera and the duration
      separating the start of two successive imaging operations of the camera.
      Thus, an optical filtering is performed. From one image to the next, the
      same photosensitive point of the sensor corresponds to identical portions
      of threads and interstices of the web, so that any optical variation of
      the threads or interstice is detected. The signals representing the images
      produced by each photosensitive point during successive shots correspond
      to zones of material with similar designs. If there is no difference in
      the material between two successive zones observed in this manner, and in
      particular if there is no defect, the representative signals corresponding
      to these zones are exactly identical. The processing of the signal is
      therefore simplified and makes it possible to detect defects of very small
      size and/or very little different from the normal pattern.
PATN
WKU  059904690
SRC  8
APN  9332103
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970916
TTL  Control circuit for image array sensors
ISD  19991123
NCL  43
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; John R.
NDR  19
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Bechtel; Jon H.
CTY  Holland
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Stam; Joseph S.
CTY  Holland
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Gentex Corporation
CTY  Zeeland
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  831232
APD  19970402
PSC  01
PNO  5837994
CLAS
OCL  2502081
XCL  250214A
XCL  348300
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2700
FSC  250
FSS  208.1;208.2;214 A;214 R;205
FSC  348
FSS  294;300;301;308
UREF
PNO  4891559
ISD  19900100
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5796094
ISD  19980800
NAM  Schofield et al.
OCL  250208.1
UREF
PNO  5831258
ISD  19981100
NAM  Street
OCL  250208.1
UREF
PNO  5837994
ISD  19981100
NAM  Stam et al.
OCL  250208.1
FREF
PNO  0 178 954
ISD  19860400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  37 44 128 A1
ISD  19890700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  97/24728
ISD  19970700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Panicacci R.A. et al., "128Mb/s Multiport CMOS Binary Active-Pixel Image
      Sensor"; IEEE International Solid State Circuits Conference, vol. 39, Feb.
      1996, p. 100/101, 427, XP 000685556.
PAL  Bart Dierickx et al., "Random Addressable Active Pixel Image Sensors",
      Proceedings of the SPIE, vol. 2950, Oct. 9-10, 1996, pp. 2-7, XP
      002089617.
PAL  D. Uwaerts, "80166 Microcontroller Board for FUGA-Camera's", IMEC, Leuven,
      Belgiuma, Jul. 29, 1997, XP 002089618.
PAL  Woodward Yang, "Circuit Integration Pushes Sensor Performance", Laser Focus
      World, Feb. 1997, pp. 129, 131, 133-134, 136, 138-139, XP 002089619.
PAL  "PCMCIA Video Camaera for Mobile Computing", Electronic Engineering, vol.
      66, No. 814, Oct. 1, 1994, p. 22, XP 000471385.
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman P.C.
ABST
PAL  A control system for controlling an image array sensor and controlling
      communication between the image array sensor and a microcontroller by way
      of a serial communication interface. The control system is able to
      efficiently control various aspects of the image array sensor such as
      windowing, mode of operation, sensitivity as well as other parameters in
      order to reduce the data throughput. An important aspect of the invention
      relates to the fact that the control circuit can be rather easily and
      efficiently configured in CMOS with rerlatively few output pins which
      enables the control circuit to be rather easily and efficiently
      intergrated with CMOS based image array sensors and even the
      microcontroller to reduce the part count and thus, the overall cost of the
      system.
PATN
WKU  059904704
SRC  8
APN  9912487
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971216
TTL  Scanner system and method for automatically compensating main-scan and
      sub-scan sensor positioning errors
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Luu; Thanh X.
EXP  Westin; Edward P.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Classens; Wilhelmus P. J.
CTY  Castelostraat
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Octe,acu etee-Technologies B.V.
CTY  Ma Venlo
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19961219
APN  1004831
CLAS
OCL  2502081
XCL  358474
XCL  358494
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  104
FSC  250
FSS  234;208.1
FSC  358
FSS  474;483;494;496
UREF
PNO  4337394
ISD  19820600
NAM  Fukushima
OCL  250237G
UREF
PNO  4449151
ISD  19840500
NAM  Yokota et al.
OCL  358483
UREF
PNO  4465939
ISD  19840800
NAM  Tamura
OCL  358482
UREF
PNO  4661699
ISD  19870400
NAM  Welmers et al.
UREF
PNO  4675553
ISD  19870600
NAM  Shimizu
OCL  358448
UREF
PNO  4675745
ISD  19870600
NAM  Suzuki
UREF
PNO  4712134
ISD  19871200
NAM  Murakumi
OCL  358482
UREF
PNO  4724330
ISD  19880200
NAM  Tuhro
UREF
PNO  4870505
ISD  19890900
NAM  Mitsuki
UREF
PNO  5117295
ISD  19920500
NAM  Smitt
UREF
PNO  5144448
ISD  19920900
NAM  Hornbaker, III et al.
OCL  348324
FREF
PNO  0284043A2
ISD  19880900
CNT  EPX
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for optically scanning a document to generate digital image
      data corresponding to local optical densities of the document including a
      fixed glass plate, one side of which defines an original image plane, a
      transporting mechanism for transporting the document in a sub-scanning
      direction in the original image plane, at least two linear sensors
      situated in a main scanning direction, each having an array of
      opto-electric converters and each provided with a lens which images on the
      sensor a linear observation area, situated in the original plane, wherein
      the observation areas of the sensors are substantially in line and
      partially overlapping at the ends in the main scanning direction. An
      aligning element is situated between the lenses and the original image
      plane at a short distance from the latter in a position such that its
      perpendicular projection onto the original image plane is situated within
      the overlapping ends of two adjoining observation areas, wherein the
      aligning element has a shape such that for each sensor in whose
      observation area it is situated the aligning element has a width in the
      main scanning direction which monotonically increases or decreases as a
      function of the sub-scanning direction.
PATN
WKU  059904712
SRC  9
APN  0066133
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980113
TTL  Motion detection solid-state imaging device
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Allen; Stephone
NDR  16
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Takashi
CTY  Soraku-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970217
APN  9-032460
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970620
APN  9-164825
CLAS
OCL  2502081
XCL  348220
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2700
FSC  250
FSS  208.1
FSC  348
FSS  208;220
FSC  358
FSS  906
FSC  386
FSS  121
UREF
PNO  4901143
ISD  19900200
NAM  Uehara et al.
OCL  348220
OREF
PAL  B. Ackland, et al., IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference TA
      1.2 (1996), pp. 22-25.
PAL  A. Dickinson, et al., IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference TP
      13.5 (1995), pp. 180-181, 226-227.
LREP
FRM  Dike, Bronstein, Roberts & Cushman, LLP
FR2  Conlin; David G.
ABST
PAL  A motion detection solid-state imaging device of the present invention
      includes a plurality of photoelectric converters arranged in a matrix to
      form a receiving field, the device detecting motion of an image based on
      signals from the photoelectric converters. First and second photoelectrics
      of the plurality of photoelectric converters which are spatially adjacent
      to each other are treated as a set. A first light integration period of
      the first photoelectric converter is shorter than a second light
      integration period of the second photoelectric converter, while the first
      and second light integration periods end substantially at a same point of
      time. The signals from the first and second photoelectric converters are
      both read out after the first and second light integration periods. A
      product of a ratio of the second light integration period with respect to
      the first light integration period and the signal from the first
      photoelectric converter is obtained so as to detect motion of the image
      based on a difference between the product and a signal from the second
      photoelectric converter.
PATN
WKU  059904720
SRC  8
APN  9400001
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970929
TTL  Microelectronic radiation detectors for detecting and emitting radiation
      signals
ISD  19991123
NCL  61
ECL  1
EXP  Allen; Stephone
NDR  11
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Rinne; Glenn A.
CTY  Cary
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  MCNC
CTY  Research Triangle Park
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2502141
XCL  250551
XCL  257723
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 3112
ICL  H01L 2348
FSC  250
FSS  214.1;239;551
FSC  327
FSS  514
FSC  257
FSS  433;685;686;723;724
UREF
PNO  3501681
ISD  19700300
NAM  Weir
OCL  317234
UREF
PNO  3663184
ISD  19720500
NAM  Wood et al.
OCL   29195
UREF
PNO  3760238
ISD  19730900
NAM  Hamer et al.
OCL  317234R
UREF
PNO  3770874
ISD  19731100
NAM  Krieger et al.
OCL  174 68.5
UREF
PNO  3871014
ISD  19750300
NAM  King et al.
OCL  357 67
UREF
PNO  3942187
ISD  19760300
NAM  Gelsing et al.
OCL  357 71
UREF
PNO  4113578
ISD  19780900
NAM  Del Monte
OCL  204 15
UREF
PNO  4711998
ISD  19871200
NAM  Malek
OCL  250203R
UREF
PNO  4769531
ISD  19880900
NAM  Malek
OCL  250203R
UREF
PNO  4948754
ISD  19900800
NAM  Kondo et al.
OCL  437183
UREF
PNO  4950623
ISD  19900800
NAM  Dishon
OCL  437183
UREF
PNO  4962058
ISD  19901000
NAM  Cronin et al.
OCL  437187
UREF
PNO  5030828
ISD  19910700
NAM  Solomon
OCL  250338.4
UREF
PNO  5072105
ISD  19911200
NAM  Osawa
OCL  250206.1
UREF
PNO  5113314
ISD  19920500
NAM  Wheeler et al.
OCL  361384
UREF
PNO  5160409
ISD  19921100
NAM  Moore et al.
OCL  156656
UREF
PNO  5162257
ISD  19921100
NAM  Yung
OCL  437183
UREF
PNO  5194137
ISD  19930300
NAM  Moore et al.
OCL  205125
UREF
PNO  5196689
ISD  19930300
NAM  Sugita et al.
OCL  250206.1
UREF
PNO  5227632
ISD  19930700
NAM  Armstrong et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5243179
ISD  19930900
NAM  Bjorkman
OCL  250206.2
UREF
PNO  5250843
ISD  19931000
NAM  Eichelberger
OCL  257692
UREF
PNO  5283551
ISD  19940200
NAM  Guscott
OCL  340567
UREF
PNO  5293006
ISD  19940300
NAM  Yung
OCL  174261
UREF
PNO  5300778
ISD  19940400
NAM  Norkus et al.
OCL  250339.01
UREF
PNO  5327013
ISD  19940700
NAM  Moore et al.
OCL  257772
UREF
PNO  5347428
ISD  19940900
NAM  Carson et al.
OCL  361760
UREF
PNO  5354711
ISD  19941000
NAM  Heitzmann et al.
OCL  437182
UREF
PNO  5406701
ISD  19950400
NAM  Pepe et al.
OCL   29840
UREF
PNO  5424920
ISD  19950600
NAM  Miyake
OCL  361735
UREF
PNO  5428215
ISD  19950600
NAM  Dubois et al.
OCL  250206.2
UREF
PNO  5432729
ISD  19950700
NAM  Carson et al.
OCL  365 63
UREF
PNO  5440116
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bolander et al.
OCL  250216
UREF
PNO  5453582
ISD  19950900
NAM  Amano et al.
OCL  174261
UREF
PNO  5583058
ISD  19961200
NAM  Utsumi et al.
OCL  437  3
UREF
PNO  5585633
ISD  19961200
NAM  Tulet
OCL  250338.3
UREF
PNO  5604695
ISD  19970200
NAM  Cantin et al.
OCL  356121
UREF
PNO  5793116
ISD  19980800
NAM  Rinne et al.
OCL  257723
UREF
PNO  5828074
ISD  19981000
NAM  Pearlman
OCL  250551
FREF
PNO  2 688 628
ISD  19930900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  55-111127
ISD  19800800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-73952
ISD  19820500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-197838
ISD  19821200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-154041
ISD  19840900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-116552
ISD  19860100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-222445
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-150033
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  J. Robert Lineback, "3D IC Packaging Moves Closer to Commercial Use,"
      Electronic World News, p. 15, May 21, 1990.
PAL  Don Swanson, Assembly Technology in China, Electronics Packaging &
      Production, vol. 35, No. 1, Jan. 1995, pp. 40 and 42.
PAL  Howell et al., Area Array Soldier Interconnection Technology for the
      Three-Dimensional Silicon Cube, Published by IBM Microelectronics Divison,
      pp. 1174-1178.
PAL  Teh-Hua Ju et al., An Integrated Model for Ball Grid Array Solder Joint
      Reliability, Published by Department of Mechanical Engineering, University
      of Colorado, pp. 308-313.
LREP
FRM  Alston & Bird LLP
ABST
PAL  A radiation detector includes a microelectronic frustum structure that
      defines an inner cavity and is mounted to a base structure such as a
      microelectronic substrate. In particular, at least two microelectronic
      sections or substrates are attached to one another to form the frustum
      structure. A radiation sensor can be fabricated on one or more of the
      sections. In addition, a radiation sensor can be mounted to the base so as
      to be concentrically aligned with the longitudinal axis of the cavity of
      the frustum structure. The substrates forming the frustum structure are
      preferably attached to one another using arched solder interconnects. The
      frustum structure may also be attached to the base using arched solder
      interconnects.
PATN
WKU  059904739
SRC  9
APN  018456&
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980204
TTL  Apparatus and method for sensing motion in a microelectro-mechanical
      system
ISD  19991123
NCL  55
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Que T.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Dickey; Fred M.
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Holswade; Scott C.
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
ASSG
NAM  Sandia Corporation
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  25023113
XCL  25023118
XCL  250221
EDF  6
ICL  G01D  534
FSC  250
FSS  231.14;231.13;231.15;227.11;227.14;227.17;231.18;221
FSC  356
FSS  373;375
UREF
PNO  3502414
ISD  19700300
NAM  Kreckel et al.
OCL  250231.14
UREF
PNO  4746791
ISD  19880500
NAM  Forkel
OCL  250231.13
UREF
PNO  4806751
ISD  19890200
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  250231.13
UREF
PNO  4943750
ISD  19900700
NAM  Howe
OCL  310309
UREF
PNO  5214727
ISD  19930500
NAM  Carr
OCL  385 22
UREF
PNO  5459602
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sampsell
OCL  359234
UREF
PNO  5552925
ISD  19960900
NAM  Worley
OCL  359230
UREF
PNO  5628917
ISD  19970500
NAM  MacDonald
OCL  216  2
UREF
PNO  5631514
ISD  19970500
NAM  Garcia
OCL  310309
UREF
PNO  5646928
ISD  19970700
NAM  Wu
OCL  369112
OREF
PAL  K. J. Gabriel, F. Behi, R. Mahadevan and M. Mehregany, "In Situ Friction
      and Wear Measurements in Integrated Polysilicon Mechanisms," Sensors and
      Actuators, vol. A21-A23, pp. 184-188, 1990. (Month unknown).
PAL  D. Mathieson, B.J. Robertson, U. Beerschwinger, S.J. Yang, R.L. Reuben,
      A.J. Addlesee, J. Spencer and R.A. Lawes, "Micro Torque Measurements for a
      Prototype Turbine," Journal of Micromechanics and Microengineering, vol.
      4, pp. 129-139, 1994, Jun. 1994.
PAL  C. Hudson, "A Guide to Optical Shaft Encoders," Instruments & Control
      Systems, pp. 33-37, May 1978.
PAL  P. E. Stephens and G. G. Davies, "New Developments in Optical Shaft-Angle
      Encoder Design," The Marconi Review, vol. 46, pp. 26-42, Jan.-Mar. 1983.
PAL  H. Guckel, T.R. Christenson, K.J. Skrobis, J. Klein and M. Karnowsky,
      "Design and Testing of Planar Magnetic Micromotors Fabricated by Deep
      X-Ray Lithography and Electroplating," Proceedings of Transducers '93, pp.
      76-79, 1993. (Month unknown).
PAL  E.J. Garcia and J.J. Sniegowski, "Surface Micromachined Microengine,"
      Sensors and Actuators A, vol. 48, pp. 203-214 (1995), Feb. 1995.
PAL  P.R. Nelson, P.B. Chu, and K.S.J. Pister, "Optical Methods for
      Characterization of MEMS Device Motion," Proceedings of SPIE, vol. 2640,
      pp. 53-57, Nov. 1995.
PAL  S.L. Miller, J.J. Sniegowski, G.LaVigne and P.J. McWhorter,"Friction in
      Surface Micromachined Microengines," Proceedings of SPIE, vol. 2722, pp
      197-204, Feb. 28, 1996.
PAL  W.R. Cox, T. Chen, D.J. Hayes, R.F. Hoenigman and D.L. MacFarlane,
      "Microjet Printing of Micro-Optical Waveguides," Proceedings of the IEEE
      Lasers and Electro-Optics Society (LEOS), pp. 40-41, Nov. 20, 1996.
PAL  P. Ruther, W. Bacher, K. Feit and W. Menz, "LIGA-Microtesting System with
      Integrated Strain Gauges for Force Measurement," Proceedings of the 10th
      IEEE MEMS Workshop, pp. 541-545, 1997. (Month unknown).
PAL  F.M. Dickey, S.C. Holswade, N.F. Smith and S.L. Miller, "An Optical Probe
      for Micromachine Performance Analysis," Proceedings of SPIE, vol. 3008,
      pp. 52-61, Feb. 10, 1997.
PAL  L.A. Hornak, K.S. Brown, B.J. Taylor and J.C. Barr, "Polymer Guided Wave
      Integrated Optics: An Enabling Technology for
      Micro-Opto-Electro-Mechanical Systems," Proceedings of SPIE, vol. 3008,
      pp. 124-135, Feb. 10, 1997.
PAL  M.-H. Kiang, J.T. Nee, K.Y. Lau and R.S. Muller, "Surface-Micromachined
      Diffraction Gratings for Scanning Spectroscopic Applications," Proceedings
      of the International Conference on Solid-State Sensors and Actuators
      (Transducers '97), pp. 343-345, Jun. 16, 1997.
PAL  H. Miyajima, E. Yamamoto and K. Yanagisawa, "Optical Micro Encoder Using A
      Twin-Beam VCSEL with Integrated Microlenses," Proceedings of the
      International Conference on Solid-State Sensors and Actuators (Transducers
      '97), pp. 1233-1236, Jun. 16, 1997.
PAL  A. Mittas, F.M. Dickey and S.C. Holswade, "Modeling an Optical Micromachine
      Probe," Proceedings of SPIE, vol. 3173, pp. 345-356, Jul. 28, 1997.
PAL  S.C. Holswade and F.M. Dickey, "Optical Measurement of Micromachine Engine
      Performance," Proceedings of SPIE, vol. 3224, pp. 131-140, Sep. 29, 1997.
PAL  F.M. Dickey, S.C. Holswade, T.R. Christenson, E.J. Garcia and M.A. Polosky,
      "Optical Measurement of LIGA Milliengine Performance," Presented at the
      SPIE Miniaturized Systems with Micro-Optics and Micromechanics III
      Conference, San Jose, CA, Jan. 26-27, 1998.
PAL  K.S. Brown, B.J. Taylor, J.M. Dawson and L.A. Hornak, "Polymer Waveguide
      Co-Integration with Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS) for Integrated
      Optical Metrology," Presented at the SPIE Miniaturized Systems with
      Micro-Optics and Micromechanics III Conference, San Jose, CA, Jan. 26-27,
      1998.
PAL  A.T.T.D. Tran, J. J. Lee, K. Zhang, and Y.-H. Lo, "Ultrafine Motion
      Detection of Micromechanical Structures Using Optical Moire Patterns,"
      IEEE Photonics Technology Letter, vol. 8, No. 8, Aug. 1996.
LREP
FR2  Hohimer; John P.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method are disclosed for optically sensing motion in a
      microelectromechanical system (also termed a MEMS device) formed by
      surface micromachining or LIGA. The apparatus operates by reflecting or
      scattering a light beam off a corrugated surface (e.g. gear teeth or a
      reference feature) of a moveable member (e.g. a gear, rack or linkage)
      within the MEMS device and detecting the reflected or scattered light. The
      apparatus can be used to characterize a MEMS device, measuring one or more
      performance characteristic such as spring and damping coefficients, torque
      and friction, or uniformity of motion of the moveable member. The
      apparatus can also be used to determine the direction and extent of motion
      of the moveable member; or to determine a particular mechanical state that
      a MEMS device is in. Finally, the apparatus and method can be used for
      providing feedback to the MEMS device to improve performance and
      reliability.
GOVT
PAC  GOVERNMENT RIGHTS
PAR  This invention was made with Government support under Contract No.
      DE-AC04-94AL85000 awarded by the U.S. Department of Energy. The Government
      has certain rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059904747
SRC  8
APN  8565023
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970514
TTL  Near field optical probe for simultaneous phase and enhanced amplitude
      contrast in reflection mode using path matched differential
      interferometry and method of making it
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Allen; Stephone B
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Atia; Walid A.
STR  10841 Willow Run Ct.
CTY  Potomac
STA  MD
ZIP  20854
INVT
NAM  Pilevar; Saeed
STR  119 Lamont La.
CTY  Gaithersburg
STA  MD
ZIP  20878
INVT
NAM  Davis; Christopher C.
STR  6400 Grason Ter.
CTY  Bowie
STA  MD
ZIP  20715
CLAS
OCL  250234
XCL  250306
XCL  250216
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  314
ICL  H01J  516
FSC  250
FSS  216;234-236;306;307;309;310
FSC  385
FSS  12
FSC  356
FSS  356
UREF
PNO  4917462
ISD  19900400
NAM  Lewis et al.
UREF
PNO  5237630
ISD  19930800
NAM  Hogg et al.
UREF
PNO  5254854
ISD  19931000
NAM  Betzig
UREF
PNO  5272330
ISD  19931200
NAM  Betzig et al.
UREF
PNO  5286970
ISD  19940200
NAM  Betzig et al.
UREF
PNO  5286971
ISD  19940200
NAM  Betzig et al.
UREF
PNO  5288996
ISD  19940200
NAM  Betzig et al.
UREF
PNO  5288997
ISD  19940200
NAM  Betzig et al.
UREF
PNO  5288998
ISD  19940200
NAM  Betzig et al.
UREF
PNO  5288999
ISD  19940200
NAM  Betzig et al.
UREF
PNO  5294790
ISD  19940300
NAM  Ohta et al.
UREF
PNO  5361314
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kopelman et al.
UREF
PNO  5361383
ISD  19941100
NAM  Chang et al.
UREF
PNO  5367583
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sirkis
UREF
PNO  5371588
ISD  19941200
NAM  Davis et al.
UREF
PNO  5382789
ISD  19950100
NAM  Aoshima
UREF
PNO  5389779
ISD  19950200
NAM  Betzig et al.
UREF
PNO  5410151
ISD  19950400
NAM  Buckland
UREF
PNO  5473157
ISD  19951200
NAM  Grober et al.
UREF
PNO  5485536
ISD  19960100
NAM  Islam
UREF
PNO  5546223
ISD  19960800
NAM  Lewis
UREF
PNO  5548113
ISD  19960800
NAM  Goldberg et al.
LREP
FRM  Watson Cole Grindle Watson P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A probe includes first and second single-mode optical fibers with a
      semi-reflecting mirror between them. The second optical fiber is tapered
      by heating and pulling. The semi-reflecting mirror, the tapered portion,
      and the sample form a Fabry-Perot cavity. The probe can be used in a
      system having a differential interferometer which provides the appropriate
      path difference with a mirror on a piezoelectric transducer.
PATN
WKU  059904755
SRC  8
APN  999419&
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971229
TTL  Barrier mountable optically coupled isolator housing and assembly having
      a waveguide
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Que T.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Alegi; Gilbert L.
CTY  Raynham
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Raytheon Company
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  250239
XCL  250551
XCL  257 82
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  502
FSC  250
FSS  239;551;214.1;214 R
FSC  257
FSS  80-84;431-435
UREF
PNO  4456828
ISD  19840600
NAM  Mason et al.
OCL  250239
UREF
PNO  5396062
ISD  19950300
NAM  Eisentraut et al.
OCL  250239
UREF
PNO  5570204
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kumashiro
OCL  250239
FREF
PNO  0237237
ISD  19870900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2611333
ISD  19880800
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3410176
ISD  19841000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3733018
ISD  19890400
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Daly, Crowley & Mofford, LLP
ABST
PAL  A housing for an optically coupled isolator is mountable through an
      aperture of an electromagnetic barrier. The housing includes a first
      recess in a first end for receiving an insulator and an optical driver
      device and a second recess in a second end for receiving an insulator and
      an optical detector device. A bore extends through the portion of the
      housing between the first and second recesses. Preferably, the bore has a
      length on the order of five times greater than its diameter which imparts
      waveguide characteristics for attenuating certain electromagnetic
      radiation. An outwardly extending flange of the housing has a groove in
      which a gasket is disposed. Preferably, the gasket is comprised of an
      electrically conductive material. In use, the gasket is compressed against
      the electromagnetic barrier and maintains electrical continuity across the
      barrier.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENTS REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH
PAR  This invention was made with Government support under Contract No.
      N00019-95-C-0124 awarded by the Department of the Navy. The Government has
      certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059904763
SRC  8
APN  9684549
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971112
TTL  Control of surface potential of insulating specimens in surface analysis
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Anderson; Bruce C.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Larson; Paul E.
CTY  Bloomington
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Kelly; Michael A.
CTY  Portola Valley
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Physical Electronics Inc
CTY  Eden Prairie
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  250251
XCL  250310
XCL  250305
EDF  6
ICL  H05H  300
ICL  H01J 3726
FSC  250
FSS  305;309;310;251
UREF
PNO  4052614
ISD  19771000
NAM  Grunthaner et al.
OCL  250310
UREF
PNO  4639301
ISD  19870100
NAM  Doherty et al.
UREF
PNO  4680467
ISD  19870700
NAM  Bryson et al.
OCL  250305
UREF
PNO  4939360
ISD  19900700
NAM  Sakai
OCL  250251
UREF
PNO  5034605
ISD  19910700
NAM  Bayly
OCL  250309
UREF
PNO  5315113
ISD  19940500
NAM  Larson et al.
OCL  250305
UREF
PNO  5432345
ISD  19950700
NAM  Kelly
OCL  250306
UREF
PNO  5444242
ISD  19950800
NAM  Larson et al.
OCL  250305
OREF
PAL  K. Wittmaack, "Primary-ion Charge Compensation in SIMS Analysis of
      Insulators", J. Appl. Phys. 50 (1) (Jan. 1979).
PAL  P. E. Larson and M. A. Kelly, "Surface Charge Neutralization of Insulating
      Samples in X-Ray Photoemission Spectroscopy", J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A 16
      (6), 3483-3489 (Nov./Dec. 1998).
LREP
FR2  Ingham; H. S.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus effects a uniform surface potential on an insulating specimen
      in an x-ray photoelectron or a secondary ion emission instrument in which
      there is positive charging of an irradiation region. An area of the
      specimen including the irradiation region is flooded with a beam of low
      energy electrons to neutralize the positive charging, causing negative
      charging of the flooding area. Positive ions are directed onto the
      flooding area to neutralize the negative charging. The electron beam has
      an energy less than about 2 eV and an energy spread less than about 0.5
      eV. The ratio of the beam distance to its diameter is less than about 10.
      The ions have an energy less than 10 eV.
PATN
WKU  059904771
SRC  9
APN  0578096
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980409
TTL  Apparatus for machining, recording, and reproducing, using scanning
      probe microscope
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Kiet T.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Tomita; Eisuke
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Seiko Instruments Inc.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  250306
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 3704
FSC  250
FSS  306;440.11;442.11
FSC   73
FSS  105
UREF
PNO  5641896
ISD  19970600
NAM  Karrai
OCL  250306
UREF
PNO  5767514
ISD  19980600
NAM  Lloyd
OCL  250306
FREF
PNO  441399A2
ISD  19910800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  195 10 368
ISD  19951100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 24 907
ISD  19970100
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Patents Abstracts of Japan, vol. 017, No. 596 (P-1636) Oct. 29, 1993.
PAL  Patents Abstracts of Japan, vol. 015, No. 079 (P-1170) Feb. 25, 1991.
LREP
FRM  Adams & Wilks
ABST
PAL  A machining, recording, and reproducing apparatus using a scanning probe
      microscope comprising: a probe equipped with a probe tip at its front end,
      a vibration application portion consisting of a piezoelectric vibrating
      body and an AC voltage-generating portion, a vibration-detecting portion
      consisting of a quartz oscillator and a current/voltage amplifier circuit,
      a coarse displacement device for bringing the probe close to a surface of
      a sample, a sample-to-probe distance control device consisting of a Z fine
      displacement element and a Z servo circuit, a two-dimensional scanning
      device consisting of an XY fine displacement element and an XY scanning
      circuit, and a data-processing device for converting a measurement signal
      into a three-dimensional image. The probe is held to the quartz oscillator
      by spring pressure of a resilient body.
PATN
WKU  059904780
SRC  8
APN  8899533
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970710
TTL  Method for preparing thin specimens consisting of domains of different
      materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Berman; Jack I.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Liu; Chin-Kai
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. Ltd.
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  250307
XCL  250304
XCL  216 38
XCL  216 39
XCL  20419234
EDF  6
ICL  G01N  132
FSC  250
FSS  307;304
FSC  216
FSS  38;39
FSC  204
FSS  192.34
UREF
PNO  5498871
ISD  19960300
NAM  Koo et al.
OCL  250307
UREF
PNO  5563412
ISD  19961000
NAM  Zandbergen et al.
OCL  250307
UREF
PNO  5892225
ISD  19990400
NAM  Okihara
OCL  250307
LREP
FRM  Tung & Associates
ABST
PAL  The present invention discloses a method for preparing thin specimens
      suitable for physical analysis of a semiconductor microstructure by an
      instrument such as a transmission electron microscope. The method can be
      practiced by first forming support structures in a low density material
      medium for shielding a higher density material to be analyzed such that
      materials having different densities may be removed in a subsequent ion
      milling process at approximately the same milling rate with the lower
      density material supporting the higher density material during the ion
      milling process.
PATN
WKU  059904798
SRC  8
APN  9784500
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971125
TTL  Organo Luminescent semiconductor nanocrystal probes for biological
      applications and process for making and using such probes
ISD  19991123
NCL  50
ECL  1
EXP  Berman; Jack I.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Weiss; Shimon
CTY  Pinole
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bruchez, Jr.; Marcel
CTY  Albany
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Alivisatos; Paul
CTY  Oakland
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Regents of the University of California
CTY  Oakland
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  250307
XCL  2504591
XCL  356317
XCL  422 8208
XCL  25230117
XCL  378 47
XCL  436546
EDF  6
ICL  G01N  130
ICL  G01N 2163
FSC  250
FSS  307;302;459.1
FSC  356
FSS  317
FSC  252
FSS  301.17;301.33;301.36
FSC  378
FSS  47
FSC  436
FSS  172;546
FSC  422
FSS  82.08
UREF
PNO  4637988
ISD  19870100
NAM  Hinshaw et al.
OCL  436546
UREF
PNO  5262357
ISD  19931100
NAM  Alivisatos et al.
OCL  437233
UREF
PNO  5319209
ISD  19940600
NAM  Miyakawa et al.
OCL  250459.1
UREF
PNO  5505928
ISD  19960400
NAM  Alivisatos et al.
OCL  423299
UREF
PNO  5537000
ISD  19960700
NAM  Alivisatos et al.
OCL  313506
UREF
PNO  5751018
ISD  19980500
NAM  Alivisatos et al.
OCL  257 64
OREF
PAL  Dabbousi, B.O., et al., "(CdSe) ZnS Core-Shell Quantum Dots: Synthesis and
      Characterization of a Size Series of Highly Luminescent
      Nanocrystal-lites". Journal of Physical Chemistry B,vol. 101, 1997,pp.
      9463-9475.
PAL  Peng, Xiaogang, et al., "Epitaxial Growth of Highly Luminescent CdSe/Cds
      Core/Shell Nanocrystals with Photostavility and Electronic Accessibility",
      Journal of the American Chemical Society, vol.119, No. 30, pp. 7019-7029.
LREP
FR2  Taylor; John P.
FR2  Martin; Paul R.
FR2  Taylor; Kerry S.
ABST
PAL  A luminescent semiconductor nanocrystal compound is described which is
      capable of linking to an affinity molecule. The compound comprises (1) a
      semiconductor nanocrystal capable of emitting electromagnetic radiation
      (luminescing) in a narrow wavelength band and/or absorbing energy, and/or
      scattering or diffracting electromagnetic radiation--when excited by an
      electromagnetic radiation source (of narrow or broad bandwidth) or a
      particle beam; and (2) at least one linking agent, having a first portion
      linked to the semiconductor nanocrystal and a second portion capable of
      linking to an affinity molecule. The luminescent semiconductor nanocrystal
      compound is linked to an affinity molecule to form an organo luminescent
      semiconductor nanocrystal probe capable of bonding with a detectable
      substance in a material being analyzed, and capable of emitting
      electromagnetic radiation in a narrow wavelength band and/or absorbing,
      scattering, or diffracting energy when excited by an electromagnetic
      radiation source (of narrow or broad bandwidth) or a particle beam. The
      probe is stable to repeated exposure to light in the presence of oxygen
      and/or other radicals.
PAL  Further described is a process for making the luminescent semiconductor
      nanocrystal compound and for making the organo luminescent semiconductor
      nanocrystal probe comprising the luminescent semiconductor nanocrystal
      compound linked to an affinity molecule capable of bonding to a detectable
      substance. A process is also described for using the probe to determine
      the presence of a detectable substance in a material.
PATN
WKU  059904801
SRC  8
APN  9646574
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971105
TTL  KLM marker display controller for EPMA or the like
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Berman; Jack I.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Hiroyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Saito; Masaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  JEOL Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961106
APN  8-293546
CLAS
OCL  250310
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 37256
FSC  250
FSS  310
UREF
PNO  3146347
ISD  19640800
NAM  Ziegler
OCL  250310
UREF
PNO  4439680
ISD  19840300
NAM  Broadhurst
OCL  250310
UREF
PNO  4885465
ISD  19891200
NAM  Nagatsuka et al.
OCL  250310
UREF
PNO  4988872
ISD  19910100
NAM  Nagatsuka et al.
OCL  250310
LREP
FRM  Webb Ziesenheim Logsdon Orkin & Hanson, P.C
ABST
PAL  A KLM marker display controller for use with an electron probe
      microanalyzer or the like. This controller has a marker information table
      holding positional information about markers, line species and orders in
      tabular form for each element. When the human operator specifies an
      element, line species and orders through a marker-specifying portion to
      display markers, positional information about the line species of this
      element is read from the marker information table and the markers are
      displayed at positions determined by the positional information and the
      orders.
PATN
WKU  059904810
SRC  8
APN  9198210
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970828
TTL  Thermal detector with preferentially-ordered thermally sensitive element
      and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Hannaher; Constantine
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Beratan; Howard R.
CTY  Richardson
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Raytheon Company
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  2503383
EDF  6
ICL  G01J  510
FSC  250
FSS  338.3
UREF
PNO  5008541
ISD  19910400
NAM  Audaire et al.
UREF
PNO  5448068
ISD  19950900
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  250338.3
UREF
PNO  5486698
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hanson et al.
UREF
PNO  5512748
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hanson
UREF
PNO  5602043
ISD  19970200
NAM  Beratan et al.
UREF
PNO  5684302
ISD  19971100
NAM  Wersing et al.
OCL  250338.3
FREF
PNO  57-145255
ISD  19820900
CNT  JPX
OCL  250338.3
OREF
PAL  Henry P. Beerman, "Investigation of Pyroelectric Material Characteristics
      for Improved Infrared Detector Performance." Infrared Physics, vol. 15,
      No. 3, pp. 225-231, Sep. 1975.
PAL  "Ferroelectric Thin Film Research in France," ISIF 91, Proceedings, 3rd
      International Symposium on Integrated Ferroelectrics, Colorado Springs,
      CO, Apr. 3-5, 1991, P. Gaucher, S.P. Faure, P. Barboux, Thomson CSF,
      Laboratoire Central de Recherches, Orsay.
PAL  "Producibility advances in hybrid uncooled infrared devices," Proceedings
      Reprint from Infrared Detectors and focal Plane Arrays III, SPIE-The
      International Society for Optical Engineering, Apr. 5-6, 1994, Orlando,
      FL, Robert Owen, Jeff Belcher, Howard Beratan Steve Frank.
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Thermal sensor (36) mounted to a substrate (34). The thermal sensor (36)
      may include a thermally sensitive element (50), a first thin film
      electrode (52) and a second thin film electrode (54). The thermally
      sensitive element (50) may comprise a plurality of preferentially-ordered
      crystals. The first thin film electrode (52) may be disposed adjacent to
      the thermally sensitive element (50). The second thin film electrode (54)
      may be disposed adjacent to the thermally sensitive element (50) opposite
      the first thin film electrode (52).
PATN
WKU  059904828
SRC  8
APN  8659184
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970530
TTL  Method and apparatus for performing correction of transmission
      self-contamination in a medical imaging system
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  12
EXA  Israel; Andrew
EXP  Westin; Edward P.
NDR  22
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Bertelsen; Hugo
CTY  Pleasanton
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Shao; Lingxiong
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  ADAC Laboratories
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  25036304
XCL  2502521
XCL  378207
EDF  6
ICL  G01T  1166
FSC  250
FSS  252.1;363.04
FSC  378
FSS  207
UREF
PNO  5596197
ISD  19970100
NAM  Jones et al.
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of acquiring transmission self-contamination data for correcting
      transmission scan data in a nuclear camera system including two
      transmission radiation sources and two scintillation detectors. A first
      source is for transmitting radiation to only a first detector and a second
      source is for transmitting radiation to only a second detector during a
      transmission scan of an object to be imaged. To acquire the calibration
      data, radiation is transmitted from the second source to the second
      detector while the first source is maintained in a non-transmitting state.
      While the second source is transmitting, the first detector is used to
      detect the radiation transmitted from the second source. A set of
      self-contamination data is then generated based on the radiation from the
      second source detected with the first detector. The calibration data is
      used to correct a subsequent transmission scan of the object by
      subtracting the self-contamination data from the transmission scan data.
PATN
WKU  059904836
SRC  8
APN  9397353
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971006
TTL  Particle detection and particle detector devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Berman; Jack I.
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Shariv; Isaac
CTY  Ramat Hasharon
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Karni; Yiftach
CTY  Rehovot
CNT  ILX
ASSG
NAM  El-Mul Technologies Ltd.
CTY  Yavne
CNT  ILX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  250397
XCL  313103CM
XCL  313105CM
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 37244
FSC  250
FSS  397
FSC  313
FSS  103 CM;105 CM
UREF
PNO  3603832
ISD  19710900
NAM  Manley et al.
OCL  313105CM
UREF
PNO  4217495
ISD  19800800
NAM  Robinson
OCL  250310
UREF
PNO  4535249
ISD  19850800
NAM  Reeds
OCL  250397
UREF
PNO  4988867
ISD  19910100
NAM  Laprade
OCL  313105CM
UREF
PNO  4988868
ISD  19910100
NAM  Gray
OCL  250397
UREF
PNO  5644132
ISD  19970700
NAM  Litman et al.
OCL  250397
UREF
PNO  5717206
ISD  19980200
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  250397
FREF
PNO  2-275368
ISD  19901100
CNT  JPX
OCL  250397
FREF
PNO  2039140
ISD  19800700
CNT  GBX
OCL  250397
OREF
PAL  James B. Pawley, Lvsem For High Resolution Topographic, "Electron Optical
      Developments", pp. 222-227.
LREP
FRM  Amster Rothstein & Ebenstein
ABST
PAL  A particle detector for an electron microscope, a mass spectrometer or the
      like comprises a single flat plate electron multiplier such as a
      micro-channel plate or a micro-sphere plate followed by a scintillator.
      The use of the electron multiplier prior to the scintillator compensates
      for lack of efficiency in passing photons from the scintillator. The
      output voltage of the scintillator can be freely set.
PATN
WKU  059904844
SRC  9
APN  1709984
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981014
TTL  Method and apparatus for measuring fluorescence
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Evans; F. L.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Ohsuka; Shinji
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Laboratory of Molecular Biophotonics
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971029
APN  9-297321
CLAS
OCL  2504581
XCL  2504591
XCL  356318
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2164
FSC  356
FSS  317;318;417
FSC  250
FSS  458.1;459.1;461.1;461.2
UREF
PNO  4855930
ISD  19890800
NAM  Chao et al.
OCL  364497
UREF
PNO  5694211
ISD  19971200
NAM  Ohsuka et al.
OCL  356218
FREF
PNO  7167709
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2162943
ISD  19860200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9319358
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Birch et al., "A Single-Photon Counting Fluorescence Decay-Time
      Spectrometer", Journal of Physics E: Scientific Instruments, vol. 10, Feb.
      1977, pp. 1044-1049.
PAL  Davis et al., "Correction Methods for Photon Pile-Up in Lifetime
      Determination by Single-Photon Counting", Oct. 1969, pp. 101-109.
PAL  Coates, "The Correction for Photon `Pile-Up` In the Measurement of
      Radiative Lifetimes", Journal of Scientific Instruments (Journal of
      Physics E) 1968 Series 2, vol. 1, pp. 878-879.
PAL  Donohue et al., "Correction of Single Photon or Particle Timing
      Measurements for Multiparticle Events", The Review of Scientific
      Instruments, vol. 43, No. 5, May 1972, pp. 791-796.
PAL  Birch et al., "Time-Domain Fluorescence Spectroscopy Using Time-Correlated
      Single-Photon Counting", Topics in Fluorescence Spectroscopy, vol. 1:
      Techniques, 1991, pp. 1-95.
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for efficiently
      measuring the lifetime of the fluorescence emitted from a fluorescent
      material in response to pulsed light. The measuring apparatus according to
      the present invention includes, at least, an excitation light source whose
      excitation power is regulated such that at least one fluorescence photon
      can be detected per light pulse on average. While repeatedly irradiating a
      sample containing the fluorescent material with excitation pulses of light
      from the excitation light source, a fluorescence detection time from
      irradiation to fluorescence detection and the number of detected
      fluorescence photons are measured for each excitation pulse of light.
      Then, on the basis of a data group composed of pairs of the measurement
      data of fluorescence photon detection time and fluorescence photon number,
      both of which are measured for each occurrence of excitation pulse of
      light, the lifetime and fluorescence decay curve of the fluorescence
      emitted from the fluorescent material are determined.
PATN
WKU  059904852
SRC  8
APN  9742212
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971119
TTL  Label for certifying an inspection by penetrating radiation
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Israel; Andrew
EXP  Hannaher; Constantine
INVT
NAM  Willems; Peter
CTY  Stekene
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Struye; Luc
CTY  Mortsel
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Leblans; Paul
CTY  Kontich
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  Agfa-Gevaert, N.V.
CTY  Mortsel
CNT  BEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19961125
APN  96203299
CLAS
OCL  2504842
XCL  2504831
XCL  250580
XCL  2504741
XCL  2504843
XCL  2504752
XCL  250337
XCL  250581
XCL  2504845
EDF  6
ICL  G01J  150
ICL  G01T  124
FSC  250
FSS  484.2;483.1;580;474.1;484.3;475.2;337;581;484.5
UREF
PNO  4498005
ISD  19850200
NAM  Oono et al.
UREF
PNO  5084623
ISD  19920100
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  250474.1
UREF
PNO  5264684
ISD  19931100
NAM  Weil
OCL  235375
UREF
PNO  5596199
ISD  19970100
NAM  McNulty et al.
OCL  250370.07
FREF
PNO  0 727 696 A1
ISD  19960800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  59-231465
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
OCL  250484.5
FREF
PNO  1-134286
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
OCL  250370.07
FREF
PNO  1122114
ISD  19880500
CNT  SUX
OCL  250370.07
FREF
PNO  2 242 396
ISD  19911000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/16902
ISD  19940800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Breiner & Breiner
ABST
PAL  A label is provided, comprising a means wherein penetrating radiation
      leaves a human- or machine-readable semi-permanent or permanent mark.
      Preferably said means is a storage phosphor. A method for using such a
      label for checking if an articles has been inspected by penetrating
      radiation and a method for using such a label as personal monitoring are
      also provided.
PATN
WKU  059904860
SRC  8
APN  976061&
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971121
TTL  Apparatus and method for measuring components of a solute stream
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Que T.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Chen; Eric B.
CTY  Billerica
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Chen; Chien-Chung
CTY  Dracut
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Donatelli; Alfred A.
CTY  Medford
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Morales; Antonio
CTY  Somerville
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Barrett; Jason
CTY  Chelmsford
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Bannister; William W.
CTY  Chelmsford
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  University of Massachusetts
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  250573
XCL  356442
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 1506
FSC  250
FSS  574;573;339.12
FSC  356
FSS  442;441;340;338;339
UREF
PNO  4329986
ISD  19820500
NAM  Babb
OCL  128214R
UREF
PNO  4528178
ISD  19850700
NAM  Babb
OCL  424  7.1
UREF
PNO  4805623
ISD  19890200
NAM  Jobsis
OCL  250339.12
UREF
PNO  4950908
ISD  19900800
NAM  Oblad et al.
OCL  250574
UREF
PNO  5378635
ISD  19950100
NAM  Yasuda et al.
OCL  436111
UREF
PNO  5603735
ISD  19970200
NAM  Zimin, Sr. et al.
OCL    8617
UREF
PNO  5879629
ISD  19990300
NAM  Capuano et al.
OCL  250339.12
FREF
PNO  WO 91/18006
ISD  19911100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/01115
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Gill, "New Developments in Chemiluminescence Research", Aldrichimica Acta,
      vol. 16, No. 3, 1983, pp. 59-61 (Month Unknown).
PAL  Morton Dyes brochure, Technical Information, Aquamate.RTM.--Water Reducible
      Dyes, Jun. 1, 1996.
PAL  Baldwin, ARFF News, "Crash Fire Rescue Truck Dye-Water AFFF System Test
      Kit", vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 10-11 Jul./Aug., 1997.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention features an apparatus and method for determining and
      controlling the concentration of a solute in a solute stream by measuring
      the concentration of an indicator agent.
PATN
WKU  059904879
SRC  8
APN  9357076
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970923
TTL  Stage plunger mechanism for storage phosphor reader
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Gagliardi; Albert
EXP  Hannaher; Constantine
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Ngo; Giang T.
CTY  Hilton
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  250589
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 4202
ICL  G03B 4204
FSC  250
FSS  581;584;588;589;909
FSC  378
FSS  182;208
FSC  206
FSS  387.12
UREF
PNO  4186308
ISD  19800100
NAM  Erikson
OCL  378183
UREF
PNO  4965455
ISD  19901000
NAM  Schneider et al.
OCL  250484.4
UREF
PNO  5277322
ISD  19940100
NAM  Boutet et al.
OCL  211 40
UREF
PNO  5330309
ISD  19940700
NAM  Brahm et al.
OCL  414411
LREP
FR2  Noval; William F.
ABST
PAL  A storage phosphor reader which has a stage for moving a storage phosphor
      in a first direction past a reading station; a storage phosphor extraction
      assembly mounted on the stage for extracting a storage phosphor from a
      stationary cassette and for moving the storage phosphor onto and off the
      stage in second opposite directions perpendicular to the first opposite
      directions; a plunger assembly mounted on the stage for supporting a
      storage phosphor during movement of the stage in the first direction, the
      plunger assembly being movable between an extended position to support a
      storage phosphor and a retracted position out of contact with a storage
      phosphor; and a cam and cam follower for moving the plunger assembly from
      the retracted position to the extended position when the extraction
      assembly has completely extracted a storage phosphor from the cassette and
      moved the storage phosphor onto the stage and for moving the plunger
      assembly from the extended position to the retracted position when the
      storage phosphor is being moved onto or off of the stage.
PATN
WKU  059904887
SRC  9
APN  2249715
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19990104
TTL  Useable drop-in strategy for correct electrical analysis of
      semiconductor devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Clark; Sheila V.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Nistler; John L.
CTY  Martindale
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  May; Charles E.
CTY  Gresham
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Morrissey; Kenneth J.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257 48
XCL  257786
XCL  257206
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2358
FSC  257
FSS  48;202;204;206;210;786;723;724
UREF
PNO  4467400
ISD  19840800
NAM  Stopper
UREF
PNO  4479088
ISD  19841000
NAM  Stopper
UREF
PNO  4517659
ISD  19850500
NAM  Chamberlain
UREF
PNO  4920454
ISD  19900400
NAM  Stopper et al.
UREF
PNO  5309011
ISD  19940500
NAM  Tazunoki et al.
UREF
PNO  5391892
ISD  19950200
NAM  Devereaux et al.
UREF
PNO  5514884
ISD  19960500
NAM  Hively et al.
UREF
PNO  5648661
ISD  19970700
NAM  Rostoker et al.
UREF
PNO  5654588
ISD  19970800
NAM  Dasse et al.
OREF
PAL  Stanley Wolf and Richard N. Tauber; Silicon Processing for the VLSI Era,
      vol. 3--The Submicron MOSFET; pp. 325-329; 1995.
LREP
FR2  Honeycutt; Timothy M.
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor wafer incorporating process control monitors and a method
      of incorporating the same are provided. In one aspect, the semiconductor
      wafer has a plurality of fields formed in a pattern thereon that is
      subdivided into n zones and has a center point. The semiconductor wafer is
      provided with a plurality of integrated circuits each of which is
      positioned in one of the plurality of fields. The semiconductor wafer also
      includes a plurality of diagnostic integrated circuits dispersed in a
      pattern. The pattern is such that each of the plurality of diagnostic
      integrated circuits is positioned in one of the plurality fields, one of
      the plurality of diagnostic integrated circuits is positioned in each of
      the n zones, and a circle of radius R from the center point will intersect
      at least one of the plurality of diagnostic integrated circuits where R is
      greater than or equal to the distance between the center point and the
      innermost of the plurality of diagnostic integrated circuits and less than
      or equal to the distance between the center point and the outermost of the
      plurality of diagnostic integrated circuits.
PATN
WKU  059904895
SRC  8
APN  9958800
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971222
TTL  Thin film semiconductor apparatus and production method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Meier; Stephen D.
NDR  15
NFG  64
INVT
NAM  Tashiro; Kazuaki
CTY  Hadano
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961224
APN  8-343146
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971209
APN  9-338505
CLAS
OCL  257 53
XCL  257290
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2904
ICL  H01L 31036
ICL  H01L 310376
ICL  H01L 3120
FSC  257
FSS  53;290
UREF
PNO  4997773
ISD  19910300
NAM  Nobue
UREF
PNO  5306648
ISD  19940400
NAM  Fukaya et al.
OCL  437  3
FREF
PNO  0361515
ISD  19900400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  57-59377
ISD  19820400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-172367
ISD  19860800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3185868
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  For decreasing overlap widths between the gate electrode and the
      source/drain electrode, a photoelectric conversion apparatus is formed
      through a step of forming a first conductive layer on a substrate and
      forming a first electrode pattern therefrom, a step of forming a first
      insulating layer, a semiconductor layer, and a second insulating layer so
      as to cover the first electrode pattern, a step of patterning the second
      insulating layer, and a step of converting a part of a surface of the
      semiconductor layer into N- or P-conduction type.
PATN
WKU  059904909
SRC  9
APN  1061267
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980629
TTL  Optical electronic IC capable of photo detection
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Mintel; William
NDR  10
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Tsay; Wen-Chin
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Miracle Technology Co., Ltd.
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  257 54
XCL  257 59
XCL  257184
XCL  257187
XCL  257449
XCL  257462
XCL  257458
XCL  257459
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 31075
ICL  H01L 31105
ICL  H01L 31117
FSC  257
FSS  184;186;187;458;449;462;459;54;59
UREF
PNO  4435610
ISD  19840300
NAM  Perlman et al.
OCL  136255
UREF
PNO  5461246
ISD  19951000
NAM  Chou
OCL  257449
UREF
PNO  5631490
ISD  19970500
NAM  Dutta et al.
OCL  257457
UREF
PNO  5852322
ISD  19981200
NAM  Speckbacher
OCL  257459
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Lee
ABST
PAL  An optical-electronic integrated circuit combining photo detection with an
      integrated circuit is provided where a light signal input thereto can be
      directly translated into an electronic signal. The electronic signal can
      be received and processed by the same integrated circuit. For this
      optical-electronic integrated circuit, the photo detection circuit is made
      by a metal-semiconductor-metal process. A current is generated when the
      photo detection circuit is impinged by photons.
PATN
WKU  059904917
SRC  8
APN  9883932
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971210
TTL  Active matrix device utilizing light shielding means for thin film
      transistors
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Minh Loan
NDR  5
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Zhang; Hongyong
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940429
APN  6-114449
RLAP
COD  74
APN  709113
APD  19960906
PSC  01
PNO  5717224
RLAP
COD  81
APN  429168
APD  19950426
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  257 57
XCL  257 59
XCL  257 66
XCL  257 72
XCL  349 44
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2904
FSC  257
FSS  57;59;66;72;435;642;776
FSC  349
FSS  43;44;110
UREF
PNO  4103297
ISD  19780700
NAM  McGreivy et al.
OCL  257 72
UREF
PNO  4239346
ISD  19801200
NAM  Lloyd
OCL  257 72
UREF
PNO  4618878
ISD  19861000
NAM  Aoyama et al.
OCL  257643
UREF
PNO  4680580
ISD  19870700
NAM  Kawahara
OCL  349 39
UREF
PNO  4818077
ISD  19890400
NAM  Ohwada et al.
OCL  349 47
UREF
PNO  4853760
ISD  19890800
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  257643
UREF
PNO  4938565
ISD  19900700
NAM  Ichikawa
OCL  349 54
UREF
PNO  4949141
ISD  19900800
NAM  Busta
OCL  257 72
UREF
PNO  5003356
ISD  19910300
NAM  Wakai et al.
OCL  349 43
UREF
PNO  5012228
ISD  19910400
NAM  Masuda et al.
OCL  349 42
UREF
PNO  5051570
ISD  19910900
NAM  Tsujikawa et al.
OCL  349 47
UREF
PNO  5055899
ISD  19911000
NAM  Wakai et al.
OCL  349 43
UREF
PNO  5056895
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kahn
OCL  349 47
UREF
PNO  5084905
ISD  19920100
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  349 43
UREF
PNO  5117278
ISD  19920500
NAM  Bellersen et al.
OCL  257642
UREF
PNO  5327001
ISD  19940700
NAM  Wakai
OCL  257350
UREF
PNO  5365079
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kodaira et al.
OCL  257 59
UREF
PNO  5434433
ISD  19950700
NAM  Takasu et al.
OCL  257 59
UREF
PNO  5485019
ISD  19960100
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  257 57
UREF
PNO  5495353
ISD  19960200
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  349 43
UREF
PNO  5499123
ISD  19960300
NAM  Mikoshiba
OCL  349 44
UREF
PNO  5604380
ISD  19970200
NAM  Nishimura et al.
OCL  257642
UREF
PNO  5612799
ISD  19970300
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  349 42
UREF
PNO  5641974
ISD  19970600
NAM  den Boer et al.
OCL  257 59
UREF
PNO  5650637
ISD  19970700
NAM  Kodaira et al.
OCL  257 72
UREF
PNO  5696386
ISD  19971200
NAM  Yamazaki
OCL  257 57
UREF
PNO  5717224
ISD  19980200
NAM  Zhang
OCL  257 72
FREF
PNO  55-32026
ISD  19800300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-72745
ISD  19840400
CNT  JPX
OCL  257642
FREF
PNO  1-156725
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-141174
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-283839
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
OCL  257642
OREF
PAL  H. Ono Kikuo et al., "Flat Panel Display '91", p. 109, 1991.
PAL  "Planarized Black Matrix on TFT Structure for TFT-LCD Monitors", SID 97
      Digest, pp. 19-22, Kim et al., 1997.
LREP
FRM  Sixbey, Friedman, Leedom & Ferguson, PC
FR2  Robinson; Eric J.
ABST
PAL  A channel forming region of a thin-film transistor is covered with an
      electrode and wiring line that extends from a source line. As a result,
      the channel forming region is prevented from being illuminated with light
      coming from above the thin-film transistor, whereby the characteristics of
      the thin-film transistor can be made stable.
PATN
WKU  059904925
SRC  8
APN  8799644
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970620
TTL  Self-aligned thin-film transistor for a liquid crystal display having
      source and drain electrodes of different material
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Abraham; Fetsum
NDR  6
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Kim; Dong-Kyu
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  454027
APD  19950530
PSC  01
PNO  5674757
CLAS
OCL  257 59
XCL  257 72
XCL  257388
XCL  257459
XCL  257347
XCL  349 39
XCL  349 46
XCL  349 49
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  113
FSC  257
FSS  59;72;388;459;347
FSC  349
FSS  39;43;49
UREF
PNO  4770498
ISD  19880900
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  257 59
UREF
PNO  4958205
ISD  19900900
NAM  Takeda
UREF
PNO  5075237
ISD  19911200
NAM  Wu
OCL  437 40
UREF
PNO  5091337
ISD  19920200
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  437 41
UREF
PNO  5326712
ISD  19940700
NAM  Bae
OCL  438239
UREF
PNO  5595620
ISD  19970100
NAM  Takei
OCL  349 93
UREF
PNO  5633738
ISD  19970500
NAM  Wakui et al.
OCL  349 46
UREF
PNO  5686977
ISD  19971100
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  349143
FREF
PNO  404174563
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
OCL  257 59
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro
ABST
PAL  A self-aligned thin-film transistor, fabricated by depositing a conductive
      layer on a transparent insulating substrate, etching the conductive layer
      so as to form a gate electrode together with gate lines, forming a triple
      layer having of a gate insulating layer, a semiconductor layer and an
      extrinsic semiconductor layer sequentially deposited over the substrate,
      etching the triple layer so that only a part thereof covering the gate
      electrode only remains to form an active pattern, depositing a transparent
      conductive layer over the substrate to form a drain electrode part by
      etching the transparent conductive layer so that a part of the transparent
      conductive layer remains overlapping the gate electrode, depositing a
      negative photoresist over the substrate, exposing the negative photoresist
      to a light supplied from the back of the transparent substrate opposite
      the gate and developing the thus-exposed photoresist, forming a drain
      electrode by removing the part of a transparent conductive layer appearing
      in a region over the gate wherefrom the photoresist is removed, depositing
      a conductive layer over the substrate to form a source electrode together
      with data lines by etching the conductive layer so that there remains a
      portion of the conductive layer opposite to the drain electrode with
      respect to the gate electrode, and removing a portion of the extrinsic
      semiconductor layer exposed over the gate electrode so as to form a
      channel.
PATN
WKU  059904933
SRC  9
APN  0788295
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980514
TTL  Diamond etch stop rendered conductive by a gas cluster ion beam implant
      of titanium
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Ngo ; Ngan V.
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Gardner; Mark I.
CTY  Cedar Creek
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Gilmer; Mark C.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257 77
XCL  257382
XCL  257383
XCL  257384
XCL  257607
XCL  257763
XCL  257764
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 310312
ICL  H01L 2976
ICL  H01L 2994
ICL  H01L 31062
FSC  257
FSS  77;382;383;384;607;763;764
UREF
PNO  4120700
ISD  19781000
NAM  Morimoto
UREF
PNO  4559096
ISD  19851200
NAM  Friedman et al.
UREF
PNO  4929489
ISD  19900500
NAM  Dreschhoff et al.
UREF
PNO  5070046
ISD  19911200
NAM  Hu
UREF
PNO  5111355
ISD  19920500
NAM  Anand et al.
UREF
PNO  5142438
ISD  19920800
NAM  Reinberg et al.
UREF
PNO  5186718
ISD  19930200
NAM  Tepman et al.
UREF
PNO  5246884
ISD  19930900
NAM  Jaso et al.
UREF
PNO  5281554
ISD  19940100
NAM  Shimada et al.
UREF
PNO  5304503
ISD  19940400
NAM  Yoon et al.
UREF
PNO  5552337
ISD  19960900
NAM  Kwon et al.
UREF
PNO  5623157
ISD  19970400
NAM  Miyazaki et al.
OCL  257383
UREF
PNO  5677015
ISD  19971000
NAM  Hasegawa
UREF
PNO  5818092
ISD  19981000
NAM  Bai et al.
OCL  257388
UREF
PNO  5918130
ISD  19990600
NAM  Hause et al.
OCL  257384
OREF
PAL  Huang, et al, "The Influence of Ge-Implantation on the Electrical
      Characteristics of the Ultra-Shallow Junction Formed by Using Silicide as
      a Diffusion Source," IEEE Electron Device Letters, vol. 17, No. 3, Mar.
      1996, pp. 88-90.
PAL  Yamada et al. "Gas Cluster Ion Beam Processing for ULSI Fabrication,"
      Reprinted from Materials Research Society Symposium Proceedings vol. 427,
      Advanced Metallization for Future ULSI.
PAL  Raaijamakers "Low Temperature Metal--Organic Chemical Vapor Deposition of
      Advanced Barrier Layers for the Microelectronics Industry," Thin Solid
      Films, 247 (1994) pp. 85-93.
LREP
FR2  Daffer; Kevin L.
     Conley, Rose & Tayon
ABST
PAL  A method if provided for forming a diamond etch stop layer across a
      transistor to protect the source and drain junctions and the gate
      conductor of the transistor from being etched. The diamond may be CVD
      deposited from a hydrocarbon-bearing gas across the transistor. An
      interlevel dielectric comprising oxide is formed across the diamond etch
      stop layer. Contact openings may be etched through the oxide interlevel
      dielectric to the source and drain junctions and the gate conductor using
      a fluorine-bearing plasma. Advantageously, a high etch rate selectivity of
      oxide to diamond may be achieved using the fluorine-bearing plasma. As
      such, the plasma etch may be terminated well before significant portions
      of the diamond can be removed. Ti atoms may be implanted into regions of
      the diamond exposed by the contact openings and subsequently heated to
      render those regions of the diamond conductive. Contacts may be formed
      within the contact openings upon the conductive diamond which are
      electrically linked to the source and drain junctions and the gate
      conductor.
PATN
WKU  059904941
SRC  8
APN  8273588
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970327
TTL  Optoelectro transducer array, and light-emitting device array and
      fabrication process thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Minh Loan
NDR  10
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Seko; Yasuji
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Murakami; Akemi
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Otoma; Hiromi
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ueki; Nobuaki
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fuse; Mario
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960328
APN  8-074961
CLAS
OCL  257 88
XCL  257 81
XCL  257 82
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 3300
FSC  257
FSS  88;98;81;91;80;82;443
FSC  372
FSS  50
UREF
PNO  4728999
ISD  19880300
NAM  Dannatt et al.
OCL  257 88
FREF
PNO  59-164161
ISD  19840900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-147259
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-94080
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  Described is an optical equipment using a semiconductor light emitting
      device array which has light emitting points formed thereon at a high
      density and has highly reliability. The optical equipment according to the
      present invention features that it is equipped with a light emitting
      device array on which light emitting points LP have been arranged
      two-dimensionally, focusing means for focusing the light from the light
      emitting points, photo-detecting means which is disposed at the position
      where the light focused through the focusing means forms image formation
      points, and transferring means for transferring the image formation points
      relative to the photo-detecting means; said light-emitting device array
      being composed of a plurality of semiconductor chips and adjacent end
      surfaces of two semiconductor chips being bonded each other so as to have
      an inclination against the transferring direction.
PATN
WKU  059904950
SRC  8
APN  6833810
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19960718
TTL  Semiconductor light-emitting element and method for manufacturing the
      same
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Kelley; Nathan K.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Ohba; Yasuo
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950825
APN  7-217875
CLAS
OCL  257 94
XCL  257 79
XCL  257 13
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 3300
FSC  257
FSS  77;76;94;79;12;13
UREF
PNO  5247533
ISD  19930900
NAM  Okazaki et al.
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5290393
ISD  19940300
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  156613
UREF
PNO  5523589
ISD  19960600
NAM  Edmond et al.
OCL  257 77
OREF
PAL  S. Yoshida, et al., "Improvements on the Electrical and Luminesceent
      Properties of Reactive Molecular Beam Epitaxially Grown GaN Films by Using
      AIN-coated Sapphire Substrates". Appl. Phys. Lett., vol. 42, (pp.
      427-429), Mar. 1, 1983.
PAL  K. Hiramatsu, et al., "Growth Mechanism of GaN Grown on Sapphire with AlN
      Buffer Layer by MOVPE". Journal of Crystal Growth, vol. 115, (pp.
      628-633), 1991.
PAL  P. Kung, et al., "High Quality AIN and GaN Epilayers Grown on (00.cndot.1)
      Sapphire, (100), and (111) Silicon Substrates". Appl. Phys. Lett., vol.
      66, (pp. 2958-2960), May 29, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor light-emitting element comprising a monocrystal substrate;
      a buffer layer formed directly on the monocrystal substrate and comprising
      a monocrystal Al.sub.x Ga.sub.1-x N layer (0<x<1); and element-forming
      layer formed on the buffer layer and comprising Al.sub.x Ga.sub.y
      In.sub.1-x-y N (0.ltoreq.x+Y.ltoreq.1, 0.ltoreq.x, Y.ltoreq.1). The
      half-value width of an X-ray rocking curve of the buffer layer should
      preferably be 5 minutes or less, more preferably 90 seconds or less.
PATN
WKU  059904968
SRC  8
APN  8474710
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970425
TTL  Light emitting device with cap layer
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Mintel; William
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kunisato; Tatsuya
CTY  Takatsuki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kano; Takashi
CTY  Ohtsu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ueda; Yasuhiro
CTY  Hirakata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsushita; Yasuhiko
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yagi; Katsumi
CTY  Suita
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Moriguchi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960426
APN  8-107833
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970310
APN  9-055221
CLAS
OCL  257 94
XCL  257 96
XCL  257 97
XCL  257103
XCL  372 45
XCL  372 46
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 3300
FSC  257
FSS  94;96;97;103
FSC  372
FSS  45;46
UREF
PNO  5563422
ISD  19961000
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  257 13
UREF
PNO  5578839
ISD  19961100
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  257 96
UREF
PNO  5592501
ISD  19970100
NAM  Edmond et al.
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5866440
ISD  19990200
NAM  Hata
OCL  438 46
OREF
PAL  Compound Semiconductor, p.7,-Jan./Feb. 1996.
PAL  Shuji Nakamura et al.; Appl. Phys. Lett. 69(10), pp. 1477-1479; Sep. 2,
      1996.
PAL  Shuji Nakamura et al.; Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. vol. 35, pp. L74-L76, Part. 2,
      No. 1B; Jan. 15, 1996.
PAL  Shuji Nakamura et al.; Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. vol. 35, pp. L217-220, Part. 2,
      No. 2B; Jan. 15, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A light emitting device includes a cladding layer composed of a III-V group
      nitride system semiconductor of a first conductivity type, an active layer
      formed on the cladding layer of the first conductivity type and composed
      of a III-V group nitride system semiconductor containing In, an undoped
      cap layer formed on the active layer and composed of a III-V group nitride
      system semiconductor, and a cladding layer formed on the cap layer and
      composed of a III-V group nitride system semiconductor of a second
      conductivity type.
PATN
WKU  059904976
SRC  8
APN  9200037
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970829
TTL  Semiconductor light emitting element, semiconductor light emitting
      device using same element
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Mintel; William
NDR  12
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Kamakura; Takanobu
CTY  Kitakyushu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Takafumi
CTY  Munakata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamamura; Makoto
CTY  Buzen
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ariizumi; Yoshio
CTY  Kitakyushu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tamura; Kazuhiro
CTY  Kitakyushu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sanda; Shinichi
CTY  Nakatsu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Komoto; Takumi
CTY  Yukuhashi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Yukio
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960831
APN  8-248962
CLAS
OCL  257 94
XCL  257 96
XCL  257 97
XCL  257 99
XCL  257100
XCL  257627
XCL  257628
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 3300
FSC  257
FSS  99;100;94;96;97;627;628
UREF
PNO  3841917
ISD  19741000
NAM  Shannon
OCL  148  1.5
UREF
PNO  5550675
ISD  19960800
NAM  Komatsu
OCL  359514
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor light emitting element exhibiting a characteristic of
      deflected luminous intensity distribution, a semiconductor light emitting
      device capable of making, even when the element is off the center, a
      luminous center close to the center, and an element scribing method having
      a high element separation rate without causing a crack and chipping of
      pellet edges. The semiconductor light emitting element involves the use of
      a scribed pellet 10 into which a wafer including a semiconductor layer
      such as a luminous layer that is stacked on a compound semiconductor
      substrate inclined at 5.degree. through 20.degree. to a surface (100) in a
      orientation [011], is subjected to an element separation process by a
      scribing method.
PATN
WKU  059904984
SRC  8
APN  9312528
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970916
TTL  Light-emitting diode having uniform irradiance distribution
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Minh Loan
NDR  7
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Chapnik; Philip D.
CTY  Newton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Bruce K.
CTY  North Andover
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Polaroid Corporation
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257 99
XCL  257 91
XCL  257 98
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 3300
FSC  257
FSS  91;98;99
UREF
PNO  4495514
ISD  19850100
NAM  Lawrence et al.
OCL  357 67
UREF
PNO  5134340
ISD  19920700
NAM  Haitz
OCL  313500
UREF
PNO  5656823
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kruangam
OCL  257 98
UREF
PNO  5663573
ISD  19970900
NAM  Epstein et al.
OCL  257 99
UREF
PNO  5739545
ISD  19980400
NAM  Guha et al.
OCL  257103
FREF
PNO  0 741 419 A2
ISD  19961100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  195 27 026
ISD  19970200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4-038881
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 064 865
ISD  19810600
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan vol. 016, No. 224(E-1206) May 25, 1992.
LREP
FR2  Decker; Robert J.
FR2  Stecewycz; Joseph
ABST
PAL  An illumination device configured so as to produce a uniform illumination
      distribution incorporating one or more LEDs fabricated such that the top
      surface emitting the colored light is not obstructed by an electrode or by
      contacts connecting the LED to a current source. Such a configuration is
      accomplished by providing a substantially transparent attachment layer
      that may include an opaque conductive material, but preferably includes
      transparent conductive particles that, in combination, attach and
      electrically connect the LED to an electrode disposed upon a substrate.
PATN
WKU  059904992
SRC  9
APN  1635999
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980928
TTL  Integrated semiconductor circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Ngo; Ngan V.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Kuhlmann; Werner
CTY  Munchen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Stath; Norbert
CTY  Regensburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Althaus; Hans-Ludwig
CTY  Lappersdorf
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Spath; Werner
CTY  Holzkirchen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960328
APN  196 12 388
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTDE9700501
APD  19970313
CLAS
OCL  257 99
XCL  257 79
XCL  257103
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 3300
FSC  257
FSS  84;79;93;99;103;173
UREF
PNO  5491349
ISD  19960200
NAM  Komoto et al.
OCL  257 88
FREF
PNO  2 197 126
ISD  19880500
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan No. 59-188181 (Mitsuhiro et al.), dated Oct. 25,
      1984.
PAL  "Off-Chip Electrostatic Discharge Protection", IBM Technical Disclosure
      Bulletin, vol. 32, No. 6B, Nov. 1989.
LREP
FR2  Lerner; Herbert L.
FR2  Greenberg; Laurence A.
ABST
PAL  An integrated semiconductor circuit has a component formed of a
      semiconductor substrate with an active pn junction formed between a first
      semiconductor region of a first conductivity type and a second
      semiconductor region of a second conductivity type. The semiconductor
      circuit also has a protective circuit that is associated with the
      component and serves to dissipate overvoltages and/or electrostatic
      charges. The protective circuit has a protective pn junction formed in a
      semiconductor mount with a first semiconductor mount region of the first
      conductivity type and a second semiconductor mount region of the second
      conductivity type. The second semiconductor mount region of the second
      conductivity type is electrically coupled to the first semiconductor
      region formed in the semiconductor substrate of the first conductivity
      type.
PATN
WKU  059905000
SRC  9
APN  2618192
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19990303
TTL  Nitride compound semiconductor light emitting element and its
      manufacturing method
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Wille; Douglas A.
EXP  Chaudhuri; Olik
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Okazaki; Haruhiko
CTY  Minami-Ku
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980325
APN  10-077477
CLAS
OCL  257 99
XCL  257 94
XCL  257745
XCL  257748
XCL  372 43
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 3300
FSC  257
FSS  94;99;745;748
UREF
PNO  5740192
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hatano et al.
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5786603
ISD  19980700
NAM  Rennie et al.
OCL  257 13
FREF
PNO  10-56206
ISD  19980200
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 3300
LREP
FRM  Loeb & Loeb, LLP
ABST
PAL  A nitride compound semiconductor light emitting element is made by stacking
      a metal layer made of one of elements: palladium (Pd), scandium (Sc),
      vanadium (V), zirconium (Zr), hafnium (Hf), tantalum (Ta), rhodium (Rh),
      iridium (Ir), cobalt (Co) and copper (Cu), and another metal layer made of
      one of elements: titanium (Ti), nickel (Ni), molybdenum (Mo), tungsten (W)
      and magnesium (Mg), to increase the adhesive strength of its electrodes
      with a semiconductor layer, reduce the contact resistance of the
      electrodes to improve the ohmic characteristics, and improve the external
      quantum efficiency by combination of thin-film metals with a transparent
      electrode.
PATN
WKU  059905018
SRC  8
APN  8661588
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970530
TTL  Multichip press-contact type semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Cao; Phat X.
EXP  Chaudhuri; Olik
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Hiyoshi; Michiaki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishitani; Kazunobu
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960531
APN  8-138818
CLAS
OCL  257181
XCL  257688
XCL  257785
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2974
ICL  H01L 31111
FSC  257
FSS  181;785;688;723;133
UREF
PNO  4609937
ISD  19860900
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
OCL  257785
UREF
PNO  4775916
ISD  19881000
NAM  Kouzuchi et al.
OCL  257785
UREF
PNO  4918514
ISD  19900400
NAM  Matsuda et al.
OCL  257182
UREF
PNO  5360985
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hiyoshi et al.
OCL  257181
UREF
PNO  5610439
ISD  19970300
NAM  Hiyoshi et al.
OCL  257688
UREF
PNO  5726466
ISD  19980300
NAM  Nishitani
OCL  257181
UREF
PNO  5760425
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kobayashi
OCL  257181
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McCLelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A multichip press-contact type semiconductor device including a plurality
      of semiconductor chips, a plurality of heat buffer plates, a conductive
      metal sheet, and first and second press-contact electrode plates. The heat
      buffer plates are disposed to correspond to the plurality of semiconductor
      chips. The conductive metal sheet is located on the plurality of heat
      buffer plates and substantially decreases the parasitic inductance by
      causing a short-circuit in electrode wiring connecting the semiconductor
      chips. The first press-contact electrode plate is located on the
      conductive metal sheet, and has column protrusions corresponding to the
      semiconductor chips on the surface facing the semiconductor chips. The
      second press-contact electrode plate is located on the side of the rear
      surface of the semiconductor chips. The first and second press-contact
      electrode plates hold therebetween the conductive metal sheet, the heat
      buffer plates, and the semiconductor chips, piled on each other.
PATN
WKU  059905026
SRC  8
APN  5809088
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19951229
TTL  High density gate array cell architecture with metallization routing
      tracks having a variable pitch
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Hardy; David B.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Park; Jonathan C.
CTY  Gaithersburg
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  LSI Logic Corporation
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257202
XCL  257207
XCL  257211
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2710
FSC  257
FSS  202-211
UREF
PNO  4701860
ISD  19871000
NAM  Mader
UREF
PNO  4727493
ISD  19880200
NAM  Taylor, Sr.
UREF
PNO  4742019
ISD  19880500
NAM  Bechade
OCL  257211
UREF
PNO  4745084
ISD  19880500
NAM  Rowson et al.
OCL  437 51
UREF
PNO  4786904
ISD  19881100
NAM  Graham, III et al.
UREF
PNO  4864381
ISD  19890900
NAM  Seefeldt et al.
UREF
PNO  4928160
ISD  19900500
NAM  Crafts
UREF
PNO  4975758
ISD  19901200
NAM  Crafts
UREF
PNO  4978633
ISD  19901200
NAM  Seefeldt et al.
UREF
PNO  5055716
ISD  19911000
NAM  El Gamel
UREF
PNO  5068548
ISD  19911100
NAM  El Gamel
UREF
PNO  5087839
ISD  19920200
NAM  Whittaker et al.
UREF
PNO  5214299
ISD  19930500
NAM  Gal et al.
OCL  257208
UREF
PNO  5260881
ISD  19931100
NAM  Agrawal et al.
UREF
PNO  5289021
ISD  19940200
NAM  El Gamal
UREF
PNO  5298774
ISD  19940300
NAM  Ueda et al.
OCL  257206
UREF
PNO  5309091
ISD  19940500
NAM  El-Ayat et al.
UREF
PNO  5329460
ISD  19940700
NAM  Agrawal et al.
UREF
PNO  5341041
ISD  19940800
NAM  El Gamal
UREF
PNO  5384472
ISD  19950100
NAM  Yin
UREF
PNO  5399517
ISD  19950300
NAM  Ashtaputre et al.
OCL  257211
UREF
PNO  5404034
ISD  19950400
NAM  Yin
UREF
PNO  5420447
ISD  19950500
NAM  Waggoner
OCL  257206
UREF
PNO  5444276
ISD  19950800
NAM  Yokota et al.
OCL  257207
UREF
PNO  5452245
ISD  19950900
NAM  Hickman et al.
OCL  365154
UREF
PNO  5473195
ISD  19951200
NAM  Koike
OCL  257210
UREF
PNO  5493135
ISD  19960200
NAM  Yin
UREF
PNO  5581202
ISD  19961200
NAM  Yano et al.
OCL  257206
UREF
PNO  5612553
ISD  19970300
NAM  Arakawa
OCL  257206
UREF
PNO  5631478
ISD  19970500
NAM  Okumura
OCL  257211
FREF
PNO  0782188 A2
ISD  19970700
CNT  EPX
ABST
PAL  A gate array cell architecture is provided with routing tracks at variable
      track pitches, thereby increasing the density of the architecture.
      Orientation of the devices in the gate cells perpendicularly to the
      routing tracks in the second metallization layer provides an increased
      porosity in this layer. The orientation allows an N channel device to be
      made smaller than a P channel device within a gate cell, to provide
      balanced devices. The perpendicular orientation also provides more contact
      points for source or drain. When the mulitple contacts are used to connect
      the device to a power source, the multiple contacts reduce the effective
      resistance and increase the reliability of the devices.
PATN
WKU  059905034
SRC  9
APN  2506491
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19990216
TTL  Selectable resolution CCD sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Ngo ; Ngan V.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Ingram; Simon Gareth
CTY  Waterloo
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Weale; Gareth Pryce
CTY  New Hamburg
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  O.; Nixon
CTY  Waterloo
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Dalsa, Inc.
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  006888
APD  19980114
CLAS
OCL  257236
XCL  257241
XCL  257249
XCL  257250
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 27148
ICL  H01L 29768
FSC  257
FSS  236;241;249;250
UREF
PNO  4280141
ISD  19810700
NAM  McCann et al.
UREF
PNO  4328432
ISD  19820500
NAM  Yamazaki
UREF
PNO  4382267
ISD  19830500
NAM  Angle
UREF
PNO  4426664
ISD  19840100
NAM  Nagumo et al.
UREF
PNO  4430673
ISD  19840200
NAM  Salomon et al.
UREF
PNO  4679212
ISD  19870700
NAM  Hynecek
UREF
PNO  4782394
ISD  19881100
NAM  Hieda et al.
UREF
PNO  4849814
ISD  19890700
NAM  Van De Steeg
UREF
PNO  4954900
ISD  19900900
NAM  Frame
UREF
PNO  4974043
ISD  19901100
NAM  Stevens
UREF
PNO  5114237
ISD  19920500
NAM  Cazaux
UREF
PNO  5196939
ISD  19930300
NAM  Elabd et al.
UREF
PNO  5264939
ISD  19931100
NAM  Chang
UREF
PNO  5272535
ISD  19931200
NAM  Elabd
UREF
PNO  5442208
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bosiers et al.
UREF
PNO  5491512
ISD  19960200
NAM  Itakura et al.
UREF
PNO  5510836
ISD  19960400
NAM  Stekelenburg
UREF
PNO  5614740
ISD  19970300
NAM  Gardner et al.
UREF
PNO  5811845
ISD  19980900
NAM  Isons et al.
OCL  257256
UREF
PNO  5892251
ISD  19990400
NAM  Kumesawa et al.
OCL  257239
FREF
PNO  5-37861
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A CCD sensor includes a readout register formed in substrate, the readout
      register including a channel, a bus structure and a connection structure.
      The bus structure includes plural spaced element sets, each element set
      including a first clock conductor. The first clock conductor of a first
      element set is a dual function conductor. The connection structure
      isolates the dual function conductor while coupling together the first
      clock conductor of each other set of the element sets. Alternatively, the
      sensor includes vertical and readout registers formed in a well in a
      substrate. The vertical register includes a vertical channel, a vertical
      bus structure and a vertical connection structure, and the readout
      register includes a readout channel, a readout bus structure and a readout
      connection structure. The readout bus structure includes plural spaced
      readout element sets, each readout element set including a first readout
      clock conductor. The first readout clock conductor of a first readout
      element set is a dual function readout clock conductor. The readout
      connection structure isolates the dual function readout clock conductor
      while coupling together the first readout clock conductor of each other
      set of the readout element sets. The vertical bus structure includes
      plural spaced vertical element sets, each vertical element set including a
      first vertical clock conductor. The first vertical clock conductor of a
      first vertical element set is a dual function vertical clock conductor.
      The vertical connection structure isolates the dual function vertical
      clock conductor while coupling together the first vertical clock conductor
      of each other set of the vertical element sets.
PATN
WKU  059905042
SRC  9
APN  3132811
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19990518
TTL  Finger structured MOSFET
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Hardy; David B.
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Morifuji; Eiji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  257270
XCL  257341
XCL  257270
XCL  257287
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2978
FSC  257
FSS  287;341;270;365;366
FSC  438
FSS  279;284
UREF
PNO  3967988
ISD  19760700
NAM  Davidsohn
OCL  257401
UREF
PNO  4725747
ISD  19880200
NAM  Stein et al.
OCL  257296
UREF
PNO  4771195
ISD  19880900
NAM  Stein
OCL  257342
UREF
PNO  4808861
ISD  19890200
NAM  Ehni
OCL  257342
UREF
PNO  4949139
ISD  19900800
NAM  Korsh et al.
OCL  257296
UREF
PNO  5404041
ISD  19950400
NAM  Diaz et al.
OCL  257360
UREF
PNO  5528065
ISD  19960600
NAM  Battersby et al.
OCL  257365
UREF
PNO  5563439
ISD  19961000
NAM  Chung et al.
OCL  257365
UREF
PNO  5623387
ISD  19970400
NAM  Li et al.
OCL  257355
UREF
PNO  5731614
ISD  19980300
NAM  Ham
OCL  257355
UREF
PNO  5789791
ISD  19980800
NAM  Bergemont
OCL  257401
UREF
PNO  5828102
ISD  19981000
NAM  Bergemont
OCL  257342
UREF
PNO  5874763
ISD  19990200
NAM  Ham
OCL  257355
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A boundary of a well 102 of a finger structured MOSFET is positioned
      between an element region 104 and a gate contact 108. With this geometry,
      it is feasible to reduce the well and attain a decrease in noises. A well
      electric potential take-out region 105 is disposed in close proximity to
      the element region 104 within the well 102, thereby making it possible to
      reduce an areal size of the well and farther decrease the noises.
PATN
WKU  059905050
SRC  9
APN  0272949
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980220
TTL  Solid-state image pickup device
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Mintel; William
NDR  12
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Kajiwara; Kenji
CTY  Sagamihara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  257291
XCL  257292
XCL  257442
XCL  257446
XCL  257433
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 3100
FSC  257
FSS  232;233;234;446;292;291;294;59;72;442;433
UREF
PNO  4113512
ISD  19780900
NAM  Ayers et al.
OCL  148  1.5
UREF
PNO  5606194
ISD  19970200
NAM  Lebrun et al.
OCL  257433
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A highly reliable solid-state image pickup device with one- or
      two-dimensionally arranged connecting portions, capable of avoiding
      corrosion of wirings resulting from chipping of the substrates and
      eliminating image defect, is achieved by arranging plural substrates, each
      bearing a plurality of image taking elements, in a planar manner on a
      supporting substrate and filling the connecting portions of thus arranged
      substrates with an organic or inorganic material, of which content in
      chlorine or in each of sodium and potassium does not exceed 200 ppm.
PATN
WKU  059905069
SRC  8
APN  8211574
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970320
TTL  Active pixel sensors with substantially planarized color filtering
      elements
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Abraham; Fetsum
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Fossum; Eric R.
CTY  La Crescenta
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kemeny; Sabrina E.
CTY  La Crescenta
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  California Institute of Technology
CTY  Pasadena
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257294
XCL  257222
XCL  257225
XCL  257226
XCL  257227
XCL  257228
XCL  257232
XCL  257233
XCL  257234
XCL  257290
XCL  257291
XCL  257292
XCL  257293
XCL  257294
XCL  250 14
XCL  250 27
XCL  250357
XCL  250365
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 21339
FSC  257
FSS  222;225;226;227;228;232;233;234;290-293;239 W;294
FSC  349
FSS  78-80;97;104-109
FSC  250
FSS  14;27;357;365
UREF
PNO  5321250
ISD  19940600
NAM  Tajima
OCL  250216
UREF
PNO  5412705
ISD  19950500
NAM  Snoeren et al.
OCL  250487.1
UREF
PNO  5471515
ISD  19951100
NAM  Fossum et al.
OCL  377 60
UREF
PNO  5479049
ISD  19951200
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  257233
UREF
PNO  5541402
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ackland et al.
OCL  250208
UREF
PNO  5576763
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ackland
OCL  348308
UREF
PNO  5654202
ISD  19970800
NAM  Daly et al.
OCL  430 70
UREF
PNO  5656202
ISD  19970800
NAM  Daly et al.
OCL  438 70
OREF
PAL  Fossum et al. Application of the Active Pixel Sensor Concept to Guidance
      and Navigation, SPIE, vol. 1949 paper 30 (1993).
PAL  Mendis et al., CMOS Active Pixel Image Sensor, IEEE Transactions on
      Electrons Devices, 41(3) 452-453.
PAL  Mendis et al., Progress in CMOS Active Pixel Image Sensors, SPIE vol.
      2172:1-11 (1994).
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor imaging system preferably having an active pixel sensor
      array compatible with a CMOS fabrication process. Color-filtering elements
      such as polymer filters and wavelength-converting phosphors can be
      integrated with the image sensor.
GOVT
PAC  ORIGIN OF THE INVENTION
PAR  The invention described herein was made in the performance of work under a
      NASA contract, and is subject to the provisions of Public Law 96-517 (35
      USC 202) in which the Contractor has elected to retain title.
PATN
WKU  059905077
SRC  8
APN  8894701
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970708
TTL  Semiconductor device having ferroelectric capacitor structures
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Cao; Phat X.
EXP  Chaudhuri; Olik
NDR  20
NFG  39
INVT
NAM  Mochizuki; Hiroshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okuwada; Kumi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kanaya; Hiroyuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hidaka; Osamu
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shuto; Susumu
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kunishima; Iwao
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960709
APN  8-179296
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970203
APN  9-020330
CLAS
OCL  257295
XCL  257296
XCL  257303
XCL  257306
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2976
ICL  H01L 2994
ICL  H01L 31062
ICL  H01L 31113
FSC  257
FSS  295;296;298;300;303;306
FSC  438
FSS  3;240
UREF
PNO  5185689
ISD  19930200
NAM  Maniar
OCL  257296
UREF
PNO  5350705
ISD  19940900
NAM  Brassington et al.
OCL  257295
UREF
PNO  5432732
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ohmi
OCL  257296
UREF
PNO  5436477
ISD  19950700
NAM  Hashizume et al.
OCL  257295
UREF
PNO  5495117
ISD  19960200
NAM  Larson
OCL  257298
UREF
PNO  5541807
ISD  19960700
NAM  Evans, Jr. et al.
OCL  257295
UREF
PNO  5567987
ISD  19961000
NAM  Lee
OCL  257751
UREF
PNO  5675185
ISD  19971000
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  257774
UREF
PNO  5686760
ISD  19971100
NAM  Miyakawa
OCL  257751
UREF
PNO  5739563
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kawakubo et al.
OCL  257295
UREF
PNO  5767541
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hanagasaki
OCL  257296
UREF
PNO  5768182
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hu et al.
OCL  257296
UREF
PNO  5834845
ISD  19981100
NAM  Stolmeijer
OCL  257752
OREF
PAL  1995 Symposium on VLSI Technology Digest of Technical Papers, "A
      Ferroelectric Capacitor over Bit-line (F-COB) Cell for High Density
      Nonvolatile Ferroelectric Memories", N. Tanabe, et al.
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A method of manufacturing a semiconductor apparatus comprises the steps of
      forming, on a surface of a semiconductor substrate, an MIS transistor
      including a drain region and a source region each formed of an impurity
      diffusion region, forming an insulation film on the semiconductor
      substrate after the MIS transistor has been formed, selectively forming
      contact holes in the insulation film, embedding, into the contact hole, a
      capacitor contact plug having a lower end which is in contact with one of
      the drain region and the source region of the MIS transistor, forming a
      ferroelectric capacitor having a lower electrode, a ferroelectric film and
      an upper electrode on the insulation film after the capacitor contact plug
      has been formed, and forming an electric wire for establishing a
      connection between the upper electrode of the ferroelectric capacitor and
      an upper surface of the capacitor contact plug.
PATN
WKU  059905085
SRC  9
APN  0950556
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980610
TTL  Ferroelectric memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Wojciechowicz; E.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Shinohara; Sota
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970610
APN  9-152439
CLAS
OCL  257295
XCL  257296
XCL  257304
XCL  257306
XCL  257300
XCL  257308
XCL  257309
XCL  257310
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2972
FSC  257
FSS  295;296;304;306;300;308;309;310
UREF
PNO  5633781
ISD  19970500
NAM  Saenger et al.
OCL  257296
UREF
PNO  5751540
ISD  19980500
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  257295
FREF
PNO  7-50394
ISD  19950200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-235639
ISD  19950900
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  N. Tanabe et al., "A Ferroelectric Capacitor over Bit-line (F-COB) Cell for
      High Density Nonvolatile Ferroelectric Memories", 1995 Symposium on VLSI
      Technology Digest of Technical Papers, 1995, pp. 123-124.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue. Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A contact hole is formed in a protective film 9 so as to communicate with
      an upper electrode 15. In the contact hole is formed a conductor 13 made
      of substantially the same material as used for the upper electrode 15, so
      as to communicate with the upper electrode 15 and extend to the outside of
      the contact hole. The conductor 13 is electrically connected to a memory
      cell transistor, by a wiring layer 14.
PATN
WKU  059905093
SRC  8
APN  7874189
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970122
TTL  2F-square memory cell for gigabit memory applications
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Weiss; Howard
EXP  Chaudhuri; Olik
NDR  49
NFG  72
INVT
NAM  Burns, Jr.; Stuart Mcallister
CTY  Ridgefield
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Hanafi; Hussein Jbrahim
CTY  Goldens Bridge
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Welser; Jeffrey J.
CTY  Greenwich
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257296
XCL  257316
XCL  257330
XCL  257623
XCL  438257
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 27108
ICL  H01L 2976
ICL  H01L 2994
ICL  H01L 29788
FSC  257
FSS  296;302;303;316;330;623
FSC  438
FSS  257;259;263
UREF
PNO  4716548
ISD  19871200
NAM  Mochizuki
UREF
PNO  4774556
ISD  19880900
NAM  Fujii et al.
UREF
PNO  4796228
ISD  19890100
NAM  Baglee
UREF
PNO  4876580
ISD  19891000
NAM  Nishizawa
OCL  257330
UREF
PNO  4929988
ISD  19900500
NAM  Yoshikawa
UREF
PNO  4964080
ISD  19901000
NAM  Tzeng
UREF
PNO  4979004
ISD  19901200
NAM  Esquivel et al.
UREF
PNO  5001526
ISD  19910300
NAM  Gotou
UREF
PNO  5006909
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kosa
UREF
PNO  5016067
ISD  19910500
NAM  Mori
UREF
PNO  5016068
ISD  19910500
NAM  Mori
UREF
PNO  5017977
ISD  19910500
NAM  Richardson
UREF
PNO  5071782
ISD  19911200
NAM  Mori
UREF
PNO  5078498
ISD  19920100
NAM  Kadakia et al.
UREF
PNO  5146426
ISD  19920900
NAM  Mukherjee et al.
UREF
PNO  5258634
ISD  19931100
NAM  Yang
UREF
PNO  5338953
ISD  19940800
NAM  Wake
UREF
PNO  5350937
ISD  19940900
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5382540
ISD  19950100
NAM  Sharma et al.
UREF
PNO  5386132
ISD  19950100
NAM  Wong
UREF
PNO  5460994
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kim
OCL  438242
UREF
PNO  5467305
ISD  19951100
NAM  Bertin et al.
UREF
PNO  5497017
ISD  19960300
NAM  Gonzales
UREF
PNO  5574299
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kim
FREF
PNO  61-140170
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
OCL  257302
OREF
PAL  Chang et al. (1980) "Vertical FET Random-Access Memories with Deep Trench
      Isolation" IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, 22 (8B): 3683-3687.
PAL  Frank et al. (1992) "Monte Carlo Simulation of a 30 nm Dual-Gate MOSFET:
      How Short Can Si Go?" IEEE: 2 1.1.1-21.1.4.
PAL  Hamamoto et al. (1995) "Cell-Plate-Line and Bit-Line Complementarily Sensed
      (CBCS) Architecture for Ultra Low-Power Non-Destructive DRAMs" Symposium
      on VLSI Circuits Digest of Technical Papers: 79-80.
PAL  Hanafi et al. (1995) "A Scalable Low Power Verticle Memory" IEEE:
      27.2.1-27.2.4.
PAL  Pein et al. (1993) "A 3-D Sidewall Flash EPROM Cell and Memory Array" IEEE
      Electron Device Letters 14(8): 415-417.
PAL  Pein et al. (1995) "Performance of the 3-D PENCIL Flash EPROM Cell and
      Memory Array" IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, 42(11).
PAL  Tiwari et al. (1995) "Volatile and Non-Volatile Memories in Silicon with
      Nano-Crystal Storage" IEEE: 20.4.1-20.4.4.
LREP
FR2  Neff; Daryl K.
ABST
PAL  A densely packed array of vertical semiconductor devices having pillars and
      methods of making thereof are disclosed. The array has columns of bitlines
      and rows of wordlines. The gates of the transistors act as the wordlines,
      while the source or drain regions acts as the bitlines. The array also has
      vertical pillars, each having a channel formed between source and drain
      regions. Two transistors are formed per pillar. This is achieved by
      forming two gates per pillar formed on opposite pillar sidewalls which are
      along the bitline direction. This forms two wordlines or gates per pillar
      arranged in the wordline direction. The source regions are self-aligned
      and located below the pillars. The source regions of adjacent bit lines
      are isolated from each other without increasing the cell size. Two
      floating gates per pillar may be used for EEPROM or flash memory
      application. The isolated sources allow individual cells to be addressed
      and written via direct tunneling, in both volatile and non-volatile memory
      cell configurations. For Gbit DRAM applications, stack or trench
      capacitors may be formed on the pillars, or in trenches surrounding the
      pillars, respectively. When two capacitors or two floating gates are
      formed per pillar, the effective memory cell size is 1 bit/2F.sup.2.
PATN
WKU  059905107
SRC  9
APN  2120534
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19981215
TTL  Dynamic random access memory device and method for fabricating the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Wojciechowicz; Edward
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Choi; Jin-Gyoo
CTY  Kyonggi-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Noh; Jun-Yong
CTY  Inchon-Kwangyokshi
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics, Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  257296
XCL  257300
XCL  257303
XCL  257306
XCL  257626
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2976
FSC  257
FSS  296;300;303;306;626
UREF
PNO  5828094
ISD  19981000
NAM  Lee
OCL  257296
LREP
FRM  Marger Johnson & McCollom, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor memory device with a capacitor-over-bitline (COB) structure
      and a method for fabricating the same. The semiconductor memory device
      includes a transistor having a gate electrode formed on a gate insulating
      layer on a semiconductor substrate and having source and drain regions
      formed on the surface of the substrate and separated from each other by
      the gate electrode, a first interlayer insulating layer formed over the
      substrate including the transistor; a bitline formed over the first
      interlayer insulating layer; and a second interlayer insulating layer
      formed over the substrate including the bitline, for insulating the
      bitline from a storage node of a capacitor. A surface of the second
      interlayer insulating layer is planarized by a chemical-mechanical
      polishing (CMP) process so as to be substantially parallel to a surface of
      the substrate including the bitline.
PATN
WKU  059905115
SRC  8
APN  9515542
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971016
TTL  Memory cell with transfer device node in selective polysilicon
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Cuong Q
EXP  Tran; Minh Loan
NDR  5
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Leas; James M.
CTY  South Burlington
STA  VT
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257301
XCL  257306
XCL  257296
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 27108
ICL  H01L 2976
ICL  H01L 2994
FSC  257
FSS  296-313
FSC  438
FSS  243-254
UREF
PNO  4396933
ISD  19830800
NAM  Magdo et al.
UREF
PNO  4649625
ISD  19870300
NAM  Lu
UREF
PNO  4794434
ISD  19881200
NAM  Pelley, III
UREF
PNO  4801988
ISD  19890100
NAM  Kenney
UREF
PNO  4833516
ISD  19890500
NAM  Hwang et al.
UREF
PNO  4927779
ISD  19900500
NAM  Dhong et al.
UREF
PNO  4942554
ISD  19900700
NAM  Kircher et al.
UREF
PNO  4988637
ISD  19910100
NAM  Dhong et al.
UREF
PNO  5055898
ISD  19911000
NAM  Beilstein, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5064777
ISD  19911100
NAM  Dhong et al.
UREF
PNO  5156992
ISD  19921000
NAM  Teng et al.
UREF
PNO  5214603
ISD  19930500
NAM  Dhong et al.
UREF
PNO  5250829
ISD  19931000
NAM  Bronner et al.
UREF
PNO  5336629
ISD  19940800
NAM  Dhong et al.
OCL  438245
UREF
PNO  5360758
ISD  19941100
NAM  Bronner et al.
UREF
PNO  5395786
ISD  19950300
NAM  Hsu et al.
OCL  438248
UREF
PNO  5422294
ISD  19950600
NAM  Noble, Jr.
OCL  438246
UREF
PNO  5442211
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kita
OCL  257305
UREF
PNO  5563085
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kohyama
OCL  438249
UREF
PNO  5736760
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hieda et al.
OCL  257301
OREF
PAL  Process Scheme to Make Shallow Trench Isolation Self-Aligned to the Storage
      Trench, IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin; vol. 33, No. 10A, Mar., 1991;
      pp. 260-262.
PAL  Three-Dimensional Single-Crystal Dynamic RAM Cell; IBM Technical Disclosure
      Bulletin; vol. 31, No. 12, May, 1989; pp. 302-305.
PAL  Fabrication Method to Offset the Self-Aligned Vertical Connection Over the
      Trench Capacitor; IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin; vol. 32, No. 3B, Aug.
      1989; pp. 163-168.
PAL  New Process and Layout Enhancement of the SSPT Cell From an Open Bitline to
      a Folded Bitline Structure; IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin; vol. 32,
      No. 3B, Aug. 1989; pp. 169-174.
PAL  Vertical Conducting Connection to a Poly-Si Trench in Si; IBM Technical
      Disclosure Bulletin; vol. 31, No. 12 May 1989; pp. 310-312.
PAL  Flanged Trench Capacitor Cell; IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin; vol. 30
      No. 5, Oct. 1987; pp. 410-411.
LREP
FRM  Whitham, Curtis & Whitham
FR2  Walter, Jr.; Howard J.
ABST
PAL  A memory cell is constructed with one electrode of the transfer device
      extending over a trench capacitor, saving about 6.5% of cell area.
      Selective polysilicon for a strap seeded from the trench is grown in the
      same step in which selective single crystal silicon seeded from the
      substrate is grown for the transfer device. At least a portion of the node
      diffusion is located in single crystal epitaxial silicon extending over
      the trench. The process eliminates the need for a separate strap masking
      step.
PATN
WKU  059905123
SRC  8
APN  8450188
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970422
TTL  Hole impact ionization mechanism of hot electron injection and
      four-terminal .rho.FET semiconductor structure for long-term learning
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Mintel; William
NDR  14
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Diorio; Christopher J.
CTY  Torrance
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hasler; Paul E.
CTY  Pasadena
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Minch; Bradley A.
CTY  Pasadena
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mead; Carver A.
CTY  Pasadena
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  California Institute of Technology
CTY  Pasadena
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  399966
APD  19950307
PSC  01
PNO  5627392
RLAP
COD  89
APN  690198
APD  19960726
PSC  01
PNO  5825063
RLAP
COD  90
APN  721261
APD  19960926
PSC  01
PNO  5875126
CLAS
OCL  257314
XCL  257315
XCL  257316
XCL  257318
XCL  257321
XCL  257322
XCL  257326
XCL  257391
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2976
FSC  257
FSS  314;315;316;318;321;322;326;391
UREF
PNO  3893151
ISD  19750700
NAM  Bosselaar et al.
OCL  357 23
UREF
PNO  4420871
ISD  19831200
NAM  Scheibe
OCL   29571
UREF
PNO  4622656
ISD  19861100
NAM  Kamiya et al.
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  4822750
ISD  19890400
NAM  Perlegos et al.
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  4935702
ISD  19900600
NAM  Mead et al.
OCL  330  9
UREF
PNO  4953928
ISD  19900900
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  357 23.5
UREF
PNO  5059920
ISD  19911000
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  330253
UREF
PNO  5068622
ISD  19911100
NAM  Mead et al.
OCL  330253
UREF
PNO  5160899
ISD  19921100
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  330288
UREF
PNO  5166562
ISD  19921100
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  307571
UREF
PNO  5331215
ISD  19940700
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  307201
UREF
PNO  5336936
ISD  19940800
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  307201
UREF
PNO  5345418
ISD  19940900
NAM  Challa
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5463348
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sarpeshkar et al.
OCL  330253
UREF
PNO  5627392
ISD  19970500
NAM  Diorio et al.
OCL  257315
UREF
PNO  5687118
ISD  19971100
NAM  Chang
OCL  365118.19
UREF
PNO  5763912
ISD  19980600
NAM  Parat et al.
OCL  257315
UREF
PNO  5777361
ISD  19980700
NAM  Parris et al.
OCL  257322
OREF
PAL  Diorio, et al., "A High-Resolution Non-Volatile Analog Memory Cell," 1995,
      IEEE Intl. Symp. on Circuits and Systems, vol. 3, pp. 2233-2236.
PAL  Gray, et al., "Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits", 1984,
      John Wiley & Sons, pp. 67-71.
PAL  Hasler, et al., "An Autozeroing Amplifier Using PFET Hot-Electron
      Injection", May 12-15 1996, IEEE International Symposium on Circuits and
      Systems, vol. 3.
PAL  Hasler, et al., "An Autozeroing Floating-Gate Amplifier", IEEE Journal of
      Solid State Circuits, pp. 1-15, May/Jun. 1997.
PAL  Hasler, et al., "Single Transistor Learning Synapse", 1995, Advances in
      Neural Information Processing Systems 7, MIT Press, pp. 817-824.
PAL  Hasler, et al., "Single Transistor Learning Synapse with Long Term
      Storage," 1995, IEEE Intl. Symp. on Circuits and Systems, vol. 3, pp.
      1660-1663.
PAL  Hochet, et al., "Implementation of a Learning Kohonen Neuron Based on a New
      Multilevel Storage Technique", Mar. 1991, IEEE J. Solid-State Circuits,
      vol. 26, No. 3, pp. 262-267.
PAL  Hollis, et al., "A Neural Network Learning Algorithm Tailored for VLSI
      Implementation", Sep. 1994, IEEE Trans. on Neural Networks, vol. 5, No. 5,
      pp. 784-791.
PAL  Hu, et al., "Hot-Electron-Induced MOSFET Degradation--Model, Monitor, and
      Improvement", Feb. 1985, IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, vol.
      ED-32, No. 2, pp. 375-385.
PAL  Ismail, "Neural Information Processing II," 1994, Analog VLSI Signal and
      Information Process, New York: McGraw-Hill, Inc., pp. 358-413.
PAL  Johnson, "Neural Team Bares Silicon Brain", Jul. 3, 1995, Electronic
      Engineering Times, pp. 1 and 31.
PAL  Johnson, "Mead Envisions New Design Era", Jul. 17, 1995, Electronic
      Engineering Times, pp. 1, 37, 38.
PAL  Lazzaro, et al., "Winner-Take-All Networks of O(N) Complexity," 1989, in D.
      S. Touretzky, ed., Advances in Neural Informational Processing Systems 1,
      San Mateo, CA; Morgan Kaufmann, pp. 703-711.
PAL  Lazzaro, et al., "Systems Technologies for Silicon Auditory Models," Jun.
      1994, IEEE Micro, vol. 14, No. 3, pp. 7-15, T.
PAL  Leblebici, et al., "Hot-Carrier Reliability of MOS VLSI Circuits", 1993,
      Kluwer Academic, 46-49.
PAL  Masuoka, et al., "Reviews and Prospects of Non-Volatile Semiconductor
      Memories," Apr. 1991, IEICE Trans., vol. E 74, No. 4, pp. 868-874.
PAL  Mead, et al., Introduction to VLSI Systems, Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 1980,
      pp. 1-5.
PAL  Mead, "Analog VLSI and Neural Systems", Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., pp.
      163-173, 1995.
PAL  Minch, "A vMOS Soft-Maximum Current Mirror," 1995 IEEE, vol. 3, pp.
      2249-2252.
PAL  Minch, et al., "Translinear Circuits Using Subthreshold Floating-Gate MOS
      Transistors," 1996, Analog Integrated Circuits and Signal Processing, vol.
      9, No. 2 pp. 167-179.
PAL  Sanchez, et al., "Review of Carrier Injection in the
      Silicon/Silicon-Dioxide System", Jun. 1991, IEEE Proceedings-G, vol. 138,
      No. 3, pp. 377-389.
PAL  Sarpeshkar, et al., "White Noise in MOS Transistors and Resistors," Nov.
      1993, IEEE Circuits and Devices, pp. 23-29.
PAL  Sarpeshkar, et al., "A Low-Power Wide-Linear-Range Transconductance
      Amplifier", Analog Integrated Circuits and Signal Processing, in Press,
      pp. 1-28, 1996.
PAL  Tsividis, et al., "Continuous-Time MOSFET-C Filters in VLSI", Feb. 1986,
      IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems, vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 125-140.
PAL  Vittoz, "Dynamic Analog Techniques", 1985, in Y. Tsividis and P.
      Antognetti, Design of MOS VLSI Circuits for Telecommunications, Prentice
      Hall, pp. 145-170.
LREP
FRM  D'Alessandro & Ritchie
ABST
PAL  Hot-electron injection driven by a hole impact ionization mechanism at the
      channel-drain junction provides a new method of hot electron injection.
      Using this mechanism, a four-terminal pFET floating-gate silicon MOS
      transistor for analog learning applications provides nonvolatile memory
      storage. Electron tunneling permits bidirectional memory updates. Because
      these updates depend on both the stored memory value and the transistor
      terminal voltages, the synapses can implement a learning function. The
      synapse learning follows a simple power law. Unlike conventional EEPROMs,
      the synapses allow simultaneous memory reading and writing. Synapse
      transistor arrays can therefore compute both the array output, and local
      memory updates, in parallel. Synaptic arrays employing these devices enjoy
      write and erase isolation between array synapses is better than 0.01%
      because the tunneling and injection processes are exponential in the
      transistor terminal voltages. The synapses are small, and typically are
      operated at subthreshold current levels.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT AS TO RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS
PAR  The present invention was made with support from the United States
      Government under Grant number N00014-89-J-1675 awarded by the Office of
      Naval Research of the department of the Navy and under Grant number
      N00014-89-J-3083 awarded by the Advanced Research Projects Agency of the
      Department of Defense. The United States Government has certain rights in
      the invention.
PATN
WKU  059905131
SRC  8
APN  7282567
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19961008
TTL  Yield enhancement technique for integrated circuit processing to reduce
      effects of undesired dielectric moisture retention and subsequent
      hydrogen out-diffusion
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Potter; Roy
EXP  Arroyo; Teresa M.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Perino; Stanley C.
CTY  Ft. Collins
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Mitra; Sanjay
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Argos, Jr.; George
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Harper; Holli
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Ramtron International Corporation
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257315
XCL  257316
XCL  257760
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 29788
FSC  257
FSS  295;316;327;529;315;760
UREF
PNO  4873644
ISD  19891000
NAM  Eaton, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4873664
ISD  19891000
NAM  Eaton, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4888733
ISD  19891200
NAM  Mobley
UREF
PNO  4914627
ISD  19900400
NAM  Eaton, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5139971
ISD  19920800
NAM  Giridhar et al.
UREF
PNO  5231058
ISD  19930700
NAM  Maeda et al.
UREF
PNO  5286681
ISD  19940200
NAM  Maeda et al.
UREF
PNO  5376590
ISD  19941200
NAM  Machida et al.
UREF
PNO  5381364
ISD  19950100
NAM  Chern et al.
UREF
PNO  5438023
ISD  19950800
NAM  Argos, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5459353
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kanazawa
UREF
PNO  5495439
ISD  19960200
NAM  Morihara
UREF
PNO  5525528
ISD  19960600
NAM  Perino et al.
UREF
PNO  5530668
ISD  19960600
NAM  Chern et al.
UREF
PNO  5532953
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ruesch et al.
UREF
PNO  5559052
ISD  19960900
NAM  Lee et al.
UREF
PNO  5624864
ISD  19970400
NAM  Arita et al.
UREF
PNO  5801415
ISD  19980900
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  257316
FREF
PNO  0 485 086 A1
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, Low Charging Conformal Phosphorous
      Silicon Glass Passivation Process, Jun. 6, 1995, p. 637.
LREP
FR2  Kubida, Esq.; William J.
     Holland & Hart LLP
ABST
PAL  A yield enhancement technique for integrated circuit processing which
      reduces the deleterious effects of H.sub.2 O contamination which is
      absorbed by conventional dielectric films resulting in an undesired
      subsequent out-diffusion of hydrogen when the integrated circuit die is
      subsequently subjected to relatively high processing temperatures such as
      those experienced in CERDIP packaging. The technique disclosed comprises
      the formation of an interlevel dielectric layer having hydrophilic
      properties (for example, 7.5% phosphorus doped TEOS) at least partially
      surrounding a device on the integrated circuit which layer is then
      subjected to an annealing operation to drive off at least a portion of any
      moisture present therein. A second relatively less hydrophilic dielectric
      layer (such as UTEOS) is then overlaid in at least partial communication
      with the interlevel dielectric layer and an overlying passivation layer
      (such as UTEOS) is then applied to the integrated circuit prior to
      completion of the integrated circuit processing and subsequent packaging
      operations.
PATN
WKU  059905140
SRC  9
APN  165974&
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19981002
TTL  Nonvolatile semiconductor memory having boosting lines self-aligned with
      word lines
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  9
EXA  Tran; Thien Fuong
EXP  Tran; Minh Loan
NDR  14
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Choi; Jung-Dal
CTY  Kyonggi-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Ahn; Sung-Tae
CTY  Kyonggi-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19971004
APN  97-51108
CLAS
OCL  257315
XCL  257316
XCL  257319
XCL  257320
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 29788
FSC  257
FSS  315;316;319;320
FSC  438
FSS  257;266
UREF
PNO  5859454
ISD  19990100
NAM  Choi et al.
OCL  257316
UREF
PNO  5877980
ISD  19990300
NAM  Mang et al.
OCL  365185.17
FREF
PNO  5-226664
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
OCL  257315
OREF
PAL  Choi, J.D., et al. A Novel Booster Plate Technology in High Density NAND
      Flash Memories for Voltage Scaling-Down and Zero Program Disturbance, 1996
      Symposium on VLSI Technology, Digest of Technical Papers, Jun. 1996,
      pp.238-239.
LREP
FRM  Lappin & Kusmer LLP
ABST
PAL  A nonvolatile semiconductor memory device includes a plurality of floating
      gate type memory cell transistors having control gates. Word lines are
      integrally formed with the control gates, and boosting lines are
      self-aligned with the word lines. During programming, a first voltage is
      applied to a selected word line, and then a second voltage is applied to
      the boosting line over the selected word line. The voltage on the selected
      word line is then increased by capacitive coupling of the second voltage
      thereon, thereby programming at least one selected memory cell transistor.
      Therefore, a voltage lower than a program voltage is used on a selected
      word line, thereby reducing chip area and enhancing programming speed.
PATN
WKU  059905158
SRC  9
APN  0520624
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980330
TTL  Trenched gate non-volatile semiconductor device and method with corner
      doping and sidewall doping
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Wojciechowicz; Edward
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Liu; Yowjuang W.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Wollesen; Donald L.
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257316
XCL  257322
XCL  257335
XCL  257345
XCL  257388
XCL  438211
XCL  438259
XCL  438266
XCL  438270
XCL  438696
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2972
FSC  257
FSS  316;322;335;388
FSC  438
FSS  211;259;266;270;696
UREF
PNO  5770878
ISD  19980600
NAM  Beasom
OCL  257332
LREP
FRM  Fenwick & West LLP
ABST
PAL  A non-volatile semiconductor cell structure and method comprises a trenched
      floating gate, a sidewall doping and a corner doping and further includes
      a sidewall doped region, a corner doped region, a channel region, and an
      inter-gate dielectric layer, and a control gate. The trenched floating
      gate is formed in a trench etched into the semiconductor substrate. In a
      preferred embodiment, the trenched floating gate has a top surface which
      is substantially planar with a top surface of the semiconductor substrate.
      The control gate and the inter-gate dielectric are formed on the top
      surface of the trenched floating gate. The sidewall doped region and the
      corner doped region are laterally separated by the trench in which the
      trenched floating gate is formed. The sidewall doped region has a depth
      which is greater than the depth of the trench, and the corner doped region
      has a depth which is less than the depth of the trench. The sidewall
      doping is a diffusion region formed in the sidewall doped region of the
      semiconductor substrate and is immediately contiguous to a vertical
      sidewall of the trench and immediately contiguous to the substrate
      surface. The corner doping is a diffusion region formed in the corner
      doped region of the semiconductor substrate and is immediately contiguous
      the upper vertical sidewall of the trench which is opposite the vertical
      sidewall along which the sidewall doping is formed and is immediately
      contiguous the substrate surface.
PATN
WKU  059905166
SRC  8
APN  5275628
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19950913
TTL  MOSFET with a thin gate insulating film
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Hardy; David B.
NDR  22
NFG  47
INVT
NAM  Momose; Hisayo
CTY  Tokyo-to
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iwai; Hiroshi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Saito; Masanobu
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohguro; Tatsuya
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ono; Mizuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshitomi; Takashi
CTY  Kamakura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Shinichi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940913
APN  6-218939
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941206
APN  6-302342
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941207
APN  6-303900
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950712
APN  7-216827
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950911
APN  7-258132
CLAS
OCL  257327
XCL  257368
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2978
FSC  257
FSS  321;260;327;356
UREF
PNO  4814851
ISD  19890300
NAM  Abrokwah et al.
OCL  257195
UREF
PNO  5412527
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hisher
OCL  361 56
UREF
PNO  5436481
ISD  19950700
NAM  Egawa et al.
OCL  257324
UREF
PNO  5463234
ISD  19951000
NAM  Toriumi et al.
OCL  257300
UREF
PNO  5508543
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hartstein et al.
OCL  257321
FREF
PNO  0 196 151
ISD  19861000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0275690
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
OCL  257327
FREF
PNO  2172746
ISD  19860900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Momose, et al, "Tunneling Gate Oxide Approach to Ultra-High Current Drive
      in Small-Geometry MOSFETS", 1994 International Electron Devices Meeting,
      pp. 593-596.
PAL  Fiegna, et al, "A New Scaling Methodology for the 0.1-0.025 .mu.m MOSFET",
      1993 Symposium on VLSI Technology, pp. 33-34.
PAL  Ono, et al, "Sub-50 nm Gate Length N-MOSFETS with 10 nm Phosphorus Source
      and Drain Junctions", 1993 International Electron Devices Meeting, pp.
      119-122.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor device comprises: a p-type semiconductor substrate (1); an
      insulating film (3); a gate electrode (2) formed on the substrate via the
      insulating film; and an n-type source/drain region (5) formed on both
      sides of a channel forming region (4) located under the gate electrode (2)
      formed on the substrate (1). In particular, the thickness (T.sub.OX) of
      the insulating film (3) is determined to be less than 2.5 nm at conversion
      rate of silicon oxide film (silicon oxide equivalent thickness); a gate
      length (L.sub.g) of the gate electrode (2) is determined to be equal to or
      less than 0.3 .mu.m; and further a voltage applied to the gate electrode
      (2) and the drain region (6) is determined to be 1.5 V or less. Therefore,
      in the MOSFET having the tunneling gate oxide film (3), the reliability of
      the transistor under the hot carrier stress can be improved, and the gate
      leakage current can be reduced markedly, so that the transistor
      characteristics can be improved markedly.
PATN
WKU  059905174
SRC  8
APN  9179364
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970827
TTL  Semiconductor memory device containing nitrogen in a gate oxide film
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Abraham; Fetsum
NDR  12
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Irino; Kiyoshi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970306
APN  9-052085
CLAS
OCL  257339
XCL  257344
XCL  257346
XCL  257371
XCL  257408
XCL  257410
XCL  257411
XCL  257900
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2978
FSC  257
FSS  344;346;371;408;410;411;900;339
UREF
PNO  5554876
ISD  19960900
NAM  Kusunoki et al.
OCL  257344
UREF
PNO  5773325
ISD  19980600
NAM  Teramoto
OCL  438151
UREF
PNO  5808348
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  257411
FREF
PNO  63-269536
ISD  19881100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-204465
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-30113
ISD  19950100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-167664
ISD  19960600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor device includes a substrate, a gate oxide film formed on
      the substrate, a gate electrode provided on the gate oxide film, first and
      second diffusion regions formed in the substrate at both lateral sides of
      the gate electrode. The gate electrode includes a first region located
      immediately underneath the gate electrode and a second region adjacent to
      the first region, wherein the first and second regions contain N atoms
      with respective concentrations such that the second region contains N with
      a higher concentration as compared with the first region.
PATN
WKU  059905182
SRC  9
APN  1644874
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981001
TTL  MOS device
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Prenty; Mark V.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Takashi
CTY  Nagano
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishimura; Takeyoshi
CTY  Nagano
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujihira; Tatsuhiko
CTY  Nagano
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951121
APN  7-302433
RLAP
COD  71
APN  746987
APD  19961119
CLAS
OCL  257341
XCL  257653
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2976
FSC  257
FSS  341;653
UREF
PNO  4642666
ISD  19870200
NAM  Lidow et al.
OCL  257339
UREF
PNO  4801986
ISD  19890100
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  257 41
UREF
PNO  4959699
ISD  19900900
NAM  Lidow et al.
OCL  257328
UREF
PNO  4974059
ISD  19901100
NAM  Kinzer
OCL  257342
UREF
PNO  5008720
ISD  19910400
NAM  Uenishi
OCL  357 41
UREF
PNO  5008725
ISD  19910400
NAM  Lidow et al.
OCL  257341
UREF
PNO  5034796
ISD  19910700
NAM  Zommer
OCL  357 41
UREF
PNO  5043779
ISD  19910800
NAM  Nishimura
OCL  357 23.4
UREF
PNO  5304831
ISD  19940400
NAM  Yilmay et al.
OCL  257341
UREF
PNO  5521410
ISD  19960500
NAM  Yamamoto
OCL  257342
LREP
FRM  Pearne, Gordon, McCoy & Granger LLP
ABST
PAL  An n.sup.+ drain layer 2 and an n.sup.- layer 1 on n.sup.+ drain layer 2
      constitute a substrate for the semiconductor arrangement. A p-type base
      region 3 is in the surface portion of n.sup.- layer 1. An n.sup.+ source
      region 6 is formed in the surface portion of p-type base region 3. A
      p.sup.+ region 5, deeper than n.sup.+ source region 6 and shallower than
      p-type base region 3, partially overlaps n.sup.+ source region 6 and
      extends thoroughly into the portion of p-type base region 3 surrounded by
      n.sup.+ source region 6. A channel portion 7 is in the surface portion of
      p-type base region 3 extending between n.sup.- layer 1 and n.sup.+ source
      regions 6. A gate electrode 8 is disposed above channel portion 7 with a
      gate insulation film 9 interposed therebetween. A source electrode 11
      contacts with p.sup.+ region 5 and n.sup.+ source region 6. An inter-layer
      insulation film 10 on gate electrode 8 insulates source electrode 11 from
      gate electrode 8. A drain electrode 12 is on the surface of n.sup.+ drain
      layer 2. A junction face 20 of p-type base region 3 and n.sup.- layer 1
      has a finite radius of curvature such that the depth from the surface of
      p.sup.+ region 5 to junction face 20 is deepest beneath the center of
      p.sup.+ region 5.
PATN
WKU  059905190
SRC  9
APN  2008912
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19981127
TTL  Electrostatic discharge structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; H. D.
EXP  Martin-Wallace; Valencia
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Huang-Lu; Shiang
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Tang; Tien-Hao
CTY  Chungho
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Fu; Kuan-Yu
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Microelectronics Corp.
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  257357
XCL  257355
XCL  257356
XCL  257358
XCL  257623
XCL  438411
XCL  438421
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2362
FSC  257
FSS  355;363;623;522;546;173
FSC  438
FSS  411;421
UREF
PNO  5243205
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kitagawa et al.
OCL  257173
UREF
PNO  5684323
ISD  19971100
NAM  Tohyama
OCL  257363
UREF
PNO  5786613
ISD  19980700
NAM  Kalnitsky
OCL  257355
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A spike electrostatic discharge (ESD) cavity structure includes an etching
      stop layer including, for example, polysilicon or metal material. The
      etching stop layer is used as the etching stop to form an opening in the
      dielectric layer, inside of which a number of discharging layer pairs are
      formed. The opening exposes the end portions of the discharge layer pairs.
      The opening is a cavity and can be vacuumed or filled with air.
PATN
WKU  059905204
SRC  8
APN  7951590
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970207
TTL  Method for fabricating a high performance vertical bipolar NPN or PNP
      transistor having low base resistance in a standard CMOS process
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Prenty; Mark V.
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Noorlag; Date Jan Willem
CTY  Marlboro
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Anderson; Warren Robert
CTY  Marlboro
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Digital Equipment Corporation
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257362
XCL  257361
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2906
FSC  257
FSS  362;361;900
UREF
PNO  4400711
ISD  19830800
NAM  Avery
OCL  357 43
UREF
PNO  5140401
ISD  19920800
NAM  Ker
OCL  357 43
UREF
PNO  5158899
ISD  19921000
NAM  Yamagata
OCL  257362
UREF
PNO  5159518
ISD  19921000
NAM  Roy
OCL  361 56
UREF
PNO  5223737
ISD  19930600
NAM  Canclini
OCL  257362
UREF
PNO  5465189
ISD  19951100
NAM  Polgreen
OCL  361 58
UREF
PNO  5538907
ISD  19960700
NAM  Aronowitz
OCL  437 34
UREF
PNO  5539233
ISD  19960700
NAM  Amerasekera
OCL  257362
UREF
PNO  5557130
ISD  19960900
NAM  Orchard-Webb
OCL  257359
UREF
PNO  5591661
ISD  19970100
NAM  Shiota
OCL  437 56
OREF
PAL  ESD Protection in a Mixed Voltage Interface and Multi-Rail Disconnected
      Power Grid Environment in 0.50-and 0.25-.mu.m Channel Length CMOS
      Technologies, Voldman, Steven H., EOS/ESD Symposium 94, Dec. 1994.
LREP
FRM  Hamilton, Brook, Smith & Reynolds, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A new method of fabricating a new vertical bipolar transistor in a
      protection circuit is disclosed. In the disclosed system, a layer of gate
      electrode material is formed over a selected surface of a silicon wafer.
      The gate electrode material is patterned to form gates between an emitter
      stripe and a base contact within the bipolar transistor. In an example
      embodiment, the gate as well as the emitter stripe are coupled with an
      input source such that excess voltage is limited and excess current sunk
      during ESD events on the input source. A conductive channel under the gate
      is formed in the presence of an ESD event on the input source. The channel
      conductance may further be enhanced by introduction of an appropriate
      dopant material. Sidewall spacers may be formed adjacent to the
      base/emitter isolation regions. Where the bipolar transistor is a PNP
      transistor, a light dosage of an n-type dopant may be implanted into the
      base contact prior to forming the sidewall spacers. In another aspect of
      the invention, where the bipolar transistor is for example a PNP
      transistor, a light dosage of a p-type dopant is implanted into the
      emitter stripe prior to forming the sidewall spacers. Further where the
      bipolar transistor is for example a PNP transistor, a heavy dosage of a
      p-type dopant is implanted into the emitter subsequent to sidewall spacer
      formation, and a heavy dosage of an n-type dopant is implanted into the
      base contact subsequent to said sidewall spacer formation.
PATN
WKU  059905212
SRC  8
APN  694938&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19960809
TTL  Semiconductor device and method of producing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Duong; Hung Van
EXP  Fahmy; Wael M.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Horiuchi; Tadahiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950816
APN  7-230729
CLAS
OCL  257369
XCL  257476
XCL  257481
XCL  257372
XCL  365175
XCL  365177
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2702
ICL  H01L 2948
FSC  257
FSS  369;476;481;372
FSC  365
FSS  175;177
UREF
PNO  4903087
ISD  19900200
NAM  Jerome et al.
OCL  257477
UREF
PNO  5260594
ISD  19931100
NAM  Shimizu
OCL  257369
FREF
PNO  382151
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5108194
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "1V. 10 Mhz high-Speed Digital Circuit Technology with Multi-Threshol
      CMOS", Technical Report of IEICE. ICD 93-107. pp. 23-27.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor device of the present invention is a semiconductor device
      of a complementary MIS field effect transistor, wherein an anode of a
      first diode is connected to a silicon substrate of a first conduction type
      while a cathode of the first diode is connected to a first power supply
      while a cathode of a second diode is connected to a well of the other
      conduction type and an anode of the second diode is connected to a second
      power supply.
PATN
WKU  059905220
SRC  9
APN  0343587
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980304
TTL  Field effect transistor with improved source/drain diffusion regions
      having an extremely small capacitance
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Ngo ; Ngan V.
NDR  92
NFG  118
INVT
NAM  Okamura; Ryuichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940817
APN  6-215285
RLAP
COD  71
APN  515941
APD  19950816
PSC  01
PNO  5801426
CLAS
OCL  257371
XCL  257369
XCL  257372
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2976
ICL  H01L 2994
ICL  H01L 31062
ICL  H01L 31113
FSC  257
FSS  369;371;372
UREF
PNO  4968639
ISD  19901100
NAM  Bergonzon
OCL  437 57
UREF
PNO  5338960
ISD  19940800
NAM  Beason
OCL  257335
UREF
PNO  5359221
ISD  19941000
NAM  Miyamoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5362981
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  257371
UREF
PNO  5449937
ISD  19950900
NAM  Arimura et al.
UREF
PNO  5536959
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kellam
UREF
PNO  5831313
ISD  19981100
NAM  Han et al.
OCL  257371
FREF
PNO  58-2067
ISD  19830700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-94759
ISD  19850500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a diffusion region structure in a semiconductor
      device wherein the diffusion region is applied with alternating voltages
      in an operation of the semiconductor device. The structure comprises at
      least one diffusion region being doped with an impurity of a first
      conductivity type at a first impurity concentration and also being
      provided in a semiconductor bulk region doped with an impurity of a second
      conductivity type at a second impurity concentration lower than the first
      impurity concentration, and at least a diffusion capacitance reduction
      layer provided under the diffusion region so as to be in contact with a
      bottom of the diffusion region. The diffusion capacitance reduction layer
      may be doped with an impurity of the second conductivity type at a third
      impurity concentration which is at least lower than the second impurity
      concentration of the semiconductor bulk region and not lower than zero or
      may be mode of an insulating material to thereby reduce a capacitance of
      the diffusion region.
PATN
WKU  059905239
SRC  9
APN  3061140
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19990506
TTL  Circuit structure which avoids latchup effect
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Hu; Shouxiang
EXP  Thomas; Tom
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Hsia; Liang-Choo
CTY  Hsinchu Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Integrated Circuits Corp.
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  257372
XCL  257369
XCL  257372
XCL  326 83
XCL  326 15
XCL  326112
XCL  326119
XCL  326121
XCL  327310
XCL  327313
XCL  327576
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2976
FSC  257
FSS  372;373;369;394;547
FSC  326
FSS  15;33;34;83;121;110;81;108;112;119
FSC  327
FSS  210;310;312;313;389;390;433;437;576;538
UREF
PNO  4209713
ISD  19800600
NAM  Satou et al.
OCL  327310
UREF
PNO  5041894
ISD  19910800
NAM  Reczek et al.
OCL  257372
UREF
PNO  5760631
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yu et al.
OCL  327313
OREF
PAL  Hargrove et al., "Latchup in COMS Technology," IEEE 98CH36173, p. 269, Jun.
      1998.
LREP
FR2  Huang; Jiawei
     J. C. Patents
ABST
PAL  A circuit structure which avoids a latchup effect. An N-well is formed in a
      P-type substrate. An N-type contact is formed in the N-well. A PMOS is
      located on the N-well. A gate of the PMOS connects to an input terminal
      and a source region of the PMOS connects to a voltage source. A first NMOS
      and a second NMOS are located on the P-type substrate. A gate of the first
      NMOS connects to the input terminal, a source region of the first NMOS
      connects to a ground terminal, and a drain region of the first NMOS
      connects to an output terminal and a drain region of the PMOS. A gate of
      the second NMOS connects to the output terminal, a source region of the
      second NMOS connects to a voltage source, and a drain region of the second
      NMOS connects to the N-type contact.
PATN
WKU  059905247
SRC  8
APN  9938680
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971218
TTL  Silicon oxime spacer for preventing over-etching during local
      interconnect formation
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Mai; Anh Duy
EXP  Chaudhuri; Olik
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  En; William G.
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ngo; Minh Van
CTY  Union City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Yang; Chih-Yuh
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Foote; David K.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bell; Scott A.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Karlsson; Olov B.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lyons; Christopher F.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257382
XCL  438639
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2978
FSC  257
FSS  344;382
FSC  438
FSS  763;639
UREF
PNO  5665993
ISD  19970900
NAM  Keller et al.
OCL  257382
UREF
PNO  5719079
ISD  19980200
NAM  Yoo et al.
OCL  438238
UREF
PNO  5831899
ISD  19981100
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  257382
OREF
PAL  T. Ogawa et al., "SiOxNy:H, high performance anti-reflective layer for
      current and future optical lithography" Journal: Proceeding of the
      SPIE-The International Society for Optical Engineering vol. 2197 p.
      722-32. Jan. 1994.
ABST
PAL  During damascene formation of local interconnects in a semiconductor wafer,
      a punch-through region can be formed into the substrate as a result of
      exposing the oxide spacers that are adjacent to a transistor gate to one
      or more etching plasmas that are used to etch one or more overlying
      dielectric layers. A punch-through region can damage the transistor
      circuit. Improved, multipurpose spacers are provided to reduce the chances
      of over-etching. The multipurpose spacers are made of silicon oxime. The
      etching plasmas that are used to etch one or more overlying dielectric
      layers tend to have a higher selectivity ratio to the multipurpose spacers
      than to the conventional oxide spacers. Additionally, the multipurpose
      spacers do not tend to degrade the hot carrier injection (HCI) properties
      as would a typical nitride spacer.
PATN
WKU  059905255
SRC  8
APN  8226660
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970324
TTL  ROM device structure comprised of ROM memory array cells, featuring
      concave channel regions
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Loke; Steven H.
NDR  8
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Liao; Siu-han
CTY  Hsia-Chu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd.
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  663575
APD  19960613
PSC  01
PNO  5652162
CLAS
OCL  257390
XCL  257330
XCL  257331
XCL  257345
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2976
ICL  H01L 2994
ICL  H01L 31062
ICL  H01L 31113
FSC  257
FSS  390;330;331;332;345
UREF
PNO  5214303
ISD  19930500
NAM  Aoki
OCL  257390
UREF
PNO  5300804
ISD  19940400
NAM  Arai
OCL  257332
UREF
PNO  5448094
ISD  19950900
NAM  Hsu
OCL  257330
UREF
PNO  5498556
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hong et al.
OCL  437 35
UREF
PNO  5654576
ISD  19970800
NAM  Hsue et al.
OCL  257390
FREF
PNO  56-13772
ISD  19810200
CNT  JPX
OCL  257345
LREP
FR2  Saile; George O.
FR2  Ackerman; Stephen B.
ABST
PAL  A ROM device structure, featuring a ROM memory cell, with the ROM memory
      cell exhibiting a concave shaped, channel region, has been developed. The
      ROM device structure is comprised of heavily doped, N type, bit line
      regions, located in flat regions of the ROM device structure, while
      lightly doped, P type regions. comprise the concave channel region for the
      ROM memory cell. The ROM device structure offers self-alignment of the P
      type, concave channel regions, to the heavily doped N type, bit line
      regions.
PATN
WKU  059905263
SRC  9
APN  0273430
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980220
TTL  Memory device with a cell array in triple well, and related
      manufacturing process
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Fenty; Jesse A.
EXP  Martin-Wallace; Valencia
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Bez; Roberto
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Modelli; Alberto
CTY  Milan
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  STMicroelectronics S.r.l.
CTY  Agrate Brianza
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19970220
APN  MI97A0357
CLAS
OCL  257390
XCL  257391
XCL  257206
XCL  257401
XCL  257326
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2976
ICL  H01L 2994
ICL  H01L 29792
ICL  H01L 2710
FSC  257
FSS  326;390;391;206;401
UREF
PNO  4933736
ISD  19900600
NAM  Conner et al.
OCL  257390
UREF
PNO  5031018
ISD  19910700
NAM  Shirato et al.
OCL  257390
UREF
PNO  5396100
ISD  19950300
NAM  Yamasaki et al.
OCL  257390
UREF
PNO  5650956
ISD  19970700
NAM  Choi
OCL  257390
LREP
FR2  Carlson; David V.
FR2  de Guzman; Dennis M.
     Seed and Berry LLP
ABST
PAL  A memory device comprising a semiconductor material substrate with a dopant
      of a first type, a first semiconductor material well with a dopant of a
      second type formed in the substrate; a second semiconductor material well
      with a dopant of the first type formed in the first well, an array of
      memory cells formed within the second well. Each memory cell comprises a
      first electrode and a second electrode respectively formed by a first and
      a second doped regions with dopant of the second type formed in the second
      well, and a control gate electrode. The memory array comprises a first
      plurality of strips of conductive material extending over the second well
      in a first direction and forming rows of memory cells, a second plurality
      of strips of conductive material extending over the second well in a
      second direction substantially orthogonal to the first direction and
      forming columns of memory cells, each strip of the second plurality
      electrically contacting the first electrodes of a respective group of
      memory cells, a third plurality of strips of conductive material extending
      over the second well in the second direction and intercalated to the
      strips of the second plurality, electrically contacting the second
      electrodes of the cells. A fourth plurality of strips of conductive
      material is provided extending over the second well in the second
      direction and intercalated to the strips of the second and the third
      pluralities, electrically contacting the second well in a succession of
      contact points distributed longitudinally to each strip of the fourth
      plurality.
PATN
WKU  059905271
SRC  9
APN  2758040
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19990325
TTL  Semiconductor read-only memory device and method of fabricating the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Vu; Hung Kim
EXP  Thomas; Tom
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Wen; Jemmy
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  United Microelectronics Corp.
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19970116
APN  86100449
RLAP
COD  74
APN  839629
APD  19970415
CLAS
OCL  257391
XCL  257390
XCL  257314
XCL  257316
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2976
ICL  H01L 29788
FSC  257
FSS  225;390;391;295;298;314-326;57
FSC  438
FSS  257-264
UREF
PNO  4597060
ISD  19860600
NAM  Mitchell et al.
OCL  257316
UREF
PNO  5047362
ISD  19910900
NAM  Bergemont
OCL  257316
UREF
PNO  5446299
ISD  19950800
NAM  Acovic et al.
OCL  257316
UREF
PNO  5539234
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hong
OCL  257390
FREF
PNO  0 727 820 A1
ISD  19960800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  402044768
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A ROM (read-only memory) device of the type including an array of MOSFET
      (metal-oxide semiconductor field-effect transistor) memory cells and a
      method for fabricating the same are provided. The method allows for better
      planarization of the wafer surface of the ROM device with increased gap
      fill capability. Further, the bit lines are formed by forming a
      substantially grid-like structure including a plurality of substantially
      parallel-spaced first portions oriented in a first direction and a
      plurality of substantially parallel-spaced second portions oriented in a
      second direction. The first portions serve as bit lines and the second
      portions serve as channels. In the code definition and implantation
      process, a selected number of the channel regions are diffused with
      impurities so as to set the associated memory cells with a first threshold
      voltage representing the storage of a first binary digit; while the
      threshold voltage of all the other channel regions that are not diffused
      with impurities are set to a second threshold voltage representing the
      storage of a second binary digit. In the method of fabricating the ROM
      device, the bit lines are not formed by diffusing impurities into the
      silicon substrate. As a result of this, the drawbacks of lateral
      diffusion, junction leakage, and reduced breakdown voltage are not
      experienced when the ROM device is further miniaturized.
PATN
WKU  059905280
SRC  8
APN  9771921
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971124
TTL  Thin film transistor with titanium nitride or refractory metal gate in
      SRAM device serving as source/drain contact electrode of an independent
      FET
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Abraham; Fetsum
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Sundaresan; Ravishankar
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd.
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  661252
APD  19960610
PSC  01
PNO  5721163
CLAS
OCL  257393
XCL  257347
XCL  257350
XCL  257365
XCL  257382
XCL  257383
XCL  257384
XCL  257388
XCL  257412
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2978
FSC  257
FSS  347-353;393;369;326;402;412;903;382-384;388
FSC  438
FSS  153;158;159
UREF
PNO  4931411
ISD  19900600
NAM  Tigelaar et al.
OCL  257412
UREF
PNO  4980732
ISD  19901200
NAM  Okazawa
OCL  257369
UREF
PNO  5151374
ISD  19920900
NAM  Wu
OCL  437 40
UREF
PNO  5780871
ISD  19980700
NAM  Den Boer et al.
OCL  257 59
LREP
FR2  Saile; George O.
FR2  Ackerman; Stephen B.
FR2  Jones, II; Graham S.
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor device comprises a semiconductor substrate of a first
      conductivity type with a first insulating layer formed on the
      semiconductor substrate and a thin film field effect transistor with a
      control gate containing a refractory metal silicide formed on the
      semiconductor substrate over the first insulating layer. A second
      insulating layer covers the control gate electrode. A semiconductor film
      is formed on the semiconductor substrate over the first and second
      insulating layers and having a first region of a second conductivity type
      opposite to the first conductivity type. A second region of the first
      conductivity type is formed in contact with a first end of the first
      region. A third region of the first conductivity type is formed in contact
      with a second end of the first region. The control gate electrode and a
      part of the first region are overlapped with each other over the second
      insulating layer. The second end of the first region is apart from the
      second side surface of the control gate electrode by a distance more than
      a thickness of a part of the second insulating layer covering a side
      surface of the control gate electrode and overlaps with the control gate
      electrode, wherein the second and third regions serve as a source and a
      drain of the thin film field effect transistor, respectively.
PATN
WKU  059905298
SRC  8
APN  7735103
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19961223
TTL  Semiconductor memory device with impurity areas around trench structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Weiss; Howard
EXP  Chaudhuri; Olik
NDR  4
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Shin; Bong-Jo
CTY  Choongcheongbuk-Do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Semicon Co., Ltd.
CTY  Cheongju
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19951230
APN  95-68660
CLAS
OCL  257408
XCL  257336
XCL  257397
XCL  257390
XCL  438262
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2976
ICL  H01L 2994
ICL  H01L 31062
ICL  H01L 31119
FSC  257
FSS  336;397;408;390
FSC  438
FSS  270;262
UREF
PNO  5278438
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  257316
UREF
PNO  5306941
ISD  19940400
NAM  Yoshida
OCL  257390
UREF
PNO  5308781
ISD  19940500
NAM  Yuichi et al.
OCL  437 48
UREF
PNO  5424231
ISD  19950600
NAM  Yang
OCL  438270
UREF
PNO  5424569
ISD  19950600
NAM  Prall
OCL  257324
UREF
PNO  5436488
ISD  19950700
NAM  Poon et al.
OCL  257397
UREF
PNO  5650340
ISD  19970700
NAM  Burr et al.
OCL  437 30
LREP
FRM  Fleshner & Kim
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor device and a fabrication method thereof which are capable
      of achieving a lightly doped drain (LDD) construction and reducing a
      parasitic capacitance generated between an impurity area and a word line
      by forming a trench in a portion of a semiconductor substrate and forming
      impurity areas around the trenches, include a semiconductor substrate, a
      plurality of trenches formed in the semiconductor substrate, first
      impurity areas formed along the outer surfaces of the plurality of
      trenches, second impurity areas formed on the bottom surfaces of the first
      impurity areas along the outer surfaces of the trenches, an insulating
      film filled in the trenches, a gate insulating film formed at a regular
      interval on the substrate having the insulating film filled in the
      trenches, and a gate electrode formed on the gate insulating film.
PATN
WKU  059905301
SRC  8
APN  8920281
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970714
TTL  Raised semiconductor MOS transistor with improved transistor
      characteristics
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Abraham; Fetsum
NDR  12
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Hisamitsu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960715
APN  8-184426
CLAS
OCL  257408
XCL  257344
XCL  257336
XCL  257355
XCL  257377
XCL  257382
XCL  257383
XCL  257384
XCL  257385
XCL  257408
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2701
FSC  257
FSS  335;336;344;342;374;377;382-385;408;355
UREF
PNO  5627395
ISD  19970500
NAM  Witek et al.
OCL  257263
OREF
PAL  Imai et al., "0.15.mu.m Delta-doped CMOS with On-field Source/Drain
      Contacts", 1996 Symposium on VLSI Technology Digest of Technical Papers,
      pp. 172-173.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor device including a semiconductor substrate having thereon
      an element region having a surface, an element separating insulating film
      having an upper surface adjacent to opposing lateral sides of the element
      region, a silicon epitaxial layer having an upper surface formed on the
      surface of the element region, a polysilicon layer having an upper surface
      formed on the element separating film and connected to the silicon
      epitaxial layer, a gate insulating film and a gate electrode formed on the
      silicon epitaxial layer, and impurity doped source and drain regions
      formed in the silicon epitaxial layer. Furthermore, the upper surface of
      the silicon epitaxial layer is higher than or at the same level as the
      upper surface of the polysilicon layer. This is done by forming the
      polysilicon layer on a recessed portion of the element separating
      insulating film adjacent to the element region. The above prevents the
      occurrence of overhanging structures which would otherwise partially block
      the source and drain implant and result in a high resistance region.
PATN
WKU  059905310
SRC  8
APN  9686800
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971112
TTL  Methods of making high voltage GaN-AlN based semiconductor devices and
      semiconductor devices made
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Prenty; Mark V.
NDR  4
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Taskar; Nikhil R.
CTY  Rego Park
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Mensz; Piotr M.
CTY  Ossining
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Khan; Babar A.
CTY  Ossining
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Philips Electronics N.A. Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  583148
APD  19951228
PSC  01
PNO  5915164
CLAS
OCL  257410
XCL  257 76
XCL  257615
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2976
FSC  257
FSS  410;76;615
UREF
PNO  5382822
ISD  19950100
NAM  Stein
OCL  257410
UREF
PNO  5650361
ISD  19970700
NAM  Radhakrishnan
OCL  148DIG.158
UREF
PNO  5900648
ISD  19990500
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL  257410
UREF
PNO  5915164
ISD  19990600
NAM  Taskar et al.
OCL  438604
LREP
FR2  Spain; Norman N.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to a technique for manufacturing
      semiconductor devices in which p type GaN is formed on a substrate and
      semi-insulating AlN is formed on the P type GaN with n type GaN formed on
      the p type GaN and partially below the AlN. Highly efficient high power
      and high voltage semiconductor devices are formed through this technique
      having better or similar properties to silicon type semiconductors.
PATN
WKU  059905328
SRC  8
APN  9933832
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19971218
TTL  Semiconductor arrangement with lightly doped regions under a gate
      structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Baumeister; B Wm
EXP  Jackson, Jr.; Jerome
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Gardner; Mark I.
CTY  Cedar Creek
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257410
XCL  257344
XCL  257408
XCL  257411
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 29772
FSC  257
FSS  410;411;408;344
UREF
PNO  5471080
ISD  19951100
NAM  Satoh et al.
OCL  257344
UREF
PNO  5717222
ISD  19980200
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  257 38
UREF
PNO  5736446
ISD  19980400
NAM  Wu
OCL  438305
UREF
PNO  5766998
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tseng
OCL  438291
UREF
PNO  5770507
ISD  19980600
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  438305
UREF
PNO  5786254
ISD  19980700
NAM  Hao et al.
OCL  438287
UREF
PNO  5864160
ISD  19990100
NAM  Buynoski
OCL  257339
FREF
PNO  63-177469
ISD  19880700
CNT  JPX
OCL  247410
ABST
PAL  The formation of lightly doped regions under a gate of a transistor via
      gate autodoping is disclosed. One embodiment of the invention is a method
      having four steps. In the first step, a gate having two sidewalls is
      provided over a gate oxide over a semiconductor substrate; source and
      drain regions with the substrate adjacent to the sidewalls of the gate are
      also provided. In the second step, the gate oxide is etched to reduce the
      length of the gate oxide. In the third step, a spacer is formed at each
      sidewall of the gate to create at each side of the gate oxide an air
      cavity defined by the spacer, the gate, the substrate and the gate oxide.
      In the fourth step, a rapid thermal anneal is performed to form lightly
      doped regions within the substrate, as autodoped from the gate.
PATN
WKU  059905336
SRC  8
APN  8291705
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970331
TTL  Semiconductor device including a magnetoresistance effect element
      functioning as a current detector
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Loke; Steven H.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hasegawa; Yuji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  257421
XCL  257422
XCL  257427
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2982
ICL  H01L 4300
FSC  257
FSS  421;422;426;427;337;467;469;423;108
UREF
PNO  5023684
ISD  19910600
NAM  Tsunoda
OCL  257423
UREF
PNO  5471084
ISD  19951100
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  257427
FREF
PNO  61-97574
ISD  19860500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-222082
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a semiconductor device with a current detector, in which a
      semiconductor element for current-driving a load and a current-detecting
      element for detecting a driving current flowing through the semiconductor
      element are integrated on a common semiconductor pellet, and which has: a
      magnetoresistance effect element which has a two layer film composed of a
      magnetic film and a conductive film and means for supplying the two-layer
      film with a constant current and which has a resistivity depending on a
      magnetic field generated by the driving current; wherein the
      magnetoresistance effect element is vertically deposited above the
      semiconductor element to function as the current-detecting element.
PATN
WKU  059905344
SRC  8
APN  1720511
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19931223
TTL  Diode
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Meier; Stephen D.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Tsuji; Kenji
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Rohm Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931201
APN  5-052204
CLAS
OCL  257467
XCL  257469
XCL  257470
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 31058
FSC  257
FSS  467;469;470
UREF
PNO  3286138
ISD  19661100
NAM  Shockley
OCL  257469
FREF
PNO  141596
ISD  19791100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Webster's II New Riverside University Dictionary p. 453, 1984.
PAL  Muller et al, `Device Electronics for IC` . . . pp. 257 and 270-271; 1986.
PAL  Gosch, `Temp range of Si sensors . . . `, pp. 74-75, Electronics, May 5,
      1982.
PAL  Muller et al., "Device Electronics for Integrated Circuits"; copyright
      1977, 1986; p. 31.
LREP
FRM  Nikaido Marmelstein Murray & Oram LLP
ABST
PAL  A diode suited for absorbing a surge which includes a semiconductor
      substrate, a pn junction defined in the semiconductor substrate, and an
      exothermic body adjacent to the pn junction which leads the pn junction to
      the Zener breakdown under an overcurrent is disclosed. This diode is
      improved in a characteristic against a surge utilizing the secondary
      breakdown and prevents the yield from lowering due to inconstancy in
      resistivity of the wafer used.
PATN
WKU  059905352
SRC  8
APN  6342876
APT  1
ART  191
APD  19960418
TTL  Power integrated circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Fahmy; Wael
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Palara; Sergio
CTY  Acitrezza
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  SGS-Thomson Microelectronics, S.r.l.
CTY  Agrate Brianza
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19950630
APN  95830279
CLAS
OCL  257500
XCL  257370
XCL  257371
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2976
ICL  H01L 2994
ICL  H01L 2900
FSC  257
FSS  500;501;502;378
UREF
PNO  4814288
ISD  19890300
NAM  Kimura et al.
OCL  438 59
UREF
PNO  5602416
ISD  19970200
NAM  Zambrano
OCL  257500
FREF
PNO  0 239 060 A2
ISD  19870900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 403 016 A2
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  59-2344
ISD  19840100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-57266
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Carlson; David V.
FR2  Stewart; John C.
     Seed and Berry LLP
ABST
PAL  A power integrated circuit including a substrate of semiconductor material
      having a first conductivity type on which is formed a first epitaxial
      layer of the same conductivity type. In a first portion of the first
      epitaxial layer are formed first and second diffused regions having
      respectively first and second conductivity type. The first and the second
      diffused regions are isolated from a power stage included partially in a
      second portion of the first epitaxial layer by an annular region having
      the second conductivity type. Over the first epitaxial layer is formed a
      second epitaxial layer having the first conductivity type in which are
      extended the first and the second diffused regions to permit forming a
      control circuitry for the power stage.
PATN
WKU  059905360
SRC  8
APN  9816747
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980106
TTL  Integrated circuit arrangement having at least two mutually insulated
      components, and method for its production
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Nadav; Ori
EXP  Thomas; Tom
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Lau; Frank
CTY  Bruckmuhl
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Krautschneider; Wolfgang
CTY  Hohenthann
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Engelhardt; Manfred
CTY  Feldkirchen-Westerham
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950710
APN  195 25 072
CLAS
OCL  257510
XCL  257513
XCL  257515
XCL  257396
XCL  257397
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2900
ICL  H01L 2976
FSC  257
FSS  301;302;303;304;305;396;397;510;513;514;515
FSC  438
FSS  424;427;428;429;430;444;445;446;244;248;386;391;296;227 FOR
UREF
PNO  4763179
ISD  19880800
NAM  Tsubouchi et al.
UREF
PNO  4835584
ISD  19890500
NAM  Lancaster
UREF
PNO  4894695
ISD  19900100
NAM  Ishii et al.
OCL  257301
UREF
PNO  4977436
ISD  19901200
NAM  Tsuchiya et al.
UREF
PNO  5122848
ISD  19920600
NAM  Lee et al.
UREF
PNO  5176789
ISD  19930100
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  438700
UREF
PNO  5229318
ISD  19930700
NAM  Strboni et al.
UREF
PNO  5336912
ISD  19940800
NAM  Ohtsuki
UREF
PNO  5512517
ISD  19960400
NAM  Bryant
FREF
PNO  000540262
ISD  19930500
CNT  EPX
OCL  438227
FREF
PNO  38 09 218 A1
ISD  19880900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  358134445
ISD  19830800
CNT  JPX
OCL  438227
FREF
PNO  358169934
ISD  19831000
CNT  JPX
OCL  438227
FREF
PNO  404151850
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
OCL  438227
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, E-649, Aug. 25, 1988, vol. 12 No. 314, Hitachi,
      Ltd., and Katsutada Horiuchi, Semiconductor Device, JP 63-78573 dated Apr.
      8, 1988.
PAL  Journal of the Electrochemical Society, Solid-State Science and Technology,
      Aug. 1987, M. Engelhardt et al, A New CbrF.sub.3 Process for Etching
      Tapered Trenches in Silicon, pp. 1985-1988.
PAL  Academic Press, Inc., (1984) VLSI Electronics Microstructure Science, vol.
      8, Plasma Processing for VLSI, edited by Norman G. Einspruch et al, pp.
      124-127.
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE96/01109
PD1  19980106
PD2  19980106
PD3  19960624
PCP  WO97/03463
PCD  19970130
ABST
PAR  An integrated circuit arrangement having at least two components has in a
      substrate, an insulation structure (4', 5) between the components which
      covers at least one side of a trench (3) and is thicker at the bottom of
      the trench than at the neck of the trench. The components are in this case
      arranged in different planes on the substrate surface and on the trench
      bottom. The insulation structure effects vertical insulation between the
      components.
PATN
WKU  059905379
SRC  8
APN  1669109
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19931215
TTL  Semiconductor device with fuse
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Wallace; Valencia Martin
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Endo; Toru
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okajima; Yoshinori
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910904
APN  3-224207
RLAP
COD  71
APN  939697
APD  19920902
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  257529
XCL  257208
XCL  257209
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2994
ICL  H01L 2974
FSC  257
FSS  170;208;209;127;529
UREF
PNO  4893167
ISD  19900100
NAM  Boudou et al.
OCL  257209
UREF
PNO  4967256
ISD  19901000
NAM  Pathak et al.
OCL  257112
UREF
PNO  5025300
ISD  19910600
NAM  Billig et al.
OCL  257529
FREF
PNO  0 025 347
ISD  19810300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 076 967
ISD  19830400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 112 693
ISD  19840700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 241 046
ISD  19871000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  64-23566
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-80037
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 9, No. 248 (E-347)[1971] Oct. 4, 1985 &
      JP-A-60 098664 (Mitsubishi) Jun. 1, 1985.
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey LLP
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor device with a fuse is formed on a semiconductor substrate
      having a base semiconductor substrate and an epitaxial semiconductor layer
      formed thereon and defining a major surface of the semiconductor
      substrate. An isolation region is formed in the epitaxial semiconductor so
      as to completely surround and electrically isolate a selected region of
      the epitaxial layer on which the narrow, blowable portion of the fuse is
      disposed. A field oxide layer and an insulating layer are formed, in turn,
      over the fuse and on the main surface of the semiconductor layer and a
      passivation layer is formed on the insulating layer having an opening
      therein defined by interior sidewalls of the passivation layer which
      surround the selected region and which are disposed interiorally of the
      isolation region, and through which first opening a corresponding service
      of the insulating layer is exposed. A nitride layer is formed on the
      passivation layer, including the sidewalls thereof defining the first
      opening, and covering the exposed surface portion of the insulating layer,
      a second opening being formed in the nitride layer and exposing a surface
      portion of the insulating layer, the second window being smaller than the
      first window and not greater than the blowable portion of the fuse.
PATN
WKU  059905387
SRC  8
APN  9631038
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19971103
TTL  High resistivity integrated circuit resistor
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Hardy; David B.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Miller, Jr.; James E.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Ma; Manny K. F.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  753399
APD  19961126
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  595232
APD  19960201
PSC  01
PNO  5679593
CLAS
OCL  257536
XCL  257537
XCL  257516
XCL  257379
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 298605
FSC  257
FSS  351;358;329;536;379;537;539;904;516
UREF
PNO  3629667
ISD  19711200
NAM  Lubart et al.
OCL  257536
UREF
PNO  3735481
ISD  19730500
NAM  Makimoto
OCL   29578
UREF
PNO  3795828
ISD  19740300
NAM  Cavaliere et al.
OCL  257536
UREF
PNO  3879236
ISD  19750400
NAM  Langdon
OCL  257536
UREF
PNO  4418469
ISD  19831200
NAM  Fujita
OCL   29577
UREF
PNO  5001528
ISD  19910300
NAM  Bahraman
OCL  257351
UREF
PNO  5023195
ISD  19910600
NAM  Sekikawa et al.
OCL  437153
UREF
PNO  5066602
ISD  19911100
NAM  Takemoto et al.
OCL  437918
UREF
PNO  5134088
ISD  19920700
NAM  Zetterlund
OCL  437 60
UREF
PNO  5439841
ISD  19950800
NAM  Alter
OCL  437918
UREF
PNO  5489547
ISD  19960200
NAM  Erdeljac et al.
OCL  257358
UREF
PNO  5489796
ISD  19960200
NAM  Harward
OCL  257537
FREF
PNO  59-191369
ISD  19841000
CNT  JPX
OCL  257536
FREF
PNO  2-051263
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
OCL  257536
FREF
PNO  4-067666
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
OCL  257536
OREF
PAL  Chen, T.C., et al., "Submicrometer Si and Si-Ge Epitaxial-Based Double-Poly
      Self-Aligned Bipolar Transisitors", IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices,
      vol. 38, No. 4, pp. 941-943; 124-127, (Apr. 1991).
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg Woessner & Kluth P.A.
ABST
PAL  The present invention teaches fabrication of a high-resistance integrated
      circuit diffusion resistor that uses standard CMOS process steps. By
      appropriate masking during ion-implantation of source/drain diffusion
      regions, diffusion resistors created during NMOS source/drain implant may
      be counterdoped during PMOS source/drain implants and vice-versa. By
      appropriate choice of relative concentrations of a resistor dopant and
      counterdopant, and choice of diffusion depths, junction diodes can be
      formed which create a pinched resistor by constricting the current flow.
      The relative dopant concentrations can also be chosen to create regions of
      light effective doping within the diffusion resistor rather than creating
      junction diodes.
PATN
WKU  059905395
SRC  9
APN  1293761
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980805
TTL  Transistor component having an integrated emitter resistor
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Loke; Steven H.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Conzelmann; Gerhard
CTY  Leinfelden-Echterdingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Pfizenmaier; Heinz
CTY  Leonberg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Appel; Wolfgang
CTY  Schwieberdingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Dudek; Volker
CTY  Korntal-Munchingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schneider; Helmut
CTY  Munchen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Robert Bosch GmbH
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970813
APN  197 34 985
CLAS
OCL  257577
XCL  257580
XCL  257581
XCL  257582
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 27082
ICL  H01L 27102
ICL  H01L 2970
ICL  H01L 3111
FSC  257
FSS  565;577;580;581;582;588
UREF
PNO  3286138
ISD  19661100
NAM  Shockley
OCL  257581
FREF
PNO  0 397 727
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
OCL  257565
OREF
PAL  R. Widlar et al., "A Monolithic Power Op Amp", IEEE Journal of Solid-State
      Circuits, vol. 23, No. 2, Apr. 1988, pp. 527-534.
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A transistor component is suited for controlling large currents, even given
      high frequencies. The transistor component includes integrated emitter
      resistors which are arranged between partial-emitter regions and
      emitter-metal contacts. The integrated emitter resistors cause a
      stabilized, uniform current distribution both over the various
      partial-emitter regions, and within the partial-emitter regions, and bring
      about an improved current carrying capacity, as well as improved
      high-frequency properties, particularly in view of the finite magnitude of
      the extrinsic base resistance.
PATN
WKU  059905409
SRC  8
APN  9909664
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971215
TTL  Semiconductor device and method for manufacturing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Thien Fuong
EXP  Thomas; Tom
NDR  8
NFG  36
INVT
NAM  Yokoya; Noboru
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  257620
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 23544
FSC  257
FSS  401;620
FSC  438
FSS  460
UREF
PNO  4744047
ISD  19880500
NAM  Okamoto et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4950910
ISD  19900800
NAM  Yasuda et al.
OCL  250492.3
UREF
PNO  4998134
ISD  19910300
NAM  Isohata et al.
OCL  355 53
UREF
PNO  5341024
ISD  19940800
NAM  Rosotker
OCL  257620
UREF
PNO  5384219
ISD  19950100
NAM  Dao et al.
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5393987
ISD  19950200
NAM  Abboud et al.
OCL  250492.22
UREF
PNO  5437946
ISD  19950800
NAM  McCoy
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5439764
ISD  19950800
NAM  Alter et al.
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5481472
ISD  19960100
NAM  Chung et al.
OCL  364491
UREF
PNO  5587834
ISD  19961200
NAM  Noguchi
OCL  359558
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A mask pattern applied to a peripheral portion of a wafer has an open/close
      ratio substantially the same as that in a central portion thereof and
      prepared according to a looser design rule than that for forming the
      central portion. The looser design rule has a high latitude for
      out-of-focus exposure and provides high resistance to pattern removal.
      Since the open/close ratios in the central portion and the peripheral
      portion of the wafer are substantially the same, variance in process
      accuracy due to a micro-loading effect can be prevented.
PATN
WKU  059905417
SRC  8
APN  4325214
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19950501
TTL  Semiconductor device and method of fabricating the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Prenty; Mark V.
NDR  8
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Saito; Satoshi
CTY  Fukuyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Harazono; Toyohiro
CTY  Fukuyama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940606
APN  6-124011
CLAS
OCL  257635
XCL  257637
XCL  257640
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2358
FSC  257
FSS  641;752;640;649;411;635;637
UREF
PNO  5055427
ISD  19911000
NAM  Haskell
OCL  438634
UREF
PNO  5258645
ISD  19931100
NAM  Sato
OCL  257411
UREF
PNO  5285102
ISD  19940200
NAM  Ying
OCL  257637
UREF
PNO  5424570
ISD  19950600
NAM  Sardella et al.
OCL  257641
UREF
PNO  5598028
ISD  19970100
NAM  Losavio et al.
OCL  257641
FREF
PNO  63-207168
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-209753
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-41459
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor device comprising: a silicon nitride film formed on a
      semiconductor substrate having a first wiring layer; a first silicon oxide
      film formed on said silicon nitride film; and a second silicon oxide film
      formed on said first silicon oxide film by way of an atmospheric pressure
      CVD process using tetraethyl orthosilicate, siloxane, or disilazane as a
      source material.
PATN
WKU  059905425
SRC  8
APN  7671792
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19961216
TTL  Semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Prenty; Mark V.
NDR  6
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Yamazaki; Shunpei
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951214
APN  7-347754
CLAS
OCL  257642
XCL  257640
XCL  257 66
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2358
FSC  257
FSS  642;643;639;640;347;66
UREF
PNO  4103297
ISD  19780700
NAM  McGreivy et al.
OCL  340324
UREF
PNO  4239346
ISD  19801200
NAM  Lloyd
OCL  350334
UREF
PNO  4618878
ISD  19861000
NAM  Aoyama et al.
OCL  257643
UREF
PNO  4680580
ISD  19870700
NAM  Kawahara
OCL  340784
UREF
PNO  4818077
ISD  19890400
NAM  Ohwada et al.
OCL  350350
UREF
PNO  4853760
ISD  19890800
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  257643
UREF
PNO  4938565
ISD  19900700
NAM  Ichikawa
OCL  350332
UREF
PNO  4949141
ISD  19900800
NAM  Busta
OCL  357 23.7
UREF
PNO  5003356
ISD  19910300
NAM  Wakai et al.
OCL  357  4
UREF
PNO  5012228
ISD  19910400
NAM  Masuda et al.
OCL  340702
UREF
PNO  5051570
ISD  19910900
NAM  Tsujikawa et al.
OCL  250201.1
UREF
PNO  5055899
ISD  19911000
NAM  Wakai et al.
OCL  357 23.7
UREF
PNO  5056895
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kahn
OCL  359 87
UREF
PNO  5084905
ISD  19920100
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  357 71
UREF
PNO  5117278
ISD  19920500
NAM  Bellersen et al.
OCL  257642
UREF
PNO  5327001
ISD  19940700
NAM  Wakai et al.
OCL  257350
UREF
PNO  5371398
ISD  19941200
NAM  Nishihara
OCL  257 57
UREF
PNO  5495353
ISD  19960200
NAM  Yamazaki
OCL  359 54
UREF
PNO  5499123
ISD  19960300
NAM  Mikoshiba
OCL  359 59
UREF
PNO  5604380
ISD  19970200
NAM  Nishimura et al.
OCL  257642
UREF
PNO  5612799
ISD  19970300
NAM  Yamazaki
OCL  349 42
UREF
PNO  5641974
ISD  19970600
NAM  den Boer et al.
OCL  257 59
FREF
PNO  55-32026
ISD  19800300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-72745
ISD  19840400
CNT  JPX
OCL  257642
FREF
PNO  61-141174
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-156725
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-283839
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
OCL  257642
OREF
PAL  Kim, et al.; 4.4: Planarized Black Matrix on TFT Structure for TFT-LCD
      Monitors; 1997; Kiheung, Korea; SID 97 Digest, pp. 19-22, Dec. 1997.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A resin material having low dielectric constant is used as an inter-layer
      insulating film and its bottom surface is contacted with a silicon oxide
      film across the whole surface thereof. Thereby, the surface may be
      flattened and capacity produced between a thin film transistor and an
      pixel electrode may be reduced. Further, it allows to avoid a problem that
      impurity ions and moisture infiltrate into the lower surface of the resin
      material, thus degrading the reliability of whole semiconductor device.
PATN
WKU  059905433
SRC  8
APN  9084045
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970807
TTL  Reframed chip-on-tape die
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Potter; Roy
EXP  Brown; Peter Toby
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Weaver; Kevin
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Barrette; Terry
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  LSI Logic Corporation
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  635288
APD  19960419
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  257666
XCL  257676
XCL  257787
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 23495
FSC  257
FSS  672;778;666;676
UREF
PNO  4697204
ISD  19870900
NAM  Mita et al.
OCL  257778
UREF
PNO  4771330
ISD  19880900
NAM  Long
UREF
PNO  4772936
ISD  19880900
NAM  Reding et al.
OCL  257672
UREF
PNO  4800419
ISD  19890100
NAM  Long et al.
UREF
PNO  4826556
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kobayashi
UREF
PNO  4842662
ISD  19890600
NAM  Jacobi
UREF
PNO  4933741
ISD  19900600
NAM  Schroeder
UREF
PNO  4965072
ISD  19901000
NAM  Alexander et al.
UREF
PNO  4972253
ISD  19901100
NAM  Palino et al.
UREF
PNO  5015813
ISD  19910500
NAM  Yamada et al.
UREF
PNO  5252179
ISD  19931000
NAM  Ellerson et al.
UREF
PNO  5363279
ISD  19941100
NAM  Cha
OCL  257692
UREF
PNO  5424254
ISD  19950600
NAM  Damiot
UREF
PNO  5443675
ISD  19950800
NAM  Wensink
UREF
PNO  5684330
ISD  19971100
NAM  Lee
OCL  257778
ABST
PAL  A die is unpackaged from a Chip on Tape by grinding off molding compound
      from an upper surface of the COT until the COT's leads are evenly exposed
      across the upper surface, selectively etching out the leads using the
      remaining molding compound as a mask, removing an underlying layer of gold
      plating, and then removing the remaining molding compound. The unpacked
      die can then be reframed with new leads and molding compound for failure
      analysis and electrical failure verification.
PATN
WKU  059905441
SRC  9
APN  1102613
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980706
TTL  Lead frame and a semiconductor device having the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Clark; Sheila V.
NDR  9
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Ohshima; Masae
CTY  Tateyama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippon Steel Semiconductor Corp.
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970707
APN  9-195239
CLAS
OCL  257676
XCL  257666
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 23495
FSC  257
FSS  666;670;669;674;676
UREF
PNO  5162895
ISD  19921100
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  257670
UREF
PNO  5283466
ISD  19940200
NAM  Hayashi
OCL  257670
UREF
PNO  5796162
ISD  19980800
NAM  Huang
OCL  257676
FREF
PNO  6-224356
ISD  19940000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-78590
ISD  19960000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Pollock, Vande, Sande & Priddy, Amernick
ABST
PAL  A lead frame includes a base, a substantially rectangular device hole
      formed in the base, an island formed in the device hole and offset a
      predetermined distance from the base, a plurality of inner leads arranged
      at predetermined intervals to extend toward a pair of opposing edges of
      the island, and suspension pins formed to extend toward a pair of edges of
      the island not opposing the end portions of the inner leads. The island is
      used to mount a semiconductor chip, and the suspension pins connect the
      island and the base. A pair of dummy leads extended from the base toward
      the island is formed on the both sides of at least one suspension pin. The
      distance from the side edge of the suspension pin to the side edge of the
      dummy lead is equal to or smaller than the distance from the end portions
      of the inner leads to the side edge of the island. This prevents the
      island of the upper lead frame from being clamped between the lower
      surfaces of the inner leads and the chip mounting surface of the island of
      the lower lead frame.
PATN
WKU  059905450
SRC  8
APN  7592531
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19961202
TTL  Chip scale ball grid array for integrated circuit package
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  10
EXP  Kelley; Nathan K.
NDR  9
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Schueller; Randolph Dennis
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Geissinger; John David
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  3M Innovative Properties Company
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257697
XCL  257778
XCL  257678
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2348
FSC  257
FSS  684;697;778;720;707;678;692;693;729
UREF
PNO  4264917
ISD  19810400
NAM  Ugon
OCL  357 74
UREF
PNO  5148265
ISD  19920900
NAM  Khandros et al.
OCL  357 80
UREF
PNO  5148266
ISD  19920900
NAM  Khandros et al.
OCL  357 80
UREF
PNO  5214845
ISD  19930600
NAM  King et al.
OCL   29841
UREF
PNO  5216278
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  257688
UREF
PNO  5241133
ISD  19930800
NAM  Mullen, III et al.
OCL  257787
UREF
PNO  5311059
ISD  19940500
NAM  Banerji et al.
OCL  257778
UREF
PNO  5376588
ISD  19941200
NAM  Pendse
OCL  437211
UREF
PNO  5397921
ISD  19950300
NAM  Karnezos
OCL  257779
UREF
PNO  5420460
ISD  19950500
NAM  Massingill
OCL  257693
UREF
PNO  5473512
ISD  19951200
NAM  Degani et al.
OCL  361760
UREF
PNO  5477611
ISD  19951200
NAM  Sweis et al.
OCL   29840
UREF
PNO  5528083
ISD  19960600
NAM  Malladi et al.
OCL  257786
UREF
PNO  5548091
ISD  19960800
NAM  DiStefano et al.
OCL  174260
UREF
PNO  5561323
ISD  19961000
NAM  Andros et al.
OCL  257707
UREF
PNO  5592025
ISD  19970100
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  257774
UREF
PNO  5640047
ISD  19970600
NAM  Nakashima
OCL  257738
UREF
PNO  5674785
ISD  19971000
NAM  Akram et al.
OCL  437217
FREF
PNO  0 517 247 A2
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01L 23498
FREF
PNO  0 692 823 A1
ISD  19960100
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01L 23498
FREF
PNO  0 751 561 A1
ISD  19970100
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01L 2312
FREF
PNO  2 725 305 A1
ISD  19960400
CNT  FRX
ICL  H01L 2312
OREF
PAL  Electronic Packaging and Production, vol. 34, No. 6, Jun. 1, 1994, p.40
      XP000455309. Matthew, Linda: "Die Grid Array Package Provides KGD
      Solution".
PAL  Japanese Journal of Applied Physics, vol. 28, No. 9, Part 01, Sep. 1, 1989,
      pp. 1578-1585 XP000072802. Yoshitaka Fukuoka et al.: "An Application of
      the Thermal Network Method to the Thermal Analysis of Multichip Packages
      (Proposal of a Simple Thermal Analysis Model)".
PAL  International Journal of Microcircuits and Electronic Packaging, vol. 18,
      No. 2, Apr. 1, 1995, pp. 122-132 XP000522299. Hawkins, G. et al.: "The
      PBGA: A Systematic Study of Moisture Resistance".
LREP
FR2  McNutt; Matthew B.
ABST
PAL  A chip scale ball grid array for integrated circuit packaging having a
      nonpolymer layer or support structure positioned between a semiconductor
      die and a substrate. The nonpolymer support structure acts to increase
      circuit reliability by reducing thermal stress effects and/or by reducing
      or eliminating formation of voids in an integrated circuit package. A
      nonpolymer support structure may be a material, such as copper foil,
      having sufficient rigidity to allow processing of chip scale package in
      strip format.
PATN
WKU  059905468
SRC  8
APN  5812607
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19951229
TTL  Chip scale package type of semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Potter; Roy
EXP  Whitehead, Jr.; Carl
NDR  6
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Igarashi; Kazumasa
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagasawa; Megumu
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanigawa; Satoshi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Usui; Hideyuki
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshio; Nobuhiko
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ito; Hisataka
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nitto Denko Corporation
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941229
APN  6-339909
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950401
APN  7-100393
CLAS
OCL  257700
XCL  257737
XCL  257778
XCL  257787
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 23053
FSC  257
FSS  690;666;737;738;778;787;700
UREF
PNO  5222014
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lin
OCL  257701
UREF
PNO  5311059
ISD  19940500
NAM  Baneri et al.
OCL  257778
UREF
PNO  5450283
ISD  19950900
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  257787
UREF
PNO  5535101
ISD  19960700
NAM  Miles et al.
OCL  257686
FREF
PNO  0105924
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
OCL  257737
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion,Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor device in which the space between a semiconductor chip and
      an auxiliary wiring plate is sealed with resin. The auxiliary wiring plate
      has insulating layers and on both sides of the routing conductor, the
      insulating layer on the side of the semiconductor chip has a hole being
      led from the routing conductor to the electrode of the semiconductor chip,
      the metal filled in the hole and the metal bump formed so as to protrude
      from the hole serves as an inner electrode. The semiconductor device can
      be manufactured by the TAB technique.
PATN
WKU  059905476
SRC  9
APN  0330485
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980302
TTL  Semiconductor device having plated contacts and method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Thai; Luan
EXP  Thomas; Tom
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Sharma; Laxminarayan
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Carpenter; Burton J.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257700
XCL  257691
XCL  257780
XCL  257698
XCL  257784
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 23053
FSC  257
FSS  700;738;779;780;691;758;701;774
FSC  361
FSS  780;794;795
UREF
PNO  5468999
ISD  19951100
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  257784
UREF
PNO  5640048
ISD  19970600
NAM  Selna
OCL  257738
LREP
FR2  Clingan, Jr.; James L.
ABST
PAL  A package substrate (11) having access to a plating bus (36, 38) through
      intermediate routing layers (4, 6). Specifically, electrical contact
      between a solder pad (16, 19, 51), and its respective bond post (27), if
      any, is made by routing a trace (32, 52) through an intermediate routing
      layer (4, 6). The trace (32, 52) begins within a final package dimension
      (10) and extends to a peripheral portion (12) which is excised during
      manufacturing. There is a conductive trace (32, 52) visible from the side
      of the final packaged device (10').
PATN
WKU  059905484
SRC  8
APN  6710581
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19960627
TTL  Plate type member for semiconductor device package and package
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Arroyo; Teresa M.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Mitsunori
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukui; Akira
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takashima; Kouichi
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950803
APN  7-198302
CLAS
OCL  257706
XCL  257762
XCL  257763
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2310
ICL  H01L 2348
ICL  H01L 2352
FSC  257
FSS  706;762;763
UREF
PNO  4680618
ISD  19870700
NAM  Kuroda et al.
OCL  357 24
UREF
PNO  4877577
ISD  19891000
NAM  Futatsuka et al.
OCL  420473
UREF
PNO  4965659
ISD  19901000
NAM  Sasame et al.
OCL  257747
UREF
PNO  5015803
ISD  19910500
NAM  Mahulikar et al.
OCL  174 52.4
UREF
PNO  5334346
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  420  4.85
FREF
PNO  59-21032
ISD  19840200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-46050
ISD  19840300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-151252
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Fasse; W. F.
FR2  Fasse; W. G.
ABST
PAL  A plate type member of a Cu--W and/or Mo alloy can be bonded to a ceramic
      member or the like to form a semiconductor device package without
      problems, because the degree of warping of the plate type member during a
      heating step in its fabrication is suppressed. In the plate type member
      consisting of a Cu--W and/or Mo alloy, including a small amount of
      alkaline earth metal impurity the difference between alkaline earth metal
      contents in upper and lower halves of the member along the thickness
      direction is not more than 10 ppm, or delete "an alkaline earth"
      preferably not more than 5 ppm relative to the content of W and/or Mo.
      This plate type member is manufactured by reducing the alkaline earth
      metal content in W and/or Mo raw material powder, or standing a skeleton
      vertically upright on a refractory plate for carryiing out Cu
      infiltration, and performing homogeneous heating and cooling replace
      during the manufacturing thereby preventing maldistribution of the
      alkaline earth metal.
PATN
WKU  059905492
SRC  9
APN  0195707
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980206
TTL  Thermal bus bar design for an electronic cartridge
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Clark; Jhihan B
EXP  Saadat; Mahshid
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Chiu; Chia-Pin
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Yusuf; Imran
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Koushik; Banerjee
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Young; Todd
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Solbrekken; Gary
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257706
XCL  257723
XCL  257678
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2348
ICL  H01L 2334
ICL  H01L 2310
FSC  257
FSS  706;675;685;686;713;720;723;777;796;678;718;719;726;727;724
FSC  361
FSS  676;688;702;709;711;679
UREF
PNO  3395318
ISD  19680700
NAM  Laermer et al.
OCL  257777
UREF
PNO  4711804
ISD  19871200
NAM  Burgess
OCL  257718
UREF
PNO  5061990
ISD  19911000
NAM  Arakawa et al.
OCL  257777
UREF
PNO  5297006
ISD  19940300
NAM  Mizukoshi
OCL  257713
UREF
PNO  5545922
ISD  19960800
NAM  Golwalkar et al.
OCL  257676
UREF
PNO  5719436
ISD  19980200
NAM  Kuhn
OCL  257676
UREF
PNO  5724233
ISD  19980300
NAM  Honda et al.
OCL  257676
FREF
PNO  62-141751
ISD  19870600
CNT  JPX
OCL  257718
FREF
PNO  2-89352
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
OCL  257718
FREF
PNO  2-232956
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
OCL  257718
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  One embodiment of the present invention is an electronic assembly which may
      have a first integrated circuit package mounted to a first side of a
      substrate and a second integrated circuit package mounted to a second side
      of the substrate. A thermal plate may be thermally coupled to the first
      integrated circuit package. A heat sink may be mounted to the thermal
      plate. A thermal bus may be is thermally coupled to the second integrated
      circuit package and the thermal plate. The thermal bus bar allows heat to
      flow from the second integrated circuit package to the thermal plate and
      heat sink. The electronic assembly of the present invention can thus
      remove heat from integrated circuit packages located on both sides of a
      substrate with only one heat sink.
PATN
WKU  059905506
SRC  9
APN  0491233
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980327
TTL  Integrated circuit device cooling structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Duong; Hung Van
EXP  Fahmy; Wael M.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Umezawa; Kazuhiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970328
APN  9-078171
CLAS
OCL  257712
XCL  257713
XCL  257706
XCL  257707
XCL  257697
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2334
ICL  H05K  720
FSC  257
FSS  712;713;706;707;697
UREF
PNO  5396403
ISD  19950300
NAM  Patel
OCL  257713
UREF
PNO  5523260
ISD  19960600
NAM  Missele
OCL  437209
UREF
PNO  5585671
ISD  19961200
NAM  Nagesh et al.
OCL  257713
UREF
PNO  5744863
ISD  19980400
NAM  Culnane et al.
OCL  257713
UREF
PNO  5751062
ISD  19980500
NAM  Daikaku et al.
OCL  257713
FREF
PNO  0 630 176 A1
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 661 739 A2
ISD  19950700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 709 883 A1
ISD  19960500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  37 16 196 A1
ISD  19880300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  5-82686
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-58253
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-321258
ISD  19951200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Japanese Office Action datedOct. 20, 1998, with partial translation.
PAL  "Thermal Compound for Semiconductor Packages", by E. R. Mondou and S.
      P.Young, IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 25 No. 7B, Dec. 1982, pp.
      4035-4036.
PAL  "Parts and Packaging Technologies for GS8600 and GS8400" by Y. Morita et
      al., FUJITSU. 47.2., Mar. 1996, pp. 132-138.
LREP
FRM  McGinn & Gibb, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An integrated circuit device cooling structure includes a wiring substrate,
      an integrated circuit device, a heat sink, and heat radiation vias. The
      integrated circuit device is mounted on the first surface side of the
      wiring substrate. The heat sink is fixed to the second surface of the
      wiring substrate and thermally coupled to the wiring substrate. The heat
      radiation vias are formed in the wiring substrate to transmit heat
      generated by the integrated circuit device to the heat sink.
PATN
WKU  059905514
SRC  9
APN  0496561
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980323
TTL  Bonding of silicon carbide chip with a semiconductor
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Duong; Hung Van
EXP  Dutton; Brian
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Mermagen; Timothy
CTY  Havrede Grace
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  McCullen; Judith
CTY  Buffalo Mills
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Reams; Robert
CTY  Silver Spring
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Dobriansky; Bohdan
CTY  Bethesda
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Army
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257713
XCL  257712
XCL  257 76
XCL  257 77
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 310312
FSC  257
FSS  713;712;76;77
UREF
PNO  4642864
ISD  19870200
NAM  Metcalfe et al.
OCL   29157.3R
UREF
PNO  5008735
ISD  19910400
NAM  Edmond et al.
OCL  357 74
UREF
PNO  5759908
ISD  19980600
NAM  Steckl et al.
OCL  438479
UREF
PNO  5801442
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hamilton et al.
OCL  257714
UREF
PNO  5877516
ISD  19990300
NAM  Mermagen et al.
OCL  257 76
UREF
PNO  5933750
ISD  19990800
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  438455
LREP
FR2  Clohan; Paul S.
ABST
PAL  A module and a method of making the module is disclosed. The module is
       fod from a semiconductor and a silicon carbide chip for high temperature
      applications. The module is designed to be compatible with current silicon
      IC processes.
PATN
WKU  059905522
SRC  8
APN  7977735
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970207
TTL  Apparatus for attaching a heat sink to the back side of a flip chip
      package
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Kelley; Nathan K.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Xie; Hong
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Brownell; Michael
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257718
XCL  257712
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2334
FSC  257
FSS  718;712;713;617;706
FSC  361
FSS  710;718;719
UREF
PNO  5280409
ISD  19940100
NAM  Selna et al.
OCL  361720
UREF
PNO  5396402
ISD  19950300
NAM  Perugini et al.
OCL  361704
UREF
PNO  5570271
ISD  19961000
NAM  Lavochkin
OCL  361704
FREF
PNO  2-83955
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
OCL  257718
OREF
PAL  ICMCM Proceedings '92, "Backside Cooling of Flip Chip Devices in Multichip
      Modules", pp. 828-839, 1992.
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for removing heat from the backside of a packaged flip chip.
      In one embodiment, the top side of an integrated circuit die is
      mechanically and electrically coupled to the top surface of a package
      substrate via a plurality of solder bump interconnections. A heatsink is
      supported above the backside surface of the die and the package substrate
      by standoffs. The height of the standoffs is selected to produce a gap
      between the heatsink and the backside of the die. The gap is filled with a
      highly conductive heat transfer medium, such as a thermal grease, to
      provide a heat path between the die and the heatsink. A spring clip
      flexibly attaches the heatsink to the package by providing a force to the
      heatsink to seat the standoffs against the top surface of the package
      substrate.
PATN
WKU  059905530
SRC  9
APN  0552321
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980406
TTL  Metal-based semiconductor circuit substrates
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Clark; Sheila V.
NDR  5
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Morita; Moritsugu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Hirofumi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujita; Kazuhito
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970409
APN  9-090794
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980219
APN  10-037653
CLAS
OCL  257729
XCL  257699
XCL  257787
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2306
FSC  257
FSS  699;701;702;706;707;709;687;787;729
FSC  361
FSS  713;719;720
FSC  174
FSS  252;258
UREF
PNO  3364400
ISD  19680100
NAM  Granberry
OCL  257699
UREF
PNO  5521437
ISD  19960500
NAM  Oshima et al.
OCL  257687
UREF
PNO  5751058
ISD  19980500
NAM  Matsuki
OCL  257687
UREF
PNO  5834850
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hotta et al.
OCL  257687
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, LLP
ABST
PAL  Polyimide layers having special properties are formed on the bottom surface
      of a metallic body for a metal-based semiconductor circuit substrate with
      a polyimide layer as an insulator. There are four lamination methods: (a)
      a method in which a layer of thermoplastic polyimide resin (1) and a layer
      of non-thermoplastic polyimide resin are laminated on the bottom surface
      of the metallic body one over another in this order, (b) a method in which
      a layer of thermoplastic polyimide resin (1), a layer of non-thermoplastic
      polyimide resin and a layer of thermoplastic polyimide resin (2) are
      laminated on the bottom surface of a metallic body one over another in
      this order, (c) a method in which a layer of non-thermoplastic polyimide
      resin is laminated on the bottom surface of a metallic body and (d) a
      method in which a layer of thermoplastic polyimide resin (2) is laminated
      on the bottom surface of a metallic body. The resulting semiconductor
      circuit substrate has improved properties: flat joins to connect external
      terminals, small variations in shape due to temperature changes, the
      mounting properties to a mother board, the absorption efficiency of
      infrared rays during solder reflowing, plating resistance and the bonding
      reliability to other objects.
PATN
WKU  059905549
SRC  8
APN  0528579
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19930423
TTL  Semiconductor package having isolated heatsink bonding pads
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  3
EXP  Whitehead, Jr.; Carl
NDR  3
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Golubic; Theodore R.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Olson; Timothy L.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  620871
APD  19901203
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  257734
XCL  257675
XCL  257706
XCL  257711
XCL  257717
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2170
FSC  357
FSS  81;70;65
FSC  361
FSS  388;389
UREF
PNO  4107727
ISD  19780800
NAM  Ikezawa et al.
OCL  357 81
UREF
PNO  4990720
ISD  19910200
NAM  Kaufman
OCL  357 70
UREF
PNO  4994897
ISD  19910200
NAM  Golubic et al.
OCL  357 65
LREP
FR2  Jackson; Miriam
FR2  Dover; Rennie W.
ABST
PAL  A heatsink having isolated bonding pads formed on the heatsink eliminates
      breaking of the wire bond, lifting of the wire bond to the heatsink, and
      die attach material contamination of the bond. In one embodiment, the
      isolated bonding pad has an elevated pedestal configuration. In a second
      embodiment, the isolated bonding pad has an elevated pedestal
      configuration, so that the pedestal is also configured to lock a mold
      compound around the pedestal. In a third embodiment, the isolated bonding
      pad has an island configuration. In a fourth embodiment, the island
      configuration is configured to lock the mold compound formed around the
      island. The locking mechanism of the elevated pedestal or island prevents
      delamination of the mold compound to heatsink interface, preventing
      lifting or breaking of a wire bonded to the isolated bonding pad.
PATN
WKU  059905557
SRC  8
APN  7337426
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19961018
TTL  Electronic circuit device with multi-layer wiring
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  9
EXA  Clark; Jhihan B.
EXP  Saadat; Mahshid
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Ohori; Tatsuya
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hori; Tetsurou
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960514
APN  8-119304
CLAS
OCL  257750
XCL  257773
XCL  257774
XCL  257758
XCL  257760
XCL  257381
XCL  257382
XCL  257637
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2976
ICL  H01L 2348
ICL  H01L 2352
FSC  257
FSS  381-382;637-641;758;760;773-774
UREF
PNO  4767724
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  257760
UREF
PNO  4900695
ISD  19900200
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  257774
UREF
PNO  4943539
ISD  19900700
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  257774
UREF
PNO  5068711
ISD  19911100
NAM  Mise
OCL  257760
UREF
PNO  5523257
ISD  19960600
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  438163
UREF
PNO  5581102
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kusumoto
OCL  257347
UREF
PNO  5616960
ISD  19970400
NAM  Noda et al.
OCL  257774
UREF
PNO  5621224
ISD  19970400
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  257 66
UREF
PNO  5668379
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ono et al.
OCL  257347
FREF
PNO  358153667
ISD  19830800
CNT  JPX
OCL  257774
FREF
PNO  58-135667
ISD  19830800
CNT  JPX
OCL  257774
FREF
PNO  402158132
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
OCL  257774
FREF
PNO  7-22507
ISD  19950100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  An electronic circuit having: a substrate with an upper surface; a lower
      level wiring made of conductive material and disposed on the substrate; an
      insulating cover film covering the surface of the lower level wiring; an
      interlayer insulating film formed on the substrate, covering the
      insulating cover film; an opening formed through the interlayer insulating
      film and the insulating cover film at an interlayer contact region
      extending from an area corresponding to the inside region, as viewed in
      the in-plane layout of the substrate, of the lower level wiring to an area
      corresponding to the outside region of the lower level wiring; and a
      higher level wiring disposed on a partial region of the interlayer
      insulating film and in the interlayer contact region, the higher level
      wiring being electrically connected to the lower level wiring in the
      interlayer contact region. The connection reliability between a lower
      level wiring layer and a higher level wiring layer in the connection
      region can be improved while maintaining the insulation reliability
      therebetween in the insulation region.
PATN
WKU  059905565
SRC  8
APN  8927367
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970715
TTL  Stacked thin film assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Potter; Roy
EXP  Arroyo; Teresa M.
NDR  26
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Mizobuchi; Koichi
CTY  Tsukuba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugiura; Toshihiro
CTY  Inashiki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Texas Instruments Incorporated
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930926
APN  5-261587
RLAP
COD  74
APN  312207
APD  19940926
CLAS
OCL  257750
XCL  257752
XCL  257767
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2348
FSC  257
FSS  752;767;750
UREF
PNO  5442235
ISD  19950800
NAM  Parrillo et al.
OCL  257767
UREF
PNO  5569961
ISD  19961000
NAM  Lee
OCL  257767
UREF
PNO  5581125
ISD  19961200
NAM  Maeda
OCL  257767
LREP
FR2  Kempler; William B.
FR2  Donaldson; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  A stacked film assembly for use as wiring in a semiconductor device having
      a bottom film (CVD-W film) 33 and a top film (Al alloy film) 12, where the
      surface roughness (Ra) of the bottom film is less than 100 .ANG. and the
      crystal orientation of the top film formed on this surface is controlled,
      a CVD method for the making thereof, and a semiconductor device in which
      the stacked film assembly is employed. Even when there is no lattice
      matching of the bottom film and the top film, crystal orientation of the
      top film can be sufficiently controlled to provide a targeted face ((111)
      face with aluminum film), and in particular it will be possible to readily
      form a stacked film assembly having a satisfactory barrier function as
      well as sufficient EM resistance and with good film formation.
PATN
WKU  059905573
SRC  8
APN  964430&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971104
TTL  Bias plasma deposition for selective low dielectric insulation
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Everhart; Caridad
NDR  3
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Avanzino; Steven
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Erb; Darrell M.
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Cheung; Robin
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Klein; Rich
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Sultan; Pervaiz
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  478315
APD  19950607
PSC  01
PNO  5776834
CLAS
OCL  257758
XCL  257752
XCL  257638
XCL  257642
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 23485
FSC  257
FSS  758;752;759;760;638;642
UREF
PNO  5124014
ISD  19920600
NAM  Foo et al.
UREF
PNO  5275977
ISD  19940100
NAM  Otsubo et al.
UREF
PNO  5290358
ISD  19940300
NAM  Rubloff et al.
UREF
PNO  5302233
ISD  19940400
NAM  Kim et al.
UREF
PNO  5407860
ISD  19950400
NAM  Stoltz et al.
UREF
PNO  5494853
ISD  19960200
NAM  Luer
UREF
PNO  5512775
ISD  19960400
NAM  Cho
UREF
PNO  5641711
ISD  19970600
NAM  Cho
UREF
PNO  5691573
ISD  19971100
NAM  Avanzino et al.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A method of forming low dielectric insulation between those pairs of
      conductive lines, of a level of interconnection for integrated circuits,
      having a gap of about 0.5 microns or less by depositing a nonconformal
      source with a poor step function for the insulating material, such as
      silane (SiH.sub.4) as the silicon (Si) source for silicon dioxide
      (SiO.sub.2), so as to create, in the gap, a large void whose dielectric
      constant is slightly greater than 1. After the formation of the void in
      the 0.5 microns or less gaps, the deposited nonconformal material is
      etched either simultaneously or sequentially along with deposition to fill
      the remaining gaps with void free insulation. The surface of the deposited
      insulating material is planarized at the desired thickness. Alternatively,
      a thin conformal insulating layer is first deposited as a liner on the
      conductive lines. The resulting structure of the interconnection level
      comprises a layer of insulation between and on the conductive lines with
      the dielectric constant of the insulation between the pairs of conductive
      lines with gap of 0.5 or less being, in combination with the void, at
      least about 3 or lower, and all of the remaining gaps are filled with void
      free insulating material with a dielectric constant of greater than about
      3.5.
PATN
WKU  059905581
SRC  8
APN  9930507
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971218
TTL  Reduced cracking in gap filling dielectrics
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  19
EXP  Everhart; Caridad
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Tran; Khanh
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257759
XCL  257760
XCL  438623
XCL  438624
XCL  438697
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2352
FSC  438
FSS  624;623;694;780;697
FSC  257
FSS  759;760
UREF
PNO  5486493
ISD  19960100
NAM  Jeng
UREF
PNO  5527737
ISD  19960600
NAM  Jeng
UREF
PNO  5591677
ISD  19970100
NAM  Jeng
UREF
PNO  5728628
ISD  19980300
NAM  Havemann
OCL  438668
ABST
PAL  Cracking of gap fill dielectric material in open fields bordering a dense
      array of conductive features on subsequent thermal processing is
      significantly reduced or avoided by etching to remove all or a portion of
      the dielectric material in the open field except for sidewall spacers on
      bordering metal features. Embodiments also include removing dielectric
      material from an upper surface of a metal feature having a surface area in
      excess of about 100 microns.sup.2 to avoid cracking on subsequent thermal
      processing. An oxide, such as silicon oxide derive from TEOS or silane is
      deposited and planarized, as by CMP. Embodiments include employing HSQ as
      a low dielectric constant gap fill material.
PATN
WKU  059905590
SRC  9
APN  2817357
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19990330
TTL  Circuitry comprising roughened platinum layers, platinum-containing
      materials, capacitors comprising roughened platinum layers, methods
      forming roughened layers of platinum, and methods of forming capacitors
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Vu; Hung Kim
EXP  Crane; Sara
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Marsh; Eugene P.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  141840
APD  19980827
CLAS
OCL  257768
XCL  257751
XCL  257309
XCL  257306
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2348
ICL  H01L 2352
ICL  H01L 27108
FSC  257
FSS  768;306;309;751;752;757;762;763;774
FSC  438
FSS  260
UREF
PNO  5639685
ISD  19970600
NAM  Zahurak et al.
OCL  438658
UREF
PNO  5917213
ISD  19990600
NAM  Iyer et al.
OCL  257309
FREF
PNO  405067730
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Ju-Hong Kwan et al.; "Characterization of Pt Thin Films Deposited by
      Metallorganic Chemical Vapor Deposition for Ferroelectric Bottom
      Electrodes"; J. Electrochem. Soc., vol. 144, No. 8, Aug. 1997; pp.
      2848-2854.
PAL  M. Ino et al.; "Rugged surface polycrystalline silicon film deposition and
      its application in a stacked dynamic random access memory capacitor
      electrode"; J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B 14(2), Mar./Apr. 1996; pp. 751-756.
LREP
FRM  Wells, St. John, Roberts, Gregory & Matkin, P.S.
ABST
PAL  In one aspect, the invention includes a method of forming a roughened layer
      of platinum, comprising: a) providing a substrate within a reaction
      chamber; b) flowing an oxidizing gas into the reaction chamber; c) flowing
      a platinum precursor into the reaction chamber and depositing platinum
      from the platinum precursor over the substrate in the presence of the
      oxidizing gas; and d) maintaining a temperature within the reaction
      chamber at from about 0.degree. C. to less than 300.degree. C. during the
      depositing. In another aspect, the invention includes a
      platinum-containing material, comprising: a) a substrate; and b) a
      roughened platinum layer over the substrate, the roughened platinum layer
      having a continuous surface characterized by columnar pedestals having
      heights greater than or equal to about one-third of a total thickness of
      the platinum layer.
PATN
WKU  059905603
SRC  8
APN  9556869
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971022
TTL  Method and compositions for achieving a kinetically controlled solder
      bond
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Potter; Roy
EXP  Brown; Peter Toby
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Coult; David Gerald
CTY  Bechtelsville
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Derkits, Jr.; Gustav Edward
CTY  New Providence
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Osenbach; John William
CTY  Kutztown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Wong; Yiu-Man
CTY  Wescosville
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257772
XCL  361790
XCL  361737
XCL  438122
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2348
FSC  257
FSS  772;737;738;44
FSC  372
FSS  36;43
FSC  361
FSS  790
FSC  228
FSS  208;123.1
FSC  438
FSS  122
UREF
PNO  5559817
ISD  19960900
NAM  Derkits, Jr. et al.
OCL  257772
LREP
FRM  Mathews, Collins, Shepherd & Gould, P.A.
ABST
PAL  An improved method and composition for achieving a kinetically-controlled
      solder bond is disclosed having particular application to the fabrication
      of hybrid integrated circuits and optical subassemblies. The method
      involves the use of a solder layer, a quenching layer, and a control layer
      disposed between the solder layer and quenching layer, in which the
      control layer is advantageously comprised of a thin film of platinum.
      Additionally, a barrier layer, also preferably comprised of a thin film of
      platinum, is disposed between the solder layer and the parts to be bonded
      to prevent the oxidation of solder materials during the soldering process
      or later storage of the soldered parts.
PATN
WKU  059905611
SRC  9
APN  0973181
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980612
TTL  Tungsten plugs for integrated circuits and methods for making same
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Vu; Hung Kim
EXP  Thomas; Tom
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Gabriel; Calvin T.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Pramanik; Dipankar
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lin; Xi-Wei
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  VLSI Technologies, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  786366
APD  19970116
PSC  01
PNO  5804502
CLAS
OCL  257773
XCL  257753
XCL  257763
XCL  257770
XCL  257775
XCL  257776
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2348
ICL  H01L 2352
FSC  257
FSS  752;753;758;763;764;770;773;774;776
FSC  438
FSS  628;644;654;672
UREF
PNO  5278449
ISD  19940100
NAM  Miyakawa
OCL  257751
UREF
PNO  5407861
ISD  19950400
NAM  Marangon et al.
OCL  438628
UREF
PNO  5600182
ISD  19970200
NAM  Schinella et al.
OCL  257763
FREF
PNO  401202860A
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Roede, Henk et al., "The Effect of Post W-Etchback Cleaning Treatments and
      Implementation of Refractory Metal Buffer Layers on the Electromigration
      Performance of TiN/AlCu/TiN/Ti Metallization Systems," Apr. 1995, pp. 1-6.
LREP
FRM  Hickman Stephens & Coleman, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for producing a glue layer for an integrated circuit which uses
      tungsten plugs in accordance with the present invention includes: (A)
      providing a substrate which has a surface, a center, an edge, and a
      direction normal to the surface; and (B) sputter depositing a glue layer
      over the surface of the substrate such that an edge thickness of the glue
      layer measured in the direction normal to the surface at the edge of the
      substrate is at least 105% of a center thickness of the glue layer
      measured in the direction normal to the surface at the center of the
      substrate. In some embodiments, the edge thickness of said glue layer
      measured in the direction normal to the surface at the edge of the
      substrate is in the range of approximately 105% to 150% of the center
      thickness of the glue layer measured in the direction normal to the
      surface at the center of the substrate, as for example in the range of
      approximately 110% to 120% of the center thickness of the glue layer
      measured in the direction normal to the surface at the center of the
      substrate.
PATN
WKU  059905620
SRC  8
APN  8065705
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970225
TTL  Semiconductor devices having backside probing capability
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Weiss; Howard
EXP  Chaudhuri; Olik
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Vallett; David P.
CTY  Fairfax
STA  VT
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257774
XCL  257 48
XCL  438 18
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2348
ICL  H01L 2352
ICL  H01L 2940
ICL  H01L 2358
FSC  257
FSS  734;774;48
FSC  438
FSS  18
UREF
PNO  4573008
ISD  19860200
NAM  Lischke
UREF
PNO  4688063
ISD  19870800
NAM  Lu et al.
UREF
PNO  4751458
ISD  19880600
NAM  Elward, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4873205
ISD  19891000
NAM  Critchlow et al.
UREF
PNO  4888087
ISD  19891200
NAM  Moslehi et al.
UREF
PNO  4924589
ISD  19900500
NAM  Leedy
UREF
PNO  4983544
ISD  19910100
NAM  Lu et al.
UREF
PNO  4983908
ISD  19910100
NAM  Tada et al.
UREF
PNO  5210599
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kawai
UREF
PNO  5270261
ISD  19931200
NAM  Bertin et al.
UREF
PNO  5321304
ISD  19940600
NAM  Rostoker
UREF
PNO  5424245
ISD  19950600
NAM  Gurtler et al.
OCL  257774
UREF
PNO  5444021
ISD  19950800
NAM  Chung et al.
UREF
PNO  5481205
ISD  19960100
NAM  Frye et al.
UREF
PNO  5814889
ISD  19980900
NAM  Gaul
OCL  257773
LREP
FRM  Schmeiser, Olsen & Watts
FR2  Walter, Jr.; Howard J.
ABST
PAL  Integrated circuits are provided which permit backside probing while being
      operated. Conductive trenches are fabricated into the surface of
      semiconductor chip at preselected locations. Access to specific
      electrically connected nodes of the integrated circuit can be effected
      through the conductive trenches by backside thinning and milling of the
      semiconductor chip followed by e-beam probe or mechanical probe usage.
PATN
WKU  059905638
SRC  8
APN  7452861
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19961108
TTL  Semiconductor package having a connection member
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Guay; John
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Kim; Jin Sung
CTY  Cheongju
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Semicon Co., Ltd.
CTY  Cheongju
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19951229
APN  95-67334
CLAS
OCL  257778
XCL  257687
XCL  257698
XCL  257780
XCL  257783
XCL  257746
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 23485
FSC  257
FSS  778;780;782;783;746;690;692;698;687
UREF
PNO  4811081
ISD  19890300
NAM  Lyden
OCL  257746
UREF
PNO  5148266
ISD  19920900
NAM  Khandros et al.
OCL  357 80
UREF
PNO  5258330
ISD  19931100
NAM  Khandros et al.
OCL  437209
UREF
PNO  5319242
ISD  19940600
NAM  Carney et al.
OCL  257675
UREF
PNO  5371404
ISD  19941200
NAM  Juskey et al.
OCL  257778
UREF
PNO  5381599
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hall
OCL  257787
UREF
PNO  5397921
ISD  19950300
NAM  Karnezos
OCL  257783
UREF
PNO  5554887
ISD  19960900
NAM  Sawai et al.
OCL  257737
UREF
PNO  5583370
ISD  19961200
NAM  Higgins, III et al.
OCL  257667
UREF
PNO  5616958
ISD  19970400
NAM  Laine et al.
OCL  257783
UREF
PNO  5637920
ISD  19970600
NAM  Loo
OCL  257778
UREF
PNO  5656862
ISD  19970800
NAM  Papathomas et al.
OCL  257778
UREF
PNO  5657206
ISD  19970800
NAM  Pedersen et al.
OCL  361779
UREF
PNO  5726489
ISD  19980300
NAM  Matsuda et al.
OCL  257659
UREF
PNO  5739585
ISD  19980400
NAM  Akram et al.
OCL  257698
UREF
PNO  5773882
ISD  19980600
NAM  Iwasaki
OCL  257692
LREP
FRM  Fleshner & Kim
ABST
PAL  A ball grid array (BGA) semiconductor package includes a package case
      having a recess in an upper surface thereof, a semiconductor chip received
      in the recess, and a connection means provided on an active region of the
      chip. A molding compound molds the chip and fills a gap between the
      package case and the connection member. The package enables a thinner
      package fabrication and reduces an access time of a package device,
      thereby realizing a high speed device.
PATN
WKU  059905646
SRC  8
APN  8662649
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970530
TTL  Flip chip packaging of memory chips
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Williams; Alexander Oscar
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Degani; Yinon
CTY  Highland Park
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Dudderar; Thomas Dixon
CTY  Chatham
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Tai; King Lien
CTY  Berkeley Heights
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257778
XCL  257723
XCL  257686
XCL  257724
XCL  257777
XCL  257737
XCL  257738
XCL   29832
XCL   29840
XCL  361764
XCL  361735
XCL  361783
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2350
ICL  H01L 2348
ICL  H05K  702
ICL  H05K  334
FSC  257
FSS  737;734;738;723;778;686;713;724;648;691;692;693;697;700;712;727
FSC  361
FSS  764;735;783;760;744
FSC   29
FSS  840;832
FSC  174
FSS  52.4;260
UREF
PNO  4604644
ISD  19860800
NAM  Beckham et al.
OCL  257779
UREF
PNO  4871914
ISD  19891000
NAM  Simon et al.
OCL  250253
UREF
PNO  5360988
ISD  19941100
NAM  Uda et al.
OCL  257529
UREF
PNO  5382300
ISD  19950100
NAM  Blonder et al.
OCL  148 24
UREF
PNO  5397747
ISD  19950300
NAM  Angiulli et al.
OCL  257738
UREF
PNO  5406025
ISD  19950400
NAM  Carlstedt
OCL   29832
UREF
PNO  5477067
ISD  19951200
NAM  Isamura et al.
OCL  257903
UREF
PNO  5483421
ISD  19960100
NAM  Gedney et al.
OCL  361771
UREF
PNO  5615477
ISD  19970400
NAM  Sweitzer
OCL   29840
UREF
PNO  5629838
ISD  19970500
NAM  Knight et al.
OCL  361782
UREF
PNO  5646828
ISD  19970700
NAM  Degani et al.
OCL   29832
UREF
PNO  5718361
ISD  19980200
NAM  Braun et al.
OCL  228 56.3
UREF
PNO  5718367
ISD  19980200
NAM  Covell, II et al.
OCL  228254
ABST
PAL  The specification describes an interconnect strategy for memory chip
      packages to reduce or eliminate alpha particle contamination from the use
      of high lead solder interconnections in the vicinity of semiconductor
      memory cells. In the primary embodiment a high tin solder is recommended.
      A multi-layer under bump metallization is described that is compatible
      with high tin solders and flip-chip solder bump technology.
PATN
WKU  059905654
SRC  9
APN  1799053
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19981028
TTL  Flip chip package
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Thai; Luan
EXP  Thomas; Tom
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Chang; Meilien
STR  7F, No. 22, San Chung Rd.
CTY  Chu Tung Town, Hsinchu Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  257778
XCL  257779
XCL  257780
XCL  257678
XCL  257687
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2349
FSC  257
FSS  678;687;692;706;707;708;675;676;778;779;780;787;789;737;784
FSC  361
FSS  707
FSC  438
FSS  108;112;122;124
UREF
PNO  5285352
ISD  19940200
NAM  Pastore et al.
OCL  361707
UREF
PNO  5412247
ISD  19950500
NAM  Martin
OCL  257678
UREF
PNO  5530286
ISD  19960600
NAM  Murakami
OCL  257692
UREF
PNO  5583375
ISD  19961200
NAM  Tsubosaki et al.
OCL  257692
UREF
PNO  5677566
ISD  19971000
NAM  King et al.
OCL  257666
UREF
PNO  5739585
ISD  19980400
NAM  Akram et al.
OCL  257698
UREF
PNO  5793104
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kirkman
OCL  257692
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Bilker
ABST
PAL  The invention is related to a new technology for improving a flip chip
      package. It is characterized by that at least one pad and at least one
      lead are formed on the surface of one side of a chip, part of each lead is
      covered by liquid compound and whereby another part of said lead which is
      exposed beyond the surface of said liquid compound is available for
      electrical connection. According to the invention, wire bonding can be
      easily applied in forming leads for flip chip package, and better
      connection structure can be achieved, thereby the manufacturing process of
      integrating the chip and printed circuit board becomes easy. Furthermore
      the pad on the surface of the chip is thermally conductive, helping the
      conduction of heat from the chip to the printed circuit board, thereby
      promotes the effect of protecting the chip.
PATN
WKU  059905662
SRC  9
APN  0820938
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980520
TTL  High density semiconductor package
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Clark; Sheila V.
NDR  4
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Farnworth; Warren M.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Akram; Salman
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Wood; Alan G.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Brooks; Mike
CTY  Caldwell
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Cloud; Eugene
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  257783
XCL  257686
XCL  257704
XCL  257727
XCL  257693
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2348
ICL  H01L 2352
ICL  H01L 2940
FSC  257
FSS  685;686;782;783;693;692;696;723;724;704;727
UREF
PNO  5104324
ISD  19920400
NAM  Grabbe et al.
OCL  439 62
UREF
PNO  5107328
ISD  19920400
NAM  Kinsman
OCL  357 74
UREF
PNO  5138434
ISD  19920800
NAM  Wood et al.
OCL  357 74
UREF
PNO  5281852
ISD  19940100
NAM  Normington
OCL  257685
UREF
PNO  5347159
ISD  19940900
NAM  Khandros et al.
UREF
PNO  5593927
ISD  19970100
NAM  Farnworth et al.
OCL  437209
UREF
PNO  5674785
ISD  19971000
NAM  Akram et al.
OCL  437217
UREF
PNO  5678301
ISD  19971000
NAM  Gochnour et al.
OCL   29827
UREF
PNO  5696033
ISD  19971200
NAM  Kinsman
OCL  437217
UREF
PNO  5832601
ISD  19981100
NAM  Eldridge et al.
LREP
FR2  Gratton; Stephen A.
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor package and a method of fabrication are provided. The
      package includes multiple semiconductor dice contained in a housing, and
      mounted on edge to a substrate. Each die includes a polymer interconnect
      which attaches to a face of the die, and wraps around an end (or side) of
      the die. The polymer interconnect includes a flexible polymer tape with
      patterns of conductors. The conductors include microbumps for bonding to
      the die bond pads, and edge contacts for electrical connection to mating
      contacts on the substrate. The package also includes a force applying
      mechanism for biasing the dice against the substrate. In alternate
      embodiments, the polymer interconnect includes resilient edge contacts,
      cantilevered edge contacts, or multi level edge contacts.
PATN
WKU  059905670
SRC  9
APN  2623110
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19990304
TTL  System for in-line monitoring of photo processing tilt in VLSI
      fabrication
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Buczinski; Stephen C.
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Tseng; Huan-Chi
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chen; Chia-Hsiang
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Tseng; Han-Liang
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd.
CTY  Hsin-Chu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  74
APN  803352
APD  19970220
CLAS
OCL  257797
XCL  2504911
XCL  25055937
XCL  25055938
XCL  356375
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 23544
ICL  G01J  100
ICL  G01N 2100
ICL  G01B 1114
FSC  250
FSS  491.1;559.3;559.37;559.38
FSC  356
FSS  139.03;375;401
FSC  257
FSS  797
UREF
PNO  5248876
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kerstens et al.
OCL  250561
UREF
PNO  5439767
ISD  19950800
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  5447810
ISD  19950900
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5483056
ISD  19960100
NAM  Imai
OCL  250201.4
UREF
PNO  5496669
ISD  19960300
NAM  Pforr et al.
OCL  430 22
UREF
PNO  5556726
ISD  19960900
NAM  Yuan
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  5747202
ISD  19980500
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  430 30
LREP
FR2  Saile; George O.
FR2  Ackerman; Stephen B.
FR2  Prescott; Larry J.
ABST
PAL  An integrated de-focus pattern provides an effective in-line monitor for
      photo processing steps of integrated circuit wafers. The de-focus pattern
      is formed on an integrated circuit wafer in the vertical and horizontal
      spaces between integrated circuit chips. The de-focus pattern has a number
      of different test patterns at different heights above the wafer surface.
      De-focus patterns are placed across the entire wafer surface. The de-focus
      patterns are formed at the same time the features of the circuit chips are
      formed. The de-focus patterns can be analyzed optically or using a
      scanning electron microscope.
PATN
WKU  059905689
SRC  9
APN  091178&
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980610
TTL  Yawing system for adjusting a wind turbine into a required wind
      direction by turning the turbine about a yawing axle
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Enad; Elvin
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Hildingsson; Sten
CTY  Kristinehamn
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Westin; Torbjorn
CTY  Partille
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Kvaerner ASA
CTY  Lksaker
CNT  NOX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19951218
APN  9504512
CLAS
OCL  290 55
XCL  290 52
XCL  290 44
XCL  290 53
XCL  290 54
EDF  6
ICL  F03D  900
ICL  H02P  904
FSC  290
FSS  52-55
FSC  416
FSS  9-11;44;47;140
UREF
PNO  4515525
ISD  19850500
NAM  Doman
OCL  416 11
UREF
PNO  4522564
ISD  19850600
NAM  Carter, Jr. et al.
OCL  416140
UREF
PNO  4792281
ISD  19881200
NAM  Coleman
OCL  416156
UREF
PNO  5178518
ISD  19930100
NAM  Carter, Sr.
OCL  416 11
UREF
PNO  5353593
ISD  19941000
NAM  Phillips
OCL   60393
UREF
PNO  5354175
ISD  19941000
NAM  Coleman et al.
OCL  416  9
UREF
PNO  5584655
ISD  19961200
NAM  Deering
OCL  416 31
FREF
PNO  0 110 807
ISD  19840600
CNT  EPX
OCL  416 11
LREP
FRM  Griffin, Butler, Whisenhunt & Szipl, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/01604
PD1  19980610
PD2  19980610
PD3  19961206
PCP  WO97/22804
PCD  19970626
ABST
PAR  A yawing system for a wind turbine is provided. The system adjusts the wind
      turbine into a required wind direction against the wind by turning the
      turbine about a yawing axle (14) and counteracts periodic vibrations in a
      nacelle of the turbine as it turns around the yawing axle from being
      transmitted as pulsating moments to a tower structure. At least one
      hydraulic motor (34) turns the nacelle (12) about the yawing axle (14). A
      controllable throttle valve (50) is disposed in a parallel line to the
      hydraulic motor (34). A regulator (30) is capable of changing an opening
      diameter of said throttle valve (50) in accordance with a position of the
      nacelle in relation to the wind direction such that the periodic
      vibrations are utilized for turning the nacelle and correcting for changes
      in the wind direction during operation by a successive movement of the
      nacelle in small steps in the required wind direction during each periodic
      vibration around the yawing axle and at the same time as the nacelle is
      dampened.
PATN
WKU  059905697
SRC  8
APN  8174075
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970528
TTL  System for triggering a protecting device
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Elms; Richard T.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Lundberg; Leif
CTY  Motala
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Nokia Audio & Electronics AB
CTY  Motala
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19941004
APN  9403359
CLAS
OCL  307 101
XCL  180282
XCL  280735
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2132
FSC  307
FSS  9.1;10.1;121
FSC  701
FSS  45-47
FSC  280
FSS  727;734;735;806
FSC  180
FSS  271-274;282
UREF
PNO  4504082
ISD  19850300
NAM  Brown, Jr. et al.
OCL  307 10.1
UREF
PNO  4740741
ISD  19880400
NAM  Andres et al.
OCL  280235
UREF
PNO  5194755
ISD  19930300
NAM  Rhee et al.
OCL  307 10.1
UREF
PNO  5216284
ISD  19930600
NAM  Mattes et al.
OCL  307 10.1
UREF
PNO  5749059
ISD  19980500
NAM  Walton
OCL  701 45
FREF
PNO  2123359
ISD  19720100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4028956
ISD  19910300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3506487
ISD  19960900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/00896
ISD  19880200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/02440
ISD  19900300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/02673
ISD  19900300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/17893
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE95/01128
PD1  19970528
PD2  19970528
PD3  19951003
PCP  WO96/10497
PCD  19960411
ABST
PAR  A system for connecting an ignition device to a direct current network
      wherein the ignition device is capable of being activated for triggering a
      safety device in an emergency. For example, the safety device can be
      constituted of a safety belt tensioner or an airbag in a vehicle arranged
      to be inflated by a gas generator upon detection of a certain deceleration
      of the vehicle. At least one safety device is connected to an internal
      network of the vehicle via an electronic unit including at least one
      acceleration sensor and an arrangement for the generation of a direct
      current voltage for activating the ignition device at a given
      deceleration, the direct current voltage generated being higher than the
      internal line voltage. The system is dimensioned such that the direct
      current network of the vehicle does not have a potential that is high
      enough to activate the ignition device.
PATN
WKU  059905700
SRC  8
APN  8760276
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970613
TTL  Power supplying apparatus for a vehicle and an intensive wiring apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Elms; Richard T.
NDR  17
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Yoshida; Tatsuya
CTY  Urizura-machi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Saito; Hiroyuki
CTY  Hitachinaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakamoto; Shinichi
CTY  Mito
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Koni; Mitsuru
CTY  Hitachinaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Horibe; Kiyoshi
CTY  Hitachi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi Car Engineering Co., Ltd.
CTY  Ibaraki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960613
APN  8-152296
CLAS
OCL  307 101
XCL  324503
EDF  6
ICL  B60L  100
FSC  307
FSS  9.1;10.1;100;147
FSC  361
FSS  42;62;107;108
FSC  701
FSS  29;34
FSC  324
FSS  503;512;522;525
UREF
PNO  4771382
ISD  19880900
NAM  Shiono et al.
UREF
PNO  4855896
ISD  19890800
NAM  Oho et al.
UREF
PNO  5066919
ISD  19911100
NAM  Klassen et al.
OCL  324503
UREF
PNO  5113410
ISD  19920500
NAM  Hamano et al.
UREF
PNO  5268644
ISD  19931200
NAM  Klassen et al.
OCL  324503
UREF
PNO  5438506
ISD  19950800
NAM  Oho et al.
UREF
PNO  5818673
ISD  19981000
NAM  Matsumaru et al.
OCL  307 10.1
LREP
FRM  Evenson McKeown Edwards & Lenahan, PLLC
ABST
PAL  The electric power breaker for breaking the electric power is placed on the
      midpoint of the electric power line from the battery power supply, and the
      electric power line is extracted from the electric power breaker. In
      addition, the electric power supply terminal is placed on the midpoint on
      the electric power line, from which the electric power is supplied to the
      individual electric loads. The electric power distribution and the
      electric power supply operation to the electric loads are controlled by
      the multiplex communication. A semiconductor device having a self
      protection function is used as the switching device for supplying the
      electric power. The electric power line covered by the electric conductive
      material is arranged in a loop topology so as to start from the connection
      point to the battery and pass through the designated positions in the
      vehicle and return to the battery. On the designated points on this loop,
      plural control modules are connected, and the electric power is supplied
      to them from the battery. By isolating plural electric conductive parts of
      the electric conductive layer covering the electric power line, each part
      connected to the abnormality detection circuit of the individual control
      module, and by detecting the electric potential change in the individual
      electric conductive part, the position of the abnormality can be
      identified by the position of the isolated electric conductive part where
      the short circuit abnormality is detected.
PATN
WKU  059905719
SRC  8
APN  8801193
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970623
TTL  Automobile-installed-apparatus controller
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Elms; Richard T.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Sato; Hiroyuki
CTY  Furukawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ito; Susumu
CTY  Furukawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yokoyama; Tatsuya
CTY  Furukawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Alps Electric Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960626
APN  8-166237
CLAS
OCL  307 101
XCL  701 36
EDF  6
ICL  B60L  100
FSC  307
FSS  9.1;10.1
FSC  701
FSS  36
FSC  340
FSS  825.3-825.32;825.34;825.54;825.69;825.72
UREF
PNO  5359230
ISD  19941000
NAM  Namiki et al.
OCL  307 10.1
UREF
PNO  5491418
ISD  19960200
NAM  Alfaro et al.
OCL  307 10.1
UREF
PNO  5637928
ISD  19970600
NAM  Nakajima et al.
OCL  307 10.1
FREF
PNO  7-262867
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
ABST
PAL  An automobile-installed-apparatus controller includes: a plurality of types
      of control-designation units having different switching functions and
      built-in discrimination devices with different circuit constants; unit
      mounts on which the plurality of types of control-designation units are
      capable of being mounted; and a control-designation-unit determiner in
      which when any one of the plurality of types of control-designation units
      is mounted on the unit mount, a value dependent on the circuit constant of
      the built-in discrimination device is detected, and the type of the
      mounted control-designation unit is determined based on the detected
      result.
PATN
WKU  059905727
SRC  8
APN  9823026
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971201
TTL  Electric circuit breaker for vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Garlepp; Ed
EXP  Gaffin; Jeffrey
NDR  32
NFG  40
INVT
NAM  Yasukuni; Jun
CTY  Yokkaichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kume; Masahiro
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hosoda; Yoshikado
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kido; Motonori
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakamoto; Fukuma
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Toyama; Hideaki
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumaru; Akio
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugimoto; Masasi
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Harness System Technologies Research, Ltd.
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Wiring Systems, Ltd.
CTY  Mie
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970228
APN  9-046219
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970228
APN  9-046220
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970228
APN  9-046221
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970228
APN  9-046222
CLAS
OCL  307 101
XCL  180271
XCL  280734
XCL  280735
EDF  6
ICL  B60L  100
FSC  307
FSS  9.1;10.1;121
FSC  180
FSS  282;271
FSC  280
FSS  734;735
FSC  340
FSS  438
UREF
PNO  3700970
ISD  19721000
NAM  Miyoshi
OCL  317 58
UREF
PNO  3743849
ISD  19730700
NAM  Iwata
OCL  307 10R
UREF
PNO  3848099
ISD  19741100
NAM  Christian et al.
OCL  200 61.8
UREF
PNO  3848100
ISD  19741100
NAM  Kozorezo et al.
OCL  200 61.8
UREF
PNO  3851219
ISD  19741100
NAM  Kozorezov et al.
OCL  317 40A
UREF
PNO  3873786
ISD  19750300
NAM  Lagofun
OCL  200 61.8
UREF
PNO  5034620
ISD  19910700
NAM  Cameron
OCL  307 10.7
UREF
PNO  5389824
ISD  19950200
NAM  Moroto et al.
OCL  307 10.1
UREF
PNO  5481139
ISD  19960100
NAM  Lucas
OCL  307  9.1
UREF
PNO  5757150
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kinoshita et al.
OCL  318139
UREF
PNO  5808253
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hatakeyama
OCL  200 61.8
UREF
PNO  5818122
ISD  19981000
NAM  Miyazawa et al.
OCL  307 10.7
FREF
PNO  U-56-357
ISD  19810100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  A-58-47809
ISD  19830300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  An electric circuit breaker for interrupting an electric circuit of a
      vehicle includes a circuit break section having an explosive used for
      exploding a part of an electric circuit by explosion, a detonating device
      for exploding the explosive by application of electric power to the
      explosive, a collision detection device for detecting a collision of the
      vehicle and, a controller which explodes the explosive by supply of an
      electric current for detonating purposes to the detonating device in
      response to a detection signal from the collision detection device. The
      circuit breaker further includes a housing having a cylindrical member,
      such as an inner cylindrical portion, and a cover for covering the opening
      of the inner cylindrical portion. Connector terminals are formed on both
      ends of the conductor and a horizontal target section to be broken is
      formed in the middle of the conductor. The horizontal target area is
      disposed in front of the opening of the cylindrical member and the
      connector terminals are led to the outside of the housing. The explosive
      and a filament serving as means for heating the explosive are provided in
      the cylindrical member. The blasting force of the explosive that causes
      explosion by heating acts on the horizontal target area in a concentrated
      manner.
PATN
WKU  059905735
SRC  9
APN  0188085
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980204
TTL  Power and signal distribution for automotive electronics using area and
      feature modules
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Elms; Richard T.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Granitz; Richard Francis
CTY  Harrisburg
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Hunt; Andrew Michael
CTY  Elizabethtown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Le; Lang Thanh
CTY  Camp Hill
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Rider, deceased; Aern Evert
CTY  late of Hanover
STA  PA
ITX  by Sandra Louis Rider, executrix
ASSG
NAM  The Whitaker Corporation
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  307 101
XCL  307 18
EDF  6
ICL  B60L  100
FSC  307
FSS  9.1-10.6;147;31;18;34;29;38;42;52
FSC  701
FSS  1;29;36;45;49
FSC   70
FSS  264
FSC  318
FSS  466;446
FSC  361
FSS  601;602;622;624;627;637;641;648;679
FSC  174
FSS  68.1;68.2;71 R;72 A;72 B;71 B
FSC  370
FSS  475
UREF
PNO  4293947
ISD  19811000
NAM  Brittain
UREF
PNO  4794269
ISD  19881200
NAM  Kawata et al.
OCL  307 10.1
UREF
PNO  4887263
ISD  19891200
NAM  Steely
OCL  307 10.1
UREF
PNO  5044964
ISD  19910900
NAM  Minerd et al.
UREF
PNO  5334926
ISD  19940800
NAM  Imaizui
UREF
PNO  5394400
ISD  19950200
NAM  Phoy
OCL  370475
FREF
PNO  0 325 205 A2
ISD  19890700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 626 116
ISD  19890700
CNT  FRX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 008, No. 064 (M-285), Mar. 27, 1984 & JP 58
      214440 A (Nissan Jidosha KK), Dec. 13, 1983.
PAL  International Search Report, Applicant's file reference 18649 PCT,
      International Application No., PCT/US 98/01722, International filing date
      Jan. 28, 1998.
ABST
PAL  The invention is directed to an electrical distribution system for an
      automobile having a power distribution bus and a signal distribution bus.
      An area module has an electrical connection with the power distribution
      bus and the signal distribution bus. The area module has connections to
      individual feature modules. The feature modules have power and signal
      distribution for electrical components. The area and the feature modules
      distribute power and signal to the electrical components from the power
      distribution bus and the signal distribution bus.
PATN
WKU  059905743
SRC  8
APN  7710690
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19961220
TTL  Integrated steering system
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Elms; Richard T.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Lecznar; Mark T.
CTY  Grosse Point Woods
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Newman; LaVerne R.
CTY  Southfield
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Tscherne; Michael J.
CTY  Toledo
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Branch; Jeffrey A.
CTY  Eastpoint
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Kopacz; Gary J.
CTY  Dearborn Heights
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc.
CTY  Southfield
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  307 105
XCL  180287
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2504
FSC  307
FSS  10.1-10.6;10.8
FSC  200
FSS  61.27;61.3;61.54
FSC  180
FSS  287
FSC   70
FSS  413;DIG. 51;237;252
FSC  439
FSS  15;164
FSC  340
FSS  825.69;825.72;425.5;426;825.3-825.32
UREF
PNO  4616224
ISD  19861000
NAM  Reighard
OCL  340825.69
UREF
PNO  4749823
ISD  19880600
NAM  Mutoh et al.
OCL  307 10.2
UREF
PNO  5023605
ISD  19910600
NAM  McColl
OCL  307 10.5
UREF
PNO  5197315
ISD  19930300
NAM  Zagoroff
OCL   70237
UREF
PNO  5382988
ISD  19950100
NAM  Richmond
OCL  180287
LREP
FRM  Niro, Scavone, Haller & Niro
ABST
PAL  The present invention teaches an integrated steering system for use with a
      directional control system and an electronic control system for
      controlling an engine and a first and a second feature. The integrated
      steering system comprises an integrated ignition system and a
      multifunction switch. The integrated ignition system comprises a lock
      having a key, an ignition, and a microcomputer for coupling the ignition
      with the electronic control system if the lock is enabled by the key, and
      for preventing the ignition from being coupled with the electronic control
      system if the lock is disabled by the key. Moreover, the multifunction
      switch is coupled with the microcomputer for enabling and disabling the
      first and second features such that the microcomputer controls the first
      and second features in response to the multifunction switch.
PATN
WKU  059905751
SRC  9
APN  120971&
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980722
TTL  Auxiliary power source control systems and methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  6
EXP  Elms; Richard T.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Flaugher; David J.
STR  4341 Blossom Hill Ct.
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
ZIP  27613
CLAS
OCL  307 23
XCL  307 29
EDF  6
ICL  H02J  110
FSC  307
FSS  64;66;23;29;40;38;18;65;80;81;85-87
UREF
PNO  4593349
ISD  19860600
NAM  Chase et al.
OCL  307 29
UREF
PNO  4663539
ISD  19870500
NAM  Sharp et al.
OCL  307 64
UREF
PNO  5381554
ISD  19950100
NAM  Langer
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5559376
ISD  19960900
NAM  Tachikawa
OCL  307 18
UREF
PNO  5646462
ISD  19970700
NAM  Cortes et al.
OCL  307127
LREP
FRM  Alston & Bird LLP
ABST
PAL  A control system and method for acquiring and providing backup power to a
      plurality of distributive communication devices using a single DC APS
      system is described. The control system comprises a controller that senses
      the DC bus voltage of each distributive communication device connected to
      the controller, and controls the output of an auxiliary power source such
      as a DC generator, fuel cells, or any other suitable DC backup power
      source that is connected to the controller. The controller further
      comprises one or more switches which selectively connect each of the
      distributive communication devices to the APS in manner that prevents
      power surge currents. The controller further comprises a blocking diode to
      prevent ground loops between the co-located cabinets, and diodes to
      isolate each of the co-located cabinets power and ground.
PATN
WKU  059905760
SRC  8
APN  6693849
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19960712
TTL  Power supply voltage supplying circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Paladini; Albert W.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Sakai; Masaki
CTY  Hino
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujii; Hironori
CTY  Hino
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishii; Takaaki
CTY  Sagamihara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940114
APN  6-002719
CLAS
OCL  307 25
XCL  307 28
XCL  307130
XCL  323229
XCL  327493
EDF  6
ICL  H02J  338
FSC  307
FSS  31;32;33;41;52;60;125;126;130;131;139;140;18;25;26;53;82;11;12;30;42;146
FSC  323
FSS  293;304;352;364;233;229
FSC  340
FSS  660;664
FSC  364
FSS  492;493
FSC  327
FSS  493;504
UREF
PNO  Re23531
ISD  19520700
NAM  Villebonnet
OCL  323293
UREF
PNO  1883613
ISD  19321000
NAM  Devol
OCL  307 15
UREF
PNO  2122748
ISD  19380700
NAM  Mayer
OCL  307149
UREF
PNO  2586748
ISD  19520200
NAM  Villebonnet
OCL  323293
UREF
PNO  2747158
ISD  19560500
NAM  Le Bel
OCL  323230
UREF
PNO  2835867
ISD  19580500
NAM  Golden
OCL  323230
UREF
PNO  3005148
ISD  19611000
NAM  Salomonsson
OCL  323364
UREF
PNO  3023355
ISD  19620200
NAM  Thorsen
OCL  323230
UREF
PNO  3263092
ISD  19660700
NAM  Knauss
OCL  323304
UREF
PNO  3287623
ISD  19661100
NAM  Valancius
OCL  307 31
UREF
PNO  3325723
ISD  19670600
NAM  Grayson
OCL  323229
UREF
PNO  3428884
ISD  19690200
NAM  Norkahl
OCL  323364
UREF
PNO  3430127
ISD  19690200
NAM  Weiss
OCL  323293
UREF
PNO  4129788
ISD  19781200
NAM  Chavannes
OCL  307 11
UREF
PNO  4673864
ISD  19870600
NAM  Dessens et al.
OCL  323221
UREF
PNO  4687947
ISD  19870800
NAM  Cobb
OCL  307 17
UREF
PNO  5208485
ISD  19930500
NAM  Krinsky et al.
OCL  307 41
FREF
PNO  59-172830
ISD  19840900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP95/00031
PD1  19960712
PD2  19960712
PD3  19950113
PCP  WO95/19653
PCD  19950720
ABST
PAR  The positive potential side output of a voltage source (1) is connected to
      the positive potential side of a first circuit (10) through a terminal
      (6); the ground (negative potential) side output of voltage source (1) is
      connected through a terminal (8) to the ground (negative potential) side
      of first circuit (10). Also, the positive potential side output of voltage
      source (1) is lowered by a prescribed voltage .DELTA. V by a Schottky
      barrier diode (2) and is connected to the positive potential side of
      second circuit (11) through a terminal (7); the ground (negative
      potential) side output of voltage source (1) is raised by a prescribed
      voltage .DELTA. V by a Schottky barrier diode (4) and is connected to the
      ground (negative potential) side of second circuit (11) through a terminal
      (9). A power supply voltage supplying circuit can thereby be provided
      wherein latch-up is avoided while still keeping current consumption and
      electromagnetic interference (EMI) low.
PATN
WKU  059905778
SRC  9
APN  047150&
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980324
TTL  Hub for local area network with backup power supply system
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Elms; Richard T.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Kamioka; Hideo
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Dendou; Minoru
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kohda; Yoshimi
CTY  Yachiyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Koji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Allied Telesis K. K.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  742313
APD  19961101
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  307 26
XCL  307 46
XCL  307 66
EDF  6
ICL  H02J  302
FSC  307
FSS  43;44;64;65;66;80;85;86;87;45;46;23;25;26
UREF
PNO  3766403
ISD  19731000
NAM  Tsutsumi
OCL  307 66
UREF
PNO  4401895
ISD  19830800
NAM  Petkovsek
OCL  307 66
UREF
PNO  5206538
ISD  19930400
NAM  Orta
OCL  307 66
UREF
PNO  5247205
ISD  19930900
NAM  Mototani et al.
OCL  307 66
UREF
PNO  5272382
ISD  19931200
NAM  Heald et al.
OCL  307 66
UREF
PNO  5347164
ISD  19940900
NAM  Yeh
UREF
PNO  5612580
ISD  19970300
NAM  Janonis et al.
OCL  307 64
LREP
FRM  Barnes & Thornburg
ABST
PAL  A hub for a local area network according to one embodiment of the present
      invention includes a plurality of communication ports connected to each of
      nodes in the network, through which a signal is transmitted among the
      nodes, a signal processing circuit having at least the functions of
      repeating the signal among the nodes and reshaping a waveform thereof, and
      a power supply circuit for supplying a dc current for driving the signal
      processing circuit. The power supply circuit further comprises an ac/dc
      converter for converting an ac current applied from an external ac power
      supply without passing through a power switch thereto into a predetermined
      dc current and supplying the dc current to a load circuit including the
      signal processing circuit without passing through a power switch, a backup
      secondary battery, a charging circuit for trickle charging the dc current
      output from the ac/dc converter into the backup secondary battery, and a
      control circuit for opening and closing a current path for supplying an
      output current of the backup secondary battery to the load circuit.
PATN
WKU  059905786
SRC  8
APN  9780777
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971126
TTL  Capacitive sensor arrangement
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  3
EXA  Keplan; Jonathan S.
EXP  Gaffin; Jeffrey
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Krauss; Mathias
CTY  Ammerbuch
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Zentrum Mikroelektronik Dresden GmbH
CTY  Dresden
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961206
APN  196 50 681
CLAS
OCL  307116
XCL  307125
XCL  307109
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  306
ICL  H01H 3500
FSC  307
FSS  112;113;115;116;125;108;109;110
FSC  363
FSS  59
UREF
PNO  4975701
ISD  19901200
NAM  Babanezhad et al.
OCL  341139
UREF
PNO  5229771
ISD  19930700
NAM  Hanlon
OCL  341166
UREF
PNO  5465604
ISD  19951100
NAM  Sherman
OCL   73  1DV
UREF
PNO  5583290
ISD  19961200
NAM  Lewis
OCL   73514.18
FREF
PNO  228132
ISD  19851000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4115534
ISD  19921100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4136995
ISD  19930500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4230592
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Jordon and Hamburg LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a capacitive sensor arrangement with a charge
      balance frequency converter. This consists of an operational amplifier,
      between the output and inverting input of which an integrating capacitor
      is connected and the noninverting input of which is connected with a
      reference potential. Furthermore, the arrangement consists of a first
      capacitor, one electrode of which can be connected with a first potential
      or with the reference potential and the other electrode of which can be
      connected with the reference potential or with the inverting input of the
      operational amplifier, and a second capacitor, the one electrode of which
      is connected either with a second potential or with the reference
      potential and the other electrode of which is connected with the reference
      potential or with the inverting input. Finally, a comparator is connected
      to the output of the operational amplifier and the arrangement is provided
      with a clock oscillator for controlling the switching processes.
PATN
WKU  059905794
SRC  9
APN  0549584
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980403
TTL  Remote controlled door strike plate
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Elms; Richard T.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ricci; Russell L.
STR  193 Kitemaug Rd.
CTY  Uncasville
STA  CT
ZIP  06382
CLAS
OCL  307117
XCL  29234116
EDF  6
ICL  E05B 1502
FSC  307
FSS  117;10.2-10.5
FSC  361
FSS  173;175;176;182-184
FSC  340
FSS  825.69;825.72
FSC  292
FSS  341.16;341.15;201;DIG. 25;340;144
UREF
PNO  2509345
ISD  19500500
NAM  Howell et al.
UREF
PNO  3184937
ISD  19650500
NAM  Sher
UREF
PNO  3564501
ISD  19710200
NAM  Flook, Jr.
UREF
PNO  3638984
ISD  19720200
NAM  Davidson
OCL  292341.16
UREF
PNO  3659154
ISD  19720400
NAM  Finn
UREF
PNO  3733861
ISD  19730500
NAM  Lester
UREF
PNO  3939679
ISD  19760200
NAM  Barker et al.
UREF
PNO  4211443
ISD  19800700
NAM  Butts et al.
OCL  292341.16
UREF
PNO  4340799
ISD  19820700
NAM  Ueda et al.
UREF
PNO  4426733
ISD  19840100
NAM  Brenig
UREF
PNO  4449189
ISD  19840500
NAM  Feix et al.
UREF
PNO  4450545
ISD  19840500
NAM  Kishi et al.
UREF
PNO  4472617
ISD  19840900
NAM  Ueda et al.
UREF
PNO  4602256
ISD  19860700
NAM  Kago et al.
UREF
PNO  4697171
ISD  19870900
NAM  Suh
OCL  307 10.5
UREF
PNO  4961177
ISD  19901000
NAM  Uehara
UREF
PNO  4986584
ISD  19910100
NAM  Logas
OCL  292341.16
UREF
PNO  5076625
ISD  19911200
NAM  Oxley
OCL  292341.16
UREF
PNO  5127691
ISD  19920700
NAM  Herron et al.
OCL  292341.16
UREF
PNO  5136548
ISD  19920800
NAM  Claar et al.
UREF
PNO  5219196
ISD  19930600
NAM  Luker
OCL  292341.16
UREF
PNO  5265191
ISD  19931100
NAM  McNair
UREF
PNO  5371901
ISD  19941200
NAM  Reed et al.
UREF
PNO  5432495
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tompkins
UREF
PNO  5484180
ISD  19960100
NAM  Helmar
OCL  292341.16
UREF
PNO  5693987
ISD  19971200
NAM  Krucoff
OCL  307 10.2
UREF
PNO  5735559
ISD  19980400
NAM  Frolov
OCL  292341.16
UREF
PNO  5757269
ISD  19980500
NAM  Roth et al.
OCL  292341.16
FREF
PNO  56-88506
ISD  19810700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  91-273111
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Barnes, Lawrence D., Automated System for Controlling Authorization,
      Identification, and Entry into Nuclear Facilities May 13-15, 1981, 1981
      Carnahan Conference on Crime Countermeasures, University of Kentucky,
      Lexington, Kentucky.
LREP
FRM  Gene Scott-Patent Law & Venture Group
ABST
PAL  A remotely controllable door lock actuating device has a door strike that
      is actuated by a solenoid which is controlled by an electrical circuit
      responsive to a remote energy signal. The electrical circuit causes a
      solenoid to manipulate the door strike, causing the door strike to move
      between a door locking position and a door unlocking position. In the door
      locking position, the door strike engages a conventional spring-biased
      door bolt. In the door unlocking position, the door strike changes its
      position to release the bolt. The invention may be powered by household
      electric current and may include a switch to deactivate it.
PATN
WKU  059905808
SRC  9
APN  0354562
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980305
TTL  Single pole double throw switch
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Zura; Peter
EXP  Elms; Richard T.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Weigand; Christopher Dirk
CTY  Woburn
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  The Whitaker Corporation
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  307125
XCL  307116
XCL  307130
XCL  327427
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 4700
FSC  307
FSS  112;116;125;130;132 M;85-87
FSC  327
FSS  374;379;427
FSC  333
FSS  2;101;17.1
UREF
PNO  5274343
ISD  19931200
NAM  Russell et al.
OCL  333103
UREF
PNO  5350957
ISD  19940900
NAM  Cooper et al.
OCL  327427
UREF
PNO  5731607
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kohama
OCL  257275
UREF
PNO  5812939
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kohama
OCL  455 78
UREF
PNO  5825227
ISD  19981000
NAM  Kohama et al.
OCL  327308
LREP
FR2  Kita; Gerald K.
ABST
PAL  An electronic SPDT switch (1) has, a series FET (9) in a first circuit arm
      (4) between a common port (2) and a first port (3), a shunt FET (10) in a
      second circuit arm (6) between the common port (2) and a second port (5),
      the shunt FET (10) being isolated 90 degrees or 1/4 wavelength from the
      common port (2), a source applying pull-up voltage to sources of
      respective FETs (9, 10) and to the common port (2), to provide a
      connection of the common port (2) with said second port (5), a source
      applying a first control voltage of opposite logic state to said gates,
      and the FETs (9, 10) being depletion mode FETs that conduct at a zero sum
      of said bias voltage and said control voltage, and that conduct when DC
      power is interrupted, to provide a connection of the common port (2) with
      the first port (3).
PATN
WKU  059905816
SRC  9
APN  1277030
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980731
TTL  Method and system for allowing a power supply circuit to use a small
      current specification switch
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Garlepp; Ed
EXP  Gaffin; Jeffrey
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ikegami; Hiroyuki
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kawata; Toshiro
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation of Japan
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Sony Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Park Ridge
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  307131
XCL  323908
XCL  363 49
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 4700
FSC  307
FSS  131
FSC  323
FSS  908
FSC  363
FSS  49
UREF
PNO  5124630
ISD  19920600
NAM  Tsutsumi
OCL  323299
UREF
PNO  5187653
ISD  19930200
NAM  Lorenz
OCL  363 89
UREF
PNO  5287262
ISD  19940200
NAM  Shilo
OCL  363143
UREF
PNO  5394063
ISD  19950200
NAM  Nakazawa
OCL  315159
UREF
PNO  5420780
ISD  19950500
NAM  Bernstein et al.
OCL  363 89
UREF
PNO  5574632
ISD  19961100
NAM  Pansier
OCL  363 49
UREF
PNO  5619127
ISD  19970400
NAM  Warizaya
OCL  323275
LREP
FRM  Wagner Murabito & Hao LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and system for allowing a power supply circuit to limit inrush
      current and to use a small current specification switch. The power supply
      circuit comprises a transformer that receives a power signal from a
      primary circuit and supplies power of a selected voltage to a secondary
      circuit, to which a load is coupled. The primary circuit comprises a
      rectifier for providing a rectified power signal to the transformer, a
      power supply controller for controlling the transformer, and a small
      current specification switch coupled between a kick resistor and the power
      supply controller, where the kick resistor functions to activate the power
      supply controller when the circuit is first turned on. By coupling the
      switch between the kick resistor and the power supply controller, the
      present invention not only utilizes the high impedance kick resistor to
      limit inrush current through the switch so that the switch can have a
      small current specification, but also ensures that current to the power
      supply controller is cut off when the switch is open. Thus, when the load
      is powered off with the switch open, no wattage is dissipated by the power
      supply controller either and total power consumption of the circuit is
      thereby minimized. The primary circuit optionally comprises a voltage
      limiter coupled to protect the power supply controller. Additionally, the
      primary circuit optionally comprises an impedance element coupled to
      further limit inrush current.
PATN
WKU  059905824
SRC  8
APN  9424474
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971001
TTL  Computer fan speed control device
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Paladini; Albert W.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Henderson; Michael G.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Amdahl; Carlton G.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Smith; Dennis H.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Micron Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  307139
XCL  307130
XCL  388827
XCL  388840
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  720
FSC  307
FSS  116;126;130
FSC  388
FSS  823;840;841
FSC  236
FSS  DIG. 9
UREF
PNO  3345551
ISD  19671000
NAM  Salvin et al.
OCL  388839
UREF
PNO  3940671
ISD  19760200
NAM  Koci
OCL  388839
UREF
PNO  4296363
ISD  19811000
NAM  Blake et al.
OCL  318349
UREF
PNO  4449182
ISD  19840500
NAM  Rubinson et al.
UREF
PNO  4465958
ISD  19840800
NAM  Roberts
OCL  318347
UREF
PNO  4751440
ISD  19880600
NAM  Dang
OCL  318370
UREF
PNO  4835737
ISD  19890500
NAM  Herrig
UREF
PNO  4949245
ISD  19900800
NAM  Martin et al.
UREF
PNO  4992709
ISD  19910200
NAM  Griffin
OCL  388839
UREF
PNO  4999787
ISD  19910300
NAM  McNally et al.
UREF
PNO  5210855
ISD  19930500
NAM  Bartol
UREF
PNO  5269011
ISD  19931200
NAM  Yanai et al.
UREF
PNO  5272584
ISD  19931200
NAM  Austruy et al.
UREF
PNO  5317693
ISD  19940500
NAM  Cuenod et al.
UREF
PNO  5329625
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kannan et al.
UREF
PNO  5337413
ISD  19940800
NAM  Liu et al.
UREF
PNO  5386567
ISD  19950100
NAM  Lien et al.
UREF
PNO  5483419
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kaczeus et al.
UREF
PNO  5493574
ISD  19960200
NAM  McKinley
UREF
PNO  5493666
ISD  19960200
NAM  Fitch
UREF
PNO  5517646
ISD  19960500
NAM  Piccirillo et al.
UREF
PNO  5528721
ISD  19960600
NAM  Searcy, II et al.
OCL  388824
UREF
PNO  5555510
ISD  19960900
NAM  Verseput et al.
UREF
PNO  5564024
ISD  19961000
NAM  Pemberton
UREF
PNO  5568610
ISD  19961000
NAM  Brown
UREF
PNO  5577155
ISD  19961100
NAM  Buchbinder
OCL  388839
UREF
PNO  5579491
ISD  19961100
NAM  Jeffries et al.
UREF
PNO  5581712
ISD  19961200
NAM  Herrman
UREF
PNO  5588144
ISD  19961200
NAM  Inoue et al.
UREF
PNO  5606672
ISD  19970200
NAM  Wade
UREF
PNO  5608876
ISD  19970300
NAM  Cohen et al.
UREF
PNO  5615207
ISD  19970300
NAM  Gephardt et al.
UREF
PNO  5632021
ISD  19970500
NAM  Jennings et al.
UREF
PNO  5638289
ISD  19970600
NAM  Yamada et al.
UREF
PNO  5644470
ISD  19970700
NAM  Benedict et al.
UREF
PNO  5644731
ISD  19970700
NAM  Liencres et al.
UREF
PNO  5651006
ISD  19970700
NAM  Fujino et al.
UREF
PNO  5652832
ISD  19970700
NAM  Kane et al.
UREF
PNO  5664119
ISD  19970900
NAM  Jeffries et al.
UREF
PNO  5680288
ISD  19971000
NAM  Carey et al.
UREF
PNO  5687079
ISD  19971100
NAM  Bauer et al.
OCL  364175
UREF
PNO  5696970
ISD  19971200
NAM  Sandage et al.
UREF
PNO  5726506
ISD  19980300
NAM  Wood
UREF
PNO  5740378
ISD  19980400
NAM  Rehl et al.
UREF
PNO  5747889
ISD  19980500
NAM  Raynham et al.
UREF
PNO  5748426
ISD  19980500
NAM  Bendingfield et al.
UREF
PNO  5754797
ISD  19980500
NAM  Takahashi
UREF
PNO  5761033
ISD  19980600
NAM  Wilhelm
UREF
PNO  5761045
ISD  19980600
NAM  Olson et al.
UREF
PNO  5764968
ISD  19980600
NAM  Ninomiya
UREF
PNO  5765198
ISD  19980600
NAM  McCrocklin et al.
UREF
PNO  5768541
ISD  19980600
NAM  Pan-Ratzlaff
UREF
PNO  5768542
ISD  19980600
NAM  Enstrom et al.
UREF
PNO  5781767
ISD  19980700
NAM  Inoue et al.
UREF
PNO  5781798
ISD  19980700
NAM  Beatty et al.
UREF
PNO  5784576
ISD  19980700
NAM  Guthrie et al.
UREF
PNO  5790831
ISD  19980800
NAM  Lin et al.
UREF
PNO  5793987
ISD  19980800
NAM  Quackenbush et al.
UREF
PNO  5794035
ISD  19980800
NAM  Golub et al.
UREF
PNO  5796185
ISD  19980800
NAM  Takata et al.
UREF
PNO  5796981
ISD  19980800
NAM  Abudayyeh et al.
UREF
PNO  5798828
ISD  19980800
NAM  Thomas et al.
UREF
PNO  5799036
ISD  19980800
NAM  Staples
UREF
PNO  5802269
ISD  19980900
NAM  Poisner et al.
UREF
PNO  5802393
ISD  19980900
NAM  Begun et al.
UREF
PNO  5802552
ISD  19980900
NAM  Fandrich et al.
UREF
PNO  5805834
ISD  19980900
NAM  McKinley et al.
UREF
PNO  5809224
ISD  19980900
NAM  Schultz et al.
UREF
PNO  5812757
ISD  19980900
NAM  Okamoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5812858
ISD  19980900
NAM  Nookala et al.
UREF
PNO  5815117
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kolanek
UREF
PNO  5822547
ISD  19981000
NAM  Boesch et al.
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear, LLP
ABST
PAL  A cooling system for cooling components of a computer is provided. The
      cooling system includes a DC fan which operates at a speed which is
      substantially proportional to the voltage that is applied to the fan. A
      zener diode voltage divider is connected in series between a voltage
      source and a first input of the fan. The second input of the fan is
      connected to a reference voltage source. A switch is also connected in
      series between the voltage source and the first voltage input of the fan
      so as to be connected in parallel with the zener diode voltage divider.
      When the switch is in a first position, the voltage produced by the
      voltage source is applied directly to the fan allowing the fan to operate
      at a first speed. When the switch is in a second position, the voltage
      from the voltage source is applied to the first input of the fan through
      the zener diode such that the first input of the fan receives a second
      voltage that is less than the first voltage thereby causing the fan to
      operate at a second speed. The zener diode voltage divider is
      substantially current independent such that the voltage drop across the
      zener diode is substantially independent of the current that is drawn by
      the fan.
PATN
WKU  059905832
SRC  9
APN  1893513
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19981109
TTL  Shaft-type linear motor
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Jones; Judson H.
EXP  Ramirez; Nestor
NDR  21
NFG  43
INVT
NAM  Nanba; Katsuhiro
CTY  Okazaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kitaoka; Toshio
CTY  Toyokawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yagoto; Mitsutoshi
CTY  Okazaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Minolta Co. , Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970514
APN  9-123724
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980521
APN  8-125544
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980521
APN  8-126120
RLAP
COD  74
APN  861208
APD  19970521
PSC  01
PNO  5913091
CLAS
OCL  310 12
EDF  6
ICL  H02K 4100
FSC  310
FSS  12;13;14;89;15;17
UREF
PNO  3599020
ISD  19710800
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL  310 13
UREF
PNO  4562385
ISD  19851200
NAM  Rabson
OCL  318135
UREF
PNO  4603963
ISD  19860800
NAM  Hinton et al.
OCL  355  8
UREF
PNO  4862218
ISD  19890800
NAM  Tsunoda et al.
OCL  355235
UREF
PNO  5191377
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kagiura et al.
OCL  355235
UREF
PNO  5231336
ISD  19930700
NAM  van Namen
OCL  318128
UREF
PNO  5575577
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kawakami et al.
OCL  400705.1
UREF
PNO  5606206
ISD  19970200
NAM  Stephany et al.
OCL  310 13
FREF
PNO  57-52365
ISD  19820300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-6767
ISD  19840100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sidley & Austin
ABST
PAL  An image reading apparatus comprising a fluorescent lamp for lighting an
      original document; an inverter circuit for turning on the lamp; a
      plurality of optical part carrying sliders carrying the lamp on one of the
      sliders; and a magnetic encoder including a magnetism detecting element,
      wherein the detecting element and the inverter circuit (and an operation
      panel having a LCD) are spaced from each other and are located at opposite
      sides of a center of a travel region of the sliders.
PAL  A shaft-type linear motor comprising a yoke stationarily arranged along the
      moving direction of a movable piece and made of a ferromagnetic material.
PAL  A shaft-type linear motor comprising a shaft-type stator and a movable
      piece reciprocatable along the stator, wherein the stator and the movable
      piece are covered with a protection cover. The cover may be made of a
      ferromagnetic material.
PATN
WKU  059905840
SRC  9
APN  139889&
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980825
TTL  Direct current torque motor with extended stator poles
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Mullins; B
EXP  Ramirez; Nestor
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Luo; Jian
CTY  Southfield
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Turner; David
CTY  Bloomfield Hills
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Detweiler; Charles A.
CTY  Durand
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Eaton Corporation
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  310 36
XCL  310216
XCL  310254
XCL  310258
XCL  310156
XCL  335229
XCL  335281
EDF  6
ICL  H02K 3316
ICL  H02K 3300
FSC  310
FSS  36;38;39;177;156;216;254;258;259
FSC  417
FSS  410.1
FSC  335
FSS  229;281
UREF
PNO  3644763
ISD  19720200
NAM  Skrobisch
OCL  310 36
UREF
PNO  4345228
ISD  19820800
NAM  Idogaki et al.
OCL  310 36
UREF
PNO  4500861
ISD  19850200
NAM  Nelson
OCL  335253
UREF
PNO  4575652
ISD  19860300
NAM  Gogue
OCL  310 49R
UREF
PNO  4731778
ISD  19880300
NAM  Van Hout et al.
OCL  369266
UREF
PNO  5355373
ISD  19941000
NAM  Salmon et al.
OCL  310 71
LREP
FR2  Johnston; Roger A.
ABST
PAL  A permanent magnet D.C. torque motor has the stator mounted in cantilever
      from a base and nested in a cup-shaped rotor journalled for rotation on
      the base. The permanent magnets are disposed about the inner periphery of
      the rotor. The stator core has a plurality of radially outwardly directed
      webs with coils therearound and may be formed integrally as one-piece or
      laminated. The pole segments may be integrally formed with the web or
      attached as separate members. The pole segments have truncated cylindrical
      pole shoe surfaces forming radial air gaps with the rotor magnets. The
      pole segments extend axially and transversely beyond the webs. The axial
      pole segment extensions provide increased total flux for a given motor
      volume without an increase in ampere turns of electrical energization. The
      motor of the present invention is particularly suitable as an engine air
      throttle actuator.
PATN
WKU  059905859
SRC  9
APN  0490350
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980327
TTL  Two-axis magnetically coupled robot
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Mullins; B
EXP  Ramirez; Nestor
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Lowrance; Robert B.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Applied Materials, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  844871
APD  19970422
PSC  01
PNO  5764012
RLAP
COD  81
APN  548945
APD  19951026
PSC  01
PNO  5656902
RLAP
COD  81
APN  298382
APD  19940830
PSC  01
PNO  5469035
RLAP
COD  81
APN  025204
APD  19930302
PSC  01
PNO  5355066
RLAP
COD  84
APN  644852
APD  19910122
PSC  01
PNO  5227708
RLAP
COD  81
APN  424771
APD  19891020
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  310 67R
XCL  310 75R
XCL  310 80
XCL  414222
XCL  901 20
EDF  6
ICL  G21K  510
ICL  B25J  914
FSC  310
FSS  83;103;80;12;75 R;66;67 R
FSC  901
FSS  29;19;23;24
FSC  414
FSS  222;223;730;731;732;733;734;735;736
UREF
PNO  2722617
ISD  19551100
NAM  Cluwen et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  2973107
ISD  19610200
NAM  Cherel
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  2993152
ISD  19610700
NAM  Pierce et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  3523204
ISD  19700800
NAM  Rand
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  3781626
ISD  19731200
NAM  Kubo et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  3799057
ISD  19740300
NAM  Cassel
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  3936683
ISD  19760200
NAM  Walker
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  3954191
ISD  19760500
NAM  Wittkower et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4163164
ISD  19790700
NAM  Pieters
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4163914
ISD  19790800
NAM  Keyes
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4215330
ISD  19800700
NAM  Hartman
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4341502
ISD  19820700
NAM  Makino
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4379598
ISD  19830400
NAM  Goldowsky
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4381466
ISD  19830400
NAM  Laenens
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4424473
ISD  19840100
NAM  Gorman
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4443043
ISD  19840400
NAM  Yamaguchi
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4450570
ISD  19840500
NAM  Weingartner et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4544317
ISD  19851000
NAM  Carter
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4634889
ISD  19870100
NAM  Foggia et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4648784
ISD  19870300
NAM  Wiedemann et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4648785
ISD  19870300
NAM  Nakagawa et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4651591
ISD  19870300
NAM  Wurst
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4664578
ISD  19870500
NAM  Kakchi
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4666366
ISD  19870500
NAM  Davis
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4712971
ISD  19871200
NAM  Fyler
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4715764
ISD  19871200
NAM  Hutchinson
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4730976
ISD  19880300
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  310156
UREF
PNO  4767378
ISD  19880800
NAM  Obermann
OCL  220260
UREF
PNO  4786359
ISD  19881100
NAM  Stark et al.
OCL  220260
UREF
PNO  4808869
ISD  19890200
NAM  Kopp
OCL  220260
UREF
PNO  4813846
ISD  19890300
NAM  Helms
OCL  414744.1
UREF
PNO  4819167
ISD  19890400
NAM  Cheng et al.
OCL  318640
UREF
PNO  4836826
ISD  19890600
NAM  Carter
OCL  318640
UREF
PNO  4841908
ISD  19890600
NAM  Jacobson et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4861563
ISD  19890800
NAM  Shekerjian et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4867629
ISD  19890900
NAM  Iwasawa et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4896064
ISD  19900100
NAM  Taiani
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4900997
ISD  19900200
NAM  Durand et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4908095
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kagatsume et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4909701
ISD  19900300
NAM  Hardegen et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4920551
ISD  19900400
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4923584
ISD  19900500
NAM  Bramhall, Jr. et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4944860
ISD  19900700
NAM  Bramhall, Jr. et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4951601
ISD  19900800
NAM  Maydan et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4952299
ISD  19900800
NAM  Chrisos et al.
OCL  414225
UREF
PNO  4955590
ISD  19900900
NAM  Narushima et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4962441
ISD  19901000
NAM  Collins
OCL  250492.2
UREF
PNO  4962726
ISD  19901000
NAM  Matsushita et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  4975586
ISD  19901200
NAM  Ray
OCL  250492.2
UREF
PNO  5000652
ISD  19910300
NAM  Christensen et al.
OCL  901 36
UREF
PNO  5007784
ISD  19910400
NAM  Genov et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  5013949
ISD  19910500
NAM  Mabe, Jr.
OCL  901 36
UREF
PNO  5019233
ISD  19910500
NAM  Blake et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  5046909
ISD  19910900
NAM  Murdoch
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  5058526
ISD  19911000
NAM  Matsushita et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  5065495
ISD  19911100
NAM  Narushima et al.
OCL   29559
UREF
PNO  5080549
ISD  19920100
NAM  Goodwin et al.
OCL  414744.8
UREF
PNO  5083896
ISD  19920100
NAM  Uchara et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  5092728
ISD  19920300
NAM  Crabb et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  5121705
ISD  19920600
NAM  Sugino
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  5134640
ISD  19920700
NAM  Hirokawa et al.
OCL  318568.1
UREF
PNO  5147175
ISD  19920900
NAM  Tada
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  5151008
ISD  19920900
NAM  Ishida et al.
OCL  318640
UREF
PNO  5178512
ISD  19930100
NAM  Skrobak
OCL  414225
UREF
PNO  5178638
ISD  19930100
NAM  Kaneko et al.
OCL   29 25.01
UREF
PNO  5180276
ISD  19930100
NAM  Hendrickson
OCL  318640
UREF
PNO  5180955
ISD  19930100
NAM  Karidis et al.
OCL  318568.1
UREF
PNO  5195866
ISD  19930300
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  414749
UREF
PNO  5204572
ISD  19930400
NAM  Ferreira
OCL  318568.1
UREF
PNO  5204573
ISD  19930400
NAM  Bederson et al.
OCL  310198
UREF
PNO  5227708
ISD  19930700
NAM  Lowrance
OCL  310198
UREF
PNO  5229615
ISD  19930700
NAM  Brune et al.
OCL  250492.2
UREF
PNO  5270600
ISD  19931200
NAM  Hashimoto
OCL  310 75D
UREF
PNO  5291112
ISD  19940300
NAM  Karidis et al.
OCL  310 75D
UREF
PNO  5292393
ISD  19940300
NAM  Mayden et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  5293107
ISD  19940300
NAM  Akeel
OCL  318568.1
UREF
PNO  5294209
ISD  19940300
NAM  Naka et al.
OCL  403 24
UREF
PNO  5297910
ISD  19940300
NAM  Yoshioka et al.
OCL   29 25.01
UREF
PNO  5310410
ISD  19940500
NAM  Begin et al.
OCL   29 25.01
UREF
PNO  5324155
ISD  19940600
NAM  Goodwin et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  5355066
ISD  19941000
NAM  Lowrance
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  5445491
ISD  19950800
NAM  Nakagawa et al.
OCL  414217
UREF
PNO  5764012
ISD  19980600
NAM  Lowrance
OCL  318568.1
FREF
PNO  0066014
ISD  19811000
CNT  EPX
ICL  B25J  900
FREF
PNO  0160305
ISD  19850500
CNT  EPX
ICL  B25J 1700
FREF
PNO  0272141
ISD  19871200
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01L 2100
FREF
PNO  0423608
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
ICL  B25J  912
FREF
PNO  90119433
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2633863
ISD  19880700
CNT  FRX
ICL  B25J  904
FREF
PNO  9/2000071
ISD  19920100
CNT  DEX
ICL  B25J  910
FREF
PNO  3296235
ISD  19970100
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 2168
FREF
PNO  8809246
ISD  19881200
CNT  WOX
ICL  B25J  910
OREF
PAL  Particulate-Free Vacuum Handler and Transfer System: IBM Technical
      Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 32 No. 3A, Aug. 1989, pp. 443-445.
PAL  Joint Development Agreement between Applied Materials and two unrelated
      companies, dtd. May 29, 1991, pp. 1-14.
PAL  Brochure entitled Recoma Standard Couplings, date prior to Jan. 28, 1993 (2
      pages).
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A robot having a pair of magnetic couplings that each couple a motor in a
      cylindrical first chamber to an associated cylindrical ring closely spaced
      from the cylindrical wall of said first chamber. The robot includes a
      mechanism to convert rotation of each of these rings into separate motions
      of the robot. In the preferred embodiment, these separate motions are
      radial and rotational.
PATN
WKU  059905867
SRC  9
APN  1021478
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980622
TTL  Multi-actuator having position controller
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Lam; Thanh
EXP  LaBalle; Clayton
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Milano, Jr.; Arthur J.
CTY  Burlington
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Seitz Corporation
CTY  Torrington
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  310 75R
XCL  310 99
XCL  310 83
XCL  318663
XCL  318666
XCL  318 12
XCL  318  9
XCL  318 15
XCL  318667
XCL  318670
XCL  318664
XCL  338164
XCL  338184
XCL  338199
EDF  6
ICL  H02K  710
FSC  318
FSS  663;666;12;9;15;667;670;664
FSC  338
FSS  164;184;199
FSC  310
FSS  99;85
UREF
PNO  3558945
ISD  19710100
NAM  Hulle
OCL  310101
UREF
PNO  3735325
ISD  19730500
NAM  Akashi
OCL  338164
UREF
PNO  4311946
ISD  19820100
NAM  Pathmann
OCL  318663
UREF
PNO  4616164
ISD  19861000
NAM  Kenny et al.
OCL  318666
UREF
PNO  4902953
ISD  19900200
NAM  Kraft et al.
OCL  318663
UREF
PNO  4931710
ISD  19900600
NAM  DeVara et al.
OCL  318663
UREF
PNO  4950965
ISD  19900800
NAM  Kenny et al.
OCL  318560
UREF
PNO  5053661
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kitamura et al.
OCL  310 99
UREF
PNO  5184039
ISD  19930200
NAM  Kraft
OCL  310 89
UREF
PNO  5404060
ISD  19950400
NAM  Nakahashi et al.
OCL  310 83
LREP
FR2  Hoopes; Dallett
ABST
PAL  Feedback potentiometer-type servoactuator uses the ring gear of a planetary
      gear system to drive the wiper across a resistive arc of less than
      360.degree. where the actuator has a travel of multiple turns. The ring
      gear is supported by spaced struts in the actuator housing.
PATN
WKU  059905875
SRC  8
APN  8838321
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970627
TTL  Low friction, high precision actuator
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  31
EXA  Le; Dang Dinh
EXP  Enad; Elvin G.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Shimanovich; Michael
CTY  Woodhaven
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Caudill; Reggie J.
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Chang; Timothy N.
CTY  Pompton Plains
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Ji; Zhiming
CTY  Whippany
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  New Jersey Institute of Technology
CTY  Newark
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  310 80
XCL  310 12
XCL  310 905
XCL  310103
XCL   744248R
EDF  6
ICL  H02K  706
ICL  H02K 4100
ICL  H02K  709
ICL  F16H  118
FSC  310
FSS  80;12;90;90.5;103;20
FSC   74
FSS  424.8 R
UREF
PNO  3777587
ISD  19731200
NAM  Hoshina et al.
OCL   74428R
UREF
PNO  3824420
ISD  19740700
NAM  Stegeman et al.
OCL  310 89
UREF
PNO  4123691
ISD  19781000
NAM  Seilly
OCL  318119
UREF
PNO  4145625
ISD  19790300
NAM  Seilly
OCL  310 27
UREF
PNO  4214180
ISD  19800700
NAM  Kuwako et al.
OCL  310 80
UREF
PNO  4439702
ISD  19840300
NAM  Belikov et al.
OCL  310 80
UREF
PNO  4712027
ISD  19871200
NAM  Karidis et al.
OCL  310 12
UREF
PNO  4734605
ISD  19880300
NAM  Hayashi
OCL  310 80
UREF
PNO  4741220
ISD  19880500
NAM  Watanbe et al.
OCL   74424.6
UREF
PNO  4841204
ISD  19890600
NAM  Studer
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  4869626
ISD  19890900
NAM  Kosmowski
OCL  408129
UREF
PNO  4920292
ISD  19900400
NAM  Albrecht et al.
OCL  310114
UREF
PNO  5099161
ISD  19920300
NAM  Wolfbauer, III
OCL  310 80
UREF
PNO  5130585
ISD  19920700
NAM  Iwamatsu et al.
OCL  310 59
UREF
PNO  5177387
ISD  19930100
NAM  McMichael et al.
OCL  310 90.5
UREF
PNO  5179304
ISD  19930100
NAM  Kenjo et al.
OCL  310 12
UREF
PNO  5331861
ISD  19940700
NAM  Joffe
OCL   74 89.15
OREF
PAL  Kikuchi et al. (1993) IEEE Trans. on Magnetics 29:2923-5.
PAL  Koyo Magnet Screw, Koyo Machine Industrie Co. catalog.
PAL  i, T. (1987) World Congress of IFToMM, pp. 1545-1548.
LREP
FRM  Klauber & Jackson
ABST
PAL  In one embodiment, a device for generating ultra-high precision rectilinear
      movement based on aerostatic suspension and magnetic traction, the device
      including a nut, a leadscrew, a thrust bearing, a contactless motor, and
      feedback drive electronics. The contactless motor provides the actuation
      by turning the leadscrew which is made of magnetically soft materials and
      has a pitched helical groove machined on its surface. The leadscrew passes
      through the core of the nut which is free to move in a rectilinear motion
      on a aerostatically suspended guide. The nut, also made with magnetic
      material, has a matching helical groove in its core so that a closed
      magnetic circuit is formed between the grooves of the leadscrew and the
      nut. The closed circuit in turn provides the necessary magnetic traction
      to move the nut in a rectilinear fashion. A primary aerostatic suspension
      is utilized to stabilize and center the leadscrew and nut transversally. A
      secondary transversal stabilization is provided by the thrust bearing to
      center the leadscrew in the axial direction. The nut is vibrationally
      isolated and can be rectilinearly moved with precision. Thus, all surface
      friction is eliminated, thereby reducing friction to that generated by
      air.
PATN
WKU  059905883
SRC  8
APN  7666837
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19961213
TTL  Induction motor driven seal-less pump
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  LaBalle; Clayton
NDR  5
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Kliman; Gerald Burt
CTY  Niskayuna
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Siemers; Paul Alfred
CTY  Clifton Park
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Saban; Daniel Michael
CTY  Fort Wayne
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  General Electric Company
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  310 86
EDF  6
ICL  H02K  5128
FSC  310
FSS  43;45;86;87;214;104
FSC  417
FSS  357;420;423.7;423.11;423.14
UREF
PNO  1396033
ISD  19211100
NAM  Francis
OCL   29596
UREF
PNO  1722294
ISD  19290700
NAM  Fisher
OCL  310 86
UREF
PNO  1994534
ISD  19350300
NAM  Robinson
OCL   29605
UREF
PNO  2126385
ISD  19380800
NAM  Harbordt
OCL  310 86
UREF
PNO  2128544
ISD  19380800
NAM  Surjaninoff
OCL  310 86
UREF
PNO  2153563
ISD  19390400
NAM  Hubacker
OCL  310 86
UREF
PNO  2310422
ISD  19430200
NAM  Gold
OCL  310 86
UREF
PNO  2387073
ISD  19451000
NAM  Horlacher
OCL  310211
UREF
PNO  2506629
ISD  19500500
NAM  Bilde et al.
OCL  310 86
UREF
PNO  2654848
ISD  19531000
NAM  Schaefer
OCL  310 87
UREF
PNO  2657322
ISD  19531000
NAM  Holst
OCL  310 86
UREF
PNO  2768315
ISD  19561000
NAM  Okabe
OCL  310 86
UREF
PNO  3066371
ISD  19621200
NAM  Galtz
OCL  310 87
UREF
PNO  3212170
ISD  19651000
NAM  Marshall
OCL  310 43
UREF
PNO  3443136
ISD  19690500
NAM  Freeman et al.
OCL  310194
UREF
PNO  3808135
ISD  19740400
NAM  Weigel et al.
OCL  252 62.54
UREF
PNO  3848331
ISD  19741100
NAM  Pavlik et al.
OCL   29596
UREF
PNO  4947065
ISD  19900800
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  310 44
UREF
PNO  5004577
ISD  19910400
NAM  Ward
OCL  264112
UREF
PNO  5015982
ISD  19910500
NAM  Skinner et al.
OCL  336 69
UREF
PNO  5121021
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ward
OCL  310154
UREF
PNO  5210493
ISD  19930500
NAM  Schroeder et al.
OCL  324252
UREF
PNO  5211896
ISD  19930500
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  264126
UREF
PNO  5221503
ISD  19930600
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  264104
OREF
PAL  U.S. Patent Application Entitled "Fabrication of Induction Motors" by G.B.
      Kliman, et al, Ser. No. 08/317,077 (Attorney Docket RD-23,3654) Filed Oct.
      3, 1994.
LREP
FR2  Agosti; Ann M.
FR2  Breedlove; Jill M.
ABST
PAL  A seal-less pump and electric motor assembly includes a motor rotor fixed
      to a driving shaft connected to an impeller in the pump assembly. The
      rotor and impeller are enclosed in a common housing such that the rotor
      rotates within any fluid being pumped by the impeller. The portion of the
      housing circumscribing the rotor includes a plurality of axially
      extending, circumferentially spaced strips of magnetic material
      penetrating through plastic material of the housing. Each of the strips
      coincide with corresponding ones of the pole teeth of a motor stator
      circumscribing the outer portion of the housing such that the strips in
      the housing act as extensions of the pole teeth. In one embodiment, the
      strips of magnetic material in the housing are formed by molding powdered
      iron in a plastic binder material. The strips are then placed in a mold in
      which the housing is formed by injecting plastic. The plastic binder in
      the strips melds with the injected plastic to form a continuous housing
      for enclosing the rotor. The ferromagnetic material strips extend through
      the housing and are spaced from the rotor surface by a normal air gap
      distance so as to improve the efficiency of the motor by having the
      magnetic strip act as extensions of the motor stator pole teeth. In one
      embodiment, the rotor includes a shaft, a core including a molded magnetic
      powder and plastic composite material surrounding the shaft, and an
      annular corrosion resistant electrically conductive tube surrounding the
      core.
PATN
WKU  059905891
SRC  8
APN  9904638
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971215
TTL  Brushless motor having core holder mounting to base board forming gap
      for wire insertion
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Tran N
EXP  Ramirez; Nestor
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Ushikoshi; Isao
CTY  Nagano
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Sankyo Seiki Seisakusho
CTY  Nagano
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961213
APN  8-333425
CLAS
OCL  310 90
XCL  310 71
XCL  310194
XCL  310DIG6
EDF  6
ICL  H02K  500
FSC  310
FSS  71;67 R;91;194;216;217;218;254;DIG. 6
UREF
PNO  Re34001
ISD  19920700
NAM  Wrobel
OCL  310 71
UREF
PNO  4633110
ISD  19861200
NAM  Genco et al.
OCL  310 71
UREF
PNO  5173628
ISD  19921200
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  310 71
UREF
PNO  5519271
ISD  19960500
NAM  Sakashita et al.
OCL  310 71
UREF
PNO  5747908
ISD  19980500
NAM  Saneshige et al.
OCL  310 91
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  In a brushless motor (1), a stator base board (10) has three grooves (14)
      which are cut radially of a mounting hole (103). A core holder (32)
      holding a stator core (31) has three protrusions (33) which extend
      downwardly in the direction of the axis of the motor (1). Each of the
      protrusions (33) has a first engaging portion (331) having a width which
      is substantially equal to a width of the grooves (14), and a second
      engaging portion (332) which is semi-circularly protruded from the outer
      cylindrical surface of the first engaging portion (331). When each of the
      protrusions (33) is fitted in the respective cut portions (14), two gaps
      (34) are formed between the outer surfaces of the second engaging portion
      (332) and the inner surfaces of the cut portions (14). Through the gaps
      (34), coil terminals (351) are extended from the upper surface (102) of
      the stator base board (10) to the lower surface, and are then soldered to
      lands (43) of the wiring pattern.
PATN
WKU  059905905
SRC  9
APN  0948497
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980615
TTL  Versatile AC dynamo-electric machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  LaBalle; Clayton
NDR  7
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Roesel, Jr.; John F.
CTY  Bradenton
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Barber; Ronnie J.
CTY  Bradenton
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Precise Power Corporation
CTY  Bradenton
STA  FL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  648120
APD  19960910
PSC  01
PNO  5838085
CLAS
OCL  310113
XCL  310112
XCL  310114
EDF  6
ICL  H02K 1600
FSC  310
FSS  112;113;114;115;118;122;126
UREF
PNO  2113102
ISD  19380400
NAM  Whittle
OCL  310113
UREF
PNO  3050635
ISD  19620800
NAM  Tanner
OCL  307 64
UREF
PNO  3931535
ISD  19760100
NAM  Roesel, Jr.
OCL  310113
UREF
PNO  4168459
ISD  19790900
NAM  Roesel, Jr.
OCL  310112
UREF
PNO  4177414
ISD  19791200
NAM  Roesel, Jr. et al.
OCL  307 78
UREF
PNO  4227136
ISD  19801000
NAM  Roesel, Jr.
OCL  318701
UREF
PNO  4406950
ISD  19830900
NAM  Roesel, Jr.
OCL  290  4C
UREF
PNO  4412170
ISD  19831000
NAM  Roesel, Jr.
OCL  307 64
UREF
PNO  4447737
ISD  19840500
NAM  Cronin
OCL  310114
UREF
PNO  4466536
ISD  19840800
NAM  Zeitel
OCL  206273
UREF
PNO  4600873
ISD  19860700
NAM  Roesel, Jr. et al.
OCL  310163
UREF
PNO  4663536
ISD  19870500
NAM  Roesel, Jr. et al.
OCL  318705
UREF
PNO  4827152
ISD  19890500
NAM  Farkas
OCL  307 68
UREF
PNO  5068587
ISD  19911100
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  318771
UREF
PNO  5254894
ISD  19931000
NAM  Satake et al.
OCL  310114
UREF
PNO  5281879
ISD  19940100
NAM  Satake et al.
OCL  310114
UREF
PNO  5311062
ISD  19940500
NAM  Farkas
OCL  310116
FREF
PNO  421655
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  607426
ISD  19781200
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  994108
ISD  19650600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady LLP
ABST
PAL  The Invention comprises a versatile AC dynamo-electric machine comprising
      isolated dual stators, each both concentrated windings energizable with
      single-phase AC, and main windings and a single high inertia sleeve and
      drive place connected to a rotor shaft. The sleeve contains independent
      electrical rotors, one for each stator. Each rotor has an innermost layer
      of magnetizable permanent magnetic material in which the concentrated
      coils in the stator produce a desired pattern of magnetic poles reacting
      with the rotating field of the main windings. The machine can function as
      a synchronous AC motor, or a constant frequency output dual AC generator
      or as an AC motor-generator with long ride-through time. A UPS system
      comprises the machine in the motor-generator mode, with clutch means to
      connect an engine to the rotor shaft to start the engine.
PATN
WKU  059905913
SRC  9
APN  027223&
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980220
TTL  Permanent magnet type synchronous motor
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Le; Dang Dinh
EXP  Ramirez; Nestor
NDR  8
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Yamaguchi; Yasuo
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hasebe; Masahiro
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Wakuta; Satoru
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Aisin Aw Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970221
APN  9-037945
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971118
APN  9-317120
CLAS
OCL  310156
XCL  310162
XCL  310261
XCL  310216
EDF  6
ICL  H02K 2112
ICL  H02K 1900
ICL  H02K  100
ICL  H02K  122
FSC  310
FSS  156;162;261;216;217;218;265
UREF
PNO  3657582
ISD  19720400
NAM  Phelon
OCL  310156
UREF
PNO  5631512
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kawabata et al.
OCL  310156
UREF
PNO  5760520
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hasebe et al.
OCL  310261
UREF
PNO  5811904
ISD  19980900
NAM  Tajima et al.
OCL  310156
LREP
FRM  Lorusso & Loud
ABST
PAL  A permanent magnet type synchronous motor includes an iron core rotor
      having a plurality of holes which are circumferentially spaced, permanent
      magnets mounted in the holes, an iron core stator and coils arranged in
      the stator iron core. The permanent magnets are defined by a flat surface
      extending tangentially of the rotor, tapered surfaces formed at both ends
      of the flat surface and extending obliquely outward in a direction
      approaching each other, and an arcuate surface joining the two tapered
      surfaces. Each permanent magnet is supported by tapered surfaces formed at
      opposing ends of the holes and extending obliquely and radially outward in
      a direction approaching each other. When the rotor is rotated, the
      centrifugal force is received at the tapered surfaces of the holes, rather
      than at their arcuate portion.
PATN
WKU  059905921
SRC  9
APN  129606&
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980805
TTL  Magnets containing-type alternating-current motor and method of
      designing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Tamai; Karl I.E.
EXP  Ramirez; Nestor
NDR  11
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Miura; Tetsuya
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawabata; Yasutomo
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Inaguma; Yukio
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Arakawa; Toshinobu
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970905
APN  9-257887
CLAS
OCL  310156
XCL  310 43
XCL   29598
EDF  6
ICL  H02K  127
FSC  310
FSS  156;216;42
FSC   29
FSS  596;598
FREF
PNO  2 645 364
ISD  19901000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2-202329
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-79536
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a magnets containing-type motor that
      minimizes a cogging torque without lowering its output. In a magnets
      containing-type motor where permanent magnets are set in magnetic pole
      elements of a rotor, the dimensions of each magnetic pole element are
      determined to satisfy predetermined relations according to a variety of
      numerical elements of the motor. In accordance with a concrete
      arrangement, the dimensions of each magnetic pole element are determined,
      so as to enable either one of a magnetic pole element opening angle L2 and
      an equivalent magnetic pole element opening angle L3 to be expressed as
      (n+z).multidot.Pp+x.multidot.(g/R)+y.multidot.(gp/R), based on a
      predetermined relation between a parameter (t2-t1)/g and a predetermined
      threshold value. In this equation, gp denotes a length of a space between
      adjoining teeth; Pp denotes a central angular pitch of teeth; R denotes a
      radius of an inner face of a stator; g denotes an interval between the
      stator and the rotor; t2 denotes a thickness of a magnetic pole
      circumferential portion; t1 denotes a thickness of a magnetic pole element
      side portion; n denotes an arbitrary natural number; and x, y, and z are
      real numbers that satisfy -0.6.ltoreq.x.ltoreq.0.6,
      0.3.ltoreq.y.ltoreq.0.5, and -0.06.ltoreq.z.ltoreq.-0.04.
PATN
WKU  059905930
SRC  9
APN  1795937
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19981027
TTL  Permanent magnet rotor type electric motor
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  2
EXA  Ghahramani; Saeed
EXP  Ramirez; Nestor
NDR  16
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Narita; Kenji
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Takashi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okudera; Hiroyuki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawai; Yuji
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Souma; Yuji
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawanishi; Koji
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukuda; Yoshichika
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu General Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971029
APN  9-312604
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19981016
APN  10-295191
CLAS
OCL  310156
XCL  310261
XCL  310193
XCL  310114
XCL  310112
EDF  6
ICL  H02K 2112
FSC  310
FSS  156;261;193;114;112;162
UREF
PNO  4795936
ISD  19890100
NAM  Crosetto et al.
OCL  310156
UREF
PNO  4916346
ISD  19900400
NAM  Kliman
OCL  310216
UREF
PNO  5182483
ISD  19930100
NAM  Hibino et al.
OCL  310211
UREF
PNO  5369325
ISD  19941100
NAM  Nagate et al.
OCL  310156
UREF
PNO  5378953
ISD  19950100
NAM  Uchida et al.
OCL  310156
UREF
PNO  5508576
ISD  19960400
NAM  Nagate et al.
OCL  310156
UREF
PNO  5666015
ISD  19970900
NAM  Uchibori et al.
OCL  310261
UREF
PNO  5679995
ISD  19971000
NAM  Nagate et al.
OCL  310156
UREF
PNO  5841212
ISD  19981100
NAM  Mita et al.
OCL  310156
UREF
PNO  5844344
ISD  19981200
NAM  Uetake et al.
OCL  310156
LREP
FRM  Kanesaka & Takeuchi
ABST
PAL  A permanent magnet rotor type electric motor is formed of a stator core
      generating a rotation magnetic field, and a rotor core rotationally
      situated inside the stator core. The rotor core includes a first core
      member for generating a magnet torque, permanent magnets embedded in the
      first core member for forming magnetic poles, and a second core member for
      generating a reluctance torque without having a permanent magnet therein.
      The second core member is coaxially united with the first core member so
      that the rotor core is divided into the first core member for generating
      the magnet torque and the second core member for generating the reluctance
      torque.
PATN
WKU  059905948
SRC  9
APN  0104701
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980121
TTL  Brush retaining clip and electrical connection
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Tran N
EXP  Dougherty; Thomas M.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Hyatt, Jr.; Robert L.
CTY  Stow
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Ciccarelli, Jr.; Robert A.
CTY  Kent
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Ametek, Inc.
CTY  Kent
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  602311
APD  19960216
PSC  01
PNO  5736805
CLAS
OCL  310249
XCL  310 71
XCL  310238
XCL  310239
EDF  6
ICL  H02K 1300
ICL  H02K 1500
FSC  310
FSS  249;242;238;239;245;246;247
UREF
PNO  4250613
ISD  19810200
NAM  Sauerwein et al.
OCL   29597
UREF
PNO  4293789
ISD  19811000
NAM  King
OCL  310239
UREF
PNO  4851730
ISD  19890700
NAM  Fushiya et al.
OCL  310249
UREF
PNO  4873464
ISD  19891000
NAM  Wang
OCL  310249
UREF
PNO  5153474
ISD  19921000
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  310245
LREP
FRM  Renner, Kenner, Greive, Bobak, Taylor & Weber
ABST
PAL  A combined commutator brush retainer clip and electrical connector includes
      a main body portion and a terminal portion. The main body portion has a
      recessed portion with a plurality of dimples therein. A commutator brush
      is electrically connected to a brush holder sleeve, and the brush holder
      sleeve is, in turn, clampingly engaged to the commutator housing with the
      retainer. The brush holder sleeve is disposed within the recessed portion
      of the retaining clip and is frictionally engaged by the dimples. The
      terminal portion of the retainer engages a corresponding terminal member
      on the motor stator such that an electrical connection is established
      between said commutator brush and said stator by way of said retainer.
PATN
WKU  059905956
SRC  8
APN  7258607
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19961004
TTL  Rotors and methods of manufacturing such rotors
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Mullins; Burt
EXP  Ramirez; Nestor
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Crowell; James Robert
CTY  Huntertown
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  General Electric Company
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  310261
XCL  310211
XCL  310216
EDF  6
ICL  H02K 1716
ICL  H02K  122
FSC  310
FSS  261;262;265;211;212;216;217;218
UREF
PNO  2944171
ISD  19600700
NAM  Alger
OCL  310211
UREF
PNO  2956186
ISD  19601000
NAM  Wall
OCL  310 65
UREF
PNO  3083313
ISD  19630300
NAM  Boles
OCL  310211
UREF
PNO  3213306
ISD  19651000
NAM  Summers et al.
OCL  310211
UREF
PNO  3237033
ISD  19660200
NAM  Glass et al.
OCL  310211
UREF
PNO  3597646
ISD  19710800
NAM  Lawrenson
OCL  310166
UREF
PNO  4499660
ISD  19850200
NAM  Lenz
OCL   29598
UREF
PNO  5049771
ISD  19910900
NAM  Challita et al.
OCL  310219
UREF
PNO  5182483
ISD  19930100
NAM  Hibino et al.
OCL  310211
UREF
PNO  5191309
ISD  19930300
NAM  Laros
OCL  310261
UREF
PNO  5498918
ISD  19960300
NAM  Weihrauch
OCL  310261
FREF
PNO  54-8805
ISD  19790100
CNT  JPX
OCL  310211
LREP
FR2  Horton, Esq.; Carl B.
FR2  Wasserbauer, Esq.; Damian G.
ABST
PAL  Rotors and methods of assembling such rotors for electric motors are
      described. In one embodiment, the rotor includes a substantially
      cylindrical core having substantially planar first and second end surfaces
      and a substantially cylindrical body portion. The rotor core body portion
      has first, second and third body sections. The first body section has an
      outer diameter less than an outer diameter of the second body section, and
      the third body section has an outer diameter approximately about equal to
      the outer diameter of the first body section. The first and third body
      sections sometimes are referred to as end sections or core extensions. A
      plurality of radially arranged rotor bar slots extend through the body
      portion, and a plurality of rotor bars are cast in the rotor bar slots.
      The rotor bar slots in the end sections have a first geometric
      cross-sectional shape and the rotor bar slots in the second body section
      have a second geometric cross-sectional shape. The rotor bar slot geometry
      in the end sections is selected to allow outward displacement of the rotor
      bars in the radial direction.
PATN
WKU  059905964
SRC  9
APN  1059998
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980629
TTL  Optical information recording and/or reproducing apparatus and method
      with vibration wave driving device or vibration driven motor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Medley; Peter
EXP  Ramirez; Nestor
NDR  19
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Kitai; Hiroto
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumoto; Kazuaki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940420
APN  6-81659
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940420
APN  6-81660
RLAP
COD  74
APN  853797
APD  19970509
PSC  01
PNO  5805540
RLAP
COD  84
APN  423107
APD  19950418
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  310316
XCL  318116
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 4104
ICL  H02N  706
FSC  310
FSS  316
FSC  318
FSS  116
UREF
PNO  5270988
ISD  19931200
NAM  Kobayashi
OCL  369 32
UREF
PNO  5272688
ISD  19931200
NAM  Horiguchi
OCL  369 99
UREF
PNO  5384507
ISD  19950100
NAM  Takada et al.
OCL  310317
UREF
PNO  5461273
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kawasaki et al.
OCL  310316
UREF
PNO  5557156
ISD  19960900
NAM  Elings
OCL  310316
UREF
PNO  5568003
ISD  19961000
NAM  Deck
OCL  310316
UREF
PNO  5714831
ISD  19980200
NAM  Walker et al.
OCL  310316
UREF
PNO  5805540
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kitai et al.
OCL  369 44.28
FREF
PNO  0292008
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0403298
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0617415
ISD  19940900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3406408
ISD  19840800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  63-83942
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-193359
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1021688
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1264665
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3256579
ISD  19911100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5095685
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  European Search Report dated Mar. 14, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An information recording and/or reproducing apparatus, for performing
      recording and/or reproduction of information on a recording medium with a
      light beam emitted from an optical head, includes a vibration wave driving
      device for relatively moving the optical head to the medium, and a device
      for detecting information corresponding to a relation between a control
      signal for driving the vibration wave driving device and a relative
      movement velocity in the relative movement. The vibration wave driving
      device is controlled based on the information detected.
PATN
WKU  059905972
SRC  8
APN  9996982
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970627
TTL  Ultrasonic motor having high drive efficiency
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Budd; Mark O.
NDR  8
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Takagi; Tadao
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Saya; Daisuke
CTY  Urayasu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nikon Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19890210
APN  1-32085
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19890301
APN  1-50711
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19890916
APN  1-240375
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19891012
APN  1-265793
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19891221
APN  1-332299
RLAP
COD  71
APN  484860
APD  19950607
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  385576
APD  19950208
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  128273
APD  19930929
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  769467
APD  19911001
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  475000
APD  19900205
PSC  01
PNO  5066884
ISD  19911119
CLAS
OCL  31032304
XCL  31032308
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 4108
FSC  310
FSS  323;328
UREF
PNO  3689783
ISD  19720900
NAM  Williams
XCL  310323
UREF
PNO  3694675
ISD  19720900
NAM  Loveday
OCL  310325
UREF
PNO  4504760
ISD  19850300
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  4634915
ISD  19870100
NAM  Mukoujima et al.
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  4645964
ISD  19870200
NAM  Hiramatsu et al.
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  4649311
ISD  19870300
NAM  Mukohjima et al.
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  4736129
ISD  19880400
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  4739212
ISD  19880400
NAM  Imasaka et al.
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  4771203
ISD  19880900
NAM  Mukohjima et al.
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  4829209
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kawasaki et al.
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  4871937
ISD  19891000
NAM  Kawai
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  4937488
ISD  19900600
NAM  Fujie et al.
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  5017823
ISD  19910500
NAM  Okumura
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  5034646
ISD  19910700
NAM  Shirasaki
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  5055732
ISD  19911000
NAM  Umemura
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  5066884
ISD  19911100
NAM  Takagi et al.
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  5099166
ISD  19920300
NAM  Hirano et al.
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  5204577
ISD  19930400
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  310323
UREF
PNO  5440191
ISD  19950800
NAM  Takagi
OCL  310323
FREF
PNO  0 222 394
ISD  19870500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 313 352
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  59-213286
ISD  19840000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-178988
ISD  19840000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-111609
ISD  19840000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-96183
ISD  19850000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-245482
ISD  19850000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  0203872
ISD  19860900
CNT  JPX
OCL  310323
FREF
PNO  62-77068
ISD  19870000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  0058887
ISD  19870300
CNT  JPX
OCL  310323
FREF
PNO  62-247775
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
OCL  310323
FREF
PNO  0059776
ISD  19880300
CNT  JPX
OCL  310323
FREF
PNO  63-77385
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-73887
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
OCL  310323
FREF
PNO  0136986
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
OCL  310323
FREF
PNO  0190570
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
OCL  310323
FREF
PNO  0213477
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
OCL  310323
FREF
PNO  0257475
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
OCL  310323
FREF
PNO  64-26377
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  0019981
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
OCL  310323
FREF
PNO  0238473
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
OCL  310323
FREF
PNO  0261074
ISD  19901000
CNT  JPX
OCL  310323
FREF
PNO  2 183 929
ISD  19870600
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 12, No. 310 (E-648), Aug. 23, 1988.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 12, No. 60 (E-584), Feb. 23, 1988.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 010, No. 046, (E-383), Feb. 22, 1986
      (JP-A-60 200778).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 013, No. 213 (E-759), May 18, 1989 (JP-A-01
      026375).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 012, No. 310 (E-648), Aug. 23, 1988
      (JP-A-63 077385).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 011, No. 277 (E-538), Sep. 8, 1987 (JP-A-62
      077069).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 012, No. 060 (E-584), Feb. 23, 1988
      (JP-A-62 203571).
LREP
FRM  Vorys, Sater, Seymour and Pease LLP
ABST
PAL  An ultrasonic motor has a stator having a piezoelectric member vibrated by
      a drive signal, and an elastic member for generating traveling vibration
      wave in a drive surface thereof upon vibration of the piezoelectric
      member, a rotor which is urged against the drive surface of the elastic
      member and is driven by the generated traveling vibration wave, a support
      member integrally molded on the elastic member, and a fixing member for
      holding the support member. In the ultrasonic motor, one end face of the
      support member is formed at the same level as the drive surface or the
      junction surface of the elastic member, an electrode of the piezoelectric
      member is grounded through the support member, a plurality of holes are
      regularly formed in the circumferential direction of the support member,
      or the support member is fixed to the fixing member by an adhesive,
      thereby improving drive efficiency.
PATN
WKU  059905980
SRC  8
APN  9357440
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970923
TTL  Segment connections for multiple elevation transducers
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Dougherty; Thomas M.
NDR  6
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Sudol; Wojtek
CTY  Burlington
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Gurrie; Francis E.
CTY  North Andover
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  310334
XCL  310327
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 4108
FSC  310
FSS  322;334;327;333;365;366
UREF
PNO  3496617
ISD  19700200
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL   29 25.35
UREF
PNO  3587561
ISD  19710600
NAM  Ziedonis
OCL  310322
UREF
PNO  3718898
ISD  19730200
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL  340 10
UREF
PNO  3952387
ISD  19760400
NAM  Iinuma et al.
OCL   29 25.35
UREF
PNO  3979711
ISD  19760900
NAM  Maginness et al.
OCL  340  1R
UREF
PNO  4117074
ISD  19780900
NAM  Tiersten et al.
OCL  310320
UREF
PNO  4211948
ISD  19800700
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  310322
UREF
PNO  4211949
ISD  19800700
NAM  Brisken et al.
OCL  310322
UREF
PNO  4217684
ISD  19800800
NAM  Brisken et al.
OCL   29 25.35
UREF
PNO  4281550
ISD  19810800
NAM  Erikson
OCL   73626
UREF
PNO  4385255
ISD  19830500
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  310335
UREF
PNO  4404489
ISD  19830900
NAM  Larson, III et al.
OCL  310334
UREF
PNO  4462092
ISD  19840700
NAM  Kawabuchi et al.
OCL  367105
UREF
PNO  4470308
ISD  19840900
NAM  Hayakawa et al.
OCL   73642
UREF
PNO  4479069
ISD  19841000
NAM  Miller
OCL  310334
UREF
PNO  4576045
ISD  19860300
NAM  Miller-Jones
OCL   73626
UREF
PNO  4686408
ISD  19870800
NAM  Ishiyama
OCL  310334
UREF
PNO  4734963
ISD  19880400
NAM  Ishiyama
OCL  310327
UREF
PNO  5744898
ISD  19980400
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  310334
UREF
PNO  5855049
ISD  19990100
NAM  Corbett et al.
OCL  310334
UREF
PNO  5886454
ISD  19990300
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  310322
FREF
PNO  1530783
ISD  19781100
CNT  GBX
ICL  G01H  900
ABST
PAL  A connection assembly for use in a multiple aperture ultrasonic transducer
      including an array of elements for transmitting and receiving wherein each
      element includes a plurality of segments and the connection assembly
      interconnects the segments of the elements and the segments to
      transmit/receive circuits to form the apertures of the array. The
      connection assembly includes an isolating layer superimposed on the
      segments with at least one via opening located within the area of each
      segment and a conductive layer superimposed on the isolating layer with
      conductive paths interconnecting the segments and the segments to the
      transmit/receive circuits to form the apertures of the array. The
      conductive layer forms a continuous layer covering the isolating layer,
      the interior surfaces of the via openings and the areas of the segments
      exposed through the via openings and is scribed to divide the conductive
      layer into the conductive paths. The conductive paths associated with each
      element are separated from the conductive paths associated with
      neighboring elements by the dicing cuts that divide the elements and
      segments from one another. A flex circuit is assembled coplanar with the
      segments and the isolating and conductive layers are superimposed on the
      elements and flex circuit so that the connections between the segments and
      flex leads are accomplished by the same processes.
PATN
WKU  059905999
SRC  8
APN  9939539
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971218
TTL  High-pressure discharge lamp having UV radiation source for enhancing
      ignition
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Williams; Joseph
EXP  Patel; Nimeshkumar D.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Jackson; Andrew D.
CTY  Hammondsport
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Hariharan; Alleppey V.
CTY  Bath
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Robinson; Randy J.
CTY  Bath
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Kowal; Albert E.
CTY  Painted Post
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Alderman; John
CTY  Painted Post
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Philips Electronics North America Corp.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  313 25
XCL  313643
XCL  313595
XCL  313623
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 6112
ICL  H01J 6134
ICL  H05B 4114
FSC  313
FSS  25;601;634;635;636;638;3;249;268;285;571;576;584;623;595
FSC  315
FSS  267;160;158;71;73;248;344;59;60
UREF
PNO  4721888
ISD  19880100
NAM  Proud et al.
OCL  315 60
UREF
PNO  4812714
ISD  19890300
NAM  Keeffe et al.
OCL  315 60
UREF
PNO  4818915
ISD  19890400
NAM  Zaslavsky et al.
OCL  315 60
UREF
PNO  4949003
ISD  19900800
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL  313 26
UREF
PNO  5563474
ISD  19961000
NAM  Wessels et al.
OCL  315248
OREF
PAL  "Improved Starting of the 100-W Metal Halide Lamp", by Gregory Zaslavsky,
      Sheppard Cohen and William Keeffe, Journal of the Illuminating Engineering
      Society, Summer 1990, pp. 76-83.
PAL  "Enhanced Starting of HID Lamps", by W.W. Byszewski and A.B. Budinger,
      Journal of the Illuminating Engineering Society, Summer 1990, pp. 70-75.
LREP
FR2  Faller; F. Brice
ABST
PAL  HID lamp has a U-enhancer connected between first and second leads for an
      arc tube. The UV-enhancer has a quartz envelope containing an electrode
      connected to the first lead, and is surrounded by a metal ring which is
      spaced from the envelope by a sleeve of borosilicate glass. The ring is
      capacitively coupled to the envelope and is electrically connected to the
      second lead, which may also support the sleeve.
PATN
WKU  059906006
SRC  8
APN  932559&
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970919
TTL  Emissive heat radiator with semi-cylindrical heat radiating member
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Day; Michael
NDR  16
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Konishi; Takayoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Azami; Takeshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960919
APN  8-247777
CLAS
OCL  313 45
XCL  313 40
XCL  313 44
XCL  165 802
XCL  361688
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  724
FSC  313
FSS  40;44;45;21
FSC  165
FSS  80.2;80.1
FSC  361
FSS  688
FSC  315
FSS  3.5;5.38
UREF
PNO  2629836
ISD  19530200
NAM  Deri
OCL  313 44
UREF
PNO  2958797
ISD  19601100
NAM  Mizuhara et al.
OCL  313 21
UREF
PNO  3426230
ISD  19690200
NAM  Derr
OCL  313 44
UREF
PNO  5260623
ISD  19931100
NAM  Bradatsch
OCL  313 40
FREF
PNO  0376827
ISD  19900700
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01J 23033
FREF
PNO  0505862
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01J 23033
OREF
PAL  W.R. House, "Cooling Down Weight", Space, Nov.-Dec. 1994, pp. 18-20.
LREP
FRM  Surhrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A plurality of a U-shaped heat radiation plates are provided on a heat
      radiating tube. These U-shaped plates have different sizes and elongated
      in the same direction so as to cross an axis of the tube. The emissive
      heat radiator may also includes at least one radiating plate 2
      substantially perpendicular to each axis of the U-shaped plates. A concave
      surface of the U-shaped plate is subjected to a radiation surface
      processing, and a convex surface thereof is subjected to a reflection
      surface processing.
PATN
WKU  059906014
SRC  5
APN  1176986
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19710222
TTL  Electron multiplier and methods and apparatus for processing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Nelson; Peter A.
NDR  1
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Orthuber; Richard Kaspar
CTY  Sepulveda
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Reif; Philip George
CTY  Chatsworth
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  ITT Manufacturing Enterprises, Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  313105CM
XCL  313103CM
XCL  313534
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 4300
FSC  313
FSS  103;104;105;106;107;68 R;68 A;534;103 CM;105 CM
FSC  250
FSS  207;213
FSC  315
FSS  11;12
UREF
PNO  2537923
ISD  19510100
NAM  Van Overbeek
XCL  313104
UREF
PNO  2773992
ISD  19561200
NAM  Ullery
OCL  250213R
UREF
PNO  3201630
ISD  19650800
NAM  Orthuber et al.
OCL  313106
UREF
PNO  3244922
ISD  19660400
NAM  Wolfgang
OCL  313103
UREF
PNO  3424909
ISD  19690100
NAM  Rougeot
OCL  250207
UREF
PNO  3449582
ISD  19690600
NAM  Sackinger
OCL  313105
UREF
PNO  3634712
ISD  19720100
NAM  Orthuber
OCL  313103
ABST
PAL  A channel-type electron multiplier and a method and apparatus for rounding
      off the sharp circular edges, fissures and protrusions at the ends of the
      holes in the glass plate. In order to do this a temperature gradient is
      produced through the plate so that only a small portion is heated above
      the glass softening temperature. The plate thus does not collapse or melt.
      The said rounded edges improve performance by reducing field emission,
      noise and photocathode contamination. An electrically heated nichrome wire
      provides heat pulses at regular intervals. An alternative method utilizes
      an optical lap after core glass in the plate holes has been partially
      etched out.
PATN
WKU  059906022
SRC  8
APN  0687006
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19930528
TTL  Long life spark plug having minimum noble metal amount
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  O'Shea; Sandra
NDR  8
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Katoh; Akio
CTY  Nishio
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kanao; Keiji
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippondenso Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920601
APN  4-167033
CLAS
OCL  313141
EDF  6
ICL  H01T 1320
FSC  313
FSS  141;142
UREF
PNO  4109633
ISD  19780800
NAM  Mitsudo et al.
OCL  313141
UREF
PNO  4331899
ISD  19820500
NAM  Nishida et al.
OCL  313142
UREF
PNO  4540910
ISD  19850900
NAM  Kondo et al.
OCL  313142
UREF
PNO  4581558
ISD  19860400
NAM  Takamura et al.
OCL  313142
UREF
PNO  4670684
ISD  19870600
NAM  Kagawa et al.
OCL  313142
UREF
PNO  4700103
ISD  19871000
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  313142
UREF
PNO  4893051
ISD  19900100
NAM  Kondo
OCL  313141
UREF
PNO  5159232
ISD  19921000
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  313142
UREF
PNO  5179313
ISD  19930100
NAM  Eves et al.
OCL  313141
UREF
PNO  5202601
ISD  19930400
NAM  Takamura et al.
OCL  313142
UREF
PNO  5273474
ISD  19931200
NAM  Oshima et al.
OCL  313141
FREF
PNO  36237
ISD  19770300
CNT  JPX
OCL  313142
FREF
PNO  58-31687
ISD  19830300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-62870
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  17491
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
OCL  313142
FREF
PNO  1319284
ISD  19891200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  201384
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
OCL  313141
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  An economical spark plug for an internal combustion engine which has a long
      service life and by which a reduction in the discharge voltage and the use
      of the minimum amount of a noble metal can be achieved. The spark plug has
      an insulator, a center electrode supported by the insulator, and an earth
      electrode facing to the center electrode. A narrowed portion is arranged
      on a tip of an electrode material of at least one of the center electrode
      and the earth electrode. The narrowed portion includes a projection formed
      by extending the electrode material and a noble metal chip firmly
      connected to a terminal end of the projection. The electrode material is a
      nickel-base heat-resisting alloy. The noble metal chip is made of a Pt--Ir
      alloy essentially consisting of 90-100% by weight Pt and 0-10% by weight
      Ir. A diameter D of the narrowed portion is in a range of 0.6-1.2 mm. A
      thickness t of the noble metal chip is in a range of 0.16-0.8 mm. A length
      L of the narrowed portion including the thickness t of the noble metal
      chip is in a range of 0.8-1.5 mm.
PATN
WKU  059906030
SRC  8
APN  8891567
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970707
TTL  Cathode structure with reduced capacitance
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Day; Michael
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kim; Chang-seob
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Jeong; Bong-uk
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Display Devices Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960708
APN  96-27536
CLAS
OCL  313309
XCL  313336
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  130
ICL  H01J 1922
FSC  313
FSS  309;336;351;442;495
UREF
PNO  4178531
ISD  19791200
NAM  Alig
OCL  313309
UREF
PNO  5719477
ISD  19980200
NAM  Tomihari
OCL  313336
UREF
PNO  5763987
ISD  19980600
NAM  Morikawa et al.
OCL  313309
LREP
FRM  Lowe Hauptman Gopstein Gilman & Berner
ABST
PAL  A cathode structure of an electron gun for a cathode ray tube includes: a
      substrate (51); cathode electrode layers (52) formed on the substrate (51)
      and spaced apart from each other at predetermined intervals; a plurality
      of metal tips (53); an insulating layer (54) formed on the cathode
      electrode layers (52) and the substrate (51) to isolate each of the metal
      tips (53) from each other; a gate electrode layer having a first gate
      electrode portion (56) having a gate through which the metal tips (53) are
      exposed and formed on top of the insulating layer (54), and a second gate
      electrode portion (57) extending horizontally from said first gate portion
      (56) and divided into several parts by a plurality of gaps (60) for
      reducing the capacitance between the cathode electrode layers (52) and the
      second gate electrode portion (57).
PATN
WKU  059906049
SRC  9
APN  0173614
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980202
TTL  Field emmitters of wide-bandgap materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  84
ECL  1
EXP  Day; Michael
NDR  10
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Geis; Michael W.
CTY  Acton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Twichell; Jonathan C.
CTY  Acton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Lyszczarz; Theodore M.
CTY  Concord
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Efremow; Nickolay N.
CTY  Melrose
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Massacusetts Institute of Technology
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  432848
APD  19950502
PSC  01
PNO  5713775
CLAS
OCL  313309
XCL  313336
XCL  313351
XCL  313310
XCL  257 10
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  130
ICL  H01J 1924
FSC  445
FSS  35;50;51
FSC  313
FSS  309;336;351;495;310
FSC  439
FSS  950;290;291
FSC  257
FSS  10 Y;11
UREF
PNO  3678325
ISD  19720700
NAM  Nishida et al.
OCL  313309
UREF
PNO  5245248
ISD  19930900
NAM  Chan et al.
OCL  313309
OREF
PAL  Bernhole, J. et al., "Theory of native defects, doping and diffusion in
      diamond and silicon carbide," Materials Science and Engineering, 1992 (no
      month) pp. 265-272.
PAL  Koba, R. "Electronical Photonic Applications of Diamond," Plasma and Laser
      Processing of Materials, The Minerals, Metals & Materials Society pp.
      81-90, 1991 (no month).
PAL  Greis M.W. et al., "Capacitance-Voltage Measurements on Metal -S1 O.sub.2
      -Diamond Structures Fabricated with (100) -and (111) -Oriented
      Substrates," IEEE Transactions on Eletronic Devices, vol. 38, No. 3, pp.
      619-626, Mar. 1991.
LREP
FRM  Cesari and McKenna, LLP
ABST
PAL  Improved field-emission devices are based on composing the back contact to
      the emitter material such that electron-injection efficiency into the
      emitter material is enhanced. Alteration of the emitter material structure
      near the contact or geometric field enhancement due to contact morphology
      gives rise to the improved injection efficiency. The devices are able to
      emit electrons at high current density and lower applied potential
      differences and temperatures than previously achieved. Wide-bandgap
      emitter materials without shallow donors benefit from this approach. The
      emission characteristics of diamond substitutionally doped with nitrogen,
      having a favorable emitter/vacuum band structure but being limited by the
      efficiency of electron injection into it, show especial improvement in the
      context of the invention. The injection-enhancing contacts can be created
      by combining the emitter material with an appropriate metal compound and
      annealing or by conventional dry anisotropic etching or ion bombardment
      techniques.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made with government support under ARPA contract no.
      F1962890C0002 awarded by the Department of Defense. The government has
      certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059906057
SRC  9
APN  0448192
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980320
TTL  Electron emission device and display device using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Williams; Joseph
EXP  Patel; Nimeshkumar D.
NDR  7
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Yoshikawa; Takamasa
CTY  Tsurugashima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ogasawara; Kiyohide
CTY  Tsurugashima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ito; Hiroshi
CTY  Tsurugashima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamaguchi; Masataka
CTY  Tsurugashima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iwasaki; Shingo
CTY  Tsurugashima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Negishi; Nobuyasu
CTY  Tsurugashima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Chuman; Takashi
CTY  Tsurugashima
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Pioneer Electronic Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970325
APN  9-071864
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970325
APN  9-071865
CLAS
OCL  313310
XCL  313309
XCL  445 46
XCL  445 51
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  105
FSC  313
FSS  310;309;336;351
FSC  445
FSS  51;46
UREF
PNO  5652474
ISD  19970700
NAM  Wilshaw et al.
OCL  313309
UREF
PNO  5894189
ISD  19990400
NAM  Ogasawara et al.
OCL  313310
LREP
FRM  Perman & Green, LLP
ABST
PAL  An electron emission device includes: a semiconductor layer; a porous
      semiconductor; and a thin-film metal electrode which are layered in turn.
      The electrode faces a vacuum space. The porous semiconductor layer has at
      least two or more of porosity-changed layers which have porosities which
      are different from each other in the thickness direction. The electron
      emission device emits electrons when an electric field is applied between
      the semiconductor layer and the thin-film metal electrode. An insulator
      layer made of a material selected from silicon oxide or silicon nitride
      may be formed between the porous semiconductor layer and the thin-film
      metal electrode. Si skeletons of the porous semiconductor layer are
      oxidized or nitrided.
PATN
WKU  059906065
SRC  8
APN  9822674
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971201
TTL  Light bulb base having an enlarging external thread
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Williams; Joseph
EXP  Patel; Nimeshkumar D.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Ross; David C.
STR  32 Servington Crescent
CTY  Toronto, Ontario
CNT  CAX
ITX  M4S 2J4
CLAS
OCL  31331801
XCL  31331804
XCL  31331808
XCL  439615
XCL  439614
XCL  439613
XCL  439611
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 6100
FSC  313
FSS  318.01;318.04;318.08;51
FSC  362
FSS  295
FSC  439
FSS  611;613;614;615
UREF
PNO  2198934
ISD  19400400
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  439615
UREF
PNO  2683865
ISD  19540700
NAM  Beck
OCL  439615
UREF
PNO  2919422
ISD  19591200
NAM  Ross et al.
OCL  439611
UREF
PNO  3676835
ISD  19720700
NAM  Holly
OCL  439611
UREF
PNO  3952785
ISD  19760400
NAM  Werner
OCL  470 19
UREF
PNO  4068554
ISD  19780100
NAM  Hirabayashi
OCL   85 41
UREF
PNO  4778409
ISD  19881000
NAM  Maddock
OCL  439602
UREF
PNO  5600198
ISD  19970200
NAM  Meade et al.
OCL  313318.01
FREF
PNO  3804291
ISD  19890800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3812720
ISD  19891000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1313985
ISD  19730400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2116279
ISD  19830900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2309595
ISD  19970700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Russell; Dean W.
     Kilpatrick Stockton LLP
ABST
PAL  An improved electrically conductive light bulb base for use with common
      threaded light bulb sockets currently widely used. The improvement
      combines a substantial reduction in the amount of thread required, by
      employing a shorter thread that enlarges or increases in size, in radius,
      or both. This type of thread is in place of the standard thread in
      securing the bulb in the socket. Optionally, short portions of thread may
      be provided on one side of a generally cylindrical, smooth base. The
      particular advantage is that the bulb inserted by hand can be inserted and
      secured or released and removed with a minimum number of turns of the
      wrist.
PATN
WKU  059906073
SRC  9
APN  1152785
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980714
TTL  Shadow mask for color CRT and method for forming same
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1,4
EXP  Ramsey; Kenneth J.
NDR  1
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Tseng; Ching-Hsiang
CTY  Yangmei
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chen; Wen-Chi
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chen; Kuo-Cheng
CTY  Sanchong
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Chunghwa Picture Tubes, Ltd.
CTY  Taoyuan
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  313407
XCL  445 30
XCL  445 47
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 2907
ICL  H01J  900
FSC  445
FSS  47;30
FSC  313
FSS  402;407
UREF
PNO  3735190
ISD  19730500
NAM  Say
OCL  315 13
UREF
PNO  4973280
ISD  19901100
NAM  Adler et al.
OCL  445 30
UREF
PNO  5072150
ISD  19911200
NAM  Lee
OCL  313405
UREF
PNO  5126624
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ji
OCL  313402
UREF
PNO  5210459
ISD  19930500
NAM  Lee
OCL  313406
UREF
PNO  5534746
ISD  19960700
NAM  Marks et al.
OCL  313408
LREP
FRM  Emrich & Dithmar
ABST
PAL  A shadow mask, or color selection electrode, in a color cathode ray tube
      (CRT) is in the form of a thin metal foil and includes a large number of
      apertures through which electron beams are directed onto the
      phosphorescent coating on the CRT's display screen for forming a video
      image. The apertured shadow mask is also used with a light source during
      CRT manufacture to form a large number of spaced phosphor elements in the
      phosphorescent coating. Ideally, all of the beam passing apertures and
      phosphor elements are circular in cross-section, but the shadow mask is
      stretched and maintained under high tension when mounted in the CRT
      causing some of the apertures, particularly those adjacent its four
      corners, to also become stretched and assume an oval shape. This is
      avoided in the present shadow mask by providing the areas in the vicinity
      of four corners of the shadow mask with oval apertures which are elongated
      in a direction generally transverse to the mechanical forming direction,
      or the direction of greatest tension when the mask is stretched and
      mounted in a color CRT. After installation in a CRT, the oval apertures
      assume a circular shape because of the greater tension applied along the
      short axis of each aperture. The remaining apertures in the center portion
      of the mask retain their circular shape after installation because they
      are under less tension than the outer apertures.
PATN
WKU  059906081
SRC  8
APN  975248&
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971121
TTL  Electron gun having a cathode with limited electron discharge region
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Patel; Ashok
NDR  15
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Shiroishi; Tetsuya
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970207
APN  9-025208
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970929
APN  9-263691
CLAS
OCL  313412
XCL  313447
XCL  313449
XCL  313452
XCL  313453
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 2904
ICL  H01J 2948
ICL  H01J  128
FSC  313
FSS  112;446;447;449;452;453;346 R;346 DC
UREF
PNO  2718607
ISD  19550900
NAM  Katz
OCL  313346DC
UREF
PNO  2895070
ISD  19590700
NAM  Espersen
OCL  313346R
UREF
PNO  3534455
ISD  19701000
NAM  Bondley
OCL  313346R
UREF
PNO  3980919
ISD  19760900
NAM  Bates et al.
OCL  313453
FREF
PNO  5-198250
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-85807
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  An electron gun provides an improved focusing characteristic of electron
      beams surely and effectively, and permits position alignment to be
      relatively easy in assembling thereof. In an electron gun which includes a
      cathode for discharging electrons and a plurality of grids each having
      electron passing-through holes for guiding the electrons discharged from
      the cathode unidirectionally, an electron dischargeable region is formed
      in an electron discharging plane of the cathode, which is band-shaped. In
      addition, the length of the band-shaped area constituting the electron
      dischargeable region on its shorter side is less than 80% of the diameter
      of the area from where electrons are discharged when a practical maximum
      current is taken out without limiting the electron dischargeable region.
PATN
WKU  059906090
SRC  8
APN  9538941
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971020
TTL  Display device with resistive anodes
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Day; Michael
NDR  10
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Knox; Andrew Ramsay
CTY  Kilbirnie
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Beeteson; John
CTY  Skelmorlie
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19961204
APN  9625235
CLAS
OCL  313422
XCL  313497
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 3112
FSC  313
FSS  495;496;497;422;431;491;492
FSC  315
FSS  169.1
UREF
PNO  4339688
ISD  19820700
NAM  Verweel
OCL  313403
UREF
PNO  4758728
ISD  19880700
NAM  Matey et al.
OCL  250459.1
UREF
PNO  5747923
ISD  19980500
NAM  Beeteson et al.
OCL  313431
UREF
PNO  5801485
ISD  19980900
NAM  Van Veen et al.
OCL  313495
UREF
PNO  5859508
ISD  19990100
NAM  Ge et al.
OCL  313422
UREF
PNO  5861712
ISD  19990100
NAM  Beetson et al.
OCL  313442
FREF
PNO  0205906
ISD  19861200
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01J 3112
FREF
PNO  0381200
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01J 3112
FREF
PNO  0398370
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0550103
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01J 3112
FREF
PNO  0660367
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01J 3112
FREF
PNO  2314201
ISD  19960600
CNT  GBX
ICL  H01J 3112
FREF
PNO  2304981
ISD  19970300
CNT  GBX
ICL  H01J  302
FREF
PNO  2304987
ISD  19970300
CNT  GBX
ICL  H01J 3112
FREF
PNO  9316483
ISD  19930200
CNT  WOX
ICL  H01J 2958
FREF
PNO  9708730
ISD  19970300
CNT  WOX
ICL  H01J 3112
LREP
FR2  McKinley; Martin J.
ABST
PAL  A display device includes a cathode for emitting electrons and a permanent
      magnet. A two dimensional array of channels extends between opposite poles
      of the magnet. The magnet generates, in each channel, a magnetic field for
      forming electrons from the cathode into an electron beam. A screen
      receives an electron beam from each channel. The screen has a phosphor
      coating facing the side of the magnet remote from the cathode. The
      phosphor coating comprises a plurality of pixels each corresponding to a
      different channel. A grid electrode is disposed between the cathode and
      the magnet for controlling flow of electrons from the cathode into each
      channel. A deflection sequentially addresses the electron beam from each
      channel to each pixel of the corresponding group. Rotational alignment
      APPARATUS aligns electron beams from the channels with corresponding
      pixels of the phosphor coating. The rotational alignment comprises a
      resistive deflector and apparatus for generating a differential voltage
      across one or more elements of the deflector. The magnitude and direction
      of the differential voltage across one or more elements of the deflector
      is used to provide rotational alignment.
PATN
WKU  059906103
SRC  8
APN  3052834
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19940912
TTL  Manufacturing method and apparatus for insulating member
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  6
EXP  Patel; Ashok
NDR  4
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Matsumoto; Shigeo
CTY  Mie
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Setsuda; Takashi
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ito; Haruo
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ota; Kazuyuki
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930921
APN  5-235122
CLAS
OCL  313477HC
XCL  31331805
XCL  31331806
XCL  313 51
XCL  439602
XCL  439618
XCL  174 5057
XCL  174 521
XCL  174145
XCL  174167
XCL  174137B
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 2982
FSC  313
FSS  477 HC;318.01;318.05;318.06;51
FSC  439
FSS  602;182;618
FSC  174
FSS  145;152 E;167;174;177;137 B;52.1;52.5;50.54;50.57;138 G;138 C
UREF
PNO  3240980
ISD  19660300
NAM  Schuster
XCL  313318.05
UREF
PNO  4040707
ISD  19770800
NAM  Pisano
OCL  439618
UREF
PNO  4040708
ISD  19770800
NAM  Neuber et al.
XCL  439618
UREF
PNO  4155616
ISD  19790500
NAM  Crosby et al.
OCL  439618
UREF
PNO  4155618
ISD  19790500
NAM  Regnault et al.
OCL  439618
FREF
PNO  0014550
ISD  19800600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0896944
ISD  19620500
CNT  GBX
OCL  313318.05
FREF
PNO  2132012
ISD  19840600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Rader, Fishman & Grauer
FR2  Kananen; Ronald P.
ABST
PAL  This invention secures the breakdown voltage between stem pins or the like
      for high voltage service in a cathode ray tube. This insulator is formed
      of a clay-like silicone compound having a tip-throughhole and
      pin-throughholes or a stem base with the electric insulator mounted to the
      stem base. An inter-stem electric insulation device is structured by
      mounting either one of the electric insulator or the stem base with the
      electric insulator to the stem of a cathode ray tube and by pressing to
      fix together. This structure does not allow bubble generation caused by
      the electric insulator, and makes the handling easy, and furthermore,
      allows an automatic mounting of the electric insulator to a stem.
PATN
WKU  059906111
SRC  8
APN  9470204
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971008
TTL  Light bulb type fluorescent lamp suppressing electromagnetic waves and
      emitting far infrared rays
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Haynes; Mack
EXP  Patel; Nimeshkumar D.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Lee; Jae Ryong
CTY  Inchon-shi
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Shin Kwang Enterprise Co., Ltd.
CTY  Choongchung Nam-Do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961009
APN  96-33248
CLAS
OCL  313493
XCL  313110
XCL  313634
XCL  313635
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  162
ICL  H01J 6304
ICL  H01J 1716
ICL  H01J 6130
FSC  313
FSS  493;573;634;635;110;112;113;318.6;318.7;242;315;578.79
FSC  362
FSS  293;260
FSC  250
FSS  504 R;493.1
FSC  359
FSS  350
UREF
PNO  5571460
ISD  19961100
NAM  Choi et al.
OCL  252587
UREF
PNO  5744899
ISD  19980400
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  313110
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A light bulb type fluorescent lamp which is able to suppress generation of
      electromagnetic waves and to emit beneficial far infrared rays. The light
      bulb type fluorescent lamp includes a bioceramic material applied to the
      inner surfaces of an injection housing which contains a stabilizer and
      other parts. The bioceramic effectively weakens the strength of the
      electromagnetic waves generated by the stabilizer to minimize damage to
      electronic equipment. At the same time, the bioceramic emits far infrared
      rays which benefit the human body, provide a comfortable living
      environment and raise the efficiency of the body.
PATN
WKU  059906120
SRC  8
APN  9376569
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970924
TTL  Field emitter array with cap material on anode electrode
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Day; Michael
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Konuma; Kazuo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nec Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960925
APN  8-253137
CLAS
OCL  313495
XCL  313309
XCL  313351
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  130
ICL  H01J 1924
FSC  313
FSS  422;495;496;497;309;336;351
FSC  430
FSS  27
FSC  445
FSS  24;49
UREF
PNO  5827101
ISD  19981000
NAM  Cathey et al.
OCL  495 24
OREF
PAL  Spindt et al., "Physical properties of thin-film field emission cathodes
      with molybdenum cones", Journal of Applied Physics, vol. 47, No. 12,
      5248-5263 (1976) (Dec.).
PAL  Gray et al., "A Vacuum Field Effect Transistor Using Silcon Field Emitter
      Arrays", IEDM 86, 776-779 (1986) (No Month).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A field emitter array comprises a plurality of cathode electrodes and an
      anode electrode disposed opposite to the plurality of cathode electrodes.
      And the anode electrode is provided with a plurality of protrusions having
      a cap material disposed on the tip of each protrusion. A voltage below a
      designated value is applied between a gate electrode and the cathode
      electrodes, and electrons are released only from a cathode electrode with
      a low emission start voltage. When the electrons are emitted to the cap
      material provided on the protrusions, the cap material is
      sputtering-evaporated and is affixed to the cathode electrode. Then a cap
      is disposed on the each of the cathode electrodes. Then, the emission
      properties between each cathode electrode are consequently rendered
      uniform, thereby increasing the emission start voltage and maximum applied
      voltage of the overall field emitter array.
PATN
WKU  059906138
SRC  9
APN  0090972
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980120
TTL  Field emission device having a non-coated spacer
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Williams; Joseph
EXP  Patel; Nimeshkumar D.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Ageno; Scott K.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Smith; Peter A.
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Huang; Rong-Fong
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Joyce K.
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Amrine; Craig
CTY  Tempe
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaummburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  313495
XCL  313292
XCL  313422
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 1942
ICL  H01J 2918
ICL  H01J  162
FSC  313
FSS  309;336;292;495;496;422
UREF
PNO  4882651
ISD  19891100
NAM  Maher
OCL  361321
UREF
PNO  5083058
ISD  19900600
NAM  Nonomura et al.
OCL  313422
UREF
PNO  5509840
ISD  19960400
NAM  Huang et al.
OCL  445 24
UREF
PNO  5532548
ISD  19960700
NAM  Spindt et al.
OCL  313422
UREF
PNO  5589731
ISD  19961200
NAM  Fahlen et al.
OCL  313495
UREF
PNO  5614781
ISD  19970300
NAM  Spindt et al.
OCL  313422
UREF
PNO  5667418
ISD  19970900
NAM  Fahlen et al.
OCL  445 24
UREF
PNO  5675212
ISD  19971000
NAM  Schmid et al.
OCL  313422
UREF
PNO  5742117
ISD  19980400
NAM  Spindt et al.
OCL  313422
LREP
FR2  Tobin; Kate
FR2  Pickens; S. Kevin
ABST
PAL  A field emission display (100) includes a cathode plate (102) having a
      plurality of electron emitters (124), an anode plate (104) opposing the
      cathode plate (102), and a bulk-resistive spacer (108) extending between
      the anode plate (104) and the cathode plate (102). The bulk-resistive
      spacer (108) is made from an electrically conductive material. The
      resistivity of the electrically conductive material is selected to remove
      impinging charges while preventing excessive power loss due to electrical
      current through the bulk-resistive spacer (108) from the anode plate (104)
      to the cathode plate (102).
PATN
WKU  059906146
SRC  9
APN  032308&
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980227
TTL  Flat-panel display having temperature-difference accommodating spacer
      system
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  1
EXP  Patel; Vip
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Spindt; Christopher J.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Candescent Technologies Corporation
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  313495
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  162
FSC  313
FSS  422;495;292;289
UREF
PNO  4769575
ISD  19880900
NAM  Murata et al.
OCL  313495
UREF
PNO  4900981
ISD  19900200
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
OCL  313422
UREF
PNO  4923421
ISD  19900500
NAM  Brodie et al.
OCL  445 24
UREF
PNO  5083058
ISD  19920100
NAM  Nonomura
OCL  313482
UREF
PNO  5130614
ISD  19920700
NAM  Staelin
OCL  315366
UREF
PNO  5229691
ISD  19930700
NAM  Shichao et al.
OCL  315366
UREF
PNO  5528103
ISD  19960600
NAM  Spindt et al.
OCL  313497
UREF
PNO  5532548
ISD  19960700
NAM  Spindt et al.
OCL  313422
UREF
PNO  5543683
ISD  19960800
NAM  Haven et al.
OCL  313461
UREF
PNO  5578899
ISD  19961100
NAM  Haven et al.
OCL  313422
UREF
PNO  5589731
ISD  19961200
NAM  Fahlen et al.
OCL  313495
UREF
PNO  5598056
ISD  19970100
NAM  Jin et al.
OCL  313495
UREF
PNO  5614781
ISD  19970300
NAM  Spindt
OCL  313422
UREF
PNO  5650690
ISD  19970700
NAM  Haven
OCL  313422
UREF
PNO  5675212
ISD  19971000
NAM  Schmid et al.
OCL  313422
FREF
PNO  0 405 262 A1
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 523 702 A1
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 580 244 A1
ISD  19940100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Takahashi et al, "Back Modulation Type Flat CRT," Japances Display '92, pp.
      377-380.
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel LLP
FR2  Meetin; Ronald J.
ABST
PAL  Image degradation that can occur in a flat-panel CRT display as a result of
      electron deflection caused by energy flowing through a spacer system (16)
      in the display is alleviated by appropriately controlling thermal,
      electrical, and dimensional parameters of the spacer system. In
      particular, spacer parameter C is selected to be low. Parameter C equals
      .alpha..sub.AV h.sup.2 /f.kappa..sub.AV, where .alpha..sub.AV is the
      average thermal coefficient of electrical resistivity of the spacer
      system, h is the height of the spacer system, .kappa..sub.AV is the
      average thermal conductivity of the spacer system, and f is the fraction
      of the spacer cross-sectional area to the display's active area. Parameter
      C is normally 6.times.10.sup.--5 m.sup.3 /watt or less. Height h is
      normally 0.3 mm or more.
PATN
WKU  059906154
SRC  9
APN  0176818
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980203
TTL  Organic electroluminescent display with protective layer on cathode and
      an inert medium
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Gerike; Matthew J.
EXP  Patel; Vip
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Sakaguchi; Yoshikazu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Masako
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970203
APN  9-020601
CLAS
OCL  313504
XCL  313509
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  162
FSC  313
FSS  503;504;506;509;512;498
UREF
PNO  4213074
ISD  19800700
NAM  Kawwaguchi et al.
OCL  313509
UREF
PNO  4357557
ISD  19821100
NAM  Inohara et al.
OCL  313509
UREF
PNO  4810931
ISD  19890300
NAM  McKenna et al.
OCL  313509
UREF
PNO  5239228
ISD  19930800
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  313509
FREF
PNO  5-41281
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-114486
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  In an organic EL element having a cap sealing structure, a cathode is
      coated with an insulative protecting layer of a fluorine system polymer or
      an oxide insulative material and an inert medium is filled within the cap
      sealing structure.
PATN
WKU  059906162
SRC  8
APN  6663230
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19960904
TTL  Plasma display panel for multi-screen system
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Haynes; Mack
EXP  O'Shea; Sandra
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Lee; Chun Woo
CTY  Kyungoangbuk-Do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kwon; Hyuk Chae
CTY  Daegu
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Samorodov; Vlsdislav Georguevich
CTY  Ryazan
CNT  RUX
INVT
NAM  Pokryvailo; Anatoli Borisovich
CTY  Ryazan
CNT  RUX
INVT
NAM  Nikolaebich; Zhuravlev Stanislab
CTY  Ryazan
CNT  RUX
INVT
NAM  Mihailovich; Sokolov Vladimir
CTY  Ryazan
CNT  RUX
INVT
NAM  Grugorebna; Starynina Tachyana
CTY  Ryazan
CNT  RUX
ASSG
NAM  Orion Ekerctric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Gumi-shi
CNT  KRX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  SPC Plasma Co.
CTY  Ryazan
CNT  RUX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  313582
XCL  313584
XCL  313586
XCL  313484
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 1749
ICL  H01J  162
ICL  H01J 6304
FSC  313
FSS  483-84;582-86;590
FSC  315
FSS  169.4
FSC  445
FSS  24-25
UREF
PNO  5734228
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kwon et al.
OCL  313582
LREP
FRM  Jacobson, Price, Holman & Stern, PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/KR94/00155
PD1  19960904
PD2  19960904
PD3  19941104
PCP  WO96/14631
PCD  19960517
ABST
PAR  This invention discloses a plasma display panel for multi-screen system.
      The plasma display panel (10) comprises the upper dielectric plate (1) and
      the lower dielectric plate (2). Cathode electrode (3) and anode electrode
      (4) are orthogonally located between said plates (1) and (2). These
      electrodes (3) and (4) form display cell (5) and (6), the cell (5) being
      formed between barrier ribs (8) and the cell (6) being adjacent to one
      side of sealing seam (7). The display cells (5) and (6) are separated by
      barrier ribs (8). The display cell (6) adjacent to the sealing seam are
      made of a size increasing in direction perpendicular to the sealing seam
      (7) with respect to the rest of the display cell (5).
PATN
WKU  059906170
SRC  8
APN  754314&
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19961121
TTL  Plasma display panel and method of forming barrier ribs for the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  16
EXP  Ramsey; Kenneth J.
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Kanae; Tatsutoshi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shiraishi; Masayuki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960711
APN  8-182402
CLAS
OCL  313582
XCL  313586
EDF  6
ICL  H01J  924
FSC  313
FSS  582-587
FSC  445
FSS  24
UREF
PNO  5428263
ISD  19950600
NAM  Nagano
OCL  313585
UREF
PNO  5860843
ISD  19990100
NAM  Kasahara
OCL  445 24
FREF
PNO  458438
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4249828
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Greer, Burns & Crain, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A method of formimg barrier ribs for a plasma display panel including the
      steps of: roughening a barrier rib formation surface of a substrate;
      forming a barrier rib material layer on the roughened barrier rib
      formation surface; and forming, on the barrier rib material layer, a mask
      having a pattern corresponding to the barrier ribs to be formed. In
      addition, forming the ribs includes partially removing the barrier rib
      material layer by blasting an abrasive against the barrier rib material
      layer to form the barrier ribs below the mask. Removing the mask reveals
      barrier ribs for partitioning a discharge space formed on the substrate.
PATN
WKU  059906189
SRC  9
APN  1511963
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980910
TTL  Plasma display panel and heat sink
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Gerike; Matthew J.
EXP  Patel; Vip
NDR  12
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Morita; Makoto
CTY  Neyagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ichiyanagi; Takashi
CTY  Hirakata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ikeda; Junji
CTY  Ikoma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishiki; Naomi
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Inoue; Takao
CTY  Hirakata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Komyoji; Daido
CTY  Ikoma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawashima; Tsutomu
CTY  Katano
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960112
APN  8-003550
RLAP
COD  74
APN  778426
APD  19970102
PSC  01
PNO  5831374
CLAS
OCL  313582
XCL  313 46
XCL  313493
XCL  313573
XCL  313634
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 1728
FSC  313
FSS  40;45;46;493;573;581;582;634
UREF
PNO  5525862
ISD  19960600
NAM  Miyazaki
OCL  313582
UREF
PNO  5670843
ISD  19970900
NAM  Matsuura
XCL  313634
UREF
PNO  5747932
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  313582
LREP
FRM  Panitch Schwarze Jacobs & Nadel, P.C.
ABST
PAL  To increase heat dissipation from a plasma display panel, a heat sinking
      unit 2 bonded to a curved back surface 11 of a panel unit includes a large
      number of fin blocks 21 arranged spaced apart from each other by a
      prescribed distance and a flexible thin-wall portion 22, and a joining
      section 221, which consists of fin anchoring portions 212 and thin-wall
      portions 22, is capable of being bent between the fin blocks 21, thus
      allowing the heat sinking unit 2 to conform to the curvature of the panel
      unit back surface 11.
PATN
WKU  059906197
SRC  8
APN  8029628
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970221
TTL  Electrode structures for plasma addressed liquid crystal display devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Gerike; Matthew J.
EXP  O'Shea; Sandra
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Ilcisin; Kevin J.
CTY  Beaverton
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Martin; Paul C.
CTY  Vancouver
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Buzak; Thomas S.
CTY  Beaverton
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Tektronix, Inc.
CTY  Wilsonville
STA  OR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  313584
XCL  313622
XCL  345 60
XCL  345 87
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 1749
FSC  313
FSS  581;582;584;585;586;587;631;632;633
FSC  345
FSS  67;80
UREF
PNO  4896149
ISD  19900100
NAM  Buzak et al.
OCL  340794
UREF
PNO  5453660
ISD  19950900
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  313582
UREF
PNO  5783906
ISD  19980700
NAM  Moore et al.
OCL  313584
LREP
FR2  Winkelman; John D.
FR2  Preiss; Richard B.
ABST
PAL  A plasma addressed liquid crystal display system (10) includes improved
      electrode structures (90, 100, 130) that are nonuniform parallel to their
      surfaces and may also be nonuniform perpendicular to their major surfaces.
      The nonuniformities include surface nonuniformities (92, 94), bulk
      nonuniformities (108, 110, 112, 112), and geometric nonuniformities (132,
      134). Electrodes having such nonuniformities provide localized sites of
      preferential and nonpreferential surface and bulk properties of the
      electrodes, which, in turn, provide improved and locally tailored plasma
      discharge characteristics. PALC displays having the nonuniform electrodes
      have improved quality because of reduced firing voltages in one plasma
      channel region compared to another, reduced sputtering damage, reduced
      total current between electrodes, decreased discharge initiation time, and
      decreased ionized gas decay time.
PATN
WKU  059906200
SRC  8
APN  9411569
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970930
TTL  Pressurized plasma display
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Day; Michael
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Lepselter; Martin P.
STR  25 Sweetbriar
CTY  Summit
STA  NJ
ZIP  07901
CLAS
OCL  313585
XCL  313586
XCL  313492
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 1720
ICL  H01J 1706
FSC  313
FSS  582;584;485;486;489;491;492;585;586;587
FSC  315
FSS  169.4
UREF
PNO  3899707
ISD  19750800
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  313582
UREF
PNO  3916245
ISD  19751000
NAM  Dorf et al.
OCL  313486
UREF
PNO  3983445
ISD  19760900
NAM  Yasuda et al.
OCL  313485
UREF
PNO  4224553
ISD  19800900
NAM  Hellwig
OCL  313489
UREF
PNO  4292631
ISD  19810900
NAM  Gerard
OCL  315169.4
UREF
PNO  4325002
ISD  19820400
NAM  Kobale et al.
OCL  313485
UREF
PNO  4341976
ISD  19820700
NAM  Hanlet
OCL  315169.4
UREF
PNO  4529909
ISD  19850700
NAM  Kamegaya et al.
OCL  313584
UREF
PNO  5175473
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kim
OCL  315169.4
UREF
PNO  5438236
ISD  19950800
NAM  Evans
OCL  313582
UREF
PNO  5453660
ISD  19950900
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  313582
UREF
PNO  5469021
ISD  19951100
NAM  Lepselter
OCL  313582
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  A miniature high resolution plasma display suitable for integration on a
      semiconductor chip in combination with other circuitry is comprised of two
      crossed sets of conductors which are arranged on a first substrate to form
      an array of crosspoints. The two conductors at each crosspoint are a
      preselected distance apart and separated by a hollow cavity. An array of
      vertical tubes in a second substrate is spaced so as to correspond to the
      array of crosspoints. The second substrate is supported in alignment with
      the first so that the open end of the tubes oppose the cavity at each
      crosspoint. The tubes and cavities are filled with a pressurized gas and
      the assembly is sealed with a transparent, electrically conducting
      coverplate. When a voltage greater than or equal to the Paschen minimum
      firing voltage is applied across the cavity at a crosspoint, a plasma is
      created. Ions in the plasma spread from the cavity into the tube in
      response to a voltage that is applied to the cover plate. The charged
      particles in the plasma combine within the tube to generate light.
PATN
WKU  059906219
SRC  8
APN  8918295
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970714
TTL  Electron beam tubes including ceramic material for realizing rf chokes
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Benny T.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Sobieradzki; Edward Stanislaw
CTY  Chelmsford
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  EEV Limited
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19941012
APN  9420606
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19941025
APN  9421440
RLAP
COD  71
APN  541958
APD  19951010
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  315  5
XCL  315  537
XCL  315  539
XCL  330 45
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 2504
FSC  315
FSS  4;5;5.33;5.37;5.39
FSC  330
FSS  44;45
UREF
PNO  2425748
ISD  19470800
NAM  Llewellyn
XCL  330 45
UREF
PNO  5239272
ISD  19930800
NAM  Bohlen et al.
XCL  315  5
UREF
PNO  5536992
ISD  19960700
NAM  Crompton
OCL  315  4
UREF
PNO  5548245
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bohlen et al.
OCL  330 45
FREF
PNO  0 632 481
ISD  19950100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  6 652 580
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  41 07 552
ISD  19910900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 244 173
ISD  19911100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 243 943
ISD  19911100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 277 193
ISD  19941000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2277194
ISD  19941000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2278012
ISD  19941100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Venable
FR2  Frank; Robert J.
FR2  Kinberg; Robert
ABST
PAL  A linear electron beam tube such as an IOT includes an input cavity formed
      from an inner body portion and an outer body portion which are joined
      together by a ceramic cylinder. The input cavity surrounds an electron gun
      and permits electrical connection to be made to the cathode and grid via
      parts of the inner body portion and. Metallization layers in conjunction
      with the intervening ceramic material of the cylinder define rf chokes.
      The construction enables high voltage parts of the arrangement to be
      insulated from the low voltage outer body portion whilst presenting a low
      leakage path for r.f. energy within the
PATN
WKU  059906227
SRC  9
APN  017369&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980202
TTL  Grid support structure for an electron beam device
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Bettendorf; Justin P.
NDR  9
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Schult; Holger
CTY  Montoursville
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Cipolla; John Charles
CTY  Trout Run
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Litton Systems, Inc.
CTY  Woodland Hills
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  315  537
XCL  313257
XCL  313447
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 2946
FSC  315
FSS  5.33;5.37
FSC  313
FSS  451;456;255;257;447
UREF
PNO  2325865
ISD  19430800
NAM  Litton
OCL  315  5.38
UREF
PNO  2886733
ISD  19590500
NAM  Naill
OCL  313265
UREF
PNO  3805106
ISD  19740400
NAM  Hooker
OCL  313456
UREF
PNO  4480210
ISD  19841000
NAM  Preist et al.
OCL  315  4
UREF
PNO  4527091
ISD  19850700
NAM  Preist
OCL  315  5
UREF
PNO  4611149
ISD  19860900
NAM  Nelson
OCL  315  5.39
UREF
PNO  4728852
ISD  19880300
NAM  Hoet
OCL  313348
UREF
PNO  4737680
ISD  19880400
NAM  True et al.
OCL  313349
UREF
PNO  4975617
ISD  19901200
NAM  Van Gorkum et al.
OCL  313348
UREF
PNO  5233269
ISD  19930800
NAM  Lien
OCL  315  5.37
UREF
PNO  5317233
ISD  19940500
NAM  Lien et al.
OCL  315  5.37
UREF
PNO  5536992
ISD  19960700
NAM  Crompton
XCL  315  4
UREF
PNO  5572092
ISD  19961100
NAM  Shrader
OCL  315  5.37
UREF
PNO  5581153
ISD  19961200
NAM  Bridges
OCL  315  5
UREF
PNO  5629582
ISD  19970500
NAM  Dobbs
OCL  313456
FREF
PNO  1 357 469
ISD  19740600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 287 579
ISD  19950900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  "Bonded Grid Electron Gun For 95 GHz Extended Interaction Amplifier (EIA)",
      by T.J. Grant et al., 1983 IEEE, IEDM 83, pp. 141-143.
LREP
FRM  O'Melveny & Myers LLP
ABST
PAL  A grid support structure is provided for a linear beam device having an
      axially centered cathode, an anode spaced therefrom and a grid disposed
      between the cathode and anode. The grid support structure maintains a
      proper grid-to-cathode spacing across an operating temperature range of
      the linear beam device. The grid is comprised of pyrolytic graphite, and
      includes a central active portion and a peripheral portion, with the
      peripheral portion comprising a plurality of evenly spaced elongated
      mounting holes. The grid support structure includes an inner grid support
      and an outer grid support. The inner grid support may include a plurality
      of axially extending posts that engage the mounting holes of the grid. The
      grid may further include resilient tabs that engage corresponding ramped
      surfaces to bias the grid into position.
PATN
WKU  059906235
SRC  9
APN  153033&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980915
TTL  Method for controlling degaussing coil of cathode ray tube
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Bettendorf; Justin P.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kim; Joung-soo
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-Do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970925
APN  97/48623
CLAS
OCL  315  8
XCL  361150
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  929
FSC  315
FSS  8;85
FSC  361
FSS  150
FSC  348
FSS  820
UREF
PNO  4458178
ISD  19840700
NAM  Tenney et al.
OCL  315  8
UREF
PNO  5696565
ISD  19971200
NAM  Shintani et al.
XCL  315  8
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A degaussing coil is driven when a driving request for the degaussing coil
      is received after turning on of a main power supply of a cathode ray tube
      and a driving request for the degaussing coil is set when the driving time
      of the degaussing coil is less than a reference time in case that the main
      power supply is turned off within the predetermined reference time.
      Consequently, the degaussing coil is driven regardless the time from
      turning off to turning on of the main power supply. Accordingly, the
      method for controlling the degaussing coil of the cathode ray tube can
      prevent the remanence of the cathode ray tube and always provide a safe
      image to a user.
PATN
WKU  059906243
SRC  8
APN  5334446
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19950925
TTL  Color sulfur lamp including means for intercepting and re-mitting light
      of a desired spectral distribution
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Benny T.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Maya; Jakob
CTY  Brookline
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Works R&D Laboratory, Inc.
CTY  Woburn
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  315 39
XCL  315248
XCL  315344
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 6504
FSC  315
FSS  39;248;267;344
UREF
PNO  4427923
ISD  19840100
NAM  Proud et al.
XCL  315 39
UREF
PNO  4532427
ISD  19850700
NAM  Matthews et al.
XCL  315248
UREF
PNO  4978891
ISD  19901200
NAM  Ury
XCL  315248
UREF
PNO  5404076
ISD  19950400
NAM  Dolan et al.
XCL  315248
UREF
PNO  5597052
ISD  19970100
NAM  Maya et al.
XCL  315248
LREP
FRM  Perkins, Smith&Cohen
FR2  Cohen; Jerry
ABST
PAL  A discharge lamp (10) based on microwave excitable sulfur gas with enhanced
      red component of visible light emission from the lamp as a whole, the lamp
      having an arc discharge tube (18) light source, microwave excitation means
      (M) and an outer inert zone around the arc discharge tube having a layer
      of phosphor (16) selected to absorb a portion of blue-green spectral
      component of the arc discharge tube emission and emit a concentrated red
      region of spectral range of light to combine with non-red spectral
      components of light passing through the phosphor. The phosphor can be
      essentially homogeneous material or may comprise a mixture of distinct
      phosphor types and/or a multi-layered array.
PATN
WKU  059906251
SRC  8
APN  940466&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970930
TTL  LCD having noise counteracting parallel resonant circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Bettendorf; Justin P.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Meissner; Ralph
CTY  Erlangen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kuth; Rainer
CTY  Herzogenaursch
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Pritzel; Wolfgang
CTY  Prutting
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960930
APN  196 40 057
CLAS
OCL  315 85
XCL  349 59
XCL  348819
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  113
FSC  315
FSS  8;85
FSC  349
FSS  59
FSC  348
FSS  819;820
UREF
PNO  4700034
ISD  19871000
NAM  Lee
OCL  174 35R
UREF
PNO  5101139
ISD  19920300
NAM  Lechter
OCL  315 85
UREF
PNO  5568112
ISD  19961000
NAM  Cure
OCL  315  8
FREF
PNO  24 45 003 A1
ISD  19760400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  31 31 137 A1
ISD  19830200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 14 971 A1
ISD  19950700
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  In an electrical assembly with an electrical or electronic component part
      that generates a noise signal with a disturbing frequency, a parallel
      resonant circuit tuned to the frequency is arranged in the immediate
      proximity of the component part.
PATN
WKU  059906260
SRC  9
APN  0236012
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980213
TTL  Lighting unit, low-pressure mercury discharge lamp, supply unit, and
      combined packaging
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Vu; David H.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Heuvelmans; Jean J.
CTY  Eindhoven
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  De Smit; Abraham L.
CTY  Terneuzen
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970214
APN  97200420
CLAS
OCL  315 94
XCL  315 56
XCL  313484
EDF  6
ICL  H05B 3700
FSC  315
FSS  291;219;326;358;349;355;356;363;50;94;101;95;96;97;56
FSC  313
FSS  484;491;573;574;575;576;485
UREF
PNO  5233268
ISD  19930800
NAM  Heuvelmans et al.
OCL  313491
UREF
PNO  5341067
ISD  19940800
NAM  Nilssen
OCL  315209
UREF
PNO  5406174
ISD  19950400
NAM  Slegers
OCL  315219
UREF
PNO  5498930
ISD  19960300
NAM  Loy et al.
OCL  315 97
LREP
FR2  Faller; F. Brice
ABST
PAL  A lighting unit according to the invention comprises a supply unit (1) and
      a low-pressure mercury discharge lamp (2). The low-pressure mercury
      discharge lamp has a light-transmitting discharge vessel (3) which is
      provided with a luminescent layer (3) on an inner surface and which
      encloses in a gastight manner a discharge space (4) which is provided with
      a filling comprising mercury and one or several rare gases. A first (5a)
      and a second electrode (5b) are arranged in the discharge space, each
      comprising a coiling of a metal wire coated with one or several
      electron-emitting metal oxides. Each electrode is electrically connected
      to a respective current supply conductor (6a, 6b) which extends to outside
      the discharge vessel (3). The current supply conductors are electrically
      connected to the supply unit outside the discharge vessel, the unit
      ignites the low-pressure mercury discharge lamp in the state upon
      switching-on. During nominal operation, at least a portion (5a*) of each
      electrode (5a, 5b) passes an electrode current Iel having an effective
      value Iel which is at least 1.8 times the minimum electrode current Ip4
      required for thermal emission. The lighting unit according to the
      invention has a long switching life.
PATN
WKU  059906278
SRC  8
APN  728571&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19961010
TTL  Hot relight system for electrodeless high intensity discharge lamps
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Kinkead; Arnold
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Chen; Jian J.
CTY  Beverly
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Budinger; A. Bowman
CTY  Westford
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Lapatovich; Walter P.
CTY  Boxford
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Osram Sylvania, Inc.
CTY  Danvers
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  315117
XCL  315149
XCL  315309
XCL  315248
XCL  313234
XCL  313607
EDF  6
ICL  H05B 4136
FSC  313
FSS  234;607
FSC  315
FSS  248;344;309;149;117;112;307
FSC  362
FSS  264
UREF
PNO  2279941
ISD  19420400
NAM  Dunham et al.
OCL  315117
UREF
PNO  4146819
ISD  19790300
NAM  Hunter
OCL  315117
UREF
PNO  4978891
ISD  19901200
NAM  Ury
OCL  315248
UREF
PNO  5070277
ISD  19911200
NAM  Lapatovich
OCL  315248
UREF
PNO  5113121
ISD  19920500
NAM  Lapatovich et al.
OCL  315248
UREF
PNO  5130612
ISD  19920700
NAM  Lapatovich
OCL  315248
UREF
PNO  5144206
ISD  19920900
NAM  Butler et al.
OCL  315248
UREF
PNO  5241246
ISD  19930800
NAM  Lapatovich et al.
OCL  315248
UREF
PNO  5287039
ISD  19940200
NAM  Gregor et al.
OCL  315248
UREF
PNO  5334913
ISD  19940800
NAM  Ury et al.
OCL  315248
UREF
PNO  5404076
ISD  19950400
NAM  Dolan et al.
OCL  313572
LREP
FR2  Bessone; Carlo S.
ABST
PAL  An electrodeless high intensity discharge lamp includes an electrodeless
      lamp capsule having an enclosed volume containing a mixture of starting
      gas and chemical dopant material excitable by high frequency power to a
      state of luminous emission, an applicator for coupling high frequency
      power to the lamp capsule, a gas nozzle directed toward the lamp capsule
      and a gas controller coupled to the gas nozzle. The gas controller
      receives gas from a gas source and supplies a gas puff of limited duration
      to the lamp capsule through the gas nozzle in response to termination of
      the state of luminous emission. The lamp capsule is rapidly cooled by the
      gas puff to a temperature required for restart.
PATN
WKU  059906286
SRC  8
APN  7281994
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19961010
TTL  Light level sensor for detecting the level of incident light and
      discriminating between natural and artificial light
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Kinkead; Arnold
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Birrell; Peter
CTY  Darlinghurst
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  H.P.M. Industries Pty Limited
CTY  New South Wales
CNT  AUX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  315151
XCL  315158
XCL  315154
XCL  315157
XCL  315153
XCL  250206
XCL  250214R
XCL  250214AL
XCL  250214B
XCL  250214C
EDF  6
ICL  H05B 3702
FSC  250
FSS  206;214 R;221;214 AL;214 B;214 C
FSC  315
FSS  153;154;156;157;149;151;158;308
FSC  307
FSS  116;117
UREF
PNO  3443101
ISD  19690500
NAM  Bockemuehl
OCL  250206
UREF
PNO  4347461
ISD  19820800
NAM  Carlson
OCL  315158
UREF
PNO  4587459
ISD  19860500
NAM  Blake
OCL  315158
UREF
PNO  4827119
ISD  19890500
NAM  Gaboury
OCL  250214R
UREF
PNO  4879461
ISD  19891100
NAM  Philipp
UREF
PNO  5235252
ISD  19930800
NAM  Blake
OCL  315151
FREF
PNO  0295933
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
ICL  G01J  116
FREF
PNO  2577742
ISD  19860800
CNT  FRX
ICL  H05B 3702
FREF
PNO  57-132028
ISD  19820800
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01J  142
FREF
PNO  2060163
ISD  19810400
CNT  GBX
ICL  G01J  144
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
ABST
PAL  A light level sensor for use in controlling the switching of artificial
      lighting. The sensor comprises a photoelectric transducer which provides
      an output signal at a level which is significant of the illumination level
      of incident light. An A-D converter and a microprocessor are located in
      circuit with the transducer for detecting the level of the transducer
      output signal and for any cyclic variation of the transducer output signal
      resulting from cyclic variation of the level of incident light. Further
      circuit means are provided for generating a sensor output signal if either
      (a) the level of the transducer output signal is below a predetermined
      level or (b) the level of the output signal is above the predetermined
      level and, at the same time, cyclic variations occur in the level of the
      transducer output signal. When the sensor is used to switch artificial
      lighting on, with falling ambient light, the sensor output signal is used
      to energise a lighting control relay when the ambient light falls below
      the predetermined level. The relay thereafter is held ON if the sensor
      detects the presence of a high light level, provided that the high light
      level is attributable only to the artificial lighting as recognised by
      detection of cyclic variation of the transducer output signal.
PATN
WKU  059906294
SRC  9
APN  0137081
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980126
TTL  Electroluminescent display device and a driving method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Philogene; Haissa
NDR  33
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Hiroyasu
CTY  Hachioji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shioya; Masaharu
CTY  Akiruno
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Casio Computer Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970128
APN  9-027323
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970221
APN  9-052543
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970522
APN  9-148719
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970529
APN  9-154320
CLAS
OCL  3151693
XCL  345 76
XCL  345 92
XCL  257 71
XCL  349 42
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  310
FSC  315
FSS  169.3;169.2;169.1
FSC  345
FSS  76;84;92;94;100
FSC  257
FSS  71;72;88
FSC  340
FSS  825.81
FSC  349
FSS  42;44
FSC  437
FSS  21;40;59
FSC  313
FSS  500;506
UREF
PNO  4888523
ISD  19891200
NAM  Shoji et al.
OCL  315169.3
UREF
PNO  5095248
ISD  19920300
NAM  Sato
OCL  315169.3
UREF
PNO  5550066
ISD  19960800
NAM  Tang et al.
OCL  437 40
UREF
PNO  5610628
ISD  19970300
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  345100
UREF
PNO  5736752
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hseuh et al.
OCL  257 72
FREF
PNO  0720139 A2
ISD  19960700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0762374 A1
ISD  19970300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/24921
ISD  19931200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick P.C.
ABST
PAL  A controller stores image signals Sp represented as binary values for every
      unit of frame. The controller divides one frame into a plurality of
      sub-frames representing an image by image data of two gradation levels, in
      accordance with respective figures of the stored image signals Sp for one
      frame. The image data of two gradation levels for each of the sub-frames
      is written into capacitors Cp from a drain driver, for every row. When the
      image data is "1", a drive transistor is turned on. A common driver
      applies a voltage of a predetermined level for every sub-frame, to control
      the voltage applied between electrodes of an organic EL element. As a
      result, the organic EL element emit light with brightness which differs
      between sub-frames. Images of the sub-frames are visually synthesized, so
      that gradation is expressed in one frame.
PATN
WKU  059906308
SRC  9
APN  0031623
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980106
TTL  Method for controlling surface discharge alternating current plasma
      display panel with drivers periodically changing duty factor of data
      pulses
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Philogene; Haissa
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Tadashi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970110
APN  9-003108
CLAS
OCL  3151694
XCL  3151691
XCL  345 60
XCL  345 67
XCL  345 68
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  310
FSC  315
FSS  169.4;169.1;169.2;291
FSC  345
FSS  60;61;67;68
UREF
PNO  4006298
ISD  19770200
NAM  Fowler et al.
OCL  348798
UREF
PNO  5155414
ISD  19921000
NAM  Sano
OCL  315169.4
UREF
PNO  5436634
ISD  19950700
NAM  Kanazawa
OCL  345 67
UREF
PNO  5654728
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kanazawa et al.
OCL  345 68
UREF
PNO  5684499
ISD  19971100
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  345 60
UREF
PNO  5739641
ISD  19980400
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  315169.1
FREF
PNO  2-29779
ISD  19900100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-4039
ISD  19940100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-64508
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-319424
ISD  19951200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-305319
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  T. Nakamura et al., "Drive for 40-In.-Diagonal Full-Color ac Plasma
      Display", SID 95 Digest, 1995, pp. 807-810.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan; vol. 97, No. 3, Mar. 31, 1997 & JP 08305319 A
      (NEC Corp.), Nov. 22, 1996, Abstract.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan; vol. 17, No. 323 (P-1559), Jun. 18, 1993 & JP
      05035206 A (Fujitsu Ltd.), Feb. 12, 1993, Abstract.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan; vol. 96, No. 1, Jan. 31, 1996 & JP 07248744 A
      (Fujitsu General Ltd.), Sep. 26, 1995, Abstract.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A surface discharge alternating current plasma display panel selects pixels
      to be fired by applying a scanning pulse and a data pulse to scanning
      electrodes and data electrodes, and the data electrodes are divided into a
      plurality of data electrode groups supplied with data pulses different in
      duty factor; when a data pulse with a large duty factor is applied to one
      of the data electrode group, the data pulse with the large duty factor is
      applied to another data electrode group so as to equalize the load of
      drivers connected to the data electrode groups.
PATN
WKU  059906316
SRC  9
APN  0334146
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980302
TTL  Stroboscope circuit controlling dimmer operation
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Vu; David H.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Hioki; Tatsuya
CTY  Hadano
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sekido; Keizo
CTY  Hadano
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Stanley Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970304
APN  9-049189
CLAS
OCL  315241P
XCL  315241S
XCL  396205
XCL  396206
EDF  6
ICL  H05B 3700
FSC  315
FSS  241 P;241 S;DIG. 4;245;240;241 R;227 R
FSC  396
FSS  156;159;205;206
UREF
PNO  4951081
ISD  19900800
NAM  Hosomizu et al.
UREF
PNO  5159381
ISD  19921000
NAM  Harrison
UREF
PNO  5661372
ISD  19970800
NAM  Ishimaru et al.
LREP
FR2  Wray; James Creighton
FR2  Narasimhan; Meera P.
ABST
PAL  In a current cut-off type automated stroboscope circuit which controls a
      flashlight intensity by cutting off the current flowing through a flash
      lamp, a high-speed semiconductor switching device inserted in series with
      respect to the stroboscopic tube has been encountered up to now with
      malfunction and breakdown problems induced by chattering. To solve
      aforesaid problems, the present invention is to provide a xenon tube 1
      with an IGBT 2 connected in series with respect to the xenon tube 1. The
      gate electrode of the IGBT is connected to two pnp-type transistors Q1 and
      Q2 substantially inbetween, both transistors of which are connected in
      series with respect to each other. The IGBT is controlled by turning on
      and turning off of the transistors Q1 and Q2. Furthermore, a time constant
      circuit which is formed of a capacitor C1 and a resistor R1 is connected
      to the transistor Q1. A gate voltage is applied to the IGBT 2 only for a
      certain period of time (one shot) which is defined by a time constant of
      CR product.
PATN
WKU  059906324
SRC  8
APN  969272&
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971113
TTL  Excitation circuit for an electrodeless lamp including a pulsed power
      source
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Vu; David H.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Smith; Raymond A.
CTY  Severna Park
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Hooper; Edward H.
CTY  Baltimore
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Northrop Grumman Corporation
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  315248
XCL  315267
XCL  315344
EDF  6
ICL  H05B 4116
FSC  315
FSS  248;344;267;219
FSC  330
FSS  207 A;251
FSC  313
FSS  594;601
UREF
PNO  4245178
ISD  19810100
NAM  Justice
OCL  315248
UREF
PNO  5027041
ISD  19910600
NAM  Godyak et al.
OCL  315248
UREF
PNO  5200672
ISD  19930400
NAM  Sheynberg et al.
OCL  315248
UREF
PNO  5519285
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ukegawa et al.
OCL  313594
ABST
PAL  An RF source is periodically pulsed for exciting an electrodeless light
      bulb in an on-off mode so as to intermittently drive the bulb to a high
      peak power operating point where light generation efficiency is relatively
      high, while maintaining a relatively low average power input. Pulse rate
      and duration are optimized to minimize light flicker while maximizing
      light emission efficiency.
PATN
WKU  059906332
SRC  9
APN  0916242
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980622
TTL  High-pressure discharge lamp having decoupled ignition and load circuits
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Shingleton; Michael B
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Hirschmann; Guenther
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Mueller; Stefan
CTY  Esslingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Mengele; Matthias
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wittig; Christian
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Lewandowski; Bernd
CTY  Feldafing
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Patent-Treuhand-Gessellschaft fur elektrische Gluehlampen mbH
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961023
APN  196 44 115
CLAS
OCL  315289
XCL  315290
XCL  315291
XCL  315278
EDF  6
ICL  H05B 3702
FSC  313
FSS  594;601;602;570;571
FSC  315
FSS  218;DIG. 7;291;307;289;290;246;278
UREF
PNO  2923856
ISD  19600200
NAM  Greene et al.
OCL  315DIG.7
UREF
PNO  2982881
ISD  19610500
NAM  Reich
OCL  315219
UREF
PNO  3868525
ISD  19750200
NAM  Waymouth et al.
OCL  313571
UREF
PNO  4065370
ISD  19771200
NAM  Noble et al.
OCL  313594
UREF
PNO  4353116
ISD  19821000
NAM  Palmers et al.
OCL  315219
UREF
PNO  4535271
ISD  19850800
NAM  Holmes
OCL  315219
UREF
PNO  4724361
ISD  19880200
NAM  Wada et al.
OCL  315246
UREF
PNO  4769578
ISD  19880900
NAM  Jacobs et al.
UREF
PNO  5036256
ISD  19910700
NAM  Garrison et al.
FREF
PNO  0294604
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0294605
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0567408
ISD  19931000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0696046
ISD  19960200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Bessone; Carlo S.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE97/02271
PD1  19980622
PD2  19980622
PD3  19971002
PCP  WO98/18297
PCD  19980430
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to circuitry for the operation of a high-pressure
       dharge lamp including a voltage transformer (T1, T2), preferably a
      push-pull transformer, a transformer (TR1) connected to the output of the
      voltage transformer (T1, T2), a pulse ignition device, and a load circuit
      designed as a ocrial resonance circuit (L1, C1) into which the
      high-pressure discharge lamp (LP) is switched. The transformer (TR1)
      possesses at least two secondary windings (w1c, w1d), wherein the first
      secondary winding (w1c) switches into the load circuit and the second
      secondary winding (w1d) is connected to the pulse ignition device at the
      voltage input. The ignition voltage output of the pulse ignition device is
      designed to be connected to an auxiliary ignition electrode (ZE) of the
      high-pressure discharge lamp (LP).
PATN
WKU  059906340
SRC  8
APN  6566871
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19960531
TTL  Dynamic range dimmer for gas discharge lamps
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Philogene; Haissa
EXP  Wong; Don
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Brown; Craig
CTY  Sterling
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Logic Laboratories, Inc.
CTY  Leesburg
STA  VA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  315307
XCL  315244
XCL  315308
XCL  315194
XCL  315DIG4
EDF  6
ICL  G05F  100
FSC  315
FSS  194;200 R;209 R;224;291;307;308;244;DIG. 4
UREF
PNO  4220896
ISD  19800900
NAM  Paice
OCL  315205
UREF
PNO  4346332
ISD  19820800
NAM  Walden
OCL  315307
UREF
PNO  4358717
ISD  19821100
NAM  Elliott
OCL  315308
UREF
PNO  4529913
ISD  19850700
NAM  Brosillon
OCL  315224
UREF
PNO  4585974
ISD  19860400
NAM  Stupp et al.
OCL  315307
UREF
PNO  4682080
ISD  19870700
NAM  Ogawa et al.
OCL  315209R
UREF
PNO  4689524
ISD  19870800
NAM  Ureche
OCL  315206
UREF
PNO  4874989
ISD  19891000
NAM  Nilssen
OCL  315151
UREF
PNO  4998045
ISD  19910300
NAM  Ruby
OCL  315209R
UREF
PNO  5049790
ISD  19910900
NAM  Herfurth et al.
OCL  315291
UREF
PNO  5111118
ISD  19920500
NAM  Fellows et al.
OCL  315307
UREF
PNO  5144205
ISD  19920900
NAM  Motto et al.
OCL  315244
UREF
PNO  5287040
ISD  19940200
NAM  Lestician
OCL  315291
UREF
PNO  5396155
ISD  19950300
NAM  Bezdon et al.
OCL  315291
UREF
PNO  5406144
ISD  19950400
NAM  Houston
OCL  327513
UREF
PNO  5410221
ISD  19950400
NAM  Mattas et al.
OCL  315307
UREF
PNO  5422547
ISD  19950600
NAM  Brownell et al.
OCL  315307
UREF
PNO  5426350
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lai
OCL  315244
OREF
PAL  "Micro Linear", Feb. 1993, Preliminary ML 4830, "Electronic Ballast
      Controller".
LREP
FRM  Sofer & Maroun, LLP
ABST
PAL  An improved dynamic range dimmer for gas discharge lamps is provided in
      which the frequency is shifted during the startup of the lamp, and the
      frequency is shifted and the duty cycle is varied to dim the light emitted
      by the lamp. When dimming is desired the frequency is shifted to increase
      the voltage available to the lamp, which then has its power reduced by
      controlling its duty cycle. Such an arrangement provides a greater range
      of light intensity variation. If the lamp is turned off while set to a
      dimmed level, then the frequency is automatically restored to the resonant
      value used when starting the lamp, to assure breakdown of the plasma in
      the lamp for proper ignition.
PATN
WKU  059906359
SRC  9
APN  1022962
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980622
TTL  Multi-zone lighting control system
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  2
EXA  Lee; Wilson
EXP  Wong; Don
NDR  19
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Ference; Jonathan H.
CTY  Riegelsville
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Hausman; Donald F.
CTY  Emmaus
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Loar; John F.
CTY  Allentown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Spehalski; Robert S.
CTY  Emmaus
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Zaharchuk; Walter S.
CTY  Allentown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Lutron Electronics Co., Inc.
CTY  Coopersburg
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  226194
APD  19940411
PSC  01
PNO  5530322
CLAS
OCL  315362
XCL  315295
XCL  315324
XCL  315DIG4
XCL  315119
EDF  6
ICL  H02B 3702
FSC  315
FSS  DIG. 4;119;287;362;295;294;DIG. 5;293;316;324;291
UREF
PNO  4473779
ISD  19840900
NAM  Lindner et al.
OCL  315119
UREF
PNO  4651060
ISD  19870300
NAM  Clark
OCL  315DIG.4
UREF
PNO  5729097
ISD  19980300
NAM  Holzer
OCL  315DIG.4
LREP
FRM  Seidel, Gonda, Lavorgna & Monaco, PC
ABST
PAL  A lighting dimmer for controlling the current through a lighting load
      includes circuitry for applying a predetermined dimming level control
      signal to a control circuit in response to the absence of a dimming level
      control signal and the cycling OFF and ON of a circuit breaker. The dimmer
      further includes voltage compensation circuitry for maintaining a constant
      lighting load current notwithstanding short-lived changes in nominal line
      voltage.
PATN
WKU  059906367
SRC  8
APN  8679746
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970603
TTL  Linearity coil of horizontal deflecting circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Wells; Nikita
EXP  Westin; Edward P.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Shin; Ki-Ho
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961224
APN  96-71768
CLAS
OCL  31536825
XCL  315400
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 2970
FSC  315
FSS  368.25;368.26;400;370;371;411
UREF
PNO  4331907
ISD  19820500
NAM  Laux et al.
OCL  315400
UREF
PNO  4677350
ISD  19870600
NAM  Wharton et al.
OCL  315371
UREF
PNO  4686430
ISD  19870800
NAM  Jennings, Jr.
OCL  315371
UREF
PNO  4833432
ISD  19890500
NAM  Ohtsu et al.
OCL  335212
UREF
PNO  5473299
ISD  19951200
NAM  Tsutsumi et al.
OCL  336110
UREF
PNO  5777697
ISD  19980700
NAM  Baek
OCL  348806
FREF
PNO  0 658 902
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
ICL  G11C  700
FREF
PNO  1424037
ISD  19760200
CNT  GBX
ICL  H01F 2700
FREF
PNO  2074388
ISD  19811000
CNT  GBX
ICL  H01F 1704
FREF
PNO  2091058
ISD  19820700
CNT  GBX
ICL  H03K  462
FREF
PNO  2157087
ISD  19851000
CNT  GBX
ICL  H01F 1704
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey
ABST
PAL  A linearity coil of a horizontal deflecting circuit includes a core; a
      winding connected in series to a horizontal deflecting coil and wound on
      the core; and a pair of permanent magnets respectively fixed to both ends
      of the core in the direction of increasing a magnetic force line induced
      to the core.
PATN
WKU  059906375
SRC  8
APN  826757&
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970324
TTL  Dynamic 4 polar electrode system in pre-focusing electrode in electron
      gun for color cathode ray tube
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Issing; Gregory C.
NDR  6
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Cho; Sung Ho
CTY  Kumi-si
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Electronics, Inc.
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960322
APN  96/7944
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960515
APN  96/16132
CLAS
OCL  315382
XCL  313414
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  104
ICL  H01J 2950
FSC  315
FSS  14;382
FSC  313
FSS  414
UREF
PNO  5164640
ISD  19921100
NAM  Son et al.
OCL  315382
UREF
PNO  5347202
ISD  19940900
NAM  Stil
OCL  315382
UREF
PNO  5384512
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kamohara et al.
OCL  313414
UREF
PNO  5404071
ISD  19950400
NAM  Son
OCL  313414
UREF
PNO  5539285
ISD  19960700
NAM  Iguchi et al.
OCL  315382
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A pre-focus electrode system in an electron gun for a color cathode ray
      tubes disclosed, the color cathode ray tube including, in successive
      arrangement, a three electrode part having a plurality of cathodes each
      for emitting electron beams, a control electrode for controlling emission
      of the electron beams, an accelerating electrode for accelerating the
      electron beams, at least two pre-focus electrodes for pre-focusing the
      electron beams, and a focusing electrode and an anode for forming a main
      lens for focusing the electron beams on a screen. The focusing electrode
      has two electrodes provided by dividing the focusing electrode into two to
      form a first dynamic four polar lens part with one of the two electrode
      applied of a static voltage and the other electrode applied of a dynamic
      voltage synchronous to a deflection current. The dynamic four polar
      electrode system includes at least two sub pre-focus electrodes provided
      by dividing one of the pre-focus electrodes on a screen side, at least one
      of the sub pre-focus electrodes having electron beam pass-through holes
      with different horizontal and vertical sides and at least one of the sub
      pre-focus electrodes has a dynamic voltage applied to it causing at least
      one dynamic four polar lens part to be formed between the sub pre-focus
      electrodes.
PATN
WKU  059906383
SRC  9
APN  0119199
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980223
TTL  Synchronizing method for communication
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Ip; Paul
NDR  8
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Aoyama; Kazunari
CTY  Oshino-mura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kubo; Yoshiyuki
CTY  Oshino-mura
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fanuc, Ltd.
CTY  Yamanashi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960621
APN  8-179777
CLAS
OCL  318 85
XCL  318562
XCL  318567
XCL  36447411
XCL  36447401
EDF  6
ICL  H02P  552
ICL  G05B 1918
FSC  318
FSS  34-85;560-696
FSC  364
FSS  474.01-474.18
UREF
PNO  4218705
ISD  19800800
NAM  Inaba et al.
OCL  358149
UREF
PNO  4703431
ISD  19871000
NAM  Sako et al.
OCL  318625
UREF
PNO  5390351
ISD  19950200
NAM  Di Giulio et al.
OCL  395725
FREF
PNO  63-039496
ISD  19880200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-143804
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-135210
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP97/02151
PD1  19980223
PD2  19980223
PD3  19970623
PCP  WO97/49013
PCD  19971224
ABST
PAR  A CNC device 10 and servoamplifiers SA1, SA2 are connected in the manner of
      a daisy-chain. The positions of the servo motors M1, M2 detected by pulse
      coders P1, P2 are read in synchronization at the same point in time. In
      such circumstances, the synchronizing signal for the command to read the
      positions is propagated from the CNC device 10 to the servoamplifiers SA1,
      SA2 by means of transmission lines L1, L2. Propagation delay is generated,
      but synchronization is achieved by correcting this propagation delay time,
      so that the positions of the servo motors M1, M2 are detected at the same
      point in time.
PATN
WKU  059906391
SRC  9
APN  1026348
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980623
TTL  Phase controller for intermittently supplying an AC motor with electric
      power
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Leykin; Rita
EXP  Nappi; Robert E.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Arai; Hiroyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yahagi; Hiroyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Masuda; Shinichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Satori Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970625
APN  9-168475
CLAS
OCL  318245
XCL  318244
XCL  318245
EDF  6
ICL  H02K 2364
FSC  318
FSS  244;245
FSC  388
FSS  825;828;829;830;831
UREF
PNO  4051420
ISD  19770900
NAM  Tanikoshi
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  4528456
ISD  19850700
NAM  Harris
OCL  307 31
UREF
PNO  4530370
ISD  19850700
NAM  Cuneo
OCL  318331
UREF
PNO  5015928
ISD  19910500
NAM  Yang
OCL  318250
UREF
PNO  5268987
ISD  19931200
NAM  Sakoh
OCL  388819
UREF
PNO  5399948
ISD  19950300
NAM  Yang
OCL  318245
UREF
PNO  5512810
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hansen et al.
OCL  318800
UREF
PNO  5530325
ISD  19960600
NAM  Friedrich et al.
OCL  318245
LREP
FRM  Nikaido Marmelstein Murray & Oram LLP
ABST
PAL  An improved phase controller is operatively connected to the operating
      lever or trigger of an electrically powered tool for supplying its motor
      with electric power from an ac power supply. It includes a device for
      establishing a divisional voltage derived from the ac voltage across the
      electric power supply. A variable resistor-and-capacitor series-connection
      is connected across the motor-and-power supply series-connection. A device
      provided for supplying the ac motor with electric power when the charging
      voltage across the capacitor rises above the divisional voltage. The
      variable resistor is operatively connected to the operating lever, and the
      capacitor can be charged with electricity at a charging rate which is
      determined by the variable resistance and the fixed capacitance under the
      control of the operating lever. The divisional voltage varies in the same
      way as the voltage across the ac power supply, thus permitting the
      ignition angle to remain substantially unchanged no matter whether the
      commercially available electric power may be of different cycles.
PATN
WKU  059906405
SRC  8
APN  6250025
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19960329
TTL  Motor control apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Ip; Paul
NDR  24
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Dwyer; Patrick H.
CTY  Penn Valley
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Farrer; Leland M.
CTY  Morgan Hill
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mason; Martin
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Aim Controls, Inc.
CTY  Penn Valley
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  318254
XCL  318138
XCL  318439
XCL  318245
EDF  6
ICL  H02P  700
ICL  H02K 2900
FSC  323
FSS  235;239
FSC  361
FSS  173;85
FSC  318
FSS  254;138;812;788;245;800;439;778;798
FSC  364
FSS  550
FSC  388
FSS  821;820;815
UREF
PNO  3716771
ISD  19730200
NAM  Maynard
OCL  388821
UREF
PNO  3766409
ISD  19731000
NAM  Shuey
UREF
PNO  4297628
ISD  19811000
NAM  Hedges
OCL  318812
UREF
PNO  4408149
ISD  19831000
NAM  Collins et al.
UREF
PNO  4528485
ISD  19850700
NAM  Boyd, Jr.
OCL  318138
UREF
PNO  4833628
ISD  19890500
NAM  Curran, Jr.
OCL  318800
UREF
PNO  4870340
ISD  19890900
NAM  Kral
OCL  323235
UREF
PNO  4908561
ISD  19900300
NAM  Hashimoto
UREF
PNO  4928049
ISD  19900500
NAM  Pietrobon et al.
UREF
PNO  5015937
ISD  19910500
NAM  Wright et al.
UREF
PNO  5061888
ISD  19911000
NAM  Hiraoka
UREF
PNO  5216345
ISD  19930600
NAM  Eyerly
UREF
PNO  5366303
ISD  19941100
NAM  Barrus et al.
OCL  400234
FREF
PNO  0 196 543
ISD  19861000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  02133094
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  08019295
ISD  19960100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Trescott, "All Digital Circuit Fires Triacs", EDN Jul. 21, 1994.
LREP
FR2  O'Banion; John P.
ABST
PAL  An H-Bridge motor controller having a floating, electrically isolated high
      side FET driver design where the motor driver circuity is electrically
      isolated from the logic circuitry. Back EMF generation during motor
      operation is minimized by employing a "fifth" power transistor to the
      H-Bridge that connects the motor coil to ground when the other transistors
      in the H-Bridge are turned off, so as to provide a direct path for the
      unused energy to be removed from the driver circuit without interfering
      with the normal switching of the FETs. Alternatively, back EMF generation
      is minimized by applying switching signals to the H-Bridge where, instead
      of turning the low side FET drivers between motor clocks, the low side FET
      drivers are both turned on during the "off time" period, so as to connect
      both ends of the motor coil to ground during the "off" period, thereby
      draining the coil of unused energy. The fifth power transistor also
      permits either one-half or the entire motor coil to be connected to the
      H-Bridge at the commencement of the energizing phase, thereby altering the
      inductive load seen by the H-Bridge upon motor energization. The motor
      controller also includes analog and digital circuits that automatically
      vary the voltage and/or current applied to the motor depending upon
      performance characteristics such as speed, electromagnetic characteristics
      and torque load.
PATN
WKU  059906413
SRC  8
APN  9667237
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971110
TTL  Motor control device apparatus for the recording and/or reproduction of
      information including the motor control device
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Leykin; Rita
EXP  Shoop, Jr.; William M.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Van Buul; Marinus C. W.
CTY  Breda
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Van Beijsterveld; Gerardus A. M.
CTY  Breda
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Damstra; Nicolaas J.
CTY  Breda
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Buthker; Henricus C. J.
CTY  Mierlo
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19961119
APN  96203237
CLAS
OCL  318254
XCL  318799
XCL  318432
XCL  318433
EDF  6
ICL  H02K 2300
FSC  318
FSS  138;254;439;799
UREF
PNO  4250435
ISD  19810200
NAM  Alley et al.
OCL  318138
UREF
PNO  4752724
ISD  19880600
NAM  Radziwill et al.
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  5223771
ISD  19930600
NAM  Chari
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  5572099
ISD  19961100
NAM  Carobolante
OCL  318434
LREP
FR2  Goodman; Edward W.
ABST
PAL  A motor control device controls an electric 3-phase brushless d.c. motor
      (10) having a magnetic rotor (15) and three windings (11, 12, 13). The
      motor control device includes a detection unit (20) adapted to generate a
      commutation signal (21) on the basis of the back-emf voltage produced in
      the windings (11, 12 and 13). The motor control device further includes an
      output stage (30) having a first terminal (31) and a second terminal (32)
      for the connection of a power-supply source, outputs (33, 34, 35) for the
      connection of the windings (11, 12 and 13) and a number of semiconductor
      elements (36) for selectively coupling the terminals (31, 32) to the
      outputs (33, 34, 35) in dependence upon the commutation signal (21). The
      motor control device further includes a phase detector (40) adapted to
      generate a phase-error signal (43) which is representative of the phase
      difference between a sensor signal and a reference signal. The output
      stage (30) is arranged in series with a controllable power-supply stage
      (50) adapted to feed a bidirectional current (I) through the windings (11,
      12, 13) via the outputs (33, 34, 35). The current (I) is controlled in
      dependence upon the phase-error signal (43) for driving the rotor (15) in
      a controlled manner, or for actively braking said rotor.
PATN
WKU  059906421
SRC  9
APN  0929158
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980608
TTL  Method and apparatus for driving a sensorless DC motor having a
      bridge-type inductance detecting circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Ip; Paul
NDR  13
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Park; Jong-Yong
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Daewoo Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  318254
XCL  318138
XCL  318439
EDF  6
ICL  H02P  100
ICL  H02P  700
ICL  H02P  118
FSC  318
FSS  138;245;246-293;439
FSC  363
FSS  78
UREF
PNO  4888533
ISD  19891200
NAM  Gotoh et al.
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  5159246
ISD  19921000
NAM  Ueki
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  5189349
ISD  19930200
NAM  Haga
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  5191270
ISD  19930300
NAM  McCormack
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  5206567
ISD  19930400
NAM  Sakurai et al.
OCL  318439
UREF
PNO  5235264
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kaneda et al.
OCL  318727
UREF
PNO  5327053
ISD  19940700
NAM  Mann et al.
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  5446354
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hiruma
OCL  318439
UREF
PNO  5608300
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kawabata et al.
OCL  318721
FREF
PNO  0 490 395
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 817 364
ISD  19980100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 528 184
ISD  19831200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 226 465
ISD  19900600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and an apparatus for driving a sensorless DC motor having a
      bridge-type inductance detecting circuit. The method of driving a
      sensorless DC motor including a rotor having Y-winding phase coils and a
      plurality of magnetic poles comprises the steps of applying an alternating
      current voltage signal to bridge circuits coupled to the phase coils,
      respectively, inputting an output voltage signal of each bridge circuit as
      an inductance detecting signal of each phase coil, amplifying the inputted
      inductance detecting signal of each phase coil, comparing a value of the
      amplified inductance detecting signal of each phase coil to each other,
      and determining an initial position of the rotor for rotating the rotor,
      the phase coils except for a phase coil having a maximum inductance
      detecting signal being magnetized at the initial position. By the method,
      the initial position of the rotor can be precisely detected even when the
      rotor is rotated at a low speed or in a stop state, so the motor is
      reliably driven.
PATN
WKU  059906430
SRC  9
APN  1220268
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980724
TTL  Sensorless commutation position detection for brushless D.C. motors
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Ip; Paul
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Holling; George H.
CTY  Sun Prairie
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Yeck; Mark
CTY  Ripon
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Schmitt; Michael
CTY  Ripon
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Motion Controls, Inc.
CTY  Sun Prairie
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  318254
XCL  318138
XCL  318439
EDF  6
ICL  H02P  614
ICL  H02P  528
FSC  318
FSS  138;139;245;254;439;101;590;591;611;127;719;811
FSC  388
FSS  809
FSC  360
FSS  73.3;75
UREF
PNO  5017845
ISD  19910500
NAM  Carobolante et al.
OCL  318138
UREF
PNO  5191270
ISD  19930300
NAM  McCormack
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  5327053
ISD  19940700
NAM  Mann et al.
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  5350988
ISD  19940900
NAM  Le
OCL  318618
UREF
PNO  5451832
ISD  19950900
NAM  Cameron et al.
OCL  318375
UREF
PNO  5473725
ISD  19951200
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  5510687
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ursworth et al.
OCL  318727
UREF
PNO  5600218
ISD  19970200
NAM  Holling et al.
OCL  318439
UREF
PNO  5619109
ISD  19970400
NAM  Cameron et al.
OCL  318375
UREF
PNO  5631999
ISD  19970500
NAM  Dinsmore
OCL  388805
UREF
PNO  5650886
ISD  19970700
NAM  Codilian et al.
OCL  360 73.03
UREF
PNO  5723963
ISD  19980300
NAM  Li et al.
OCL  318590
UREF
PNO  5767643
ISD  19980600
NAM  Pham et al.
OCL  318439
UREF
PNO  5767654
ISD  19980600
NAM  Menegoli et al.
OCL  318811
UREF
PNO  5789895
ISD  19980800
NAM  Lee
OCL  318811
UREF
PNO  5821713
ISD  19981000
NAM  Holling et al.
OCL  318138
UREF
PNO  5859520
ISD  19990100
NAM  Bourgeois et al.
OCL  318805
UREF
PNO  5909095
ISD  19990600
NAM  Sakti et al.
OCL  318254
LREP
FRM  Haugen Law Firm PLLP
ABST
PAL  A rotor position determination system for a polyphase D.C. brushless motor
      utilizing the back electromotive force (B.E.M.F.) voltage of the open or
      "off" phase of the motor as a critical signal for controlling the
      commutation of the motor, the system further including means for phase
      advance of the energization of the motor.
PATN
WKU  059906448
SRC  9
APN  2465264
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19990208
TTL  Motor drive circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Leykin; Rita
EXP  Ip; Paul
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Furuya; Misao
CTY  Atsugi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsuura; Kazuhito
CTY  Atsugi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsumi Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980219
APN  10-037723
CLAS
OCL  318293
XCL  363 98
XCL  363 17
XCL  257546
XCL  318294
EDF  6
ICL  H02P  100
FSC  318
FSS  293;294
FSC  363
FSS  98;17
FSC  330
FSS  288
FSC  257
FSS  546
UREF
PNO  4358724
ISD  19821000
NAM  Haner
OCL  318681
UREF
PNO  4472642
ISD  19840900
NAM  Akamatsu
OCL  307252C
UREF
PNO  4527103
ISD  19850700
NAM  Kade
OCL  318293
UREF
PNO  4544869
ISD  19851000
NAM  Pittaway
OCL  318293
UREF
PNO  4680513
ISD  19870700
NAM  Kennedy
OCL  318285
UREF
PNO  4899063
ISD  19900200
NAM  Suck
OCL  307  9.1
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
ABST
PAL  A motor drive circuit 1 is driven by a DC power source 2 connected to power
      source terminals Tv1, Tv2 and has a first drive transistor Q1 for
      controlling a drive current supplied to a first terminal Tm1 of a motor
      from the DC power source 2, a second drive transistor Q2 for supplying
      current drawn from the first terminal Tm1 of the motor 3 to a ground, a
      third drive transistor Q3 for controlling a drive current supplied to a
      second terminal Tm2 of the motor 3 from the DC power source 2, a fourth
      drive transistor Q4 for drawing current from a second terminal Tm2 of the
      motor 3, a drive control circuit 4 for controlling the operation of the
      motor 3 by controlling the drive transistors Q1 through Q4 in response to
      a first and second control signal supplied to a first and second control
      terminal Tc1, Tc2, a first control transistor Qc1 having the same polarity
      as, and connected in parallel to and in the reverse direction of, the
      second drive transistor Q2 and a second control transistor Qc2 having the
      same polarity as, and connected in parallel to and in the reverse
      direction of, the fourth drive transistor Q4. The control transistors
      limit a decrease in voltage at the first and second terminals Tm1 and Tm2
      of the motor 3 generated by a counter-electromotive force of the motor 3,
      making it possible to clamp the voltage at the terminals at a relatively
      low level. As a result, a lock-up is prevented even with the use of
      relatively small-capacity diodes, with the advantage that an IC chip of
      the motor drive circuit can be reduced further in size.
PATN
WKU  059906456
SRC  9
APN  0118443
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980218
TTL  Mechanical vibration detector and vibration damping controller
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Martin; David
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Hiroshi
CTY  Fukuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takamatsu; Shoji
CTY  Fukuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kaku; Yasuhiko
CTY  Fukuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Yaskawa Denki
CTY  Kitakyushu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950818
APN  7-233528
CLAS
OCL  318432
XCL  318114
XCL  318128
XCL  318460
XCL  310 51
EDF  6
ICL  H02P  700
FSC   73
FSS  660;662;668
FSC  318
FSS  432;434;114;128;460
FSC  310
FSS  51
UREF
PNO  4419897
ISD  19831200
NAM  Matsuoka
OCL   73660
UREF
PNO  5831401
ISD  19981100
NAM  Coleman
OCL  318114
UREF
PNO  5850130
ISD  19981200
NAM  Fujisaki et al.
OCL  318439
FREF
PNO  0407590
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0523255
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  7-337057
ISD  19951200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/12477
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Seung-Ho Song et al., "Torsional Vibration Suppression Control in 2-Mass
      System by State Feedback Speed Controller", Proceedings of the IEEE
      Conference on Control Applications, Vancouver, B.C., Sep. 13, 1993, pp.
      129-134.
LREP
FRM  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/02289
PD1  19980218
PD2  19980218
PD3  19960813
PCP  WO97/07590
PCD  19970227
ABST
PAR  Provided is a mechanical-vibration detecting apparatus in which not only
      adjustment is easy but also mechanical vibration can be taken out with
      high accuracy, and a vibration-reduction control apparatus by which
      reduction of mechanical vibration can be achieved. In a motor control
      apparatus for controlling the torque of a motor, provided are an
      equivalent rigid body model 103; a proportional operation means 104; a
      high-pass filter 105; and means for adding a torque signal and an output
      of the proportional operation means to supply a resulting addition signal
      to the equivalent rigid body model, and for subtracting an output of the
      equivalent rigid body model from a velocity signal of the motor control
      apparatus to supply a resulting difference signal to the proportional
      operation means and to the high-pass filter so that an output of the
      high-pass filter is used as a mechanical vibration control signal.
PATN
WKU  059906464
SRC  9
APN  1314173
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980810
TTL  Remotely-controlled battery powered-window covering having power saving
      receiver
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  4,14
EXP  Ro; Bentsu
NDR  17
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Kovach; Joseph E.
CTY  Thornton
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Holford; Michael S.
CTY  Broomfield
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Skinner; Gary F.
CTY  Westminster
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Gaudyn; Erwin
CTY  Westminster
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Vogel; David
CTY  Thornton
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Colson; Wendell B.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Jarosinski; Marek
CTY  Brighton
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Hunter Douglas Inc.
CTY  Upper Saddle River
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  757559
APD  19961127
PSC  01
PNO  5793174
CLAS
OCL  318468
XCL  318 16
XCL  318266
XCL  318286
EDF  6
ICL  E06B  924
ICL  A47H  5032
FSC  318
FSS  16;264;265;266;286;291;293;294;466;467;468;469;480
FSC   49
FSS  25
UREF
PNO  3769593
ISD  19731000
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  4101873
ISD  19780700
NAM  Anderson et al.
UREF
PNO  4279013
ISD  19810700
NAM  Cameron et al.
OCL  364153
UREF
PNO  4353065
ISD  19821000
NAM  Mori
UREF
PNO  4479125
ISD  19841000
NAM  Mori
UREF
PNO  4506386
ISD  19850300
NAM  Ichikawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4531237
ISD  19850700
NAM  Bar-on et al.
UREF
PNO  4631737
ISD  19861200
NAM  Davis et al.
UREF
PNO  4652875
ISD  19870300
NAM  Waki
UREF
PNO  4761830
ISD  19880800
NAM  Izumi
UREF
PNO  4837854
ISD  19890600
NAM  Oyagi et al.
UREF
PNO  4839639
ISD  19890600
NAM  Sato et al.
UREF
PNO  4857917
ISD  19890800
NAM  Sato
UREF
PNO  4899388
ISD  19900200
NAM  Mlodzikowski et al.
UREF
PNO  4903335
ISD  19900200
NAM  Shimizu
UREF
PNO  4961073
ISD  19901000
NAM  Drapac et al.
UREF
PNO  4965550
ISD  19901000
NAM  Wroblewski
UREF
PNO  4996526
ISD  19910200
NAM  DeLuca
UREF
PNO  5025251
ISD  19910600
NAM  Mittel et al.
UREF
PNO  5027428
ISD  19910600
NAM  Ishiguro et al.
UREF
PNO  5031231
ISD  19910700
NAM  Miyazaki
UREF
PNO  5081402
ISD  19920100
NAM  Koleda
UREF
PNO  5081586
ISD  19920100
NAM  Barthel et al.
OCL  701 49
UREF
PNO  5095308
ISD  19920300
NAM  Hewitt
UREF
PNO  5115236
ISD  19920500
NAM  Kohler
UREF
PNO  5134347
ISD  19920700
NAM  Koleda
UREF
PNO  5142133
ISD  19920800
NAM  Kern et al.
OCL  250203.4
UREF
PNO  5289094
ISD  19940200
NAM  Young
OCL  318468
UREF
PNO  5391967
ISD  19950200
NAM  Domel et al.
UREF
PNO  5402047
ISD  19950300
NAM  Bresson et al.
OCL  318287
UREF
PNO  5412303
ISD  19950500
NAM  Wernicki
OCL  318729
UREF
PNO  5444339
ISD  19950800
NAM  Domel et al.
UREF
PNO  5495153
ISD  19960200
NAM  Domel et al.
UREF
PNO  5517094
ISD  19960500
NAM  Domel et al.
UREF
PNO  5532560
ISD  19960700
NAM  Element et al.
OCL  318266
UREF
PNO  5603371
ISD  19970200
NAM  Gregg
UREF
PNO  5698958
ISD  19971200
NAM  Domel et al.
UREF
PNO  5714855
ISD  19980200
NAM  Domel et al.
UREF
PNO  5729103
ISD  19980300
NAM  Domel et al.
UREF
PNO  5818183
ISD  19981000
NAM  Lambert et al.
UREF
PNO  5883480
ISD  19990300
NAM  Domel et al.
OCL  318282
FREF
PNO  0 095 108 A2
ISD  19831100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 273 719 A3
ISD  19880700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 317 007
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 452 154 A3
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 531 079 A1
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2255846
ISD  19921100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  96/21286
ISD  19960700
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  A wireless battery-operated window covering assembly is disclosed. The
      window covering has a head rail in which all the components are housed.
      These include a battery pack, an interface module including an IR receiver
      and a manual switch, a processor board including control circuitry, motor,
      drive gear, and a rotatably mounted reel on which lift cords wind and
      unwind a collapsible shade. The circuitry allows for dual-mode IR receiver
      operation and a multi-sensor polling scheme, both of which are configured
      to prolong battery life. Included among these sensors is a lift cord
      detector which gauges shade status to control the raising and lowering of
      the shade, and a rotation sensor which, in conjunction with internal
      registers and counters keeps track of travel limits and shade position.
PATN
WKU  059906472
SRC  9
APN  1827170
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981029
TTL  Embedded self-test for rain sensors
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Ip; Paul
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Zettler; Gerard J.
CTY  Winona
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Kelsey-Hayes Co.
CTY  Livonia
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  318483
XCL  318443
XCL  318444
XCL  318480
XCL  318DIG2
XCL   152501
XCL   152502
EDF  6
ICL  G05B  500
ICL  B60S  100
ICL  B60S  108
FSC  318
FSS  480-484;440-448;DIG. 2
FSC   15
FSS  250.13;250.1;250.2;250.16
FSC  340
FSS  602;438;601;439
UREF
PNO  4620141
ISD  19861000
NAM  McCumber et al.
UREF
PNO  4701613
ISD  19871000
NAM  Watanabe et al.
UREF
PNO  4798956
ISD  19890100
NAM  Hochstein
UREF
PNO  4859867
ISD  19890800
NAM  Larson et al.
UREF
PNO  4867561
ISD  19890900
NAM  Fujii et al.
UREF
PNO  4871917
ISD  19891000
NAM  O'Farrell et al.
UREF
PNO  4942349
ISD  19900700
NAM  Millerd et al.
OCL  318483
UREF
PNO  4956591
ISD  19900900
NAM  Schierbeek et al.
OCL  318483
UREF
PNO  4960996
ISD  19901000
NAM  Hochstein
UREF
PNO  4973844
ISD  19901100
NAM  O'Farrell et al.
UREF
PNO  5057754
ISD  19911000
NAM  Bell
OCL  318483
UREF
PNO  5059877
ISD  19911000
NAM  Teder
UREF
PNO  5157312
ISD  19921000
NAM  Wallrafen
OCL  318264
UREF
PNO  5239244
ISD  19930800
NAM  Teder
UREF
PNO  5252898
ISD  19931000
NAM  Nolting et al.
OCL  318444
UREF
PNO  5255442
ISD  19931000
NAM  Schierbeek et al.
UREF
PNO  5262640
ISD  19931100
NAM  Purvis et al.
UREF
PNO  5276389
ISD  19940100
NAM  Levers
OCL  318444
UREF
PNO  5386111
ISD  19950100
NAM  Zimmerman
UREF
PNO  5412296
ISD  19950500
NAM  Chien et al.
UREF
PNO  5428277
ISD  19950600
NAM  Stanton
UREF
PNO  5432415
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ittah et al.
UREF
PNO  5436541
ISD  19950700
NAM  Mangler et al.
OCL  318483
UREF
PNO  5453670
ISD  19950900
NAM  Schaefer
UREF
PNO  5453676
ISD  19950900
NAM  Agrotis et al.
UREF
PNO  5459380
ISD  19951000
NAM  Augustinowicz
UREF
PNO  5493190
ISD  19960200
NAM  Mueller
UREF
PNO  5506483
ISD  19960400
NAM  McCann et al.
UREF
PNO  5506595
ISD  19960400
NAM  Fukano et al.
UREF
PNO  5508595
ISD  19960400
NAM  Schaefer
UREF
PNO  5556493
ISD  19960900
NAM  Teder et al.
UREF
PNO  5560245
ISD  19961000
NAM  Zettler et al.
UREF
PNO  5568027
ISD  19961000
NAM  Teder
OCL  318483
UREF
PNO  5684464
ISD  19971100
NAM  Egger
OCL  340602
LREP
FRM  Harness , Dickey & Pierce
ABST
PAL  A sensor for detecting moisture on an outside surface of a windshield is
      disclosed. The sensor includes an emitter circuit for emitting light
      energy, and a detector circuit for receiving light energy. A processor
      controls the emitter circuit and processes signals received from the
      detector circuit. A self test circuit is connected between the processor
      and the emitter circuit, the self test circuit is operably associated with
      the emitter circuit for generating a test signal for simulating the
      presence of moisture on the outside surface of the windshield.
PATN
WKU  059906480
SRC  9
APN  2396629
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19990129
TTL  Method for detecting locked-axle conditions without a speed sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Ro; Bentsu
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kumar; Ajith Kuttannair
CTY  Erie
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Jones; Kevin Michael
CTY  Erie
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  General Electric Company
CTY  Erie
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  318490
XCL  104307
XCL  105 2605
EDF  6
ICL  B61C 1700
FSC  318
FSS  459;490
FSC  388
FSS  909
FSC  104
FSS  307
FSC  303
FSS  121;122;122.04;122.05;22.4;22.6;89
FSC  324
FSS  500
FSC  105
FSS  26.05;49;77;78;463.1
UREF
PNO  4071871
ISD  19780100
NAM  Kochem
OCL  361 27
UREF
PNO  4243927
ISD  19810100
NAM  D'Atre
OCL  318803
UREF
PNO  4896090
ISD  19900100
NAM  Balch et al.
UREF
PNO  5480220
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kumar
UREF
PNO  5652525
ISD  19970700
NAM  Mullin et al.
OCL  324772
LREP
FR2  Breedlove; Jill M.
FR2  Stoner; Douglas E.
ABST
PAL  A method for detecting the occurrence of actual locked axle conditions in a
      vehicle propelled by AC motors includes the steps of detecting a potential
      locked axle condition, which may be induced due to a faulty speed sensor;
      setting the frequency of the inverter which controls operation of the AC
      motor coupled to the potentially locked axle at a predetermined frequency
      value; varying the level of electromagnetic flux in the motor; measuring
      torque produced by the motor; and determining based on the measured torque
      whether or not the potential locked axle condition is an actual locked
      axle condition.
PATN
WKU  059906499
SRC  9
APN  1006207
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980619
TTL  Control device for quick angle adjustment of rearview mirror
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Ip; Paul
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Nagao; Mitsuyoshi
CTY  Fujieda
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Teramoto; Hiroshi
CTY  Yaizu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Murakami Corporation
CTY  Shizuoka-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970701
APN  9-188937
CLAS
OCL  3185681
XCL  318603
XCL  318565
XCL  318466
XCL  350637
EDF  6
ICL  B60R  106
ICL  G02B  508
FSC  318
FSS  10;560-696;466
FSC  350
FSS  637;606;632;634
FSC  359
FSS  872;873;874;876;877
FSC  248
FSS  480;487
FSC   74
FSS  89.12;89.15
UREF
PNO  4267494
ISD  19810500
NAM  Matsuoka et al.
OCL  318568
UREF
PNO  4682088
ISD  19870700
NAM  Sullivan
OCL  318568
UREF
PNO  4936671
ISD  19900600
NAM  Kaspar
OCL  350637
UREF
PNO  5226034
ISD  19930700
NAM  Nagayama et al.
OCL  359873
UREF
PNO  5343333
ISD  19940800
NAM  Nagayama et al.
OCL  359874
FREF
PNO  09220977
ISD  19970800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  09301071
ISD  19971100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/05293
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Striker; Micheal J.
ABST
PAL  In a control device for quick angle adjustment of a rearview mirror for a
      vehicle of the present invention, a reversible switch is connected in the
      forward direction only when an operational switch for quick angle
      adjustment is operated after a shift lever is displaced to a reverse gear
      position. This rotates a quick angle adjusting motor to tilt a mirror
      angle of the mirror assembly to a reverse position. The mirror angle does
      not change automatically to the reverse position when the reverse gear is
      selected merely to reverse a vehicle. Accordingly, change of the mirror
      angle against the driver's intention can be avoided. When a tilt angle of
      the mirror is at the reverse position, the reversible switch can be
      connected in the reverse direction by means of displacing the shift lever
      from the reverse gear position to any other position or by means of
      turning OFF the operational switch for quick angle adjustment, which
      enables the mirror to return to its normal position easily, positively and
      radically. Accordingly, the tilt angle of the mirror can be changed easily
      and accurately, which proves the highly improved operation.
PATN
WKU  059906502
SRC  9
APN  2003651
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981125
TTL  Method and apparatus for orienting a disk via edge contact
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Ro; Bentsu
NDR  9
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Brock; Earl
CTY  Alpharetta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Lumonics Corporation
CTY  Oxnard
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  318640
XCL  108146
XCL  414754
XCL  414783
XCL  414936
XCL  414941
XCL  294907
EDF  6
ICL  G05D  312
FSC  318
FSS  640;652
FSC   33
FSS  1 M
FSC  108
FSS  20;144;146
FSC  294
FSS  119.1;907
FSC  414
FSS  736;754;774;775;776;779;781;783;784;935;936;941
FSC  901
FSS  46;47
UREF
PNO  5054991
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kato
OCL  414783
UREF
PNO  5365672
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kato
OCL   33520
UREF
PNO  5452078
ISD  19950900
NAM  Cheng
OCL  356150
UREF
PNO  5520501
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kouno et al.
OCL  414741
UREF
PNO  5825913
ISD  19981000
NAM  Rostami et al.
OCL  382151
UREF
PNO  5905850
ISD  19990500
NAM  Kavch
OCL  395 94
LREP
FRM  Freilich,Hornbaker & Rosen
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for orienting a disk to precisely align a fiducial
      mark on the disk relative to an external reference point while gripping
      the disk only along its circumferential edge.
PATN
WKU  059906510
SRC  9
APN  1231588
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980727
TTL  Stepping motor drive apparatus and stepping motor
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Masih; Karen
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Iwazawa; Naotoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimonou; Shigeru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970728
APN  9-201206
CLAS
OCL  318685
XCL  318696
XCL  318560
EDF  6
ICL  G05B 1940
FSC  318
FSS  685;696;560
UREF
PNO  5796194
ISD  19980800
NAM  Archer et al.
OCL  318439
UREF
PNO  5850130
ISD  19981200
NAM  Fujisaki et al.
OCL  318439
FREF
PNO  6051777
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-51777
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
ICL  H02K 2906
FREF
PNO  60-162464
ISD  19850800
CNT  JPX
ICL  H02K 2900
FREF
PNO  61-75214
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01D  5245
FREF
PNO  61-88796
ISD  19860500
CNT  JPX
ICL  H02P  800
FREF
PNO  62-244264
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
ICL  H02K 2900
FREF
PNO  4222491
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
ICL  H02P  602
FREF
PNO  4269601
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01B  700
FREF
PNO  526923
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01R 2500
FREF
PNO  5141984
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01D  5245
FREF
PNO  612906
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01B  730
FREF
PNO  688705
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01B  730
FREF
PNO  6323806
ISD  19941100
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01B  730
LREP
FRM  Hayes Soloway Hennesey Grossman & Hage PC
ABST
PAL  A stepping motor has Hall elements which detect the position of the rotor
      and which output detection signals that have the same period as the
      excitation period, and which leads the position of the rotor by 90
      degrees. The stepping motor is driven by the output of a drive current
      that is obtained by multiplying the detection signals output from the Hall
      elements with a torque command signal that controls the output torque of
      the stepping motor.
PATN
WKU  059906529
SRC  8
APN  7436076
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19961104
TTL  Swing system for a surface mining shovel
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Ip; Paul
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Meisner; Charles J.
CTY  Waukesha
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Harnischfeger Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  318687
XCL  318630
XCL  318648
XCL  310 12
EDF  6
ICL  G05B 1101
ICL  H02K 4100
FSC  318
FSS  568-690;800-818
FSC  310
FSS  12
FSC  104
FSS  23.2;282;284
FSC   89
FSS  46;47;36 K;41 M
UREF
PNO  4382216
ISD  19830500
NAM  Joseph
OCL  318630
UREF
PNO  4444089
ISD  19840400
NAM  Pietzsch et al.
OCL   89 36K
UREF
PNO  4536690
ISD  19850800
NAM  Belsterling et al.
OCL  318687
UREF
PNO  4603640
ISD  19860800
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  104282
UREF
PNO  4640181
ISD  19870200
NAM  Schiele et al.
OCL   89 46
UREF
PNO  4908558
ISD  19900300
NAM  Lordo et al.
OCL  318648
UREF
PNO  5668421
ISD  19970900
NAM  Gladish
OCL  310 12
LREP
FR2  Ruppin; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A swing drive system for a surface mining shovel comprising an alternating
      current motor having a plurality of distributed rotor coils mounted on the
      lower body and a plurality of distributed stator coils connected to a
      power supply and mounted on the upper frame. Operation of the motor causes
      the upper body to rotate or swing relative to the stationary lower body.
      The rotatable upper frame and thereby the stator coils are movably
      supported on a circular track forming part of the lower stationary body by
      means of rollers positioned between the upper frame and the lower body.
      The upper frame may have a circular track facing the lower track and the
      rollers then roll on the lower circular track in engagement with both the
      upper and lower circular tracks to rotatably support the upper frame on
      the lower body. The rotor coils are preferably positioned between the
      rollers and the stator coils. The motor is supplied with three phase A.C.
      power from an inverter such that the frequency of the power to the motor
      can be adjusted to control the speed of the motor. The motor and thereby
      the swing of the rotatable upper frame can be stopped by controlling the
      inverter to change the sequence of two of the three phases of the power
      supplied by the inverter.
PATN
WKU  059906537
SRC  9
APN  1619268
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980928
TTL  Method for controlling the speed of a single-phase asynchronous
      induction motor
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Leykin; Rita
EXP  Ro; Bentsu
NDR  2
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Orsat; Jean-Michel
CTY  Chatillon sur Cluses
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Bruno; Serge
CTY  Marnaz
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Somfy
CTY  Cluses
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19971208
APN  97 15471
CLAS
OCL  318772
XCL  318775
XCL  318778
XCL  318781
XCL  318797
EDF  6
ICL  H02P  126
FSC  318
FSS  772;778;786;812;801;798;775;781;797
FSC  363
FSS  49 R;59;37;140;41;96
UREF
PNO  4459532
ISD  19840700
NAM  Schutten et al.
UREF
PNO  4520303
ISD  19850500
NAM  Ward
OCL  318778
UREF
PNO  4658195
ISD  19870400
NAM  Min
OCL  318786
UREF
PNO  5334922
ISD  19940800
NAM  Manini
OCL  318772
UREF
PNO  5402053
ISD  19950300
NAM  Divan et al.
OCL  318768
UREF
PNO  5598080
ISD  19970100
NAM  Jensen et al.
OCL  318794
FREF
PNO  0 291 803
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 744 824 A1
ISD  19961100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 717 017
ISD  19950900
CNT  FRX
LREP
FR2  A.; Bugnion S.
FR2  Moetteli; John
ABST
PAL  Method for controlling the speed of a single-phase asynchronous induction
      motor, the stator of which is equipped with a main winding (BP) and an
      auxiliary winding which consist of half-windings (B1, B2) which are
      magnetically coupled and wound in opposite directions, in which method the
      main winding is powered directly using an AC source and the auxiliary
      winding is powered using a current delivered by a full-wave rectifier and
      using two switching devices (T1, T2), so as to generate in the auxiliary
      winding a current which is phase-shifted by 90.degree.. The method
      consists in varying the motor torque by altering the time that at least
      one of the switches spends closed/open.
PATN
WKU  059906545
SRC  9
APN  010454&
APT  1
ART  217
APD  19980121
TTL  Apparatus for eliminating motor voltage reflections and reducing EMI
      currents
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Martin; David
NDR  9
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Skibinski; Gary L.
CTY  Milwaukee
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Nielsen; Henrik B.
CTY  Germantown
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Allen-Bradley Company, LLC
CTY  Milwaukee
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  318800
XCL  307105
XCL  363 41
XCL  363 96
EDF  6
ICL  H02P  500
FSC  318
FSS  792-815
FSC  307
FSS  105
FSC  361
FSS  111
FSC  363
FSS  39;40;41;44-47;50;52;56;95;96;126
UREF
PNO  3668507
ISD  19720600
NAM  Kadomsky et al.
OCL  363126
UREF
PNO  3675110
ISD  19720700
NAM  Kelley, Jr.
OCL  363 50
UREF
PNO  4206395
ISD  19800600
NAM  Okuyama et al.
OCL  318716
UREF
PNO  4330817
ISD  19820500
NAM  Avar et al.
OCL  363 96
UREF
PNO  4622474
ISD  19861100
NAM  Christl et al.
OCL  307105
UREF
PNO  4700288
ISD  19871000
NAM  Baraban et al.
OCL  363138
UREF
PNO  4864484
ISD  19890900
NAM  Krueger et al.
OCL  363 45
UREF
PNO  4939486
ISD  19900700
NAM  Bergdahl et al.
OCL  333175
UREF
PNO  5251120
ISD  19931000
NAM  Smith
OCL  363 44
UREF
PNO  5686806
ISD  19971100
NAM  Hibbard
OCL  318800
LREP
FR2  Jaskolski; Michael A.
FR2  Miller; John M.
FR2  Horn; John J.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for essentially eliminating transmission line reflected waves
      and standing waves and for reducing common mode transient currents for use
      with a three phase motor controller, the apparatus including a common mode
      choke in series with a filter network between an inverter and a motor, the
      filter including three inductors and three resistors, the inductors and
      resistors together forming three inductor-resistor pairs, each pair
      including an inductor in parallel with a resistor, each pair linked to a
      separate one of three transmission supply lines which link the inverter to
      the motor, values of the resistors and inductors selected according to
      transmission line theory.
PATN
WKU  059906553
SRC  8
APN  9093613
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970811
TTL  Method of operating an inverter for powering an induction motor
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Salata; Jonathan
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Escudero; Jose
CTY  Mostolez
CNT  ESX
ASSG
NAM  Antonio Merloni S.p.A.
CTY  Fabriano
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19930531
APN  BO93A0250
RLAP
COD  71
APN  634909
APD  19960419
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  251696
APD  19940531
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  318801
XCL  318808
EDF  6
ICL  H02P  742
FSC  378
FSS  798-815
UREF
PNO  4296367
ISD  19811000
NAM  Hirata
OCL  318808
UREF
PNO  4327313
ISD  19820400
NAM  Tsuboi et al.
XCL  318806
UREF
PNO  4417193
ISD  19831100
NAM  Hirata
OCL  318803
UREF
PNO  4443750
ISD  19840400
NAM  Altena
OCL  318808
UREF
PNO  4475631
ISD  19841000
NAM  Nomura
XCL  318808
UREF
PNO  4734634
ISD  19880300
NAM  Kito et al.
XCL  318808
UREF
PNO  4859924
ISD  19890800
NAM  Chonan
OCL  318808
UREF
PNO  4879502
ISD  19891100
NAM  Endo et al.
XCL  318808
UREF
PNO  4965504
ISD  19901000
NAM  Ueda et al.
XCL  318808
UREF
PNO  5272429
ISD  19931200
NAM  Lipo et al.
OCL  318808
UREF
PNO  5296791
ISD  19940300
NAM  Hipp
XCL  318808
LREP
FR2  Dubno; Herbert
ABST
PAL  An inverter is operated to eliminate hiss in the control of the speed of an
      induction motor using an inverter of variable frequency. The voltage is
      matched to the selected frequency to avoid such hiss and control of the
      voltage is effected by regulating spacing between the pulses outputted by
      the pilot unit to the gates of the MOSFETs or IGBTs forming the arms of
      the inverter.
PATN
WKU  059906561
SRC  9
APN  1878581
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981106
TTL  Frequency detector
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Masih; Karen
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Kardash; John J.
CTY  Gilroy
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Quantum Corporation
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  318807
XCL  318437
XCL  318607
XCL  318798
XCL  318778
XCL  388911
XCL  360 75
EDF  6
ICL  H02P  528
FSC  318
FSS  437;607;807;798;778
FSC  360
FSS  75
FSC  388
FSS  911
UREF
PNO  4409533
ISD  19831000
NAM  Kawabata
OCL  318807
UREF
PNO  4495474
ISD  19850100
NAM  Nishikawa et al.
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5384675
ISD  19950100
NAM  Crawforth et al.
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5729118
ISD  19980300
NAM  Yanagisawa et al.
OCL  360 75
LREP
FR2  Zarrabian; Michael
ABST
PAL  A frequency detector for a PLL controller, the controller being for
      generating an output signal to control a motor driver electrically
      connected to a motor having multiple phase windings arranged as a stator
      and a rotor having a permanent magnet or a DC current excitation winding
      for rotating the rotor, the motor driver selectively establishing current
      paths through selected windings in response to said output signal, to
      provide maximum torque to the rotor based on the rotational position of
      the rotor relative to the windings, the frequency detector comprising a
      monitor for detecting a number of pulses in said output signal during a
      time period between a first and a second rotational position of the rotor
      relative to the windings and a governor for generating a frequency control
      signal as a function of said number of pulses, wherein the PLL controller
      generates said output signal at output frequencies selectively as a
      function of said frequency control signal, whereby the frequency detector
      minimizes a difference between the frequency of the output signal and a
      corresponding rotational frequency of the rotor.
PATN
WKU  059906570
SRC  8
APN  8088098
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970228
TTL  Inverter system and control system for electric vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Ip; Paul
NDR  10
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Masaki; Ryoso
CTY  Hitachi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takamoto; Yuusuke
CTY  Hitachi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kaneko; Satoru
CTY  Urizura-machi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tajima; Fumio
CTY  Juo-machi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katada; Hiroshi
CTY  Hitachinaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960229
APN  8-042432
CLAS
OCL  318811
XCL  318812
XCL  318139
XCL  363160
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  748
FSC  363
FSS  98;132;95;41;58;87;127;160;54;129
FSC  318
FSS  811;801;803;802;807;805;139;245;254;812;823
UREF
PNO  4234901
ISD  19801100
NAM  Strickland, Jr.
OCL  361 64
UREF
PNO  4309752
ISD  19820100
NAM  Stacey
OCL  363 10
UREF
PNO  4321663
ISD  19820300
NAM  Krtek
UREF
PNO  4390938
ISD  19830600
NAM  Stacey
OCL  363 54
UREF
PNO  5072354
ISD  19911200
NAM  Katto et al.
OCL  363 41
UREF
PNO  5329439
ISD  19940700
NAM  Borojevic et al.
OCL  363 87
UREF
PNO  5450306
ISD  19950900
NAM  Garces et al.
OCL  363 41
UREF
PNO  5650708
ISD  19970700
NAM  Sawada et al.
OCL  318801
UREF
PNO  5701070
ISD  19971200
NAM  Schultz
OCL  322 37
UREF
PNO  5757636
ISD  19980500
NAM  Fletcher
OCL  363 98
FREF
PNO  7-46855
ISD  19950200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  An inverter system providing both an improvement in the voltage utilization
      factor and a reduction in the switching loss uses a two-phase switching
      method. In the inverter system, an .alpha.-axis voltage command value;
      v.sub..alpha.r and a .beta.-axis voltage command value v.sub..beta.r are
      input to a stop phase selection means. Six sections are judged based on
      the values v.sub..alpha.r and v.sub..beta.r to select phases for which it
      is allowable to stop pulse width modulation control in a two-phase
      switching method. Then, a phase having the largest absolute value of
      current is selected among the phases for which it is allowable to stop
      pulse width modulation control using a U-phase current i.sub.u and a
      V-phase current i.sub.v. This information is a control mode S. Based on
      these, two-phase switching calculations are performed by a dead-time
      compensation calculation means and a pulse width modulation generating
      means. By doing so, the switching loss can be reduced.
PATN
WKU  059906588
SRC  9
APN  0107964
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980122
TTL  Apparatus for controlling reflected voltage on motor supply lines
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Salata; Jonathan
NDR  8
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Kerkman; Russel J.
CTY  Milwaukee
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Leggate; David
CTY  New Berlin
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  Skibinski; Gary L.
CTY  Milwaukee
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Allen-Bradley Company, LLC
CTY  Milwaukee
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  318811
XCL  318434
XCL  363 41
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  112
FSC  318
FSS  798-815;599;434
FSC  363
FSS  41;56;131;132;57;58
FSC  361
FSS  23;30;33
UREF
PNO  4468725
ISD  19840800
NAM  Venturini
OCL  363160
UREF
PNO  4488216
ISD  19841200
NAM  Gyugyi et al.
OCL  363160
UREF
PNO  4578746
ISD  19860300
NAM  Gyugyi et al.
OCL  363161
UREF
PNO  4739240
ISD  19880400
NAM  MacMinn et al.
OCL  318696
UREF
PNO  4833586
ISD  19890500
NAM  Inaba et al.
OCL  363 41
UREF
PNO  5610806
ISD  19970300
NAM  Blasko et al.
OCL  363 41
UREF
PNO  5671130
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kerkman et al.
OCL  318811
LREP
FR2  Jaskolski; Michael A.
FR2  Miller; John M.
FR2  Horn; John J.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for receiving and modifying a PWM trigger signal such that
      consecutive ON and OFF periods have durations at least as long as a
      critical dwell time where the critical dwell time is the minimum time
      required to avoid greater than twice overvoltage. The trigger signals are
      modified by, each time a trigger signal changes from low to high,
      providing a minimum pulse signal which remains high for the greater of a
      critical dwell time or the time over which the trigger signal remains
      high, when the minimum pulse signal changes from high to low, providing a
      maximum pulse signal which remains low for a critical dwell time, adding
      the maximum and minimum pulse times using a logical AND gate and providing
      the output of the AND gate as a modified trigger signal.
PATN
WKU  059906596
SRC  8
APN  9417362
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971001
TTL  Battery pack that communicates intrinsic information over battery
      voltage terminals
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Luk; Lawrence
EXP  Wong; Peter S.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Frannhagen; Bjorn G.
CTY  Lund
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  320106
XCL  320110
EDF  6
ICL  H02J  700
FSC  320
FSS  106;107;110
FSC  429
FSS  100;121
UREF
PNO  5495503
ISD  19960200
NAM  King et al.
OCL  375257
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A battery pack communicates intrinsic battery information with a battery
      powered device over its battery voltage terminals. The battery pack
      detects a start-up voltage transition across the battery voltage
      terminals. In response to the detected transition, a sequence generator
      generates a data burst representing the intrinsic battery information.
      While the data durst is being communicated over the battery terminals, a
      current limiter limits battery current supply for a current-limiting time
      period.
PATN
WKU  059906600
SRC  9
APN  237112&
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19990126
TTL  Process for improving the charging and discharging capacity of storage
      batteries
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  15
EXP  Tso; Edward H.
INVT
NAM  Meissner; Eberhard
CTY  Hofheim
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  V B Autobatterie GmbH
CTY  Hannover
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19980129
APN  198 03 312
CLAS
OCL  320127
XCL  320136
EDF  6
ICL  H01M 1044
FSC  320
FSS  118;124;125;127;134;135;136;150;153;FOR 134
FSC  429
FSS  20;61;62
UREF
PNO  5395706
ISD  19950300
NAM  Hall
XCL  320134
UREF
PNO  5488283
ISD  19960100
NAM  Dougherty et al.
OCL  307 10.7
UREF
PNO  5508126
ISD  19960400
NAM  Braun
OCL  429  7
FREF
PNO  41 42 628 C1
ISD  19930500
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Schnader Harrison Segal & Lewis
ABST
PAL  The invention pertains to a process for improving the charging and
      discharging capacity of storage batteries at low temperatures. The
      improvement in the charging and discharging of storage batteries is
      accomplished by raising their temperature, using for this purpose the
      energy stored in the batteries. The process is conducted in such a way
      that the temperature and at least one value characterizing the state of
      charge are measured before the beginning of the heating and during the
      heating and the storage battery is discharged through an electrical
      component introducing thermal energy into it, at which time the discharge
      is terminated when either the target loadability in the discharging or
      charging was achieved or the state of charge decreases below a threshold
      value.
PATN
WKU  059906618
SRC  9
APN  0703311
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980430
TTL  Circulating current battery heater
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  5,17
EXP  Tso; Edward H.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Ashtiani; Cyrus N.
CTY  Bloomfield Hills
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Stuart; Thomas A.
CTY  Toledo
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  DaimlerChrysler Corporation
CTY  Auburn Hills
STA  MI
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  University of Toledo
CTY  Toledo
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  320128
EDF  6
ICL  H01M 1044
ICL  H01M 1046
FSC  320
FSS  103;118;128;135;153;DIG. 14;DIG. 33
UREF
PNO  3767995
ISD  19731000
NAM  Kaminski et al.
OCL  320125
UREF
PNO  4209736
ISD  19800600
NAM  Reidenbach
OCL  320152
UREF
PNO  5760488
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sonntag
UREF
PNO  5808469
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kopera
UREF
PNO  5824432
ISD  19981000
NAM  Currie
UREF
PNO  5831514
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hilpert et al.
LREP
FR2  Stec; Jennifer M.
ABST
PAL  A circuit for heating energy storage devices such as batteries is provided.
      The circuit includes a pair of switches connected in a half-bridge
      configuration. Unidirectional current conduction devices are connected in
      parallel with each switch. A series resonant element for storing energy is
      connected from the energy storage device to the pair of switches. An
      energy storage device for intermediate storage of energy is connected in a
      loop with the series resonant element and one of the switches. The energy
      storage device which is being heated is connected in a loop with the
      series resonant element and the other switch. Energy from the heated
      energy storage device is transferred to the switched network and then
      recirculated back to the battery. The flow of energy through the battery
      causes internal power dissipation due to electrical to chemical conversion
      inefficiencies. The dissipated power causes the internal temperature of
      the battery to increase. Higher internal temperatures expand the cold
      temperature operating range and energy capacity utilization of the
      battery. As disclosed, either fixed frequency or variable frequency
      modulation schemes may be used to control the network.
PATN
WKU  059906626
SRC  9
APN  1203274
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980722
TTL  Nickel battery charging method and apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Luk; Lawrence
EXP  Wong; Peter S.
NDR  18
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Yang; Yi-Fu
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970806
APN  9-211714
CLAS
OCL  320130
XCL  320132
EDF  6
ICL  H02J  700
FSC  320
FSS  130;132;131;129;DIG. 18;DIG. 21
FSC  429
FSS  231;220
UREF
PNO  3888325
ISD  19750600
NAM  Reinbeck
OCL  180 65
UREF
PNO  4935318
ISD  19900600
NAM  Ikoma et al.
OCL  429206
UREF
PNO  5621302
ISD  19970400
NAM  Shinohara
OCL  320148
FREF
PNO  8-124596
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Raising the charging acceptability of nickel battery. The setting of the
      initial SOC (state of charge) of hybrid electric vehicle battery to X%
      (for example 50%) is performed by two steps. The first one is a constant
      current charge until a fully charged state (S11, S12). Secondly, a
      discharging is performed until the target SOC of X% is obtained (S13,
      S14). This enables the interior part of the nickel positive electrode
      active particles to be assumed as a charged state so that during normal
      operation, charging and discharging can be performed relatively in the
      surface layer. This can increase the efficiency of oxidation-reduction in
      the nickel positive electrode, thereby raising the charging acceptability.
PATN
WKU  059906634
SRC  8
APN  8737908
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970612
TTL  Charge/discharge control circuit and charging type power-supply unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Shin; K.
EXP  Wong; Peter S.
NDR  14
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Mukainakano; Hiroshi
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Seiko Instruments Inc.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960614
APN  8-154578
CLAS
OCL  320134
XCL  320136
XCL  320163
XCL  320164
EDF  6
ICL  H02J  700
FSC  320
FSS  128;134;136;DIG. 13;162;163;164;165
LREP
FRM  Adams & Wilks
ABST
PAL  To enhance the performance as well as the reliability and safety of a
      charge/discharge control circuit and a charging type power-supply unit
      using it, a charge/discharge control circuit 102 is made to have a circuit
      construction wherein when a load 109 has been connected at a time of a
      secondary cell 101 being charged and being in a state having been
      protected from the charging operation, the state of protection from the
      charging operation is released to thereby make a switch circuit 103 "on"
      and permit effective performance of the discharging operation while, on
      the other hand, when a transition occurs from even this state to a state
      where excess current is consumed from the secondary cell 101 and as a
      result an excessive amount of current flows through the switch circuit
      103, control can be made so that the discharging from the secondary cell
      101 may be stopped, thereby enabling avoidance of the FETs from breakage.
PATN
WKU  059906642
SRC  9
APN  050310&
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980330
TTL  Process and apparatus for modulating terminal voltage of battery
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Shin; K.
EXP  Wong; Peter S.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Rahman; Syed
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Eveready Battery Company, Inc.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  320136
XCL  320135
XCL  324426
EDF  6
ICL  H02J  700
FSC  320
FSS  135;136;134;127
FSC  324
FSS  426;433
FSC  340
FSS  636
FSC  429
FSS  60
UREF
PNO  5563495
ISD  19961000
NAM  Tomiyori et al.
UREF
PNO  5596260
ISD  19970100
NAM  Moravec et al.
OCL  320135
UREF
PNO  5617324
ISD  19970400
NAM  Arai
UREF
PNO  5672951
ISD  19970900
NAM  Shiota
UREF
PNO  5672973
ISD  19970900
NAM  Arai et al.
UREF
PNO  5691078
ISD  19971100
NAM  Kozaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5696437
ISD  19971200
NAM  Panther et al.
UREF
PNO  5698962
ISD  19971200
NAM  Sakai et al.
UREF
PNO  5705929
ISD  19980100
NAM  Caravello et al.
UREF
PNO  5708347
ISD  19980100
NAM  Palanisamy et al.
UREF
PNO  5715465
ISD  19980200
NAM  Savage et al.
UREF
PNO  5744963
ISD  19980400
NAM  Arai et al.
UREF
PNO  5838139
ISD  19981100
NAM  Greene
OCL  320136
LREP
FR2  Gebauer; Linda
FR2  Welsh; Robert W.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a method and apparatus for converting the
      terminal voltage of a battery so that one or more operations (such as
      shut-down, save-to-disk, and the like) begin at the appropriate point on
      the discharge curve for various cell chemistries. A control circuit is
      provided for triggering end-of-discharge operations based on various
      predetermined points, such as remaining capacity, voltage, temperature,
      and safety for devices which utilize a predetermined terminal voltage
      measurement to trigger one or more operations. The control circuit
      modulates the terminal voltage of the battery to a value which
      substantially matches the predetermined terminal voltage threshold of the
      device upon reaching a predetermined point, thereby successfully
      triggering operations at the appropriate time. The control circuitry also
      can modulate the terminal voltage to maintain it above the threshold to
      delay triggering of one or more operations. The method and apparatus of
      the present invention provides a solution in the electronic circuitry of
      the battery to allow devices designed for use with cells of a certain
      chemistry be able to suspend operations without losing data or delay
      operations to avoid wasting battery capacity when used with cell
      chemistries different than those for which the devices were designed.
PATN
WKU  059906650
SRC  9
APN  0473871
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980325
TTL  Power circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Toatley, Jr.; Gregory
EXP  Wong; Peter S.
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Kawata; Kaoru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Minoru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970328
APN  9-077378
CLAS
OCL  320162
XCL  320164
EDF  6
ICL  H02J  710
FSC  320
FSS  121;125;138;160;162;163;164
UREF
PNO  3919618
ISD  19751100
NAM  Coleman et al.
OCL  320146
UREF
PNO  4031450
ISD  19770600
NAM  Hammel et al.
OCL  320153
UREF
PNO  5576612
ISD  19961100
NAM  Garrett et al.
OCL  320106
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A power circuit for a device having a secondary battery receives commercial
      electric power supplied externally and supplies electric power to a target
      in the device and to the secondary battery. The power circuit includes a
      measuring circuit and a current control circuit. The measuring circuit
      measures power consumption of the target circuit in the device. The
      current control circuit controls a charging current to the secondary
      battery so that the power consumption and the charging current have a
      negative correlation based on a measurement result of the measuring
      circuit.
PATN
WKU  059906669
SRC  9
APN  0956988
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980611
TTL  Charging generator having a short protection circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Shin; K.
EXP  Wong; Peter S.
NDR  2
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Sekiya; Noritaka
CTY  Hitachinaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Naoyuki
CTY  Mito
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Masumoto; Syouju
CTY  Hitachiota
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi Car Engineering Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970611
APN  9-153272
CLAS
OCL  320162
XCL  322 28
EDF  6
ICL  H02J  700
FSC  320
FSS  162
FSC  322
FSS  28;22;25;33
FSC  318
FSS  139
FSC  307
FSS  10.1
UREF
PNO  5444354
ISD  19950800
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  320162
UREF
PNO  5448154
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kanke et al.
OCL  322 28
UREF
PNO  5617011
ISD  19970400
NAM  Hammer et al.
OCL  322 28
UREF
PNO  5841266
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hikita et al.
OCL  322 33
FREF
PNO  6-276695
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A short protection circuit is provided to periodically supply a reset
      pulse, turns on an electric power element only during the period of the
      reset pulse, and decide the presence and absence of a short circuit under
      the condition that the electric power transistor is forced to turn off
      when a field coil is short-circuited. In this short portection circuit,
      while the field coil is short-circuit, the reset pulse cycle is reduced,
      and hence the number of times the resetting is made per unit time is
      reduced, thus preventing the electric power element from generating
      excessive heat when the field coil is short-circuited.
PATN
WKU  059906677
SRC  8
APN  9575693
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971024
TTL  Regulator with asymmetrical voltage increase/decrease capability for
      utility system
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Han; Y. J.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Degeneff; Robert C.
CTY  Niskayuna
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Raedy; Steven
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Utility Systems Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Niskayuna
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  323258
XCL  323343
EDF  6
ICL  G05F  116
FSC  323
FSS  255;256;257;258;340;343;345
UREF
PNO  3195038
ISD  19650700
NAM  Fry
UREF
PNO  3319153
ISD  19670500
NAM  Livingston
UREF
PNO  3461378
ISD  19690800
NAM  King
UREF
PNO  3600664
ISD  19710800
NAM  Goldberg et al.
OCL  323263
UREF
PNO  3684949
ISD  19720800
NAM  Yamachi et al.
OCL  323263
UREF
PNO  3700925
ISD  19721000
NAM  Wood
OCL  327461
UREF
PNO  3786337
ISD  19740100
NAM  Kugler
OCL  323343
UREF
PNO  3909697
ISD  19750900
NAM  Depenbrock
OCL  323126
UREF
PNO  4135126
ISD  19790100
NAM  Rubashev et al.
OCL  323343
UREF
PNO  4220911
ISD  19800900
NAM  Rosa
OCL  323343
UREF
PNO  4627292
ISD  19861200
NAM  Dekrone
OCL   73728
UREF
PNO  5408171
ISD  19950400
NAM  Eitzmann et al.
OCL  323258
UREF
PNO  5604423
ISD  19970200
NAM  Degeneff et al.
OCL  323258
OREF
PAL  "Magnetic Circuits and Transformers", The M.I.T. Press, Dept. of Electrical
      Engineering, pp. 394-399, (no date).
LREP
FRM  Heslin & Rothenberg
ABST
PAL  A regulator is provided for establishing asymmetrical voltage
      increase/decrease capability between an input node and an output node for
      enhanced regulation of either a voltage sag or a voltage swell within a
      utility system. The regulator includes an autotransformer having an input
      tap coupled to the input node of the regulator and an output tap coupled
      to the output node. The regulator further includes an electronic tap
      changer system coupled to the winding of the autotransformer. Together,
      the autotransformer and the electronic tap changer system provide the
      regulator with its asymmetrical voltage increase/decrease capability
      between the input node and the output node thereof. The regulator can be
      configured for voltage increase only, voltage decrease only, or both,
      provided an asymmetrical voltage increase/decrease capability is defined.
PATN
WKU  059906685
SRC  9
APN  1570447
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980918
TTL  A.C. power supply having combined regulator and pulsing circuits
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Sterrett; Jeffrey
NDR  8
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Coleman; Charles
CTY  Fort Collins
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Sierra Applied Sciences, Inc.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  966448
APD  19971107
CLAS
OCL  323271
XCL  323285
EDF  6
ICL  G05F  159
FSC  323
FSS  220;223;225;265;268;271;272;282;285;349;350;351
FSC  363
FSS  65;71
UREF
PNO  3305767
ISD  19670200
NAM  Beihl et al.
OCL  323282
UREF
PNO  4103324
ISD  19780700
NAM  Vandervelden et al.
OCL  363 89
UREF
PNO  4242629
ISD  19801200
NAM  Shvey
OCL  323282
UREF
PNO  4514795
ISD  19850400
NAM  van der Zwart
OCL  363 71
UREF
PNO  4538101
ISD  19850800
NAM  Shimpo et al.
OCL  323272
UREF
PNO  4931169
ISD  19900600
NAM  Scherer et al.
OCL  204298.11
UREF
PNO  4936960
ISD  19900600
NAM  Siefkes et al.
OCL  204192.38
UREF
PNO  4963238
ISD  19901000
NAM  Siefkes et al.
OCL  204192.12
UREF
PNO  4981566
ISD  19910100
NAM  Wurczinger
OCL  204192.13
UREF
PNO  5006213
ISD  19910400
NAM  Sichmann et al.
OCL  204192.14
UREF
PNO  5009764
ISD  19910400
NAM  Siefkes et al.
OCL  204298.08
UREF
PNO  5070294
ISD  19911200
NAM  Nochi
OCL  323282
UREF
PNO  5074984
ISD  19911200
NAM  Sichmann et al.
OCL  204192.14
UREF
PNO  5108571
ISD  19920400
NAM  Ludwig et al.
OCL  204192.13
UREF
PNO  5126033
ISD  19920600
NAM  Szczyrbowski et al.
OCL  204298.08
UREF
PNO  5192894
ISD  19930300
NAM  Teschner
OCL  315111.21
UREF
PNO  5402060
ISD  19950300
NAM  Erisman
OCL  323268
UREF
PNO  5412308
ISD  19950500
NAM  Brown
OCL  323272
UREF
PNO  5427669
ISD  19950600
NAM  Drummond
OCL  204192.13
UREF
PNO  5552695
ISD  19960900
NAM  Schwartz
OCL  323272
UREF
PNO  5602724
ISD  19970200
NAM  Balakrishnan
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5889391
ISD  19990300
NAM  Coleman
OCL  323271
FREF
PNO  3121389 A1
ISD  19820800
CNT  DEX
ICL  C23C 1500
FREF
PNO  221202 A1
ISD  19850400
CNT  DEX
ICL  C23C 1438
FREF
PNO  229160 A1
ISD  19851000
CNT  DEX
ICL  C23C 1438
FREF
PNO  3919147 A1
ISD  19901200
CNT  DEX
ICL  C23C 1435
FREF
PNO  4113704 A1
ISD  19921000
CNT  DEX
ICL  H05H  146
FREF
PNO  0 553410 A1
ISD  19930800
CNT  DEX
ICL  C23C 1435
FREF
PNO  57-69324
ISD  19820400
CNT  JPX
ICL  C23C 1500
FREF
PNO  61-30665
ISD  19860200
CNT  JPX
ICL  C23C 1434
FREF
PNO  63-190168
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
ICL  C23C 1434
FREF
PNO  3-56671
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
ICL  C23C 1440
FREF
PNO  3-61368
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
ICL  C23C 1454
FREF
PNO  2045 553
ISD  19801000
CNT  GBX
ICL  H02J  100
OREF
PAL  "Economical Considerations on Modern Web Sputtering Technology",
      Beisswenger, T. et al., Society of Vacuum Coaters, 35.sup.th Annual
      Technical Conference Proceedings, pp. 128-134; (Dec. 1992).
PAL  "A New Technique for Arc Control in DC Sputtering", Anderson, L., Society
      of Vacuum Coaters, 35.sup.th Annual Technical Conference Proceedings, pp.
      325-329; (Dec. 1992).
PAL  "The MDX as a Strategic Tool in Reducing Arcing", Schatz, Doug, Application
      Notes, Advanced Energy Industries, Inc. (Dec. 1985).
LREP
FR2  Dahl, Esq.; Bruce E.
     Dahl & Osterloth LLP
ABST
PAL  A circuit for producing an alternating output current may comprise a first
      current regulator and a second current regulator. The first current
      regulator produces a first phase of the alternating output current and
      regulates the current of the first phase. The second current regulator
      produces a second phase of the alternating output current and regulates
      the current of the second phase. A first polarity reversing circuit
      operatively associated with the first current regulator periodically
      reverses the polarity of the first phase. A second polarity reversing
      circuit operatively associated with the second current regulator
      periodically reverses the polarity of the second phase. A control system
      operatively associated with the first and second current regulators and
      the first and second polarity reversing circuits controls the operation of
      the first and second current regulators and the first and second polarity
      reversing circuits.
PATN
WKU  059906693
SRC  8
APN  9910875
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971215
TTL  Voltage supply regulation using master/slave timer circuit modulation
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Rajnikankant B.
EXP  Wong; Peter S.
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Brown; Alan E.
CTY  Georgetown
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Dell USA, L.P.
CTY  Round Rock
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  323282
XCL  323222
XCL  327535
XCL  327540
XCL  395750
EDF  6
ICL  G05F  140
ICL  G05F  110
ICL  G06F  110
FSC  323
FSS  282;283;222
FSC  363
FSS  21;71
FSC  395
FSS  750
FSC  327
FSS  535;534;540
UREF
PNO  4017788
ISD  19770400
NAM  Stepp et al.
OCL  323226
UREF
PNO  4809150
ISD  19890200
NAM  Limuti et al.
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5289359
ISD  19940200
NAM  Ziermann
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5317155
ISD  19940500
NAM  King
OCL  250324
UREF
PNO  5612644
ISD  19970300
NAM  Runas
OCL  327535
UREF
PNO  5774736
ISD  19980600
NAM  Wright et al.
OCL  395750.07
OREF
PAL  National Semiconductor Corporation; LM555/LM555C Timer Data Sheet; May,
      1997; pp. 1-12.
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel, LLP
FR2  Chambers; Kent B.
ABST
PAL  Electronic systems such as computer systems often utilize regulated voltage
      to meet system requirements such as accurate logic levels and predictable
      performance. A switching voltage regulator implements a pulse width
      modulator using two timer circuits, such as 555 class timers, configured
      in a master/slave relationship to provide modulation signals to control
      current flow to a voltage regulator output filter. The switching regulator
      employing the pulse width modulator may be arranged as a buck switching
      voltage regulator, and the pulse width modulator alternately turns
      switches in a switch bank ON (low impedance current path) and OFF (high
      impedance current path) to facilitate current flow to energy storage
      elements configured as an averaging filter. Furthermore, additional timer
      circuitry may be implemented to ensure nonoverlap of current flow in the
      switches. Additionally, feedback signals may provide error feedback to the
      pulse width modulator to facilitate voltage regulation, and a signal
      source, such as a processor, may be utilized to programmably control a
      voltage regulator output voltage by controlling pulse width duty cycles
      and/or periods.
PATN
WKU  059906707
SRC  9
APN  1164023
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980716
TTL  Power convertor, an integrated, and a telecommunication device
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Vu; Bao Q.
EXP  Wong; Peter S.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Derks; Henk
CTY  Eindhoven
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970717
APN  97202249
CLAS
OCL  323282
XCL  323283
XCL  323277
EDF  6
ICL  G05F  1573
ICL  G05F  140
FSC  323
FSS  282;283;273;277
UREF
PNO  5627459
ISD  19970500
NAM  Itoyama et al.
OCL  323282
UREF
PNO  5670866
ISD  19970900
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  323289
UREF
PNO  5675240
ISD  19971000
NAM  Fujisawa et al.
OCL  323282
UREF
PNO  5717322
ISD  19980200
NAM  Hawkes et al.
OCL  323283
UREF
PNO  5731694
ISD  19980300
NAM  Wilcox et al.
OCL  323287
UREF
PNO  5747976
ISD  19980500
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  323282
UREF
PNO  5808455
ISD  19980900
NAM  Schartz et al.
OCL  323271
ABST
PAL  A switched mode power convertor with a switch, a switching control device,
      a coil for storing energy, and a load. The switch is coupled between an
      input of the power convertor and the coil, and the coil is further coupled
      to an output of the power convertor. The switching control device has a
      control input and controls the switch. The switched mode power convertor
      further has an input current estimator which estimates the input from a
      quotient of a measured output power and a measured input voltage, taking
      into account the efficiency of the power convertor. A signal proportional
      to the estimated input current is supplied to the control input.
PATN
WKU  059906715
SRC  9
APN  1294083
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980805
TTL  Constant power voltage generator with current mirror amplifier optimized
      by level shifters
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Sterrett; Jeffrey
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Nagata; Kyoichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970805
APN  9-210852
CLAS
OCL  323313
XCL  323315
EDF  6
ICL  G05F  316
FSC  323
FSS  313;315
UREF
PNO  3617859
ISD  19711100
NAM  Dobkin
OCL  323313
UREF
PNO  4088941
ISD  19780500
NAM  Wheatley
OCL  323313
UREF
PNO  4103219
ISD  19780700
NAM  Wheatley
OCL  323313
UREF
PNO  4769589
ISD  19880900
NAM  Rosenthal
OCL  323315
UREF
PNO  5373226
ISD  19941200
NAM  Kimura
OCL  323313
UREF
PNO  5521544
ISD  19960500
NAM  Hatanaka
OCL  323315
UREF
PNO  5684394
ISD  19971100
NAM  Marshall
OCL  323315
UREF
PNO  5825168
ISD  19981000
NAM  Kimber
OCL  323315
UREF
PNO  5900773
ISD  19990500
NAM  Susak
OCL  323315
FREF
PNO  7-211869
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01L 2704
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  A constant power voltage generator produces an internal power voltage from
      an external power voltage, and includes a current mirror amplifier for
      producing a control signal representative of the magnitude of potential
      difference between a first input node and a second input node, a reference
      voltage generator for producing a reference voltage, a first level shifter
      for supplying a step-down reference voltage to the first input node and a
      second level shifter for supplying a step-down power voltage to the second
      input node, wherein each of the first and second level shifters is
      implemented by a series combination of field effect transistors so as to
      easily optimize the potential levels at the first and second input nodes
      by changing the channel resistance of the field effect transistors.
PATN
WKU  059906723
SRC  9
APN  1706128
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19981013
TTL  Generator circuit for a reference voltage that is independent of
      temperature variations
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Vu; Bao Q.
EXP  Wong; Peter S.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Giacomini; Davide
CTY  Valdengo
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  STMicroelectronics, S.r.L.
CTY  Agrate Brianza
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19971014
APN  VA97 A 0033
CLAS
OCL  323313
XCL  323907
EDF  6
ICL  G05F  316
FSC  323
FSS  313;314;907
UREF
PNO  4250445
ISD  19810200
NAM  Brokaw
OCL  323313
UREF
PNO  4524318
ISD  19850600
NAM  Burnham et al.
OCL  323313
UREF
PNO  4525663
ISD  19850600
NAM  Henry
OCL  323313
UREF
PNO  4645948
ISD  19870200
NAM  Morris et al.
OCL  307296R
UREF
PNO  4954769
ISD  19900900
NAM  Kalthoff
OCL  323313
UREF
PNO  5485074
ISD  19960100
NAM  Tomasini et al.
OCL  323315
UREF
PNO  5512817
ISD  19960400
NAM  Nagaraj
OCL  323316
UREF
PNO  5563503
ISD  19961000
NAM  Ng et al.
OCL  323315
UREF
PNO  5691663
ISD  19971100
NAM  Nayebi et al.
OCL  327560
LREP
FRM  Allen, Dyer, Doppelt, Milbrath & Gilchrist, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A generator circuit for a reference voltage independent of temperature
      variations uses a Brokaw cell biased by a current generator. The generator
      circuit includes a start-up circuit for delivering a current to the load
      of the generator using a transistor from the power-on instant until the
      switching on of the Brokaw cell and the consequent switching-off of the
      transistor. The circuit further includes a first field effect transistor
      having a gate coupled to a bandgap voltage node of the Brokaw cell and
      operatively connected in series with at least one diode between a biasing
      current generator of the start-up circuit and ground. The circuit also
      includes a second bipolar junction transistor having a base coupled to the
      power supply node of the Brokaw cell and operatively connected to a load
      resistance that is, in turn, connected to the supply rail and to the
      output transistor of the Brokaw cell for supplying current to the load
      during the start-up phase.
PATN
WKU  059906731
SRC  8
APN  7655959
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970603
TTL  Digital phase comparator
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Glenn W.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Forsberg; Gunnar
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19940630
APN  9402321
CLAS
OCL  324 7662
XCL  324 7652
XCL  324 7653
XCL  324 7682
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 2312
ICL  G01R 2504
FSC  324
FSS  76.47;76.48;76.52;76.53;76.55;76.62;76.79;76.82
UREF
PNO  3760270
ISD  19730900
NAM  Irvin
OCL  324 76.82
UREF
PNO  3764903
ISD  19731000
NAM  Griswold
OCL  324 76.82
UREF
PNO  3989931
ISD  19761100
NAM  Phillips
OCL  235 92FQ
UREF
PNO  4136559
ISD  19790100
NAM  Brown
XCL  324 76.82
UREF
PNO  4186597
ISD  19800200
NAM  Brown
XCL  324 76.82
UREF
PNO  4600994
ISD  19860700
NAM  Hayashi
XCL  324 76.82
UREF
PNO  4704574
ISD  19871100
NAM  Nossen
OCL  324 76.82
UREF
PNO  4972160
ISD  19901100
NAM  Sylvain
OCL  331  1A
FREF
PNO  0585806
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1195466
ISD  19851100
CNT  SUX
OREF
PAL  "Properties and design of the Phase-controlled oscillator with a sawtooth
      comparator," Byrne, C.J., (Mar. 1962), The Bell System Technical Journal,
      pp. 560-602.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE95/00813
PD1  19970603
PD2  19970603
PD3  19950630
PCP  WO96/01007
PCD  19960111
ABST
PAR  The phase difference of two periodic input signals having essentially the
      same frequency are measured in, for example, a communication system, in an
      accurate way with a high resolution and utilizing digital components. A
      high resolution digital phase detector which can be included in a phase
      locked loop comprises an oscillator providing a clock signal having a high
      frequency that is not an integer multiple of the frequency of the input
      signals. The clock signal is provided to a clock signal input of a
      counter, and the periodic signals are fed to the start and stop terminals
      of the counter. Output terminals of the counter are directly connected to
      inputs of a digital low-pass filter in which an average value calculation
      is carried out of the integer values of the output of the counter. Because
      of the small frequency deviation from the integer multiple value, a slow
      sliding of the oscillator phase compared to the phase of the input signals
      is achieved, such that all possible integer values on the output of the
      counter are run through. A very accurate calculation of the phase position
      is achieved by the average value calculation of these integer values in
      the low-pass filter. In a complete phase-locked loop, a voltage controlled
      oscillator provides one of the input signals to the counter through a
      divider circuit.
PATN
WKU  059906740
SRC  8
APN  9400699
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970929
TTL  Clamping mechanism for mounting circuit condition monitoring devices on
      cables of various diameters
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Do; Diep N.
NDR  5
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Schweitzer, Jr.; Edmund O.
CTY  Northbrook
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  E.O. Schweitzer Manfacturing Co., Inc.
CTY  Mundelein
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  677649
APD  19960708
PSC  01
PNO  5729125
CLAS
OCL  324127
XCL  324133
XCL  324551
XCL  336176
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3102
ICL  G01R 19165
FSC  324
FSS  127;133;541;544;551
FSC  340
FSS  664
FSC  336
FSS  176
UREF
PNO  4086529
ISD  19780400
NAM  Schweitzer, Jr.
OCL  324127
UREF
PNO  4456873
ISD  19840600
NAM  Schweitzer, Jr.
OCL  324543
UREF
PNO  4646006
ISD  19870200
NAM  Schweitzer, Jr.
OCL  324127
UREF
PNO  4873706
ISD  19891000
NAM  Schweitzer, Jr.
OCL  377 85
UREF
PNO  5180972
ISD  19930100
NAM  Schweitzer, Jr.
OCL  324127
UREF
PNO  5483215
ISD  19960100
NAM  Mies
OCL  324127
UREF
PNO  5729125
ISD  19980300
NAM  Schweitzer, Jr.
OCL  324127
LREP
FRM  Lockwood, Alex, Fitzgibbon & Cummings
ABST
PAL  A clamping mechanism for mounting a circuit condition monitoring device to
      electrical cables of various diameters includes a core member comprising a
      plurality of laminations arranged in a generally rectangular
      configuration. A spring spanning the core member is anchored at one end to
      the core at a point near the housing of the monitoring device and at the
      other end is attached to a bridging member affixed at the opposite end of
      the core near the housing. This allows the spring to expand less as it
      transverses the bridge in order to accommodate different power cable
      diameters.
PATN
WKU  059906758
SRC  8
APN  9081100
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970811
TTL  Anti-friction bearing with speed measuring devices having an active
      microcircuit and a frequency generator
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Patidar; Jay
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Merklein; Harald
CTY  Schweinfurt
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Breitenbach; Rainer
CTY  Gochsheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hofmann; Heinrich
CTY  Schweinfurt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  FAG Automobiltechnik AG
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960810
APN  196 32 345
CLAS
OCL  324175
XCL  32420716
XCL  32420725
EDF  6
ICL  G01P  336
FSC  324
FSS  175;96;244.1;207.11;207.15;207.16;207.17;207.25;207.26;166
FSC  384
FSS  446;448
FSC  340
FSS  870.16;870.31;870.3
FSC  250
FSS  227.16;231.13;231.18;231.17;227.17;227.21
FSC  343
FSS  832
UREF
PNO  4259637
ISD  19810300
NAM  Bloomfield et al.
OCL  324166
UREF
PNO  4688951
ISD  19870800
NAM  Guers
OCL  384446
UREF
PNO  4850722
ISD  19890700
NAM  Bayer
OCL  384448
FREF
PNO  1018660
ISD  19571000
CNT  DEX
OCL  324175
FREF
PNO  002909735
ISD  19800900
CNT  DEX
OCL  324175
FREF
PNO  3317284A1
ISD  19841100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3735070A1
ISD  19890400
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Electronic Tachometer, Electronic Industries, pp. 80-82, 1945.
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  An anti-friction bearing with a speed measuring device includes a
      transmitter for directing high frequency waves toward a side of the
      bearing and the transmitter being spaced from the bearing. A coding disk
      at the side of the bearing is arranged on the relatively rotatable ring.
      The coding disk has parts around the bearing at which the disk reflects
      the waves and other parts not reflecting or permitting passage of the
      waves. The waves are alternately reflected off the coding disk and not
      reflected off the disk to a receiver arranged outside the bearing. The
      resulting pulses may be fed to a signal processor. Variations include the
      coding disk having various constructional design features permitting or
      blocking the reflection of waves. Alternatively, a circuit at the
      stationary part of the bearing seal between the bearing rings is
      alternately impinged upon or protected from being impinged upon by waves
      due to the coding disk on the relatively movable part of the ring.
      Arrangements of a plurality of transmitters and/or receivers help detect
      the direction of rotation.
PATN
WKU  059906766
SRC  9
APN  012690&
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980126
TTL  Method and apparatus for detection of a moving speed of a mobile
      terminal in mobile communication
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Patidar; Jay
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hori; Tsuguo
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970124
APN  9-011584
CLAS
OCL  324175
XCL  375325
XCL  455441
XCL  702143
EDF  6
ICL  G01P  336
ICL  H04B  726
FSC  324
FSS  175;166
FSC  702
FSS  142;143;149
FSC  329
FSS  304;306;310
FSC  375
FSS  324;325;328;329;332;341
FSC  455
FSS  10;67.4;226.2;441;444;506
FREF
PNO  4-260228
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-87825
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-226976
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  In accordance with the present invention, there is provided a method and
      apparatus for detecting a moving speed of a mobile terminal in a mobile
      communication utilizing time division multiple access system, wherein a
      measurement is made for a variation in delay of a burst radiowave received
      from the mobile terminal with reference to a transmission burst signal
      before a calculation of a moving speed of the mobile terminal is made on
      the basis of the measured variation in the delay.
PATN
WKU  059906774
SRC  8
APN  8542880
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970509
TTL  Apparatus and methods for obtaining increased sensitivity, selectivity
      and dynamic range in property measurement using magnetometer
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  2
EXP  Strecker; Gerard
NDR  53
NFG  93
INVT
NAM  Goldfine; Neil J.
CTY  Newton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Melcher, deceased; James R.
CTY  late of Lexington
STA  MA
R47  4
ITX  by Janet D. Melcher, legal representative
ASSG
NAM  Massachusetts Institute of Technology
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  460664
APD  19950602
PSC  01
PNO  5629621
RLAP
COD  84
APN  803504
APD  19911206
PSC  01
PNO  5453689
CLAS
OCL  324239
XCL  324232
XCL  324243
XCL  324452
XCL  324629
XCL  324674
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3312
ICL  G01R 2700
ICL  G01N 2772
FSC  324
FSS  202;207.17;207.18;207.19;207.26;225;227;229-233;239-243;452;629;630;674
UREF
PNO  3249854
ISD  19660500
NAM  Nevius
OCL  323108
UREF
PNO  3721859
ISD  19730300
NAM  Blanyer
OCL  317  5
UREF
PNO  3939404
ISD  19760200
NAM  Tail
OCL  324 40
UREF
PNO  4058766
ISD  19771100
NAM  Vogel et al.
OCL  324 61
UREF
PNO  4399100
ISD  19830800
NAM  Zsolnay et al.
OCL  422 62
UREF
PNO  4423371
ISD  19831200
NAM  Senturia et al.
OCL  324 61
UREF
PNO  4496697
ISD  19850100
NAM  Zsolnay et al.
OCL  526 60
UREF
PNO  4757259
ISD  19880700
NAM  Charpentier
OCL  324227
UREF
PNO  4799010
ISD  19890100
NAM  Muller
OCL  324240
UREF
PNO  4810966
ISD  19890300
NAM  Schmall
OCL  324207
UREF
PNO  4814690
ISD  19890300
NAM  Melcher et al.
OCL  324 61
UREF
PNO  4873489
ISD  19891000
NAM  Melcher et al.
OCL  324453
UREF
PNO  4883264
ISD  19891100
NAM  Yoshikawa et al.
OCL  271110
UREF
PNO  4922201
ISD  19900500
NAM  Vernon et al.
OCL  324236
UREF
PNO  5015951
ISD  19910500
NAM  Melcher
OCL  324232
UREF
PNO  5041785
ISD  19910800
NAM  Bogaerts et al.
OCL  324207.24
UREF
PNO  5059902
ISD  19911000
NAM  Linder
OCL  324207
UREF
PNO  5086274
ISD  19920200
NAM  Gobin et al.
OCL  324239
UREF
PNO  5182513
ISD  19930100
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  324232
UREF
PNO  5223796
ISD  19930600
NAM  Waldman et al.
OCL  324687
UREF
PNO  5237271
ISD  19930800
NAM  Hedengren
OCL  324232
UREF
PNO  5262722
ISD  19931100
NAM  Hedengren et al.
OCL  324242
UREF
PNO  5315234
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sutton, Jr. et al.
OCL  324242
UREF
PNO  5345514
ISD  19940900
NAM  Mahdavieh et al.
OCL  382  8
UREF
PNO  5389876
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hedengren et al.
OCL  324242
UREF
PNO  5453689
ISD  19950900
NAM  Goldfine et al.
OCL  324239
UREF
PNO  5621332
ISD  19970400
NAM  Inkpen et al.
OCL  324650
FREF
PNO  502205
ISD  19760400
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  578609
ISD  19771000
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  894547
ISD  19811200
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1095101
ISD  19840500
CNT  SUX
OREF
PAL  Dodd, C.V. and Deeds, W.E., "Absolute Eddy-Current Measurement of
      Electrical Conductivity," 1981, pp. 387-394. No Month.
PAL  Dodd, C.V., and Simpson, W.A., "Measurement of Small Magnetic Permeability
      Changes by Eddy Current Techniques," Oct. 1971, pp. 217-221.
PAL  Rose, J.H. and Nair, S.M., "Exact Recovery of the DC Electrical
      Conductivity of a Layered Solid," 1991, pp. L31-L36. No Month.
PAL  Krampfner, Yehuda D. and Johnson, Duane D., "Flexible Substrate Eddy
      Current Coil Arrays," Review of Progress in Quantitative Nondestructive
      Evaluation, vol. 7A, pp. 471-478, 1988. No. Month.
PAL  Goldfine, Neil J. et al., "Dielectrometers and magnetometers, suitable for
      in-situ inspection of ceramic and metallic coated components," SPIE
      Conference, Nondestructive Evaluation of Aging Infrastructure, Jun. 1995,
      6 pages.
PAL  Goldfine, Neil J. et al., "A New Eddy-Current Based Technology For
      Repeatable Residual Stress and Age Degradation Monitoring," ASNT
      International Chemical and Petroleum Industry Inspection Technology IV,
      Houston, Texas, Jun. 19-22, 1995, 3 pages.
PAL  Zaretsky, M. et al., "Model Approach to Obtaining Continuum Properties From
      Interdigital Electrode Dielectrometry," Lees Technical Report, TR86-019,
      Jul., 1986, pp. 1-43.
PAL  Auld, B.A. et al., "Eddy-Current Signal Analysis and Inversion for
      Semielliptical Surface Cracks," Journal of Nondestructive Evaluation, vol.
      7, Nos 1/2, 1988, pp. 79-94. No Month.
LREP
FRM  Hamilton, Brook, Smith and Reynolds, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Apparatus and methods are disclosed which provide increased sensitivity,
      selectivity and dynamic range for non-contact measurement of actual
      physical and/or kinematic properties of conducting and magnetic materials.
      The apparatus and methods are based upon various methods for increasing
      sensitivity, selectivity and dynamic range through proper construction of
      a magnetometer sensor and for proper selection of operating point
      parameters for the application. A measurement apparatus for measuring one
      or more MUT properties includes an electromagnetic winding structure
      which, when driven by an electric signal, imposes a magnetic field in the
      MUT and senses an electromagnetic response. An analyzer is provided for
      applying the electric signal to the winding structure. A property
      estimator is coupled to the winding structure and translates sensed
      electromagnetic responses into estimates of one or more preselected
      properties of the material.
PATN
WKU  059906782
SRC  8
APN  6533280
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19960524
TTL  Non-destructive testing equipment having squid type magnetic sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Snow; Walter E.
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Kugai; Hirokazu
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930712
APN  5-195125
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931227
APN  5-348837
RLAP
COD  71
APN  273947
APD  19940712
PSC  01
PNO  5589772
CLAS
OCL  324240
XCL  324225
XCL  324262
XCL  505846
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3312
ICL  G01R 33035
ICL  G01N 2772
FSC  324
FSS  248;202;219-221;224-228;239-244;260-262
FSC  505
FSS  845;846;842;843
FSC  327
FSS  527
UREF
PNO  4258319
ISD  19810300
NAM  Shimada et al.
OCL  324226
UREF
PNO  4613816
ISD  19860900
NAM  Zeamer
OCL  324248
UREF
PNO  4855678
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kreiskorte
OCL  324225
UREF
PNO  5004724
ISD  19910400
NAM  De
OCL  324248
UREF
PNO  5059903
ISD  19911000
NAM  Otaka et al.
OCL  324223
UREF
PNO  5134368
ISD  19920700
NAM  Otaka et al.
OCL  324248
UREF
PNO  5293119
ISD  19940300
NAM  Podney
OCL  324242
UREF
PNO  5331278
ISD  19940700
NAM  Evanson et al.
OCL  324232
UREF
PNO  5430376
ISD  19950700
NAM  Viertl
OCL  324227
LREP
FRM  Kerkam, Stowell, Kondracki & Clarke, P.C.
FR2  Kerins; John C.
ABST
PAL  A non-destructive testing equipment comprises a magnetic field generator
      for generating a uniform magnetic field, and a magnetic sensor
      accommodated in a thermal insulation container and filled with a liquid
      nitrogen. The thermal insulation container is located within a magnetic
      shield container having an opening. The magnetic sensor includes a SQUID
      that is a magnetic sensor having very high sensitivity. The magnetic
      sensor can detect, through the opening, an appreciable variation of the
      magnetic field that is caused by small impurities or minor defects
      contained in the object to be tested.
PATN
WKU  059906790
SRC  8
APN  9556184
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971022
TTL  Method using corrective factors for determining a magnetic gradient
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Strecker; Gerard
NDR  7
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Frommer; Stephen W.
CTY  Silver Spring
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Penfold; Barry
CTY  Burtonsville
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  324244
XCL  324202
XCL  324225
XCL  324245
XCL  324247
XCL   33356
XCL  702104
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 33022
ICL  G01R 3500
ICL  G01V  300
FSC  324
FSS  202;225;244-247
FSC   33
FSS  355 R;356;357
FSC  702
FSS  85;92;93;104;105
UREF
PNO  2996663
ISD  19610800
NAM  Ferguson
OCL  324245
UREF
PNO  3487459
ISD  19691200
NAM  Schonstedt
OCL  324245
UREF
PNO  3488579
ISD  19700100
NAM  Schonstedt
OCL  324245
UREF
PNO  3703682
ISD  19721100
NAM  Wickman et al.
OCL  324245
UREF
PNO  3757209
ISD  19730900
NAM  Schonstedt
OCL  324245
UREF
PNO  3962628
ISD  19760600
NAM  Rein
OCL  324248
UREF
PNO  3982179
ISD  19760900
NAM  Forster
OCL  324245
UREF
PNO  4386318
ISD  19830500
NAM  Burbank et al.
OCL  324244
UREF
PNO  4437064
ISD  19840300
NAM  Overton, Jr. et al.
OCL  324346
UREF
PNO  4591786
ISD  19860500
NAM  Koo et al.
OCL  324244
UREF
PNO  4731582
ISD  19880300
NAM  Posseme et al.
OCL  324245
UREF
PNO  4806865
ISD  19890200
NAM  Oury
OCL  324301
UREF
PNO  4913152
ISD  19900400
NAM  Ko et al.
OCL  128653R
UREF
PNO  5113136
ISD  19920500
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  324247
UREF
PNO  5115197
ISD  19920500
NAM  Brandolino et al.
OCL  324245
UREF
PNO  5122744
ISD  19920600
NAM  Koch
OCL  324248
UREF
PNO  5134369
ISD  19920700
NAM  Lo et al.
OCL  324245
UREF
PNO  5151649
ISD  19920900
NAM  Heroux
OCL  324127
UREF
PNO  5287295
ISD  19940200
NAM  Ives et al.
OCL  364571.01
UREF
PNO  5307072
ISD  19940400
NAM  Jones, Jr.
OCL  342147
UREF
PNO  5642045
ISD  19970600
NAM  Keefe et al.
XCL  324247
UREF
PNO  5654635
ISD  19970800
NAM  Assous et al.
XCL  324245
OREF
PAL  Penfold, Barry & Frommer, Stephen W., Triaxial Gradiometer,
       NSWCCARDIV-TR/011, Research and Development Report, Apr. 4, 1996,
      Survivability, Structures and Materials Directorate, NSWCCD, West
      Bethesda, MD (U.S. Navy).
PAL  DOD Printing Requisition/Order for NSWCCARDIV-TR-96/011, DD Form 282
      (Navy), Req. No. N00167-97-PT-TW-009, date of request Nov. 15, 1996.
PAL  Beyer, William H., Ph.D., "Standard Mathematical Tables", 27th Ed., CRC
      Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida, 1985, p. 209.
PAL  Carnahan, Brice et al., "Applied Numerical Methods," John Wiley & Sons,
      Inc., NY, 1969, Chapter 1, pp. 1-5.
PAL  Van Nostrand's Scientific Encyclopedia, 5th Ed., NY, 1976, p. 728.
LREP
FR2  Kaiser; Howard
ABST
PAL  Inventive electrical-computational method and system for aligning a
      magnetic gradiometer, and for determining magnetic gradients using a
      magnetic gradiometer which is inventively aligned. For each correlation of
      a correction magnetometer's vector with a reference magnetometer's vector,
      three correction coefficients and an offset coefficient are evaluated,
      using a mathematical approximation technique (such as least-squares) upon
      voltage outputs for various relative orientations of magnetic fields in
      relation to a magnetic gradiometer. An inventive matrix formula is used
      for determining magnetic gradients. A correction magnetometer matrix
      (matrix of voltages generated by each correction vector of the correction
      magnetometer) is multiplied by a coefficient matrix (matrix of correction
      and offset coefficients). The correction vectors within the correction
      magnetometer matrix are thus aligned with the reference vectors within the
      reference magnetometer matrix (matrix of voltages generated by each
      reference vector of the reference magnetometer) whereby, for each magnetic
      gradient determination pursuant to a correlation of a reference vector
      with a correction vector, any deviation from zero represents the magnetic
      gradient for that correlation. Many inventive embodiments incorporate
      temperature compensation, whereby the inventive practitioner establishes
      variations of correction and offset coefficients in accordance with
      temperature. With the assistance of computational electronics, inventive
      gradiometer alignments can be accomplished considerably more speedily than
      can gradiometer alignments according to conventional mechanical
      methodologies.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT OF GOVERNMENT RIGHTS
PAR  The invention described herein may be manufactured and used by or for the
      Government of the United States of America for governmental purposes
      without the payment of any royalties thereon or therefor.
PATN
WKU  059906804
SRC  8
APN  7651198
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970513
TTL  Active acoustic control in quiet gradient coil design for MRI
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Arana; Louis
NDR  22
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Mansfield; Peter
STR  68 Beeston Fields Drive
CTY  Bramcote, Nottingham NG9 3DD
CNT  GBX
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950401
APN  9506829
CLAS
OCL  324318
XCL  600422
EDF  6
ICL  G01V  300
FSC  324
FSS  300;318;307
FSC  600
FSS  410;422
UREF
PNO  5427102
ISD  19950600
NAM  Shimode et al.
OCL  324318
UREF
PNO  5572131
ISD  19961100
NAM  Rzedzian
OCL  314318
FREF
PNO  PCT/US91/03996
ISD  19911200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  PCT/GB94/01187
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  PCT/GB96/00734
ISD  19961000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Quiet Gradient Coils . . . " Chapman et al. Meas. Sci. Technol. 6(1995)
      pp. 349-354 pub. Jan. 1995.
PAL  "Quiet Transverse Gradient Coils: Lorentz Force Balanced Designs . . . "
      Bowtell et al. MRM 34: 494-497 May 1995.
PAL  "Active Acoustic Srceening: Reduction of Noise in Gradient Coils by Lorentz
      Force Balancing" Mansfield et al. MRM 33:276-281 Jan. 1995.
PAL  "Active Acoustic Sreening" Mansfield et al. Mansfield et al. Magnetic
      Resonance Center May 1994.
LREP
FRM  Jones & Askew, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/00734
PD1  19970513
PD2  19970513
PD3  19960328
PCP  WO96/31785
PCD  19961010
ABST
PAR  Acoustically controlled magnetic coils comprise first and second electrical
      conductors which are mechanically coupled by a block of material of
      defined acoustic transmission characteristics which holds the conductors a
      predetermined distance apart. The conductors are supplied with currents of
      different and variable amplitudes and different and variable relative
      phases both of the features being determined by the acoustic
      characteristics and by the geometry and predetermined distance.
PATN
WKU  059906812
SRC  8
APN  9509461
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971015
TTL  Low-cost, snap-in whole-body RF coil with mechanically switchable
      resonant frequencies
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Shrivastav; Bry B.
EXP  Oda; Christine K.
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Richard; Mark A.
CTY  S. Euclid
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Mastandrea; Nicholas J.
CTY  Euclid
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Picker International, Inc.
CTY  Highland Heights
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  324318
XCL  324320
XCL  324319
XCL  600422
EDF  6
ICL  G01V  300
FSC  324
FSS  318;319;322;320
FSC  600
FSS  422
UREF
PNO  4692705
ISD  19870900
NAM  Hayes et al.
OCL  324318
UREF
PNO  4740751
ISD  19880400
NAM  Misic et al.
OCL  324307
UREF
PNO  4920318
ISD  19900400
NAM  Misic et al.
OCL  324311
UREF
PNO  5212450
ISD  19930500
NAM  Murphy-Boesch et al.
OCL  324318
UREF
PNO  5406204
ISD  19950400
NAM  Morich et al.
OCL  324318
UREF
PNO  5457387
ISD  19951000
NAM  Patrick et al.
OCL  324318
UREF
PNO  5510714
ISD  19960400
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  324318
FREF
PNO  8925919
ISD  00000000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Joseph, Peter et al. "A Technique for Double Resonant Operation of Birdcage
      Imaging Coils," IEEE Trans. Medical Imaging, vol. 8, No. 3, Sep. 1989.
PAL  Lu, D. and P.M. Joseph. "A Technique of Double Resonant Operation of F-19
      and H-1 Quadrature Birdcage Coils," SMRM Book of Abstracts, p. 531.
PAL  Schnall, M.D., et al. "A New Double-Tuned Probe for Concurrent .sup.1 H and
      .sup.31 P NMR," Journal of Magnetic Resonance, 65, 1985, pp. 122-129.
PAL  Joseph, P.M. et al. "A Double Resonant Birdcage Coil for Imaging of
      Flourine and Protons," 1988 SMRM Book of Abstracts, p. 263.
PAL  Rath, Alan R. "Design and Performance of a Double Tuned Birdcage Coil,"
      Journal of Magnetic Resonance, 86, 1990, pp. 488-495.
PAL  "A Design for Double Tuned Birdcage Coil for Use in an Integrated MRI/MRS
      Examination," Journal of Magnetic Resonance, 89, 1990, pp. 41-50.
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/514,396, Srinivasan et al., filed Aug. 11, 1995.
PAL  Yamai, S. et al. "A Dual-Port Double-Tuned Coil," 1990 SMRM Book of
      Abstracts, p. 530.
PAL  Murphy-Boesch, J. et al. "A Dual Tuned, Four-Ring Birdcage for Clinical
      .sup.1 H.sup.31 P Spectroscopy of the Head at 4 Tesla," 1993 SMRM Book of
      Abstracts, p. 1331.
PAL  Shen, G.X. and Thulborn, K.R. "High Efficiency Double-Tuned RF Coil Using a
      Switching Technique," 1994 SMR Bok of Abstracts, p. 1124.
LREP
FRM  Fay, Sharpe, Fagan, Minnich & McKee, LLP
ABST
PAL  A snap-in, whole-body radio frequency coil (38) for increasing the diameter
      of a bore (12) of a toroidal magnetic resonance imaging apparatus includes
      a plurality of longitudinally extending coil elements (42) having element
      ends (44). The longitudinally extending coil elements are disposed on a
      flat, flexible, non-conductive plastic sheet (40) which is capable of
      being rolled and disposed concentricly in an interior diameter of the bore
      to form a thin-walled, bird-cage type radio frequency coil. Adjacent
      element ends are connected with a first capacitance C.sub.0 to resonate
      the coil at a certain frequency. To permit mechanically switching the
      resonant frequency of the coil, protruding metal contacts (60) are
      electrically connected to the element ends. An adjustment end ring
      includes separated metal pads (66) disposed on a non-conducting ring
      substrate (64). Adjacent metal pads are connected with second capacitances
      C.sub.1. The diameter of the adjustment end ring is preselected to permit
      resilient contact with the metal contacts. The adjustment end ring is
      rotatable to bring the metal pads and thus second capacitances C.sub.1 in
      electrical contact with the element ends which increases the total
      capacitance between element ends and adjusts the RF coil to resonate at a
      lower frequency.
PATN
WKU  059906820
SRC  9
APN  0592463
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980413
TTL  Method for determining the depth of an in-ground boring tool
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Snow; Walter E.
NDR  6
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Mercer; John E.
CTY  Kent
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Digital Control, Inc.
CTY  Renton
STA  WA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  731056
APD  19961009
PSC  01
PNO  5767678
RLAP
COD  81
APN  442481
APD  19950516
PSC  01
PNO  5633589
RLAP
COD  81
APN  259441
APD  19940614
PSC  01
PNO  5444382
RLAP
COD  82
APN  958941
APD  19921009
PSC  01
PNO  5337002
RLAP
COD  82
APN  662939
APD  19910301
PSC  01
PNO  5155442
CLAS
OCL  324326
XCL  702150
EDF  6
ICL  G01V  311
ICL  G01V  3165
ICL  H04B 1302
FSC  324
FSS  326;327;328;329;225;226;262;207.12;207.25;207.16
FSC  702
FSS  150;152;153
FSC  175
FSS  40;45
UREF
PNO  3096591
ISD  19630700
NAM  Higgins et al.
OCL  324661
UREF
PNO  3492951
ISD  19700200
NAM  Erspamer et al.
OCL   73516
UREF
PNO  3597680
ISD  19710800
NAM  Hadden
OCL  324326
UREF
PNO  3906504
ISD  19750900
NAM  Guster et al.
OCL  324326
UREF
PNO  4054881
ISD  19771000
NAM  Raab
UREF
PNO  4314251
ISD  19820200
NAM  Raab
OCL  324326
UREF
PNO  4319191
ISD  19820300
NAM  Meador et al.
OCL  324338
UREF
PNO  4584577
ISD  19860400
NAM  Temple
OCL  324  2
UREF
PNO  4646277
ISD  19870200
NAM  Bridges et al.
OCL  326326
UREF
PNO  4672321
ISD  19870600
NAM  Howell
OCL  324326
UREF
PNO  4674579
ISD  19870600
NAM  Geller et al.
OCL  175 45
UREF
PNO  4714118
ISD  19871200
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  175 26
UREF
PNO  4806869
ISD  19890200
NAM  Chan et al.
OCL  324326
UREF
PNO  4857851
ISD  19890800
NAM  Anderson
OCL  324326
UREF
PNO  5014008
ISD  19910500
NAM  Flowerdew
UREF
PNO  5065098
ISD  19911100
NAM  Salsman et al.
OCL  324 67
UREF
PNO  5089779
ISD  19920200
NAM  Rorden
OCL  324339
UREF
PNO  5155442
ISD  19921000
NAM  Mercer
OCL  324690
UREF
PNO  5174033
ISD  19921200
NAM  Rider
OCL   33366
UREF
PNO  5337002
ISD  19940800
NAM  Mercer
OCL  324326
FREF
PNO  1056768
ISD  19670100
CNT  GBX
OCL  324326
LREP
FR2  Shear; Stephen C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a locator/monitor capable of locating a
      boring tool and monitoring the progress of the tool for control purposes.
      The locator/monitor may be used in expedited locating methodology and
      straightforward calibration techniques of the present invention. A durable
      and cost effective pitch sensor is also provided by the present invention.
      In addition, the present invention provides a slotted transmitter housing
      formed of an electrically conductive material, where the magnetic field
      generated by the transmitter is capable of penetrating to the surface.
PATN
WKU  059906839
SRC  9
APN  0596175
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980413
TTL  Method and arrangement for locating a boring tool using a three-antennae
      vector sum
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Snow; Walter E.
NDR  6
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Mercer; John E.
CTY  Kent
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Digital Control Incorporated
CTY  Renton
STA  WA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  731056
APD  19961009
PSC  01
PNO  5767678
RLAP
COD  81
APN  442481
APD  19950516
PSC  01
PNO  5633589
RLAP
COD  81
APN  259441
APD  19940614
PSC  01
PNO  5444382
RLAP
COD  81
APN  958941
APD  19921009
PSC  01
PNO  5337002
RLAP
COD  82
APN  662939
APD  19910301
PSC  01
PNO  5155442
CLAS
OCL  324326
EDF  6
ICL  G01V  311
ICL  G01V  3165
ICL  H04B 1302
FSC  324
FSS  326-329;226;247
FSC  175
FSS  40;45
UREF
PNO  3096591
ISD  19630700
NAM  Higgins et al.
OCL  324661
UREF
PNO  3492951
ISD  19700200
NAM  Erspamer et al.
OCL   73516
UREF
PNO  3597680
ISD  19710800
NAM  Hadden
OCL  324326
UREF
PNO  3906504
ISD  19750900
NAM  Guster et al.
OCL  324326
UREF
PNO  4054881
ISD  19771000
NAM  Raab
UREF
PNO  4314251
ISD  19820200
NAM  Raab
OCL  324326
UREF
PNO  4319191
ISD  19820300
NAM  Meador et al.
OCL  324338
UREF
PNO  4584577
ISD  19860400
NAM  Temple
OCL  324  7.17
UREF
PNO  4646277
ISD  19870200
NAM  Bridges et al.
OCL  326326
UREF
PNO  4672321
ISD  19870600
NAM  Howell
OCL  324326
UREF
PNO  4674579
ISD  19870600
NAM  Geller et al.
OCL  175 45
UREF
PNO  4710708
ISD  19871200
NAM  Rorden et al.
OCL  324326
UREF
PNO  4714118
ISD  19871200
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  175 26
UREF
PNO  4806869
ISD  19890200
NAM  Chan et al.
OCL  324326
UREF
PNO  4857851
ISD  19890800
NAM  Anderson
OCL  324326
UREF
PNO  5014008
ISD  19910500
NAM  Flowerdew
UREF
PNO  5065098
ISD  19911100
NAM  Salsman et al.
OCL  324 67
UREF
PNO  5089779
ISD  19920200
NAM  Rorden
OCL  324339
UREF
PNO  5155442
ISD  19921000
NAM  Mercer
OCL  324690
UREF
PNO  5174033
ISD  19921200
NAM  Rider
OCL   33366
UREF
PNO  5337002
ISD  19940800
NAM  Mercer
OCL  324326
FREF
PNO  1056768
ISD  19670100
CNT  GBX
OCL  324326
LREP
FR2  Shear; Stephen C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a locator/monitor capable of locating a
      boring tool and monitoring the progress of the tool for control purposes.
      The locator/monitor may be used in expedited locating methodology and
      straightforward calibration techniques of the present invention. A durable
      and cost effective pitch sensor is also provided by the present invention.
      In addition, the present invention provides a slotted transmitter housing
      formed of an electrically conductive material, where the magnetic field
      generated by the transmitter is capable of penetrating to the surface.
PATN
WKU  059906847
SRC  8
APN  984256&
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971202
TTL  Method and apparatus for continuously monitoring an aqueous flow to
      detect and quantify ions
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Brown; Glenn W.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Merrill; John H.
STR  3 Adams St.
CTY  South Portland
STA  ME
ZIP  04106
CLAS
OCL  324439
XCL  324 711
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2708
FSC  324
FSS  439;444;71.1
FSC   73
FSS  61.71
FSC  340
FSS  627
UREF
PNO  4013554
ISD  19770300
NAM  Reis et al.
OCL  210 40
UREF
PNO  4871427
ISD  19891000
NAM  Kolesar, Jr.
OCL  324443
UREF
PNO  5521510
ISD  19960500
NAM  Schunck et al.
OCL  324439
LREP
FR2  Persson; Michael J
FR2  Ritchie; William B
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for detecting contaminants in an aqueous flow. The
      method involves providing a conduit having at least one ion collection
      portion, disposing the aqueous flow through the conduit, attracting target
      ions to the ion collection portion such that they are bonded to the ion
      collection portion, and detecting a contaminant, or contaminants, based
      upon a predetermined property of the plurality of target ions bonded to
      the ion collection portion. In the preferred embodiment of the method, the
      predetermined property is a conductivity of the target ions, and the
      detecting step involves measuring a change in conductivity of the
      collection portion as ions are bonded and comparing that conductivity to a
      predetermined conductivity. The apparatus includes a conduit into which an
      ion collection portion is disposed, a sensor that senses ions collected on
      the ion collection portion and sends a signal corresponding to a value of
      a predetermined property of the ions, and a microprocessor in
      communication with the sensor and programmed to process the signal and
      determine the presence of the at least one contaminant based upon the
      processed signal.
PATN
WKU  059906855
SRC  8
APN  924848&
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970905
TTL  Apparatus for and method of monitoring an earth-leakage state of a power
      distribution system
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Do; Diep N.
NDR  13
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Nightall; John R
CTY  Leicester
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Cegelec Controls Limited
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960911
APN  9618941
CLAS
OCL  324509
XCL  324522
XCL  340651
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3102
FSC  324
FSS  500;509;510;511;522;525;535;555;704
FSC  361
FSS  42;46;63;88;90;91;92;95
FSC  340
FSS  949;650;651;661;662;663
UREF
PNO  3652937
ISD  19720300
NAM  Garrot
OCL  324168
UREF
PNO  3670240
ISD  19720600
NAM  Maranchak et al.
OCL  324535
UREF
PNO  3801898
ISD  19740400
NAM  Young
OCL  340651
UREF
PNO  4253056
ISD  19810200
NAM  Chaudhary
OCL  324509
UREF
PNO  4707761
ISD  19871100
NAM  Podobinski
OCL  361 93
UREF
PNO  4896114
ISD  19900100
NAM  Donner
OCL  324522
LREP
FRM  Kirschstein, et al.
ABST
PAL  An earth-leakage monitoring method for a power distribution system, and in
      particular a DC 4-rail traction system, incorporating a pair of
      current-conductors (current rails) and an earth reference (a pair of
      running rails or an earthing system), comprises measuring the
      conductor-to-earth voltage for each conductor; forming a ratio of these
      voltages; connecting a known resistance between one conductor and earth;
      re-measuring the two conductor-to-earth voltages; forming a new voltage
      ratio, and calculating the value of leakage resistance existing between
      each conductor and earth using the known resistance value and the two
      voltage ratios. An earth-leakage fault method is also disclosed in which
      the earth-leakage monitoring arrangement is adapted to continuously
      display the value of conductor-to-earth voltage of the two conductors, the
      power-distribution system having a number of such monitoring arrangements
      along its length; the behaviour of this displayed voltage is monitored,
      and the monitor with the fastest indicated voltage rise time is taken to
      be the monitor lying in the same section of the distribution system as the
      fault.
PATN
WKU  059906863
SRC  8
APN  6666280
APT  1
ART  223
APD  19960618
TTL  Method and apparatus for locating resistive faults in communication and
      power cables
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Do; Diep
EXP  Nguyen; Vinh P.
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Vokey; David E.
STR  1206 Northwind Cir.
CTY  Bellingham
STA  WA
ZIP  98226
INVT
NAM  Sontag; Kenneth N.
STR  Box 21, Group 529, R.R. 5
CTY  Winnipeg Manitoba
CNT  CAX
ITX  R2C 2Z2
INVT
NAM  Aminot; Gilles
STR  Box 636
CTY  Ile Des Chenes, Manitoba
CNT  CAX
ITX  R0A 0T0
CLAS
OCL  324523
XCL  324509
XCL  324522
XCL  324527
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3108
FSC  324
FSS  509;522;523;527;528;529;539;540;541;543;544
FSC  379
FSS  22;25;26
FSC  361
FSS  42;46;78;79;82
UREF
PNO  4227146
ISD  19801000
NAM  Hodge
XCL  324509
UREF
PNO  4559491
ISD  19851200
NAM  Saha
OCL  324522
UREF
PNO  4728898
ISD  19880300
NAM  Staley et al.
OCL  324522
UREF
PNO  4795983
ISD  19890100
NAM  Crocket et al.
XCL  324522
UREF
PNO  4947469
ISD  19900800
NAM  Vokey et al.
OCL  324523
UREF
PNO  5399974
ISD  19950300
NAM  Eriksson et al.
OCL  324521
LREP
FR2  Thrift; Murray E.
FR2  Battison; Adrian D.
ABST
PAL  A resistive fault location method and apparatus are used on communication
      and power cables. Two instruments are connected to opposite ends of the
      faulted conductor. Each takes a series of voltage and current measurements
      that are then processed to determine the distance from each end of the
      conductor to the fault. To eliminate voltage and current transients, the
      data collected is statistically analyzed and data that is analyzed as
      being affected by transients is discarded. The remaining data is taken as
      being steady state data. This eliminates any requirement for simultaneous
      measurements at opposite ends of the conductor and accounts for any
      situation where local transients at the two ends of the conductor are
      different at any given instant.
PATN
WKU  059906871
SRC  8
APN  8652376
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970529
TTL  Measuring shield breaks in coaxial cable by a sheath test current
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Do; Diep N.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Williams; Thomas H.
STR  6423 Fairways Dr.
CTY  Longmont
STA  CO
ZIP  80503
CLAS
OCL  324529
XCL  324527
XCL  324539
XCL  324541
XCL  324551
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3108
ICL  G01R 3102
FSC  324
FSS  508;509;510;527;528;529;532;533;534;535;539;541;543;544;551;127;627
FSC  361
FSS  42;45;49
FSC  340
FSS  647;649;650
UREF
PNO  3909712
ISD  19750900
NAM  Rietz et al.
OCL  324533
UREF
PNO  4072899
ISD  19780200
NAM  Shimp
OCL  324725
UREF
PNO  4114089
ISD  19780900
NAM  Ahmed
OCL  324509
UREF
PNO  4325022
ISD  19820400
NAM  Pelletier
OCL  324529
UREF
PNO  4404514
ISD  19830900
NAM  Reichert
OCL  324533
UREF
PNO  4546309
ISD  19851000
NAM  Kang et al.
OCL  324509
UREF
PNO  4857830
ISD  19890800
NAM  Matsuno
OCL  324509
UREF
PNO  4973911
ISD  19901100
NAM  Marshall
OCL  324628
UREF
PNO  5391991
ISD  19950200
NAM  Tuttle
OCL  324529
UREF
PNO  5471144
ISD  19951100
NAM  Meyer
OCL  324509
UREF
PNO  5488303
ISD  19960100
NAM  Bagalini
OCL  324509
FREF
PNO  1160337
ISD  19850600
CNT  SUX
OCL  324533
OREF
PAL  Williams, Thomas, "Proofing And Maintaining Upstream Cable Plant With
      Digital Signal Analysis Techniques", Holtzman Engineering, pp. 1-12.
      (undated).
PAL  "The Absorbing Clamp And Its Application For The Measurement of
      Interference Power", IEC 1986, pp. 165-168. (month unavailable).
PAL  Rohdes & Schwarz, "Absorbing Clamps MDS-21 and MDS-22", EN 50083-2, 1995
      pp. 1-4, 9-11, 28 & 29. (month unavailble).
ABST
PAL  A system for determining if there is a break in the shield or a compromise
      in the shielding effectiveness of coaxial cable plant by inducing a
      reference test signal onto the sheath or outer conductor of a coaxial
      cable. Concurrent testing is done with a digital sampling receiver for the
      presence of some of the induced reference signal on the inner or center
      conductor of the cable. The test current may be introduced directly onto
      the coax's sheath by magnetically coupling with a split ferrite core, or
      it may be applied indirectly by inducing the current onto a conductor,
      such as a grounding wire, that attaches to the coaxial cable. The test
      signal on the center conductor may be received back at the headend, or it
      may be received near the injection point by breaking the coaxial cable, or
      by connecting a probe to the center conductor. The invention may employ
      ranging to determine the distance to the shield break. This system is
      particularly useful to detect the source of interference on the upstream
      or reverse portion of the networks.
PATN
WKU  059906880
SRC  9
APN  0050369
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980109
TTL  Apparatus and method for evaluation a condition of a magnetic circuit of
      an electric machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Do; Diep N.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Bourgeois; Jean-Marc
CTY  Longueuil
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Lalonde; Fran.cedilla.ois
CTY  Varennes
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Hydro-Quebec
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  324545
XCL  324529
XCL  324772
XCL  324240
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3134
ICL  G01R 3106
FSC  324
FSS  521;527;528;529;545;546;547;551;557;559;239;240;241;242;772
FSC  340
FSS  648
UREF
PNO  4681729
ISD  19870700
NAM  Pendleton et al.
OCL  376247
UREF
PNO  4996486
ISD  19910200
NAM  Posedel
OCL  324545
UREF
PNO  5059912
ISD  19911000
NAM  Trampert
OCL  324546
UREF
PNO  5341095
ISD  19940800
NAM  Shelton et al.
OCL  324772
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  The method consists in positioning a probe in front of a pair of teeth
      provided on the face of the magnetic circuit of an electric machine. The
      probe has spaced apart magnetic prong portions having respective end faces
      adapted to match the teeth of the pair with the end faces in registry with
      the teeth. The prong portions are respectively provided with an excitation
      winding and a measurement winding. The excitation winding is excited to
      induce a magnetic flux in a test zone formed of the teeth in front of the
      probe and a portion of the magnetic circuit extending therebetween. The
      current flowing in the excitation winding and the voltage across the
      measurement winding are measured for calculating a resulting power which
      is indicative of the condition of the test zone. The apparatus is formed
      of the probe and electronics carrying out the above functions.
PATN
WKU  059906898
SRC  8
APN  8728267
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970611
TTL  Device for detecting and locating anomalies in the electromagnetic
      protection of a system
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Do; Diep N.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Poncon; Marc Robert
CTY  Marseille
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Eurocopter
CTY  Marignane
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960613
APN  96 07338
CLAS
OCL  324627
XCL  174 35MS
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3102
FSC  324
FSS  71.1;71.2;520;522;523;527;529;530;551;627
FSC  174
FSS  35 MS
UREF
PNO  H821
ISD  19900900
NAM  Hatfield et al.
OCL  324627
UREF
PNO  3492568
ISD  19700100
NAM  Johnson
OCL  324627
UREF
PNO  4962358
ISD  19901000
NAM  Sventanoff
OCL  324627
UREF
PNO  5068616
ISD  19911100
NAM  Broyde et al.
OCL  324627
UREF
PNO  5153524
ISD  19921000
NAM  McCormack
OCL  324627
UREF
PNO  5828220
ISD  19981000
NAM  Carney et al.
OCL  324627
FREF
PNO  0 248 501
ISD  19871200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Marshall, O'Toole, Gerstein, Murray & Borun
ABST
PAL  A device for detecting and locating anomalies in the electromagnetic
      protection of a system including electrical bodies and protective members
      includes a transmitter of electromagnetic waves. Sensors protected by the
      protective members pick up an electromagnetic wave transmitted by the
      transmitter and measure a representative parameter of the wave. A central
      unit compares the measured values to a value corresponding to a reference
      state of the protection and on the basis of such comparison detects
      anomalies in the protection and locates an anomaly according to the
      suspect sensor.
PATN
WKU  059906901
SRC  9
APN  0481157
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980326
TTL  Method for inspecting the elements of piping systems BT electromagnetic
      waves
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Regan; Maura
NDR  18
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Suyama; Kiichi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Imaoka; Takashi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tokyo Gas Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941216
APN  6-313498
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941216
APN  6-313499
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950714
APN  7-179183
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950714
APN  7-179184
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950714
APN  7-179185
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950728
APN  7-192735
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950821
APN  7-211464
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950821
APN  7-211465
RLAP
COD  74
APN  687450
APD  19960815
CLAS
OCL  324639
XCL  324637
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 2726
FSC  324
FSS  637;639;642;541;544;539
UREF
PNO  2124579
ISD  19380700
NAM  Knerr
OCL  324242
UREF
PNO  3693075
ISD  19720900
NAM  Forster
OCL  324220
LREP
FRM  Townsend & Banta
ABST
PAL  Electromagnetic waves are driven in the pipe to be inspected in the piping
      system by a transmitting antenna of a transmitter, to be propagated in the
      pipe; while a receiving antenna of a receiver is moved outside the pipe
      along the pipe, to receive leaking electromagnetic waves for inspecting
      elements of the piping system, and the location concerned of each element
      of the piping system to be inspected is detected in reference to the
      location of the receiving antenna where the level of electromagnetic waves
      received by the receiver becomes a peak. The locations to be inspected are
      the damaged portions such as holes formed by corrosion, cracks, etc. in
      the pipes, and the locations of joints, etc. It is also possible to move
      the transmitting antenna outside along the pipe, while arranging the
      receiving antenna at proper place in the pipe. Furthermore, it is also
      possible to move both the transmitting antenna and the receiving antenna
      in synchronization to effect the above inspection. When either the
      transmitting antenna or the receiving antenna is moved, the frequency of
      electromagnetic waves can be a frequency propagated in the pipe or can
      also be lower than the cut-off frequency. On the other hand, the antenna
      can be made long and kept in the pipe, to use a frequency lower than the
      cut-off frequency without moving the antenna.
PATN
WKU  059906910
SRC  8
APN  8556830
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970514
TTL  Non-intrusive state observation of VLSI circuits using thermal actuation
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Vinh P.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Joerg; Werner
CTY  Edmonton
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Nathan; Arokia
CTY  Waterloo
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  University of Waterloo
CTY  Waterloo
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19931112
APN  9323417
RLAP
COD  71
APN  337981
APD  19941114
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  324750
XCL  324763
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 2100
FSC  324
FSS  73.1;158.1;750;765;752;753;501;133;433;555;556
FSC  374
FSS  43;44
FSC  437
FSS  8
FSC  340
FSS  635;653;815.44;663
FSC  438
FSS  14;17;18
FSC  702
FSS  57;117
UREF
PNO  4020414
ISD  19770400
NAM  Paredes
OCL  324133
UREF
PNO  4684884
ISD  19870800
NAM  Soderlund
UREF
PNO  4734641
ISD  19880300
NAM  Byrd, Jr. et al.
OCL  324158.1
UREF
PNO  5025212
ISD  19910600
NAM  Gloanec et al.
OCL  324158.1
UREF
PNO  5248936
ISD  19930900
NAM  Nakata et al.
OCL  324 73.1
UREF
PNO  5270655
ISD  19931200
NAM  Tomita
OCL  324501
UREF
PNO  5302022
ISD  19940400
NAM  Huang et al.
OCL  374 44
UREF
PNO  5359285
ISD  19941000
NAM  Hashinaga et al.
OCL  324158.1
UREF
PNO  5457400
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ahmad et al.
OCL  324763
UREF
PNO  5570035
ISD  19961000
NAM  Dukes et al.
OCL  324763
UREF
PNO  5673028
ISD  19970900
NAM  Levy
OCL  324555
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, LLP
ABST
PAL  An integrated circuit is set forth including a plurality of circuit
      elements interconnected by conductors and at least one resistive element
      operably connected to a location within the circuit. Upon an event
      occurring at the location, such as the activation of a circuit element,
      current is passed through the resistive element thereby elevating the
      temperature of the resistive element to cause incandescence so as to
      permit optical detection of the event.
PATN
WKU  059906928
SRC  8
APN  8539065
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970509
TTL  Testing apparatus for non-packaged semiconductor chip
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Regan; Maura
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Jeong; Hwa Jin
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Young Ho
CTY  Pusan
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960510
APN  96-15463
CLAS
OCL  324755
XCL  324765
XCL  439266
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3102
FSC  324
FSS  754;755;765;758;158.1
FSC  439
FSS  266;267;68;71
UREF
PNO  5006792
ISD  19910400
NAM  Malhi et al.
UREF
PNO  5479105
ISD  19951200
NAM  Kim et al.
UREF
PNO  5548884
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kim
UREF
PNO  5559444
ISD  19960900
NAM  Farnworth
OCL  324754
UREF
PNO  5572140
ISD  19961100
NAM  Lim
OCL  324755
UREF
PNO  5633122
ISD  19970500
NAM  Tuttle
OCL  324765
UREF
PNO  5705933
ISD  19980100
NAM  Lim
OCL  324755
UREF
PNO  5721496
ISD  19980200
NAM  Farnworth
OCL  324755
UREF
PNO  5825195
ISD  19981000
NAM  Hembree
OCL  324755
UREF
PNO  5844418
ISD  19981200
NAM  Wood
OCL  324755
UREF
PNO  5847572
ISD  19981200
NAM  Iwasaki
OCL  324754
LREP
FRM  Jones Volentine, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A non-packaged semiconductor chip testing apparatus includes a lead frame
      having chips with a plurality of leads which are electrically isolated
      from the other leads, and are supported by adhesive tape and bonded to the
      chip via wires. The lead frame is placed on a holding plate having
      windows, so that the leads of the lead frame are exposed through the
      windows and contact test probes located under the plate. The test probes,
      such as pogo pins or bending leads, extend upwardly from a substrate. A
      base receives the substrate, with cables extending from a lower surface of
      the substrate passing through openings in the base, where they then
      connect a test board. After being pressed down by a pressing cover, the
      lead frame on the holding plate moves down so that the leads may contact
      the test probes. The pressing cover is movable up and down. Guide pins on
      the base are simultaneously inserted into through holes of the holding
      plate and lead frame, and extend into recesses in the pressing cover to
      ensure alignment.
PATN
WKU  059906936
SRC  8
APN  9299564
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970915
TTL  Test contactor
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  10
EXP  Brown; Glenn W.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Hayes; William John
CTY  South Bend
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Treibergs; Valts Edgars
CTY  South Bend
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Doehrmann; Jamie Black
CTY  South Bend
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Wells-CTI
CTY  South Bend
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  324755
XCL  324757
XCL  324762
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3126
FSC  324
FSS  754;755;757;758;762
UREF
PNO  3573617
ISD  19710400
NAM  Randolph
OCL  324755
UREF
PNO  5172049
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kiyokawa et al.
OCL  324755
UREF
PNO  5290192
ISD  19940300
NAM  Espenshade et al.
OCL  439266
UREF
PNO  5460538
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ikeya
OCL  439331
UREF
PNO  5504436
ISD  19960400
NAM  Okutsu
OCL  324761
UREF
PNO  5521521
ISD  19960500
NAM  Perego
OCL  324755
LREP
FRM  Baker & Daniels
ABST
PAL  A test contactor for establishing a releasable connection between terminals
      of an integrated circuit electronic module to be tested and a circuit
      board connected to test equipment includes a housing carrying a contact
      element for each terminal of the module. Each contact element includes a
      contact surface which is engaged by the corresponding terminal of the
      modules when testing is effected. The contact surface is connected to a
      pad which connects the contact element to the circuit board by a spring
      arm that is slidably engaged with the pad. Accordingly, as the contact
      element is deflected during testing, the spring arm slides along the pad,
      and the resiliency of the contact element restores itself it is initial
      condition when the module is removed. The spring arm provides the shortest
      possible electrical path between the contact surface and the pad, thereby
      assuring a high frequency response.
PATN
WKU  059906944
SRC  8
APN  9651632
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971106
TTL  Integrated circuit probing method
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Karlsen; Ernest
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Akram; Salman
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  324757
XCL  3241581
EDF  6
ICL  G01R  1073
FSC  324
FSS  757;754;158.1
FSC  134
FSS  1.3;26;61;94.1;95.1
UREF
PNO  3628144
ISD  19711200
NAM  Aronstein
OCL  324754
UREF
PNO  4590422
ISD  19860500
NAM  Milligan
OCL  324754
UREF
PNO  5220279
ISD  19930600
NAM  Nagasawa
OCL  324754
UREF
PNO  5326428
ISD  19940700
NAM  Farnworth et al.
OCL  156654
UREF
PNO  5478779
ISD  19951200
NAM  Akram
OCL  437189
UREF
PNO  5652428
ISD  19970700
NAM  Nishioka et al.
OCL  250307
UREF
PNO  5666063
ISD  19970900
NAM  Abercrombie et al.
OCL  324754
LREP
FRM  Wells, St. John, Roberts, Gregory & Matkin, P.S.
ABST
PAL  A circuit probing method includes contacting a conductive probe with a
      contact pad of an electronic circuit. An electric signal is sent between
      the contacted probe and the contact pad. After sending the signal, the
      conductive probe and contact pad are removed from contacting one another.
      After the removing, the conductive probe is chemically cleaned. In a
      further aspect, an integrated circuit on a semiconductor substrate has at
      least one conductive contact pad. A circuit probe formed from a
      semiconductor wafer has at least one conductive projecting apex. The
      conductive apex is brought into contact with the contact pad. An electric
      signal is sent between the contacted contact pad and the projecting apex.
      After sending the signal, the apex and contact pad are removed from
      contacting one another. After the removing, the conductive apex of the
      circuit probe is chemically cleaned. After the chemical cleaning, the
      conductive apex is contacted with another contact pad of another
      integrated circuit formed on another semiconductor substrate, and an
      electric signal is sent therebetween.
PATN
WKU  059906952
SRC  9
APN  0086614
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980116
TTL  Membrane test probe
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Kobert; Russell M.
EXP  Karlsen; Ernest
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Daugherty, Jr.; Robert Earl
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Packard Hughes Interconnect Co.
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  324758
XCL  324754
XCL  324757
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3102
FSC  324
FSS  754;755;757;758;765
UREF
PNO  4918383
ISD  19900400
NAM  Huff et al.
OCL  324757
UREF
PNO  4980637
ISD  19901200
NAM  Huff et al.
OCL  324758
UREF
PNO  5148103
ISD  19920900
NAM  Pasiecznik, Jr.
OCL  324158P
UREF
PNO  5264787
ISD  19931100
NAM  Woith et al.
OCL  324158P
UREF
PNO  5355079
ISD  19941000
NAM  Evans et al.
OCL  324754
UREF
PNO  5461326
ISD  19951000
NAM  Woith et al.
OCL  324758
LREP
FR2  Griffin; Patrick M.
ABST
PAL  A membrane test probe for an integrated circuit has a support frame, an
      annular substrate fixed to the support frame, and a flexible membrane
      fixed to and stretched tightly across the annular substrate. The membrane
      has an intermediate area that includes a plurality of probe contacts on
      its lower surface that are configured and arranged to be pressed against
      contact pads of an integrated circuit to be tested. A plurality of
      conductive traces are connected to the button contacts and configured and
      arranged for connection to test circuitry. The membrane test probe also
      includes a support plate for engaging an upper surface of the intermediate
      area and an adjustment mechanism for leveling the support plate and
      tensioning the membrane. The adjustment mechanism includes an adjustment
      ring, a lever ring and a pressure plate frame. The pressure plate frame
      engages the support plate and urges the same against the intermediate area
      of the membrane. The lever ring has a plurality of radial levers that push
      against the pressure plate frame at a plurality of spaced locations, and
      the support ring has a plurality of individually adjustable plungers
      deflecting respective radial levers for leveling the support plate and
      tensioning the membrane.
PATN
WKU  059906960
SRC  8
APN  8545308
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970512
TTL  Test fixture with self contained shorting means for testing small scale
      test packs
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Karlsen; Ernest
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Swart; Mark A.
CTY  Anaheim Hills
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Delaware Capital Formation, Inc .
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  616714
APD  19960315
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  324761
XCL  324754
EDF  6
ICL  G01R  1073
FSC  324
FSS  761;754;755;757;762;72.5;537;538
UREF
PNO  3068403
ISD  19621200
NAM  Robinson
OCL  324 72.5
UREF
PNO  4004843
ISD  19770100
NAM  Boenning et al.
OCL  324 72.5
UREF
PNO  4099120
ISD  19780700
NAM  Aksu
OCL  324761
UREF
PNO  4340860
ISD  19820700
NAM  Teeple, Jr.
OCL  324537
UREF
PNO  4899104
ISD  19900200
NAM  Maelzer et al.
OCL  324158
UREF
PNO  5654646
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kit
OCL  324754
FREF
PNO  2178604A
ISD  19870200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2249639A
ISD  19920500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2265224A
ISD  19930900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2278965A
ISD  19941200
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 35, No. 7, Dec. 1992, Combination
      Test Adapter, pp. 164-165.
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
ABST
PAL  A printed circuit board tester has a pattern of test probes on a base upon
      which a translator fixture is mounted. The translator fixture includes a
      plurality of essentially parallel and vertically spaced apart rigid
      translator plates having selected patterns of holes containing translator
      pins for contacting test points on a printed circuit board supported at
      one end of the translator fixture. The pins translate electrical test
      signals between test points on the printed circuit board and the test
      probes on the base of the tester. The fixture includes a retractable
      shorting plate extending through a top plate of the fixture capable of
      being pressed into shorting contact with small scale test packs on the
      printed circuit board, preferably by a pneumatic cylinder position within
      the fixture. A base receptacle is rigidly secured to a base plate of the
      fixture for releasably attaching the cylinder within the fixture. The
      shorting plate includes a layer of conductive rubber for shorting the test
      pads within the test pack.
PATN
WKU  059906979
SRC  8
APN  8841004
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970627
TTL  Electroconductive contact unit having compression spring with normally
      and coarsely wound segments
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Strecker; Gerard
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Kazama; Toshio
CTY  Nagano
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NHK Spring Co., Ltd.
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960628
APN  8-188198
CLAS
OCL  324761
XCL  324 725
XCL  324754
XCL  439841
EDF  6
ICL  G01R  1067
ICL  G01R  104
ICL  G01R 3102
ICL  H01R 1324
FSC  324
FSS  754;756-758;761;72.5
FSC  439
FSS  482;700;840;841
UREF
PNO  3364302
ISD  19680100
NAM  Slick
XCL  439841
UREF
PNO  5014004
ISD  19910500
NAM  Kreibich et al.
OCL  324761
UREF
PNO  5084673
ISD  19920100
NAM  Kazama
OCL  324761
UREF
PNO  5189364
ISD  19930200
NAM  Kazama
XCL  324 72.5
UREF
PNO  5200695
ISD  19930400
NAM  Kazama
XCL  324 72.5
UREF
PNO  5410260
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kazama
OCL  324758
UREF
PNO  5414369
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kazama
OCL  324758
UREF
PNO  5631574
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kazama
OCL  324761
UREF
PNO  5798655
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kazama et al.
OCL  324761
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel
FR2  MacPherson; Alan H.
ABST
PAL  In an electroconductive contact unit including a pair of needle members
      projecting from either end of a holder arrangement, and an
      electroconductive compression coil spring interposed therebetween for
      resiliently urging the needle members away from each other, the
      compression coil spring comprises a normally wound segment and a coarsely
      wound segment. When the contact unit is applied to an object to be
      contacted, the adjacent turns of the coil wire of the normally wound
      segment are brought into contact with each other so that the electric path
      between the needle members is substantially straight along the length of
      the coil spring with the coarsely wound segment. Therefore, by selecting
      the number of turns and the coil pitch of the coarsely wound segment of
      the compression coil spring, it is possible to minimize the electric
      impedance and the electric resistance of the compression coil spring while
      meeting the requirements of the compression coil spring for providing a
      required resiliency to the needle members.
PATN
WKU  059906987
SRC  8
APN  7961227
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970206
TTL  Test method and apparatus for semiconductor element
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Karlsen; Ernest
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Kouichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sato; Sadanobu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamashita; Yumiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yano; Hisamasa
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960209
APN  8-023820
CLAS
OCL  324766
XCL  324551
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3126
FSC  324
FSS  766;158.1;527;537;541;551;765;767
UREF
PNO  4636724
ISD  19870100
NAM  Fukuda et al.
OCL  324527
UREF
PNO  4806857
ISD  19890200
NAM  Inamura et al.
OCL  324541
UREF
PNO  4812755
ISD  19890300
NAM  Toshiyuki et al.
OCL  324537
UREF
PNO  4823088
ISD  19890400
NAM  Fukuda
OCL  324765
UREF
PNO  5159369
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hashimoto
OCL  324537
UREF
PNO  5523699
ISD  19960600
NAM  Miyagawa
OCL  324765
UREF
PNO  5594349
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kimura
OCL  324551
UREF
PNO  5675260
ISD  19971000
NAM  Consiglio
OCL  324158.1
FREF
PNO  0245115
ISD  19871100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2259585
ISD  19901000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  315773
ISD  19910100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  04020882
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5180899
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  05188120
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63275968
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7325119
ISD  19951200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Whitham, Curtis & Whitham
ABST
PAL  It is intended to provide a test method and a test apparatus for
      determining breakdown strength which are not affected by statistic
      capacity in measurement environment or the like, and can be applied to any
      semiconductor elements. A capacitor with known capacitance is connected to
      a semiconductor element, and voltage is applied to the capacitor to charge
      and discharge it. It is detected whether or not the semiconductor element
      is broken down at the moment of discharge. Either one of charge or energy
      injected in charging and discharging is calculated from the capacitance
      and voltage at the moment of breakdown, and the result of calculation is
      determined as the breakdown strength.
PATN
WKU  059906995
SRC  8
APN  5870887
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19960116
TTL  Method for detecting opens through time variant current measurement
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Kobert; Russell M.
EXP  Ballato; Josie
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Miller; Anthony C.
CTY  Gilbert
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Needham; Wayne M.
CTY  Gilbert
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  324769
XCL  324719
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3126
FSC  324
FSS  769;718;719;722
UREF
PNO  4551671
ISD  19851100
NAM  Annunziata et al.
OCL  324539
UREF
PNO  4748652
ISD  19880500
NAM  Nagai et al.
OCL  379 26
UREF
PNO  5025344
ISD  19910600
NAM  Maly et al.
OCL  361 88
UREF
PNO  5057774
ISD  19911000
NAM  Verhelst et al.
OCL  324537
UREF
PNO  5519335
ISD  19960500
NAM  Thomas
OCL  324765
UREF
PNO  5552744
ISD  19960900
NAM  Burlison et al.
OCL  327401
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman.
ABST
PAL  A method for detecting open circuits in a semiconductor device, more
      specifically in a static CMOS device. A device to be tested is powered-up
      and the clock on the device is stopped so that the device enters a
      quiescent state. Once the device has reached a quiescent state a first
      current is measured and after a specified period of time a second current
      is also measured. The first current and the second current are then
      compared to determine if there is a defect, i.e. an open circuit, in the
      device. The determination as to whether or not a device is defective is
      based upon the difference between the first and second current
      measurements.
PATN
WKU  059907002
SRC  8
APN  9555676
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971022
TTL  Input buffer circuit and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Lam; David
EXP  Hoang; Huan
NDR  2
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Park; Chun Seong
CTY  Choongcheongbuk-Do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Semicon Co., Ltd.
CTY  Cheongju
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961029
APN  96-49454
CLAS
OCL  326 22
XCL  326 62
XCL  327197
XCL  327333
EDF  6
ICL  H03K 1716
FSC  326
FSS  22;23;24;26;27;82;83;62
FSC  327
FSS  333;197;227;108
UREF
PNO  4581545
ISD  19860400
NAM  Beale et al.
OCL  307290
UREF
PNO  5027053
ISD  19910600
NAM  Ohri et al.
OCL  323314
UREF
PNO  5512853
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ueno et al.
OCL  327333
UREF
PNO  5808477
ISD  19980900
NAM  Gola et al.
OCL  326  9
LREP
FRM  Fleshner & Kim
ABST
PAL  An input buffer circuit includes a plurality of paths having a different
      threshold voltage, respectively, a comparator for comparing an output
      value of the paths, a switch for determining operation of the input buffer
      circuit based on an output value of the comparator, and a latch coupled to
      the switch. The input buffer circuit and method for using same maintains a
      previous output value to improve a noise margin of the input buffer
      circuit and to improve the stability of input buffer circuit operation.
PATN
WKU  059907010
SRC  8
APN  8819270
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970625
TTL  Method of broadly distributing termination for buses using switched
      terminators
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Chang; Daniel D.
EXP  Tokar; Michael
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Starr; Jonathan E.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  326 30
XCL  326 86
XCL  326 26
EDF  6
ICL  H03K 1716
ICL  H03K 19003
FSC  326
FSS  30;86;87;26;27
UREF
PNO  4694205
ISD  19870900
NAM  Shu et al.
OCL  327530
UREF
PNO  4707620
ISD  19871100
NAM  Sullivan et al.
UREF
PNO  4719369
ISD  19880100
NAM  Asano et al.
OCL  326 30
UREF
PNO  4743784
ISD  19880500
NAM  Obara et al.
OCL  307530
UREF
PNO  4804871
ISD  19890200
NAM  Walters, Jr.
OCL  807530
UREF
PNO  4831287
ISD  19890500
NAM  Golab
OCL  307530
UREF
PNO  4845675
ISD  19890700
NAM  Krenik et al.
OCL  365203
UREF
PNO  4855628
ISD  19890800
NAM  Jun
OCL  307530
UREF
PNO  4859877
ISD  19890800
NAM  Cooperman et al.
OCL  326 30
UREF
PNO  4931675
ISD  19900600
NAM  Iwata
OCL  327550
UREF
PNO  4937479
ISD  19900600
NAM  Hoshi
OCL  327550
UREF
PNO  4959563
ISD  19900900
NAM  Schenck
OCL  326 27
UREF
PNO  5134311
ISD  19920700
NAM  Biber et al.
UREF
PNO  5162672
ISD  19921100
NAM  McMahan et al.
UREF
PNO  5194765
ISD  19930300
NAM  Dunlop et al.
OCL  326 87
UREF
PNO  5371420
ISD  19941200
NAM  Nakao
OCL  326 27
UREF
PNO  5457407
ISD  19951000
NAM  Shu et al.
OCL  326 30
UREF
PNO  5602494
ISD  19970200
NAM  Sundstrom
OCL  326 39
UREF
PNO  5615161
ISD  19970300
NAM  Mu
OCL  365208
UREF
PNO  5644252
ISD  19970700
NAM  Watara
OCL  326 27
UREF
PNO  5666078
ISD  19970900
NAM  Lamphier et al.
OCL  326 30
UREF
PNO  5726583
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kaplinsky
OCL  326 30
UREF
PNO  5852579
ISD  19981200
NAM  Arcoleo et al.
OCL  365189.05
FREF
PNO  4-178995
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
OCL  327 52
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel LLP
FR2  Terrile; Stephen A.
ABST
PAL  A bus line is provided with broadly distributed signal termination by using
      switched termination logic where the pull up resistance of a driver
      corresponds to the characteristic impedance of the line and the pull down
      resistance of the driver corresponds to the number of drivers coupled to
      the line. Accordingly, signals being transmitted over the bus suffer
      relatively few reflections thus advantageously producing a shortened
      signal settling time, thereby increasing the attainable signaling
      frequency.
PATN
WKU  059907029
SRC  8
APN  9956123
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971222
TTL  Flexible direct connections between input/output blocks (IOBs) and
      variable grain blocks (VGBs) in FPGA integrated circuits
ISD  19991123
NCL  44
ECL  1
EXA  Chang; Daniel D.
EXP  Tokar; Michael
NDR  53
NFG  58
INVT
NAM  Agrawal; Om P.
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Sharpe-Geisler; Bradley A.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tran; Giap H.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Vantis Corporation
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  326 41
XCL  326 38
XCL  326 40
XCL  326 47
EDF  6
ICL  H03K 19177
FSC  326
FSS  38;39;40;41;47;101
UREF
PNO  5233539
ISD  19930800
NAM  Agrawal et al.
OCL  364489
UREF
PNO  5455525
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ho et al.
OCL  326 41
UREF
PNO  5581199
ISD  19961200
NAM  Pierce et al.
OCL  326 41
LREP
FRM  Fliesler, Dubb, Meyer & Lovejoy LLP
ABST
PAL  A Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) device includes a plurality of
      input/output blocks (IOBs) and variable grain blocks (VGBs). An
      inter-connect network provides routing of signals between the IOBs and
      VGBs. The VGBs include a plurality of L-organized CBBs (configurable logic
      blocks) having function-producing resources. The IOBs are arranged along a
      top, left, bottom and right side of the plurality of VGBs. An IOB includes
      a 1) delay for timing input signals, 2) a configurable output latch which
      may be set or reset responsive to control signals, and 3) transistor for
      controlling a NOR line. The IOB is programmably configured to the
      inter-connect network which includes vertical and horizontal inter-connect
      channels comprising adjacent inter-connect lines. The IOB inputs are
      connected to adjacent inter-connect lines including 1) direct connect
      input lines from adjacent super-VGBs, 2) MaxL lines, and 3) dendrite lines
      from adjacent dendrites. The IOB outputs are connected to 1) MaxL lines,
      2) dendrite lines in adjacent dendrites, 3) NOR lines, and 4) direct
      connect output lines to adjacent super-VGBs. Dendrites for routing signals
      along the periphery of the plurality of VGBs are positioned between the
      IOBs and super-VGBs. Dendrites include a plurality of I/O switchboxes and
      dendrite lines. The I/O switchboxes are coupled to vertical and horizontal
      inter-connect channels. The inter-connect network includes a direct
      connect architecture between IOBs and adjacent super-VGBs. Dedicated
      connections between corner and non-corner IOBs provide direct connect
      inputs and outputs to and from CBBs in a super-VGB.
PATN
WKU  059907037
SRC  8
APN  9625542
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971031
TTL  Apparatus and method for a low power latchable adder
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Le; Thong
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Griph; Richard Steven
CTY  Mesa
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  326 53
XCL  326 49
XCL  364712
XCL  36418402
EDF  6
ICL  G05B  100
FSC  364
FSS  784;768;786.03;786.04;712;787.01;784.02
FSC  326
FSS  53;49
UREF
PNO  4390962
ISD  19830600
NAM  Current
OCL  364768
UREF
PNO  4916653
ISD  19900400
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  364784
LREP
FR2  Gorrie; Gregory J.
FR2  Klekotka; James E.
ABST
PAL  A high speed, low power 3-2 adder (300, 500) with latchable outputs
      comprises a most significant bit (MSB) adder circuit (100) and a least
      significant bit (LSB) adder circuit (200). MSB adder circuit (100)
      includes three differential data inputs (A1, B1, and C1), a latch enable
      input (LE1), three separate bias points, and an MSB output. In addition
      the LSB adder circuit includes three differential data inputs (A2, B2, and
      C2), a latch enable input (LE2), three separate bias points and a LSB
      output. Internal latch circuits (172, 272) and latch enable circuits (174,
      274) are provided in each adder stage. Internal latch enable inputs are
      connected in parallel in one configuration. Separate latch enable inputs
      are provide in a second configuration. Separate bias points are also
      provided in each adder stage.
PATN
WKU  059907045
SRC  8
APN  9428585
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971002
TTL  Internal drive circuit providing third input pin state
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Mis; David
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Erickson; Charles R.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Erickson; Brian D.
CTY  Soquel
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Xilinx, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  326 56
XCL  327162
EDF  6
ICL  H03K 190175
ICL  H03K 1920
FSC  326
FSS  37;38;46;56-58;59;99;136
FSC  327
FSS  162
UREF
PNO  4031410
ISD  19770600
NAM  Kikuchi
XCL  326 56
LREP
FR2  Tachner, Esq.; Adam H.
     Crosby, Heafey, Roach & May
FR2  Cartier; Lori D.
ABST
PAL  A multi-state input drive structure is provided to forward externally
      generated high and low input signals, as well as to receive at least a
      third, internally generated, comparatively weak signal, preferably an
      oscillating signal, which triggers a third internally forwarded signal
      when neither of the high and low input signals is received. The inventive
      circuit drives three internally forwarded output signals from a single
      external signal source. Since this circuit may be duplicated for every pin
      on a device for which two cycle delays do not affect performance,
      availability of a third input state on N inputs allows 3.sup.N input codes
      as opposed to 2.sup.N for the conventional "high" and "low" levels
      normally available.
PATN
WKU  059907053
SRC  8
APN  8685231
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970604
TTL  CMOS I/O circuit with high-voltage input tolerance
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Le; Don Phu
EXP  Santamauro; Jon
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Lim; Peter J.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Oak Technology, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  326 81
XCL  326 58
XCL  326 83
EDF  6
ICL  H03K 190185
FSC  326
FSS  56-58;80;81;83;86
UREF
PNO  5396128
ISD  19950300
NAM  Dunning et al.
OCL  326 57
UREF
PNO  5450025
ISD  19950900
NAM  Shay
OCL  326 81
UREF
PNO  5543733
ISD  19960800
NAM  Mattos et al.
OCL  326 81
UREF
PNO  5635860
ISD  19970600
NAM  Westerwick
OCL  326 81
UREF
PNO  5729157
ISD  19980300
NAM  Monk et al.
OCL  326 80
UREF
PNO  5736869
ISD  19980400
NAM  Wei
OCL  326 81
FREF
PNO  WO 94/29961
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention provides for an input/output circuit in a CMOS integrated
      circuit which can withstand pad voltages which are higher than the supply
      voltages for the integrated circuit. The input/output circuit has a pair
      of first polarity-type transistors which is connected in series between a
      first supply voltage terminal and the input/output pad, and a pair of
      second polarity-type transistors which is connected in series between a
      second supply voltage terminal and the pad. Responsive to a disable
      control signal, one of the first polarity-type and one of the second
      polarity-type transistors are turned off. Switch circuitry is connected
      between the pad and a gate of a second transistor of the second
      polarity-type transistor pair. The switch circuitry forms an open circuit
      when the pad voltage is in the range of the supply voltages of the
      input/output circuit, and forms a closed circuit to connect the gate to
      the pad when the pad voltage is outside the range of supply voltages so
      that no conducting path is created through the pair of second
      polarity-type transistors. This allows the pad to remain in a high
      impedance state even when the pad voltage is outside the range of supply
      voltages.
PATN
WKU  059907061
SRC  8
APN  8275068
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970328
TTL  Logic circuit and method of designing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Le; Don Phu
EXP  Santamauro; Jon
NDR  10
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Matsumoto; Nobu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Usami; Kimiyoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsujimoto; Jun-ichi
CTY  Tokoy
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960329
APN  8-076992
CLAS
OCL  326 98
XCL  326 81
XCL  326 97
XCL  326121
EDF  6
ICL  H03K 19096
FSC  326
FSS  80-81;95-98;112;119;121;68;63
UREF
PNO  3778782
ISD  19731200
NAM  Kitagawa
OCL  326 95
UREF
PNO  3935474
ISD  19760100
NAM  Komarek
OCL  326 96
UREF
PNO  3943377
ISD  19760300
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  326 98
UREF
PNO  5103121
ISD  19920400
NAM  Wendell et al.
OCL  307475
UREF
PNO  5378942
ISD  19950100
NAM  Wu et al.
OCL  326 97
UREF
PNO  5490119
ISD  19960200
NAM  Sakurai et al.
OCL  326121
UREF
PNO  5804988
ISD  19980900
NAM  Uchida
OCL  326 81
FREF
PNO  2-198099
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-168805
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-227318
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A CMOS logic circuit consists of a domino gate serving as a logic gate 1
      not disposed on a critical path and operating on a lower supply voltage
      (VDDL) and another domino gate serving as a logic gate 2 operating on a
      higher supply voltage (VDDH). An output of the logic gate 1 is an input to
      the logic gate 2. No level converter is arranged between the logic gates 1
      and 2, and therefore, the power dissipation of the CMOS logic circuit is
      small. The CMOS logic circuit is designed according to a method that
      satisfies timing requirements and maximizes the number of logic gates that
      operate on the lower supply voltage (VDDL).
PATN
WKU  059907070
SRC  8
APN  9271228
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970905
TTL  Method and system for sliced integration of flash analog to digital
      converters in read channel circuits
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Nu Ton; My-Trang
NDR  15
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Goldenberg; Marius
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Croman; Russell
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Cirrus Logic, Inc.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  327 64
XCL  327 57
EDF  6
ICL  H03K  522
FSC  327
FSS  51;52;54;55;57;63;64;65;72;76;78;79;89;90;91;97;336
FSC  360
FSS  32
UREF
PNO  4251803
ISD  19810200
NAM  Debord et al.
OCL  340347
UREF
PNO  4408349
ISD  19831000
NAM  Yukawa
OCL  455182
UREF
PNO  4591902
ISD  19860500
NAM  Masubuchi
OCL  358 59
UREF
PNO  4864437
ISD  19890900
NAM  Couse et al.
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  4979055
ISD  19901200
NAM  Squires et al.
OCL  360 69
UREF
PNO  5170299
ISD  19921200
NAM  Moon
OCL  360 77.08
UREF
PNO  5255136
ISD  19931000
NAM  Machado et al.
OCL  360 77.02
UREF
PNO  5297184
ISD  19940300
NAM  Behrens et al.
OCL  375 98
UREF
PNO  5321559
ISD  19940600
NAM  Nguyen et al.
OCL  360 46
UREF
PNO  5335365
ISD  19940800
NAM  Ballantyne et al.
OCL  455 76
UREF
PNO  5345342
ISD  19940900
NAM  Abbott et al.
OCL  360 48
UREF
PNO  5384671
ISD  19950100
NAM  Fisher
OCL  360 51
UREF
PNO  5422760
ISD  19950600
NAM  Abbott et al.
OCL  360 46
UREF
PNO  5424881
ISD  19950600
NAM  Behrens et al.
OCL  360 40
UREF
PNO  5459679
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ziperovich
OCL  364602
UREF
PNO  5546028
ISD  19960800
NAM  Yamaguchi
OCL  327 64
UREF
PNO  5572558
ISD  19961100
NAM  Beherns
OCL  375376
UREF
PNO  5576904
ISD  19961100
NAM  Behrens
OCL  360 51
UREF
PNO  5638230
ISD  19970600
NAM  Kadlec
OCL  360 78.04
UREF
PNO  5642243
ISD  19970600
NAM  Bliss
OCL  360 51
FREF
PNO  0 297 818
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  McCall, K.J. et al., "A 6-Bit 125 MH CMOS A/D Converter", Proceedings of
      the Custom Integrated Circuits Conference, Boston, 5/3-6, 1992, No. Conf.
      14 pp. 16.8.1-16.8.4, XP000340926, IEEE.
PAL  Glincman, M., "CMOS/SOS Flash ADC Speeds on Low Power for Low Cost",
      Electronic Design, vol. 28, No. 24, Nov. 1980, pp. 227-231, XP002086479,
      Hasbrook Heights, NJ.
PAL  Cideciyan et al., "A PRML System for Digital Magnetic Recording," IEEE J.
      on Sel. Com.., 10, Jan. 1992.
PAL  Coker et al., "Implementation of PRML in a Rigid Disk Drive," IBM Storage
      Systems Products Division, Manuscript received Jul. 7, 1991.
PAL  Fields et al., "SA 19.1: A 200Mb/s CMOS EPRML Channel with Integrated Servo
      Demodulator for Magnetic Hard Disks," IEEE Int'l Solid-State Circuits
      Conf, Feb. 8, 1997.
PAL  Goodenough, "DSP Technique Nearly Doubles Disk Capacity," Electronic
      Design, 53-57, Feb. 4, 1993.
PAL  Reed et al., "Performance of A d=0 Demod/Remod Detector With Partial
      Erasure Matching," Cirrus Logic, Manuscript received Feb. 4, 1997.
PAL  Spalding et al., "SA 19.5: A 200Msample/s 6b Flash ADC in 0.6.mu.m CMOS,"
      IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference, Feb. 10, 1996.
PAL  Spurbeck et al., "Interpolated Timing Recovery for Hard Disk Drive Read
      Channels," IEEE, Aug., 1997.
PAL  Tuttle et al., "TP 4.2: A 130Mb/s PRML Read/Write Channel with
      Digital-Servo Detection," IEEE International Solid-State Circuits
      Conference, Feb. 8, 1996.
PAL  Vanderkooy et al., "Resolution Below the Least Significant Bit in Digital
      Systems with Dither," J. Audio Eng. Soc., 32(3), Mar. 1984.
PAL  Welland et al., "FA 17.1: A Digital Read/Write Channel with EEPR4
      Detection," IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference, Feb. 18,
      1994.
PAL  Welland et al., "Implementation of a Digital Read/Write Channel with EEPR4
      Detection," IEEE Transactions, Magnetics; 31(2), Mar. 1995.
PAL  Welland et al., "Implementation of a Digital Read/Write Channel with EEPR4
      Detection,"-Outline; Crystal Semiconductor Corporation and Cirrus Logic;
      TMRC '94 Session:F2.
PAL  Yamasaki et al., SA 19.2: A 1,7 Code EEPR4 Read Channel IC with an Analog
      Noise Whitened Detector, IEEE International Solid-State Circuits
      Conference, Feb. 8, 1997.
LREP
FR2  Shifrin; Dan A.
FR2  Egan; Richard D.
ABST
PAL  A system and method is provided having a flash analog-to-digital converter
      (ADC) that includes an input signal buffer, a plurality of identical
      voltage comparators, and a reference generator. A clock signal defines the
      time instances at which the instantaneous input signal voltage is compared
      against a plurality of reference voltages generated by the reference
      generator. The individual comparator consists of a an integrating
      amplifier stage followed by an analog latching stage and a digital latch.
      The integrating amplifier input is allowed to track the input signal
      continuously. The amplifier output voltage is forced to a voltage close to
      zero before each conversion cycle is initiated by the ADC clock. At the
      beginning of the conversion cycle, the amplifier output is released and
      its voltage will follow an excursion related to the integral of the input
      of the amplifier. At a predefined time moment later, the analog latch is
      activated. When activated, the analog latch performs a binary decision
      that exclusively depends on the sign of the amplifier output voltage at
      the moment of the an analog latch is activation. The analog latch output
      may be synchronized with the ADC clock with a digital latch. After a latch
      period, the amplifier and latch may be reset to zero and the comparator is
      ready to perform another comparison. In this manner, the analog signal is
      sampled by use of a sliced integration technique which corresponds to an
      integral of individual slices of the analog input.
PATN
WKU  059907088
SRC  9
APN  0160334
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980130
TTL  Differential input buffer using local reference voltage and method of
      construction
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  8
EXA  Nguyen; Hai L.
EXP  Wells; Kenneth B.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hu; Dan C.
CTY  Bellaire
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Texas Instruments Incorporated
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  327 68
XCL  327 73
XCL  327 77
XCL  327 89
EDF  6
ICL  H03K  522
FSC  327
FSS  68;72;73;77;78;79;85;87;88;89;205;206
UREF
PNO  4438349
ISD  19840300
NAM  Shoji
OCL  327 85
UREF
PNO  4937476
ISD  19900600
NAM  Bazes
OCL  326 71
UREF
PNO  4958133
ISD  19900900
NAM  Bazes
OCL  330253
UREF
PNO  5640104
ISD  19970600
NAM  Matsubara
OCL  326 34
UREF
PNO  5736871
ISD  19980400
NAM  Goto
OCL  326115
UREF
PNO  5801553
ISD  19980900
NAM  Danstrom
OCL  327 67
LREP
FR2  Holland; Robby T.
FR2  Brady; W. James
FR2  Donaldson; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  A differential input buffer (14) and method of construction are provided.
      The differential input buffer (14) includes a differential amplifier (54,
      56, 50, 52, 62, 64) connected to receive an input signal (IN). A local
      reference voltage generator (68, 70, 72) is connected to the differential
      amplifier (54, 56, 50, 52, 62, 64) and is connected to receive an external
      voltage reference (BLR) and to provide a local reference voltage (VREF) to
      the differential amplifier (54, 56, 50, 52, 62, 64). The local reference
      generator (68, 70, 72) is adjustable during construction to produce a
      desired level for the local reference voltage (VREF). The differential
      input buffer (14) also includes a hysteresis element (66, 74) that is
      connected to provide feedback to the differential amplifier (54, 56, 50,
      52, 62, 64) and includes a buffer stage (76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86) that is
      connected to receive an output of the differential amplifier (54, 56, 50,
      52, 62, 64) and to drive an output signal (OUT). The buffer stage is also
      connected to the hysteresis element (66, 74) to provide a basis for the
      feedback to the differential amplifier (54, 56, 50, 52, 62, 64).
PATN
WKU  059907096
SRC  8
APN  9734473
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971204
TTL  Circuit for comparing two electrical quantities provided by a first
      neuron MOS field effect transistor and a reference source
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Toan
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Thewes; Roland
CTY  Puchheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Prange; Stefan
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wohlrab; Erdmute
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Weber; Werner
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950609
APN  195 21 090
CLAS
OCL  327 89
XCL  327 77
XCL  327 53
EDF  6
ICL  H03K  5153
FSC  327
FSS  52;53;63;64;65;66;77;78;79;82;88;89;560-563
FSC  326
FSS  35;36;115
FSC  365
FSS  185.1;185.2;185.21
UREF
PNO  3950636
ISD  19760400
NAM  Dao
UREF
PNO  5483184
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kuo
OCL  327 83
UREF
PNO  5812022
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hirano et al.
OCL  327 66
UREF
PNO  5852416
ISD  19981200
NAM  Ohmi et al.
OCL  341144
FREF
PNO  0 497 319 A1
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, vol. 39, No. 6, Jun. 1992,
      XPO00271791, T. Shibata et al, A Functional MOS Transistor Featuring
      Gate-Level Weighted Sum & Threshold Operations, pp. 1444-1455.
PAL  IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, vol. 40, No. 5, May 1993,
      XPO00364271, T. Shibata et al, Neuron MOS Binary-Logic Integrated
      Circuits, Part II: Simplifying Techniques of Circuit Configuration and
      their Practical Applications, pp. 974-979.
PAL  IEICE Transactions on Fundamentals of Electronics, Communica- tions &
      Computer Sciences, vol. E75-A, No. 7, Jul. 1992, K. Tsukano et al, A New
      CMOS Neuron Circuit Based on a Cross-Coupled Current Comparator Structure,
      pp. 937-943.
PAL  ALTA Frequenza, vol. XXXXVIII, No. 11, Nov. 1969, D. Ferrari et al, Some
      New Schemes for Parallel Multipliers, pp. 843-852.
PAL  U. Tietze, Ch. Schenk, Halbleiterschaltungstechnik, 9 Auflage,
      Springer-Verlag, 1990, pp. 132-143.
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE96/00972
PD1  19971204
PD2  19971204
PD3  19960603
PCP  WO96/42050
PCD  19961227
ABST
PAR  The circuit arrangement compares a quantity supplied by a first neuron MOS
      field effect transistor (M1) to a reference quantity that is made
      available by a reference source (R). A current mirror (SP) is provided
      therefor, this enabling a comparison of a second current (I.sub.2)
      supplied by a reference transistor (R) to a first current (I.sub.1)
      supplied by the first neuron MOS field effect transistor (M1). The
      evaluator circuit is activated or, respectively, decoupled by a first
      switch unit (S1) and a second switch unit (S2). What is thereby achieved
      is that no current flows in the evaluator circuit in the quiescent
      condition. The comparison result is applied to an inverter unit (IS).
      Since the inverter unit (IS) is decoupled from the evaluator circuit by
      the first switch unit (S1), an undefined level is never adjacent at the
      output (AIS) of the inverter unit (IS). This can be advantageously
      utilized in the further data processing in following stages.
PATN
WKU  059907100
SRC  8
APN  8670978
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970602
TTL  High performance write driver for magnetic inductive recording head
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Minh
EXP  Wells; Kenneth B.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Ngo; Tuan V.
CTY  Eden Prairie
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Barnett; Raymond E.
CTY  Rosemount
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  VTC, Inc.
CTY  Bloomington
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  327110
XCL  327374
XCL  363 63
EDF  6
ICL  H03B  100
FSC  327
FSS  110;423;424;448;508;374-377
FSC  363
FSS  58;63
FSC  330
FSS  146
FSC  360
FSS  46;67;68
UREF
PNO  5282094
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ngo
OCL  360 46
UREF
PNO  5287231
ISD  19940200
NAM  Shier et al.
OCL  360 68
UREF
PNO  5386328
ISD  19950100
NAM  Chiou et al.
OCL  360 68
UREF
PNO  5532631
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ngo et al.
OCL  327110
UREF
PNO  5534818
ISD  19960700
NAM  Peterson
OCL  327545
UREF
PNO  5539342
ISD  19960700
NAM  Gersbach et al.
OCL  327110
OREF
PAL  "Read/Write Amplifier Design Considerations for MR Heads" by K.B. Klaassen
      et al, IEEE Transactions on Magnetics, vol. 31, No. 2, Mar. 1995.
PAL  "A Resonant Switching Write Driver for Magnetic Recording" by R. J. Reay et
      al, IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, Vol. 32, No. 2, Feb. 1997.
PAL  "A Low-Power 3V-5.5V Read/Write Preamplifier for Rigid-Disk Drives" by T.
      Ngo et al, ISSCC94/Session 17/Disk-Drive Electronics/Paper FA 17.6. 1994
      IEEE International Solid-State Circuit Conference.
LREP
FRM  Kinney & Lange
ABST
PAL  A circuit is provided to switch a drive transistor in a write driver
      circuit controlled by a write control signal to direct write current in a
      selected direction through an inductive head. Current is selectively
      conducted from a control region of the drive transistor in response to
      switching of the write control signal. A first bias circuit limits voltage
      fluctuation at the control region of the drive transistor. A second bias
      circuit prevents saturation of the drive transistor.
PATN
WKU  059907118
SRC  9
APN  0404195
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980318
TTL  Constant current driving circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Minh
EXP  Wells; Kenneth B.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Sekimoto; Yasuhiko
CTY  Hamamatsu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yamaha Corporation
CTY  Shizuoka-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970321
APN  9-068473
CLAS
OCL  327112
XCL  327382
XCL  327513
XCL  323316
EDF  6
ICL  H03K  300
FSC  327
FSS  108;109;110;111;112;382;436;437;513
FSC  323
FSS  316
FSC  330
FSS  253;255
UREF
PNO  4931797
ISD  19900600
NAM  Kagawa et al.
OCL  341162
UREF
PNO  5638011
ISD  19970600
NAM  Nguyen
OCL  327108
FREF
PNO  62-290213
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-259496
ISD  19911100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-117716
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Hazel & Thomas, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A constant current driving circuit capable of performing constant current
      driving of a load without being influenced by power supply variation,
      temperature variation and process variation, while reducing the output
      amplitude on the high level side. The circuit includes a high-level power
      supply terminal, a low-level power supply terminal, a reference current
      source circuit, and a switching drive stage.
PATN
WKU  059907126
SRC  8
APN  9434399
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971003
TTL  Harmonic generator
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Minh
EXP  Wells; Kenneth B.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Corman; David Warren
CTY  Gilbert
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Buer; Kenneth Vern
CTY  Gilbert
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Agar, Jr.; Bill Tabano
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  327121
XCL  327407
XCL  330129
EDF  6
ICL  H03B 1900
FSC  327
FSS  113;119;117;121;122;407
FSC  331
FSS  76
FSC  330
FSS  129;132;285
UREF
PNO  5712593
ISD  19980100
NAM  Buer et al.
OCL  330129
LREP
FR2  Nielsen; Walter W.
FR2  Klekotka; James E.
ABST
PAL  A harmonic generator (20) converts an input signal (24) at a fundamental
      frequency (28) into an output signal (32) at a harmonic frequency (34). A
      non-linear device (22) converts the input signal (24) into an intermediate
      signal (38) in which the harmonic frequency (34) has a maximized amplitude
      (40) determined by a conduction angle (26). A harmonic filter (68)
      produces a filtered signal (70) proportional to the amplitude (40) of the
      harmonic frequency (34) within the intermediate signal (38). A detector
      (80) produces a control signal (82) proportional to the amplitude of the
      filtered signal (70). A control circuit (84) produces a variable bias
      signal (50) for non-linear device (22), bias signal (50) being
      proportional to the amplitude of the control signal (82) and determining
      the conduction angle (26). An output filter (88) converts the intermediate
      signal (38) into an output signal (32) at the harmonic frequency (34).
PATN
WKU  059907134
SRC  9
APN  0192414
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980205
TTL  Adjustable phase clock circuit using the same and related methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Hai L.
EXP  Wells; Kenneth B.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Zepp; Stanley R.
CTY  Melbourne
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Harris Corporation
CTY  Palm Bay
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  327141
XCL  327156
XCL  327158
EDF  6
ICL  H03L  700
FSC  327
FSS  270;231;236;237;241;243;244;233;141;155;156;158;159;161
UREF
PNO  4389614
ISD  19830600
NAM  Staiger
OCL  327505
UREF
PNO  4777385
ISD  19881000
NAM  Hartmeier
OCL  327170
UREF
PNO  5050193
ISD  19910900
NAM  Ponsard
OCL  375108
UREF
PNO  5119406
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kramer
OCL  375372
UREF
PNO  5146121
ISD  19920900
NAM  Searles
OCL  327270
UREF
PNO  5278457
ISD  19940100
NAM  Fujita et al.
OCL  327237
UREF
PNO  5430394
ISD  19950700
NAM  Mcminn
OCL  327292
UREF
PNO  5491673
ISD  19960200
NAM  Okayasu
OCL  368120
UREF
PNO  5568078
ISD  19961000
NAM  Lee
OCL  327262
UREF
PNO  5805003
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hsu
OCL  327270
LREP
FRM  Allen, Dyer, Doppelt, Milbrath & Gilchrist, P.A.
ABST
PAL  An adjustable phase clock includes a number (n) of delay circuits having
      respective controllable delays and being connected in cascade for
      generating n respective delayed signals. A first delay circuit receives
      the input clock signal and an nth delay circuit generates a total delay
      signal. A phase detector and filter are connected to the n delay circuits
      for controlling the respective delays thereof so that the total delay
      signal locks in relation to the input clock, such as to its period. In
      addition, the adjustable phase clock preferably further permits control of
      the output based upon selecting one of the n delayed signals having a
      corresponding adjusted phase delay relative to the input clock signal. Of
      course, multiple ones of the n delayed signals can also be selected. The
      adjustable phase clock may be used in a line locking application and an
      adjustable frequency clock circuit.
PATN
WKU  059907142
SRC  8
APN  9967672
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971223
TTL  Clock signal generating circuit using variable delay circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Hai L.
EXP  Wells; Kenneth B.
NDR  8
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Yasuhiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  United Microelectronics Corporation
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961226
APN  8-348353
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970120
APN  9-008021
CLAS
OCL  327149
XCL  327158
XCL  327162
XCL  327277
EDF  6
ICL  H03L  706
FSC  327
FSS  149;156;158;161;162;291;299;163;276;277
UREF
PNO  5087829
ISD  19920200
NAM  Ishibashi et al.
OCL  327152
UREF
PNO  5764092
ISD  19980600
NAM  Wada et al.
OCL  327271
UREF
PNO  5790612
ISD  19980800
NAM  Chengson et al.
OCL  375373
UREF
PNO  5852380
ISD  19981200
NAM  Yamauchi
OCL  327243
LREP
FRM  Pollock, Vande Sande & Amernick
ABST
PAL  In an high-frequency LSI chip, a clock signal generating circuit
      establishes accurate synchronization between an input clock signal and an
      internal clock signal to prevent an input circuit from causing a
      synchronization shift. The clock signal generating circuit includes an
      input circuit for amplifying an input signal and outputting in amplified
      signal as a first internal signal; a variable delay circuit, on the basis
      of a control signal, for delaying the first internal signal and outputting
      a delayed signal as a second internal signal; a phase comparator for
      finding a phase difference between the input signal and second internal
      signal and outputting a phase difference signal indicative of the phase
      difference; and a control circuit for generating the control signal on the
      basis of the phase difference signal. Thus, the influences of a delay
      caused by the input circuit, which would not be avoided in the prior art,
      can be avoided and the accurate internal clock signal can be generated.
PATN
WKU  059907150
SRC  8
APN  8434697
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970416
TTL  Semiconductor integrated circuit using a synchronized control signal
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Lam; Tuan T.
NDR  23
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Nishimura; Koichi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961119
APN  8-308089
CLAS
OCL  327158
XCL  327159
EDF  6
ICL  H03L  700
FSC  327
FSS  147;149;150;152;153;156;158;159;161;243;244;245
FSC  365
FSS  233
UREF
PNO  4637018
ISD  19870100
NAM  Flora et al.
OCL  327152
UREF
PNO  5463337
ISD  19951000
NAM  Leonowich
OCL  327158
UREF
PNO  5646564
ISD  19970700
NAM  Erickson et al.
OCL  327161
UREF
PNO  5663665
ISD  19970900
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  327158
UREF
PNO  5712883
ISD  19980100
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  327153
FREF
PNO  6-350440
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor integrated circuit receives a first control signal and
      generates a second control signal which has a delay applied by a delay
      applying unit. The second control signal is synchronized with the first
      control signal by a phase synchronization process in the delay applying
      unit, and the second control signal is supplied to an object circuit. The
      phase synchronization process is carried out by synchronizing with a
      timing determined by delaying two or more periods of the first control
      signal. Therefore, the second control signal can be synchronized with the
      first control signal, even though a speed of the external signal is very
      high.
PATN
WKU  059907169
SRC  8
APN  672180&
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19960627
TTL  Method and system for recovering digital data from a transmitted
      balanced signal
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Adolphe; Eunja
EXP  Cunningham; Terry D.
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Chen; Dao-Long
CTY  Fort Collins
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  LSI Logic Corporation
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  327172
XCL  327165
EDF  6
ICL  H03K  3017
FSC  327
FSS  165;146;155;172-176;276;277;264;328;315;148;157
FSC  331
FSS  10;11;17
UREF
PNO  4267517
ISD  19810500
NAM  Iida et al.
OCL  330253
UREF
PNO  4527075
ISD  19850700
NAM  Zbinden
OCL  327155
UREF
PNO  4644197
ISD  19870200
NAM  Flannagan
OCL  307530
UREF
PNO  4818950
ISD  19890400
NAM  Ranger
OCL  328155
UREF
PNO  4922141
ISD  19900500
NAM  Lofgren et al.
OCL  327277
UREF
PNO  5039893
ISD  19910800
NAM  Tomisawa
OCL  327277
UREF
PNO  5057702
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kitagawa et al.
OCL  327175
UREF
PNO  5231320
ISD  19930700
NAM  Kase
OCL  307605
UREF
PNO  5291149
ISD  19940300
NAM  Nunoshima
OCL  330255
UREF
PNO  5295161
ISD  19940300
NAM  Dreps et al.
OCL  375 76
UREF
PNO  5485126
ISD  19960100
NAM  Gersbach et al.
OCL  327175
UREF
PNO  5562068
ISD  19961000
NAM  Ota et al.
OCL  327264
FREF
PNO  56-73921
ISD  19810600
CNT  JPX
OCL  327165
FREF
PNO  2-141121
ISD  19900500
CNT  JPX
OCL  327175
FREF
PNO  5-75406
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
OCL  327165
OREF
PAL  "Duty Cycle Correction and Frequency Multiplication Using Delay-Locked
      Loops", IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 39, No. 02, Feb. 1996.
ABST
PAL  A receiver is described for recovering digital data from a transmitted
      balanced signal where the balanced signal includes a first plurality of
      pulses, each pulse having a first pulse width. The receiver includes an
      input circuit, a buffer circuit, and a calibration circuit. The input
      circuit receives the transmitted signal and includes a first differential
      amplifier for amplifying a first signal, a second differential amplifier
      for amplifying a second signal, and a converter for receiving the
      amplified first signal and amplified second signal and then generating a
      third signal. The first and second signals are included within the
      transmitted signal. The buffer circuit receives and buffers the third
      signal, and outputs a fourth signal including a second plurality of pulses
      which have a second plurality of pulse widths. The calibration circuit
      receives the fourth signal. In response to the second plurality of pulse
      widths being unequal to the first pulse width, the calibration circuit
      generates a calibration signal. The calibration signal is received by the
      buffer circuit as an input. The buffer circuit utilizes the calibration
      signal to modify the fourth signal so that each of the second plurality of
      pulse widths is approximately equal to the first pulse width.
PATN
WKU  059907177
SRC  9
APN  037198&
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980309
TTL  Latching method
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXP  Lam; Tuan T.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Partovi; Hamid
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Burd; Robert C.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Salim; Udin
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Weber; Frederick
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Di Gregorio; Luigi
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Draper; Donald A.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  706340
APD  19960830
PSC  01
PNO  5774005
CLAS
OCL  327210
XCL  327203
XCL  327218
EDF  6
ICL  H03K  3356
FSC  327
FSS  199-203;208-213;218
FSC  326
FSS  98
UREF
PNO  5017808
ISD  19910500
NAM  Ueno et al.
OCL  327218
UREF
PNO  5517145
ISD  19960500
NAM  Frank
OCL  327208
UREF
PNO  5636566
ISD  19970600
NAM  Rose, Jr. et al.
OCL  327200
UREF
PNO  5764089
ISD  19980600
NAM  Partovi et al.
OCL  327200
FREF
PNO  60-70817
ISD  19850400
CNT  JPX
OCL  327210
FREF
PNO  404239810
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
OCL  327212
FREF
PNO  4-317212
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
OCL  327210
OREF
PAL  Bowhill William, "A 300 MHz 64b Quad-Issue CMOS RISC Microprocessor," 1995
      IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference entitled Digest of
      Technical Papers, First Edition, Catalogue No. 95CH35753, Session 10,
      Microprocessors, Paper TP 10.7, pp. 182-183, 362.
PAL  Chappell Terry, "A 2-ns Cycle, 3.8-ns Access 512-kb CMOS ECL SRAM With a
      Fully Pipelined Architecture," IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, vol.
      26, No. 11, Nov. 1991, pp. 1577-1585.
PAL  Dobberpuhl Daniel, "A 200-MHz 64-b Dual-Issue CMOS Microprocessor," IEEE
      Journal of Solid-State Circuits, vol. 27, No. 11, Nov. 1992, pp. 1555-1567
     .
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A high-performance flip-flop circuit implementation. The flip-flop circuit
      comprises an "implicit" one-shot to generate a delayed clock output (407).
      The flip-flop comprises a delay block (405) coupled to a clock input
      (210). The flip-flop may be a D-type flip-flop. In a
      positive-edge-triggered embodiment of the flip-flop, a falling edge (540)
      of the delayed clock output (407) follows a rising edge (544) of a clock
      signal after a delay period (548). The flip-flop clocks in new data at a
      data input (205) in response to the clock input (210) during this delay
      period (548). Data is held in a storage block (450). The flip-flop has
      extremely good transient characteristics, especially set-up and
      clock-to-output times. The flip-flop consumes no static power.
PATN
WKU  059907185
SRC  8
APN  9737782
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980518
TTL  Multivibrator circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Lam; Tuan T.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Tchamov; Nikolay
STR  Lindforsinkatu 21 A 17, FIN-33720
CTY  Tampere
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Jarske; Petri
STR  Pirilankuja 8, FIN-34240
CTY  Kammenniemi
CNT  FIX
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19960509
APN  96198
CLAS
OCL  327227
XCL  331113R
EDF  6
ICL  H03K  3284
FSC  327
FSS  185;227;228
FSC  331
FSS  113 R;144
UREF
PNO  4007426
ISD  19770200
NAM  Utsunomiya
OCL  331113R
UREF
PNO  4025877
ISD  19770500
NAM  Hara et al.
OCL  331113R
UREF
PNO  4692718
ISD  19870900
NAM  Roza et al.
OCL  331113R
UREF
PNO  4695744
ISD  19870900
NAM  Giordano
OCL  327333
UREF
PNO  4717892
ISD  19880100
NAM  Hitomi
OCL  331113R
UREF
PNO  4884042
ISD  19891100
NAM  Menon et al.
OCL  331113R
UREF
PNO  4910472
ISD  19900300
NAM  Tanino
OCL  331113R
UREF
PNO  5469118
ISD  19951100
NAM  Lawton
OCL  331113R
FREF
PNO  0 361 529
ISD  19900400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  37 06319 A1
ISD  19880900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  62-78908
ISD  19870400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-291517
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Scully, Scott, Murphy & Presser
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FI97/00275
PD1  19980518
PD2  19980518
PD3  19970507
PCP  WO97/43829
PCD  19971120
ABST
PAR  High speed multivibrator circuits operable with lower operating voltages
      are disclosed. A multivibrator circuit comprises an operating voltage
      source, first and second nonlinear amplifier components, each comprising a
      first and a second main electrode and a control electrode, wherein the
      first main electrode of the second amplifier component is connected to
      control the control electrode of the first amplifier component, and the
      first main electrode of the first amplifier component is connected to
      control the control electrode of the second amplifier component. A
      capacitor is connected between the second main electrode of the first and
      second amplifier components. First and second resistors connect the first
      main electrode of the first and second amplifier components to a first
      potential of the operating voltage source. A pull-down circuit is
      connected between the second main electrodes of the first and second
      amplifier components and a second potential of the operating voltage
      source. The pull-down circuit comprises third and fourth amplifier
      components, acting as active pull-down components which are
      cross-connected such that they are alternately in conducting and
      nonconducting states due to forced control by the states of the first and
      second amplifier components.
PATN
WKU  059907193
SRC  8
APN  9472525
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971007
TTL  Adaptive filtering scheme for sampling phase relations of clock networks
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Dinh T.
NDR  10
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Dai; Xia
CTY  Beaverton
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Orton; John Thompson
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  327244
XCL  327141
XCL  327236
XCL  327  2
EDF  6
ICL  H03K  513
ICL  H03K  500
FSC  327
FSS  147;149;153;141;156;158;161;291;522;551;261;263;2;236;244
UREF
PNO  4789996
ISD  19881200
NAM  Butcher
OCL  327158
UREF
PNO  5087829
ISD  19920200
NAM  Ishibashi et al.
OCL  327158
UREF
PNO  5101117
ISD  19920300
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  327148
UREF
PNO  5398262
ISD  19950300
NAM  Ahuja
OCL  327292
UREF
PNO  5631591
ISD  19970500
NAM  Bar-Niv et al.
OCL  327244
UREF
PNO  5675273
ISD  19971000
NAM  Masleid
OCL  327156
UREF
PNO  5819076
ISD  19981000
NAM  Jeddeloh et al.
OCL  395552
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for adjusting phase relation of a plurality of clock signals
      in a processor. The apparatus contains a phase detection circuit that
      receives a plurality of clock signals and generates a first output based
      on a phase relation between those clock signals. A controller then adjusts
      the delay of the clock signals based on the first output of the phase
      detection circuit and a bit of a delay shift register to synchronize the
      clock signals within a predefined range. The controller generates a second
      output if the phase relation between the plurality of clock signals has
      changed before the adjusting of the delay of the clock signals has
      occurred. A noise band circuit is configured to receive the second output
      of the controller and adjust the predefined range in response to the
      receiving of the second output.
PATN
WKU  059907207
SRC  8
APN  3669181
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19941230
TTL  Temperature phase shift circuit and coordinate input apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Wells; Kenneth B.
NDR  14
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Tokioka; Masaki
CTY  Fujisawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Atsushi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshimura; Yuichiro
CTY  Kamakura
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yanagisawa; Ryozo
CTY  Chiba-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Katsuyuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sato; Hajime
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940112
APN  6-001555
CLAS
OCL  327253
XCL  327513
EDF  6
ICL  H03H 1116
FSC  178
FSS  18;19
FSC  345
FSS  177
FSC  367
FSS  907
FSC  341
FSS  5;24;115
FSC  327
FSS  231;232;234;236;237;239;244;245;246;247;252;258;259;362;512;513;253
FSC  331
FSS  176
UREF
PNO  3947751
ISD  19760300
NAM  Bray
OCL  323311
UREF
PNO  3997818
ISD  19761200
NAM  Bodkin
OCL  361100
UREF
PNO  4414837
ISD  19831100
NAM  Bice et al.
OCL   73  1B
UREF
PNO  4472669
ISD  19840900
NAM  Denham et al.
OCL  341115
UREF
PNO  5253187
ISD  19931000
NAM  Kaneko et al.
OCL  178 19
UREF
PNO  5491305
ISD  19960200
NAM  Kawakami et al.
OCL  178 19
UREF
PNO  5537049
ISD  19960700
NAM  Oita et al.
OCL  327513
UREF
PNO  5539160
ISD  19960700
NAM  Tokioka et al.
OCL  345177
FREF
PNO  0333219
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  60-186111
ISD  19850900
CNT  JPX
OCL  327252
FREF
PNO  3185319
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5080920
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  A Temperature-Compensated Bridge Circuit, by Masaru Matsuno, et al.,
      published May 18, 1993, pp. 737-740.
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 13, No. 1, Jun. 1970.
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick Cella Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An object of the invention is to provide a coordinate input apparatus which
      phase-shifts an input signal in accordance with temperature and corrects a
      phase shift due to a change in temperature, thereby performing coordinate
      input. A phase shift unit of a temperature phase shift circuit is
      constituted by connecting two thermistors having the same temperature
      characteristics and two capacitors having the same capacitance to
      constitute a bridge circuit. An output (Eout) has a gain of 1 with respect
      to an input (Ein) and is phase-shifted by tan.sup.-1
      [(-2.omega.CR)/.+-.(1-.omega.CR).sup.2)], where R represents a value which
      exponentially varies in accordance with temperature. For this reason, the
      output signal can be phase-shifted in accordance with a change in
      temperature. When this circuit is applied to a coordinate input apparatus
      using an ultrasonic wave vibration, the phase shift of a vibration due to
      variations in temperature is corrected, thereby enabling coordinate input
      stable with respect to changes in temperature.
PATN
WKU  059907215
SRC  8
APN  9146083
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970818
TTL  High-speed synchronous clock generated by standing wave
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Wambach; Margaret R.
NDR  17
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Mellitz; Richard I.
CTY  Irmo
STA  SC
ASSG
NAM  NCR Corporation
CTY  Dayton
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  327292
XCL  327262
XCL  327268
XCL  327271
XCL  327295
XCL  331 55
EDF  6
ICL  H03K  104
FSC  331
FSS  55;49
FSC  333
FSS  20
FSC  307
FSS  1
FSC  340
FSS  310.01
FSC  327
FSS  262;268;271;292;295;14
UREF
PNO  4755704
ISD  19880700
NAM  Flora et al.
OCL  307269
UREF
PNO  4812689
ISD  19890300
NAM  Whiteley
OCL  307605
UREF
PNO  4855998
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kishimoto
OCL  370 86
UREF
PNO  5369640
ISD  19941100
NAM  Watson et al.
OCL  371  1
UREF
PNO  5416861
ISD  19950500
NAM  Koh et al.
OCL  385 14
UREF
PNO  5517532
ISD  19960500
NAM  Reymond
OCL  327141
UREF
PNO  5635877
ISD  19970600
NAM  Monk et al.
OCL  331 55
UREF
PNO  5640112
ISD  19970600
NAM  Goto et al.
OCL  327141
UREF
PNO  5652548
ISD  19970700
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  331 55
UREF
PNO  5656963
ISD  19970800
NAM  Masleid et al.
OCL  327292
LREP
FR2  Welte; Gregory A.
ABST
PAL  A clock for digital devices. Ordinarily, when multiple digital devices are
      clocked by a common clock, the clock signals frequently arrive at the
      digital devices at different times, due to propagation delays. The devices
      are thus not clocked synchronously. Under the invention, the multiple
      devices are connected to a common transmission line. A standing wave is
      generated on the transmission line, and the periodic collapse of the
      standing wave is used to clock the devices. Synchronous clocking to within
      about 1.0 nano-seconds has been attained, in a transmission line about ten
      feet long, wherein a clock signal ordinarily takes about 15 nanoseconds to
      travel from one end to the other.
PATN
WKU  059907223
SRC  8
APN  6708005
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19960624
TTL  Short circuit protection of an audio/video data bus
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Dinh T.
NDR  8
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Jaffard; Jean-Luc
CTY  Saint Egreve
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Le Briz; Olivier Allain Jean
CTY  Grenoble
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  SGS-Thomson Microelectronics S.A.
CTY  Saint Genis
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950628
APN  95 07774
CLAS
OCL  327309
XCL  327312
XCL  327314
XCL  361 56
EDF  6
ICL  H02H  300
FSC  327
FSS  306;309;314;530;546;312
FSC  361
FSS  42;98;66;56
UREF
PNO  3573371
ISD  19710400
NAM  Carbone, et al.
OCL  370285
UREF
PNO  5012129
ISD  19910400
NAM  Basten
OCL  327482
UREF
PNO  5258999
ISD  19931100
NAM  Wernimont et al.
OCL  375220
UREF
PNO  5497284
ISD  19960300
NAM  Le
OCL  361 42
OREF
PAL  French Search Report from French Patent Application Number 95 07774, filed
      Jun. 28, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Wolf, Greenfield 7 Sacks, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention concerns a transmission circuit of an audio/video
      data bus that includes a clamp connected between first and second output
      terminals of the transmission circuit; biasing networks for respectively
      biasing the output terminals during one operational mode of the
      transmission circuit; and switched biasing networks for respectively
      biasing the output terminals during a second operational mode of the
      transmission circuit; the switched biasing networks being controlled by a
      digital input signal, wherein a circuit is provided for protecting the
      clamp from short circuit connections to the transmission circuits voltage
      supply rails.
PATN
WKU  059907231
SRC  9
APN  0049522
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980109
TTL  Filter circuits for protecting against transient electrical pulses
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Cunningham; Terry D.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Tanase; Gabriel E.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Maxim Integrated Products, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  327313
XCL  327327
XCL  323901
XCL  361 13
EDF  6
ICL  H03K  508
FSC  327
FSS  309;310;311;313;327;545;546
FSC  363
FSS  49;50
FSC  323
FSS  901;908
FSC  361
FSS  13
UREF
PNO  4821096
ISD  19890400
NAM  Maloney
OCL  357 23.13
UREF
PNO  4855647
ISD  19890800
NAM  Schaller et al.
OCL  315209R
UREF
PNO  4900951
ISD  19900200
NAM  Saito et al.
UREF
PNO  5155648
ISD  19921000
NAM  Gauthier
UREF
PNO  5243232
ISD  19930900
NAM  Bolda et al.
OCL  327545
UREF
PNO  5347185
ISD  19940900
NAM  Tailliet
OCL  327326
UREF
PNO  5392186
ISD  19950200
NAM  Alexander et al.
OCL  361 92
UREF
PNO  5438213
ISD  19950800
NAM  Tailliet
OCL  257360
UREF
PNO  5440162
ISD  19950800
NAM  Worley et al.
OCL  257355
UREF
PNO  5504362
ISD  19960400
NAM  Pelella et al.
OCL  257357
UREF
PNO  5508548
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tailliet
OCL  257360
UREF
PNO  5587685
ISD  19961200
NAM  Johansson
UREF
PNO  5744842
ISD  19980400
NAM  Ker
OCL  257362
UREF
PNO  5754074
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kelly
OCL  327437
OREF
PAL  Duvvury, et al., ESD Design Considerations for ULSI, 1985, presented at the
      EOS/ESD Symposium.
PAL  Hu, et al., Hot-Electron-Induced MOSFET Degradation Model, Monitor, and
      Improvement, Feb. 1985, IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, vol. ED 32,
      No. 2, pp. 375-385.
PAL  Gadi Krieger, Thermal Response of Integraged Circuit Input Devices to an
      Electrostatic Energy Pulse, Apr. 1987, IEEE Transactions on Electron
      Devices, vol. ED-34, No. 4, pp. 877-882.
PAL  Grinolds, et al., Reliability and Performance of Submicron LDD NMOSFET's
      with Buried-As n.sup.- Impurity Profiles, 1985, IEEE, pp. 246-249.
LREP
FRM  Hickman Stephens & Coleman, LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention teaches a variety of filter circuits for protecting
      against transient electrical pulses such as those caused by electrostatic
      discharge (ESD) events. One aspect of the present invention teaches an
      integrated circuit package having primary circuitry, an ESD protection
      device, a filter circuit, and a conductive lead arranged to couple a point
      external to the integrated circuit package to a point internal to the
      integrated circuit package. The ESD device, coupled in series between the
      conductive lead and a ground reference, can limit the voltage magnitude of
      a transient electrical pulse occurring upon the conductive lead. The
      filter circuit is operable such that the voltage magnitude of an
      electrical signal generated at the filter circuit output is less than the
      voltage magnitude of the certain transient electrical pulse itself. One
      preferred filter circuit has two resistors R.sub.1 and R.sub.2, two
      capacitors C.sub.1 and C.sub.2, and two transistors Q.sub.1 and Q.sub.2.
      These components are arranged such the first terminals of resistors R1 and
      R2 and the collector of transistor Q1 are electrically coupled and
      constitute the filter circuit input. The second terminal of the resistor
      R2 and the first terminal of the capacitor C2 are electrically coupled.
      The second terminal of the capacitor C2 and the base of the transistor Q2
      are electrically coupled. The second terminal of the resistor R1, the
      collector of the transistor Q2, the first terminal of the capacitor C1,
      and the base of the transistor Q1 are electrically coupled. Finally, the
      emitter of the transistor Q2 and the second terminal of the capacitor C1
      are electrically coupled.
PATN
WKU  059907240
SRC  8
APN  9210652
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970829
TTL  Method and a device for detecting and handling short-circuit phenomena
      for power semiconductor devices of turn-off type connected in series
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Minh
EXP  Wells; Kenneth B.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Bijlenga; Bo
CTY  Skultuna
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Lundberg; Peter
CTY  Vaster.ang.s
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Asea Brown Boveri AB
CTY  Vaster.ang.s
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19970324
APN  9701057
CLAS
OCL  327440
XCL  327432
XCL  327482
XCL  361 90
EDF  6
ICL  H03K 1772
FSC  327
FSS  482;432;50;82;58;440;441
FSC  307
FSS  130
FSC  361
FSS  88;90;91;92
UREF
PNO  4084206
ISD  19780400
NAM  Leowald et al.
OCL  361 90
UREF
PNO  4941079
ISD  19900700
NAM  Ooi
OCL  363132
UREF
PNO  5077651
ISD  19911200
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  363 56
UREF
PNO  5559656
ISD  19960900
NAM  Chokhawala
OCL  361 18
FREF
PNO  0 250 719 A2
ISD  19880100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 258 380
ISD  19740600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  24 08 962
ISD  19750900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 18 749 A1
ISD  19931200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  388 735
ISD  19760300
CNT  SEX
FREF
PNO  419 149
ISD  19810700
CNT  SEX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, volume 9, No. 143, ED-322, 1985, Abstract of JP
      60-26460 A (Hitachi Seisakusho K.K.), 1985.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, volume 9, No. 131, E-319, 1985, Abstract of
      JP-60-16171 A (Hitachi Seisakusho K.K.), 1985.
LREP
FRM  Pollock, Vande Sande & Amernick
ABST
PAL  In a method and apparatus used for detecting and handling a short circuit
      in a circuit having a plurality of power semiconductors connected in
      series the voltage is divided across the electrodes and each power
      semiconductor and the magnitude of a small proportion of the voltage is
      measured. The magnitude of the voltage is compared to a reference voltage
      at least from when the power semiconductor is turned on. The reference
      voltage is higher than the maximum voltage across the power semiconductor
      during normal operation. A short circuit is detected when the magnitude of
      the measured voltage exceeds the reference voltage.
PATN
WKU  059907258
SRC  8
APN  8851247
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970630
TTL  Temperature measurement with interleaved bi-level current on a diode and
      bi-level current source therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Toan
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  LoCascio; James Jason
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Thurber, Jr.; Charles Raymond
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Maxim Integrated Products, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  327512
XCL  327403
EDF  6
ICL  H03K  342
ICL  H03K 1762
FSC  327
FSS  403;404;405;512;530;538;539;541;543
FSC  323
FSS  315;317
FSC  374
FSS  178
UREF
PNO  4224537
ISD  19800900
NAM  Glazer
OCL  307310
UREF
PNO  4243898
ISD  19810100
NAM  Seelbach
OCL  307310
UREF
PNO  4549818
ISD  19851000
NAM  Nishikubo et al.
OCL  374178
UREF
PNO  4970497
ISD  19901100
NAM  Broadwater et al.
OCL  340598
UREF
PNO  5419637
ISD  19950500
NAM  Frye et al.
OCL  374178
UREF
PNO  5422832
ISD  19950600
NAM  Moyal
OCL  364557
UREF
PNO  5432433
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ikeda
OCL  323315
UREF
PNO  5589789
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kamiya
OCL  327404
UREF
PNO  5608348
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kearney et al.
OCL  327538
UREF
PNO  5652538
ISD  19970700
NAM  Boudry et al.
OCL  327403
UREF
PNO  5663674
ISD  19970900
NAM  Beyer et al.
OCL  327540
UREF
PNO  5686825
ISD  19971100
NAM  Suh et al.
OCL  323316
UREF
PNO  5744999
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  327543
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  Temperature measurement with interleaved bi-level current on a diode and
      bi-level current source therefor which provides a very accurate ratio of
      measurement currents through the diode without calibration and despite
      process and temperature variations. The bi-level current source uses a
      plurality N of individual current sources wherein the higher current is
      comprised of the sum of the N individual current sources and the lower
      current is comprised of one of the individual current sources, with a
      temperature measurement being made using N higher current/lower current
      measuring sequences and using a different one of the N individual current
      sources for each sequence. Proper selection of the value of N and proper
      ordering of the two currents in each of the N measuring sequences when the
      diode temperature is increasing or decreasing will provide an output
      temperature representing the temperature of the diode at the beginning of
      the N measurement sequences, at the end of the N measurement sequences, or
      half way between. Alternate methods of achieving the results of the
      invention are disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059907266
SRC  9
APN  0186120
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980204
TTL  Circuit configuration to detect excess temperature due to current flow
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Lam; Tuan T.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Bauer; Alfred
CTY  Neu-Isenburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Braun Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Frankfurt am Main
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950914
APN  195 34 056
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTEP9603902
APD  19960905
CLAS
OCL  327512
XCL  327565
EDF  6
ICL  H02H  504
FSC  327
FSS  512;513;564;565;567;568
UREF
PNO  4764663
ISD  19880800
NAM  Scott
OCL  219448
UREF
PNO  5258738
ISD  19931100
NAM  Schat
OCL  338332
UREF
PNO  5563572
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hetzler
OCL  338254
FREF
PNO  4014629A1
ISD  19911100
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Bauelemente und Technik fur die Oberflachen-Montage, SMD, 1985.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention is directed to a circuit configuration for the detection of
      an excess temperature due to a current flow, in which a first resistor
      arrangement is thermally coupled to a second resistor arrangement, the
      resistance value of the second resistor arrangement producing a thermistor
      action. The current to be evaluated is flown through at least the first
      resistor arrangement. The first resistor arrangement is comprised of at
      least one SMD resistor, and the second resistor arrangement of at least
      one SMD resistor that acts as a thermistor. The second resistor
      arrangement is electrically connected to at least one contact surface of
      the printed circuit board which is electrically connected to the at least
      one SMD resistor of the first resistor arrangement.
PATN
WKU  059907274
SRC  8
APN  8649006
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970529
TTL  Current reference circuit having both a PTAT subcircuit and an inverse
      PTAT subcircuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Kim; Jung Ho
EXP  Callahan; Timothy P.
NDR  18
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Katsuji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950526
APN  7-152295
RLAP
COD  74
APN  588316
APD  19960118
CLAS
OCL  327513
XCL  327538
XCL  327530
XCL  323312
XCL  323315
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 3500
FSC  327
FSS  538;539;543;513
FSC  323
FSS  313;314;315;312
UREF
PNO  4507573
ISD  19850300
NAM  Nagano
OCL  327513
UREF
PNO  5034626
ISD  19910700
NAM  Pirez et al.
OCL  327513
UREF
PNO  5038053
ISD  19910800
NAM  Djenguerian et al.
OCL  327513
UREF
PNO  5357149
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kimura
OCL  307310
UREF
PNO  5438296
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kimura
OCL  327560
UREF
PNO  5481224
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kimura
OCL  330253
UREF
PNO  5500623
ISD  19960300
NAM  Kimura
OCL  330252
UREF
PNO  5512855
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kimura
OCL  327538
UREF
PNO  5581211
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kimura
OCL  327356
UREF
PNO  5604427
ISD  19970200
NAM  Kimura
OCL  323312
UREF
PNO  5744999
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  327513
OREF
PAL  K. Kimura, "Low Temperature Coefficient CMOS Voltage Reference Circuits,"
      IEICE Trans. Fundamentals, vol. E77-A, No. 2, Feb. 1994.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A current reference circuit is capable of operation at a very low supply
      voltage, such as 1 volt. The current reference circuit is composed of a
      current mirror circuit, serving as an inverse PTAT (i.e., inversely
      proportional to absolute temperature) subcircuit, and a PTAT subcircuit
      for driving the current mirror circuit. The current mirror circuit and the
      PTAT subcircuit are mutually biased to each other. First and second
      constant currents produced by the PTAT subcircuit are supplied to the
      current mirror circuit as its reference and mirror currents, thereby
      cancelling the temperature coefficients of the first and second constant
      currents.
PATN
WKU  059907290
SRC  8
APN  9597743
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971029
TTL  Semiconductor integrated circuit having first and second voltage step
      down circuits
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Cunningham; Terry D.
NDR  7
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Kozuka; Eiji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Koyanagi; Masaru
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961205
APN  8-325267
CLAS
OCL  327543
XCL  327538
EDF  6
ICL  G05F  302
FSC  327
FSS  427;434;538;540;541;543
FSC  323
FSS  312;313
LREP
FRM  Loeb & Loeb, LLP
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor integrated circuit can precisely identify the level of an
      external input signal by stably supplying an internally stepped down
      voltage. It comprises a first N-channel MOS transistor having its
      drain/source connected between an external voltage supply node supplied
      with an external voltage and a first step-down output node for outputting
      a first stepped down voltage and its gate supplied with a control voltage
      higher than the external voltage, a first circuit supplied with the first
      stepped down voltage as operating voltage from the first step-down output
      node, a second N-channel MOS transistor having its drain/source connected
      between the external voltage supply node and a second step-down output
      node for outputting a second stepped down voltage and its gate supplied
      with the control voltage higher than the external voltage and having a
      drive capacity different from that of the first N-channel MOS transistor,
      the second step-down output node being separated from the first step-down
      output node and a second circuit supplied with the second stepped down
      voltage as operating voltage from the second step-down output node.
PATN
WKU  059907304
SRC  9
APN  1071386
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980630
TTL  Semiconductor device with stable operation and reduced power consumption
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Lam; Tuan T.
NDR  15
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Shinozaki; Naoharu
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980203
APN  10-022256
CLAS
OCL  327544
XCL  327143
XCL  365227
XCL  365233
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  132
FSC  327
FSS  142;143;198;544
FSC  365
FSS  226;227;233
UREF
PNO  5623453
ISD  19970400
NAM  Shinozaki
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5822255
ISD  19981000
NAM  Uchida
OCL  365194
UREF
PNO  5894446
ISD  19990400
NAM  Itou
OCL  365222
LREP
FRM  Nikaido Marmelstein Murray & Oram LLP
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor device which performs a predetermined operation includes a
      timing-stabilization circuit which performs a timing adjustment with
      respect to an internal clock signal, and a current-consumption circuit
      which consumes a predetermined amount of a current so as to emulate
      conditions of such current consumption as would be observed during the
      predetermined operation of the semiconductor device. The semiconductor
      device further includes a start-up-period control circuit which makes the
      timing-stabilization circuit and the current-consumption circuit operate
      at a beginning of power supply so as to perform the timing adjustment
      under the conditions, and stops operations of the timing-stabilization
      circuit and the current-consumption circuit after completion of the timing
      adjustment.
PATN
WKU  059907312
SRC  9
APN  0178624
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980203
TTL  Input/output protection circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Luu; An T
EXP  Callahan; Timothy P.
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Yoshida; Kousuke
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970204
APN  9-021611
CLAS
OCL  327545
XCL  327546
XCL  327504
EDF  6
ICL  G05F  110
FSC  327
FSS  545;546;564;565;309;310;333;504;514
UREF
PNO  5059782
ISD  19911000
NAM  Fukuyama
OCL  250214A
UREF
PNO  5289056
ISD  19940200
NAM  Keown et al.
OCL  326113
UREF
PNO  5424673
ISD  19950600
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  327530
UREF
PNO  5461297
ISD  19951000
NAM  Crawford
OCL  320  1
UREF
PNO  5591992
ISD  19970100
NAM  Leach
OCL  257173
UREF
PNO  5594382
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  327541
UREF
PNO  5821528
ISD  19981000
NAM  Liao et al.
OCL  250214R
UREF
PNO  5875089
ISD  19990200
NAM  Higashide et al.
OCL  361111
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  Input/output circuitry for electrically protecting an internal element
      includes an input/output terminal connected to the internal element, a
      pair of first and second power terminals applied with a bias voltage, a
      series connection of a diode and a bipolar transistor between the pair of
      first and second power terminals so that an intermediate point between the
      diode and the bipolar transistor is connected to the input terminal, and a
      parasitic resistance connected between a base of the bipolar transistor
      and the diode so that the diode is connected between the parasitic
      resistance and an emitter of the bipolar transistor. An electrostatic
      pulse applied to the input/output terminal is clamped by the series
      connection of the diode and the bipolar transistor to protect the internal
      element from an electrostatic pulse applied to the input/output terminal.
PATN
WKU  059907320
SRC  9
APN  0703192
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980430
TTL  Composite high frequency apparatus and method of forming same
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Dinh T.
NDR  5
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Furutani; Koji
CTY  Shiga-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakajima; Norio
CTY  Takatsuki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tonegawa; Ken
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kato; Mitsuhide
CTY  Nagaokakyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Koji
CTY  Nagaokakyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ueda; Tatsuya
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940928
APN  6-233204
RLAP
COD  74
APN  518667
APD  19950824
PSC  01
PNO  5783976
CLAS
OCL  327565
XCL  327552
XCL  333247
XCL  333246
EDF  6
ICL  H03H 1102
FSC  327
FSS  567;564;565;552;403;407;415;408
FSC  333
FSS  246;247;254;258;204;493;134
FSC  455
FSS  26.1
UREF
PNO  5255318
ISD  19931000
NAM  Gurusami et al.
OCL  455 26.1
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A composite high frequency apparatus includes a high frequency filter and a
      high frequency switch which have a substantially reduced size and do not
      require an impedance matching circuit. The apparatus includes a
      multilayered base having an outer surface with a plurality of diodes, an
      external ground electrode, an external electrode for a transmission
      circuit, an external electrode for a receiving circuit, an external
      electrode for an antenna circuit and external electrodes for control
      terminals located thereon. A plurality of strip lines, capacitor
      electrodes and an external grounding electrode are located within the
      multilayered base.
PATN
WKU  059907339
SRC  9
APN  0260622
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980219
TTL  Delay line ramp demodulator
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  13
EXP  Grimm; Siegfried H.
NDR  12
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Mahany; Ronald L.
CTY  Cedar Rapids
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Schuster; Thomas J.
CTY  Cedar Rapids
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  Intermec IP Corp.
CTY  Woodland Hills
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  329336
XCL  329341
XCL  329342
XCL  375324
XCL  455214
EDF  6
ICL  H03D  302
FSC  329
FSS  300;301;336;341;342
FSC  375
FSS  324;328
FSC  455
FSS  214
UREF
PNO  4603301
ISD  19860700
NAM  Dukes et al.
OCL  329336
UREF
PNO  4988960
ISD  19910100
NAM  Tomisawa
OCL  329336
UREF
PNO  5053717
ISD  19911000
NAM  Schulz et al.
OCL  329336
UREF
PNO  5345188
ISD  19940900
NAM  Owen
OCL  329336
LREP
FRM  Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, LLP
ABST
PAL  An integrated circuit includes a demodulator having delay circuitry and
      demodulation control circuitry that may be fully formed within a common
      integrated circuit. The delay circuitry receives an input signal and
      generates a delayed input signal. The demodulation control circuitry
      generates a demodulated output based upon the input signal and the delayed
      input signal that has a level that is proportional to, or a finction of, a
      period of a respective cycle of the input signal. The demodulation control
      circuitry includes pulse generation circuitry, pulse delay circuitry,
      pulse conversion circuitry and sampling circuitry. The pulse generation
      circuitry generates a signal pulse based upon the input signal and the
      delayed input signal with a duration that is proportional to at least one
      period of the input signal. The pulse delay circuitry generates a delayed
      signal pulse based upon the signal pulse. The pulse conversion circuitry
      generates a converted signal that has a level based upon the duration of
      the signal pulse. The sampling circuitry samples the converted signal
      based upon a sample pulse to generate the demodulated output based upon
      the level of the converted signal. The delay circuitry and pulse delay
      circuitry each include a plurality of cascaded semiconductive elements
      that, in combination, produce a desired delay duration.
PATN
WKU  059907347
SRC  9
APN  2160927
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981217
TTL  System and methods for stimulating and training a power amplifier during
      non-transmission events
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Khanh Van
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  28
NFG  55
INVT
NAM  Wright; Andrew S.
CTY  Vancouver
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Bennett; Steven J.
CTY  Coquitlam
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Datum Telegraphic Inc.
CTY  Vancouver
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  100568
APD  19980619
CLAS
OCL  330  2
XCL  330149
XCL  330124R
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  368
FSC  330
FSS  2;149;124 R;136;295
UREF
PNO  3777275
ISD  19731200
NAM  Cox
OCL  330 10
UREF
PNO  3896395
ISD  19750700
NAM  Cox
OCL  330 53
UREF
PNO  3906401
ISD  19750900
NAM  Seidel
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  3909742
ISD  19750900
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  3927379
ISD  19751200
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  3978424
ISD  19760800
NAM  Hobo et al.
OCL  331 45
UREF
PNO  4068186
ISD  19780100
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  4090147
ISD  19780500
NAM  Seidel
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  4178557
ISD  19791200
NAM  Henry
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  4319204
ISD  19820300
NAM  Weldon et al.
OCL  332  9R
UREF
PNO  4346354
ISD  19820800
NAM  Hanna
OCL  332  9R
UREF
PNO  4420723
ISD  19831200
NAM  de Jager
OCL  330 10
UREF
PNO  4433312
ISD  19840200
NAM  Kahn
OCL  332 22
UREF
PNO  4490684
ISD  19841200
NAM  Epsom et al.
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  4540957
ISD  19850900
NAM  Hanna
OCL  332 10
UREF
PNO  4584541
ISD  19860400
NAM  Nossen
OCL  332 16R
UREF
PNO  4656434
ISD  19870400
NAM  Selin
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  4835493
ISD  19890500
NAM  Walsh, Jr.
OCL  332 41
UREF
PNO  5093636
ISD  19920300
NAM  Higgins, Jr. et al.
OCL  332100
UREF
PNO  5107520
ISD  19920400
NAM  Karam et al.
OCL  455126
UREF
PNO  5148448
ISD  19920900
NAM  Karam et al.
OCL  455126
UREF
PNO  5222246
ISD  19930600
NAM  Wolkstein
OCL  330107
UREF
PNO  5249201
ISD  19930900
NAM  Posner et al.
OCL  332106
UREF
PNO  5264807
ISD  19931100
NAM  Okubo et al.
OCL  330295
UREF
PNO  5287069
ISD  19940200
NAM  Okubo et al.
OCL  330 10
UREF
PNO  5329259
ISD  19940700
NAM  Stengel et al.
OCL  332103
UREF
PNO  5365187
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hornak et al.
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  5410280
ISD  19950400
NAM  Linguet et al.
OCL  330 10
UREF
PNO  5469127
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hulick et al.
OCL  330 10
UREF
PNO  5568086
ISD  19961000
NAM  Schuss et al.
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  5568088
ISD  19961000
NAM  Dent et al.
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  5574967
ISD  19961100
NAM  Dent et al.
OCL  455 12.1
UREF
PNO  5631604
ISD  19970500
NAM  Dent et al.
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  5638024
ISD  19970600
NAM  Dent et al.
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  5659272
ISD  19970800
NAM  Linguet
OCL  332151
UREF
PNO  5675288
ISD  19971000
NAM  Peyrotte et al.
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  5705959
ISD  19980100
NAM  O'Louglin
OCL  332151
UREF
PNO  5719527
ISD  19980200
NAM  Bateman et al.
OCL  330 10
UREF
PNO  5732333
ISD  19980300
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  5748678
ISD  19980500
NAM  Valentine et al.
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  5760646
ISD  19980600
NAM  Belcher et al.
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  5867065
ISD  19990200
NAM  Leyendecker
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  5892395
ISD  19990400
NAM  Stengel et al.
OCL  330124R
OREF
PAL  James K. Cavers, Member, IEEE--Article Entitled: The Effect of Quadrature
      Modulator and Demodulator Errors on Adaptive Digital Predistorters for
      Amplifier Linearization, IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, vol.
      46, No. 2, dated May 1997.
PAL  Rui Dinis, Paulo Montezuma and Antonio Gusmao, with CAPS, Instituto
      Superior Tecnico, Av. Rovisco Pais, 1096 Lisboa Codex--Five Page Article
      Entitled: Performance Trade-Offs with Quasi-Linearly Amplified OFDM
      through a Two-Branch Combining Technique, dated May 1996.
PAL  Lars Sundstrom, Student Member, IEEE--Article Entitled: The Effect of
      Quantization in a Digital Signal Component Separator for LINC
      Transmitters, IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, vol. 45, No. 2,
      dated May 1996.
PAL  L. Sundstrom, Department of Applied Electronics, Land University, Article
      Entitled: Effects of Reconstruction Filters and Sampling Rate for a
      Digital Signal Component Separator on LINC Transmitter Performance, dated
      Jul. 6, 1995, vol. 31, No. 14.
PAL  L. Sundstrom and M. Johansson, Department of Applied Electronics, Land
      University, Article Entitled: Effect of Modulation Scheme on LINC
      Transmitter Power Efficiency three page article from Electronics Letters,
      dated Sep. 29, 1994, vol. 30, No. 20.
PAL  K.Y. Chan. A. Bateman and M. Li with Centre for Communications Research,
      University of Bristol, U.K.--Article Entitled: Analysis and Realization of
      the LINC Transmitter using the Combined Analogue Locked Loop Universal
      Modulator (CALLUM), dated Mar. 1994.
PAL  Andrew Bateman, Mu Li and K. Chan with Centre for Communications Research,
      University of Bristol, U.K.--Article Entitled: Implementation of the LINC
      Transmitter using the Combined Analogue Locked Loop Universal Modulator
      (CALLUM), from Mobile and Personal Communications, 13-15, dated Dec. 1993,
      Conference Publication No. 387.
PAL  Fernando J. Casadevall, Member, IEEE, and Antonio Valdovinos, Student
      Member, IEEE--Article Entitled: Performance Analysis of QAM Modulations
      Applied to the LINC Transmitter from IEEE Transactions on Vehicular
      Technology, vol. 42, No. 4, dated Nov. 1993.
PAL  Dr. A. Bateman with Centre for Communications Research, University of
      Bristol--Article Entitled: The Combined Analogue Locked Loop Universal
      Modulator (CALLUM), dated Feb. 1992.
PAL  S.A. Hetzel, A. Bateman and J.P. McGeehan with Centre for Communications
      Research, University of Bristol, U.K.--Article Entitled: A LINC
      Transmitter, dated 1991.
PAL  S.A. Hetzel, A. Bateman and J.P. McGeehan, Centre for Communications
      Research, University of Bristol, U.K.--Article Entitled: LINC Transmitter,
      dated May 9, 1991, vol. 27, No. 10.
PAL  Fernando Casadevall, Juan J. Olmos with Department de Teoria del Senyal i
      Comunicacions--Article Entitled: On The Behavior of the LINC Transmitter,
      dated 1990.
PAL  A. Bateman, R.J. Wilkinson and J.D. Marvill with Communications Research
      Group--Article Entitled: The Application of Digital Signal Processing to
      Transmitter Linearisation, dated 1988.
PAL  S. Tomisato, K. Chiba, and K. Murota, with NTT Radio Communication Systems
      Laboratories--Article Entitled: Phase Error Free LINC Modulator, dated
      Apr. 27, 1989, vol. 25, No. 9.
PAL  D.C. Cox with Bell Laboratories--Article Entitled: Linear Amplification
      with Nonlinear Components, dated Dec. 1974.
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear, LLP
ABST
PAL  A LINC amplifier of a radio frequency transmitter provides substantially
      linear amplification from two nonlinear amplifiers by decomposing the
      original signal into two constant amplitude envelope, phase varying
      signals, which, when combined, constructively and destructively interfere
      to re-form the original signal. The output of the LINC amplifier, which is
      to be transmitted via an antenna, is an amplified form of the original
      signal. The LINC amplifier uses a digital control mechanism to control and
      adapt a digital compensation network that directly compensates for the
      imperfections of the analog RF environment, including the amplifiers. The
      mechanism monitors the combined amplifier output and adjusts the signal
      components in order to precisely compensate for any differences in the
      characteristics of the separate signal paths which would cause the
      combination not to accurately represent the original signal. The mechanism
      also corrects the component signals using information which can be applied
      to the amplifiers independent of the signal to be transmitted.
PATN
WKU  059907355
SRC  9
APN  053224&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980401
TTL  Method and apparatus for high efficiency power amplification
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  3
EXA  Choe; Henry
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Sigmon; Bernard Eugene
CTY  Gilbert
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Myers; Ronald Gene
CTY  Scottsdale
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  887063
APD  19970702
PSC  01
PNO  5861777
ISD  19990119
CLAS
OCL  330 10
XCL  330207A
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  338
FSC  330
FSS  10;207 A;251;124 R;136
UREF
PNO  3777275
ISD  19731200
NAM  Cox
OCL  330 10
UREF
PNO  4831334
ISD  19890500
NAM  Hudspeth et al.
OCL  330 10
UREF
PNO  5218315
ISD  19930600
NAM  Turner
OCL  330 10
UREF
PNO  5251330
ISD  19931000
NAM  Chiba et al.
OCL  455 91
UREF
PNO  5306986
ISD  19940400
NAM  Siao
OCL  315248
UREF
PNO  5831475
ISD  19981100
NAM  Myers et al.
OCL  339 10
UREF
PNO  5847602
ISD  19981200
NAM  Su
OCL  330 10
UREF
PNO  5861777
ISD  19990100
NAM  Sigmon et al.
OCL  330136
OREF
PAL  A publication entitled, "High-Efficiency Single-Sideband HF/VHF Transmitter
      Based Upon Envelope Elimination and Restoration", F.H. Raab and D.J. Rupp,
      Green Mountain Radio Research Company, USA, 5 pages.
PAL  A publication entitled, "Class-S High Efficiency Amplitude Modulator",
      Frederick H. Raab, Ph.D. and Daniel J. Rupp, Green Mountain Radio Research
      Company, USA, May 1994, 5 pages.
PAL  A publication entitled, "Single-Sideband Transmission by Envelope
      Elimination and Restoration", Leonard R. Kahn, 4 pages.
LREP
FR2  LeMoine; Dana B.
FR2  Bogacz; Frank J.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for efficient power amplification of a wideband
      signal with a correspondingly wide modulation bandwidth includes an
      envelope detector (220), an multi-stage class S modulator (270), and a
      power amplifier (260). The multi-stage class S modulator (270) includes
      multiple stages (480), where each stage includes a pair of switching
      transistors (430, 440) and a capacitor (450). The capacitor (450) supplies
      the inrush current requirements of the stage (480) so that filtering at
      the switching frequency is substantially provided within the stage (480).
      Multiple stages (480) are included on a single semiconductor substrate
      resulting in higher switching frequencies, higher modulation bandwidths,
      and lower external filtering requirements.
PATN
WKU  059907363
SRC  9
APN  073831&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980506
TTL  High frequency amplifier with a guard circuit and a radio wave
      transmission apparatus including the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Mottola; Steven J.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Nasuno; Isao
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ichikawa; Yohei
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970520
APN  9-129491
CLAS
OCL  330 66
XCL  330 68
XCL  330286
XCL  455124
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  360
FSC  330
FSS  65;66;67;68;286;302;307
FSC  333
FSS  247
FSC  455
FSS  124
UREF
PNO  5142239
ISD  19920800
NAM  Brayton et al.
OCL  330 66
UREF
PNO  5387888
ISD  19950200
NAM  Eda et al.
OCL  333247
UREF
PNO  5768109
ISD  19980600
NAM  Gulick et al.
XCL  333247
UREF
PNO  5886574
ISD  19990300
NAM  Mochizuchi
OCL  330 66
FREF
PNO  537253
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Pollock, Vande Sande & Amernick
ABST
PAL  A high frequency power amplifier including: a multi-layer printed-circuit
      board, a transistor for amplifying an input signal and outputting the
      amplified signal, a first print circuit pattern for receiving the input
      signal and supplying the input signal to the transistor, a second print
      circuit pattern for supplying a supply voltage to the transistor, a ground
      terminal, and concentrated constant elements connected to the transistor
      on the multi-layer printed-circuit board is disclosed, wherein at least
      two layers of the multi-layer printed-circuit board are connected to the
      ground terminal, the first and second print circuit patterns are
      sandwiched on one layer of the multi-layer print circuit between the at
      least two layers, a first shielding circuit pattern, connected to the
      ground terminal, arranged around the first print circuit pattern on the
      one layer is further provided; and a second shielding circuit pattern,
      connected to the ground terminal, arranged around the second print circuit
      pattern on the one layer is further provided to provide isolation.
      Connection between the grounded layers or the first and second shielding
      circuit patterns and the ground terminal is provided with through holes or
      via holes. A transmission apparatus including the high frequency power
      amplifier is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059907371
SRC  9
APN  0669334
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980428
TTL  Balanced amplifier using single-ended output operational amplifiers
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Choe; Henry
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  11
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Czarnul; Zdzislaw
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanimoto; Hiroshi
CTY  Kawsaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Itakura; Tetsuro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970428
APN  9-110944
CLAS
OCL  330 69
XCL  330295
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  345
FSC  330
FSS  69;260;258;9;295;252
UREF
PNO  3623140
ISD  19711100
NAM  Nercessian
OCL  323 23
UREF
PNO  4494077
ISD  19850100
NAM  Fukaya et al.
OCL  330295
UREF
PNO  5166635
ISD  19921100
NAM  Shih
OCL  330253
UREF
PNO  5796301
ISD  19980800
NAM  Tanabe et al.
OCL  330  9
OREF
PAL  M. Banu, et al. "Fully Differential Operational Amplifiers With Accurate
      Output Balancing", IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, vol. 23, No. 6,
      Dec. 1988, pp. 1410-1414.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A balanced amplifier includes first and second multi-input single-ended
      output differential amplifiers having matched characteristics and a
      feedback circuit. The feedback circuit connects differential input
      terminals and output terminals of the first and second multi-input
      single-ended output differential amplifiers so that all of the
      differential input terminals of the first and second multi-input
      single-ended output differential amplifiers are virtually shorted.
PATN
WKU  059907380
SRC  9
APN  2160919
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981217
TTL  Compensation system and methods for a linear power amplifier
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Khanh Van
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  28
NFG  56
INVT
NAM  Wright; Andrew S.
CTY  Vancouver
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Bennett; Steven J.
CTY  Coquitlam
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Datum Telegraphic Inc.
CTY  Vancouver
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  100568
APD  19980619
CLAS
OCL  330149
XCL  330  2
XCL  330124R
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  126
FSC  330
FSS  2;124 R;136;149;295
UREF
PNO  3777275
ISD  19731200
NAM  Cox
OCL  330 20
UREF
PNO  3896395
ISD  19750700
NAM  Cox
OCL  330 53
UREF
PNO  3906401
ISD  19750900
NAM  Seidel
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  3909742
ISD  19750900
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  3927379
ISD  19751200
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  3978424
ISD  19760800
NAM  Hobo et al.
OCL  331 45
UREF
PNO  4068186
ISD  19780100
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  4090147
ISD  19780500
NAM  Seidel
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  4178557
ISD  19791200
NAM  Henry
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  4319204
ISD  19820300
NAM  Weldon et al.
OCL  332  9R
UREF
PNO  4346354
ISD  19820800
NAM  Hanna
OCL  332  9R
UREF
PNO  4420723
ISD  19831200
NAM  de Jager
OCL  330 20
UREF
PNO  4433312
ISD  19840200
NAM  Kahn
OCL  332 22
UREF
PNO  4490684
ISD  19841200
NAM  Epsom et al.
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  4540957
ISD  19850900
NAM  Hanna
OCL  330 10
UREF
PNO  4584541
ISD  19860400
NAM  Nossen
OCL  332 16R
UREF
PNO  4656434
ISD  19870400
NAM  Selin
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  4835493
ISD  19890500
NAM  Walsh, Jr.
OCL  332 41
UREF
PNO  5093636
ISD  19920300
NAM  Higgins, Jr. et al.
OCL  332100
UREF
PNO  5107520
ISD  19920400
NAM  Karam et al.
OCL  455126
UREF
PNO  5148448
ISD  19920900
NAM  Karam et al.
OCL  455126
UREF
PNO  5249201
ISD  19930900
NAM  Posner et al.
OCL  332106
UREF
PNO  5264807
ISD  19931100
NAM  Okubo et al.
OCL  330295
UREF
PNO  5287069
ISD  19940200
NAM  Okubo et al.
OCL  330 10
UREF
PNO  5329259
ISD  19940700
NAM  Stengel et al.
OCL  332103
UREF
PNO  5365187
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hornak et al.
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  5410280
ISD  19950400
NAM  Linguet et al.
OCL  330 10
UREF
PNO  5469127
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hulick et al.
OCL  330 10
UREF
PNO  5568086
ISD  19961000
NAM  Schuss et al.
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  5568088
ISD  19961000
NAM  Dent et al.
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  5574967
ISD  19961100
NAM  Dent et al.
OCL  455 12.1
UREF
PNO  5631604
ISD  19970500
NAM  Dent et al.
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  5638024
ISD  19970600
NAM  Dent et al.
OCL  330124R
UREF
PNO  5659272
ISD  19970800
NAM  Linguet
OCL  332151
UREF
PNO  5675288
ISD  19971000
NAM  Peyrotte et al.
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  5705959
ISD  19980100
NAM  O'Louglin
OCL  332151
UREF
PNO  5732333
ISD  19980300
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  5748678
ISD  19980500
NAM  Valentine et al.
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  5760646
ISD  19980600
NAM  Belcher et al.
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  5867065
ISD  19990200
NAM  Leyendecker
OCL  330149
OREF
PAL  James K. Cavers, Member, IEEE--Article Entitled: The Effect of Quadrature
      Modulator and Demodulator Errors on Adaptive Digital Predistorters for
      Amplifier Linearization, IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, vol.
      46, No. 2, dated May 1997.
PAL  Rui Dinis, Paulo Montezuma and Antonio Gusmao, with CAPS, Instituto
      Superior Tecnico, Av. Rovisco Pais, 1096 Lisboa Codex--Five Page Article
      Entitled: Performance Trade-Offs with Quasi-Linearly Amplified OFDM
      through a Two-Branch Combining Technique, dated May 1996.
PAL  Lars Sundstrom, Student Member, IEEE--Article Entitled: The Effect of
      Quantization in a Digital Signal Component Separator for LINC
      Transmitters, IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, vol. 45, No. 2,
      dated May 1996.
PAL  L. Sundstrom, Department of Applied Electronics, Land University, Article
      Entitled: Effects of Reconstruction Filters and Sampling Rate for a
      Digital Signal Component Separator on LINC Transmitter Performance, dated
      Jul. 6, 1995, vol. 31, No. 14.
PAL  L. Sundstrom and M. Johansson, Department of Applied Electronics, Land
      University, Article Entitled: Effect of Modulation Scheme on LINC
      Transmitter Power Efficiency three page article from Electronics Letters,
      dated Sep. 29, 1994, vol. 30, No. 20.
PAL  K.Y. Chan, A. Bateman and M. Li with Centre for Communications Research,
      University of Bristol, U.K.--Article Entitled: Analysis and Realization of
      the LINC Transmitter using the Combined Analogue Locked Loop Universal
      Modulator (CALLUM), dated Mar. 1994.
PAL  Andrew Bateman, Mu Li and K. Chan with Centre for Communications Research,
      University of Bristol, U.K. --Article Entitled: Implementation of the LINC
      Transmitter using the Combined Analogue Locked Loop Universal Modulator
      (CALLUM), from Mobile and Personal Communications, 13-15, dated Dec. 1993,
      Conference Publication No. 387.
PAL  Fernando J. Casadevall, Member, IEEE, and Antonio Valdovinos, Student
      Member, IEEE--Article Entitled: Performance Analysis of QAM Modulations
      Applied to the LINC Transmitter from IEEE Transactions on Vehicular
      Technology, vol. 42, No. 4, dated Nov. 1993.
PAL  Dr. A. Bateman with Centre for Communications Research, University of
      Bristol--Article Entitled: The Combined Analogue Locked Loop Universal
      Modulator (CALLUM), dated Feb. 1992.
PAL  S.A. Hetzel, A. Bateman and J.P. McGeehan with Centre for Communications
      Research, University of Bristol, U.K.--Article Entitled: A LINC
      Transmitter, dated 1991.
PAL  S.A. Hetzel, A. Bateman and J.P. McGeehan, Centre for Communications
      Research, University of Bristol, U.K.--Article Entitled: LINC Transmitter,
      dated May 9, 1991, vol. 27, No. 10.
PAL  Fernando Casadevall, Juan J. Olmos with Department de Teoria del Senyal i
      Comunicacions--Article Entitled: On The Behavior of the LINC Transmitter,
      dated 1990.
PAL  A. Bateman, R.J. Wilkinson and J.D. Marvill with Communications Research
      Group--Article Entitled: The Application of Digital Signal Processing to
      Transmitter Linearisation, dated 1988.
PAL  S. Tomisato, K. Chiba, and K. Murota, with NTT Radio Communication Systems
      Laboratories--Article Entitled: Phase Error Free LINC Modulator, dated
      Apr. 27, 1989. vol. 25, No. 9.
PAL  D.C. Cox with Bell Laboratories--Article Entitled: Linear Amplification
      with Nonlinear Components, dated Dec. 1974.
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear, LLP
ABST
PAL  A LINC amplifier of a radio frequency transmitter provides substantially
      linear amplification from two nonlinear amplifiers by decomposing the
      original signal into two constant amplitude envelope, phase varying
      signals, which, when combined, constructively and destructively interfere
      to re-form the original signal. The output of the LINC amplifier, which is
      to be transmitted via an antenna, is an amplified form of the original
      signal. The LINC amplifier uses a digital control mechanism to control and
      adapt a digital compensation network that directly compensates for the
      imperfections of the analog RF environment, including the amplifiers. The
      mechanism monitors the combined amplifier output and adjusts the signal
      components in order to precisely compensate for any differences in the
      characteristics of the separate signal paths which would cause the
      combination not to accurately represent the original signal. The mechanism
      also corrects the component signals using information which can be applied
      to the amplifiers independent of the signal to be transmitted.
PATN
WKU  059907398
SRC  9
APN  010440&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980122
TTL  Analog signal amplifier
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Mottola; Steven J.
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Lam; Peter Ar-Fu
STR  20104 Wayne Ave.
CTY  Torrance
STA  CA
ZIP  90503
CLAS
OCL  330251
XCL  330207A
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  3217
FSC  330
FSS  10;146;207 A;251
FSC  381
FSS  120
UREF
PNO  4092610
ISD  19780500
NAM  White et al.
OCL  330207A
UREF
PNO  4910416
ISD  19900300
NAM  Salcone
XCL  330251
UREF
PNO  5382915
ISD  19950100
NAM  Muri et al.
XCL  330251
UREF
PNO  5398003
ISD  19950300
NAM  Heyl et al.
XCL  330251
ABST
PAL  A low cost analog signal amplifying circuit suitable for manufacturing in
      the form of an integrated circuit having an external load, an external
      signal control element and switching circuit means to reverse the
      direction of current flowing through said load.
PATN
WKU  059907401
SRC  8
APN  9827528
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971202
TTL  Differential amplifier with adjustable linearity
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Khanh Van
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Groe; John B.
CTY  Poway
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Nokia Mobile Phones
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  330252
XCL  330254
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  345
FSC  330
FSS  252;254;149
FSC  327
FSS  359
UREF
PNO  4514702
ISD  19850400
NAM  Zogg
OCL  330254
UREF
PNO  4779057
ISD  19881000
NAM  Woo
UREF
PNO  5006818
ISD  19910400
NAM  Koyama et al.
OCL  330261
UREF
PNO  5289136
ISD  19940200
NAM  Deveirman et al.
OCL  330252
UREF
PNO  5329173
ISD  19940700
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  307355
UREF
PNO  5331290
ISD  19940700
NAM  Harford et al.
UREF
PNO  5467057
ISD  19951100
NAM  Joardar
OCL  330254
UREF
PNO  5469106
ISD  19951100
NAM  Dow
OCL  330254
UREF
PNO  5477191
ISD  19951200
NAM  DeMicheli
OCL  330254
UREF
PNO  5508645
ISD  19960400
NAM  Castellucci et al.
OCL  327 77
UREF
PNO  5515004
ISD  19960500
NAM  Alford et al.
OCL  330254
UREF
PNO  5528197
ISD  19960600
NAM  Frey
OCL  330254
UREF
PNO  5530444
ISD  19960600
NAM  Tice et al.
OCL  330252
UREF
PNO  5572166
ISD  19961100
NAM  Gilbert
OCL  330254
UREF
PNO  5677646
ISD  19971000
NAM  Entrikin
OCL  330149
UREF
PNO  5818279
ISD  19981000
NAM  Dick
OCL  327350
FREF
PNO  0 589 676 A1
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Akio Yamamoto, et al., "Wide Bank and Los Supply Voltage ICs for Satellite
      Tuner Unit", IEEE Transactions on Consumer Electronics, Aug. 1992, pp.
      402-408, vol.38, No. 3.
PAL  Muhammad I. Ali, et al., "A BiCMOS Low Distortion Tunable OTA for
      Continuous-Time Filters", IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems
      I:Fundamental Theory and Applications, Jan. 1993, pp. 43-49, vol. 40, No.
      1.
LREP
FRM  Brown, Martin, Haller & McClain
ABST
PAL  A differential amplifier with adjustable linearity is disclosed herein. The
      differential amplifier includes a differential pair amplifier and a
      linearization circuit. The differential pair amplifier receives a
      differential input voltage and amplifies the differential input voltage to
      produce an amplified output voltage. The linearization circuit receives
      the amplified output voltage and generates a compensation signal in
      response thereto. The compensation signal, which has a magnitude
      adjustable in response to a linearity adjustment signal, is applied to the
      differential pair amplifier. The differential pair amplifier uses the
      compensation signal to apply compensation to the amplification of the
      differential input voltage. Thus, the linearity of the differential
      amplifier is adjustable by modifying the linearity adjustment signal. The
      differential pair amplifier includes a bipolar differential transistor
      pair having their emitters coupled together to form a common emitter node.
      A first adjustable current source coupled to the common emitter node
      provides a gain adjustment signal for adjusting the gain of the
      differential pair amplifier. The linearization circuit includes a diode
      element pair having their cathodes coupled together to form a common
      cathode node. A second adjustable current source coupled to the common
      cathode node provides the linearity adjustment signal for adjusting the
      linearity of the differential pair. In another embodiment, the
      differential pair amplifier includes a differential common-base amplifier.
PATN
WKU  059907410
SRC  9
APN  0648310
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980423
TTL  Variable gain amplifier
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  5
EXA  Choe; Henry
EXP  Lee; Benny T.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Takeshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kasagi; Yoshitaka
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970425
APN  9-109456
CLAS
OCL  330253
XCL  330254
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  345
FSC  330
FSS  254;261;253;257
UREF
PNO  4320347
ISD  19820300
NAM  Haque
OCL  330  9
UREF
PNO  4335355
ISD  19820600
NAM  Haque
OCL  330253
UREF
PNO  4871978
ISD  19891000
NAM  Galbraith
OCL  330253
UREF
PNO  5068622
ISD  19911100
NAM  Mead et al.
OCL  330253
UREF
PNO  5334949
ISD  19940800
NAM  Sone
OCL  330253
UREF
PNO  5600280
ISD  19970200
NAM  Zhang
OCL  331 57
OREF
PAL  IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems-I: Fundamental Theory and
      Applications., vol.,42, No. 11,Nov.1995 Low-Voltage Analog IC Design In
      CMOS Technology, pp. 955-958, A.L. Coban et al.
PAL  IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems-I: Fundamental Theory and
      Applications, vol. 42, No. 8, Aug. 1995, An MOS Four-Quadrant Analog
      Multiplier Based on the Multitail Technique Using a Quadrital Cell as a
      Multiplier Core, K.Kimura, pp. 448-454.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  A variable gain amplifier is disclosed, comprising a pair of differential
      MOS transistors M1 and M2 and a current mirror. The sources of the
      differential MOS transistors M1 and M2 are connected to a constant voltage
      terminal. Since a DC voltage Vc is added to input signals, output signals
      that are theoretically free of a distortion are obtained. The gain can be
      controlled from infinitesimal. Since the gain is directly proportional to
      the control voltage, it can be easily controlled. Since a single output
      current is free of a distortion, even if amplifiers are connected on many
      stages, an output signal that is free of a distortion can be obtained.
PATN
WKU  059907428
SRC  9
APN  0769193
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980513
TTL  Differential amplifier circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Khanh Van
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Hisao
CTY  Kasugai
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971126
APN  9-324515
CLAS
OCL  330253
XCL  330255
XCL  330257
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  345
FSC  330
FSS  255;253;257;260
UREF
PNO  4241313
ISD  19801200
NAM  Takehara
OCL  330253
UREF
PNO  4935703
ISD  19900600
NAM  Poletto
OCL  330255
UREF
PNO  5475343
ISD  19951200
NAM  Bee
OCL  330255
UREF
PNO  5497124
ISD  19960300
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  330255
UREF
PNO  5515006
ISD  19960500
NAM  Chan
OCL  330255
LREP
FRM  Nikaido Marmelstein Murray & Oram LLP
ABST
PAL  A differential amplifier circuit includes a differential input circuit
      which receives first and second input signals. The differential input
      circuit amplifies a potential difference between the input signals and
      outputs first and second voltage signals at first and second output
      terminals representing the amplified potential difference. A first output
      transistor is connected between a high potential power supply and a third
      output terminal of the differential input circuit. The first output
      transistor pulls up the potential at the third output terminal. A second
      output transistor is connected between the third output terminal and a low
      potential power supply for pulling down the potential at the third output
      terminal. A gate voltage controller is connected to the first and second
      output terminals and receives the first and second voltage signals and
      controls voltages applied to each of the gate terminals of the first and
      second output transistors to control the currents flowing to them.
PATN
WKU  059907436
SRC  8
APN  9891137
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971211
TTL  Amplifier having improved common mode voltage range
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Khanh Van
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  6
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Gabara; Thaddeus John
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  330258
XCL  330253
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  345
FSC  330
FSS  258;252;253;259
UREF
PNO  4766394
ISD  19880800
NAM  Yukawa
OCL  330253
UREF
PNO  5210236
ISD  19930500
NAM  Takayanagi
OCL  330253
UREF
PNO  5231318
ISD  19930700
NAM  Reddy
OCL  307530
LREP
FR2  Harman; John M.
ABST
PAL  Embodiments of the invention include an amplifier such as a differential
      amplifier having an improved common mode voltage range (CMVR). The
      amplifier includes a translator coupled to a second stage amplifying
      circuitry wherein the translator uses feedback and a parallel connection
      of input devices to improve the common mode voltage range of the amplifier
      while providing for enablement of the circuit functionality. The
      translator uses parallel connections of N-channel and P-channel devices
      such as transistors to extract alternating current (ac) signals riding on
      a common mode voltage and to translate the extracted ac signals to ride on
      a constant reference voltage (V.sub.ref). The translated signals are then
      amplified in a conventional manner, such as by a gate thresholding or a
      self-biasing technique. An input sensing circuit within the translator
      provides an offset detection signal to a correction circuit, also within
      the translator. The correction circuit compares the signal with an applied
      reference signal (V.sub.ref) and, based thereon, applies a correction
      signal to the input sensing circuit. With the benefit of such correction
      signals, the input sensing circuit translates an input signal with a large
      common mode voltage range to an output signal that rides on the dc voltage
      that is approximately equal to the reference signal, V.sub.ref.
PATN
WKU  059907444
SRC  8
APN  9758062
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971121
TTL  Wide band process independent gain controllable amplifier stage
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Khanh Van
EXP  Lee; Benny
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Nagaraj; Krishnaswamy
CTY  Somerville
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  330277
XCL  330284
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  316
FSC  330
FSS  277;284;296;310;311
UREF
PNO  3764931
ISD  19731000
NAM  Waku et al.
OCL  330284
UREF
PNO  3803505
ISD  19740400
NAM  Ishigaki et al.
XCL  330284
UREF
PNO  3913026
ISD  19751000
NAM  Koehler
OCL  330277
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  In an amplifier stage a first FET receives the input signal at its gate
      electrode. The drain of the first FET is connected to the drain of a
      second FET, and both drains are connected to the same drain voltage
      supply. The amplifier stage output is from the drain of the second FET. A
      third FET has its drain connected to the drain voltage supply and its
      source connected to the reference voltage supply. The physical
      characteristics of the third transistor are selected to produce a voltage
      of a fixed value that is applied as a bias to the source of the second
      transistor to compensate for an offset of the amplifier stage input signal
      voltage. A fourth FET has its drain connected to the drain voltage supply
      and its source connected to the drain of the third FET. The drain of the
      fourth FET is connected to the gate of the second FET. The physical
      characteristics of the fourth FET and the current flowing through it
      determine the gain of the amplifier stage. The third and fourth FETs are
      not in the signal path. Several stages can be connected in cascade with
      only one pair of said third and fourth transistors connected to the source
      and gate of the second transistor of each stage.
PATN
WKU  059907452
SRC  9
APN  150519&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980909
TTL  Discharge element for charge-integrating preamplifier
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Khanh Van
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Carroll; Lewis R.
STR  3130 Lewiston Ave.
CTY  Berkeley
STA  CA
ZIP  94705
CLAS
OCL  330277
XCL  330308
XCL  250214A
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  316
ICL  H01J 4014
FSC  330
FSS  277;300;308;110
FSC  250
FSS  214 A
UREF
PNO  3972004
ISD  19760700
NAM  Libs
OCL  330308
UREF
PNO  4174503
ISD  19791100
NAM  Merklinger et al.
OCL  330300
UREF
PNO  4620321
ISD  19861000
NAM  Chown
OCL  250214A
UREF
PNO  4888562
ISD  19891200
NAM  Edler
OCL  330308
UREF
PNO  5322995
ISD  19940600
NAM  Ohkawa et al.
OCL  250214A
UREF
PNO  5347231
ISD  19940900
NAM  Bertuccio et al.
OCL  330300
UREF
PNO  5801588
ISD  19980900
NAM  Nishiyama
OCL  330308
OREF
PAL  Fazzi, et al Charge-Sensitive Amplifier Front-End with an MJFET and a
      Forward-Biased Reset Diode IEEE Trans Nucl. Sci. vol. 43, #6 Dec. 1996.
ABST
PAL  The input of a source-follower, or equivalent amplifier sub-circuit,
      utilizing a low-transconductance, low-reverse-leakage, low-capacitance,
      junction field-effect transistor, with its gate-source junction forward
      biased, is directly connected to the input of a charge-integrating
      preamplifier. This provides an attractive alternative to a high-ohm
      resistor which is typically used as a discharge element in low-noise
      charge-integrating preamplifiers in nuclear-particle, x-ray, and gamma-ray
      spectroscopy.
PATN
WKU  059907460
SRC  8
APN  9249923
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970905
TTL  Amplifier system
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Mottola; Steven J.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Samuels; John
CTY  Surrey
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Nokia Mobile Phones Limited
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960912
APN  9619029
CLAS
OCL  330285
XCL  330132
XCL  4552451
EDF  6
ICL  H03G  330
FSC  330
FSS  129;278;279;285;310;132;133
FSC  455
FSS  234.1;245.1;245.2
UREF
PNO  3899743
ISD  19750800
NAM  Csicsatka
OCL  330 22
UREF
PNO  4406019
ISD  19830900
NAM  Ide et al.
OCL  455245
UREF
PNO  5241284
ISD  19930800
NAM  Nyqvist et al.
OCL  330297
UREF
PNO  5410271
ISD  19950400
NAM  Arbel
OCL  330110
UREF
PNO  5465408
ISD  19951100
NAM  Sugayama et al.
XCL  455245.1
UREF
PNO  5493255
ISD  19960200
NAM  Murtojarvi
OCL  330296
FREF
PNO  0359477
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0147762
ISD  19791100
CNT  JPX
OCL  330285
FREF
PNO  0064409
ISD  19800500
CNT  JPX
OCL  330285
FREF
PNO  1155772
ISD  19690600
CNT  GBX
OCL  330285
FREF
PNO  WO 94/01930
ISD  19940100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Wideband Power Amplifier With Automatic Current Control", Instruments and
      Experimental Techniques, A.A. Titov, vol. 31, No. 3, May 1, 1998.
PAL  "Mobile P-System Satellite System Comparison", International Journal of
      Satellite Communications, vol. 13, pp. 453-471 (1995), Klaus G. Johannsen.
LREP
FRM  Perman & Green, LLP
ABST
PAL  An amplifier system for a radio receiver, comprising: amplifier means for
      amplifying a signal applied to an amplifier input to generate an amplifier
      output signal; and control means for sensing the amplifier output signal
      and, in response to a relatively high level of the output signal,
      controlling the current applied to the amplifier input to maintain the
      amplifier means in a linear mode of operation.
PATN
WKU  059907479
SRC  9
APN  026721&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980220
TTL  High frequency amplifier circuit and microwave integrated circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Patricia T.
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  9
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Chaki; Shin
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakajima; Yasuharu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970912
APN  9-248327
CLAS
OCL  330286
XCL  330307
XCL  333 32
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  360
ICL  H03F  314
ICL  H03F  738
FSC  330
FSS  286;277;306;307;302
FSC  333
FSS  32;33
UREF
PNO  4525678
ISD  19850600
NAM  Lehmann et al.
OCL  330277
UREF
PNO  4658220
ISD  19870400
NAM  Heston et al.
OCL  330277
UREF
PNO  4885541
ISD  19891200
NAM  Hayes
OCL  333 32
UREF
PNO  5818880
ISD  19981000
NAM  Kriz et al.
OCL  375306
OREF
PAL  T.H. Chen, et al., "One Watt Q-Band Class A Pseudomorphic HEMT MMIC
      Amplifier." IEEE MTT-S Digest 1994 (pp. 805-808).
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a high frequency amplifier circuit and a
      microwave integrated circuit which allow easy development of various
      models having different operating frequencies and other properties and
      improve the yield of production.
PAL  The high frequency amplifier circuit of the present invention comprises a
      high frequency transistor and a matching circuit connected between a
      terminal of the transistor and an external connection terminal, wherein
PAL  the matching circuit has a variable capacitive element of which one end is
      connected to a terminal of the transistor and the other end is connected
      to the external connection terminal, and a short stub of which one end is
      connected to the other end of the variable capacitive element and the
      other end is directly grounded.
PATN
WKU  059907487
SRC  9
APN  1292889
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980805
TTL  Frequency self-compensated operational amplifier
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Mottola; Steven J.
NDR  15
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Tomasini; Luciano
CTY  Monza
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Castello; Rinaldo
CTY  Arcore
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Clerici; Giancarlo
CTY  Vimodrone
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Bietti; Ivan
CTY  Casal Romano
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  SGS Thomson Microelectronics, S.r.l.
CTY  Agrate Brianza
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19951130
APN  95830497
RLAP
COD  71
APN  756024
APD  19961126
PSC  01
PNO  5834976
ISD  19981110
CLAS
OCL  330292
XCL  330294
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  114
ICL  H03F  134
FSC  330
FSS  260;277;292;294;311
UREF
PNO  4835489
ISD  19890500
NAM  Monticelli
OCL  330277
UREF
PNO  5140279
ISD  19920800
NAM  Scott
OCL  330156
UREF
PNO  5834976
ISD  19981100
NAM  Tomasini et al.
OCL  330292
OREF
PAL  Journal of the Audio Engineering Society, vol. 30, No. 5, May 1982, NY,
      U.S., pp. 324-329, XP0002000333, E. Funasaka H. Kondou: "Feedforward
      Floating Power Supply (High-Response-speed Equalizer Circuit)."
PAL  Electronics Letter, vol. 26, No. 21, Oct. 11, 1990, Stevenage GB, pp.
      1792-1794, XP000109643, C. A. Makris C. Toumazou: "Current-Mode Active
      Compensation Technques."
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist PC
ABST
PAL  An operational amplifier frequency self-compensated with respect to
      closed-loop gain comprises a transconductance input stage and an amplifier
      output stage connected serially together to receive an input signal on at
      least one input terminal of the amplifier and generate an amplified signal
      on an output terminal of the amplifier. Provided between the input and
      output stages is an intermediate node which is connected to a compensation
      block to receive a frequency-variable compensation signal therefrom. The
      compensation block is coupled with its input to the input terminal of the
      amplifier. The compensation block is connected to receive at least the
      feedback signal. Preferably, the compensation signal is variable as a
      function of a gain value which is determined by the feedback circuit, and
      said variation of the compensation signal occurs in a relationship of
      inverse proportionality to the gain value.
PATN
WKU  059907495
SRC  8
APN  9878580
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971209
TTL  Device for pole splitting in amplifiers
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXA  Choe; Henry
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Mohapatra; Subrat
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Liu; Edward
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  LSI Logic Corporation
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  330294
XCL  330 85
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  134
FSC  330
FSS  85;99;100;107;260;294
UREF
PNO  5828264
ISD  19981000
NAM  Koifman et al.
OCL  327562
UREF
PNO  5838199
ISD  19981100
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  330258
LREP
FRM  Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP
ABST
PAL  A novel device for pole splitting which can be employed in multistage
      amplifiers having a final stage and a prior stage. The device comprises a
      first capacitor connected between the output of the prior stage and the
      output of the final stage, a source follower, and a second capacitor
      connected between the output of the prior stage and the source follower.
      The source follower provides an offset voltage that reduces variation of
      the total capacitance of the first and second capacitors. In a preferred
      version of the present invention, the first and second capacitor each
      comprise a MOSFET transistor having a certain threshold voltage. The
      offset voltage is set to be at least the threshold voltage of the MOSFET
      transistors. In a preferred version, the source follower comprises a
      plurality of MOSFET transistors, which includes a MOSFET transistor having
      a gate connected to the first capacitor and a source connected to the
      second capacitor.
PATN
WKU  059907509
SRC  9
APN  0399078
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980316
TTL  Amplifier and driver system with multichannel operation
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Patricia T.
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Katz; Allen
CTY  Mercer County
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lockheed Martin Corporation
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  330295
XCL  330298
XCL  330311
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  368
ICL  H03F  304
ICL  H02H  720
FSC  330
FSS  124 R;149;207 P;277;295;298;311
UREF
PNO  4241266
ISD  19801200
NAM  Orban
OCL  307237
UREF
PNO  4249137
ISD  19810200
NAM  Malchow
OCL  330283
UREF
PNO  4468631
ISD  19840800
NAM  Goldberg
OCL  330284
UREF
PNO  4743863
ISD  19880500
NAM  Cassany et al.
OCL  330284
UREF
PNO  4916407
ISD  19900400
NAM  Olver
OCL  330151
UREF
PNO  4992753
ISD  19910200
NAM  Jenson et al.
OCL  330129
UREF
PNO  5119042
ISD  19920600
NAM  Crampton et al.
OCL  330295
UREF
PNO  5191338
ISD  19930300
NAM  Katz et al.
OCL  342352
UREF
PNO  5420541
ISD  19950500
NAM  Upton et al.
OCL  330286
UREF
PNO  5770970
ISD  19980600
NAM  Ikeda et al.
OCL  330295
UREF
PNO  5789979
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kumar et al.
OCL  330149
LREP
FR2  Meise; W. H.
FR2  Kennedy; R. P.
ABST
PAL  An RF amplifier includes a FET output stage and a driver. The FET is
      subject to long-term degradation in multiple-carrier use if its average
      gate current often exceeds a predetermined value. The random superposition
      of signal peaks of the multicarrier signal may cause such peaks to occur.
      The driver stage is selected to provide a range of four dB or less between
      the single-signal 1 dB compression point and the hard compression point,
      as measured by driver input signal level. This prevents application of
      excessive input signal to the output stage in a multicarrier situation,
      and prevents degradation of the FETs of the output stage. In one
      embodiment, a predistortion equalizer or linearizer is placed before the
      driver stage, to tend to linearize the characteristic of the driver and
      output stage combination at signal levels below those at which the driver
      is limited.
PATN
WKU  059907517
SRC  8
APN  951774&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971016
TTL  Method and apparatus for improving power transfer efficiency of an
      amplifier system
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Van Nguyen; Khanh
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  16
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Takita; Mark K.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Nikon Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  330297
XCL  330127
XCL  330 10
EDF  6
ICL  H03F  338
FSC  330
FSS  297;127;10
FSC  323
FSS  280
UREF
PNO  4115739
ISD  19780900
NAM  Sano et al.
OCL  330263
UREF
PNO  4206419
ISD  19800600
NAM  Yokoyama
OCL  330263
UREF
PNO  4430625
ISD  19840200
NAM  Yokoyama
OCL  330297
UREF
PNO  5075634
ISD  19911200
NAM  French
OCL  330297
UREF
PNO  5200711
ISD  19930400
NAM  Andersson et al.
OCL  330297
FREF
PNO  0023309
ISD  19820200
CNT  JPX
OCL  330297
FREF
PNO  0140008
ISD  19820800
CNT  JPX
OCL  330297
FREF
PNO  358119209
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
OCL  330  9
LREP
FR2  Fitzgerald; Joseph T.
FR2  Halbert; Michael J.
ABST
PAL  A linear amplifier provides an output signal that is proportional to an
      input signal. A differential voltage control unit tracks the output signal
      voltage and controls the outputs of two pulse width modulators which drive
      a linear amplifier. The differential voltage control unit controls the
      output of the positive pulse width modulator to a fixed predetermined
      value in accordance with at least one of the input or output signals. The
      positive and negative pulse width modulators are driven by a positive and
      negative high voltage direct current power supplies respectively.
PATN
WKU  059907525
SRC  9
APN  0790850
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980514
TTL  Method for mechanically tuning a voltage controlled oscillator
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Mis; David
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Papazian; Harold
CTY  Northbrook
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Reeser; Glen O.
CTY  Palatine
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Khuon; Lunal
CTY  Bolingbrook
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Bruzgo; Edward
CTY  Mundelein
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Kim; Sang
CTY  Cicero
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  CTS Corporation
CTY  Elkhart
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  331 96
XCL  331 44
XCL  331 68
XCL  331107DP
XCL  331117D
XCL  331179
XCL  333235
EDF  6
ICL  H03B  518
ICL  H01P  700
ICL  H01P  708
FSC  331
FSS  44;68;96;108 D;107 DP;117 D;179;181
FSC  333
FSS  235
UREF
PNO  5343176
ISD  19940800
NAM  Hasler
OCL  333204
UREF
PNO  5499445
ISD  19960300
NAM  Boyle et al.
OCL   29830
UREF
PNO  5627550
ISD  19970500
NAM  Sinad
OCL  343700MS
UREF
PNO  5657028
ISD  19970800
NAM  Sinad
OCL  343700MS
LREP
FRM  Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue
ABST
PAL  A method (100) for mechanically tuning a VCO that has a resonant stripline
      having vias in predetermined locations connected through a circuit board
      to ground. This includes a step (104) of measuring the operating frequency
      of the VCO. A following step (106) includes calculating an amount of
      frequency shift needed to achieve a desired frequency. A following step
      (108) matches the amount of frequency shift needed to values in a look-up
      table of frequency shifts versus via locations to determine which vias
      locations will provide the proper amount of frequency shift. A last step
      (110) includes mechanically disconnecting from ground the via locations
      indicated in the third step such that the desired frequency is achieved.
      This method (100) of tuning allows VCO frequency adjustment after final
      assembly avoiding problems of frequency shifts that can occur due to the
      placement of a metal lid on the circuit board after assembly.
PATN
WKU  059907533
SRC  8
APN  8629463
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970530
TTL  Precision oscillator circuit having a controllable duty cycle and
      related methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Mis; David
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Danstrom; Eric J.
CTY  Palatine
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Buchanan; John
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  STMicroelectronics, Inc.
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  592922
APD  19960129
PSC  01
PNO  5638031
CLAS
OCL  331143
XCL  331111
XCL  331177R
XCL  327175
XCL  324160
XCL  324166
EDF  6
ICL  H03B  524
ICL  H03K  302
ICL  H03K  33565
ICL  G01P  350
FSC  331
FSS  34;111;143;177 R
FSC  332
FSS  109-113
FSC  327
FSS  175
FSC  375
FSS  238
FSC   73
FSS  488;507
FSC  324
FSS  160-180
UREF
PNO  4167699
ISD  19790900
NAM  Baker
OCL  324171
UREF
PNO  4365212
ISD  19821200
NAM  Gentile et al.
OCL  331111
UREF
PNO  4594565
ISD  19860600
NAM  Barreras
OCL  331108
UREF
PNO  4723114
ISD  19880200
NAM  D'Arrigo et al.
OCL  331111
UREF
PNO  4742315
ISD  19880500
NAM  Schreilechner
OCL  331108
UREF
PNO  4904960
ISD  19900200
NAM  Izadinia et al.
OCL  331111
UREF
PNO  4983931
ISD  19910100
NAM  Nakano
OCL  331111
UREF
PNO  5070311
ISD  19911200
NAM  Nicolai
OCL  331111
UREF
PNO  5250914
ISD  19931000
NAM  Kondo
OCL  331111
UREF
PNO  5341113
ISD  19940800
NAM  Baron et al.
OCL  331144
UREF
PNO  5459437
ISD  19951000
NAM  Campbell
OCL  331111
UREF
PNO  5508664
ISD  19960400
NAM  Rizzo
OCL  331111
UREF
PNO  5614871
ISD  19970300
NAM  Miyabe
OCL  331111
UREF
PNO  5638031
ISD  19970600
NAM  Danstrom
OCL  331111
UREF
PNO  5740083
ISD  19980400
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  364565
UREF
PNO  5742198
ISD  19980400
NAM  Horie et al.
OCL  327551
UREF
PNO  5757676
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hobelsberger
OCL  364565
UREF
PNO  5821745
ISD  19981000
NAM  Makino et al.
OCL  324207.25
FREF
PNO  0 231 872
ISD  19870800
CNT  EPX
ICL  H02M  3155
FREF
PNO  43 06 950 A1
ISD  19940800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 40 924 A1
ISD  19950800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  59-165516
ISD  19840900
CNT  JPX
ICL  H03K  303
OREF
PAL  Gregorian et al., Switched-Capacitor Circuit Design, Aug. 1983,
      Prodceedings of the IEEE, vol. 71, No. 8, Aug. 1983, pp. 180-205.
PAL  "Variable Freqeucny Oscillator for Switching Regulator Control," IBM
      Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 19, No. 12, May 1977, pp. 4652-4653.
PAL  U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 08/623,613.
PAL  Stephen Hobrecht, "An Inteliligent BiCMOS/DMOS Quad 1-A High-Side Switch,"
      Dec. 6, 1990, pp. 1395-1402 IEEE Journal of Solid State Circuits vol.
      25No. 6.
LREP
FR2  Galanthay; Theodore E.
FR2  Jorgenson; Lisa K.
FR2  Regan; Christopher F.
ABST
PAL  A precision oscillator includes a capacitor, a charging current source, a
      discharging current source, a switch for alternatingly connecting the
      capacitor to the charging current source and the discharging current
      source, and a hysteretic comparator connected to the capacitor for
      producing an oscillating signal responsive to charging and discharging the
      capacitor. The oscillator may also preferably include a duty cycle
      controller connected to at least one of the charging current source and
      the discharging current source for setting the charging current and/or the
      discharging current to thereby set a duty cycle of the oscillating signal
      by setting a ratio of the charging and discharging currents. The charging
      current source may have a current setting input for permitting setting of
      a charging current to the capacitor, and the discharging current source
      may have a current setting input for permitting setting of a discharging
      current from the capacitor. The current setting inputs are connected to
      the duty cycle controller which, in one embodiment, may be provided by a
      processor and respective digital-to-analog converters.
PATN
WKU  059907541
SRC  9
APN  0986984
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980618
TTL  Phase and base potential converter and temperature-compensated crystal
      oscillator having the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  4
EXA  Choe; Henry
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Sakurai; Yasuhiro
CTY  Sayama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Citizen Watch Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970620
APN  9-164156
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970702
APN  9-177004
CLAS
OCL  331158
XCL  331176
XCL  327530
EDF  6
ICL  H03B  532
FSC  331
FSS  158;116 R;116 FE;176;177 R;66;177 V;117 FE;117 R
FSC  327
FSS  530;538;543
UREF
PNO  4152716
ISD  19790500
NAM  Torii et al.
OCL  357 41
UREF
PNO  5592119
ISD  19970100
NAM  Yoo
OCL  327530
OREF
PAL  Herbert Taub and Donald Schilling, Digital Integrated Electronics, p. 193,
      1977.
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A phase and base potential converter according to the invention is
      constructed as follows. Two MOS transistors having the same size and
      characteristic are connected in series between a first power supply and a
      second power supply, a gate of one MOS transistor is served as an input
      terminal of a voltage based on the first power supply, and a source of the
      other MOS transistor is served as an output terminal of a voltage based on
      the second power supply. One of the first power supply or the second power
      supply is a lower potential power supply, and the other is a higher
      potential power supply. The phase and base potential converter being thus
      constructed makes it possible to convert, for example, a signal based on
      the Vss into a signal based on the Vdd and thereby synthesize signals
      having different base potentials.
PATN
WKU  059907550
SRC  9
APN  0681180
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980602
TTL  Phase modulator efficiently utilizing waveform storing section
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Choe; Henry
EXP  Lee; Benny
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Takaaki; Yashiro
CTY  Gifu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951128
APN  7-309170
CLAS
OCL  332103
XCL  332104
XCL  375308
EDF  6
ICL  H03C  300
FSC  332
FSS  103;104;105
FSC  375
FSS  261;298;308
UREF
PNO  4680777
ISD  19870700
NAM  Saha
OCL  375 53
UREF
PNO  4910474
ISD  19900300
NAM  Tjahjadi et al.
OCL  332103
UREF
PNO  5077757
ISD  19911200
NAM  Cahill
OCL  375 59
UREF
PNO  5175514
ISD  19921200
NAM  Iinuma et al.
OCL  332103
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/03482
PD1  19980602
PD2  19980602
PD3  19961127
PCP  WO97/20416
PCD  19970606
ABST
PAR  Ramp period detecting circuit 101 outputs signal Tc that indicates the
      start and end of the ramp period. Two-dimensional quadrature coordinates
      (I.alpha.,Q.alpha.) and (I.beta.,Q.beta.) are output alternately.
      Coordinate accumulator 106 accumulates I.alpha. which is +1 or -1
      corresponding to each odd piece of two-bit data; coordinate accumulator
      107 accumulates Q.alpha. which is 0 corresponding to each even piece of
      two-bit data. Response waveforms from a digital lowpass filter (or
      rise/fall ramp waveforms) corresponding to signal Tc and outputs from
      coordinate accumulators 106 and 107, namely accumulated values of I.alpha.
      and Q.alpha., are alternately read from storage unit 112.
PATN
WKU  059907568
SRC  8
APN  9084738
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970806
TTL  Ferrite bead for cable installations having one piece encasement
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Benny
NDR  1
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  France, Jr.; Robert Charles
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  McClellan; Robert Kelly
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Gertie; John Raymond
CTY  Mesa
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Belden Communications Company
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  333 12
XCL  336 92
XCL  336175
XCL  174121A
EDF  6
ICL  H03H  200
FSC  333
FSS  12;81 A;181
FSC  336
FSS  92;175;176
FSC  174
FSS  121 A
UREF
PNO  4818957
ISD  19890400
NAM  Cort
OCL  333 12
UREF
PNO  4825185
ISD  19890400
NAM  Matsui
XCL  333 12
UREF
PNO  4882561
ISD  19891100
NAM  Fujioka
OCL  336 65
UREF
PNO  4885555
ISD  19891200
NAM  Palmer
OCL  333 12
UREF
PNO  4964013
ISD  19901000
NAM  Kitagawa
XCL  333 81A
UREF
PNO  4970476
ISD  19901100
NAM  Kitagawa
OCL  333 12
UREF
PNO  4972167
ISD  19901100
NAM  Fujioka
OCL  336 92
UREF
PNO  4983932
ISD  19910100
NAM  Kitagawa
OCL  333 12
UREF
PNO  5003278
ISD  19910300
NAM  May
OCL  336 92
UREF
PNO  5162772
ISD  19921100
NAM  May
OCL  336 92
UREF
PNO  5200730
ISD  19930400
NAM  Masuda et al.
XCL  333 12
UREF
PNO  5287074
ISD  19940200
NAM  Meguro et al.
OCL  333 12
UREF
PNO  5291172
ISD  19940300
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  336 65
UREF
PNO  5334955
ISD  19940800
NAM  Strnad
OCL  333 12
UREF
PNO  5343184
ISD  19940800
NAM  Matsui et al.
OCL  336 92
UREF
PNO  5346410
ISD  19940900
NAM  Moore, Jr.
OCL  439607
UREF
PNO  5355109
ISD  19941000
NAM  Yamazaki
OCL  336 92
UREF
PNO  5373277
ISD  19941200
NAM  Naito
XCL  333 12
UREF
PNO  5486803
ISD  19960100
NAM  Igarashi et al.
OCL  336 92
FREF
PNO  43194
ISD  19791200
CNT  JPX
OCL  174121A
FREF
PNO  190017
ISD  19900700
CNT  JPX
OCL  333 12
LREP
FRM  Snell & Willmer
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for reducing electromagnetic interference associated with a
      signal-conducting cable includes a ferrite bead and a one-piece molded
      encasement covering the ferrite bead. The encasement includes a number of
      ribs located within a longitudinal aperture of the ferrite bead. The ribs
      protrude radially inward to secure the apparatus to the cable and to
      coaxially align the cable within the aperture. In a preferred embodiment,
      the encasement and ribs are integrally formed from a resilient material.
PATN
WKU  059907576
SRC  9
APN  0907006
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980605
TTL  Gallium arsenide monolithic microwave integrated circuits employing
      thermally bumped devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Gensler; Paul
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Tonomura; S. Doug
CTY  La Mirada
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Harris; James M.
CTY  Encinitas
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Moye; Christopher A.
CTY  El Segundo
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Raytheon Company
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  333 172
XCL  257522
XCL  257728
XCL  333247
EDF  6
ICL  H01P  122
ICL  H01L 2312
FSC  333
FSS  104;17.2;247
FSC  257
FSS  522;706;707;728;778;780;781;664
UREF
PNO  5510758
ISD  19960400
NAM  Fujita et al.
XCL  257778
UREF
PNO  5528203
ISD  19960600
NAM  Mohwinkel et al.
XCL  333247
UREF
PNO  5610563
ISD  19970300
NAM  Mohwinkel
XCL  257778
LREP
FR2  Alkov; Leonard A.
FR2  Schubert; William C.
FR2  Lenzen, Jr.; Glenn H.
ABST
PAL  Flip chip monolithic microwave integrated circuits (MMIC) devices formed on
      gallium arsenide substrates and use thermally bumped diodes and field
      effect transistor devices to achieve improved heat dissipation and power
      protection. Flip chip limiter MMIC devices and transmit/receive switch
      MMIC devices are specifically provided by the present invention. The flip
      chip gallium arsenide limiter and transmit/receive switch MMIC devices use
      plated metallized bumps for both I/O connections and for thermal
      connections to a host substrate (aluminum nitride). The present invention
      also incorporates coplanar waveguide transmission line, thereby
      eliminating backside processing of the gallium arsenide substrates. The
      transmit/receive switch device provides power protection in both transmit
      and receive modes.
PATN
WKU  059907584
SRC  8
APN  8608695
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970620
TTL  High-frequency signal branching device
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Gensler; Paul
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Matsubara; Hiroshi
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Masprodenkoh Kabushikikaisha
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941222
APN  6-336241
CLAS
OCL  333100
XCL  333101
XCL  333136
XCL  333 24R
EDF  6
ICL  H03H  748
FSC  333
FSS  100;101;109;112;124;125;136;24 R
UREF
PNO  3881160
ISD  19750400
NAM  Ross
OCL  333124
UREF
PNO  4755776
ISD  19880700
NAM  Preschutti
OCL  333100
UREF
PNO  5058198
ISD  19911000
NAM  Rocci et al.
XCL  333100
LREP
FR2  Drucker; William A.
ABST
PAL  A high-frequency signal branching device comprises a main body having an
      input terminal and an output terminal for connecting trunk cables on an
      input and an output side, respectively, and a branch body having a branch
      terminal for connecting a branch cable. This construction allows the
      number of branch terminals to be increased by replacing the branch body
      while keeping the main body intact. A branching circuit for branching a
      high-frequency signal from the trunk cable is provided in the branch body.
      Accordingly, the branching circuit also can be replaced by replacing the
      branch body.
PATN
WKU  059907592
SRC  9
APN  0118613
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980217
TTL  Directional coupler rotatable around a fulcrum
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Bettendorf; Justin P.
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Matsubara; Hiroshi
CTY  Nisshin
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Maspro Denkoh, Co., Ltd.
CTY  Aichi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  333109
XCL  333112
EDF  6
ICL  H01D  518
FSC  333
FSS  100;109;111;112;115;116;136
UREF
PNO  3641464
ISD  19720200
NAM  Crowhurst et al.
OCL  333112
UREF
PNO  4476447
ISD  19841000
NAM  Lauchner
OCL  333111
UREF
PNO  5058198
ISD  19911000
NAM  Rocci et al.
XCL  333109
UREF
PNO  5638035
ISD  19970600
NAM  Romerein et al.
OCL  333101
FREF
PNO  58-44612
ISD  19831000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-44618
ISD  19871100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Pearson & Pearson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/01665
PD1  19980810
PD2  19980810
PD3  19960618
PCP  WO97/49180
PCD  19971224
ABST
PAR  A directional coupler makes it possible to switch the input terminal and
      the output terminal thereof in position. A branch unit (5) containing a
      branching circuit (5a) is mounted so that the branch unit (5) can be
      rotated relative to a mother board (4), with a central portion of the
      branch unit (5) being a fulcrum. An input terminal (12) and an output
      terminal (13) are provided at positions corresponding to relay terminals
      (10, 11) of the mother board 4.
PATN
WKU  059907606
SRC  8
APN  8890196
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970707
TTL  Delay line for providing a delay time at a desired peak frequency
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Benny
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Yoshida; Norio
CTY  Otsu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tochigi; Makoto
CTY  Shiga-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960708
APN  8-178228
CLAS
OCL  333161
EDF  6
ICL  H01P  118
FSC  333
FSS  161;156
UREF
PNO  5073755
ISD  19911200
NAM  Neufeld
XCL  333161
UREF
PNO  5146191
ISD  19920900
NAM  Mandai et al.
OCL  333161
UREF
PNO  5187455
ISD  19930200
NAM  Mandai et al.
OCL  333161
UREF
PNO  5365203
ISD  19941100
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  333161
FREF
PNO  4119551
ISD  19920100
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Y. Nagai, et al., "Non-dispersive and Dispersive Delay Lines Using High-Tc
      Superconducting Films", IEICE Transactions on Electronics, E75-C (1992),
      Aug. No., 8, Tokyo, JP.
PAL  Hansson, et al., "Planar Meanderline Ferrite-Dielectric Phase Shifter",
      IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, vol. MTT-29 (1981)
      Mar., No. 3, New York, USA.
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A stripline-type delay line has a plurality of rectangular sheet layers
      which are made from a dielectric material with a relative dielectric
      constant .di-elect cons.r of about 6.3, having magnesium oxide and silica
      as main components. One sheet layer is placed at the top, and the other
      layers are laminated thereunder in the following order: a sheet layer on
      which a first ground conductor is formed on its upper surface, a sheet
      layer on which a transmission line folded in a meander shape is formed on
      its upper surface, and a sheet layer on which a second ground conductor is
      formed on its upper surface. On side faces of the laminated dielectric and
      on adjacent portions of the upper and lower surfaces, an input terminal,
      an output terminal, and ground terminals are formed by printing, and then
      the dielectric is baked. The length A of the opposing line sections of
      said transmission line is preferably set such that the first peak
      frequency f of the delay time is within or above the frequency range of
      use, and substantially satisfies the following expression:
      ##EQU1##
      wherein Co indicates the speed of light, and .di-elect cons.r indicates
      the relative dielectric constant of said dielectric layers.
PATN
WKU  059907614
SRC  9
APN  0444073
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980319
TTL  Phase shifter circuit with high linearity
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Bettendorf; Justin P.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Hamparian; Simon
CTY  Palisades Park
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Kossor; Michael Gordon
CTY  Kenilworth
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  O'Donnell; Adam Joseph
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  333164
XCL  327237
XCL  327586
EDF  6
ICL  H03H  720
FSC  333
FSS  139;164
FSC  327
FSS  234;237;586
UREF
PNO  4405907
ISD  19830900
NAM  Breese et al.
XCL  333164
UREF
PNO  4621205
ISD  19861100
NAM  Miller
OCL  327586
UREF
PNO  4638269
ISD  19870100
NAM  Dawson et al.
OCL  333164
ABST
PAL  A phase shifter circuit shifts the phase of a voltage varying RF signal at
      high RF power levels by using a diode arrangement of back to back diode
      sets connected in series to reduce the change in capacitive reactance of
      the diode arrangement. The diode arrangement is connected to a phase
      adjustment port of a phase shifting device which shifts the phase of the
      RF signal according to the capacitive reactance level at the phase
      adjustment port. A control circuit for each back to back diode set can be
      used to provide independent adjustment of each diode set to balance
      capacitive reactance responses between the diode sets to further reduce
      the change in capacitive reactance. In certain embodiments, the phase
      shifter circuit uses a ninely (90) degree hybrid coupler with two phase
      adjustment ports, a zero (0) degree port and a -90 degree port. A first
      diode arrangement of back to back diode sets is connected to the zero
      degree port, and a second diode arrangement of back to back diode sets is
      connected to the -90 degree port. Each diode arrangement includes at least
      a first set of back to back diodes (common cathode) connected in series
      which a second set of back to back diodes. Using the diode arrangements
      with multiple back to back diode sets reduces the change in the capacitive
      reactance of the diode arrangement at high RF signal power levels with
      wide voltage swings. Additionally, providing each back to back diode set
      with corresponding control circuitry allows independent adjustment of the
      capacitive reactance associated with each diode set, providing improved
      balancing of the capacitive reactance responses between and within the
      diode arrangements.
PATN
WKU  059907622
SRC  8
APN  862383&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970523
TTL  Surface acoustic wave filter and multistage filter with multiple inside
      busbar lead-out electrodes
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Summons; Barbara
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  24
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Hiroyuki
CTY  Neyagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Toru
CTY  Katano
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishimura; Kazunori
CTY  Yawata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishizaki; Toshio
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960523
APN  8-128760
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960830
APN  8-230016
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970114
APN  9-004894
CLAS
OCL  333195
XCL  310313B
XCL  310313D
EDF  6
ICL  H03H  964
FSC  333
FSS  193-195
FSC  310
FSS  313 R;313 B;313 C;313 D
UREF
PNO  Re33957
ISD  19920600
NAM  Nakazawa et al.
XCL  310313D
UREF
PNO  4223284
ISD  19800900
NAM  Inour et al.
OCL  333150
UREF
PNO  4575698
ISD  19860300
NAM  Schofield
OCL  333195
UREF
PNO  5363073
ISD  19941100
NAM  Higgins, Jr.
OCL  333195
UREF
PNO  5581141
ISD  19961200
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  310313D
UREF
PNO  5793266
ISD  19980800
NAM  Allen et al.
XCL  310313D
FREF
PNO  0 176 786 A2
ISD  19860400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 648 015 A2
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 740 411 A2
ISD  19961000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4439489C1
ISD  19960100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  53-30848
ISD  19780300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  55-107319
ISD  19800800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-131213
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-21367
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-177703
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-321599
ISD  19951200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO97/12441
ISD  19970400
CNT  WOX
OCL  333195
OREF
PAL  B. Wall and A. du Hamel;"Balanced Driven Transversely Coupled Waveguide
      Resonator Filters"; 1996 IEEE Ultrasonics Symposium Proceedings, vol. 1,
      pp. 47-51; Nov. 3-6, 1996, San Antonio, TX USA.
LREP
FRM  Smith, Gambrell & Russell
ABST
PAL  A surface acoustic wave resonator is constituted by an IDT electrode and
      reflector electrodes disposed on both sides thereof, on a piezoelectric
      substrate. Two of said surface acoustic wave resonators are disposed
      nearby so that the propagation directions of the respective surface
      acoustic waves are in parallel to each other to make acoustic couple to
      constitute a surface acoustic wave filter having plural exciting modes
      with different propagation frequencies. The bus bar electrodes of each of
      two IDT electrodes are electrically separated from each other, and the
      leading out electrodes led out from at least two spots on those bus bar
      electrodes are electrically connected to each other, by which one side of
      the balanced input and output terminal. As a result, the electrode
      resistance of the IDT electrode is alleviated to make the insertion loss
      less.
PATN
WKU  059907630
SRC  8
APN  6919383
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19960805
TTL  Filter having part of a resonator and integral shell extruded from one
      basic block
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Summons; Barbara
EXP  Pascal; Robert
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Sipila ; Juha Petri
CTY  Kempele
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  ADC Solitra OY
CTY  Kempele
CNT  FIX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  333202
XCL  333203
XCL  333234
EDF  6
ICL  H01P  1205
FSC  333
FSS  202;203;206-209;212;219;222;223;227;230;231;234
UREF
PNO  3571768
ISD  19710300
NAM  Gundry
OCL  333230
UREF
PNO  4034319
ISD  19770700
NAM  Olsson
OCL  333203
UREF
PNO  4278957
ISD  19810700
NAM  Starai
OCL  333202
UREF
PNO  4280113
ISD  19810700
NAM  Sekiguchi
XCL  333212
UREF
PNO  4292610
ISD  19810900
NAM  Makimoto et al.
XCL  333234
UREF
PNO  4307357
ISD  19811200
NAM  Alm
OCL  333206
UREF
PNO  4398164
ISD  19830800
NAM  Nishikawa et al.
XCL  333206
UREF
PNO  4706051
ISD  19871100
NAM  Dielman
OCL  333212
UREF
PNO  5329687
ISD  19940700
NAM  Scott
OCL   29527.2
UREF
PNO  5502715
ISD  19960300
NAM  Penny
OCL  370 26
FREF
PNO  2638024
ISD  19900400
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  59/223002
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
OCL  333203
FREF
PNO  2 067 848
ISD  19810700
CNT  GBX
OCL  333203
FREF
PNO  WO 93/01625
ISD  19930100
CNT  WOX
OCL  333203
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a filter and a method for manufacturing a filter.
      The filter comprises a shell construction with a wall construction and a
      bottom portion, which form at least one section in the shell construction.
      The filter further comprises at least one resonator within a section of
      the shell construction. At least the bottom portion of the shell
      construction and one or more resonators, or at least the part thereof
      close to the bottom portion of the shell construction, are an integral
      unit extruded from the same basic block in one piece.
PATN
WKU  059907649
SRC  9
APN  0126861
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980123
TTL  Dielectric waveguide with at least one dielectric resonator and a
      plurality of dielectric strips coupled with said at least one resonator
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Ham; Seungsook
NDR  10
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Tanizaki; Toru
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishida; Hiroshi
CTY  Kawanishi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Saitoh; Atsushi
CTY  Nagaokakyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970123
APN  9-010137
CLAS
OCL  333202
XCL  3332191
XCL  333239
XCL  333248
EDF  6
ICL  H01P  710
ICL  H01P  316
FSC  333
FSS  202;219.1;208;230;237;239;248
UREF
PNO  5473296
ISD  19951200
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
OCL  333239
UREF
PNO  5861782
ISD  19990100
NAM  Saitoh
OCL  333239
FREF
PNO  63-185101
ISD  19880700
CNT  JPX
OCL  333239
FREF
PNO  8-65004
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
OCL  333239
OREF
PAL  Xu et al., "Scattering properties of discontinuities in NRD guide", 8049h
      IEE Proceedings-H: Microwave Antennas and Propagation, pp. 205-210, Jun.
      1994.
PAL  Di Nallo et al., "Experimental Investigation on NRD-guide Dual-Mode
      Filters", IEEE MTT-S Inter. Microwave Symposium Digest, vol. 1, pp.
      237-240, May 1994.
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  An intersect-line apparatus has two conductor plates. An HE-mode dielectric
      resonator and four dielectric strips to be coupled to the resonator are
      disposed between the two conductor plates. The adjacent four dielectric
      strips are spaced from each other substantially at 90 degrees.
      Accordingly, signals propagating in two strip lines positioned
      substantially at 180 degrees and signals propagating in the remaining two
      strip lines cross each other within the dielectric resonator without
      interfering with each other.
PATN
WKU  059907657
SRC  8
APN  9749977
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971120
TTL  Planar dual mode filters and a method of construction thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Ham; Seungsook
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Mansour; Raafat R.
CTY  Waterloo
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Ye; Shen
CTY  Cambridge
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  COM DEV LTD.
CTY  Cambridge
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  333204
XCL  333 99S
XCL  505210
EDF  6
ICL  H01P  1203
FSC  333
FSS  204;205;219;99 S
FSC  505
FSS  210;701
UREF
PNO  5021757
ISD  19910600
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
XCL  333204
UREF
PNO  5648747
ISD  19970700
NAM  Grothe et al.
OCL  333204
UREF
PNO  5750473
ISD  19980500
NAM  Shen
OCL  333 99S
UREF
PNO  5786303
ISD  19980700
NAM  Mansour
XCL  333204
FREF
PNO  3-49301
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
OCL  333204
FREF
PNO  1224863
ISD  19860400
CNT  SUX
OCL  333204
FREF
PNO  1474763
ISD  19890400
CNT  SUX
OCL  333204
LREP
FR2  Schnurr; Daryl W.
ABST
PAL  A planar dual mode filter has one or more resonators with L-shaped sections
      that are oriented back to back to one another. The filter can be
      constructed by adjusting the size of a gap between the back to back
      sections and adjusting the offset distance between adjacent sections.
      Further, coupling between adjacent resonators can be controlled by
      adjusting a distance between the adjacent resonators. The filters can be
      co-planar, stripline, suspended microstripline or microstripline. The
      filters have a film on a substrate with a ground plane. The film can be
      gold, silver or copper or it can be a ceramic material that becomes
      superconductive at cryogenic temperatures.
PATN
WKU  059907665
SRC  8
APN  8838054
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970627
TTL  Electrically tunable microwave filters
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Ham; Seungsook
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Zhang; Zhihang
CTY  Westminster
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Weiser, Jr.; Attila
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Superconducting Core Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Golden
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  333205
XCL  333235
EDF  6
ICL  H01P  1203
FSC  333
FSS  204;205;219;235;995
UREF
PNO  3365400
ISD  19680100
NAM  Pulvari
OCL  252 62.9R
UREF
PNO  3569795
ISD  19710300
NAM  Gikow
OCL  361434
UREF
PNO  3784937
ISD  19740100
NAM  Jackson et al.
OCL  333 24C
UREF
PNO  4161766
ISD  19790700
NAM  Castleberry et al.
OCL  361280
UREF
PNO  4837536
ISD  19890600
NAM  Honjo
OCL  333247
UREF
PNO  5070241
ISD  19911200
NAM  Jack
OCL  250336.2
UREF
PNO  5105200
ISD  19920400
NAM  Koepf
OCL  343700
UREF
PNO  5142437
ISD  19920800
NAM  Kammerdiner et al.
OCL  361313
UREF
PNO  5146299
ISD  19920900
NAM  Lampe et al.
OCL  357 23.5
UREF
PNO  5187460
ISD  19930200
NAM  Forterre et al.
XCL  333205
UREF
PNO  5192871
ISD  19930300
NAM  Ramakrishnan et al.
OCL  257595
UREF
PNO  5208213
ISD  19930500
NAM  Ruby
OCL  505  1
UREF
PNO  5212463
ISD  19930500
NAM  Babbitt et al.
OCL  333161
UREF
PNO  5307033
ISD  19940400
NAM  Koscica et al.
OCL  333161
UREF
PNO  5309166
ISD  19940500
NAM  Collier et al.
OCL  343778
UREF
PNO  5312790
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sengupta et al.
OCL  501137
UREF
PNO  5358926
ISD  19941000
NAM  Olson et al.
OCL  505210
UREF
PNO  5409889
ISD  19950400
NAM  Das
OCL  505210
UREF
PNO  5459123
ISD  19951000
NAM  Das
OCL  505210
UREF
PNO  5472935
ISD  19951200
NAM  Yadrofski et al.
XCL  333 99S
UREF
PNO  5496795
ISD  19960300
NAM  Das
OCL  505210
UREF
PNO  5496796
ISD  19960300
NAM  Das
XCL  333205
UREF
PNO  5523283
ISD  19960600
NAM  Simon et al.
OCL  505239
UREF
PNO  5538941
ISD  19960700
NAM  Findikoglu et al.
OCL  505210
UREF
PNO  5589845
ISD  19961200
NAM  Yandrofski et al.
OCL  343909
UREF
PNO  5617104
ISD  19970400
NAM  Das
XCL  333 99S
UREF
PNO  5640042
ISD  19970600
NAM  Koscica et al.
OCL  257595
FREF
PNO  2-42787
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-205904
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01P  900
FREF
PNO  5-29809
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1177-869
ISD  19850900
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1193-738
ISD  19851100
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1224868
ISD  19860400
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  1352562 A1
ISD  19871100
CNT  SUX
OREF
PAL  Beall, James A., Ronald H. Ono, David Galt and John C. Price; Tunable High
      Temperature Superconductor Microstrip Resonators; To appear in the 1993
      IEEE MTT-S International Microwave Symposium Digest, 1993.
PAL  Vendik, O.G., L.T. Ter-Martirosyan, A.I. Dedyk, S.F. Karmanenko and R.A.
      Chakalov; High-T.sub.c Superconductivity: New Applications of
      Ferroelectrics at Microwave Frequencies; Ferroelectrics, 1993, vol. 144,
      pp. 33-43.
PAL  Barnes, Frank S., John Price, Allen Hermann, Zhihang Zhang, Huey-Daw Wu,
      David Galt, Ali Naziripour; Some Microwave Applications of BaSrTiO.sub.3
      and High Temperature Superconductors;Integrated Ferroelectrics; 1995; vol.
      8, pp. 171-184.
PAL  Edited by M.J. Howes and D.V. Morgan; Variable Impedance Devices;1978; pp.
      270-275.
PAL  Mortenson, Kenneth E.; Variable Capacitance Diodes; 1990; pp. 44-48.
PAL  Feynman, Richard P., Robert B. Leighton, Matthew Sands; The Feynman
      Lectures on Physics; Addison-Wesley Publishing Company; pp. 23-2 -23-6,
      1998.
PAL  Scott, J.F., David Galt, John C. Price, James A. Beall, Ronald H. Ono,
      Carlos A. Paz de Araujo and L.D. McMillan; A Model of Voltage-Dependent
      Dielectric Losses for Ferroelectric MMIC Devices;; Integrated
      Ferroelectrics; 1995; vol. 6; pp. 189-203.
PAL  Vendik, Orest, Igor Mironenko and Leon Ter-Martirosyan; Superconductors
      Spur Application of Ferroelectric Films; Microwaves and RF; 1994; pp.
      67-70.
PAL  Jeck, M., S. Kolesov, A. Kozyrev, T. Samoilova, and O.Vendik; Investigation
      of Electrical Nonlinearity of HTS Thin Films as Applied to Realization of
      a Microwave IC Mixer; Journal of Superconductivity; vol. 8, No. 6, 1995;
      pp. 705-714.
PAL  Galt, David, John C. Price; James A. Beall, Ronald H. Ono; Characterization
      of a Tunable Thin Film Microwave Yba.sub.2 Cu.sub.3 O.sub.7-X /SrTio.sub.3
      Coplanar Capacitor; Appl. Phys. Lett 63 (22); Nov. 29, 1993; pp.
      3078-3080.
PAL  Galt, David, John C. Price; James A. Beall, Todd E. Harvey; Ferroelectric
      Thin Film Characterization Using Superconducting Microstrip Resonators;
      IEEE Transactions on Applied Superconductivity; vol. 5, No. 2; Jun. 1995;
      pp. 2575-2578.
PAL  Wu, Huey-Daw, Frank S. Barnes, David Galt, John Price, James A. Beall;
      Dielectric Properties of Thin Film SrTiO.sub.3 Grown on LaA1O.sub.3 With
      Yba.sub.2 CU.sub.3 O.sub.7-X Electrodes; To appear in the proceeding sof
      the Jan. 1994 SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng. Conference on High-T.sub.c
      Microwave Superconductors and Applications, SPIE Proceedings vol. 2156,
      1994.
PAL  Varadan, V.K., D.K. Ghodgaonkar and V.V. Varadan; Ceramic Phase Shifters
      for Electronically Steerable Antenna Systems; Microwave Journal; Jan.
      1992; pp. 118-125.
PAL  Walkenhorst, A., C. Doughty, X.X. Xi, S.N. Mao, Q. Li, T. Venkatesan and R.
      Ramesh; Dielectric Properties of SrTiO.sub.3 Thin Films Used in High
      T.sub.c Superconducting Field-Effect Devices;Appl. Phys. Lett 60 (14),
      Apr. 6, 1992; pp. 1744-1746.
PAL  Takemoto-Kobayashi, June H., Charles M. Jackson, Emery B. Gillory, Claire
      Pettiette-Hall, John F. Burch; Monolithic High-Tc Superconducing Phase
      Shifter at 10 GHz; IEEE MTT-S Digest; 1992; pp. 469-472.
PAL  Takemoto, June H., Charles M. Jackson, Roger Hu, John F. Burch, Kenneth P.
      Daly and Randy W. Simon; Microstrip Resonators and Filters Using High-TC
      Superconducting Thin Films on LaA10.sub.3 ; IEEE; 1991; pp. 2549-2552.
PAL  Ramesh, R., A. Inam, W.K. Chan, F. Tillerot, B. Wilkens, C.C. Chang, T.
      Sands, J.M. Tarasco and V.G. Keramidas; Ferroelectric PbZr.sub.0.2
      Ti.sub.0.8 O.sub.3 Thin Films on Epitaxial Y-Ba-Cu-O; Appl. Phys. Lett.;
      vol. 59, No. 27, Dec. 30, 1991; pp. 3542-3544.
PAL  Track; E.K., Z-Y Shen, H. Dang, M. Radparvar and S.M. Faris; Investigation
      of an Electronically Tuned 100 Ghz Superconducting Phase Shifter; IEEE;
      1991.
PAL  Ryan, Paul A.; High-Temperature Superconductivity for EW and Microwave
      Systems; Journal of Electronic Defense; May 1990; pp. 55-59.
PAL  Dinger, Robert J., Donald R. Bowling, Anna M. Martin and John Talvacchio;
      Radiation Efficiency Measurements of a Thin-Film Y-Ba-Cu-O Superconducting
      Half-Loop Antenna at 500 Mhz; IEEE MTT-S Digest; 1991; pp. 1243-1246.
PAL  Dinger, Robert J.; Donald R. Bowling and Anna M. Martin; A Survey of
      Possible Passive Antenna Applications of High-Temperture Superconductors;
      IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques; vol. 39, No. 9; Sep.
      1991; pp. 1498-15-7.
PAL  McAvoy, B.R., G.R. Wagner, J.D. Adam, J. Talvacchio and M. Driscoll;
      Superconducting Stripline Resonator Performance; Proc. 1988 Applied
      Superconductivity Conf. (IEEE Trans. Magn. MAG-25, 1989).
PAL  Considine, Douglas M. (Editor), Glenn D. Considine (Managing Editor); Van
      Nostrand's Scientific Encyclopedia, Sixth Edition, vol. 1; Van Nostrand
      Reinhold Company; Superconductors; pp. 2725-2727, 1998.
PAL  Skolnik, Merrill I. (Editor in Chief); Radar Handbook; Second Edition;
      McGraw-Hill Publishing Company; Chapter 7; Cheston, Theodore C. And Joe
      Frank; Phased Array Radar Antennas7.1, 7.6-7.8, 1990.
PAL  Howes, M.J. and D.V. Morgan (edited); Variable Impedance Devices; John
      Wiley & Sons; 1978; pp. 270-275.
PAL  Jackson, Charles M., June H. Kobayashi, Emery B. Guillory, Claire
      Pettiette-Hall, and John F. Burch; Monolithic HTS Microwave Phase Shifter
      and Other Devices; Journal of Superconductivity; vol. 5, No. 4, 1992; pp.
      419-424.
PAL  Scott, J.F., M. Azuma, E. Fujii, T. Otsuki, G. Kano, M.C. Scott, C.A. Paz
      de Araujo, L.D. McMillan & T. Roberts; Microstructure-Induced Schottky
      Barrier Effects in Barium Strontium Titanate (BST) Thin Films for 16 and
      64 MBIT Dram Cells; IEEE; pp. 356-359, 1998.
PAL  Das, S.N.; Ferroelectrics for Time Delay Steering of an Array;
      Ferroelectrics; 1973; vol. 5, pp. 253-257.
PAL  Jackson, Charles M., June H. Kobayashi; Alfred Lee; Claire Pettiette-Hall,
      John F. Burch, Roger Hu, Rick Hilton, and Jim McDade; Novel Monolithic
      Phase Shifter Combining Ferroelectrics and High Temperature
      Superconductors; Microwave and Optical Technology Letters; vol. 5, No. 14;
      Dec. 20, 1992; pp. 722-726.
PAL  Jackson, C.M., J.H. Kobayashi, D. Durand and A.H. Silver; A High
      Temperature Superconductor Phase Shifter; Microwave Journal; Dec. 1992;
      pp. 72-78.
PAL  Schumacher, M. G.W. Dietz and R. Waser; Dielectric Relaxation of
      Perovskite-Type Oxide Thin Films: 1998.
LREP
FRM  Sheridan Ross P.C.
ABST
PAL  The tunable filters of the present invention incorporate tunable dielectric
      materials (e.g., bulk and thin film ferroelectric and paraelectric
      materials) in contact with segments of resonators that are at an RF
      voltage maximum to alter the pass band or stop band characteristic of an
      RF signal outputted by the filter. The biasing circuitry in contact with
      the tunable dielectric material can include components for inhibiting or
      retarding the coupling of RF energy to the biasing circuit.
PATN
WKU  059907673
SRC  8
APN  9758852
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971121
TTL  Dielectrically loaded cavity resonator
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Ham; Seungsook
NDR  20
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Ivanov; Eugene Nikolay
CTY  Nedlands
CNT  AUX
INVT
NAM  Blair; David Gerald
CTY  Guildford
CNT  AUX
INVT
NAM  Tobar; Michael Edmund
CTY  Nedlands
CNT  AUX
INVT
NAM  Searls; Jesse Hyuck
CTY  Fremantle
CNT  AUX
INVT
NAM  Edwards; Simon John
CTY  Nedlands
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Poseidon Scientific Instruments Pty Ltd
CNT  AUX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  University of Western Australia
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19920601
APN  PL2720
RLAP
COD  74
APN  343595
APD  19941130
PSC  01
PNO  5714920
CLAS
OCL  3332191
XCL  333234
EDF  6
ICL  H01P  710
FSC  333
FSS  219;219.1;227;229;234;228;230;231;202
UREF
PNO  4992763
ISD  19910200
NAM  Bert
OCL  333219
UREF
PNO  5200721
ISD  19930400
NAM  Mansour
OCL  333202
FREF
PNO  58-204603
ISD  19831100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-204602
ISD  19831100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-204601
ISD  19831100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-183610
ISD  19870800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-183609
ISD  19870800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-183608
ISD  19870800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-299104
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-299103
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-299102
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-92103
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-92084
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-62101
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  260207
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  260206
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  260205
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1688325
ISD  19911000
CNT  SUX
OREF
PAL  Zaki et al., "New Results in Dielectric-Loaded Resonators", IEEE trans. on
      Microwave theory & Tech. vol. MTT-34, No. 7, Jul. 1986.
PAL  Maggiore et al., "Low-loss microwave cavity using layered-dielectric
      materials", Appl. Phys. Lett. 64(11), Mar. 1994.
PAL  Flory et al., "Microwave Oscillators Incorporating ... Resonators", 1993
      IEEE Inter. Frequency Control Symp., Jun. 1993.
PAL  "Closed Loop Tests on the NASA Sapphire Phase Stabilizer" by D. Santiago
      and G. Dick (5 pp.), 1993.
PAL  "Microwave Frequency Discriminator with a Cooled Sapphire Resonator for
      Ultra-Low Phase Noise" by D. Santiago and G. Dick (7 pp.) 1992.
PAL  "Measurement and Analysis of a Microwave Oscillator Stabilized by a
      Sapphire Dielectric Ring Resonator for Ultra-Low Noise" by J. Dick and J.
      Saunders (8pp.) Sep. 1990.
PAL  "A Very High Stability Sapphire Loaded Superconducting Cavity Oscillator"
      by A. Giles, et al. (2 pp.), 1990.
PAL  "Whispering-Gallery Modes of Dielectric Resonators" by C. Vedrenne and
      Prof. J. Arnaud (5 pp.) Aug. 1982.
PAL  "Resonant Frequencies of Higher Order Modes in Cylindrical Anisotropic
      Dielectric Resonators," by Michael E. Tobar and Anthony G. Mann (4 pp.),
      published 1991.
PAL  "High-Q T.E. Stabilised Sapphire Microwave Resonators and Low Noise
      Oscillators," by J. H. Searls et al. (13 pp.), published 1993.
PAL  "Cryogenic Sapphire Microwave Resonator-Oscillator with Exceptional
      Stability," by A. N. Luiten et al. (10 pp.), published 1994.
PAL  "Low Noise, Microwave Signal Generation Using Cryogenic, Sapphire
      Dielectric Resonators: An Update," by M. M. Driscoll and R. W. Weinert (6
      pp.), published 1992.
PAL  "A Low-Noise X-Band Gunn Oscillator Using a Sapphire Dielectric Resonator,"
      by Sergey N. Bun'kov et al. (6 pp.), published 1990.
LREP
FRM  Bliss McGlynn, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method of producing a microwave resonator comprising a cavity (50)
      defined, at least in part, by a generally cylindrical wall (64) having an
      electrically conductive inner surface and containing a generally
      cylindrical piece of low loss dielectric material (22), characterised by
      forming a generally cylindrical piece of low loss dielectric material of
      predetermined size and placing same in a cavity to produce a microwave
      resonator which operates in a particular mode at a specific frequency at a
      particular temperature. Microwave radiation corresponding to a further
      operating mode is then passed into the cavity and then the frequency
      corresponding to the further operating mode is searched for and measured.
      A further generally cylindrical piece of dielectric material is produced
      by scaling from the first piece of dielectric material according to the
      ratio between the first and second frequencies. Then, the diameter and/or
      height of the cavity is varied to compensate for manufacturing
      inaccuracies in the crystal so as to obtain an output frequency close to
      the desired output frequency.
PATN
WKU  059907681
SRC  8
APN  9786171
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971126
TTL  Millimeter waveguide and a circuit apparatus using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  46
ECL  28
EXA  Summons; Barbara
EXP  Lee; Benny T.
NDR  7
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Kazuaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Makimoto; Mitsuo
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961128
APN  8-317362
CLAS
OCL  333247
XCL  333238
XCL  257664
EDF  6
ICL  H01P  308
ICL  H01P  508
FSC  333
FSS  26;33;239;243;246-248;250
FSC  257
FSS  664
UREF
PNO  5012319
ISD  19910400
NAM  Dykaar et al.
XCL  333246
UREF
PNO  5138436
ISD  19920800
NAM  Koepf
XCL  333247
UREF
PNO  5280253
ISD  19940100
NAM  Deki et al.
XCL  333246
UREF
PNO  5303419
ISD  19940400
NAM  Ittipiboon et al.
XCL  333246
UREF
PNO  5471181
ISD  19951100
NAM  Park
OCL  333246
UREF
PNO  5796321
ISD  19980800
NAM  Caillat et al.
XCL  333247
FREF
PNO  6-77709
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Katehi, L.P.B.; Novel Transmission Lines for the Submillimeter-Wave Region;
      Proceedings of the IEEE, vol. 80, No. 11, Nov. 1992; pp. 1771-1787.
PAL  Katehi, L.P.B. et al.; "Micromachined Circuits for Millimeter-and
      Sub-Millimeter-Wave Applications"; IEEE Antennas and Propagation Magazine,
      vol. 35, No. 5, Oct. 1993; pp. 9-17.
PAL  Drayton, R.F. et al.; "Development of Self-Packaged High Frequency Circuits
      Using Micromachining Techniques"; IEEE Transactions On Microwave Theory
      and Techniques, vol. 43, No. 9, Sep. 1995; pp. 2073-2080.
PAL  Drayton, R.F. et al.; "Micromachined Conformal Packages for Microwave and
      Millimeter-Wave Applications"; IEEE MTT-S Digest, 1995; pp. 1387-1390.
PAL  Katehi, L.P.B. et al.; "Si-Micromachining In MM-Wave Circuits"; IEEE 1997
      Topical Symposium on Millimeter Waves, published by IEEE in 1998.
PAL  "A 10-15 GHz Micromachined Directional Coupler" by Robertson et al; 1996
      IEEE MTT-S Digest; pp. 797-800.
PAL  Drayton R F et al: "Design of Micromachined High Frequency Circuit
      Components" International Journal of Microcircuits and Electronic
      Packaging vol. 18, No. 1, Jan. 1, 1995, pp. 19-28, XP000517150.
PAL  Katehi L P B et al: "Novel Micromachined Approaches to MMICS Using
      Low-Parasitic, High-Performance Transmission Media and Enviroments" 1996
      IEEE MTT-S International Microwave Symposium Digest, San Francisco, Jun.
      17-21, 1996, vol. 2, Jun. 17, 1996, pp. 1145-1148, XP000732545 Ranson R G
      (ED).
LREP
FRM  Lowe Hauptman Gopstein Gilman & Berner
ABST
PAL  A millimeter waveguide is disclosed which includes: a first single crystal
      substrate having a groove therein; a conductor film on a surface of said
      groove and a surface of said first single crystal substrate connected to
      said surface of said groove; a second single crystal substrate covering
      said conductor film; and a microstrip line on a surface of said second
      single crystal substrate, exposed to a cavity in said groove. A protruding
      portion may be formed on a bottom surface of the groove. The microstrip
      line including foundation (nickel chromium) and conductive (gold) layers
      may be formed on a surface of the groove. A protruding portion may be
      formed on the second single crystal substrate, wherein the height of this
      protruding portion is less than the depth of the groove. A millimeter
      waveguide for a resonator is also disclosed wherein a cavity is formed in
      substrates with grounding conductive layers on surfaces of the cavity, a
      probe extending from a microstrip line on a top surface of the substrates.
      Similar millimeter waveguide is also disclosed wherein the probe is
      replaced by magnetic field coupling structure. A circuit apparatus is also
      disclosed which comprises the millimeter waveguide apparatus mentioned
      above mentioned and an active circuit fixed on the millimeter waveguide
      apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059907690
SRC  8
APN  956392&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971023
TTL  Switchable electric outlet adaptor
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Tam; Clement Pui-Yin
STR  Unit 4, 395 Harry Walker Parkway
CTY  Newmarket, Ontario
CNT  CAX
ITX  L3Y 7B3
CLAS
OCL  335 18
XCL  335202
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 7300
FSC  335
FSS  18;167-76;202
FSC  361
FSS  42-49
UREF
PNO  4595894
ISD  19860600
NAM  Doyle et al.
OCL  335 18
UREF
PNO  4719437
ISD  19880100
NAM  Yun
OCL  335 18
UREF
PNO  4816957
ISD  19890300
NAM  Irwin
OCL  361 45
UREF
PNO  5644464
ISD  19970700
NAM  Zhou
OCL  361115
LREP
FRM  Ridout & Maybee
ABST
PAL  A switchable adaptor for receptacles includes a manually settable switch
      that may be manually tripped or tripped by a solenoid in response to a
      signal. The switch is readily converted to be normally ON or normally OFF,
      and to be unipolar or multipolar. The adaptor may conveniently be in the
      form of a power bar or a power block, and will normally include a circuit
      board which may incorporate a circuit suitable for generating a signal
      responsive to a predetermined input condition.
PATN
WKU  059907703
SRC  9
APN  0484571
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980326
TTL  Electromagnetic relay
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Tuyen
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Doneghue; Jeffrey A.
CTY  Lawrenceville
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Electromechanical Components, Inc.
CTY  Princeton
STA  IN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  754737
APD  19961121
PSC  01
PNO  5781089
CLAS
OCL  335 78
XCL  335128
XCL   29622
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 5122
FSC  335
FSS  78-86;128
FSC   29
FSS  622;825
UREF
PNO  3911383
ISD  19751000
NAM  Tabei et al.
OCL  335106
UREF
PNO  5781089
ISD  19980700
NAM  Doneghue
OCL  335 78
LREP
FR2  Jay; Mark H.
ABST
PAL  An electromagnetic relay includes a winding, a magnetic core disposed
      within the winding, and an armature mounted for movement at a first end of
      the winding. At least one movable circuit contact is operably associated
      with the armature and movable with respect to at least one stationary
      contact mounted in the relay responsive to motion of the armature. An end
      plate is mounted at an opposing end of the winding and an insulating sheet
      is folded about a portion of the winding. The insulating sheet has first
      and second sides, with the first side being secured on one end to the end
      plate, and the second end disposed between the armature and the first end
      of the winding. An outer frame covers at least a portion of the insulating
      sheet. The insulating sheet functions to reduce the occurrence of voltage
      breakdown within the relay.
PATN
WKU  059907711
SRC  9
APN  0227870
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980212
TTL  Contactor for a motor vehicle starter, having improved protection for an
      electronic circuit of the contactor
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Quentric; Jean-Fran.cedilla.ois
CTY  Saint Bonnet de Mure
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Valeo Equipements Electriques Moteur
CTY  Creteil
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970214
APN  97.01855
CLAS
OCL  335126
XCL  335131
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 6702
FSC  335
FSS  126;131-2;229
UREF
PNO  4644179
ISD  19870200
NAM  Pointout et al.
OCL  361192
UREF
PNO  5703551
ISD  19971200
NAM  Lefebvre et al.
OCL  335126
UREF
PNO  5770901
ISD  19980600
NAM  Niimi et al.
OCL  310 52
FREF
PNO  0 390 553
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 751 545
ISD  19970100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 586 855
ISD  19870300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  42 18 543
ISD  19931200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 193 845
ISD  19880200
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  French Search Report dated Nov. 14, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Morgan & Finnegan, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  In a motor vehicle starter contactor, a control plunger controls the axial
      displacements of a contact plate which is arranged in a front cover of the
      contactor. A fixed transverse core is arranged axially in front of the
      contactor winding, and an electronic circuit is fitted inside the cover,
      between the fixed core and a partition which divides the interior of the
      cover into two compartments. The partition, in the form of a separating
      plate, has a transverse wall portion and an axial bush in which the
      plunger slides. The bush has a central bore which is open at the front
      forwardly of the transverse wall portion, and open at the rear behind the
      fixed core.
PATN
WKU  059907720
SRC  9
APN  160645&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980925
TTL  Pushbutton switch with magnetically coupled armature
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Tuyen
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Van Zeeland; Anthony J.
CTY  Mesa
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Duraswitch Industries, Inc.
CTY  Mesa
STA  AZ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  924334
APD  19970905
RLAP
COD  82
APN  646083
APD  19960507
PSC  01
PNO  5666096
ISD  19970909
RLAP
COD  82
APN  458989
APD  19950602
PSC  01
PNO  5523730
ISD  19960604
CLAS
OCL  335207
XCL  335205
XCL  200521
EDF  6
ICL  H01H  900
FSC  335
FSS  205;206;207;4
FSC  200
FSS  512;519;520;521;404
UREF
PNO  3859612
ISD  19750100
NAM  Kashio
OCL  335205
UREF
PNO  4068202
ISD  19780100
NAM  Lyons
OCL  335207
UREF
PNO  4296394
ISD  19811000
NAM  Ragheb
OCL  335207
UREF
PNO  4354081
ISD  19821000
NAM  Serras-Paulet
OCL  200340
UREF
PNO  4400594
ISD  19830800
NAM  Serras-Paulet
OCL  200  5A
UREF
PNO  4489297
ISD  19841200
NAM  Haydon et al.
OCL  335207
UREF
PNO  4513271
ISD  19850400
NAM  Reisem
OCL  335205
UREF
PNO  5523730
ISD  19960600
NAM  Van Zeeland
OCL  335205
UREF
PNO  5666096
ISD  19970900
NAM  Van Zeeland
OCL  335  4
UREF
PNO  5867082
ISD  19990200
NAM  Van Zeeland
OCL  335205
LREP
FRM  Dorn, McEachran, Jambor & Keating
ABST
PAL  An electrical switch has a substrate with at least one pair of spaced
      switch contacts arranged to be shorted by an electrically conductive
      armature. The armature defines a central axis with first and second
      portions on either side of the axis which portions terminate at first and
      second edges. The armature is normally held spaced from the contacts by
      magnetic attraction to a coupler layer disposed in spaced relation to the
      substrate. The armature is movable by an actuating force to engagement
      with the substrate. The armature separates from the coupler layer by a
      double pivoting motion. An actuating force applied to the armature remote
      from its central axis causes one edge of the armature nearest the
      actuating force to break away from the coupler layer. The armature then
      pivots about the opposite edge of the armature until the one edge bottoms
      on the substrate. This is followed by the opposite edge of the armature
      breaking away from the coupler layer and pivoting about the one edge until
      the opposite edge bottoms on the substrate.
PATN
WKU  059907738
SRC  9
APN  1647946
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981001
TTL  Thermal switch devise comprising reed switch and temperature-sensitive
      magnetic structure supported in and out, respectively, of an inner
      cylinder of case
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Barrera; Raymond
EXP  Donovan; Lincoln
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Sengoku; Takeshi
CTY  Miyagi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Tokin Corporation
CTY  Miyagi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971002
APN  9-288023
CLAS
OCL  335208
XCL  335151
XCL  335153
XCL  335207
EDF  6
ICL  H01H  900
FSC  335
FSS  141;146;151;152;153;154;207;208;217
UREF
PNO  3295081
ISD  19661200
NAM  Bowyer et al.
OCL  335208
UREF
PNO  3390362
ISD  19680600
NAM  Hoeppel
OCL  335153
UREF
PNO  3890586
ISD  19750600
NAM  Krause
OCL  335208
UREF
PNO  4509029
ISD  19850400
NAM  Bradley
OCL  335208
FREF
PNO  0856864
ISD  19980800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  02256125
ISD  19901000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  08329807
ISD  19961200
CNT  JPX
ABST
PAL  In a thermal switch device having a reed switch, a temperature-sensitive
      magnetic cylinder (1) and cylindrical permanent magnets (2a, 2b) disposed
      around the reed switch (3), and an insulator case (7), the case is
      provided with an inner cylinder (5) formed in an inner space of the case.
      The reed switch is supported in the inner cylinder, and the
      temperature-sensitive magnetic cylinder and the cylindrical permanent
      magnets are fitted on the inner cylinder. A heat conductor member (6) is
      attached to the case to be partially exposed outside the case while
      partially be in contact with the temperature-sensitive magnetic cylinder
      and the cylindrical permanent magnets.
PATN
WKU  059907746
SRC  9
APN  1867407
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981105
TTL  Radially periodic magnetization of permanent magnet rings
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Barrera; Raymond
EXP  Gellner; Michael L.
NDR  9
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Leupold; Herbert A.
CTY  Eatontown
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Army
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  335306
EDF  6
ICL  H01F  702
FSC  335
FSS  302-306
FSC  324
FSS  318-320
FSC  315
FSS  5.34;5.35
UREF
PNO  H0591
ISD  19890300
NAM  Leupold
UREF
PNO  4831351
ISD  19890500
NAM  Leupold et al.
UREF
PNO  4835137
ISD  19890500
NAM  Leupold
UREF
PNO  4859976
ISD  19890800
NAM  Leupold
OCL  335306
UREF
PNO  4887058
ISD  19891200
NAM  Leupold
UREF
PNO  5028902
ISD  19910700
NAM  Leupold
UREF
PNO  5075662
ISD  19911200
NAM  Leupold et al.
UREF
PNO  5103200
ISD  19920400
NAM  Leupold
UREF
PNO  5216400
ISD  19930600
NAM  Leupold
UREF
PNO  5216401
ISD  19930600
NAM  Leupold
UREF
PNO  5280209
ISD  19940100
NAM  Leupold et al.
UREF
PNO  5309055
ISD  19940500
NAM  Leupold et al.
OCL  310178
UREF
PNO  5319340
ISD  19940600
NAM  Leupold
OCL  335306
UREF
PNO  5337472
ISD  19940800
NAM  Leupold et al.
UREF
PNO  5349258
ISD  19940900
NAM  Leupold et al.
UREF
PNO  5382936
ISD  19950100
NAM  Leupold et al.
UREF
PNO  5428334
ISD  19950600
NAM  Leupold et al.
UREF
PNO  5428335
ISD  19950600
NAM  Leupold et al.
UREF
PNO  5491459
ISD  19960200
NAM  Leupold
UREF
PNO  5666097
ISD  19970900
NAM  Leupold
LREP
FR2  Zelenka; Michael
FR2  O'Meara; John M.
ABST
PAL  The invention is a magic sphere having an equatorial gap, with a radial
       metic field in the equatorial gap. The radial magnetic field can flow
      inward, toward the center of the magic sphere, or outward, away from the
      magic sphere. In a further embodiment, the magic sphere produces a
      periodically radial magnetic field. In another embodiment, a magic sphere
      with an azimuthally periodic radial magnetic field that flows in the
      outward direction periodically magnetizes a magnetically hard ring in the
      outward direction. Then, a magic sphere with an azimuthally periodic
      radial magnetic field that flows inwardly, periodically magnetizes the
      ring in the inward direction. The result is a permanent magnet that has a
      radial magnetic field, where the direction of the field periodically
      alternates from the inward to the outward direction.
PATN
WKU  059907754
SRC  8
APN  7252404
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19961004
TTL  Static electric apparatus with shielding
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Kozma; Thomas J.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Inui; Akifumi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Teranishi; Tsuneharu
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910527
APN  3-120831
RLAP
COD  71
APN  372908
APD  19950117
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  888622
APD  19920527
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  336 84C
XCL  174 35GC
EDF  6
ICL  H01F 2736
FSC  336
FSS  84 R;84 C;84 M
FSC  174
FSS  35 GC
UREF
PNO  3675175
ISD  19720700
NAM  Dutton
OCL  336 84C
FREF
PNO  55-148410
ISD  19801100
CNT  JPX
OCL  33684 C
FREF
PNO  58-64010
ISD  19830400
CNT  JPX
OCL  33684 R
FREF
PNO  59-127819
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-285310
ISD  19910200
CNT  JPX
OCL  33684 R
FREF
PNO  3-114210
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
OCL  33684 C
FREF
PNO  3-159217
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
OCL  33684 C
FREF
PNO  3-289110
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
OCL  33684 R
FREF
PNO  3-272115
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
OCL  33684 R
FREF
PNO  4-53111
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
OCL  33684 R
FREF
PNO  4-123412
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
OCL  33684 R
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  An elastic molded insulating member such as rubber and elastomers is
      mounted at the end of an electrostatic shield ring attached to the end of
      a winding, or an electrostatic shield ring is made of an elastic material.
      The electrostatic shield is in tight contact with the winding, reliably
      improving the dielectric strength.
PATN
WKU  059907762
SRC  8
APN  3519430
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19941208
TTL  Low noise full integrated multilayers magnetic for power converters
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Mai; Anh
EXP  Gellner; Michael L.
NDR  6
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Jitaru; Ionel
STR  2378 N. Sun Lake Pl.
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
ZIP  85749
CLAS
OCL  336200
XCL  336223
EDF  6
ICL  H01F  500
FSC  336
FSS  200;223;232
UREF
PNO  3483499
ISD  19691200
NAM  Lugten
OCL  336200
UREF
PNO  4547961
ISD  19851000
NAM  Bokil et al.
OCL   29602R
UREF
PNO  4677538
ISD  19870600
NAM  Brodzik et al.
OCL  363126
UREF
PNO  5111169
ISD  19920500
NAM  Ikeda
OCL  333181
UREF
PNO  5166965
ISD  19921100
NAM  Collier
OCL  378101
UREF
PNO  5312674
ISD  19940500
NAM  Haertling et al.
OCL  428210
UREF
PNO  5319342
ISD  19940600
NAM  Kuroki
OCL  336170
UREF
PNO  5321380
ISD  19940600
NAM  Godek et al.
OCL  336232
UREF
PNO  5402098
ISD  19950300
NAM  Ohta et al.
OCL  336200
UREF
PNO  5420558
ISD  19950500
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  336200
UREF
PNO  5463365
ISD  19951000
NAM  Iwatani et al.
OCL  336 98
UREF
PNO  5552756
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ushiro
OCL  336200
FREF
PNO  5-152134
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
OCL  336200
FREF
PNO  6-163270
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
OCL  336200
ABST
PAL  A multilayers structure in which all the magnetic elements have the
      windings edged in the inner layers and the magnetic core which surrounds
      the winding has the legs penetrating through the multilayers structure.
      The interconnection between the magnetic elements and the rest of
      electronic components are done through the layers of the multilayers
      board, horizontally and vertically through vias. For higher power
      components special cuts are performed in the multilayers board to
      accommodate the body of the components which may be connected to an
      external heatsink. The winding arrangement in the transformer is done in a
      such way to minimize and even eliminate the common mode noise injected
      through the capacitance between primary and secondary winding. The input
      filter is constructed to exhibit a differential and a common mode
      impedance. Supplementary capacitors are incorporated in the multilayers
      structure to offer a low impedance to the noise to short it to the source,
      or for injecting currents of opposite polarity to cancel the common mode
      current transferred through the transformer's inter winding capacitance
      and through the parasitic capacitance of the switching elements to the
      secondary. The insulation between winding can be in accordance with the
      safety agency requirements, allowing much shorter creapage distances
      inside of the multilayers PCB structure than in the air due to the
      compliance with coating environment.
PATN
WKU  059907770
SRC  9
APN  1296183
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980805
TTL  Shape-memory wire actuated switch
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Vortman; Anatoly
EXP  Picard; Leo P.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Whiteman, Jr.; Robert Neil
CTY  Middletown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  The Whitaker Corporation
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  337140
XCL  337 12
XCL  337343
XCL  337393
XCL   60527
XCL   60528
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 6106
ICL  H01H 3746
ICL  H01H 3750
FSC  337
FSS  333;121;140;339;141;343;393
FSC  439
FSS  161;267;325;630;932
FSC  148
FSS  402;563
FSC   60
FSS  527;528
UREF
PNO  3634803
ISD  19720100
NAM  Willson
OCL  337123
UREF
PNO  3748197
ISD  19730700
NAM  Willson et al.
OCL  148131
UREF
PNO  3872415
ISD  19750300
NAM  Clarke
OCL  337140
UREF
PNO  3893055
ISD  19750700
NAM  Jost et al.
OCL  337140
UREF
PNO  3967227
ISD  19760600
NAM  Clarke et al.
OCL  337124
UREF
PNO  5061914
ISD  19911000
NAM  Busch et al.
OCL  337140
UREF
PNO  5083439
ISD  19920100
NAM  Orner et al.
OCL   62187
UREF
PNO  5144813
ISD  19920900
NAM  Orner et al.
OCL   62187
UREF
PNO  5420561
ISD  19950500
NAM  Swensen
OCL  337365
UREF
PNO  5455549
ISD  19951000
NAM  Strickland et al.
OCL  335 17
UREF
PNO  5462451
ISD  19951000
NAM  Yeh
OCL  439493
UREF
PNO  5511519
ISD  19960400
NAM  Watson et al.
OCL  123179.18
UREF
PNO  5564936
ISD  19961000
NAM  David et al.
OCL  439159
UREF
PNO  5573413
ISD  19961100
NAM  David et al.
OCL  439159
UREF
PNO  5597316
ISD  19970100
NAM  David et al.
OCL  439159
UREF
PNO  5618269
ISD  19970400
NAM  Jacobsen et al.
OCL  604118
UREF
PNO  5619177
ISD  19970400
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  337140
UREF
PNO  5629662
ISD  19970500
NAM  Floyd et al.
OCL  337 36
UREF
PNO  5831820
ISD  19981100
NAM  Huang
OCL  361686
LREP
FR2  Ness; Anton P.
FR2  Ditty; Bradley N.
ABST
PAL  A switch (10) is provided that has a housing (12), an actuator (20), a
      contact blade (18), first and second shape-memory wires (28,30), and first
      and second contact points (70,71). The actuator (20) has a first end
      portion (52) pivotally coupled to the housing (12), and a second end
      portion (22) with first and second generally opposed arm portions (24),
      (26) extending therefrom. The contact blade (18) has the first contact
      point (70) positioned thereon, and is coupled to and moveable with the
      actuator (20). The first and second shape-memory wires (28,30)
      respectively extend between the first and second arm portions (24,26) of
      the actuator (20) and the housing (12). The second contact point (71) is
      coupled to the housing (12) and is electrically engageable with the first
      contact point (70) in response to movement of the actuator (20).
PATN
WKU  059907789
SRC  9
APN  0989835
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980617
TTL  Current-limiting resistor having PTC behavior
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Easthom; Karl
EXP  Gellner; Michael L.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Strumpler; Ralf
CTY  Gebenstorf
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Kuhlefelt; Jan H. W.
CTY  Beijing
CNT  CNX
ASSG
NAM  ABB Research Ltd.
CTY  Zurich
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970625
APN  197 27 009
CLAS
OCL  338 20
XCL  338 48
XCL  338 22R
XCL  338101
XCL  338115
XCL  338 21
XCL  338260
XCL  338319
XCL  361117
XCL  361127
EDF  6
ICL  H01C  710
FSC  338
FSS  20;21;22 R;22 SD;48;99;101;115;204;205;260;319
FSC  361
FSS  106;117;118;126;127
UREF
PNO  745077
ISD  19031100
NAM  Sherlock
OCL  338260
UREF
PNO  946542
ISD  19100100
NAM  Garton
OCL  338204
UREF
PNO  1734235
ISD  19291100
NAM  Slepian
OCL  338 21
UREF
PNO  2870307
ISD  19590100
NAM  Milliken et al.
OCL  338 21
UREF
PNO  2891194
ISD  19590600
NAM  McStrack et al.
OCL  361128
UREF
PNO  3096496
ISD  19630700
NAM  Burrage
OCL  338 21
UREF
PNO  3328631
ISD  19670600
NAM  Greber
OCL  361127
UREF
PNO  4451815
ISD  19840500
NAM  Sakshaug et al.
OCL  338 21
UREF
PNO  4686603
ISD  19870800
NAM  Mosele
OCL  361127
UREF
PNO  5313184
ISD  19940500
NAM  Greuter et al.
UREF
PNO  5379022
ISD  19950100
NAM  Bacon et al.
FREF
PNO  2934832
ISD  19800300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3231066A1
ISD  19840200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4142523A1
ISD  19930600
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The current-limiting resistor has two connection electrodes (1, 2) which
      are arranged parallel to one another, a resistance body (3) which has PTC
      behavior and with which large-area contact is made by the connection
      electrodes (1, 2) and at least one varistor (4) which is in electrically
      conductive contact with the resistance body (3). The varistor (4) is of
      pillar-shaped design and has at least two first portions (4a) routed
      predominantly perpendicularly to the varistor axis and, arranged between
      said portions, a second portion (4b) having a reduced cross section
      compared with each of the first portions (4a). The material of the
      resistance body (3) fills an interspace (6), which is formed by the at
      least two first portions (4a) and the second portion (4b), and encloses
      the outwardly pointing edges (4c) of the at least two portions.
PAL  This resistor can be operated at high voltages, for example 5 or 10 kV, and
      advantageously has a single resistance body 3 and a single varistor. This
      obviates metal electrodes serving to make electrical contact with
      subelements.
PATN
WKU  059907797
SRC  8
APN  8358664
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970408
TTL  Electronic apparatus and surface mounting devices therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Easthom; Karl
EXP  Gellner; Michael L.
NDR  6
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Katsuki; Takayo
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takaoka; Yuichi
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Torii; Kiyofumi
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Toba; Akira
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Osamu
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tatsuoka; Kouichi
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakagawa; Masaru
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yokota; Masahiro
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Omura; Shinji
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohta; Hiroshi
CTY  Shiga
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940718
APN  6-165522
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941003
APN  6-239141
RLAP
COD  71
APN  502507
APD  19950714
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  338232
XCL  338232
XCL  338234
XCL  338 22R
XCL  338221
XCL  361813
XCL  174 526
EDF  6
ICL  H01L  1022
FSC  338
FSS  22 R;225 D;312;313;232;233;234;324;322;332;221;220;230
FSC  361
FSS  811;813;820;306.1;308.1
FSC  174
FSS  52.5;52.6
UREF
PNO  Re31367
ISD  19830800
NAM  D'Entremont
OCL  361 27
UREF
PNO  1782045
ISD  19300900
NAM  Dublier
OCL  338220
UREF
PNO  3721867
ISD  19730300
NAM  Schierz
OCL  174 52.6
UREF
PNO  4099154
ISD  19780700
NAM  Bar
OCL  338220
UREF
PNO  4267635
ISD  19810500
NAM  Blaha
OCL   29622
UREF
PNO  4282003
ISD  19810800
NAM  Yashin et al.
OCL   29619
UREF
PNO  4318073
ISD  19820300
NAM  Rossler, Jr. et al.
OCL  338 28
UREF
PNO  4689614
ISD  19870800
NAM  Welch et al.
OCL  338 22R
UREF
PNO  4894637
ISD  19900100
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  338 22R
UREF
PNO  4959505
ISD  19900900
NAM  Ott
UREF
PNO  5420745
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hidaka et al.
OCL  361306.1
FREF
PNO  3638342
ISD  19861100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2146488
ISD  19840900
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Majestic, Parsons, Siebert & Hsue P.C.
ABST
PAL  A thermistor for surface mounting includes a first conductive terminal
      member, a case having a top opening, a planar thermistor element having
      electrodes on mutually opposite main surfaces thereof, and a second
      conductive terminal member having at one end thereof a planar cover part
      which is attached to the top part of the case. One end of the first
      terminal member is positioned inside the case and above its bottom member.
      The other ends of the first and second terminal members are positioned on
      the bottom surface of the case.
PATN
WKU  059907800
SRC  9
APN  0198919
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980206
TTL  Low-resistance, high-power resistor having a tight resistance tolerance
      despite variations in the circuit connections to the contacts
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; Richard
EXP  Gellner; Michael L.
NDR  2
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Caddock, Jr.; Richard E.
CTY  Winchester
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Caddock Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Riverside
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  338309
XCL  338327
XCL  338328
EDF  6
ICL  H01C  1012
FSC  338
FSS  309;312;313;314;315;325;328;327
OREF
PAL  Caddock Catalog sheet (printed on one side only), copyright 1996, entitled
      "Type CC Low Resistance Precision Chip Resistors".
PAL  Caddock Advertising sheet (printed on one side only), copyright 1997,
      entitled "Current Sense Resistors".
PAL  Page 9 taken the Caddock general catalog 26th edition, entitled "Type SR
      Precision Current Sense Resistors".
PAL  Catalog of Isotek Corporation (about 28 pages), and portions of such
      catalog stapled together with added sheets.
PAL  Dale Electronics, Inc. catalog sheet (two pages) titled "Model WSL Power
      Metal Strip Resistor Low Value, Surface Mount".
PAL  Publication by International Resistive Company--two page catalog sheet
      having and "ICR" logo at the top of each sheet.
PAL  Publication by International Resistive Companyp--catalog having 11 pages.
      The title on each page (next to the IRC logo) is "ICR Low Range Chip
      Resistors vs Metal Strip Resistors--Application Nnote IRC/AFD004".
LREP
FRM  Oppeneheimer Wolff & Donnelly LLP
ABST
PAL  A tight-tolerance, low-resistance, high-power chip resistor for mounting on
      a circuit board in parallel and adjacent relationship to such board. There
      are discrete terminal plates mounted on one surface of a substrate, in
      spaced-apart relationship to each other but still quite close to each
      other. Electrical connections are made by the customer to the terminal
      plates, at different regions thereof, without adversely affecting the
      tight-tolerance relationship. The terminal plates additionally provide
      heat spreading from the resistance film, enhancing the power handling
      capability of this low-resistance, high-power chip resistor.
PATN
WKU  059907819
SRC  9
APN  0417009
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980313
TTL  Chip type resistor and manufacturing method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; Richard K.
EXP  Gellner; Michael L.
NDR  10
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Kambara; Shigeru
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Rohm Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970318
APN  9-064836
CLAS
OCL  338309
XCL  338331
XCL  338332
EDF  6
ICL  H01C  1012
FSC  338
FSS  307;308;309;325;322;327;323;313;331;332
UREF
PNO  5446437
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bantien et al.
OCL  338 25
FREF
PNO  60-27104
ISD  19850200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-187259
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-215901
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-102302
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Nikaido Marmelstein Murray & Oram LLP
ABST
PAL  A chip type resistor includes terminal electrodes having main upper
      electrodes, extensions or enclaves of a resistive film formed on left and
      right sides of the upper surface of main upper electrodes, and auxiliary
      upper electrodes formed on upper surfaces of extensions or enclaves.
      Therefore, step between the upper surface of terminal electrodes at
      opposing ends of resistive film and an upper surface of cover coat
      covering the resistive film can be reduced or eliminated at a low cost.
PATN
WKU  059907827
SRC  9
APN  0858528
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19980527
TTL  Electronic pillbox for administering a multiple-drug therapy
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Woods; Davetta
EXP  Lefkowitz; Edward
NDR  11
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Lee; Simon
CTY  Causeway Bay
CNT  HKX
ASSG
NAM  Hago Limited
CTY  Kwun Tong Kln.
CNT  HKX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  34030915
XCL  3403094
XCL  340573
XCL  368 10
XCL  368109
EDF  6
ICL  G08B  100
FSC  340
FSS  309.15;573;309.4
FSC  368
FSS  10;105;109;107;110;111;112;113
FSC  206
FSS  534;538
UREF
PNO  3818473
ISD  19740600
NAM  Murray et al.
OCL  368 10
UREF
PNO  4419016
ISD  19831200
NAM  Zoltan
OCL  368 10
UREF
PNO  4490711
ISD  19841200
NAM  Johnston
OCL  340309.4
UREF
PNO  4626105
ISD  19861200
NAM  Miller
OCL  206538
UREF
PNO  4660991
ISD  19870400
NAM  Simon
OCL  368 10
UREF
PNO  4768176
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kehr et al.
OCL  368 10
UREF
PNO  4768177
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kehra et al.
OCL  368 10
UREF
PNO  4793492
ISD  19881200
NAM  Halbich
OCL  368 10
UREF
PNO  5020037
ISD  19910500
NAM  Raven
OCL  340309.15
UREF
PNO  5159581
ISD  19921000
NAM  Agans
OCL  368 10
UREF
PNO  5233571
ISD  19930800
NAM  Wirtschafter
OCL  368 10
UREF
PNO  5246136
ISD  19930900
NAM  Lidl
OCL  221  3
UREF
PNO  5289157
ISD  19940200
NAM  Rudick et al.
OCL  340309.15
OREF
PAL  Photocopy of packaging for an Electronic Pill Box Timer/Clock, Model 885,
      American Medical Industries.
LREP
FRM  Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue
ABST
PAL  An electronic pillbox includes a plurality of compartments for storing
      different medications, an LCD-based user interface for interacting with a
      user, and a software-programmable electronic computer for controlling the
      administration functions of the pillbox. The pillbox may also include a
      battery and one or more types of alarms. Using the user interface, a user
      can schedule a multiple drug therapy by inputting sleeping pattern data
      and a dosage amount for a particular compartment. The computer
      automatically calculates the dosage schedule based on this information,
      and automatically recalculates the schedule if this information is altered
      by the user. A visual indicator on the user interface is illuminated when
      a particular medication is to be taken, and at the same time an audible
      and/or mechanical alarm may be activated. The combination of the visual
      and audible or mechanical alarms ensures that the correct medication is
      administered according to the programmed schedule.
PATN
WKU  059907835
SRC  9
APN  0641707
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19980422
TTL  Ozone/supersonic wave insect expelling device
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Woods; Davetta
EXP  Lefkowitz; Edward
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Feng; Hsiu-Mei
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Long Well Electronics Corp.
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  3403842
XCL   62 92
XCL   62285
XCL  204164
EDF  6
ICL  G08B  300
FSC  340
FSS  384.2
FSC  204
FSS  164;165
FSC  367
FSS  139
FSC   43
FSS  124;132.1
FSC   62
FSS  92;285
UREF
PNO  4015366
ISD  19770400
NAM  Hall, III
OCL   47  1.01R
UREF
PNO  4137062
ISD  19790100
NAM  Mullerheim et al.
OCL   71  9
UREF
PNO  4191647
ISD  19800300
NAM  Mullerheim et al.
OCL  210128
UREF
PNO  5630915
ISD  19970500
NAM  Greeene et al.
OCL  204164
UREF
PNO  5845504
ISD  19981200
NAM  LeBleu
OCL   62 92
LREP
FRM  Dougherty & Troxell
ABST
PAL  An ozone/supersonic wave insect expelling device has an ozone generating
      circuit and a supersonic wave generating circuit which use the same power
      source so to generate supersonic wave for expelling pest insect, and for
      generating ozone for clearing the air. Therefore, ozone/supersonic wave
      insect expelling device has a dual effect.
PATN
WKU  059907843
SRC  8
APN  9090126
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970808
TTL  Schmitt trigger loud alarm with feedback
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Toan N.
EXP  Wu; Daniel J.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Burnett; George A.
CTY  Coatesville
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Yosemite Investment, Inc.
CTY  Indianapolis
STA  IN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  768758
APD  19961217
CLAS
OCL  3403847
XCL  3403841
XCL  3403844
XCL  3403846
XCL  34038473
XCL  340692
EDF  6
ICL  G08B  310
FSC  340
FSS  384.1;384.4;384.6;384.7;384.73;392.1;574;692;693;384.72;628
UREF
PNO  4096473
ISD  19780600
NAM  Sweany et al.
OCL  340628
UREF
PNO  4157459
ISD  19790600
NAM  Bush et al.
OCL  340384.6
UREF
PNO  4195284
ISD  19800300
NAM  Hampshire et al.
OCL  340384.6
UREF
PNO  4213121
ISD  19800700
NAM  Learn et al.
OCL  340384.6
UREF
PNO  4303908
ISD  19811200
NAM  Enamark et al.
OCL  340384.6
UREF
PNO  4325058
ISD  19820400
NAM  Wagner et al.
OCL  340562
UREF
PNO  4352169
ISD  19820900
NAM  Asano
OCL  340384.6
UREF
PNO  4558305
ISD  19851200
NAM  Black et al.
OCL  340384.6
UREF
PNO  4803459
ISD  19890200
NAM  Ta
OCL  340693
UREF
PNO  5019805
ISD  19910500
NAM  Curl et al.
OCL  340628
UREF
PNO  5313190
ISD  19940500
NAM  Clayton et al.
OCL  340436
UREF
PNO  5420570
ISD  19950500
NAM  Leitten et al.
OCL  340574
UREF
PNO  5479152
ISD  19951200
NAM  Walker et al.
OCL  340545
LREP
FRM  Niro, Scavone, Haller & Niro
ABST
PAL  An alarm system circuit comprises a logic array comprising a piezoelectric
      transducer driven by one or more Schmitt triggers. The logic array
      operates at substantially resonant frequency, and the circuit provides a
      feedback loop to sustain the oscillations of the logic array to drive the
      transducer. In one preferred embodiment, the array includes an additional
      Schmitt trigger causing the circuit to toggle on and off, thus making a
      pulsating tone.
PATN
WKU  059907851
SRC  9
APN  0676888
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19980428
TTL  Pager vehicle communication apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  La; Anh
EXP  Wu; Daniel J.
NDR  15
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Suda; Raymond A.
STR  35354 Maureen Dr.
CTY  Sterling Heights
STA  MI
ZIP  48310
CLAS
OCL  340426
XCL  340539
XCL  34082544
XCL  307 103
XCL  379 44
XCL  455 99
EDF  6
ICL  G60R 2510
FSC  340
FSS  426;425.5;539;825.44
FSC  307
FSS  10.2;10.3;10.4;10.5
FSC  379
FSS  39;44
FSC  455
FSS  99
UREF
PNO  3569724
ISD  19710300
NAM  Kuehn
OCL  290 37
UREF
PNO  4345554
ISD  19820800
NAM  Hildreth et al.
OCL  123179BG
UREF
PNO  4962522
ISD  19901000
NAM  Marian
OCL  379  5
UREF
PNO  5081667
ISD  19920100
NAM  Drori et al.
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5276728
ISD  19940100
NAM  Pagliaroli et al.
OCL  340426
UREF
PNO  5490200
ISD  19960200
NAM  Snyder et al.
OCL  379 57
UREF
PNO  5588038
ISD  19961200
NAM  Snyder
OCL  379 57
UREF
PNO  5606307
ISD  19970200
NAM  Kuan
OCL  340426
UREF
PNO  5612578
ISD  19970300
NAM  Drew
OCL  307 10.5
UREF
PNO  5629693
ISD  19970500
NAM  Janky
OCL  340426
UREF
PNO  5652564
ISD  19970700
NAM  Winbush
OCL  340426
UREF
PNO  5781101
ISD  19980700
NAM  Stephen et al.
OCL  340426
UREF
PNO  5801618
ISD  19980900
NAM  Jenkins
OCL  340426
LREP
FRM  Young & Basile, PC
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for remotely communicating with the vehicle to control
      functional circuits in the vehicle. The apparatus includes a pager based
      communication apparatus mounted in the vehicle for receiving a command
      signal from a pager service provider in response to a user generated
      telephone number, security code and a command. A microcontroller is
      responsive to the received command and, in response to a stored control
      program, generates outputs to various vehicle functional circuits. The
      microcontroller generates outputs in response to selected user generated
      commands to deactivate the vehicle engine in the event of a hijack command
      when the engine RPM drops below a prestored engine RPM magnitude. The
      microcontroller is also capable of generating outputs to control engine
      starting and stopping, door lock and unlock operations, and other vehicle
      accessories.
PATN
WKU  059907860
SRC  8
APN  7535295
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19961126
TTL  Advanced method of indicating incoming threat level to an electronically
      secured vehicle and apparatus therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Swann; Glen
NDR  15
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Issa; Darrell E.
STR  2560 Progress St.
CTY  Vista
STA  CA
ZIP  92083
INVT
NAM  Birchfield; Jerry W.
STR  2560 Progress St.
CTY  Vista
STA  CA
ZIP  92083
RLAP
COD  72
APN  945667
APD  19920916
PSC  01
PNO  5534845
RLAP
COD  91
APN  468703
APD  19950605
PSC  01
PNO  5646591
RLAP
COD  81
APN  112940
APD  19930830
PSC  01
PNO  5532670
RLAP
COD  82
APN  886871
APD  19920522
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  340429
XCL  340566
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 1322
FSC  340
FSS  429;566
UREF
PNO  4585569
ISD  19860400
NAM  Lopez et al.
OCL  340429
UREF
PNO  4866417
ISD  19890900
NAM  DeFino et al.
OCL  340429
UREF
PNO  5084697
ISD  19920100
NAM  Hwang
OCL  340566
UREF
PNO  5532670
ISD  19960700
NAM  Issa et al.
OCL  340429
UREF
PNO  5646591
ISD  19970700
NAM  Issa et al.
OCL  340566
UREF
PNO  5745115
ISD  19980400
NAM  Woo
OCL  340429
LREP
FR2  Talpalatsky, Esq.; Sam
ABST
PAL  A method of indicating a degree of incoming threat to an electronically
      secured area comprising the steps of sensor sensing a degree of threat
      delivered to a secured area and generating an electric signal proportional
      to the degree of threat; analyzing the signal to determine if it is a low
      degree of threat or a high degree of threat; and producing either a first
      pulse representing low degree of threat or separately producing the first
      pulse and a second pulse representing a signal having both low degree of
      threat and high degree of threat.
PATN
WKU  059907878
SRC  8
APN  9324143
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970917
TTL  Apparatus for warning loading excess of vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Mullen; Thomas
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Kim; Young-Own
CTY  Kyungsangnam-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Hyundai Motor Company
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960918
APN  96-40538
CLAS
OCL  340440
XCL  180290
XCL  340666
XCL  3406913
XCL  3406915
EDF  6
ICL  B60Q  100
FSC  340
FSS  440;666;686.3;691.3;691.4;691.5
FSC  250
FSS  222.1
FSC  180
FSS  290
FSC  177
FSS  136
UREF
PNO  4812806
ISD  19890300
NAM  Freeman
OCL  340440
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for warning a loading excess of vehicle includes: a motion
      conversion mechanism which is mounted to a lower arm rotatably mounted in
      a body of a vehicle, and converts a motion of the lower arm by a drooping
      body to a rotational motion; a rotation disc which rotates by receiving a
      torque from the motion conversion mechanism, and has two slit holes whose
      lengths are different from each other along a circumference; an overload
      sensing device for sensing an overload through a medium of the slit holes
      of the rotation disc; and an attention calling device which are operated
      by selectively receiving a power supply through the overload sensing
      device, and calls the driver's attention to the overload. The apparatus
      for warning the loading excess of vehicle senses an overload state through
      the medium of both the disc proportionally rotated according to a
      vehicle's load and the diodes, sequentially calls the driver's attention
      to the overload by using the warning lamp and the warning sound, prevents
      a component such as a shock absorber from being damaged, lengthens the
      vehicle's lifetime, lets the driver drive more safely, and thus prevents a
      traffic accident caused by the unreasonable driving under the loading
      excess state.
PATN
WKU  059907886
SRC  9
APN  1632086
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19980929
TTL  Tester for automotive trailer light systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Wu; Daniel J.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Syracuse; Carmelo R.
STR  25 Holiday Harbor
CTY  Canandaigua
STA  NY
ZIP  14424
CLAS
OCL  340458
XCL  340431
XCL  340641
XCL  340687
XCL  3406914
XCL  324504
XCL  324542
XCL  439 35
XCL  439639
EDF  6
ICL  B60Q  126
FSC  340
FSS  431;458;641;687;691.4
FSC  324
FSS  504;542
FSC  439
FSS  35;639
UREF
PNO  3428888
ISD  19690200
NAM  Nolte
OCL  324504
UREF
PNO  3663939
ISD  19720500
NAM  Olsson
UREF
PNO  4430637
ISD  19840200
NAM  Koch-Ducker et al.
UREF
PNO  4547722
ISD  19851000
NAM  Sarlo
UREF
PNO  4842524
ISD  19890600
NAM  Hopkins et al.
UREF
PNO  4866390
ISD  19890900
NAM  Butchko
OCL  340458
UREF
PNO  4884032
ISD  19891100
NAM  LaPensee
UREF
PNO  5030938
ISD  19910700
NAM  Bondzeit
OCL  340458
UREF
PNO  5086277
ISD  19920200
NAM  Hammerly
OCL  340431
UREF
PNO  5095276
ISD  19920300
NAM  Nepil
OCL  324504
UREF
PNO  5184960
ISD  19930200
NAM  Hopkins et al.
UREF
PNO  5192912
ISD  19930300
NAM  Lemon
UREF
PNO  5602482
ISD  19970200
NAM  Gutierrez
OCL  340431
UREF
PNO  5604439
ISD  19970200
NAM  Walkington et al.
OCL  340431
LREP
FRM  Eugene Stephens & Associates
ABST
PAL  The tester includes mating electrical connectors which permit the tester to
      be positioned between the respective plugs of the respective electrical
      cables running between a towing vehicle and from a trailer. The container
      for the tester preferably has magnetic strips along its bottom surface to
      permit temporary attachment to either the tongue of the trailer or the
      rear of the towing vehicle. The essential features of the tester are
      limited to only two simple single-pole/double-throw switches, positioned
      in tandem, and three diodes arranged as a simple "OR" gate in combination
      with an audio signal device. This simple circuitry permits a single
      operator to check (a) the integrity of the wiring harness connected to the
      towing vehicle's lighting circuits, without leaving the driver's seat of
      the towing vehicle, and (b) the integrity of the trailer lighting with two
      simple switch adjustments. Means are also provided for checking for a bad
      ground connection, and an auxiliary power supply can be used with the
      tester to permit checking of trailer lighting circuits without the
      presence of a towing vehicle.
PATN
WKU  059907894
SRC  8
APN  8996296
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970724
TTL  System and method for preventing smoke and fire damage to people and
      equipment in a clean room area from a fire
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Benjamin C.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Berman; Michael Jay
CTY  West Linn
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Barsky; Joseph B.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  LSI Logic Corporation
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  340506
XCL  340524
XCL  340525
XCL  340577
XCL  340584
XCL  340628
XCL  340632
XCL  109  1R
XCL  109 31
XCL  109 33
XCL  454369
XCL  169 19
XCL  169 49
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 2900
FSC  340
FSS  286.05;506;524;525;577;578;579;584;628;629;630;632;633;634
FSC  169
FSS  49;54;61;23;56;60;48;19;29;37;90
FSC  160
FSS  1;10;44
FSC  454
FSS  369
FSC  109
FSS  1 R;31;33
UREF
PNO  3807480
ISD  19740400
NAM  Smart
OCL  160  1
UREF
PNO  3866687
ISD  19750200
NAM  Banner
OCL  169 61
UREF
PNO  4059059
ISD  19771100
NAM  Hughes
OCL  109  1R
UREF
PNO  4195288
ISD  19800300
NAM  Morton
OCL  340539
UREF
PNO  4610012
ISD  19860900
NAM  Terada et al.
OCL  370527
UREF
PNO  4797254
ISD  19890100
NAM  Seidel
OCL  422 49
UREF
PNO  5074137
ISD  19911200
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL   73 31.02
UREF
PNO  5163517
ISD  19921100
NAM  Kozai et al.
OCL  169 60
UREF
PNO  5573066
ISD  19961100
NAM  Vaillancourt et al.
OCL  169 49
UREF
PNO  5782690
ISD  19980700
NAM  Gustafson et al.
OCL  454369
UREF
PNO  5833295
ISD  19981100
NAM  Farlow, Jr.
OCL  296 24.1
ABST
PAL  A method and system for preventing smoke and fire damage in a clean room
      within which a tool including an electrically powered element is located.
      The method includes the step of providing the tool with a system including
      a fire proof housing, a sensor, an environmental sealing mechanism, an
      operator panel and a controller. The fire proof housing is secured over
      the tool and includes a door and at least one port to the tool. The sensor
      monitors an environmental condition within the housing and generates a
      sensor signal. The environmental sealing mechanism seals the at least one
      port and the door to the housing in response to the control signals to
      render the housing environmentally sealed. The operator panel includes
      visual indicators responsive to actuation signals. The controller is
      adapted to receive and process the sensor signals and to execute a
      shutdown control sequence during which the control signals and the
      actuation signals are generated.
PATN
WKU  059907908
SRC  9
APN  1370901
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19980820
TTL  Interchangeable base for beverage container holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Mullen; Thomas
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Lusareta; Donald W.
STR  10 Little J Cir.
CTY  Russellville
STA  AR
ZIP  72802
CLAS
OCL  340571
XCL  2064591
XCL  220903
XCL  340692
XCL  3406935
XCL  362101
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 1314
FSC  340
FSS  540;571;692;665-6;693.5
FSC  206
FSS  459.1
FSC  362
FSS  101
FSC  220
FSS  739;903
UREF
PNO  4336574
ISD  19820600
NAM  Goodman
OCL  362101
UREF
PNO  4344113
ISD  19820800
NAM  Ditto et al.
OCL  362101
UREF
PNO  4858084
ISD  19890800
NAM  Sheryll
OCL  362101
UREF
PNO  4886183
ISD  19891200
NAM  Fleming
XCL  362101
UREF
PNO  5070539
ISD  19911200
NAM  Cheng
OCL  455344
UREF
PNO  5504663
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tucker
OCL  362101
UREF
PNO  5575553
ISD  19961100
NAM  Tipton
OCL  362101
LREP
FR2  Vandigriff; John E.
ABST
PAL  The invention is a base unit that may be used in combination with beverage
      container holders. The base unit is connected to the beverage container
      holder by a press or friction fit, or by an adhesive, so that different
      theme beverage container holders may be used with the same base. The base
      may include electronic circuitry to control such functions as sound, light
      and motion which may be actuated by a ON-OFF switch, or a switch that
      actuates when the base and beverage container holder are placed on, or
      lifted from a surface.
PATN
WKU  059907916
SRC  8
APN  9561382
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971022
TTL  Anti-theft detection system
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Toan N.
EXP  Wu; Daniel J.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Andreasen; Howard P.
CTY  Cave Creek
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Spargur; William B.
STR  1505 Alameda Padre Serra
CTY  Santa Barbara
STA  CA
ZIP  93103
ASSG
NAM  Spargur; William B.
CTY  Santa Barbara
STA  CA
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  3405721
XCL  3405722
XCL  3405724
XCL  3405727
XCL  3405728
XCL  340571
XCL  3405681
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 1314
FSC  340
FSS  572;571;568;551
UREF
PNO  D294234
ISD  19880200
NAM  Lamond
OCL  D10106
UREF
PNO  D305308
ISD  19900100
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  D10104
UREF
PNO  D307400
ISD  19900400
NAM  Armstrong et al.
OCL  D10106
UREF
PNO  D318247
ISD  19910700
NAM  Shandelman
OCL  D10106
UREF
PNO  3678608
ISD  19720700
NAM  Minasy
OCL  400 20
UREF
PNO  3696379
ISD  19721000
NAM  Minasy
OCL  340280
UREF
PNO  3711848
ISD  19730100
NAM  Martens
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  3859652
ISD  19750100
NAM  Hall et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  3868669
ISD  19750200
NAM  Minasy
OCL  340280
UREF
PNO  3895368
ISD  19750700
NAM  Gordon et al.
OCL  340258
UREF
PNO  3914578
ISD  19751000
NAM  Bigelow et al.
OCL  235 61.7
UREF
PNO  4063229
ISD  19771200
NAM  Welsh et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4074249
ISD  19780200
NAM  Minasy
OCL  340280
UREF
PNO  4118693
ISD  19781000
NAM  Novikoff
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4187509
ISD  19800200
NAM  Weiner
OCL  343873
UREF
PNO  4299040
ISD  19811100
NAM  Minasy
OCL   40 20
UREF
PNO  4299870
ISD  19811100
NAM  Humble
OCL  428101
UREF
PNO  4309697
ISD  19820100
NAM  Weaver
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4318090
ISD  19820300
NAM  Narlow et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4321586
ISD  19820300
NAM  Cooper et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4326198
ISD  19820400
NAM  Novikoff
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4471344
ISD  19840900
NAM  Williams
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4476459
ISD  19841000
NAM  Cooper et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4531264
ISD  19850700
NAM  Minasy
OCL   24155
UREF
PNO  4568921
ISD  19860200
NAM  Pokalsky
OCL  341572
UREF
PNO  4573042
ISD  19860200
NAM  Boyd et al.
OCL  340539
UREF
PNO  4590461
ISD  19860500
NAM  Cooper
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4595915
ISD  19860600
NAM  Close
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4642613
ISD  19870200
NAM  Pokalsky
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4673923
ISD  19870600
NAM  Boscoe et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4679035
ISD  19870700
NAM  Pfaff et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4684930
ISD  19870800
NAM  Minasy et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  4692747
ISD  19870900
NAM  Wolf
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4700179
ISD  19871000
NAM  Fancher
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4720701
ISD  19880100
NAM  Lichtblau
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4727369
ISD  19880200
NAM  Rode et al.
OCL  340825.31
UREF
PNO  4728938
ISD  19880300
NAM  Kaltner
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4736207
ISD  19880400
NAM  Siikarla et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  4751500
ISD  19880600
NAM  Minasy et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4751516
ISD  19880600
NAM  Lichtblau
OCL  343742
UREF
PNO  4769631
ISD  19880900
NAM  Copeland
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  4791412
ISD  19881200
NAM  Brooks
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4811000
ISD  19890300
NAM  Humphrey et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  4831363
ISD  19890500
NAM  Wolf
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4835524
ISD  19890500
NAM  Lamond et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4866455
ISD  19890900
NAM  Lichtblau
OCL  343742
UREF
PNO  4870391
ISD  19890900
NAM  Cooper
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4918416
ISD  19900400
NAM  Walton et al.
OCL  235497
UREF
PNO  4980670
ISD  19901200
NAM  Humphrey et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  4987754
ISD  19910100
NAM  Minasy et al.
OCL   70 57.1
UREF
PNO  5012224
ISD  19910400
NAM  Drucker
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5012225
ISD  19910400
NAM  Gill
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5027106
ISD  19910600
NAM  Lizzi et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5029291
ISD  19910700
NAM  Zhou et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5030940
ISD  19910700
NAM  Siikarla
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5030941
ISD  19910700
NAM  Lizzi et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5049857
ISD  19910900
NAM  Plonsky et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5051726
ISD  19910900
NAM  Copeland et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5059950
ISD  19911000
NAM  Perchak
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5059951
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kaltner
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5061941
ISD  19911000
NAM  Lizzi et al.
OCL  343742
UREF
PNO  5081445
ISD  19920100
NAM  Gill et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5081446
ISD  19920100
NAM  Gill et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5088165
ISD  19920200
NAM  Minas et al.
OCL   24704.1
UREF
PNO  5103209
ISD  19920400
NAM  Lizzi et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5103210
ISD  19920400
NAM  Rode et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5103234
ISD  19920400
NAM  Watkins et al.
OCL  343742
UREF
PNO  5103235
ISD  19920400
NAM  Clemens
OCL  343742
UREF
PNO  5111186
ISD  19920500
NAM  Narlow et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5121103
ISD  19920600
NAM  Minasy et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5126720
ISD  19920600
NAM  Zhou et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5130697
ISD  19920700
NAM  McGinn
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5142270
ISD  19920800
NAM  Appalucci et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5142292
ISD  19920800
NAM  Chang
OCL  343742
UREF
PNO  5146204
ISD  19920900
NAM  Zhou et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5182544
ISD  19930100
NAM  Aquilera et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5189397
ISD  19930200
NAM  Watkins et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5205024
ISD  19930400
NAM  Willard
OCL   24704.1
UREF
PNO  5206626
ISD  19930400
NAM  Minasy et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5218189
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hutchison
OCL  235439
UREF
PNO  5225807
ISD  19930700
NAM  Zhou et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5241299
ISD  19930800
NAM  Appalucci et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5264829
ISD  19931100
NAM  Paul et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5276431
ISD  19940100
NAM  Piccoli et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5278573
ISD  19940100
NAM  Siikarla
OCL  343749
UREF
PNO  5285194
ISD  19940200
NAM  Ferguson
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5304983
ISD  19940400
NAM  Zhou et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5309740
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hansen
OCL   70 57.1
UREF
PNO  5313192
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ho et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5337040
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kind
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5341125
ISD  19940800
NAM  Plonsky et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5349332
ISD  19940900
NAM  Ferguson et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5351033
ISD  19940900
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5353011
ISD  19941000
NAM  Wheeler et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5357240
ISD  19941000
NAM  Sanford et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5367289
ISD  19941100
NAM  Baro et al.
OCL  340566
UREF
PNO  5373301
ISD  19941200
NAM  Bowers et al.
OCL  343742
UREF
PNO  5401584
ISD  19950300
NAM  Minasy et al.
OCL  428611
UREF
PNO  5463376
ISD  19951000
NAM  Stoffer
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5508684
ISD  19960400
NAM  Becker
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5510769
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kajfez et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5510770
ISD  19960400
NAM  Rhoads
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5544770
ISD  19960800
NAM  Travisano
OCL  215230
UREF
PNO  5574431
ISD  19961100
NAM  McKeown et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5589820
ISD  19961200
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5640693
ISD  19970600
NAM  Balch et al.
OCL  455127
UREF
PNO  5680106
ISD  19971000
NAM  Schrott et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5699045
ISD  19971200
NAM  Frederick et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5739754
ISD  19980400
NAM  Schrott et al.
OCL  340572
OREF
PAL  John R. Hayes, "Skipping a Heartbeat," Forbes, Jun. 16, 1997, p. 43.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 3,596,265 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 3,665,448 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 3,673,765 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 3 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 3,713,133 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 3,725,895 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 3,735,453 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 3,863,245 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 3,900,243 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 4,123,749 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 4,290,524 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 4,336,531 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 4,395,600 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 4,481,428 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 4,567,983 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 4,568,921 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 4,572,369 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 4,583,083 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 4,603,453 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 4,623,062 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 4,819,015 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 4,865,190 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 4,915,460 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,051,727 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,129,244 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,188,229 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,239,284 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,254,974 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,255,543 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,312,000 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,337,040 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,367,291 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,423,436 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,424,524 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,477,202 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,497,639 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,499,723 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 2 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,586,657 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,589,819 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,618,019 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. 5,636,535 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 3 pages.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. D245677 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
PAL  Detailed view of U.S. Patent No. D274297 available from IBM Patent Server
      Web Site (http://patent.womplex.ibm.com), 1 page.
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
ABST
PAL  An anti-theft detection system. A target comprising a frequency multiplier
      is affixed to goods in a retail store. A low power radio frequency source
      is placed near the exits to the retail store, and the target emits
      harmonics of the frequency transmitted by the radio frequency source when
      located near the radio frequency source. A detector also located near the
      exits to the retail store detects the harmonics and commands an alarm,
      thereby allowing for an apprehension of shoplifters.
PATN
WKU  059907924
SRC  8
APN  7370997
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19961216
TTL  Label including amorphous tape with improved properties
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Swann; Glen
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Tyren; Carl
CTY  Antibes
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  RSO Corporation N.V.
CTY  Curacao
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19940426
APN  9401436
CLAS
OCL  3405726
XCL  340551
XCL  3405721
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 13187
FSC  340
FSS  551;572;572.1;572.6
UREF
PNO  4492922
ISD  19850100
NAM  Ohkubo
OCL  324207.21
UREF
PNO  4647917
ISD  19870300
NAM  Anderson, III et al.
OCL  340572.4
UREF
PNO  4704602
ISD  19871100
NAM  sbrink
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  4710752
ISD  19871200
NAM  Cordery
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5005001
ISD  19910400
NAM  Cordery
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5049857
ISD  19910900
NAM  Plousky et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5160888
ISD  19921100
NAM  Laukien
OCL  324309
UREF
PNO  5300922
ISD  19940400
NAM  Stoffer
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5397986
ISD  19950300
NAM  Conway et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5420569
ISD  19950500
NAM  Dames et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5551158
ISD  19960900
NAM  Tyren et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5576693
ISD  19961100
NAM  Tyren et al.
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5621316
ISD  19970400
NAM  Dames et al.
OCL  324207.13
UREF
PNO  5739752
ISD  19980400
NAM  Tyren
OCL  340551
UREF
PNO  5760580
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tyren
OCL  340551
FREF
PNO  96182
ISD  19831200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2167627
ISD  19860500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/1427
ISD  19880200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9304538
ISD  19930300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9314478
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/14370
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/29467
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE95/00450
PD1  19961216
PD2  19961216
PD3  19950425
PCP  WO95/29534
PCD  19951102
ABST
PAR  A label for marking and remote identification of objects, is formed of at
      least one elongated tape (10) of a magneto-elastical material with a high
      magneto-mechanical coupling, the tape (10) being movably arranged within a
      cavity in the label. At least one element (11) is applied on the tape (10)
      for changing the mass of the tape (10), while preserving the magnetic
      properties of the tape. The cavity contains a liquid of low viscosity,
      such as silicon oil, which surrounds the tape.
PATN
WKU  059907932
SRC  8
APN  2991217
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19940902
TTL  Firefighters integrated communication and safety system
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  16
EXP  Swann; Glen
NDR  10
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Bieback; John S.
CTY  Ellington
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Safety Tech Industries, Inc.
CTY  Ellington
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  3405731
XCL    2  5
XCL  340521
XCL  455 66
XCL  455100
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 2300
FSC  340
FSS  573;521;573.1;573.6
FSC  455
FSS  100;66
FSC    2
FSS  5
FSC  128
FSS  201.19
UREF
PNO  2123196
ISD  19380700
NAM  Millard
OCL  128201.19
UREF
PNO  2950360
ISD  19600800
NAM  Duncan
OCL  381176
UREF
PNO  3069511
ISD  19621200
NAM  Rehman et al.
OCL  379430
UREF
PNO  3267414
ISD  19660800
NAM  Kritz
OCL  367115
UREF
PNO  4072831
ISD  19780200
NAM  Joscelyn
OCL  381367
UREF
PNO  4130803
ISD  19781200
NAM  Thompson
OCL  325361
UREF
PNO  4152553
ISD  19790500
NAM  White
OCL  379430
UREF
PNO  4156292
ISD  19790500
NAM  Helm et al.
OCL    2422
UREF
PNO  4166978
ISD  19790900
NAM  White et al.
OCL  455 82
UREF
PNO  4491699
ISD  19850100
NAM  Walker
OCL  379174
UREF
PNO  4718415
ISD  19880100
NAM  Bolnberger et al.
OCL  128201.19
UREF
PNO  4736740
ISD  19880400
NAM  Parker et al.
OCL  128201.19
UREF
PNO  4756308
ISD  19880700
NAM  Ryback
OCL  128201.19
UREF
PNO  4799263
ISD  19890100
NAM  Banziger et al.
OCL  381 94
UREF
PNO  4813025
ISD  19890300
NAM  Rowland et al.
OCL  128201.19
UREF
PNO  4885796
ISD  19891200
NAM  Loftus et al.
OCL  128201.19
UREF
PNO  4957106
ISD  19900900
NAM  Vandeputte
OCL  128201.19
UREF
PNO  4961420
ISD  19901000
NAM  Cappa et al.
OCL  128207.12
UREF
PNO  4980926
ISD  19901200
NAM  Noetzel
OCL  455 41
UREF
PNO  5060308
ISD  19911000
NAM  Bieback
OCL  359154
UREF
PNO  5080092
ISD  19920100
NAM  Tenna
OCL  128201.19
UREF
PNO  5138666
ISD  19920800
NAM  Bauer et al.
OCL  381169
UREF
PNO  5142700
ISD  19920800
NAM  Reed
OCL  455344
UREF
PNO  5157378
ISD  19921000
NAM  Stumberg et al.
OCL  340521
UREF
PNO  5159641
ISD  19921000
NAM  Sopko et al.
OCL  381169
UREF
PNO  5219290
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lapp et al.
OCL  434226
UREF
PNO  5224473
ISD  19930700
NAM  Bloomfield
OCL  128201.19
UREF
PNO  5224474
ISD  19930700
NAM  Bloomfield
OCL  128201.19
UREF
PNO  5279286
ISD  19940100
NAM  Chen
OCL  128201.19
UREF
PNO  5307793
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sinclair et al.
OCL  128201.19
UREF
PNO  5319711
ISD  19940600
NAM  Servi
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5323774
ISD  19940600
NAM  Fehlauer
OCL  128206.12
UREF
PNO  5329637
ISD  19940700
NAM  Walker
OCL  340573
UREF
PNO  5371804
ISD  19941200
NAM  Bauer
OCL  381169
UREF
PNO  5385141
ISD  19950100
NAM  Granatiero
OCL  455 66
UREF
PNO  5404577
ISD  19950400
NAM  Zuckerman et al.
OCL  381168
UREF
PNO  5428688
ISD  19950600
NAM  Becker et al.
OCL  381168
UREF
PNO  5433612
ISD  19950700
NAM  Daku
OCL  434226
UREF
PNO  5463693
ISD  19951000
NAM  Birli et al.
OCL  381 75
UREF
PNO  5479408
ISD  19951200
NAM  Will
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5503141
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kettl et al.
OCL  128201.19
UREF
PNO  5515419
ISD  19960500
NAM  Sheffer
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5552772
ISD  19960900
NAM  Janky et al.
OCL  340573.4
UREF
PNO  5566362
ISD  19961000
NAM  Bauer et al.
OCL  455 90
UREF
PNO  5572990
ISD  19961100
NAM  Berlin
OCL  128201.19
UREF
PNO  5605145
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hannah et al.
OCL  128201.19
OREF
PAL  Voice Amplification and Two-Way Radio Interface, Scott Aviation, 1990, pp.
      1-3.
PAL  Sigma Radio Communication System, Survivair, 1994, pp. 1-2.
PAL  The ESP.COPYRGT. Communications System for Firefighters, MSA, 1994, p. 1-4.
PAL  Magnum Communication, International Safety Instruments, pp. 1-3.
PAL  Scott's New Wireless/Talk-Around, Scott, 1997, pp. 1-5.
PAL  Scott AV-2000 Voice Amplifier, Scott, 1996, pp. 1-2.
PAL  T-P.A.S.S.--Radio/Audio--Transmitting--Personal Alert Safety System, Grace
      Industries, Inc., pp. 1-2.
PAL  A Vital Link in a Hostile Environment, Golden West Communications, Inc.,
      pp. 1-6.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  An integrated safety and communication system for attachment to a standard
      type of firefighter's face mask includes a command post tracking and
      accountability monitor, and a mask attachment having means for
      transmitting the amplified voice of the wearer to anybody within its
      audible range, and to enable communications with the command post
      including identification, location, vital signs such as pulse and
      respiratory rate, vicinity temperature, hydrocarbon monitoring and alarm
      signal if the wearer becomes motionless for a predetermined time period.
PATN
WKU  059907940
SRC  8
APN  7211759
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19960926
TTL  Apparatus for data communication and deactivation of electronic article
      surveillance tags
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Tweel, Jr.; John
EXP  Wu; Daniel J.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Alicot; Jorge F.
CTY  Davie
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Frederick; Richard B.
CTY  Lighthouse Point
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Tribbey; Scott A.
CTY  Coconut Creek
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Patterson; Hubert A.
CTY  Boca Raton
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Sensormatic Electronics Corporation
CTY  Boca Raton
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  3405731
XCL  235383
XCL  3405721
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 2300
FSC  340
FSS  572.1;551;521;522;573.1
FSC  235
FSS  383
UREF
PNO  4084742
ISD  19780400
NAM  Silverman
OCL  235383
UREF
PNO  4413254
ISD  19831100
NAM  Pinneo et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4829397
ISD  19890500
NAM  Veraikov et al.
OCL  361149
UREF
PNO  5005125
ISD  19910400
NAM  Farrar et al.
OCL  364403
UREF
PNO  5059951
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kaltner
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5210524
ISD  19930500
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5258766
ISD  19931100
NAM  Murdoch
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5260690
ISD  19931100
NAM  Mann et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5392028
ISD  19950200
NAM  Pichl
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5410296
ISD  19950400
NAM  Montbriand et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5469142
ISD  19951100
NAM  Bergman et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5500640
ISD  19960300
NAM  Zhou et al.
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5705986
ISD  19980100
NAM  Zschirnt
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  5710540
ISD  19980100
NAM  Clement et al.
OCL  340572
FREF
PNO  0703552 A1
ISD  19960300
CNT  EPX
ICL  G08B 1324
LREP
FR2  Kashimba; Paul T.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for data communication and deactivating an electronic article
      surveillance tag comprising an antenna for communicating with a
      transponder located within a predetermined area and a deactivation coil
      for deactivating an electronic article surveillance tag located within the
      predetermined area.
PATN
WKU  059907959
SRC  9
APN  2454572
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19990205
TTL  Sleep warning device for mobile vehicles
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Tong; Nina
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Miller; Bernard J.
STR  882 Andorra Rd.
CTY  Lafayette
STA  PA
ZIP  19444
CLAS
OCL  340576
XCL  340439
XCL  701 70
XCL  180272
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 2300
FSC  340
FSS  576;439;575;425.5
FSC  180
FSS  272;273
FSC  701
FSS  70
UREF
PNO  3703217
ISD  19721100
NAM  Kulick et al.
OCL  340576
UREF
PNO  3861349
ISD  19750100
NAM  Conley
OCL  340576
UREF
PNO  4203098
ISD  19800500
NAM  Muncheryan
OCL  340576
UREF
PNO  5508685
ISD  19960400
NAM  Monte, Jr.
OCL  340576
UREF
PNO  5568127
ISD  19961000
NAM  Bang
OCL  340576
UREF
PNO  5585785
ISD  19961200
NAM  Gwin et al.
OCL  340576
UREF
PNO  5813989
ISD  19980900
NAM  Saitoh et al.
OCL  340576
LREP
FRM  Caesar, Rivise, Bernstein, Cohen & Pokotilow, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  This invention provides a means of awakening the sleeping or unconscious
      operator of the vehicle by sounding a loud alarm with a recorded message
      within the cabin as well as alerting nearby and opposing drivers of other
      vehicles in motion that the involved vehicle is out of control. The
      invention involves securing to a shoulder belt a capacitance element
      including circuits to bring about a change in capacitance in the event of
      nodding of the operator's head.
PATN
WKU  059907967
SRC  9
APN  1866192
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19981106
TTL  Flash and voice warning system
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Wu; Daniel J.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Ching-Fu
STR  P.O. Box 82-144
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  340577
XCL  34028605
XCL  340331
XCL  340332
XCL  340692
XCL  3406931
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 1712
FSC  340
FSS  286.05;331;332;628;577;578;692;693.1
UREF
PNO  4816809
ISD  19890300
NAM  Kim
OCL  340584
UREF
PNO  4881058
ISD  19891100
NAM  Berry, III
OCL  340508
UREF
PNO  5291183
ISD  19940300
NAM  Chiang
OCL  340384.5
UREF
PNO  5696487
ISD  19971200
NAM  Choi
OCL  340331
UREF
PNO  5724020
ISD  19980300
NAM  Hsu
OCL  340331
LREP
FRM  A & J
ABST
PAL  A flash and voice warning system generally comprises a power supply with
      charging circuit, a smoke sensor power supply and auto reset circuit, a
      smoke sensor (or manual operation), a circuit for converting current to
      voltage, a single-chip microprocessor, a 60 Hz square wave generator, a
      control circuit, a buffer, a current amplifier, a high-voltage circuit,
      N-discharge tube circuits, N-triggering circuits, a flash lamp direction
      control circuit, and a voice circuit. The smoke sensor is arranged in an
      appropriate position of a building and the other circuits are mounted
      within a control box made of fire-proof material. Hence, the flash and
      voice warning system for fire accidents can direct people where to flee
      from the fire in case of fire accidents.
PATN
WKU  059907975
SRC  8
APN  8080410
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970304
TTL  Ultraloud smoke detector
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Toan N.
EXP  Wu; Daniel J.
NDR  6
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Zlotchenko; Eugene
CTY  Buffalo Grove
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Swieboda; Michael A.
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  BKK Brands, Inc.
CTY  Aurora
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  340628
XCL  340629
XCL  340630
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 1710
FSC  340
FSS  628;629;527;309.15;328;384.4;384.6;385.1;630
UREF
PNO  3277465
ISD  19661000
NAM  Potter
OCL  340384
UREF
PNO  3798625
ISD  19740300
NAM  McMillian et al.
OCL  340527
UREF
PNO  3860919
ISD  19750100
NAM  Aker
OCL  340527
UREF
PNO  3890612
ISD  19750600
NAM  Sweaney et al.
OCL  340384
UREF
PNO  3940919
ISD  19760300
NAM  Yasuda et al.
OCL   58 38R
UREF
PNO  3943388
ISD  19760300
NAM  Massa
OCL  310  8.2
UREF
PNO  4079271
ISD  19780300
NAM  Peil
OCL  340628
UREF
PNO  4087799
ISD  19780500
NAM  Brouwer
OCL  340630
UREF
PNO  4104628
ISD  19780800
NAM  Sweaney et al.
OCL  340384E
UREF
PNO  4139842
ISD  19790200
NAM  Fujita et al.
OCL  340384
UREF
PNO  4159472
ISD  19790600
NAM  Murrakami et al.
OCL  340384R
UREF
PNO  4163226
ISD  19790700
NAM  Ogawa
OCL  340629
UREF
PNO  4222046
ISD  19800900
NAM  Pinckaers et al.
OCL  340629
UREF
PNO  4253095
ISD  19810200
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL  340691
UREF
PNO  4282520
ISD  19810800
NAM  Shipp et al.
OCL  340629
UREF
PNO  4306229
ISD  19811200
NAM  Tamura et al.
OCL  340629
UREF
PNO  4450436
ISD  19840500
NAM  Massa
OCL  340531
UREF
PNO  4459037
ISD  19840700
NAM  Toyoda
OCL  368255
UREF
PNO  4481502
ISD  19841100
NAM  Dawson
OCL  340516
UREF
PNO  4486742
ISD  19841200
NAM  Kudo et al.
OCL  340384E
UREF
PNO  4595914
ISD  19860600
NAM  Siegel
OCL  340515
UREF
PNO  4792797
ISD  19881200
NAM  Tanguay et al.
OCL  340628
UREF
PNO  4806911
ISD  19890200
NAM  Petri
OCL  340574
UREF
PNO  4926159
ISD  19900500
NAM  Bartlett
OCL  340384
UREF
PNO  5313165
ISD  19940500
NAM  Brokaw
OCL  324414
UREF
PNO  5444434
ISD  19950800
NAM  Serby
OCL  340628
LREP
FRM  Rockey, Milnamow & Katz, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  An ultraloud ambient condition detector incorporates a sensor in
      combination with a control circuit. An alarm indicating signal from the
      control circuit energizes a multi-frequency drive circuit which produces a
      band of output frequencies usable to drive a piezoelectric output element.
      The output element has one or more resonant frequencies which fall within
      the band of the drive frequencies. A feedback circuit is provided to
      maintain the unit in an alarm state, after it has switched into that
      state, even if the input ambient condition indicator signals a decline in
      the value of the sensed ambient condition or in the presence of noise
      perhaps generated by the audio output device. A high current, low duty
      cycle battery test current repetitively loads the battery consistent with
      current load when the detector is in an alarm state.
PATN
WKU  059907983
SRC  9
APN  2119080
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19981215
TTL  Atomic absorption photometer with a safety monitor
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Trieu; Van T.
EXP  Hofsass; Jeffery A.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Sakai; Masumi
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Shimadzu Corporation
CTY  Kyoto
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971219
APN  9-351387
CLAS
OCL  340632
XCL  340634
XCL  431 24
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 1710
FSC  340
FSS  577;605;611;626;632;633;634;439
FSC  110
FSS  246;346
FSC  241
FSS  31;33
FSC  431
FSS  24;29;18
UREF
PNO  4518345
ISD  19850500
NAM  Mueller et al.
OCL  431 24
UREF
PNO  4778113
ISD  19881000
NAM  Jewett et al.
OCL  241 31
UREF
PNO  4846410
ISD  19890700
NAM  Jewett et al.
OCL  241 31
UREF
PNO  5055825
ISD  19911000
NAM  Yang
OCL  340439
UREF
PNO  5207176
ISD  19930500
NAM  Morhard et al.
OCL  110246
UREF
PNO  5522541
ISD  19960600
NAM  Zia et al.
OCL  236 10
LREP
FRM  Majestic, Parsons, Siebert & Hsue P.C.
ABST
PAL  An atomic absorption photometer includes a microprocessor which is
      programmed so as to affirmatively create an unsafe condition by lowering
      the pressure inside the flow route of a combustion improving gas and to
      check if the gas switch in this flow route indicates this unsafe
      condition. If it is found that this unsafe condition is not being
      indicated by the switch, a warning signal is outputted and the use of
      flame by the photometer is prevented.
PATN
WKU  059907991
SRC  9
APN  1669907
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19981006
TTL  Chair occupancy monitoring device
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  La; Anh
EXP  Wu; Daniel J.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Boon; Stephen W.
STR  616 Bush Hill Rd.
CTY  Manchester
STA  CT
ZIP  06040
INVT
NAM  Charles; Keith P.
STR  46 Old Farms West
CTY  Middletown
STA  CT
ZIP  06457
CLAS
OCL  340667
XCL  340666
XCL  3405734
XCL  200 85R
XCL  338114
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 2100
FSC  340
FSS  667;665;666;686.1;573.4
FSC  200
FSS  85 R;85 A;511;512;513;514;515;516;517
FSC  338
FSS  114;118;42
UREF
PNO  3704352
ISD  19721100
NAM  Fontaine
OCL  200 85R
UREF
PNO  3879586
ISD  19750400
NAM  DuRocher et al.
UREF
PNO  3952173
ISD  19760400
NAM  Tsuji et al.
UREF
PNO  3960044
ISD  19760600
NAM  Nagai et al.
UREF
PNO  4164634
ISD  19790800
NAM  Gilano
UREF
PNO  4304991
ISD  19811200
NAM  Weber
UREF
PNO  4308439
ISD  19811200
NAM  Itoh
UREF
PNO  4317012
ISD  19820200
NAM  Itoh
UREF
PNO  4390758
ISD  19830600
NAM  Hendrickson
UREF
PNO  4401896
ISD  19830800
NAM  Fowler et al.
OCL  340666
UREF
PNO  4500757
ISD  19850200
NAM  Rooney
UREF
PNO  4661664
ISD  19870400
NAM  Miller
OCL  200 86R
UREF
PNO  4845323
ISD  19890700
NAM  Beggs
UREF
PNO  4907845
ISD  19900300
NAM  Wood
UREF
PNO  5796059
ISD  19980800
NAM  Boon
UREF
PNO  5886615
ISD  19990300
NAM  Burgess
OCL  340666
LREP
FRM  Alix, Yale & Ristas, LLP
ABST
PAL  A chair occupancy monitoring device having pressure sensitive switch housed
      within a flexible cover. A cushion formed by a pair of foam pads
      positioned between the cover and the switch protects the switch and
      increases patient comfort. The switch includes first and second oppositely
      disposed base members. First and second electrical conductors are mounted
      to an interior portion of the first and second base members, respectively,
      on the surface facing the opposing base member. A gap is created between
      the electrical conductors by a pair of separator members which are
      disposed intermediate the oppositely disposed surfaces of the first and
      second base members and are mounted to a side portion of at least one of
      the base members. At least one electrically non-conductive contact limiter
      member is disposed intermediate the electrical conductors, covering a
      portion of the second electrical conductor. The separator members and
      contact limiter each have a compressibility defining a spring constant
      where the spring constant of the contact limiter is greater than the
      spring constant of the separator members. When the patients weight is
      applied to the device the separator member and the contact limiter member
      are compressed allowing the first electrical conductor to contact an
      uncovered portion of the second electrical conductor. When the patient's
      weight is removed the contact limiter and separator expand to break the
      contact and reopen the gap.
PATN
WKU  059908009
SRC  8
APN  8365598
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970620
TTL  Remote engine starting and stopping device for construction machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Woods; Davetta
EXP  Lefkowitz; Edward
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Tamaki; Hideo
CTY  Oyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ono; Toyoichi
CTY  Atsugi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Oshima; Hiroshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakano; Tasuku
CTY  Komaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nawa; Toshiaki
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukano; Yuji
CTY  Inuyama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Komatsu Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941116
APN  282064
CLAS
OCL  340679
XCL  307 106
XCL  1231792
XCL  180272
XCL  36442434
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 2100
FSC  340
FSS  679;825.69;825.31;426;429;825.39;825.15
FSC  307
FSS  10.2;10.5;10.4;10.6
FSC  364
FSS  424.034
FSC  123
FSS  179.2
FSC  180
FSS  272
UREF
PNO  4080537
ISD  19780300
NAM  Bucher
OCL  290 38R
UREF
PNO  4227588
ISD  19801000
NAM  Biancardi
OCL  180167
UREF
PNO  4621375
ISD  19861100
NAM  Simnovec
OCL  359144
UREF
PNO  4674454
ISD  19870600
NAM  Phairr
OCL  123170B
UREF
PNO  5042439
ISD  19910800
NAM  Tholl et al.
OCL  123179B
UREF
PNO  5067321
ISD  19911100
NAM  Miyaoka
OCL   60426
UREF
PNO  5721550
ISD  19980200
NAM  Lopez
OCL  341176
UREF
PNO  5757086
ISD  19980500
NAM  Nagashima
OCL  307 10.6
FREF
PNO  1277745
ISD  19901200
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  63-277858
ISD  19881100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  439145
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5130686
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  549867
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  622545
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6147069
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  771281
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  712560
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Greer, Burns & Crain, Ltd.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP95/02343
PD1  19970120
PD2  19970120
PD3  19951116
PCP  WO96/15364
PCD  19960523
ABST
PAR  The invention relates to a device which aims to improve safety and
      reliability in a remote engine starting and stopping device for
      construction machines. A starting signal for starting an engine is
      transmitted to a construction machine from a transmission which is
      separate from the construction machine. The starting signal is received by
      a receiver on the construction machine. When the starting signal is
      received by the receiver, an engine starting device is driven for starting
      of an engine on condition that an operating lever for a working machine
      being on a neutral position is detected by a neutral position detection.
      As a result, a danger of the working machine coming into motion in an
      unmanned state is avoided for improvement of safety. Further, if the
      engine having worked is detected by a working condition detection after an
      engine starting device is driven by the engine start, the engine is made
      to work until a predetermined period of time elapses after a point of time
      when the detection is effected. As a result, warm-up is performed for a
      preset time after a point of time when the engine is actually made to
      work, so that reliability in unmanned operation is improved.
PATN
WKU  059908017
SRC  9
APN  1033115
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19980624
TTL  Accident sound detection circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Toan
EXP  Hopsass; Jeffery A.
NDR  21
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Kyouno; Noboru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Koura; Makoto
CTY  Nagasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Seri; Toshimitsu
CTY  Nagasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Company, Limited
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  3406911
XCL  340436
XCL  340903
XCL  340917
XCL  340933
EDF  6
ICL  G08B  300
FSC  340
FSS  901;902;905;909;910;915;916;917;919;933;943;691.1;691.2;436
UREF
PNO  4023017
ISD  19770500
NAM  Ceseri
OCL  235150.24
UREF
PNO  4337642
ISD  19820700
NAM  Yoshida
OCL   73 35
UREF
PNO  4806931
ISD  19890200
NAM  Nelson
OCL  340907
UREF
PNO  4864297
ISD  19890900
NAM  Shaw et al.
OCL  340902
UREF
PNO  5717391
ISD  19980200
NAM  Rodriguez
OCL  340937
UREF
PNO  5784007
ISD  19980700
NAM  Pepper
OCL  340933
FREF
PNO  3027103 C2
ISD  19800700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4343403 A1
ISD  19831200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19814117 A1
ISD  19980300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  62-91092
ISD  19870400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4338900
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4344421
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8263785
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9245825
ISD  19970900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9245285
ISD  19970900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1011694
ISD  19980100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1011691
ISD  19980100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  101691
ISD  19980100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10162277
ISD  19980600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 323 925
ISD  19980300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2323925
ISD  19981000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  JP 04 338 900 A, Patent Abstracts of Japan Section: P, Sect. No. 1520, vol.
      17, No. 187, p. 108, Dec. 4, 1993.
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  An accident sound detection circuit includes an accident sound detection
      block that detects an accident sound from a sound signal inputted from an
      environmental sound detection unit and outputs an accident sound detection
      signal, a power spectrum calculator for obtaining a power spectrum in
      regard to a sound signal when acquiring the accident sound detection
      signal, outputted from the accident sound detection block, as a trigger
      signal, a spectrum pattern calculator for forming a pattern of the power
      spectrum, and a pattern comparator circuit for comparing the formed
      spectrum pattern and a set pattern set in a pattern generating circuit
      beforehand and generating a final accident sound detection signal if the
      patterns coincide with each other.
PATN
WKU  059908025
SRC  9
APN  0806870
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19980518
TTL  Modular LED messaging sign panel and display system
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Woods; Davetta
EXP  Lefkowitz; Edward
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Maskeny; Donald David
CTY  Morriston
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Smartlite Communications, Inc.
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  34081545
XCL  345 82
XCL  345 46
XCL  345903
XCL  345362
XCL  345244
XCL  34081542
EDF  6
ICL  G08B  500
FSC  340
FSS  815.45;815.31;815.42
FSC  345
FSS  82;156;39;46;903;83;204;205
FSC  362
FSS  244
UREF
PNO  4383254
ISD  19830500
NAM  Gemmell et al.
OCL  362244
UREF
PNO  4445132
ISD  19840400
NAM  Ichikawa et al.
OCL  345 82
UREF
PNO  4772886
ISD  19880900
NAM  Hasegawa
OCL  340815.42
UREF
PNO  4887074
ISD  19891200
NAM  Simon et al.
OCL  345 82
UREF
PNO  5066947
ISD  19911100
NAM  Du Castel
OCL  340825.82
UREF
PNO  5138310
ISD  19920800
NAM  Hirane et al.
OCL  340815.45
UREF
PNO  5174649
ISD  19921200
NAM  Alston
OCL  345156
UREF
PNO  5198803
ISD  19930300
NAM  Shie et al.
OCL  345 82
UREF
PNO  5394165
ISD  19950200
NAM  Sugiura
OCL  345 80
UREF
PNO  5410328
ISD  19950400
NAM  Yoksza et al.
OCL  345 82
UREF
PNO  5414828
ISD  19950500
NAM  Yarkoni et al.
OCL  345 82
UREF
PNO  5418928
ISD  19950500
NAM  Yarkoni et al.
OCL  345 82
UREF
PNO  5450301
ISD  19950900
NAM  Waltz et al.
OCL  345 82
UREF
PNO  5451979
ISD  19950900
NAM  Levac
OCL  340815.45
UREF
PNO  5684368
ISD  19971100
NAM  Wei et al.
OCL  340825.5
UREF
PNO  5708452
ISD  19980100
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  340825.5
UREF
PNO  5717417
ISD  19980200
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  345 82
UREF
PNO  5796376
ISD  19980800
NAM  Banks
OCL  345 82
LREP
FRM  Larson & Larson, P.A.
FR2  Larson; James E.
ABST
PAL  A modular messaging sign panel contains a plurality of LEDs coupled to a
      plurality of latched drivers. A microcontroller on the panel has a unique
      serial number permitting the panel to be selectively addressed by a host.
      The microcontroller receives serial data representing an image frame,
      selects the data intended for the panel in which it controls and clocks it
      out to the latched drivers along a single serial data line. Multiple
      panels can be connected to form a larger display panel system. Each panel
      has its own uniquely addressed microcontroller. A three wire connection
      couples the panel or display system to a computer and a power supply. A
      single jumper wire connects each modular panel together such that the data
      output from the computer is received by every microcontroller within the
      system in a parallel configuration. Accordingly, each microcontroller is
      receiving all the data outputted from the computer but only selects
      certain data for distribution to the latched drivers coupled to the LEDs
      on its particular panel based upon an ID match. Power and ground are
      supplied to a multi-panel system via power and ground rails of a frame
      structure upon which the panels are mounted.
PATN
WKU  059908033
SRC  8
APN  9017852
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970728
TTL  Multifunctional remote controller and control method for multiple
      appliances using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Beaulieu; Yonel
EXP  Cuchlinski, Jr.; William A.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Park; Woo-Kyeong
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960930
APN  96-43121
CLAS
OCL  34082534
XCL  34082569
XCL  34082572
XCL  348734
XCL  348  7
XCL  348 12
XCL  380 23
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  700
FSC  340
FSS  825.34;825.69;825.72;825.22
FSC  348
FSS  734;552;7;10;12;3;1
FSC  359
FSS  196
FSC  380
FSS  23
UREF
PNO  5410326
ISD  19950400
NAM  Goldstein
OCL  348134
UREF
PNO  5721583
ISD  19980200
NAM  Harada et al.
OCL  348 12
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A remote controller having a multifunction and a control method for
      controlling multiple appliances using the remote controller are provided.
      The remote controller includes a menu selector for displaying
      predetermined menus on a screen according to a menu key and a selection
      key and inputting a command of selecting a menu, a controller for
      outputting data corresponding to the command input from the menu selector,
      and a data transmitter for transmitting the data of the controller in the
      form of optical signals of a predetermined frequency band.
PATN
WKU  059908041
SRC  8
APN  9895841
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19971212
TTL  Animate body detector
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Dalencourt; Yves
EXP  Zimmerman; Brian
NDR  15
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Koyama; Takeshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961216
APN  8-335895
CLAS
OCL  34082534
XCL  340539
XCL  3405731
XCL  382115
XCL  382124
XCL  382127
XCL  382188
XCL  345168
XCL  345173
XCL  345174
XCL  331 65
EDF  6
ICL  G08B 2300
FSC  340
FSS  825.34;573;539;573.1
FSC  382
FSS  115;124;127;188
FSC  345
FSS  168;173;174
FSC  331
FSS  65
UREF
PNO  4771268
ISD  19880900
NAM  Sone et al.
OCL  382188
UREF
PNO  5541580
ISD  19960700
NAM  Gerston et al.
OCL  340573
UREF
PNO  5565658
ISD  19961000
NAM  Gerpheide et al.
OCL  345174
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug, LLP.
FR2  Frommer; William S.
ABST
PAL  The subject oscillation frequency generating section generates a subject
      oscillation frequency in response to the capacitance of subject when the
      subject contacts the measurement electrode. The subject recognition signal
      generating section generates a subject recognition signal corresponding to
      the subject oscillation frequency. The reference signal setting section
      previously sets a reference signal used to determine whether the subject
      is an animate body. The animate body detection control section compares
      the subject recognition signal and the reference signal to determine
      whether the subject is an animate body.
PATN
WKU  059908050
SRC  8
APN  7992637
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970213
TTL  Astronomical and meteoroligical information pager
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  2
EXA  Jeanglaude; Joan B.
EXP  Horabik; Michael
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Wicks; James E.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Sciammarella; Eduardo
CTY  Hoboken
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Sony Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Park Ridge
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  34082544
XCL  4551861
EDF  6
ICL  G08B  522
FSC  340
FSS  825.44;825.56;825.47;825.48;825.49
FSC  455
FSS  38.1;38.4;88;186.1;89;90
UREF
PNO  4415065
ISD  19831100
NAM  Sandstedt
OCL  186 39
UREF
PNO  4951039
ISD  19900800
NAM  Schwendeman et al.
OCL  340725
UREF
PNO  5173688
ISD  19921200
NAM  DeLuca et al.
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  5182553
ISD  19930100
NAM  Kung
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  5331431
ISD  19940700
NAM  Jasinski
OCL  358462
UREF
PNO  5398021
ISD  19950300
NAM  Moore
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  5446678
ISD  19950800
NAM  Saltzstein et al.
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  5452356
ISD  19950900
NAM  Albert
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  5481255
ISD  19960100
NAM  Albert et al.
OCL  340825.55
UREF
PNO  5491785
ISD  19960200
NAM  Robson et al.
OCL  395162
UREF
PNO  5495344
ISD  19960200
NAM  Callaway, Jr. et al.
OCL  358407
UREF
PNO  5508695
ISD  19960400
NAM  Nelson et al.
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  5535428
ISD  19960700
NAM  King et al.
OCL  455 38.4
UREF
PNO  5555446
ISD  19960900
NAM  Jasinski
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  5625363
ISD  19970400
NAM  Spilker
OCL  342352
UREF
PNO  5774787
ISD  19980600
NAM  Leopold et al.
OCL  455 12.1
LREP
FR2  Kananen; Ronald P.
     Rader, Fishman & Grauer
ABST
PAL  A novel pager and paging system provides subscribers with astronomical and
      meteorological information. A service provider compiles a database of
      astronomical and meteorological information such as: current and forecast
      weather conditions; where and when celestial phenomena can be observed;
      horoscope information; and constellation configurations. Subscribers
      provide the service provider with a profile detailing what information the
      subscriber wishes to receive. The service provider will collect
      information, match the information to the subscriber's profile, and
      transmit the matching information to the subscriber.
PATN
WKU  059908068
SRC  8
APN  9478302
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19971008
TTL  Method and apparatus for efficient reverse channel utilization in a
      two-way messaging system
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  10
EXA  Jeanglaude; Jean B.
EXP  Zimmerman; Brian
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Mock; Von Alan
CTY  Boynton Beach
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Eaton; Eric Thomas
CTY  Lake Worth
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Motorola
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  34082554
XCL  370348
XCL  34082544
EDF  6
ICL  G08B  522
FSC  340
FSS  825.44;825.47;825.52;825.54;825.51;825.48;825.5;994;998;336;348;349;473;509
FSC  375
FSS  267;347;57;58
FSC  455
FSS  186.1;31.3;456;457;38.1;33.2
FSC  370
FSS  337;345;442;443
UREF
PNO  4646082
ISD  19870200
NAM  Engel et al.
OCL  340825.54
UREF
PNO  5124697
ISD  19920600
NAM  Moore
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  5502722
ISD  19960300
NAM  Fulghum
OCL  370 69.1
UREF
PNO  5509015
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tiedemann, Jr. et al.
OCL  370 95.3
UREF
PNO  5596318
ISD  19970100
NAM  Mitchell
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  5673256
ISD  19970900
NAM  Maine
OCL  370271
UREF
PNO  5729540
ISD  19980300
NAM  Wegrzyn
OCL  370336
UREF
PNO  5740167
ISD  19980400
NAM  Taketsugu et al.
OCL  370337
UREF
PNO  5790535
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kou
OCL  370337
UREF
PNO  5790551
ISD  19980800
NAM  Chan
OCL  370458
UREF
PNO  5914950
ISD  19990600
NAM  Tiedemann et al.
OCL  370348
LREP
FR2  Meles; Pablo
ABST
PAL  A selective call transceiver (122) includes a receiver (303) and a
      transmitter (301) coupled to a processor (308) serving as a decoder and an
      encoder. The processor is programmed to receive an input requiring the
      selective call receiver to request a reserved time assignment from a
      system controller (11) for a transmission of unscheduled information, the
      request to be sent on a reverse or inbound channel. The processor further
      determines whether a scheduled transmission is pending for transmission on
      the reverse channel during a scheduled time slot and sends the unscheduled
      information and an indicia of the scheduled transmission during the
      scheduled time slot if there is a scheduled transmission pending.
PATN
WKU  059908076
SRC  9
APN  1384120
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19980824
TTL  Dynamic and non-contact measurement of displacement or of permittivity
      by use of a capacitive sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Wong; Albert K.
EXP  Hurbert; Martin A.
NDR  7
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Cloutier; Marius
CTY  Boucherville
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Savard; Sylvain
CTY  Ste Julie
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Bourgeois; Jean Marc
CTY  Longueuil
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Lalonde; Fran.cedilla.ois
CTY  Varennes
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Hydro Quebec
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19910425
APN  2041231
RLAP
COD  71
APN  732493
APD  19910718
CLAS
OCL  34087037
XCL  324661
XCL  324690
EDF  6
ICL  G08C 1910
FSC  340
FSS  870.37;618
FSC  324
FSS  661;662;670;688;690;686
UREF
PNO  2962641
ISD  19601100
NAM  Maltby
OCL  318 29
UREF
PNO  4675670
ISD  19870600
NAM  Lalonde
OCL  340870.37
UREF
PNO  4913071
ISD  19900400
NAM  Miller
OCL  324660
UREF
PNO  4959615
ISD  19900900
NAM  Andermo
OCL  324690
UREF
PNO  4963829
ISD  19901000
NAM  Wereb
OCL  324660
UREF
PNO  5051921
ISD  19910900
NAM  Paglione
OCL  364509
FREF
PNO  2 181 246
ISD  19870400
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Van Nostrand's Scientific Encyclopedia, "Capacitance Transducer", p. 510,
      (1983).
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A method for dynamic and non-contact measurement of the displacement of a
      conductive substance with respect to a capacitive sensor formed by two
      parallel conductive plates, superimposed, electrically insulated from one
      another, and fed by a high frequency signal having a predetermined
      voltage, the capacitive sensor being connected to a device for detecting a
      current value. Also disclosed is a method for dynamic and non-contact
      measurement of the permittivity of a dielectric substance between a
      conductive part and a capacitive sensor of the above-mentioned type.
PATN
WKU  059908084
SRC  8
APN  9851658
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971204
TTL  Local incident reducing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Wu; Daniel J.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Baer; Eric S.
STR  1127 W 200 N
CTY  Wabash
STA  IN
ZIP  46992
CLAS
OCL  340907
XCL  340902
XCL  340916
XCL  701117
XCL  701301
XCL  455420
EDF  6
ICL  G08G  107
FSC  340
FSS  902;904;905;907;916;917
FSC  701
FSS  117;301
FSC  455
FSS  419;420;422;403
UREF
PNO  4443783
ISD  19840400
NAM  Mitchell
OCL  340825.72
UREF
PNO  5014052
ISD  19910500
NAM  Obeck
OCL  340906
UREF
PNO  5182555
ISD  19930100
NAM  Sumner
OCL  340905
UREF
PNO  5345232
ISD  19940900
NAM  Robertson
OCL  340906
UREF
PNO  5504482
ISD  19960400
NAM  Schreder
OCL  340995
UREF
PNO  5602739
ISD  19970200
NAM  Haagenstad et al.
OCL  340906
UREF
PNO  5745865
ISD  19980400
NAM  Rostoker et al.
OCL  701117
ABST
PAL  A traffic light remote control system comprising a plurality of traffic
      lights each situated at a single road intersection and having a green
      light, a yellow light, and a red light constituting an array of racing
      lights. Associated therewith is a programmable logic controller connected
      to each of the traffic lights of the single road intersection and adapted
      to flash each of the array of racing lights thereof only upon the receipt
      of an activation signal with an accompanying unique code associated
      therewith. Also included is a cellular transceiver connected to the
      programmable logic controller with a modem connected therebetween. The
      modem and cellular transceiver serve to communicate signals over a unique
      cellular line with a unique phone number dedicated to the plurality of
      traffic lights of the single intersection. Next provided is a mobile
      actuator unit including an activation button for transmitting the
      activation signal upon the depression thereof and a phone number and code
      entering mechanism for providing a phone number and associated code. A
      cellular transceiver is provided for communicating signals over a unique
      cellular line associated with a unique phone number upon the receipt
      thereof. Finally, a microcontroller is adapted to transmit the activation
      signal, a phone number and associated code to the transceiver upon the
      depression of the activation button.
PATN
WKU  059908092
SRC  9
APN  0522554
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19980331
TTL  Underwater surveying system
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Benjamin C.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Howard; David M.
STR  543 Bear Creek Dr.
CTY  Hampstead
STA  NC
ZIP  28443
CLAS
OCL  340988
XCL  340989
XCL  340990
XCL  340995
XCL  324323
XCL  34235706
XCL  34235716
XCL  34235709
XCL  701  2
XCL  701207
XCL  701213
XCL  701215
XCL   33121
XCL   33122
XCL   33123
XCL   33124
EDF  6
ICL  G08G  1123
FSC  340
FSS  989;988;990;995
FSC  324
FSS  323
FSC  342
FSS  357.06;357.09;357.17
FSC  701
FSS  2;215;207;213
FSC   33
FSS  121;122;123;124
UREF
PNO  3500648
ISD  19700300
NAM  Daniell
OCL  405192
UREF
PNO  3604119
ISD  19710900
NAM  Inoue
OCL   33773
UREF
PNO  3635183
ISD  19720100
NAM  Keatinge
OCL  114330
UREF
PNO  3716923
ISD  19730200
NAM  Bazhaw
OCL   33264
UREF
PNO  3812922
ISD  19740500
NAM  Stechler
OCL  175  6
UREF
PNO  4026376
ISD  19770500
NAM  Gee
OCL  180 68.1
UREF
PNO  4137638
ISD  19790200
NAM  Watts
OCL   33701
UREF
PNO  4568294
ISD  19860200
NAM  Owsen
OCL  440 95
UREF
PNO  4611313
ISD  19860900
NAM  Ziese
OCL  367 88
UREF
PNO  4814711
ISD  19890300
NAM  Olsen et al.
OCL  324331
UREF
PNO  5025150
ISD  19910600
NAM  Oldham et al.
OCL  150253
UREF
PNO  5203099
ISD  19930400
NAM  Naranjo et al.
OCL   37329
UREF
PNO  5291458
ISD  19940300
NAM  Harre
OCL  367 88
UREF
PNO  5477459
ISD  19951200
NAM  Clegg et al.
OCL  701300
UREF
PNO  5614913
ISD  19970300
NAM  Nichols et al.
OCL  342357.12
UREF
PNO  5629626
ISD  19970500
NAM  Russell et al.
OCL  324345
UREF
PNO  5671160
ISD  19970900
NAM  Julian
OCL  702 94
UREF
PNO  5689475
ISD  19971100
NAM  Chaumet-Lagrange
OCL  367 88
UREF
PNO  5774826
ISD  19980600
NAM  McBride
OCL  701207
ABST
PAL  The hydrography of a land area beneath a shallow body of water is
      determined by driving a submersible, remotely controlled, powered vehicle
      along a route over the land area. The vehicle includes a chassis, a drive
      mechanism, a drive control module to control the drive mechanism, and a
      mast extending upwardly from the chassis, with the top end of the mast
      projecting above the body of water. A position indicator, such as a global
      positioning system, mounted adjacent the mast top end, determines the
      position of the position indicator, and transmits position data to a
      receiving unit at a remote location. A transmitter at the remote location
      transmits instructions to the drive control module to control the vehicle.
PATN
WKU  059908106
SRC  8
APN  8940916
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970815
TTL  Method for partitioning a block of data into subblocks and for storing
      and communcating such subblocks
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Young; Brian
NDR  26
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Williams; Ross Neil
STR  3/305 N. Terrace
CTY  Adelaide SA5000
CNT  AUX
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19950217
APN  PN1232
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19950412
APN  PN2392
CLAS
OCL  341 51
XCL  341 67
EDF  6
ICL  H03M  700
FSC  341
FSS  51;50;67
FSC  375
FSS  241
FSC  704
FSS  203
UREF
PNO  4698628
ISD  19871000
NAM  Herkert et al.
OCL  340825.02
UREF
PNO  5235623
ISD  19930800
NAM  Sugiyama et al.
OCL  341 67
UREF
PNO  5479654
ISD  19951200
NAM  Squibb
OCL  395600
OREF
PAL  Williams, Ross, "An algorithm for matching text (possibly original)",
      Newsgroup posting, comp.compression, Jan. 27, 1992.
PAL  Williams, Ross, "Parallel data compression", Newsgroup posting,
      comp.conmpression.research, Jun. 30, 1992.
PAL  Knuth, Donald E., "The Art of Computer Programming, vol. 3: Sorting and
      Searching", pp. 508-513, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1973.
PAL  Williams, Ross N., "An Introduction to Digest Algorithms" Proceedings of
      the Digital Equipment Computer Users Society, pp. 9-18, Aug. 1994.
PAL  Williams, Ross N., "An Extremely Fast ZIV-Lempel Data Compression
      Algorithm", Proceedings of Data Compression Conference, pp. 362-371, Apr.
      1991.
PAL  Knuth, Donald E., The Art of Computer Programming, vol. 1: Fundamental
      Algorithms, pp. 435-451, Addison Wesley Publishing Company, 1973.
LREP
FR2  Traurig; Greenberg
FR2  Bell; Robert P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AU96/00081
PD1  19970815
PD2  19970815
PD3  19960215
PCP  WO96/25801
PCD  19960822
ABST
PAR  This invention provides a method and apparatus for detecting common spans
      within one or more data blocks by partitioning the blocks (FIG. 4) into
      subblocks and searching the group of subblocks (FIG. 12) (or their
      corresponding hashes (FIG. 13)) for duplicates. Blocks can be partitioned
      into subblocks using a variety of methods, including methods that place
      subblock boundaries at fixed positions (FIG. 3), methods that place
      subblock boundaries at data-dependent positions (FIG. 3), and methods that
      yield multiple overlapping subblocks (FIG. 6). By comparing the hashes of
      subblocks, common spans of one or more blocks can be identified without
      ever having to compare the blocks or subblocks themselves (FIG. 13). This
      leads to several applications including an incremental backup system that
      backs up changes rather than changed files (FIG. 25), a utility that
      determines the similarities and differences between two files (FIG. 13), a
      file system that stores each unique subblock at most once (FIG. 26), and a
      communications system that eliminates the need to transmit subblocks
      already possessed by the receiver (FIG. 19).
PATN
WKU  059908114
SRC  9
APN  0070769
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980114
TTL  Transfer clock converter for digital data
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Young; Brian
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Morimoto; Satoshi
CTY  Sakai
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970114
APN  9-004181
CLAS
OCL  341 61
EDF  6
ICL  H03M  700
FSC  341
FSS  61;63
FSC  370
FSS  545
FSC  348
FSS  441
FSC  375
FSS  215
UREF
PNO  5204676
ISD  19930400
NAM  Herrmann
OCL  341 61
UREF
PNO  5623512
ISD  19970400
NAM  Sasaki
OCL  375211
FREF
PNO  01261908
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "Report 624, Characteristics of Television Systems" (C.C.I.R. Report XIIIth
      Plenary Assembly, 1975) pp. 22-52.
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  A transfer clock converter for digital data of the present invention is a
      circuit for converting digital data synchronized with a first transfer
      clock into digital data synchronized with a second transfer clock and
      outputting the digital data, and includes a plurality of latching elements
      and a comparator-selector circuit. The comparator-selector circuit
      compares the output data from predetermined latching elements, selects
      output data to be output according to the result of the comparison, and
      outputs the selected output data. With this structure, it is possible to
      always output correct digital data without using a PLL circuit or the
      like, thereby significantly improving the reliability.
PATN
WKU  059908122
SRC  8
APN  9580913
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971027
TTL  Universally programmable variable length decoder
ISD  19991123
NCL  53
ECL  1
EXP  Young; Brian
NDR  34
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Bakhmutsky; Michael
CTY  Spring Valley
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Philips Electronics North America Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  341 67
XCL  341106
EDF  6
ICL  H03M  740
FSC  341
FSS  67;68;65;94;95;106;107
UREF
PNO  5173695
ISD  19921200
NAM  Sun et al.
OCL  341 67
UREF
PNO  5600812
ISD  19970200
NAM  Park
OCL  711200
UREF
PNO  5650905
ISD  19970700
NAM  Bakhmutsky
OCL  341 67
UREF
PNO  5675332
ISD  19971000
NAM  Limberg
OCL  341 67
OREF
PAL  U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 08/671,891, filed Jun. 28, 1996.
PAL  U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 08/580,404, filed Dec. 28, 1995.
LREP
FR2  Gathman; Laurie E.
ABST
PAL  A variable length decoder for decoding an input digital data stream which
      includes a plurality of variable length code words which are coded in
      accordance with any of a plurality of different coding standards. The
      variable length decoder includes an input circuit which receives the input
      digital data stream and produces a decoding window that includes a leading
      word aligned bit stream, and a decoding circuit which is configurable into
      any selected one of a plurality of different decoding configurations,
      depending upon which coding standard the input digital data stream is
      coded in accordance with, the decoding circuit being coupled to the
      leading word aligned bit stream for decoding the length and value of each
      code word in the input digital data stream. The variable length decoder
      further includes a programmable controller for controlling the operation
      of the variable length decoder in accordance with any of a plurality of
      different decoding protocols, depending upon the coding standard employed
      in coding the input digital data stream. The programmable controller
      determines which coding standard was employed in coding the input digital
      data stream, and then automatically configures the decoding circuit into
      the decoding configuration which is appropriate for decoding the input
      digital data stream, based upon this determination. The variable length
      decoder also includes a code word value memory which is used for decoding
      the values of the code words in the input digital data stream.
PATN
WKU  059908130
SRC  8
APN  9218734
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970822
TTL  Method and apparatus for synchronizing external data to an internal
      timing signal
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Williams; Howard L.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Ten Eyck; Timothy A.
CTY  Denison
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Texas Instruments Incorporated
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  341100
EDF  6
ICL  H03M  900
FSC  341
FSS  100;101
UREF
PNO  4630291
ISD  19861200
NAM  Lankar et al.
OCL  375356
UREF
PNO  5430773
ISD  19950700
NAM  Marbot
OCL  375373
LREP
FR2  Mosby; April M.
FR2  Brady; W. James
FR2  Donaldson; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  The invention discloses a method and system for synchronizing external data
      to an internal timing signal. External data is received in conjunction
      with a clock input. The clock input has first set of values and a second
      set of values. The clock input is compared to an internal timing signal
      having a frequency that is a multiple of the clock input. The internal
      timing signal is shifted by adjusting the count of a counter if the clock
      input transitions from the first set of values to the second set of values
      within a predetermined range of the internal timing signal.
PATN
WKU  059908149
SRC  8
APN  9241086
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970905
TTL  Method and circuit for calibration of flash analog to digital converters
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Hoff; Marc S.
NDR  13
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Croman; Russell
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Goldenberg; Marius
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Hein; Jerrell P.
CTY  Driftwood
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Cirrus Logic, Inc.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  341118
XCL  341120
EDF  6
ICL  H03M  106
FSC  341
FSS  118;120;155
UREF
PNO  4097860
ISD  19780600
NAM  Araseki et al.
OCL  341118
UREF
PNO  4251803
ISD  19810200
NAM  Debord et al.
UREF
PNO  4380005
ISD  19830400
NAM  Debord et al.
OCL  341118
UREF
PNO  4408349
ISD  19831000
NAM  Yukawa
OCL  455182
UREF
PNO  4547763
ISD  19851000
NAM  Flamm
OCL  341118
UREF
PNO  4799041
ISD  19890100
NAM  Layton
OCL  341120
UREF
PNO  4803382
ISD  19890200
NAM  Tanimoto et al.
OCL  307362
UREF
PNO  4864437
ISD  19890900
NAM  Couse et al.
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  4979055
ISD  19901200
NAM  Squires et al.
OCL  360 69
UREF
PNO  5170299
ISD  19921200
NAM  Moon
OCL  360 77.08
UREF
PNO  5255136
ISD  19931000
NAM  Machado et al.
OCL  360 77.02
UREF
PNO  5297184
ISD  19940300
NAM  Behrens et al.
OCL  375 98
UREF
PNO  5321559
ISD  19940600
NAM  Nguyen et al.
OCL  360 46
UREF
PNO  5335365
ISD  19940800
NAM  Ballantyne et al.
OCL  455 76
UREF
PNO  5345342
ISD  19940900
NAM  Abbott et al.
OCL  360 48
UREF
PNO  5384671
ISD  19950100
NAM  Fisher
OCL  360 51
UREF
PNO  5397936
ISD  19950300
NAM  Wang
OCL  327 97
UREF
PNO  5422760
ISD  19950600
NAM  Abbott et al.
OCL  360 46
UREF
PNO  5424881
ISD  19950600
NAM  Behrens et al.
OCL  360 40
UREF
PNO  5459679
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ziperovich
OCL  364602
UREF
PNO  5572558
ISD  19961100
NAM  Beherns
OCL  375376
UREF
PNO  5576904
ISD  19961100
NAM  Behrens
OCL  360 51
UREF
PNO  5638230
ISD  19970600
NAM  Kadlec
OCL  360 78.04
UREF
PNO  5642243
ISD  19970600
NAM  Bliss
OCL  360 51
FREF
PNO  0 297 818
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 637 135
ISD  19950200
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  McCall, K. J. et al., "A 6-bit 125 MH CMOS A/D Converter", Proceedings of
      the Custom Integrated Circuits Conference, Boston, May 3-6, 1992, No.
      Conf. 14; pp. 16.8.1-16.8.4, XP000340926, IEEE.
PAL  Glincman, M., "CMOS/SOS Flash ADC Speeds on Low Power for Low Cost",
      Electronic Design, vol. 28, No. 24, Nov. 1980, pp. 227-231, XP002086479,
      Hasbrook Heights, NJ.
PAL  International Search Report, Jan. 22, 1999.
PAL  International Search Report, Dec. 18, 1998.
PAL  Cideciyan et al., "A PRML System for Digital Magnetic Recording," IEEE J.
      on Sel. Com.., 10, Jan. 1992.
PAL  Coker et al., "Implementation of PRML in a Rigid Disk Drive," IBM Storage
      Systems Products Division, Manuscript received Jul. 7, 1991.
PAL  fields et al., "SA 19.1: A 200Mb/s CMOS EPRML Channel with Integrated Servo
      Demodulator for Magnetic Hard Disks," IEEE Int'l Solid-State Circuits
      Conf, Feb. 8, 1997.
PAL  Goodenough, "DSP Technique Nearly Doubles Disk Capacity," Electronic
      Design, 53-57,Feb. 4, 1993.
PAL  Reed et al., "Performance of A d=0 Demod/Remod Detector With Partial
      Erasure Matching," Cirrus Logic, Manuscript received Feb. 4, 1997.
PAL  Spalding et al., "SA 19.5: A 200Msample/s 6b Flash ADC in 0.6 .mu.m CMOS,"
      IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference, Feb. 10, 1996.
PAL  Spurbeck et al., "Interpolated Timing Recovery for Hard Disk Drive Read
      Channels," IEEE, Aug., 1997.
PAL  Tuttle et al., "TP 4.2: A 130Mb/s PRML Read/Write Channel with
      Digital-Servo Detection," IEEE International Solid-State Circuits
      Conference, Feb. 8, 1996.
PAL  Vanderkooy et al., "Resolution Below the Least Significant Bit in Digital
      Systems with Dither," J. Audio Eng. Soc., 32(3), Mar. 1984.
PAL  Welland et al., "FA 17.1: A Digital Read/Write Channel with EEPR4
      Detection," IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference, Feb. 18,
      1994.
PAL  Welland et al., "Implementation of a Digital Read/Write Channel with EEPR4
      Detection," IEEE Transactions, Magnetics; 31(2), Mar. 1995.
PAL  Welland et al., "Implementation of a Digital Read/Write Channel with EEPR4
      Detection,"--Outline; Crystal Semiconductor Corporation and Cirrus Logic;
      TMRC '94 Session:F2.
PAL  Yamasaki et al., SA 19.2: A 1,7 Code EEPR4 Read Channel IC with an Analog
      Noise Whitened Detector, IEEE International Solid-State Circuits
      Conference, Feb. 8, 1997.
LREP
FR2  Egan; Richard D.
FR2  Shifrin; Dan A.
ABST
PAL  A system and method for correcting comparator offsets which occur during
      operating conditions such that static and dynamic offsets are compensated
      is provided. The comparator may be calibrated for normal operating
      conditions. The calibration may be accomplished by providing adjustability
      of the comparators' threshold value and providing a feedback loop for
      adjusting the threshold value. In one preferred embodiment, the comparator
      may be utilized within a flash ADC, and in a more preferred embodiment,
      the comparator may be utilized within a flash ADC of a read/write channel
      circuit.
PATN
WKU  059908157
SRC  8
APN  9414576
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970930
TTL  Monolithic circuit and method for adding a randomized dither signal to
      the fine quantizer element of a subranging analog-to digital converter
      (ADC)
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Williams; Howard L.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Linder; Lloyd F.
CTY  Agoura Hills
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hirata; Erick M.
CTY  Torrance
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Felder; Benjamin
CTY  Saugus
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Cheng; William W.
CTY  Redondo Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tso; Robert
CTY  S. San Gabriel
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Raytheon Company
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  341131
EDF  6
ICL  H03M  120
FSC  341
FSS  131;156
UREF
PNO  4550309
ISD  19851000
NAM  Hiller et al.
OCL  341131
UREF
PNO  4896155
ISD  19900100
NAM  Craiglow
OCL  341156
UREF
PNO  5134399
ISD  19920700
NAM  Hiller
OCL  341131
OREF
PAL  Analog/Digital Conversion, Analog-to-Digital Converters, pp. 621-622.
PAL  What is Dithering?, Hewlett Packard Journal, Dec. 1993, pp. 44-45.
LREP
FR2  Alkov; Leonard A.
FR2  Schubert; William C.
FR2  Lenzen, Jr.; Glenn H.
ABST
PAL  A dither circuit is monolitically integrated with a subranging ADC to add a
      dither signal at the input of the ADC's fine quantizer element to
      randomize its nonlinear quantization level errors. Because the subranging
      ADC has at least one overlap bit, the amplitude of the dither signal can
      range up to at least 2.sup.M-1 LSBs of the fine quantizer without
      saturating it. The digital equivalent of the dither signal is subtracted
      at the output of the fine quantizer to maintain the ADC's overall SNR. The
      randomization of only the fine quantizer element avoids gaining up the
      nonlinear errors associated with the dither signal itself thereby
      improving the overall SNR. This approach optimizes performance for small
      input signals while sacrificing flexibility to correct other sources of
      error.
PATN
WKU  059908165
SRC  8
APN  9408037
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970930
TTL  Digital-to-analog current converter employing floating gate MOS
      transistors
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Auh
EXP  Tokar; Michael
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kramer; Alan
CTY  Berkeley
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Canegallo; Roberto
CTY  Tortona
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Chinosi; Mauro
CTY  Cologno Monzese
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Gozzini; Giovanni
CTY  Palazzolo S/O
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Leong; Philip
CTY  Shatin
CNT  HKX
INVT
NAM  Rolandi; Pier Luigi
CTY  Monleale
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Sabatini; Marco
CTY  Agrate Brianza
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  STMicroelectronics S.r.l.
CTY  Agrate Brianza
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960930
APN  96830490
CLAS
OCL  341136
EDF  6
ICL  H03M  100
FSC  341
FSS  133;136;153
UREF
PNO  4594577
ISD  19860600
NAM  Mao
OCL  341136
UREF
PNO  4667178
ISD  19870500
NAM  Ryu
OCL  341136
UREF
PNO  5376935
ISD  19941200
NAM  Seligson
OCL  341136
UREF
PNO  5394359
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kowalski
OCL  365185
FREF
PNO  56-021415
ISD  19810200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Kramer et al., "Flash-Based Programmable Nonlinear Capacitor for
      Switched-Capacitor Implementations of Neural Networks," in Technical
      Digest of the International Electron Devices Meeting, IEEE, San Francisco,
      Dec. 11-14, 1994, pp. 449-452.
LREP
FR2  Carlson; David V.
     Seed and Berry LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a digital-to-analog converter having a
      plurality of inputs for digital signals and an output for an analog
      signal. It comprises a current amplification circuit having an input and
      an output coupled to the converter output, and a plurality of floating
      gate MOS transistors corresponding to the plurality of converter inputs
      and having their source terminals coupled together and to a first
      reference of potential. The converter has drain terminals coupled together
      and to the input of the amplification circuit, and has control terminals
      coupleable, under control from the inputs of the plurality, to different
      references of potential having selected fixed values.
PATN
WKU  059908173
SRC  8
APN  9568190
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971023
TTL  A/D conversion device having a programmable transfer characteristic
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Anh Q
EXP  Tokar; Michael
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Belin; Philippe
CTY  Epron
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Marie; Herve
CTY  Saint Aubin/Mer
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19961025
APN  96 13067
CLAS
OCL  341139
XCL  341127
XCL  341159
EDF  6
ICL  H03M  162
FSC  341
FSS  127;139;159
UREF
PNO  4517550
ISD  19850500
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  341139
UREF
PNO  4831378
ISD  19890500
NAM  Baars et al.
OCL  341139
UREF
PNO  4860010
ISD  19890800
NAM  Iwamatsu
OCL  341118
UREF
PNO  5343200
ISD  19940800
NAM  Matsui
OCL  341139
UREF
PNO  5365233
ISD  19941100
NAM  Schaub
OCL  341139
UREF
PNO  5608399
ISD  19970300
NAM  Coleman, Jr.
OCL  341139
FREF
PNO  0271936B1
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Biren; Steven R.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to an A/D conversion device intended to supply at the
      output a digital signal Vout[0:7] resulting from the conversion of an
      analog input voltage Vin and receiving a control signal CRS used for
      defining the transfer characteristic of the device by way of comparison
      with the output signal Vout[0:7]. According to the invention, such a
      device comprises a reference module (AO, CMP2) which allows adjustment of
      the digital value of the output signal Vout[0:7] at a predetermined value
      when the analog input voltage Vin is zero, and means (Mx, Vact) for
      substituting for said voltage Vin a reference voltage Vref having a
      predetermined value when the device is in its control mode.
PATN
WKU  059908181
SRC  8
APN  9563113
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971022
TTL  Method and apparatus for processing sigma-delta modulated signals
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Anh
EXP  Toker; Michael
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  McGrath; David Stanley
CTY  Bondi
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Lake DSP Pty Limited
CTY  New South Wales
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  AUX
APD  19961023
APN  PO3161
CLAS
OCL  341141
EDF  6
ICL  H03M  100
FSC  341
FSS  139;141;143
UREF
PNO  5345236
ISD  19940900
NAM  Sramek, Jr.
OCL  341144
UREF
PNO  5627536
ISD  19970500
NAM  Ramirez
OCL  341141
UREF
PNO  5774567
ISD  19980600
NAM  Heyl
OCL  381119
UREF
PNO  5835044
ISD  19981100
NAM  Nishino
OCL  341143
LREP
FRM  Fulwider Patton Lee & Utecht, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of processing audio input signals comprising 1-bit, Sigma-Delta
      Modulated (SDM) signals is disclosed including the steps of combining the
      audio input signals to form a combined audio input signal; and utilising a
      Sigma-Delta Modulator to convert the combined audio input signal to a
      corresponding Sigma-Delta Modulated output signal. The method can include
      a linear mix of the audio input signals and each audio input signal can
      multiplied by a corresponding gain factor before being added together with
      other of the audio input signals. The Sigma-Delta Modulator can include a
      noise shaping filter designed to amplify components of the audio input
      signals below a predetermined threshold frequency and the combining step
      can include utilising a negative feedback of the combined audio input
      signal. The noise shaping filter can utilise a series of integrating
      circuits as a means to decrease the sensitivity of the filter to errors in
      its coefficients.
PATN
WKU  059908190
SRC  8
APN  9872825
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19971209
TTL  D/A converter and delta-sigma D/A converter
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Young; Brian
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Fujimori; Ichiro
CTY  Sagamihara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Kasei Microsystems Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970731
APN  9-205960
CLAS
OCL  341150
XCL  341143
EDF  6
ICL  H03M  300
FSC  341
FSS  150;143;144;153
UREF
PNO  4384277
ISD  19830500
NAM  Allgood
UREF
PNO  4616212
ISD  19861000
NAM  Law
UREF
PNO  5008674
ISD  19910400
NAM  Da Franca
UREF
PNO  5162801
ISD  19921100
NAM  Powell
OREF
PAL  R. va de Plassche, "Interated Analog-to-Digital and Digital-to-Analog
      Converters," Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1994, pp. 229-230.
PAL  R. Gregorian et.al., "Switched Capacitor Circuit Design," Proc. IEEE, vol.
      71, pp. 941-966, Aug. 1983.
PAL  R. T. Baird et.al., "Linearity Enhancement of Multibit IEEE Transactions on
      Circuits and Systems-II", vol. 42, No. 12, Dec. 1995.
LREP
FR2  Daffer; Kevin L.
     Conley, Rose & Tayon
ABST
PAL  A D/A converter for converting a given digital signal into an analog signal
      includes a plurality of capacitors (C1, C2 . . . , Ci) for storing an
      electric charge corresponding to a predetermined reference voltage (Vr+or
      Vr-). The reference voltage is selected depending on the digital signal
      during a period when a clock .phi.1 is at a high level. A switch selection
      (SUG1-SUGi, SB) is used to connect each of the plurality of capacitors
      between an input terminal and an output terminal of an operational
      amplifier 100 during a period when a clock +2 is at a high level.
PATN
WKU  059908203
SRC  8
APN  8482489
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970429
TTL  Current-mode pipelined ADC with time-interleaved sampling and mixed
      reference and residue scaling
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Williams; Howard L.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Tan; Nianxiong
CTY  Sollentuna
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19960507
APN  9601747
CLAS
OCL  341161
XCL  341156
EDF  6
ICL  H03M  144
ICL  H03M  114
FSC  341
FSS  136;156;161;162
UREF
PNO  4684924
ISD  19870800
NAM  Wood
OCL  341156
UREF
PNO  4894657
ISD  19900100
NAM  Hwang et al.
OCL  341158
UREF
PNO  5043732
ISD  19910800
NAM  Robertson et al.
OCL  341156
OREF
PAL  Gustavsson et al., New Current-Mode Pipeline A/D Converter Architectures,
      1997 IEEE International Symposium on Circuits and Systems Jun. 9-12, 1997,
      pp. 417-420.
PAL  Wong et al. Current-Mode Cyclic A/D Conversion Technique, Electronics
      Letters, Feb. 4, 1993 vol. 29, No. 3, pp. 249-250.
PAL  IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, vol. 30, No. 5, May 1995, Chung-Yu Wu
      et al., "A CMOS Transistor-Only 8-b 4.5 Ms/s Pipelined Analog-to-Digital
      Converter Using Fully-Differential Current-Mode Circuit Techniques", pp.
      523-532.
PAL  IEE Circuits and Systems Series 2, Toumazou, C. et al., "Analogue IC
      design: the current-mode approach," pp. 491-503.
PAL  IEE Circuits and Systems Series 5, Toumazou, C. et al., "Switched-Currents
      an analogue technique for digital technology," pp. 304-322.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  To convert an analog current to a digital signal using a high-speed
      pipelined analog-to-digigal (A/D) converter, the A/D converter may
      comprise a current sample- and hold (S/H) circuit at the input and several
      identical pipelined stages, where each stage contains a current S/H
      circuit, a current interstage low-resolution A/D converter and current
      references. To improve the speed of pipelined current-mode A/D converters
      the capacitive load seen by the output of every stage will be reduced. By
      adjusting the reference currents the power consumption will also be
      reduced. It is possible to achieve about 100 Msamples/s conversion rate
      and to reduce the power consumption by several times compared with
      existing designs. To increase the operation speed and to provide means to
      reduce the power consumption the pipelined current-mode A/D converter may
      comprise an S/H circuit (7) as the input and N pipelined stages (8), each
      of which contains an internal low-resolution A/D converter (9), a D/A
      converter (10), an S/H circuit (11), a reference current source (12) and
      an adder/subtractor (13). The most distinguishing features of the invented
      architecture are: 1) the inputs to the internal A/D converter and the
      interstage S/H circuit are timeinterleaved; and 2) the reference current
      to the D/A converter in every stage can be different.
PATN
WKU  059908211
SRC  8
APN  9003657
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970707
TTL  Detector apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Pihulic; Daniel T.
NDR  16
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Sakar; Subhash C.
CTY  Amhurst
STA  NH
ASSG
NAM  Whistler Corporation of Massachusetts
CTY  Chelmsford
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  241593
APD  19940512
PSC  01
PNO  5666120
RLAP
COD  82
APN  231400
APD  19940422
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  342 54
XCL  342 20
EDF  6
ICL  G01S  740
FSC  342
FSS  54;20;13;168
FSC  356
FSS  28
FSC  340
FSS  936
UREF
PNO  4315261
ISD  19820200
NAM  Mosher
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  4375640
ISD  19830300
NAM  Harvey
OCL  342 93
UREF
PNO  4398196
ISD  19830800
NAM  Wiegand
OCL  342 13
UREF
PNO  4571593
ISD  19860200
NAM  Martinson
OCL  343783
UREF
PNO  4581769
ISD  19860400
NAM  Grimsley et al.
OCL  455226
UREF
PNO  4626857
ISD  19861200
NAM  Imazeki
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  4630054
ISD  19861200
NAM  Martinson
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  4668952
ISD  19870500
NAM  Imazeki et al.
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  4698632
ISD  19871000
NAM  Baba et al.
OCL  342 17
UREF
PNO  4709407
ISD  19871100
NAM  Baba
OCL  455226
UREF
PNO  4719462
ISD  19880100
NAM  Hawkins
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  4743908
ISD  19880500
NAM  Brassfield et al.
OCL  342113
UREF
PNO  4939521
ISD  19900700
NAM  Burin
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  4952936
ISD  19900800
NAM  Martinson
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  4961074
ISD  19901000
NAM  Martinson
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  5068663
ISD  19911100
NAM  Valentine et al.
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  5083129
ISD  19920100
NAM  Valentine et al.
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  5115247
ISD  19920500
NAM  Thue
OCL  342201
UREF
PNO  5146226
ISD  19920900
NAM  Valentine et al.
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  5146227
ISD  19920900
NAM  Papadopoulos
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  5151701
ISD  19920900
NAM  Valentine et al.
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  5164734
ISD  19921100
NAM  Fredericks et al.
OCL  342172
UREF
PNO  5191348
ISD  19930300
NAM  Brocia et al.
OCL  342173
UREF
PNO  5206500
ISD  19930400
NAM  Decker et al.
OCL  250214R
UREF
PNO  5206651
ISD  19930400
NAM  Valentine et al.
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  5239296
ISD  19930800
NAM  Jenkins
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  5268689
ISD  19931200
NAM  Ono et al.
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  5305007
ISD  19940400
NAM  Orr et al.
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  5315302
ISD  19940500
NAM  Katsukura et al.
OCL  342 20
UREF
PNO  5666120
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kline et al.
OCL  342 20
OREF
PAL  Whistler, 1170 SW; Laser Radar Detector Brochure.
PAL  Whistler, 1190 SW; Laser Radar Detector Brochure.
PAL  27 page brochure entitled Whistler, Advanced Technology Series; (1993).
PAL  Whistler, Brochure #1130; "Radar-Laser Detector featuring Wideband KA
      Technology", (1993).
PAL  Whistler, Brochure #1250; "Radar-Laser Detector with Superwideband 2.6";
      (1993).
PAL  Whistler, Brochure #1270; "Radar-Laser Detector, with Superwideband 2.6";
      (1993).
PAL  Whistler, Brochure #1290; "Nondetectible Radar-Laser Detector"; (1993).
LREP
FRM  Hale and Dorr LLP
ABST
PAL  Apparatus for detecting the presence of a speed detection system includes a
      microcontroller, a laser detector circuit coupled to the microcontroller,
      a radar detector circuit coupled to the microcontroller and a display
      coupled to the microcontroller, wherein the microcontroller receives
      signals from the laser detector and radar detector circuits and in
      response to the signals fed thereto, the microcontroller provides an
      output signal indicating which of the laser and radar detector circuits
      fed a signal thereto.
PATN
WKU  059908220
SRC  7
APN  7143281
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19910611
TTL  Process and apparatus for finding stealthcraft
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Sotomayor; John B.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Honigsbaum; Richard F.
STR  A-21 Barry Gardens, 245 Passaic Ave.
CTY  Passaic
STA  NJ
ZIP  07055
RLAP
COD  71
APN  338975
APD  19890414
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  342 90
XCL  342 16
XCL  342 13
XCL  342195
XCL  342162
EDF  6
ICL  G01S 1356
FSC  342
FSS  60;159;160;162;16;27;54;59;13;96;98;99;189;195;197
UREF
PNO  3631434
ISD  19711200
NAM  Schwartz
OCL  340228
UREF
PNO  3736430
ISD  19730500
NAM  Kaminskas
OCL  250395
UREF
PNO  3885237
ISD  19750500
NAM  Kirkpatrick
OCL  342 26
UREF
PNO  4102572
ISD  19780700
NAM  O'Meara
OCL  356  5
UREF
PNO  4187501
ISD  19800200
NAM  Olesch et al.
OCL  340554
UREF
PNO  4390785
ISD  19830600
NAM  Faulhaber et al.
OCL  250330
UREF
PNO  4458240
ISD  19840700
NAM  Rittenbach et al.
OCL  340552
UREF
PNO  4497065
ISD  19850100
NAM  Tisdale et al.
OCL  328  1
UREF
PNO  4521861
ISD  19850600
NAM  Logan et al.
OCL  364517
UREF
PNO  4606848
ISD  19860800
NAM  Bond
OCL  252511
UREF
PNO  4633261
ISD  19861200
NAM  Kosaka et al.
OCL  342430
UREF
PNO  4635203
ISD  19870100
NAM  Merchant
OCL  364458
UREF
PNO  4692618
ISD  19870900
NAM  Klatt
OCL  250330
UREF
PNO  4707735
ISD  19871100
NAM  Busby
OCL  358108
UREF
PNO  4801940
ISD  19890100
NAM  Ma et al.
OCL  342359
UREF
PNO  4803489
ISD  19890200
NAM  Giori
OCL  342192
UREF
PNO  4806936
ISD  19890200
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  342126
UREF
PNO  4811308
ISD  19890300
NAM  Michel
OCL  367136
UREF
PNO  4821337
ISD  19890400
NAM  Alm
OCL  382 58
UREF
PNO  4829306
ISD  19890500
NAM  Gjessing et al.
OCL  342159
UREF
PNO  4847817
ISD  19890700
NAM  Au et al.
OCL  367135
UREF
PNO  4893182
ISD  19900100
NAM  Gautraud et al.
OCL  358105
UREF
PNO  4910520
ISD  19900300
NAM  Rosen et al.
OCL  342 25
UREF
PNO  4914734
ISD  19900400
NAM  Love et al.
OCL  342 64
UREF
PNO  4929834
ISD  19900500
NAM  Liebson
OCL  250352
UREF
PNO  4933678
ISD  19900600
NAM  Tennyson
OCL  342176
UREF
PNO  4953972
ISD  19900900
NAM  Zuk
OCL  356  4
UREF
PNO  4958224
ISD  19900900
NAM  Lepore et al.
OCL  358126
UREF
PNO  5025143
ISD  19910600
NAM  Dayhoff
OCL  250203.3
UREF
PNO  5027413
ISD  19910600
NAM  Barnard
OCL  382  1
UREF
PNO  5062056
ISD  19911000
NAM  Lo et al.
OCL  364516
UREF
PNO  5073782
ISD  19911200
NAM  Huguenin et al.
OCL  342179
UREF
PNO  5086396
ISD  19920200
NAM  Waruszewski, Jr.
OCL  364454
UREF
PNO  5103484
ISD  19920400
NAM  Stafford et al.
OCL  382  1
UREF
PNO  5109425
ISD  19920400
NAM  Lawton
OCL  382  1
UREF
PNO  5109435
ISD  19920400
NAM  Lo et al.
OCL  382 48
UREF
PNO  5134472
ISD  19920700
NAM  Abe
OCL  358105
UREF
PNO  5150426
ISD  19920900
NAM  Banh et al.
OCL  382 48
UREF
PNO  5175802
ISD  19921200
NAM  Crookshanks
OCL  395100
UREF
PNO  5264930
ISD  19931100
NAM  Florence et al.
OCL  358113
OREF
PAL  Introduction to Radar Systems, Skolnik, McGraw-Hill Book Co., (1980) pp.
      26, 31, 33, 62-63, 101, 232, 264, 401, 470-473, 552-553.
LREP
FRM  Cohen, Pontani, Lieberman & Pavane
ABST
PAL  Stealthcraft are detected by illuminating backgrounds with narrow radar or
      sonar beams and monitoring this background illumination for the changes
      that result when these beams are absorbed by such targets, and are ranged
      by triangulation using two such beams.
PATN
WKU  059908238
SRC  8
APN  8522901
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970507
TTL  Wavelet-based radar
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  6
EXP  Lobo; Ian J.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Peele; Lawrence C.
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Pergande; Albert N.
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Lockheed Martin Corporation
CTY  Bethesda
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  342 90
XCL  342192
XCL  342196
XCL  342202
EDF  6
ICL  G01S 1300
FSC  342
FSS  90;192;193;196;42;202
UREF
PNO  5124930
ISD  19920600
NAM  Nicolas et al.
UREF
PNO  5173880
ISD  19921200
NAM  Duren et al.
UREF
PNO  5198748
ISD  19930300
NAM  Tsui et al.
UREF
PNO  5347479
ISD  19940900
NAM  Miyazaki
UREF
PNO  5392255
ISD  19950200
NAM  LeBras et al.
UREF
PNO  5481269
ISD  19960100
NAM  Imhoff et al.
UREF
PNO  5486833
ISD  19960100
NAM  Barrett
OCL  342204
UREF
PNO  5495554
ISD  19960200
NAM  Edwards et al.
UREF
PNO  5504487
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tucker
OCL  342 90
UREF
PNO  5561431
ISD  19961000
NAM  Peele et al.
UREF
PNO  5592171
ISD  19970100
NAM  Jordan
OCL  342 26
UREF
PNO  5619998
ISD  19970400
NAM  Abdel-Malek et al.
OCL  128660.07
OREF
PAL  T.H. Einstein, "Generation of High Resolution Radar Range Profiles and
      Range Profile Auto-Correlation Functions Using Stepped-Frequency Pulse
      Trains," Project Report No. ESD-TR-84-046, Massachusetts Institute of
      Technology, Lincoln Laboratory, Lexington, MA, pp. 1-133, Oct. 18, 1994.
PAL  I. Daubechies, "Orthonormal Bases of Compactly Supported Wavelets,"
      Communications on Pure and Applied Mathematics, vol. XLI, pp. 909-996,
      1988.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, LLP
ABST
PAL  Method and apparatus for developing high range resolution radar target
      profiles. An outgoing radar waveform is encoded with coefficients
      corresponding to a wavelet transformation and then transmitted in the
      direction of a radar target. Incoming waveforms, including return
      waveforms reflected from the radar target, are decoded using an inverse
      wavelet transform to produce a high range resolution profile of the
      target. In an exemplary embodiment, the outgoing waveform is phase-shifted
      to create finite-duration waveform pulses, each pulse having a phase-state
      pattern corresponding to a set of coefficients in a transposed wavelet
      transform matrix. Phase-state duration is adjusted to achieve a desired
      range resolution.
PATN
WKU  059908246
SRC  9
APN  1007270
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980619
TTL  Ground based pulse radar system and method providing high clutter
      rejection and reliable moving target indication with extended range for
      airport traffic control and other applications
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Lobo; Ian J.
NDR  14
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Harrison; Earnest R.
CTY  Severna Park
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Northrop Grumman Corporation
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  342160
XCL  342159
XCL  342 36
EDF  6
ICL  G01S 13534
FSC  342
FSS  36;159;160;161;162;202;137
UREF
PNO  4578676
ISD  19860300
NAM  Harrison, Jr.
OCL  342160
UREF
PNO  4975706
ISD  19901200
NAM  Shrader
OCL  342160
OREF
PAL  IEEE Circuits And Systems Magazine, "On An Adaptive Lattice Predictor And A
      Related Application", N. Ahmed and R.J. Fogler, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 17-23.
ABST
PAL  An MTI radar system transmits pulses with variable interpulse time periods
      and is structured with a lattice filter to process return signals to
      identify targets while substantially rejecting static and moving clutter.
      The MTI radar system also operates to reject adverse effects of
      transmitter instability in the processing of return signals. The MTI radar
      system is applied as an airport traffic control in which aircraft are
      detected as targets.
PATN
WKU  059908254
SRC  8
APN  9034331
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970730
TTL  Positioning system and fixed station and positioning apparatus for
      employing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Hellner; Mark
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Ito; Toru
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960731
APN  8-202007
CLAS
OCL  342357
XCL  701215
EDF  6
ICL  G01S 0502
FSC  342
FSS  357
FSC  701
FSS  215
UREF
PNO  5477228
ISD  19951200
NAM  Tiwari et al.
UREF
PNO  5477458
ISD  19951200
NAM  Loomis
XCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5510798
ISD  19960400
NAM  Bauer
UREF
PNO  5589835
ISD  19961200
NAM  Gildea et al.
UREF
PNO  5638077
ISD  19970600
NAM  Martin
OCL  342357
FREF
PNO  0 574 009
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  44 24 412
ISD  19960100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  5-27005
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-51048
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-16888
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Tadao Hayashi, "The Principle and View of the Differential GPS", 1995, No.
      315, pp. 184-199.
PAL  Bergstrom C: "Correction data for Navstar Global Positioning System
      transmitted in the RDS channel. Tachnical verification and implement in
      Sweden", IEE Colloquium `RDS (Radio Data Services)` (Digest No. 1994/249),
      London, UK, Dec. 15, 1994, pp. 3/1-5, XP002047283.
PAL  A Development of D-GPS System From "Toyota Technical Revue" vol. 46, No. 1
      May 1996, Toru Ito, pp. 38-44.
PAL  "FM Multi-Broadcasting DGPS Data Format Standard", Association of Radio
      Industries and Businesses, Jun. 1995.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  DGPS data obtained from an FM broadcast wave is extracted by a DGPS data
      extraction section (226). Adjustment error, the accuracy of which is not
      very high, has been appended to correction data to be used in actual
      positioning correction within the obtained DGPS data. A correction value
      creation section (228) judges, from the contents of DGPS data, which data
      in a correction value table (230) may be read. The method of this judgment
      is predetermined. Then, the correction value is created by reading the
      corresponding correction value from correction value table (230). Next,
      the correction value and correction data are added in a DGPS data
      specifying section (232) to yield proper correction data. Position
      information having high accuracy can be obtained from the obtained proper
      correction data.
PATN
WKU  059908262
SRC  8
APN  9466274
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971007
TTL  Interbuilding and urban canyon extension solution for global positioning
      systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Phan; Dao L.
EXP  Tarcza; Thomas H.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Mitchell; James P.
CTY  Cedar Rapids
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  Rockwell Science Center, Inc.
CTY  Thousand Oaks
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  34235706
XCL  34235701
XCL  342386
XCL  342457
EDF  6
ICL  G01S  502
ICL  H04B  7185
FSC  342
FSS  357;457;417;419;385;463;386
UREF
PNO  4274083
ISD  19810600
NAM  Tomoeda
OCL  340171
UREF
PNO  4350970
ISD  19820900
NAM  von Tomkewitsch
OCL  340 23
UREF
PNO  5422813
ISD  19950600
NAM  Schuchman et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5485163
ISD  19960100
NAM  Singer et al.
OCL  342457
UREF
PNO  5650770
ISD  19970700
NAM  Schlager et al.
OCL  340573
UREF
PNO  5652570
ISD  19970700
NAM  Lepkofker
OCL  340573
UREF
PNO  5742233
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hoffman et al.
OCL  340573
UREF
PNO  5751246
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hertel
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5754136
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kojima et al.
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5774829
ISD  19980600
NAM  Cisneros et al.
OCL  701213
UREF
PNO  5808564
ISD  19980900
NAM  Simms et al.
OCL  340990
LREP
FR2  Eppele; Kyle
FR2  O'Shaughnessy; James P.
ABST
PAL  A global positioning system (GPS) and auxiliary receiver receive limited
      range position signals broadcasted from telemetry transmitters when in an
      urban canyon environment. The limited range receivers preferably are
      implemented as part of the lighting infrastructure of the environment. The
      limited range receivers derive power from light from the lighting
      infrastructure. The receivers can also include a transmitter for
      retransmitting the receive position data and an ID code to a central
      processing center.
PATN
WKU  059908270
SRC  8
APN  8294534
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970328
TTL  Structure of a position processing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Hellner; Mark
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Fan; Rodric C.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mleczko; Dave
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Vectorlink, Inc.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  34235711
EDF  6
ICL  G01S 0502
FSC  342
FSS  357;357.11
UREF
PNO  4807256
ISD  19890200
NAM  Holmes et al.
OCL  375344
UREF
PNO  5021792
ISD  19910600
NAM  Hwang
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5268695
ISD  19931200
NAM  Dentinger et al.
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5534875
ISD  19960700
NAM  Diefes et al.
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5548293
ISD  19960800
NAM  Cohen
OCL  342357
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel LLP
FR2  Kwok; Edward C.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for determining attitude information using a down
      conversion reference and a carrier phase and code phase generator. The
      apparatus uses individual phase registers for signal received from each
      antenna to solve the phase difference concurrently. The invention also
      discloses an attitude sensing method where only one receiving antenna is
      required. A method and structure for using variable correlation width is
      also disclosed to optimize noise cancellation under different noise
      environment.
PATN
WKU  059908289
SRC  9
APN  0889873
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980602
TTL  Directional garage door opener transmitter for vehicles
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Hellner; Mark
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  King; Joseph David
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Lear Corporation
CTY  Southfield
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  342359
XCL  341176
XCL   49 25
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  300
ICL  G08C 1917
FSC  342
FSS  357.08;359;367
FSC   49
FSS  25
FSC  341
FSS  176
UREF
PNO  Re35364
ISD  19961000
NAM  Heitschel et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4263539
ISD  19810400
NAM  Barton
OCL  318664
UREF
PNO  4621266
ISD  19861100
NAM  LeGall et al.
OCL  342359
UREF
PNO  4725843
ISD  19880200
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  342359
UREF
PNO  4808995
ISD  19890200
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  340825.69
UREF
PNO  4841303
ISD  19890600
NAM  Anderson
OCL  342359
UREF
PNO  5247440
ISD  19930900
NAM  Capurka et al.
UREF
PNO  5281970
ISD  19940100
NAM  Blaese
OCL  341176
UREF
PNO  5521604
ISD  19960500
NAM  Yamashita
OCL  342359
UREF
PNO  5583514
ISD  19961200
NAM  Eulop
OCL  342359
UREF
PNO  5689236
ISD  19971100
NAM  Kister
OCL  340545
UREF
PNO  5828964
ISD  19981000
NAM  Needle
OCL  455500
UREF
PNO  5854609
ISD  19981200
NAM  Pyo et al.
OCL  342359
LREP
FRM  Niro, Scavone, Haller & Niro
ABST
PAL  A garage door opener transmitter system includes a sensor for determining
      the relative direction of the garage door opener receiver. A transmitter
      then selectively transmits a signal in the direction of the receiver. In
      one embodiment, the direction of the receiver is determined based upon a
      compass and the direction of travel of the vehicle at the time the signal
      is transmitted.
PATN
WKU  059908297
SRC  9
APN  1318446
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980703
TTL  Spinning focal plane array camera particularly suited for real time
      pattern recognition
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Phan; Dao L
EXP  Tarcza; Thomas H.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Garcia; Joseph P.
CTY  Waldorf
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
RLAP
COD  74
APN  920289
APD  19970826
PSC  01
PNO  5898791
CLAS
OCL  342368
XCL  342 73
XCL  342 75
XCL  342359
XCL  343754
XCL  343757
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  322
FSC  342
FSS  73;74;75;368;372;359
FSC  343
FSS  754;756;757;909
UREF
PNO  5225839
ISD  19930700
NAM  Okurowski et al.
OCL  342174
UREF
PNO  5506920
ISD  19960400
NAM  Suemura et al.
OCL  385 25
LREP
FR2  Bechtel, Esq.; James B.
ABST
PAL  A computer vision system is disclosed that utilizes a spinning array of
       podetectors. The array is rotated about the focal plane of a lens and
      scans all the possible orientations and positions of the edges of the
      unknown object. In one embodiment, the photodetectors are elongated so as
      to provide for maximum light gathering ability along the direction of
      elongation and a minimum light gathering ability in the direction
      perpendicular to the direction of elongation. In other embodiments,
      optical means are used to focus the image onto conventional photodetectors
      while still having the ability to more efficiently determine edge segments
      of unknown objects. The system efficiently and rapidly implements the
      wavelet projection transform to characterize-multi-scale edge segment
      features of an image of an unknown object. An imaging radar system that
      utilizes a spinning antenna system having frequency scanning provisions is
      also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059908300
SRC  9
APN  1384171
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980824
TTL  Serial pipelined phase weight generator for phased array antenna having
      subarray controller delay equalization
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Hellner; Mark
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Vail; David K.
CTY  Palm Bay
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Fisher; Mark D.
CTY  West Melbourne
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Wilson; Stephen S.
CTY  Melbourne
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Harris Corporation
CTY  Melbourne
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  342368
XCL  342377
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  322
FSC  342
FSS  372;377;368
UREF
PNO  4217587
ISD  19800800
NAM  Jacomini
OCL  343100
UREF
PNO  4229739
ISD  19801000
NAM  Smith
OCL  343100SA
UREF
PNO  4814774
ISD  19890300
NAM  Herczfeld
OCL  342372
UREF
PNO  4931803
ISD  19900600
NAM  Shimko
OCL  342371
UREF
PNO  5027126
ISD  19910600
NAM  Basehgi et al.
OCL  342372
UREF
PNO  5084708
ISD  19920100
NAM  Champeau et al.
OCL  342377
UREF
PNO  5103232
ISD  19920400
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  342372
UREF
PNO  5339086
ISD  19940800
NAM  DeLuca et al.
OCL  342371
UREF
PNO  5396256
ISD  19950300
NAM  Chiba et al.
OCL  342372
UREF
PNO  5493307
ISD  19960200
NAM  Tsujimoto
OCL  342380
LREP
FR2  Wands; Charles E.
ABST
PAL  A "just in time" pipelined signal processing architecture for a phased
      array antenna simultaneously updates the weights of all phase control
      elements of the antenna with reduced wiring complexity and fast beam
      steering updates. Signal propagation paths between a pipelined
      communication link--through subarray control processors distributed along
      the pipeline link--and phase control elements of the antenna array are
      provided with respectively different serial pipelined transport delays.
      These delays are such that all phase control signals produced by the
      subarray control processors are applied simultaneously to their associated
      subsets of antenna phase control elements. The use of serial (FIFO) delays
      to equalize pipeline and weight processing latency allows each subarray
      controller to process and forward serial beam vector data at the same data
      rate at which it is received from an upstream host processor.
PATN
WKU  059908319
SRC  9
APN  1393669
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980825
TTL  FFT implementation of digital antenna arry processing in GNSS receivers
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Hellner; Mark
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  McDowell; Charles E.
CTY  Cedar Rapids
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  Rockwell International Corporation
CTY  Costa Mesa
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  342378
XCL  342 17
XCL  342196
EDF  6
ICL  G01S  316
FSC  342
FSS  17;196;378;379
UREF
PNO  4641143
ISD  19870200
NAM  Apostolos
OCL  342445
UREF
PNO  4654667
ISD  19870300
NAM  Apostolos et al.
OCL  342445
UREF
PNO  5363111
ISD  19941100
NAM  Murphy
OCL  342383
LREP
FR2  Eppele; Kyle
FR2  O'Shaughnessy; James P.
ABST
PAL  Disclosed are global navigation satellite system (GNSS) receivers,
      including digital spatial nulling arrays, and a method of providing
      antenna pattern outputs using the same. The digital spatial nulling array
      receives multiple antenna element inputs. A fast Fourier transform (FFT)
      is applied to the multiple antenna element inputs to obtain frequency
      domain representations of the multiple antenna element inputs. The antenna
      pattern outputs are provided by the spatial nulling array as a function of
      the frequency domain representations of the multiple antenna element
      inputs.
PATN
WKU  059908327
SRC  9
APN  1241753
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980728
TTL  Antenna array for base station for radiocommunication with mobiles
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Phan; Dao L.
EXP  Tarcza; Thomas H.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Mayrargue; Sylvie
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  France Telecom
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970728
APN  97 09572
CLAS
OCL  342380
XCL  342382
XCL  342383
XCL  342368
EDF  6
ICL  G01S  316
ICL  G01S  328
FSC  342
FSS  380;382;383;450;367;368
UREF
PNO  4010469
ISD  19770300
NAM  Marcum
OCL  343 18E
UREF
PNO  5260707
ISD  19931100
NAM  Goldman
OCL  342 16
UREF
PNO  5359329
ISD  19941000
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  342 17
UREF
PNO  5422637
ISD  19950600
NAM  Sezai
OCL  342 13
UREF
PNO  5614914
ISD  19970300
NAM  Bolgiano et al.
OCL  342364
UREF
PNO  5646942
ISD  19970700
NAM  Oliver et al.
OCL  370112
UREF
PNO  5828658
ISD  19981000
NAM  Ottersten et al.
OCL  370310
FREF
PNO  676331B
ISD  19950100
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  6841494
ISD  19950200
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  2 716 761
ISD  19950900
CNT  FRX
ICL  H04B  7204
FREF
PNO  2 755 565
ISD  19980500
CNT  FRX
ICL  F16F 1314
FREF
PNO  43 22 863
ISD  19950100
CNT  DEX
ICL  H04B  726
FREF
PNO  WO 97/08849
ISD  19970300
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04B  704
OREF
PAL  French Preliminary Search Report dated Apr. 3, 1998, French Application FR
      9709572.
PAL  Mizuno et al., "Application of Adapative Array Antennas to Radio
      Communications," Electronics and Communications in Japan, Part 1, vol. 77,
      pp. 48-58 (Feb. 1994).
PAL  Horneffer et al., "Directed Antennas in the Mobile Broadband System,"
      Proceedings of IEEE Infocom 1996, pp. 704-712 (Mar. 1996).
PAL  Anderson et al., "An Adaptive Array for Mobile Communication Systems," IEEE
      Transactions on Vehicular Technology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 230-236 (Feb.
      1991).
PAL  Lee, Mobile Communications Design Fundamental, First Edition, pp. 113-122
      (1986).
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/965,.501, filed.
LREP
FRM  Marshall, O'Toole, Gerstein, Murray & Borun
ABST
PAL  This antenna array for base station for radiocommunication with mobiles
      comprises N first sensors, N being an integer greater than 2, arranged in
      such a way that the array exhibits substantially no ambiguity; an
      (N+1).sup.th sensor placed or contrived in such a way as to receive
      signals which are decorrelated from the previous ones; and a module for
      processing the signals received, making it possible to locate, in an
      explicit or implicit manner, a transmitting mobile from the signals
      received by the N sensors alone, and to combine these signals and the
      signals received by the (N+1).sup.th sensor so as to improve reception by
      effecting spatial or spatio-temporal diversity.
PATN
WKU  059908335
SRC  8
APN  9707522
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971114
TTL  System for direction determination
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Hellner; Mark
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Ahlbom; Sten
CTY  Vastra Frolunda
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Andersson; Bengt
CTY  Kullavik
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19961115
APN  9604233
CLAS
OCL  342417
XCL  342444
EDF  6
ICL  G01S  502
FSC  342
FSS  378;417;444
FSC  367
FSS  125;124
UREF
PNO  3878381
ISD  19750400
NAM  Broder et al.
XCL  342417
UREF
PNO  4209835
ISD  19800600
NAM  Guadagnolo
UREF
PNO  5045860
ISD  19910900
NAM  Hodson
UREF
PNO  5285209
ISD  19940200
NAM  Sharpin et al.
UREF
PNO  5396250
ISD  19950300
NAM  Tsui et al.
UREF
PNO  5477227
ISD  19951200
NAM  Noneman
UREF
PNO  5512908
ISD  19960400
NAM  Herrick
OCL  342387
FREF
PNO  984970
ISD  19760300
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  452 023
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  524 771
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, LLP
ABST
PAL  System for determining the position of radar transmitters where the system
      includes at least one information center with associated cells and means
      of communication between the information center and the cells with a
      restricted transfer rate utilising existing infrastructure in the country,
      such as for example a national telephone network and also mobile telephone
      networks and their base stations. Each cell includes at least one sensor
      in order to be able to detect radar signals. Leading edges of pulses in
      the radar signals are detected and time-marked after which they are sorted
      according to PRI (Pulse Repetition Interval). The time of arrival for the
      first pulse in a pulse train is calculated and data reduced by modulo
      calculation to a value that as a maximum is the propagation time
      difference for pulses between two cells in a pair of cells/sensors that
      are used together for calculating the bearing. Bearings calculated from at
      least two pairs of cells are correlated in the information center which
      thereafter calculates the position of the radar transmitter.
PATN
WKU  059908343
SRC  8
APN  9205276
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970829
TTL  Radar angle determination with music direction finding
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Issing; Gregory C.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Barrick; Donald E.
CTY  Redwood City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lipa; Belinda J.
CTY  Portola Valley
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Codar Ocean Sensors, Ltd.
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  342418
XCL  342195
XCL  342445
EDF  6
ICL  G01S  352
ICL  G01S 1300
FSC  342
FSS  418;443;133;378;162;432;445;195
UREF
PNO  H374
ISD  19871100
NAM  Abo-Zena
OCL  342378
UREF
PNO  3882506
ISD  19750500
NAM  Mori et al.
OCL  343728
UREF
PNO  4172255
ISD  19791000
NAM  Barrick et al.
OCL  343  5W
UREF
PNO  4433336
ISD  19840200
NAM  Carr
OCL  343728
UREF
PNO  5023618
ISD  19910600
NAM  Reits
OCL  342128
UREF
PNO  5262785
ISD  19931100
NAM  Silverstein
OCL  342162
UREF
PNO  5361072
ISD  19941100
NAM  Barrick
OCL  342133
OREF
PAL  Schmidt, R., "Multiple Emitter Location and Signal Parameter Estimation,"
      IEEE Transactions On Antennas and Propagation, vol. AP-34, No. 3, Mar.,
      1986, pp. 276-280.
PAL  Lipa, B., et al., "Least-Squares Methods for the Extraction of Surface
      Currents from Codar Crossed-Loop Data: Application at Arsloe," IEEE
      Journal of Oceanic Engineering, vol. OE-8, No. 4, Oct., 1983, pp. 226-253.
PAL  Lipa, B., et al., "Extraction of sea state from HF radar sea echo:
      Mathematical theory and Modeling," Radio Science, vol. 21, No. 1, pp.
      81-100, Jan.-Feb. 1986.
PAL  Compton, R., "Two-Dimensional Imaging of Radar Targets with the Music
      Algorithm," Technical Report #719267-14, pp. 1-88, The Ohio State
      University, ElectroScience Laboratory, Dept. of Electrical Engineering,
      Dec. 1987.
LREP
FRM  Coudert Brothers
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method for target-angle determination using
      lower-frequency radars having compact non-moving antennas over broad
      viewing sectors. Use of direction finding (DF) in place of beam forming
      and scanning eliminates the need for conventional, physically large
      phased-array antenna systems. The described DF algorithm advances the art
      over previously described least-squares DF by allowing numerically
      efficient and robust resolution of multiple targets at closely spaced
      angles. When used with coastal HF ocean surface current and wave
      monitoring radars where sea echo is the target, the method extracts
      complex current patterns. The high degree of singularity of the antenna
      signal covariance matrix is exploited and used as the basis for extracting
      angles with minimal averaging. More receive antenna elements can be added
      at convenient locations to handle more complex target angle scenarios.
PATN
WKU  059908351
SRC  8
APN  8962227
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970717
TTL  Antenna assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Ho; Tan
EXP  Wong; Don
NDR  9
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Kuntzsch; Tilmann
CTY  Ulm
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Dean; Stuart
CTY  Nepean
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Purdy; Michael Leonard
CTY  Stittsville
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Northern Telecom Limited
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  343700MS
XCL  343872
XCL  343846
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  138
ICL  H01Q  142
FSC  343
FSS  700 MS;829;872;846;848
FSI  H01Q  138
UREF
PNO  4816835
ISD  19890300
NAM  Abiko et al.
OCL  343700MS
UREF
PNO  4829309
ISD  19890500
NAM  Tsukamoto et al.
OCL  343700MS
UREF
PNO  5181042
ISD  19930100
NAM  Kaise et al.
OCL  343700MS
UREF
PNO  5438697
ISD  19950800
NAM  Fowler et al.
OCL  343700MS
UREF
PNO  5453751
ISD  19950900
NAM  Tsukamoto et al.
OCL  343700MS
UREF
PNO  5477231
ISD  19951200
NAM  Medard
OCL  343700MS
UREF
PNO  5499033
ISD  19960300
NAM  Smith
OCL  343700MS
FREF
PNO  0 301 580 A2
ISD  19880700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 342 175 A2
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 384 777 A2
ISD  19900200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 427 479 A2
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 521 377 A2
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/19844
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Lee, Mann, Smith, McWilliams, Sweeney & Ohlson
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to integral antenna assemblies and in
      particular relates to an integral antenna assembly for microcellular base
      stations and fixed wireless access base stations. In accordance with one
      aspect of the invention, there is provided an integral antenna comprising
      a radome, a layered antenna and a reflector back plane, wherein the
      layered antenna has an outer surface and a rear surface; wherein the
      radome is attached directly to an outer surface of the antenna; and
      wherein the back plane provides a reflective cavity and encloses the feed
      network for the antenna and is attached to the rear surface of the
      antenna. In accordance with another aspect of the invention there is
      provided method of operating an integral antenna comprising a radome, a
      dielectric substrate having a patch antenna element on a surface thereof
      and a reflector back plane providing a reflective cavity behind the
      radiating element; wherein the radome is attached directly to an outer
      surface of the dielectric and the reflector back plane is attached to a
      rear surface of the dielectric, the patch being connected through the
      substrate to a microstrip feed line, whereby the microstrip feed line lies
      parallel to the patch, with the patch acting as a ground with respect to
      the microstrip line, wherein the antenna transmits and receives signals
      via the feed network.
PATN
WKU  059908360
SRC  9
APN  2201283
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19981223
TTL  Multi-layered patch antenna
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Ho; Tan
EXP  Wong; Don
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Bhattacharyya; Arun K.
CTY  El Segundo
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hughes Electronics Corporation
CTY  El Segundo
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  343700MS
XCL  343829
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  138
FSC  343
FSS  700 MS;786;829;846;848;DIG. 2
UREF
PNO  5453751
ISD  19950900
NAM  Tsukamoto et al.
OCL  343700MS
UREF
PNO  5510803
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ishizaka et al.
OCL  343700MS
UREF
PNO  5661494
ISD  19970800
NAM  Bondyopadhyay
OCL  343700MS
LREP
FR2  Grunebach; Georgann S.
FR2  Sales; M.W.
ABST
PAL  An antenna structure is formed of a first patch plane, a first ground
      plane, a feed member plane, a second ground plane, and a second patch
      plane all spaced apart by layers of laminated dielectric substrate. A horn
      transmits energy upon the second patch plane. The energy is controlled in
      terms of phase and frequency, and is further electromagnetically coupled
      to the first patch plane which transmits in the form of shaped or pencil
      beams. The coupling between patch planes is accomplished by an array of
      slots located through the ground planes and an array of feed members
      interposed between the ground planes. The phase differences are
      established by utilization of feed members with different lengths.
PATN
WKU  059908378
SRC  8
APN  7833687
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970113
TTL  Rugged gas tube RF cellular antenna
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXP  Wimer; Michael C.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Norris; Elwood G.
CTY  Poway
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  O'Bryant; David W.
CTY  Sandy
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  ASI
CTY  Henderson
STA  NV
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  302129
APD  19940907
PSC  01
PNO  5594456
CLAS
OCL  343701
XCL  343702
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  124
ICL  H01Q  126
FSC  343
FSS  701;785;702;872;873
FSI  H01Q  126;  124
UREF
PNO  3404403
ISD  19681000
NAM  Vallese et al.
OCL  343700
UREF
PNO  3634767
ISD  19720100
NAM  Roeder
OCL  343703
UREF
PNO  3719829
ISD  19730300
NAM  Vaill
OCL  343700
UREF
PNO  4028707
ISD  19770600
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  343719
UREF
PNO  4062010
ISD  19771200
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  343719
UREF
PNO  4090198
ISD  19780500
NAM  Canty et al.
OCL  343911L
UREF
PNO  4435713
ISD  19840300
NAM  Gasparaitis et al.
OCL  343873
UREF
PNO  4574288
ISD  19860300
NAM  Sillard et al.
OCL  343781P
UREF
PNO  4989013
ISD  19910100
NAM  Smith, II et al.
OCL  343721
UREF
PNO  5594456
ISD  19970100
NAM  Norris et al.
OCL  343701
LREP
FRM  Thorpe, North & Western LLP
ABST
PAL  A rugged telephone antenna device for transmitting a short pulse duration
      signal of predetermined radio frequency that eliminates a trailing antenna
      resonance signal. The device includes a flexible or protected gas filled
      tube; a voltage source for developing an electrically conductive path
      along a length of the tube corresponding to a resonant wavelength multiple
      of the predetermined radio frequency; and a signal transmission source
      coupled to the tube for supplying a radio frequency signal to the
      conductive path for antenna transmission. A method for transmitting a
      short pulse signal without a trailing residual signal is also provided.
PATN
WKU  059908386
SRC  8
APN  6609643
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19960612
TTL  Dual orthogonal monopole antenna system
ISD  19991123
NCL  45
ECL  1
EXP  Wimer; Michael C.
NDR  8
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Burns; Lawrence M.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Woo; Chong L.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  3Com Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  343702
XCL  343795
XCL  343829
XCL  343841
XCL  343846
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  138
FSC  343
FSS  702;795;797;700 MS;778;841;829;846
FSI  H01Q  138; 1308
UREF
PNO  3798548
ISD  19740300
NAM  White et al.
OCL  325309
UREF
PNO  3803617
ISD  19740400
NAM  Fletcher et al.
OCL  343797
UREF
PNO  4072951
ISD  19780200
NAM  Kaloi
OCL  343700MS
UREF
PNO  4371877
ISD  19830200
NAM  Doussot et al.
OCL  343770
UREF
PNO  4761822
ISD  19880800
NAM  Maile
OCL  455 82
UREF
PNO  4792810
ISD  19881200
NAM  Fukuzawa et al.
OCL  343700MS
UREF
PNO  4814882
ISD  19890300
NAM  Nuimura
OCL  358181
UREF
PNO  4969211
ISD  19901100
NAM  Raymond
OCL  455277
UREF
PNO  4983987
ISD  19910100
NAM  Woloszczuk
OCL  343797
UREF
PNO  5061944
ISD  19911000
NAM  Powers et al.
OCL  343795
UREF
PNO  5164942
ISD  19921100
NAM  Kamerman et al.
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5276920
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kuisma
OCL  455101
UREF
PNO  5335010
ISD  19940800
NAM  Lindemeier et al.
OCL  343876
UREF
PNO  5394160
ISD  19950200
NAM  Iwasaki et al.
OCL  343841
UREF
PNO  5507035
ISD  19960400
NAM  Bantz et al.
OCL  455133
UREF
PNO  5525967
ISD  19960600
NAM  Azizi et al.
OCL  340573
UREF
PNO  5548834
ISD  19960800
NAM  Suard et al.
OCL  455276.1
FREF
PNO  2048571
ISD  19801200
CNT  GBX
OCL  343797
OREF
PAL  Adachi, Fumiyuki, "Selection and Scanning Diversity Effects in a Digital FM
      Land Mobile Radio With Limiter Discriminator Detection," TNAS. IECE of
      Japan, vol. 64-E, pp. 398-405, Jun. 6, 1981.
PAL  Adachi, et al., "Unified Analysis of Postdetection Diversity for Binary
      Digital FM Mobile Radio," IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, vol.
      37, No. 4, pp. 189-198, Nov. 1988.
PAL  Feher, Kamilo, "Diversity Techniques for Mobile-Wireless Radio Systems,"
      Wireless Digital Communication--Modulation and Spread Spectrum
      Applications, Ch. 7, pp. 333-340 (1995).
PAL  Parsons, et al., "Single-Receiver Diversity Systems," IEEE Transactions on
      Communications, vol. Com-21, pp. 1276-1280, Nov. 1973.
PAL  Parsons, et al., "Mobile Communication Systems," Halsted Press, pp.
      189-243, (1989).
PAL  Villard, Jr., et al., "A Mode-Averaging Diversity Combiner," IEEE
      Transactions on Antennas and Propagation, vol. AP-20, No. 4, pp. 463-469,
      Jul. 1972.
LREP
FRM  Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
ABST
PAL  An antenna system for use in wireless communication systems that is based
      on a pair of monopole antennas, which are electrically isolated from each
      other and arranged generally orthogonally. A feed circuit is coupled to
      the first and second monopole antennas, which connects them to a host
      system. Also, a ground plane conductor extends generally between the feeds
      for the first and second monopole antennas to improve isolation. The
      monopole antennas are formed on a printed circuit board, formed on first
      and second dielectric layers. A ground plane conductive film is disposed
      between the dielectric layers. The first monopole antenna is formed on an
      outside surface of the first dielectric layer, and the second monopole
      antenna is formed on the outside surface of the second dielectric layer.
      The second monopole antenna is arranged generally orthogonally to the
      first monopole antenna. The first and second monopole antennas comprise
      impedance matched microstrips, and the feed circuit comprises a first
      impedance matched unbalanced line coupled to the first monopole antenna,
      and a second impedance matched unbalanced line coupled to the second
      monopole antenna.
PATN
WKU  059908394
SRC  9
APN  0573671
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980408
TTL  Adjustable antenna system for a portable radio unit in a satellite
      communication system
ISD  19991123
NCL  44
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Hoanganh
NDR  12
NFG  49
INVT
NAM  Schefte, deceased; Henry
CTY  late of Skarholmen
CNT  SEX
ITX  by Ann-Margret Schefte, legal representative
INVT
NAM  Derneryd; Sven Anders Gosta
CTY  Hisings Backa
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Reinefjord; Jan Staffan
CTY  Djursholm
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (publ)
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19970410
APN  9701322
CLAS
OCL  343702
XCL  343700MS
XCL  343880
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  124
ICL  H01Q  138
FSC  343
FSS  702;700 MS;846;893;880;881;882
FSC  455
FSS  89;90
FSI  H01Q  124;  138
UREF
PNO  4992799
ISD  19910200
NAM  Garay
OCL  343700MS
UREF
PNO  5255001
ISD  19931000
NAM  Tamura et al.
OCL  343702
UREF
PNO  5337061
ISD  19940800
NAM  Pye et al.
OCL  343702
UREF
PNO  5451965
ISD  19950900
NAM  Matsumoto
OCL  343702
UREF
PNO  5513383
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tsao
OCL  343702
UREF
PNO  5542104
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ozawa et al.
OCL  343702
UREF
PNO  5542106
ISD  19960700
NAM  Krenz et al.
OCL  455 90
UREF
PNO  5608413
ISD  19970300
NAM  Macdonald
OCL  343700MS
OREF
PAL  PCT International Search Report. Jan. 23, 1993.
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to an antenna unit for a portable radio unit
      capable of operating in a satellite communication mode. The antenna unit
      includes a first and a second conformal u-shaped antenna body which are
      movably arranged to each other. Each of the antenna bodies have a top
      surface and two outer surfaces. The second antenna body can be slid in and
      out of the first antenna body. The first antenna body has an array of
      patches on the top surface and on both of its outer surfaces to receive
      radio signals. The second antenna body has an array of patches on the top
      surface and on both of its outer surfaces to transmit radio signals. The
      antenna unit is coupled to the terminal unit by a hinge which enables the
      antenna unit to be folded onto the terminal unit.
PATN
WKU  059908408
SRC  8
APN  8153450
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970311
TTL  Signal receiving gain device for car mobile-phones
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Clinger; James
EXP  Le; Hoanganh
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Chang; Daniel
CTY  Pa-Te
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Auden Technology Mfg. Co., Ltd.
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  343713
XCL  379446
XCL  343715
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  132
ICL  H04M  1100
FSC  343
FSS  713;715;729;730;876;878;879;702
FSC  455
FSS  403
UREF
PNO  3403404
ISD  19680900
NAM  Berger et al.
OCL  343713
UREF
PNO  5059971
ISD  19911000
NAM  Blaese
OCL  343713
UREF
PNO  5600333
ISD  19970200
NAM  Justice et al.
OCL  343713
UREF
PNO  5708706
ISD  19980100
NAM  Hughes et al.
OCL  379446
LREP
FRM  Dougherty & Troxell
ABST
PAL  A signal receiving gain device for car mobile-phones, is comprised of a
      main body which includes a housing, an insertion connecting pipe is
      extended out from one end of the housing for inserting in an electric
      socket provided in a car, the housing can hold therein an electric circuit
      board of which one end is connected to the insertion connecting pipe, the
      opposite end of the housing to the insertion connecting pipe is connected
      with an amplifying emitting antenna and an external antenna of the car
      respectively. When the external antenna receives a signal of the frequency
      within the specified range, a gain signal is obtained and is emitted by
      the amplifying emitting antenna, this further elevates the signal
      receiving capability of a mobile-phone in the car.
PATN
WKU  059908416
SRC  9
APN  1243365
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980728
TTL  Wide-band antenna and tuning method
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Ho; Tan
EXP  Wong; Don
NDR  13
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Sakamoto; Yoshio
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iitsuka; Yoshitsune
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamaguchi; Makoto
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yaesu Musen Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970827
APN  9-008056  U
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970827
APN  8-008058  U
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970827
APN  9-008059  U
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970827
APN  9-008060  U
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970827
APN  9-008061  U
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970827
APN  9-008062  U
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970827
APN  9-244882  JPX
CLAS
OCL  343749
XCL  343750
XCL  343901
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  900
FSC  343
FSS  702;715;745;749;750;895;900;901;872
UREF
PNO  2781514
ISD  19570200
NAM  Sichak et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  2854667
ISD  19580900
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  343750
UREF
PNO  5164739
ISD  19921100
NAM  Koide et al.
OCL  343749
OREF
PAL  "Model HS-1500" and "Model HS-1600" placed on the market by High Sierra
      Antenna (Date and pages are not provided).
PAL  "BB-3" put on the market by T. J. Antenna Company.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  An antenna that comprises a rod, a movable coil, and a holding section
      which holds the movable coil in a manner that allows the movable coil to
      slide in and out of the holding section. When the movable coil is drawn
      into the holding section, the holding section tunes to a particular
      desired frequencies in the upper portion of the VHF band and the UHF band;
      for example, 144 MHz and 430 MHz. When the movable coil is out of the
      holding section, the holding section, the rod, and the portion of the
      movable coil outside the holding section form antenna element of a
      center-loading type that tunes to frequencies in the HF band and the lower
      portion of the VHF band; for example, frequencies in the range of 3MHz to
      50MHz. The tuning frequency is varied by sliding the position of the coil.
PATN
WKU  059908424
SRC  8
APN  8156662
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970310
TTL  Antenna with single or double reflectors, with shaped beams and linear
      polarisation
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Hoang
EXP  Wong; Don
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Lo Forti; Raimondo
CTY  Guidonia
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Ruggerini; Gianfranco
CTY  Rome
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Capece; Pasquale
CTY  Rome
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Space Engineering S.p.A.
CTY  Rome
CNT  ITX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Finmeccanica S.p.A.
CTY  Rome
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19960313
APN  RM96A0164
CLAS
OCL  343756
XCL  343753
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q 1900
FSC  343
FSS  756;753;840;700 MS;915;779
FSC  342
FSS  373
UREF
PNO  3864688
ISD  19750200
NAM  Hansen et al.
OCL  343756
UREF
PNO  4010471
ISD  19770300
NAM  Smith
OCL  343754
UREF
PNO  4425567
ISD  19840100
NAM  Tresselt
OCL  342373
UREF
PNO  4586051
ISD  19860400
NAM  Saitto et al.
OCL  343779
UREF
PNO  4604624
ISD  19860800
NAM  Amitay et al.
OCL  343756
UREF
PNO  4612550
ISD  19860900
NAM  Bruckner et al.
OCL  343756
UREF
PNO  4814775
ISD  19890300
NAM  Raab et al.
OCL  342373
UREF
PNO  5206658
ISD  19930400
NAM  Wokurka
OCL  343753
UREF
PNO  5365245
ISD  19941100
NAM  Ho
OCL  343840
UREF
PNO  5440320
ISD  19950800
NAM  Lach et al.
OCL  343915
UREF
PNO  5463358
ISD  19951000
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL  343756
UREF
PNO  5581265
ISD  19961200
NAM  Stirland et al.
OCL  343756
UREF
PNO  5777582
ISD  19980700
NAM  Raab
OCL  343700MS
FREF
PNO  0 310 414
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 390 350
ISD  19901000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 437 190
ISD  19910700
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  E. Orleansky et al., "A Broadband Meanderline Twistreflector for the
      Inverse Cassegrain Antenna", pp. 185-192, Microwave Journal, vol. 30, No.
      10, Oct. 1987.
PAL  Te-Kao Wu, "Meander-Line Polarizer for Arbitrary Rotation of Linear
      Polarization", pp. 199-201, IEEE Microwave and Guided Wave Letters, vol.
      4, No. 6, Jun. 1, 1994.
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  Shaped beam antenna, with single or double reflector, gridded or
      non-gridded, the shaped beams, which can rotate the polarisation,
      independent of the polarisation of the feed cluster, for use preferably
      aboard satellites and in micro-wave antennas. The antenna includes a
      reflector (1), one or more polarisers (2), (2a), one or more feed clusters
      (3), (3a) , microwave circuits (4), (4a) to set-up the BFN, input port
      (5), (5a), and connections (C) and (C1).
PATN
WKU  059908432
SRC  8
APN  9122559
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970815
TTL  Highly-stiffened, dual-axle antenna tracking pedestal
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Clinger; James
EXP  Wong; Don
NDR  36
NFG  78
INVT
NAM  Knapp; Ronald H.
STR  98-030 Hekaha St., Suite 20
CTY  Aiea
STA  HI
ZIP  96701
CLAS
OCL  343765
XCL  343766
XCL  343709
XCL  248396
XCL  248183
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  118
ICL  H01Q  303
ICL  G02B  510
FSC  343
FSS  765;757;758;763;881;882;DIG. 2
FSC  248
FSS  123.2;346.3
UREF
PNO  3233475
ISD  19660200
NAM  Barber
OCL  343765
UREF
PNO  4225868
ISD  19800900
NAM  Mazur
OCL  343765
UREF
PNO  4433337
ISD  19840200
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  343765
UREF
PNO  4491388
ISD  19850100
NAM  Wood
OCL  350636
LREP
FR2  Wray; James Creighton
FR2  Narasimhan; Meera P.
ABST
PAL  The highly-stiffened, dual-axle antenna tracking pedestal improves tracking
      performance, reduces manufacturing and installation costs and increases
      safety during field assembly, maintenance and operation of the pedestal.
      The reinforced concrete counterweights affect the natural frequency of the
      pedestal system and reduce vibrational effects from wind loads during
      antenna slew. Reduction of the number of structural components and pouring
      concrete counterweights at the job site simplifies fabrication, as well as
      reducing shipping and handling costs. The use of a dual-axle mount
      provides antenna slewing without problems associated with conventional
      azimuth-elevation pedestal systems. The pedestal mount has a structure and
      drive system that is simple and inexpensive. The drive system has two
      orthogonal rotational axes, one oriented east-west and the other
      north-south. The two rotational degree-of-freedom arrangement allows
      smooth tracking over the entire sky.
PATN
WKU  059908440
SRC  9
APN  0961787
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980612
TTL  Radiating slot array antenna
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Hoanganh
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Dumont; Bernard
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Chambrun; Jean
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Perrier; Bernard
CTY  Viry Chatillon
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Rocquencourt; Jacques
CTY  Cormeilles En Parisis
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  THOMSON-CSF
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970613
APN  97 07354
CLAS
OCL  343770
XCL  343771
XCL   29600
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q 1310
FSC  343
FSS  770;771;767;768;700 MS
FSC   29
FSS  600
FSI  H01Q 1310
UREF
PNO  H680
ISD  19890900
NAM  Alfing et al.
OCL  343785
UREF
PNO  3604012
ISD  19710900
NAM  Lindley
OCL  343771
UREF
PNO  3701162
ISD  19721000
NAM  Seaton
OCL  343771
UREF
PNO  3949405
ISD  19760400
NAM  Roquencourt
OCL  343771
UREF
PNO  3950204
ISD  19760400
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  4255752
ISD  19810300
NAM  Noble et al.
OCL  343771
UREF
PNO  4581614
ISD  19860400
NAM  LaCourse
OCL  343771
UREF
PNO  5337065
ISD  19940800
NAM  Bonnet et al.
OCL  343767
FREF
PNO  2 180 523
ISD  19731100
CNT  FRX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol.15, No. 315, (E-1099), Aug. 12, 1991 and JP
      03 117002 A, May 17, 1991.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  This radiating slot array antenna is made out of a printed circuit sandwich
      structure with: a radiating plate in printed circuit form transparent to
      microwaves having, on its upper face, a metallization plane in which there
      are etched alignments of radiating slots; chutes made of a plastic
      material with a metallized inner wall, the chutes having their hollow part
      before the upper face of the radiating plate, being soldered by their
      edges to the metallization plane of the upper face of the radiating plate
      on and parallel to the alignments of radiating slots so as to overlap
      them, and reconstituting the three missing walls of waveguides whose
      fourth wall is constituted by the metallization plane etched with
      radiating slots of the upper face of the radiating plate; and an upper
      plate assembled on the back of the chutes to ensure the stiffness of the
      antenna. Its composition as a sandwich of printed circuits gives it high
      rigidity, great lightness and a low cost price.
PATN
WKU  059908459
SRC  8
APN  8873666
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970702
TTL  Broadband fan cone direction finding antenna and array
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Runnoose; Roy M.
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  20
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Sharp; Eugene D.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hsi; Sandy W.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  TCI International
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  343846
XCL  343787
XCL  343778
XCL  343854
XCL  343795
XCL  343830
XCL  343873
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  148
ICL  H01Q  100
ICL  H01Q  928
ICL  G01S  148
FSC  343
FSS  773;774;890;891;807;808;787;846
UREF
PNO  3983561
ISD  19760900
NAM  Biagi et al.
OCL  343787
UREF
PNO  4635070
ISD  19870100
NAM  Hoover
OCL  343852
UREF
PNO  4656485
ISD  19870400
NAM  Werner et al.
OCL  343876
UREF
PNO  5323167
ISD  19940600
NAM  Peavey et al.
OCL  342429
UREF
PNO  5412390
ISD  19950500
NAM  Peavey et al.
OCL  342417
UREF
PNO  5426438
ISD  19950600
NAM  Peavey et al.
OCL  342433
UREF
PNO  5506592
ISD  19960400
NAM  MacDonald et al.
OCL  343846
OREF
PAL  Description of horn, biconical and triangular dipole antennas, Source
      unknown.
PAL  Zimbabwe contract documents.
LREP
FRM  Ritter, Van Pelt and Yi LLP
ABST
PAL  A broadband partial fan cone direction finding antenna and array disclosed.
      The antenna includes a radiator having a partial cone shape. The radiator
      substantially occupies a spatial area defined by a portion of a cone and
      the cone is defined by a cone axis, a cone height, and a cone angle. The
      cone has a base and an apex, and the portion of the cone is defined by a
      cone sweep angle. The cone sweep angle is determined as the angle
      subtended by a projection of the portion of the cone projected onto a
      plane that is perpendicular to the cone axis. The cone sweep angle is less
      than 360.degree. so that the portion of the cone is bounded on its sides
      by edges which extend radially from the apex of the cone outward to the
      base of the cone.
PATN
WKU  059908467
SRC  9
APN  0860972
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980528
TTL  Self-aligning global positioning system antenna
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Hoanganh
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Dichter; Carl R.
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  343872
XCL  343702
XCL  343711
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  124
ICL  H01Q  142
FSC  343
FSS  702;872;709;700 MS;713;711;712
FSI  H01Q  124;  138
UREF
PNO  3725887
ISD  19730400
NAM  Sneider
OCL  340224
UREF
PNO  5406294
ISD  19950400
NAM  Silvey et al.
OCL  343709
UREF
PNO  5606732
ISD  19970200
NAM  Vignone, Sr.
OCL  343702
LREP
FRM  Trop, Pruner, Hu & Miles, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A self-aligning global positioning system (GPS) antenna aligns with the
      earth's surface so as to maintain the integrity of the GPS tracking signal
      received by a GPS receiver. The antenna element may be maintained within a
      sealed container which floats inside a spherical reservoir filled with
      liquid. As a result, the GPS antenna moves along the inside surface of the
      spherical reservoir in a buoyant arrangement which self-levels the active
      element of the antenna with the earth's surface.
PATN
WKU  059908475
SRC  8
APN  6402984
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19960430
TTL  Coupled multi-segment helical antenna
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Hoanganh
NDR  13
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Filipovic; Daniel
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tassoudji; Ali
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Qualcomm Incorporated
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  343895
XCL  343702
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  136
ICL  H01Q  124
FSC  343
FSS  895;702;850;908;796;853
UREF
PNO  3369243
ISD  19680200
NAM  Greiser
OCL  343770
UREF
PNO  4008479
ISD  19770200
NAM  Smith
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  4148030
ISD  19790400
NAM  Foldes
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  4349824
ISD  19820900
NAM  Harris
OCL  343700MS
UREF
PNO  4400702
ISD  19830800
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  343790
UREF
PNO  4658262
ISD  19870400
NAM  DuHamel
OCL  343792.5
UREF
PNO  4725845
ISD  19880200
NAM  Phillips
OCL  343702
UREF
PNO  5134422
ISD  19920700
NAM  Auriol
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5198831
ISD  19930300
NAM  Burrell et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5223849
ISD  19930600
NAM  Kasevich et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5255005
ISD  19931000
NAM  Terret et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5298910
ISD  19940300
NAM  Takei et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5346300
ISD  19940900
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5349365
ISD  19940900
NAM  Ow et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5359340
ISD  19941000
NAM  Yokota
OCL  343792
UREF
PNO  5450093
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kim
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5479180
ISD  19951200
NAM  Lenzing et al.
OCL  343729
UREF
PNO  5485170
ISD  19960100
NAM  McCarrick
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5541617
ISD  19960700
NAM  Connolly et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5559524
ISD  19960900
NAM  Takei et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5581268
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hirshfield
OCL  343853
UREF
PNO  5600341
ISD  19970200
NAM  Thill et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5604972
ISD  19970200
NAM  McCarrick
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5612707
ISD  19970300
NAM  Vaughan et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5828348
ISD  19981000
NAM  Tassoudji et al.
OCL  343895
FREF
PNO  0320404
ISD  19890600
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01Q 1108
FREF
PNO  0715369
ISD  19960600
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01Q 1108
FREF
PNO  0757406
ISD  19970200
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01Q 1108
FREF
PNO  0905513
ISD  19971100
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01Q 1108
FREF
PNO  03236612
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01Q  927
FREF
PNO  9711507
ISD  19970300
CNT  WOX
ICL  H01Q 1108
FREF
PNO  9741695
ISD  19971100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9805087
ISD  19980200
CNT  WOX
ICL  H01Q  136
OREF
PAL  Jalil Rashed et al., "A New Class of Resonant Antennas", IEEE Transactions
      on Antennas and Propagation, vol. 39, No. 9, Sep. 9, 1991, pp. 1428-1430.
PAL  Kraus, John D., "Antennas", Second Edition, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York,
      1988, Chapter 7 and Section 11-9.
LREP
FR2  Miller; Russell B.
FR2  Ogrod; Gregory D.
ABST
PAL  A coupled multi-segment helical antenna is provided having a length that is
      shorter than otherwise obtainable for a conventional half-wavelength
      antenna. The coupled multi-segment helical antenna includes radiator
      portion having a plurality of helically wound radiators extending from one
      end of the radiator portion to the other end of the radiator portion. Each
      radiator is made up of a set of two or more segments. A first segment
      extends in a helical fashion from the first end of the radiator portion
      toward the second end of the radiator portion. The second segment extends
      in a helical fashion from the second end of the radiator portion toward
      the first end of the radiator portion, wherein a portion of the first
      radiator segment is in proximity with a portion of the second radiator
      segment such that the first and second radiator segments are
      electromagnetically coupled to one another.
PATN
WKU  059908483
SRC  8
APN  8018847
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19970218
TTL  Combined structure of a helical antenna and a dielectric plate
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Chang; Daniel D.
EXP  Tokar; Michael
NDR  14
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Annamaa; Petteri
CTY  Oulu
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Ojantakanen; Seppo
CTY  Paavola
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Raatikainen; Seppo
CTY  Kempele
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Haapamaki; Tero
CTY  Oulu
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Kinnunen; Pekka
CTY  Oulu
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Vuokko; Kai
CTY  Tampere
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Kuittinen; Tero
CTY  Oulu
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  LK-Products OY
CTY  Kempele
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19960216
APN  9607011
CLAS
OCL  343895
XCL  343725
XCL  343790
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  136
FSC  343
FSS  895;878;790;791;900;702;725;728;729
UREF
PNO  4229743
ISD  19801000
NAM  Vo et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  4772895
ISD  19880900
NAM  Garay et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  4935747
ISD  19900600
NAM  Yuichi et al.
UREF
PNO  5021799
ISD  19910600
NAM  Kobus et al.
UREF
PNO  5329287
ISD  19940700
NAM  Strickland
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5349365
ISD  19940900
NAM  Ow et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5406693
ISD  19950400
NAM  Egashhira et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5412392
ISD  19950500
NAM  Tsunekawa
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5489916
ISD  19960200
NAM  Watermann et al.
UREF
PNO  5594457
ISD  19970100
NAM  Wingo
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5600341
ISD  19970200
NAM  Thill et al.
OCL  343895
UREF
PNO  5754146
ISD  19980500
NAM  Knowles et al.
OCL  343895
FREF
PNO  0 590 534 A1
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01Q  124
FREF
PNO  0 649 181 A1
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01Q  136
FREF
PNO  0 747 990 A1
ISD  19961200
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01Q  124
FREF
PNO  78198
ISD  19890600
CNT  FIX
ICL  H01P  704
FREF
PNO  2 702 091
ISD  19940900
CNT  FRX
ICL  H01Q  930
FREF
PNO  2 280 789
ISD  19950200
CNT  GBX
ICL  H01Q  138
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a particular structure of high-frequency antenna,
      which comprises a support element (1) provided with a cylindrical coil
      conductor which forms a helix (2). On the support element (1) there is
      formed, for example by means of a conductive coating, the electrical parts
      of the antenna, such as the attachment points (3b) for the helix and for
      other parts, such as feeder lines (4), radiators (5) or impedance matching
      devices. By varying the number and size of the helices (2), the number and
      form of the feeder lines (4) and radiators (5) and the quality of any
      impedance matching devices, it is possible without difficulty to obtain a
      very wide choice of different antenna structures. The feeder lines and
      radiators extend, at least in part, within the helix.
PATN
WKU  059908491
SRC  9
APN  0548898
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980403
TTL  Compact spiral antenna
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Kimnhung
EXP  Le; Hoanganh
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Salvail; Gary
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Mehen; Michael S.
CTY  Vale
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Yu; I-Ping
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Raytheon Company
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  343895
XCL  343729
XCL  343846
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q  136
FSC  343
FSS  895;846;729;728
FSI  H01Q  136
UREF
PNO  4095230
ISD  19780600
NAM  Salmond et al.
OCL  343729
UREF
PNO  4598276
ISD  19860700
NAM  Tait
OCL  343895
LREP
FR2  Collins; David W.
FR2  Rudd; Andrew J.
FR2  Lenzen; Glenn H.
ABST
PAL  An antenna is provided that receives electromagnetic radiation and includes
      a dielectric substrate (106). First and second spirals (60 and 70) on a
      first surface of the substrate (106) radiate the electromagnetic
      radiation. A third spiral (80) is utilized on a second surface of the
      substrate (106) and is substantially underneath one of the first and
      second spiras(60 and 70). The resulting spiral antenna is compact and has
      multioctave bandwidth capability.
PATN
WKU  059908505
SRC  8
APN  7065426
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19960905
TTL  Metallodielectric photonic crystal
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Hoanganh
NDR  20
NFG  37
INVT
NAM  Brown; Elliott R.
CTY  Arlington
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Joannopoulos; John D.
CTY  Belmont
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Fan; Shanhui
CTY  Somerville
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Villeneuve; Pierre R.
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  McMahon; Oliver B.
CTY  Nashua
STA  NH
ASSG
NAM  Massachusetts Institute of Technology
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  406180
APD  19950317
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  343912
XCL  343909
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q 1514
ICL  H01Q 1502
FSC  343
FSS  909;700 MS;795;912;913
FSC  333
FSS  291.1
FSI  H01Q 1514; 1502
UREF
PNO  2577619
ISD  19511200
NAM  Kock
OCL  343909
UREF
PNO  3553694
ISD  19710100
NAM  Clark
OCL  343909
UREF
PNO  5187461
ISD  19930200
NAM  Brommer et al.
OCL  333219.1
UREF
PNO  5281370
ISD  19940100
NAM  Asher et al.
OCL  264  1.1
UREF
PNO  5385114
ISD  19950100
NAM  Milstein et al.
OCL  117  1
UREF
PNO  5389943
ISD  19950200
NAM  Brommer et al.
OCL  343909
UREF
PNO  5440421
ISD  19950800
NAM  Fan et al.
OCL  359344
UREF
PNO  5497168
ISD  19960300
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL  343909
UREF
PNO  5600342
ISD  19970200
NAM  Pikulski et al.
OCL  343795
FREF
PNO  82705
ISD  19570400
CNT  DKX
FREF
PNO  985-981
ISD  19821200
CNT  SUX
FREF
PNO  92/11547
ISD  19920700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  92/16031
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  92/15124
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  IEEE Transactions on Antennas and Propagation, vol. AP-14, No. 3, pp.
      302-337, May 1966, "Numerical Solution of Initial Boundary Value Problems
      Involving Maxwell's Equations in Isotropic Media", By Kane S. Yee.
PAL  IEEE Transactions on Antennas and Propagation, vol. 39, No. 10, pp.
      1518-1525, Oct. 1991, "Analysis of the Numerical Error Caused by the
      Stair-Stepped Approximation of a Conducting Boundary in FDTD Simulations
      of Electromagnetic Phenomena" by Cangellaris et al.
PAL  IEEE Transactions on Electromagnetic Compatibility, vol. EMC-23, No. 4, pp.
      377-382, Nov. 1981, "Absorbing Boundary Conditions for the
      Finite-Difference Approximation of the Time-Domain Electromagnetic-Field
      Equations" by Gerrit Mur.
PAL  Physical Review B, vol. 45, No. 4, pp. 1538-1548, Jan. 1992, "Ab initio
      molecular-dynamics techniques extended to large-length-scale systems" by
      Arias et al.
PAL  Physical Review B, vol. 51, No. 23, pp. 635-642, Jun. 1995, "Order-N
      spectral method for electromagnetic waves" by Chan et al.
PAL  Prog. Quant. Electr., 1994, vol. 18, pp. 153-200, "Photonic Bandgaps in
      Periodic Dielectric Structures" by Villeneuve et al.
PAL  Physical Review Letters, vol. 76, No. 14, pp. 2480-2483, Apr. 1996, "3D
      Wire Mesh Photonic Crystals", by Sievenpiper et al.
PAL  Applied Phys. Letter, vol. 67, No. 15, pp. 2138-2140, Oct., 1995 "Large
      electromagnetic stop bands in metallodielectric photonic crystals", by
      Brown et al.
PAL  Electronics Letters, vol. 30, No. 25, pp. 2166-2167, Dec. 1994, "Design of
      ultrawideband photonic crystals for broadband antenna applications", by
      Agi et al.
PAL  Solid State Communications, vol. 89, No. 5, pp. 413-416, 1994, "Photonic
      Band Gaps in Three Dimensions: New Layer-by-Layer Periodic Structures", by
      Ho et al.
PAL  Appl. Phys. Letter, vol. 64, No. 16, pp. 2059-2061, Apr. 1994,
      "Micromachined millimeter-wave photonic band-gap crystals", by Ozbay et
      al.
PAL  Physical Review Letters, vol. 58, No. 20, pp. 2059-2062, May 1987,
      "Inhibited Spontaneous Emission in Solid-State Physics and Electronics",
      by Eli Yablonovitch.
PAL  AMSE Press, vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 59-64, 1988, "An Artificial Dielectric
      Wedge for Antenna Beam Steering", by M.R. Khan.
PAL  IEEE, 1971 Int'l Electric and Electronics Conference, pp. 32-33, "An
      Artificial Dielectric Lens Suitable for High Power Applications", by
      Manwarren et al.
PAL  Appl. Phys. Letters, vol. 65, No. 5, pp. 645-647, Aug. 1994, "Experimental
      and theoretical results for a two-dimensional metal photonic band-gap
      cavity", by Smith et al.
PAL  Appl. Phys. Letters, vol. 61, No. 4, pp. 495-497, Jul. 1992, "Existence of
      a photonic band gap in two dimensions", by Meade et al.
PAL  Physical Review Letters, vol. 68, No. 13, pp. 2023-2026, Mar. 1992,
      "Measurement of Photonic Band Structure in a Two-Dimensional Periodic
      Dielectric Array", by Robertson et al.
PAL  Physical Review Letters, vol. 67, No. 17, pp. 2295-2298, Oct. 1991,
      "Photonic Band Structure: The Face-Center-Cubid Case Employing
      Nonspherical Atoms", Yablonovitch et al.
PAL  "Principles of Optics: Electromagnetic Theory of Propagation, Interference
      and Diffraction of Light" Sixth (Corrected) Edition, pp. 632-659, by Max
      Born and Emil Wolf, published by Pergamon Press.
PAL  Microwave and Optical Technology Letters, vol. 7, No. 17, pp. 777-779,
      Dec., 1994, "A New Face-Centered-Cubic Photonic Crystal for Microwave and
      Millimeter-Wave Applications", by Brown et al.
PAL  Physical Review B., vol. 48, No. 23, pp. 576-579, Dec. 1993, "Photonic band
      structures of two- and three-dimensional periodic metal or semiconductor
      arrays", by McGurn et al.
PAL  Physical Review Letters, vol. 65, No. 25, pp. 3152-3155, Dec. 1990,
      "Existence of a Photonic Gap in Periodic Dielectric Structures", by Ho et
      al.
LREP
FRM  Samuels, Gauthier & Stevens, LLP
ABST
PAL  A metallodielectric photonic crystal including a plurality of elements,
      each having a non-dielectric component, arranged with respect to each
      other in a three-dimensionally periodic lattice. The non-dielectric
      components being spatially isolated from one another, the lattice
      exhibiting a band gap in the spectrum of electromagnetic radiation modes
      propagating through said lattice. A support structure positions the
      elements in the three-dimensionally periodic lattice. In an exemplary
      embodiment, the elements are metallic spheres arranged within dielectric
      material. The three-dimensionally periodic lattice can include a
      face-centered-cubic lattice which exhibits a unidirectional photonic band
      gap, or a diamond lattice which exhibits an omnidirectional photonic band
      gap. The diamond lattice structure includes a gap width to midgap
      frequency ratio which can exceed 60%.
GOVT
PAC  GOVERNMENT SUPPORT
PAR  This invention was made with Government support under Contract No.
      F19628-95-C-0002 awarded by the U.S. Air Force and NSF Grant No.
      9022933-DMR. The Government has certain rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059908513
SRC  9
APN  0090085
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980116
TTL  Space deployable antenna structure tensioned by hinged spreader-standoff
      elements distributed around inflatable hoop
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Clinger; James
EXP  Wong; Don
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Henderson; Philip J.
CTY  Palm Bay
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Deadwyler; Richard A.
CTY  Palm Bay
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Harris Corporation
CTY  Melbourne
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  343915
XCL  343840
XCL  343882
XCL  343881
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q 1520
FSC  343
FSS  915;840;881;880;897;DIG. 2;709;912
FSC  342
FSS  5;6;10
UREF
PNO  3220004
ISD  19651100
NAM  Gillespie
OCL  343915
UREF
PNO  3281849
ISD  19661000
NAM  Andreasen
OCL  343753
UREF
PNO  4191604
ISD  19800300
NAM  MacTurk
OCL  156242
UREF
PNO  4251819
ISD  19810200
NAM  Vickland
OCL  343882
UREF
PNO  4364053
ISD  19821200
NAM  Hotine
OCL  343915
UREF
PNO  4475109
ISD  19841000
NAM  Dumas et al.
OCL  343709
UREF
PNO  4672389
ISD  19870600
NAM  Ulry
OCL  343915
UREF
PNO  4741609
ISD  19880500
NAM  Sallis
OCL  350608
UREF
PNO  4755819
ISD  19880700
NAM  Bernasconi et al.
OCL  343915
UREF
PNO  4804972
ISD  19890200
NAM  Schudel
OCL  343840
UREF
PNO  4825225
ISD  19890400
NAM  Waters et al.
OCL  343881
UREF
PNO  5166696
ISD  19921100
NAM  Rupp et al.
OCL  343711
UREF
PNO  5202689
ISD  19930400
NAM  Bussard et al.
OCL  342 10
UREF
PNO  5527001
ISD  19960600
NAM  Stuart
OCL  244158R
UREF
PNO  5680145
ISD  19971000
NAM  Thomson et al.
OCL  343915
OREF
PAL  "The AstroMesh Deployable Reflector" by Mark W. Thomson, Spacecraft
      Technologies, International Mobile Satellite Conferece, pp. 393-398.
PAL  "Europeans Strive to Commercialize Space Designs", by Peter B. DeSelding,
      Space News, Jun. 16-22, 1997, pp. 6 and 16.
PAL  "Low Cost Large Space Antennas" by Artur B. Chmielewski et al, Spacecraft
      Technologies, International Mobile Satellite Conference, 1997, pp.
      375-380.
PAL  "Inflatable Structures Technology Development Overview", by Dr. Costa
      Cassapakis and Dr. Mitch Thomas, AIAA 1995 Space Programs and Technologies
      Conference, Sep. 26-28, 1995, pp. 1-10.
PAL  "Space Inflatables", one page document by ILC Dover, Inc. Frederica DE
      19946.
PAL  "Pressurized Antennas for Space Radars" by M. Thomas and G.J. Friese, AIAA
      Sensor Systems For The 80's Conference, Dec. 2-4, 1980, pp. 65-71.
PAL  "Inflatable Arm Segments May Lighten Shuttle's Manipulator System" by Lyle
      H. McCarty, Aerospace -Design News, pp. 150-152, Apr. 9, 1990
PAL  Bound Booklet Entitled "Mesh Antenna Overview", Harris Corporation, Oct.
      1995.
LREP
FR2  Wands; Charles E.
ABST
PAL  An antenna structure, such as an antenna reflector, comprises a collapsible
      mesh and catenary tie/cord attachment structure, retained in tension by a
      plurality of variable geometry spreader-standoffs connected to an
      inflatable tubular support hoop. The standoffs decouple the
      energy-focusing geometry of the antenna surface from the hoop, so as to
      reduce the sensitivity of the shape of the surface to variations in the
      shape of the tubing. Each spreader-standoff is connected to the hoop at a
      hinge joint of a pair of spreader-standoff elements, by a radial
      connection element retained in tension by the adjoining tubing. The hinge
      joint of a respective spreader-standoff pair is adjacent to an inner
      diameter side of the hoop, while distal locations of the spreader-standoff
      elements are located beyond an outer diameter side of the inflated hoop.
      As a consequence, the inflatable hoop may have a relatively small
      cross-section, which reduces its size and weight, as long as it is capable
      of effectively maintaining its intended configuration when
      inflated/deployed. Since the only connection between a respective pair of
      spreader-standoff elements and the tubular support hoop is through a
      radial connection element at the hinge joint, the inflatable hoop is
      self-centering, with radial loading effectively maintaining the antenna in
      its deployed state.
PATN
WKU  059908521
SRC  8
APN  7418078
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961031
TTL  Display screen duplication system and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Brier; Jeffery
NDR  21
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Szamrej; Mark
CTY  Middleville
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  345  2
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  512
FSC  345
FSS  2;329-331
FSC  348
FSS  420;421
UREF
PNO  4651207
ISD  19870300
NAM  Bergmann et al.
UREF
PNO  4823108
ISD  19890400
NAM  Pope
UREF
PNO  5030953
ISD  19910700
NAM  Chiang
UREF
PNO  5241625
ISD  19930800
NAM  Epard et al.
UREF
PNO  5430486
ISD  19950700
NAM  Fraser et al.
UREF
PNO  5432525
ISD  19950700
NAM  Maruo et al.
UREF
PNO  5442788
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bier
UREF
PNO  5467134
ISD  19951100
NAM  Laney et al.
UREF
PNO  5469183
ISD  19951100
NAM  Takatsuji et al.
UREF
PNO  5471248
ISD  19951100
NAM  Bhargava et al.
OCL  348420
UREF
PNO  5481297
ISD  19960100
NAM  Cash et al.
UREF
PNO  5491780
ISD  19960200
NAM  Fyles et al.
UREF
PNO  5508713
ISD  19960400
NAM  Okouchi
UREF
PNO  5510839
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hamano et al.
UREF
PNO  5557330
ISD  19960900
NAM  Astle
OCL  348420
FREF
PNO  2230925
ISD  19901000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2299233
ISD  19960900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Microsoft Foundation Class documentation for CObList; Create Compatible DC,
      Save DC, Restore DC Select Object, and BitBlt, in CDC; Create Compatible
      Bit map, GetObject, and GetBitmapBits in CBitmap, 1995.
PAL  U.K. Search Report in Application GB 9719407.0 Jan. 21, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey
ABST
PAL  Duplicate copies of all or a portion of a display screen may be maintained
      at two or more computer systems with efficient use of memory, processor
      and bandwidth resources. The display screens are segmented into a
      two-dimensional matrix of blocks. A value, such as a CRC, is computed for
      each of the blocks and stored with a pointer to the corresponding block of
      the display screen. Changes in the display screen are detected by
      repeatedly calculating the values and comparing with previously stored
      values for the corresponding block. When the values are different, the
      pointers are temporarily stored until a predetermined period of time or
      all the blocks have been checked. When at least one of these criteria is
      met, adjacent blocks are transmitted as a group, preferably using
      compression.
PATN
WKU  059908530
SRC  8
APN  8751986
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19971117
TTL  Projection type image displaying apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Kovalick; Vincent E.
EXP  Shalwala; Bipin H.
NDR  20
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Kuratomi; Yasunori
CTY  Suita
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takimoto; Akio
CTY  Neyagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Akiyama; Koji
CTY  Neyagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsutsui; Hiroshi
CTY  Yawata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawakami; Toshikatsu
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Muto; Yasuaki
CTY  Toyonaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miyai; Hiroshi
CTY  Takarazuka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951027
APN  7-280319
CLAS
OCL  345 48
XCL  345 84
XCL  348744
XCL  348756
XCL  349 24
XCL  349 25
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  1135
FSC  345
FSS  48;84;87
FSC  348
FSS  744;756
FSC  349
FSS  24;25
FSC  359
FSS  443
UREF
PNO  4538884
ISD  19850900
NAM  Masaki
OCL  350361
UREF
PNO  5235437
ISD  19930800
NAM  Katagiri et al.
UREF
PNO  5327263
ISD  19940700
NAM  Katagiri et al.
UREF
PNO  5384649
ISD  19950100
NAM  Takimoto et al.
OCL  349 25
UREF
PNO  5416621
ISD  19950500
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  349 25
UREF
PNO  5436742
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  349 25
UREF
PNO  5612798
ISD  19970300
NAM  Tuli
OCL  349 24
UREF
PNO  5847778
ISD  19981200
NAM  Muto et al.
OCL  349 25
FREF
PNO  0 402 944 A2
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 527 609 A1
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1-211719
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-150526
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-181226
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-333368
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-59275
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "Analysis of Charge-Controlled Gray Scale in Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal
      Optically Addressed Spatial Light Modulator", Yukio Tanaka et al., vol. 33
      (19944) pp. 3469-3477.
PAL  "Video-Rate Photoaddressed Ferroelectric LC Light Valve with Gray Scale",
      Matthew Bone et al., pp. 254-256.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/03140
PD1  19971117
PD2  19971117
PD3  19961028
PCP  WO97/15862
PCD  19970501
ABST
PAR  The present invention relates to a projection type image displaying
      apparatus capable of displaying larger picture images which are bright,
      uniform and after-image-free.
PAL  A projection type image displaying apparatus, comprising a OASLM (1) for
      grasping an photoconductive layer (4), a light reflection layer (5) and a
      light modulating layer (6) by two glass substrates (2, 2') with conductive
      transparent electrodes (3, 3') each being provided on it, an image source
      (8) for displaying inputting images on the OASLM (1) by a time serial
      scanning operation, a driving signal generating means (40) for supplying
      to the OASLM (1) a driving signal synchronized with the vertical
      synchronous frequency of the image,
PA1  wherein at least either of two conductive transparent electrodes (3, 3') is
      divided into a plurality of regions, a driving signal to be generated from
      the driving signal generating means (40) is composed of a plurality of
      signals different in phase, a signal to be fed respectively to a region
      adjacent to the divided conductive transparent electrodes (3) has a phase
      difference approximately equal to time where the vertical effective
      scanning period is divided by the number of the region.
PATN
WKU  059908548
SRC  8
APN  383705&
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19950201
TTL  AC plasma panel with system for preventing high voltage buildup
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Chang; Kent
EXP  Shalwala; Bipin H.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Weber; Larry F.
CTY  New Paltz
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Plasmaco, Inc.
CTY  Highland
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  101572
APD  19930803
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  345 66
XCL  345 58
XCL  345 60
XCL  345209
XCL  31511131
XCL  315326
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  328
FSC  345
FSS  60-71;58;209
FSC  315
FSS  111.31;326;340
FSC  313
FSS  553
UREF
PNO  3559190
ISD  19710100
NAM  Bitzer et al.
OCL  340173
UREF
PNO  3666981
ISD  19720500
NAM  Lay
XCL  345 71
UREF
PNO  4079370
ISD  19780300
NAM  Mikoshiba et al.
OCL  345 66
UREF
PNO  4591847
ISD  19860500
NAM  Criscimagna et al.
OCL  345 68
UREF
PNO  4772884
ISD  19880900
NAM  Weber et al.
OCL  340776
FREF
PNO  2504730
ISD  19750900
CNT  DEX
OCL  345 66
OREF
PAL  "Improvement of Luminance and Luminous Efficiency of Surface-Discharge
      Color ac PDP", T. Shinoda et al., SID 91 Digest, pp. 724-727.
LREP
FRM  Ohlandt, Greeley, Ruggiero & Perle
ABST
PAL  An AC plasma panel display includes front and back panels that respectively
      support a first parallel electrode pattern and a second orthogonally
      oriented, parallel electrode pattern. The electrode patterns define a
      display area and both patterns are covered by dielectric layers. A
      dischargeable gas is positioned between the dielectric layers in the known
      manner. Driver circuitry is coupled to both electrode patterns for
      creating a spatially continuous gas discharge along at least one
      continuous electrode of one electrode pattern and across the entire
      display area. The driver circuitry scans the spatially continuous gas
      discharge across remaining parallel electrodes of the one electrode
      pattern so as to scan the entire display area. A further electrode is in
      DC conductive communication with the gas and is positioned outside of the
      display area but in contact with the spatially continuous gas discharge
      during its scanning action. The electrode provides a capacitive structure
      which prevents a build-up of an excessive static charge on the dielectric
      layers and thereby prevents dielectric breakdown.
PATN
WKU  059908556
SRC  8
APN  8134650
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970310
TTL  Image information process apparatus for causing a display to display
      continuous tones in a pseudo manner
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Laneau; Ronald
EXP  Hjerpe; Richard A.
NDR  12
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Mitsugu
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uehara; Hisao
CTY  Ogaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kitagawa; Makoto
CTY  Anpachi-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960311
APN  8-053026
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960329
APN  8-076812
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960718
APN  8-189624
CLAS
OCL  345 88
XCL  345 89
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  336
FSC  345
FSS  87;88;89;147;149
UREF
PNO  4897734
ISD  19900100
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  358448
UREF
PNO  4908614
ISD  19900300
NAM  Yamagishi
OCL  340723
UREF
PNO  5596349
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  345147
UREF
PNO  5638188
ISD  19970600
NAM  Moro et al.
OCL  358456
UREF
PNO  5673120
ISD  19970900
NAM  Fujii
OCL  358456
LREP
FRM  Loeb & Loeb, LLP
ABST
PAL  There is provided an image information process apparatus to be applied to a
      display for displaying bit image display data for each pixel, for enabling
      the display to display continuous tones in an error diffusion manner based
      on P bit image data, P being larger than L. This apparatus includes a
      plurality of adding circuits to which a plurality of P bit image data are
      concurrently supplied. A predetermined lower bit of an added result at
      respective adding circuits is used as error data supplied to the next
      adjacent adding circuit. An error data holding circuit holds a
      predetermined lower bit of an output from an adding circuit corresponding
      to the last column pixel in image data supplied. It then supplies the
      lower bit held to an adding circuit corresponding to the top front column
      pixel of the image data supplied. With this arrangement, a display which
      is capable of displaying images based on digital data of a limited number
      of bits displays in a pseudo manner continuous tones expressed using a
      higher number of bits than the limited number. In addition, performance
      and processing speed of image information processing are improved.
PATN
WKU  059908564
SRC  8
APN  8408750
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970417
TTL  Ferroelectric liquid crystal element and ferroelectric liquid crystal
      material
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Awad; Amr
EXP  Chow; Dennis-Doon
NDR  13
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Takeda; Hitoshi
CTY  Tenri
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kaneko; Takashi
CTY  Kashiwa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kido; Masami
CTY  Kashiwa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Koden; Mitsuhiro
CTY  Kashiwa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  The Secretary of State for Defence in Her Britannic Majesty's Government
      of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland
CTY  Hants
CNT  GBX
COD  07
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960516
APN  8-122047
CLAS
OCL  345 97
XCL  345 94
XCL  345204
XCL  349133
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  336
FSC  345
FSS  97;94;96;98;87;50;210
FSC  349
FSS  133;128;172
UREF
PNO  5005953
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kawagishi
OCL  349172
UREF
PNO  5026144
ISD  19910600
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  345 97
UREF
PNO  5061044
ISD  19911000
NAM  Matsunaga
OCL  345 97
UREF
PNO  5132816
ISD  19920700
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  349133
UREF
PNO  5227904
ISD  19930700
NAM  Nakanowatari
UREF
PNO  5404237
ISD  19950400
NAM  Katsuse et al.
OCL  345 97
UREF
PNO  5592192
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kanabe et al.
OCL  345 97
FREF
PNO  5-27090
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  06123877
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  U.K. Search Report mailed Jul. 7, 1997 for Application No. GB 9708238.2.
PAL  A. Yoshida et al., Lecture Papers of 13.sup.th  Liquid Crystal Conference
      in 1987, pp. 142-143, "Characteristics of Switching Behavior of SSFLC."
ABST
PAL  In a ferroelectric liquid crystal element, in order to excite a reverse
      electric field within the element in response to a waveform of a
      non-rewriting voltage, properties of the ferroelectric liquid crystal
      material, an element structure, driving waveforms, or other factors are
      adjusted so that molecules of the ferroelectric liquid crystal are allowed
      to switch between bistable states in response to a waveform of a rewriting
      voltage, while the ferroelectric liquid crystal exerts an anti-memory
      phenomenon in response to a waveform of a non-rewriting voltage.
PATN
WKU  059908572
SRC  8
APN  8415854
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970430
TTL  Shift register having a plurality of circuit blocks and image display
      apparatus using the shift register
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  Awad; Amr
EXP  Chow; Dennis-Doon
NDR  22
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Kubota; Yasushi
CTY  Sakurai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katoh; Kenichi
CTY  Higashihiroshima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Koyama; Jun
CTY  Atsugi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Chimura; Hidehiko
CTY  Atsugi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Yukio
CTY  Atsugi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960523
APN  8-128830
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960822
APN  8-221600
CLAS
OCL  345 98
XCL  345100
XCL  345204
XCL  345213
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  336
FSC  345
FSS  87;94;98;99;100;204;213
UREF
PNO  5103218
ISD  19920400
NAM  Takeda
OCL  345100
UREF
PNO  5192945
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kusada
OCL  345100
UREF
PNO  5434599
ISD  19950700
NAM  Hirai et al.
OCL  345100
UREF
PNO  5589847
ISD  19961200
NAM  Lewis
OCL  345 98
UREF
PNO  5602561
ISD  19970200
NAM  Kawaguchi et al.
OCL  345 99
UREF
PNO  5617111
ISD  19970400
NAM  Saitoh
OCL  345100
FREF
PNO  63-50717
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-271298
ISD  19881100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-325584
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
ABST
PAL  The shift register of this invention for sequentially transferring a
      digital signal in synchronization with a clock signal includes: a
      plurality of circuit blocks connected in series, each including a
      prescribed number of sequential latch circuits, each latch circuit
      outputting a signal corresponding to an input signal based on the clock
      signal; and a plurality of clock signal control circuits provided for the
      respective circuit blocks for controlling the supply of the clock signal
      to the latch circuits in the corresponding circuit blocks, wherein the
      control of the supply of the clock signal by each clock signal control
      circuit to the latch circuits in the corresponding circuit block is
      conducted in response to output signals from prescribed latch circuits in
      the circuit blocks preceding and subsequent to the corresponding circuit
      block.
PATN
WKU  059908580
SRC  8
APN  7074336
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960904
TTL  Flat panel display terminal for receiving multi-frequency and
      multi-protocol video signals
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Trinh; William
EXP  Black; Thomas G.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Ozolins; Helmars
CTY  Rocky Point
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Bloomberg L.P.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345 99
XCL  345 99
XCL  345154
XCL  345211
XCL  345132
XCL  348558
XCL  348443
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  345
FSS  99;204;98;211-213;22;214;132;154
FSC  348
FSS  558;554;555;556;443
UREF
PNO  4275421
ISD  19810600
NAM  Louie et al.
OCL  358183
UREF
PNO  4581654
ISD  19860400
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  358230
UREF
PNO  4740786
ISD  19880400
NAM  Smith
OCL  340784
UREF
PNO  4860246
ISD  19890800
NAM  Inoue
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4922237
ISD  19900500
NAM  Inoue
OCL  340723
UREF
PNO  4990904
ISD  19910200
NAM  Zenda
OCL  340771
UREF
PNO  4998099
ISD  19910300
NAM  Ishii
OCL  340784
UREF
PNO  4998100
ISD  19910300
NAM  Ishii
OCL  340784
UREF
PNO  5111190
ISD  19920500
NAM  Zenda
OCL  340717
UREF
PNO  5150109
ISD  19920900
NAM  Berry
OCL  340811
UREF
PNO  5153575
ISD  19921000
NAM  Watts, Jr. et al.
OCL  340790
UREF
PNO  5168270
ISD  19921200
NAM  Masumori et al.
OCL  340784
UREF
PNO  5170156
ISD  19921200
NAM  DeMonde et al.
OCL  340794
UREF
PNO  5247286
ISD  19930900
NAM  Ishikawai
OCL  345  3
UREF
PNO  5257015
ISD  19931000
NAM  Inoue
OCL  345 26
UREF
PNO  5272471
ISD  19931200
NAM  Asada et al.
OCL  345149
UREF
PNO  5285192
ISD  19940200
NAM  Johary et al.
OCL  345  3
UREF
PNO  5293485
ISD  19940300
NAM  Zenda
OCL  395164
UREF
PNO  5309168
ISD  19940500
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  345  3
UREF
PNO  5313225
ISD  19940500
NAM  Miyadera
OCL  345102
UREF
PNO  5327156
ISD  19940700
NAM  Masukane et al.
OCL  345113
UREF
PNO  5334992
ISD  19940800
NAM  Rochat et al.
OCL  345 22
UREF
PNO  5442371
ISD  19950800
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  345150
UREF
PNO  5442372
ISD  19950800
NAM  Shiki
OCL  345 98
UREF
PNO  5475808
ISD  19951200
NAM  Kobayashi
OCL  395150
UREF
PNO  5479184
ISD  19951200
NAM  Tokumitsu
OCL  345  3
UREF
PNO  5606348
ISD  19970200
NAM  Chiu
OCL  345213
UREF
PNO  5790096
ISD  19980800
NAM  Hill, Jr.
OCL  345150
LREP
FRM  Fish & Neave
FR2  Giannetti; Thomas L.
FR2  Egbett, III; Walter M.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method for enabling a flat panel display terminal to
      simulate operations of a multifrequency cathode-ray tube monitor. The
      synchronization signals included in the input analog video signals are
      analyzed to identify a display protocol. The predetermined parameters for
      the identified display protocol are used to program the analog liquid
      crystal display panel and phase-locked loop of the flat panel display
      terminal.
PATN
WKU  059908599
SRC  8
APN  4180925
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19950406
TTL  Display device
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Mengistu; Amare
NDR  12
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Inoue; Hiroshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kanno; Hideo
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Netsu; Hiroshi
CTY  Funabashi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mizutome; Atsushi
CTY  Hayama-machi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19860818
APN  61-192572
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19860903
APN  61-207326
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19860903
APN  61-207327
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19860908
APN  61-212184
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19870108
APN  62-002671
RLAP
COD  71
APN  551468
APD  19900712
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  333956
APD  19890406
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  085017
APD  19870813
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  345103
XCL  345100
XCL  345 97
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  336
FSC  345
FSS  87;97;103;100;88;98
FSC  359
FSS  56
FSC  348
FSS  791
UREF
PNO  4429304
ISD  19840100
NAM  Fujita
OCL  340765
UREF
PNO  4481511
ISD  19841100
NAM  Hanmura et al.
OCL  345100
UREF
PNO  4591849
ISD  19860500
NAM  Hughes et al.
OCL  340765
UREF
PNO  4693563
ISD  19870900
NAM  Harada et al.
OCL  340784
UREF
PNO  4740786
ISD  19880400
NAM  Smith
OCL  345103
UREF
PNO  4745485
ISD  19880500
NAM  Iwasaki
OCL  345 98
UREF
PNO  4748444
ISD  19880500
NAM  Arai
OCL  340765
UREF
PNO  4778260
ISD  19881000
NAM  Okada et al.
OCL  345103
UREF
PNO  4816816
ISD  19890300
NAM  Usui
OCL  345103
UREF
PNO  4908710
ISD  19900300
NAM  Wakai et al.
OCL  345103
UREF
PNO  4958915
ISD  19900900
NAM  Okada et al.
OCL  345 97
UREF
PNO  4985698
ISD  19910100
NAM  Mano et al.
OCL  345103
FREF
PNO  0121070
ISD  19841000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0167398
ISD  19860100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3347345
ISD  19840700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  62-165630
ISD  19870700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2075738
ISD  19811100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2157471
ISD  19851000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, "Video Compatability Feature", vol. 28,
      No. 6 (Nov. 1985).
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A display device comprises a display panel having a ferroelectric liquid
      crystal, information electrodes and scan electrodes for changing
      orientations of the ferroelectric liquid crystal in the display panel, and
      a memory for storing display data. A scan electrode driver supplies a
      signal to a scan electrode whose ferroelectric liquid crystal is to be
      reoriented in accordance with the data stored in the memory, and a
      controller supplies data for designating the scan electrode whose
      ferroelectric liquid crystal is to be reoriented and data indicating an
      orientation status to the memory and the scan electrode driver.
PATN
WKU  059908602
SRC  8
APN  6844839
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19960719
TTL  Apparatus for varying scale of a video still and moving image signal
      with key data before superimposing it onto a display signal
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Bell; Paul A.
EXP  Brier; Jeffrey
NDR  12
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Takeuchi; Kesatoshi
CTY  Suwa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Seiko Epson Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950721
APN  7-207670
CLAS
OCL  345115
XCL  345113
XCL  348564
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  500
ICL  H04N  5445
FSC  345
FSS  115;127;128;129;130;131;436;439;113;434;435;330;473;302;340
FSC  348
FSS  581;584;5;592;565;7;564
UREF
PNO  4777531
ISD  19881000
NAM  Hakamada et al.
OCL  348565
UREF
PNO  4899292
ISD  19900200
NAM  Montagna et al.
OCL  345127
UREF
PNO  5014128
ISD  19910500
NAM  Chen
OCL  348564
UREF
PNO  5264837
ISD  19931100
NAM  Buehler
OCL  348565
UREF
PNO  5327156
ISD  19940700
NAM  Masukane et al.
OCL  345113
UREF
PNO  5386505
ISD  19950100
NAM  Beattie et al.
OCL  345343
UREF
PNO  5387945
ISD  19950200
NAM  Takeuchi
UREF
PNO  5402174
ISD  19950300
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  345115
UREF
PNO  5469221
ISD  19951100
NAM  Takeuchi
UREF
PNO  5500933
ISD  19960300
NAM  Schnorf
OCL  345434
UREF
PNO  5572728
ISD  19961100
NAM  Tada et al.
OCL  345336
UREF
PNO  5583536
ISD  19961200
NAM  Cahill, III
OCL  345343
UREF
PNO  5592236
ISD  19970100
NAM  Rosenbaum et al.
OCL  345114
UREF
PNO  5634850
ISD  19970600
NAM  Kitahara et al.
OCL  345115
UREF
PNO  5657462
ISD  19970800
NAM  Brouwer et al.
OCL  395336
UREF
PNO  5696527
ISD  19971200
NAM  King et al.
OCL  345113
UREF
PNO  5742329
ISD  19980400
NAM  Masunaga et al.
OCL  348564
UREF
PNO  5821947
ISD  19981000
NAM  Nguyen
OCL  345473
OREF
PAL  American Heritage Dictionary p. 886 and 1220, 1982.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A video signal of a still image is written into a still image area SIA in a
      video memory 310, whereas a video signal of a moving picture is written
      into a moving picture area MIA in the video memory 310. A video signal is
      read out from the video memory 310 while scaling up or down the video
      image, and the scaled video signal is then supplied to a display device.
      This enables a scaled moving picture and a scaled still image to be
      displayed on the display device.
PATN
WKU  059908610
SRC  8
APN  9115048
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970814
TTL  Method of and apparatus for reprogramming a video controller
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Chow; Dennis-Doon
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Eckstein; Bruce
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Apple Computer, Inc.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  436967
APD  19950508
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  345115
XCL  345213
XCL  348565
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  500
FSC  348
FSS  579;565;560;567;568;588;459;552;510
FSC  345
FSS  113;114;115;116;118;119;120;213;302;127;339;340;343
UREF
PNO  5185603
ISD  19930200
NAM  Medin
OCL  348510
UREF
PNO  5250933
ISD  19931000
NAM  Reaudin et al.
OCL  345115
UREF
PNO  5327156
ISD  19940700
NAM  Masukane et al.
OCL  345113
UREF
PNO  5382972
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kannes
OCL  348 15
UREF
PNO  5406306
ISD  19950400
NAM  Siann et al.
OCL  345115
UREF
PNO  5412400
ISD  19950500
NAM  Takahara et al.
OCL  345119
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A method for reprogramming a video input device to multiplex video data
      from at least two different video sources is disclosed. A video input
      device contains control registers for controlling the behavior of the
      video input device. At least first video data from a first source and a
      second video data from a second source are received at the video input
      device. Information about the video data is sent to a controller which
      generates reprogramming data based on the information. The reprogramming
      data is transmitted to the video input device, wherein the reprogramming
      data reprograms the operation of the control registers. Portions of the
      first and second video data are outputted based upon how the control
      registers are reprogrammed.
PATN
WKU  059908629
SRC  8
APN  7103069
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19960917
TTL  Method for efficient input device selection of onscreen objects
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Bell; Paul A.
EXP  Brier; Jeffery
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Lewis; Stephen H
STR  137 College Ave.
CTY  Poughkeepsie
STA  NY
ZIP  12603
CLAS
OCL  345145
XCL  345348
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  508
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  345
FSS  145;146;157;159;163;339;340;347;352;348
UREF
PNO  4181952
ISD  19800100
NAM  Casey et al.
OCL  364515
UREF
PNO  4698625
ISD  19871000
NAM  McCaskill et al.
OCL  345157
UREF
PNO  4725829
ISD  19880200
NAM  Murphy
OCL  345157
UREF
PNO  4896291
ISD  19900100
NAM  Gest et al.
OCL  345146
UREF
PNO  4987411
ISD  19910100
NAM  Ishigami
OCL  340709
UREF
PNO  5298890
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kanamaru et al.
OCL  345157
UREF
PNO  5508717
ISD  19960400
NAM  Miller
OCL  345145
UREF
PNO  5565887
ISD  19961000
NAM  McCambridge et al.
OCL  345145
UREF
PNO  5565888
ISD  19961000
NAM  Selker
OCL  345146
UREF
PNO  5596347
ISD  19970100
NAM  Robertson et al.
OCL  345145
UREF
PNO  5600779
ISD  19970200
NAM  Palmer et al.
OCL  345340
UREF
PNO  5737553
ISD  19980400
NAM  Bartok
OCL  345339
UREF
PNO  5745100
ISD  19980400
NAM  Bates et al.
OCL  345145
UREF
PNO  5757358
ISD  19980500
NAM  Osga
OCL  345146
UREF
PNO  5786818
ISD  19980700
NAM  Brewer et al.
OCL  345339
UREF
PNO  5805165
ISD  19980900
NAM  Thorne, III et al.
OCL  345348
UREF
PNO  5808601
ISD  19980900
NAM  Leah et al.
OCL  345145
UREF
PNO  5808604
ISD  19980900
NAM  Robin
OCL  345146
UREF
PNO  5844557
ISD  19981200
NAM  Shively, III
OCL  345348
LREP
FRM  Hughes Hubbard & Reed LLP
FR2  Abramson; Ronald
FR2  Sullivan; Peter A.
ABST
PAL  The present invention tunes, or focuses, an input device's effective
      targeting capability to the task at hand in a computer system. If there
      are only 5 choices selectable by a user on a given active screen area on
      the computer's display device, the present invention logically constrains
      the input device's cursor movement is to only those five positions, no
      matter what pixel-by-pixel movement is actually being generated by the
      movement of the input device. The currently displayed area and its
      selectable subcomponents (e.g., radio buttons) at any given moment are
      determined. A logical map of these selectable items and subcomponents is
      created for use as a filter for input coordinates received from the input
      device, with each selectable item mapped to a "region" of the input
      coordinate field. Upon initiation of the present invention, a start point,
      in the logical map is determined from for the current location of the
      input device on screen cursor. A highlight is placed around the onscreen
      selectable item identified by the start point coordinates according to the
      map. All input device movements are tracked, and mapped to the logical map
      of the screen area. If at any time mouse movement causes the cursor to
      enter the logical region identified in the map with a different selectable
      item than the one currently highlighted, the highlight is moved to the new
      selectable item and the old highlight is erased. If the input device
      indicates the user has selected the highlighted item, the action
      associated with the item is executed. In this manner, the input device
      cursor will be constrained to move from one selectable item to the next
      and never be located in a position where an item may not be selected.
PATN
WKU  059908637
SRC  8
APN  8239037
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970325
TTL  Image display system
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Said; Mansour M.
EXP  Powell; Mark R.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Sakamoto; Susumu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960325
APN  8-067902
CLAS
OCL  345147
XCL  348448
XCL  348452
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  701
FSC  348
FSS  448;449-452;458;687;625;473
FSC  345
FSS  138;147
UREF
PNO  4698674
ISD  19871000
NAM  Bloom
OCL  358140
UREF
PNO  5068648
ISD  19911100
NAM  Chiba
OCL  340750
UREF
PNO  5473382
ISD  19951200
NAM  Nohmi
OCL  348448
UREF
PNO  5790096
ISD  19980700
NAM  Hill
OCL  345150
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  An image display system is provided with a difference calculator for
      calculating, when interlacing video signals are entered, differences
      between fields from the input interlacing video signals and
      non-interlacing video signals, into which the interlacing signals are
      converted when they are read out of a frame buffer, and a brightness
      controller for controlling the brightness of video signals in the after
      image field on the basis of the differences calculated by the difference
      calculator.
PATN
WKU  059908645
SRC  9
APN  0054720
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19980112
TTL  Converting color images to an arbitrary palette
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXP  Katbab; Abdollah
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  DeAguiar; John Ricardo
CTY  Sebastopol
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Harris; Roy V.
CTY  San Rafael
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Autodesk, Inc.
CTY  San Rafael
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345150
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1500
ICL  G66T  100
FSC  345
FSS  150
UREF
PNO  5047842
ISD  19910900
NAM  Bouman, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5384902
ISD  19950100
NAM  Carlsen et al.
UREF
PNO  5412766
ISD  19950500
NAM  Pietras et al.
UREF
PNO  5432893
ISD  19950700
NAM  Blasubramanian et al.
UREF
PNO  5471207
ISD  19951100
NAM  Zandi et al.
UREF
PNO  5619230
ISD  19970400
NAM  Edgar
UREF
PNO  5706025
ISD  19980100
NAM  Kerman
OREF
PAL  Robert W. Floyd and Louis Steinberg, "An Adaptive Algorithm for Spatial
      Greyscale," Proceedings of the S.I.D. vol. 17/2, Second Quarter, 1976, pp.
      75-77.
PAL  Michael T. Orchard and Charles A. Bouman, "Color Quantization of Images,"
      IEEE Transactions On Signal Processing, vol. 39, No. 12, Dec. 1991, pp.
      2677-2690.
LREP
FRM  Gates & Cooper
ABST
PAL  A method, apparatus, and article of manufacture for converting images to an
      arbitrary palette in a computer. A map table is created from the palette,
      wherein index entries referencing color values in the palette are stored
      at nodes in the table having coordinates derived from the referenced color
      values. For each pixel of an input datastream, the coordinates of the node
      in the map table representing a color value closest to the color value of
      the pixel are calculated from the color value for the pixel. An output
      datastream is created using the color value in the palette referenced by
      the index entry stored in the node.
PATN
WKU  059908653
SRC  8
APN  7789785
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970106
TTL  Computer interface device
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Luu; Matthew
NDR  12
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Gard; Matthew Davis
STR  3015 County Sq. Dr. #2063
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
ZIP  76006
CLAS
OCL  345156
XCL  345173
XCL  345358
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  500
FSC  345
FSS  156;157;173;174;358
UREF
PNO  4808979
ISD  19890200
NAM  DeHoff et al.
UREF
PNO  4814760
ISD  19890300
NAM  Johnston et al.
OCL  345173
UREF
PNO  4903012
ISD  19900200
NAM  Ohuchi
UREF
PNO  5101197
ISD  19920300
NAM  Hix et al.
UREF
PNO  5168531
ISD  19921200
NAM  Sigel
UREF
PNO  5319387
ISD  19940600
NAM  Yoshikawa
UREF
PNO  5325133
ISD  19940600
NAM  Adachi
UREF
PNO  5339095
ISD  19940800
NAM  Redford
UREF
PNO  5394183
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hyslop
UREF
PNO  5448261
ISD  19950900
NAM  Koike et al.
UREF
PNO  5453758
ISD  19950900
NAM  Sato
UREF
PNO  5483261
ISD  19960100
NAM  Yasutake
OCL  345173
UREF
PNO  5502459
ISD  19960300
NAM  Marshall et al.
UREF
PNO  5502803
ISD  19960300
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  345358
UREF
PNO  5528263
ISD  19960600
NAM  Platzker et al.
OCL  345156
UREF
PNO  5543588
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bisset et al.
OCL  345173
UREF
PNO  5574262
ISD  19961100
NAM  Petty
OCL  345173
UREF
PNO  5757361
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hirshik
OCL  345156
LREP
FRM  Strasburger & Price, L.L.P.
FR2  Bacon; Shireen Irani
FR2  Booth; Matthew J.
ABST
PAL  A user's movements are detected by a capacitive system having one or more
      conductors. The output from the conductors is amplified and compared to a
      table of stored output. Thus, the device can eliminate the need to touch a
      control surface. The control surface such as a computer mouse could be
      eliminated in favor of merely sensing a user's hand movement. Likewise,
      the array of conductors could be placed in a panel that could be mounted
      on a wall. Such panels could be used in a factory to sense the movement of
      workers or a machinery. Indeed, the movements could be analyzed and
      warnings sounded if a collision is predicted.
PATN
WKU  059908661
SRC  9
APN  1237152
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19980728
TTL  Pointing device with integrated physiological response detection
      facilities
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Brier; Jeffery
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Yollin; Guy D.
STR  17433 Brookhurst Dr.
CTY  Lake Oswego
STA  OR
ZIP  97034
ASSG
NAM  Yollin; Guy D.
CTY  Lake Oswego
STA  OR
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  345157
XCL  463 36
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  508
FSC  345
FSS  156;157
FSC  463
FSS  36
FSC  340
FSS  825.19
FSC  341
FSS  21
FSC  600
FSS  485;500;544-547;549;587
UREF
PNO  4293855
ISD  19811000
NAM  Perkins
UREF
PNO  4575591
ISD  19860300
NAM  Lugaresi
UREF
PNO  5034574
ISD  19910700
NAM  Martovitz
UREF
PNO  5402150
ISD  19950300
NAM  Stiles
UREF
PNO  5406957
ISD  19950400
NAM  Tansey
UREF
PNO  5428369
ISD  19950600
NAM  Pranger et al.
UREF
PNO  5474082
ISD  19951200
NAM  Junker
UREF
PNO  5539861
ISD  19960700
NAM  DeSimone
UREF
PNO  5556107
ISD  19960900
NAM  Carter
UREF
PNO  5571057
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ayers
UREF
PNO  5581484
ISD  19961200
NAM  Prince
UREF
PNO  5741217
ISD  19980400
NAM  Gero
OREF
PAL  PCT Search Report, Nov. 19, 1998, 4 pgs, for PCT application No.
      PCT/US98/15973.
LREP
FRM  Blakely Sokoloff Taylor & Zafman, LLP
ABST
PAL  A pointing device is disclosed comprising a motion translation unit and one
      or more physiological response sensors. The motion translation unit
      identifies and communicates changes in the position of the pointing device
      to a communicatively coupled host system. In accordance with the teachings
      of the present invention, the one or more physiological response sensors
      measure and communicate physiological response information of a user of
      the pointing device to the host system. In accordance with a second aspect
      of the present invention, a host system incorporating the teachings of the
      present invention utilizes physiological response information to modify
      the operating environment of the host system to suit the physiological
      state of the host system user.
PATN
WKU  059908670
SRC  8
APN  7055102
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960829
TTL  Wireless input device and wireless input method which automatically
      reduces transmitted data according to data size
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Trinh; William
EXP  Black; Thomas G.
NDR  8
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Okada; Hiroyasu
CTY  Kawanishi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishiono; Hiroaki
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kamaeguchi; Shinji
CTY  Kadoma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kodama; Mitsuo
CTY  Tsuruga
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kusunoki; Masanori
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950830
APN  7-221369
CLAS
OCL  345158
XCL  345157
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  345
FSS  158;157
FSC  370
FSS  472;913;310;311;465;470;473;476
FSC  340
FSS  825.63;825.69;825.72
UREF
PNO  4156111
ISD  19790500
NAM  Downey et al.
OCL  370472
UREF
PNO  4464718
ISD  19840800
NAM  Dixon et al.
UREF
PNO  4502038
ISD  19850200
NAM  Lowenthal et al.
UREF
PNO  5029183
ISD  19910700
NAM  Tymes
UREF
PNO  5243699
ISD  19930900
NAM  Nickolls et al.
UREF
PNO  5258999
ISD  19931100
NAM  Wernimont et al.
UREF
PNO  5321750
ISD  19940600
NAM  Nadan
UREF
PNO  5414859
ISD  19950500
NAM  Staudacher et al.
UREF
PNO  5602831
ISD  19970200
NAM  Gaskill
OCL  370252
LREP
FRM  Ratner & Prestia
ABST
PAL  In a wireless input transmission device, data is entered by input means
      such as pointing device, the value of the data is checked when
      transmitting the data, and when the data value is small and does not
      require the specified number of bits, the number of bits is decrease to
      one half or one quarter, or the difference from the previous time is
      transmitted, or the data is omitted if the present data is same as the
      previous data, and such information is given to the data quantity
      information bit, and data to be transmitted, data quantity information
      bit, and necessary data for transmission are added, and the transmission
      data is composed by decreasing the data quantity in one-input information
      depending on the data value and transmitted to the wireless receiver,
      where the transmission data is decoded according to the data quantity
      information bit and the received result is sent by wire to the main
      apparatus such as personal computer, word processor, other information
      processing apparatus, or household game machine, thereby preventing
      increase of current consumption used in communication in the wireless
      input transmission device and extending the battery life.
PATN
WKU  059908688
SRC  8
APN  8311137
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970401
TTL  Method and apparatus for performing power conservation in a pointing
      device located on a wireless data entry device
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  11
EXA  Nguyen; Francis
EXP  Hjerpe; Richard A.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Frederick; John W.
CTY  Spring
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Compaq Computer Corp.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345158
XCL  345167
XCL  345163
XCL  345168
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  508
FSC  345
FSS  163;165;167;157;158;164;166;168
FSC  395
FSS  750.01;750.06;750.04;750.05
FSC  348
FSS  589
FSC  361
FSS  680
FSC  341
FSS  176
UREF
PNO  5167024
ISD  19921100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  395750.04
UREF
PNO  5247285
ISD  19930900
NAM  Yokota et al.
OCL  361680
UREF
PNO  5648781
ISD  19970700
NAM  Choi
OCL  341176
LREP
FRM  Vinson & Elkins, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A remote control input device for use with a computer system is disclosed.
      The remote control input device typically includes means for wirelessly
      connecting the remote control input device to the computer system, a
      trackball, coupled to the connecting means for manipulating a pointing
      icon displayed on the video monitor, and a power source that powers the
      remote control input device. The remote control input device further
      includes a power management means for managing the power of the power
      source by monitoring the status and activity of the trackball used on the
      remote control input device. The remote control input device typically
      includes a first set of keys that provide input to the computer system and
      a second set of keys that are assigned to the trackball that control the
      pointing icon manipulated by the trackball. Additionally, the remote
      control input device may be a keyboard type arrangement with a trackball
      attached and first and second wrist wings can be located adjacent on
      either side of the keys typically below the key set in order to provide
      adequate support of the wrists during operation.
PATN
WKU  059908696
SRC  8
APN  8025819
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970219
TTL  Force feedback mouse
ISD  19991123
NCL  47
ECL  1
EXP  Wu; Daniel J.
NDR  5
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Kubica; Eric Gregory
CTY  Waterloo
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Tuer; Kevin Lloyd
CTY  Stratford
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Madill; Daniel Richard
CTY  Waterloo
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Krauel; Kevin Brian
CTY  Waterloo
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Alliance Technologies Corp.
CTY  Kitchener
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  345163
XCL  345161
XCL  345157
XCL  345167
XCL   33  1M
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  3033
ICL  G09G  508
FSC  345
FSS  156;157;184;173;168;161;163;167
FSC   33
FSS  1 M
UREF
PNO  2424773
ISD  19470700
NAM  Rieber
UREF
PNO  2984720
ISD  19610500
NAM  Fisher
UREF
PNO  3091130
ISD  19630500
NAM  Payerle et al.
UREF
PNO  3550466
ISD  19701200
NAM  Ham
UREF
PNO  3701963
ISD  19721000
NAM  Kasazima
UREF
PNO  3707093
ISD  19721200
NAM  Worden
UREF
PNO  3919691
ISD  19751100
NAM  Noll
UREF
PNO  3940674
ISD  19760200
NAM  Gill
UREF
PNO  4127841
ISD  19781100
NAM  Kato et al.
UREF
PNO  4200780
ISD  19800400
NAM  Romano
UREF
PNO  4216467
ISD  19800800
NAM  Colston
UREF
PNO  4414438
ISD  19831100
NAM  Maier et al.
UREF
PNO  4459578
ISD  19840700
NAM  Sava et al.
UREF
PNO  4491325
ISD  19850100
NAM  Bersheim
UREF
PNO  4509383
ISD  19850400
NAM  Yeh
UREF
PNO  4532817
ISD  19850800
NAM  Chaki
UREF
PNO  4533899
ISD  19850800
NAM  Isaksson
UREF
PNO  4584443
ISD  19860400
NAM  Yaeger
UREF
PNO  4590339
ISD  19860500
NAM  Scott-Jackson et al.
UREF
PNO  4604016
ISD  19860800
NAM  Joyce
UREF
PNO  4660828
ISD  19870400
NAM  Weiss
UREF
PNO  4685678
ISD  19870800
NAM  Frederiksen
UREF
PNO  4692756
ISD  19870900
NAM  Clark
UREF
PNO  4748441
ISD  19880500
NAM  Brzezinski
UREF
PNO  4766423
ISD  19880800
NAM  Ono et al.
UREF
PNO  4769517
ISD  19880900
NAM  Swinney
UREF
PNO  4782327
ISD  19881100
NAM  Kley et al.
UREF
PNO  4800721
ISD  19890100
NAM  Cemenska et al.
UREF
PNO  4814682
ISD  19890300
NAM  Yamada
UREF
PNO  4820162
ISD  19890400
NAM  Ross
UREF
PNO  4868549
ISD  19890900
NAM  Affinito et al.
UREF
PNO  4870389
ISD  19890900
NAM  Ishiwata et al.
UREF
PNO  4879556
ISD  19891100
NAM  Duimel
UREF
PNO  4908791
ISD  19900300
NAM  Giorgio
UREF
PNO  4947701
ISD  19900800
NAM  Hegg
UREF
PNO  4961138
ISD  19901000
NAM  Gorniak
UREF
PNO  4962448
ISD  19901000
NAM  DeMaio et al.
UREF
PNO  5059789
ISD  19911000
NAM  Salcudena
UREF
PNO  5086296
ISD  19920200
NAM  Clark
UREF
PNO  5087904
ISD  19920200
NAM  DeVolpi
UREF
PNO  5103404
ISD  19920400
NAM  McIntosh
UREF
PNO  5146566
ISD  19920900
NAM  Hollis, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5186629
ISD  19930200
NAM  Rohen
UREF
PNO  5189355
ISD  19930200
NAM  Larkins et al.
UREF
PNO  5191320
ISD  19930300
NAM  MacKay
UREF
PNO  5223828
ISD  19930600
NAM  McKiel, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5228356
ISD  19930700
NAM  Chuang
UREF
PNO  5305429
ISD  19940400
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  395119
UREF
PNO  5345214
ISD  19940900
NAM  Tsui
UREF
PNO  5354162
ISD  19941000
NAM  Burdea et al.
UREF
PNO  5374924
ISD  19941200
NAM  McKiel, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5377950
ISD  19950100
NAM  Salcudena et al.
UREF
PNO  5382885
ISD  19950100
NAM  Salcudean et al.
UREF
PNO  5396266
ISD  19950300
NAM  Brimhall
UREF
PNO  5429140
ISD  19950700
NAM  Burdea et al.
UREF
PNO  5491477
ISD  19960200
NAM  Clark et al.
UREF
PNO  5506605
ISD  19960400
NAM  Paley
UREF
PNO  5513100
ISD  19960400
NAM  Parker et al.
UREF
PNO  5576727
ISD  19961100
NAM  Rosenberg et al.
OCL  345179
UREF
PNO  5709219
ISD  19980100
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  128782
UREF
PNO  5724068
ISD  19980300
NAM  Sanchez et al.
OCL  345161
UREF
PNO  5739811
ISD  19980400
NAM  Rosenberg et al.
OCL  345161
UREF
PNO  5742278
ISD  19980400
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  345156
UREF
PNO  5800177
ISD  19980900
NAM  Gillio
OCL  434262
FREF
PNO  0489469
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  56-183116
ISD  19811100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  05150795
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2260389
ISD  19930400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9607965
ISD  19960000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9618942
ISD  19960000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Dynamic Systems and Control, vol. 1, ASME 1994 "On the Development of a
      Force-Feedback Mouse and its Integration into a Graphical User Interface".
PAL  Fukui et al., "Edge Tracing of Virtual Shape Using Input Device with Force
      Feedback", 1992, vol. 23, pp. 94-104.
PAL  Szakaly et al., "Force-Feedback Cursor Control", May 1990, p. 413.
PAL  Hirota et al., "Development of Surface Display", pp. 256-262, Sep. 18, 1993
     .
LREP
FRM  Howard & Howard
ABST
PAL  A computer interface includes an input device and display connected to a
      CPU. The input device generally comprises a mouse movable along an X-axis
      or Y-axis, resulting in a corresponding movement of a cursor on the
      display. A pair of motors impart a force upon the mouse along the X-axis
      and the Y-axis. The motors provide force feedback based upon movement of
      the mouse and based upon interaction of the cursor with objects displayed
      on the display.
PATN
WKU  059908700
SRC  8
APN  9257209
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19970909
TTL  Finger rest structure of computer mouse
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Osorio; Ricardo
EXP  Shalwala; Bipin H.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Chen; Mei-Yun
STR  3F, No. 2, Lane 42, Hou-Kang St.
CTY  Shih-Lin Dist., Taipei
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Yeh; Fu-Kuo
STR  3F, No. 2, Lane 42, Hou-Kang St.
CTY  Shih-Lin Dist., Taipei
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  345163
XCL  345156
XCL  345161
XCL  345168
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  508
FSC  345
FSS  156;157;163;168;161;169
UREF
PNO  4862165
ISD  19890800
NAM  Gart
OCL  345163
UREF
PNO  4913573
ISD  19900400
NAM  Retter
OCL  345163
UREF
PNO  4917516
ISD  19900400
NAM  Retter
OCL  345163
UREF
PNO  4963858
ISD  19901000
NAM  Chien
OCL  345157
UREF
PNO  5063376
ISD  19911100
NAM  Chang
OCL  345163
UREF
PNO  5260696
ISD  19931100
NAM  Maynard, Jr.
OCL  345163
UREF
PNO  5490647
ISD  19960200
NAM  Rice
OCL  248118.1
UREF
PNO  5764164
ISD  19980600
NAM  Cartabiano et al.
OCL  341 22
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A finger rest structure of computer mouse, including a housing having a
      profile substantially suitable for manual operation of a user and a finger
      rest unit including at least one rest plate transversely projecting from a
      lateral side of the housing for a finger to rest thereon. Two rest plates
      are respectively disposed on left and right sides of the housing near
      front and rear ends. Alternatively, the rest plate is integrally connected
      along the rear side and a part of lateral side of the housing.
      Alternatively, the rest plates are pivotally and foldably connected with
      the housing or disposed at two ends of a rotary plate which is rotatably
      disposed under the housing, whereby the rest plate can be selectively
      extended or retracted. The rest plate serves to bear most of the weight of
      the hand and reduce the frictional force of the hand against the table
      face. Also, the rest plate enlarges the bottom area of the mouse, whereby
      the mouse can more closely attach to the table face during moving and the
      control of the mouse is facilitated.
PATN
WKU  059908718
SRC  8
APN  4224841
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19950412
TTL  Ergonomic pointing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Wu; Xu-Ming
EXP  Saras; Steven J.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Adams; Aditha May
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Kaneko; Steven T.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  van Engelen; Ferdinand
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Alviar; Christopher
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Liu; Dick C. K.
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Kim; Dana
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Greenberg; Bridget Cameron
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Microsoft Corporation
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345167
XCL  345157
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  508
FSC  345
FSS  167;157;156;158;159;160;163;166
FSC  D14
FSS  110;114
FSC   74
FSS  471 XY
FSC  463
FSS  37;38;46;47
UREF
PNO  D272921
ISD  19840300
NAM  Kim
OCL  D21 48
UREF
PNO  D281776
ISD  19851200
NAM  Griffin
OCL  D21 48
UREF
PNO  D291318
ISD  19870800
NAM  Kim
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D292600
ISD  19871100
NAM  Wagner
OCL  D21 48
UREF
PNO  D299140
ISD  19881200
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D302010
ISD  19890700
NAM  McLaughlin et al.
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D315552
ISD  19910300
NAM  Sacherman
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D326261
ISD  19920500
NAM  Ashmun et al.
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D335656
ISD  19930500
NAM  Garthwaite et al.
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D347628
ISD  19940600
NAM  Ashmun et al.
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D350344
ISD  19940900
NAM  Nakada
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  3395589
ISD  19680800
NAM  Gersten
OCL   74471
UREF
PNO  3625083
ISD  19711200
NAM  Bose
OCL   74471
UREF
PNO  4404865
ISD  19830900
NAM  Kim
OCL   74471
UREF
PNO  4533830
ISD  19850800
NAM  Beauprey
OCL  250231
UREF
PNO  4538476
ISD  19850900
NAM  Luque
OCL   74471
UREF
PNO  4562347
ISD  19851200
NAM  Hovey et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  4581609
ISD  19860400
NAM  Hosogoe et al.
OCL  340710
UREF
PNO  4786892
ISD  19881100
NAM  Kubo et al.
OCL  340365
UREF
PNO  4799049
ISD  19890100
NAM  Avila
OCL  340709
UREF
PNO  4801931
ISD  19890100
NAM  Schmidt
OCL  340710
UREF
PNO  4823634
ISD  19890400
NAM  Culver
OCL   74471
UREF
PNO  4913387
ISD  19900400
NAM  Tice
OCL  248918
UREF
PNO  4952919
ISD  19900800
NAM  Nippoldt
OCL  340710
UREF
PNO  5008528
ISD  19910400
NAM  Duchon
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5122654
ISD  19920600
NAM  Koh et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5187468
ISD  19930200
NAM  Garthwaite et al.
OCL  340709
UREF
PNO  5252970
ISD  19931000
NAM  Baronowsky
OCL  345154
UREF
PNO  5268675
ISD  19931200
NAM  Garthwaite et al.
OCL  345163
UREF
PNO  5281958
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ashmun et al.
OCL  345157
UREF
PNO  5334997
ISD  19940800
NAM  Scallon
OCL  345167
UREF
PNO  5340067
ISD  19940800
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  248118.5
FREF
PNO  0509337A2
ISD  19921000
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F  116
FREF
PNO  2154306
ISD  19950900
CNT  GBX
ICL  G05G  904
OREF
PAL  Krohn, Nico, "Two Prohance Trackballs Offer Easy Thumb Control," Infoworld,
      Oct. 1, 1990.
PAL  Lusty, Susan and Lincoln Spector, "Keyboards, Mice, and Trackballs With the
      Personal Touch," PC World, Jum. 1990.
PAL  Webster, Bruce F., "The Macintosh Portable," MACWORLD, Nov. 1989.
PAL  "Formative studies in the development of a new computer pointing device for
      young children" Erik F. Strommen, Educational Technology/Apr. 1992.
LREP
FRM  Seed and Berry LLP
ABST
PAL  A pointing device that is ergonomically designed is shown and described. In
      a preferred embodiment designed for children aged 2-6, a relatively large
      ball is provided in a housing which has a gripping area or handle for each
      hand of a user, a portion of the ball extending from an upper surface of
      the housing. A button is provided in a front region of the housing, the
      placement, shape and size of the button being configured to optimize the
      target area and activation of the button by the user. The size of the ball
      and the configuration of the housing provide a pointing device that is
      easy and comfortable for a child aged 2-6 to use, the pointing device
      being designed to accommodate the hand size, motor control, and postural
      needs of young children.
PATN
WKU  059908726
SRC  8
APN  7406525
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19961031
TTL  Keyboard control of a pointing device of a computer
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Tweel, Jr.; John
EXP  Wu; Daniel J.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Jorgenson; Rodney W.
CTY  Sioux City
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Grasso; Anthony M.
CTY  North Sioux City
STA  SD
INVT
NAM  Ritter; Michael J.
CTY  Sioux City
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Sassman; Michael R.
CTY  Sioux City
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  Gateway 2000, Inc.
CTY  North Sioux City
STA  SD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345168
XCL  345157
XCL  345160
XCL  345172
XCL  36470912
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  500
FSC  345
FSS  168;172;157;145;160;146
FSC  364
FSS  709.11;709.12;709.16
FSC  341
FSS  22
UREF
PNO  4514726
ISD  19850400
NAM  Whetstone et al.
OCL  340710
UREF
PNO  4931781
ISD  19900600
NAM  Miyakawa
OCL  340706
UREF
PNO  4937778
ISD  19900600
NAM  Wolf et al.
OCL  345168
UREF
PNO  4994795
ISD  19910200
NAM  MacKenzie
OCL  340710
UREF
PNO  5186629
ISD  19930200
NAM  Rohen
OCL  434114
UREF
PNO  5197147
ISD  19930300
NAM  Long et al.
OCL  364709.12
UREF
PNO  5214421
ISD  19930500
NAM  Vernon et al.
OCL  345168
UREF
PNO  5305449
ISD  19940400
NAM  Ulenas
OCL  346160
UREF
PNO  5331337
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kabeya et al.
OCL  345172
UREF
PNO  5404321
ISD  19950400
NAM  Mattox
OCL  345172
UREF
PNO  5550562
ISD  19960800
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  345163
UREF
PNO  5563628
ISD  19961000
NAM  Stroop
OCL  345156
UREF
PNO  5608895
ISD  19970300
NAM  Lee
OCL  345157
UREF
PNO  5623261
ISD  19970400
NAM  Rose
OCL  345172
FREF
PNO  0 596 594
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0602947
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  29615333
ISD  19961000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO96/06486
ISD  19960200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Mouse with Ears", Reproduced from Research Disclosure, No. 332, Kenneth
      Mason Publications Ltd, England, 1 page (Dec. 1991).
PAL  "Multimedia: Panasonic introduces multimedia notebook PC with Pentium 90
      MHz CPU", EDGE: Work-Group Computer Report, vol. 6; No. 270; p. 21, EDGE
      Publishing, 5 pages, (Jul. 24, 1995).
PAL  "Panasonic notebook has internal CD-ROM drive", Newsbyte News Network, 2
      pages. (Sep. 21, 1994).
PAL  Messmer, H., "The Indispensable PC Hardware Book--Your Hardware Questions
      Answered", Second Edition, Addison-Wesley Publlishing Company, (1995).
PAL  "Toshiba delivers first mobile Pentium notebook computer", Business Wire;
      Section 1, p. 1, 4 pages, (Oct. 10, 1994).
PAL  Duncan, R., "An Examination of DevH1p API; writing OS-2 biomodal device
      drivers", Microsoft Systems Journal, vol. 3, No. 2, p. 39, 11 pages, (Mar.
      1988).
PAL  Hildreth, S., "DISCUIT: V1.4 Compact Disc Player", America Online; File:
      DISC104.ZIP 1 page, (Nov. 29, 1995).
PAL  Knize, R., "SUPERCD: Super CD v2.5 Music CD Player", America Online; File
      DUPRCD@$.ZIP, 2 pages, (Feb. 17, 1996).
PAL  Moon, C.G., "PROCD: V5.05 CD Music Player", America Online; File:
      PROCD505.EXE, 2 pages, (Jun. 22, 1994).
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg, Woessner & Kluth P.A.
FR2  Claiborne; Anthony
ABST
PAL  A computerized system for keyboard control of a pointing device of a
      computer. The computer has a computer keyboard, a controller and a basic
      input/output system (BIOS). The keyboard has a plurality of keys for entry
      of one or more predetermined sequences of one or more keystrokes by a user
      of the computer, each sequence corresponding to a control instruction of
      the pointing device. The controller detects entry of the sequences by the
      user on the keyboard, and furthermore processes signals received from the
      pointing device. The BIOS is operatively coupled to the controller, and in
      response to the controller detecting a predetermined sequence of
      keystrokes entered by the user on the keyboard operating sends the
      controller a corresponding instruction as to whether the controller should
      listen to or ignore signals received from the pointing device.
      Alternatively, the functionality of the BIOS as to the pointing device is
      incorporated within the keyboard. Alternatively still, the BIOS acts on
      the instructions, instead of the controller acting on the instructions.
PATN
WKU  059908734
SRC  8
APN  6142591
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19960312
TTL  Single-key input system
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Chanh
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Susumu
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ikegaya; Tadahiko
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katsurabayashi; Masahiko
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shigeeda; Nobuyuki
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19891003
APN  1-261767
RLAP
COD  71
APN  895448
APD  19920608
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  587048
APD  19900924
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  345173
XCL  345104
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  500
FSC  340
FSS  706;707;709;712
FSC  178
FSS  18;19
FSC  358
FSS  468
FSC  382
FSS  13;59;48
FSC  379
FSS  355;357;100
FSC  345
FSS  156;157;173;179;182;180;104;146;113;134
UREF
PNO  4656317
ISD  19870400
NAM  Tsugei et al.
OCL  178 18
UREF
PNO  4703412
ISD  19871000
NAM  Cunningham
UREF
PNO  4720703
ISD  19880100
NAM  Schnarel, Jr. et al.
OCL  345145
UREF
PNO  4750151
ISD  19880600
NAM  Baus
UREF
PNO  4764951
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kotani et al.
OCL  379100
UREF
PNO  4786896
ISD  19881100
NAM  Harte
OCL  340712
UREF
PNO  4937762
ISD  19900600
NAM  Todome
OCL  340706
UREF
PNO  4939507
ISD  19900700
NAM  Beard et al.
OCL  345345
UREF
PNO  4953226
ISD  19900800
NAM  Matsuyama
OCL  382 13
UREF
PNO  5119079
ISD  19920600
NAM  Hube et al.
OCL  345146
FREF
PNO  0 066 965
ISD  19821200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 093 509
ISD  19831100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0272070A2
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 277 609
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 319 460
ISD  19731000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3117207A1
ISD  19820200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3126886A1
ISD  19830100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3620938A1
ISD  19880100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3809683A1
ISD  19890300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3409532C2
ISD  19890600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3726208C2
ISD  19890700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  62-171243
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-48239
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-151151
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-52351
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 087 611
ISD  19820500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 153 122
ISD  19850800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 154 349
ISD  19850900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 219 675
ISD  19891200
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  PCT Publication WO 90/08372, Jul. 26, 1990.
PAL  Lobel et al., "Lexikon der Datenverarbeitung." mi verlag modern industrie,
      1969, p. 240.
PAL  "Digitalisiertablett DIGIT-01," Digital Equipment Hildrand,,
      "Tough-Sensitive Screen Proximate and Electronically Composable Display,"
      IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, Jun. 1984, vol. 27, No. 1A.
PAL  Hildebrand, D.B., IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, Touch-Sensitive Screen
      Proximate and Electronically Composable Display, vol. 27, No. 1A, Jun.
      1984, pp. 43-44, New York.
PAL  Japanese Patent Abstract, JP-59066737, vol. 8, No. 171, Aug. 8, 1984.
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 20, No. 4, pp. 1466-1468, Sep.
      1977, New York.
PAL  Texas Instruments Programmable Computer TI-66 Handbook, pp. 1-65, 1983.
PAL  L. Alen, "Multi-pad--A New Concept for Data Input" der elekroniker, No. 2,
      pp. 56-60, (1986).
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A single key input system for an apparatus such as a facsimile machine
      having a plurality of operations. A set sequence of functions each of
      which would normally require the entering of a separate key may be
      executed by a single key. A coordinate input unit has operator
      designatable areas. The set sequence of operations is programmed into the
      apparatus and executed by indicating a designated area. Therefore, the
      operator can both create a set sequence of functions which are executable
      through a single key and can designate the location of that key.
PATN
WKU  059908742
SRC  8
APN  9014810
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970728
TTL  Protective cover for a portable apparatus touch panel
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Awad; Amr
EXP  Saras; Steven J.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Tsumura; Toshiyuki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Naito; Yoshihisa
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960802
APN  8-204438
CLAS
OCL  345173
XCL  345175
XCL  345100
XCL  345104
XCL  382185
XCL  382187
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  500
FSC  345
FSS  100;175;104;173
FSC  382
FSS  187;185
UREF
PNO  4899137
ISD  19900200
NAM  Behrens
OCL  361 58
UREF
PNO  5233502
ISD  19930800
NAM  Beatty et al.
OCL  345172
UREF
PNO  5341154
ISD  19940800
NAM  Bird
OCL  345173
UREF
PNO  5584054
ISD  19961200
NAM  Tyneski et al.
OCL  345156
UREF
PNO  5646649
ISD  19970700
NAM  Iwata et al.
OCL  345100
LREP
FRM  Pearne, Gordon, McCoy & Granger LLP
ABST
PAL  A portable apparatus including a transparent and flexible protective lid
      which openably and closably covers a touch pad which also serves as a
      display screen. The lid has a U-shaped slit portion formed therein and has
      a protrusion on a surface of the U-shaped slit portion facing the touch
      panel. When the protective lid is closed, the slit portion may be pushed
      down to actuate the touch panel. When the protective lid is open, the
      touch panel may be directly actuated.
PATN
WKU  059908750
SRC  8
APN  5437873
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19951016
TTL  Double pen up event
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Chow; Dennis-Doon
NDR  75
NFG  95
INVT
NAM  Bi; Depeng
CTY  Wheeling
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  George; Jose T.
CTY  Bloomingdale
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Packard Bell Nec
CTY  Sacramento
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345179
XCL  345156
XCL  178 18
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  500
FSC  345
FSS  179;173;180;186
FSC  178
FSS  18;19
FSC  395
FSS  804
FSC  382
FSS  179;187;202
UREF
PNO  4005388
ISD  19770100
NAM  Morley et al.
OCL  340172.5
UREF
PNO  4876742
ISD  19891000
NAM  Vacon et al.
OCL  455 66
UREF
PNO  4878051
ISD  19891000
NAM  Andros et al.
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  4916441
ISD  19900400
NAM  Gombrich
OCL  340712
UREF
PNO  4942534
ISD  19900700
NAM  Yokoyama et al.
OCL  364468
UREF
PNO  4974173
ISD  19901100
NAM  Stefik et al.
OCL  364521
UREF
PNO  5047958
ISD  19910900
NAM  Comins et al.
OCL  364521
UREF
PNO  5049862
ISD  19910900
NAM  Dao et al.
OCL  340706
UREF
PNO  5148155
ISD  19920900
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  340712
UREF
PNO  5155837
ISD  19921000
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5157384
ISD  19921000
NAM  Greanias et al.
OCL  340706
UREF
PNO  5194852
ISD  19930300
NAM  More et al.
OCL  340712
UREF
PNO  5204768
ISD  19930400
NAM  Tsakiris et al.
OCL  359148
UREF
PNO  5210854
ISD  19930500
NAM  Beaverton et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5239652
ISD  19930800
NAM  Seibert et al.
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5241303
ISD  19930800
NAM  Register et al.
OCL  340706
UREF
PNO  5260697
ISD  19931100
NAM  Barrett et al.
OCL  345173
UREF
PNO  5261056
ISD  19931100
NAM  Moran et al.
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5276839
ISD  19940100
NAM  Robb et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5305384
ISD  19940400
NAM  Ashby et al.
OCL  380 29
UREF
PNO  5307297
ISD  19940400
NAM  Iguchi et al.
OCL  364708.1
UREF
PNO  5309351
ISD  19940500
NAM  McCain et al.
OCL  340825.06
UREF
PNO  5313051
ISD  19940500
NAM  Brigida et al.
OCL  235375
UREF
PNO  5315711
ISD  19940500
NAM  Barone et al.
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5321840
ISD  19940600
NAM  Ahlin et al.
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5327161
ISD  19940700
NAM  Logan et al.
OCL  345157
UREF
PNO  5327531
ISD  19940700
NAM  Bealkowski et al.
OCL  395164
UREF
PNO  5329625
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kannan et al.
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5341503
ISD  19940800
NAM  Gladstein et al.
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5347295
ISD  19940900
NAM  Aguinick et al.
OCL  345156
UREF
PNO  5355503
ISD  19941000
NAM  Soffel et al.
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5371738
ISD  19941200
NAM  Moelard et al.
OCL  370 85.1
UREF
PNO  5375230
ISD  19941200
NAM  Fujimori
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5396443
ISD  19950300
NAM  Mese et al.
OCL  364707
UREF
PNO  5404458
ISD  19950400
NAM  Zetts
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5421009
ISD  19950500
NAM  Platt
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5423045
ISD  19950600
NAM  Kannan et al.
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5430877
ISD  19950700
NAM  Naylor
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5434972
ISD  19950700
NAM  Hamlin
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5440502
ISD  19950800
NAM  Register
OCL  364708.1
UREF
PNO  5455822
ISD  19951000
NAM  Dixon et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5457478
ISD  19951000
NAM  Frank
OCL  345158
UREF
PNO  5461667
ISD  19951000
NAM  Remillard
OCL  379 96
UREF
PNO  5467102
ISD  19951100
NAM  Kuno et al.
OCL  345  1
UREF
PNO  5485171
ISD  19960100
NAM  Copper et al.
OCL  345160
UREF
PNO  5491495
ISD  19960200
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  345173
UREF
PNO  5495593
ISD  19960200
NAM  Elmer et al.
OCL  395430
UREF
PNO  5504746
ISD  19960400
NAM  Meier
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5508713
ISD  19960400
NAM  Okouchi
OCL  345  1
UREF
PNO  5515509
ISD  19960500
NAM  Rom
OCL  395200.1
UREF
PNO  5519843
ISD  19960500
NAM  Moran et al.
OCL  395430
UREF
PNO  5519878
ISD  19960500
NAM  Dolin, Jr.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5526023
ISD  19960600
NAM  Sugimoto et al.
OCL  345173
UREF
PNO  5526287
ISD  19960600
NAM  French
OCL  364550
UREF
PNO  5528743
ISD  19960600
NAM  Tou et al.
OCL  395148
UREF
PNO  5533147
ISD  19960700
NAM  Arai et al.
OCL  345179
UREF
PNO  5534893
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hansen, Jr. et al.
OCL  345179
UREF
PNO  5535357
ISD  19960700
NAM  Moran et al.
OCL  395430
UREF
PNO  5543588
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bisset et al.
OCL  178 18
UREF
PNO  5553296
ISD  19960900
NAM  Forrest et al.
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5555157
ISD  19960900
NAM  Moller et al.
OCL  361683
UREF
PNO  5561446
ISD  19961000
NAM  Montlick
OCL  345173
UREF
PNO  5564020
ISD  19961000
NAM  Rossi
OCL  395200.15
UREF
PNO  5568645
ISD  19961000
NAM  Morris et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5583542
ISD  19961200
NAM  Capps et al.
OCL  345173
UREF
PNO  5590373
ISD  19961200
NAM  Whitley et al.
OCL  395828
UREF
PNO  5594462
ISD  19970100
NAM  Fishman et al.
OCL  345  2
UREF
PNO  5594731
ISD  19970100
NAM  Reissner
OCL  370338
UREF
PNO  5597307
ISD  19970100
NAM  Redford et al.
OCL  434118
UREF
PNO  5600801
ISD  19970200
NAM  Parks et al.
OCL  395282
UREF
PNO  5602854
ISD  19970200
NAM  Luse et al.
OCL  370313
UREF
PNO  5623677
ISD  19970400
NAM  Townsley et al.
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5628055
ISD  19970500
NAM  Stein
OCL  455 89
UREF
PNO  5636371
ISD  19970600
NAM  Yu
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5642185
ISD  19970600
NAM  Altreith, III et al.
OCL  399 81
FREF
PNO  0 279 558
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  "Real-Time Extension to X-Windows Provide Deterministic Graphics, " by
      Computer Technology Review, May, 1993, vol. 13, No. 6, pp. 27-31.
PAL  "Flash Memory Bios for PC and Notebook Computers," Jerry Jex, IEEE, pp.
      692-695, (1991).
PAL  "Embedded Processor Applications for Sonet Telecommunication Systems," Doug
      Bush, Wescon/95 Conference, IEEE, pp. 377-381, (1995).
PAL  "A Wireless Network in MosquitoNet", IEEE/Micro, Stuart Cheshire pp. 44-52,
      (1996).
PAL  "Mobile IP, Ad-Hoc Networking and Nomadicity," COMP-SAC, 1996, IEEE, pp.
      472-476.
LREP
FRM  Fitch, Even, Tabin & Flannery
ABST
PAL  A pen-based computer system device includes a digitizer and utilizes a
      passive stylus as an input device. The system emulates standard two-button
      mouse functions by generating data packets corresponding to the x-y
      coordinates of the stylus for each pen-down event. In order to prevent
      malfunction of the system, a plurality of packets are generated for each
      pen-up event to prevent maloperation of the system in the event a data
      packet for a pen-up event is lost or garbled.
PATN
WKU  059908769
SRC  8
APN  9644334
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971104
TTL  Method and apparatus with reduced look-up tables for converting RGB
      color space signals to YCbCr color space signals
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Tung; Kee M.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Shyu; Rong-Fuh
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Winbond Electronics Corp.
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  763539
APD  19961210
PSC  01
PNO  5841422
CLAS
OCL  345199
XCL  345154
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  506
FSC  345
FSS  153;154;199
FSC  358
FSS  518;520
FSC  348
FSS  577;557;660
UREF
PNO  4507676
ISD  19850300
NAM  Dischert et al.
OCL  348660
UREF
PNO  4742386
ISD  19880500
NAM  Wilkinson
OCL  358 13
UREF
PNO  4829455
ISD  19890500
NAM  Long et al.
OCL  364521
UREF
PNO  4835599
ISD  19890500
NAM  Sigel
OCL  358 30
UREF
PNO  5124688
ISD  19920600
NAM  Rumball
OCL  345199
UREF
PNO  5262847
ISD  19931100
NAM  Rodriguez et al.
OCL  358 21R
UREF
PNO  5504821
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kanamori et al.
OCL  382167
UREF
PNO  5510852
ISD  19960400
NAM  Shyu
OCL  348660
UREF
PNO  5541658
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ishiwata
OCL  348394
UREF
PNO  5798753
ISD  19980800
NAM  Zhou et al.
OCL  345154
UREF
PNO  5818613
ISD  19981000
NAM  Masterson et al.
OCL  358520
UREF
PNO  5821919
ISD  19981000
NAM  Coelho
OCL  345154
UREF
PNO  5841422
ISD  19981100
NAM  Shyu
OCL  345154
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
ABST
PAL  In a method and apparatus for reducing the number of matrix operations when
      converting digitized RGB color space signals to digitized YCbCr color
      space signals, at least two color difference signals, each being in terms
      of any two of the digitized RGB color space signals, are generated before
      performing first, second, third and fourth matrix multiplication
      operations of the color difference signals. The first and second matrix
      multiplication operations have first and second results to be used in
      conversion for the digitized Y color space signal. The third matrix
      multiplication operation has a third result to be used in conversion for
      the digitized Cb color space signal. The fourth matrix multiplication
      operation has a fourth result to be used in conversion for the digitized
      Cr color space signal. One of the first and second matrix multiplication
      operations and one of the third and fourth matrix multiplication
      operations are associated with the same one of the color difference
      signals and are jointly implemented in a single look-up table unit.
PATN
WKU  059908777
SRC  8
APN  7919034
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19970131
TTL  Driving circuit of an active matrix liquid crystal display
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Frenel; Vanel
EXP  Mengistu; Amare
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Yeo; Ju Cheon
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Electronics Inc.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960304
APN  1996-5554
CLAS
OCL  345204
XCL  345 92
EDF  6
ICL  G09G  500
FSC  345
FSS  204;92;90;93;87-104
FSC  349
FSS  42;48
UREF
PNO  4429305
ISD  19840100
NAM  Hosokawa et al.
OCL  340784
UREF
PNO  4532506
ISD  19850700
NAM  Kitazima
OCL  340784
UREF
PNO  4904989
ISD  19900200
NAM  Matsui
OCL  340719
UREF
PNO  5194974
ISD  19930300
NAM  Hamada
OCL  359 59
UREF
PNO  5412397
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kanatani
OCL  345 99
UREF
PNO  5748175
ISD  19980500
NAM  Shimada
OCL  345127
FREF
PNO  5289632
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5143023
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1996-5554
ISD  19960300
CNT  KRX
OREF
PAL  "Display System", MacDonald et al, 1997, p. 178.
LREP
FRM  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
ABST
PAL  A driving circuit of an active matrix liquid crystal display, including a
      gate driving circuit for applying gate driving signals, the gate driving
      circuit including a shift register and a buffer; a data driving circuit
      for applying data driving signals, the data driving circuit including a
      shift register, a buffer, a visual signal input line, and a plurality of
      pass gate transistors for outputting visual signals input from the visual
      signal input line in response to signals input from the buffer, a gate and
      a source of each pass gate transistor being connected to the buffer and
      the visual signal input line, respectively; and a data output representing
      unit connected to the gate driving circuit and the data driving circuit,
      the data output representing unit including a plurality of data bus lines
      and scan bus lines crossing each other, the data bus lines and the scan
      bus lines being connected to the data driving circuit and the gate driving
      circuit, respectively, a plurality of auxiliary thin film transistors, one
      of which is respectively connected at each intersection of the data bus
      lines and scan bus lines, gates and sources of the auxiliary thin film
      transistors being connected to the data bus lines and the scan bus lines,
      respectively, and a plurality of pixel thin film transistors, one of which
      is respectively connected at each intersection, gates and sources of the
      pixel thin film transistors being connected to drains of the auxiliary
      thin film transistors and the next data bus lines, respectively.
PATN
WKU  059908785
SRC  8
APN  6487033
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960516
TTL  Sign language editing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Good-Johnson; Motilewa
EXP  Zimmerman; Mark K.
NDR  30
NFG  37
INVT
NAM  Ikeda; Hisashi
CTY  Kokubunji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sagawa; Hirohiko
CTY  Kodaira
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakiyama; Tomoko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohki; Masaru
CTY  Tokorozawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kaneko; Youichi
CTY  Kodaira
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950518
APN  7-144123
CLAS
OCL  345302
XCL  345474
XCL  345475
XCL  707532
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  345
FSS  156;122;473-475;302
FSC  395
FSS  173-175;806;807;949-960;753
FSC  707
FSS  532
UREF
PNO  4884972
ISD  19891200
NAM  Gasper
OCL  434185
UREF
PNO  5659764
ISD  19970800
NAM  Sakiyama et al.
OCL  395753
FREF
PNO  0 466 154
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 586 259
ISD  19940900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  06251123
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  06337627
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  06337628
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  07311545
ISD  19951100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Sakiyama et al., "A Generation Method for Real-Time Sign Language
      Animation", Transactions of the Institute of Electronics, Information and
      Communication Engineers, v. J79D-II, Feb. 1996.
PAL  Sagawa et al., "Sign-Language Recognition Method Using Compressed
      Continuous DP Matching", Tansactions of the Institute of Electronics,
      Information and Communication Engineers, v. J77-D-II, pp. 753-763, 1994.
PAL  Liddell et al., Japanese Journal of Sign Linguistics, Japanese Sign
      Linguistics Association, v. 12, pp. 31-37, 1991.
PAL  Kanda et al., "The II Trial Version of JSL Computerized Dictionary", 1994.
PAL  Xu et al., "Gesture Description and Structure of a Dictionary for
      Intelligent Communication of Sign Language Images", Electronics and
      Communications in Japan Part III, v. 77 abstract, 1994.
PAL  Xu et al., "Gesture description and structure of a dictionary for
      intelligent communication of sign language images", Electronics and
      Communications in Japan, pp. 62-74, Mar. 1994.
PAL  Applications and Impacts: Information Processing, 1994 Hamburg, Aug.
      28-Sep. 2, 1994; vol. 2; Edited by K. Brunnstein and E. Raubold; pp.
      702-707 "Computer assistance in learning sign language" by R.
      Schulmeister.
PAL  Eurographics, Vienna, Sep. 2-6, 1991; Edited by F.H. Post and W. Barth; pp.
      33-45; "Faces: Facial Animation, Construction and Editing System" by M.
      Patel, et al.
PAL  Computer Graphics, vol. 17, Jul. 1983; U.S. pp. 105-114 "Computer Graphic
      Modeling of American Sign Language" by Loomis, et al.
PAL  IEICE Transactions on Fundamentals of Electronics, Communications and
      Computer Sciences, vol. E-75-A, Feb. 1, 1992, pp. 112-121 "Gesture Coding
      and a Gesture Dictionary for a Nonverbal Interface" by T. Kurokawa.
PAL  ESCA Workshop KTH, Stockholm, May 31, 1993-Jun. 2, 1993, pp. 83-85, Design
      of a system for Electronic Dictionary of Japanese Sign Language by Fukuda,
      et al.
PAL  Electronics and Communications in Japan--Part III, Fundamental Electronic
      Science, vol. 77, No. 3, Mar. 1994 New York, U.S., pp. 62-74 "Gesture
      Description and Structure of a Dictionary for Intelligent Communication of
      Sign Language Images" by Xu, et al.
PAL  Gestures and neural networks in human-computer interaction, Beale and
      Edwards, Department of computer science, University of York, York, pp.
      1-5, 1992.
PAL  TeleSign: A sign language telecommunication system, Chapin et al., Center
      for design research, Standford University, IEEE, 1992.
PAL  Visual Translation: From native language to sign language, Lee and Kunii,
      Department of Information Science, The University Of Tokyo, IEEE, 1992.
PAL  Sign-Language Recognition Method Using Compressed Continuous DP Matching,
      Journal of the Institute of Electronics, Information and Communication
      Engineers, D-II, vol. J77-D-II No. 4 pp. 753-763 Apr. 1994.
PAL  Extended abstracts of 20th Assembly of Japanese Sign Linguistics
      Association Jul. 23 and 24, 1994.
PAL  Japanese Journal of Sign Linguistics 1991. vol. 12.
PAL  Japanese Patent Application No. 6-101097.
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  A sign language editing apparatus includes a glove-type sensor for
      converting movement of fingers in the sign language into an electrical
      signal to produce time series data of sign language words, a sign language
      word data editing device for adding predetermined additional data to the
      time series data inputted from the glove-type sensor to process the time
      series data, a sign language word dictionary for storing the time series
      data of sign language words processed by the sign language word data
      editing device, a sign language sentence data editing device for reading
      out the time series data of sign language words stored in the sign
      language word dictionary in accordance with the predetermined characters
      inputted from the input unit and adding predetermined additional
      information to the time series data of sign language words to produce time
      series data of sign language sentence, a sign language animation
      synthesizing device inputted with the time series data of sign language
      sentence produced by the sign language sentence data editing device to
      produce sign language animation expressing movement of the sign language,
      and a display unit for displaying the sign language animation produced by
      the sign language animation synthesizing device.
PATN
WKU  059908793
SRC  8
APN  7716052
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19961220
TTL  Method and apparatus for dynamically arranging information in a
      presentation sequence to minimize information loss
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Kindred; Alford W.
EXP  Feild; Joseph H.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Mince; William L.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Qorvis Media Group, Inc.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345302
XCL  395306
XCL  395287
XCL   84601
XCL  348 23
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1338
ICL  G06F 1300
ICL  G09B 1502
ICL  H04N  942
FSC  345
FSS  302;435;115
FSC  348
FSS  7;23;41
FSC  395
FSS  704;306;287
FSC  707
FSS  3;101;104;500;513;530
FSC  364
FSS  133;140.06;193;191
FSC   84
FSS  601
FSC  709
FSS  201;203;253
UREF
PNO  4092732
ISD  19780500
NAM  Ouchi
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4262302
ISD  19810400
NAM  Sexton
OCL  358 10
UREF
PNO  4782401
ISD  19881100
NAM  Faerber et al.
UREF
PNO  4937807
ISD  19900600
NAM  Weitz et al.
UREF
PNO  5084768
ISD  19920100
NAM  Stern et al.
UREF
PNO  5237157
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kaplan
UREF
PNO  5526482
ISD  19960600
NAM  Stallmo et al.
UREF
PNO  5583561
ISD  19961200
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  348  7
UREF
PNO  5634022
ISD  19970500
NAM  Crouse et al.
OCL  395704
UREF
PNO  5642171
ISD  19970600
NAM  Baumgartner et al.
OCL  348515
UREF
PNO  5764901
ISD  19980600
NAM  Skarbo et al.
OCL  395200.34
UREF
PNO  5784527
ISD  19980700
NAM  Ort
OCL  386111
FREF
PNO  95/01703
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/17794
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for transmitting a predetermined sequence of data files on a data
      bus is described. The data files are stored on a plurality of memory
      drives. Each of a first type of data file is stored on only one of the
      memory drives. Each of a second type of data file is stored on at least
      two of the memory drives. Upon encountering a first data file of the first
      type in the predetermined sequence, it is determined whether the
      corresponding memory drive is available. Where the corresponding memory
      drive is available, the first data file is transmitted on the data bus.
      Where the corresponding memory drive is not available, first data
      corresponding to the first data file is written to a temporary data file.
      The first data file is then transmitted on the data bus after the
      corresponding memory drive becomes available. Upon encountering a second
      data file of the second type in the predetermined sequence, the second
      data file is transmitted on the data bus.
PATN
WKU  059908807
SRC  8
APN  7918739
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970131
TTL  Behaviorally based environmental system and method for an interactive
      playground
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Hong; Stephen S.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Huffman; Bradley L.
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Lang; Victor H.
CTY  Ft. Collins
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  CEC Entertaiment, Inc.
CTY  Irving
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  348363
APD  19941130
PSC  01
PNO  5740321
CLAS
OCL  345302
XCL  706 45
EDF  6
ICL  B65D 3500
FSC  345
FSS  302
FSC  706
FSS  45;48;50;52;57;59;60
FSC  707
FSS  501
FSC  463
FSS  9;23
UREF
PNO  4176395
ISD  19791100
NAM  Evelyn-Veere
OCL  361528.19
UREF
PNO  4434460
ISD  19840200
NAM  Drakenborn
OCL  395885
UREF
PNO  4754410
ISD  19880600
NAM  Leech
OCL  706 45
UREF
PNO  4959799
ISD  19900900
NAM  Yoshiura
OCL  706 48
UREF
PNO  5027305
ISD  19910600
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  706 48
UREF
PNO  5081707
ISD  19920100
NAM  Schorman
OCL  455186.1
UREF
PNO  5111409
ISD  19920500
NAM  Gasper et al.
OCL  345302
UREF
PNO  5165011
ISD  19921100
NAM  Hisano
OCL  706 50
UREF
PNO  5167012
ISD  19921100
NAM  Hayes
OCL  706 60
UREF
PNO  5179634
ISD  19930100
NAM  Matsunaga
OCL  706 59
UREF
PNO  5329612
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kakazu
OCL  706 59
UREF
PNO  5390287
ISD  19950200
NAM  Obata
OCL  706 57
UREF
PNO  5400246
ISD  19950300
NAM  Wilson
OCL  364146
UREF
PNO  5459816
ISD  19951000
NAM  Baseshore
OCL  364148.05
UREF
PNO  5485550
ISD  19960100
NAM  Dalton
OCL  706 52
UREF
PNO  5510975
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ziegler
OCL  364148.04
UREF
PNO  5513129
ISD  19960400
NAM  Bolas
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5515476
ISD  19960500
NAM  Nishidai
OCL  706  3
UREF
PNO  5517613
ISD  19960500
NAM  Brant
OCL  395180
UREF
PNO  5546506
ISD  19960800
NAM  Araki
OCL  706 61
UREF
PNO  5604855
ISD  19970200
NAM  Crawford
OCL  345473
UREF
PNO  5619709
ISD  19970400
NAM  Caid et al.
OCL  707532
UREF
PNO  5740321
ISD  19980400
NAM  Huffmann et al.
OCL  395 10
UREF
PNO  5782692
ISD  19980700
NAM  Stelovsky
OCL  463  1
OREF
PAL  Rodney A. Brooks, "A Robust Layered Control System for A Mobile Robot,"
      IEEE Journal of Robotics and Automation, vol. RA-2, No. 1,3/86, pp. 14-23.
PAL  Muhammad Muazzam Ali, "Exploration-Based Design Synthesis of Behavior-Based
      Autonomous Robots," PhD. disseratation, Colorado State University (Fort
      Collins), Summer, 1994, pp. 1-130.
LREP
FRM  Baker & McKenzie
ABST
PAL  A system and method for controlling an interactive playground in which
      aspects of the playground are dynamically varied based on input signals
      from sensors in the playground. The system includes a system supervisor
      unit that utilizes a rule file, a scene file and a MIDI file in
      conjunction with a variety of sensor input to create an appropriate system
      response. Output control signals generated by the system supervisor unit
      are transmitted to other coupled computers to effectuate audio, visual and
      other effects in an interactive playground environment. The system
      supervisor has the desirable ability to load different scene, rule and
      MIDI files to create different system behavior in response to sensor
      stimuli, thereby creating a more adaptive behavioral based environment.
PATN
WKU  059908815
SRC  8
APN  8401993
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970411
TTL  Near video-on-demand signal receiver
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Flynn; Nathan
NDR  7
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Inoue; Hajime
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kubota; Yukio
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagashima; Toshimichi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimazu; Akira
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kanota; Keiji
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940831
APN  6-230281
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941014
APN  6-275936
RLAP
COD  71
APN  520564
APD  19950828
PSC  01
PNO  5229280
CLAS
OCL  345327
XCL  348  7
XCL  348 10
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  714
FSC  348
FSS  10;6;7;9;12;13
FSC  455
FSS  6.1
FSI  H04N  710;  714
FSI  <345327
UREF
PNO  5668948
ISD  19970900
NAM  Belknap et al.
OCL  395200.61
UREF
PNO  5729280
ISD  19980300
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  348 10
LREP
FRM  Frommer, Lawrence & Haug, LLP.
FR2  Frommer; William S.
ABST
PAL  A video signal receiver receives a plurality of video channels
      simultaneously carrying, offset by a transmission interval, a single video
      program, selects one channel from which to obtain the program for display
      to a user, and achieves a pause function in the display of the transmitted
      video program by temporarily storing a segment of the video program equal
      to the length of the transmission interval and obtaining the remainder of
      the program at a later time from the same or another channel.
PATN
WKU  059908823
SRC  8
APN  8472912
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970424
TTL  Interactive home terminal employing common consumer-electronics as
      components in a manner to facilitate the bi-directional communication
      of data
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Miller; John W.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Heinonen; Pekka
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Okkonen; Harri
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Santos; Jeremy E
CTY  Pori
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Salo; Juha H.
CTY  Tampere
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd.
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19960426
APN  961800
CLAS
OCL  345327
XCL  348 12
XCL  348 13
XCL  348 10
XCL  455  51
XCL  455  63
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  714
ICL  H04H  100
FSC  345
FSS  326;327
FSC  348
FSS  6;7;10;12;13
FSC  455
FSS  3.1;3.2;4.1;4.2;5.1;6.1;6.2;6.3
FSC  386
FSS  46;83
UREF
PNO  4451701
ISD  19840500
NAM  Bendig
OCL  179  2TV
UREF
PNO  4987486
ISD  19910100
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  358 86
UREF
PNO  5077607
ISD  19911200
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  358 86
UREF
PNO  5341166
ISD  19940800
NAM  Garr et al.
OCL  348 10
UREF
PNO  5357276
ISD  19941000
NAM  Banker et al.
OCL  348  7
UREF
PNO  5812931
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yuen
OCL  455  5.1
FREF
PNO  WO 92/09955
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/11563
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Perman & Green, LLP
ABST
PAL  A consumer's interactive home terminal equipment includes a television (1).
      video tape recorder (2) and a telephone apparatus (6) or bidirectional
      paging device. The video tape recorder serves as both a mass storage and
      an input channel for new basic information, the television is a display
      device, and the telephone apparatus, advantageously a digital mobile
      phone, is a bidirectional communications channel to the outside world. A
      video cassette (3), which contains in picture format certain input forms,
      is inserted in the video tape recorder and an input form is displayed (10)
      on the television screen (4) to the user. The user fills out the necessary
      input fields (11) and the picture is converted (12) into a telephone short
      message or data call to be sent forward (13, 14, 15). An acknowledgment or
      other answer (16) received via telephone is stored (17) on the video
      cassette in picture format.
PATN
WKU  059908831
SRC  8
APN  8485372
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970428
TTL  Unified presentation of programming from different physical sources
ISD  19991123
NCL  41
ECL  1
EXP  Sax; Steven P
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Byrne; David S.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  McDowell; Sean
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Microsoft Corporation
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345327
XCL  345352
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  345
FSS  327;326;328;330;331;332;340;342;345;346;348;350;351;352;353;354;200.33
FSC  348
FSS  563-565;553
FSC  395
FSS  200.47
FSC  455
FSS  2
UREF
PNO  5528304
ISD  19960600
NAM  Cherrick et al.
OCL  348565
UREF
PNO  5635989
ISD  19970600
NAM  Rothmuller
OCL  348563
UREF
PNO  5701451
ISD  19971200
NAM  Rogers et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5721827
ISD  19980200
NAM  Logan et al.
OCL  395200.47
UREF
PNO  5732216
ISD  19980300
NAM  Logan et al.
OCL  395200.33
UREF
PNO  5758257
ISD  19980500
NAM  Herz et al.
OCL  455  2
UREF
PNO  5774664
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hidary et al.
OCL  395200.48
UREF
PNO  5790202
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kummer et al.
OCL  348553
UREF
PNO  5797001
ISD  19980800
NAM  Augenbraun et al.
OCL  395609
UREF
PNO  5848352
ISD  19981200
NAM  Dougherty et al.
OCL  455  5.1
LREP
FRM  Lee & Hayes, PLLC
ABST
PAL  Disclosed herein is a system and method for selecting content from a
      plurality of different physical sources and from a variety of content
      sources that are available from the physical sources. In one example,
      physical sources comprise different signal sources or types, such as
      terrestrially broadcast signals and cable television signals. Content
      sources comprise different channels or network sources. The method
      includes a step of displaying an integrated listing of content entries for
      selection by a user, wherein each content entry is associated with both a
      content source and a physical source from which particular content is
      available. The system accepts a selection from the user of a single
      content entry, and in response renders the content source associated with
      the selected single content entry from the physical source that is also
      associated with the selected single content entry. The invention also
      includes steps of obtaining content data for a plurality of different
      content sources in a variety of data formats, and of translating the
      content data into an integrated database having a predefined schema.
PATN
WKU  059908840
SRC  8
APN  8505071
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970502
TTL  Control of multimedia information with interface specification stored on
      multimedia component
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Breene; John E.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Douma; Peter
CTY  Wyckoff
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  DeMartin; Frank
CTY  Bogota
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Miccoli; Denise
CTY  Yonkers
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Sony Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Park Ridge
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345327
XCL  345329
XCL  345333
XCL  345349
XCL  345970
XCL  345978
XCL  364188
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  300
FSC  345
FSS  326-358;970;978
FSC  364
FSS  188
UREF
PNO  5392400
ISD  19950200
NAM  Berkowitz et al.
OCL  345331
UREF
PNO  5428730
ISD  19950600
NAM  Baker et al.
XCL  345349
UREF
PNO  5657221
ISD  19970800
NAM  Warman et al.
OCL  364188
UREF
PNO  5727174
ISD  19980300
NAM  Aparicio, IV et al.
OCL  345348
UREF
PNO  5790117
ISD  19980800
NAM  Halviatti et al.
OCL  345333
UREF
PNO  5793366
ISD  19960800
NAM  Mano et al.
OCL  345329
UREF
PNO  5808612
ISD  19980900
NAM  Merrick et al.
XCL  345970
UREF
PNO  5839095
ISD  19981100
NAM  Liu
XCL  345349
OREF
PAL  Petzold, "Programming Windows", Microsoft Press, pp. 12-23, 1988.
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug, LLP.
FR2  Frommer; William S.
ABST
PAL  Multimedia components for reproducing/recording information in a data
      storage medium are controlled via a personal computer. By selecting
      graphical representations of the multimedia components and of their
      control switches, the user enters instructions on the personal computer to
      perform various operations by the components. The representative
      operations include turning the component on/off, setting its volume,
      adjusting its bass/treble, etc. Another operation may include finding a
      particular track/scene in the user library displayed on the screen and
      reproducing the track/scene on the corresponding multimedia component by
      selecting on the screen the graphical representation corresponding to the
      reproducing operation. An interface specification is transferred from the
      multimedia component (e.g. VTR, DAT player, CD player) to an intelligent
      A/V receiver.
PATN
WKU  059908858
SRC  8
APN  9020039
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970729
TTL  Personalized services, including a personal presence, for customers
      based upon collected personal preferences
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Grant; Chris
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Gopinath; Bhaskarpillai
CTY  Watchung
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Network Machines, Inc.
CTY  Piscataway
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345327
XCL  348  1
XCL  348  8
XCL  455  2
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  7173
FSC  455
FSS  2;6.2;6.3;5.1;4.1;4.2;6.1
FSC  348
FSS  1;10;11;12;13;7;6;8
FSC  709
FSS  219
FSC  345
FSS  327
UREF
PNO  5515098
ISD  19960500
NAM  Carles
OCL  348  8
UREF
PNO  5521631
ISD  19960500
NAM  Budow et al.
OCL  348  1
UREF
PNO  5798785
ISD  19980800
NAM  Hendricks et al.
OCL  348  1
UREF
PNO  5801747
ISD  19980900
NAM  Bedard
OCL  348  1
LREP
FR2  Peoples; John T.
ABST
PAL  An arrangement to provide personalized services to customers, such as hotel
      guests or hospital patients, wherein the personalized services are based
      upon a personal preference profile collected for each individual. The
      services are displayed to the guest or patient via an in-room monitor.
      Moreover, the personal preferences are modified during the guest's or
      patient's present stay, and saved after the stay for later visits. In
      addition, a personal presence of host personnel, such as personnel at a
      front desk or an admission desk, may be integrated into the display on the
      in-room monitor.
PATN
WKU  059908866
SRC  8
APN  9805842
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971201
TTL  Graphically creating e-mail distribution lists with geographic area
      selector on map
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Breene; John E.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Serdy; Holly
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Woolf; Suze
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Baumert; David
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Microsoft Corporation
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345329
XCL  345968
XCL  707  4
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  300
FSC  345
FSS  326-358;968
FSC  707
FSS  3-6
FSC  709
FSS  200;201
UREF
PNO  4833592
ISD  19890500
NAM  Yamanaka
OCL  345329
UREF
PNO  5049873
ISD  19910900
NAM  Robins et al.
OCL  345329
UREF
PNO  5261044
ISD  19931100
NAM  Dev et al.
XCL  345329
UREF
PNO  5500929
ISD  19960300
NAM  Dickinson
XCL  345329
UREF
PNO  5515488
ISD  19960500
NAM  Hoppe et al.
XCL  345968
UREF
PNO  5608899
ISD  19970300
NAM  Li et al.
XCL  345968
UREF
PNO  5682525
ISD  19971000
NAM  Bouve et al.
XCL  345968
UREF
PNO  5734901
ISD  19980300
NAM  Sidhu et al.
XCL  345329
UREF
PNO  5790121
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sklar et al.
XCL  345968
UREF
PNO  5809265
ISD  19980900
NAM  Blair et al.
XCL  345329
UREF
PNO  5910803
ISD  19990600
NAM  Grau et al.
OCL  345357
LREP
FRM  Lee & Hayes, PLLC
ABST
PAL  An e-mail client in accordance with the invention allows a user to select
      an e-mail distribution list with reference to a map that shows potential
      e-mail recipients and their relationships to each other. The user can
      select a first set of the potential e-mail recipients by designating one
      of a plurality of available predefined queries. A second set can be
      selected by positioning a graphical area selector over the map, to
      graphically encompass the second set of e-mail recipients. The e-mail
      client creates a distribution list from an intersection of the first and
      second sets of potential e-mail recipients.
PATN
WKU  059908874
SRC  8
APN  961379&
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971030
TTL  Method and system for efficient network desirable chat feedback over a
      communication network
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Jackson; Chadwick A.
EXP  Bayerl; Raymond J.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Redpath; Richard J.
CTY  Cary
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Cuomo; Gennaro
CTY  Apex
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corp.
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345330
XCL  707501
XCL  39520034
XCL  345332
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  345
FSS  329;330;331;332
FSC  707
FSS  501;513
FSC  395
FSS  200.34;200.35
UREF
PNO  5550968
ISD  19960800
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  345332
UREF
PNO  5761683
ISD  19980600
NAM  Logan et al.
OCL  707513
UREF
PNO  5764916
ISD  19980600
NAM  Busey et al.
OCL  707501
UREF
PNO  5784568
ISD  19980700
NAM  Needham
OCL  345330
UREF
PNO  5828839
ISD  19981000
NAM  Moncreiff
OCL  395200.34
LREP
FR2  Clay; A. Bruce
ABST
PAL  In an Internet chat environment, chat feedback indicators show receiver
      users of a chat application that at least one sender is in the process of
      preparing a message for viewing by chat environment participants. As a
      sender types text, a length of the text is sent to the receivers via
      unreliable data packets. Thus, the receivers are shown mask characters
      that correspond to the number of textual entries mede by the sender. The
      sender is, therefore, provided with some sense of security in that the
      typed text will not be displayed to the receivers until complete. In
      addition, the receivers are provided with an indication that something is
      being prepared for display to them.
PATN
WKU  059908882
SRC  8
APN  2167352
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19940322
TTL  Method and system for manipulating graphical objects
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  dela Torre; Crescelle N.
NDR  15
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Blades; Jerry Allen
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Kiel; Harvey Gene
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Romon; Raymond Francis
CTY  Oronoco
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345339
XCL  345334
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  314
FSC  395
FSS  155;161;133;140;146;147
FSC  364
FSS  401
FSC  345
FSS  140;145;339;348;334;326;433;440
UREF
PNO  4674042
ISD  19870600
NAM  Hernandez et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  4674043
ISD  19870600
NAM  Hernandez et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  4870397
ISD  19890900
NAM  Soto et al.
UREF
PNO  4974194
ISD  19901100
NAM  Barker et al.
UREF
PNO  5226118
ISD  19930700
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  395161
UREF
PNO  5414809
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hogan et al.
OCL  395155
UREF
PNO  5437008
ISD  19950700
NAM  Gay et al.
OCL  395161
FREF
PNO  WO 92/12488
ISD  19920700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Interactive Variable Control During Visualization of Mathematical
      Functions" IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 34, No. 9, pp. 288-289,
      Feb. 1992.
PAL  Microsoft Excel User's Guide 1 Table of Contents, Version 4.0, First
      Addition, 1992.
PAL  Microsoft Excel User's Guide 2, Table of Contents, Version 4.0, First
      Addition, 1992.
PAL  Microsoft Excel User's Guide 2, Chapter 3, Version 4.0, First Addition,
      1992.
LREP
FR2  Dillon; Andrew J.
ABST
PAL  A data processing system for efficiently manipulating a graphic object
      displayed within a graphic user interface in the data processing system.
      The graphic object is defined by interrelated variables. Under the present
      invention, interrelated variables defining the graphic object are
      associated with at least one data structure, wherein the each data
      structure includes a value for at least one of the interrelated variables.
      An editing object is displayed within the graphic user interface in
      response to a selection of the graphic object by a user. The user is
      permitted to alter a value for one of the interrelated variables utilizing
      the editing object. A value for at least one other variable is
      automatically altered in response to the user altering the value for one
      of the interrelated variables utilizing the editing object. A display of
      the graphic object automatically altered in response to an alteration of
      the value for the at least one other variable, wherein the graphic object
      is efficiently manipulated.
PATN
WKU  059908890
SRC  9
APN  1692275
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19981009
TTL  Method, memory and apparatus for automatically resizing a window in
      response to a loss or gain in focus
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Huynh; Ba
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Amro; Hatim Yousef
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  626751
APD  19960329
PSC  01
PNO  5872567
CLAS
OCL  345342
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  345
FSS  340;342;343;344;345;346;347
UREF
PNO  5758111
ISD  19980500
NAM  Shiratori
OCL  345342
LREP
FR2  Van Leeuwen; Leslie A.
FR2  Dillon; Andrew J.
ABST
PAL  A method, apparatus, and article of manufacture direct a computer system to
      automatically resize a plurality of open windows displayed on the computer
      display. The method includes the first step of in response to detecting a
      transfer of focus from a first displayed window to a second displayed
      window, automatically calculating a zoomed out size for each window
      displayed on the computer display except the second window. The second
      step includes automatically displaying on the computer display all open
      windows, except the second window, using the zoomed out size.
PATN
WKU  059908904
SRC  8
APN  9173250
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970825
TTL  System for data entry and navigation in a user interface
ISD  19991123
NCL  44
ECL  1
EXP  Huynh; Ba
NDR  20
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Etheredge; Robert C.
CTY  Orinda
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Liberate Technologies
CTY  Redwood Shores
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345347
XCL  345327
XCL  345349
XCL  345354
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  345
FSS  326;327;328;348;349;352;353;354;336;338;347;975;158;160;163;168;169;172;173
     ;179;145;146
FSC  348
FSS  906
UREF
PNO  4706121
ISD  19871100
NAM  Young
OCL  358142
UREF
PNO  4977455
ISD  19901200
NAM  Young
OCL  358142
UREF
PNO  5353121
ISD  19941000
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  348563
UREF
PNO  5479266
ISD  19951200
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  358335
UREF
PNO  5479268
ISD  19951200
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  358335
UREF
PNO  5532754
ISD  19960700
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  348569
UREF
PNO  5537152
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ishikawa
OCL  348564
UREF
PNO  5550576
ISD  19960800
NAM  Klosterman
OCL  348  6
UREF
PNO  5598523
ISD  19970100
NAM  Fujita
OCL  345352
OREF
PAL  Sharp Video Cassette Recorder Operation Manual, Model VC-H923U/VC-A523U,
      1993.
PAL  VideoGuide User's Manual, 1995.
PAL  Sony Digital Satellite Receiver Operation Manual, Model No. SAT-A2, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Fliesler, Dubb, Meyer & Lovejoy LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention includes a method and apparatus for providing quick
      access to menu and selection items of a user interface using an input
      device having a limited capability. For example, a standard television
      remote control does not have a pointing device or a button for each letter
      of the alphabet. One button is used to activate on-screen pop-up symbols
      that map selection items to keys on the remote. If a user does not select
      one of the selection items within a predetermined amount of time, the
      on-screen pop-up symbols disappear. The on-screen symbols can also be used
      to allow a user to select menus and submenus.
PATN
WKU  059908912
SRC  8
APN  9765115
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971124
TTL  Apparatus and method for transmitting an attribute value between items
      by a user's operation
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  13
EXA  Bautista; X. L.
EXP  Bayerl; Raymond J.
NDR  19
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Fukaya; Tetsuji
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961125
APN  8-313979
CLAS
OCL  345349
XCL  345339
XCL  345348
XCL  345964
XCL  345967
XCL  709303
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  300
FSC  345
FSS  145;339;346;348-349;356;964-965;967;970
FSC  364
FSS  188
FSC  709
FSS  303
UREF
PNO  5040131
ISD  19910800
NAM  Torres
OCL  345352
UREF
PNO  5261043
ISD  19931100
NAM  Wolber et al.
OCL  345347
UREF
PNO  5293476
ISD  19940300
NAM  Wolber et al.
OCL  345356
UREF
PNO  5313574
ISD  19940500
NAM  Beethe
OCL  345356
UREF
PNO  5313575
ISD  19940500
NAM  Beethe
OCL  345356
UREF
PNO  5325481
ISD  19940600
NAM  Hunt
OCL  345347
UREF
PNO  5371844
ISD  19941200
NAM  Andrew et al.
OCL  345339
UREF
PNO  5377318
ISD  19941200
NAM  Wolber
OCL  345347
UREF
PNO  5422993
ISD  19950600
NAM  Fleming
OCL  345348
UREF
PNO  5428734
ISD  19950600
NAM  Haynes et al.
OCL  345349
UREF
PNO  5481668
ISD  19960100
NAM  Marcus
OCL  345349
UREF
PNO  5506952
ISD  19960400
NAM  Choy et al.
OCL  345348
UREF
PNO  5574918
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hurley et al.
OCL  395561
UREF
PNO  5608860
ISD  19970300
NAM  Fitzpatrick et al.
OCL  345352
UREF
PNO  5745112
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hirose
OCL  345349
UREF
PNO  5760775
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sklut et al.
OCL  345349
UREF
PNO  5767853
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  345349
UREF
PNO  5790119
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sklut et al.
OCL  345349
UREF
PNO  5872569
ISD  19990200
NAM  Salgado et al.
OCL  345349
FREF
PNO  6-60136
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  In an operation support apparatus, an item memory section stores a
      plurality of items and attribute data. The plurality of items to be
      operated are displayed. A user's operation for one of the items is
      inputted. An intention decision section decides an operation intention
      according to the user's operation. An estimation section estimates a
      permissible future operation of the user according to the operation
      intention and the attribute data of each item. The items to be operated by
      the permissible operation are discriminated from other items during
      displaying the plurality of items.
PATN
WKU  059908920
SRC  8
APN  8600864
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971008
TTL  Administrative interface for a database in a distributed computer
      environment
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Huynh; Ba
NDR  7
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Urbain; Fran.cedilla.ois
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Bull, S.A.
CTY  Louveciennes
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19951103
APN  95 12992
CLAS
OCL  345356
XCL  345357
XCL  706 61
XCL  395406
XCL  395653
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  345
FSS  326;356;357
FSC  706
FSS  61
FSC  395
FSS  406;653;712
UREF
PNO  5193152
ISD  19930300
NAM  Smith
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5712960
ISD  19980100
NAM  Chiopris et al.
OCL  706 61
UREF
PNO  5774689
ISD  19980600
NAM  Curtis et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5848243
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kulkarni et al.
OCL  395200.54
FREF
PNO  0490624
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0673135
ISD  19950900
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Hewlett-Packard Journal, vol. 41, No. 2, Apr. 1, 1990, pp. 60-65,
      XP000116175, Smith C. J. et al.: "HP Open View Windows: A User Interface
      For Network Management Solutions".
LREP
FRM  Kerkam, Stowell, Kondracki & Clarke, P.C.
FR2  Kondracki; Edward J.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR96/01710
PD1  19971008
PD2  19971008
PD3  19961031
PCP  WO97/17660
PCD  19970515
ABST
PAR  An administrator interface working with a relational data base management
      system belonging to a distributed data processing environment including a
      plurality of folders which reflect the states of the network and objects
      in the network, relative to the management (120), the processes (121) in
      the course of running, the events (122) which affect the processes (121),
      the configuration (123), the files (124), the command scripts (125), and
      the errors (126), and a software program for allowing access to and/or
      manipulation of the folders.
PATN
WKU  059908939
SRC  8
APN  9281401
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970912
TTL  Data input device and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Bautista; X. L.
EXP  Bayerl; Raymond J.
NDR  10
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Numazaki; Shunichi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960913
APN  8-243869
CLAS
OCL  345358
XCL  345339
XCL  345145
XCL  382189
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  300
ICL  G06K  968
FSC  345
FSS  145;179;339;358;434
FSC  382
FSS  187-189;202
UREF
PNO  5590219
ISD  19961200
NAM  Gourdol
OCL  382202
UREF
PNO  5592566
ISD  19970100
NAM  Papagallo et al.
OCL  382187
UREF
PNO  5594810
ISD  19970100
NAM  Gourdol
OCL  382187
UREF
PNO  5687254
ISD  19971100
NAM  Poon et al.
OCL  382229
UREF
PNO  5710832
ISD  19980100
NAM  Berman et al.
OCL  382189
UREF
PNO  5809267
ISD  19931200
NAM  Moran et al.
OCL  345358
FREF
PNO  8-44490
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Masaaki Fukumoto, et al., 7.sup.th Symposium on Human Interface, pp.
      427-432, "Hand Reader by Image Sequence Processing", Oct. 23-25, 1991
      (English Abstract only).
PAL  Nikkei Electronics, No. 525, pp. 115-133, Apr. 15, 1991 (No translation
      provided).
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An object displayed in a picture can be designated by the operator, without
      use of any additional device for inputting data other than position data.
      Position data of a pointer for designating any desired position in a
      picture are inputted by a pointer position input section (1). On the basis
      of the input data, a change of the pointer position relative to a specific
      region (13) set in relation to an object (12) in the picture is detected
      by a pointer region pass detecting section (2). On the basis of the output
      of the pointer region pass detecting section (2), the pointer positions
      obtained by the pointer position inputting section (1) are accumulated by
      a pointer position accumulating section (3). Further, the pointer locus
      data obtained by the pointer position accumulating section (3) are
      recognized by a gesture recognizing section (4) to detect a significant
      movement (a specific input operation) of the pointer in a specific region.
      The detected significant movement of the pointer is applied to a
      processing section (5) to receive the significant input operation
      corresponding to the significant movement of the pointer other than the
      position data.
PATN
WKU  059908947
SRC  8
APN  8769281
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970616
TTL  Method for implementing the power function DP and computer graphics
      system employing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Vo; Cliff N.
EXP  Nguyen; Phu K.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hu; Vernon J. H.
CTY  Union City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Peterson; Donald A.
CTY  Elk Grove
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345418
EDF  6
ICL  G06T 1700
FSC  345
FSS  418;419;420;423;424;425
UREF
PNO  5793371
ISD  19980800
NAM  Deering
OCL  345418
UREF
PNO  5847715
ISD  19981200
NAM  Fujita et al.
OCL  345418
UREF
PNO  5850489
ISD  19981200
NAM  Rich
OCL  345418
UREF
PNO  5850535
ISD  19981200
NAM  Maystrovsky et al.
OCL  345420
OREF
PAL  Foley, et al, "Computer Graphics: Principles and Practice," Chapter 16:
      Illumination and Shading, published by Addison-Wesley Publishing Company,
      Inc., pp. 721-814 (excluding color plates).
LREP
FRM  Conley, Rose & Tayon, PC
FR2  Kivlin; B. Noel
ABST
PAL  A graphics accelerator using an improved method for evaluating a power
      function. As part of determining realistic shading for objects in a
      three-dimensional scene, the Phong technique requires repeated evaluation
      of the power function D.sup.P, where D is a base value and P is a power
      value with a fractional component. In one embodiment, a hardware
      implementation of this function determines the logarithm log.sub.2
      (D.sup.P) using a table lookup and a multiplication. An anti-logarithm
      function is then performed as follows. The logarithm log.sub.2 (D.sup.P)
      is split into three parts: an integer portion I, a five bit fractional
      portion F, and a remainder fractional portion R. The desired value D.sup.P
      is then expressible as 2.sup.I 2.sup.F 2.sup.R. The factor 2.sup.F In2 is
      found using a 32-entry lookup table. The factor 2.sup.R /In2 is closely
      approximated by adding 1/In2 to R. Multiplying these two factors and
      shifting by I bits advantageously produces the desired value D.sup.P.
PATN
WKU  059908955
SRC  8
APN  6656234
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960618
TTL  Three-dimensional to two dimensional data processing and conversion
      device and method of using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Cao; Huedung X.
EXP  Powell; Mark R.
NDR  13
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Fujii; Eiro
CTY  Takatsuki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Imai; Shigeaki
CTY  Uji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujiwara; Koji
CTY  Sakai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakagawa; Yoshiko
CTY  Takatsuki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Minolta Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950622
APN  7-156455
CLAS
OCL  345419
XCL  345420
EDF  6
ICL  G06T 1700
FSC  345
FSS  419;420;435;441
UREF
PNO  4845651
ISD  19890700
NAM  Aizawa
OCL  382285
UREF
PNO  4937768
ISD  19900600
NAM  Carver et al.
OCL  345420
UREF
PNO  5003498
ISD  19910300
NAM  Ota et al.
OCL  345420
UREF
PNO  5278983
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kawabe et al.
OCL  345420
UREF
PNO  5475799
ISD  19951200
NAM  Yoshioka et al.
OCL  345420
UREF
PNO  5675720
ISD  19971000
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  345420
FREF
PNO  4-259809
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-196432
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  Three-dimensional data processing device and three-dimensional data
      processing method for splicing together two pieces of three-dimensional
      data taken from different directions. Three-dimensional data and
      two-dimensional image data pertaining to a target object are inputted by a
      three-dimensional input camera from various directions. Two color images
      which are based on the two-dimensional image data inputted from two
      different directions are displayed on a display of a personal computer,
      and points of the two color images are specified by an operator. Two
      pieces of three-dimensional data corresponding to the two-dimensional
      image data are spliced together based on the points of the two color
      images (two-dimensional image data) by the personal computer.
PATN
WKU  059908963
SRC  8
APN  7230184
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960930
TTL  Rapid and efficient terrain surface finding system
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Zimmerman; Mark K.
NDR  13
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Barrus; John W.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Electric Information Technology Center America, Inc. (ITA)
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345420
XCL  345421
XCL  345427
EDF  6
ICL  G06T 1510
FSC  345
FSS  419;420;421;433;427
UREF
PNO  4694404
ISD  19870900
NAM  Meagher
OCL  345421
UREF
PNO  4868771
ISD  19890900
NAM  Quick et al.
XCL  345419
LREP
FR2  Brinkman; Dirk
ABST
PAL  A system for quickly finding a point in a virtual environment "on the
       gro" or beneath another point involves finding the intersection of a
      "ground" polygon representing the terrain with a single ray representing
      the direction of gravity emanating from the original point. After
      appropriate polygons are selected, they are intersected with the gravity
      vector to determine which ones are just under the point in question, with
      the closest point being returned as the ground point. Polygons are sorted
      into a variable depth quadtree structure, where the leaves contain a
      predetermined maximum number of polygons, with each quadtree node being
      subdivided based on a polygon vertex located inside the current quadtree
      node. A planar space subdivision of each quadtree node is created using
      the edges of the polygons that overlap that node. The system for rapid
      ground point determination intersects lines of a predetermined
      orientation, e.g., gravity, with a terrain model and uses a preprocessing
      step that reduces the 3D terrain to a 2D projection and then sorts terrain
      polygons into a quadtree, followed by adding bounding boxes and polygon
      edge parameters to speed up polygon containment checking.
PATN
WKU  059908971
SRC  8
APN  9288317
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970912
TTL  Methods for automatically generating a three-dimensional geometric solid
      from two-dimensional view sets including automatic segregation of open,
      closed and disjoint curves into views using their center of gravity
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Rossi; Jeffrey Allen
EXP  Powell; Mark R.
NDR  65
NFG  64
INVT
NAM  Hanratty; Patrick J.
STR  2560 Liveoak Dr.
CTY  Prescott
STA  AZ
ZIP  86301
CLAS
OCL  345420
XCL  345427
XCL  382288
EDF  6
ICL  G06T 1510
ICL  G06T 1500
ICL  G06K  952
FSC  345
FSS  420;427
FSC  382
FSS  288
UREF
PNO  4858150
ISD  19890800
NAM  Aizawa et al.
OCL  345420
UREF
PNO  4888711
ISD  19891200
NAM  Nguyen
OCL  345420
UREF
PNO  5363476
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kurashige et al.
OCL  345425
UREF
PNO  5428715
ISD  19950600
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  345419
UREF
PNO  5511153
ISD  19960400
NAM  Azarbayejani et al.
OCL  345419
UREF
PNO  5561748
ISD  19961000
NAM  Niu et al.
OCL  345420
UREF
PNO  5587913
ISD  19961200
NAM  Abrams et al.
OCL  364468.26
UREF
PNO  5663883
ISD  19970900
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL  364474.24
UREF
PNO  5671343
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kondo et al.
OCL  345419
UREF
PNO  5745117
ISD  19980400
NAM  Masuda et al.
OCL  345420
UREF
PNO  5821941
ISD  19981000
NAM  Millstein
OCL  345420
UREF
PNO  5883630
ISD  19990300
NAM  O'Donnell et al.
OCL  345420
OREF
PAL  Ganesan, R. et al. "FlexiCAD: an Architecture for Integrated Product
      Modeling and Manufacture by Features", Proceedings of the Fourth
      International Conference on Computer Integrated Manufacturing and
      Automation Technology, pp. 60-5, Oct. 12, 1994.
PAL  Anonymous. "Method for Generation of Solid Models by Sweeping Regions in an
      Orthographic View", International Buisness Machines Technical Disclosure
      Bulletin, vol. 37, No. 8, pp. 439-40, Aug. 1994.
PAL  Sundaramurthy Vijayashree et al. "Reconstruction of 3-D CAD Models from 2-D
      Orthographic Views", Proceedings, International Conference on CAD, CAM,
      Robotics and Autonomous Factories held in New Delhi, ISBN 0074621742, pp.
      71-80, Dec. 1993.
PAL  Bin, Ho. "Inputting Constructive Solid Geometry Representations Directly
      from 2-D Orthographic Views", Computer Aided Design, vol. 18, No. 3, pp.
      147-55, ISSN 0010-4485, Apr. 1986.
PAL  Sakurai, Hiroshi and Gossard, David C. "Solid Model Input through
      Orthographic Views", in Computer Graphics (Magazine), published by the
      Association for Computing Machinery, vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 243-252, Jul.
      1983.
PAL  Aldefeld, B. "On automatic Recognition of 3-D Structures from 2-D
      Representations", Computer -Aided Design, vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 59-64, Mar.
      1983.
PAL  Tomiyama, Ken and Nakaniwa, Ken'ichi. "Reconstruction of 3D Solid Model
      from Three Orthographic Views- Top-down Approach", 1st Graphics
      Recognition International Workshop, printed in Lecture Notes in Computer
      Science, Issue 1072, pp. 260-269, Aug. 1995.
PAL  Chen, Zen and Pernd, Der-Baau. "Automatic Recognition of 3D Solid Objects
      from 2D Orthographic Views", Pattern Recognition, v. 21, No. 5, pp.
      439-449, Oct. 1988.
PAL  Harada, Tsuyoshi and Fumihiko, Kimura. "Solid Model Input System Based on
      Orthographic Views", Joho Shori Gakkai Kenkyu Hokoku, v. 87, No. 56, pp.
      15-22 (in Japanese, as indexed by Japan Science and Technical Corp.),
      1987.
PAL  Harada, Tsuyoshi and Fumihiko, Kimura. "Solid Model Input System Based on
      Orthographic Views" (English Translation), Joho Shori Gakkai Kenkyu
      Hokoku, v. 87, No. 56, pp. 15-22, translated by Schreiber Translations,
      Inc., pp. 1-19, Jan. 1999.
PAL  Kaneko, Yoichiro et al. "3D Solid Model Reconstruction from Three
      Orthographic Views.", Joho Shori Gakkai Zenkoku Taikai Koen Ronbunshu, v.
      50, No. 2, pp. 2.411-2.412 (in Japanese, indexed by Japan Science and
      Technical Corp., Japan), 1995.
PAL  Kaneko, Yoichiro et al. "3D Solid Model Reconstruction from Three
      Orthographic Views (in English)", Joho Shori Gakkai Zenkoku Taikai Koen
      Ronbunshu (Proc. 50th Nat'l Conf. of Information Processing Society,
      Japan), v. 50, n. 2, pp. 2.411-2.412, trans. by United States Patent and
      Trademark Office,Washington DC, Jan. 1999.
PAL  Katajima, Katsuhiro and Tasaka, Moriyasu. "A Method to Reconstruct a CSG
      Solid Model from a Set of Orthographic Three Views", Trans. of the
      Institute of Electronics, Information, and Communications Engineers, v.
      J75D-II, n. 9, pp. 1526-38 (Japan), Sep. 1992.
PAL  Katajima, Katsuhiro and Tasaka, Moriyasu. "A Method to Reconstruct a CSG
      Solid Model from a Set of Orthographic Three Views (in English)", Trans.
      of the Institute of Electronics, Information, and Communications
      Engineers, v. J75D-II, No. 9, pp. 1526-38 (translated by Schreiber, Inc.
      Washington DC), Jan. 1999.
PAL  Shibamiya, Tohru et al. "Automatic Reconstruction of 3D Solid Model from
      Three Orthographic Views", Joho Shori Gakkai Kenkyu Hokoku, v.93, n.62,
      pp. 91-98 (in Japanese, as indexed by Japan Science and Technical
      Corp.),1993.
PAL  Shibamiya, Tohru et al. "Automatic Reconstruction of 3D Solid Model from
      Three Orthographic Views", Joho Shori Gakkai Kenkyu Hokoku, v.93, n.62,
      pp. 91-98 translation by Diplomatic Language Services, Inc., Washington
      DC, Jan. 1999.
PAL  "Make It 3D1.0 2D Multi-view Drawings to 3D", Reference Manual and
      Tutorial, EMT Software, Inc., Dec. 1995 pp. 1-90.
LREP
FRM  Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.
FR2  Pote, ESQ; Daniel R.
ABST
PAL  Techniques are developed for defining an engine which has as its input
      two-dimensional drawing views, wherein the engine produces a
      three-dimensional geometric solid. The engine comprises, among other
      things, a set of rules for identifying particular elements within the
      various two-dimensional views, and for determining the useful
      relationships between elements (e.g., arcs, lines, and the like) in one
      view vis-a-vis related elements in another view, to thereby ascertain the
      three-dimensional form defined by these elements and their corresponding
      relations to other elements.
PATN
WKU  059908980
SRC  8
APN  8189021
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19970317
TTL  Multi-media data display device
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Piziali; Jeff
EXP  Luu; Matthew
NDR  20
NFG  36
INVT
NAM  Urano; Naoki
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960318
APN  8-061533
CLAS
OCL  345426
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  345
FSS  329;420;421;428;426
FSC  395
FSS  126;119;131;143
FSC  128
FSS  653.4
FSC  340
FSS  703
FSC  364
FSS  518
FSC  434
FSS  42
UREF
PNO  4313726
ISD  19820200
NAM  Chase
OCL  434 42
UREF
PNO  4866637
ISD  19890900
NAM  Gonzalez-Lopez et al.
OCL  364518
UREF
PNO  5063375
ISD  19911100
NAM  Lien et al.
OCL  340703
UREF
PNO  5237650
ISD  19930800
NAM  Priem et al.
OCL  395143
UREF
PNO  5368033
ISD  19941100
NAM  Moshfeghi
OCL  128653.4
UREF
PNO  5598516
ISD  19970100
NAM  Mori
OCL  395126
UREF
PNO  5704025
ISD  19971200
NAM  Berry
OCL  395131
UREF
PNO  5751927
ISD  19980500
NAM  Wason
OCL  395119
OREF
PAL  Foley et al, "Computer Graphics Principles and practice", Illumination
      Models2nd Edition, p. 727 1990.
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
ABST
PAL  A multi-media data display device for displaying a plurality of multi-media
      data items on a display screen is provided. Each of the multi-media data
      items has geometric data and attributive data defined by positional
      information in an n-dimensional space. The multi-media data display device
      includes: a view area setting section for setting a view area from a
      multi-media data space, in which the plurality of multi-media data items
      exist, based on access position information having a predetermined
      dimension, the view area having been selected as including at least one of
      the plurality of multi-media data items as an object to be displayed, the
      access position information having been produced within the multi-media
      data display device or provided from the outside of the multi-media data
      display device, and a display control section for independently
      controlling, based on the access position information, a display style of
      an individual one of the plurality of multi-media data items existing
      within the selected view area when the individual multi-media data item is
      displayed on the display screen.
PATN
WKU  059908998
SRC  8
APN  5494656
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19951027
TTL  Method for compressing journal streams
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Jankus; Almis R.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Whitten; Gordon T.
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Microsoft Corporation
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345427
EDF  6
ICL  G06T  900
FSC  395
FSS  127;125;128;129;133;114;115;116;117;118;511;523;524;525;526
FSC  345
FSS  425-429;433
UREF
PNO  5073926
ISD  19911200
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  379 53
LREP
FRM  Lee & Hayes, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A Windows.RTM. metafile is compressed by first processing individual
      records. In some types of records, record type indicators are mapped to
      values having fewer significant bits than the original record type
      indicators. In addition, record length indicators are removed in some
      record types because they are constant values. In record types where the
      length varies, the record length indicator is divided to reduce its number
      of significant bits. There are also record types having one or more
      arguments that rarely change. For records of these types, the arguments
      are removed. There are other types of records whose arguments are often
      repeated from previous records of the same type. When this is the case,
      the arguments are removed. Many metafile arguments specify graphics
      coordinates in terms of absolute values. These absolute values are
      converted to relative values. In most cases, this reduces the number of
      significant bits required by the values. To further reduce the number of
      leading significant bits, negative values are negated and their original
      sign bits are stored separately. Once the records have been processed in
      this manner, individual data fields of the metafile are processed. Each
      data field has its leading zero bits removed. The remaining bits are
      packed into a variable number of bytes, often a smaller number than the
      original number of bytes used. Subsequent pattern matching compression is
      used to provide further compression gains.
PATN
WKU  059909005
SRC  8
APN  9981306
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19971224
TTL  Two-dimensional to three-dimensional image converting system
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  1
EXA  Vo; Cliff N.
EXP  Nguyen; Phu K.
NDR  12
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Seago; Sean W.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Be There Now, Inc.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345427
XCL  345419
EDF  6
ICL  G06T 1500
FSC  345
FSS  418;419;425;426;427;428
UREF
PNO  4674046
ISD  19870600
NAM  Ozeki et al.
UREF
PNO  4841292
ISD  19890600
NAM  Zeno
UREF
PNO  4845643
ISD  19890700
NAM  Clapp
UREF
PNO  5079703
ISD  19920100
NAM  Mosher et al.
UREF
PNO  5124693
ISD  19920600
NAM  Himelstein et al.
UREF
PNO  5422987
ISD  19950600
NAM  Yamada
UREF
PNO  5533177
ISD  19960700
NAM  Wirtz
OREF
PAL  Debevec, P.E., et al., "Modeling and Rendering Architecture from
      Photographs: A hybrid geometry--and image-based approach," University of
      California at Berkeley, pp. 1-5, 10.
LREP
FRM  Christensen O'Connor Johnson & Kindness PLLC
ABST
PAL  A method, system and computer-readable medium for converting objects in
      two-dimensional images into three-dimensional objects. Vanishing points
      for an object selected from a digitized two-dimensional perspective image
      are determined. Then, a three-dimensional coordinate space for the
      selected object is derived based on the determined vanishing points. The
      system then generates a three-dimensional object in the generated
      three-dimensional coordinate space based on user-designated vertices at
      significant features of the selected object in the two-dimensional
      perspective image. The three-dimensional coordinate space and
      three-dimensional object are generated using non-linear optimization
      algorithms. The system extracts surface texture information from the
      two-dimensional images and maps the extracted texture information onto the
      generated three-dimensional object. The system also converts multiple
      three-dimensional objects created from two-dimensional images of a single
      object into a single three-dimensional object. A set of conjugate
      vertices, vanishing lines and/or planes sufficient for the determination
      of the relative orientations of two or more precreated three-dimensional
      objects are identified between precreated two or more three-dimensional
      objects. Then, the precreated two or more three-dimensional objects are
      merged into a single three-dimensional object based on the identified set
      of conjugate vertices, vanishing lines or planes and a non-linear
      optimization algorithm.
PATN
WKU  059909013
SRC  8
APN  883718&
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970627
TTL  Model based image editing and correction
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Thu
EXP  Powell; Mark R.
NDR  11
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Lawton; Daryl T.
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Monson; John A.
CTY  Fall City
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Microsoft Corporation
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345429
XCL  382115
EDF  6
ICL  G06T 1720
FSC  345
FSS  429-432;433;434;435
FSC  382
FSS  115-118;308;311
UREF
PNO  5130789
ISD  19920700
NAM  Dobbs et al.
UREF
PNO  5247610
ISD  19930900
NAM  Oshima et al.
OCL  345435
UREF
PNO  5432863
ISD  19950700
NAM  Benati et al.
UREF
PNO  5805745
ISD  19980900
NAM  Graf
OCL  382291
UREF
PNO  5825941
ISD  19981000
NAM  Linford et al.
OCL  382294
OREF
PAL  Four separate screen shots (four sheets) from Adobe PhotoDeluxe (Version
      1.0) showing steps to remove red eye.
PAL  LivePix 1.0 screen shot entitled "Owen standing in crib with red eye" and
      help topic on Remove red eye from a photo. (2 pages).
PAL  Adobe Photoshop.RTM. version 4.0 User Guide including Table of Contents and
      selected pages.
PAL  Akamatsu, et al., "An Accurate and Robust Face Identification Scheme,"
      IEEE, 217-220 (1992).
PAL  Brunelli, et al., "Caricatural Effects in Automated Face Perception,"
      Biological Cybernetics, 69, 235-241 (1993).
PAL  Chen, et al., "Human Face Recognition From a Single Front View,"
      International Journal of Pattern Recognition and Artificial Intelligence,
      6 (4), 571-593 (1992).
PAL  Chow, et al., "Towards a System for Automatic Facial Feature Detection,"
      Pattern Recognition, 26 (12), 1739-1755 (1993).
PAL  Huang, et al., "Automatic Feature Point Extraction on a Human Face in
      Model-Based Image Coding," Optical Engineering, 32 (7), 1571-1580 (1993).
PAL  Huang, et al., "Human Facial Feature Extraction for Face Interpretation and
      Recognition," IEEE, 204-207 (1992).
PAL  Huang, et al, "Human Facial Feature Extration for Face Interpretation and
      Recognition," Pattern Recognition, 25 (12), 1435-1444 (1992).
PAL  Kamel, et al., "System for the Recognition of Human Faces," IBM Systems
      Journal, 32 (2), 307-320 (1993).
PAL  Samal, et al., "Automatic Recognition and Analysis of Human Faces and
      Facial Expressions: A Survey," Pattern Recognition, 25 (1), 65-77 (1992).
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A system and method is described for automatically editing digital images.
      An image to be edited is selected and registered with a model that is an
      abstract of features and attributes common to a category of images to
      which the selected image belongs. In the illustrated embodiment, a human
      face is used as an example of an image to be edited and the matching model
      is a representation of features and attributes common to all human faces.
      Many other images of objects may also be edited using the techniques of
      the invention, as long as a general class of objects to which an image
      belongs is amenable to being represented by a model comprising a set of
      common features or attributes. A library of different models is available
      to the user for selecting the model matching the image to be edited. The
      library includes different models of the same object in different
      orientations and may also include models of different objects. After the
      appropriate model is selected, the user is prompted to register the
      details of the selected image with the generalized features and attributes
      of the selected model. Editing processes or tools, which are linked to the
      model, are then automatically appled to the image in order to perform a
      desired editing function. In addition to applying editing techniques to
      existing images in a larger image, the invention enables a user to paste
      and blend images into another, larger image--e.g., create a morphing
      effect by pasting one persons head over the head of another in an original
      image.
PATN
WKU  059909021
SRC  8
APN  8974489
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970722
TTL  Apparatus and method for prefetching texture data in a video controller
      of graphic accelerators
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Kimbinh T.
EXP  Powell; Mark R.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Park; Jong-Hwa
CTY  Kyunggi-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960723
APN  96-29791
CLAS
OCL  345430
XCL  345422
XCL  345503
XCL  345505
XCL  345520
XCL  345521
EDF  6
ICL  G06T  160
FSC  345
FSS  419;422;430;503;505;520;521
UREF
PNO  5450550
ISD  19950900
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  345419
UREF
PNO  5664162
ISD  19970900
NAM  Dye
OCL  345521
LREP
FRM  Jones Volentine, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A video controller in a graphic accelerators suitable for use in three
      dimensional graphics and texture mapping is disclosed. The controller
      includes an address generator for generating addresses for reading out
      texture data stored in the video memory and a mode register for generating
      a directional signal for prefetching the texture data. A prefetch
      controller is provided to produce an address for another texture data
      predicted to be used at the next time, based on the directional signal
      supplied from the mode register and the address of the address generator.
      Also provided are a memory controller for accessing the texture data
      corresponding to the address generated in the prefetch controller via the
      memory interface, and a buffer memory for storing the prefetched texture
      data outputted from the memory controller and the address of the
      prefetched texture data. Further, the prefetching method comprises the
      steps of determining whether the address generated at the address
      generator is identical with the one stored in the buffer memory;
      outputting the texture data stored in the buffer memory if said two
      addresses are identical and determining whether prefetching of the texture
      data is possible; addressing the texture data corresponding to the address
      provided by the address generator, if two addresses are not identical;
      prefetching a texture data predicted to be used next time in the video
      memory based on the directional signal supplied from the mode register and
      the address supplied from the address generator, if the prefetching is
      possible; and storing the prefetched texture data and its corresponding
      address into the buffer memory. The video controller of this invention
      considerably reduces the time required for accessing the video memory
      since prefetched texture data is read out in the internal buffer register
      without accessing the same in the outer video memory.
PATN
WKU  059909030
SRC  8
APN  7947496
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970203
TTL  Method and apparatus for performing chroma key, transparency and fog
      operations
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXA  Good-Johnson; Motilewa
EXP  Zimmerman; Mark K.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Donovan; Walter E.
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345432
XCL  345435
EDF  6
ICL  G06T 1500
FSC  345
FSS  429;431;426;432;435
UREF
PNO  4645459
ISD  19870200
NAM  Graf et al.
OCL  345426
UREF
PNO  5621869
ISD  19970400
NAM  Drews
OCL  345435
UREF
PNO  5740343
ISD  19980400
NAM  Tarolli et al.
OCL  345430
UREF
PNO  5754185
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hsiao et al.
OCL  345431
UREF
PNO  5793427
ISD  19980800
NAM  Mills et al.
OCL  348391
UREF
PNO  5798767
ISD  19980800
NAM  Poole et al.
OCL  345431
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for chroma keying filtered textures are provided.
      Chroma keying is performed which replaces the input texel color with a new
      color if the input texel color matches the chroma color. The chroma key
      circuitry keeps the input texel color and sets the alpha component to 1 if
      the input texel color does not match the chroma color. The chroma keyed
      texels are filtered using bilinear filtering. The color components of the
      filtered texels are fogged using a fog factor, a fog color, and the alpha
      component of the filtered texel. The fogged and filtered signal is blended
      with a background color to produce an output color for the texels.
PATN
WKU  059909048
SRC  8
APN  6724256
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960627
TTL  Method and system for merging pixel fragments in a graphics rendering
      system
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Phu K.
NDR  29
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Griffin; Kent E.
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Microsoft Corporation
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  560114
APD  19951117
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  511553
APD  19950804
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  345435
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  345
FSS  430-2;426;136;149-50;153;435
UREF
PNO  4631690
ISD  19861200
NAM  Corthout et al.
OCL  364518
UREF
PNO  4645459
ISD  19870200
NAM  Graf et al.
OCL  434 43
UREF
PNO  5287438
ISD  19940200
NAM  Kellher
OCL  345432
UREF
PNO  5295235
ISD  19940300
NAM  Newman
OCL  345433
UREF
PNO  5299298
ISD  19940300
NAM  Elmquist et al.
OCL  345421
UREF
PNO  5363475
ISD  19941100
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  345422
UREF
PNO  5392385
ISD  19950200
NAM  Evangelist et al.
OCL  345431
UREF
PNO  5488684
ISD  19960100
NAM  Gharahorlii et al.
OCL  345423
UREF
PNO  5522018
ISD  19960500
NAM  Takeda et al.
OCL  345422
UREF
PNO  5561752
ISD  19961000
NAM  Jevans
OCL  345433
UREF
PNO  5563989
ISD  19961000
NAM  Billyard
OCL  345426
UREF
PNO  5586234
ISD  19961200
NAM  Sakuraba et al.
OCL  345430
UREF
PNO  5596686
ISD  19970100
NAM  Duluk, Jr.
OCL  345122
UREF
PNO  5598517
ISD  19970100
NAM  Watkins
OCL  345441
UREF
PNO  5613048
ISD  19970300
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  345419
UREF
PNO  5630043
ISD  19970500
NAM  Uhlin
OCL  345425
UREF
PNO  5634850
ISD  19970600
NAM  Kitahara et al.
OCL  463 33
UREF
PNO  5651104
ISD  19970700
NAM  Cosman
OCL  345428
UREF
PNO  5673401
ISD  19970900
NAM  Volk et al.
OCL  345327
UREF
PNO  5684935
ISD  19971100
NAM  Demesa, III et al.
OCL  345419
UREF
PNO  5684939
ISD  19971100
NAM  Foran et al.
OCL  345431
UREF
PNO  5710876
ISD  19980100
NAM  Peercy et al.
OCL  345426
UREF
PNO  5729669
ISD  19980300
NAM  Appleton
OCL  345422
UREF
PNO  5729672
ISD  19980300
NAM  Ashton
OCL  345426
UREF
PNO  5742749
ISD  19980400
NAM  Foran et al.
OCL  345426
OREF
PAL  Akerly, Kurt, "RealityEngine Graphics", ACM Siggraph, Conference
      Proceedings, pp. 109-116, Aug. 1-6, 1993.
PAL  Bae, Seong-Ok, et al, "Patch Rendering: A New Parallel Hardware
      Architecture for Fast Polygon Rendering", Circuits and Systems, 1991 IEEE
      International Symposium, pp. 3070-3073, 1991.
PAL  Bergman, et al "Image Rendering by Adaptive Refinement", ACM Siggraph '86,
      vol. 20, No. 4, pp. 29-37, Aug. 18-22, 1986.
PAL  Bove, Jr., V. Michael, et al, "Real-Time Decoding and Display of Structured
      Video", IEEE Multimedia, 1994 international Conference, pp. 456-462, 1994.
PAL  Chen, Chein-Liang, et al, "A Raster Engine for Computer Graphics and Image
      Compositing", Abstract, APCCAS '94, IEEE, pp. 103-108, Dec. 5-8, 1994.
PAL  Chrysanthou, Y and Slater, M, "Computing Dynamic Changes to BSP Trees",
      Computer graphics Forum, vol. II, No. 3, Conference Issue, pp. C-321 to
      C-342, Sep. 7-11, 1992.
PAL  Collaborative work, "Pixel-Planes", Pixel Planes Home Page,
      uri--http://www.cs.unc.edu/.about.pxpl/, University of North Carolina, pp.
      1-25, update, Sep. 26, 1995.
PAL  Crawfis, Roger A., et al, "A Scientific Visualization Synthesizer",
      Visualization, 1991 Conference, pp. 262-267, 1991.
PAL  Deering, "Explorations of Display Interfaces for Virtual Reality", IEEE
      Virtual Reality, 1993 International Symposium, pp. 141-147, 1993.
PAL  Deering, Michael, et al, "Leo: A System for Cost Effective 3D Shaded
      Graphics", ACM Siggraph, Conference Proceedings, pp. 101-108, Aug. 1-6,
      1993.
PAL  Foley, James D., et al, "Computer Graphics: Principles and Practices",
      Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., 2nd ed. pp. 806-813, 855-921, 1990.
PAL  Haeberli, Paul, et al, "The Accumulation Buffer: Hardware Support for
      High-Quality Rendering", ACM Computer Graphics, vol. 24, No. 4, pp.
      309-318, Aug. 1990.
PAL  Heb, Andreas, et al, "Three Dimensional Reconstruction of Brains from
      2-Deoxyglucose Serial Section Autoradiographs", Image Processing, 1994
      International Conference, vol. 3, pp. 290-294, 1994.
PAL  Hu, Lincoln, "Computer Graphics in Visual Effects", COMPCON Spring '92,
      IEEE Computer Society International Conference, pp. 472-474, 1992.
PAL  Mcmillan, Leonard, et al, "Plenoptic Modeling: An Image-Based Rendering
      System", ACM Siggraph, Conference Proceedings, pp. 39-46, Aug. 6-11, 1995.
PAL  Oak Technology WARP5 Press Releases, "Oak Technology Sets New Standard for
      3D Realism with Breakthrough WARP 5 Chip Architecture", Atlanta, GA, Jun.
      19, 1997.
PAL  Regan, Matthew and Ronald Pose, "A Interactive Graphics Display
      Architecture", IEEE Virtual Reality, 1993 International Symposium, pp.
      293-299, 1993.
PAL  Regan, Matthew and Ronald Pose, "Priority Rendering with a Virtual Reality
      Address Recalculation Pipeline", ACM Siggraph, '94, Computer Graphics
      Proceedings, Annual Conference Series, pp. 155-162, 1994.
PAL  Regan, Matthew and Ronald Pose, "Low Latency Virtual Reality Display
      System", Technical report No. 92/166, Monash University, Victoria,
      Australia, pp. 1-13, Sep. 1992.
PAL  Reichlen, "Sparcchair: A One Hundred Million Pixel Display", IEEE Virtual
      Reality, 1993 International Symposium, pp. 300-307, May 28, 1993.
PAL  Runyon, Kenneth R., "Advanced Graphics Processor", Digital Avionics System,
      1993 Conference, pp. 394-399, 1993.
PAL  Slater, Mel, et al, "Liberation from Flatland: 3D Interaction Based on the
      Desktop Bat", Eurographics '91, pp. 209-221, 1991.
PAL  Slater, Mel, et al, "Liberation from Rectangle: A Tiling Method for Dynamic
      Modification of Objects on Raster Displays", Eurographics '88, Conference
      date, Sep. 12-16, 1988, pp. 381-392, 1988.
PAL  Slater, Mel, "An Algorithm to support 3D Interaction on Relatively Low
      Performance Graphics Systems", Comput. & Graphics, vol. 16, No. 3, pp.
      311-315, 1992.
PAL  Slater, Mel, "Segments on Bit-mapped Graphics Displays", Software--Practice
      and Experience, vol. 16(II), pp. 965-980, Nov. 1986.
PAL  Tan, Wee-Chiew, et al, "Low-Power polygon Renderer for Computer Graphics",
      Application Specific Array Processors, 1993 International Conference, pp.
      200-213, 1993.
PAL  Torborg, Jay, et al, "Talisman: Commodity Realtime 3D Graphics for the PC",
      ACM Siggraph, Conference Proceedings, pp. 353-363, Aug. 4-9, 1996.
PAL  Yoo, Terry S., et al, "Direct Visualization of Volume Data", IEEE Computer
      Graphics and Applications Magazine, vol. 12, No. 4, pp. 63-71, Jul. 92.
PAL  Blythe, David, et al, "10 Different Shadow Flavors", Advanced Programming
      with OpenGL, accessed on internet on May 5, 1998,
      http://www-europe.sgi.com/Technology/OpenGL/advanced/node45.htm, updated
      May 21, 1997.
PAL  The NuGraf Developer's 3D Toolkit, "A Technical White Paper", Mar. 1995,
      accessd on the internet on May 5, 1998,
      http://www.okino.com/toolkit/overview/main.htm.
PAL  "The Accumulation Buffer: Hardware Support for High-Quality Rendering", by
      P. Haeberli and K. Akeley, Computer Graphics, vol. 24, No. 4, Aug. 1990,
      pp. 309-318.
PAL  "The A-buffer, an Antialiased Hidden Surface Method", by Loren Carpenter,
      Computer Graphics, vol. 18, No. 3, Jul. 1984, pp. 103-108.
PAL  "A New Simple and Efficient Antialiasing with Subpixel Masks", by Andreas
      Schilling, Computer Graphics, Vo. 25, No. 4, Jul. 1991, pp. 133-141.
PAL  "Exact: Algorithm and Hardware Architecture for an Improved A-Buffer", by
      A. Schilling and W. Strasser, Computer Graphics Proceedings, Annual
      Conference Series, 1993, pp. 85-91.
LREP
FRM  Klarquist Sparkman Campbell Leigh & Whinston LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for merging pixel fragments to reduce memory usage in a graphics
      rendering system. In rendering a graphics scene, geometric primitives of
      objects in the scene are rasterized to create pixel data including pixel
      fragments representing partially covered pixels. Lists of pixel fragments
      having color, depth, and coverage data are stored in a fragment buffer.
      When a new fragment is generated, an attempt is made to merge the fragment
      with the last fragment stored for a corresponding pixel location.
      Fragments are merged if they are within predefined depth and color
      tolerances.
PATN
WKU  059909056
SRC  8
APN  8901767
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970709
TTL  System provided child window controls
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Phu K.
NDR  12
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Chew; Chee H.
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Konzen; Neil
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Guzak; Christopher J.
CTY  Kirkland
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Laney; Stuart T.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Pitt, III; George H.
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Ellison-Taylor; Ian M.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Gery; Ron O.
CTY  Kirkland
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Microsoft Corporation
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  485211
APD  19950606
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  355400
APD  19941213
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  345435
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  345
FSS  113;114;433;435;440;442
UREF
PNO  5522025
ISD  19960500
NAM  Rosenstein
OCL  395158
UREF
PNO  5731813
ISD  19980300
NAM  O'Rourke et al.
OCL  345351
OREF
PAL  Microsoft.RTM. Windows.TM. 3.1 Guide to Programming, Microsoft Press,
      Redmond, Washington, 1992, Chapter 8, "Controls," pp. 165-188.
LREP
FRM  Christensen O'Connor Johnson & Kindness PLLC
ABST
PAL  New varieties of child window controls are provided as system resources
      that application programs may exploit. The preferred embodiment of the
      present invention provides a dynamic link library (DLL) for implementing
      the new child window controls as part of an operating system. The new
      child window controls include a header bar control for providing header
      bars in application programs. The new controls also include a hot key
      control that allows a user to view and edit hot key combinations. The new
      controls further include a tab control for establishing tabs that
      differentiate amongst pages in user interfaces provided by application
      programs. An image list data type is defined and functions are provided
      for manipulating the image list data type. Image lists include multiple
      like-sized images that are stored efficiently in a single bitmap.
PATN
WKU  059909064
SRC  8
APN  9145540
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970819
TTL  Undo feature for a graphical programming system
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Phu K.
NDR  15
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Hudson; Duncan
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Jensen; Melanie
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Kodosky; Jeffrey L.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  National Instruments Corporation
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345439
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  345
FSS  439;355;356;357;127;131;433
UREF
PNO  4656603
ISD  19870400
NAM  Dunn
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4813013
ISD  19890300
NAM  Dunn
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4901221
ISD  19900200
NAM  Kodosky et al.
OCL  364200
OREF
PAL  Berlage, Thomas, "A Selective Undo Mechanism for Graphical User Interfaces
      Based on Command Objects," ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction,
      vol. 1, No. 3, Sep. 1994, pp. 269-294.
LREP
FRM  Conley, Rose & Tanyon
FR2  Hood; Jeffrey C.
ABST
PAL  An Undo/Redo feature for a graphical programming system which minimizes the
      required data storage. The graphical programming system includes a
      plurality of interconnected objects, including fixed size objects and
      variable size objects. A variable size object is an object which typically
      changes in size, i.e., grows or shrinks, in response to user modification,
      whereas fixed size objects do not change in size. When an object is
      modified by the user, the method of the present invention stores a backup
      copy for undo purposes. For modification of an object, the backup is
      performed differently depending on whether the object is a variable size
      object or a fixed size object. For a variable size object, the method
      stores the original object as the previous object in the backup list, and
      the method stores a copy of the original object as the current object in
      the backup list. For a fixed size object, the method stores a copy of the
      original object as the previous object in the backup list, and the method
      stores the original object as the current object in the backup list. For a
      fixed size object, the original object thus remains as the current or
      foreground object in the graphical program. Since the original object
      stays in the foreground, other objects which reference this object
      maintain their references, and thus are not also required to be backed up.
      Therefore, the present invention provides a unique system and method for
      performing undo/redo in a graphical system which minimizes the amount of
      memory required for undo purposes.
PATN
WKU  059909072
SRC  8
APN  7643306
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19961212
TTL  Automatic font management within an operating system environment
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Cao; Huedung X.
EXP  Powell; Mark R.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Colletti; John C.
STR  15306 Kercheval, Apt. 4
CTY  Grosse Point Park
STA  MI
ZIP  48230
CLAS
OCL  345467
XCL  707542
EDF  6
ICL  G06K 1500
FSC  707
FSS  542
FSC  345
FSS  467;471
UREF
PNO  4660999
ISD  19870400
NAM  Tsuneki
OCL  400 61
UREF
PNO  5185818
ISD  19930200
NAM  Warnock
OCL  382 54
UREF
PNO  5200740
ISD  19930400
NAM  Paxton et al.
OCL  340735
UREF
PNO  5233336
ISD  19930800
NAM  Byron et al.
OCL  340748
UREF
PNO  5237313
ISD  19930800
NAM  Paxton et al.
OCL  340735
UREF
PNO  5255357
ISD  19931000
NAM  Byron et al.
OCL  395151
UREF
PNO  5361332
ISD  19941100
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  395114
UREF
PNO  5396626
ISD  19950300
NAM  Nguyen
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5586242
ISD  19961200
NAM  McQueen, III et al.
OCL  395167
UREF
PNO  5592595
ISD  19970100
NAM  Wakabayashi et al.
OCL  345415
LREP
FRM  Gifford, Krass, Groh, Sprinkle, Anderson & Citkowski, PC
ABST
PAL  A system and methods automatically provide access and management of
      installed and noninstalled fonts in a computer system. Installed fonts are
      resident in computer memory, whereas the noninstalled fonts are preferably
      described in a compact database including the computer-accessible location
      of the physical font. Broadly, the invention provides user applications
      with the capability of automatic selection of both installed and
      noninstalled fonts without modifications to the application itself.
PATN
WKU  059909080
SRC  8
APN  9345264
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970922
TTL  Method and apparatus for processing full motion computer animation
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Cao; Hue Dung X.
EXP  Powell; Mark R.
NDR  3
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Thingvold; Jeffrey Allyn
CTY  Shoreview
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Lamb & Company
CTY  Minnesota
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345474
XCL  345474
EDF  6
ICL  G06T 1770
FSC  345
FSS  474;473
UREF
PNO  5214758
ISD  19930500
NAM  Ohba et al.
OCL  345473
UREF
PNO  5767861
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kimura
OCL  345474
UREF
PNO  5877778
ISD  19990500
NAM  Dow et al.
OCL  345473
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg, Woessner & Kluth PA
ABST
PAL  A system for applying motion capture data to a character motion hierarchy
      provides a more accurate motion representation. The position of certain
      nodes in a motion hierarchy are modified to allow application of motion
      data to a character having a different physiology than that of the motion
      capture subject. The present invention provides the ability to modify the
      angular information of individual motion hierarchy nodes and segments
      based on translational information associated with the source hierarchy.
      This provides a continuity of motion in the resulting motion
      representation that is not available with conventional motion processing
      methods.
PATN
WKU  059909099
SRC  8
APN  9483950
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971010
TTL  Method and apparatus for drawing graphics in a graphics controller of a
      multimedia data processing and display system
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Chauhan; U.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Kwak; Jong-Taek
CTY  Yongin
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics, Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19091010
APN  96-45151
CLAS
OCL  345503
XCL  345441
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1516
FSC  345
FSS  418;441;442;443;501-503;521;522;513;516;203
UREF
PNO  5163129
ISD  19921100
NAM  Donato et al.
OCL  345443
UREF
PNO  5303321
ISD  19940400
NAM  Peaslee et al.
OCL  345443
UREF
PNO  5581673
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kikuchi
OCL  345443
UREF
PNO  5613053
ISD  19970300
NAM  Albers et al.
OCL  345443
UREF
PNO  5613054
ISD  19970300
NAM  Albers et al.
OCL  345443
UREF
PNO  5666520
ISD  19970900
NAM  Fujita et al.
OCL  345513
UREF
PNO  5801711
ISD  19980900
NAM  Koss et al.
OCL  345441
UREF
PNO  5864639
ISD  19990100
NAM  Chao
OCL  345441
LREP
FRM  Marger Johnson & McCollom, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method for drawing graphics is carried out in a graphics processing and
      display system. The system has a display unit, a host for generating
      graphics data defining graphics images to be displayed on the display, a
      graphics controller for receiving information from the host and
      controlling graphics to be displayed, a frame buffer memory for storing
      graphics data, an index register for receiving an index value from the
      host and a coordinate register for storing a coordinate value which is
      obtained by the graphics controller. With the method, when a line graphics
      is draw, only information regarding two coordinates are used in the
      graphics controller by incrementing the index value by an increase which
      is specified according to the selected object-type. When a triangle
      graphics is drawn, only information regarding three coordinates are used
      in the graphics controller.
PATN
WKU  059909102
SRC  9
APN  0471933
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19980324
TTL  Method and apparatus for co-processing multi-formatted data
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Tung; Kee M.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Laksono; Indra
CTY  Richmond Hill
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Asaro; Anthony
CTY  Scarboro
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  ATI Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Thornhill
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  345503
XCL  345512
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1516
FSC  345
FSS  503;512;507-509;501
UREF
PNO  5797028
ISD  19980800
NAM  Gulick et al.
OCL  712 32
UREF
PNO  5854639
ISD  19981200
NAM  Miyoshi
OCL  345512
UREF
PNO  5925099
ISD  19990700
NAM  Futral et al.
OCL  709204
LREP
FRM  Markison & Reckamp, PC
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for co-processing multi-formatted data which begins
      when a host processor writes data blocks, in a substantially continuous
      manner, into memory. Each of the data blocks includes a plurality of data
      elements and each data element has one of a plurality of data formats. As
      the data block is being stored in memory, a co-processor retrieves
      selected data elements from the memory. Upon retrieving the selected data
      elements, the co-processor interprets them to identify the data format. If
      the data format is consistent with the data format of the co-processor,
      the co-processor processes the data element without conversion. If,
      however, the data format of the selected data element is not consistent
      with the data format of the co-processor, the co-processor converts the
      format of the selected data element into the format consistent with the
      co-processor.
PATN
WKU  059909110
SRC  8
APN  9709592
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971114
TTL  Immediate mode drawing interface for the construction of graphics
      software
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  25
EXA  Nguyen; Cao H.
EXP  Bayerl; Raymond J.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Arrott; Matthew R.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Covey; Robert D.
CTY  Alameda
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Ching-Chi Billy
CTY  Alameda
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hassan; Tanvir B.
CTY  Alameda
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kowalski; Jeffrey M.
CTY  Piedmont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mathews; Brian P.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Autodesk, Inc.
CTY  San Rafael
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  667614
APD  19960621
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  345506
XCL  345418
XCL  345522
XCL  345502
EDF  6
ICL  G06T  120
FSC  345
FSS  501;502;506;516;522;526;418;419
UREF
PNO  5029077
ISD  19910700
NAM  Fatahalian et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5083262
ISD  19920100
NAM  Haff, Jr.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5113517
ISD  19920500
NAM  Beard et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5241625
ISD  19930800
NAM  Epard et al.
OCL  395163
UREF
PNO  5337402
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kitagawa et al.
OCL  395133
UREF
PNO  5504928
ISD  19960400
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL  395882
UREF
PNO  5561752
ISD  19961000
NAM  Jevans
OCL  395133
UREF
PNO  5680592
ISD  19971000
NAM  Priem
OCL  395527
UREF
PNO  5724074
ISD  19980300
NAM  Chainani et al.
OCL  345474
UREF
PNO  5727192
ISD  19980300
NAM  Baldwin
OCL  345522
UREF
PNO  5742796
ISD  19980400
NAM  Huxley
OCL  345502
UREF
PNO  5745659
ISD  19980400
NAM  Rigau Rigau et al.
OCL  395102
UREF
PNO  5745762
ISD  19980400
NAM  Celi, Jr. et al.
OCL  395681
LREP
FRM  Gates & Cooper
ABST
PAL  The present invention discloses an apparatus, method, and article of
      manufacture for generating graphic images. In accordance with the present
      invention, an application program receives commands from a computer user
      via an input device and provides an output command stream to a plurality
      of renderer programs. The renderer programs selectively modify the output
      command stream and transmit the output command stream to a graphics
      peripheral device or to one or more of the other renderer programs.
PATN
WKU  059909129
SRC  8
APN  8845735
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970627
TTL  Virtual address access to tiled surfaces
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Tung; Kee M.
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Swanson; Roger W.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  S3 Incorporated
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345516
XCL  345509
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1206
FSC  345
FSS  515;516;512;507-509;191
FSC  711
FSS  200;202;203-207
UREF
PNO  5422997
ISD  19950600
NAM  Nagashima
OCL  345516
UREF
PNO  5721885
ISD  19980200
NAM  Nishide
OCL  345525
UREF
PNO  5745739
ISD  19980400
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  345516
UREF
PNO  5828382
ISD  19981000
NAM  Wilde
OCL  345501
LREP
FRM  Fenwick & West LLP
ABST
PAL  A data accessing system provides access data to video display stored in one
      or more frame buffers via a virtual frame buffer implemented as a phantom
      port. The virtual frame buffer facilitates remapping between pixel
      coordinate space and memory address space for both tiled and linear
      addressing schemes. Generation of virtual linear and virtual tiled
      addresses is obtained through one or more of shifting, replacing, and
      concatenating operations. These operations can be implemented to perform
      very fast in comparison to the multiplication, addition, division, and
      modulo operations used in conventional display processors, video
      controllers, and central processing units. In some embodiments of the
      virtual addresses are converted to addresses in a frame buffer for
      accessing the frame buffer. Alternate embodiments use a frame buffer
      adapted to respond directly to generated virtual addresses. The present
      invention can thus generate addresses for accessing data in a frame buffer
      and efficiently use data storage capacity in the frame buffer.
PATN
WKU  059909137
SRC  8
APN  9028250
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970730
TTL  Method and apparatus for implementing a flush command for an accelerated
      graphics port device
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Luu; Sy D.
EXP  Tung; Kee M.
NDR  10
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Harriman; David J.
CTY  Sacramento
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Langendorf; Brian K.
CTY  El Dorado Hills
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345521
XCL  345521
XCL  345522
XCL  345501
XCL  345507
XCL  395825
XCL  395844
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1316
FSC  345
FSS  521;522;507;501
FSC  395
FSS  376;561;825;844-845
UREF
PNO  5283899
ISD  19940200
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL  395672
UREF
PNO  5428754
ISD  19950600
NAM  Baldwin
OCL  395561
UREF
PNO  5790822
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sheaffer et al.
OCL  395380
UREF
PNO  5812789
ISD  19980900
NAM  Diaz et al.
OCL  395200.77
UREF
PNO  5835783
ISD  19981100
NAM  Grimsrud
OCL  395828
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  A system and method for ensuring the execution of commands is visible
      throughout that system. A flush command is received and enqueued in a
      first queue together with a synchronization value enqueued in a second
      queue. The flush command is delayed from being dequeued from the first
      queue until both the flush command and the synchronization value are
      advanced to the head of their respective queues. Thereafter, the flush
      command is dequeued subsequently causing the return of a quad-word of
      random data as an acknowledge signal.
PATN
WKU  059909145
SRC  8
APN  9264256
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970909
TTL  Generating an error signal when accessing an invalid memory page
ISD  19991123
NCL  47
ECL  1
EXA  Luu; Sy D.
EXP  Kim; Matthew M.
NDR  67
NFG  74
INVT
NAM  Horan; Ronald T.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Jones; Phillip M.
CTY  Spring
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Santos; Gregory N.
CTY  Cypress
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Lester; Robert Allan
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Elliott; Robert C.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Compaq Computer Corporation
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  345521
XCL  345503
XCL  345520
XCL  345514
XCL  345522
XCL  345526
XCL  345515
XCL  345507
XCL  345509
XCL  395306
XCL  395309
XCL  711206
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1316
FSC  345
FSS  503;520-521;514;522;526;515;516;507;509
FSC  711
FSS  205-207;112
FSC  395
FSS  306-309;310
UREF
PNO  5664224
ISD  19970900
NAM  Davis
OCL  711112
UREF
PNO  5812789
ISD  19980900
NAM  Diaz et al.
OCL  395200.77
LREP
FRM  Sharp, Comfort & Merrett, PC
ABST
PAL  A computer system having a core logic chipset that functions as a bridge
      between an Accelerated Graphics Port ("AGP") bus device such as a graphics
      controller, and a host processor and computer system memory wherein a
      Graphics Address Remapping Table ("GART table") is used by the core logic
      chipset to remap virtual memory addresses used by the AGP graphics
      controller into physical memory addresses that reside in the computer
      system memory. The GART table enables the AGP graphics controller to work
      in contiguous virtual memory address space, but actually use
      non-contiguous blocks or pages of physical system memory to store
      textures, command lists and the like. The GART table is made up of a
      plurality of entries, each entry comprising an address pointer to a base
      address of a page of graphics data in memory, and feature flags that may
      be used to customize the associated page. One of the feature flags is used
      as a Present Bit for a corresponding memory page. When the feature flag
      Present Bit is set, the memory page has been reserved in the physical
      memory for graphics data and an address translation may be carried out.
      When the feature flag Present Bit is clear, the memory page has not been
      reserved for graphics data in the physical memory and a determination must
      then be made whether to perform the translation or generate an error
      signal to the computer processor.
PATN
WKU  059909153
SRC  8
APN  541945&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19951010
TTL  Time recorder with code reader and data storage
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Gordon; Raquel Yvette
EXP  Barlow; John
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Tenenbaum; Radu R.
CTY  Worcester
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Beaulieu; David R.
CTY  Groton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Simone; Peter J.
CTY  Wellesley
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Camacho; Russ S.
CTY  Nashua
STA  NH
ASSG
NAM  Simplex Time Recorder Co.
CTY  Gardner
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  259045
APD  19940613
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  346 82
XCL  250556
XCL  235477
EDF  6
ICL  G01D 1504
ICL  G06K 1300
ICL  G06K  500
FSC  346
FSS  82;74.2;99;133
FSC  382
FSS  182;183
FSC  250
FSS  569;556;566
FSC  235
FSS  462.01;462.08;449;439;470;475;477;493
UREF
PNO  4017857
ISD  19770400
NAM  Evans, Jr. et al.
OCL  346 82
UREF
PNO  4333085
ISD  19820600
NAM  Witts
OCL  346 76
UREF
PNO  4361092
ISD  19821100
NAM  Krakauer
OCL  101426
UREF
PNO  4506274
ISD  19850300
NAM  Coe
OCL  346 82
UREF
PNO  4542286
ISD  19850900
NAM  Golarz
OCL  346 82
UREF
PNO  4804829
ISD  19890200
NAM  Jacobsen
OCL  235377
UREF
PNO  5046157
ISD  19910900
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  340309.15
LREP
FRM  Hamilton, Brook, Smith & Reynolds, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A time recorder receives bar coded time cards, punches time data on the
      cards and stores the time data in memory. Each card has a bar code at each
      end corresponding to the same value. For each pay period, a unique bar
      code and the card on which it is printed are assigned to each employee
      during an initialization process. A card is inserted upside down into the
      time recorder for each employee and the bar code is read by the system and
      assigned to an employee. At the same time, employee information is printed
      on the card.
PATN
WKU  059909161
SRC  9
APN  0579335
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980409
TTL  Thermal color printing by receiver side heating
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Huan
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Fassler; Werner
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  DeBoer; Charles D.
CTY  Palmyra
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Pickering; James E.
CTY  Bloomfield
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  347171
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2325
ICL  B41J 3114
ICL  B41J 3116
FSC  347
FSS  171
FSC  400
FSS  197;198;202.4;202;202.2
UREF
PNO  4661393
ISD  19870400
NAM  Uchiyama et al.
UREF
PNO  5043318
ISD  19910800
NAM  Kawakami et al.
UREF
PNO  5118657
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kawakami et al.
UREF
PNO  5137382
ISD  19920800
NAM  Miyajima
UREF
PNO  5286521
ISD  19940200
NAM  Matsuda et al.
UREF
PNO  5334574
ISD  19940800
NAM  Matsuda et al.
UREF
PNO  5611847
ISD  19970300
NAM  Guistina et al.
UREF
PNO  5679139
ISD  19971000
NAM  McInerney
UREF
PNO  5679141
ISD  19971000
NAM  McInerney et al.
UREF
PNO  5679142
ISD  19971000
NAM  McInerney et al.
UREF
PNO  5692844
ISD  19971200
NAM  Harrison et al.
OCL  400202.4
UREF
PNO  5698018
ISD  19971200
NAM  Bishop et al.
FREF
PNO  3-26595
ISD  19910200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Venkataraman, The Chemistry of Synthetic Dyes; Academic Press, 1970: vols.
      1-4.
PAL  The Colour Index Society of Dyers and Colourists, Yorkshire, England, vols.
      1-8.
PAL  Pigment Handbook; Lewis, P. A., Ed.; Wiley, New York, 1988.
LREP
FR2  Owens; Raymond L.
ABST
PAL  Apparatus for thermal color printing on a moveable receiver including a
      re-inkable web having at least one colorant; the moveable receiver being
      in contact with the re-inkable web at a nip position. The apparatus heats
      the moveable receiver at a position proximate to the nip of the re-inkable
      web and the moveable receiver so that the moveable receiver maintains
      sufficient heat to cause colorant to transfer from the re-inkable web to
      the moveable receiver. Colorant is applied to the re-inkable web after the
      re-inkable web has delivered colorant to the moveable receiver.
PATN
WKU  059909170
SRC  8
APN  9942351
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971219
TTL  Method and apparatus for producing a printing image distribution
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  10
EXP  Tran; Huan
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Wendt; Karsten
CTY  Obertshausen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  MAN Roland Druckmaschinen AG
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961221
APN  196 54 018
CLAS
OCL  347187
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  238
FSC  347
FSS  185;187
FSC  400
FSS  120.08
FREF
PNO  39 17 844
ISD  19901000
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Patents Abstracts of Japan--M-1016 Aug. 27, 1990 vol. 14/No. 395--JP-15 03
      51 (A) Abstract.
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus is disclosed for setting a distribution of image
      points on a printing surface having a coating of thermally activated
      material. For each image point to be set and used as part of an image, a
      laser heats the image point for a predetermined time period to a limiting
      or process temperature. The image points are preheated to an intermediate
      temperature below the limiting or process temperature and above an ambient
      temperature in order to reduce the energy required to raise the
      temperature of the thermally activated material at an image point to be
      set. In one embodiment of the invention, the entire printing surface is
      preheated to the intermediate temperature. In an alternative embodiment of
      the invention, only a region of the printing surface is preheated. In this
      alternative embodiment, the region moves with a writing head that sets the
      image points. In this regard, the rate of travel of the image head across
      the printing surface is such that a temporal stationary temperature is
      reached at the intermediate temperature prior to raising the temperature
      to the limiting or process temperature.
PATN
WKU  059909188
SRC  8
APN  9300503
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970926
TTL  Imaging method using deposition of dots of plastic to form a relief image
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Huan
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Baxendale; John Edward
CTY  Ferndown
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Ultra Electronics Limited
CTY  Middlesex
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950327
APN  9506214
CLAS
OCL  347212
XCL  347171
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  232
FSC  347
FSS  171;212
FSC  400
FSS  120.18;120.01
UREF
PNO  5387573
ISD  19950200
NAM  Oldfield et al.
OCL  503227
FREF
PNO  0407615
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Ohya et al., "Gray-Scale Printing on Plain Paper Using Thermal
      Ink--Transfer Imaging", Journal of Imaging Technology, vol. 10, No. 2,
      Apr. 1984 pp. 57-63.
LREP
FRM  Marshall, O'Toole, Gerstein, Murray & Borun
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/00707
PD1  19970926
PD2  19970926
PD3  19960325
PCP  WO96/30215
PCD  19961003
ABST
PAR  A method of forming an image comprises depositing pixels or dots of a
      plastic material of different thickness or texture on a surface so as to
      form a relief or textured image in the surface. The plastic material can
      be transferred to the surface by thermal transfer from a carrier film.
PATN
WKU  059909196
SRC  9
APN  0287393
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980224
TTL  Single track of metering marks on thermal printer media
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Huan
NDR  14
NFG  37
INVT
NAM  Bobb; Mark A.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Maslanka; Daniel C.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Hadley; Keith A.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  371943
APD  19950112
CLAS
OCL  347217
EDF  6
ICL  B41J 3105
FSC  347
FSS  217
FSC  400
FSS  237;240;240.3;240.4
UREF
PNO  4642655
ISD  19870200
NAM  Sparer et al.
OCL  346 76
UREF
PNO  5292709
ISD  19940300
NAM  Sakamoto
OCL  503227
FREF
PNO  2210585
ISD  19890600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2228449A
ISD  19900800
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Stevens; Walter A.
ABST
PAL  A thermal dye printer media element for use in a thermal printer includes
      sequential color patches which form multiple color groups located along a
      length of the element. Metering marks are provided repetitively along the
      length of the element for measurement of distances along the element. The
      spacing between successive pairs of the metering marks may be uniform,
      change in a linear fashion, or change in a nonlinear fashion. The metering
      marks may be optically or magnetically detectable. The first and second
      metering mark sequences may be essentially the same. Alternatively, the
      first and second metering mark sub-sequences may be different. The start
      of a metering mark sequence may be aligned with an edge of a color patch,
      or may be offset from an edge of a color patch. A third sequence of
      metering marks may be provided for a third color patch, wherein said third
      metering mark sequence is different from said first sequence.
PATN
WKU  059909200
SRC  8
APN  6940552
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19960808
TTL  Driving apparatus with circuits for efficiently transferring and storing
      compensation data
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Judy
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  47
NFG  51
INVT
NAM  Nagumo; Akira
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Teshima; Minoru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanuma; Jiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Oki Data Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950811
APN  7-205891
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960705
APN  8-176824
CLAS
OCL  347237
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  2435
FSC  347
FSS  237;12;13;211
FSC  345
FSS  55
FSC  395
FSS  108
UREF
PNO  4296423
ISD  19811000
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  347131
UREF
PNO  4706130
ISD  19871100
NAM  Yamakawa
OCL  358296
UREF
PNO  4864216
ISD  19890900
NAM  Kalata et al.
OCL  323315
UREF
PNO  4885597
ISD  19891200
NAM  Tashang et al.
OCL  347237
UREF
PNO  5138310
ISD  19920800
NAM  Hirane et al.
XCL  347237
UREF
PNO  5488404
ISD  19960100
NAM  Fleck et al.
XCL  347237
UREF
PNO  5559465
ISD  19960900
NAM  Shah
OCL  327374
FREF
PNO  60-246169
ISD  19851200
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  1032
FREF
PNO  62-179963
ISD  19870800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-71373
ISD  19880300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-160659
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-192573
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-298362
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
ICL  B41J  2355
OREF
PAL  Millman, Jacob and Grabel, Arvin, "Microelectronics", 2nd edition,
      McGraw-Hill, pp. 155-157 and 356-357, 1987.
PAL  Richard C. Dorf, The Electrical Engineering Handbook, CRC Press, Boca
      Raton, FL, 1993, pp. i.,ii., 1635-1640 and 1721.
LREP
FRM  Akin, Gump, Strauss, Haner & Feld, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A driving apparatus has driving circuits that supply driving energy to
      driven elements which form dots. The driving circuits are controlled by
      driving data indicating which driven elements are to be driven, and
      compensation data adjusting the amount of driving energy. The compensation
      data are stored in compensation memory circuits coupled to the driving
      circuits. A single data transfer means transfers the driving data to the
      driving circuits and the compensation data to the compensation memory
      circuits. If the driven elements are located on two or more different
      semiconductor chips, some of the compensation data preferably compensate
      for chip-to-chip differences, while other compensation data compensate for
      dot-to-dot differences within the same chip.
PATN
WKU  059909218
SRC  8
APN  8074011
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970227
TTL  Image-wise exposure apparatus, mirror array device, and liquid crystal
      panel
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Nghiem; Michael
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  8
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Sunagawa; Hiroshi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Film Co., LTD
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960227
APN  8-039489
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960530
APN  8-136767
CLAS
OCL  347239
EDF  6
ICL  G01D 1514
FSC  347
FSS  239;241
UREF
PNO  3650605
ISD  19720300
NAM  Little, Jr.
OCL  359 15
UREF
PNO  4675702
ISD  19870600
NAM  Gerber
XCL  347239
UREF
PNO  4743927
ISD  19880500
NAM  Sasaki
OCL  347130
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  An image-wise exposure apparatus includes a mirror array device comprising
      a plurality of small mirrors which are two-dimensionally arrayed in two
      directions normal to each other and a drive mechanism for changing the
      orientations of the respective small mirrors independently from each other
      so that light impinging upon each of the small mirrors is reflected
      selectively in one of a first direction in which the reflected light
      impinges upon the photosensitive material and a second direction in which
      the reflected light does not impinge upon the photosensitive material. A
      control circuit controls the drive mechanism according to an image signal.
      In the image-wise exposure apparatus, picture element shifting is carried
      out. There is provided an antireflective mask which limits the effective
      aperture of each small mirror to a continuous region not longer than 1.5
      a/m as measured in a direction in which the picture element shifting
      operation is carried out, wherein a represents the mirror pitches in the
      direction of the picture element shifting and m represents the times by
      which the number of exposure dots are multiplied by the picture element
      shifting in the direction.
PATN
WKU  059909226
SRC  9
APN  0954985
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980611
TTL  Image signal processor for a printer
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Hai C.
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Lee; Boem-ro
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970827
APN  97-41624
CLAS
OCL  347251
XCL  347240
XCL  347247
XCL  347237
XCL  358443
XCL  358444
XCL  358448
XCL  358455
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  140
FSC  347
FSS  232;237;247;251;240
FSC  359
FSS  443;444;448;455
FSC  395
FSS  112
UREF
PNO  5586227
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kawana et al.
OCL  395112
UREF
PNO  5809216
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ng
OCL  347232
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  An image signal processor of a printer is provided. The image signal
      processor of the printer includes a first memory, a second memory, a
      multiplexer for selectively and alternately outputting image data to the
      first memory and the second memory according to a memory select signal, a
      printer controller for outputting the memory select signal and the image
      data representing gray scales in a pixel by a predetermined number of gray
      scale representation bits to the multiplexer, a memory controller
      controlled by the printer controller for controlling the data output of
      the first memory and the second memory so that as much image data as the
      number of gray scale representation bits is alternately output from the
      first memory and the second memory, a data converter controlled by the
      printer controller for converting an amount of image data equal to the
      number of the gray scale representation bits into drive data represented
      by a set number of bits and outputting the image data, a data repeater for
      repeating the transfer of the image data alternately output from the first
      memory and the second memory to the data converter according to the memory
      select signal, and a drive signal generator for receiving the drive data
      and driving an optical scanning unit. According to the image signal
      processor, the time required for transferring data is reduced for image
      data of lower resolution displayed by gray scales of binary data of less
      than eight bits such as four bits or two bits than in image data of higher
      resolution displayed by gray scales of binary data of eight bits in a
      pixel due to a smaller amount of information to be transferred.
PATN
WKU  059909234
SRC  8
APN  9708162
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971114
TTL  High resolution dynamic pulse width modulation
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Hai C.
EXP  Barlow; John
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Morrison; Robert D.
CTY  Star
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  347252
XCL  347237
XCL  347247
XCL  375238
XCL  375239
XCL  375375
EDF  6
ICL  B41J  247
FSC  347
FSS  252;237;247
FSC  358
FSS  474
FSC  375
FSS  238;239;373;374;375;376
UREF
PNO  4847641
ISD  19890700
NAM  Tung
OCL  347131
UREF
PNO  5034967
ISD  19910700
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL  375373
UREF
PNO  5115328
ISD  19920500
NAM  Kadono
OCL  358474
UREF
PNO  5245637
ISD  19930900
NAM  Gersbach et al.
OCL  375374
UREF
PNO  5438353
ISD  19950800
NAM  Morrison
OCL  347250
ABST
PAL  Pulse width modulation of signals, such as provided to a driver in a laser
      printer, is phase locked to a beam detect signal. In addition, it must
      permit continuously variable, arbitrarily small pulses at extremely high
      speeds. This invention describes a novel method and system using multiple
      streams of variable phase clocked outputs. The variable phase clocked
      outputs are combined with a clock generator to achieve these goals at low
      cost. As a result, the pulse width modulated signals provide continuously
      variable selectable pulse widths at extremely high speed.
PATN
WKU  059909242
SRC  8
APN  8951152
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970716
TTL  Image forming apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Hai C.
EXP  Barlow; John
NDR  12
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Kido; Eiichi
CTY  Yamatokoriyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yui; Yuhi
CTY  Nabari
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Wakada; Shigeyuki
CTY  Yamatokoriyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohgoshi; Toshihide
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Murakami; Satoshi
CTY  Yamatokoriyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawakami; Takahiro
CTY  Ikoma
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961016
APN  8-272779
CLAS
OCL  347254
XCL  347240
XCL  347251
XCL  347131
XCL  358298
XCL  358459
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  140
FSC  347
FSS  131;240;251;254
FSC  358
FSS  298;300;428;445;448;459
UREF
PNO  5005139
ISD  19910400
NAM  Tung
OCL  395101
UREF
PNO  5627651
ISD  19970500
NAM  Seto et al.
OCL  358298
UREF
PNO  5662213
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ohshita et al.
OCL  358448
UREF
PNO  5742317
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kashihara
OCL  347131
UREF
PNO  5767982
ISD  19980600
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  358300
LREP
FR2  Conlin; David G.
FR2  Gamache; Richard E.
ABST
PAL  For input image data (`A`) before conversion, each pixel is converted into
      N (=3) parts. In this case, the three sub-pixels of data corresponding to
      a recording pixel (black pixel) are converted into recording sub-pixels on
      both sides of the three (`B`). This eliminates the density variation
      within a single pixel. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the dot spacing
      at slanted area, for example, and hence eliminate jaggies, providing a
      reproduced image easily recognized.
PATN
WKU  059909250
SRC  8
APN  9664920
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971107
TTL  Diode-pumped system and method for producing image spots of constant size
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Hai C.
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  17
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Sousa; John G.
CTY  Hudson
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Foster; Josh
CTY  Nashua
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Moss; James R.
CTY  Altamonte Springs
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Presstek, Inc.
CTY  Hudson
STA  NH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  347256
XCL  347258
XCL  372 70
XCL  372 71
XCL  372 41
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  3091
FSC  347
FSS  258;256
FSC  372
FSS  21;36;38;39;70;71;41
UREF
PNO  3284722
ISD  19661100
NAM  Gray
OCL  331 94.5
UREF
PNO  4185891
ISD  19800100
NAM  Kaestner
OCL  372  9
UREF
PNO  4440470
ISD  19840400
NAM  Khoe
OCL  385 49
UREF
PNO  4812005
ISD  19890300
NAM  Heywang
OCL  385 27
UREF
PNO  4865409
ISD  19890900
NAM  Althaus et al.
OCL  385 49
UREF
PNO  4890289
ISD  19891200
NAM  Basu et al.
OCL  372 33
UREF
PNO  4945544
ISD  19900700
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  372 70
UREF
PNO  4979791
ISD  19901200
NAM  Bowen et al.
OCL  385 33
UREF
PNO  5080706
ISD  19920100
NAM  Snyder et al.
OCL   65102
UREF
PNO  5081639
ISD  19920100
NAM  Snyder et al.
OCL  372101
UREF
PNO  5155631
ISD  19921000
NAM  Snyder et al.
OCL  359708
UREF
PNO  5196866
ISD  19930300
NAM  Ferschl et al.
OCL  347242
UREF
PNO  5245618
ISD  19930900
NAM  Masuda et al.
OCL  372 22
UREF
PNO  5278851
ISD  19940100
NAM  Goto
OCL  372 19
UREF
PNO  5303250
ISD  19940400
NAM  Masuda et al.
OCL  372 38
UREF
PNO  5331650
ISD  19940700
NAM  Maeda et al.
OCL  372 26
UREF
PNO  5351617
ISD  19941000
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  101467
UREF
PNO  5410559
ISD  19950400
NAM  Nighan, Jr. et al.
OCL  372 19
OREF
PAL  Mingxin et al., Applied Optics, 32:2085-2086 (1993).
PAL  Zayhowski et al., Optic Letters, 14: 1318-1320 (1989).
PAL  Zayhowski et al, Optic letters, 16: 575-577 (1991).
PAL  Zayhowski et al., Optic letters, 17:1201-1203 (1992).
PAL  Lacovara et al., Optic Letters, 16: 1089-1091 (1991).
PAL  Chen et al., Optics Letters, 18: 1418-1419 (1993).
PAL  Zhou et al., Optics Letters, 18:511-512 (1993).
PAL  Li et al., Optics Letters, 18: 203-204 (1993).
PAL  Fan, IEEE Journal of Quantum Electronics, 29: 1457-1459 (1992).
PAL  Zayhowski et al., Optics Letters, 19:1427-1429 (1994).
PAL  Taira et al., Optics Letters, 16: 1955-1957 (1991).
PAL  Robrish, Optics Letters, 19: 813-815 (1994).
PAL  Longhi, J. Opt. Soc. Am B., 11: 1098-1107 (1994).
PAL  MacKinnon et al., Optics Communications 94, 94: 281-288 (1992).
PAL  Fan, Journal of Quantum Electronics, 29: 1457-1459 (1993).
LREP
FRM  Cesari and McKenna, LLP
ABST
PAL  Pumped laser crystals for use in an imaging apparatus are designed and
      housed so as to minimize variation in dot size across the spectrum of duty
      cycles ranging generally from 1% to 100%--that is, from print densities
      ranging from every hundredth pixel to every consecutive pixel.
PATN
WKU  059909269
SRC  8
APN  895898&
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970716
TTL  Projection lens systems for excimer laser exposure lithography
ISD  19991123
NCL  56
ECL  1
EXA  Pham; Hai C.
EXP  Le; N.
NDR  18
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Mercado; Romeo I.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Nikon Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  347258
XCL  347244
XCL  359662
XCL  359763
XCL  359766
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  900
ICL  G02B  960
FSC  347
FSS  244;258
FSC  359
FSS  205;206;363;649;663;683;754;763;766;662
UREF
PNO  5805344
ISD  19980900
NAM  Sasaya et al.
OCL  359649
UREF
PNO  5808814
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kudo
OCL  359754
LREP
FR2  Nelson; H. Donald
FR2  Chun; Debra A.
ABST
PAL  A projection lens system that is used to transfer a pattern from a reticle
      onto a wafer, incorporates a projection optical system that is capable of
      maintaining the same, or increased performance, as the current projection
      lens systems, and that achieves excellent aberration correction, has a
      numerical aperture of at least 0.6, an exposure field area of at least
      18.7.times.18.7 mm or at least 26.45 mm diameter at the wafer plane, and
      has a total lens thickness to length ratio less than 0.64 and uses 5 or
      less aspherical lens surfaces.
PATN
WKU  059909277
SRC  8
APN  1601946
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19931202
TTL  Advanced set top terminal for cable television delivery systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Grant; Chris
NDR  32
NFG  36
INVT
NAM  Hendricks; John S.
CTY  Potomac
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Bonner; Alfred E.
CTY  Bethesda
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Wunderlich; Richard E.
CTY  Alpharetta
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Berkobin; Eric C.
CTY  Woodstock
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Discovery Communications, Inc.
CTY  Bethesda
STA  MD
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  991074
APD  19921209
CLAS
OCL  348  6
XCL  348 10
XCL  455  62
XCL  455  63
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  716
FSC  348
FSS  10;11;6;7;12;13;578;584;589;906
FSC  455
FSS  5.1;6.1;4.2;6.2;6.3
FSI  H04N  716;  7173
UREF
PNO  D301037
ISD  19890500
NAM  Matsuda
UREF
PNO  D314383
ISD  19910200
NAM  Hafner
UREF
PNO  D325581
ISD  19920400
NAM  Schwartz
UREF
PNO  D329238
ISD  19920900
NAM  Grasso et al.
UREF
PNO  D331760
ISD  19921200
NAM  Renk, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4361848
ISD  19821100
NAM  Poignet et al.
UREF
PNO  4398216
ISD  19830800
NAM  Field et al.
UREF
PNO  4488179
ISD  19841200
NAM  Kruger et al.
UREF
PNO  4517598
ISD  19850500
NAM  Van Valkenburg et al.
UREF
PNO  4587520
ISD  19860500
NAM  Astle
UREF
PNO  4621282
ISD  19861100
NAM  Ahern
UREF
PNO  4633462
ISD  19861200
NAM  Stifle et al.
UREF
PNO  4688246
ISD  19870800
NAM  Eilers et al.
UREF
PNO  4697209
ISD  19870900
NAM  Kiewit et al.
UREF
PNO  4706121
ISD  19871100
NAM  Young
UREF
PNO  4712105
ISD  19871200
NAM  Kohler
UREF
PNO  4712130
ISD  19871200
NAM  Casey
OCL  348566
UREF
PNO  4724491
ISD  19880200
NAM  Lambert
UREF
PNO  4792972
ISD  19881200
NAM  Cook, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4829558
ISD  19890500
NAM  Welsh
UREF
PNO  4860379
ISD  19890800
NAM  Schoeneberger et al.
UREF
PNO  4876736
ISD  19891000
NAM  Kiewit
UREF
PNO  4947429
ISD  19900800
NAM  Bestler et al.
UREF
PNO  4949187
ISD  19900800
NAM  Cohen
UREF
PNO  4959810
ISD  19900900
NAM  Darbee et al.
UREF
PNO  4961109
ISD  19901000
NAM  Tanaka
UREF
PNO  4975951
ISD  19901200
NAM  Bennett
UREF
PNO  4977455
ISD  19901200
NAM  Young
UREF
PNO  4995078
ISD  19910200
NAM  Monslow et al.
UREF
PNO  5001554
ISD  19910300
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  5014125
ISD  19910500
NAM  Pocock et al.
UREF
PNO  5015829
ISD  19910500
NAM  Eilert et al.
UREF
PNO  5020129
ISD  19910500
NAM  Martin et al.
UREF
PNO  5027400
ISD  19910600
NAM  Baji et al.
UREF
PNO  5036394
ISD  19910700
NAM  Morii et al.
UREF
PNO  5038402
ISD  19910800
NAM  Robbins
UREF
PNO  5046093
ISD  19910900
NAM  Wachob
UREF
PNO  5047867
ISD  19910900
NAM  Strubbe et al.
UREF
PNO  5056138
ISD  19911000
NAM  Tyson, Sr.
UREF
PNO  5077607
ISD  19911200
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  5078019
ISD  19920100
NAM  Aoki
UREF
PNO  5093718
ISD  19920300
NAM  Hoarty et al.
UREF
PNO  5103314
ISD  19920400
NAM  Keenan
UREF
PNO  5105268
ISD  19920400
NAM  Yamanouchi
UREF
PNO  5132789
ISD  19920700
NAM  Ammon et al.
UREF
PNO  5132992
ISD  19920700
NAM  Yurt et al.
UREF
PNO  5133079
ISD  19920700
NAM  Ballantyne et al.
UREF
PNO  5144663
ISD  19920900
NAM  Kudelski et al.
UREF
PNO  5150118
ISD  19920900
NAM  Finkle et al.
UREF
PNO  5151782
ISD  19920900
NAM  Ferraro
UREF
PNO  5151789
ISD  19920900
NAM  Young
UREF
PNO  5166886
ISD  19921100
NAM  Molnar et al.
UREF
PNO  5172413
ISD  19921200
NAM  Bradley et al.
UREF
PNO  5182639
ISD  19930100
NAM  Jutamulia et al.
UREF
PNO  5202817
ISD  19930400
NAM  Koenck et al.
UREF
PNO  5223924
ISD  19930600
NAM  Strubbe
UREF
PNO  5237311
ISD  19930800
NAM  Mailey et al.
UREF
PNO  5237610
ISD  19930800
NAM  Gammie
OCL  380 10
UREF
PNO  5247347
ISD  19930900
NAM  Litteral et al.
UREF
PNO  5253066
ISD  19931000
NAM  Vogel
UREF
PNO  5253275
ISD  19931000
NAM  Yurt et al.
UREF
PNO  5260778
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kauffman et al.
UREF
PNO  5282028
ISD  19940100
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  5283639
ISD  19940200
NAM  Esch et al.
UREF
PNO  5285272
ISD  19940200
NAM  Bradley et al.
UREF
PNO  5289271
ISD  19940200
NAM  Watson
UREF
PNO  5293540
ISD  19940300
NAM  Trani et al.
UREF
PNO  5293633
ISD  19940300
NAM  Robbins
UREF
PNO  5319455
ISD  19940600
NAM  Hoarty et al.
UREF
PNO  5319707
ISD  19940600
NAM  Wasilewski et al.
UREF
PNO  5327554
ISD  19940700
NAM  Palazzi, III et al.
UREF
PNO  5339315
ISD  19940800
NAM  Maeda et al.
UREF
PNO  5341474
ISD  19940800
NAM  Gelman
UREF
PNO  5343239
ISD  19940800
NAM  Lappington et al.
UREF
PNO  5345594
ISD  19940900
NAM  Tsuda
UREF
PNO  5349638
ISD  19940900
NAM  Pitroda et al.
UREF
PNO  5351075
ISD  19940900
NAM  Herz et al.
UREF
PNO  5353121
ISD  19941000
NAM  Young et al.
UREF
PNO  5355162
ISD  19941000
NAM  Yazolino et al.
UREF
PNO  5357276
ISD  19941000
NAM  Banker et al.
OCL  348  7
UREF
PNO  5365265
ISD  19941100
NAM  Shibata et al.
UREF
PNO  5367571
ISD  19941100
NAM  Bowen et al.
OCL  348 10
UREF
PNO  5390348
ISD  19950200
NAM  Magin et al.
UREF
PNO  5396546
ISD  19950300
NAM  Remillard
UREF
PNO  5400401
ISD  19950300
NAM  Wasilewski et al.
UREF
PNO  5404393
ISD  19950400
NAM  Remillard
UREF
PNO  5404505
ISD  19950400
NAM  Levinson
UREF
PNO  5410326
ISD  19950400
NAM  Goldstein
UREF
PNO  5412416
ISD  19950500
NAM  Nemirofsky
UREF
PNO  5414426
ISD  19950500
NAM  O'Donnell et al.
UREF
PNO  5416508
ISD  19950500
NAM  Sakuma et al.
UREF
PNO  5440632
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bacon et al.
UREF
PNO  5442626
ISD  19950800
NAM  Wei
UREF
PNO  5446919
ISD  19950800
NAM  Wilkins
UREF
PNO  5461667
ISD  19951000
NAM  Remillard
UREF
PNO  5469206
ISD  19951100
NAM  Strubbe et al.
UREF
PNO  5477263
ISD  19951200
NAM  O'Callaghan et al.
UREF
PNO  5479268
ISD  19951200
NAM  Young et al.
UREF
PNO  5481294
ISD  19960100
NAM  Thomas et al.
UREF
PNO  5481296
ISD  19960100
NAM  Craqun et al.
UREF
PNO  5481542
ISD  19960100
NAM  Logston et al.
UREF
PNO  5483278
ISD  19960100
NAM  Strubbe et al.
UREF
PNO  5515098
ISD  19960500
NAM  Carles
UREF
PNO  5561708
ISD  19961000
NAM  Remillard
UREF
PNO  5561709
ISD  19961000
NAM  Remillard
UREF
PNO  5644354
ISD  19970700
NAM  Thompson et al.
UREF
PNO  5663757
ISD  19970900
NAM  Morales
FREF
PNO  2044574
ISD  19921200
CNT  CAX
FREF
PNO  149536
ISD  19840100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  103438
ISD  19840300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  145063
ISD  19850600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  158548
ISD  19851000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  167237
ISD  19860100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  243312
ISD  19871000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  355697
ISD  19900200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  402809
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  420123
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  424648
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  506435
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  61-060150
ISD  19860300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-20454
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1130683
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1142918
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3114375
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5250106
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2168227
ISD  19860600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  8601962
ISD  19860300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  8909528
ISD  19891000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9100670
ISD  19910100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9103112
ISD  19910300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9211713
ISD  19920700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9212599
ISD  19920700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9217027
ISD  19921000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9221206
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9322877
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Hong Kong Enterprise advertisement: Two Innovative New Consumer Products
      From SVI; Nov. 1988, p. 379.
PAL  Great Presentations advertisement: Remote, Remote; 1987; p. 32H.
PAL  Consumer Dist. advertisement: Xpand Your TV's Channel Capability;
      Fall/Winter 1992; p. 215.
PAL  Henrie van den Boom: An Interactive Videotex System for Two-Way CATV
      Networks; AEU, Band 40; 1986; pp. 397-401.
PAL  Daniel M. Moloney: Digital Compression in Todays Addressable Environment;
      1993 NCTA Technical Papers; Jun. 6, 1993; pp. 308-316.
PAL  Caitlin Bestler: Flexible Data Structures and Interface Rituals For Rapid
      Development of OSD Applications; 93 NCTA Tech. Papers; Jun. 6, 1993 pp.
      223-236.
PAL  A.D. Gelman, et al.: A Store-And-Forward Architecture For Video-On-Demand
      Service; ICC 91 Conf.; Jun. 1991; pp. 842-846.
PAL  Olshansky et al., Subscriber Distribution Networks Using Compressed Digital
      Video, Journal of Lightwave Technology, Nov. 1992, pp. 1760-1765.
LREP
FRM  Dorsey & Whitney LLP
ABST
PAL  A novel advanced set top terminal capable of digital decompression, menu
      generation, interactivity and other advanced functional capabilities for
      use in a television program delivery system is described. The invention
      relates to methods and apparatus for upgrading existing set top terminals
      to provide menu generation capability and advanced functional
      capabilities. The invention is particularly useful in television program
      delivery systems with hundreds of channels of programming, providing (i)
      menu driven program selection through the addition of an upgrade module or
      menu generation card and (ii) advanced functional capabilities using a set
      of hardware upgrades and/or an expansion card. Specifically, the invention
      is an upgradeable system that supports advanced set top functionality
      through the use of internal software, hardware upgrades, an upgrade module
      and/or expansion cards. The upgraded hardware generally includes a
      microprocessor, various input/output ports, processing circuitry and
      memory. The invention results in an upgraded set top terminal that
      supports: menu generation; picture-on-picture displays; program catalogue
      services; interactive services; telephone caller identification; digital
      audio reception; VCR control; HDTV reception; and backyard satellite
      system interoperability, among other features and capabilities.
PATN
WKU  059909285
SRC  8
APN  8658161
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970530
TTL  Method and apparatus for receiving broadcast entertainment transmissions
      at a moving receiver station
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Gantt; Alan T.
EXP  Bost; Dwayne D.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Sklar; Richard E.
CTY  Huntington Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Phillipp; Ralph
CTY  Huntington Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Walzer; Robert U.
CTY  Yorba Linda
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Zimmerman; Mark R.
CTY  Ontario
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Decuir; Tracy L.
CTY  Cypress
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Rockwell International Corporation
CTY  Costa Mesa
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348  8
XCL  348  6
XCL  348460
XCL  348461
XCL  455 121
XCL  455  63
XCL  455  61
XCL  370312
XCL  342359
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  706
FSC  455
FSS  12.1;6.3;6.1;98;13.1;13.2
FSC  348
FSS  8;6;460;461;117
FSC  370
FSS  312
FSC  342
FSS  359;357.15
UREF
PNO  4706198
ISD  19871100
NAM  Thurman
OCL  364439
UREF
PNO  4866524
ISD  19890900
NAM  Six
OCL  358183
UREF
PNO  5760819
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sklar et al.
OCL  348  8
UREF
PNO  5790175
ISD  19980900
NAM  Sklar et al.
OCL  348  8
UREF
PNO  5790198
ISD  19980800
NAM  Roop et al.
OCL  348460
UREF
PNO  5801751
ISD  19980900
NAM  Sklar et al.
OCL  348  8
LREP
FR2  Eppele; Kyle
FR2  O'Shaughnessy; James P.
ABST
PAL  The disclosure describes a moving receiver station capable of receiving
      broadcast entertainment signals from a first geostationary satellite
      associated with a first program provider, or from a second geostationary
      satellite associated with a second program provider. The receiver station
      is part of an aircraft and includes a tracking antenna and switching and
      control system that locks the tracking antenna on either the first or
      second satellite. The switching and control system receives position
      information, program attribute information and satellite coverage area
      information to determine when the aircraft is leaving one coverage area
      and entering another. The switching and control system switches the
      antenna to the second satellite when the aircraft enters the second
      coverage area, and limits the availability of received programming based
      on whether the aircraft is leaving the first coverage area or entering the
      second coverage area.
PATN
WKU  059909293
SRC  9
APN  1345141
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980814
TTL  Return amplifier for two way cable transmission and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Huang; Sam
EXP  Faile; Andrew I.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Sandaluk; Anthony J.
STR  101 Subway Crescent, PH 303
CTY  Toronto
CNT  CAX
ITX  M9C 6K4
CLAS
OCL  348 12
XCL  455  51
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  7173
FSC  455
FSS  3.1;5.1;6.1
FSC  348
FSS  6;12;13
FSC  375
FSS  229;230;257
FSC  333
FSS  18 R;28 R
ABST
PAL  A return amplifier for two-way coaxial cable systems, of the type having a
      distribution centre distributing first feed signals, and a separate second
      signal delivery system having facilities for distributing second feed
      signals onto said cable system and reception facilities for receiving
      return signals from said cable system, the system having feeder amplifiers
      for receiving first and second feed signals, and having return amplifiers
      having a standard amplifier assembly having a plurality of electronic
      circuits, and in which first and second said electronic circuits are
      settable to provide varying return amplifier specifications, and each of
      said first and second circuits having receptacles for receiving plug in
      attenuator components for varying the specifications of the return
      amplifier, the plurality of plug in attenuator components each being of
      identical design and being adapted to interfit with either the first or
      second electronic circuit, and the attenuator components having a range of
      varying performance characteristics so that an attenuator component can be
      selected and plugged in to respective ones of the first and second
      electronic circuits to produce the performance specifications desired for
      the return amplifier at a predetermined location in the cable system, and
      to a method of operating a return amplifier of the type described.
PATN
WKU  059909307
SRC  9
APN  1218727
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19980724
TTL  Image-area extracting method for visual telephone
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Ramakrishnaiah; Melur
EXP  Kuntz; Curtis A.
NDR  13
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Shibata; Kikuko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970728
APN  9-201183
CLAS
OCL  348 14
XCL  379 9317
XCL  379 9323
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  714
FSC  348
FSS  14;15;20
FSI  H04N  714
FSI  <37993.17;93.21;93.23
UREF
PNO  5583565
ISD  19961200
NAM  Cortjens et al.
OCL  348 15
UREF
PNO  5657246
ISD  19970800
NAM  Hogan et al.
OCL  348 14
FREF
PNO  60-169977
ISD  19850900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  406090444A
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  714
FREF
PNO  406189303A
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  714
ABST
PAL  A visual telephone terminal that allows the user to easily designate any
      desired area to be extracted from an image being shown on a display
      portion by an area-extracting frame or form prepared by using numeral keys
      and stored in storing means, requiring no additional cost. On the numeral
      keys on the visual telephone terminal, the user selects a numeral key
      corresponding to a start point of area-extracting frame or form, moves the
      start point to a desired position and fixes it at the position by pressing
      the start point key, then performs similar operations for selecting and
      deciding the second point, thus forming the area-extracting form on the
      image.
PATN
WKU  059909315
SRC  8
APN  8269009
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970409
TTL  Automatic display update of still frame images for videoconferencing
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Philippe; Gims
EXP  Tung; Bryan
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Nimri; Alain
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Kenoyer; Michael Lee
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  VTEL Corporation
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348 15
XCL  353121
XCL  345330
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  714
FSC  348
FSS  96;700;701;143;97;15;100;154;409;421;13;14
FSC  353
FSS  122;121;112;113
FSC  209
FSS  3.3
FSC   40
FSS  361
FSC  395
FSS  114
FSC  364
FSS  189
FSC  345
FSS  330;331;332
FSC  709
FSS  200.07;200.1
UREF
PNO  4679077
ISD  19870700
NAM  Yuasa et al.
OCL  348154
UREF
PNO  4693373
ISD  19870900
NAM  Lamb et al.
OCL  209  3.3
UREF
PNO  4876597
ISD  19891000
NAM  Roy et al.
OCL  348143
UREF
PNO  4965753
ISD  19901000
NAM  Kraemer
OCL  345421
UREF
PNO  5428417
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lichtenstein
OCL  353122
UREF
PNO  5719643
ISD  19980200
NAM  Nakajima
OCL  348700
UREF
PNO  5754700
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kuzma
OCL  348409
UREF
PNO  5767897
ISD  19980600
NAM  Howell
OCL  348 15
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus to be used for videoconferencing when the
      presentation is to include displays of documents or other visuals. A
      camera is focused on the document and detects when the document is being
      handled by the presenter. It automatically determines when to initially
      display the document, as well as when to update frames of data
      representing the document.
PATN
WKU  059909323
SRC  8
APN  9955399
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971222
TTL  Collaborative shared space
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Ramakrishnaiah; Melur
EXP  Kuntz; Curtis A.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Bee; James W. M.
CTY  Ottawa
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Lamontagne; Doris D.
CTY  Napean
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Hopkins; Gordon W.
CTY  Kanata
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Smith; Scott T.
CTY  Kanata
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Illingworth; Shaun
CTY  Kanata
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Northern Telecom, Limited
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  348 15
XCL  348 17
XCL  379 9321
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  714
FSC  348
FSS  14;15;16;17;18;36;38;39;143;159
FSC  379
FSS  93.19;93.21;106.02
FSC  370
FSS  260
FSC  434
FSS  350;307 R
FSC  128
FSS  904;920;922;903
FSC  607
FSS  60
UREF
PNO  4516156
ISD  19850500
NAM  Fabris et al.
OCL  348 15
UREF
PNO  5444476
ISD  19950800
NAM  Conway
OCL  348 15
UREF
PNO  5448285
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kadowaki
OCL  379 93.19
UREF
PNO  5508713
ISD  19960400
NAM  Okouchi
OCL  455556
FREF
PNO  406046479A
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04Q  900
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  In a video conference system, participants are provided with a greater
      sense of presence. A pair of monitors are positioned at each location and
      provide a presence view image and a shared space image of the other
      location. With this system, participants can overlap their finger pointing
      at a shared image while maintaining eye-to-eye contact.
PATN
WKU  059909331
SRC  9
APN  2739666
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19990322
TTL  Apparatus and method for storage and playback of video images and audio
      messages in multipoint videoconferencing
ISD  19991123
NCL  51
ECL  1
EXP  Chan; Wing F.
NDR  11
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Ozone; Daniel F.
CTY  Norwood
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Dischino; Christopher L.
CTY  Somerville
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Shen; Nelson
CTY  Nashua
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Bhade; Vilas V.
CTY  Natick
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Szeto; Tak
CTY  Brighton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  McKinley; Brittain S.
CTY  Newton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Donovan; Peter J.
CTY  Billerica
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Zeck; Daniel E.
CTY  Acton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Sharkey; Charles F.
CTY  Hudson
STA  NH
ASSG
NAM  VideoServer, Inc.
CTY  Burlington
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  790289
APD  19970128
PSC  01
PNO  5886734
CLAS
OCL  348 15
XCL  379 9321
XCL  379202
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  715
FSC  348
FSS  14-19
FSC  379
FSS  93.01;93.09;93.11;93.17;93.21;93.22;202;204-206
UREF
PNO  4516156
ISD  19850500
NAM  Fabris et al.
UREF
PNO  4691347
ISD  19870900
NAM  Stanley et al.
OCL  379203
UREF
PNO  5600646
ISD  19970200
NAM  Polomski
OCL  370263
UREF
PNO  5710591
ISD  19980100
NAM  Bruno et al.
OCL  348 15
UREF
PNO  5886734
ISD  19990300
NAM  Ozone et al.
OCL  348 15
FREF
PNO  WO 96/42152
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Horn, D.N., et al., "A Standards-Based Multimedia Conferencing Bridge,"
      AT&T Technical Journal, pp. 41-49 (Jan.-Feb. 1993).
PAL  "Multilink Announces Availability of System 80 Videoconferencing Bridge,"
      http://www.multilink.com/sys.80.htm, pp. 1-2 (May 21, 1996).
PAL  "British Telecom Chooses VideoServer Multimedia Conference Servers for the
      World's First Coordinator Attended Videoconferencing Service,"
      http://www.videoserver.com/htm/press29.htm, pp. 1-2 (Aug. 6,1996).
LREP
FRM  Hamilton, Brook, Smith & Reynolds, P.C.
ABST
PAL  In a multipoint control unit for conferencing audiovisual terminals,
      conference participants are greeted with audio and video welcome messages
      and then placed in an automated queue. The automated queue is a holding
      queue from which a conference operator can select the next available
      conference participant in the queue and conduct a subconference. Apparatus
      in the multipoint control unit includes a memory for storing video data
      and a processor coupled to the memory for controlling playback of the
      video data to a connected terminal during conference setup.
PATN
WKU  059909340
SRC  8
APN  4313542
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19950428
TTL  Method and system for panoramic viewing
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Moe; Aung S.
EXP  Garber; Wendy
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Nalwa; Vishvjit Singh
CTY  Middletown
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348 36
XCL  353 30
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  700
FSC  348
FSS  36;38;39;37
FSC  353
FSS  30;98;99;94
FSC  352
FSS  69-71
UREF
PNO  4355328
ISD  19821000
NAM  Kulik
OCL  348 38
UREF
PNO  4985762
ISD  19910100
NAM  Smith
OCL  348 39
UREF
PNO  5016109
ISD  19910500
NAM  Gaylord
OCL  358225
UREF
PNO  5023725
ISD  19910600
NAM  McCutchen
OCL  348 38
UREF
PNO  5030823
ISD  19910700
NAM  Obdeijn
OCL  250223
UREF
PNO  5130794
ISD  19920700
NAM  Ritchey
OCL  358 87
UREF
PNO  5179440
ISD  19930100
NAM  Loban et al.
OCL  348 36
UREF
PNO  5187571
ISD  19930200
NAM  Braun et al.
OCL  348 39
UREF
PNO  5194959
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kaneko et al.
OCL  358225
UREF
PNO  5236199
ISD  19930800
NAM  Thompson, Jr.
OCL  273439
UREF
PNO  5264945
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kannegundla et al.
OCL  358444
UREF
PNO  5495576
ISD  19960200
NAM  Ritchey
OCL  348 39
UREF
PNO  5526133
ISD  19960600
NAM  Paff
OCL  358335
UREF
PNO  5539483
ISD  19960700
NAM  Nalwa
OCL  353 94
UREF
PNO  5745305
ISD  19980400
NAM  Nalwa
OCL  353 30
UREF
PNO  5793527
ISD  19980800
NAM  Nalwa
OCL  359403
FREF
PNO  WO 92 14341
ISD  19920800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  IEICE Transaction on Communications, vol. E77-B, No. 2, Feb. 1, 1994, pp.
      232-238, XP000447116, Kazutake Uehira et al., "Seamless Image-Connection
      Technique For A Multiple-Sensor Camera," p. 233, col. 1, line 19-p. 234,
      col. 1, line 14. AP: Communication from European agent transmitting the
      Curopean search report.
LREP
FR2  Malvone; Christopher N.
ABST
PAL  Four cameras provide a 360 degree view of an area using a four sided
      pyramid shaped element. The four sides of the pyramid shaped element are
      reflective and reflect images from four different directions. Each camera
      is positioned to receive a reflected image from one of the reflective
      sides of the pyramids. The cameras are arranged so that they share a
      common virtual optical center. Pixel data from the cameras is stored in a
      memory, and the data is selectively retrieved from the memory for viewing
      based on a user's input.
PATN
WKU  059909358
SRC  8
APN  8327564
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970404
TTL  Method for measuring camera and lens properties for camera tracking
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Rao; Anand S.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Rohlfing; Thomas R.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348 39
XCL  348139
XCL  348 42
XCL  348135
XCL  348 36
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  718
FSC  348
FSS  180;187;189;190;140;139;153;36;39;42;46;47
FSC  395
FSS  125;119
FSC  382
FSS  28;62;64
UREF
PNO  5285397
ISD  19940200
NAM  Heier et al.
OCL  348139
UREF
PNO  5495576
ISD  19960200
NAM  Ritchey
OCL  395125
LREP
FRM  Thorpe, North & Western, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for performing a lens calibration procedure which is
      executed for each camera and lens pair. The calibration procedure is
      performed to determine the camera and lens nodal point offset and field of
      view, plus image offset in both the horizontal and vertical directions as
      a function of lens zoom and focus settings. The method includes the step
      of providing apparatus which enables the semi-automatic and rapid entry of
      data points representing lens zoom and focus setting information, thereby
      eliminating a source of human error. The general method includes the steps
      of creating a real environment and an identical virtual environment which
      is a copy of the real environment. The image from the virtual environment
      is superimposed on a monitor displaying the real environment. The camera's
      zoom and focus rings are incremented through a plurality of values by
      discrete steps. For each value, the virtual environment's settings are
      manipulated until the real and virtual images are identical. The values
      from the virtual environment are then recorded as a data point
      corresponding to a specific camera lens zoom and focus setting. A
      plurality of data points are then recorded to create the calibration
      dataset.
PATN
WKU  059909366
SRC  8
APN  2053942
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19940303
TTL  Stereoscopic imaging systems using memory affect liquid crystal displays
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Tung; Bryan
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Nakayoshi; Hirokazu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shirochi; Yoshiki
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sato; Seizi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shiota; Hiroyuki
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mamiya; Hiroshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kamaya; Naoki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920410
APN  4-256836
RLAP
COD  71
APN  951854
APD  19920928
PSC  01
PNO  5357277
CLAS
OCL  348 56
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  718
ICL  H04N 1304
FSC  348
FSS  57;56;55;54;53;52;51;43;42
UREF
PNO  3818125
ISD  19740600
NAM  Butterfield
OCL  358 91
UREF
PNO  4233603
ISD  19801100
NAM  Castleberry
OCL  359 58
UREF
PNO  4542960
ISD  19850900
NAM  Yang
OCL  359 55
UREF
PNO  4559555
ISD  19851200
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4706117
ISD  19871100
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4743964
ISD  19880500
NAM  Allard et al.
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4933755
ISD  19900600
NAM  Dahl et al.
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4952024
ISD  19900800
NAM  Gale
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4954890
ISD  19900900
NAM  Park
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4967267
ISD  19901000
NAM  Gallaher, Jr.
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4982278
ISD  19910100
NAM  Dahl et al.
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  5001555
ISD  19910300
NAM  Park
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  5032912
ISD  19910700
NAM  Sakariassen
OCL  358 88
FREF
PNO  60-223281
ISD  19851100
CNT  JPX
OCL  358 88
FREF
PNO  2113058
ISD  19830700
CNT  GBX
OCL  358 88
LREP
FR2  Kananen; Ronald P.
     Rader, Fishman & Grauer
ABST
PAL  An imaging system includes left and right display panels arranged so as to
      be viewed separately by left and right eyes of a viewer. A three
      dimensional video signal is supplied to a drive circuit for the display
      panels such that image data from the three dimensional video signal is
      supplied alternately to the left and right display panels. The display
      panels are of a memory effect LCD type such that, when no image data is
      received by the display panel, the image data of the previously received
      field is maintained on display for providing flickerless imaging.
PATN
WKU  059909374
SRC  8
APN  6399126
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960426
TTL  Camcorder integrally incorporating a still camera
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Gerber; Wendy
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Masayoshi; Urushidani
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950428
APN  7-106269
CLAS
OCL  348 64
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5225
FSC  348
FSS  348;220;221;140;139;121;64
FSC  396
FSS  429;322;343;344;107;109;139;140;29;80;89;121;82
UREF
PNO  4742369
ISD  19880500
NAM  Ishii
OCL  348232
UREF
PNO  4788565
ISD  19881100
NAM  Masuda
OCL  348 64
UREF
PNO  4829383
ISD  19890500
NAM  Harase
OCL  348 64
UREF
PNO  4829384
ISD  19890500
NAM  Iida
OCL  348 64
UREF
PNO  4862280
ISD  19890800
NAM  Iida
OCL  348 64
UREF
PNO  4924247
ISD  19900500
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  348348
UREF
PNO  4937673
ISD  19900600
NAM  Saito
OCL  348 64
UREF
PNO  4949117
ISD  19900800
NAM  Van Heyningen
OCL  348 64
UREF
PNO  4978983
ISD  19901200
NAM  StAlfors
OCL  348 64
UREF
PNO  5150215
ISD  19920900
NAM  Shi
OCL  348 64
UREF
PNO  5680648
ISD  19971000
NAM  Nonaka
OCL  396109
UREF
PNO  5710954
ISD  19980100
NAM  Inoue
OCL  396374
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A camcorder integrally incorporating a still camera and using an automatic
      focusing device of the still camera or the camcorder is provided. A still
      camera main body and an optical viewfinder of the still camera are
      installed at the right front side of the main body of a camcorder, and a
      still camera lens, an infrared emitting element for measuring distance, an
      infrared receiving element for measuring distance, a flash and the like
      are installed at the main body of the still camera. Therefore, when a
      focus of an object is difficult to control, e.g., when the object is in
      the dark or when there is no contrast between the object and the
      background, the focusing direction of the camcorder lens is moved using
      the data of distance measured by a distance measuring device adopting an
      infrared mode installed in the still camera, so that a picture
      photographed by an instant camera function or a frash recording function
      can be stored in the picture memory of the camcorder.
PATN
WKU  059909382
SRC  8
APN  8068461
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970226
TTL  Showcase security system
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Rao; Anand S.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Bern; Brett L.
STR  1837 Palmer St.
CTY  North Las Vegas
STA  NV
ZIP  89030
CLAS
OCL  348152
XCL  348154
XCL  348143
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  718
FSC  348
FSS  143;144;150;151;152;156;154
FSC  340
FSS  566;520;572
FSC  312
FSS  114
UREF
PNO  3935380
ISD  19760100
NAM  Coutta
OCL  348143
UREF
PNO  4804877
ISD  19890200
NAM  Harwood
OCL  312114
UREF
PNO  4866661
ISD  19890900
NAM  De Prins
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4942464
ISD  19900700
NAM  Milatz
UREF
PNO  4962369
ISD  19901000
NAM  Close
OCL  340572
UREF
PNO  4982281
ISD  19910100
NAM  Gutierrez
OCL  348151
UREF
PNO  5027104
ISD  19910600
NAM  Reid
UREF
PNO  5105317
ISD  19920400
NAM  Sugiyama et al.
OCL  360 71
UREF
PNO  5111289
ISD  19920500
NAM  Lucas et al.
UREF
PNO  5359363
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kuban et al.
OCL  348143
UREF
PNO  5382943
ISD  19950100
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  348145
UREF
PNO  5545958
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kramer
OCL  318560
FREF
PNO  58-215883
ISD  19831200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-104887
ISD  19840600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Kenehan, Lambertsen & Stein
FR2  Lambertsen; John C.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method for an improved security system employing a video
      camera and video recorder is disclosed. Recordation of the video signals
      from the video camera by the video recorder is controlled by activation of
      a remotely mounted switch that monitors the status of a controlled access
      area. When an activation switch is placed adjacent an access door to a
      retail display cabinet, recordation of the video signals depicting that
      area will occur only when the access door is opened, generating a signal
      from the door switch as to the status of the access door ("open"). Upon
      closing the access door, a second signal is generated by the switch,
      terminating the recording of the video signals. In this manner video
      signals are only recorded during such time as access restrictions are
      compromised.
PATN
WKU  059909390
SRC  8
APN  5353904
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19950928
TTL  Video demultiplexing interface for a missile tracking system
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Diep; Nhon T.
EXP  Tung; Bryan
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Sand; Richard J.
CTY  Torrance
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Jenkins; Thomas E.
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Nakano; Kevin M.
CTY  Torrance
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Raytheon Company
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348164
XCL  348145
XCL  348171
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  718
ICL  H04N  947
ICL  H04N  533
ICL  H04N  5225
FSC  348
FSS  164;145;381;171;222;246;247;166;168;295;297
FSC  395
FSS  800
FSC  250
FSS  332
FSC  382
FSS  103;312
FSC  244
FSS  3.11
FSC  364
FSS  862
FSC  708
FSS  838
FSI  H04N  718;  947;  533
UREF
PNO  4060830
ISD  19771100
NAM  Woolfson
OCL  358126
UREF
PNO  4298887
ISD  19811100
NAM  Rode
OCL  348164
UREF
PNO  4424943
ISD  19840100
NAM  Zwirn et al.
OCL  244  3.11
UREF
PNO  4474343
ISD  19841000
NAM  Zwirn et al.
UREF
PNO  4477834
ISD  19841000
NAM  Beaumont et al.
OCL  348164
UREF
PNO  4684812
ISD  19870800
NAM  Tew et al.
OCL  348164
UREF
PNO  4821337
ISD  19890400
NAM  Alm
OCL  382312
UREF
PNO  4920535
ISD  19900400
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  370105.1
UREF
PNO  4958224
ISD  19900900
NAM  Lepore et al.
OCL  348171
UREF
PNO  5028998
ISD  19910700
NAM  Westell
OCL  348145
UREF
PNO  5042743
ISD  19910800
NAM  Carney
OCL  244  3.11
UREF
PNO  5047863
ISD  19910900
NAM  Pape et al.
OCL  348247
UREF
PNO  5081693
ISD  19920100
NAM  Gannon
OCL  382312
UREF
PNO  5083204
ISD  19920100
NAM  Heard et al.
OCL  348164
UREF
PNO  5091718
ISD  19920200
NAM  Beatty
OCL  345 22
UREF
PNO  5101271
ISD  19920300
NAM  Andrews et al.
OCL  348246
UREF
PNO  5245425
ISD  19930900
NAM  Klatt
OCL  348164
UREF
PNO  5274235
ISD  19931200
NAM  Taylor
OCL  250332
UREF
PNO  5278644
ISD  19940100
NAM  Lewins et al.
OCL  348164
UREF
PNO  5317395
ISD  19940500
NAM  Carr et al.
OCL  348164
UREF
PNO  5332176
ISD  19940700
NAM  Wootton et al.
OCL  244  3.11
UREF
PNO  5430294
ISD  19950700
NAM  Mears et al.
OCL  250332
UREF
PNO  5436659
ISD  19950700
NAM  Vincent
OCL  348246
UREF
PNO  5459319
ISD  19951000
NAM  Norsworthy
OCL  250349
UREF
PNO  5479526
ISD  19951200
NAM  Benton et al.
OCL  382103
UREF
PNO  5602391
ISD  19970200
NAM  Pines et al.
OCL  250332
UREF
PNO  5606707
ISD  19970200
NAM  Tomassi et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5651512
ISD  19970700
NAM  Sand et al.
OCL  244  3.11
FREF
PNO  2 660 998 A1
ISD  19911000
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 249 897
ISD  19901100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FR2  Raufer; Colin M.
FR2  Alkov; Leonard A.
FR2  Lenzen, Jr.; Glenn H.
ABST
PAL  A video demultiplexing interface (70) is used in a missile tracking system
      (10) employing a missile (12) with a thermal beacon (24). A target
      designator (40) defines a boresight from a missile firing location, such
      as an aircraft, to a target. The closed-loop tracking system (10) employs
      a forward looking infrared (FLIR) sensor (52) to track the displacement of
      the thermal beacon (24) from the boresight and generates a correction
      signal related to such displacement. The video demultiplexing interface
      (70) transforms serial multiplexed video signals, which are output by the
      FLIR sensor (52) and contain a field with M rows and L columns of pixels,
      into a demultiplexed parallel video signal containing N selectable
      adjacent horizontal rows of pixels (where N is less than M). A video
      thermal tracker (58) selects the N adjacent horizontal rows of pixels and
      generates azimuth and elevation error signals which are transmitted to the
      missile (12). The trajectory of the missile (12) is continuously corrected
      to align the thermal beacon (24) with the boresight.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made with government support under Contract No.
      F04606-90-D0004 awarded by the Department of Air Force. The Government has
      certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059909404
SRC  8
APN  7504667
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19961213
TTL  Video monitor system with video monitor adjustment messages overlaid on
      the video monitor
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Kostak; Victor R.
NDR  38
NFG  44
INVT
NAM  Hashimoto; Masayuki
CTY  Matto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hiraka; Tadahiko
CTY  Matto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katada; Hideo
CTY  Matto
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Jinbo; Yuichi
CTY  Matto
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nanao Corporation
CTY  Matto
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940614
APN  6-131538
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940614
APN  6-132162
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950120
APN  7-007171
CLAS
OCL  348184
XCL  348581
XCL  348569
EDF  6
ICL  H04N 1701
FSC  348
FSS  189;181;190;184;581;445;441;556;569;563;554
UREF
PNO  4769703
ISD  19880900
NAM  Osborne et al.
OCL  348189
UREF
PNO  4872054
ISD  19891000
NAM  Gray et al.
OCL  348441
UREF
PNO  4907082
ISD  19900300
NAM  Richards
OCL  348569
UREF
PNO  5173778
ISD  19921200
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  348569
UREF
PNO  5247358
ISD  19930900
NAM  Richards
OCL  348189
UREF
PNO  5333560
ISD  19940800
NAM  Yoshida
UREF
PNO  5359543
ISD  19941000
NAM  Na
OCL  348189
UREF
PNO  5420643
ISD  19950500
NAM  Romesburg et al.
OCL  348581
UREF
PNO  5448288
ISD  19950900
NAM  Oue et al.
OCL  348189
UREF
PNO  5493418
ISD  19960200
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  348581
UREF
PNO  5617147
ISD  19970400
NAM  Ezaki
OCL  348445
UREF
PNO  5774187
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tsunoda
OCL  348569
FREF
PNO  0298390
ISD  19890100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  43 36 116
ISD  19940500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  5-293266
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 267 802
ISD  19931200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP95/01173
PD1  19961213
PD2  19961213
PD3  19950612
PCP  WO95/34880
PCD  19951221
ABST
PAR  An adjustment system for a video monitor including a microprocessor, a D/A
      converter, an on-screen display controller circuit and an operator input
      unit. The microprocessor is configured to output adjustment signals to
      input circuits of the video monitor via the D/A converter and overlay a
      message concerning image adjustment on a display screen via the on-screen
      display controller circuit. The adjustment system corrects the problem of
      conventional adjustment systems wherein adjustment operation cannot be
      carried out unless an operator is fully aware of and skilled in the
      adjustment procedure.
PATN
WKU  059909412
SRC  8
APN  5166292
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19950818
TTL  Method and apparatus for the interactive display of any portion of a
      spherical image
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Michael H.
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Jackson; Laban Phelps
CTY  Knoxville
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Pecoraro; Alexis S.
CTY  Knoxville
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Hansen; Peter
CTY  Knoxville
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Bauer; Martin L.
CTY  Oak Ridge
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Martin; H. Lee
CTY  Knoxville
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Interactive Pictures Corporation
CTY  Oak Ridge
STA  TN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  494599
APD  19950623
RLAP
COD  82
APN  386912
APD  19950208
RLAP
COD  81
APN  339663
APD  19941114
RLAP
COD  81
APN  189585
APD  19940131
PSC  01
PNO  5384588
RLAP
COD  82
APN  699366
APD  19910513
PSC  01
PNO  5185667
RLAP
COD  75
APN  373446
APD  19950117
RLAP
COD  82
APN  189585
APD  19940131
PSC  01
PNO  5384588
CLAS
OCL  348207
XCL  348147
XCL  348335
XCL  348 36
XCL  382293
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  530
FSC  348
FSS  207;222;239;36;39;47;48;143;147;576;578;580;583;335
FSC  382
FSS  268
FSI  H04N  530
FSI  <359708;718;725;728;364;363
FSI  <345425;427;435;126
UREF
PNO  4152724
ISD  19790500
NAM  Hunter
UREF
PNO  4463380
ISD  19840700
NAM  Hooks, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4549208
ISD  19851000
NAM  Kamejima et al.
UREF
PNO  4736436
ISD  19880400
NAM  Yasukawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4772942
ISD  19880900
NAM  Tuck
UREF
PNO  4807158
ISD  19890200
NAM  Blanton et al.
UREF
PNO  4858149
ISD  19890800
NAM  Quarendon
UREF
PNO  4899293
ISD  19900200
NAM  Dawson et al.
UREF
PNO  4965844
ISD  19901000
NAM  Oka et al.
UREF
PNO  5023725
ISD  19910600
NAM  McCutchen
UREF
PNO  5067019
ISD  19911100
NAM  Juday et al.
UREF
PNO  5068735
ISD  19911100
NAM  Tuchiya et al.
UREF
PNO  5130794
ISD  19920700
NAM  Ritchey
UREF
PNO  5175808
ISD  19921200
NAM  Sayre
UREF
PNO  5200818
ISD  19930400
NAM  Neta et al.
UREF
PNO  5396583
ISD  19950300
NAM  Chen et al.
UREF
PNO  5446833
ISD  19950800
NAM  Miller et al.
UREF
PNO  5561756
ISD  19961000
NAM  Miller et al.
FREF
PNO  011909
ISD  19840600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2-127877
ISD  19900500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 82/03712
ISD  19821000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/26610
ISD  19960800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  A method of modeling sky for computer animation, Ned Greene; Computer
      Graphics World, DVI Video/Graphics, Douglas F. Cixon et al. Jul. 1987;
      Digital Processing of Images Taken By a Fish-eye Lens, Morio Onoe et al.,
      1982.
PAL  G. David Ripley, "DVI--A Digital Multimedia Technology", Communications of
      the ACM Jul. 1989 vol. 32, No. 7, pp. 811-822.
PAL  M. Onoe et al., "Digital Processing of Images Taken by Fish-Eye Lens",
      IEEE: Proceedings, New York, 1982, vol. 1, pp. 105-108.
PAL  N. Greene, "Environment Mapping and Other Applications of World
      Projections", IEEE Computer Graphics and Applications, Nov. 1986, pp.
      21-29.
PAL  N. Greene, "A Method of Modeling Sky for Computer Animations", Proc. First
      Int'l. Conf. Engineering and Computer Graphics, Aug. 1984, pp. 297-300.
PAL  J. Blinn et al., Texture and Reflection in Computer Generated Images, Comm.
      ACM, vol. 19, No. 10, 1976, pp. 542-547.
PAL  N. Greene et al., "Creating Raster Omnimax Images from Multiple perspective
      Views Using the Elliptical Weighted Average Filter", IEEE Computer
      Graphics and Applications, Jun. 1986, pp. 21-27.
PAL  R. Kingslake, "Optical System Design", Academic Press, 1983, pp. 86-87.
PAL  S. Ray, "The Lens in Action", Hastings House, 1976, pp. 114-117.
PAL  F. Pearson II, "Map Projections Theory and Applications", CRC Press, Inc.,
      1990, pp. 215-345.
PAL  A. Paeth, "Digital Cartography for Computer Graphics", Graphics Gems, 1990,
      pp. 307-320.
PAL  G. Wolberg, "Digital Image Warping", IEEE Computer Society Press, 1988.
PAL  F. Kenton Musgrave, "A Panoramic Virtual Screen for Ray Tracing", Graphics
      Gems, 1992, pp. 288-294.
PAL  J.D. Foley et al., "Computer Graphics: Principles and Practice", 1990,
      1996, pp. 229-381.
PAL  Intel Corporation, "Action Media 750 Production Tool Reference", 1988,
      1991.
PAL  S. Morris, "Digital Video Interactive--A New Integrated Format for
      Multi-Media Information", Microcomputer for Information Management, Dec.
      1987, 4(4):249-261.
PAL  "Declaration of Scott Gilbert in Support of Defendant Infinite Pictures"
      Memorandum in Opposition to Plaintiff's Motion for Preliminary Injuction,
      Omniview, Inc. V. Infinite Pictures, Inc., Civ. Action No. 3-96-849.
PAL  Video Tape--IPIX v. Infinite Pictures, Ref. No. 01096.58462, Exhibit Nos.
      216 & 217.
PAL  Two (2) Japanese prior art articles authorized by Dr. Morio Kuno (1980).
PAL  Heckbert, "Fundamentals of Texture Mapping and Image Warping", Report No.
      UCB/CSD 89/516, Jun. 1989.
PAL  Heckbert, "The PMAT and Poly User's Manual", NYIT Document, 1983.
PAL  Data Sheets for Imaging Products, Defendant's Exhibit 202, pp. 40-63.
PAL  Data Sheets for TMC2301, TMC2302, Defendant's Exhibit 402, 1 sheet.
PAL  Data Sheets for Simplified Block Diagram, Plaintiff's Exhibit 409, pp.
      41-77.
PAL  Communications Of The acm, "Interactive Technologies", Association for
      Computing Machinery, vol. 32, No. 7, Jul. 1989.
PAL  Science & Technology, Mar. 6, 1995, pp. 54-55, NASA's Tiny Camera Has A
      Wide-Angle Future, Larry Armstrong and Larry Holyoke.
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  Apparatus for interactive display of any portion of a spherical image
      preferably comprises a personal computer or other digital processor
      apparatus for storing digital data representative of at least one image
      having a 180 degree or greater field of view (or hemispherical image). In
      order to view a selected image portion without warp or distortion at the
      seam between opposite hemispherical images, edge filtering is applied to
      eliminate a halo effect. Moreover, an opposite hemispherical image may
      either be obtained by creating a mirror image of a first hemispherical
      image or by capturing a second hemispherical image by means of an
      oppositely directed camera and storing the digital image. Equations for
      image transformation are based on a lens' characteristics including the
      lens' radius R. An input interface preferably comprises a display
      including a magnification region and a directional cursor for pointing the
      direction to a next spherical image. "Hot spots" can be linked to audio,
      text, graphics, or other media or trigger a charge for a pay event or
      identify program links to the next spherical image.
PATN
WKU  059909420
SRC  8
APN  4561961
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19950531
TTL  Photographing apparatus using image information for blurring correction
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Vu; Ngoc-Yen
EXP  Garber; Wendy
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Ogino; Shigeru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910501
APN  3-099963
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910501
APN  3-099964
RLAP
COD  74
APN  441334
APD  19950515
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  875976
APD  19920428
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  348208
XCL  348169
XCL  348240
XCL  348352
XCL  396 53
XCL  396 54
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5225
ICL  H04N  5228
ICL  H04N  5262
FSC  348
FSS  154;155;169;170;207;208;239;240;241;248;249;250;358;142;352;345
FSI  H04N  5225;  5228;  5262
FSI  <39651;52;53;54;55
UREF
PNO  4270143
ISD  19810500
NAM  Morris
OCL  358125
UREF
PNO  5060074
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kinugasa et al.
OCL  358224
UREF
PNO  5083208
ISD  19920100
NAM  Hatanaka
OCL  358227
UREF
PNO  5107293
ISD  19920400
NAM  Sekine et al.
OCL  354403
UREF
PNO  5172226
ISD  19921200
NAM  Morimura
OCL  358105
UREF
PNO  5189518
ISD  19930200
NAM  Nishida
OCL  358222
UREF
PNO  5204741
ISD  19930400
NAM  Sakaguchi
OCL  358105
UREF
PNO  5309230
ISD  19940500
NAM  Blondel et al.
OCL  348164
UREF
PNO  5467127
ISD  19951100
NAM  Tong-Pil
OCL  348169
UREF
PNO  5493333
ISD  19960200
NAM  Hirose
OCL  348208
UREF
PNO  5502484
ISD  19960300
NAM  Okada
OCL  348208
UREF
PNO  5559551
ISD  19960900
NAM  Sakamoto et al.
OCL  348169
LREP
FRM  Robin, Blecker & Daley
ABST
PAL  There is provided a photographing apparatus, in which image information in
      a range wider than an ordinary range is converted into an electric signal
      by an image pickup device and stored into an image memory, a blurring is
      corrected by moving a reading-out area from the image memory in accordance
      with the blurring, and when the blurring correction is not performed, the
      image stored in the image memory is reduced to a predetermined size at a
      reduction ratio according to a zoom ratio by a zoom switch and generated.
PATN
WKU  059909439
SRC  8
APN  8100888
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970303
TTL  Optical apparatus with a plurality of zooming control means
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Hsia; Sherrie
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Yamazaki; Yasuyuki
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19921016
APN  4-278720
RLAP
COD  71
APN  746152
APD  19961106
PSC  01
PNO  5654752
RLAP
COD  81
APN  394624
APD  19950227
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  132666
APD  19931006
PSC  01
PNO  5448294
CLAS
OCL  348208
XCL  348262
XCL  348358
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5232
FSC  348
FSS  47;51;208;240;262;347;358
FSC  359
FSS  375;378;407;466;480;554;557
FSI  H04N  5232
UREF
PNO  5095365
ISD  19920300
NAM  Takatoo et al.
OCL  348208
UREF
PNO  5117246
ISD  19920500
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  348208
UREF
PNO  5192964
ISD  19930300
NAM  Shinohara et al.
OCL  348208
UREF
PNO  5282044
ISD  19940100
NAM  Misawa et al.
OCL  348208
UREF
PNO  5386264
ISD  19950100
NAM  Sekine et al.
OCL  348208
UREF
PNO  5448294
ISD  19950900
NAM  Yamazaki
OCL  348208
UREF
PNO  5654752
ISD  19970800
NAM  Yamazaki
OCL  348208
LREP
FRM  Robin, Blecker & Daley
ABST
PAL  An imaging apparatus is disclosed which is integrally provided with two
      image pickup systems for respectively converting subject light into image
      signals and two displays for respectively displaying images relative to
      the image signals obtained by the two image pickup systems. In the
      disclosed imaging apparatus, since the operations of the two image pickup
      systems are synchronized, it is not necessary to insert an element, such
      as a prism, in each optical path. Further, since a common signal
      processing circuit is provided for performing predetermined processing of
      the image signals outputted from the two image pickup systems, the size of
      the imaging apparatus is reduced.
PATN
WKU  059909447
SRC  8
APN  8969515
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970718
TTL  Streak tube sweeping method and a device for implementing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Ferguson; Eric
EXP  Garber; Wendy
NDR  12
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Abe; Shigeru
CTY  Hamamatsu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hamamatsu Photonics K.K.
CTY  Shizuoka-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960719
APN  8-190897
CLAS
OCL  348215
XCL  348217
XCL  348325
XCL  250214VT
XCL  382 982
XCL  382146
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 3150
ICL  H04N  5228
FSC  348
FSS  209;217;325;326;331;215;216
FSC  315
FSS  151;158
FSC  378
FSS  98.8;146;98.2
FSC  250
FSS  214 VT
UREF
PNO  4413178
ISD  19831100
NAM  Mourou et al.
OCL  250213VT
UREF
PNO  4739408
ISD  19880400
NAM  Gehrmann
OCL  358217
UREF
PNO  4740685
ISD  19880400
NAM  Koishi
OCL  250213VP
UREF
PNO  4801796
ISD  19890100
NAM  Kinoshita
OCL  250213VT
UREF
PNO  4942293
ISD  19900700
NAM  Koishi et al.
OCL  250213VT
UREF
PNO  4945224
ISD  19900700
NAM  Koishi et al.
OCL  250213VT
UREF
PNO  4947031
ISD  19900800
NAM  Koishi et al.
OCL  250213VT
UREF
PNO  5043568
ISD  19910800
NAM  Tsuchiya et al.
OCL  250213VT
UREF
PNO  5045761
ISD  19910900
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  315410
FREF
PNO  3-67447
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01J 3150
FREF
PNO  4-9449
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01J 1100
FREF
PNO  4-38304
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01J  142
FREF
PNO  2 186 075
ISD  19870800
CNT  GBX
ICL  G01N 2164
OREF
PAL  "Measurements Of Ultrashort Optical Pulses by Streak Cameras", Yutaka
      Tsuchiya, The Review of Laser Engineering, vol. 15, No. 11, Nov. 1987, The
      Laser Society of Japan, pp. 896-904.
PAL  XP 002044386 Gaseous Breakdown Studies Using a Modified Image Converter
      Streak Camera; Hong et al., 8127 Review of Scientified Instruments vol. 52
      (1981), Dec. No. 12, New York, USA pp. 1824-1829.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A streak tube sweeping method in which a synchronization scan sweeping
      signal of a fixed repetition frequency is applied to vertical deflection
      plates in a streak tube, causing an electron beam, generated when a light
      to be measured is introduced to a photocathode in the streak tube, to
      sweep at the fixed repetition frequency across a phosphor screen in a
      first direction. At predetermined intervals that are multiples of the
      synchronization scan sweeping signal period, a horizontal blanking signal
      is applied to horizontal deflection plates in the streak tube, causing the
      electron beam to sweep a streak once every pulse across an output
      effective area of the phosphor screen. Hence, information of emitted light
      can be accurately measured even if the life of the light to be measured is
      longer than the period of the synchronization scan sweeping signal (or the
      period of the light pulse output from a laser light source, which is the
      source of the sweeping signal).
PATN
WKU  059909455
SRC  8
APN  9207570
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970829
TTL  Encoded digital video transmission system
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Kostak; Victor R.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Sinha; Atul N.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Denteneer; Theodorus J. J.
CTY  Eindhoven
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Pronk; Serverius P. P.
CTY  Eindhoven
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Theunis; Hendrik G. J.
CTY  Velserbroek
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960830
APN  96202414
CLAS
OCL  348219
XCL  348217
XCL  348700
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  710
FSC  348
FSS  700;390;385;384;387;7;845.2
FSC  709
FSS  217-219
FSC  370
FSS  230;232;235
UREF
PNO  5231484
ISD  19930700
NAM  Gonzales et al.
OCL  348700
UREF
PNO  5260783
ISD  19931100
NAM  Dixit
OCL  348700
UREF
PNO  5532746
ISD  19960700
NAM  Chang
OCL  348700
UREF
PNO  5617150
ISD  19970400
NAM  Nam et al.
OCL  348700
UREF
PNO  5819048
ISD  19981000
NAM  Okazaki et al.
OCL  348  7
FREF
PNO  0517273A2
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0535860A2
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Treacy; David R.
ABST
PAL  Compressed digitally encoded video signals are transmitted over an
      asynchronous transfer mode network with varying grades of service
      dependent on bitrate requirements for a desired picture quality and the
      currently available network capacity. To maximize transmission quality and
      minimize cost, the grade of service requested from the network is
      changeable in response to scene changes.
PATN
WKU  059909463
SRC  8
APN  9215697
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970902
TTL  Signal reading and processing arrangement of still picture recording
      apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Hsia; Sherrie
NDR  36
NFG  59
INVT
NAM  Sakurai; Hiroshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohtsubo; Hiroyasu
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Asada; Kouji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Noda; Masaru
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iura; Noriyuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Imaide; Takuya
CTY  Fujisawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kamimura; Junji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Komatsu; Hiroyuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kinugasa; Toshiro
CTY  Hiratsuka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19921211
APN  4-331393
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19921221
APN  4-339975
RLAP
COD  74
APN  461519
APD  19950605
PSC  01
PNO  5726707
RLAP
COD  84
APN  164798
APD  19931210
PSC  01
PNO  5512945
CLAS
OCL  348222
XCL  348239
XCL  348273
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5262
ICL  H04N  907
FSC  348
FSS  222;239;240;266;268;272;273;279
FSI  H04N  5262;  907;  904
UREF
PNO  4553170
ISD  19851100
NAM  Aoki et al.
UREF
PNO  4746988
ISD  19880500
NAM  Nutting et al.
UREF
PNO  4763204
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kinoshita et al.
UREF
PNO  5459520
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sasaki
UREF
PNO  5528292
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ikeda
OCL  348222
UREF
PNO  5541648
ISD  19960700
NAM  Udagawa
UREF
PNO  5581298
ISD  19961200
NAM  Sasaki
UREF
PNO  5740303
ISD  19980400
NAM  Ban
OCL  348222
FREF
PNO  63-114487
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-76394
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  A still picture recording digital camera including a light quantity limiter
      for interrupting incident light to the camera; an image pickup unit
      including a pixel for converting the incident light to an electric pixel
      signal and outputting the pixel signal as a digital image signal; a signal
      processor for generating a digital image signal having a predetermined
      format; a recording unit for recording the digital image signal output
      from the image pickup unit or the signal processor; the light quantity
      limiter limiting the incident light quantity to a predetermined quantity
      and then interrupting the incident light; the image pickup unit outputting
      a dynamic picture digital image signal when the light quantity limiter is
      limiting the incident light quantity, and outputting a still picture image
      signal after the light quantity limiter has interrupted the incident
      light; and the signal processor performing different signal processing
      operations when the signal processor has received a digital image signal
      for a dynamic picture and a digital image signal for a still picture.
PATN
WKU  059909471
SRC  9
APN  1153730
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19980714
TTL  Photographing apparatus and lens position control device
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Vu; Ngoc-Yen
EXP  Garber; Wendy
NDR  12
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Okino; Tadashi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ichinose; Harunobu
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920108
APN  4-1565
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920114
APN  4-23312
RLAP
COD  71
APN  946124
APD  19971007
RLAP
COD  81
APN  587560
APD  19960117
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  997862
APD  19921229
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  348240
XCL  348358
XCL  382298
XCL  396379
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5225
ICL  H04N  5262
FSC  348
FSS  207;222;239;240;358;561;562
FSC  382
FSS  298;299
FSI  H04N  5262;  5225;  544
FSI  <396373;378;379
UREF
PNO  5398117
ISD  19950300
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  358451
UREF
PNO  5420632
ISD  19950500
NAM  Yamagiwa
OCL  348240
UREF
PNO  5650819
ISD  19970700
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  348240
UREF
PNO  5701157
ISD  19971200
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  348240
LREP
FRM  Robin, Blecker & Daley
ABST
PAL  A lens position control device for a rear-focus type zoom lens includes a
      rear-focus type zoom lens, an image pickup element for converting an
      optical image formed by the zoom lens into an electrical signal, a signal
      processing circuit for executing signal processing of the electrical
      signal so as to obtain an electronic zooming effect, a focus detection
      circuit for detecting a focus adjustment state of the zoom lens, a memory
      for storing information associated with movement of a focusing lens group
      according to lens positions of a variable magnification lens group and a
      focusing lens group of the zoom lens, and a control circuit for, when it
      is determined based on an output from the focus detection circuit that the
      zoom lens is in an in-focus state, moving the focusing lens group on the
      basis of the position of the variable magnification lens group and the
      information stored in the memory, and for, when it is determined that the
      zoom lens is in an out-of-focus state, performing a zooming operation on
      the basis of a signal processing result of the signal processing circuit,
      and moving the focusing lens group on the basis of information detected by
      the focus detection circuit.
PATN
WKU  059909480
SRC  8
APN  808419&
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970228
TTL  Noise cancelling circuit for pixel signals and an image pickup device
      using the noise cancelling circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Martin; Andrew D.
EXP  Garber; Wendy
NDR  18
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Sugiki; Tadashi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960229
APN  8-042920
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960304
APN  8-046121
CLAS
OCL  348250
XCL  348311
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  964
FSC  348
FSS  241;250;302;303;308;294;297;311
UREF
PNO  5461425
ISD  19951000
NAM  Fowler et al.
OCL  348294
UREF
PNO  5717458
ISD  19980200
NAM  Yonemoto
OCL  348305
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  The elimination of noise can be positively achieved by a simpler
      arrangement. For this reason, a capacitor holds a difference between a
      level at a first time point of an input signal and a reference potential
      of a given level. A capacitor holds a difference between a level at a
      second time point of the input signal and a threshold value of an inverter
      serving as a comparator. The first and second capacitors are switched to a
      series-connected state. With a combined voltage of holding voltages on the
      first and second capacitors as an input-side voltage to the inverter, a
      reference voltage Vref varies as a bias through the input-side voltage.
      When the output of the inverter is inverted during a portion of a time in
      which the reference voltage varies, a controller enables the holding of a
      measurement value corresponding to the reference voltage, the measurement
      value being used as a variation corresponding to the input signal.
PATN
WKU  059909498
SRC  8
APN  8639752
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970527
TTL  Digital still camera which displays a gamma-corrected high-quality still
      image upon depression of a shutter release button but without
      displaying an unwanted image
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Ho; Tuan
NDR  10
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Haruki; Toshinobu
CTY  Kyotanabe
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960531
APN  8-139222
CLAS
OCL  348254
XCL  348231
XCL  348220
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5202
FSC  348
FSS  207;220;221;222;254;674;675;333;334;230;232;233
FSC  358
FSS  518;519
UREF
PNO  5077612
ISD  19911200
NAM  Meggardt et al.
OCL  348220
UREF
PNO  5444483
ISD  19950800
NAM  Maeda
OCL  348220
UREF
PNO  5764287
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tatsumi
OCL  348254
LREP
FRM  Michaelson & Wallace
FR2  Michaelson; Peter L.
ABST
PAL  A digital still camera includes a shutter release button. A first gamma
      correction circuit, when a shutter release button is depressed, references
      a first gamma table to correct a camera signal by a gamma characteristic
      of a raster scan display, creating a first image signal. The first image
      signal is subjected to interpolation/thinning-out and image processing by
      a first signal processing circuit. A thinned-out image signal is corrected
      in a second gamma correction circuit by a gamma characteristic for
      converting a raster-scan display gamma characteristic into a dot-matrix
      display gamma characteristic, thereby creating a second image signal. The
      second image signal is displayed on an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display). The
      first image signal is also subjected by a second signal processing circuit
      to interpolation, YUV conversion and JPEC compression so that a compressed
      image signal is stored in a memory flash. The compressed image signal is
      read out of the flash memory as required, to be outputted to a CRT.
PATN
WKU  059909501
SRC  9
APN  0222119
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19980211
TTL  Method and system for color filter array multifactor interpolation
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Harrington; Alicia M.
EXP  Garber; Wendy
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Addison; Stephen B.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Iterated Systems, Inc.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348273
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  314
ICL  H04N  5335
ICL  H04N  904
ICL  H04N  983
FSC  348
FSS  245;246;247;257;441;615;616;617;266;272;273;280
FSC  382
FSS  300
UREF
PNO  4125856
ISD  19781100
NAM  Netravaili et al.
OCL  358 13
UREF
PNO  4605956
ISD  19860800
NAM  Cok
UREF
PNO  4630307
ISD  19861200
NAM  Cok
UREF
PNO  4642678
ISD  19870200
NAM  Cok
OCL  358 44
UREF
PNO  4716455
ISD  19871200
NAM  Ozawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5382976
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hibbard
UREF
PNO  5596367
ISD  19970100
NAM  Hamilton, Jr. et al.
OCL  348272
UREF
PNO  5652621
ISD  19970700
NAM  Adams, Jr. et al.
OCL  348272
UREF
PNO  5742348
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kuwahara et al.
OCL  348441
UREF
PNO  5764804
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yajuma et al.
OCL  382238
LREP
FRM  Morris, Manning & Martin
ABST
PAL  Missing intensity values for color values for a color component array
      derived from a color filter array are predicted using the system and
      method of the present invention. The method uses predictor sets for each
      missing intensity value to select a best value for each missing intensity
      value. The predictor sets include a luminance predictor set, a first
      chrominance predictor set and a second chrominance predictor set. The
      member predictors of the luminance predictor set are selected in response
      to a comparison between a variance between neighboring luminance values
      and a predetermined threshold. The first chrominance set is used to
      predict chrominance values of a color type at locations where a
      chrominance value of another color type was originally stored. The second
      chrominance set is used to predict chrominance values of a color type at
      locations where a luminance value was originally stored. Preferably, the
      member elements of the predictor sets are ranked and the median values
      selected as the missing intensity value.
PATN
WKU  059909510
SRC  8
APN  9042830
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970731
TTL  Solid-state imaging device and method for driving the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  White; Mitchell
EXP  Garber; Wendy
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Koyama; Eiji
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961009
APN  8-268937
CLAS
OCL  348302
XCL  348294
XCL  348300
XCL  348301
XCL  330133
XCL  330297
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  314
FSC  348
FSS  294;300;301;302;303;311
FSC  257
FSS  239
FSC  330
FSS  297;133;308
FSC  377
FSS  60
UREF
PNO  5220587
ISD  19930600
NAM  Takemoto et al.
OCL  377 60
UREF
PNO  5457433
ISD  19951000
NAM  Westwick
OCL  330264
UREF
PNO  5471246
ISD  19951100
NAM  Nishima et al.
OCL  348311
UREF
PNO  5552751
ISD  19960900
NAM  Cooper
OCL  331158
UREF
PNO  5600451
ISD  19970200
NAM  Maki
OCL  358483
UREF
PNO  5751639
ISD  19980500
NAM  Ohsawa
OCL  365226
UREF
PNO  5757225
ISD  19980500
NAM  Tobita
OCL  327539
UREF
PNO  5767902
ISD  19980600
NAM  Koyama
OCL  348311
UREF
PNO  5818075
ISD  19981000
NAM  Kawamoto et al.
OCL  257239
UREF
PNO  5892390
ISD  19990400
NAM  Tobita
OCL  327543
OREF
PAL  H. Asada et al., "Signal Amplifier Circuit", Japanese Laid-Open Publication
      No. 03274811 A, Published on Dec. 5, 1991.
PAL  S. Toyama, "Back-Surface Type Solid-State Infrared Image Sensor", Japanese
      Laid-Open Publication No. 05251677 A, Published on Sep. 28, 1993.
PAL  M. Asaumi, "Solid State Image Pickup Device", Japanese Laid-Open
      Publication No. 06070239 A, Published on Mar. 11, 1994.
LREP
FRM  Dike, Bronstein, Roberts & Cushman, LLP
FR2  Conlin; David G.
FR2  Daley, Jr.; William J.
ABST
PAL  A solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes: a plurality
      of photoelectric conversion elements; a transfer section for transferring
      charges generated by the photoelectric conversion elements; a floating
      diode for converting the charges transferred by the transfer section to
      voltage signals; and an amplification section including a plurality of
      source follower circuits, each amplifying the voltage signals generated by
      the floating diode, wherein different power supply voltages are supplied
      to the respective source follower circuits, and the power supply voltages
      are reduced as the DC current flowing through each of the respective
      source follower circuits increases.
PATN
WKU  059909528
SRC  8
APN  6590780
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960603
TTL  Driving method of solid-state image pickup device
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Moe; Aung S.
EXP  Garber; Wendy
NDR  7
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Hamasaki; Masaharu
STR  c/o Sony Corporation, 7-35, Kitashinagawa 6-Chome
CTY  Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo
CNT  JPX
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950602
APN  7-136376
CLAS
OCL  348311
XCL  348322
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  314
FSC  348
FSS  311;312;322;324
UREF
PNO  4656518
ISD  19870400
NAM  Kosonocky et al.
OCL  348320
UREF
PNO  5546127
ISD  19960800
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  348322
UREF
PNO  5572256
ISD  19961100
NAM  Egawa et al.
OCL  348312
UREF
PNO  5606366
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hieda et al.
OCL  348312
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  A method driving for a solid-state image pickup device in which it is
      possible to achieve a high dynamic range readout without causing
      unnaturalness in the reproduced picture particularly even when filming a
      subject moving at high speed. Primary signal charges are generated by
      adjacent first and second pixels and are subsequently mixed in the
      vertical transfer register. Auxiliary signal charges are also generated in
      adjacent first and second pixels, and, generation of the primary signal
      charge for the second pixel occurs prior to generation of the auxiliary
      signal charge of the first pixel.
PATN
WKU  059909536
SRC  8
APN  7680449
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19961213
TTL  Solid state imaging device having overflow drain region provided in
      parallel to CCD shift register
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Ho; Tuan V.
NDR  15
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Nakashiba; Yasutaka
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951215
APN  7-327542
CLAS
OCL  348314
XCL  348241
XCL  257223
XCL  257230
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5335
FSC  348
FSS  241;243;248;249;250;294;311;314;316
FSC  257
FSS  223;230;232;221;233
FSI  H04N  5335
UREF
PNO  4460912
ISD  19840700
NAM  Takeshita et al.
OCL  257223
UREF
PNO  5770870
ISD  19980600
NAM  Nakashiba
OCL  257230
UREF
PNO  5796432
ISD  19980800
NAM  Iesaka et al.
OCL  348314
FREF
PNO  58-31671
ISD  19830200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-31672
ISD  19830200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-154881
ISD  19870700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-33275
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-205359
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  The Institute of Television Engineers of Japan, vol. 37, No. 10, 1983, pp.
      782-787.
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  A solid state imaging device of the present invention includes a
      photoelectric convert part, a vertical charge transfer part, a horizontal
      charge transfer part, an unnecessary charge expelling region. A channel
      region of the horizontal charge transfer part and the unnecessary charge
      expelling region have an identical impurity profile. The channel region of
      the horizontal charge transfer part is applied to a first voltage to be
      depleted and the unnecessary charge expelling region is applied to a
      second voltage to be in non-depleted state.
PATN
WKU  059909544
SRC  8
APN  4184661
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19950407
TTL  Electronic imaging apparatus having a functional operation controlled by
      a viewpoint detector
ISD  19991123
NCL  38
ECL  1
EXP  Garber; Wendy
NDR  12
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Takashi
CTY  Mitaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakano; Hirofumi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940412
APN  6-073640
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940412
APN  6-073647
CLAS
OCL  348334
XCL  348333
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5225
FSC  348
FSS  333;334;350
FSC  345
FSS  145;146;156;157
UREF
PNO  4109145
ISD  19780800
NAM  Graf
OCL  250201
UREF
PNO  4595980
ISD  19860600
NAM  Garwin et al.
OCL  364518
UREF
PNO  4836670
ISD  19890600
NAM  Hutchinson
OCL  351210
UREF
PNO  4946271
ISD  19900800
NAM  Palsgard et al.
OCL  351210
UREF
PNO  5245371
ISD  19930900
NAM  Nagano et al.
OCL  354 62
UREF
PNO  5424772
ISD  19950600
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  348334
UREF
PNO  5541655
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kaneda
OCL  348333
UREF
PNO  5559943
ISD  19960900
NAM  Cyr et al.
OCL  345145
UREF
PNO  5579048
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hirasawa
OCL  348334
FREF
PNO  1241511
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-32312
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3087818
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4---202
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4023027
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-191683
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  5225
FREF
PNO  5-191682
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  5225
FREF
PNO  05183798
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  5232
FREF
PNO  4-96580
ISD  19980400
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  5225
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An electronic equipment having a viewpoint detection unit comprises an area
      display circuit for displaying a predetermined area on a screen, a
      viewpoint detector for detecting a viewpoint of an operator, a switching
      circuit for detecting whether the viewpoint of the operator detected by
      the viewpoint detector is within the area or not and switching the
      operation state of a predetermined function between a first state and a
      second state depending on the detection result, and a unit for changing a
      border line position of the area on the screen between when the operation
      state is shifted from the first state to the second state and when it is
      shifted from the second state to the first state.
PATN
WKU  059909552
SRC  8
APN  9436316
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971003
TTL  Dual encoding/compression method and system for picture quality/data
      density enhancement
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Britton; Howard
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Koz; Mark
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  InnovaCom Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348390
XCL  348404
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  744
FSC  348
FSS  390;404;405
UREF
PNO  4821119
ISD  19890400
NAM  Gharvi
OCL  348402
UREF
PNO  4903131
ISD  19900200
NAM  Lingemann
OCL  348 97
UREF
PNO  4972260
ISD  19901100
NAM  Fugikawa
OCL  348405
UREF
PNO  4994918
ISD  19910200
NAM  Lingemann
OCL  348 97
UREF
PNO  5134478
ISD  19920700
NAM  Golin
OCL  348415
UREF
PNO  5144424
ISD  19920900
NAM  Savatier
OCL  348405
UREF
PNO  5144429
ISD  19920900
NAM  Haghiri
OCL  348399
UREF
PNO  5193004
ISD  19930300
NAM  Wang
OCL  348413
UREF
PNO  5247363
ISD  19930900
NAM  Sun
OCL  348616
UREF
PNO  5301019
ISD  19940400
NAM  Citta
OCL  348416
UREF
PNO  5384595
ISD  19950100
NAM  Sakaguchi
OCL  348208
UREF
PNO  5504523
ISD  19960400
NAM  Wight
OCL  348208
UREF
PNO  5510834
ISD  19960400
NAM  Weiss
OCL  348 97
UREF
PNO  5539466
ISD  19960700
NAM  Igarahashi
OCL  348404
UREF
PNO  5642165
ISD  19970600
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  348404
UREF
PNO  5703646
ISD  19971200
NAM  Oda
OCL  348404
UREF
PNO  5880784
ISD  19990300
NAM  Lillevold
OCL  348404
LREP
FR2  Steres; George M.
ABST
PAL  A digital compression apparatus and method uses a first compression
      encoding step associated with a first encode circuit to produce a first
      statistical data set from a first compression encoding of an initial
      digital video bit stream representing a group of pictures (GOP). The
      initial bit stream of the GOP is also stored in a first memory, while the
      first compression encoding is performed. Concurrently with, or following
      the first compression of the GOP data by the first encoder, a companion
      processor uses the first statistical data set and optional additional
      information to compute a set of filter and encoder control settings. The
      initial digital video bit stream of the GOP data previously stored in the
      first memory is retrieved from the memory after the first encoding step
      and is input as a time delayed version of the initial digital video bit
      stream through a set of filters and subsequently through a second
      compression encode circuit to produce a second compressed video bit stream
      of the GOP data. The filters are configured to provide dynamically
      variable filter characteristics that are responsive to the filter control
      settings from the companion processor. The filter characteristics can be
      changed optionally by the companion processor on a block, frame or GOP
      basis. The second encode circuit also has encoder characteristics
      responsive to the encoder control settings. The filter and encoder control
      settings selected by the companion enable the second encoder to provide
      enhanced compression encoding performance second compression encoding of
      the GOP data video bit stream relative to the compression of the first
      encode circuit. In particular, the second compressed bit stream may have
      improved performance in either or both bit rate and total bits relative to
      the compression of the first encode circuit.
PATN
WKU  059909560
SRC  8
APN  7750390
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19961230
TTL  Method and apparatus for padding a video signal for shape adaptive
      transformation
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  12
EXA  Vo; Tung T.
EXP  Tung; Bryan
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Lee; Sang-Hoon
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Daewoo Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  348404
XCL  348408
XCL  348410
XCL  382250
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  712
FSC  348
FSS  404;405;408;409;410;699;392
FSC  382
FSS  176;180;250;275;6
FSC  358
FSS  280;455
FSC  395
FSS  130
FSC  364
FSS  413.13
FSI  H04N  712
UREF
PNO  4577235
ISD  19860300
NAM  Kannapell et al.
OCL  358280
UREF
PNO  5014198
ISD  19910500
NAM  Umemura
OCL  364413.13
UREF
PNO  5268967
ISD  19931200
NAM  Jang et al.
OCL  382  6
UREF
PNO  5280367
ISD  19940100
NAM  Zuniga
OCL  358462
UREF
PNO  5374958
ISD  19941200
NAM  Yanagihara
OCL  348405
UREF
PNO  5440344
ISD  19950800
NAM  Asamura et al.
OCL  348405
UREF
PNO  5552829
ISD  19960900
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  384392
UREF
PNO  5583659
ISD  19961200
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  358455
UREF
PNO  5589993
ISD  19961200
NAM  Naimpally
OCL  386 81
UREF
PNO  5761401
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  395130
UREF
PNO  5767911
ISD  19980600
NAM  Boon
OCL  348409
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for padding an input video signal having a multiplicity of image
      blocks for shape adaptive discrete cosine transform first scans an image
      block containing object and background pixels to thereby detect a padding
      pixel located between object pixels on a same row or column in the image
      block and calculates a substitute pixel value based on pixel values of the
      object pixels in the image block. Once the substitute pixel value is
      determined, the padding pixel is compensated by the substitute pixel value
      to thereby provide a padded image block. The padded image block having an
      object region containing the object pixels and the padding pixel
      compensated by the substitute pixel value is transformed to a set of
      SA-DCT coefficients through the use of the shape adaptive discrete cosine
      transform.
PATN
WKU  059909579
SRC  8
APN  9640150
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971104
TTL  Video signal bit amount control using adaptive quantization
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  3
EXP  Tung; Bryan
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Ryoo; Sung-gul
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960909
APN  96-53080
CLAS
OCL  348405
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  724
FSC  348
FSS  384;405;419
FSC  382
FSS  251
FSC  341
FSS  200
UREF
PNO  5079621
ISD  19920100
NAM  Daly
OCL  348396
UREF
PNO  5231484
ISD  19930700
NAM  Gonzales
OCL  348405
UREF
PNO  5299019
ISD  19940300
NAM  Pack
OCL  348405
UREF
PNO  5463702
ISD  19951000
NAM  Trueblood
OCL  348391
UREF
PNO  5598213
ISD  19970100
NAM  Chung
OCL  348405
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  In an apparatus for controlling the bit amount of each video object plane
      (VOP) of a moving picture, the quantization step size for each VOP is
      determined based on significance, complexity and color sensitivity of each
      VOP, so that human visual sensitivity is taken into consideration. Picture
      quality of a specific VOP is input via an input unit. Visual sensitivity
      class is classified based on the complexity and color sensitivity of the
      VOP. Histogram is calculated based on the variance of video signal of the
      VOP and visual sensitivity values for each VOP. Then, the quantization
      step size for the VOP is adjusted based on the histogram and a bit model
      while total bit amount of a frame is maintained.
PATN
WKU  059909587
SRC  8
APN  8771367
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970617
TTL  Apparatus and method for MPEG video decompression
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Rao; Anand S.
NDR  9
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Bheda; Hemant
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Gongalore; Sanjay
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Srinivasan; Partha
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  National Semiconductor Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348407
XCL  348390
XCL  348384
XCL  39520077
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  718
FSC  348
FSS  384;390;405;423;461;464;845.1;845.2;845.3;407
FSC  364
FSS  514 B;514 C
FSC  395
FSS  200.77
UREF
PNO  5768536
ISD  19980600
NAM  Strongin et al.
OCL  348384
UREF
PNO  5801775
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ueda
OCL  348402
UREF
PNO  5815206
ISD  19980900
NAM  Malladi et al.
OCL  348390
UREF
PNO  5818532
ISD  19981000
NAM  Malladi et al.
OCL  348390
UREF
PNO  5881244
ISD  19990300
NAM  Uchiumi et al.
OCL  348403
LREP
FR2  Caserza; Steven F.
     Flehr Hohbach Test Albritton & Herbert
ABST
PAL  A novel apparatus and method is disclosed to decode an encoded MPEG video
      stream in an efficient manner making optimal use of available system
      memory and computational resources. The present invention partitions the
      MPEG video decode task into software tasks which are executed by a CPU and
      hardware tasks which are implemented in dedicated video hardware. Software
      tasks represent those tasks which do not require extensive memory or
      computational resources. On the other hand, tasks implemented in dedicated
      video hardware represent those tasks which involve computational and
      memory mintensive operations. Synchronization between software tasks
      executed by the CPU and hardware tasks implemented in dedicated video
      hardware is achieved by means of various data structures, control
      structures and device drivers.
PATN
WKU  059909595
SRC  8
APN  771596&
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19961220
TTL  Method, system and product for direct rendering of video images to a
      video data stream
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Rao; Anand S.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Case; Eliot M.
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  U S West, Inc.
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  MediaOne Group, Inc.
CTY  Englewood
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348409
XCL  348412
XCL  348416
XCL  348455
XCL  348699
XCL  348700
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  718
ICL  H04N  7133
FSC  348
FSS  384;390;402;405;409;411;412;25;27;29;169;170;171;416;415;699;700;586;587
FSC  382
FSS  236;237;243;244
FSC  345
FSS  415;419
UREF
PNO  4969040
ISD  19901100
NAM  Gharavi
UREF
PNO  5214502
ISD  19930500
NAM  Stone et al.
UREF
PNO  5309232
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hartung et al.
UREF
PNO  5347306
ISD  19940900
NAM  Nitta
UREF
PNO  5371544
ISD  19941200
NAM  Jacquin et al.
UREF
PNO  5408274
ISD  19950400
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  348700
UREF
PNO  5422674
ISD  19950600
NAM  Hooper et al.
UREF
PNO  5448568
ISD  19950900
NAM  Delpuch et al.
UREF
PNO  5515107
ISD  19960500
NAM  Chiang et al.
UREF
PNO  5517581
ISD  19960500
NAM  Johnston et al.
UREF
PNO  5557684
ISD  19960900
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  382107
UREF
PNO  5606655
ISD  19970200
NAM  Arman et al.
OCL  395140
UREF
PNO  5694331
ISD  19971200
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  364514
UREF
PNO  5742289
ISD  19980400
NAM  Naylor et al.
OCL  348402
UREF
PNO  5764814
ISD  19980600
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  382243
OREF
PAL  Mohammad H. Ghavamnia & Xue D. Yang, Direct Rendering of Laplacian Pyramid
      Compressed Volume Date, IEEE Computer Society Press, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman
ABST
PAL  A method, system and product are provided for direct rendering of video
      images to a compressed video data stream. The method includes generating
      encoded video data directly from an electronic graphic system, the encoded
      video data representing a full frame image, and generating update encoded
      video data directly from the electronic graphic system, the update encoded
      video data representing changes in the full frame image. The method also
      includes generating movement vector encoded video data directly from the
      electronic graphic system, the movement vector encoded video data
      representing movement in the full frame image, and decoding the encoded
      video data, the update encoded video data, and the movement vector encoded
      video data for playback at a destination. The system includes control
      logic for performing the method. The product includes a storage medium
      having computer readable programmed instructions recorded thereon for
      performing the method.
PATN
WKU  059909609
SRC  9
APN  2079194
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19981209
TTL  Image signal coding system
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  4
EXP  Tung; Bryan
NDR  21
NFG  35
INVT
NAM  Murakami; Tokumichi
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Asai; Kohtaro
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishikawa; Hirofumi
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Yoshihisa
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19911022
APN  3-273843
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920204
APN  4-80654
RLAP
COD  74
APN  803235
APD  19970220
PSC  01
PNO  5867220
RLAP
COD  81
APN  121293
APD  19930913
PSC  01
PNO  5638127
RLAP
COD  84
APN  962299
APD  19921016
PSC  01
PNO  5274442
CLAS
OCL  348409
XCL  348415
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  732
FSC  348
FSS  384;390;400;401;402;403;404;405;409;415;416;420
FSC  382
FSS  232;233;236;238
UREF
PNO  4437119
ISD  19840300
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  348412
UREF
PNO  4546386
ISD  19851000
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  348412
UREF
PNO  4571618
ISD  19860200
NAM  Hatori et al.
OCL  348412
UREF
PNO  4675733
ISD  19870600
NAM  Tanimoto
OCL  348399
UREF
PNO  4691329
ISD  19870900
NAM  Juri et al.
OCL  348420
UREF
PNO  4703351
ISD  19871000
NAM  Kondo
OCL  348415
UREF
PNO  4772947
ISD  19880900
NAM  Kono
OCL  348420
UREF
PNO  4783698
ISD  19881100
NAM  Harney
OCL  348390
UREF
PNO  4849812
ISD  19890700
NAM  Borgers
OCL  348400
UREF
PNO  4931869
ISD  19900600
NAM  Amor et al.
OCL  348403
UREF
PNO  5045938
ISD  19910900
NAM  Sugiyama
OCL  348408
UREF
PNO  5046119
ISD  19910900
NAM  Hoffert et al.
OCL  348391
UREF
PNO  5068724
ISD  19911100
NAM  Krause et al.
OCL  348402
UREF
PNO  5083720
ISD  19920100
NAM  Krause
OCL  348413
UREF
PNO  5091782
ISD  19920200
NAM  Krause et al.
OCL  348400
UREF
PNO  5157747
ISD  19921000
NAM  Nuhara
OCL  348416
UREF
PNO  5193004
ISD  19930300
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  348420
UREF
PNO  5274442
ISD  19931200
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  348405
UREF
PNO  5347309
ISD  19940900
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  348420
UREF
PNO  5416523
ISD  19950500
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  348420
UREF
PNO  5428693
ISD  19950600
NAM  Murakami
OCL  348415
UREF
PNO  5583657
ISD  19961200
NAM  Jeong
OCL  348408
UREF
PNO  5638127
ISD  19970600
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  348419
UREF
PNO  5767909
ISD  19980600
NAM  Jung
OCL  348403
UREF
PNO  5838825
ISD  19981100
NAM  Obayashi
OCL  382233
FREF
PNO  385654
ISD  19890200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  484140
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  490799
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  499307
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  510972
ISD  19921000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  62-102685
ISD  19870500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-224491
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1278184
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  220082
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3001688
ISD  19910100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3097320
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4178088
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-167882
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-252690
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-288790
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5022718
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 9210060
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
ABST
PAL  An adaptive blocking coding system selects an effective blocking of an
      input image signal to be encoded in accordance with the correlation
      between fields, even if motion is detected between the fields. The
      blocking patterns include an individual field blocking, a non-interlace
      blocking, a split blocking and an inverted split blocking. Further, the
      coding system searches for motion from both odd and even fields of a frame
      for producing a motion, compensated prediction signal in order to provide
      high-efficient coding.
PATN
WKU  059909617
SRC  8
APN  8097747
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970605
TTL  Method for compression encoding of digital picture video signals, using
      co-encoding of blocks from several pictures
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Richard
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Bjontegaard; Gisle
CTY  Myrvoll
CNT  NOX
ASSG
NAM  Telenor AS
CTY  Kjeller
CNT  NOX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NOX
APD  19940929
APN  943628
CLAS
OCL  348416
XCL  348420
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  732
FSC  348
FSS  348;390;400-402;407;409-413;415;416;420;699
FSC  382
FSS  232;236;238
FSI  H04N  7137;  732
UREF
PNO  5173773
ISD  19921200
NAM  Ueda et al.
OCL  348407
UREF
PNO  5198901
ISD  19930300
NAM  Lynch
UREF
PNO  5212549
ISD  19930500
NAM  Ng et al.
OCL  348409
UREF
PNO  5293229
ISD  19940300
NAM  Iu
OCL  348415
UREF
PNO  5453801
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kim
OCL  348699
UREF
PNO  5510840
ISD  19960400
NAM  Yonemitsu et al.
OCL  348402
OREF
PAL  Signal Processing: Image Communication, vol. 2, No. 2, Aug. 1990 (The
      Netherlands), A. Puri et al., "Video Coding With Motion-Compensated
      Interpoliation for CD-ROM Applications", pp. 127 --pp. 144, see especially
      pp. 131-132.
PAL  Signal Processing: Image Communication, vol. 2, No. 2, Aug. 1990 (The
      Netherlands), Atsushi Nagata et al., "Moving Picture Coding System for
      Digital Storage Media Using Hybrid Coding", pp.109 --pp. 116, see
      especially pp.112-113.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/NO95/00172
PD1  19970605
PD2  19970605
PD3  19950927
PCP  WO96/10316
PCD  19960404
ABST
PAR  In a digital picture video signal compression encoding process for
      transmitting such signals via a narrowband transmission medium, two or
      more pictures are co-encoded by encoding/decoding blocks having the same
      picture position, together. First, the block of the last picture is
      encoded/decoded, and thereafter the decoded result in this block is used
      as a prediction for the remaining blocks, together with information from
      previously decoded pictures. Preferably one single shift/movement vector
      is used in order to indicate a prediction for several blocks. In addition,
      transform coefficients representing difference signals to be transmitted,
      are interwoven from the blocks to be co-encoded, so that the transmission
      format for transforming coefficients will be the same as when
      encoding/decoding one block.
PATN
WKU  059909625
SRC  9
APN  0566233
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19980408
TTL  Video preprocessing device with motion compensation prediction
      processing similar to that of a main prediction processing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Richard
NDR  9
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Ueno; Hideyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Akamine; Masami
CTY  Yokosuka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940630
APN  6-149726
RLAP
COD  71
APN  496316
APD  19950629
PSC  01
PNO  5786859
CLAS
OCL  348416
XCL  348699
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  732
FSC  348
FSS  384;390;400-402;407;409-413;415;416;420;699
FSC  382
FSS  232;236;238
FSI  H04N  7137;  732
UREF
PNO  4591909
ISD  19860500
NAM  Kuroda et al.
UREF
PNO  4757383
ISD  19880700
NAM  Tanaka
UREF
PNO  4958226
ISD  19900900
NAM  Haskell et al.
UREF
PNO  5109451
ISD  19920400
NAM  Aono et al.
UREF
PNO  5150432
ISD  19920900
NAM  Ueno et al.
UREF
PNO  5299019
ISD  19940300
NAM  Pack et al.
UREF
PNO  5361105
ISD  19941100
NAM  Lu
UREF
PNO  5367629
ISD  19941100
NAM  Chu et al.
UREF
PNO  5430490
ISD  19950700
NAM  Rim
UREF
PNO  5461423
ISD  19951000
NAM  Tsukagoshi
UREF
PNO  5467135
ISD  19951100
NAM  Yamane et al.
UREF
PNO  5502510
ISD  19960300
NAM  Kim et al.
UREF
PNO  5512956
ISD  19960400
NAM  Yan
UREF
PNO  5640208
ISD  19970600
NAM  Fujinami
OCL  348699
UREF
PNO  5699120
ISD  19971200
NAM  Case et al.
OCL  348699
OREF
PAL  PCSJ, Oct. 1992, A Study of Adaptive Pre-filtering for Video Coding,
      Yasuhiro Takishima etal., pp. 221-224.
PAL  IEEE, May 1991, Motion Compensation for Video Compression Using Control
      Grid Interpolation, Gary L. Sullivan et al., pp. 2713-2716.
PAL  Nakaya et al., A Basic Study on Motion Compensation with Triangles,
      Technical Report of IEICE, IE90-106, pp. 9-16, (Abstract only translation)
     .
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A preprocessing device used in a video coding apparatus, comprising a
      motion compensation prediction estimating unit for detecting a change of
      an video from a current picture and a past picture to generate change
      data, and a filter for deforming the current picture in accordance with
      the change data generated by the motion compensation prediction estimating
      circuit such that a deformed current picture is sent to a motion
      compensation prediction coding section of the video coding apparatus to be
      coded.
PATN
WKU  059909633
SRC  9
APN  0936391
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19980609
TTL  Encoder and decoder
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Diep; Nhon T
EXP  Tung; Bryan
NDR  50
NFG  61
INVT
NAM  Mishima; Hidetoshi
CTY  Kyoto-Fu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Itow; Takashi
CTY  Kyoto-Fu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910410
APN  3-077686
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920306
APN  4-049483
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920310
APN  4-051466
PRIR
CNT  WOX
APD  19920407
APN  PCT/JP92/00432
RLAP
COD  74
APN  919784
APD  19970829
PSC  01
PNO  5793432
RLAP
COD  84
APN  555170
APD  19951108
PSC  01
PNO  5734430
RLAP
COD  84
APN  938231
CLAS
OCL  348420
XCL  348423
XCL  348466
XCL  3488451
XCL  370471
XCL  371  21
XCL  375246
XCL  375253
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  736
ICL  H04N  750
FSC  348
FSS  10-14;845.1;390;398;403;406;409;415;420;423;429;463;467;473;489;466
FSC  386
FSS  111;116
FSC  371
FSS  2.1
FSC  341
FSS  65;67
FSC  375
FSS  246;253
FSC  370
FSS  470;471;472
FSI  H04N  736;  750
UREF
PNO  4734768
ISD  19880300
NAM  Pexa
OCL  348415
UREF
PNO  4839724
ISD  19890600
NAM  Kessen
OCL  370472
UREF
PNO  5036391
ISD  19910700
NAM  Auvray
OCL  348420
UREF
PNO  5218622
ISD  19930600
NAM  Fazel et al.
UREF
PNO  5227876
ISD  19930700
NAM  Cucci
OCL  370471
UREF
PNO  5233348
ISD  19930800
NAM  Pollmann et al.
OCL  341 67
UREF
PNO  5239308
ISD  19930800
NAM  Keesen
UREF
PNO  5337087
ISD  19940800
NAM  Mishima
UREF
PNO  5479264
ISD  19951200
NAM  Ueda et al.
UREF
PNO  5488482
ISD  19960100
NAM  Ueda et al.
FREF
PNO  0345872
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0367264
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9102430
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0436251
ISD  19910700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9208289
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  49-29929
ISD  19740300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-218255
ISD  19831200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-260271
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-141483
ISD  19890200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  IEEE Transactions on Information Theory, vol. IT-22, No. 4, Jul. 1976.
PAL  Paper entitled "Criteria for the Protection of the Video Information in a
      Codec Based on DCT"; Signal Processing of HDTV, II; Proceedings of the
      Third International Workshop on HDTV, Turin Italy (Aug. 30, 1989-Sep. 1,
      1989); pp. 769-776.
PAL  "Information Technology--Coding of moving pictures and associated audio for
      digital storage media at up to about 1, 5 Mbit/s" Part 2: Video;
      International Standard; ISO/IEC 11172-2; 1993; pp. 1-38.
PAL  Nikkei Electronics; Oct. 15, 1990; Unix; pp. 116-147.
PAL  "A Consideration on Filters in the Coding Loop of Hybrid MC/DCT Coding
      Scheme"; IE86-100, Feb. 26, 1987; pp. 17-23.
ABST
PAL  An encoder which counts the length of a data produced by the
      variable-length encoding, and time-division-multiplexes information of the
      data length to the variable-length encoded data. An encoder which
      time-division-multiplexes information of the number of bits after a fixed
      partition used in the error-correction encoding to the initial bit of a
      variable-length code to a variable-length encoded data, and transmits
      them. An encoder which, when a variable-length code for one symbol of the
      variable-length encoding extends over a partition used in the
      error-correction encoding, inserts a special code before the partition, or
      guarantees that the top of the partition is always at the top of the
      variable-length code. An encoder which obtains the sum of fields and the
      difference between fields, and performs on these values the orthogonal
      transform to encode them.
PATN
WKU  059909641
SRC  8
APN  7176600
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960923
TTL  Method and apparatus for processing time code
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Srivastava; Vivek
EXP  Flynn; Nathan
NDR  17
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Ogawa; Tetsuo
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kiriyama; Hiroshi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kato; Tomokiyo
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kikuchi; Hiroaki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Freeman; Luke
CTY  Redwood City
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corp.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Sony Electronics
CTY  Park Ridge
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348441
XCL  348445
XCL  348446
XCL  348772
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  701
ICL  H04N 1120
FSC  348
FSS  441;445;446;443;772;911
FSI  H04N  701; 1120
UREF
PNO  4633293
ISD  19861200
NAM  Powers
OCL  348441
UREF
PNO  4998287
ISD  19910300
NAM  Katznelson et al.
OCL  382 34
UREF
PNO  5115311
ISD  19920500
NAM  Jaqua
OCL  348911
UREF
PNO  5260787
ISD  19931100
NAM  Capitant et al.
OCL  348441
UREF
PNO  5317398
ISD  19940500
NAM  Casavant et al.
OCL  348441
UREF
PNO  5528381
ISD  19960600
NAM  Capizzo et al.
OCL  358335
UREF
PNO  5671008
ISD  19970900
NAM  Linn
OCL  348105
UREF
PNO  5734420
ISD  19980300
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  348441
FREF
PNO  047322A1
ISD  19920300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  97304168
ISD  19990400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO95/21505
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Musacchio; Pasquale
FR2  Miller; Jerry A.
ABST
PAL  A method for processing a time code including the steps of generating
      information, indicating whether or not a location is proper for editing
      when converting picture information of a predetermined system into picture
      information of another system, and writing the information to the time
      code data accompanied with the picture information of the second system.
PATN
WKU  059909650
SRC  8
APN  9421432
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970929
TTL  System and method for simultaneous flicker filtering and overscan
      compensation
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Grant; Chris
NDR  17
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Herz; William S.
CTY  Newark
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lin; Yichou
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  S3 Incorporated
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348446
XCL  348447
XCL  348910
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  701
FSC  348
FSS  607;606;625;628;447;448;910;446
FSI  H04N  701;  521; 1120
UREF
PNO  5019904
ISD  19910500
NAM  Campbell
OCL  348446
UREF
PNO  5168358
ISD  19921200
NAM  Ishizu et al.
OCL  348446
UREF
PNO  5510843
ISD  19960400
NAM  Keene et al.
OCL  348446
UREF
PNO  5812203
ISD  19980900
NAM  Swan et al.
OCL  348446
UREF
PNO  5822008
ISD  19981000
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  348446
LREP
FRM  Fenwick & West LLP
ABST
PAL  An apparatus simultaneously flicker filters and vertically contracts a
      plurality of original lines to form compensated lines. The device uses a
      coefficient calculator and a line processor, both controlled by a
      controller. The coefficient calculator provides compensation coefficients
      to the line processor. The line processor forms weighted sums of the
      original lines, with the weightings determined by the compensation
      coefficients. The compensation coefficients are chosen to simultaneously
      implement flicker filtering and vertical contraction. Thus, the weighted
      sums are the compensated lines.
PATN
WKU  059909668
SRC  8
APN  6600387
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960606
TTL  G-code decoder for use with a video tape recorder and method for same
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Srivastava; Vivek
EXP  Flynn; Nathan
NDR  5
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Watamoto; Toru
CTY  Settsu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950608
APN  7-141526
CLAS
OCL  348460
XCL  348906
XCL  348553
XCL  348552
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  700
ICL  H04N 1100
FSC  348
FSS  553;552;460;473;474;476;477;478;906;468
FSI  H04N  700; 1100
UREF
PNO  5195134
ISD  19930300
NAM  Inoue
OCL  348473
UREF
PNO  5500741
ISD  19960300
NAM  Baik et al.
OCL  348460
UREF
PNO  5517173
ISD  19960500
NAM  Mankovitz et al.
OCL  348732
UREF
PNO  5532761
ISD  19960700
NAM  Lee
OCL  348731
UREF
PNO  5561461
ISD  19961000
NAM  Landis et al.
OCL  348460
UREF
PNO  5659653
ISD  19970800
NAM  Diehl et al.
OCL  348460
UREF
PNO  5774357
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hoffberg et al.
OCL  348734
FREF
PNO  4-502681
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-301249
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-303564
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  90/07844
ISD  19900700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/28676
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Sony--Video Cassette Recorder Operating Instructions, 56 pages,
      .COPYRGT.1993 by Sony Corporation.
PAL  European Search Report relating to application No. 96304054.8 dated Nov.
      18, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Ratner & Prestia
ABST
PAL  A G-code decoder is coupled to a video tape recorder. When the G-code
      decoder detects that at least a portion of a G-code will be received or
      has been received, it checks whether a time clock has been set. If the
      time-setting is confirmed, the decoder decodes the G-code and terminates
      the decoding by a terminating means, and, if the time clock is found not
      to have been set, the decoder indicates the fact at least and terminates
      the G-code decoding.
PATN
WKU  059909676
SRC  8
APN  5822815
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960103
TTL  Transmission apparatus and receiving apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Sajous; Wesner
EXP  Peng; John K.
NDR  17
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Kawakami; Yasunori
CTY  Ehime-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iitsuka; Hiroyuki
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takeda; Hidetoshi
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950109
APN  7-018580
CLAS
OCL  348500
XCL  348512
XCL  348515
XCL  348516
XCL  348518
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  504
ICL  H04N  560
ICL  H04N  9475
ICL  H04N  932
FSC  348
FSS  500;512;515;516;518;519;520;536;914;513;514;497;498;499;505;537;425;845.2
FSI  H04N  504;  560;  9475;  932
UREF
PNO  3629506
ISD  19711200
NAM  Brun
OCL  348518
UREF
PNO  3962634
ISD  19760600
NAM  Russo
OCL  348518
UREF
PNO  4084181
ISD  19780400
NAM  Mita
OCL  348512
UREF
PNO  4703355
ISD  19871000
NAM  Cooper
OCL  348518
UREF
PNO  5287182
ISD  19940200
NAM  Haskell et al.
UREF
PNO  5351090
ISD  19940900
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  348484
UREF
PNO  5410360
ISD  19950400
NAM  Montgomery
OCL  348536
UREF
PNO  5418573
ISD  19950500
NAM  Basile
OCL  348512
UREF
PNO  5467139
ISD  19951100
NAM  Lankford
OCL  348512
UREF
PNO  5535208
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kawakami
OCL  370 84
UREF
PNO  5570372
ISD  19961000
NAM  Shaffer
OCL  370108
UREF
PNO  5646941
ISD  19970700
NAM  Nishimura
OCL  370389
UREF
PNO  5781599
ISD  19980700
NAM  Shiga
UREF
PNO  5818539
ISD  19981000
NAM  Naimpally
OCL  348465
UREF
PNO  5835493
ISD  19981100
NAM  Magee
OCL  348467
FREF
PNO  0577329
ISD  19940100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0703713
ISD  19960300
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  "Optimized Data Time Stamps For Digital Audio AMD Video On A Stochastic
      Network", IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 36, No. 9A, Sep. 1,
      1993, p. 183 XP000395356.
PAL  Bursky D: "Chip Set Simplifies High-speed Interconnects"; The First IC's to
      realize the P1394 Serial-Bus Standard Let Designers Build Serial
      Connections Running At 100 To 400 Mbits/s, Electronic Design, vol. 42, No.
      5, 7, Mar. 1994, pp. 114-117, XP000441329.
PAL  Teener M: A Bus On A Diet--The Serial Bus Alternative; An Interoduction To
      The P1394 High Performance Serial Bus, Intellectual Leverage, San
      Francisco, Feb. 24-28, 1992, no. Conf. 37, Feb. 24, 1992, pp. 316-321,
      XP000340753, Institute of Electrical And Electronics Engineers.
PAL  High Speed Serial Bus Protocol ("High Performance Serial Bus"), referred to
      as IEEE P1394.
PAL  P1394 Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus, P1394 Draft 8.0v2, Jul.
      7, 1995, The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc. (IEEE)
     .
LREP
FRM  Greenblum & Bernstein, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  The transmitting device latches the time of the absolute clock when the
      V-sync signal of the video signal block is transmitted, adds to the
      latched time a predetermined delay time equivalent to the sum of the time
      required for the transmitting device to process the video signal block and
      the time required for the transmittance; and transmits the resulting sum
      value together with the video signal block. The receiver extracts the sum
      value and produces the V-sync signal delayed by said predetermined delay
      time.
PATN
WKU  059909684
SRC  8
APN  6872409
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960725
TTL  Video signal processing device for automatically adjusting phase of
      sampling clocks
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  House; Ronald D.
EXP  Faile; Andrew I.
NDR  9
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Naka; Kazutaka
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Maruyama; Atsushi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Urata; Hiroyuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iwanaga; Masaaki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950727
APN  7-192097
CLAS
OCL  348537
XCL  375355
EDF  6
ICL  H03L  700
ICL  H04L  700
FSC  348
FSS  536;537;512;513;538;540;180;572;573
FSI  H03L  700
FSI  <375355;362;226;354
FSI  <358461;465;466
FSI  <382266;271;273;168;263;264;274
FSI  <#
UREF
PNO  4468703
ISD  19840800
NAM  Fujiwara et al.
OCL  358282
UREF
PNO  5255330
ISD  19931000
NAM  Huynh et al.
UREF
PNO  5359366
ISD  19941000
NAM  Ubukata et al.
OCL  348536
FREF
PNO  63-113982
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
ICL  G11B 2014
FREF
PNO  2-124691
ISD  19900500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-27351
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/306,711, Ogino et al., filed Sep. 15, 1994.
PAL  English translation of Japanese patent application 63-113982, May 1988.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 012, No. 363 (P-764), Sep. 29, 1988 & JP 63
      113982 A (NEC Corp), May 18, 1988.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 096, No. 010, Oct. 31, 1996 & JP 08 160928
      A (Hitachi, Ltd.).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 095, No. 004, May 31, 1995 & JP 07 030602 A
      (Toshiba Corp., Others), Jan. 31, 1995.
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulleting, vol. 37, No. 5, May 1994, New York,
      USA, pp. 203-204, XP002028776, Anonymous, "Automatic Phase Adjustment".
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  In a video signal processing device, an input video signal VO representing
      a test pattern having two gradations of black and white is converted to
      8-bit data by an A/D converter 4 in synchronism with sampling clocks
      generated in a write-in control circuit 5, and then stored in a memory 6.
      An MPU 9 reads out picture element data in an effective area of the video
      signal stored in the memory 6, and calculates the difference AT between
      the average value of white-level picture element data whose values are
      larger than a predetermined value and the average value of black-level
      picture element data whose values are smaller than a predetermined value,
      and the total variance VT between the variance of the white-level picture
      element data and the variance of the black-level picture element data. The
      MPU 9 controls the phase of the sampling clocks generated in the write-in
      control circuit 5 so that the AT is maximum and the VT is minimum. With
      this operation, the sampling phase can be automatically adjusted to the
      optimum value when the video signal is converted to digital data.
PATN
WKU  059909692
SRC  9
APN  001303&
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971231
TTL  Method and apparatus for refreshing a display screen of a television
      system with images representing network application data
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Hsia; Sherrie
NDR  8
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Bril; Vlad
CTY  Campbell
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  TeleCruz Technology, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348553
XCL  348563
XCL  348564
XCL  348569
XCL  348718
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5445
FSC  348
FSS  553;563;564;569;589;600;714;718;719
FSI  H04N  5445;  964
UREF
PNO  4768083
ISD  19880800
NAM  Romesburg
UREF
PNO  5539428
ISD  19960700
NAM  Bril et al.
OCL  345143
UREF
PNO  5611041
ISD  19970300
NAM  Bril et al.
OCL  395507
LREP
FRM  Law Firm of Naren Thappeta
ABST
PAL  A memory controller for controlling accesses to a memory storing display
      entities including network application data displayed on a display screen
      of a television system. For performing a display screen refresh operation,
      the network application data is retrieved with a predetermined period.
      Accordingly, the memory controller determines an expected time for
      receiving the next request for retrieving the network application data for
      screen refresh. The memory controller bolcks any lower priority memory
      access requests from a few clock cycles prior to the determined expected
      time. As a result, the requests for retrieving network application data
      can be serviced in an acceptable time.
PATN
WKU  059909706
SRC  9
APN  0759341
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980512
TTL  Method of controlling screen size of wide display monitor
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Bahgi; Habte
EXP  Faile; Andrew I.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Choi; Chun-geun
CTY  Suwon-si
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  SamSung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970512
APN  97-18177
CLAS
OCL  348556
XCL  348445
XCL  348581
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  546
FSC  348
FSS  445;556;559;704;581;558;555;913;542;543;806;807;745
FSC  345
FSS  127;131;132;439
UREF
PNO  5303044
ISD  19940400
NAM  Richards
OCL  348445
UREF
PNO  5329369
ISD  19940700
NAM  Willis et al.
OCL  348556
UREF
PNO  5614956
ISD  19970300
NAM  Matsuura
OCL  348556
UREF
PNO  5642167
ISD  19970600
NAM  Wallace et al.
OCL  348420
UREF
PNO  5686969
ISD  19971100
NAM  Baik
OCL  348556
UREF
PNO  5699123
ISD  19971200
NAM  Ebihara et al.
OCL  348445
LREP
FR2  Bushnell, Esq.; Robert E.
ABST
PAL  Controlling the screen size of a wide display monitor, by which the screen
      size can be regulated by the user's pressing a key such that the screen is
      maintained stable according to the switching of wide view mode and/or
      expanded view mode, wherein a display mode and a DAC level dependent upon
      the display mode are selected. It is then checked to make sure that the
      DAC level is entered, when the display mode and the DAC level are entered.
      Then the DAC levels of horizontal and vertical sizes are calculated, and
      the screen size is controlled according to the calculated DAC levels of
      the horizontal and vertical sizes.
PATN
WKU  059909714
SRC  8
APN  6658806
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960619
TTL  Picture-display-region discriminating apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Desir; Jean W.
EXP  Peng; John K.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Nakai; Kenzo
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Yukihiko
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950620
APN  7-153193
CLAS
OCL  348558
XCL  348556
XCL  348553
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  546
FSC  348
FSS  558;556;445;717;913;557;553
FSC  358
FSS  11;153
FSI  H04N  546
UREF
PNO  3947631
ISD  19760300
NAM  Rhee et al.
OCL  178  7.3R
UREF
PNO  4622577
ISD  19861100
NAM  Reitmseier et al.
OCL  358 11
UREF
PNO  5249049
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kranawetter et al.
OCL  348473
UREF
PNO  5309234
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kranawetter et al.
OCL  348473
UREF
PNO  5365276
ISD  19941100
NAM  Imai et al.
OCL  348556
UREF
PNO  5486871
ISD  19960100
NAM  Filliman et al.
OCL  348558
UREF
PNO  5488432
ISD  19960100
NAM  Guillon et al.
OCL  348717
UREF
PNO  5528305
ISD  19960600
NAM  Kim
OCL  348445
UREF
PNO  5539425
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kamaguchi et al.
OCL  345 77
UREF
PNO  5621469
ISD  19970400
NAM  Monta et al.
OCL  348445
UREF
PNO  5686970
ISD  19971100
NAM  Tani et al.
OCL  348558
UREF
PNO  5719636
ISD  19980200
NAM  Ishii et al.
OCL  348558
UREF
PNO  5760840
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tani et al.
OCL  348558
OREF
PAL  Robert L. Hartwig,Basic TV Technology, Second Edition p. 168, Jan. 1, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Fromer, Lawrence & Haug, LLP
FR2  Frommer; William S.
FR2  Smid; Dennis M.
ABST
PAL  A picture-display-region discriminating apparatus comprising a device for
      setting a number of picture detection regions on a display screen of a
      television receiver, a detecting device for detecting a level of a video
      signal corresponding to each picture detection region by utilizing two
      reference levels, and a device for determining whether or not a picture
      exists in each picture detection region based on detection results from
      the detecting device. One of the reference levels utilized by the
      detecting device is a black level of a luminance signal of the video
      signal and the other reference level utilized therewith is a white level
      of the luminance signal of the video signal.
PATN
WKU  059909722
SRC  8
APN  7346131
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19961022
TTL  System and method for displaying a video menu
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Hsia; Sherrie
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Bond-Harris; Laura S.
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Dean; Cecil A.
CTY  Andover
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  duBreuil; Thomas L.
CTY  Ivyland
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Pula; Michael K.
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348563
XCL  348564
XCL  348569
XCL  348586
XCL  348589
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5445
FSC  348
FSS  563;564;569;568;906;586;588;589;600;559;7;10;12;13
FSC  455
FSS  4.2;5.1;6.2;6.3
FSI  H04N  5445
UREF
PNO  4989081
ISD  19910100
NAM  Miyagawa
OCL  348563
UREF
PNO  4991011
ISD  19910200
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  5291554
ISD  19940300
NAM  Morales
UREF
PNO  5541738
ISD  19960700
NAM  Mankovitz
OCL  348563
ABST
PAL  An interactive video menu system provides an economical method for the
      storage, transmission, and reception of data necessary for interactive
      video sessions, which allows high-resolution images to be broadcast to end
      users along with all the control information necessary to display and
      navigate through these images. A simple interpretive script is run on the
      end user's device which traps the broadcast information and allows rapid
      response time and control of the interactive session without requiring
      expensive high-bandwidth facilities. Buffer equalized coding is used so
      that still, picture-in-a-still; and moving video images can be compressed
      at rates below those typically used with the MPEG-2 standard and
      continuously transmitted as video backgrounds in a seamless loop saving
      bandwidth without degradation in video quality. Data that instructs the
      end-user device how to display the video backgrounds and what foreground
      text to overlay on the video backgrounds is broadcast simultaneously in
      the bit stream This creates the appearance of a dedicated connection to
      the server while minimizing bandwidth and equipment cost and complexity.
PATN
WKU  059909730
SRC  8
APN  8644314
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970528
TTL  Red-eye detection/retouch apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Lo; Linus H.
EXP  Peng; John K.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Sakamoto; Shizuo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960529
APN  8-135427
CLAS
OCL  348576
XCL  348246
XCL  382117
XCL  382167
XCL  382190
XCL  396 18
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  514
ICL  H04N  964
ICL  G03B 2780
FSC  348
FSS  576;246
FSC  382
FSS  162;163;167;274;275;254;255;115;117;190;195;203
FSC  396
FSS  18;51
UREF
PNO  4978989
ISD  19901200
NAM  Nalamo et al.
OCL  345413
UREF
PNO  5432863
ISD  19950700
NAM  Benati et al.
OCL  382167
UREF
PNO  5432866
ISD  19950700
NAM  Sakamoto
OCL  382128
UREF
PNO  5572596
ISD  19961100
NAM  Wildes et al.
OCL  382117
UREF
PNO  5748764
ISD  19980500
NAM  Benati et al.
OCL  382117
UREF
PNO  5805720
ISD  19980900
NAM  Suenaga et al.
OCL  382117
FREF
PNO  52-80120
ISD  19770700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-205989
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-192681
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-19382
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-224271
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-300531
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-258732
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-350914
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-13274
ISD  19950100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-95597
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-287312
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-44691
ISD  19970200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-261580
ISD  19971000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "Image Analysis Handbook", Tokyo University Press (1991), pp. 486-487.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  In a red-eye detection/retouch apparatus, a first area extraction unit
      receives an image including a red eye and a signal representing a small
      area including the red eye and designated by a user and extracts a first
      area including the red eye. A first pixel selection unit detects the
      reddest pixel from the first area and outputs coordinate values and color
      information of the pixel. A determination unit determines whether the
      other red eye is present on the basis of the signal representing the small
      area and the coordinate values of the reddest pixel. The determination
      unit outputs an instruction signal for extracting a second area where the
      other red eye is present upon determining that the other red eye is
      present. A second area extraction unit receives the instruction signal and
      extracts the second area from the first area. A second pixel selection
      unit detects the reddest pixel from the second area and outputs coordinate
      values and color information of the pixel. An area expansion unit receives
      the coordinate values and color information of the pixels and the first
      area, detects a red-eye area by area expansion, and outputs the red-eye
      area. An image synthesis unit receives the red-eye area and the image
      including the red eye and outputs an image whose red-eye area has been
      corrected to a natural pupil color.
PATN
WKU  059909749
SRC  8
APN  7262981
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19961002
TTL  Video signal processing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Michael H.
NDR  13
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Amino; Tadashi
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Otsuki; Masako
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanyo Electric Company, Ltd.
CTY  Moriguchi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951003
APN  7-256249
CLAS
OCL  348588
XCL  348564
XCL  348705
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  974
ICL  H04N  5268
FSC  348
FSS  588;564;565;563;566;567;706;705;840;383
FSI  H04N  974;  975;  5445;  544;  5262
UREF
PNO  4982288
ISD  19910100
NAM  Isobe et al.
UREF
PNO  5146335
ISD  19920900
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  348565
UREF
PNO  5351129
ISD  19940900
NAM  Lai
UREF
PNO  5452012
ISD  19950900
NAM  Saitoh
OCL  348563
UREF
PNO  5801788
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ashida et al.
OCL  348588
FREF
PNO  63187980
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6292078
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 264 838
ISD  19930900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  European Patent Office Communication issued in European Patent Application
      No. 96115838.3-2202, dated Apr. 13, 1999.
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A video signal processing apparatus includes a time-division multiplex
      circuit and a multi-display circuit. A video signals outputted from a
      first A/D converter included in the time-division multiplex circuit is
      applied to a memory included in the time-division multiplex circuit and a
      further memory included in the multi-display circuit. A video signal
      outputted from a second A/D converter included in the multi-display
      circuit is also written into the further memory. Then, video signals
      read-out from the further memory are outputted from a plurality of monitor
      screens. Since the video signal outputted from the first A/D converter is
      applied to the further memory, it is possible to increase a renewal speed
      of the monitor screens with no additional A/D converters in the
      multi-display circuit.
PATN
WKU  059909757
SRC  8
APN  7550685
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19961122
TTL  Dual screen displaying device
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Sajous; Wesner
EXP  Peng; John K.
NDR  3
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Nan; Liu Po
CTY  Taoyuan
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chung; Wang Cheng
CTY  Taoyuan
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Huang; Zeng-Chen
CTY  Taoyuan
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Acer Peripherals, Inc.
CTY  Taoyuan
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  348588
XCL  348563
XCL  348564
XCL  348565
XCL  348525
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5445
FSC  348
FSS  563;564;565;566;567;569;588;553;554;525
FSI  H04N  5445;  545;  546
FSI  <248731;725
UREF
PNO  5420642
ISD  19950500
NAM  Baek
OCL  348565
UREF
PNO  5467144
ISD  19951100
NAM  Saeger
OCL  348566
UREF
PNO  5680177
ISD  19971000
NAM  Abe
OCL  348564
UREF
PNO  5715013
ISD  19980200
NAM  Kang
OCL  348564
UREF
PNO  5726715
ISD  19980300
NAM  Endress
OCL  348565
UREF
PNO  5729300
ISD  19980300
NAM  Ahn
OCL  348564
LREP
FR2  Hsu; Winston
ABST
PAL  A dual screen displaying device for displaying two NTSC video signals on
      the left and right sides of a monitor is disclosed. The displaying device
      comprises two tuners for receiving wireless signals from an antenna and
      generating two video signals V1 and V2, two digitizing circuits for
      digitizing the video signals V1 and V2, a control circuit for merging the
      outputs of the two digitizing circuits, a digital-to-analog converter for
      converting the merged digitized signals back to a combined video signal,
      and a display control circuit for displaying the combined video signal.
      Asynchronous condition may happen when displaying different fields of the
      two video signals V1 and V2 in the same time. And the control circuit uses
      a storage method which controls the storage of a specific field of the
      video signal V2 or a data retrieval method which controls the retrieval of
      a specific field of the video signal V2 to solve the asynchronous problem.
PATN
WKU  059909765
SRC  8
APN  8182329
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970314
TTL  Video image processing apparatus and the method of the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Lo; Linus H.
EXP  Lee; Michael H.
NDR  8
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Higashida; Masaaki
CTY  Moriguchi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960314
APN  8-057455
CLAS
OCL  348588
XCL  348564
XCL  348393
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  974
FSC  348
FSS  588;584;564;563;568;393;395;397;398;408
UREF
PNO  4905077
ISD  19900200
NAM  Ishii
OCL  348588
UREF
PNO  4931872
ISD  19900600
NAM  Stoddard et al.
OCL  348584
UREF
PNO  5329369
ISD  19940700
NAM  Willis et al.
OCL  348568
UREF
PNO  5343250
ISD  19940800
NAM  Iwamura
OCL  348564
UREF
PNO  5365276
ISD  19941100
NAM  Imai et al.
OCL  348556
UREF
PNO  5434624
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ishimura
OCL  368563
UREF
PNO  5717705
ISD  19980200
NAM  Shikakura et al.
OCL  348466
UREF
PNO  5790204
ISD  19980800
NAM  Yamaguchi
OCL  348564
UREF
PNO  5825935
ISD  19981000
NAM  Murakoshi
OCL  348398
UREF
PNO  5825970
ISD  19981000
NAM  Kim
OCL  386109
FREF
PNO  44 02 447
ISD  19940800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  7-203371
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-203373
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  93/17523
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/22108
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Ratner & Prestia
ABST
PAL  A video image processing apparatus for processing compressed video image
      signals received at a speed of n for display on a video image display
      device. The apparatus comprises signal selecting circuits for selecting
      and passing components of a compressed video image signal from a specific
      frame or field, video image information memories for storing the
      components selected by the signal selecting circuits, a video image
      information control circuit for dividing the display screen of a video
      image display device into a plurality of regions, and controlling the
      video image information memories so that the components of the video image
      signal may be read in a sequence suitable for display, and a video image
      processing circuit for processing the video image information from the
      video image information memories for display on the video image display
      apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059909773
SRC  8
APN  8457050
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970425
TTL  Picture switching apparatus for executing a fade-out/fade-in processing
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Hsia; Sherrie
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kaneda; Isami
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Itoh; Yasuo
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Victor Company of Japan, Ltd.
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  348595
XCL  348705
XCL  348590
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  974
FSC  348
FSS  595;593;584;590;705;706;239
FSI  H04N  974
UREF
PNO  5282037
ISD  19940100
NAM  Eguchi
UREF
PNO  5600370
ISD  19970200
NAM  Furuyama
OCL  348595
LREP
FR2  Meller; Michael N.
FR2  Lieberstein; Eugene
ABST
PAL  A picture switching apparatus for executing a fade-out/fade-in processing
      between adjacent video recording files includes a multiplier for
      multiplying a decoded video data with a multiplication coefficient (1-km),
      a multiplier for multiplying an output data of a data output circuit with
      a multiplication coefficient km and a data synthesizer for summing results
      of multiplication from the respective multipliers. The picture switching
      apparatus thus constructed performs the fade-out/fade-in processing
      without modification of the original video data for fading processing, by
      controlling km at the junction between the files such that the mining
      ratio of the color data for fading to a decoded color data is gradually
      increased/decreased.
PATN
WKU  059909781
SRC  8
APN  8223424
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970320
TTL  Luminance/chrominance signal separating device
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Desir; Jean W.
EXP  Peng; John K.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Kim; Joo Won
CTY  Kyoungsangbuk-Do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Song; Woo Jin
CTY  Kyoungsangbuk-Do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Electronics Inc.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960323
APN  96-8050
CLAS
OCL  348663
XCL  348699
XCL  348670
XCL  348665
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  978
FSC  348
FSS  669;668;667;670;663;665;700;908
FSI  H04N  978
UREF
PNO  4107736
ISD  19780800
NAM  Lowry et al.
OCL  348621
UREF
PNO  4498100
ISD  19850200
NAM  Bunting et al.
OCL  348666
UREF
PNO  4608594
ISD  19860800
NAM  Nicholson
OCL  348451
UREF
PNO  4646138
ISD  19870200
NAM  Willis
OCL  348621
UREF
PNO  4692801
ISD  19870900
NAM  Ninomiya et al.
OCL  348425
UREF
PNO  4853765
ISD  19890800
NAM  Katsumata et al.
OCL  348451
UREF
PNO  4881125
ISD  19891100
NAM  Krause
OCL  348448
UREF
PNO  4882625
ISD  19891100
NAM  Akiyama
OCL  348451
UREF
PNO  4951129
ISD  19900800
NAM  Lang
OCL  348610
UREF
PNO  5117287
ISD  19920500
NAM  Koike et al.
OCL  348402
UREF
PNO  5144427
ISD  19920900
NAM  Kitaura et al.
OCL  348402
UREF
PNO  5155582
ISD  19921000
NAM  Tokoi et al.
OCL  348663
UREF
PNO  5161030
ISD  19921100
NAM  Song
OCL  386  9
UREF
PNO  5177609
ISD  19930100
NAM  Kawakami et al.
OCL  348445
UREF
PNO  5202755
ISD  19930400
NAM  Yang et al.
OCL  348388
UREF
PNO  5206723
ISD  19930400
NAM  Parke
OCL  348416
UREF
PNO  5233421
ISD  19930800
NAM  Chrisopher
OCL  348571
UREF
PNO  5235421
ISD  19930800
NAM  Yang
OCL  348426
UREF
PNO  5285266
ISD  19940200
NAM  Jo
OCL  348665
UREF
PNO  5311306
ISD  19940500
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  348702
UREF
PNO  5353118
ISD  19941000
NAM  Cho
OCL  348451
UREF
PNO  5389965
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kuzma
OCL  348 14
UREF
PNO  5412436
ISD  19950500
NAM  Christopher
OCL  348700
UREF
PNO  5430487
ISD  19950700
NAM  Naimpally
OCL  348429
UREF
PNO  5469227
ISD  19951100
NAM  Misker et al.
OCL  348702
UREF
PNO  5473389
ISD  19951200
NAM  Eto et al.
OCL  348669
UREF
PNO  5502509
ISD  19960300
NAM  Kurashita et al.
OCL  348669
UREF
PNO  5526054
ISD  19960600
NAM  Greenfield et al.
OCL  348467
UREF
PNO  5579054
ISD  19961100
NAM  Sezan et al.
OCL  348452
UREF
PNO  5585861
ISD  19961200
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  348669
UREF
PNO  5589888
ISD  19961200
NAM  Iwasaki
OCL  348669
UREF
PNO  5737020
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hall et al.
OCL  348403
FREF
PNO  WO 90/13979
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Derwent, Luminance-Chrominance Signal Separating Device for HDTV, Derwent
      Jan. 1997-438178.
LREP
FRM  Oppenheimer Wolff & Donnelly LLP
ABST
PAL  A luminance/chrominance (Y/C) signal separating device utilizing motion
      estimation and compensation. According to the device, the image motion is
      detected in the unit of a 2.times.2 (sample.times.line) block to separate
      an NTSC television signal into the Y and C signals. As a result of the
      motion detection, a three-dimensional Y/C signal separation is performed
      with respect to a still image, while a three-dimensional Y/C signal
      separation with the motion estimation and compensation in the unit of the
      2.times.2 (sample.times.line) block in a predetermined region of the
      previous frame is performed with respect to a moving image. A
      two-dimensional Y/C signal separation is performed with respect to the
      moving image whose motion is not compensated in the unit of a 2.times.1
      (sample.times.line) block in the present frame.
PATN
WKU  059909790
SRC  8
APN  9200010
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970829
TTL  Gamma correction circuit and video display apparatus using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Hsia; Sherrie
NDR  21
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Koyama; Fumio
CTY  Suwa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miyashita; Kiyoshi
CTY  Suwa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Seiko Epson Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960830
APN  8-248650
CLAS
OCL  348674
XCL  348677
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5202
FSC  348
FSS  254;674;675;677
FSC  358
FSS  519
FSI  H04N  669;  5202
UREF
PNO  5610666
ISD  19970300
NAM  Ueda
OCL  348676
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A gamma correction circuit is provided for gamma correcting first and
      second polarity video signals of different polarity. The gamma correction
      circuit includes first and second resistance elements R1, R2 connected in
      series between a power supply terminal 50 and a ground terminal 52 and a
      third resistance element R3 connected in parallel with the first
      resistance element R1 between the power supply terminal 50 and the second
      resistance element R2. A fourth resistance element R4 is connected in
      parallel with the second resistance element R2 between the ground terminal
      52 and the third resistance element R3. An output terminal 54 is arranged
      between the first and second resistance elements R1, R2. An input
      transistor Tr1 is connected between the first and second resistance
      elements R1, R2 with its base supplied with a video signal. A first
      control transistor is connected between the power supply terminal 50 and
      the third resistance element R3. The first control transistor Tr2 is
      turned on with its base supplied with a first reference voltage when a
      first polarity video signal is input, and remains turned off the rest of
      the time. A second control transistor Tr3 is connected between the ground
      terminal 52 and the fourth resistance element R4. The second control
      transistor Tr3 is turned on with its base supplied with a second reference
      voltage when a second polarity video signal is input and remains turned
      off the rest of the time.
PATN
WKU  059909803
SRC  9
APN  0863734
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19980528
TTL  Detection of transitions in video sequences
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Vu
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Golin; Stuart Jay
CTY  East Windsor
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Sarnoff Corporation
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348700
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  514
FSC  348
FSS  699-701;416
FSC  345
FSS  328
FSI  H04N  514
FSI  <382107;209;190;195;197;286
UREF
PNO  5459517
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kunitake et al.
OCL  348700
UREF
PNO  5521841
ISD  19960500
NAM  Arman et al.
OCL  345112
UREF
PNO  5642294
ISD  19970600
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  348700
UREF
PNO  5708767
ISD  19980100
NAM  Yeo et al.
OCL  395140
UREF
PNO  5751378
ISD  19980500
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  348700
UREF
PNO  5767922
ISD  19980600
NAM  Zabih et al.
OCL  348700
UREF
PNO  5801765
ISD  19980900
NAM  Gotoh et al.
OCL  348700
UREF
PNO  5835163
ISD  19981100
NAM  Liou et al.
OCL  348700
UREF
PNO  5900919
ISD  19990500
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  348700
UREF
PNO  5920360
ISD  19990700
NAM  Coleman et al.
OCL  348700
OREF
PAL  "Comparing Images Using Color Coherence Vectors", by Ramin Zabih, Greg
      Pass, and Justin Miller, Computer Science Department, Cornell University,
      Ithaca, NY, 1996, 15 pages.
PAL  "Content-Based Representation and Retrieval of Visual Media: A
      State-of-the-Art Review", by Philippe Aigrain et al., Multimedia Tools and
      Applications 3, 1996 Kluwer Academic Publishers, Manufactured in the
      Netherlands, pp. 179-202.
PAL  "Rapid Scene Analysis on Compressed Video", by Boon-Lock Yeo and Bede Liu,
      IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology, vol., 5,
      No. 6, Dec. 1995, pp. 533-544.
PAL  "A Fast Algorithm for Video Parsing Using MPEG Compressed Sequences", Ke
      Shen and Edward J. Delp, 1995 IEEE, pp. 252-255.
PAL  "Comparison of Video Shot Boundary Detection Techniques", by John S.
      Boreczky and Lawrence A. Rowe, Journal of Electronic Imaging 5(2), Apr.
      1996, pp. 122-128.
PAL  "Comparison of Automatic Video Segmentation Algorithms", Apostolos
      Dailianas, Robert B. Allen, and Paul England, SPIE vol. 2615, Jun. 1995,
      pp. 2-16.
PAL  "Scene Change Detection and Content-Based Sampling of Video Sequences", By
      Behzad Shahraray, SPIE vol. 2419, Jan. 1995, pp. 2-13.
PAL  "Detecting and Compressing Dissolve Regions in Video Sequences With a
      DVI.RTM. Multimedia Image Compression Algorithm", by Adnan M. Alattar,
      1993 IEEE, pp. 13-16.
PAL  "Automatic Video Indexing an Full-Video Search for Object Appearances", by
      Akio Nagasaka and Yuzuru Tanaka, Visual Database Systems II, Elsevier
      Science Publishers B.V. (North-Holland), 1992 IFIP, pp. 113-127.
PAL  "A Survey of Technologies for Parsing and Indexing Digital Video", by
      Gulrukh Ahanger and Thomas D.C. Little, Journal of Visual Communication
      and Image Representation, vol. 7, No. 1, Mar., pp. 28-43, 1996, Article
      No. 0004, pp. 28-43.
PAL  "Automatic Partitioning of Full-Motion Video", by HongJiang Zhang, Atreyi
      Kankanhalli, and Stephen W. Smoliar, Multimedia Systems (1993), pp. 10-28.
LREP
FR2  Burke; William J.
ABST
PAL  Frame dissimilarity measure (FDM) values are generated for pairs of frames
      in a video sequence that are separated by a specified timing window size,
      where each FDM value is the ratio of a net dissimilarity measure and a
      cumulative dissimilarity measure. In one embodiment, a first threshold
      condition is applied to identify peaks in the FDM data that could
      correspond to transitions between shots in a video sequence. A second
      threshold condition is applied to the FDM data adjacent to the detected
      peaks to identify frames at the start and end of the transition. The first
      threshold condition determines whether the FDM values exceed a first
      specified threshold level, while the second threshold condition determines
      whether the FDM values fall below a second specified threshold level. The
      net and cumulative dissimilarity measures may be based on histograms for
      the two frames. The present invention is effective in detecting gradual
      transitions between shots, such as wipes, dissolves, and fades, as well as
      abrupt transitions, such as cuts.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT
PAR  The Government of the United States of America has certain rights in at
      least part of this invention pursuant to Government Contract No.
      MDA-904-95-C-3126.
PATN
WKU  059909811
SRC  9
APN  0228206
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980212
TTL  Modular video signal matrix switcher with color-coded components
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Kostak; Victor R.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Thompson; Edwin S.
CTY  Campbell Hall
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Crable, II; William A.
CTY  Blauvelt
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Harding; Albert
CTY  Hamburg
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Sensormatic Electronics Corporation
CTY  Boca Raton
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348705
XCL  439488
XCL  34082583
EDF  6
ICL  G04N  5268
FSC  348
FSS  705;706;722
FSC  439
FSS  519;521;527;532;488;489;481;713;718
FSC  340
FSS  825.83
UREF
PNO  3554429
ISD  19710100
NAM  Cohen
OCL  229 15
UREF
PNO  3786505
ISD  19740100
NAM  Rennie
OCL  343  7ED
UREF
PNO  3938088
ISD  19760200
NAM  Clark
OCL  340146.3B
UREF
PNO  4009466
ISD  19770200
NAM  Clark
OCL  340146.3B
UREF
PNO  4531765
ISD  19850700
NAM  Shulman
OCL  283114
UREF
PNO  4639881
ISD  19870100
NAM  Zingler
OCL  364527
UREF
PNO  4651022
ISD  19870300
NAM  Cowley
OCL  307116
UREF
PNO  4874084
ISD  19891000
NAM  Strausser
OCL  206231
UREF
PNO  5144548
ISD  19920900
NAM  Salandro
OCL  364138
UREF
PNO  5487683
ISD  19960100
NAM  Carlson, Jr.
OCL  439718
UREF
PNO  5661631
ISD  19970800
NAM  Crane, Jr.
OCL  361683
OREF
PAL  Radio Shack New 1975-76 Unabridged Dictionary of Electronics, p. 106.
LREP
FRM  Robin, Blecker & Daley
ABST
PAL  A modular video signal matrix switcher is constructed with a midplane
      architecture. The functional components of the system include a power
      supply board, a controller board, one or two output boards, an optional
      control signal generating board, and one or more switching boards. These
      components are contained within a housing which has a number of
      non-dedicated board placement slots. The non-dedicated slots can receive
      any one of a switching board, an output board or a camera control signal
      generating board. Each type of board component is assigned a respective
      distinguishing color pursuant to a color coding system. The color coding
      system facilitates configuration management, assembly and maintenance
      operations.
PATN
WKU  059909820
SRC  8
APN  7644094
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19961211
TTL  DMD-based projector for institutional use
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Natnael; Paulos M.
EXP  Peng; John K.
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Gove; Robert
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kunzman; Adam J.
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Texas Instruments Incorporated
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348750
XCL  348771
XCL  348761
XCL  348764
XCL  348448
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  100
ICL  H04N  327
ICL  H04N  546
FSC  348
FSS  448;771;761;764;750;554;555;556;557;558;706
UREF
PNO  5488431
ISD  19960100
NAM  Gove et al.
OCL  348716
UREF
PNO  5490009
ISD  19960200
NAM  Venkateswar et al.
OCL  348755
UREF
PNO  5526051
ISD  19960600
NAM  Gove et al.
OCL  348388
UREF
PNO  5671018
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ohara et al.
OCL  348458
UREF
PNO  5777589
ISD  19980700
NAM  Gale et al.
OCL  348771
LREP
FR2  Brill; Charles A.
FR2  Telecky, Jr.; Frederick J.
FR2  Donaldson; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  A baseline display system (10) is capable of receiving different types of
      input signals, analog or digital, having different horizontal and vertical
      input resolutions. The system uses serial video processors (SVPs) (33, 34,
      43, 83) that have a given input size and spatial light modulators (SLMs)
      (18) that have a given output (display) resolution- The baseline system
      (10) is configurable to meet bandwidth requirements for displaying real
      time images on SLMs of increasing resolution. Data is decimated
      (downscaled) when appropriate to fit the SVP input size (FIGS. 4 and 8)
      and upscaled, vertically or horizontally, when appropriate to fit the SLM
      display resolution (FIGS. 3, 4, 7, and 8). Four systems (20, 50, 60, 90) ,
      each appropriate for a different SLM resolution are described.
PATN
WKU  059909838
SRC  8
APN  7276184
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970623
TTL  High resolution image projection system and method employing lasers
ISD  19991123
NCL  38
ECL  1
EXP  Kostak; Victor R.
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Hargis; David E.
CTY  La Jolla
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Flint; Graham
CTY  Alburquerque
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Assa; Shlomo
CTY  Encinitas
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Laser Power Corporation
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  348758
XCL  348750
XCL  348757
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  574
FSC  348
FSS  758;757;750;756;753
FSI  H04N  574
FSI  <35333;98
UREF
PNO  3507984
ISD  19700400
NAM  Stavis
UREF
PNO  3549800
ISD  19701200
NAM  Baker
UREF
PNO  3571493
ISD  19710300
NAM  Baker et al.
UREF
PNO  3621133
ISD  19711100
NAM  Baker et al.
UREF
PNO  3636251
ISD  19720100
NAM  Daly et al.
UREF
PNO  3721756
ISD  19730300
NAM  Baker
UREF
PNO  3727001
ISD  19730400
NAM  Gottlieb
UREF
PNO  3737573
ISD  19730600
NAM  Kessler
UREF
PNO  3762791
ISD  19731000
NAM  Fournier et al.
UREF
PNO  3818129
ISD  19740600
NAM  Yamamoto
UREF
PNO  3958863
ISD  19760500
NAM  Isaacs et al.
UREF
PNO  3977770
ISD  19760800
NAM  Isaacs et al.
UREF
PNO  3994569
ISD  19761100
NAM  Isaacs et al.
UREF
PNO  4035068
ISD  19770700
NAM  Rawson
UREF
PNO  4110014
ISD  19780800
NAM  Yevick
OCL  350342
UREF
PNO  4155630
ISD  19790500
NAM  Ih
UREF
PNO  4380023
ISD  19830400
NAM  Mir et al.
UREF
PNO  4390235
ISD  19830600
NAM  Minoura
UREF
PNO  4470075
ISD  19840900
NAM  Yoshimoto et al.
UREF
PNO  4517608
ISD  19850500
NAM  Maeda et al.
UREF
PNO  4720747
ISD  19880100
NAM  Crowley
UREF
PNO  4796961
ISD  19890100
NAM  Yamada et al.
UREF
PNO  4851918
ISD  19890700
NAM  Crowley
UREF
PNO  4930849
ISD  19900600
NAM  Tanaka
UREF
PNO  5032924
ISD  19910700
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  5033814
ISD  19910700
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  5140427
ISD  19920800
NAM  Nakane et al.
UREF
PNO  5185617
ISD  19930200
NAM  Takanashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5283694
ISD  19940200
NAM  Frady
UREF
PNO  5317348
ISD  19940500
NAM  Knize
OCL  353 31
UREF
PNO  5424771
ISD  19950600
NAM  Yu
UREF
PNO  5440352
ISD  19950800
NAM  Deter et al.
UREF
PNO  5485225
ISD  19960100
NAM  Deter et al.
UREF
PNO  5517359
ISD  19960500
NAM  Gelbart
UREF
PNO  5519518
ISD  19960500
NAM  Watanabe et al.
UREF
PNO  5552916
ISD  19960900
NAM  O'Callaghan et al.
OCL  359 95
UREF
PNO  5610647
ISD  19970300
NAM  Takada
UREF
PNO  5694180
ISD  19971200
NAM  Deter et al.
UREF
PNO  5715021
ISD  19980200
NAM  Gibeau
OCL  348756
FREF
PNO  458270
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  488903
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  660593
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  676740
ISD  19951000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  696875
ISD  19960200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2371107
ISD  19780600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2577371
ISD  19860800
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2581780
ISD  19861100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  31 37 031
ISD  19820400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  31 52 020
ISD  19830700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  41 39 842
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 24 849
ISD  19950200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 11 112
ISD  19950500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 06 595
ISD  19960200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 01 525
ISD  19960400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  196 32 089
ISD  19970200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  56-109314
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-244022
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2252472
ISD  19920800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  90/13158
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  91/11820
ISD  19910800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  92/03862
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  92/22109
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/18802
ISD  19940800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/10159
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/03676
ISD  19960200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Yamamoto et al., Laser Displays, pp. 1-63.
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US94/11181
PD1  19970623
PD2  19970623
PD3  19940930
PCP  WO95/10159
PCD  19950413
ABST
PAR  An image projection system employing microlaser and/or diode laser arrays.
      Each laser in each array is individually addressable. The system includes
      three linear laser arrays, one red, one green, and one blue, each
      individually addressable laser being powered and modulated in accordance
      with the input image signal. When microlaser arrays, which are energized
      by laser diode pumps, are used, the laser diode pumps are formed in
      equivalent arrays. The laser output beams are combined in a dichroic prism
      and reflected off a rotating multifaceted scanning mirror which effects
      two dimensional scanning as it rotates. The image beam reflected from the
      scanner passes through an imaging lens, a speckle eliminator and then onto
      the projection screen. The invention also includes the method of
      generating and scanning the image beam, as well as the novel speckle
      eliminator and the microlaser array configured for optimally close spacing
      to achieve the desired result. In one embodiment, the laser diode pumps
      are directly modulated by the video signal, while in another embodiment
      the microlaser outputs are modulated utilizing a spatial light modulator
      array.
PATN
WKU  059909846
SRC  8
APN  8636095
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970527
TTL  Coated polymer substrate with matching refractive index and method of
      making the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Brinich; Stephen
EXP  Lee; Thomas D.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Meredith, Jr.; William A.
CTY  Faribault
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Phillips; Bradway F.
CTY  Bloomington
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Kokoschke; Jeffrey L.
CTY  Fairbault
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Viratec Thin Films, Inc.
CTY  Faribault
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  559531
APD  19951116
CLAS
OCL  348834
XCL  348835
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  113
FSC  348
FSS  834-835
FSC  313
FSS  478-479
UREF
PNO  3458348
ISD  19690700
NAM  Sherman
OCL  117 38.8
UREF
PNO  3700487
ISD  19721000
NAM  Crandon et al.
OCL  117 64
UREF
PNO  3986997
ISD  19761000
NAM  Clark
OCL  260 29.2M
UREF
PNO  4408837
ISD  19831000
NAM  Kozaki et al.
OCL  350336
UREF
PNO  4609267
ISD  19860900
NAM  Deguchi
OCL  351163
UREF
PNO  5015523
ISD  19910500
NAM  Kawashima et al.
OCL  428336
UREF
PNO  5181142
ISD  19930100
NAM  Asai et al.
OCL  359581
UREF
PNO  5243255
ISD  19930900
NAM  Iwasaki
OCL  348835
UREF
PNO  5281893
ISD  19940100
NAM  Matsuda et al.
OCL  348834
UREF
PNO  5473448
ISD  19951200
NAM  Yoshinaga et al.
OCL  359 51
UREF
PNO  5789476
ISD  19980800
NAM  Iryo et al.
OCL  524430
ABST
PAL  An article comprising a transparent or translucent polymer substrate and a
      transparent or translucent coating applied thereto in which the refractive
      index of the coating material substantially matches the refractive index
      of the polymer substrate. The invention also relates to a method for
      making an article comprising a polymer substrate and a coating in which
      the refractive index of the coating substantially matches the refractive
      index of the polymer substrate.
PATN
WKU  059909854
SRC  8
APN  9955534
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971222
TTL  Display apparatus with shield unit easily mounted
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Vu
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Kim; Kwey-Hyun
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  SamSung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961221
APN  96/53554
CLAS
OCL  348836
XCL  348826
XCL  348789
XCL  348787
XCL  312  72
XCL  361682
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5645
FSC  348
FSS  818-820;821;825-826;836;839;843;787;789
FSC  312
FSS  7.2
FSC  361
FSS  681;682
FSI  H04N  5645
UREF
PNO  5363150
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kojima
OCL  348836
UREF
PNO  5673982
ISD  19971000
NAM  Chase et al.
OCL  348836
UREF
PNO  5691781
ISD  19971100
NAM  Siccardo
OCL  348836
UREF
PNO  5699132
ISD  19971200
NAM  Adachi et al.
OCL  348836
UREF
PNO  5742360
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kwon et al.
OCL  348839
UREF
PNO  5764313
ISD  19980600
NAM  Schlatmann
OCL  348825
UREF
PNO  5823641
ISD  19981000
NAM  Goto et al.
OCL  312  7.2
UREF
PNO  5863106
ISD  19990100
NAM  Beak
OCL  361682
LREP
FR2  Bushnell, Esq.; Robert E.
ABST
PAL  A display apparatus with a shield unit which is easily mounted includes: a
      cathode ray tube for displaying images; a first cover in which the cathode
      ray tube is assembled; a cathode ray tube bracket fixed to the front case
      for supporting the cathode ray tube, and having a reeve in the rear, a
      shield cover installed in the rear of the cathode ray tube bracket for
      shielding an electric field, and having a coupling unit in the front; a
      guiding rail for shielding an electric field, and of the shield cover with
      the reeve formed on the cathode ray tube bracket; and a second cover
      coupled with the first cover for covering the shield cover.
PATN
WKU  059909862
SRC  9
APN  0874078
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980529
TTL  Thin film transistor substrate for a liquid crystal display having
      buffer layers and a manufacturing method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Duong; Tai V.
EXP  Dang; Hung Xuan
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Song; Jean-Ho
CTY  Scongnam
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kwak; Sang-Ki
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970530
APN  97-22145
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970925
APN  97-48773
CLAS
OCL  349 43
XCL  349147
XCL  257 59
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  1136
ICL  G02F  11343
FSC  349
FSS  42;43;44;122;143;138;147;187
FSC  257
FSS  59;72
UREF
PNO  5805250
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hatano et al.
OCL  349138
UREF
PNO  5814836
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hyun
OCL  257 72
LREP
FRM  Myers Bigel Sibley & Sajovec
ABST
PAL  Gate wire is formed on a transparent glass substrate, and a gate insulating
      film, an amorphous silicon layer, a doped amorphous silicon layer and Cr
      layer are deposited in sequence. After patterning the Cr layer, the doped
      amorphous silicon layer and the amorphous silicon layer, an ITO
      (indium-tin-oxide) layer is deposited and patterned, and then the exposed
      portions of the Cr layer and of the doped amorphous silicon layer are
      removed. A passivation film is deposited and patterned to form a plurality
      of contact holes over the ITO layer, and then a conductive layer is
      deposited and patterned to form a data line which is connected to the ITO
      layer through the contact holes.
PATN
WKU  059909870
SRC  9
APN  1925350
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19981117
TTL  Transverse electrical field LCD with islands having a pattern the same
      as the combined pattern of gate electrodes, gate bus lines and counter
      electrodes
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Eisenhut; Heidi L.
EXP  Sikes; William L.
NDR  10
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Hiroaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971118
APN  9-317344
CLAS
OCL  349 43
XCL  349139
XCL  349141
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  1136
ICL  G02F  11343
FSC  349
FSS  139;141;143;42;43
UREF
PNO  5760857
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yanagawa et al.
OCL  349141
UREF
PNO  5831707
ISD  19981100
NAM  Ota et al.
OCL  349141
UREF
PNO  5841498
ISD  19981100
NAM  Baur et al.
OCL  349141
UREF
PNO  5841499
ISD  19981100
NAM  Baur et al.
OCL  349141
UREF
PNO  5852485
ISD  19981200
NAM  Shimada et al.
OCL  349141
FREF
PNO  63-21907
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-49237
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  In a production process for a transverse electrical field type active
      matrix liquid crystal display apparatus, a photolithographic step is
      eliminated to reduce the cost. There are formed on an insulating substrate
      carrying thin-film transistors as switching elements, drain electrodes 31,
      drain bus lines 32 connected to the drain electrodes 31, source electrodes
      33 and pixel electrodes 34 formed by the first low-resistance electrically
      conductive film 3. Islands are formed on the resulting assembly by a
      semiconductor film. There are further formed on the resulting product gate
      electrodes 61, gate bus lines 62 and counter electrodes 63. The gate
      electrodes 61, gate bus lines 62, counter electrodes 63 and the islands 71
      can be formed by a sole photolithographic step to reduce the number of the
      photographic steps and hence the cost.
PATN
WKU  059909889
SRC  8
APN  6978673
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19960830
TTL  Reflection liquid crystal display and a semiconductor device for the
      display
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Duong; Tai V.
EXP  Sikes; William L.
NDR  13
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Hanihara; Koji
CTY  Yamanashi-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsuchiya; Itaru
CTY  Yamanashi-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hanada; Kenichi
CTY  Yamanashi-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishii; Kunihisa
CTY  Yamanashi-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohkuni; Motohisa
CTY  Yamanashi-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Pioneer Electric Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Pioneer Video Corporation
CTY  Yamanashi-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950901
APN  7-225559
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950901
APN  7-225560
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950901
APN  7-225561
CLAS
OCL  349 48
XCL  349114
XCL  349122
XCL  349143
XCL  257351
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  1136
ICL  G02F  11343
FSC  349
FSS  42;110;43;111;48;122;139;147;113;114
FSC  257
FSS  72;351;369
FSC  345
FSS  92;93
UREF
PNO  5056895
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kahn
UREF
PNO  5351145
ISD  19940900
NAM  Miyata et al.
OCL  349 48
UREF
PNO  5365355
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hastings, III et al.
OCL  349110
UREF
PNO  5461501
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  349111
FREF
PNO  4-56827
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-93922
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-148679
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
ABST
PAL  A liquid crystal display device has a semiconductor substrate. A plurality
      of switching elements are arranged on the substrate in matrix, and a
      plurality of pixel electrodes are provided above the switching elements,
      arranged in matrix corresponding to the switching elements. A liquid
      crystal layer is provided on the pixel electrodes. The switching element
      is connected with a corresponding pixel electrode by a wiring layer. Dummy
      layers are provided in the same level as the wiring layer so that a
      surface of the dummy layer is substantially flush with a surface of the
      wiring layer.
PATN
WKU  059909897
SRC  9
APN  108304&
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980701
TTL  Noise-shield sheet and liquid crystal display device using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Ton; Toan
EXP  Sikes; William L.
NDR  15
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Ozawa; Takaaki
CTY  Suwa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Seiko Epson Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950331
APN  7-100553
RLAP
COD  74
APN  622601
APD  19960326
PSC  01
PNO  5805251
CLAS
OCL  349 61
XCL  349 62
XCL  349110
XCL  349152
XCL  362 31
XCL  361818
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  11335
ICL  G02F  11333
ICL  G02F  11345
ICL  H05K  900
ICL  F21V 1904
FSC  349
FSS  110;138;61.2
FSC  361
FSS  818;816
FSC  174
FSS  36;35 R
FSC  362
FSS  31;32
UREF
PNO  4661889
ISD  19870400
NAM  Fushimoto
OCL  361818
UREF
PNO  4683519
ISD  19870700
NAM  Murakami
OCL  361600
UREF
PNO  5164542
ISD  19921100
NAM  Hart
OCL  174 35MS
UREF
PNO  5264992
ISD  19931100
NAM  Hogdahl et al.
OCL  361818
UREF
PNO  5265265
ISD  19931100
NAM  Hama et al.
OCL  361818
UREF
PNO  5338897
ISD  19940800
NAM  Tsay et al.
OCL  174 35R
UREF
PNO  5564096
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hama et al.
OCL  361818
UREF
PNO  5731964
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kitakubo et al.
OCL  361816
UREF
PNO  5774199
ISD  19980600
NAM  Ozawa
OCL  349149
FREF
PNO  A-58-72984
ISD  19830500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  U-61-49380
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  U-62-181931
ISD  19871100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-29690
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  There are provided a noise-shield sheet which can easily add a shield layer
      without complicating the wiring on a circuit board and which can prevent a
      short-circuiting between the shield layer and the electronic part's lead
      and connection terminals, and a liquid crystal display device using such a
      noise-shield sheet. The noise-shield sheet has holes each of which permits
      an electric component protruding from the surface of the circuit board to
      be passed through the hole and is mounted on the circuit board to avoid
      noise. The noise-shield sheet is made up of an insulating base layer and a
      shield layer of electrically conductive material formed on the insulating
      layer. Each of the holes has a first hole formed by etching the shield
      layer and a second hole formed by the insulating layer within the first
      hole at a position separate from the edge of the shield layer.
PATN
WKU  059909900
SRC  8
APN  7434839
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19961104
TTL  Three-dimensional display techniques, device, systems and method of
      presenting data in a volumetric format
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Schuberg; Darren E.
EXP  Spyrou; Cassandra
NDR  40
NFG  60
INVT
NAM  Crabtree; Allen F.
STR  1063 Louisiana Ave.
CTY  Sebastian
STA  FL
ZIP  32958
RLAP
COD  72
APN  152861
APD  19931115
PSC  01
PNO  5572375
ISD  19961105
RLAP
COD  82
APN  840316
APD  19920224
PSC  01
PNO  5311335
ISD  19940510
RLAP
COD  84
APN  562271
APD  19900803
PSC  01
PNO  5090789
ISD  19920225
CLAS
OCL  349 74
XCL  349 77
XCL  349 83
XCL  359316
XCL  359318
XCL  345  6
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  11347
FSC  359
FSS  261;263;267;272;316;317;318;618;629
FSC  349
FSS  74;83;155;193;196;77
FSC  345
FSS  6
FSC  348
FSS  758
UREF
PNO  3489485
ISD  19700100
NAM  Marcovecchio et al.
OCL  350271
UREF
PNO  3679290
ISD  19720700
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  350157
UREF
PNO  3950079
ISD  19760400
NAM  Rambauske
OCL  350285
UREF
PNO  3989355
ISD  19761100
NAM  Wilmer
OCL  350160LC
UREF
PNO  4015115
ISD  19770300
NAM  Corcoran
OCL  250199
UREF
PNO  4017163
ISD  19770400
NAM  Glass
OCL  350294
UREF
PNO  4134104
ISD  19790100
NAM  Karras
OCL  345  6
UREF
PNO  4136926
ISD  19790100
NAM  Sigler
OCL  350 55
UREF
PNO  4170401
ISD  19791000
NAM  Yoder, Jr. et al.
OCL  350173
UREF
PNO  4735473
ISD  19880400
NAM  Migozzi et al.
OCL  350  3.7
UREF
PNO  4836658
ISD  19890600
NAM  Laycock
OCL  350384
UREF
PNO  4857425
ISD  19890800
NAM  Phillips
OCL  430  1
UREF
PNO  4960320
ISD  19901000
NAM  Taniura
OCL  359629
UREF
PNO  5016950
ISD  19910500
NAM  Smith
OCL  350  3.7
UREF
PNO  5148310
ISD  19920900
NAM  Batchko
OCL  359479
UREF
PNO  5200845
ISD  19930400
NAM  Crooker et al.
OCL  349175
UREF
PNO  5330264
ISD  19940700
NAM  Ando et al.
OCL  359 12
LREP
FRM  Brown Raysman Millstein Felder & Steiner LLP
ABST
PAL  A system and method generate volumetric, three-dimensional displays,
      including displays of images or data. An apparent position of a volumetric
      image is translated by employing an image translation chamber with various
      combinations of concave and convex reflectors, mirrors, lenses, and/or
      holographic optical elements. A high-speed opto-mechanical shutter may
      also be used, as well as acousto-optic modulators (AOMs) for very
      high-speed intensity modulation of a coherent light beam to generate a
      periodic pattern of light packets or pulses. Active and passive
      multi-planar optical elements (MOEs) are also used in either a reflective
      or a transmissive mode and optionally having interposed layers of
      switchable liquid crystal material. A multi-planar optical sensor with
      interposed layers of light-sensitive material may be employed, as well as
      a gas imaging chamber for displaying the three-dimensional images. The
      system and method also allow interaction with the volumetric display of an
      image. Encoding and transmission of non-image data in a volumetric form
      are performed, as well as the receiving and decoding of the non-image data
      from the volumetric form. The system and method also transmit large
      amounts of data and perform a convergence of at least two streams of
      radiant energy.
PATN
WKU  059909919
SRC  8
APN  8804567
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970624
TTL  Twisted liquid crystal surface mode device
ISD  19991123
NCL  44
ECL  1
EXA  Chowdhury; Tarifur R.
EXP  Sikes; William L.
NDR  12
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Tillin; Martin David
CTY  Abingdon
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Towler; Michael John
CTY  Botley
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960626
APN  9613364
CLAS
OCL  349 78
XCL  349136
XCL  349 99
XCL  349 33
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  11347
ICL  G02F  1141
ICL  G02F  11335
ICL  G02F  1133
FSC  349
FSS  78;77;74;136;99;33;128
UREF
PNO  4097128
ISD  19780600
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  349 78
UREF
PNO  4231639
ISD  19801100
NAM  Banda
OCL  350335
UREF
PNO  4241339
ISD  19801200
NAM  Ushiyama
OCL  340702
UREF
PNO  4378955
ISD  19830400
NAM  Bleha, Jr. et al.
OCL  350334
UREF
PNO  4385806
ISD  19830500
NAM  Fergason
OCL  350347
UREF
PNO  4566758
ISD  19860100
NAM  Bos
OCL  349136
UREF
PNO  4635051
ISD  19870100
NAM  Bos
OCL  340757
UREF
PNO  4688900
ISD  19870800
NAM  Doanne
OCL  350347
UREF
PNO  4767190
ISD  19880800
NAM  Dir et al.
OCL  350339
UREF
PNO  4842379
ISD  19890600
NAM  Oishi et al.
OCL  350347
UREF
PNO  4923286
ISD  19900500
NAM  Grupp
OCL  350340
UREF
PNO  4952029
ISD  19900800
NAM  Hayashi et al.
OCL  349 76
UREF
PNO  5090794
ISD  19920200
NAM  Hatano et al.
OCL  359 53
UREF
PNO  5124824
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kozaki et al.
OCL  359 73
UREF
PNO  5126868
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kizaki et al.
OCL  359 86
UREF
PNO  5145546
ISD  19920900
NAM  Yuasa et al.
OCL  156324
UREF
PNO  5221978
ISD  19930600
NAM  Heynderickx et al.
OCL  349 76
UREF
PNO  5231521
ISD  19930700
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  359 93
UREF
PNO  5243455
ISD  19930900
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  359 93
UREF
PNO  5280375
ISD  19940100
NAM  Tsuda et al.
OCL  359 76
UREF
PNO  5343313
ISD  19940800
NAM  Fergason
OCL  359 83
UREF
PNO  5414541
ISD  19950500
NAM  Patel et al.
OCL  359 39
UREF
PNO  5440413
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kikuchi et al.
OCL  359 73
UREF
PNO  5496498
ISD  19960300
NAM  Toyooka et al.
OCL  252299.01
UREF
PNO  5570211
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hanaoka et al.
OCL  359 53
UREF
PNO  5680184
ISD  19971000
NAM  Nishino
OCL  349 78
UREF
PNO  5745206
ISD  19980400
NAM  Koike et al.
OCL  349129
UREF
PNO  5764325
ISD  19980600
NAM  Bryan-Brown et al.
OCL  349123
UREF
PNO  5796459
ISD  19980800
NAM  Bryan-Brown et al.
OCL  349132
UREF
PNO  5808716
ISD  19980900
NAM  Gass et al.
OCL  349124
UREF
PNO  5880798
ISD  19990300
NAM  Walton et al.
OCL  349 99
FREF
PNO  0377757
ISD  19900700
CNT  EPX
ICL  G02F  1133
FREF
PNO  0434000
ISD  19910600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0481700
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0467456
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0600541
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0793133
ISD  19970900
CNT  EPX
ICL  G02F  11335
FREF
PNO  06243471
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2276730
ISD  19941000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2286056
ISD  19950800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9009614
ISD  19900800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Itoh Y et al: "A double-layer electrically controlled birefringence . . .
      "/Japanese Journal of Applied Physics/Jul. 15, 1991 vol. 30 No. 7B pp.
      L1296-L1299.
PAL  Saito S: "Viewing angle characteristics of ECB . . . "/ Molecular Crystals
      and Liquid Crystals, 1986, UK/vol. 138 No. 1-4 pp. 187-210.
PAL  Takahashi T et al: "Improvement of Multiplexability of double-layered . . .
      "/Electronics & Communications In Japan/Part 2 (Electronics), Dec. 1991,
      USA. vol. 74, No. 2 pp. 49-58.
PAL  Kvoc et al: "Wide-viewing-angle reflective . . . "/Proceedings of 15.sup.th
      Int. Display Research Conference Asia Display . . . Oct. 16-18, 1995 pp.
      135-138.
PAL  S. Palmer; Applied Optics, May 1, 1996, vol. 35, No. 3, "Optical Angular
      Properties of Twisted-Nematic Liquid-Crystal Cells with Twist Angles of
      Less Than 90.degree.".
PAL  Search Report for Application No. GB 9613364.0; Dated Sep. 26, 1996.
PAL  S. Pancharatnam, Proc. Ind. Acad Sci., vol. 41a, pp. 130-136, 1955,
      "Achromatic Combintions of Birefringent Plates, Part I".
PAL  S. Pancharatnam, Proc. Ind. Acad Sci., vol. 41a, pp. 137-144, 1955,
      "Achromatic Combinations of Birefringent Plates, Part II".
PAL  P. D. Berezin et al., Sov. J. Quant. Electron., vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 78-79,
      1973, "Electroopic Switching In Oriented Liquid-Crystal Films".
PAL  P.J. Bos et al., Mol. Cryst. Liq. Cryst., vol. 113, pp. 329-339, 1984, "The
      pi-Cell: A Fast Liquid-Crystal Optical-Switching Device".
PAL  A. Sato, Display Devices, pp. 18-21, 1994, Reflection Formats for Color
      LCDs Solve Power-Consumption Problems.
PAL  G.D. Sharp et al., SID 93 Digest, pp. 665-668, 1993, "P-60: Color Switching
      Using Ferroelectric Liquid Crystals".
ABST
PAL  A twisted liquid crystal device includes a liquid crystal layer and first
      and second alignment layers disposed in opposite sides of the liquid
      crystal layer. The first and second alignment layers have respective
      alignment directions which are mutually inclined. A first linear polarizer
      is disposed on the opposite side of the first alignment layer to the
      liquid crystal layer. Electrodes apply a variable voltage across the
      liquid crystal layer which has a twisted liquid crystal structure and is
      arranged for operation in a surface switching mode with first and second
      regions of the liquid crystal layer adjacent the alignment layers being
      mutually optically de-coupled so as to act, within the liquid crystal
      layer, when in use, like a pair of separate, active optical retarders
      having mutually inclined optic axes and optical retardations which can be
      varied within a range to cause color.
PATN
WKU  059909927
SRC  9
APN  1107976
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980706
TTL  Image display device with plural planar microlens arrays
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Chowdhury; Tarifur R.
EXP  Sikes; William L.
NDR  11
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Hamanaka; Kenjiro
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kishimoto; Takashi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippon Sheet Glass Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  820313
APD  19970318
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  349 95
XCL  349158
XCL  359365
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  11335
ICL  G02F  11333
ICL  G02B 1700
FSC  349
FSS  95;158
FSC  359
FSS  365;366
UREF
PNO  5052783
ISD  19911000
NAM  Hamada
OCL  359 40
UREF
PNO  5056912
ISD  19911000
NAM  Hamada et al.
OCL  353 38
UREF
PNO  5126863
ISD  19920600
NAM  Otsuka et al.
OCL  359 41
UREF
PNO  5398125
ISD  19950300
NAM  Willett et al.
OCL  359 41
UREF
PNO  5479049
ISD  19951200
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  257642
UREF
PNO  5499138
ISD  19960300
NAM  Iba
OCL  359569
UREF
PNO  5504602
ISD  19960400
NAM  Farmer
OCL  359 69
UREF
PNO  5619228
ISD  19970400
NAM  Dohtery
OCL  345148
UREF
PNO  5627580
ISD  19970500
NAM  Nelson
OCL  347239
UREF
PNO  5633737
ISD  19970500
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  349 95
UREF
PNO  5654741
ISD  19970800
NAM  Sampsell
OCL  345158
UREF
PNO  5680186
ISD  19971000
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  349 95
UREF
PNO  5682215
ISD  19971000
NAM  Nishihara et al.
OCL  349 95
UREF
PNO  5706061
ISD  19980100
NAM  Marshall et al.
OCL  348743
UREF
PNO  5764318
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kurematsu et al.
OCL  349 95
UREF
PNO  5764323
ISD  19980600
NAM  Fukuda
OCL  349 95
UREF
PNO  5849339
ISD  19981200
NAM  Nakanishi
OCL  425  4R
UREF
PNO  5867321
ISD  19990200
NAM  Nakama et al.
OCL  359619
FREF
PNO  4-60538
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-341283
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-346578
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-67168
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-118370
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-181487
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-15687
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  A reflective or transmissive image display device having a
      light-transmissive panel to which illuminating light for illuminating
      pixels is applied. The light-transmissive panel has laminated glass
      substrates having respective first and second planar microlens arrays. The
      glass substrates have their thicknesses adjusted by grinding to equalize
      focal lengths and other parameters of the first and second planar
      microlens arrays to preset values. Lenses of the first and second planar
      microlens arrays are formed by etching recesses in fire-finished surfaces
      of the glass substrates and filling the recesses with a synthetic resin
      having a high refractive index.
PATN
WKU  059909935
SRC  8
APN  6909000
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19960801
TTL  Display device having a backlighting system supplying collimated light
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Ton; Toan
EXP  Sikes; William L.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Haas; Gunther
CTY  Leonberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Thomson multimedia S.A.
CTY  Courbevoie
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950811
APN  95-09753
CLAS
OCL  349 96
XCL  349158
XCL  349110
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  11335
ICL  G02F  11333
FSC  349
FSS  95;106;112;110;96;158
UREF
PNO  3854815
ISD  19741200
NAM  McIntosh
OCL  355 67
UREF
PNO  4171874
ISD  19791000
NAM  Bigelow et al.
OCL  349112
UREF
PNO  4239349
ISD  19801200
NAM  Scheffer
OCL  349112
UREF
PNO  4560241
ISD  19851200
NAM  Stolov et al.
OCL  349106
UREF
PNO  4776673
ISD  19881000
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  349110
UREF
PNO  5046793
ISD  19910900
NAM  Hockley et al.
OCL  359 12
UREF
PNO  5052783
ISD  19911000
NAM  Hamada
OCL  349  5
UREF
PNO  5132830
ISD  19920700
NAM  Fukatani et al.
OCL  349112
UREF
PNO  5478611
ISD  19951200
NAM  Hashimoto
OCL  428  1
UREF
PNO  5504602
ISD  19960400
NAM  Farmer
OCL  349112
UREF
PNO  5528397
ISD  19960600
NAM  Zavracky et al.
OCL  349 42
UREF
PNO  5539550
ISD  19960700
NAM  Spitzer et al.
OCL  349 42
UREF
PNO  5561538
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  349 61
UREF
PNO  5594561
ISD  19970100
NAM  Blanchard
OCL  349112
UREF
PNO  5615030
ISD  19970300
NAM  Harada et al.
OCL  349110
FREF
PNO  0337555
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
ICL  G02F  1133
FREF
PNO  0353069
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
ICL  G02F 1101
FREF
PNO  0371398A3
ISD  19900600
CNT  EPX
ICL  G02F  11335
FREF
PNO  0396824
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
ICL  G02F  11335
FREF
PNO  6148627
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
ICL  G02F  11335
FREF
PNO  WO 94/20879
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
ICL  G02F  11335
LREP
FR2  Tripoli; Joseph S.
FR2  Emanuel; Peter M.
FR2  Wein; Frederick A.
ABST
PAL  A display device having a backlighting system supplying collimated light, a
      transmissive electro-optical modulator of the liquid crystal display type
      and a means for distributing the light angularly. The distance between the
      means for distributing the light angularly and the display is chosen so as
      to obtain a spatial filtration effect. A layer of colored filters is
      positioned between the display and the means for distributing the light
      angularly.
PATN
WKU  059909943
SRC  8
APN  9610561
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971030
TTL  First and second light sensitive conductive layers for use in image
      displays
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Chowdhury; Tarifur R.
EXP  Sikes; William L.
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Stephenson; Stanley W.
CTY  Spencerport
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  349106
XCL  430  7
XCL  349  2
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  11335
ICL  G03F  900
FSC  349
FSS  106;2;116;42
FSC  430
FSS  7
UREF
PNO  3033765
ISD  19620500
NAM  King et al.
UREF
PNO  3464822
ISD  19690900
NAM  Blake et al.
OCL   96 38.4
UREF
PNO  3892574
ISD  19750700
NAM  Claes et al.
OCL   96107
UREF
PNO  4610509
ISD  19860900
NAM  Sorimachi et al.
OCL  350339
UREF
PNO  4772885
ISD  19880900
NAM  Uehara et al.
OCL  340784
UREF
PNO  5128736
ISD  19920700
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  357 30
UREF
PNO  5245452
ISD  19930900
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  349140
UREF
PNO  5462822
ISD  19951000
NAM  Roosen et al.
OCL  430  7
UREF
PNO  5462833
ISD  19951000
NAM  Hauquier et al.
OCL  430159
UREF
PNO  5471330
ISD  19951100
NAM  Sarma
OCL  349140
UREF
PNO  5565310
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kawai
OCL  430503
UREF
PNO  5705424
ISD  19980100
NAM  Zavracky et al.
OCL  437 86
UREF
PNO  5858581
ISD  19990100
NAM  Stephenson
OCL  430  7
UREF
PNO  5912716
ISD  19990600
NAM  Stephenson
OCL  349106
OREF
PAL  Liquid Crystal Flat Panel Displays by William C. O'Mara, Manufacturing
      Science & Technology.
LREP
FR2  Owens; Raymond L.
ABST
PAL  A structure used in making a display for forming images including a
      transparent substrate having first and second surfaces; a light sensitive
      conductive layer provided over the first surface of the transparent
      substrate and patternable to form conductive traces; and a layer including
      light modulating material being provided over the light sensitive
      conductive layer. The structure also includes a second light sensitive
      conductive layer provided over the light modulating material layer.
PATN
WKU  059909951
SRC  8
APN  8782121
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970618
TTL  Reflection type liquid crystal display device for converting incident
      light into electric power
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  2
EXA  Eisenhut; Heidi L.
EXP  Sikes; William L.
NDR  17
NFG  42
INVT
NAM  Ebihara; Teruo
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamazaki; Osamu
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Motte; Shunichi
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Senbonmatsu; Shigeru
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Taniguchi; Kaori
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shino; Naotoshi
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Shuhei
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakama; Hiroshi
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hoshino; Masafumi
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukuchi; Takakazu
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Seiko Instruments Inc.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  349113
XCL  349114
XCL  349 86
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  11335
ICL  G02F  11331
FSC  349
FSS  113;114;86
UREF
PNO  5493430
ISD  19960200
NAM  Lu et al.
OCL  359 68
UREF
PNO  5680188
ISD  19971000
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  349113
UREF
PNO  5729313
ISD  19980300
NAM  Mitsui
OCL  349106
FREF
PNO  749030A1
ISD  19961200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO9410668
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9512826
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO9706464
ISD  19970200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 095, No. 006 Jul. 31, 1995.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 098, No. 007 Mar. 31, 1998.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 009, No. 315 (E-365) Dec. 11, 1985.
LREP
FRM  Adams & Wilks
ABST
PAL  A reflection type liquid crystal display device comprises a pair of
      substrates having electrodes, a light scattering type liquid crystal layer
      interposed between the substrates, a reflection layer disposed over a rear
      surface of the light scattering type liquid crystal layer, and a light
      absorbing layer disposed over a rear surface of the reflection layer for
      absorbing a light passed through the reflection layer. The light
      scattering type liquid crystal layer changes into a scattering state or a
      transparent state in accordance with a change in a voltage level between
      the electrodes, and transmits 60% or more of incident light irrespective
      of the change in the voltage level between the electrodes. The reflection
      layer has a reflectivity within a range of 10 to 50% for reflecting a
      forward scattered light passed through the light scattering type liquid
      crystal layer.
PATN
WKU  059909960
SRC  8
APN  8534683
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970509
TTL  Color selective light modulators employing birefringent stacks
ISD  19991123
NCL  249
ECL  1
EXA  Parker; Kenneth
EXP  Sikes; William L.
NDR  38
NFG  55
INVT
NAM  Sharp; Gary D.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  ColorLink, Inc.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  645580
APD  19960514
PSC  01
PNO  5822021
CLAS
OCL  349119
XCL  349117
XCL  349 97
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  11335
FSC  349
FSS  18;117;119;97;120;106;121
FSC  356
FSS  351;361;362;365;368
FSC  359
FSS  634;494;497;498;491
UREF
PNO  2493200
ISD  19500100
NAM  Land
OCL   88112
UREF
PNO  4003081
ISD  19770100
NAM  Hilsum et al.
OCL  358 64
UREF
PNO  4019808
ISD  19770400
NAM  Scheffer
OCL  350160LC
UREF
PNO  4025164
ISD  19770500
NAM  Doriguzzi et al.
OCL  350160LC
UREF
PNO  4232948
ISD  19801100
NAM  Shanks
OCL  350347
UREF
PNO  4367924
ISD  19830100
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  350334
UREF
PNO  4416514
ISD  19831100
NAM  Plummer
OCL  350335
UREF
PNO  4448823
ISD  19840500
NAM  Clifford
OCL  428  1
UREF
PNO  4497543
ISD  19850200
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  350337
UREF
PNO  4575193
ISD  19860300
NAM  Grievenkamp, Jr.
OCL  350401
UREF
PNO  4582396
ISD  19860400
NAM  Bos et al.
OCL  350347
UREF
PNO  4635051
ISD  19870100
NAM  Bos et al.
OCL  340757
UREF
PNO  4652087
ISD  19870300
NAM  Bos et al.
OCL  350332
UREF
PNO  4668086
ISD  19870500
NAM  Redner
OCL  356 33
UREF
PNO  4758818
ISD  19880700
NAM  Vatne
OCL  340701
UREF
PNO  4759612
ISD  19880700
NAM  Nakatsuka et al.
OCL  350337
UREF
PNO  4770500
ISD  19880900
NAM  Kalmanash et al.
OCL  350347E
UREF
PNO  4770525
ISD  19880900
NAM  Umeda et al.
OCL  353122
UREF
PNO  4786146
ISD  19881100
NAM  Ledebuhr
OCL  350331R
UREF
PNO  4786964
ISD  19881100
NAM  Plummer et al.
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4796978
ISD  19890100
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  350337
UREF
PNO  4808501
ISD  19890200
NAM  Chiulli
UREF
PNO  4834508
ISD  19890500
NAM  Fergason
OCL  350339F
UREF
PNO  4867536
ISD  19890900
NAM  Pidsosny et al.
OCL  350337
UREF
PNO  4917464
ISD  19900400
NAM  Conner
OCL  350335
UREF
PNO  4917465
ISD  19900400
NAM  Conner et al.
OCL  350335
UREF
PNO  4966441
ISD  19901000
NAM  Conner
OCL  350335
UREF
PNO  4995702
ISD  19910200
NAM  Aruga
OCL  350 88
UREF
PNO  5032007
ISD  19910700
NAM  Silverstein et al.
OCL  350335
UREF
PNO  5033825
ISD  19910700
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
OCL  350339
UREF
PNO  5050965
ISD  19910900
NAM  Conner et al.
OCL  359 53
UREF
PNO  5122887
ISD  19920600
NAM  Mathewson
OCL  349 97
UREF
PNO  5124816
ISD  19920600
NAM  Conner et al.
OCL  359 53
UREF
PNO  5126864
ISD  19920600
NAM  Akiyama et al.
OCL  359 53
UREF
PNO  5132826
ISD  19920700
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  5179459
ISD  19930100
NAM  Plesinger
OCL  359 74
UREF
PNO  5220447
ISD  19930600
NAM  Yokokura et al.
OCL  349119
UREF
PNO  5231432
ISD  19930700
NAM  Glenn
OCL  353 88
UREF
PNO  5237435
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kurematsu et al.
OCL  359 41
UREF
PNO  5243455
ISD  19930900
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  359 93
UREF
PNO  5249071
ISD  19930900
NAM  Yoshimizu et al.
OCL  349102
UREF
PNO  5276436
ISD  19940100
NAM  Shaw et al.
OCL  340 88
UREF
PNO  5299039
ISD  19940300
NAM  Bohannon
OCL  359 53
UREF
PNO  5321450
ISD  19940600
NAM  Shapiro et al.
OCL  353 88
UREF
PNO  5337103
ISD  19940800
NAM  Gulick
UREF
PNO  5337174
ISD  19940800
NAM  Wada et al.
OCL  349119
UREF
PNO  5347378
ISD  19940900
NAM  Handschy et al.
OCL  359 53
UREF
PNO  5353075
ISD  19941000
NAM  Connor et al.
UREF
PNO  5355188
ISD  19941000
NAM  Biles et al.
OCL  353 88
UREF
PNO  5369513
ISD  19941100
NAM  Akatsuka et al.
OCL  349118
UREF
PNO  5381253
ISD  19950100
NAM  Sharp et al.
UREF
PNO  5400095
ISD  19950300
NAM  Minich et al.
UREF
PNO  5422756
ISD  19950600
NAM  Weber
OCL  359487
UREF
PNO  5469279
ISD  19951100
NAM  Sharp et al.
OCL  359 53
UREF
PNO  5500523
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hamanaka
OCL  250216
UREF
PNO  5510861
ISD  19960400
NAM  Minich et al.
UREF
PNO  5528393
ISD  19960600
NAM  Sharp et al.
OCL  359 53
UREF
PNO  5574580
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ansley
OCL  359 41
UREF
PNO  5585950
ISD  19961200
NAM  Nishino et al.
OCL  349118
UREF
PNO  5608551
ISD  19970300
NAM  Biles et al.
OCL  359 95
UREF
PNO  5658490
ISD  19970800
NAM  Sharp et al.
OCL  252229.01
UREF
PNO  5686931
ISD  19971100
NAM  Funfschilling et al.
OCL  345 88
UREF
PNO  5739881
ISD  19980400
NAM  Xu et al.
OCL  349118
UREF
PNO  5774264
ISD  19980600
NAM  Konno et al.
OCL  359497
UREF
PNO  5777709
ISD  19980700
NAM  Xu
OCL  349120
FREF
PNO  0121379
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4022920
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/09614
ISD  19900800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO95/26110
ISD  19950900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Scheffer, T.J., "New multicolor liquid crystal displays that use a twisted
      nematic electro-optical cell," J., Appl. Phys. (1973) 44(11):4799-4803.
PAL  Carlsen, W.J. and Buhrer, C.F., "Flat Passband Birefringent
      Wavelength-Division Multiplexers," Electronics Letters (1987)
      23(3):106-107.
PAL  Wright, H., et al., "Active filters enable color imaging," Laser Focus
      World (May 1996) 85-90.
PAL  Cambridge Research & Instrumentation, Inc., "Liquid Crystal Tunable
      Filter," Cambridge, MA, 2 pages.
PAL  Displaytech, Inc. (Jan., 1996), "Switchable Color Filter", Boulder, CO, 4
      pages.
PAL  Title, A.M. and Rosenberg, W.J., "Tunable birefringent filters," Opt. Eng.,
      (1981) 20(6):815-823.
PAL  Solc, Ivan, "Birefringent Chain Filters," J. Opt. Soc. Am. (1965)
      55(6):621-625.
PAL  Wu, Shin-Tson, "Birefringence dispersions of liquid crystals," Physical
      Review A, (1986) 33(2):1270-1274.
PAL  Harris, S.E., et.al., "Optical Network Synthesis Using Birefingent
      Crystals, I. Synthesis of Lossless Networks of Equal-Length Crystals," J.
      Opt. Soc. America (1964) 54(10):1267-1279.
PAL  Amman, E.O., "Optical Network Synthesis Using Birefringent Crystals, III.,
      Some General Properties of Lossless Birefringent Networks," J. Opt. Soc.
      America (1966) 56(7):943-951.
PAL  Amman, E.O. and Yarborough, J.M., "Optical Network Synthesis Using
      Birefringent Crystals V. Synthesis of Lossless Networks Containing
      Equal-Length Crystals and Compensators," J. Opt. Soc. America (1966)
      56(12):1746-1754.
PAL  Sharp, G.D., et.al., "P-60: Color Switching Using Ferroelectric Liquid
      Crystals," Society for Information Display, International Symposium,
      Digest of Technical Papers, vol. XXIV, Seattle, Washington, May 18-20,
      1993.
PAL  Kondo, et.al., "Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal Materials Applied to
      Guest-Host Type Displays," Ferroelectrics (1988) 85:361-373.
PAL  Billings, BH., "A Tunable Narrow-Band Optical Filter," J. Opt. Soc. America
      (1947) 37:738-746.
PAL  John Wiley & Sons, "Optical Waves In Layered Media," Pochi Yeh, A.
      Wiley-Interscience Publication (1988).
PAL  Pezzaniti, J.L. and Chipman, R.A., "Phase-only modulation of a twisted
      nematic liquid crystal TV by use of the eigenpolarization states," Optics
      Letters, vol. 18, No. 18 (1993), pp. 1567-2569.
PAL  Shannon, P.J., et. al., "Patterned Optical Properties in PhotoPolymerized
      Surface-Aligned Liquid-Crystal Films", Nature (1994), vol. 368, pp.
      532-533.
PAL  Schmidt, Martin, et. al., "Photo-Generation of Linearly Polymerized Liquid
      Crystal Aligning Layers Comprising Novel, Integrated Optically Patterned
      Retarders and Color Filters," Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. (1995), vol. 34 pp.
      3240-3249.
PAL  "Achromatic phase-shifters: 2. A quantized ferroelectric liquid-crystal
      system", P. Hariharan et al., 2319 Optics Communications 117 (1995) May
      15, Nos. 1/2, Amsterdam, NL, pp. 13-15.
PAL  "Achromatic retardation plates", Alan M. Title et al., SIPE vol. 307
      Polarizers and Applications (1981), pp. 120-125.
PAL  "Improvement of Birefringent Filters. 2:Achromatic Waveplates", Alan M.
      Title, Jan. 1975/ vol. 14, No. 1/ Applied Optics, pp. 229-237.
PAL  Buhrer, Carl F., "Synthesis and tuning of high-order Solc-type birefringent
      filters," Applied Optics (Apr. 20, 1994) 33(12): 2249-2254.
LREP
FRM  Fleshner & Kim
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a high brightness subtractive color filter
      formed by an electro-optic modulator positioned between two retarder
      stacks. The second retarder stack echoes the first retarder stack, having
      the same sequence of retardances but in reverse order and having an
      orientation rotated with respect to the first stack. The modulator changes
      the apparent orientation of the second stack so that, in a first switching
      state of the modulator the two stacks cooperate in filtering the spectrum
      of input light, and in a second switching state they vanish, leaving white
      light. Two or more stages can be used in series, each stage providing
      independent analog control of a primary color. One preferred embodiment
      eliminates internal polarizers between stages, thereby providing a
      full-color display with only two neutral polarizers. Hybrid filters can be
      made using the filter of this invention in combination with other active
      or passive filters. The color filters of this invention can be used in
      many applications, particularly in the areas of recording and displaying
      color images. They can be arranged in a multi pixel array and can be
      optically addressed.
PATN
WKU  059909978
SRC  9
APN  0887048
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980602
TTL  NW twisted nematic LCD with negative tilted retarders for improved
      viewing characteristics
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Duong; Tai V.
EXP  Dudek; James A.
NDR  14
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Jones; Michael R.
CTY  South Lyon
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  VanderPloeg; John A.
CTY  Highland
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  OIS Optical Imaging Systems, Inc.
CTY  Northville
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  869973
APD  19970605
RLAP
COD  90
APN  876043
APD  19970613
PSC  01
PNO  5895106
CLAS
OCL  349120
XCL  349118
XCL  349121
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  11335
ICL  G02F  11347
FSC  349
FSS  117;118;119;120;121;136
FSC  359
FSS  494
UREF
PNO  5430565
ISD  19950700
NAM  Yamanouchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5504603
ISD  19960400
NAM  Winker et al.
UREF
PNO  5557434
ISD  19960900
NAM  Winker et al.
UREF
PNO  5559618
ISD  19960900
NAM  Mori
UREF
PNO  5570214
ISD  19961000
NAM  Abileah et al.
UREF
PNO  5576861
ISD  19961100
NAM  Abileah et al.
UREF
PNO  5583677
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ito et al.
UREF
PNO  5583679
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ito et al.
UREF
PNO  5589963
ISD  19961200
NAM  Gunning, III et al.
UREF
PNO  5594568
ISD  19970100
NAM  Abileah et al.
UREF
PNO  5612801
ISD  19970300
NAM  Winker
UREF
PNO  5619352
ISD  19970400
NAM  Koch et al.
UREF
PNO  5638200
ISD  19970600
NAM  Xu
OCL  349117
UREF
PNO  5777709
ISD  19980700
NAM  Xu
OCL  349120
UREF
PNO  5859681
ISD  19990100
NAM  VanderPloeg et al.
OCL  349120
LREP
FR2  Rhoa; Joseph A.
ABST
PAL  A normally white (NW) twisted nematic (TN) liquid crystal display (LCD)
      outputs improved viewing characteristics which are defined by high
      contrast ratios and/or reduced inversion. The display includes a pair of
      negative tilted retarders located on opposite sides of the liquid crystal
      layer, each of the tilted retarders including a tilt or incline angle
      which varies throughout the thickness of the layer. Additionally, one or
      two negative uniaxial or biaxial retarders may also be provided on
      opposite sides of the LC layer. As a result of the particular
      orientations, alignments, and retardation values described in different
      embodiments herein, the display exhibits improved contrast and/or reduced
      inversion, often in the same viewing areas.
PATN
WKU  059909986
SRC  8
APN  8291217
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970410
TTL  Active matrix liquid crystal display and related method
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Dung
EXP  Sikes; William L.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Park; Jae-Yong
CTY  KyungKido
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Jae-Kyun
CTY  Pusan
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Jung-Hoan
CTY  Pusan
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lyu; Ki-Hyun
CTY  KyungKido
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Kyu-Hyun
CTY  Kyunggi-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Electronics Inc.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960607
APN  96-20300
CLAS
OCL  349139
XCL  349 42
XCL  349143
XCL  438158
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  1136
ICL  G02F  11343
FSC  349
FSS  38;122;143;139;42
FSC  438
FSS  158
UREF
PNO  4933296
ISD  19900600
NAM  Parks et al.
OCL  438158
UREF
PNO  5032536
ISD  19910700
NAM  Oritsuki et al.
OCL  438158
UREF
PNO  5148248
ISD  19920900
NAM  Possin et al.
OCL  349 43
UREF
PNO  5346833
ISD  19940900
NAM  Wu
OCL  438 30
UREF
PNO  5478766
ISD  19951200
NAM  Park et al.
OCL  438158
UREF
PNO  5757453
ISD  19980500
NAM  Shin et al.
OCL  349122
UREF
PNO  5867233
ISD  19990200
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  349 43
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A method of manufacturing an active matrix LCD is disclosed whereby gate
      bus lines, gate electrodes and source bus line segments are patterned from
      the same vacuum deposited first metal layer. An insulating layer,
      semiconductor layer, extrinsic semiconductor layer and second metal layer
      are then successively deposited on the substrate. A TFT channel region is
      formed by etching each of these layers in a second patterning process.
      During this step, storage capacitors may be formed by patterning the
      second metal layer so that it overlaps part of the gate bus lines. A
      transparent conductive layer is next deposited on the substrate. Pixel
      electrodes are then formed by patterning the transparent conductive layer
      in a third patterning process. Further, using a portion of the transparent
      conductive layer as a mask, the second metal layer and part of the
      extrinsic semiconductor layer are etched to form source and drain
      electrodes. Additionally, the transparent conductive layer can be
      patterned to provide an electrical connection between adjacent bus line
      segments to form a plurality of electrically continuous source bus lines.
PATN
WKU  059909994
SRC  9
APN  2129922
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19981216
TTL  Liquid crystal display with a protection layer formed by the layer used
      to form the pixel electrode
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Eisenhut; Heidi L.
EXP  Sikes; William L.
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Yeo; Ju-Cheon
CTY  Anyang
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Electronics, Inc.
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19980619
APN  98-23049
CLAS
OCL  349139
XCL  349140
XCL  349143
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  11343
FSC  349
FSS  140;143;139
UREF
PNO  5412240
ISD  19950500
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  349 43
UREF
PNO  5434441
ISD  19950700
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  349 43
UREF
PNO  5737049
ISD  19980400
NAM  Shin et al.
OCL  349122
UREF
PNO  5757453
ISD  19980500
NAM  Shin et al.
OCL  349122
UREF
PNO  5835169
ISD  19981100
NAM  Kwon et al.
OCL  349110
UREF
PNO  5866919
ISD  19990200
NAM  Kwon et al.
OCL  349110
LREP
FR2  Keating, Esq.; Joseph R.
     Graham & James LLP
ABST
PAL  A liquid crystal display includes a substrate, an active layer on the
      substrate, the active layer having a source region, a channel region and a
      drain region, a gate line including a gate electrode, the gate electrode
      overlapping the channel region of the active layer and the gate line
      having a gate insulating layer disposed underneath, an insulating
      interlayer covering the exposed surface of the substrate including the
      gate line, a first contact hole and a second contact hole exposing
      portions of the source region and the drain region in the insulating
      interlayer, respectively, a data line including a source electrode on the
      insulating interlayer, the source electrode connected to the source region
      and the data line crossing over the gate line, a drain electrode on the
      insulating interlayer, the drain electrode connected to the drain region,
      a passivation layer covering the exposed surface of the substrate
      including the data line and the drain electrode, a third contact hole
      exposing a portion of the drain electrode on the passivation layer, a
      pixel electrode connected to the drain electrode on the passivation layer,
      and a first etching preventing layer covering the crossing portion of the
      gate lines and the data lines.
PATN
WKU  059910003
SRC  8
APN  668646&
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19960613
TTL  Cavity uniformity having patterned spaces of aluminum oxide or silicon
      dioxide
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Ton; Toan
EXP  Sikes; William L.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Shimabukuro; Randy L.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Walker; Howard
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Russell; Stephen D.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  349155
XCL  349153
XCL  349157
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  11339
FSC  399
FSS  153;155;156;157
UREF
PNO  4130408
ISD  19781200
NAM  Crossland et al.
OCL  349153
UREF
PNO  4256382
ISD  19810300
NAM  Piliavin et al.
OCL  349155
UREF
PNO  4422731
ISD  19831200
NAM  Droguet et al.
OCL  349155
UREF
PNO  4626073
ISD  19861200
NAM  Amstutz et al.
OCL  349155
UREF
PNO  4626303
ISD  19861200
NAM  Ogura
OCL  349153
UREF
PNO  4775225
ISD  19881000
NAM  Tsuboyama et al.
OCL  349155
UREF
PNO  4983429
ISD  19910100
NAM  Takayanagi et al.
OCL  349155
UREF
PNO  5054890
ISD  19911000
NAM  Hanyu et al.
OCL  349155
UREF
PNO  5089905
ISD  19920200
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  349155
UREF
PNO  5329110
ISD  19940700
NAM  Shimabukuro et al.
OCL  250207
UREF
PNO  5387445
ISD  19950200
NAM  Horiuchi et al.
OCL  349153
UREF
PNO  5486941
ISD  19960100
NAM  Saiuchi et al.
OCL  349155
UREF
PNO  5499127
ISD  19960300
NAM  Tsubota et al.
OCL  349155
UREF
PNO  5537235
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ishihara et al.
OCL  349155
UREF
PNO  5580619
ISD  19961200
NAM  Sakai et al.
OCL  349155
UREF
PNO  5621553
ISD  19970400
NAM  Nishiguchi et al.
OCL  349156
UREF
PNO  5636043
ISD  19970600
NAM  Uemura et al.
OCL  349156
UREF
PNO  5668617
ISD  19970900
NAM  Na
OCL  349156
UREF
PNO  5680189
ISD  19971000
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  349155
UREF
PNO  5784137
ISD  19980700
NAM  Shimomi et al.
OCL  349156
LREP
FR2  Fendelman; Harvey
FR2  Kagan; Michael A.
FR2  Whitesell; Eric James
ABST
PAL  A method for forming a uniform cavity between electrode substrates of a
       dlay comprises the steps of patterning a border to define a display area
      between the electrode substrates, patterning electrode spacers between the
      electrode substrates, and wafer bonding the electrode substrates to the
      border and to the electrode spacers to form a uniform cavity within the
      display area. A cavity comprises a pair of substrates enclosing the cavity
      and patterned spacers wafer bonded to the substrates to form and maintain
      a uniform thickness of the cavity.
PATN
WKU  059910011
SRC  8
APN  999890&
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971224
TTL  Liquid crystal display and method for manufacturing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Kim; Joanne
EXP  Sikes; William L.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Park; Ho-young
CTY  Pusan
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Display Devices Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961230
APN  96-76952
CLAS
OCL  349191
XCL  349136
XCL  349124
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  11337
ICL  G02F  1141
FSC  349
FSS  124;136;191
UREF
PNO  5073294
ISD  19911200
NAM  Shannon et al.
OCL  359 76
UREF
PNO  5464669
ISD  19951100
NAM  Kang et al.
UREF
PNO  5739882
ISD  19980400
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  349123
UREF
PNO  5764326
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  349124
UREF
PNO  5817743
ISD  19981000
NAM  Gibbons et al.
OCL  350341
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display and a liquid crystal
      display manufactured by the same are provided. The method comprises the
      steps of coating an orientation film on the respective opposing surfaces
      of first and second transparent substrates, orientation-processing the
      orientation films by rubbing said orientation film, injecting and sealing
      liquid crystal between the orientation films, and irradiating an
      ultraviolet ray having an energy of 200 J/cm.sup.2 or less on a liquid
      crystal cell to which the liquid crystal has been injected.
PATN
WKU  059910020
SRC  9
APN  1598635
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980924
TTL  Method for correcting a defect in a liquid crystal panel
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Chowdhury; Tarifur R.
EXP  Sikes; William L.
NDR  9
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Kato; Yosihisa
CTY  Tanashi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shikanai; Masazumi
CTY  Hino
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morita; Hidehiro
CTY  Hachioji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Casio Computer Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971002
APN  9-284254
CLAS
OCL  349192
XCL  349 84
XCL  349158
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  113
ICL  G02F  11333
FSC  349
FSS  192;158;84
UREF
PNO  5142386
ISD  19920800
NAM  Ishihara
OCL  359 45
UREF
PNO  5267066
ISD  19931100
NAM  Nakai et al.
OCL  359 67
UREF
PNO  5280374
ISD  19940100
NAM  Nakai et al.
OCL  359 67
UREF
PNO  5373379
ISD  19941200
NAM  Nakai
OCL  359 59
UREF
PNO  5638199
ISD  19970600
NAM  Tsubota et al.
OCL  349192
FREF
PNO  406148607A
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A portion of a transparent substrate corresponding to a defective pixel of
      a liquid crystal panel is protruded like a dome to a suction hole by
      decompressing the interior of a vacuum suction head. As a result, the gap
      between the transparent substrates of the portion corresponding to the
      defective pixel of the liquid crystal panel becomes greater than that in a
      surrounding portion. In this state, a laser beam is radiated to the
      dome-like deformed portion of the transparent substrate in the portion
      corresponding to the defective pixel, so that a bubble is generated in a
      liquid crystal layer. The bubble expands in a region shaped like a circle
      centered at the point where the gap between the transparent substrates is
      the greatest, on a cross section parallel to the transparent substrates.
      Thus, the size of the bubble and the range where a substance is scattered
      are limited, thereby accurately correcting the defective pixel and
      improving the display quality after the correction.
PATN
WKU  059910038
SRC  9
APN  0189413
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980205
TTL  Synchronous control apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Adams; Russell
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Imahashi; Kazuyasu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tachi; Katsuichi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Noguchi; Norihiko
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Cinema Products Corporation
CTY  Culver City
STA  CA
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960618
APN  8-156799
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTJP9702084
APD  19970617
CLAS
OCL  352 12
XCL  352 17
XCL  352 25
XCL  352 26
XCL  352 27
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 3100
FSC  352
FSS  12;17;25;26;27
UREF
PNO  3832045
ISD  19740800
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  352 25
UREF
PNO  3932032
ISD  19760100
NAM  Weinstein
OCL  352 26
UREF
PNO  4032224
ISD  19770600
NAM  Wray
OCL  352 26
UREF
PNO  4307946
ISD  19811200
NAM  Wray et al.
OCL  352 17
FREF
PNO  7-230130
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug, LLP
FR2  Frommer; William S.
ABST
PAL  A synchronous control device having a memory 101 for storing block data
      blocked in terms of a pre-set data amount, a clock generating circuit 102
      for generating input side clocks which are based on a data rate to be
      synchronized, and a memory control unit 103 for generating output side
      clocks C.sub.out responsive to input side clocks C.sub.in from the clock
      generating circuit 102. The memory 101 stores the block data on the block
      basis, based on the input side clocks C.sub.in from the clock generating
      circuit 103, and outputs the stored block data based on the output side
      clocks C.sub.out from the memory control circuit 103. The memory control
      circuit 103 detects a difference between the input data volume and the
      output side data volume in the memory 101 for varying the speed of the
      output side clocks responsive to the amount of the detected difference so
      that the output side clocks will be synchronized with the input side
      clocks C.sub.in from the clock generating circuit 103.
PATN
WKU  059910046
SRC  8
APN  6278922
APT  1
ART  215
APD  19960403
TTL  Lens focus shift sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  43
ECL  1
EXA  Virmani; Shival
EXP  Moses; R. L.
NDR  5
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Wallace; John D.
CTY  Newburyport
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Shepard D.
CTY  Andover
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  MRS Technology, Inc.
CTY  Chelmsford
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  355 53
XCL  355 67
XCL  356399
XCL  356400
XCL  356401
XCL  356374
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 2742
ICL  G03B 2754
ICL  G01B 1114
FSC  355
FSS  53;67
FSC  250
FSS  201.2;201.4;201.5;559.22;559.29;559.31
UREF
PNO  4549084
ISD  19851000
NAM  Markle
OCL  250548
UREF
PNO  5189494
ISD  19930200
NAM  Muraki
OCL  356401
FREF
PNO  0253442
ISD  19880100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  55-33679
ISD  19800300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-117831
ISD  19860500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-185024
ISD  19880700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-186716
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Gregoris, Dennis, and Ristic, Velimir M., "Moire interferometric focusing
      system for optical microlithography," Applied Optics, 2 20 (Oct. 15, 1987)
     .
LREP
FRM  Hamilton, Brook, Smith & Reynolds, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A focus shift sensor includes a light source which directs light through a
      first grating to form a pattern of light. The pattern is directed through
      the lens which images the pattern at a second grating. The two gratings
      have different periods such that the second grating generates a pattern of
      Moire fringes which are projected onto a CCD array. The second grating is
      preferably tilted with respect to the plane of the image of the pattern
      from the first grating such that only a portion of the second grating is
      within the range of focus of the lens. As a result, a pattern of shortened
      Moire fringes is produced. As the range of focus shifts along the second
      grating, the Moire fringes move along the CCD array. The movement of the
      fringes is tracked and the system is adjusted to maintain the location of
      the focal plane of the lens at a desired location.
PATN
WKU  059910054
SRC  8
APN  8263809
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970409
TTL  Stage apparatus and exposure apparatus having the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Mathews; Alan A.
NDR  12
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Horikawa; Hiroto
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hayashi; Yutaka
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nikon Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960411
APN  8-114192
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960531
APN  8-161170
CLAS
OCL  355 53
XCL  355 72
XCL  356399
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 2742
ICL  B23Q 1600
ICL  H01L 2127
FSC  355
FSS  53;75;72
FSC   33
FSS  568
FSC  356
FSS  358;363;399;400;401;393
UREF
PNO  4999669
ISD  19910300
NAM  Sakamoto et al.
OCL  355 53
UREF
PNO  5040431
ISD  19910800
NAM  Sakino et al.
OCL   74479
UREF
PNO  5204712
ISD  19930400
NAM  Bouwer et al.
OCL  355 53
UREF
PNO  5280677
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kubo et al.
OCL  359393
UREF
PNO  5376988
ISD  19941200
NAM  Osanai
OCL  355 53
UREF
PNO  5524502
ISD  19960600
NAM  Osanai
OCL   74490.07
FREF
PNO  7-161799
ISD  19950600
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/350,173 filed on Nov. 30, 1994, pending.
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland, & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A stage apparatus comprising a support device for supporting a table at its
      center of gravity and a drive device for driving the table at positions
      apart from the center of gravity of the table without contacting with the
      table. The stage apparatus effectively reduces stresses created in the
      table and/or any thermal deformation of the table. The table is connected
      to three pairs of table support bars on the stage through three respective
      plate springs so as to minimize any harmful deformation of the table,
      which could otherwise occur when the table is driven for motion or
      displacement in the Z-direction or for adjustment of the tilt of the
      table. The stage apparatus includes three drive units with respective
      drive pins for driving the stage. For example, when the three drive pins
      are driven simultaneously by the associated drive units, the table is
      caused thereby to translate along the Z-axis. The drive pins are so
      arranged as to provide support for the table at support points just under
      respective securing points on the table at which the table is secured to
      the plate springs and to provide a drive for the, table in the Z-direction
      at the support points. Thus, when driven by the drive pins, the table is
      only subject to compression forces acting thereon in the Z-direction and
      not to any moment.
PATN
WKU  059910062
SRC  8
APN  9579257
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971027
TTL  Method and apparatus for correcting exposure patterns, and exposure
      mask, method of exposing and semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  2
EXA  Nguyen; Hung Henry
EXP  Metjahic; Safet
NDR  35
NFG  41
INVT
NAM  Tsudaka; Keisuke
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961029
APN  P08-286213
CLAS
OCL  355 53
XCL  430  5
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 2742
ICL  G03F  900
FSC  355
FSS  47;53;67;77;403;404
FSC  430
FSS  5;30;311
UREF
PNO  5422491
ISD  19950600
NAM  Sakamoto
OCL  250492.22
UREF
PNO  5561317
ISD  19961000
NAM  Momma et al.
OCL  257620
UREF
PNO  5667923
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kanata
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  5698346
ISD  19971200
NAM  Sugawara
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5700601
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  430  5
UREF
PNO  5792581
ISD  19980800
NAM  Ohnuma
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  5825647
ISD  19981000
NAM  Tsudaka
OCL  364167.03
LREP
FR2  Kananen; Ronald P.
     Rader, Fishman & Grauer
ABST
PAL  A method of transforming the exposure pattern is provided so as to obtain a
      transferred image as being closest possible to the object design pattern
      in a lithography process. The method includes the steps of dividing a
      visible outline of desired design pattern P into a plurality of edges
      according to a specified rule, then assigning a plurality of evaluation
      points H to each of the edges; computing a transferred image of an exposed
      pattern by simulation; computing a distance between each evaluation point
      H on each edge E and a position corresponding to each evaluation point H
      of the transferred image of the exposed pattern; and determining a
      corrected exposure pattern by inputting the distance to a specified
      evaluation function to correct the position of each edge E according to
      the output value of the evaluation function.
PATN
WKU  059910070
SRC  8
APN  9650393
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971105
TTL  Step and scan exposure system and semiconductor device manufactured
      using said system
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Hung Henry
EXP  Metjahic; Safet
NDR  10
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Narimatsu; Koichiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970523
APN  9-133946
CLAS
OCL  355 53
XCL  355 67
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 2742
ICL  G03B 2754
FSC  355
FSS  53;55;67;77
FSC  250
FSS  548
FSC  356
FSS  400;401;375;399
FSC  430
FSS  5;30
UREF
PNO  5015866
ISD  19910500
NAM  Hayashi
OCL  250548
UREF
PNO  5448332
ISD  19950900
NAM  Sakakibara et al.
OCL  355 53
UREF
PNO  5569930
ISD  19961000
NAM  Imai
OCL  250559.4
UREF
PNO  5602399
ISD  19970200
NAM  Mizutani
OCL  250548
UREF
PNO  5635722
ISD  19970600
NAM  Wakamoto et al.
OCL  250548
UREF
PNO  5693439
ISD  19971200
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  430 30
UREF
PNO  5742067
ISD  19980400
NAM  Imai
OCL  250548
FREF
PNO  6-260391
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-283403
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-130635
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-161614
ISD  19950600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-64506
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-236427
ISD  19960900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  A step and scan exposure system projects a reticle image onto a
      semiconductor wafer mounted on a semiconductor wafer stage by a projection
      optical system in a slit scan scheme, focusing illumination light on the
      semiconductor wafer to form a plurality of focus sense areas arranged in a
      direction perpendicular to a scanning direction, receiving reflected
      illumination light by a plurality of photodetectors, and controlling the
      wafer stage by the signals from the plurality of photodetectors. In one
      embodiment, the signals from the plurality of photodetectors are selected,
      for controlling the wafer stage, corresponding to designated regions for
      focusing on the semiconductor wafer.
PATN
WKU  059910089
SRC  8
APN  9414649
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970930
TTL  Scanner facet height error compensation having selective pixel
      modification
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Rutledge; D.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Li; Yun Zhong
CTY  Woodbury
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Jensen; Douglas D.
CTY  Woodbury
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Lemberger; Richard R.
CTY  Columbus
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Imation Corp.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  355 66
XCL  355 77
XCL  344200
XCL  358481
XCL  347248
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 2770
ICL  H04N  104
FSC  355
FSS  66;71;77
FSC  358
FSS  293;284;285;298
FSC  347
FSS  248
FSC  250
FSS  235;236
FSC  399
FSS  200
UREF
PNO  4204233
ISD  19800500
NAM  Swager
OCL  358293
UREF
PNO  4205348
ISD  19800500
NAM  DeBenedictis
OCL  358285
UREF
PNO  4214157
ISD  19800700
NAM  Check, Jr.
OCL  250236
UREF
PNO  4310757
ISD  19820100
NAM  Check, Jr.
OCL  250236
UREF
PNO  4386272
ISD  19830500
NAM  Check, Jr.
OCL  250236
UREF
PNO  4622593
ISD  19861100
NAM  Curry
OCL  358284
UREF
PNO  4635000
ISD  19870100
NAM  Swanberg
OCL  331 10
UREF
PNO  4639789
ISD  19870100
NAM  Curry
OCL  358285
UREF
PNO  4766560
ISD  19880800
NAM  Curry
OCL  364721
UREF
PNO  4860237
ISD  19890800
NAM  Curry
OCL  364718
UREF
PNO  4862289
ISD  19890800
NAM  Shimada
OCL  358298
UREF
PNO  4935891
ISD  19900600
NAM  Curry
OCL  364721
UREF
PNO  5111062
ISD  19920500
NAM  Hunter
OCL  307269
UREF
PNO  5138479
ISD  19920800
NAM  Ando
OCL  359216
UREF
PNO  5212570
ISD  19930500
NAM  Nacman
OCL  358481
UREF
PNO  5315112
ISD  19940500
NAM  Harris
OCL  250235
UREF
PNO  5477330
ISD  19951200
NAM  Dorr
OCL  358296
UREF
PNO  5489936
ISD  19960200
NAM  Appel
OCL  347248
UREF
PNO  5617132
ISD  19970400
NAM  Fisli
OCL  347235
FREF
PNO  0 357 190
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 581 083
ISD  19940200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Sieffert; Kent J.
ABST
PAL  A method and system for compensating for scanner facet height error in a
      laser imaging application including a rotating polygon for directing a
      laser beam across a dimension of a photographic element. The present
      invention compensates for facet height error by measuring a scan interval
      for each facet of the rotating polygon and modifies the pixel clock for a
      subset of pixels of each scan line as a function of variations in scan
      intervals for the respective facets of the rotating polygon.
PAL  Several advantages of the present invention have been illustrated including
      the low cost of such a compensation system and technique. Furthermore, the
      present invention is not limited in accuracy by the pixel clock as are
      conventional techniques. Furthermore, the modified pixels are evenly
      distributed over the entire length of the facet's corresponding scan line.
PATN
WKU  059910097
SRC  9
APN  1276255
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980803
TTL  Illumination optical apparatus using different number of light sources
      under different exposure modes, method of operating and method of
      manufacturing thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Andrew Q.
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  12
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Nishi; Kenji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shiraishi; Naomasa
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nikon Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930422
APN  5-095930
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930611
APN  5-140579
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930616
APN  5-144634
RLAP
COD  74
APN  921311
APD  19970829
PSC  01
PNO  5815248
RLAP
COD  81
APN  636272
APD  19960429
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  231159
APD  19940422
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  355 70
XCL  355 67
XCL  355 69
XCL  359619
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 2754
FSC  355
FSS  67;69;70
FSC  359
FSS  619
UREF
PNO  4497013
ISD  19850100
NAM  Ohta
OCL  362 32
UREF
PNO  4497015
ISD  19850100
NAM  Konno et al.
OCL  362268
UREF
PNO  4619508
ISD  19861000
NAM  Shibuya et al.
OCL  353122
UREF
PNO  4668077
ISD  19870500
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  355 30
UREF
PNO  4699515
ISD  19871000
NAM  Tanimoto et al.
OCL  356401
UREF
PNO  4747678
ISD  19880500
NAM  Shafer et al.
OCL  359366
UREF
PNO  4918583
ISD  19900400
NAM  Kudo et al.
OCL  362268
UREF
PNO  4924257
ISD  19900500
NAM  Jain
OCL  355 53
UREF
PNO  4939630
ISD  19900700
NAM  Kikuchi et al.
OCL  362268
UREF
PNO  5016149
ISD  19910500
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  362259
UREF
PNO  5153773
ISD  19921000
NAM  Muraki et al.
OCL  359619
UREF
PNO  5194893
ISD  19930300
NAM  Nishi
OCL  355 53
UREF
PNO  5335044
ISD  19940800
NAM  Shiraishi
OCL  355 53
UREF
PNO  5420417
ISD  19950500
NAM  Shiraishi
OCL  250205
UREF
PNO  5452054
ISD  19950900
NAM  Dewa et al.
OCL  355 67
FREF
PNO  4-225358
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-45605
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Vorys, Sater, Seymour and Pease LLP
ABST
PAL  A diffraction grating is set between a light source and a fly-eye lens
      composed of a plurality of lens elements rectangular in cross section, and
      using the zeroth order diffraction beam and .+-.first order diffraction
      beams emergent from the diffraction grating, a plurality of light source
      images are formed along the longitudinal direction on the exit plane of
      each lens element in the fly-eye lens. In a preferred mode the intensity
      of illumination light on a mask is increased using first and second light
      sources, and first illumination beam, which is obtained by combining a
      beam emitted from the first light source and passing through a half prism
      with a beam emitted from the second light source and reflected by the half
      prism on a same axis, and a second illumination beam, which is obtained by
      combining a beam emitted from the first light source and reflected by the
      half prism with a beam emitted from the second light source and passing
      through the half prism on a same axis, are made incident into the fly-eye
      lens as being inclined symmetrically with each other with respect to the
      optical axis of illumination optical system.
PATN
WKU  059910100
SRC  9
APN  137818&
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980821
TTL  Image reading apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Hung Henry
EXP  Metjahic; Safet
NDR  25
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Nishio; Tomonori
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970822
APN  9-226456
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970903
APN  9-238673
CLAS
OCL  355 82
XCL  355 40
XCL  355 41
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 2704
ICL  G03B 2752
FSC  355
FSS  27;29;40;41;38;39;43;82;37;46
FSC  399
FSS  206
UREF
PNO  5515136
ISD  19960500
NAM  Nishio et al.
OCL  355 37
UREF
PNO  5550613
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  355 41
UREF
PNO  5561743
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kanai et al.
OCL  395107
UREF
PNO  5719540
ISD  19980200
NAM  Takaoka et al.
OCL  355 35
UREF
PNO  5745220
ISD  19980400
NAM  Okazaki et al.
OCL  355 54
FREF
PNO  58-9145
ISD  19830100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-242521
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-242522
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-304932
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-304933
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-304934
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-304935
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  The amount of light emitted from a lamp is adjusted by a turret and a
      diaphragm for each light of the component colors and is irradiated on a
      photographic film via a light diffusion box. Light transmitted through the
      photographic film is made incident on a three-line CCD via a lens unit. In
      order to read a film image, first, the photographic film is conveyed at
      high speed in a predetermined direction and is read under a predetermined
      reading condition (pre-scan), and based on image data obtained by the
      reading, a recorded position of each image is determined and a reading
      condition during fine scan is calculated for each image, and each image is
      read under the calculated reading condition while the film is conveyed at
      relatively low speed in a direction opposite to the predetermined
      direction (fine scan).
PATN
WKU  059910119
SRC  8
APN  9595988
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971029
TTL  Laser distance finding apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Buczinski; Stephen C.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Damm; Hartmut
CTY  Teningen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Sick AG
CTY  Walskirsch/Breisgau
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961114
APN  196 47 152
CLAS
OCL  356  501
XCL  356  513
EDF  6
ICL  G01C  308
FSC  356
FSS  5.01;5.12;5.13
UREF
PNO  3619058
ISD  19711100
NAM  Hewlett et al.
OCL  356  5.12
UREF
PNO  3728025
ISD  19730400
NAM  Madigan et al.
OCL  356  5.12
UREF
PNO  3813165
ISD  19740500
NAM  Hines et al.
OCL  356  5.12
UREF
PNO  4026654
ISD  19770500
NAM  Beaurain
UREF
PNO  4576481
ISD  19860300
NAM  Hansen
FREF
PNO  0358868A2
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0368299A1
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1811540
ISD  19700800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2159950
ISD  19730600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2536903
ISD  19770200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2536878
ISD  19770200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3032325A1
ISD  19820400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  6806691U1
ISD  19830500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3708883A1
ISD  19880900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4208189A1
ISD  19930400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4340756A1
ISD  19940600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4341080C1
ISD  19950200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4425285A1
ISD  19960100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  361114176
ISD  19860500
CNT  JPX
OCL  356  5.13
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A laser range finding apparatus 10 comprises a pulsed laser 12, a light
      deflecting device 14, photo-receiver arrangement 16 and a reference object
      18 arranged at a defined spacing from the light deflecting device 14. In
      this respect the reference object 18 has at least one triple element
      consisting of three mirror surfaces arranged at an angle of 90.degree. to
      one another.
PATN
WKU  059910127
SRC  9
APN  1366343
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980819
TTL  Eyesafe laser transmitter with brewster angle Q-switch in single
      resonator cavity for both pump laser and optical parametric oscillator
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Buczinski; Stephen C.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Chen; Tzeng S.
CTY  Rancho Palos Verdes
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Stultz; Robert D.
CTY  Bellflower
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Raytheon Company
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  845267
APD  19970424
PSC  01
PNO  5841798
RLAP
COD  75
APN  646200
APD  19960507
PSC  01
PNO  5687186
CLAS
OCL  356  501
XCL  356  51
XCL  372 11
EDF  6
ICL  G01C  308
ICL  H01S  310
FSC  372
FSS  92;11;21
FSC  356
FSS  5.01;5.15
UREF
PNO  5377219
ISD  19941200
NAM  Geiger
OCL  372 97
UREF
PNO  5390211
ISD  19950200
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  372 95
UREF
PNO  5457707
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sobey et al.
OCL  372 20
UREF
PNO  5852492
ISD  19981200
NAM  Nimblett et al.
OCL  356  5.04
LREP
FR2  Raufer; Colin M.
FR2  Alkov; Leonard A.
FR2  Lenzen, Jr.; Glenn H.
ABST
PAL  An eyesafe laser (10) transmitter having a single resonator cavity (16) for
      both the pump laser and the optical parametric oscillator (22). A Nd:YAG
      rod (24) provides gain for light at a first wavelength. A combined
      Q-switch/Brewster plate (26) Q-switches the light to increase its
      intensity and polarizes the light so that its polarization plane is
      perpendicular to the Z-axis of a KTP crystal functioning as the optical
      parametric oscillator, thereby providing type II phase matching
      conditions. The optical parametric oscillator transforms the light at the
      first wavelength to light at a second wavelength which is output thorough
      a partially reflective outcoupler at a wavelength which will not harm the
      eyes.
PATN
WKU  059910135
SRC  9
APN  1796011
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981027
TTL  Conveyance warning member with sacrificial fiber
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Tu T.
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Eslambolchi; Hossein
CTY  Basking Ridge
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Huffman; John Sinclair
CTY  McDonough
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  AT&T Corp.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  356 731
XCL  405157
XCL  324326
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2100
FSC  356
FSS  73.1
FSC  405
FSS  157;154
FSC  324
FSS  326;510
FSC  385
FSS  28;12;13;11
UREF
PNO  4767237
ISD  19880800
NAM  Cosman et al.
OCL  405157
UREF
PNO  4875722
ISD  19891000
NAM  Gentile
OCL  356 73.1
UREF
PNO  4904050
ISD  19900200
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL  350 96.29
UREF
PNO  5093568
ISD  19920300
NAM  Maycock
OCL  250227.14
LREP
FR2  Levy; Robert B.
ABST
PAL  A warning tape (10) burial above an underground conveyance (13) includes a
      sacrificial fiber (12). A monitoring device, such as an AOTDR (25)
      monitors the sacrificial fiber (12) for damage caused by excavation. Upon
      detecting such damage, the monitoring indicates both the existence and
      location of such excavation by triggering a warning (26) to generate an
      alert, and by providing location information to a display device (32).
PATN
WKU  059910143
SRC  8
APN  8407096
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970425
TTL  Light sensing device for sensing the light output of a bulb
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Ratliff; Reginald A.
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Frank; Jerome D.
CTY  Bethesda
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Fusion UV Systems, Inc.
CTY  Gaithersburg
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  356213
XCL  356226
XCL  356230
XCL  356221
EDF  6
ICL  G01J  190
FSC  356
FSS  213;226;230;221
UREF
PNO  4042850
ISD  19770800
NAM  Ury et al.
UREF
PNO  4504768
ISD  19850300
NAM  Ury et al.
UREF
PNO  4652790
ISD  19870300
NAM  Wood
UREF
PNO  4703173
ISD  19871000
NAM  Wood et al.
UREF
PNO  4868509
ISD  19890900
NAM  Ury et al.
UREF
PNO  5051663
ISD  19910900
NAM  Ury et al.
UREF
PNO  5117312
ISD  19920500
NAM  Dolan
OREF
PAL  B.P. Turner, et al., "Sulfur Lamps-Progress in their Development",
      Illuminating Engineering Society of North America, Annual Conference, New
      York, New York, Aug. 1995.
LREP
FRM  Shlesinger, Arkwright & Garvey, LLP
ABST
PAL  A light sensing device for sensing the light output of a bulb in a lamp
      comprises a fiber-optic light guide having first and second ends and a
      photodetector. The first end is optically coupled to a projection of a
      bulb in the lamp and is adapted to pick up light transmitted through the
      projection from within the bulb. The second is optically coupled to the
      photodetector such that light exiting from the second end impinges on the
      photodetector to generate an output indicative of the light output of the
      bulb.
PATN
WKU  059910151
SRC  9
APN  1672924
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981006
TTL  Beam monitoring assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Lauchman; Layla
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Zamel; James M.
CTY  Hermosa Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Szot; John A.
CTY  Hermosa Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Moyer; Richard H.
CTY  Rolling Hills Estates
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  TRW Inc.
CTY  Redondo Beach
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  356222
XCL  356  6
XCL  356121
XCL  21912161
XCL  21912162
EDF  6
ICL  G05D 2500
FSC  356
FSS  6;121;124;222
FSC  372
FSS  98;92;101
FSC  219
FSS  121.61;121.62
UREF
PNO  5408318
ISD  19950400
NAM  Slater
OCL  356351
UREF
PNO  5872626
ISD  19990200
NAM  Lipscomb
OCL  356141.3
LREP
FR2  Yatsko; Michael S.
ABST
PAL  A beam monitoring assembly (10) that provides near-field imaging, far-field
      imaging and power measurements of a laser beam (12) in real-time for
      alignment and performance verification purposes. The monitoring assembly
      (10) includes a holographic beam splitter (24) that splits the laser beam
      (12) from the laser resonator cavity into a series of separate split beams
      (28, 30, 32) having varying beam powers. One of the split beams (28) is
      directed to a power meter (36) to measure the power of the beam (12). One
      of the split beams (28) is directed to a near-field camera (42) that
      provides a near-field image of the beam (12). Another one of the split
      beams (30) is directed to a heat dump (52) that absorbs and removes the
      beam's energy from the assembly. Another one of the split beams (32) is
      directed to a far-field lens (46) that focuses the split beam (32) onto a
      far-field camera (50) that provides a far-field image of the beam (12).
      The near-field and far-field images of the beam (12) are displayed on an
      operator control panel in real time. Suitable computer electronics (38)
      and camera electronics (58) are provided to process the electrical signals
      from the power meter (36) and the cameras (42, 50).
PATN
WKU  059910160
SRC  8
APN  7584709
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19961204
TTL  Apparatus for producing variable levels of uniform light flux
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Smith; Zandra V.
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Irie; Noriyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nikon Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951204
APN  7-315474
CLAS
OCL  356233
XCL  372101
XCL  355 67
XCL  356229
EDF  6
ICL  G01J  140
FSC  372
FSS  101
FSC  359
FSS  679;738-740;690
FSC  356
FSS  229;233
FSC  219
FSS  121.61;121.73;121.75
FSC  355
FSS  67
UREF
PNO  4466708
ISD  19840800
NAM  Betensky
OCL  359690
UREF
PNO  4559546
ISD  19851200
NAM  Yip
OCL  359281
UREF
PNO  5042048
ISD  19910800
NAM  Meyer
OCL  372107
UREF
PNO  5093838
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kubota
OCL  372101
UREF
PNO  5168402
ISD  19921200
NAM  Mihara
OCL  359687
UREF
PNO  5214485
ISD  19930500
NAM  Sasnett et al.
OCL  356121
UREF
PNO  5221995
ISD  19930600
NAM  Yaneyama
OCL  359688
UREF
PNO  5245384
ISD  19930900
NAM  Mori
OCL  355 67
UREF
PNO  5461212
ISD  19951000
NAM  Seiler et al.
OCL  219121.68
UREF
PNO  5465178
ISD  19951100
NAM  Nakai et al.
OCL  372101
UREF
PNO  5636003
ISD  19970600
NAM  Tanitsu et al.
OCL  359618
LREP
FRM  Klarquist Sparkman Campbell Leigh & Whinston, LLP
ABST
PAL  Apparatus are disclosed that are operable to changes the intensity, per
      unit surface area, of an irradiation laser light flux. A typical apparatus
      comprises, on an optical axis, an irradiation laser light source, a stop
      defining an aperture, and an optical subsystem situated between the light
      source and the stop. The optical subsystem is operable to change the
      intensity of the irradiation laser light flux passing through the aperture
      by changing the diameter of the beam of irradiation laser light flux
      incident on the stop.
PATN
WKU  059910178
SRC  8
APN  9739882
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980130
TTL  Inspecting the surface of an object
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Ratliff; Reginald A.
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Clark; Mark Q.
CTY  Salwick
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  British Nuclear Fuels PLC
CTY  Cheshire
CNT  GBX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  356237
XCL  356445
XCL  356222
XCL  356229
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2100
FSC  356
FSS  237;445;222;229
UREF
PNO  4806776
ISD  19890200
NAM  Kley
OCL  356369
UREF
PNO  4872758
ISD  19891000
NAM  Miyazaki et al.
OCL  356369
FREF
PNO  0 048 072
ISD  19820300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 090 304
ISD  19831000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 284 630
ISD  19881000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 387 930
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 413 817
ISD  19910200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 583 092
ISD  19940200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 666 884
ISD  19920300
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 057 675
ISD  19810400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 155 630
ISD  19850900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/04422
ISD  19880600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB95/01394
PD1  19980130
PD2  19980130
PD3  19950615
PCP  WO97/00438
PCD  19970103
ABST
PAR  An arrangement for inspecting the surface of a rotating object (1) which
      includes object retaining means for retaining whilst rotating the object,
      means (3) for irradiating the surface of an object when retained and
      rotated by the object retaining means with a first beam of optical
      radiation, means (5) for irradiating the surface of an object when
      retained and rotated by the object retaining means with a second beam of
      optical radiation detectable as distinct from the first beam, detector
      means (7) for detecting radiation reflected by the surface of the object
      from the first beam and for detecting radiation reflected by the surface
      of the object from the second beam and a signal processor (15) for
      receiving signals produced by the detector means and for analysing such
      signals wherein the first beam and the second beam are of different
      wavelengths or in different wavelength bands and the detector means is
      capable of simultaneously receiving and detecting radiation received from
      the same irradiated area of the surface of the object from both the first
      beam and the second beam and producing a first output signal comprising
      components representing variations in reflection of the first beam from
      units of area within the said irradiated area of the object and a second
      output signal comprising components representing variations in reflection
      of the second beam from units of area within the said irradiated area of
      the object and wherein the signal processor is adapted to correlate
      components of the first output signal with the components of the second
      output signal whereby information about the reflectivity of units of area
      of the surface of the object is enhanced.
PATN
WKU  059910186
SRC  8
APN  9734597
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971215
TTL  Apparatus and method for inspecting coating layer
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Stafira; Michael P.
EXP  Font; Frank G.
NDR  11
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Imaizumi; Junjirou
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Amano; Tsutomu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Take; Yoshimoto
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Amino; Yoshito
CTY  Shinnanyou
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kirin Beer Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950614
APN  7-147752
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950811
APN  7-206013
CLAS
OCL  3562391
XCL  3562371
XCL  3562394
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2100
FSC  356
FSS  240;378;428;448;394;201
FSC  209
FSS  587;911;657;606;642;655;576;552;522-524;111.7
FSC  250
FSS  223;562;572;556;338;341
UREF
PNO  3749923
ISD  19730700
NAM  Husome
OCL  250223
UREF
PNO  4017194
ISD  19770400
NAM  Conroy et al.
OCL  356240
UREF
PNO  4693376
ISD  19870900
NAM  Marion et al.
OCL  209552
UREF
PNO  4791287
ISD  19881200
NAM  Fisher
OCL  356240
UREF
PNO  4859863
ISD  19890800
NAM  Schrader et al.
OCL  250556
UREF
PNO  5139406
ISD  19920800
NAM  Hoshino et al.
OCL  425140
UREF
PNO  5755335
ISD  19980500
NAM  Michelotti et al.
OCL  209528
FREF
PNO  0 429 086
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 485 646
ISD  19920500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  58-184537
ISD  19831000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-178206
ISD  19831000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-135707
ISD  19870600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/01586
PD1  19971215
PD2  19971215
PD3  19960612
PCP  WO96/41643
PCD  19961227
ABST
PAR  An apparatus for inspecting a thickness or deteriorating situation of a
      coating layer formed on a surface of a container, which includes an
      inspecting light irradiating unit to irradiate an inspecting light to a
      container with a coating layer formed thereon, an image pickup unit to
      receive a reflected light or a transmission light of the inspecting light
      irradiated by the inspecting light irradiating unit and reflected from the
      container or passing through the container, and to convert the reflected
      light or the transmission light into an image pickup signal and to output
      same, and an determining unit to determine a thickness or a deteriorating
      situation of the coating layer formed on the container by inputting the
      image pickup signal outputted from the image pickup unit and comparing an
      image pickup data indicated by the image pickup signal with a prememorized
      standard data.
PATN
WKU  059910194
SRC  8
APN  6278337
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19960402
TTL  Method and apparatus for bubble chamber spectroscopy
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Evans; F. L.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Sander; Robert K.
CTY  Los Alamos
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Atencio; Jerry H.
CTY  Espanola
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  McCreary; Edward I.
CTY  Los Alamos
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Luo; Xin
CTY  Los Alamos
STA  NM
ASSG
NAM  Regents of the University of California
CTY  Los Alamos
STA  NM
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  356300
EDF  6
ICL  G01J  300
ICL  G01N 2100
FSC  356
FSS  300;317;318
OREF
PAL  G. Harigel, et al., On the Formation of Narrow Bubble Tracks by A Laser
      Beam in Argon, Nitrogen and Hydrogen Bubble Chambers, Apr. 3, 1996,
      Geneva, Switzerland.
PAL  R.C. Stamberg, et al, "Laser-Stimulated Nucleation in a Bubble Chamber,"
      Mar. 15, 1996 and Aug. 16, 1965, Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
PAL  R.A. Leach, et al., "Thermal Lens Absorption Measurements by Flow Injection
      into Supercritical Fluid Solvents," 1984, Dept. of Chemistry, Univ. of
      Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah.
PAL  Jerry H. Atencio, et al., "Abstract and Bubble Chamber Spectroscopy,"
      150/SPIE vol. 2385, Los Alamos National Lab, Los Alamos, New Mexico.
LREP
FR2  Wilson; Ray G.
ABST
PAL  A bubble chamber spectrometer provides a new method for the sensitive
      detection of an analyte in a solvent. A bubble chamber receives a solution
      containing an analyte to be detected. A laser is adapted to direct an
      output laser beam through the bubble chamber, where the laser is selected
      to be absorbed by the analyte and to be transmitted by the solvent. A
      video camera is adapted to display passage of said laser beam through said
      bubble chamber so that bubbles in the solvent arising from energy
      deposition in the analyte can be counted to characterize the analyte both
      quantitatively and qualitatively.
PATN
WKU  059910208
SRC  9
APN  0181056
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980203
TTL  Method for determining the concentration of atomic species in gases and
      solids
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Evans; F. L.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Loge; Gary W.
STR  2998 Plaza Blanca
CTY  Santa Fe
STA  NM
ZIP  87505
RLAP
COD  72
APN  553761
APD  19951023
PSC  01
PNO  5715053
CLAS
OCL  356316
XCL  356318
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2173
ICL  G01N 2163
FSC  356
FSS  316;317;318
UREF
PNO  5446538
ISD  19950800
NAM  Noll
OCL  356318
UREF
PNO  5715053
ISD  19980200
NAM  Loge
OCL  356318
LREP
FR2  Freund; Samuel M.
ABST
PAL  Method for determining the concentration of atomic species in gases and
      solids. Measurement of at least two emission intensities from a species in
      a plasma containing the species after a sufficient time period has elapsed
      after the generation of the plasma and during a second time period,
      permits an instantaneous temperature to be established within the sample.
      The concentration of the atomic species to be determined is then derived
      from the known emission intensity of a predetermined concentration of that
      species in the sample at the measured temperature, a quantity which is
      measured prior to the determination of the unknown concentration, and the
      actual measured emission from the unknown species, or by this latter
      emission and the emission intensity of a species having known
      concentration within the sample.
GOVT
PAR  The invention was made with government support under DOE grant No.
      DE-FG02-94ER81671 awarded by the U.S. Department of Energy to Laser
      Diagnostics L.L.C., a New Mexico Company. The government has certain
      rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059910216
SRC  9
APN  2411911
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19990201
TTL  Nonlinear spectrophotometer
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; Andrew H.
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Mukherjee; Anadi
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Mukherjee; Nandini
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Sarvis; Conrad S.
CTY  Albuquerque
STA  NM
INVT
NAM  Reinhardt; Bruce A.
CTY  Tipp City
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Air
      Force
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  046462
APD  19980323
CLAS
OCL  356317
XCL  356318
XCL  356 73
XCL  356 72
EDF  6
ICL  G01J  3457
FSC  356
FSS  73;72;317;318
UREF
PNO  4025792
ISD  19770500
NAM  Harries
OCL  250343
UREF
PNO  5383023
ISD  19950100
NAM  Walleczek
OCL  356417
UREF
PNO  5838485
ISD  19981100
NAM  De Groot et al.
OCL  356361
LREP
FR2  Scearce; Bobby D.
FR2  Kundert; Thomas L.
FR2  Franklin; David E.
ABST
PAL  The purpose of the nonlinear spectrophotometer is to provide a simple
      instrument that can be used on a routine basis to accurately measure the
      two-photon absorption (TPA) coefficient and cross-section on a wide
      variety of materials. The instrument is capable of measuring: (1) both
      organic and inorganic materials, (2) solutions and thin film materials
      forms, and (3) materials which are fluorescent and nonfluorescent.
GOVT
PAC  RIGHTS OF THE GOVERNMENT
PAR  The invention described herein may be manufactured and used by or for the
      Government of the United States for all governmental purposes without the
      payment of any royalty.
PATN
WKU  059910224
SRC  9
APN  0798754
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980515
TTL  Reflectance spectrophotometric apparatus with toroidal mirrors
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Evans; F. L.
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Buermann; Dale
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Forouhi; Abdul Rahim
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mandella; Michael J.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  n&k Technology, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  987907
APD  19971209
CLAS
OCL  356319
XCL  356446
XCL  25033907
XCL  25033911
EDF  6
ICL  G01J  302
ICL  G01J  342
FSC  356
FSS  319;323;325;326;328;445;446
FSC  250
FSS  339.07;339.08;339.11
UREF
PNO  3591287
ISD  19710700
NAM  Hannis
OCL  356244
UREF
PNO  4784487
ISD  19881100
NAM  Hopkins
OCL  356326
UREF
PNO  5045704
ISD  19910900
NAM  Coates
OCL  250372
LREP
FRM  Lumen Intellectual Property Services
ABST
PAL  An apparatus uses reflectance spectrophotometry to characterize a sample
      having any number of thin films. The apparatus uses two toroidal mirrors
      in an optical relay to direct light reflected by the sample to a
      spectrophotometer. A computer then analyzes the reflected spectrum to
      characterize the optical properties of the sample. The optical relay
      allows a range of angles of reflection from the sample, and has no
      chromatic aberration. The optical relay is also arranged so that the
      non-chromatic aberration is minimized. The sample is mounted on a movable
      stage so that different areas of the sample may be characterized.
      Furthermore, a deflector and a viewer are used to allow the operator of
      the apparatus to view the region of the sample under study.
PATN
WKU  059910232
SRC  9
APN  0814407
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980519
TTL  Method of interpreting spectrometric data
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Hantis; K P
NDR  23
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Morawski; Roman Z.
CTY  Warsaw
CNT  PLX
INVT
NAM  Barwicz; Andrzej
CTY  Trois-Rivieres
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Slima; Mohamed B.
CTY  Trois-Rivieres
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Miekina; Andrzej
CTY  Warsaw
CNT  PLX
ASSG
NAM  Measurement Microsystems A-Z Inc.
CTY  Trois-Rivieres
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19970808
APN  2121776
CLAS
OCL  356326
EDF  6
ICL  G01J  328
FSC  356
FSS  326;328;301;330-334
FSC  250
FSS  339.13;339.07;339.01;338.5
FSC  702
FSS  28
UREF
PNO  5420687
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kachanov
UREF
PNO  5448070
ISD  19950900
NAM  Day et al.
UREF
PNO  5543916
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kachanov
UREF
PNO  5644125
ISD  19970700
NAM  Wobschall
UREF
PNO  5657404
ISD  19970800
NAM  Buchanan et al.
UREF
PNO  5712710
ISD  19980100
NAM  Karakus et al.
UREF
PNO  5731874
ISD  19980300
NAM  Maluf
LREP
FRM  Neil Teitelbaum & Associates
ABST
PAL  A method for spectral measurement is disclosed. The method uses a
      low-resolution grating to disperse light and thereby image a spectrum
      thereof. The imaged spectrum is converted into a digital electrical signal
      and is processed in order to enhance the spectral information. The
      resulting spectral information is analogous to that captured using a
      higher resolution spectral imager with optical processing of the spectral
      data. The method is equally applicable to enhancing resolution of spectra
      captured using high resolution spectral imaging devices.
PATN
WKU  059910240
SRC  9
APN  0873950
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980529
TTL  Capillary spectrometer
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Ratliff; Reginald A.
EXP  Font; Frank G.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Bauer; Bruno S.
STR  Department of Physics, Mail Stop 220, University of Nevada
CTY  Reno
STA  NV
ZIP  89557-0058
INVT
NAM  Kantsyrev; Victor
STR  Department of Physics, Mail Stop 220, University of Nevada
CTY  Reno
STA  NV
ZIP  89557-0058
CLAS
OCL  356326
XCL  356300
XCL  356303
EDF  6
ICL  G01D  328
FSC  356
FSS  326;300;303
UREF
PNO  4146332
ISD  19790300
NAM  Moore
OCL  356308
UREF
PNO  4304491
ISD  19811200
NAM  Kraushaar et al.
OCL  356326
UREF
PNO  5144374
ISD  19920900
NAM  Grego
OCL  356326
UREF
PNO  5175755
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kumakhov
UREF
PNO  5192869
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kumakhov
UREF
PNO  5231461
ISD  19930700
NAM  Silvergate et al.
OCL  356326
UREF
PNO  5786888
ISD  19980700
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  356 73
OREF
PAL  Kantsyrev, V., Bruch, R., "New Optical Methods for Short Wavelength Hot
      Plasma Disgnostics,"Review of Scientific Instruments, vol. 68, (No. 1).
PAL  Anan'in et al., "Small Plasma Source With a Capillary Concentrator of Soft
      X-Rays," Sov. Tech. Phys. Lett., vol. 18, (No. 5).
PAL  Kantsyrev, V., "Glass Multicapillary Optics: Creation and Development
      (excluding microchannel arrays)," 1st International "Developers workshop
      on Glass Capillary Optics for X-Ray Microbeam Applications".
PAL  Kantsyrev, V. L., "Method of Micro X-Ray Graphy With the Use of Laser
      Plasma Source of Soft X-Rays in Medecine and Biology".
PAL  Bykovsky, Yu. A., "The Study and Practical Applications of Laser-Plasma
      Source of Soft X-Ray," 14 International Congress of High Speed Photography
      and Photonics.
PAL  Basov, N.G., "Plasma Sources of Soft X-Ray Radiation," Phys. Chem. Mech.
      Surfaces, vol. 4 (No. 9), pp. 2581-2600.
PAL  Dense Z-Pinches, "AIP Conference Proceedings 299," 1993.
PAL  Kantsyrev et al., "Investigating the Characteristics of X Radiation from a
      Hot Plasma By Means of Glass Capillary Converters" Quantum Electron, vol.
      23, (No. 12).
PAL  Kantsyrev, A.L., "The source of X-Ray" U.S.S.R. Invention Certificate N
      520863, Oct. 15, 1976.
PAL  Bruch et al., "New Concenpts for X-Ray, Soft X-Ray, and Euv Optical
      Instrumentation Including Applications in Spectroscopy, Plasma
      Diagnostics, and Biomedical Microscopy: A Status Report". Journal of X-Ray
      Science and Technology, pp. 139-158.
ABST
PAL  A capillary spectrometer is disclosed for observing radiation from a
      source. The spectrometer comprises a capillary array, a dispersive
      element, and a short wavelength imaging detector. The capillary guide
      comprises a receiving end and an emitting end. The receiving end is
      positioned so that it may receive radiation from the source. As radiation
      travels through the capillary guide, the course of the radiation is
      changed so that it is emitted in a predetermined path or paths from the
      emitting end. The emitted radiation falls on the dispersing element which
      disperses the radiation into a predetermined pattern. The radiation then
      falls on sensors of the short wavelength imaging detector which generate
      electrical signals in response to the frequency and intensity of
      radiation. Insulators may be used to prevent discrete rays of radiation
      from interfering with each other as they pass from the capillary guide to
      the short wavelength imaging detector. The short wavelength imaging
      detector may be adapted to gather data for specific periods of time during
      an emitting event so that changes in the radiation may be observed over
      time. The present invention is particularly well adapted to observe short
      wavelength light in the extreme ultraviolet, soft x-ray, and regular x-ray
      regions.
PATN
WKU  059910259
SRC  9
APN  0756148
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980511
TTL  Near infrared spectrometer used in combination with an agricultural
      implement for real time grain and forage analysis
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Hantis; K P
NDR  13
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Wright; Steven L.
CTY  Johnston
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Johnson; David L.
CTY  Johnston
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Welle; Roland
CTY  Buxtehude
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.
CTY  Johnston
STA  IA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  807661
APD  19970227
PSC  01
PNO  5751421
CLAS
OCL  356328
XCL  460  7
EDF  6
ICL  G01J  328
ICL  A01F 1200
FSC  356
FSS  402-411;330-334;326;328
FSC  250
FSS  226;339.12
FSC   56
FSS  10.2 R
FSC  460
FSS  4;6;7
UREF
PNO  3597616
ISD  19710800
NAM  Brunton et al.
UREF
PNO  4040747
ISD  19770800
NAM  Webster
UREF
PNO  4253766
ISD  19810300
NAM  Funk
UREF
PNO  4260262
ISD  19810400
NAM  Webster
UREF
PNO  4441513
ISD  19840400
NAM  Herwig
UREF
PNO  4463261
ISD  19840700
NAM  Bowman
UREF
PNO  4560275
ISD  19851200
NAM  Goetz
UREF
PNO  4806764
ISD  19890200
NAM  Satake
UREF
PNO  4925305
ISD  19900500
NAM  Erickson
UREF
PNO  4997280
ISD  19910300
NAM  Norris
UREF
PNO  5132538
ISD  19920700
NAM  Norris
UREF
PNO  5239180
ISD  19930800
NAM  Clarke
UREF
PNO  5241178
ISD  19930800
NAM  Shields
UREF
PNO  5308981
ISD  19940500
NAM  Perten
UREF
PNO  5327708
ISD  19940700
NAM  Gerrish
UREF
PNO  5406084
ISD  19950400
NAM  Tobler et al.
UREF
PNO  5480354
ISD  19960100
NAM  Sadjadi
UREF
PNO  5517302
ISD  19960500
NAM  Stearns
FREF
PNO  1467470 A1
ISD  19890300
CNT  SUX
OREF
PAL  G. Sinnaeve et al., The Use of Near Infrared Spectroscopy for the Analysis
      of Fresh Grass Silage, 1994, pp. 79-84, NIR Publications.
PAL  P. Dardenne et al., Evaluation of NIT for Predicting Fresh Forage Quality,
      pp. 277-283 No Date.
PAL  P. Dardenne et al., Fresh Forage Analysis by Near Infrared Spectroscopy,
      pp. 531-536 No Date.
PAL  Rosenthal, "Characteristics of Non-Destructive . . . Products", 1986
      meeting Japan Food Science Institute.
LREP
FRM  Zarley, McKee, Thomte, Voorhees & Sease
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method for combining NIR spectography with an implement
      including a combine or a chopper for measuring major constituents of
      harvested products in real time includes a monochromator or other sensor
      having no moving optical parts. The monochromator includes a fixed
      diffraction grating and a photodiode collector comprised of a plurality of
      photodiodes. A radiation source irradiates a product sample and the
      reflected radiation is transmitted to the diffraction grating. By
      analyzing the intensities and wavelengths of the reflected radiation at
      the photodiode collector, the presence and amount of major constituents of
      the harvested product can be determined. The present invention may be used
      on or with a research combine or chopper along with the conventional
      instrumentation which measures the weight, moisture, and volume of
      products harvested in a test plot.
PATN
WKU  059910267
SRC  8
APN  8136513
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970307
TTL  Apparatus for multiplexing fibre-optic sensing interferometers
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Turner; Samuel A.
NDR  8
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Kluth; Erhard Lothar Edgar
CTY  Hampshire
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Varnham; Malcolm Paul
CTY  Hampshire
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Sensor Dynamics Limited
CTY  Winchester
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960311
APN  9605144
CLAS
OCL  356345
XCL  25022727
EDF  6
ICL  G01B  902
FSC  356
FSS  35.5;34.5
FSC  250
FSS  227.19;227.27
FSC  385
FSS  12;14
UREF
PNO  4848906
ISD  19890700
NAM  Layton
OCL  356345
UREF
PNO  5173743
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kim
OCL  356345
UREF
PNO  5680489
ISD  19971000
NAM  Kersey
OCL  356 35.5
FREF
PNO  2284256
ISD  19950100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Spatially-multiplexed fiber optic Bragg grating strain and temperature
      sensor system based on interferometric wavelength-shift detection, Rao et
      al, Electronics Letters, pp. 1009-1010, Jun. 1995.
LREP
FRM  Iandiorio & Teska
ABST
PAL  Apparatus for multiplexing fiber-optic sensing interferometers, which
      apparatus comprises at least one optical source, a plurality of matched
      interferometers connected to the optical source and each containing a
      phase modulator having a unique identifying characteristic, a network of
      fiber-optic sensing interferometers each containing a path-length
      difference, at least one detector, and interconnections provided between
      the matched interferometers, the network of fiber-optic sensing
      interferometers and the detector, the path length difference in each
      fiber-optic sensing interferometer being approximately matched to a path
      length difference in its associated matched interferometer, and the
      interconnection means between the matched interferometers, the network of
      fiber-optic sensing interferometers and the detector being such that there
      is no more than one signal on the detector having the same unique
      identifying characteristic associated with one of the phase modulators.
PATN
WKU  059910275
SRC  9
APN  035242&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980305
TTL  Optical vibration measurement system
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Jacobs-Cook; Alan James
CTY  Birmingham
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Lucas Industries plc
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950318
APN  9505516
RLAP
COD  71
APN  835810
APD  19970416
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  610386
APD  19960304
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  356345
XCL  356352
EDF  6
ICL  G01B  902
FSC  356
FSS  345;352
LREP
FRM  Andrus, Sceales, Starke & Sawall
ABST
PAL  A measuring apparatus comprises a sensor having a vibrating beam whose
      resonant frequency represents a parameter, such as pressure, to be
      measured. A light guide supplies light from a source to the beam and
      returns light reflected from the beam and from the end of the guide to an
      interferometer. The difference in light paths is greater than the coherent
      length of the light. The interferometer has first and second paths which
      differ in length by the difference in the light paths plus an odd number
      of quarter wavelengths of the light.
PATN
WKU  059910283
SRC  8
APN  8242348
APT  1
ART  255
APD  19970325
TTL  Spectral bio-imaging methods for cell classification
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Turner; Samuel A.
NDR  13
NFG  64
INVT
NAM  Cabib; Dario
CTY  Timrat
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Buckwald; Robert A.
CTY  Ramat Yishai
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Malik; Zvi
CTY  Kfar Haroe
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Ben-Yosef; Nissim
CTY  Jerusalem
CNT  ILX
ASSG
NAM  Applied Spectral Imaging Ltd.
CTY  Migdal Haemek
CNT  ILX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ILX
APD  19910222
APN  97328
RLAP
COD  72
APN  571047
APD  19951212
PSC  01
PNO  5784162
RLAP
COD  82
APN  392019
APD  19950221
PSC  01
PNO  5539517
RLAP
COD  82
APN  107673
CLAS
OCL  356346
XCL  382133
EDF  6
ICL  G01B  902
FSC  356
FSS  346;300;319;326
FSC  250
FSS  339.07;339.08;339.11;341.8
FSC  435
FSS  1;7.23
FSC  382
FSS  128;133
UREF
PNO  5440388
ISD  19950800
NAM  Erickson
OCL  356349
LREP
FR2  Friedman; Mark M.
ABST
PAL  According to the present invention there is provided a spectral bio-imaging
      methods which can be used for automatic and/or semiautomatic spectrally
      resolved morphometric classification of cells, the method comprising the
      steps of (a) preparing a sample to be spectrally imaged, the sample
      including at least a portion of at least one cell; (b) viewing the sample
      through an optical device, the optical device being optically connected to
      an imaging spectrometer, the optical device and the imaging spectrometer
      being for obtaining a spectrum of each pixel of the sample; (c)
      classifying each of the pixels into classification groups according to the
      pixels spectra; and (d) analyzing the classification groups and thereby
      classifying the at least one cell into a cell class.
PATN
WKU  059910291
SRC  9
APN  0553921
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980406
TTL  Attenuated total reflecance probe employing large incidence angles
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Turner; Samuel A.
NDR  8
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Doyle; Walter M.
CTY  Laguna Niguel
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Axiom Analytical, Inc.
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  356346
XCL  25033911
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2101
ICL  G01B  902
FSC  356
FSS  346;51;244
FSC  250
FSS  339.11;339.12;341.2
UREF
PNO  3591287
ISD  19710700
NAM  Hannis
OCL  356 51
UREF
PNO  4829186
ISD  19890500
NAM  McLachlan et al.
OCL  356 51
UREF
PNO  5326972
ISD  19940700
NAM  Codella
OCL  250339.11
UREF
PNO  5773825
ISD  19980600
NAM  Doyle
OCL  250339.11
OREF
PAL  Internal Reflection Spectroscopy, N.J. Hendrick, Mar. 1971, pp. 89-145.
LREP
FR2  Plante; Thomas J.
ABST
PAL  A sample immersion probe is disclosed which has an ATR (attenuated total
      reflectance) element at its tip. The ATR is so shaped that radiation
      exiting the probe will travel in paths parallel to radiation entering the
      probe. The angles of incidence of radiation on the ATR surface (or
      surfaces) which permit partial absorption by the sample material are
      greater than 45.degree.. At least one of the ATR surfaces in contact with
      the sample has a fully reflecting coating which prevents radiation
      absorption by the sample at that location. The ATR shape may be
      symmetrical or non-symmetrical with respect to the axis of symmetry of the
      probe. The radiation entering the probe may be in a separate light guide
      (i.e., path) from the radiation exiting the probe; or the entering and
      exiting radiation may be in the same light guide (path).
PATN
WKU  059910305
SRC  9
APN  0668753
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980428
TTL  Apparatus for reading a luminescence pattern of a sample
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Punnoose; Roy M.
EXP  Font; Frank G.
NDR  11
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Kenji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nasu; Hisanori
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Toshimasa
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsukamoto; Yuuji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kondou; Tateo
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishida; Takehiko
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujimiya; Hitoshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yurino; Noriko
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi Software Engineering Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970911
APN  9-262953
CLAS
OCL  356346
XCL  2504581
XCL  2504591
EDF  6
ICL  G01R  902
ICL  F21V  916
FSC  356
FSS  346
FSC  250
FSS  458.1;459.1
UREF
PNO  5069769
ISD  19911200
NAM  Fujiyama et al.
UREF
PNO  5736410
ISD  19980400
NAM  Zarling et al.
OCL  356346
FREF
PNO  8-3481
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Biotechniques, vol. 11, No. 1, 1991, "Improved Chemiluminescent DNA
      Sequencing", C. Martin et al, pp. 110-113.
LREP
FRM  Beall Law Offices
ABST
PAL  The apparatus for reading a luminescence pattern is equipped with a stage
      on which the sample to be read is mounted. A photoreceptor disk is
      installed in the lower part of the stage and scans and condenses light
      from the luminescent pattern of the sample at positions determined by the
      rotation of a rotary plate. A transport mechanism causes the stage and the
      photoreceptor disk to undergo relative motion. An optical guide part
      guides the light from the luminescent pattern to a photoelectric
      converter. The optical guide part may include mirrors or one or more
      optical fibers. The photoelectric converter converts the light into an
      electrical signal. A controller controls how scanning is performed by the
      photoreceptor disk and transport mechanism and generates a read scanning
      position signal. A data processor performs data processing by converting
      the electrical signal into a digital signal and obtains a scanning
      position signal from the controller. Additionally, a laser light source
      may be used to shine laser light onto an electrophoresis gel of the
      sample.
PATN
WKU  059910313
SRC  9
APN  1798219
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981028
TTL  Optical density measuring apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Higashi; Noboru
CTY  Neyagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kurashiki Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Okayama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971029
APN  9-296903
CLAS
OCL  356346
XCL  356306
EDF  6
ICL  G01B  902
FSC  356
FSS  346;300;306
UREF
PNO  4999010
ISD  19910300
NAM  Mattson et al.
OCL  356346
UREF
PNO  5276500
ISD  19940100
NAM  Koehler
OCL  356346
UREF
PNO  5305077
ISD  19940400
NAM  Grego et al.
OCL  356346
FREF
PNO  59-107241
ISD  19840600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-59445
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-223654
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-1556
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-332933
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-306139
ISD  19951100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An optical system for measuring an optical density of a sample in which
      homogeneity of light employed for measuring the density thereof is secured
      by including optical information upon a light source uniformly inside a
      measurement space about an optical axis therein even if the fluctuation
      occur in the light source in the system. A beam of light emitted from the
      light source and then focused on an interference filter is transformed
      into a parallel light through a collimator lens, and the parallel light is
      then split into two parallel pencils of light by an optical mask. The
      parallel light uniformly includes the optical information upon the light
      source. A reference cell is placed in a first split parallel pencil of
      light, and a sample cell is placed in a second split parallel pencil of
      light. The lights that have passed through the two cells are focused on an
      optical receiver by a focusing lens.
PATN
WKU  059910321
SRC  9
APN  1658840
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981002
TTL  Contaminant identification and concentration determination by monitoring
      the intensity of the output of an intracavity laser
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Evans; F. L.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Atkinson; George H.
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Pilgrim; Jeffrey S.
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Innovative Lasers Corporation
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  356347
XCL  25033913
XCL  250343
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2131
FSC  356
FSS  300;326;328;436;437
FSC  250
FSS  339.12;339.13;339.1;343
UREF
PNO  5650856
ISD  19970700
NAM  Morse
OCL  356437
UREF
PNO  5689334
ISD  19971100
NAM  Atkinson et al.
OCL  356326
UREF
PNO  5723864
ISD  19980300
NAM  Atkinson et al.
OCL  250339.13
UREF
PNO  5747807
ISD  19980500
NAM  Atkinson et al.
OCL  250339.13
OREF
PAL  D.A. Gilmore et al, "Intracavity laser spectroscopy in the 1.38-1.55 .mu.m
      spectral region using a multimode Cr.sup.4+ :YAG laser", Optics
      Communications, vol. 103, pp. 370-374 (1993).
PAL  D.A. Gilmore et al, "Intracavity absorption spectroscopy with a titanium:
      sapphire laser", Optics Communications, vol. 77, No. 5 & 6, pp. 385-389,
      Jul. 15, 1990.
PAL  G.H. Atkinson et al, "Intracavity laser spectroscopy", Proc. SPIE Int. Soc.
      Opt. Eng., No. 1637, pp. 126-133 (1992).
LREP
FRM  Benman & Collins
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for detecting the presence of a specific
      concentration of gaseous species within a calibrated range in a gas sample
      are disclosed. The ILS gas detection system of the present invention
      simply comprises an ILS laser and an optical detector. However, the
      potential or operational wavelength bandwidth of the ILS laser is
      preferably entirely included within one of the absorption bands or regions
      assigned to the intracavity gaseous species being monitored. Thus, within
      the calibrated range, the presence of the gaseous species changes the
      output laser intensity of the ILS laser. Consequently, only the intensity
      of the output of the ILS laser need be monitored in order to
      quantitatively determine the concentration of the absorbing gaseous
      species when using the ILS method of the present invention.
PATN
WKU  059910330
SRC  8
APN  9332286
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970918
TTL  Interferometer with air turbulence compensation
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; Andrew H.
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  14
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Henshaw; Philip D.
CTY  Carlisle
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Dillon; Robert F.
CTY  Stoneham
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Sparta, Inc.
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  356349
XCL  356358
XCL  356361
EDF  6
ICL  G01B  902
FSC  356
FSS  349;358;361
UREF
PNO  3458259
ISD  19690700
NAM  Bagley et al.
OCL  356106
UREF
PNO  3656853
ISD  19720400
NAM  Bagley et al.
OCL  356106
UREF
PNO  3788746
ISD  19740100
NAM  Baldwin et al.
OCL  356106
UREF
PNO  3790284
ISD  19740200
NAM  Baldwin
OCL  356106
UREF
PNO  3877813
ISD  19750400
NAM  Hayes et al.
OCL  356106R
UREF
PNO  4072422
ISD  19780200
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  356106
UREF
PNO  4215938
ISD  19800800
NAM  Farrand et al.
OCL  356358
UREF
PNO  4295741
ISD  19811000
NAM  Palma et al.
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4465372
ISD  19840800
NAM  Geary
OCL  356359
UREF
PNO  4594003
ISD  19860600
NAM  Sommargren
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4632554
ISD  19861200
NAM  Pearce
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4684828
ISD  19870800
NAM  Sommargren
OCL  307425
UREF
PNO  4688940
ISD  19870800
NAM  Sommargren et al.
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4693605
ISD  19870900
NAM  Sommargren
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4711574
ISD  19871200
NAM  Baldwin
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4717250
ISD  19880100
NAM  Sommargren
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4733967
ISD  19880300
NAM  Sommargren
OCL  356361
UREF
PNO  4746216
ISD  19880500
NAM  Sommargren
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4752133
ISD  19880600
NAM  Sommargren
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4784489
ISD  19881100
NAM  Cutler et al.
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4784490
ISD  19881100
NAM  Wayne
OCL  356351
UREF
PNO  4787747
ISD  19881100
NAM  Sommargren et al.
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4802764
ISD  19890200
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4802765
ISD  19890200
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4807997
ISD  19890200
NAM  Sommargren
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4832489
ISD  19890500
NAM  Wyant et al.
OCL  356359
UREF
PNO  4859066
ISD  19890800
NAM  Sommargren
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4881815
ISD  19891100
NAM  Sommargren
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4881816
ISD  19891100
NAM  Zanoi
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4883357
ISD  19891100
NAM  Zanoi et al.
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4886363
ISD  19891200
NAM  Jungquist
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4906095
ISD  19900300
NAM  Johnston
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4907886
ISD  19900300
NAM  Dandliker
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4930894
ISD  19900600
NAM  Baldwin
OCL  356351
UREF
PNO  4948254
ISD  19900800
NAM  Ishida
OCL  356358
UREF
PNO  4950078
ISD  19900800
NAM  Sommargren
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  4969017
ISD  19901100
NAM  Lefevre et al.
OCL  356350
UREF
PNO  4984898
ISD  19910100
NAM  Hofler et al.
OCL  356358
UREF
PNO  5004914
ISD  19910400
NAM  Vali et al.
OCL  298227.27
UREF
PNO  5127735
ISD  19920700
NAM  Pitt
OCL  356358
UREF
PNO  5133599
ISD  19920700
NAM  Sommargren
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  5146284
ISD  19920900
NAM  Tabarelli et al.
OCL  356345
UREF
PNO  5153669
ISD  19921000
NAM  DeGroot
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  5172185
ISD  19921200
NAM  Leuchs et al.
OCL  356358
UREF
PNO  5172186
ISD  19921200
NAM  Hosoe
OCL  356358
UREF
PNO  5187543
ISD  19930200
NAM  Ebert
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  5280341
ISD  19940100
NAM  Nonnenmacher et al.
OCL  356358
UREF
PNO  5394413
ISD  19950200
NAM  Zayhowski
OCL  372 10
UREF
PNO  5404222
ISD  19950400
NAM  Lis
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  5537209
ISD  19960700
NAM  Lis
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  5543914
ISD  19960800
NAM  Henshaw et al.
OCL  356345
UREF
PNO  5585922
ISD  19961200
NAM  Sueyoshi
OCL  356358
UREF
PNO  5748317
ISD  19980500
NAM  Maris et al.
OCL  356357
FREF
PNO  0 359 157 A2
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 401 799
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 309 698
ISD  19740900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  5-126520
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 201 256
ISD  19880800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 210 973
ISD  19890600
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/19541
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  International Search Report for PCT/US97/16987 issued Jan. 22, 1998.
PAL  Baldwin, R. et al., "Laser Optical Components for Machine Tool and Other
      Calibrations", Hewlett-Packard J., 14-22 (Apr. 1983).
PAL  Dukes et al., "A Two-Hundred-Food Yardstick with Graduations Every
      Microinch", Hewlett-Packard J., vol. 21, 203-209 (1970).
PAL  Earnshaw, K.B. and Hernandez, N., "Two-Laser Optical Distance-Measuring
      Instrument that Corrects for the Atmospheric Index of Refraction," Applied
      Optics, vol. 11, No. 4, 749-54 (Apr. 1972).
PAL  Hopf, F.A. et al., "Second-harmonic Interferometers", Optics Letters, vol.
      5, 487-489 (1980).
PAL  Ishida, A., "Two-Wavelength Displacement-Measuring Interferometer Using
      Second-Harmonic Light to Eliminate Air-Turbulence-Induced Errors,"
      Japanese Journal of Applied Physics, vol. 28, No. 3, L473-475 (1989).
PAL  Johnson et al., "Phase-Locked Interferometry", Clever Optics, SPIE Proc.,
      vol. 126, 152-160 (1977).
PAL  Lin, Y. and Pan, C., "Precision displacement measurement by active laser
      heterodyne interferometry" Applied Optics, vol. 30, No. 13, 1648-1652
      (1991).
PAL  Quenelle, R. and Wuerz, L., "A New Microcumputer-Controlled Laser
      Dimensional Measurement and Analysis System", Hewlett-Packard J., 3-13
      (Apr. 1983).
PAL  Siddal, G. and Baldwin, R., Martinus Nijhoff publication Optical Metrology
      (Coherent and Incoherent Optics for Metrology, Sensing and Control in
      Science, Industry and Biomedicine) "Some Recent Developments in Laser
      Interferometry" (Oliverivo D.D. Soares, Porto, Portgual, eds.), published
      in cooperation with NATO Scientific Affairs Div., 69-83 (1987).
PAL  Surrel, Y., "Design of Algorithms for Phase Measurements by the use of
      Phase Stepping," Applied Optics, vol. 35, No. 1, 51-60 (Jan. 1, 1996).
PAL  Zayhowski, J.J., "Ultraviolet Generation with Passively Q-switched
      Microchip Lasers," Optics Letters, vol. No. 8, 588-90 Apr. 15, 1996).
LREP
FR2  Engellenner; Thomas J.
     Nutter, McClennen & Fish, LLP
ABST
PAL  An improved interferometer measuring system that corrects for errors in the
      determination of the position of a measurement reflector along a
      measurement path due to the presence of an atmosphere (e.g. atmospheric
      turbulence) along the path is disclosed. The system includes a
      two-wavelength interferometer for measuring the atmosphere and a basic
      length interferometer for a basic measurement of a change in position of
      the measurement reflector. A calibration procedure for correcting the
      basic measurements made by the basic length interferometer uses first and
      second correction coefficients related to the average refractivity of the
      atmosphere and the change in the refractivity of the atmosphere,
      respectively. The coefficients can be determined by interferometric
      measurements or from a combination of interferometric measurements and
      data from an atmospheric sensor(s), including a humidity sensor. The
      two-wavelength interferometer can include a pulsed laser source, a compact
      reference path element, and path length adjustment element. An algorithm
      is disclosed for efficiently determining the phase difference between the
      two beams of the two-wavelength interferometer. Beam combining techniques
      and apparatus for combining the beams of the two-wavelength interferometer
      and the basic length measurement interferometer while preserving the
      polarization of the laser beams are also disclosed. The data obtained from
      the two-wavelength interferometer can be corrected, based on measurements
      made by the basic length interferometer, for aging due to the movement of
      the reflecting mirror subsequent to measurement of the atmosphere by the
      two-wavelength interferometer.
PATN
WKU  059910348
SRC  8
APN  9974830
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971223
TTL  Interferometer which varies a position to be detected based on
      inclination of surface to be measured
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Turner; Samuel A.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Ohtsuka; Masaru
CTY  Machida
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961227
APN  8-349534
CLAS
OCL  356349
XCL  356360
EDF  6
ICL  G01B  902
FSC  356
FSS  349;351;359;360
UREF
PNO  4611916
ISD  19860900
NAM  Yoshizumi
OCL  356360
UREF
PNO  5135307
ISD  19920800
NAM  De Groot et al.
OCL  356359
UREF
PNO  5485275
ISD  19960100
NAM  Ohtsuka
OCL  356360
OREF
PAL  Yoshizumi, K., et al., Precise Measuring System for Aspheric Surfaces,
      Optics, vol. 12, No. 6, pp. 450-454 (Dec. 1983).
PAL  Bruning, J.H. et al., Digital Wavefront Measuring Interferometer for
      Testing Optical Surfaces and Lenses, Applied Optics, vol. 13, No. 11, pp.
      2693-2703 (Nov. 1974).
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An interferometer which can vary a direction of an incident beam and which
      enables more accurate measurement while avoiding eclipse includes an
      optical system adapted to form an interference beam from a beam from a
      surface to be measured, and a detected position varying member for varying
      a position to be detected of the interference beam in accordance with
      information on inclination of the surface to be measured.
PATN
WKU  059910356
SRC  9
APN  2466414
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19990208
TTL  Interferometric method of measuring toric surfaces at grazing incidence
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Bruning; John H.
CTY  Pittsford
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Tropel Corporation
CTY  Fairport
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  733705
APD  19961017
PSC  01
PNO  5889591
CLAS
OCL  356359
XCL  356354
EDF  6
ICL  G01B  902
FSC  356
FSS  345;354;359;360
UREF
PNO  4653922
ISD  19870300
NAM  Jarisch et al.
OCL  356357
UREF
PNO  4678333
ISD  19870700
NAM  Anderson
OCL  356346
UREF
PNO  4791584
ISD  19881200
NAM  Greivenkamp, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4844614
ISD  19890700
NAM  Henderson et al.
UREF
PNO  5210591
ISD  19930500
NAM  De Groot
OCL  356357
UREF
PNO  5249032
ISD  19930900
NAM  Matsui et al.
OCL  356356
UREF
PNO  5268742
ISD  19931200
NAM  Magner
UREF
PNO  5530547
ISD  19960600
NAM  Arnold
FREF
PNO  0179935
ISD  19860500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0106769
ISD  19740700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  0233644
ISD  19860300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  62-177421
ISD  19870100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4221704
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4286904
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "Holographically Observed Torsion in a Cylindrical Shaft" by A.D. Wilson,
      Applied Optics, vol. 9, No. 9, Sep. 1970, pp. 2093-2097.
PAL  "Obligue Incidence Interferometry applied to Non-Optical Surfaces" by K. G.
      Birch, Journal of Physics E: Scientific Instruments, 1973, vol. 6, Great
      Britain, pp. 1045-1048.
PAL  "Measurement of Deformation in a Cylindrical Shell by Holographic
      Interferometry" by T. Matsumoto, K. Iwata, and R. Nagata, Applied Optics,
      vol. 13, No. 5, May 1974, pp. 1080-1084.
PAL  "Zone Plate Interferometer" by Raymond N. Smart, May 1974, vol. 13, No. 5,
      Applied Optics, pp. 1093-1099.
PAL  "Improved Obligue--Incidence Interferometer" by P. Hariharan, Optical
      Engineering, vol. 14, No. 3, May-Jun. 1975, pp. 257-258.
PAL  "Holographic Interferometer to Test Optical Surfaces" by Fernando
      Broder-Bursztyn and Daniel Malacara-Hernandez, Applied Optics, vol. 14,
      No. 9, Sep. 1975, pp. 2280-2282.
PAL  "Interferometric Surface Mapping with Variable Sensitivity" by W. Jaerisch
      and G. Makosch, Applied Optics, vol. 17, No. 5, Mar. 1, 1978, pp. 740-743.
PAL  "Interferometric Construction of Circular Gratings" by E. Leith, H. Chen,
      G. Collins, K. Scholten, G. Swanson, and J. Upatnicks, Applied Optics,
      vol. 19, No. 21, Nov. 1, 1980, pp. 3626-3630.
PAL  "Optical Figure Characterization for Cylindrical Mirrors and Lenses" by
      Alvin D. Schnurr and Allen Mann, Optical Engineering, vol. 20, No. 3,
      May/Jun. 1981, pp. 412-416.
PAL  "Cylindrical Lenses: Testing and Radius of Curvature Measurement" by R.
      Diaz-Uride, J. Pediraza-Centreras, O. Cardona-Nunez, A. Cordero Davilla,
      and A. Connejo Rodriquez, Applied Optics, vol. 25, No. 10, May 15, 1986,
      pp. 1707-1709.
PAL  "Testing Cylindrical Lenses " by Joseph M. Geary, Optical Engineering, vol.
      26, No. 12, Dec. 1987, pp. 1219-1224.
PAL  "Data Analysis in Fiber Optic Testing of Cylindrical Optics" by Joseph M.
      Geary, Optical Engineering, Mar. 1989. vol. 28, No. 3, pp. 212-216.
PAL  "Interferometry on Wolter X-ray Optics : A Possible Approach" by Joseph M.
      Geary, Optical Engineering, vol. 28, No. 3, Mar. 1989, pp. 217-221.
PAL  "Constant Radial Shearing Interferometry with Circular Gratings" by
      Qing-Shin Ru, Nagaaki Ohyama, Toshio Honda, and Jumpei Tsujiuchi, Applied
      Optics, vol. 28, No. 15, Aug. 15, 1989, pp. 3350-3353.
PAL  "Profile measurement of an Aspheric Cylindrical Surface from
      Retroreflection" by Ong-tin Lin and Der-Shen Wan, Applied Optics, vol. 30,
      No. 22, Aug. 1 1991, pp. 3200-3204.
PAL  "Profile Measurements of Cylindrical Surfaces" by Der-Shen Wan and Ding-tin
      Lin, Applied Optics, vol. 32, No. 7, Mar. 1, 1993, pp. 1060-1064.
PAL  "Determination of Two-Dimensional Planer displacement by Moijo Fringes of
      Concentric-Circle Gratings" by Yoon-Chang Park and Seung-Woo Kim, Applied
      Optics, vol. 33, No. 22, Aug. 1, 1994, pp. 5171-5176.
PAL  "Grazing Incidence Interferometry Applied to the Measurement of Cylindrical
      Surfaces" by T. Dressel, J. Schwider, A. Wehrhahn, and S. Babin Optical
      Engineering, Dec. 1995, vol. 34, No. 12, pp. 3531-3535.
PAL  "Grating Interferometer for Flatness Testing" by Peter J. de Groot, Optics
      Letters, vol. 21, No. 3, Feb. 1, 1996, pp. 228-230.
LREP
FRM  Eugene Stephens & Associates
ABST
PAL  Toric surfaces are mounted on a transparent support plate and measured at
      grazing incidence using a pair of leading and following diffractive optics
      for diffracting a test beam with respect to a reference beam. The leading
      diffractive optic diffracts rays of the test beam through various
      diffraction angles so that after passing through the transparent support
      plate, the rays strike the toric surface at a constant grazing angle. The
      following diffractive optic further diffracts the rays of the test beam
      through other diffraction angles into realignment with the reference beam.
PATN
WKU  059910364
SRC  8
APN  9401776
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970930
TTL  Two-dimensional opto-electronic imager for millimeter and microwave
      electro-magnetic radiation
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Pham; Hoa Q.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Frankel; Michael Y.
CTY  Crofton
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  356364
XCL  356351
XCL  3242441
EDF  6
ICL  G01J  400
ICL  G01R 3302
FSC  356
FSS  364-369;345;349;351;352
FSC  250
FSS  225
FSC  359
FSS  246;254;255
FSC  324
FSS  96;244.1;260
UREF
PNO  3950103
ISD  19760400
NAM  Schmidt-Weinmar
OCL  356106R
UREF
PNO  4533829
ISD  19850800
NAM  Miceli et al.
OCL  356352
UREF
PNO  5166598
ISD  19921100
NAM  Gallegos et al.
OCL  324 77
UREF
PNO  5227715
ISD  19930700
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  356364
UREF
PNO  5278499
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  356351
OREF
PAL  Imaizumi et al., Electric Field Distribution Measurement of Microstrip
       Annas and arrays using electro-optic, Sampling, IEEE Trans. Micro. Theory
      and Tech., vol. 43, No. 9, pp. 2402-2407, Sep. 95.
PAL  Rahnat-Samii et al., The UCLA Bi-Polar Planar-Near-Field
      Antenna-Measurement and Diagnostics Range, IEEE Ant. and Prop, Mag, vol.
      43, pp. 16-35, Dec. 95.
PAL  Wu et al., Dynamic Range of an Electro-Optic Field Sensor and its imaging
      applications, Appl. Phys. Lett. vol. 68, No. 23, pp. 3224-3226, Jun. 96.
PAL  Pfiefer et al., Electro-Optic Measurement of the Electric Neal-Field
      Distribution of 7 GHZ Planac Resonator, Elec. Lett., vol. 32, No. 14, pp.
      1305-1307, Jul. 96.
LREP
FR2  Edelberg; Barry A.
FR2  Stockstill; Charles J.
ABST
PAL  A two-dimensional imager for measuring the electric-field amplitude and
      phase distribution across an extended spatial region for millimeter and
      microwave electro-magnetic waves. The imager consists of a small active
      area within a generally passive structure which measures the electric
      (E)-field amplitude and phase information and impresses this information
      onto an optical beam. The E-field information is measured by converting
      the optical signal into and electrical signal and demodulating the E-field
      information from the electrical signal by processing electronics where the
      electrical signal is conditioned, stored and the data displayed.
PATN
WKU  059910372
SRC  9
APN  0003867
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980127
TTL  High spatial resolution ellipsometry device
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Smith; Zandra
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Piel; Jean-Philippe
CTY  Marly le Roi
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Stehle; Jean-Louis
CTY  Colombes
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Zahorski; Dorian
CTY  Vanves
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Societe de Production et de Recherches Appliquees
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19950811
APN  95/09779
CLAS
OCL  356369
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2121
FSC  359
FSS  209;557
FSC  356
FSS  369
UREF
PNO  5329357
ISD  19940700
NAM  Bernoux et al.
UREF
PNO  5742426
ISD  19980400
NAM  York
OCL  359209
FREF
PNO  2602338
ISD  19880500
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2595471
ISD  19880600
CNT  FRX
OREF
PAL  "Spatially Resolved Ellipsometry"; Journal of Applied Physics, Aug. 1,
      1986, vol. 60, No. 3; pp. 859-873, Erman M. et al.
PAL  "Magneto-Optical Ellipsometer"; Review of Scientific Instruments, May 1985,
      pp. 687-690; Nederpel, P.Q.J. et al.
PAL  "Presentation of a New Spectroscopic Phase Modulated Ellipsmeter for
      In-Situ-and Ex-Situ-Applications"; Laser und Optoelektronik; Apr. 24
      (1992), No. 2, pp. 63-67; Brings R.
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR96/01035
PD1  19980127
PD2  19980127
PD3  19960703
PCP  WO97/07392
PCD  19970227
ABST
PAR  The ellipsometry device includes a first focusing device, combined with a
      first optical system, for focusing the light beam from the first optical
      system onto the sample, a second focusing device, combined with a second
      optical system, for focusing the beam reflected by the sample surface onto
      the input of the second optical system, and an optical correction device
      for correcting, together with the first and second focusing devices, the
      position of the focused reflected beam so as to reject the interference
      reflections generated by the surface of the sample opposite the light beam
      receiving surface, and to obtain a maximum signal level at the
      photodetector.
PATN
WKU  059910380
SRC  9
APN  1161113
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980715
TTL  Surface pattern unevenness detecting method and apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Pham; Hoa Q.
NDR  8
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Shigeru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  ODP Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  356371
XCL  3562372
XCL  356446
EDF  6
ICL  G01B 1130
FSC  356
FSS  237.1;237.2;237.3;237.4;237.5;394;371;445-448
FSC  250
FSS  559.44;559.09
UREF
PNO  4954723
ISD  19900900
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  356446
UREF
PNO  4983842
ISD  19910100
NAM  Takamine
OCL  356446
UREF
PNO  5264912
ISD  19931100
NAM  Vaught et al.
OCL  356237.5
UREF
PNO  5763123
ISD  19980600
NAM  Shishido et al.
OCL  356394
LREP
FRM  Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides an apparatus and associated method of
      detecting pattern unevenness in the surface of an object. The apparatus
      includes a light source for irradiating surfaces of an object and a line
      sensor camera for detecting unevenness in the surfaces. The method
      comprises the steps of irradiating a light onto a surface having a pattern
      formed on the surface thereof, and observing the scattered light from the
      pattern edge portions, thereby inspecting pattern unevenness by way of the
      line sensor camera.
PATN
WKU  059910399
SRC  8
APN  976450&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971125
TTL  Electric component monitoring device and electronic component monitoring
      method
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Smith; Zandra V.
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Fujishiro; Keisuke
CTY  Miyaki-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Murata; Hiroshi
CTY  Miyaki-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Goto; Minehiko
CTY  Chikushi-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takata; Koji
CTY  Fukuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electronic Industrial Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961127
APN  8-315947
CLAS
OCL  356375
XCL  3562375
XCL  228105
EDF  6
ICL  G01B 1114
ICL  G01N 2155
ICL  B23K 3112
FSC  228
FSS  105
FSC  356
FSS  375;237
UREF
PNO  4677473
ISD  19870600
NAM  Okamoto et al.
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  5601229
ISD  19970200
NAM  Nakazato et al.
OCL  228246
FREF
PNO  5-153997
ISD  19960600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Parkhurst & Wendel, L.L.P
ABST
PAL  An electronic component monitoring device and method for correctly
      recognizing electronic components with bumps. A reflection-recognizing
      light emitter for emitting light toward an array of bumps on an electronic
      component, a transmission-recognizing light emitter for emitting light
      toward a background board, and a bump-recognizing light emitter for
      emitting light at an acute angle toward the array face of the electronic
      component are provided, and switchable light emitter(s) is/are switched on
      and off in accordance with a bump recognition method, transmission
      recognition method, and reflection recognition method.
PATN
WKU  059910402
SRC  8
APN  981728&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971223
TTL  Optical distance sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Smith; Zandra V.
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Doemens; Gunter
CTY  Holzkirchen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schick; Anton
CTY  Velden
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kollensperger; Paul
CTY  Munchen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950630
APN  195 24 022
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960301
APN  196 08 468
CLAS
OCL  356375
EDF  6
ICL  G01B 1124
FSC  356
FSS  375;4.06
UREF
PNO  4719341
ISD  19880100
NAM  Hoogenboom
UREF
PNO  4965442
ISD  19901000
NAM  Girod et al.
UREF
PNO  5329358
ISD  19940700
NAM  Horijon
OCL  356375
UREF
PNO  5448359
ISD  19950900
NAM  Schick et al.
OCL  356375
UREF
PNO  5594242
ISD  19970100
NAM  Konishi et al.
OCL  356375
FREF
PNO  0 615 607 B1
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1 949 117
ISD  19690900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3322712 C2
ISD  19850100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/14118
ISD  19920800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/11403
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 6, No. 252, p. 161, Dec. 10, 1982.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 8, No. 204, p. 301, Sep. 18, 1984.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 018, No. 353, p. 1764, Jul. 4, 1994.
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, Bd. 36, Nr. 9b, Sep. 1, 1993--"Position
      Sensing with Rotating Pinhole Confocal Optics".
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE96/01081
PD1  19971223
PD2  19971223
PD3  19960619
PCP  WO97/02466
PCD  19970123
ABST
PAR  In addition to triangulation methods, measurement systems according to the
      confocal principle are employed for the three-dimensional sensing of
      surfaces. These measurement systems have a higher resolution but, under
      certain circumstances, a lower data rate. An optical proximity sensor is
      described which, on the basis of the confocal microscope, carries out
      automatic inspection of surfaces in a time which is acceptable for a
      fabrication process. A linear system of corresponding light sources and
      photo receivers is used instead of a scanning beam, which requires a high
      outlay for generation. The optical path length between the receiving unit
      and the optical imaging arrangement is varied for the resolution of height
      values, wherein a light intensity maximum is detected by a peak detector.
PATN
WKU  059910410
SRC  9
APN  1898574
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981112
TTL  Method and apparatus for measuring dimensions of objects on a conveyor
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Stafira; Michael P.
EXP  Font; Frank G.
NDR  16
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Woodworth; Mark R.
CTY  Oak Park
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  PSC Inc.
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  893765
APD  19970711
RLAP
COD  81
APN  507625
APD  19950726
PSC  01
PNO  5699161
ISD  19971216
CLAS
OCL  356376
XCL  356379
EDF  6
ICL  G01B 1124
ICL  G01B 1128
FSC  356
FSS  376;379;373;375;380;385;384;386;387;430;431;237.1
FSC  364
FSS  478
FSC  414
FSS  21;902;934;786
FSC  250
FSS  221
FSC  350
FSS  6.91;6.8
UREF
PNO  3436968
ISD  19690400
NAM  Unger et al.
OCL   73433
UREF
PNO  3513444
ISD  19700500
NAM  Henderson
OCL  340172.5
UREF
PNO  3588480
ISD  19710600
NAM  Unger et al.
OCL  235151.3
UREF
PNO  4179707
ISD  19791200
NAM  Sjodin et al.
OCL  348142
UREF
PNO  4226536
ISD  19801000
NAM  Dreyfus et al.
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  4286880
ISD  19810900
NAM  Young
OCL  414786
UREF
PNO  4773029
ISD  19880900
NAM  Claesson et al.
OCL  364562
UREF
PNO  4905512
ISD  19900300
NAM  Hayashi
OCL   73169
UREF
PNO  5105392
ISD  19920400
NAM  Stringer et al.
OCL  367 99
UREF
PNO  5220536
ISD  19930600
NAM  Stringer et al.
OCL  367 99
UREF
PNO  5331118
ISD  19940700
NAM  Jenseen et al.
OCL  177 25.14
UREF
PNO  5422861
ISD  19950600
NAM  Stringer et al.
OCL  367 99
UREF
PNO  5501571
ISD  19960300
NAM  Van Durrett et al.
OCL  414786
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for measuring the length, width, and height of
      rectangular solid objects moving on a conveyor. The apparatus includes a
      light curtain, two laser triangulation range finders, and a pulse
      tachometer mounted on a frame around a conveyor. As an object is conveyed
      through the frame, measurements from each of the sensors are correlated by
      a digital computer to estimate the length, width and height of the object.
      The method and apparatus does not require a break in the surface of the
      conveyor, and is insensitive to object placement and orientation on the
      conveyor.
PATN
WKU  059910429
SRC  8
APN  8603847
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971219
TTL  Method and an apparatus for the characterisation of lacquered surfaces
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Smith; Zandia V.
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Rupieper; Paul
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hoffer; Michael
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Cramm; Joachim
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Blum; Joachim
CTY  Remscheid
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Herberts GmbH
CTY  Wuppertal
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960215
APN  196 05 520
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960321
APN  196 11 062
CLAS
OCL  356381
XCL  118712
XCL  356446
EDF  6
ICL  G01B 1106
ICL  B05C 1102
FSC  356
FSS  381;446
FSC  118
FSS  712;713
FSC  427
FSS  10
UREF
PNO  3916168
ISD  19751000
NAM  McCarthy
UREF
PNO  4977853
ISD  19901200
NAM  Falcoff et al.
OCL  118665
UREF
PNO  5062298
ISD  19911100
NAM  Falcoff et al.
OCL   73597
UREF
PNO  5208766
ISD  19930500
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  364552
UREF
PNO  5229835
ISD  19930700
NAM  Reinsch
OCL  356371
UREF
PNO  5504695
ISD  19960400
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  364563
UREF
PNO  5550632
ISD  19960800
NAM  Harata
OCL  356446
FREF
PNO  350891
ISD  00000000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 336 029
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 350 891
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  41 27 215 A1
ISD  19930200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  42 27 817 A1
ISD  19940200
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Scheibe et al., "Flexibles Prufsystem fur die Oberflachentechnik", pp.
      287-299.
PAL  Garmsen, "Uber die Purfung von Lackfarben an Keilformlgen Schichten", Farbe
      Und Lack, 60 (1954), pp. 257-261.
PAL  Unterforsthuber, "Pigmente, Fullstoffe und Farbstoffe Fur die
      Lackindustrie", Technische Akademie Esslingen, 1993, pp. 1-48.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP97/00555
PD1  19971219
PD2  19971219
PD3  19970207
PCP  WO97/30342
PCD  19970821
ABST
PAR  A method of determining the visual effect of lacquer coatings in which one,
      two or more lacquer coatings are applied to the surface of a flat
      substrate and are dried or hardened, wherein one or two of the lacquer
      coats are applied with a coat thickness gradient, and one or more surface
      properties which influence the visual impression are subsequently each
      measured on the lacquered surface thus obtained, at measuring points
      distributed over the surface, by means of one or more optical methods of
      measurement, and the respective thickness of the lacquer coat(s) applied
      in the form of a gradient is also measured, as well as an apparatus for
      carrying out the method.
PATN
WKU  059910437
SRC  9
APN  1012738
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980812
TTL  Impact position marker for ordinary or simulated shooting
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Stafira; Michael P.
EXP  Font; Frank G.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Andersson; Tommy
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Ahlen; Hans
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Anderson; Tommy
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  05
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19960108
APN  9600069
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19960619
APN  9602427
CLAS
OCL  356400
EDF  6
ICL  G01B 1100
FSC  356
FSS  375;400;138;3
FSC  434
FSS  12;22;20
FSC  273
FSS  312
UREF
PNO  3964178
ISD  19760600
NAM  Marshall et al.
OCL   35 25
UREF
PNO  4290757
ISD  19810900
NAM  Marshall et al.
OCL  434 12
UREF
PNO  4470817
ISD  19840900
NAM  Diehl et al.
OCL  434 22
UREF
PNO  4597740
ISD  19860700
NAM  Stickel
OCL  434 10
UREF
PNO  4923401
ISD  19900500
NAM  Marshall et al.
OCL  434 22
UREF
PNO  4963096
ISD  19901000
NAM  Khattak et al.
OCL  434 21
UREF
PNO  5281142
ISD  19940100
NAM  Zaenglein, Jr.
OCL  434 19
FREF
PNO  195 19 503
ISD  19951200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  358 727
ISD  19730800
CNT  SEX
FREF
PNO  650 857
ISD  19850800
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  WO 85/03118
ISD  19850700
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/SE96/01757
PD1  19980812
PD2  19980812
PD3  19961227
PCP  WO97/25583
PCD  19970717
ABST
PAR  An impact position marker for ordinary or simulated shooting from a
      fire-arm (1) towards a moving target comprises a sensor part (2) with an
      evaluation unit for the actual position of the target in relation to the
      fire-arm and a firing detector. The evaluation unit comprises an image
      taking device (10) with its optical axis directed in parallel with the
      sighting line of the fire-arm (1), a unit (11) which measures the rotation
      of the sighting line of the image taking device in at least two planes at
      an angle to each other and comprises one and the same line coinciding or
      parallel with the sighting line of the fire-arm. The output signals from
      the image taking device (10), the rotation-measuring unit (11) and the
      firing detector (12) are inputted to an evaluation unit (13) which
      calculates the distance to the target and the position of the point of
      impact in relation to the target at the calculated impact moment. The
      result of the measuring is presented on a presentation unit (4) and/or
      controls an acoustic feed-back signal which assists the shooter during
      aiming and firing.
PATN
WKU  059910445
SRC  8
APN  8690588
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970604
TTL  Method and apparatus for determining characteristics of microstructures
      utilizing micro-modulation reflectance spectrometry
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Punnoose; Roy M.
EXP  Font; Frank G.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Zhang; Yaohui
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
INVT
NAM  Siping; Zhoa
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
INVT
NAM  Fu; Li Ming
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
INVT
NAM  Yen; Andrew
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
INVT
NAM  Sheng; George
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
ASSG
NAM  Institute of Microelectronics
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  356417
XCL  356432
XCL  356445
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2125
FSC  356
FSS  432;432 T;445
UREF
PNO  4720191
ISD  19880100
NAM  Siegel et al.
OCL  356237
UREF
PNO  4991962
ISD  19910200
NAM  Jain
OCL  356349
UREF
PNO  5159412
ISD  19921000
NAM  Willenborg et al.
OCL  356445
UREF
PNO  5220403
ISD  19930600
NAM  Batchelder et al.
OCL  356432
UREF
PNO  5270797
ISD  19931200
NAM  Pollak et al.
OCL  356432
LREP
FRM  Proskauer Rose LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for measuring the characteristics of microstructures
      by modulating a sample using a modulated source and utilizing a microscope
      to magnify a desired sample area and direct a monochromatic probe light
      source onto the desired microstructure of the sample. The probe light is
      reflected by the sample and the reflectance spectra is directed by the
      microscope and thereafter, is detected and transmitted to a computer to
      record or display the measured characteristic. Further, the computer is
      also used to control the brightness of the monochromatic probe light and
      to control the modulation frequency of the modulated source. The
      wavelength of the monochromatic probe light can also be varied by the
      computer. The magnification of the microscope can be varied so that the
      desired microstructure is visible and the probing light spot is precisely
      placed on it. The desired sample microstructure can be precisely located
      within the viewing field of the microscope through the use of an indicator
      like a cross line indicator.
PATN
WKU  059910453
SRC  9
APN  2310511
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19990114
TTL  Color analyzer for use with light-emitting and non-light-emitting test
      objects
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Evans; F. L.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Lee; Neng-Sung
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Chroma Ate Inc.
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  356419
XCL  356420
XCL  250226
EDF  6
ICL  G01J  351
FSC  356
FSS  402;405;406;416;418;419;420
FSC  250
FSS  226
UREF
PNO  2358020
ISD  19440900
NAM  Miller
OCL  250226
UREF
PNO  3910701
ISD  19751000
NAM  Henderson et al.
OCL  250226
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
ABST
PAL  A color analyzer is capable of determining the color property of a test
      object, and includes a light collector having a first end formed with a
      test opening and adapted to be placed in juxtaposition with the test
      object, a second end, and a light channel extending from the test opening
      to the second end. A lighting unit is mounted on the light collector, and
      is operable in order to generate light outputs of different wavelengths. A
      color filter device is movably disposed in the light collector, and
      includes a transparent filter and three color filters. A filter-shifting
      unit is associated with the color filter device, and is operable so as to
      move the color filter device in the light collector in order to align the
      filters within the light channel. A photoelectric sensor produces an
      electric output signal corresponding to the light leaving the color filter
      device. A signal-processing unit is connected to the photoelectric sensor
      to process the output signal of the photoelectric sensor in order to
      determine the color property of the test object.
PATN
WKU  059910461
SRC  9
APN  1153633
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980714
TTL  Method and apparatus for optically measuring properties of a moving web
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Merlino; Amanda
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Shakespeare; Tarja
CTY  Siuro
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Shakespeare; John
CTY  Siuro
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Valmet Automation Inc.
CTY  Helsinki
CNT  FIX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  356429
XCL  356430
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2184
FSC  356
FSS  429;430;431;237.1;237.6;238.1;238.3;239.1;239.8
UREF
PNO  4389575
ISD  19830600
NAM  Cole
OCL  356430
UREF
PNO  4565444
ISD  19860100
NAM  Mactaggart
OCL  356 73
UREF
PNO  4737649
ISD  19880400
NAM  Naruse
OCL  356430
UREF
PNO  4801809
ISD  19890100
NAM  Burk et al.
OCL  250559
UREF
PNO  5377279
ISD  19941200
NAM  Hanafusa et al.
OCL  356430
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a method and apparatus for measuring and
      controlling optical properties of a moving web. Sensor heads are installed
      in the same location on the opposite sides of the web to be measured so
      that there is at least one means of illuminating the web and at least one
      means of detecting radiances on both sides of the web. At least one means
      of illuminating the web of at least one side is controlled so as to
      provide at least two different lighting states. Measuring the values in
      different lighting states with both means of detecting radiances
      simultaneously allows determination the optical properties of the web on
      its both sides.
PATN
WKU  059910470
SRC  9
APN  1911805
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19981113
TTL  Method for continuously controlling the shrinkage of an amorphous film,
      and an arrangement herefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Lauchman; Layla
EXP  Font; Frank G.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kohlert; Christian
CTY  Oberahr
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Gaertner; Heinz
CTY  Mettmann
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Behrendt; Sven
CTY  Montabaur
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Diener; Lorenz
CTY  Uffing
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Klockner Pentaplast GmbH
CTY  Montabaur
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19971121
APN  197 51 817
CLAS
OCL  356429
XCL  250548
XCL  25055901
XCL  25055902
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2184
FSC  356
FSS  365;367;368;32;33;429-431;443;444
FSC  250
FSS  548;559.01;559.02;559.09
UREF
PNO  3880524
ISD  19750400
NAM  Dill et al.
OCL  356118
UREF
PNO  4158506
ISD  19790600
NAM  Collett
OCL  356365
UREF
PNO  4547664
ISD  19851000
NAM  Vogt et al.
OCL  250205
UREF
PNO  5906901
ISD  19990500
NAM  Tanimoto
OCL  430 22
FREF
PNO  0 632 256 A1
ISD  19950100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1951 920
ISD  19710400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  24 30 521
ISD  19750100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  32 12 809 A1
ISD  19831000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3931 540 A1
ISD  19910400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  195 37 706 A1
ISD  19970400
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Roberts & Mercanti,L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The shrinkage of a calendered amorphous film is continuously controlled
      during the taking off from a calender, the shrinkage being measured over
      the film width and the film length with the aid of the dichroism of the
      film. For this purpose, a shrinkage measuring instrument 51 supplies
      measured data concerning shrinkage of the film to a connected
      measured-data computer 52 which is connected, on the one hand, via an
      interface to a master computer 53, and, on the other hand, to a screen
      display 54. Characteristic calibration curve parameters of different film
      types and shrinkage deviations and/or of shrinkage limits are stored in
      the master computer and are, upon request, fed into the measured-data
      computer. The measured anisotropy of the film is converted into the
      respective shrinkage by means of a calibration curve, which is based on
      the calibration curve parameters. If the shrinkage is not within the
      prescribed limits, the master computer applies signals to the actuators
      for the purpose of controlling the friction and the rotational speed
      between the last calender roll and first take-off roll, for the purpose of
      temperature control or cooling the take-off and chill rolls, for the
      purpose of controlling the rotational speeds of the take-off rolls and for
      the purpose of the temperature control of the last calender roll.
PATN
WKU  059910488
SRC  8
APN  7383606
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19961025
TTL  Surface plasmon resonance light pipe sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  46
ECL  1
EXP  Hantis; K P
NDR  13
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Karlson; Scott
CTY  Mountlake Terrace
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Yee; Sinclair S.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Johnston; Kyle
CTY  Bothell
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Jorgenson; Ralph
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  University of Washington
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  356445
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2155
FSC  356
FSS  445-448;128
FSC  385
FSS  12;13
UREF
PNO  4844613
ISD  19890700
NAM  Batchelder et al.
UREF
PNO  4889427
ISD  19891200
NAM  Van Veen et al.
UREF
PNO  4997278
ISD  19910300
NAM  Finlan et al.
UREF
PNO  5055265
ISD  19911000
NAM  Finlan
UREF
PNO  5064619
ISD  19911100
NAM  Finlan
UREF
PNO  5120131
ISD  19920600
NAM  Lukosz
UREF
PNO  5313264
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ivarsson et al.
UREF
PNO  5327225
ISD  19940700
NAM  Bender et al.
UREF
PNO  5351127
ISD  19940900
NAM  King et al.
UREF
PNO  5359681
ISD  19941000
NAM  Jorgenson et al.
UREF
PNO  5374563
ISD  19941200
NAM  Maule
UREF
PNO  5425124
ISD  19950600
NAM  McRight et al.
UREF
PNO  5474815
ISD  19951200
NAM  Sunderland
UREF
PNO  5478755
ISD  19951200
NAM  Attridge et al.
UREF
PNO  5485277
ISD  19960100
NAM  Foster
UREF
PNO  5492840
ISD  19960200
NAM  Malmqvist et al.
FREF
PNO  2174802
ISD  19861100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2186387
ISD  19870800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2247749
ISD  19920300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO88/08992
ISD  19881100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO89/07756
ISD  19890800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Bussjager, R. and Macloud, H. (1995), "The inverted surface plasmon
      resonance: further discussion," J. Modern Optics 42(7):1355-1360.
PAL  Gordon, J.G and Ernst, S. (1980), "Surface Plasmons as a Probe of the
      Electrochemical Interface," Surf. Sci. 101:499-506.
PAL  Ishimaru, A. Electromagnetic Wave Propagation, Radiation, and Scattering,
      Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ (1991) Chapter 3 pp. 43-45.
PAL  Johnston, K.S. et al (1995), "New analytical technique for characterization
      of thin films using surface plasmon resonance," Mater. Chem. Phys.
      42:242-246.
PAL  Jorgenson, R.C. and Yee, S.S. (1993) "A Fiber Optic Chemical Sensor Based
      on Surface Plasmon Resonance," Sensors and Actuators B 12:213-220.
PAL  Jorgenson, R.C. and Yee, S.S. (1994) "Control of the Dynamic Range and
      Sensitivity of a Surface Plasmon Resonance Based Fiber Optic Sensor"
      Sensors and Actuators A 43:44-48.
PAL  Jory, M.J. et al. (1994), "Development of a prototype gas sensor using
      surface plasmon resonance on gratings," Sensors and Actuators B
      17:203-209.
PAL  Jung, C. (1991), "Surface Plasmon Resonance," Master Thesis, University of
      Washington.
PAL  Jung, C. et al. (1995), "Electro-optic polymer light modulator based on
      surface plasmon resonance," Appl. Opt.34(6):946-949.
PAL  Jung, C.C. et al. (1995) "Fiber-Optic Surface Plasmon Dispersive Index
      Sensor for Highly Opaque Samples" Process Control and Quality 7:167-171.
PAL  Karlsen, S.R. et al. (1995), "Simultaneous Determination of Refractive
      Index and Absorbance Spectra of Chemical Samples Using Surface Plasmon
      Resonance," Sensors and Actuators B 24-25:747-749.
PAL  Kretschmann, E. and Raether, H. (1968) "Radiative Decay of Non-radiative
      Surface Plasmons Excited by Light" Z. Naturforsch., Teil A, 23: 2135-2136.
PAL  Kreuwel, H.J.M. et al. (1987) "Surface Plasmon Dispersion and Luminescence
      Quenching Applied to Planar Waveguide Sensors for the Measurement of
      Chemical Concentrations," Proc. SPIE 798:218-224.
PAL  Lambeck, P.V. (1992) "Integrated Opto-Chemical Sensors" Sensors and
      Actuators B 8:103-116.
PAL  Lavers, C.R. and Wilkinson, J.S. (1994), "A waveguide-coupled
      surface-plasmon sensor for an aqueous environment," Sensors and Actuators
      B 22:75-81.
PAL  Liedberg, B. et al. (1983), "Surface plasmon resonance for gas detection
      and biosensing," presented at Solid-State Transducers 83, Delft, The
      Netherlands, May 31-Jun. 3, 1983, p. 299-304.
PAL  Mar, M. et al. (1993) "In-Situ Characterization of Multilayered
      Langmuir-Blodgett Films Using a Surface Plasmon Resonance Fiber Optic
      Sensor" Proc. of the 15th Annual Conf. of the IEEE Engineering in Medicine
      and Biology Soc., San Diego, CA pp. 1551-1552.
PAL  Nelson, S.G. et al. (1996) "High Sensitivity Surface Plasmon Resonance
      Sensor Based on Phase Detection" presented at the Sixth International
      Conference on Chemical Sensors (Jul. 22-24, 1996) Washington, D.C.
PAL  Pockrand, I. et al. (1979) "Exciton-Surface Plasmon Interactions" J. Chem.
      Phys. 70:3401-3408.
PAL  Printz, M. et al. (1993), "An inverted surface plasmon resonance," J.
      Modern Optics 40 (11):2095-2104.
LREP
FRM  Greenlee, Winner & Sullivan, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides SPR sensors in which the sensing element is
      a planar lightpipe. The sensors of this invention include configurations
      which employ multiwavelength light incident on the SPR sensing area at a
      single angle or at a range of angles. Sensors of this invention also
      include configurations that employ monochromatic light at a range of
      angles. Many of the configurations of the SPR lightpipe sensors of this
      invention involve imaging of input light through the lightpipe. In one
      embodiment, the invention provides a first order SPR sensor system in
      which the sensing element is a planar lightpipe. Light coupled into the
      lightpipe reflects off an SPR sensing area positioned on an external
      surface planar surface of the lightpipe. Multiwavelength light that is
      coupled into the lightpipe input face at a range of angles propagates
      through the lightpipe by total internal reflection (TIR), making multiple
      reflections, and exits in a series of angular bands each containing
      spectral information (including SPR features)for a small range of
      incidence angles. A detector or detectors are positioned to measure the
      reflection spectrum, including any surface plasmon resonance feature, of
      one or preferably more than one of the angular bands exiting the
      lightpipe. SPR sensor configurations include those that have multiple
      sensing channels and those which can be multiplexed. This invention
      provides SPR sensors with planar lightpipe sensing elements and method of
      detecting analytes in samples using these sensors. The invention also
      provides planar lightpipe that have a plurality of SPR sensing layers on a
      planar surface.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made, at least in part, with support from the National
      Science Foundation under grant number EID-9212314. The United States
      Government has certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059910496
SRC  9
APN  1201425
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980722
TTL  Transparent substrate having rain sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Ratiff; Reginald A.
EXP  Font; Frank G.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Shuhei
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Koyama; Tadashi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsunetomo; Keiji
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Imanishi; Hideki
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nippon Sheet Glass Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970722
APN  9-195540
CLAS
OCL  356445
XCL  356328
XCL  356334
EDF  6
ICL  G01N 2155
FSC  356
FSS  388;334;328;445
UREF
PNO  3870417
ISD  19750300
NAM  Bashank
OCL  356442
UREF
PNO  5483346
ISD  19960100
NAM  Butzer
OCL  356239.1
FREF
PNO  60-216245
ISD  19851000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-163949
ISD  19870700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-509652
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-261974
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro, LLP
ABST
PAL  A front windshield 1 having a rain sensor 2 for detecting the adhesion or
      presence of water drops W upon one side surface thereof, depending upon
      variation in an amount of reflected light, wherein the rain sensor 2
      comprises: a light emitting element 7 for introducing a sensing light beam
      into the front windshield 1; a light receiving element 8 for detecting the
      light beam which is propagated by total internal reflection within the
      front windshield 1; and diffraction gratings 5, 6 formed on a surface of a
      glass substrate 4, through which the light emitting element 7 and the
      light receiving element 8 are provided on glass surface, whereby the rain
      sensor 2 is adhered on the other side surface of the front windshield 1 by
      means of an adhesive material 3 having a refractive index equivalent to
      that of the glass substrate 4.
PATN
WKU  059910500
SRC  8
APN  5141036
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19950811
TTL  System for transferring messages between input and output devices in a
      communication device
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Thomas D.
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Mathur; Sharad
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Menezes; Arul
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  VanBuskirk; Michael Robert
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Gallo; Kevin Thomas
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Microsoft Corporation
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  198364
APD  19940218
PSC  01
PNO  5499109
CLAS
OCL  358400
XCL  358407
XCL  358442
XCL  358468
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  100
FSC  358
FSS  400;401;402;403;407;434;440;442;468
UREF
PNO  3751582
ISD  19730800
NAM  Wernikoff
OCL  178  6
UREF
PNO  4970603
ISD  19901100
NAM  Kanai
OCL  358400
UREF
PNO  4994926
ISD  19910200
NAM  Gordon
OCL  358400
UREF
PNO  5041915
ISD  19910800
NAM  Hirota
OCL  358407
UREF
PNO  5142594
ISD  19920800
NAM  Sugishima
OCL  382 56
UREF
PNO  5239389
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kochis et al.
OCL  358405
UREF
PNO  5287199
ISD  19940200
NAM  Zoccolillo
OCL  358402
UREF
PNO  5341221
ISD  19940800
NAM  Mikada
OCL  358400
UREF
PNO  5392133
ISD  19950200
NAM  Nakajima
OCL  358407
FREF
PNO  0 412 461 A2
ISD  19910200
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04N  132
FREF
PNO  40 10 553 C1
ISD  19911100
CNT  DEX
ICL  H03M  730
FREF
PNO  62074366
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  100
FREF
PNO  2 154 348
ISD  19850900
CNT  GBX
ICL  H03M  700
OREF
PAL  "Tuesday. Telecompaq from Compaq," Teleconnect, May 1985, pp. 151-152.
PAL  Freiberger, P., "The Best of Both Worlds," Popular Computing, Jul. 1985,
      pp. 62-64 and pp. 128-130.
PAL  Machrone, B., "Hotlines to Hybrids," PC Magazine, May 28, 1985, pp. 34-35.
LREP
FRM  Seed and Berry LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and system for processing messages is provided. In a preferred
      embodiment of the present invention, a message scheduler, a job process,
      and a format resolution module are used. The message scheduler identifies
      when a new message is to be processed, schedules the new message for
      processing, invokes the format resolution module to determine a method of
      converting data in the message to an appropriate format for a destination
      device or file, and invokes a job process. The format resolution module
      determines an appropriate method for converting data in the message from a
      format acceptable to the source devices or files to a format acceptable to
      the destination devices or files and creates a target message containing a
      reference to a destination device or file. The job process sends the data
      between the source devices or files to a destination device or file and
      performs the appropriate conversion. The preferred embodiment of the
      present invention is designed to allow for the support of new devices and
      new data formats with little change to the existing system through the use
      of a building block methodology. Therefore, new devices and data formats
      can be supported in an easy and efficient manner.
PATN
WKU  059910518
SRC  8
APN  9381414
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970926
TTL  Image forming apparatus and image forming method
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Thomas D.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Tamagaki; Akira
CTY  Soraku-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961001
APN  8-260537
CLAS
OCL  358448
XCL  358468
XCL  358401
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  140
FSC  358
FSS  448;468;400;401;500;501
FSC  355
FSS  208
UREF
PNO  4716438
ISD  19871200
NAM  Farrell
OCL  355  6
UREF
PNO  5296896
ISD  19940300
NAM  Nishiyama et al.
OCL  355208
FREF
PNO  64-578
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-217372
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-157866
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Dike, Bronstein, Roberts & Cushman, LLP
FR2  Conlin; David G.
ABST
PAL  In an image forming apparatus of the present invention, in the case where
      an image information reading mode is set by an operation panel, image
      information recorded on a rear surface of a document is read as a master
      CPU, via slave CPUs, instructs a double-sided automatic document
      transporting device to transport the document in such a manner that the
      rear surface of the document faces a document plate. The master CPU also
      instructs the slave CPU to check whether it is possible to recognize the
      image information thus read. In the case where the image information thus
      read can be recognized, the master CPU, via the slave CPU, sets the
      contents of the image information thus read from the rear surface of the
      document as image forming conditions to be used by an image reading
      section and an image forming section, thereby permitting to simplify the
      operation of setting the image forming conditions without causing the
      deterioration of the quality of a copy image.
PATN
WKU  059910526
SRC  8
APN  8813752
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970624
TTL  Facsimile interfaced to information processing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Lamb; Twyler
EXP  Coles; Edward L.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hobo; Yoshihiro
CTY  Gifu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  430736
APD  19950428
CLAS
OCL  358457
XCL  358457
XCL  358442
XCL  358407
XCL  358404
XCL  358444
XCL  358440
XCL  358468
XCL  358408
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  140
ICL  H04N  100
ICL  H04N  132
FSC  358
FSS  442;407;404;444;440;468;402;457
UREF
PNO  4607289
ISD  19860800
NAM  Kurokawa
OCL  358440
UREF
PNO  5216517
ISD  19930600
NAM  Kinoshita et al.
OCL  358440
UREF
PNO  5459579
ISD  19951000
NAM  Hu et al.
OCL  358444
UREF
PNO  5530558
ISD  19960600
NAM  Nachman
OCL  358442
UREF
PNO  5552901
ISD  19960900
NAM  Kikuchi et al.
OCL  358468
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  A facsimile apparatus is connected to an information processing apparatus,
      such as a computer, which executes a communication protocol defined by a
      general-purpose communication application software program. The facsimile
      apparatus includes an own number memory which stores an own number, and
      determines whether or not an addressing number sent by the computer
      corresponds with the own number. When the own number and the addressing
      number do not correspond with each other, the facsimile apparatus
      transmits image data sent from the computer to another facsimile apparatus
      which is indicated by the addressing number. If the own number and the
      addressing number correspond with each other, the facsimile apparatus
      responds to the computer with dummy response information, and image data
      is sent from the computer to a printer to be printed out.
PATN
WKU  059910534
SRC  9
APN  0556815
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19980406
TTL  Facsimile machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Grant, II; Jerome
NDR  17
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Matsuo; Kohichi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mori; Toshihiro
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugimoto; Tetsuya
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shibata; Koichi
CTY  Sakai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Oyama; Masakazu
CTY  Yamatokoriyama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mita Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970415
APN  9-097538
CLAS
OCL  358468
XCL  395114
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  132
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  358
FSS  468;404;437;438;439;441;442;443;444
FSC  395
FSS  114
UREF
PNO  5357562
ISD  19941000
NAM  Metser
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5684607
ISD  19971100
NAM  Matsumoto
OCL  358442
UREF
PNO  5778198
ISD  19980700
NAM  Kadota
OCL  395286
UREF
PNO  5818609
ISD  19981000
NAM  Yamamuro
OCL  358468
ABST
PAL  This invention is directed to a facsimile machine adapted for being
      connectable with an external computer and being capable of conducting a
      certain communication operation upon receiving a command data in a certain
      command type from the externally connected computer in handshaking manner.
      The facsimile machine includes a communication interval extension means
      for extending a data communication time interval with the externally
      connected computer by a predetermined time duration; and operation control
      means for carrying out the communication operation in the extended
      communication time interval and a facsimile machine oriented operation in
      a vacant time residing in the data communication time interval when the
      facsimile machine oriented operation and the communication operation are
      commanded at the same time to perform a parallel processing of the
      communication operation and the facsimile machine oriented operation.
PATN
WKU  059910542
SRC  8
APN  8869669
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970702
TTL  Window management of a scanning machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Grant II; Jerome
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hung; Hsien-Che
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Tu; Hsin-Hung
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Mustek Systems Inc.
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  358474
XCL  358494
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  104
FSC  358
FSS  474;482;483;486;487;491;493;494;496;471;473;479
FSC  382
FSS  312;313
UREF
PNO  5005329
ISD  19910400
NAM  Schorr
OCL   52204
UREF
PNO  5065842
ISD  19911100
NAM  Nahar
OCL  186 61
UREF
PNO  5803622
ISD  19980900
NAM  Mama
OCL  399  4
LREP
FR2  Liauh; W. Wayne
ABST
PAL  A window arrangement including a scanning area in a scanner through which
      document is moved and scanned; a window mounted in the scanning area
      through which scanning light passes onto document to be scanned; a
      locating device adapted to hold the window in the scanning area; and a
      pick-up device fastened to one end of the window through which the window
      can be pulled away from the locating device out of the scanning area for a
      maintenance work.
PATN
WKU  059910550
SRC  8
APN  7179219
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960923
TTL  Underpulsed scanner with variable scan speed, P. W. M. color balance,
      scan modes and column reversal
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  Lamb; Twyler
EXP  Coles; Edward L.
NDR  18
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Haselby; Robert D.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Behrend; Curtis J.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Schmidt; Jack H.
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Samii; Morad
CTY  Poway
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  358509
XCL  358509
XCL  358505
XCL  358511
XCL  358515
XCL  382250
XCL  345340
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  146
ICL  G06K  936
FSC  358
FSS  509;505;511;515
FSC  345
FSS  340
FSC  382
FSS  250
UREF
PNO  4229095
ISD  19801000
NAM  Mir
OCL  358500
UREF
PNO  4356347
ISD  19821000
NAM  Wiener
OCL  178346
UREF
PNO  4375647
ISD  19830300
NAM  Mir
OCL  358505
UREF
PNO  4466020
ISD  19840800
NAM  O'Connell
OCL  358293
UREF
PNO  5043827
ISD  19910800
NAM  Beikirch
UREF
PNO  5368334
ISD  19941100
NAM  Christy et al.
OCL  430 97
UREF
PNO  5442188
ISD  19950800
NAM  Brimbal et al.
OCL  250566
UREF
PNO  5537229
ISD  19960700
NAM  Brandestini et al.
OCL  358362
UREF
PNO  5572630
ISD  19961100
NAM  Azuma et al.
OCL  395111
UREF
PNO  5676475
ISD  19971000
NAM  Dull
OCL  400174
UREF
PNO  5728495
ISD  19980300
NAM  Ozawa
OCL  250492.1
UREF
PNO  5744815
ISD  19980400
NAM  Gurevich et al.
OCL  250566
FREF
PNO  38070
ISD  19811000
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04N  110
ABST
PAL  Scan exposure in a row or swath scanner is controlled by pulsing light
      sources with pulses that are separated by dark intervals from each
      other--and from the detector readout periods. Detector sequencing is
      thereby made independent of the velocity of the pixel-line advance
      mechanism. Different pulse widths for different colors provide color
      correction without calculation, or regularize color-space conversion
      calculations where needed. In a swath scanner, known technology of
      printing modes is imported into the scanning context. Order of pixel
      columns within each swath is reversed for printing--permitting use of
      novel configurations such as a dual-parallel-flatbed copier in which a
      single common scan-and-advance mechanism simultaneously transports the
      scan sensor and printheads. To produce mirror images, this configuration
      is also used without column reversal. In addition to red, green and blue
      light sources, an infrared source is used for reading invisible indicia
      that identify forms or media types. The scan sensor is also used for
      auxiliary printing functions.
PATN
WKU  059910569
SRC  8
APN  7196997
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960927
TTL  Image processing apparatus for performing tonal and color matrix
      transformations
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Madeleine
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Takamori; Tetsuya
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950929
APN  7-252475
CLAS
OCL  358523
XCL  358518
EDF  6
ICL  G03F  308
FSC  358
FSS  518;515;523;524;527;529;532;534;535;444;447;520;500;530
FSC  382
FSS  162;165;167;169;172;266;254;263
FSC  345
FSS  431
UREF
PNO  4785347
ISD  19881100
NAM  Ezuka et al.
OCL  358532
UREF
PNO  5357354
ISD  19941000
NAM  Matsunawa et al.
OCL  358530
UREF
PNO  5359437
ISD  19941000
NAM  Hibi
OCL  358529
UREF
PNO  5387988
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hiratsuka et al.
OCL  358515
UREF
PNO  5552904
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ryoo et al.
OCL  358518
UREF
PNO  5581376
ISD  19961200
NAM  Harrington
OCL  358518
UREF
PNO  5636290
ISD  19970600
NAM  Kita et al.
OCL  382167
UREF
PNO  5642204
ISD  19970600
NAM  Wang
OCL  358532
UREF
PNO  5657068
ISD  19970800
NAM  Ohta
OCL  347232
UREF
PNO  5673335
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ohta et al.
OCL  382167
FREF
PNO  7288692
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  The improved image processing apparatus has a circuit for tonal and color
      matrix transformations of image which performs tonal transformation on
      image data of three primary colors and with which a 4.times.3 matrix is
      multiplied by a column matrix composed of the tone transformed image data
      so as to produce four-color image data including image data of a block
      color, and this circuit for tonal and color matrix transformations of
      image has: a lookup table in which the values of multiplication of the
      tone transformed image data, which have been obtained from the image data
      of three primary colors using nonlinear tonal transformation curves for
      the respective colors, by the elements of the matrix to be subjected to
      matrix multiplication have been written for each color in association with
      all of the image data of three primary colors; address signal generator
      which generates address signals for referencing the lookup table from the
      image data of three primary colors and color identification signals; and
      accumulator which adds the values of multiplication within the lookup
      table for each color as addressed by the address signal generated by the
      address signal generator and which repeats the addition by a predetermined
      number of times. The apparatus features a smaller circuit scale and is
      capable of precise corrections of four colors Y, M, C and K by performing
      independent nonlinear transformations on the respective colors.
PATN
WKU  059910577
SRC  8
APN  7150512
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19960917
TTL  Image transformation of a picture by using a superimmposed hologram
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Chang; Audrey
EXP  Spyrou; Cassandra
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Goldstein; Steven G.
CTY  Los Angeles
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Sony Electronics Inc.
CTY  Park Ridge
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359 32
XCL  359  1
XCL  359 24
XCL  283 86
EDF  6
ICL  G03H  122
ICL  G03H  128
ICL  G03H  100
ICL  B42D 1500
FSC  359
FSS  1;2;22;24;32
FSC  283
FSS  86;94
FSC  352
FSS  85
UREF
PNO  4573759
ISD  19860300
NAM  Swift
OCL  359 32
UREF
PNO  5184848
ISD  19930200
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  283 86
OREF
PAL  Excerpt from book entitled "Holography Marketplace 5th Edition" --Edited by
      Brian Kluepfel, Alan Rhody and Franz Ross, Oct. 1996.
LREP
FR2  Tobin; Christopher M.
FR2  Miller; Jerry A.
ABST
PAL  The present invention uses a hologram superimposed on a traditional picture
      such as a photograph or printed picture. The hologram is more viewable at
      certain angle ranges than at others. This allows the hologram image, the
      picture or a combination of both to be seen at different angles, thus
      allowing different visual effects. In a preferred embodiment a pre-made
      multi-channel hologram is superimposed over a user's portrait photograph
      taken in a photo booth. The multi-channel hologram is aligned with the
      photograph so that by varying the viewing angle of the combined picture
      and hologram an interesting, entertaining or educational effect, such as
      transforming, or "morphing," the user's face into another face or image,
      is seen. For example, a portrait photograph of the user can morph into an
      animal's face, a skeleton, a scary beast, etc. The morphing, or
      transformation, effect is easily achieved by insuring that the hologram
      image is substantially aligned with the portrait photograph. For example,
      the eyes of the user's face in the portrait photograph must match up with
      the eyes in the multi-channel hologram. The multi-channel hologram is
      affixed to the photograph to produce the device. In one embodiment, a
      "frame" in the multi-channel hologram is blank (i.e., fully transparent)
      so that the photograph can be seen without obstruction at some angle.
      Other frames show successive phases of the morph. To view the morphing
      effect, the viewer merely moves the combined photo and hologram device
      from side to side, or up and down, so that the morphing effect is observed
      as the facial image is progressively obscured by images of the
      multi-channel hologram. This creates a visual effect of having the
      photograph morph, or change, into the holographic image and vice versa.
PATN
WKU  059910585
SRC  9
APN  1781138
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19981023
TTL  Method and apparatus for a network comprising a fourier plane photonics
      package
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Sedighian; Mohammad
EXP  Chan; Jason
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Feuer; Mark D.
CTY  Colts Neck
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Ford; Joseph E.
CTY  Oakhurst
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  712530
APD  19960911
PSC  01
PNO  5857048
CLAS
OCL  359125
XCL  359125
XCL  359152
XCL  359173
XCL  359157
XCL  385 33
EDF  6
ICL  H04J 1402
ICL  H04B 1000
ICL  H04B 1002
FSC  359
FSS  125;152;173;157;167
UREF
PNO  5552918
ISD  19960900
NAM  Krug et al.
OCL  359152
UREF
PNO  5712864
ISD  19980100
NAM  Goldstein et al.
OCL  372 50
UREF
PNO  5767997
ISD  19980700
NAM  Bishop et al.
OCL  359152
UREF
PNO  5790287
ISD  19980800
NAM  Darcie et al.
OCL  359110
ABST
PAL  A photonics package, and methods for its use are disclosed. In one
      configuration, a collimating lens is disposed between a photonics device
      and a ferrule containing two optical fibers. Preferably, one of the fibers
      delivers an optical signal to the photonics device, and the other fiber
      receives an optical signal from the photonics device. The fibers within
      the dual-fiber ferrule are located off of the optical axis of the lens so
      that light emanating from the signal-delivering fiber will be imaged onto
      the photonics device at a slight angle from the normal and may be
      reflected at the same angle for coupling into the signal-receiving fiber
      Preferably, the photonics device is situated at the Fourier plane to
      facilitate coupling reflected light into the signal-receiving fiber. The
      function of the photonics package varies with the included photonics
      device. For example, the package can function as a data receiver, a data
      transmitter and a data transceiver by incorporating, respectively, a
      photodetector, an optical modulator, and a transceiver. The photonics
      package, which can be integrated in optical communications networks,
      allows for incoming and outgoing signals to be handled on separate fibers,
      obviating the need for a splitter as required in one fiber systems. A
      decrease in signal loss throughout the optical communications system can
      thus be realized.
PATN
WKU  059910593
SRC  8
APN  8441294
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970418
TTL  Marshalling in optical TDMA systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Pascal; Leslie
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Severn; John Kenneth
CTY  Devon
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Northern Telecom Limited
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960420
APN  9608234
CLAS
OCL  359152
XCL  359153
XCL  359138
XCL  359159
EDF  6
ICL  H04B 1014
ICL  H04B 1024
ICL  H04J 1408
FSC  359
FSS  152;153;161;138;159
UREF
PNO  5528596
ISD  19960600
NAM  Fisher et al.
OCL  370 95.3
FREF
PNO  0 116 304 A2
ISD  19840100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 634 742 A1
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 225 422A
ISD  19880800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 224 611A
ISD  19881100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 226 127A
ISD  19901200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Lee, Mann, Smith, McWilliams, Sweeney & Ohlson
ABST
PAL  A TDMA basestation transmitter has a monolithic concentric arrangement of
      two monitor photodiodes (14a, 14b) for use in power output regulation both
      in marshalling procedure and in normal data traffic situations where there
      are two distinct speed and sensitivity requirements to be satisfied at
      different times.
PATN
WKU  059910607
SRC  8
APN  899854&
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970724
TTL  Automatic power control for a wavelength selective EML module
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Negash; Kinfe-Michael
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Fishman; Daniel A.
CTY  Lakewood
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Koch; Thomas Lawson
CTY  Holmdel
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Koren; Uziel
CTY  Fair Haven
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359187
XCL  359110
EDF  6
ICL  H04B 1004
FSC  359
FSS  110;187;160;173
FSC  372
FSS  26;29
UREF
PNO  5325225
ISD  19940600
NAM  Suzaki et al
OCL  359187
UREF
PNO  5706117
ISD  19980100
NAM  Imai et al.
OCL  359187
ABST
PAL  The invention is directed to an optical transmission system employing an
      electro-absorption modulator operative that absorbs energy from light
      received from a source of light and modulates the received light with
      information signals received from a source of information and outputs the
      modulated light signal to an optical transmission line, and employing
      apparatus that controls the level of light signals provided by the source
      as a function of a control signal having a level proportional to the level
      of the absorbed energy.
PATN
WKU  059910615
SRC  8
APN  954576&
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971020
TTL  Laser transmitter for reduced SBS
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Negash; Kinfe-Michael
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Adams; Laura Ellen
CTY  Basking Ridge
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Bethea; Clyde George
CTY  Franklin
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Eskildsen; Lars Erik
CTY  Lyngby
CNT  DKX
INVT
NAM  Nykolak; Gerald
CTY  Long Beach Long Island
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  People; Roosevelt
CTY  Plainfield
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Tanbun-Ek; Tawee
CTY  Califon
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359188
XCL  359180
XCL  372 96
XCL  385 14
EDF  6
ICL  H04B 1001
ICL  H04B 1012
ICL  H01S  308
FSC  359
FSS  180;173;188
FSC  372
FSS  96
FSC  385
FSS  14
UREF
PNO  5329396
ISD  19940700
NAM  Fishman et al.
OCL  359173
UREF
PNO  5359450
ISD  19941000
NAM  Ramachandran et al.
OCL  359188
UREF
PNO  5420868
ISD  19950500
NAM  Chraplyvy et al.
OCL  370122
UREF
PNO  5473625
ISD  19951200
NAM  Hansen et al.
OCL  372 96
UREF
PNO  5477368
ISD  19951200
NAM  Eskildsen et al.
OCL  359188
UREF
PNO  5566381
ISD  19961000
NAM  Korotky
OCL  359183
UREF
PNO  5606573
ISD  19970200
NAM  Tsang
OCL  372 96
FREF
PNO  0169567
ISD  19860100
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01S  310
FREF
PNO  0189252
ISD  19860700
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01S  3103
FREF
PNO  762577A1
ISD  19970300
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01S  3103
FREF
PNO  2309607
ISD  19970700
CNT  GBX
ICL  H01S 1018
OREF
PAL  T. Tanbun-Ek et al., Broad-Band Tunable Electroabsorption . . . , IEEE J.
      of Selected Topics in Quantum Electr., vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 960-966 (Jun.,
      1997).
PAL  G. C. Wilson et al., Predistortion of Electroabsorption Modulators for
      Analog . . . , vol. 15, No. 9, pp. 1654-1661 (Sep. 1997).
PAL  J. Salzman et al., Distributed Feedback Lasers with an S-Bent Waveguide . .
      . , IEEE J. of Selected Topics in Quantum Electr., vol. 1, No. 2, p.
      346-355 (Jun., 1995).
PAL  H. Nakajima et al., Very high speed wavelength switching capability
      Franz-Keldysh electroabsorption DFB lasers, OFC '96 Technical Digest, p.
      276 (1996).
PAL  T. Numai, 1.5-.beta.m Wavelength Tunable Phase-shift Controlled Distributed
      Feedback Laser, J. Lightwave Tech., vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 199-205 (1992)
PAL  W.T. Tsang et al., Control of Lasing Wavelength in Distributed Feedback
      Laser by Angling the Active Stripe with Respect to the Grating, IEEE
      Photonics Tech. Lett., vol. 5, No. 9, pp. 978-980 (1993).
PAL  H. Nakajima et al., Absorption-controlled tunable DFB amplifier-filters,
      Electronic Lett., vol. 30, No. 16, pp. 1294-1296 (1994).
PAL  H. Hillmer et al., Tailored DFB Laser Properties by Individually Chirped
      Gratings Using Bent Waveguides, IEEE J. Selected Topics in Quantum
      Electronics, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 356-362 (1995).
PAL  H. Nakajima et al., Very high speed wavelength switching capability
      Franz-Keldysh electroabsorption DFB lasers, OFC '96 Technical Digest, p.
      276 (1996).
PAL  L. E. Adams et al., System Performance of High-Speed Broadband-Tunable
      Laser for Wavelength Conversion in WDM Networks, OFC '97, Postdeadline
      Paper No. PD11, pp. 1-4 (1997).
PAL  T. Tanbum-Ek et al., Tunable Electroabsorption Modulated Laser Integrated
      with a Bent Waveguide Distributed-Feedback Laser, IEEE Photonics Tech.
      Lett., vol. 9, No. 5, pp. 563-565(1997).
PAL  P.B. Hansen et al., SBS suppression using temperature wavelength-modulated
      laser diode with low residual AM, OFC '96 Technical Digest, Paper FR4, pp.
      302-303 (1996).
PAL  T. Franck et al., Experimental Verification of SBS Suppression by Duobinary
      Modulation, ECOC 97, Conference Publication No. 448, pp. 71-74 (Sep.
      22-25, 1997).
PAL  T. Franck et al., Novel Duobinary Transmitter, ECOC 97, Conference
      Publication No. 448, pp. 67-70 (Sep. 22-25, 1997).
LREP
FR2  Pacher; Eugen E.
ABST
PAL  A tunable semiconductor laser comprises a gain section having an MQW active
      region, a uniform pitch grating DFB region, and first waveguide. A
      composite reflector, including a second MQW region and a second waveguide,
      forms a cavity resonator with the DFB region. A tuning voltage applied to
      the composite reflector induces refractive index changes, thereby allowing
      the center wavelength to be altered. A dither signal applied the composite
      reflector broadens the spectrum of the laser output, thereby reducing SBS
      in fiber optic systems.
PATN
WKU  059910623
SRC  8
APN  8984840
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970722
TTL  Method and device for obtaining error signals for spatial beam
      regulation of an optical coherent receiver
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  4
EXP  Negash; Kinfe-Michael
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Fischer; Edgar
CTY  Mullheim Dorf
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Wandernoth; Bernhard
CTY  Kirchberg
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Oerlikon Contraves AG
CTY  Zurich
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19960922
APN  2307/96
CLAS
OCL  359191
XCL  359190
EDF  6
ICL  H04B 1006
FSC  359
FSS  159;162;190-191;326
UREF
PNO  4723317
ISD  19880200
NAM  Glance
OCL  359191
UREF
PNO  5007106
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kahn et al.
OCL  359190
UREF
PNO  5030004
ISD  19910700
NAM  Grant et al.
OCL  356153
FREF
PNO  0642236
ISD  19950300
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  M. Wittig et al., "I-Orbit Measurements of Microaccelerations of ESA's
      Communication Satellite Olympus", SPIE Proceedings, vol. 1218, pp.
      205-214, 1990.
PAL  W. Hayden et al., "Wide-Band Precision Two-Axis Beam Steerer Tracking Servo
      Design and Teset Results", SPIE Proceedings, vol. 1866, pp. 271-279m 1993.
PAL  Eric A. Swanson et al., "Heterodyne Spatial Tracking System for Optical
      Space Communication", IEEE Transactions on Communications, vol. 34, No. 2,
      pp. 118-126, Feb., 1986.
PAL  Martin F. Hueber et al., "Heterodyne Acquisition and Tracking in a Free
      Space Diode Laser Link", Free Space Communication Technologies III, 1-10,
      pp. 233-239, Jan. 21-22, 1991.
PAL  Jackie S. C. Fung, "A Novel Angular Discriminator for Spatial Tracking in
      Free-Space Laser Communications", Free-Space Laser Communication
      Technologies III, vol. 1417, pp. 224-232, Jan. 21-22, 1991.
PAL  T.C. Strand et al., "Aberration Limits for Annular Gaussian Beams for
      Optical Storage", Applied Optics, vol. 33, No. 16, pp. 3533-3539, Jun. 1,
      1994.
LREP
FRM  Browdy And Neimark
ABST
PAL  In connection with a method and a device for the control of the optical
      alignment of two lightwaves in the course of a coherent superimposed
      reception a spatial beam regulation is achieved in that the light of a
      local laser (5) is superimposed on the received light (1), that then the
      signal obtained in this manner is divided into two identical beam portions
      (1A, 1B) by means of a beam splitter (2) and that a respective error
      signal (14, 16) is generated from the two portions by means of a
      respective detector arrangement (3, 4), so that the two error signal
      portions result in a spatial error signal. The original data signal (15)
      is again obtained by the addition with the correct signs of the error
      signal portions.
PATN
WKU  059910631
SRC  8
APN  8448736
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970422
TTL  Optical scanning device
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Schuberg; Darren E.
EXP  Spyrou; Cassandra
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Ando; Toshinori
CTY  Inagi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960422
APN  8-124020
CLAS
OCL  359204
XCL  347241
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 2608
FSC  359
FSS  204
FSC  347
FSS  233;236;241
UREF
PNO  4812861
ISD  19890300
NAM  Sasaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5233188
ISD  19930800
NAM  Arimoto et al.
OCL  359214
UREF
PNO  5276463
ISD  19940100
NAM  Andrews
UREF
PNO  5295148
ISD  19940300
NAM  Mori et al.
OCL  372 46
UREF
PNO  5371526
ISD  19941200
NAM  Appel et al.
UREF
PNO  5805199
ISD  19980900
NAM  Aoki
OCL  359204
FREF
PNO  0 464 556
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 697 782
ISD  19960200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  61-118716
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-227667
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-68915
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An optical scanning device includes a light source having a plurality of
      light-emitting portions, a deflector for deflecting a plurality of light
      beams emitted by the light source, optical elements for guiding the
      plurality of light beams emitted by the light source toward the deflector
      and an imaging element for guiding the plurality of light beams deflected
      by the deflector onto a surface to be scanned. A polarization limiting
      element is inserted in an optical path between the light source and the
      deflector so as to limit directions of polarization of the plurality of
      light beams.
PATN
WKU  059910640
SRC  8
APN  8793700
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970620
TTL  Thin film actuated mirror array and a method for the manufacture thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Lester; Evelyn A.
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  10
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Kim; Hwa-Nyeon
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Daewoo Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960629
APN  96-26154
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960629
APN  96-26155
CLAS
OCL  359224
XCL  359291
XCL  359292
XCL  359849
XCL  359846
XCL  359872
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 2608
ICL  G02B  7182
FSC  359
FSS  290-292;223;224;849;846;872
UREF
PNO  5627673
ISD  19970500
NAM  Min
OCL  359290
UREF
PNO  5636051
ISD  19970600
NAM  Lim
OCL  359290
UREF
PNO  5636070
ISD  19970600
NAM  Ji et al.
OCL  359855
UREF
PNO  5757539
ISD  19980500
NAM  Min
OCL  359290
FREF
PNO  0 712 020
ISD  19960500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0712021
ISD  19960500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0718658
ISD  19960600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2308460
ISD  19970600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  An array of M.times.N thin film actuated mirrors for use in an optical
      projection system, the array comprises an active matrix including a
      substrate and an array of M.times.N connecting terminals and an array of
      M.times.N actuating structures. Each of the actuating mirror structures
      includes a first thin film electrode, a barrier member, a thin film
      electrodisplacive member, a second thin film electrode and an elastic
      member. In order to improve mirror morphology and improve the adhesivity
      between thin films, the barrier layer is placed on top of the thin film
      electrodisplacive layer and the top surface of second thin film layer is
      ion-damaged by using an ion beam, respectively.
PATN
WKU  059910658
SRC  8
APN  763174&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19961210
TTL  Addressable electro-optic modulator with periodically poled domain
      regions
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Kim; Robert H.
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Nutt; Alan C. G.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Gupta; Mool C.
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359245
XCL  359251
XCL  359252
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  103
FSC  359
FSS  251;252;254;755;321;322;245
UREF
PNO  4281904
ISD  19810800
NAM  Sprague et al.
OCL  350356
UREF
PNO  5193023
ISD  19930300
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  359251
OREF
PAL  Bulmer et al, "Linear Interferometric Modulators in Ti:LiNbO.sub.3 ",
      Journal of Lightwave Technology, vol. LT-2, No. 4, Aug. 1984.
PAL  Davis et al, Nonlinear Frequency Generation and Conversion, SPIE, vol.
      2700, Jan., 1996.
PAL  C. Baron, H. Cheng, and M.C. Gupta, "Domain inversion in LiTaO.sub.3 and
      LiNbO.sub.3 by electric field application on chemically patterned
      crystals," Appl. Phys. Lett. 68 (4), 1996.
LREP
FR2  Owens; Raymond L.
ABST
PAL  An electro-optic modulator is described which uses periodic inverted domain
      regions to permit it to be able to handle high powered optical light.
PATN
WKU  059910666
SRC  9
APN  1726137
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19981015
TTL  Membrane-actuated charge controlled mirror
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXA  Burke; Margaret
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Robinson; William P.
CTY  Thousand Oaks
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Little; Michael J.
CTY  Woodland Hills
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Gifford; Eric A.
CTY  Newbury Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  MEMSolutions, Inc.
CTY  Westlake Village
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359293
XCL  359291
XCL  359292
XCL  359298
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 2608
ICL  G02B 2602
FSC  359
FSS  223;224;290;291;292;293;295;298
FSC  348
FSS  770;771
UREF
PNO  2681380
ISD  19540600
NAM  Orthuber
OCL  178  5.4
UREF
PNO  2682010
ISD  19540600
NAM  Orthuber
OCL  315  8
UREF
PNO  2733501
ISD  19560200
NAM  Orthuber et al.
OCL   29 25.17
UREF
PNO  3517126
ISD  19700600
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  178  7.5
UREF
PNO  3600798
ISD  19710800
NAM  Lee
OCL   29592
UREF
PNO  3678196
ISD  19720700
NAM  Roth
OCL  178  7.5D
UREF
PNO  3746785
ISD  19730700
NAM  Goodrich
OCL  359291
UREF
PNO  3746911
ISD  19730700
NAM  Nathanson et al.
OCL  315 21R
UREF
PNO  3886310
ISD  19750500
NAM  Guldberg et al.
OCL  178  7.5D
UREF
PNO  3896338
ISD  19750700
NAM  Nathanson et al.
OCL  315373
UREF
PNO  4229732
ISD  19801000
NAM  Hartstein et al.
OCL  340378
UREF
PNO  4387964
ISD  19830600
NAM  Arrazola et al.
OCL  350331R
UREF
PNO  4441791
ISD  19840400
NAM  Hornbeck
OCL  350360
UREF
PNO  4592628
ISD  19860600
NAM  Altman et al.
OCL  350486
UREF
PNO  4615595
ISD  19861000
NAM  Hornbeck
OCL  353122
UREF
PNO  4680579
ISD  19870700
NAM  Ott
OCL  340783
UREF
PNO  4698602
ISD  19871000
NAM  Armitage
OCL  332  7.51
UREF
PNO  4710732
ISD  19871200
NAM  Hornbeck
OCL  332  7.51
UREF
PNO  4728174
ISD  19880300
NAM  Grinberg et al.
OCL  350334
UREF
PNO  4744636
ISD  19880500
NAM  Haven et al.
OCL  350331R
UREF
PNO  4765717
ISD  19880800
NAM  Buzak et al.
OCL  350331R
UREF
PNO  4784883
ISD  19881100
NAM  Chitwood et al.
OCL  428  1
UREF
PNO  4786149
ISD  19881100
NAM  Hoenig et al.
OCL  350356
UREF
PNO  4805038
ISD  19890200
NAM  Seligson
OCL  358296
UREF
PNO  4826293
ISD  19890500
NAM  Grinberg et al.
OCL  350331R
UREF
PNO  4884874
ISD  19891200
NAM  Buzak et al.
OCL  350336
UREF
PNO  4956619
ISD  19900900
NAM  Hornbeck
OCL  330  4.3
UREF
PNO  5083857
ISD  19920100
NAM  Hornbeck
OCL  359291
UREF
PNO  5085497
ISD  19920200
NAM  Um et al.
OCL  359848
UREF
PNO  5142405
ISD  19920800
NAM  Hornbeck
OCL  359226
UREF
PNO  5172262
ISD  19921200
NAM  Hornbeck
OCL  359223
UREF
PNO  5196767
ISD  19930300
NAM  Leard et al.
OCL  315349
UREF
PNO  5280277
ISD  19940100
NAM  Hornbeck
OCL  345108
UREF
PNO  5287215
ISD  19940200
NAM  Warde et al.
OCL  359293
UREF
PNO  5416514
ISD  19950500
NAM  Janssen et al.
OCL  348196
UREF
PNO  5442414
ISD  19950800
NAM  Janssen et al.
OCL  353 98
UREF
PNO  5444566
ISD  19950800
NAM  Gale et al.
OCL  359291
UREF
PNO  5448314
ISD  19950900
NAM  Heimbuch et al.
OCL  348743
UREF
PNO  5452024
ISD  19950900
NAM  Sampsell
OCL  348755
UREF
PNO  5471341
ISD  19951100
NAM  Warde et al.
OCL  359293
UREF
PNO  5493439
ISD  19960200
NAM  Engle
OCL  359292
UREF
PNO  5504614
ISD  19960400
NAM  Webb et al.
OCL  359223
UREF
PNO  5508738
ISD  19960400
NAM  Janssen et al.
OCL  348196
UREF
PNO  5535047
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hornbeck
OCL  359295
UREF
PNO  5552925
ISD  19960900
NAM  Worley
OCL  359230
UREF
PNO  5557177
ISD  19960900
NAM  Engle
OCL  315366
UREF
PNO  5567334
ISD  19961000
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  216 24
UREF
PNO  5579151
ISD  19961100
NAM  Cho
OCL  359291
UREF
PNO  5600383
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hornbeck
OCL  348771
UREF
PNO  5631782
ISD  19970500
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  359871
UREF
PNO  5636070
ISD  19970600
NAM  Ji et al.
OCL  359855
UREF
PNO  5650881
ISD  19970700
NAM  Hornbeck
OCL  359871
UREF
PNO  5669687
ISD  19970900
NAM  Yang
OCL  353 98
UREF
PNO  5677784
ISD  19971000
NAM  Harris
OCL  359290
UREF
PNO  5706061
ISD  19980100
NAM  Marshall et al.
OCL  348743
UREF
PNO  5768009
ISD  19980600
NAM  Little
OCL  359293
UREF
PNO  5774196
ISD  19980600
NAM  Marshall
OCL  348743
UREF
PNO  5822110
ISD  19981000
NAM  Dabbaj
OCL  359293
UREF
PNO  5926309
ISD  19990700
NAM  Little
OCL  359293
OREF
PAL  Sang-Gook Kim, et al., "Actuated Mirror Array-13 A New Chip-based Display
      Device for the Ldarge Screen Display," SID Asia Display 1998.
PAL  S. Newman, et al., "Development of a 5.1 Inch Field Emission Display,"
      Motorola Flat Panel Display Division, SID 1998.
PAL  Lawrence Dworsky, et al., "Field Emission Display Technology and
      Applications," Motorola Flat Panel Display Division, SID 1998.
PAL  B. Chalamala et al., "FED up with Fat Tubes," IEEE Spectrum, vol. 35, No.
      4, pp. 41-51; Apr. 1998.
PAL  Robert T. Smith, "Electronics Development for Field-Emission Displays,"
      Society for Information Display, SID 1998.
PAL  S.T. deZwart et al., "Basic Principles of a New Thin Flat CRT," SID Digest,
      pp. 239-242; 1997.
PAL  A.R. Knox et al., "A Flat-Panel CRT with a Permanent Magnet Aperture
      Plate," SID Digest, pp. 251-254; 1997.
PAL  E. Yamaguchi, et al., "A 10-in. Surface-Conduction Electron-Emitter
      Display," SID Digest, pp. 52-55, 1997.
PAL  C.J. Spindt et al., "ThinCRT.TM. Flat-Panel-Display Construction and
      Operating Characteristics," SID Digest, pp. 99-102; 1998.
PAL  J.A. van Raalte, "A New Schlieren Light Valve for Television Projection,"
      Applied Optics vol. 9, No. 10, (Oct. 1970), p. 2225.
PAL  R. Noel Thomas et al., "The Mirror-Matrix Tube: A Novel Light Valve for
      Projection Displays," IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, vol. ED-22,
      No. 9, Sep. 1975, p. 765.
LREP
FRM  Fleshner & Kim
ABST
PAL  An electrostatically actuated micromirror light modulator that exhibits
      increased deflection range, better charge efficiency and improved
      electrostatic stability. A thin insulating membrane decouples the electron
      beam from the micromirror array inside the vacuum cell. The membrane is
      just thick enough to stop the incident electrons from penetrating through
      to the mirrors but is thin enough to maintain resolution of the deposited
      charge pattern. An equipotential layer beneath the mirror array prevents
      any attractive force from being developed due to the accumulation of
      static charge on the surface of the light modulator that may otherwise
      cause the mirror to snap-over and become stuck to the substrate.
PATN
WKU  059910674
SRC  8
APN  922565&
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970903
TTL  Optical waveguide substrate, optical waveguide device, second harmonic
      generation device, and process of producing optical waveguide substrate
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  6
EXP  Lee; John D.
NDR  10
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Minakata; Makoto
CTY  Hamamatsu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawaguchi; Tatsuo
CTY  Motosu-Gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Imaeda; Minoru
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NGK Insulators, Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960906
APN  8-236246
CLAS
OCL  359332
XCL  359328
XCL  385122
XCL  385132
EDF  6
ICL  G02F  137
FSC  385
FSS  122;129-132
FSC  359
FSS  326;328;332
UREF
PNO  5172385
ISD  19921200
NAM  Forrest et al.
XCL  385130
UREF
PNO  5274727
ISD  19931200
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  385122
UREF
PNO  5333231
ISD  19940700
NAM  Fukuda et al.
OCL  385122
UREF
PNO  5363462
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hung et al.
OCL  385122
UREF
PNO  5866200
ISD  19990200
NAM  Yoshino et al.
OCL  427163.2
FREF
PNO  0 699 934
ISD  19960300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 707 096
ISD  19960400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 803 747
ISD  19971000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 816 880
ISD  19980100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4-123018
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-317718
ISD  19941100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "Ridge Type Optical Waveguide", OQE77-57, Oct. 24, 1977, Institute of
      Electronics, Japanese w/no translation.
LREP
FRM  Wall Marjama Bilinski & Burr
ABST
PAL  An optical waveguide substrate having a substrate made of ferroelectric
      optical single crystal and a ridge portion projected from a main plane of
      the substrate, has a construction such that the ridge portion has a base
      portion made of ferroelectric optical single crystal and an optical
      waveguide formed on the base portion. The optical waveguide substrate is
      formed by forming at least one optical waveguide layer on a main plane of
      a substrate made of ferroelectric optical single crystal, and mechanically
      working main planes of the optical waveguide layer and the substrate to
      form a ridge portion projected from the main plane of the substrate. The
      optical waveguide substrate can reduce a light transmission loss, increase
      an extinction ratio, and improve an electric field applying efficiency.
PATN
WKU  059910682
SRC  8
APN  6930492
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19961021
TTL  Gain controlled optical fibre amplifier
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Moskowitz; Nelson
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Massicott; Jennifer
CTY  Suffolk
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Wyatt; Richard
CTY  Suffolk
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  British Telecommunications public limited company
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19940218
APN  94301184
CLAS
OCL  359337
XCL  359341
XCL  359346
XCL  372  6
XCL  372 33
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  306
FSC  359
FSS  337;341;346
FSC  372
FSS  6;33
UREF
PNO  5088095
ISD  19920200
NAM  Zirngibl
UREF
PNO  5128800
ISD  19920700
NAM  Zirngibl
UREF
PNO  5155780
ISD  19921000
NAM  Zirngibl
UREF
PNO  5239607
ISD  19930800
NAM  da Silva et al.
FREF
PNO  0497491A2
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0519648A2
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9522847
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Gain Control in Erbium-Doped Fibre Amplifiers by Lasing at 1480nm with
      Photoinduced Bragg Gratings Written on Fibre Ends", Delevaque et al,
      Electronics Letters, Jun. 10, 1993, vol. 29 No. 12.
PAL  "Automatic Optical Loss Compenstion with Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier",
      Okamura, Journal of Lightwave Technology, Aug. 10, 1992, No. 8.
PAL  "Wavelength Flattened Saturated Erbium Amplifier using Multiple Side-Tap
      Bragg Gratings", Kashyap, Wyatt and McKee, Electronics Letters, May 27,
      1993, vol. 29, No. 11.
PAL  High Output Power from an Efficient Praseodymium-Doped Fluoride Fiber
      Amplifier, Whitley, Wyatt, Szebesta and Davey, IEEE Photonoics Technology
      Letters Apr. 5, 1993, No. 4.
PAL  "1480nm Pumped Erbium Doped Fibre Amplifier with all Optical Automatic Gain
      Control", Massicott et al, Electronics Letters, Jun. 9, 1994, vol. 30, No.
      12.
PAL  "Gain Control in Erbium-Doped Fibre Amplifiers by an All-Optical Feedback
      Loop", Zirngibl, Electronics Letters Mar. 28, 1991, vol. 27, No. 7.
PAL  "All-Optical Remote Gain Switching in Er-Doped Fibre Amplifiers", Zirngibl,
      Electronics Letters Jun. 20, 1991, vol. 27, No. 13.
PAL  "An Optical Power Equalizer Based on One Er-Doped Fiber Amplifier",
      Zirngibl, IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol. 4, No. 4, Apr. 1992.
PAL  Massicott et al, OSA Trends in Optics and Photonics, vol. 5, pp. 97-100,
      Jul. 13, 1996; abst. only herewith.
PAL  Massicott et al, Electronics Letters, vol. 32, #9, pp. 816-817, Apr. 25,
      1996; abst. only herewith.
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB95/00346
PD1  19961021
PD2  19961021
PD3  19950220
PCP  WO95/22847
PCD  19950824
ABST
PAR  In a gain-controlled erbium-doped optical amplifier, gain control is
      achieved by clamping the gain of a laser cavity to be equal to the overall
      cavity loss and by fixing the resonant wavelength of the amplifier to be
      at a first wavelength. When an optical signal to be amplified having a
      second wavelength different from the first wavelength passes through the
      amplifier the gain experienced by the signal depends entirely on the gain
      of the cavity, and not on the intensity of the signal. If the first
      wavelength is arranged to be at the peak of the sum of the absorption and
      emission cross sections of erbium, the amplifier exhibits minimum
      sensitivity to ambient changes in temperature.
PATN
WKU  059910690
SRC  9
APN  0105988
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980122
TTL  Split-pumped dual stage optical fiber amplifier
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Moskowitz; Nelson
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Jander; Ralph Brian
CTY  Freehold
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Tyco Submarine Systems, Ltd.
CTY  Morristown
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359337
XCL  359134
XCL  359160
XCL  359341
XCL  372  6
XCL  372 71
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  626
ICL  H01L 1500
ICL  H01S  330
FSC  359
FSS  134;160;341;345;337
FSC  372
FSS  6;71
UREF
PNO  5050949
ISD  19910900
NAM  DiGiovanni et al.
OCL  359341
UREF
PNO  5392154
ISD  19950200
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  359341
UREF
PNO  5406411
ISD  19950400
NAM  Button et al.
OCL  359341
UREF
PNO  5506723
ISD  19960400
NAM  Junginger
OCL  359341
UREF
PNO  5608571
ISD  19970300
NAM  Epworth et al.
OCL  359341
UREF
PNO  5673280
ISD  19970900
NAM  Grubb et al.
OCL  372  6
FREF
PNO  387075
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A dual-stage doped fiber amplifier is provided which utilizes a single pump
      laser and a passive power splitter to pump both amplifier stages. The
      passive splitter couples a first portion of the power output of the single
      pump laser to a first stage amplifier and a second portion of the pump
      power to the second stage. In this manner, the performance characteristics
      of the amplifier can be controlled by utilizing a single pump source.
PATN
WKU  059910704
SRC  8
APN  9704930
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971114
TTL  Optical amplifier with oscillating pump energy
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Moskowitz; Nelson
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Zanoni; Raymond
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Waarts; Robert
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  SDL, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359341
XCL  359160
XCL  359342
XCL  359345
XCL  372 72
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  3091
ICL  H01S  3094
ICL  G02B  626
FSC  359
FSS  134;160;341;342;345
FSC  372
FSS  6;72
UREF
PNO  4173001
ISD  19791000
NAM  Frosch
OCL  359337
UREF
PNO  5050183
ISD  19910900
NAM  Duling, III
OCL  372 94
UREF
PNO  5140456
ISD  19920800
NAM  Huber
OCL  359341
UREF
PNO  5263036
ISD  19931100
NAM  De Bernardi et al.
OCL  372  6
UREF
PNO  5473622
ISD  19951200
NAM  Grubb
OCL  372  6
UREF
PNO  5497265
ISD  19960300
NAM  Fontana et al.
OCL  359341
UREF
PNO  5506723
ISD  19960400
NAM  Junginger
OCL  359341
UREF
PNO  5563733
ISD  19961000
NAM  Mitsuda et al.
OCL  359341
UREF
PNO  5621749
ISD  19970400
NAM  Boney
OCL  372  6
UREF
PNO  5677920
ISD  19971000
NAM  Waarts et al.
OCL  372  6
OREF
PAL  O plus B, #113, pp. 75-82, 1989.
LREP
FRM  Kudirka & Jobse, LLP
ABST
PAL  An optical amplifier uses a gain medium pumped with pump energy of a first
      wavelength that oscillates through the gain medium. In one embodiment, the
      pumping is essentially a cavity resonator that is coupled to either end of
      the gain medium such that oscillating pump energy passes through the gain
      medium as it reflects back and forth between the ends of the cavity.
      Highly reflective gratings may be used to maintain the oscillation of the
      pump energy, and a pump energy source, such as pumped doped optical fiber,
      is coupled to at least one of the gratings. In another embodiment, the
      pump source consists of multiple reflectors used at each end, and
      independent pump sources each having a slightly different wavelength
      within the absorption spectrum of the amplifier are coupled together, such
      that two pump wavelengths are simultaneously oscillated through the gain
      medium. In yet another embodiment of the invention, the reflective
      gratings are integrated directly into a portion of the pathway through
      which the signal to be amplified passes. This embodiment uses a pump
      source that causes generation of the pump energy in the gain medium which,
      in turn, provides amplification of the optical signal. A two-pass
      embodiment is also shown in which the optical signal enters and exits from
      the same end of the amplifier gain medium. An optical circulator may be
      used to provide unidirectional porting of the input and output signals to
      the gain medium.
PATN
WKU  059910712
SRC  9
APN  1619853
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980929
TTL  Active optical fiber and optical fiber amplifier
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Hellner; Mark
NDR  17
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Naito; Takao
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980427
APN  10-117042
CLAS
OCL  359341
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  300
FSC  359
FSS  341
FSC  372
FSS  6
UREF
PNO  5563732
ISD  19961000
NAM  Erdogan et al.
OCL  359341
UREF
PNO  5640268
ISD  19970600
NAM  Chesnoy
OCL  359341
UREF
PNO  5712715
ISD  19980100
NAM  Erdogan et al.
OCL  359341
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey
ABST
PAL  The present invention aims at providing an optical fiber amplifier in which
      a pumping light is rendered to make two or more reciprocations within an
      active optical fiber so as to enhance a conversion efficiency of power of
      pumping light thereby realizing further high-powerization. To this end,
      the present optical fiber amplifier is constituted of: a pumping light
      generating part for generating, based on a signal from an oscillator, the
      pumping light of which central wavelength is periodically varied; a
      multiplexer for multiplexing the pumping light and the signal light; an
      optical filter of central transmission wavelength variable type, which is
      coupled to one end of the active optical fiber, and has a transmission
      wavelength band narrower than a wavelength variation range of the pumping
      light, in which the central transmission wavelength of the transmission
      wavelength band is varied consistently with the central wavelength of the
      pumping light, based on a signal from a modulation circuit; and an optical
      reflector, which is coupled to the other end of the active optical fiber,
      and which reflects the pumping light and transmits the signal light.
PATN
WKU  059910720
SRC  8
APN  7884931
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970128
TTL  Light filtering lens film
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Schuberg; Darren E.
EXP  Spyrou; Cassandra
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Solyntjes; Alan J.
CTY  Richfield
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Fabin; Frank J.
CTY  Eagan
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  3M Innovation Properties Company
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359361
XCL  359350
XCL  359360
XCL  351 44
XCL    2  8
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  520
ICL  F21V  906
FSC  359
FSS  350;359;360;361
FSC  351
FSS  44;45;47
FSC    2
FSS  8;427;431
UREF
PNO  1176313
ISD  19160300
NAM  Pfund
OCL  359360
UREF
PNO  3112490
ISD  19631200
NAM  Malcom, Jr.
OCL  359361
UREF
PNO  3398040
ISD  19680800
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  359360
UREF
PNO  3681179
ISD  19720800
NAM  Theissen
UREF
PNO  3718533
ISD  19730200
NAM  Shibata
OCL  359360
UREF
PNO  3868727
ISD  19750300
NAM  Paschall
UREF
PNO  3891486
ISD  19750600
NAM  Willdorf
OCL  359360
UREF
PNO  4169655
ISD  19791000
NAM  Jacobson
UREF
PNO  4373212
ISD  19830200
NAM  West
UREF
PNO  4707860
ISD  19871100
NAM  Holmstrom
UREF
PNO  5118540
ISD  19920600
NAM  Hutchison
OCL  359360
UREF
PNO  5170501
ISD  19921200
NAM  White
OCL    2  8
FREF
PNO  0 597 391 A1
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  08133792
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 162 960
ISD  19860200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 198 547
ISD  19880600
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Product information, "A Weldor Who Can See More Can Do More," Omni-View.TM.
      gold-plated welding filter plates by Gentex, Gentex Corporation, 1975.
PAL  Product information, "What You See is What You Weld. . .In Color,"
      Gentex.RTM. Omni-View, Gentex Corporation, 1977.
PAL  American Society of Safety Engineers, American National Standard Practice
      for Occupational and Educational Eye and Face Protection, American
      National Standards Institute, Inc., Feb. 2, 1989,.
PAL  Product information guide, "AOTUFFMASTER.TM. Faceshield/Headgear System,"
      Cabot Safety Corporation, 1992.
PAL  3M Product Performance Guide for Scotchtint.TM. and Scotchtint.TM. Plus
      Window Films, 3M Construction Markets Division, 1994.
PAL  Product information, "ELVEX.RTM. Specialty Face Protection," Elvex
      Corporation.
PAL  Product information guide, Chemgard.RTM. Faceshield Frames, Universal
      Visors, Noisefoe.RTM. Mark V. Ear Cup Kit for Slotted V-Gard Caps and
      Noisefoe.RTM. Mark IV Ear Cup Kit for Non-Slotted V-Gard Hats.
LREP
FR2  Rogers; James A.
ABST
PAL  A lens film is used in filtering visible, infrared, and ultraviolet light.
      The lens film has one or more metallized layers stacked together. Each
      metallized layer has a substrate with a metal coating covering one face of
      the substrate. One or more protecting layers are disposed over the stack
      of metallized layers to provide protection film. The lens film also has an
      ultraviolet absorbing material, such as an ultraviolet absorbing binder or
      substrate material. The lens film can be configured so that it meets the
      American National Standards Institute's shade standards for protection
      from harmful or intense light. The lens film can be mounted on a lens of
      an eye protection device. One method of mounting the lens is to provide an
      adhesive layer over a portion of the lens film and then binding the lens
      film to the lens with the adhesive layer.
PATN
WKU  059910739
SRC  8
APN  7880359
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970123
TTL  Autostereoscopic display including a viewing window that may receive
      black view data
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXP  Henry; Jon
NDR  48
NFG  51
INVT
NAM  Woodgate; Graham John
CTY  Oxfordshire
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Moseley; Richard Robert
CTY  Oxford
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Ezra; David
CTY  Oxfordshire
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960126
APN  9601620
CLAS
OCL  359462
XCL  359463
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 2722
FSC  359
FSS  463;464;462
FSC  348
FSS  54;52;51;59
FSC  349
FSS  15
UREF
PNO  1262955
ISD  19180400
NAM  Bass et al.
UREF
PNO  2273577
ISD  19420600
NAM  Ezra et al.
UREF
PNO  4132468
ISD  19790100
NAM  Lo et al.
OCL  359463
UREF
PNO  5349379
ISD  19940900
NAM  Eichenlaub
OCL  359466
UREF
PNO  5617549
ISD  19970400
NAM  Yoshinaga et al.
UREF
PNO  5625861
ISD  19970400
NAM  Woodgate et al.
UREF
PNO  5712732
ISD  19980100
NAM  Street
OCL  359630
UREF
PNO  5777787
ISD  19980700
NAM  Luder et al.
OCL  359462
FREF
PNO  0354851
ISD  19900200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0726482
ISD  19960800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0729054
ISD  19960800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0752610
ISD  19970100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9406249
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9702709
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  U.S. Patent application Ser. No. 08/674.906; J. Harrold; "Spatial Light
      Modulator and Directional Display", filed Jul. 3, 1996.
PAL  U.S. Patent application Ser. No. 08/592,563; G. J. Woodgate;
      "Autostereoscopic Display and Method of Controlling an Autosteroscopic
      Display", filed Jan. 26, 1996.
PAL  U.S. Patent application Ser. No. 08/245,584; G. J. Woodgate et al; "Spatial
      Light Modulator and Directional Display", filed May 18, 1994.
PAL  Search Report for Application No. GB 9601620.9; dated Apr. 3, 1996.
PAL  European Search Report related to European Patent Application No.
      97300482.3 dated May 20, 1998.
PAL  J. Eichenlaub, et al.; "An In Cockpit `Situation Awareness` Autosteroscopic
      Avionics Display"; 13th Digital Avionics Systems Conference, Phoenix, Oct.
      30-Nov. 3, 1994, pp. 257-268.
ABST
PAL  An autostereoscopic display includes a display device and an optical system
      which provide laterally overlapping viewing windows wherein one viewing
      window may receive black view data while an adjacent viewing window
      receives eye view data. Such a display may be used to perform observer
      tracking.
PATN
WKU  059910747
SRC  9
APN  0153451
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980129
TTL  Stereoscopic image display apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Henry; Jon
NDR  13
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Nose; Hiroyasu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morishima; Hideki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970131
APN  9-032811
CLAS
OCL  359465
XCL  359464
XCL  348 58
XCL  348 59
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 2726
ICL  G02B 2722
FSC  359
FSS  465;464;462;475;477
FSC  348
FSS  54;58;59
FSC  349
FSS  15
UREF
PNO  5050961
ISD  19910900
NAM  Venolia
OCL  359465
UREF
PNO  5083199
ISD  19920100
NAM  Borner
OCL  359464
UREF
PNO  5264964
ISD  19931100
NAM  Faris
OCL  359465
UREF
PNO  5327285
ISD  19940700
NAM  Faris
OCL  359483
UREF
PNO  5465175
ISD  19951100
NAM  Woodgate et al.
OCL  359464
UREF
PNO  5663831
ISD  19970900
NAM  Mashitani et al.
OCL  359463
FREF
PNO  477 882
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  721 132
ISD  19960700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  63-220226
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a stereoscopic image display apparatus comprises
      a display for combining and displaying, in an alternate array in a
      predetermined direction, plural stripe images divided from each of two
      parallax image for the left and right eyes; a polarizing member in which
      stripe-shaped polarizing parts with mutually different polarizing axes are
      alternately arranged respectively corresponding to the divided stripe
      images, wherein the divided stripe images are emitted by the polarizing
      member with different polarization characteristics for the left and right
      eyes, and the left and right eyes of an observer observing said display
      unit are respectively given the corresponding parts of the divided plural
      stripe images by the difference of the polarization characteristics
      whereby the observer can recognize a stereoscopic image; and an optical
      member provided with stripe-shaped apertures arranged in a predetermined
      direction, respectively corresponding to the divided stripe images.
PATN
WKU  059910755
SRC  8
APN  978022&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971125
TTL  Light polarizer and method of producing the light polarizer
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  4
EXP  Shafer; Ricky D.
NDR  1
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Katsuragawa; Tadao
CTY  Zama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawashima; Ikue
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Satoh; Yasuhiro
CTY  Kato-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ricoh Company, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961125
APN  8-329198
CLAS
OCL  359486
XCL  359490
XCL  4271631
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  530
FSC  359
FSS  483;486;487;488;490;494;495;613;614;572;580
FSC  427
FSS  163.1
UREF
PNO  3453039
ISD  19690700
NAM  Osborne
OCL  359613
UREF
PNO  3942873
ISD  19760300
NAM  Shimotakahara
OCL  359572
UREF
PNO  4512638
ISD  19850400
NAM  Sriram et al.
OCL  359486
UREF
PNO  5245471
ISD  19930900
NAM  Iwatsuka et al.
OCL  359495
FREF
PNO  1-93702
ISD  19890400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A polarizer and method of making the polarizer includes forming plural
      grooved lines on a surface of a supporting body that is transparent to
      visible light. The plural grooved lines are straight, concave and parallel
      to one another. Respective of the plural grooved lines include a sidewall
      portion that has a fine line formed thereon where the fine line
      constitutes a residual portion of a larger thin film that was subjected to
      an etching process. The fine line is composed of a semiconductor a metal
      or a combination of the two.
PATN
WKU  059910763
SRC  8
APN  9424962
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971002
TTL  Optical circulator
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Treas; Jared
EXP  Spyrou; Cassandra
NDR  9
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Cheng; Yihao
STR  36 Meadowbreeze Drive
CTY  Kanata, Ontario
CNT  CAX
ITX  K2M 2L6
RLAP
COD  72
APN  896540
APD  19970718
PSC  01
PNO  5850493
CLAS
OCL  359495
XCL  359494
XCL  385 34
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  530
ICL  G02B  632
FSC  359
FSS  495;494
FSC  385
FSS  33;34
UREF
PNO  5588078
ISD  19961200
NAM  Cheng et al.
OCL  385 33
LREP
FRM  Neil Teitelbaum & Associates
ABST
PAL  An at least 3-port optical circulator has first group of optical
      components, and a second group of optical components, the first group
      being separated from the second group by an optical distance "1". Each
      group of optical components has a divider and combiner for dividing an
      input beam into two beams having orthogonal polarizations and for
      combining two beams having orthogonal polarizations into a single beam.
      Furthermore, each group has a GRIN lens for at least substantially
      collimating or focussing input light, and a polarization rotator between
      the first divider and combiner and the GRIN lens for making two orthogonal
      polarization vectors parallel or the two parallel polarization vectors
      orthogonal to one of or both of the first and second group of optical
      elements having beam shifting means disposed to shift two beams having a
      predetermined same polarization. The beam shifting means are of a
      thickness and orientation so that a beam of light that propagates from a
      first port sequentially to a second port and from the second port
      sequentially to a third port are shifted a distance equal to the distance
      between the optical axes of the first and the third ports.
PATN
WKU  059910771
SRC  9
APN  1381792
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980821
TTL  Multilayer polarizer having a continuous and disperse phase
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  9
EXA  Juba, Jr.; John
EXP  Spyrou; Cassandra
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Carlson; Lockwood W.
CTY  Stillwater
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Kotz; Arthur L.
CTY  White Bear Lake
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Nevitt; Timothy J.
CTY  Red Wing
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Ouderkirk; Andrew J.
CTY  Woodbury
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Stover; Carl A.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Weber; Michael F.
CTY  Shoreview
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Allen; Richard C.
CTY  Mendota Heights
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Majumdar; Biswaroop
CTY  Woodbury
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  3M Innovative Properties Company
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  609753
APD  19960229
PSC  01
PNO  5867316
CLAS
OCL  359500
XCL  359492
XCL  359494
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  530
FSC  252
FSS  585
FSC  359
FSS  483;485;486;492;500;494
UREF
PNO  Re21904
ISD  19410900
NAM  Land
OCL  359492
UREF
PNO  Re34605
ISD  19940500
NAM  Schrenk et al.
OCL  359359
UREF
PNO  2158130
ISD  19390500
NAM  Land
OCL  359492
UREF
PNO  2246087
ISD  19410600
NAM  Bailey et al.
OCL   88 65
UREF
PNO  2604817
ISD  19520700
NAM  Schupp, Jr.
OCL   88 65
UREF
PNO  2997390
ISD  19610800
NAM  Land
OCL  430213
UREF
PNO  3124639
ISD  19640300
NAM  Kahn
OCL   88 65
UREF
PNO  3213753
ISD  19651000
NAM  Rogers
OCL   88 65
UREF
PNO  3438691
ISD  19690400
NAM  Makas
OCL  359497
UREF
PNO  3480502
ISD  19691100
NAM  Schrenk
OCL  156271
UREF
PNO  3561841
ISD  19710200
NAM  Norvaisa et al.
OCL  359500
UREF
PNO  3565985
ISD  19710200
NAM  Schrenk et al.
OCL  264171
UREF
PNO  3585255
ISD  19710600
NAM  Sevenich
OCL  260873
UREF
PNO  3610729
ISD  19711000
NAM  Rogers
OCL  359488
UREF
PNO  3711176
ISD  19730100
NAM  Alfrey, Jr. et al.
OCL  359359
UREF
PNO  3759647
ISD  19730900
NAM  Schrenk et al.
OCL  425131
UREF
PNO  3847585
ISD  19741100
NAM  Chisholm
OCL   65 99A
UREF
PNO  3860036
ISD  19750100
NAM  Newman, Jr.
OCL  138 45
UREF
PNO  4025688
ISD  19770500
NAM  Nagy et al.
OCL  428350
UREF
PNO  4268127
ISD  19810500
NAM  Oshima et al.
OCL  350337
UREF
PNO  4310584
ISD  19820100
NAM  Cooper et al.
OCL  538348
UREF
PNO  4446305
ISD  19840500
NAM  Rogers et al.
OCL  428212
UREF
PNO  4520189
ISD  19850500
NAM  Rogers et al.
OCL  528331
UREF
PNO  4521588
ISD  19850600
NAM  Rogers et al.
OCL  528363
UREF
PNO  4525413
ISD  19850600
NAM  Rogers et al.
OCL  428212
UREF
PNO  4680353
ISD  19870700
NAM  Ishihara et al.
OCL  526160
UREF
PNO  4688900
ISD  19870800
NAM  Doane et al.
OCL  349 87
UREF
PNO  4717225
ISD  19880100
NAM  Feth et al.
OCL  385 11
UREF
PNO  4720426
ISD  19880100
NAM  Englert et al.
OCL  428344
UREF
PNO  4871784
ISD  19891000
NAM  Otonari et al.
OCL  521138.7
UREF
PNO  5077121
ISD  19911200
NAM  Harrison et al.
OCL  428213
UREF
PNO  5088807
ISD  19920200
NAM  Waters et al.
OCL  359 94
UREF
PNO  5094788
ISD  19920300
NAM  Schrenk et al.
OCL  264171
UREF
PNO  5094793
ISD  19920300
NAM  Schrenk et al.
OCL  264171
UREF
PNO  5103337
ISD  19920400
NAM  Schrenk et al.
OCL  359359
UREF
PNO  5122905
ISD  19920600
NAM  Wheatley et al.
OCL  359586
UREF
PNO  5122906
ISD  19920600
NAM  Wheatley
OCL  359586
UREF
PNO  5126880
ISD  19920600
NAM  Wheatley et al.
OCL  359587
UREF
PNO  5138474
ISD  19920800
NAM  Arakawa
OCL  349120
UREF
PNO  5149578
ISD  19920900
NAM  Wheatley et al.
OCL  428213
UREF
PNO  5157526
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kondo et al.
OCL  349 96
UREF
PNO  5166817
ISD  19921100
NAM  Ota et al.
OCL  349119
UREF
PNO  5188760
ISD  19930200
NAM  Hikmet et al.
OCL  252299.01
UREF
PNO  5202938
ISD  19930400
NAM  Man et al.
OCL  385 11
UREF
PNO  5211878
ISD  19930500
NAM  Reiffenrath et al.
OCL  252299.63
UREF
PNO  5217794
ISD  19930600
NAM  Schrenk
OCL  428220
UREF
PNO  5221982
ISD  19930600
NAM  Faris
OCL  349115
UREF
PNO  5222795
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hed
OCL  362 32
UREF
PNO  5233465
ISD  19930800
NAM  Wheatley et al.
OCL  359359
UREF
PNO  5235443
ISD  19930800
NAM  Barnik et al.
OCL  359 37
UREF
PNO  5238738
ISD  19930800
NAM  Miller
OCL  428333
UREF
PNO  5245456
ISD  19930900
NAM  Yoshimi et al.
OCL  349118
UREF
PNO  5262894
ISD  19931100
NAM  Wheatley et al.
OCL  359586
UREF
PNO  5268225
ISD  19931200
NAM  Isayev
OCL  428294
UREF
PNO  5269995
ISD  19931200
NAM  Ramanathan et al.
OCL  264171
UREF
PNO  5278694
ISD  19940100
NAM  Wheatley et al.
OCL  359359
UREF
PNO  5294657
ISD  19940300
NAM  Melendy et al.
OCL  524270
UREF
PNO  5301046
ISD  19940400
NAM  Konuma et al.
OCL  349 93
UREF
PNO  5316703
ISD  19940500
NAM  Schrenk
OCL  264  1.3
UREF
PNO  5319478
ISD  19940600
NAM  Fijnfschilling et al.
OCL  359 53
UREF
PNO  5337174
ISD  19940800
NAM  Wada et al.
OCL  349119
UREF
PNO  5366781
ISD  19941100
NAM  Coburn et al.
OCL  428113
UREF
PNO  5389324
ISD  19950200
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  264171
UREF
PNO  5389422
ISD  19950200
NAM  Okazaki et al.
OCL  428141
UREF
PNO  5394255
ISD  19950200
NAM  Yokota et al.
OCL  349 64
UREF
PNO  5422756
ISD  19950600
NAM  Weber
OCL  359487
UREF
PNO  5448404
ISD  19950900
NAM  Schrenk et al.
OCL  359584
UREF
PNO  5486935
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kalmanash
OCL  359 37
UREF
PNO  5486949
ISD  19960100
NAM  Schrenk et al.
OCL  359498
UREF
PNO  5612820
ISD  19970300
NAM  Schrenk et al.
OCL  359498
UREF
PNO  5629055
ISD  19970500
NAM  Revol et al.
OCL  428  1
UREF
PNO  5676885
ISD  19971000
NAM  Starzewski
OCL  252585
UREF
PNO  5686979
ISD  19971100
NAM  Weber et al.
OCL  349 96
UREF
PNO  5699188
ISD  19971200
NAM  Gilbert et al.
OCL  359584
UREF
PNO  5721603
ISD  19980200
NAM  De Vaan et al.
OCL  349194
UREF
PNO  5744534
ISD  19980400
NAM  Ishiharada et al.
OCL  524442
UREF
PNO  5751388
ISD  19980500
NAM  Larson
OCL  349 96
UREF
PNO  5767935
ISD  19980600
NAM  Ueda et al.
OCL  349112
UREF
PNO  5770306
ISD  19980600
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  428328
UREF
PNO  5783120
ISD  19980700
NAM  Ouderkirk et al.
OCL  264  1.34
UREF
PNO  5793456
ISD  19980800
NAM  Broer et al.
OCL  349 98
UREF
PNO  5808794
ISD  19980900
NAM  Weber et al.
OCL  359487
UREF
PNO  5825542
ISD  19981000
NAM  Cobb, Jr. et al.
OCL  359487
UREF
PNO  5825543
ISD  19981000
NAM  Ouderkirk et al.
OCL  359494
UREF
PNO  5867316
ISD  19990200
NAM  Carlson et al.
OCL  359500
FREF
PNO  0 464 499 A2
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 469 732 A3
ISD  19920200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 488 544 A1
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 488 627 A2
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 506 196 A1
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 514 223 A1
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 597 261 A1
ISD  19940500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 627 638 A1
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 684 423 A2
ISD  19951100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4-141603
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6001871
ISD  19940100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/29765
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/17303
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/17691
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/17692
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/17699
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/27919
ISD  19951000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/19347
ISD  19960600
CNT  WOX
ICL  B32B  702
FREF
PNO  WO 96/31794
ISD  19961000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/01774
ISD  19970100
CNT  WOX
ICL  G02B  110
FREF
PNO  WO 97/01440
ISD  19970100
CNT  WOX
ICL  B32B 2736
FREF
PNO  WO 97/32226
ISD  19970900
CNT  WOX
ICL  G02B  530
OREF
PAL  Land, E. H., "Some Aspects of the Development of Sheet Polarizers",
      .COPYRGT.951 Optical Society of America, Reprinted from Journal of the
      Optical Society of American, vol. 41(12), 957-963, Dec. 1951, pp. 45-51.
PAL  Alfrey et al., "Physical Optics of Iridescent Multilayered Plastic Films",
      Polymer Engineering and Science, Nov. 1969, vol. 9, No. 6, pp. 400-404.
PAL  Radford et al., Reflectivity of Iridescent Coextruded Multilayered Plastic
      Films, Polymer Engineering and Science, May 1973, vol. 13, No. 3, pp.
      216-221.
PAL  Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 4th Ed., Deuterium and
      Tritium to Elastomers, Polyethers, "DYES, ANTHRAQUINONE", John Wiley &
      Sons, 1993, pp. 652-661.
PAL  Hodgkinson et al., "Effective Principal Refractive Indices and Column
      Angles for Periodic Stacks of Thin Briefringent Films", J. Opt. Soc. Am.
      A., vol. 10, No. 9, Sep. 1993, pp. 2065-2071.
PAL  Aphonin, O. A., "Optical Properties of Stretched Polymer Dispersed Liquid
      Crystal Films: Angle-Dependent Polarized Light Scattering", Liquid
      Crystals, vol. 19, No. 4, 1995, pp. 469-480.
PAL  Schrenk et al., Nanolayer polymeric optical films, Tappi Journal, pp.
      169-174, Jun., 1992.
LREP
FR2  Fortkort; John A.
ABST
PAL  An optical film is provided which comprises a disperse phase of polymeric
      particles disposed within a continuous birefringent matrix. The film is
      oriented, typically by stretching, in one or more directions. The size and
      shape of the disperse phase particles, the volume fraction of the disperse
      phase, the film thickness, and the amount of orientation are chosen to
      attain a desired degree of diffuse reflection and total transmission of
      electromagnetic radiation of a desired wavelength in the resulting film.
PATN
WKU  059910780
SRC  8
APN  8724989
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970610
TTL  Display medium employing diffraction grating and method of producing
      diffraction grating assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Juba, Jr.; John
EXP  Nguyen; Thong
NDR  12
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Yoshitake; Shoko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okabe; Mitsuo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920819
APN  4-220022
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920819
APN  4-220074
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920824
APN  4-223966
RLAP
COD  74
APN  107380
APD  19930817
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  359567
XCL  359569
XCL  359 22
XCL  428 30
XCL  430 10
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  518
FSC  283
FSS  86;90;91;113
FSC  359
FSS  1;2;558;563;566;569;567;572;574;575;576;25;22
FSC  430
FSS  10
FSC  428
FSS  30
UREF
PNO  3515459
ISD  19700600
NAM  Wood
OCL  359567
UREF
PNO  3861784
ISD  19750100
NAM  Torok
OCL  359573
UREF
PNO  4033059
ISD  19770700
NAM  Hutton et al.
OCL   40137
UREF
PNO  4244633
ISD  19810100
NAM  Kellie
OCL  359 25
UREF
PNO  4568141
ISD  19860200
NAM  Antes
OCL  359  2
UREF
PNO  4715623
ISD  19871200
NAM  Roule et al.
OCL  283 91
UREF
PNO  4915464
ISD  19900400
NAM  Hopwood
OCL  359 25
UREF
PNO  5132812
ISD  19920700
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  359  9
UREF
PNO  5291317
ISD  19940300
NAM  Newswanger
OCL  359 15
UREF
PNO  5301062
ISD  19940400
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  359567
UREF
PNO  5335113
ISD  19940800
NAM  Jackson et al.
OCL  359569
UREF
PNO  5403040
ISD  19950400
NAM  Mowry, Jr. et al.
OCL  283 91
FREF
PNO  467-601
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
ICL  G02B  518
FREF
PNO  497292
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
ICL  G03H  126
FREF
PNO  2-72320
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
ICL  G02B 2700
FREF
PNO  4-311916
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
ICL  G02B 2722
FREF
PNO  5-2148
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
ICL  G02B 2722
LREP
FRM  Dellett and Walters
ABST
PAL  A display medium employing a diffraction grating to define and represent a
      display pattern by the contour thereof, which enables the display pattern
      to move smoothly as the visual point moves and which allows the display
      pattern to move in various ways and is easy to produce. A display pattern
      ("DNP"), e.g., a character, an image, etc., is defined and displayed by
      the outer or inner contour of a diffraction grating (A or B) composed of a
      group of smooth curves, or a diffraction grating composed of a group of
      partial straight-line diffraction gratings that form polygonal lines
      linearly approximating smooth curves. Accordingly, as the visual point is
      moved relative to the display medium, a position that looks bright by
      diffraction moves smoothly and variously. If the display medium is
      illuminated by white light, the region that looks bright becomes a
      rainbow-colored region. Accordingly, the display pattern becomes not only
      readily recognizable but also interesting to view. Thus, display and
      design effects become extremely excellent. By varying the configuration of
      curves, the motion of the region that looks bright can be changed
      variously. Also disclosed is a method of producing a diffraction grating
      assembly for the display medium.
PATN
WKU  059910798
SRC  9
APN  1724630
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19981014
TTL  Method of making a light modulator
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Burke; Margaret
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Furlani; Edward P.
CTY  Lancaster
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Ghosh; Syamal P.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Chatterjee; Dilip K.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359573
XCL  359298
XCL  359572
XCL  359578
XCL  359579
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  518
ICL  G02B 2608
FSC  359
FSS  558;566;572;573;584;589;578;291;295
UREF
PNO  3752563
ISD  19730800
NAM  Torok et al.
OCL  359573
UREF
PNO  3861784
ISD  19750100
NAM  Torok
OCL  359573
UREF
PNO  4398798
ISD  19830800
NAM  Krawczak et al.
OCL  359573
UREF
PNO  4435041
ISD  19840300
NAM  Torok et al.
OCL  359573
UREF
PNO  5311360
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bloom et al.
OCL  359572
UREF
PNO  5606447
ISD  19970200
NAM  Asada et al.
OCL  359199
UREF
PNO  5673139
ISD  19970900
NAM  Johnson
OCL  359291
UREF
PNO  5677783
ISD  19971000
NAM  Bloom et al.
OCL  359224
UREF
PNO  5757536
ISD  19980500
NAM  Ricco et al.
OCL  359224
UREF
PNO  5793519
ISD  19980800
NAM  Furlani et al.
OCL  359291
UREF
PNO  5847859
ISD  19981200
NAM  Murata
OCL  359201
UREF
PNO  5898515
ISD  19990400
NAM  Furlani et al.
OCL  359290
UREF
PNO  5910856
ISD  19990600
NAM  Ghosh et al.
OCL  359291
UREF
PNO  5912608
ISD  19990600
NAM  Asada
OCL  335222
UREF
PNO  5914801
ISD  19990600
NAM  Dhuler et al.
OCL  259230
OREF
PAL  R. H. Victora, et al., "structure and Micromagnetic Predictions for
      Hysteretic Phenomena in a Novel Co-Pt Permanent Magnetic Thin Film," vol.
      97, pp. 343-352.
LREP
FR2  Bailey, Sr.; Clyde E.
ABST
PAL  A method of making a light modulator (10) for modulating an incident beam
      of light includes a substrate (14) having a cavity (32)formed therein and
      a plurality of spaced-apart deformable elements (12) formed in the cavity
      (32). The deformable elements (12) each has a base layer (16), a poled
      magnetic layer (18) formed in the base layer (16) and a first light
      reflection layer (20)deposited on the magnetic layer (18) for reflecting
      an incident beam of light. Between adjacent deformable elements on the
      base (12) of the cavity (32) is arranged a second light reflection layer
      (36). A conductive element (22, 24) formed in the substrate (14)
      electro-magnetically energizes the deformable elements (12) to deflect in
      the cavity (32). Incident light passing through each one of the first
      light reflection layers (20) is caused to destructively interfere with
      light reflected from the second light reflection layers (36) thereby
      causing modulation of the incident light.
PATN
WKU  059910801
SRC  8
APN  8151202
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970311
TTL  Light reflecting material
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Shafer; Ricky D.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kohta; Syuji
CTY  Kuwana
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugiyama; Yasunori
CTY  Yono
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kimoto Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960314
APN  8-085930
CLAS
OCL  359584
XCL  359589
XCL  359883
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  508
FSC  359
FSS  584;883;884;871;589
UREF
PNO  4658141
ISD  19870400
NAM  Wilt et al.
UREF
PNO  5019347
ISD  19910500
NAM  Hiratsuka et al.
UREF
PNO  5316888
ISD  19940500
NAM  Naruse et al.
UREF
PNO  5361678
ISD  19941100
NAM  Roopchand et al.
UREF
PNO  5519542
ISD  19960500
NAM  Yano et al.
UREF
PNO  5627432
ISD  19970500
NAM  Balazs et al.
UREF
PNO  5635284
ISD  19970600
NAM  Metzger et al.
FREF
PNO  62-286019
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  632002
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-162567
ISD  19860700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3256090
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  667174
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-212039
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-298957
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-241520
ISD  19950900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-160208
ISD  19960600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Lorusso & Loud
ABST
PAL  A light reflecting material having a reflecting layer comprising barium
      sulfate, titanium dioxide and a binder resin. When the light reflecting
      material of the present invention is used as a reflector of a lighting
      panel of edge light type, it efficiently causes light to enter into a
      light conducting plate and hence high brightness of the lighting panel can
      be obtained. High brightness is also obtained when it is used as a light
      reflecting material of backlight systems and illumination signboards.
PATN
WKU  059910810
SRC  8
APN  9900039
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971212
TTL  Anti-reflection coatings and coated articles
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Cherry; E.
EXP  Spryou; Cassandra
NDR  13
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Haaland; Peter D.
STR  518 W. Linden St.
CTY  Louisville
STA  CO
ZIP  80027
INVT
NAM  McKoy; B. Vincent
STR  3855 Keswick Rd.
CTY  Flintridge
STA  CA
ZIP  91011
CLAS
OCL  359589
XCL  359580
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  528
FSC  359
FSS  580;581;582;586;588;589;590
FSC  428
FSS  421;422
FSC  427
FSS  164;165
UREF
PNO  3356522
ISD  19671200
NAM  Libbert
UREF
PNO  4058638
ISD  19771100
NAM  Morton
OCL  427 39
UREF
PNO  4096315
ISD  19780600
NAM  Kubacki
OCL  428412
UREF
PNO  4130672
ISD  19781200
NAM  Onoki et al.
OCL  427164
UREF
PNO  4172156
ISD  19791000
NAM  Ritter et al.
OCL  427 38
UREF
PNO  4311725
ISD  19820100
NAM  Holland
OCL  427 10
UREF
PNO  4374158
ISD  19830200
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  427 41
UREF
PNO  4599272
ISD  19860700
NAM  Ichikawa
OCL  428412
UREF
PNO  4632844
ISD  19861200
NAM  Yanagihara et al.
OCL  427 38
UREF
PNO  4815962
ISD  19890300
NAM  Cardone
OCL  427 38
UREF
PNO  4830873
ISD  19890500
NAM  Benz et al.
OCL  427 35
UREF
PNO  4842941
ISD  19890600
NAM  Devins et al.
OCL  428412
UREF
PNO  4906844
ISD  19900300
NAM  Hall
OCL  250225
UREF
PNO  5053244
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kieser et al.
OCL  427 38
UREF
PNO  5093152
ISD  19920300
NAM  Bonet et al.
OCL  427 40
UREF
PNO  5171414
ISD  19921200
NAM  Amberger et al.
OCL  204192.26
UREF
PNO  5181141
ISD  19930100
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  359580
UREF
PNO  5181142
ISD  19930100
NAM  Asai et al.
OCL  359589
UREF
PNO  5225244
ISD  19930300
NAM  Aharoni et al.
OCL  427240
UREF
PNO  5246782
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kennedy et al.
OCL  428421
UREF
PNO  5264724
ISD  19931100
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  257347
UREF
PNO  5354575
ISD  19941000
NAM  Dagenais et al.
OCL  427 10
UREF
PNO  5415927
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hirayama et al.
OCL  359589
UREF
PNO  5443941
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bariya et al.
OCL  430313
UREF
PNO  5449558
ISD  19950900
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  428422
UREF
PNO  5476717
ISD  19951200
NAM  Floch
OCL  428421
UREF
PNO  5541770
ISD  19960700
NAM  Pellicori et al.
OCL  359588
UREF
PNO  5580606
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kai
OCL  427164
UREF
PNO  5597609
ISD  19970100
NAM  Beisswenger et al.
OCL  427  8
UREF
PNO  5728456
ISD  19980300
NAM  Adair et al.
OCL  428216
UREF
PNO  5789040
ISD  19980800
NAM  Martinu et al.
OCL  427575
FREF
PNO  0112418
ISD  19840700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  112418 A1
ISD  19840700
CNT  EPX
OCL  359589
FREF
PNO  0451618
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3627248
ISD  19870400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4338040
ISD  19950500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4-191701
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  04191701
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
OCL  359589
FREF
PNO  1530833
ISD  19781100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO9308489
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Japanese Patent Abstract, Publication No. 01238601, Publication Date Sep.
      1989.
PAL  Japanese Patent Abstract, Publication No. 04191701, Publication Date Jul.
      1992.
PAL  Japanese Patent Abstract, Publication No. 08017743, Publication Date Jan.
      1996.
PAL  Gotoh et al.; "Analysis of Polymer Formation During SiO.sub.2 Microwave
      Plasma Etching"; Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. vol. 34 (1995) pp. 2132-2136.
PAL  Groh et al; "What is the Lowest Refractive Index of an Organic Polymer?";
      Macromolecules 1991, vol. 24, pp. 660-663.
PAL  Database WPI; Section Ch, Week 9750; Derwent Publications Ltd., JP 09 258
      004; Oct. 1997.
PAL  Applied Vision; Plasma Coat Express; "Anti-Reflection Coating at the Point
      of Sale"; Brochure Date 1995 (or later).
PAL  Endo et al.; "Fluorinated Amorphous Carbon Thin Films Grown From C.sub.4
      F.sub.8 For Multilevel Interconnections of Integrated Circuits"; NEC
      Research & Development, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 286-293, Jul. 1997.
PAL  Born et al.; "Electromagnetic Theory of Propagation, Interference and
      Diffraction of Light"; Principles of Optics; pp. 46-70, 1980.
PAL  Wandell, Brian A.; "The Photoreceptor Types"; Foundations of Vision
      Science; 1995.
PAL  H.A. Macleod; "Antireflection Coatings"; Thin-Film Optical Filters; Chapter
      3, pp. 70-136, 1986.
PAL  H.A. Macleod; "Production Methods and Thin-Film Materials"; Thin-Film
      Optical Filters; Chapter 9, pp. 357-411, 1986.
PAL  H.A. Macleod; "Appendix Characteristics of Thin-Film Materials"; Thin-Film
      Optical Filters; pp. 504-511, 1986.
PAL  Wyszecki et al.; "Concepts and Methods, Quantitative Data and Formulae";
      Color Science; pp. 392-420, 1982.
PAL  Wade et al.; "Visual Perception"; pp. 45-62, 1991.
PAL  Furman et al.; "Basics of Optics of Multilayer Systems", pp. 176-183, 192.
PAL  Seferis, James "Refractive Indices of Polymers"; Polymer Handbook; VI, pp.
      451-461, 1975.
PAL  Wydeven et al.; "Antireflection Coating Prepared by Plasma Polymerization
      of Perfluorobutene-2"; Applied Optics, vol. 15, No. 1, pp. 132-136, Jan.
      1976.
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
ABST
PAL  Anti-reflection (AR) coatings and coated articles are described. The
      thickness and composition of the coatings are determined by minimizing the
      product of the Fresnel reflection coefficients for a coating with the
      angular- and wavelength-dependent sensitivity of the human visual system
      to minimize the perceived reflectance for the coated article. A compact
      chamber is evacuated and flushed with chemically inert gas such as argon
      or nitrogen. One or more molecular precursors are deposited using
      plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) to form AR films.
      Single-layer AR coatings based on fluoropolymer films of controlled
      thickness, as well as organic, organosilicon, and/or inorganic multilayers
      are described.
PATN
WKU  059910828
SRC  8
APN  8029539
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970221
TTL  Lens system with multiple focal lines
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Mack; Ricky
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  4
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Tsunashima; Teruyoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hara; Tamio
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ando; Kozo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nikon Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Toyota School Foundation
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Institute of Physical and Chemical Research
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960222
APN  8-035289
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961106
APN  8-311467
CLAS
OCL  359618
XCL  359629
XCL  359640
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 2710
ICL  G02B 2712
FSC  359
FSS  618;629;625;626;640
FSC  356
FSS  354
UREF
PNO  5577137
ISD  19961100
NAM  Groger et al.
OCL  385 12
UREF
PNO  5726804
ISD  19980300
NAM  Hait
OCL  359577
UREF
PNO  5734504
ISD  19980300
NAM  Billman
OCL  359618
LREP
FRM  Klarquist Sparkman Campbell Leigh & Whinston, LLP
ABST
PAL  Lens systems are disclosed having multiple focal lines and that are
      operable to form multiple narrow superimposable focal lines. The focal
      lines typically have linewidths of .ltoreq. approximately 10 .mu.m, formed
      from an incident light flux from a laser. The superimposed focal lines can
      have sufficient energy density to serve as a pumping-laser source for an
      X-ray laser. The lens systems comprise, axially from the incident light
      side, a wave-surface splitter and a focusing system. The wave-surface
      splitter splits the wave surface of the incident light into subfluxes. The
      focusing system focuses the subfluxes into respective linear focal lines
      that can be superimposed to form a combined focal line having very high
      energy density. The wave-surface splitter is preferably a prism having
      multiple facets with respective prism angles; the focusing system
      preferably comprises multiple cylindrical lenses each having a generation
      line perpendicular to the ridge lines separating the facets of the prism.
PATN
WKU  059910836
SRC  9
APN  0592528
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980414
TTL  Image display apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Lucas; Michael A
EXP  Dang; Hung Xuan
NDR  9
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Shirochi; Yoshiki
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970414
APN  9-096064
CLAS
OCL  359618
XCL  385 10
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 2710
ICL  G02F  1295
FSC  359
FSS  618
FSC  385
FSS  10
FSC  349
FSS  62
FSC  356
FSS  446
UREF
PNO  5751383
ISD  19980500
NAM  Yamanaka
OCL  349 13
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  An image display apparatus capable of displaying a clear image without a
      prominent vacancy between pixels, even when a luminance distribution is
      present within each of the pixels, has a display device for displaying a
      plurality of pixels, each having a luminance distribution and an optical
      element for diffusing each of the pixels displayed by the display device
      so that each of the pixels has a plurality of peaks in the luminance
      distribution.
PATN
WKU  059910844
SRC  9
APN  0182591
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980204
TTL  Compact compound magnified virtual image display with a
      reflective/transmissive optic
ISD  19991123
NCL  42
ECL  1
EXA  Lucas; Michael A
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  11
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Hildebrand; Alfred P.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kintz; Gregory J.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Inviso
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359629
XCL  359630
XCL  359634
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 2714
FSC  359
FSS  630-634;629
FSC  345
FSS  7-8
UREF
PNO  5530586
ISD  19960600
NAM  Yasugski
OCL  359364
UREF
PNO  5587836
ISD  19961200
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  359630
UREF
PNO  5764403
ISD  19980600
NAM  Downing
OCL  359326
UREF
PNO  5771124
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kintz et al.
OCL  359633
UREF
PNO  5870068
ISD  19990200
NAM  Hildebrand et al.
OCL  345  8
LREP
FR2  Weitz; David J.
     Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
ABST
PAL  A compact virtual image display system is provided which includes a
      microdisplay; a first magnification optic consisting of three surfaces: a
      display input surface; a reflective/transmissive surface, and a reflective
      first magnification element surface; and a second magnification optic.
      Light forming the source object enters the first magnification optic at
      the display input surface. The light travels within the first
      magnification optic such that it is projected to an area on the
      reflective.backslash.transmissive surface that is at least partially
      within the full field of view provided by the second magnification optic.
      The light is directed to the reflective/transmissive surface at a first
      angle of incidence .theta..sub.SO relative to the reflective/transmissive
      surface such that the light is internally reflected by the
      reflective/transmissive surface and directed to the reflective first
      magnification element surface. The first magnification element surface
      internally reflects the light corresponding to the source object as a
      magnified virtual image. The magnified virtual image is then is conveyed
      within the first magnification optic back to the reflective/transmissive
      surface at a second angle of incidence .theta..sub.MVI relative to the
      reflective/transmissive surface such that the light is transmitted by the
      reflective/transmissive surface out of the first magnification optic. The
      second magnification optic is positioned to receive the magnified virtual
      image transmitted from the first magnification optic and transmit a
      compound magnified virtual image of the magnified virtual image of the
      source object to the observer.
PATN
WKU  059910852
SRC  8
APN  6868436
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19960712
TTL  Head-mounted personal visual display apparatus with image generator and
      holder
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Mack; Ricky
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  32
NFG  58
INVT
NAM  Rallison; Richard Dennis
CTY  Paradise
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Amadon; C. Gregory
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Mack, Jr.; Wolfgang Adam
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Nikora; Leo
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Tseo; Eric
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Donaldson; Douglas
CTY  Bothell
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Etter; Robert T.
CTY  Bonney Lake
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  i-O Display Systems LLC
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTUS9511344
APD  19950831
RLAP
COD  82
APN  416919
APD  19950421
PSC  01
PNO  5903395
ISD  19950421
CLAS
OCL  359630
XCL  345  8
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 2714
ICL  G09G  500
FSC  359
FSS  630;631;633
FSC  345
FSS  7;8
FSC  351
FSS  114;115
UREF
PNO  D300476
ISD  19890300
NAM  Sestak
OCL  D29 18
UREF
PNO  D301644
ISD  19890600
NAM  Sestak
OCL  D29 18
UREF
PNO  D334557
ISD  19930400
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D334742
ISD  19930400
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  D14113
UREF
PNO  D337320
ISD  19930700
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  D14113
UREF
PNO  D338514
ISD  19930800
NAM  Holmes
OCL  D21240
UREF
PNO  2411933
ISD  19461200
NAM  Morley et al.
OCL    2 14
UREF
PNO  2581428
ISD  19520100
NAM  McCarthy
OCL   33224
UREF
PNO  2581436
ISD  19520100
NAM  McCarthy
OCL  318 24
UREF
PNO  2585956
ISD  19520200
NAM  McCarthy
OCL   33224
UREF
PNO  2955156
ISD  19601000
NAM  Heilig
OCL  178  6.5
UREF
PNO  2958258
ISD  19601100
NAM  Kelly
OCL   88 24
UREF
PNO  3043910
ISD  19620700
NAM  Hicks
OCL  178  7.85
UREF
PNO  3212102
ISD  19651000
NAM  Muller
OCL    2 12
UREF
PNO  3232561
ISD  19660200
NAM  Adams
OCL  244  1
UREF
PNO  3355942
ISD  19671200
NAM  Freeman
OCL   73178
UREF
PNO  3405355
ISD  19681000
NAM  Hebbert
OCL  324 46
UREF
PNO  3434219
ISD  19690300
NAM  Bowman
OCL   33205
UREF
PNO  3487299
ISD  19691200
NAM  Hart et al.
OCL  324 43
UREF
PNO  3573610
ISD  19710400
NAM  Kesselring
OCL  324 43
UREF
PNO  3584388
ISD  19710600
NAM  Petrov et al.
OCL   33225
UREF
PNO  3589795
ISD  19710600
NAM  Miyazaki et al.
OCL  350 96B
UREF
PNO  3614314
ISD  19711000
NAM  Rossire
OCL  178  7.88
UREF
PNO  3621584
ISD  19711100
NAM  Burt
OCL   33224
UREF
PNO  3629870
ISD  19711200
NAM  Paisley
OCL    2 15
UREF
PNO  3737212
ISD  19730600
NAM  Antonson et al.
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  3825911
ISD  19740700
NAM  Burns
OCL  340198
UREF
PNO  3833901
ISD  19740900
NAM  Fowler
OCL  340347P
UREF
PNO  3874783
ISD  19750400
NAM  Cole
OCL  350 96B
UREF
PNO  3888016
ISD  19750600
NAM  Fowler
OCL   33346
UREF
PNO  3905121
ISD  19750900
NAM  Takeda et al.
OCL   33361
UREF
PNO  3915548
ISD  19751000
NAM  Opittek et al.
OCL  350  3.5
UREF
PNO  3923370
ISD  19751200
NAM  Mostrom
OCL  350 55
UREF
PNO  3940204
ISD  19760200
NAM  Withrington
OCL  350  3.5
UREF
PNO  3983474
ISD  19760900
NAM  Kuipers
OCL  324 43R
UREF
PNO  4017858
ISD  19770400
NAM  Kuipers
OCL  343100R
UREF
PNO  4021862
ISD  19770500
NAM  Glasser et al.
OCL    2431
UREF
PNO  4026641
ISD  19770500
NAM  Bosserman et al.
OCL  350298
UREF
PNO  4028725
ISD  19770600
NAM  Lewis
OCL  358103
UREF
PNO  4042957
ISD  19770800
NAM  Ellis
OCL  358109
UREF
PNO  4048653
ISD  19770900
NAM  Spooner
OCL  358104
UREF
PNO  4060910
ISD  19771200
NAM  Gell, Jr.
OCL   33324
UREF
PNO  4095348
ISD  19780600
NAM  Kramer
OCL   33363K
UREF
PNO  4103435
ISD  19780800
NAM  Herndon
OCL   35 12N
UREF
PNO  4104803
ISD  19780800
NAM  Hoeppel
OCL   33352
UREF
PNO  4139951
ISD  19790200
NAM  Cunard et al.
OCL   33362
UREF
PNO  4146970
ISD  19790400
NAM  Edwards
OCL   33363K
UREF
PNO  4157619
ISD  19790600
NAM  Zuvela
OCL   33352
UREF
PNO  4179741
ISD  19791200
NAM  Rossani
OCL  364457
UREF
PNO  4257062
ISD  19810300
NAM  Meredith
OCL  358 81
UREF
PNO  4269476
ISD  19810500
NAM  Gauthier et al.
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4303394
ISD  19811200
NAM  Berke et al.
OCL  434 40
UREF
PNO  4310849
ISD  19820100
NAM  Glass
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4322135
ISD  19820300
NAM  Freeman
OCL  350410
UREF
PNO  4341023
ISD  19820700
NAM  Marcus et al.
OCL   33363K
UREF
PNO  4347507
ISD  19820800
NAM  Spooner
OCL  340705
UREF
PNO  4348185
ISD  19820900
NAM  Breglia et al.
OCL  434 43
UREF
PNO  4361384
ISD  19821100
NAM  Bosserman
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4385803
ISD  19830500
NAM  Ellis
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4395731
ISD  19830700
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4398799
ISD  19830800
NAM  Swift
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4435760
ISD  19840300
NAM  Kuno et al.
OCL  364444
UREF
PNO  4437113
ISD  19840300
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  358 93
UREF
PNO  4439157
ISD  19840300
NAM  Breglia et al.
OCL  434 40
UREF
PNO  4446480
ISD  19840500
NAM  Breglia et al.
OCL  358104
UREF
PNO  4465347
ISD  19840800
NAM  Task et al.
OCL  350538
UREF
PNO  4468101
ISD  19840800
NAM  Ellis
OCL  350538
UREF
PNO  4484191
ISD  19841100
NAM  Vavra
OCL  340965
UREF
PNO  4497034
ISD  19850100
NAM  Kuno et al.
OCL  364571
UREF
PNO  4521777
ISD  19850600
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  340995
UREF
PNO  4539760
ISD  19850900
NAM  Marchent et al.
OCL   33356
UREF
PNO  4546550
ISD  19851000
NAM  Marchent et al.
OCL   33356
UREF
PNO  4546551
ISD  19851000
NAM  Franks
OCL   33356
UREF
PNO  4550984
ISD  19851100
NAM  Reymond
OCL  350404
UREF
PNO  4559555
ISD  19851200
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4561723
ISD  19851200
NAM  Hamano et al.
OCL  350331R
UREF
PNO  4571628
ISD  19860200
NAM  Thornton
OCL  358224
UREF
PNO  4590680
ISD  19860500
NAM  Hanchett et al.
OCL   33366
UREF
PNO  4614041
ISD  19860900
NAM  Darton et al.
OCL   33313
UREF
PNO  4621283
ISD  19861100
NAM  Feinbloom
OCL  358 93
UREF
PNO  4622644
ISD  19861100
NAM  Hansen
OCL  364559
UREF
PNO  4622843
ISD  19861100
NAM  Hormel
OCL   73  1E
UREF
PNO  4630321
ISD  19861200
NAM  Sagemuehl et al.
OCL    2426
UREF
PNO  4633324
ISD  19861200
NAM  Giulie
OCL  358255
UREF
PNO  4636866
ISD  19870100
NAM  Hattori
OCL  358236
UREF
PNO  4641931
ISD  19870200
NAM  Loy
OCL  350538
UREF
PNO  4642786
ISD  19870200
NAM  Hansen
OCL  364559
UREF
PNO  4651201
ISD  19870300
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  358 98
UREF
PNO  4652870
ISD  19870300
NAM  Steward
OCL  340705
UREF
PNO  4667414
ISD  19870500
NAM  Russell
OCL   33364
UREF
PNO  4680866
ISD  19870700
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL   33356
UREF
PNO  4682159
ISD  19870700
NAM  Davison
OCL  340709
UREF
PNO  4694583
ISD  19870900
NAM  Blaney
OCL   33361
UREF
PNO  4695129
ISD  19870900
NAM  Faessen et al.
OCL  350 96.25
UREF
PNO  4703522
ISD  19871100
NAM  Schurle et al.
OCL    2432
UREF
PNO  4706117
ISD  19871100
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4711512
ISD  19871200
NAM  Upatnieks
OCL  350  3.7
UREF
PNO  4720992
ISD  19880100
NAM  Hormel
OCL   73  1E
UREF
PNO  4722601
ISD  19880200
NAM  McFarlane
OCL  356152
UREF
PNO  4726075
ISD  19880200
NAM  Hinrichs
OCL    2 13
UREF
PNO  4737972
ISD  19880400
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  378 41
UREF
PNO  4743200
ISD  19880500
NAM  Welch et al.
OCL  434 43
UREF
PNO  4751746
ISD  19880600
NAM  Rustin
OCL    2 13
UREF
PNO  4753514
ISD  19880600
NAM  Kubik
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4757714
ISD  19880700
NAM  Purdy et al.
OCL   73597
UREF
PNO  4761056
ISD  19880800
NAM  Evans et al.
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4763990
ISD  19880800
NAM  Wood
OCL  350320
UREF
PNO  4775217
ISD  19881000
NAM  Ellis et al.
OCL  350538
UREF
PNO  4784468
ISD  19881100
NAM  Tierney
OCL  350276R
UREF
PNO  4785481
ISD  19881100
NAM  Palmer et al.
OCL    2436
UREF
PNO  4786966
ISD  19881100
NAM  Hanson et al.
OCL  358108
UREF
PNO  4791729
ISD  19881200
NAM  Suda
OCL   33356
UREF
PNO  4792761
ISD  19881200
NAM  King et al.
OCL  324350
UREF
PNO  4796987
ISD  19890100
NAM  Linden
OCL  351158
UREF
PNO  4797736
ISD  19890100
NAM  Kloots et al.
OCL  358 93
UREF
PNO  4799765
ISD  19890100
NAM  Ferrer
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4805988
ISD  19890200
NAM  Dones
OCL  350137
UREF
PNO  4806011
ISD  19890200
NAM  Bettinger
OCL  351158
UREF
PNO  4807202
ISD  19890200
NAM  Cherri et al.
OCL  367129
UREF
PNO  4807462
ISD  19890200
NAM  Al-Attar
OCL   73  1E
UREF
PNO  4817633
ISD  19890400
NAM  McStravick et al.
OCL  128782
UREF
PNO  4826287
ISD  19890500
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4839809
ISD  19890600
NAM  Leighton et al.
OCL  364413.02
UREF
PNO  4849696
ISD  19890700
NAM  Brun et al.
OCL  324252
UREF
PNO  4851775
ISD  19890700
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  324247
UREF
PNO  4853764
ISD  19890800
NAM  Sutter
OCL  358  3
UREF
PNO  4859030
ISD  19890800
NAM  Rotier
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4859031
ISD  19890800
NAM  Berman et al.
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4863242
ISD  19890900
NAM  Correa
OCL  350276R
UREF
PNO  4864190
ISD  19890900
NAM  Orr
OCL  313478
UREF
PNO  4865420
ISD  19890900
NAM  Schmidt
OCL  350276R
UREF
PNO  4867551
ISD  19890900
NAM  Perera
OCL  351158
UREF
PNO  4868930
ISD  19890900
NAM  Blackstone
OCL    2439
UREF
PNO  4869575
ISD  19890900
NAM  Kubik
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4874214
ISD  19891000
NAM  Cheyason et al.
OCL  350  3.7
UREF
PNO  4874235
ISD  19891000
NAM  Webster
OCL  351201
UREF
PNO  4884137
ISD  19891100
NAM  Hanson et al.
OCL  358108
UREF
PNO  4884219
ISD  19891100
NAM  Waldren
OCL  364514
UREF
PNO  4897715
ISD  19900100
NAM  Beamon
OCL  358 93
UREF
PNO  4900133
ISD  19900200
NAM  Berman
OCL  350346
UREF
PNO  4902083
ISD  19900200
NAM  Wells
OCL  350  6.6
UREF
PNO  4902116
ISD  19900200
NAM  Ellis
OCL  350501
UREF
PNO  4902120
ISD  19900200
NAM  Weyer
OCL  351158
UREF
PNO  4904049
ISD  19900200
NAM  Hegg
OCL  350 96.27
UREF
PNO  4930888
ISD  19900600
NAM  Freisleben et al.
OCL  356152
UREF
PNO  4932731
ISD  19900600
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  350  3.7
UREF
PNO  4933755
ISD  19900600
NAM  Dahl et al.
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4934773
ISD  19900600
NAM  Becker
OCL  350  6.6
UREF
PNO  4945305
ISD  19900700
NAM  Blood
OCL  324207.17
UREF
PNO  4952024
ISD  19900800
NAM  Gale
OCL  350143
UREF
PNO  4953305
ISD  19900900
NAM  Van Lente et al.
OCL   33356
UREF
PNO  4961625
ISD  19901000
NAM  Wood et al.
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4961626
ISD  19901000
NAM  Fournier et al.
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4963827
ISD  19901000
NAM  Popovic et al.
OCL  324251
UREF
PNO  4968123
ISD  19901100
NAM  Fournier et al.
OCL  350538
UREF
PNO  4969714
ISD  19901100
NAM  Fournier et al.
OCL  353174
UREF
PNO  4969724
ISD  19901100
NAM  Ellis
OCL  350503
UREF
PNO  4970589
ISD  19901100
NAM  Hanson et al.
OCL  358108
UREF
PNO  4972146
ISD  19901100
NAM  Eckardt et al.
OCL  324253
UREF
PNO  4972593
ISD  19901100
NAM  Dahlen et al.
OCL   33356
UREF
PNO  4982278
ISD  19910100
NAM  Dahl et al.
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4983014
ISD  19910100
NAM  Nattermann
OCL  350 96.24
UREF
PNO  4984179
ISD  19910100
NAM  Waldern
OCL  364514
UREF
PNO  4988981
ISD  19910100
NAM  Zimmerman et al.
OCL  340709
UREF
PNO  4993790
ISD  19910200
NAM  Vick
OCL  350  3.73
UREF
PNO  4995165
ISD  19910200
NAM  Daniels
OCL   33361
UREF
PNO  5003300
ISD  19910300
NAM  Wells
OCL  340705
UREF
PNO  5005213
ISD  19910400
NAM  Hanson et al.
OCL  455617
UREF
PNO  5015072
ISD  19910500
NAM  Howell
OCL  350276R
UREF
PNO  5019828
ISD  19910500
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  342457
UREF
PNO  5034809
ISD  19910700
NAM  Katoh
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  5035473
ISD  19910700
NAM  Kuwayama et al.
OCL  350  3.7
UREF
PNO  5039198
ISD  19910800
NAM  VanBeek
OCL  385117
UREF
PNO  5046260
ISD  19910900
NAM  Wellhausen
OCL   33356
UREF
PNO  5046827
ISD  19910900
NAM  Frost et al.
OCL  359 54
UREF
PNO  5050966
ISD  19910900
NAM  Berman
OCL  359 38
UREF
PNO  5053755
ISD  19911000
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  340705
UREF
PNO  5059958
ISD  19911000
NAM  Jacobs et al.
OCL  340706
UREF
PNO  5068645
ISD  19911100
NAM  Drumm
OCL  340710
UREF
PNO  5069529
ISD  19911200
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  359601
UREF
PNO  5079845
ISD  19920100
NAM  Childers
OCL   33363K
UREF
PNO  5081542
ISD  19920100
NAM  Efron et al.
OCL  359 41
UREF
PNO  5089903
ISD  19920200
NAM  Kuwayama et al.
OCL  359 15
UREF
PNO  5091697
ISD  19920200
NAM  Roth et al.
OCL  324253
UREF
PNO  5091719
ISD  19920200
NAM  Beamon
OCL  340705
UREF
PNO  5093567
ISD  19920300
NAM  Staveley
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5101298
ISD  19920300
NAM  Lentz et al.
OCL  359612
UREF
PNO  5115345
ISD  19920500
NAM  Hobson et al.
OCL  359601
UREF
PNO  5121253
ISD  19920600
NAM  Waintroob
OCL  359601
UREF
PNO  5123726
ISD  19920600
NAM  Webster
OCL  351201
UREF
PNO  5124821
ISD  19920600
NAM  Antier et al.
OCL  359 14
UREF
PNO  5129716
ISD  19920700
NAM  Holakovszky et al.
OCL  351 50
UREF
PNO  5130794
ISD  19920700
NAM  Ritchey
OCL  358 87
UREF
PNO  5138555
ISD  19920800
NAM  Albrecht
OCL  364424.06
UREF
PNO  5142655
ISD  19920800
NAM  Drumm
OCL  379 52
UREF
PNO  5144294
ISD  19920900
NAM  Alonzi et al.
OCL  340825.49
UREF
PNO  5146623
ISD  19920900
NAM  Paysan et al.
OCL    2 12
UREF
PNO  5150104
ISD  19920900
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL  340686
UREF
PNO  5151722
ISD  19920900
NAM  Massof et al.
OCL  351158
UREF
PNO  5155627
ISD  19921000
NAM  Keehn et al.
OCL  359609
UREF
PNO  5157841
ISD  19921000
NAM  Dinsmore
OCL   33361
UREF
PNO  5162828
ISD  19921100
NAM  Furness et al.
OCL  353122
UREF
PNO  5162928
ISD  19921100
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  359 13
UREF
PNO  5164848
ISD  19921100
NAM  Firth et al.
OCL  359 13
UREF
PNO  5166778
ISD  19921100
NAM  Beamon
OCL  358  3
UREF
PNO  5170153
ISD  19921200
NAM  Migozzi et al.
OCL  340705
UREF
PNO  5182817
ISD  19930200
NAM  Branum
OCL    2439
UREF
PNO  5184231
ISD  19930200
NAM  Ellis
OCL  359 13
UREF
PNO  5187871
ISD  19930200
NAM  McDermott
OCL   33354
UREF
PNO  5189512
ISD  19930200
NAM  Cameron et al.
OCL  358 93
UREF
PNO  5192960
ISD  19930300
NAM  Komamura
OCL  351 41
UREF
PNO  5198628
ISD  19930300
NAM  Bitko
OCL  200 61.47
UREF
PNO  5198928
ISD  19930300
NAM  Chauvin
OCL  359465
UREF
PNO  5200844
ISD  19930400
NAM  Suvada
OCL  359 40
UREF
PNO  5216759
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hewitt et al.
OCL    2439
UREF
PNO  5227985
ISD  19930700
NAM  DeMenthon
OCL  364559
UREF
PNO  5231379
ISD  19930700
NAM  Wood et al.
OCL  340705
UREF
PNO  5231483
ISD  19930700
NAM  Sieber et al.
OCL  358125
UREF
PNO  5239264
ISD  19930800
NAM  Hawks
OCL  324253
UREF
PNO  5255211
ISD  19931000
NAM  Redmond
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5267708
ISD  19931200
NAM  Monson et al.
OCL  244122AG
UREF
PNO  5274405
ISD  19931200
NAM  Webster
OCL  351158
UREF
PNO  5274501
ISD  19931200
NAM  Stroll
OCL  359613
UREF
PNO  5276471
ISD  19940100
NAM  Yamauchi et al.
OCL  351153
UREF
PNO  5278680
ISD  19940100
NAM  Karasawa et al.
OCL  359 40
UREF
PNO  5281957
ISD  19940100
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  345  8
UREF
PNO  5282318
ISD  19940200
NAM  Steiner
OCL   33355R
UREF
PNO  5287119
ISD  19940200
NAM  Drumm
OCL  345158
UREF
PNO  5293271
ISD  19940300
NAM  Merritt et al.
OCL  359858
UREF
PNO  5300942
ISD  19940400
NAM  Dolgoff
OCL  345 32
UREF
PNO  5303085
ISD  19940400
NAM  Rallison
OCL  359631
UREF
PNO  5305244
ISD  19940400
NAM  Newman et al.
OCL  364708.1
UREF
PNO  5309169
ISD  19940500
NAM  Lippert
OCL  345  8
UREF
PNO  5320538
ISD  19940600
NAM  Baum
OCL  434307
UREF
PNO  5321416
ISD  19940600
NAM  Bassett et al.
OCL  345  8
UREF
PNO  5322441
ISD  19940600
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  434307
UREF
PNO  5323174
ISD  19940600
NAM  Klapman et al.
OCL  345156
UREF
PNO  5327175
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kim
OCL  348526
UREF
PNO  5331149
ISD  19940700
NAM  Spitzer et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5334991
ISD  19940800
NAM  Wells et al.
OCL  345  8
UREF
PNO  5335299
ISD  19940800
NAM  Atkinson
OCL  382 56
UREF
PNO  5347400
ISD  19940900
NAM  Hunter
OCL  359815
UREF
PNO  5351005
ISD  19940900
NAM  Rouse et al.
OCL  324252
UREF
PNO  5353042
ISD  19941000
NAM  Klapman et al.
OCL  345156
UREF
PNO  5357372
ISD  19941000
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  359637
UREF
PNO  5373857
ISD  19941200
NAM  Travers et al.
OCL  128782
UREF
PNO  5381603
ISD  19950100
NAM  Lee
OCL   33355R
UREF
PNO  5383053
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hegg et al.
OCL  359486
UREF
PNO  5388276
ISD  19950200
NAM  Holmes
OCL    2421
UREF
PNO  5392158
ISD  19950200
NAM  Tosaki
OCL  359633
UREF
PNO  5408346
ISD  19950400
NAM  Trissel et al.
OCL  359 65
UREF
PNO  5422715
ISD  19950600
NAM  Clarke
OCL  356141.3
UREF
PNO  5432626
ISD  19950700
NAM  Sasuga et al.
OCL  359 83
UREF
PNO  5451976
ISD  19950900
NAM  Ito
OCL  345  8
UREF
PNO  5486841
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hara et al.
OCL  345  8
UREF
PNO  5526184
ISD  19960600
NAM  Tokuhashi et al.
OCL  359630
UREF
PNO  5528262
ISD  19960600
NAM  McDowall et al.
OCL  345151
UREF
PNO  5696521
ISD  19971200
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  345  8
UREF
PNO  5774096
ISD  19980600
NAM  Usuki et al.
OCL  345  8
FREF
PNO  0 059 770
ISD  19820900
CNT  EPX
ICL  G01R 3304
FREF
PNO  0 460983 A1
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
ICL  G02B 2700
FREF
PNO  91309108
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 453 347
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
ICL  G01V  308
FREF
PNO  0 461 942 A1
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
ICL  G09B  932
FREF
PNO  0 461 942
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
ICL  G09B  932
FREF
PNO  0 479 605
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
ICL  G09B  930
FREF
PNO  0 477 888
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
ICL  G01S 1787
FREF
PNO  0 519 630
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
ICL  G01C 2120
FREF
PNO  2517916
ISD  19830600
CNT  FRX
ICL  H04N  954
FREF
PNO  2 636 134
ISD  19900300
CNT  FRX
ICL  G01C 2120
FREF
PNO  2 660 428
ISD  19911000
CNT  FRX
ICL  G01C 1702
FREF
PNO  224691
ISD  19100700
CNT  DEX
OCL   3420 I
FREF
PNO  1 623 555
ISD  19710500
CNT  DEX
ICL  G01C 1730
FREF
PNO  2 536 140
ISD  19760400
CNT  DEX
ICL  G01C 1710
FREF
PNO  3532730
ISD  19870300
CNT  DEX
ICL  A61B  104
FREF
PNO  3628458
ISD  19880200
CNT  DEX
ICL  H04N  120
FREF
PNO  3 644 681
ISD  19880700
CNT  DEX
ICL  G01C 2108
FREF
PNO  3 708 582
ISD  19881200
CNT  DEX
ICL  G01C 2108
FREF
PNO  4 102 896
ISD  19920800
CNT  DEX
ICL  G01P 1300
FREF
PNO  4225589A1
ISD  19940200
CNT  DEX
ICL  G09F  900
FREF
PNO  59-117889
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  954
FREF
PNO  59-219092
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  954
FREF
PNO  62-272698
ISD  19871100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-82192
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-177689
ISD  19880700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-61723
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-46161
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
ICL  G09G  536
FREF
PNO  6-59217
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
ICL  G02B 2728
FREF
PNO  61-10014
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
ICL  C01B 2545
FREF
PNO  1010641
ISD  19830400
CNT  SUX
ICL  G09B  904
FREF
PNO  1218416
ISD  19860300
CNT  SUX
ICL  G09B  904
FREF
PNO  1399802
ISD  19880500
CNT  SUX
ICL  G09B  904
FREF
PNO  1485015
ISD  19890600
CNT  SUX
ICL  G01C 1700
FREF
PNO  1560091
ISD  19900400
CNT  SUX
ICL  A61B  5103
FREF
PNO  1607775
ISD  19901100
CNT  SUX
ICL  A61B  511
FREF
PNO  1616603
ISD  19901200
CNT  SUX
ICL  A61B  5103
FREF
PNO  1700573
ISD  19911200
CNT  SUX
ICL  G09B  904
FREF
PNO  2 093 591
ISD  19820900
CNT  GBX
ICL  G01C 1728
FREF
PNO  2 117 609
ISD  19831000
CNT  GBX
ICL  G09B  900
FREF
PNO  2 143 948
ISD  19850200
CNT  GBX
ICL  G01C  100
FREF
PNO  2 157 426
ISD  19851000
CNT  GBX
ICL  G01B 1126
FREF
PNO  2 164 748
ISD  19860300
CNT  GBX
ICL  G01C 1708
FREF
PNO  2 177 512
ISD  19870100
CNT  GBX
ICL  G01C 1728
FREF
PNO  2 179 543
ISD  19870300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 195 180
ISD  19880300
CNT  GBX
ICL  G01C 1704
FREF
PNO  2266385A
ISD  19931000
CNT  GBX
ICL  G02B 2310
FREF
PNO  2270775A
ISD  19940300
CNT  GBX
ICL  G02B 2702
FREF
PNO  2 279 201
ISD  19941200
CNT  GBX
ICL  H04R  110
FREF
PNO  2 281 846
ISD  19950300
CNT  GBX
ICL  A45F  300
FREF
PNO  84/01680
ISD  19840400
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04N  564
FREF
PNO  WO 92/01276
ISD  19920100
CNT  WOX
ICL  G09B  910
FREF
PNO  WO 92/03756
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
ICL  G02B 2700
FREF
PNO  WO 92/15078
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
ICL  G09B  900
FREF
PNO  WO 92/21117
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
ICL  G09B  934
FREF
PNO  93/23783
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/11855
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
ICL  G09G  302
FREF
PNO  WO 94/14152
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
ICL  G09G  302
FREF
PNO  WO 95/21395
ISD  19940800
CNT  WOX
ICL  G02B 2701
FREF
PNO  WO 94/24658
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
ICL  G09G  302
FREF
PNO  WO 95/10106
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
ICL  G09G  302
FREF
PNO  WO 95/10061
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
ICL  G02B 2610
OREF
PAL  Aley et al., "A Sourceless Orientation Sensor", Sensors, Nov. 1993, p. 55.
PAL  Analog Devices, Inc., "Analog Devices", specifications, 1995, pp. 1, 3, 5,
      7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19.
PAL  Antonoff, "Living in a Virtual World", Popular Science, Jun. 1993, pp.
      83-86, 124-125.
PAL  Applewhite, "Position Tracking in Virtual Reality", Beyond the vision: the
      technology, research, and business of virtual reality, Proceedings of
      Virtual Reality '91, the Second Annual Conference on Virtual Reality,
      Artificial Reality, and Cyberspace, 1991 San Francisco, pp. 1-8.
PAL  Black, "Digi-Compass, Is your house rotating . . . what about your
      computer?", Radio Electronics, Nov. 1989, pp. 43-45, 50-51, 82.
PAL  Bridges, "Three-dimensional displays in the future flight station", SPIE,
      vol. 507, 1984, pp. 143-154.
PAL  Brooks, "Head Sensor Ideas", Oxford University, Nov. 22, 1991.
PAL  Burley et al., "A full-color wide-field-of-view holographic helmet-mounted
      display for pilot/vehicle interface development and human factors
      studies", SPIE, vol. 1290, 1990, pp. 9-15.
PAL  Caristi, "Build An Electronic Compass", Radio Electronics, Jun. 1991, pp.
      39-42.
PAL  Carr, "Is Virtual Reality Virtually Here?", Training & Development, Oct.
      1992, pp. 37-41.
PAL  Casey et al., "Survey of Available Head Tracking Technology", PCVR, vol. 1,
      Issue 5, Sep./Oct. 1992, pp. 2-11.
PAL  Clarke, "Cheap Head Orientation Sensors", University of Central Florida,
      Nov. 25, 1991.
PAL  Clarke, "Hybrid Approaches to Orthogonal Localization and Orientation
      Systems", Small Business Innovation Research Program, Proposal Cover Sheet
      and Project Summary, Jan. 9, 1992.
PAL  Clarke, "Keeping Your Virtual Feet on the Ground", PCVR, Issue 13,
      Jan./Feb. 1994, pp. 13-24.
PAL  Deering, "High Resolution Virtual Reality", Computer Graphics, 26, 2, Jul.
      1992, pp. 195, 197, 201.
PAL  "Electrical Devices", Dinsmore No. 1525 Analog Sensor, R & D Magazine, Oct.
      1991.
PAL  Extance et al., "GaAs Magnetic Field Sensors", IEEE, 1985, p. 304-307.
PAL  Ferrin, "Survey of helmet tracking technologies", SPIE, vol. 1456, 1991, p.
      86-94.
PAL  Fisher et al., "Living in a Virtual World", Byte, Jul. 1990, pp. 215-216,
      218, 220-221.
PAL  Foley, Interfaces for Advanced Computing, Scientific American, Oct. 1987,
      vol. 257, No. 4, pp. 126-135.
PAL  The Fredericks Co., specifications, memoranda, and graphs, Nov. 16, 1992.
PAL  Garner, "Forum Building the Smart Compass", Oshkosh 1986, Hampton,
      Virginia, 1986.
PAL  Gottschalk, et al., "Autocalibration for Virtual Environments Tracking
      Hardware", Computer Graphics Proceedings, Annual Conference Series, 1993,
      pp. 65-72.
PAL  Grenoble, "Sensor and logic form digital compass", Dinsmore No. 1490
      Digital Sensor, EDN, Dec. 6, 1990.
PAL  Honeywell, "One-Axis Magnetoresistive Microcircuit HMC1001",
      specifications, Mar. 1995.
PAL  Honeywell, "Two-Axis Magnetoresistive Microcircuit HMC1002",
      specifications, Mar. 1995.
PAL  Horn, "Seeing the invisible", U.S. News & World Report, Jan. 28, 1991, pp.
      56-58.
PAL  James, "Goggles Brighten Dark Subway", The New York Times, Apr. 10, 1992.
PAL  Jones et al., "Evaluation of conformal and body-axis attitude information
      for spatial awareness", SPIE, vol. 1695, 1992, pp. 146-153.
PAL  Kopin Corporation, "Kopin Corporation Affiliate Announces Strategic
      Alliance With Marubeni Australia Ltd.; Marubeni to Distribute Forte
      Technologies' VFX1(TM) in the Far East and Pacific Rim Markets", Business
      Wire, May 31, 1995.
PAL  Krueger, Artificial Reality, 1983 Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, pp.
      67-68.
PAL  Krueger, Artificial Reality II, 1991 Addison-Wesley Publishing Company,
      Inc., pp. 66-82, 102-116, 130-149, 179-182, 237-239, 267-279.
PAL  Lancaster, "Hardware Hacker, A solid-state digital compass",
      Radio-Electronics, Dec. 1988, pp. 33-36, 96.
PAL  Lindquist, "Demo 92: From the practical to the playful", Computerworld,
      Feb. 10, 1992, p. 37.
PAL  Merritt et al., "Stereoscopic Displays and Applications II", SPIE, vol.
      1457, 1991, pp. 327-343.
PAL  Merritt et al., "Stereoscopic Displays and Applications III", SPIE, vol.
      1669, 1992, pp. 84-89.
PAL  Meyer et al., "A Survey of Position Trackers", Presence, vol. 1, No. 2,
      Spring 1992, p. 173-200.
PAL  Micronta, Service Manual, Flux-Gate Electronic Compass Catalog No.: 63-641,
      1992, pp. 1-12.
PAL  Miller, "Online Interviews Dr. Thomas A. Furness III, Virtual Reality
      Pioneer", ONLINE, Nov. 1992, pp. 14-15, 17-18, 20-22, 24-27.
PAL  Noble, "Electronic fluxgate compass", Electronics World & Wireless World,
      Jan. 1992.
PAL  Ono-Sendai Corporation, Specifications, Dec. 22, 1993.
PAL  Petersen, "Magnetoresistive sensors for navigation", IMechE, C391/028,
      1989, pp. 87-92.
PAL  Philips Semiconductors, "Magnetic field sensor", Product specification,
      KMZ10B, Oct. 1994, p. 61, 64.
PAL  Pietila et al., "Vector Magnetometer as an Attitude Determining
      Instrument", NASA Grant NGR 05-017-031, Research Report, Dec. 27, 1974,
      pp. 1-16.
PAL  Primdahl, "The fluxgate magnetometer", Journal of Physics E: Scientific
      Instruments, vol. 12, No. 4, Apr. 1979, pp. 241-253.
PAL  Raab et al., "Magnetic Position and Orientation Tracking System", IEEE,
      vol. AES-15, No. 5, Sep. 1979, p. 709-718.
PAL  Raman, "Magnetic heading sensor", Electronics & Wireless World, Oct. 1988,
      pp. 1023-1024.
PAL  Smith, "VA to Test PC System for Handicapped", Government Computer News,
      vol. 9, No. 6, Mar. 19, 1990, p. 114, ISSN 0738-4300.
PAL  Stewart, "Through the looking glass into an artificial world--via
      computer", Smithsonian, vol. 21, No. 10, Jan. 1991, pp. 36-45.
PAL  Sutherland, "A head-mounted three dimensional display", Fall Joint
      ComputerConference, 1968, pp. 757-763.
PAL  Travers, "Consumer Markets--The Cybermax HMD", Virtual Reality, 1994.
PAL  "Virtual Reality Resource Guide", A1 Expert, Aug. 1992, pp. 42-47.
PAL  "Airlines Weigh Benefits, Costs of At-Seat Video", Aviation Week & Space
      Technology, Aug. 15, 1994, pp. 44-45.
PAL  Antonorff, "Real estate is cheap here, but the places you'd most want to
      visit are still under construction", Popular Science, Jun. 1993, pp.
      83-86, 124-125.
PAL  Assenheim et al., "Large-Screen-Projection, Avionic, and Helmet-Mounted
      Displays", Proceedings, The International Society for Optical Engineering,
      Feb. 26-28, 1991, vol. 1456, pp. 179-180.
PAL  Benton, "Practical Holography VIII", Proceedings, The International Society
      for Optical Engineering, Feb. 7-9, 1991, vol. 2176, pp. 241-248.
PAL  Burley, et al., "A full-color wide-field-of-view holographic helmet-mounted
      display for pilot/vehicle interface development and human factors
      studies", SPIE, vol. 1290 Helmet-Mounted Displays II (1990), pp. 9-15.
PAL  Driscoll et al., Handbook of Optics, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1978, p.
      13-6.
PAL  Farmer, "The right solution to the right problem . . . now", Comdex Daily,
      Nov. 15, 1994, p. 4.
PAL  Fischer, "Fundamentals and Optics for Head Mounted Displays", Photonics
      West '95, Feb. 4-10, 1995.
PAL  Horn, "Seeing the invisible", U.S. News & World Report, Jan. 28, 1991.
PAL  Pope, "Say ahhh! Videos help you relax", The Times-Picayune, Oct. 25, 1994,
      pp. 1, A-6.
PAL  Rotier, "Optical Approaches to the Helmet Mounted Display", SPIE, 1989,
      vol. 1116, pp. 14-17.
PAL  Siggraph, Nikkei Electronics, Aug. 22, 1994, pp. 13-14.
PAL  Starks, "Stereoscopic video and the quest for virtual reality: an annotated
      bibliography of selected topics", SPIE, vol. 1457 Stereoscopic Displays
      and Applications II (1991), pp. 327-343.
PAL  "Survey of Head Mounted Displays", Real Time Graphics, Aug. 1994, vol. 3,
      No. 2, pp. 1, 8-12.
PAL  Virtual I/O, "i-glasses!", Twice CES Daily, Jan. 6, 1995, p. 30.
PAL  Virtual I/O. Specifications, Virtual Reality World, Nov./Dec. 1994, p. 11.
PAL  Virtual I/O, VR News, "Tele-Communications Inc. to market test Virtual I/O
      HMDs for cable TV applications", Aug./Sep. 1994, p. 17.
PAL  VR News, Dec. 1994, vol. 3, Issue 10, pp. 4, 8, 12.
LREP
FRM  Sheridan Ross P.C.
ABST
PAL  A visual display device is provided for delivering a generated image,
      preferably combinable with environment light, to the eye of a user. The
      device is lightweight and compact but yields a high quality image. In one
      embodiment, a shroud protects from stray light and holds optical elements
      in desired alignment. In one embodiment an image generator is masked by at
      least two masks to provide for a high quality image without waste. In one
      embodiment, a removably mounted shield or activatable device and convert
      the apparatus from a see-through device to an immersion device and back
      again. In one embodiment, the device can be comfortably mounted to the
      user's head while still allowing for use of conventional eyeglasses. A
      tracker for outputting an indication of the orientation, attitude and/or
      position of a head-mounted display (HMD) may be provided. The tracker can
      be configured so that it is incorporated in the HMD housing and/or can be
      easily decoupled from the HMD, so that the HMD can be used without the
      tracker (e.g. for watching movies). Preferably, decoupling involves
      unplugging a single electrical connector (such as a cable) and unfastening
      a mechanical connection (such as a strap). Preferably the tracker provides
      pass-through of signal to the HMD and, when the tracker is coupled to the
      HMD, only a single cable or other data link connects the HMD-tracker
      combination to the host computer. In one embodiment, the tracker uses
      magnetic sensors. In another embodiment, one or more inertial sensors,
      such as a rate gyro and/or accelerometers are used.
PATN
WKU  059910860
SRC  9
APN  1049623
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980625
TTL  Inflatable optical housing
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Lucas; Michael A
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Carroll; David W.
CTY  Northfield
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Carroll; James L.
CTY  Northfield
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  ViA, Inc.
CTY  Northfield
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359630
XCL  359667
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 2714
ICL  G02B  106
FSC  359
FSS  630;667
FSC  606
FSS  192
FSC  623
FSS  6
UREF
PNO  3872235
ISD  19750300
NAM  Manly, Jr.
OCL  175 52
UREF
PNO  4240721
ISD  19801200
NAM  Drop, Sr.
OCL  353 74
UREF
PNO  4268111
ISD  19810500
NAM  Green et al.
OCL  350 70
UREF
PNO  4486079
ISD  19841200
NAM  Ueda
OCL  350546
UREF
PNO  4991222
ISD  19910200
NAM  Nixdorf
OCL  381188
UREF
PNO  5123044
ISD  19920600
NAM  Tate
OCL  379451
UREF
PNO  5129109
ISD  19920700
NAM  Runckel
OCL    2440
UREF
PNO  5191363
ISD  19930300
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  351 62
UREF
PNO  5191879
ISD  19930300
NAM  Krauter
OCL  128  4
UREF
PNO  5285398
ISD  19940200
NAM  Janik
OCL  364708.1
UREF
PNO  5347400
ISD  19940900
NAM  Hunter
OCL  359815
UREF
PNO  5369415
ISD  19941100
NAM  Richard et al.
OCL  346  6
UREF
PNO  5406417
ISD  19950400
NAM  Denvenyi
OCL  359823
UREF
PNO  5418642
ISD  19950500
NAM  Bende
OCL  359450
UREF
PNO  5491651
ISD  19960200
NAM  Janik
OCL  364708.1
UREF
PNO  5523890
ISD  19960600
NAM  Reaney
OCL  359802
UREF
PNO  5555490
ISD  19960900
NAM  Carroll
OCL  361686
UREF
PNO  5572401
ISD  19961100
NAM  Carroll
OCL  361683
UREF
PNO  5581492
ISD  19961200
NAM  Janik
OCL  364708.1
UREF
PNO  5596339
ISD  19970100
NAM  Furness, III, et al.
OCL  345  8
UREF
PNO  5798907
ISD  19980800
NAM  Janik
OCL  361683
LREP
FRM  Patterson & Keough, P.A.
ABST
PAL  An inflatable optical housing is adapted to provide a visual image and be
      used in connection with a separate computing device. The housing is sized
      by one or more bladders and at least one associated alignment member.
      Optical elements of the device provide an image of a display and/or an
      enhanced magnified image via lensing. The housing preferably is
      constructed of lightweight materials and is adapted for rapid inflation
      and deflation through a variety of mechanisms and with a variety of media.
      Embodiments of the invention are especially advantageous with wearable
      computing devices and methods.
PATN
WKU  059910879
SRC  8
APN  4695429
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19950606
TTL  Non-orthogonal plate in a virtual reality or heads up display
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Letendre; Suzanne
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Rallison; Richard Dennis
CTY  Paradise
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  i-o Display System LLC
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  436494
APD  19950508
PSC  01
PNO  5619377
RLAP
COD  81
APN  152213
APD  19931112
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  76
APN  832237
APD  19920207
PSC  01
PNO  5303085
CLAS
OCL  359631
XCL  359630
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 2714
FSC  359
FSS  630;631
UREF
PNO  D300476
ISD  19890300
NAM  Sestak
OCL  D29 18
UREF
PNO  D301644
ISD  19890600
NAM  Sestak
OCL  D29 18
UREF
PNO  D334557
ISD  19930400
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  D14114
UREF
PNO  D334742
ISD  19930400
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  D14113
UREF
PNO  D337320
ISD  19930700
NAM  Hunter et al.
OCL  D14113
UREF
PNO  D338514
ISD  19930800
NAM  Holmes
OCL  D21240
UREF
PNO  2955156
ISD  19601000
NAM  Heilig
OCL  178  6.5
UREF
PNO  2958258
ISD  19601100
NAM  Kelly
OCL   88 24
UREF
PNO  3043910
ISD  19620700
NAM  Hicks
OCL  178  7.85
UREF
PNO  3589795
ISD  19710600
NAM  Miyazaki et al.
OCL  350 96B
UREF
PNO  3614314
ISD  19711000
NAM  Rossire
OCL  178  7.88
UREF
PNO  3874783
ISD  19750400
NAM  Cole
OCL  350 96B
UREF
PNO  3915548
ISD  19751000
NAM  Opittek et al.
OCL  350  3.5
UREF
PNO  3923370
ISD  19751200
NAM  Mostrom
OCL  350 55
UREF
PNO  3940204
ISD  19760200
NAM  Withrington
OCL  350  3.5
UREF
PNO  3945721
ISD  19760300
NAM  Corcoran
OCL  353 84
UREF
PNO  4026641
ISD  19770500
NAM  Bosserman et al.
OCL  350298
UREF
PNO  4028725
ISD  19770600
NAM  Lewis
OCL  358103
UREF
PNO  4042957
ISD  19770800
NAM  Ellis
OCL  358109
UREF
PNO  4048653
ISD  19770900
NAM  Spooner
OCL  358104
UREF
PNO  4257062
ISD  19810300
NAM  Meredith
OCL  358 81
UREF
PNO  4269476
ISD  19810500
NAM  Gauthier et al.
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4310849
ISD  19820100
NAM  Glass
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4322135
ISD  19820300
NAM  Freeman
OCL  350410
UREF
PNO  4348185
ISD  19820900
NAM  Breglia et al.
OCL  434 43
UREF
PNO  4361384
ISD  19821100
NAM  Bosserman
OCL  359630
UREF
PNO  4385803
ISD  19830500
NAM  Ellis
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4395731
ISD  19830700
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4398799
ISD  19830800
NAM  Swift
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4437113
ISD  19840300
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  358 93
UREF
PNO  4439157
ISD  19840300
NAM  Breglia et al.
OCL  434 40
UREF
PNO  4446480
ISD  19840500
NAM  Breglia et al.
OCL  358104
UREF
PNO  4465347
ISD  19840800
NAM  Task et al.
OCL  350538
UREF
PNO  4468101
ISD  19840800
NAM  Ellis
OCL  350538
UREF
PNO  4550984
ISD  19851100
NAM  Reymond
OCL  350404
UREF
PNO  4559555
ISD  19851200
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4561723
ISD  19851200
NAM  Hamano et al.
OCL  350331R
UREF
PNO  4571628
ISD  19860200
NAM  Thornton
OCL  358224
UREF
PNO  4636866
ISD  19870100
NAM  Hattori
OCL  358236
UREF
PNO  4641931
ISD  19870200
NAM  Loy
OCL  350538
UREF
PNO  4651201
ISD  19870300
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  358 98
UREF
PNO  4652870
ISD  19870300
NAM  Steward
OCL  340705
UREF
PNO  4695129
ISD  19870900
NAM  Faessen et al.
OCL  350 96.25
UREF
PNO  4706117
ISD  19871100
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4711512
ISD  19871200
NAM  Upatnieks
OCL  350  3.7
UREF
PNO  4737972
ISD  19880400
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  378 41
UREF
PNO  4743200
ISD  19880500
NAM  Welch et al.
OCL  434 43
UREF
PNO  4753514
ISD  19880600
NAM  Kubik
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4757714
ISD  19880700
NAM  Purdy et al.
OCL   73597
UREF
PNO  4761056
ISD  19880800
NAM  Evans et al.
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4763990
ISD  19880800
NAM  Wood
OCL  350320
UREF
PNO  4775217
ISD  19881000
NAM  Ellis
OCL  350538
UREF
PNO  4786966
ISD  19881100
NAM  Hanson et al.
OCL  358108
UREF
PNO  4791300
ISD  19881200
NAM  Yin
OCL  250363R
UREF
PNO  4796987
ISD  19890100
NAM  Linden
OCL  351158
UREF
PNO  4797736
ISD  19890100
NAM  Kloots et al.
OCL  358 93
UREF
PNO  4799765
ISD  19890100
NAM  Ferrer
OCL  359631
UREF
PNO  4805988
ISD  19890200
NAM  Dones
OCL  350137
UREF
PNO  4806011
ISD  19890200
NAM  Bettinger
OCL  351158
UREF
PNO  4807202
ISD  19890200
NAM  Cherri et al.
OCL  367129
UREF
PNO  4821727
ISD  19890400
NAM  Levene et al.
OCL  128653
UREF
PNO  4826287
ISD  19890500
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4853764
ISD  19890800
NAM  Sutter
OCL  358  3
UREF
PNO  4859030
ISD  19890800
NAM  Rotier
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4859031
ISD  19890800
NAM  Berman et al.
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4867551
ISD  19890900
NAM  Perera
OCL  351158
UREF
PNO  4869575
ISD  19890900
NAM  Kubik
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4871228
ISD  19891000
NAM  Roos
OCL  350 96.25
UREF
PNO  4874214
ISD  19891000
NAM  Cheyason et al.
OCL  350  3.7
UREF
PNO  4874235
ISD  19891000
NAM  Webster
OCL  351201
UREF
PNO  4884137
ISD  19891100
NAM  Hanson et al.
OCL  358108
UREF
PNO  4884219
ISD  19891100
NAM  Waldren
OCL  364514
UREF
PNO  4897715
ISD  19900100
NAM  Beamon
OCL  358 93
UREF
PNO  4900133
ISD  19900200
NAM  Berman
OCL  350346
UREF
PNO  4902083
ISD  19900200
NAM  Wells
OCL  350  6.6
UREF
PNO  4902116
ISD  19900200
NAM  Ellis
OCL  350501
UREF
PNO  4902120
ISD  19900200
NAM  Weyer
OCL  351158
UREF
PNO  4904049
ISD  19900200
NAM  Hegg
OCL  350 96.27
UREF
PNO  4930888
ISD  19900600
NAM  Freisleben et al.
OCL  356152
UREF
PNO  4932731
ISD  19900600
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  350  3.7
UREF
PNO  4933755
ISD  19900600
NAM  Dahl et al.
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4934773
ISD  19900600
NAM  Becker
OCL  350  6.6
UREF
PNO  4952024
ISD  19900800
NAM  Gale
OCL  350143
UREF
PNO  4961625
ISD  19901000
NAM  Wood et al.
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4961626
ISD  19901000
NAM  Fournier et al.
OCL  350174
UREF
PNO  4968123
ISD  19901100
NAM  Fournier et al.
OCL  350538
UREF
PNO  4969714
ISD  19901100
NAM  Fournier et al.
OCL  353174
UREF
PNO  4969724
ISD  19901100
NAM  Ellis
OCL  350503
UREF
PNO  4970589
ISD  19901100
NAM  Hanson et al.
OCL  358108
UREF
PNO  4982278
ISD  19910100
NAM  Dahl et al.
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  4983014
ISD  19910100
NAM  Nattermann
OCL  350 96.24
UREF
PNO  4984179
ISD  19910100
NAM  Waldern
OCL  364514
UREF
PNO  4993790
ISD  19910200
NAM  Vick
OCL  350  3.73
UREF
PNO  4995165
ISD  19910200
NAM  Daniels
OCL   33361
UREF
PNO  5003300
ISD  19910300
NAM  Wells
OCL  340705
UREF
PNO  5005213
ISD  19910400
NAM  Hanson et al.
OCL  455617
UREF
PNO  5019828
ISD  19910500
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  342457
UREF
PNO  5034809
ISD  19910700
NAM  Katoh
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  5035473
ISD  19910700
NAM  Kuwayama et al.
OCL  350  3.7
UREF
PNO  5039198
ISD  19910800
NAM  VanBeek
OCL  385117
UREF
PNO  5046827
ISD  19910900
NAM  Frost et al.
OCL  359 54
UREF
PNO  5050966
ISD  19910900
NAM  Berman
OCL  359 38
UREF
PNO  5053755
ISD  19911000
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  340705
UREF
PNO  5081542
ISD  19920100
NAM  Efron et al.
OCL  359 41
UREF
PNO  5089903
ISD  19920200
NAM  Kuwayama et al.
OCL  359 15
UREF
PNO  5091719
ISD  19920200
NAM  Beamon
OCL  340705
UREF
PNO  5123726
ISD  19920600
NAM  Webster
OCL  351201
UREF
PNO  5124821
ISD  19920600
NAM  Antier et al.
OCL  359 14
UREF
PNO  5129716
ISD  19920700
NAM  Holakovszky et al.
OCL  351 50
UREF
PNO  5130794
ISD  19920700
NAM  Ritchey
OCL  358 87
UREF
PNO  5138555
ISD  19920800
NAM  Albrecht
OCL  364424.06
UREF
PNO  5151722
ISD  19920900
NAM  Massof et al.
OCL  351158
UREF
PNO  5162828
ISD  19921100
NAM  Furness et al.
OCL  353122
UREF
PNO  5162928
ISD  19921100
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  359 13
UREF
PNO  5164848
ISD  19921100
NAM  Firth et al.
OCL  359 13
UREF
PNO  5166778
ISD  19921100
NAM  Beamon
OCL  358  3
UREF
PNO  5170153
ISD  19921200
NAM  Migozzi et al.
OCL  340705
UREF
PNO  5181013
ISD  19930100
NAM  Bagshaw et al.
OCL  340702
UREF
PNO  5184231
ISD  19930200
NAM  Ellis
OCL  359 13
UREF
PNO  5189512
ISD  19930200
NAM  Cameron et al.
OCL  358 93
UREF
PNO  5192960
ISD  19930300
NAM  Komamura
OCL  351 41
UREF
PNO  5198928
ISD  19930300
NAM  Chauvin
OCL  359465
UREF
PNO  5200844
ISD  19930400
NAM  Suvada
OCL  359 40
UREF
PNO  5231379
ISD  19930700
NAM  Wood et al.
OCL  340705
UREF
PNO  5255211
ISD  19931000
NAM  Redmond
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5274405
ISD  19931200
NAM  Webster
OCL  351158
UREF
PNO  5276471
ISD  19940100
NAM  Yamauchi et al.
OCL  351153
UREF
PNO  5278680
ISD  19940100
NAM  Karasawa et al.
OCL  359 40
UREF
PNO  5281957
ISD  19940100
NAM  Schoolman
OCL  345  8
UREF
PNO  5293271
ISD  19940300
NAM  Merritt et al.
OCL  359858
UREF
PNO  5300942
ISD  19940400
NAM  Dolgoff
OCL  345 32
UREF
PNO  5303085
ISD  19940400
NAM  Rallison
OCL  359631
UREF
PNO  5305244
ISD  19940400
NAM  Newman et al.
OCL  364708.1
UREF
PNO  5309169
ISD  19940500
NAM  Lippert
OCL  345  8
UREF
PNO  5320538
ISD  19940600
NAM  Baum
OCL  434307
UREF
PNO  5321416
ISD  19940600
NAM  Bassett et al.
OCL  345  8
UREF
PNO  5322441
ISD  19940600
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  434307
UREF
PNO  5323174
ISD  19940600
NAM  Klapman et al.
OCL  345156
UREF
PNO  5327175
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kim
OCL  348526
UREF
PNO  5331149
ISD  19940700
NAM  Spitzer et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5334991
ISD  19940800
NAM  Wells et al.
OCL  345  8
UREF
PNO  5335299
ISD  19940800
NAM  Atkinson
OCL  382 56
UREF
PNO  5347400
ISD  19940900
NAM  Hunter
OCL  359815
UREF
PNO  5353042
ISD  19941000
NAM  Klapman et al.
OCL  345156
UREF
PNO  5357372
ISD  19941000
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  359637
UREF
PNO  5373857
ISD  19941200
NAM  Travers et al.
OCL  128782
UREF
PNO  5383053
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hegg et al.
OCL  359486
UREF
PNO  5392158
ISD  19950200
NAM  Tosaki
OCL  359633
UREF
PNO  5408346
ISD  19950400
NAM  Trissel et al.
OCL  359 65
UREF
PNO  5451976
ISD  19950900
NAM  Ito
OCL  345  8
FREF
PNO  91309108
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 461 942 A1
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
ICL  G09B  932
FREF
PNO  2517916
ISD  19830600
CNT  FRX
ICL  H04N  954
FREF
PNO  3532730
ISD  19870300
CNT  DEX
ICL  A61B  104
FREF
PNO  3628458
ISD  19880200
CNT  DEX
ICL  H04N  120
FREF
PNO  4225589A1
ISD  19940200
CNT  DEX
ICL  G09F  900
FREF
PNO  59-117889
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  954
FREF
PNO  59-219092
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  954
FREF
PNO  62-272698
ISD  19871100
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N 1304
FREF
PNO  63-82192
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N 1302
FREF
PNO  63-177689
ISD  19880700
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N 1304
FREF
PNO  1-61723
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-46161
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
ICL  G09G  536
FREF
PNO  6-59217
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
ICL  G02B 2728
FREF
PNO  2 143 948
ISD  19850200
CNT  GBX
ICL  G01C  100
FREF
PNO  2266385A
ISD  19931000
CNT  GBX
ICL  G02B 2310
FREF
PNO  2270775A
ISD  19940300
CNT  GBX
ICL  G02B 2702
FREF
PNO  2 274 727
ISD  19940800
CNT  GBX
ICL  G02B 2700
FREF
PNO  2 279 201
ISD  19941200
CNT  GBX
ICL  H04R  110
FREF
PNO  2 281 846
ISD  19950300
CNT  GBX
ICL  A45F  300
FREF
PNO  2 287 551
ISD  19950900
CNT  GBX
ICL  G02B 2300
FREF
PNO  84/01680
ISD  19840400
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04N  564
FREF
PNO  WO 92/03756
ISD  19920300
CNT  WOX
ICL  G02B 2700
FREF
PNO  93/23783
ISD  19931100
CNT  WOX
ICL  G02B 2700
FREF
PNO  WO 94/11855
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
ICL  G09G  302
FREF
PNO  WO 94/14152
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
ICL  G09G  302
FREF
PNO  WO 94/24658
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
ICL  G09G  302
FREF
PNO  WO 95/10106
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
ICL  G09G  302
FREF
PNO  WO 95/10061
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
ICL  G02B 2610
OREF
PAL  Foley, Interfaces for Advanced Computing, Scientific American, Oct. 1987,
      vol. 257, No. 4, pp. 126-135.
PAL  Krueger, Artificial Reality II, 1991 Addison-Wesley Publishing Company,
      Inc., pp. 66-82, 102-116, 130-149, 179-182, 237-239, 267-279.
PAL  Sutherland, "A head-mounted three dimensional display", Fall Joint Computer
      Conference, 1968, pp. 757-763.
PAL  Antonoff, "Real estate is cheap here, but the places you'd most want to
      visit are still under construction", Popular Science, Jun. 1993, pp.
      83-86, 124-125.
PAL  Burley, et al., "A full-color wide-field-of-view holographic helmet-mounted
      display for pilot/vehicle interface development and human factors
      studies", SPIE , vol. 1290 Helmet-Mounted Displays II (1990), pp. 9-15.
PAL  Carr, "Is Virtual Reality Virtually Here?", Training & Development, Oct.
      1992, pp. 37-41.
PAL  Fisher et al., "Living in a Virtual World", BYTE, Jul. 1990, pp. 215-221.
PAL  Horn, "Seeing the invisible", U.S. News & World Report, Jan. 28, 1991.
PAL  James, "Goggles Brighten Dark Subway", The New York Times, Apr. 10, 1992.
PAL  Jones et al., "Evaluation of conformal and body-axis attitude information
      for spatial awareness", SPIE, vol. 1695 Helmet-Mounted Displays III
      (1992), pp. 146-153.
PAL  Starks, "Stereoscopic video and the quest for virtual reality: an annotated
      bibliography of selected topics", SPIE, vol. 1457 Stereoscopic Displays
      and Applications II (1991), pp. 327-343.
PAL  Stewart, "Through the looking glass into an artificial world--via
      computer", Smithsonian, vol. 21, No. 10, Jan. 1991, pp. 36-45.
PAL  Assenheim et al., "Large-Screen-Projection, Avionic, and Helmet-Mounted
      Displays", Proceedings, The International Society for Optical Engineering,
      Feb. 26-28, 1991, vol. 1456, pp. 179-190.
PAL  Benton, "Practical Holography VIII", Proceedings, The International Society
      for Optical Engineering, Feb. 7-9, 1994, vol. 2176, pp. 241-248.
PAL  Driscoll et al., Handbook of Optics, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1978, pp.
      13-16.
PAL  Fischer, "Fundamentals and Optics for Head Mounted Displays", Photonics
      West '95, Feb. 4-10, 1995.
PAL  Rotier, "Optical Approaches to the Helmut Mounted Display", SPIE, 1989,
      vol. 1116, pp. 14-17.
PAL  "Survey of Head Mounted Displays", Real Time Graphics, Aug. 1994, vol. 3,
      No. 2, pp. 1, 8-12.
PAL  VR News, Dec. 1994, vol. 3, Issue 10, pp. 4, 8, 12.
PAL  "Airlines Weigh Benefits, Costs of At-Seat Video", Aviation Week & Space
      Technology, Aug. 15, 1994, pp. 44-45.
PAL  Pope, "Say ahhh! Videos help you relax", The Times-Picayune, Oct. 25, 1994,
      pp. 1, A-6.
PAL  Farmer, "The right solution to the right problem . . . now", Comdex Daily,
      Nov. 15, 1994, p. 4.
PAL  Siggraph, Nikkei Electronics, Aug. 22, 1994, pp. 13-14.
PAL  Virtual I/O, "i-glasses!", Twice CES Daily, Jan. 6, 1995, p. 30.
PAL  Virtual I/O, Specifications, Virtual Reality World, Nov./Dec. 1994, p. 11.
PAL  Virtual I/O, VR News, Aug./Sep. 1994, p. 17.
LREP
FRM  Sheridan Ross P.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention eliminates the relay lens systems found in
      conventional helmet mounted displays (HMDs) by removing field distortions
      and aberrations with a contoured fiber optic faceplate placed in close
      proximity to a liquid crystal display (LCD) or cathode ray tube. The
      optical system typically consists of a spherical dielectric or
      holographically made collimator-combiner, a dielectric or holographically
      made fold mirror, and a contoured fiber optic faceplate. The fold mirror
      is flat, and the collimator-combiner is made by coating a spherical eye
      glass blank. The system is configured as a folded and tilted catadioptric
      projector with the novel feature being the contoured faceplate. There are
      no dispersive elements in the imaging assembly which means it can be
      completely polychromatic (full color) without the need for additional
      color correction optics as found in all refractive color systems. When
      designed for full color, highest brightness, and see through capability it
      must be made with two or three narrow spectral and angular sensitive
      coatings on the fold mirror and on the collimator-combiner. These coatings
      allow the use of a tilt of the collimator-combiner with respect to the
      fold mirror which induces a small amount of astigmatism and keystone
      distortion but at the same time allows image light to pass through the
      folded optics to the eye with a minimum of loss.
GOVT
PAC  GOVERNMENT LICENSE RIGHTS
PAR  The U.S. Government has a paid-up license in this invention and the right
      in limited circumstances to require the patent owner to license others on
      reasonable terms as provided by the terms of contract No. DAAA15-92-C-0055
      awarded by the Department of the Army.
PATN
WKU  059910887
SRC  8
APN  8656371
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970529
TTL  Illumination system and exposure apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Lester; Evelyn A.
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  10
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Mizouchi; Satoru
CTY  Utsunomiya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960604
APN  8-163891
CLAS
OCL  359649
XCL  359650
XCL  359651
XCL  359683
XCL  355 53
XCL  353 38
XCL  362268
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  300
ICL  G02B 1514
ICL  G03B 2742
ICL  G03B 2114
FSC  359
FSS  649-651;683
FSC  355
FSS  53
FSC  353
FSS  38
FSC  362
FSS  268
UREF
PNO  3552832
ISD  19710100
NAM  Demaine
OCL  359649
UREF
PNO  4027944
ISD  19770600
NAM  Gottlieb
OCL  359389
UREF
PNO  4595263
ISD  19860600
NAM  Clarke
OCL  359650
UREF
PNO  4872748
ISD  19891000
NAM  Braat
OCL  359716
UREF
PNO  4906080
ISD  19900300
NAM  Omata
OCL  359708
UREF
PNO  4947030
ISD  19900800
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  250201.1
UREF
PNO  4988188
ISD  19910100
NAM  Ohta
OCL  353122
UREF
PNO  5016994
ISD  19910500
NAM  Braat
OCL  359650
UREF
PNO  5555479
ISD  19960900
NAM  Nakagiri
OCL  359651
UREF
PNO  5675401
ISD  19971000
NAM  Wangler et al.
OCL  355 67
UREF
PNO  5745297
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kaneko et al.
OCL  359651
UREF
PNO  5805344
ISD  19980900
NAM  Sasaya et al.
OCL  359651
FREF
PNO  0 687 956
ISD  19951200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4-13686
ISD  19861100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-367213
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-331942
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-331941
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-36026
ISD  19970200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An illumination system includes a light source and an optical system for
      projecting light from the light source to a surface to be illuminated,
      wherein the optical system includes an optical element having a paraxial
      power of substantially zero and having an aspherical surface, and the
      optical element is movable along an optical axis when an illuminance
      distribution on the surface to be illuminated is to be changed.
PATN
WKU  059910895
SRC  9
APN  0150266
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980128
TTL  Long focal length projection lenses for use with large pixelized panels
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Schwartz; Jordan M.
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Kreitzer; Melvyn H.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Precision Lens Inc.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359649
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  300
FSC  359
FSS  649;650;651;692;662
UREF
PNO  Re35310
ISD  19960800
NAM  Moskovich
OCL  359651
UREF
PNO  2468564
ISD  19490400
NAM  Luneburg
OCL  359651
UREF
PNO  4189211
ISD  19800200
NAM  Taylor
OCL  359663
UREF
PNO  4425028
ISD  19840100
NAM  Gagnon et al.
OCL  359246
UREF
PNO  4461542
ISD  19840700
NAM  Gagnon
OCL  349  8
UREF
PNO  4526442
ISD  19850700
NAM  Betensky
OCL  359651
UREF
PNO  4548480
ISD  19851000
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  359650
UREF
PNO  4564269
ISD  19860100
NAM  Uehara
OCL  359650
UREF
PNO  4704009
ISD  19871100
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  359649
UREF
PNO  4826311
ISD  19890500
NAM  Ledebuhr
OCL  353 31
UREF
PNO  4838667
ISD  19890600
NAM  Ueda
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  4838670
ISD  19890600
NAM  Ueda et al.
OCL  359649
UREF
PNO  5042929
ISD  19910800
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  359708
UREF
PNO  5179473
ISD  19930100
NAM  Yano et al.
OCL  359691
UREF
PNO  5200861
ISD  19930400
NAM  Moskovich
OCL  359662
UREF
PNO  5218480
ISD  19930600
NAM  Moskovich
OCL  359753
UREF
PNO  5278698
ISD  19940100
NAM  Iizuka et al.
OCL  359682
UREF
PNO  5313330
ISD  19940500
NAM  Betensky
OCL  359676
UREF
PNO  5331462
ISD  19940700
NAM  Yano
OCL  359689
UREF
PNO  5353161
ISD  19941000
NAM  Ono
OCL  359691
UREF
PNO  5442484
ISD  19950800
NAM  Shikawa
OCL  359651
UREF
PNO  5625495
ISD  19970400
NAM  Moskovich
OCL  359663
UREF
PNO  5659424
ISD  19970800
NAM  Osawa et al.
OCL  359649
FREF
PNO  311116
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0809407
ISD  19971100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  61-205909
ISD  19861200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/41461
ISD  19971100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  The Handbook of Plastic Optics, U.S. Precision Lens, Inc., Cincinnati,
      Ohio, 1983, pp. 17-29.
LREP
FR2  Klee; Maurice M.
ABST
PAL  Projection lens having long focal lengths for use with LCD panels are
      provided. The lenses have a first lens unit which has a positive power and
      a second lens unit which has a negative power. The first lens unit
      contains at least three lens elements organized into two subunits, namely,
      a positive first lens subunit having a positive lens element and a
      negative lens element and a positive second lens subunit having a positive
      lens element. The second lens unit contains at least two lens elements,
      namely, a positive lens element and a negative lens element. The
      projection lens preferably employs only five lens elements arranged in a
      positive, negative, positive, positive, negative configuration.
PATN
WKU  059910909
SRC  9
APN  1602454
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980925
TTL  Afocal zoom system
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Lester; Evelyn A.
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Strahle; Fritz
CTY  Heubach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Carl-Zeiss-Stiftung
CTY  Heidenheim
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970929
APN  197 42 843
CLAS
OCL  359660
XCL  359376
XCL  359377
XCL  359663
XCL  359677
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 2102
ICL  G02B 2122
ICL  G02B 1515
FSC  359
FSS  376;377;677;663;660
UREF
PNO  2901943
ISD  19590900
NAM  Tackaberry
OCL  359377
UREF
PNO  3127466
ISD  19640300
NAM  Walters
OCL  359660
UREF
PNO  4217025
ISD  19800800
NAM  Takenaka
OCL  359377
FREF
PNO  39 04 190
ISD  19891100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Ottesen; Walter
ABST
PAL  The invention is directed to an afocal zoom system for a surgical
      microscope. The zoom system has an even number of members and is
      symmetrically configured.
PATN
WKU  059910917
SRC  9
APN  127032&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980731
TTL  Zoom lens having vibration compensating function
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Spector; David N.
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  25
NFG  109
INVT
NAM  Hayakawa; Shingo
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970804
APN  9-221949
CLAS
OCL  359680
XCL  359557
EDF  6
ICL  G20B 1514
ICL  G20B 2764
FSC  359
FSS  554-557;676-692
UREF
PNO  5270857
ISD  19931200
NAM  Oizumi et al.
OCL  359554
UREF
PNO  5303087
ISD  19940400
NAM  Hayakawa et al.
OCL  359708
UREF
PNO  5598299
ISD  19970100
NAM  Hayakawa
OCL  359557
UREF
PNO  5652678
ISD  19970700
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  359557
UREF
PNO  5774267
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kodama et al.
OCL  359557
UREF
PNO  5835272
ISD  19981100
NAM  Kodama
OCL  359557
UREF
PNO  5847875
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kodama
OCL  359557
FREF
PNO  60-40605
ISD  19850900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-58326
ISD  19881100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-35406
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-136862
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A standard zoom lens of the negative-lead type having a vibration
      compensating function includes, in order from an object side to an image
      side, a first lens unit having a negative refractive power, the first lens
      unit moving along an optical axis during variation of magnification, a
      second lens unit having a positive refractive power, the second lens unit
      moving along the optical axis during variation of magnification, a third
      lens unit having a positive refractive power, the third lens unit moving
      along the optical axis during variation of magnification, and a fourth
      lens unit, the fourth lens unit being stationary during variation of
      magnification, wherein, when the zoom lens vibrates, the third lens unit
      is made to make a movement having at least a vector component which is
      perpendicular to the optical axis to compensate for shaking of an image.
PATN
WKU  059910925
SRC  8
APN  9679464
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19971112
TTL  Zoom lens
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Spector; David N.
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  21
NFG  45
INVT
NAM  Tsutsumi; Katsuhisa
CTY  Omiya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Optical Co., Ltd.
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961211
APN  8-352055
CLAS
OCL  359684
XCL  359683
XCL  359687
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 1514
FSC  359
FSS  676;683;684;687
UREF
PNO  5583700
ISD  19961200
NAM  Usui et al.
OCL  359688
UREF
PNO  5745300
ISD  19980400
NAM  Usui et al.
OCL  359684
UREF
PNO  5760967
ISD  19980600
NAM  Terasawa et al.
OCL  359684
UREF
PNO  5808809
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yahangi
OCL  359683
FREF
PNO  6-59191
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Snider; Ronald R.
ABST
PAL  In a master lens section having an imaging effect, a luminous divergent
      lens portion having a negative refracting power is disposed on the object
      side of an aperture stop, whereby Petzval sum is restrained from greatly
      becoming negative, thus keeping image quality in the periphery of the
      image surface from deteriorating. In a master lens group M, a concave lens
      L.sub.18 a having a negative refracting power is disposed on the object
      side of an aperture stop 2, thus decreasing the distance between a zoom
      lens second group Z2 and the concave lens L.sub.18 at the wide-angle end,
      so that the incident luminous flux moderately diverges at an early stage,
      thus restraining Petzval sum from becoming greatly negative.
PATN
WKU  059910933
SRC  9
APN  1613103
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980928
TTL  Soft-focus zoom lens system
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Sugarman; Scott J.
NDR  8
NFG  41
INVT
NAM  Murata; Masayuki
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ito; Takayuki
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971002
APN  9-269694
CLAS
OCL  359691
XCL  359686
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 1514
FSC  359
FSS  691;690;689;686
UREF
PNO  4241981
ISD  19801200
NAM  Okudaira
OCL  359708
UREF
PNO  4781446
ISD  19881100
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  359707
UREF
PNO  5267086
ISD  19931100
NAM  Hirano
OCL  359707
UREF
PNO  5448412
ISD  19950900
NAM  Maruyama et al.
OCL  359691
UREF
PNO  5822132
ISD  19981000
NAM  Hirakawa
OCL  359691
FREF
PNO  9-179023
ISD  19970700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Greenblum & Bernstein, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A soft-focus zoom lens system comprises a negative front lens group and a
      positive rear lens group, both of which are arranged to perform a zooming
      operation by moving the first lens group and the second lens group, by
      varying the distance between the negative front lens group and the
      positive rear lens group, wherein the soft-focus zoom lens system
      satisfies the following conditions:
EQU  SAU/f.sub.W <-0.10                                         (1)
EQU  0.8<D.sub.W /f.sub.W <2.0                                  (2)
PAL  wherein:
PA1  SAU designates the amount of marginal spherical aberration at the short
      focal-length extremity under the full open aperture condition;
PA1  f.sub.W designates the focal-length of the entire lens system at the short
      focal-length extremity; and
PA1  D.sub.W designates the axial distance between the front lens group and the
      rear lens group at the short focal-length extremity.
PATN
WKU  059910941
SRC  9
APN  1038575
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980624
TTL  Zoom lens system for a lens shutter camera
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Lester; Evelyn A.
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  24
NFG  150
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Yasushi
CTY  Kishiwada
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Minolta Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950919
APN  7-239632
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951005
APN  7-258571
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960214
APN  8-026608
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960214
APN  8-026609
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960823
APN  8-222426
RLAP
COD  74
APN  712257
APD  19960911
PSC  01
PNO  5815324
CLAS
OCL  359692
XCL  359717
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 1514
FSC  359
FSS  692;717
UREF
PNO  4936661
ISD  19900600
NAM  Betensky et al.
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5162947
ISD  19921100
NAM  Ito
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5168403
ISD  19921200
NAM  Umeda et al.
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5218478
ISD  19930600
NAM  Itoh
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5270861
ISD  19931200
NAM  Estelle
OCL  359683
UREF
PNO  5270867
ISD  19931200
NAM  Estelle
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5309285
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ito
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5315440
ISD  19940500
NAM  Betensky et al.
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5327290
ISD  19940700
NAM  Fukushima et al.
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5341244
ISD  19940800
NAM  Lin
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5386321
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kawamura
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5418647
ISD  19950500
NAM  Ishisaka
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5434712
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ito
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5479295
ISD  19951200
NAM  Ohtake
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5541773
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kamo et al.
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5610767
ISD  19970300
NAM  Ito
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5663837
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ohtake et al.
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5663838
ISD  19970900
NAM  Hasushita et al.
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5798873
ISD  19980800
NAM  Hoshi et al.
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5808812
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kamo
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5815324
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yamamoto
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5825557
ISD  19981000
NAM  Ohno
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5864435
ISD  19990100
NAM  Toyama
OCL  359692
FREF
PNO  5249375
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
OCL  359692
LREP
FRM  Price, Gess & Ubell
ABST
PAL  A zoom lens system is composed of two lens units. The first lens unit is
      arranged at an object-side end and the second lens unit is arranged at an
      image-side end. The first lens unit has one lens element of a positive
      refractive power. The second lens unit has two lens elements. One is an
      aspherical plastic lens of non-refractive power. The other is a lens
      having a negative refractive power. During zooming from a wide angle end
      to a telephoto end, the distance between the first and second lens units
      is decreased.
PATN
WKU  059910950
SRC  9
APN  1785419
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19981026
TTL  Compact two-group zoom lens
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Lester; Evelyn A.
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  10
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Sato; Kenichi
CTY  Ageo City
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Optical Co., Ltd.
CTY  Omiya City
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971113
APN  9-329602
CLAS
OCL  359692
XCL  359717
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 1514
ICL  G02B  302
FSC  359
FSS  692;691;717
UREF
PNO  5610767
ISD  19970300
NAM  Ito
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5663838
ISD  19970900
NAM  Hasushita et al.
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5687028
ISD  19971100
NAM  Ito
OCL  359692
FREF
PNO  3-200913
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-82696
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Arnold International
FR2  Arnold; Bruce Y.
ABST
PAL  A compact two-group zoom lens, wherein zooming is accomplished by changing
      the distance between the two lens groups. In order from the object side,
      the first lens group G1 is of positive refracting power and includes a
      negative meniscus lens element L.sub.1 with its concave surface on the
      object side, a positive meniscus lens element L.sub.2 made of plastic
      having two aspherical surfaces with its convex surface on the object side,
      and a biconvex lens element L.sub.3 having different surface curvatures,
      with its surface of stronger curvature on the image side. The second lens
      group G2 includes a positive meniscus lens element L.sub.4 that has two
      aspherical surfaces with its concave surface on the object side, and a
      negative meniscus lens element L.sub.5 with its concave surface on the
      object side. It is preferable that lens element L.sub.4 has an aspherical
      surface of positive refracting power and lens element L.sub.2 has an
      aspherical surface of negative refracting power. Also, it is preferable
      that lens elements L.sub.2 and L.sub.4 are formed with an acrylic-system
      resin. Furthermore, the following conditions are satisfied:
EQU  1.4<f.sub.w /f.sub.1 <2.0                                  (1)
EQU  -0.77<R.sub.9 /f.sub.1 <-0.35                              (2)
PAL  wherein
PA1  f.sub.w is the focal length of the compact two-group zoom lens at the
      wide-angle end,
PA1  f.sub.1 is the focal length of the first lens group, and
PA1  R.sub.9 is the radius of curvature of the object-side surface of the fifth
      lens element.
PATN
WKU  059910968
SRC  8
APN  925692&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19970909
TTL  Zoom lens
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Mai; Huy
NDR  7
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Estelle; Lee R.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359694
XCL  359689
XCL  359691
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 1514
FSC  359
FSS  676-692;694;695;699;700;701
UREF
PNO  4890904
ISD  19900100
NAM  Ito
OCL  359680
UREF
PNO  5042927
ISD  19910800
NAM  Ogawa et al.
OCL  359676
UREF
PNO  5218478
ISD  19930600
NAM  Itoh
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5231541
ISD  19930700
NAM  Han
OCL  359841
UREF
PNO  5235466
ISD  19930800
NAM  Ono et al.
OCL  359684
UREF
PNO  5241420
ISD  19930800
NAM  Yamanashi
OCL  359682
UREF
PNO  5247393
ISD  19930900
NAM  Sugawara
OCL  359690
UREF
PNO  5296969
ISD  19940300
NAM  Mihara
OCL  359687
UREF
PNO  5327290
ISD  19940700
NAM  Fukushima et al.
OCL  359692
UREF
PNO  5446592
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kohno et al.
OCL  359689
UREF
PNO  5793536
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sato
OCL  359691
LREP
FR2  Short; Svetlana Z.
ABST
PAL  A zoom lens comprises a plurality of lens elements arranged in at least two
      zooming lens units. The zoom lens is characterized in that at least one of
      the zooming lens units moves in a first direction, then reverses the
      direction of the movement to move in a second direction and then reverses
      the direction again to move in the first direction.
PATN
WKU  059910976
SRC  9
APN  0375063
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980310
TTL  Lens barrel having a linear guide mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Mack; Ricky
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  31
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Nomura; Hiroshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Azegami; Kazuyoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sasaki; Takamitsu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Kogaku Kogko Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960126
APN  8-12317
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960207
APN  8-21438
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960221
APN  8-34037
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960715
APN  8-184791
RLAP
COD  74
APN  781593
APD  19970109
PSC  01
PNO  5793537
CLAS
OCL  359700
EDF  6
ICL  G02B 1514
FSC  359
FSS  699;700;701;694;704;823
UREF
PNO  3817601
ISD  19740600
NAM  Colaiace et al.
OCL  359700
UREF
PNO  4171880
ISD  19791000
NAM  Mori et al.
OCL  359706
UREF
PNO  4944030
ISD  19900700
NAM  Haraguchi et al.
OCL  396 62
UREF
PNO  5153626
ISD  19921000
NAM  Yamamoto
OCL  396349
UREF
PNO  5198932
ISD  19930300
NAM  Takamura
OCL  359694
UREF
PNO  5218479
ISD  19930600
NAM  Chiou et al.
OCL  359700
UREF
PNO  5231449
ISD  19930700
NAM  Nomura
OCL  396542
UREF
PNO  5245476
ISD  19930900
NAM  Shono
OCL  359699
UREF
PNO  5329329
ISD  19940700
NAM  Fukushima et al.
OCL  359691
UREF
PNO  5349475
ISD  19940900
NAM  Nomura et al.
OCL  359694
UREF
PNO  5394210
ISD  19950200
NAM  Nomura et al.
OCL  396529
UREF
PNO  5424793
ISD  19950600
NAM  Fukushima et al.
OCL  359199
UREF
PNO  5430516
ISD  19950700
NAM  Uziie et al.
OCL  396529
UREF
PNO  5467227
ISD  19951100
NAM  Nomura
OCL  359694
UREF
PNO  5652922
ISD  19970700
NAM  Kohno
OCL  396 72
UREF
PNO  5721645
ISD  19980200
NAM  Iwasaki et al.
OCL  359823
LREP
FRM  Greenblum & Bernstein P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A lens barrel includes an outer barrel provided on an inner periphery with
      a first thread and at least one linear guide groove intersecting the first
      thread and extending in a direction of an optical axis of the lens barrel,
      a middle barrel provided on an outer periphery with a second thread
      meshing with the first thread, and an inner barrel positioned inside the
      middle barrel. The inner barrel is provided with at least one follower
      which engages with the at least one linear guide groove, so that the inner
      barrel is guided along the optical axis without rotating about the optical
      axis with respect to the outer barrel. The lens barrel is also provided
      with a recess formed at a front end of each of the at least one linear
      guide groove on the inner periphery of the outer barrel. The recess has a
      width dimension which enables rotational movement of the at least one
      follower into the at least one linear guide groove during initial meshing
      of the middle barrel with the outer barrel.
PATN
WKU  059910984
SRC  8
APN  860987&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980710
TTL  Lens structure without spherical aberration and stereoscopic camera
      including such lens structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  9
EXA  Spector; David N.
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  9
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Pareto; Eugeni Jordana
STR  Calle Eusebio Guell No. 81
CTY  Sant Boide Llobregat, Barcelona
CNT  ESX
CLAS
OCL  359718
XCL  359708
XCL  359619
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  302
ICL  G02B 2710
FSC  359
FSS  462;463;642;708;712;718;725;900;619
UREF
PNO  1507212
ISD  19240900
NAM  Silberstein
OCL  359718
OREF
PAL  Hecht, Optics--2nd edition, Addison-Wesley Publishing (pp. 129-133,
      225-226), 1987.
PAL  Born & Wolfe, Principles of Optics--4th edition, Pergomon Press (pp.
      166-169, 197-202), 1970.
PAL  Martin, Technical Optics, vol. 2, Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons, Ltd. (pp.
      303-307), 1950.
LREP
FRM  Mathews, Collins, Sherperd & Gould, P.A.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/04903
PD1  19980710
PD2  19980710
PD3  19951212
PCP  WO97/22020
PCD  19970619
ABST
PAR  A lens structure without spherical aberration, formed by a first (S) and
      second (S') curved surface of transparent material facing one towards the
      other, wherein the first surface (S) has a configuration chosen between a
      first and second sub-configuration, the first sub-configuration being
      obtained by applying the sine of the limit refraction angle (i') of the
      transparent material, the derived value being the focus location of the
      first configuration on a horizontal axis (XX'), and the second
      sub-configuration being obtained by applying the sine of the limit
      refraction angle (i') of the transparent material, the derived value being
      the focus location of the first configuration on a horizontal axis (XX'),
      and the second sub-configuration being obtained by applying the sine of
      the limit refraction angle (I') of the transparent material for vertex (v)
      positioning of the second configuration on the horizontal axis (XX'). If a
      particular lens focus (F) is desired, the second curved surface (S') can
      be built according to a formula which optically correlates the second one
      (f") of the second surface focuses (f'; f") with the desired lens focus
      (F), the first one (f') of said second surface focuses (f'; f") being
      always in coincidence with one focus (f) of the first curved surface (S).
      It is also disclosed a stereoscopic camera including such a lens
      structure.
PATN
WKU  059910992
SRC  9
APN  0276804
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19980223
TTL  Adjustable chromatic correction lens
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Letendre; Suzanne
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Lundgren; Mark A.
CTY  Corona
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Air
      Force
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  359754
XCL  359642
XCL  359750
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  900
ICL  G02B  300
ICL  G02B 1304
FSC  359
FSS  642;750-754
UREF
PNO  3924934
ISD  19751200
NAM  Grey
OCL  350184
UREF
PNO  5103342
ISD  19920400
NAM  Kataoka
OCL  359674
LREP
FR2  Nathans; Robert L.
ABST
PAL  An imaging lens device at f/4 has zoomlike variable chromatic and
      spherochromatic correction for imagery in each of the astronomical U, B,
      V, and R bands. This lens system can thus take advantage of the full
      usable wavelength range of CCD cameras extending from 0.35-0.9
      micrometers. A first triplet lens group effects the chromatic correction
      by altering separation between lens elements of the triplet while a second
      triplet lens group maintains a sharp image focus.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT OF GOVERNMENT INTEREST
PAR  The invention described herein may be manufactured and used by or for the
      Government for governmental purposes without the payment of any royalty
      thereon.
PATN
WKU  059911000
SRC  9
APN  243329&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19990203
TTL  Compact view scope
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Thong
NDR  3
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Bacon; Robert E.
CTY  Coconut Creek
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Morgan Zalkin
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  359808
XCL  359367
XCL  359819
XCL   40363
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  702
ICL  G02B 2300
FSC  359
FSS  399;367;405-406;409-410;436;894;440-442;467-469;474-477;798-812
FSC   40
FSS  361-367
UREF
PNO  271838
ISD  18830200
NAM  Gould
OCL   40363
UREF
PNO  2550799
ISD  19510500
NAM  Fuller
OCL   40363
UREF
PNO  3499698
ISD  19700300
NAM  Malys
OCL  359809
UREF
PNO  3707052
ISD  19721200
NAM  Clark
OCL   40363
UREF
PNO  4249330
ISD  19810200
NAM  Chioffe
OCL   40363
UREF
PNO  4920672
ISD  19900500
NAM  Scott, Jr. et al.
OCL   40363
UREF
PNO  5491589
ISD  19960200
NAM  Haymond
OCL  359809
LREP
FR2  Kain, Jr.; Robert C.
ABST
PAL  The compact view scope enables an observer to view miniaturized textual and
      pictorial images mounted in the scope. The compact view scope includes
      axially co-extensive outer and inner cylindrical bodies. The interior of
      the inner cylindrical body is hollow and is light transmissive. A first
      seal is established between the inner and outer cylindrical bodies by
      complementary thread members. The first axial end of the inner body
      defines an integral light filter end cap having at least one surface
      channel thereon. In a preferred embodiment, the surface channel has a
      U-shaped cross-section and provides a thinned end piece region which
      filters light therethrough. A film carrying miniaturized textual and
      pictorial images is disposed at the first axial end in the hollow, light
      transmissive interior of the inner cylindrical body adjacent the axially
      inboard side of the light filtering end cap. At the other, second axial
      end of the inner cylindrical body, a first lens chamfer is formed. The
      outer cylindrical body defines a lens shoulder and a second lens chamfer
      near the second axial end of the outer cylindrical body. A lens is mounted
      on the lens shoulder in the outer cylindrical body and is retained thereat
      by the first lens chamfer on the inner cylindrical body and the second
      lens chamfer formed on the inside surface of the outer cylindrical body.
      The lens, lens chamfers, and, in a preferred embodiment, the lens
      shoulder, form a second seal for the light transmissive, interior of the
      hollow inner cylindrical body.
PATN
WKU  059911018
SRC  9
APN  209911&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19981211
TTL  UV-resistant jointing technique for lenses and mounts
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  12
EXA  Mack; Ricky
EXP  Epps; Georgia
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Holderer; Hubert
CTY  Konigsbronn
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Christ; Johannes
CTY  Schweinhausen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Carl-Zeiss-Stiftung
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19971212
APN  197 55 356
CLAS
OCL  359819
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  702
FSC  359
FSS  819;820
FSC  362
FSS  455
FSC  353
FSS  100
UREF
PNO  5009481
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kinoshita et al.
OCL  385 33
FREF
PNO  0 170 513
ISD  19860500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 761 623 A2
ISD  19971200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  29 00 356
ISD  19791200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  1 468 973
ISD  19770300
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 010, No. 369 (P-525), Oct. 12, 1986 JP 61
      162011 A (Fujitsu Ltd.) Jul. 22, 1986.
PAL  European Search Report EP 98 12 1444. Mar. 23, 1999.
ABST
PAL  An optical element of non-metallic, transparent, material, preferably
      quartz glass or calcium fluoride, is fastened to a mount or a mount
      element that is provided with a surface that forms a gap with the optical
      element. The surface that forms the gap is coated with a metal solder that
      melts at a temperature below about 100.degree. C. The optical element is
      placed at the metal solder, and the metal is melted, resulting in a
      positively locking connection with the optical element.
PATN
WKU  059911026
SRC  8
APN  562827&
APT  1
ART  283
APD  19951127
TTL  Beam protecting device
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Ben; Loha
NDR  45
NFG  70
INVT
NAM  Oono; Masahiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hara; Masato
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sonoda; Tunehiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Maruyama; Koichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941125
APN  6-291379
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941128
APN  6-328790
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950307
APN  7-47450
CLAS
OCL  359820
XCL  359822
XCL  359205
XCL  250568
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  702
FSC  359
FSS  820;823;822;196;220;205;206;207;210;629
FSC  250
FSS  548;568;235
UREF
PNO  4676598
ISD  19870600
NAM  Markley et al.
UREF
PNO  4720168
ISD  19880100
NAM  Kaneko
OCL  359820
UREF
PNO  5144486
ISD  19920900
NAM  Hart
OCL  359629
UREF
PNO  5210650
ISD  19930500
NAM  O'Brien et al.
OCL  359820
UREF
PNO  5225928
ISD  19930700
NAM  Dugan
OCL  359356
UREF
PNO  5233455
ISD  19930800
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  359205
UREF
PNO  5270869
ISD  19931200
NAM  O'Brien et al.
OCL  359820
UREF
PNO  5283695
ISD  19940200
NAM  Ziph-Schatzberg et al.
OCL  359820
UREF
PNO  5347121
ISD  19940900
NAM  Rudeen
OCL  250568
UREF
PNO  5600496
ISD  19970200
NAM  Mori
OCL  359820
UREF
PNO  5610753
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kessler et al.
OCL  359205
UREF
PNO  5673136
ISD  19970900
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  359205
FREF
PNO  5-322564
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-322563
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Matsui, Yoshiya, "Introduction to Image-forming Optics", pp. 112-115,
      published by keigaku Shuppan.
LREP
FRM  Greenblum & Bernstein P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A beam projecting apparatus which includes a light source emitting a laser
      beam; and a beam projecting device which includes a beam projecting
      portion from which the laser beam is projected outwardly so that the laser
      beam has a beam waist position at a predetermined position apart from the
      beam projecting apparatus. The beam projecting apparatus further includes
      a beam waist position adjusting optical system which is disposed along a
      light path from the light source to the beam projecting portion, at least
      one lens element of the beam waist position adjusting optical system being
      movable along an optical axis thereof; a temperature detecting device for
      detecting a temperature in the beam projecting apparatus; and a controller
      for controlling a movement of the at least one lens element in association
      with the temperature detected by the temperature detecting device so that
      a deviation of the beam waist position from the predetermined position due
      to a temperature change is minimized.
PATN
WKU  059911034
SRC  8
APN  9284060
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970912
TTL  Prism optical system
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Shafer; Ricky D.
NDR  10
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Togino; Takayoshi
CTY  Koganei
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Olympus Optical Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941021
APN  6-256676
RLAP
COD  71
APN  545936
APD  19951020
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  359834
XCL  359631
XCL  359633
XCL  345  8
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  504
ICL  G02B 2714
FSC  359
FSS  834;835;836;629;634;631;633
FSC  354
FSS  219;224;225
FSC  396
FSS  373;384;FOR 859
FSC  348
FSS  341
FSC  345
FSS  7;8
UREF
PNO  2323005
ISD  19430600
NAM  Bertele
OCL  354225
UREF
PNO  3424516
ISD  19690100
NAM  Snyder
OCL  359834
UREF
PNO  3555563
ISD  19710100
NAM  Grossman
OCL  351 46
UREF
PNO  3720467
ISD  19730300
NAM  Strong
OCL  359834
UREF
PNO  3967290
ISD  19760600
NAM  Waaske
OCL  354224
UREF
PNO  4063261
ISD  19771200
NAM  Kuboshima
OCL  354225
UREF
PNO  4064516
ISD  19771200
NAM  McLaughlin et al.
OCL  354224
UREF
PNO  4082432
ISD  19780400
NAM  Kirschner
OCL  359631
UREF
PNO  4206988
ISD  19800600
NAM  Miyamoto et al.
OCL  354219
UREF
PNO  4269476
ISD  19810500
NAM  Gauthier et al.
UREF
PNO  4289392
ISD  19810900
NAM  Kobori et al.
OCL  354225
UREF
PNO  4291945
ISD  19810900
NAM  Hayamizu
OCL  359834
UREF
PNO  4802750
ISD  19890200
NAM  Welck
UREF
PNO  4833494
ISD  19890500
NAM  Ohsawa
OCL  354219
UREF
PNO  4874214
ISD  19891000
NAM  Cheysson et al.
UREF
PNO  4969724
ISD  19901100
NAM  Ellis
UREF
PNO  5000544
ISD  19910300
NAM  Staveley
UREF
PNO  5255030
ISD  19931000
NAM  Mukai et al.
UREF
PNO  5489965
ISD  19960200
NAM  Mukai et al.
UREF
PNO  5506728
ISD  19960400
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  359634
UREF
PNO  5530586
ISD  19960600
NAM  Yasugaki
OCL  359501
UREF
PNO  5539578
ISD  19960700
NAM  Togino et al.
OCL  359631
UREF
PNO  5546227
ISD  19960800
NAM  Yasugaki et al.
OCL  359638
FREF
PNO  3-221934
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  0491707
ISD  19380900
CNT  GBX
OCL  359834
OREF
PAL  Emsley; "Reflective Prisms", The Optician; vol. 143; No. 3713; Jun. 1962;
      pp. 535-538.
PAL  Emsley; "Reflective Prisms", The Optician; vol. 143; No. 3714; Jun. 1962;
      pp. 565-568.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  A prism optical system for use as an ocular optical system of a visual
      display apparatus, which has a compact size as a whole, causes a minimal
      reduction of the light intensity in the ocular optical system, provides a
      wide field angle and a large exit pupil diameter, and is effectively
      corrected for off-axis aberrations. The prism optical system has two
      transparent surfaces (6 and 7), and two reflecting surfaces (2 and 3). The
      space between the first transparent surface (6) and the second transparent
      surface (7) is filled with a medium having a refractive index not smaller
      than 1.3. Assuming that a light ray which emanates from the center of an
      image surface (1) and is perpendicularly incident on a pupil position (5)
      is defined as a chief ray, the two reflecting surfaces (2 and 3) are
      disposed such that both the reflecting surfaces are tilted with respect to
      the chief ray, and that the two reflecting surfaces (2and 3) are tilted
      relative to each other so as to diverge toward the image surface (1) or
      the pupil position (5) in a plane in which the optical axis bends. At the
      same time, the two reflecting surfaces (2 and 3) are disposed so that a
      light ray emanating from the image surface (1) approximately intersects a
      light ray which emanates from the second transparent surface (7) and
      enters the pupil position (5).
PATN
WKU  059911042
SRC  8
APN  757908&
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19961127
TTL  Using servowriter medium for quickly written servo-patterns on magnetic
      media
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Kim; W. Chris
NDR  11
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Bonyhard; Peter I.
CTY  Scotts Valley
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Seagate Technology, Inc.
CTY  Scotts Valley
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  360 15
XCL  360 55
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  586
ICL  G11B  502
FSC  360
FSS  51;77.08;135;16;17;97.02;97.03;15;55
FSC  428
FSS  156
UREF
PNO  3258750
ISD  19660600
NAM  Shew
UREF
PNO  3593331
ISD  19710700
NAM  Connell et al.
OCL  760135
UREF
PNO  3753252
ISD  19730800
NAM  Tietze
OCL  360135
UREF
PNO  3777075
ISD  19731200
NAM  Hendershot et al.
OCL  360 17
UREF
PNO  3844907
ISD  19741000
NAM  Kitamoto et al.
OCL  360 17
UREF
PNO  4783705
ISD  19881100
NAM  Moon et al.
OCL  360 77.08
UREF
PNO  4802050
ISD  19890100
NAM  Miyabayashi et al.
OCL  360135
UREF
PNO  5193034
ISD  19930300
NAM  Tsuyoshi et al.
OCL  360 51
UREF
PNO  5210672
ISD  19930500
NAM  Ivers et al.
OCL  360135
UREF
PNO  5278703
ISD  19940100
NAM  Rub et al.
OCL  360 51
UREF
PNO  5350618
ISD  19940900
NAM  Togawa et al.
OCL  428156
UREF
PNO  5523897
ISD  19960600
NAM  Nelson et al.
OCL  360 16
LREP
FRM  Kinney & Lange, P.A.
ABST
PAL  Servo-pattern information is magnetically recorded on a product disc by
      magnetic print-through from a master medium. The master servo-writing
      medium is brought into close proximity with the product "slave" disc, and
      the two are subjected to an external magnetic field which assists in
      transferring magnetic servo-patterns to the slave disc in a print-through
      process. The preferred external magnetic field alternates and rotates with
      respect to the master/slave combination. In an alternative product disc
      structure, the magnetic layer is magnetically altered in a servo-pattern
      configuration. Non-magnetic portions of the servo pattern are created
      which define both gray code and servo burst information for the product
      disc.
PATN
WKU  059911050
SRC  8
APN  5295386
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19950918
TTL  Recording apparatus wherein the recording circuit uses a first power
      supply or a second power supply
ISD  19991123
NCL  52
ECL  1
EXA  Neal; Regina Y.
EXP  Psitos; Aristotelis M.
NDR  9
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Sasaki; Yoshiyuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940926
APN  6-229387
CLAS
OCL  360 46
XCL  330297
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  509
FSC  360
FSS  46
FSC  348
FSS  372
FSC  330
FSS  297
UREF
PNO  5329408
ISD  19940700
NAM  Fuji
OCL  360 46
UREF
PNO  5359466
ISD  19941000
NAM  Fuji et al.
OCL  360 46
UREF
PNO  5446905
ISD  19950800
NAM  Koshiishi
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5523857
ISD  19960600
NAM  Fukushima
OCL  386125
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A recording apparatus includes a first power supply having a first output
      voltage, a second power supply having a second output voltage different
      from the first output voltage, and a recording circuit for recording input
      digital data on a recording medium selectively using the first power
      supply or the second power supply. The recording circuit selectively uses
      the first power supply or the second power supply in accordance with a
      state of the input digital data. It is thereby possible to reduce power
      consumption in the circuitry of the apparatus during recording.
PATN
WKU  059911069
SRC  8
APN  822062&
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970324
TTL  AGC circuit of disk storage apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Faber; Alan
NDR  27
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Ohmori; Hideki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960722
APN  8-192065
CLAS
OCL  360 46
XCL  360 67
XCL  360 48
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  509
FSC  360
FSS  67;46;48;8;65;32
FSC  330
FSS  254;278
UREF
PNO  5438460
ISD  19950800
NAM  Coker et al.
UREF
PNO  5463603
ISD  19951000
NAM  Petersen
XCL  360 61
UREF
PNO  5574709
ISD  19961100
NAM  Takeda
XCL  360 46
UREF
PNO  5684651
ISD  19971100
NAM  Yaegashi et al.
XCL  360 46
FREF
PNO  6111478
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Greer, Burns & Crain
ABST
PAL  An AGC circuit is used for read channels of a disk storage apparatus, by
      controlling a level of a reading output of a head to be kept constant.
      This AGC circuit has a gain control amplifier and a feedback circuit for
      digitally feeding back an output thereof. A maximum current value of a
      current type D/A converter is varied for every zone in zone bit recording.
      A gain adjusting time of the AGC circuit can be therefore minimized in
      each zone. A GAP length in the respective zones can be thereby reduced,
      and a storage capacity is increased. A maximum current value of the
      current type D/A converter is varied in a read/write area and a data
      surface servo area on a disk storage medium. It is therefore feasible to
      minimize the gain adjusting time of the AGC circuit in each of the servo
      area and the read/write area. The current type D/A converter is set so
      that a plus-side maximum current value is different from a minus-side
      maximum current value. The operation is therefore speeded up when
      increasing a gain, and the gain adjusting time of the AGC circuit can be
      minimized.
PATN
WKU  059911077
SRC  8
APN  8221731
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970321
TTL  Sychronous read channel
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Neal; Regina Y.
EXP  Psitos; Aristotelis M.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Behrens; Richard T.
CTY  Lafayette
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Dudley; Trent O.
CTY  Littleton
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Glover; Neal
CTY  Broomfield
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Welland; David R.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Cirrus Logic, Inc.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  210302
APD  19940316
PSC  01
PNO  5812334
RLAP
COD  81
APN  012266
APD  19930201
PSC  01
PNO  5424881
CLAS
OCL  360 46
XCL  360 48
XCL  360 51
XCL  360 65
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  509
ICL  G11B  5035
FSC  360
FSS  46;40;51;48;68
FSC  364
FSS  602;176
FSC  375
FSS  319;345
FSC  341
FSS  118;143;152
FSC  329
FSS  306
FSC  702
FSS  194;199
FSC  327
FSS  307
FSC  455
FSS  296
UREF
PNO  3646520
ISD  19720200
NAM  Spencer
OCL  360 51
UREF
PNO  3819864
ISD  19740600
NAM  Carroll et al.
OCL  370532
UREF
PNO  4118686
ISD  19781000
NAM  Lender
UREF
PNO  4314286
ISD  19820200
NAM  Hardwick
UREF
PNO  4490691
ISD  19841200
NAM  Dolby
UREF
PNO  4506305
ISD  19850300
NAM  Cardero
UREF
PNO  4535371
ISD  19850800
NAM  Harr et al.
UREF
PNO  4613913
ISD  19860900
NAM  Phillips
UREF
PNO  4644564
ISD  19870200
NAM  Dolivo et al.
UREF
PNO  4646281
ISD  19870200
NAM  Verboom
UREF
PNO  4684921
ISD  19870800
NAM  Fok et al.
UREF
PNO  4688016
ISD  19870800
NAM  Fok
UREF
PNO  4774601
ISD  19880900
NAM  Ouchi et al.
UREF
PNO  4849834
ISD  19890700
NAM  Allen
UREF
PNO  4945538
ISD  19900700
NAM  Patel
UREF
PNO  4949196
ISD  19900800
NAM  Davie et al.
UREF
PNO  4953041
ISD  19900800
NAM  Huber
UREF
PNO  4993029
ISD  19910200
NAM  Galbraith et al.
UREF
PNO  5028922
ISD  19910700
NAM  Huang
UREF
PNO  5047767
ISD  19910900
NAM  Weathers et al.
UREF
PNO  5062011
ISD  19911000
NAM  Hase et al.
UREF
PNO  5107379
ISD  19920400
NAM  Huber
UREF
PNO  5121260
ISD  19920600
NAM  Arakawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5121263
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kerwin et al.
UREF
PNO  5150379
ISD  19920900
NAM  Baugh et al.
UREF
PNO  5220466
ISD  19930600
NAM  Coker et al.
UREF
PNO  5231545
ISD  19930700
NAM  Gold
UREF
PNO  5253125
ISD  19931000
NAM  Erikson et al.
UREF
PNO  5255131
ISD  19931000
NAM  Coker et al.
UREF
PNO  5258933
ISD  19931100
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  5260703
ISD  19931100
NAM  Nguyen et al.
UREF
PNO  5282216
ISD  19940100
NAM  Patel et al.
UREF
PNO  5287385
ISD  19940200
NAM  Sugawara et al.
UREF
PNO  5291499
ISD  19940300
NAM  Behrens et al.
UREF
PNO  5291500
ISD  19940300
NAM  Patel et al.
UREF
PNO  5311178
ISD  19940500
NAM  Pan et al.
UREF
PNO  5321559
ISD  19940600
NAM  Nguyen et al.
UREF
PNO  5329554
ISD  19940700
NAM  Behrens et al.
UREF
PNO  5341249
ISD  19940800
NAM  Abbott et al.
UREF
PNO  5341386
ISD  19940800
NAM  Shimoda et al.
UREF
PNO  5343340
ISD  19940800
NAM  Boutaghou et al.
UREF
PNO  5345342
ISD  19940900
NAM  Abbott et al.
UREF
PNO  5359631
ISD  19941000
NAM  Behrens et al.
UREF
PNO  5363112
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hatcher
UREF
PNO  5392295
ISD  19950200
NAM  Coker et al.
UREF
PNO  5459679
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ziperovich
XCL  360 46
UREF
PNO  5550683
ISD  19960800
NAM  Koren
XCL  360 65
FREF
PNO  2-294120
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Roy D. Cideciyan et al., "A PMRL System for Digital Magnetic Recording,"
      IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in Communications, vol. 10, No. 1, pp.
      38-56, Jan. 1992.
PAL  J. Hong et al., "An Experimental 180 Mb/sec PRML Channel for Magnetic
      Recording," IBM Storage Systems Products Division, vol. 27, No. 6, Nov.
      1991.
PAL  J.D. Coker et al., "Implementation of PRML in a Rigid Disk Drive," IBM
      Storage Systems Products Division, vol. 27, No. 6, 1991.
PAL  T.J. Schmerbeck, "A 27Mhz Mixed Analog/Digital Magnetic Recording Channel
      DSP Using Partial Response Signaling with Maximum Likelihood Detection,"
      IEEE International Solid-state Circuits Conference, pp. 136-137, 1991.
PAL  K. Knudson et al., "Producing Soft-Decision Information at the Output of a
      Class IV Partial Response Viterbi Detector," IEEE International Conference
      on Communications, Denver, vol. 2 of 3, pp. 26.5.1-26.5.5, Jun. 1991.
PAL  K. Chopra et al., "A Soft Decision Detection Method for Run-Length Limited
      Recording Channels," Maple Press 1990.
PAL  R. Behrens and A. Armstrong, "An Advanced Read/Write Channel for Magnetic
      Disk Storage," IEEE Twenty-Sixth Asilomar Conference on Signals, Systems &
      Computers, vol. 2, ppl 956-960, Oct. 1992.
PAL  H.K. Thapar et al., "A Class of Partial Response Systems for Increasing
      Storage Density in Magnetic Recording," IEEE Transactions on Magnetics,
      vol. MAG-23, No. 5, Sep. 1987.
PAL  William L. Abbott et al., "Channel equalization Methods for Magnetic
      Storage," IEEE, pp. 1618-1622, 1989.
PAL  William L. Abbott et al., "Performance of Digital Magnetic Recording with
      Equalization and Offtrack Interference," IEEE Transactions on Magnetics,
      vol. 27, No. 1, Jan. 1991.
LREP
FR2  Sheerin; Howard H.
FR2  Shifrin; Dan A.
ABST
PAL  A synchronous read channel is disclosed which samples an analog read signal
      from a magnetic read head positioned over a magnetic disk medium, computes
      a DC offset in the sample values in real time, and subtracts the DC offset
      from the read signal. This attenuates the deleterious affect a DC offset
      has on the detection algorithm used to detect the recorded data, such as
      the Viterbi detection algorithm.
PATN
WKU  059911085
SRC  8
APN  8045925
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970224
TTL  Recording and reproducing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  7
EXA  Davidson; Dan
EXP  Psitos; Artistotelis M.
NDR  20
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Ohta; Haruo
CTY  Hirakata
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960308
APN  8-051767
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961213
APN  8-334246
CLAS
OCL  360 53
XCL  360 31
XCL  369 48
XCL  369124
XCL  386113
XCL  386114
XCL  386115
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  509
FSC  360
FSS  31;53
FSC  386
FSS  113-115
FSC  371
FSS  71
FSC  369
FSS  54;124;47-48;58;111
UREF
PNO  4331992
ISD  19820500
NAM  Klein et al.
OCL  360124
FREF
PNO  2-198002
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-34103
ISD  19910200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-232101
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-286403
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Panitch Schwarze Jacobs & Nadel, P.C.
ABST
PAL  In a recording and reproducing apparatus having a simultaneous reproducing
      function, an adaptive filter outputs a pseudo crosstalk signal which
      approximates to frequency characteristics of crosstalk components leaking
      from recording data into a reproduced signal, and a subtractor subtracts
      the pseudo crosstalk signal from the reproduced signal, thereby canceling
      the crosstalk components
PATN
WKU  059911093
SRC  8
APN  7513283
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19961118
TTL  Magnetic recording and reproducing apparatus with signal delay and
      selection
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Edun; Muhammad
NDR  9
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Taniguchi; Masatoshi
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kohri; Toshiyuki
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishida; Keiichi
CTY  Hyogo-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951121
APN  7-302597
CLAS
OCL  360 64
XCL  360 7714
XCL  360 51
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 1514
FSC  360
FSS  45;65;77.14;64;77.12;68;60;24;13;31
FSC  455
FSS  422
FSC  382
FSS  320
FSC  371
FSS  56;32
FSC  375
FSS  229;334
FSC  386
FSS  91
FSC  702
FSS  124
UREF
PNO  4797947
ISD  19890100
NAM  Labedz
OCL  455422
UREF
PNO  5321557
ISD  19940600
NAM  Shimotashiro et al.
UREF
PNO  5440434
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kanegae
UREF
PNO  5655050
ISD  19970800
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
FREF
PNO  62-8991
ISD  19870200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2202186
ISD  19900800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5210802
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  An English Language Abstract o JP 2-202186.
PAL  An English Language Abstract of JP 62-8991.
PAL  An English Language Abstract of JP 5-210802.
LREP
FRM  Greenblum & Bernstein, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A magnetic recording and reproducing apparatus includes a reading and
      writing head for writing data on data tracks formed on a recording tape
      and reading the data therefrom to produce a first reproduction data. A
      simultaneous reproducing head is provided for reading a second production
      data from the data track just being written or read by the reading and
      writing head. A delay unit delays the first signal by a predetermined
      phase difference factor to arrange the first and second reproduction data
      on the same time base. A determiner is also provided for selecting either
      of said first and second reproduction signals whose signal quality is
      better than the other.
PATN
WKU  059911107
SRC  9
APN  1595628
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19980924
TTL  Thin film magnetic head and magnetic recording and reproducing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Ometz; David L.
NDR  12
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Sakai; Masanori
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshida; Makoto
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukuda; Kazumasa
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsuzaki; Mikio
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  TDK Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940125
APN  6-6676
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940629
APN  6-148380
RLAP
COD  74
APN  774317
APD  19961224
PSC  01
PNO  5844749
RLAP
COD  81
APN  300559
APD  19940906
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  360 65
XCL  360119
XCL  360122
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  5035
ICL  G11B  5187
ICL  G11B  531
FSC  360
FSS  65;75;103;126;119;122
UREF
PNO  5079831
ISD  19920100
NAM  Reid
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5157569
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kumasaka et al.
OCL  360126
UREF
PNO  5305166
ISD  19940400
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5331494
ISD  19940700
NAM  Fukuda et al.
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5406434
ISD  19950400
NAM  Amin et al.
OCL  360126
UREF
PNO  5452166
ISD  19950900
NAM  Aylwin et al.
OCL  360126
FREF
PNO  452846
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  62-217416
ISD  19870900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-263603
ISD  19911100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-296907
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-322754
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-324860
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-266429
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-108878
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-150278
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  In the thin film magnetic transducer element, the front end portions of the
      upper pole piece and the lower pole piece are partially removed in such a
      manner that they align non parallel to the gap film on the opposite sides
      of the gap film. The condition .DELTA.P1>.DELTA.P2 is satisfied when the
      difference between the maximum pole length P1max and the minimum pole
      length P1min of the lower pole piece is .DELTA.P1 and the difference
      between the maximum pole length P2max and the minimum pole length P2min of
      the upper pole piece is .DELTA.P2. The sub pulse is reduced and so the
      partial response method can be employed.
PATN
WKU  059911115
SRC  8
APN  903675&
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970731
TTL  Edge recorded magnetic tape and read head
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Sniezek; Andrew L.
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Howard; James R.
STR  4300 Dover Ave.
CTY  Independence
STA  MO
ZIP  64055
CLAS
OCL  360 722
XCL  360134
XCL  360135
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 1518
FSC  360
FSS  72.1;72.2;105;131;134;135;75
UREF
PNO  Re33765
ISD  19911200
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  360 72.2
UREF
PNO  1065135
ISD  19130600
NAM  Ivatts
UREF
PNO  2701718
ISD  19550200
NAM  Allen et al.
UREF
PNO  2802290
ISD  19570800
NAM  Carey
UREF
PNO  2829618
ISD  19580400
NAM  Ostergard
UREF
PNO  3125749
ISD  19640300
NAM  Graves
UREF
PNO  3130393
ISD  19640400
NAM  Gutterman
UREF
PNO  3183495
ISD  19650500
NAM  Blain
UREF
PNO  3644683
ISD  19720200
NAM  Braun
OCL  360 13
UREF
PNO  3801750
ISD  19740400
NAM  Beaumont
OCL  360 15
UREF
PNO  3810246
ISD  19740500
NAM  Stone, Jr. et al.
OCL  360134
UREF
PNO  3812538
ISD  19740500
NAM  Stone, Jr. et al.
OCL  360134
UREF
PNO  3943879
ISD  19760300
NAM  Stone, Jr. et al.
XCL  360132
UREF
PNO  4018947
ISD  19770400
NAM  Stone, Jr.
OCL  427284
UREF
PNO  4345540
ISD  19820800
NAM  Karmin
XCL  360137
UREF
PNO  4356521
ISD  19821000
NAM  Selim
OCL  360 72.2
UREF
PNO  4644420
ISD  19870200
NAM  Buchan
OCL  360 51
LREP
FRM  Hovey, Williams, Timmons & Collins
ABST
PAL  A magnetic recording medium (12) and a magnetic recording apparatus (10)
      that makes use of the magnetic recording medium is disclosed. The magnetic
      recording medium includes an elongated magnetic base film that is
      significantly thicker than conventional magnetic tape and that presents
      opposed front (20) and rear faces (22) and opposed upper (24) and lower
      edges (26) extending between the front and rear faces. One or more layers
      of magnetic material is coated on both the front face and on the upper
      edge of the base film. Data is recorded on the front face of the base film
      in a conventional manner, and sequencing or locating information is
      recorded on the upper edge of the base film. This permits a read/write
      head (18) to hover over the base film to read the sequencing information
      on the upper edge of the base film for locating the position of desired
      data stored on the front face of the base film. Once the desired portion
      of the base film is located, the read/write head is plunged or lowered
      adjacent the front face of the base film to read the desired data from
      and/or write data to the base film.
PATN
WKU  059911123
SRC  8
APN  8129983
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970304
TTL  Non-contact servotrack writing with phase sensitive detection
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Hindi; Naril
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Song; Hubert
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tsai; John C.
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hopson; Mervyn L.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Yan; Kam-Fung
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chi; Jean
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Excel Precision
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  360 75
EDF  6
ICL  G01B  902
FSC  360
FSS  77.03;75;78.11;77.02;77.05;103
UREF
PNO  577130
ISD  18970400
NAM  Baker
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  4481550
ISD  19841100
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  360 77.03
UREF
PNO  5108184
ISD  19920400
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5162955
ISD  19921100
NAM  Burdenko
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5227625
ISD  19930700
NAM  Hetzel
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5247493
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kime et al.
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5315372
ISD  19940500
NAM  Tsai
OCL  360 77.03
UREF
PNO  5319509
ISD  19940600
NAM  Micheleson et al.
OCL  360 77.03
UREF
PNO  5325349
ISD  19940600
NAM  Taniguchi
OCL  360 77.03
UREF
PNO  5339204
ISD  19940800
NAM  James et al.
OCL  360 77.03
UREF
PNO  5341256
ISD  19940800
NAM  Murata et al.
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5442172
ISD  19950800
NAM  Chiang et al.
OCL  360 77.03
UREF
PNO  5471304
ISD  19951100
NAM  Wang
OCL  360 77.03
UREF
PNO  5488519
ISD  19960100
NAM  Ishida et al.
OCL  360 77.03
UREF
PNO  5568337
ISD  19961000
NAM  Eguchi et al.
OCL  360 75
OREF
PAL  Meyer & Amer, Novel Optical Approach to Atomic Force Microscopy, Sep. 19,
      1988, pp. 1045-1047, vol. 53 No. 12, US, Appl. Phys. Lett.
LREP
FRM  Hickman Stephens & Coleman, LLP
ABST
PAL  A servotrack writing apparatus (10) for use on computer disk drive
      workpieces (12). A writer controller (58) puts the writing apparatus (10)
      in the role of master to direct the workpiece (12) as a slave to position
      its read-write head (36) and to write the servotracks. A tracking section
      (54) provides a modulated light beam (72) from which a reflected portion
      is detected by a bi-cell photo sensor (70) and processed in the writer
      controller (58) to determine the position of a thru-hole (40) or a
      detection region (42) in the actuator arm (24) of the workpiece (12). The
      writer controller (58) may use a lock-in amplifier (102, 104) for the
      processing the reflected portion of the light beam (72). A reference arm
      (44) is locked and moved in a synchronous relationship with the actuator
      arm (24). A measurement section (56) determines the position of the
      reference arm (44), and may include an interferometer system (122) having
      a differential head (128) and a differential target (124), to permit
      increased resolution and nulling of errors. The interferometer system
      (122) may also use multiple frequency techniques to further increase
      resolution.
PATN
WKU  059911131
SRC  8
APN  8335907
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970407
TTL  Slider with temperature responsive transducer positioning
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Sniezek; Andrew L.
NDR  8
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Meyer; Dallas W.
CTY  Burnsville
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Kupinski; Paul E.
CTY  Eagan
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Liu; Joseph C.
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
ASSG
NAM  Seagate Technology, Inc.
CTY  Scotts Valley
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  360 75
XCL  360103
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 2102
FSC  360
FSS  122;75;103;105;109
UREF
PNO  3180944
ISD  19650400
NAM  Stover
UREF
PNO  3276003
ISD  19660900
NAM  Stover
UREF
PNO  3632900
ISD  19720100
NAM  Karzwell
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  3706861
ISD  19721200
NAM  Giel
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  3732552
ISD  19730500
NAM  Walraven
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  3863124
ISD  19750100
NAM  Pierce et al.
OCL  318638
UREF
PNO  4605977
ISD  19860800
NAM  Matthews
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  4669011
ISD  19870500
NAM  Lemke
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  4814908
ISD  19890300
NAM  Schmitz
OCL  360 77.02
UREF
PNO  4843502
ISD  19890600
NAM  Tagawa
OCL  360105
UREF
PNO  4853810
ISD  19890800
NAM  Pohl et al.
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5021906
ISD  19910600
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5034828
ISD  19910700
NAM  Ananth et al.
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5111348
ISD  19920500
NAM  Baba
OCL  360 77.06
UREF
PNO  5255135
ISD  19931000
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5256850
ISD  19931000
NAM  Maegawa et al.
OCL  219121.69
UREF
PNO  5276573
ISD  19940100
NAM  Harada et al.
XCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5282190
ISD  19940100
NAM  Maruo et al.
OCL  369115
UREF
PNO  5307224
ISD  19940400
NAM  Minase
OCL  360105
UREF
PNO  5313352
ISD  19940500
NAM  Chikazawa et al.
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5341256
ISD  19940800
NAM  Murata et al.
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5764432
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kasahara
OCL  360 75
FREF
PNO  57-210479
ISD  19821200
CNT  JPX
OCL  360 75
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 15, No. 11, Yamaki, Method and Device for
      Measuring Friction Degree, Jan. 10, 1991.
LREP
FR2  Niebuhr; Frederick W.
ABST
PAL  A device for reading and recording magnetic data includes an
      aerodynamically supported slider with an air bearing surface, and a
      transducer mounted to the slider for movement toward and away from the air
      bearing surface responsive to changes in the slider operating temperature.
      In one embodiment, the transducer movement is primarily due to a
      difference in thermal expansion coefficients between a transducing region
      of the slider incorporating the transducer, and the remainder of the
      slider body. In another embodiment, a strip of thermally expansive
      material is incorporated into the slider near the transducer to contribute
      to the displacement by its own expansion. A temperature control circuit,
      coupled to the strip of thermally expansive material or to a resistance
      heating element on the slider, employs a variable current source to
      control the slider temperature and transducer displacement. Nominal slider
      operating temperatures can be set to achieve a predetermined transducer
      flying height, to compensate for variations in flying heights among batch
      fabricated sliders. Optionally, a temperature sensor can be employed to
      measure the slider operating temperatures and provide a temperature
      sensitive input to the temperature control circuit.
PATN
WKU  059911140
SRC  8
APN  8556784
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970514
TTL  Disc drive having gram load reducer and method of operating gram load
      reducer
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Thang V.
NDR  8
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Huang; He
CTY  Eden Prairie
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Zhang; Lei
CTY  Edina
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Wang; Ling
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Seagate Technology, Inc.
CTY  Scotts Valley
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  360 75
XCL  360105
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 2102
FSC  360
FSS  104;105;109;75;69;70;107
UREF
PNO  3863124
ISD  19750100
NAM  Pierce et al.
OCL  318638
UREF
PNO  3914541
ISD  19751000
NAM  Elliot
OCL  178  6.6R
UREF
PNO  4314295
ISD  19820200
NAM  Frandsen
OCL  360106
UREF
PNO  4605977
ISD  19860800
NAM  Matthews
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  4802033
ISD  19890100
NAM  Chi
OCL  360 77.04
UREF
PNO  5055731
ISD  19911000
NAM  Nihei et al.
OCL  310309
UREF
PNO  5079652
ISD  19920100
NAM  Ishida et al.
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5185681
ISD  19930200
NAM  Volz et al.
OCL  360 77.05
UREF
PNO  5189378
ISD  19930200
NAM  Arai
OCL  360106
UREF
PNO  5216559
ISD  19930600
NAM  Springer
OCL  360106
UREF
PNO  5257149
ISD  19931000
NAM  Meyer
OCL  360 78.14
UREF
PNO  5303105
ISD  19940400
NAM  Jorgenson
OCL  360106
UREF
PNO  5452151
ISD  19950900
NAM  Money et al.
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5521778
ISD  19960500
NAM  Boutaghou et al.
OCL  360106
UREF
PNO  5719720
ISD  19980200
NAM  Lee
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5828512
ISD  19981000
NAM  Wada et al.
OCL  360 75
FREF
PNO  0 549 814 A1
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Edward G. Grochowski, Roger F. Hoyt and John S. Heath, "Magnetic Hard Disk
      Drive Form Factor Evolution", International Conference on Advanced
      Mechatronics, Tokyo, Japan, Aug. 1993, pp. 521-526.
PAL  Takeshi Ohwe, Yoshifumi Mizoshita and Seiji Yoneoka, Development of
      Integrated Suspension System for a Nanoslider with MR Head Transducer,
      Feb. 15, 1993.
LREP
FRM  Westman, Champlin & Kelly, P.A.
ABST
PAL  An actuator assembly in a disc drive includes a track accessing arm, a load
      beam and a slider. A proximal end of the load beam is mounted to the track
      accessing arm and a distal end of the load beam carries the slider
      proximate to a rotatable data storage disc. The load beam transmits a load
      force to the slider in the direction of the data storage disc. A support
      beam extends from the track accessing arm and supports a load force
      reducer between the support arm and the load beam. The load force reducer
      is operatively coupled between the support beam and the load beam for
      reducing the load force during take-off and landing of the slider relative
      to the disc surface.
PATN
WKU  059911158
SRC  9
APN  2111381
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19981214
TTL  Method and apparatus for determining separation between read and write
      elements of a transducer
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Habermehl; James L
EXP  Psitos; Aristotelis M.
NDR  15
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Chainer; Timothy Joseph
CTY  Mahopac
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Praino; Anthony Paul
CTY  Poughquag
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Schultz; Mark Delorman
CTY  Elmsford
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Webb; Bucknell C.
CTY  Ossining
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Yarmchuk; Edward John
CTY  Mahopac
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  628910
APD  19960408
PSC  01
PNO  5901003
RLAP
COD  84
APN  348773
APD  19941201
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  360 75
XCL  360 7703
XCL  360 7707
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 2110
FSC  360
FSS  75;77.02;77.03;77.04;77.07;77.08;77.11
UREF
PNO  5229901
ISD  19930700
NAM  Mallary
XCL  360 77.02
UREF
PNO  5416652
ISD  19950500
NAM  Lewis
XCL  360 77.02
UREF
PNO  5485322
ISD  19960100
NAM  Chainer et al.
XCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5570247
ISD  19961000
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5581420
ISD  19961200
NAM  Chainer et al.
OCL  360 75
UREF
PNO  5615058
ISD  19970300
NAM  Chainer et al.
XCL  360 75
FREF
PNO  WO 94/11864
ISD  19940500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Regenerative Clock Technique For Servo Track Writers," IBM Technical
      Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 33, No. 5, pp. 310-311 (Oct. 1990).
PAL  "Generating Signal Phase Accuracy Monitoring Device for Servo Writer" JP
      4-23276, Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 16, No. 186, (P-1347), Abstract
      only, Abstract Date Jul. 5, 1992.
PAL  "Servo Writing Circuit for Magnetic Recorder", JP 63-872, Patent Abstracts
      of Japan, vol. 12, No. 199, (P-714), Abstract only, Abstract Date, Sep. 6,
      1988.
LREP
FR2  Bluestone, Esq.; Randall J.
     Heslin & Rothenberg, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Improvements in placement of timing patterns in self servo writing include
      correcting for random and systematic errors due to geometric effects. In a
      disk drive having a recording head with separate read and write elements,
      a method for determining separation between the elements and for
      correcting for such errors as a function of skew angle between the head
      and the disk. Errors resulting from misalignment and non-parallelism of
      the elements as well as misalignment of the head on it its actuator are
      also detected and corrected. Errors due to changes in rotational velocity
      of the disk and misplacement of timing patterns with respect to adjacent
      timing patterns are detected and corrected. In general, a single
      revolution process may be used to both write and detect random errors on
      each track and corrected on subsequent tracks.
PATN
WKU  059911166
SRC  9
APN  0810568
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19980519
TTL  Mechanism for drawing out tape
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Ometz; David L.
NDR  9
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Yoneda; Haruhiko
CTY  Daito
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okamura; Shinichiro
CTY  Shijonawate
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanyo Electronic Co., Ltd.
CTY  Moriguchi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970521
APN  9-130630
CLAS
OCL  360 85
XCL  360 95
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 15665
ICL  G11B 1543
FSC  360
FSS  83;84;85;95;93;96.1;96.5
UREF
PNO  4964002
ISD  19901000
NAM  Nakamichi
OCL  360 95
UREF
PNO  4991039
ISD  19910200
NAM  Kaku
OCL  360 95
UREF
PNO  5430585
ISD  19950700
NAM  Takada et al.
OCL  360 85
UREF
PNO  5434726
ISD  19950700
NAM  Song
OCL  360 85
UREF
PNO  5612836
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  360 85
UREF
PNO  5731925
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kobayashi
OCL  360 85
UREF
PNO  5781366
ISD  19980700
NAM  Matsuoka
OCL  360 85
FREF
PNO  3-147557
ISD  19910600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-298847
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A tape drawing-out mechanism for positioning a magnetic tape 91 as
      tensioned in a specified path of travel has a drive lever 6 having a cam
      follower 62 projecting therefrom, a tape drawing-out lever 5 having a tape
      drawing-out pin 51 for receiving the force of the drive lever 6 in a first
      step of a tape drawing-out movement, and an auxiliary lever 7 for
      receiving the force of the drive lever 6 in a second step of the tape
      drawing-out movement. The auxiliary lever 7 has a pin 71 projecting
      therefrom for pressing a face 54 provided on the tape drawing-out lever 5
      to pivotally move the lever 5 to a tape drawing-out end position. The
      mechanism described precludes a great reaction from acting on the cam
      follower 62 and a cam groove 41 for giving a tape drawing-out drive force.
PATN
WKU  059911174
SRC  8
APN  9875417
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971209
TTL  Break away lever for a tape drive handle
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Renner; Craig A.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Black; David Christopher
CTY  Thornton
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Manes; Joseph Paul
CTY  Arvada
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Storage Technology Corporation One Storage Tek Drive
CTY  Louisville
STA  CO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  647711
APD  19960514
CLAS
OCL  360 92
XCL  360 965
XCL  242337
XCL  2423384
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 1568
ICL  G11B 15675
FSC  360
FSS  92;96.5
FSC  242
FSS  337;338.4
UREF
PNO  1910125
ISD  19330500
NAM  Root
UREF
PNO  4675762
ISD  19870600
NAM  Noda et al.
UREF
PNO  4688122
ISD  19870800
NAM  Takai et al.
UREF
PNO  4698707
ISD  19871000
NAM  Heys, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4773240
ISD  19880900
NAM  Foshee
UREF
PNO  5010755
ISD  19910400
NAM  Best
OCL   70422
UREF
PNO  5605082
ISD  19970200
NAM  Tarpill
OCL   81475
UREF
PNO  5617749
ISD  19970400
NAM  Park
UREF
PNO  5619874
ISD  19970400
NAM  Myers
UREF
PNO  5651280
ISD  19970700
NAM  Park
UREF
PNO  5774301
ISD  19980600
NAM  Manes et al.
OCL  360 92
FREF
PNO  0 109 154 A2
ISD  19840500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 647 752 A2
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  44 10 783 C1
ISD  19950400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 08 910 A1
ISD  19950900
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Duft, Graziano & Forest
ABST
PAL  A system prevents an excessive force from being applied to a handle of a
      tape drive. The system provides a base coupled to the handle of the tape
      drive. A lever assembly engages the base to move the handle when a force
      equal to the force required to move the handle is applied to the lever
      assembly. The lever assembly disengages the base when a force in excess of
      the required force is applied to the lever assembly and the force is not
      applied to the handle.
PATN
WKU  059911182
SRC  8
APN  7827377
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970113
TTL  Slider for magnetic head and magnetic memory apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Cao; Allen T.
NDR  10
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Kasamatsu; Yoshiharu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Imamura; Takahiro
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960305
APN  8-047023
CLAS
OCL  360103
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  560
FSC  360
FSS  103-104
UREF
PNO  5323282
ISD  19940600
NAM  Kanai et al.
OCL  360103
FREF
PNO  56-107363
ISD  19810800
CNT  JPX
OCL  360103
FREF
PNO  61-151827
ISD  19860700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-37874
ISD  19880200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3228274
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  428070
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-32080
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
OCL  360103
FREF
PNO  594683
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-89626
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
OCL  360103
FREF
PNO  5282646
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Greer, Burns & Crain, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A magnetic head which can fly over a surface of a magnetic recording medium
      comprises a main body fitted into a supporting arm, rail surfaces formed
      in the main body to serve pneumatic bearings, and projections formed on
      the rail surfaces and having surfaces opposing a magnetic recording
      medium. The projections have larger surface roughness than that of the
      magnetic recording medium, whereby wear-out rate of the projections
      provided on the magnetic head can be reduced and also the projections can
      be firmly brought into contact with the surface of the magnetic recording
      medium.
PATN
WKU  059911190
SRC  8
APN  9627596
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971103
TTL  Proximity head slider having recessed magnetoresistive read transducer
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; David D.
NDR  6
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Boutaghou; Zine-Eddine
CTY  Vadnais Heights
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Meyer; Dallas Wayne
CTY  Burnsville
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Slade; Steven Barclay
CTY  New Hope
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Seagate Technology, Inc.
CTY  Scotts Valley
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  360103
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  560
FSC  360
FSS  103;113
UREF
PNO  5455730
ISD  19951000
NAM  Dovek et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5673156
ISD  19970900
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5768055
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tian et al.
OCL  360103
FREF
PNO  5-225528
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Westman, Champlin & Kelly, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A proximity magnetoresistive head slider and method of making the same are
      disclosed. The head slider includes a slider body having an air bearing
      surface (ABS). An inductive write transducer is formed at a first portion
      of the ABS. A cavity is formed in the slider body such that a first
      surface of the cavity forms a second portion of the ABS which is out of
      plane with the first portion of the ABS. A magnetoresistive (MR) read
      transducer is positioned in the cavity at the first surface such that the
      MR read transducer is recessed relative to the inductive write transducer,
      thereby preventing contact between the MR read transducer and a surface of
      a disc.
PATN
WKU  059911204
SRC  8
APN  8726213
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970610
TTL  Contact type magnetic disk apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Cao; Allen T.
NDR  12
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Sato; Akinobu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960618
APN  8-156692
CLAS
OCL  360104
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  548
FSC  360
FSS  103-106
UREF
PNO  4757402
ISD  19880700
NAM  Mo
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5034828
ISD  19910700
NAM  Ananth et al.
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5499149
ISD  19960300
NAM  Dovek
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5515219
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ihrke et al.
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5526204
ISD  19960600
NAM  French et al.
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5550693
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hendricks et al.
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5624581
ISD  19970400
NAM  Ihrke et al.
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5673161
ISD  19970900
NAM  Yanagisawa et al.
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5742518
ISD  19980400
NAM  Gui et al.
OCL  360105
FREF
PNO  5-54578
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5105652
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-89626
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
OCL  360103
FREF
PNO  5325161
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  644718
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6223533
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6259739
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7105652
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  869674
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/14495
ISD  19930700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Contact Recording on Perpendicular Rigid Media", Journal of Magnetic
      Society of Japan, vol. 15, Supplement, No. S2 (1991), pp. 483-490; Harold
      Hamilton.
LREP
FRM  Hayes, Soloway, Hennessey, Grossman & Hage, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A contact type magnetic disk apparatus includes a magnetic disk, a magnetic
      head slider, a plurality of contact pads, and a bounce prevention
      structure. The magnetic disk medium has a liquid lubricant applied to a
      predetermined film thickness on its surface. The magnetic head slider has
      a magnetic head which records/reproduces information in/from the magnetic
      disk medium, while sliding in contact with the magnetic disk medium. The
      contact pads are arranged on the magnetic head slider so as to face the
      magnetic disk medium, and come into contact with the surface of the
      magnetic disk medium. The bounce prevention structure is arranged on the
      head slider including the contact pads to prevent the bounce of the
      magnetic head slider from the magnetic disk medium by using the meniscus
      force of the liquid lubricant. The bounce prevention structure has a
      predetermined spacing with respect to the surface of the magnetic disk
      medium when the contact pads come into contact with the magnetic disk
      medium.
PATN
WKU  059911212
SRC  8
APN  9053271
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970804
TTL  Head assembly having short circuit pattern short-circuiting a pair of
      lead lines
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  2
EXP  Evans; Jefferson
NDR  12
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Kanda; Eiichi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970224
APN  9-039553
CLAS
OCL  360104
XCL  360113
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  540
ICL  G11B  558
FSC  360
FSS  103;104;108;113;126
UREF
PNO  4317149
ISD  19820200
NAM  Elser et al.
OCL  360126
UREF
PNO  5465186
ISD  19951100
NAM  Bajorek et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5467881
ISD  19951100
NAM  Gill
OCL  216 22
UREF
PNO  5491605
ISD  19960200
NAM  Hughbanks et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5539598
ISD  19960700
NAM  Denison et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5615072
ISD  19970300
NAM  Hofsass et al.
OCL  361 24
UREF
PNO  5638237
ISD  19970600
NAM  Phipps et al.
OCL  360128
UREF
PNO  5644454
ISD  19970700
NAM  Arya et al.
OCL  360106
UREF
PNO  5699212
ISD  19971200
NAM  Erpelding et al.
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5710682
ISD  19980100
NAM  Arya et al.
OCL  360106
UREF
PNO  5754355
ISD  19980500
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  360 73.03
UREF
PNO  5759428
ISD  19980600
NAM  Balamane et al.
OCL  2319121.66
FREF
PNO  4366409
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7141636
ISD  19950600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8167123
ISD  19960600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8315321
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Greer, Burns & Crain, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A head assembly includes a suspension, a head slider having a
      magnetoresistive element mounted on a tip end of the suspension, and a
      pair of lead lines disposed on the suspension and having ends connected to
      the magnetoresistive element. The head assembly also has an easily
      breakable short circuit pattern disposed on the suspension and connecting
      said lead lines to each other. When the head assembly is handled by
      itself, because the lead lines are short-circuited by the short circuit
      pattern, a current produced due to an electrostatic charge buildup flows
      through the short circuit pattern and is prevented from flowing through
      the magnetoresistive element. After the head assembly is installed on an
      actuator arm, the short circuit pattern is broken, electrically
      disconnecting the lead lines from each other.
PATN
WKU  059911220
SRC  8
APN  9363653
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970924
TTL  Method for designing a suspension having weakening structures for
      resonance-optimized side profile
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Heinz; A. J.
NDR  14
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Tangren; John H.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Willard; Daniel D.
CTY  Hutchinson
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Hutchinson Technology Incorporated
CTY  Hutchinson
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  360104
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  548
FSC  360
FSS  104
FSC   29
FSS  603.04;603.07
UREF
PNO  4996616
ISD  19910200
NAM  Aoyagi et al.
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5027241
ISD  19910600
NAM  Hatch et al.
OCL  360105
UREF
PNO  5065268
ISD  19911100
NAM  Hagen
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5107383
ISD  19920400
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5285564
ISD  19940200
NAM  Imasaki
OCL   29603
UREF
PNO  5313353
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kohso et al.
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5339208
ISD  19940800
NAM  Yumura et al.
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5367419
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kazama
OCL  360103
UREF
PNO  5386331
ISD  19950100
NAM  Wolter
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5408372
ISD  19950400
NAM  Karam, II
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5455727
ISD  19951000
NAM  Baral et al.
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5461525
ISD  19951000
NAM  Christianson et al.
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5471734
ISD  19951200
NAM  Hatch et al.
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5594607
ISD  19970100
NAM  Erpelding et al.
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5606477
ISD  19970200
NAM  Erpelding et al.
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5657187
ISD  19970800
NAM  Hatch et al.
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5793569
ISD  19980800
NAM  Christianson
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5835307
ISD  19981100
NAM  Sone
OCL  360104
UREF
PNO  5905608
ISD  19990500
NAM  Frees
OCL  360104
FREF
PNO  62-76079
ISD  19870400
CNT  JPX
ICL  G11B 2121
FREF
PNO  8-329636
ISD  19961200
CNT  JPX
ICL  G11B 2121
FREF
PNO  WO 97/07502
ISD  19970200
CNT  WOX
ICL  G11B  5596
OREF
PAL  Frees et al., Experimental and Numerical Analysis of Read/Write Head
      Suspension Dynamics For High Performance Floppy Drive Systems, IBM SJ 166,
      pp. 1-6.
PAL  Jeans, Analysis of the Dynamics of a Type 4 Suspension, Journal of
      Vibration and Acoustics, Transactions of the ASME, vol. 114, Jan. 1992,
      pp. 74-78.
PAL  Mizoshita et al., Dynamic Characteristics of a Magnetic Head Slider, IEEE
      Transactions on Magnetics, vol. Mag-21, No. 5, Sep. 1985, pp. 1509-1511.
PAL  Miu et al., Tracking Dynamics of Read/Write Head Suspensions in
      High-Performance Small Form Factor Rigid Disk Drives, Research Laboratory
      for Computerized Machines Technical Report No. 88-03, IBM-SJ-166, 39 pp.
LREP
FRM  Faegre & Benson LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for manufacturing disk drive head suspensions of the type for
      supporting a transducer head in a loaded state at a fly height above an
      information storage disk. A desired loaded state side profile for the
      suspension is determined, for example, by experimental or numerical
      techniques. The nature and location of one or more weakening structures on
      the suspension are then determined. The weakening structures will cause
      the profile of the suspension to change as the suspension moves from an
      unloaded state to the loaded state, and to have the desired loaded state
      side profile when in the loaded state at the fly height. Experimental and
      empirical techniques can be used to determine the nature and location of
      the weakening structures. A plurality of the suspensions, each having the
      weakening structures, are then manufactured. Suspension manufactured by
      the method can be optimized for resonance and other performance-related
      characteristics.
PATN
WKU  059911239
SRC  9
APN  1025953
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19980622
TTL  HDD head stack assembly having conductive traces supported by the sides
      of the actuator arm to extend in planar arrays
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Heinz; A. J.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Casey; Shawn
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Western Digital Corporation
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  360104
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  548
FSC  360
FSS  104;106
UREF
PNO  5644448
ISD  19970700
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  360106
UREF
PNO  5781380
ISD  19980700
NAM  Berding
OCL  360104
LREP
FR2  Young; Leo J.
FR2  Shara; Milad G.
ABST
PAL  A magnetic disk drive with a head stack assembly includes a body portion, a
      main flex circuit, an actuator arm cantilevered from the body portion and
      a head gimbal assembly supported at the actuator arm. The actuator arm
      includes a proximal end and a distal end, a first side surface and a
      second side surface A first array of conductive traces is supported at the
      first side surface and a second array of conductive traces supported at
      the second side surface. Each conductive trace includes a proximal
      conductive pad proximate to the proximal end of the actuator arm, a distal
      conductive pad proximate to the distal end of the actuator arm and a
      conductive path between the proximal and distal conductive pads. The head
      gimbal assembly includes a load beam having a base region abutting the
      actuator arm, a head coupled to the load beam, first and a second array of
      base region conductive pads, each array of base region conductive pads
      positioned on the base region and for electrically connecting to the head.
      Distal solder structure electrically connects the first array of base
      region conductive pads to corresponding distal conductive pads of the
      first array of conductive traces and electrically connect the second array
      of base region conductive pads to corresponding distal conductive pads of
      the second array of conductive traces. The distal solder structure
      provides a mechanical joint sufficient to support the weight of the head
      gimbal assembly.
PATN
WKU  059911247
SRC  9
APN  1087428
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19980701
TTL  Rotary disc drive actuator utilizing plural axially spaced and partially
      overlapped voice coils
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  9
EXP  Evans; Jefferson
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Forbord; Kent J.
CTY  St. Louis Park
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Seagate Technology, Inc.
CTY  Scotts Valley
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  360106
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  554
FSC  360
FSS  105;106;97.01;98.01
UREF
PNO  5319512
ISD  19940600
NAM  Grapenthin
OCL  360106
UREF
PNO  5448437
ISD  19950900
NAM  Katahara
OCL  360106
UREF
PNO  5761007
ISD  19980600
NAM  Price et al.
OCL  360106
UREF
PNO  5764441
ISD  19980600
NAM  Aruga et al.
OCL  360106
UREF
PNO  5768061
ISD  19980600
NAM  Casey et al.
OCL  360106
FREF
PNO  0 456 371 A2
ISD  19910400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  58-102367
ISD  19830600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Westman, Champlin & Kelly
ABST
PAL  An improved rotary actuator for supporting heads relative to a disc of a
      disc drive for operation. The rotary actuator includes an actuator block
      pivotally connected to a chassis of a disc drive. The actuator block
      includes an actuator arm for supporting heads. The actuator block supports
      a coil assembly adapted for operation in a magnetic field to form a voice
      coil motor. The coil assembly includes a plurality of wound coils
      supported by the actuator block at spaced elevations and having a portion
      of spaced coils overlapped to reduce the operating area for the voice coil
      motor. The geometry of the coils reduces off-track force excitation of the
      rigid body resonance to allow for high bandwidth servo. The coil assembly
      also reduces off-track force during settle in for improved seek times.
PATN
WKU  059911255
SRC  8
APN  8521271
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970506
TTL  Magnetic head
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Ometz; David L.
NDR  24
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Iwasaki; Hitoshi
CTY  Yokosuka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kondoh; Reiko
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Yoda; Hiroaki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohsawa; Yuichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kamiguchi; Yuzo
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hashimoto; Susumu
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940916
APN  P6-221412
RLAP
COD  74
APN  529248
APD  19950915
CLAS
OCL  360113
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  539
FSC  360
FSS  113
FSC  324
FSS  252
FSC  365
FSS  8;157;158
UREF
PNO  5079035
ISD  19920100
NAM  Krounbi et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5159513
ISD  19921000
NAM  Dieny et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5206590
ISD  19930400
NAM  Dieny et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5287238
ISD  19940200
NAM  Baumgart et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5408377
ISD  19950400
NAM  Gurney et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5422571
ISD  19950600
NAM  Gurney et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5430592
ISD  19950700
NAM  Toda
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5436778
ISD  19950700
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5442508
ISD  19950800
NAM  Smith
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5465185
ISD  19951100
NAM  Heim et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5493467
ISD  19960200
NAM  Cain et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5508867
ISD  19960400
NAM  Cain et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5528440
ISD  19960600
NAM  Fontana et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5549978
ISD  19960800
NAM  Iwasaki et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5574605
ISD  19961100
NAM  Baumgart et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5576914
ISD  19961100
NAM  Rottmayer et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5583725
ISD  19961200
NAM  Coffey et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5585199
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kamiguchi et al.
OCL  428621
UREF
PNO  5608593
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5680281
ISD  19971000
NAM  Kung et al.
OCL  360113
UREF
PNO  5808843
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  260113
FREF
PNO  1133213
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
OCL  360113
FREF
PNO  4-358310
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-135332
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2016788
ISD  19790900
CNT  GBX
OCL  360113
OREF
PAL  M.N. Baibich et al., "Giant Magnetoresistance of (001)Fe/(001)Cr Magnetic
      Superlattices," Physical Review Letters, 61(21):2472-2475 (1988).
PAL  S.S. Parkin et al., Oscillations in Exchange Coupling and Magnetoresistance
      in Metallic Superlattice Structures: Co/Ru, Co/Cr, and Fe/Cr, Physical
      Review Letters, 64(19):2304-2307 (1990).
PAL  B. Dieny et al., "Magnetotransport Properties of Magnetically Soft
      Spin-Valve Structures (invited)," J. Appl. Phys., 69(8):4774-4779 (1991).
PAL  R.P. Hunt, "A Magnetoresistive Readout Transducer," IEEE Transactions on
      Magnetics, MAG-7(1):150-154 (1971).
PAL  B. Dieny et al., "Giant Magnetoresistance of Magnetically Soft Sandwiches:
      Dependence on Temperature and on Layer Thickness," Physical Review B,
      45(2):806-813 (1992).
PAL  C. Tsang et al., "Design, Fabrication & Testing of Spin-Valve Read Heads
      for High Density Recording," IEEE Trans. Mag., 30(6):3801-3806 (1994).
PAL  H. Yamamoto et al., "Magnetoresistance of Multilayers," Magnetics Society
      of Japan, 15(5):813-821 (1991).
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A magnetoresistive head includes a magnetoresistive effect element
      including a magnetoresistive film, which has a first ferromagnetic layer
      and a second ferromagnetic layer separated by a nonmagnetic layer. A
      magnetization direction of the first ferromagnetic layer is perpendicular
      to a magnetization direction of the second ferromagnetic layer when a
      signal magnetic field is zero. A pair of bias layers provide magnetic
      bias, and a top surface of each of the pair of bias layers faces a lower
      surface of each edge region of the magnetoresistive film. A pair of lead
      electrodes produce a current flow through the magnetoresistive film, and
      each of the pair of lead electrodes is disposed on or above the
      magnetoresistive film.
PATN
WKU  059911263
SRC  7
APN  9608877
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19921014
TTL  Perpendicular magnetic recording and perpendicular magnetic reproducing
      apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Cao; Allen T.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Hayashi; Kazuhiko
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katori; Kenji
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okabe; Akihiko
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19911022
APN  3-274235
CLAS
OCL  360125
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  5127
FSC  360
FSS  125;131
FSC  336
FSS  177
FSC  428
FSS  668;694;336
FSC  430
FSS  495
UREF
PNO  4745510
ISD  19880500
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  360131
UREF
PNO  4858049
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  360126
UREF
PNO  4894098
ISD  19900100
NAM  Otomo et al.
OCL  148122
UREF
PNO  5147732
ISD  19920900
NAM  Shiroishi et al.
OCL  428668
FREF
PNO  0 247 868
ISD  19871200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  61-131228
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-91314
ISD  19890400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-248312
ISD  19891000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-74012
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-58316
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Hayashi et al, "CoPtB(0) alloy films as new perpendicular recording media",
      J. Appl. Phys., vol. 67, No. 9, May 1, 1990, pp. 5175-5177.
PAL  Hayashi et al, "Magnetic Properties and Microstructure of Co-Pt-B-O Alloy
      Films", Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc. vol. 232, 1991, pp. 35-46.
PAL  Katori et al, "Soft magnetic Fe-Al-N/Si-N multilayered film with higher
      thermal stability", Appl. Phys. Lett., vol. 54, No. 12, Mar. 20, 1989, pp.
      1181-1182.
PAL  Abstract of Japanese Published Application 61-242310 (Oct. 28, 1986),
      Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 11, No. 091 (P558), Mar. 23, 1987.
PAL  Abstract of Japanese Published Application 2-73511 of Mar. 13, 1990, Patent
      Abstracts of Japan, vol. 14, No. 267 (P1058), Jun. 8, 1990.
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to a perpendicular magnetic recording
      apparatus and a perpendicular magnetic reproducing apparatus which can
      achieve high-density recording and high output reproduction. The
      perpendicular magnetic recording medium (2) is used which has a
      perpendicular magnetic film made of chiefly Co, Pt and a vertical coercive
      force of 1500 Oe or above. This recording medium is recorded by the
      magnetic head (4) of which at least the magnetic gap portion is formed of
      the soft magnetic thin film (3). This soft magnetic thin film (3) contains
      chiefly Fe and has a saturation magnetic flux density 4.pi.Ms of 19 kG or
      above.
PATN
WKU  059911271
SRC  9
APN  0158682
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19980129
TTL  Magnetic head and tape path cleaning tape
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  17
EXP  Evans; Jefferson
NDR  2
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Thiessen; Jeffrey S.
CTY  Champlin
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Geneva Group of Companies, Inc.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  700793
APD  19960821
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  360128
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  541
FSC  360
FSS  128;137
FSC   15
FSS  DIG. 13
UREF
PNO  4138229
ISD  19790200
NAM  Tadokoro et al.
OCL  360128
UREF
PNO  4266256
ISD  19810500
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  360128
UREF
PNO  4408241
ISD  19831000
NAM  Ogawa
OCL  360128
UREF
PNO  4661874
ISD  19870400
NAM  Buehl et al.
OCL  360128
UREF
PNO  4701364
ISD  19871000
NAM  Miyoshi et al.
OCL  428141
UREF
PNO  4864351
ISD  19890900
NAM  Imai et al.
OCL  360128
UREF
PNO  4928189
ISD  19900500
NAM  Siddiq
OCL  360128
UREF
PNO  5012377
ISD  19910400
NAM  Siddio
OCL  360128
UREF
PNO  5363267
ISD  19941100
NAM  Fang
OCL  360128
UREF
PNO  5463519
ISD  19951000
NAM  Dodt et al.
OCL  360128
UREF
PNO  5632668
ISD  19970500
NAM  Lindholm et al.
OCL  451 42
FREF
PNO  61-192017
ISD  19860800
CNT  JPX
OCL  360128
FREF
PNO  61-192015
ISD  19860800
CNT  JPX
OCL  360128
FREF
PNO  61-192016
ISD  19860800
CNT  JPX
OCL  360128
FREF
PNO  4-155610
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
OCL  360128
FREF
PNO  5-2722
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
OCL  360128
FREF
PNO  5-28477
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-243440
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
OCL  360128
FREF
PNO  7-205036
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-30930
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2152268
ISD  19850700
CNT  GBX
OCL  360128
LREP
FRM  Moore & Hansen
ABST
PAL  A cleaning tape for cleaning a magnetic tape head and tape path, having a
      non-abrasive cleaning surface with abrasive segments applied on the
      non-abrasive surface to form an alternating pattern. The abrasive segments
      may be angled across the surface of the non-abrasive cleaning surface. The
      abrasive segments loosen adhered debris and the non-abrasive segments
      carry the loose and loosened debris away from the head and the tape path.
PATN
WKU  059911280
SRC  8
APN  9727140
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971118
TTL  Recording and/or reproducing apparatus having tape travel direction
      control arrangement which prevents tape slippage and slack generation
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Renner; Craig A.
NDR  22
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Koguchi; Toshinari
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamazaki; Toshiyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumura; Mitsunori
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19890331
APN  1-80466
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19890418
APN  1-96352
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19890426
APN  1-106439
RLAP
COD  74
APN  468142
APD  19950606
PSC  01
PNO  5689385
ISD  19970918
RLAP
COD  84
APN  122184
APD  19930917
PSC  01
PNO  5438466
ISD  19950801
RLAP
COD  81
APN  495988
APD  19900320
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  36013023
XCL  360 84
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 1560
FSC  360
FSS  95;85;130.23;130.22;130.21;130.2;130.24;84
UREF
PNO  3691315
ISD  19720900
NAM  Ellmore
OCL  360 84
UREF
PNO  4040575
ISD  19770800
NAM  Ryan
OCL  360130.23
UREF
PNO  4122506
ISD  19781000
NAM  Kubo et al.
OCL  360 95
UREF
PNO  4379517
ISD  19830400
NAM  Miyakawa et al.
OCL  360 95
UREF
PNO  4583137
ISD  19860400
NAM  Ogiro et al.
OCL  360 95
UREF
PNO  4665450
ISD  19870500
NAM  Hirano
OCL  360 84
UREF
PNO  4736259
ISD  19880400
NAM  Nonoyama
OCL  360 84
UREF
PNO  4837646
ISD  19890600
NAM  Nagai et al.
OCL  360 85
LREP
FR2  Kananen; Ronald P.
     Rader, Fishman & Grauer
ABST
PAL  A tape guide system includes a rotary head drum inclined by a predetermined
      angle relative to a mechanical chassis of a recording and/or reproducing
      apparatus on which the head drum is mounted. A guide roller extends
      essentially vertically relative to the mechanical chassis on a side of the
      rotary head drum. An inclined guide post is arranged between the rotary
      head drum and the guide roller along a tape path. The inclined guide post
      is inclined at a first angle relative to the mechanical chassis. The first
      angle is a theoretical angle plus an additional offset angle. The offset
      angle lies in a direction parallel to a tape surface in contact with the
      side of the rotary head drum. The theoretical angle is derived from
      predetermined parameters including an inclination angle of the rotary head
      drum relative to the mechanical chassis and a tape-wrap angle at which
      tape is wound onto the rotary head drum.
PATN
WKU  059911298
SRC  8
APN  177347&
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19940104
TTL  Disc cartridge with slidable shutter
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Cao; Allen T.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Iwata; Hirokimi
CTY  Ibaragi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishimatsu; Yoshikazu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19891006
APN  1-261687
RLAP
COD  71
APN  584178
APD  19900918
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  360133
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 2303
FSC  360
FSS  133
FSC  206
FSS  444
FSC  369
FSS  291
UREF
PNO  4849844
ISD  19890700
NAM  Kato
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  4853925
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kaneuchi
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  4876619
ISD  19891000
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  369291
UREF
PNO  4908726
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kato
OCL  369291
UREF
PNO  4908817
ISD  19900300
NAM  Sandell et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  4943880
ISD  19900700
NAM  Muehlhausen et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  4945530
ISD  19900700
NAM  Sandell et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  4991048
ISD  19910200
NAM  Ikebe et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  5051857
ISD  19910900
NAM  Akiyama
OCL  360133
FREF
PNO  0164647
ISD  19851200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0218231
ISD  19870400
CNT  EPX
OCL  360133
FREF
PNO  0236100
ISD  19870900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0402037
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
OCL  369291
FREF
PNO  59-72687
ISD  19840400
CNT  JPX
OCL  360133A
FREF
PNO  60-167158
ISD  19850800
CNT  JPX
OCL  360133
FREF
PNO  61-82395
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
OCL  360133
FREF
PNO  61-104382
ISD  19860500
CNT  JPX
OCL  360133
FREF
PNO  62-14389
ISD  19870100
CNT  JPX
OCL  360133
FREF
PNO  63-91885
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
OCL  360133
LREP
FR2  Kananen; Ronald P.
     Rader, Fishman & Grauer
ABST
PAL  A disc cartridge is comprised of a cartridge body for rotatably
      accommodating therein a disc and which has an opening portion from which
      the disc is partially exposed to the outside, and a shutter slidably
      attached to the cartridge body for opening and/or closing the opening
      portion, wherein the shutter is provided with first and second guide
      members, the first guide member is engaged with a first guide groove
      formed on a major surface of the cartridge body and the second guide
      member is engaged with a second guide groove formed on a side wall of the
      cartridge body. Thus, the shutter can be prevented from being disengaged
      from the cartridge body inadvertently or unintentionally. Further, in its
      opening and/or closing operation, the shutter can smoothly open and/or
      close the opening portion without being shaked.
PATN
WKU  059911301
SRC  9
APN  1548727
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19980917
TTL  Disk cartridge anti-rattle mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Korzuch; William R.
NDR  9
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Schick; Brian R.
CTY  Eden
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Bracken; Allen T.
CTY  Layton
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Rich; Edward L.
CTY  Ogden
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Sumner; Wayne A.
CTY  Ogden
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  Iomega Corporation
CTY  Roy
STA  UT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  834188
APD  19970415
PSC  01
PNO  5862026
RLAP
COD  81
APN  550818
APD  19951031
PSC  01
PNO  5650899
RLAP
COD  82
APN  477764
APD  19950607
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  360133
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 2303
FSC  360
FSS  133
FSC  369
FSS  270;289;290;291
UREF
PNO  4320430
ISD  19820300
NAM  Vogt
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  4400748
ISD  19830800
NAM  Bauck et al.
OCL  360 99
UREF
PNO  4532564
ISD  19850700
NAM  Larson et al.
OCL  360 97
UREF
PNO  4559575
ISD  19851200
NAM  Noto et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  4608617
ISD  19860800
NAM  Oishi et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  4688127
ISD  19870800
NAM  Oishi et al.
OCL  360132
UREF
PNO  4864452
ISD  19890900
NAM  Thompson et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  4879621
ISD  19891100
NAM  Chamberlin et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  4901173
ISD  19900200
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  360 99.04
UREF
PNO  4943880
ISD  19900700
NAM  Muehlhausen et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  5247511
ISD  19930900
NAM  Koike et al.
OCL  369263
UREF
PNO  5444586
ISD  19950800
NAM  Iftikar et al.
OCL  360 99.12
UREF
PNO  5535081
ISD  19960700
NAM  Nelson et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  5650899
ISD  19970700
NAM  Schick et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  5862026
ISD  19990100
NAM  Schick et al.
OCL  360133
FREF
PNO  369651
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  59-8173
ISD  19840100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-298980
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-019572
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/08312
ISD  19890900
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris LLP
ABST
PAL  A cartridge for a magnetic disk drive has a clamping mechanism which is
      actuated as the door to the cartridge is closed when the cartridge is
      removed from the drive. The door covers the opening through which the
      cartridge is accessed by read/write heads. When the cartridge is removed
      from the drive, the mechanism of the present invention clamps the
      recording disk against the cartridge shell to prevent rattle, which might
      otherwise damage the recording disk.
PATN
WKU  059911310
SRC  8
APN  9207694
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970829
TTL  Cassette player apparatus for use on a baby crib
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Korzuch; William R.
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Othman; Sana Mustafa
STR  140 Amboy St.
CTY  Dearborn Heights
STA  MI
ZIP  48127-6304
CLAS
OCL  360137
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 3302
FSC  360
FSS  137;1
FSC  369
FSS  31;63;64;292
FSC  362
FSS  86;253;457;458
FSC  446
FSS  227;297;302;397;485
FSC    5
FSS  93.1;101;281;658
UREF
PNO  3840924
ISD  19741000
NAM  Hamilton
OCL    5317R
UREF
PNO  4521205
ISD  19850600
NAM  Spector
OCL  446302
UREF
PNO  4640034
ISD  19870200
NAM  Zisholtz
XCL  446227
UREF
PNO  4670820
ISD  19870600
NAM  Eddins et al.
OCL  362 86
UREF
PNO  4793010
ISD  19881200
NAM  Gross et al.
OCL    5109
UREF
PNO  4881285
ISD  19891100
NAM  Zeeb
OCL    5103
UREF
PNO  5148561
ISD  19920900
NAM  Tharalson et al.
OCL    5 95
UREF
PNO  5307051
ISD  19940400
NAM  Sedlmayr
XCL  446227
ABST
PAL  A cassette player apparatus for use on a baby crib including a cassette
      player generally encased in a manually-portable housing; a mounting
      bracket removably securable to a crib rail; a coupling mechanism for
      removably coupling the housing of the cassette player to the mounting
      bracket; and a locking mechanism for locking the housing of the cassette
      player to the mounting bracket.
PATN
WKU  059911328
SRC  8
APN  9379983
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970926
TTL  Cassette casing with a permanently removable nonreattachable physical
      structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Davis; David D.
NDR  5
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Scerbbo, III; Frank C.
STR  P.O. Box 5271
CTY  Parsippany
STA  NJ
ZIP  07054
CLAS
OCL  360137
XCL  360132
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 2302
FSC  360
FSS  132;137
FSC  242
FSS  341
FSC   70
FSS  58
FSC  206
FSS  308.2;387.11
UREF
PNO  3612774
ISD  19711000
NAM  Wiklund
OCL  360128
UREF
PNO  3724858
ISD  19730400
NAM  Martin
OCL  360 96.1
UREF
PNO  4333568
ISD  19820600
NAM  Weldin
OCL  206387.1
UREF
PNO  4385693
ISD  19830500
NAM  Gelardi et al.
OCL  206387.1
UREF
PNO  4545483
ISD  19851000
NAM  Shiba et al.
OCL  206387.1
UREF
PNO  4716745
ISD  19880100
NAM  Hehn
OCL   70 58
UREF
PNO  4796771
ISD  19890100
NAM  Stettler
OCL  215253
UREF
PNO  5400185
ISD  19950300
NAM  Scerbo, III
OCL  360  5
FREF
PNO  64-37788
ISD  19890200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Hough, Esq.; William T.
ABST
PAL  A tape cassette having a feed reel and a takeup reel with tape on the reels
      and a mounting cassette casing for enclosing the feed reel, the takeup
      reel and the tape. The mounting cassette casing having an exterior
      perimeter with a permanently removable nonreattachable blocking physical
      structure affixed to and protruding beyond the exterior perimeter of the
      mounting cassette casing to break upon insertion in a tape cassette
      apparatus unable to receive the permanently removable nonreattachable
      blocking physical structure revealing an altered appearance.
PATN
WKU  059911336
SRC  8
APN  9886524
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971211
TTL  Portable video cassette player for children
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Ometz; David L.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Myers; Alice L.
STR  1057 Paper Mill Rd.
CTY  Chambersburg
STA  PA
ZIP  17201
CLAS
OCL  360137
XCL  348838
XCL  434307R
XCL  434309
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 3302
ICL  G09B  506
ICL  H04N  564
FSC  360
FSS  84;85;92;130.21;130.22;137
FSC  358
FSS  906
FSC  348
FSS  836;837;838;839;840;841;842;843
FSC  434
FSS  307 R;308;309;310
UREF
PNO  4809089
ISD  19890200
NAM  Richie
OCL  360 33.1
UREF
PNO  4825295
ISD  19890400
NAM  Ishilawa et al.
OCL  358254
UREF
PNO  4831449
ISD  19890500
NAM  Kimura
OCL  358198
UREF
PNO  5206733
ISD  19930400
NAM  Holdredge et al.
OCL  358254
UREF
PNO  5281985
ISD  19940100
NAM  Chan
OCL  353 13
UREF
PNO  5493347
ISD  19960200
NAM  Fukuda
OCL  348836
UREF
PNO  5673090
ISD  19970900
NAM  Higuchi et al.
OCL  348836
UREF
PNO  5675426
ISD  19971000
NAM  Meisner et al.
OCL  358838
UREF
PNO  5742358
ISD  19980400
NAM  Iijima et al.
OCL  348789
UREF
PNO  5748254
ISD  19980500
NAM  Harrison et al.
OCL  348552
ABST
PAL  A compact video cassette player for children is provided including a
      housing with a front face, a rear face, a top face, a bottom face and a
      pair of side faces. The top face has a handle mounted thereto. A light
      assembly is equipped with a lamp for illuminating upon the receipt of
      power. Further included is a video cassette player assembly having a
      display mounted on the front face of the housing; a plurality of control
      buttons including a start button, stop button, rewind button, eject button
      and actuator button; and a speaker positioned on the housing. The video
      cassette player assembly also has a video cassette player mechanism having
      an inlet for receiving a video cassette so as to display video and audio
      signals from the video cassette via the display and the speaker,
      respectively, in accordance with the depression of the control buttons.
      Further, a power unit is provided for supplying the light assembly and
      video cassette player assembly with power.
PATN
WKU  059911344
SRC  8
APN  8787832
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970619
TTL  Switchable ESD protective shunting circuit for semiconductor devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Sherry; Michael J.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Tan; Huynh
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Wollesen; Donald L.
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361 56
XCL  361111
XCL  257355
EDF  6
ICL  H02H  322
FSC  361
FSS  56;111;91;212;220
FSC  257
FSS  355;356;360;363
UREF
PNO  4630162
ISD  19861200
NAM  Bell et al.
OCL  361 56
UREF
PNO  4819047
ISD  19890400
NAM  Gilfeather et al.
OCL  361 56
UREF
PNO  4868705
ISD  19890900
NAM  Shiochi et al.
OCL  361 91
UREF
PNO  4937700
ISD  19900600
NAM  Iwahashi
OCL  361 91
UREF
PNO  5208719
ISD  19930500
NAM  Wei
OCL  361 56
UREF
PNO  5479039
ISD  19951200
NAM  Lien
OCL  257356
UREF
PNO  5565790
ISD  19961000
NAM  Lee
OCL  326 30
LREP
FRM  Fliesler, Dubb, Meyer & Lovejoy
ABST
PAL  An electrostatic discharge protection circuit having a low impedance
      conduction path connecting all of a particular device's input/output paths
      to ground potential via switchable devices exhibiting low resistance when
      power is not applied to the device and very high resistance when power is
      applied to the device.
PATN
WKU  059911352
SRC  9
APN  0765740
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980511
TTL  System including ESD protection
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Sherry; Michael J.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Saleh; Farid
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  VLSI Technology, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361 56
XCL  361111
EDF  6
ICL  H02H  322
FSC  361
FSS  56;91;111
UREF
PNO  5196981
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kuo
OCL  361 56
UREF
PNO  5272097
ISD  19931200
NAM  Shiota
OCL  437 34
UREF
PNO  5311083
ISD  19940500
NAM  Wanlass
OCL  307475
UREF
PNO  5468984
ISD  19951100
NAM  Efland et al.
OCL  257356
UREF
PNO  5610790
ISD  19970300
NAM  Staab et al.
OCL  361 56
UREF
PNO  5617283
ISD  19970400
NAM  Krakauer et al.
OCL  361 56
UREF
PNO  5654862
ISD  19970800
NAM  Worley et al.
OCL  361111
UREF
PNO  5706156
ISD  19980100
NAM  Narita
OCL  361 56
UREF
PNO  5721658
ISD  19980200
NAM  Ma et al.
OCL  361111
LREP
FRM  Wells, St. John, Roberts, Gregory & Matkin P.S.
ABST
PAL  A method and structure for providing ESD protection for an integrated
      circuit having multiple pairs of voltage supply rails, each pair including
      a VDD rail and a VSS rail. In one aspect, ESD devices are connected
      between pairs of supply rails and I/O pins of the integrated circuit, and
      antiparallel diodes are connected between respective VSS rails and a
      VSS-ESD rail.
PATN
WKU  059911360
SRC  8
APN  9809619
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971201
TTL  Protector unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Sherry; Michael J.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kaczmarek; Richard T.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Ladd; Arnold M.
CTY  Des Plaines
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  RELTEC Corporation
CTY  Mayfiled Heights
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361 938
XCL  361 939
XCL  361106
XCL  361119
EDF  6
ICL  H02H  300
FSC  361
FSS  119;117;118;120;121;123-124;126-127;56;91;111;106;93;93.8;93.9
FSC  379
FSS  412
UREF
PNO  3755715
ISD  19730800
NAM  Klayum et al.
OCL  361120
UREF
PNO  5195015
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kaczmarek
OCL  361119
UREF
PNO  5341270
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kaczmarek
OCL  361119
LREP
FRM  Trexler, Bushnell, Giangiorgi & Blackstone, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A protector unit for use in retrofitting connector blocks, such as a
      300-type connector block or a C-50 frame includes a housing; a back-up,
      fail-safe assembly for providing a connection to ground; and a positive
      temperature coefficient limiter ("PTCR") for temporarily preventing the
      passage of current through the protector unit when an over-current
      condition is detected and for allowing the passage of current through the
      protector unit when the over-current condition is no longer detected. The
      back-up, fail-safe assembly permanently prevents the passage of current
      through the protector unit when a sustained over-current condition is
      detected.
PATN
WKU  059911379
SRC  8
APN  9704647
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971114
TTL  Partial discharge coupler
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Jackson; Stephen W.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Krahn; John Raymond
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Reed; Clive William
CTY  Scotia
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  General Electric Company
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  603300
APD  19960220
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  361104
XCL  361 93
XCL  361115
XCL  361118
EDF  6
ICL  H02H  500
FSC  361
FSS  534;523;1;104;111;112;117;93;115;118
FSC  337
FSS  17;20
UREF
PNO  3467934
ISD  19690900
NAM  Innis et al.
OCL  337144
UREF
PNO  3723930
ISD  19730300
NAM  Koch
OCL  337158
UREF
PNO  3973169
ISD  19760800
NAM  Titus
OCL  317 12B
UREF
PNO  4012579
ISD  19770300
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  174 52PE
UREF
PNO  4148003
ISD  19790400
NAM  Colburn et al.
OCL  333181
UREF
PNO  4329273
ISD  19820500
NAM  Hardman et al.
OCL  524862
UREF
PNO  4331948
ISD  19820500
NAM  Malinaric et al.
OCL  338 21
UREF
PNO  4514276
ISD  19850400
NAM  Covington et al.
OCL  204415
UREF
PNO  4757423
ISD  19880700
NAM  Franklin
OCL  361275
UREF
PNO  4779051
ISD  19881000
NAM  Grunewald et al.
OCL  324536
UREF
PNO  4931899
ISD  19900600
NAM  Pruett
OCL  361308
UREF
PNO  5173766
ISD  19921200
NAM  Long et al.
OCL  257687
UREF
PNO  5364913
ISD  19941100
NAM  Meltzer et al.
OCL  525440
UREF
PNO  5386193
ISD  19950100
NAM  Maeda et al.
OCL  324547
UREF
PNO  5583740
ISD  19961200
NAM  Fujino
OCL  361534
LREP
FR2  Agosti; Ann M.
FR2  Breedlove; Jill M.
ABST
PAL  A partial discharge (PD) coupler includes at least one high voltage
      capacitor; potting material surrounding the capacitor; and a fuse
      physically and electrically connected in series to the capacitor. The
      capacitor and the fuse are capable of passing high frequency partial
      discharge with minimal attenuation. The PD coupler can have potting
      material surrounding both the capacitor and the fuse. The PD coupler can
      include a housing surrounding the capacitor, the potting material, and the
      fuse.
PATN
WKU  059911387
SRC  8
APN  8657750
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970530
TTL  Method and apparatus for protecting aircraft electronics from lightning
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Sherry; Michael J.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Sklar; Richard
CTY  Huntington Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Phillipp; Ralph
CTY  Huntington Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  DeCuir; Tracy L.
CTY  Cypress
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Girard; Lawrence
CTY  Westminister
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Rockwell International Corporation
CTY  Costa Mesa
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361118
XCL  361119
XCL  343705
XCL  359111
XCL  385 15
EDF  6
ICL  H01C  712
FSC  361
FSS  117-127;107;108;62-66
FSC  359
FSS  111;132
FSC  385
FSS  15;24
FSC  343
FSS  705
FSC  341
FSS  159;141
UREF
PNO  3972045
ISD  19760700
NAM  Perret
OCL  343705
UREF
PNO  3997894
ISD  19761200
NAM  Levine
OCL  341159
UREF
PNO  4061577
ISD  19771200
NAM  Bell
OCL  359132
UREF
PNO  4781427
ISD  19881100
NAM  Husbands et al.
OCL  385 24
LREP
FR2  Eppele; Kyle
FR2  O'Shaughnessy; James P.
ABST
PAL  A lightning protection element is incorporated into the portion of an
      aircraft signal distribution system which connects an antenna to flight
      critical equipment. The lightning protection element rejects surge
      currents associated with direct lightning strikes on the antenna, or its
      surrounding radome, while passing communication signals without
      significant interference with those signals. In a preferred embodiment,
      the lightning protection element comprises an optical fiber isolator
      element. A segment of optical fiber in the isolator prevents surge
      currents associated with the lightning strikes from reaching the equipment
      while passing communications signals transmitted on the signal
      distribution system.
PATN
WKU  059911395
SRC  8
APN  9717447
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971117
TTL  Protection circuit and a node for a communications system using the
      protection circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Leja; Ronald W.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Kamali; Walid
CTY  Lawrenceville
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Green; Brian
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Kruse; Herman
CTY  Winder
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  Scientific-Atlanta, Inc.
CTY  Norcross
STA  GA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361119
EDF  6
ICL  H02H  100
FSC  361
FSS  56;91;111;119
UREF
PNO  3956717
ISD  19760500
NAM  Fisher et al.
OCL  333121
UREF
PNO  4247953
ISD  19810100
NAM  Shinagawa et al.
OCL  455191.2
UREF
PNO  4254442
ISD  19810300
NAM  Dijkmans et al.
OCL  361 56
UREF
PNO  5390337
ISD  19950200
NAM  Jelinek et al.
OCL  455  5.1
LREP
FR2  Massaroni; Kenneth M.
FR2  Gardner; Kelly A.
FR2  Barnhardt, III; Hubert J.
ABST
PAL  A protection circuit prevents a surge applied to one end of a signal line
      from being applied to a circuit connected to another end of the signal
      line. The protection circuit includes a first diode having an anode
      coupled to the signal line and a first capacitor having a first electrode
      coupled to a cathode of the first diode and a second electrode coupled to
      a first potential. A second capacitor has a first electrode coupled to the
      signal line and a second diode has a cathode coupled to a second electrode
      of said second capacitor and an anode coupled to the first potential. A
      first inductor is coupled between the cathode of the first diode and the
      cathode of the second diode. A power supply terminal is applied with a
      power supply potential and is coupled to one end of the first inductor.
PATN
WKU  059911409
SRC  8
APN  9946837
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971219
TTL  Technique for effectively re-arranging circuitry to realize a
      communications service
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Jackson; Stephen W.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Hughes; Philip
CTY  Westfield
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Kane; Adam Stuart
CTY  Morristown
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Replogle; Kriss Kalani
CTY  Brookside
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Schwartz; Andrew
CTY  Morris Township, Morris County
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361119
XCL  361103
XCL  361115
EDF  6
ICL  H02H  100
FSC  361
FSS  119;115;93;103;91;58
UREF
PNO  5034846
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hodge et al.
OCL  361119
UREF
PNO  5207583
ISD  19930500
NAM  DeBalko et al.
OCL  439 49
UREF
PNO  5812786
ISD  19980900
NAM  Seazholtz et al.
OCL  395200.63
OREF
PAL  "Test Cords Selection Guide," Distributing Frame System Products Manual
      (DFSPM), AT&T Network Systems, Dec. 1993, pp. 8-10 through 8-18.
PAL  "Bantam Plus.TM. DSX-1/1C System Patch Cords and Accessories," AT&T
      ExchangeMax.TM. Structured Cabling System for the Central Office, Product
      Applications Catalog, AT&T Network Systems 1993, pp. 3-30 & 3-31.
PAL  "System III DSX-3/4 Patch Cords," AT&T ExchangeMax.TM. Structured Cabling
      System for the Central Office, Product Applications Catalog, AT&T Network
      Systems 1993, p. 3-49.
PAL  "Cords 110 Patch Cords and Adapter Cords,"
      http://207.140.138.105:5000/sysx/getFamOverview?p  FamID=5054&p
      AreaID=3123, Sep. 28, 1997.
PAL  "AT&T Protector Units," Distributing Frame Systems Products Manual (DFSPM),
      AT&T Network Systems, Dec. 1993, pp. 2-1, 2-4, 2-5 & 2-9.
ABST
PAL  In a communications arrangement, a copper wire pair arrangement
      traditionally used to provide a plain old telephone service (POTS) is also
      used to provide an asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL) service. To
      that end, a patch cord in accordance with the invention is used to
      re-arrange communications connections in a terminal where both POTS
      channel unit and ADSL channel unit are deployed. Advantageously, the
      combined service is efficiently realized by such a re-arrangement, with
      the existing POTS virtually uninterrupted.
PATN
WKU  059911417
SRC  9
APN  0663026
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980428
TTL  Surge arrester arranged to provide failure indication
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Huynh; Kim
EXP  Paladini; Albert W.
NDR  3
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Mikli; Norbert
CTY  Ebersberg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bohrisch; Steffen
CTY  Hermsdorf/Thuringen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Raychem GmbH
CTY  Ottobrunn
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19951108
APN  9522875
CLAS
OCL  361127
XCL  361117
XCL  361132
EDF  6
ICL  H02H  904
FSC  361
FSS  111;117;131;118;124;125;128;127;126;132;134;136
FSC  337
FSS  30;31
UREF
PNO  3886411
ISD  19750500
NAM  Klayum
OCL  361119
UREF
PNO  4493003
ISD  19850100
NAM  Mickelson et al.
OCL  361119
UREF
PNO  4710847
ISD  19871200
NAM  Kortschinski et al.
OCL  361125
UREF
PNO  4930039
ISD  19900500
NAM  Woodworth et al.
OCL  361127
UREF
PNO  5191503
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kawamura et al.
OCL  361127
UREF
PNO  5237482
ISD  19930800
NAM  Osterhout et al.
OCL  361117
UREF
PNO  5583734
ISD  19961200
NAM  McMills et al.
OCL  361124
FREF
PNO  WO 93/01641
ISD  19930100
CNT  WOX
ICL  H02H  904
LREP
FR2  Gerstner; Marguerite E.
FR2  Chao; Yaun
FR2  Burkard; Herbert G.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/02734
PD1  19980428
PD2  19980428
PD3  19961107
PCP  WO97/17708
PCD  19970515
ABST
PAR  A failure indicator device for a surge arrester (2) employs a conventional
      explosive disconnector (10). Operation of the disconnector (10) due to
      earth fault current passing through the arrester (2) causes an arc to be
      formed. Movement of the disconnector (10) away from the arrester (2) is
      guided and limited by a support arrangement (18, 20) that subsequently
      provides a solid and permanent conductive path to earth (6) from the
      arrester terminal (12), thus extinguishing the arc.
PATN
WKU  059911425
SRC  8
APN  9168230
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970822
TTL  Detection of ophthalmic surgical handpiece by injecting current signal
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Huynh; Kim
EXP  Gaffin; Jeffrey
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Appelbaum; Peter Francis
CTY  Ballwin
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Kepley; Kevin Paul
CTY  Dellwood
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Bausch & Lomb Surgical, Inc.
CTY  Claremont
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361179
XCL  361180
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 4712
FSC  361
FSS  179;170;192;188;193;180
FSC  324
FSS  110;127
FSC  340
FSS  537;646;661;687
UREF
PNO  4757213
ISD  19880700
NAM  Tigges et al.
OCL  307116
UREF
PNO  4771359
ISD  19880900
NAM  Link
OCL  361179
UREF
PNO  4820938
ISD  19890400
NAM  Mix et al.
OCL  307117
UREF
PNO  5636288
ISD  19970600
NAM  Bonneville et al.
OCL  381110
UREF
PNO  5798913
ISD  19980800
NAM  Tiesinga et al.
OCL  363 21
LREP
FRM  Seniger, Powers, Leavitt & Roedell
FR2  Kang; Grant D.
FR2  Vacca; Rita D.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus to detect the presence of a surgical handpiece is provided.
      The handpiece is electrically isolated from its source of electric power
      by a transformer having two primary windings and one secondary winding.
      The first winding provides power to the handpiece and the second winding
      is used in the handpiece detection apparatus. The handpiece detection
      apparatus includes a detection circuit and a comparator that compares the
      electrical signal input to a standard to determine the presence of the
      handpiece.
PATN
WKU  059911433
SRC  9
APN  122042&
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980724
TTL  Method for controlling velocity of an armature of an electromagnetic
      actuator
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Huynh; Kim
EXP  Paladini; Albert W.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Wright; Danny Orlen
CTY  Cobbs Creek
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Czimmek; Perry Robert
CTY  Yorktown
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Automotive Corporation
CTY  Auburn Hills
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361187
XCL  361167
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 4728
FSC  361
FSS  160;143;187;144;166;191;167;154
FSC  251
FSS  129.02;129.13;129.12;129.15
FSC  123
FSS  490;478
FSC  335
FSS  234;247;253
UREF
PNO  3671814
ISD  19720600
NAM  Dick
OCL  317123
UREF
PNO  4328526
ISD  19820500
NAM  Dilger et al.
OCL  361154
UREF
PNO  4368501
ISD  19830100
NAM  Gingrich
OCL  361152
UREF
PNO  4593658
ISD  19860600
NAM  Moloney
OCL  123 90
UREF
PNO  4823825
ISD  19890400
NAM  Buchl
OCL  137  1
UREF
PNO  4955334
ISD  19900900
NAM  Kawamura
OCL  123 90
UREF
PNO  4957074
ISD  19900900
NAM  Weissler
OCL  123 90
UREF
PNO  5009389
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kawamura
OCL  251129.1
UREF
PNO  5442515
ISD  19950800
NAM  Wallaert
OCL  361187
UREF
PNO  5650909
ISD  19970700
NAM  Remele et al.
OCL  361154
UREF
PNO  5673165
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kuhn et al.
OCL  361154
UREF
PNO  5691680
ISD  19971100
NAM  Schrey et al.
OCL  335256
UREF
PNO  5701870
ISD  19971200
NAM  Gottshall et al.
OCL  123490
UREF
PNO  5708355
ISD  19980100
NAM  Schrey
OCL  323282
UREF
PNO  5711259
ISD  19980100
NAM  Pischinger et al.
OCL  123 90
UREF
PNO  5742467
ISD  19980400
NAM  Schmitz
OCL  361154
UREF
PNO  5748433
ISD  19980500
NAM  Schrey et al.
OCL  361210
UREF
PNO  5775276
ISD  19980700
NAM  Yanai et al.
OCL  123 90.11
ABST
PAL  A method of controlling velocity of an armature of an electromagnetic
      actuator as the armature moves from a first position towards a second
      position is provided. The electromagnetic actuator includes a coil and a
      core at the second position. The coil generates a magnetic force to cause
      the armature to move towards and land at the core. Spring structure acts
      on the armature to bias the armature away from the second position to a
      resetting position. The method includes selectively energizing the coil to
      permit the armature to move at a certain velocity towards the core. A
      certain voltage corresponding to a voltage across the coil is determined
      when the armature is approaching the core. The certain voltage corresponds
      to a rate of change of magnetic flux and is used as a feedback variable to
      control energy to the coil so as to control a velocity of the armature as
      the armature moves towards the core. In one embodiment, the certain
      voltage is a measured terminal voltage of the coil. In another embodiment,
      the certain voltage is a parametrically determined voltage which mirrors
      the terminal voltage.
PATN
WKU  059911441
SRC  8
APN  7759592
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970103
TTL  Circuit for tripping breaker
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Fleming; Fritz
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  DePuy; Robert P.
CTY  Cherry Hill
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  General Electric Company
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361194
XCL  361154
XCL  361206
EDF  6
ICL  H01H 4710
FSC  361
FSS  194;160;170;154;152;102;115;206
FSC  335
FSS  173;13
UREF
PNO  3560807
ISD  19710200
NAM  Urfer et al.
OCL  361434
UREF
PNO  4000445
ISD  19761200
NAM  Wilson
OCL  361102
UREF
PNO  4535380
ISD  19850800
NAM  Geary
OCL  361256
LREP
FR2  Horton; Carl B.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for tripping a circuit breaker having a trip coil. A trip
      circuit is coupled at a first node to a first power supply and at a second
      node to the trip coil. The trip circuit comprises a switch for closing in
      response to a control signal, a coil coupled to the switch so that current
      is allowed to flow through the coil when the switch closes, relay contacts
      operatively coupled to the coil so that the relay contacts close when
      current flows through the coil, and a zener diode for providing a low
      impedance path after the relay contacts close and for applying a holding
      voltage across the coil sufficient to keep the relay contacts closed while
      current flows through the low impedance path.
PATN
WKU  059911450
SRC  9
APN  138791&
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980824
TTL  ESD system
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Fleming; Fritz
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Lagrotta; James T.
CTY  Boonton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Lagrotta; Richard T.
CTY  Livingston
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361212
XCL  361220
EDF  6
ICL  H05F  300
FSC  361
FSS  212;213;216;220;223;224;225;229;230;235
FSC  340
FSS  649
UREF
PNO  4745519
ISD  19880500
NAM  Breidegam
UREF
PNO  4800374
ISD  19890100
NAM  Jacobson
UREF
PNO  4859992
ISD  19890800
NAM  Holgaard
UREF
PNO  5247420
ISD  19930900
NAM  Bakkoum
UREF
PNO  5519384
ISD  19960500
NAM  Chanudet
UREF
PNO  5623255
ISD  19970400
NAM  Yang
UREF
PNO  5666106
ISD  19970900
NAM  Nasman
OCL  361212
OREF
PAL  Sony Corporation "FIU Internal Features" (downloaded from www.sony.com) no
      date provided.
ABST
PAL  An EDS tester is combined with an employee identifier and recording monitor
      so as to provide and audit trail of compliance with the fact of ESD
      testing and, if desired, a record of the ESD test results such as body
      resistance or charge. In one illustrative embodiment, a fingerprint
      identifier pad is used together with the ESD test to identify a unique
      biological characteristic of the worker being tested. In addition, the
      feature of providing physical contact with the workers body typically
      required for ESD testing may be combined with the fingerprint identifier
      pad thereby enabling the ESD test results to be correlated with a specific
      individual.
PATN
WKU  059911468
SRC  9
APN  146759&
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980904
TTL  Method and device to reduce electrical insulator flashover
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  5
EXP  Fleming; Fritz
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Bokhary; Tario I.
STR  Sceco E., P.O. Box 5190, Generation Department
CTY  Dammam
CNT  SAX
ITX  31422
CLAS
OCL  361213
XCL  361220
XCL  361230
EDF  6
ICL  H05F 0306
FSC  361
FSS  212;213;216;220;223;224;225;229;230;235
UREF
PNO  3963858
ISD  19760600
NAM  Cheng et al.
OCL  174141R
UREF
PNO  4010316
ISD  19770300
NAM  Jolly et al.
OCL  174140R
UREF
PNO  4125742
ISD  19781100
NAM  Rabinowitz
OCL  174211
UREF
PNO  4364752
ISD  19821200
NAM  Fitch et al.
OCL   96 64
UREF
PNO  4539022
ISD  19850900
NAM  McLoughlin
OCL   96 40
UREF
PNO  4944778
ISD  19900700
NAM  Yanagawa
OCL   96 66
UREF
PNO  5141529
ISD  19920800
NAM  Oakley et al.
OCL   95 57
UREF
PNO  5694286
ISD  19971200
NAM  Fowler et al.
OCL  361212
LREP
FR2  Litman; Richard C.
ABST
PAL  A device that reduces power transmission insulator flashover by preventing
      the buildup of contaminants and dust on the surface of electrical
      insulators. The device is primarily designed for use on high tension wire
      insulators and creates an envelope of positive and negative ions that
      cover the insulators' skirts and consequently repels dust and other
      particles. The device is embedded in at least one insulator skirt and
      includes a small induction coil, a diode, a series of capacitors, and a
      fine needle that are employed as an ion generator which produces a
      negative or positive polarity ion corona region. The induction coil
      produces an AC voltage that is induced by the power line current. This AC
      voltage is rectified by the diode. As contaminants and dust particles
      approach the surface of the skirt, they become charged with the same
      polarity as the ions leaving the needle, and are consequently repelled
      from the corona region. The device reduces the possibility of flashovers
      by preventing contaminants from landing on the surface of the insulators
      and preventing the accumulation of "dry bands".
PATN
WKU  059911476
SRC  8
APN  8877327
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19970703
TTL  Electromagnetic chuck with magnetizing/demagnetizing circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  18
EXP  Fleming; Fritz
NDR  11
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Chiang; Wen-Hsuan
STR  No. 24, Lane 123, Sec. 1, Tung Shan Rd.
CTY  Taichung
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  361267
XCL  361145
XCL  361149
EDF  6
ICL  H01F 1300
FSC  361
FSS  143-145;149-151;267
FSC  335
FSS  284;285-295
FSC  279
FSS  128
UREF
PNO  Re15884
ISD  19240800
NAM  Coradi
OCL  335289
UREF
PNO  1339553
ISD  19200500
NAM  Dunbar
OCL  335289
UREF
PNO  2348967
ISD  19440500
NAM  Duby
OCL  335290
UREF
PNO  3111607
ISD  19631100
NAM  Storch
OCL  361144
UREF
PNO  4370693
ISD  19830100
NAM  McDonald et al.
OCL  361145
UREF
PNO  4399482
ISD  19830800
NAM  Inoue
OCL  361145
UREF
PNO  4402032
ISD  19830800
NAM  Wilterdink
OCL  361145
UREF
PNO  4462059
ISD  19840700
NAM  Yamagami et al.
OCL  361149
UREF
PNO  4591943
ISD  19860500
NAM  Armond
OCL  361145
UREF
PNO  4684112
ISD  19870800
NAM  Chernikov et al.
OCL  335289
UREF
PNO  4847582
ISD  19890700
NAM  Cardone et al.
OCL  335289
UREF
PNO  4956625
ISD  19900900
NAM  Cardone et al.
OCL  335290
UREF
PNO  5047742
ISD  19910900
NAM  Hsu
OCL  335289
UREF
PNO  5267119
ISD  19931100
NAM  Armond et al.
OCL  361145
LREP
FRM  Merchant & Gould P.C.
ABST
PAL  An improved electromagnetic chuck which does not require a continuous
      direct current supply while being magnetized, including a main body
      defining a plurality of recesses and forming a cover, which includes a
      plurality of magnetically conductive portions and non-magnetically
      conductive portions alternately arranged, a plurality of magnetic units
      arranged within said plurality of recesses, and a
      magnetizing/demagnetizing circuit for magnetizing/demagnetizing said
      plurality of magnetic units, is provided. The magnetizing/demagnetizing
      circuit includes a magnetizing circuit, a demagnetizing circuit and an
      output circuit, by which a direct current is generated to magnetize the
      electromagnetic chuck, or a pair of positive and negative phase pulses
      with a gradually increased frequency is generated to quickly demagnetize
      the electromagnetic chuck.
PATN
WKU  059911484
SRC  9
APN  0582093
APT  1
ART  213
APD  19980410
TTL  Metal-enclosed gas-insulated switchgear assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Chervinsky; Boris L.
EXP  Picard; Leo P.
NDR  17
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Heil; Franz
CTY  Baden-Rutohof
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Tecchio; Piero
CTY  Oberrohrdorf
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Asea Brown Boveri AG
CTY  Baden
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970417
APN  197 16 024
CLAS
OCL  361605
XCL  361612
XCL  361618
XCL  361619
XCL  218 75
XCL  218 79
XCL  218 80
EDF  6
ICL  H02B  500
FSC  361
FSS  600;602;603;604;605;611;612;618;620
FSC  218
FSS  75;80;79;43-45
FSC  307
FSS  112;113
FREF
PNO  0678954A1
ISD  19951000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0744803A2
ISD  19961100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2047502
ISD  19720400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4438776C1
ISD  19960400
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  "Die 550-kV-SF6-gasisolierte Schaltanlage Itaipu", Varga et al., Brown
      Boveri Technik 9, 1986, pp. 488-497.
PAL  Postes blindes isoles au SF6 type ELK, BBC Brown Boveri publication.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  This metal-enclosed, gas-insulated switchgear assembly is provided with at
      least one multiphase switch panel which is mounted on a foundation surface
      (8), with in each case at least one power breaker (1, 2, 3) per phase
      which extends along a longitudinal axis (4, 5, 6), these longitudinal axes
      (4, 5, 6) being arranged in a first plane, with at least one busbar system
      which is arranged in at least a second plane and extends along busbar axes
      (13, 14, 15) and in which the busbar axes (13, 14, 15) have a distance (s)
      between them. The distance between centers between a first connecting stub
      (16, 17, 18) and a second connecting stub (25, 26, 27) of the power
      breaker (1, 2, 3) is at least three times and at most four times as great
      as the distance (s) between the busbar axes (13, 14, 15). The power
      breakers (1, 2, 3) may be arranged offset and aligned in a row, resulting
      in very compact switch panels.
PATN
WKU  059911492
SRC  9
APN  1978616
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19981123
TTL  Operation shaft receiving-type electric
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Datskovsky; Michael
EXP  Picard; Leo P.
NDR  8
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Tsuneaki; Tadayoshi
CTY  Osawano-machi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kanagawa; Masahide
CTY  Osawano-machi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hokuriku Electric Industry Co., Ltd.
CTY  Toyama Pref.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19981016
APN  10-295487
CLAS
OCL  361629
XCL  361628
XCL  361630
XCL  338164
XCL  338184
XCL  338334
XCL  200  4
XCL  200524
XCL  439 83
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  700
FSC  361
FSS  610-632
FSC  200
FSS  4;11 R;11 J;14;17 R;18;155-160;318;322-325;327;328-330;337-340;301;38 E;523
     ;524
FSC  338
FSS  128-131;162;164;184;199;334;172;179;198;200;215
FSC  439
FSS  83
UREF
PNO  3927276
ISD  19751200
NAM  Lipp
OCL  200  4
UREF
PNO  4365231
ISD  19821200
NAM  Nishioka
OCL  338334
UREF
PNO  5432312
ISD  19950700
NAM  Otani et al.
OCL  200524
UREF
PNO  5711680
ISD  19980100
NAM  Tsuneaki et al.
FREF
PNO  55-15741
ISD  19780700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-52563
ISD  19800500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-33621
ISD  19870600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-54757
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-85442
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  10-41107
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Pearne, Gordon, McCoy & Granger LLP
ABST
PAL  An operation shaft receiving-type electric component capable of reducing
      the number of parts required therefor and preventing generation of noise.
      An electric component body which includes an electric component unit
      varied in electric properties due to a variation in rotation angle of the
      operation shaft is arranged between an operation section of an operation
      shaft and a mechanism unit. A push-type lock and release mechanism is
      constituted by a guide member held stationary, both a slider member and a
      rotary slider each rotatably fitted on the operation shaft, a spring
      holder and a spring member. The guide member is provided with a plurality
      of primary guide grooves and secondary guide grooves, in which projections
      of the slide member are fitted, respectively. The rotary slider is
      provided with a plurality of projections, which are fitted in the main
      guide grooves, respectively. The guide member and each of the projections
      of the rotary slider are provided with a guide surface and a contact
      surface, respectively, which cooperate with each other to successively
      rotate the rotary slide by a predetermined rotation angle.
PATN
WKU  059911506
SRC  8
APN  9261761
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19970909
TTL  Self deploying magnifier for a portable computer display screen
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Reed; John D.
EXP  Picard; Leo P.
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Chiu; George Liang-Tai
CTY  Cross River
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Cipolla; Thomas Mario
CTY  Katonah
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Doany; Fuad Elias
CTY  Katonah
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Karidis; John Peter
CTY  Ossining
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Singh; Rama Nand
CTY  Bethel
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361681
XCL  359742
XCL  359817
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  116
ICL  H05K  716
FSC  361
FSS  681;682
FSC  348
FSS  917
FSC   34
FSS  903;905
FSC  359
FSS  742;809;811
UREF
PNO  4958907
ISD  19900900
NAM  Davis
OCL  359809
LREP
FR2  Morris; Daniel P.
FR2  Riddles; Alvin J.
ABST
PAL  The invention makes the size of the apparent image of the display screen of
      the display screen larger than the real size. A flat optical magnifier
      such as a lens of the fresnel type is positioned in an optically enhancing
      location between the operator and the display screen so that the apparent
      image at the operator side of the magnifier is greater than the actual
      image that is present on the display screen. A mechanism is provided for a
      notebook type portable computer that is passive to a user, folds into the
      case when the display screen closes over the keyboard and positions a
      fresnel lens, coplanar with and at a fixed distance from the display
      screen, when the notebook computer is opened and remains at that fixed
      distance as the display screen moves to maximum travel.
PATN
WKU  059911514
SRC  9
APN  081623&
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980519
TTL  Heat sink, in particular for electronic components
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Chervinsky; Boris L.
EXP  Sparks; Donald
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Capriz; Cesare
CTY  Castello d'Argile
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  EL.BO.MEC. S.r.l.
CTY  Bologna
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19970530
APN  BO97A0325
CLAS
OCL  361704
XCL  361707
XCL  361709
XCL  361710
XCL  361719
XCL  257718
XCL  257719
XCL  257727
XCL  165 803
XCL  165185
XCL  174 163
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  720
FSC  361
FSS  704;690;707-711;715-722;807-811
FSC  165
FSS  80.1-80.3;185
FSC  257
FSS  706;707;712;713;718;719;726;727
FSC  174
FSS  16.3
UREF
PNO  4638404
ISD  19870100
NAM  Grossmann et al.
OCL  361710
UREF
PNO  4707726
ISD  19871100
NAM  Tinder
OCL  165 80.1
UREF
PNO  4891735
ISD  19900100
NAM  Mikoljczak
OCL  361704
UREF
PNO  4961125
ISD  19901000
NAM  Jordan et al.
OCL  165 80.3
UREF
PNO  5040096
ISD  19910800
NAM  Churchill et al.
OCL  361704
UREF
PNO  5068764
ISD  19911100
NAM  Bland et al.
UREF
PNO  5077638
ISD  19911200
NAM  Andersson et al.
OCL  361710
UREF
PNO  5343362
ISD  19940800
NAM  Solberg
OCL  361710
UREF
PNO  5373099
ISD  19941200
NAM  Boitard et al.
OCL  361709
UREF
PNO  5466970
ISD  19951100
NAM  Smithers
OCL  257712
FREF
PNO  622983
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  86 06 346
ISD  19860600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2184887
ISD  19870700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Fay, Sharpe, Fagan, Minnich & McKee, LLP
ABST
PAL  A heat sink (2) for electronic components (1) comprises: a base portion (3)
      fitted with device (4) for coupling with a fixed support plane (5) of an
      apparatus; a plane surface (6), positioned in proximity to the base
      portion (3), in contact with a corresponding surface (7) of the electronic
      component (1), and an additional heat dissipation portion (8) comprising a
      prolongation (9) of the base portion (3) from which extend a plurality of
      fins (10); an elastically yielding element (11) acts between the heat sink
      (2) and the electronic component (1) to obtain a stable positioning of the
      surface (7) of the component itself to the related plane surface (6) of
      the heat sink (2); a pair of fins (10a, 10b), contiguous to each other,
      presents a respective inner wall (12, 13), sush walls being opposite one
      to the other and so shaped as to define a compartment (14) for stably
      housing a portion (15) of the elastically yielding element (11).
PATN
WKU  059911522
SRC  9
APN  1061046
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980629
TTL  CPU heat sink fastener
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Thompson; Gregory
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Chiou; Ming Horng
STR  4F., No.36, Yu Min Rd.
CTY  Tu Cheng City
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  361704
XCL  257718
XCL  248510
XCL   24458
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  720
FSC   24
FSS  296;457;458;625
FSC  165
FSS  80.2;80.3;185
FSC  174
FSS  16.3
FSC  248
FSS  505;510
FSC  257
FSS  707;713;718-719;722;726-727
FSC  361
FSS  704;707;709;710;697
UREF
PNO  5594624
ISD  19970100
NAM  Clemens et al.
OCL  361706
UREF
PNO  5771153
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sheng
OCL  361697
UREF
PNO  5864464
ISD  19990100
NAM  Lin
OCL  361697
UREF
PNO  5870288
ISD  19990200
NAM  Chen
OCL  361704
UREF
PNO  5873406
ISD  19990200
NAM  Horng
OCL  361697
ABST
PAL  A CPU heat sink fastener includes a retainer member having two V-shaped
      arms extended from a flat base thereof and respectively hooked in
      respective locating holes on a CPU module to hold down a heat sink on the
      CPU module, and a holding down member having a longitudinal slot forced
      into engagement with the V-shaped arms. The holding down member is pushed
      to a position below reinforcing ribs at the V-shaped arms to force the
      V-shaped arms inwards and to secure the retainer member in place.
PATN
WKU  059911530
SRC  9
APN  1831658
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19981030
TTL  Heat transfer system and method for electronic displays
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Datskovsky; Michael
EXP  Sparks; Donald
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Heady; Gregory S.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Bendik; Steve J.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Lacerta Enterprises, Inc.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  960525
APD  19971031
CLAS
OCL  361704
XCL  361687
XCL  361695
XCL  16510232
XCL  165185
XCL  349 12
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  720
FSC  361
FSS  682;687;692-698;724;683;735
FSC  165
FSS  104.14;104.33;104.34;80.2;80.3;80.4;104.32;165;185
FSC  313
FSS  17;22;35;44
FSC  345
FSS  10;87
FSC  349
FSS  12;58;161
UREF
PNO  4002831
ISD  19770100
NAM  Aeschliman
UREF
PNO  4134624
ISD  19790100
NAM  Moyer
UREF
PNO  4447856
ISD  19840500
NAM  Takahashi et al.
UREF
PNO  4528614
ISD  19850700
NAM  Shariff et al.
UREF
PNO  4644408
ISD  19870200
NAM  Coleman
UREF
PNO  4827439
ISD  19890500
NAM  Licht
UREF
PNO  4836625
ISD  19890600
NAM  Catta
UREF
PNO  4847602
ISD  19890700
NAM  Altland et al.
OCL  361682
UREF
PNO  4935845
ISD  19900600
NAM  Schwehr et al.
UREF
PNO  4949934
ISD  19900800
NAM  Krenz et al.
UREF
PNO  4985803
ISD  19910100
NAM  Pum et al.
UREF
PNO  5091827
ISD  19920200
NAM  Suret et al.
UREF
PNO  5243493
ISD  19930900
NAM  Jeng et al.
UREF
PNO  5271669
ISD  19931200
NAM  Pearlson
UREF
PNO  5529120
ISD  19960600
NAM  Howard et al.
UREF
PNO  5536079
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kostic
UREF
PNO  5559671
ISD  19960900
NAM  Dan et al.
UREF
PNO  5573317
ISD  19961100
NAM  Cavanauagh et al.
UREF
PNO  5590407
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5603376
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hendrix
OCL  165104.34
UREF
PNO  5748269
ISD  19980500
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL  349 58
UREF
PNO  5872699
ISD  19990200
NAM  Nishii et al.
OCL  361699
FREF
PNO  06202566
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
ICL  G09F  900
LREP
FRM  Schmeiser, Olsen & Watts
ABST
PAL  An electronic display unit includes: 1) a sealed display housing; 2) an
      electronic display inside the display housing; 3) circuit boards inside
      the display housing; 4) a heat collector inside the display housing; 5) a
      heat dissipater outside the display housing; and 6) a thermally conductive
      link between the heat collector and the heat dissipater. Various apparatus
      and methods allow gathering heat inside the display housing and
      transferring heat either to outside the display housing or to the
      electronic display inside the display housing. The transfer occurs without
      exposing electronic components inside the display housing to dust and
      moisture. Thus, exposure of the electronic components to excessive heat is
      avoided and exposure of the electronic display to excessive cold is also
      avoided. The electronic display, along with the circuit board, are
      positioned to at least partially define a front chamber, a center chamber,
      and a rear chamber. Also, a front and rear fan set are positioned to
      circulate air among the chambers to accomplish the indicated effects.
PATN
WKU  059911549
SRC  9
APN  2287757
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19990106
TTL  Attachment of electronic device packages to heat sinks
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Chervinsky; Boris L.
EXP  Picard; Leo P.
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Clemens; Donald L.
CTY  The Colony
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Edwards; Steven F.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Thermalloy, Inc.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  946160
APD  19971007
CLAS
OCL  361704
XCL  361707
XCL  361709
XCL  361712
XCL  361714
XCL  361719
XCL  257718
XCL  257719
XCL  257727
XCL  174 163
XCL  165 802
XCL  165 803
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  720
FSC  361
FSS  690;704;707;709;710;717-719
FSC  257
FSS  718;719;727
FSC  174
FSS  16.3
FSC  165
FSS  80.2;80.3
UREF
PNO  4544942
ISD  19851000
NAM  McCarthy
OCL  174 16.3
UREF
PNO  4609040
ISD  19860900
NAM  Moore
OCL  165 80.3
LREP
FR2  Kanz; Jack A.
ABST
PAL  A heat sink having a support base which supports a base plate is used to
      mount one or more device packages on a circuit board or the like. The
      support base is adapted to be secured to the circuit board. The base plate
      has opposed major faces adapted for mating with device packages. Tongues
      or clips secure individual device packages on the major faces of the base
      plate independently to that device packages may be removeably attached to
      either or both sides of the base plate.
PATN
WKU  059911557
SRC  8
APN  9883789
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19971210
TTL  Heat sink assembly including flexible heat spreader sheet
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Datskovsky; Michael
EXP  Picard; Leo P.
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Takashi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nonaka; Takashi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961213
APN  8-334017
CLAS
OCL  361705
XCL  361704
XCL  361706
XCL  361751
XCL  257723
XCL  165 802
XCL  174252
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  720
FSC  361
FSS  699;687;683;690-697;702-710;719;751;749
FSC  165
FSS  80.3;80.2;185;46;80.4;165;102.33;102.39
FSC  257
FSS  713-718;659;779
FSC  439
FSS  66;91;178
FSC  174
FSS  16.3;260;252;50.2;35 R
UREF
PNO  4442540
ISD  19840400
NAM  Lipschutz et al.
OCL  357 81
UREF
PNO  5133403
ISD  19920700
NAM  Yokono et al.
OCL  165185
UREF
PNO  5673176
ISD  19970900
NAM  Penniman et al.
OCL  361720
FREF
PNO  6134917
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  823183
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer
ABST
PAL  In a heat sink, a portable electronic apparatus using this heat sink, and a
      method for forming this heat sink, an abutting member is arranged on an
      inside surface of a casing and the casing and the abutting member are
      covered with a heat spreader sheet. The heat spreader sheet is made to
      abut against an exothermic device by means of an abutting member. The heat
      generated in the exothermic device is transmitted to the inside wall
      surface of the casing via the heat spreader sheet, with a portion being
      transmitted via the abutting member. When an anisotropic thermal
      conductivity material is used for the abutting member, it is possible to
      realize characteristics such as a low peak casing temperature under the
      exothermic device.
PATN
WKU  059911565
SRC  8
APN  2251388
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19940408
TTL  Ball grid array integrated circuit package with high thermal conductivity
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Thompson; Gregory
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Bond; Robert H.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Hundt; Michael J.
CTY  Double Oak
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  STMicroelectronics, Inc.
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  170613
APD  19931220
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  361707
XCL  174 163
XCL  257713
XCL  361719
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  720
FSC  174
FSS  16.3
FSC  257
FSS  706-707;711-712;717;693;720
FSC  361
FSS  704;707-722;792
UREF
PNO  5157480
ISD  19921000
NAM  McShane et al.
OCL  357 74
UREF
PNO  5172301
ISD  19921200
NAM  Schneider
OCL  361704
UREF
PNO  5222014
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lin
OCL  361792
UREF
PNO  5285352
ISD  19940200
NAM  Pasture et al.
OCL  361707
UREF
PNO  5291062
ISD  19940300
NAM  Higgins, III
OCL  257702
UREF
PNO  5311402
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  361707
FREF
PNO  2609841
ISD  19880600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2058358
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
OCL  257712
FREF
PNO  3198368
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
OCL  257717
LREP
FR2  Carlson; David V.
FR2  Galanthay; Theodore E.
FR2  Jorgenson; Lisa K.
ABST
PAL  An integrated circuit package with a path of high thermal conductivity is
      disclosed. A thermally conductive slug, formed of a material such as
      copper, is attached to an underside portion of a substrate, such as a
      printed circuit board or a ceramic substrate, through which an opening has
      been formed. An integrated circuit chip is mounted to one side of the slug
      exposed in the opening. An opposing surface of the slug lies below the
      plane of the underside of the substrate. The chip is wire bonded to the
      substrate, and is encapsulated in the conventional manner. Solder balls
      are attached to a portion of the underside of the substrate not covered by
      the slug in a ball-grid-array manner, for mounting to a circuit board.
      Upon mounting to the circuit board, a path of high thermal conductivity is
      provided between the chip and the circuit board, through the slug and the
      solder balls.
PATN
WKU  059911573
SRC  9
APN  0528722
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980331
TTL  Module of enclosure for electronic cards
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Tolin; Gerald
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kim; David K. J.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Marshall; Barry
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Barnes; Ronald
CTY  Livermore
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361719
XCL  361785
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  720
FSC  174
FSS  16.3;252;35 R
FSC  454
FSS  184
FSC  165
FSS  121-126;80.3;185
FSC  361
FSS  687;690;694;695;704;705;707;717-719;784;785
UREF
PNO  4557225
ISD  19851200
NAM  Sagues
UREF
PNO  5282111
ISD  19940100
NAM  Hopfer
UREF
PNO  5285350
ISD  19940200
NAM  Villaume
UREF
PNO  5589311
ISD  19961200
NAM  Sano
UREF
PNO  5590026
ISD  19961200
NAM  Warren
UREF
PNO  5662163
ISD  19970900
NAM  Mira
UREF
PNO  5754409
ISD  19980500
NAM  Smith
UREF
PNO  5854738
ISD  19981200
NAM  Bowler
UREF
PNO  5870284
ISD  19990200
NAM  Stewart
LREP
FR2  Caplan; Julian
     Flehr Hohbach Test
     Albritton & Herbert LLP
ABST
PAL  A module consists of a shroud or enclosure attached to a card containing
      heat-emitting electronic components or to a stack of two or more
      vertically spaced cards; one or all of which have heat sinks in thermal
      contact with at least some of the electronic components. The shroud is
      apertured to control air flow in many directions over the components and
      heatsinks. A hinge member extends along one edge of the module shaped to
      be inserted in a slot in a panel to establish a hinge. As the shroud is
      pivoted about the hinge, horizontal electrical contacts on the panel and
      at least one card interengage and vertical contacts on one of the cards
      remote from the hinge simultaneously interengage. The contour of the
      shroud aids in installing or removing the module.
PATN
WKU  059911581
SRC  8
APN  9790454
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971126
TTL  Slot for mechanically detecting the presence of a computer card
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Moise; Emmanuel L.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Chan; Richard
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Hayes; Stuart
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Dell USA, L.P.
CTY  Round Rock
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  449638
APD  19950524
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  361736
XCL  361748
XCL  710102
XCL  439630
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  114
ICL  H05K  100
ICL  H01R 2370
FSC  364
FSS  708.1
FSC  361
FSS  684;736;748;783
FSC  376
FSS  101
FSC  395
FSS  281;282;283
FSC  710
FSS  101;102;103
FSC  439
FSS  260;630;637
UREF
PNO  3795888
ISD  19740300
NAM  Nardo et al.
OCL  439630
UREF
PNO  3878344
ISD  19750400
NAM  Lockard
OCL  200  6
UREF
PNO  4106841
ISD  19780800
NAM  Vladic
OCL  439188
UREF
PNO  4480884
ISD  19841100
NAM  Babuka et al.
OCL  339 17
UREF
PNO  4553192
ISD  19851100
NAM  Babuka et al.
OCL  361395
UREF
PNO  4675769
ISD  19870600
NAM  Marshall et al.
OCL  361  1
UREF
PNO  4744006
ISD  19880500
NAM  Duffield
OCL  361413
UREF
PNO  4858162
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kieffer et al.
OCL  364708
UREF
PNO  4891023
ISD  19900100
NAM  Lopata
OCL  439637
UREF
PNO  5055061
ISD  19911000
NAM  Lichtenwalter
OCL  439377
UREF
PNO  5116237
ISD  19920500
NAM  Loewen
OCL  439326
UREF
PNO  5162675
ISD  19921100
NAM  Olsen et al.
OCL  307465
UREF
PNO  5202551
ISD  19930400
NAM  Parrer et al.
OCL  235486
UREF
PNO  5207598
ISD  19930500
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  439636
UREF
PNO  5308248
ISD  19940500
NAM  Davidge et al.
OCL  439 59
UREF
PNO  5427534
ISD  19950600
NAM  Spickler et al.
OCL  439 64
UREF
PNO  5501608
ISD  19960300
NAM  Scheer et al.
OCL  439218
UREF
PNO  5525795
ISD  19960600
NAM  MacGregor et al.
OCL  250222.1
UREF
PNO  5544006
ISD  19960800
NAM  Radloff et al.
OCL  361683
UREF
PNO  5568610
ISD  19961000
NAM  Brown
OCL  710102
UREF
PNO  5586270
ISD  19961200
NAM  Rotier et al.
OCL  395282
UREF
PNO  5612634
ISD  19970300
NAM  MacKenna
OCL  326 62
UREF
PNO  5636347
ISD  19970600
NAM  Muchnick et al.
OCL  395283
FREF
PNO  0562295A1
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0655692A2
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel, L.L.P.
FR2  Holloway; William W.
ABST
PAL  A switch is disclosed for indicating that a computer card is installed in
      an expansion slot of a computer. A conductive strip attaches to an end
      wall of the slot and deforms when a computer card is installed. A
      conductive contact is provided in the wall of the slot to complete an
      electrical connection when the conductive strip is deformed. The strip
      connects electrically to a conductor that is passively driven high by a
      voltage source and pull-up resistor. The contact connects electrically to
      ground, so that when the computer card causes the strip to touch the
      contact, the voltage on conductor is driven low, providing an indication
      to associated circuitry that a card is present in the slot. A pair of
      switches may be used to provide repetitive signals indicating a card is
      present. If only one switch is closed, the computer may indicate to the
      user that a card has been installed improperly, or contaminants are
      present in the slot.
PATN
WKU  059911590
SRC  8
APN  7178301
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19960923
TTL  Chip card
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Gandhi; Jayprakash N.
EXP  Picard; Leo P.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Kraiczyk; Josef
CTY  Regensburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950922
APN  195 35 324
CLAS
OCL  361737
XCL  361736
XCL  361742
XCL  361752
XCL  361758
XCL  235492
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  114
FSC  361
FSS  736;737;742;748;749;752;758;770;818;746;757
FSC  235
FSS  380;492;441;439;487
UREF
PNO  4158230
ISD  19790600
NAM  Washizuka et al.
UREF
PNO  4577286
ISD  19860300
NAM  Yoshimura et al.
UREF
PNO  5005106
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kiku
OCL  361737
UREF
PNO  5527989
ISD  19960600
NAM  Leeb
OCL  174 35GC
FREF
PNO  0 481 776
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  31 43 915 A1
ISD  19830500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  32 06 434
ISD  19830900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  92 21105
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Lerner; Herbert L.
FR2  Greenberg; Laurence A.
ABST
PAL  A chip card has flexible housing parts which are secured on one another.
      When the housing parts are secured to one another, support elements of the
      housing parts form voids, in which a flexible printed circuit board is
      disposed along with its components. In order to ensure that the components
      will not be mechanically stressed, one lubricant film is disposed between
      each of the housing parts and the printed circuit board and the
      components. The printed circuit board or components slide on the film when
      the card is bent.
PATN
WKU  059911603
SRC  8
APN  5795389
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19951227
TTL  Surface mount LED alphanumeric display
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Sparks; Donald
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Lumbard; Marvin
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Infineon Technologies Corporation
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361760
XCL  174 524
XCL  257 99
XCL  257100
XCL  257787
XCL  361820
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  702
ICL  H01L 2328
FSC  174
FSS  52.1-52.4
FSC  257
FSS  80-84;88;91;59;92;93;95;99;100;290;433;466;676;434;910;911;918;723;787
FSC  361
FSS  760;782;783;805;806;820
FSC  439
FSS  68
FSC  438
FSS  107;112;116;125;126;127
UREF
PNO  4724472
ISD  19880200
NAM  Sugimoto et al.
OCL  257723
UREF
PNO  4843036
ISD  19890600
NAM  Schmidt et al.
OCL  438127
UREF
PNO  5313365
ISD  19940500
NAM  Pennisi et al.
OCL  361760
UREF
PNO  5463229
ISD  19951000
NAM  Takase et al.
OCL  257 59
UREF
PNO  5682066
ISD  19971000
NAM  Gamota et al.
OCL  257787
FREF
PNO  4237107
ISD  19940500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  63-181439
ISD  19880700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-297870
ISD  19891100
CNT  JPX
OCL  257100
FREF
PNO  08070200
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO97/24770
ISD  19971000
CNT  WOX
OCL  361760
ABST
PAL  The heat tolerance of an LED alphanumeric display device having a clear
      epoxy encapsulation can be improved by matching the coefficient of thermal
      expansion (CTE) of the inner circuit board to the high CTE of the epoxy.
      When heat is applied to fix the device to a circuit board, the components
      will expand at a nearly equal rate, avoiding cracking and failure.
PATN
WKU  059911611
SRC  8
APN  9937935
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19971219
TTL  Multi-chip land grid array carrier
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Foster; David
EXP  Picard; Leo P.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Samaras; William A.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Phillips; Paul T.
CTY  Carmel
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Brownell; Michael P.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361760
XCL  361762
XCL  361763
XCL  361764
XCL  361765
XCL  361766
XCL  361767
XCL  257782
XCL  257780
XCL  257773
XCL  257737
XCL  174 163
XCL  439 68
XCL  439 69
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  118
FSC  361
FSS  760;762;767;766;782;783;684;686;715;763;764;765
FSC  257
FSS  686;723;782;780;774;773;738;690;724;737
FSC  174
FSS  16.3
FSC  439
FSS  68;69;83;485
UREF
PNO  4074342
ISD  19780200
NAM  Honn et al.
OCL  361779
UREF
PNO  5313366
ISD  19940500
NAM  Gaudenzi et al.
OCL  361760
UREF
PNO  5598033
ISD  19970100
NAM  Behlen et al.
OCL  257686
UREF
PNO  5703753
ISD  19971200
NAM  Mok
OCL  361715
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  A land grid array (LGA) carrier includes an interposer having a first
      surface and a second surface opposite the first surface, with a plurality
      of locations on the first surface adapted to receive a plurality of
      semiconductor dice and passive components. The second surface has a
      plurality of conductive pads coupled thereto.
PATN
WKU  059911620
SRC  9
APN  1052527
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980626
TTL  High-frequency integrated circuit device and manufacture method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Foster; David
EXP  Picard; Leo P.
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Saso; Toru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970627
APN  9-172385
CLAS
OCL  361760
XCL  361761
XCL  361748
XCL  361762
XCL  361763
XCL  361764
XCL  361807
XCL  257700
XCL  257702
XCL  257704
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  702
FSC  361
FSS  760;748;761;762;763-765;772;773;783;807;809;812;816;818;820
FSC  257
FSS  635;666-668;700;702;704;758;759;774;779
UREF
PNO  4965702
ISD  19901000
NAM  Lott et al.
OCL  361764
UREF
PNO  5355102
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kornrumpf et al.
OCL  333 33
UREF
PNO  5483100
ISD  19960100
NAM  Marrs et al.
OCL  257700
UREF
PNO  5727310
ISD  19980300
NAM  Casson et al.
OCL   29830
FREF
PNO  4-162454
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-232287
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-78795
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-321567
ISD  19961200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A high-frequency power module is provided which has excellent heat
      radiating characteristics for carrying heat away from a power device
      element contained in the module. Also, the module can be miniaturized to a
      size of about 0.2 cm.sup.3 and can be inexpensively manufactured. In order
      to produce the module, a multilayer substrate for a high-frequency
      integrated circuit device is provided. The substrate contains a first
      substrate layer, a first metal layer, a cavity, and a first through hole.
      The first substrate layer has a first surface on which a first wiring
      layer is formed, and the first metal layer is formed at least indirectly
      on the first substrate layer. The cavity is formed through the first
      substrate layer such that an exposed portion of the first metal layer is
      exposed, and the first through hole is provided at the exposed portion of
      the first metal layer and extends through the first metal layer.
PATN
WKU  059911638
SRC  9
APN  190521&
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19981112
TTL  Electronic circuit board assembly and method of closely stacking boards
      and cooling the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  20
EXA  Vigushin; John B.
EXP  Picard; Leo P.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Marconi; Peter
CTY  Franklin
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Bilodeau; Theodore W.
CTY  Concord
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Rigby; Michael John
CTY  Littleton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Nexabit Networks, Inc.
CTY  Marlborough
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361788
XCL  361684
XCL  361686
XCL  361687
XCL  361692
XCL  361724
XCL  361796
XCL  361800
XCL  361816
XCL  361831
XCL  710102
XCL  211 4117
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  710
ICL  H05K  714
ICL  H05K  720
ICL  H05K  900
FSC  361
FSS  684;686;687;692;693;695;788;796;797;800;802;816;818;831;724;727
FSC  312
FSS  223.2
FSC  439
FSS  61;64;377
FSC  710
FSS  102
FSC  211
FSS  26;26.2;41.17
UREF
PNO  4022326
ISD  19770500
NAM  Marconi
OCL  439377
UREF
PNO  4454566
ISD  19840600
NAM  Coyne
OCL  361796
UREF
PNO  4511950
ISD  19850400
NAM  Bunner et al.
OCL  361788
UREF
PNO  4777615
ISD  19881000
NAM  Potash
OCL  439377
UREF
PNO  4860163
ISD  19890800
NAM  Sarath
OCL  361796
UREF
PNO  4872212
ISD  19891000
NAM  Roos et al.
OCL  361788
UREF
PNO  5289340
ISD  19940200
NAM  Yoshifugi
OCL  439 61
UREF
PNO  5467254
ISD  19951100
NAM  Brusati et al.
OCL  361816
UREF
PNO  5533631
ISD  19960700
NAM  Marchetti
OCL  211 41.17
UREF
PNO  5603044
ISD  19970200
NAM  Annapareddy et al.
OCL  361788
UREF
PNO  5708552
ISD  19980100
NAM  Han et al.
OCL  361727
UREF
PNO  5782546
ISD  19980700
NAM  Iwatare
OCL  361818
UREF
PNO  5887158
ISD  19990300
NAM  Sample et al.
OCL  439 61
LREP
FRM  Rines and Rines
ABST
PAL  An electronic circuit board assembly and method that enable close stacking
      and cooling of closely positioned pluralities of similar electronic I/O or
      memory boards and requiring high speed communication between the boards,
      such as high speed switching amongst the I/O terminals of the boards or
      CPU processing, and having an upper and a lower set of similar spaced
      groups of closely spaced vertical boards; powering terminals aligned along
      the upper edges of the upper set of boards, and along the lower edges of
      the lower set of boards, and terminals for connection with a switching
      fabric disposed along the lower edges of the upper set of boards and the
      upper edges of the lower set of boards; power backing planes mounted to
      power and support the lateral edges of the respective sets of groups of
      boards and extending across the upper and lower sections of the frame; and
      a plurality of parallel closely spaced vertical switching fabric boards
      comprising switching fabric (or CPU processing boards) and centrally
      mounted in the central space of the frame between the groups of boards of
      the upper and lower sets of boards, and with a backing plane therefor
      extending intermediately of the frame between the upper and lower section
      backing plates and isolatively separate therefrom to provide a no-power
      quiescent zone for the switching fabric (or CPU) boards.
PATN
WKU  059911646
SRC  9
APN  0499617
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980327
TTL  Electronic device with connecting/disconnecting screw
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Gandhi; Jayprakash
NDR  5
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Saito; Tatsuo
CTY  Fukushima-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ikeda; Tomoki
CTY  Fukushima-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iijima; Kouta
CTY  Fukushima-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Alps Electric Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970327
APN  9-076059
CLAS
OCL  361799
XCL  361752
XCL  361753
XCL  361759
XCL  174 51
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  714
FSC  361
FSS  752;799;800;816;818;753;759
FSC  174
FSS  35 R;35 GC;51
UREF
PNO  3895267
ISD  19750700
NAM  Gordon et al.
XCL  361753
UREF
PNO  5107404
ISD  19920400
NAM  Tam
OCL  361818
UREF
PNO  5414223
ISD  19950500
NAM  Suski et al.
XCL  361753
UREF
PNO  5420378
ISD  19950500
NAM  Estes et al.
XCL  361753
UREF
PNO  5446617
ISD  19950800
NAM  Blocher et al.
XCL  361799
UREF
PNO  5500789
ISD  19960300
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  361816
UREF
PNO  5519169
ISD  19960500
NAM  Garrett et al.
OCL  174 35R
UREF
PNO  5608611
ISD  19970300
NAM  Szudarek et al.
OCL  361753
FREF
PNO  8153986
ISD  19960600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
ABST
PAL  The electronic device of the present invention comprises a chassis, a
      printed circuit board mounted to the chassis and having circuit patterns
      formed thereon and a protective element connected onto the circuit
      patterns which protective element is for attenuating a surge voltage, and
      screws for holding the printed circuit board on the chassis, wherein the
      protective element is connected to the chassis through any of the screws.
PATN
WKU  059911654
SRC  8
APN  7727666
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19961224
TTL  Board to board RF shield with integrated connector/connector holder and
      method
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Gandhi; Jayprakash N.
EXP  Picard; Leo P.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Jones, Jr.; James H.
CTY  Apex
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  MacDonald, Jr.; James D.
CTY  Apex
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Reier; Bart Peter
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Burgan; Eric Richard
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Nixon; Patrick Edward
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Ericsson Inc.
CTY  Research Triangle Park
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  361816
XCL  361800
XCL  361802
XCL  439 66
XCL  206719
EDF  6
ICL  H05K  900
FSC  361
FSS  748;751;752;757;784;791;792;796;800;816;737;802;803
FSC  439
FSS  66;71;607
FSC  174
FSS  35 R;35 MS
FSC  235
FSS  492
FSC  200
FSS  719
UREF
PNO  3816911
ISD  19740600
NAM  Knappenberger
OCL   29626
UREF
PNO  4647124
ISD  19870300
NAM  Kandybowski
OCL  439 71
UREF
PNO  4843313
ISD  19890600
NAM  Walton
XCL  439 66
UREF
PNO  5231274
ISD  19930700
NAM  Reynier et al.
XCL  439 66
UREF
PNO  5412340
ISD  19950500
NAM  Tanikoshi
XCL  361816
UREF
PNO  5490043
ISD  19960200
NAM  Tan et al.
OCL  361818
UREF
PNO  5500779
ISD  19960300
NAM  Diel
OCL  360 97.01
UREF
PNO  5572408
ISD  19961100
NAM  Anhalt et al.
OCL  361737
UREF
PNO  5653596
ISD  19970800
NAM  Banakis et al.
OCL  439 64
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
ABST
PAL  A shield for an electronic device having a pair of cooperating printed
      circuit boards includes an integrated connector for connecting the printed
      circuit boards. The shield is provided with a frame attachable between the
      circuit boards and structure attached to the frame for supporting a
      connector that electrically connects the circuit boards. In one
      embodiment, the contacts of the connector are embedded in a sub-frame
      attached to the frame. In another embodiment, a connector holder is formed
      with the frame for supporting a connector that connects the printed
      circuit boards. By virtue of the unitary structure, problems associated
      with tolerance stack-up can be eliminated, and usable printed circuit
      board area can be maximized.
PATN
WKU  059911662
SRC  8
APN  8627649
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970523
TTL  Switching power supply
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Berhane; Adolf Deneke
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kalfhaus; Reinhard
STR  Jahnstrasse 2
CTY  63533 Mainhausen
CNT  DEX
CLAS
OCL  363 16
XCL  363 97
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  3335
FSC  363
FSS  16;21;97;131
UREF
PNO  5115185
ISD  19920500
NAM  Fraidlin et al.
OCL  323207
UREF
PNO  5764039
ISD  19980600
NAM  Choi et al.
OCL  323222
UREF
PNO  5771168
ISD  19980600
NAM  Liao et al.
OCL  363143
FREF
PNO  0 388 069
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/15145
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Dixon, Lloyd, "High Power Factor Preregulator Using the SEPIC Converter",
      Unitrode Corp. pp. 6-1--6-12 (May 1993).
PAL  Liao, Chiawci, "Akkus Laden, Ohne zu Heizen", Electronik 23, pp. 94-98
      (1995).
PAL  Electronic Design, pp. 78-84 (May 30, 1995).
PAL  Sebastian, J. et al., "Using SEPIC Topology for Improving Power Factor in
      Distributed Power Supply Systems", EPE Journal, vol. 3, No. 2, Jun. 1993,
      pp. 107-115.
PAL  Wen-Jian Gu et al., "Topologies and Characteristics of DC-DC Converters
      Using Class E Resonant Switch", Electronics and Communications in Japan,
      Part 1, vol. 75, No. 1, 1992 pp. 82-96.
LREP
FRM  Ostrager Chong Flaherty & Onofrio, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A switching power supply using SEPIC topology with an input and output
      circuit (12, 14). The input circuit (12) contains two inductance coils
      (D1.1) and (D1.2). To improve power supply and control properties, the
      second inductance coil (D1.2) is magnetically coupled to the first
      inductance coil (D1.1), in such a way that a value (IS), proportional to
      current (IS), measured in the second inductance coil (D1.2), can be
      supplied to a current regulator (KI) as an actual value. A computer unit
      (RG') contains an input (A) for a voltage difference (UF) from output
      voltage (UA) and reference voltage (USOLL), an input (B) for a sinusoidal
      input voltage (UE), and an additional input (C) for the peak value (UES)
      or a phased-shifted voltage (k.times.UES) of the input voltage as a direct
      voltage reading, whereby a signal
EQU  D=A.times.B/C=UF.times.UE/k.times.UES
PAL  is produced at output (52').
PATN
WKU  059911670
SRC  9
APN  0385662
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980311
TTL  DC to DC power converter including synchronous output rectifier circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Riley; Shawn
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Van Lerberghe; Steven J. W.
CTY  Eindhoven
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970312
APN  97400546
CLAS
OCL  363 16
XCL  363127
XCL  363131
XCL  363 89
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  3335
FSC  363
FSS  16;17;127;131;89
UREF
PNO  4814962
ISD  19890300
NAM  Magalhaes
OCL  363 16
UREF
PNO  5159541
ISD  19921000
NAM  Jain
OCL  363 26
UREF
PNO  5438497
ISD  19950800
NAM  Jain
OCL  363 17
FREF
PNO  3300669C2
ISD  19840500
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Slobod; Jack D.
ABST
PAL  A DC to DC power converter which can suitably be used, for example, in a
      charger device for rechargeable batteries has an input and a load output,
      a resonant transformer provided with a transformer input and a transducer
      output coupled to the load output, an output rectifier circuit coupled to
      the load output, a controllable transformer control circuit, in the form
      of a pulse providing circuit, coupled between the input of the converter
      and the transformer input, and a synchronous output rectifier circuit
      coupled between the transformer output and the load output. The
      transformer control circuit receives a control signal derived from a
      signal constituting or proportional a signal at the transformer output.
      The output rectifier circuit shows a variety of possible embodiments, each
      embodiment including at least two transistor switches which are connected
      between a different end of the transformer output and a same end of the
      load output.
PATN
WKU  059911689
SRC  9
APN  0727091
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980505
TTL  Transient response network, method of diverting energy in a multiple
      output power converter and a power converter employing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Han; Y. J.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Farrington; Richard W.
CTY  Rockwall
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Jacobs; Mark Elliott
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  363 16
XCL  363 65
XCL  323267
XCL  307 39
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  3335
ICL  H02J  100
ICL  G05F  1577
FSC  363
FSS  65;67;68;69;16
FSC  307
FSS  31;32;33;34;35;38;39;19;20
FSC  323
FSS  267
UREF
PNO  5270578
ISD  19931200
NAM  Yamamura
XCL  307 34
UREF
PNO  5387820
ISD  19950200
NAM  Imagawa
OCL  307 31
OREF
PAL  "Current Diverter--A Novel Circuit to Regulate Multiple Outputs" by Jack
      Palczynski; pp. 456-461, 1992: IEEE (No Month).
ABST
PAL  For use with a power converter having a main output and an auxiliary output
      and an auxiliary regulating switch that regulates a voltage at the
      auxiliary output, a transient response network, and method of diverting
      energy from the main output to the auxiliary output. In one embodiment,
      the transient response network, includes: (1) an energy diverting switch
      interposed between the main output and the auxiliary output, and (2) a
      control circuit, coupled to the energy diverting switch, that senses a
      characteristic of the power converter and causes the energy diverting
      switch to conduct a current in response to a substantial load reduction at
      the main output thereby diverting energy from the main output to the
      auxiliary output.
PATN
WKU  059911697
SRC  9
APN  0394947
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980316
TTL  Arc welding power supply
ISD  19991123
NCL  39
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Matthew
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kooken; Todd Eric
CTY  Lyndhurst
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Lincoln Global, Inc.
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  363 17
XCL  219137PS
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  3335
ICL  B23K  900
FSC  363
FSS  17;98;89;16;97;131;132
FSC  219
FSS  108;110;130.01;130.33;137 PS
UREF
PNO  3938024
ISD  19760200
NAM  Clarke
UREF
PNO  4677366
ISD  19870600
NAM  Wilkinson et al.
UREF
PNO  4897522
ISD  19900100
NAM  Bilczo et al.
UREF
PNO  4947021
ISD  19900800
NAM  Stava
OCL  219137PS
UREF
PNO  5146398
ISD  19920900
NAM  Vila-Masot et al.
UREF
PNO  5237153
ISD  19930800
NAM  Gilliland
OCL  219130.1
UREF
PNO  5272313
ISD  19931200
NAM  Karino et al.
OCL  363142
UREF
PNO  5351175
ISD  19940900
NAM  Blankenship
UREF
PNO  5446641
ISD  19950800
NAM  Reynolds et al.
OCL  363 17
UREF
PNO  5489757
ISD  19960200
NAM  Schuermann et al.
OCL  219110
UREF
PNO  5824990
ISD  19981000
NAM  Geissler et al.
OCL  363142
UREF
PNO  5864116
ISD  19990100
NAM  Baker
OCL  219130.33
LREP
FRM  Vickers, Daniels & Young
ABST
PAL  A dual stage power supply for creating a D.C. welding current through an
      arc welding gap, the power supply comprising an input inverter stage with
      a full wave rectified A.C. voltage source and an output capacitor; and, an
      output chopper stage connected across the output capacitor, with the
      chopper including output leads connected across the arc welding gap, a
      switch for gating the output current of the inverter stage at a controlled
      rate through the leads and through the arc welding gap, an output inductor
      in one of the leads between the switch and the arc welding gap and a free
      wheeling diode across the leads between the switch and the output
      inductor.
PATN
WKU  059911700
SRC  9
APN  1556002
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19981001
TTL  Equipment and method for transmitting electric power
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Berhane; Adolf Deneke
NDR  8
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Nagai; Tamiji
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takei; Toshitaka
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Kuniharu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  363 20
XCL  363131
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  3335
FSC  363
FSS  16;20;21;95;97;98;131;132
UREF
PNO  4727463
ISD  19880200
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  4933830
ISD  19900600
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  363131
UREF
PNO  5173847
ISD  19921200
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5268547
ISD  19931200
NAM  Bessyo et al.
OCL  219 10.55B
UREF
PNO  5406469
ISD  19950400
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5488552
ISD  19960100
NAM  Sakamoto et al.
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5581451
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ochial
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5598324
ISD  19970100
NAM  Imamura et al.
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5808879
ISD  19980900
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  363 17
UREF
PNO  5856917
ISD  19990100
NAM  Aonuma et al.
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5883794
ISD  19990300
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  363 21
FREF
PNO  200321
ISD  19861100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  473957
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  141034
ISD  19850500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5358
ISD  19870400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  285436
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Maioli; Jay H.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP98/00441
PD1  19981001
PD2  19981001
PD3  19980203
PCP  WO98/34319
PCD  19980806
ABST
PAR  In an electric power transmission device which transmits electric power
      between a primary coil and a secondary coil, a resonant frequency of the
      secondary coil side is arranged to become higher than a frequency of an
      oscillation signal of the primary coil side, so that a capacitance can be
      made small and the coupling coefficient of the primary coil and the
      secondary coil can be made high. Thus, efficiency of power transmission
      from the primary coil side to the secondary coil side can be improved.
PATN
WKU  059911719
SRC  9
APN  0189359
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980205
TTL  DC-to-DC converters
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  9
EXP  Nguyen; Matthew
NDR  10
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Cheng; Kim Tung
CTY  Kowloon
CNT  HKX
ASSG
NAM  PI Electronics (H.K.) Ltd.
CTY  Kowloon
CNT  HKX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  363 21
XCL  363 97
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  3335
ICL  H02M  542
FSC  363
FSS  20;21;50;55;56;95;97;131
UREF
PNO  4958268
ISD  19900900
NAM  Nagagata et al.
OCL  363 16
UREF
PNO  5519599
ISD  19960500
NAM  Shinada et al.
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5528482
ISD  19960600
NAM  Rozman
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5726869
ISD  19980300
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5781420
ISD  19980700
NAM  Xia et al.
OCL  363 21
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A DC-to-DC converter is described that provides resonant-transition
      switching by ensuring that the voltage across a first switch falls to zero
      between cycles.
PATN
WKU  059911727
SRC  9
APN  0330051
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980302
TTL  AC/DC flyback converter with improved power factor and reduced switching
      loss
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Berhane; Adolf Deneke
NDR  13
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Jovanovic; Milan M.
CTY  Blacksburg
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Huber; Laszlo
CTY  Blacksburg
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Delta Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  725904
APD  19961004
RLAP
COD  82
APN  669001
APD  19960621
CLAS
OCL  363 21
XCL  363 97
XCL  363132
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  3335
FSC  363
FSS  20;21;37;81;89;97;125;132
UREF
PNO  5301095
ISD  19940400
NAM  Teramoto et al.
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5424933
ISD  19950600
NAM  Illingworth
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5515257
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ishii
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5523936
ISD  19960600
NAM  Leu et al.
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5581451
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ochiai
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5652700
ISD  19970700
NAM  Tsai et al.
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5757626
ISD  19980500
NAM  Jovanovic et al.
OCL  363 21
OREF
PAL  Jinrong Qian and Fred C. Lee, A High Efficient Single Stage Single Switch
      High Power Factor AC/DC Converter With Universal Input, Feb. 1997, pp.
      281-287
LREP
FRM  Lane, Aitken & McCann
ABST
PAL  A new single stage, single switch input current shaping circuit features
      substantially reduced turn-on switching losses of the switch in the
      flyback-converter. In this technique, the turn-on switching losses due to
      the discharge of the output capacitance of the switch are reduced by
      turning on the switch when its voltage is minimal or close to the minimal.
      To achieve the turn-on loss reduction for a wide range of line and load
      conditions, the flyback-converter stage is continuously operated at the
      boundary of the CCM and DCM by employing a variable-frequency control. In
      this technique the boost inductor can work either in the DCM or the CCM.
      The wide-bandwidth, variable-frequency control is implemented by detecting
      the onset of the DCM/CCM boundary and, subsequently, turning the switch on
      at the minimum switch voltage. The switch is turned off when the
      increasing primary current reaches a reference level set by the
      output-voltage feedback control circuit.
PATN
WKU  059911735
SRC  9
APN  1825151
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19981030
TTL  Control device for self-exciting current source power converter
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Matthew
NDR  15
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Nishikawa; Hiroyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971030
APN  P09-298742
CLAS
OCL  363 37
XCL  363 65
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  545
FSC  363
FSS  34;35;37;65;67;71
FSC  323
FSS  205;207
UREF
PNO  4903184
ISD  19900200
NAM  Hirose
OCL  363 37
UREF
PNO  5535113
ISD  19960700
NAM  Konishi
OCL  363 35
UREF
PNO  5663627
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ogawa
OCL  363 37
UREF
PNO  5666275
ISD  19970900
NAM  Inokuchi et al.
OCL  363 25
FREF
PNO  9-93819
ISD  19970400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A control device for a self-exciting current source electric power
      converter comprising a plurality of the self-turn-off devices connected in
      a bridge, and n-sets (n=a multiple of 2) of the electric source electric
      power converters, which convert AC into DC, or, convert DC into AC,
      wherein said converters are divided into two groups, an electric power
      regulating circuit, which controls the AC current of each converter, is
      provided for each group; an active current command value and the reactive
      electric power command value of all the electric power converters are
      inputted into the input side of the electric power regulating circuit
      respectively; at the same time, a positive arbitrary reactive power shift
      value (+Q) is added to one of the reactive electric power command values;
      a negative arbitrary reactive power shift value (-Q) is outputted to the
      other reactive electric power command values; and the both reactive power
      shift values are offset each other.
PATN
WKU  059911743
SRC  9
APN  1417835
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980828
TTL  Snubber circuit for a rectifier, method of operation thereof and power
      converter employing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Han; Y. J.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Farrington; Richard W.
CTY  Heath
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Gardiner; William P.
CTY  Wickes
STA  AR
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  363 56
XCL  323222
XCL  323225
EDF  6
ICL  H02H  7122
FSC  363
FSS  15;50;55;56
FSC  323
FSS  222;225;232;282;299;351
FSC  361
FSS  15;56;58;118
UREF
PNO  5461302
ISD  19951000
NAM  Garcia et al.
OCL  323222
UREF
PNO  5793190
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sahlstrom et al.
OCL  323222
UREF
PNO  5841268
ISD  19981100
NAM  Mednik
OCL  323222
OREF
PAL  Guichao Hua, Ching-Shan Leu, and Fred C. Lee; "Novel
      Zero-Voltage-Transition PWM Converters"; 1992 IEEE; pp. 55-61.
PAL  Joel P. Gegner and C. Q. Lee; "Zero-Voltage-Transition Converters Using an
      Inductor Feedback Technique"; 1994 IEEE, pp. 862-868.
PAL  Robert Streit and Daniel Tollik; "High Efficiency Telecom Rectifier Using a
      Novel Soft-Switched Boost-Based Input Current Shaper"; Nov. 1991 IEEE; pp.
      720-726.
PAL  Richard Garcia, Rui Liu and Victor Lee; "Optimal Design for Natural
      Convection-Cooled Rectifiers"; 1996 IEEE; pp. 813-822.
ABST
PAL  In a power converter having an input coupled to a power switch and a
      rectifier for conducting currents from the input to an output of the power
      converter, a snubber circuit for, a method of, moderating reverse recovery
      currents associated with the rectifier and a power converter employing the
      circuit or the method. In one embodiment, the circuit includes a snubber
      inductor and snubber capacitor coupled to the rectifier. The circuit
      further includes a first auxiliary switch that conducts to divert a
      portion of the currents away from the rectifier through the snubber
      inductor and snubber capacitor. The circuit still further includes a
      second auxiliary switch, interposed between the power switch and the first
      auxiliary switch, that conducts to create a path to discharge the
      capacitor to the output of the power converter.
PATN
WKU  059911751
SRC  9
APN  1914154
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19981112
TTL  Control circuit for an in-rush current control element, and a protection
      circuit and power supply employing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  15
EXP  Nguyen; Matthew
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Liu; Rui
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  363 56
XCL  323908
XCL  361101
EDF  6
ICL  H02H  7122
ICL  H02H  300
FSC  323
FSS  220;223;908
FSC  363
FSS  50;56
FSC  361
FSS  18;87;93;101
UREF
PNO  4987348
ISD  19910100
NAM  Wong
OCL  315307
UREF
PNO  5303114
ISD  19940400
NAM  Ferry et al.
OCL  361101
UREF
PNO  5574632
ISD  19961100
NAM  Pansier
OCL  363 49
UREF
PNO  5619127
ISD  19970400
NAM  Warizaya
OCL  323908
ABST
PAL  For use with a protection circuit having an in-rush current control element
      that controls in-rush current into a power converter, a control circuit, a
      method of controlling the in-rush current control element and a power
      supply employing the control circuit and method are provided. In one
      embodiment, the control circuit includes: (1) a sensor, coupled to the
      in-rush current control element, that senses an in-rush current through
      the in-rush current control element and produces an intermediate signal
      and (2) a controller, coupled to the sensor and the in-rush current
      control element, that controls the in-rush current control element to
      limit the in-rush current when the intermediate signal exceeds a first
      reference current signal and to substantially interrupt the in-rush
      current when the intermediate signal exceeds a second reference current
      signal.
PATN
WKU  059911760
SRC  8
APN  9548645
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971021
TTL  Method for processing PWM waves and devices therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Matthew
NDR  10
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Saada; Johnny Bou
CTY  Brussels
CNT  BEX
INVT
NAM  Colignon; Philippe
CTY  Viesville
CNT  BEX
ASSG
NAM  GEC Alstrhom Acec Transport S.A.
CNT  BEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  363 58
XCL  363 56
EDF  6
ICL  H02H  7122
FSC  363
FSS  56;57;58;98;136;41;52;53
UREF
PNO  5072354
ISD  19911200
NAM  Katto et al.
OCL  363 58
UREF
PNO  5099408
ISD  19920300
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  363 56
UREF
PNO  5436819
ISD  19950700
NAM  Mikami et al.
OCL  363 98
UREF
PNO  5450306
ISD  19950900
NAM  Garces et al.
OCL  363 98
UREF
PNO  5615102
ISD  19970300
NAM  Daijo
OCL  363132
UREF
PNO  5621634
ISD  19970400
NAM  Sato
OCL  363 98
UREF
PNO  5646837
ISD  19970700
NAM  Weggel
OCL  363 58
FREF
PNO  2 693 325
ISD  19920700
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  0 458 055 A2
ISD  19910400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 238 188
ISD  19910500
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Murai, Y., et al. PWM strategy for high frequency carrier inverters
      eliminating current-clamps during switching dead-time. Proceedings of the
      Industry Applications Society Annual Meetings vol. 1, Oct. 4-9, 1992,
      Houston, U.S.A., pp. 317-322.
PAL  Zargari, N., et al. Input filter design for PWM current-source rectifiers.
      APEC '93 Mar. 7-11, 1993, San Diego, U.S.A . , pp. 824-830.
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/BE96/00039
PD1  19971021
PD2  19971021
PD3  19960412
PCP  WO96/33548
PCD  19961024
ABST
PAR  A method for processing PWM waves for a voltage inverter or a
      voltage-controlled rectifier, including at least one pair of switches,
      said inverter or rectifier being controlled by a modulator and a
      discriminator. According to the method, two set waves corrected according
      to the current direction in the load or the source are applied to the
      discriminator. The corrected set wave for the output current has a high
      level to which a delay is added during transition from the high level to
      the low level, and the corrected set wave for the input current has a low
      level to which a delay is added during transition from the low level to
      the high level. The high level is defined by the fact that the switch
      connected to the most positive load is closed while the switch connected
      to the most negative load is open, and the low level is defined by the
      reverse.
PATN
WKU  059911778
SRC  9
APN  0429945
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980317
TTL  Capacitive voltage transformer for a metal-enclosed, gas-filled
      high-voltage system
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Vu; Bao Q.
EXP  Wong; Peter S.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kaczkowski; Andrzej
CTY  Wurenlingen
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Asea Brown Boveri AG
CTY  Baden
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970404
APN  197 13 916
CLAS
OCL  363 62
XCL  361287
XCL  361305
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  306
ICL  H01G  500
ICL  H01G  4008
FSC  363
FSS  60;61;62
FSC  307
FSS  110
FSC  361
FSS  280;287;292;305
UREF
PNO  3646412
ISD  19720200
NAM  Boersma et al.
OCL  317244
UREF
PNO  4320337
ISD  19820300
NAM  Hartmann et al.
OCL  323358
UREF
PNO  4591783
ISD  19860500
NAM  Mastner
OCL  324126
UREF
PNO  4772983
ISD  19880900
NAM  Kerber et al.
OCL  361283
UREF
PNO  5272460
ISD  19931200
NAM  Baumgartner et al.
OCL  336 96
UREF
PNO  5432438
ISD  19950700
NAM  Baumgartner et al.
OCL  324127
UREF
PNO  5444599
ISD  19950800
NAM  Dupraz et al.
OCL  361303
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The capacitive voltage transformer is provided for a metal-enclosed,
      gas-filled high-voltage system. It has a cylindrical capacitor having two
      coaxially arranged, electrically conducting cylinders (12, 13), of which
      one internally arranged cylinder (12) is at a high voltage potential and
      outwardly bounds a current-carrying conductor (5) of the system. An
      externally arranged one of the two cylinders (13) is inserted in an
      electrically insulated fashion into the metal enclosure (4). In a first
      embodiment of the voltage transformer the internal cylinder (12) has an
      enclosing tube (16) formed from a material having a lower coefficient of
      linear thermal expansion than copper. In a second embodiment there is
      provided, for the purpose of correcting the transformed voltage values, a
      device which detects the value of the current carried in the conductor
      (5), and in which the change in the capacitance of the cylindrical
      capacitor is determined as a function of a change in temperature caused by
      the current carried in the conductor (5). The accuracy of the transformed
      voltage values is increased by both embodiments.
PATN
WKU  059911786
SRC  9
APN  0514780
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980417
TTL  VHV transformer/rectifier for surface mounting
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Sterrett; Jeffrey
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Arnould; Guy
CTY  Bonnelles
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Thomson-CSF
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960820
APN  96 10304
CLAS
OCL  363 68
XCL  363126
XCL  363144
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  710
FSC  363
FSS  67;68;126;141;144
UREF
PNO  4024449
ISD  19770500
NAM  Burrie et al.
OCL  363 50
UREF
PNO  4545005
ISD  19851000
NAM  Mudde
OCL  363 68
UREF
PNO  4807105
ISD  19890200
NAM  Varjasi et al.
OCL  363126
UREF
PNO  5023768
ISD  19910600
NAM  Collier
OCL  363 68
UREF
PNO  5166965
ISD  19921100
NAM  Collier
OCL  363 68
UREF
PNO  5225803
ISD  19930700
NAM  Negle et al.
OCL  336208
UREF
PNO  5631815
ISD  19970500
NAM  Cross
OCL  363 68
UREF
PNO  5774349
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tichy et al.
OCL  363126
UREF
PNO  5835367
ISD  19981100
NAM  Pan et al.
OCL  363 68
FREF
PNO  0084912
ISD  19830800
CNT  EPX
ICL  H05G  112
FREF
PNO  0354121
ISD  19900200
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01F 2706
FREF
PNO  0464924
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01F 3108
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR97/01500
PD1  19980417
PD2  19980417
PD3  19970819
PCP  WO98/08237
PCD  19980226
ABST
PAR  A miniaturized VHV transformer/rectifier for surface mounting on a
      screen-printed ceramic substrate. The primary winding and secondary
      windings are wound on separate limbs of the magnetic circuit which are
      sufficiently far apart to obtain a considerable leakage self-inductance.
      The secondary winding is formed by a stack of pancake coils each including
      a respective winding and the associated diode bridge along with their
      respective connections. The primary is cemented to a ceramic interface
      plate which is metallized on its rim to make a transfer plate coinciding
      with the surface of the receiving substrate.
PATN
WKU  059911794
SRC  9
APN  0327565
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980227
TTL  Power amplifier with multiple, switched output stages, and method and
      driver for driving the output stages using different pattern signals
      groups
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXP  Riley; Shawn
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Schweighofer; Peter
CTY  Nuermberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970310
APN  197 09 767
CLAS
OCL  363 71
XCL  307 82
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  700
FSC  307
FSS  82;77
FSC  363
FSS  71
UREF
PNO  3581212
ISD  19710500
NAM  Mcmurray
OCL  327105
UREF
PNO  3867643
ISD  19750200
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  327105
UREF
PNO  5546299
ISD  19960800
NAM  Lenz
OCL  363 71
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  In a power amplifier having multiple, switched output stages and a driver,
      and method for driving the switched output stages, a number of drive
      signal groups are generated for respectively driving the switched output
      stages. A number of pattern signal groups are generated dependent on at
      least one input signal, and drive signal groups are generated from the
      pattern signal groups, with each pattern signal group being allocated
      respectively to one of the switched output stages, and this allocation is
      changed in segments. A good load balancing between the individual switched
      output stages is achieved with a low circuit-oriented outlay.
PATN
WKU  059911808
SRC  9
APN  1130420
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980709
TTL  Auxiliary open circuit voltage power supply
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  7
EXA  Patel; Rajnikant B.
EXP  Riley; Shawn
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Vogel; Bernard
CTY  Troy
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Geissler; Steven
CTY  Little Chute
STA  WI
ASSG
NAM  Illinois Tool Works Inc.
CTY  Glenview
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  363 89
XCL  363 17
XCL  363 97
XCL  219130
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  542
ICL  B23K  910
FSC  363
FSS  89;20;21;37;142
FSC  323
FSS  285;282
FSC  219
FSS  130.51;130.21
UREF
PNO  4533986
ISD  19850800
NAM  Jones
OCL  363 17
UREF
PNO  5601741
ISD  19970200
NAM  Thommes
OCL  363142
UREF
PNO  5811757
ISD  19980900
NAM  Higgins
UREF
PNO  5815386
ISD  19980900
NAM  Gordon
UREF
PNO  5824990
ISD  19981000
NAM  Geissler et al.
OCL  219130.21
LREP
FR2  Corrigan; George R.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for welding power includes an input rectifier, a
      pre-regulator, a convertor, an auxiliary voltage circuit and a controller.
      The pre-regulator is connected to receive a rectified voltage and provides
      a dc bus. The convertor converts the bus to a welding output. The
      auxiliary voltage circuit is connected across the welding output, in
      parallel with the converter. The controller shuts the converter down in
      the event an open circuit condition exists at the output, thus providing a
      safer open circuit voltage.
PATN
WKU  059911816
SRC  9
APN  0544051
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980403
TTL  Power conversion apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Matthew
NDR  10
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Fujii; Toshiyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tamai; Shinzo
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morita, deceased; Megumu
CTY  late of Izumi
CNT  JPX
ITX  by Yasue Morita, heiress
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Yukao
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Kansai Electric Power Co., Inc.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971003
APN  9-271775
CLAS
OCL  363 97
XCL  363 95
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  324
FSC  363
FSS  16;20;21;34;37;95;97;123;131
UREF
PNO  4328454
ISD  19820500
NAM  Okuyama et al.
OCL  363 79
UREF
PNO  4672520
ISD  19870600
NAM  Ueda et al.
OCL  363 37
UREF
PNO  4876637
ISD  19891000
NAM  Mose et al.
OCL  363 37
UREF
PNO  5034871
ISD  19910700
NAM  Okamoto et al.
OCL  363 97
FREF
PNO  1-238430
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-155435
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-155436
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "Simulator Study of Multiterminal HVDC System Performance" Bergstrom et al,
      IEEE Transactions, vol. PAS-97, No. 6, 1978.
PAL  "Current Order Coordination in Multiterminal DC Systems" Nozari et al, IEEE
      Transactions, vol. PAS-100, No. 11, Nov. 1981.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A power conversion apparatus has a voltage type power convertor, a power
      control circuit for outputting a first active power reference signal for
      the voltage type power convertor based on a power reference value Pref and
      a detection value P of a power detector, a DC voltage detector for
      outputting a second active power reference signal for the voltage type
      power convertor based on a DC voltage reference value Vdref and a
      detection value Vd of the DC voltage detector, and a gate control circuit
      for firing switching elements in the voltage type power convertor based on
      both first and second active power reference signals.
PATN
WKU  059911824
SRC  9
APN  0912662
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980617
TTL  Active rectifier having minimal energy losses
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Riley; Shawn
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Novac; Pinchas
CTY  Neuchatel
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Bugmann; Rudolf
CTY  Erlach
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  EM Microelectric -Marin SA
CTY  Marin
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19951229
APN  95120718
CLAS
OCL  363126
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  706
ICL  H02M  7217
FSC  363
FSS  126;69;127
UREF
PNO  4139880
ISD  19790200
NAM  Ulmer et al.
OCL  361246
UREF
PNO  4891837
ISD  19900100
NAM  Walker et al.
OCL  379390
FREF
PNO  0 140 418
ISD  19850500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 665 634
ISD  19950800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 85/01161
ISD  19850300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Griffin, Butler, Whisenhunt & Szipl, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/05825
PD1  19980617
PD2  19980617
PD3  19961223
PCP  WO97/24795
PCD  19970710
ABST
PAR  An active rectifier used in a power supply circuit comprises a diode (4)
      connected between in input terminal (9) and an output terminal (8). A
      transistor (2) is formed in a substrate (50) and has a control electrode
      (5) and two conductive electrodes (6,7) which are respectively connected
      to the input terminal (9) and the output terminal (8). A comparator (3) is
      supplied by the power supply circuit and has two inputs (+, -) connected
      to the input (9) and the output (8) terminals respectively, and an output
      connected to the transistor control electrode (5).
PATN
WKU  059911832
SRC  9
APN  1892959
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19981110
TTL  Polyphase voltage converter
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Matthew
NDR  4
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Itoh; Junichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujita; Koetsu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Electric Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971110
APN  9-306695
CLAS
OCL  363126
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  706
FSC  363
FSS  52;53;84;87;89;125;126;127
UREF
PNO  4302806
ISD  19811100
NAM  Baker
OCL  363126
UREF
PNO  4982316
ISD  19910100
NAM  Nakayama
OCL  363 53
UREF
PNO  5506766
ISD  19960400
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  363126
FREF
PNO  1246547
ISD  19600100
CNT  FRX
OCL  363126
FREF
PNO  1453558
ISD  19651000
CNT  FRX
OCL  363126
FREF
PNO  26 59 564
ISD  19780600
CNT  DEX
OCL  363126
LREP
FRM  Rossi & Associates
ABST
PAL  A polyphase voltage type converter is provided in which ac switches are
      provided between a power supply and a diode bridge, and reactors that are
      star-connected are connected to input terminals of the diode bridge. The
      ac switches are turned on and off so that non-continuous current flows
      through each of the reactors, whereby input current is formed into a
      sinusoidal waveform even with a dc voltage lower than that of a
      conventional converter.
PATN
WKU  059911840
SRC  9
APN  2610892
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19990302
TTL  Vehicular extended thermal cycle minimal part robust rectifier assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Han; Y. J.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Russell; John W.
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Rice; Robin D.
CTY  Altamonte Springs
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Transpo Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Orlando
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  363145
XCL  310680
EDF  6
ICL  H02M  100
ICL  H02K 1100
FSC  363
FSS  141;144;145
FSC  310
FSS  68 D;64
UREF
PNO  3629631
ISD  19711200
NAM  Cotton et al.
OCL  310 68D
UREF
PNO  3641374
ISD  19720200
NAM  Sato
OCL  310 68D
UREF
PNO  3812390
ISD  19740500
NAM  Richards
OCL  310 68D
UREF
PNO  3927338
ISD  19751200
NAM  Vieilleribiere
OCL  310 68D
UREF
PNO  3959676
ISD  19760500
NAM  Striker
OCL  310 68D
UREF
PNO  4189653
ISD  19800200
NAM  Hiratuka et al.
OCL  310 68D
UREF
PNO  4419597
ISD  19831200
NAM  Shiga et al.
OCL  310 68D
UREF
PNO  4604538
ISD  19860800
NAM  Merrill et al.
OCL  310 68D
UREF
PNO  4606000
ISD  19860800
NAM  Steele et al.
OCL  363145
UREF
PNO  4952829
ISD  19900800
NAM  Armbruster et al.
OCL  310 68D
UREF
PNO  5043614
ISD  19910800
NAM  Yockey
OCL  310 68D
UREF
PNO  5331231
ISD  19940700
NAM  Koplin et al.
OCL  310 68D
UREF
PNO  5451823
ISD  19950900
NAM  Deverall et al.
OCL  310 68D
UREF
PNO  5453648
ISD  19950900
NAM  Bradfield
XCL  363145
UREF
PNO  5646838
ISD  19970700
NAM  Keider et al.
OCL  310 68D
UREF
PNO  5659212
ISD  19970800
NAM  DePetris
OCL  310 68D
UREF
PNO  5812388
ISD  19980900
NAM  Keider et al.
OCL  363145
UREF
PNO  5838544
ISD  19981100
NAM  Wei
XCL  363145
LREP
FRM  Allen, Dyer, Doppelt, Milbrath & Gilchrist, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A rectifier includes a first electrically conductive cooling member having
      a first surface for direct contact mounting. A second surface has a first
      set of diode mounting locations. A diode is mounted within each diode
      mounting location of the first set and has a terminal extending generally
      normal from the first surface. An electrical insulator overlies the second
      surface. A second electrically conductive cooling member has a first
      surface overlying the insulator, and a second surface having a second set
      of diode mounting locations. The second electrically conductive cooling
      member has a plurality of slot openings formed in a radial pattern and
      extending through the second electrically conductive cooling member from
      the first surface to the second surface. Cooling fins extend upward beyond
      the second surface adjacent the slot openings and have formed radii edges
      such that a high pressure area is formed on one side of the cooling member
      and a low pressure area is formed on the other side to create a ram effect
      of air movement through the slot openings to effect enhanced cooling. A
      diode is mounted within each diode mounting location of the second set. A
      preformed lead layer formed as an integument is mounted on the second
      cooling member.
PATN
WKU  059911859
SRC  9
APN  1298941
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980806
TTL  Semiconductor memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Phung; Anh
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  6
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Hachiya; Yutaro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970808
APN  9-227394
CLAS
OCL  365 63
XCL  257690
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  506
ICL  H01L 2348
FSC  365
FSS  63
FSC  257
FSS  202;203;678;690
UREF
PNO  4860087
ISD  19890800
NAM  Matsubara et al.
OCL  357 68
UREF
PNO  5019889
ISD  19910500
NAM  Yoshio et al.
OCL  357 42
UREF
PNO  5300796
ISD  19940400
NAM  Shintani
OCL  257203
UREF
PNO  5347145
ISD  19940900
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  257 48
UREF
PNO  5700975
ISD  19971200
NAM  Takata et al.
OCL  257690
FREF
PNO  63-267598
ISD  19881100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  McGinn & Gibb, P.C.
ABST
PAL  In a semiconductor memory of the present invention, a group of electrode
      pads for connecting the semiconductor memory to the outside and assigned
      to a plurality of same functions are arranged on the surface of a memory
      pellet in both of the first and second quadrants divided by the center
      line of the memory pellet. With a single semiconductor pellet, there can
      be implemented both of face-up and face-down pellet mounting on a package.
PATN
WKU  059911867
SRC  8
APN  2124653
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19940311
TTL  Four-bit block write for a wide input/output random access memory in a
      data processing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Zarabian; A.
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Balistreri; Anthony Michael
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Simpson; Richard
CTY  Carlton
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Texas Instruments Incorporated
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  676624
APD  19910328
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  365 78
XCL  36523003
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1900
FSC  365
FSS  78;230.03;235;240;189.05
UREF
PNO  4747081
ISD  19880500
NAM  Heilveil
OCL  365219
UREF
PNO  4807189
ISD  19890200
NAM  Pinkham
OCL  365230.03
UREF
PNO  5381376
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kim
OCL  365230.03
LREP
FR2  Holland; Robby T.
FR2  Hoel; Carlton H.
FR2  Donaldson; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  A data processing system includes a data processor and a random access
      memory arranged with plural memory planes. Each memory plane includes N
      memory arrays; N serial registers, each serial register coupled to a
      memory array; N block write control circuits; a row address decoder; and a
      column address decoder arranged for both block decoding and individual
      column decoding. An address bus and a data bus connect the data processor
      with all of the memory arrays. Random access for writing data into the N
      memory arrays may be by individual bits or by blocks of bits. The plural
      memory planes, the address bus, and the data bus are all fabricated on a
      single semiconductor substrate. A Z-buffer memory with plural Z-buffer
      planes may also be included. Each Z-buffer plane includes N Z-buffer
      arrays; N Z-buffer block write control circuits; a Z-buffer row address
      decoder; and a Z-buffer column address decoder arranged for both block
      decoding and individual column decoding. The address bus and the data bus
      further connect the data processor with all of the Z-buffer arrays for
      random access writing of data by individual bits or by blocks of bits to
      the Z-buffer memory.
PATN
WKU  059911875
SRC  9
APN  2067846
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19981207
TTL  Method for programming semiconductor junctions and for using the
      programming to control the operation of an integrated device
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Le; Thong
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  3
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Cutter; Douglas J.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Beigel; Kurt D.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  644232
APD  19960510
PSC  01
PNO  5847441
CLAS
OCL  365 96
XCL  365174
XCL  365208
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1700
FSC  257
FSS  530
FSC  438
FSS  275
FSC  365
FSS  201;174;208;96
UREF
PNO  4538167
ISD  19850800
NAM  Yoshino et al.
OCL  357 59
UREF
PNO  4727409
ISD  19880200
NAM  Conner et al.
OCL  357 59
UREF
PNO  4783763
ISD  19881100
NAM  Bergman
OCL  365 94
UREF
PNO  4961102
ISD  19901000
NAM  Shideler et al.
OCL  357 51
UREF
PNO  5272370
ISD  19931200
NAM  French
OCL  257353
UREF
PNO  5851882
ISD  19981200
NAM  Harshfield
OCL  438275
UREF
PNO  5852323
ISD  19981200
NAM  Conn
OCL  257530
LREP
FRM  Seed and Berry LLP
ABST
PAL  An integrated semiconductor junction antifuse is formed from either
      adjacent regions of opposite doping types or spaced apart regions of
      similar doping type within a substrate. In its unblown state, the junction
      antifuse forms an open circuit that blocks current from flowing while in
      the blown state, the junction antifuse conducts current. The junction
      antifuse is blown by applying a breakdown voltage sufficient to overcome a
      semiconductor junction so that current flows across the reverse-biased
      semiconductor junction. As current flows across the reverse-biased
      junction, dopant migration forms a conductive path so that the junction
      antifuse no longer forms an open circuit.
PATN
WKU  059911883
SRC  9
APN  0843903
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980527
TTL  Non-volatile ferroelectric memory with section plate line drivers and
      method for accessing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Lam; David
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Chung; Yeon-Bae
CTY  Kyunggi-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Jeon; Byung-Gil
CTY  Kyunggi-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970602
APN  97-22759
CLAS
OCL  365145
XCL  365149
XCL  3651852
XCL  36518511
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1122
FSC  365
FSS  145;185.11;117;149;230.03;65;185.2;185.25
UREF
PNO  5297077
ISD  19940300
NAM  Imai et al.
OCL  365145
UREF
PNO  5373463
ISD  19941200
NAM  Jones, Jr.
OCL  365145
UREF
PNO  5574679
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ohtsuki et al.
OCL  365145
UREF
PNO  5592410
ISD  19970100
NAM  Verhaeghe et al.
OCL  365145
UREF
PNO  5598366
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kraus et al.
OCL  365145
UREF
PNO  5754466
ISD  19980500
NAM  Arase
OCL  365145
LREP
FRM  Jones Volentine, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A ferroelectric memory device with plate line segments free from the
      capacitive plate line segment coupling in a read/write operation, and a
      method of accessing the memory device. The memory device includes a
      floating protection circuit for protecting unselected plate line segments
      from being floated during a read/write operations. The floating protection
      circuit prevents data disturbance due to the capacitive plate line segment
      coupling. In a data write method of the memory device, a sense amplifier
      corresponding to a bit line is activated after a voltage corresponding to
      a data bit to the bit line is applied. In a data read method of the memory
      device, the sense amplifier is activated and then a column gate
      corresponding to the bit line is selected.
PATN
WKU  059911891
SRC  9
APN  1925288
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19981117
TTL  Ferroelectric random access memory devices having short-lived cell
      detector available for life test for ferroelectric capacitor and method
      for testing ferroelectric memory cells
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Dinh; Son T.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Miwa; Tohru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971119
APN  9-318636
CLAS
OCL  365145
XCL  365201
XCL  365205
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1122
FSC  365
FSS  145;149;201;205
UREF
PNO  5086412
ISD  19920200
NAM  Jaffe et al.
OCL  365145
UREF
PNO  5254482
ISD  19931000
NAM  Fisch
OCL  365145
UREF
PNO  5297077
ISD  19940300
NAM  Imai et al.
OCL  365145
UREF
PNO  5677865
ISD  19971000
NAM  Seyyedy
OCL  365145
FREF
PNO  63-201998
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A ferroelectric random access memory device stores a data bit in a pair of
      ferroelectric capacitors in the form of remanence varied along a
      hysteresis loop, and a sense amplifier increases the magnitude of a
      potential difference produced on a bit line pair due to the remanence,
      wherein the insensible voltage range of the sense amplifier is
      intentionally increased in a life test for the pair of ferroelectric
      capacitors so as to screen out a short-lived ferroelectric capacitor.
PATN
WKU  059911905
SRC  9
APN  1638793
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980930
TTL  Quantum random address memory with piezo readout
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Lam; David
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Peterson; William M.
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  365151
XCL  365153
XCL  365157
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1100
FSC  365
FSS  151;153;167;157;148;158;175
LREP
FR2  Parsons; Eugene A.
FR2  Koch; William E.
ABST
PAL  A quantum random address memory with piezo readout includes a plurality of
      address ports providing a low dimensional plurality of addresses, readout
      structure including a piezo layer with a pair of readout terminals
      attached thereto, a plurality of nano-memory elements, a plurality of
      mixer elements coupling either the plurality of address ports or the piezo
      layer to a high dimensional plurality of the plurality of nano-memory
      elements, and the other of the plurality of address ports or the piezo
      layer being coupled to the plurality of nano-memory elements, wherein the
      high dimensional plurality of nano-memory elements is greater than the low
      dimensional plurality of addresses.
PATN
WKU  059911913
SRC  8
APN  9859438
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971205
TTL  Methods and circuits for single-memory cell multivalue data storage
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Dinh; Son T.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Rao; G.R. Mohan
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Silicon Aquarius, Inc.
CTY  Richardson
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  365154
XCL  365226
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1100
FSC  365
FSS  154;226;185.03
UREF
PNO  4855803
ISD  19890800
NAM  Azumai et al.
OCL  365154
UREF
PNO  5051958
ISD  19910900
NAM  Arakawa
OCL  365154
UREF
PNO  5353248
ISD  19941000
NAM  Gupta
OCL  365154
UREF
PNO  5365475
ISD  19941100
NAM  Matsumura et al.
OCL  365154
OREF
PAL  1997 IEEE Internatl Solid-State Circuits Conf. pp. 74 & 75 "TP4.6: A
      4-Level Storage 4 Gb DRAM" by Murotani, Naritake, Matano, Ohtsuki, Kasai,
      Koga, Koyama, Nakajima, Yamaguchi, Watanabe & Okuda.
LREP
FR2  Murphy, Esq.; James J.
     Winstead Sechrest & Minick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Multivalued memory cell 300 includes a latch 300 having a latching node
      operating between a variable voltage rail and a fixed voltage rail.
      Circuitry 303 allows for latching of node to a voltage level of the
      variable voltage rail, the voltage level at the latched node representing
      a data value. Circuitry 303 provides for the outputing of the voltage
      level from the latched node.
PATN
WKU  059911921
SRC  8
APN  9869352
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971208
TTL  Current-mode write-circuit of a static ram
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Tan T.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Wang; Jinn-Shyan
CTY  Chia-Yi
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Tseng; Wayne
CTY  Tainan
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Li; Hung-Yu
CTY  Ping-Tung Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  National Science Council of Republic of China
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  365154
XCL  36518901
XCL  36518902
XCL  365203
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  154;189.01;203;189.05;189.11;189.02;190
UREF
PNO  4858181
ISD  19890800
NAM  Scharrer et al.
OCL  365154
UREF
PNO  5272668
ISD  19931200
NAM  Sugawara et al.
OCL  365189.01
UREF
PNO  5305264
ISD  19940400
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  365190
UREF
PNO  5432736
ISD  19950700
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  365154
LREP
FRM  Dougherty & Troxell
ABST
PAL  The present invention is related to a circuit of SRAM with current-mode
      write-circuits. The current-mode write-operation is through the
      equalization technique in advance to equalize the potential in the memory
      cell by using the equalization transistor. After the equalization
      operation, the current conveyor should pass the differential current of
      data into the memory cell in order to make the differential current to
      pull out the differential voltage through the memory cell's strong
      positive feedback. The present invention has seven transistors in the
      memory cell that is different from the conventional memory cell with six
      transistors. Besides, the size of each transistor can also be different
      from the conventional design.
PATN
WKU  059911930
SRC  8
APN  9829954
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971202
TTL  Voltage biasing for magnetic ram with magnetic tunnel memory cells
ISD  19991123
NCL  43
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; M.
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  11
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Gallagher; William Joseph
CTY  Ardsley
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Scheuerlein; Roy Edwin
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  365171
XCL  365173
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1114
FSC  365
FSS  171;173
UREF
PNO  5347485
ISD  19940900
NAM  Taguchi et al.
OCL  365171
UREF
PNO  5361226
ISD  19941100
NAM  Taguchi et al.
OCL  365171
UREF
PNO  5448515
ISD  19950900
NAM  Fukami et al.
OCL  365171
UREF
PNO  5640343
ISD  19970600
NAM  Gallagher et al.
OCL  365171
LREP
FR2  Berthold, Esq.; Thomas R.
     Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A nonvolatile memory array includes a substrate, a first plurality of
      electrically conductive traces formed on the substrate, a second plurality
      of electrically conductive traces formed on the substrate and overlapping
      the first plurality of traces at a plurality of intersection regions, and
      a plurality of memory cells formed on the substrate. Each memory cell is
      located at an intersection region between one of the first plurality of
      traces and one of the second plurality of traces and includes a
      bidirectionally conducting nonlinear resistance selection device and a
      magneto-resistive element electrically coupled in series with the
      selection device. The array is biased during a read operation by biasing a
      selected trace of a first plurality of electrically conductive traces at a
      first bias potential. All other traces of the first plurality of
      conductive traces are biased at a second bias potential. A selected trace
      of a second plurality of conductive traces is biased at a third bias
      potential. Lastly, all other traces of the second plurality of conductive
      traces are biased at the first bias potential.
GOVT
PAR  The U.S. Government has a paid-up license in this invention and the right
      in limited circumstances to require the patent owner to license others on
      reasonable terms as provided by for the terms of contract No. MDA
      972-95-3-0004 awarded by the Advanced Research Projects Agency.
PATN
WKU  059911948
SRC  8
APN  9570942
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19971024
TTL  Method and apparatus for providing accessible device information in
      digital memory devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Shaw; Brian H.
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Jigour; Robin J.
STR  1435 Ranch Ct.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ZIP  95132
INVT
NAM  Bajwa; Asim A.
STR  4955 Fontanelle Pl.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ZIP  95111
CLAS
OCL  36518504
XCL  36518903
XCL  36523003
XCL  36523006
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1604
ICL  G11C  800
FSC  713
FSS  200
FSC  365
FSS  230.01;230.03;230.06;185.04;189.03
UREF
PNO  4451903
ISD  19840500
NAM  Jordan
UREF
PNO  5058071
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kohda et al.
OCL  365200
UREF
PNO  5278786
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kawauchi et al.
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5291584
ISD  19940300
NAM  Challa et al.
UREF
PNO  5297081
ISD  19940300
NAM  Challa
UREF
PNO  5381369
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kikuchi et al.
OCL  365189.01
UREF
PNO  5420817
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kitagawa et al.
OCL  365 96
UREF
PNO  5815426
ISD  19980900
NAM  Jigour et al.
UREF
PNO  5877975
ISD  19990300
NAM  Jigour et al.
OREF
PAL  Nexcom Technology, Inc., Data Sheet: NexFLASH.TM. NX25F040A/25F080A: 4 and
      8 Megabit Serial Flash Memories with SRAM, May 1997.
PAL  Nexcom Technology, Inc., Data Sheet: NexFLASH.TM. NX25F040A/25F080A: 4 and
      8 Megabit Serial Flash Memories with SRAM, May 1997.
PAL  Nexcom Technology, Inc., Designing with the 26FXXX Series of Serial Flash
      Memories, AN-1A, Jul. 1997.
PAL  Nexcom Technology, Inc., NX26F080 Data Sheet Version 1.6, Mar. 1996.
LREP
FR2  Carroll; David H.
ABST
PAL  A memory device (100) includes a user device information sector (122) in
      addition to normal sectors (124) of a memory array. The user device
      information sector includes a product identification field (240) and a
      restricted address list field (250), and optionally includes a customer
      identification number field (220) and a serial number field (230). The
      product identification field includes such information as the manufacturer
      ID, a part number ID, package/speed identification, temperature/voltage
      identification, and byte locations for special options. The device
      identification field is factory programmed using a high voltage enabling
      signal applied to a write control logic circuit (102) in the memory device
      in conjunction with a "Device Information Sector Program" instruction is
      applied to the SPI command and control logic (110). The device information
      sector is read from the application using a "Read Device Information"
      instruction. Inadvertent corruption of the device information sector is
      avoided since a high voltage typically is not available in the
      application, and the "Device Information Sector Program" instruction is
      not in the application command set.
PATN
WKU  059911956
SRC  8
APN  8033978
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970220
TTL  Flash EEPROM with erase verification and address scrambling architecture
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Zarabian; A.
NDR  12
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Nobukata; Hiromi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920710
APN  4-207173
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920904
APN  4-263017
RLAP
COD  74
APN  603381
APD  19960220
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  089555
APD  19930712
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  36518509
XCL  36518511
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1606
FSC  365
FSS  185.11;185.3;185.09;185.06;185.22;230.03
UREF
PNO  4617653
ISD  19861000
NAM  Matsuzaki
OCL  365230.06
UREF
PNO  5168465
ISD  19921200
NAM  Harari
UREF
PNO  5263029
ISD  19931100
NAM  Wickland
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5297085
ISD  19940300
NAM  Choi
OCL  365230.03
UREF
PNO  5297103
ISD  19940300
NAM  Higuchi
UREF
PNO  5347490
ISD  19940900
NAM  Terada
OCL  365230.03
UREF
PNO  5396459
ISD  19950300
NAM  Arakawa
FREF
PNO  0 338 317 A2
ISD  19891000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 387 888 A2
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 438 050 A2
ISD  19910700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 477 503 A2
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/10837
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "A 60-ns 16 Mb Eeprom with Program and Erase Sequence Controller", IEEE
      Journal of Solid-State Circuits, Nov., 1991, No. 11, Nakayama et al.
PAL  "A 5V-Only 16 Mb Flash Memory with Sector-Erase Mode", IEEE International
      Solid-State Circuits Conference, Feb., 1992, Jinbo et al.
PAL  "A New Decoding Scheme and Erase Sequence for 5V Only Sector Erasable Flash
      Memory", 1992 Symposium on VLSI Circuits Digest of Technical Papers, Apr.,
      1992, Nakayama et al.
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  In a flash EEPROM where erasing and verifying operations are repeated until
      the threshold voltages of memory cells reach a predetermined value, a
      negative voltage is applied, at the time of verification, to the control
      gate electrode of each cell on a nonselected row, so that the verification
      is rendered possible despite the existence of any overerased memory cell
      in the nonselected area, and then the overerased cell is rewritten to be
      released from the overerased state, whereby the threshold voltage
      distribution of the memory cells is settable in a narrow range. And by the
      provision of a means for converting an external designated address to an
      internal chip address, the storage area designated by the external address
      is shifted or circulated in the chip every time the data is erased, so
      that the number of repeatable reprogramming actions is increased
      apparently in the flash EEPROM.
PATN
WKU  059911964
SRC  8
APN  9914234
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971216
TTL  Reprogrammable memory device with variable page size
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Lam; David
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Thomsen; Joseph A.
CTY  Gilbert
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Phoenix; Timothy J.
CTY  Gilbert
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Boles; Brian
CTY  Mesa
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Pena; Henry
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Luke; Gordon E.
CTY  Mesa
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Microchip Technology Incorporated
CTY  Chandler
STA  AR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  36518511
XCL  36518529
XCL  36523006
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1604
FSC  365
FSS  185.11;185.29;189.05;189.07;201;203;230.06
UREF
PNO  5297096
ISD  19940300
NAM  Terada et al.
OCL  365189.07
UREF
PNO  5347486
ISD  19940900
NAM  Urai
OCL  365189.05
UREF
PNO  5428580
ISD  19950600
NAM  Kawashima et al.
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5600601
ISD  19970200
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  365203
LREP
FR2  Katz; Paul
FR2  Frohwitter; Ronald Chichester
ABST
PAL  An improved reprogrammable memory device permits definition of a page
      within an array of memory cells which is variable in size, erasure of only
      that data contained within the defined variable page while uneffecting the
      remaining data in the array of memory cells and reprogramming the defined
      variable page. The improved reprogrammable memory device with variable
      page size comprises an array of memory cells where the memory cells are
      arranged in rows and columns; address decode logic coupled to the array of
      memory cells for accessing the array of memory cells; amplifier logic
      coupled to the array of memory cells for amplifying the voltage levels
      between a plurality of the memory cells and data bus when accessing the
      array of memory cells; column select logic coupled to the array of memory
      cells for determining which word from a selected row of the array of the
      memory cells is accessed and for connecting the plurality of memory cells
      to the amplifier logic; control signals coupled to the amplifier logic for
      accessing the array of memory cells; and, block enable signals coupled to
      the address decode logic for varying page size within the array of memory
      cells to be erased.
PATN
WKU  059911972
SRC  9
APN  0465836
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980324
TTL  Semiconductor memory device having data protection feature
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Ho; Hoai V.
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  10
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Ogura; Taku
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohba; Atsushi
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Honma; Tsuyoshi
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Kazuo
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971017
APN  9-285221
CLAS
OCL  36518511
XCL  365195
XCL  36518504
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1604
FSC  365
FSS  185.11;185.04;195
UREF
PNO  4974208
ISD  19901100
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  365228
UREF
PNO  5592641
ISD  19970100
NAM  Fandrich et al.
OCL  395430
UREF
PNO  5673222
ISD  19970900
NAM  Fukumoto et al.
OCL  365185.04
FREF
PNO  7-281958
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  McDermottt, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  A reset power down mode designating signal and first and second write
      protect signals are provided to a control circuit. According to the states
      of these external control signals, the status of unconditional inhibition,
      unconditional permission, and lock bit (LB) dependency for the protect
      status of data rewrite is set for each memory block group of a memory
      array. Therefore, the write protect status can be set in a flexible manner
      for a nonvolatile semiconductor memory device.
PATN
WKU  059911980
SRC  9
APN  054423&
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980402
TTL  Local row decoder and associated control logic for fowler-nordheim
      tunneling based flash memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Phung; Anh
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Song; Paul Jei-Zen
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Sinai; Keyhan
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  NexFlash Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  36518511
XCL  36518513
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1604
FSC  365
FSS  185.11;185.22;185.23;185.29;185.28;185.19;185.18;185.13
UREF
PNO  5745417
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  365185.29
UREF
PNO  5748528
ISD  19980500
NAM  Compardo et al.
OCL  365185.11
UREF
PNO  5805501
ISD  19980900
NAM  Shiau et al.
OCL  365185.11
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds, LLP
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor non-volatile memory device is disclosed which is based on
      the use of Fowler-Nordheim electron tunneling to charge and discharge the
      isolated gates of the storage cells. Furthermore, the disclosed memory
      device includes global decoder circuitry capable of passing either
      positive or negative voltages to a set of global word lines
      controlling-local decoder circuitry, said local controller circuitry in
      turn controlling row select lines or local word lines. Each local decoder
      controls a multiplicity of word lines. The local decoder circuitry is
      located in physical proximity to specific memory sectors thus resulting in
      an improved layout of the decoder circuitry and enabling the selection of
      one of the multiplicity of word lines within said sector by means of
      electrical control lines. The electrical control lines select one of the
      multiplicity of rows within a memory sector and deselect all the remaining
      rows. Logic control circuitry is provided to control the logic of the
      local row decoders.
PATN
WKU  059911999
SRC  9
APN  0129380
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980122
TTL  Device and method for the programming of a memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Vu A.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Brigati; Alessandro
CTY  Castel San Giovanni
CNT  ITX
INVT
NAM  Devin; Jean
CTY  Aix en Provence
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Leconte; Bruno
CTY  Rousset
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  STMicroelectronics S.A.
CTY  Gentilly
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970122
APN  97 00642
CLAS
OCL  36518512
XCL  36518511
XCL  36518518
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1100
FSC  365
FSS  185.11;185.18;185.28;185.33;185.12
UREF
PNO  4860256
ISD  19890800
NAM  Devin et al.
OCL  365189
UREF
PNO  4947375
ISD  19900800
NAM  Gaultier et al.
OCL  365200
UREF
PNO  4958324
ISD  19900900
NAM  Devin
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  4964079
ISD  19901000
NAM  Devin
OCL  365168
UREF
PNO  5058069
ISD  19911000
NAM  Gaultier et al.
OCL  365200
UREF
PNO  5099451
ISD  19920300
NAM  Sourgen et al.
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5293350
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  365238.5
UREF
PNO  5303189
ISD  19940400
NAM  Devin et al.
OCL  365189
UREF
PNO  5363330
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5436479
ISD  19950700
NAM  Devin
OCL  257317
UREF
PNO  5537349
ISD  19960700
NAM  Devin
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5561621
ISD  19961000
NAM  Devin et al.
OCL  365 49
UREF
PNO  5579265
ISD  19961100
NAM  Devin
OCL  365200
UREF
PNO  5622879
ISD  19970400
NAM  Devin
OCL  438266
UREF
PNO  5652720
ISD  19970700
NAM  Aulas et al.
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5748528
ISD  19980500
NAM  Campardo et al.
OCL  365185.13
UREF
PNO  5796657
ISD  19980800
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  365185.11
FREF
PNO  0459794A2
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0704851A1
ISD  19960400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  08147988
ISD  19960600
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "A 16-Mb Flash EEPROM with a New Self-Data-Refresh Scheme for a Sector
      Erase Operation" Atsumi et al, Journal of Solid State Circuits, vol. 29
      No. 4, Apr. 1994.
LREP
FRM  Gunster, Yoakley, Valdes-Fauli & Stewart, P.A.
FR2  Bongini; Stephen
ABST
PAL  In a device for programming EPROM-Flash type memory cells of memory words
      of a memory, a bit line of a memory cell of a given rank of the first word
      and at least one bit line of a memory cell of the same rank in a word that
      is horizontally adjacent to this first word are connected together to two
      common programming connections by means of a bias circuit, and the bias
      circuit comprises two bias voltage inputs and one bias voltage output. The
      programming method consists in the successive programming, during
      different programming cycles, of the different cells of this first word
      and, during the same programming cycle, a different cell, of the same
      rank, in at least one word that is different from this first word is
      programmed.
PATN
WKU  059912006
SRC  8
APN  4702123
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19950606
TTL  Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device
ISD  19991123
NCL  46
ECL  1
EXP  Hoang; Huan
NDR  56
NFG  76
INVT
NAM  Seki; Koichi
CTY  Hino
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Wada; Takeshi
CTY  Akishima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Muto; Tadashi
CTY  Iruma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shoji; Kazuyoshi
CTY  Akishima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kubota; Yasurou
CTY  Akishima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kume; Hitoshi
CTY  Musashino
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi ULSI Engineering Corp.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19890206
APN  1-27271
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19890815
APN  1-210262
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19890920
APN  1-243603
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19891208
APN  1-317477
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19900125
APN  2-13614
RLAP
COD  71
APN  249899
APD  19940526
RLAP
COD  82
APN  144500
APD  19931102
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  474994
APD  19900205
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  86
APN  249899
RLAP
COD  82
APN  888447
APD  19920528
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  567391
APD  19900814
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  36518518
XCL  36518519
XCL  36518522
XCL  3651853
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1604
FSC  365
FSS  185.18;185.19;185.22;185.3
UREF
PNO  4460982
ISD  19840700
NAM  Gee et al.
UREF
PNO  4698750
ISD  19871000
NAM  Wilkie et al.
UREF
PNO  4742492
ISD  19880500
NAM  Smayling et al.
UREF
PNO  4805151
ISD  19890200
NAM  Terada et al.
UREF
PNO  4811294
ISD  19890300
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5034922
ISD  19910700
NAM  Burgess
UREF
PNO  5053990
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kreifels et al.
OCL  365185.22
UREF
PNO  5077691
ISD  19911200
NAM  Haddad et al.
OCL  365185.18
UREF
PNO  5155701
ISD  19921000
NAM  Komori et al.
OCL  365185.23
UREF
PNO  5222046
ISD  19930600
NAM  Kriefels et al.
UREF
PNO  5602987
ISD  19970200
NAM  Harari et al.
OCL  395182.06
FREF
PNO  62-45182
ISD  19870200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-119796
ISD  19870600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-17299
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-10596
ISD  19900100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  Within an EEPROM having a memory array in which the electrically erasable
      nonvolatile storage elements are arranged in a matrix form, an erasing
      control circuit is included, which performs at least the read out
      operation one time on the corresponding memory cells after an erasing
      operation is performed in connection therewith in accordance with
      externally supplied erasing operation instructions. The erasing operation
      is automatically performed by the internal erasing control circuit while
      the EEPROM is electrically isolated from the microprocessor in response to
      instructions from the microprocessor. The control by the microprocessor
      requires only a slightly short period of time during which the erasing
      commencement is instructed while the EEPROM remains in the system during
      the erasing operation. In one aspect of the present invention, a Vcc power
      source is applied to a source region or a drain region of each nonvolatile
      semiconductor memory cell, and an erasure voltage having a polarity
      opposite to that of the Vcc power source is applied to a control gate
      electrode. The erasure voltage is supplied to a voltage conversion circuit
      provided within the nonvolatile memory device. Accordingly, erasure
      operation can be realized by the Vcc single power source. Further,
      substantial terminals of the collective erasure operation are individually
      controlled for every memory element or every collective memory element in
      response to the individual erasure speed of each memory element.
PATN
WKU  059912014
SRC  9
APN  067026&
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980427
TTL  Non-volatile memory with over-program protection and method therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Ho; Hoai V.
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kuo; Clinton C. K.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Jew; Thomas
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Chrudimsky; David W.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Motorola Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  36518519
XCL  36518518
XCL  36518522
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1604
FSC  365
FSS  185.19;185.18;185.25;185.22
UREF
PNO  5200920
ISD  19930400
NAM  Norman et al.
OCL  365185.19
UREF
PNO  5357476
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kuo et al.
OCL  365218
UREF
PNO  5440505
ISD  19950800
NAM  Frazio et al.
OCL  365 45
UREF
PNO  5608669
ISD  19970300
NAM  Mi et al.
OCL  365185.19
UREF
PNO  5751637
ISD  19980500
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  365185.33
LREP
FR2  Hill; Daniel D.
FR2  Polansky; Paul J.
ABST
PAL  A floating-gate non-volatile memory (30) uses a relatively-low threshold
      voltage to define a programmed state. The memory (30) compensates for fast
      program cells by providing program pulses which increase in length and
      magnitude while the cells are being programmed. Between each program pulse
      the memory (30) determines whether selected cells have been adequately
      programmed. The memory (30) ceases applying the series of pulses to each
      cell when it has been adequately programmed. Thus the memory (30) avoids
      the over-program condition instead of compensating for it.
PATN
WKU  059912022
SRC  9
APN  1614231
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980924
TTL  Method for reducing program disturb during self-boosting in a NAND flash
      memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Zarabian; A.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Derhacobian; Narbeh
CTY  Belmont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Fang; Hao
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  36518519
XCL  36518517
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1134
FSC  365
FSS  185.19;185.17;185.18;185.23
UREF
PNO  5636162
ISD  19970600
NAM  Coffman
OCL  365185.19
UREF
PNO  5815438
ISD  19980900
NAM  Haddad
OCL  365185.19
ABST
PAL  A NAND flash memory system is programmed with minimal program disturb and
      pass disturb during self-boosting without resorting to impurity
      implantation for bit line isolation, to p-well biasing or to bit line
      biasing techniques. A program voltage is applied to a selected word line
      in the form of a plurality of short pulses while synchronously applying a
      pulsed pass voltage to the unselected word lines until the selected cell
      is programmed. The duration of the pulses and the time between pulses are
      chosen to minimize the program disturb of unselected cells, especially
      unselected cells on the selected word line, without causing pass disturb
      of any cell in the array.
PATN
WKU  059912030
SRC  9
APN  1796941
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19981027
TTL  Circuit and method of erasing a nonvolatile semiconductor memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Phung; Anh
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Choi; Jeong-Hyuk
CTY  Suwon-shi
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19971206
APN  97-66554
CLAS
OCL  36518527
XCL  36518524
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1604
FSC  365
FSS  185.01;185.27;185.24;185.3;185.29;185.26
UREF
PNO  4432075
ISD  19840200
NAM  Eitan
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5295107
ISD  19940300
NAM  Okazawa et al.
OCL  365218
UREF
PNO  5511022
ISD  19960400
NAM  Yim et al.
OCL  365185.17
UREF
PNO  5521867
ISD  19960500
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  365185.33
UREF
PNO  5557565
ISD  19960900
NAM  Kaya et al.
OCL  365185.01
OREF
PAL  IEEE Tech. Dig. IEDM, pp. 307-310, 1991, "A Self-Convergence Erasing Scheme
      For A Simple Stacked Gate Flash Eeprom". Sep., 1991.
LREP
FRM  Lappin & Kusmer LLP
ABST
PAL  A system capable of stabilizing a tight distribution of threshold voltages
      of erased flash EEPROM memory cells within a fast time period includes at
      least one memory cell having source, channel and drain regions on a
      semiconductor substrate, a floating gate over the channel region on a
      tunnel oxide layer and a control gate over the floating gate, and a
      circuit for converging the threshold voltage of an erased memory cell to
      within a predetermined voltage range. The circuit includes: a driving
      circuit for applying a first voltage to the control gate and a second
      voltage between the source and drain regions during the self-convergence
      operation; and a backbias generator for applying a backbias voltage to the
      substrate so as to generate hot electrons/holes in the channel region and
      to inject ones of the hot electrons/holes into the floating gate during
      the self-convergence operation.
PATN
WKU  059912049
SRC  9
APN  0729248
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980505
TTL  Flash eeprom device employing polysilicon sidewall spacer as an erase
      gate
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Viet Q.
NDR  14
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Chang; Ming-Bing
STR  2139 Stebbins Ave.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
ZIP  95051
RLAP
COD  72
APN  060673
APD  19980415
CLAS
OCL  36518529
XCL  36518533
XCL  36518528
XCL  36518501
XCL  36518518
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1604
FSC  365
FSS  185.01;185.29;185.18;185.28;185.33
UREF
PNO  4794565
ISD  19881200
NAM  Wu
UREF
PNO  5067108
ISD  19911100
NAM  Jeng
UREF
PNO  5235544
ISD  19930800
NAM  Caywood
OCL  365185.01
UREF
PNO  5280446
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ma et al.
OCL  365185.01
UREF
PNO  5284784
ISD  19940200
NAM  Menley
OCL  437 43
UREF
PNO  5408115
ISD  19950400
NAM  Chang
OCL  257324
UREF
PNO  5414693
ISD  19950500
NAM  Ma et al.
OCL  365185.01
UREF
PNO  5422504
ISD  19950600
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  257316
UREF
PNO  5534456
ISD  19960700
NAM  Yuan
UREF
PNO  5614747
ISD  19970300
NAM  Ahn et al.
OCL  257316
UREF
PNO  5616941
ISD  19970400
NAM  Roth et al.
OCL  257315
UREF
PNO  5712179
ISD  19980100
NAM  Yuan
UREF
PNO  5910912
ISD  19990600
NAM  Hsu et al.
OCL  365185.01
FREF
PNO  0-531526 A1
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  404132267
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  405082798
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  IEEE, JSSC, Nov. 1992 Toshikatsu Jinbo vol. 27, p. 1547.
PAL  IEEE, JSSC, Apr. 1994 Shigeru Atsumi vol. 29, p. 461.
PAL  IEEE, IEDM Dec. 1989 K. Naruke p. 603, 1989.
ABST
PAL  A Flash EEPROM cell employing a sidewall polysilicon spacer as an erase
      gate. The cell is programmed by source side channel hot electron injection
      and erased by poly-to-poly tunneling through a poly tunnel oxide between
      the floating gate and the erase gate. The floating gate is defined by the
      control gate sidewall spacer which is formed before the floating gate poly
      self-aligned etch step. The polysilicon sidewall spacer erase gate is
      formed after growing a poly tunnel oxide on the sidewall of the floating
      gate poly. Since the poly tunnel oxide thickness is minimized, a fast
      programming with a low power consumption can be achieved. By using
      poly-to-poly tunneling erase scheme, a deep source junction is not used
      and cell size can be significantly reduced. Furthermore, a large sector of
      cells can be erased simultaneously without a power consumption concern and
      further V.sub.cc scaling becomes possible.
PATN
WKU  059912057
SRC  9
APN  1536109
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980915
TTL  Method of erasing data in nonvolatile semiconductor memory devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Yoo; Do Hyun
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Hara; Hideki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971024
APN  9-291888
CLAS
OCL  36518529
XCL  36518518
XCL  36518527
XCL  365218
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1600
FSC  365
FSS  185.29;218;185.18;185.26;185.27
UREF
PNO  5077691
ISD  19911200
NAM  Haddad et al.
OCL  365218
UREF
PNO  5438542
ISD  19950800
NAM  Atsumi et al.
XCL  365185.27
UREF
PNO  5521866
ISD  19960500
NAM  Akaogi
OCL  365185.29
UREF
PNO  5770963
ISD  19980600
NAM  Akaogi et al.
XCL  365185.29
UREF
PNO  5790460
ISD  19980800
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  365185.29
UREF
PNO  5818756
ISD  19981000
NAM  Sakui et al.
XCL  365185.29
UREF
PNO  5838618
ISD  19981100
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  365185.29
LREP
FRM  McGinn & Gibb, P.C.
ABST
PAL  In a data erase operation of the present invention, a drain terminal is
      opened. A negative voltage of about -10 V and a voltage of about 5 V are
      applied to a cell gate and a source terminal, respectively. The voltage of
      about 1-2 V is applied to a P well terminal and an N well terminal. A
      ground potential is provided to a substrate. A voltage which is lower than
      the voltage of the source terminal and higher than the substrate voltage
      (ground voltage) is applied to a P well and an N well between a source
      diffusion layer and the substrate. Thus, an electric field generated
      between a source and a floating gate realizes the erase by means of F-N
      tunneling.
PATN
WKU  059912065
SRC  9
APN  2072289
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19981208
TTL  Method of erasing a flash memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Dinh; Son T.
NDR  15
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Shin; Kye Wan
CTY  Inchon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Hyundai Electronics Industries Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-Do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19971210
APN  97-67540
CLAS
OCL  36518529
XCL  36518522
XCL  3651853
XCL  365218
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1604
FSC  365
FSS  185.29;185.3;185.33;185.22;218
UREF
PNO  5172338
ISD  19921200
NAM  Mehrotra et al.
OCL  365185.29
UREF
PNO  5400286
ISD  19950300
NAM  Chu et al.
OCL  365218
UREF
PNO  5596530
ISD  19970100
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  365185.29
UREF
PNO  5663909
ISD  19970900
NAM  Sim
OCL  365185.22
UREF
PNO  5831905
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hirano
OCL  365185.29
UREF
PNO  5920508
ISD  19990700
NAM  Miyakawa et al.
OCL  365185.22
FREF
PNO  6-231590
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
ICL  G11C 1606
FREF
PNO  8-297985
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
ICL  G11C 1606
FREF
PNO  10-27100
ISD  19980100
CNT  JPX
ICL  G06F  906
LREP
FRM  Cohen, Pontani, Lieberman & Pavane
ABST
PAL  This invention discloses a method of erasing a flash memory, in which the
      method comprises: (A) erasing all cells of a selected sector; (B)
      verifying in cells whether the cells are erased; (C) saving an address
      corresponding to a non-erased cell and re-erasing the cells when the
      non-erased cell is detected by the step (B); (D) verifying in cells, from
      the saved address to the final address whether the cells are erased; and
      (E) executing a slight-program for recovering over-erased cells so that
      the cells of the sector are normally erased.
PATN
WKU  059912073
SRC  9
APN  1636278
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980928
TTL  Circuit configuration having a number of electronic circuit components
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Dinh; Son T.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Sedlak; Holger
CTY  Munchen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Pfab; Stefan
CTY  Pullach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Oberlander; Klaus
CTY  Augsburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960328
APN  196 12 440
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTDE9700622
APD  19970326
CLAS
OCL  36518901
XCL  36518912
XCL  365195
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  195;189.01;189.12;218;233
UREF
PNO  4572946
ISD  19860200
NAM  Schrenk
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  4928266
ISD  19900500
NAM  Abbott et al.
OCL  365189.01
UREF
PNO  5155856
ISD  19921000
NAM  Bock et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5381366
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kawauchi et al.
OCL  365185.04
UREF
PNO  5724289
ISD  19980300
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  365195
FREF
PNO  0 574 094 A2
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  41 35 767 A1
ISD  19930500
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  International Publication No. WO 82/02274 (Edstrom), dated Jul. 8, 1982.
LREP
FR2  Lerner; Herbert L.
FR2  Greenberg; Laurence A.
ABST
PAL  A circuit configuration having a number of electronic circuit components.
      The operating state of the circuit components can be set to a reset or
      erase state by a predetermined control signal applied to the respective
      circuit component in which state a data content of the circuit component
      assumes a logic zero value. For the purpose of chronologically successive
      resetting the data contents of all the circuit components, a selection
      circuit is provided which is activated to allow the writing of the logic
      zero value to the circuit components. The selection circuit has a number
      of opening stages corresponding to the number of circuit components. The
      opening stages are connected in series one after the other and each
      circuit component is respectively assigned an opening stage of the
      selection circuit. Each opening stage with the exception of the first
      opening stage is activated or driven by an opening signal which is
      generated by the immediately preceding opening stage, for the purpose of
      outputting a control signal to the associated circuit component. Following
      the resetting of the associated circuit component, the opening stage in
      turn outputs an opening signal for the purpose of driving or activating an
      immediately succeeding opening stage.
PATN
WKU  059912081
SRC  9
APN  084134&
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980522
TTL  Write multiplexer apparatus and method for multiple write port
      programmable memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  12
EXP  Nguyen; Tan T.
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Aipperspach; Anthony Gus
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Freiburger; Peter Thomas
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Paulson; Peder James
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  36518902
XCL  36523005
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  230.05;189.02;189.05;189.08;230.02
UREF
PNO  4627030
ISD  19861200
NAM  Barber
OCL  365189
UREF
PNO  4893280
ISD  19900100
NAM  Gelsomini et al.
OCL  365230.05
UREF
PNO  5216636
ISD  19930600
NAM  Runaldue
OCL  365230.05
UREF
PNO  5430685
ISD  19950700
NAM  Nakada
OCL  365230.05
UREF
PNO  5544122
ISD  19960800
NAM  Mizukami et al.
OCL  365230.05
UREF
PNO  5715197
ISD  19980200
NAM  Nance et al.
OCL  365189.02
LREP
FR2  Hollingsworth; Mark A.
ABST
PAL  An improved apparatus and method for facilitating multiple write port
      access to a programmable memory apparatus is disclosed. A memory array,
      such as a random access memory array, includes a plurality of memory
      cells. A number of write ports are coupled to the memory array, each of
      which provides write access to individual memory cells of the memory
      array. Each of the write ports includes a NAND gate, an inverter, and a
      transfer gate. The NAND gate includes first and second inputs respectively
      coupled to a write row select line and a write column select line, and an
      output coupled to the input of the inverter and a first control input of
      the transfer gate. The output of the inverter is coupled to a second
      control input of the transfer gate. The input of the transfer gate is
      coupled to a data line, and the output of the transfer gate is coupled to
      a memory cell of the memory array. In response to appropriate logic levels
      on the write row select line and write column select line, data on the
      data input line is transferred through the transfer gate and written into
      the memory cell. Reduced node capacitance at the input of the memory cell
      and an increase in memory cell write speed are realized by implementing
      the disclosed write port circuitry.
PATN
WKU  059912090
SRC  8
APN  8278563
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970411
TTL  Split sense amplifier and staging buffer for wide memory architecture
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Zarabian; A.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Chow; Lap-Wai
CTY  So. Pasadena
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Raytheon Company
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  36518905
XCL  365205
XCL  365208
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1604
FSC  365
FSS  189.05;205;208;190
UREF
PNO  5311469
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hoshi
OCL  365208
UREF
PNO  5311471
ISD  19940500
NAM  Matsumoto
OCL  365208
UREF
PNO  5341341
ISD  19940800
NAM  Fukuzo
OCL  365189.05
UREF
PNO  5418737
ISD  19950500
NAM  Tran
OCL  365208
UREF
PNO  5537352
ISD  19960700
NAM  Meyer
OCL  365189.05
UREF
PNO  5726943
ISD  19980300
NAM  Yamagat
OCL  365208
LREP
FR2  Alkov; Leonard A.
FR2  Lenzen, Jr.; Glenn H.
ABST
PAL  In an amplifier design for a wide memory architecture, a staging buffer can
      be integrated with the final stage of a multi-stage sense amplifier. The
      staging buffer includes a memory latch for storing at least one bit of
      data. The data is transferred into the staging buffer from memory upon
      strobing at least one read enable line, and transferred from the staging
      buffer to a data bus upon strobing at least one write enable line. The
      data signal is transferred from the memory to the staging buffer at a
      voltage level lower than the full swing voltage level. The memory
      architecture produced using this design technique allows for a much lower
      voltage swing on all of the data lines, thus lowering the power
      requirements of the circuit.
PATN
WKU  059912103
SRC  9
APN  1384090
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980824
TTL  Semiconductor integrated circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Yoo; Do Hyun
NDR  29
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Nakaoka; Yoshito
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980313
APN  10-63405
CLAS
OCL  365190
XCL  365156
XCL  365168
XCL  36518905
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  190;156;168;189.05
UREF
PNO  5625599
ISD  19970400
NAM  Okamura
XCL  365190
FREF
PNO  64-14792
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-101773
ISD  19900400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-54651
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-271712
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-139073
ISD  19970500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  McMermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor integrated circuit having a standard pair of complementary
      data lines subjected to ternary control, through which data complementary
      to each other are transmitted when valid data are transmitted, single data
      lines subjected to binary control, through which data of the same system
      as that of the pair of complementary data lines are transmitted and a
      circuit for detecting valid data in a standard intermediate latch circuit
      which detects an event that the data transmitted through the standard pair
      of complementary data lines are changed to data complementary to each
      other, wherein the circuit for detecting valid data confirms arrival of
      the valid data and controls data corresponding to the data transmitted
      through the single data lines, to thereby reduce the number of pairs of
      data lines for narrowing an wiring area of the data lines and reducing a
      chip size while maintaining a high speed operation.
PATN
WKU  059912111
SRC  9
APN  1819771
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19981029
TTL  Semiconductor memory device with redundancy control circuits
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Lam; David
EXP  Hoang; Huan
NDR  8
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Kato; Daisuke
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Yohji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971031
APN  9-316080
CLAS
OCL  365200
XCL  3652257
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  200;225.7;230.08;230.03;230.06
UREF
PNO  5798974
ISD  19980800
NAM  Yamagata
OCL  365200
LREP
FRM  Loeb & Loeb, LLP
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor memory device has sets of address fuses which are arranged
      in a plurality of fuse rows in order to provide a larger number of
      redundant elements. The sets of address fuses are associated with
      addresses, respectively, and at least one address fuse included in each of
      the sets of the address fuses is provided in only one of the fuse rows.
      Address buses are provided such that the number of address lines
      associated with the sets of the address fuses is less than the number of
      fuse rows. One of the address lines is located closer to one of the fuse
      rows which includes associated address fuses than a center line between
      the one of the fuse rows and another one of the fuse rows which is
      adjacent to the one of the fuse rows is. The address lines are connected
      to redundant element control circuits through local lines.
PATN
WKU  059912120
SRC  8
APN  8891001
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970707
TTL  Semi-conductor integrated circuit device having an external memory and a
      test method therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; M.
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Ishida; Ryuji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Coporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960704
APN  8-174500
CLAS
OCL  365201
XCL  36523006
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  201;230.06
UREF
PNO  4860260
ISD  19890800
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  4975641
ISD  19901200
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  324158
UREF
PNO  5519657
ISD  19960500
NAM  Arimoto
OCL  365201
FREF
PNO  1-239485
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  In a semi-conductor integrated circuit device, a memory space provided with
      the integrated circuit device is not occupied by space for testing the
      integrated circuit device as the testing memory space. In the test mode of
      the semi-conductor integrated circuit device, test of internal circuit is
      capable of being implemented due to the fact that it permits a part of
      region belonging to the integrated circuit device to allocate to outer
      memory space. While in a normal operation mode, degree of freedom of
      design of the integrated circuit device is increased by releasing the
      testing memory space.
PATN
WKU  059912138
SRC  9
APN  0049964
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980109
TTL  Short disturb test algorithm for built-in self-test
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  2
EXA  Phung; Anh
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Cline; Danny R.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Hii; Kuong Hua
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
INVT
NAM  Garnett; James M.
CTY  Wilsonville
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Lee; Siak Kian
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
INVT
NAM  Lim; Tek Yong
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Keat Peng
CTY  Singapore
CNT  SGX
ASSG
NAM  Texas Instruments Incorporated
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  846922
APD  19970430
PSC  01
PNO  5883843
CLAS
OCL  365201
XCL  371 211
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  201
FSC  371
FSS  21.1;21.2;21.3;21.4;21.5
UREF
PNO  5661729
ISD  19970800
NAM  Miyazaki et al.
OCL  371 21.2
UREF
PNO  5661732
ISD  19970800
NAM  Lo et al.
OCL  371 22.2
UREF
PNO  5668815
ISD  19970900
NAM  Gittinger et al.
OCL  371 21.2
UREF
PNO  5675545
ISD  19971000
NAM  Madhavan et al.
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5771242
ISD  19980600
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  371 27.1
UREF
PNO  5818772
ISD  19981000
NAM  Kuge
OCL  365201
LREP
FR2  Holland; Robby T.
FR2  Donaldson; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  A short disturb test algorithm for built-in self-test is provided. The
      short disturb test (108) initially writes a background pattern to all
      cells in a memory array (24). After verifying the background pattern was
      written, the opposite of the background pattern is written to a single row
      of the memory array for a fixed time. After that fixed time has elapsed,
      the original background pattern is written to the row. The memory array is
      then refreshed and the next row is written to. After all rows have been
      written to, the memory array (24) is checked for failures.
PATN
WKU  059912146
SRC  9
APN  0355755
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980227
TTL  Circuit and method for varying a period of an internal control signal
      during a test mode
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Tuan T.
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Merritt; Todd A.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Zagar; Paul S.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  663939
APD  19960614
CLAS
OCL  365201
XCL  365233
XCL  365222
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  201;233;222
FSC  371
FSS  21.1
UREF
PNO  3781683
ISD  19731200
NAM  Freed
OCL  324158
UREF
PNO  3803483
ISD  19740400
NAM  McMahon, Jr.
OCL  324158
UREF
PNO  3832535
ISD  19740800
NAM  DeVito
OCL  371 20
UREF
PNO  3849872
ISD  19741100
NAM  Hubacher
OCL  324158
UREF
PNO  4079338
ISD  19780300
NAM  Kronlage
OCL  331 57
UREF
PNO  4099722
ISD  19780700
NAM  Rodesch et al.
OCL  273143
UREF
PNO  4139818
ISD  19790200
NAM  Schneider
OCL  324512
UREF
PNO  4434328
ISD  19840200
NAM  Fields
OCL  361155
UREF
PNO  4575825
ISD  19860300
NAM  Ozaki et al.
OCL  365189
UREF
PNO  4594711
ISD  19860600
NAM  Thatte
OCL  371 22.3
UREF
PNO  4597617
ISD  19860700
NAM  Enoch
OCL  439 66
UREF
PNO  4635261
ISD  19870100
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  371 22.7
UREF
PNO  4677586
ISD  19870600
NAM  Magar et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4771407
ISD  19880900
NAM  Takemae et al.
OCL  371211
UREF
PNO  4783719
ISD  19881100
NAM  Jamison et al.
OCL  324537
UREF
PNO  4890270
ISD  19891200
NAM  Griffith
OCL  368113
UREF
PNO  4894805
ISD  19900100
NAM  Godslialk et al.
OCL  365222
UREF
PNO  4899107
ISD  19920400
NAM  Bourdelaise et al.
OCL  361785
UREF
PNO  4907117
ISD  19900300
NAM  Pease et al.
OCL  361 54
UREF
PNO  4954878
ISD  19900900
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  439 66
UREF
PNO  4956602
ISD  19900900
NAM  Pasrrish
OCL  324158
UREF
PNO  4961053
ISD  19901000
NAM  Krug
OCL  324158
UREF
PNO  4968931
ISD  19901100
NAM  Littlebury et al.
OCL  324760
UREF
PNO  4987365
ISD  19910100
NAM  Shreeve et al.
OCL  324758
UREF
PNO  5012180
ISD  19910400
NAM  Dalrymple et al.
OCL  324 73.1
UREF
PNO  5023840
ISD  19910600
NAM  Tobita
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5047711
ISD  19910900
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  324158
UREF
PNO  5059899
ISD  19911000
NAM  Farnworth et al.
OCL  324 13.1
UREF
PNO  5065091
ISD  19911100
NAM  Tobita
OCL  324158
UREF
PNO  5073874
ISD  19911200
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  365226
UREF
PNO  5083299
ISD  19920100
NAM  Schwanke et al.
OCL  368113
UREF
PNO  5099196
ISD  19920300
NAM  Longwell et al.
OCL  324158
UREF
PNO  5142224
ISD  19920800
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  331 57
UREF
PNO  5153509
ISD  19921000
NAM  Dalrymple et al.
OCL  371 15.1
UREF
PNO  5155704
ISD  19921000
NAM  Walther et al.
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5204837
ISD  19930400
NAM  Suwa et al.
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5208777
ISD  19930500
NAM  Shibata
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5251174
ISD  19931000
NAM  Huang
OCL  365200
UREF
PNO  5257233
ISD  19931000
NAM  Schaefer
OCL  365227
UREF
PNO  5274591
ISD  19931200
NAM  Waller et al.
OCL  365189.05
UREF
PNO  5276647
ISD  19940100
NAM  Matsui et al.
OCL  371211
UREF
PNO  5295110
ISD  19940300
NAM  Sakakibara
OCL  365222
UREF
PNO  5307010
ISD  19940400
NAM  Chiu et al.
OCL  324158
UREF
PNO  5321661
ISD  19940600
NAM  Iwakiri et al.
OCL  365222
UREF
PNO  5355342
ISD  19941000
NAM  Ueoka
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5365481
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sawada
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5384741
ISD  19950100
NAM  Haragucyhi
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5400289
ISD  19950300
NAM  Blodgett
OCL  355222
UREF
PNO  5428575
ISD  19950600
NAM  Fudeyasu
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5457400
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ahmad et al.
OCL  324763
FREF
PNO  0494782
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  55-20555
ISD  19800200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-274355
ISD  19861200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1192099
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
ICL  G11C 1700
FREF
PNO  0227081
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
OCL  324 73.1
FREF
PNO  4264277
ISD  19920900
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01K 3128
FREF
PNO  0612878
ISD  19940100
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01K 31318
OREF
PAL  "Microcomputer Hardware Design", Protopapas, 181-188, (1988).
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg, Woessner & Kluth P.A.
ABST
PAL  The invention is a dynamic random access memory (DRAM) device having an
      electronic test key fabricated on board and is a method for testing the
      DRAM. The electronic test key generates a signal which effects a variation
      in a period of an internal control signal to stress the DRAM during a test
      mode.
PATN
WKU  059912154
SRC  9
APN  053496&
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980331
TTL  Method for testing a memory chip in multiple passes
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Phung; Anh
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Brunelle; Steven J.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  365201
XCL  371 211
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
ICL  G11C 2900
FSC  365
FSS  201
FSC  371
FSS  15.1;21.1
FSC  324
FSS  754;158.1
UREF
PNO  3644899
ISD  19720200
NAM  Boisvert, Jr.
OCL  714 25
UREF
PNO  3681757
ISD  19720800
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  712300
UREF
PNO  3758759
ISD  19730900
NAM  Boisvert, Jr. et al.
OCL  714718
UREF
PNO  4066880
ISD  19780100
NAM  Salley
OCL  714  8
UREF
PNO  4379259
ISD  19830400
NAM  Varadi et al.
OCL  714 45
UREF
PNO  4456995
ISD  19840600
NAM  Ryan
OCL  714723
UREF
PNO  4918693
ISD  19900400
NAM  Ardini, Jr. et al.
OCL  714 25
UREF
PNO  5654204
ISD  19970800
NAM  Anderson
OCL  438 15
UREF
PNO  5794175
ISD  19980800
NAM  Conner
OCL  702119
UREF
PNO  5796246
ISD  19980800
NAM  Poh et al.
OCL  324 73.1
UREF
PNO  5805472
ISD  19980900
NAM  Fukasawa
OCL  364579
UREF
PNO  5828223
ISD  19981000
NAM  Rabkin et al.
OCL  324754
UREF
PNO  5841785
ISD  19981100
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  714718
UREF
PNO  5862146
ISD  19990100
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  371 21.1
LREP
FRM  Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of testing and diagnosing memory arrays. The method efficiently
      identifies a memory chip having faulty memory cells, and subsequently
      removes the memory chip containing the faulty memory cells from the
      testing process. The method uses a testing module and an active parts
      list. The method uses the active parts list to contain an identifier for
      each of a plurality of memory modules which do not have any identified
      malfunctioning memory cells.
PATN
WKU  059912162
SRC  9
APN  1405284
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980827
TTL  Method and memory device for dynamic cell plate sensing with AC
      equilibrate
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Vu A.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Raad; George B.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Casper; Stephen L.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  911552
APD  19970814
PSC  01
PNO  5862089
CLAS
OCL  365203
XCL  36518909
XCL  365205
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  203;205;207;208;189.09;189.11
UREF
PNO  4715015
ISD  19871200
NAM  Mimoto et al.
OCL  365210
UREF
PNO  4807195
ISD  19890200
NAM  Busch et al.
OCL  365207
UREF
PNO  4897568
ISD  19900100
NAM  Chern et al.
OCL  307530
UREF
PNO  4991142
ISD  19910200
NAM  Wang
OCL  365208
UREF
PNO  5029136
ISD  19910700
NAM  Tran et al.
OCL  365205
UREF
PNO  5241496
ISD  19930800
NAM  Lowrey et al.
OCL  365 96
UREF
PNO  5241503
ISD  19930800
NAM  Cheng
OCL  365205
UREF
PNO  5309392
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ootsuka et al.
OCL  365145
UREF
PNO  5315555
ISD  19940500
NAM  Choi
OCL  365207
UREF
PNO  5359566
ISD  19941000
NAM  Furuyama
OCL  365149
UREF
PNO  5367481
ISD  19941100
NAM  Takase et al.
OCL  365149
UREF
PNO  5477498
ISD  19951200
NAM  Oaishi
OCL  365207
UREF
PNO  5636170
ISD  19970600
NAM  Sayyedy
OCL  365205
UREF
PNO  5680364
ISD  19971000
NAM  Lee
OCL  365230.05
UREF
PNO  5689461
ISD  19971100
NAM  Kaneko et al.
OCL  365189.11
UREF
PNO  5754478
ISD  19980500
NAM  Morgan et al.
OCL  365207
UREF
PNO  5875141
ISD  19990200
NAM  Shirley et al.
OCL  365208
OREF
PAL  Hamamoto, T., et al., "Cell-Plate-Line and Bit-Line Complementarily Sensed
      (CBCS) Architecture for Ultra Low-Power Non-Destructive DRAMs", 1995 Symp.
      on VLSI Circuits Digest of Technical Papers, 79-80, (1995).
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg, Woessner & Kluth P.A.
ABST
PAL  A memory device that uses a dynamic cell plate sensing scheme. The memory
      device includes an array of word lines and complementary bit line/plate
      line pairs. A number of memory cells are located at the intersection of
      selected word lines and bit line/plate line pairs: A sense amplifier is
      coupled to the complementary bit line/plate line pairs. The memory device
      also includes an equilibrate circuit that ac equilibrates a complementary
      bit line/plate line pair at an equilibration voltage between high and low
      logic levels prior to reading data. The equilibration voltage and the high
      and low logic levels for the memory cell are chosen such that a
      fluctuation in the voltage on one of the plate lines does not corrupt data
      stored in unaccessed memory cells coupled to the same plate line.
PATN
WKU  059912170
SRC  8
APN  9671943
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971029
TTL  Fast SRAM design using embedded sense amps
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Vu A.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Tavrow; Lee Stuart
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Santoro; Mark Ronald
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Micro Magic, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  774966
APD  19961226
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  365208
XCL  365207
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  205;207;208
FSC  327
FSS  51;52;53
UREF
PNO  5353255
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kumoro
OCL  365208
UREF
PNO  5570319
ISD  19961000
NAM  Santoro et al.
OCL  365230.03
UREF
PNO  5579273
ISD  19961100
NAM  Childers et al.
OCL  365208
LREP
FRM  Limbach & Limbach L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The speed of large SRAMs is improved by embedding sense amplifiers into the
      SRAM core. In this way, the bit line length that the SRAM cells must drive
      is very short and, thus, the slew rate is fast. An additional layer of
      metal is employed to route and accumulate the sense amp results vertically
      over the entire SRAM core. To reduce the required pitch of the additional
      metal layers, a sense amp muxing scheme is also provided.
PATN
WKU  059912189
SRC  9
APN  1161458
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980715
TTL  Dynamic random access memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Hoang; Huan
NDR  20
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Kushiyama; Natsuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970716
APN  9-191440
CLAS
OCL  365222
XCL  36523003
XCL  365200
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  222;230.03;200;189.07
UREF
PNO  5313423
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  365200
UREF
PNO  5691949
ISD  19971100
NAM  Hively et al.
XCL  365222
LREP
FRM  Loeb & Loeb, LLP
ABST
PAL  The case where a memory cell array comprises 1st, 2nd, . . . 2.sup.n -th
      sub-arrays is considered. In this case, when the refresh mode is started,
      a refresh counter produces an n-bit sub-array selection address signal for
      selecting the 1st, 2nd, . . . 2.sup.n -th sub-arrays one by one in order
      and a row address signal for selecting a plurality of rows in each
      sub-array one by one in order. In case a defective row including a
      retention-defective memory cell exists in the m-th (wherein m stands for
      1, 2, . . . or 2.sup.n) sub-array, the conversion of the sub-array
      selection address signal is performed and such a new sub-array selection
      address signal as to select the m-th sub-array and the k-th sub-array at
      the same time is produced when the sub-array selection address signal has
      selected the k-th (wherein k stands for 1, 2, . . . or 2.sup.n, and
      k.noteq.m) sub-array and the row address signal has become the same as the
      row address signal for selecting the defective row.
PATN
WKU  059912197
SRC  8
APN  9823395
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971202
TTL  Semiconductor memory device provided with a sense amplifier having a
      trimming capability
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Tuan T.
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Nakashima; Katsuya
CTY  Nagasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961203
APN  8-322472
CLAS
OCL  3652257
XCL  365205
XCL  365201
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  225.7;205;201
UREF
PNO  4281398
ISD  19810700
NAM  McKenny et al.
OCL  365200
UREF
PNO  5305267
ISD  19940400
NAM  Haraguchi et al.
OCL  365225.7
UREF
PNO  5434822
ISD  19950700
NAM  Deleganes et al.
OCL  365203
UREF
PNO  5596538
ISD  19970100
NAM  Joo
OCL  365225.7
LREP
FR2  Kananen; Ronald P.
     Rader, Fishman & Grauer
ABST
PAL  A sense amplifier is provided with a trimming capability to provide a
      semiconductor memory device capable of a reading operation at higher
      speeds than related-art technology. A trimming means (8) is provided for
      controlling a trimming block (7) in a sense amplifier (5) to perform a
      trimming operation. A fuse is used for the trimming means (8). The fuse is
      cut at a necessary position at any given time after fabrication, thereby
      allowing initialization for reducing the input offset of the sense
      amplifier (5).
PATN
WKU  059912200
SRC  9
APN  0370991
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980309
TTL  Software programmable write-once fuse memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXA  Auduong; Gene N.
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Freyman; Ronald Lamar
CTY  Bethlehem
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  McNeill; Bruce Walter
CTY  Allentown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Smith; Malcolm Harold
CTY  Macungie
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Weiss; Gary H.
CTY  Slatington
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  3652257
XCL  365 96
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  96;225.7;200;230.08
UREF
PNO  3976983
ISD  19760800
NAM  Moussie
OCL  365 96
UREF
PNO  4876645
ISD  19891000
NAM  Shioya et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5235335
ISD  19930800
NAM  Hester et al.
UREF
PNO  5299152
ISD  19940300
NAM  Ishihara et al.
OCL  365 96
UREF
PNO  5353028
ISD  19941000
NAM  de Wit et al.
UREF
PNO  5566107
ISD  19961000
NAM  Gilliam
OCL  365225.7
UREF
PNO  5610865
ISD  19970300
NAM  Shin et al.
OCL  365225.7
UREF
PNO  5619469
ISD  19970400
NAM  Joo
OCL  365225.7
UREF
PNO  5636172
ISD  19970600
NAM  Prall et al.
OCL  365225.7
UREF
PNO  5703824
ISD  19971200
NAM  Isa
OCL  365225.7
UREF
PNO  5712588
ISD  19980100
NAM  Cjoi et al.
OCL  365 96
UREF
PNO  5768288
ISD  19980600
NAM  Jones
OCL  371 22.2
UREF
PNO  5838620
ISD  19981100
NAM  Zager et al.
OCL  365225.7
UREF
PNO  5862007
ISD  19981200
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  365225.7
UREF
PNO  5867087
ISD  19990100
NAM  Lee
OCL  365225.7
OREF
PAL  de Wit et al., "A Low-Power 12-b Analog-to-Digital Converter with On-Chip
      Precision Trimming,", IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, vol. 38, No.
      4, Apr. 1993.
PAL  Vance, "Post-package trim increases IC reliability," Electronic Engineering
      Times, (Sep. 1997).
PAL  Robinson, "PROM fuse design scales to sub-0.25 micron," Electronic
      Engineering Times, (Sep. 1997).
ABST
PAL  Blowable fuses on an integrated circuit are programmed in software,
      responsive to the control of an addressable memory which communicates with
      the peripheral data bus of a digital processor to allow increased
      flexibility of the programming operation, and to allow for correction both
      during the manufacturing process and after packaging of the manufactured
      integrated circuit. In a preferred embodiment, the fuses are operated
      (i.e., blown) responsive to transistor switching elements present on the
      integrated circuit and which are controlled by the addressable memory. The
      switching elements, and the associated fuses, can be accessed through
      software in similar fashion to any other peripheral device. The preferred
      addressable memory includes an instruction register and a data register,
      which are loaded from and write to the peripheral data bus. Internally,
      the data register includes an array of registers corresponding to the fuse
      links with which the system is associated. Data words in the registers are
      written from or read to the data register tinder the control of
      instructions in the instruction register, and the fuses are then blown
      serially, by reference to the data in the registers.
PATN
WKU  059912219
SRC  9
APN  0163007
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980130
TTL  Microcomputer and microprocessor having flash memory operable from
      single external power supply
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXA  Lam; David
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  29
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Ishikawa; Eiichi
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Saito; Yasuyuki
CTY  Kodaira
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sato; Masanao
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yada; Naoki
CTY  Sayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsubara; Kiyoshi
CTY  Higashimurayama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  365226
XCL  36518906
XCL  36518909
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  226;185.01;189.06;189.11;189.09
UREF
PNO  5444664
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kuroda et al.
OCL  365226
UREF
PNO  5537073
ISD  19960700
NAM  Arimoto
OCL  327546
FREF
PNO  2-307259
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-18408
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  A microcomputer incorporating a flash memory which is erased and programmed
      electrically in a stable manner within a relatively wide range of external
      power supply voltages including those for low-voltage operations. The
      microcomputer comprises a voltage clamp unit including a reference voltage
      generating circuit and a constant voltage generating circuit. In
      operation, the voltage clamp unit generates a voltage of a low dependency
      on a supply voltage and clamps the generated voltage to a voltage level
      which, within a tolerable range, is lower than a single supply voltage
      externally furnished. This prevents voltages boosted by boosting circuits
      operating on the clamped voltage, i.e., programming and erasure voltages,
      from being dependent on the externally supplied voltage.
PATN
WKU  059912227
SRC  9
APN  0010049
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971230
TTL  Method for writing and searching on a tape for a digital signal writing
      and reproducing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Fears; Terrell W.
NDR  9
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Lee; Sang-Mun
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Doo-Hee
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961231
APN  96-79277
CLAS
OCL  36523001
XCL  36523003
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 1300
FSC  365
FSS  244;230.01;230.03;230.05;230.08
FSC  369
FSS  32;47
UREF
PNO  5546368
ISD  19960800
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  369 32
ABST
PAL  A method of writing and searching index data for a DVCR is disclosed. The
      method of writing index data for a DVCR includes the steps of writing a
      program number and performing a program writing at a position of a program
      start mark of a current program if a program writing command is input in
      the course of viewing a program, determining whether or not there is a
      program start mark of a program erased in the course of performing the
      program writing, writing a program end mark and index data if there is the
      program start mark of the erased program, and writing a program start mark
      of a next program. The method of searching index data for a DVCR includes
      the steps of displaying index data if an index reproduction key is input,
      searching and reproducing a program selected by a user among the displayed
      index data, and ejecting a tape after writing a new index data by moving
      the tape to a program end mark of a current program if an ejection key is
      input. The method of writing and searching index data for a DVCR has an
      advantage that it is easy to search a newly written program, in case that
      a new program is written on a program already written on the tape.
PATN
WKU  059912235
SRC  9
APN  0612545
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980417
TTL  Synchronous semiconductor memory device operable in a burst mode
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Vu A.
NDR  20
NFG  38
INVT
NAM  Kozaru; Kunihiko
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohbayashi; Shigeki
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971125
APN  9-323447
CLAS
OCL  36523003
XCL  365233
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  365
FSS  230.03;233;238.5;230.01
UREF
PNO  5619456
ISD  19970400
NAM  McClure
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5822254
ISD  19981000
NAM  Koshikawa et al.
OCL  365233
OREF
PAL  "A 167MHz 1-Mbit CMOS Synchronous Cache SRAM", H. Yahata et al., IEICE
      Transaction on Electronics, vol. E80-C, No. 4, Apr. 1997, pp. 557-565.
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  Predetermined bits of an address signal taken into an address register are
      taken into a burst address counter and are changed in synchronization with
      a clock signal. The address bits from the burst address counter are
      applied to a block decoder for selecting a memory sub-array from the
      plurality of memory sub-arrays. A block address and the memory sub-array
      to be selected change at every clock cycle. An operation frequency of data
      read circuits provided for the respective memory sub-arrays can be made
      lower than a frequency of the clock signal. Memory cell data can be read
      out accurately even in a high-frequency operation.
PATN
WKU  059912243
SRC  9
APN  0841277
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980522
TTL  Global wire management apparatus and method for a multiple-port random
      access memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  13
EXP  Nguyen; Tan T.
NDR  15
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Aipperspach; Anthony Gus
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Freiburger; Peter Thomas
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Paulson; Peder James
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  36523005
XCL  365 63
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  800
FSC  365
FSS  230.05;63;52;230.06
UREF
PNO  4627030
ISD  19861200
NAM  Barber
OCL  365189
UREF
PNO  4893280
ISD  19900100
NAM  Gelsomini et al.
OCL  365230.05
UREF
PNO  4933899
ISD  19900600
NAM  Gibbs
OCL  365230.05
UREF
PNO  5216636
ISD  19930600
NAM  Runaldue
OCL  365230.05
UREF
PNO  5430685
ISD  19950700
NAM  Nakada
OCL  365230.05
UREF
PNO  5544122
ISD  19960800
NAM  Mizukami et al.
OCL  365230.05
UREF
PNO  5790883
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sugita
OCL  365230.05
UREF
PNO  5866919
ISD  19990300
NAM  Morikawa et al.
OCL  365 63
UREF
PNO  5877976
ISD  19990300
NAM  Lattimore et al.
OCL  365 63
LREP
FR2  Hollingsworth; Mark A.
ABST
PAL  A global wire management apparatus and method for a multiple port random
      access memory (RAM) is disclosed. The RAM includes an array of stacked
      dual memory cell structures each including a common row/column decoder
      disposed between an upper memory cell and lower memory cell. The upper
      memory cell is situated adjacent upper transfer gate circuitry, and the
      lower memory cell is situated adjacent lower transfer gate circuitry. The
      decoder circuit is oriented vertically in the middle of the dual memory
      cell structure so that the true and complement decoder outputs may be fed
      upwards and downwards to the upper and lower transfer gate circuits.
      Wiring of the upper and lower transfer gate circuits may be effected
      completely at the local interconnect layer. Each of the write ports of the
      common decoder includes a NAND gate, an inverter, and a transfer gate for
      each of the upper and lower memory cells for controlling the transfer of
      data to the upper and lower memory cells. The disclosed global wiring
      management methodology provides an approach for reducing the number of
      global interconnect wires in a multiple port random access memory cell by
      sharing various wiring channels between memory cells. Such an approach
      allows a number of the memory cell global signal interconnects to be moved
      from the global wiring plane to the local wiring plane.
PATN
WKU  059912251
SRC  9
APN  0316210
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980227
TTL  Programmable memory address decode array with vertical transistors
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Tan T.
NDR  17
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Forbes; Leonard
CTY  Corvallis
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Noble; Wendell P.
CTY  Milton
STA  VT
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Bosie
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  36523006
XCL  36523002
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  800
FSC  365
FSS  230.06;230.02;185.05;185.1
FSC  257
FSS  314;315;316;317;318;319
UREF
PNO  4051354
ISD  19770900
NAM  Choate
OCL  235312
UREF
PNO  4604162
ISD  19860800
NAM  Sobczak
OCL  156657
UREF
PNO  4663831
ISD  19870500
NAM  Birrittella et al.
OCL   29576E
UREF
PNO  4673962
ISD  19870600
NAM  Chatterjee et al.
OCL  357 23.6
UREF
PNO  4761768
ISD  19880800
NAM  Turner et al.
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  4766569
ISD  19880800
NAM  Turner et al.
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  4920065
ISD  19900400
NAM  Chin et al.
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  4958318
ISD  19900900
NAM  Harari
OCL  365149
UREF
PNO  4962327
ISD  19901000
NAM  Iwazaki
OCL  365230.06
UREF
PNO  4987089
ISD  19910100
NAM  Roberts
OCL  437 34
UREF
PNO  5001526
ISD  19910300
NAM  Gotou
OCL  357 23.6
UREF
PNO  5006909
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kosa
OCL  357 23.6
UREF
PNO  5017504
ISD  19910500
NAM  Nishimuro et al.
OCL  437 40
UREF
PNO  5021355
ISD  19910600
NAM  Dhong et al.
OCL  437 35
UREF
PNO  5028977
ISD  19910700
NAM  Kenneth et al.
OCL  357 43
UREF
PNO  5057896
ISD  19911000
NAM  Gotou
OCL  357 49
UREF
PNO  5072269
ISD  19911200
NAM  Hieda
OCL  357232.6
UREF
PNO  5102817
ISD  19920400
NAM  Chatterjee et al.
OCL  437 47
UREF
PNO  5110752
ISD  19920500
NAM  Lu
OCL  437 47
UREF
PNO  5156987
ISD  19921000
NAM  Sandhu et al.
OCL  437 40
UREF
PNO  5177028
ISD  19930100
NAM  Manning
OCL  437 41
UREF
PNO  5177576
ISD  19930100
NAM  Kimura et al.
OCL  257 71
UREF
PNO  5182727
ISD  19930100
NAM  McFalls, Jr. et al.
OCL  365230.06
UREF
PNO  5202278
ISD  19930400
NAM  Mathews et al.
OCL  437 47
UREF
PNO  5208657
ISD  19930500
NAM  Chatterjee et al.
OCL  257302
UREF
PNO  5216266
ISD  19930600
NAM  Ozaki
OCL  257302
UREF
PNO  5223081
ISD  19930600
NAM  Doan
OCL  156628
UREF
PNO  5266514
ISD  19931100
NAM  Tuan et al.
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5274278
ISD  19931200
NAM  Bauer et al.
OCL  365230.06
UREF
PNO  5316962
ISD  19940500
NAM  Matsuo et al.
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5320880
ISD  19940600
NAM  Sandhu et al.
OCL  427578
UREF
PNO  5327380
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kersh, III et al.
OCL  365195
UREF
PNO  5376575
ISD  19941200
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5391911
ISD  19950200
NAM  Beyer et al.
OCL  257522
UREF
PNO  5392245
ISD  19950200
NAM  Manning
OCL  365200
UREF
PNO  5393704
ISD  19950200
NAM  Huang et al.
OCL  437203
UREF
PNO  5396093
ISD  19950300
NAM  Lu
OCL  257306
UREF
PNO  5410169
ISD  19950400
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  257301
UREF
PNO  5414287
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hong
OCL  257316
UREF
PNO  5422499
ISD  19950600
NAM  Manning
OCL  257 67
UREF
PNO  5427972
ISD  19950600
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5432739
ISD  19950700
NAM  Pein
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5438009
ISD  19950800
NAM  Yang et al.
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5440158
ISD  19950800
NAM  Sung-Mu
OCL  257314
UREF
PNO  5445986
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hirota
OCL  437 60
UREF
PNO  5460316
ISD  19951000
NAM  Hefele
OCL  228 39
UREF
PNO  5460988
ISD  19951000
NAM  Hong
OCL  437 43
UREF
PNO  5466625
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hsieh et al.
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5483094
ISD  19960100
NAM  Sharma et al.
OCL  257316
UREF
PNO  5483487
ISD  19960100
NAM  Sung-Mu
OCL  365185.33
UREF
PNO  5492853
ISD  19960200
NAM  Jeng et al.
OCL  437 60
UREF
PNO  5495441
ISD  19960200
NAM  Hong
OCL  365185.01
UREF
PNO  5497017
ISD  19960300
NAM  Gonzales
OCL  257306
UREF
PNO  5504357
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  257306
UREF
PNO  5508219
ISD  19960400
NAM  Bronner et al.
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5508542
ISD  19960400
NAM  Geiss et al.
OCL  257301
UREF
PNO  5519236
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ozaki
OCL  257302
UREF
PNO  5528062
ISD  19960600
NAM  Hsieh et al.
OCL  257298
UREF
PNO  5563083
ISD  19961000
NAM  Pein
OCL  437 43
UREF
PNO  5574299
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kim
OCL  257296
UREF
PNO  5577003
ISD  19961100
NAM  Fuji
OCL  365230.06
UREF
PNO  5593912
ISD  19970100
NAM  Rajeevakumar
OCL  437 52
UREF
PNO  5616934
ISD  19970400
NAM  Dennison et al.
OCL  257 67
UREF
PNO  5640342
ISD  19970600
NAM  Gonzalez
OCL  365156
UREF
PNO  5644540
ISD  19970700
NAM  Manning
OCL  365200
UREF
PNO  5646900
ISD  19970700
NAM  Tsukude et al.
OCL  365205
UREF
PNO  5691230
ISD  19971100
NAM  Forbes
OCL  437 62
UREF
PNO  5705415
ISD  19980100
NAM  Orlowski et al.
OCL  437 43
FREF
PNO  363066963A
ISD  19880300
CNT  JPX
OCL  257305
OREF
PAL  Hodges, D.A., et al., "MOS Decoders", In: Analysis and Design of Digital
      Integrated Circuits, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, 354-357,
      (1988).
PAL  Pein, H., et al., "Performance of the 3-D Pencil Flash EPROM Cell and
      Memory Array", IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, 42, 1982-1991,
      (Nov., 1995).
PAL  Pein, H.B., et al., "Performance of the 3-D Sidewall Flash EPROM Cell",
      IEEE International Electron Devices Meeting, Technical Digest, 11-14,
      (1993).
PAL  Takato, H., et al., "High Performance CMOS Surrounding Gate Transistor
      (SGT) for Ultra High Density LSIs", 1988 IEEE International Electron
      Devices Meeting, Technical Digest, 222-225, (1988).
PAL  Terauchi, M., et al., "A Surrounding Gate Transistor (SGT) Gain Cell for
      Ultra High Density DRAMs", 1993 Symposium on VLSI Technology, Digest of
      Technical Papers, Kyoto, Japan, 21-22, (1993).
PAL  Adler, E., et al., "The Evolution of IBM CMOS DRAM Technology", IBM Journal
      of Research and Development, 39, 167-188, (Jan./Mar., 1995).
PAL  Asai, S., et al., "Technology Challenges for Integration Near and Below 0.1
      .mu.m", Proceedings of the IEEE, 85, Special Issue on Nanometer-Scale
      Science & Technology, 505-520, (Apr. 1997).
PAL  Banerjee, S.K., et al., "Characterization of Trench Transistors for 3-D
      Memories", 1986 Symposium on VLSI Technology, Digest of Technical Papers,
      San Diego, CA, 79-80, (May 28-30, 1986).
PAL  Blalock, T.N., et al., "A High-Speed Sensing Scheme for 1T Dynamic RAM's
      Utilizing the Clamped Bit-Line Sense Amplifier", IEEE Journal of
      Solid-State Circuits, 27, 618-625, (Apr. 1992).
PAL  Bomchil, G., et al., "Porous Silicon: The Material and its Applications in
      Silicon-On-Insulator Technologies", Applied Surface Science, 41/42,
      604-613, (1989).
PAL  Burnett, D., et al., "Implications of Fundamental Threshold Voltage
      Variations for High-Density SRAM and Logic Circuits", 1994 Symposium on
      VLSI Technology, Digest of Technical Papers, Honolulu, HI, 15-16, (Jun.
      4-7, 1994).
PAL  Burnett, D., et al., "Statistical Threshold-Voltage Variation and its
      Impact on Supply-Voltage Scaling", SPIE, 2636, 83-90, (1995).
PAL  Chen, M.J., et al., "Back-Gate Forward Bias Method for Low-Voltage CMOS
      Digital Cicuits", IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, 43, 904-909,
      (Jun. 1986).
PAL  Chen, M.J., et al., "Optimizing the Match in Weakly Inverted MOSFET's by
      Gated Lateral Bipolar Action", IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, 43,
      766-773, (May 1996).
PAL  Chung, I.Y., et al., "A New SOI Inverter for Low Power Applications",
      Proceedings of the 1996 IEEE International SOI Conference, Sanibel Island,
      FL, 20-21, (Sep. 30-Oct. 3, 1996).
PAL  De, V.K., et al., "Random MOSFET Parameter Fluctuation Limits to Gigascale
      Integration (GSI)", 1996 Symposium on VLSI Technology, Digest of Technical
      Papers, Honolulu, HI, 198-199, (Jun. 11-13, 1996).
PAL  Denton, J.P., et al., "Fully Depleted Dual-Gated Thin-Film SOI P-MOSFET's
      Fabricated in SOI Islands with an Isolated Buried Polysilicon Backgate",
      IEEE Electron Device Letters, 17, 509-511, (Nov. 1996).
PAL  Fong, Y., et al., "Oxides Grown on Textured Single-Crystal
      Silicon--Dependence on Process and Application in EEPROMs", IEEE
      Transactions on Electron Devices, 37, 583-590, (Mar. 1990).
PAL  Fuse, T., et al., "A 0.5V 200MHz 1-Stage 32b ALU Using a Body Bias
      Controlled SOI Pass-Gate Logic", 1997 IEEE International Solid-State
      Circuits Conference, Digest of Technical Papers, 286-287, (1997).
PAL  Gong, S., et al., "Techniques for Reducing Switching Noise in High Speed
      Digital Systems", Proceedings of the 8th Annual IEEE International ASIC
      Conference and Exhibit, 21-24, (1995).
PAL  Hao, M.Y., et al., "Electrical Characteristics of Oxynitrides Grown on
      Textured Single-Crystal Silicon", Appl. Phys. Lett., 60, 445-447, (Jan.
      1992).
PAL  Harada, M., et al., "Suppression of Threshold Voltage Variation in
      MTCMOS/SIMOX Circuit Operating Below 0.5 V", 1996 Symposium on VLSI
      Technology, Digest of Technical Papers, Honolulu, HI, 96-97, (Jun. 11-13,
      1996).
PAL  Hisamoto, D., et al., "A New Stacked Cell Structure for Giga-Bit DRAMs
      using Vertical Ultra-Thin SOI (DELTA) MOSFETs", 1991 IEEE International
      Electron Devices Meeting, Technical Digest, Washington, D.C., 959-961,
      (Dec. 8-11, 1991).
PAL  Holman, W.T., et al., "A Compact Low Noise Operational Amplifier for a 1.2
      .mu.m Digital CMOS Technology", IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, 30,
      710-714, (Jun. 1995).
PAL  Hu, G., et al., "Will Flash Memory Replace Hard Disk Drive?", 1994 IEEE
      International Electron Device Meeting, Panel Discussion, Session 24,
      Outline, 1 p., (Dec. 13, 1994).
PAL  Huang, W.L., et al., "TFSOI Complementary BiCMOS Technology for Low Power
      Applications", IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, 42, 506-512, (Mar.
      1995).
PAL  Jun, Y.K., et al., "The Fabrication and Electrical Properties of Modulated
      Stacked Capacitor for Advanced DRAM Applications", IEEE Electron Device
      Letters, 13, 430-432, (Aug. 1992).
PAL  Jung, T.S., et al., "A 117-mm.sup.2 3.3-V Only 128-Mb Multilevel NAND Flash
      Memory for Mass Storage Applications", IEEE Journal of Solid-State
      Circuits, 31, 1575-1582, (Nov. 1996).
PAL  Kang, H.K., et al., "Highly Manufacturable Process Technology for Reliable
      256 Mbit and 1Gbit DRAMs", IEEE International Electron Devices Meeting,
      Technical Digest, San Francisco, CA, 635-638, (Dec. 11-14, 1994).
PAL  Kim, Y.S., et al., "A Study on Pyrolysis DMEAA for Selective Deposition of
      Aluminum", In: Advanced Metallization and Interconnect Systems for ULSI
      Applications in 1995, R.C. Ellwanger, et al., (eds.), Materials Research
      Society, Pittsburgh, PA, 675-680, (1996).
PAL  Kishimoto, T., et al., "Well Structure by High-Energy Boron Implantation
      for Soft-Error Reduction in Dynamic Random Access Memories (DRAMs)",
      Japanese Journal of Applied Physics, 34, 6899-6902, (Dec. 1995).
PAL  Kohyama, Y., et al., "Buried Bit-Line Cell for 64MB DRAMs", 1990 Symposium
      on VLSI Technology, Digest of Technical Papers, Honolulu, HI, 17-18, (Jun.
      4-7, 1990).
PAL  Koshida, N., et al., "Efficient Visible Photoluminescence from Porous
      Silicon", Japanese Journal of Applied Physics, 30, L1221-L1223, (Jul.
      1991).
PAL  Kuge, S., et al., "SOI-DRAM Circuit Technologies for Low Power High Speed
      Multigiga Scale Memories", IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, 31,
      586-591, (Apr. 1996).
PAL  Lantz, II, L., "Soft Errors Induced By Alpha Particles", IEEE Transactions
      on Reliability, 45, 174-179, (Jun. 1996).
PAL  Lehmann, V., "The Physics of Macropore Formation in Low Doped n-Type
      Silicon", J. Electrochem. Soc., 140, 2836-2843, (Oct. 1993).
PAL  Lu, N., et al., "The SPT Cell--A New Substrate-Plate Trench Cell for
      DRAMs", 1985 IEEE International Electron Devices Meeting, Technical
      Digest, Washington, D.C., 771-772, (Dec. 1-4, 1985).
PAL  MacSweeney, D., et al., "Modelling of Lateral Bipolar Devices in a CMOS
      Process", IEEE Bipolar Circuits and Technology Meeting, Minneapolis, MN,
      27-30, (Sep. 1996).
PAL  Maeda, S., et al., "A Vertical .PHI.-Shape Transistor (V.PHI.T) Cell for 1
      Gbit DRAM and Beyond", 1994 Symposium of VLSI Technology, Digest of
      Technical Papers, Honolulu, HI, 133-134, (Jun. 7-9, 1994).
PAL  Maeda, S., et al., "Impact of a Vertical .PHI.-Shape Transistor (V.PHI.T)
      Cell for 1 Gbit DRAM and Beyond", IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices,
      42, 2117-2123, (Dec. 1995).
PAL  Malaviya, S., IBM TBD, 15, p. 42, (Jul. 1972).
PAL  Nitayama, A., et al., "High Speed and Compact CMOS Circuits with
      Multipillar Surrounding Gate Transistors", IEEE Transactions on Electron
      Devices, 36, 2605-2606, (Nov. 1989).
PAL  Ohno, Y., et al., "Estimation of the Charge Collection for the Soft-Error
      Immunity by the 3D-Device Simulation and the Quantitative Investigation",
      Simulation of Semiconductor Devices and Processes, 6, 302-305, (Sep.
      1995).
PAL  Oowaki, Y., et al., "New .alpha.-Particle Induced Soft Error Mechanism in a
      Three Dimensional Capacitor Cell", IEICE Transactions on Electronics,
      78-C, 845-851, (Jul. 1995).
PAL  Oshida, S., et al., "Minority Carrier Collection in 256 M-bit DRAM Cell on
      Incidence of Alpha-Particle Analyzed by Three-Dimensional Device
      Simulation", IEICE Transactions on Electronics, 76-C, 1604-1610, (Nov.
      1993).
PAL  Ozaki, T., et al., "A Surrounding Isolation-Merged Plate Electrode (SIMPLE)
      Cell with Checkered Layout for 256Mbit DRAMs and Beyond", 1991 IEEE
      International Electron Devices Meeting, Washington, D.C., 469-472, (Dec.
      8-11, 1991).
PAL  Parke, S.A., et al., "A High-Performance Lateral Bipolar Transistor
      Fabricated on SIMOX", IEEE Electron Device Letters, 14, 33-35, (Jan.
      1993).
PAL  Pein, H., et al., "A 3-D Sidewall Flash EPROM Cell and Memory Array", IEEE
      Transactions on Electron Devices, 40, 2126-2127, (Nov. 1993).
PAL  Rao, K.V., et al., "Trench Capacitor Design Issues in VLSI DRAM Cells",
      1986 IEEE International Electron Devices Meeting, Technical Digest, Los
      Angeles, CA, 140-143, (Dec. 7-10, 1986).
PAL  Richardson, W.F., et al., "A Trench Transistor Cross-Point DRAM Cell", 1985
      IEEE International Electron Devices Meeting, Washington, D.C., 714-717,
      (Dec. 1-4, 1985).
PAL  Sagara, K., et al., "A 0.72 .mu.m.sup.2 Recessed STC (RSTC) Technology for
      256Mbit DRAMs using Quarter-Micron Phase-Shift Lithography", 1992
      Symposium on VLSI Technology, Digest of Technical Papers, Seattle, WA,
      10-11, (Jun. 2-4, 1992).
PAL  Saito, M., et al., "Technique for Controlling Effective Vth in Multi-Gbit
      DRAM Sense Amplifier", 1996 Symposium on VLSI Circuits, Digest of
      Technical Papers, Honolulu, HI, 106-107, (Jun. 13-15, 1996).
PAL  Shah, A.H., et al., "A 4-Mbit DRAM with Trench-Transistor Cell", IEEE
      Journal of Solid-State Circuits, SC-21, 618-625, (Oct. 1986).
PAL  Shah, A.H., et al., "A 4Mb DRAM with Cross-Point Trench Transistor Cell",
      1986 IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference, Digest of
      Technical Papers, 268-269, (Feb. 21, 1986).
PAL  Sherony, M.J., et al., "Reduction of Threshold Voltage Sensitivity in SOI
      MOSFET's", IEEE Electron Device Letters, 16, 100-102, (Mar. 1995).
PAL  Shimomura, K., et al., "A 1V 46ns 16Mb SOI-DRAM with Body Control
      Technique", 1997 IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference,
      Digest of Technical Papers, 68-69, (Feb. 6, 1997).
PAL  Stellwag, T.B., et al., "A Vertically-Integrated GaAs Bipolar DRAM Cell",
      IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, 38, 2704-2705, (Dec. 1991).
PAL  Suma, K., et al., "An SOI-DRAM with Wide Operating Voltage Range by
      CMOS/SIMOX Technology", IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, 29,
      1323-1329, (Nov. 1994).
PAL  Sunouchi, K., et al., "A Surrounding Gate Transistor (SGT) Cell for
      64/256Mbit DRAMs", 1989 IEEE International Electron Devices Meeting,
      Technical Digest, Washington, D.C., 23-26, (Dec. 3-6, 1989).
PAL  Sunouchi, K., et al., "Process Integration for 64M DRAM Using an
      Asymmetrical Stacked Trench Capacitor (AST) Cell", 1990 IEEE International
      Electron Devices Meeting, San Francisco, CA, 647-650, (Dec. 9-12, 1990).
PAL  Takai, M., et al., "Direct Measurement and Improvement of Local Soft Error
      Susceptibility in Dynamic Random Access Memories", Nuclear Instruments &
      Methods in Physics Research, B-99, Proceedings of the 13th International
      Conference on the Application of Accelerators in Research and Industry,
      Denton, TX, 562-565, (Nov. 7-10, 1994).
PAL  Takato, H., et al., "Impact of Surrounding Gate Transistor (SGT) for
      Ultra-High Density LSI's", IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, 38,
      573-578, (Mar. 1991).
PAL  Tanabe, N., et al., "A Ferroelectric Capacitor Over Bit-Line (F-COB) Cell
      for High Density Nonvolatile Ferroelectric Memories", 1995 Symposium on
      VLSI Technology, Digest of Technical Papers, Kyoto, Japan, 123-124, (Jun.
      6-8, 1995).
PAL  Temmler, D., "Multilayer Vertical Stacked Capacitors (MVSTC) for 64Mbit and
      256Mbit DRAMs", 1991 Symposium on VLSI Technology, Digest of Technical
      Papers, Oiso, 13-14, (May 28-30, 1991).
PAL  Tsui, P.G., et al., "A Versatile Half-Micron Complementary BiCMOS
      Technology for Microprocessor-Based Smart Power Applications", IEEE
      Transactions on Electron Devices, 42, 564-570, (Mar. 1995).
PAL  Verdonckt-Vandebroek, S., et al., "High-Gain Lateral Bipolar Action in a
      MOSFET Structure", IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, 38, 2487-2496,
      (Nov. 1991).
PAL  Wang, N., Digital MOS Integrated Circuits, Prentice Hall, Inc. , Englewood
      Cliffs, NJ, p. 328-333, (1989).
PAL  Wang, P.W., et al., "Excellent Emission Characteristics of Tunneling Oxides
      Formed Using Ultrathin Silicon Films for Flash Memory Devices", Japanese
      Journal of Applied Physics, 35, 3369-3373, (Jun. 1996).
PAL  Watanabe, H., et al., "A New Cylindrical Capacitor Using Hemispherical
      Grained Si (HSG-Si) for 256Mb DRAMs", IEEE International Electron Devices
      Meeting, Technical Digest, San Francisco, CA, 259-262, (Dec. 13-16, 1992).
PAL  Watanabe, H., et al., "A Novel Stacked Capacitor with Porous-Si Electrodes
      for High Density DRAMs", 1993 Symposium on VLSI Technology, Digest of
      Technical Papers, Kyoto, Japan, 17-18, (1993).
PAL  Watanabe, H., et al., "An Advanced Fabrication Technology of Hemispherical
      Grained (HSG) Poly-Si for High Capacitance Storage Electrodes", Extended
      Abstracts of the 1991 International Conference on Solid State Devices and
      Materials, Yokohama, Japan, 478-480, (1991).
PAL  Watanabe, H., et al., "Device Application and Structure Observation for
      Hemispherical-Grained Si", J. Appl. Phys., 71, 3538-3543, (Apr. 1992).
PAL  Watanabe, H., et al., "Hemispherical Grained Silicon (HSG-Si) Formation on
      In-Situ Phosphorous Doped Amorphous-Si Using the Seeding Method", Extended
      Abstracts of the 1992 International Conference on Solid State Devices and
      Materials, Tsukuba, Japan, 422-424, (1992).
PAL  Watanabe, S., et al., "A Novel Circuit Technology with Surrounding Gate
      Transistors (SGT's) for Ultra High Density DRAM's", IEEE Journal of
      Solid-State Circuits, 30, 960-971, (Sep. 1995).
PAL  Yamada, T., et al., "A New Cell Structure with a Spread Source/Drain (SSD)
      MOSFET and a Cylindrical Capacitor for 64-Mb DRAM's", IEEE Transactions on
      Electron Devices, 38, 2481-2486, (Nov. 1991).
PAL  Yamada, T., et al., "Spread Source/Drain (SSD) MOSFET Using Selective
      Silicon Growth for 64Mbit DRAMs", 1989 IEEE International Electron Devices
      Meeting, Technical Digest, Washington, D.C., 35-38, (Dec. 3-6, 1989).
PAL  Yoshikawa, K., "Impact of Cell Threshold Voltage Distribution in the Array
      of Flash Memories on Scaled and Multilevel Flash Cell Design", 1996
      Symposium on VLSI Technology, Digest of Technical Papers, Honolulu, HI,
      240-241, (Jun. 11-13, 1996).
LREP
FRM  Schwegan, Lundberg Woessner & Kluth P.A.
ABST
PAL  A programmable memory address decode array with vertical transistors having
      single or split control lines is used to select only functional lines in a
      memory array. The transistor is a field-effect transistor (FET) having an
      electrically isolated (floating) gate that controls electrical conduction
      between source regions and drain regions. If a particular floating gate is
      charged with stored electrons, then the transistor will not turn on and
      will act as the absence of a transistor at this location in a logic array
      within the decoder. The decoder is programmed at memory test to select an
      output line responsive to the bits received via the address input lines. A
      logic array includes densely packed logic cells, each logic cell having a
      semiconductor pillar providing shared source and drain regions for two
      vertical floating gate transistors that have individual floating gates and
      control lines distributed on opposing sides of the pillar. The control
      lines are formed together with interconnecting address input lines. The
      source regions share a common ground while the drain regions are connected
      to the output lines. Both bulk semiconductor and silicon-on-insulator
      embodiments are provided. If a floating gate transistor is used to
      represent a logic function, an area of only 2F.sup.2 is needed per bit of
      logic, where F is the minimum lithographic feature size.
PATN
WKU  059912260
SRC  8
APN  9959912
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971222
TTL  Address counter cell
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Hien
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Bhullar; Gurpreet
CTY  Nepean
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Mosaid Technologies Incorporated
CTY  Kanata
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19971128
APN  2223119
CLAS
OCL  36523008
XCL  36518905
XCL  365233
XCL  3652335
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  800
FSC  365
FSS  236;189.05;230.08;233;233.5
FSC  327
FSS  202;208
UREF
PNO  5161120
ISD  19921100
NAM  Kajimoto et al.
OCL  365189.05
UREF
PNO  5285421
ISD  19940200
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  365230.04
UREF
PNO  5521878
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ohtani et al.
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5586081
ISD  19961200
NAM  Mills et al.
OCL  365230.08
UREF
PNO  5657481
ISD  19970800
NAM  Farmwald et al.
OCL  395551
UREF
PNO  5675549
ISD  19971000
NAM  Ong et al.
OCL  365233.5
UREF
PNO  5684752
ISD  19971100
NAM  Mills et al.
OCL  365230.03
UREF
PNO  5708622
ISD  19980100
NAM  Ohtani et al.
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5896341
ISD  19990400
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  365230.06
LREP
FRM  Pascal & Associates
ABST
PAL  An address counter cell for use in burst mode operation in a synchronous
      DRAM is described which, in response to a falling edge of a system clock,
      simultaneously loads address inputs into an external address master latch
      and an internal address master latch, and further enables a multiplexer to
      select between the external and internal address inputs. In response to a
      subsequent rising edge of the system clock, the selected address input is
      then loaded into a low-output-load capacitance slave latch and is further
      provided to complementary output nodes. The signal from one of the output
      nodes is also fedback to circuitry for incrementing the selected address
      internally for subsequent clock cycles remaining in the burst mode
      operation. Once the initial address of the burst operation has thusly been
      entered, for the remainder of the burst mode, the multiplexer selects the
      address loaded into the internal address master latch and operates as an
      edge-triggered flip/flop with the master latch accepting an incremented
      address in response to the falling edge of the system clock and with the
      slave latch loading and outputting the incremented address in response to
      the rising edge of the system clock. During a standby mode, circuitry is
      provided for disabling the counter cell and ensuring that the output nodes
      are stable and disabled.
PATN
WKU  059912278
SRC  9
APN  1081721
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980701
TTL  Clock sync latch circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Hien
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Park; Jin Nam
CTY  Kyoungki-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Hyundai Electronics Industries Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyoungki-Do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970630
APN  97-30214
CLAS
OCL  36523008
XCL  36518905
XCL  365233
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  800
FSC  365
FSS  230.08;189.05;190;233
UREF
PNO  4797574
ISD  19890100
NAM  Okubo et al.
OCL  307269
UREF
PNO  4916670
ISD  19900400
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  356233
UREF
PNO  5191239
ISD  19930300
NAM  Rogers
OCL  307445
UREF
PNO  5321399
ISD  19940600
NAM  Notani et al.
OCL  341100
UREF
PNO  5619157
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kumata et al.
OCL  327203
UREF
PNO  5726950
ISD  19980300
NAM  Okamoto et al.
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5781499
ISD  19980700
NAM  Koshikawa
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5856941
ISD  19990100
NAM  Keyse et al.
OCL  365154
LREP
FRM  Thelen Reid & Priest LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention discloses a latch circuit used when latching an
      address signal or a control signal of a semiconductor memory device. In
      particular, the present invention discloses a clock sync latch circuit
      which is separately implemented to input two input signals having opposite
      polarities so that respective outputs corresponding to the two inputs can
      be outputted from each of the rising and falling edges of one clock
      signal. Therefore, though a skew occurs when a memory chip operates at
      high frequency, the number of collision between the data according to the
      clock signal can be prevented since it is synchronized by the same clock
      signal, thus preventing a malfunction of the memory chip. Also, it can
      obtain a large margin in the design area since only a single latch circuit
      can be employed.
PATN
WKU  059912286
SRC  9
APN  1540971
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980916
TTL  Semiconductor memory device having improved data output circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Auduong; Gene N
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Pyeon; Hong Beom
CTY  Chungcheongbuk-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Semicon Co., Ltd.
CTY  Chungcheongbuk-Do
CNT  KPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19980204
APN  98-3065
CLAS
OCL  36523008
XCL  365194
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  800
FSC  365
FSS  193;189.01;189.05;194;203;230.08;233.5
UREF
PNO  4794567
ISD  19881200
NAM  Akatsuka
OCL  365189.05
UREF
PNO  4894803
ISD  19900100
NAM  Aizaki
OCL  365189.05
UREF
PNO  5353423
ISD  19941000
NAM  Hamid et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5526320
ISD  19960600
NAM  Zagar et al.
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5673270
ISD  19970900
NAM  Tsujimoto
OCL  365230.08
UREF
PNO  5815437
ISD  19980900
NAM  Pascucci et al.
OCL  365189.05
UREF
PNO  5831908
ISD  19981100
NAM  Tsuji
OCL  365189.05
UREF
PNO  5883851
ISD  19990300
NAM  Lee
OCL  365193
UREF
PNO  5889707
ISD  19990300
NAM  Yang
OCL  365189.05
LREP
FRM  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
ABST
PAL  A data out circuit of a DRAM includes a normal operation determining part
      receiving a RASB (row address strobe bar) and a CASB (column address
      strobe bar) to determine whether a normal operation or an abnormal
      operation to be performed, a write/read determining part determining
      whether a read operation or a write operation to be performed, a first
      delaying part generating an OEC (out enable control) signal to delay a DOE
      (data output enable) generation signal, a controlling part outputting an
      EQSWB (equalizer switch bar) to control the DOE to transit only a first
      transit of the CASB, and a switching part receiving signals from the first
      delaying part and the controlling part, and switching the DOE, and a DOE
      generating part receiving signals from the normal operation recognizing
      part and the write/read determining part, and the switching part to
      generate the DOE signal outputting only a valid data.
PATN
WKU  059912294
SRC  9
APN  0040002
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980108
TTL  Internal clock generation circuit for synchronous semiconductor device
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Lam; David
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kim; Eun-cheol
CTY  Osan-shi
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Park; Hee-choul
CTY  Sungnam-shi
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics, Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970108
APN  97-278
CLAS
OCL  365233
XCL  36523008
XCL  3652335
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  800
FSC  365
FSS  233;230.08;233.5;240;205
UREF
PNO  5521878
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ohtani et al.
OCL  365230.08
UREF
PNO  5612926
ISD  19970300
NAM  Yazawa et al.
OCL  365233
LREP
FRM  Marger Johnson & McCollom, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A synchronous semiconductor device being operated in synchronism with an
      external clock signal includes an internal clock controller and an
      internal clock generator. The internal clock controller is responsive to
      an externally applied signal indicative of a beginning of an operation and
      generates an internal control signal in synchronism with the external
      clock signal. The internal control signal is only activated for a
      predetermined time interval long enough to carry out the operation. The
      internal clock generator serves to generate an internal clock signal
      synchronized with the external clock signal while the internal control
      signal is activated. An internal buffer circuit is operated in synchronism
      with the internal clock signal. Accordingly, power consumption can be
      reduced while in a standby mode.
PATN
WKU  059912308
SRC  9
APN  0440930
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980319
TTL  Synchronous random access memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Hien
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Urakawa; Yukihiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970319
APN  P9-066742
CLAS
OCL  365233
XCL  36518905
XCL  36523003
XCL  36523005
XCL  36523009
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  800
FSC  365
FSS  233;230.03;230.05;189.05;203;230.08;230.09
UREF
PNO  5323358
ISD  19940600
NAM  Toda et al.
OCL  365230.09
UREF
PNO  5384745
ISD  19950100
NAM  Konishi et al.
OCL  365230.03
UREF
PNO  5390149
ISD  19950200
NAM  Vogley et al.
OCL  365189.01
UREF
PNO  5594704
ISD  19970100
NAM  Konishi et al.
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5689473
ISD  19971100
NAM  Toda
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5812488
ISD  19980900
NAM  Zagar et al.
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5818793
ISD  19981000
NAM  Toda et al.
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5867446
ISD  19990200
NAM  Konishi et al.
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5872742
ISD  19990200
NAM  Kengeri et al.
OCL  365233
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  In a synchronous random access memory, a data readout period, a data
      writein period, and a precharge period (or a reset period) are performed
      in order under the control of a control circuit 10, and the synchronous
      random access memory operates so that the executions of the data readout
      operation and the data writein operation are not overlapped under the
      control of the control circuit 10 comprising a sense amplifier activation
      generation circuit 11, a writein control signal generation circuit 12, and
      a reset signal generation circuit 13.
PATN
WKU  059912316
SRC  9
APN  1328247
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980812
TTL  Semiconductor memory device
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Zarabian; Amir
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Koshikawa; Yasuji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970815
APN  9-235343
CLAS
OCL  365233
XCL  365236
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  800
FSC  365
FSS  236;233;189.05;238.5
UREF
PNO  5621698
ISD  19970400
NAM  Lee
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5886553
ISD  19990300
NAM  Matsui
OCL  327166
FREF
PNO  61-148692
ISD  19860700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-76566
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-45068
ISD  19950200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  McGinn & Gibb, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An internal synchronous signal generating circuit outputs the internal
      synchronous signals ICLK1, ICLK2. A burst counter outputs an internal
      column address signal IADD and the lowermost internal column address
      signal IY0. A first and second D-F/Fs input an output of the input buffer
      and drives a first write bus (WBUS) in synchronization with the ICLK1. An
      inverting element inputs IY0. Inverting elements input outputs of the
      first and second D-F/Fs and drives a second write bus (WBUS). A transistor
      TG1 is connected between the first WBUS and second D-F/F. The gate is
      connected to the output of the first inverting element. A transistor TG2
      is connected between the output of the second inverting element and second
      D-F/F with IY0 connected to the gate. A column decoder inputs IADD and
      outputs a column switch YSW. Sense amplifiers input the YSW and the second
      WBUS. A memory cell array is connected to the sense amplifiers through a
      bit line. By this device, the maximum consumptive current amount or an
      average consumptive current in the burst can be reduced.
PATN
WKU  059912324
SRC  9
APN  1432532
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19980828
TTL  Clock synchronous memory embedded semiconductor integrated circuit device
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Mai; Son
NDR  18
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Matsumura; Masashi
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamazaki; Akira
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hayashi; Isamu
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mangyo; Atsuo
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Company Limited
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980203
APN  10-022303
CLAS
OCL  365233
XCL  365201
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  800
FSC  365
FSS  201;233;189.02;189.05;230.02
FSC  714
FSS  718
UREF
PNO  5294750
ISD  19940300
NAM  Sakai et al.
OCL  174 52.4
UREF
PNO  5712584
ISD  19980100
NAM  McClure
OCL  327198
UREF
PNO  5757705
ISD  19980500
NAM  Manning
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5910181
ISD  19990600
NAM  Hatakenaka et al.
OCL  714718
FREF
PNO  0 766 301 A1
ISD  19970400
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor integrated circuit device includes an SDRAM module
      operating in synchronization with a clock signal, a logic circuit
      transmitting data with the SDRAM module for effecting necessary
      processing, a direct memory access circuit taking in and transferring an
      externally applied signal in synchronization with the clock signal
      corresponding to an operation clock of the SDRAM module, and a selector
      selecting either the output signal of the logic circuit and the output
      signal of the direct memory access circuit in accordance with a test mode
      instructing signal for application to the SDRAM module. A test of a
      synchronous memory can be performed by externally making fast and direct
      access to the synchronous memory without an influence of a skew in a
      signal.
PATN
WKU  059912332
SRC  8
APN  9470905
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19971008
TTL  Switch signal generators for simultaneously setting input/output data
      paths, and high-speed synchronous SRAM devices using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Hien
EXP  Nelms; David
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Yu; Hak-soo
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970129
APN  97-2676
CLAS
OCL  3652385
XCL  365233
EDF  6
ICL  G11C  800
FSC  365
FSS  238.5;233
UREF
PNO  5319253
ISD  19940600
NAM  You
OCL  307265
FREF
PNO  0 498 895 A1
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 511 423 A1
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Myers Bigel Sibley & Sajovec
ABST
PAL  A switch signal generator simultaneously sets every input and output data
      path in a high-speed synchronous SRAM. The switch signal generator
      receives control signals and a plurality of input signals, generates a
      plurality of switch signals, and sequentially enables other switch signals
      when a first switch signal of the plurality of switch signals is enabled.
      The synchronous SRAM includes an output data path/data storing portion, an
      input data path/data storing portion, and a path switch controlling
      portion. All burst orders are set simultaneously in the path switch
      controlling portion including the switch signal generator when a burst
      operation starts, and all data paths of the output data path/data storing
      portion and the input data path/data storing portion are simultaneously
      set by switch control signals which are provided by the path switch
      controlling portion.
PATN
WKU  059912340
SRC  9
APN  0970913
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19980611
TTL  Ultrasonic sensor system and method having automatic excitation
      frequency adjustment
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Pihulic; Daniel T.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Sejalon; Frederic Marcel
CTY  Commerce Township
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Cooper; Stephen R. W.
CTY  Fowlerville
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Schaffran; Michelle Renee
CTY  Novi
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  TRW Inc.
CTY  Lyndhurst
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  367 13
EDF  6
ICL  H04B 1700
FSC  367
FSS  13;97;99;902
FSC   73
FSS  597
FSC  280
FSS  735
FSC  310
FSS  315
UREF
PNO  3745520
ISD  19730700
NAM  Barret et al.
UREF
PNO  3967143
ISD  19760600
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  310315
UREF
PNO  3985030
ISD  19761000
NAM  Charlton
UREF
PNO  4000650
ISD  19770100
NAM  Snyder
UREF
PNO  4114441
ISD  19780900
NAM  Magri
UREF
PNO  4166394
ISD  19790900
NAM  Figura
UREF
PNO  4169255
ISD  19790900
NAM  Hulsman et al.
UREF
PNO  4221004
ISD  19800900
NAM  Combs et al.
UREF
PNO  4299114
ISD  19811100
NAM  Silvermetz et al.
UREF
PNO  4320659
ISD  19820300
NAM  Lynnworth et al.
UREF
PNO  4567766
ISD  19860200
NAM  Seiferling
UREF
PNO  4687962
ISD  19870800
NAM  Elbert
UREF
PNO  4785664
ISD  19881100
NAM  Reebs
UREF
PNO  4793178
ISD  19881200
NAM  Ahern et al.
UREF
PNO  4869097
ISD  19890900
NAM  Tittman et al.
UREF
PNO  4890266
ISD  19891200
NAM  Woodward
UREF
PNO  4901245
ISD  19900200
NAM  Olson et al.
UREF
PNO  4914951
ISD  19900400
NAM  Koelpin et al.
UREF
PNO  5156636
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kuljis
UREF
PNO  5157639
ISD  19921000
NAM  Leszczynski
UREF
PNO  5207101
ISD  19930500
NAM  Haynes
UREF
PNO  5212467
ISD  19930500
NAM  Park
UREF
PNO  5277065
ISD  19940100
NAM  Leszczynski
OCL  367903
UREF
PNO  5330226
ISD  19940700
NAM  Gentry et al.
UREF
PNO  5351527
ISD  19941000
NAM  Blackburn et al.
UREF
PNO  5413378
ISD  19950500
NAM  Steffens, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5454591
ISD  19951000
NAM  Mazur et al.
OCL  280735
UREF
PNO  5670853
ISD  19970900
NAM  Bauer
LREP
FRM  Tarolli, Sundheim, Covell, Tummino & Szabo
ABST
PAL  An ultrasonic sensor system (40) has a transducer (44) that emits an
      ultrasonic signal (52), in response to an electrical excitation signal
      (50) from driver/receiver circuitry (46), and outputs an electrical
      response signal (56), in response to receipt of a reflected ultrasonic
      signal (54) from an occupant (54). The transducer (44) rings-down upon
      termination of the excitation signal (50). The transducer (44) has a
      natural resonant frequency that is subject to change. In an occupant sense
      mode, a receiver portion (68) of the driver/receiver circuitry (46) and a
      controller (30) process the response signal (56), resulting from
      transducer excitation at a predetermined frequency, to determining
      distance between the transducer (44) and the occupant (14). In an adjust
      mode, the controller (30) varies the frequency of the excitation signal
      (50) over a range of frequencies, and monitors the ringdown of the
      transducer (44) during the variation of the frequency to determine a
      current natural resonant frequency of the transducer (44). The controller
      (30) changes the predetermined frequency to the determined natural
      resonant frequency, so that subsequent operation in the sense mode
      utilizes the resonant frequency.
PATN
WKU  059912359
SRC  8
APN  7926847
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970129
TTL  Seismic data imaging system
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Jolly; Anthony
EXP  Oda; Christine K
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Allen; Samuel J.
CTY  Altadena
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Subsurface Exploration Company
CTY  Pasadena
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  367 40
XCL  367 38
XCL  181113
XCL  181119
EDF  6
ICL  G01V  104
FSC  340
FSS  15.5
FSC  367
FSS  13;21;38;41;40
FSC  181
FSS  113;114;119
UREF
PNO  4064481
ISD  19771200
NAM  Silverman
OCL  367 21
UREF
PNO  5177709
ISD  19930100
NAM  Baziw
OCL  367 40
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A system for seismic prospecting by using reflections of acoustic waves and
      an operation method thereof. Unprocessed raw data from a plurality
      geophone sensors and other processed data are stored in a storage unit
      further processing and analysis. The preferred operation comprises four
      stages, performing test sweeps no and analyzing results thereof (testing
      stage), determination of control parameters for the spatial distribution
      of sensor array and data-collection sweeps based on the analysis of test
      sweeps (parameter-determination stage), performing data-collection sweeps
      (data collecting stage), and analysis and processing of the
      data-collection sweeps (data processing stage). Test sweeps and
      availability of unprocessed raw data allow optimization of the system to
      achieve maximal resolution and signal-to-noise ratios.
PATN
WKU  059912367
SRC  8
APN  8257477
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970403
TTL  Method of measuring buried objects, geological formations and sediment
      properties
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Moskowitz; Nelson
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Tokuo
STR  12200 SW. 89.sup.th  Ave.
CTY  Miami
STA  FL
ZIP  33176
ASSG
NAM  Yamamoto; Tokuo
CTY  Miami
STA  FL
COD  04
ASSG
NAM  Kawasaki Steel Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  367 41
XCL  367 21
XCL  367 39
XCL  364421
EDF  6
ICL  G01V  128
ICL  G01V  138
ICL  G01V  140
FSC  367
FSS  21;39;41;56
FSC  364
FSS  421
UREF
PNO  4933916
ISD  19900600
NAM  May et al.
OCL  367125
UREF
PNO  4974212
ISD  19901100
NAM  Sherman
OCL  367 21
UREF
PNO  5193077
ISD  19930300
NAM  Weiglein et al.
OCL  367 21
UREF
PNO  5315562
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bradley et al.
OCL  367 89
UREF
PNO  5406530
ISD  19950400
NAM  Yamamoto
OCL  367 39
UREF
PNO  5424999
ISD  19950600
NAM  Manin
OCL  367 21
UREF
PNO  5646623
ISD  19970700
NAM  Walters et al.
OCL  342129
OREF
PAL  Yamamoto, T; Jour. Acoust. Soc. America, vol. 99, #2, pp. 866-879, Feb.
      1996; abstract only herewith.
PAL  Rogers et al, Jour. Acoust. Soc. of America, vol. 93, #4, p.1, pp.
      1747-1761, Apr. 1993; abst. only herewith.
PAL  Rogers et al, 63 Annu. Mtg SEG Int., Sep. 30, 1993, pp. 531-535, abst. only
      herewith.
PAL  Turgut et al, Geophysics, vol. 53, #8, pp. 1056-1067, Aug. 1988; abst. only
      herewith.
PAL  Yamamoto et al, Geophysics, vol. 60, #6, pp. 1634-1645, Dec. 1995; abst.
      only herewith.
PAL  Hunt et al, Ultrasound in Medicine & Beology, vol. 21, #3, pp. 329-341,
      1995; abst only herewith.
PAL  Yamamoto, T. Acoustic scattering in the ocean from velocity and density
      fluctuations in the sediments, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 99 (2), Feb. 1996, pp.
      866-879.
PAL  Yamamoto, T. Velocity variabilities and other physical properties of marine
      sediments measured by crosswell acoustic tomography, J. Acoust. Soc. Am.
      98 (4), Oct. 1995, pp. 2235-2248.
PAL  Rogers, A. et al The High Resolution 3-D Seismic Survey System "Kite", Sep.
      1993, pp. 531-535.
PAL  Turgut, A. et al Synthetic seismograms for marine sediments and
      determination of porosity and permeability, Geophysics, vol. 53, No. 8,
      Aug. 1988, pp. 1056-1067.
PAL  Yamamoto, T. et al Imaging the permeability structure of a limestone
      aquifer by crosswell acoustic tomography, Geophysics, vol. 60, No. 6,
      Nov.-Dec. 1995, pp. 1634-1645.
PAL  Yamamoto, T. et al Acoustic wave propagation through porous media with
      arbitrary pore size distributions, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 83 (5), May 1988,
      pp. 1744-1751.
LREP
FR2  Miller; Austin R.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method are provided for detecting buries objects,
      geological formations or sediment properties by transmitting an acoustic
      signal and receiving a scattered signal. An acoustic source and an array
      of receivers are used to correlate the scattered signal with the
      transmitted signal.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made under a grant from the Office of Naval Research
      under Contract No. N00014-89-J-1146, entitled "Measurement of Acoustic
      Propagation/Scattering in Shallow Ocean."
PATN
WKU  059912375
SRC  8
APN  9812075
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980317
TTL  Method for the determination of migration velocities in seismic
      processing
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Jolly; Anthony
EXP  Oda; Christine K.
NDR  12
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  de Bazelaire; Eric
CTY  Lescar
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Elf Exploration Production
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960422
APN  96 05028
CLAS
OCL  367 50
XCL  367 52
XCL  367 53
XCL  367 59
EDF  6
ICL  G01U  136
FSC  367
FSS  51;54;50;52;59;53
FSC  702
FSS  18
UREF
PNO  4888742
ISD  19891200
NAM  Beasley
OCL  367 54
UREF
PNO  4964089
ISD  19901000
NAM  Wang et al.
UREF
PNO  4992996
ISD  19910200
NAM  Wang et al.
UREF
PNO  5128899
ISD  19920700
NAM  Boyd et al.
OCL  367 51
FREF
PNO  0442719
ISD  19910800
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  G. Chavent, et al., "Determination of Background Velocities by Multiple
      Migration Fitting", Geophysics, vol. 60, No. 2, Mar. 1995-Apr. 1995, pp.
      476-490.
PAL  P.D. Thore, et al., "The Three-Parameter Equation: An Efficient Tool To
      Enhance the Stack", Geophysics, vol. 59, No. 2, Feb. 1994, pp. 297-308.
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FR97/00629
PD1  19980317
PD2  19980317
PD3  19970409
PCP  WO97/40406
PCD  19971030
ABST
PAR  A method for the determination of migration velocities in seismic
      processing in which a blasting point S is associated with receivers
      (R.sub.1 to R.sub.n) which are separated by offsets such that in a given
      speed range, a first set of traces derived from the blasting point and
      registered on the receivers, and a second set of traces in constant and
      colinear offset to the first set are migrated. Two migrated images of the
      part of the site corresponding to the two sets of traces are obtained. The
      two images are correlated by means of a spatial two-dimensional
      correlation, the result thereof determining the deviation between the
      migration used and the investigated velocity. The result is particularly
      useful in the seismic prospection of a site.
PATN
WKU  059912383
SRC  9
APN  0953482
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980609
TTL  Weighted backus filter method of combining dual sensor traces
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Jolly; Anthony
EXP  Oda; Christine K.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Barr; Frederick J.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Western Atlas International, Inc.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  367 62
XCL  367 24
XCL  367 62
XCL  367 22
XCL  367 46
XCL  702101
XCL  702173
EDF  6
ICL  G01V  138
FSC  367
FSS  24;46;43;62;22;57
FSC  702
FSS  101;173
UREF
PNO  4979150
ISD  19901200
NAM  Barr
OCL  367 24
UREF
PNO  5396472
ISD  19950300
NAM  Paffenholz
OCL  367 24
UREF
PNO  5621700
ISD  19970400
NAM  Moldovean
OCL  367 24
UREF
PNO  5774416
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sadek et al.
OCL  367 24
UREF
PNO  5774417
ISD  19980600
NAM  Corrigan et al.
OCL  367 24
LREP
FR2  Riddle; J. Albert
FR2  Schweppe; Charles R.
ABST
PAL  A method for attenuating water column reverberations in a dual sensor
      seismic signal, whereby a pressure signal and a velocity signal are
      transformed from the time domain to the frequency domain, generating a
      transformed pressure signal and a transformed velocity signal,
      respectively. Values for weighting factors K.sub.p and K.sub.v are
      selected and multiplied times the transformed pressure signal and the
      transformed velocity signal, respectively, generating a weighted pressure
      signal and a weighted velocity signal, respectively. The weighted pressure
      signal and the weighted velocity signal are summed, generating a summed
      signal. Values for ocean bottom reflectivity R and Z, the frequency domain
      delay operator for two-way travel time in the water layer, are determined.
      A weighted inverse Backus filter is calculated and multiplied times the
      summed signal, generating a filtered signal. The filtered signal is
      transformed from the frequency domain to the time domain.
PATN
WKU  059912391
SRC  8
APN  9904697
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971215
TTL  Confocal acoustic force generator
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Lobo; Ian J.
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Fatemi-Booshehri; Mostafa
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Greenleaf; James F.
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  758879
APD  19961202
CLAS
OCL  367164
XCL  310320
XCL  310334
EDF  6
ICL  H04R 1700
FSC  367
FSS  164
FSC  600
FSS  447;459
FSC  310
FSS  320;334;369
UREF
PNO  4154113
ISD  19790500
NAM  Engler
OCL   73626
UREF
PNO  4155258
ISD  19790500
NAM  Engler
OCL  128626
UREF
PNO  4155259
ISD  19790500
NAM  Engler
OCL   73626
UREF
PNO  4155260
ISD  19790500
NAM  Engler
OCL   73626
UREF
PNO  4180790
ISD  19791200
NAM  Thomas
OCL  367  7
UREF
PNO  4217684
ISD  19800800
NAM  Brisken
OCL   29 25.35
UREF
PNO  4425525
ISD  19840100
NAM  Smith
OCL  310336
UREF
PNO  4441503
ISD  19840400
NAM  O'Donnell
OCL  128660
UREF
PNO  4470303
ISD  19840900
NAM  O'Donnell
OCL   73602
UREF
PNO  4470305
ISD  19840900
NAM  O'Donnell
OCL   73626
UREF
PNO  4569231
ISD  19860200
NAM  Carnes
OCL   73626
UREF
PNO  4662223
ISD  19870500
NAM  Riley
OCL  367103
UREF
PNO  4669314
ISD  19870600
NAM  Magrane
OCL   73610
UREF
PNO  4809184
ISD  19890200
NAM  O'Donnell
OCL  364413.25
UREF
PNO  5081995
ISD  19920100
NAM  Lu
OCL  128662.03
UREF
PNO  5402393
ISD  19950300
NAM  Konrad
OCL  367 89
UREF
PNO  5492121
ISD  19960200
NAM  Lu
OCL  128653.1
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady, LLP
ABST
PAL  An acoustic transducer has two separate elements which are driven by
      separate signal generators to produce two acoustic beams that focus at the
      same target location. The two acoustic beams interact at the target
      location to produce a beat force. The target location is moved to scan a
      subject by mechanically moving the acoustic transducer, or the two
      intersecting acoustic beams can be steered electronically to move the
      target location.
PATN
WKU  059912405
SRC  9
APN  0177911
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19980203
TTL  Alarm clock with automatic time/date setting feature
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Roskoski; Bernard
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Van Ryzin; John M.
CTY  Madison
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Sony Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Park Ridge
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  368 47
EDF  6
ICL  G04C 1102
FSC  368
FSS  47;46
UREF
PNO  5334975
ISD  19940800
NAM  Wachob et al.
OCL  368 46
UREF
PNO  5621458
ISD  19970400
NAM  Mann et al.
OCL  368 41
UREF
PNO  5737692
ISD  19980400
NAM  Lang
OCL  368244
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug, LLP.
FR2  Frommer; William S.
ABST
PAL  An alarm clock which automatically sets current time and date by receiving
      a television broadcast signal or the like and by decoding a signal
      included in the received television broadcast signal to obtain the current
      time and date information. A programmable controller processes the current
      time and date information for display. The alarm clock further includes a
      memory for storing data representing holidays. The programmable controller
      is operative to activate an alarm trigger in response to a user setting
      and to disable the user setting if it is determined that the current date
      coincides with one of the holidays stored in the memory.
PATN
WKU  059912413
SRC  9
APN  2938200
APT  1
ART  289
APD  19990416
TTL  Timepiece with an alarm time-setting function
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Miska; Vit
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Mu-Sheng
CTY  Taipei
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Young Town Enterprises Co., Ltd.
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  368 74
XCL  368250
EDF  6
ICL  G04B 2302
FSC  368
FSS  72-74;250;185-197
UREF
PNO  4996676
ISD  19910200
NAM  Noirjean
OCL  368 73
UREF
PNO  5003519
ISD  19910300
NAM  Noirjean
OCL  368 73
UREF
PNO  5541895
ISD  19960700
NAM  Nussbaum
OCL  368295
LREP
FRM  Webb Ziesenheim Logsdon Orkin & Hanson, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A wristwatch with an alarm time-setting function includes a clock case
      having a hollow accommodating space, a clock mechanism mounted in the
      accommodating space, and a rotary drive ring mounted rotatably on the
      front side of the clock case. The wristwatch further includes a
      timer-setting member accommodated inside the accommodating space and
      connected to a timer-setting pin of the clock mechanism. A driving member
      of the rotary drive ring is disposed inside the accommodating space to
      engage a driven part of the timer-setting member. Thus, rotation of the
      rotary drive ring results in corresponding rotation of the timer-setting
      member and the timer-setting pin to set an alarm time.
PATN
WKU  059912421
SRC  9
APN  1446312
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19980831
TTL  Magnetic head drive device, and magneto-optical recording apparatus
      using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Neyzari; Ali
NDR  6
NFG  39
INVT
NAM  Ishii; Kazuyoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970903
APN  9-238281
CLAS
OCL  369 13
XCL  360 59
XCL  360114
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 1100
ICL  G11B  502
FSC  369
FSS  13;124;146
FSC  360
FSS  114;59;66-68;46;123
FSC  361
FSS  156;143;152
UREF
PNO  4937802
ISD  19900600
NAM  Omori et al.
OCL  369 13
UREF
PNO  5351155
ISD  19940900
NAM  Ishii
OCL  360 46
UREF
PNO  5377055
ISD  19941200
NAM  Ishii
OCL  360 59
UREF
PNO  5448422
ISD  19950900
NAM  Hiramatsu
OCL  360 59
UREF
PNO  5559763
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ishii
OCL  369 13
UREF
PNO  5574702
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ishii
OCL  369 13
UREF
PNO  5579293
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ishii
OCL  369 13
UREF
PNO  5586091
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ishii et al.
OCL  369 13
UREF
PNO  5661612
ISD  19970800
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  360 59
FREF
PNO  3-242845
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-290496
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A magnetic head drive device includes a magnetic head having a main coil
      for magnetic field generation. Current is supplied to the main coil via
      first to fourth current supply channels. A first auxiliary coil is
      provided in the first current supply channel through which current is
      supplied to the main coil from a first direction. A second auxiliary coil
      is provided in the second current supply channel through which current is
      supplied to the main coil from a second direction opposite to the first
      direction. The third current supply channel is provided to be connected in
      parallel with the first current supply channel so as to supply current to
      the main coil from the first direction. The fourth current supply channel
      is provided to be connected in parallel with the second current supply
      channel so as to supply current to the main coil from the second
      direction. The first to fourth current supply channels are controlled in
      accordance with a control signal for designating a given operation mode.
      When a first operation mode in which the magnetic head generates a
      modulated magnetic field is designated, the first to fourth current supply
      channels are controlled to supply a current modulated in accordance with
      an information signal to be recorded to the main coil. When a second
      operation mode in which the magnetic head generates a magnetic field in a
      predetermined direction is designated, the first to fourth current supply
      channels are controlled to supply a current to the main coil from one
      predetermined direction.
PATN
WKU  059912430
SRC  8
APN  7706421
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19961219
TTL  Data playback device to control a laser illuminating position by
      comparing phase of a laser drive signal and a laser tracking error
      detection signal
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Thang V.
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Ishi; Yuwa
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Oshikiri; Hiroyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nikon Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951220
APN  7-331351
CLAS
OCL  369 32
XCL  369 47
XCL  369 54
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  700
FSC  369
FSS  44.26;44.28;44.29;54;47;58;60;275.1;275.3;275.4;44.25;32
UREF
PNO  4423502
ISD  19831200
NAM  Dil
OCL  369275
UREF
PNO  4817068
ISD  19890300
NAM  Yamauchi
OCL  369 30
UREF
PNO  4858218
ISD  19890800
NAM  Takagi et al.
OCL  369109
UREF
PNO  5199022
ISD  19930300
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  369275.1
UREF
PNO  5335214
ISD  19940800
NAM  Matoba et al.
OCL  369 44.28
UREF
PNO  5444682
ISD  19950800
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  369 44.26
UREF
PNO  5448551
ISD  19950900
NAM  Miyagawa et al.
OCL  369271
UREF
PNO  5459705
ISD  19951000
NAM  Matoba et al.
OCL  369 44.28
UREF
PNO  5504725
ISD  19960400
NAM  Katsumata
OCL  369 44.28
UREF
PNO  5508995
ISD  19960400
NAM  Moriya et al.
OCL  369275.4
UREF
PNO  5513155
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  369 44.28
UREF
PNO  5566141
ISD  19961000
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  369 44.28
UREF
PNO  5568461
ISD  19961000
NAM  Nishiuchi et al.
OCL  369 44.26
FREF
PNO  0 559 449 A3
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 570 235 A3
ISD  19931100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 626 679 A2
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 628 952 A2
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  5-282705
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Technical Digest, Higher Density Optical Recording Technologies and Their
      Application, Jul. 11-13, 1994, all pages.
ABST
PAL  A data playback device includes a laser to produce light to illuminate a
      disk form of data recording medium and to playback data stored on the
      disk, the data being recorded on the disk in a first group of data tracks
      and a second group of data tracks, which exist in concentric or spiral
      form, wherein the first group of tracks and the second group of tracks
      exist with a mutual difference in level in the radial direction in the
      disk form of data recording medium. The data playback device further
      includes a rotary device to rotate the recording medium, a tracking
      control unit to cause the illumination location of the laser light to
      follow the first group of tracks or the second group of tracks, and a
      setting unit to set the control condition in the tracking control unit for
      tracking with respect to the first group of tracks or for tracking with
      respect to the second group of tracks. The data playback device maintains
      the setting in the setting unit in a control condition which has been set
      with respect to the track last played back.
PATN
WKU  059912448
SRC  9
APN  1000985
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19980619
TTL  Control system for selectively displaying items recorded on a recording
      medium
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Dinh; Tan
NDR  9
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Kondo; Toshiyasu
CTY  Tokyo-to
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Shigeru
CTY  Tokorozawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Negishi; Wataru
CTY  Tokyo-to
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kita; Kenichi
CTY  Tokyo-to
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Pioneer Electronic Corporation
CTY  Tokyo-to
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970620
APN  9-164448
CLAS
OCL  369 33
XCL  386 95
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 1722
ICL  H04N  591
FSC  369
FSS  33;32;30;47;48
FSC  386
FSS  126;125;95
UREF
PNO  5228015
ISD  19930700
NAM  Arbiter et al.
OCL  369 33
UREF
PNO  5253234
ISD  19931000
NAM  Ogawa et al.
OCL  369 33
UREF
PNO  5771334
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yamauchi et al.
OCL  386 95
LREP
FRM  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
ABST
PAL  An information reproducing system for selecting a reproduction item and
      reproducing an information unit corresponding to the selected reproduction
      item is provided. The system includes a recording medium, a displaying
      apparatus, a selecting apparatus, and a reproducing apparatus. The
      reproduction items are displayed in a menu on the displaying apparatus.
      The selecting apparatus outputs instruction signals for selecting one of
      the reproduction items displayed in the menu. The reproducing apparatus
      reads out the information unit corresponding to the selected reproduction
      item from the recording medium and reproduces it. The selecting apparatus
      and the reproducing apparatus are disposed in separate casings and are
      connected to each other with a wire. The selecting apparatus has a small
      number of switches. The reproducing apparatus has a controller having
      several universal terminals. Each switch of the selecting apparatus is
      connected with a respective universal terminal through a single line. Each
      instruction signal is directly sent from the selecting apparatus to the
      controller of the reproducing apparatus through the single line.
PATN
WKU  059912456
SRC  8
APN  8090815
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970314
TTL  Reproducing apparatus for recorded medium
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Klimowicz; William J.
NDR  22
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Yoshimura; Masaki
CTY  Sagamihara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Kenwood
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950727
APN  7-210961
CLAS
OCL  369 34
XCL  369178
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 1722
FSC  369
FSS  34;36;38;75.1;75.2;77.1;77.2;191-194;178
FSC  360
FSS  92
UREF
PNO  4685095
ISD  19870800
NAM  Rudy et al.
UREF
PNO  4893293
ISD  19900100
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  369 34
UREF
PNO  5021902
ISD  19910600
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
OCL  360 92
UREF
PNO  5177722
ISD  19930100
NAM  Nakamichi et al.
UREF
PNO  5191569
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kurosawa et al.
OCL  369 38
UREF
PNO  5216645
ISD  19930600
NAM  Sakayama
UREF
PNO  5590047
ISD  19961200
NAM  Uehara
OCL  364478.02
UREF
PNO  5802021
ISD  19980900
NAM  Mukaida
OCL  369 34
FREF
PNO  0 541 208 A1
ISD  19930500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 563 927 A2
ISD  19931000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 612 070 A2
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 614 178 A2
ISD  19940900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 702 363 A1
ISD  19960300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 709 841 A1
ISD  19960500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 724 261 A2
ISD  19960700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  44 04 006 A1
ISD  19940800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 27 494 A1
ISD  19950200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3-147563
ISD  19910600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-121967
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 241 819
ISD  19910900
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Sixbey, Friedman, Leedom & Ferguson, PC
FR2  Robinson; Eric J.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/JP96/02083
PD1  19970314
PD2  19970314
PD3  19960725
PCP  WO97/05613
PCD  19970213
ABST
PAR  A recording medium reproducing apparatus capable of accommodating a
      plurality of recorded media and exchanging a recorded medium even during
      the reproduction of another recorded medium, the apparatus being made easy
      to use. A stocker accommodates a plurality of recorded medium holders for
      holding a recording medium. A first transport unit transports the recorded
      medium holder between the inside of the stocker and the outside of an
      apparatus housing. A second transport unit transports the recorded medium
      holder between the inside of the stocker and a reproduction unit. The
      stocker is moved up and down in order to align the position of the
      recorded medium holder with the position of the first or second transport
      unit. When the recorded medium holder is transports from the outside of
      the housing to the inside of the stocker, a presence/absence of a recorded
      medium is detected by a light emitting unit and a light receiving unit. A
      controller stores information of a presence/absence of a recorded medium
      at each stage of the stocker. If the second transport unit instructs to
      transport the recorded medium holder not holding a recorded medium to the
      reproducing unit, the controller neglects this instruction.
PATN
WKU  059912464
SRC  8
APN  8864136
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970701
TTL  Device for carrying a disc player in an automatic disc changer
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  13
EXP  Klimowicz; William J.
NDR  11
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Morikawa; Kiyoshi
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakayama; Yoshihumi
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Togashi; Jun
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Akiyama; Hiroshi
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishida; Nobuo
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Tomomichi
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yanagisawa; Tatsuya
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ota; Takashi
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Pioneer Electronic Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960704
APN  8-193888
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970627
APN  9-171560
CLAS
OCL  369 35
XCL  369 36
XCL  369178
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 1722
FSC  369
FSS  178;34;35;36;191;194
FSC  414
FSS  277;280
FSC  360
FSS  92
UREF
PNO  5006940
ISD  19910400
NAM  Hamachi et al.
OCL  360 92
UREF
PNO  5084854
ISD  19920100
NAM  Ikedo et al.
OCL  369 75.1
UREF
PNO  5682363
ISD  19971000
NAM  Tsuchiya et al.
OCL  369 36
UREF
PNO  5717681
ISD  19980200
NAM  Osada
OCL  369178
FREF
PNO  330 731 A2
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  671 736 A1
ISD  19950900
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Nikaido, Marmelstein, Murray & Oram LLP
ABST
PAL  A casing of a device has a pair of vertical side walls, and a plurality of
      vertically arranged optical discs. Each side wall has a vertical guide
      slit. A disc player has two pins projected from opposite sides. Elevation
      plates are horizontally slidably mounted on the vertical side walls at
      outsides thereof. Each of the elevation plates has a V-shaped guide slit
      comprising an upper diagonal slit and a lower diagonal slit. Each pin is
      slidably engaged with vertical guide slit and with the V-shaped guide slit
      so that disc player is held at a vertical position. The elevation plates
      are driven in a horizontal direction which is changed to an opposite
      direction at a joint between the upper diagonal slit and the lower
      diagonal slit. Thus, each of the pins is moved along the vertical guide
      slit and the V-shaped guide slit, so that the disc player is carried to a
      position corresponding an optical disc.
PATN
WKU  059912472
SRC  8
APN  5954819
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19960201
TTL  Optical information recording/reproducing apparatus and method wherein
      an elastic member supporting an objective lens holder is set in a
      neutral state
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Young; W. R.
NDR  12
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Saga; Yoshihiro
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950201
APN  7-015344
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960130
APN  8-013962
CLAS
OCL  369 4428
XCL  369 4416
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  700
FSC  369
FSS  44.14-44.16;44.28;44.32;54
UREF
PNO  4613963
ISD  19860900
NAM  Hirano
OCL  369 44.28
UREF
PNO  4769803
ISD  19880900
NAM  Yamamiya
OCL  369 44.16
UREF
PNO  5150343
ISD  19920900
NAM  Goto et al.
XCL  369 44.14
UREF
PNO  5463612
ISD  19951000
NAM  Date
XCL  369 44.16
UREF
PNO  5467328
ISD  19951100
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  369 44.16
UREF
PNO  5475661
ISD  19951200
NAM  Tomita et al.
OCL  369 44.16
UREF
PNO  5636068
ISD  19970600
NAM  Tanaka
XCL  369 44.16
FREF
PNO  5-298724
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  In an optical information recording/reproducing apparatus which uses an
      actuator which can move a beam spot over the entire track area on a
      recording medium by supporting an objective lens for converging the beam
      spot on an optical disk by elastic members, the objective lens is located
      at the neutral position of the elastic members during a period other than
      the recording or reproduction operation of information, thereby reducing
      power consumption.
PATN
WKU  059912480
SRC  8
APN  9413421
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970930
TTL  Apparatus and method for controlling a tracking balance of an optical
      disk player
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  5
EXP  Hindi; Nabil
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hong; Chung-Seon
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Daewoo Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960930
APN  96-42986
CLAS
OCL  369 4428
XCL  369 4435
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  700
FSC  369
FSS  44.27;44.28;44.29;44.32;32;44.35;44.34
UREF
PNO  4817069
ISD  19890300
NAM  Shigemori
OCL  369 32
UREF
PNO  4899325
ISD  19900200
NAM  Kasuhara et al.
OCL  369 32
UREF
PNO  5710720
ISD  19980100
NAM  Algrain et al.
OCL  360 77.18
LREP
FRM  Jacobson, Price, Holman & Stern, PLLC
ABST
PAL  The apparatus for controlling the tracking balance of the optical disk
      player generates a tracking balance control signal removing a DC component
      from a tracking error caused by installing positions of a disk, a photo
      diode, a laser diode, and an object lens. A feed-back signal which is
      generated in a control part controls the tracking balance control signal.
      The control part measures a duration time of logic high from a logic error
      signal obtained from the tracking error signal and counts the number of
      the logic high which is in the predetermined time duration. When the
      counted value is equal to or smaller than a predetermined number, the
      feed-back signal for correcting the tracking balance is generated.
PATN
WKU  059912499
SRC  8
APN  9023984
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970729
TTL  Optical track sensing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Thang V.
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Lee; Wai-Hon
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hoetron, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  369 4442
XCL  369112
XCL  369 4414
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  700
FSC  369
FSS  44.12;44.14;44.24;112;109;44.42;103;44.37;44.32
FSC  360
FSS  77.03
FSC  250
FSS  201.5
UREF
PNO  3973119
ISD  19760800
NAM  Renes et al.
OCL  250231R
UREF
PNO  4634853
ISD  19870100
NAM  Kanamaru
OCL  369 44.25
UREF
PNO  4731772
ISD  19880300
NAM  Lee
OCL  369 45
UREF
PNO  4757197
ISD  19880700
NAM  Lee
OCL  357 19
UREF
PNO  4794585
ISD  19881200
NAM  Lee
OCL  369112
UREF
PNO  4834485
ISD  19890500
NAM  Lee
OCL  350 96.19
UREF
PNO  4843494
ISD  19890600
NAM  Cronin et al.
OCL  360 77.03
UREF
PNO  4906839
ISD  19900300
NAM  Lee
OCL  250239
UREF
PNO  4918675
ISD  19900400
NAM  Lee
OCL  369 13
UREF
PNO  4958245
ISD  19900900
NAM  Roth et al.
OCL  360 77.03
UREF
PNO  5001694
ISD  19910300
NAM  Lee
OCL  369 44.16
UREF
PNO  5043775
ISD  19910800
NAM  Lee
OCL  357 19
UREF
PNO  5050153
ISD  19910900
NAM  Lee
OCL  369112
UREF
PNO  5136152
ISD  19920800
NAM  Lee
OCL  250211
UREF
PNO  5156999
ISD  19921000
NAM  Lee
OCL  437215
UREF
PNO  5285062
ISD  19940200
NAM  Lee
OCL  250216
UREF
PNO  5311378
ISD  19940500
NAM  William et al.
OCL  360 77.03
UREF
PNO  5319507
ISD  19940600
NAM  Umebayashi et al.
OCL  360 77.03
UREF
PNO  5361244
ISD  19941100
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  369 44.12
UREF
PNO  5481515
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kando et al.
OCL  369 44.12
UREF
PNO  5619480
ISD  19970400
NAM  Seo et al.
OCL  369 14
UREF
PNO  5648951
ISD  19970700
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  369 44.12
UREF
PNO  5680384
ISD  19971000
NAM  Seki et al.
OCL  369112
FREF
PNO  0 311 859A
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 344 759A
ISD  19891200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 546 227A
ISD  19930600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  56-52247
ISD  19811200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-100626
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-191468
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-155580
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2084315A
ISD  19820700
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  "E&L Notes--a request", R.R. Shannon, Optics & Photonics News/Apr. 1997.
PAL  "On light distribution in optical waveguides", Olof Bryngdahl and Wai-Hon
      Lee, J. Opt. Soc. Am., vol. 68, No. 3, Mar. 1978.
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  An optical sensor consisting of a nearly monochromatic point source such as
      a light emitting diode (LED) or a vertical cavity surface emitting laser
      (VCSEL) which is mounted on a multiple element detector. When this sensor
      is placed near a moving object with a reflective periodic pattern on its
      surface (such as an optical disk), it can produce a signal which can be
      used to control the position of the object. Unlike other sensors which
      often use lenses to project the light emitted by the light source onto the
      object and collect the light reflected from the object and project them
      onto a photodector, this new sensor performs the tasks of object
      illumination and light collection without the use of any optical
      component. A self-imaging principle is used by placing the detector on the
      self-imaging plare of the object to detect the motion of the object. In
      order to detect the periodic signal in the self-image of the periodic
      object, the detector element is covered with a grating structure having
      the same period or two times the period of the object.
PATN
WKU  059912502
SRC  8
APN  8988684
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970723
TTL  Optical disc recording method and apparatus for recording clock
      stabilization information on a portion of a unit block adjacent a
      discontinuous recording position
ISD  19991123
NCL  44
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Thang V.
NDR  15
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Kim; Dae Young
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  369 47
XCL  369 48
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  700
FSC  369
FSS  48;47;59;275.3;58;54
FSC  360
FSS  48;50
UREF
PNO  5182740
ISD  19930100
NAM  Mizokami et al.
OCL  369 47
UREF
PNO  5233592
ISD  19930800
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  369 59
UREF
PNO  5333126
ISD  19940700
NAM  Fukuda et al.
OCL  369 59
UREF
PNO  5359585
ISD  19941000
NAM  Tanoue et al.
OCL  369 48
UREF
PNO  5383171
ISD  19950100
NAM  Mizokami et al.
OCL  369 59
UREF
PNO  5448543
ISD  19950900
NAM  Mizokami et al.
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  5835461
ISD  19981100
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  369 48
UREF
PNO  5848050
ISD  19981200
NAM  Nagasawa et al.
OCL  369275.3
ABST
PAL  An optical disc recording method and apparatus which records a clock
      stabilization information additionally on a discontinuous recording
      position in the signal track of the optical disc on which a support signal
      in the soft sector system is preformatted. The method and apparatus
      records a clock stabilization information on a part of unit blocks
      adjacent to the discontinuous recording position in the signal track of
      the optical disc on which a support signal for dividing the signal track
      into unit blocks is preformatted in a separate area different from the
      signal track. Further, a user information is recorded on the remaining
      part of the unit blocks adjacent to the discontinuous recording position.
      Accordingly, the user information recorded on a position adjacent to the
      discontinuous recording position in the signal track of the optical disc
      can be stabbly reproduced, and a recording capacity of the optical disc
      can be improved.
PATN
WKU  059912510
SRC  8
APN  9375872
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970929
TTL  Method and apparatus for changing laser beam power of an optical storage
      device for various types of compact disks
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Edun; Muhammad
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Sakurai; Tatsuaki
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kudo; Ryuji
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sofue; Masaaki
CTY  Machida
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ricoh Company, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970311
APN  9-055918
CLAS
OCL  369 54
XCL  369 58
XCL  369116
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  700
FSC  369
FSS  54;53;58;47;48;49;50;59;60;116;112;13
UREF
PNO  5544137
ISD  19960800
NAM  Ohara et al.
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  5706271
ISD  19980100
NAM  Hashimote
XCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  5724328
ISD  19980300
NAM  Yanagi
XCL  369 54
LREP
FRM  Dickstein Shapiro Morin & Oshinsky, LLP
ABST
PAL  A layer beam controller for an optical storage apparatus includes a laser
      beam generator, a laser beam power varier for varying the laser beam power
      to first, second, and third power levels, a memory for storing
      predetermined reference values including first reference values
      corresponding to the first power level and second reference values
      corresponding to the second power level, a light amount detector for
      detecting a light amount of the laser beam, a laser beam power corrector
      for correcting the laser beam power at the respective power level by
      comparing the light amount and a corresponding one of the predetermined
      reference values selected by a type of the compact disk in operation in
      the optical storage apparatus. The laser beam controller further includes
      a power level assigner for assigning the first, second and third power
      levels based on the type of disk.
PATN
WKU  059912529
SRC  8
APN  8978670
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970721
TTL  Method and apparatus for reducing the width of marks written in optical
      media
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Edun; Muhammad
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Nob
CTY  Torrance
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Wu; Daniel
CTY  Cerritos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Discovision Associates
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  369 59
XCL  369 58
XCL  369116
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  700
FSC  369
FSS  59;47;48;49;50;54;58;116;110;109
UREF
PNO  5130971
ISD  19920700
NAM  Ohno et al.
OCL  369116
UREF
PNO  5469422
ISD  19951100
NAM  Sohmuta
XCL  369116
UREF
PNO  5487059
ISD  19960100
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  369116
LREP
FR2  Bollella; Donald
FR2  Stokey; Richard
ABST
PAL  The present invention includes a method and apparatus for reducing the
      width of a mark written in optical media. When forming a long mark, the
      prior art recording methods typically cause blooming at the edges of the
      mark, resulting in a wide mark pattern which may be sensed by the read
      focused spot reading an adjacent track causing increased adjacent track
      crosstalk (ATC). However, by removing every other pulse from the write
      pulse waveform, the cooling sequence of the writing process is
      sufficiently increased to allow for additional cooling between pulses.
      When forming marks with less pulses, the effects of blooming are
      substantially reduced. Thus, because of the reduction in the effect of
      blooming, the problems associated with ATC, whereby adjacent track
      information is recorded, is substantially reduced.
PATN
WKU  059912537
SRC  9
APN  1952293
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19981118
TTL  Optical disk device and replacement processing method
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Edun; Muhammad
NDR  18
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Yamamuro; Mikio
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960325
APN  8-068529
RLAP
COD  74
APN  826753
APD  19970324
CLAS
OCL  369 59
XCL  369 58
XCL  369 47
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  700
FSC  369
FSS  42;48;49;50;54;58;59;32
FSC  360
FSS  48;51
UREF
PNO  4730290
ISD  19880300
NAM  Takasago et al.
OCL  369 32
UREF
PNO  4742507
ISD  19880500
NAM  Kuroki et al.
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  4774700
ISD  19880900
NAM  Satoh et al.
UREF
PNO  4791622
ISD  19881200
NAM  Clay et al.
OCL  369 58
UREF
PNO  4821254
ISD  19890400
NAM  Satoh et al.
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  4835757
ISD  19890500
NAM  Abiko
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  4841498
ISD  19890600
NAM  Sugimura et al.
OCL  369 58
UREF
PNO  4885735
ISD  19891200
NAM  Fukushima et al.
OCL  369 59
UREF
PNO  4935825
ISD  19900600
NAM  Worrell et al.
OCL  360 54
UREF
PNO  4949326
ISD  19900800
NAM  Takagi et al.
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  4986668
ISD  19910100
NAM  Fukushima
OCL  369 59
UREF
PNO  5111444
ISD  19920500
NAM  Fukushima et al.
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  5130969
ISD  19920700
NAM  Sako
OCL  369 58
UREF
PNO  5132956
ISD  19920700
NAM  Ichikawa
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  5202876
ISD  19930400
NAM  Takagi et al.
OCL  369 58
UREF
PNO  5233584
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kulakowski et al.
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  5235585
ISD  19930800
NAM  Bish et al.
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  5237553
ISD  19930800
NAM  Funahashi et al.
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  5271018
ISD  19931200
NAM  Chan
OCL  371 10.2
UREF
PNO  5303219
ISD  19940400
NAM  Kulakowski et al.
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  5319626
ISD  19940600
NAM  Ozaki et al.
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  5319627
ISD  19940600
NAM  Shinno et al.
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  5343453
ISD  19940800
NAM  Ogino
OCL  369 44
UREF
PNO  5357381
ISD  19941000
NAM  Yasuda et al.
OCL  360 53
UREF
PNO  5442614
ISD  19950800
NAM  Tamegai
OCL  369 58
UREF
PNO  5471449
ISD  19951100
NAM  Kaneko et al.
OCL  369 32
UREF
PNO  5526335
ISD  19960600
NAM  Tamegai
OCL  369 59
UREF
PNO  5528571
ISD  19960600
NAM  Funahashi et al.
OCL  369 58
UREF
PNO  5541903
ISD  19960700
NAM  Funahashi et al.
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  5553045
ISD  19960900
NAM  Obata
OCL  369 58
UREF
PNO  5574708
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kawakami
OCL  369 58
UREF
PNO  5666335
ISD  19970900
NAM  Horibe
OCL  369 32
UREF
PNO  5715221
ISD  19980200
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  369 54
UREF
PNO  5793724
ISD  19980800
NAM  Ichikawa et al.
XCL  369 59
UREF
PNO  5805547
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yamamuro
FREF
PNO  60-186926
ISD  19850900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-202573
ISD  19851000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-20141
ISD  19870100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-140476
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-205661
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-28061
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-67471
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-141721
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-172662
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-36210
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-114247
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-128734
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-111479
ISD  19940400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-203480
ISD  19940700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-243591
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-259886
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-319636
ISD  19951200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Improving Direct Access Storage Device Reclaim, "700 IBM Technical
      Disclosure Bulletin", vol. 3, No. 4, Sep. 1987, Armonk, NY, 11849 and
      1851.
PAL  Gregory Hite, Disk Sparing Methods Affect Capacity and Transfer Rates,
      "Computer Technology Review", vol. 11, No. 14, Dec. 11, 1991, Los Angeles,
      39-42 and 44.
PAL  Hospodor, et al., "The Changing Nature of Disk Controllers", Proceedings of
      the IEEE, vol. 81, No. 4, Apr. 1, 1993, pp. 586-594.
PAL  "High-Speed Formation Operation for a Disk File", IBM Technical Disclosure
      Bulletin, vol. 36, No. 8, Aug. 1, 1993, pp. 673-674.
PAL  Hashimoto, Japanese patent abstract for 4-114371, filed Sep. 5, 1990,
      published Apr. 5, 1992.
PAL  Toshiba Corporation, partial translation of Japanese patent application
      8-129458, filed Oct. 31, 1994, published May 21, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  In this invention, in an optical disk on which data is to be recorded in
      units of one ECC block constructed by 16 sectors, dummy data is recorded
      at the manufacturing time or at the initial time such as the application
      starting time, then the dummy data is reproduced to determine a sector
      with primary defect, the address of the sector which is determined to have
      the primary defect is recorded on the optical disk, and at the time of
      data recording, data recording is effected in units of one ECC block while
      skipping over the sector with the primary defect. The determining
      condition for the primary defect is a case where address data of the
      address field cannot be reproduced, or where the number of rows in which
      the number of error bytes is four or more is five or more. Further, in the
      optical disk on which data is to be recorded in units of one ECC block,
      data is recorded at the time of data recording other than the initial
      time, then the data is reproduced to determine an ECC block having a
      sector with secondary defect, and data of the ECC block which is
      determined to have the sector with secondary defect is recorded in an ECC
      block which is separately prepared. The determining condition for the
      secondary defect is a case where address data of the address field cannot
      be reproduced (first condition), where the number of rows in which the
      number of error bytes is four or more is five or more (second condition),
      where the number of rows in which the number of error bytes is four or
      more is not larger than five, the number of rows in which the number of
      error bytes is four or more is three or more and the number of rows in
      which the number of error bytes in one block area is four or more is ten
      or more, or where at least two sector areas in which the number of rows in
      which the number of error bytes is four or more is five or less and the
      number of rows in which the number of error bytes is four or more is three
      or more are present in one block area.
PATN
WKU  059912545
SRC  8
APN  9030638
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970730
TTL  Optical pickup having a multi-coated polarization holographic element
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Edun; Muhammad N.
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Lee; Chul-woo
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Cho; Keon-ho
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Chung; Chong-sam
CTY  Seongnam
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960730
APN  96-31539
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960730
APN  96-31540
CLAS
OCL  369112
XCL  369103
XCL  369109
XCL  369110
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  700
FSC  369
FSS  112;109;110;103;44.12;44.27;44.37
FREF
PNO  0612068 A2
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey
ABST
PAL  An optical pickup adopting a multi-coated polarization holographic optical
      element (HOE). The optical pickup has a light source, an objective lens
      for converging light emitted from the light source on a recording medium,
      a holographic optical element (HOE) arranged along an optical path between
      the light source and the objective lens, for changing traveling of the
      incident light, a phase delay plate arranged between the HOE and the
      recording medium, for changing a polarization direction of the incident
      light, and a photodetector for receiving the light reflected by the
      recording medium, wherein the HOE includes a polarization beam splitter
      for transmitting one polarized light component of the incident light and
      reflecting the other polarized light component thereof; and a reflection
      member having a hologram pattern for diffracting the light passed through
      the polarization beam splitter, for reflecting the incident light, and
      wherein the HOE is arranged at an angle between the light source and the
      phase delay plate. Also, when a transmission-type HOE is adopted, the
      phase delay plate is arranged at an angle along the optical path between
      the HOE and the objective lens and includes multiple coating layers for
      transmitting one polarized light component of the light incident from the
      light source and reflecting the other polarized light component, and a
      reflection layer formed on one side of the multiple coating layers, for
      completely reflecting the incident light.
PATN
WKU  059912553
SRC  8
APN  9582967
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19971027
TTL  Optical head using a light blocking device to lower the numerical
      aperture of an incident beam
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Chu; Kim-Kwok
EXP  Neyzari; Ali
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Junichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961028
APN  8-285482
CLAS
OCL  369112
XCL  369 4424
XCL  369 94
XCL  369118
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  7135
FSC  369
FSS  112;94;118;110;116;109;44.23;44.24;44.37
FSC  250
FSS  201.5
UREF
PNO  5231624
ISD  19930700
NAM  Finegan
OCL  369116
UREF
PNO  5659533
ISD  19970800
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  369112
UREF
PNO  5665957
ISD  19970900
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  250201.5
UREF
PNO  5793734
ISD  19980800
NAM  Tsuchiya et al.
OCL  369112
UREF
PNO  5809000
ISD  19980900
NAM  Choi
OCL  369112
UREF
PNO  5822295
ISD  19981000
NAM  Sohumta
OCL  369118
UREF
PNO  5867468
ISD  19990200
NAM  Mori et al.
OCL  369112
FREF
PNO  5-120720
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-98431
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-105566
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Yoshiaki Komma et al., "Dual Focus Optical Head with a Hologram-Integrated
      Lens", 1996 Technical Digest Series, vol. 12, Jul., 1996, pp. 314-316.
PAL  Man-Hyung Lee et al, "Liquid Crystal Shutter-Optical Head for DVD Player
      with CD Compatibility", 1996 Technical Digest Series, vol. 12, Jul., 1996,
      pp. 317-319.
PAL  Seiji Kajiyama et al., "DVD/CD Compatible Pick-Up Using Liquid Crystal
      Shutter", 1996 Technical Digest Series, vol. 12, Jul., 1996, pp. 320-322.
PAL  Ryuichi Katayama et al., "Dual Wavelength Optical Head for 0.6mm and 1.2mm
      Substrate Thickness", 1996 Technical Digest Series, vol. 12, Jul., 1996,
      pp. 323-325.
PAL  Chul Woo Lee et al., "A Compact Disc Compatible Digital Video Disc Pickup
      Using Annular Mask", 1996 Technical Digest Series, vol. 12, Jul., 1996,
      pp. 348-350.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  It is an object of the invention to provide a compatible optical head
      apparatus for optical disks with different thicknesses. A laser beam
      emitted by a semiconductor laser is convert into a collimated laser beam
      by a collimator lens and passes through a circular aperture, hence an
      effective NA of an objective lens is reduced. Accordingly, the effective
      NA for the incident laser beam on the optical disks is lower than that for
      the reflected laser beam from the optical disk by more than 0.1. Moreover,
      in the optical head apparatus according to another embodiment, another
      semiconductor laser with a different lasing wavelength is provided, and
      when a recorded signal of the optical disk with a wavelength dependent
      characteristic is reproduced, only one of the semiconductor lasers is
      activated in accordance with the characteristic of the optical disk to be
      reproduced.
PATN
WKU  059912561
SRC  8
APN  5268745
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19950912
TTL  Multiple disc changing and playing apparatus having disk rack boards, a
      carrier and a recorder generator
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Korzuch; William R.
NDR  78
NFG  94
INVT
NAM  Nonaka; Wataru
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Masahiko
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hakoishi; Takahisa
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Itawaki; Motofumi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Masaharu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940915
APN  6-246949
CLAS
OCL  369178
XCL  369192
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 3314
FSC  369
FSS  178;191;192;36;75.1
FSC  360
FSS  97.01;97.02;98.04;92
UREF
PNO  4949328
ISD  19900800
NAM  Kase et al.
OCL  369 75.2
UREF
PNO  5236258
ISD  19930800
NAM  Bunch
XCL  360 92
UREF
PNO  5267225
ISD  19931100
NAM  Fukasawa et al.
OCL  369 36
UREF
PNO  5353269
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  369 36
UREF
PNO  5418763
ISD  19950500
NAM  Ichikawa et al.
XCL  369178
UREF
PNO  5638347
ISD  19970600
NAM  Baca et al.
XCL  369 36
UREF
PNO  5726967
ISD  19980300
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  369192
UREF
PNO  5729524
ISD  19980300
NAM  Pines et al.
OCL  369178
FREF
PNO  2 232 524
ISD  19901200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 279 490
ISD  19950100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 015, No. 041 (P-1160), Jan. 31, 1991 &
      JP-A-02 276056 (Mitsubishi Electric Corp.), Nov 9,1990 , abstract.
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug, LLP.
FR2  Frommer; William S.
ABST
PAL  A disc changer is provided to support each of a plurality of bare discs for
      recording and/or regeneration on a separate disc rack board without
      requiring a cartridge. The disc rack boards are positioned so as to form a
      vertical stack. A carrier is provided which moves only in the vertical
      direction along the vertical stack of disc rack boards. Furthermore, a
      plurality of disc drives is provided in a vertical stack opposing the
      vertical stack of disc rack boards. A hand is provided which moves only in
      a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the carrier moves, and
      operates to transfer one of the plurality of bare discs between one of the
      plurality of disc rack boards and the carrier and between one of the
      plurality of disc drives and the carrier. Thus, the number of discs which
      may be loaded is increased while the size of the disc changer is
      minimized.
PATN
WKU  059912570
SRC  8
APN  9793720
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19971126
TTL  Disk with zones of tracks segmented into data frames, with tracks closer
      to the disk edge having more frames, and a data recording/reproducing
      method and apparatus using such disk
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Dinh; Tan
NDR  14
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Shoei
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nomoto; Tadaaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uehara; Shuji
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960202
APN  8-017292
RLAP
COD  74
APN  789085
APD  19970127
PSC  01
PNO  5754522
CLAS
OCL  3692753
XCL  369 48
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  724
FSC  369
FSS  275.3;275.2;58;47;48;54;32;275.4
UREF
PNO  5339302
ISD  19940800
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  369 58
UREF
PNO  5388093
ISD  19950200
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  369124
UREF
PNO  5506823
ISD  19960400
NAM  Sanada
OCL  369 48
UREF
PNO  5587901
ISD  19961200
NAM  Yamagami et al.
OCL  369275.3
UREF
PNO  5590097
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kashiwakura et al.
OCL  369 13
UREF
PNO  5696752
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hajjar et al.
OCL  369124
UREF
PNO  5828639
ISD  19981000
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  369275.3
UREF
PNO  5835461
ISD  19981100
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  369275.3
UREF
PNO  5878024
ISD  19990300
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  369275.3
LREP
FRM  Limbach & Limbach L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A disk to which sectors and clusters of data can be written, wherein each
      of the sectors includes an arbitrary first number of data frames and each
      of the clusters includes an arbitrary number of sectors, wherein the disk
      includes a region for recording the data, wherein the region is segmented
      into zones, a first set of at least one of the zones is located adjacent
      to a second set of at least one of the zones, the second set is located
      closer to an outer circumferential side of the disk than is the first set,
      each track of the first set is segmented into a second number of data
      frames, and each track of the second set is segmented into a third number
      of data frames, where the third number is the sum of the second number and
      a fourth number smaller than the first number. Other aspects of the
      invention are a method and apparatus for recording data to or reproducing
      data from such a disk.
PATN
WKU  059912588
SRC  8
APN  8116008
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970228
TTL  Optical disk having data stored on a land portion and a groove portion
      with the land portion having a greater width than the groove portion
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Hindi; Nabil
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Morita; Seiji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumoto; Hiroyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nikon Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960229
APN  8-042996
CLAS
OCL  3692754
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  700
FSC  369
FSS  275.1;275.2;275.3;275.4;13
UREF
PNO  5115424
ISD  19920500
NAM  Nakajima et al.
OCL  369275.1
UREF
PNO  5386411
ISD  19950100
NAM  Yanagisawa et al.
OCL  369275.4
UREF
PNO  5430706
ISD  19950700
NAM  Utsunomiya et al.
OCL  369275.4
UREF
PNO  5517486
ISD  19960500
NAM  Haneda
OCL  369275.4
UREF
PNO  5581539
ISD  19961200
NAM  Horie et al.
OCL  369275.1
UREF
PNO  5586109
ISD  19961200
NAM  Inui et al.
OCL  369275.1
UREF
PNO  5602824
ISD  19970200
NAM  Ooki et al.
OCL  369275.4
UREF
PNO  5635267
ISD  19970600
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  369283
UREF
PNO  5673250
ISD  19970900
NAM  Mieda et al.
OCL  369 32
UREF
PNO  5745475
ISD  19980400
NAM  Ohno et al.
OCL  369275.4
UREF
PNO  5852591
ISD  19961200
NAM  Fukumoto
OCL  369275.4
UREF
PNO  6406546
ISD  19950400
NAM  Uchiyama et al.
OCL  369275.4
FREF
PNO  596 716
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  6-223421
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
ABST
PAL  An optical disk and its recording and playback method. The optical disk has
      a groove portion and a land portion, in which the land portion is at a
      distance of greater than or equal to 100 nm from the groove portion and
      the land portion has a land width greater than a groove width of the
      groove portion. The method includes recording the data on a groove portion
      and a land portion of the optical disk; and playing back the recorded data
      with a land reflectivity equal to groove reflectivity when the land
      portion is at a distance of greater than or equal to 100 nm from the
      groove portion and a land width of the land portion is greater than a
      groove width of the groove portion.
PATN
WKU  059912596
SRC  8
APN  8862990
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970701
TTL  Optical disk with tracking guide of wind and unwind portions
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Dinh; Tan
NDR  15
NFG  37
INVT
NAM  Nakayama; Junichiro
CTY  Shiki-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Iketani; Naoyasu
CTY  Tenri
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mieda; Michinobu
CTY  Shiki-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Murakami; Yoshiteru
CTY  Nishinomiya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takahashi; Akira
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960705
APN  8-176199
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961030
APN  8-287740
CLAS
OCL  3692754
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  724
FSC  369
FSS  275.4;275.2;272;277;278;279
FSC  428
FSS  64.4;64.1
FSC  430
FSS  321;320
UREF
PNO  4862447
ISD  19890800
NAM  Opheij
UREF
PNO  5303216
ISD  19940400
NAM  Shinoda et al.
OCL  369 44.13
UREF
PNO  5463614
ISD  19951000
NAM  Morita
OCL  369275.4
UREF
PNO  5537373
ISD  19960700
NAM  Horikiri
OCL  369 44.13
UREF
PNO  5539724
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ohtomo
OCL  369275.4
UREF
PNO  5715217
ISD  19980200
NAM  Fuji
OCL  369275.4
UREF
PNO  5820795
ISD  19981000
NAM  Takemori et al.
OCL  264  1.36
UREF
PNO  5844883
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kanno et al.
OCL  369275.4
FREF
PNO  3 153 674
ISD  19820100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3 620 301
ISD  19870100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  5-314538
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Dike, Bronstein, Roberts & Cushman, LLP
FR2  Conlin; David G.
FR2  Daley, Jr.; William J.
ABST
PAL  An optical disk substrate in which a winding groove, which is winding in
      accordance with address information, and a normal groove, which is not
      winding, are placed alternately in the radial direction as tracking guides
      used for tracking control. With respect to this optical disk substrate, a
      laser beam, which is used for forming patterns for the tracking guides, is
      applied while being switched alternately between the first mode that
      exerts oscillations in the disk radial direction in accordance with the
      address information and the second mode that does not exert oscillations.
      An optical disk has a construction in which at least a recording layer is
      formed on the optical disk substrate.
PATN
WKU  059912600
SRC  8
APN  6031625
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960220
TTL  Disk cartridge and disk device using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  65
ECL  1
EXP  Cao; Allen T.
NDR  13
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Kano; Kiyoshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohtsuka; Yasuo
CTY  Chigasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shiraishi; Mikio
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takeuchi; Toshifumi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Masafumi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Inoue; Masayuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Yoshio
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miura; Michio
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950220
APN  7-030414
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950220
APN  7-030415
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950306
APN  7-045247
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950603
APN  7-045246
CLAS
OCL  369291
XCL  360133
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  370
ICL  G11B 2303
FSC  360
FSS  133;99.02;99.06
FSC  369
FSS  291;77.1-77.2;75.1-75.2
UREF
PNO  3715040
ISD  19730200
NAM  Polus et al.
UREF
PNO  4689705
ISD  19870800
NAM  Oishi et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  4876619
ISD  19891000
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  360 97.01
UREF
PNO  4989191
ISD  19910100
NAM  Kuo
OCL  369 33
UREF
PNO  5272693
ISD  19931200
NAM  Fujisawa
OCL  369291
UREF
PNO  5293293
ISD  19940300
NAM  Iwata et al.
OCL  369291
UREF
PNO  5303214
ISD  19940400
NAM  Kulakowski et al.
OCL  369 36
UREF
PNO  5530691
ISD  19960600
NAM  Fujisawa
OCL   36291
UREF
PNO  5539599
ISD  19960700
NAM  Wilder
OCL  369291
UREF
PNO  5748609
ISD  19980500
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  369291
UREF
PNO  5757764
ISD  19980500
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  369291
UREF
PNO  5825747
ISD  19981000
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  369291
FREF
PNO  000355011
ISD  19900200
CNT  EPX
OCL  369291
FREF
PNO  2-128388
ISD  19900500
CNT  JPX
OCL  369291
FREF
PNO  4-1985
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
OCL  369291
FREF
PNO  5-28692
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-81815
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-242625
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-12810
ISD  19940100
CNT  JPX
OCL  369291
FREF
PNO  6-84315
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-180958
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3002033
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-267226
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2272990
ISD  19940600
CNT  GBX
OCL  369291
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  A disk cartridge and a disk device for receiving the disk cartridge to
      enable recording and/or reproducing of information from or on a disk
      housed within the disk cartridge. The disk cartridge includes a disk in
      which information is recorded and/or reproduced, a case for housing the
      disk which case has opposite faces including a window in a respective face
      for exposing a part of the disk therethrough. A shutter is mounted with
      respect to the case so as to open or close a window of a respective face
      of the case with the shutter being movable in opposite directions with
      respect to the window from a position in which the window is closed to a
      position in which the window is open. The disk cartridge may include an
      openable part of the case for enabling the disk to be taken in and out of
      the case through the openable part thereof and a discrimination
      arrangement for enabling discrimination of different types of disk
      cartridges from one another. The disk cartridge may be arranged to enable
      exchange of disks of a same or different format including CD (compact
      disk), DVD (digital video disk) and PD (phase change disk) and the
      discrimination arrangement enables prevention of a disk cartridge of one
      different type from being erroneously inserted into a disk device
      receiving apparatus which is not compatible for the different type of disk
      cartridge.
PATN
WKU  059912618
SRC  8
APN  9883223
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971210
TTL  Write inhibit tab for disc cartridge
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Ometz; David L.
NDR  20
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Maeda; Keiichi
CTY  Mito
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kato; Akira
CTY  Mito
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Victor Company of Japan, Ltd.
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961211
APN  8-352006
CLAS
OCL  369291
XCL  360133
XCL  360 60
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 2303
ICL  G11B 1904
ICL  G11B 1516
FSC  369
FSS  291
FSC  360
FSS  132;133;60
UREF
PNO  4536812
ISD  19850800
NAM  Oishi et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  4805061
ISD  19890200
NAM  Champagne et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  4860127
ISD  19890800
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  5041923
ISD  19910800
NAM  Iwata et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  5087998
ISD  19920200
NAM  Oishi
OCL  360 60
UREF
PNO  5121279
ISD  19920600
NAM  Saeki et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  5293293
ISD  19940300
NAM  Iwata et al.
OCL  369291
UREF
PNO  5325256
ISD  19940600
NAM  Miyazaki et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  5367422
ISD  19941100
NAM  Fujisawa et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  5371644
ISD  19941200
NAM  Hoge et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  5539600
ISD  19960700
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  360133
UREF
PNO  5748419
ISD  19980500
NAM  Langseth et al.
OCL  369291
UREF
PNO  5757764
ISD  19980500
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  369291
UREF
PNO  5805566
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kobayashi
OCL  369291
FREF
PNO  63-153779
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
OCL  369291
FREF
PNO  1-81779
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-123580
ISD  19900500
CNT  JPX
OCL  369291
FREF
PNO  3-156784
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-242626
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Lieberstein; Eugene
FR2  Meller; Michael N.
ABST
PAL  A disc cartridge 1 for installing a rotary disc has a write inhibit tab 57
      which is provided to be slid and indicates a writable or nonwritable
      status of the disc by its position. The write inhibit tab is comprised of
      a main body 58, upper and lower slide portions 65 through 68 formed
      respectively on upper and lower side ends of the main body, groove shaped
      intermediate slide portions 69 and 70 formed between the upper and lower
      slide portions, first projections 63 and 64 formed at distal ends of
      elastic arms extended from the main body, and second projections 71 and 72
      formed on the intermediate slide portions. When the write inhibit tab is
      used for a disc cartridge of an unremovable disc, the upper and lower
      slide portions and the first projections are used, and when the write
      inhibit tab is used for a disc cartridge of a removable disc, the
      intermediate slide portions and the second projections are used.
PATN
WKU  059912626
SRC  8
APN  8295646
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970331
TTL  Method and apparatus for reducing peak-to-average power ratio of a
      composite carrier signal
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Ngo; Ricky Q.
EXP  Pham; Chi H.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Laird; Kevin Michael
CTY  Keller
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Smith; Jack Anthony
CTY  Bedford
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370209
XCL  370249
XCL  455126
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  7214
ICL  H04J 1300
FSC  370
FSS  203;208;209;335;342;441;527;529;249
FSC  375
FSS  200;206;359;208;367
FSC  455
FSS  38.1;501;63;67.3;126
UREF
PNO  5103459
ISD  19920400
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  370209
UREF
PNO  5515396
ISD  19960500
NAM  Dalekotzin
OCL  370209
UREF
PNO  5623485
ISD  19970400
NAM  Bi
OCL  370209
UREF
PNO  5712869
ISD  19980100
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  370209
LREP
FR2  Sonnentag; Richard A.
FR2  Beladi; Hossein
FR2  Donato, Jr.; Mario J.
ABST
PAL  A peak-reducing waveform is estimated and summed with a composite signal to
      reduce the peak-to-average power ratio of the composite signal. The
      estimate of the peak-reducing waveform is modified to have Walsh code
      components orthogonal to the assigned Walsh codes. An iterative process of
      estimating subsequent peak-reducing waveform is implemented to produce a
      peak-reducing waveform which, when summed with the composite signal,
      results in a composite signal having a peak-to-average ratio at a desired
      level and thus does not have the effects of remodulating the assigned
      Walsh codes. Constraints on the magnitude of the unassigned Walsh code
      components can be included for controlling the power level under the
      unassigned Walsh codes.
PATN
WKU  059912634
SRC  8
APN  7227167
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19960930
TTL  Channel and data link automatic restoration
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Hsu; Alpus H.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Bales; Bruce M.
CTY  Louisville
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  North; Sandra S.
CTY  Berthoud
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Thieler; Stephen M.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370225
XCL  370524
XCL  379221
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  312
ICL  H04M 1100
FSC  370
FSS  216;217;218;225;228;264;389;400;409;410;420;438;465;469;522;524
FSC  340
FSS  825.01;825.03;826;827
FSC  379
FSS  93.01;93.14;201;219;220;221;271;272;273
UREF
PNO  4993014
ISD  19910200
NAM  Gordon
OCL  370225
UREF
PNO  5014266
ISD  19910500
NAM  Bales et al.
OCL  370522
UREF
PNO  5142525
ISD  19920800
NAM  Nakatsuma
OCL  370524
UREF
PNO  5159594
ISD  19921000
NAM  Bales et al.
OCL  370409
UREF
PNO  5182750
ISD  19930100
NAM  Bales et al.
OCL  370221
UREF
PNO  5182751
ISD  19930100
NAM  Bales et al.
OCL  370524
UREF
PNO  5386466
ISD  19950100
NAM  Bales et al.
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5390242
ISD  19950200
NAM  Bales et al.
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  5463629
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ko
OCL  370524
LREP
FR2  Moran; John C.
ABST
PAL  A communication switching system having a plurality of switch nodes with
      each of the switch nodes responsive to a failure of a communication link
      within a group of communication links to switch active calls from channels
      of the failed communication link to idle channels of other communication
      links within the group of communication links. If no idle channels are
      available within the group of communication links when the communication
      link fails, a predefined time is waited for a channel to become idle or a
      new communication link to be added to the group of communication links
      before the active channels are abandoned. Advantageously, the switching of
      the active calls to idle channels occurs quickly so that only a momentary
      interruption of the calls occurs. The group of communication links may
      advantageously be a non-facility access service (NFAS) group having a
      combination of ISDN BRI and PRI communication links. The calls can be
      either voice, video, or data calls.
PATN
WKU  059912642
SRC  8
APN  7535597
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961126
TTL  Method and apparatus for isolating network failures by applying alarms
      to failure spans
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Zimmerman; Brian
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Croslin; William D.
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  MCI Communications Corporation
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370225
XCL  709224
XCL  709239
XCL  370248
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  313
FSC  370
FSS  225;227;248
FSC  395
FSS  182.02;185.02
FSC  340
FSS  827
FSC  709
FSS  224;239
UREF
PNO  4577066
ISD  19860300
NAM  Bimonte et al.
UREF
PNO  4825206
ISD  19890400
NAM  Brice
OCL  340827
UREF
PNO  4884263
ISD  19891100
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  370225
UREF
PNO  4920529
ISD  19900300
NAM  Sasaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5187740
ISD  19930200
NAM  Swaim et al.
OCL  379209
UREF
PNO  5335268
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kelly, Jr. et al.
OCL  379112
UREF
PNO  5435003
ISD  19950700
NAM  Chng
OCL  395182.02
UREF
PNO  5459716
ISD  19951000
NAM  Fahim et al.
UREF
PNO  5463615
ISD  19951000
NAM  Steinhorn
UREF
PNO  5537532
ISD  19960700
NAM  Chng
OCL  395182.02
UREF
PNO  5586112
ISD  19961200
NAM  Tabata
OCL  370225
UREF
PNO  5636203
ISD  19970600
NAM  Shah
OCL  370244
UREF
PNO  5646936
ISD  19970700
NAM  Shah et al.
OCL  370228
UREF
PNO  5706422
ISD  19980100
NAM  Maruyama
OCL  395182.02
FREF
PNO  0 494 513 A2
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/10149
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Herzberg et al. "The Hop-Limit Approach for Spare-Capacity Assignment in
      Survivable Networks" IEEE Dec. 3, 1995.
PAL  Dighe, et al. "A Link Based Alternative Routing Scheme for Network
      Restoration under Failure" IEEE May 1995.
PAL  Grover et al. "Near Optimal Spare Capacity Planning in a Mesh Restorable
      Network" IEEE Jan. 1991.
PAL  Hasegawa et al. "Dynamic Reconfiguration of Digital Cross-Connect Systems
      with Network Control and Management" IEEE.
PAL  Bellary et al. "Intelligent Transport Network Survivability: Study of
      Distributed and Centralized Control Techniques" IEEE 1990.
PAL  Shimazaki et al. "Neopilot: An Integrated ISDN Fault Management System"
      IEEE Feb. 1990.
PAL  Shimazake et al. "Network Fault Management" Sep. 1992.
PAL  Newport, et al. "Network Survivability Through Connectivity Optimization "
      IEEE 1987.
PAL  Flanagan et al. "Principles and Technologies for Planning Survivability-A
      Metropolitan Case Study", IEEE 1989.
PAL  M. Wehr "Protection of Synchronous Transmission Networks", Commutation and
      Transmission, No. 4, 1993.
PAL  Coan, et al. "Using Distributed Topology Update and Preplanned
      Configurations to Achieve Trunk Network Survivability" IEEE Oct. 1991.
PAL  Manione et al. "An Inconsistencies Tolerant Approach in the Fault Diagnosis
      of Telecommunications Networks" Feb. 14, 1994.
PAL  Bouloutas, et al. "Alarm Correlation and Fault Identification in
      Communication Networks" Feb. 1, 1994
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for analyzing a telecommunications network and
      isolating failures within the network first receives alarms from various
      nodes in the network as a result of a failure. The method selects one
      alarm and then retrieves topology data associated with a trunk that caused
      the selected alarm to be generated. The method collects all alarms from
      the nodes traversed by the selected trunk and applies the collected alarms
      to the retrieved topology. The method identifies or retrieves information
      corresponding to maximum failure spans that can be restored with a single
      restoration route (failure spans) for the selected trunk. Thereafter, the
      method applies the selected alarms to the corresponding failure spans to
      identify the single failure span containing the failure to thereby isolate
      the failure. By isolating a failure to within a failure span, the present
      invention locates a failure with precision sufficient for determining an
      optimal restoral route, but minimized within a sufficient range of spans
      in the network so that processing time for isolating the failure is
      minimized. As a result, the identified failure span represents the
      isolation of the failure, and is the most granular isolation of a failure
      useful for restoring traffic impacted by the failure.
PATN
WKU  059912650
SRC  8
APN  7569505
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961202
TTL  Asynchronous transfer mode system and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  47
ECL  21
EXA  Wilson, Jr.; William H.
EXP  Zimmerman; Brian
NDR  18
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Lincoln; Bradford C.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Conexant Systems, Inc.
CTY  Newport Beach
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370229
XCL  370236
XCL  370391
XCL  370395
XCL  370234
XCL  370905
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  302
FSC  370
FSS  229;232;236;358;235;224;230;231;384;391;395;233;234;905
FSC  340
FSS  825.05;825.06
UREF
PNO  5365519
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kozaki et al.
XCL  370391
UREF
PNO  5457687
ISD  19951000
NAM  Newman
OCL  370232
UREF
PNO  5701291
ISD  19971200
NAM  Roberts
OCL  370232
UREF
PNO  5719853
ISD  19980200
NAM  Ikeda
OCL  370229
UREF
PNO  5737313
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kolarov et al.
OCL  370234
UREF
PNO  5745477
ISD  19980400
NAM  Zheng et al.
OCL  370230
UREF
PNO  5748901
ISD  19980500
NAM  Afek et al.
XCL  370229
UREF
PNO  5802040
ISD  19980800
NAM  Park et al.
OCL  370232
UREF
PNO  5805577
ISD  19980900
NAM  Jain et al.
OCL  370234
UREF
PNO  5812527
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kline et al.
OCL  370232
UREF
PNO  5831973
ISD  19981100
NAM  Yokotani et al.
OCL  370236
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  An ATM system transmits different types of cells (data, forward resource
      management (RM) and backward RM) from station A through switch(es) to
      station B. Different fields in an Available Bit Rate (ABR) table provide
      controls over the rate of such cell transmissions. First particular field
      values in such table control the selection of successive ones of cell
      decision blocks which determine the type of cell to be transmitted. Second
      particular field values in such table control the selection of one of a
      plurality of entries in an exponent table which also provides other
      parameter values controlling the generation of an explicit rate. Third
      particular field values in the ABR table control the selection of an
      individual one of a plurality of rate decision blocks each indicating an
      individual rate of cell transmission from the station A to the station B.
      Each of the rate decision blocks includes a plurality of fields which
      control changes from the individual one of the rate decision blocks to a
      rate decision block generally providing a reduced rate of cell
      transmission. These changes are dependent in part upon the relative times
      for the reception and transmission by the station of the different types
      of cells. One step in controlling the cell transmission rate is to select
      the lower one of the explicit rate and the rate indicated in the
      individual one of the rate decision blocks.
PATN
WKU  059912669
SRC  8
APN  820554&
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970319
TTL  Queue length based ABR flow control system
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Sam; Phirin
EXP  Olms; Douglas W.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Zheng; Qin
CTY  Boxborough
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Electric Information Technology Center America, Inc. (ITA)
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370229
XCL  370230
XCL  370234
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  116
ICL  H04J  314
FSC  370
FSS  229;230;231;232;233;234;235;252;389;412;413;414;415;416;417;418;419;428;395
      ;543
UREF
PNO  5210744
ISD  19930500
NAM  Yamanaka et al.
OCL  370413
UREF
PNO  5222108
ISD  19930600
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  370505
UREF
PNO  5400329
ISD  19950300
NAM  Tokurat et al.
OCL  370232
UREF
PNO  5457687
ISD  19951000
NAM  Newman
OCL  370232
UREF
PNO  5633859
ISD  19970500
NAM  Jain et al.
OCL  370234
UREF
PNO  5675576
ISD  19971000
NAM  Kalampoukas et al.
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5701291
ISD  19971200
NAM  Roberts
OCL  370232
UREF
PNO  5701292
ISD  19971200
NAM  Chiussi et al.
OCL  370232
UREF
PNO  5706288
ISD  19980100
NAM  Radhakrishnan et al.
OCL  370418
UREF
PNO  5719853
ISD  19980200
NAM  Ikeda
OCL  370229
LREP
FR2  Brinkman; Dirk
ABST
PAL  In an ATM network, a traffic management system is provided to allow simple
     nd effective implementation of rate-based available bit rate, or ABR, flow
      control at ATM switches, with the subject system using an innovative queue
      length based approach to calculate the cell rate that a source system can
      use to send cells. In one embodiment, the cell rate is calculated as an
      exponential function of the cell queue length at a switch, and the rate
      value is carried back to a source system via resource management, or RM,
      cells. The exponential rate calculation function provides a large
      stability region for a network for better flow control performance than
      other systems, with the subject system being easy to implement in ATM
      switches.
PATN
WKU  059912677
SRC  8
APN  7606818
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19961204
TTL  Fixed-length cell multiplex transmission apparatus, fixed-length cell
      multiplex transmission method, fixed-length cell transmtting apparatus,
      fixed-length cell multiplexing apparatus, and fixed-length cell
      distributing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Qureshi; Afsar M.
EXP  Hsu; Alpus H.
NDR  46
NFG  162
INVT
NAM  Monzawa; Takashi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Taniguchi; Shuhei
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Asato; Jun
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miura; Kenji
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Toyoda; Yoshimi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960411
APN  8-089135
CLAS
OCL  370230
XCL  370395
XCL  370429
XCL  370477
XCL  370412
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 1256
ICL  H04L 1254
ICL  H04J  318
ICL  G06F 1100
FSC  370
FSS  230;231;236;395;397;412;413;414;415;416;417;418;428;429;468;477
UREF
PNO  5313454
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bustini et al.
OCL  370230
UREF
PNO  5491691
ISD  19960200
NAM  Shtayer et al.
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5515377
ISD  19960500
NAM  Horne et al.
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5631908
ISD  19970500
NAM  Saxe
OCL  370468
UREF
PNO  5675574
ISD  19971000
NAM  Norizuki et al.
OCL  370230
UREF
PNO  5706279
ISD  19980100
NAM  Teraslinna
OCL  370232
UREF
PNO  5790522
ISD  19980800
NAM  Fichou et al.
OCL  370413
UREF
PNO  5812525
ISD  19980900
NAM  Teraslinna
OCL  370230
UREF
PNO  5867480
ISD  19990200
NAM  Thomas et al.
OCL  370230
UREF
PNO  5892766
ISD  19990400
NAM  Wicki et al.
OCL  370413
LREP
FRM  Helfgott & Karas, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A fixed-length cell multiplexing/distributing processing is disclosed. The
      apparatus for this processing includes a plurality of fixed-length cell
      transmitting apparatuses, each of which sends a fixed-length cell, and a
      fixed-length cell multiplexing apparatus which multiplexes the
      fixed-length cells received from the fixed-length cell transmitting
      apparatuses and outputs the thus multiplexed cells. One of the plurality
      of fixed-length cell transmitting apparatuses is configured as a
      highest-priority fixed-length cell transmitting apparatus. Further, the
      highest-priority fixed-length cell transmitting apparatus comprises a
      fixed-length cell storage section and a fixed-length cell read control
      section. The fixed-length cell multiplexing apparatus comprises a
      plurality of FIFO storage sections, an FIFO control section, and a
      multiplexing section. With this structure, information to be notified is
      divided into fixed-length cells for transmission. The fixed-length cell
      from the highest-priority fixed-length cell transmitting apparatus is
      directly output without storing it, thereby accurately performing
      first-come, first-served processing for fixed-length cells.
PATN
WKU  059912685
SRC  8
APN  8891869
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970707
TTL  Flow control mechanism of ABR traffic in ATM networks
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Ngo; Ricky Q.
EXP  Pham; Chi H.
NDR  13
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Awdeh; Ra'ed Y.
CTY  Ottawa
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Pillar; John Frank
CTY  Nepean
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Nortel Networks Corporation
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  370232
XCL  370253
XCL  370395
XCL  370235
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 1226
FSC  370
FSS  229-238;395;465;468;253
UREF
PNO  5737313
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kilarov et al.
OCL  370236
UREF
PNO  5748901
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kline et al.
OCL  370253
UREF
PNO  5754530
ISD  19980500
NAM  Awdeh et al.
OCL  370234
UREF
PNO  5777984
ISD  19980600
NAM  Gun et al.
OCL  370409
UREF
PNO  5805577
ISD  19980900
NAM  Jain et al.
OCL  370253
UREF
PNO  5812527
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kline et al.
OCL  370253
OREF
PAL  "ATM Forum Traffic Management Specification, Version 4.0" (Draft), S.S.
      Sathaye, ATM Forum/95-00113R9, Dec. 1995.
PAL  "Enhanced PRCA (Proportional Rate-Control Algorithm)", L. Roberts, ATM
      Forum/94-0735R1, Aug. 1994.
PAL  "NIST ER Switch Mechanism (An Example)", N. Golmie et al., ATM
      Forum/95-0695, Jun. 1995.
PAL  "Intelligent Congestion Control for ABR Service in ATM Networks", K. Y. Siu
      and H.-Y. Tzeng, Computer Communication Review, vol. 24, No. 4, pp.
      81-106, Oct. 1995.
PAL  "Example Switch Algorithm for Section 5.4 of TM Spec.", A. Barnhart, ATM
      Forum/95-0195, Feb. 1995.
PAL  "A Sample Switch Algorithm", R. Jain et al., ATM Forum/95-0178R1, Feb.
      1995.
PAL  "ERICA+: Extensions to the ERICA Switch Algorithm", R. Jain et al., ATM
      Forum/95-1346, Oct. 1995.
PAL  "The Rate-Based Flow Control Framework for the Available Bit Rate ATM
      Service", F. Bonomi and K. Fendick, IEEE Network, vol. 9, No. 2, pp.
      25-39, Mar./Apr. 1995.
LREP
FRM  Gowling, Strathy & Henderson
FR2  Toyooka; Yoshiharu
ABST
PAL  An ATM network carries several categories of services, each having its own
      traffic characteristics and performance requirements. The ABR (available
      bit rate) service category is the only existing one suited for
      high-reliability data communications, such as file transfer, LAN
      emulation, etc. The invention relates to the control of ABR traffic flow
      in an ATM network, to quickly utilize the bandwidth left unused by higher
      priority service categories while minimizing ABR cell loss, and
      maintaining fairness among ABR connections. On each ABR connection, the
      source end system periodically sends RM (resource management) cells to the
      corresponding destination end system which loops them back to the source.
      The ATM network may instruct the ABR sources of the exact rates it can
      support by modifying a certain field in the RM cells. The invention
      relates to techniques of deriving the proper explicit cell rate for each
      ABR connection which can grow to a fair level even under special
      conditions.
PATN
WKU  059912693
SRC  9
APN  1533932
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19980915
TTL  Wireline modem, communication system and method of setting-up such
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Phuongchau Ba
EXP  Nguyen; Chau
NDR  5
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Williamson; Roger James
CTY  Much Hadham
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Czajkowski; Igor Kajetan
CTY  Bishop Stortford
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Northern Telecom Limited
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  370241
XCL  370484
XCL  375222
XCL  375227
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3108
FSC  370
FSS  203;208;210;484-485;486;432;437;494-522;503;509;468
FSC  375
FSS  222;227;258;260
UREF
PNO  4589111
ISD  19860500
NAM  Adachi
OCL  371 32
UREF
PNO  4630126
ISD  19861200
NAM  Kaku et al.
OCL  358280
UREF
PNO  4780883
ISD  19881000
NAM  O'Connor et al.
OCL  370468
UREF
PNO  5285474
ISD  19940200
NAM  Chow et al.
OCL  375222
UREF
PNO  5461640
ISD  19951000
NAM  Gatherer
OCL  375231
UREF
PNO  5539777
ISD  19960700
NAM  Grube et al.
OCL  370207
LREP
FRM  Lee, Mann, Smith, McWilliams, Sweeney & Ohlson
ABST
PAL  To avoid spurious energy radiation from a wireline communication resource
      (42-44) supporting data over voice, such as in xDSL, modems (40, 46)
      supporting a multi-carrier transmission scheme undertake a line balance
      assessment (136-138) for each sub-channel carrier within the system.
      Specifically, an addressed modem (40) measures, for example, the signal to
      noise ratio of a differential transmission mode and a common transmission
      mode to provide the balance assessment (138). More particularly, a receive
      chain in the addressed modem is selectively switched (84) to receive the
      differential mode as appearing across the terminals of an isolation
      transformer (66) or the common mode (as seen with respect to ground) from
      a center tap (88) in a line-side winding (70) of the isolation transformer
      (66). Any sub-channel carrier that fails to provide a predetermined level
      of balance (140) is de-selected (141) by the modem and not used for
      traffic. Generally, the modems (40, 46) at both ends of the wire-line
      connection (42-44) notify one another of selected sub-channels, while the
      concept can be employed in a dynamic in-call fashion (152, 158-160).
PATN
WKU  059912707
SRC  9
APN  0056235
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19980109
TTL  Dynamic communication line analyzer apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Phunkulh; Bob A.
EXP  Patel; Ajit
NDR  10
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Zwan; Bryan J.
CTY  Clearwater
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Myers; Kenneth T.
CTY  Palm Harbor
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Digital Lightwave, Inc.
CTY  Clearwater
STA  FL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  619847
APD  19960319
PSC  01
PNO  5805571
CLAS
OCL  370249
XCL  379  5
XCL  371 205
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  116
ICL  H04J  314
FSC  370
FSS  241;242;243;244;245;246;247;248;249;250
FSC  371
FSS  20.1-20.5
FSC  379
FSS  1;4;5;21-23;26-28
UREF
PNO  3956601
ISD  19760500
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL  179175.3
UREF
PNO  4545011
ISD  19851000
NAM  Lon et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4708422
ISD  19871100
NAM  Arnoux
OCL  350 96.15
UREF
PNO  4841437
ISD  19890600
NAM  Lubarsky et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4894829
ISD  19900100
NAM  Monie et al.
OCL  371 20.1
UREF
PNO  5121342
ISD  19920600
NAM  Szymborski et al.
OCL  364412
UREF
PNO  5157665
ISD  19921000
NAM  Fakhraie-Fard
OCL  371 20.1
UREF
PNO  5173896
ISD  19921200
NAM  Dariano
OCL  370 13
UREF
PNO  5197062
ISD  19930300
NAM  Picklesimer
OCL  370 13
UREF
PNO  5251204
ISD  19931000
NAM  Izawa et al.
OCL  370 15
UREF
PNO  5260970
ISD  19931100
NAM  Henry et al.
OCL  375 10
UREF
PNO  5343461
ISD  19940800
NAM  Barton et al.
OCL  370 13
UREF
PNO  5355238
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kight et al.
OCL  359135
UREF
PNO  5367394
ISD  19941100
NAM  Chuter et al.
OCL  359110
UREF
PNO  5377259
ISD  19941200
NAM  Butler et al.
OCL  379 93
UREF
PNO  5434845
ISD  19950700
NAM  Miller
OCL  370 13
UREF
PNO  5446680
ISD  19950800
NAM  Sekiya et al.
OCL  364550
UREF
PNO  5450416
ISD  19950900
NAM  Bowcutt et al.
OCL  371 20.1
UREF
PNO  5451839
ISD  19950900
NAM  Rappaport et al.
OCL  375224
UREF
PNO  5455832
ISD  19951000
NAM  Bowmaster
OCL  371 20.1
UREF
PNO  5490249
ISD  19960200
NAM  Miller
OCL  395183.14
UREF
PNO  5491697
ISD  19960200
NAM  Tremel et al.
OCL  371  5.1
UREF
PNO  5495470
ISD  19960200
NAM  Tyburski et al.
OCL  370 14
UREF
PNO  5506709
ISD  19960400
NAM  Segal et al.
OCL  359110
UREF
PNO  5566161
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hartmann et al.
OCL  370 15
UREF
PNO  5566162
ISD  19961000
NAM  Gruber et al.
OCL  370 13
UREF
PNO  5619489
ISD  19970400
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  370241
OREF
PAL  Anritsu Wiltron: SONET/SDH/BERTs--Product Brochure.
PAL  TTC: FIBERSCAN 1000, Dec. 1995--Product Brochure and Specification Sheet.
PAL  TTC: T-BERD 310 Communcations Analyzer, Sep. 1995--Product Brochure and
      Specification Sheet.
PAL  TTC: Quality Test Instruments--Marketing Brochure.
PAL  TTC: Qulaity Test Instuments, Mar. 1995--Marketing Brochure.
PAL  Tektronix: Automate Your Field Testing with the CTS 710 SONET Test Set,
      1993--Product Brochure.
PAL  Tektronix: CTS 710 Tektronix Portable SONET Test Set, 1993--Product
      Specification Sheet.
PAL  Tektronix, Inc.: CTS 710 SONET/DS3/DS1 Test Set, 1995--Product Brochure and
      Specification Sheet.
PAL  Hewlett Packard: Selected Sections of Product Catalog, Including SONET/SDH
      Test Sets, Digital Transmission Testers, and ATM/Broadband Test Systems.
PAL  Hewlett Packard: 156MTS SONET Maintenance Test Set; Installation and
      Maintenance Testing, for SONET, ATM and T-Carrier, 1996--Product Brochure
      and Specification Sheet.
PAL  Hewlett Packard: 156MTS SONET Maintenance Test Set; Installation and
      Maintenance Testing, from T-Carrier to SONET--Product Brochure and
      Specification Sheet.
PAL  Microwave Logic: ST-104B STS-1/VT1.5 SONET Test Set--Product Specification
      Sheet.
PAL  Microwave Logic: Comprehensive SONET Test Solutions; STS-112 Portable
      SONETest.TM. Transmission Analyzer, Jul. 1995--Product Brochure and
      Specification Sheet.
PAL  Microwave Logic: STS-1/DS3 SONET Test Set--Product Specification Sheet.
PAL  Microwave Logic: Bit Error Rate Test--Product Brochure.
PAL  Microwave Logic: SONET Testing--Product Brochure.
LREP
FRM  White & Case LLP
ABST
PAL  A novel high speed telecommunications testing apparatus and method which
      utilizes field programmable gate arrays to produce dynamic test modules
      for DS1, DS3, SONET and ATM signals interconnected by a high speed
      switching fabric. The high speed switch permits the direct exchange of
      signals from one test module to another thereby permitting simultaneous
      testing of different communications line protocols and further provides
      for multiple tests on a single data stream. Individual line interfaces are
      provided for DS1, DS3, and SONET lines which terminate and frame incoming
      and outgoing signals. Data exchange between modules in accomplished
      through the high speed switch fabric.
PATN
WKU  059912715
SRC  8
APN  575402&
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19951220
TTL  Signal-to-channel mapping for multi-channel, multi-signal transmission
      systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  8
EXA  Yao; Kwang B.
EXP  Hsu; Alpus H.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Jones; David C.
CTY  Louisville
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Lee; Youngho
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Phillips; Bruce A.
CTY  Highlands Ranch
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  US West, Inc.
CTY  Englewood
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370252
XCL  370437
XCL  370487
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  100
FSC  370
FSS  252;430;437;464;465;480;486;490;496;333;466;467
FSC  348
FSS  14;15;16
FSC  379
FSS  414;416;417
UREF
PNO  4930120
ISD  19900500
NAM  Baxter et al.
OCL  370487
UREF
PNO  4947459
ISD  19900800
NAM  Nelson et al.
OCL  359110
UREF
PNO  4999833
ISD  19910300
NAM  Lee
OCL  370390
UREF
PNO  5375123
ISD  19941200
NAM  Andersson et al.
OCL  370333
UREF
PNO  5404574
ISD  19950400
NAM  Benveniste
OCL  455 33.1
UREF
PNO  5512937
ISD  19960400
NAM  Beierle
OCL  348 14
UREF
PNO  5534914
ISD  19960700
NAM  Flohr et al.
OCL  348 15
UREF
PNO  5610916
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kostreski et al.
OCL  370487
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman P.C.
ABST
PAL  A system and method for allocating signal types to transmission channels in
      a multi-channel, multi-signal transmission system uses one or more
      decision rules to determine a signal-to-channel mapping based on a
      predetermined performance criterion, such as signal-to-noise ratio (SNR),
      SNR margin, or target transport margin at a particular bit error rate
      (BER), rather than random assignment. The system and method improve
      overall performance of a transmission system carrying multiple signal
      types, such as telephony, compressed digital video, broadcast video, and
      low and high speed data. The decision rules are implemented over the
      entire transmission system to simplify recordkeeping and associated
      aspects of network operations.
PATN
WKU  059912723
SRC  8
APN  6632211
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19961114
TTL  Method and apparatus for controlling a communications network
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Steven
EXP  Pham; Chi H.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Key; Peter Bernard
CTY  Suffolk
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Atkinson; Andrew David
CTY  Bern
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Griffiths; Thomas Rhodri
CTY  Banbury
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  British Telecommunications public limited company
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19931216
APN  9325746
CLAS
OCL  370252
XCL  370229
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3108
ICL  G06F 1100
ICL  G08C 1500
FSC  370
FSS  229;230;232;233;235;252;253;468
UREF
PNO  4984264
ISD  19910100
NAM  Katsube
OCL  370230
UREF
PNO  5166894
ISD  19921100
NAM  Saito
OCL  370252
UREF
PNO  5289462
ISD  19940200
NAM  Ahmadi et al.
OCL  370232
UREF
PNO  5357507
ISD  19941000
NAM  Hughes et al.
OCL  370234
UREF
PNO  5381404
ISD  19950100
NAM  Sugano et al.
OCL  370252
FREF
PNO  A 0433699
ISD  19910600
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Kelly "Effective Bandwidths at Multi-Class Queues ", Queueing Systems 9
      (1991) 5-16.
PAL  Hui, "A Congestion Measure for Call Admission and Traffic Engineering for
      Multi-Layer Multi-Rate Traffic ", International Journal of Digital and
      Analog Communication System, vol. 3, No. 2, Jun. 1990, UK, pp. 127-135.
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB94/02648
PD1  19961114
PD2  19961114
PD3  19941202
PCP  WO95/17061
PCD  19950622
ABST
PAR  A method of controlling acceptance of a call by a network node in a
      communication network having a required quality of service includes the
      steps of determining an infimum of a function of the probability of the
      node being overloaded if the call if accepted and determining from that
      infimum the effective bandwidth of the calls to the node if that call
      should be accepted and determining a corresponding quality of service. The
      corresponding quality of service is then compared with a quality of
      service that is required for satisfactory operation of the network. If the
      quality if maintained or exceeded then the call is accepted for the node.
PATN
WKU  059912731
SRC  8
APN  8501025
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970501
TTL  Determining SINR in a communications system
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Jung; Min
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Abu-Dayya; Adnan
CTY  Ottawa
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Nortel Networks Corporation
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  370252
XCL  375347
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  102
FSC  370
FSS  320;321;342;350;503;252;458
FSC  375
FSS  347;348;346
FSC  455
FSS  101;226.3
UREF
PNO  5369412
ISD  19941100
NAM  Tsujimoto
OCL  342380
UREF
PNO  5524023
ISD  19960600
NAM  Tsujimoto
OCL  375232
UREF
PNO  5623484
ISD  19970400
NAM  Muszynski
OCL  370335
UREF
PNO  5680419
ISD  19971000
NAM  Bottomley
OCL  375347
UREF
PNO  5787131
ISD  19980700
NAM  Bottomley
OCL  375347
UREF
PNO  5819168
ISD  19981000
NAM  Golden et al.
OCL  455303
UREF
PNO  5838742
ISD  19981100
NAM  Abu-Dayya
OCL  375347
FREF
PNO  97/08841
ISD  19970300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "An Adaptive Combiner for Co-Channel Interference Reduction in Multi-User
      Indoor Radio Systems", S.A. Hanna et al., Proc. of the 41st IEEE Vehicular
      Technology Conference, St.Louis, MO, 19-22 May 1991, pp. 222-227,
      XP000260183.
PAL  "Quality Assessment for Pre-Detection Diversity Switching", A. Brandao et
      al., Proc. of the 6th IEEE International Symposium on Personal, Indoor and
      Mobile Radio Communications, New York, NY, 27-29 Sep. 1995, vol.2, pp.
      577-581, XP002053987.
LREP
FR2  Haley; R. John
ABST
PAL  Diversity path signals, each comprising time division multiplexed symbols
      in a time slot including known symbols constituting a reference signal,
      are combined with respective weights to reduce co-channel interference.
      The weights are determined, from a correlation matrix and a reference
      signal correlation vector, using a sliding window starting with
      synchronization symbols and/or CDVCC (coded digital verification color
      code) symbols as the known symbols. SINR (signal to interference plus
      noise ratio) is determined for each window position from elements of the
      correlation matrix and the reference signal correlation vector. The
      determined SINRs are averaged through the time slot, over a plurality of
      time slots, and for the diversity paths to provide an accurate
      determination of SINR within a short period. The SINR provides a reliable
      signal quality parameter that is useful in a cellular communications
      system for procedures such as hand-off, adaptive channel allocation,
      dynamic power control, and cell tiering.
PATN
WKU  059912740
SRC  8
APN  6898173
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19960815
TTL  Method for testing the conformity of an algorithm called GCRA for
      discriminating data cells, and an apparatus for executing the method
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Hyun; Soon-Dong
EXP  Nguyen; Chau
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Grunenfelder; Reto
CTY  Dietlikon
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Stock; Thomas
CTY  Zurich
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Alcatel STR AG
CTY  Zurich
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19950818
APN  02-366/95
CLAS
OCL  370253
XCL  370395
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  314
ICL  H04L 1226
FSC  370
FSS  229;230;231;232;233;234;235;250;252;253;395;397;398;399;418
UREF
PNO  5524006
ISD  19960600
NAM  Hluchyj et al.
OCL  370233
UREF
PNO  5541913
ISD  19960700
NAM  Witters et al.
OCL  370252
UREF
PNO  5570360
ISD  19961000
NAM  Klausmeier et al.
OCL  370232
UREF
PNO  5666353
ISD  19970900
NAM  Klausmeier et al.
OCL  370230
UREF
PNO  5796956
ISD  19980800
NAM  Jones
OCL  395200.63
LREP
FRM  Ware, Fressola, Van Der Sluys & Adolphson LLP
ABST
PAL  A generic cell rate monitoring algorithm (GCRA) which is implemented in an
      ATM network element must be tested during operation. The method uses a
      second GCRA of the same kind which is synchronized with the first one, and
      a conformity test is carried out by comparing the results of both GCRAs.
      The synchronization is preferred when both GCRAs are in a regeneration
      state. This is artificially produced during operation of the GCRA to be
      tested by temporarily changing a parameter of the agreement in such a way,
      that a contract violation can no longer occur. The time of reaching the
      regeneration state can be limited by special steps of the method. An
      apparatus for carrying out the method (30) comprises a conformity decision
      unit (20), which counts arriving cells and compares counter positions, an
      implementation of the second GCRA (14) and a circuit (13) for
      synchronization, together with a return line (15) to an insertion circuit
      (16) for the cell stream in the line (1). The cell stream is directed to
      both GCRA implementations (4, 14) via a branch (10). The difference in
      running time from the branch to the two implementations cannot be longer
      than one cell transmission time.
PATN
WKU  059912758
SRC  8
APN  7243952
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19961002
TTL  Communication converter, communication devices, identification method,
      frame transmission method and communication systems using them
ISD  19991123
NCL  47
ECL  1
EXP  Marcelo; Melvin
NDR  75
NFG  85
INVT
NAM  Abiven; Anne
CTY  Rennes
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Amonou; Isabelle
CTY  Thorigne-Fouillard
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Caillerie; Alain
CTY  Rennes
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Le Dantec; Claude
CTY  St Marc sur Couesnon
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Revillet; Bernard
CTY  Viroflay
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Rousseau; Pascal
CTY  Rennes
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19951002
APN  95 11576
CLAS
OCL  370254
XCL  370338
XCL  370346
XCL  370349
XCL  370475
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 1244
FSC  370
FSS  254-258;280;338;345-349;475
UREF
PNO  5572528
ISD  19961100
NAM  Shuen
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5710911
ISD  19980100
NAM  Walsh et al.
OCL  395555
UREF
PNO  5722076
ISD  19980200
NAM  Sakabe et al.
OCL  455450
UREF
PNO  5761422
ISD  19980600
NAM  Westin et al.
OCL  395200.43
FREF
PNO  0156542
ISD  19851000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0599490
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0767561
ISD  19970400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9504322
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpartick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A digital communication converter includes: a connection unit with a
      communication unit from which it receives or to which it delivers data
      frames; and a unit for sending/receiving over a transmission medium in
      order to transmit, by means of the medium, data frames which are delivered
      to it and/or to deliver information frames which it receives by means of
      the medium. A transmission control unit delivers, respectively to the
      connection unit and the sending/receiving unit, frames which have been
      delivered to it respectively by the sending/receiving unit and by means of
      the connection unit. A memory stores an address relating to the
      communication unit, this address being used for operating a protocol for
      controlling access to the transmission medium.
PATN
WKU  059912766
SRC  8
APN  8447888
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970421
TTL  Videoconference system
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Ton; Dang
NDR  16
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Kunio
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961119
APN  8-307604
CLAS
OCL  370260
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q 1104
FSC  370
FSS  260;259;261;263;262;270;389;395;400;401;447;462;465;535;537;464;352
FSC  379
FSS  207;202;204
FSC  348
FSS  15;14;17;20;13;16;383;388;469;474;441
FSC  375
FSS  211
UREF
PNO  5548322
ISD  19960800
NAM  Zhou
OCL  348 14
UREF
PNO  5574778
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ely et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5680392
ISD  19971000
NAM  Semaan
OCL  379204
FREF
PNO  61-61581
ISD  19860300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-79388
ISD  19860400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-138893
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-203079
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-100490
ISD  19900400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-145097
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-46390
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-192838
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-141310
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-178295
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-217302
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-276295
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-177482
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 306 850
ISD  19970500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 312 810
ISD  19971100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/24803
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Helfgott & Karas, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A multipoint videoconference system which efficiently delivers video and
      voice information along with various types of material data to realize a
      more realistic teleconferencing environment. The system comprises a
      plurality of videoconference terminals, a videoconference server, and a
      videoconference administration server. Each videoconference terminal
      transmits a video signal, a voice signal, and a material data signal over
      an ATM network. The videoconference server rearranges the video signals,
      the voice signals, and the material data signals received from the
      plurality of videoconference terminals. It sends the rearranged signals
      back to the videoconference terminals via the ATM network. The
      videoconference administration server controls network connections between
      the videoconference server and the videoconference terminals.
PATN
WKU  059912774
SRC  9
APN  0578495
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980409
TTL  Primary transmission site switching in a multipoint videoconference
      environment based on human voice
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  25
EXA  Tran; Maikhanh
EXP  Pham; Chi H.
NDR  13
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Maeng; Joon
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Tischler; Paul V.
CTY  Round Rock
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Clements; Bill
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Vtel Corporation
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  546276
APD  19951020
PSC  01
PNO  5768263
CLAS
OCL  370263
XCL  379202
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 1216
FSC  370
FSS  263;210;433;435;260;264;266;270;465
FSC  379
FSS  157;158;202;388-390
UREF
PNO  3601530
ISD  19710800
NAM  Edson et al.
OCL  178  5.6
UREF
PNO  3944736
ISD  19760300
NAM  Shepard
OCL  178  6.8
UREF
PNO  4054908
ISD  19771000
NAM  Poirier et al.
OCL  358 85
UREF
PNO  4531024
ISD  19850700
NAM  Colton et al.
OCL  179  2TS
UREF
PNO  4716585
ISD  19871200
NAM  Tompkins et al.
OCL  379202
UREF
PNO  5206721
ISD  19930400
NAM  Ashida et al.
OCL  358 85
UREF
PNO  5430826
ISD  19950700
NAM  Webster et al.
OCL  395  2
UREF
PNO  5563952
ISD  19961000
NAM  Mercer
OCL  381 56
UREF
PNO  5596680
ISD  19970100
NAM  Chow et al.
OCL  395257
UREF
PNO  5610920
ISD  19970300
NAM  Doll et al.
OCL  370260
UREF
PNO  5611019
ISD  19970300
NAM  Nakatoh et al.
OCL  395  2.42
UREF
PNO  5768263
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tischer et al.
OCL  370263
OREF
PAL  A. Michael Noll, "Cepstrum Pitch Determination," Bell Telephone
      Laboratories, Murray Hill, New Jersey, pp. 179-195, reprinted from J.
      Acoust. Soc. Am., vol. 41, Feb. 1967.
PAL  Richard C. Dorf, editor, The Electrical Engineering Handbook, CRC Press,
      Inc., Boca Raton, Florida, 1993, pp. 303-304.
PAL  Wolfgang Hess, Pitch Determination of Speech Signals, Springer-Verlag, Apr.
      1983, pp. 396-409.
PAL  L. R. Rabiner and R. W. Schafer, Digital Processing of Speech Signals,
      Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Jun. 1978, pp. 355-395.
PAL  Joe Duran and Charlie Sauer, Maintstream Videoconferencing: A Developer's
      Guide to Distance Multimedia, Addison Wesley Pub. Co., Apr. 1997, pp.
      73-74 and 192-193.
PAL  Toby Trowt-Bayard, Videoconferencing: The Whole Picture, Flatiron
      Publishing, Inc., New York, N.Y., Apr. 1994, pp. 207-209, 239-241 and 438.
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel LLP
FR2  Terrile; Stephen A.
FR2  Noonan; Michael P.
ABST
PAL  A method for determining a talk/listen state using voice detection includes
      receiving an audio sample and detecting whether the audio sample includes
      voiced sound. The audio sample represents sound measured during a sample
      time interval. The method further includes deriving an audio level from
      the audio sample and comparing the audio level to a threshold level. The
      audio level represents an average power level of the audio sample. The
      method further includes determining the talk/listen state depending on a
      relation of the audio level to the threshold level and depending on
      whether the audio sample includes voiced sound.
PATN
WKU  059912782
SRC  8
APN  6967760
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960813
TTL  Asymmetric modem communications system and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Ngo; Ricky Q.
EXP  Pham; Chi H.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Betts; William Lewis
CTY  St. Petersburg
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Telogy Networks, Inc.
CTY  Germantown
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370276
XCL  375222
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  514
FSC  375
FSS  222;220
FSC  370
FSS  463;462;385;276;282;286;296;468
FSC  348
FSS  14
FSC  341
FSS  61
FSC  379
FSS  115;130
UREF
PNO  4597073
ISD  19860600
NAM  Staples
OCL  370 24
UREF
PNO  5103227
ISD  19920400
NAM  Betts
OCL  341 61
UREF
PNO  5329308
ISD  19940700
NAM  Binns et al.
OCL  348 14
UREF
PNO  5394437
ISD  19950200
NAM  Ayanogin et al.
OCL  375222
UREF
PNO  5406583
ISD  19950400
NAM  Dagdeviren
OCL  375  5
UREF
PNO  5450530
ISD  19950900
NAM  Snyder et al.
OCL  375220
UREF
PNO  5475711
ISD  19951200
NAM  Betts et al.
OCL  375240
UREF
PNO  5550881
ISD  19960800
NAM  Sridhar et al.
OCL  375377
UREF
PNO  5550908
ISD  19960800
NAM  Cai et al.
OCL  379215
UREF
PNO  5631923
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kaku et al.
OCL  375222
UREF
PNO  5663982
ISD  19970900
NAM  Hodge et al.
OCL  375222
UREF
PNO  5671251
ISD  19970900
NAM  Blackwell et al.
OCL  375222
UREF
PNO  5801695
ISD  19980900
NAM  Townshend
OCL  375340
UREF
PNO  5809075
ISD  19980900
NAM  Townshend
OCL  375254
FREF
PNO  WO 96/18261
ISD  19951200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  PCT/US95/15924
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04M 1100
LREP
FRM  Thomas, Kayden, Horstemeyer & Risley, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An asymmetric modem communications system achieves high speed data
      transfers through a telephone network that includes both digital and
      analog communications mediums. In general, the system includes means for
      concurrently communicating first and second signals, respectively, in
      opposite directions along the connection between the communications
      devices and modems for modulating the first and second signals with
      different modulation techniques. The communications occur in full duplex
      manner. In a possible implementation, a digital modem is interfaced to a
      digital network. The digital network is connected with a coder/decoder
      (codec). The codec is interfaced with a two-wire analog telephone
      connection, sometimes referred to as a copper loop. The telephone
      connection is interfaced with an analog modem. Both the digital and analog
      modems have a transmitter and a receiver. The digital modem has a
      transmitter that pulse modulates digital data and a receiver that receives
      and demodulates signals in accordance with the standard V.34
      communications protocol (employs quadrature amplitude
      modulation/demodulation). The analog modem has a transmitter that
      transmits and modulates signals in accordance with the V.34 communications
      protocol and a receiver that demodulates the pulse levels into digital
      data. With the foregoing configuration, asymmetric data communications are
      realized. Specifically, the analog modem communicates to the digital modem
      using the V.34 communications protocol at a data rate of between 33,600
      b/s and 2400 b/s, inclusive, while the digital modem communicates to the
      analog modem at a data rate of between 64,000 b/s and 2400 b/s, inclusive.
PATN
WKU  059912790
SRC  8
APN  7602081
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19961204
TTL  Wireless packet data distributed communications system
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXP  Hsu; Alpus H.
NDR  12
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Haugli; Hans-Christian
CTY  Rockcliffe Park
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Seed; William Robert
CTY  Kanata
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Vistar Telecommunications Inc.
CTY  Ottawa
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  370311
XCL  370318
XCL  370320
XCL  370321
XCL  370324
XCL  370342
XCL  370347
XCL  370349
XCL  370350
XCL  375200
XCL  455 132
XCL  455 134
XCL  455 383
XCL  455343
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  7212
ICL  H04B  7216
ICL  H04J  306
ICL  H04J 1302
FSC  370
FSS  311-314;319-322;335;337;342;347;349;442;443;445;447;461;462;318;350
FSC  342
FSS  352;354;358;361
FSC  375
FSS  200;206
FSC  455
FSS  12.1;13.1;13.2;13.3;38.3;427;428;430;434;507;515;343;13.4
UREF
PNO  Re32905
ISD  19890400
NAM  Baran
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  4532635
ISD  19850700
NAM  Mangulis
OCL  370316
UREF
PNO  4901307
ISD  19900200
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  370320
UREF
PNO  4905221
ISD  19900200
NAM  Ichiyoshi
OCL  370316
UREF
PNO  5073900
ISD  19911200
NAM  Mallinckrodt
OCL  370320
UREF
PNO  5084900
ISD  19920100
NAM  Taylor
OCL  370320
UREF
PNO  5138631
ISD  19920800
NAM  Taylor
OCL  370320
UREF
PNO  5379320
ISD  19950100
NAM  Fernandes et al.
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  5410568
ISD  19950400
NAM  Schilling
OCL  370342
UREF
PNO  5414728
ISD  19950500
NAM  Zehavi
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  5428820
ISD  19950600
NAM  Okada
OCL  455 38.3
UREF
PNO  5490087
ISD  19960200
NAM  Redden
OCL  455427
UREF
PNO  5511068
ISD  19960400
NAM  Sato
OCL  370335
UREF
PNO  5566168
ISD  19961000
NAM  Dent
OCL  370323
UREF
PNO  5588005
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ali et al.
OCL  370321
FREF
PNO  93/18596
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/12931
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/30217
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Performance Considerations for Slotted spread-Sprectrum Random Access
      Networks--Bell Communications Research pp. 1613-1617 -45.4.1 1989 IEEE.
PAL  Slotted ALOHA and Code Division Multiple Access Techniques for Land-Mobile
      Satellite Personal Communications--Richard van Nee, Rogier van
      Wolfswinkel, pp. 382-388.
PAL  1995 IEEE--8272 Journal on Selected Areas in Communications Feb. 13, 1995,
      No. 2, New York, NY.
LREP
FRM  Marks & Clerk
ABST
PAL  A two-way satellite communications system includes an Earth station
      communicating with a plurality of remote terminals using a network access
      protocol that facilitates low power consumption by the terminals. The
      earth station generates forward link TDM packet data transmissions on one
      or-more satellite channels, and detects, despreads and decodes multiple
      concurrent return link slotted CDMA packet transmissions on one or more
      satellite channels. It communicates through a wired connection with a
      packet processing center which ultimately both delivers return link packet
      data to end-customers and receives forward link packet data from
      end-customers. The remote terminals receive, process and act upon forward
      link TDM transmissions on one or more satellite channels, and generate
      slotted spread spectrum CDMA transmissions on the return link on one or
      more satellite channels. The remote terminals communicate with a local
      digital data source and/or sink, digitize one or more local analog sensor
      signals, enter into a sleep mode to minimize the terminal's power
      consumption, and access the satellite communications network in accordance
      with the system network access protocol.
PATN
WKU  059912804
SRC  8
APN  7642520
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961212
TTL  Method and system for controlling TDMA timing in satellite communication
      network
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Wilson, Jr.; William H.
EXP  Horabik; Michael
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Ichiyoshi; Osamu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951213
APN  7-323404
CLAS
OCL  370321
XCL  370324
XCL  370347
XCL  370350
XCL  370503
XCL  370337
XCL  455 132
XCL  713400
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  719
FSC  370
FSS  321;324;310;345;247;350;503;328;329;336;337
FSC  455
FSS  12.1;13.2;502
FSC  375
FSS  356
FSC  342
FSS  356;125
FSC  395
FSS  551;552;559
FSC    1
FSS  1
FSC  713
FSS  400;401;601;502;503
UREF
PNO  3953856
ISD  19760400
NAM  Hammack
XCL  342125
UREF
PNO  4028497
ISD  19770600
NAM  Saburi
OCL  370321
UREF
PNO  5619507
ISD  19970400
NAM  Tsuda
OCL  370350
UREF
PNO  5742639
ISD  19980400
NAM  Fasulo II et al.
XCL  455 12.1
UREF
PNO  5781540
ISD  19980700
NAM  Malcolm et al.
OCL  370321
UREF
PNO  5790939
ISD  19980800
NAM  Malcolm et al.
OCL  455 13.2
UREF
PNO  5867489
ISD  19990200
NAM  Hershey et al.
OCL  370324
UREF
PNO  5878034
ISD  19990300
NAM  Hershey et al.
OCL  370321
FREF
PNO  5167485
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Whitham, Curtis & Whitham
ABST
PAL  A TDMA timing control method and apparatus for use in a TDMA satellite
      communication network synchronizes land earth stations in a global beam
      system and even in a multi beam system having generally no return channel.
      A land earth station of the satellite network generates a transmission
      timing thereof on the basis of its own time base and detects a receiving
      time of a signal from another land earth station. Times of the land earth
      stations are synchronized by exchanging the information of their own
      transmission timing and the receiving times of the signals with other land
      earth stations through control bursts, calculating time errors of their
      own time bases by solving simultaneous equations including time errors of
      the time bases of the other land earth station and propagation times to
      the satellite as unknown quantities and correcting the times of the time
      bases on the basis of the time errors.
PATN
WKU  059912812
SRC  8
APN  8281750
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970318
TTL  ATM radio transmission apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Ngo; Ricky Q.
EXP  Pham; Chi H.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Hiramatsu; Katsuhiko
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960517
APN  8-146467
CLAS
OCL  370331
XCL  370349
XCL  370474
XCL  455 383
XCL  455574
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  700
FSC  370
FSS  331;313;342;345;349;395;465;474
FSC  455
FSS  38.3;522;550;561;574;127
UREF
PNO  5216692
ISD  19930600
NAM  Ling
OCL  455 38.3
UREF
PNO  5434859
ISD  19950700
NAM  Levardon
OCL  370468
UREF
PNO  5570369
ISD  19961000
NAM  Jokinen et al.
OCL  455 38.3
UREF
PNO  5623486
ISD  19970400
NAM  Dohi et al.
OCL  455 38.3
FREF
PNO  2115195
ISD  19830900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Agrawal, P. et al.: "A Testbed for Mobile Networked Computing,"
      Communications-Gateway to Globalization, Proceedings of the International
      Conference on Communications, Seattle, Jun. 18-22, 1995, vol. 1, Jun. 18,
      1995, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, pp. 410-416,
      XP000533020.
PAL  Vary, P.: "Implementation Aspects of the Pan-European Digital Mobile Radio
      System," VLSI and Computer Peripherals, Hamburg, May 8-12, 1989, No. 1989,
      May 8, 1989, Proebster, W.E.; Reiner, H., pp. 4-17-22, XP000044178.
PAL  Published by OHM Co., Ltd., "Pictorial Text for ATM & Multi-media," Ch. 2,
      pp. 25-65.
LREP
FRM  Stevens, Davis, Miller & Mosher, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An ATM radio transmission apparatus includes an ATM unit having a normal
      operation mode and a low power consumption mode, a CPU for determining a
      transmission request based on information of a radio section, and a
      control line for switching an operation mode of the ATM unit from the CPU.
      The operation mode of the ATM unit is switched between the normal
      operation mode and the low power consumption mode in accordance with the
      transmission request of the radio section. When the reception is requested
      from a base station, the ATM unit is operated, and when the
      transmission/reception with the base station is completed, the ATM unit is
      shifted to the low power consumption mode to reduce the power consumption.
PATN
WKU  059912820
SRC  8
APN  8646848
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970528
TTL  Radio communication system with diversity reception on a time-slot by
      time-slot basis
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Kim T.
EXP  Pham; Chi H.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Langlet; Carl Erik Joakim
CTY  Farentuna
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Granstrom; Bo Anders
CTY  Jarfalla
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  370332
XCL  370347
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  700
FSC  370
FSS  331;332;333;334;337;264;347
UREF
PNO  5542107
ISD  19900500
NAM  Kay
OCL  455 33.1
UREF
PNO  5577047
ISD  19961100
NAM  Persson et al.
OCL  370 95.3
UREF
PNO  5812935
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kay
OCL  455 56.1
FREF
PNO  0 454 368 A2
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 501 808 A2
ISD  19920200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4-227136
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-273705
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A communication system base station improves uplink coverage on a time slot
      by time slot basis. The coverage is improved by allocating diversity and
      non-diversity time-slots based on received signal quality of an RF link
      between a mobile station and a base station. The diversity time-slots are
      time slots during which information is received by more receiver branches
      than during the non-diversity time-slots.
PATN
WKU  059912839
SRC  8
APN  7849745
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970117
TTL  Radio receivers and methods of operation
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Phuongchau Ba
EXP  Nguyen; Chau
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Saunders; Robert Stanley
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Nokia Mobile Phones Limited
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960131
APN  9601987
CLAS
OCL  370333
XCL  370503
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  700
ICL  H04J  306
FSC  370
FSS  503;509;252;280;333;332;337;347
FSC  375
FSS  224;226;227;364;365;368
UREF
PNO  5054035
ISD  19911000
NAM  Tarallo et al.
OCL  375366
UREF
PNO  5150362
ISD  19920900
NAM  Akerberg
OCL  370 95.1
UREF
PNO  5200956
ISD  19930400
NAM  Pudney et al.
OCL  370 95.1
UREF
PNO  5214687
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kansakoski et al.
OCL  379 60
UREF
PNO  5258981
ISD  19931100
NAM  Davey et al.
OCL  370 95.1
UREF
PNO  5276691
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kivari
OCL  371 47.1
UREF
PNO  5333153
ISD  19940700
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  375104
UREF
PNO  5396496
ISD  19950300
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  370 50
UREF
PNO  5416778
ISD  19950500
NAM  Chan et al.
OCL  370 95.1
UREF
PNO  5598407
ISD  19970100
NAM  Bud et al.
OCL  370330
UREF
PNO  5598431
ISD  19970100
NAM  Lobel
OCL  375224
UREF
PNO  5666366
ISD  19970900
NAM  Malek et al.
OCL  370503
UREF
PNO  5768264
ISD  19980600
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  370280
FREF
PNO  0 472 511 A2
ISD  19920200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 297 014
ISD  19960700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 297 013
ISD  19960700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Perman & Green, LLP
ABST
PAL  A radio receiver in which the length of time that it takes to synchronise
      with a burst to be received is used as a measure of the quality of the
      channel over which the burst is transmitted.
PATN
WKU  059912847
SRC  8
APN  8007349
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970213
TTL  Subchannel control loop
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Ngo; Ricky
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Willenegger; Serge
CTY  Yverdon les Pains
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Jou; Yu-Chen
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Qualcomm Inc.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370335
XCL  455 69
XCL  455522
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  7216
ICL  H04J 1302
FSC  370
FSS  206;208;252;310;311;313;328;329;335;342;441;336;337;341;347;442
FSC  375
FSS  200;206;208
FSC  455
FSS  69;522;103;127;38.1;38.3;501;517;63;67.1;68;70
UREF
PNO  3310631
ISD  19670300
NAM  Brown
OCL  179 15
UREF
PNO  3715508
ISD  19730200
NAM  Blasbalg
OCL  179 15BC
UREF
PNO  4052565
ISD  19771000
NAM  Baxter et al.
OCL  179  1.5S
UREF
PNO  4112257
ISD  19780900
NAM  Frost
OCL  179  2EB
UREF
PNO  4123718
ISD  19781000
NAM  Lampert et al.
OCL  325474
UREF
PNO  4222115
ISD  19800900
NAM  Cooper et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4225976
ISD  19800900
NAM  Osborne et al.
OCL  455226
UREF
PNO  4291409
ISD  19810900
NAM  Weinberg et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4301530
ISD  19811100
NAM  Gutleber
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  4460992
ISD  19840700
NAM  Gutleber
OCL  370 19
UREF
PNO  4472815
ISD  19840900
NAM  Gutleber
OCL  375 34
UREF
PNO  4495648
ISD  19850100
NAM  Giger
OCL  455 73
UREF
PNO  4580262
ISD  19860400
NAM  Naylor et al.
OCL  371  5
UREF
PNO  4635221
ISD  19870100
NAM  Kerr
OCL  364821
UREF
PNO  4641322
ISD  19870200
NAM  Hasegawa
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4672658
ISD  19870600
NAM  Kaverad et al.
OCL  379 63
UREF
PNO  4688035
ISD  19870800
NAM  Gray et al.
OCL  340825.52
UREF
PNO  4730340
ISD  19880300
NAM  Frazier, Jr.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4765753
ISD  19880800
NAM  Schmitdt
OCL  379 60
UREF
PNO  4813040
ISD  19890300
NAM  Futato
OCL  370111
UREF
PNO  4872200
ISD  19891000
NAM  Jansen
OCL  380 34
UREF
PNO  4901307
ISD  19900200
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  4933952
ISD  19900600
NAM  Albrieux
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4939745
ISD  19900700
NAM  Kirimoto et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5003533
ISD  19910300
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  370 85.5
UREF
PNO  5022046
ISD  19910600
NAM  Morrow, Jr.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5029331
ISD  19910700
NAM  Heichler et al.
OCL  371 43
UREF
PNO  5056109
ISD  19911000
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5068849
ISD  19911100
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  370 85.5
UREF
PNO  5101501
ISD  19920300
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  455 33
UREF
PNO  5103459
ISD  19920400
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5128965
ISD  19920700
NAM  Henriksson
OCL  455 69
UREF
PNO  5136586
ISD  19920800
NAM  Greenblatt
OCL  370110.4
UREF
PNO  5157672
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kondou et al.
OCL  371 43
UREF
PNO  5159608
ISD  19921000
NAM  Falconer et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5204876
ISD  19930400
NAM  Bruckert et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5212684
ISD  19930500
NAM  MacNamee et al.
OCL  370 24
UREF
PNO  5220678
ISD  19930600
NAM  Feei
OCL  455 69
UREF
PNO  5245629
ISD  19930900
NAM  Hall
OCL  370  1
UREF
PNO  5258983
ISD  19931100
NAM  Lane et al.
OCL  370118
UREF
PNO  5263050
ISD  19931100
NAM  Sutterlin et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5267262
ISD  19931100
NAM  Wheatley, III
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5283780
ISD  19940200
NAM  Schuchman et al.
OCL  370 50
UREF
PNO  5299229
ISD  19940300
NAM  Zscheile et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5305468
ISD  19940400
NAM  Bruckert et al.
OCL  455 69
UREF
PNO  5333175
ISD  19940700
NAM  Ariyavisitakul et al.
OCL  455 69
UREF
PNO  5383219
ISD  19950100
NAM  Wheatley, III et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5442625
ISD  19950800
NAM  Gitlin et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5465399
ISD  19951100
NAM  Oberholtzer et al.
OCL  455 69
UREF
PNO  5487180
ISD  19960100
NAM  Ohtake
OCL  455 69
UREF
PNO  5539728
ISD  19960700
NAM  Gaiani et al.
OCL  455 69
UREF
PNO  5671218
ISD  19970900
NAM  I et al.
OCL  370252
FREF
PNO  0412583
ISD  19860300
CNT  EPX
ICL  H40B  156
FREF
PNO  0418865
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04L 1256
FREF
PNO  0444592
ISD  19910200
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04B  7212
FREF
PNO  0564937
ISD  19931000
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04B  726
FREF
PNO  0682418
ISD  19951100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2022365
ISD  19790500
CNT  GBX
ICL  H04Q  306
FREF
PNO  2182528
ISD  19861000
CNT  GBX
ICL  H04J  316
FREF
PNO  2273009
ISD  19940600
CNT  GBX
ICL  H03G  320
FREF
PNO  2300546
ISD  19961100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  9107030
ISD  19901000
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04J  306
FREF
PNO  9406218
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04B  7005
FREF
PNO  9519664
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9604718
ISD  19960200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Advanced Engineering Mathmatics, "Orthogonal Sets of Functions/Chapter 4",
      Erwin Kreyszig, pp. 186-190, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
LREP
FR2  Miller; Russell B.
FR2  English; Sean S.
FR2  Baker; Kent D.
ABST
PAL  Independently controlling the transmitted power of each subchannel by a
      subchannel control loop is described. A transmitting station generates a
      channel made up of a sum of subchannels wherein each subchannel or group
      of subchannels is amplified with a unique gain value that is varied in
      accordance with subchannel power control messages from the receiving
      station. The receiving station generates each subchannel power control
      message subsequent to monitoring and calculating metrics based on that
      received subchannel.
PATN
WKU  059912855
SRC  9
APN  1316281
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980810
TTL  Method and apparatus for communicating signals of various channel types
      in CDMA communication system
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  7
EXA  Phunkulh; Bob A
EXP  Patel; Ajit
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ghosh; Amitava
CTY  Vernon Hills
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370335
XCL  370342
XCL  370542
XCL  375200
XCL  455 69
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  7216
FSC  370
FSS  328;329;335;336;342;345;441;442;479;478;500;536;542;544;573
FSC  375
FSS  200;206
FSC  455
FSS  550;561;569;570;68;69;70
UREF
PNO  5265119
ISD  19931100
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  370335
UREF
PNO  5485486
ISD  19960100
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  370335
UREF
PNO  5497395
ISD  19960300
NAM  Jou
OCL  375205
UREF
PNO  5629934
ISD  19970500
NAM  Ghosh et al.
UREF
PNO  5644591
ISD  19970700
NAM  Sutton
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  5799005
ISD  19980800
NAM  Soliman
OCL  370335
UREF
PNO  5805648
ISD  19980900
NAM  Sutton
OCL  375367
UREF
PNO  5809061
ISD  19980900
NAM  Shea et al.
OCL  375206
UREF
PNO  5881368
ISD  19990300
NAM  Grob et al.
OCL  455 69
UREF
PNO  5901178
ISD  19990500
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  375240
UREF
PNO  5930230
ISD  19990700
NAM  Odenwalder et al.
OCL  370208
OREF
PAL  ETSI STC SMG2 UMTS-L1, SMG2 UMTS Physical Layer Expert Group UTRA Physical
      Layer Description FDD Parts (vO. 4, Jun. 25, 1998), Sec. 1-4.3.3.3.
LREP
FR2  Beladi; Sayed Hossain
ABST
PAL  In a code division multiple access communication system providing a
      plurality of communication type services between a first unit (100) and a
      second communicating unit (200) by time-multiplexing a plurality of data
      channel signals (101, 102, 103) associated with the plurality of
      communication type services to produce a time-multiplexed data channel
      signal (106) which are combined to produce a combined signal (136).
      Combined signal (136) is transmitted from first unit (100) to be received
      by second unit (200). After producing a code-demultiplexed
      time-multiplexed data channel signal (218), and a plurality of
      signal-to-interference ratios estimated based on a plurality of
      time-multiplexed portions of signal (218), a plurality of power control
      thresholds corresponding to the plurality of communication type services
      are compared to the plurality of signal-to-interference ratios. As a
      result, producing a plurality of power control data bits corresponding to
      the plurality of communication type services based.
PATN
WKU  059912863
SRC  8
APN  8013861
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970220
TTL  Support of multiple modulation levels for a cellular packet control
      channel
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Hyun; Soon-Dong
EXP  Nguyen; Chau
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Labonte; Sylvain
CTY  St-Bruno de Montarville
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Turcotte; Eric
CTY  Verdun
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (publ)
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  370337
XCL  370468
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  7212
FSC  370
FSS  328;329;330;336;337;347;348;349;442;465;468;206;207;241;251;204;208
FSC  375
FSS  298;308;225;226;227;358
FSC  455
FSS  63;67.1;67.3;226.1-3;405
UREF
PNO  5239667
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kanai
OCL  455 10
UREF
PNO  5327576
ISD  19940700
NAM  Uddenfeldt et al.
OCL  370333
UREF
PNO  5345499
ISD  19940900
NAM  Benveniste
OCL  455449
UREF
PNO  5392453
ISD  19950200
NAM  Gudmundson et al.
OCL  455444
UREF
PNO  5396253
ISD  19950300
NAM  Chia
OCL  455441
UREF
PNO  5396645
ISD  19950300
NAM  Huff
OCL  455441
UREF
PNO  5457680
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kamm et al.
OCL  370332
UREF
PNO  5491832
ISD  19960200
NAM  Malkamaki et al.
OCL  455552
UREF
PNO  5533004
ISD  19960700
NAM  Jasper et al.
OCL  370442
UREF
PNO  5577087
ISD  19961100
NAM  Furuya
OCL  375377
UREF
PNO  5701294
ISD  19971200
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  370337
UREF
PNO  5719859
ISD  19980200
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  370443
UREF
PNO  5729531
ISD  19980300
NAM  Raith et al.
OCL  370337
UREF
PNO  5729534
ISD  19980300
NAM  Jokinen et al.
OCL  370337
UREF
PNO  5745480
ISD  19980400
NAM  Behtash et al.
OCL  370333
FREF
PNO  WO 92/12602
ISD  19920700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/22162
ISD  19921200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/07578
ISD  19950300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/05708
ISD  19960200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/15131
ISD  19970400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/44926
ISD  19971100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Dunlop, J., et al. "Estimation of the Performance of Link Adaptation in
      Mobile Radio", IEEE RACE Mobile Telecommunications Summit, Nov. 22, 1995,
      pp. 326-330.
PAL  "A Summary of Cell Selection in Two-tier Microcellular/Macrocellular
      Systems", 5 pages, AT&T MSI, ETSI/STC/SMG2 Tdoc 161/92, date unknown.
PAL  Benveniste, M., "Cell Selection in Two-Tier Microcellular/Macrocellular
      Systems", 12 pages, AT&T Bell Laboratories, date unknown.
PAL  PCT Standard Search Report, Sep. 29, 1998, PCT/SE98/00197.
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist PC
ABST
PAL  A D-AMPS+ cellular communications air interface is presented wherein a
      packet data control channel and packet data traffic channel is supported
      in addition to the conventional digital control channel and digital
      traffic channel. In particular, the packet data control channel and packet
      data traffic channel support multiple modulation level operation (high
      versus low). Procedures are provided for mobile station selection, as well
      as re-selection, of either the high or low-level modulation for the packet
      channels. Procedures are further provided for facilitating a fall-forward
      to the high-level modulation packet data control channel, or a
      fall-backward to the low-level modulation packet data control channel with
      respect to both uplink and downlink packet data communications.
PATN
WKU  059912871
SRC  8
APN  7751222
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19961230
TTL  System and method for providing seamless handover in a wireless computer
      network
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Sam; Phirin
EXP  Ton; Dang
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Diepstraten; Wilhelmus J. M.
CTY  Haghorst
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Monteban; Leo
CTY  Nieuwegen
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370338
XCL  4551611
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  724
FSC  370
FSS  328;329;331;332;338;346;401;402;908;910
FSC  455
FSS  422;432;434;435;436;440;452;456;150.1;154.1;154.2;161.1;161.2
FSC  382
FSS  312;317;321
FSC  358
FSS  434;439
UREF
PNO  5339316
ISD  19940800
NAM  Diepstraten
OCL  370401
UREF
PNO  5465392
ISD  19951100
NAM  Baptist et al.
OCL  455 38.3
UREF
PNO  5570084
ISD  19961000
NAM  Ritter et al.
OCL  340825.08
UREF
PNO  5570366
ISD  19961000
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  370312
UREF
PNO  5572528
ISD  19961100
NAM  Shuen
OCL  370402
UREF
PNO  5673031
ISD  19970900
NAM  Meier
OCL  340825.05
UREF
PNO  5724346
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  370329
UREF
PNO  5768531
ISD  19980600
NAM  Lin
OCL  395200.72
UREF
PNO  5774461
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hyden et al.
OCL  370329
UREF
PNO  5815811
ISD  19980900
NAM  Pinard et al.
OCL  455434
UREF
PNO  5822361
ISD  19981000
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  370338
ABST
PAL  For use with a wireless computer network having a plurality of access
      points, a mobile station adapted for communicating with the network via a
      current access point and having a scanning circuit for locating a new
      access point, the scanning circuit requiring a scanning period of time to
      locate the new access point, a method of operation of the mobile station
      and a wireless computer network infrastructure. The mobile station
      comprises: (1) a detection circuit that generates a ready-to-scan signal
      indicating that the mobile station is about to activate the scanning
      circuit and (2) a suspension circuit, coupled to the detection circuit,
      that receives the ready-to-scan signal and generates, in response thereto,
      a data suspend signal for transmission to the current access point, the
      data suspend signal causing the current access point to suspend
      transmission of data to the mobile station, thereby preventing loss of the
      data during the scanning period.
PATN
WKU  059912880
SRC  8
APN  9697292
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19971113
TTL  Voice coding apparatus at a code division multiple access base station
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Sam; Phirin
EXP  Olms; Douglas W.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Baik; Sung Jun
CTY  Daejon-shi
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  An; Byung Yang
CTY  Daejon-shi
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Kyung Jun
CTY  Daejon-shi
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Hun
CTY  Daejon-shi
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Electronics and Telecommunication Research Institute
CTY  Daejon-shi
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Dacom Corporation
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961209
APN  96-63183
CLAS
OCL  370342
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  7216
FSC  370
FSS  342;320;331;335;336;314;438;441;445;366;328;329;338;341;345;271;337
FSC  379
FSS  49;88.07;93.09;112
FSC  375
FSS  200;354;356;364
UREF
PNO  5195090
ISD  19930300
NAM  Bolliger et al.
OCL  370314
UREF
PNO  5418813
ISD  19950500
NAM  Schaffner et al.
OCL  370342
UREF
PNO  5612974
ISD  19970300
NAM  Astrachan
OCL  375295
UREF
PNO  5659698
ISD  19970800
NAM  Weng et al.
OCL  711220
UREF
PNO  5812965
ISD  19980900
NAM  Massaloux
OCL  704205
FREF
PNO  0 552 775 A2
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04L  524
LREP
FRM  Cohen, Pontani, Lieberman & Pavane
ABST
PAL  The present invention is to increase the efficiency of the transmission
      channel between the base stations and to improve the accuracy of the
      signal in transmitting the traffic information in the circuit
      communication method or TDM method in comparison with the packet method,
      and provides the apparatus for speech coding at the Code Division Multiple
      Access base station which can solve the anticipated problem of the frame
      sync acquisition between base stations in such case.
PATN
WKU  059912898
SRC  8
APN  9064249
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19970805
TTL  Synchronization method and apparatus for guard interval-based OFDM
      signals
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Prev'l; Daniel
EXP  Hsu; Alpus H.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Huang; Chia-Chi
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Huang; Yung-Liang
CTY  Hsinchu Hsien
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Sheu; Chorng-Ren
CTY  Kaohsiung
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Industrial Technology Research Institute
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  370350
XCL  370504
XCL  375326
XCL  375260
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  708
FSC  370
FSS  203;206;208;210;434;503;504;350;510;226;328;329;330;322;326
FSC  375
FSS  355;343;260
UREF
PNO  5533066
ISD  19960700
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  375341
UREF
PNO  5596582
ISD  19970100
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  370203
UREF
PNO  5602835
ISD  19970200
NAM  Seki et al.
OCL  370206
UREF
PNO  5732113
ISD  19980300
NAM  Schmidl et al.
OCL  375355
UREF
PNO  5774450
ISD  19980600
NAM  Harada et al.
OCL  370206
UREF
PNO  5790784
ISD  19980800
NAM  Beale et al.
OCL  370350
UREF
PNO  5818813
ISD  19981000
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  370208
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A synchronization system for an input signal having a plurality of OFDM
      symbols, each symbol having at least one guard interval, includes a
      correlation device for providing a product of the input signal with a
      complex conjugate of the input signal delayed for a predetermined period,
      an arithmetic device for obtaining an argument value of the product, and a
      detection device for detecting a transition in phase values of an output
      of the arithmetic device, wherein the transition occurring when the phase
      value in one portion of the symbol duration is substantially smaller than
      another portion of the symbol duration. The system additionally includes a
      power estimator for detecting an OFDM symbol frame of the input signal
      with reference to a predetermined threshold, and a device for estimating
      fractional carrier frequency offset.
PATN
WKU  059912901
SRC  8
APN  6550797
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19960603
TTL  Method and system for forming a digital facsimile message including a
      subaddress
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Hsu; Alpus H.
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Malik; Naeem Iqbal
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Ricoh Company, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Ricoh Corporation
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370352
XCL  370392
XCL  358440
XCL  37910001
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1100
ICL  H04N  100
FSC  370
FSS  389;392;352;401;522;524;313
FSC  379
FSS  90.01;93.01;93.11;100.01;100.08;100.14;100.16;359;233;199;93.02;100.15
     ;100.17;207;211;221
FSC  358
FSS  402;403;407;440;438;434
FSC  395
FSS  200.68;200.79
UREF
PNO  5189695
ISD  19930200
NAM  Maei
OCL  370524
UREF
PNO  5206743
ISD  19930400
NAM  Hochman et al.
OCL  358440
UREF
PNO  5224156
ISD  19930600
NAM  Fuller et al.
OCL  379 88.01
UREF
PNO  5291546
ISD  19940300
NAM  Giler et al.
OCL  379 93.11
UREF
PNO  5488651
ISD  19960100
NAM  Giler et al.
OCL  379100.14
UREF
PNO  5517556
ISD  19960500
NAM  Pounds et al.
OCL  379 88.25
UREF
PNO  5521719
ISD  19960500
NAM  Yamada
OCL  358438
UREF
PNO  5652783
ISD  19970700
NAM  Keba et al.
OCL  370313
UREF
PNO  5675638
ISD  19971000
NAM  Ogasawara et al.
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5748723
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hanai et al.
OCL  379198
OREF
PAL  Nest Autoroute Code Definition, Novell Network NetWare Computing Products,
      Apr., 1995.
PAL  Will Fax-Routing Standard Deliver?, by Patrick Dryden, Oct. 10, 1994, pp.
      27 & pp. 30.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method and system for forming a digital facsimile message that includes a
      subaddress. A source terminal forms a digital facsimile message by using
      information input by a user in response to prompting inquiries generated
      by the source terminal. In response to a prompt, a user enters whether the
      user will enter a subaddress to route the message to a destination
      terminal. If an affirmative response is received, the source terminal
      prompts the user to input the subaddress and later to input a telephone
      number of a destination server which services the destination terminal.
      The source terminal receives a response from a user indicating whether the
      subaddress is used for the routing of the digital facsimile message. Based
      on the input data, the source terminal forms a digital facsimile message
      that includes the subaddress of the destination terminal. The message may
      then be sent over a communications channel to the destination server,
      which then routes the message to the destination terminal. The destination
      server may convert the subaddress into a matching Internet Protocol
      address of the destination terminal so that the destination server may
      route the source terminal's incoming message over the Internet to the
      destination terminal. The source terminal may also form a polling message
      by prompting the user to insert specific information, where the polling
      message allows a user to retrieve data files from the destination
      terminal.
PATN
WKU  059912910
SRC  8
APN  7664834
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19961213
TTL  Server of a computer network telephone system
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  5
EXP  Vu; Huy D.
NDR  18
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Asai; Masahiro
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Oyama; Akimasa
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Hidekazu
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951219
APN  7-348833
CLAS
OCL  370352
XCL  379201
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 1256
FSC  370
FSS  260;261;262;263;264;265;266;267;268;401;400;402;403;404;259;405;406;352;353
     ;354;355;356
FSC  455
FSS  31.3
FSC  379
FSS  201;210;211;212;214;90.01;91.02;93.01;93.02;93.03;93.04;93.07;93.14;93.21
     ;93.23;93.24;100.06;100.08
UREF
PNO  4796293
ISD  19890100
NAM  Blinken et al.
OCL  379202
UREF
PNO  4953159
ISD  19900800
NAM  Hayden et al.
OCL  370265
UREF
PNO  5210794
ISD  19930500
NAM  Brunsgard
OCL  370264
UREF
PNO  5408528
ISD  19950400
NAM  Carlson et al.
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5526353
ISD  19960600
NAM  Henley et al.
OCL  370401
UREF
PNO  5588038
ISD  19961200
NAM  Snyder
OCL  455 31.3
UREF
PNO  5590127
ISD  19961200
NAM  Bales et al.
OCL  370260
UREF
PNO  5604737
ISD  19970200
NAM  Iwami et al.
OCL  370352
UREF
PNO  5608786
ISD  19970300
NAM  Gordon
OCL  379100
UREF
PNO  5712907
ISD  19980100
NAM  Wegner et al.
OCL  379112
UREF
PNO  5724355
ISD  19980300
NAM  Bruno et al.
OCL  370401
LREP
FR2  Maioli; Jay H.
ABST
PAL  A server is used in a computer network telephone system having a computer
      network that can connect a plurality of terminal devices via at least one
      server to transmit data containing audio data between the terminal
      devices. The server provides predetermined services for the terminals when
      it receives predetermined information from the terminals.
PATN
WKU  059912928
SRC  8
APN  8128073
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19970306
TTL  Network access in multi-service environment
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  8
EXP  Hsu; Alpus H.
NDR  18
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Focsaneanu; Mihai
CTY  Nepean
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Skillen; Richard Prescott
CTY  Mississauga
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Livermore; Frederick Caldwell
CTY  Stittsville
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Nortel Networks Corporation
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  370352
XCL  370401
XCL  370419
XCL  370421
XCL  370463
XCL  709250
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  302
ICL  H04Q 1104
FSC  370
FSS  254;352;353;354;357;359;360;362;376;389;400;401;402;419;420;421;463;465;468
     ;477
FSC  709
FSS  249;250
UREF
PNO  4178480
ISD  19791200
NAM  Carbrey
OCL  179 15BM
UREF
PNO  4608686
ISD  19860800
NAM  Barsellotti
OCL  370 69.1
UREF
PNO  4903263
ISD  19900200
NAM  Patel et al.
OCL  370110.1
UREF
PNO  5157662
ISD  19921000
NAM  Tadamura et al.
OCL  370110.1
UREF
PNO  5267301
ISD  19931100
NAM  Nishii
OCL  379 93
UREF
PNO  5289536
ISD  19940200
NAM  Hokari
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  5410754
ISD  19950400
NAM  Klotzbach et al.
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5428608
ISD  19950600
NAM  Freeman et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5444703
ISD  19950800
NAM  Gagliardi et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5453984
ISD  19950900
NAM  Mueller
OCL  370421
UREF
PNO  5526351
ISD  19960600
NAM  Mochinaga et al.
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5577115
ISD  19961100
NAM  Deutsch et al.
OCL  379399
UREF
PNO  5610910
ISD  19970300
NAM  Focsaneanu et al.
OCL  370351
UREF
PNO  5629926
ISD  19970500
NAM  Deutsch et al.
OCL  370252
UREF
PNO  5742905
ISD  19980400
NAM  Pepe et al.
OCL  455461
UREF
PNO  5799017
ISD  19980800
NAM  Gupta et al.
OCL  370421
FREF
PNO  WO 95/27384
ISD  19951000
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04Q 1104
OREF
PAL  Verbiest, W. et al., "FITL and B-ISDN: A Marriage with a Future", IEEE
      Communications Magazine, vol. 31, No. 6, Jun. 1, 1993, pp. 60-66.
PAL  Frohm, N. et al., "The Diamux System Series--Flexibility in the Access
      Network", Ericsson Review, vol. 70, No. 1, Jan. 1, 1993, pp. 30-40.
PAL  Serro, C. et al., "Services Architecture in SEIS--A System for Intelligent
      Buildings", Proceedings of the Mediterranean Electrotechnical Conference,
      vol. 1, No. 6, May 22-24, 1991, pp. 558-561.
LREP
FRM  Gowling, Strathy & Henderson
FR2  Toyooka; Yoshiharu
ABST
PAL  In current voice telephony, CATV, and wireless networks, traffic is
      channelized for both access and transport. This channelization is wasteful
      of resources where multiple services have varying demands for bandwidth
      and holding times, or a service generates traffic that is bursty in
      nature. The invention solves these problems by providing flexible and
      adaptable multi-service access to the networks. Customer requirements are
      checked by monitoring traffic on a local access at a connection request
      and/or during the established connection, and the local access is
      configured according to the transmission requirements. The local access
      can also be configured in response to the network information. In further
      realizations, either or both the CPE connector and access module include
      common bus architecture which forms a backbone LAN for handling a
      multiplicity of CPEs and/or networks.
PATN
WKU  059912936
SRC  8
APN  8623031
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970523
TTL  Circuit arrangement for providing internet connectivity to a computer in
      a key telephone system
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Harper; Kevin C.
EXP  Horabik; Michael
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Buchanan; Chris
CTY  Kanata
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Keilty; Dick
CTY  Kanata
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Wellard; Ron
CTY  Kanata
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Wong; Chi-Yin
CTY  Kanata
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Jenkins; Tim
CTY  Kinburn
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Hibberd; Timothy Winston
CTY  Cremorne
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Nortel Networks Corporation
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  370353
XCL  370264
XCL  370524
XCL  370420
XCL  370468
XCL  379 9309
XCL  379 9314
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 1266
ICL  H04L 1250
ICL  H04L 1228
ICL  H04J  316
FSC  370
FSS  259;263;264;353;357;522;524;532;419;420;465;468
FSC  379
FSS  93.14;442;93.09
UREF
PNO  5303239
ISD  19940400
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  370410
UREF
PNO  5365577
ISD  19941100
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  379 93.09
UREF
PNO  5838682
ISD  19981100
NAM  Dekelbaum et al.
OCL  379 93.14
UREF
PNO  5841840
ISD  19981100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  379 93.09
LREP
FR2  Turpin; Frank P.
FR2  Fortin; J-P
ABST
PAL  A circuit arrangement is provided for connecting a personal computer (PC)
      to a port of a key telephone system via an adapter circuit which also
      interfaces a digital key set to the port. The adapter circuit is connected
      to the computer via an RS-232 single channel data link. The PC is
      programmed to generate and receive a serial data stream into which are
      encapsulated messages relating to link control and telephone
      functionality. The adapter circuit is also programmed to receive and
      generate the serial data stream. The data rate through the adapter circuit
      and the telephone system and hence to a remote computer is dependent on
      the utilization of the attached key set by the user to make a call.
PATN
WKU  059912944
SRC  8
APN  7647891
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19961212
TTL  Method of establishing a multichannel connection, as well as switching
      facilities, communications network, and transmit-side and receive-side
      communications network access facilities
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Kwoh; Jasper
EXP  Marcelo; Melvin
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Willmann; Gert
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Conradt; Johannes
CTY  Ludwigsburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Staiger; Wolfgang
CTY  Wannweil
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Alcatel Alsthom Compagnie Generale D'Electricite
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19951216
APN  195 47 109
CLAS
OCL  370375
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  300
FSC  370
FSS  252;357;360;369;370;375;376;380
UREF
PNO  4467471
ISD  19840800
NAM  Troost
OCL  370376
UREF
PNO  4991169
ISD  19910200
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  370463
UREF
PNO  5136578
ISD  19920800
NAM  Beshai et al.
OCL  370375
UREF
PNO  5260932
ISD  19931100
NAM  Vinel
OCL  370253
UREF
PNO  5278822
ISD  19940100
NAM  Yashiki
OCL  370235
UREF
PNO  5363374
ISD  19941100
NAM  Zein Al Abedeen et al.
OCL  370233
UREF
PNO  5668601
ISD  19970900
NAM  Okada et al.
OCL  348423
UREF
PNO  5671221
ISD  19970900
NAM  Yang
OCL  370320
FREF
PNO  0173274
ISD  19850800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0227732
ISD  19861200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0565203
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  4444153
ISD  19951000
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  "System 12 Digital Switching Network" by J.M. Cotton et al, Electrical
      Communications, vol. 56, No. 2/3, 1981, pp. 147 to 160.
LREP
FRM  Ware, Fressola, Van der Sluys & Adolphson LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention concerns a method of establishing a multichannel connection
      comprising N channels, two switching facilities, a communications network,
      and a transmit-side and a receive-side access facility to a communications
      network. When a multichannel connection (SLOT3, SLOT7; SLOT5, SLOT28) is
      established through a switching network (DSN), first the transit times
      (T1, T2, T3) of more than N channels through the switching network (DSN)
      are determined (MONIT). Then N channels are selected from said more than N
      channels by means of an algorithm (CONTR), which uses the determined
      transit times (T1, T2, T3) as input values. Subsequently the selected N
      channels are assigned as channels to the multichannel connection (SLOT3,
      SLOT7; SLOT5, SLOT28), and for their synchronization the channels are
      delayed in accordance with the determined transit times (T1, T2, T3). This
      method is also applicable to end-to-end multichannel connections and
      single channel connections.
PATN
WKU  059912952
SRC  8
APN  7297556
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961007
TTL  Digital switch
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Harper; Kevin C.
EXP  Horabik; Michael
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Tout; Arthur James Viggo
CTY  Berkshire
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Stephen Mark
CTY  Bucks
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Madge Networks Limited
CTY  Buckinghamshire
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19951010
APN  9520686
CLAS
OCL  370376
XCL  370395
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 1256
FSC  370
FSS  237;428;429;412;415;416;410;468;418;414;229;375;376;395
UREF
PNO  5132966
ISD  19920700
NAM  Hayano et al.
OCL  370468
UREF
PNO  5452330
ISD  19950900
NAM  Goldstein
OCL  375257
UREF
PNO  5521913
ISD  19960500
NAM  Gridley et al.
OCL  370428
UREF
PNO  5570355
ISD  19961000
NAM  Dail et al.
OCL  370352
UREF
PNO  5640387
ISD  19970600
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  370359
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A switch fabric is provided which comprises a shared memory, a number of
      switch fabric ports, and a switch fabric data controller. The switch
      fabric data controller routes blocks of data received at one switch fabric
      port to one or more other switch fabric ports and writes and reads data to
      and from, respectively, the shared memory. The switch fabric data
      controller preferentially routes a block of data from the one switch
      fabric port to the one or more other switch fabric ports without writing
      the block of data into the shared memory if the one or more other desired
      switch fabric ports are free or become free within a predetermined period,
      and otherwise writes the block of data into the shared memory for
      temporary storage if the one or more other switch fabric ports are busy.
      In this manner, the switch fabric facilitates "cut-through" of blocks of
      data across a switch without the need to write the blocks of data to a
      shared memory, thereby reducing latency.
PATN
WKU  059912960
SRC  8
APN  6049206
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960222
TTL  Crossbar switch and method with reduced voltage swing and no internal
      blocking data path
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Chau
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Mu; Albert
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Larson; Jeffrey D.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu, Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  370380
XCL  370416
XCL  34082585
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  352
FSC  370
FSS  380;381;352;395;412-416
FSC  340
FSS  825.85;825.9;825.93;825.89;825.95
FSC  365
FSS  208
UREF
PNO  Re35483
ISD  19970300
NAM  Harrand
OCL  340825.9
UREF
PNO  4058838
ISD  19771100
NAM  Crager et al.
OCL  358257
UREF
PNO  4412380
ISD  19831100
NAM  Matsuda et al.
OCL  340825
UREF
PNO  4434381
ISD  19840200
NAM  Stewart
OCL  307279
UREF
PNO  4868813
ISD  19890900
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  370160
UREF
PNO  4894651
ISD  19900100
NAM  Trumpp et al.
OCL  340825.91
UREF
PNO  4963863
ISD  19901000
NAM  Hofmann
OCL  340825.91
UREF
PNO  5079762
ISD  19920100
NAM  Tanabe
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5140582
ISD  19920800
NAM  Tsuboi et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5166926
ISD  19921100
NAM  Cisneros et al.
OCL  371 60
UREF
PNO  5226014
ISD  19930700
NAM  McManus
OCL  365210
UREF
PNO  5241536
ISD  19930800
NAM  Grimble et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5255265
ISD  19931000
NAM  Eng et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5267235
ISD  19931100
NAM  Thacker
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5285445
ISD  19940200
NAM  Lehnert et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5327127
ISD  19940700
NAM  May et al.
OCL  341102
UREF
PNO  5345228
ISD  19940900
NAM  Franaszek et al.
OCL  370380
UREF
PNO  5406554
ISD  19950400
NAM  Parry
OCL  370 58.1
UREF
PNO  5406563
ISD  19950400
NAM  Loebig
OCL  371  5.1
UREF
PNO  5473755
ISD  19951200
NAM  Dunning
OCL  395250
UREF
PNO  5491667
ISD  19960200
NAM  Sharp
OCL  365205
UREF
PNO  5493566
ISD  19960200
NAM  Ljungberg et al.
OCL  370413
UREF
PNO  5502680
ISD  19960300
NAM  Du et al.
OCL  365205
UREF
PNO  5508644
ISD  19960400
NAM  Branson et al.
OCL  327 57
UREF
PNO  5517495
ISD  19960500
NAM  Lund et al.
OCL  370399
UREF
PNO  5524112
ISD  19960600
NAM  Azuma et al.
OCL  370402
UREF
PNO  5541919
ISD  19960700
NAM  Yong et al.
OCL  370 61
UREF
PNO  5544161
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bigham et al.
OCL  370 58.1
UREF
PNO  5555264
ISD  19960900
NAM  Sallberg et al.
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5600637
ISD  19970200
NAM  Kikuta
OCL  370389
UREF
PNO  5613067
ISD  19970300
NAM  Brady et al.
OCL  395200.13
UREF
PNO  5619497
ISD  19970400
NAM  Gallagher et al.
OCL  370394
UREF
PNO  5689500
ISD  19971100
NAM  Chiussi et al.
OCL  370235
FREF
PNO  0 378 401 A2
ISD  19900700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 380 856 A2
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 404 423 A2
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 405 990 A2
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 588 745 A1
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 602 693 A2
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 032 736
ISD  19800500
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/07032
ISD  19910500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Hybrid Switch For A Highly Parallel Message Passing System", IBM Technical
      Disclosure Bulletin vol.33. No. 1A. pp. 214-217. Jun. 1. 1990.
PAL  "A Low Power Generator Based FIFO Using Ring Pointers And Current Mode
      Sensing". IEEE International Solid State Circuits Conference. Fenstermaker
      et al. vol. 36. XP000388092. pp. 242-243 & 295. New York. Feb. 1993.
LREP
FRM  Fenwick & West LLP
ABST
PAL  A switch system and method transfer a data packet from a source data port
      to one or more destination data ports through a switch. The system
      comprises a source input buffer, a first and a second source input path, a
      first and a second output path and at least one crosspoint circuit. The
      source input buffer includes a first and a second data section. The first
      and the second data sections are coupled to the first and the second input
      paths respectively. The first and the second input paths couple through
      the crosspoint circuits at each intersection with the first and the second
      output paths. The method includes loading the data packets into data
      sections of an input buffer, transferring each data packet across an input
      path dedicated for each data section, transmitting each data packet over
      its input path, and switching the data from the input path to the output
      path based on a voltage differential. A crosspoint circuit in the switch
      system includes a first and a second reduced voltage swing line, a first
      and a second transistor circuit for each data input path and a sense
      amplifier for a data port. The first reduced voltage swing line is coupled
      to the first transistor circuit, the second reduced voltage swing line is
      coupled to the second transistor circuit and both reduced voltage swing
      lines are connected to the sense amplifier. The method of the unit
      comprises the steps of charging a first and a second reduced voltage swing
      line to a predetermined voltage, discharging the voltage from the first
      reduced voltage swing line, maintaining the voltage in the second voltage
      line, receiving a clock signal at the sense amplifier, and generating an
      output signal based on a voltage differential between the voltage lines.
PATN
WKU  059912979
SRC  8
APN  9198245
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970828
TTL  Independently sizable memory pages for a plurality of connection ID
      types in a network switch
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Maikhanh
EXP  Pham; Chi H.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Palnati; Prasasth R.
CTY  Waltham
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Ganmukhi; Mahesh N.
CTY  Carlisle
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  White; David J.
CTY  Marlborough
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Ascend Communications
CTY  Westford
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370389
XCL  370400
EDF  6
ICL  H04J 1408
FSC  370
FSS  219;220;227;228;389;390;392;395;397;399;400
UREF
PNO  5303078
ISD  19940400
NAM  Brackett et al.
OCL  359139
UREF
PNO  5422880
ISD  19950600
NAM  Heitkamp et al.
OCL  370400
UREF
PNO  5430715
ISD  19950700
NAM  Corbalis et al.
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5602843
ISD  19970200
NAM  Gray
OCL  370338
LREP
FRM  Weingarten, Schurgin, Gagnebin & Hayes LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus are disclosed for selectively accessing and
      independently sizing connection identification tables within a network
      switch. Upon receipt of a data unit, such as an asynchronous transfer mode
      cell at an input port of an Input Output Module, a plurality of selection
      bits are inserted into the cell header which are used to select one of a
      plurality of connection identifiers. The VPI/VCI addresses are mapped into
      a connection identifier and the connection identifier is also inserted
      within the respective cell header. The connection identifier may comprise
      an unicast connection identifier, a multicast connection identifier, or a
      redundant unicast identifier. The unicast, multicast and redundant
      identifiers are either stored in separate tables at call setup and the
      tables are independently selectable via use of the selection bits stored
      within the cell header. Alternatively, the selection bits are employed to
      specify a register which points to the first address for the respective
      type of identifiers. Thus, identifiers of a particular connection type are
      accessible via a base address plus an offset address. In the described
      manner, tables or portions of tables containing connection identifiers may
      be flexibly and independently sized.
PATN
WKU  059912987
SRC  8
APN  7814356
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19970110
TTL  Reliable and flexible multicast mechanism for ATM networks
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Slavitt; Mitchell
EXP  Kizou; Hassan
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hunt; Douglas H.
CTY  Sudbury
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Nair; Raj Krishnan
CTY  Acton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Network Communications, Inc.
CTY  Richardson
STA  TX
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  370390
XCL  370401
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 1228
ICL  H04L 1256
FSC  370
FSS  236;390;400;401;395;408;396;255;256
UREF
PNO  3804991
ISD  19740400
NAM  Hammond et al.
OCL  179 26
UREF
PNO  3974343
ISD  19760800
NAM  Cheney et al.
OCL  179 18ES
UREF
PNO  4069399
ISD  19780100
NAM  Barrett et al.
OCL  179 15AL
UREF
PNO  4084228
ISD  19780400
NAM  Dufond et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4240143
ISD  19801200
NAM  Bessemer et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4603382
ISD  19860700
NAM  Cole et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4715030
ISD  19871200
NAM  Koch et al.
OCL  370 85
UREF
PNO  4727537
ISD  19880200
NAM  Nichols
OCL  370 85
UREF
PNO  4737953
ISD  19880400
NAM  Koch et al.
OCL  370 94
UREF
PNO  4748658
ISD  19880500
NAM  Gopal et al.
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  4797881
ISD  19890100
NAM  Ben-Artzi
OCL  370 88
UREF
PNO  4821034
ISD  19890400
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  340825.8
UREF
PNO  4837761
ISD  19890600
NAM  Isono et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  4849968
ISD  19890700
NAM  Turner
OCL  370 94
UREF
PNO  4870641
ISD  19890900
NAM  Pattavina
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  4872157
ISD  19891000
NAM  Hemmady et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  4872159
ISD  19891000
NAM  Hemmady et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  4872160
ISD  19891000
NAM  Hemmady et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  4872197
ISD  19891000
NAM  Pemmaraju
OCL  379 93
UREF
PNO  4878216
ISD  19891000
NAM  Yunoki
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  4893302
ISD  19900100
NAM  Hemmady et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  4893307
ISD  19900100
NAM  McKay et al.
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  4894824
ISD  19900100
NAM  Hemmady et al.
OCL  370 58.3
UREF
PNO  4897833
ISD  19900100
NAM  Kent et al.
OCL  370 85.2
UREF
PNO  4897841
ISD  19900100
NAM  Gang, Jr.
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  4899333
ISD  19900200
NAM  Roediger
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  4920531
ISD  19900400
NAM  Isono et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  4922503
ISD  19900500
NAM  Leone
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  4933938
ISD  19900600
NAM  Sheehy
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  4942574
ISD  19900700
NAM  Zelle
OCL  370 85.15
UREF
PNO  4947390
ISD  19900800
NAM  Sheehy
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  4953157
ISD  19900800
NAM  Franklin et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  4956839
ISD  19900900
NAM  Torii et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  4958341
ISD  19900900
NAM  Hemmady et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  4979100
ISD  19901200
NAM  Makris et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4993018
ISD  19910200
NAM  Hajikano et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5014192
ISD  19910500
NAM  Mansfield et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5021949
ISD  19910600
NAM  Morten et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5029164
ISD  19910700
NAM  Goldstein et al.
OCL  370 95.1
UREF
PNO  5060228
ISD  19911000
NAM  Tsutsui et al.
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5067123
ISD  19911100
NAM  Hyodo et al.
OCL  370 58.1
UREF
PNO  5070498
ISD  19911200
NAM  Kakuma et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5083269
ISD  19920100
NAM  Syobatake et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5084867
ISD  19920100
NAM  Tachibana et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5084871
ISD  19920100
NAM  Carn et al.
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5090011
ISD  19920200
NAM  Fukuta et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5090024
ISD  19920200
NAM  Vander Mey et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5093827
ISD  19920300
NAM  Franklin et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5093912
ISD  19920300
NAM  Dong et al.
OCL  395650
UREF
PNO  5115429
ISD  19920500
NAM  Hluchyj et al.
OCL  370 84
UREF
PNO  5119369
ISD  19920600
NAM  Tanabe et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5119372
ISD  19920600
NAM  Verbeek
OCL  370 85.3
UREF
PNO  5128932
ISD  19920700
NAM  Li
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5130975
ISD  19920700
NAM  Akata
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5130982
ISD  19920700
NAM  Ash et al.
OCL  370 85.7
UREF
PNO  5132966
ISD  19920700
NAM  Hayano et al.
OCL  370 79
UREF
PNO  5146474
ISD  19920900
NAM  Nagler et al.
OCL  375 10
UREF
PNO  5146560
ISD  19920900
NAM  Goldberg et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5150358
ISD  19920900
NAM  Punj et al.
OCL  370 84
UREF
PNO  5151897
ISD  19920900
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5157657
ISD  19921000
NAM  Potter et al.
OCL  370 85
UREF
PNO  5163045
ISD  19921100
NAM  Caram et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5163046
ISD  19921100
NAM  Hahne et al.
OCL  370 79
UREF
PNO  5179556
ISD  19930100
NAM  Turner
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5179558
ISD  19930100
NAM  Thacker et al.
OCL  370 94.3
UREF
PNO  5185743
ISD  19930200
NAM  Murayama et al.
OCL  370110.1
UREF
PNO  5191582
ISD  19930300
NAM  Upp
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5191652
ISD  19930300
NAM  Dias et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5193151
ISD  19930300
NAM  Jain
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5197067
ISD  19930300
NAM  Fujimoto et al.
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5198808
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kudo
OCL  340825.8
UREF
PNO  5199027
ISD  19930300
NAM  Barri
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5239539
ISD  19930800
NAM  Uchida et al.
OCL  370 58.3
UREF
PNO  5253247
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hirose et al.
OCL  370 14
UREF
PNO  5253248
ISD  19931000
NAM  Dravida et al.
OCL  370 16
UREF
PNO  5255264
ISD  19931000
NAM  Cotton et al.
OCL  370 24
UREF
PNO  5255266
ISD  19931000
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5257311
ISD  19931000
NAM  Naito et al.
OCL  380 48
UREF
PNO  5258979
ISD  19931100
NAM  Oomuro et al.
OCL  370 95.1
UREF
PNO  5265088
ISD  19931100
NAM  Takigawa et al.
OCL  370 15
UREF
PNO  5267232
ISD  19931100
NAM  Katsube et al.
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5268897
ISD  19931200
NAM  Komine et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5271010
ISD  19931200
NAM  Miyake et al.
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5272697
ISD  19931200
NAM  Fraser et al.
OCL  370 61
UREF
PNO  5274641
ISD  19931200
NAM  Shobatake et al.
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5274768
ISD  19931200
NAM  Traw et al.
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5280469
ISD  19940100
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  370 13
UREF
PNO  5280470
ISD  19940100
NAM  Buhrke et al.
OCL  370 13
UREF
PNO  5282201
ISD  19940100
NAM  Frank et al.
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5283788
ISD  19940200
NAM  Morita et al.
OCL  370110.1
UREF
PNO  5285446
ISD  19940200
NAM  Yonehara
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5287349
ISD  19940200
NAM  Hyodo et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5287535
ISD  19940200
NAM  Sakagawa et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5289462
ISD  19940200
NAM  Ahmadi et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5289463
ISD  19940200
NAM  Mobasser
OCL  370 68.1
UREF
PNO  5289470
ISD  19940200
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5291481
ISD  19940300
NAM  Doshi et al.
OCL  370 79
UREF
PNO  5291482
ISD  19940300
NAM  McNarg et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5295134
ISD  19940300
NAM  Yoshimura et al.
OCL  370 16
UREF
PNO  5301055
ISD  19940400
NAM  Bagchi et al.
OCL  359139
UREF
PNO  5301184
ISD  19940400
NAM  Uriu et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5301190
ISD  19940400
NAM  Tsukuda et al.
OCL  370 66
UREF
PNO  5301193
ISD  19940400
NAM  Toyofuku et al.
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5303232
ISD  19940400
NAM  Faulk, Jr.
OCL  370 94
UREF
PNO  5305311
ISD  19940400
NAM  Lyles
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5309431
ISD  19940500
NAM  Tominaga et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5309438
ISD  19940500
NAM  Nakajima
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5311586
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bogart et al.
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  5313454
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bustini et al.
OCL  370231
UREF
PNO  5313458
ISD  19940500
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  370 56
UREF
PNO  5315586
ISD  19940500
NAM  Charvillat
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5319638
ISD  19940600
NAM  Lin
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5321695
ISD  19940600
NAM  Proctor et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5323389
ISD  19940600
NAM  Bitz et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5325356
ISD  19940600
NAM  Lyles
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5327420
ISD  19940700
NAM  Lyles
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5327424
ISD  19940700
NAM  Perlman
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5333131
ISD  19940700
NAM  Tanabe et al.
OCL  370 54
UREF
PNO  5333134
ISD  19940700
NAM  Ishibashi et al.
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5335222
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kamoi et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5335325
ISD  19940800
NAM  Frank et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5339310
ISD  19940800
NAM  Taniguchi
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5339317
ISD  19940800
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  370 85.15
UREF
PNO  5339318
ISD  19940800
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  370110.1
UREF
PNO  5341366
ISD  19940800
NAM  Soumiya et al.
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5341373
ISD  19940800
NAM  Ishibashi et al.
OCL  370 85.9
UREF
PNO  5341376
ISD  19940800
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  370 99
UREF
PNO  5341483
ISD  19940800
NAM  Frank et al.
OCL  395400
UREF
PNO  5345229
ISD  19940900
NAM  Olnowich et al.
OCL  340825.8
UREF
PNO  5350906
ISD  19940900
NAM  Brody et al.
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  5351146
ISD  19940900
NAM  Chan et al.
OCL  359118
UREF
PNO  5355372
ISD  19941000
NAM  Sengupta et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5357506
ISD  19941000
NAM  Sugawara
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5357507
ISD  19941000
NAM  Hughes et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5357508
ISD  19941000
NAM  Le Boudec et al.
OCL  370 58.3
UREF
PNO  5357510
ISD  19941000
NAM  Norizuki et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5359600
ISD  19941000
NAM  Ueda et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5361251
ISD  19941100
NAM  Aihara et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5361372
ISD  19941100
NAM  Rege et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5363433
ISD  19941100
NAM  Isono
OCL  379 92
UREF
PNO  5363497
ISD  19941100
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5365514
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hershey et al.
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5369570
ISD  19941100
NAM  Parad
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5371893
ISD  19941200
NAM  Price et al.
OCL  395725
UREF
PNO  5373504
ISD  19941200
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5375117
ISD  19941200
NAM  Morita et al.
OCL  370 79
UREF
PNO  5377262
ISD  19941200
NAM  Bales et al.
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5377327
ISD  19941200
NAM  Jain et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5379297
ISD  19950100
NAM  Glover et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5379418
ISD  19950100
NAM  Shimazaki et al.
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5390170
ISD  19950200
NAM  Sawant et al.
OCL  370 58.1
UREF
PNO  5390174
ISD  19950200
NAM  Jugel
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5390175
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hiller et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5392280
ISD  19950200
NAM  Zheng
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5392402
ISD  19950200
NAM  Robrock, II
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5394396
ISD  19950200
NAM  Yoshimura et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5398235
ISD  19950300
NAM  Tsuzuki et al.
OCL  370 16
UREF
PNO  5398242
ISD  19950300
NAM  Perlman
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5400333
ISD  19950300
NAM  Perlman
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5400337
ISD  19950300
NAM  Munter
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5402415
ISD  19950300
NAM  Turner
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5412648
ISD  19950500
NAM  Fan
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5414703
ISD  19950500
NAM  Sakaue et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5418942
ISD  19950500
NAM  Krawchuk et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5420858
ISD  19950500
NAM  Marshall et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5420988
ISD  19950500
NAM  Elliott
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5422879
ISD  19950600
NAM  Parsons et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5425021
ISD  19950600
NAM  Derby et al.
OCL  370 54
UREF
PNO  5425026
ISD  19950600
NAM  Mori
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5426635
ISD  19950600
NAM  Mitra et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5432713
ISD  19950700
NAM  Takeo et al.
OCL  364514
UREF
PNO  5432784
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ozveren
OCL  370 79
UREF
PNO  5432785
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ahmed et al.
OCL  370 79
UREF
PNO  5432908
ISD  19950700
NAM  Heddes et al.
OCL  395250
UREF
PNO  5436886
ISD  19950700
NAM  McGill
OCL  370 16
UREF
PNO  5436893
ISD  19950700
NAM  Barnett
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5440547
ISD  19950800
NAM  Easki et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5444702
ISD  19950800
NAM  Burnett et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5446733
ISD  19950800
NAM  Tsuruoka
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5446737
ISD  19950800
NAM  Cidon et al.
OCL  370 85.5
UREF
PNO  5446738
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  370 94.2
UREF
PNO  5448559
ISD  19950900
NAM  Hayter et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5448621
ISD  19950900
NAM  Knudsen
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5450406
ISD  19950900
NAM  Esaki et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5452296
ISD  19950900
NAM  Shimizu
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5452330
ISD  19950900
NAM  Goldstein
OCL  375257
UREF
PNO  5454299
ISD  19951000
NAM  Thessin et al.
OCL  370 62
UREF
PNO  5455820
ISD  19951000
NAM  Yamada
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5455825
ISD  19951000
NAM  Lauer et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5457687
ISD  19951000
NAM  Newman
OCL  370 85.3
UREF
PNO  5459743
ISD  19951000
NAM  Fukuda et al.
OCL  371 67.1
UREF
PNO  5461611
ISD  19951000
NAM  Drake, Jr. et al.
OCL  370 54
UREF
PNO  5463629
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ko
OCL  370110.1
UREF
PNO  5463775
ISD  19951000
NAM  DeWitt et al.
OCL  395184.01
UREF
PNO  5465331
ISD  19951100
NAM  Yang et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5465365
ISD  19951100
NAM  Winterbottom
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5469003
ISD  19951100
NAM  Kean
OCL  326 39
UREF
PNO  5473608
ISD  19951200
NAM  Gagne et al.
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5475679
ISD  19951200
NAM  Munter
OCL  370 58.2
UREF
PNO  5479401
ISD  19951200
NAM  Bitz et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5479402
ISD  19951200
NAM  Hata et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5483526
ISD  19960100
NAM  Ben-Nun et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5485453
ISD  19960100
NAM  Wahlman et al.
OCL  370 16
UREF
PNO  5485455
ISD  19960100
NAM  Dobbins et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5487063
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kakuma et al.
OCL  370 56
UREF
PNO  5488606
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kakuma et al.
OCL  370 16
UREF
PNO  5491691
ISD  19960200
NAM  Shtayer et al.
OCL  370 61
UREF
PNO  5491694
ISD  19960200
NAM  Oliver et al.
OCL  370 85.4
UREF
PNO  5493566
ISD  19960200
NAM  Ljungberg et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5497369
ISD  19960300
NAM  Wainwright
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5499238
ISD  19960300
NAM  Shon
OCL  370 60.2
UREF
PNO  5504741
ISD  19960400
NAM  Yamanaka et al.
OCL  370 58.2
UREF
PNO  5504742
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kakuma et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5506834
ISD  19960400
NAM  Sekihata et al.
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5506839
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hatta
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5506956
ISD  19960400
NAM  Cohen
OCL  395182.04
UREF
PNO  5509001
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tachibana et al.
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5509007
ISD  19960400
NAM  Takashima et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5511070
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lyles
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5513134
ISD  19960400
NAM  Cooperman et al.
OCL  365 49
UREF
PNO  5513178
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  370 58.2
UREF
PNO  5513180
ISD  19960400
NAM  Miyake et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5515359
ISD  19960500
NAM  Zheng
OCL  370 13
UREF
PNO  5517615
ISD  19960500
NAM  Sefidvash et al.
OCL  395182.03
UREF
PNO  5519690
ISD  19960500
NAM  Suzuka et al.
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5519698
ISD  19960500
NAM  Lyles et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5521905
ISD  19960500
NAM  Oda et al.
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5521915
ISD  19960500
NAM  Dieudonne et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5521916
ISD  19960500
NAM  Choudhury et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5521917
ISD  19960500
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  370  1
UREF
PNO  5521923
ISD  19960500
NAM  Willmann et al.
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5523999
ISD  19960600
NAM  Takano et al.
OCL  370 58.2
UREF
PNO  5524113
ISD  19960600
NAM  Gaddis
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5526344
ISD  19960600
NAM  Diaz et al.
OCL  370 16
UREF
PNO  5528588
ISD  19960600
NAM  Bennett et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5528590
ISD  19960600
NAM  Iidaka et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5528591
ISD  19960600
NAM  Lauer
OCL  370 79
UREF
PNO  5530695
ISD  19960600
NAM  Digne et al.
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5533009
ISD  19960700
NAM  Chen
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5533020
ISD  19960700
NAM  Byrn et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5535196
ISD  19960700
NAM  Aihara et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5535197
ISD  19960700
NAM  Cotton
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5537394
ISD  19960700
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5541912
ISD  19960700
NAM  Choudhury et al.
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5544168
ISD  19960800
NAM  Jeffrey et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5544169
ISD  19960800
NAM  Norizuki et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5544170
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kasahara
OCL  370 84
UREF
PNO  5546389
ISD  19960800
NAM  Wippenbeck et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5546391
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hochschild et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5546392
ISD  19960800
NAM  Boal et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5550821
ISD  19960800
NAM  Akiyoshi
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5553057
ISD  19960900
NAM  Nakayama
OCL  370 13
UREF
PNO  5553068
ISD  19960900
NAM  Aso et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5555243
ISD  19960900
NAM  Kakuma et al.
OCL  370 58.2
UREF
PNO  5555265
ISD  19960900
NAM  Kakuma et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5557607
ISD  19960900
NAM  Holden
OCL  370 58.2
UREF
PNO  5559798
ISD  19960900
NAM  Clarkson et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5561791
ISD  19961000
NAM  Mendelson et al.
OCL  395550
UREF
PNO  5568479
ISD  19961000
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5570348
ISD  19961000
NAM  Holden
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5570361
ISD  19961000
NAM  Norizuki et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5570362
ISD  19961000
NAM  Nishimura
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5572522
ISD  19961100
NAM  Calamvokis et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5577032
ISD  19961100
NAM  Sone et al.
OCL  370 58.3
UREF
PNO  5577035
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hayter et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5583857
ISD  19961200
NAM  Soumiya et al.
OCL  370233
UREF
PNO  5583858
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hanaoka
OCL  370392
UREF
PNO  5583861
ISD  19961200
NAM  Holden
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5584037
ISD  19961200
NAM  Papworth et al.
OCL  395800.23
UREF
PNO  5590132
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ishibashi et al.
OCL  370236
UREF
PNO  5602829
ISD  19970200
NAM  Nie et al.
OCL  370235
UREF
PNO  5610913
ISD  19970300
NAM  Tomonaga et al.
OCL  370219
UREF
PNO  5623405
ISD  19970400
NAM  Isono
OCL  395230
UREF
PNO  5625846
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kobayakawa et al.
OCL  395872
UREF
PNO  5724351
ISD  19980300
NAM  Chao et al.
OCL  370395
FREF
PNO  484943
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  An Ascom Timeplex White Paper, Meeting Critical Requirements with Scalable
      Enterprise Networking Solutions Based on a Unified ATM Foundation, pp.
      1-12, Apr. 1994-1995?.
PAL  Douglas H. Hunt, ATM Traffic Management--Another Perspective, Business
      Communications Review, Jul. 1994.
PAL  Richard Bubenik et al., Leaf Initiated Join Extensions, Technical
      Committee, Signalling Subworking Group, ATM Forum/94-0325R1, Jul. 1, 1994.
PAL  Douglas H. Hunt et al., Flow Controlled Virtual Connections Proposal for
      ATM Traffic Management (Revision R2), Traffic Management Subworking Group,
      ATM.sub.-- Forum/94-0632R2, Aug. 1994.
PAL  Flavio Bonomi et al., The Rate-Based Flow Control Framework for the
      Available Bit Rate ATM Service, IEEE Network, Mar./Apr. 1995, pp. 25-39.
PAL  R. Jain, Myths About Congestion Management in High Speed Networks,
      Internetworking Research and Experience, vol. 3, 101-113 (1992).
PAL  Douglas H. Hunt et al., Credit-Based FCVC Proposal for ATM Traffic
      Management (Revision R1), ATM Forum Technical Committee Traffic Management
      Subworking Group, ATM.sub.- Forum/94-0168R1, Apr. 28, 1994.
PAL  Douglas H. Hunt et al., Action Item Status for Credit-Based FCVC Proposal,
      ATM Forum Technical Committee Traffic Management Subworking Group,
      ATM.sub.- Forum/94-0439, Apr. 28, 1994.
PAL  Timothy P. Donahue et al., Arguments in Favor of Continuing Phase 1 as the
      Initial ATM Forum P-NNI Routing Protocol Implementation, ATM Forum
      Technical Committee, ATM Forum/94-0460, Apr. 28, 1994.
PAL  Richard Bubenick et al., Leaf Initiated Join Extensions, Technical
      Committee, Signalling Subworking Group, ATM Forum/94-0325, Apr. 28, 1994.
PAL  Rob Coltun et al., PRP: A P-NNI Routing Protocol Proposal, ATM Forum
      Technical Committee, ATM.sub.- Forum/94-0492, Apr. 28, 1994.
PAL  Richard Bubenik et al., Leaf Initiated Join Extensions, ATM Forum Technical
      Committee, Signalling Subworking Group, ATM Forum 94-0325, Apr. 28, 1994.
PAL  Richard Bubenik et al., Requirements For Phase 2 Signaling Protocol, ATM
      Forum Technical Committee, Signalling Subworking Group, ATM Forum 94-1078,
      Jan. 1, 1994.
PAL  H.T. Kung and K. Chang, Receiver-Oriented Adaptive Buffer Allocation in
      Credit-Based Flow Control for ATM Networks, Proceedings of INFOCOM '95,
      Apr. 2-6, 1995, pp. 1-14.
PAL  H.T. Kung et al., Credit-Based Flow Control for ATM Networks: Credit Update
      Protocol, Adaptive Credit Allocation, and Statistical Multiplexing,
      Proceedings of ACM SIGCOMM '94 Symposium on Communications Architectures,
      Protocols and Applications, Aug. 31-Sep. 2, 1994, pp. 1-14.
PAL  SITA, ATM RFP: C-Overall Technical Requirements, Sep. 1994.
PAL  Hosein F. Badran et al., Head of Line Arbitration in ATM Switches with
      Input-Output Buffering and Backpressure Control, Globecom, pp. 347-351,
      1991.
LREP
FRM  Weingarten, Schurgin, Gagnebin & Hayes LLP
ABST
PAL  A method is disclosed for facilitating multicast operation in a network in
      which a data unit is multicast from a root node to a plurality of leaves
      via a plurality of branching point nodes in response to feedback processed
      at each branching point node. At least one cell forwarding technique is
      selected from a plurality of cell forwarding techniques at the respective
      branching point nodes. The cell forwarding techniques facilitate multicast
      operation by controlling forwarding and discard of multicast cells. The
      forwarding techniques are realized via use of a buffer ring in which cells
      are stored prior to forwarding. Manipulating head and tail pointers
      associated with the buffer ring allows for a plurality of desirable
      forwarding techniques.
PATN
WKU  059912995
SRC  8
APN  9276491
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970911
TTL  High speed header translation processing
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Pizarro; Ricardo M.
EXP  Patel; Ajit
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Radogna; Thomas V.
CTY  Westborough
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Schwartz; Leonard
CTY  Bedford
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Flanders; John A.
CTY  Ashland
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  3COM Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370392
XCL  370389
XCL  370401
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 1228
FSC  370
FSS  392;401;400;391;389;409;410;415;465;466
UREF
PNO  5077732
ISD  19911200
NAM  Fischer
OCL  370437
UREF
PNO  5428615
ISD  19950600
NAM  Backes
OCL  370392
UREF
PNO  5651002
ISD  19970700
NAM  Van Seters
OCL  370392
UREF
PNO  5729543
ISD  19980300
NAM  Weigand
OCL  370350
UREF
PNO  5732081
ISD  19980300
NAM  Grenot
OCL  370392
UREF
PNO  5825774
ISD  19981000
NAM  Ready et al.
OCL  370401
LREP
FRM  Weingarten, Schurgin, Gagnebin & Hayes LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus is disclosed for translating data link layer and
      network layer frame headers at speeds approximating the reception rate of
      frames on respective communication links. High-speed header translation is
      achieved via the use of a dedicated microsequencer which identifies the
      receive frame encapsulation type and the transmit frame encapsulation type
      and based on such identification, selects a processing routine which is
      then executed to translate the frame header. The microsequencer is
      employed to control the movement of control information and frame header
      and payload information from an input FIFO, through the dedicated header
      processor, and to an output FIFO. The headers of the respective frames are
      translated within the dedicated header processor to facilitate header
      translation at high speeds. Via use of the presently disclosed header
      translation apparatus, layer 2 and layer 3 header translations, as well as
      other header translation functions may be rapidly performed.
PATN
WKU  059913002
SRC  9
APN  1494031
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19980908
TTL  Technique for efficiently performing optional TTL propagation during
      label imposition
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Phuongchau Ba
EXP  Nguyen; Chau
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Tappan; Daniel C.
CTY  Boxborough
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Cisco Technology, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370392
XCL  370401
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 1228
FSC  370
FSS  400;401;402;404;405;389;392;473;474;466
UREF
PNO  5243342
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kattemalalavadi et al.
OCL  341106
UREF
PNO  5353283
ISD  19941000
NAM  Tsuchiya
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5394402
ISD  19950200
NAM  Ross
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5426637
ISD  19950600
NAM  Derby et al.
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5452294
ISD  19950900
NAM  Natarajan
OCL  370 54
UREF
PNO  5491692
ISD  19960200
NAM  Gunner et al.
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5500860
ISD  19960300
NAM  Perlman et al.
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5519704
ISD  19960500
NAM  Farinacci et al.
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5555256
ISD  19960900
NAM  Calamvokis
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5561669
ISD  19961000
NAM  Lenney et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5563878
ISD  19961000
NAM  Blakeley et al.
OCL  370392
UREF
PNO  5623492
ISD  19970400
NAM  Teraslinna
OCL  370397
UREF
PNO  5650993
ISD  19970700
NAM  Lakshman et al.
OCL  370236
UREF
PNO  5651002
ISD  19970700
NAM  Van Seters et al.
OCL  370392
UREF
PNO  5740375
ISD  19980400
NAM  Dunne et al.
OCL  370389
OREF
PAL  P. Newman et al., "Ipsilon Flow Management Protocol Specification for Ipv4
      Version 1.0," Internet Community's Request for Comments No. 1953, (May
      1996).
PAL  M. Perez et al., "ATM Signaling Support for IP over ATM," Internet
      Community's Request for Comments No. 1755, (Feb. 1995).
PAL  J. Heinanen, "Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5,"
      Internet Community's Request for Comments No. 1483, (Jul. 1993).
PAL  M. Laubach, "IP over ATM Working Group's Recommendations for the ATM
      Forum's Multiprotocol BOF Version 1," Internet Community's Request for
      Comments No. 1754, (Jan. 1995).
PAL  M. Laubach, "Classical IP and ARP over ATM," Internet Community's Request
      for Comments No. 1577, (Jan. 1994).
PAL  Martin de Prycker, Asynchronous Transfer Mode Solution for Broadband ISDN,
      Prentice Hall, 1995, pp. 5-11, 87-90.
PAL  D. Ginsburg, ATM Solutions for Enterprise Internetworking, Addison-Wesley
      Longman 1996, pp. xv-xiv, 36-41, 72-76.
PAL  R. Ullmann, "Rap:Internet Route Access Protocol," Internet Community's
      Request for Comments No. 1476, (Jun. 1993).
PAL  M. McGovern, et al., "CATNIP: Common Architecture For The Internet,"
      Internet Community's Request for Comments No. 1707, (Oct. 1994).
PAL  S. Deering, et al., "Internet Protocol, Version 6," Internet Community's
      Request for Comments No. 1883, (Dec. 1995).
PAL  Information Technology--Telecommunications And Information Exchange Between
      Systems--Protocol For Exchange Of Inter-Domain Routeing Information Among
      Intermediate Systems To Support Forwarding Of ISO 8473 PDU's,
      International Standard ISO/IEC, Oct. 1, 1994.
PAL  Amendment 1, International Standard ISO/IEC, (Oct. 1, 1995).
PAL  K. Nagami et al., "Toshiba's Flow Attribute Notification Protocol (FANP)
      Specification," Internet Community's Request for Comments No. 2129, (Apr.
      1997).
PAL  Y. Katsube et al., "Toshiba's Router Architecture Extensions for ATM:
      Overview," Internet Community's Request for Comments No. 2098, (Feb.
      1997).
PAL  A. Viswanathan et al., "ARIS: Aggregate Route-Based IP Switching,"Internet
      Draft, (Mar. 1997).
PAL  P. Newman et al., "Ipsilon's General Switch Management Protocol
      Specification Version 1.1," Internet Community's Request for Comments No.
      1987, (Aug. 1996).
PAL  N. Feldman, "ARIS Specification,"Internet Draft, (Mar. 1997).
PAL  "ISDN Data Link Layer Specification for Frame Mode Bearer Services," CCITT
      Recommendation Q.922, International Telecommunication Union, Geneva, 1992.
PAL  "Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 1 (DSS 1)--Signalling
      Specification for Frame Mode Basic Call Control," ITU-T Recommendation
      Q.933, International Telecommunication Union, Geneva, 1994.
PAL  G.P. Chandranmenon and G. Varghese, "Trading Packet Headers for Packet
      Processing," Proc. ACM SIGCOMM '95, Boston, MA, Sep. 1995, pp. 162-173.
PAL  Callon et al., A Framework for Multiprotocol Label Switching, IETF Network
      Working Group Internet Draft draft-ietf-mpls-framework-02.txt, Nov. 21,
      1997.
PAL  Rosen et al., "A proposed Architecture for MPLS," IETF Network Working
      Group Internet Draft draft-ietf-mpls-arch-00.txt, Aug. 1997.
PAL  Woundy et al., "ARIS: Aggregate Route-Based IP Switching,"Internet Draft
      draft-woundy-aris-ipswitching-00.txt, Nov. 1996.
LREP
FRM  Cesari and McKEnna, LLP
ABST
PAL  A router (10) in a packet-based telecommunications system assembles an
      outgoing packet by inserting between an incoming packet's link-layer and
      network-layer headers a shim header containing a label that the next-hop
      router will use as an index into its forwarding table. The shim header
      also includes a time-to-live field, and the router determines on a
      case-by-case basis whether to propagate into that field the value from a
      corresponding time-to-live field in the incoming packet's network-layer
      header. Specifically, the router computes the output packet's shim-header
      time-to-live value by decrementing the result of a bitwise OR operation in
      which the operands are the network-layer time-to-live value and a switch
      value that the router fetches from its forwarding-table entry for the
      incoming packet's destination. This propagates the incoming network-layer
      time-to-live information into the shim header if the switch value's bits
      are all logical zeros but not if they are all logical ones.
PATN
WKU  059913010
SRC  8
APN  5258979
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19950908
TTL  Broadband telecommunications system
ISD  19991123
NCL  47
ECL  1
EXP  Patel; Ajit
NDR  12
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Christie; Joseph Michael
CTY  San Bruno
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sprint Communications Co. L.P.
CTY  K.C.
STA  MO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  238605
APD  19940505
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  370395
XCL  370410
XCL  370466
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 1256
ICL  H04L 1228
FSC  370
FSS  17;24;58.2;68.1;110.1;60;60.1;94.1;94.2;79;84;85.13;351;352-360;395;396;397
     ;398;399;465;466;467;410;389
FSC  379
FSS  220;229;230
UREF
PNO  4201889
ISD  19800500
NAM  Lawrence et al.
UREF
PNO  4310727
ISD  19820100
NAM  Lawser
UREF
PNO  4348554
ISD  19820900
NAM  Asmuth
UREF
PNO  4453247
ISD  19840600
NAM  Suzuki et al.
UREF
PNO  4554659
ISD  19851100
NAM  Blood et al.
UREF
PNO  4565903
ISD  19860100
NAM  Riley
UREF
PNO  4683563
ISD  19870700
NAM  Rouse et al.
UREF
PNO  4736364
ISD  19880400
NAM  Basso et al.
UREF
PNO  4748658
ISD  19880500
NAM  Gopal
UREF
PNO  4823338
ISD  19890400
NAM  Chan et al.
UREF
PNO  4853955
ISD  19890800
NAM  Thorn et al.
UREF
PNO  4896319
ISD  19900100
NAM  Lidinsky et al.
UREF
PNO  4916690
ISD  19900400
NAM  Barri
UREF
PNO  4926416
ISD  19900500
NAM  Weik
UREF
PNO  4985889
ISD  19910100
NAM  Frankish et al.
UREF
PNO  4991204
ISD  19910200
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
UREF
PNO  4993104
ISD  19910200
NAM  Gordon
UREF
PNO  5003584
ISD  19910300
NAM  Benyacar
UREF
PNO  5018191
ISD  19910500
NAM  Catron et al.
UREF
PNO  5048081
ISD  19910900
NAM  Gavaras
UREF
PNO  5058104
ISD  19911000
NAM  Yonehara et al.
UREF
PNO  5067123
ISD  19911100
NAM  Hyodo et al.
UREF
PNO  5084867
ISD  19920100
NAM  Tachibana et al.
UREF
PNO  5089954
ISD  19920200
NAM  Rago
UREF
PNO  5091903
ISD  19920200
NAM  Schrodi
UREF
PNO  5101404
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kunimoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5115431
ISD  19920500
NAM  Williams et al.
UREF
PNO  5163057
ISD  19921100
NAM  Grupp
UREF
PNO  5168492
ISD  19921200
NAM  Beshai et al.
UREF
PNO  5185743
ISD  19930200
NAM  Murayama
UREF
PNO  5193110
ISD  19930300
NAM  Jones et al.
UREF
PNO  5204857
ISD  19930400
NAM  Obara
UREF
PNO  5216669
ISD  19930600
NAM  Hofstetter et al.
UREF
PNO  5218602
ISD  19930600
NAM  Grant et al.
UREF
PNO  5231631
ISD  19930700
NAM  Buhrke et al.
UREF
PNO  5231633
ISD  19930700
NAM  Hluchyj et al.
UREF
PNO  5233607
ISD  19930800
NAM  Barwig et al.
UREF
PNO  5239539
ISD  19930800
NAM  Uchida et al.
UREF
PNO  5249178
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kurano et al.
UREF
PNO  5251255
ISD  19931000
NAM  Epley
UREF
PNO  5253247
ISD  19931000
NAM  Hirose et al.
UREF
PNO  5255266
ISD  19931000
NAM  Watanabe et al.
UREF
PNO  5258752
ISD  19931100
NAM  Fukaya et al.
UREF
PNO  5258979
ISD  19931100
NAM  Oomuro et al.
UREF
PNO  5268895
ISD  19931200
NAM  Topper
UREF
PNO  5271010
ISD  19931200
NAM  Miyake
UREF
PNO  5274680
ISD  19931200
NAM  Sorton et al.
UREF
PNO  5278889
ISD  19940100
NAM  Papanicolaou et al.
UREF
PNO  5282244
ISD  19940100
NAM  Fuller et al.
UREF
PNO  5285441
ISD  19940200
NAM  Bansal et al.
UREF
PNO  5291479
ISD  19940300
NAM  Vaziri et al.
UREF
PNO  5306318
ISD  19940400
NAM  Bachhuber et al.
UREF
PNO  5311509
ISD  19940500
NAM  Heddes et al.
UREF
PNO  5317562
ISD  19940500
NAM  Nardin et al.
UREF
PNO  5323389
ISD  19940600
NAM  Bitz et al.
UREF
PNO  5327421
ISD  19940700
NAM  Hiller et al.
UREF
PNO  5329308
ISD  19940700
NAM  Binns et al.
UREF
PNO  5339318
ISD  19940800
NAM  Tanaka
UREF
PNO  5345443
ISD  19940900
NAM  D'Ambrogio et al.
UREF
PNO  5345445
ISD  19940900
NAM  Hiller
UREF
PNO  5345446
ISD  19940900
NAM  Hiller
UREF
PNO  5357510
ISD  19941000
NAM  Norizuki et al.
UREF
PNO  5363433
ISD  19941100
NAM  Isono
OCL  379 92
UREF
PNO  5365524
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hiller et al.
UREF
PNO  5367566
ISD  19941100
NAM  Moe et al.
UREF
PNO  5373504
ISD  19941200
NAM  Tanaka et al.
UREF
PNO  5375124
ISD  19941200
NAM  D'Ambrogio
UREF
PNO  5377186
ISD  19941200
NAM  Wegner
UREF
PNO  5384771
ISD  19950100
NAM  Isidoro et al.
UREF
PNO  5384840
ISD  19950100
NAM  Blatchford et al.
UREF
PNO  5392402
ISD  19950200
NAM  Robrock
UREF
PNO  5394393
ISD  19950200
NAM  Brisson et al.
UREF
PNO  5394398
ISD  19950200
NAM  Rau
UREF
PNO  5414701
ISD  19950500
NAM  Shtayer et al.
UREF
PNO  5418783
ISD  19950500
NAM  Yamaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5420857
ISD  19950500
NAM  Jurkevich
UREF
PNO  5420858
ISD  19950500
NAM  Marshall et al.
UREF
PNO  5420916
ISD  19950500
NAM  Sekiguchi
UREF
PNO  5422882
ISD  19950600
NAM  Hiller
UREF
PNO  5425090
ISD  19950600
NAM  Orriss
UREF
PNO  5426636
ISD  19950600
NAM  Hiller et al.
UREF
PNO  5428607
ISD  19950600
NAM  Hiller et al.
UREF
PNO  5428609
ISD  19950600
NAM  Eng et al.
UREF
PNO  5434852
ISD  19950700
NAM  LaPorta
UREF
PNO  5434981
ISD  19950700
NAM  Lenihan et al.
UREF
PNO  5440563
ISD  19950800
NAM  Isidoro et al.
UREF
PNO  5444713
ISD  19950800
NAM  Backaus et al.
UREF
PNO  5446738
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kim et al.
UREF
PNO  5452297
ISD  19950900
NAM  Hiller et al.
UREF
PNO  5453981
ISD  19950900
NAM  Katsube et al.
UREF
PNO  5454034
ISD  19950900
NAM  Martin
UREF
PNO  5457684
ISD  19951000
NAM  Bharucha
UREF
PNO  5463620
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sriram
UREF
PNO  5463621
ISD  19951000
NAM  Suzuki
UREF
PNO  5473677
ISD  19951200
NAM  D'Amato
UREF
PNO  5473679
ISD  19951200
NAM  LaPorta
UREF
PNO  5477537
ISD  19951200
NAM  Dankert et al.
UREF
PNO  5479401
ISD  19951200
NAM  Bitz et al.
UREF
PNO  5479402
ISD  19951200
NAM  Hata et al.
UREF
PNO  5479495
ISD  19951200
NAM  Blumhardt
UREF
PNO  5483527
ISD  19960100
NAM  Doshi et al.
UREF
PNO  5485455
ISD  19960100
NAM  Dobbins et al.
UREF
PNO  5495484
ISD  19960200
NAM  Self et al.
UREF
PNO  5504742
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kakuma et al.
UREF
PNO  5506844
ISD  19960400
NAM  Rao
UREF
PNO  5509010
ISD  19960400
NAM  LaPorta
UREF
PNO  5509123
ISD  19960400
NAM  Dobbins et al.
UREF
PNO  5513178
ISD  19960400
NAM  Tanaka
UREF
PNO  5519707
ISD  19960500
NAM  Subramanian et al.
UREF
PNO  5521910
ISD  19960500
NAM  Matthews
UREF
PNO  5522042
ISD  19960500
NAM  Fee et al.
UREF
PNO  5526414
ISD  19960600
NAM  Bedard et al.
UREF
PNO  5533106
ISD  19960700
NAM  Blumhardt
UREF
PNO  5539698
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kozaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5539815
ISD  19960700
NAM  Samba
UREF
PNO  5539816
ISD  19960700
NAM  Pinard et al.
UREF
PNO  5539884
ISD  19960700
NAM  Robrock
UREF
PNO  5541918
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ganmukhi et al.
UREF
PNO  5541926
ISD  19960700
NAM  Saito et al.
UREF
PNO  5544152
ISD  19960800
NAM  Obermanns et al.
UREF
PNO  5544161
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bigham et al.
UREF
PNO  5548580
ISD  19960800
NAM  Buckland
UREF
PNO  5550819
ISD  19960800
NAM  Duault
UREF
PNO  5550914
ISD  19960800
NAM  Clarke et al.
UREF
PNO  5563939
ISD  19961000
NAM  La Porta et al.
UREF
PNO  5566173
ISD  19961000
NAM  Steinbrecher
UREF
PNO  5568475
ISD  19961000
NAM  Doshi
UREF
PNO  5570368
ISD  19961000
NAM  Murakami et al.
UREF
PNO  5577039
ISD  19961100
NAM  Won et al.
UREF
PNO  5579311
ISD  19961100
NAM  Chopping et al.
UREF
PNO  5587999
ISD  19961200
NAM  Endo
UREF
PNO  5592477
ISD  19970100
NAM  Farris et al.
UREF
PNO  5600640
ISD  19970200
NAM  Blair et al.
UREF
PNO  5600643
ISD  19970200
NAM  Robrock
UREF
PNO  5627836
ISD  19970500
NAM  Conoscenti et al.
UREF
PNO  5629930
ISD  19970500
NAM  Beshai et al.
UREF
PNO  5635980
ISD  19970600
NAM  Lin et al.
UREF
PNO  5636210
ISD  19970600
NAM  Agrawal et al.
UREF
PNO  5640446
ISD  19970600
NAM  Everett et al.
UREF
PNO  5673262
ISD  19970900
NAM  Shimizu
UREF
PNO  5680390
ISD  19971000
NAM  Robrock
UREF
PNO  5703876
ISD  19971200
NAM  Christie
UREF
PNO  5708702
ISD  19980100
NAM  DePaul et al.
UREF
PNO  5710769
ISD  19980100
NAM  Anderson et al.
FREF
PNO  90312739
ISD  19910700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  91303312
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  91311342
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  91311342
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  92307752
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  92307752
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  870284896
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  07050057
ISD  19960900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO94/06251
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO95/04436
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Yoshikai, N., Et Al., "Report of the Meeting of SWP 13/1-4 (Draft
      Recommendation I.580)," ITU-T Telecommunication Standardization Sector,
      Study Group 13, pp. 1-51, (Mar. 7-18, 1994).
PAL  N/A, "Final Draft Text for Broadband Capability Set 2 Signaling
      Requirements, Atachment "D" Special Drafting Meeting," ITU-T
      Telecommunications Standardization Sector, Study Group 11, p. 1-127, (Sep.
      13-22, 1993).
PAL  Ohta, S., Et Al., "A Dynamically Controllable ATM Transport Network Based
      on the Virtual Path Concept," Communications for the Information Age,
      Globecom'88, Conference Record, p. 1272-1276, (Nov. 28-Dec. 1, 1988).
PAL  Fukazawa, M., Et Al., "Intelligent Network Call Model for Broadband ISDN,"
      Fujitsu Laboratories, Ltd. (Japan), p. 30.6.1-30.6.5.
PAL  Minzer, Steven, "A Signaling Protocol for Complex Multimedia Services,"
      IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in Communications (ISSN 0733-8716), vol. 9,
      (No. 9), p. 1383-1394, (Dec. 1991).
PAL  Faynberg, I., Et Al., "The Support of Network Interworking and Distributed
      Context Switching in the IN Service Data Function Model," 2nd Colloque
      International, ICIN 92, p. 11-16, (Mar. 1992).
PAL  Woodworth, Clark B., Et Al., "A Flexible Broadband Packet Switch for a
      Multimedia Integrated Network," International Conference on
      Communications, Denver, ICC-91, p. 3.2.1-3.2.8, (Jun. 1991).
PAL  Miller, P., "Intelligent Network/2: A flexible framework for exchange
      services," Bell Communications Research Exchange, vol. 3 (No. 3),
      (May/Jun. 1987).
PAL  Cooper, C., Et Al., "Toward a Broadband Congestion Control Strategy," IEEE
      Network, The Magazine of Computer Communications, (May 1990).
PAL  Batten, A., "Personal Communications Services and the Intelligent Network,"
      British Telecommunications Engineering, (Aug. 1990).
PAL  Fujioka, M., Et Al., "Universal Service Creation and Provision Environment
      for Intelligent Network," IEEE Communications Magazine, (Jan. 1991).
PAL  Andrews, F., "Switching in a Competitive Market," IEEE Communications
      Magazine, (Jan. 1991).
PAL  N/A "Network Signaling," Telephony, TCX12004, University of Excellence, p.
      5.8-5.17, (Oct. 21, 1991).
PAL  Garrahan, J.J., Et Al, "Intelligent Network Overview," IEEE Communications
      Magazine, p. 30-36, (Mar. 1993).
PAL  Johnson, M.A., Et Al., "New Service Testing Functions for Advanced
      Intelligent Networks," IEEE 1992 Network Operations and Management
      Symposium, p. 709-720, (Apr. 6, 1992).
PAL  Yeh, S.Y., Et Al., "The Evolving Intelligent Network Architecture," IEEE
      Conference on Computer and Communication Systems, p. 835-839, (1990).
PAL  Atoui, M., "Virtual Private Network Call Processing in the Intelligent
      Network," International Conference on Communications, p. 561-565, (1992).
PAL  Bosco, P., Et Al., "A Laboratory for AIN Service Design and Validation,"
      International Conference on Communications, p. 566-571, (Jun. 14, 1992).
PAL  Homa, J., Et Al., "Intelligent Network Requirements for Personal
      Communications Services," IEEE Communications Magazine, p. 70-76, (Feb.
      1992).
PAL  Russo, E.G., Et Al., "Intelligent Network Platforms in the U.S.," AT&T
      Technical Journal, p. 26-43, (1991).
PAL  Van Den Broek, W., Et Al, "RACE 2066-Functional models of UMTS and
      integration into the future networks," Electronics & Communications
      Engineering Journal, p. 165-172, (Jun. 1993).
PAL  Pinkham, G., Et Al., "The Ericsson Approach to Intelligent Networks," IEEE
      Global Telecommunications Conference & Exhibition, Session 10, paragraph
      4, p. 320-324, (1988).
PAL  N/A, "ANSI-TI.111-1992, Signaling System No. 7 (SS7)--Message Transfer Part
      (MTP)," American National Standard for Telecommunications.
PAL  N/A, "ANSI-TI.112-1192, Signaling System No. 7 (SS7)--Signaling Connection
      Control Part (SCCP)," American National Standard for Telecommunications.
PAL  N/A, "ANSI-TI.113-1992, Signaling System No. 7 (SS7)--Integrated Services
      digital Network (ISDN) User Part," American National Standard for
      Telecommunications.
PAL  N/A, "ANSI-TI.113a-1193, Signaling System No. 7 (SS7)--Integrated Services
      Digital Network (ISDN) User Part (NxDSO Multi-rate Connection)," American
      National Standard for Telecommunications.
PAL  N/A, "ANSI-TI.113-1995, Signaling System No. 7 (SS7)--Integrated Services
      Digital Network (ISDN) User Part," American National Standard for
      Telecommunications.
PAL  N/A, "ATM at a Glance," Transmission Technologies Access Guide, p. 40-42,
      (1993).
PAL  Paglialunga, A., "ISCP Baseline Document (Ver 3.1), " ITU Telecommunication
      Standardization Sector, Centre Studi E Laboratori Telecommunicazioni
      S.p.A., (1993).
PAL  N/A, "A Technical Report on Speech Packetization," Document
      T1A1/94--Prepared by T1A1.7, Working Group on Specialized Signal
      Processing.
PAL  N/A, "Draft Revised Recommendation I.580," ITU--Telecommunication
      Standardization Sector, Study Group 13, (Jul. 10-21, 1995).
PAL  Sprague, David, "MTP Level-3 Gateway STP Release 3.2.0," TEKELEC, p. 1-48,
      (Aug. 4, 1995).
PAL  McDysan, David E. and Spohn, Darren L., "ATM Theory Application," ATM Layer
      VPI/VCI Level Addressing, p. 256: 9.3.1, (1994).
PAL  Minoli, Daniel and Dobrowski, George, "Principles of Signaling for Cell
      Relay and Frame Relay," DVI Comm., Inc. / Stevens Institute of Technology
      / Bell Comm. Research (Bellcore), p. 1-2, 5-6 and 229, (1994).
PAL  N/A, "B-IDSN ATM Adaptation Layer (AAL) Specification, Types 1 & 2," ITU
      Draft Recommendation, I.363.1, (Jul. 21, 1995).
PAL  N/A, "Circuit Emulation Service Interoperability Specification Version 2.0
      (Baseline Draft), 95-1504," The ATM Forum Technical Committee, (Dec.
      1995).
PAL  N/A, "IN/B-ISDN Signalling Three Ways of Integration,"
      ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, Study Group 11, (Nov.
      29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Interworking B-ISUP and Q.93B for DDI, MSN, TP and SUB,"
      ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, Study Group 11, (Nov.
      29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Revised Draft of Q.2650 (DSS2/B-ISUP Interworking Recommendation),"
      ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, Study Group 11, (Nov.
      29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Draft Broadband / Narrowband NNI interworking recommendation,"
      ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, Study Group 11, (Dec.
      1993).
PAL  N/A, "Draft Recommendation Q.2761," ITU--Telecommunications Standardization
      Sector, Study Group 11, (Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A "Draft Recommendation Q.2762," ITU--Telecommunication Standardization
      Sector, Study Group 11, (Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Q.2931 Overview," ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector,
      (Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Clean final draft text for B-ISUP formats and codes (Q.2763) in
      ASN.1," ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, Study Group 11,
      (Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Updated draft of Q.2764 (BQ.764)," ITU--Telecommunication
      Standardization Sector, Study Group 11, (Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Final B-ISUP SDLs," ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector,
      Study Group 11, (Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Draft Recommendation Q.2650," ITU--Telecommunication Standardization
      Sector, Study Group 11, (Nov. 29-Dec. 17. 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Revision of Recommendation of Q.850," ITU--T SG 11 WP 2, (Dec. 2-15,
      1993).
PAL  N/A, "Draft Text for Q.2931 (CH. 1,2 and 3)," ITU--Telecommunication
      Standardization Sector, Study Group 11, (Dec. 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Q.2931, Clause 4--Information Elements," ITU--Telecommunication
      Standardization Sector, (Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Section 5 of Q.93B," ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector,
      Study Group 11, (Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Chapter 6 of Recommendation Q.93B," ITU--Telecommunication
      Standardization Sector, Study Group 11, (Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Clauses 7 and 8 of Q.2931," ITU--Telecommunication Standardization
      Sector, Study Group 11, (Dec. 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Revised Q.2931 User Side SDL Diagrams," ITU--Telecommunication
      Standardization Sector, Study Group 11, (Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Revised Q.2931 Network Side SDL Diagrams," ITU--Telecommunication
      Standardization Sector, Study Group 11, (Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "AnnexesB, C, D, F, H and I of Q.2931," ITU--Telecommunication
      Standardization Sector, Study Group 11, (Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Annex E of Recommendation Q.93B," ITU--Telecommunication
      Standardization Sector, Study Group 11, (Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Rec. Q.2931, Annex G--Status Monitoring of SPCs"
      ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, Study Group 11, (Nov.
      29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Annex J of Q.2931," ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector,
      Study Group 11, (Dec. 1993).
PAL  N/A "Appendix 1/Q.2931: Guidelines for the Use of Instruction Indicators,"
      ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, Study Group 11, (Nov.
      29-Dec. 17, 1993).
PAL  N/A, "Draft text for Q.2931: Appendix II (Information Items Required for
      Connection Establishment and Routing in B-ISDN)," ITU--Telecommunication
      Standardization Sector, Study Group 11.
PAL  N/A, "General Recommendations on Telephone Switching and
      Signalling--Intelligent Network / Distributed Functional Plane for
      Intelligent Network CS-1," ITU-T Recommendation Q.1214.
PAL  Kumar, Sanjay, "Legacy Voice Service at a Native ATM Terminal," ATM.sub.--
      Forum/95-0917R1, ATM Forum Technical Committee, (Oct. 2-6, 1995).
PAL  Duault, Maurice, Et Al., "Baseline Text for Voice and Telephony Over
      ATM--ATM Trunking for Narrowband Services," ATM.sub.-- Forum/95-0446R3,
      ATM Forum Technical Committee, (Oct. 2-6, 1995).
PAL  Choi, Don, "Requirements for ATM Trunking," ATM.sub.-- Forum/95-1401, ATM
      Forum Technical Committee, (Oct. 2-6, 1995).
PAL  Chiang, Chin, "Proposed Changes to Proxy Signaling Capability," ATM
      Forum/95-0046, ATM Forum, Signaling Working Group, (Feb. 6-10, 1995).
PAL  Amin-Salehi, Bahman, "Third Party Call Setup for a Video-on Demand
      Connection Establishment," ATM.sub.-- Forum/95-0022, ATM Forum Technical
      Committee, (Feb. 5-8, 1995).
PAL  Caves, Keith, "Proposed Modifications to the Baseline Text (95-0446R2) of
      the `VTOA--ATM Trunking for Narrowband Services` Specification," ATM
      Forum/95-1134, ATM Forum Technical Committee, (Oct. 2-6, 1995).
PAL  Schink, Helmut, Et Al., "CES as a Flexible Trunking Method," ATM.sub.--
      Forum/95-1157, ATM Forum Technical Committee, (Oct. 2-6, 1995).
PAL  Duault, Maurice, "Proposal for ATM Trunking Options," ATM.sub.--
      Forum/95-1230, ATM Forum Technical Committee, (Oct. 2-6, 1995).
PAL  Okutani, Takenori, Et Al., "VTOA: Reference Configuration-ATM Trunking for
      Narrowband Services," ATM-Forum/95-1364, ATM Forum Technical Committee,
      (Oct. 2-6, 1995).
PAL  Stodola, Kevin, "Circuit Emulation Services Version 2 Baseline," ATM.sub.--
      Forum/95-1504, ATM Forum Technical Committee, (Dec. 11-15, 1995).
PAL  N/A, "I.751 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Management View of the Network
      Element View," ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, Study Group
      15, (Nov. 13-24, 1995).
PAL  N/A, "Draft I.732," ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, Study
      Group 15, (Nov. 13-24 (1995).
PAL  N/A, "Editorial Modificaitons for Draft New ITU-T Recommendation I.731,"
      ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, Study Group 15, (Nov.
      13-24, 1995).
PAL  Buhrke, R.E., "Proposed Unified Functional Model," T1S1.5/95-036, Committee
      T1 Contribution, (Feb. 1995).
PAL  Christie, U.S. application No. 08/568,551.
PAL  Christie, U.S. application No. 08/525,050.
PAL  Yoshikai, N., et al., "Report of the meeting of SWP 13/1-4," (Draft
      Recommendation I.580). ITU-T Telecommunication Standardization Sector,
      Study Group 13, pp. 1-51, Geneva, Mar. 7-18, 1994.
PAL  "Final Draft Text for Broadband Capability Set 2 Signaling Requirements,"
      ITU-T Telecommunications Standardization Sector, Study Group 11,
      Attachment "D," Special Drafting Meeting, pp. 1-127, Torino, Italy, Sep.
      13-22, 1993.
PAL  ANSI-T1.113-1995, American National Standard for Telecommunications,
      "Signaling System No. 7 (SS7)--Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)
      User Part," New York, NY.
PAL  "A Technical Report on Speech Packetization," Document T1A1/94--Prepared by
      T1A1.7, Working Group on Specialized Signal Processing.
PAL  McDysan, David E. and Spohn, Darren L., ATM theory and Application
      .COPYRGT. 1994, p. 256: 9.3.1. ATM Layer VPI/VCI Level Addressing.
PAL  ITU Draft Recommendation I.363.1, B-IDSN ATM Adaptation Layer (AAL)
      Specification, Types 1 & 2, Jul. 21, 1995.
PAL  Jordan, D.S., "Bell Operating Company Intelligent Voice Networks and
      Services," Bell Communications Research, Proceedings of the National
      Communications Forum, vol. XXXIX, Oct. 7, 8 and 9, 1985.
PAL  ATM Forum Technical Committee, (ATM Forum/95-0278R1) "DS3/E3 Circuit
      Emulation--Baseline Text," Oct. 2-6, 1995.
PAL  ATM Forum Technical Committee, (ATM Forum/95-0022) "Third Party Call Setup
      for a Video-on-Demand Connection Establishment," Feb. 5-8, 1995.
PAL  ANSI (T1S1.5/95-027) Committee T1 Contribution, "Proposal for a Physical
      Architecture based on the Harmonized Functional Architecture," Feb. 20-24,
      1995.
PAL  Committee T1 Contribution (T1S1.5/95-036), "Proposed Unified Functional
      Model," Feb. 1995.
PAL  ATM Forum: signaling Working Group ATM Forum/95-0046, "Proposed Changes to
      Proxy Signaling Capability," Feb. 6-10, 1995.
PAL  ATM Forum Technical Committee (ATM Forum/95-1401), "Requirements for ATM
      Trunking," Oct. 2-6, 1995.
PAL  ATM Forum Technical Committee, SAA/VTOA Sub Working Group (ATM Forum
      95-1403), "A Proposed Architecture for the Transport of Compressed VBR
      Voice over ATM," Oct. 1-6, 1995.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "IN/B-ISDN Signalling Three
      Ways of Integration," Study Group 11, Geneva, Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Interworking B-ISUP and
      Q.93B for DDI, MSN, TP and SUB," Study Group 11, Geneva, Nov. 29-Dec. 17,
      1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Revised Draft of Q.2650
      (DSS2/B.sub.-- ISUP Interworking Recommendation)," Study Group 11, Geneva,
      Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Draft Broadband/Narrowband
      NNI interworking recommendation," Study Group 11, Geneva, Dec. 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Draft Recommendation
      Q.2761," Study Group 11, Geneva, Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Q.2931 Overview," Geneva,
      Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Clean final draft text for
      B-ISUP formats and codes (Q.2763) in ASN.1," Study Group 11, Geneva, Nov.
      29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Updated draft of Q.2764
      (BQ.764)," Study Group 11, Geneva, Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Final B-ISUP SDLs," Study
      Group 11, Geneva, Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, Draft Recommendation Q.2650,
      Study Group 11, Geneva, Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU-T SG 11 WP 2, "Revision of Recommendation of Q.850," Geneva, Dec. 2-15,
      1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Draft Text for Q.2931
      (CH.1,2 and 3)," Study Group 11, Geneva, Dec. 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Q.2931, Clause
      4--Information Elements," Geneva, Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Section 5 of Q.93B," Study
      Group 11, Geneva, Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Chapter 6 of Recommendation
      Q.93B," Study Group 11, Geneva, Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Clauses 7 and 8 of Q.2931,"
      Study Group 11, Dec. 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Revised Q.2931 User Side
      SDL Diagrams," Study Group 11, Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Revised Q.2931 Network Side
      SDL Diagrams," Study Group 11, Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector,"Annexes B,D,D,F,H and I of
      Q.2931," Study Group 11, Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Annex E of Recommendation
      Q.93B," Study Group 11, Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Rec. Q.2931, Annex
      G--Status Monitoring of SPCs," Study Group 11, Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standaradization Sector, "Annex J of Q.2931," Study
      Group 11, Dec. 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Appendix 1/Q.2931:
      Guidelines for the Use of Instruction Indicators," Study Group 11, Nov.
      29-Dec. 17, 1993.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Draft text for Q.2931:
      Appendix II (Information Items Required for Connection Establishment and
      Routing in B-ISDN)," Study Group 11.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "General Recommendations on
      Telephone Switching and Signalling--Intelligent Network/Distributed
      Functional Plane for Intelligent Network CS-1," ITU-T Recommendation
      Q.1214.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector,"Proposed scope of IN
      `Out-Channel Call Associated User Interaction` for IN CS2 and issues
      beyond IN CS2," Study Group 11, Geneva Apr.24-May 12 1995.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Editorial Modifications for
      Draft New ITU-T Recommendation 1.731," Study Group 15, Geneva, Nov. 13-24
      May 1995.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Meeting Report on Q.18/15,"
      Study Group 15, Geneva, Nov. 13-24 1995.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Draft 1.732," Geneva, Nov.
      13-24 May 1995.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "1.751 Asynchronous Transfer
      Mode (ATM) Management View of the Network Element View," Study Group 15,
      Geneva, Nov. 13-24 May 1995.
PAL  ITU--Telecommunication Standardization Sector of ITU (Q.1290 [Draft:
      01/95]), "General Recommendations on Telephone Switching and Signalling."
PAL  ITU --Telecommunication Standardization Sector, "Draft Recommendation
      Q.2762," Study Group 11, Geneva, Nov. 29-Dec. 17, 1993.
LREP
FR2  Ball; Harley R.
FR2  McClelland; Bruce C.
ABST
PAL  The invention is a system for providing virtual connections through an ATM
      interworking multiplexer on a call-by-call basis. A signaling processor
      receives signaling for a call and selects the virtual connection for the
      call. The signaling processor generates new signaling that identifies the
      selection and transfers the new signaling to the ATM interworking
      multiplexer that accepted the access connection for the call. The
      multiplexer converts user information from the access connection into ATM
      cells for transmission over the virtual connection in accord with the new
      signaling.
PATN
WKU  059913029
SRC  8
APN  8394350
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19970410
TTL  Technique for maintaining prioritization of data transferred among
      heterogeneous nodes of a computer network
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Philip B.
EXP  Maung; Zarni
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Berl; Steven H.
CTY  Piedmont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Patel; Kushal A.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Cisco Technology, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370400
XCL  370389
XCL  370401
XCL  370469
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 1248
FSC  370
FSS  401;440;352;389;405;400;466;469
FSC  395
FSS  200.58;200.33;112
FSC  380
FSS  49
FSC  709
FSS  200
UREF
PNO  4922486
ISD  19900500
NAM  Lidinsky et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5210750
ISD  19930500
NAM  Nassehi et al.
OCL  370440
UREF
PNO  5261060
ISD  19931100
NAM  Free
OCL  395325
UREF
PNO  5274631
ISD  19931200
NAM  Bhardwaj
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5317568
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bixby et al.
OCL  370401
UREF
PNO  5416769
ISD  19950500
NAM  Karol
UREF
PNO  5440744
ISD  19950800
NAM  Jacobson et al.
OCL  395200.33
UREF
PNO  5446888
ISD  19950800
NAM  Pyne
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5473608
ISD  19951200
NAM  Gagne et al.
OCL  370401
UREF
PNO  5546549
ISD  19960800
NAM  Barrett et al.
OCL  395309
UREF
PNO  5561669
ISD  19961000
NAM  Lenney et al.
OCL  370352
UREF
PNO  5634006
ISD  19970500
NAM  Baugher et al.
OCL  395200.58
UREF
PNO  5719942
ISD  19980200
NAM  Aldred et al.
OCL  380 49
UREF
PNO  5768271
ISD  19980600
NAM  Seid et al.
OCL  370389
UREF
PNO  5781726
ISD  19980700
NAM  Pereira
OCL  709200
UREF
PNO  5787237
ISD  19980700
NAM  Reilly
OCL  395112
UREF
PNO  5892924
ISD  19990400
NAM  Lyon et al.
OCL  370405
OREF
PAL  Designing APPN Internetworks,
      http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/cisintwk/idg4/nd2006.htm,
      Copyright 1989-1998, pp. 1 to 39.
PAL  IBM, "Systems Network Architecture Formats", Publication No. GA27-3136-16.
PAL  IBM, "Systems Network Architecture, APPN Architecture Reference",
      Publication No. SC30-3422-04.
PAL  Nilausen, Jesper--APPN Networks; John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 1994; APPN Basics
      2:11-83.
LREP
FRM  Cesari and McKenna LLP
ABST
PAL  A technique maintains priority of packets transmitted over a heterogeneous
      network by a hybrid node coupled to the network. The hybrid node assigns
      each packet a transmission priority (TP) level as it traverses protocol
      layers of a communications stack of the node. An application programming
      interface extension provides a tagging mechanism for conveying the TP
      levels from higher protocol layers of the stack to lower layers. The TP
      levels are then converted to information that is "tagged" to the packets
      and these tagged packets are then apportioned among a plurality of
      communication sessions based on the TP level assigned to each packet. The
      tagged packets and their associated sessions preserve the priority and
      order of the packets across the heterogeneous network.
PATN
WKU  059913037
SRC  8
APN  9011129
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970728
TTL  Multi-rate switching physical device for a mixed communication rate
      ethernet repeater
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Jung; Min
NDR  11
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Mills; Andrew
CTY  Coto de Caza
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Conexant Systems, Inc.
CTY  Newport Beach
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370402
XCL  370445
XCL  370463
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 12413
FSC  370
FSS  401;402;445;315;463;465;425
UREF
PNO  5596575
ISD  19970100
NAM  Yang et al.
OCL  370468
UREF
PNO  5671249
ISD  19970900
NAM  Andersson et al.
OCL  370445
UREF
PNO  5754540
ISD  19980500
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  370463
UREF
PNO  5754552
ISD  19980500
NAM  Allmond et al.
OCL  370257
UREF
PNO  5771237
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kao
OCL  370463
UREF
PNO  5896417
ISD  19990400
NAM  Lau
OCL  370463
LREP
FR2  King; Joseph W.
ABST
PAL  A multi-communication rate switching physical device for a port of a mixed
      communication rate Ethernet repeater network. The present invention
      includes a physical device for recovering bits from a wire connection
      (e.g., fiber, twisted pair, etc.) that is coupled to computer system
      adapter. The physical device can be implemented on a single chip
      integrated within an Ethernet repeater hub within each hub port. The
      physical device chip of the invention includes a front end multiplexer
      coupled to channel information between a 10 Base T physical device circuit
      and a 100 Base T physical device circuit, depending on the result of an
      auto-negotiation circuit also on the physical device chip. The physical
      device chip also advantageously employs a second, back end multiplexer,
      that is coupled to channel data between either the 10 Base T physical
      device circuit or the 100 Base T physical device circuit and one of a
      multiple of media independent interfaces (MIIs). The back end multiplexer
      is controlled by a combination of signals including the auto-negotiation
      circuit result and a system management interface override signal. By
      providing multiple MII (or giga MII) interface connections, the invention
      provides a low cost solution to allow the associated port to be
      automatically associated with a number of different collision domains
      within the Ethernet network. Port assignment to one domain or another is
      flexible and can be based on: (1) the result of an auto-negotiation
      session; (2) a manual override; or (3) detected errors in the fastest
      attempted rate.
PATN
WKU  059913045
SRC  9
APN  0233943
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19980213
TTL  Method and apparatus for minimizing asynchronous transmit FIFO under-run
      and receive FIFO over-run conditions
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Marcelo; Melvin
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Abramson; Darren L.
CTY  Folsom
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370413
XCL  370429
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 1200
FSC  370
FSS  412-417;428;429
UREF
PNO  4907225
ISD  19900300
NAM  Gulick et al.
OCL  370 94.1
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  A circuit adapted to a first-in/first-out device ("FIFO") is disclosed. The
      circuit includes a counter and a first end of packet detector that is
      coupled to the counter. The first end of packet detector increments the
      counter if an end of packet is detected at an input of the FIFO. The
      circuit also includes a second end of packet detector coupled to the
      counter. The second end of packet detector decrements the counter if an
      end of packet is detected at an output of the FIFO. A detector circuit is
      coupled to an output of the counter and requests a bus transaction in
      response to the output of the counter. In another aspect, the present
      invention is a method of preventing data over-run errors in a receive FIFO
      having an input and an output. The method includes the steps of monitoring
      an input of the receive FIFO to determine a number of data packets
      received, monitoring an output of the receive FIFO for an end of packet to
      determine a number of data packets drained, and asserting a busy
      acknowledge line if the difference between the number of data packets
      received and the number of data packets drained is greater than and
      alternatively equal to a predetermined value.
PATN
WKU  059913053
SRC  8
APN  9929223
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971218
TTL  Integrated multiport switch having independently resettable management
      information base (MIB)
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Vu; Huy D.
NDR  7
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Simmons; Philip
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Erimli; Bahadir
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370422
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  302
FSC  370
FSS  412;413;414;415;416;417;418;420;229;230;231;402;404;360;363;422;423;424;425
     ;241;252;445
FSC  379
FSS  229
FSC  395
FSS  200.3;200.79;200.8
UREF
PNO  5455827
ISD  19951000
NAM  Krause et al.
OCL  379229
UREF
PNO  5515376
ISD  19960500
NAM  Merthy et al.
UREF
PNO  5724353
ISD  19980300
NAM  Sugawara
OCL  370426
UREF
PNO  5742762
ISD  19980400
NAM  Scholl et al.
OCL  395200.3
FREF
PNO  WO 95/22216
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Wright, M.: "Network-switch ICs simplify design and slash per-port costs",
      EDN Electrical Design News, vol. 40, No. 24, Nov. 23, 1995, pp. 53-56, 58,
      60, XP000546015.
PAL  Newman, D. et al.: "Ethernet Switches: Quantity, Not Commodity" Data
      Communications, vol. 25, No. 15, Nov. 1996, pp. 85-94, 96, 98,
      XP000639962.
PAL  "Skalierbarer Baukasten" Elektronik, vol. 45, No. 20, Oct. 1, 1996, pp. 16
      XP000638762.
ABST
PAL  An integrated multiport switch (IMS) in which an on-chip management
      information base (MIB) accumulation processor enables monitoring of a
      significantly larger number of MIB objects to be stored in external memory
      while minimizing media access controller (MAC) complexity. A MAC for each
      port in the IMS outputs a MIB report for each transmission or reception of
      data according to a specific compressed format to a MIB engine that can be
      centrally located on the chip. The MIB engine decodes the MIB report into
      a plurality of associated MIB objects, which are temporarily accumulated
      until the external memory is updated. The MIB engine initiates the stored
      MIB value updating process by retrieving the values from the external
      memory and adding the accumulated MIB objects to the retrieved values. The
      updated MIB objects are then transmitted back to the external memory for
      storage therein and the MIB engine object values are cleared. Reset of the
      MIB related storage elements in response to an external data signal is
      effected independently of other chip logic elements.
PATN
WKU  059913061
SRC  8
APN  7034873
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19960826
TTL  Pull based, intelligent caching system and method for delivering data
      over a network
ISD  19991123
NCL  39
ECL  36
EXP  Vu; Huy D.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Burns; Gregory
CTY  Carnation
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Leach; Paul J.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Microsoft Corporation
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370429
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 1202
FSC  370
FSS  400;389;401;402;352;410;428;429;229
FSC  395
FSS  200.34;200.32;200.31;200.3;200.47;200.48;200.49
UREF
PNO  5732078
ISD  19980300
NAM  Arango
OCL  370401
UREF
PNO  5768513
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kuthyar et al.
OCL  395200.34
LREP
FRM  Lee & Hayes, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A network system includes a content provider connected to local service
      providers via an interactive distribution network, such as the Internet.
      The local service providers facilitate delivery of the content from the
      content provider to multiple subscribers. The local service providers
      schedule delivery of frequently requested content from the content
      provider prior to a peak time when the subscribers are likely to request
      the content. The content is downloaded from the content provider during
      the off-peak hours and cached at the local service providers for serving
      to the subscribers during the ensuing peak time. In this manner, the
      frequently requested content is already present at the local service
      providers and ready to be served to the subscribers before they actually
      request it. When the content is finally requested, the data is streamed
      continuously in real-time for just-in-time rendering at the subscriber
      computer. Another aspect of is invention involves supplementing content
      delivery over the Internet with delivery of content over a secondary
      network, such as a broadcast satellite network. The supplemental broadcast
      link offers additional bandwidth at a fraction of the cost that would be
      incurred if the local service provider installed additional Internet
      connections, such as T1 or T3 connections.
PATN
WKU  059913070
SRC  8
APN  8275254
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970328
TTL  Method and apparatus for packet transmission
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Sam; Phirin
EXP  Ton; Dang
NDR  7
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Komuro; Teruyoshi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakano; Takehiko
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960405
APN  8-110053
CLAS
OCL  370473
XCL  370304
XCL  370324
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  324
FSC  370
FSS  473;304;324;336;345;350;512;513;514;520
FSC  375
FSS  220;295;316;354;355;356;359;362;363;364;365;368
FSC  455
FSS  39;502;85;86;220
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug, LLP.
FR2  Frommer; William S.
ABST
PAL  In transmitting a packet string having variable packet intervals by
      converting the packet string into that having even packet intervals with
      each of the packets being attached with a time stamp as information for
      reproducing original packet string, when the value of the time stamp,
      which is decided by adding a specified offset time to the synchronization
      time, is not smaller than the value of the time stamp attached to the
      previous packet, the time stamp is attached to the packet and the packet
      is transmitted. If the value of the time stamp becomes not more than the
      value of the time stamp attached to the previous packet as a result of
      providing shortened offset time due to increased bit rate of the original
      packet string, the packet is discarded so as to protect the transmission
      from being stopped.
PATN
WKU  059913088
SRC  8
APN  7604122
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19961204
TTL  Lower overhead method for data transmission using ATM and SCDMA over
      hybrid fiber coax cable plant
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXA  Duong; Frank
EXP  Pham; Chi H.
NDR  72
NFG  116
INVT
NAM  Fuhrmann; Amir Michael
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Rakib; Selim Shlomo
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Azenkot; Yehuda
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Terayon Communication Systems, Inc.
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  616071
APD  19960314
RLAP
COD  82
APN  684243
APD  19960719
RLAP
COD  82
APN  588650
APD  19960119
RLAP
COD  82
APN  519630
APD  19950825
CLAS
OCL  370474
XCL  370395
XCL  370342
EDF  6
ICL  H04J 1302
FSC  370
FSS  335;342;395;401;466;471;472;473;474;486;487;489;490;522
FSC  348
FSS  6;7;10;12;14
FSC  375
FSS  200
FSC  455
FSS  4.1;4.2;6.11
UREF
PNO  4460992
ISD  19840700
NAM  Gutleber
OCL  370 19
UREF
PNO  4470138
ISD  19840900
NAM  Gutleber
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  4475208
ISD  19841000
NAM  Ricketts
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4553161
ISD  19851100
NAM  Citta
OCL  358 86
UREF
PNO  4554579
ISD  19851100
NAM  Citta
OCL  358 86
UREF
PNO  4635274
ISD  19870100
NAM  Kubota
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4688210
ISD  19870800
NAM  Eizenhofer et al.
OCL  370335
UREF
PNO  4723164
ISD  19880200
NAM  Nienaber
OCL  358148
UREF
PNO  4748681
ISD  19880500
NAM  Schmidt
OCL  455 33
UREF
PNO  4757460
ISD  19880700
NAM  Bione et al.
OCL  364514
UREF
PNO  4773066
ISD  19880900
NAM  Kirkman
OCL  370 85
UREF
PNO  4811365
ISD  19890300
NAM  Manno
OCL  375107
UREF
PNO  4912721
ISD  19900300
NAM  Pidgeon, Jr. et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4926130
ISD  19900500
NAM  Weaver
OCL  328 14
UREF
PNO  4933930
ISD  19900600
NAM  Lien et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5050166
ISD  19910900
NAM  Cantoni et al.
OCL  370473
UREF
PNO  5090024
ISD  19920200
NAM  Vander Mey et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5193094
ISD  19930300
NAM  Viterbi
OCL  371 43
UREF
PNO  5224122
ISD  19930600
NAM  Bruckert
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5231664
ISD  19930700
NAM  Bestler et al.
OCL  380 20
UREF
PNO  5233630
ISD  19930800
NAM  Wolf
OCL  375 67
UREF
PNO  5235615
ISD  19930800
NAM  Omura
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5235619
ISD  19930800
NAM  Beyers, II et al.
OCL  375 38
UREF
PNO  5239557
ISD  19930800
NAM  Dent
OCL  371  1
UREF
PNO  5280472
ISD  19940100
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5295152
ISD  19940300
NAM  Gudmundson et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5297162
ISD  19940300
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5305308
ISD  19940400
NAM  English et al.
OCL  370 32.1
UREF
PNO  5309474
ISD  19940500
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5313454
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bustini et al.
OCL  370 13
UREF
PNO  5319634
ISD  19940600
NAM  Bartholomew et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5325394
ISD  19940600
NAM  Bruckert
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5327455
ISD  19940700
NAM  De Gaudenzi et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5345439
ISD  19940900
NAM  Marston
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5345472
ISD  19940900
NAM  Lee
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5347304
ISD  19940900
NAM  Moura et al.
OCL  348 12
UREF
PNO  5353300
ISD  19941000
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5359624
ISD  19941000
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5363403
ISD  19941100
NAM  Schilling et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5363404
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kotzin et al.
OCL  370352
UREF
PNO  5373502
ISD  19941200
NAM  Turban
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5390166
ISD  19950200
NAM  Rohani et al.
OCL  370335
UREF
PNO  5394391
ISD  19950200
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5398258
ISD  19950300
NAM  Su et al.
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  5404570
ISD  19950400
NAM  Charas et al.
OCL  455 22
UREF
PNO  5414699
ISD  19950500
NAM  Lee
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5416797
ISD  19950500
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  375705
UREF
PNO  5418813
ISD  19950500
NAM  Schaffner et al.
OCL  375205
UREF
PNO  5425027
ISD  19950600
NAM  Baran
OCL  370 69.1
UREF
PNO  5440585
ISD  19950800
NAM  Partridge, III
OCL  375261
UREF
PNO  5442625
ISD  19950800
NAM  Gitlin et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5442627
ISD  19950800
NAM  Viterbi et al.
OCL  370 22
UREF
PNO  5442662
ISD  19950800
NAM  Fukasawa et al.
OCL  375205
UREF
PNO  5442700
ISD  19950800
NAM  Snell et al.
OCL  380 15
UREF
PNO  5448555
ISD  19950900
NAM  Bremer et al.
OCL  370 20
UREF
PNO  5452328
ISD  19950900
NAM  Rice
OCL  375210
UREF
PNO  5463660
ISD  19951000
NAM  Fukasawa et al.
OCL  375205
UREF
PNO  5467342
ISD  19951100
NAM  Longston et al.
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5481533
ISD  19960100
NAM  Honig et al.
OCL  375206
UREF
PNO  5488412
ISD  19960100
NAM  Majeti et al.
OCL  348 10
UREF
PNO  5511067
ISD  19960400
NAM  Miller
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5512935
ISD  19960400
NAM  Majeti et al.
OCL  348  9
UREF
PNO  5533013
ISD  19960700
NAM  Leppanen
OCL  370206
UREF
PNO  5534913
ISD  19960700
NAM  Majeti et al.
OCL  348  7
UREF
PNO  5539730
ISD  19960700
NAM  Dent
OCL  370320
UREF
PNO  5557316
ISD  19960900
NAM  Hoarty et al.
OCL  348  7
UREF
PNO  5583853
ISD  19961200
NAM  Giallorenzi et al.
OCL  370441
UREF
PNO  5586121
ISD  19961200
NAM  Moura et al.
OCL  370404
UREF
PNO  5594872
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kawano et al.
OCL  395200.15
UREF
PNO  5608446
ISD  19970300
NAM  Carr et al.
OCL  348  6
UREF
PNO  5608728
ISD  19970300
NAM  Ulm et al.
OCL  370488
UREF
PNO  5619531
ISD  19970400
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  375222
UREF
PNO  5715250
ISD  19980200
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5732007
ISD  19980300
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  370401
UREF
PNO  5745837
ISD  19980400
NAM  Fuhrmann
OCL  348 12
UREF
PNO  5777994
ISD  19980700
NAM  Takihiro et al.
OCL  370395
FREF
PNO  PCT/US95/04329
ISD  19951000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  PCT/US95/10899
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Westlaw Dialog Search.
PAL  R. De Gaudenzi et al., "Performance Evaluation of Quasi-Synchronous Code
      Division Multiple Access (QS-CDMA) for Satellite Mobile Systems," GLOBECOM
      '90: IEEE Global Telecommunications Conference, 1800-1804. (Apr. 1990).
PAL  R. Lupas et al., "Linear Multiuser Detectors for Synchronous Code Division
      Multiple Access Channels," IEEE Transactions on Information Theory, vol.
      35, Issue 1, pp. 123-136. (Jan. 1989).
LREP
FRM  Falk & Fish
FR2  Fish; Ron
ABST
PAL  A process for reducing the amount of overhead data in ATM cell headers
      prior to transmission both upstream and downstream on an HFC cable plant
      or other transmission media using SCDMA on at least the upstream path,
      without loss of either IP or Ethernet addressing information. A virtual
      link between each remote unit and a central unit is established using
      multiplexing to establish a virtual link to every remote unit. Downstream
      ATM cells are optimized by stripping off all but 2 bytes to leave a 50
      byte cell. Incoming IP packets have their IP addressing information used
      to look up Ethernet domain address information for the RU and destination
      process to which this RU is coupled. An Ethernet header is appended to
      each IP packet as is RFC 1483 bytes to signal the start of the packet. The
      packet is parsed into 48 byte ATM cell payloads. VPI/VCI information for
      the virtual link of the remote unit to which the packet is bound is looked
      up using the Ethernet address information. The last cell in the packet is
      indicated by encoding 9th bits. The CU cable data modem formatter then
      generates optimized downstream 2-byte headers for each downstream ATM cell
      by stripping off all but 2 bytes of VPI/VCI data. 9th bits are added to
      each byte, and these 9th bits are encoded with last cell, normal cell and
      idle cell information and start codes so that cell boundaries can be
      located.
PATN
WKU  059913096
SRC  8
APN  6289819
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960412
TTL  Bandwidth management system for a remote repeater network
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Vincent; David R
EXP  Olms; Douglas W.
NDR  14
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Jensen; Dana J.
CTY  Lynchburg
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Pfiefer; Steven J.
CTY  Owatonna
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Lyon; James K.
CTY  Waseca
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Dvorak; Mark D.
CTY  Waseca
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  E.F. Johnson Company
CTY  Burnsville
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370492
XCL  370494
XCL  370495
XCL  455 20
XCL  455 111
XCL  455118
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  110
ICL  H04J  102
ICL  H04B  714
ICL  H04B  715
FSC  455
FSS  17;20-21;22;45-48;104;109;93;103;118;114;11.1;16;202-203;313;314
FSC  370
FSS  492;493;494;495;319;344
UREF
PNO  Re34036
ISD  19920800
NAM  McGeehan et al.
OCL  455 71
UREF
PNO  3867700
ISD  19750200
NAM  Wycoff
OCL  325 50
UREF
PNO  4085368
ISD  19780400
NAM  Yeh
OCL  325304
UREF
PNO  4125744
ISD  19781100
NAM  Goodall
OCL  179  1.5R
UREF
PNO  4131849
ISD  19781200
NAM  Freeburg et al.
OCL  325 54
UREF
PNO  4131850
ISD  19781200
NAM  Wilcox
OCL  325137
UREF
PNO  4255620
ISD  19810300
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL  179 15.55
UREF
PNO  4281413
ISD  19810700
NAM  Forrest
OCL  455 34
UREF
PNO  4325057
ISD  19820400
NAM  Bishop
OCL  340539
UREF
PNO  4406016
ISD  19830900
NAM  Abrams et al.
OCL  455 19
UREF
PNO  4490830
ISD  19841200
NAM  Kai et al.
OCL  375 40
UREF
PNO  4516269
ISD  19850500
NAM  Krinock
OCL  455 51
UREF
PNO  4608686
ISD  19860800
NAM  Barsellotti
OCL  370 69.1
UREF
PNO  4679243
ISD  19870700
NAM  McGeehan et al.
OCL  455 47
UREF
PNO  4696051
ISD  19870900
NAM  Breeden
OCL  455 33
UREF
PNO  4696052
ISD  19870900
NAM  Breeden
OCL  455 51
UREF
PNO  4726069
ISD  19880200
NAM  Stevenson
OCL  455 46
UREF
PNO  4802191
ISD  19890100
NAM  McGeehan et al.
OCL  375 43
UREF
PNO  4803739
ISD  19890200
NAM  Kaikoku et al.
OCL  455 47
UREF
PNO  4852090
ISD  19890700
NAM  Borth
OCL  370104
UREF
PNO  4862098
ISD  19890800
NAM  Yassa et al.
OCL  329 50
UREF
PNO  4903292
ISD  19900200
NAM  Dillon
OCL  379 93
UREF
PNO  4972410
ISD  19901100
NAM  Cohen et al.
OCL  370100.1
UREF
PNO  4994804
ISD  19910200
NAM  Sakaguchi
OCL  341143
UREF
PNO  5003617
ISD  19910300
NAM  Epsom et al.
OCL  455 51
UREF
PNO  5038403
ISD  19910800
NAM  Leitch
OCL  455 51
UREF
PNO  5060240
ISD  19911000
NAM  Erickson et al.
OCL  375 38
UREF
PNO  5061934
ISD  19911000
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  342162
UREF
PNO  5077759
ISD  19911200
NAM  Nakahara
OCL  375107
UREF
PNO  5105439
ISD  19920400
NAM  Bennett et al.
OCL  375 10
UREF
PNO  5113413
ISD  19920500
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  375 40
UREF
PNO  5117424
ISD  19920500
NAM  Cohen et al.
OCL  370105.5
UREF
PNO  5117503
ISD  19920500
NAM  Olson
OCL  455 51.1
UREF
PNO  5127101
ISD  19920600
NAM  Rose, Jr. et al.
OCL  455 51.1
UREF
PNO  5128934
ISD  19920700
NAM  Jasinski
OCL  370 84
UREF
PNO  5131007
ISD  19920700
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  375 40
UREF
PNO  5131010
ISD  19920700
NAM  Derrenge et al.
OCL  375100
UREF
PNO  5134630
ISD  19920700
NAM  Bateman
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5142692
ISD  19920800
NAM  Owen
OCL  455 48
UREF
PNO  5155859
ISD  19921000
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL  455 51.2
UREF
PNO  5172396
ISD  19921200
NAM  Rose, Jr. et al.
OCL  375107
UREF
PNO  5184242
ISD  19930200
NAM  Yamashita
OCL  359177
UREF
PNO  5194871
ISD  19930300
NAM  Counselman, III
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5201061
ISD  19930400
NAM  Goldberg et al.
OCL  455 51.2
UREF
PNO  5212807
ISD  19930500
NAM  Chan
OCL  455 33.4
UREF
PNO  5218621
ISD  19930600
NAM  Cudak et al.
OCL  375 11
UREF
PNO  5218717
ISD  19930600
NAM  Reitberger
OCL  455 51.2
UREF
PNO  5227741
ISD  19930700
NAM  Marchetto et al.
OCL  332100
UREF
PNO  5239672
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kurby et al.
OCL  455 16
UREF
PNO  5243299
ISD  19930900
NAM  Marchetto et al.
OCL  329300
UREF
PNO  5257404
ISD  19931000
NAM  Goreham et al.
OCL  455 51.2
UREF
PNO  5261118
ISD  19931100
NAM  Vanderspool, II
OCL  455 51.2
UREF
PNO  5280629
ISD  19940100
NAM  Lo Galbo et al.
OCL  455 51.2
UREF
PNO  5287550
ISD  19940200
NAM  Fennell et al.
OCL  455 51.2
UREF
PNO  5295178
ISD  19940300
NAM  Nickel et al.
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5319374
ISD  19940600
NAM  Desai et al.
OCL  342387
UREF
PNO  5327581
ISD  19940700
NAM  Goldberg
OCL  455 51.2
UREF
PNO  5353307
ISD  19941000
NAM  Lester et al.
OCL  375 14
UREF
PNO  5353342
ISD  19941000
NAM  Pietrowicz
OCL  379257
UREF
PNO  5361398
ISD  19941100
NAM  Christian et al.
OCL  455 51.2
UREF
PNO  5365569
ISD  19941100
NAM  Witsaman et al.
OCL  379 57
UREF
PNO  5369682
ISD  19941100
NAM  Witsaman et al.
OCL  379 57
UREF
PNO  5384574
ISD  19950100
NAM  Counselman, III
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5392278
ISD  19950200
NAM  Teel et al.
OCL  370 58.3
UREF
PNO  5398263
ISD  19950300
NAM  Vanderspool. II
OCL  375376
UREF
PNO  5408681
ISD  19950400
NAM  Ressler et al.
OCL  455 17
UREF
PNO  5414734
ISD  19950500
NAM  Marchetto et al.
OCL  375267
UREF
PNO  5416808
ISD  19950500
NAM  Witsaman et al.
OCL  375350
UREF
PNO  5423056
ISD  19950600
NAM  Linquist et al.
OCL  455 33.1
UREF
PNO  5423058
ISD  19950600
NAM  Cudak et al.
OCL  455 51.2
UREF
PNO  5423059
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lo Galbo et al.
OCL  455 51.2
UREF
PNO  5440313
ISD  19950800
NAM  Osterdock et al.
OCL  342352
UREF
PNO  5448570
ISD  19950900
NAM  Toda et al.
OCL  370 95.3
UREF
PNO  5448758
ISD  19950900
NAM  Grube et al.
OCL  455 51.2
UREF
PNO  5465405
ISD  19951100
NAM  Baseghi et al.
OCL  455226.4
UREF
PNO  5473638
ISD  19951200
NAM  Marchetto et al.
OCL  375356
UREF
PNO  5477539
ISD  19951200
NAM  Brown
OCL  370 84
UREF
PNO  5481258
ISD  19960100
NAM  Fawcett et al.
OCL  340825.47
UREF
PNO  5483575
ISD  19960100
NAM  Zandowski et al.
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5483670
ISD  19960100
NAM  Childress et al.
OCL  455 34.1
UREF
PNO  5490172
ISD  19960200
NAM  Komara
OCL  375296
UREF
PNO  5513215
ISD  19960400
NAM  Marchetto et al.
OCL  375233
UREF
PNO  5555546
ISD  19960900
NAM  Matsumoto
OCL  315244
UREF
PNO  5590403
ISD  19961200
NAM  Cameron et al.
OCL  455 51.2
UREF
PNO  5619564
ISD  19970400
NAM  Canniff et al.
OCL  379386
UREF
PNO  5668836
ISD  19970900
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  375316
FREF
PNO  0004702
ISD  19791000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0020893
ISD  19810100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0515214
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0551126
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3203678
ISD  19830800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  6508593
ISD  19670100
CNT  NLX
FREF
PNO  1574599
ISD  19770400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO93/07681
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO93/11614
ISD  19930600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Alisouskas, Digital and Data Communications, pp: 88-89, and 119-126, 1985.
PAL  Hattori, T., et al., "Theoretical Studies of a Simulcast Digital Radio
      Paging System Using a Carrier Frequency Offset Strategy", IEEE
      Transactions on Vehicular Technology, vol. VT-29, No. 1, pp. 87-95, (Feb.
      1980).
PAL  "Digital Signal Processing Applications Using the ADSP-2100 Family", vol. 1
      Prentice Hall, Inc., edited by Amy Mar, 457-465, (1992).
PAL  Doug Hall, "DSPs ease task of detecting tones", Personal Engineering,
      69-72, (Jan. 1996).
PAL  Antoniou, Andreas, "Digital Filters: Analysis and Design," McGraw-Hill Book
      Company, edited by Frank J. Cerra, pp. 214-215 (1979).
PAL  Haykin, Simon, "Communications Systems," 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
      Inc., pp. 141-146 and 171-172 (1983).
PAL  Shanmugam, K. Sam, "Digital and Analog Communications Systems," John Wiley
      & Sons, Inc., pp. 268-272 and 321-322 (1979).
PAL  Weaver, Jr.,Donald K., "A Third Method of Generation and Detection of
      Single-Sideband Signals," Proceedings of the IRE, pp. 1703-1705 (Dec.
      1956).
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg, Woessner & Kluth, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A bandwidth management system for a remote repeater network for modifying a
      first signal to create a second signal within the bandwidth of a
      communications link, transferring the second signal across the
      communications link, and reconstructing the first signal at the remote end
      of the communications link. The bandwidth management system featuring
      several mixing modes for performing the signal conversion and
      reconstruction. The system offering a calibration feature to correct for
      phase distortions introduced in reconstruction of the original signal. The
      calibration feature incorporating signals from a global positioning
      satellite system for reconstruction.
PATN
WKU  059913100
SRC  8
APN  8905894
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970709
TTL  Method and apparatus for bypassing a local exchange carrier to permit an
      independent central office to provide local calling services
ISD  19991123
NCL  41
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Chau
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Katko; Mark G.
CTY  Toledo
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Dynamic Telecom Enginering, L.L.C.
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  806471
APD  19970226
CLAS
OCL  370522
XCL  379201
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  700
FSC  370
FSS  384;360;357;522;523;524;420;466;537;539;540;527;359;220
FSC  379
FSS  93.01;201
UREF
PNO  4685101
ISD  19870800
NAM  Segal et al.
OCL  370539
UREF
PNO  4731823
ISD  19880300
NAM  Warner et al.
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  4791663
ISD  19881200
NAM  Rockne et al.
OCL  379113
UREF
PNO  4802199
ISD  19890100
NAM  Lange et al.
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  4897870
ISD  19900100
NAM  Golden
OCL  379144
UREF
PNO  4924500
ISD  19900500
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  4982421
ISD  19910100
NAM  Kirsch et al.
OCL  379216
UREF
PNO  5001711
ISD  19910300
NAM  Obana et al.
OCL  370539
UREF
PNO  5023904
ISD  19910600
NAM  Kaplan et al.
OCL  379 91
UREF
PNO  5130982
ISD  19920700
NAM  Ash et al.
OCL  370 85.7
UREF
PNO  5138657
ISD  19920800
NAM  Colton et al.
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5181238
ISD  19930100
NAM  Medamana et al.
OCL  379 95
UREF
PNO  5193087
ISD  19930300
NAM  Lichtash et al.
OCL  370 58.2
UREF
PNO  5214692
ISD  19930500
NAM  Chack et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5276444
ISD  19940100
NAM  McNair
OCL  340825.33
UREF
PNO  5293376
ISD  19940300
NAM  White
OCL  370 54
UREF
PNO  5406583
ISD  19950400
NAM  Dagdeviren
OCL  375  5
UREF
PNO  5425085
ISD  19950600
NAM  Weinberger et al.
OCL  379112
UREF
PNO  5430717
ISD  19950700
NAM  Fowler et al.
OCL  370 58.2
UREF
PNO  5459779
ISD  19951000
NAM  Backaus et al.
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5463686
ISD  19951000
NAM  Lebourges
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5465294
ISD  19951100
NAM  Chapman, Jr. et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5475749
ISD  19951200
NAM  Akinpelu et al.
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  5481600
ISD  19960100
NAM  Alesio
OCL  379114
UREF
PNO  5481604
ISD  19960100
NAM  Minot
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  5510777
ISD  19960400
NAM  Pile et al.
OCL  340825.31
UREF
PNO  5517562
ISD  19960500
NAM  McConnell
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5524142
ISD  19960600
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  379112
UREF
PNO  5526413
ISD  19960600
NAM  Cheston, III et al.
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5533111
ISD  19960700
NAM  Schlanger
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5537461
ISD  19960700
NAM  Bridges et al.
OCL  379 88
UREF
PNO  5537464
ISD  19960700
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  379114
UREF
PNO  5537468
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hartmann
OCL  379211
UREF
PNO  5539817
ISD  19960700
NAM  Wilkes
OCL  379230
UREF
PNO  5550820
ISD  19960800
NAM  Baran
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5550912
ISD  19960800
NAM  Akinpelu et al.
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  5557667
ISD  19960900
NAM  Bruno et al.
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5566235
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hetz
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5570410
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hooshiari
OCL  379 32
UREF
PNO  5574783
ISD  19961100
NAM  Dunn
OCL  379230
UREF
PNO  5583926
ISD  19961200
NAM  Venier et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5583929
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ardon
OCL  379230
UREF
PNO  5751717
ISD  19980500
NAM  Babu et al.
OCL  370466
OREF
PAL  Abstract entitled "2FXO Module ISU Module or Plug-On," AdTran, Huntsville,
      Alabama, undated.
PAL  Abstract entitled "E&M/TO Module TSU/HSU Module or Plug-On," AdTran,
      Huntsville, Alabam, undated.
PAL  Abstract entitled "3630 MainStreet", 1993.
PAL  Abstract entitled "Ameritech Reconfiguration Service," Ameritech Data
      Solutions, undated.
LREP
FRM  Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris LLP
ABST
PAL  A technique for bypassing a local exchange carrier ("LEC") so as to reduce
      or eliminate the access charges typically payable by an interexchange
      carrier ("IXC") to a LEC, and, in turn, payable by the subscriber to the
      IXC, for originating long distance calls. A hardwire connection is
      provided between the IXC and/or a Central Office operated independent of
      the LEC and the customer premises by purchasing analog facilities from the
      LEC which originate at the Central Office and connecting these facilities
      directly to a multiplexer. The terminating end of the analog facilities
      are installed at the subscriber premises. The voice interface modules
      typically used in the multiplexer are replaced by Foreign Exchange
      Subscriber (FXS) modules which perform A/D conversion of the analog voice
      data provided over the analog facilities from the customer premises. The
      terminating end of a T1 or higher capacity digital facility is terminated
      on the multiplexer and on a K01 digital electronic cross-connect system
      (DEXCS) frame at the LEC Central Office. A T1 is also ordered from the LEC
      to connect the DEXCS either directly to the IXC or to the independent
      Central Office. Each of the channels of the T1 lines are configured by the
      customer using a network reconfiguration service with FXS Loop Start
      signaling.
PATN
WKU  059913118
SRC  8
APN  9587632
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971025
TTL  Time-multiplexed transmission on digital-subscriber lines synchronized
      to existing TCM-ISDN for reduced cross-talk
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Boakye; Alexander
EXP  Vu; Huy D.
NDR  11
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Long; Guozhu
CTY  Newark
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  O'Toole; Anthony J. P.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Centillium Technology
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370524
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  312
FSC  370
FSS  201;524
FSC  379
FSS  90.01;100.15;88.17;242;399;417
FSC  455
FSS  295
FSC  345
FSS  58
FSC  386
FSS  22
UREF
PNO  5410343
ISD  19950400
NAM  Coddington et al.
OCL  348  7
UREF
PNO  5831979
ISD  19981100
NAM  Byers
OCL  370360
UREF
PNO  5848141
ISD  19981200
NAM  Yaker
OCL  379215
OREF
PAL  TP3401 DASL Data Sheet, National Semiconductor, pp. 1-16, Dec. 1991.
LREP
FR2  Auvinen; Stuart T.
ABST
PAL  Pulp-insulated telephone cables common in Japan and other countries have
      higher cross-talk interference than plastic-insulated cables common in the
      United States. Deployment of newer xDSL systems in Japan has been limited
      by the high cross-talk interference in those pulp cables, especially the
      near-end cross-talk (NEXT) from ISDN services using time-compression
      multiplexing (TCM). A TCM-DSL that can share pulp-cable bundles with TCM
      ISDN lines eliminates the NEXT interference by synchronizing transmission
      and reception with the TCM ISDN equipment for the same cable bundle. The
      TCM-DSL line uses TCM that is synchronized with the ISDN transmit and
      receive windows so that the TCM-DSL is transmitting but not receiving when
      the ISDN modems at the same side are transmitting. When ISDN at the same
      side are receiving and not transmitting, NEXT interference does not exist.
      Thus higher-speed TCM-DSL data can be received during the ISDN receive
      windows with reduced interference. A passband modulation technique such as
      Carrierless-amplitude/phase modulation (CAP) with advanced signal
      processing techniques such as trellis encoding and pre-coding achieve
      higher data rates for TCM-DSL. The TCM-DSL transmitted signal occupies a
      pass-band that is separate from a low-frequency POTS band for voice-band
      services. The voice calls use full-duplex continuously without regard to
      the TCM-DSL data transmitted simultaneously with the POTS voice calls over
      the same phone line. TCM-DSL is synchronized to an ISDN clock that is
      routed to the TCM-DSL line card, or a burst-timing extractor that detects
      burst timing from either the ISDN line signal or cross-talk from the ISDN
      line signals.
PATN
WKU  059913126
SRC  8
APN  962757&
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19971103
TTL  Telecommunications multiplexer
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Ton; Dang
NDR  26
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Koenig; Roger L.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Alaimo; S. Christopher
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Bullington; Thomas E.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Clark; Phillip D.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Grobaski; Kenneth C.
CTY  Berthoud
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Morris; Matthew D.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Shoop; Kirkton I.
CTY  Longmont
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Trofi; Michael A.
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Carrier Access Corporation
CTY  Boulder
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  370535
XCL  370216
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  304
FSC  370
FSS  331;216;217;222;221;225;227;228;535;536;537;538;541;542;465;543;401;403;404
     ;405;406;442;347;351;249;252;253
UREF
PNO  5313456
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sugawara
OCL  370228
UREF
PNO  5392276
ISD  19950200
NAM  Tran
OCL  370 29
UREF
PNO  5403208
ISD  19950400
NAM  Felcman et al.
OCL  439633
UREF
PNO  5420986
ISD  19950500
NAM  Baldwin et al.
OCL  395325
UREF
PNO  5512906
ISD  19960400
NAM  Speciale
OCL  342375
UREF
PNO  5515367
ISD  19960500
NAM  Cox, Jr. et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5517623
ISD  19960500
NAM  Farrell et al.
OCL  395281
UREF
PNO  5553056
ISD  19960900
NAM  Bronte et al.
OCL  370 13
UREF
PNO  5574726
ISD  19961100
NAM  Chan et al.
OCL  370 85.3
UREF
PNO  5577039
ISD  19961100
NAM  Won et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5594726
ISD  19970100
NAM  Thompson et al.
OCL  370485
UREF
PNO  5595241
ISD  19970100
NAM  Jelinek
OCL  165 80.1
UREF
PNO  5600788
ISD  19970200
NAM  Lofgren et al.
OCL  395183.07
UREF
PNO  5634822
ISD  19970600
NAM  Gunell
OCL  439668
UREF
PNO  5669521
ISD  19970900
NAM  Hardwick
OCL  370228
UREF
PNO  5777761
ISD  19980700
NAM  Fee
OCL  370225
OREF
PAL  WESCOM 3551-00 Ti Network Interface Unit (NIU) written description, Sep.
      1992, pp. 1-11.
LREP
FR2  Crouch; Robert G.
     Holland & Hart LLP
ABST
PAL  A multiplexer device for multiplexing and demultiplexing signals between a
      low-speed network including 28 DSX-1 signals and a relatively higher speed
      network including a DS-3 signal. The multiplexer device includes 7 quad
      DSX-1 cards and 1 spare card. The spare card is connected to the other 7
      DSX-1 cards in a fashion that allows the spare card to automatically be
      switched in for one of the DSX-1 cards or to allow interface electronics
      on the spare card to replace selected ones of the interface electronics on
      various different DSX-1 cards simultaneously. A pair of controller cards,
      a primary card and a secondary card, perform the M1-3 multiplexing and
      demultiplexing and the DS-3 framing and transceiving. The controller cards
      can be selected or deselected by distributed logic in a sufficiently short
      time period so that alarms are not set off and so that the transition is
      hitless. This is accomplished by electronically enabling and disabling the
      transceiver. The multiplexer device is connectable to 2 different T-3
      links to provide network redundancy. An array of relays provides for the
      connection of either controller card to either of the T-3 links. The
      controller cards are externally connectable to a computer network such as
      an Ethernet for external control thereof through SNMP or Telnet sessions.
      The multiplexer device is housed within a significantly reduced volume
      which occupies only a single rack unit on a standard 19" or 23" wide
      vertical rack used for telecommunications equipment. The significantly
      reduced volume is partially due to a dual backplane architecture in which
      an external backplane serves as the external connector plane while a
      separate internal backplane serves as the connection to the various DSX-1
      cards and controller cards.
PATN
WKU  059913134
SRC  8
APN  8333394
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19970404
TTL  Video transmission apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  2
EXA  Pezzlo; John
EXP  Kizou; Hassan
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Hiroshi
CTY  Tsurugashima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawazoe; Masaru
CTY  Tsurugashima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimamura; Fumito
CTY  Tsurugashima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Honma; Ryoichi
CTY  Tsurugashima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sato; Kazuma
CTY  Tsurugashima
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toko, Inc.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960524
APN  8-152953
CLAS
OCL  370537
XCL  370474
XCL  370473
XCL  455  42
XCL  455  32
XCL  348 13
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  302
ICL  H04H  100
ICL  H04N  714
FSC  370
FSS  535;538;543;522;490;493;537;542;474;468;204
FSC  348
FSS  7;13
FSC  455
FSS  3.2;4.2;5.1
UREF
PNO  5084903
ISD  19920100
NAM  McNamara et al.
OCL  370204
UREF
PNO  5410343
ISD  19950400
NAM  Coddington et al.
OCL  455  4.2
UREF
PNO  5539449
ISD  19960700
NAM  Blahut et al.
OCL  455  4.2
UREF
PNO  5640673
ISD  19970600
NAM  Tanabe
OCL  455  3.2
LREP
FRM  Londa and Traub LLP
ABST
PAL  A video transmission apparatus comprises video codec for
      compression-encoding video data to be transmitted and
      decompression-decoding video data as received; a first audio codec for
      compression-encoding first audio data to be transmitted and
      decompression-decoding first audio data as received; a second audio codec
      for compression-encoding second audio data to be transmitted and
      decompression-decoding second audio data as received; a
      multiplexer-demultiplexer for including a three-channel buffer memory and
      processor; and an interface connectable to communications satellite
      network and ground network. In the multiplexer-demultiplexer, video
      data-first audio data and second audio data to be transmitted are
      multiplexed and converted to a packet based on a predetermined
      communication format, and packet as received is separated into video
      data-first audio data, and second audio data.
PATN
WKU  059913142
SRC  9
APN  0585394
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980410
TTL  Design for a Yb-doped CP fiber laser for operating near EDFA absorption
      band
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXP  Scott, Jr.; Leon
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Ionov; Stanislav I.
CTY  Calabasas
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Jones; Dennis C.
CTY  Malibu
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mangir; Metin S.
CTY  Santa Monica
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hughes Electronics Corporation
CTY  El Segundo
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  372  6
XCL  372 19
XCL  372 32
XCL  372102
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  330
FSC  372
FSS  6;102;19;32
UREF
PNO  5260823
ISD  19931100
NAM  Payne et al.
OCL  372  6
UREF
PNO  5778014
ISD  19980700
NAM  Islam
OCL  372  6
OREF
PAL  Pask, H.M., et al, "Ytterbieum-Doped silica Fiber Lasers" Versatile Sources
      for the 1-12 .mu.m Region 1 IEEE Journal of Selected Topics in Quantum
      Electronics, vol. 1, (Apr., 1995), pp. 1-13.
PAL  Vengsarkar, A.M., et al. "Long-Period Fiber Gratings as Band-Rejection
      Filters" IEEE, Journal of Lightwave Technology, vol. 14, No. 1, (Jan.
      1996) pp. 58-65.
PAL  Hanna, D.C., et al. "An ytterbium-doped monomode fibre laser; broadly
      tunable operation from 1.010.mu.m to 1.162.mu.m and three-level operation
      at 974 nm" Journal of Modern Optics, (1990) vol. 37, No. 4, pp. 517-525.
PAL  Armitage, J.R., et al. "An Yb.sup.3- Doped Silica Fibre Laser" Electronics
      Letters, vol. 25, No. 5 (Mar. 1989) pp. 298-299.
LREP
FR2  Duraiswamy; V. D.
FR2  Sales; M. W.
ABST
PAL  A Yb-doped cladding pumped fiber laser includes a reflective grating
      located at each distal end of the laser cavity. Each reflective grating
      can reflect light propagating inside a fiber core and at a desired
      wavelength range. A plurality of band-rejecting gratings are disposed
      between the reflective gratings, whereby the band-rejecting gratings can
      couple light at an undesired wavelength range and out of the fiber core.
      When the band-rejecting gratings are in an end-to-end relationship, they
      are separated by a distance of approximately L whereby
      L=[(.sigma..sub.e.sup.d +.sigma..sub.a.sup.d)ln
      1/T]/[n(.sigma..sub.a.sup.d .sigma..sub.e.sup.u -.sigma..sub.e.sup.d
      .sigma..sub.a.sup.u)], n is a concentration of ions subject to excitation,
      .sigma..sub.a.sup.d is an absorption cross section at said desired
      wavelength range, .sigma..sub.e.sup.u is an emission cross section at said
      undesired wavelength range, .sigma..sub.e.sup.d is an emission cross
      section at said desired wavelength range, .sigma..sub.a.sup.u is an
      absorption cross section at said undesired wavelngth range, and T is a
      band-rejecting grating transmission factor. The number of band-rejecting
      gratings is given by N whereby N=d/L.gtoreq.dn (.sigma..sub.a.sup.d
      .sigma..sub.e.sup.u -.sigma..sub.e.sup.d
      .sigma..sub.a.sup.u)/[.sigma..sub.e.sup.d +.sigma..sub.a.sup.d) ln 1/T]
      and d is the length of the laser.
PATN
WKU  059913150
SRC  9
APN  1468928
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980903
TTL  Optically controllable cooled saturable absorber Q-switch slab
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXP  Scott, Jr.; Leon
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Injeyan; Hagop
CTY  Glendale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Palese; Stephen P.
CTY  Torrance
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  TRW Inc.
CTY  Redondo Beach
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  372 11
XCL  372 34
XCL  372 66
XCL  372 69
XCL  372 39
XCL  372 71
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  3113
FSC  372
FSS  11;34;69;71;66;39
UREF
PNO  3451010
ISD  19690600
NAM  Maiman
OCL  372 66
UREF
PNO  4191931
ISD  19800300
NAM  Kuppenheimer
OCL  372 10
UREF
PNO  4734911
ISD  19880300
NAM  Bruesselbqach
OCL  372 21
UREF
PNO  5119382
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kennedy et al.
OCL  372 11
UREF
PNO  5299220
ISD  19940300
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  372 71
UREF
PNO  5307430
ISD  19940400
NAM  Beach et al.
OCL  372101
UREF
PNO  5394420
ISD  19950200
NAM  Senn et al.
OCL  372 39
UREF
PNO  5408480
ISD  19950400
NAM  Hemmati
OCL  372 11
UREF
PNO  5441803
ISD  19950800
NAM  Meissner
OCL  428220
UREF
PNO  5548606
ISD  19960800
NAM  Senn et al.
OCL  376 66
UREF
PNO  5555254
ISD  19960900
NAM  Injeyan et al.
OCL  372 66
UREF
PNO  5608742
ISD  19970300
NAM  Petersen
OCL  372 27
UREF
PNO  5646773
ISD  19970700
NAM  Injeyan et al.
OCL  359337
LREP
FR2  Yatsko; Michael S.
ABST
PAL  A solid state saturable absorber (SSSA) is formed from a slab of solid
      state material, such as Cr.sup.4+ : YAG. Optical distortion caused by the
      absorption process can be minimized by confining absorption to portions of
      the solid state slab which can be cooled efficiently. In accordance with
      an important aspect of the invention, the use of the SSSA in accordance
      with the present invention allows the repetition rate, pulse width, and
      energy level of the laser output pulses to be controlled by way of optical
      pump sources, such as a diode array. The solid state slab material allows
      for zig-zag propagation and thus, averaging of the thermal gradients
      caused by absorption, optical pumping and cooling which results in
      relatively low thermal lensing with virtually no birefringence and
      therefore allows for passive Q-switching applications in relatively high
      brightness laser systems. In an alternate embodiment of the invention, a
      plurality of thin cells are stacked and immersed in an indexed matched
      cooling fluid in order to increase the absorption length while minimizing
      optical distortion.
PATN
WKU  059913169
SRC  9
APN  1845551
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19981102
TTL  Laser light emitting device, laser beacon device and laser imager
      display device
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Healy; Brian
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Kikuchi; Hiroki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950818
APN  7-210669
RLAP
COD  71
APN  698739
APD  19960816
PSC  01
PNO  5832009
CLAS
OCL  372 21
XCL  372 10
XCL  372 22
XCL  372 23
XCL  372 26
XCL  372 28
XCL  372 12
XCL  359326
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  310
ICL  G02F  135
FSC  372
FSS  21;22;23;28;38;43;50;109;10;26;12
FSC  359
FSS  326;328
UREF
PNO  4866720
ISD  19890900
NAM  Holly
OCL  372 23
UREF
PNO  5144630
ISD  19920900
NAM  Lin
OCL  372 22
UREF
PNO  5253258
ISD  19931000
NAM  Lawandy
OCL  372 22
UREF
PNO  5274651
ISD  19931200
NAM  Urakami
OCL  372 21
UREF
PNO  5339324
ISD  19940800
NAM  Eguchi et al.
OCL  372 98
UREF
PNO  5367531
ISD  19941100
NAM  Eguchi et al.
OCL  372 98
UREF
PNO  5499256
ISD  19960300
NAM  Bischel et al.
OCL  372 28
UREF
PNO  5513196
ISD  19960400
NAM  Bischel et al.
OCL  372 22
UREF
PNO  5552926
ISD  19960900
NAM  Owa et al.
OCL  339326
UREF
PNO  5594745
ISD  19970100
NAM  Oka
OCL  372 21
UREF
PNO  5621744
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kikuchi et al.
OCL  372 12
UREF
PNO  5640405
ISD  19970600
NAM  Wallace et al.
OCL  372 21
UREF
PNO  5740190
ISD  19980400
NAM  Moulton
OCL  372 23
UREF
PNO  5751758
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kuwatsuka
OCL  372 96
UREF
PNO  5832009
ISD  19981100
NAM  Kikuchi
OCL  372 21
UREF
PNO  5862163
ISD  19990100
NAM  Umezu et al.
OCL  372 21
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  A laser beam generating device which, by addition of a simplified
      structure, can enlarge the spectral width of the laser light and lower the
      coherence to a moderate value. The laser light generating device includes
      a first laser light source 31, a second laser light source 32, phase
      modulation units 34, 35 for phase-modulating the beams from the light
      sources with a sole frequency component or plural frequency components,
      and an additive frequency generating unit 33 for producing a light beam of
      the shorter wavelength based on the wavelength of the light
      phase-modulated by the phase modulation units 34, 30. The fundamental
      wavelength laser light generated by the first laser light source 31 is
      phase-modulated by the phase modulation unit 34 based on a pre-set
      modulation amplitude and the modulation frequency so as to be enlarged in
      spectral width before being incident on the additive frequency generating
      unit 33. The additive frequency generating unit 33 generates an additive
      frequency based on the laser light beams from the light sources for
      conversion to short wavelengths and for enlarging the spectral width. The
      result is that the distance of coherence of the outgoing laser light is
      shortened for removing the speckle noise.
PATN
WKU  059913177
SRC  9
APN  0356808
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980305
TTL  Retinal photocoagulator including diode pumped, multi-axial mode
      intracavity doubled laser
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Wise; Robert E.
EXP  Bovernick; Rodney
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Nighan, Jr.; William L.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Cole; John
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Spectra Physics Lasers, Inc.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  446203
APD  19950519
RLAP
COD  82
APN  191656
APD  19940204
PSC  01
PNO  5446749
CLAS
OCL  372 22
XCL  372108
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  310
FSC  372
FSS  22;108
FSC  600
FSS  168;181
UREF
PNO  3720213
ISD  19730300
NAM  Hobart et al.
UREF
PNO  4309998
ISD  19820100
NAM  Aron nee Rosa et al.
UREF
PNO  4656635
ISD  19870400
NAM  Baer et al.
UREF
PNO  4701929
ISD  19871000
NAM  Baer et al.
UREF
PNO  4809291
ISD  19890200
NAM  Byer et al.
OCL  372 75
UREF
PNO  4884277
ISD  19891100
NAM  Anthon et al.
UREF
PNO  4951294
ISD  19900800
NAM  Basu et al.
UREF
PNO  5052815
ISD  19911000
NAM  Nightingale et al.
UREF
PNO  5127068
ISD  19920600
NAM  Baer et al.
UREF
PNO  5136597
ISD  19920800
NAM  Nightingale
UREF
PNO  5151909
ISD  19920900
NAM  Davenport et al.
UREF
PNO  5164947
ISD  19921100
NAM  Lukas et al.
UREF
PNO  5170409
ISD  19921200
NAM  Nightingale et al.
UREF
PNO  5181214
ISD  19930100
NAM  Berger et al.
OCL  372 34
UREF
PNO  5253260
ISD  19931000
NAM  Palombo
OCL  372 34
UREF
PNO  5267252
ISD  19931100
NAM  Amano
OCL  372 34
UREF
PNO  5278852
ISD  19940100
NAM  Wu et al.
UREF
PNO  5377212
ISD  19941200
NAM  Tatsuno et al.
OCL  372 22
UREF
PNO  5548604
ISD  19960800
NAM  Toepel
OCL  372 35
UREF
PNO  5638388
ISD  19970600
NAM  Nighan, Jr. et al.
OCL  372 22
FREF
PNO  0 492 778 A1
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 556 582 A1
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Baer, T., "Large-amplitude fluntuations due to longitudinal mode coupling
      in diode-pumped intracavity-doubled Nd:YAG lasers", Journal of the Optical
      Society of America, vol. 3, No. 9, pp. 1175-1179, Sep. 1986.
PAL  James et al., "Elimination of chaos in an intracavity-doubled Nd:YAG
      laser", Optics Letters, vol. 15, No. 20, pp. 1141-1143, Oct. 15, 1990.
PAL  Magni et al., "Intracavity frequency doubling of a cw high-power TEM.sub.00
      Nd:YLF laser", Optics Letters, vol. 18, No. 24, pp. 2111-2113, Dec. 15,
      1993.
PAL  Marshall et al., "Intracavity Doubled mode-locked and CW Diode-Pumped
      Lasers", IEEE J. of Quantum Electronics, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 1158-1163,
      Apr. 1992.
PAL  Nightingale et al., "0.6W, Stable, Single Frequency, Green Laser", 1994
      Compact Blue Green Laser Conference, paper PD6. No month.
PAL  Oka et al., "Stable intracavity doubling of orthogonal linearly polarized
      modes in diode-pumped Nd:YAG lasers", Optics Letters, vol. 13, No. 10, pp.
      805-807, Oct. 1988.
PAL  Wiechmann et al. "Efficient Intracavity-Doubled Laser Diode Pumped Nd:SFAP
      Green Laser", paper TuD4, 1995 Advanced Solid State laser Conference. No
      month.
PAL  Wiechmann et al. "Efficient 1 Watt single Frequency Continuous Wave Green
      Generation from an Intracavity-Doubled Diode Pumped Nd:YVO4 Laser", papers
      TuD4 and WD4, 1995 Advanced Solid State laser Conference.
PAL  Magni, V., et al., "Intracavity Frequency Doubling of a CW High-Power TEM
      Nd:YLF Laser", Optics Letters, pp. 2111-2113, Dec. 1993.
PAL  Baer, T., "Large-Amplitude Fluctuations due to Longitudinal Mode Coupling
      in Diode-Pumped Intracavity-doubled Nd:YAG Lasers", Journal of the Optical
      Society of America B , pp. 1175-1180, Sep. 1986.
LREP
FRM  Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
ABST
PAL  A diode pumped, multi axial mode, intracavity doubled, intracavity tripled
      laser, includes at least two resonator mirrors defining a resonator
      cavity. A laser crystal and a doubling crystal are positioned in the
      resonator cavity. A tripling crystal is also positioned in the resonator
      cavity. A diode pump source supplies a pump beam to the laser crystal and
      produces a laser crystal beam with a plurality of axial modes that are
      incident on the doubling crystal. This produces a frequency doubled output
      beam.
PAL  Further, a diode pumped, multi axial mode, intracavity
      nonlinearly-converted laser is provided and includes at least two
      resonator mirrors defining a resonator cavity, a laser crystal and a
      nonlinear conversion apparatus positioned in the resonator cavity. A
      nonlinear conversion apparatus is also positioned in the resonator cavity.
      A diode pump source supplying a pump beam to the laser crystal and
      produces a laser crystal beam with a plurality of axial modes that are
      incident on the nonlinear conversion apparatus. The result is a
      nonlinearly converted output beam that has a % RMS noise of less than 3%.
PATN
WKU  059913185
SRC  9
APN  1790226
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19981026
TTL  Intracavity frequency-converted optically-pumped semiconductor laser
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Scott, Jr.; Leon
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Caprara; Andrea
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chilla; Juan L.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Spinelli; Luis A.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Coherent, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  372 22
XCL  372 45
XCL  372 97
XCL  372 93
XCL  372105
XCL  372 98
XCL  372 99
XCL  372 50
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  310
FSC  372
FSS  22;50;97;43;99;92;98;105;23;45
UREF
PNO  5050179
ISD  19910900
NAM  Mooradian
OCL  372 44
UREF
PNO  5131002
ISD  19920700
NAM  Mooradian
OCL  372 50
UREF
PNO  5289485
ISD  19940200
NAM  Mooradian
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5384797
ISD  19950100
NAM  Welch et al.
OCL  372 22
UREF
PNO  5461637
ISD  19951000
NAM  Mooradian et al.
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5627853
ISD  19970500
NAM  Mooradian et al.
OCL  372 92
OREF
PAL  J.V. Sandusky & S.R.J. Brueck, "A CW External-Cavity Surface-Emitting
      Laser," IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol. 8, No. 3, Mar. 1996, pp.
      313-315.
PAL  M. Kuznetsov, F. Hakimi, R. Sprague & A. Mooradian, "High-Power (>0.5-W CW)
      Diode-Pumped Vertical-External-Cavity Surface-Emitting Semiconductor
      Lasers with Circular TEM.sub.00 Beams," IEEE Photonics Technology Letters,
      vol. 9, No. 8, Aug. 1997, pp. 1063-1065.
PAL  A. Rosiewicz, P. Crosby & J-M. Pelaprat, "Optical pumping improves VCSEL
      performance," Laser Focus World, Jun. 1997, pp. 133-136.
LREP
FRM  Limbach & Limbach L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An intracavity, frequency-doubled, external-cavity, optically-pumped
      semiconductor laser in accordance with the present invention includes a
      monolithic surface-emitting semiconductor layer structure including a
      Bragg mirror portion and a gain portion. An external mirror and the
      Bragg-mirror portion define a laser resonant-cavity including the
      gain-portion of the semiconductor layer structure. A birefringent filter
      is located in the resonant-cavity for selecting a frequency of the
      laser-radiation within a gain bandwidth characteristic of semiconductor
      structure. An optically-nonlinear crystal is located in the
      resonant-cavity between the birefringent filter and the external mirror
      and arranged to double the selected frequency of laser-radiation.
PATN
WKU  059913193
SRC  8
APN  9758348
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971121
TTL  Mirror failure detector for high power lasers
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  15
EXP  Lee; John D.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Zamel; James M.
CTY  Hermosa Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tinti; Robert
CTY  Lakewood
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  TRW Inc.
CTY  Redondo Beach
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  372 34
XCL  372 99
XCL  372107
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  3105
FSC  372
FSS  29;33-36;38;95;99;107-109
UREF
PNO  4906849
ISD  19900300
NAM  Duo et al.
OCL  250338.3
UREF
PNO  5177756
ISD  19930100
NAM  Rockstroh et al.
OCL  372 38
UREF
PNO  5268975
ISD  19931200
NAM  Yoshitani et al.
OCL  385 22
UREF
PNO  5347392
ISD  19940900
NAM  Chen et al.
XCL  372 95
LREP
FR2  Yatsko; Michael S.
ABST
PAL  A detector 50 is included in a laser apparatus for generating a high energy
      laser beam to protect against the uncontrolled escape of the high energy
      laser beam from its prescribed optical path 14. The high energy laser beam
      proceeds along the optical path 14 and is directed to a work site 44 by a
      series of reflective surfaces in its path 26 and 30. The series of
      reflective surfaces function to change the path 14 of the beam 32 from the
      generating source to the work station 44. Associated with each of the
      reflective surfaces is a detector 50 which comprises a conductive frame 51
      having a front face 52 and a back face 54. The back face 54 is equipped
      with a thermal sensor 60 which is positioned in a base portion 64 of the
      heat conductive frame 51. The detector is equipped with cooling means 58
      and 66 for maintaining the threshold temperature. The sensor 60 which is
      affixed to the base portion 64 having a controlled thickness is preset at
      a threshold temperature such that in the event the reflective surfaces 26
      or 30 breaks or otherwise fails permitting the beam 32 to strike the heat
      conductive frame 51 it would cause sudden rise in temperature of the
      sensor which would trigger the control circuit 69 to shut down the power
      supply 92 that energizes the high energy gain module 12.
PATN
WKU  059913207
SRC  9
APN  2381737
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19990128
TTL  Light emitting element drive apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Scott, Jr.; Leon
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Nakayama; Toshiki
CTY  Atsugi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980130
APN  10-018809
CLAS
OCL  372 38
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  300
FSC  372
FSS  38;29;8
UREF
PNO  5373518
ISD  19941200
NAM  Uchiyama et al.
OCL  372 38
UREF
PNO  5675599
ISD  19971000
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  372 38
UREF
PNO  5736844
ISD  19980400
NAM  Yanagisawa
OCL  372 38
UREF
PNO  5796767
ISD  19980800
NAM  Aizawa
OCL  372 38
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  A light emitting element drive apparatus includes a differential signal
      processing circuit for performing logic processing of input complementary
      image signals that are 180.degree. out of phase and at least one control
      signal using a differential circuit while maintaining the complementarity
      of signals to generate complementary output signals, and a switching
      circuit which is driven by the complementary output signals to supply a
      drive current to a light emitting element.
PATN
WKU  059913215
SRC  8
APN  9912363
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971216
TTL  Separate confinement heterostructure laser device
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Ngo; Hung N.
NDR  15
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Duggan; Geoffrey
CTY  Deddington
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19961221
APN  9626644
CLAS
OCL  372 45
XCL  372 46
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  319
FSC  372
FSS  45;46;47;48
UREF
PNO  5251224
ISD  19931000
NAM  Irikawa et al.
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5386429
ISD  19950100
NAM  Naito et al.
OCL  372 46
UREF
PNO  5425041
ISD  19950600
NAM  Seko et al.
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5502739
ISD  19960300
NAM  Kidoguchi et al.
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5509024
ISD  19960400
NAM  Bour et al.
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5544187
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kadoiwa et al.
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5600667
ISD  19970200
NAM  Kidoguchi et al.
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5737350
ISD  19980400
NAM  Motoda et al.
OCL  372 45
FREF
PNO  0506049
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0715380
ISD  19960600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0784361
ISD  19970700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2308732
ISD  19970700
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  K. Iga, et al., "Electron Reflectance of Multiquantum Barrier (MQB)"
      Electronics Letters, vol. 22, No. 19, pp. 1008-1010, Sep. 11, 1986.
PAL  K. Kishino, et al., "Enhanced carrier confinement effect by the
      multiquantum barrier in 660 nm GaInP/AllnP visible lasers" Applied Physics
      Letter, vol. 58, No. 17, pp. 1822-1824, Apr. 29, 1991.
PAL  H. Hamada, et al., "Room-emperature CW operation of 610nm Band AlGalnP
      Strained Multiquantum well laser diodes with multiquantum barrier"
      Electronics Letters, vol. 28, No. 19, pp. 1834-1836, Sep. 10, 1992.
PAL  D. P. Bour, et al., "Strained Ga.sub.x In.sub.1-x P/(A1Ga).sub.0.5
      In.sub.0.5 P Heterostructures and Quantum-Well Laser Diodes" IEEE Journal
      of Quantum Electronics, vol. 30, No. 2, pp. 593-606, 1994.
PAL  P. M. Smowton, et al., "Threshold current temperature dependence of
      GaInP/(A1.sub.y Ga.sub.1-y)InP 670 mm quantum well lasers" Applied Physics
      Letter, vol. 67, No. 9, pp. 1265-1267, Aug. 28, 1995.
PAL  British Search Report dated Mar. 12, 1997, for British Patent Application
      No. GB9626644.0.
ABST
PAL  A separate confinement heterostructure laser device has an optical guiding
      region, an active region in the optical guiding region, and p-type and
      n-type cladding regions on opposite sides of the optical guiding region.
      At least one barrier layer is present within the p-type cladding region.
      The composition of the barrier layer is such that it has an X-minimum
      higher than that of adjacent parts of the p-type cladding region. The
      composition and/or thickness of the barrier layer is also such that it has
      a .GAMMA.-minimum which is higher than the X-minima of the adjacent parts
      of the p-type, cladding region. The thickness of the barrier layer is such
      as to prevent electron tunneling between the X-bands of the adjacent parts
      of the p-type cladding region on opposite sides of the barrier layer,
      and/or the compositions of the adjacent parts of the p-type cladding
      region on opposite sides of the barrier layer are sufficiently different
      from one another to prevent such tunneling.
PATN
WKU  059913223
SRC  8
APN  5057612
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19950721
TTL  Semiconductor optical device
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  4
EXA  Kang; Ellen E.
EXP  Bovernick; Rodney
NDR  31
NFG  81
INVT
NAM  Takiguchi; Tohru
CTY  Itami
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Goto; Katsuhiko
CTY  Itami
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kizuki; Hirotaka
CTY  Itami
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930720
APN  5-179313
RLAP
COD  71
APN  260368
APD  19940614
PSC  01
PNO  5459747
CLAS
OCL  372 50
XCL  438 40
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  319
FSC  372
FSS  50;45;46;96
FSC  438
FSS  22;39-41
UREF
PNO  4843032
ISD  19890600
NAM  Tokuda et al.
OCL  437129
UREF
PNO  4961198
ISD  19901000
NAM  Ishino et al.
OCL  372 50
UREF
PNO  4980895
ISD  19901200
NAM  Nishimura
OCL  372 96
UREF
PNO  5019519
ISD  19910500
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  437 22
UREF
PNO  5042049
ISD  19910800
NAM  Ohtoshi et al.
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5084897
ISD  19920100
NAM  Numai
OCL  372 96
UREF
PNO  5155736
ISD  19921000
NAM  Ono et al.
OCL  372 20
UREF
PNO  5177758
ISD  19930100
NAM  Oka et al.
OCL  372 50
UREF
PNO  5208822
ISD  19930500
NAM  Haus et al.
OCL  372 50
UREF
PNO  5305343
ISD  19940400
NAM  Allovon et al.
OCL  372 50
UREF
PNO  5325382
ISD  19940600
NAM  Emura et al.
OCL  372 26
UREF
PNO  5341391
ISD  19940800
NAM  Ishimura
OCL  372 46
UREF
PNO  5717710
ISD  19980200
NAM  Miyazaki et al.
OCL  372 50
FREF
PNO  0406005
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0472221
ISD  19920200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0513745
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  62-2299990
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-213383
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-17487
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2288283
ISD  19901100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  31473836
ISD  19910600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3222387
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4100291
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  529602
ISD  19930200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5114767
ISD  19930500
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Yablonovitch et al, "Band Structure Engineering Of Semiconductor Lasers For
      Optical Communications", Journal of Lightwave Technology, vol. 6, No. 8,
      1988, pp. 1292-1299 Aug.
PAL  Tanaka et al, "5-GB/s Performance Of Integrated Light Source Consisting of
      .lambda./4-Shifted DFB Laser And EA Modulator With Si InP BH Structure",
      Journal Of Lightwave Technology, vol. 8, No. 9, 1990, pp. 1357-1359 Sep.
PAL  Numai et al, "DFB LD/Modulator Integrated Light Source Using An Absorption
      Layer As A Guide Layer", 1990 Spring National Convention Record, The
      Institute of Electronics, Information and Communication Engineers, pp. 6
      and 4-295.
PAL  Colas et al, "In situ Definition Of Semiconductor Structures By Selective
      Area Growth And Etching", Applied Physics Letters, vol. 59, No. 16, 1991,
      pp. 2019-2021 Oct.
PAL  Aoki et al, Novel Structure MOW Electroabsorption Modulator/DFB-Laser
      Integrated Device Fabricated By Selective Area MOCVD Growth, Electronics
      Letters, vol. 27, No. 23, 1991, pp. 2138-2140.
PAL  Kato et al, "DFB-LD/Modulator Integrated Light Source By Bandgap Energy
      Controlled Selective MOVPE", Electronics Letters, vol. 28, No. 2, pp.
      153-154 Jan, 1992.
PAL  Aoki et al., "InGaAs/InGaAsP MOW Electroabsorption Modulator Integrated
      With A DFB Laser Fabricated By Band-Gap Energy Control Selective Area
      MOCVD", IEEE Journal of Quantum Electronics, vol. 29, No. 6, 1993, pp.
      2088-2096.
PAL  Sasaki et al., "Selective MOVPE Growth And Its Application To Semiconductor
      Photonic Integrated Circuits", Electronics and Communication in Japan,
      Part II: Electronics, vol. 76, No. 4, 1993, pp. 1-11 Apr.
PAL  Remiens et al., "Buried Ridge Stripe Lasers Monolithically Integrated With
      Butt-Coupled Passive Waveguides For OEIC", SPIE vol. 1362, 1990, pp.
      323-329 No month.
PAL  Colas et al., "In Situ Definition Of Semiconductor Structures By Selective
      Area Growth And Etching", Applied Physics Letters, vol. 59, No. 16, 1991,
      Oct. pp. 2019-2021.
LREP
FRM  Leydig, Voit & Mayer
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor optical device includes a first semiconductor layer, and a
      diffraction grating disposed on the first semiconductor layer. The
      diffraction grating includes portions of a superlattice layer grown on the
      first semiconductor layer and including alternatingly arranged second
      semiconductor layers of a semiconductor material in which mass transport
      hardly occurs during growth of other semiconductor layers and third
      semiconductor layers of a semiconductor material different from the
      material of the second semiconductor layers. The device includes a fourth
      semiconductor layer burying the diffraction grating. In this structure,
      since the second semiconductor layers are included in the diffraction
      grating, the shape of the diffraction grating is maintained during the
      vapor phase deposition of the fourth semiconductor layer. Therefore, the
      thickness, amplitude, and pitch of the diffraction grating that determine
      the optical coupling constant are controlled with high precision.
PATN
WKU  059913231
SRC  8
APN  9540229
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971020
TTL  Laser transmitter for reduced signal distortion
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Leung; Quyen Phan
EXP  Bovernick; Rodney
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Adams; Laura Ellen
CTY  Basking Ridge
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Bethea; Clyde George
CTY  Franklin
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Nykolak; Gerald
CTY  Long Beach
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  People; Roosevelt
CTY  Plainfield
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Tanbun-Ek; Tawee
CTY  Califon
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  372 50
XCL  372 38
XCL  372 20
XCL  372 26
XCL  372 96
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  319
ICL  H01S  300
ICL  H01S  310
ICL  H01S  308
FSC  372
FSS  50;96;38;20;26;27;102
FSC  359
FSS  180-181;183;249;187-188
FSC  385
FSS  1
UREF
PNO  5184243
ISD  19930200
NAM  Henmi et al.
OCL  359381
UREF
PNO  5303079
ISD  19940400
NAM  Gnauck et al.
OCL  359188
UREF
PNO  5606573
ISD  19970200
NAM  Tsang
OCL  372 96
UREF
PNO  5699179
ISD  19971200
NAM  Gopalakrishnan
OCL  359183
FREF
PNO  671791
ISD  19950900
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01S  3025
FREF
PNO  762577A1
ISD  19970300
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01S  3103
FREF
PNO  057286
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
ICL  H01S  318
FREF
PNO  5-183512
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  T. Tanbun-Ek et al., Broad-Band Tunable Electroabsorption . . . , IEEE J.
      Selected Topics in Quantum Electr., vol. 3, pp. 960-966 (Jun. 1997).
PAL  Y-K. Park et al., Dispersion-Penalty-Free Transmission . . . , IEEE
      Photonics Tech. Lett., vol. 8, No. 9, pp. 1255-1257 (Sep. 1996).
PAL  K. C. Reichmann et al., 2.5 Gb/s Transmission . . . , IEEE Photonics Tech.
      Lett., vol. 5, No. 9, pp. 1098-1100 (Sep. 1993).
PAL  T. Numai, 1.5-.mu.m Wavelength Tunable Phase-shift Controlled Distributed
      Feedback Laser, J. Lightwave Tech., vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 199-205 (Feb.
      1992) .
PAL  W. T. Tsang et al., Control of Lasing Wavelength in Distributed Feedback
      Lasers by Angling the Active Stripe with Respect to the Grating, IEEE
      Photonics Tech. Lett., vol. 5, No. 9, pp. 978-980 (Sep. 1993).
PAL  H. Nakajima et al., Absorption-controlled tunable DFB amplifier-filters,
      Electronics Lett., vol. 30, No. 16, pp. 1294-1296 (Aug. 4, 1994).
PAL  H. Hillmer et al., Tailored DFB Laser Properties by Individually Chirped
      Gratings Using Bent Waveguides, IEEE J. Selected Topics in Quantum
      Electronics, vol. 1, No. 2, pp.356-362 (Jun. 1995).
PAL  H. Nakajima et al., Very high speed wavelength switching capability
      Franz-Keldysh electroabsorption DFB lasers, OFC '96 Technical Digest, p.
      276 (1996) No month Available.
PAL  L. E. Adams et al., System Performance of High-Speed Broadband-Tunable
      Laser for Wavelength Conversion in WDM Networks, OFC '97, Postdeadline
      Paper No. PD11, pp. 1-4 (Feb. 1997).
PAL  T. Tanbun-Ek et al., Tunable Electroabsorption Modulated Laser Integrated
      with a Bent Waveguide Distributed-Feedback Laser, IEEE Photonics Tech.
      Lett., vol. 9, No. 5, pp. 563-565(May 1997).
PAL  Y. K. Park et al., Dispersion-Penalty-Free Transmission . . . , IEEE
      Photonics Technology Letters, vol. 8, No. 9, pp. 1255-1257 (Sep. 1996).
PAL  K. Morito et al. Penalty-Free 10 Gb/sNRZ Transmission . . . , IEEE
      Photonics Technology Letters, vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 431-433 (Mar. 1996).
PAL  Y. Kodama et al., Theory of NRZ transmission control, OFC' 96 Technical
      Digest, Paper Tul6, pp. 48-49 (1996) (No Month Available).
PAL  D. A. Fishman, Design and Performance of Externally Modulated 1.5 -um Laser
      Transmitter . . . , Journal of Lightwave Technology, vol. 11, No. 4, pp.
      624-632 (Apr. 1993).
PAL  G. P. Agrawal, Nonlinear Fiber Optics, Sections 2.3 and 2.4, pp. 34-50,
      Academic Press, Inc.(1989) No Month Available.
LREP
FR2  Pacher; Eugene E.
ABST
PAL  A tunable semiconductor laser comprises a gain section having an MQW active
      region, a uniform pitch grating DFB region, and first waveguide. A
      composite reflector, including a second MQW region and a second waveguide,
      forms a cavity resonator with the DFB region. A tuning voltage applied to
      the composite reflector induces a quantum confined stark effect, thereby
      allowing the center wavelength to be altered. A pre-chirp signal applied
      the composite reflector reduces signal distortion in fiber optic systems.
PATN
WKU  059913240
SRC  9
APN  0414743
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980311
TTL  Reliable. modular, production quality narrow-band KRF excimer laser
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Scott, Jr.; Leon
NDR  16
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Knowles; David S.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Azzola; James H.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Besaucele; Herve A.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Das; Palash P.
CTY  Vista
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ershov; Alexander I.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Fomenkov; Igor V.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Juhasz; Tibor
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ozarski; Robert G.
CTY  Poway
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Partlo; William N.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Rothweil; Daniel A.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Sandstrom; Richard L.
CTY  Encinitas
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ujazdowski; Richard C.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Watson; Tom A.
CTY  Carlsbad
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ness; Richard M.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Cymer, Inc.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  372 57
XCL  372 20
XCL  372100
XCL  372102
XCL  372 98
XCL  372 38
XCL  372 25
XCL  372 58
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  322
FSC  372
FSS  57;20;86;100;19;61;55;98;102;38;25;58
UREF
PNO  4618960
ISD  19861000
NAM  Nazemi
OCL  372 61
UREF
PNO  4959840
ISD  19900900
NAM  Akins et al.
OCL  372 57
UREF
PNO  5025445
ISD  19910600
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  372 20
UREF
PNO  5029177
ISD  19910700
NAM  Akins et al.
OCL  372 57
UREF
PNO  5033055
ISD  19910700
NAM  Akins et al.
OCL  372 57
UREF
PNO  5033056
ISD  19910700
NAM  Perzl
OCL  372 57
UREF
PNO  5260961
ISD  19931100
NAM  Zhou et al.
OCL  375 57
UREF
PNO  5337330
ISD  19940800
NAM  Larson
OCL  372 86
UREF
PNO  5377215
ISD  19941200
NAM  Das et al.
OCL  372 57
UREF
PNO  5450207
ISD  19950900
NAM  Fomenkov
OCL  356416
UREF
PNO  5771258
ISD  19980600
NAM  Morton et al.
OCL  372 57
UREF
PNO  5835520
ISD  19981100
NAM  Das et al.
OCL  372 57
LREP
FR2  Ross, Esq.; John R.
ABST
PAL  A reliable, modular, production quality narrow-band KrF excimer laser
      capable of producing 10 mJ laser pulses at 1000 Hz with a bandwidth of
      about 0.6 pm or less. The present invention is especially suited to
      long-term round-the-clock operation in the lithographic production of
      integrated circuits. Improvements over prior art lasers include a single
      upstream preionizer tube and acoustic baffles. A preferred embodiment
      includes reduced fluorine concentration, an anode support bar shaped to
      reduce aerodynamic reaction forces on blower bearings, a modified pulse
      power system providing faster pulse rise time, an output coupler with
      substantially increased reflectivity, a line narrowing module with CaF
      prism beam expanders, a more accurate wavemeter, a laser computer
      controller programmed with new and improved pulse energy control
      algorithm.
PATN
WKU  059913258
SRC  8
APN  9281738
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970912
TTL  Laser beam emitting apparatus and method of driving laser light source
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Scott, Jr.; Leon
NDR  11
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Ohtomo; Fumio
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Koizumi; Hiroshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Momiuchi; Masayuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohishi; Masahiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Goto; Yoshiaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha TOPCON
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960912
APN  8-263603
CLAS
OCL  372 69
XCL  372 22
XCL  372 29
XCL  372 25
XCL  372 38
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  309
FSC  372
FSS  69;70;75;25;22;29
UREF
PNO  4398129
ISD  19830800
NAM  Logan
OCL  372 25
UREF
PNO  5151909
ISD  19920900
NAM  Davenport et al.
OCL  372 25
UREF
PNO  5265115
ISD  19931100
NAM  Amano
OCL  372 75
UREF
PNO  5363385
ISD  19941100
NAM  Heidemann
OCL  372 70
UREF
PNO  5452312
ISD  19950900
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  372 22
UREF
PNO  5455837
ISD  19951000
NAM  Negus et al.
OCL  372 69
UREF
PNO  5659558
ISD  19970800
NAM  Tohmon et al.
OCL  372 70
UREF
PNO  5740194
ISD  19980400
NAM  Uchida et al.
OCL  372 75
UREF
PNO  5825798
ISD  19981000
NAM  Momiuchi et al.
OCL  372 22
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a laser beam emitting apparatus using a
      semiconductor laser or the like and a method of driving a laser light
      source. An object of the present invention is particularly to provide a
      laser beam emitting apparatus capable of controlling a laser output with
      efficiency and a method of driving a laser light source. The laser beam
      emitting apparatus comprises an optical resonator, the laser light source
      and pulse driving means. The optical resonator comprises at least a laser
      crystal and an output mirror. The laser light source pumps the optical
      resonator and the pulse driving means drives the laser light source. The
      pulse driving means can change the period and the duty ratio or the like
      of a drive pulse or pumping pulse so as to control a laser output produced
      from the laser beam emitting apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059913266
SRC  9
APN  0602272
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980414
TTL  Lattice-relaxed verticle optical cavities
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Kim; Sung T.
EXP  Bovernick; Rodney
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Yuen; Wupen
CTY  Stanford
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Li; Gabriel S.
CTY  Daly City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chang-Hasnian; Constance J.
CTY  Union City
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Bandwidth9, Inc.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  372 96
XCL  372 45
XCL  372 46
XCL  372 99
XCL  438 38
XCL  438 44
XCL  438 29
EDF  6
ICL  H01S  308
ICL  H01S  3085
FSC  372
FSS  45;46;96;99
FSC  438
FSS  38;44;29
UREF
PNO  5018157
ISD  19910500
NAM  Deppe et al.
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5493577
ISD  19960200
NAM  Choquette et al.
OCL  372 46
UREF
PNO  5805624
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yang et al.
OCL  372 45
UREF
PNO  5903586
ISD  19990500
NAM  Ramdani et al.
OCL  372 45
LREP
FRM  Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
ABST
PAL  A monolithic long-wavelength vertical optical cavity device built up along
      a vertical direction. The device, when designed as a surface emitting
      laser, has a bottom Distributed Bragg Reflector (DBR), an active region
      consisting of active bulk medium or quantum wells, a current confinement
      layer next to the active layer, and a top DBR. The bottom DBR and the
      active region are lattice matched to the lattice defining material, while
      the top DBR is lattice relaxed. The design achieves high reflectivity, low
      absorption and diffraction loss. The design also ensures low production
      cost due to low precision requirement and wafer size production. The
      device can be used as a light detector when the active region is replaced
      by a spacer or a optical filter.
PATN
WKU  059913274
SRC  8
APN  5486831
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19951026
TTL  Smart predictive line controller for AC and DC electric arc furnaces
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Hoang; Tu Ba
NDR  43
NFG  44
INVT
NAM  Kojori; Hassan Ali
CTY  Etobicoke
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Inverpower Controls Ltd.
CTY  Burlington
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  373104
XCL  373 47
XCL  373108
XCL  323109
XCL  364483
EDF  6
ICL  H05B  7148
FSC  373
FSS  47;49;70;102;104;108
FSC  323
FSS  102;109;124;9;210;211;119
FSC  364
FSS  483;487
UREF
PNO  3936727
ISD  19760200
NAM  Kelley, Jr. et al.
OCL  323102
UREF
PNO  3989999
ISD  19761100
NAM  Thompson et al.
OCL  323  9
UREF
PNO  4698581
ISD  19871000
NAM  Shimamura et al.
OCL  323211
UREF
PNO  5155740
ISD  19921000
NAM  Ao et al.
OCL  373108
UREF
PNO  5239554
ISD  19930800
NAM  Gensini et al.
OCL  373102
UREF
PNO  5315527
ISD  19940500
NAM  Beckwith
OCL  364483
UREF
PNO  5438588
ISD  19950800
NAM  Wanner
OCL  373108
UREF
PNO  5463653
ISD  19951000
NAM  Du Parc et al.
OCL  373108
UREF
PNO  5583883
ISD  19961200
NAM  Paulsson et al.
OCL  373102
OREF
PAL  W. Staib et al, Neural Network Conversion of the Electric Arc Furnace into
      the Intelligent Arc Furnace, 1991, pp. 749-756.
PAL  CEA R&D Report Summary, Project 042 T 818, Static VAR Compensation of
      Voltage Flicker from Electric Arc Furnaces, Oct. 1993.
PAL  IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems, vol. PAS-97, No. 5,
      Sep./Oct. 1978, pp. 1935-1945, Principles and Applications of Static . . .
      .
ABST
PAL  In an electric arc furnace having a power source for applying at least one
      AC/DC voltage to at least one electrode, and the electrode being spaced
      apart from a grounded container for receiving scrap metal, wherein the
      application of the at least one AC/DC voltage to the at least one
      electrode causes generation of an arc between the electrode and the
      container for melting the scrap metal, a predictive line controller
      comprising a plurality of AC switches intermediate the power source and
      the electrode, and a central controller for monitoring the at least one
      AC/DC voltage and generating a signal model thereof, and in response
      generating and applying a plurality of gating signals to the plurality of
      AC switches, the gating signals being delayed by respective predetermined
      amounts based on the model, for causing the plurality of AC switches to
      gate the at least one AC/DC voltage in accordance with the model so as to
      minimize flicker in the electric arc furnace.
PATN
WKU  059913282
SRC  8
APN  8981698
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970722
TTL  Crucible for the inductive melting or superheating of metals, alloys, or
      other electrically conductive materials
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Hoang; Tu Ba
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Choudhury; Alok
CTY  Puttlingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Blum; Matthias
CTY  Budingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Scholz; Harald
CTY  Rodenbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Goy; Wilfried
CTY  Kelsterbach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Ald Vacuum Technologies GmbH
CTY  Hanu
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960723
APN  196 29 636
CLAS
OCL  373156
XCL  373 72
XCL  373158
EDF  6
ICL  H05B  516
FSC  373
FSS  151-158;72
UREF
PNO  3223519
ISD  19651200
NAM  Schippereit
OCL   75 10
UREF
PNO  3461215
ISD  19690800
NAM  Reboux
OCL   13 27
UREF
PNO  3709678
ISD  19730100
NAM  Helary et al.
OCL   75 10R
UREF
PNO  4432092
ISD  19840200
NAM  Reboux
OCL  373157
UREF
PNO  4660212
ISD  19870400
NAM  Boen et al.
OCL  373156
UREF
PNO  5109389
ISD  19920400
NAM  Stenzel
OCL  373156
UREF
PNO  5283805
ISD  19940200
NAM  Kawano et al.
OCL  373156
UREF
PNO  5299224
ISD  19940300
NAM  Maubert
OCL  373 71
FREF
PNO  0169765
ISD  19860100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0276544
ISD  19880800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0493276
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2548856
ISD  19850100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2036418
ISD  19901200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  518499
ISD  19310100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3910777
ISD  19901000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4209964
ISD  19930900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4307317
ISD  19940100
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Derwent Abstract in English of DE 4307317A.
PAL  Derwent Abstract in English of DE 4209964A.
PAL  Derwent Abstract in English of FR 2548856A.
ABST
PAL  A crucible (10) for the inductive melting or superheating of metals,
      alloys, or other electrically conductive materials is provided with
      palisades of approximately equal length, arranged vertically, parallel to,
      and a certain distance away from, each other around a circle so as to
      surround the melt. A plate-shaped or ring-shaped part (4) at the bottom
      ends of the palisades (3, 3', . . . ) holds the palisades (3, 3', . . . ).
      At least part of the palisades (3, 3', . . . ) are provided with cavities
      (5, 5', . . . ) or channels, through which a coolant flows. An induction
      coil (6), through which an alternating current flows surrounds the
      palisades (3, 3', . . . ) spaced from their outside surfaces. The
      palisades (3, 3', . . . ) have slots (7a, 7b, 7c;, 7a', 7b', 7c', . . . ),
      which extend vertically from the palisade-holding part (4) up to a point
      near the top edge. The inside wall (9, 9', 9", . . . ) formed by all the
      palisades together circumscribes a straight, regular prism with sides in
      the form of identical parallelograms and congruent top and bottom
      surfaces.
PATN
WKU  059913290
SRC  8
APN  6697704
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960627
TTL  Automatic power control system for a code division multiple access
      (CDMA) communications system
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Ghebretinsae; Temesghen
NDR  8
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Lomp; Gary
CTY  Centerpot
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Ozluturk; Fatih
CTY  Port Washington
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Kowalski; John
CTY  Hempstead
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Interdigital Technology Corporation
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  375200
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  169
ICL  H04B  7005
FSC  375
FSS  200;205;225;358;202
UREF
PNO  5459759
ISD  19951000
NAM  Schilling
OCL  375202
UREF
PNO  5657343
ISD  19970800
NAM  Schilling
OCL  375202
LREP
FRM  Volpe and Koenig, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An automatic power control (APC) system for a spread-spectrum
      communications system includes an automatic forward power control (AFPC)
      system, and an automatic reverse power control (ARPC) system. In the AFPC,
      each subscriber unit (SU) measures a forward signal-to-noise ratio of a
      respective forward channel information signal to generate a respective
      forward channel error signal which includes a measure of the uncorrelated
      noise in the channel and a measure of the error between the respective
      forward signal-to-noise ratio and a pre-determined signal-to-noise value.
      A control signal generated from the respective forward channel error
      signal is transmitted as part of a respective reverse channel information
      signal. A base unit includes AFPC receivers which receive respective
      reverse channel information signals and extract the forward channel error
      signals therefrom to adjust the power levels of the respective forward
      spread-spectrum signals. In the ARPC system, each base measures a reverse
      signal-to-noise ratio of each of the respective reverse channel
      information signals and generates a respective reverse channel error
      signal which includes a measure of the uncorrelated noise in the channel
      and a measure of the error between the respective reverse signal-to-noise
      ratio and a pre-determined signal-to-noise value. The base unit transmits
      a control signal generated from the respective reverse channel error
      signal as a part of a respective forward channel information signal. Each
      SU includes an ARPC receiver which receives the forward channel
      information signal and extracts the respective reverse error signal to
      adjust the reverse transmit power level of the respective reverse
      spread-spectrum signal.
PATN
WKU  059913304
SRC  8
APN  8840024
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970627
TTL  Mobile Station synchronization within a spread spectrum communication
      systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  6
EXA  Bayard; Emmanuel
EXP  Pham; Chi H.
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Dahlman; Erik
CTY  Bromma
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Gustafsson; Maria
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Esmailzadeh; Riaz
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (pub1)
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  375200
XCL  375209
XCL  375316
XCL  370509
XCL  370510
EDF  6
ICL  H04B 1500
FSC  375
FSS  200;206;207;367;209;354;343;365;316
FSC  370
FSS  320;335;342;441;479;350;512;509;491;510
UREF
PNO  4943974
ISD  19900700
NAM  Motamedi
UREF
PNO  5410568
ISD  19950400
NAM  Schilling
OCL  375205
UREF
PNO  5734648
ISD  19980300
NAM  Adachi et al.
OCL  370342
UREF
PNO  5778316
ISD  19980700
NAM  Persson et al.
OCL  455434
UREF
PNO  5793757
ISD  19980800
NAM  Uddenfeldt
OCL  370335
UREF
PNO  5805583
ISD  19980900
NAM  Rakib
OCL  370342
FREF
PNO  0 744 840
ISD  19960500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/15573
ISD  19930800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  PCT International Search Report, Oct. 9, 1998, PCT/SE 98/01138.
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Each frame of a pilot channel transmission in a spread spectrum
      communications system is divided into a plurality of synchronization
      slots. Each of the synchronization slots includes a pilot code, and at
      least one of the synchronization slots further includes a framing
      synchronization code. To extract frame and slot synchronization
      information from the pilot channel transmission, pilot code timing is
      first identified by applying a matched filter or correlation to a received
      pilot signal, identifying peaks, and using the peaks to find a timing
      reference indicative of synchronization slot boundaries. Next, the set of
      known framing synchronization codes are correlated with the received
      signal over the included found synchronization slots. Given that the
      location within the frame of the known framing synchronization code(s) is
      known, once a correlation match is found at a certain slot location, the
      boundary of the frame (i.e., the frame synchronization) relative thereto
      is then also known.
PATN
WKU  059913312
SRC  8
APN  9789111
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971126
TTL  System for improving the quality of a received radio signal
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Amanda T.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Chennakeshu; Sandeep
CTY  Cary
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Bottomley; Gregory Edward
CTY  Cary
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Dent; Paul Wilkinson
CTY  Stehag
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Ericsson Inc
CTY  Research Triangle Park
STA  NC
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  768319
APD  19961217
CLAS
OCL  375202
XCL  375347
XCL  375349
XCL  455137
XCL  4552761
EDF  6
ICL  H04K  100
FSC  375
FSS  202;267;299;347;349
FSC  455
FSS  137;139;269;272;275;276.1
FSC  342
FSS  375
UREF
PNO  5563610
ISD  19961000
NAM  Reudink
OCL  342375
UREF
PNO  5748669
ISD  19980500
NAM  Yada
OCL  375202
OREF
PAL  Yoshida, S., et al., "Artificial Delay Insertion Diversity to Extend
      Anti-Multipath Capability of DSK in Mobile Radio," IEEE International
      Conference on Communications '86, No.1 (1986), 60-64.
PAL  Hook, M., et al., "Frequency Diversity Gain in Indoor GSM Systems," 1996
      IEEE 46th Vehicular Technology conference, No. 1 (1996). 316-320.
PAL  Mogensen, P.E., et al., "On Antenna-and Frequency Diversity in GSM Related
      Systems (GSM-900, DCS-1800, and PCS1900)," 7th IEEE International
      Symposium on Personal, Indoor and Mobile Radio Communications 3 (1996),
      1272-1276.
PAL  International Search Report for PCT/US97/13292, dated Jun. 23, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist
ABST
PAL  A delay spread is created in a digital radio signal to reduce the coherence
      bandwidth and facilitate frequency hopping to reduce the effect of fading
      losses within an enclosed propagation environment. The delay spread is
      introduced into the signal in several ways. One technique disclosed
      employs a transmitter with two separate antennas one of which transmits
      the digital signal and the other of which transmits the same signal after
      a phase delay has been introduced into the signal. The carrier frequency
      of the signals is hopped between at least two frequencies and the receiver
      processes the resulting signals. In another embodiment, a single transmit
      antenna is used but the signal is received by two different antennas with
      the output signal from one of those antennas being phase delayed before
      combining it with the other prior to processing by the receiver circuitry.
      Phase delay is also introduced at baseband into the signals to be
      transmitted by rotating the I and Q components of the waveforms before
      modulation.
PATN
WKU  059913320
SRC  9
APN  0244732
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19980217
TTL  Adaptive matched filter and vector correlator for a code division
      multiple access (CDMA) modem
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  3
EXP  Le; Amanda T.
NDR  23
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Lomp; Gary
CTY  Centerpot
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Ozluturk; Fatih
CTY  Port Washington
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Silverberg; Avi
CTY  Commack
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  InterDigital Technology Corporation
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  669769
APD  19960627
PSC  01
PNO  5796776
CLAS
OCL  375206
XCL  375207
XCL  375210
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  1707
FSC  375
FSS  200;207;208;210;343;346;349;350
FSC  370
FSS  320;335;342;479;491
UREF
PNO  4901307
ISD  19900200
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
UREF
PNO  5022049
ISD  19910600
NAM  Abrahamson et al.
UREF
PNO  5084900
ISD  19920100
NAM  Taylor
UREF
PNO  5093840
ISD  19920300
NAM  Schilling
UREF
PNO  5103459
ISD  19920400
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
UREF
PNO  5109390
ISD  19920400
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
UREF
PNO  5166951
ISD  19921100
NAM  Schilling
UREF
PNO  5193094
ISD  19930300
NAM  Viterbi
UREF
PNO  5204876
ISD  19930400
NAM  Bruckert et al.
UREF
PNO  5228054
ISD  19930700
NAM  Rueth et al.
UREF
PNO  5228056
ISD  19930700
NAM  Schilling
UREF
PNO  5237586
ISD  19930800
NAM  Bottomley
UREF
PNO  5241690
ISD  19930800
NAM  Larsson et al.
UREF
PNO  5245629
ISD  19930900
NAM  Hall
UREF
PNO  5253268
ISD  19931000
NAM  Omura et al.
UREF
PNO  5257283
ISD  19931000
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
UREF
PNO  5260967
ISD  19931100
NAM  Schilling
UREF
PNO  5265119
ISD  19931100
NAM  Gilhoussen et al.
UREF
PNO  5267262
ISD  19931100
NAM  Wheatley, III
UREF
PNO  5283536
ISD  19940200
NAM  Wheatley, III et al.
UREF
PNO  5295152
ISD  19940300
NAM  Gudmundson et al.
UREF
PNO  5299226
ISD  19940300
NAM  Schilling
UREF
PNO  5299228
ISD  19940300
NAM  Hall
UREF
PNO  5309474
ISD  19940500
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
UREF
PNO  5327455
ISD  19940700
NAM  DeGaudenzi et al.
UREF
PNO  5327467
ISD  19940700
NAM  DeGaudenzi et al.
UREF
PNO  5341396
ISD  19940800
NAM  Higgins
UREF
PNO  5345598
ISD  19940900
NAM  Dent
UREF
PNO  5347536
ISD  19940900
NAM  Meehan
UREF
PNO  5349606
ISD  19940900
NAM  Lovell et al.
UREF
PNO  5377183
ISD  19941200
NAM  Dent
UREF
PNO  5392287
ISD  19950200
NAM  Tiedemann, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5396516
ISD  19950300
NAM  Padovani et al.
UREF
PNO  5404376
ISD  19950400
NAM  Dent
UREF
PNO  5414728
ISD  19950500
NAM  Zehavi
UREF
PNO  5414729
ISD  19950500
NAM  Fenton
UREF
PNO  5416797
ISD  19950500
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
UREF
PNO  5420896
ISD  19950500
NAM  Schilling
UREF
PNO  5430760
ISD  19950700
NAM  Dent
UREF
PNO  5440597
ISD  19950800
NAM  Chung et al.
UREF
PNO  5442662
ISD  19950800
NAM  Fukasawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5446683
ISD  19950800
NAM  Mullen et al.
UREF
PNO  5488629
ISD  19960100
NAM  Takahashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5519736
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ishida
UREF
PNO  5528624
ISD  19960600
NAM  Kaku et al.
OCL  375206
UREF
PNO  5548613
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kaku et al.
OCL  375208
UREF
PNO  5559790
ISD  19960900
NAM  Yano et al.
UREF
PNO  5673286
ISD  19970900
NAM  Lomp
OCL  375208
UREF
PNO  5712869
ISD  19980100
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  375206
FREF
PNO  0464839A2
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0526106A2
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0654913A2
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0656716A1
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0668662A1
ISD  19950800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3743731A1
ISD  19890700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3743732A1
ISD  19890700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  WO93/07702
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO95/03652
ISD  19950200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO97/02665
ISD  19970100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Raymond W. Nettleton, "Spectral Efficiency in Cellular Land-Mobile
      Communications: A Spread-Spectum Approach," UMI Dissertation Information
      Service (1978) 204 pp.
PAL  Hossein Al Avi, "Power Control and Interface Management in a
      Spread-Spectrum Cellular Mobile Radio System," UMI Dissertation
      Information Services, (1984). 129 pp.
PAL  "Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA)", Franz Josef Hagmanns, Volker
      Hespelt, 8273 ANT Nachrichtentechnische Berichte (1993) Aug., No. 10,
      Backnang, DE, pp. 64-71.
PAL  "CDMA and ATM-zwei Technologien, ein Ziel", 2323 Telcom Report (Siemens)
      18(1995) Mar./Apr., No. 2, Munchen, DE, pp. 60-63.
PAL  Search Report, Apr. 10, 1997.
PAL  Search Report, Apr. 15, 1997.
PAL  Search Report, Apr. 17, 1997.
PAL  Search Report, Apr. 29, 1997.
PAL  Search Report, Mar. 5, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Volpe and Koenig, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A CDMA modem includes a modem transmitter having: a code generator which
      provides an associated pilot code signal and which generates a plurality
      of message code signals: a spreading circuit which produces a
      spread-spectrum message signal by combining each of the information
      signals with a respective one of the message code signals; and a global
      pilot code generator that provides a global pilot code signal to which the
      message code signals are synchronized. The CDMA modem also includes a
      modem receiver having an associated pilot code generator and a group of
      associated pilot code correlators for correlating code-phase delayed
      versions of the associated pilot signal with a receive CDM signal to
      produce a despread associated pilot signal. The code phase of the
      associated pilot signal is changed responsive to an acquisition signal
      value until a pilot signal is received. The associated pilot code tracking
      logic adjusts the associated pilot code signal in phase responsive to the
      acquisition signal so that the signal power level of the despread
      associated pilot code signal is maximized. Finally, the CDMA modem
      receiver includes a group of message signal acquisition circuits, each
      including a plurality of receive message signal correlators which
      correlate respective local received message code signal to the CDM signal
      to produce a respective despread received message signal.
PATN
WKU  059913339
SRC  9
APN  1134108
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19980710
TTL  Spread-spectrum transceiver
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Tse; Young T.
NDR  10
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Rice; Bart F.
CTY  Santa Cruz
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Lockheed Martin Corporation
CTY  Bethesda
STA  MD
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  456077
APD  19950531
PSC  01
PNO  5815526
RLAP
COD  84
APN  100334
APD  19930730
PSC  01
PNO  5452328
RLAP
COD  81
APN  917873
APD  19920723
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  766372
APD  19910927
PSC  01
PNO  5210770
CLAS
OCL  375206
XCL  370479
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  1707
FSC  375
FSS  200;206
FSC  370
FSS  335;342;441;479
FSC  327
FSS  164
FSC  708
FSS  250;252;253
UREF
PNO  3761696
ISD  19730900
NAM  Russell
OCL  364717.03
UREF
PNO  3881099
ISD  19750400
NAM  Ailett et al.
OCL  364717.04
UREF
PNO  4320513
ISD  19820300
NAM  Lampert
OCL  370342
UREF
PNO  4325129
ISD  19820400
NAM  Groth, Jr.
OCL  364717.04
UREF
PNO  4348597
ISD  19820900
NAM  Weber
OCL  327243
UREF
PNO  4460992
ISD  19840700
NAM  Gutleber
OCL  370441
UREF
PNO  4493046
ISD  19850100
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  364717.03
UREF
PNO  4527275
ISD  19850700
NAM  Russell
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  4606039
ISD  19860800
NAM  Nicolas et al.
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  4649419
ISD  19870300
NAM  Arragon et al.
OCL  380 20
UREF
PNO  4707839
ISD  19871100
NAM  Andren et al.
OCL  375208
UREF
PNO  4730340
ISD  19880300
NAM  Frazier, Jr.
OCL  375207
UREF
PNO  4791594
ISD  19881200
NAM  Harney et al.
OCL  364717.05
UREF
PNO  4809295
ISD  19890200
NAM  Zscheile, Jr. et al.
OCL  375208
UREF
PNO  4852023
ISD  19890700
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  364717.04
UREF
PNO  4860353
ISD  19890800
NAM  Brown
OCL  380 44
UREF
PNO  4872200
ISD  19891000
NAM  Jansen
OCL  380 34
UREF
PNO  4890252
ISD  19891200
NAM  Wang
OCL  364717.01
UREF
PNO  4965881
ISD  19901000
NAM  Diley
OCL  380 50
UREF
PNO  4984247
ISD  19910100
NAM  Kaufmann et al.
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  5008938
ISD  19910400
NAM  Freeburg et al.
OCL  380 50
UREF
PNO  5016206
ISD  19910500
NAM  Shinonaga
OCL  364715.11
UREF
PNO  5029180
ISD  19910700
NAM  Cowart
OCL  375206
UREF
PNO  5031173
ISD  19910700
NAM  Short et al.
OCL  370342
UREF
PNO  5046036
ISD  19910900
NAM  Tezuka
OCL  364717.04
UREF
PNO  5062121
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kurihara et al.
OCL  375208
UREF
PNO  5063571
ISD  19911100
NAM  Vancraeynest
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  5079733
ISD  19920100
NAM  Antoine et al.
OCL  364717.03
UREF
PNO  5084900
ISD  19920100
NAM  Taylor
OCL  370320
UREF
PNO  5090023
ISD  19920200
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  375208
UREF
PNO  5099493
ISD  19920300
NAM  Zeger et al.
OCL  370342
UREF
PNO  5111478
ISD  19920500
NAM  McDonald
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  5157689
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kurihara
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  5452328
ISD  19950900
NAM  Rice
OCL  375210
UREF
PNO  5815526
ISD  19980900
NAM  Rice
OCL  375206
LREP
FR2  Morrissey; John J.
     Fenwick & West LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for electrically generating sets of binary
      spreading-code sequences for use in a multi-node communication network.
      Also, a method for assigning disjoint sets of binary spreading-code
      sequences to different nodes of such a network. Each set of binary
      spreading-code sequences consists of multiple sequences, which are
      generated using two binary shift registers. The sequences can be generated
      simultaneously, or sequence segments can be generated sequentially. To
      generate sequences simultaneously, the contents of multiple pairs of
      stages of two linear-feedback binary shift registers are combined by
      modulo-2 addition, where each pair of stages consists of one stage from
      each of the two binary shift registers. To generate sequence segments
      sequentially, the contents of a single stage of a first binary shift
      register are combined by modulo-2 addition with the contents of a single
      stage of a second binary shift register, where new fills are switched into
      each of the registers at the beginning of each period. To assign disjoint
      sets of binary spreading-code sequences to different nodes of the network,
      the initial fill of the first binary shift register is fixed and different
      initial fills are specified for the second binary shift register.
PATN
WKU  059913347
SRC  8
APN  7480431
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19961112
TTL  Technique for simultaneous communications of analog frequency-modulated
      and digitally modulated signals using postcanceling scheme
ISD  19991123
NCL  42
ECL  1
EXP  Ghebretinsae; Temesghen
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Papadopoulos; Haralabos C.
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Sundberg; Carl-Erik Wilhelm
CTY  Chatham
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  375216
XCL  375316
XCL  370480
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 2500
FSC  375
FSS  216;259;285;316;349;350;346;340
FSC  455
FSS  42;63;142;143;205;206;296;303;307
FSC  370
FSS  343;480;486;487;493;497;477
FSC  364
FSS  724.011;724.014
UREF
PNO  4523311
ISD  19850600
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  370215
UREF
PNO  4859958
ISD  19890800
NAM  Myers
OCL  329316
UREF
PNO  5105435
ISD  19920400
NAM  Stilwell
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  5136612
ISD  19920800
NAM  Bi
OCL  370342
UREF
PNO  5218619
ISD  19930600
NAM  Dent
OCL  370209
UREF
PNO  5465396
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hunsinger et al.
OCL  455 61
UREF
PNO  5483686
ISD  19960100
NAM  Saka et al.
OCL  455182.2
OREF
PAL  "FM-2 System Description", USA Digital Radio, 1990-1995.
PAL  N. Jayant, "The AT&T DAR System Update", NAB 1994 Broadcasting Engineering
      Conference Proceedings, pp. 389-398.
PAL  J. Bingham, "AT&T/AMATI DAR System: An Update", NAB 1994 Broadcast
      Engineering Conference Proceedings, pp. 399-403.
PAL  Haykin, S., Adaptive Filter Theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, p.
      281, 1986.
ABST
PAL  In a system for simulcasting a digitally modulated signal and an analog FM
      signal over the same FM frequency band, the composite signal is received
      and applied to a conventional FM receiver, and a digital receiver in
      accordance with the invention. An extended Kalman filter is employed in
      the digital receiver to estimate the analog FM signal based on a version
      of the recovered FM signal from the FM receiver, and a discrete version of
      the composite signal whose spectrum has been translated and is at an
      intermediate carrier frequency. The estimated FM signal, which is in a
      discrete form, is subtracted from the discrete version of the composite
      signal. The resulting signal, which is an estimated version of the
      digitally modulated signal, is demodulated to recover the digital data as
      transmitted.
PATN
WKU  059913355
SRC  8
APN  9502173
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19971014
TTL  Method and system for line isolation
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Bayard; Emmanuel
EXP  Pham; Chi H.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Price; Tim Urry
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  3Com Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  375219
XCL  375220
XCL  359152
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  138
FSC  375
FSS  219;220;257;238;259
FSC  359
FSS  152;153;163;184;186;118;167
FSC  250
FSS  551
UREF
PNO  5146357
ISD  19920900
NAM  Epstein
OCL  359152
UREF
PNO  5245645
ISD  19930900
NAM  Wilkison et al.
OCL  379405
UREF
PNO  5287107
ISD  19940200
NAM  Gampell et al.
OCL  341137
UREF
PNO  5406091
ISD  19950400
NAM  Burba et al.
OCL  250551
UREF
PNO  5465298
ISD  19951100
NAM  Wilkison et al.
OCL  379406
UREF
PNO  5473552
ISD  19951200
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  364514
UREF
PNO  5499047
ISD  19960300
NAM  Terry et al.
OCL  348  6
UREF
PNO  5509126
ISD  19960400
NAM  Oprescu et al.
OCL  395307
UREF
PNO  5517489
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ogura
OCL  370161.1
UREF
PNO  5526154
ISD  19960600
NAM  Pyhalammi
OCL  359125
UREF
PNO  5535035
ISD  19960700
NAM  DeFoster et al.
OCL  359 16.1
UREF
PNO  5576941
ISD  19961100
NAM  Nguyen et al.
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5608447
ISD  19970300
NAM  Farry et al.
OCL  348  7
UREF
PNO  5636109
ISD  19970600
NAM  Carroll
OCL  363 21
UREF
PNO  5663819
ISD  19970900
NAM  Lewis
OCL  359118
UREF
PNO  5697047
ISD  19971200
NAM  Nicholson
OCL  455  5.1
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger & Seeley
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for transceiving data across an isolation boundary
      in a communication network between a user device on a user side of the
      isolation boundary and a line-side associated with a communication network
      such as a telephone network. Transmit data on the user side and receive
      data on the line-side are pulse modulated using known techniques such as
      pulse position and pulsewidth modulation methods. The resultant pulse
      modulated data streams then digitally traverse the isolation boundary via
      an isolation device such as an optocoupler. Upon completion of the
      traversal of the isolation boundary, the traversed pulse modulated data is
      integrated to form an approximation of the original transmit and receive
      data, respectively, without added distortion from a traversal of the
      isolation boundary by analog data.
PATN
WKU  059913363
SRC  8
APN  9530827
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971017
TTL  System and method for optimizing high speed data transmission
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Ghayour; Mohammad
EXP  Chin; Stephen
NDR  11
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Scholtz; William H.
CTY  Middletown
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Gut; Richard
CTY  Red Bank
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Globespan Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Red Bank
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  375222
XCL  375219
XCL  332103
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  138
ICL  H04L  516
FSC  375
FSS  222;219;200;350;240;261;298
FSC  332
FSS  103
UREF
PNO  4808937
ISD  19890200
NAM  Correa et al.
OCL  328155
UREF
PNO  4849703
ISD  19890700
NAM  Easley et al.
OCL  328 63
UREF
PNO  4868864
ISD  19890900
NAM  Tjahjadi et al.
OCL  379 98
UREF
PNO  5040194
ISD  19910800
NAM  Tjahjadi et al.
OCL  375 98
UREF
PNO  5249200
ISD  19930900
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  375 58
UREF
PNO  5263051
ISD  19931100
NAM  Eyuboglu
OCL  375 34
UREF
PNO  5519732
ISD  19960500
NAM  Chester
OCL  375295
UREF
PNO  5548615
ISD  19960800
NAM  Wei
OCL  375281
UREF
PNO  5666378
ISD  19970900
NAM  Marchetto et al.
OCL  375222
UREF
PNO  5761210
ISD  19980600
NAM  Claydon et al.
OCL  371  2.1
UREF
PNO  5784417
ISD  19980700
NAM  Alamouti
OCL  375341
UREF
PNO  5793759
ISD  19980800
NAM  Rakib et al.
OCL  370342
UREF
PNO  5838727
ISD  19981100
NAM  Lyon et al.
OCL  375261
OREF
PAL  Performance and Spectral Compatibility of OPTIS HDSL2, Jun. 30, 1997, 7
      pages.
LREP
FRM  Thomas, Kayden, Horstemeyer & Risley
ABST
PAL  The present invention is drawn to a system and method for transmitting a
      data signal using digital subscriber loops in an expanded frequency band.
      According to the present invention, an encoder receives a data signal to
      be transmitted to a second modem. The encoder generates both an in-phase
      and a quadrature signal based on the data signal. Both the in-phase signal
      and the quadrature signals are then processed by a signal precoder in
      preparation for transmission across the channel. Next, the in-phase and
      quadrature signals are processed by digital filters to produce signals of
      limited bandwidth which can be transmitted across the channel. The
      coefficients of the digital filter are chosen such that the resulting
      filtered in-phase and quadrature signals are transmitted in an expanded
      bandwidth. The quadrature signal is filtered so as to be orthogonal to the
      in-phase signal. Thereafter the filtered signals are added and then
      converted to an analog signal which is transmitted to the second modem.
      The second modem features signal recovery circuitry which will process the
      expanded bandwidth resulting in a baseband which features an increased
      signal to noise ratio making the data transmission less susceptible to
      interference.
PATN
WKU  059913371
SRC  8
APN  9766987
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971124
TTL  Method and apparatus for improving the signal-to-noise ratio of
      low-magnitude input signals in modems
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Fan; Chieh M.
EXP  Chin; Stephen
NDR  10
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Giles; Rick
CTY  Sandy
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  3Com Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  375222
XCL  375296
XCL  375298
XCL  375346
XCL  455 63
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  138
FSC  375
FSS  222;227;296;346;298
FSC  348
FSS  388
FSC  455
FSS  69;63;72
UREF
PNO  3656108
ISD  19720400
NAM  Arbuckle et al.
OCL  375222
UREF
PNO  4295223
ISD  19811000
NAM  Shutterly
OCL  455 72
UREF
PNO  5048054
ISD  19910900
NAM  Eyuboglu
OCL  375222
UREF
PNO  5202755
ISD  19930400
NAM  Yang et al.
OCL  348388
UREF
PNO  5463661
ISD  19951000
NAM  Moran et al.
OCL  375222
UREF
PNO  5790594
ISD  19980800
NAM  Peng
OCL  375222
UREF
PNO  5802446
ISD  19980900
NAM  Giorgi et al.
OCL  455 69
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger & Seeley
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for improving the signal-to-noise ratio of
      low-magnitude input signals that coincide with a noise band of channel
      noise introduced into the transmission of data across a communication
      channel. A transmitting and receiving modem establish a communication
      channel for facilitating the exchange of input signals. The receiving
      modem evaluates the noise spectrum of the communication channel on a
      dynamic basis at the commencement of the exchange of information. The
      transmitting modem suspends transmission while the receiving modem
      evaluates the noise band and magnitude of the noise information. The
      channel noise band and levels are transmitted from the receiving modem to
      the transmitting modem to generate pre-compensation modulation points that
      have an enhanced magnitude outside the channel noise. The enhanced
      low-magnitude input signal and all other signals are propagated across the
      communication channel and exposed to the channel noise. The
      signal-to-noise ratio of the low-magnitude signal is improved due to the
      magnitude enhancement of the susceptible signals prior to transmission.
PATN
WKU  059913380
SRC  8
APN  9503978
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971014
TTL  Pinpointing interruptions
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  11
EXA  Park; Albert
EXP  Chin; Stephen
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Trommel; Eric Simon
CTY  Zoetermeer
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Koninklijke PTT Nederland N.V.
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19961021
APN  1004325
CLAS
OCL  375224
XCL  324532
XCL  324535
XCL  455 671
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  346
ICL  H04B 1700
ICL  G01R 3108
FSC  375
FSS  224;228
FSC  324
FSS  532;535;527;512;522;523;528
FSC  455
FSS  67.1;67.4
UREF
PNO  5184081
ISD  19930200
NAM  Oswald et al.
OCL  324532
UREF
PNO  5206595
ISD  19930400
NAM  Wiggins et al.
OCL  324532
UREF
PNO  5416418
ISD  19950500
NAM  Maureira et al.
OCL  324532
UREF
PNO  5682100
ISD  19971000
NAM  Rossi et al.
OCL  324535
FREF
PNO  60-176336
ISD  19850900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-37321
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Michaelson & Wallace
FR2  Michaelson; Peter L.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a method for pinpointing an interruption in a link
      for transmitting digital signals between a first station and a second
      station on the basis of the times of occurrence of signal changes on the
      link. In accordance with the invention, the method is characterised by
      generating signal changes after the link has been restored. Preferably,
      the time of restoration is determined on the basis of data signals
      received, and a detection signal is fed to the link after the
      determination of the time of restoration. On the basis of the difference
      in time of observing restoration and of receiving a detection signal, the
      location of the interruption is determined. For this purpose, the length
      of the link need not be known.
PATN
WKU  059913398
SRC  9
APN  0080500
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19980116
TTL  Adaptive equalization using a minimum- jitter criterion
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Ghebretinsae; Temesghen
NDR  12
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Bazes; Mel
CTY  Haifa
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Ben-Tal; Rafi
CTY  Haifa
CNT  ILX
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  375232
XCL  708323
XCL  333 18
EDF  6
ICL  H03H  730
FSC  375
FSS  229;232
FSC  333
FSS  18
FSC  708
FSS  323
UREF
PNO  4985900
ISD  19910100
NAM  Rhind et al.
OCL  375232
UREF
PNO  5323423
ISD  19940600
NAM  Townsend et al.
OCL  375232
UREF
PNO  5809072
ISD  19980900
NAM  Zortea et al.
OCL  375232
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  An adaptive equalizer is implemented using digital feedback control and
      using jitter as the adjustment criteria. An adjustable transfer function
      is implemented to equalize an input signal to enhance the frequency
      response of the associated system. Jitter is determined for the filtered
      signal, and the frequency response of the transfer function is varied
      accordingly by applying a digital adjustment signal to the transfer
      function structure (for example, a lead-lag filter). The adaptive
      equalizer can thereby adapt to various transmission medium lengths and
      signal degradation levels.
PATN
WKU  059913401
SRC  8
APN  8804109
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970623
TTL  Method and system for encoding and decoding data using run prediction
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  10
EXP  Tse; Young T.
NDR  11
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Isomura; Masakazu
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Seiko Epson Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960625
APN  8-165000
CLAS
OCL  375253
XCL  375240
XCL  375241
XCL  375242
XCL  370477
XCL  341 51
XCL  341 59
XCL  341 67
XCL  341 63
EDF  6
ICL  H04B 1404
FSC  375
FSS  240-242;253
FSC  370
FSS  477
FSC  341
FSS  51;59;67;63
UREF
PNO  3813485
ISD  19740500
NAM  Arps
OCL  358261.2
UREF
PNO  5392037
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kato
OCL  341 67
UREF
PNO  5402123
ISD  19950300
NAM  Jung
OCL  341 63
UREF
PNO  5533051
ISD  19960700
NAM  James
OCL  375240
UREF
PNO  5694126
ISD  19971200
NAM  Matsushiro
OCL  341 50
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A data encoding method having a prediction setting process that designates
      a numerically superior symbol as either a "0" or a "1", and the other one
      is designated as a numerically inferior symbol. Then a binary bit string
      composed of "0"s and "1"s is input, and the numerically superior symbol is
      predicted to continuously repeat for n symbols, where n is set as a
      prediction bit number. A prediction result output process outputs a
      prediction correct signal that is either a "0" or a "1" when a prediction
      is correct for the observed series. The process then moves to an operation
      to perform encoding of a bit series containing the next n symbols, or
      otherwise outputs the other signal (i.e., that is not used to represent
      that the prediction is correct) as a prediction failure signal. A similar
      prediction setting process and prediction result output process is
      recursively repeated by setting a new prediction bit number that is
      smaller than the above prediction bit number by n symbols when the
      prediction fails for a predetermined number of times. Further, the same
      prediction setting process and prediction result output process are
      recursively repeated using a prediction bit number changed to a new
      prediction bit number increased by n symbols when the prediction is
      correct for a predetermined number of times. Similar algorithms are
      applied to perform decoding.
PATN
WKU  059913410
SRC  9
APN  0271950
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19980220
TTL  TCM decoder of high definition television receiver and decoding method
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Park; Albert
EXP  Chin; Stephen
NDR  24
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Shin; Hyun-soo
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970221
APN  97-5255
CLAS
OCL  375265
XCL  348608
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 2302
ICL  H04N  521
FSC  375
FSS  265;346
FSC  348
FSS  608;607;609;614;665;666;667;668;470
FSC  455
FSS  295;296;303
UREF
PNO  5508752
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  348608
UREF
PNO  5512957
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hulyalkar
OCL  348607
UREF
PNO  5648822
ISD  19970700
NAM  Hulyalkar
OCL  348607
UREF
PNO  5875001
ISD  19990200
NAM  Kwak
OCL  348607
FREF
PNO  WO 96/02100
ISD  19960100
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04L 2503
OREF
PAL  "A VLSI Architecture of the Trellis Decoder Block for the Digital HDTV
      Grand Alliance System"; Dae-il Oh, et al., IEEE Trans. On Consumer
      Electronics, vol. 42, No. 3, Aug. 1996, pp. 346-355.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A trellis-coded modulation (TCM) decoder of a high-definition television
      (HDTV) receiver is disclosed for use in US-type terrestrial broadcasting,
      as is a corresponding decoding method. The TCM decoder optionally uses a
      NTSC-reject comb filter to remove the interference from a co-channel
      NTSC-type signal. When the input HDTV signal has been passed through the
      NTSC rejection filter, an 8-state decoding mode is appropriate and a
      segment sync suspension unit is used to directly connect the data before
      and after a twelve symbol segment sync. When the input HDTV signal has not
      been passed through the NTSC rejection filter, an 4-state decoding mode is
      appropriate and the input HDTV signal is passed unchanged (i.e., without
      use of the segment sync suspension unit). A field delay directly connects
      the data of the data segment just before the field sync segment to the
      data of the data segment just after the field sync segment. A Viterbi
      decoder decodes the output of the field delay in both an 8-state case and
      a 4-state case. Therefore, decoding is performed in consideration of the
      effects of uncoded segment sync and field sync signals, thereby achieving
      stable decoding.
PATN
WKU  059913428
SRC  8
APN  9306617
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971006
TTL  Frequency error detector
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Ha; Dac V.
EXP  Le; Amanda T.
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Herbig; Peter
CTY  Oppenweiler
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Robert Bosch GmbH
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960216
APN  196 05 704
CLAS
OCL  375326
XCL  329306
XCL  329124
XCL  4552261
XCL  375344
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 2714
FSC  329
FSS  308;309;304;306;307
FSC  331
FSS  12
FSC  375
FSS  326;344
FSC  455
FSS  226.1
UREF
PNO  4470145
ISD  19840900
NAM  Williams
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  4721924
ISD  19880100
NAM  Masdea et al.
OCL  331  1A
UREF
PNO  5014352
ISD  19910500
NAM  Chung
OCL  455314
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE96/01873
PD1  19971006
PD2  19971006
PD3  19960926
PCP  WO97/30536
PCD  19970821
ABST
PAR  A frequency error detector which is independent of channel distortion and
      determines in a receiver the frequency deviation between the carrier
      frequency generated in the receiver and the carrier frequency of a
      received signal has a first differential power meter that forms the power
      difference between spectral components that are symmetrical with the
      receiver carrier frequency and belong to the received signal spectrum, and
      it has a second differential power meter that forms the power difference
      between spectral components that are symmetrical with the receiver carrier
      frequency and belong to the spectrum formed by undersampling of the
      received signal. The sum of the output signals of the two differential
      power meters provides information on the frequency deviation.
PATN
WKU  059913436
SRC  8
APN  902140&
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970730
TTL  Trellis decoder of a DTV
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Deppe; Betsy L.
EXP  Chin; Stephen
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Oh; Dae-Il
CTY  Kyoungki-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Myung-Sik
CTY  Kyoungki-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Won-Jin
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Hyundai Electronics Ind Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyoungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970120
APN  97-1527
CLAS
OCL  375341
XCL  375265
XCL  375340
XCL  371 437
EDF  6
ICL  H03D  100
ICL  H04L 2706
ICL  G06F 1110
FSC  375
FSS  265;341;262;340
FSC  371
FSS  43.4;43.6;43.7
FSC  341
FSS  94;81
FSC  704
FSS  242
UREF
PNO  4905317
ISD  19900200
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  371 43.7
UREF
PNO  5432803
ISD  19950700
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  375340
UREF
PNO  5859861
ISD  19990100
NAM  Oh
OCL  371 43.7
LREP
FRM  McAulay Nissen Goldberg Kiel & Hand, LLP
ABST
PAL  A trellis decoder uses a branch metric unit, an ASC unit, a maximum
      likelihood value detector, and a normalization unit in common by
      time-division method to realize a trellis coding interleaver used in a
      DTV. The trellis decoder includes path memories, state metric memories and
      traceback units each as many as required in the trellis coding
      interleaver.
PATN
WKU  059913444
SRC  8
APN  8742839
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970613
TTL  Mobile communication device and method for setting AFC initial value
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Bayard; Emmanuel
EXP  Pham; Chi H.
NDR  10
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Fujii; Hironori
CTY  Hino
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sato; Hiroshi
CTY  Kunitachi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shiina; Hayato
CTY  Shirogama-machi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960614
APN  8-153910
CLAS
OCL  375344
XCL  4551822
EDF  6
ICL  H04L 2706
FSC  375
FSS  280;281;316;329;332;344
FSC  455
FSS  192.2;192.1;182.2;257
FSC  329
FSS  304
UREF
PNO  5457716
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ang et al.
OCL  375344
UREF
PNO  5483686
ISD  19960100
NAM  Saka et al.
OCL  455182.2
UREF
PNO  5500878
ISD  19960300
NAM  Iwasaki
OCL  375327
UREF
PNO  5579346
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kanzaki
OCL  375327
UREF
PNO  5604746
ISD  19970200
NAM  Oto
OCL  375326
UREF
PNO  5634205
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kurisu et al.
OCL  455182.2
UREF
PNO  5727027
ISD  19980300
NAM  Tsuda
OCL  375327
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Provides a mobile communication device and a method for setting an AFC
      initial value which enables the transmission of required frequency signals
      even when there is no received signal as during inspections of mobile
      communication device performance such as technical standards conformance
      certification. Makes it possible to input an established frequency signal
      that includes a unique word into the mobile communication device as a
      received signal, to store a frequency offset value detected by an
      automatic frequency control function when the unique word included in this
      established frequency signal is detected in the mobile communication
      device, and to transmit a more accurate frequency signal when testing the
      performance of the mobile communication device by controlling the
      automatic frequency control function so that this stored frequency offset
      value is treated as an initial value.
PATN
WKU  059913452
SRC  8
APN  5324521
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19950922
TTL  Method and apparatus for diversity enhancement using pseudo-multipath
      signals
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Vo; Don N.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Ramasastry; Jayaram
CTY  Potomac
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  QUALCOMM Incorporated
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  375347
XCL  375200
XCL  455 111
XCL  455 65
XCL  370320
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  710
ICL  H04B  169
FSC  375
FSS  200;205;206;211;260;267;316;347
FSC  370
FSS  18;104.1;97;316;317;320;342
FSC  455
FSS  7;12.1;52.1;52.3;65;11.1;13.1;277.1;277.2;133-135
UREF
PNO  3676778
ISD  19720700
NAM  Mori
OCL  455 12.1
UREF
PNO  4218654
ISD  19800800
NAM  Ogawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4287598
ISD  19810900
NAM  Langseth et al.
OCL  455 12.1
UREF
PNO  4599734
ISD  19860700
NAM  Yamamoto
UREF
PNO  4715048
ISD  19871200
NAM  Masamura
UREF
PNO  4949268
ISD  19900800
NAM  Nishikawa et al.
OCL  264449.1
UREF
PNO  5073900
ISD  19911200
NAM  Mallinckrodt
OCL  375205
UREF
PNO  5233626
ISD  19930800
NAM  Ames
OCL  455 12.1
UREF
PNO  5404568
ISD  19950400
NAM  Yamagishi
OCL  455 12.1
UREF
PNO  5490284
ISD  19960200
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  455 13.1
UREF
PNO  5583517
ISD  19961200
NAM  Yokev et al.
OCL  342457
UREF
PNO  5603091
ISD  19970200
NAM  Linquist et al.
OCL  455 56.1
FREF
PNO  0489661
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04B  7185
FREF
PNO  0187926
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
OCL  455 12.1
FREF
PNO  4060619
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
OCL  455 12.1
FREF
PNO  9115071
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04L 2730
LREP
FR2  Miller; Russell B.
FR2  Thibault; Thomas M.
FR2  Ogrod; Gregory D.
ABST
PAL  Method and apparatus for enhancing diversity in spread spectrum type
      communication systems by creating pseudo-multipath conditions or links for
      certain communication signals. The invention provides alternative or
      additional signal paths, for signals being transferred between gateways
      and communication system users through one or more a satellite repeaters.
      These additional paths are used to establish and maintain adequate signal
      diversity as well as certain signal links by remote subscribers in heavy
      urban areas. In further aspects of the invention, diversity enhancers can
      employ high gain parabolic antennas and tracking mechanisms, or passive
      reflective surfaces. Signals can be relayed to subscriber units in canyon
      type blocked areas or within structures.
PATN
WKU  059913460
SRC  8
APN  8257795
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970402
TTL  Method for determining the best time to sample an information signal
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Maddox; Michael W.
EXP  Chin; Stephen
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Lu; Keh-Shehn
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Uniden San Diego Research and Development Center, Inc.
CTY  Fort Worth
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  375355
XCL  375342
XCL  375272
XCL  375274
XCL  375334
XCL  375336
XCL  341 68
XCL  341 69
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  700
ICL  H04L 2706
ICL  H03D  100
FSC  375
FSS  355;342;272;274;334;336
FSC  341
FSS  68;69
UREF
PNO  5671256
ISD  19970900
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  375342
UREF
PNO  5706314
ISD  19980100
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  375340
UREF
PNO  5864590
ISD  19990100
NAM  Soubaras
OCL    1199
UREF
PNO  5896422
ISD  19990400
NAM  Lu
OCL  375317
LREP
FRM  Hoffmann & Baron, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for determining the best time to sample data bits of a data bit
      stream of a received information signal in a digital communication system
      includes the steps of determining the current derivative of a respective
      sample of the information signal, weighting the sample by a predetermined
      amount, determining an accumulated derivative value for the same sample
      number of a previous symbol of the information signal, weighting the
      previous accumulated derivative value by another predetermined amount,
      summing the two weighted values together and assigning this accumulated
      derivative value to the respective sample. The method further includes the
      step of comparing the accumulated derivative values of a predetermined
      number of consecutive samples to determine which sample has the greatest
      accumulated derivative value. The sample having the greatest accumulated
      derivative value substantially corresponds to the beginning of a symbol. A
      bit determination sampling signal is generated and is timed to have a
      pulse or transition which occurs one-half symbol from the occurrence of
      the sample having the greatest accumulated derivative value.
PATN
WKU  059913479
SRC  8
APN  9076468
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970811
TTL  Symbol timing recovery circuit for a base band communication system
      using a plurality of channels
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Ghayour; Mohammad
EXP  Chin; Stephen
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kim; Beom Sup
CTY  Daejeon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Chun; Byung Jin
CTY  Daejeon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  LG Semicon Co., Ltd.
CTY  Cheongju
CNT  KRX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  375355
XCL  713400
XCL  713401
XCL  713503
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  700
FSC  375
FSS  355;359;326;327
FSC  714
FSS  700
FSC  713
FSS  400;401;503
UREF
PNO  5724397
ISD  19980300
NAM  Torsti
OCL  375355
UREF
PNO  5859671
ISD  19990100
NAM  Kim
OCL  348537
UREF
PNO  5914986
ISD  19990600
NAM  Ohta et al.
OCL  375328
LREP
FRM  Fleshner & Kim
ABST
PAL  A symbol timing recovery circuit for a base band communication system
      having a plurality of channels includes a main ADC-STR (analog to digital
      converter - symbol timing recovery) unit and a plurality of sub ADC-STR
      units. The main ADC-STR detects a timing error of a first received signal
      and uses the detected value as a sampling signal of the first received
      signal. The plurality of sub- ADC-STR units compares the sampling signal
      generated from the main ADC-STR unit and a symbol timing signal following
      the first receive signal. Each of the sub ADC-STR units delays the
      sampling signal in accordance with the compared value for a predetermined
      time. The delayed signal is used as a sampling signal. The circuit employs
      a voltage-controlled oscillator VCO in a main ADC-STR circuit, but a VCO
      is not used in the sub- ADC-STR circuits, so as to delay an output signal
      of the main ADC-STR circuit and achieve a phase locked loop. Hence, mutual
      interference between the voltage-controlled oscillators is avoided.
PATN
WKU  059913487
SRC  8
APN  9098607
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970812
TTL  Method and apparatus for regenerating symbol timing from a probing
      signal in a system having non-linear network and codec distortion
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  9
EXA  Jiang; Lenny
EXP  Chin; Stephen
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Alelyunas; Carl H.
CTY  Nevada City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lery; Scott A.
CTY  Nevada City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Parizhsky; Vladimir
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  3Com Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  375355
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  700
FSC  375
FSS  222;229;326;350;355;376
UREF
PNO  4028626
ISD  19770600
NAM  Motley et al.
OCL  375235
UREF
PNO  5579338
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kojima
OCL  375208
UREF
PNO  5724396
ISD  19980300
NAM  Claydon et al.
OCL  375355
UREF
PNO  5793818
ISD  19980800
NAM  Claydon et al.
OCL  375326
LREP
FRM  McDonnell Boehnen Hulbert & Berghoff
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a method of generating a signal that may be
      used to determine the characteristic response of a communication channel
      that utilizes the public Digital Telephone Network (DTN). The channel
      includes the DTN, which may have Network Digital Attenuators (NDA) and/or
      Robbed Bit Signalling (RBS), and a Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC),
      (also known as a codec), as well as the analog characteristics of the
      local loop, typically a twisted pair of copper wires. The present
      invention provides a method and apparatus to determine the optimal
      sampling instant of the received data stream. The present invention
      provides a probing signal that is well-suited for use in determining the
      channel's response to a known sequence of PCM codes used as data symbols.
      This is especially useful in so-called PCM modulation schemes that utilize
      the DTN, where knowledge of network and DAC distortion predicates the
      selection of available PCM codes used to represent data. This information
      is also useful when the data receiver, or PCM modem, makes determinations
      of which codes were actually sent.
PATN
WKU  059913495
SRC  8
APN  9433597
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971003
TTL  Data processing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Fan; Chieh M.
EXP  Chin; Stephen
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Chen; Tzang-Kwei
CTY  Hsinchu Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Winbond Electronics Corp.
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  TWX
APD  19970618
APN  86108536
CLAS
OCL  375355
XCL  375346
XCL  375348
XCL  375365
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  700
FSC  375
FSS  229;232;233;286;293;348;355;371;346;365
FSC  364
FSS  724.19;724.2
UREF
PNO  3651316
ISD  19720300
NAM  Gibson
OCL  364724.19
UREF
PNO  4494242
ISD  19850100
NAM  Ehrenbard et al.
OCL  375371
UREF
PNO  5095497
ISD  19920300
NAM  Aman et al.
OCL  375254
UREF
PNO  5513214
ISD  19960400
NAM  Gozzo
OCL  375232
UREF
PNO  5517527
ISD  19960500
NAM  Yu
OCL  375233
UREF
PNO  5724397
ISD  19980300
NAM  Torsti
OCL  375355
LREP
FRM  Ladas & Parry
ABST
PAL  A data processing device that can eliminate interference symbol
      interference (ISI) of a transmitted data through a timing recovery circuit
      and ferret out a correct sampling time. It includes an analog-digital
      converter, a timing recovery device and a sync-word matching filter. The
      analog-digital converter is used for receiving an analog signal, sampling
      the analog signal at a sampling frequency, generating a series of sample
      values, and converting these sample values to a digital signal having a
      main cursor component, a pre-cursor interference component, and a
      post-cursor interference component. The post-cursor interference component
      has a plurality of post-cursor channel response. The timing recovery
      device is used for eliminating the post-cursor interference component in
      accordance with the digital signal, while retaining the first post-cursor
      channel response, and the main cursor component and the pre-cursor
      interference component to generate an output signal. The sync-word match
      filter estimates a timing error according to the output signal and adjusts
      the sampling frequency for optimization.
PATN
WKU  059913509
SRC  8
APN  8086850
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970228
TTL  Phase-locked loop circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Bayard; Emmanuel
EXP  Pham; Chi H.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Koji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960229
APN  8-042475
CLAS
OCL  375376
XCL  375371
XCL  375327
EDF  6
ICL  H03D  324
FSC  375
FSS  371;373;327;294;376;375
FSC  370
FSS  228;517
UREF
PNO  5446767
ISD  19950800
NAM  Nakagawa et al.
OCL  375376
UREF
PNO  5477177
ISD  19951200
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  327156
UREF
PNO  5486792
ISD  19960100
NAM  Girardeau, Jr.
OCL  331 10
UREF
PNO  5638010
ISD  19970600
NAM  Adams
OCL  327105
UREF
PNO  5701602
ISD  19971200
NAM  Shidoma
OCL  455260
UREF
PNO  5727038
ISD  19980300
NAM  May et al.
OCL  375376
FREF
PNO  62-242420
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-121316
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-136417
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A PLL circuit includes a phase comparator, a processor and a VCO. The phase
      comparator compares the phase of an output signal to that of a source
      signal to produce M-bit phase difference data. The processor processes the
      M-bit phase difference data to produce N-bit phase difference data by
      reducing a quantization error included in the M-bit phase difference data
      in a synchronous and steady state based on a difference between the M-bit
      phase difference data and previous M-bit phase difference data which was
      received from the phase coarator at a previous sampling instant. The
      oscillator generates the output signal based on the N-bit phase difference
      data.
PATN
WKU  059913517
SRC  9
APN  158006&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980922
TTL  Method and system to directly produce electrical power within the
      lithium blanket region of a magnetically confined, deuterium-tritium
      (DT) fueled, thermonuclear fusion reactor
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Wasil; Daniel D.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Woolley; Robert D.
CTY  Belle Mead
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Department of Energy
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  376147
XCL  310 11
EDF  6
ICL  G21B  100
ICL  H02K 4408
FSC  376
FSS  147;320;321
FSC  310
FSS  11
UREF
PNO  3345524
ISD  19671000
NAM  Kidwell
OCL  376147
UREF
PNO  4746484
ISD  19880500
NAM  Jassby
OCL  376147
LREP
FR2  Smith; Bradley W.
FR2  Dvorscak; Mark P.
FR2  Moser; William R.
ABST
PAL  A method for integrating liquid metal magnetohydrodynamic power generation
      with fusion blanket technology to produce electrical power from a
      thermonuclear fusion reactor located within a confining magnetic field and
      within a toroidal structure. A hot liquid metal flows from a liquid metal
      blanket region into a pump duct of an electromagnetic pump which moves the
      liquid metal to a mixer where a gas of predetermined pressure is mixed
      with the pressurized liquid metal to form a Froth mixture. Electrical
      power is generated by flowing the Froth mixture between electrodes in a
      generator duct. When the Froth mixture exits the generator the gas is
      separated from the liquid metal and both are recycled.
GOVT
PAC  CONTRACTUAL ORIGIN OF THE INVENTION
PAR  The United States Government has rights in this invention pursuant to
      Contract No. DE-AC02-76CH03073 between the U.S. Department of Energy and
      Princeton University.
PATN
WKU  059913525
SRC  9
APN  0502146
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980330
TTL  Method for determining corrosion susceptibility of nuclear fuel cladding
      to nodular corrosion
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Keith; Jack
EXP  Carone; Michael J.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Taylor; Dale Frederick
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  General Electric Company
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  376260
XCL  376277
XCL  376305
XCL  436  6
XCL  436908
EDF  6
ICL  G21C 1900
FSC  376
FSS  260;277
FSC  436
FSS  6;908
UREF
PNO  2987352
ISD  19610600
NAM  Watson
OCL  308241
UREF
PNO  3097094
ISD  19630700
NAM  Rubenstein et al.
OCL   75177
UREF
PNO  3556870
ISD  19710100
NAM  Debray et al.
OCL  148  6.3
UREF
PNO  3615885
ISD  19711000
NAM  Watson
OCL  148  6.3
UREF
PNO  4212686
ISD  19800700
NAM  Lunde et al.
OCL  148 11.5F
UREF
PNO  4440862
ISD  19840400
NAM  Cheng et al.
OCL  436  6
UREF
PNO  4986957
ISD  19910100
NAM  Taylor
OCL  376417
UREF
PNO  5130080
ISD  19920700
NAM  Niedrach
OCL  376305
UREF
PNO  5130081
ISD  19920700
NAM  Niedrach
OCL  376305
UREF
PNO  5135709
ISD  19920800
NAM  Andresen et al.
OCL  376305
UREF
PNO  5164152
ISD  19921100
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  376305
UREF
PNO  5436947
ISD  19950700
NAM  Taylor
OCL  376416
FREF
PNO  57-20644
ISD  19820200
CNT  JPX
OCL  436908
FREF
PNO  587371
ISD  19780100
CNT  SUX
OCL  436908
OREF
PAL  "Zirconium in the Nuclear Industry", by Ronald B. Adamson et al., ASTM
      Special Technical Publication 939, Seventh International Symposium sponsor
      by ASTM Committee B-10 on Reactive and Refractory Metals, Strasbourg,
      France, Jun. 24-27, 1985, pp. 419 and 423.
LREP
FR2  Maddry; Tyler
FR2  Johnson; Noreen C.
ABST
PAL  A method for determining the susceptibility of a sample of Zircaloy alloy
      to nodular corrosion. A specimen of such Zircaloy sample is annealed at a
      temperature within a temperature range bounded at its upper limit by the
      temperature T.sub.c being the temperature at equilibrium wherein
      sufficient solute would exist in the (.alpha.-matrix of the particular
      zircaloy to resist nodular corrosion, and bounded by a lower temperature,
      such temperature being the temperature of the
      (.alpha.+precipitate)/(.alpha.+.beta.+precipitate) transus for the
      particular Zircaloy sample. For Zircaloy-2, such temperature range is from
      approximately 825.degree. C. to 841.degree. C. The specimen is maintained
      at such selected temperature within such temperature range for a measured
      period, and subsequently exposed to steam at a fixed temperature and
      pressure for a fixed time. If nodular corrosion does not appear the above
      steps are repeated, but on each different specimen increasing the measured
      time period until a last measured time period is obtained when nodular
      corrosion first appears on a specimen. The length of the last measured
      time period is used as an indicator of the sample's resistance to nodular
      corrosion, and thus conversely its susceptibility to nodular corrosion.
PATN
WKU  059913533
SRC  9
APN  1519611
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980911
TTL  Core barrel for a reactor pressure vessel of a nuclear reactor plant and
      method of repairing a core barrel
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Wasil; Daniel D.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Dippel; Bruno
CTY  Poxdorf
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Schramm; Herbert
CTY  Hochstadt A.D. Aisch
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960311
APN  196 09 344
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTEP9701009
APD  19970228
CLAS
OCL  376302
XCL  376260
EDF  6
ICL  G21C 1302
ICL  G21C  510
FSC  376
FSS  260;285;287;302;303;461
UREF
PNO  5402570
ISD  19950400
NAM  Weems et al.
OCL  376302
UREF
PNO  5566216
ISD  19961000
NAM  Ly
OCL  376258
FREF
PNO  71 323 313
ISD  19710900
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  20 24 630
ISD  19710100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  26 43 011
ISD  19780300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  22 56 645 C2
ISD  19830800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  257 958 A3
ISD  19860200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  25 25 410 C2
ISD  19860700
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Abstract of Soviet Patent Application No. 94-033676 (Shavkelo et al.), Apr.
      1994.
PAL  "Boiling Water Reactors for Nuclear Power Plants" (Sauer), AEG-Telefunken
      Manuals, vol. 10, 1969, pp. 99-101.
LREP
FR2  Lerner; Herbert L.
FR2  Greenberg; Laurence A.
ABST
PAL  A core barrel for a reactor pressure vessel of a nuclear reactor plant has
      a carrying structure that is supported on an inner surface of the shroud
      of the barrel. The carrying structure receives a tension rod that extends
      parallel to the longitudinal axis of the barrel and braces the shroud in
      the axial direction.
PATN
WKU  059913541
SRC  8
APN  9882006
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971126
TTL  Nuclear fuel pellet
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Behrend; Harvey E.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Van Swam; Leonard F. P.
CTY  Richland
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Power Corporation
CTY  Richland
STA  WA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  756928
APD  19961202
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  594077
APD  19960130
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  376428
XCL  376455
XCL  376435
EDF  6
ICL  G21C  316
ICL  G21C  332
FSC  376
FSS  428;435;455
UREF
PNO  3081249
ISD  19630300
NAM  Whittemore, Jr.
OCL  376428
UREF
PNO  3215607
ISD  19651100
NAM  Lackey
OCL  376428
UREF
PNO  3275525
ISD  19660900
NAM  Bloomster et al.
OCL  376428
UREF
PNO  3378453
ISD  19680400
NAM  Gorker
OCL  376428
UREF
PNO  3406090
ISD  19681000
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL  376435
UREF
PNO  3407116
ISD  19681000
NAM  Clough
OCL  376428
UREF
PNO  3421979
ISD  19690100
NAM  Linning
OCL  376428
UREF
PNO  3778348
ISD  19731200
NAM  Sease et al.
OCL  376428
UREF
PNO  3926720
ISD  19751200
NAM  Hosegood
OCL  376428
UREF
PNO  4120752
ISD  19781000
NAM  Ocken
OCL  376428
UREF
PNO  4131511
ISD  19781200
NAM  Mordarski et al.
OCL  376428
UREF
PNO  4664882
ISD  19870500
NAM  Doshi
OCL  376435
UREF
PNO  4678629
ISD  19870700
NAM  Popa
OCL  376428
UREF
PNO  4759911
ISD  19880700
NAM  Bingham et al.
OCL  376428
UREF
PNO  4994233
ISD  19910200
NAM  Freeman
OCL  376428
UREF
PNO  5349618
ISD  19940900
NAM  Greenspan
OCL  376435
FREF
PNO  597925
ISD  19600500
CNT  CAX
OCL  376428
FREF
PNO  697897
ISD  19641100
CNT  CAX
OCL  376428
FREF
PNO  0098696
ISD  19840100
CNT  EPX
OCL  376428
FREF
PNO  0132911
ISD  19850200
CNT  EPX
OCL  376455
FREF
PNO  0 332 941
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 514 215
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  861602
ISD  19610200
CNT  GBX
OCL  376428
FREF
PNO  1126396
ISD  19680900
CNT  GBX
OCL  376428
FREF
PNO  1187929
ISD  19700400
CNT  GBX
OCL  376428
FREF
PNO  1222712
ISD  19710200
CNT  GBX
OCL  376428
FREF
PNO  2177249
ISD  19870100
CNT  GBX
OCL  376428
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 017, No. 040 (P-1475), Jan. 27, 1993 & JP
      04 256892 A.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 013, No. 351 (P-912), Aug. 7, 1989 & JP 01
      110292 A.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 096, No. 002, Feb. 20, 1996 & JP 07 270568
      A.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 016, No. 186 (P-1347), May 7, 1992 & JP 04
      022892 A.
PAL  Nuclear Technology, vol. 39, Aug. 1978, pp. 283-288, Jensen.
LREP
FR2  Zebrak; Ira Lee
ABST
PAL  A nuclear fuel pellet having concentric layers of nuclear fuel in which an
      outer layer has less fissionable nuclear fuel per unit volume and
      substantially the same amount of fertile material per unit volume as an
      inner core.
PATN
WKU  059913550
SRC  9
APN  0984957
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980617
TTL  Device for counting the number of uses of a sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Wambach; Margaret Rose
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Dahlke; Mikael
CTY  Trangsund
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Elema AB
CTY  Solna
CNT  SEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  377 15
XCL  377 16
XCL  604 52
XCL  604 53
EDF  6
ICL  G07C  300
FSC  604
FSS  52;53
FSC  377
FSS  15;16
UREF
PNO  5313935
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kortenbach et al.
OCL  128  4
UREF
PNO  5359993
ISD  19941100
NAM  Slater et al.
OCL  128  4
UREF
PNO  5383875
ISD  19950100
NAM  Jackson et al.
OCL  606  1
UREF
PNO  5400267
ISD  19950300
NAM  Denen et al.
OCL  364552
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  A device for counting the number of usage cycles of a sensor, for
      intracorporeal electrophysiological measurement and/or therapy, has a
      counting unit, connected to the sensor, containing a specific
      identification code for the sensor, and a detection unit which detects the
      sensor's connection/disconnection to/from external measurement and therapy
      equipment. The detection unit causes a sensing unit to read a sensor
      identification code in the counting unit whenever the sensor is connected
      so as to determine, from information about sensor usage stored in a main
      computer, whether conditions for a new usage cycle have been met and, if
      so, increments the counter's contents by one usage cycle.
PATN
WKU  059913568
SRC  9
APN  0855235
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980526
TTL  Radiation tomography method and apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Bruce; David Vernon
NDR  15
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Horiuchi; Tetsuya
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Gono; Makoto
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  GE Yokogawa Medical Systems, Limited
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970724
APN  9-198362
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980123
APN  10-011347
CLAS
OCL  378  8
XCL  378901
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  603
FSC  378
FSS  4;8;20;901
UREF
PNO  5586201
ISD  19961200
NAM  Whiting et al.
OCL  378 98.2
UREF
PNO  5832051
ISD  19981100
NAM  Lutz
OCL  378  8
FREF
PNO  0 026 494
ISD  19810400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  62-227324
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-49952
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4288149
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Kojima; Moonray
ABST
PAL  In order to obtain a tomographic image close to a stationary image using
      opposite view data, a radiation tomography method and apparatus are
      provided for measuring projection data representing a subject by radiation
      beams in a plurality of view directions around the subject; calculating
      estimated projection data for each of the plurality of view directions by
      performing a weighting calculation on data elements of the projection data
      generated by radiations which transmit through the same path in opposite
      directions so that a desired time phase for the subject is centrally
      weighted; and producing a tomographic image of the subject based on the
      estimated projection data.
PATN
WKU  059913576
SRC  8
APN  9918523
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971216
TTL  Integrated radiation detecting and collimating assembly for X-ray
      tomography system
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Dunn; Drew A.
EXP  Porta; David P.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Marcovici; Sorin
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Harootian; Simon George
CTY  Worcester
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Tuval; Ben
CTY  Brookline
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Analogic Corporation
CTY  Peabody
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  378 19
XCL  378149
XCL  378154
XCL  25037009
EDF  6
ICL  G01T  120
FSC  378
FSS  19;4;7;147;149;154
FSC  250
FSS  370.09;363.01;363.02;363.08;367
UREF
PNO  4338521
ISD  19820700
NAM  Shaw et al.
OCL  250366
UREF
PNO  4429227
ISD  19840100
NAM  DiBianca et al.
OCL  250367
UREF
PNO  4845363
ISD  19890700
NAM  Akai
OCL  250368
UREF
PNO  4982096
ISD  19910100
NAM  Fujii et al.
OCL  250367
UREF
PNO  5487098
ISD  19960100
NAM  Dobbs et al.
OCL  378 19
UREF
PNO  5781606
ISD  19980700
NAM  Dobbs et al.
OCL  378 19
UREF
PNO  5799057
ISD  19980800
NAM  Hoffman et al.
OCL  378147
UREF
PNO  5841829
ISD  19981100
NAM  Dolazza et al.
OCL  378  4
LREP
FRM  Lappin & Kusmer LLPL
ABST
PAL  An integrated radiation detecting and collimating assembly for an x-ray
      tomography scanning system. The assembly includes a housing which mounts
      to a spine of the system and aligns corresponding arrays of photodiodes,
      scintillator crystals and anti-scatter plates with one another and with
      x-ray beams arriving directly at the detectors from the focal spot. The
      arrays of photodiodes, crystals and anti-scatter plates are thus all fixed
      relative to one another within the housing, which is itself securely fixed
      to the frame of the scanner system.
PATN
WKU  059913584
SRC  9
APN  0018635
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19971231
TTL  Data acquisition system for generating accurate projection data in a CT
      scanner
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Bruce; David Vernon
NDR  8
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Dolazza; Enrico
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Weedon; Hans J.
CTY  Salem
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Abraham; Douglas Q.
CTY  Topsfield
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Analogic Corporation
CTY  Peabody
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  378 19
XCL  378 19
XCL  378901
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  603
FSC  378
FSS  4;15;19;901
UREF
PNO  4532644
ISD  19850700
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  378 16
UREF
PNO  4547893
ISD  19851000
NAM  Gordon
OCL  378 19
UREF
PNO  5053770
ISD  19911000
NAM  Mayer et al.
OCL  341118
UREF
PNO  5099505
ISD  19920300
NAM  Seppi et al.
OCL  378 65
UREF
PNO  5142286
ISD  19920800
NAM  Ribner et al.
OCL  341143
UREF
PNO  5187482
ISD  19930200
NAM  Tiemann et al.
OCL  341143
UREF
PNO  5257026
ISD  19931000
NAM  Thompson et al.
OCL  341118
UREF
PNO  5274375
ISD  19931200
NAM  Thompson
OCL  341143
UREF
PNO  5432339
ISD  19950700
NAM  Gordon et al.
OCL  250231.13
LREP
FRM  Lappin & Kusmer LLP
ABST
PAL  A data acquisition system for use in a CT scanner comprises an
      analog-to-digital converter for generating digital signals in response to
      analog signals representative of projection data taken at a relatively
      constant sampling rate; and an interpolation filter for generating
      projection data for a plurality of predetermined projection angles as a
      function of the digital signals irrespective of the sampling rate.
PATN
WKU  059913592
SRC  8
APN  9832416
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980218
TTL  Camera system
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Schwartz; Michael J.
EXP  Porta; David P.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Smith; Graham W.
CTY  Hampshire
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  The Secretary of State for Defence
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950701
APN  9513444
CLAS
OCL  378 982
XCL  378 987
XCL  250214VT
EDF  6
ICL  H05G  164
FSC  378
FSS  98.2;98.7
FSC  250
FSS  370.08;214 VT
UREF
PNO  4679212
ISD  19870700
NAM  Hynecek
OCL  377 58
UREF
PNO  5569907
ISD  19961000
NAM  Meunier
OCL  250208.1
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/01543
PD1  19980218
PD2  19980218
PD3  19960627
PCP  WO97/02498
PCD  19970123
ABST
PAR  A camera system for recording a transient radiation event consisting of
      direct (2) and scattered (4) radiation. The camera system comprises a
      first fluorescent screen (10) which produces a light image (11) of the
      direct radiation (2) and a television camera (18) which is positioned to
      receive that image (11) and which is provided with means for removing any
      spurious signals from the scattered radiation (4). A shutter means is
      placed between the screen (10) and the camera (18) which is arranged to
      open after the spurious signal has been removed to allow the camera to
      record the light image (11) retained on the screen (10).
PATN
WKU  059913606
SRC  9
APN  0183164
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980203
TTL  Laser plasma x-ray source, semiconductor lithography apparatus using the
      same and a method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Porta; David P.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Matsui; Tetsuya
CTY  Hitachi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Kimio
CTY  Hitachinaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishi; Masatsugu
CTY  Hitachinaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ueno; Manabu
CTY  Hitachi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tooma; Masahiro
CTY  Hitachi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970207
APN  9-024731
CLAS
OCL  378119
XCL  378143
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 3508
FSC  378
FSS  119;124;143
UREF
PNO  4538291
ISD  19850800
NAM  Iwamatsu
OCL  378119
UREF
PNO  4723262
ISD  19880200
NAM  Noda et al.
OCL  378119
UREF
PNO  4953191
ISD  19900800
NAM  Smither et al.
OCL  378143
UREF
PNO  5459771
ISD  19951000
NAM  Richardson et al.
OCL  378119
UREF
PNO  5577091
ISD  19961100
NAM  Richardson et al.
OCL  378119
UREF
PNO  5577092
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kublak et al.
FREF
PNO  63-254150
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  95/25370
ISD  19950900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  P. Celliers, XP-002063259 Optimization of x-ray sources for proximity
      lithography produced by a high average power Nd: glass laser.sup.a), J.
      Appl. Phys. 79 (11), Jun. 1, 1996, pp. 8258-8268.
PAL  H. Fiedorowicz, et al, XP 000380906 x-ray emission from laser-irradiated
      gas puff targets, Appl. phys. Lett. 62 (22), May 31, 1993, pp. 2778-2780.
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  A laser plasma X-ray source has an improved X-ray conversion efficiency and
      a minimized occurrence of debris, and a semiconductor lithography
      apparatus using the same and a method therefor are provided. An X-ray
      generation unit has a vacuum chamber 5 which encases the target; target
      supply unit 110 which supplies a fine particle mixture gas target into the
      vacuum chamber 5; a laser irradiation unit 120 which irradiates a laser
      beam 2 on the particle mixture gas target 10; and a target recovery unit
      130 which recovers unused particle mixture gas target from the vacuum
      chamber 5.
PATN
WKU  059913614
SRC  9
APN  013175&
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19980126
TTL  Bearing assembly for X-ray tube
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Porta; David P.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Bhatt; Vivek
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  General Electric Company
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  378132
XCL  378125
EDF  6
ICL  H01J 3510
FSC  378
FSS  125;132;133
UREF
PNO  3694685
ISD  19720900
NAM  Houston
OCL  313 60
UREF
PNO  4272696
ISD  19810600
NAM  Stroble et al.
OCL  378132
UREF
PNO  4519093
ISD  19850500
NAM  Kurihara et al.
OCL  378132
UREF
PNO  4949368
ISD  19900800
NAM  Kubo
OCL  378132
UREF
PNO  4956858
ISD  19900900
NAM  Upadhya
OCL  378133
UREF
PNO  5140624
ISD  19920800
NAM  Chrisien
OCL  378132
UREF
PNO  5483570
ISD  19960100
NAM  Renshaw et al.
OCL  378132
UREF
PNO  5541975
ISD  19960700
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  378130
UREF
PNO  5652778
ISD  19970700
NAM  Tekriwal
OCL  378132
LREP
FR2  Erickson; Douglas E.
FR2  Snyder; Marvin
ABST
PAL  An X-ray tube bearing assembly has a first X-ray tube shaft with first and
      second ball-bearing raceway surfaces which are integral with (i.e., either
      monolithic portions of or fixedly attached to) the first shaft and has a
      second X-ray tube shaft with a third ball-bearing raceway surface which is
      integral with the second shaft. A ball-bearing race, which is non-integral
      with (i.e., neither a monolithic portion of nor fixedly attached to) the
      two shafts, has a fourth ball-bearing raceway surface. A first set of ball
      bearings is located between the first and third raceway surfaces, and a
      second set of ball bearings is located between the second and fourth
      raceway surfaces. Preferably, an anode target surface is attached to the
      first shaft, and a mechanism is provided to preload the ball-bearing race.
PATN
WKU  059913622
SRC  8
APN  7526512
APT  1
ART  286
APD  19961115
TTL  Adjustable opening X-ray mask
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Porta; David P.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Jones; Mark R.
CTY  Reading
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  XRE Corporation
CTY  Littleton
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  378152
XCL  378150
EDF  6
ICL  G21K  104
FSC  378
FSS  147-153;156-160
UREF
PNO  3115580
ISD  19631200
NAM  Brewer
OCL  378152
UREF
PNO  4752947
ISD  19880600
NAM  Telorack
OCL  378152
UREF
PNO  5086444
ISD  19920200
NAM  Bartmann
OCL  378152
UREF
PNO  5689544
ISD  19971100
NAM  Besselaar
OCL  378150
LREP
FR2  Holland, Esq.; Donald S.
     Holland & Bonzagni, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A controller of the cross sectional area and shape of an X-ray beam
      includes two or more disks disposed in the center of the path of the beam,
      each disk being radio-opaque except for a window centered on the beam. One
      or more of the disks has a tracks at each side of the window in which
      shutters can slide between positions in which they close or open the
      window and select the size and shape of the X-ray beam passed through the
      controller and a subject to an image intensifier or other X-ray
      utilization device. One of the disks has a cam track which is engaged by a
      cam following element attached to a shutter on the other disk. The disks
      are mounted for relative rotation by drive motors which causes the shutter
      with the cam follower to change position and alter the size or shape of
      the transmitted beam cross section. With the shutter in desired position
      the disks can be rotated together to reorient the shaped beam around its
      central axis.
PATN
WKU  059913630
SRC  8
APN  8676798
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970602
TTL  Dispatcher-activated response identification light (DARIL) and method
      for use thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  16
EXP  Woo; Stella
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Thomson; James D.
STR  206 Howard St.
CTY  Bellevue
STA  OH
ZIP  44811
RLAP
COD  71
APN  534341
APD  19950927
PSC  01
PNO  5636263
RLAP
COD  81
APN  215309
APD  19940321
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  379 45
XCL  37910201
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1100
FSC  379
FSS  45;37;38;39;102.01;102.02;102.04;102.07
FSC  340
FSS  691;331;332
UREF
PNO  4596900
ISD  19860600
NAM  Jackson
OCL  379102.02
UREF
PNO  4878236
ISD  19891000
NAM  Ray et al.
OCL  379 37
UREF
PNO  4931780
ISD  19900600
NAM  LaMont et al.
OCL  379 37
UREF
PNO  4935951
ISD  19900600
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  379 37
UREF
PNO  4993058
ISD  19910200
NAM  McMinn et al.
OCL  379 37
UREF
PNO  5012507
ISD  19910400
NAM  Leighton et al.
OCL  379 37
UREF
PNO  5287398
ISD  19940200
NAM  Briault
OCL  379102.01
UREF
PNO  5636263
ISD  19970600
NAM  Thomson
OCL  379 45
LREP
FRM  Fay, Sharpe, Fagan, Minnich & McKee, LLP
ABST
PAL  Apparatus is disclosed that will temporarily identify a building, house, or
      other structure to which emergency personnel have been dispatched. The
      apparatus, which is activated remotely by an emergency service dispatcher,
      includes, in one embodiment, a high-intensity stroboscopic light emitting
      diode (LED) placed in a location that is visible from the exterior of the
      structure, especially from the street.
PAL  The circuit that activates and deactivates the LED is triggered by the
      dispatcher, who causes a specific tone to be transmitted over the
      telephone line after an individual in the structure telephones the
      emergency dispatcher.
PAL  This new apparatus allows the practice of a new method for assuring that
      dispatched emergency personnel quickly and easily find the emergency site
      when they arrive at the general locale of the emergency. The method
      involves the activating of the dispatcher-activated response
      identification light (as the apparatus is called) by the dispatcher over
      the telephone line used by the person who telephones for emergency help.
PATN
WKU  059913649
SRC  8
APN  8287813
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970327
TTL  Phonetic voice activated dialing
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Smith; Creighton
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  McAllister; Alexander I.
CTY  Silver Spring
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Curry; James E.
CTY  Herndon
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Farris; Robert D.
CTY  Sterling
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Bell Atlantic Network Services, Inc.
CTY  Arlington
STA  VA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379 8801
XCL  379 8803
XCL  379229
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  164
FSC  379
FSS  88.03;88.02;88.01;230;229
UREF
PNO  4928302
ISD  19900500
NAM  Kaneuchi et al.
UREF
PNO  4961211
ISD  19901000
NAM  Tsugane et al.
UREF
PNO  5165095
ISD  19921100
NAM  Borcherding
UREF
PNO  5247571
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kay et al.
UREF
PNO  5297183
ISD  19940300
NAM  Bareis et al.
XCL  379 88.03
UREF
PNO  5369685
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kero
UREF
PNO  5452344
ISD  19950900
NAM  Engelbeck et al.
XCL  379 88.25
UREF
PNO  5479489
ISD  19951200
NAM  O'Brien
UREF
PNO  5572583
ISD  19961100
NAM  Wheeler, Jr. et al.
XCL  379229
UREF
PNO  5712903
ISD  19980100
NAM  Bartholomew et al.
OCL  379 88.01
OREF
PAL  "Electronic Speech Recognition, Techniques, Technology and Applications",
      by Bristow, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1986, pp. 26-27.
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  A telephone communications system Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN)
      platform provides a voice activated call dialing functionality through
      speaker independent phoneme speech recognition having a minimum volume of
      storage without requiring user template training. Speaker independent
      phoneme recognition identifies phoneme strings of caller spoken utterances
      which are then compared to phoneme string representations that previously
      have been stored in respective caller processing records (CPRs) for those
      subscribers listed in the ISCP database, or stored in an equivalent
      peripheral database with which the ISCP can communicate. Each stored
      phoneme string representation is associated in the CPR with a destination
      telephone number that may then be extracted to route a call.
PATN
WKU  059913657
SRC  8
APN  8157855
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970312
TTL  Remote phone-based access to a universal multimedia mailbox
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Weaver; Scott
NDR  16
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Pizano; Arturo A.
CTY  Belle Mead
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Li; Frank K.
CTY  Snoqualmie
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Corporate Research, Inc.
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379 8813
XCL  379 8814
XCL  37910013
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  164
FSC  379
FSS  67.1;88.07;88.08;90.01;93.01;93.09;93.15;93.24;100.01;100.08;201;100.13
     ;100.11;88.12;88.14;88.22;88.13
FSC  358
FSS  400;402;403
FSC  348
FSS  14;18
UREF
PNO  4837798
ISD  19890600
NAM  Cohen et al.
OCL  379 88
UREF
PNO  4972462
ISD  19901100
NAM  Shibata
OCL  379 89
UREF
PNO  5479411
ISD  19951200
NAM  Klein
OCL  370110.1
UREF
PNO  5497373
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hulen et al.
OCL  370 79
UREF
PNO  5517556
ISD  19960500
NAM  Pounds et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5521841
ISD  19960500
NAM  Arman et al.
OCL  364514R
UREF
PNO  5524137
ISD  19960600
NAM  Rhee
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5530740
ISD  19960600
NAM  Irribarren et al.
OCL  379 89
UREF
PNO  5557659
ISD  19960900
NAM  Hyde-Thompson
OCL  379 88
UREF
PNO  5633916
ISD  19970500
NAM  Goldhagen et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5724406
ISD  19980300
NAM  Juster
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5729741
ISD  19980300
NAM  Liaguno et al.
OCL  395615
UREF
PNO  5737395
ISD  19980400
NAM  Irribarren
OCL  379 88
UREF
PNO  5740231
ISD  19980400
NAM  Cohn et al.
OCL  379 89
UREF
PNO  5751791
ISD  19980500
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  379 88
UREF
PNO  5838313
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hou et al.
OCL  345302
LREP
FR2  Paschburg; Donald B.
ABST
PAL  A system that provides users with the capability to access messages
      contained in a remote universal multimedia mailbox interfaces with an
      underlying universal messaging server which provides a repository for
      voice, fax, e-mail, etc. . . . This interface is accomplished through a
      standard e-mail protocol used to add voice reply messages from a message
      generator to the universal mailbox through the universal messaging server
      as well as through a message management library contained within a mailbox
      access manager that provides access to message components contained in the
      universal mailbox. The operation of the present invention is guided by a
      telephony attendant which interfaces with a telephone. The telephony
      attendant also controls a media converter which converts media to fax or
      media to audio and an audio/fax player which interfaces with the telephone
      or a fax machine.
PATN
WKU  059913665
SRC  8
APN  7443951
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19961107
TTL  Telephone information retrieval system
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Tsang; Fan S.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Henrick; Robert F.
CTY  Basking Ridge
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Weaver, III; Ralph J.
CTY  Farmingdale
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379 8818
XCL  379 8827
XCL  379 9312
XCL  379352
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  164
FSC  379
FSS  67;88;89;68;69;88.18;88.27;352;355;93.12;101.01
UREF
PNO  4602129
ISD  19860700
NAM  Matthews et al.
OCL  379 84
UREF
PNO  5247575
ISD  19930900
NAM  Sprague et al.
OCL  455  2
UREF
PNO  5335277
ISD  19940800
NAM  Harvey et al.
OCL  380 20
UREF
PNO  5390237
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hoffman, Jr. et al.
OCL  379 87
UREF
PNO  5483577
ISD  19960100
NAM  Gulick
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5526423
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ohuchi et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5623538
ISD  19970400
NAM  Petty
OCL  379 88.18
ABST
PAL  A telephone answering machine (TAS) is preprogrammed to place calls
      automatically to a service bureau (SB) over a telephone or other suitable
      communications network. In response to the calls, the SB generates and
      transmits messages (e.g., compressed digital audio messages) to the TAS
      for recording and subsequent playback by a user. In this way, users can
      routinely receive information useful to their daily lives.
PATN
WKU  059913673
SRC  9
APN  1725653
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19981014
TTL  Telephone call screener
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Foster; Roland G.
EXP  Zele; Krista
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Robuck; Greg
STR  10135 Hedgeway Dr.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
ZIP  75229
CLAS
OCL  379 8824
XCL  379 77
XCL  379 80
XCL  379 8801
XCL  379196
XCL  379199
XCL  379210
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  164
FSC  379
FSS  67.1;71;77;81;88.16;88.21;88.23;88.28;80;88.01;196;199;210
UREF
PNO  4439638
ISD  19840300
NAM  Seligsohn et al.
UREF
PNO  4459435
ISD  19840700
NAM  Foldvary et al.
UREF
PNO  4813070
ISD  19890300
NAM  Humphreys et al.
OCL  379213
UREF
PNO  4922526
ISD  19900500
NAM  Morganstein et al.
OCL  379157
UREF
PNO  4982420
ISD  19910100
NAM  Theis
UREF
PNO  5029198
ISD  19910700
NAM  Walpole et al.
OCL  379 88.23
UREF
PNO  5031205
ISD  19910700
NAM  Phillips
UREF
PNO  5189692
ISD  19930200
NAM  Ferrara
OCL  379 88.16
UREF
PNO  5228080
ISD  19930700
NAM  Nutter et al.
UREF
PNO  5249219
ISD  19930900
NAM  Morganstein et al.
OCL  379 84
UREF
PNO  5327486
ISD  19940700
NAM  Wolff et al.
OCL  379 93.23
UREF
PNO  5347574
ISD  19940900
NAM  Morganstein
UREF
PNO  5351289
ISD  19940900
NAM  Logsdon et al.
UREF
PNO  5361295
ISD  19941100
NAM  Solomon et al.
OCL  379 67.1
UREF
PNO  5375161
ISD  19941200
NAM  Fuller et al.
OCL  455417
UREF
PNO  5502761
ISD  19960300
NAM  Duncan et al.
OCL  379142
UREF
PNO  5511111
ISD  19960400
NAM  Serbetcioglu et al.
UREF
PNO  5535264
ISD  19960700
NAM  Starr et al.
OCL  379 88.25
UREF
PNO  5546442
ISD  19960800
NAM  Foladare et al.
OCL  455417
UREF
PNO  5548636
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bannister et al.
UREF
PNO  5563935
ISD  19961000
NAM  Small
UREF
PNO  5581604
ISD  19961200
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  379 88.13
UREF
PNO  5581611
ISD  19961200
NAM  Unoki
OCL  379211
UREF
PNO  5631951
ISD  19970500
NAM  Chen
UREF
PNO  5651055
ISD  19970700
NAM  Argade
UREF
PNO  5696809
ISD  19971200
NAM  Voit
OCL  379  5
UREF
PNO  5703935
ISD  19971200
NAM  Raissyan et al.
OCL  379 88.18
UREF
PNO  5724408
ISD  19980300
NAM  Morganstein
OCL  379 88.2
UREF
PNO  5793858
ISD  19980800
NAM  Meubus et al.
OCL  379210
UREF
PNO  5832060
ISD  19981100
NAM  Corlett et al.
OCL  379 88.19
UREF
PNO  5832062
ISD  19981100
NAM  Drake
OCL  379 88.16
LREP
FRM  Burleigh & Associates
FR2  Burleigh; Roger S.
ABST
PAL  A telephone call screener and method of use is disclosed for use with a
      user's telephone system. It rejects unwanted telephone calls, such as
      those from telemarketers, while still allowing personal calls to ring
      through to the user, all without any user involvement. The screener
      recognizes an incoming call and disconnects the user's telephone. The
      screening process then reads prerecorded messages to the caller,
      attempting to verbally filter out and reject undesired call types. In a
      first embodiment, the screener generates a random single digit number, and
      requests the caller to press this number key on their phone to verify
      compliance with the previously read message. Depending on the caller's
      actions, the call is either disconnected, or is allowed to ring through to
      the user's telephone. Neither the caller nor the screener user needs to
      know any predefined codes. Further, the screener does not depend on any
      Caller ID system or telephone answering machine. In alternate embodiments,
      the screener could be implemented in a business telephone system, or at a
      telephone company.
PATN
WKU  059913681
SRC  8
APN  8698058
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970605
TTL  Customer information announcement service
ISD  19991123
NCL  39
ECL  1
EXP  Tsang; Fan S.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Quatse; Gina
CTY  Freehold
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Stenger, Sr.; William Henry
CTY  Marlboro
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  AT&T Corp.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379 8825
XCL  379211
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  164
FSC  379
FSS  67.1;88.22;88.23;88.25;210;211;212;213
UREF
PNO  4602129
ISD  19860700
NAM  Matthews et al.
OCL  379 88.26
UREF
PNO  4811382
ISD  19890300
NAM  Sleevi
OCL  379 88.25
UREF
PNO  5440615
ISD  19950800
NAM  Caccuro et al.
OCL  379 88.05
UREF
PNO  5675634
ISD  19971000
NAM  Park
OCL  379 88.16
UREF
PNO  5832061
ISD  19981100
NAM  Rubin
OCL  379 88.09
OREF
PAL  "Method for Informing Callers of Forwarded Telephone", IBM Technical
      Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 36, No. 10, Oct. 1993.
PAL  "New Area Codes in North and Central New Jersey To Take Effect on Jun. 1,
      Customers Should Begin Using the New 973 and 732 Area Code", PR Newswire
      Association Inc., May 28, 1997.
ABST
PAL  A method for notifying customers, using customer information announcements,
      of a change in their telephone numbers due to an area code split and for
      notifying callers of such customers of the new telephone numbers. In one
      aspect, customer information is announced during completion of a telephone
      call placed by a calling party to a called party. A telephone number of
      the called party is received at a telecommunications network from the
      calling party. A first message indicating that the telephone number of the
      called party will be changed is sent to the calling party from the
      telecommunications network and the call is connected to the received
      telephone number, if the telephone number of the called party will be
      changed in the future. A message indicating that the telephone number of
      the called party has been changed is sent to the calling party from the
      telecommunications network and the call is forwarded to a new telephone
      number, if the telephone number of the called party has been changed.
      Customer information is announced during completion of a telephone call
      placed by a calling party to a called party. A telephone number of the
      calling party is received at a telecommunications network. A message
      indicating that the telephone number of the calling party will be changed
      is sent to the calling party from the telecommunications network, if the
      telephone number of the called party will be changed in the future.
PATN
WKU  059913690
SRC  8
APN  8706522
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970606
TTL  System and method for message delivery for non-published directory
      numbers to voice mail boxes
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Hunter; Daniel S.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Petrunka; Robert W.
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Godfrey; Michael
CTY  Apex
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Nortel Networks Corporation
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  379 8825
XCL  379201
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  350
FSC  379
FSS  201;210;212;213;88.18;88.22;88.23;88.25;88.26
UREF
PNO  4959855
ISD  19900900
NAM  Daudelin
OCL  379213
UREF
PNO  5450476
ISD  19950900
NAM  D'Apuzzo et al.
OCL  379213
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A system and method for directing directory assistance calls allows a
      caller seeking a non-published number to access a voice mail box
      associated with the non-published number. If a caller calls directory
      assistance to request a telephone number determined to be non-published,
      the call may be routed to an automatic recording indicating that the
      caller may leave a message. The caller may then leave a voice mail message
      for delivery to the appropriate party.
PATN
WKU  059913703
SRC  8
APN  8965951
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970718
TTL  Voice messaging system and method providing message delivery verification
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Tsang; Fan S.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Ladd; David J.
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379 8825
XCL  379 85
XCL  379 8812
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  164
FSC  379
FSS  67.1;88.08;88.09;88.1;88.12;88.22;88.23;88.24;88.25;88.26;69;70;77;80;85
UREF
PNO  4625081
ISD  19861100
NAM  Lotito et al.
OCL  379211
UREF
PNO  5241584
ISD  19930800
NAM  Hardy et al.
OCL  379113
UREF
PNO  5333180
ISD  19940700
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  379 79
ABST
PAL  A verifying non-user outcall unit within a voice messaging system attempts
      to deliver a subscriber's message to a non-subscriber. During the delivery
      attempt, the verifying non-user outcall unit directs the recording of a
      signal returned after dialing a recipient's telephone number. The
      verifying non-user outcall unit analyzes the signal returned, and
      determines whether the delivery attempt is successful. If the delivery
      attempt is unsuccessful, the verifying non-user outcall unit stores the
      recorded signal and a nondelivery notification in the originating
      subscriber's mailbox. If the delivery attempt is successful, the verifying
      non-user outcall unit stores a voice signal recorded after the recipient
      telephone is answered and a delivery notification in the originating
      subscriber's mailbox.
PATN
WKU  059913711
SRC  8
APN  9823174
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19971201
TTL  Communication apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Weaver; Scott
NDR  51
NFG  57
INVT
NAM  Ouchi; Tetsuya
CTY  Tajimi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Makoto
CTY  Gifu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Minamizawa; Fumihiro
CTY  Toyoake
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Aoki; Tetsuya
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931207
APN  5-306482
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931207
APN  5-306483
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931207
APN  5-306484
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931207
APN  5-306905
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931207
APN  5-306906
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931207
APN  5-306907
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940608
APN  6-126028
RLAP
COD  71
APN  353295
APD  19941205
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  379 9001
XCL  37910015
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1100
FSC  379
FSS  67.1;70;82;88.08;88.11;88.13;88.14;88.19;90.01;93.05;93.08;93.33;100.01
     ;100.15;100.16;100.17;156;167;173;177;179;181;182;183;201;233;245;246;251
     ;252;258;268;350;352;354;373;374;375;376;387
UREF
PNO  3946146
ISD  19760300
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  4646347
ISD  19870200
NAM  Liu
UREF
PNO  4802202
ISD  19890100
NAM  Takahashi et al.
UREF
PNO  4995075
ISD  19910200
NAM  Angiolillo-bent et al.
UREF
PNO  4998273
ISD  19910300
NAM  Nichols
UREF
PNO  5029202
ISD  19910700
NAM  Doernbach, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5040209
ISD  19910800
NAM  Greenberg et al.
UREF
PNO  5073922
ISD  19911200
NAM  Okada
UREF
PNO  5119418
ISD  19920600
NAM  Dupillier
UREF
PNO  5142569
ISD  19920800
NAM  Peters et al.
UREF
PNO  5200992
ISD  19930400
NAM  Yoshino
UREF
PNO  5200994
ISD  19930400
NAM  Sasano et al.
UREF
PNO  5253289
ISD  19931000
NAM  Tanaka
UREF
PNO  5267307
ISD  19931100
NAM  Izumi et al.
UREF
PNO  5307059
ISD  19940400
NAM  Connary et al.
UREF
PNO  5317629
ISD  19940500
NAM  Watanabe
UREF
PNO  5333190
ISD  19940700
NAM  Eyster
UREF
PNO  5425089
ISD  19950600
NAM  Chan et al.
UREF
PNO  5442692
ISD  19950800
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5446784
ISD  19950800
NAM  MacTaggart
UREF
PNO  5481599
ISD  19960100
NAM  MacAllister et al.
UREF
PNO  5537657
ISD  19960700
NAM  King, III
UREF
PNO  5544235
ISD  19960800
NAM  Ardon
UREF
PNO  5563932
ISD  19961000
NAM  Tachibana et al.
FREF
PNO  4-48855
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A communication apparatus including (A) a data obtaining device which
      obtains a plurality of sets of own-call-number data each set of which
      identifies a corresponding one of a plurality of different own call
      numbers allotted to the communication apparatus according to a common
      numbering rule, each of the different own call numbers identifying the
      communication apparatus from other communication apparatuses to which
      other call numbers different from the own call numbers are allotted
      according to the common numbering rule; and (B) one or both of (b1) an
      information receiver which can receive information from the other
      communication apparatuses and (b2) an information transmitter which can
      transmit information to the other communication apparatuses, the
      information receiver and/or the information transmitter being operable in
      a plurality of different manners corresponding to the different own call
      numbers, respectively, such that the information receiver and/or
      transmitter operate in one of the different manners which corresponds to
      one of the different own call numbers identified by each set of
      own-call-number data obtained by the data obtaining device.
PATN
WKU  059913720
SRC  8
APN  922081&
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970902
TTL  Method and apparatus for facilitating financial transactions within a
      communications system
ISD  19991123
NCL  38
ECL  1
EXP  Chan; Wing F.
NDR  22
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Davenport D'Ingianni; Rita Rae
CTY  Richardson
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Law, Jr.; Albert Giles
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Northern Telecom Limited
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  379 9102
XCL  379 9312
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1100
FSC  379
FSS  91.01;91.02;93.04;93.12;207;218;265;266;355;357;67.1
UREF
PNO  3920908
ISD  19751100
NAM  Kraus
OCL  379 91.02
UREF
PNO  5329589
ISD  19940700
NAM  Fraser et al.
OCL  379 91.02
UREF
PNO  5745554
ISD  19980400
NAM  Rozetti
OCL  379 91.02
UREF
PNO  5748711
ISD  19980500
NAM  Scherer
OCL  379 91.02
LREP
FR2  Edwards; Christopher O.
FR2  Venglarik; Daniel E.
FR2  Dillon; Andrew J.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus in a communications system for facilitating a
      financial transaction between two parties within the communications
      system. The method of the present invention is implemented in a data
      processing system. A request for a financial transaction is received from
      the first party. A call is initiated by the data processing system to the
      second party associated with the request. The call is established between
      the first party and the second party wherein the financial transaction is
      established between the two parties through the call. Data is acquired
      from the two parties in response to the establishment of the financial
      transaction through the call. First party information and second party
      information is verified, wherein the financial transaction is securely
      completed.
PATN
WKU  059913738
SRC  8
APN  9294902
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970915
TTL  Reproduction of a voice and video session
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  24
EXP  Woo; Stella
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Pattison; Jon A.
CTY  Flower Mound
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Fox; John A.
CTY  Irving
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Machalica; David
CTY  Bunch
STA  OK
ASSG
NAM  Teknekron Infoswitch Corporation
CTY  Fort Worth
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379 9317
XCL  379 9314
XCL  379265
XCL  379 9321
XCL  379 9325
XCL  348 15
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1100
FSC  379
FSS  93.17;93.21;93.23;93.24;93.25;100.08;100.09;100.11;265;266;309;93.14
FSC  395
FSS  557;200.33;200.38
FSC  348
FSS  6.7;15
UREF
PNO  5119474
ISD  19920600
NAM  Beitel et al.
OCL  395154
UREF
PNO  5351276
ISD  19940900
NAM  Doll, Jr. et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5442390
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hooper et al.
OCL  348  7
UREF
PNO  5535256
ISD  19960700
NAM  Maloney et al.
OCL  379 34
UREF
PNO  5621789
ISD  19970400
NAM  McCalmont et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5704030
ISD  19971200
NAM  Kanzaki
OCL  395557
UREF
PNO  5737531
ISD  19980400
NAM  Ehley
OCL  395200.38
UREF
PNO  5748499
ISD  19980500
NAM  Tryeblood
OCL  395200.33
FREF
PNO  WO94/01964
ISD  19940100
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04N  100
OREF
PAL  European Search Report; all, Jan. 19, 1999.
PAL  Kimiaki Shoji; "Development of Video Communications Products for an
      Expanding Range of Uses"; NTT Review; all, Nov. 1995.
PAL  Louise Lamont, et al; "Synchronization of Multimedia Data for a Multimedia
      News-on-Demand Application"; IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in
      Communications; all, Jan. 1, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A communication system for reproducing a voice and video session includes a
      call center having a voice server and a video server. The call center also
      includes agent and supervisor workstations with computers and associated
      voice instruments. The voice server records and communicates voice
      segments associated with the session using a voice path. The computers at
      the agent and supervisor workstations retrieve the video segment captured
      and stored by the video server, and display the video segment adjusted in
      time to reproduce the session.
PATN
WKU  059913746
SRC  8
APN  6948545
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960808
TTL  Programmable messaging system for controlling playback of messages on
      remote music on-hold- compatible telephone systems and other message
      output devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXP  Weaver; Scott
NDR  27
NFG  52
INVT
NAM  Hazenfield; Joey C.
STR  2677 Little Dry Run Rd.
CTY  Cincinnati
STA  OH
ZIP  45244
CLAS
OCL  37910101
XCL  379 8811
XCL  379 8822
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  342
FSC  379
FSS  67;74;76;87;88;89;90.01;93.01;101.01;102.03;201;457;67.1;88.11;88.15;88.16
     ;88.17;88.18;88.22;88.25
FSC  340
FSS  825.44;825.47;825.52
FSC  348
FSS  6;7
FSC  455
FSS  500;70;3.1;3.2;6.3;412;418;31.2;39
UREF
PNO  4446336
ISD  19840500
NAM  Bethel et al.
UREF
PNO  4663777
ISD  19870500
NAM  Szeto
OCL  379 88
UREF
PNO  4785408
ISD  19881100
NAM  Brittton et al.
OCL  364513.5
UREF
PNO  4797909
ISD  19890100
NAM  Mastromoro et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  4985913
ISD  19910100
NAM  Shalom et al.
OCL  379 76
UREF
PNO  4996704
ISD  19910200
NAM  Brunson
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5016273
ISD  19910500
NAM  Hoff
UREF
PNO  5027384
ISD  19910600
NAM  Morganstein
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5029198
ISD  19910700
NAM  Walpole et al.
OCL  379 88
UREF
PNO  5109414
ISD  19920400
NAM  Harvey et al.
OCL  380  9
UREF
PNO  5247549
ISD  19930900
NAM  Snowden et al.
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5247568
ISD  19930900
NAM  Bergsman et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5293484
ISD  19940300
NAM  Dabbs, III et al.
OCL  395164
UREF
PNO  5337044
ISD  19940800
NAM  Folger et al.
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  5381138
ISD  19950100
NAM  Stair et al.
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  5418527
ISD  19950500
NAM  Yashiro
OCL  340825.24
UREF
PNO  5434906
ISD  19950200
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5434908
ISD  19950700
NAM  Klein
OCL  379 88
UREF
PNO  5434910
ISD  19950700
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  379 89
UREF
PNO  5459458
ISD  19951000
NAM  Richardson et al.
OCL  340825.52
UREF
PNO  5461665
ISD  19951000
NAM  Shur et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5594658
ISD  19970100
NAM  Lemaire et al.
OCL  364514B
UREF
PNO  5635923
ISD  19970600
NAM  Steele et al.
OCL  340905
UREF
PNO  5664948
ISD  19970900
NAM  Dimitriadis et al.
OCL  434307R
LREP
FRM  Roylance, Abrams, Berdo & Goodman, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A remotely programmable message delivery system comprises a number of
      client computers which communicate with a server to send control signals
      to one or more remote message playback devices. The message playback
      devices are each provided with a library of messages, and comprise at
      least one music on-hold-compatible telephone system, a public address
      system or other audio and/or visual advertising device. Message playlists
      from the client computers can be sent via the server to the message
      playback devices by a communication link such as a radiopaging system. The
      client computer is programmed to generate screens for guiding an operator
      to select messages from the library of messages and the order and times at
      which they are to be played by selected message playback devices. Message
      playback devices can be organized into one or more regions to allow a
      message playlist to be sent to more than one message playback device using
      a single radiopaging signal. The client computer can also generate screens
      to display the text of selected messages.
PATN
WKU  059913754
SRC  8
APN  8414254
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970422
TTL  Method of operating a communications network as well as a communications
      network and an interworking facility
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Congvan
EXP  Chin; Wellington
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Stahl; Uwe
CTY  Leonberg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Lautenschlager; Wolfgang
CTY  Weissach-Flacht
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Alcatel Alsthom Compagnie Generale d'Electricite
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960430
APN  196 17 348
CLAS
OCL  379113
XCL  370401
XCL  370466
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  300
FSC  379
FSS  113;219;220;228;230;240;207;265;266
FSC  370
FSS  401;466;467
UREF
PNO  4775999
ISD  19881000
NAM  Williams
UREF
PNO  5175800
ISD  19921200
NAM  Galis et al.
OCL  395 51
UREF
PNO  5278823
ISD  19940100
NAM  Handel
OCL  370249
UREF
PNO  5490212
ISD  19960200
NAM  Lautenschlager
OCL  379225
UREF
PNO  5682482
ISD  19971000
NAM  Burt et al.
OCL  395242
FREF
PNO  4324094
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4417779
ISD  19951200
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  "Hubs for Global Services" from Trends in Telecommunications, 1992, vol. 8,
      No. 1, pp. 54 to 64.
PAL  Huder, Geier: D900 Mobile Communication System, System Description SYD
      A30808-X3231-X-2-7681, Siemens, Munchen, 1992, pp. 3-14.
PAL  Sellin, Rudiger: Management privater Telekommunikationsnetze. In: ntz, H.
      Jul. 1995, pp. 26-31.
PAL  Sawada, Hiroshi, et al: "Inter-Network Roaming Based on Personal Digital
      Cellular Standards", In: Globecom, Houston, US, BD 3, 29, Nov. 1993, pp.
      1944-1949.
PAL  Voruganti, Ram Rao; "A Global Network Management Frameworlk for the '90s".
      In. IEEE Communications Magazine, Aug. 1994, pp. 74-83.
PAL  Rupp, Dieter, Timmermann, Uwe: "Das SISA-Transportnetz". In: telekom praxis
      Jul. 1995, pp. 41-54.
LREP
FRM  Ware, Fressola, Van Der Sluys & Adolphson LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention concerns a method of operating a communications network of a
      network operator (OPA), which is interconnected with one or more further
      communications networks of one or more further network operators (OPB to
      OPZ) via one or more gateways respectively, as well as such a
      communications network and an interworking facility (GATECEN) for such a
      communications network. For each gateway, a gateway switching center
      (GATE.sub.-- EX) exchanges information-bearing data with a switching
      facility (GATE) of the respective further communications network via at
      least one bearer channel. Furthermore the interworking functions (STP,
      KDE, TAR, FUNC1 to FUNC3) are performed for all connections via the one or
      more bearer channel(s) which support the interconnection of the
      communications network via the respective gateway with the respective
      further communications network of the respective other network operator
      (OPB to OPZ). The interworking functions (STP, KDE, TAR, FUNC1 to FUNC3)
      for all connections of two or more spatially distributed gateway switching
      centers (GATE.sub.-- EX) to at least one of the other communications
      networks (KN2 to KN3) are provided hereby in a common interworking
      facility (GATECEN).
PATN
WKU  059913762
SRC  8
APN  8589364
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970520
TTL  Subscriber reward method
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Tieu; Binh K.
EXP  Kuntz; Curtis A.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Hennessy; Linda
CTY  Madison
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Safran; Steve L.
CTY  Whitehouse Station
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  AT&T Corp.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379114
XCL  379 9311
XCL  379111
XCL  379121
XCL  379125
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1500
FSC  379
FSS  111;112;113;114-115;121;124;126;130;133-134;139;140;143-144;93.13;127;125
UREF
PNO  5504808
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hamrick, Jr.
OCL  379144
UREF
PNO  5608785
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kasday
OCL  379 90
UREF
PNO  5639088
ISD  19970600
NAM  Schneider et al.
OCL  237138.2
UREF
PNO  5675636
ISD  19971000
NAM  Gray
OCL  379114
UREF
PNO  5729693
ISD  19980300
NAM  Holda-Fleck
OCL  379 93.12
UREF
PNO  5734838
ISD  19980300
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  395214
LREP
FR2  Levy; Robert B.
ABST
PAL  A subscriber (12) of a communications carrier is rewarded upon meeting
      certain criterion. Upon receipt of the subscriber's call, the carrier
      accesses a profile for the subscriber indicative of the subscriber's
      relationship with the carrier. Based on the information in the profile, as
      well as any external criterion the carrier may impose, the carrier
      determines whether the subscriber is eligible for a reward, and if so,
      then provides an announcement of the reward during the call. The carrier
      then provides the reward, which may be a reward of communications of
      service.
PATN
WKU  059913770
SRC  8
APN  9094172
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970811
TTL  System and method for manipulating data fields in a call structure for
      synchronizing billing information and retaining original calling party
      information
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Tieu; Binh K.
EXP  Kuntz; Curtis A.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Malik; Dale W.
CTY  Atlanta
STA  GA
ASSG
NAM  BellSouth Intellectual Property Corporation
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379114
XCL  379115
XCL  379207
XCL  379211
XCL  379221
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1500
FSC  379
FSS  111-115;121;126;127;134;226;229;230;207;220;221
UREF
PNO  5414759
ISD  19950500
NAM  Ishikuri et al.
OCL  379212
UREF
PNO  5572583
ISD  19961100
NAM  Wheeler et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5598464
ISD  19970100
NAM  Hess et al.
OCL  379213
UREF
PNO  5748724
ISD  19980500
NAM  Sonnenberg
OCL  379212
UREF
PNO  5757894
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kay et al.
OCL  379114
UREF
PNO  5854836
ISD  19981200
NAM  Nimmagadda
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5867569
ISD  19990200
NAM  Martinez et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5881145
ISD  19990300
NAM  Giuhat et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5887056
ISD  19990300
NAM  Sonnenberg
OCL  379221
LREP
FR2  Tocups, Esq.; Nora M.
FR2  Ewing, IV, Esq.; James L.
     Kilpatrick Stockton LLP
ABST
PAL  A system and method for synchronizing billing information and maintaining
      original calling party information when providing an enhanced
      communication service. A communication is received from a first network
      element and directed to a feature access code. In connection with the
      communication, a string of data is received containing call information
      for correction of parameters of a call structure. In response to receiving
      the communication directed to the feature access code, the string of data
      is manipulated within the parameters of the call structure based on
      instructions provided by a database, whereby original calling party
      information located in the call structure is retained and billing
      information is ultimately synchronized with an associated subscriber.
      Advantageously, the tasks of synchronizing billing information and
      maintaining call origination are accomplished by providing a standard
      format for processing long strings of data representing information on how
      a call is to be configured and by reformatting the data fields based on
      this information so that the final call structure resembles that of the
      original call structure.
PATN
WKU  059913789
SRC  8
APN  9101802
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970813
TTL  Dynamic charging for telecommunications services in accordance with the
      load condition of the network
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  10
EXP  Loomis; Paul
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Apel; Ulrich
CTY  Ditzingen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Alcatel
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960828
APN  196 34 664
CLAS
OCL  379114
XCL  379121
XCL  455406
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1500
FSC  379
FSS  114;115;119;120;121;130;111;112;116
FSC  455
FSS  406;407;408
UREF
PNO  5488655
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hamlen
OCL  379114
UREF
PNO  5790642
ISD  19980800
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  379115
UREF
PNO  5793852
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kang et al.
OCL  379115
UREF
PNO  5794140
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sawyer
OCL  455408
FREF
PNO  0491497
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0526118
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3305978
ISD  19840800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4219416
ISD  19931200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4241434
ISD  19940600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  19516364
ISD  19951100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  0685971
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9308661
ISD  19930400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9428683
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9524093
ISD  19950900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Alcatel worldwide Intelligent Networks--an overview of supplied systems
      and services" by Roscam et al in Alcatel Telecommunications Review, 1st
      Quarter 1996, pp. 68-78.
PAL  "Intelligent Networks and Multimedia" by Van Ackere et al in Alcatel
      Telecommunications Review, 1st Quarter 1996, pp. 53-61.
LREP
FRM  Ware, Fressola, Van Der Sluys & Adolphson LLP
ABST
PAL  Method and system for setting a charge in a telecommunication network The
      present invention relates to a method and a system (TZ) for setting a
      charge for a communication service in a telecommunication network (T). It
      is proposed to dynamically change the charge in accordance with a
      presettable criterion. It is further proposed that the traffic load of the
      telecommunication network T preferably represents such a presettable
      criterion.
PATN
WKU  059913797
SRC  8
APN  7951299
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970207
TTL  Radio communication system authenticating a personal station and
      calculating a fee of a telephone call from the personal station
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Barnie; Rexford N.
EXP  Loomis; Paul
NDR  15
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Kusaki; Tsutomu
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Jun
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Itoh; Fumitaka
CTY  Inzai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mori; Takeshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960209
APN  8-024026
CLAS
OCL  379115
XCL  379114
XCL  379112
XCL  379126
XCL  379 9101
XCL  455405
XCL  455406
XCL  455411
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1500
FSC  379
FSS  111;114;115;120;121;127;112;113;91.01;91.02;93.02
FSC  455
FSS  403;405;406;407;408;409;411;410
UREF
PNO  5321735
ISD  19940600
NAM  Breeden et al.
OCL  379112
UREF
PNO  5329573
ISD  19940700
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  455411
UREF
PNO  5425083
ISD  19950600
NAM  Furuya et al.
OCL  379111
UREF
PNO  5430794
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ayame
OCL  379114
UREF
PNO  5583918
ISD  19961200
NAM  Nakaga
OCL  379114
UREF
PNO  5625869
ISD  19970400
NAM  Nagamatsu et al.
OCL  379 59
FREF
PNO  6-217365
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  According the present invention, a line using status of each personal
      station which contains an existing analog line in a route between the
      personal station and an exchange unit is determined. The PS number of a
      personal station having a telephone call, the line number used for the
      telephone call, and the line use order of in which the personal station
      uses the line are registered in a billing unit provided to a cell station
      every time a telephone call is made, and the line number, the line use
      order and the charging rate parameter of usage of the line are registered
      in a billing center every time a telephone call is made. Further, the
      information registered in the billing unit is periodically collected in
      the form of analog signals in the billing center, and the PS number and
      the charging rate parameter are associated with each other by using the
      line number and the line use order as a key.
PATN
WKU  059913800
SRC  8
APN  9558403
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971021
TTL  Universal telecommunications services account
ISD  19991123
NCL  48
ECL  1
EXP  Loomis; Paul
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Bruno; Barbara B.
CTY  Morristown
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Bruno; Richard Frank
CTY  Morristown
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Katseff; Howard Paul
CTY  Englishtown
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Markowitz; Robert Edward
CTY  Glen Rock
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Robinson; Bethany Scott
CTY  Lebanon
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  AT&T Corp.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379115
XCL  379144
XCL  379 9101
XCL  705 26
XCL  705 39
XCL  235380
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1500
FSC  379
FSS  112;114;115;120;121;127;144;91.01;91.02
FSC  705
FSS  11;17;18;39;40;26
FSC  235
FSS  380;382
UREF
PNO  5621787
ISD  19970400
NAM  McKoy et al.
OCL  379144
UREF
PNO  5771282
ISD  19980600
NAM  Friedes
OCL  379114
UREF
PNO  5844972
ISD  19981200
NAM  Jagadish et al.
OCL  379144
FREF
PNO  97-01920
ISD  19970100
CNT  WOX
ABST
PAL  A method and a system for accumulating charges for telecommunications
      services used during a calling card call, whether the calling card is
      periodically billed or prepaid. According to the invention, call
      information detail information, such as a user identification, a beginning
      time of the call, and setup parameters of the call, is received for a
      calling-card call. Services rate information is received for
      telecommunications services used during the calling-card call. A depletion
      rate of an available funds account associated with the calling-card call
      is then determined in real time, and the available funds account is
      depleted at the determined depletion rate during the calling-card call,
      also in real time.
PATN
WKU  059913819
SRC  8
APN  9607625
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971030
TTL  Method and apparatus for providing telephone calling card validation
      over a computer network
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  9
EXP  Loomis; Paul
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Bouanaka; Hansali
CTY  Tinton Falls
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Rahman; Moshiur
CTY  Freehold
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  AT&T Corp.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379115
XCL  379 9101
XCL  705 26
XCL  705 44
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1500
FSC  379
FSS  91.01;91.2;112;114;115;121;127
FSC  705
FSS  26;39;40;44;14
FSC  235
FSS  386;382
UREF
PNO  5336870
ISD  19940800
NAM  Hughes et al.
UREF
PNO  5638431
ISD  19970600
NAM  Everett et al.
UREF
PNO  5749075
ISD  19980500
NAM  Toader et al.
OCL  705 14
UREF
PNO  5825857
ISD  19981000
NAM  Reto et al.
OCL  379112
UREF
PNO  5835580
ISD  19981100
NAM  Fraser
OCL  379115
UREF
PNO  5845267
ISD  19981200
NAM  Ronen
OCL  379114
UREF
PNO  5867495
ISD  19990200
NAM  Elliot et al.
OCL  379114
OREF
PAL  Patent No. 5,638,431, filed on May 1, 1995 and issued on Jun. 10, 1997 to
      David A. Everett, et al.
PAL  Patent No. 5,336,870, filed on May 26, 1992 and issued on Aug. 9, 1994 to
      Thomas S. Hughes, et al.
ABST
PAL  A calling card validation method and system for automatically issuing
      calling cards and placing charges on customer's telephone bill. The
      calling card validation is requested in a computer protocol and converted
      to a telephone protocol, then a response is generated and the billing
      information is added to a telephone data base, after validation occurred
      successfully.
PATN
WKU  059913827
SRC  9
APN  0566721
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19980407
TTL  Computer telephone system
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Loomis; Paul
NDR  76
NFG  111
INVT
NAM  Bayless; Jeanne A.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Black; William B.
CTY  McKinney
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Brannick; Gary L.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Lee; Gene W.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Lloyd; Lora M.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Mason; Larry P.
CTY  Fairview
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Mathis; Amy L.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Steenbergen; James E.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Stoldt; Mark R.
CTY  Allen
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Young; Garrett C.
CTY  Garland
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Young; Gary C.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Fissel; James E.
CTY  Arlington
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Withers; Robert W.
CTY  Maryland Heights
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  Davox Corporation
CTY  Weston
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  804233
APD  19970221
PSC  01
PNO  5754636
RLAP
COD  81
APN  333058
APD  19941101
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  379136
XCL  379113
XCL  379 34
XCL  379267
XCL  379164
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1500
ICL  H04M  124
ICL  H04M  100
ICL  H04M  300
FSC  379
FSS  34;112;113;133;134;135;136;137;140;265;266;267;309;156;162;157;164
UREF
PNO  4924496
ISD  19900500
NAM  Figa et al.
OCL  379199
UREF
PNO  5054055
ISD  19911000
NAM  Hanle et al.
OCL  379142
UREF
PNO  5077788
ISD  19911200
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL  379142
UREF
PNO  5097528
ISD  19920300
NAM  Gursahaney
OCL  379142
UREF
PNO  5117452
ISD  19920500
NAM  Callele et al.
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5152012
ISD  19920900
NAM  Schwob
OCL  455158.5
UREF
PNO  5210789
ISD  19930500
NAM  Jeffus et al.
OCL  379127
UREF
PNO  5341414
ISD  19940800
NAM  Popke
OCL  379142
UREF
PNO  5349638
ISD  19940900
NAM  Pitroda et al.
OCL  379142
UREF
PNO  5379030
ISD  19950100
NAM  Nolan et al.
OCL  455158.5
UREF
PNO  5388150
ISD  19950200
NAM  Schneyer et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5393713
ISD  19950200
NAM  Schwob
OCL  455158.5
UREF
PNO  5425087
ISD  19950600
NAM  Gerber et al.
OCL  379134
UREF
PNO  5465286
ISD  19951100
NAM  Clare et al.
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5511117
ISD  19960400
NAM  Zazzera
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5570419
ISD  19961000
NAM  Cave et al.
OCL  379113
UREF
PNO  5684868
ISD  19971100
NAM  Alexander
OCL  379113
OREF
PAL  Declaration of Gary C. Young Pursuant to Rule 1.132.
LREP
FRM  Bourque & Associates, PA
ABST
PAL  A telecommunications system (10) is provided that provides for telephone
      functions to be accessed through client computer system (14). A server
      computer system (16) provides telephony services, database services and
      access to E-mail, voice mail, video conferencing and facsimile systems. A
      graphical user interface 116 is presented to a user to allow the user to
      perform a large number of functions and to access databases of information
      associated with calling and called parties.
PATN
WKU  059913835
SRC  9
APN  0853658
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19980526
TTL  Partitioning of display for calling party numbers
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  16
EXA  Nguyen; Duc
EXP  Kuntz; Curtis A.
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kucmerowski; Dennis L.
CTY  Delray Beach
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Vander Meiden; David A.
CTY  Boca Raton
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Muller; Harald
CTY  Boca Raton
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Information and Communication Networks, Inc.
CTY  Boca Raton
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379142
XCL  379 8819
XCL  379 8821
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  156
FSC  379
FSS  88.19;88.2-88.21;93.23;120;127;142;354
UREF
PNO  5442686
ISD  19950800
NAM  Wada et al.
OCL  379 88
UREF
PNO  5506894
ISD  19960400
NAM  Billings et al.
OCL  379127
UREF
PNO  5524140
ISD  19960600
NAM  Klausner et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5546447
ISD  19960800
NAM  Skarbo et al.
OCL  379142
UREF
PNO  5590184
ISD  19961200
NAM  London
OCL  379142
UREF
PNO  5602908
ISD  19970200
NAM  Fan
OCL  379199
UREF
PNO  5883942
ISD  19990300
NAM  Lim et al.
OCL  379142
ABST
PAL  A system and method for communication information between origination
      equipment and destination equipment, in which switching signal information
      is received from a calling party telephone network. Additionally,
      information is also received from origination equipment for use by
      destination equipment for displaying calling party numbers. A display for
      use with the destination equipment receives the information from the
      calling party telephone network. From the plurality of information
      received, a first code from the calling party telephone network identifies
      calling party number information, and a second code from the calling party
      telephone network identifies partitioning information of the first code
      relating to a convention of parsing of telephone numbers associated with
      the calling party telephone network. The parsing of the calling party
      numbers into fields introduces field separator characters between the
      fields including delimiters such as dashes, spaces, parenthetical,
      graphical characters and the like to separate destination codes from
      subscriber numbers according to international, country, national or
      regional fields, such as the North American Numbering Plan.
PATN
WKU  059913843
SRC  8
APN  9294880
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970915
TTL  Apparatus for facilitating the making of a calling card telephone call
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  22
EXA  Barnie; Rexford N
EXP  Kuntz; Curtis A.
NDR  11
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Wulkan; Itzhak
CTY  Ra'Anana
CNT  ILX
ASSG
NAM  CallManage, Ltd.
CTY  Kfar Sava
CNT  ILX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  379144
XCL  379114
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1700
ICL  H04M 1500
FSC  379
FSS  114;144;406;127;115;112;113
FSC  455
FSS  403;405;406;407;408;409
UREF
PNO  5343519
ISD  19940800
NAM  Feldman
UREF
PNO  5450479
ISD  19950900
NAM  Alesio et al.
UREF
PNO  5452352
ISD  19950900
NAM  Talton
UREF
PNO  5455857
ISD  19951000
NAM  McGuire
UREF
PNO  5497411
ISD  19960300
NAM  Pellerin
UREF
PNO  5509056
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ericsson et al.
OCL  379144
UREF
PNO  5675607
ISD  19971000
NAM  Alesio et al.
OCL  379144
UREF
PNO  5774533
ISD  19980600
NAM  Patel
OCL  379144
UREF
PNO  5825863
ISD  19981000
NAM  Walker
OCL  379144
UREF
PNO  5844972
ISD  19981200
NAM  Jagadish et al.
OCL  379144
UREF
PNO  5845205
ISD  19981200
NAM  Alanara et al.
OCL  379144
LREP
FRM  Ohlandt, Greeley, Ruggiero & Perle L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for facilitating the making of a calling card telephone call
      includes a central processing unit (CPU) and a storage device for storing
      access data to enable access to a central telephone office connected to a
      telephone network, account data and a telephone number. The apparatus
      further includes a dialer capable of transmitting and receiving signals to
      and from the user interface, the telephone network and the central
      telephone office. The central processing unit, responsive to an entry of
      the telephone number on the user interface, stores the telephone number in
      the storage device. Thereafter, the CPU causes the dialer to transmit
      access data from the storage device, across the telephone network, to
      initiate communication with the central telephone office. Finally, the
      CPU, responsive to requests for information from the central telephone
      office, causes the dialer to transmit the telephone number and the account
      data in the order requested by the central telephone office, to complete
      the calling card transaction.
PATN
WKU  059913851
SRC  8
APN  8962855
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970716
TTL  Enhanced audio teleconferencing with sound field effect
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Bui; Bing
EXP  Zele; Krista
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Dunn; James M.
CTY  Ocean Ridge
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Ganek; Alan G.
CTY  Chappaqua
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Stern; Edith H.
CTY  Boca Raton
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Willner; Barry E.
CTY  Briarcliff Manor
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379202
XCL  379 671
XCL  379388
XCL  379389
XCL  379420
XCL  381  1
XCL  381 17
XCL  381 61
XCL  381 57
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  342
FSC  379
FSS  67.1;202;206;388;389;420
FSC  381
FSS  17;61;81;57;1
UREF
PNO  4232198
ISD  19801100
NAM  Warman
OCL  379202
UREF
PNO  4658425
ISD  19870400
NAM  Julstrom
OCL  381 81
UREF
PNO  4734934
ISD  19880300
NAM  Boggs
OCL  379202
UREF
PNO  5020098
ISD  19910500
NAM  Cell
OCL  379202
UREF
PNO  5335011
ISD  19940800
NAM  Addeo et al.
OCL  348 15
UREF
PNO  5572591
ISD  19961100
NAM  Numazu et al.
OCL  381  1
UREF
PNO  5619555
ISD  19970400
NAM  Fenton et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5742688
ISD  19980400
NAM  Ogawa et al.
OCL  381 17
LREP
FRM  Morgan & Finnegan, LLP
FR2  Redmond, Jr.; J. C.
ABST
PAL  An audio teleconferencing apparatus and method provide an audio sound field
      among a plurality of teleconferencees creating a sense of a virtual
      conference table having a spatial location for each conferencee at the
      virtual table. Each conferencee has a speakerphone including a
      programmable Digital Signal Processor (DSP) for receiving a conference
      audio signal. In one form, the speakerphones are coupled to a conference
      bridge through individual ports, the bridge linking together all
      conferencees for purposes of the multiparty teleconference and
      transmitting port identifying signals denoting at discrete instants of
      time which remote port has a currently speaking conferences. The port
      identity signals are transmitted in-band or out-of-band to the
      speakerphones in conjunction with the conference audio signal. Each
      speakerphone uses the programmed DSP and the port identity signal/audio
      signals to cause sound reproduced at the speakerphone to appear to emanate
      from positions around the virtual conference table according to the port
      identity signals. In another form, a conference speakerphone exchanges its
      ID with other conference phones on the call and creates an "outgoing
      image" of participants at a speakerphone. Using the Id information, each
      DSP maps a virtual conference table for the conferencees and the relative
      spatial positions of the speakers within a group.
PATN
WKU  059913860
SRC  8
APN  816276&
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970313
TTL  Method and arrangement for the connection of multiple terminals to one
      subscriber line of the telephone network, and a terminal
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Hong; Harry S.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Nurmi; Veikko
CTY  Turku
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Nokia Technology GmbH
CTY  Pforzheim
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19960313
APN  961165
CLAS
OCL  379208
XCL  379 9335
XCL  379168
XCL  379184
XCL  379377
XCL  379378
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  342
ICL  H04M 1100
ICL  H04M  902
ICL  H04M  100
FSC  379
FSS  168;184;208;377;378;442;93.28;93.34;93.35;215
UREF
PNO  4852151
ISD  19890700
NAM  Dittakavi et al.
XCL  379215
UREF
PNO  4995074
ISD  19910200
NAM  Goldman et al.
XCL  379215
UREF
PNO  5140631
ISD  19920800
NAM  Stahl
OCL  379377
UREF
PNO  5519767
ISD  19960500
NAM  O'Horo et al.
OCL  379215
LREP
FRM  Ware, Fressola, Van Der Sluys & Adolphson LLP
ABST
PAL  In an arrangement for the connection of two or more terminals (1, 1') to
      one subscriber line (3) the terminals (1, 1') are connected to a chain so
      that the connection from the subscriber line (3) to a terminal (1) is
      further branched (13) to the next terminal (1'), and the arrangement
      according to the invention is characterized in that it comprises means
      (18, 20) to detect whether the terminal (1) and the next terminal (1') are
      in the operating state or in the idle state; a controllable switch (12,
      14) for each terminal (1, 1') connected to the subscriber line (3) in
      order to connect the corresponding terminal (1, 1') to the subscriber line
      (3) and disconnect it from the line; and means (18, 20) to independently
      control the switch (12, 14) corresponding to each terminal (1, 1')
      depending on which states are detected for the terminals (1, 1'). Thus it
      is possible, when required, to cut off the current from the subscriber
      line (3) in order to disconnect the connection. In order to detect the
      operating state of the next terminal (1') it is preferable to provide the
      connection (13) to it with a current meter or detector (20). With the
      invention one is always able to use a second terminal (1') when desired,
      e.g. a telephone, which is connected behind a first terminal (1), e.g. a
      modem. The second terminal (1') will not require any special design and it
      must not necessarily be able to be connected in a chain.
PATN
WKU  059913878
SRC  8
APN  8299099
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970321
TTL  Monitoring and controlling channels to improve the interface of calls
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Hunter; Daniel S.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Shaffer; Shmuel
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Beyda; William J.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Dilley; Selena
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lambert; Henry W.
CTY  Campbell
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Meredith; Phillip
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bitzinger; Rudolph
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Information and Communications Network, Inc.
CTY  Boca Raton
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379211
XCL  379201
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1100
FSC  379
FSS  88.13;88.14;88.15;88.22;88.17;210;211;212
FSC  370
FSS  440;455;459;461
FSC  348
FSS  14;15
UREF
PNO  488766
ISD  18921200
NAM  Ogasawara
UREF
PNO  5184345
ISD  19930200
NAM  Sahni
UREF
PNO  5648971
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ogata et al.
OCL  370421
UREF
PNO  5649004
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ikeno et al.
OCL  379212
UREF
PNO  5724407
ISD  19980300
NAM  Bruno et al.
OCL  348 14
UREF
PNO  5751791
ISD  19980500
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  379142
UREF
PNO  5760823
ISD  19980600
NAM  Brunson et al.
OCL  348 14
FREF
PNO  0 323 083
ISD  19890700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 376 525
ISD  19900700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 532 972
ISD  19930300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 592 846
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  CCITT Recommendation 1.252.2, International Telecommunication Union,
      Geneva, Aug. 1992, 17 pgs.
PAL  Horn, D.N. et al: "An ISDN Multimedia Conference Bridge", Proceedings of
      the Region 10 Conference on Computer and Communication Systems (TENCON),
      Hong Kong, 24-24 Sept., 1990, vol. 2, Sept. 24, 1990, IEEE, 853-856.
LREP
FR2  Vance; Heather S.
ABST
PAL  A method is provided for monitoring channels and controlling calls.
      Multiple channels provided by at least one digital line are monitored.
      Based on this monitoring, the present invention determines when all of the
      multiple channels are occupied. At least one of an incoming call and an
      established call is given priority when all of the multiple channels are
      busy. The priority is based on predetermined inputs from a user. The call
      with priority is provided on one of the multiple channels. The present
      invention then determines when one or more of the multiple channels are
      available. When one of the multiple channels becomes available, the action
      based on the call priority is automatically disabled.
PATN
WKU  059913886
SRC  8
APN  8271356
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970327
TTL  Method and system for routing calls to a party
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Wolinsky; Scott
NDR  23
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Sonnenberg; Edward
CTY  Coral Springs
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Information and Communication Networks, Inc.
CTY  Boca Raton
STA  FL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  497410
APD  19950630
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  379220
XCL  379207
XCL  379211
XCL  379221
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  342
FSC  379
FSS  201;207;219;220;221;112;114;127;210;265;211;242;243
UREF
PNO  4162377
ISD  19790700
NAM  Mearns
OCL  379127
UREF
PNO  4191860
ISD  19800300
NAM  Weber
OCL  379115
UREF
PNO  4348554
ISD  19820900
NAM  Asmuth
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  4442321
ISD  19840400
NAM  Stehman
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  4555594
ISD  19851100
NAM  Friedes et al.
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  4565903
ISD  19860100
NAM  Riley
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  4577066
ISD  19860300
NAM  Bimonte et al.
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  4611096
ISD  19860900
NAM  Asmuth et al.
OCL  379230
UREF
PNO  4751728
ISD  19880600
NAM  Treat
OCL  379114
UREF
PNO  4754479
ISD  19880600
NAM  Bicknell et al.
OCL  379211
UREF
PNO  4791665
ISD  19881200
NAM  Bogart et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  4827500
ISD  19890500
NAM  Binkerd et al.
OCL  379 88
UREF
PNO  4866763
ISD  19890900
NAM  Cooper et al.
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  4924510
ISD  19900500
NAM  Le
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  4953203
ISD  19900800
NAM  Shepard
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  4958368
ISD  19900900
NAM  Parker
OCL  379 91
UREF
PNO  4964159
ISD  19901000
NAM  Son
OCL  379355
UREF
PNO  5008929
ISD  19910400
NAM  Olsen et al.
OCL  379112
UREF
PNO  5023868
ISD  19910600
NAM  Davidson et al.
OCL  379112
UREF
PNO  5033079
ISD  19910700
NAM  Catron et al.
OCL  379211
UREF
PNO  5142654
ISD  19920800
NAM  Sonberg et al.
OCL  455433
UREF
PNO  5206901
ISD  19930400
NAM  Harlow et al.
OCL  379211
UREF
PNO  5222125
ISD  19930600
NAM  Creswell et al.
OCL  379114
UREF
PNO  5237604
ISD  19930800
NAM  Ryan
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5243645
ISD  19930900
NAM  Bissell et al.
OCL  379211
UREF
PNO  5247571
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kay et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5255315
ISD  19931000
NAM  Bushnell
OCL  379230
UREF
PNO  5259026
ISD  19931100
NAM  Johnson
OCL  379213
UREF
PNO  5270701
ISD  19931200
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  379211
UREF
PNO  5311572
ISD  19940500
NAM  Friedes et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5329578
ISD  19940700
NAM  Brennan et al.
OCL  379211
UREF
PNO  5333184
ISD  19940700
NAM  Doherty et al.
OCL  379229
UREF
PNO  5333185
ISD  19940700
NAM  Burke et al.
OCL  379127
UREF
PNO  5341415
ISD  19940800
NAM  Baran
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5375167
ISD  19941200
NAM  Bales et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5377186
ISD  19941200
NAM  Wagner et al.
OCL  379230
UREF
PNO  5386467
ISD  19950100
NAM  Ahmad
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5416833
ISD  19950500
NAM  Harper et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5422941
ISD  19950600
NAM  Hasenauer et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5440614
ISD  19950800
NAM  Sonberg et al.
OCL  495432
UREF
PNO  5452351
ISD  19950900
NAM  Yamamoto
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5454034
ISD  19950900
NAM  Martin
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5473679
ISD  19951200
NAM  La Porta et al.
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5473681
ISD  19951200
NAM  Partridge, III
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  5475749
ISD  19951200
NAM  Akinpelu et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5481603
ISD  19960100
NAM  Guitierrez et al.
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  5491742
ISD  19960200
NAM  Harper et al.
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5509058
ISD  19960400
NAM  Sestak et al.
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5515427
ISD  19960500
NAM  Carlsen et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5550909
ISD  19960800
NAM  Chanda et al.
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5550910
ISD  19960800
NAM  DeJager
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5550912
ISD  19960800
NAM  Akinpelu et al.
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5550915
ISD  19960800
NAM  Partridge, III
OCL  379112
UREF
PNO  5553124
ISD  19960900
NAM  Brinskele
OCL  379112
UREF
PNO  5553129
ISD  19960900
NAM  Partridge, III
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5553130
ISD  19960900
NAM  Turner
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5559877
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ash et al.
OCL  379219
UREF
PNO  5563939
ISD  19961000
NAM  La Porta et al.
OCL  379112
UREF
PNO  5570410
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hooshiari
OCL  379 32
UREF
PNO  5570417
ISD  19961000
NAM  Byers
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  5598464
ISD  19970100
NAM  Hess et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5625681
ISD  19970400
NAM  Butler, II
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5640446
ISD  19970600
NAM  Everett et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5651059
ISD  19970700
NAM  Morgan et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5661792
ISD  19970800
NAM  Akinpelu et al.
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5689555
ISD  19971100
NAM  Sonnenberg
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5696816
ISD  19971200
NAM  Sonnenberg
OCL  379212
UREF
PNO  5717748
ISD  19980200
NAM  Sneed, Jr. et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5717749
ISD  19980200
NAM  Sneed Jr. et al.
OCL  379219
UREF
PNO  5740231
ISD  19980400
NAM  Cohn et al.
OCL  379 89
UREF
PNO  5748724
ISD  19980500
NAM  Sonnenberg
OCL  379212
UREF
PNO  5757900
ISD  19980500
NAM  Nagel et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5771284
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sonnenberg
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5793857
ISD  19980800
NAM  Barnes et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5796813
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sonnenberg
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5883950
ISD  19990300
NAM  Sonnenberg
OCL  379220
UREF
PNO  5887056
ISD  19990300
NAM  Sonnenberg
OCL  379211
OREF
PAL  EdS, "Local Number Portability SPA Model Evolution to Name & Address",
      Siemens Stromberg-Carlson, pp. 1-3, Mar. 1995.
PAL  Sonnenberg et al., "Siemens Stromberg-Carlson's Contribution to MCI Metro's
      Local Number Portability Architecture Task Force Team," pp. 1-13 and
      attachments 1 and 2, Feb. 1995.
PAL  "Local Number Portability--MCI Metro Outline," BNR, MCI, Northern Telecom,
      Slides 1-24, Dec. 1994.
PAL  EdS, "Proposal for Directory Number Portability among Service Providers",
      Siemens Stromberg-Carlson, pp. 1-7, Nov. 1994.
LREP
FR2  Codispoti; Joseph S.
ABST
PAL  A method for enabling a plurality of Local Service Providers within a
      common Numbering Plan Area (NPA) to serve Subscribers of the plurality of
      Local Service Providers. The method includes the step of assigning to each
      Subscriber of a Local Service Provider within the common NPA a unique
      three digit code, hereinafter referred to as an SPA code. The service
      provider area (SPA) code is used by the telephone system in the same
      manner presently used for routing calls made when a calling Subscriber
      dials the NPA code of the called party. Here, however, the SPA code is not
      dialed by the calling Subscriber. The dialed directory number, NXX-XXXX,
      of a called Subscriber subscribed to a different Local Service Provider,
      is sent to a database. The database maintains a record of the
      relationships between the directory numbers of Subscribers and the SPA
      codes of the Subscribers. The database retrieves the SPA code associated
      with the dialed directory number presently serving the called Subscriber.
      The call is routed as SPA-NXX-XXXX. Because the ten digit format,
      SPA-NXX-XXXX, is the same as the present NPA-NXX-XXXX, ten digit format,
      existing signaling and routing mechanisms may be used to route the call.
      Thus, each one of the Subscribers of each one of the plurality of Local
      Service Providers is assigned a common SPA code, each one of the Local
      Service Providers having a different SPA code.
PATN
WKU  059913894
SRC  8
APN  8662290
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970530
TTL  Programmable service architecture for call control processing
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  5
EXP  Wolinsky; Scott
NDR  17
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Ram; Geetha R.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Smith; Kent W.
CTY  Allen
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Landau; Keith W.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Thompson; Roger L.
CTY  McKinney
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Northern Telecom Limited
CTY  Quebec
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  379230
XCL  379207
XCL  379242
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  342
FSC  379
FSS  207;219;220;221;229;230;242;243;244;245;88.22
UREF
PNO  4878240
ISD  19891000
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  379 88.22
UREF
PNO  5418844
ISD  19950500
NAM  Morrisey et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5426694
ISD  19950600
NAM  Hebert
OCL  379242
UREF
PNO  5517563
ISD  19960500
NAM  Norell
OCL  379230
UREF
PNO  5541917
ISD  19960700
NAM  Farris
OCL  379230
UREF
PNO  5546453
ISD  19960800
NAM  Hebert
OCL  379242
UREF
PNO  5553127
ISD  19960900
NAM  Norell
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5586177
ISD  19961200
NAM  Farris et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5590188
ISD  19961200
NAM  Crockett
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5602909
ISD  19970200
NAM  Carkner et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5610977
ISD  19970300
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  379207
UREF
PNO  5822422
ISD  19981000
NAM  Daase et al.
OCL  379242
FREF
PNO  0505092
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0620693
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2240905
ISD  19910800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  95/23483
ISD  19950800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  93/20639
ISD  19931000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  94/06252
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/32577
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Yang et al, "The Design and Implementation of a Service Logic Execution
      Environment Platform," Globecom 93, vol. 3, Nov. 29, 1993, pp. 1911-1917.
LREP
FRM  Carr & Storm, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method for providing a telephone operating company with
      the ability to rapidly deploy advanced services into a public switched
      telephone network includes a programmable switch matrix, a service control
      unit (SCU), and a media resource unit (MRU). The call processing of a call
      (associated with one or more ports on the programmable switch matrix) is
      controlled externally by the SCU when particular triggering criteria is
      met (i.e., the call requires or desires control by the SCU). Call control
      processing is achieved through a high-speed communications link between
      the programmable switch matrix and the SCU using a communications protocol
      defining a comprehensive set of primitives (instructions) for call
      manipulation and control at the programmable switch matrix. The SCU
      executes different service application software programs that operate
      within the SCU for different types of service calls that are under the
      control of the SCU. The MRU interconnects between the SCU and the
      programmable switch matrix to provide voice processing and message
      capabilities for connection to a service call via the programmable switch
      matrix.
PATN
WKU  059913908
SRC  8
APN  8755213
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970729
TTL  Method and apparatus for teleworking from remote terminals
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  7
EXP  Wolinsky; Scott
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Booton; Laurence J.
CTY  Woodbridge
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  British Telecommunications public limited company
CTY  London
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950328
APN  9506290
CLAS
OCL  379265
XCL  379202
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  356
FSC  379
FSS  265;266;309;202;203;204;205;206;258
UREF
PNO  4400587
ISD  19830800
NAM  Taylor et al.
UREF
PNO  4757267
ISD  19880700
NAM  Riskin
UREF
PNO  4800583
ISD  19890100
NAM  Theis
UREF
PNO  5465286
ISD  19951100
NAM  Clare et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5546452
ISD  19960800
NAM  Andrews et al.
OCL  379265
FREF
PNO  0 429 770
ISD  19910600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0429770 A2
ISD  19910600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 520 483
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0520483 A1
ISD  19921200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 622 938
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0622938 A2
ISD  19941100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 89/03146
ISD  19890400
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/GB96/00727
PD1  19970729
PD2  19970729
PD3  19960327
PCP  WO96/31044
PCD  19961003
ABST
PAR  A teleworking facility is provided with a Computer/Telephony Integration
      ontroller connected to a private automatic branch exchange (PABX) and
      arranged to select an available one of a set of terminals to receive the
      identity of a teleworking agent requesting work (or select the identity of
      a teleworking agent to be offered work), and to command an automatic call
      distribution (ACD) system to record the teleworking agent's identity in
      association with the identity of the selected terminal. When the
      controller detects that the ACD system has connected an incoming call to
      the selected terminal, it commands the PABX to make an outgoing external
      call to the teleworking agent at the recorded remote terminal and to join
      the two calls in conference mode.
PATN
WKU  059913916
SRC  8
APN  8795541
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970620
TTL  Dynamic re-routing
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Tieu; Benny Q.
EXP  Zele; Krista
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Miloslavsky; Alec
CTY  San Carlos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Genesys Telecommunications Laboratories, Inc.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  802660
APD  19970219
RLAP
COD  82
APN  797418
APD  19970210
CLAS
OCL  379265
XCL  379266
XCL  379220
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  700
ICL  H04M  300
FSC  379
FSS  265;266;309;201;207;209;210;211;219;220
UREF
PNO  4048452
ISD  19770900
NAM  Oehring et al.
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5249223
ISD  19930900
NAM  Vanacore
OCL  379309
UREF
PNO  5274700
ISD  19931200
NAM  Gechter et al.
OCL  379211
UREF
PNO  5450482
ISD  19950900
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  5559878
ISD  19960900
NAM  Keys et al.
OCL  379209
UREF
PNO  5633924
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kaish et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5692033
ISD  19971100
NAM  Farris
OCL  379209
UREF
PNO  5696809
ISD  19971200
NAM  Voit
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5724418
ISD  19980300
NAM  Brady
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5742675
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kilander et al.
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5784438
ISD  19980700
NAM  Martinez
OCL  379209
LREP
FR2  Boys; Donald R.
ABST
PAL  A method for rerouting calls in a call-routing system having a routing
      processor storing information about the status of remote telephone
      stations involves setting a semaphore for station busy at the time a call
      is routed to the station, and timing the semaphore for a pre-programmed
      period of time known to be the latency period for returning a real-time
      signal that the routed call was actually completed. If the signal for call
      completion is not received in the pre-programmed time, the call is
      canceled and re-routed by reinserting the call in a routing queue. When
      the call is canceled the semaphore is reset to indicate the station is not
      busy. In a preferred embodiment the call is rerouted to the same
      destination as originally routed.
PATN
WKU  059913924
SRC  8
APN  8795711
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970620
TTL  Agent-initiated dynamic requeing
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Tiell; Benny Q.
EXP  Zele; Krista
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Miloslavsky; Alec
CTY  San Carlos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Genesys Telecommunications Laboratories, Inc.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  802660
APD  19970219
RLAP
COD  82
APN  797418
APD  19970210
CLAS
OCL  379265
XCL  379266
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  300
FSC  379
FSS  265;266;309;201;207;211;212;215
UREF
PNO  5020095
ISD  19910500
NAM  Morganstein et al.
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5249223
ISD  19930900
NAM  Vanacore
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5253288
ISD  19931000
NAM  Frey et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5299259
ISD  19940300
NAM  Otto
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5335269
ISD  19940800
NAM  Steinlicht
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5479487
ISD  19951200
NAM  Hammond
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5524147
ISD  19960600
NAM  Bean
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5530744
ISD  19960600
NAM  Charalambous et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5555299
ISD  19960900
NAM  Maloney et al.
OCL  379309
UREF
PNO  5592542
ISD  19970100
NAM  Honda et al.
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5633924
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kaish et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5696809
ISD  19971200
NAM  Voit
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5724418
ISD  19980300
NAM  Brady
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5740238
ISD  19980400
NAM  Flockhart et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5742675
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kilander et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5768360
ISD  19980600
NAM  Reynolds et al.
OCL  379265
LREP
FR2  Boys; David R.
ABST
PAL  Apparatus and methods are provided for re-routing mis-routed calls in
      call-routing systems and call-in centers, wherein provision is made for
      commands to be sent from an agent receiving a mis-routed call to a routing
      intelligence over a digital network connection, causing a mis-routed call
      to be inserted in a queue of calls to be routed ahead of calls received to
      be routed after the first call was mis-routed. In some embodiments the
      first agent may simply send back the mis-routed call to be requeued. In
      other instances the agent may confer with a second agent at a station to
      which the call is to be forwarded, before the caller is connected to the
      second agent. In still other instances the first agent, the second agent,
      and the caller may be conferenced together.
PATN
WKU  059913932
SRC  8
APN  9643095
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19971104
TTL  Method for telephony call blending
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Tiell; Benny Q.
EXP  Wolinsky; Scott
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Kamen; Vladimir
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Genesys Telecommunicaitons, Laboratories, Inc.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379265
XCL  379266
XCL  379219
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  300
ICL  H04M  700
FSC  379
FSS  265;266;309;34;88.25;111;112;133;137;219;220;221;230
UREF
PNO  4829563
ISD  19890500
NAM  Crockett et al.
OCL  379309
UREF
PNO  4881261
ISD  19891100
NAM  Oliphant et al.
OCL  379309
UREF
PNO  5179589
ISD  19930100
NAM  Syu
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5214688
ISD  19930500
NAM  Szlam et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5343518
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kneipp
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5452350
ISD  19950900
NAM  Reynolds et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5467391
ISD  19951100
NAM  Donaghue, Jr. et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5519773
ISD  19960500
NAM  Dumas et al.
OCL  379309
UREF
PNO  5553133
ISD  19960900
NAM  Perkins
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5621790
ISD  19970400
NAM  Grossman et al.
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5640445
ISD  19970600
NAM  David
OCL  379266
LREP
FR2  Boys; Donald R.
ABST
PAL  An automated dialer for a call center maximizes agent efficiency in two
      different ways. In a first method overdial probability is expressed as a
      probability function of number of agents and total traffic volume; the
      probability function is set equal to a maximum allowable overdial
      probability; and the resulting equation is solved for maximum total
      traffic volume producing the maximum overdial probability. The maximum
      total traffic volume is then used to determine a new dialing rate by
      dividing the difference between the calculated maximum traffic volume and
      known inbound traffic volume by the product of average call length and hit
      rate, where hit rate is the percentage of connected calls to total dialed
      outbound calls. In a second method a maximum total traffic volume is
      calculated from total number of agents times a desired agent utilization
      factor, and the total traffic volume is used as in the first method to
      calculate and set a new dialing rate for outbound calls.
PATN
WKU  059913940
SRC  9
APN  019090&
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19980205
TTL  Method and system for establishing voice communications using a computer
      network
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  13
EXP  Wolinsky; Scott
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Dezonno; Anthony J.
CTY  Downers Grove
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Quayle; William R.
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Rockwell International Corporation
CTY  Costa Mesa
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  426533
APD  19950421
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  379265
XCL  379266
XCL  379 9324
XCL  370352
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1100
FSC  379
FSS  265;266;209;93.24;90.01;93.12;93.17
FSC  370
FSS  352
UREF
PNO  4809272
ISD  19890200
NAM  Torgrim et al.
OCL  379386
UREF
PNO  4837798
ISD  19890600
NAM  Cohen et al.
OCL  379 88.14
UREF
PNO  5029200
ISD  19910700
NAM  Haas et al.
OCL  379 88.18
UREF
PNO  5181236
ISD  19930100
NAM  LaVallee et al.
OCL  379 88.22
UREF
PNO  5206903
ISD  19930400
NAM  Kohler et al.
OCL  379309
UREF
PNO  5333266
ISD  19940700
NAM  Boaz et al.
OCL  379 93.15
UREF
PNO  5448626
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kajiya et al.
OCL  379 88.13
OREF
PAL  "The Voice of Technology", Credit World, vol. 82, No. 6 pp. 20-23, Jul.
      1994 by Kuehn, Richard A. (379/265).
PAL  "Telecommunications Buyers Guide and Directory". Editor & Publisher, vol.
      127, No. 7, pp. 29TC-38TC, Feb. 1994.
PAL  "Internet Dialtone: I'd Rather Switch than Fight", Telemedia News & Views
      Newsletter, vol. 3, No. 10, Oct. 1995.
PAL  "Aspect Telecomm: Aspect Integrates the Web into the Call Center to Deliver
      New Level of Customer Service", M2 Presswire, Aug. 1996.
LREP
FRM  Welsh & Katz, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A method and system (100) establishes voice communications between a
      computer user (102) and an agent (104) of a business over a computer
      network, such as the Internet (108). Using a user computer (106), the
      computer user (102) views advertisments of the business' products or
      services on the Internet (108) via customized home pages (200). When the
      user (102) wishes to order a product or ask additional questions about a
      product, the user (102) activates a "call me" button (210). A return call
      screen (300) is then presented to the user (102) with areas to insert a
      name (302), a telephone number (304) and a time to call (306). This
      information is packetized in a call request which is transmitted over the
      Internet (108) to a telephone switching system (112) associated with the
      business. The telephone switching system (112) subsequently dials the
      telephone number (304) at the time to call (306). When the user (102)
      answers a computer user telephone (120), the telephone switching system
      (112) connects the user (102) wuth the agent (104) via an agent telephone
      (118). The telephone switching system (112) may be comprised of a
      telephone computer (114) and an automatic call distributor (116).
PATN
WKU  059913959
SRC  9
APN  0957321
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19980610
TTL  Implementation of call-center outbound dialing capability at a telephony
      network level
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  7
EXP  Wolinsky; Scott
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Miloslavsky; Alec
CTY  Hillsborough
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Genesys Telecommunications Laboratories, Inc.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  964309
APD  19971104
RLAP
COD  75
APN  968825
APD  19971114
CLAS
OCL  379265
XCL  379207
XCL  379266
XCL  379355
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  342
FSC  379
FSS  265;266;219;220;221;309;207;355;356;201
UREF
PNO  5179589
ISD  19930100
NAM  Syu
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5291552
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kerrigan et al.
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5299259
ISD  19940300
NAM  Otto
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  5343518
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kneipp
OCL  379355
UREF
PNO  5425093
ISD  19950600
NAM  Trefger
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5436965
ISD  19950700
NAM  Grossman et al.
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5467391
ISD  19951100
NAM  Donaghue, Jr. et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5495523
ISD  19960200
NAM  Stent et al.
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5544220
ISD  19960800
NAM  Trefzger
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5590188
ISD  19961200
NAM  Crockett
OCL  379225
UREF
PNO  5621790
ISD  19970400
NAM  Grossman et al.
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5633924
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kaish et al.
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  5796791
ISD  19980800
NAM  Polcyn
OCL  379265
UREF
PNO  5889799
ISD  19990300
NAM  Grossman et al.
OCL  379266
LREP
FRM  Central Coast Patent Agency
FR2  Boys; Donald R.
ABST
PAL  A system (33) for outbound dialing for call centers (11) place an outbound
      dialer (21) at network level (13), and client call centers provide
      destination number calling lists. The outbound dialer (21), upon
      completing a call to a destination number, connects the completed call to
      a routing point at a client call center. The system (33) may be
      CTI-enhanced, and can be hosted by a client of a network provider, or by
      the network provider. Clients may subscribe to the network provider for
      service, providing calling lists and routing points, and completed calls
      may be routed to call centers operated by different clients. The
      architecture and method of the system (33) minimizes the number of leased
      lines required by each call center taking advantage of the system (33).
PATN
WKU  059913967
SRC  8
APN  9130489
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19971009
TTL  Method of selecting characters from a keypad and a telephone set
      operating according to this method
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Saint-Surin; Jacques M.
EXP  Isen; Forester W.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Salm; Peter van der
CTY  Utrecht
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Ten Wolde; Jan Hendrik Louis
CTY  Enschede
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget LM Erisson
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19950308
APN  95200571
CLAS
OCL  379355
XCL  379354
XCL  379368
XCL  345145
XCL  345157
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  127
ICL  G09G  508
FSC  379
FSS  355;354;356;368;352
FSC  341
FSS  20;173
FSC  345
FSS  145;157;160;162;168;172;156
FSC  707
FSS  3;5;6
FSC  708
FSS  145;146
UREF
PNO  5311175
ISD  19940500
NAM  Waldman
OCL  379368
UREF
PNO  5485513
ISD  19960100
NAM  Goedken et al.
OCL  379355
UREF
PNO  5509067
ISD  19960400
NAM  Murata
OCL  379355
UREF
PNO  5594778
ISD  19970100
NAM  Schaupp, Jr. et al.
OCL  379368
UREF
PNO  5708804
ISD  19980100
NAM  Goodwin et al.
OCL  379368
UREF
PNO  5754602
ISD  19980500
NAM  Landry et al.
OCL  379368
UREF
PNO  5798716
ISD  19980800
NAM  Davis
OCL  379368
UREF
PNO  5815138
ISD  19980900
NAM  Tsubaki et al.
OCL  345145
UREF
PNO  5847695
ISD  19981200
NAM  Duncan et al.
OCL  379368
UREF
PNO  5850212
ISD  19981200
NAM  Nishibori
OCL  345160
UREF
PNO  5896123
ISD  19990400
NAM  Nagahara et al.
OCL  345145
UREF
PNO  5898432
ISD  19990400
NAM  Pinard
OCL  345334
FREF
PNO  079 831
ISD  19830500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  457 077
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  608 682
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  56-110144
ISD  19810900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-243759
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-47958
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-88086
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2 128 384
ISD  19840400
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/01099
PD1  19971009
PD2  19971009
PD3  19960308
PCP  WO96/27947
PCD  19960912
ABST
PAR  There is disclosed a method of selecting characters from a group of
      characters assigned to a single key, in particular a key of a telephone
      dialling keypad. Actuation of a key (8; 16) invokes a cursor controlled
      display of the characters (2; 18). The cursor is held at a particular
      position (11) while a key is actuated within a predetermined time interval
      (t.sub.1 ; 6, 7). The character string corresponding to a particular key
      actuation is read (18) and is used for the retrieval of the closest
      matching data entry from memory means (19). If the key is not further
      actuated within this time interval (t.sub.1), the cursor is moved to a
      next position (22), provided the selected character string matches any of
      the data entries of the memory means (20, 21). The retrieved data entry
      may be used, inter alia, for automatic dialling purposes. The method is
      applied in a telephone set having memory means containing subscriber data.
PATN
WKU  059913975
SRC  8
APN  8616922
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970522
TTL  Voice paging service control method in a switching system
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Weaver; Scott
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Han; Dong-Sik
CTY  Yongin
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  SamSung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960522
APN  96/17537
CLAS
OCL  379374
XCL  379159
XCL  379170
XCL  379214
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  342
FSC  379
FSS  210-214;88.15;88.17;88.23;88.24;88.26;159;164;170;372;373;374;67.1
FSC  455
FSS  412-413
UREF
PNO  4850012
ISD  19890700
NAM  Mehta et al.
XCL  379374
UREF
PNO  4922490
ISD  19900500
NAM  Blakley
XCL  379374
UREF
PNO  4922526
ISD  19900500
NAM  Morganstein et al.
XCL  379374
UREF
PNO  5099509
ISD  19920300
NAM  Morganstein et al.
OCL  379 84
UREF
PNO  5202917
ISD  19930400
NAM  Wakai
XCL  379170
UREF
PNO  5381465
ISD  19950100
NAM  Carter et al.
OCL  379 88.26
UREF
PNO  5511111
ISD  19960400
NAM  Serbetcioglu et al.
OCL  379 88.01
UREF
PNO  5526406
ISD  19960600
NAM  Luneau
OCL  455563
UREF
PNO  5740235
ISD  19980400
NAM  Lester et al.
OCL  370170
UREF
PNO  5850435
ISD  19981200
NAM  Devillier
OCL  379374
LREP
FR2  Bushnell, Esq.; Robert E.
ABST
PAL  A method for automatically providing voice paging information of a caller
      in a switching system having an automatic attendant function. The method
      includes the steps of controlling an automatic answering machine equipped
      in the switching system upon receiving an incoming call, thereby
      outputting an announcement message containing a voice paging announcement
      message, and waiting for input data from the caller. When voice paging
      request data is received during the waiting for the input data, the
      automatic answering machine is controlled to output a voice paging
      announcement message, thereby establishing a voice paging channel. The
      switching system also broadcasts a voice paging signal received from the
      caller, waits for a response of an extension subscriber, and establishes a
      channel for the incoming call when the extension subscriber responds,
      thereby executing a call service associated with the incoming call. When
      dialing information is received during the waiting for the input data, the
      name and extension number of a desired extension subscriber are identified
      from a subscriber table and then broadcasted. When the extension
      subscriber responds to the broadcasting, a terminating channel is
      established, thereby executing a call service associated with the incoming
      call.
PATN
WKU  059913983
SRC  9
APN  0624284
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19980417
TTL  Telephone terminal apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  41
ECL  1
EXP  Tsang; Fan S.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Lipton; Marc Ira
CTY  Lincolnshire
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Gourdine; Robert Derrick
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Ameritech Corporation
CTY  Hoffman Estates
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  379383
XCL  379165
XCL  379393
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  342
FSC  379
FSS  156;157;158;159;160;161;162;163;164;165;166;393;383
UREF
PNO  4133985
ISD  19790100
NAM  Rasmussen et al.
UREF
PNO  4536621
ISD  19850800
NAM  Bergen et al.
UREF
PNO  4650931
ISD  19870300
NAM  Tsukada et al.
UREF
PNO  4756021
ISD  19880700
NAM  Nakayama
UREF
PNO  5195087
ISD  19930300
NAM  Bennett et al.
UREF
PNO  5559880
ISD  19960900
NAM  Shiono
UREF
PNO  5572575
ISD  19961100
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
UREF
PNO  5590414
ISD  19961200
NAM  Marui et al.
UREF
PNO  5764743
ISD  19980600
NAM  Goedken et al.
OCL  379158
LREP
FR2  Stuckman; Bruce E.
ABST
PAL  A telephone apparatus comprises a first audio input device, a second audio
      input device, a first audio output device, and a second audio output
      device. The telephone apparatus is operative to couple the first audio
      input device and the first audio output device to a first telephone line.
      In response to a first signal, the coupling between the first audio input
      device and the first telephone line is modified, and the second audio
      input device and the second audio output device are coupled to a second
      telephone line.
PATN
WKU  059913991
SRC  8
APN  9935975
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19971218
TTL  Method for securely distributing a conditional use private key to a
      trusted entity on a remote system
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  31
EXP  Gregory; Bernarr E.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Graunke; Gary L.
CTY  Beaverton
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Carbajal; John
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Maliszewski; Richard L.
CTY  Forest Grove
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Rozas; Carlos V.
CTY  Hillsboro
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  380  4
XCL  380  5
XCL  380  9
XCL  380 21
XCL  380 23
XCL  380 25
XCL  380 30
XCL  380 49
XCL  380 50
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  900
ICL  H04L  908
ICL  H04L  930
ICL  H04L  932
FSC  380
FSS  4;9;21;23;25;30;44;45;46;47;49;50;52;59;3;5
FSC  705
FSS  1
FSC  369
FSS  99;100;110;112
UREF
PNO  4634807
ISD  19870100
NAM  Chorley et al.
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  4670857
ISD  19870600
NAM  Rackman
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5450489
ISD  19950900
NAM  Ostrover et al.
OCL  380  3
LREP
FR2  Skabrat; Steven P.
ABST
PAL  Secure distribution of a private key to a user's application program (also
      called a "trusted player" such as a DVD player or CD-ROM player) with
      conditional access based on verification of the trusted player's integrity
      and authenticity is provided. Once validated, the trusted player uses the
      private key to decrypt encrypted digital content. The private key is
      dynamically generated, associated with specific digital content, and
      communicated in real-time from a server to the trusted player in a secure
      manner, thereby controlling access to encrypted digital content. The key
      is wrapped into an executable tamper resistant key module in which the key
      can only be used by the right trusted player as determined by the server
      based on user requests and payment. The key module plugs in to the trusted
      player and executes to validate the player and decrypt the content. The
      integrity of the trusted player is correlated to its ability to perform a
      cryptographic operation using an asymmetric key pair in a manner that is
      tamper resistant, thereby preventing an unencrypted copy of digital
      content to be made.
PATN
WKU  059914009
SRC  8
APN  7411553
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19961029
TTL  Time-shifted conditional access
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Cangialosi; Salvatore
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Kamperman; Franciscus L.A.J.
CTY  Eindhoven
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19951031
APN  95202980
CLAS
OCL  380  9
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  900
FSC  380
FSS  9;13;19
FSC  370
FSS  358
UREF
PNO  4485468
ISD  19841100
NAM  Slana
OCL  370358
UREF
PNO  4727579
ISD  19880200
NAM  Wright et al.
OCL  380 20
UREF
PNO  4817143
ISD  19890300
NAM  Murray
OCL  380 20
UREF
PNO  4937866
ISD  19900600
NAM  Crowther et al.
OCL  380 20
UREF
PNO  5224161
ISD  19930600
NAM  Daniel et al.
OCL  380 14
UREF
PNO  5243650
ISD  19930900
NAM  Roth et al.
OCL  380 19
UREF
PNO  5249229
ISD  19930900
NAM  Poivet et al.
OCL  380 14
UREF
PNO  5530756
ISD  19960600
NAM  Bourel et al.
OCL  380 20
UREF
PNO  5588058
ISD  19961200
NAM  Le Berre
OCL  380 20
UREF
PNO  5689559
ISD  19971100
NAM  Park
OCL  380  3
FREF
PNO  2132860
ISD  19840700
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  "Encipherment and Conditional Access" by L.C. Guillou and J.L. Giachetti,
      published in the SMPTE Journal of Jun. 1994.
LREP
FR2  Belk; Michael E.
ABST
PAL  In a conditional access system, transmitted information is recorded in a
      scrambled form SV. Accordingly, any access to the recorded information SV
      is subject to the condition that proper control word(s) CW are available.
      To enable access to the recorded information SV, control word regeneration
      data ECM, KRD is stored. The proper control word(s) CW cannot easily be
      derived from this control word regeneration data ECM, KRD. However
      security device SCD is capable of retrieving the proper control word(s) CW
      from the control word regeneration data ECM, KRD. A system operator
      effectively masters operations carried out in the security device SCD.
      Accordingly, if the system operator so desires, he may inhibit retrieval
      of the control word(s) CW and, consequently, prevent access to the
      recorded information SV. The conditional access system may be used in, for
      example, pay-TV or multimedia purposes.
PATN
WKU  059914017
SRC  8
APN  7615485
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19961206
TTL  Method and system for checking security of data received by a computer
      system within a network environment
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Darrow; Justin
EXP  Swann; Tod R.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Daniels; Scott Leonard
CTY  Cedar Park
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Escamilla; Terry Dwain
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Neal; Danny Marvin
CTY  Round Rock
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Ng; Yat Hung
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  380  9
XCL  380 23
XCL  380 25
XCL  380 49
EDF  6
ICL  H04K  106
ICL  H04L  912
ICL  H04L  928
FSC  380
FSS  21;23;25;30;49;50
UREF
PNO  4193131
ISD  19800300
NAM  Lennon et al.
OCL  375  2
UREF
PNO  4264782
ISD  19810400
NAM  Konheim
OCL  178 22
UREF
PNO  4349695
ISD  19820900
NAM  Morgan et al.
OCL  178 22.08
UREF
PNO  4601011
ISD  19860700
NAM  Grynberg
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4916704
ISD  19900400
NAM  Bruckert et al.
OCL  371 68.8
UREF
PNO  5237611
ISD  19930800
NAM  Rasmussen et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5255367
ISD  19931000
NAM  Bruckert et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5276859
ISD  19940100
NAM  Reede
OCL  395550
UREF
PNO  5490252
ISD  19960200
NAM  Macera et al.
OCL  395200.1
UREF
PNO  5781632
ISD  19980700
NAM  Odom
OCL  380 24
LREP
FR2  Henkler; Richard A.
FR2  Ng; Antony P.
FR2  Dillon; Andrew J.
ABST
PAL  A method for checking security of data received by a computer system within
      a network environment is disclosed. In accordance with a preferred
      embodiment of the present invention, an incoming packet from a client is
      first decrypted within a receiving communications adapter by utilizing a
      master decryption key. The decrypted incoming packet is then encrypted by
      utilizing an encryption key identical to an encryption key employed by the
      client. A determination is made as to whether or not a packet produced
      from the encryption is identical to the incoming packet. In response to a
      determination that a packet produced from the encryption is identical to
      the incoming packet, the decrypted incoming packet is forwarded to a
      system memory of the computer system. As such, any incoming packet that
      does not meet this criterion will be rejected as a security threat.
PATN
WKU  059914025
SRC  8
APN  9359559
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970923
TTL  Method and system of dynamic transformation of encrypted material
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Callahan; Paul E.
EXP  Swann; Tod R.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Jia; Zheng
CTY  Germantown
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Shen; Ji
CTY  Gaithersburg
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  AegiSoft Corporation
CTY  Rockville
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  380  9
XCL  380  9
XCL  380  3
XCL  380  4
XCL  380 23
XCL  380 25
XCL  705 59
XCL  713164
XCL  713165
XCL  713166
XCL  713190
EDF  6
ICL  H04K  102
FSC  380
FSS  3;4;23;25
UREF
PNO  5151938
ISD  19920900
NAM  Griffin, III et al.
OCL  380 43
UREF
PNO  5388211
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hornbuckle
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5410598
ISD  19950400
NAM  Shear
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5537143
ISD  19960700
NAM  Steingold et al.
OCL  348 13
UREF
PNO  5708709
ISD  19980100
NAM  Rose
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5717756
ISD  19980200
NAM  Coleman
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5758069
ISD  19980500
NAM  Olsen
OCL  395187.01
UREF
PNO  5764762
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kazmierczak et al.
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5790663
ISD  19980800
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5805706
ISD  19980900
NAM  Davis
OCL  380 49
UREF
PNO  5825883
ISD  19981000
NAM  Archibald et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5826011
ISD  19981000
NAM  Chou et al.
OCL  395186
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a method and system that enables
      software-on-demand and software subscription services based on a dynamic
      transformation filter technology. The invention is also useful in the
      distribution of other electronic material. The apparatus utilized in this
      invention does not create any intermediate storage of decrypted material
      that is under the protection of this technology. Instead, the apparatus is
      implemented as a virtually integral part of the operating system that
      monitors and "filters" all read, write, and open/execute access to and
      from the I/O devices, such as a hard drive. As the protected material is
      being accessed for read, write or open/execute, the transformation filter
      positions itself in the critical path which is required for loading the
      material through the low level file system layer to the high level
      application layer. The material enters the transformation filter in its
      encrypted state. The transformation filter decrypts the material in
      real-time as it goes through, and hands over the material in its original
      state to the upper level operating system component to fulfill the access
      requests. Because the need for intermediate storage is eliminated, the
      decrypted material in its original state is only visible to integral parts
      of the operating system components and not to other system users. As a
      result, security is significantly improved over prior art systems.
PATN
WKU  059914033
SRC  8
APN  7726929
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19961223
TTL  Recoverable cryptographic transformation on YUV data suitable for
      compressions
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXP  Cangialosi; Salvatore
NDR  10
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Aucsmith; David
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Nardone; Joseph M.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Sullivan; Robert
CTY  Pleasonton
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  380 10
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  900
FSC  380
FSS  9;10;20;49
UREF
PNO  5237610
ISD  19930800
NAM  Gammie et al.
OCL  380 10
UREF
PNO  5515437
ISD  19960500
NAM  Katta et al.
OCL  380 20
UREF
PNO  5621794
ISD  19970400
NAM  Matsuda et al.
OCL  380 20
UREF
PNO  5621799
ISD  19970400
NAM  Katta et al.
OCL  380 20
UREF
PNO  5699434
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hogan
OCL  380 49
OREF
PAL  Clive E. Holborow, MPEG-2 Systems: A Standard Packet Multiplex Format for
      Cable Digital Services, pp. 25-33, (1994.
PAL  Hewlett Packard, MPEG-2 Digital Video Technology & Testing, pp. 1-16, 1995.
PAL  MPEG-1 Video, 2 pages. (1992).
LREP
FR2  Novakoski; Leo V.
ABST
PAL  A method for encoding MPEG compatible video data for subsequent compression
      comprises detecting a plurality of frames of video data organized as a
      GOP, generating an encryption key for the GOP, and encrypting the video
      data using GOP-synchronized substitution, transposition, and rotation
      transformations that are parameterized by offsets derived from the
      generated encryption key.
PATN
WKU  059914041
SRC  8
APN  8928134
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970715
TTL  System for diversifying information in a network for distributing goods
      or services
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Myhre; James W.
EXP  Swann; Tod R.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Brahami; Lionel
CTY  Montrouge
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Ocquet; Nathalie
CTY  Pierre Poli
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Dietrich; Christian
CTY  Charenton
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Phan; Ly Thanh
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Schlumberger Industries, S.A.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960715
APN  96/08916
CLAS
OCL  380 20
XCL  380 23
EDF  6
ICL  H04K  100
ICL  H04K  900
FSC  380
FSS  20;23
UREF
PNO  4947428
ISD  19900800
NAM  Guillou et al.
OCL  380 20
UREF
PNO  5117458
ISD  19920500
NAM  Takaragi et al.
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5272752
ISD  19931200
NAM  Myers et al.
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5301233
ISD  19940400
NAM  Coutrot et al.
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5420866
ISD  19950500
NAM  Wasilewski et al.
OCL  370110.1
UREF
PNO  5521979
ISD  19960500
NAM  Deiss
OCL  380 20
UREF
PNO  5615265
ISD  19970300
NAM  Coutrot
OCL  380 20
UREF
PNO  5799081
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  380  5
UREF
PNO  5802063
ISD  19980900
NAM  Deiss
OCL  370476
UREF
PNO  5870474
ISD  19990200
NAM  Wasilewski et al.
OCL  380 21
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A system for diversifying information carried by a network to apparatuses
      for providing goods or services. The network includes a plurality of
      platforms each capable of creating messages including diversification data
      for diversifying the information to be carried. The diversification data
      is provided by a diversification-data generator in each platform. Each
      apparatus includes an access control module which stores the
      diversification data separately for each platform.
PATN
WKU  059914050
SRC  9
APN  0141216
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19980127
TTL  Method for dynamically updating cellular phone unique encryption keys
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  18
EXA  Horak; Miles
EXP  Barron, Jr.; Gilberto
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Mills; Kevin M.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  DSC Telecom, L.P.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  380 21
XCL  380 23
XCL  455411
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  932
FSC  380
FSS  21;23;25;44;49;48
FSC  455
FSS  410;411;433
UREF
PNO  5123047
ISD  19920600
NAM  Rosenow
UREF
PNO  5146498
ISD  19920900
NAM  Smith
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5204902
ISD  19930400
NAM  Reeds, III et al.
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5325432
ISD  19940600
NAM  Gardeck et al.
UREF
PNO  5375169
ISD  19941200
NAM  Seheidt et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5404404
ISD  19950400
NAM  Novorita
UREF
PNO  5490201
ISD  19960200
NAM  Moberg et al.
UREF
PNO  5499297
ISD  19960300
NAM  Boebert
UREF
PNO  5513245
ISD  19960400
NAM  Mizikovsky
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5586185
ISD  19961200
NAM  Shibata et al.
UREF
PNO  5613214
ISD  19970300
NAM  Shirasawa et al.
OCL  455 54
UREF
PNO  5655004
ISD  19970800
NAM  Holbrook
UREF
PNO  5661806
ISD  19970800
NAM  Nevoux et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5680457
ISD  19971000
NAM  Bestler et al.
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  In a method for dynamically updating a cellular-phone-unique-encryption key
      previously stored in, and common to, each of a cellular phone and an
      associated home location register (HLR) for providing security in a
      cellular-phone-network operation, a random number and shared secret random
      data generated at least partly based on the random number are transmitted
      and verified between the cellular phone and the associated HLR. A
      previously stored version of the cellular-phone-unique-encryption key is
      then dynamically updated in both the cellular phone and in the HLR by
      independent calculations based on an algorithm using the shared secret
      random data and the previously stored version of the
      cellular-phone-unique-encryption key. In this manner, the
      cellular-phone-unique-encryption key is dynamically updated as desired,
      e.g., each time a user initiates a call, and the latest version of the
      cellular-phone-unique-encryption key independently calculated by the
      cellular phone and the HLR is not transmitted during the updating process,
      thereby substantially eliminating the possibility of the latest version of
      the cellular-phone-unique-encryption key being intercepted during
      transmission by unauthorized parties.
PATN
WKU  059914068
SRC  9
APN  0627488
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19980420
TTL  System and method for data recovery
ISD  19991123
NCL  42
ECL  1
EXP  Cangialosi; Salvatore
NDR  31
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Lipner; Steven B.
CTY  Oakton
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Balenson; David M.
CTY  Olney
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Ellison; Carl M.
CTY  Baltimore
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Walker; Stephen T.
CTY  Glenwood
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Network Associates, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  781626
APD  19970110
PSC  01
PNO  5745573
RLAP
COD  81
APN  691564
APD  19960802
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  390959
APD  19950221
PSC  01
PNO  5557765
RLAP
COD  82
APN  289602
APD  19940811
PSC  01
PNO  5557346
CLAS
OCL  380 21
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  900
FSC  380
FSS  21;25;30
UREF
PNO  4200770
ISD  19800400
NAM  Hellman et al.
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  4386233
ISD  19830500
NAM  Smid et al.
OCL  178 22.08
UREF
PNO  4405829
ISD  19830900
NAM  Rivest et al.
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  4590470
ISD  19860500
NAM  Koenig
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  4607137
ISD  19860800
NAM  Jansen et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  4868877
ISD  19890900
NAM  Fischer
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  4910774
ISD  19900300
NAM  Barakat
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  4926480
ISD  19900500
NAM  Chaum
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  4947430
ISD  19900800
NAM  Chaum
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  4996711
ISD  19910200
NAM  Chaum
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5005200
ISD  19910400
NAM  Fischer
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5144665
ISD  19920900
NAM  Takaragi et al.
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5191611
ISD  19930300
NAM  Lang
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5200999
ISD  19930400
NAM  Matyas et al.
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5210795
ISD  19930500
NAM  Lipner et al.
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5214702
ISD  19930500
NAM  Fischer
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5224163
ISD  19930600
NAM  Gasser et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5226080
ISD  19930700
NAM  Cole et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5263157
ISD  19931100
NAM  Janis
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5265163
ISD  19931100
NAM  Golding et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5265164
ISD  19931100
NAM  Matyas et al.
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5267313
ISD  19931100
NAM  Hirata
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5276736
ISD  19940100
NAM  Chaum
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5276737
ISD  19940100
NAM  Micali
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5276901
ISD  19940100
NAM  Howell et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5280527
ISD  19940100
NAM  Gullman et al.
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5299263
ISD  19940300
NAM  Beller et al.
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5313521
ISD  19940500
NAM  Torii et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5313637
ISD  19940500
NAM  Rose
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5315658
ISD  19940500
NAM  Micali
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5341426
ISD  19940800
NAM  Barney et al.
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5347578
ISD  19940900
NAM  Duxbury
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5351293
ISD  19940900
NAM  Michener et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5371794
ISD  19941200
NAM  Diffie et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5373559
ISD  19941200
NAM  Kaufman et al.
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5386470
ISD  19950100
NAM  Carter et al.
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5406628
ISD  19950400
NAM  Beller et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5436972
ISD  19950700
NAM  Fischer et al.
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5481613
ISD  19960100
NAM  Ford et al.
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5557346
ISD  19960900
NAM  Lipner et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5557765
ISD  19960900
NAM  Lipner et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5564106
ISD  19961000
NAM  Puhl et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5640454
ISD  19970600
NAM  Lipner et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5745573
ISD  19980400
NAM  Lipner et al.
OCL  380 21
FREF
PNO  0493232
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/09161
ISD  19911100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/21708
ISD  19931000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Computer Systems Laboratory, National Institute of Standards and
      Technology, Gaithersburg, MD, "Escrowed Encryption Standard (EES)",
      Federal Information Processing Standards Publication, FIPS PUB 185, Feb.
      9, 1994.
PAL  Dorothy Denning, "The Clipper Chip: A Technical Summary", Revised Apr. 21,
      1993.
PAL  Dorothy Denning, "The Clipper Chip: A Technical Summary", Apr. 19, 1993.
PAL  L. Harn and H. Y. Lin, "Integration of user authentication and access
      control", IEEE Proceedings-E, vol. 139, No. 2, pp. 139-143, Mar. 1992.
PAL  Brickell et al., "Skipjack Review: Interim Report: The Skipjack Algorithm",
      Georgetown University. Office of Public Affairs, pp. 1-6, Jul. 28, 1993.
PAL  Maher, David P., CryptoBackup and key escrow, AT&T Bell Labs Dept.
      D10083000, Oct. 1994, pp. 1-7. >Proprietary< Material Not Open to Public,
      to be Opened Only by Examiner or Other Authorized Patent and Trademark
      Office Employee.
PAL  Maher, David P., "Trust in the New Information Age", AT&T Technical
      Journal, Sep./Oct. 1994, vol.73, No. 5, Security Technologies, pp. 9-16.
PAL  "Fair Cryptosystems", Micali, S., Aug. 11, 1993.
PAL  "Draft Proposed Escrowed Encryption Standard", Branstad et al., viewgraphs
      presented at Computer Security and Privacy Meeting, Mar. 1994.
PAL  "Protocol Failure in the Escrowed Encryption Standard", Blaze, M.,
      presented on Internet, Jun. 3, 1994.
PAL  "Private Escrow Key Management", Key Escrow Encryption Workshop, Scheidt et
      al., paper distributed Jun. 10, 1994.
PAL  "A Solution for the International Community", TECSEC, Key Escrow Encryption
      Workshop, viewgraphs distributed Jun. 10, 1994.
PAL  "An Advanced Key Management System", TECSEC, Key Escrow Encryption
      Workshop, paper distributed Jun. 10, 1994.
PAL  "Key Escrowing Today", Denning et al., IEEE Communications, Sep. 1994.
PAL  "A Taxonomy for Key Escrow Encryption Systems", Denning et al., draft
      distributed Sep. 24, 1994.
PAL  "Key Escrow Encryption: Does it Protect or Compromise User Interests?",
      Denning, D., Jan. 3, 1995.
PAL  "Observations About Key Escrow Alternatives", Denning, D., Jan. 2, 1995.
PAL  Denning, Dorothy, "International Key Escrow Encryption: Proposed
      Objectives", Georgetown University, draft of May 23, 1994.
PAL  Eldridge, Alan, Lotus Notes, "Key Escrow for Lotus Notes", comments
      submitted in Key Escrow Alternatives Workshop, Jun. 8,1994.
PAL  Fischer, Addison, Fischer International, "Software Key Escrow--Corporate
      Implementation", comments submitted in Key Escrow Alternatives Workshop,
      Jun. 10, 1994.
PAL  Novell, "Encryption Alternatives", comments submitted in Key Escrow
      Alternatives Workshop, Jun. 10, 1994.
PAL  Computer Associates International, Inc., "Commercial Cryptography
      Perspectives", comments submitted in Key Escrow Alternatives Workshop,
      Jun. 10, 1994.
PAL  Puhl, Larry, Motorola, comments submitted in Key Escrow Alternatives
      Workshop, Jun. 8, 1994.
PAL  Ferguson, Bill, Semaphore, comments submitted in Key Escrow Alternatives
      Workshop, Jun. 7, 1994.
PAL  COMPAQ Computer Corporation, "Proposed NIST Draft", comments submitted in
      Key Escrow Alternatives Workshop, Jun. 10, 1994.
PAL  Housley, Russell, SPYRUS, letter to Lynn McNulty, Aug. 3, 1994.
PAL  Desmedt, Yvo et al., "A Scientific Statement on the Clipper Chip Technology
      and Alternatives", University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee.
PAL  Droge, John C., "International Key Escrow", presented to NIPLI, Sep. 22,
      1994.
PAL  Ford et al., "A Key Distribution Method for Object-Based Protection",
      presented at the Second ACM Conference on Computer and Communications
      Security, Nov. 2-4, 1994, Fairfax, VA., pp. 193-197.
PAL  Zimmerman, P., "Phil's Pretty Good Software Presents PGP: Pretty Good
      Privacy Public Key Encryption for the Masses", PGP User's Guide vol. I:
      Essential Topics, Dec. 3. 1992, pp. 1-40.
PAL  Zimmerman, P., "Phil's Pretty Good Software Presents PGP: Pretty Good
      Privacy Public Key Encryption for the Masses", PGP User's Guide vol. II:
      Special Topics, Dec. 3, 1992, pp. 1-53.
PAL  Appendix A. Internal Data Structures Used by PGP 2.1, Dec. 3, 1992, pp.
      1-18.
ABST
PAL  A system and method for data escrow cryptography are described. An
      encrypting user encrypts a message using a secret storage key (KS) and
      attaches a data recovery field (DRF), including an access rule index (ARI)
      and KS, to the encrypted message. The DRF and the encrypted message are
      stored in a storage device. To recover KS, a decrypting user extracts and
      sends the DRF to a data recovery center (DRC) that issues a challenge
      based on access rules (ARs) originally defined by the encrypting user. If
      the decrypting user meets the challenge, the DRC sends KS in a message to
      the decrypting user. Generally, KS need not be an encryption key but could
      represent any piece of confidential information that can fit inside the
      DRF. In all cases, the DRC limits access to decrypting users who can meet
      the challenge defined in either the ARs defined by the encrypting user or
      the ARs defined for override access.
PATN
WKU  059914076
SRC  8
APN  5441994
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19951017
TTL  Subscriber authentication in a mobile communications system
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Sayadian; Hrayr A.
EXP  Swann; Tod R
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Murto; Juhani
CTY  Coppel
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Nokia Telecommunications Oy
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  380 23
XCL  380 25
XCL  380 49
XCL  455410
XCL  455411
EDF  6
ICL  H04K  100
ICL  H04L  900
ICL  H04Q  720
FSC  380
FSS  4;23;25;49
FSC  340
FSS  825.31;825.34
FSC  379
FSS  58-63
FSC  455
FSS  53.1;54.1;54.2;33.1;56.1;432;433;435;410;411
UREF
PNO  5319710
ISD  19940600
NAM  Atalla et al.
UREF
PNO  5400390
ISD  19950300
NAM  Salin
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5513245
ISD  19960400
NAM  Mizikovsky et al.
UREF
PNO  5551073
ISD  19960800
NAM  Sammarco
OCL  455 89
UREF
PNO  5557676
ISD  19960900
NAM  Naslund
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5629974
ISD  19970500
NAM  Rajala et al.
OCL  455466
UREF
PNO  5642401
ISD  19970600
NAM  Yahagi
OCL  379 58
FREF
PNO  0 675 615 A1
ISD  19951000
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  "Applied Cryptography" by Bruce Schneier @ 1994 see p. 158.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  An authentication procedure in a Global System for Mobile Communications
      (GSM)-based mobile communications system relies on a challenge and
      response principle. A 32-bit Signed Response (SRES) parameter is
      calculated by an A3 algorithm from a 128-bit random number (RAND) and a
      128-bit authentication key K.sub.i in a mobile station, and in an
      authentication center, and the SRES values are compared. A Cellular
      Authentication and Voice Encryption (CAVE) algorithm having a 152-bit
      input parameter and a 18-bit output parameter is employed as the A3
      algorithm. Parameter adaptation functions are provided between the input
      parameter of the CAVE algorithm and the GSM-type input parameters, namely
      the random number RAND and the authentication key K.sub.i, as well as
      between the output parameter of the CAVE algorithm and the GSM output
      parameter, namely the signed response SRES.
PATN
WKU  059914084
SRC  8
APN  8576424
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970516
TTL  Identification and security using biometric measurements
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Cangialosi; Salvatore
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Pearson; Peter Kelley
CTY  Livermore
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Rowley; Thomas Edward
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Upton; Jimmy Ray
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Veridicom, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  380 23
XCL  380 25
XCL  382116
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  900
FSC  380
FSS  23;25;30
FSC  382
FSS  115-119
UREF
PNO  4438824
ISD  19840300
NAM  Meuller-Schloer
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  4993068
ISD  19910200
NAM  Piosenka et al.
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5229764
ISD  19930700
NAM  Matchett et al.
OCL  340825.34
UREF
PNO  5280527
ISD  19940100
NAM  Gullman et al.
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5384846
ISD  19950100
NAM  Berson et al.
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5469506
ISD  19951100
NAM  Berson et al.
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5473144
ISD  19951200
NAM  Mathurin, Jr.
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5509083
ISD  19960400
NAM  Abtahi et al.
OCL  382124
UREF
PNO  5541994
ISD  19960700
NAM  Tomko et al.
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5581630
ISD  19961200
NAM  Bonneau, Jr.
OCL  382116
UREF
PNO  5598474
ISD  19970100
NAM  Johnson
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5680460
ISD  19971000
NAM  Tomko et al.
OCL  380 23
OREF
PAL  Hopcroft, J. et al., "Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and
      Computation", Chapter 3, Adisson-Wesley Publishing Co., Massachusetts
      (1979), pp. 320-376.
PAL  Aho, A. et al., "The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms", Chapters
      10 and 11, Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Massachusetts (1974), pp.
      364-425.
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel LLP
FR2  MacPherson; Alan H.
FR2  Lo; Elaine H.
ABST
PAL  The present invention makes it possible for a user to have a security key
      created from one or more biometric elements of the user, such as a
      fingerprint. For example, a biometric feature or combination of biometric
      features of the user can be used to create an instance of a problem which
      can only be solved by data inherent in the biometric feature or
      combination of biometric features. The user can supply the data to solve
      the problem by inputting, through an appropriate input device, an image,
      or other representation of the biometric elements from which the data that
      will solve the instance of the problem is derived. If problem is solved,
      either completely or partially, using the derived data then the identity
      of the user can either be verified or ascertained. the solution can then
      be used for other purposes such as the generation of a cryptographic key.
PATN
WKU  059914092
SRC  8
APN  8660654
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970530
TTL  Method and arrangement for generating and checking a security imprint
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Barron, Jr.; Gilberto
NDR  19
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Windel; Harald
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Thiel; Wolfgang
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Francotyp-Postalia AG & Co.
CTY  Birkenwerder
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19931221
APN  43 44 471
RLAP
COD  71
APN  309986
APD  19940920
PSC  01
PNO  5680463
CLAS
OCL  380 23
XCL  380 51
XCL  705405
XCL  705408
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  932
ICL  G04B 1704
FSC  705
FSS  408;405
FSC  380
FSS  51;23
UREF
PNO  4461028
ISD  19840700
NAM  Okubo
UREF
PNO  4580144
ISD  19860400
NAM  Calvi
UREF
PNO  4641346
ISD  19870200
NAM  Clark et al.
UREF
PNO  4649266
ISD  19870300
NAM  Eckert
UREF
PNO  4660221
ISD  19870400
NAM  Dlugos
UREF
PNO  4725718
ISD  19880200
NAM  Sansone et al.
UREF
PNO  4746234
ISD  19880500
NAM  Harry
UREF
PNO  4757537
ISD  19880700
NAM  Edelmann et al.
UREF
PNO  4760532
ISD  19880700
NAM  Sansone et al.
UREF
PNO  4775246
ISD  19881000
NAM  Edelmann et al.
UREF
PNO  4780835
ISD  19881000
NAM  Sievel et al.
OCL  364550
UREF
PNO  4812965
ISD  19890300
NAM  Taylor
UREF
PNO  4812968
ISD  19890300
NAM  Poole
UREF
PNO  4829565
ISD  19890500
NAM  Goldberg
UREF
PNO  4829568
ISD  19890500
NAM  Clark et al.
UREF
PNO  4831555
ISD  19890500
NAM  Sansone et al.
UREF
PNO  4933849
ISD  19900600
NAM  Connell et al.
UREF
PNO  4934846
ISD  19900600
NAM  Gilham
OCL  400104
UREF
PNO  4949381
ISD  19900800
NAM  Pastor
UREF
PNO  4962454
ISD  19901000
NAM  Sansone et al.
OCL  705408
UREF
PNO  4999481
ISD  19910300
NAM  Baer et al.
OCL  235375
UREF
PNO  5075862
ISD  19911200
NAM  Doeberl et al.
UREF
PNO  5186498
ISD  19930200
NAM  Dietrich
UREF
PNO  5233657
ISD  19930800
NAM  Gunther
UREF
PNO  5280531
ISD  19940100
NAM  Hunter
UREF
PNO  5293319
ISD  19940300
NAM  DeSha et al.
OCL  705408
UREF
PNO  5390251
ISD  19950200
NAM  Pastor et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5457642
ISD  19951000
NAM  Brookner
UREF
PNO  5535127
ISD  19960700
NAM  Uno et al.
OCL  363464.02
FREF
PNO  0 060 225
ISD  19820900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 540 291
ISD  19921000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  PS 34 33 493
ISD  19880700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 188 880
ISD  19871000
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 211 144
ISD  19890600
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
ABST
PAL  A method for checking a security imprint in a postage meter machine having
      a microprocessor includes the steps of encoding data for a security mark
      pixel image and inserts the encoded data into the remaining, fixed and
      variable pixel image data during printing. The method includes steps for
      forming a mark symbol sequence from an encoded combination number which is
      composed of at least a first number (sum of all postage values since the
      last reloading date), an optional second number added to said first
      number, a third number (postage value) and a fourth number (of the serial
      number), and for enabling a check of the security imprint by a postal
      authority. Manipulations can be recognized using further data stored
      and/or calculated in a remote data center. An arrangement conducting a for
      check includes a mark reader composed of a CCD line camera, a D/A
      converter, a comparator and an encoder which are connected via an
      input/output unit to an input unit. A communication link can be
      established between the meter and the data center to evaluate mark data in
      a computerized manner.
PATN
WKU  059914106
SRC  8
APN  6472990
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19960509
TTL  Wireless adaptor and wireless financial transaction system
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Sayadian; Hrayr A.
EXP  Hayes; Gail O.
NDR  13
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Albert; Herb
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Renton; Paul
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Rowe; Lorin
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Schramke; Stephen R.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Zorn; Glen
CTY  Kirkland
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  AT&T Wireless Services, Inc.
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  388729
APD  19950215
CLAS
OCL  380 24
XCL  380 49
XCL  705 44
EDF  6
ICL  H04K  100
ICL  H04L  900
ICL  G06F 1760
FSC  380
FSS  24;49
FSC  705
FSS  39;42;43;44
UREF
PNO  3892948
ISD  19750700
NAM  Constable
OCL  340825.33
UREF
PNO  4578530
ISD  19860300
NAM  Zeidler
OCL  380 24
UREF
PNO  4665396
ISD  19870500
NAM  Dieleman
OCL  340825.34
UREF
PNO  4747050
ISD  19880500
NAM  Brachtl et al.
OCL  380 24
UREF
PNO  4845740
ISD  19890700
NAM  Tokuyama et al.
OCL  379 91
UREF
PNO  4926325
ISD  19900500
NAM  Benton
OCL  340825.33
UREF
PNO  5208446
ISD  19930500
NAM  Martinez
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5231570
ISD  19930700
NAM  Lee
OCL  340825.33
UREF
PNO  5276444
ISD  19940100
NAM  McNair
OCL  340825.33
UREF
PNO  5294782
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kumar
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5367452
ISD  19941100
NAM  Gallery et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5371797
ISD  19941200
NAM  Bocinsky, Jr.
OCL  380 24
UREF
PNO  5408513
ISD  19950400
NAM  Busch, Jr. et al.
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5485510
ISD  19960100
NAM  Colbert
OCL  340825.33
UREF
PNO  5500890
ISD  19960300
NAM  Rogge
OCL  340825.33
UREF
PNO  5511122
ISD  19960400
NAM  Atkinson
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5524072
ISD  19960600
NAM  Labaton et al.
OCL  380 24
UREF
PNO  5706330
ISD  19980100
NAM  Bufferd et al.
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5722066
ISD  19980200
NAM  Hu
OCL  455403
ABST
PAL  The present invention is a method of a wireless adaptor receiving financial
      information, indicative of financial transactions, in PSTN compatible
      format, encrypting and converting the information into PSTN non-compatible
      format, transmitting the encrypted and converted information to a host
      computer, decrypting the information by the host computer, transmitting
      the decrypted information to an authorization processor, which transmits
      back to the host computer signals indicating authorization or denial of
      the transaction, the host computer transforming the signal received from
      the authorization processor to PSTN non-compatible format, and
      transmitting to the to the financial device the authorization or denial
      signal.
PATN
WKU  059914114
SRC  8
APN  7292562
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19961008
TTL  Method and means for limiting adverse use of counterfeit credit cards,
      access badges, electronic accounts or the like
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  10
EXP  Gregory; Bernarr E.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kaufman; James Harvey
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Sincerbox; Glenn Tavernia
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  380 24
XCL  380 23
XCL  380 25
XCL  380 49
XCL  235379
XCL  235380
XCL  34082531
XCL  34082534
XCL  705 26
XCL  705 35
XCL  705 39
XCL  705 44
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  932
ICL  H04L  900
ICL  G06K  500
ICL  G07F  708
FSC  380
FSS  24;25;23;49;50;3
FSC  235
FSS  379;380
FSC  340
FSS  825.31;825.34
FSC  705
FSS  26;35;39;41;44
UREF
PNO  3617638
ISD  19711100
NAM  Jochimsen
OCL  179  2
UREF
PNO  4628195
ISD  19861200
NAM  Baus
OCL  235440
UREF
PNO  4755660
ISD  19880700
NAM  Nakano
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  4864618
ISD  19890900
NAM  Wright et al.
OCL  380 51
UREF
PNO  4900903
ISD  19900200
NAM  Wright et al.
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  4959788
ISD  19900900
NAM  Nagata et al.
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  5097115
ISD  19920300
NAM  Ogasawara et al.
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5317636
ISD  19940500
NAM  Vizcaino
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5613001
ISD  19970300
NAM  Bakhoum
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5742684
ISD  19980400
NAM  Labaton et al.
OCL  380 24
LREP
FR2  Pintner; James C.
FR2  Tran; Khanh Q.
ABST
PAL  A system for rejecting second and subsequent copies of an
      informationally-equivalent card or badge asserted into a client/server
      system by processing only those cards having transaction histories
      recorded thereon by comparison matching a history recorded in a central
      repository and then rewriting the history on the card and in the
      repository. The rewritten histories include the current transaction.
      Counterfeit cards, informationally equivalent to the original card prior
      to the transaction update of the original card, will be rejected when
      asserted into the system since their histories mismatch that recorded in
      the repository.
PATN
WKU  059914122
SRC  8
APN  7624549
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19961209
TTL  Method for protectedly debiting an electronic payment means
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  22
EXP  Gregory; Bernarr E.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Wissenburgh; Jelle
CTY  The Hague
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Brehler; Johannes
CTY  Leidschendam
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Muller; Frank
CTY  Delft
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  De Lange; Martin Klass
CTY  Voorburg
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Van de Pavert; Hendricus Johannes Wilhelmus Maria
CTY  Veenendaal
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Feiken; Albertus
CTY  Amstelveen
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Koninklijke KPN N.V.
CTY  Groningen
CNT  NLX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  NLX
APD  19951208
APN  1001863
CLAS
OCL  380 24
XCL  380 23
XCL  380 25
XCL  235379
XCL  235380
XCL  705 16
XCL  705 17
XCL  705 35
XCL  705 39
XCL  705 41
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  900
FSC  705
FSS  16;17;18;26;35;39;40;41;42;43;44
FSC  380
FSS  23;24;25;9;49;50;59
FSC  235
FSS  379;380
FSC  395
FSS  186;187.01;188.01
UREF
PNO  4910393
ISD  19900300
NAM  Gercekci et al.
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5128997
ISD  19920700
NAM  Pailles et al.
UREF
PNO  5191193
ISD  19930300
NAM  Leroux
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  5495098
ISD  19960200
NAM  Pailles et al.
FREF
PNO  0 223 213 B1
ISD  19870500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 409 701 A1
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 570 924 A2
ISD  19931100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 621 570 A1
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 637 004 A1
ISD  19950200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a method for protected transactions involving a
      so-called smart card and a terminal, such as a cash register. In order to
      prevent the smart card from simultaneously carrying out transactions with
      several terminals, the invention provides an authentication value which is
      used in the data exchange between the smart card and the terminal to
      uniquely identify subsequent steps of the transaction.
PATN
WKU  059914130
SRC  8
APN  8736537
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970612
TTL  Process for the acceptance of a virtual prepaid card use request
      permitting the reuse of its serial number
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Gregory; Bernarr E.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Arditti; David
CTY  Clamart
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Boulot; Olivier
CTY  Versailles
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Campana; Mireille
CTY  Clamart
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Milano; Sophie
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  France Telecom
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19960621
APN  96 07762
CLAS
OCL  380 25
XCL  380 23
XCL  380 24
XCL  380 49
XCL  380 50
XCL  235379
XCL  235380
XCL  235381
XCL  379111
XCL  379112
XCL  379114
XCL  379143
XCL  379144
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  932
ICL  G07F  708
FSC  705
FSS  1;14
FSC  235
FSS  379;380;487;493;494;492;381;382;382.5
FSC  379
FSS  111;114;143;144;154;155;112;113
FSC  380
FSS  4;23;24;25;49;50;59
UREF
PNO  4706275
ISD  19871100
NAM  Kamil
OCL  379144
UREF
PNO  4725719
ISD  19880200
NAM  Oncken et al.
UREF
PNO  5264689
ISD  19931100
NAM  Maes et al.
OCL  235492
UREF
PNO  5409092
ISD  19950400
NAM  Itako et al.
XCL  235381
UREF
PNO  5719926
ISD  19980200
NAM  Hill
OCL  379113
UREF
PNO  5825863
ISD  19981000
NAM  Walker
OCL  379144
FREF
PNO  224147
ISD  19870600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  429176
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  671712
ISD  19950900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2685520
ISD  19930600
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  3432557
ISD  19860300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4311561
ISD  19941000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  94/16415
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/34161
ISD  19951200
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Pearne, Gordon, McCoy & Granger LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a process for accepting a request for use
      of a virtual prepaid card involving the following stages:
PA0  a user of a virtual prepaid card is connected to a server containing a data
      base, particularly version numbers, which are incremented when the
      corresponding cards are empty or obsolete,
PA0  said user is authenticated with the server by communicating thereto an
      authentication sequence and a version number,
PA0  said server supplies these numbers to a security processor having the
      capacity to recalculate the authentication sequence and check the validity
      thereof,
PA0  in the case of the validity thereof, the processor transmits to the server
      a consumption authorization,
PA0  after receiving said authorization the server gives agreement to the use
      request, within the limits of the credit remaining on the card and the
      validity date of the latter.
PATN
WKU  059914149
SRC  8
APN  9289828
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970912
TTL  Method and apparatus for the secure distributed storage and retrieval of
      information
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Cangialosi; Salvatore
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Garay; Juan Alberto
CTY  Yonkers
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Gennaro; Rosario
CTY  New York
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Jutla; Charanjit Singh
CTY  Elmsford
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Rabin; Tal D.
CTY  Riverdale
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  380 25
XCL  380 30
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  900
FSC  380
FSS  21;25;30
FSC  340
FSS  825.31;825.34
UREF
PNO  5485474
ISD  19960100
NAM  Rabin
UREF
PNO  5491749
ISD  19960200
NAM  Rogaway et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5491750
ISD  19960200
NAM  Bellare et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5544322
ISD  19960800
NAM  Cheng et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5604490
ISD  19970200
NAM  Blakely et al.
OCL  340825.31
UREF
PNO  5752041
ISD  19980500
NAM  Fosdick
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5758068
ISD  19980500
NAM  Brandt et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5815574
ISD  19980900
NAM  Fortinsky
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5832211
ISD  19981100
NAM  Blakely, III et al.
OCL  380 21
OREF
PAL  David Chaum, "Blind Signatures for Untraceable Payments", Proceedings of
      Crypto 82, Aug. 1982, pp. 199-203.
PAL  Ran Canetti et al., "Proactive Security: Long-Term Protection Against
      Break-Ins", RSA Laboratories' CryptoBytes, vol. 3, No. 1, Spring 1997, pp.
      1-16.
PAL  D. Chaum, "Achieving Electronic Privacy", Scientific American, Aug. 1992,
      pp. 96-101. Copyright .COPYRGT. 1992.
PAL  Hugo Krawczyk, "Secret Sharing Made Short", Advances in Cryptology--Crypto
      1993, Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pp. 136-146, Springer-Verlag,
      1993.
PAL  Krawczyk, H., "Distributed Fingerprints and Secure Information Dispersal",
      Proc. 20.sup.th Anual ACM Symp. On Principles of Disb.backslash.tributed
      Computing, pp. 207-218, Ithaca, NY, 1993.
PAL  Y.G. Desmedt, "Threshold cryptography". European Transactions on
      Telecommunications, 5(4):449-457, Jul. 1994.
PAL  Rabin M., "Efficient Dispersal of Information for Security, Load Balancing,
      and Fault Tolerance", Journal of the ACM, vol. 36(2), pp.335-348, 1989.
PAL  Bellare M. et al., "Keying Hash Functions for Message Authentication,"
      Proc. Advances in Cryptology--CRYPTO 1996, LNCS vol. 1109,
      Springer-Verlag, pp. 1-15, 1996.
PAL  L. Lamport et al., The Byzantine General Problem, ACM Trans. Prog. Lang.
      and Systems, 4:3 (1982), pp. 382-401.
PAL  Shamir, A., "How to Share a Secret", Communications of the ACM, vol. 22,
      pp. 612-613, 1979.
LREP
FRM  Whitham, Curtis & Whitham
FR2  Herzberg; Louis P.
ABST
PAL  A solution to the general problem of Secure Storage and Retrieval of
      Information (SSRI) guarantees that also the process of storing the
      information is correct even when some processors fail. A user interacts
      with the storage system by depositing a file and receiving a proof that
      the deposit was correctly executed. The user interacts with a single
      distinguished processor called the gateway. The mechanism enables storage
      in the presence of both inactive and maliciously active faults, while
      maintaining (asymptotical) space optimailty. This mechanism is enhanced
      with the added requirement of confidentiality of information; i.e., that a
      collusion of processors should not be able to learn anything about the
      information. Also, in this case space optimality is preserved.
PATN
WKU  059914157
SRC  8
APN  8544646
APT  1
ART  362
APD  19970512
TTL  Method and apparatus for protecting public key schemes from timing and
      fault attacks
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  19
EXP  Gregory; Bernarr E.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Shamir; Adi
CTY  Rehovot
CNT  ILX
ASSG
NAM  Yeda Research and Development Co. Ltd. at the Weizmann Institute of
      Science
CTY  Rehovot
CNT  ILX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  380 30
XCL  380  1
XCL  380  2
XCL  380  9
XCL  380 49
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  930
ICL  H04L  900
FSC  380
FSS  9;30;49;50;59;28;1;2
UREF
PNO  5764766
ISD  19980600
NAM  Spratte
XCL  380 28
FREF
PNO  0682327
ISD  19951100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  "Timing Attacks on Implementations of Diffie-Hellman, RSA, DSS, and Other
      Systems", Paul C. Kocher, Advances in Cryptology--Crypto '96, 16.sup.th
      Annual International Cryptology Conference, Santa Barbara, CA, Aug. 18-22,
      1996, pp. 104-113.
PAL  P. Kocher, "Cryptanalysis of Diffie-Hellman, RSA, DSS, and Other Systems
      Using Timing Attacks" technical report, Dec. 7, 1995.
PAL  D. Boneh etal "Cryptanalysis in the Presence of Hardware Faults" technical
      report, Sep. 25, 1996.
PAL  E. Biham etal "Differential Fault Analysis of Secret Key Cryptosystems",
      technical report Oct. 18, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, PLLC
ABST
PAL  Improved methods and apparatus are provided for protecting public key
      schemes based on modular exponentiation (including RSA and Diffie-Hellman)
      from indirect cryptanalytic techniques such as timing and fault attacks.
      Known methods for making the implementation of number-theoretic schemes
      resistant to such attacks typically double their running time, whereas the
      novel methods and apparatus described in this patent add only negligible
      overhead. This improvement is particularly significant in smart card and
      software-based implementations, in which the modular exponentiation
      operation is quite slow, and doubling its time may be an unacceptable
      solution.
PATN
WKU  059914165
SRC  8
APN  7339569
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19961021
TTL  Scrambling and descrambling circuit for a cordless telephone
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Sayadian; Hrayr A.
EXP  Hayes; Gail O.
NDR  8
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Bae; Yl-Sung
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics, Co. Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19951019
APN  95-36270
CLAS
OCL  380 39
XCL  380 40
XCL  455306
XCL  455465
XCL  455565
EDF  6
ICL  H04K  104
ICL  H04B  110
ICL  H04Q  724
ICL  H04Q  732
FSC  380
FSS  9;19;38;39;40
FSC  455
FSS  306;565;465
UREF
PNO  3886313
ISD  19750500
NAM  Branscome et al.
OCL  179  1.5S
UREF
PNO  3909534
ISD  19750900
NAM  Majeau et al.
OCL  179  1.5R
UREF
PNO  4081831
ISD  19780300
NAM  Tang et al.
OCL  358114
UREF
PNO  4160875
ISD  19790700
NAM  Kahn
OCL  179  1.5M
UREF
PNO  4195202
ISD  19800300
NAM  McCalmont
OCL  179  1.5S
UREF
PNO  4278840
ISD  19810700
NAM  Morgan et al.
OCL  179  1.5S
UREF
PNO  4773092
ISD  19880900
NAM  Huang
OCL  380  9
UREF
PNO  5003598
ISD  19910300
NAM  Kunstadt
OCL  380 48
UREF
PNO  5058159
ISD  19911000
NAM  Quan
OCL  380 19
UREF
PNO  5065430
ISD  19911100
NAM  Torii et al.
OCL  380 38
UREF
PNO  5278907
ISD  19940100
NAM  Snyder et al.
OCL  380 48
UREF
PNO  5471531
ISD  19951100
NAM  Quan
OCL  380 19
UREF
PNO  5528692
ISD  19960600
NAM  Hester et al.
OCL  380 38
LREP
FRM  Marger Johnson & McCollom, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A scrambling and a descrambling circuit for cordless telephone provides a
      higher security level than current phone scrambling circuitry. The higher
      security level is accomplished by separating an audio signal into low and
      high frequency bands. The frequency bands are selectively inverted or
      non-inverted during scrambling and descrambling according to common
      selection conditions. The processed signals are mixed into an overall
      mixed signal. The overall mixed signal is selectively inverted or
      non-inverted during scrambling and descrambling according to a common
      selection condition to increase the phone's transmission security level.
PATN
WKU  059914173
SRC  8
APN  9455086
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19971029
TTL  Process for controlling a programmable or program-controlled hearing aid
      for its in-situ fitting adjustment
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Chang; Vivian
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Topholm; Jan
CTY  Holte
CNT  DKX
ASSG
NAM  Topholm & Westerman ApS
CTY  Vaerloese
CNT  DKX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  381 60
XCL  381321
XCL  381318
EDF  6
ICL  H04R 2900
FSC  381
FSS  109;107;60;318;317;321;320;57;56;58
FSC   73
FSS  585
UREF
PNO  4185168
ISD  19800100
NAM  Graupe et al.
UREF
PNO  4972487
ISD  19901100
NAM  Mangold et al.
OCL  381 60
UREF
PNO  5016280
ISD  19910500
NAM  Engebretson et al.
UREF
PNO  5027410
ISD  19910600
NAM  Williamson et al.
UREF
PNO  5130665
ISD  19920700
NAM  Walden
OCL  381109
UREF
PNO  5225836
ISD  19930700
NAM  Morley, Jr. et al.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/01649
PD1  19971029
PD2  19971029
PD3  19950502
PCP  WO96/35314
PCD  19961107
ABST
PAR  The process for controlling a programmable or program-controllable hearing
      aid for in-situ adjustment of said hearing aid to an optimum target gain
      in one or more frequency bands by establishing the hearing threshold level
      of the wearer for one or more frequency bands, determining the target
      input/output response for the detected hearing loss and generating a
      corresponding parameter set for an ideal input/output response for the
      detected hearing loss under feedback-free conditions, by setting the
      control parameter set of a signal processor initially to an input/output
      response with a gain equal to the maximum target gain, operating the
      hearing aid in-situ in accordance with said initial input/output response
      while monitoring said hearing aid for the occurence of any acoustic
      feedback, and if no noticeable feedback is detected setting said initial
      parameter set for said input/output response into said hearing aid, and if
      noticeable acoustic feedback is detected reducing the gain over at least
      one of said frequency bands while leaving unchanged with respect to said
      initial parameter set the gain in any other frequency band, to thereby
      obtain an adjusted input/output response for at least said one frequency
      band.
PATN
WKU  059914181
SRC  8
APN  9929339
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19971217
TTL  Off-line path modeling circuitry and method for off-line feedback path
      modeling and off-line secondary path modeling
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Ping
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kuo; Sen M.
CTY  DeKalb
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Texas Instruments Incorporated
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  381 7111
XCL  381 718
EDF  6
ICL  A61F 1106
ICL  H03B 2900
FSC  381
FSS  71.11;71.14;71.5;71.8;71.12
FSC  364
FSS  724.18;724.19
FSC  708
FSS  322
UREF
PNO  5018202
ISD  19910500
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  381 71.11
UREF
PNO  5499302
ISD  19960300
NAM  Nagami et al.
OCL  381 71.11
UREF
PNO  5517571
ISD  19960500
NAM  Saruta et al.
OCL  381 71.11
LREP
FR2  Marshall, Jr.; Robert D.
FR2  Laws; Gerald E.
FR2  Donaldson; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  An off-line modeling system (50) is provided for modeling a feedback path
      and a secondary path by calculating feedback neutralization filter taps
      and secondary path compensation filter taps. The off-line modeling system
      (50) includes a reference sensor (16), a secondary source (18), an error
      sensor (20), and an off-line modeling circuitry (10). The reference sensor
      (16) receives a noise signal and a feedback signal (22) and generates a
      primary signal x(n) in response. The secondary source (18) receives a
      modeling signal v(n) and provides the modeling signal v(n) to the feedback
      path and the secondary path. The error sensor (20) receives a residual
      signal generates an error signal e(n). The off-line modeling circuitry
      (10) receives the primary signal x(n) and the error signal e(n) and
      generates the modeling signal v(n) while modeling the feedback path and
      the secondary path.
PATN
WKU  059914190
SRC  8
APN  8410682
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970429
TTL  Bilateral signal processing prosthesis
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  4
EXA  Barnie; Rexford N
EXP  Kuntz; Curtis A.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Brander; Richard
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Beltone Electronics Corporation
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  381312
XCL  381315
EDF  6
ICL  H04R 2500
FSC  381
FSS  312;313;314;315;316;321;326;322
UREF
PNO  3894195
ISD  19750700
NAM  Kryter
OCL  179107
UREF
PNO  4334315
ISD  19820600
NAM  Ono et al.
OCL  381315
UREF
PNO  5202927
ISD  19930400
NAM  Topholm
OCL  381315
UREF
PNO  5479522
ISD  19951200
NAM  Lindermann et al.
OCL  381312
UREF
PNO  5680466
ISD  19971000
NAM  Zelikovitz
OCL  381313
UREF
PNO  5721783
ISD  19980200
NAM  Anderson
OCL  381312
UREF
PNO  5751820
ISD  19980500
NAM  Taenzer
OCL  381312
UREF
PNO  5757932
ISD  19980500
NAM  Lindermann et al.
OCL  381316
UREF
PNO  5835610
ISD  19981100
NAM  Ishige et al.
OCL  381315
FREF
PNO  WO 97/14268
ISD  19951000
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04R 2500
LREP
FRM  Rockey, Milnamow & Katz Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A bilateral hearing instrument incorporates first and second units which
      could, for example, be worn by an individual having hearing deficiencies
      in both ears. One unit includes an audio input transducer coupled to a
      transceiver. The second unit includes a second audio input transducer
      coupled to a second transceiver which is coupled, wirelessly, to the first
      transceiver. An output of the second transceiver is coupled to an input
      port of a signal processor. A second input to the signal processor comes
      from the second audio input transducer. One output from the signal
      processor Is transmitted Tirelessly to the first unit for presentation to
      one ear of the user. The other output of the processor is coupled to an
      output transducer for the user's second ear. A single signal processor
      generates representations of audio output signals for both of the user's
      ears.
PATN
WKU  059914203
SRC  8
APN  7575165
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19961127
TTL  Battery pack with audio coil
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Vo; Hieu T.
EXP  Wolfe; Willis R.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Stern; Trampas
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Ericsson Inc.
CTY  Research Triangle Park
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  381315
XCL  381322
XCL  381331
XCL  379 52
XCL  455 90
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  100
ICL  H04R 2504
FSC  455
FSS  575;572;90;349;351
FSC  381
FSS  321;322;315;330;328;331
FSC  379
FSS  52
UREF
PNO  2530621
ISD  19501100
NAM  Lybarger
OCL  379 52
UREF
PNO  3396245
ISD  19680800
NAM  Flygstad
OCL  379 52
UREF
PNO  3668334
ISD  19720600
NAM  Schwake
OCL  381331
UREF
PNO  3742359
ISD  19730600
NAM  Behymer
OCL  381115
UREF
PNO  4160122
ISD  19790700
NAM  Jacobson
OCL  379 52
UREF
PNO  4543453
ISD  19850900
NAM  Brander
OCL  381108
UREF
PNO  4596899
ISD  19860600
NAM  Wojcik et al.
OCL  179  2C
UREF
PNO  5537472
ISD  19960700
NAM  Estevez-Alcolado et al.
OCL  379433
UREF
PNO  5796821
ISD  19980800
NAM  Crouch et al.
OCL  381330
FREF
PNO  0 313 776 A2
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  35 08 830 A1
ISD  19860900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 292 287
ISD  19960200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  PCT/US97/21930
ISD  19980400
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist P.C.
ABST
PAL  A battery pack is provided for use with a mobile phone. The battery pack
      includes audio signal power amplifier circuitry with an inductive coil.
      The inductive coil boosts the magnetic field strength of the audio signal
      received by the phone, so that a tele-coil circuit for a hearing aid can
      be used to pick up the audio signal received by the phone. Consequently,
      the picked up audio signal can be discerned from the magnetic noise
      created by the phone. Also, the use of the battery coil allows a tele-coil
      pick up of the audio signal even if the phone has a speaker that does not
      generate an appreciable magnetic field.
PATN
WKU  059914211
SRC  8
APN  9666397
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971110
TTL  Radially expanding multiple flat-surfaced waveguide device
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Harvey; Dionne N.
EXP  Kuntz; Curtis A.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Faraone; Alexander
CTY  Frenchtown
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Single Source Technology and Development, Inc.
CTY  Maple Shade
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  381338
XCL  381337
XCL  381339
XCL  381340
XCL  181159
XCL  181177
XCL  181192
EDF  6
ICL  H04R  102
ICL  H04R 2500
FSC  381
FSS  337;338;339;340;350
FSC  181
FSS  152;159;172;192
UREF
PNO  2513171
ISD  19500600
NAM  Hassan
OCL  381337
UREF
PNO  2923782
ISD  19600200
NAM  Armstrong et al.
OCL  381337
UREF
PNO  4811403
ISD  19890300
NAM  Henricksen
UREF
PNO  5606297
ISD  19970200
NAM  Phillips
OCL  381339
LREP
FR2  Glynn, Esq.; Kenneth P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is a waveguide for an acoustic speaker having a
      predetermined cone weight. The waveguide body has a speaker end and an
      open end and an even number of segments with a flat surface in a plane
      parallel to the speaker end. The segments have inside wall surfaces which
      flare increasingly outwardly from the speaker, and these inside wall
      surfaces have a speaker end length, L.sub.1, determined by the following
      formulas, L.sub.1 minimum=0.7.times.w.sub.s /0.0012 g/cm.sup.3
      .times.1/A.sub.SE, and L.sub.1 maximum=1.2.times.w.sub.s /0.0012
      g/cm.sup.3 .times.1/A.sub.SE, wherein L.sub.1 is a straight line length of
      the lower portion of the segment wall surface, w.sub.s is the weight of a
      speaker cone in grams/cm.sup.3, and A.sub.SE is the cross-sectional area
      of the speaker end in square centimeters. Each of the segment inside wall
      surfaces has an outer end length L.sub.2 which has a predetermined length
      related to L.sub.1. There is an angle between the straight line length of
      the lower portion of the segment wall surface and a center line running
      down the center of the length of the waveguide, referred to as .angle.A,
      which is no greater than 15.degree..
PATN
WKU  059914220
SRC  9
APN  1623591
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19980929
TTL  Structural improvements of earphone signal cord
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Sinh
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Chiang; Chao-Ning
STR  No. 3, Lane 20, Ching-Li Street, Tu Cheng
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
CLAS
OCL  381370
XCL  381384
XCL  381371
EDF  6
ICL  H04R 2500
FSC  381
FSS  370;371;374;384
FSC  379
FSS  438;430;431;451
FSC  181
FSS  129;137
FSC  439
FSS  489;188
UREF
PNO  5406637
ISD  19950400
NAM  Gonzalez
OCL  381154
UREF
PNO  5623132
ISD  19970400
NAM  Gahm
OCL  181156
FREF
PNO  5-176384
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
OCL  381159
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas
ABST
PAL  A structural improvement of earphone signal cord, involving mainly a layer
      of fabric structure woven in Chinese-knot style to coat the conductive
      wire of an input plug, the input plug is then coated and fixed by a wooden
      sleeve, the other end of the conductive wire is fitted inside a wooden
      casing, inside the wooden casing is fitted a speaker, on the wooden casing
      is a hole unit, so designed that the fabric structure outside the
      conductive wire can be fixed inside the hole unit; with the aforementioned
      construction, since the conductive wire is coated by a layer of fabric
      structure, thereby the fabric structure will increase the strength of the
      conductive wire to prevent it from being pulled apart, and from being
      twisted or deformed, so that its original appearance can be maintained for
      a extended period of time.
PATN
WKU  059914238
SRC  9
APN  1578855
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19980921
TTL  Planar magnetic continuous-tone transducer
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Sinh
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Norte; David A.
CTY  Westminster
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  381396
XCL  381401
XCL  381412
EDF  6
ICL  H04R 2500
FSC  381
FSS  396;399;401;412;417-419;421;431
FSC  336
FSS  200;232;223
UREF
PNO  Re15993
ISD  19250200
NAM  Peterson
OCL  381417
UREF
PNO  1569411
ISD  19260100
NAM  Thomas
OCL  381396
UREF
PNO  1606571
ISD  19261100
NAM  Heising
OCL  381401
UREF
PNO  1660864
ISD  19280200
NAM  Conrad
OCL  381396
UREF
PNO  1682505
ISD  19280800
NAM  Hanna
OCL  381417
UREF
PNO  3584161
ISD  19710600
NAM  Hawley
OCL  381417
UREF
PNO  5216723
ISD  19930600
NAM  Froeschle et al.
OCL  381418
UREF
PNO  5861790
ISD  19990100
NAM  Johnson, Jr. et al.
OCL  336200
LREP
FRM  Duft, Graziano & Forest, PC
ABST
PAL  The planar magnetic continuous-tone transducer functions as a low power,
      wide dynamic range speaker. The planar magnetic continuous-tone transducer
      uses a conventional pair of ferrite cores on which are tightly wound
      primary and secondary coils. A very small air gap is provided between the
      two ferrite cores and the secondary coil is left unterminated. The
      application of a voltage at a selected frequency to the primary coil
      induces a harmonic force in the open secondary coil, which is transmitted
      to the two ferrite cores. The harmonic force causes the ferrite cores to
      vibrate, emitting a tone from the air gap region.
PATN
WKU  059914246
SRC  8
APN  959289&
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971024
TTL  Planar diaphragm speaker with heat dissipator
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Tran; Sinh
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Bertagni; Alejandro
CTY  Lake Forest
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bertagni; Eduardo
CTY  Tustin
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sound Advance Systems, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  430416
APD  19950428
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  381397
XCL  381431
EDF  6
ICL  H04R 2500
FSC  381
FSS  203;194;201;397;423;431
UREF
PNO  3046362
ISD  19620700
NAM  White
UREF
PNO  3596733
ISD  19691200
NAM  Bertagni
UREF
PNO  3722617
ISD  19730300
NAM  Bertagni
UREF
PNO  3767005
ISD  19731000
NAM  Bertagni
UREF
PNO  3779336
ISD  19731200
NAM  Bertagni
UREF
PNO  3792394
ISD  19740200
NAM  Bertagni
UREF
PNO  3801943
ISD  19740400
NAM  Bertagni
UREF
PNO  3991286
ISD  19761100
NAM  Henricksen
UREF
PNO  4003449
ISD  19770100
NAM  Bertagni
UREF
PNO  4017694
ISD  19770400
NAM  King
UREF
PNO  4138593
ISD  19790200
NAM  Hasselbach et al.
UREF
PNO  4184563
ISD  19800100
NAM  Bertagni
UREF
PNO  4257325
ISD  19810300
NAM  Bertagni
UREF
PNO  4328400
ISD  19820500
NAM  Shimada et al.
UREF
PNO  4413160
ISD  19831100
NAM  Ohyaba et al.
UREF
PNO  4837838
ISD  19890600
NAM  Thigpen et al.
OCL  381192
UREF
PNO  4850023
ISD  19890700
NAM  Yarush
OCL  381 67
UREF
PNO  4928312
ISD  19900500
NAM  Hill
UREF
PNO  4933975
ISD  19900600
NAM  Button
UREF
PNO  4997058
ISD  19910300
NAM  Bertagni
UREF
PNO  5005556
ISD  19910400
NAM  Astle, Jr.
OCL  126110R
UREF
PNO  5007707
ISD  19910400
NAM  Bertagni
UREF
PNO  5045659
ISD  19910900
NAM  Wolfe et al.
OCL  219 10.55E
UREF
PNO  5425107
ISD  19950600
NAM  Bertagni et al.
LREP
FRM  Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP
ABST
PAL  An improved planar diaphragm loudspeaker having a voice coil assembly
      coupled to the rear surface of a planar diaphragm formed of a pre-expanded
      cellular plastic material, in which a metal dissipator in the form of a
      disk is mounted between the voice coil assembly and the planar diaphragm
      to reduce the transfer of heat from the voice coil assembly to the planar
      diaphragm.
PATN
WKU  059914254
SRC  8
APN  7668007
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19961213
TTL  Low reflection/low diffraction treatment for loudspeaker transducer
      diaphragm
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Huyen
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Anagnos; Daniel P.
CTY  Grandview
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Sony Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Park Ridge
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  381423
XCL  381426
XCL  381354
XCL  381182
EDF  6
ICL  H04R 2500
FSC  381
FSS  202;204;158;182;186;24;188;205;332;333;335;353;354;423;424;426;432
FSC  181
FSS  166;170;158;144;147
UREF
PNO  2763333
ISD  19560900
NAM  Schumann
OCL  381204
UREF
PNO  3268030
ISD  19660800
NAM  Magnus
OCL  181147
UREF
PNO  3967065
ISD  19760600
NAM  Ward
OCL  381335
UREF
PNO  4163876
ISD  19790800
NAM  Ohnuki
OCL  181170
UREF
PNO  4296280
ISD  19811000
NAM  Richie
OCL  381335
UREF
PNO  4478309
ISD  19841000
NAM  Kawamura et al.
OCL  181166
UREF
PNO  4497981
ISD  19850200
NAM  House
OCL  381182
UREF
PNO  4569076
ISD  19860200
NAM  Holman
OCL  381333
UREF
PNO  5448647
ISD  19950900
NAM  Koizumi
OCL  381 24
UREF
PNO  5570429
ISD  19961000
NAM  Paddock
OCL  381202
UREF
PNO  5608810
ISD  19970300
NAM  Hall
OCL  381202
FREF
PNO  2409653
ISD  19790700
CNT  FRX
OCL  381202
FREF
PNO  0045211
ISD  19800300
CNT  JPX
OCL  381202
OREF
PAL  TEAC Manual, "The Sierra Series," ST-X5, TEAC Corporation of America, 7733
      Telegraph Road, Montebello, CA 90640.
PAL  Peerless 1" Dome Tweeter.
PAL  Peerless 6 1/2" Woofer.
PAL  Sony, "Technical Design Concepts and Philosophy of the SS-M9 Loudspeaker,"
      1994 Sony Electronics Inc.
PAL  E.A.R. Technical Data Sheet TDS-09, Division, Cabot Safety Corporation,
      Delaware Industrial Park, Newark, DE 19713.
LREP
FR2  Kananen; Ronald P.
     Rader, Fishman & Grauer
ABST
PAL  An arrangement for minimizing acoustic reflections and diffraction from an
      exterior surface of a diaphragm of a loudspeaker transducer. A layer of
      highly optimized acoustic foam is applied to an exterior surface of the
      transducer diaphragm. The acoustic foam is a polyether urethane material
      of approximately 2 lb/ft.sup.3 density with a skinned bottom surface,
      optional skinned top surface and optimized cell size and structure. The
      foam is die cut into a shape to conform to the concave shape of the
      transducer diaphragm without large air gaps or deformation of the foam.
      The acoustic foam surface prevents reflection and diffraction of another
      transducer's output off of the diaphragm of the treated transducer and
      provides a low pass filtering of the acoustic output of the treated
      transducer.
PATN
WKU  059914262
SRC  9
APN  216499&
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19981218
TTL  Field-based watermark insertion and detection
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Johns; Andrew W.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Cox; Ingemar J.
CTY  Lawrenceville
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Miller; Matthew L.
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Signafy, Inc.
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  382100
XCL  348473
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  382
FSS  100;232
FSC  380
FSS  7;54
FSC  348
FSS  473
UREF
PNO  5184849
ISD  19930200
NAM  Taylor
OCL  238 67
UREF
PNO  5734752
ISD  19980300
NAM  Knox
OCL  382212
UREF
PNO  5790703
ISD  19980800
NAM  Wang
OCL  382212
OREF
PAL  Hsu et al., "Digital Watermarking for Video," IEEE Proc. 13th Int. Conf. on
      Digital Signal Processing, Jul. 2-4, 1997, pp. 217-220.
PAL  Hsu et al., "DCT-Based Watermarking for Video," IEEE Transactions on
      Consumer Electronics, vol. 44, No. 1, Feb. 1998, pp. 206-216.
LREP
FRM  Scully, Scott Murphy & Presser
ABST
PAL  A digital watermark is inserted into multimedia data containing two image
      fields by placing a positive watermark into a first field and a negative
      watermark into a second field. The positive watermark and negative
      watermark are opposite of one another. The two fields can be interlaced
      fields of a field-based video signal or alternate rows of a frame-based
      video signal. The watermark is extracted from field-based watermarked data
      by separating the watermarked data into two fields and subtracting one of
      the fields from the other field to generate a watermarked signal. The
      resultant watermarked signal is processed in a conventional manner to
      extract and detect the watermark.
PATN
WKU  059914270
SRC  8
APN  9037292
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970731
TTL  Method and apparatus for detecting a lane on a road
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Jayanti K.
EXP  Chang; Jon
NDR  15
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Kakinami; Toshiaki
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Yoshikatsu
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Inoue; Ryo
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960731
APN  8-219384
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960731
APN  8-219427
CLAS
OCL  382104
XCL  340903
XCL  348119
XCL  701 28
XCL  701301
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  382
FSS  104;100;107;108;153;241;266;269;286;288;316;199;291;256
FSC   56
FSS  10.2 F
FSC  340
FSS  901;576;903
FSC  342
FSS  69
FSC  348
FSS  118;119
FSC  701
FSS  28;300;301;93
UREF
PNO  5208750
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kurami et al.
OCL  701 28
UREF
PNO  5245422
ISD  19930900
NAM  Borcherts et al.
OCL  348119
UREF
PNO  5465079
ISD  19951100
NAM  Bouchard et al.
OCL  340576
UREF
PNO  5485381
ISD  19960100
NAM  Heintz et al.
OCL  701 93
UREF
PNO  5528888
ISD  19960600
NAM  Miyamoto et al.
OCL   56 10.2F
UREF
PNO  5555312
ISD  19960900
NAM  Shima et al.
OCL  382104
UREF
PNO  5555555
ISD  19960900
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  382104
UREF
PNO  5617086
ISD  19970400
NAM  Klashinsky et al.
OCL  340903
UREF
PNO  5708427
ISD  19980100
NAM  Bush
OCL  340941
UREF
PNO  5790403
ISD  19980800
NAM  Nakayama
OCL  701 28
FREF
PNO  6-215137
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-96507
ISD  19970900
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "A method to extract corresponding points in road image analysis" disclosed
      in the papers of electronic points in road image analysis disclosed in
      Electronic Information and Communication Committee, D-II vol. J72-D-11 No.
      5, pp. 827-830, Pub. May, 1989.
PAL  "A Zero-Bank Algorithm for Inverse Perspective of a Road from a Single
      Image" (Proc. IEEE Interl. Conf. on Robotics and Automation, pp.
      1444-1449, pub. Mar. 1987.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  The invention is directed to a method and apparatus for detecting a lane on
      a road, the latter of which includes an edge sensor (ED) for detecting
      edges indicative of boundaries of opposite sides of each lane, an edge
      memory (EM) for storing the edges to form a couple of continuous lines of
      edge groups indicative of the opposite boundaries of the lane, and an
      image processor (DP) for defining the opposite boundaries of the lane on a
      plane in a three-dimensional geometry. A center of curvature defining
      device (RC) defines a center of curvature to the opposite boundaries of
      the lane. An edge line extracting device (ES) divides the edge groups
      stored in the edge memory into a plurality of continuous regions each
      having a predetermined length along a concentric circle arc having the
      same center as the center of curvature, and extracts a pair of edge lines
      from each region. A tangent defining device (TL) defines a couple of
      tangents to the edge lines, and a normal defining device (NL) defines a
      normal to the tangents. Then, a segment setting device (SD) defines a
      couple of intersections of the normal with the tangents, and sets a line
      segment between the intersections as a segment of the lane. The image
      processor (DP) renews the opposite boundaries of the lane on the basis of
      the segment of the lane.
PATN
WKU  059914289
SRC  8
APN  9121722
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970815
TTL  Moving object detection apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Jayanti K.
EXP  Chang; Jon
NDR  13
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Taniguchi; Yasuhiro
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960912
APN  8-241904
CLAS
OCL  382107
XCL  348155
XCL  348417
XCL  348699
XCL  382173
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
ICL  G06T  720
FSC  382
FSS  107;232;236;103;130;153;154;171-172;173;291
FSC  345
FSS  113;114
FSC  348
FSS  586;154;155-220;208;413;416;699-700
FSC  396
FSS  3
FSC  704
FSS  260
FSC  352
FSS  53;87
FSC  368
FSS  229
UREF
PNO  4645459
ISD  19870200
NAM  Graf et al.
OCL  434 43
UREF
PNO  4841575
ISD  19890600
NAM  Welsh et al.
OCL  704260
UREF
PNO  4937878
ISD  19900600
NAM  Lo et al.
OCL  382103
UREF
PNO  5111511
ISD  19920500
NAM  Ishii et al.
OCL  382107
UREF
PNO  5122873
ISD  19920600
NAM  Golin
OCL  348390
UREF
PNO  5157732
ISD  19921000
NAM  Ishii et al.
OCL  382107
UREF
PNO  5206723
ISD  19930400
NAM  Parke
OCL  348416
UREF
PNO  5243418
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kuno et al.
OCL  348155
UREF
PNO  5307170
ISD  19940400
NAM  Itsumi et al.
OCL  348219
UREF
PNO  5526044
ISD  19960600
NAM  Tokumitsu et al.
OCL  348208
UREF
PNO  5550591
ISD  19960800
NAM  Rim et al.
OCL  348413
UREF
PNO  5701163
ISD  19971200
NAM  Richards et al.
OCL  348578
UREF
PNO  5729302
ISD  19980300
NAM  Yamauchi
OCL  348699
UREF
PNO  5748775
ISD  19980500
NAM  Tsuchikawa et al.
OCL  382190
UREF
PNO  5764786
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kuwashima et al.
OCL  382107
UREF
PNO  5777690
ISD  19980700
NAM  Takeda et al.
OCL  348699
UREF
PNO  5838365
ISD  19981100
NAM  Sawasaki et al.
OCL  348169
OREF
PAL  Don Murray et al., "Motion Tracking with an Active Camera", IEEE
      Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 16, No. 5,
      May 1994, pp. 449-459.
PAL  Satoshi Terakubo, et al. "Motion Detection from Image Sequences with a
      Moving Camera", Proc. of Joho shori gakkai No. 51, Nara Institute of
      Science and Technology (NAIST), 1995, pp. 2-237-2-238.
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A moving object detection apparatus includes a movable input section to
      input a plurality of images in a time series, in which a background area
      and a moving object are included. A calculation section divides each input
      image by unit of predetermined area, and calculates the moving vector
      between two images in a time series and a corresponding confidence value
      of the moving vector by unit of the predetermined area. A background area
      detection section detects a group of the predetermined areas, each of
      which moves almost equally as the background area from the input image
      according to the moving vector and the confidence value by unit of the
      predetermined area. A moving area detection section detects the area other
      than the background area as the moving area from the input image according
      to the moving vector of the background area.
PATN
WKU  059914297
SRC  8
APN  7597088
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19961206
TTL  Facial recognition system for security access and identification
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  3
EXA  Werner; Brian P.
EXP  Boudreau; Leo H.
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Coffin; Jeffrey S.
STR  6009 Fairfield La.
CTY  Sykesville
STA  MD
ZIP  21784
INVT
NAM  Ingram; Darryl
STR  5444 Ring Dove La.
CTY  Columbia
STA  MD
ZIP  21044
CLAS
OCL  382118
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  932
ICL  G06K  946
FSC  382
FSS  115;116;118;124;218
FSC  345
FSS  968
FSC  434
FSS  155
FSC  902
FSS  3;6
FSC  340
FSS  573
FSC  707
FSS  3;6;104
UREF
PNO  3611290
ISD  19711000
NAM  Luisi et al.
OCL  340146.3
UREF
PNO  3805238
ISD  19740400
NAM  Rothfjell
OCL  340146.3
UREF
PNO  4135147
ISD  19790100
NAM  Riganati et al.
OCL  340146.3
UREF
PNO  4300160
ISD  19811100
NAM  Pusch et al.
OCL  358113
UREF
PNO  4521861
ISD  19850600
NAM  Logan et al.
OCL  364517
UREF
PNO  4525859
ISD  19850700
NAM  Bowles et al.
OCL  382  5
UREF
PNO  4646352
ISD  19870200
NAM  Asai et al.
OCL  382  5
UREF
PNO  4699149
ISD  19871000
NAM  Rice
OCL  128664
UREF
PNO  4858000
ISD  19890800
NAM  Lu
OCL  358 84
UREF
PNO  4876725
ISD  19891000
NAM  Tomko
OCL  382  4
UREF
PNO  4975969
ISD  19901200
NAM  Tal
OCL  382  2
UREF
PNO  5027413
ISD  19910600
NAM  Barnard
OCL  382  1
UREF
PNO  5072120
ISD  19911200
NAM  Siewick
OCL  250330
UREF
PNO  5107117
ISD  19920400
NAM  Ennenga et al.
OCL  250334
UREF
PNO  5163094
ISD  19921100
NAM  Prokoski et al.
OCL  382  2
UREF
PNO  5450504
ISD  19950900
NAM  Calia
OCL  382118
UREF
PNO  5553155
ISD  19960900
NAM  Kuhns et al.
OCL  382115
UREF
PNO  5615277
ISD  19970300
NAM  Hoffman
OCL  382115
UREF
PNO  5627616
ISD  19970500
NAM  Sergeant et al.
OCL  354 81
UREF
PNO  5689247
ISD  19971100
NAM  Welner
OCL  340825.31
UREF
PNO  5835616
ISD  19981100
NAM  Lobo et al.
OCL  382118
OREF
PAL  Gilbert, Jeffrey M. and Yang, Woodward, "A Real-Time Face Recognition
      System Using Custom VLSI Hardware"--Harvard University, Nov. 1993.
PAL  Moghaddam, Baback and Pentland, Alex; "Face Recognition Using View-Based
      and Modular Eigenspaces"--M.I.T. Media Laboratory Perceptual Computing
      Section Technical Report No. 301; Appeared in Automatic Systems for the
      Identification and Inspection of Humans,, SPIE VO. 2277, Jul. 1994.
LREP
FRM  Laubscher & Laubscher
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for identifying individuals for the purposes of
      determining clearance access or surveillance is characterized by enrolling
      an image of a person's face either voluntarily or secretly to be later
      used for comparison when the person voluntarily desires clearance or is
      covertly detected. The system can recognize or identify individuals
      regardless of whether the individual is wearing eye glasses or attempted
      disguises. In one embodiment, the system allows an authorized operator to
      enroll an image of a person through a facial scan for subsequent clearance
      access. The system records the camera positioning, captures an image,
      scales the image and records data from a region of interest within the
      scanned image to a database for later comparison. Enrollment data and the
      corresponding image information are then associated with a personal
      identification number assigned to the person. Upon presentment before the
      system, and entering the assigned personal identification number, another
      facial scan is taken of the person to be compared with the data from the
      regions of interest from the enrollment database of images to confirm the
      identity of the individual. In a second embodiment, the system operator
      injects an image secretly taken of an individual for later surveillance
      and identification. In a surveillance mode, the system automatically
      detects a person's presence, positions the camera through analysis of the
      image, captures an image, and then processes the image to determine if the
      person is enrolled in the enrollment database.
PATN
WKU  059914300
SRC  8
APN  7565267
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19961126
TTL  Method and device for automatic matching of planar point patterns
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Mehta; Bhavesh
EXP  Boudreau; Leo H.
NDR  11
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Wen-Hsing
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
INVT
NAM  Chang; Shih-Hsu
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Wen-Hsing Hsu
CTY  Hsinchu
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  382124
XCL  382209
XCL  382228
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
ICL  G06K  962
FSC  382
FSS  226;228;227;298;296;124;125;201;205;209
FSC  340
FSS  146
UREF
PNO  4135147
ISD  19790100
NAM  Riganati et al.
OCL  340146.3
UREF
PNO  4618989
ISD  19861000
NAM  Tsukune et al.
OCL  382203
UREF
PNO  5140642
ISD  19920800
NAM  Hsu et al.
OCL  382125
UREF
PNO  5259038
ISD  19931100
NAM  Sakou et al.
OCL  382155
UREF
PNO  5392367
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hsu et al.
OCL  382228
UREF
PNO  5659626
ISD  19970800
NAM  Ort et al.
OCL  382125
LREP
FRM  Bacon & Thomas
ABST
PAL  A method for automatic matching of planar point patterns in a reference
      pattern with a test pattern includes course mating, calculation of a mated
      possibility for one point in each pattern, preliminary selection of mated
      pairs based on these possibilities, and calculation of a similarity value
      based upon the number of mated pairs, the mated rate of the reference and
      test patterns, and the average mating possibility and average distance
      between mated points.
PATN
WKU  059914319
SRC  8
APN  7970579
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970212
TTL  Mouse adapted to scan biometric data
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Werner; Brian
EXP  Boudreau; Leo H.
NDR  27
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Borza; Stephen J.
CTY  Ottawa
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Borza; Michael A.
CTY  Ottawa
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Teitelbaum; Neil
CTY  Ottawa
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Dew Engineering and Development Limited
CTY  Ottawa
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  760212
APD  19961204
PSC  01
PNO  5859420
CLAS
OCL  382127
XCL  382314
XCL  345164
XCL  463 37
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  924
ICL  G06K  946
ICL  G09G  508
FSC  382
FSS  115;116;119-123;124-127;314
FSC  356
FSS  71
FSC  340
FSS  825.34
FSC  345
FSS  163-167;161
FSC  463
FSS  37
FSC  364
FSS  190;709.06;709.05
UREF
PNO  4210899
ISD  19800700
NAM  Swonger et al.
OCL  382125
UREF
PNO  5163154
ISD  19921100
NAM  Bournas et al.
OCL  395775
UREF
PNO  5229764
ISD  19930700
NAM  Matchett et al.
OCL  340825
UREF
PNO  5325442
ISD  19940600
NAM  Knapp
OCL  382124
UREF
PNO  5546471
ISD  19960800
NAM  Merjanian
OCL  382124
UREF
PNO  5578817
ISD  19961100
NAM  Bidiville et al.
OCL  250221
UREF
PNO  5596454
ISD  19970100
NAM  Hebert
OCL  359726
UREF
PNO  5621516
ISD  19970400
NAM  Shinzaki et al.
OCL  356 71
UREF
PNO  5812252
ISD  19980900
NAM  Bowker et al.
OCL  356 71
UREF
PNO  5838306
ISD  19981100
NAM  O'Connor et al.
OCL  345163
OREF
PAL  Alan Freedman, The Computer Desktop Encyclopedia, AMACOM, p.p. 555, , ISBN
      0-8144-0012-4, 1996.
PAL  Anthony Ralston, Edwin D. Reilly, Jr., Encyclopedia of Computer Science and
      Engineering, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, pp. 998-1002, ISBN
      0-442-24496-7, 1983.
PAL  Catalog: Melles Griot, Optics Guide 5, pp. 1-2 to 1-5, 1990.
PAL  Sybil P. Parker, Dictionary of Scientific and Technical Terms, McGraw-Hill,
      1989, p.p. 84, 1194, ISBN 0-07-045270-9.
LREP
FRM  Neil Teitelbaum & Associates
ABST
PAL  In the past, contact imaging devices were large and costly. It has been
      proposed that for contact imaging device adoption for the personal
      computing market, cost and size must be reduced. In an attempt to address
      these concerns, a biometric pointing device such as a mouse is presented
      incorporating therein a contact imager. The contact imager fits within a
      small enclosure. Further, data transmission means within the mouse
      provides a signal to a single port on a computer indicative of the output
      data from both the contact imaging means and the pointing device.
PATN
WKU  059914327
SRC  8
APN  9116443
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970815
TTL  Cytological system illumination integrity checking apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Davis; Monica S.
EXP  Johns; Andrew W.
NDR  15
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Ortyn; William E.
CTY  Devall
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Piloco; Louis R.
CTY  Kent
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Hayenga; Jon W.
CTY  Kent
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  NeoPath, Inc.
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  303179
APD  19940908
PSC  01
PNO  5715326
CLAS
OCL  382128
XCL  382274
XCL  250205
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
ICL  G06K  938
ICL  G01J  132
FSC  382
FSS  128;274
FSC  250
FSS  205
FSC  356
FSS  42;39
UREF
PNO  4042808
ISD  19770800
NAM  Hennessy et al.
OCL  377 50
UREF
PNO  4202033
ISD  19800500
NAM  Strobel
OCL  436183
UREF
PNO  4239395
ISD  19801200
NAM  Modisette
OCL  356443
UREF
PNO  4732473
ISD  19880300
NAM  Bille et al.
OCL  356237.5
UREF
PNO  4741043
ISD  19880400
NAM  Bacus
OCL  382129
UREF
PNO  4907876
ISD  19900300
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  356 41
UREF
PNO  5103829
ISD  19920400
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  600310
UREF
PNO  5149972
ISD  19920900
NAM  Fay et al.
OCL  250461.1
UREF
PNO  5153745
ISD  19921000
NAM  Brandkamp et al.
OCL  358406
UREF
PNO  5275951
ISD  19940100
NAM  Chow et al.
OCL  436 50
UREF
PNO  5315700
ISD  19940500
NAM  Johnston et al.
OCL  345502
UREF
PNO  5361140
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hayenga et al.
OCL  358446
LREP
FR2  Sun; Hans I.
FR2  Moffa; Emil
ABST
PAL  A method for checking cytological system illumination including the steps
      of checking global illumination variation, static field uniformity,
      dynamic field uniformity, specimen thickness variation, strobe
      repeatability, calibration plate cleanliness, and strobe dropout. A
      calibration plate and test target is employed for various illumination
      checks.
PATN
WKU  059914335
SRC  8
APN  8487324
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970522
TTL  Method for analyzing skin surface and apparatus therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Wu; Jingge
EXP  Au; Amelia
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Osanai; Osamu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yada; Yukihiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Akazaki; Shuichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  KAO Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960523
APN  8-153219
CLAS
OCL  382133
XCL  600476
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  382
FSS  133;156;157;158;278
FSC  600
FSS  476;477;306
FSC  602
FSS  54
UREF
PNO  5683710
ISD  19971100
NAM  Akemi et al.
OCL  424448
UREF
PNO  5696838
ISD  19971200
NAM  Chiu et al.
OCL  382209
FREF
PNO  0312736
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
ICL  G01B  510
FREF
PNO  1053165
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01N 3350
FREF
PNO  5-329163
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01N 2135
FREF
PNO  7055707
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
ICL  G01N 2159
OREF
PAL  Tsutomu Shino, Journal of Society of Cosmetic Science, vol. 2, No. 1, pp.
      13-18, "A Newly Devised Skin Strip Method for the Safety Evaluation of
      Cosmetics", 1978, (with partial English translation).
PAL  Journal of Japanese Society of Dermatology, vol. 99, No. 9, pp. 999-1006,
      Aug. 1989, (with partial English translation).
PAL  Kenneth J. McGinley, et al., Journal of Investigative Dermatology, vol. 53,
      No. 2, pp. 107-112, "A Method for Visualizing and Quantitating the
      Desquamating Portion of the Human Stratum Corneum", 1969.
PAL  Nakayama et al. "Studies on various factors affecting the efficacies of
      skin care profucts by instrumental skin measurment and consumer preference
      testing" Journal of Soc. Cosmet Chem Japan, 1986 v20, No. 2, pp. 111-120.
PAL  Schatz et al. Quantification of dry (xerotic) skin by image analysis of
      scales removed by adhesive discs (D-squames) J. Soc. Cosmet. Chem. v44,
      pp. 53-63, Feb. 1993.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for analyzing skin surface conditions which includes
      transferring horny cells from a skin surface of a subject onto an adhesive
      face of a base sheet. In addition, a learning-type image measurement
      system equipped with autocorrelation mask patterns is executed on a
      morphology of the horny cells in the image, thus judging at least one of a
      degree of overlapping, a degree of ellipticity and a degree of area of the
      horny cells. Further, the skin surface conditions are analyzed using this
      information.
PATN
WKU  059914343
SRC  8
APN  7477287
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19961112
TTL  IC lead inspection system configurable for different camera positions
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Werner; Brian P.
EXP  Couso; Jose L.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  St. Onge; James W.
STR  1105 Eagle Nest Dr.
CTY  Milford
STA  MI
ZIP  48381
CLAS
OCL  382146
XCL  382151
XCL  382154
EDF  6
ICL  G01B 1103
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  382
FSS  145;146;148;149;151;154
FSC  348
FSS  87;126
FSC  356
FSS  376;384;383;237.1;237.2;237.3;240.1
FSC  250
FSS  559.34
UREF
PNO  5043589
ISD  19910800
NAM  Smedt et al.
OCL  350361
UREF
PNO  5347363
ISD  19940900
NAM  Yamanaka
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  5402505
ISD  19950300
NAM  Roy et al.
OCL  382146
UREF
PNO  5414458
ISD  19950500
NAM  Harris et al.
OCL  348 92
UREF
PNO  5452080
ISD  19950900
NAM  Tomiya
OCL  356237
UREF
PNO  5528371
ISD  19960600
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  356372
UREF
PNO  5745593
ISD  19980400
NAM  Wahawisan et al.
OCL  382146
LREP
FRM  St.Onge Steward Johnston & Reens LLC
ABST
PAL  A system for inspecting leads of an IC using at least one camera is
      provided, where the system permits configuration of the camera to various
      positions. The camera provides a digitized frame of the IC leads. The
      system includes a set of configurable parameters for defining which leads
      of the IC are imaged in which of the digitized frames. The system also
      includes a computer for calculating the position of the leads on the IC
      being inspected in three dimensions, and for comparing these calculated
      positions to ideal known positions in determining whether the IC leads
      meet desired manufacturing tolerances.
PATN
WKU  059914351
SRC  8
APN  6577857
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960531
TTL  Inspecting apparatus of mounting state of component or printing state of
      cream solder in mounting line of electronic component
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Mehta; Bhavesh
EXP  Boudreau; Leo H.
NDR  18
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Tsujikawa; Toshihiko
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mizuoka; Seiji
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagamoto; Masao
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920630
APN  4-172984
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920708
APN  4-180759
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920710
APN  4-183519
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920710
APN  4-183520
RLAP
COD  72
APN  083700
APD  19930630
PSC  01
PNO  5555316
CLAS
OCL  382147
XCL  382150
XCL  348 87
XCL  348126
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  382
FSS  141;145-147;150
FSC  348
FSS  86;87;90;94;95;125;126
UREF
PNO  5023916
ISD  19910600
NAM  Breu
OCL  382  8
UREF
PNO  5125036
ISD  19920600
NAM  Raghavan et al.
OCL  382  8
UREF
PNO  5134665
ISD  19920700
NAM  Jyoko
OCL  382  8
UREF
PNO  5148375
ISD  19920900
NAM  Horihami
OCL  382  8
UREF
PNO  5164994
ISD  19921100
NAM  Bushroe
OCL  382  8
UREF
PNO  5182775
ISD  19930100
NAM  Matsui et al.
OCL  382  8
UREF
PNO  5268968
ISD  19931200
NAM  Yoshida
OCL  382  8
UREF
PNO  5450204
ISD  19950900
NAM  Shigeyama et al.
OCL  356375
UREF
PNO  5495424
ISD  19960200
NAM  Tokura
OCL  364507
UREF
PNO  5555316
ISD  19960900
NAM  Tsujikawa et al.
OCL  382150
UREF
PNO  5598345
ISD  19970100
NAM  Tokura
OCL  364489
OREF
PAL  The 7th National Convention Record JIPC, pp. 179-182, issued Mar. 9, 1993
      to Shadanhonjin Print Kairo Gakkai and entitled "Inspecting Device Using
      Color Image Processing Technique", with partial English translation
      thereof.
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P
ABST
PAL  An inspecting apparatus is arranged on an electronic component mounting
      line for inspecting whether a mounting state of the component mounted on a
      printed circuit board by a mounting apparatus in a precedent process or a
      printing state of a cream solder by a cream solder printing apparatus in a
      precedent process is non-defective or defective. The inspecting apparatus
      includes an input device for taking data of the mounting state of the
      component to be inspected or the printing state of the cream solder to be
      inspected, a comparing device for comparing the data of the mounting state
      or the printing state input through the input device with an absolute
      decision criterion having a predetermined allowable range to decide
      whether the mounting state or the printing state is non-defective or
      defective and an operating state criterion which is within and narrower
      than the allowable range of the absolute decision criterion, and a
      deciding device for deciding an operating state of the mounting apparatus
      or the cream solder printing apparatus in the precedent process based data
      within the absolute decision criterion and outside the operating state
      criterion. An automatic position setting device is operable for setting a
      relative position of a metal mask and the printed circuit board. Further,
      a method for inspecting printing states of cream solders includes setting
      a window in a picked up image, performing color extraction of an element
      within the window and detecting predetermined patterns, calculating
      positions and/or areas of the elements, and deciding a defective or
      nondefective state by comparing the calculated position and/or area with
      respective reference data.
PATN
WKU  059914360
SRC  8
APN  4913353
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19950630
TTL  Apparatus and method for inspecting wirebonds on leads
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Kelley; Christopher S.
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Koljonen; Juha Tapio
CTY  Needham
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Petry, III; John Phillip
CTY  West Newton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Cognex Corporation
CTY  Natick
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  382150
XCL  382203
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  382
FSS  141;146;149;150;203;209;241
FSC  348
FSS  86;87;90;126
FSC  356
FSS  237;376;392;394;397
UREF
PNO  4748675
ISD  19880500
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  382241
UREF
PNO  4942618
ISD  19900700
NAM  Sumi et al.
OCL  382154
UREF
PNO  5015097
ISD  19910500
NAM  Nomoto et al.
OCL  382150
UREF
PNO  5030008
ISD  19910700
NAM  Scott et al.
OCL  356394
UREF
PNO  5145099
ISD  19920900
NAM  Wood et al.
OCL  228  9
UREF
PNO  5245671
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  382150
UREF
PNO  5369492
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sugawara
OCL  348126
FREF
PNO  7-63528
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "Automated Visual Inspection System for Bonded IC Wires *", Hiroyuki
      Tsukahara Masato Nakashima and Takehisa Sugawara, Elsevier Science
      Publishers Ltd., Microelectronics Journal, 24 (1993) pp.625-633, No Month.
PAL  "Bonding Wire Microelectronic Interconnections", Bruce L. Gehman, IEEE
      Transactions on Components, Hybrids, and Manufacturing Technology, vol.
      CHMT-3, No.3, Sep. 1980, pp. 375-383.
PAL  "Wire Bonding-Towards 6-.sigma. Yield and Fine Pitch", George G. Harman,
      IEEE Transactions on Components, Hybrids, and Manufacturing Technology,
      vol. 15, No. 6, Dec. 1992, pp. 1005-1012.
PAL  "Automated Vision System for Inspection of IC Pads and Bonds", Koduri K.
      Sreenivasan, Mandyam Srinath, and Alireza Khotanzad, IEEE Transactions on
      Components, Hybrids, and Manufacturing Technology, vol. 16, No. 3, May
      1993, pp. 333-338.
LREP
FR2  Weinzimmer; Russ
FR2  Calabresi; Tracy
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method are provided for automatic visual inspection of
      crescent-shaped wire bonds. The apparatus includes image acquisition means
      for acquiring an image of a wire and an image of a crescent-shaped wire
      bond. A search model is used that includes a crescent-modeling portion,
      and can also advantageously include a wire modeling portion. Search
      functionality is used to find an image of the crescent-shaped wire bond,
      using the search model, so as to provide location information regarding
      the location of the crescent base, and shape-match information regarding
      the reliability of the found location information. The invention is useful
      for verifying the correct position of the crescent bond to ensure good
      electrical contact. In addition, the invention greatly simplifies the task
      of two other important automated visual inspection steps: wire location
      and crescent shape determination. Presence/absence of the crescent bond
      can also be determined using this information.
PATN
WKU  059914378
SRC  8
APN  6788041
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960712
TTL  Modular digital audio system having individualized functional modules
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Kelley; Christopher S.
NDR  21
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Migdal; Alexander
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Lebedev; Alexei
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Petrov; Michael
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Zhilyaev; Alexander
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Real-Time Geometry Corporation
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  382154
XCL  348139
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  382
FSS  106;154;285
FSC  348
FSS  42;47;48;49;50;139
FSC  356
FSS  3
UREF
PNO  4297034
ISD  19811000
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  356394
UREF
PNO  4575805
ISD  19860300
NAM  Moermann et al.
OCL  364474
UREF
PNO  4627734
ISD  19861200
NAM  Rioux
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  4800270
ISD  19890100
NAM  Blais
OCL  250235
UREF
PNO  4800271
ISD  19890100
NAM  Blais
OCL  250235
UREF
PNO  4819197
ISD  19890400
NAM  Blais
OCL  364715.06
UREF
PNO  4948258
ISD  19900800
NAM  Caimi
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  5102223
ISD  19920400
NAM  Uesugi et al.
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  5102224
ISD  19920400
NAM  Uesugi et al.
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  5104227
ISD  19920400
NAM  Uesugi et al.
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  5193120
ISD  19930300
NAM  Gamache et al.
OCL  382  1
UREF
PNO  5196900
ISD  19930300
NAM  Pettersen
OCL  356141
UREF
PNO  5218427
ISD  19930600
NAM  Koch
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  5259037
ISD  19931100
NAM  Plunk
OCL  382154
UREF
PNO  5321766
ISD  19940600
NAM  Fraas et al.
OCL  382152
UREF
PNO  5377011
ISD  19941200
NAM  Koch
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  5416591
ISD  19950500
NAM  Yoshimura et al.
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  5444537
ISD  19950800
NAM  Yoshimura et al.
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  5446548
ISD  19950800
NAM  Gerig et al.
OCL  356375
UREF
PNO  5446549
ISD  19950800
NAM  Mazumder et al.
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  5489950
ISD  19960200
NAM  Masuda
OCL  348744
UREF
PNO  5506683
ISD  19960400
NAM  Yang et al.
OCL  356376
UREF
PNO  5513276
ISD  19960400
NAM  Theodoracatos
OCL  382154
UREF
PNO  5699444
ISD  19971200
NAM  Palm
OCL  382154
FREF
PNO  1295039
ISD  19920100
CNT  CAX
OREF
PAL  Rioux, Marc et al., "White Laser, Synced Scan," IEEE Computer Graphics and
      Applications, vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 15-17, May 1993.
PAL  Carlbom, Ingrid, et al., "Modeling and analysis of empirical data in
      collaborative environments" Communications of the ACM, vol. 35, No. 6,
      Jun. 1992, p. 74.
PAL  Jones, P.F. et al., "Comparison of three three-dimensional imaging
      systems," J. Opt. Sco. Am. A, vol. 11, No. 10, Oct. 1994, pp. 2613-2612.
PAL  Hausler, Gerd et al., "Light sectioning with large depth and high
      resolution," Applied Optics, vol. 27, No. 24, Dec. 15, 1988, pp.
      5165-5169.
PAL  Motamedi, M. Edward et al., "Miniaturized micro-optical scanners," Optical
      Engineering, vol. 33, No. 11, Nov. 1994, pp. 3616-3623.
PAL  Rioux, Marc et al., "Design of a large depth of view three-dimensional
      camera for robot vision," Optical Engineering, vol. 26, No. 12, Dec. 1987,
      pp. 1245-1250.
PAL  Trepte, Oliver et al., "Computer control for galvanometer scanner in a
      confocal scanning laser microscope," Optical Engineering, vol. 33, No. 11,
      Nov. 1994, pp. 3774-3780.
PAL  Strand, T.C., "Optical three-dimensional sensing for machine vision,"
      Optical Engineering, vol. 24, No. 1, Jan./Feb. 1985, pp. 33-40.
PAL  Busch, David D., "Getting the Picture," Windows Sources, Nov. 1995, pp.
      114-136.
PAL  Marshall, G.F., "Scanner refinements inspire new uses", Laser Focus World,
      Jun. 1994, pp. 2-6.
PAL  Ludwiszewski, Alan, "Standards for Oscillatory Scanners," General Scanning
      Inc., Feb. 1993, pp. 1-21.
PAL  "Cyberware Corporate Backgrounder", Cyberware WWW Support (Internet Site),
      Jan. 16, 1996 (last update).
PAL  Brosens, Pierre J., "Scanning speed and accuracy of moving magnet optical
      scanners", Optical Engineering, vol. 34 No. 1, Jan. 1995, pp. 200-207.
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A system for high accuracy calibration of a scanning system, which provides
      an object for calibration of a known geometry, such as a plane or a
      sphere. Upon that object is marked a pattern of points or geometric
      shapes, such as a set of equilateral triangles or their vertices. A set of
      computer programmed elements process photographic images of the object
      (containing a depiction of the pattern of geometric objects) and scanned
      images of the object to calibrate to high precision parameters, including
      a focal point relationship value for scanning systems which use a camera
      as an image collector (which describes the relationships between the focal
      point of the lens and the light/image collection device of the camera), a
      set of values to correct for distortion of the lens, the relative distance
      between the image collector and the scanner light source and also an
      initial angle to determine light position scanning. The known geometric
      constraints of the object allow the location of the object to be
      determined by photographic images. By scanning the object and computing 3D
      X,Y,Z coordinates for those points against a constraint that the X,Y,Z
      coordinates fit onto the surface of the object, the system calibrates
      parameters pertaining to the relative distances between the image
      collector and light source, an initial angle of rotation for systems which
      employ movable light sources and other parameters. The system is applied
      to multiple camera scanning systems to calibrate rotation matrices and
      translation vectors which facilitate the joining of the scanned data. The
      system further facilitates the design of flexible and movable scanning
      systems, such as portable scanners.
PATN
WKU  059914386
SRC  8
APN  903899&
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970731
TTL  Color halftone error-diffusion with local brightness variation reduction
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Rogers; Scott
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Shaked; Doron
CTY  Haifa
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Arad; Nur
CTY  Tel-Aviv
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Fitzhugh; Andrew
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Sobel; Irwin
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  McGuire; Michael D.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  382162
XCL  382252
XCL  358534
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  1405
ICL  H04N  152
FSC  358
FSS  456;521;460;75;443
UREF
PNO  5070413
ISD  19911200
NAM  Sullivan et al.
OCL  358456
UREF
PNO  5375002
ISD  19941200
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  358521
UREF
PNO  5734369
ISD  19980300
NAM  Priem et al.
OCL  345155
UREF
PNO  5883973
ISD  19990300
NAM  Pascovici et al.
OCL  382270
ABST
PAL  Error diffusion algorithms such as the celebrated Floyd Steinberg
      error-diffusion algorithm are high-performance halftoning methods in which
      quantization errors are diffused to "future" pixels. Originally intended
      for grayscale images, they are traditionally extended to color images by
      error-diffusing each of the three color planes independently (separable
      error-diffusion). Adding a design rule which is based on certain
      characteristics of human color perception to the error-diffusion paradigm
      results in a color halftoning algorithm having output of considerably
      higher quality when compared to separable error-diffusion. These benefits
      are achieved by adding the Minimum Brightness Variation Criterion (MBVC)
      to the design rules of color error-diffusion halftoning methods. Halftone
      values are constrained to be vertices of a Minimum Brightness Variation
      Quadruple (MBVQ) associated with each pixel of the color image being
      processed. The algorithm presented requires no additional memory and
      entails a reasonable increase in run-time.
PATN
WKU  059914394
SRC  8
APN  6482996
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19960515
TTL  Hand-written character recognition apparatus and facsimile apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Chang; Jon
NDR  47
NFG  50
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Junji
CTY  Tottori-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshikawa; Takatoshi
CTY  Gifu-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kawajiri; Hiromitsu
CTY  Gifu-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Taniguchi; Hideko
CTY  Tottori-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsubara; Shigetoshi
CTY  Tottori-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Tottori Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tottori
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950515
APN  7-141255
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960319
APN  8-101818
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960426
APN  8-106561
CLAS
OCL  382178
XCL  382179
XCL  382186
XCL  382317
XCL  358402
XCL  358434
XCL  358468
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  934
FSC  382
FSS  177;174;178;179;187;209;176;309;317;186
FSC  358
FSS  402;440;442;438;468
UREF
PNO  4562594
ISD  19851200
NAM  Bednar et al.
OCL  382174
UREF
PNO  4635290
ISD  19870100
NAM  Tsuji et al.
OCL  382174
UREF
PNO  4731861
ISD  19880300
NAM  Blanton et al.
OCL  382174
UREF
PNO  5003614
ISD  19910300
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  382171
UREF
PNO  5033097
ISD  19910700
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  382174
UREF
PNO  5046114
ISD  19910900
NAM  Zobel
OCL  382171
UREF
PNO  5099340
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kamada et al.
OCL  358403
UREF
PNO  5123062
ISD  19920600
NAM  Sangu
OCL  382174
UREF
PNO  5138668
ISD  19920800
NAM  Abe
OCL  382177
UREF
PNO  5247591
ISD  19930900
NAM  Baran
OCL  382179
UREF
PNO  5321768
ISD  19940600
NAM  Fenrich et al.
OCL  382178
UREF
PNO  5335289
ISD  19940800
NAM  Abdelazim
OCL  382177
UREF
PNO  5581366
ISD  19961200
NAM  Merchant et al.
OCL  358400
UREF
PNO  5663808
ISD  19970900
NAM  Park
OCL  358440
FREF
PNO  0 054 439
ISD  19820600
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06K  934
FREF
PNO  0 138 445
ISD  19850400
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06K  934
FREF
PNO  2-50567
ISD  19900200
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  132
FREF
PNO  2-113665
ISD  19900400
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  132
FREF
PNO  5-344248
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-79311
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  100
FREF
PNO  2 218 839
ISD  19891100
CNT  GBX
ICL  G06K  934
OREF
PAL  Raytheon Co.'s Application No. 17, Dec. 9, 1993, R.P.C.
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  A hand-written character recognition apparatus includes a CIS, and image
      data of each character of addressing information hand-written on a
      transmission original, which is read by the CIS, is stored in a bit-mapped
      line buffer. A histogram of one direction, e.g. an X direction (main
      scanning direction) is produced on the basis of the image data, and the
      histogram is stored in the histogram buffer. A rough position of each of
      the characters is evaluated on the basis of the histogram, and a character
      width of each of the characters, preferably an average character width is
      evaluated with referring to the line buffer. Then, a blank portion having
      a size of 1.5 times or less the average character width is detected as a
      space between characters.
PATN
WKU  059914408
SRC  8
APN  4021517
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19950310
TTL  Method and apparatus for recognizing input handwritten characters
      associated with title information
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Do; Anh Hong
EXP  Couso; Jose L.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Matsubayashi; Kazuhiro
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Taniishi; Shinnosuke
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tatsumi; Eisaku
CTY  Yakohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mori; Shigeki
CTY  Koshigaya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Atsushi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910621
APN  3-150045
RLAP
COD  71
APN  899710
APD  19920616
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  382187
XCL  382189
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  382
FSS  187;189;317;197
FSC  364
FSS  525
UREF
PNO  3643069
ISD  19720200
NAM  Kikuchi
OCL  235 61.11
UREF
PNO  4628532
ISD  19861200
NAM  Stone et al.
OCL  382197
UREF
PNO  4672677
ISD  19870600
NAM  Yamakawa
OCL  382187
UREF
PNO  4766404
ISD  19880800
NAM  Ishida et al.
OCL  364525
UREF
PNO  4813077
ISD  19890300
NAM  Woods et al.
OCL  382 61
UREF
PNO  4866646
ISD  19890900
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  364709.11
UREF
PNO  4972496
ISD  19901100
NAM  Sklarew
OCL  382187
UREF
PNO  5063600
ISD  19911100
NAM  Norwood
OCL  382187
UREF
PNO  5119437
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kuwamura et al.
OCL  382 61
UREF
PNO  5134669
ISD  19920700
NAM  Keogh et al.
OCL  382 61
UREF
PNO  5140650
ISD  19920800
NAM  Casey et al.
OCL  382 61
UREF
PNO  5228100
ISD  19930700
NAM  Takeda et al.
OCL  382 61
FREF
PNO  0114249
ISD  19831100
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06K  920
FREF
PNO  0230994
ISD  19870100
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1520
FREF
PNO  3325811
ISD  19850100
CNT  DEX
ICL  G06F  303
FREF
PNO  59-75376
ISD  19840400
CNT  JPX
ICL  G06K  962
FREF
PNO  61-281383
ISD  19861200
CNT  JPX
ICL  G06K  962
FREF
PNO  64-55681
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
ICL  G06K  962
FREF
PNO  3-81817
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
ICL  G06F  303
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a character input apparatus and method
      which pairs the title of a heading to the region where a character is
      inputted and determines the character group which can be inputted into the
      region corresponding to the heading as input candidate characters. When a
      character is inputted in the region, the heading in that region is
      discriminated and the characters are recognized referring to the input
      candidate character group corresponding to the title of the heading.
PATN
WKU  059914416
SRC  8
APN  4768264
APT  1
ART  270
APD  19950607
TTL  Real time handwriting recognition system
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Ha Tran
EXP  Couso; Yon
NDR  44
NFG  59
INVT
NAM  Jourjine; Alexander N.
CTY  Winchester
STA  MA
R47  4
ASSG
NAM  Wang Laboratories, Inc.
CTY  Billerica
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  382187
XCL  382204
XCL  382301
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
ICL  G06K  946
ICL  G06K  932
FSC  382
FSS  187;186;185;188;189;309;310;311
UREF
PNO  4365235
ISD  19821200
NAM  Greanias et al.
OCL  382189
UREF
PNO  4542526
ISD  19850900
NAM  Satoh et al.
OCL  382187
UREF
PNO  4653107
ISD  19870300
NAM  Shojima et al.
OCL  382189
UREF
PNO  5313527
ISD  19940500
NAM  Guberman et al.
OCL  382186
FREF
PNO  0608708
ISD  00000000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9311505
ISD  00000000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  IBM Journal of Research & Development, vol. 25, No. 2, 3, May 1981, NY, pp.
      187-195, Yhap, et al: "An On-Line Chinese Character Recognition System".
PAL  Pattern Recognition, vol. 24, No. 9 Head, Jan. 1, 1991, pp. 895-907,
      Lipscomb: "A Tranable Gesture Recognizer".
LREP
FR2  Paglierani; Ronald J.
FR2  Clapp; Gary D.
ABST
PAL  A handwritten character recognizer having an input cluster buffer and a
      point buffer with dynamic and static stroke feature extraction and segment
      analysis by conical boundaries for identification of stroke segments
      dynamic stroke feature extractor static stroke feature extractor. A stroke
      recognizer compares single copies of idealized stroke representations with
      hierarchically approximated multiple scaled topological representations of
      a current stroke, followed by stroke proportion discrimination comparing a
      selected topological representation of the current stroke with boundaries
      defined by linear combinations of features of direct and reversed ideal
      stroke prototypes to provide a stroke identification. A cluster recognizer
      maintains a time ordered current stroke buffer and previous stroke buffer
      and constructs a per stroke area of influence list. The time ordered
      buffers are scanned to generate a spatially ordered window buffer. A
      position discriminator assigns character meanings to clusters of stokes in
      the window buffer. The buffer scanner is responsive to a current stroke
      having spatial coordinates located between previous strokes for reordering
      the stroke buffers and determining a new cluster meanings. An editor is
      responsive to an editing gesture or combination of two strokes for
      directing the stroke buffer controller to modify the strokes in the stroke
      buffer accordingly.
PATN
WKU  059914424
SRC  8
APN  6404758
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19960501
TTL  Method and apparatus for pattern recognition utilizing gaussian
      distribution functions
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Chang; Jon
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Masayuki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Komori; Yasuhiro
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950510
APN  7-111972
CLAS
OCL  382218
XCL  704256
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  968
FSC  382
FSS  181;190;209;217;218
FSC  704
FSS  200;256;243;238;236
UREF
PNO  4587670
ISD  19860500
NAM  Levinson et al.
OCL  704256
UREF
PNO  4783804
ISD  19881100
NAM  Juang et al.
OCL  704256
UREF
PNO  5347612
ISD  19940900
NAM  Fujimoto et al.
OCL  704243
UREF
PNO  5608840
ISD  19970300
NAM  Tsuboka
OCL  704236
UREF
PNO  5687287
ISD  19971100
NAM  Gandhi et al.
OCL  704247
UREF
PNO  5715367
ISD  19980200
NAM  Gillick et al.
OCL  704254
OREF
PAL  Rose et al. "Text Independent Speaker Identification Using Automatic
      Acoustic Segmentation." ICASSP 90. 1990 International Conference on
      Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing, vol. 1, pp. 293-296, Apr. 1990.
PAL  Nathan et al. "On-Line Handwriting Recognittion Using Continuous Parameter
      HiddeN Markov Models." ICASSP 93. 1993 IEEE International Conference on
      Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing, vol. 5, pp. 121-124, Apr. 1993.
PAL  Chen et al. "Variable Duration Hidden markov Model and Morphological
      Segmentation for Handwritten Word Recognition." Proceedings. 1993 IEEE
      Computer Society Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition,
      pp. 600-601, Jun. 1993.
PAL  "Automatic Error Detection With Markov Word Models In Automatic Speech
      Recognition", IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 32, No. 5A, Oct.
      1989, pp. 277-279.
PAL  X. Huang, et al., "Unified Techniques For Vector Quantisation And Hidden
      Markov Modeling Using Semi-continuous Models", 1989 International
      Conference on Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing, vol. May 23-26,
      1989, pp. 639-642.
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a method and apparatus for performing
      pattern recognition on given information such as speech data or image data
      with a reduced amount of calculations of the degree of matching associated
      with reference patterns. The method and apparatus provides a high speed
      operation without an increase in the amount of calculations of the degree
      of matching even when there are a great number of reference patterns. In
      this invention, the process of calculating the degree of matching
      includes: a scalar quantization step in which the value of each dimension
      of an input feature vector is scalar-quantized; a table look-up step in
      which a table is subjected to a look-up operation on the basis of the
      quantized value obtained in the scalar quantization step so as to obtain
      an output value of a reference pattern function for each dimension; and a
      cumulative matching degree calculation step in which the output value of
      the reference pattern function obtained in the table loop-up step is
      accumulated for all dimensions, and the resultant cumulative value is
      finally employed as the degree of matching between the reference pattern
      and the input feature vector.
PATN
WKU  059914432
SRC  8
APN  7219164
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960927
TTL  Graphics image manipulation
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Do; Anh Hong
EXP  Couso; Jose L.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Gallery; Richard D.
CTY  Monley
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Morris; Octavius J.
CTY  Hazelhurst Cottage
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Eilley; Edward S.
CTY  Reigate
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Penna; David E.
CTY  Redhill
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  U.S.Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19950929
APN  9519921
CLAS
OCL  382232
XCL  382236
XCL  382238
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  936
FSC  382
FSS  232;236;238
FSC  395
FSS  200.34
FSC  348
FSS  396;17
FSC  358
FSS  404;530;524;539
FSC  345
FSS  428;433
UREF
PNO  5241401
ISD  19930800
NAM  Fujiwara et al.
OCL  358404
UREF
PNO  5265180
ISD  19931100
NAM  Golin
OCL  382236
UREF
PNO  5333012
ISD  19940700
NAM  Singhal et al.
OCL  382236
UREF
PNO  5535288
ISD  19960700
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  382236
UREF
PNO  5570133
ISD  19961000
NAM  Yagasaki
OCL  382236
UREF
PNO  5627581
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kondo
OCL  348 17
UREF
PNO  5644660
ISD  19970700
NAM  Bruder
OCL  382236
UREF
PNO  5703966
ISD  19971200
NAM  Astle
OCL  382238
OREF
PAL  Computer Graphics: Principles and Practice pp. 680-686, James D. Foley et
      al, Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. Ltd. 1990.
LREP
FR2  Gathman; Laurie E.
ABST
PAL  In an image source for multimedia applications such as networked computer
      games, a graphics engine (16) generates pixel images one line at a time
      using a scan-line algorithm and supplies the generated scan lines to an
      encoder (18) where they are buffered. The encoder codes the buffered pixel
      data as macroblocks of, for example 16.times.16 pixels according to MPEG
      or similar standards. When the graphics engine has sent sufficient scan
      lines for a first macroblock to the encoder, it sends a signal (FLAG) on
      receipt of which the encoder begins coding the pixel data as a macroblock
      in a line of macroblocks whilst continuing to receive scan lines from the
      graphics engine (16). To increase encoder efficiency, the graphics engine
      specifies to the encoder global (GMV) and macroblock (BMV) motion vectors
      for substantially all or selected ones of the macroblocks of an image
      respectively. Completed coded macroblock lines may be sent to a remote
      user over a data network, with user commands for modifing the composition
      of subsequent image frames being received on a back-channel (26) of the
      network.
PATN
WKU  059914440
SRC  8
APN  8822808
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970625
TTL  Method and apparatus for performing mosaic based image compression
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Johns; Andrew W.
NDR  14
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Burt; Peter J.
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Irani; Michal
CTY  Princeton Junction
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Stephen Charles
CTY  E. Windsor
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Anandan; Padmanabhan
CTY  Lawrenceville
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Hansen; Michael W.
CTY  New Hope
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Sarnoff Corporation
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  339491
APD  19941114
PSC  01
PNO  5649032
CLAS
OCL  382232
XCL  382284
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  936
FSC  382
FSS  100;284;294;232
FSC  358
FSS  450;426
FSC  348
FSS  564;588;385;388
FSC  345
FSS  115;435
FSC  395
FSS  111
UREF
PNO  4835532
ISD  19890500
NAM  Fant
OCL  340728
UREF
PNO  5034986
ISD  19910700
NAM  Karmann et al.
OCL  382  1
UREF
PNO  5040067
ISD  19910800
NAM  Yamazaki
OCL  358183
UREF
PNO  5140416
ISD  19920800
NAM  Tinkler
OCL  358 88
UREF
PNO  5187754
ISD  19930200
NAM  Currin et al.
OCL  382 54
UREF
PNO  5258837
ISD  19931100
NAM  Gormley
OCL  358140
UREF
PNO  5262856
ISD  19931100
NAM  Lippman et al.
OCL  358136
UREF
PNO  5325449
ISD  19940600
NAM  Burt et al.
OCL  382 56
UREF
PNO  5339104
ISD  19940800
NAM  Hong
OCL  348155
UREF
PNO  5416606
ISD  19950500
NAM  Katayama et al.
OCL  358467
UREF
PNO  5633683
ISD  19970500
NAM  Rosengren et al.
OCL  348385
UREF
PNO  5649032
ISD  19970700
NAM  Burt et al.
OCL  382284
UREF
PNO  5657402
ISD  19970800
NAM  Bender et al.
OCL  382284
OREF
PAL  Michal Irani, "Isolating Multiple 2D Image Motions for Image Enhancement
      and for 3D Motion Analysis", Hebrew University of Jerusalem, 1993.
PAL  Burt et al., "Enhanced Image Capture Through Fusion", International
      Conference on Computer Vision Proceedings, 1993.
PAL  Burt et al., "Merging Images Through Pattern Decomposition", Applications
      of Digital Processing VIII, SPIE, vol. 575, pp. 173-181, 1985.
PAL  Burt et al., "A Multiresolution Spline With Application to Image Mosaics",
      ACM Transactions on Graphics, vol. 2, No. 4, pp. 217-236, Oct. 1983.
PAL  Bove et al., "Real-Time Decoding and Display of Structured Video", IEEE
      ICMCS, May 1994.
PAL  Lundmark et al., "Image Sequence Coding at Very Low Bitrates: A Review",
      IEEE Transactions on Image Processing, vol. 3, No. 5, pp. 589-609, Sep.
      1994.
PAL  McLean, "Structured Video Coding", Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
      1991.
PAL  Bergen et al., "Hierarchical Model-Based Motion Estimation", Proceedings of
      European Conference on Computer Vision, Mar. 23, 1992.
PAL  Hartley, Richard I., "Self-Calibration from Multiple Views with a Rotating
      Camera", Lecture Notes in Computer Science, vol. 800, pp.471-478, 1994.
PAL  Sun, Huifang and Kwok, Wilson, "Concealment of Damaged Block Transform
      Coded Images Using Projections onto Convex Sets", IEEE Transactions on
      Image Processing, vol 4, No. 4, Apr. 1995, pp. 470-477.
LREP
FR2  Burke; William J.
ABST
PAL  A system for automatically generating a mosaic from a plurality of input
      images. The system sequentially executes an image alignment process, an
      editing process, and a combining process such that, from a sequence of
      images, the system automatically produces a seamless mosaic for various
      applications. Illustrative applications for the mosaic include: (1) a
      mosaic based display system including an image printing system, (2) a
      surveillance system and (3) a mosaic based compression system. The mosaic
      based display system permits a system user to display, manipulate and
      alter a mosaic. The mosaic based compression system exploits the temporal
      and spatial redundancy in image sequences and efficiently compresses the
      image information. The compression system can be used for compressing
      image information for storage in a storage device or can be used for
      compressing image information for transmission through a band-limited
      transmission channel. The surveillance system combines the mosaic
      construction system, the compression system and the display system into a
      comprehensive system for remote motion detection.
PATN
WKU  059914459
SRC  8
APN  8887926
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970707
TTL  Image processing apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Do; Anh Hong
EXP  Couso; Jose L.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kato; Masato
CTY  Inagi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940627
APN  6-144607
RLAP
COD  71
APN  493999
APD  19950623
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  382232
XCL  382238
XCL  382239
XCL  371 35
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  936
FSC  382
FSS  238;232;239
FSC  348
FSS  402;616;384;463
FSC  358
FSS  339;336;405
FSC  360
FSS  33.1
FSC  364
FSS  916.9
FSC  371
FSS  42;35
UREF
PNO  4636858
ISD  19870100
NAM  Hague et al.
OCL  348463
UREF
PNO  4703511
ISD  19871000
NAM  Conoval
OCL  382232
UREF
PNO  5146325
ISD  19920900
NAM  Ng
OCL  348463
UREF
PNO  5247363
ISD  19930900
NAM  Sun et al.
OCL  358336
UREF
PNO  5321521
ISD  19940600
NAM  Nomizu
OCL  382232
UREF
PNO  5377051
ISD  19941200
NAM  Lane et al.
OCL  360 33.1
UREF
PNO  5438427
ISD  19950800
NAM  Yoshida
OCL  358405
UREF
PNO  5488482
ISD  19960100
NAM  Ueda et al.
OCL  358339
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An image signal is divided into blocks and encoded in a plurality of
      encoding modes by different encoding operations, and mode information
      indicative of an encoding mode with respect to the block are input. A
      check is made to see if the input mode information is erroneous or not.
      The input image signal is decoded by using mode information generated for
      the erroneous mode information in accordance with the mode information of
      blocks neighboring the block corresponding to the detected erroneous mode
      information, thereby enabling a preferred image to be obtained even though
      there is an error in the input mode information.
PATN
WKU  059914467
SRC  8
APN  8910669
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970710
TTL  Image conversion device
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Mehta; Bhavesh
EXP  Boudreau; Leo H.
NDR  16
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Terane; Hideyuki
CTY  Hyogo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Electric Semiconductor Software Corporation
CTY  Itami
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940324
APN  6-053616
RLAP
COD  71
APN  404296
APD  19950314
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  382232
XCL  382234
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  936
ICL  G06K  946
FSC  382
FSS  234;304;233;232;305
FSC  358
FSS  319
FSC  327
FSS  115;141;152;145;296
FSC  375
FSS  106;110;111
UREF
PNO  5270714
ISD  19931200
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  341 59
UREF
PNO  5371517
ISD  19941200
NAM  Izzi et al.
OCL  345199
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  It is an object of the present invention to simultaneously perform input or
      output of picture signals for a plurality of components. An image data
      input interface (310) is capable of input of picture signals (Pm) of three
      components at its maximum. For example, when picture signals (Pm) of three
      components are inputted, a clock divider (410) supplies a 1/3 divided
      signal of a clock signal (CLK) to the image data input interface (310) on
      the basis of a selection signal (SEL). In the image date input interface
      (310), the picture signals (Pm) of three components are simultaneously
      inputted in synchronization with the 1/3 divided signal and they are sent
      out to a discrete cosine transform unit (4) in synchronization with the
      clock signal (CLK). The component to which the sent picture signals (Pxy)
      belong sequentially changes for every 8.times.8 picture elements. It has
      the effect of simultaneously performing input or output of picture signals
      for a plurality of components while matching with operation of a coding
      device unit is maintained.
PATN
WKU  059914475
SRC  8
APN  9441182
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19971006
TTL  Prediction and coding of bi-directionally predicted video object planes
      for interlaced digital video
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Tadayon; Bijan
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Eifrig; Robert O.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chen; Xuemin
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Luthra; Ajay
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  General Instrument Corporation
CTY  Horsham
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  382236
XCL  382238
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  395
FSS  114;376
FSC  348
FSS  402;403;407;408;409;413;415;416;699;718;719;97;390;399
FSC  712
FSS  1
FSC  345
FSS  502;418;202;203
FSC  382
FSS  197;236;232;251;233;252;234;253;235;238;239;240;241;242;243;244;248;250
UREF
PNO  5510857
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kopet et al.
OCL  348699
UREF
PNO  5691771
ISD  19971100
NAM  Oishi et al.
OCL  348 97
UREF
PNO  5740340
ISD  19980400
NAM  Purcell et al.
OCL  395118
UREF
PNO  5761398
ISD  19980600
NAM  Legall
OCL  395114
UREF
PNO  5786860
ISD  19980700
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  348416
UREF
PNO  5793895
ISD  19980800
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  382236
UREF
PNO  5801778
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ju
OCL  382236
UREF
PNO  5809270
ISD  19980900
NAM  Robbins
OCL  395376
UREF
PNO  5815646
ISD  19980900
NAM  Purcell et al.
OCL  395163
UREF
PNO  5825931
ISD  19981000
NAM  Owada et al.
OCL  382236
LREP
FR2  Lipsitz; Barry R.
FR2  Hoppin; Ralph F.
ABST
PAL  A system for coding of digital video images such as bi-directionally
      predicted video object planes (B-VOPs), in particular, where the B-VOP
      and/or a reference image used to code the B-VOP is interlaced coded. For a
      B-VOP macroblock which is co-sited with a field predicted macroblock of a
      future anchor picture, direct mode prediction is made by calculating four
      field motion vectors, then generating the prediction macroblock. The four
      field motion vectors and their reference fields are determined from (1) an
      offset term of the current macroblock's coding vector, (2) the two future
      anchor picture field motion vectors, (3) the reference field used by the
      two field motion vectors of the co-sited future anchor macroblock, and (4)
      the temporal spacing, in field periods, between the current B-VOP fields
      and the anchor fields. Additionally, a coding mode decision process for
      the current MB selects a forward, backward, or average field coding mode
      according to a minimum sum of absolute differences (SAD) error which is
      obtained over the top and bottom fields of the current MB.
PATN
WKU  059914483
SRC  9
APN  0811041
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980519
TTL  Image encoding and decoding method and apparatus using edge synthesis
      and inverse wavelet transform
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Couso; Jose L.
NDR  26
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Go; Shiyu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941028
APN  6-264835
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941028
APN  6-264836
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950616
APN  7-150142
RLAP
COD  74
APN  548943
APD  19951026
PSC  01
PNO  5761341
CLAS
OCL  382236
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  936
FSC  382
FSS  130;232;233;244;248;260;263;264
FSC  348
FSS  403;408;398
FSC  342
FSS  90
UREF
PNO  5420636
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kojima
OCL  348403
UREF
PNO  5481269
ISD  19960100
NAM  Imhoff et al.
OCL  342 90
UREF
PNO  5546477
ISD  19960800
NAM  Knowles et al.
OCL  382242
UREF
PNO  5561724
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kido et al.
OCL  382264
UREF
PNO  5598481
ISD  19970100
NAM  Nishikawa et al.
OCL  382130
UREF
PNO  5661822
ISD  19970800
NAM  Knowles et al.
OCL  382233
UREF
PNO  5761341
ISD  19980600
NAM  Go
OCL  382232
FREF
PNO  0 679 032
ISD  19951000
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  R. Montufar-Chaveznava et al., "Astronomical Image Coding using an Edge and
      Texture Model", Proceedings of the IEEE-SP International Symposium on
      Time-Frequency and Time Scale Analysis (Oct. 25-28, 1994) pp. 148-151.
PAL  P.J. Burt et al., "The Laplacian Pyramid as a Compact Image Code", IEEE
      Transaction on Communications, vol. No. 4. (Apr. 1983) pp. 532-540.
PAL  Stephane Mallet et al., "Compact Image Coding from Edges with Wavelets",
      ICASSP 91: 1991 International Conference on Acoustics, Speech and Signal
      Processing, Toronto, Ontario, Canada (May 14-17, 1991) pp. 2745-2748.
LREP
FRM  Venable
FR2  Frank; Robert J.
FR2  Wood; Allen
ABST
PAL  A digitized image is encoded by detecting edges in the image, encoding the
      position and sharpness of the detected edges, smoothing and reducing the
      size of the digitized image, and encoding the resulting reduced image. A
      digitized image encoded in this way is reconstructed by generating a
      horizontal edge image and a vertical edge image, or a horizontal edge
      image, a vertical edge image, and a diagonal edge image, from the encoded
      edge position and sharpness information, smoothing each of these edge
      images by a series of filters to obtain a series of edge images, filtering
      each edge image in each series with an edge synthesis filter to synthesize
      a high-frequency image, decoding the reduced image, and performing an
      inverse wavelet transform on the decoded reduced image and the
      high-frequency images.
PATN
WKU  059914491
SRC  8
APN  680053&
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960715
TTL  Method and apparatus for encoding and decoding an image
ISD  19991123
NCL  52
ECL  1
EXA  Do; Anh Hong
EXP  Couso; Jose L.
NDR  49
NFG  57
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Tomohiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ueno; Ikuro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yanagiya; Taichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoshida; Masayuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ono; Fumitaka
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanabe; Naoto
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950831
APN  7-224092
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951109
APN  7-291329
CLAS
OCL  382238
XCL  382234
XCL  382236
XCL  358430
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  936
FSC  382
FSS  238;247;236;234
FSC  358
FSS  430
UREF
PNO  5157743
ISD  19921000
NAM  Maeda et al.
OCL  382 56
UREF
PNO  5297220
ISD  19940300
NAM  Nomizu
OCL  382 56
UREF
PNO  5313204
ISD  19940500
NAM  Semasa et al.
OCL  341107
UREF
PNO  5524067
ISD  19960600
NAM  Miyake et al.
OCL  382234
FREF
PNO  0245621A2
ISD  19871100
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04N  1417
FREF
PNO  0272505A2
ISD  19880600
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04N  7137
FREF
PNO  0755155A2
ISD  19970100
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04N  734
FREF
PNO  0772364A2
ISD  19970500
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04N  726
FREF
PNO  9221199A1
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04M 1100
OREF
PAL  Compression of Black-White Images with Arithmetic Coding; IEEE Transactions
      on Communications, vol. Com-29, No. 6, Jun. 19, 1981--by Glen G. Langdon,
      Jr. and Jorma Rissanen; pp. 858-867.
PAL  "Parameter Reduction and Context Selection for Compression of Gray-Scale
      Images"; British Journal of Photography: IBM J. Res. Develop. vol. 29 No.
      2 Mar. 1985; by Stephen Todd, Glen G. Langdon, Jr. and Jorma Rissanen; pp.
      183-193.
ABST
PAL  An image memory outputs a target encoding pixel and a plurality of
      reference pixels in the vicinity thereof. A boundary mode determining unit
      determines a maximum value and a minimum value of the reference pixels,
      determines an average value of the maximum value and the minimum value,
      compares the respective reference pixel values with the average value,
      detects a boundary in the target encoding pixel and the reference pixels
      based on comparison results, and detects a pixel distribution state of the
      reference pixels based on the detected boundary. An adaptive predictor
      calculates a prediction value by performing a calculation based on a
      function corresponding to the pixel distribution state and the reference
      pixels. A prediction difference calculating unit determines a difference
      value between the prediction value and a value of the target encoding
      pixel. A prediction coincidence determining unit compares the prediction
      value and the target encoding pixel value, and outputs a comparison result
      as a binary signal. A context generator generates a context based on the
      pixel distribution state and the difference value of the prediction
      difference calculating unit. An arithmetic encoder encodes the binary
      signal based on the context thus generated.
PATN
WKU  059914505
SRC  8
APN  7086288
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960905
TTL  Image encoding and decoding apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXA  Lamb; Twyler
EXP  Coles; Edward L.
NDR  11
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Ohsawa; Hidefumi
CTY  Kawaguchi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hirabayashi; Yasuji
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ushida; Katsutoshi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950906
APN  7-228980
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950906
APN  7-228981
CLAS
OCL  382245
XCL  382245
XCL  382238
XCL  382250
XCL  382297
XCL  3582611
XCL  3582612
XCL  3582613
XCL  3582614
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  936
ICL  H04N  1419
ICL  H04N  1417
ICL  H04N  1415
FSC  358
FSS  261.1;261.2;261.3;261.4;539
FSC  382
FSS  297;245;238;250
UREF
PNO  4658430
ISD  19870400
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  358261
UREF
PNO  5170264
ISD  19921200
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  358433
UREF
PNO  5710826
ISD  19980100
NAM  Osawa et al.
OCL  382166
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick Cella Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  At the encoding side, a sum of code lengths of a block is calculated and
      stored in a memory for each of block lines (stripes); and at the decoding
      side, when decoding of one block is completed, a head address of a code in
      the next block is calculated utilizing a sum of an amount of codes
      utilized for the decoding operation and code lengths for each of the
      stripes. The rotation process of an image utilizing encoded data is
      performed in accordance with the head address. Further, at the encoding
      side, colors of pixels in a predetermined block is determined, and
      encoding operation is performed block by block for only those blocks
      including pixels of different colors. At the decoding side, an address of
      block data for sequentially constructing a rotated image is controlled to
      decode the pixels in the block, and finally the rotation process is
      performed on the pixels in the block in accordance with the color of the
      pixels.
PATN
WKU  059914513
SRC  8
APN  608432&
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960228
TTL  Variable-length encoding using code swapping
ISD  19991123
NCL  48
ECL  1
EXA  Novic; Dmitry A.
EXP  Tadayon; Bijan
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Keith; Michael
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Romriell; Joseph N.
CTY  Hyde Park
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Agarwal; Rohit
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Golin; Stuart
CTY  East Windsor
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  409514
APD  19950323
PSC  01
PNO  5793896
CLAS
OCL  382246
XCL  382232
XCL  382239
XCL  382244
XCL  341 67
XCL  341107
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  936
ICL  G06K  946
ICL  H03U  740
ICL  H03U  700
FSC  382
FSS  232;237;239;244;246
FSC  358
FSS  427;432;539;426;430
FSC  341
FSS  67;107;51;61;65
FSC  348
FSS  390;393;387;404
UREF
PNO  5793896
ISD  19980800
NAM  Golin
OCL  382246
LREP
FR2  Murray; William H.
FR2  Kinsella; N. Stephan
ABST
PAL  The efficiency of variable-length (VL) encoding data using a defined VL
      encoding table is characterized and one or more changes to one or more
      entries of the defined VL encoding table are determined that increase the
      efficiency of encoding the data. An updated VL encoding table is generated
      from the defined VL encoding table based on the changes. VL codes for the
      data are generated using the updated VL encoding table, and an encoded
      bitstream is generated from VL codes, wherein the encoded bitstream
      explicitly identifies the changes. For decoding, the changes are extracted
      from the encoded bitstream and an updated VL decoding table is generated
      from a defined VL decoding table corresponding to the defined VL encoding
      table, based on the changes. The VL codes in the encoded bitstream are
      decoded using the updated VL decoding table to generate a set of decoded
      data.
PATN
WKU  059914521
SRC  8
APN  8890471
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970707
TTL  Image and code data compression apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Couso; Yon J.
NDR  11
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Shimizu; Masayoshi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morihara; Takashi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Noda; Tsugio
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930402
APN  5-076541
RLAP
COD  71
APN  208401
APD  19940310
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  382248
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  936
FSC  382
FSS  248;250;251;253
FSC  358
FSS  426;432;433
FSC  348
FSS  384;387;390;392
UREF
PNO  4805030
ISD  19890200
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  358260
UREF
PNO  5038389
ISD  19910800
NAM  Mizuno
OCL  382248
UREF
PNO  5046121
ISD  19910900
NAM  Yonekawa et al.
OCL  382 56
UREF
PNO  5051840
ISD  19910900
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  358433
UREF
PNO  5086488
ISD  19920200
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  382 56
UREF
PNO  5121216
ISD  19920600
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  358261.3
UREF
PNO  5126842
ISD  19920600
NAM  Andrews et al.
OCL  358133
FREF
PNO  0 296 608
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 502 545
ISD  19920900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2-105791
ISD  19900400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey
ABST
PAL  In an image and code data compression apparatus for compressing the image
      data and further compressing the code data which are compressed from the
      image data, the apparatus includes: a dividing unit for receiving the
      image data and dividing them into a plurality of image data blocks; a
      transformation unit operatively connected to the dividing unit for
      performing an orthogonal transformation to the image data block and
      calculating transformation coefficients for every frequency component; a
      quantizing unit operatively connected to the transformation unit for
      quantizing the transformation coefficients which are calculated by the
      transformation unit by using a quantized threshold value which is set
      commonly to all image data, and calculating the quantized orthogonal
      transformation coefficients; a coding unit operatively connected to the
      quantizing unit for performing the variable length coding process for the
      quantized transformation coefficients which are calculated by the
      quantizing unit and outputting the code data which are compressed from the
      image data; a detecting unit operatively connected to at least one of
      above units for detecting the complexity of the image data block; and a
      deleting unit operatively connected to at least one of above units and the
      detecting unit for deleting the block image data having high complexity
      detected by the detecting unit.
PATN
WKU  059914530
SRC  8
APN  9403256
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970930
TTL  Method of coding/decoding image information
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Tadayon; Bijan
NDR  21
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Kweon; Ji-Heon
STR  90-156 Shillimbon-dong, Kwanak-ku
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Park; Chel-Soo
STR  302 Daewon Villa, 492-18 Uman-dong
CTY  Paltal-ku, Suwon-si, Kyoungki-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Hae Kwang
STR  467-14, Kunja-dong, Kwangjin-ku
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Moon; Joo-Hee
STR  602-304 Hyundai 3 Cha Apt, 610 Kuui 3-dong, Kwangjin-ku
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960930
APN  96-43056
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970719
APN  97-33832
CLAS
OCL  382250
XCL  382239
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  341
FSS  67
FSC  348
FSS  404;384;394;395;416;700;405
FSC  358
FSS  432;433
FSC  382
FSS  242;243;239;236;232;238;233;235;240;241;244;245;246;248;249;250;251;252;253
UREF
PNO  5333012
ISD  19940700
NAM  Singhal et al.
OCL  348405
UREF
PNO  5497153
ISD  19960300
NAM  Jeong
OCL  341 67
UREF
PNO  5513273
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ito
OCL  382248
UREF
PNO  5602549
ISD  19970200
NAM  Jeong
OCL  341 67
UREF
PNO  5729633
ISD  19980300
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  382239
UREF
PNO  5748789
ISD  19980500
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  382243
UREF
PNO  5778100
ISD  19980700
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  382243
UREF
PNO  5801975
ISD  19980900
NAM  Thayer et al.
OCL  364725.03
UREF
PNO  5802210
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kurata et al.
OCL  382250
UREF
PNO  5881175
ISD  19990300
NAM  Kim
OCL  382242
ABST
PAL  A method of coding/decoding image information is derived to perform a
      boundary block merge of the macro blocks of the image information and copy
      the DCT coefficients of a block that is converted to an exterior block
      from a boundary one out of left-sided and upper-sided blocks for the use
      purpose in performing a prediction of the DCT coefficients of the block's
      sub blocks, thus enhancing the efficiency of a coding/decoding process.
PATN
WKU  059914548
SRC  8
APN  9448373
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19971006
TTL  Data compression for TDOA/DD location system
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Tadayon; Bijan
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Fowler; Mark L.
CTY  Ithaca
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Lockheed Martin Coporation
CTY  Bethesda
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  382251
XCL  382239
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  348
FSS  405;384;396;419;415;418;422
FSC  360
FSS  48;53
FSC  386
FSS  112
FSC  341
FSS  87;65
FSC  704
FSS  212;206;205;229;200;203
FSC  345
FSS  202
FSC  370
FSS  477
FSC  382
FSS  246;253;251;250;232;233;234;235;236;238;239;240;243;244;245;248;249;252
FSC  709
FSS  247
FSC  710
FSS  68
FSC  708
FSS  402
FSC  358
FSS  445;448;455
FSC  340
FSS  825.8
UREF
PNO  4433335
ISD  19840200
NAM  Wind
OCL  343463
UREF
PNO  5327144
ISD  19940700
NAM  Stilp et al.
OCL  342387
UREF
PNO  5369724
ISD  19941100
NAM  Lim
OCL  395  2.15
UREF
PNO  5491481
ISD  19960200
NAM  Akagiri
OCL  341 87
UREF
PNO  5508949
ISD  19960400
NAM  Konstantinides
OCL  364725
UREF
PNO  5512908
ISD  19960400
NAM  Herrick
OCL  342387
UREF
PNO  5561431
ISD  19961000
NAM  Peele et al.
OCL  342 90
UREF
PNO  5570099
ISD  19961000
NAM  DesJardins
OCL  342378
UREF
PNO  5583573
ISD  19961200
NAM  Asamura et al.
OCL  348405
UREF
PNO  5600706
ISD  19970200
NAM  Dunn et al.
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5608410
ISD  19970300
NAM  Stilp et al.
OCL  342387
UREF
PNO  5680266
ISD  19971000
NAM  Park
OCL  360 48
UREF
PNO  5724452
ISD  19980300
NAM  O'hara
OCL  382251
UREF
PNO  5724453
ISD  19980300
NAM  Ratnakar et al.
OCL  382239
UREF
PNO  5760918
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tanioka et al.
OCL  382252
UREF
PNO  5818529
ISD  19981000
NAM  Asamura et al.
OCL  348396
UREF
PNO  5831872
ISD  19981100
NAM  Pan et al.
OCL  382253
UREF
PNO  5832131
ISD  19981100
NAM  Choo et al.
OCL  382253
LREP
FRM  Whitham, Curtis & Whitham
ABST
PAL  Compression of data representing waveform information is dynamically
      adapted to the waveform by performing a transformation on blocks of
      samples of the waveform to derive a plurality of coefficients representing
      a portion of the waveform corresponding to a block of samples and
      computing quantizer step sizes (quantitative increments of digitization)
      and quantizer sizes (number of bits for transmission of the coefficients)
      based on the relative magnitude and dynamic range of the coefficients and
      a user-specified parameter. The user-specified parameter may be used to
      set a lower limit on performance such as an upper limit on quantization
      noise or distortion (in which case data rate is automatically minimized)
      or a data rate for a communication link (in which case performance
      relative to quantization noise or distortion is maximized). Relatively
      insignificant coefficients and quantizer sizes smaller than the quantizer
      step size may be set to zero to further reduce the data rate or improve
      data fidelity for the bandwidth of the data link. Forward error correcting
      codes and gray codes are preferably employed for data transmission.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT OF GOVERNMENT INTEREST
PAR  The present invention was made in the course of work funded under U.S.
      Government contract MDA904-96-C-0863.
PATN
WKU  059914556
SRC  9
APN  0181072
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980203
TTL  Hashing-based vector quantization
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Kelley; Christopher S.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Choo; Chang Y.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ran; Xiaonong
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  National Semiconductor Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  434440
APD  19950503
PSC  01
PNO  5832131
CLAS
OCL  382253
XCL  348418
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  936
FSC  382
FSS  253;248;251;232
FSC  348
FSS  405;414;417;418
UREF
PNO  4791670
ISD  19881200
NAM  Copperi et al.
OCL  395  2.31
UREF
PNO  4979039
ISD  19901200
NAM  Kisor et al.
OCL  348422
UREF
PNO  5130797
ISD  19920700
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  348416
UREF
PNO  5231485
ISD  19930700
NAM  Israelsen et al.
OCL  348405
UREF
PNO  5282255
ISD  19940100
NAM  Bovik et al.
OCL  348384
UREF
PNO  5371544
ISD  19941200
NAM  Jacquin et al.
OCL  348398
UREF
PNO  5444488
ISD  19950800
NAM  Goubault et al.
OCL  348414
UREF
PNO  5535305
ISD  19960700
NAM  Acero et al.
OCL  395  2.1
UREF
PNO  5649030
ISD  19970700
NAM  Normile et al.
OCL  382253
OREF
PAL  Aho et al., The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms, Addison-Wesley
      Series, Jun. 1974, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., pp. 110-113.
PAL  Choo et al., "Evaluation of Design Parameters for Cache Vector Quantization
      Systems", IEEE International Conf. On Image Procession, vol. I, Apr. 1994,
      pp. 129-133.
PAL  Feng et al., "A Self-Organizing Adaptive Vector Quantization Technique",
      Journal of Visual Communication and Image Representation, vol. 2, No. 2,
      Jun. 1991, pp. 129-137.
PAL  Gersho et al., Vector Quantization and Signal Compression, Kluwer Academic
      Publishers, Sep. 1992, pp. 410-423.
PAL  Kanada, "A Vectorization Technique of Hashing and its Application to
      Several Sorting Algorithms", IEEE/IEE PARBASE '90, pp. 147-151. Apr. 1990.
PAL  Linde et al., "An Algorithm for Vector Quantizer Design", IEEE Transactions
      on Communications, vol. COM-28, No. 1, Jan. 1980, pp. 84-94.
PAL  Nasrabadi et al., "Dynamic Finite-State Vector Quantization fo Digital
      Images", IEEE Trans. on Communication, vol. 42, No. 5, May 1994, pp.
      2145-2154.
PAL  Panneerselvam et al., "New Architecture for Systolic Hashing", IEEE/IEE
      Systolic Arrays, Aug. 1988, International Conf., pp. 73-82.
PAL  Ramakrishna, "An Exact Probability Model for Finite Hash Tables", IEEE/IEE
      Date Engineering, Jul. 1988, 4th International Conf., pp. 362-368.
PAL  Sezan et al., Motion Analysis and Image Sequence Processing, Kluwer
      Academic Publishers, Jun. 1993, pp. 256-283.
PAL  Yen et al., "Hash Table and Sorted Array: A Case Study of Mult-Entry Data
      Structures in Massively Parallel Systems", IEEE/IEE Fronties of Massively
      Parallel Computation, Feb. 1990, pp. 51-54.
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel LLP
FR2  Millers; David T.
ABST
PAL  A hashing-based vector quantization process partitions a codebook into
      buckets. A hashing function determines the locations of buckets in the
      codebook and is selected so that buckets containing similar codevectors
      start near each other in the codebook. One hashing function forms an index
      from the most significant bits of components of a vector. During encoding,
      the hashing function generates an index from an input vector, and a search
      for a codevector matching the image vector begins in a bucket indicated by
      the index. In one embodiment, the codebook contains flag fields to
      indicate the starts of buckets and pointer fields to create linked lists
      of codevectors which form the buckets. Codevectors are compared to the
      input vector by determining the mean squared error of the difference
      between the codevector and the input vector. A search is complete when the
      search finds a codevector having a difference with a MSE less than a
      threshold. Search time is reduced because each search begins in a bucket
      likely to contain a codevector matching the image vector.
PATN
WKU  059914564
SRC  8
APN  6548407
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960529
TTL  Method of improving a digital image
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Thomas D.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Rahman; Zia-ur
CTY  Newport News
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Jobson; Daniel J.
CTY  Newport News
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Woodell; Glenn A.
CTY  Newport News
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Science and Technology Corporation
CTY  Hampton
STA  VA
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Administrator of the
      National Aeronautics and Space Administration
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  382254
XCL  382260
XCL  382274
XCL  382279
XCL  358448
XCL  358530
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  940
FSC  382
FSS  254;260;274;162;279
FSC  358
FSS  447;448;461;530;532
UREF
PNO  4282510
ISD  19810800
NAM  Southgate
OCL  382279
UREF
PNO  4908644
ISD  19900300
NAM  Shindo et al.
OCL  382279
UREF
PNO  4947446
ISD  19900800
NAM  Jutand et al.
OCL  382279
UREF
PNO  5128706
ISD  19920700
NAM  Shindo et al.
OCL  382279
UREF
PNO  5640469
ISD  19970600
NAM  Lewins et al.
OCL  382274
OREF
PAL  E.H. Land, "Color Vision and The Natural Image," Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci.,
      vol. 45, pp. 115-129, 1959.
PAL  E.H. Land, "An Alt. Tech. for the Comp. of the Des. in the Retinex Th. of
      Color Vision," Proc. NAS, vol. 83, pp. 3078-3080, 1986.
PAL  A. Moore et al., "Real-Time Neural Sys. for Color Const.," IEEE Trans.
      Neur. Net., vol. 2, pp. 237-247, 1991.
LREP
FR2  Van Bergen; Peter J.
ABST
PAL  A method of improving a digital image is provided. The image is initially
      represented by digital data indexed to represent positions on a display.
      The digital data is indicative of an intensity value I.sub.i (x,y) for
      each position (x,y) in each i-th spectral band. The intensity value for
      each position in each i-th spectral band is adjusted to generate an
      adjusted intensity value for each position in each i-th spectral band in
      accordance with
      ##EQU1##
      where S is the number of unique spectral bands included in said digital
      data, W.sub.n is a weighting factor and "*" denotes the convolution
      operator. Each surround function F.sub.n (x,y) is uniquely scaled to
      improve an aspect of the digital image, e.g., dynamic range compression,
      color constancy, and lightness rendition. The adjusted intensity value for
      each position in each i-th spectral band is filtered with a common
      function and then presented to a display device. For color images, a novel
      color restoration step is added to give the image true-to-life color that
      closely matches human observation.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT OF GOVERNMENT INTEREST
PAR  This invention was made with Government support under contract NAS1-19603
      awarded by NASA. The Government has certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059914572
SRC  8
APN  7233132
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960930
TTL  Multi-resolution transforming, image processing and dynamic range
      compressing method and apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  146
ECL  1
EXA  Chen; Wenpeng
EXP  Lee; Thomas D.
NDR  34
NFG  81
INVT
NAM  Ito; Wataru
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Masahiko
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950929
APN  7-252088
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950929
APN  7-252089
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950929
APN  7-252090
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951212
APN  7-323121
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960628
APN  8-169062
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960628
APN  8-169063
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960628
APN  8-169064
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960628
APN  8-169065
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960702
APN  8-172498
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960711
APN  8-182155
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960711
APN  8-182156
CLAS
OCL  382254
XCL  382132
XCL  382276
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  940
ICL  G06K  936
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  382
FSS  240;302;132;128;264;274;275;263;270;131;276
FSC  250
FSS  584;586
FSC  378
FSS  98.4;207;62;98.2
FSC  358
FSS  447
UREF
PNO  4315318
ISD  19820200
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  382264
UREF
PNO  4317179
ISD  19820200
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  364515
UREF
PNO  4581535
ISD  19860400
NAM  Komaki et al.
OCL  250327.2
UREF
PNO  4794531
ISD  19881200
NAM  Morishita et al.
OCL  382132
UREF
PNO  4903205
ISD  19900200
NAM  Hishinuma
OCL  382130
UREF
PNO  5048111
ISD  19910900
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  382 56
UREF
PNO  5051902
ISD  19910900
NAM  Hishinuma
OCL  364413.13
UREF
PNO  5131057
ISD  19920700
NAM  Walowit et al.
OCL  382264
UREF
PNO  5333065
ISD  19940700
NAM  Vuylsteke
OCL  358456
UREF
PNO  5425113
ISD  19950600
NAM  Ito
OCL  382254
UREF
PNO  5454044
ISD  19950900
NAM  Nakajima
OCL  382132
UREF
PNO  5454053
ISD  19950900
NAM  Okubo et al.
OCL  382132
UREF
PNO  5467404
ISD  19951100
NAM  Vuylsteke
OCL  382128
UREF
PNO  5471987
ISD  19951200
NAM  Nakazawa et al.
OCL  128659
UREF
PNO  5608813
ISD  19970300
NAM  Nakajima
OCL  382132
UREF
PNO  5717789
ISD  19980200
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  382254
UREF
PNO  5740268
ISD  19980400
NAM  Nishikawa et al.
OCL  382132
FREF
PNO  0313042
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04N  140
FREF
PNO  0440166
ISD  19910800
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1568
FREF
PNO  0610604
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1568
FREF
PNO  3276265
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
ICL  G06F 1562
FREF
PNO  WO 8907799
ISD  19890800
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04N  140
OREF
PAL  "Dynamic Range Compression by Edge-Preserving Filtering", Y. Wong IEEE
      Signal Processing Letters 1 (1994) 179-181.
PAL  E.J. Purcell, Calculus with Analytic Geometry, (Appleton-Century-Crofts;
      NY, 1965) 207-212.
PAL  A. Vanzo et al., "An Image Enhancement Technique Using Polynomial Filters",
      D.E.E.I., University of Trieste, 1994, pp. 477-481.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A filtering process and an interpolating operation process are carried out
      in steps on an original image signal and, in the respective steps, a
      plurality of unsharp image signals are formed, which represent images
      having the same size as the size of the original image and have different
      frequency characteristics. Band-limited image signals are formed from the
      unsharp image signals and the original image signal, restricted by
      conversion, and integrated. An integration signal composed of
      predetermined frequency components of the original image signal is thereby
      formed. The frequency emphasis processing is carried out by multiplying
      the integration signal by an emphasis coefficient, and adding the
      resulting product to the original image signal. The dynamic range
      compressing process is carried out by converting a difference signal,
      which is obtained by subtracting the integration signal from the original
      image signal, and adding the converted difference signal to the original
      image signal. An artifact is thereby prevented from occurring at a region
      in the vicinity of an edge.
PATN
WKU  059914580
SRC  8
APN  9121129
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970815
TTL  Image quality prediction apparatus and method, and image quality control
      apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXP  Tadayon; Bijan
NDR  27
NFG  45
INVT
NAM  Kunitake; Setsu
CTY  Ashigarakami-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Shunichi
CTY  Ashigarakami-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yokose; Taro
CTY  Ashigarakami-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Koshi; Yutaka
CTY  Ashigarakami-gun
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kamizawa; Koh
CTY  Ashigarakami-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960829
APN  8-229138
CLAS
OCL  382254
XCL  382232
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  358
FSS  261.3;426;432;433
FSC  348
FSS  415;390;420;405;404;419;409;416;395
FSC  382
FSS  251;232;233;235;236;238;239;240;243;244;248;250;252;253;254;266;190;195;224
     ;274;275;282;307;173;175;176;180;181
FSC  341
FSS  200
FSC  375
FSS  243
UREF
PNO  5121216
ISD  19920600
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  358261.3
UREF
PNO  5426512
ISD  19950600
NAM  Watson
OCL  358426
UREF
PNO  5432556
ISD  19950700
NAM  Hatano et al.
OCL  348415
UREF
PNO  5440344
ISD  19950800
NAM  Asamura et al.
OCL  348405
UREF
PNO  5654760
ISD  19970800
NAM  Ohtsuki
OCL  348405
UREF
PNO  5677969
ISD  19971000
NAM  Auyeung et al.
OCL  382239
UREF
PNO  5682442
ISD  19971000
NAM  Johnston et al.
OCL  382252
UREF
PNO  5739863
ISD  19980400
NAM  Ohtsuki
OCL  348405
UREF
PNO  5796435
ISD  19980800
NAM  Nonomura et al.
OCL  348405
UREF
PNO  5799110
ISD  19980800
NAM  Israelsen et al.
OCL  382253
FREF
PNO  6-165149
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  7133
FREF
PNO  6-165148
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  7133
FREF
PNO  7-135671
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N 1104
FREF
PNO  7-177463
ISD  19950700
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04N  591
OREF
PAL  "Multimedia fugouka no kokusai hyoujun" pp. 18-43--No Date of Public.; No
      Place of Public.; No Author's Name; No Title; No Publisher.
LREP
FRM  Oliff, & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  An image quality control apparatus having an image divider, a converter, an
      image analyzer, an image output property circuit, a quantization method
      selector, a quantizer and a coder. The image divider divides an input
      image into a plurality of divided images including a predetermined number
      of picture elements. The converter converts the divided images into
      converted coefficients. Then, the image analyzer determines a property of
      the divided images which is output by the image output property output
      circuit. A quantization selector selects a quantization method in response
      to the divided image property that was found by the image analyzer and the
      image output property output circuit. The quantizer quantizes the
      conversion coefficients found by the converter in accordance with the
      quantization methods selected by the quantization selector. A coder then
      codes the conversion coefficients quantized by the quantizer.
PATN
WKU  059914599
SRC  7
APN  8237239
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19920122
TTL  Method of modifying a time-varying image sequence by estimation of
      velocity vector fields
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Kelley; Christopher S.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Fogel; Sergei Valentinovich
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  382264
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  364
FSS  516;560;565;571.05
FSC  358
FSS  105;107
FSC  382
FSS  16;1
UREF
PNO  4727422
ISD  19880200
NAM  Hinman
OCL  358133
UREF
PNO  4926259
ISD  19900500
NAM  Billard et al.
OCL  358105
UREF
PNO  5030984
ISD  19910700
NAM  Buckler et al.
OCL  358105
UREF
PNO  5067014
ISD  19911100
NAM  Bergen et al.
OCL  364516
UREF
PNO  5173865
ISD  19921200
NAM  Koike
OCL  364560
OREF
PAL  Huang, "Determining Three-Dimensional Motion and Structure from Two
      Perspective Views", Handbook of Pattern Recognition and Image Processing,
      1986, pp. 333-353.
PAL  Second International Conference On Computer Vision, Dec. 5-8, 1988, "A
      Nonlinear Approach To The Motion Correspondence Problem", by Sergei V.
      Fogel, pp. 619-628.
LREP
FR2  Dugas; Ed
FR2  Stewart; Gordon M.
ABST
PAL  A method of modifying a time-varying image sequence in which a parametric
      velocity vector field that characterizes changes in successive images of
      the image sequence is estimated. The estimating includes combining optical
      flow constraints, directional smoothness constraints and regularization
      constraints in a functional of the estimate of the parametric velocity
      vector field such that the weighting coefficients of the functional are
      functions of the parametric velocity vector field to be estimated. A
      system of nonlinear equations that arise from the optimality criterion of
      the functional are then solved. Once the system of nonlinear equations is
      solved, the estimate of the parametric velocity vector field is applied to
      modify at least one image in the image sequence.
PATN
WKU  059914602
SRC  9
APN  022426&
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19980212
TTL  Navigation system using hybrid sensor correlation system
ISD  19991123
NCL  50
ECL  1
EXP  Couso; Yon J.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Mitchell; James P.
CTY  Cedar Rapids
STA  IA
ASSG
NAM  Rockwell Science Center, Inc.
CTY  Thousand Oaks
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  382278
XCL  382210
XCL  359 23
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 15316
FSC  382
FSS  276;278;100;103;210;211
FSC  359
FSS  23;24;28
UREF
PNO  3833281
ISD  19740900
NAM  Kumada
OCL  350  3.5
UREF
PNO  4637056
ISD  19870100
NAM  Sherman et al.
OCL  382210
UREF
PNO  4837843
ISD  19890600
NAM  Owechko
OCL  382210
UREF
PNO  5138489
ISD  19920800
NAM  Paek
OCL  382210
UREF
PNO  5754691
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hong
OCL  382210
UREF
PNO  5838650
ISD  19981100
NAM  Campbell et al.
OCL  359 10
LREP
FR2  Eppele; Kyle
FR2  O'Shaughnessy; James P.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for correlating outputs of a plurality of
      environmental sensor signals to determine a situation. The method includes
      the steps of dividing a coherent light beam across a diameter of the light
      beam into a plurality of information transmission zones and modulating a
      portion of the light beam within at least some of the information
      transmission zones with a corresponding number of signals of the plurality
      of environmental sensor signals. The method further includes the steps of
      deflecting the modulated light beams of the at least some information
      transmission zones within a holographic memory to provide at least some
      correlated outputs among the plurality of environmental sensor signals and
      determining the situation based upon the at least some correlated outputs
      of the holographic memory.
PATN
WKU  059914610
SRC  8
APN  9923101
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19971217
TTL  Selection process for sequentially combining multiple sets of
      overlapping surface-profile interferometric data to produce a
      continuous composite map
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Kanji
EXP  Couso; Jose L.
NDR  28
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Schmucker; Mark A.
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Schmit; Joanna
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Veeco Corporation
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  771428
APD  19961220
CLAS
OCL  382284
XCL  382108
XCL  382154
XCL  382286
XCL  356376
XCL  356345
XCL  356356
XCL  356359
XCL  345419
XCL  345425
XCL  348 47
XCL  348 48
XCL  348 94
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  936
FSC  382
FSS  284;154;108;286
FSC  356
FSS  376;345;356;359
FSC  345
FSS  425;419
FSC  348
FSS  47;48;94
UREF
PNO  717782
ISD  19030200
NAM  Debbeau, Jr.
OCL  382154
UREF
PNO  4869593
ISD  19890900
NAM  Biegen
OCL  356351
UREF
PNO  5436462
ISD  19950700
NAM  Hull-Allen
OCL  250550
UREF
PNO  5555471
ISD  19960900
NAM  Xu et al.
OCL  356357
UREF
PNO  5623561
ISD  19970400
NAM  Hartman
OCL  385 12
UREF
PNO  5710631
ISD  19980100
NAM  Bou-Ghannam et al.
OCL  356351
UREF
PNO  5712890
ISD  19980100
NAM  Spivey et al.
OCL  378 37
LREP
FR2  Durando; Antonio R.
ABST
PAL  The process of combining various sets of measured data is carried out by
      first selecting a section of the test surface and its data set as the
      starting point and comparing the regions of overlap with adjacent sections
      of the test sample. All pixels containing an invalid data point in at
      least one of the data sets of each overlapping region are eliminated from
      consideration and the remaining valid pixels are counted. Then the
      adjacent section having an overlapping region with the largest number of
      valid pixels is selected for combination with the first section and their
      data sets are fitted according to a predetermined procedure, thereby
      producing an enlarged composite set of corrected data. The process is then
      repeated by comparing the overlapping regions of all sets adjacent to the
      composite section to determine the one having the largest number of pixels
      with valid data points. That set is then fitted to the existing composite
      profile to produce a new composite set of corrected data. These steps are
      repeated until the measured data corresponding to all sections are
      corrected and combined to produce a single uniform map of the sample
      surface.
PATN
WKU  059914629
SRC  8
APN  9118071
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970815
TTL  Cytological system illumination integrity checking method
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Johns; Andrew W.
NDR  15
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Ortyn; William E.
CTY  Devall
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Piloco; Louis R.
CTY  Kent
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Hayenga; Jon W.
CTY  Kent
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  NeoPath, Inc.
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  303179
APD  19940908
PSC  01
PNO  5715326
CLAS
OCL  382286
XCL  356123
XCL  250205
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  936
FSC  382
FSS  128;133;274;286
FSC  358
FSS  504;406
FSC  356
FSS  121;123;124
FSC  250
FSS  252.1;205
UREF
PNO  4042808
ISD  19770800
NAM  Hennessy et al.
OCL  235 92PC
UREF
PNO  4202033
ISD  19800500
NAM  Strobel
OCL  364416
UREF
PNO  4232970
ISD  19801100
NAM  Sawamura et al.
OCL  356432
UREF
PNO  4239395
ISD  19801200
NAM  Modisette
OCL  356443
UREF
PNO  4732473
ISD  19880300
NAM  Bille et al.
OCL  356237
UREF
PNO  4741043
ISD  19880400
NAM  Bacus
OCL  382  6
UREF
PNO  4907876
ISD  19900300
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  356 41
UREF
PNO  5030008
ISD  19910700
NAM  Scott et al.
OCL  356394
UREF
PNO  5079698
ISD  19920100
NAM  Grenier et al.
OCL  364413.13
UREF
PNO  5103829
ISD  19920400
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  128633
UREF
PNO  5149972
ISD  19920900
NAM  Fay et al.
OCL  250461.1
UREF
PNO  5153745
ISD  19921000
NAM  Brandkamp et al.
OCL  358406
UREF
PNO  5216596
ISD  19930600
NAM  Weinstein
OCL  364413.02
UREF
PNO  5255069
ISD  19931000
NAM  Duarte
OCL  356354
UREF
PNO  5275951
ISD  19940100
NAM  Chow et al.
OCL  436 50
UREF
PNO  5315700
ISD  19940500
NAM  Johnston et al.
OCL  395163
UREF
PNO  5361140
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hayenga et al.
OCL  358446
UREF
PNO  5428690
ISD  19950600
NAM  Bacus et al.
OCL  382128
UREF
PNO  5475420
ISD  19951200
NAM  Buchin
OCL  348 72
UREF
PNO  5506675
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lopez et al.
OCL  356152.1
LREP
FRM  Moffa & Sun, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A method for checking cytological system illumination including the steps
      of checking global illumination variation, static field uniformity,
      dynamic field uniformity, specimen thickness variation, strobe
      repeatability, calibration plate cleanliness, and strobe dropout. A
      calibration plate and test target is employed for various illumination
      checks.
PATN
WKU  059914637
SRC  8
APN  5552893
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19951108
TTL  Source data interpolation method and apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  45
ECL  1
EXA  Mariam; Daniel G.
EXP  Boudreau; Leo H.
NDR  25
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Greggain; Lance
CTY  Woodbridge
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Ngo; Calvin
CTY  Thornhill
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Genesis Microchip Inc.
CTY  Mankham
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  382298
XCL  382293
XCL  382300
XCL  348561
XCL  348581
XCL  348582
XCL  358451
XCL  36471507
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  932
ICL  H04N  544
ICL  H04N  1393
ICL  G06F  700
FSC  382
FSS  278;298;293;288;300
FSC  348
FSS  348;458;699;561;581;582;704
FSC  358
FSS  451
FSC  364
FSS  715.07
UREF
PNO  4985764
ISD  19910100
NAM  Sato
OCL  348448
UREF
PNO  5274372
ISD  19931200
NAM  Luthra et al.
OCL  341 61
UREF
PNO  5347599
ISD  19940900
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  382278
UREF
PNO  5469222
ISD  19951100
NAM  Sprague
OCL  348458
UREF
PNO  5497203
ISD  19960300
NAM  Kayashima et al.
OCL  348699
UREF
PNO  5579053
ISD  19961100
NAM  Pandel
OCL  348448
FREF
PNO  A2-0 571-026
ISD  19931100
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1562
FREF
PNO  4407101
ISD  19950900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  0 550 231 A1
ISD  19930700
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  0 561 286 A1
ISD  19930900
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Simonetti, et al "A Deinterlacer For IQTV Receivers and Multimedia
      Applications," IEEE, No. 3, Aug. 1993.
PAL  Simonetti R. et al., "A Deinterlacer For IQTV Receivers And Multimedia
      Applications", IEEE Transactions on Consumer Electronics, 39(1993) Aug.,
      No. 3, New York, US, pp. 234-240.
PAL  Doyle T. et al., "Progressive Scan Conversion using Edge Information",
      Signal Processing of HDTV, II, Proceedings of the Third International
      Workshop on HDTV, Turin, Italy, Aug. 30th-Sep. 1, 1989, Chiariglione, L.,
      pp. 711-721.
PAL  International Search Report, International Application No. PCT/CA 96/00703,
      filed Oct. 22, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of generating an upsampled target pixel positioned between two
      lines of input source data includes the step of comparing pixels of
      different lines of the source data in a region surrounding the upsampled
      target pixel to be generated in at least two different directions. An
      interpolation direction based on the comparison is selected and
      interpolations between selected pixels of the source data in the
      determined interpolation direction are carried out to compute intermediate
      pixels on a line segment passing through the upsampled target pixel. An
      interpolation between the intermediate pixels is carried out to generate
      the upsampled target pixel. An apparatus for performing the method is also
      disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059914645
SRC  9
APN  0543853
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980403
TTL  Method and system for adaptive video image resolution enhancement
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Sherali; Ishrat
EXP  Boudreau; Leo H.
NDR  10
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Hsu; Pohsiang
CTY  Beltsville
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Liu; Kuo Juey Ray
CTY  Silver Spring
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Odyssey Technologies
CTY  Jessup
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  382300
XCL  382298
XCL  348448
XCL  348458
XCL  358428
XCL  358525
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  932
FSC  382
FSS  266-276;298-300;261-264;278
FSC  345
FSS  127-130;137;141;150;439
FSC  358
FSS  428;444;447;451;525
FSC  348
FSS  448;452;458;625;441;222;581-583
FSC  364
FSS  723;724.1;724.011
UREF
PNO  4532602
ISD  19850700
NAM  DuVall
OCL  345150
UREF
PNO  4833531
ISD  19890500
NAM  Abe et al.
OCL  382300
UREF
PNO  4853794
ISD  19890800
NAM  Fukumoto et al.
OCL  358447
UREF
PNO  5054100
ISD  19911000
NAM  Tai
OCL  382300
UREF
PNO  5125042
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kerr et al.
OCL  382300
UREF
PNO  5131057
ISD  19920700
NAM  Walowit et al.
OCL  382264
UREF
PNO  5294998
ISD  19940300
NAM  Piovoso et al.
OCL  358428
UREF
PNO  5301266
ISD  19940400
NAM  Kimura
OCL  345439
UREF
PNO  5329614
ISD  19940700
NAM  Kidd et al.
OCL  345439
UREF
PNO  5384904
ISD  19950100
NAM  Sprague et al.
OCL  345439
UREF
PNO  5388166
ISD  19950200
NAM  Onozawa
OCL  382269
UREF
PNO  5418714
ISD  19950500
NAM  Sarver
OCL  600407
UREF
PNO  5418899
ISD  19950500
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  345439
UREF
PNO  5418900
ISD  19950500
NAM  Yoshinaga
OCL  345439
UREF
PNO  5444493
ISD  19950800
NAM  Boif
OCL  348448
UREF
PNO  5450096
ISD  19950900
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  345141
UREF
PNO  5473383
ISD  19951200
NAM  Sezan et al.
OCL  348452
UREF
PNO  5513281
ISD  19960400
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  382278
UREF
PNO  5515457
ISD  19960500
NAM  Osano
OCL  382300
UREF
PNO  5552825
ISD  19960900
NAM  Talluri et al.
OCL  348222
UREF
PNO  5579418
ISD  19961100
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  382300
UREF
PNO  5627953
ISD  19970500
NAM  Yen
OCL  345439
UREF
PNO  5742348
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kuwahara et al.
OCL  348441
UREF
PNO  5774601
ISD  19980600
NAM  Mahmoodi
OCL  382298
OREF
PAL  Y. Wang, et al., "Image Representation Using Block Pattern Models and Its
      Image Processing Applications," IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and
      Machine Intelligence, vol. 15, No. 4, Apr. 1993, pp. 321-336.
LREP
FRM  Rosenberg, Klein & Bilker
ABST
PAL  A system (1) for enhancing the resolution of a video image by a
      predetermined enhancement factor is provided. System (1) generally
      includes an interpolation subsystem (10), a data storage module (20), and
      a pixel insert positioning module (30). Included within interpolation
      subsystem (10) are a classification module (100), a bilinear interpolation
      module (200), and an adaptive interpolation module (300). Classification
      module (100) receives the original image pixels in a specified field of
      the given video image and designates for each original image pixels it
      receives one of a plurality of predefined classifications. Based upon this
      classification, one of the bilinear interpolation (200) and adaptive
      interpolation (300) modules is selected for actuation in generating the
      supplementary image pixels necessary to support resolution enhancement.
      Adaptive interpolation module (300) employs an interpolation scheme
      adapted for the orientation of a given image portion detected by
      classification module (100) through a plurality of adaptation parameters
      which, once generated, may be stored within data storage module (20) to
      promote computational efficiency. The generated supplementary image pixels
      may then be inserted at the pixel insert positions generated by pixel
      insert positioning module (30) in accordance with the given enhancement
      factor to form a resolution enhanced image.
PATN
WKU  059914653
SRC  8
APN  7053258
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960829
TTL  Modular digital image processing via an image processing chain with
      modifiable parameter controls
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Mariam; Daniel G
EXP  Tran; Phuoc
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Anderson; Eric C.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chin; Gary
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Apple Computer, Inc.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  382302
XCL  382303
XCL  382104
XCL  364131
XCL  364133
XCL  39580001
XCL  39580032
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  954
ICL  G05B 1500
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  382
FSS  256;302;303;304
FSC  358
FSS  532
FSC  364
FSS  131;133
FSC  395
FSS  800.01;800.32
UREF
PNO  4442543
ISD  19840400
NAM  Sternberg et al.
OCL  382303
UREF
PNO  4860375
ISD  19890800
NAM  McCubbrey et al.
OCL  382303
UREF
PNO  4949390
ISD  19900800
NAM  Iverson et al.
OCL  382303
UREF
PNO  5237626
ISD  19930800
NAM  Forslund et al.
OCL  382256
UREF
PNO  5283671
ISD  19940200
NAM  Stewart et al.
OCL  358532
UREF
PNO  5315700
ISD  19940500
NAM  Johnston et al.
OCL  345502
UREF
PNO  5365596
ISD  19941100
NAM  Dante et al.
OCL  382141
UREF
PNO  5452375
ISD  19950900
NAM  Rousseau et al.
OCL  382302
UREF
PNO  5568192
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hannah
OCL  348222
UREF
PNO  5623604
ISD  19970400
NAM  Russell et al.
OCL  395712
UREF
PNO  5631974
ISD  19970500
NAM  Lau-Kee et al.
OCL  382302
UREF
PNO  5642444
ISD  19970600
NAM  Mostafavi
OCL  382303
LREP
FRM  Sawyer & Associates
ABST
PAL  Aspects for allowing variably controlled alteration of image processing of
      digital image data in a digital image capture device include forming an
      image processing chain with two or more image processors to process
      digital image data, and providing one or more parametric controls within
      each of the two or more image processors. The aspects further include
      accessing chosen controls of the one or more parametric controls to modify
      the two or more image processors for alteration of the image processing.
PATN
WKU  059914661
SRC  8
APN  3589986
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19941219
TTL  Image retrieving apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Couso; Yon J.
NDR  24
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Ushiro; Takahiro
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Aiba; Yoshinobu
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kohtani; Hideto
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910731
APN  3-214739
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910731
APN  3-214743
RLAP
COD  71
APN  921118
APD  19920729
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  382305
XCL  382298
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  954
FSC  382
FSS  305;306;282;312;298;209;217;218;219
FSC  358
FSS  403;453
UREF
PNO  4760606
ISD  19880700
NAM  Lesnick et al.
OCL  382 61
UREF
PNO  4797946
ISD  19890100
NAM  Katsuta et al.
OCL  382 61
UREF
PNO  5010581
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kanno
OCL  382 56
UREF
PNO  5027421
ISD  19910600
NAM  Kanno
OCL  382 61
UREF
PNO  5048094
ISD  19910900
NAM  Aoyama et al.
OCL  382  8
UREF
PNO  5093873
ISD  19920300
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  382 61
UREF
PNO  5172245
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kita et al.
OCL  382 61
UREF
PNO  5185821
ISD  19930200
NAM  Yoda
OCL  382 61
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An image retrieving apparatus having a reading unit for reading the image
      of an original, a comparing unit for comparing the image data of the
      original outputted from the reading unit with a plurality of image data
      stored in a storage medium, and a retrieving unit for outputting one of
      the image data generally coincident with the image data of the original
      from the storage medium, and the discrimination information for
      discriminating the image data generally coincident, in accordance with the
      comparison result by the comparing unit.
PATN
WKU  059914670
SRC  8
APN  8911304
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970710
TTL  Image reading apparatus containing light receiving transistors and
      switching transistors
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Bella; Matthew C.
NDR  23
NFG  36
INVT
NAM  Kamiko; Mitsuo
CTY  Miyagi-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Alps Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960718
APN  8-189792
CLAS
OCL  382312
XCL  382124
XCL  2502081
XCL  250214B
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  700
ICL  H01J 4014
FSC  382
FSS  312;313;100;124;125;126;127
FSC  250
FSS  214 AL;556;214 B;214 SW;208.1
FSC  356
FSS  71
UREF
PNO  3993888
ISD  19761100
NAM  Fellman
OCL  382124
UREF
PNO  4353056
ISD  19821000
NAM  Tsikos
OCL  340146.3B
UREF
PNO  4577345
ISD  19860300
NAM  Abramov
OCL  382312
UREF
PNO  5162644
ISD  19921100
NAM  Nagata et al.
OCL  250208.1
UREF
PNO  5177802
ISD  19930100
NAM  Fujimoto et al.
OCL  382124
UREF
PNO  5325442
ISD  19940600
NAM  Knapp
OCL  382312
UREF
PNO  5446290
ISD  19950800
NAM  Fujieda et al.
OCL  250556
UREF
PNO  5621516
ISD  19970400
NAM  Shinzaki et al.
OCL  382124
UREF
PNO  5778089
ISD  19980700
NAM  Borza
OCL  382124
OREF
PAL  "Two-Dimensional Contact-Type Image Sensor Using Amorphous Silicon
      Photo-Transistor," Muneaki Yamaguchi, et al, Japan J. Appl Phys., vol. 32
      (1993) pp. 458 and 460.
PAL  "Amorphous Silicon Two Dimensional Image Sensor Arrays," R.A. Street, X.D.
      Wu, et al. Xerox Palo Alto Research Center, Palo Alto, Ca. 94304, USA, pp.
      96-99.
LREP
FRM  Brinks Hofer Gilson & Lione
ABST
PAL  An inexpensive, miniaturized and thin image reading apparatus reads various
      types of images, such as fingerprints. The apparatus includes a
      transparent substrate. A light-emitting unit emits light to pass through
      the transparent substrate and to be applied to a subject pressed against
      the substrate. A plurality of light-receiving units are disposed on the
      substrate in the vertical and horizontal directions with intervals
      therebetween and receive the light which is emitted from the
      light-emitting unit and is reflected from the subject. A reading device
      reads an image of the subject in accordance with the amount of light
      received by the light-receiving units.
PATN
WKU  059914688
SRC  8
APN  6907938
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960801
TTL  Card-type image sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Vu; Kim Yen
NDR  12
NFG  23
INVT
NAM  Murakami; Taro
CTY  Musashino
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okauchi; Shigeki
CTY  Kodaira
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nabetani; Hitoshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950803
APN  7-198675
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950804
APN  7-199571
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951006
APN  7-284424
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951117
APN  7-299794
CLAS
OCL  382313
XCL  358473
XCL  395892
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  104
FSC  358
FSS  474;473
FSC  348
FSS  207;552;375-376
FSC  235
FSS  207
FSC  382
FSS  313;312
FSC  395
FSS  892;893
FSI  H04N  104
UREF
PNO  5438359
ISD  19950800
NAM  Aoki
OCL  348375
UREF
PNO  5468952
ISD  19951100
NAM  Alexander et al.
OCL  235492
UREF
PNO  5475441
ISD  19951200
NAM  Parulski et al.
UREF
PNO  5506617
ISD  19960400
NAM  Parulski et al.
OCL  348207
UREF
PNO  5521369
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kumar
OCL  235472
UREF
PNO  5644410
ISD  19970700
NAM  Suzuki et al.
UREF
PNO  5666159
ISD  19970900
NAM  Parulski et al.
OCL  348211
UREF
PNO  5708515
ISD  19980100
NAM  Nishima
UREF
PNO  5708853
ISD  19980100
NAM  Sanemitsu
OCL  348376
FREF
PNO  1106581
ISD  19890800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  04295886A
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-178177
ISD  19940600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-276420
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-121147
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2289555
ISD  19951100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  English translation of Patent Abstracts of Japan vol. 017, No. 511
      (E-1432), Sep. 14, 1993 and JP 05 130475 A (Sony Corp), May 25, 1993.
PAL  English translation of Patent Abstracts of Japan vol. 017, No. 094
      (E-1325), Feb. 24, 1993 and JP 04 286474 A (Cannon Inc), Oct. 12, 1992.
PAL  English translation of Patent Abstracts of Japan vol. 017 No. 85 (E-1322),
      Feb. 19, 1993 and JP 04 281678 A (Canon Inc), Oct. 7, 1992.
PAL  English translation of Patent Abstract s of Japan vol. 095, No. 008, Sep.
      29, 1995 and JP 07 121147 A (Hitachi Ltd), May 12, 1995.
PAL  English language abstracts of Japanese Patent Applications Nos. 6-178177,
      6-276420 and 7-121147.
LREP
FRM  Morgan & Finnegan LLP
ABST
PAL  An image sensor head having a CCD is rotatably attached to a card body
      having a computer interface. A DC/DC converter for supplying the image
      sensor head with electric power is provided so as to be situated outside
      and external device, such as a computer, when the card body is loaded in
      the external device. This facilitates the radiation of heat. A shielding
      case is provided to cover and shield the DC/DC converter. When the card
      body experiences deformation, the shielding case contacts a metal cover
      which covers a main board within the card body, thereby preventing
      excessive bending and assuring electrical safety. Thus, in a card-type
      image sensor of the type which introduces an image to a computer or the
      like, the power supply for image sensing purposes radiates heat more
      effectively and is provided with improved shielding.
PATN
WKU  059914696
SRC  8
APN  1853201
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19930319
TTL  System for reading a form utilizing encoded indications for form field
      processing
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Do; Anh Hong
EXP  Couso; Jose L.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Walter A. L.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Faieta; Baldo A.
CTY  Stanford
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Jellinek; Herbert D.
CTY  Santa Cruz
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Smith, III; Z. Erol
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Xerox Corporation
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  738659
APD  19910731
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  530753
APD  19900530
PSC  01
PNO  5060980
CLAS
OCL  382317
XCL  382312
XCL  382232
XCL  382233
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  920
FSC  382
FSS  61;312;317;233;232
UREF
PNO  3643069
ISD  19720200
NAM  Kikuchi
OCL  235 61.11E
UREF
PNO  3933094
ISD  19760100
NAM  Murphy et al.
OCL  101426
UREF
PNO  4013997
ISD  19770300
NAM  Treadwell, III
OCL  340146.1
UREF
PNO  4021777
ISD  19770500
NAM  Shepard
OCL  382 61
UREF
PNO  4248528
ISD  19810200
NAM  Sahay
OCL  355 14R
UREF
PNO  4254329
ISD  19810300
NAM  Gokey et al.
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  4478584
ISD  19841000
NAM  Kaney
OCL  434353
UREF
PNO  4494862
ISD  19850100
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  355 14C
UREF
PNO  4574395
ISD  19860300
NAM  Kato
OCL  382 61
UREF
PNO  4588211
ISD  19860500
NAM  Greene
OCL  283 70
UREF
PNO  4634148
ISD  19870100
NAM  Greene
OCL  283 70
UREF
PNO  4665004
ISD  19870500
NAM  Drexler
OCL  430140
UREF
PNO  4704517
ISD  19871100
NAM  Capisi et al.
OCL  235382
UREF
PNO  4724309
ISD  19880200
NAM  Greene
OCL  235468
UREF
PNO  4728984
ISD  19880300
NAM  Daniele
OCL  355  6
UREF
PNO  4757348
ISD  19880700
NAM  Rourke et al.
OCL  355  6
UREF
PNO  4786940
ISD  19881100
NAM  Daniele
OCL  355  6
UREF
PNO  4864111
ISD  19890900
NAM  Cabili
OCL  235437
UREF
PNO  4937439
ISD  19900600
NAM  Wanninger et al.
OCL  235456
FREF
PNO  0081767
ISD  19830600
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04N  140
FREF
PNO  0332557
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1520
FREF
PNO  0398185
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04N  132
OREF
PAL  Stockdale, "Format Control Apparatus", IBM Tech. Discl. Bull., vol. 9, No.
      12, May, 1967, pp. 1765-1768.
PAL  Aden et al., "Document Format Selection and Control Process", IBM Tech.
      Discl. Bull., vol. 26, No. 9, Feb. 1984, pp. 4718-4719.
PAL  Documentation covering a product called the "Laser Archivist." Copyrighted
      1986.
ABST
PAL  A form including user modifiable fields and an encoded description of the
      location, size, type, etc. of the fields allows direct programming of a
      form interpreter. Other information including the processing of the form,
      encoded data, etc., may be included in the encoded information. A system
      for creating forms carrying an encoded description of selected attributes
      of the fields includes means for selecting or creating fields and locating
      the fields on a form while generating, substantially simultaneously, the
      encoded description of the selected attributes. A form composer then
      allows merging of the form and its encoded description for printing or
      electronic transmission. A system for reading such forms includes a
      scanner, decoding device, and processor. By reading such forms, data may
      be entered into or recalled from a data processing system, or a form
      interpreter may be programmed, locally or remotely, for subsequent
      handling of forms.
PATN
WKU  059914700
SRC  8
APN  7425635
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19961028
TTL  One-dimensional scanner system for two-dimensional image acquisition
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Johns; Andrew W.
NDR  7
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Swithers; David Jonathan
CTY  North Attleboro
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Chisholm; Thomas J.
CTY  Milton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Computer Identics, Inc.
CTY  Canton
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  476777
APD  19950607
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  382322
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  920
FSC  382
FSS  131;322;275;323
FSC  358
FSS  474;486;494
UREF
PNO  3647956
ISD  19720300
NAM  Buck et al.
OCL  348203
UREF
PNO  3995166
ISD  19761100
NAM  Hobart et al.
OCL  382322
UREF
PNO  4011748
ISD  19770300
NAM  Bond et al.
OCL   73 67.6
UREF
PNO  4349847
ISD  19820900
NAM  Traino
OCL  358497
UREF
PNO  4464011
ISD  19840800
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  350  6.1
UREF
PNO  4695721
ISD  19870900
NAM  Fulkerson et al.
OCL  382322
UREF
PNO  4870274
ISD  19890900
NAM  Hebert et al.
OCL  250236
UREF
PNO  5184246
ISD  19930200
NAM  Schwartz et al.
OCL  359216
UREF
PNO  5303081
ISD  19940400
NAM  Totsuka et al.
OCL  359213
UREF
PNO  5327171
ISD  19940700
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  348223
UREF
PNO  5446271
ISD  19950800
NAM  Cherry et al.
OCL  235462
UREF
PNO  5510603
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hess et al.
OCL  235454
LREP
FRM  Iandiorio & Teska
FR2  Colandreo; Brian J.
ABST
PAL  A one-dimensional scanner system for two-dimensional image acquisition
      includes a flying spot scanner for scanning in a line at a first velocity
      in a first direction across an object which is moving at a second velocity
      in a second direction transverse to the first direction; the first and
      second velocities establish a first sample rate in the second direction
      for defining a pixel size in the second direction; a timing device for
      detecting the velocity of the object in the second direction and
      generating a sample rate in the first direction and a frame accumulator
      for reading and storing each line scanned, assembling a two-dimensional
      image of the object and reading out that image; the frame accumulator
      including a compensation device responsive to the second sample rate for
      normalizing the second sample rate with the first sample rate to eliminate
      distortions in the pixel size and two-dimensional image in the first
      direction.
PATN
WKU  059914718
SRC  9
APN  0576026
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980409
TTL  Configurable chirp mach-zehnder optical modulator
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Ullah; Akm E.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Yu; Jun
CTY  Stittsville
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Nortel Networks Corporation
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  745168
APD  19961107
PSC  01
PNO  5778113
CLAS
OCL  385  3
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  1035
FSC  385
FSS  3;4;45;9
FSC  359
FSS  161;248
FSC  356
FSS  350
FSC  372
FSS  94
UREF
PNO  5365338
ISD  19941100
NAM  Bramson
OCL  356350
UREF
PNO  5550513
ISD  19960800
NAM  Wong
OCL  330286
UREF
PNO  5694504
ISD  19971200
NAM  Yu
OCL  385  3
UREF
PNO  5778113
ISD  19980700
NAM  Yu
OCL  385  3
UREF
PNO  5859936
ISD  19990100
NAM  Ishikawa
OCL  385  4
FREF
PNO  2 302 738
ISD  19970100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Yu J et al: "Phase-engineered III-V MOW Mach-Zehnder modulators" IEEE
      Photonics Technology Letters, Aug. 1996, IEEE, USA. vol. 8. No. 8, pp.
      1018-1020, XPOOO621639 ISSN 1041-1135 * pp. 1041 -1042, para. 2*.
LREP
FR2  de Wilton; Angela C.
ABST
PAL  A Mach-Zehnder optical modulator is provided having first and second
      modulation electrodes on respective first and second interferometric arms
      for receiving modulating electric fields, and the two modulation
      electrodes are of different lengths, the ratio of the lengths being
      designed to control the relative bias of the two arms, thereby provide for
      adjustment and optimization of frequency chirp, in a positive or negative
      chirp MZ modulator or in a configurable chirp MZ modulator. The modulator
      may have an asymmetric input y-junction coupler and an asymmetric output
      y-junction coupler to provide unequal power splitting, and interferometric
      arms defining two optical paths, which may be of equal or unequal length
      so as to generate a fixed phase difference of 0, .pi. or .pi./2.
      Preferably, the device is operated with equal push-pull drive, although
      non-equal push pull drive may alternatively be used. The asymmetric
      modulation electrodes may be used in combination with an additional
      control electrode or pair of control electrodes, and with equal or
      non-equal power splitting. This structure is applicable to either
      semiconductor MZ modulators or lithium niobate MZ modulators, and provides
      additional flexibility to optmize frequency chirp.
PATN
WKU  059914726
SRC  8
APN  9915419
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971216
TTL  Optical wavelength filter
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Stahl; Michael J.
EXP  Lee; John D.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Hosoi; Toru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961219
APN  8-339547
CLAS
OCL  385 11
XCL  385  7
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  614
FSC  385
FSS  7;11
FSC  359
FSS  308
UREF
PNO  4532632
ISD  19850700
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  385  7
UREF
PNO  5002349
ISD  19910300
NAM  Cheung et al.
OCL  385  1
UREF
PNO  5677971
ISD  19971000
NAM  Okayama et al.
OCL  385 11
FREF
PNO  5-323248
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Arjun Kar-Roy et al., IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol. 4, No. 10,
      Low-Sidelobe Weighted-Coupled Integrated Acoustooptic Tunable Filter Using
      Focused Surface Acoustic Waves, Oct. 1992, pp. 1132-1135.
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides an optical wavelength filter, in which the
      light of a particular wavelength in a first linear polarization inputted
      from the input end of an optical waveguide formed near the surface of a
      substrate is transformed into a second linear polarization perpendicular
      to the first linear polarization by means of an elastic surface wave
      generated by a reed screen type electrode composed of a plurality of
      finger electrode portions formed on the input end side of the optical
      waveguide, and said plurality of finger electrode portions formed in a
      circular arc shape are disposed each having an angle for correcting the
      deflection of the propagation direction of the elastic surface wave so
      that the elastic surface wave converges at a desired position.
PATN
WKU  059914734
SRC  8
APN  8901198
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970709
TTL  Waveguide type semiconductor photodetector
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Kang; Juliana K.
EXP  Bovernick; Rodney
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Nishikata; Kazuaki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Irikawa; Michinori
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  The Furukawa Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960710
APN  8-199860
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960912
APN  8-240882
CLAS
OCL  385 14
XCL  385131
XCL  257188
XCL  257441
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  610
FSC  257
FSS  184;188;189;441;442;464
FSC  385
FSS  14;131
LREP
FRM  Helfgott & Karas, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A waveguide type semiconductor photodetector comprises a n-InP substrate,
      and a laminate including a first and second optical confinement layers and
      an undoped optical absorption layer interposed therebetween. The optical
      absorption layer has a thickness between 0.2 and 0.5 .mu.m, and a bandgap
      wavelength smaller than the bandgap wavelength of the first and second
      optical confinement layers. The photodetector has a large mode field
      diameter and a small coupling loss between the same and a glass fiber.
PATN
WKU  059914742
SRC  8
APN  9700749
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971113
TTL  Obstacle sensor operating by collimation and focusing of the emitted wave
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; John D.
NDR  4
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Baldi; Franco
STR  via Preneste
CTY  8, Milan
CNT  ITX
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19961118
APN  RE96A0089
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19971028
APN  RE97A0080
CLAS
OCL  385 15
XCL  342 52
XCL  342153
XCL  342361
XCL  343721
XCL  343753
XCL  385147
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q 1906
FSC  385
FSS  12;13;15;147
FSC  342
FSS  52;68;104;105;118;128;133;146;147;153;157;200;361
FSC  343
FSS  721;753-756;700 MS
UREF
PNO  4517566
ISD  19850500
NAM  Bryant et al.
OCL  342117
UREF
PNO  4845422
ISD  19890700
NAM  Damon
XCL  333159
UREF
PNO  5202692
ISD  19930400
NAM  Huguenin et al.
OCL  342179
UREF
PNO  5227800
ISD  19930700
NAM  Huguenin et al.
OCL  342179
UREF
PNO  5247306
ISD  19930900
NAM  Hardange et al.
OCL  342 70
LREP
FRM  Bucknam and Archer
ABST
PAL  Millimetric wave device, capable of operating as a signal transceiving
      antenna, with an optimum image definition even at extremely short
      distances (about 1 mm). Depending on the more or less concentration of the
      waves, the so realised radar antenna adopts, in its different
      configurations, a curved front optics, or an optics of hemispherical,
      aspherical, parabolic, concede, convex, biconcave, biconvex or stepped
      optics. The real focal length of the radar is shorter than that of the
      lens utilised in the antenna. The standard dimensions of the electronic
      transception and processing circuit part are very limited and contained.
PATN
WKU  059914750
SRC  8
APN  9381651
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970926
TTL  Tightly curved digital optical switches
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Palmer; Phan T. H.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Nelson; William H.
CTY  Grafton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  GTE Laboratories Incorporated
CTY  Waltham
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  385 16
XCL  385 31
XCL  385 21
XCL  385 45
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  626
FSC  385
FSS  16;14;15;18;22;24;31;39;40;45;129;130;131;132
FSC  216
FSS  24
UREF
PNO  4846540
ISD  19890700
NAM  Kapon
OCL  385 16
UREF
PNO  5490226
ISD  19960200
NAM  Nelson
OCL  385 16
UREF
PNO  5537497
ISD  19960700
NAM  Nelson
OCL  385 22
LREP
FR2  Suchyta; Leonard Charles
FR2  Anderson; Floyd E.
ABST
PAL  An optical index switch including curved ridge waveguides. The cladding
      around the waveguides is selectively etched to produce tightly curved
      optical switches.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made with Government support under Contract No.
      N0014-93-C-0111. The Government has certain rights in this invention.
PATN
WKU  059914769
SRC  9
APN  0766925
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980512
TTL  Pump directed optical switching element
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Ullah; Akm E.
NDR  8
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Baney; Douglas M.
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Newton; Steven A.
CTY  Belmont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Sorin; Wayne V.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  385 16
XCL  359573
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  626
FSC  385
FSS  16-23;10;8;24;37;31;39;129-131;901
FSC  359
FSS  283;251;252;573
FSC  372
FSS  102;6
FSC  356
FSS  73.1;224
UREF
PNO  5491548
ISD  19960200
NAM  Bell et al.
OCL  356 73.1
UREF
PNO  5504772
ISD  19960400
NAM  Decon et al.
OCL  372102
UREF
PNO  5544268
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bischel et al.
OCL  385  4
UREF
PNO  5583957
ISD  19961200
NAM  Blow
OCL  385 21
UREF
PNO  5655036
ISD  19970800
NAM  Webb
OCL  385 15
UREF
PNO  5703710
ISD  19971200
NAM  Brinkman e tal.
OCL  359283
UREF
PNO  5911018
ISD  19990600
NAM  Bischel et al.
OCL  385 16
OREF
PAL  Clos, Charles, "A Study of Non-Blocking Switching Networks," Bell Systems
      Technical Journal, Mar. 1953, pp. 406-424.
PAL  C.R., "Light Applications of Fiber Bragg Gratings," Journal of Lightwave
      Technology, vol. 15, No. 8, Aug. 1997, pp. 1391-1404.
ABST
PAL  An optical switch includes a pump source, a pump director, and a
      pump-dependent attenuator. The pump-dependent attenuator passes optical
      signals when it is supplied with pump energy at a pumping wavelength and
      attenuates optical signals when it is not supplied with pump energy. The
      pump source generates pump energy for the pump-dependent attenuator, and
      the pump director optically manipulates the delivery of pump energy to the
      pump-dependent attenuator. In a preferred embodiment, the pump-dependent
      attenuator is an erbium-doped fiber (EDF), the pump source is a laser
      diode, and the pump director is a tunable fiber Bragg grating (FBG). The
      EDF is located along an optical signal transmission path between an input
      waveguide and an output waveguide. The tunable FBG is located along a
      transmission path between the laser diode and the EDF. To operate the
      switch, pump energy at a pumping wavelength is generated by the laser
      diode and transmitted toward the tunable FBG. To turn on the switch, the
      FBG is tuned off of the pumping wavelength of the EDF, thereby passing
      pump energy to the EDF, and to turn off the switch, the FBG is tuned onto
      the pumping wavelength of the EDF, thereby blocking pump energy to the
      EDF. An adjustable bandpass filter may also be used as the pump director.
      The optical switch can also be applied to various optical systems, such as
      a 1.times.N switch, add/drop multiplexers, broadcast/multicast switches,
      and wavelength-selectable lasers.
PATN
WKU  059914777
SRC  9
APN  010518&
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980121
TTL  Optical transmission system, optical multiplexing transmission system,
      and related peripheral techniques
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Kang; Juliana K.
EXP  Lee; John D.
NDR  103
NFG  120
INVT
NAM  Ishikawa; George
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishimoto; Hiroshi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ooi; Hiroki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sekiya; Motoyoshi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tomofuji; Hiroaki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940802
APN  6-181013
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950317
APN  7-59295
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950718
APN  7-181929
RLAP
COD  74
APN  781511
APD  19970108
PSC  01
PNO  5754322
RLAP
COD  81
APN  510474
APD  19950802
PSC  01
PNO  5717510
CLAS
OCL  385 24
XCL  359189
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  106
FSC  385
FSS  24
FSC  359
FSS  189-195
UREF
PNO  4473901
ISD  19840900
NAM  Jensen
UREF
PNO  4679252
ISD  19870700
NAM  Holland
OCL  455619
UREF
PNO  4706300
ISD  19871100
NAM  Minemura et al.
OCL  455619
UREF
PNO  4811340
ISD  19890300
NAM  McEachern et al.
OCL  370102
UREF
PNO  5218662
ISD  19930600
NAM  Dugan
UREF
PNO  5224183
ISD  19930600
NAM  Dugan
UREF
PNO  5241543
ISD  19930800
NAM  Amada et al.
OCL  370100
UREF
PNO  5355240
ISD  19941000
NAM  Prigent et al.
UREF
PNO  5365362
ISD  19941100
NAM  Gnauck et al.
UREF
PNO  5457559
ISD  19951000
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  359135
UREF
PNO  5539563
ISD  19960700
NAM  Park
UREF
PNO  5652669
ISD  19970700
NAM  Liedenbaum
OCL  359158
FREF
PNO  0590633-A1
ISD  19940400
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Helfgott & Karas, P.C.
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a technique for optimizing transmission conditions
      to achieve large-capacity transmission, and also provides peripheral
      techniques for the practical implementation of optical multiplexing that
      makes large-capacity transmission possible. A transmission characteristic
      is measured in a transmission characteristic measuring section, and
      control of signal light wavelength in a tunable light source, control of
      the amount of prechirping, control of the amount of dispersion
      compensation, and/or control of optical power are performed to achieve the
      best transmission characteristic. Wavelength dispersion is deliberately
      introduced by a dispersion compensator, to reduce nonlinear effects. A
      tunable laser is used to optimize signal light wavelength for each optical
      amplification repeater section. Peripheral technique, such as drift
      compensation, clock extraction, optical signal channel identification,
      clock phase stabilization, etc., are provided for the implementation of
      optical multiplexing.
PATN
WKU  059914785
SRC  8
APN  942721&
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971002
TTL  Fiber optic rotary joint
ISD  19991123
NCL  47
ECL  47
EXA  Hao; Victoria D.
EXP  Lee; John D.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Lewis; Norris Earl
CTY  Christianburg
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Bowman; Anthony Lee
CTY  Christianburg
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Rogers, Sr.; Robert Thomas
CTY  Blacksburg
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Duncan; Michael P.
CTY  Pulaski
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Litton Systems, Incorporated
CTY  Woodland Hills
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  385 26
XCL  385 25
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  626
FSC  385
FSS  26;25
UREF
PNO  4109997
ISD  19780800
NAM  Iverson
OCL  385 26
UREF
PNO  4525025
ISD  19850600
NAM  Hohmann et al.
OCL  385 26
UREF
PNO  4643521
ISD  19870200
NAM  Harstead et al.
OCL  385 26
UREF
PNO  5555334
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ohnishi et al.
OCL  385 93
OREF
PAL  Publication 9702: "New Technologies--In Detail, The Fluorescent Optical
      Rotary Joint", Schleifring und Apparatebau GmbH, Internet:
      http://www.schleifring.de/Publication%209702.htm, last updated Apr. 7,
      1997.
LREP
FRM  Lowe Hauptman Gopstein Gilman & Berner
ABST
PAL  Unidirectional and bidirectional fiber optic rotary joints are disclosed
      for coupling at least one optical signal across a rotary interface. The
      unidirectional joint includes a stator having a waveguide. A rotor is
      rotatable through a full 360.degree. revolution and is concentric to the
      stator. Light transmitters are positioned on a first circumference and
      connected to one of the stator and the rotor. Each of the transmitters
      emits an optical signal. Light receivers are positioned on a second
      circumference and connected to the other one of the stator and the rotor.
      Each of the transmitted optical signals is emitted tangentially into the
      waveguide and is reflected in short chordal lengths along the waveguide.
      Each optical signal is received by at least one of the second plurality of
      light receivers through the full 360.degree. revolution of the rotor. The
      number of light receivers is greater than the number of light
      transmitters. Certain receivers do not receive an optical signal during a
      portion of the 360.degree. revolution of the rotor.
PATN
WKU  059914793
SRC  8
APN  9568573
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971023
TTL  Distributed fiber optic sensors and systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Healy; Brian
NDR  21
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Kleinerman; Marcos Y.
STR  24 Jerome St.
CTY  Southbridge
STA  MA
ZIP  01550
RLAP
COD  74
APN  613352
APD  19960311
PSC  01
PNO  5696863
RLAP
COD  82
APN  305252
APD  19940913
PSC  01
PNO  5499313
RLAP
COD  84
APN  815741
APD  19920102
PSC  01
PNO  5363463
RLAP
COD  82
APN  491942
APD  19900312
PSC  01
PNO  5096277
RLAP
COD  89
APN  293119
APD  19890103
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  89
APN  102835
APD  19870930
RLAP
COD  89
APN  711062
APD  19850312
PSC  01
PNO  5004913
RLAP
COD  90
APN  608932
APD  19840514
PSC  01
PNO  4708494
RLAP
COD  81
APN  405732
APD  19860806
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  385 31
XCL  385 12
XCL  385 13
XCL  385 24
XCL  385 32
XCL  385123
XCL  385 88
XCL  385 89
XCL  25022711
XCL  25022714
XCL  25022716
XCL  25022718
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  626
ICL  G01J  104
FSC  385
FSS  24;30;31;32;39;48;88;89;12;13;123;126;127;125;147;141
FSC  359
FSS  115;124;127
FSC  250
FSS  227.11;227.14;227.16;227.18;227.22;227.23;458.1;459.1
FSC  372
FSS  6
FSC  356
FSS  43;44;73.1;300;301;319;320;432;445
UREF
PNO  3936631
ISD  19760200
NAM  Muska
XCL  385 48
UREF
PNO  3982123
ISD  19760900
NAM  Goell et al.
XCL  385 48
UREF
PNO  4557550
ISD  19851200
NAM  Beals et al.
XCL  385 48
UREF
PNO  4557552
ISD  19851200
NAM  Newton et al.
XCL  385 48
UREF
PNO  4708494
ISD  19871100
NAM  Kleinerman
OCL  374161
UREF
PNO  4747652
ISD  19880500
NAM  Campbell et al.
XCL  385 48
UREF
PNO  4768854
ISD  19880900
NAM  Campbell et al.
XCL  385 48
UREF
PNO  4802723
ISD  19890200
NAM  Miller
XCL  385 48
UREF
PNO  5004913
ISD  19910400
NAM  Kleinerman
OCL  250227.21
UREF
PNO  5096277
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kleinerman
OCL  385 12
UREF
PNO  5363463
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kleinerman
OCL  385123
UREF
PNO  5499313
ISD  19960300
NAM  Kleinerman
OCL  385123
UREF
PNO  5696863
ISD  19971200
NAM  Kleinerman
OCL  385123
ABST
PAL  An arrangement for the noninvasive coupling of information from a plurality
      of devices, including sensors, to an optical fiber at different locations
      uses a photodetector and a fiber bender attached to each device in such a
      manner that the sequential transmission of trigger signals to the
      photodetector of each device causes the sequential coupling of the
      information to the optical fiber by the fiber bender.
PATN
WKU  059914807
SRC  8
APN  817993&
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970623
TTL  Process and device for measuring light beams
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Ngo; Hung N.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kunz; Rino
CTY  Steinmaur
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Duebendorfer; Jurg
CTY  Zurich
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Paul Scherrer Institut
CTY  Villigen
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CHX
APD  19950901
APN  2496/95
CLAS
OCL  385 37
XCL  385131
XCL  385 45
XCL  385147
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  634
FSC  372
FSS  96;102
FSC  385
FSS  147;12;37;10;129;130;131;45
UREF
PNO  4803696
ISD  19890200
NAM  Pepper et al.
OCL  372102
UREF
PNO  5103456
ISD  19920400
NAM  Scifres et al.
OCL  372102
UREF
PNO  5418802
ISD  19950500
NAM  Chwalck
OCL  372102
OREF
PAL  "High Precision Molding Of Integrated Optical Structures", L. Baraldi et
      al., Paul Scherrer Institute Zurich, SPIE vol. 1, 1992 Miniature and
      Micro-Optics and Micromechanics (1993) pp. 21-29.
PAL  "Miniature Integrated-Optical Wavelength Analyzer Chip", R.E. Kunz et al.,
      Paul Scherrer Institute Zurich, 2412 Optics Letters, vol. 20, No. 22, Nov.
      15, 1995, pp. 2300-2302.
PAL  "Gradient Effective Index Waveguide Sensors", R.E. Kunz, Paul Scherrer
      Institute Zurich, Sensors and Actuators B, 11 (1993) pp. 167-176.
PAL  "Laser-Spektroskopie", Wolfgang Demtroder, Grundlagen und Techniken, Aug.
      17, 1994, pp. 189-191.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/CH96/00275
PD1  19970623
PD2  19970623
PD3  19960807
PCP  WO97/09594
PCD  19970318
ABST
PAR  A light beam (6) is applied to a waveguide (3) in order to measure
      properties of the beam (6), e.g. the wavelength. According to the
      invention, the waveguide (3) has locally and/or time-varying resonances,
      e.g. by suitably designed grid couplers (4, 5). A light signal (7) is thus
      generated in the waveguide (3) as a direct measurement of the property to
      be measured and can be further processed by suitable means or evaluated.
      It is thus possible, for example, advantageously to produce a simple and
      inexpensive spectrometer.
PATN
WKU  059914815
SRC  8
APN  8485585
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970428
TTL  Optical isolator
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Kang; Ellen E.
EXP  Lee; John D.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Nuang; Yidong
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960430
APN  8-109062
CLAS
OCL  385 37
XCL  385 10
XCL  359237
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  634
FSC  385
FSS  8;37;31;27;132;28;10
FSC  359
FSS  246;249;282;283;324;237;573
UREF
PNO  4351709
ISD  19820900
NAM  Goetz
OCL  356 28
UREF
PNO  4736382
ISD  19880400
NAM  O'Meara
OCL  372 32
UREF
PNO  4868385
ISD  19890900
NAM  Nishimura
OCL  250231SE
UREF
PNO  5050993
ISD  19910900
NAM  Tansey
OCL  356356
UREF
PNO  5227625
ISD  19930700
NAM  Hetzler
OCL  359573
UREF
PNO  5283795
ISD  19940200
NAM  Fink
OCL  372 32
UREF
PNO  5323001
ISD  19940600
NAM  Igaki et al.
OCL  250231.16
UREF
PNO  5442172
ISD  19950800
NAM  Chiang et al.
OCL  250237
UREF
PNO  5537210
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kaneda et al.
OCL  356356
UREF
PNO  5540230
ISD  19960700
NAM  Vilkomerson
OCL  188662.04
UREF
PNO  5657304
ISD  19970800
NAM  Lehureau
OCL  369109
UREF
PNO  5751403
ISD  19980500
NAM  Mitzutani et al.
OCL  355 53
FREF
PNO  62-176184
ISD  19870800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-46022
ISD  19890200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-134423
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-239896
ISD  19900900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-296710
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-93815
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-97118
ISD  19920300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-250130
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-269516
ISD  19971000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Japanese Office Action dated Mar. 24, 1998 with English language
      translation of Japanese Examiner's comments.
PAL  T. Shintaku; "Higher-Order-Mode-Converted Optical Waveguide Isolator";
      Fifth Optoelectronics Conference (OEC '94) Technical Digest, Jul. 1994,
      Makuhari Messe, pp. 354-355.
LREP
FRM  Whitham, Curtis & Whitham
ABST
PAL  An optical isolator, which has: a medium through which a light transmits
      and in which a dynamic diffraction grating that periodically repeats a
      refractive index distribution is formed; wherein the dynamic diffraction
      grating causes a propagation loss difference between an incident light
      which is supplied into the medium and a returning light which is supplied
      into the medium in a direction reverse to the incident light.
PATN
WKU  059914823
SRC  8
APN  9722432
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971118
TTL  Optic wavelength dispersing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Kang; Juliana K.
EXP  Lee; John D.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Laude; Jean-Pierre
CTY  St-Cyr-la-Riviere par Saclas
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Instruments S.A.
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19970711
APN  97 08886
CLAS
OCL  385 37
XCL  385 33
XCL  385 31
XCL  385 15
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  626
FSC  385
FSS  24;36;37;47;48;15;16;18;31;33
UREF
PNO  4571024
ISD  19860200
NAM  Husbands
OCL  350 96.19
UREF
PNO  4622662
ISD  19861100
NAM  Laude et al.
OCL  370  3
UREF
PNO  4729641
ISD  19880300
NAM  Matsuoka et al.
OCL  350348
UREF
PNO  4763969
ISD  19880800
NAM  Khoe et al.
OCL  350 96.19
UREF
PNO  4819224
ISD  19890400
NAM  Laude
OCL  370  3
UREF
PNO  5799118
ISD  19980800
NAM  Ogusu et al.
OCL  385 14
LREP
FRM  Nikaido Marmelstein Murray & Oram LLP
ABST
PAL  An optic dispersing system, designed for usage in a wavelength field of a
      beam, includes a network or grating (1) carried by a support (2) with a
      dilatation coefficient .epsilon.. The system suggested is
      temperature-stabilized. To do so, it contains a front blade or optical
      element (3), or refractive index n.sub.1, transparent in the concerned
      wavelength field. .epsilon.+1/n.sub.1 .times.dn.sub.1 /dt is small and,
      advantageously, dn.sub.1 /dt and .epsilon. are of opposite signs. This
      device enables the manufacture of a multiplexer-demultiplexer or a fiber
      optic wavelength router, which is temperature-stabilized.
PATN
WKU  059914831
SRC  9
APN  0236667
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980210
TTL  Optical fiber grating packages
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Ngo; Hung N.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Engelberth; Jon W.
CTY  Denville
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  385 37
XCL  385137
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  634
FSC  385
FSS  137;37;138;139;140
UREF
PNO  5774619
ISD  19980600
NAM  Bruesselbach
OCL  385137
UREF
PNO  5857043
ISD  19990100
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL  385 37
UREF
PNO  5887107
ISD  19990300
NAM  Newman et al.
OCL  385137
ABST
PAL  The specification describes an optical fiber grating package with means for
      controllably adjusting the strain in the optical fiber grating count. The
      package is provided with two threaded members with different thread counts
      so that when both members are simultaneously turned axial displacement
      results, and the magnitude of the displacement is determined by the
      difference between the axial displacement of the two threads.
PATN
WKU  059914840
SRC  9
APN  264441&
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19990308
TTL  Assembly of an optical component and an optical waveguide
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Palmer; Phan T. H.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Harpin; Arnold Peter Roscoe
STR  58 Stratford Steet
CTY  Oxford OX4 1SW
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Rickman; Andrew George
STR  St. Katherines Lodge, Savernake Forest
CTY  Marlborough, Wilts. SN8 3BG
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Morris; Robin Jeremy Richard
STR  43 Henley Street
CTY  Oxford OX4 1ES
CNT  GBX
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19960516
APN  9610275
RLAP
COD  74
APN  853104
APD  19970508
PSC  01
PNO  5881190
CLAS
OCL  385 49
XCL  385 14
XCL  385130
XCL  385 50
XCL  216 11
XCL  216 24
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  630
FSC  385
FSS  2;15;14;39;49;50;52;129;130;131;132
FSC  372
FSS  7;43;50
FSC  216
FSS  11;24;49
UREF
PNO  4997246
ISD  19910300
NAM  May et al.
OCL  385  2
UREF
PNO  5163118
ISD  19921100
NAM  Lorenzo et al.
OCL  385132
UREF
PNO  5488678
ISD  19960100
NAM  Taneya et al.
OCL  385 14
UREF
PNO  5881190
ISD  19990300
NAM  Harpin et al.
OCL  385 49
FREF
PNO  3136346
ISD  19910600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9508787
ISD  19950300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Webb Ziesenheim Logsdon Orkin & Hanson, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A silicon-on-insulator chip has a location recess formed therein for
      receiving a laser diode. The location recess includes two non-parallel
      location surfaces adapted to abut against two reference surfaces formed on
      the laser diode. The abutment of the location surfaces against the
      reference surfaces enables a laser emission area of the laser diode to be
      accurately aligned with a rib waveguide formed on the silicon-on-insulator
      substrate.
PATN
WKU  059914858
SRC  9
APN  0573744
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19980409
TTL  Manufacturing method for an optical cable and cable obtained by such a
      method
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Palmer; Phan T. H.
NDR  2
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Kertscher; Eberhard
CTY  Yvonand
CNT  CHX
INVT
NAM  Buluschek; Bruno
CTY  Echandens
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Swisscab S.A.
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19970414
APN  97106094
CLAS
OCL  385100
XCL  385106
XCL  385112
XCL  385114
XCL  264  124
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  644
FSC  385
FSS  100-114
FSC  264
FSS  1.24;1.25;1.26
UREF
PNO  4372792
ISD  19830200
NAM  Dey et al.
OCL  156 48
UREF
PNO  5247599
ISD  19930900
NAM  Vyas et al.
OCL  385113
UREF
PNO  5263239
ISD  19931100
NAM  Ziemek
OCL   29458
UREF
PNO  5372757
ISD  19941200
NAM  Schneider
OCL  264  1.28
UREF
PNO  5555338
ISD  19960900
NAM  Haag et al.
OCL  385101
FREF
PNO  0 108 510
ISD  19840500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 299 123
ISD  19890100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 425 160
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 744 639
ISD  19961100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 650 081
ISD  19910100
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2 205 621
ISD  19730800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  27 57 786
ISD  19790600
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Griffin, Butler, Whisenhunt & Szipl, LLP
ABST
PAL  This method allows manufacture of an optical cable including optical fibers
      (1) placed in a protective sheath including two coaxial tubes (3, 5), of
      which the inner tube (3) which is made of plastic material, contains said
      fiber (1). The method consists in placing the fibers in the first tube (3)
      so that they have a certain overlength with respect to said tube. Then,
      the assembly (1, 2, 3) is surrounded by second tube (5). The second tube
      (5) is placed around the first tube (1) after obtaining the overlength,
      from a metal tape whose longitudinal edges are butted together progressive
      around the assembly while being fixed to each other, then the second tube
      (5) is shrunk against the first tube (3). A layer adhesive material (4) is
      preferably interposed between the two tubes (3, 5).
PATN
WKU  059914866
SRC  8
APN  962371&
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971031
TTL  Active single mode optical fibres and method for their fabrication
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Kang; Juliana K.
EXP  Lee; John D.
NDR  1
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Braglia; Marco
CTY  Turin
CNT  ITX
ASSG
NAM  Cselt- Centro Studi E Laboratori Telecomunicazioni S.p.A.
CTY  Turin
CNT  ITX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  ITX
APD  19961119
APN  T096A0927
CLAS
OCL  385123
XCL  385142
XCL  385144
XCL   65475
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  616
FSC  385
FSS  123;141;142;144
FSC   65
FSS  385;389;475;477
UREF
PNO  3901996
ISD  19750800
NAM  Hasegawa et al.
OCL  428426
UREF
PNO  4372767
ISD  19830200
NAM  Maklad
OCL   65  3.12
UREF
PNO  4908053
ISD  19900300
NAM  Nishii et al.
OCL   65  3.11
UREF
PNO  4938562
ISD  19900700
NAM  Vacha et al.
OCL  350 96.34
FREF
PNO  0 716 048 A1
ISD  19951100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  870068105
ISD  19870300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  04031333
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Xth International Symposium on Non-Oxide Glasses, June 19-22-96,
      Corning,NY,USA; "Rare-earth-doped Multicomponent Ge-based Sulphide
      Glasses",pp.302-307, Bruce G Aitken.
PAL  Fiber Optic Communications Handbook, (Technical Staff of CSELT), "Special
      Fibers and other Fiber Fabrication processes". 9 pages. (1990).
LREP
FR2  Dubno; Herbert
ABST
PAL  An active single-mode optical fiber has the core made of a rare earth doped
      non-oxide glass and the cladding made of an oxide glass. The glass of the
      core has a melting temperature lower than that of the glass of the
      cladding and lying within the range of the softening temperatures of the
      latter. In a preferred embodiment the core is made of a chalcogenide glass
      and the cladding is made of a lead silicate glass. To produce the fiber, a
      preform, obtained by introducing an element made of the non-oxide glass
      into the hole of a capillary tube made of the oxide glass, is brought to a
      temperature lying within the range of softening temperatures of the oxide
      glass and not lower than the melting temperature of the non-oxide glass,
      and is drawn. The capillary tube, during the drawing process, serves as a
      container for the molten glass of the core.
PATN
WKU  059914874
SRC  8
APN  9348913
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970922
TTL  Silicon-based semiconductor photodetector with an improved thin optical
      waveguide layer
ISD  19991123
NCL  81
ECL  1
EXA  Hao; Victoria D.
EXP  Bovernick; Rodney
NDR  6
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Sugiyama; Mitsuhiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960920
APN  8-249956
CLAS
OCL  385129
XCL  385130
XCL  757186
XCL  757431
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  610
FSC  385
FSS  130;129
FSC  257
FSS  431;432;186
UREF
PNO  4906583
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kagawa et al.
OCL  437  5
UREF
PNO  5001335
ISD  19910300
NAM  Takaoka et al.
OCL  250211J
UREF
PNO  5128743
ISD  19920700
NAM  Tamaki et al.
OCL  357 50
UREF
PNO  5332919
ISD  19940700
NAM  Fujimura
OCL  257434
UREF
PNO  5559912
ISD  19960900
NAM  Agahi et al.
OCL  385 42
UREF
PNO  5583058
ISD  19961200
NAM  Utsumi et al.
OCL  437  3
UREF
PNO  5646432
ISD  19970700
NAM  Iwaki et al.
OCL  257347
UREF
PNO  5747860
ISD  19980500
NAM  Sugiyama et al.
OCL  257432
OREF
PAL  B. Jalali, et al., "Si-Based Receivers for Optical Data Links", pp.
      930-934, Journal of Lightwave Technology, vol. 12 No. 6, Jun. 1994.
PAL  M. Sugiyama, et al., "A selective epitaxial SiGe/Si planar photodetector
      for Si-based OEICs", pp. 22.7.1--22.7.4, IEEE, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Young & Thompson
ABST
PAL  An optical waveguide layer in a semiconductor photodetector includes a
      first interface in contact directly with a first insulation layer and a
      second interface in contact directly with a second insulation layer,
      wherein each of the first and second insulation layers is much lower in
      refractive index than any parts of the optical waveguide layer so that a
      light being propagated through the optical waveguide layer reflects at the
      first and second interfaces without any permeation into the first and
      second insulation layers.
PATN
WKU  059914882
SRC  8
APN  9657339
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971107
TTL  Coupled plasmon-waveguide resonance spectroscopic device and method for
      measuring film properties
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1,20
EXP  Healy; Brian
NDR  12
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Salamon; Zdzislaw
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Tollin; Gordon
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  MacLeod; H. Angus
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  The Arizona Board of Regents on behalf of the University of Arizona
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  385129
XCL  385 11
XCL  385 12
XCL  385141
XCL  356346
XCL  356351
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  612
ICL  G01B  902
FSC  385
FSS  12;129;131;141;11
FSC  356
FSS  301;300;346;351
FSC  250
FSS  227.11;227.14
UREF
PNO  5017007
ISD  19910500
NAM  Milne et al.
OCL  356301
UREF
PNO  5116121
ISD  19920500
NAM  Knoll et al.
OCL  356301
UREF
PNO  5344784
ISD  19940900
NAM  Attridge
OCL  436518
UREF
PNO  5521702
ISD  19960500
NAM  Salamon et al.
OCL  356244
UREF
PNO  5563707
ISD  19961000
NAM  Prass et al.
OCL  356361
UREF
PNO  5792667
ISD  19980800
NAM  Florin et al.
OCL  436147
UREF
PNO  5846843
ISD  19981200
NAM  Simon
XCL  385131
OREF
PAL  Salamon, Z., H.A. Macleod and G. Tollin, "Surface Plasmon Resonance
       Spectcopy as a Tool for Investigating the Biochemical and Biophysical
      Properties of Membrane Protein Systems. I: Theoretical Principles,"
      Biochim. et Biophys. Acta, 1331: 117-129 (1997).
PAL  Salamon, Z., H.A. Macleod and G. Tollin, "Surface Plasmon Resonance
      Spectroscopy as a Tool for Investigating the Biochemical and Biophysical
      Properties of Membrane Protein Systems. II: Applications to Biological
      Systems," Biochim. et Biophys. Acta, 1331: 131-152 (1997).
PAL  Salamon et al., "Surface Plasmon Resonance Spectroscopy Studies of Membrane
      Proteins: Transducin Bindingand Activation by Rhodopsin Monitored in Thin
      Membrane Films," Biophys. J., 71: 283-294, 1996.
PAL  Salamon, Z. and G. Tollin, "Surface Plasmon Resonance Studies of Complex
      Formation Between Cytochrome c and Bovine Cytochrome c Oxidase
      Incorporated into a Supported Planar Lipid Bilayer. I: Binding of
      Cytochrome c to Cardiolipin/Phosphatidylcholine Membranes in the Absence
      of Oxidase," Biophvs. J., 11:848-857, 1996.
PAL  Salamon, Z. and G. Tollin, "Surface Plasmon Resonance Studies of Complex
      Formation Between Cytochrome c and Bovine Cytochrome c Oxidase
      Incorporated into a Supported Lipid Bilayer. II: Binding of Cytochrome c
      to Oxidase-Containing Cardiolipin/phosphatidylcholine Membranes," Biophys.
      J. 71:858-867, 1996.
PAL  Mueller, P., D.O. Rudin, H.T.Tien and W.C. Wescott, "Reconstitution of Cell
      Membrane Structure in vitro and its Transformation into an Excitable
      System," Nature, 194: 979-980, 1962.
PAL  Salamon, Z., J.T. Hazzard and G. Tollin, "Direct Measurement of Cyclic
      Current-Voltage Responses of Integral Membrane Proteins at a
      Self-Assembled Lipid Bilayer-Modified Electrode: Cytochrome f and
      Cytochrome c Oxidase," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90: 6420-6423 (1993).
PAL  Den Engelsen, "Optical Anisotropy in Ordered Systems of Lipids," Surf.
      Sci., 56: 272-280, 1976.
PAL  Ducharme, D., J. Max, C. Saleese and R. M. Leblanc, "Ellipsometric Study of
      the Physical States of Phosphatidylcholines at the Air-Water Interface,"
      J. Phys. Chem., 94: 1925-1932, 1990.
LREP
FR2  Durando; Antonio R.
ABST
PAL  A conventional SPR spectroscopic device, consisting of a metallic film used
      with a prism to provide a surface plasmon wave, is modified by coating the
      film with a dielectric layer. According to one aspect of the invention,
      such additional layer of dielectric material functions as an optical
      amplifier that produces an increased sensitivity and enhanced
      spectroscopic capabilities in SPR. According to another aspect of the
      invention, the added dielectric layer can be used as a matrix for
      adsorbing and immobilizing the sensing materials in sensor applications.
      Furthermore, the dielectric layer provides a shield for both mechanical
      and chemical protection of the metal layer, thereby preventing the rapid
      deterioration that commonly accompanies such detectors. In its simplest
      embodiment, the invention includes only one dielectric layer; in other
      embodiments, a variety of multi-layer configurations may be implemented
      for different purposes with diverse dielectric materials.
GOVT
PAC  U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS
PAR  This invention was made with Federal Government support under contract
      number MCB-9404702 awarded by the National Science Foundation. The
      Government has certain rights in the invention.
PATN
WKU  059914890
SRC  8
APN  994544&
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971219
TTL  Optical Ti-diffused LiNbO.sub.3 waveguide device and method of
      manufacturing same
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Hao; Victoria D.
EXP  Lee; John D.
NDR  13
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Kondo; Atsuo
CTY  Okazaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NGK Insulators, Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961227
APN  8-351274
CLAS
OCL  385129
XCL  385130
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  610
FSC  385
FSS  129-132
UREF
PNO  4196963
ISD  19800400
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  350 96.12
UREF
PNO  4343890
ISD  19820800
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL  430321
UREF
PNO  5365338
ISD  19941100
NAM  Bramson
OCL  356350
UREF
PNO  5680497
ISD  19971000
NAM  Seino et al.
OCL  385129
OREF
PAL  "MgO/Ti Bilaterally Diffused LiNbO.sub.3 Optical Switch "; Nobuyuki Tanaka
      et al.: Applied Optics, vol. 29, No. 34, Dec. 1, 1990, pp. 5090-5095,
      XP000165711 *chapter IIA `Ti Diffused Waveguide `*.
PAL  "Simple Control of Ti-Diffused LiNbo.sub.3 WaveGuide Profile and
      Propogation Characteristics"; A. Nutt and E. Sudo: Electronics Letters,
      vol. 24, No. 1, Jan. 7, 1988, Stevenage, pp. 56-58, XP002059865 *the whole
      document*.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan; vol. 017, No. 024 (P-1471), Jan. 18, 1993 & JP
      04 249215 A (Pioneer Electron Corp), Sep. 4, 1992, *abstract*.
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan; vol. 095, No. 009, Oct. 31, 1995 & JP 07 159637
      A (Nikon Corp), Jun. 23, 1995, *abstract*.
PAL  "Use of a Rapid Thermal Annealing System to Initiate Indiffusion for
      Fabrication of Ti:LiNbO.sub.3 Optical Channel WaveGuides"; D.C. Cromer et
      al.: Applied Optics, vol. 28, No. 1, Jan. 1, 1989, pp. 33-36, XP000037671
      *the whole document*.
PAL  Experimental Measurements and Theoretical Comparisons on the Mode size of
      Single-Mode Ti:LiNbO.sub.3 Optical Channel WaveGuides; YM Choi et al.:
      International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves, vol. 16, No. 9,
      Sep. 1, 1995, pp. 1561-1571, XP000534667 *the whole document*.
PAL  "Integrated-Optic Devices in Lithium Niobate: Technology and Applications";
      A. Neyer: Electro Optic and Magneto Optic Materials 2, The Hague, Mar.
      12-13, 1990, No. vol. 1274, Mar. 12, 1990, H. Dammann, pp. 2-17,
      XP000218564 *chapter IIIA `fiber-waveguide coupling `*.
LREP
FRM  Parkhurst & Wendell, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An optical waveguide device includes an LiNbO.sub.3 substrate and an
      optical waveguide disposed on the LiNbO.sub.3 substrate by diffusing Ti
      therein. The LiNbO.sub.3 substrate has a step on a surface thereof which
      corresponds to the area in which Ti is diffused. The step has opposite
      side edges and a central area therebetween, the side edges having a height
      greater than a height of the central area, whereby the side edges are
      raised higher than the central area. The optical waveguide device has a
      relatively small coupling loss with respect to an optical fiber having a
      small light beam mode shape, thus eliminating optical device loss faults.
PATN
WKU  059914904
SRC  9
APN  1877925
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19981106
TTL  Optical waveguide and optical wavelength conversion device
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Palmer; Phan T. H.
NDR  37
NFG  99
INVT
NAM  Mizuuchi; Kiminori
CTY  Neyagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Itou; Tatuo
CTY  Hirakata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohnishi; Sigeki
CTY  Kadoma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Kazuhisa
CTY  Takatsuki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951228
APN  7-343602
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960216
APN  8-028994
RLAP
COD  74
APN  773145
APD  19961226
PSC  01
PNO  5872884
CLAS
OCL  385130
XCL  385129
XCL  385131
XCL  385132
XCL  359326
XCL  372 21
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  610
FSC  385
FSS  130;147;129;131;123;122;124;132
FSC  359
FSS  326-332
FSC  372
FSS  21;22
UREF
PNO  4427260
ISD  19840100
NAM  Puech et al.
OCL  385122
UREF
PNO  4910738
ISD  19900300
NAM  Fujita et al.
XCL  372 22
UREF
PNO  4946240
ISD  19900800
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  385131
UREF
PNO  4973117
ISD  19901100
NAM  Yamada
OCL  385130
UREF
PNO  5155791
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hsiung
OCL  385122
UREF
PNO  5158823
ISD  19921000
NAM  Enomoto et al.
XCL  359326
UREF
PNO  5459807
ISD  19951000
NAM  Doumuki et al.
OCL  385129
UREF
PNO  5546220
ISD  19960800
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  359332
UREF
PNO  5652674
ISD  19970700
NAM  Mizuuchi et al.
OCL  359326
FREF
PNO  0 343 591
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 474 392
ISD  19920300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  61-94031
ISD  19860500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-238631
ISD  19890900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  0 5203454
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2502818
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  European Search Report dated Jun. 22, 1998 for EP 96 12 0809.
PAL  H. J. Lee et al., "Lithium niobate ridge waveguides fabricated by wet
      etching", Electronics Letters 31, Feb. 16, 1995, No. 4, Stevenage, Herts,
      GB.
PAL  H. Ahlfeldt et al., Structural and optical properties of annealed
      proton-exchanged waveguides in z-cut LiTaO.sub.3, Journal of Applied
      Physics 77, May 1, 1995, No. 9, Woodbury, NY, US, pp. 4467-4476.
PAL  K. Yamamoto et al., "Quasi-Phase-Matched Second Harmonic Generation in a
      LiTaO.sub.3 Waveguide", Journal of Quantum Electronics 28, Sep. 28, 1992,
      No. 9, New York, US, pp. 1909-1914.
PAL  F. Xiang et al., "New Y-Branch Wavelength Multi/Demultiplexer by K+ and Ag+
      Ion Exchange for .lambda.= 1.31 and 1.55 .mu.m", Electronics Letters 28,
      Nov. 19, 1992, vol. 28, No. 24,. pp. 2262-2264.
PAL  H. Zhang et al., "Fully planar proton-exchanged lithium niobate waveguides
      with grating taps", Applied Optics 33, Jun. 1, 1994, No. 16, Washington,
      US, pp. 3391-3393.
PAL  European Search Report dated Nov. 21, 1997, corresponding to European
      Patent Application No. 96120809.7.
LREP
FRM  Ratner & Presita
ABST
PAL  An optical waveguide of the present invention includes: an optical
      material; an optical waveguide layer formed in the optical material; and a
      cladding layer formed on a surface of the optical waveguide layer, wherein
      the optical waveguide layer is capable of guiding a light beam having a
      wavelength of .lambda.1 and a light beam having a wavelength of .lambda.2
      (.lambda.1>.lambda.2) therethrough, and a refractive index and a thickness
      of the cladding layer are determined so as to satisfy a guiding condition
      for the light beam having the wavelength of .lambda.2 and a cutoff
      condition for the light beam having the wavelength of .lambda.1.
PATN
WKU  059914912
SRC  8
APN  9666982
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971110
TTL  Optical waveguide type device for reducing microwave attenuation
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  16
EXA  Kang; Juliana K.
EXP  Lee; John D.
NDR  22
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Madabhushi; Rangaraj
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961108
APN  8-296715
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970109
APN  9-001962
CLAS
OCL  385131
XCL  385  2
XCL  385  8
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  610
FSC  385
FSS  1-4;8;9;14;31;40;129-131
UREF
PNO  5214724
ISD  19930500
NAM  Seino et al.
OCL  385  2
UREF
PNO  5416859
ISD  19950500
NAM  Burns et al.
OCL  385  3
UREF
PNO  5502780
ISD  19960300
NAM  Madabhushi
OCL  385  3
UREF
PNO  5801871
ISD  19980900
NAM  Madabhushi
OCL  359245
FREF
PNO  3-503809
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-110804
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-93892
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-509415
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-300994
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-98442
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-261135
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Kawano et al, New Travelling-Wave Electrode Mach-Zehnder Optical Modulator
      with 20GH.sub.z Bandwidth and 4-7V Driving Voltage at 1-52.mu.m
      Wavelength, Electronics Letters, Vo. 25, No. 20, pp. 1382-1383, Sep. 1989.
PAL  Japanese Office Action Dated Jun. 10, 1998 with English language
      translation of Japanese Examiner's comments.
PAL  M. Rangaraj, et al. "A Wide-Band Ti:LiNbO.sub.3 Optical Modulator with a
      Conventional Coplanar Waveguide Type Electrode", IEEE Photonics Technology
      Letters, vol. 4, No. 9, Sep. 1992.
PAL  M. Rangaraj et al. "A Wide-Band Ti:LiNbO.sub.3 Optical Modulator with a
      Novel Low-Microwave Attenuation CPW Electrode Structure", pp. 104-105 No
      date given.
LREP
FRM  Whitham, Curtis & Whitham
ABST
PAL  In an optical waveguide type device, an optical waveguide is formed in a
      crystal substrate having an electro-optical effect. A buffer layer is
      formed on the crystal substrate. Further, an signal electrode is formed on
      the buffer layer so that microwave signals are given to the signal
      electrode. In addition, a dielectric substrate is formed under the crystal
      substrate. With this structure, a groove is formed in the dielectric
      substrate and below at least the signal electrode. In this case, the
      groove functions as the air gap for reducing an attenuation of the
      microwave signals. According to this invention, the microwave attenuation
      is reduced and further the handling of the chip becomes easy.
      Alternatively, such a reduction can be accomplished by selecting a first
      width of an active portion of a signal electrode, a second width of a
      feeder portion of the signal electrode, and a third width of a connector.
      Specifically, the second width is wider than the first width and is
      narrower than the third width.
PATN
WKU  059914920
SRC  8
APN  9007814
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19970725
TTL  Optical fiber-fixing substrate, method of producing the same and optical
      device
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Ngo; Hung N.
NDR  16
NFG  37
INVT
NAM  Ota; Takashi
CTY  Kasugai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukuyama; Masashi
CTY  Inuyama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Aisaka; Yukio
CTY  Kasugai
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NGK Insulators, Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950221
APN  7-055249
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960209
APN  8-046819
RLAP
COD  74
APN  601108
APD  19960216
PSC  01
PNO  5835659
CLAS
OCL  385137
XCL  385 83
XCL  385 49
XCL  385 88
XCL  385 89
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  636
FSC  385
FSS  137;65;83;88;89;90;91;92;93;49;14;99;135
UREF
PNO  3864018
ISD  19750200
NAM  Miller
OCL  350 96
UREF
PNO  4079927
ISD  19780300
NAM  Rocton
OCL  269296
UREF
PNO  4088386
ISD  19780500
NAM  Hawk
OCL  350 96.21
UREF
PNO  4639074
ISD  19870100
NAM  Murphy
OCL  350 96.15
UREF
PNO  4875969
ISD  19891000
NAM  Hsu et al.
OCL  156633
UREF
PNO  5018817
ISD  19910500
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  350 96.17
UREF
PNO  5247598
ISD  19930900
NAM  Takimoto et al.
OCL  385 99
UREF
PNO  5644667
ISD  19970700
NAM  Tabuchi
OCL  385 49
UREF
PNO  5793914
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sasaki
OCL  385 49
FREF
PNO  331334
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  388642
ISD  19900900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  403761
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  573288
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  55-45051
ISD  19800300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-58112
ISD  19820400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-61111
ISD  19860300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-278004
ISD  19881100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-125209
ISD  19900500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-187709
ISD  19900700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-77633
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2191601
ISD  19871200
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Parkhurst & Wendel, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  The present invention aims to prevent formation of defect or break-off at
      ridges of fixing grooves of optical fiber-fixing substrates, when an
      optical fiber is received in the fixing groove or when an end surface of
      the substrate is polished by a grinding work. For that purpose, the ridges
      of the fixing grooves of the substrate have a curvature of radius of not
      less than 5 .mu.m over the entire portion of the ridges viewed in the
      lateral cross-sectional view of the fixing grooves. Preferably, the
      bottoms of the fixing grooves of the substrate have a curvature of radius
      of not more than 5 .mu.m viewed in the lateral crass-sectional view of the
      fixing groove. The fixing grooves may be produced by press forming.
PATN
WKU  059914939
SRC  8
APN  9561773
APT  1
ART  284
APD  19971022
TTL  Optically transmissive bonding material
ISD  19991123
NCL  50
ECL  1
EXA  Hao; Victoria D.
EXP  Lee; John D.
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Dawes; Steven B.
CTY  Corning
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Sadd; Andrea L.
CTY  Corning
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Corning Incorporated
CTY  Corning
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  385141
EDF  6
ICL  G02B  600
FSC  385
FSS  141-145
UREF
PNO  4738873
ISD  19880400
NAM  Roba et al.
OCL  427163
UREF
PNO  5063081
ISD  19911100
NAM  Cozzette et al.
OCL  427  2
UREF
PNO  5770275
ISD  19980600
NAM  Raman et al.
OCL  427535
UREF
PNO  5858526
ISD  19990100
NAM  Floch et al.
OCL  428327
LREP
FR2  Peterson; Milton M.
ABST
PAL  An optically transmissive material and the production of optically
      transmissive articles therefrom, in particular a bond between two
      optically transmissive components including optical fibers and planar
      devices.
PATN
WKU  059914947
SRC  9
APN  1169440
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19980717
TTL  Digital image data processing apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Huy
NDR  15
NFG  79
INVT
NAM  Otsuka; Takeshi
CTY  Kadoma
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950130
APN  7-034564
RLAP
COD  74
APN  594276
APD  19960130
PSC  01
PNO  5867629
CLAS
OCL  386 37
XCL  386 33
XCL  386 40
XCL  386 44
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  979
FSC  386
FSS  1;36;37;44;13;27;31;32;33;34;40;131
FSC  348
FSS  446;450
FSI  H04N  979
UREF
PNO  4862292
ISD  19890800
NAM  Enari et al.
UREF
PNO  5245427
ISD  19930900
NAM  Kunhiro
UREF
PNO  5442455
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hioki et al.
OCL  386 37
UREF
PNO  5574506
ISD  19961100
NAM  Rhodes
OCL  386131
UREF
PNO  5848221
ISD  19981200
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  386 37
FREF
PNO  2-14468
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Recommendation ITU-R.601.
PAL  "Draft SMPTE Standard for Television (4:2:2:4 and 2x(4:22)) Bit-serial
      Digital Interface for Progressive 483 Active Line Scanning Systems", Aug.
      23/1, 1994.
PAL  "Proposed SMPTE Standard for Television Digital Component Recording-19-mm
      Type D-1--Helical Data and Control Records, " SMPTE Journal, pp. 203-221,
      Mar. 1992.
PAL  "SMPTE Standard for Television Digital Recording--19mm Type D-2 Composite
      Format--Helical Data and Control Records," SMPTE Journal, pp. 1165-1174,
      Dec. 1993.
PAL  "Proposed SMPTE Standard for Television Digital Recording -1/2-in Type D-3
      Composite Format 525/60," SMPTE Journal, pp. 561-581, Jun. 1993.
PAL  An English Language abstract of JP 2-14468.
LREP
FRM  Greenblum & Bernstein, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A digital image data processing apparatus has a preprocessing apparatus for
      preprocessing the digital video data before recording-and a
      post-processing apparatus for post-processing the digital video data after
      recording. The preprocessor receives a main channel signal and a sub
      channel signal, compresses these signals and concatenate into a single
      channel image data in which the signal position does not change each field
      for coding by a coder. Image deterioration during reproduction is
      prevented by a post-processor processing the image data decoded by a
      decoder by reversing the process applied by the preprocessor.
PATN
WKU  059914963
SRC  8
APN  7549148
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19961122
TTL  Recording/reproducing apparatus and method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  54
ECL  1
EXP  Chevalier; Robert
NDR  9
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Kojima; Thoshiaki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951129
APN  7-333999
CLAS
OCL  386 54
XCL  386 96
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  591
FSC  386
FSS  54;96;99;104;105;106;109;39;33;95
FSC  360
FSS  32
FSI  H04N  591
UREF
PNO  4777537
ISD  19881000
NAM  Ueno et al.
OCL  386 96
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug, LLP
FR2  Frommer; William S.
ABST
PAL  An A/V signal region for A/V signals and an audio signal region for only
      audio signals of the A/V signals are disposed on a record medium of a HDD.
      When the audio signals and the video signals of the A/V signals are
      independently edited, the A/V signal region is sought from the audio
      signal region. Each channel of the audio signals in the audio signal
      region is sought. Thereafter, the A/V signal region is sought. Since the
      number of sectors of the audio signals is smaller than that of the video
      signals and thereby the track width of the audio signal region is smaller
      than that of the A/V signal region, the seek distance in the region is
      small. Thus, the seek time can be decreased. When the edit point of an
      audio signal is the same as the edit point of a video signal or when an
      A/V signal is successively reproduced, only the A/V signal region is used.
      Thus, the A/V signal can be reproduced at very high speed.
PATN
WKU  059914971
SRC  9
APN  0490784
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19980327
TTL  Method and apparatus for recording and reproducing trick play data to
      and from a digital video tape
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Huy
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Jeon; Jong-gu
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19950914
APN  95-30073
RLAP
COD  71
APN  611847
APD  19960308
PSC  01
PNO  5832172
CLAS
OCL  386 68
XCL  386111
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5783
FSC  386
FSS  68;81;80;112;111;124;46
FSI  H04N  5783
UREF
PNO  5377051
ISD  19941200
NAM  Lane et al.
OCL  386 81
UREF
PNO  5543932
ISD  19960800
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  386 81
UREF
PNO  5550643
ISD  19960800
NAM  Azadegan
OCL  386124
UREF
PNO  5587789
ISD  19961200
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  386 68
UREF
PNO  5661845
ISD  19970800
NAM  Sugiyama
OCL  386 68
UREF
PNO  5712946
ISD  19980100
NAM  Yanagihara
OCL  386 68
UREF
PNO  5832172
ISD  19981100
NAM  Jeon
OCL  386 68
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A method for recording and reproducing trick play data to and from a
      digital video tape is provided. In the recording method, an advanced
      television (ATV) signal which contains normal data used during a normal
      play mode and intra-frame data used during a trick play mode is input.
      Furthermore, the intra-frame data, which is capable of being independently
      decoded, is extracted from the ATV signal. Then, the size of the
      intra-frame data is adjusted to a predetermined picture size by partially
      decoding the intra-frame data to produce windowed intra-frame data, and
      the windowed intra-frame data is recorded as trick play data on the
      digital video tape. In the reproducing method, the ATV signal containing
      the normal and trick play data are reproduced from the digital video tape.
      Moreover, the trick play data is extracted from the ATV signal and
      formatted during a trick play mode, and the normal data is extracted from
      the ATV signal during a normal play mode. Then, the normal play data or
      trick play data is selectively output to a decoder. Accordingly, the
      method enables various types of video head scanners to record or reproduce
      the trick play data at a maximum multiple-speed (e.g. a 13-multiple-speed)
      or less than the maximum multiple-speed. In addition, a recording and
      reproducing apparatus which performs the method above is also provided.
PATN
WKU  059914980
SRC  8
APN  719109&
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960924
TTL  VCR programming system
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Huy
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Young; Patrick
CTY  San Mateo
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  StarSight Telecast, Inc.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  392273
APD  19950221
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  705473
APD  19910524
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  386 83
XCL  386 95
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  576
FSC  386
FSS  46;83;95
FSC  348
FSS  906;731;734
UREF
PNO  4193120
ISD  19800300
NAM  Yello
OCL  358335
UREF
PNO  4475153
ISD  19841000
NAM  Kihara et al.
OCL  364145
UREF
PNO  4488179
ISD  19841200
NAM  Kruger et al.
OCL  358181
UREF
PNO  4527194
ISD  19850700
NAM  Sirazi
OCL  348731
UREF
PNO  4626909
ISD  19861200
NAM  Oniki et al.
OCL  386 83
UREF
PNO  4631601
ISD  19861200
NAM  Brugliera et al.
OCL  358335
UREF
PNO  4641205
ISD  19870200
NAM  Beyers, Jr.
OCL  358335
UREF
PNO  4703359
ISD  19871000
NAM  Rumbolt et al.
OCL  358194.1
UREF
PNO  4706121
ISD  19871100
NAM  Young
OCL  358142
UREF
PNO  4755883
ISD  19880700
NAM  Uehira
OCL  358335
UREF
PNO  4796107
ISD  19890100
NAM  Hiraki
OCL  360 33.1
UREF
PNO  4847696
ISD  19890700
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  358335
UREF
PNO  4908707
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kingborn
OCL  358147
UREF
PNO  5016273
ISD  19910500
NAM  Hoff
OCL  358194.1
UREF
PNO  5056070
ISD  19911000
NAM  Shibuya et al.
OCL  386 46
UREF
PNO  5123046
ISD  19920600
NAM  Levine
OCL  358335
UREF
PNO  5307173
ISD  19940400
NAM  Yuen et al.
OCL  358335
UREF
PNO  5335079
ISD  19940800
NAM  Yuen et al.
OCL  386 83
UREF
PNO  5479266
ISD  19951200
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  348734
FREF
PNO  2126002
ISD  19840300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO07844
ISD  19900700
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Christie, Parker & Hale, LLP
ABST
PAL  According to the invention, a method for referencing schedule information
      of a television program comprises partitioning the information into first
      and second code segments, the first code segment having starting day and
      time information, and the second code segment having program identifier
      and length information. A system of the present invention comprises a VCR
      and a programming controller, the programming controller programming the
      VCR to record the television program according to the schedule information
      in the: partitioned code.
PATN
WKU  059914998
SRC  8
APN  6977944
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960830
TTL  Data recording apparatus and method for preventing illegal copying
ISD  19991123
NCL  85
ECL  1
EXA  Boccio; Vincent F.
EXP  Tran; Thai
NDR  15
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Yagasaki; Yoichi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Koyanagi; Hideki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tahara; Katsumi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujinami; Yasushi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950901
APN  7-225039
CLAS
OCL  386 94
XCL  386 95
XCL  386102
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  591
FSC  386
FSS  94;95;1;102;5
FSC  360
FSS  60
FSC  380
FSS  20-21;4;7
FSI  H04N  591
UREF
PNO  5134496
ISD  19920700
NAM  Schwab et al.
OCL  358335
UREF
PNO  5182680
ISD  19930100
NAM  Yamashita et al.
UREF
PNO  5208708
ISD  19930500
NAM  Mok
UREF
PNO  5216712
ISD  19930600
NAM  Shimoda et al.
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5315448
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ryan
OCL  360 60
UREF
PNO  5418852
ISD  19950500
NAM  Itami et al.
UREF
PNO  5579120
ISD  19961100
NAM  Oguro
OCL  386 94
UREF
PNO  5621840
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kawamura et al.
OCL  386 68
UREF
PNO  5659613
ISD  19970800
NAM  Copeland et al.
OCL  380  3
UREF
PNO  5673357
ISD  19970900
NAM  Shima
OCL  386 94
FREF
PNO  0 581 227
ISD  19940200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 618 723
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 667 720
ISD  19950800
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug, LLP.
FR2  Frommer; William S.
ABST
PAL  Unauthorized copying of a digital video program is prevented by designating
      a first block and a second block of data in a bit stream encoded by a
      fixed length code. A portion of the first block is selected as key data
      and inserted into the second block to indicate that the digital video
      program is a copy and to prevent illegal copying.
PATN
WKU  059915005
SRC  8
APN  9904808
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971215
TTL  Copy control for a video signal with copyright signals superimposed as
      predetermined bits in the VBID data of the video signal
ISD  19991123
NCL  60
ECL  1
EXA  Lee; Y.
EXP  Chin; Tommy P.
NDR  22
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Kanota; Keiji
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ezaki; Tadashi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kori; Teruhiko
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsuchiya; Satoshi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930402
APN  5-077044
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930827
APN  5-213206
RLAP
COD  74
APN  220049
APD  19940330
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  386 94
XCL  380  5
XCL  380 20
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  591
FSC  386
FSS  94;95;46
FSC  360
FSS  60;69
FSC  380
FSS  5;10;20;22
FSC  348
FSS  464
FSI  H04N  591
UREF
PNO  5231546
ISD  19930700
NAM  Shimada
OCL  360 60
UREF
PNO  5315448
ISD  19940500
NAM  Ryan
OCL  386 94
UREF
PNO  5337157
ISD  19940800
NAM  Nakata
OCL  386 94
LREP
FRM  Frommer Lawrence & Haug, LLP.
FR2  Frommer; William S.
ABST
PAL  A video signal is processed to selectively permit copying by superposing in
      that portion of the video signal which does not contain useful picture
      information a copyright information signal indicative of whether the
      viewable picture that is displayed from the video signal is subject to
      copyright and a copy generation signal indicative of the number of
      successive generations of copies that can be made from the video signal.
PATN
WKU  059915013
SRC  8
APN  6713351
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19960627
TTL  Apparatus and method for recording and reproducing digital signals on
      first and second areas of a storage medium
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Neal; Regina Y.
EXP  Psitos; Aristotelis M.
NDR  14
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Higurashi; Seiji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohishi; Takeo
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Harumatsu; Mitsuo
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Victor Company of Japan, Ltd.
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950628
APN  7-184797
CLAS
OCL  386 98
XCL  360 53
XCL  360 48
XCL  386124
XCL  386 40
EDF  6
ICL  G11B  509
ICL  H04N  591
ICL  H04N  979
FSC  360
FSS  48;53
FSC  386
FSS  2;47;40;98;124;39
UREF
PNO  5422761
ISD  19950600
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  360 47
UREF
PNO  5579183
ISD  19961100
NAM  Van Gestel et al.
OCL  360 48
UREF
PNO  5774289
ISD  19980600
NAM  Seki
OCL  360 48
FREF
PNO  0314456
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0600467
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0635830
ISD  19950100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9522826
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Pollock, Vande Sande & Amernick
ABST
PAL  A digital signal is recorded along tracks on a recording medium. Each of
      the tracks has plural areas. A portion of the digital signal which is
      recorded on a first area out of the plural areas includes information for
      reproduction of the digital signal. The information is recorded also on at
      least one of second areas out of the plural areas. The second areas are
      greater in size than the first area. The information includes, for
      example, subcode header information.
PATN
WKU  059915021
SRC  8
APN  8906084
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970709
TTL  Optical recording device which calculates distances between I-frames and
      records I-frame addresses in a sector
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Vincent; David R
EXP  Olms; Douglas W.
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Kawakami; Shinichi
CTY  Moriguchi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Honjyo; Masahiro
CTY  Sakai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Muto; Akira
CTY  Sakai
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931004
APN  5-247892
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931101
APN  5-273446
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931115
APN  5-284824
RLAP
COD  71
APN  317766
APD  19941004
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  386109
XCL  386125
XCL  386 68
XCL  348390
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5917
ICL  H04N  726
ICL  H04N  5781
ICL  H04N  585
FSC  386
FSS  107;6;15;27;33;68;69;79;109;111;81-82;112;125-126
FSC  348
FSS  384;390
UREF
PNO  4918523
ISD  19900400
NAM  Simon et al.
UREF
PNO  5140437
ISD  19920800
NAM  Yonemitsu et al.
UREF
PNO  5168356
ISD  19921200
NAM  Acampora et al.
UREF
PNO  5282208
ISD  19940100
NAM  Takayama et al.
UREF
PNO  5371602
ISD  19941200
NAM  Tsuboi et al.
UREF
PNO  5377051
ISD  19941200
NAM  Lane et al.
UREF
PNO  5450209
ISD  19950900
NAM  Niimura et al.
UREF
PNO  5455684
ISD  19951000
NAM  Fijinami et al.
UREF
PNO  5479264
ISD  19951200
NAM  Ueda et al.
UREF
PNO  5485213
ISD  19960100
NAM  Murashita et al.
UREF
PNO  5504585
ISD  19960400
NAM  Fujinami et al.
UREF
PNO  5568274
ISD  19961000
NAM  Fujinami et al.
UREF
PNO  5666461
ISD  19970900
NAM  Igarashi et al.
FREF
PNO  2-72780
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-123883
ISD  19900500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-66272
ISD  19910300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-20369
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Ratner & Prestia
ABST
PAL  An additional information signal is recorded at a predetermined position in
      a series of sectors in which image data coded by an intra-frame or
      intra-field coding method are recorded. The additional information signal
      is extracted and a pickup driving circuit is controlled. Thus, only the
      intra-frame or intra-field coded image data sets can be reproduced. A
      transfer rate is recorded as the additional information, so that the image
      data can be stably reproduced. It is possible to predict the position of
      the first sector to be the next reproduced of the series of sectors in
      which the intra-frame coded image data are recorded, on the basis of the
      position of the first one of the series of sectors in which intra-frame
      coded image data are recorded and the position of the first one of a
      previous series of sectors in which the intra-frame coded image data are
      recorded.
PATN
WKU  059915030
SRC  8
APN  6610234
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960610
TTL  Moving picture data storing system and moving picture data decoding
      system
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Chevalier; Robert
NDR  17
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Miyasaka; Hideki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Hideaki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Masanori; Takehira
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Maeda; Kiyoshi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mutou; Masao
CTY  Fukuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Inagaki; Hirohiko
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951002
APN  7-255382
CLAS
OCL  386111
XCL  386109
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5917
ICL  H04N  726
FSC  386
FSS  109;111;112;27;33;36;67;68;6;7;8;70;124;126;125
FSC  368
FSS  32
FSI  H04N  5917;  726
UREF
PNO  5140437
ISD  19920800
NAM  Yonemitsu et al.
OCL  386111
OREF
PAL  Abstract of Japan, Tsuboi, et al., 01-314080, Dec. 19, 1989.
PAL  Abstract of Japan, Matsubara, 05-344494, Dec. 24, 1993.
PAL  Abstract of Japan, Yamagishi, 06-268995, Sep. 22, 1994.
PAL  Abstract of Japan, Suzuki, et al., 06-315134, Nov. 08, 1994.
PAL  Abstract of Japan, Tantorii Bitsushiyuwanata, et al., 07-059051, Mar. 03,
      1995.
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey
ABST
PAL  An encoding unit encodes and compresses picture data in a bit map format
      corresponding to the MPEG method. A packet assembling portion assembles
      the picture data encoded by the encoding unit as packets in the format
      corresponding to the MPEG method, and stores the packets to a storing
      medium. At this point, the packet assembling portion writes an I picture
      index to a packet that contains at least a part of I picture data. When a
      special reproducing operation is performed, a data storing unit reads only
      packets that have the I picture index. A decoding unit decodes only I
      picture data of picture data contained in packets read from the storing
      medium and displays the decoded picture data.
PATN
WKU  059915048
SRC  8
APN  7875762
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970122
TTL  Recording apparatus for compressing and recording moving and still images
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Chevalier; Robert
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hori; Taizo
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960125
APN  8-010932
CLAS
OCL  386112
XCL  386121
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  5225
ICL  H04N  5917
FSC  386
FSS  112;120;121;124;129;109;107;117;123
FSC  348
FSS  220
FSC  360
FSS  32
FSI  H04N  5225;  5917
UREF
PNO  4910606
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kinoshita et al.
OCL  386120
UREF
PNO  5206730
ISD  19930400
NAM  Sakai
OCL  386120
UREF
PNO  5659654
ISD  19970800
NAM  Nagasawa et al.
OCL  386120
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  The amount of information in input digital image data is compressed at a
      first compression ratio and at a second compression ratio which is lower
      than the first compression ratio and recorded. When a still image is
      recorded, a still image having a high resolution can be recorded by
      compressing the digital image data at the second compression ratio and
      recording it.
PATN
WKU  059915056
SRC  8
APN  985035&
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971204
TTL  Switching motor control apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Ro; Bentsu
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Frank; Steven R.
STR  11192 Twin Spruce Rd.
CTY  Golden
STA  CO
ZIP  80403
CLAS
OCL  388828
XCL  388829
XCL  3889075
XCL  388934
EDF  6
ICL  H02P  729
FSC  388
FSS  809;811;828;829;842;844;848;853;903;907.2;909;934;907.5
FSC  318
FSS  569;600;601;603;632;684;254;268-271;439;471;472
UREF
PNO  4301396
ISD  19811100
NAM  Bourke
OCL  318490
UREF
PNO  4611155
ISD  19860900
NAM  Kurakake
OCL  318603
UREF
PNO  4630210
ISD  19861200
NAM  Salazar et al.
UREF
PNO  4686437
ISD  19870800
NAM  Langley et al.
OCL  318254
UREF
PNO  4833375
ISD  19890500
NAM  Del Signore, II
UREF
PNO  5045988
ISD  19910900
NAM  Gritter et al.
XCL  318803
UREF
PNO  5350988
ISD  19940900
NAM  Le
OCL  318618
UREF
PNO  5510687
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ursworth et al.
OCL  318727
UREF
PNO  5574346
ISD  19961100
NAM  Chavan et al.
UREF
PNO  5760563
ISD  19980600
NAM  Bennett et al.
OCL  318641
UREF
PNO  5764024
ISD  19980600
NAM  Wilson
OCL  318805
LREP
FR2  Tracy; Emery L.
ABST
PAL  A motor control apparatus for controlling a motor is provided. The motor
      has an output power stage and a relay allowing power to be connected to
      the output power stage. The apparatus comprises a microprocessor providing
      a PWM cycle delivered through a capacitor to a transistor. The
      microprocessor activates the transistor for a first predetermined amount
      of time during the PWM cycle causing the relay to actuate the output power
      stage thereby driving the motor. A detection mechanism within the
      microprocessor for detecting a fault in the main output transistor. The
      circuitry disengages the relay from the output power stage thereby causing
      the motor to cease being driven.
PATN
WKU  059915064
SRC  8
APN  9840133
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971203
TTL  Dryer unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Vinod D.
EXP  Walberg; Teresa
NDR  13
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Platsch; Hans G.
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Grafix Zerstaubungstechnik GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19961210
APN  196 51 301
CLAS
OCL  392379
XCL  392407
XCL  392423
XCL  392380
EDF  6
ICL  A61H 3308
FSC  392
FSS  379;382;407;423;380
FSC  219
FSS  388;400;385;386
FSC   34
FSS  524;550
UREF
PNO  3911593
ISD  19751000
NAM  Colapinto
OCL   34572
UREF
PNO  4185912
ISD  19800100
NAM  Schwartz
OCL  355 28
UREF
PNO  5117562
ISD  19920600
NAM  Dulay et al.
OCL   34550
UREF
PNO  5134788
ISD  19920800
NAM  Stibbe et al.
OCL   34524
UREF
PNO  5214442
ISD  19930500
NAM  Roller
OCL  347102
UREF
PNO  5396270
ISD  19950300
NAM  Gooray et al.
OCL  346 25
UREF
PNO  5587730
ISD  19961200
NAM  Karz
OCL  347 43
UREF
PNO  5668921
ISD  19970900
NAM  Essler
OCL  392379
UREF
PNO  5776306
ISD  19980700
NAM  Hepford
OCL  162112
UREF
PNO  5864728
ISD  19990100
NAM  Earle et al.
OCL  396615
ABST
PAL  A dryer unit intended especially for drying printed products, has a frame
      in which two sides of the frame are formed by portions of profile material
      of the kind used also for the manufacture of rail main bodies of heating
      rails.
PATN
WKU  059915072
SRC  8
APN  9136932
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19971106
TTL  Vaporizer
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Paik; Sam
EXP  Walberg; Teresa
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Bencsits; Franz
CTY  Zurich
CNT  CHX
ASSG
NAM  Perycut-Chemie AG
CTY  Zurich
CNT  CHX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950320
APN  295 04 734  U
CLAS
OCL  392395
XCL  261 99
EDF  6
ICL  F24F  608
ICL  B01D 4716
FSC  392
FSS  386;390;392;394;395
FSC  122
FSS  366;242
FSC  261
FSS  94;99;100;104;DIG. 65
UREF
PNO  2616024
ISD  19521000
NAM  Laibow
OCL  392392
UREF
PNO  2931880
ISD  19600400
NAM  Yaffe
OCL  392392
UREF
PNO  4214146
ISD  19800700
NAM  Schimanski
OCL  392392
UREF
PNO  4266116
ISD  19810500
NAM  Bauer et al.
OCL  392395
UREF
PNO  4467177
ISD  19840800
NAM  Zobele
OCL  392392
UREF
PNO  4748314
ISD  19880500
NAM  Desage
OCL  392395
UREF
PNO  5602958
ISD  19970200
NAM  Vergnes
OCL  392390
FREF
PNO  0 249 926
ISD  19871200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  37 37 272 A1
ISD  19871100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  90 14 309 U
ISD  19901000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2192337
ISD  19880100
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Nilles & Nilles SC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/00229
PD1  19971106
PD2  19971106
PD3  19960119
PCP  WO96/28969
PCD  19960926
ABST
PAR  An evaporator (1) for evaporating volatile liquids (2), in particular
      liquid insecticides, has a container (3) for the liquid (2), a wick (4)
      that takes up the liquid and a heating element associated to the wick. In
      order to improve such an evaporator so that it is easier to handle and at
      the same time completely evaporates the liquid in the container, the wick
      is spaced apart from the container and is connected thereto by a liquid
      supply duct.
PATN
WKU  059915080
SRC  8
APN  8066787
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970226
TTL  Thermal processing apparatus with a shield between heater and substrate
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Fuqua; Shawntina
EXP  Leung; Philip H.
NDR  8
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Ohmine; Toshimitsu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Schrems; Martin
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960229
APN  P08-043648
CLAS
OCL  392418
XCL  392416
XCL  118724
XCL  118725
EDF  6
ICL  F26B  330
FSC  392
FSS  418;416;407
FSC  219
FSS  405;408;416;390;411
FSC  118
FSS  724;725;50.1
UREF
PNO  4814605
ISD  19890300
NAM  Junkermann
OCL  219408
UREF
PNO  5308955
ISD  19940500
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  219390
UREF
PNO  5332557
ISD  19940700
NAM  Shahoda
OCL  422199
UREF
PNO  5414244
ISD  19950500
NAM  Imahashi
OCL  219497
UREF
PNO  5509967
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kypgpku et al.
OCL  118724
UREF
PNO  5518593
ISD  19960500
NAM  Hosokawa et al.
OCL  204192.12
UREF
PNO  5520742
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ohkase
OCL  392418
UREF
PNO  5626680
ISD  19970500
NAM  Porter et al.
OCL  118725
UREF
PNO  5636320
ISD  19970600
NAM  Yu
OCL  219390
FREF
PNO  63-227014
ISD  19880900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-4018
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-152225
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A thermal processing apparatus having a substrate holding unit for mounting
      a substrate, a housing for constituting a processing chamber to house the
      substrate mounted on the substrate holding unit, a heat source arranged
      around the housing, and a shielding means arranged between the heat source
      and an end of the substrate, the shielding means serving to shield heat
      radiation radiated into the end of the substrate.
PATN
WKU  059915099
SRC  8
APN  9063315
APT  1
ART  372
APD  19970805
TTL  Temperature adjusting system adapted for use in an electric vehicle and
      the like
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Campbell; Thor S.
EXP  Walberg; Teresa
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Goto; Naomi
CTY  Otsu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kurahashi; Yasufumi
CTY  Otsu
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960830
APN  8-230037
CLAS
OCL  392441
XCL  392456
EDF  6
ICL  A47J 2700
FSC  219
FSS  202;494
FSC  392
FSS  441;456;451;454;449;485;488
FSC  165
FSS  41-44
UREF
PNO  4192992
ISD  19800300
NAM  Stevens
OCL  219494
UREF
PNO  4588875
ISD  19860500
NAM  Kozak
OCL  219485
UREF
PNO  4591691
ISD  19860500
NAM  Badali
OCL  219202
UREF
PNO  5125068
ISD  19920600
NAM  McNair
OCL  392441
UREF
PNO  5675485
ISD  19971000
NAM  Seong
OCL  363 97
UREF
PNO  5730098
ISD  19980300
NAM  Sasaki
OCL  123198
LREP
FRM  Wenderoth, Lind & Ponack, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  In an air heating system for use in an electric vehicle and the like, a
      heat-transfer fluid supply apparatus includes, a thermo-control circuit
      (TCCRT) having a thermo-control valve, a fluid-heating circuit (HCRT)
      having a high DC voltage battery for supplying a high DC voltage to an
      electric heater, and a switch control unit operatively associated with
      both the thermo-control circuit and the fluid-heating circuit, where the
      switch control unit includes a semiconductor device which is operative by
      variations in electric current flowing in the thermo-control circuit to
      thereby control the fluid-heating circuit by switching on and off, and
      wherein the fluid tank has a metallic outer case to which the
      semiconductor device is secured in close contact so that the heat
      generated at the semiconductor device due to consumption of electric power
      is transferred to the heat-transfer fluid stored in the fluid tank via the
      metallic outer case.
PATN
WKU  059915102
SRC  8
APN  8908621
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970710
TTL  Removable memory device to store robotic application and configuration
      data
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXA  Robinson; Victoria
EXP  Grant; William
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Beaulieu; David R.
CTY  Groton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Brooks Automation, Inc.
CTY  Chelmsford
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395 85
XCL  395 80
XCL  395 85
XCL  395 89
XCL  395901
XCL  31856811
XCL  31856813
XCL  31856823
XCL  711115
EDF  6
ICL  G05B 1904
FSC  395
FSS  80;85;89;901
FSC  364
FSS  191-193
FSC  318
FSS  568.11;568.13;568.23
FSC  711
FSS  115
UREF
PNO  4954761
ISD  19900900
NAM  Kimura et al.
XCL  395 80
UREF
PNO  4956765
ISD  19900900
NAM  Iwagaya
OCL  364192
UREF
PNO  5041991
ISD  19910800
NAM  Fujiki
XCL  395 83
LREP
FRM  Perman & Green, LLP
ABST
PAL  A robot drive has operating and configuration parameters at an installation
      location stored in an easily removable storage device on the drive, or
      nearby, so that special data, such as that associated with arm design and
      system layout, including taught stations, can remain associated with the
      drive and installation whereby the drive system can be installed or
      replaced in minimal time since the storage device does not need
      reprogramming. This removable storage device, in the form of a static
      memory or Master Key, e.g., a Dallas Key or E Prom or the like, may be
      affixed to the robot body or off board nearby, and may store arm design
      parameters, programmed while on the robot body or off-line, and becomes a
      unique part structured for manufacturing with respect to the arm set
      design. Further, nominal system layout parameters can be prestored in the
      Key, and when this Key is affixed to the robot drive, the robot
      automatically has the information regarding both arm design and system
      layout, which will help avoid collisions and provide a starting point for
      the fine teaching of the transfer stations. Additionally, the fine
      location parameters for each transfer station may be stored in the Key
      when the robot is installed. Thus, the Key will contain all the
      information needed to make a robot unique to a unique system, and when a
      robot drive is replaced, by affixing the original Key to the new robot or
      nearby, it will assume all of the parameters of the initial robot.
PATN
WKU  059915110
SRC  8
APN  8714878
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970609
TTL  Appearance-based technique for rendering colors on an output device
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Dam; Tuan Q.
EXP  Hafiz; Tariq R.
NDR  9
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Granger; Edward M.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Light Source Acquisition Company
CTY  Grandville
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  595404
APD  19960205
PSC  01
PNO  5650942
CLAS
OCL  395109
XCL  395101
XCL  358518
XCL  358520
XCL  358523
XCL  382167
XCL  382162
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  160
ICL  G03F  308
FSC  395
FSS  109;101
FSC  358
FSS  518-521;523;500
FSC  382
FSS  167;162
FSC  355
FSS  38
UREF
PNO  3986202
ISD  19761000
NAM  Granger
OCL  358  4
UREF
PNO  4843573
ISD  19890600
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  395131
UREF
PNO  4929978
ISD  19900500
NAM  Kanamori et al.
OCL  355 38
UREF
PNO  5231504
ISD  19930700
NAM  Magee
OCL  358500
UREF
PNO  5243414
ISD  19930900
NAM  Dalrymple et al.
OCL  358500
UREF
PNO  5309257
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bonino et al.
OCL  358504
UREF
PNO  5313291
ISD  19940500
NAM  Appel et al.
OCL  358501
UREF
PNO  5317425
ISD  19940500
NAM  Spence et al.
OCL  358504
UREF
PNO  5323249
ISD  19940600
NAM  Liang
OCL  358518
UREF
PNO  5450216
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kasson
OCL  358518
UREF
PNO  5463480
ISD  19951000
NAM  MacDonald et al.
OCL  358520
UREF
PNO  5650942
ISD  19970700
NAM  Granger
OCL  364526
FREF
PNO  0 750 419
ISD  19961200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  8-111784
ISD  19960400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Granger, E.M. et al., "Visual Chromaticity Transfer Functions," 1973 Annual
      Meeting, Optical Society of America, (Abstract) pp. 1287-1288 (Color II,
      Contributed Papers (C.J. Bartleson, Presider)).
PAL  Granger, E.M., "Subjective Assessment and Specification of Color Image
      Quality," Image Assessment Spec. Opt. Soc. Am. 1974, pp. 86-92.
PAL  Granger, Edward M., "A Summary Measure of Image Quality," SPIE vol. 432
      (1983), pp. 340-347.
PAL  Granger, Edward M., "Visual Limits to Image Quality," SPIE vol. 528,
      Digital Image Processing (1985), pp. 95-102.
PAL  Granger, E.M., "Uniform Color Space as a Function of Spatial Frequency,"
      SPIE vol. 1913 (1993), pp. 449-461.
PAL  Granger, E.M., "Is CIE L*a*b* Good Enough for Desktop Publishing?" SPIE
      vol. 2170, Device-Independent Color Imaging, pp. 144-148 (Eric Walowit,
      Chair/Editor; Feb. 7-8, 1994, San Jose, CA).
PAL  Granger, E.M., "ATD, Appearance Equivalence, and Desktop Publishing," SPIE
      vol. 2170, Device-Independent Color Imaging, pp. 163-168 (Eric Walowit,
      Chair/Editor; Feb. 7-8, 1994, San Jose, CA).
PAL  Granger, E.M., "A Constant-Bandwidth Grating-Lens Spectrometer," SPIE vol.
      2413, Color Hard Copy and Graphic Arts IV, pp. 333-338 (Jan Bares,
      Chair/Editor; Feb. 6-10, 1995, San Jose, CA).
PAL  Granger, E.M., "Gamut Mapping for Hard Copy Using the ATD Color Space,"
      SPIE vol. 2414, Device-Independent Color Imaging II, pp. 27-35 (Eric
      Walowit, Chair/Editor; Feb. 7-8, 1995, San Jose, CA).
PAL  Benzschawel et al., "ATD: Toward a Uniform Color Space," Color Research &
      Appl., vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 133-140.
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A target output device such as a printer is characterized in a manner that
      primary colorant amounts can be determined on the basis of a pair of
      chromaticity coordinates in a chromaticity space having a pair of
      chromaticity coordinates that span hue and chroma (saturation) and a
      luminance correlate (monotonic function of luminance). Lightness (or
      darkness) of the colors is handled largely independently. This makes it
      possible to store the colorant information in a two-dimensional table
      indexed by chromaticity coordinates. The information in the table is for
      colors that are characterized by the highest luminance that the target
      printer is capable of rendering for a given chromaticity (hue and chroma).
PATN
WKU  059915129
SRC  8
APN  9040269
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970731
TTL  Ink relocation for color halftones
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Thomas D.
NDR  13
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Shaked; Doron
CTY  Haifa
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Arad; Nur
CTY  Tel-Aviv
CNT  ILX
INVT
NAM  Fitzhugh; Andrew
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Sobel; Irwin
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395109
XCL  358456
XCL  358534
XCL  358518
XCL  382275
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  146
FSC  395
FSS  101;109
FSC  358
FSS  455;456;457;534;535;536;518;463
FSC  382
FSS  275;254;266;274
UREF
PNO  5768440
ISD  19980600
NAM  Campanelli et al.
OCL  382275
ABST
PAL  Current methodologies for color image halftoning produce prominent
      halftoning noise. Brightness variations between color dots placed at
      neighboring locations are a primary cause of color halftone noise. To
      correct this flaw, an Ink Relocation Postprocess to halftoning algorithms
      relocates ink drops between neighboring drop locations in order to reduce
      local brightness variations. Due to the intrinsic blurring side-effect of
      ink relocation, some enhancement may be desired. Two application-specific
      enhancement procedures are presented. In the first enhancement, ink
      relocation is suppressed in areas of fine detail. In the second
      enhancement, edge sharpening is performed after ink relocation.
PATN
WKU  059915137
SRC  8
APN  9413383
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970930
TTL  Method and apparatus for suppressing moire patterns
ISD  19991123
NCL  53
ECL  14
EXP  Rogers; Scott
NDR  4
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Levien; Raphael L
STR  1984 El Dorado Ave.
CTY  Berkeley
STA  CA
ZIP  94707
CLAS
OCL  395109
XCL  382237
XCL  382264
XCL  382275
XCL  358450
XCL  358454
XCL  358456
EDF  6
ICL  G06J  550
ICL  G06K  940
ICL  G06K  944
ICL  H04N  1405
ICL  H04N  1409
FSC  395
FSS  109
FSC  382
FSS  237;270;264;275
FSC  358
FSS  533;534;535;536;454;456;457;458;466;298;463;450
UREF
PNO  4032978
ISD  19770600
NAM  Wong
UREF
PNO  4142462
ISD  19790300
NAM  Gilmore
UREF
PNO  4188225
ISD  19800200
NAM  Liu
UREF
PNO  4217822
ISD  19800800
NAM  Milligan
UREF
PNO  4278755
ISD  19810700
NAM  Liu
UREF
PNO  4336558
ISD  19820600
NAM  Lew
UREF
PNO  4611349
ISD  19860900
NAM  Hou
UREF
PNO  4633327
ISD  19861200
NAM  Roetling
UREF
PNO  4673971
ISD  19870600
NAM  Ikuta et al.
UREF
PNO  4758886
ISD  19880700
NAM  Rylander
UREF
PNO  4786975
ISD  19881100
NAM  Postl
UREF
PNO  4821334
ISD  19890400
NAM  Ogino et al.
UREF
PNO  4903123
ISD  19900200
NAM  Kawamura et al.
UREF
PNO  4916545
ISD  19900400
NAM  Granger
UREF
PNO  4926267
ISD  19900500
NAM  Shu et al.
UREF
PNO  4942480
ISD  19900700
NAM  Shu
UREF
PNO  4977458
ISD  19901200
NAM  Granger et al.
UREF
PNO  4987496
ISD  19910100
NAM  Greivenkamp, Jr.
UREF
PNO  5109282
ISD  19920400
NAM  Peli
UREF
PNO  5243443
ISD  19930900
NAM  Eschbach
UREF
PNO  5274473
ISD  19931200
NAM  Kidd et al.
UREF
PNO  5277895
ISD  19940100
NAM  Carleback
UREF
PNO  5313309
ISD  19940500
NAM  Tai et al.
UREF
PNO  5337162
ISD  19940800
NAM  Sakano
UREF
PNO  5381247
ISD  19950100
NAM  Hains
UREF
PNO  5408337
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kanda
UREF
PNO  5422742
ISD  19950600
NAM  Ostromoukhou et al.
UREF
PNO  5426519
ISD  19950600
NAM  Banton
UREF
PNO  5463471
ISD  19951000
NAM  Chou
UREF
PNO  5477305
ISD  19951200
NAM  Parker et al.
UREF
PNO  5493416
ISD  19960200
NAM  Fan
UREF
PNO  5526445
ISD  19960600
NAM  Smutek et al.
UREF
PNO  5543941
ISD  19960800
NAM  Parker et al.
UREF
PNO  5548407
ISD  19960800
NAM  von Kienlin et al.
UREF
PNO  5572600
ISD  19961100
NAM  Tajima et al.
UREF
PNO  5587811
ISD  19961200
NAM  Liguori
UREF
PNO  5668638
ISD  19970900
NAM  Knox
UREF
PNO  5680222
ISD  19971000
NAM  Ashworth
LREP
FR2  Jacobson; Allan
ABST
PAL  A halftone screening method includes a method of moire suppression, in
      which the input image is first screened in a trial screening module. The
      input image is then subtracted from the trial screened image to produce an
      error image which contains both the trial screen pattern and the moire
      pattern introduced by the trial screening process. The error image is
      filtered in a lowpass filter to remove the trial screen pattern, leaving
      only the moire pattern, which is then subtracted from the input image to
      produce a compensated image. Finally, the compensated image is then
      screened in a final screening module. The moire image component of the
      compensated image tends to cancel the moire pattern introduced by the
      final screening module so as to suppress moire patterns in the final
      screened image. In two alternate embodiments, filter refinements are
      provided to reduce grayscale distortions and improve moire suppression in
      the extreme light and shadow regions of the image.
PATN
WKU  059915145
SRC  8
APN  6565085
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960531
TTL  Method and apparatus for printing a hyperspacial document
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  6
EXA  Sealy; Lance W.
EXP  Rogers; Scott
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Nielsen; Jakob
CTY  Atherton
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395113
XCL  707513
XCL  707515
XCL  395114
XCL  395101
XCL  345356
XCL  345357
XCL  345973
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1900
FSC  395
FSS  779;761;762;114;101;113
FSC  707
FSS  513;515
FSC  345
FSS  356;357;973
UREF
PNO  4509122
ISD  19850400
NAM  Agnew
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5331547
ISD  19940700
NAM  Laszlo
OCL  364413.01
UREF
PNO  5572643
ISD  19961100
NAM  Judson
OCL  395793
OREF
PAL  "Lightweight Databases", S.A. Dobson, V.A. Burrill, Computer Networks and
      ISDN Systems 27 (1995) 1009-1015.
PAL  "WebMap: a graphical hypertext navigation tool", Peter Domel, Computer
      Networks and ISDN Systems 28 (1995) 85-97.
PAL  Chung, K.-M., et al., "A `Tiny` Pascal Comiler, Part 1: The P-Code
      Interpreter," BYTE Publications Inc. (1978), pp. 58-65, 148-155.
PAL  Chung, K.-M., et al., "A `Tiny` Pascal Compiler, Part 2: The P-Compiler,"
      BYTE Publications Inc. (1978), pp. 34-52.
PAL  Thompson, K., "Regular Expression Search Algorithm," Communications of the
      ACM (1968), vol. 11, No. 6, pp. 419-422.
PAL  Mitchell, J.G., et al., Mesa Language Manual, a Xerox Corp. document.
PAL  McDaniel, G., An Analysis of a Mesa Instruction Set (1982), a Xerox Corp.
      document.
PAL  Pier, A.P., A Retrospective on the Dorado, A High-Performance Personal
      Computer (1983), a Xerox Corp. document.
PAL  Pier, A.P., Retrospective on the Dorado, A High-Performance Personal
      Computer, Conference Proceedings, The 10th Annual International Symposium
      on Computer Architecture, Computer Society Press (1983), pp. 252-269.
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for printing a hyperspacial document with multiple
      pages. Each of the pages is composed in a markup language, and a
      respective printing element is included in each of the pages. The printing
      element for a given page is either an indicator of which of the pages is
      to print after the given page or an indicator that there is no page that
      prints next. When the header portion of a given page is transferred, it is
      checked to determine whether it contains a printing element. If the
      printing element is present, then a command to print the multiple pages is
      activated. The pages are printed in the order specified by the printing
      elements.
PATN
WKU  059915153
SRC  8
APN  8930651
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970715
TTL  Method and apparatus for compressing and decompressing data prior to
      display
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Lamb; Twyler
EXP  Coles; Edward L.
NDR  23
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Fall; Richard N.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Foskett; Nicholas J.
CTY  Mt. View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Wong; Davin C.
CTY  Berkeley
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Adobe Systems Incorporated
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  851529
APD  19970505
RLAP
COD  81
APN  484344
APD  19950607
PSC  01
PNO  5638498
RLAP
COD  82
APN  974204
APD  19921110
PSC  01
PNO  5539865
CLAS
OCL  395114
XCL  395117
XCL  395115
XCL  395116
XCL  395112
XCL  395111
XCL  358450
XCL  358444
XCL  382232
XCL  382233
EDF  6
ICL  B41B 1500
ICL  H04N  1387
ICL  H04N  140
ICL  G06K  936
FSC  395
FSS  114;115;116;110;111;112;108;117
FSC  382
FSS  232;233;235
FSC  358
FSS  450;444;540;426;261.3;261.4;432;433
UREF
PNO  5034804
ISD  19910700
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  358 41
UREF
PNO  5150454
ISD  19920900
NAM  Wood et al.
OCL  395114
UREF
PNO  5151949
ISD  19920900
NAM  Miyta
OCL  382 56
UREF
PNO  5199803
ISD  19930400
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  400121
UREF
PNO  5207517
ISD  19930500
NAM  Ito
OCL  395110
UREF
PNO  5208676
ISD  19930500
NAM  Inui
OCL  358296
UREF
PNO  5241397
ISD  19930800
NAM  Yamada
OCL  358296
UREF
PNO  5270728
ISD  19931200
NAM  Lund et al.
OCL  395108
UREF
PNO  5272768
ISD  19931200
NAM  Bauman et al.
OCL  395110
UREF
PNO  5276780
ISD  19940100
NAM  Sugiura
OCL  395116
UREF
PNO  5295233
ISD  19940300
NAM  Ota
OCL  395115
UREF
PNO  5299292
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kadowaki et al.
OCL  395108
UREF
PNO  5347368
ISD  19940900
NAM  Mochizuki
OCL  358296
UREF
PNO  5354135
ISD  19941000
NAM  Sakagami et al.
OCL  395108
UREF
PNO  5355441
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kawai et al.
OCL  395115
UREF
PNO  5374943
ISD  19941200
NAM  Lehmann et al.
OCL  395110
UREF
PNO  5377312
ISD  19941200
NAM  Kobayashi
OCL  395116
FREF
PNO  0320014A2
ISD  19890600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0475601A3
ISD  19920300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0475601A2
ISD  19920300
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Fred Mintzer, "Integrating Image Into Computers for Publishing" IEEE/IEICE
      Global Telecommunications Conf. 1987, Nov. 15-18, 1987, Japan pp.
      19.6.1-19.6.4.
PAL  Okada, et al., "Adaptive Coding for Text and Dithered Continuous-Tone
      Images", Fujitsu Scientific & Technical Journal, vol. 23, No. 2, 1987,
      Japan, pp. 101-109.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for compressing and decompressing display data
      including methods for predicting compression results and correcting
      compression ratios prior to the compression of object data. The compressed
      objects are then decompressed using a related decompression mechanism and
      sent directly to a driver in the output display device for printing or
      display.
PATN
WKU  059915161
SRC  9
APN  0702382
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19980430
TTL  Print image data middle-ware
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Fields; Derrick
EXP  Coles; Edward L.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Desmond; Randall M.
CTY  Fairport
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Grosso; Marc R.
CTY  Fairport
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Xerox Corporation
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395116
XCL  395112
XCL  395114
EDF  6
ICL  B41B 1500
FSC  395
FSS  102;112;114-117;670-675
FSC  358
FSS  400;403;468
UREF
PNO  5164842
ISD  19921100
NAM  Gauronski et al.
OCL  358401
UREF
PNO  5170340
ISD  19921200
NAM  Prokop et al.
OCL  364143
UREF
PNO  5181162
ISD  19930100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  364419
UREF
PNO  5243381
ISD  19930900
NAM  Hube
OCL  355204
UREF
PNO  5442732
ISD  19950800
NAM  Matysek et al.
OCL  395116
UREF
PNO  5517316
ISD  19960500
NAM  Hube
OCL  358296
UREF
PNO  5559933
ISD  19960900
NAM  Boswell
OCL  395114
LREP
FR2  Hutter; R.
ABST
PAL  In a digital printing system there is a natural hierarchical relationship
      to the data representing jobs, documents, pages, and page image data
      (separations). Instead of grouping data by the imposed hierarchical
      method, the page image data is organized into "bursts," a burst being
      defined as a series of page images which can be printed without requiring
      that the digital printer be reconfigured to enable or disable specific
      printer functions or features. The printer is supplied with a burst
      whenever a burst is available without regard for job or document
      boundaries. This method allows the printer to be supplied with image data
      at optimal speeds and minimizing first-page-out time.
PATN
WKU  059915170
SRC  8
APN  7717083
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961220
TTL  Flash EEprom system with cell by cell programming verification
ISD  19991123
NCL  39
ECL  1
EXP  Hua; Ly
NDR  22
NFG  37
INVT
NAM  Harari; Eliyahou
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Norman; Robert D.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mehrotra; Sanjay
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  SanDisk Corporation
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  174768
APD  19931229
PSC  01
PNO  5602987
RLAP
COD  81
APN  963838
APD  19921020
PSC  01
PNO  5297148
RLAP
COD  84
APN  337566
APD  19890413
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  39518201
XCL  39518206
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1100
FSC  365
FSS  185.22;185.19;189.01;226;201
FSC  395
FSS  182.06;182.01
UREF
PNO  4090258
ISD  19780500
NAM  Cricchi
OCL  365184
UREF
PNO  4149270
ISD  19790400
NAM  Cricchi et al.
OCL  365222
UREF
PNO  4181980
ISD  19800100
NAM  McCoy
OCL  365185.45
UREF
PNO  4253059
ISD  19810200
NAM  Bell et al.
OCL  371 21.4
UREF
PNO  4272830
ISD  19810600
NAM  Moench
OCL  365 45
UREF
PNO  4279024
ISD  19810700
NAM  Schrenk
OCL  365185.22
UREF
PNO  4287570
ISD  19810900
NAM  Stark
OCL  365104
UREF
PNO  4357685
ISD  19821100
NAM  Daniels et al.
OCL  365185.22
UREF
PNO  4393475
ISD  19830700
NAM  Kitagawa et al.
OCL  365185.21
UREF
PNO  4415992
ISD  19831100
NAM  Adlhoch
OCL  365 94
UREF
PNO  4460982
ISD  19840700
NAM  Gee et al.
OCL  365185.19
UREF
PNO  4495602
ISD  19850100
NAM  Sheppard
OCL  365104
UREF
PNO  4586163
ISD  19860400
NAM  Koike
OCL  365104
UREF
PNO  4599707
ISD  19860700
NAM  Fang
OCL   35185.02
UREF
PNO  4612629
ISD  19860900
NAM  Harari
OCL  365185.08
UREF
PNO  4653023
ISD  19870300
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  365104
UREF
PNO  4718041
ISD  19880100
NAM  Baglee et al.
OCL  365185.22
UREF
PNO  4733394
ISD  19880300
NAM  Giebel
OCL  371 21
UREF
PNO  4752929
ISD  19880600
NAM  Kantz et al.
OCL  371 21.2
UREF
PNO  4763305
ISD  19880800
NAM  Kuo
OCL  365185.22
UREF
PNO  4779272
ISD  19881000
NAM  Kohda et al.
OCL  365185.2
UREF
PNO  4799195
ISD  19890100
NAM  Iwahashi et al.
OCL  365185.21
UREF
PNO  4805151
ISD  19890200
NAM  Terada et al.
OCL  371 21.1
UREF
PNO  4807188
ISD  19890200
NAM  Casagrande
OCL  3655185.05
UREF
PNO  4809231
ISD  19890200
NAM  Shannon et al.
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  4811294
ISD  19890300
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  365185.22
UREF
PNO  4847808
ISD  19890700
NAM  Kobatake
OCL  365104
UREF
PNO  4870618
ISD  19890900
NAM  Iwashita
OCL  365185.18
UREF
PNO  4956816
ISD  19900900
NAM  Atsumi et al.
OCL  365185.22
UREF
PNO  4999813
ISD  19910300
NAM  Ohtsuka et al.
OCL  365185.18
UREF
PNO  5003510
ISD  19910300
NAM  Hamisaki
OCL  365189.01
UREF
PNO  5053990
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kreifels et al.
OCL  711103
UREF
PNO  5095344
ISD  19920300
NAM  Harari et al.
OCL  357 23.5
UREF
PNO  5163021
ISD  19921100
NAM  Mehrotra et al.
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5172338
ISD  19921200
NAM  Mehrotra et al.
OCL  365185
UREF
PNO  5297148
ISD  19940300
NAM  Harari et al.
OCL  371 10.2
UREF
PNO  5602987
ISD  19970200
NAM  Harari et al.
OCL  395182.06
FREF
PNO  5931158
ISD  19840000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62257699
ISD  19870000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2061651
ISD  19810000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Torelli et al., "An improved method for programming a word-erasable
      EEprom," Alta Frequenza, vol. LII, No. 6, pp. 487-494, Nov.-Dec. 1983.
PAL  Torelli et al., "Single Chip, 16-Station TV Digital Tuning System,"
      SGS-ATES Technical Note 170, pp. 1-19 (1984).
PAL  Torelli et al., "PLL2K-PLL Frequency Synthesizer For 30 Programs," SGS-ATES
      Componenti Electronici SpA, Technical Note 152, pp. 1-16 (1982).
PAL  Scroochi et al., "EPM32-Electronic Program Memory System For TV (32
      Stations)," SGS-ATES Componenti Electronici SpA, Technical Note 153, pp.
      1-19 (1982).
PAL  "EPM 16-Electronic Program Memory (16 Stations)," SGS-ATES Componenti
      Electronici SpA, MOS Integrated Circuits/M193A-M193C-M193D, 15 pps, (Nov.,
      1981).
PAL  "EPM-32 Electronic Program Memory (32 Stations)," SGS-ATES Componenti
      Electronici SpA, Mos Integrated Circuits/M293, 16 pps. (Oct., 1982).
PAL  "Single Chip Non-Volatile Station Memory, PCM Remote Control Receiver and
      Display Driver," SGS-ATES Componenti Electronici SpA, MOS Integrated
      Circuits/M490-M491, 24 pps. (May, 1983).
PAL  "PLL TV Microcomputer Interface," SGS-ATES Componenti Electronici SpA, MOS
      Integrated Circuits/M290, 15 pps. (Jun., 1982).
PAL  Gee et al., "An Enhanced 16K E.sup.2 PROM," IEEE Journal of Solid State
      Circuits, vol. SC-17, No. 5 (Oct. 1982).
PAL  Torelli, "An LSI technology fully compatible EAROM cell," SGS-ATES
      Componenti Electronici SpA, 7pp. (1982).
PAL  Caironi et al., "A TV Frequency Synthesis System With A Single Chip
      Microprocessor Interface Including Non Volatile Memory," IEEE Transactions
      on Consumer Electronics, vol. CE-28, No. 3, pp. 363-371 (Aug. 1982).
PAL  Torelli et al., "Integrating Non-Volatile Station Memory and Remote Control
      Receiver In A Single Chip," IEEE Digest of Technical Papers, Cat. No.
      83CH1872-1, 2pp. (Jun., 1983).
PAL  Torelli et al., "Non-Volatile Station Memory Single Chip Including Remote
      Control Receiver and Memory Display Driver," IEEE Transactions on Consumer
      Electronics, vol. CE-29, No. 3, pp. 103-113 (Aug. 1983).
PAL  Excerpts from a 1983 Data Book published by SGS-ATES Group, 45 pp. (Nov.
      1983).
PAL  Berenga et al., "E.sup.2 -PROM TV Synthesizer," IEEE Digest of Technical
      Papers, Cat. No. 78CH1298-9SSC, 4 pp. (Feb. 1978).
PAL  Klingman, "Microprocessor Systems Design," Prentice-Hall, Inc., pp. 30-31
      (1977).
PAL  Masuoka et al., "A 256-kbit Flash E.sup.2 PROM Using Triple-Polysilicon
      Technology," IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, vol. SC-22, No. 4,
      (Aug. 1987).
PAL  Bleiker et al., "A Four-State EEPROM Using Floating-Gate Memory Cells,"
      IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, vol. SC-22, No. 3 (Jun., 1987).
PAL  Krick, P.J., "Three-State MNOS Fet Memory Array," IBM Technical Disclosure
      Bulletin, vol. 18, No. 12, pp. 4192-4193 (May, 1976).
PAL  Alberts, et al., "Multi-Bit Storage Fet EAROM Cell," IBM Technical
      Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 24, No. 7A, pp. 3311-3314 (Dec. 1981).
PAL  Stark, M., "Two Bits Per Cell Rom," IEEE Catalog No. 81-CH1626-1, Library
      of Congress No. 80-85186, Order No. 341, Spring Comp Con 1981, Feb. 23-26,
      Twenty-Second Computer Society International Conference, San Francisco,
      CA.
PAL  Furuyama et al., "An Experimental 2-Bit/Cell Storage Dram For Macro Cell or
      Memory-On-Logic Application," pp. 4.4.1-4.4.4, IEEE, (1988).
PAL  Horiguchi et al., "An Experimental Large-Capacity Semiconductor File Memory
      Using 16-Levels Cell Storage," IEEE Journal Of Solid-State Circuits, vol.
      23, No. 1, Feb. 1988.
LREP
FRM  Majestic, Parsons, Siebert & Hsue
ABST
PAL  A system of Flash EEprom memory chips with controlling circuits serves as
      non-volatile memory such as that provided by magnetic disk drives.
      Improvements include selective multiple sector erase, in which any
      combinations of Flash sectors may be erased together. Selective sectors
      among the selected combination may also be de-selected during the erase
      operation. Another improvement is the ability to remap and replace
      defective cells with substitute cells. The remapping is performed
      automatically as soon as a defective cell is detected. When the number of
      defects in a Flash sector becomes large, the whole sector is remapped. Yet
      another improvement individually verifies the states of a plurality of
      cells that are being programmed in parallel in order to terminate the
      programming, as a result of the verification, on a cell-by-cell basis as
      the cells reach their programmed states.
PATN
WKU  059915188
SRC  8
APN  7902697
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970128
TTL  Method and apparatus for split-brain avoidance in a multi-processor
      system
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Elisca; Pierre E.
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  18
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Jardine; Robert L
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Basavaiah; Murali
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Krishnakumar; Karoor S
CTY  East San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Tandem Computers Incorporated
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  39518202
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1120
FSC  395
FSS  182.02;182.08;182.09;182.1;182.21;182.11;183.11
FSC  370
FSS  220;216;242;247;248
UREF
PNO  4590554
ISD  19860500
NAM  Glazer et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  4868818
ISD  19890900
NAM  Madan et al.
OCL  395182.02
UREF
PNO  4879716
ISD  19891100
NAM  McNally et al.
OCL  395182.02
UREF
PNO  4939752
ISD  19900700
NAM  Literati et al.
OCL  395182.02
UREF
PNO  5367697
ISD  19941100
NAM  Barlow et al.
OCL  395183.11
UREF
PNO  5452441
ISD  19950900
NAM  Espsito et al.
OCL  395182.11
OREF
PAL  PCT International Search Report for PCT/US98/01379 dated May 20,1998.
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A split brain avoidance protocol to determine the group of processors that
      will survive a complete partitioning (disconnection) in the
      inter-processor communications paths connecting processors in a
      multi-processor system. Processors embodying the invention detect that the
      set of processors with which they can communicate has changed. They then
      choose either to halt or to continue operations, guided by the goal of
      minimizing the possibility that multiple disconnected groups of processors
      continue to operate as independent systems, each group having determined
      (incorrectly) that the processors of the other groups have failed.
PATN
WKU  059915196
SRC  8
APN  9435107
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19971003
TTL  Secure memory having multiple security levels
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Wright; Norman Michael
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  17
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Benhammou; Jean-Pierre
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Baran; Dennis F.
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Tonge; Phillip D.
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Terry, Jr.; Edward L.
CTY  Widefield
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Atmel Corporation
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  39518801
XCL  395186
XCL  34082531
XCL  34082532
XCL  34082534
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1100
ICL  G06F  704
ICL  G07D  700
FSC  395
FSS  186;188.01
FSC  340
FSS  825.32;825.31;825.34
UREF
PNO  4758718
ISD  19880700
NAM  Fujisaki et al.
OCL  235487
UREF
PNO  5508691
ISD  19960400
NAM  Castleman et al.
OCL  340825.31
UREF
PNO  5606315
ISD  19970200
NAM  Gaskins
OCL  340825.34
UREF
PNO  5699514
ISD  19971200
NAM  Durinovic-Johri et al.
OCL  395188.01
UREF
PNO  5774546
ISD  19980600
NAM  Handelman et al.
OCL  380  4
LREP
FRM  D'Alessandro & Ritchie
ABST
PAL  According to the present invention, a secured memory comprises a first
      level security zone having an access code controlling access to the
      secured memory prior to an issuer fuse being blown, a security code
      attempts counter preventing access to the secured memory when a
      predetermined number of attempts at matching the access code have been
      made prior to resetting the security code attempts counter, a plurality of
      application zones, each of the plurality of application zones comprising:
      a storage memory zone, an application security zone having an application
      zone access code controlling access to the storage memory zone after an
      issuer fuse has been blown, an application zone security code attempts
      counter preventing access to the application zone when a predetermined
      number of attempts at matching the application zone access code have been
      made prior to resetting the application zone security code attempts
      counter, an erase key partition having an erase key code controlling erase
      access to the storage memory zone after an issuer fuse has been blown, and
      an erase key attempts counter preventing erase access to the application
      zone when a predetermined number of attempts at matching the erase key
      code have been made prior to resetting the erase key attempts counter.
PATN
WKU  059915200
SRC  8
APN  5946514
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960202
TTL  Application programming interface for managing and automating data
      transfer operations between applications over a bus structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  64
ECL  1
EXA  Thlang; Eric S.
EXP  Sheikh; Ayaz R.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Smyers; Scott D.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Fairman; Bruce
CTY  Woodside
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Sony Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Park Ridge
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395280
XCL  395292
XCL  395682
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  395
FSS  280;700;200.08;855;682
FSC  348
FSS  7
FSC  364
FSS  200
FSC  370
FSS  60;94.2;13;395;84
FSC   11
FSS  60.1
UREF
PNO  4493021
ISD  19850100
NAM  Agrawal et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4998245
ISD  19910300
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  370 85.1
UREF
PNO  5359713
ISD  19941000
NAM  Moran et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5369773
ISD  19941100
NAM  Hammerstrom
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5487153
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hammerstrom et al.
OCL  395250
UREF
PNO  5506846
ISD  19960400
NAM  Edem et al.
OCL  370 94.2
UREF
PNO  5509126
ISD  19960400
NAM  Oprescu et al.
OCL  395307
UREF
PNO  5535208
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kawakami et al.
OCL  370 84
UREF
PNO  5544324
ISD  19960800
NAM  Edem et al.
OCL  395200.17
UREF
PNO  5548587
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bailey et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5550802
ISD  19960800
NAM  Worsley et al.
OCL  370 13
UREF
PNO  5559796
ISD  19960900
NAM  Edem et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5559967
ISD  19960900
NAM  Oprescu et al.
OCL  395285
UREF
PNO  5586264
ISD  19961200
NAM  Belknap et al.
OCL  395200.08
UREF
PNO  5594734
ISD  19970100
NAM  Worsley et al.
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5602853
ISD  19970200
NAM  Ben-Michael et al.
OCL  370474
UREF
PNO  5603058
ISD  19970200
NAM  Belknap et al.
OCL  395200.08
UREF
PNO  5615382
ISD  19970300
NAM  Gavin et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5617419
ISD  19970400
NAM  Christensen et al.
OCL  370471
UREF
PNO  5640392
ISD  19970600
NAM  Hayashi
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5647057
ISD  19970700
NAM  Roden et al.
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5659780
ISD  19970800
NAM  Wu
OCL  395800.19
UREF
PNO  5664124
ISD  19970900
NAM  Katz et al.
OCL  395309
UREF
PNO  5692211
ISD  19971100
NAM  Gulick et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5704052
ISD  19971200
NAM  Wu et al.
OCL  395380
UREF
PNO  5781599
ISD  19980700
NAM  Shiga
OCL  375376
FREF
PNO  0 428 111 A2
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1328
FREF
PNO  0 499 394 A1
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1338
FREF
PNO  0 588 046 A1
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1338
FREF
PNO  0 696 853 A2
ISD  19960200
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04B  120
OREF
PAL  (Part 1 of 3) Local Area Network Protocol for Autonomous Control of
      Attached Devices, Jul. '90.
PAL  (Part 1 of 4) Architecture for High Performance Transparent Bridges, Jul.
      '92.
PAL  Access to High-Speed LAN via Wireless Media, Apr. '93.
PAL  Asynchronous Transfer Mode By Julia L. heeter, Dec. '95.
PAL  "The Parallel Protocol Engine" Matthias Kaiserswerth, IEEE/ACM Transactions
      on Networking, Dec. 1993, New York.
PAL  "The Programmable Protocol VLSI Engine (PROVE)" A.S. Krishnakumar, W.C.
      Fischer and Krishan Sabnani, IEEE Transactions on Communications, Aug.
      1994, New York.
PAL  "The SerialSoft IEEE 1394 Developer Toolkit," Toolkit TK-01, Release 2,
      Skipstone, Inc.
PAL  "A Bus on a Diet--The Serial Bus Alternative. An Introduction to the P1394
      High Performance Serial Bus," Michael Teener, Apple Computer, Inc., Santa
      Clara, CA, Feb. 24, 1992.
PAL  "Data link driver program design for the IBM token ring network PC
      adapter," Gee-Swee Poo and Wilson Ang, Computer Communications, vol. 12,
      No. 5, pp. 266-272, Oct. 1989.
PAL  "Fiber Channel(FCS)/ATM interworking: A design solution," A. Anzaloni et
      al., Ericsson Fatme R&D Division, Rome, I, Globecom '93, vol. 2, pp.
      1127-1133, Nov. 29, 1993.
LREP
FRM  Haverstock & Owens LLP
ABST
PAL  An applications programming interface implements and manages isochronous
      and asynchronous data transfer operations between an application and a bus
      structure. During an asyncronous transfer the API includes the ability to
      transfer any amount of data between one or more local data buffers within
      the application and a range of addresses over the bus structure using one
      or more asynchronous transactions. An automatic transaction generator may
      be used to automatically generate the transactions necessary to complete
      the data transfer. The API also includes the ability to transfer data
      between the application and another node on the bus structure
      isochronously over a dedicated channel. During an isochronous data
      transfer, a buffer management scheme is used to manage a linked list of
      data buffer descriptors. This linked descriptor list can form a circular
      list of buffers and include a forward pointer to the next buffer in the
      list and a backward pointer to the previous buffer in the list for each
      buffer. The linked descriptor list may also form a linear list to which
      the application can append additional buffers or remove existing buffers
      from the list. During isochronous transfers of data, the API provides
      implementation of a resynchronization event in the stream of data allowing
      for resynchronization by the application to a specific point within the
      data. Implementation is also provided for a callback routine for each
      buffer in the list which calls the application at a predetermined point
      during the transfer of data.
PATN
WKU  059915218
SRC  8
APN  8295786
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970331
TTL  Method and system of checking for open circuit connections within an
      integrated-circuit design represented by a hierarchical data structure
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Siek; Vuthe
EXP  Teska; Kevin J.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Gabele; Carol Ivash
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Quay; Stephen Thomas
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Smith; Clay Chip
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  39550005
XCL  39550006
XCL  324512
XCL  702 58
XCL  702 59
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1750
FSC  364
FSS  488;489;490;491;578
FSC  395
FSS  500;500.05;500.06
FSC  324
FSS  512
FSC  702
FSS  58;59
UREF
PNO  4494066
ISD  19850100
NAM  Goel et al.
OCL  324 73
UREF
PNO  4890238
ISD  19891200
NAM  Klein et al.
OCL  364491
UREF
PNO  4924430
ISD  19900500
NAM  Zasio et al.
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5295081
ISD  19940300
NAM  Habra
OCL  364489
UREF
PNO  5461576
ISD  19951000
NAM  Tsay et al.
OCL  364490
UREF
PNO  5496366
ISD  19960300
NAM  Yang et al.
OCL  364489
UREF
PNO  5555201
ISD  19960900
NAM  Dangelo et al.
OCL  364489
UREF
PNO  5691991
ISD  19971100
NAM  Kessler et al.
OCL  371 22.3
UREF
PNO  5754442
ISD  19980500
NAM  Minagawa et al.
OCL  364489
OREF
PAL  P. K. Graham, "AC Interconnect Test with Series Boundary Scan," IBM
      Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 34 No. 6, pp. 325-330, Nov. 1991.
PAL  S. M. Douskey, "Method and Design for Applying Stuck Faults in an LSSD
      Boundary Scan Environment," IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 34 No.
      10B, pp. 444-446, Mar. 1992.
PAL  Arimilli et al, "Method to Verify Chip-to-Chip Interconnect within a
      Hardware System," Jun. 1993.
LREP
FR2  England; Anthony V. S.
FR2  Ng; Antony P.
FR2  Dillon; Andrew J.
ABST
PAL  An integrated-circuit design is provided which is represented by a
      hierarchial data structure. In accordance with the method and system of
      the present invention, an integrated-circuit design which includes at
      least one parent circuit represented by a set of parent circuit level data
      and at least one child circuit represented by a set of child circuit level
      data. For an open circuit connection within the child circuit, a
      determination is made as to whether or not the open circuit connection is
      permissible. In response to a determination that the open circuit
      connection is permissible, another determination is made as to whether or
      not the number of I/O pins within the child circuit is greater than the
      number of open circuit connections within the child circuit. In response
      to a determination that the number of I/O pins within the child circuit is
      greater than the number of open circuit connections within the child
      circuit, the set of child circuit level data is integrated into the set of
      parent circuit level data. Finally, a determination is made as to whether
      or not the open circuit connection is closed within the integrated set of
      parent circuit level data. An error message will be displayed if the open
      circuit connection is not closed within the integrated set of parent
      circuit level data.
PATN
WKU  059915226
SRC  8
APN  9172726
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970825
TTL  Method and apparatus for circuit conversion for simulation, simulator
      using the same, and computer-readable medium with a program therefor
      stored thereon
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Knox; Lonnie A.
EXP  Teska; Kevin J.
NDR  44
NFG  50
INVT
NAM  Shoen; Akihisa
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970314
APN  9-061235
CLAS
OCL  39550005
XCL  364578
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1750
FSC  364
FSS  578;488;489;490;491
UREF
PNO  5095454
ISD  19920300
NAM  Huang
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5111413
ISD  19920500
NAM  Lazansky et al.
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5297066
ISD  19940300
NAM  Mayes
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5394346
ISD  19950200
NAM  Milsom
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5467291
ISD  19951100
NAM  Fan et al.
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5623418
ISD  19970400
NAM  Rostoker et al.
OCL  364489
UREF
PNO  5677856
ISD  19971000
NAM  Tani
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5719783
ISD  19980200
NAM  Karzman et al.
OCL  364488
UREF
PNO  5757679
ISD  19980500
NAM  Sawai et al.
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5828586
ISD  19981000
NAM  Yokota
OCL  364578
OREF
PAL  Overhauser et al., "Evaluating Mixed Signal Simulators" 1995 IEEE, pp.
      113-120, 1995.
PAL  Hussain et al., Automatic Dynamic Mixed Mode Simulation through Network
      Reconfiguration, 1995 IEEE, pp. 582-584, 1995.
PAL  Becque, Behavioural Mixed A/D System Exploration, 1994 IEEE, pp. 2.1-2.5,
      1994.
PAL  Chaung et al., Analogue Behavioural modelling and Simulation Using VHDL and
      Saber-Mast, 1994 IEEE, pp. 1/1-1/5, 1994.
PAL  Tahawy et al., "VHDeLDO: A New Mixed Mode Simulation", 1993 IEEE, pp.
      546-551.
PAL  Wang et al., "Design and Test of Mixed Signal VLSI", 1993 IEEE, pp.
      461-464.
PAL  Fernandez et al., "ASAP: A Portable Program for the Symbolic Analysis of
      Analog Integrated Circuits" 1990 IEEE, pp. 80-85.
PAL  Acuna et al., "Simulation Techniques for Mixed Analog/Digital Circuits",
      1990 IEEE, pp. 353-363.
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey, LLP
ABST
PAL  Circuit data for a digital/analog hybrid circuit is classified as those for
      types of data such as a net, a circuit symbol, a symbol pin, and an
      outside terminal. A conversion rule for each type of classified circuit
      data is specified by a conversion rule collator. Classified circuit data
      is converted by a circuit model builder according to the specified
      conversion rule to convert the digital/analog hybrid circuit to a circuit
      suited for digital simulation.
PATN
WKU  059915234
SRC  8
APN  8207410
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970318
TTL  Method and system for HDL global signal simulation and verification
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Kik; Phallaka
EXP  Teska; Kevin J.
NDR  25
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Williams; Anthony D.
CTY  San Bruno
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Seltzer; Jeffrey H.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Fields; Carol A.
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Fulton; Roberta E.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Patel; Dhimant
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kumar; Veena N.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Xilinx, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  39550019
XCL  39550018
XCL  39550017
XCL  39550005
XCL  39550036
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1750
FSC  364
FSS  488-491;578
FSC  395
FSS  500.02;500.19;500.35;500.36;500.37
UREF
PNO  5111413
ISD  19920500
NAM  Lazansky et al.
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5337255
ISD  19940800
NAM  Seidel et al.
OCL  364489
UREF
PNO  5422833
ISD  19950600
NAM  Kelem et al.
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5425036
ISD  19950600
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  371 23
UREF
PNO  5452226
ISD  19950900
NAM  Hooper et al.
OCL  364489
UREF
PNO  5499192
ISD  19960300
NAM  Knapp et al.
OCL  364489
UREF
PNO  5526278
ISD  19960600
NAM  Powell
OCL  364489
UREF
PNO  5553001
ISD  19960900
NAM  Seidel et al.
OCL  364488
UREF
PNO  5691912
ISD  19971100
NAM  Duncan
OCL  364490
UREF
PNO  5875115
ISD  19990200
NAM  Weber
OCL  364490
OREF
PAL  Perry ("HDL design drived FPGA performance", Electronic Engineering Times,
      No. 904, p. T20, May 31, 1996).
LREP
FR2  Tachner; Adam H.
FR2  Shaw, Jr.; Philip M.
FR2  Young; Edel M.
ABST
PAL  The notion of global signals (e.g., global set/reset and global tristate)
      is of significance to programmable logic user throughout the design
      process. Regardless of whether the HDL designer explicitly describes the
      use of a global signal, they are present in the implemented device since
      they are an integral part of the initialization and start-up process. This
      may lead to mismatches between the Register Transfer Level (RTL)
      simulation and the timing simulation. While a methodology for verifying
      the functionality of global signals is available for schematic design
      entry, none exists for HDL design tools. A verification method for HDL
      designers is disclosed providing access to all the functionality relating
      to global networks currently available to the schematic designers and
      allowing reuse of the testbench without losing HDL code portability.
PATN
WKU  059915242
SRC  8
APN  8359474
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970414
TTL  Cluster determination for circuit implementation
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Kik; Phallaka
EXP  Stamber; Eric W.
NDR  11
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Belkhale; Krishna
CTY  Campbell
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Roy; Sumit
CTY  Evanston
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Varma; Devadas
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Cadence Design Systems
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  39550019
XCL  39550018
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1750
FSC  364
FSS  488-491;578
FSC  395
FSS  500.02-500.19
UREF
PNO  5500808
ISD  19960300
NAM  Wang
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5521835
ISD  19960500
NAM  Trimberger
OCL  364489
UREF
PNO  5526276
ISD  19960600
NAM  Cox et al.
OCL  364489
UREF
PNO  5801957
ISD  19980900
NAM  Lehman et al.
OCL  364489
OREF
PAL  Karayiannis et al. ("A new approach for clustering network modules for
      delay minimization", IEEE Proceedings of the 1995 International Symposium
      and Workshop on Systems Engineering of Computer Based Systems, pp.
      325-332, Mar. 6, 1995).
PAL  Bahar et al. ("Boolean techniques for low power driven re-synthesis",
      IEEE/ACM International Conference on Computer-Aided Design, Nov. 5, 1995,
      pp. 428-432.
PAL  Kanecko et al. ("Concurrent cell generation and mapping for CMOS logic
      circuits", Proceedings of the ASP-DAC '97 Asia and South Pacific Design
      Automation Conference, Jan. 28, 1997, pp. 247-252).
PAL  De Micheli et al. ("Technology mapping of digital circuits", Proceedings of
      the 5th Annual European Computer Conference on Advanced Computer
      Technology, Reliable Systems and Applications, May 13, 1991, pp. 580-586).
PAL  Liem et al. ("A constructive matching algorithm for cell generator based
      technology mapping", IEEE International Symposium on Circuits and Systems,
      vol. 6, May 3, 1992).
PAL  Ortiz et al. ("Technology mapping algorithms for NORA dynamic logic
      circuits", Proceedings of 4th European Conference on Design Automation,
      Feb. 22, 1993, pp. 310-314).
PAL  G. Hachtel and F. Somenzi, "Logic Synthesis and Verification Algorithms",
      Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1996.
PAL  G. De Micheli, "Systhesis and Optimization of Digital Circuit",
      McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1994.
PAL  J. Mohnke and S. Malik, "Limits of Using Signatures for Permutation
      Independent Boolean Comparison", Proceedings of the
      ASP-DAC'95/CHDL'95/VLSI'95 Asia and South Pacific Design Automation
      Conference, Aug. 29-Sep. 1, 1995.
PAL  R. Bryant, "Graph-Based Algorithms for Boolean Function Manipulation", IEEE
      Transactions on Computers, vol. C-35, No. 8 p. 670, Aug. 1986.
PAL  I. Pomeranz and S. Reddy, "on Diagnosis and Correction of Design Errors",
      IEEE/ACM International Conference on Computer-Aided Design, Nov. 7-11,
      1993.
PAL  Y. Lai, S. Sastry, and M. Pedram, "Boollean Matching using Binary Decision
      Diagrams with Applications to Logic Synthesis and Verification", 1992 IEEE
      International Conference on Computer Design: VLSI in Computers &
      Processors, Oct. 11-14, 1992.
PAL  E. Clarke, et al., "Spectral Transforms for Large Boolean Functions with
      Applications to Technology Mapping", 30th Design Automation Conference,
      Jun. 14-18, 1993, Dallas, Texas.
PAL  F. Mailhot and G. De Micheli, "Technology Mapping Using Boolean Matching
      and Don't Care Sets", Proceedings of the European Conference on Design
      Automation, 1990, p. 212-216.
LREP
FR2  Glenn; Michael A.
ABST
PAL  Provided are a method, article of manufacture, and apparatus for
      identifying candidate clusters for matching to cells in a technology
      library. An automated design system comprises a computer configured to
      extract a portion of a circuit, levelize it, select a first node, identify
      the realizable clusters at the inputs of the first node, and combine the
      first node with realizable clusters at the inputs to produce candidate
      clusters. A dummy cluster is used at each input to represent using the
      input as a fanin. The system takes the cross product of the sets, and the
      first node is merged with each element of the cross product to produce a
      set of candidate clusters. The candidate clusters are then checked for
      realizability by comparing them to cells in the technology library, which
      includes dummy cells to facilitate mapping to large cells in the
      technology library. A set of realizable clusters is produced for the first
      node. The system applies the same process to successive nodes in the
      levelized circuit, including in the intermediate set the sets of
      realizable clusters for preceding nodes.
PATN
WKU  059915250
SRC  8
APN  9170537
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970822
TTL  Method for real-time nonlinear system state estimation and control
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXA  Phan; Thai
EXP  Teska; Kevin J.
NDR  11
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Shah; Sunil C.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Pandey; Pradeep
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Voyan Technology
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  39550023
XCL  3641481
XCL  364149
XCL  364151
XCL  708303
XCL  708819
EDF  6
ICL  G05B 1304
FSC  364
FSS  148;149;150;151;153;571.01;578;512;158;148.1
FSC  395
FSS  500.23
FSC  708
FSS  819;300;303
UREF
PNO  4577270
ISD  19860300
NAM  Sugano et al.
OCL  364151
UREF
PNO  4852018
ISD  19890700
NAM  Grossberg et al.
OCL  364513
UREF
PNO  4881178
ISD  19891100
NAM  Holland et al.
OCL  364513
UREF
PNO  4974191
ISD  19901100
NAM  Amirghodsi et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  5040214
ISD  19910800
NAM  Grossberg et al.
OCL  381 43
UREF
PNO  5060132
ISD  19911000
NAM  Beller et al.
OCL  364158
UREF
PNO  5191521
ISD  19930300
NAM  Browsilow
OCL  364160
UREF
PNO  5214715
ISD  19930500
NAM  Carpenter et al.
OCL  382 15
UREF
PNO  5355305
ISD  19941000
NAM  Seem et al.
OCL  364161
UREF
PNO  5377307
ISD  19941200
NAM  Hoskins et al.
OCL  395 22
UREF
PNO  5412060
ISD  19950500
NAM  Wulff et al.
OCL  528196
UREF
PNO  5453226
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kline et al.
OCL  264 40.1
UREF
PNO  5464369
ISD  19951100
NAM  Federspiel
OCL  454256
UREF
PNO  5506794
ISD  19960400
NAM  Lange
OCL  364571.01
UREF
PNO  5517594
ISD  19960500
NAM  Shah et al.
OCL  392416
UREF
PNO  5740033
ISD  19980400
NAM  Wassick et al.
OCL  364149
UREF
PNO  5748847
ISD  19980500
NAM  Lo
OCL  395 23
UREF
PNO  5805447
ISD  19980800
NAM  Teng et al.
OCL  364157
OREF
PAL  Ahmed et al., "Modified Extende Kalman Filtering", IEEE, 1994, pp.
      1322-1326.
PAL  Rutenbar, Rob A., "Stimulated Annealing Algorithms: An Overview", IEEE
      Circuits and Devices Magazine, Jan. 1989, vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 19-26.
PAL  Anderson, Brian D. O. and Moore, John B., "Optimal Filtering",
      Prentice-Hall Information and System Science Series, 1997 pp. 1-61,
      148-149, 192-197.
PAL  Search Report, PCT/US98/17439, Date mailed Dec. 29, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for the estimation of the state variables of nonlinear systems
      with exogenous inputs is based on improved extended Kalman filtering (EKF)
      type techniques. The method uses a discrete-time model, based on a set of
      nonlinear differential equations describing the system, that is linearized
      about the current operating point. The time update for the state estimates
      is performed using integration methods. Integration, which is accomplished
      through the use of matrix exponential techniques, avoids the inaccuracies
      of approximate numerical integration techniques. The updated state
      estimates and corresponding covariance estimates use a common time-varying
      system model for ensuring stability of both estimates. Other improvements
      include the use of QR factorization for both time and measurement updating
      of square-root covariance and Kalman gain matrices and the use of
      simulated annealing for ensuring that globally optimal estimates are
      produced.
PATN
WKU  059915269
SRC  8
APN  9655255
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971106
TTL  Method for automatic optimization of finite difference grids in simulator
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Frejd; Russell W.
EXP  Teska; Kevin J.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Igarashi; Kazuhiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961120
APN  8-324628
CLAS
OCL  39550023
XCL  3955003
XCL  395102
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  9455
FSC  364
FSS  578;148.01;149;150;151
FSC  702
FSS  100
FSC  395
FSS  500.23;500.3;101;102;103;104;105
UREF
PNO  5740342
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kocberber
OCL  395120
UREF
PNO  5801969
ISD  19980900
NAM  Nagahama
OCL  364578
FREF
PNO  6-221956
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-63643
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "An Object Oriented Approach to Boundary Conditions in Finite Difference
      Fluid Dynamics Codes", by I. Angus, IEEE Proceedings of the Scalable High
      Performance Computing Conference, 1992, pp.145-148.
PAL  "Automatic Generation of Finite Difference Meshes by an Evolutionary
      Algorithm", by M. Witting and S. Burkhardt, IEEE Transactions on
      Magnetics, vol. 32, No. 3, May 1996, pp. 1338-1340.
PAL  Nakahashi et al. "Three Dimensional Adaptive Grid Method" AIAA Journal
      24:948-954.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  Before the execution of simulation, variation rates at the grid points of
      functions for the calculation of intersections between grid points and the
      surface of the shape to be analyzed of a simulation model are calculated;
      new grid spacings are calculated by performing calculation so that the
      greater the variation rate the narrower the grid spacing; and where, with
      respect to these grid spacings, aspect ratios far deviate from 1, finite
      difference grids are automatically optimized by adjusting the grid
      spacings so that the aspect ratios approach 1. Furthermore, during the
      execution of simulation, the variation rates of functions, whose values
      are physical quantities at different grid points, are calculated, and
      finite difference grids are automatically optimized by performing
      calculation so that the greater the the variation rate the narrower the
      grid spacing.
PATN
WKU  059915277
SRC  8
APN  9599401
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971029
TTL  System for simulating a production environment
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Knox; Lonnie A.
EXP  Teska; Kevin J.
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Plint; Adrian George
CTY  Newbury
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Gardiner; Dean
CTY  Winchester
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Davidov; Amir
CTY  Hendon
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Plint & Partners, Ltd.
CTY  Berkshire
CNT  GBX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19961111
APN  9622843
CLAS
OCL  39550027
EDF  6
ICL  G05B 19418
ICL  G06F  9455
FSC  364
FSS  578;468
FSC  395
FSS  500;500.27
UREF
PNO  5115888
ISD  19920500
NAM  Schneider
OCL  186 61
UREF
PNO  5278750
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kaneko et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5751580
ISD  19980500
NAM  Chi
OCL  364468.07
UREF
PNO  5850345
ISD  19981200
NAM  Son
OCL  364578
FREF
PNO  1419064
ISD  19751200
CNT  GBX
ICL  G09B 1900
FREF
PNO  1542910
ISD  19790300
CNT  GBX
ICL  G09B  900
LREP
FRM  Holland & Hart llp
ABST
PAL  A system for simulating a production environment in which a plurality of
      components are subject to a plurality of different processes to generate
      an end product. The system comprises a plurality of modules, each module
      representing one of said processes and a set of data carriers,
      representing said components. Each module comprises read circuitry for
      reading data from a data carrier and means for providing an indication
      representing whether an attempted transaction of the module is valid or
      invalid. The validity or invalidity of the transaction is based on a
      predetermined job route which defines a valid predetermined sequence and
      timing of processes for each component or set of components. Each data
      carrier carries a unique identification which can be read by the read
      circuitry and which represents a component or a set of components.
PATN
WKU  059915285
SRC  8
APN  964959&
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971105
TTL  Expert manufacturing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Knox; Lonnie A.
EXP  Teska; Kevin J.
NDR  12
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Taylor; Jay A.
CTY  Mesa
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Swift; Dennis R.
CTY  Concord
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Zychowski; Gerard L.
CTY  Parma
STA  OH
INVT
NAM  Thompson; Dennis R.
CTY  Taylors
STA  SC
INVT
NAM  Kramer; William A.
CTY  Dublin
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  Reliance Electric Industrial Company
CTY  Cleveland
STA  OH
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  39550027
XCL  36446801
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1900
FSC  364
FSS  468.03;486
FSC  395
FSS  500.27
UREF
PNO  5822206
ISD  19981000
NAM  Sebastian et al.
OCL  364468.03
LREP
FR2  Horn; John J.
FR2  Miller; John M.
FR2  Walbrun; William R.
ABST
PAL  An expert manufacturing system generates a manufacturing plan for producing
      a part in an automated manufacturing system. The expert manufacturing
      system generates a multipurpose manufacturing geometry definitions file.
      The expert manufacturing system includes a rule-based expert system which
      uses the manufacturing geometry definitions file to generate the
      manufacturing plan in the form of a neutral source code file. The neutral
      source code is converted to machine-specific program code directly
      executable by a device controller, such as a logic controller or motion
      controller. The expert manufacturing system also includes a parametric
      drawing generation program for generating drawing of the part, and a
      computer simulation program for simulating the manufacturing plan for
      producing the part.
PATN
WKU  059915293
SRC  8
APN  8571546
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970516
TTL  Testing of hardware by using a hardware system environment that mimics a
      virtual system environment
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Broda; Samuel
EXP  Teska; Kevin J.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Cox; Steven R.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chue; Harry M.
CTY  Alameda
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Sony Electronics Inc.
CTY  Park Ridge
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  3955003
XCL  39550034
XCL  39550035
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  9455
FSC  395
FSS  500
FSC  364
FSS  578
UREF
PNO  4638246
ISD  19870100
NAM  Blank et al.
OCL  324 73R
UREF
PNO  4744084
ISD  19880500
NAM  Beck et al.
OCL  371 23
UREF
PNO  4768196
ISD  19880800
NAM  Jou et al.
OCL  371 25
UREF
PNO  4811345
ISD  19890300
NAM  Johnson
OCL  371 16
UREF
PNO  4937770
ISD  19900600
NAM  Samuels et al.
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  4945503
ISD  19900700
NAM  Takasaki
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5109353
ISD  19920400
NAM  Sample et al.
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5134701
ISD  19920700
NAM  Mueller et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5146460
ISD  19920900
NAM  Ackerman et al.
OCL  371 23
UREF
PNO  5235530
ISD  19930800
NAM  Herz et al.
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5329470
ISD  19940700
NAM  Sample et al.
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5371878
ISD  19941200
NAM  Coker
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5438673
ISD  19950800
NAM  Court et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5477475
ISD  19951200
NAM  Sample et al.
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5546562
ISD  19960800
NAM  Patel
OCL  395500
OREF
PAL  Srivastava & Palavali, "Integration of SPICE with TEK LV511 ASIC Design
      Verification System," IEEE Proceedings of the 36th Midwest Symposium on
      Circuits and Systems, pp. 673-676, 1993.
LREP
FRM  Haverstock & Owens LLP
ABST
PAL  A technique for testing a hardware implementation of an integrated circuit
      design using test algorithms developed for testing a software model of the
      integrated circuit design. A software model is created for a design of the
      integrated circuit. The software model is a software algorithm that
      emulates behavior of the integrated circuit. In addition, a virtual
      environment for the software model is also constructed. The virtual
      environment is a software algorithm that emulates an actual environment
      anticipated for the integrated circuit. Diagnostic tests are performed on
      the software model while it is operating in the virtual environment. These
      tests are used to verify and analyze the design for the integrated
      circuit. Based upon the results of the diagnostic tests, the design is
      modified as necessary. Once the design for the integrated circuit has been
      verified by testing the software model, an actual hardware circuit is
      constructed that implements the software model. In addition, an actual
      hardware environment is constructed that implements the virtual
      environment. Accordingly, the software model and the virtual environment
      are transformed into equivalent hardware circuits. Because of the
      equivalency between the software model and the hardware circuit and
      between the virtual environment with the hardware environment, the same
      diagnostic tests that were used to verify and analyze the software model
      in the virtual environment can be used to verify and analyze the hardware
      circuit in the hardware environment. This results in good test coverage
      for the integrated circuit design and reduced expense for developing the
      diagnostic tests.
PATN
WKU  059915307
SRC  8
APN  9557156
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971022
TTL  Interface device receivable in card storage device slot of host computer
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Louis-Jacques; Jacques H.
NDR  33
NFG  48
INVT
NAM  Okada; Toru
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kurihara; Hitoshi
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Negishi; Ryuichi
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kakinuma; Kiyoyuki
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Denshi Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930205
APN  5-041849
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930205
APN  5-041850
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930205
APN  5-041851
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930205
APN  5-041852
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930205
APN  5-041853
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930315
APN  5-080212
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930331
APN  5-097218
RLAP
COD  71
APN  189487
APD  19940131
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  39550046
XCL  39550045
XCL  39550048
XCL  710 65
XCL  710100
XCL  361684
XCL  361685
XCL  439 751
XCL  439 761
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  9455
ICL  H05K  500
FSC  395
FSS  500;187.04;281;308;846;500.46;500.45
FSC  710
FSS  65;100;129;105;74
FSC  439
FSS  76.1;911;55;928.1;159;260;377;653;638;945;75.1
FSC  361
FSS  684;686;737;752;796;685;727
UREF
PNO  4744006
ISD  19880500
NAM  Duffield
OCL  361686
UREF
PNO  4792896
ISD  19881200
NAM  Maclean et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5014237
ISD  19910500
NAM  Masters et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5157769
ISD  19921000
NAM  Eppley et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5184282
ISD  19930200
NAM  Kaneda et al.
OCL  361395
UREF
PNO  5239662
ISD  19930800
NAM  Danielson et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5261075
ISD  19931100
NAM  Ouchi et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5261077
ISD  19931100
NAM  Duval et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5313617
ISD  19940500
NAM  Nakano et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5315478
ISD  19940500
NAM  Cadwell et al.
OCL  361684
UREF
PNO  5321817
ISD  19940600
NAM  Feinstein
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5355489
ISD  19941000
NAM  Bealkowski et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5400216
ISD  19950300
NAM  Tsai
OCL  361684
UREF
PNO  5410677
ISD  19950400
NAM  Roskowski et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5473505
ISD  19951200
NAM  Kessoku et al.
OCL  361684
UREF
PNO  5495586
ISD  19960200
NAM  Adachi et al.
OCL  395280
UREF
PNO  5497464
ISD  19960300
NAM  Yeh
OCL  395281
UREF
PNO  5509811
ISD  19960400
NAM  Homic
OCL  439 55
UREF
PNO  5528459
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ainsbury et al.
OCL  361737
UREF
PNO  5529503
ISD  19960600
NAM  Kerklaan
OCL  439 76.1
UREF
PNO  5596707
ISD  19970100
NAM  Ohta
OCL  395182.04
UREF
PNO  5678029
ISD  19971000
NAM  Iijima
OCL  395500
LREP
FRM  Robin, Blecker & Daley
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a data processing device which is also
      used as an interface device for connecting an external storage device to a
      host computer to which a card form of storage device can be connected, the
      external storage device differing in data format from the card form of
      storage device. The data processing device includes a connection unit for
      connecting the external storage device to the host computer, the
      connection unit being able to be removably fitted into a slot which is
      provided in the host computer and into which to removably fit the card
      form of storage device, and a converting circuit for converting data,
      which is to be outputted from the host computer in a data format
      conforming to the card form of storage device, into a data format
      conforming to the external storage device, as well as for converting data
      read out from the external storage device into the data format conforming
      to the card form of storage device.
PATN
WKU  059915315
SRC  8
APN  8047650
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970224
TTL  Scalable width vector processor architecture for efficient emulation
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Broda; Samuel
EXP  Teska; Kevin J.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Song; Seungyoon Peter
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Park; Heonchul
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  39550047
XCL  39550044
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  9455
FSC  395
FSS  500
UREF
PNO  4760545
ISD  19880700
NAM  Inagami et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5001626
ISD  19910300
NAM  Kashiyama et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5404489
ISD  19950400
NAM  Woods et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5553010
ISD  19960900
NAM  Tanihira et al.
OCL  364715.08
UREF
PNO  5701508
ISD  19971200
NAM  Glew et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5761348
ISD  19980600
NAM  Honma
OCL  382305
OREF
PAL  Ngai et al., High performance parallel vector processor- decreases time
      required to process pair of vectors stored in two registers, Derwint, p.
      1-4, Sep. 9, 1983.
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel LLP
FR2  Chen; Tom
ABST
PAL  A N-byte vector processor is provided which can emulate 2N-byte processor
      operations by executing two N-byte operations sequentially. By using
      N-byte architecture to process 2N-byte wide data, chip size and costs are
      reduced. One embodiment allows 64-byte operations to be implemented with a
      32-byte vector processor by executing a 32-byte instruction on the first
      32-bytes of data and then executing a 32-byte instruction on the second
      32-bytes of data. Registers and instructions for 64-byte operation are
      emulated using two 32-byte registers and instructions, respectively, with
      some instructions requiring modification to accommodate 64-byte operations
      between adjacent elements, operations requiring specific element
      locations, operations shifting elements in and out of registers, and
      operations specifying addresses exceeding 32 bytes.
PATN
WKU  059915323
SRC  8
APN  5939186
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19960130
TTL  Method and apparatus for converting multimegabit-rate data into
      asynchronous transfer mode cells and vice versa
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Fiul; Dan
EXP  Teska; Kevin J.
NDR  8
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Harada; Yuichi
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950630
APN  7-165695
CLAS
OCL  39550048
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  9455
FSC  395
FSS  500;500.44;500.45;500.46;500.48
FSC  370
FSS  218;219;391;392;422;471;399;394
UREF
PNO  5124978
ISD  19920600
NAM  Chao
OCL   37422
UREF
PNO  5130984
ISD  19920700
NAM  Cisneros
OCL  370399
UREF
PNO  5495478
ISD  19960200
NAM  Wilkinson et al.
OCL  370399
UREF
PNO  5509077
ISD  19960400
NAM  Moehrmann
OCL  370391
UREF
PNO  5528592
ISD  19960600
NAM  Schibler et al.
OCL  370397
UREF
PNO  5568482
ISD  19961000
NAM  Li et al.
OCL  370471
UREF
PNO  5610913
ISD  19970300
NAM  Tomonaga et al.
OCL  370219
UREF
PNO  5712903
ISD  19980100
NAM  Bartholomew et al.
OCL  379 88.25
UREF
PNO  5796734
ISD  19980800
NAM  Izawa et al.
OCL  370394
LREP
FRM  Helfgott & Karas, PC.
ABST
PAL  A method that converts multimegabit-rate data into asynchronous transfer
      mode ATM cells and vice versa which are utilized in a switching system.
      The method includes determining whether the data is effective or
      ineffective in accordance with a portion of the data. Converting the data
      into the ATM cells when the data is determined to be effective.
      Disregarding the data when the data is determined to be ineffective. The
      method can be realized by an ATM interface converting unit connected with
      the switching system and a service interface unit. The service interface
      unit includes at least one of a switched multimegabit data services
      interface unit, a frame relay interface unit or a digital signal interface
      unit.
PATN
WKU  059915331
SRC  8
APN  9489924
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971010
TTL  Verification support system
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Do; Thuan
EXP  Stamber; Eric W.
NDR  49
NFG  64
INVT
NAM  Sano; Naoki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Takeshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Noriyasu; Manabu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Natsui; Satoru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Amano; Yuji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ogasawara; Atsushi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Mizuta; Yuko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takihana; Yoko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Yokogawa Electric Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940412
APN  94-73124
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940418
APN  94-78641
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940418
APN  94-78642
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940427
APN  94-89483
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940812
APN  94-190344
RLAP
COD  74
APN  420261
APD  19950411
PSC  01
PNO  5758123
ISD  19980526
CLAS
OCL  39550049
XCL  39550043
XCL  39550006
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1560
FSC  395
FSS  500;500.43
FSC  364
FSS  488;489;490;491;200
UREF
PNO  5051938
ISD  19910900
NAM  Hyduke
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5113517
ISD  19920500
NAM  Beard
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5425036
ISD  19950600
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  364488
UREF
PNO  5664159
ISD  19970900
NAM  Richter
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5717928
ISD  19980200
NAM  Campmas et al.
OCL  395500
LREP
FR2  Kojima; Moonray
ABST
PAL  A verification support system having the following characteristics: (1)
      Before actually making a CPU mounted circuit, virtually make a CPU mounted
      circuit model and an ICE model and perform verification of the CPU mounted
      circuit mode with logic simulation, by using the ICE model; (2) When an
      error is found in the verification of a program using logic simulation,
      the execution and verification of the steps up to one step before the
      error point is omitted and execution and verification are performed
      immediately from the error point, for the purpose of error correction; (3)
      A waveform obtained as a result of logic simulation and a partially
      enlarged waveform thereof are displayed on different display regions; (4)
      A display region for displaying a waveform obtained as a result of logic
      simulation every hour and a display region for saving a displayed waveform
      obtained when logic simulation is stopped, are provided separately; (5)
      When there are a plurality of target logic models, waveforms of logic
      simulation results are displayed on different display regions,
      respectively. The stop or restart of the renewing of waveforms can be
      performed individually or collectively; (6) Before making an actual system
      by PLC, virtually make a PLC model and a process model and verify the
      sequence program of the PLC; and (7) Prepare a test program for performing
      verification when a process model is detached from a PLC model, and verify
      a sequence program by using a general purpose simulator with a debugging
      function. The verification system enhances efficiency of development of a
      CPU mounted circuit, and development of a sequence control system using a
      PLC.
PATN
WKU  059915340
SRC  8
APN  8680388
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970603
TTL  Method and apparatus for editing a software component
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Dam; Tuan Q.
EXP  Hafiz; Tariq R.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Hamilton; Graham
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Cable; Laurence P. G.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395701
XCL  395710
XCL  345333
XCL  345335
XCL  345339
XCL  345352
XCL  707100
XCL  707102
XCL  707103
XCL  707  1
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  944
FSC  395
FSS  701;705;682;683;710
FSC  345
FSS  326;333;335;339;352-354;433
FSC  707
FSS  100;102-104;13
UREF
PNO  5490245
ISD  19960200
NAM  Wugofski
OCL  345348
UREF
PNO  5600778
ISD  19970200
NAM  Swanson et al.
OCL  345333
UREF
PNO  5603034
ISD  19970200
NAM  Swanson
OCL  395701
UREF
PNO  5682510
ISD  19971000
NAM  Zimmerman et al.
OCL  345 35.2
UREF
PNO  5754858
ISD  19980500
NAM  Broman et al.
OCL  395701
UREF
PNO  5764226
ISD  19980600
NAM  Consolatti et al.
OCL  345333
UREF
PNO  5778227
ISD  19980700
NAM  Jordan
OCL  395682
UREF
PNO  5784583
ISD  19980700
NAM  Redpath
OCL  345353
UREF
PNO  5787431
ISD  19980700
NAM  Shaughnessy
OCL  707100
UREF
PNO  5790855
ISD  19980800
NAM  Faustini
OCL  395701
UREF
PNO  5794006
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sanderman
OCL  395500
OREF
PAL  Graham Hamilton, JavaBeans.TM., Jul. 24, 1997, Sun Microsystems, pp. 1-114.
LREP
FRM  Beyer & Weaver, LLP
ABST
PAL  Methods, software, and apparatus for customizing a component for use with
      an application builder tool are disclosed. A method for customizing a
      component which has at least one associated property with an associated
      data type involves obtaining the component, obtaining an editor that is
      arranged to modify the property, and adding the editor to a customizer
      that is associated with said component. Then, the property is modified
      using the editor. In one embodiment, the method further includes
      configuring the component by implementing the modified property. In
      another embodiment, the component is an instance of an associated
      component class, and obtaining the component involves obtaining the
      component class and creating the instance of the component class. In such
      an embodiment, each property associated with the component is identified.
PATN
WKU  059915358
SRC  8
APN  6758509
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19960703
TTL  Visual composition tool for constructing application programs using
      distributed objects on a distributed object network
ISD  19991123
NCL  38
ECL  1
EXA  Smithers; Matthew
EXP  Swann; Tod R.
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Fowlow; Brad G.
CTY  Redwood City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Nuyens; Greg B.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ludolph; Frank
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395702
XCL  707103
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  395
FSS  702;701;705;703;704
FSC  345
FSS  326
UREF
PNO  5261098
ISD  19931100
NAM  Katin et al.
OCL  395650
UREF
PNO  5339419
ISD  19940800
NAM  Chan et al.
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5339433
ISD  19940800
NAM  Frid-Nielsen
OCL  395705
UREF
PNO  5392448
ISD  19950200
NAM  Frankel et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5414806
ISD  19950500
NAM  Richards
OCL  345435
UREF
PNO  5446902
ISD  19950800
NAM  Islam
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5450583
ISD  19950900
NAM  Inada
OCL  395650
UREF
PNO  5475817
ISD  19951200
NAM  Waldo et al.
OCL  395650
UREF
PNO  5524246
ISD  19960600
NAM  Hurley et al.
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5634095
ISD  19970500
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  345326
UREF
PNO  5642511
ISD  19970600
NAM  Chow et al.
OCL  395701
UREF
PNO  5659735
ISD  19970800
NAM  Parrish et al.
OCL  707 10
UREF
PNO  5671415
ISD  19970900
NAM  Hossain
OCL  395701
UREF
PNO  5692183
ISD  19971100
NAM  Hapner et al.
OCL  395614
UREF
PNO  5699735
ISD  19971200
NAM  Garloff et al.
OCL  395701
UREF
PNO  5721911
ISD  19980200
NAM  Ha et al.
OCL  395611
UREF
PNO  5724589
ISD  19980300
NAM  Wold
OCL  395701
UREF
PNO  5727145
ISD  19980300
NAM  Nessett et al.
OCL  395186
UREF
PNO  5764989
ISD  19980600
NAM  Gustafsson et al.
OCL  395704
OREF
PAL  Al-Salqan et al., "MediaWare: A Distributed Multimedia Environment with
      Interoperability", Apr. 20, 1995, IEEE.
PAL  Gamma et al., "Design Patterns Elements of Reusable Object Oriented
      Software", 1995, Addison-Wesley Professional Computing Series.
PAL  Summers, et al., Visual Programming Language Bibliography, Nov. 29, 1995,
      Department of Computer Science from Oregon State Internet Website.
PAL  Visual Object-Oriented Programming Concepts and Environment, Burnett et al,
      pp. 49-63; 143-145, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Beyer & Weaver, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method, apparatus, and program code visually constructs object-oriented
      application software to be installed on a distributed object system. The
      method of the invention includes the following steps. Initially, the
      method provides a catalog facility which contains components having
      references to pre-existing objects within a distributed object system. A
      component is selected from the catalog facility for inclusion in the
      application software. A part corresponding to the object referenced by the
      selected component is derived from the selected component. The part is
      then made available to an application construction environment. In this
      environment, the part can be linked to at least one other part that also
      references a pre-existing object in the distributed object system.
      Graphical facilities are provided within the application construction
      environment for selecting and defining links among parts. Links define
      relationships between parts and thereby provide computer code for the
      application software under construction. When the part is linked to
      another part in the application construction environment, computer code is
      generated that will be effective to implement the relationship between the
      parts when the application program is run.
PATN
WKU  059915366
SRC  8
APN  7474172
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19961112
TTL  Object-oriented tool for registering objects for observation and causing
      notifications to be made in the event changes are made to an object
      which is being observed
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Ingberg; Todd
EXP  Hafiz; Tariq R.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Brodsky; Stephen Andrew
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Grose; Timothy James
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395704
XCL  395701
XCL  395712
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  944
FSC  395
FSS  703;650;683;700;704;701;702;705;706;707;708;709;710;712
UREF
PNO  4845665
ISD  19890700
NAM  Heath et al.
UREF
PNO  5206951
ISD  19930400
NAM  Khoyi et al.
OCL  395701
UREF
PNO  5247651
ISD  19930900
NAM  Clarisse
UREF
PNO  5257363
ISD  19931000
NAM  Shapiro et al.
UREF
PNO  5303379
ISD  19940400
NAM  Khoyi et al.
OCL  395703
UREF
PNO  5315709
ISD  19940500
NAM  Alston, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5325533
ISD  19940600
NAM  McInerney et al.
UREF
PNO  5390320
ISD  19950200
NAM  Smithline
UREF
PNO  5390330
ISD  19950200
NAM  Talati
UREF
PNO  5396630
ISD  19950300
NAM  Banda et al.
OCL  395703
UREF
PNO  5421015
ISD  19950500
NAM  Khoyi et al.
UREF
PNO  5437037
ISD  19950700
NAM  Furuichi
UREF
PNO  5475817
ISD  19951200
NAM  Waldo
OCL  395701
UREF
PNO  5515497
ISD  19960500
NAM  Itri et al.
UREF
PNO  5528503
ISD  19960600
NAM  Moore et al.
UREF
PNO  5537630
ISD  19960700
NAM  Berry et al.
UREF
PNO  5542040
ISD  19960700
NAM  Chang et al.
UREF
PNO  5555365
ISD  19960900
NAM  Selby et al.
UREF
PNO  5557518
ISD  19960900
NAM  Rosen
UREF
PNO  5732271
ISD  19980300
NAM  Berry
OCL  395683
OREF
PAL  Object-Oriented Modeling and Design Rumbaugh et al. inside covers pp. 1-10,
      474, Chapters 5 and 10, 1990.
PAL  Object Oriented Anaysis and Design with Applications, Booch inside covers
      Chapters 3, 1994.
PAL  Distributed Object Based Programming Systems R. Chin et al., 1991.
PAL  Citrin, Wayne, et al., "Using Formalized Temporal Message-flow Diagrams,"
      Software-Practice and Experience, vol. 25, No. 12, pp. 1367-1401, Dec.
      1995.
PAL  Coats, Mark, et al., "Constructing Operational Specifications," Dr. Dobb's
      Journal of Software Tools for Professional Programmer, vol. 20, No. 6, pp.
      18-33, Jun. 1995.
PAL  De Man, Josef, et al., "Towards a formal Semantics of Message Sequence
      Charts", SDL 93 Using Objects. Proceedings of the Sixth SDL Forum 1993,
      pp. 157-165, 1993.
PAL  De Man, Jozef, et al., "Developing Formal Specifications with Message
      Sequence Charts", XIV International Switching Symposium, vol. 2, pp.
      134-137, Oct. 1992.
PAL  Ek, Anders, "Verifying Message Sequence Charts with the SDT Validator," SDL
      '93, Using Objects. Proceedings of the Sixth SDL Forum 1993, pp. 237-249.
PAL  Grabowski, Jens, et al., "The Standardization of Message Sequence Charts,"
      Proceedings 1993: Software Engineering Standards Symposium, pp. 48-63,
      1993.
PAL  Graubmann, Peter, et al., "Towards a Petri Net Based Semantics Definition
      for Message Sequence Charts," SDL 93: Using Objects, pp. 179-190, 1993.
PAL  Hadzilacos, Thanasis, et al., "Transaction Synchronisation in Object
      Bases", Journal of Computer and System Sciences, vol. 43, pp. 2-24, 1991.
PAL  Ito, Atsushi, et al., "Transformation Technique Between Specification in
      SDL and Specification in Message Sequence Charts for Designing Protocol
      Specifications," Supercomm/ICC '92: Discovering a New World of
      Communications, IEEE vol. 1, pp. 0442-0447, 1992.
PAL  Ladkin, Peter B., et al., "What do Message Sequence Charts Mean?", IFIP
      Trans., C. Commun. Syst., vol. C, No. 22, pp. 301-316, 1994.
PAL  Ladkin, Peter B., et al., "Interpreting Message Flow Graphs," Formal
      Aspects of Computing 1995, vol. 7, No. 5, pp. 473-509, 1995.
PAL  Mauw, S., et al., "An Algebraic Semantics of Basic Message Sequence
      Charts," The Computer Journal, vol. 37, No. 4, pp. 269-277, 1994.
PAL  Mauw, S., et al., "A Formal Semantics of Synchronous Interworkings," SDL
      '93 using Objects: Proceedings of the Sixth SDL Forum 1993, pp. 167-178.
PAL  Moriyasu, Kenji, et al., "A Method of Applying Message Sequence Chart
      Specifications for Services with Variant Process Structure," Electronics
      and Communications in Japan, Part 1, vol. 78, No. 9, pp. 12-24, 1995.
PAL  Okamoto, Mitsuhiro, et al., "A Verification Scheme for Service
      Specifications Described by Information Sequence Charts," IEICE Trans.
      Commun., vol. E75-B, No. 10, pp. 978-985, Oct. 1992.
PAL  Thrampoulidis, K.X., et al., "Object Interaction Diagram: A New Technique
      in Object-oriented Analysis and Design," Journal of Object-Oriented
      Programming, vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 25-32, Jun. 1995.
LREP
FRM  Gates & Cooper
ABST
PAL  The present invention discloses a method, apparatus, and article of
      manufacture for notification in an object-oriented system. The system
      includes observed objects in an object hierarchy, a notification manager,
      and observer objects. The notification manager determines when a change is
      made to one of the observed objects in the object hierarchy and then
      notifies an associated observer object of the change.
PATN
WKU  059915374
SRC  8
APN  9695303
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970916
TTL  VXI test executive
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Khatri; Anil
EXP  Hafiz; Tariq R.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  McKeon; Brian T.
CTY  Newport
STA  RI
INVT
NAM  Larson; Mark C.
CTY  Newport
STA  RI
INVT
NAM  Sherman; Douglas H.
CTY  Cranston
STA  RI
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  395704
XCL  395704
XCL  395705
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  945
FSC  395
FSS  701;703;704;700;705
FSC  702
FSS  120
FSC  345
FSS  349;333
FSC  706
FSS  47
FSC  714
FSS  28
UREF
PNO  4901221
ISD  19900200
NAM  Kodosky et al.
OCL  345348
UREF
PNO  4914568
ISD  19900400
NAM  Kodosky et al.
OCL  345349
UREF
PNO  5319645
ISD  19940600
NAM  Bassi et al.
OCL  714 38
UREF
PNO  5539907
ISD  19960700
NAM  Srvastave et al.
OCL  395705
UREF
PNO  5600789
ISD  19970200
NAM  Parker et al.
OCL  714 38
UREF
PNO  5680542
ISD  19971000
NAM  Mulchandani et al.
OCL  714 28
UREF
PNO  5689684
ISD  19971100
NAM  Mulchandani et al.
OCL  395500.44
UREF
PNO  5715373
ISD  19980200
NAM  Desgrousilliers et al.
OCL  706 47
UREF
PNO  5724273
ISD  19980300
NAM  Desgrousilliers et al.
OCL  702120
UREF
PNO  5754755
ISD  19980500
NAM  Smith
OCL  395183.14
UREF
PNO  5790117
ISD  19980800
NAM  Halviatti et al.
OCL  345333
OREF
PAL  Sefika et al, "Monitoring compliance of a software system with its high
       ll designe models", Proc of ICSE, IEEE, pp. 387-396, 1996.
PAL  Ostrand et al, "A visual test devlopment environment for GUI systems",
      ISSTA ACM pp. 82-92, Aug. 1998.
PAL  Goforth et al, Implemenation of an automated EMS optimization program using
      as embeded expert system, ACM pp. 349-352, 1992.
PAL  Stocks et al, Test templets a specification based testing framework:, IEEE
      pp. 405-414, 1993.
PAL  Kasik et al, "Toward automatic generation of novice user test scripts", CHI
      Conf. proc. in human factor in computing sys, pp. 244-251, 1996.
LREP
FR2  McGowan; Michael J.
FR2  Gauthier; Robert W.
FR2  Lall; Prithvi C.
ABST
PAL  A system is provided for developing program test sets with test hardware
      conforming to well known test industry standards, such as VXI, VME and
      GPIB standards. The system has a computer with a display console. After
      initialization and password checks, the console displays a front panel
      from which a user chooses the instruments, switches, connections, inputs,
      outputs, etc. which make up the program test set. As each choice is made,
      the system generates test script corresponding to the choice. The system
      then uses the test script, or macro, to generate the graphical
      representation of the component and its connections on the display. The
      graphical displays are standardized for each functional component or
      operation of a program test set, as well as being standardized between
      program test sets. The macros further allow a program test set to be more
      efficiently developed by coding macros rather than by developing graphical
      displays. The combined macros for the entire test set provide written
      documentation for the program test set, allowing for easy configuration
      management of the program test set.
GOVT
PAC  STATEMENT OF GOVERNMENT INTEREST
PAR  The invention described herein may be manufactured and used by or for the
      Government of the United States of America for governmental purposes
      without the payment of any royalties thereon or therefore.
PATN
WKU  059915382
SRC  7
APN  9931457
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19921218
TTL  System for generating and using programs in an object-oriented
      environment with a message dispatch architecture
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Corcoran, III; Peter J.
EXP  Hafiz; Tariq R.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Becker; Peter J.
CTY  Capitola
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Inprise Corporation
CTY  Scotts Valley
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395705
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  945
FSC  395
FSS  650;700;705
UREF
PNO  4821220
ISD  19890400
NAM  Duisberg
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5212792
ISD  19930500
NAM  Gerety et al.
OCL  395650
OREF
PAL  "Lisp" 3rd Edition by Winston et al, 1989, pp. 183-205.
PAL  "Artificial Intelligence and the Design of Expert Systems" by Luger et al,
      1989, pp. 514-525.
PAL  "Programming Windows" by The Microsoft Press, 1988, pp. 16-23, and 169-171.
PAL  Turbo C++ for Windows Version 3.0--Programmer's Guide, 1991, Borland
      International, Inc., Scotts Valley, CA, pp. 145-152.
PAL  ObjectWindows for C++-User's Guide, 1991, Borland International, Inc.,
      Scotts Valley, CA, pp. 7-13.
PAL  Shaw, R., Programming Windows with a Touch of Class: The Microsoft
      Foundation Classes, Microsoft Systems Journal, pp. 19-38, Nov. 1992.
PAL  Shaw, R., The Virtual Column: Manage Messages the Easy Way, Windows Tech
      Journal, pp. 18-21, Mar. 1992.
LREP
FR2  Smart; John A.
ABST
PAL  An object-oriented development system of the present invention includes a
      development system, which may include, among other features, a compiler, a
      linker, standard libraries, class libraries, and a debugger. Methods of
      the present invention include constructing C++ classes having response
      functions--C++ class methods which process specific system messages of
      interest. More particularly, a C++ class includes a registry object--an
      object which associates the message of interest with a particular response
      function. The registry object includes C++ template definition, whereby
      the object includes a "generic" function, that is, one which is not tied
      to any specific parameter type. In this manner, the message-response
      functions of the development system do not require compiler-specific
      extensions or unsafe casting operations.
PATN
WKU  059915390
SRC  8
APN  9253106
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970908
TTL  Use of re-entrant subparsing to facilitate processing of complicated
      input data
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Khatri; Anil
EXP  Hafiz; Tariq R.
NDR  7
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Williams; Gerald S.
CTY  Macungie
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395708
XCL  395707
XCL  395708
XCL  708253
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  945
FSC  395
FSS  701;702;704;705;708;709;707;710
FSC  704
FSS  9
FSC  364
FSS  280.4;281.4
FSC  707
FSS  524
FSC  708
FSS  253
UREF
PNO  4686623
ISD  19870800
NAM  Wallace
UREF
PNO  4914585
ISD  19900400
NAM  Packard et al.
UREF
PNO  5113342
ISD  19920500
NAM  Zamora
UREF
PNO  5182806
ISD  19930100
NAM  Mckeeman et al.
OCL  395707
UREF
PNO  5193192
ISD  19930300
NAM  Seberger
OCL  395709
UREF
PNO  5276880
ISD  19940100
NAM  Platoff et al.
OCL  395708
UREF
PNO  5317509
ISD  19940500
NAM  Caldwell
OCL  704  9
UREF
PNO  5325531
ISD  19940600
NAM  Mckeeman et al.
OCL  395708
UREF
PNO  5386570
ISD  19950100
NAM  Lindhorst
UREF
PNO  5410701
ISD  19950400
NAM  Gopalraman
UREF
PNO  5477451
ISD  19951200
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  5491821
ISD  19960200
NAM  Kills
OCL  395707
UREF
PNO  5504881
ISD  19960400
NAM  Sirurget
OCL  714 38
UREF
PNO  5561803
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kills
OCL  395707
UREF
PNO  5642513
ISD  19970600
NAM  Schnellinger et al.
OCL  395705
UREF
PNO  5649179
ISD  19970700
NAM  Steenstra et al.
OCL  395598
OREF
PAL  Auslander et al. "Fast, effecetive dynamic compilation", PLDI-ACM, pp.
      149-159, May 1996.
PAL  Guthrie et al., The Role of lexicons in natural language processing, Comm.
      of the ACM, vo. 39, No. 1, pp. 63-72, Jan. 1996.
PAL  Kolte et al., Load/store range analysis for global register allocation, ACM
      SIGPLAN PLDI, pp. 268-277, Apr. 1993.
PAL  Kyo et al., Data stream control optimization in dataflow architeceture, ACM
      ICS, pp. 37-46, Jul. 1993.
PAL  Miller et al, A model for dataflow based vector execution, ACM ICS, pp.
      11-22, Jul. 1994.
PAL  Weise et al., "Programmable syntax macros", ACM SIGPLAN PLDI, pp. 156-165,
      Apr. 1993.
PAL  Benitez & Davidson, "Code generation for streaming: an access/execute
      mechanism", ACM, pp. 132-141, Sep. 1991.
PAL  Tichy et al., "Using a program geneartor to implement persistence
      automatically can take drudgery out of the load process save model", C + +
      Report, pp. 23-33, Jan. 1994.
ABST
PAL  A parser includes a plurality of entry points, an allocater, and a
      reinvoker. The plurality of entry points each invoke a respective portion
      of the parser to attempt to interpret a stream of tokens corresponding to
      a statement in a respectively different way. An allocater defines a local
      state for each invocation of each respective portion of the parser. A
      reinvoker enters more than one of the entry points to attempt to interpret
      the stream of tokens.
PATN
WKU  059915404
SRC  8
APN  8298475
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970401
TTL  Method for identifying partial redundancies in existing processor
      architectures
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  33
EXA  Smith; Demetra R.
EXP  Trammell; James P.
NDR  8
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Radigan; Jim J.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395709
XCL  395706
XCL  395707
XCL  3642804
XCL  3642805
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  945
FSC  395
FSS  706;707;709;705
FSC  264
FSS  280.4;280.5
UREF
PNO  4435753
ISD  19840300
NAM  Rizzi
OCL  395709
UREF
PNO  4567574
ISD  19860100
NAM  Saade et al.
OCL  395709
UREF
PNO  4656582
ISD  19870400
NAM  Chaitin et al.
OCL  395709
UREF
PNO  4656583
ISD  19870400
NAM  Auslander et al.
OCL  395707
UREF
PNO  4710872
ISD  19871200
NAM  Scarborough
OCL  395707
UREF
PNO  4773007
ISD  19880900
NAM  Kanada et al.
OCL  395709
UREF
PNO  4782444
ISD  19881100
NAM  Munshi et al.
OCL  395709
UREF
PNO  4821181
ISD  19890400
NAM  Iwasawa et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  4833606
ISD  19890500
NAM  Iwasawa et al.
OCL  395709
UREF
PNO  4885684
ISD  19891200
NAM  Austin et al.
OCL  395706
UREF
PNO  4965724
ISD  19901000
NAM  Utsumi et al.
OCL  395707
UREF
PNO  5287510
ISD  19940200
NAM  Hall et al.
OCL  395709
UREF
PNO  5327561
ISD  19940700
NAM  Choi et al.
OCL  395709
UREF
PNO  5448737
ISD  19950900
NAM  Burke et al.
OCL  395709
UREF
PNO  5475842
ISD  19951200
NAM  Gilbert et al.
OCL  395706
UREF
PNO  5584027
ISD  19961200
NAM  Smith
OCL  395707
UREF
PNO  5659754
ISD  19970800
NAM  Grove et al.
OCL  395709
UREF
PNO  5768596
ISD  19980600
NAM  Chow et al.
OCL  395709
OREF
PAL  Alfred V. Aho, Revi Sethi, and Jeffrey D. Ullman, Compilers---Principles,
      Techniques, and Tools, (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. 1988), in toto.
PAL  Ron Cytron, Jeanne Ferrante, Mark N. Wegman, Barry K. Rosen, and F. Kenneth
      Zadeck, "An Efficient Method of Computing Static Single Assignment Form"
      available from the Brown University Department of Computer Science as
      Technical Report No. CS-88-16 at techreports@cs.brown.edu or through
      http:/www.cs.brown.edu:80/techreports/reports/CS-91-21.html, in toto.
PAL  Ron Cyton, Jeanne Ferrante, Mark N. Wegman, Barry K. Rosen, and F. Kenneth
      Zadeck, "Efficiently Computing Static Single Assignment Form and the
      Control Dependence Graph," 13 ACM Transactions on Programming Languages
      and Systems (1991); also available from the Brown University Department of
      Computer Science as Technical Report No. CS-91-21 at
      techreports@cs.brown.edu or through
      http:/www/cs.brown.edu:80/techreports/reports/CS-91-21.html, in toto.
PAL  Mark N. Wegman and F. Kenneth Zadeck, "Constant Propagation with
      Conditional Branches," presented at the Twelfth Annual ACM Symposium on
      Principles of Programming Languages, sponsored by the Special Interest
      Group on Automata and Computability Theory and the Special Interest Group
      on Programming Languages of the Association for Computing Machinery, Jan.
      14-16, 1985, in New Orleans, Louisiana, available from ACM Press and from
      the Brown University Department of Computer Science as Technical Report
      No. CS-91-22 at techreports@cs.brown.edu or through
      http:/www/cs.brown.edu:80/techreports/reports/CS-91-22.html, in toto.
PAL  Kathleen Knobe and Kenneth Zadeck, "Register Allocation Using Control
      Trees", available from the Brown University Department of Computer Science
      as Technical Report No. CS-92-13 at techreports@cs.brown.edu or through
      http:/www/cs.brown.edu:80/techreports/reports/CS-92-13.html, in toto.
PAL  Eric Stoltz, Harini Srinivasan, James Hook, and Michael Wolfe, "Static
      Single Assignment Form for Explicitly Parallel Programs: Theory and
      Practice," available at
      http:.backslash..backslash.www.cse.ogi.edu/Sparse/sparse.papers.html, in
      toto.
PAL  Barry K. Rosen, Mark N. Wegman, and F. Kenneth Zadeck, "Global Value
      Numbers and Redundant Computations," presented at the Fifteenth Annual ACM
      Symposium on Principles of Programming Languages, sponsored by the Special
      Interest Group on Automata and Computability Theory and the Special
      Interest Group on Programming Languages of the Association for Computing
      Machinery, Jan. 13-15, 1988, in San Diego, California, available from ACM
      Press, in toto.
PAL  Fred C. Chow and John L. Hennessy, "The Priority-Based Coloring Approach to
      Register Allocation," 12 ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and
      Systems 501 (Association for Computing Machinery 1990), in toto.
PAL  Gregory J. Chaitin, Marc A. Auslander, Ashok K. Chandra, John Cocke, Martin
      E. Hopkins, and Peter W. Markstein, "Register Allocation via Coloring," 6
      Computer Languages 47 (Pergamon Press Ltd. 1981), in toto.
PAL  G. J. Chaitin, "Register Allocation & Spilling via Graph Coloring,"
      Proceedings of the SIGPLAN '82 Symposium on Compiler Construction,
      presented Jun. 23-25, 1982, in Boston, Massachusetts, sponsored by the
      Association for Computing Machinery Special Interest Group on Programming
      Languages (ACM Order No. 548820), in toto.
PAL  Vugranam C. Sreedhar, Efficient Program Analysis Using DJ Graphs, Ph. D.
      Thesis, School of Computer Science, McGill University, Quebec Canada
      (1995), in toto.
PAL  Ganan Agrawal, Joel Saltz, and Raja Das, "Interprocedural Partial
      Redundancy and its Application to Distributed Memory Compilation," UMIACS
      and Department of Computer Science at the University of Maryland, in toto.
PAL  John H. Reif and Harry R. Lewis, "Efficient Symbolic Analysis of Programs,"
      32 Journal of Computer and System Sciences 280 (Academic Press, Inc.
      1986), in toto.
PAL  Mark N. Wegman and F. Kenneth Zadeck, "Constant Propagation with
      Conditional Branches," 13 ACM Transactions on Programming Languages 181
      (1991), in toto.
PAL  Gagan Agrawal and Joel Saltz, "Interprocedural Compilation of Irregular
      Applications for Distributed Memory Machines," (1995), in toto.
PAL  Peter Christy, "IA-64 and Merced--What and Why," 10 Microprocessor Rep. 17
      (1996), in toto.
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention in one embodiment is a method for identifying partially
      redundant loads in an SSA intermediate language representation of at least
      a portion of a computer program. The intermediate language representation
      in this embodiment includes an inserted phi-function and the definitions
      and their uses have been renamed. The method includes identifying a
      partially redundant load by determining whether one of the operands in the
      inserted phi-function is unregisterized.
PATN
WKU  059915412
SRC  8
APN  6956378
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960812
TTL  Dynamically modifiable call processing methods and apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Dam; Tuan Q.
EXP  Hafiz; Tariq R.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ozalp; Ahmet
CTY  Stratford
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  ADC Telecommunications, Inc.
CTY  Minnetonka
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395710
XCL  395712
XCL  395685
XCL  395680
XCL  395500
XCL  379207
XCL  379201
XCL  379229
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  944
ICL  H04M  342
FSC  395
FSS  500;680;685;200.1;200.54;701-712;683;200
FSC  379
FSS  133;227;242;357;207;201;219;220;269
FSC  371
FSS  27.1
UREF
PNO  4713806
ISD  19871200
NAM  Oberlander et al.
OCL  370 58
UREF
PNO  5586177
ISD  19961200
NAM  Farris et al.
OCL  379230
UREF
PNO  5655014
ISD  19970800
NAM  Walsh et al.
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5673261
ISD  19970900
NAM  Tjabben et al.
OCL  370384
UREF
PNO  5724406
ISD  19980300
NAM  Juster
OCL  379 67
OREF
PAL  Tanir et al, "The Design of a Library Support System for a
      Telecommunication System Synthesis Environment", IEEE Proceedings of the
      Fourth International Workshop on Rapid System Prototyping, pp. 120-131,
      Jun. 1993.
PAL  Cohen et al, "Generic Simulation Models of Communication Systems", IEEE
      Proceedings of the 29th Annual Simulation Symposium, pp.81-88, Apr. 1996.
PAL  Tanir et al, "On the Design of Real-Time Telecommunication Systems",
      Proceedings of the IEEE Workshop on Real-Time Applications, pp. 59-63, May
      1993.
PAL  Hirschman, "Voice Services Concepts For Intelligent Networks", Globecom
      '90: IEEE Global Telecommunications Conference and Exhibition, pp.
      1645-1649, Dec. 1990.
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg, Woessner & Kluth, P.A.
ABST
PAL  Dynamically modifiable call processing logic includes creating a Basic Call
      State Machine (BCSM) which is an instantiation of a dynamically executable
      Call Model having one or more initialization files and one or more shared
      library functions. The Call Model supplies the BCSM with Advanced
      Intelligent Network (AIN) compliant basic call processing logic as well as
      other features and configuration instructions. The BCSM is provided with a
      number of states, each of which corresponds to a point-in-call (PIC). Each
      PIC includes one or more substates and may include one or more trigger
      detection point (TDP). Each TDP includes at least one trigger. The Call
      Model, which is used to build the BCSM, includes the number of PICs and
      TDPs in the BCSM, the number of substates in each PIC, the number of
      triggers in each TDP, state transition information about which events lead
      to which PIC, the Call Model specific function calls associated with each
      substate and trigger, information about which PICs belong to which stage
      of a call, and the pre-processor and configuration functions. The
      initialization files include AIN defined events as well as other events
      defined by the developer, definitions of each PIC, and definitions of each
      trigger including what function is to be bound to each TDP. The Call Model
      is written with "C" language functions and the functions specify which
      shared libraries contain the definitions of the functions.
PATN
WKU  059915420
SRC  8
APN  7135009
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960913
TTL  Storage volume handling system which utilizes disk images
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Fields; Kenneth W.
EXP  Levy; Stuart S.
NDR  5
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Han; Byron B.
CTY  Honolulu
STA  HI
INVT
NAM  Kateley; James F.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Murphy; Colm
CTY  Tower Blarney
CNT  IEX
INVT
NAM  Fitzgerald-Smith; Kenneth
CTY  Passage West
CNT  IEX
ASSG
NAM  Apple Computer, Inc.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395712
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1516
FSC  395
FSS  200.42;200.45;200.47;200.49;200.33;712;200.77
UREF
PNO  4864572
ISD  19890900
NAM  Rechen et al.
OCL  371  2.1
UREF
PNO  5001628
ISD  19910300
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5179378
ISD  19930100
NAM  Ranganathan et al.
OCL  341 51
UREF
PNO  5230052
ISD  19930700
NAM  Dayan et al.
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5298992
ISD  19940300
NAM  Pietras et al.
OCL  348415
UREF
PNO  5325532
ISD  19940600
NAM  Crosswy et al.
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5353061
ISD  19941000
NAM  Rodriguez et al.
OCL  348409
UREF
PNO  5363487
ISD  19941100
NAM  Willman et al.
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5367698
ISD  19941100
NAM  Webber et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5374916
ISD  19941200
NAM  Chu
OCL  340146.2
UREF
PNO  5394534
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kulakowski et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5426645
ISD  19950600
NAM  Haskin
OCL  370118
UREF
PNO  5452454
ISD  19950900
NAM  Basu
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5493649
ISD  19960200
NAM  Slivka et al.
UREF
PNO  5504842
ISD  19960400
NAM  Gentile
OCL  395114
UREF
PNO  5555416
ISD  19960900
NAM  Owens et al.
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5604906
ISD  19970200
NAM  Murphy et al.
OCL  395712
UREF
PNO  5778384
ISD  19980700
NAM  Provino et al.
OCL  707200
UREF
PNO  5838910
ISD  19960300
NAM  Domenikos et al.
OCL  395200.33
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Disk images, and the like, are used to emulate storage volumes for the
      distribution of computer software. An image of a data storage volume, such
      as a hard disk drive, is stored in a file having a format that enables it
      to exhibit a behavior which is the same as the storage volume itself. The
      image files are accessed by means of an associated driver which can
      support a variety of different file system protocols, thereby permitting
      the files themselves to be independent of the format requirements of
      particular file systems. The data in the image file can be compressed in a
      manner such that a storage volume being emulated appears to be of a
      specified size, while actually requiring less space to store its contents.
      With these properties, the image files can be mounted in the manner of a
      hardware storage device, and large files can be readily transmitted and
      downloaded in an electronic format. Since the files are preserved in their
      original form, end-to-end verification remains possible, to ensure the
      integrity of the downloaded files. Multiple images can be combined into a
      single tome, for installation at a remote site using a one-button
      approach.
PATN
WKU  059915439
SRC  8
APN  9207732
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970829
TTL  Software installation and testing for a build-to-order computer system
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Sattizahn; Brian
EXP  Hafiz; Tariq R.
NDR  7
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Amberg; Richard D.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Wong; Roger W.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Brundridge; Michael A.
CTY  Georgetown
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Dell USA, L.P.
CTY  Round Rock
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395712
XCL  713  1
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  9445
FSC  395
FSS  651;652;712
FSC  713
FSS  1;2
UREF
PNO  5291585
ISD  19940300
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5432941
ISD  19950700
NAM  Crick et al.
OCL  395651
UREF
PNO  5463766
ISD  19951000
NAM  Schieve et al.
OCL  395652
UREF
PNO  5499357
ISD  19960300
NAM  Sonty et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5701486
ISD  19971200
NAM  Gilbertsen et al.
OCL  395704
UREF
PNO  5715463
ISD  19980200
NAM  Merkin
OCL  395712
UREF
PNO  5717930
ISD  19980200
NAM  Imai et al.
OCL  395712
UREF
PNO  5742829
ISD  19980400
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  395712
UREF
PNO  5745568
ISD  19980400
NAM  O'Connor et al.
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5826090
ISD  19981000
NAM  Mealey et al.
OCL  395712
UREF
PNO  5828887
ISD  19981000
NAM  Yeager et al.
OCL  395712
UREF
PNO  5835777
ISD  19981100
NAM  Staelin
OCL  395712
UREF
PNO  5842024
ISD  19981100
NAM  Choye et al.
OCL  395712
FREF
PNO  2291517
ISD  19960100
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2309104
ISD  19970700
CNT  GBX
LREP
FRM  Haynes & Boone, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A method for installing and/or testing software for a build-to-order
      computer system having a plurality of components includes a plurality of
      elements. The computer system has an associated step sequence. The step
      sequence includes a plurality of steps where each step includes at least
      one command and a step is associated with a respective component
      descriptor. A component descriptor corresponds to a respective component
      of the computer system. The method includes accessing a command within the
      step sequence; creating a file including a start of execution indication;
      executing the command; deleting the file including the start of execution
      indication when the command completes execution; and repeating the
      accessing, creating, executing and deleting for the plurality of steps.
PATN
WKU  059915447
SRC  8
APN  9872515
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19971209
TTL  Process and apparatus for managing a software load image
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Zhen; Wei
EXP  Hafiz; Tariq R.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Godse; Dhananjay
CTY  Kanata
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Nortel Networks Corporation
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  395712
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  945
FSC  395
FSS  712
UREF
PNO  5410651
ISD  19950400
NAM  Sekizawa et al.
OCL  395200.54
UREF
PNO  5519866
ISD  19960500
NAM  Lawrence et al.
OCL  395710
UREF
PNO  5655081
ISD  19970800
NAM  Bonnell et al.
OCL  395200.32
UREF
PNO  5668992
ISD  19970900
NAM  Hammer et al.
OCL  395651
UREF
PNO  5742829
ISD  19980400
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  395712
UREF
PNO  5745568
ISD  19980400
NAM  O'Connor et al.
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5761499
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sonderegger
OCL  395610
UREF
PNO  5778231
ISD  19980700
NAM  Van Hoff et al.
OCL  395705
UREF
PNO  5826239
ISD  19981000
NAM  Du et al.
OCL  705  8
UREF
PNO  5857107
ISD  19990100
NAM  Tsuchida
OCL  395712
UREF
PNO  5859969
ISD  19990100
NAM  Oki et al.
OCL  395200.3
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a method and apparatus to permit a
      computer to manage its software load image. This operation takes place
      when the computer powers on and when a new software sub-system is
      dynamically loaded into an address space where a software load is already
      running. During the booting procedure, after the operating system has been
      initialized, software sub-systems are started. Typically the linker-loader
      module of the operating system resolves symbol references for each
      sub-system, allocates memory and then starts the sub-systems. The novel
      method involves the additional step of registering the sub-system in an
      in-memory location, herein designated as load description database, before
      starting the sub-system. Similarly, when a sub-system is removed from a
      computer, it registers with the load description database indicating that
      it has been removed. The result is that the load description database
      always reflects the sub-systems present on the computer at any given time.
      The invention also provides a machine-readable medium comprising a program
      element to implement the load image management process.
PATN
WKU  059915455
SRC  8
APN  4787307
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19950607
TTL  Microcomputer having variable bit width area for displacement and
      circuit for handling immediate data larger than instruction word
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Follansbee; John
EXP  Bowler; Alyssa H.
NDR  87
NFG  114
INVT
NAM  Kawasaki; Shumpei
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakakibara; Eiji
CTY  Kodaira
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fukada; Kaoru
CTY  Koganei
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamazaki; Takanaga
CTY  Kodaira
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Akao; Yasushi
CTY  Kokubunji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Baba; Shiro
CTY  Kokubunji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kihara; Toshimasa
CTY  Tachikawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kurakazu; Keiichi
CTY  Tokorozawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsukamoto; Takashi
CTY  Kodaira
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Masumura; Shigeki
CTY  Kodaira
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tawara; Yasuhiro
CTY  Kodaira
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kashiwagi; Yugo
CTY  Koganei
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujita; Shuya
CTY  Kodaira
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishida; Katsuhiko
CTY  Koganei
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sawa; Noriko
CTY  Tama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Asano; Yoichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Chaki; Hideaki
CTY  Tokorozawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sugawara; Tadahiko
CTY  Kodaira
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kainaga; Masahiro
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Noguchi; Kouki
CTY  Kokubunji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watabe; Mitsuru
CTY  Naka-gun
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi VLSI Engineering Corp.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi Microcomputer System Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910624
APN  3-178739
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19920521
APN  4-154525
RLAP
COD  71
APN  897457
APD  19920610
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  39580033
XCL  395561
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  922
ICL  G06F  930
FSC  395
FSS  375;800;800.1;376;820.33;561
UREF
PNO  4858105
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kuriyama et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  4947366
ISD  19900800
NAM  Johnson
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5019968
ISD  19910500
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5050068
ISD  19910900
NAM  Dollas et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  5050668
ISD  19910900
NAM  Dallas et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  5193167
ISD  19930300
NAM  Sites et al.
OCL  711163
UREF
PNO  5202967
ISD  19930400
NAM  Matsuzaki et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  5233694
ISD  19930800
NAM  Hotta et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  5241633
ISD  19930800
NAM  Nishi
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  5317740
ISD  19940500
NAM  Sites
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5394529
ISD  19950200
NAM  Brown, III et al.
OCL  395375
FREF
PNO  0368332A2
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F  938
FREF
PNO  0427245A3
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F  938
FREF
PNO  0427025A2
ISD  19920200
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F  930
OREF
PAL  Kohn et al., Session 3: Floating Point Processors, WAM 3.6: A 1,000,000
      Transistor Microprocessor, ISSC 89, Wednesday, Feb. 15, 1989, pp. 53-55.
PAL  Osborn et al., Osborne 16-Bit Microprocessor Handbook, Includes 2900 Chip
      Slice Family, Osborne/McGraw-Hill, 1981, pp. 1-1 to 1-5; 1-24 to 1-33; 4-1
      to 4-4; and 4-35 to 4-45.
PAL  Tabak, D., RISC Systems, 1990, pp. 49-71.
PAL  "I860 Microprocessor Internal Architecture" Microprocessors and
      Microsystems, vol. 14, No. 12, Mar. 1990, pp. 89-96.
PAL  "Cache Organization to Maximize Fetch Bandwidth," IBM Technical Disclosure
      Bulletin, vol. 32, No. 2, Jul. 1989, pp. 62-64.
PAL  M68000, 16/32-Bit Microprocessor Programmer's Reference Manual, 1984, pp.
      72, 77 and 80.
PAL  Osborne, 16-bit Microprocessor Handbook, 1981, pp. 7-30 to 7-38.
LREP
FRM  Fay, Sharpe, Beall, Fagan, Minnich & McKee
ABST
PAL  Herein disclosed is a microcomputer MCU adopting the general purpose
      register method. The microcomputer is enabled to have a small program
      capacity or a high program memory using efficiency and a low system cost,
      while enjoying the advantage of simplification of the instruction decoding
      as in the RISC machine having a fixed length instruction format of the
      prior art, by adopting a fixed length instruction format having a power of
      2 but a smaller bit number than that of the maximum data word length fed
      to instruction execution means. And, the control of the coded division is
      executed by noting the code bits.
PATN
WKU  059915463
SRC  8
APN  9067752
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970829
TTL  System and method for interfacing manually controllable input devices to
      a universal computer bus system
ISD  19991123
NCL  45
ECL  1
EXP  Shin; Christopher B.
NDR  16
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Chan; Teh-Hsin Philip
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chen; Mike Ching-Hsing
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hargrove; Arthur Kent
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hui; Scot Chuen Leung
CTY  West Covina
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lee; Jason Jzhong
CTY  La Habra
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lin; Brian Chien Hun
CTY  Laguna Niguel
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lin; Sam Chien-Shin
CTY  Rancho Santa Margarita
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Liu; Raymond Cheng-Yu
CTY  Laguna Niguel
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Siu; Victor Moon-Fai
CTY  Huntington Beach
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Wong; Sam An
CTY  Orange
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  CMD Technology, Inc.
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  395882
XCL  395892
XCL  395825
XCL  395309
XCL  395500
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  821-839;882-892;309-312;500
UREF
PNO  4972470
ISD  19901100
NAM  Farago
OCL  380  3
UREF
PNO  5056001
ISD  19911000
NAM  Sexton
OCL  395830
UREF
PNO  5214785
ISD  19930500
NAM  Fairweather
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5379382
ISD  19950100
NAM  Work et al.
OCL  395883
UREF
PNO  5428748
ISD  19950600
NAM  Davidson et al.
OCL  395829
UREF
PNO  5537607
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ploger, III
OCL  395830
UREF
PNO  5537646
ISD  19960700
NAM  Buck et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5561826
ISD  19961000
NAM  Davies et al.
OCL  395891
UREF
PNO  5581741
ISD  19961200
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5615344
ISD  19970300
NAM  Corder
OCL  395309
UREF
PNO  5621901
ISD  19970400
NAM  Morriss et al.
OCL  395306
UREF
PNO  5671355
ISD  19970900
NAM  Collins
OCL  395200.2
UREF
PNO  5713009
ISD  19980100
NAM  DeRosa, Jr. et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5717950
ISD  19980200
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  395828
UREF
PNO  5751975
ISD  19980500
NAM  Gillespie et al.
OCL  395306
UREF
PNO  5793979
ISD  19980800
NAM  Lichtman et al.
OCL  395200.56
UREF
PNO  5802318
ISD  19980900
NAM  Murray et al.
OCL  395280
LREP
FRM  Merchant, Gould, Smith, Edell, Welter & Schmidt
ABST
PAL  A system and method for interfacing peripheral devices to a computer
      universal serial bus is disclosed. The system is adaptable to a wide
      variety of peripheral devices and features a user-configurable serial
      EEPROM coupled to the interface in which vendor specific data can be
      stored for use by the interface. Interface parameters may also be selected
      by an externally controllable configuration switch.
PATN
WKU  059915471
SRC  8
APN  8336660
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970408
TTL  Attention attractor for viewing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Blankenship; Howard B.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Baiera; Vincent A.
STR  2035 Haring St.
CTY  Brooklyn
STA  NY
ZIP  11229
INVT
NAM  Cavellier; Robert F.
CTY  West Palm Beach
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Baiera; Vincent A.
CTY  Brooklyn
STA  NY
COD  04
CLAS
OCL  396  6
XCL  396544
XCL  446 73
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 1702
FSC  396
FSS  6;429;535;544
FSC  446
FSS  72;73;74
FSC  359
FSS  408
UREF
PNO  D270839
ISD  19831000
NAM  Greif
UREF
PNO  D289409
ISD  19870400
NAM  Colani
UREF
PNO  D289658
ISD  19870500
NAM  Colani
UREF
PNO  D349124
ISD  19940700
NAM  Tugendhaft
UREF
PNO  D351178
ISD  19941000
NAM  Pijlman
UREF
PNO  4736220
ISD  19880400
NAM  Heinzelmann
UREF
PNO  4751536
ISD  19880600
NAM  Ohmura et al.
OCL  396  6
UREF
PNO  4864333
ISD  19890900
NAM  Barber
UREF
PNO  4907022
ISD  19900300
NAM  Myers
UREF
PNO  5250973
ISD  19931000
NAM  Pijlman
OREF
PAL  "MICK-A-MATIC" advertisement, Modern Plastics, Sep. 1978, p. 28, Sep. 1970.
LREP
FRM  Wood, Herron & Evans, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An attention attracting article for a viewing device, such as a camera or a
      pair of binoculars, is preferably die cut from a single sheet of cardboard
      and folded around the viewing device to define an enclosure therefor, the
      attention attractor including a character with a head extending outwardly
      from the enclosure and hands on the enclosure so that from a vantage point
      facing the viewing device, it appears as if the character is holding the
      viewing device and looking therethrough. Particularly when the viewing
      device is a camera, the attention attracting article helps retain a
      child's attention when it is desired to take a photograph of the child,
      because the child believes that the familiar character is encouraging
      interaction with the camera, rather than concealment of the camera. When
      used with binoculars, the article attracting device is primarily for
      amusement, although it could also be used to encourage children to use
      binoculars and perhaps arouse their curiosity about optical principals.
PATN
WKU  059915480
SRC  8
APN  9664270
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19971107
TTL  Apparatus and methods for loading a photographic camera with a film
      specified by the camera
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Eddie C.
NDR  29
NFG  31
INVT
NAM  Zander; Dennis R.
CTY  Penfield
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  396  6
XCL  396  6
XCL  396208
XCL  396388
XCL  396429
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 1702
ICL  G03B 1724
FSC  396
FSS  6;207;208;209;211;388;429;511;512;515
UREF
PNO  3373644
ISD  19680300
NAM  Bjelland
OCL   83650
UREF
PNO  3499376
ISD  19700300
NAM  Swift
OCL  396445
UREF
PNO  3691921
ISD  19720900
NAM  Isbell
OCL  352 76
UREF
PNO  4059211
ISD  19771100
NAM  Brizzolara
OCL  226 11
UREF
PNO  4338644
ISD  19820700
NAM  Staar
OCL  360132
UREF
PNO  4370041
ISD  19830100
NAM  Katsuyama
OCL  396 46
UREF
PNO  4443077
ISD  19840400
NAM  Tanikawa
OCL  396207
UREF
PNO  4500183
ISD  19850200
NAM  Tanikawa
OCL  396208
UREF
PNO  4766451
ISD  19880800
NAM  Fujimura et al.
OCL  396  6
UREF
PNO  4806958
ISD  19890200
NAM  Momot et al.
OCL  396208
UREF
PNO  4813321
ISD  19890300
NAM  Landsman
OCL   83111
UREF
PNO  4894674
ISD  19900100
NAM  Radov
OCL  396511
UREF
PNO  4928897
ISD  19900500
NAM  Satou et al.
OCL  242564.4
UREF
PNO  5109242
ISD  19920400
NAM  Massarsky
OCL  396512
UREF
PNO  5148198
ISD  19920900
NAM  Shiba
OCL  396616
UREF
PNO  5202713
ISD  19930400
NAM  Nakai et al.
OCL  396  6
UREF
PNO  5221404
ISD  19930600
NAM  Oya et al.
OCL  156350
UREF
PNO  5362008
ISD  19941100
NAM  Nagel et al.
OCL  242417
UREF
PNO  5416548
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kataoka
OCL  396514
UREF
PNO  5418585
ISD  19950500
NAM  Petruchik et al.
OCL  396  6
UREF
PNO  5502529
ISD  19960300
NAM  Zander
OCL  396  6
UREF
PNO  5517265
ISD  19960500
NAM  Zander et al.
OCL  396  6
UREF
PNO  5530500
ISD  19960600
NAM  Matsushita
OCL  396  6
UREF
PNO  5555054
ISD  19960900
NAM  Zander
OCL  396387
UREF
PNO  5572271
ISD  19961100
NAM  Pelican
OCL  396512
UREF
PNO  5628032
ISD  19970500
NAM  Zander
OCL  396  6
UREF
PNO  5630178
ISD  19970500
NAM  Zander et al.
OCL  396  6
UREF
PNO  5649258
ISD  19970700
NAM  Bergstresser et al.
OCL  396429
UREF
PNO  5655155
ISD  19970800
NAM  Bergstresser et al.
OCL  396  6
UREF
PNO  5675835
ISD  19971000
NAM  Zander
OCL  396387
UREF
PNO  5721960
ISD  19980200
NAM  Zander et al.
OCL  396  6
FREF
PNO  4-306628
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-332062
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-069091
ISD  19960300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Stewart; Gordon M.
ABST
PAL  Apparatus (10; 800) is disclosed for loading of film into a photographic
      camera (106), the camera including an external housing (320) having at
      least one movable closure (322, 324) which, in an open position of the
      closure, enables a discrete filmstrip (332) to be loaded from an exterior
      of the camera into the camera; the camera further including a memory
      feature (344) for storing and communicating information about at least one
      type of film appropriate for the camera, the apparatus including a frame
      (40-50); a station (14, 138, 142; 804) supported by the frame for a camera
      to be loaded; means (109, 148) supported by said frame for communicating
      with a camera to receive from the camera a first signal corresponding to a
      type of film appropriate for the camera; a source (150, 168) supported by
      the frame for unexposed photographic film, the source including at least
      one type of unexposed photographic film; a film loading member (522)
      supported by the frame and extended between the source and the station for
      guiding film from the source to a camera at the station; a mechanism (176,
      246, 248) supported by the frame for driving film from the source, via the
      film loading member, and to a camera at the station; and means (212)
      responsive to the first signal for controlling the source and the
      mechanism for driving to deliver the appropriate film to the camera.
PATN
WKU  059915498
SRC  8
APN  4458753
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19950522
TTL  Camera having a strobe unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Dalakis; Michael
EXP  Metjahic; Safet
NDR  10
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Tsuchida; Keiichi
CTY  Hachioji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Olympus Optical Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940524
APN  6-109831
CLAS
OCL  396158
XCL  396164
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 1318
ICL  G03B 1505
FSC  354
FSS  413-419;106;126;145.1
FSC  362
FSS  18;4;16
FSC  348
FSS  371;370
FSC  396
FSS  158;157;164-165;319;155;198;275-276
FSC  315
FSS  241 P
UREF
PNO  4129898
ISD  19781200
NAM  Ohrstedt
OCL  362  7
UREF
PNO  4785322
ISD  19881100
NAM  Harrison et al.
OCL  396198
UREF
PNO  5070355
ISD  19911200
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  354413
UREF
PNO  5109248
ISD  19920400
NAM  Petrakos et al.
OCL  396164
UREF
PNO  5218392
ISD  19930600
NAM  Sakamoto et al.
OCL  396319
UREF
PNO  5307100
ISD  19940400
NAM  Kubo
OCL  396319
UREF
PNO  5432863
ISD  19950700
NAM  Benati et al.
OCL  382167
UREF
PNO  5485201
ISD  19960100
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  348223
UREF
PNO  5541686
ISD  19960700
NAM  Stephenson
OCL  396276
FREF
PNO  52-80120
ISD  19770500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Weinstein; Louis
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a camera having strobe unit, comprising a
      strobe flashing unit for emitting illumination light toward an object, a
      switch for switching states of flashlight emanating from the strobe
      flashing unit by selecting normal flashlight or flashlight that is
      effective in alleviating a red-eye phenomenon and that contains less red
      light than normal flashlight, an information recorder for recording
      photographic information on film, and a recording control unit for
      allowing the information recorder to record flashlight selected by the
      switch.
PATN
WKU  059915501
SRC  8
APN  887252&
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970702
TTL  Camera
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Dalakis; Michael
EXP  Metjahic; Safet
NDR  11
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Sasagaki; Nobuaki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kanzaki; Masatoshi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nikon Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960725
APN  8-196099
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960725
APN  8-196110
CLAS
OCL  396319
XCL  396409
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 1724
FSC  396
FSS  310;311;319;320;207;208;284;409;410;392
UREF
PNO  5453805
ISD  19950900
NAM  Itoh
OCL  396319
UREF
PNO  5467156
ISD  19951100
NAM  Ezawa et al.
OCL  396208
UREF
PNO  5596381
ISD  19970100
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  396207
UREF
PNO  5617161
ISD  19970400
NAM  Serita et al
OCL  396319
UREF
PNO  5701539
ISD  19971200
NAM  Amano
OCL  396410
FREF
PNO  7-199329
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
ABST
PAL  A camera has a control device (MCU) for controlling magnetic recording of
      photographing data in units of photographing frames stored upon
      photographing onto the corresponding photographing frames on the film upon
      film rewinding. The camera has a photographable frame number detection
      device for detecting the number of photographable frames of the film from
      an information device provided to a film cartridge, and a film counter
      device for incrementing the count number every time one frame is
      photographed. Also, the camera has a film end detection device for
      detecting the film end, and a comparison device for comparing the number
      of photographable frames detected by the photographable frame number
      detection device with the count number of the film counter device when the
      film end detection device detects the film end. Furthermore, the camera
      has an alarm display device (DSP) for producing an alarm indicating errors
      in magnetic recording when the comparison device detects a non-coincidence
      between the two values. With this arrangement, a problem posed upon
      magnetically recording the photographing data during film rewinding when
      the film counter has caused errors during film forwarding can be solved,
      and an alarm display can be performed for the photographer.
PATN
WKU  059915510
SRC  8
APN  9029583
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19970730
TTL  Autostereoscopic imaging apparatus and method using a parallax scanning
      lens aperture
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Blankenship; Howard B.
NDR  12
NFG  35
INVT
NAM  Bacs, Jr.; Aron
CTY  Burke
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Mayhew; Christopher A.
CTY  Oakton
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Vision III Imaging, Inc.
CTY  Herndon
STA  VA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  358176
APD  19941216
PSC  01
PNO  5678089
RLAP
COD  82
APN  148916
APD  19931105
PSC  01
PNO  5448322
CLAS
OCL  396324
XCL  348 42
XCL  348135
XCL  352 43
XCL  352 48
XCL  352 62
XCL  352 86
XCL  901 47
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 3500
FSC  396
FSS  324;335;336;337;338;339;340
FSC  352
FSS  43;57;58;62;68;64;86
FSC  348
FSS  42;46;135
FSC  359
FSS  462;463;478
FSC  353
FSS  10
FSC  395
FSS  94
FSC  901
FSS  47
UREF
PNO  1580242
ISD  19260400
NAM  Girsdansky
OCL  352 86
UREF
PNO  2056600
ISD  19361000
NAM  Crosier
OCL  352 65
UREF
PNO  2104779
ISD  19380100
NAM  Terwilliger
OCL  352 43
UREF
PNO  2146135
ISD  19390200
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  352 86
UREF
PNO  2161120
ISD  19390600
NAM  Alder
OCL  352 86
UREF
PNO  2792745
ISD  19570500
NAM  Weber
OCL  352 65
UREF
PNO  4303316
ISD  19811200
NAM  McElveen
OCL  352 57
UREF
PNO  4568160
ISD  19860200
NAM  Kreuger
OCL  352 86
FREF
PNO  794608
ISD  19360200
CNT  FRX
OCL  352 86
FREF
PNO  1126066
ISD  19560700
CNT  FRX
OCL  352 86
FREF
PNO  259341
ISD  19261000
CNT  GBX
OCL  352 86
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner
ABST
PAL  A lens aperture of an autostereoscopic camera is moved in a parallax
      scanning pattern through a plurality of disparity positions offset from
      the optical axis of the camera lens. Images of a scene being photographed,
      as viewed through the lens aperture in its various disparity positions,
      are recorded for subsequent display, which produces a three dimensional
      illusion when viewed on a conventional display with the unaided eye. The
      size of the lens aperture and the parallax scanning pattern are adjustable
      to suit conditions. The lens aperture may be defined by a through-hole in
      an opaque card, a plurality of interleaved leaf elements, or a planar
      array of cells switched between transparent and opaque states. In addition
      to stereoscopic imaging, the moving lens aperture principle of the present
      invention may be utilized in range-finding and camera image stabilization
      applications.
PATN
WKU  059915528
SRC  9
APN  0939986
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980609
TTL  Metering/release/reset mechanism in camera
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Eddie C.
NDR  12
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Balling; Edward N.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Lawther; Joel S.
CTY  East Rochester
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  396395
XCL  396396
XCL  396401
XCL  396411
EDF  6
ICL  G03B  100
ICL  G03B 1742
FSC  390
FSS  387;395;396;397;400;401;411;413
UREF
PNO  2544879
ISD  19510300
NAM  Harvey et al.
OCL  396392
UREF
PNO  2847920
ISD  19580800
NAM  Polhemus
OCL  396394
UREF
PNO  3394643
ISD  19680700
NAM  Horton et al.
OCL  396384
UREF
PNO  3532040
ISD  19701000
NAM  Ehgartner et al.
OCL  396392
UREF
PNO  3696723
ISD  19721000
NAM  Ernisse
OCL  396400
UREF
PNO  3730066
ISD  19730500
NAM  Ettischer et al.
OCL  396400
UREF
PNO  3747494
ISD  19730700
NAM  Peters
OCL  396400
UREF
PNO  3968509
ISD  19760700
NAM  Winkler et al.
OCL  396400
UREF
PNO  3999199
ISD  19761200
NAM  Beach
OCL  396400
UREF
PNO  4746946
ISD  19880500
NAM  Chan
OCL  396401
UREF
PNO  5357302
ISD  19941000
NAM  Kawamura et al.
OCL  396399
UREF
PNO  5510866
ISD  19960400
NAM  Solomon et al.
OCL  396395
UREF
PNO  5521669
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kamata
OCL  396401
UREF
PNO  5555053
ISD  19960900
NAM  Stephenson, III
OCL  396399
UREF
PNO  5614975
ISD  19970300
NAM  SanGregory et al.
OCL  396396
UREF
PNO  5634160
ISD  19970500
NAM  Lee
OCL  396395
UREF
PNO  5682569
ISD  19971000
NAM  Katsura
OCL  396443
LREP
FR2  Fields; Roger A.
ABST
PAL  A one-time-use camera comprising a backframe opening at which successive
      image areas of a filmstrip are exposed, a film winder rotatable to wind an
      exposed image area of the filmstrip from the backframe opening onto an
      exposed film roll and to advance an unexposed image area of the filmstrip
      to the backframe opening, a film metering member engageable with the film
      winder to prevent rotation of the film winder, and a release manually
      depressible to initiate exposure, is characterized in that the film
      metering member is located beneath the release for the release to
      automatically depress the film metering member out of engagement with said
      film winder when the release is manually depressed.
PATN
WKU  059915536
SRC  9
APN  0843512
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980527
TTL  Mechanism for preventing reversal of rotation
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Gray; David M.
NDR  13
NFG  29
INVT
NAM  Tanii; Junichi
CTY  Izumi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Yoshiharu
CTY  Kawachinagano
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Minolta Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970528
APN  9-138888
CLAS
OCL  396396
XCL  396440
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 1724
FSC  396
FSS  395;396;411;440
UREF
PNO  3938753
ISD  19760200
NAM  Oshima
OCL  396440
UREF
PNO  4949111
ISD  19900800
NAM  Alligood
UREF
PNO  5765065
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  396396
FREF
PNO  7-45069
ISD  19951000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  In a ring-shaped resilient member, a multiplicity of protrusions inwardly
      extending from the inner radius are arranged substantially isometrically
      about the center. When a fork is rotating leftward, the protrusions
      extending from the resilient member fixed to the inner wall of a housing
      are bent in the rotation direction of the fork, so that the load imposed
      on the fork by the protrusions as a frictional force is light. When the
      rotation direction of the fork is reversed from the leftward direction to
      the rightward direction, the direction in which the protrusions are swung
      is also reversed, so that a load is imposed at this time to prevent
      reversal of rotation of the cartridge spool.
PATN
WKU  059915544
SRC  9
APN  0937150
APT  1
ART  281
APD  19980609
TTL  Exposure apparatus for manufacturing color cathode ray tube
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Adams; Russell
NDR  2
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Masumura; Tetsuya
CTY  Kumagaya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Omote; Katsumi
CTY  Fukaya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970609
APN  9-150541
CLAS
OCL  396546
EDF  6
ICL  G03B 4100
FSC  396
FSS  546
UREF
PNO  5023157
ISD  19910600
NAM  Testa
OCL  396546
UREF
PNO  5270753
ISD  19931200
NAM  Adler et al.
OCL  396546
FREF
PNO  1-319225
ISD  19891200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-312172
ISD  19951100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An exposure apparatus for exposing a phosphor screen of a cathode ray tube
      includes a light source portion having an elongate light source lamp and a
      shading member arranged to face the lamp. The shading member is formed
      with a slit through which a light beam from the lamp passes. The slit is
      formed in a V-shaped configuration in which it protrudes toward the light
      source lamp. The shading member is formed such that a cross section
      thereof in the direction in parallel to the axis of the light source lamp
      has a wedge-like shape in which the thickness increases from the edge of
      the slit toward the end thereof in the direction of the axis, and such
      that a cross section in a direction perpendicular to the axis has a
      uniform thickness at the position of the slit.
PATN
WKU  059915552
SRC  9
APN  1517244
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980911
TTL  Image forming apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  38
ECL  1
EXP  Beatty; Robert
NDR  11
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Suzumi; Masahiko
CTY  Numazu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Goto; Masahiro
CTY  Mishima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hasegawa; Hiroto
CTY  Mishima
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970912
APN  9-248526
CLAS
OCL  399 18
XCL  399 33
XCL  399 69
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1500
FSC  399
FSS  18;33;45;68;67;69;19;23;66;16
FSC  219
FSS  216
FSC  271
FSS  2;258.01;260;262
UREF
PNO  4373801
ISD  19830200
NAM  Itoh
OCL  399 45
UREF
PNO  4496238
ISD  19850100
NAM  Tsukada et al.
OCL  399 18
UREF
PNO  5503382
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hansen et al.
OCL  271  3.03
UREF
PNO  5512992
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  399 69
UREF
PNO  5621504
ISD  19970400
NAM  Wakamatsu et al.
OCL  399  1
UREF
PNO  5626077
ISD  19970500
NAM  Muller
OCL  101484
UREF
PNO  5689760
ISD  19971100
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  399 45
UREF
PNO  5809367
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yoo et al.
OCL  399 45
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An image forming apparatus has an image forming unit for forming an image
      on a recording material, a fixing device for fixing the image on the
      recording material, an overlap-feed detector such as a transfer current
      detector for detecting an overlap-feed of the recording material conveyed
      to the fixing device and a set temperature controller for controlling the
      set temperature. The fixing device is maintained at a set temperature
      during an image fixing operation. The controller lowers the set
      temperature or stops the conveyance of the recording material when the
      overlap-feed detector detects the overlap feed. Accordingly, the image
      forming apparatus can prevent a fixing device from breaking due to an
      overlap-feed of a recording material.
PATN
WKU  059915560
SRC  9
APN  1364030
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980819
TTL  Sheet feeding method for image formation apparatus having a sheet
      transport path for one sheet cassette serving as a portion of a sheet
      transport path for another sheet cassette
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Chen; Sophia S.
EXP  Brase; Sandra
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Yamashita; Hiroshi
CTY  Yamatokoriyama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970827
APN  9-230781
CLAS
OCL  399 23
XCL  271  903
XCL  271  906
XCL  399391
EDF  6
ICL  B65H  344
ICL  G03G 1500
FSC  399
FSS  23;391;16;81;82;85
FSC  271
FSS  9.02;9.03;9.13;256;258.01;259;9.06
UREF
PNO  4484734
ISD  19841100
NAM  Tsudaka et al.
OCL  271  9.03
UREF
PNO  4966356
ISD  19901000
NAM  Ohyabu et al.
XCL  271  9.06
UREF
PNO  5061958
ISD  19911000
NAM  Bunker et al.
OCL  399 81
UREF
PNO  5155537
ISD  19921000
NAM  Komatsu et al.
OCL  399391
UREF
PNO  5785308
ISD  19980700
NAM  Flores et al.
OCL  271  9.11
FREF
PNO  0310060A2
ISD  19890400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0448068A2
ISD  19910900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2758495
ISD  19980700
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  4-123072
ISD  19920400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-309891
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2216501
ISD  19891000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, JP 10207299 A, Image Forming Device and Method
      Therefor, Aug. 7, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Birch, Stewart, Kolasch & Birch, LLP
ABST
PAL  According to a sheet feeding method capable of successive image formation
      for use in an image formation apparatus with a sheet transport path for an
      upper sheet feeding cassette also serving as a portion of a sheet
      transport path for a lower sheet feeding cassette, the lower sheet feeding
      cassette initially starts feeding sheets. When the lower sheet feeding
      cassette runs out of sheets, a request is signaled to resupply sheets to
      the lower sheet feeding cassette and the upper sheet feeding cassette
      feeds sheets. When the lower sheet feeding cassette is resupplied with
      sheets, the lower sheet feeding cassette resumes feeding sheets.
PATN
WKU  059915579
SRC  9
APN  0273198
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980220
TTL  Image forming apparatus having a charging member with plural charging
      modes
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Braun; Fred L.
NDR  9
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Kunishi; Tsuyoshi
CTY  Ibaraki-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Takeo
CTY  Toride
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takura; Keizo
CTY  Toride
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970221
APN  9-054113
CLAS
OCL  399 45
XCL  399 50
XCL  399176
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1502
ICL  G03G 2100
FSC  399
FSS  45;50;89;174;176
UREF
PNO  5412455
ISD  19950500
NAM  Ono et al.
OCL  399176
UREF
PNO  5420671
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kisu et al.
OCL  399174
UREF
PNO  5444519
ISD  19950800
NAM  Motoyama et al.
OCL  399 50
UREF
PNO  5512982
ISD  19960400
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  355219
UREF
PNO  5734947
ISD  19980300
NAM  Tanabe
OCL  399 45
FREF
PNO  5-11571
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An image forming apparatus includes a photosensitive body, a charging
      member for charging the photosensitive body, voltage applicator for
      applying a voltage including an AC component to the charging member,
      exposing device for image exposing on the photosensitive body charged by
      the charging member to form an electrostatic image, and developer for
      developing the electrostatic image, wherein the image forming apparatus
      can select from a first mode having low tone reproductivity and a second
      mode having tone reproductivity higher than that of the first mode, and
      wherein, when the second mode is selected, the voltage applicator applies
      a voltage having a frequency of the AC component higher than that when the
      first mode is selected.
PATN
WKU  059915587
SRC  9
APN  0474525
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980325
TTL  Image forming apparatus that control the reflected light detected by an
      optical scanner in response to a gradation area percentage of a toner
      patch
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Hoan
EXP  Grimley; Arthur T.
NDR  23
NFG  36
INVT
NAM  Emi; Mariko
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsukada; Shigeru
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tomita; Satoshi
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970327
APN  9-074749
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980220
APN  10-038213
CLAS
OCL  399 49
XCL  399 58
XCL  399 59
XCL  399 60
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1500
FSC  399
FSS  49;46;41;40;42;60;58;64;65
FSC  358
FSS  406;458;504;519;521
UREF
PNO  5436705
ISD  19950700
NAM  Raj
OCL  399 59
UREF
PNO  5574544
ISD  19961100
NAM  Yoshino et al.
OCL  399 60
UREF
PNO  5583644
ISD  19961200
NAM  Sasanuma et al.
XCL  399 72
UREF
PNO  5682573
ISD  19971000
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
XCL  399 49
UREF
PNO  5812903
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yamada et al.
XCL  399 49
FREF
PNO  4-146459
ISD  19920500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  An image forming apparatus that prepares a toner patch including a
      predetermined gradation area percentage on an image support to detect a
      developing concentration. An optical sensor detects reflected light from
      the background of the image support and reflected light from the toner
      patch prepared on the image support. The reflected light detected by the
      optical sensor is then controlled in response to the gradation area
      percentage of the prepared toner patch.
PATN
WKU  059915595
SRC  9
APN  1678876
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981007
TTL  Solute concentration control method and apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Hoan
EXP  Smith; Matthew S.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Suetsugu; Junichi
CTY  Niigata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shima; Kazuo
CTY  Niigata
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yakushiji; Toru
CTY  Niigata
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971008
APN  9-275944
CLAS
OCL  399 57
XCL  399 58
XCL  399 62
XCL  399 64
XCL  399 65
XCL  118691
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1510
FSC  399
FSS  53;57;58;61;62;63;64;65;233;237;238
FSC  356
FSS  432;434;436;440;441;442
FSC  250
FSS  573;574;576
FSC  222
FSS  DIG. 1
FSC  118
FSS  691
UREF
PNO  3699992
ISD  19721000
NAM  Knechtel et al.
OCL  399 57
UREF
PNO  4222497
ISD  19800900
NAM  Lloyd et al.
OCL  399 57
UREF
PNO  4671309
ISD  19870600
NAM  Iemura et al.
OCL  399 57
UREF
PNO  4943735
ISD  19900700
NAM  Nishikawa
XCL  356440
UREF
PNO  5485276
ISD  19960100
NAM  Bien et al.
XCL  356440
FREF
PNO  62-124567
ISD  19870600
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A control apparatus for controlling a concentration of a solute having a
      predetermined optical absorption characteristic is disclosed. A cell
      holding member has a plurality of cells formed therein, one of which is
      placed at a predetermined detection position so that the solution flows
      through that cell. A concentration of the solute is detected based on the
      intensity of light that has passed through the cell placed at the
      predetermined detection position. A cell changer replaces the cell with
      another cell by moving the cell holding member when a detected
      concentration has not changed as expected.
PATN
WKU  059915609
SRC  9
APN  1191691
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980720
TTL  Determining an amount of toner in a reservoir by determining a time
      interval for the transmission of light between a first light guide and
      a second light guide
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Grainger; Quana
EXP  Grimley; Arthur T.
NDR  12
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Jenkins; Rowland L.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  399 61
XCL  399 27
XCL  399256
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1508
FSC  399
FSS  61;119;27;262;256
UREF
PNO  4155638
ISD  19790500
NAM  Blitzer
OCL  399 59
UREF
PNO  4392142
ISD  19830700
NAM  Searchman et al.
OCL  347 81
UREF
PNO  4767172
ISD  19880800
NAM  Nichols et al.
OCL  355  1
UREF
PNO  5499077
ISD  19960300
NAM  Endo et al.
OCL  399 27
UREF
PNO  5649264
ISD  19970700
NAM  Domon et al.
OCL  399 30
FREF
PNO  1-145676
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-288418
ISD  19971100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Wisdom; Gregg W.
ABST
PAL  A first embodiment of the system to detect the amount of toner includes a
      first and a second light pipe attached in a substantially parallel
      orientation from the top to the bottom of a sidewall in the toner
      reservoir. An infra-red light emitting diode illuminates the first light
      pipe. A rotatable auger has an attached first arm. A light bridge attached
      to the first arm is positioned so that during rotation of the auger, the
      light bridge moves adjacent to the first and the second light pipe as the
      light bridge moves from the top to the bottom of the toner reservoir. When
      the light bridge is outside of the toner and adjacent to the first and the
      second light pipe, light is transmitted between the first and the second
      light pipe. When the light bridge is inside of the toner, light
      transmission between the first and the second light pipe is interrupted. A
      circuit detects light transmitted from the second light pipe using a
      photodiode. The circuit determines the amount of toner remaining in the
      toner reservoir by measuring the time interval during which light is
      detected and using this measurement to perform an interpolation that
      determines the amount of toner remaining. Other embodiments of the system
      to detect the amount of toner include the use of an auger that transmits
      light between a single light pipe and the circuit, rotating belts for
      moving the light bridge, light polarizers to selectively prevent light
      transmission, and additional light pipes.
PATN
WKU  059915617
SRC  8
APN  9703802
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971114
TTL  Apparatus and method for preventing image transfer to an area of an
      intermediate transfer belt that is susceptible to creep buckling
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Royer; William
NDR  12
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Okamoto; Kenji
CTY  Toyokawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kato; Masayasu
CTY  Toyokawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Togami; Masato
CTY  Toyohashi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Minolta Co. Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961115
APN  8-304865
CLAS
OCL  399 66
XCL  399298
XCL  399302
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1500
FSC  399
FSS  66;298;302;303;308
UREF
PNO  5652948
ISD  19970700
NAM  Sakaguchi et al.
OCL  399 66
UREF
PNO  5697031
ISD  19971200
NAM  Kamiya et al.
XCL  399302
UREF
PNO  5740492
ISD  19980400
NAM  Deki et al.
OCL  399 66
UREF
PNO  5790930
ISD  19980800
NAM  Fuchiwaki
OCL  399302
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  An image-forming apparatus, and a method thereof, that transfers the toner
      image formed on the photoreceptor to an intermediate transfer belt in a
      first transfer area during a first transfer. When the first transfers of
      prescribed toner images to the intermediate transfer belt are completed,
      the intermediate transfer belt transfers the toner images obtained in the
      first transfers from the intermediate transfer belt to a recording medium
      in a second transfer area during a second transfer. Moreover, the area of
      the intermediate transfer belt that is susceptible to creep buckling (the
      `creep buckling risk area`) is prevented from passing through the first
      transfer area during the first transfer, thereby improving the image
      formation.
PATN
WKU  059915625
SRC  9
APN  1573160
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980921
TTL  Fixing device, and releasing agent replenishing device and method for
      use in the fixing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Pendegrass; Joan
NDR  13
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Ito; Tetsuro
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Honma; Shigeo
CTY  Toyohashi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Isogai; Mitsuru
CTY  Aichi-Ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Minolta Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970922
APN  9-257058
CLAS
OCL  399 67
XCL  399325
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1520
FSC  399
FSS  67;324;325;326
UREF
PNO  4193681
ISD  19800300
NAM  Tanigawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5353107
ISD  19941000
NAM  Sculley et al.
OCL  399 43
FREF
PNO  60-151680
ISD  19850800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-73388
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  05265346
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  In a fixing device with a fixing roller that fixes the toner held on a
      sheet, a pressuring roller that contacts with the fixing roller, and a
      supply roller that applies the oil to the fixing roller, image noises and
      offset phenomenon are prevented by replenishing the consumed oil
      immediately to the supply roller only when the fixing roller is rotating,
      based on the oil replenishing speed determined by the rotational speed of
      the fixing roller and the oil replenishing amount determined by the total
      rotation time of the fixing roller.
PATN
WKU  059915633
SRC  9
APN  1232150
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980727
TTL  Image forming apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Smith; Matthew S.
NDR  12
NFG  24
INVT
NAM  Haneda; Satoshi
CTY  Hachioji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shigeta; Kunio
CTY  Hachioji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sato; Yotaro
CTY  Hachioji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagase; Hisayoshi
CTY  Hachioji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Konica Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970806
APN  9-211931
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970820
APN  9-223557
CLAS
OCL  399 68
XCL  399 45
XCL  399 67
XCL  399 69
XCL  399309
XCL  399400
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1520
FSC  399
FSS  43;44;45;67;68;69;400;401;302;306;308;309
UREF
PNO  4634262
ISD  19870100
NAM  Imaizumi et al.
OCL  399 45
UREF
PNO  4719489
ISD  19880100
NAM  Ohkubo et al.
OCL  399 45
UREF
PNO  5027159
ISD  19910600
NAM  Oda et al.
OCL  399309
UREF
PNO  5159392
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kasahara et al.
OCL  399309
UREF
PNO  5289247
ISD  19940200
NAM  Takano et al.
OCL  399 68
UREF
PNO  5552874
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ohtsuka et al.
OCL  399335
UREF
PNO  5621511
ISD  19970400
NAM  Nakayama
XCL  399 69
UREF
PNO  5799226
ISD  19980800
NAM  Shigeta et al.
XCL  399309
UREF
PNO  5826143
ISD  19981000
NAM  Haneda et al.
XCL  399309
UREF
PNO  5875372
ISD  19990200
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  399 67
FREF
PNO  49-37538
ISD  19741000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  54-28740
ISD  19790900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-008779
ISD  19880100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-149684
ISD  19880600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-184777
ISD  19880700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  64-44457
ISD  19890200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-010264
ISD  19910100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-163464
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-214576
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-006045
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-006043
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-092850
ISD  19950400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-220928
ISD  19960800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  In an image forming apparatus provided with an image carrying member, a
      toner image forming device, an intermediate image carrying member, a first
      transfer member, and a second transfer member, toner images are formed on
      both sides of a sheet. The toner images on the both sides of the sheet is
      fixed by a fixing device having a heater and a pair of fixing rollers. A
      detecting device detects at least one of a temperature of the fixing
      members, a material of the sheet and a size of the sheet, and a controller
      changes an image forming interval in accordance with at least one of the
      temperature of the fixing members, the material of the sheet and the size
      of the sheet detected by the detecting device.
PATN
WKU  059915641
SRC  9
APN  1656864
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981002
TTL  Electrophotographic duplex printing media system
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  4
EXA  Ngo; Hoang
EXP  Royer; William
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Ni; Beta Y.
CTY  Sherwood
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Tektronix, Inc.
CTY  Wilsonville
STA  OR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  399 69
XCL  219216
XCL  399324
XCL  399328
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1520
ICL  H05B  100
FSC  118
FSS  60
FSC  219
FSS  216;469;492
FSC  399
FSS  328;330;331;324;69;320;325;329
FSC  432
FSS  60
UREF
PNO  4046471
ISD  19770900
NAM  Branham et al.
OCL  355 14
UREF
PNO  4101686
ISD  19780700
NAM  Strella et al.
OCL  427 22
UREF
PNO  4234180
ISD  19801100
NAM  Looney
OCL  271  3.1
UREF
PNO  4272181
ISD  19810600
NAM  Treseder
OCL  355 14
UREF
PNO  4334765
ISD  19820600
NAM  Clark
OCL  355 14
UREF
PNO  4348101
ISD  19820900
NAM  Schonfeld et al.
OCL  355 14
UREF
PNO  4453841
ISD  19840600
NAM  Bobick et al.
OCL  400126
UREF
PNO  4475128
ISD  19841000
NAM  Koumura
OCL  358296
UREF
PNO  4879571
ISD  19891100
NAM  Plasscheart
OCL  355 26
UREF
PNO  4881132
ISD  19891100
NAM  Lajos
OCL  358296
UREF
PNO  5247336
ISD  19930900
NAM  Mills, III
OCL  399 70
UREF
PNO  5541030
ISD  19960700
NAM  Sano et al.
OCL  430106.6
UREF
PNO  5764245
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yokoi
OCL  347 16
UREF
PNO  5764263
ISD  19980600
NAM  Lin
OCL  347101
UREF
PNO  5772343
ISD  19980600
NAM  Beretta et al.
OCL  400624
UREF
PNO  5790766
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sakamoto et al.
OCL  395113
LREP
FR2  D'Alessandro; Ralph
FR2  Moore; Charles F.
FR2  Gray; Francis I.
ABST
PAL  A method and system media sheet handling in an electrophotographic color
      desktop printer are disclosed wherein a media sheet is imaged with toner
      on both sides of the media sheet without smudging or remelting the images.
      The temperature of the fusing roller and the pressure roller are
      controlled to keep the pressure roller temperature below the toner cold
      offset temperature.
PATN
WKU  059915650
SRC  9
APN  209021&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981210
TTL  Fixing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Brase; Sandra
NDR  26
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Hanyu; Naohiko
CTY  Hachioji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimada; Takeichi
CTY  Hachioji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsuoka; Yoshiko
CTY  Hachioji
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Konica Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971216
APN  9-346228
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971222
APN  9-352780
CLAS
OCL  399 69
XCL  399328
XCL  399330
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1520
FSC  399
FSS  45;67;69;91;94;97;320;324;325;328;330;333;334
FSC  219
FSS  216
UREF
PNO  5001519
ISD  19910300
NAM  Saito
OCL  399 69
UREF
PNO  5550621
ISD  19960800
NAM  Ogawahara
OCL  399 69
UREF
PNO  5561512
ISD  19961000
NAM  Fukano et al.
OCL  399 69
UREF
PNO  5787321
ISD  19980700
NAM  Nishikawa et al.
OCL  399 69
UREF
PNO  5862437
ISD  19990100
NAM  Kutsuwada et al.
XCL  399 97
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  In a device for fixing a toner image, provided with a heating roller
      including a heater, the heating roller having a length larger than a
      possible largest size sheet to be fixed so that the heating roller has an
      excess portion on which a small size sheet does not pass over; a pressing
      roller for coming in contact with the heating roller; and a cooling roller
      for coming in contact with the excess portion of the heating roller so as
      to cool the excess portion; one of the heating roller and the cooling
      roller is a metal roller and the other one is a roller comprising an
      elastic material layer.
PATN
WKU  059915668
SRC  9
APN  0282472
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980224
TTL  Image forming method with surface potential control of intermediate
      transfer member
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Susan S.Y.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Atsushi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Hiroyuki
CTY  Fuji
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakazawa; Akihiko
CTY  Shiroyamamachi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ashibe; Tsunenori
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kusaba; Takashi
CTY  Kodaira
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950707
APN  7-172307
RLAP
COD  74
APN  674836
APD  19960703
PSC  01
PNO  5752130
CLAS
OCL  399101
XCL  399129
XCL  430125
XCL  430126
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1516
FSC  399
FSS  101;99;123;129;308;349;357;354
FSC  430
FSS  125;126
UREF
PNO  4903081
ISD  19900200
NAM  Takahashi
UREF
PNO  5079597
ISD  19920100
NAM  Mauer et al.
UREF
PNO  5115281
ISD  19920500
NAM  Ohtsuka et al.
UREF
PNO  5752130
ISD  19980500
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  399101
UREF
PNO  5809373
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yoda et al.
OCL  399101
FREF
PNO  44 20 667
ISD  19941200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  56-147166
ISD  19811100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  56-153357
ISD  19811100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-301960
ISD  19881200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-105980
ISD  19890400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-340564
ISD  19921100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-224544
ISD  19930900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-297739
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-303310
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An image forming apparatus and method includes a first image-bearing
      member, a latent image-forming device for forming an electrostatic latent
      image on the first image-bearing member, developer for developing the
      electrostatic latent image with a toner to form a toner image, an
      intermediate transfer member for receiving the toner image by primary
      transfer and transferring the toner image onto a second image-bearing
      member by secondary transfer, a charging member for charging a residual
      toner remaining on the intermediate transfer member after the secondary
      transfer, and a recovery member for recovering the charged residual toner
      at a recovery position by voltage application. The intermediate transfer
      member exhibits a charging characteristic such that it has a surface
      potential of at most 500 volts as an absolute value at the recovery
      position. The intermediate transfer member having such a charging
      characteristic is effective in suppressing an occurrence of electric
      discharge at the recovery position of the residual toner to provide an
      excellent cleaning performance.
PATN
WKU  059915676
SRC  9
APN  0342424
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980304
TTL  Image forming apparatus with intermediate transfer member cleaning
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Pendegrass; Joan
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Tatsuya
CTY  Soka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Takehiko
CTY  Numazu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsuruya; Takaaki
CTY  Mishima
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970304
APN  9-049281
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980227
APN  10-047005
CLAS
OCL  399101
XCL  399302
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1501
ICL  G03G 2100
FSC  399
FSS  101;302;308
UREF
PNO  5099286
ISD  19920300
NAM  Nishise et al.
OCL  399302
UREF
PNO  5457487
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sakaki et al.
OCL  347116
UREF
PNO  5722015
ISD  19980200
NAM  Tombs
OCL  399129
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides an image forming apparatus in which, after
      secondary transferring, secondary transferring residual toner remaining on
      an intermediate transfer member can be cleaned effectively. A cleaning
      roller 5g is contacted with an intermediate transfer belt 5a and bias is
      applied from a power source 5h to the cleaning roller 5g, thereby charging
      secondary transferring residual toner remaining on the intermediate
      transfer belt 5a with polarity opposite to normal polarity of toner in a
      developing means 4. In this case, a rectangular wave of alternate voltage
      having a duty ratio of 50% or more is used as the bias. Whereby, the
      secondary transferring residual toner can be charged uniformly, the
      cleaning ability for the secondary transferring residual toner can be
      improved.
PATN
WKU  059915684
SRC  9
APN  219046&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981223
TTL  Blade cleaning apparatus with associated dust seal and method of cleaning
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Chen; Sophia S.
EXP  Royer; William
NDR  9
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Ziegelmuller; Francisco L.
CTY  Penfield
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Morse; Theodore H.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  399102
XCL  399349
XCL  430125
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 2100
FSC  399
FSS  102;98;99;343;349;350;351
FSC   15
FSS  1.51;256.5
FSC  430
FSS  125
UREF
PNO  4426151
ISD  19840100
NAM  Aguro et al.
OCL  399349
UREF
PNO  4527887
ISD  19850700
NAM  Vineski
OCL  399102
UREF
PNO  4561766
ISD  19851200
NAM  Fox
OCL  399102
UREF
PNO  4862209
ISD  19890800
NAM  Sakamoto et al.
OCL  399102
UREF
PNO  5721085
ISD  19980200
NAM  Oshiba et al.
OCL  430125
FREF
PNO  WO 98/04961
ISD  19980200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  US Patent Applic. 09/053,504, filed Apr. 4, 1998, in the names of Theodore
      Morse et al Entitled: Method and Apparatus for the Removal of Toner and
      Magnetic Carrier Particles from a Surface.
LREP
FR2  Rushefsky; Norman
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for cleaning toner and/or other contaminant
      particles from a moving surface to be cleaned in an electrostatographic
      apparatus includes a cleaning blade, such as a wiper blade or a scraper
      blade, that engages the surface to be cleaned at a first location to
      remove the particles from the surface. A dust seal blade is provided that
      extends toward the surface in a second direction generally opposite to the
      first direction, which corresponds to the direction of motion of the
      surface to be cleaned, and is of a length and supported so as to be able
      to contact the surface to be cleaned at a second location upstream of the
      first location. The cleaning blade, the dust seal blade and the surface to
      be cleaned form a cavity for containing contaminant particles to assist in
      operation of the cleaning blade apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059915692
SRC  9
APN  093092&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980608
TTL  PC drum integrated revolving type developing unit with pull-out supporter
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  Virmanl; Shival
EXP  Moses; Richard
NDR  63
NFG  86
INVT
NAM  Sugihara; Kazuyuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishikawa; Tomoji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Yoshiyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Maeda; Kenji
CTY  Isehara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ricoh Company, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970606
APN  9-165392
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970716
APN  9-208704
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970716
APN  9-208705
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970716
APN  9-208706
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970717
APN  9-208688
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980402
APN  10-108800
CLAS
OCL  399113
XCL  399111
XCL  399112
XCL  399119
XCL  399227
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 2118
ICL  G03G 2116
ICL  G03G 1501
FSC  399
FSS  111;112;113;116;119;223;226;227
UREF
PNO  4952989
ISD  19900800
NAM  Kawano et al.
OCL  355210
UREF
PNO  4975748
ISD  19901200
NAM  Koinuma et al.
UREF
PNO  5027152
ISD  19910600
NAM  Oda et al.
OCL  355200
UREF
PNO  5105226
ISD  19920400
NAM  Sugihara
UREF
PNO  5109254
ISD  19920400
NAM  Oka et al.
UREF
PNO  5384628
ISD  19950100
NAM  Takami et al.
UREF
PNO  5416568
ISD  19950500
NAM  Yoshiki et al.
UREF
PNO  5552877
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5565973
ISD  19961000
NAM  Fujishiro et al.
UREF
PNO  5612769
ISD  19970300
NAM  Sugihara et al.
UREF
PNO  5617198
ISD  19970400
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5646721
ISD  19970700
NAM  Sugihara et al.
UREF
PNO  5657115
ISD  19970800
NAM  Sugihara et al.
UREF
PNO  5758235
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kosuge et al.
UREF
PNO  5761576
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sugihara et al.
UREF
PNO  5765059
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kosuge et al.
UREF
PNO  5768664
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kosuge et al.
UREF
PNO  5787328
ISD  19980700
NAM  Sugihara et al.
UREF
PNO  5797069
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kimura et al.
OCL  399113
UREF
PNO  5812910
ISD  19970100
NAM  Kim
OCL  399111
UREF
PNO  5850586
ISD  19981200
NAM  Sugihara et al.
FREF
PNO  58-181058
ISD  19831000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-58035
ISD  19861200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-37392
ISD  19870800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-78170
ISD  19880400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-50268
ISD  19910800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A color image forming apparatus having a revolving type developing unit
      detachably installed therein. The revolving type developing unit includes
      a plurality of different color developing devices each having a developing
      roller therein. Each of the developing rollers is movably mounted on the
      developing device so that a gap between each of the developing rollers and
      a periphery of a photoconductive drum which is to be formed when the
      revolving type developing unit is set in the color image forming apparatus
      is enabled to be adjusted.
PATN
WKU  059915706
SRC  9
APN  1180142
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980717
TTL  Image forming apparatus having a protection unit to protect a sensitive
      image forming element which is exposed when an open/close member is open
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Smith; Matthew S.
NDR  13
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Haga; Hiroyoshi
CTY  Saitama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagao; Yoshiaki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ricoh Company, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970718
APN  9-209900
CLAS
OCL  399114
XCL  399113
XCL  399125
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 2118
FSC  399
FSS  114;113;111;110;125;121;302;308
UREF
PNO  5170209
ISD  19921200
NAM  Tompkins et al.
OCL  399107
UREF
PNO  5587769
ISD  19961200
NAM  Sawada et al.
OCL  399113
UREF
PNO  5797069
ISD  19980800
NAM  Kimura et al.
OCL  399113
FREF
PNO  5-72910
ISD  19930300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-272229
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An image forming apparatus includes an open/close member is provided to be
      movable to a main frame between an open position and a closed position. A
      sensitive image forming element is provided to be placed in an exposed
      condition when the open/close member is moved to the open position. A
      protection unit is provided to be movable to the sensitive image forming
      element between an active position and a retracted position, the
      protecting unit being moved to the active position when the open/close
      member is set at the open position, so that the protection unit protects
      the sensitive image forming element so as to prevent the sensitive image
      forming element from being erroneously touched, and the protection unit
      being moved to the retracted position when the open/close member is set at
      the closed position, so that the protection unit does not restrain an
      operation of the sensitive image forming element.
PATN
WKU  059915714
SRC  8
APN  9416307
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970930
TTL  Cylindrical member and engagement member assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  63
ECL  1
EXP  Beatty; Robert
NDR  17
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Yusuke
CTY  Numazu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Tomohiro
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960930
APN  8-278964
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970924
APN  9-258520
CLAS
OCL  399117
XCL   2989522
XCL  399279
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1500
FSC  399
FSS  116;117;159;279;265
FSC  492
FSS  16-18
FSC   29
FSS  895.22
UREF
PNO  1092464
ISD  19140400
NAM  Watson et al.
UREF
PNO  2429293
ISD  19471000
NAM  Peck et al.
UREF
PNO  4344218
ISD  19820800
NAM  Hooper et al.
UREF
PNO  4561763
ISD  19851200
NAM  Basch
OCL  399116
UREF
PNO  5151734
ISD  19920900
NAM  Tsuda et al.
OCL  399111
UREF
PNO  5229813
ISD  19930700
NAM  Cherian
OCL  399164
UREF
PNO  5675893
ISD  19971000
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL   29895.22
UREF
PNO  5739900
ISD  19980400
NAM  Isobe
OCL  399109
UREF
PNO  5771425
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  399111
FREF
PNO  0 528 568
ISD  19930200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  5-150533
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-264920
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An electrophotographic image forming apparatus includes a cylindrical
      member having a thin portion at a longitudinal end thereof and an engaging
      member being mounted as fitted to an internal surface of the longitudinal
      end of the cylinder and having a depressed portion corresponding to the
      thin portion of the cylinder. The engaging member is attached to the
      cylinder by bending the thin portion of the cylinder toward the depressed
      portion.
PATN
WKU  059915722
SRC  9
APN  2004135
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981127
TTL  Door apparatus of fixing unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Beatty; Robert
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Cho; Won-Mo
CTY  Kyonggi-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  SamSung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19971127
APN  97-34150
CLAS
OCL  399122
XCL  399124
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1516
FSC  399
FSS  122;320;322;124
FSC  219
FSS  216;469
UREF
PNO  4384781
ISD  19830500
NAM  Takada
OCL  399122
UREF
PNO  4598990
ISD  19860700
NAM  Kusuoto et al.
UREF
PNO  4756687
ISD  19880700
NAM  Cabrera et al.
UREF
PNO  4806970
ISD  19890200
NAM  Nakatomi et al.
UREF
PNO  4965640
ISD  19901000
NAM  Watarai et al.
UREF
PNO  5045887
ISD  19910900
NAM  Nakamura
UREF
PNO  5179415
ISD  19930100
NAM  Ikematsu et al.
UREF
PNO  5708926
ISD  19980100
NAM  Sagara et al.
OCL  399122
UREF
PNO  5826141
ISD  19981000
NAM  Mitsuya
OCL  399122
FREF
PNO  3-208072
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-289571
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-289570
ISD  19931100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Bushnell, Esq.; Robert E.
ABST
PAL  A door apparatus of a fixing unit includes a guide door hinged to one side
      of a frame of the fixing unit, so that the guide door can be opened
      horizontally, securing enough space for removing a jammed sheet. The frame
      comprises a plurality of bent plates formed at the one side thereof, each
      of the bent plates having a hinge hole, and the guide door comprises a
      plurality of extending plates formed at one side thereof, extending
      horizontally with respect to the bent plates, each of the extending plates
      having a hinge pin. The hinge pins are inserted into the hinge holes.
      Further, the door apparatus includes a U-shaped lock having a fixed end
      and a free end, formed on the opposite side of the guide door such that an
      outer side of the free end elastically contacts an inner face of the other
      side of the frame. Further, the door apparatus includes a catch formed at
      a specified portion of the free end, slanted so as to insert smoothly into
      a receiving hole formed at a corresponding portion of the another side of
      the frame, so that the catch is inserted into the receiving hole to lock
      the guide door to the frame.
PATN
WKU  059915730
SRC  9
APN  1376977
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980821
TTL  Electrophotographic photoconductor drum with weight-controlling member
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Pendegrass; Joan
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Nohsho; Shinji
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Toriu; Noboru
CTY  Shizuoka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ricoh Company, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970821
APN  9-239101
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971027
APN  9-309438
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980820
APN  10-249089
CLAS
OCL  399159
XCL  430 69
EDF  6
ICL  G03G  500
ICL  G03G 1500
FSC  399
FSS  159;167;174;350
FSC  430
FSS  56;69
UREF
PNO  5272506
ISD  19931200
NAM  Goto et al.
OCL  399176
UREF
PNO  5430526
ISD  19950700
NAM  Ohkubo et al.
OCL  399159
UREF
PNO  5488459
ISD  19960100
NAM  Tsuda et al.
OCL  399167
UREF
PNO  5722016
ISD  19980200
NAM  Godlove et al.
OCL  399159
FREF
PNO  0 698 829
ISD  19960200
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  An electrophotographic photoconductor drum having a cylindrical hollow
      support with a length L (cm), provided that L is 30 cm or more, a
      photoconductive layer provided on an external surface of the cylindrical
      hollow support, with a total weight of the support and the photoconductive
      layer being W1 (g), and a weight-controlling member, with a total weight
      of the above-mentioned weight W1 (g) and the weight-controlling member
      being W2 (g), the length L, the weight W1 and the weight W2 satisfying the
      relationship of formula (1) of log(W1/L.sup.3).ltoreq.-2.4 and the formula
      (2) of log(W2/L.sup.3)>-2.4.
PATN
WKU  059915749
SRC  9
APN  1855999
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981104
TTL  Photosensitive drum
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Moldafsky; Greg
EXP  Smith; Matthew S.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Nishimuro; Youichi
CTY  Kunitachi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Machida; Kunio
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Bridgestone Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971110
APN  9-323805
CLAS
OCL  399159
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1500
FSC  399
FSS  159;117
UREF
PNO  5768943
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kawata et al.
OCL   74432
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a photosensitive drum including: a cylindrical base body with
      a photosensitive layer formed on the outer peripheral surface thereof; and
      flanges respectively provided on both end surfaces of the cylindrical base
      body, the flanges being rotatably supported for rotatably supporting the
      photosensitive drum; wherein the cylindrical base body is molded from a
      conductive resin, and one of the flanges is molded from the conductive
      resin integrally with the cylindrical base body. The photosensitive drum,
      which contributes to a reduction in manufacturing cost by simplifying the
      manufacturing process and to improvement in reliability, is provided.
PATN
WKU  059915757
SRC  9
APN  3069141
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19990507
TTL  Belt unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Susan S. Y.
NDR  11
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Okiyama; Yoshitatsu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kikuchi; Ken
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  OKI Data Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980512
APN  10-128008
CLAS
OCL  399165
XCL  198806
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1500
FSC  399
FSS  165;303;313
FSC  198
FSS  806;807
FSC  347
FSS  154;153
FSC  474
FSS  101;111;112
UREF
PNO  4087169
ISD  19780500
NAM  Fantuzzo
OCL  399313
UREF
PNO  4170175
ISD  19791000
NAM  Conlon, Jr.
XCL  198806
UREF
PNO  4174171
ISD  19791100
NAM  Hamaker et al.
OCL  399165
UREF
PNO  4183658
ISD  19800100
NAM  Winthaegen
OCL  399165
UREF
PNO  4626095
ISD  19861200
NAM  Berger
OCL  399165
UREF
PNO  5343279
ISD  19940800
NAM  Nagata et al.
XCL  198806
UREF
PNO  5481338
ISD  19960100
NAM  Todome
XCL  198806
UREF
PNO  5659851
ISD  19970800
NAM  Moe et al.
OCL  399165
LREP
FRM  Rabin & Champagne, PC
ABST
PAL  A belt unit has a drive roller, a driven roller, and a tension roller. An
      endless belt is mounted about the drive roller, driven roller, and tension
      roller. When the drive roller is driven by a motor, the endless belt runs
      with a print medium placed thereon. The tension roller longitudinally
      extends in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the belt
      runs. First and second support members are pivotally mounted on a frame
      and support the tension roller between the first and second supports. The
      spring urges the support members so that the tension roller exerts tension
      on the belt. A coupling member such as a rod, wire, and plate couples the
      first support member to the second support member, so that a first pivotal
      movement of one of the first and second support members causes a second
      pivotal movement of the other of the first and second support members, the
      first and second pivotal movements applying a substantially same urging
      force to the belt.
PATN
WKU  059915765
SRC  9
APN  0842176
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980526
TTL  Apparatus for driving photosensitive belt
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Braun; Fred L.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Lee; Min-soo
CTY  Uiwang
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970718
APN  97-33547
CLAS
OCL  399167
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1500
FSC  399
FSS  162;163;167
UREF
PNO  5111242
ISD  19920500
NAM  Tanimoto et al.
OCL  399167
UREF
PNO  5381167
ISD  19950100
NAM  Fujii et al.
XCL  399162
UREF
PNO  5592261
ISD  19970100
NAM  Yoshino
OCL  399167
UREF
PNO  5678144
ISD  19971000
NAM  Osaki et al.
OCL  399167
UREF
PNO  5701549
ISD  19971200
NAM  Portig et al.
XCL  399167
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for driving a photosensitive belt is applied to an
      electrophotographic printer in which a continuously moving photosensitive
      belt is scanned by an optical beam, thereby forming a latent image on the
      photosensitive belt for a developer liquid to be applied. The apparatus
      for driving the photosensitive belt includes a photosensor, a controller
      and a stepping motor. The photosensor is installed at a position near to
      the rear end of the scanning area for generating a pulse signal whenever a
      unit scan line of the photosensitive belt has been completely scanned by
      the optical beam. The controller processes the pulse signal and drives the
      stepping motor to rotate a predetermined angle to thereby move the
      photosensitive belt a unit scan line distance whenever the driving pulse
      signal from the controller is applied thereto. In this way, the speed of
      the photosensitive belt will not be excessive so as to prevent complete
      scanning of each scan line of the optical beam.
PATN
WKU  059915773
SRC  9
APN  1977539
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981123
TTL  Air breakdown charge and development image forming method and apparatus
      using image area centered patches of toner
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Moldafsky; Greg
EXP  Smith; Matthew S.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Liu; Chu-Heng
CTY  Penfield
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Zhao; Weizhong
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Xerox Corporation
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  399169
XCL  399237
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1502
FSC  399
FSS  127;128;237;296;169;183
UREF
PNO  4504138
ISD  19850300
NAM  Kuehnle et al.
UREF
PNO  5387760
ISD  19950200
NAM  Miyazawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5436706
ISD  19950700
NAM  Landa et al.
UREF
PNO  5563688
ISD  19961000
NAM  Bergen et al.
OCL  399169
UREF
PNO  5619313
ISD  19970400
NAM  Domoto et al.
OCL  399233
UREF
PNO  5826147
ISD  19981000
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  399237
LREP
FR2  Nguti; Tallam I.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for producing high quality liquid toner images in an
      electrostatic printing machine. The method using the apparatus includes
      selectively coat a photoreceptor only in selected image area centered
      portion of the photoreceptor surface thereby forming an image area
      centered patch of toner with developing material; image-wise exposing each
      such portion; patch of toner. The method using the apparatus next includes
      forming a final toner image from each image area centered patch of toner
      using an air breakdown charge development (ABCD) assembly. The ABCD
      assembly includes a relatively large magnitude voltage biasing source, and
      a nip forming roll coupled thereto and forming a toner solids recharging
      nip with the photoreceptor, for image-wise recharging of the single
      polarity toner solids coating each image area centered patch of toner, by
      inducing an air breakdown electrical discharge in which free mobile ions
      are introduced into the vicinity of each image area centered patch of
      toner. The latent image underlying each image area centered patch of toner
      cooperates with the large magnitude voltage biasing source to cause free
      mobile ions to flow to the toner solids of each image area centered patch
      of toner in an image-wise manner corresponding to the underlying latent
      image. This, in turn, leads to image-wise recharging of the toner solids
      of each image area centered patch of toner in which toner solids in image
      areas of each patch then have a first polarity, and toner solids in
      background areas thereof then have a second and relatively opposite
      polarity. The method of the present invention then includes separating the
      image area toner solids of each patch of toner from the background area
      toner solids thereof, thereby resulting in an efficiently produced,
      quality toner image with significantly reduced non-development marking
      material generated and requiring removal.
PATN
WKU  059915781
SRC  9
APN  1977938
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981123
TTL  Image forming reverse charge printing method and apparatus using image
      area centered patches of toner
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Moldafsky; Greg
EXP  Smith; Mathew S.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Liu; Chu-Heng
CTY  Penfield
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Zhao; Weizhong
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Xerox Corporation
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  399169
XCL  399237
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1502
FSC  399
FSS  127;128;237;296;169;183
UREF
PNO  4504138
ISD  19850300
NAM  Kuehnle et al.
UREF
PNO  5387760
ISD  19950200
NAM  Miyazawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5436706
ISD  19950700
NAM  Landa et al.
UREF
PNO  5563688
ISD  19961000
NAM  Bergen et al.
OCL  399169
UREF
PNO  5619313
ISD  19970400
NAM  Domoto et al.
OCL  399233
UREF
PNO  5826147
ISD  19981000
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  399237
LREP
FR2  Nguti; Tallam I.
ABST
PAL  An efficient and high quality image forming method and apparatus wherein
      only selective scattered portions of an imaging surface are charged with a
      first charging device, and then coated with a layer of charged toner
      solids by a toner supply apparatus, thereby forming an "image area patch
      of toner"; wherein each selected scattered portion is centered relative
      to, and has an area slightly exceeding an area to be imaged; each such
      charged and coated portion is then image-wise exposed to form a first
      latent image; each such coated portion is subsequently recharged by a
      reverse charge printing (RCP) second charging device in an image-wise
      manner to create a secondary latent image having toner solids in image
      areas charged to a first polarity, and toner solids in background areas
      charged to a second and opposite polarity; and finally the toner solids in
      the image areas thereof are then transferred onto a copy substrate for
      fixing as an output document, thus leaving a significantly diminished
      quantity of non-development toner for subsequent removal from the
      photoreceptor.
PATN
WKU  059915790
SRC  9
APN  1978810
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981123
TTL  High slope DC/AC combination charging device
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Chen; Sophia S.
EXP  Royer; William
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Yu; Zhao-zhi
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Xerox Corporation
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  399170
XCL  399171
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1502
FSC  399
FSS  171;170;168;223;231
FSC  250
FSS  324;325;326
FSC  361
FSS  225;229;235
UREF
PNO  5258820
ISD  19931100
NAM  Tabb
OCL  399296
UREF
PNO  5537198
ISD  19960700
NAM  Jackson
OCL  399168
UREF
PNO  5539501
ISD  19960700
NAM  Yu et al.
OCL  399171
UREF
PNO  5579100
ISD  19961100
NAM  Yu et al.
OCL  399 39
UREF
PNO  5581330
ISD  19961200
NAM  Pietrowski et al.
OCL  399171
UREF
PNO  5581331
ISD  19961200
NAM  Teshigawara et al.
OCL  399171
UREF
PNO  5600430
ISD  19970200
NAM  Folkins et al.
OCL  399171
FREF
PNO  58-156963
ISD  19830900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Eipert; William
ABST
PAL  A high slope charging device including a DC portion followed by an AC
      portion. The high slope device includes an insulative shell housing, an
      electrode and a corona wire. The electrode is coupled to direct current
      power source which supplies a constant potential to the electrode thereby
      generating a corona at the electrode. An alternating current power source
      supplies an alternating voltage to the corona wire. The high slope device
      beneficially is designed such that both the electrode and the corona wire
      charge a charge retentive surface to the same potential.
PATN
WKU  059915803
SRC  9
APN  0976741
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980616
TTL  Developing unit of multi-color image forming device and controlling
      method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Susan S.Y.
NDR  7
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Byeon; Sang-Hyeon
CTY  Kyonggi-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  SamSung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970619
APN  97/24801
CLAS
OCL  399227
XCL  399228
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1501
FSC  399
FSS  226;227;228;223;53
UREF
PNO  4713673
ISD  19871200
NAM  Kessoku
OCL  399227
UREF
PNO  4939548
ISD  19900700
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  399226
UREF
PNO  5294967
ISD  19940300
NAM  Munakata et al.
OCL  399227
UREF
PNO  5325151
ISD  19940600
NAM  Kimura et al.
OCL  399227
UREF
PNO  5440373
ISD  19950800
NAM  Deki et al.
UREF
PNO  5486902
ISD  19960100
NAM  Ito
UREF
PNO  5552877
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ishikawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5585598
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kasahara et al.
UREF
PNO  5600431
ISD  19970200
NAM  Takeda et al.
UREF
PNO  5610701
ISD  19970300
NAM  Terada et al.
UREF
PNO  5640654
ISD  19970600
NAM  Yoshizawa
UREF
PNO  5666613
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kumon et al.
OCL  399227
UREF
PNO  5671470
ISD  19970900
NAM  Maruta et al.
UREF
PNO  5724634
ISD  19980300
NAM  Maruta
UREF
PNO  5752141
ISD  19980500
NAM  Nishimura et al.
UREF
PNO  5758235
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kosuge et al.
UREF
PNO  5761576
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sugihara
UREF
PNO  5835825
ISD  19981100
NAM  Maruta
OCL  399227
FREF
PNO  62-148983
ISD  19870700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Bushnell, Esq.; Robert E.
ABST
PAL  A developing unit of a multi-color image forming device and a controlling
      method thereof employ a rotatable turret and a plurality of developers,
      each having a developing roller. The developer contacts a photosensitive
      drum only when a toner image is formed on the photosensitive drum by
      moving the developer radially to the rotary center of the turret using a
      developer transporting unit, such as a cylinder.
PATN
WKU  059915811
SRC  9
APN  0767921
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980513
TTL  Development roller cleaning apparatus of liquid electrophotographic
      printer
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Noe; William A.
EXP  Royer; William
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kwak; Jin-geun
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Wan-ha
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Chang; Kee-son
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19970827
APN  97-23394
CLAS
OCL  399237
XCL  399249
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1510
FSC  399
FSS  237;249
UREF
PNO  5300990
ISD  19940400
NAM  Thompson
OCL  399240
UREF
PNO  5374980
ISD  19941200
NAM  Kubo et al.
OCL  399249
UREF
PNO  5758236
ISD  19980500
NAM  Teschendorf et al.
OCL  399249
FREF
PNO  354115251A
ISD  19790900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A development roller cleaning apparatus includes a cleaning blade installed
      with an end contacting an outer surface of a development roller for
      removing an excess developer liquid therefrom, and a guide for guiding an
      excess developer liquid removed by a squeegee roller installed downstream
      from the development roller to the end of the cleaning blade.
PATN
WKU  059915820
SRC  9
APN  1846752
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981102
TTL  Method and apparatus for developing high quality images in a liquid
      immersion development machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Lee; Susan S. Y.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Liu; Chu-Heng
CTY  Penfield
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Zhao; Weizhong
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Xerox Corporation
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  399237
XCL  399296
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1510
ICL  G03G 1516
FSC  399
FSS  296;308;307;237;238;239;240
UREF
PNO  4974027
ISD  19901100
NAM  Landa et al.
XCL  399296
UREF
PNO  5387760
ISD  19950200
NAM  Miyazawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5436706
ISD  19950700
NAM  Landa et al.
UREF
PNO  5519476
ISD  19960500
NAM  Dalal et al.
OCL  399307
UREF
PNO  5619313
ISD  19970400
NAM  Domoto et al.
OCL  399233
UREF
PNO  5826147
ISD  19981000
NAM  Liu et al.
XCL  399296
UREF
PNO  5832352
ISD  19981100
NAM  Pan et al.
OCL  399307
LREP
FR2  Nguti; Tallam I.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for producing high quality liquid toner images in an
      electrostatic printing machine. The method using the apparatus includes
      (a) forming in a first stage, an initial developed toner image on a
      photoreceptor using toner image forming assemblies including a charging
      device; and exposure device; a development unit;; and (b) refining in a
      second stage, the initial developed toner image using a contact
      electrostatic printing (CEP) assembly including a bias source and a
      conductive CEP roll for biasing and applying compressive and tensile
      forces to the initial developed toner image to enable easy separation of
      image areas from background areas of the initial developed toner image,
      and for separating and removing unwanted toner solids from the background
      areas, thereby producing a high quality final toner image having sharp
      image area edges and highly clean background areas.
PATN
WKU  059915838
SRC  9
APN  0427438
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980317
TTL  Developing device
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXA  Virmani; Shival
EXP  Moses; Richard
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Nozawa; Taizo
CTY  Kanagawa-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970331
APN  9-081701
CLAS
OCL  399254
XCL  399256
XCL  399258
XCL  399260
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1508
FSC  399
FSS  254;255;256;257;258;259;260
FREF
PNO  6-51634
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  96-274386
ISD  19960400
CNT  JPX
ICL  G03G 1508
FREF
PNO  96-319201
ISD  19960500
CNT  JPX
ICL  G03G 1508
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A developing device using developer and an image carrier has of a
      developing roller to carry developer, to feed developer to image carriers
      and to form a developer image. The developing device also has an upper
      mixer screw, which conveys, developer to the developing roller while
      stirring it, and a lower mixer screw provided under the upper mixer screw,
      which circulates and conveys developer jointly with the upper mixer also,
      the developing device has a drawing up roller with first and second
      magnetic poles formed to draw up developer when the lower mixer screw
      feeds developer to the upper mixer screw. The drawing up roller has
      magnetic matter provided in contact with the drawing up roller so as to
      form an angle 90.degree. or below to the horizontal line passing through
      the center of axis of the developing roller between the first and second
      magnetic poles so that developer which is drawn up by the drawing up
      roller, separates so that it is re-circulated by the upper mixer screw.
PATN
WKU  059915846
SRC  9
APN  1679228
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981007
TTL  Toner cartridge assembly
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  18
EXA  Tran; Hoan
EXP  Smith; Matthew S.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Meyer; Merle L.
CTY  Burnsville
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Ahart; John V.
CTY  Bloomington
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Thompson; Steven A.
CTY  Golden Valley
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Katun Coporation
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  399262
XCL  222DIG1
XCL  399120
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1508
FSC  399
FSS  119;120;258;260;262;263
FSC  220
FSS  211;253
FSC  222
FSS  DIG. 1;167
FSC  141
FSS  363;364
UREF
PNO  5441177
ISD  19950800
NAM  Yanagisawa
OCL  222DIG.1
UREF
PNO  5669044
ISD  19970900
NAM  Cuthbert
OCL  399120
UREF
PNO  5722014
ISD  19980200
NAM  Fike
OCL  399119
UREF
PNO  5794108
ISD  19980800
NAM  Yoshizawa et al.
OCL  399262
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg, Woessner and Kluth
ABST
PAL  A toner cartridge assembly is provided including a cartridge rotatably
      mounted with a cap component. The cap component has an opening and a
      sweeper assembly rotatably coupled therewith. The cartridge has a sealing
      area on one end which seals the opening of the cap component. Longitudinal
      toner guiding ribs are provided on the cartridge for agitating the toner
      to be guided by the internal surface of the cartridge. A safety ring is
      provided on an external surface of the cartridge, and has a gap therein.
      The safety ring prevents removal of the toner cartridge assembly due to
      engaging components of the hopper. The cartridge assembly can be removed
      from the hopper when the gap of the ring is aligned with the engaging
      components, which also simultaneously requires the sealing area of the
      cartridge to cover the opening of the cap component.
PATN
WKU  059915854
SRC  9
APN  160595&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980925
TTL  Developing device for an image forming apparatus and developing roller
      therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  7
EXA  Noe ; William A
EXP  Royer; William
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Nakamura; Makoto
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Ricoh Company, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970926
APN  9-279713
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980831
APN  10-260943
CLAS
OCL  399267
XCL  399273
XCL  399277
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1509
FSC  399
FSS  267;273;277
UREF
PNO  5655191
ISD  19970800
NAM  Furuya et al.
OCL  399277
FREF
PNO  64-2081
ISD  19890100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-110484
ISD  19900400
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-199168
ISD  19920700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A developing device for an electrophotographic apparatus and a developing
      roller therefor are disclosed. Polarity identical throughout a range
      between a magnetic conveying pole and a magnetic depositing pole on a
      sleeve forms a repulsive magnetic field. Therefore, even when the diameter
      of the sleeve is reduced for the miniaturization of the developing device,
      a developer can be surely released from the sleeve despite a decrease in
      the width of a developer releasing portion in the direction of rotation of
      the sleeve.
PATN
WKU  059915862
SRC  8
APN  9556141
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19971022
TTL  Developing device including a magnetic regulating member
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Royer; William J.
NDR  9
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Nagao; Taisuke
CTY  Itami
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Minolta Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961025
APN  8-301280
CLAS
OCL  399274
XCL  399275
XCL  399277
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1509
FSC  399
FSS  267;270;274-277
UREF
PNO  4825241
ISD  19890400
NAM  Saijo et al.
OCL  399275
UREF
PNO  4851872
ISD  19890700
NAM  Murasaki et al.
OCL  399275
UREF
PNO  4960070
ISD  19901000
NAM  Nishimura et al.
OCL  399270
UREF
PNO  5396026
ISD  19950300
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  399276
UREF
PNO  5424489
ISD  19950600
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  399276
FREF
PNO  6-266233
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-240989
ISD  19950900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, LLP
ABST
PAL  A developing device which regulates the amount of developer transported on
      a developing sleeve via a regulating member constructed as a magnetic
      member, so as to not have large fluctuation in the amount of developer
      transported by a developing sleeve to a developing region even when there
      is dislocation in the install position of the regulating member, and which
      produces excellent images having stable density without image noise.
PATN
WKU  059915870
SRC  8
APN  7412703
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19961030
TTL  Developing apparatus having developing roller which is loaded via an
      intermediate roller
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Beatty; Robert
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Kikuchi; Susumu
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kyocera Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951031
APN  7-306951
CLAS
OCL  399282
XCL  399285
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1508
FSC  399
FSS  235;282;285;234;273;283;264
UREF
PNO  4480911
ISD  19841100
NAM  Itaya et al.
OCL  399282
UREF
PNO  4508052
ISD  19850400
NAM  Kohyama
OCL  399282
UREF
PNO  4669852
ISD  19870600
NAM  Tajima et al.
OCL  399282
UREF
PNO  4686934
ISD  19870800
NAM  Kohyama
OCL  399282
UREF
PNO  5095850
ISD  19920300
NAM  Komuro
OCL  399282
UREF
PNO  5341197
ISD  19940800
NAM  Folkins et al.
OCL  399273
UREF
PNO  5523826
ISD  19960600
NAM  Jugle
OCL  399284
UREF
PNO  5617190
ISD  19970400
NAM  Takenaka et al.
OCL  399159
FREF
PNO  58-070256
ISD  19830400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Koji Sakamoto, et al. "Mono-Component Development Process ", Ricoh
      Technical Report No. 16, Jan. 1987, pp. 18-20.
LREP
FRM  Loeb & Loeb, LLP
ABST
PAL  An electrophotographic developing apparatus uses a two-component developer
      comprising a carrier and a toner for development. The apparatus includes
      an intermediate roller with a non-magnetic sleeve accommodating a magnetic
      roller disposed between a developing roller and an agitating device for
      tribo-frictionally charging the carrier and the toner. After forming a
      magnetic brush consisting of the carrier and the toner, the toner is
      transferred to the developing roller by applying a first bias to the
      intermediate roller and the developing roller. A second bias is applied to
      the developing roller and an image carrier included in the apparatus to
      cause the toner to selectively attach to the image carrier. A third bias
      is applied to the developing roller and the intermediate roller to cause
      the toner to transfer back to the intermediate roller. The intermediate
      roller has two like polarity poles facing the agitating device and has a
      peripheral speed which is greater than the developing roller and
      photosensitive drum.
PATN
WKU  059915889
SRC  8
APN  2270242
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19940412
TTL  Electrophotographic transfer process for transferring toner image onto
      carbonless paper
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Beatty; Robert
INVT
NAM  Kraft; Keith A.
CTY  Mendota Heights
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Imation Corp.
CTY  Oakdale
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  399297
XCL  399381
XCL  399411
XCL  430126
XCL  503201
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1516
FSC  355
FSS  200;271;273;274;277;279;308;309;311
FSC  503
FSS  201
FSC  399
FSS  297;381;411;45
FSC  430
FSS  126
UREF
PNO  3516846
ISD  19700600
NAM  Matson
OCL  117 36.2
UREF
PNO  3516941
ISD  19700600
NAM  Matson
OCL  252316
UREF
PNO  4681428
ISD  19870700
NAM  DeVoy
OCL  355311
UREF
PNO  4906605
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kraft
OCL  503215
UREF
PNO  4968464
ISD  19901100
NAM  Kojoh et al.
OCL  264 41
UREF
PNO  5079068
ISD  19920100
NAM  Perrington et al.
OCL  428192
UREF
PNO  5084433
ISD  19920100
NAM  Kraft
OCL  503201
UREF
PNO  5115277
ISD  19920500
NAM  Camis
OCL  355273
FREF
PNO  0 569 285 A2
ISD  19930400
CNT  EPX
ICL  B41M  5124
FREF
PNO  0185960
ISD  19850900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-185960
ISD  19850900
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  D.R. Voas, 1989 Papermakers Conference, pp. 299-302.
PAL  Xerox Corporation's "Helpful Facts About Paper," 191 Edition, Section 3-8,
      entitled "Paper Properties and Xerox Printers".
PAL  "Functional Paper Properties in Xerography" (see C.J. Green, Tappi, 1981,
      64(5), 79-81).
PAL  "Short Grain Web Offset" (Eur. Rotogravure Assoc. Newsl. No. 87, Jan. 1988,
      pp. 3-4).
ABST
PAL  Carbonless papers manufactured as grain-short paper and wherein the grain
      direction is parallel to the direction of feed when a toner image is
      transferred upon in electrophotographic copiers, copier/duplicators, and
      laser printers results in reduced paper jams, reduced paper curl, and
      allows the use of lower basis weight papers and the use of non-xerographic
      grade papers than that normally used in electrophotography.
PATN
WKU  059915897
SRC  8
APN  8891125
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970707
TTL  System for charging toner on a toner carrying member for removing toner
      from the toner carrying member
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Royer; William
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Thompson; John A.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
INVT
NAM  Clifton; George B.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  399297
XCL  399302
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1501
FSC  399
FSS  101;297;302;308;296
UREF
PNO  4701042
ISD  19871000
NAM  Mimura et al.
OCL  399296
UREF
PNO  5079597
ISD  19920100
NAM  Mauer et al.
OCL  399302
UREF
PNO  5371579
ISD  19941200
NAM  Bisaiji
OCL  399296
UREF
PNO  5512986
ISD  19960400
NAM  Toyomura et al.
OCL  399308
UREF
PNO  5722015
ISD  19980200
NAM  Tombs
XCL  399101
UREF
PNO  5732310
ISD  19980300
NAM  Hiroshima et al.
OCL  399101
UREF
PNO  5752130
ISD  19980500
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  399101
LREP
FR2  Wisdom; Gregg W.
ABST
PAL  In a color electrophotographic printing system using a transfer belt,
      residual toner remains on the surface of the transfer belt after the
      printing of a page. To prevent print defects from occurring, the residual
      toner on the surface of the transfer belt must be removed. A transfer belt
      charge roller driven by a high voltage power supply is used to positively
      charge the residual toner to permit electrostatic transfer of the residual
      toner from the surface of the transfer belt to the surface of a
      photoconductor drum for removal by a cleaning blade. By applying an AC
      waveform and a positive DC offset, the residual toner is effectively
      positively charged for electrostatic removal from the transfer belt.
PATN
WKU  059915900
SRC  9
APN  216762&
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981221
TTL  Transfer/transfuse member release agent
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Beatty; Robert
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Chang; Shu
CTY  Webster
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Schlueter, Jr.; Edward L.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Lynd; Laurence J.
CTY  Macedon
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Xerox Corporation
CTY  Stamford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  399302
XCL  399307
XCL  399308
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1501
FSC  399
FSS  297;307;308;302;313;324;325
FSC  430
FSS  126
FSC  428
FSS  391;447
UREF
PNO  3901700
ISD  19750800
NAM  Yoerger et al.
OCL  430 49
UREF
PNO  5434657
ISD  19950700
NAM  Berkes et al.
OCL  399308
UREF
PNO  5459008
ISD  19951000
NAM  Chambers et al.
OCL  430126
UREF
PNO  5469247
ISD  19951100
NAM  Cheng et al.
OCL  399350
UREF
PNO  5510886
ISD  19960400
NAM  Sugimoto et al.
OCL  399308
UREF
PNO  5715510
ISD  19980200
NAM  Kusaba et al.
OCL  399308
UREF
PNO  5758237
ISD  19980500
NAM  Abramsohn
OCL  399249
UREF
PNO  5870650
ISD  19990200
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  399 98
FREF
PNO  57-020742
ISD  19820200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-015999
ISD  19960100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FR2  Bade; Annette
ABST
PAL  A transfer member having a substrate, an outer silicone rubber layer, and a
      silicone polymer release agent material, wherein the release agent
      material is a polydimethyl siloxane cationic liquid emulsion.
PATN
WKU  059915919
SRC  9
APN  0352500
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980305
TTL  Fuser using ceramic roller
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Brase; Sandra
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Chen; Jiann H.
CTY  Fairport
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Chatterjee; Dilip K.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Davis; Stephen V.
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Eastman Kodak Company
CTY  Rochester
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  399325
XCL  399328
XCL  399333
EDF  6
ICL  G03G 1520
FSC  399
FSS  320;324;325;328;330;331;333;335;339
FSC  430
FSS  97;124
UREF
PNO  3435500
ISD  19690400
NAM  Aser et al.
UREF
PNO  4659621
ISD  19870400
NAM  Finn et al.
UREF
PNO  4789565
ISD  19881200
NAM  Kon et al.
UREF
PNO  4941251
ISD  19900700
NAM  Sobue et al.
UREF
PNO  5008221
ISD  19910400
NAM  Ketcham
UREF
PNO  5011401
ISD  19910400
NAM  Sakurai et al.
UREF
PNO  5061965
ISD  19911000
NAM  Ferguson et al.
UREF
PNO  5141788
ISD  19920800
NAM  Badesha et al.
UREF
PNO  5153660
ISD  19921000
NAM  Goto
UREF
PNO  5166031
ISD  19921100
NAM  Badesha et al.
UREF
PNO  5290332
ISD  19940300
NAM  Chatterjee et al.
UREF
PNO  5336282
ISD  19940800
NAM  Ghosh et al.
UREF
PNO  5358913
ISD  19941000
NAM  Chatterjee et al.
UREF
PNO  5493376
ISD  19960200
NAM  Heeks
OCL  399324
UREF
PNO  5543269
ISD  19960800
NAM  Chatterjee et al.
UREF
PNO  5585909
ISD  19961200
NAM  Behe et al.
UREF
PNO  5634184
ISD  19970500
NAM  Dalal et al.
OCL  399325
UREF
PNO  5805968
ISD  19980900
NAM  Chatterjee et al.
OCL  399324
UREF
PNO  5864740
ISD  19990100
NAM  Heeks et al.
OCL  399325
UREF
PNO  5871878
ISD  19990200
NAM  Chatterjee et al.
XCL  399324
LREP
FR2  Owens; Raymond L.
ABST
PAL  A fuser for fixing particulate imaging material to a receiver sheet,
      including a fuser roller and a pressure roller in contact with the fuser
      roller which engage each other at a fixing nip, wherein pressure is used
      in fixing the particulate imaging material to the receiver sheet; a supply
      of offset preventing oil with such offset preventing oil being adapted to
      react with the zirconia ceramic or its composites to prevent offset of the
      particulate imaging material; a metering roller in contact with the supply
      of offset preventing oil for wicking such offset preventing oil onto the
      surface of the metering roller. The method further includes a donor roller
      in contact with the metering roller and the fuser roller for receiving
      offset preventing oil from the metering roller and applying it to the
      surface of the fuser roller; and one of the rollers forming the fixing nip
      having a surface formed from zirconia ceramic or its composites which has
      a hardness greater than 12 GPa and toughness greater than 6 MPa.sqroot.mm.
PATN
WKU  059915927
SRC  9
APN  1963058
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19981119
TTL  Document transporting device and method and image reading device
      provided with the document transporting device
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Pendegrass; Joan
NDR  7
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Hiroshi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kurando; Shigeo
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Deguchi; Masaki
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kusakabe; Jun
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mita Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka-fu
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971121
APN  9-321563
CLAS
OCL  399374
XCL  271  314
XCL  358496
EDF  6
ICL  G03L 1500
FSC  399
FSS  364;373;374;367
FSC  271
FSS  3.14;3.19;186
FSC  355
FSS  23;24
FSC  358
FSS  496;498
UREF
PNO  5669056
ISD  19970900
NAM  Rubscha
OCL  399367
LREP
FRM  Jordan and Hamburg LLP
ABST
PAL  A document fed from a document tray to a first transport path is guided to
      a document inverting unit to invert a transport direction of the document.
      Subsequently, the document is transported to an image reader unit along a
      second transport path for image data reading on the opposite side of the
      document opposite to a side facing upward when set on the document tray.
      Then, the document is guided to the document inverting unit again via a
      fourth transport path intersecting a third transport path at a first
      intersecting point to invert the transport direction of the document
      again. Thereafter, the document is transported to the image reading unit
      again via the second transport path for image data reading on the one side
      of the document. The document is discharged onto a discharge tray via the
      third transport path with the one side facing downward.
PATN
WKU  059915935
SRC  8
APN  9213813
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19970829
TTL  Sheet supplying apparatus of air absorbing type
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Chen; Sophia S.
EXP  Royer; William
NDR  31
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Sugiyama; Hiroshi
CTY  Mishima
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960904
APN  8-233848
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961128
APN  8-318235
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961225
APN  8-345895
CLAS
OCL  399388
XCL  271 11
XCL  271145
XCL  399393
EDF  6
ICL  B65H  308
ICL  G03G 1500
FSC  399
FSS  75;388;393;361
FSC  271
FSS  3.07;3.11;5;11;90;96;99;102;106;108;145;165
FSC  414
FSS  797;797.4
UREF
PNO  4155546
ISD  19790500
NAM  Jacobs
OCL  271 11
UREF
PNO  4248417
ISD  19810200
NAM  Fujimoto
XCL  271106
UREF
PNO  4299380
ISD  19811100
NAM  Ogihara et al.
XCL  271 11
UREF
PNO  4420150
ISD  19831200
NAM  Umezawa
OCL  271 11
UREF
PNO  4589648
ISD  19860500
NAM  Hancock
OCL  271106
UREF
PNO  4591140
ISD  19860500
NAM  Illig et al.
OCL  271 11
UREF
PNO  4968019
ISD  19901100
NAM  Tanabe et al.
OCL  271106
UREF
PNO  5026039
ISD  19910600
NAM  Kuzuya et al.
OCL  271 11
FREF
PNO  485 748
ISD  19180200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  26 10 480
ISD  19760900
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  34 04 215
ISD  19850800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  255719
ISD  19490200
CNT  CHX
FREF
PNO  674842
ISD  19520700
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 006, No. 240 (M-174), Nov. 27, 1982 & JP 57
      137236 A (Nissan Jidosha KK), Aug. 24, 1982.
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a sheet supplying apparatus which has a
      sheet supporting device for supporting a sheet, a sheet absorbing device
      for absorbing the sheet supported by the sheet supporting device by
      utilizing an absorbing force generated by an absorbing force generating
      device, and a shift device for shifting the sheet absorbing device to
      bring the sheet absorbed by the sheet absorbing device to a sheet supply
      device disposed downstream in a sheet supplying direction. The sheet
      absorbing device and the shift device receive respective driving forces
      from the single or common drive source.
PATN
WKU  059915943
SRC  8
APN  897893&
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19970721
TTL  Electronic book
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Cheng; Joe H.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Froeber; Helmut
STR  #12 Foxglove Way
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
ZIP  92715
INVT
NAM  Kim; Hong
STR  #12 Foxglove Way
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
ZIP  92715
CLAS
OCL  434317
XCL  434185
XCL  434307R
XCL  434365
XCL  345901
EDF  6
ICL  G09B  500
FSC  434
FSS  116;118;156;169;185;307 R;308;317;365
FSC  345
FSS  145;146;157;901
FSC  704
FSS  1
FSC  348
FSS  552
FSC  707
FSS  201
FSC  714
FSS  20
FSC  706
FSS  927
UREF
PNO  D359306
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lande et al.
UREF
PNO  4159417
ISD  19790600
NAM  Rubincam
UREF
PNO  4580985
ISD  19860400
NAM  Redenbaugh
OCL  434365
UREF
PNO  4884974
ISD  19891200
NAM  DeSmet
UREF
PNO  4985697
ISD  19910100
NAM  Boulton
UREF
PNO  5233333
ISD  19930800
NAM  Borsuk
UREF
PNO  5339091
ISD  19940800
NAM  Yamazaki et al.
UREF
PNO  5413486
ISD  19950500
NAM  Burrows et al.
OCL  434317
UREF
PNO  5477510
ISD  19951200
NAM  Ukita
XCL  434317
UREF
PNO  5695345
ISD  19971200
NAM  Weiner et al.
OCL  434317
UREF
PNO  5697793
ISD  19971200
NAM  Huffman et al.
OCL  434317
UREF
PNO  5710922
ISD  19980100
NAM  Alley et al.
OCL  707201
UREF
PNO  5717938
ISD  19980200
NAM  Garthwaite et al.
OCL  704  1
UREF
PNO  5774109
ISD  19980600
NAM  Winsky et al.
XCL  345901
UREF
PNO  5847698
ISD  19981200
NAM  Reavey et al.
XCL  345901
UREF
PNO  5914706
ISD  19990600
NAM  Kono
XCL  345901
ABST
PAL  An electronic book is provided including a plurality of PCMIA cards each
      with read only memory having a unique text permanently stored therein.
      Further provided is a portable unit comprising at least one speaker for
      allowing the transmission of audio signals upon the receipt thereof, a
      PCMCIA interface slot formed in the housing for allowing the downloading
      of the text of the PCMCIA card, and a speech processor/synthesizer
      connected to the speaker for transmitting audio signals thereto upon the
      receipt of text stored in the PCMCIA card. Such audio signals are
      representative of speech corresponding with the text. Further provided is
      a control mechanism adapted to download the text located within the PCMCIA
      card via the PCMCIA interface and further transmit the same to the
      speakers and the display whereby the audio signals are continuously
      transmitted and a user may view the text via the display.
PATN
WKU  059915951
SRC  9
APN  0456217
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980320
TTL  Computerized system for scoring constructed responses and methods for
      training, monitoring, and evaluating human rater's scoring of
      constructed responses
ISD  19991123
NCL  42
ECL  1,15
EXP  Cheng; Joe H.
NDR  32
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Romano; Frank J.
CTY  Yardville
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Grant; Mark
CTY  New Hope
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Farnum; Marisa D.
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Educational Testing Service
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  434353
XCL  434118
XCL  434322
XCL  434350
XCL  382321
EDF  6
ICL  G09B  300
ICL  G09B  700
FSC  434
FSS  118;156;157;169;307 R;308;322;323;327;347;350;353;362
FSC  358
FSS  450
FSC  704
FSS  10
FSC  706
FSS  45;927
FSC  707
FSS  104;500;501;512
FSC  382
FSS  10;48;321
FSC  273
FSS  429-432
FSC  345
FSS  302;348
UREF
PNO  4671772
ISD  19870600
NAM  Slade et al.
UREF
PNO  4768087
ISD  19880800
NAM  Taub et al.
UREF
PNO  4867685
ISD  19890900
NAM  Brush et al.
UREF
PNO  4895518
ISD  19900100
NAM  Arnold et al.
XCL  434350
UREF
PNO  4953209
ISD  19900800
NAM  Ryder, Sr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4978305
ISD  19901200
NAM  Kraft
OCL  434353
UREF
PNO  5002491
ISD  19910300
NAM  Abrahamson et al.
UREF
PNO  5011413
ISD  19910400
NAM  Ferris et al.
UREF
PNO  5033969
ISD  19910700
NAM  Kamimura
UREF
PNO  5059127
ISD  19911000
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  434353
UREF
PNO  5170362
ISD  19921200
NAM  Greenberg et al.
UREF
PNO  5176520
ISD  19930100
NAM  Hamilton
UREF
PNO  5180309
ISD  19930100
NAM  Egnor
UREF
PNO  5195033
ISD  19930300
NAM  Samph et al.
UREF
PNO  5204813
ISD  19930400
NAM  Samph et al.
XCL  434350
UREF
PNO  5211563
ISD  19930500
NAM  Haga et al.
UREF
PNO  5211564
ISD  19930500
NAM  Martinez et al.
UREF
PNO  5247670
ISD  19930900
NAM  Matsunaga
UREF
PNO  5287519
ISD  19940200
NAM  Dayan et al.
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5309564
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bradley et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5318450
ISD  19940600
NAM  Carver
OCL  434336
UREF
PNO  5321611
ISD  19940600
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  434353
UREF
PNO  5432932
ISD  19950700
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  395650
UREF
PNO  5433615
ISD  19950700
NAM  Clarke et al.
OCL  358450
UREF
PNO  5437554
ISD  19950800
NAM  Clark et al.
XCL  706927
UREF
PNO  5442759
ISD  19950800
NAM  Chiang et al.
XCL  434118
UREF
PNO  5458493
ISD  19951000
NAM  Clark et al.
XCL  434118
UREF
PNO  5466159
ISD  19951100
NAM  Clark et al.
XCL  434362
UREF
PNO  5509127
ISD  19960400
NAM  Datuyler et al.
OCL  395308
UREF
PNO  5513994
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kershaw et al.
OCL  434350
UREF
PNO  5524193
ISD  19960600
NAM  Covington et al.
OCL  707512
UREF
PNO  5558521
ISD  19960900
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  434322
UREF
PNO  5565316
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kershaw et al.
XCL  706927
FREF
PNO  WO 95/15654
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "The Integrated Instructional Systems Report", Feb., 1990, EPIE Institute.
PAL  Results of literature search re: new products and educational/psychological
      academic literature performed by Educational Testing Service on Jul. 29,
      1992, using various commercial databases.
PAL  "The MicroCAT Testing System", 1992 Computerized Testing Products Catalog,
      Assessment Systems Corporation, 1992.
PAL  Wayne Patience, "Software Review-MicroCAT Testing System Version 3.0",
      Journal of Educational Measurement/Spring 1990, vol. 27, No. 1, pp. 82-88.
PAL  G. Gage Kingsbury, "Adapting Adaptive Testing: Using the MicroCat Testing
      System in a Local School District", Educational Measurement: Issues and
      Practice, Summer, 1990, pp. 3-6 and 29.
PAL  Anthony DePalma, "Standardized College Exam Is Customized by Computers",
      The New York Times, Front Page Story, Mar. 21, 1992.
PAL  ETS/ACCESS Summer 1992 Special Edition Newsletter.
PAL  Elliot Soloway, "Quick, Where Do the Computers Go; Computers in Education",
      Communications of the ACM, Association for Computing, Machinery, 1991,
      Feb., 1991, vol. 34, No. 2, p. 29.
PAL  Tse-chi Hsu and Shula F. Sadock, "Computer-Assisted Test Construction: A
      State of the Art", TME Report 88, Educational Testing Service, Nov. 1985.
PAL  Abdel-fattah, "Comparison of the Chi-Square Procedure with the Symmetric
      Regression Procedure for Developing a Common Metric in Item Response
      Theory", 1992, Abstract.
PAL  Adams et al., "Quest: The Interactive Test Analysis System", 1993,
      Abstract.
PAL  Burstein et al., "GE FRST Evaluation Report: How Well Does a
      Statistically-Based Natural Language Processing System Score Natural
      Language Constructed-Responses?", 1995, Abstract.
PAL  de la Torre et al., "The Development and Evaluation of a Computerized
      Adaptive Testing System", 1991, Abstract.
PAL  Gearhart et al., "Writing Portfolios at the Elementary Level: A Study of
      Methods for Writing Assessment", 1992, Abstract.
PAL  Halpin et al., "So You Have Chosen an Unequal Cell Size ANOVA Option--Do
      you Really Know What you Have?", 1991, Abstract.
PAL  Henning et al., "Automated Assembly of Pre-equated Language Proficiency
      Tests", Language Testing, 1994, 11, Abstract.
PAL  Kaplan et al., "Using the Free-Response Scoring Tool to Automatically Score
      the Formulating-Hypotheses Item", 1994, p. 41.
PAL  Sebrechts et al., "Agreement between Expert System and Human Raters' Scores
      on Complex Constructed-Response Quantitative Items", 1991, Abstract.
PAL  Smittle, "Computerized Adaptive Testing: Revolutionizing Academic
      Assessment", Community College J., 1994, 65, Abstract.
PAL  Solomon et al., "A Pilot Study of the Relationship between Experts' Ratings
      and Scores Generated by the NBME's Computer-Based Examination System",
      Acad. Med., 1992, 67, Abstract.
PAL  Stowitschek et al., "A Computerized Risk Index Screening Program for
      At-Risk Students", 1990, Abstract.
PAL  Wang, "An Analytical Approach to Generating Norms for Skewed Normative
      Distributions", 1992, Abstract.
PAL  Weiss et al., "User's Manual for the Basic Math Mastery Tests", 1992,
      Abstract.
LREP
FRM  Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris LLP
ABST
PAL  Systems and methods for presentation to raters of constructed responses to
      test questions in electronic workfolders. The systems and methods provide
      for selection and designation of constructed responses into categories for
      use in quality control functions and training applications. A storage
      device is used to relationally store data regarding the raters, the
      constructed responses, and the scores awarded for use in selecting
      constructed responses for use in quality control and training. The system
      also comprises rater stations and processing systems for selectively
      transmitting constructed responses to the rater stations and receiving
      scores awarded by the raters assigned to the rater stations during both
      training and actual production scoring. The system further comprises rater
      stations and processing systems for displaying rater performance data,
      topic performance data, constructed response volume data, and candidate
      sample volume data.
PATN
WKU  059915960
SRC  8
APN  7361114
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961024
TTL  Wireless request channel for use with information broadcast system
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Orgad; Edan
EXP  Eisenzopf; Reinhard J.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Cunningham; Kenneth
CTY  Hamilton
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Smallcomb; Joseph
CTY  Herndon
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Weinberg; Aaron
CTY  Potomac
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Urban; Daniel
CTY  Silver Spring
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Daniel; Ray Allen
CTY  Leesburg
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Ziegler; Joseph
CTY  Reston
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Rihani; Rudy
CTY  Manassas
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  Stanford Telecommunications, Inc.
CTY  Reston
STA  VA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455 121
XCL  348 10
XCL  348 12
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  720
ICL  H04B  7185
FSC  455
FSS  4.2;6.1;6.2;12.1;13.1;13.2;517;524;3.2;6.3;5.1
FSC  348
FSS  10;12;13;17
FSI  H04N  7173;  720
UREF
PNO  4616108
ISD  19861000
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  455 12.1
UREF
PNO  4751732
ISD  19880600
NAM  Kamitake
OCL  455 12.1
UREF
PNO  4975771
ISD  19901200
NAM  Kassatly
OCL  455267
UREF
PNO  5446756
ISD  19950800
NAM  Mallinckrodt
OCL  455427
UREF
PNO  5455823
ISD  19951000
NAM  Noreen et al.
OCL  455 12.1
UREF
PNO  5479400
ISD  19951200
NAM  Dilworth et al.
OCL  455524
UREF
PNO  5696765
ISD  19971200
NAM  Safadi
OCL  370436
LREP
FR2  Zegeer, Esq.; Jim
ABST
PAL  An information broadcast system having a broadband broadcast system
      selected from cable and satellite for broadcasting requested information
      from a selected information source, including the Internet, to one or more
      selected subscriber stations includes an independent backhaul channel for
      communicating information request signals from a subscriber station to one
      or more central processing stations. The system includes a data broadcast
      station for transmitting requested data from the selected data source and
      central station via the data broadcast station to the one or more selected
      subscriber stations. The high-data rate broadcast station forwards
      requested data from a data source to the data broadcast station. A
      backhaul satellite communication system, independent of the broadband
      broadcast system, has a backhaul satellite ground terminal for coupling
      information request signals from backhaul satellite communication system
      to high data broadcast station terminal. Each subscriber station has a
      broadband broadcast receiver for receiving requested information broadcast
      by the high data rate broadcast and a satellite antenna for transmitting
      backhaul request signals to the backhaul satellite.
PATN
WKU  059915978
SRC  8
APN  8643385
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970528
TTL  Converter for a satellite signal receiving antenna
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  8
EXA  Smith; Sheila
EXP  Chin; Wellington
NDR  11
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Nagatomi; Akihiko
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Fujita; Toshio
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Masami
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  DX Antenna Co., Ltd.
CTY  Hyogo-Ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960529
APN  8-134808
CLAS
OCL  455 121
XCL  455 20
XCL  4551801
XCL  4551881
XCL  4551901
XCL  348731
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  714
ICL  H04B  7185
ICL  H04B  118
FSC  455
FSS  20;3.2;22;180.1;188.1;190.1;189.1;6.1;315
FSC  348
FSS  12.1;731
UREF
PNO  4214212
ISD  19800700
NAM  Dipietromaria
OCL  455190
UREF
PNO  4633513
ISD  19861200
NAM  Taney
OCL  455131
UREF
PNO  4731877
ISD  19880300
NAM  Moon
OCL  455340
UREF
PNO  5014349
ISD  19910500
NAM  Kudo et al.
OCL  455189
UREF
PNO  5093922
ISD  19920300
NAM  Kudo et al.
OCL  455  6
LREP
FRM  Helfgott & Karas, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A converter for a satellite signal receiving antenna, comprising a input
      terminal for inputting a signal in a frequency band other than the output
      frequency band of the IF signal converted from the satellite signal, and
      where the IF signal and signal from the input terminal are mixed by a
      mixing circuit, and output through a coaxial cable from the IF output
      terminal.
PATN
WKU  059915986
SRC  8
APN  9078665
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970811
TTL  Burst signal transmission from an earth station to an orbiting satellite
      with a short guard time
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXA  Sobutka; Philip J.
EXP  Chin; Wellington
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Nawata; Hizuru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930630
APN  5-160697
RLAP
COD  71
APN  268455
APD  19940630
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  455 131
XCL  455 132
XCL  455429
XCL  455430
XCL  370324
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  7185
FSC  455
FSS  13.2;13.1;12.1;427;428;429;430
FSC  370
FSS  252;253;324;503;508
UREF
PNO  4010420
ISD  19770300
NAM  Reiner et al.
XCL  455 13.2
UREF
PNO  4292683
ISD  19810900
NAM  Jueneman
OCL  370104
UREF
PNO  4398291
ISD  19830800
NAM  Hotta et al.
XCL  370104.1
UREF
PNO  4686673
ISD  19870800
NAM  Hotta
OCL  370324
UREF
PNO  5172375
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kou
XCL  370104.1
UREF
PNO  5309439
ISD  19940500
NAM  Roos
OCL  370508
UREF
PNO  5363373
ISD  19941100
NAM  Nakahara et al.
XCL  455 13.2
UREF
PNO  5410728
ISD  19950400
NAM  Bertiger et al.
OCL  455 13.1
UREF
PNO  5423084
ISD  19950600
NAM  Vatt
OCL  455428
FREF
PNO  0009096
ISD  19800400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0237972
ISD  19870900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0365885
ISD  19900500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  181336
ISD  19890700
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Takeuchi, et al., IEEE Global Telecommunications Conference, vol. 1, Dec.
      1992, Orlando, FL, pp. 443-446.
PAL  "Nikkei Kommunikeisyon" (Nikkei Communications), No. 112, published by
      Nikkei BP, Oct. 21, 1991, pp. 31-32.
PAL  "Application of Motorola Satellite Communications, Inc. for a Low Earth
      Orbit Mobile Satellite System", FCC, Washington, D.C., Dec. 1990.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  Radiated from each orbiting satellite of a satellite communication network
      to M cells (M representing an integer, such as thirty-seven) covered with
      a predetermined solid angle on the earth, M spot beams are identified by M
      identification codes. In an earth station which may be a portable unit, a
      burst signal transmitter device (31) comprises a receiver part (35)
      receiving one of the spot beams as a received beam at a reception time, to
      recognize as a recognized code one of the identification codes that
      identifies the received beam, and a transmitter part (45) for transmitting
      burst signals at a transmission time delayed from the reception time by an
      offset amount selected by the recognized code from M offset amounts
      predetermined for the identification codes. Preferably, the M offset
      amounts are stored in a memory (43).
PATN
WKU  059915994
SRC  8
APN  9790829
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19971126
TTL  Mobile satellite communication terminal
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Kincaid; Lester G.
EXP  To; Doris H.
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Uchikawa; Setomi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960127
APN  7-011341
RLAP
COD  71
APN  592690
APD  19960126
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  455 20
XCL  455 111
XCL  455 93
XCL  455553
XCL  455575
XCL  455349
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  140
FSC  455
FSS  11.1;12.1;13.1;15;20;66;74;84;93;129;550;552;553;575;426;427;21;25;562;349
UREF
PNO  5008925
ISD  19910400
NAM  Pireh
OCL  455340
UREF
PNO  5119504
ISD  19920600
NAM  Durboraw, III
OCL  455 89
UREF
PNO  5490284
ISD  19960200
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  455 11.1
UREF
PNO  5524044
ISD  19960600
NAM  Takeda
OCL  455 89
UREF
PNO  5524284
ISD  19960600
NAM  Marcou et al.
OCL  455349
UREF
PNO  5535430
ISD  19960700
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  455 89
UREF
PNO  5535432
ISD  19960700
NAM  Dent
OCL  455 12.1
UREF
PNO  5564076
ISD  19961000
NAM  Auvray
OCL  455 89
UREF
PNO  5603080
ISD  19970200
NAM  Kallander et al.
OCL  455 15
UREF
PNO  5628049
ISD  19970500
NAM  Suemitsu
OCL  455 11.1
UREF
PNO  5828951
ISD  19981000
NAM  Suemitsu
OCL  455 12.1
OREF
PAL  R. Subramanian et al., "Inmarsat-M Portable MES" Pacific Telecommunications
      Council Fifteenth Annual Conference Proceedings, PTC 1993, vol. 11, pp.
      835-840.
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  A mobile satellite communication terminal capable of performing satellite
      communication both indoors and outdoors. In an indoor mode, the mobile
      satellite communication terminal includes an indoor terminal for carrying
      out transmission or reception of a signal through a ground radio link and
      a repeater terminal installed in such a location that the repeater
      terminal can get an unobstructed view of a satellite for carrying out
      transmission or reception of a signal through a satellite communication
      link. In an outdoor mode, an antenna of the indoor unit is replaced by an
      antenna for the satellite communication link, whereby the indoor terminal
      can be used as an outdoor terminal.
PATN
WKU  059916001
SRC  8
APN  8906092
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970709
TTL  Integration of mobile station channel measurement with paging channel
      displacement operation in a wireless communications system
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Eng; George
EXP  Kuntz; Curtis A.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Anderson; Keith W.
CTY  Durham
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Toot, Jr.; Carl B.
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Ericsson Inc.
CTY  Research Triangle Park
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455 383
XCL  455458
XCL  455574
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  700
FSC  455
FSS  38.3;68;70;161.2-161.3;226.1-226.2;343;434-435;466;515-517;575;458;574
FSC  370
FSS  332;337;347;310;311
UREF
PNO  5404355
ISD  19950400
NAM  Raith
OCL  455343
UREF
PNO  5574996
ISD  19961100
NAM  Raith
OCL  455343
UREF
PNO  5590396
ISD  19961200
NAM  Henry
OCL  455343
UREF
PNO  5604744
ISD  19970200
NAM  Andersson et al.
OCL  370347
UREF
PNO  5794146
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sevcik et al.
OCL  455515
FREF
PNO  0 319 219 A2
ISD  19881100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 522 631 A2
ISD  19920600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/12931
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/12932
ISD  19950500
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  EPO Standard Search Report RS 100227 US dated Mar. 9, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist PC
ABST
PAL  In connection with paging displacement operation, a mobile station delays
      entry into sleep mode in order to read a specified number of subsequent
      alternate (i.e., every other) additional paging channel slots to receive a
      paging message. During the paging channel slots located between those
      designated for reading paging displacement related paging messages, the
      mobile station makes more efficient use of limited battery supplied energy
      resources by making any requisite signal strength measurements.
PATN
WKU  059916010
SRC  9
APN  224750&
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19990104
TTL  Personal intercommunication purchase and fulfillment system
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Thanh Cong
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Anderson; John R.
STR  1200 N. Pine Ave.
CTY  Arlington Heights
STA  IL
ZIP  60004
RLAP
COD  71
APN  696373
APD  19960813
PSC  01
PNO  5857156
CLAS
OCL  455 384
XCL  455564
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  726
FSC  455
FSS  4.1;4.2;5.1;31.2;31.3;38.1;38.4;45;66;507;564;517;186.1
FSC  348
FSS  7;9;10
FSC  340
FSS  539;905;825.44;825.26
FSC  235
FSS  462;472;492
UREF
PNO  5393965
ISD  19950200
NAM  Bravman et al.
UREF
PNO  5416310
ISD  19950500
NAM  Little
UREF
PNO  5452356
ISD  19950900
NAM  Albert
UREF
PNO  5479441
ISD  19951200
NAM  Tymes et al.
UREF
PNO  5481255
ISD  19960100
NAM  Albert et al.
UREF
PNO  5499020
ISD  19960300
NAM  Motohashi et al.
UREF
PNO  5555446
ISD  19960900
NAM  Jasinski
UREF
PNO  5557541
ISD  19960900
NAM  Schulhof et al.
UREF
PNO  5675139
ISD  19971000
NAM  Fama
UREF
PNO  5708262
ISD  19980100
NAM  Goldman et al.
UREF
PNO  5857156
ISD  19990100
NAM  Anderson
OCL  455 38.1
LREP
FRM  Wallenstein & Wagner, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  An electronic system for purchasing an item has at least one home station
      and at least one remote device (56). More particularly, the present
      invention is directed to a method or means for purchasing the item by
      entering a code into the remote device (56). The remote device (56) of the
      present invention is in the form of a pager 10 and/or a radio.
PATN
WKU  059916028
SRC  8
APN  7646682
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961211
TTL  Method of and system for communication between points along a fluid flow
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Aoki; Makoto
EXP  Eisenzopf; Reinhard J.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Sturm; John A.
CTY  St. Louis
STA  MO
ASSG
NAM  LaBarge, Inc.
CTY  St Louis
STA  MO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455 40
XCL  455899
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  100
FSC  455
FSS  40
FSC  340
FSS  853.1;853.2;853.3;854.3;854.6;854.8;825.54
FSC  367
FSS  81;82;83
FSC  406
FSS  49;189
UREF
PNO  4000927
ISD  19770100
NAM  Sakamoto et al.
OCL  406189
UREF
PNO  4724434
ISD  19880200
NAM  Hanson et al.
UREF
PNO  5448110
ISD  19950900
NAM  Tuttle et al.
OCL  340825.54
UREF
PNO  5485148
ISD  19960100
NAM  Tseng
OCL  340825.54
UREF
PNO  5675251
ISD  19971000
NAM  MacLean et al.
OCL  324220
FREF
PNO  WO84/01439
ISD  19840400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Hayhrst, J.D., "The Pneumatic Post of Paris," The France and Colonies
      Philatelic Society of Great Britain, 1974.
PAL  Austrian Patent Office Search Report, Apr. 4, 1999, 48 pages.
LREP
FRM  Armstrong Teasdale LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of communicating data between points along a fluid flow includes
      providing a plurality of remotely writable and readable data storage units
      capable of flowing in the fluid flow; remotely writing data to the data
      storage units as they pass a first point in the fluid flow; and remotely
      reading data from the data storage units as they pass a second point in
      the fluid flow downstream of the first point. The system of the present
      invention includes a plurality of remotely writable and readable data
      storage units capable of flowing in the fluid flow; a data writer at the
      first point for remotely writing data to the data carriers as they pass
      the first point in the fluid flow; and a data reader at the second point
      for remotely reading data from the data carriers as they pass the second
      point in the fluid flow.
PATN
WKU  059916036
SRC  8
APN  9270124
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970910
TTL  Narrow-band communication apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Thanh Cong
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Aoki; Minoru
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katsukura; Shuichi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Uniden Corporation
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941115
APN  6-280967
RLAP
COD  74
APN  360879
APD  19941221
PSC  01
PNO  5697096
CLAS
OCL  455 73
XCL  455 84
XCL  4552451
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  138
FSC  455
FSS  234.1;234.2;245.1;250.1;254;295;296;343;245.2;73;84;85;86;575
FSC  375
FSS  345
UREF
PNO  4876741
ISD  19891000
NAM  Jacobs et al.
OCL  455245.1
UREF
PNO  5408685
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kennedy et al.
OCL  455296
UREF
PNO  5519757
ISD  19960500
NAM  Torin
UREF
PNO  5606741
ISD  19970200
NAM  Yamamoto
FREF
PNO  57-35428
ISD  19820200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-35430
ISD  19820200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  59-226525
ISD  19841200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-131626
ISD  19860600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-198829
ISD  19860900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-274527
ISD  19861200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-137927
ISD  19870600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-72724
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-92033
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-162921
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-168742
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-818
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-177954
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-345330
ISD  19921200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-22175
ISD  19930100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-191214
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-175873
ISD  19930700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-206885
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-268138
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  A novel narrow-band communication apparatus comprises a digital signal
      processor for demodulating the output from a receiving section and
      outputting a modulation signal for an audio input, an electric field
      strength detector section for detecting electric field strength in the
      output from the receiving section, an indicator for indicating whether the
      narrow-band communication apparatus is in a receiving mode or in a
      transmission mode, and a power controller for controlling supply of power
      to, or an operating state of specified portions of, the narrow-band
      communication apparatus according to the output from the electric field
      strength detector as well as from the indicator.
PATN
WKU  059916044
SRC  8
APN  7801440
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19961226
TTL  Ring detecting circuit and method for wireless/wired composite telephone
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Legree; Tracy M.
EXP  Bost; Dwayne D.
NDR  6
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Yi; Bae-Geun
CTY  Gumi
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  SamSung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19951226
APN  95-56552
CLAS
OCL  455 741
XCL  455567
XCL  379373
XCL  379377
XCL  379418
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  140
ICL  H04M  100
FSC  455
FSS  74.1;567;575;117
FSC  379
FSS  373;418;377;375;433;93.28
UREF
PNO  4529845
ISD  19850700
NAM  Boeckmann
OCL  379376
UREF
PNO  4720853
ISD  19880100
NAM  Szlam
UREF
PNO  4926470
ISD  19900500
NAM  Sanford
OCL  379375
UREF
PNO  4975940
ISD  19901200
NAM  Hashimoto
UREF
PNO  5260996
ISD  19931100
NAM  Dillon et al.
OCL  379418
UREF
PNO  5509068
ISD  19960400
NAM  Bayless et al.
UREF
PNO  5544241
ISD  19960800
NAM  Dibner et al.
UREF
PNO  5675640
ISD  19971000
NAM  Tappert et al.
OCL  379373
UREF
PNO  5712910
ISD  19980100
NAM  Saito
OCL  379373
UREF
PNO  5751803
ISD  19980500
NAM  Shpater
OCL  379379
UREF
PNO  5787365
ISD  19980700
NAM  Rivero et al.
OCL  455567
FREF
PNO  3612664 C2
ISD  19861000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3541547 A1
ISD  19870500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3728230 A1
ISD  19890300
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4214125 C1
ISD  19931000
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  4328971 A1
ISD  19950300
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Bushnell, Esq.; Robert E.
ABST
PAL  In a circuit for notifying ring signal reception to a wireless telephone in
      a wireless/wired composite telephone system having a direct-current (DC)
      blocking circuit for blocking a DC component from a ring signal input
      through a ring terminal and a tip terminal and a ring detector for
      adjusting output signals depending on the ring signal having frequency
      components, a ring detecting circuit including an optical coupler for
      blocking a negative portion of an inputted signal received from the ring
      detector and for inverting a positive portion and for outputting a signal
      corresponding thereto, and a filter for receiving the signal output from
      the optical coupler and for generating a ring detection signal.
PATN
WKU  059916052
SRC  8
APN  8752605
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970722
TTL  Method and circuit for creating a modulated signal in a transceiver
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  7
EXA  Persino; Raymond B.
EXP  Bost; Dwayne D.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Rapeli; Juha
CTY  Oulu
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd.
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19950124
APN  950295
CLAS
OCL  455 76
XCL  455118
XCL  455260
XCL  455262
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q 1112
ICL  H04B  106
FSC  455
FSS  76;84;85;86;118;119;110;112;113;260;262
FSC  375
FSS  308
FSC  332
FSS  103;127;128
UREF
PNO  4225828
ISD  19800900
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  455 76
UREF
PNO  4325031
ISD  19820400
NAM  Ooms et al.
OCL  327107
UREF
PNO  4755774
ISD  19880700
NAM  Heck
OCL  455113
UREF
PNO  5065408
ISD  19911100
NAM  Gillig
OCL  455 76
UREF
PNO  5079520
ISD  19920100
NAM  Rapeli
OCL  331100
UREF
PNO  5291474
ISD  19940300
NAM  Ikonen et al.
OCL  370 30
UREF
PNO  5301367
ISD  19940400
NAM  Heinonen
OCL  455 76
UREF
PNO  5325075
ISD  19940600
NAM  Rapeli
OCL  332103
UREF
PNO  5390168
ISD  19950200
NAM  Vimpari
OCL  370 30
UREF
PNO  5471652
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hulkko
OCL  455 76
UREF
PNO  5491832
ISD  19960200
NAM  Malkamaki et al.
OCL  455 33.1
UREF
PNO  5519885
ISD  19960500
NAM  Vaisanen
OCL  455 76
FREF
PNO  0 442 611
ISD  19910800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 550 249
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 550 249 A2
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
ICL  H03C  309
FREF
PNO  1161206
ISD  19690800
CNT  GBX
ICL  H03B  304
FREF
PNO  WO 95/16304
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Perman & Green, LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FI96/00015
PD1  19970722
PD2  19970722
PD3  19960105
PCP  WO96/23366
PCD  19960801
ABST
PAR  In the method and circuit for creating a modulated signal, one input signal
      of a phase comparator (509) of a phase-locked frequency synthesizer is an
      offset frequency (f.sub.2), which is created from an adjustable
      oscillator's (511) output signal (f.sub.TX) by mixing it with a mixer
      frequency (f.sub.1) and filtering the obtained result in a low pass filter
      (508). The other input signal is a fixed reference frequency (f.sub.r).
      The adjustable oscillator (511) is controlled with a control signal
      (V.sub.CMOD), which contains a component resulting from the phase
      difference of said input signals (f.sub.r, f.sub.2). Modulation is created
      in the output signal (f.sub.TX) of the loop by adding a frequency or phase
      change to at least one of the input signals (f.sub.r, f.sub.2) or their
      derivatives, advantageously with pulse delay technology.
PATN
WKU  059916060
SRC  7
APN  9907718
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19921207
TTL  Apparatus for filtering signals of an antenna arrangement and a
      sender/receiver arrangement with two or more antennae
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Sobutka; Philip J.
EXP  Chin; Wellington
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Rummeli; Bernd
CTY  Strande
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Mann; Olaf
CTY  Starnberg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  RR Elektronische Gerate GmbH & Co.
CTY  Kiel-Friedrichsort
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19911207
APN  91 15 204  U
CLAS
OCL  455 78
XCL  455 82
XCL  455283
XCL  455120
XCL  333132
XCL  333126
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  148
FSC  455
FSS  82;77;78;83;80;290;291;280-283;286.7;120;121;124
FSC  333
FSS  132;126;129
FSC  370
FSS  36-38;40;32;24;278;339
UREF
PNO  3656162
ISD  19720400
NAM  Mee
OCL  370339
UREF
PNO  4095229
ISD  19780600
NAM  Elliot
XCL  455 82
UREF
PNO  5023866
ISD  19910600
NAM  DeMuro
OCL  370278
UREF
PNO  5170493
ISD  19921200
NAM  Roth
XCL  333132
UREF
PNO  5212815
ISD  19930500
NAM  Schumacher
XCL  455 80
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  A pair of filter units directs incoming signals from an antenna and
      outgoing signals to the antenna. One of the filter units blocks the
      outgoing signals and passes the incoming signals while the other of the
      filter units blocks the incoming signals and passes the outgoing signals.
PATN
WKU  059916079
SRC  8
APN  9189688
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970827
TTL  Telecommunication device with switching arrangement constructed as a
      ring circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Gary; Erika A.
EXP  Bost; Dwayne D.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Burdenski; Ralf
CTY  Nurnberg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Marshall; Christopher
CTY  Heywards Heath
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Philips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960829
APN  196 35 175
CLAS
OCL  455 83
XCL  455 78
XCL  455 82
XCL  333103
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  144
FSC  455
FSS  567;560;562;561;82;78;83;84;272;277.1
FSC  379
FSS  372;373;375;380;382;386
FSC  333
FSS  101;103;104;262
UREF
PNO  5584053
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kommrusch et al.
OCL  455 82
UREF
PNO  5625894
ISD  19970400
NAM  Jou
OCL  455 78
UREF
PNO  5642083
ISD  19970600
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  333103
UREF
PNO  5812939
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kohama
OCL  455 78
FREF
PNO  4430987C1
ISD  19951100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FR2  Halajian; Dicran
ABST
PAL  A switching device is disclosed having a ring circuit with four nodes and
      four switching elements which selectively interconnect the four nodes. A
      first compensation branch inter-connects a first pair of mutually opposing
      nodes, and a second compensation branch inter-connects a second pair of
      mutually opposing nodes. The first compensation branch generates a first
      parallel resonance in conjunction with a first non-conducting one of the
      four switching elements, and the second compensation branch generates a
      second parallel resonance in conjunction with a second non-conducting one
      of the four switching elements. The first parallel resonance is connected
      in parallel to a conducting one of the four switching elements, and the
      second parallel resonance is connected in parallel to the conducting one
      of the four switching elements. Each compensation branch includes an
      inductor which forms the respective parallel resonances in conjunction
      with a capacitance of a non-conducting switching element.
PATN
WKU  059916087
SRC  8
APN  8152403
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970312
TTL  Portable communication device with optimized transmission loss
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Maung; Nay A.
EXP  Bost; Dwayne D.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Leyten; Lukas
CTY  Eindhoven
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  U.S. Phillips Corporation
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19960416
APN  96201023
CLAS
OCL  455121
XCL  455 90
XCL  455269
XCL  455575
XCL  343860
XCL  343702
EDF  6
ICL  H01Q 1112
FSC  455
FSS  90;121;124;129;403;550;562;575;269;280;281;282;284
FSC  343
FSS  701;860;861
UREF
PNO  5337061
ISD  19940800
NAM  Pye et al.
OCL  343702
UREF
PNO  5493311
ISD  19960200
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  343860
UREF
PNO  5535435
ISD  19960700
NAM  Balzano et al.
OCL  455562
UREF
PNO  5561437
ISD  19961000
NAM  Phillips et al.
OCL  455575
UREF
PNO  5659889
ISD  19970800
NAM  Cockson
OCL  455280
FREF
PNO  0341238B1
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
ICL  H01Q  127
LREP
FR2  Halajian; Dicran
ABST
PAL  A portable electronic apparatus is disclosed having an antenna and a
      communication circuit. The antenna impedance is chosen to be a
      predetermined value which is deliberately mismatched to the impedance of
      the communication for a predetermined frequency band. This mismatch is
      chosen to optimize the signal loss between the antenna and the
      communication circuit when the antenna is far and near a disturbing
      source. The imaginary part of the antenna impedance has a sign opposite to
      the sign of the circuit impedance when the antenna is a predetermined
      distance from the disturbing source.
PATN
WKU  059916095
SRC  8
APN  7749694
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961226
TTL  Low cost digital automatic alignment method and apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Aoki; Makoto
EXP  Eisenzopf; Reinhard J.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Marrah; Jeffrey Joseph
CTY  Kokomo
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Kennelly; Thomas Joseph
CTY  Kokomo
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Easterwood; Michael John
CTY  Kokomo
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Pham; Linh Ngoc
CTY  Kokomo
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Dale; Ronald W
CTY  Kokomo
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Delco Electronics Corporation
CTY  Kokomo
STA  IN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  4551822
XCL  4551922
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  100
FSC  455
FSS  77;120;123;125;161.1;161.2;183.1;183.2;182.1;182.3;192.1;192.2;192.3;197.2
     ;199.1;340;182.2
FSC  327
FSS  3;12
FSC  334
FSS  16;26
UREF
PNO  3255414
ISD  19660600
NAM  Kawalek et al.
OCL  327  3
UREF
PNO  3820100
ISD  19740600
NAM  Ballinger et al.
OCL  340568
UREF
PNO  4079320
ISD  19780300
NAM  Mogi
OCL  455182.3
UREF
PNO  4712060
ISD  19871200
NAM  Bailey et al.
OCL  327  3
UREF
PNO  4789996
ISD  19881200
NAM  Butcher
OCL  375376
UREF
PNO  5077783
ISD  19911200
NAM  Leppanen
OCL  455 67.4
UREF
PNO  5126602
ISD  19920600
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  327 12
UREF
PNO  5152005
ISD  19920900
NAM  Bcickley
OCL  455182.1
UREF
PNO  5201063
ISD  19930400
NAM  Tam et al.
OCL  455 67.4
UREF
PNO  5301358
ISD  19940400
NAM  Gaskill et al.
OCL  455193.2
UREF
PNO  5335362
ISD  19940800
NAM  Vaisanen et al.
OCL  455186.1
UREF
PNO  5428829
ISD  19950600
NAM  Osburn et al.
OCL  455193.2
UREF
PNO  5491715
ISD  19960200
NAM  Flaxi
OCL  455193.2
UREF
PNO  5524288
ISD  19960600
NAM  Monge Navarro
OCL  455180.4
UREF
PNO  5550878
ISD  19960800
NAM  Shigaki et al.
OCL  375375
UREF
PNO  5592125
ISD  19970100
NAM  Williams
OCL  327 12
UREF
PNO  5619148
ISD  19970400
NAM  Guo
OCL  327 12
UREF
PNO  5619171
ISD  19970400
NAM  Rijckaert et al.
OCL  327 12
UREF
PNO  5697068
ISD  19971200
NAM  Salvi et al.
OCL  455 67.1
LREP
FR2  Funke; Jimmy L.
ABST
PAL  A technique for the automatic alignment and tuning of the front end of a
      vehicle radio. A tuning voltage is applied to a multiplying
      digital-to-analog converter before being applied to a front end tuning
      circuitry of the radio. A tuning voltage antenna number is applied to the
      tuning voltage at the converter to scale the tuning voltage, and adjust
      the center frequency tuning of the front end. During alignment, the tuning
      voltage antenna number is used to modulate the tuning voltage around a
      mean by reprogramming the tuning voltage antenna number a few values
      higher and lower in sequence. This modulation of the antenna tuning
      voltage creates an AC modulation component on the signal strength
      indicator signal passing through the front end. The signal strength
      indicator signal is measured and compared to its value before the tuning
      voltage antenna number was changed. If the signal strength indicator
      signal is higher for a higher tuning voltage antenna number, the front end
      is misaligned to the low side of the desired alignment point. Likewise, if
      the signal strength indicator signal is lower for an increasing tuning
      voltage antenna number, the front end is misaligned to the high side. If
      there is no change in the signal strength indicator signal for both
      increases and decreases in the tuning voltage antenna number, the front
      end is optimally aligned.
PATN
WKU  059916109
SRC  8
APN  6745245
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19960702
TTL  Memory structure for use in a broadcast receiver, particularly for
      providing traffic or geographic information
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Thanh Cong
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ruhl; Hans-Wilhelm
CTY  Rothenbach
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Kruger-Schuschke; Regina
CTY  Obermichelbach
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Manhesmann VDO Ag
CTY  Frankfurt
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950726
APN  195 27 183
CLAS
OCL  4551861
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  118
FSC  455
FSS  45;185.1;186.1;186.2;345
FSC  340
FSS  905;990;995
FSC  364
FSS  424.029;436;437
FSC  704
FSS  7;8;10;200;201
UREF
PNO  5001753
ISD  19910300
NAM  Davio et al.
OCL  380 29
UREF
PNO  5146499
ISD  19920900
NAM  Geffrotin
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5163154
ISD  19921100
NAM  Bournas et al.
OCL  395775
UREF
PNO  5168521
ISD  19921200
NAM  Delaporte
OCL  380 29
UREF
PNO  5465088
ISD  19951100
NAM  Braegas
XCL  455186.1
FREF
PNO  941059206
ISD  19941100
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Funkschau Aug. 1992 I Spezial, pp. 22 to 26.
LREP
FRM  Mayer, Brown & Platt
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a broadcast receiver, comprising a control circuit
      (7) for applying encoded messages, derived from a broadcast signal, to at
      least one storage device (12, 28), for receiving control data, derived
      from the encoded messages, from at least one storage device (12, 28), and
      for forming the messages from the control data in a form suitable for a
      display device (13) and/or a speech synthesizer circuit (14). In order to
      accelerate access to the control data, a reading device (16) for reading
      data from an external first storage device (28) and a second storage
      device (12) are coupled to the control circuit (7). Moreover, the first
      storage device (28) is intended to store region-specific control data and
      the second storage device (12) is intended to store traffic-specific
      control data.
PATN
WKU  059916117
SRC  8
APN  6980309
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19960815
TTL  Volume control device for receiver of block coded speech signals
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Appiah; Charles N.
EXP  Eisenzopf; Reinhard J.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Palumbo; Nicolas
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Alcatel Mobile Phones
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FRX
APD  19950816
APN  95 09839
CLAS
OCL  455219
XCL  714747
XCL  455 351
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  110
FSC  340
FSS  825.5
FSC  370
FSS  336;342;347;435;510;522
FSC  714
FSS  747
FSC  375
FSS  200;259;351
FSC  380
FSS  34
FSC  395
FSS  228
FSC  704
FSS  221;228;229
FSC  379
FSS  388;389;390
FSC  455
FSS  200.1;218-22;222;223;296;234.1;254
UREF
PNO  4593392
ISD  19860600
NAM  Kuoyama
OCL  371 31
UREF
PNO  4881123
ISD  19891100
NAM  Chapple
OCL  381104
UREF
PNO  5146610
ISD  19920900
NAM  Longshore et al.
OCL  455 35.1
UREF
PNO  5148431
ISD  19920900
NAM  Hayashi
OCL  371  5.1
UREF
PNO  5239557
ISD  19930800
NAM  Dent
OCL  370342
UREF
PNO  5271011
ISD  19931200
NAM  McMullan, Jr. et al.
OCL  371 53
UREF
PNO  5349701
ISD  19940900
NAM  Lobel
OCL  455222
UREF
PNO  5414711
ISD  19950500
NAM  Okada et al.
UREF
PNO  5414796
ISD  19950500
NAM  Jacobs et al.
OCL  704221
UREF
PNO  5416779
ISD  19950500
NAM  Barnes et al.
UREF
PNO  5537509
ISD  19960700
NAM  Swaminathan et al.
OCL  704228
UREF
PNO  5553192
ISD  19960900
NAM  Hayata
OCL  395237
UREF
PNO  5559833
ISD  19960900
NAM  Hayet
OCL  375259
UREF
PNO  5563952
ISD  19961000
NAM  Mercer
OCL  381 56
UREF
PNO  5594799
ISD  19970100
NAM  Herrmann
OCL  381 13
UREF
PNO  5630016
ISD  19970500
NAM  Swaminathan et al.
OCL  395  2.37
UREF
PNO  5657420
ISD  19970800
NAM  Jacobs et al.
OCL  704223
UREF
PNO  5771440
ISD  19980600
NAM  Sukhu et al.
OCL  455 63
UREF
PNO  5815507
ISD  19980900
NAM  Vinggaard et al.
OCL  371  5.1
FREF
PNO  WO9429849
ISD  19941200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  800 MHz Cellular System, TDMA Radio Interface, dual-Mode Mobile
      Station-Base Station Compatibilty Standard, TIA/EIA Standard, Jun. 7, 1996
     .
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A receiver of block coded speech signals receives signals transmitted by
      means of discontinuous transmission and estimates the acceptable or
      unacceptable nature of the blocks received. A volume control device
      commands reduction of the volume in the case of reception of unacceptable
      blocks. A detector, on the basis of the results of the estimate,
      determines if the signals received are signals transmitted using
      discontinuous transmission. The volume is restored in the case of such
      detection.
PATN
WKU  059916125
SRC  8
APN  8214468
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970321
TTL  Amplitude correction circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Vuong; Quochien B.
EXP  Bost; Dwayne D.
NDR  6
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Saito; Masahisa
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960322
APN  8-066437
CLAS
OCL  4552341
XCL  4551922
XCL  455343
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  106
ICL  H04B  116
FSC  455
FSS  234.1;234.2;250.1;254;264;310;232.1;313;318;333;343;192.1;192.2
FSC  330
FSS  250;277;278;291
UREF
PNO  4641368
ISD  19870200
NAM  Sullivan, Jr.
OCL  455250.1
UREF
PNO  4928314
ISD  19900500
NAM  Grandfield et al.
OCL  455318
UREF
PNO  5001776
ISD  19910300
NAM  Clark
OCL  455234.1
UREF
PNO  5203019
ISD  19930400
NAM  Rinderle
OCL  455234.1
UREF
PNO  5239683
ISD  19930800
NAM  Usui
OCL  455254
UREF
PNO  5517684
ISD  19960500
NAM  Fujita et al.
OCL  455250.1
UREF
PNO  5732242
ISD  19980300
NAM  Roth et al.
OCL  455234.1
UREF
PNO  5758270
ISD  19980500
NAM  Okanobu
OCL  455234.1
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  With the circuit construction of a heterodyne receiver, a control circuit
      for correcting the amplitude level of a local oscillation signal according
      to an output signal of a detector circuit is connected to the output
      terminal of an amplifier for amplifying the local oscillation signal to
      set the amplitude level of the local oscillation signal input to the mixer
      to an adequate level.
PATN
WKU  059916133
SRC  8
APN  4243072
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19950426
TTL  Method and arrangement for antenna selection control in a radio receiver
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXA  Armstrong; Darnell R.
EXP  Eisenzopf; Reinhard J.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Euscher; Christoph
CTY  Rhede
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Pillekamp; Klaus-Dieter
CTY  Erkrath
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19921026
APN  92118259
CLAS
OCL  4552771
XCL  455275
XCL  455562
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  106
FSC  455
FSS  275;277.1;277.2;562;101
UREF
PNO  4462099
ISD  19840700
NAM  Braun
OCL  371 22
UREF
PNO  5161252
ISD  19921100
NAM  Higuchi et al.
OCL  455 78
UREF
PNO  5239541
ISD  19930800
NAM  Maurai
OCL  370 77
FREF
PNO  0 213 780 A2
ISD  19871100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  62 047 222
ISD  19870200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "On The Radio Link Performance Of The Digital European Cordless
      Telecommunications (DECT) System", L.B. Lopes, Proceedings of Globecom 90,
      Dec. 2-5, 1990, pp. 1013-1017.
PAL  "Predictive Antenna Selection Diversity (PADS) For TDMA Mobile Radio", Y.
      Yamao et al, Proceedings of 1991 International Conference On
      Communications--ICC 91, Jun. 23-26, 1991, pp. 1480-1484.
PAL  "A Business Cordless PABX Telephone System On 800 MHz Based On The DECT
      Technology", C. Buckingham et al, IEEE Communications Magazine, vol. 29,
      No. 1, Jan. 1991, pp. 105-110.
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP93/02807
PD1  19950426
PD2  19950426
PD3  19931012
PCP  WO94/10764
PCD  19940511
ABST
PAR  The method and arrangement is for controlling a radio receiver. The
      arrangement has a central processor (DECT-C), a device (RSSI-C) for
      measuring the field strength of received signals, a threshold value
      generator (TH-C) and two antennas (A1, A2). The central processor (DECT-C)
      carries out method steps configured in such a way that different
      procedures (P1, P2) are realized to activate one of a plurality of
      antennas (A1, A2) of the radio receiver as a function of measured field
      strength values (RSSI1) of received signals and as a function of
      overshooting or undershooting of a threshold value (TH0).
PATN
WKU  059916141
SRC  8
APN  9851887
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971204
TTL  Utilization management system of portable telephone
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Jackson; Blane J.
EXP  Chin; Wellington
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Oura; Hideto
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970530
APN  9-157911
CLAS
OCL  455404
XCL  455 88
EDF  6
ICL  H04B 1008
FSC  455
FSS  404;410;411;134;456
FSC  340
FSS  539
FSC  342
FSS  457
UREF
PNO  4560978
ISD  19851200
NAM  Lemelson
OCL  340539
UREF
PNO  4965548
ISD  19901000
NAM  Fayfield
OCL  455134
UREF
PNO  5119018
ISD  19920600
NAM  Katayama et al.
OCL  324 76.27
UREF
PNO  5235633
ISD  19930800
NAM  Dennison et al.
OCL  455456
UREF
PNO  5442805
ISD  19950800
NAM  Sagers et al.
OCL  455456
UREF
PNO  5543779
ISD  19960800
NAM  Aspesi et al.
OCL  340539
LREP
FRM  Venable
FR2  Frank; Robert J.
FR2  Burdett; James R.
ABST
PAL  The shielded area 3 which is shielded from radio waves is provided at the
      entrance to the protected area 1, for example, installed with medical
      equipment. The transmitter 6 in the shielded area 3 transmits the control
      signal 11 to the portable telephone 5, which returns the response signal
      12 in response to the control signal 11. The receiver 7 receives the
      response signal 12 to notify the alarm 8 that the portable telephone 5 in
      operation. Thus, the alarm indicative of turning off the portable
      telephone 5 urges the holder 2 thereof not to carry the portable telephone
      5 into the protected area 1.
PATN
WKU  059916150
SRC  8
APN  9127046
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970818
TTL  Truck communication system
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Woldetatios; Yemane
EXP  Chin; Wellington
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Coppinger; James B.
CTY  Chattanooga
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Helms; Robert V.
CTY  Chattanooga
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  Transcommunications, Inc.
CTY  Chattanooga
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455406
XCL  455405
XCL  455410
XCL  455427
XCL  455560
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  720
FSC  455
FSS  38.1;38.4;345;517;227;228;410;411;405;406;407;12.1;560;426
FSC  348
FSS  1
FSC  340
FSS  825.44
UREF
PNO  4901307
ISD  19900200
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  4979170
ISD  19901200
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
XCL  455 12.1
UREF
PNO  5020077
ISD  19910500
NAM  Rhodes
OCL  375  8
UREF
PNO  5142278
ISD  19920800
NAM  Moallemi et al.
OCL  340825.06
UREF
PNO  5297249
ISD  19940300
NAM  Bernstein et al.
OCL  345356
UREF
PNO  5404568
ISD  19950400
NAM  Yamagishi
OCL  455 12.1
UREF
PNO  5479475
ISD  19951200
NAM  Grob et al.
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5535430
ISD  19960700
NAM  Aoki et al.
OCL  455 12.1
UREF
PNO  5608722
ISD  19970300
NAM  Miller
OCL  370320
UREF
PNO  5613196
ISD  19970300
NAM  Barnes et al.
OCL  455 15
UREF
PNO  5774802
ISD  19980600
NAM  Tell et al.
XCL  455406
UREF
PNO  5778313
ISD  19980700
NAM  Fougnies
XCL  455408
LREP
FRM  Luedeka, Neely & Graham PC
ABST
PAL  A communication system for transmitting messages includes a mobile private
      communication system. The mobile private communication system has a mobile
      terminal disposed in each of a plurality of trucks, the mobile terminal
      having a transceiver, an electronic control unit in communication with the
      transceiver, and a display in communication with the electronic control
      unit for displaying the messages. A satellite transmits the messages to
      the mobile terminal, and a satellite dish transmits the messages to the
      satellite. A satellite hub converts the messages to a satellite
      transmittable form. An interface is provided, having a local management
      system for adjusting an account for each of the messages being transmitted
      to the mobile terminal, and further for ensuring that the account has a
      sufficient balance prior to transmitting messages to the mobile terminal.
      The interface also has a voice response unit for creating messages, and a
      telephone interface system for receiving operator input and selecting one
      of the messages in response to the operator input. A public communication
      system, including a public telephone system having telephones connected to
      a telephone network interface, transmits the operator input to the
      telephone system.
PATN
WKU  059916168
SRC  8
APN  9427155
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19971002
TTL  Method for integrated billing in an integrated wireline-wireless system
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Thanh Cong
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Mirza; Arshad
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Liem; Susanna
CTY  Fort Worth
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Telecommunications America
CTY  Richardson
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455406
XCL  455461
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  724
FSC  455
FSS  405;406;408;426;428;432;433;435;436;438;440;445;456;461;560
FSC  379
FSS  34;112-115;119;250;134;220;229
UREF
PNO  5657375
ISD  19970800
NAM  Connolly et al.
OCL  455450
UREF
PNO  5664005
ISD  19970900
NAM  Emery et al.
OCL  455436
UREF
PNO  5712908
ISD  19980100
NAM  Brinkman et al.
OCL  379119
UREF
PNO  5758281
ISD  19980500
NAM  Emery et al.
OCL  455435
UREF
PNO  5845211
ISD  19981200
NAM  Roach, Jr.
OCL  455436
LREP
FRM  Jones Volentine, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A method of integrating wireless and wireline billing information in an
      integrated wireless-wireline system. Existing Automatic Measurement
      Accounting (AMA) capabilities resident in the Advanced Intelligent Network
      (AIN) Service Control Point (SCP) of the wireline section are leveraged,
      thereby avoiding development of an independent billing capability in the
      wireless section. Problems associated with the allocation and exchange of
      the wireless call identifier are avoided.
PATN
WKU  059916176
SRC  8
APN  6257380
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19960329
TTL  Method for preventing cellular telephone fraud
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Ferguson; Keith
EXP  Chin; Wellington
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Powell; Michael B.
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Authentix Network, Inc.
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455410
XCL  455411
XCL  455403
XCL  455432
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  738
FSC  455
FSS  410;411;432;433;403
FSC  380
FSS  23
FSC  340
FSS  825.3;825.31;825.34;825.5
FSC  395
FSS  186;187.01;188.01
FSC  379
FSS  91.01;91.02
UREF
PNO  5309501
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kozik et al.
OCL  455410
UREF
PNO  5335265
ISD  19940800
NAM  Cooper et al.
OCL  455410
UREF
PNO  5335278
ISD  19940800
NAM  Matchett et al.
OCL  455410
UREF
PNO  5457737
ISD  19951000
NAM  Wen
OCL  455410
UREF
PNO  5465387
ISD  19951100
NAM  Mukherjee
OCL  455410
UREF
PNO  5497412
ISD  19960300
NAM  Lannen et al.
UREF
PNO  5541977
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hodges et al.
OCL  455411
UREF
PNO  5588042
ISD  19961200
NAM  Comer
OCL  455433
UREF
PNO  5633914
ISD  19970500
NAM  Rosa
OCL  455411
UREF
PNO  5668875
ISD  19970900
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  455411
UREF
PNO  5668876
ISD  19970900
NAM  Falk et al.
OCL  455411
UREF
PNO  5777558
ISD  19980700
NAM  Pennypacker et al.
OCL  455410
UREF
PNO  5805674
ISD  19980900
NAM  Anderson, Jr.
OCL  455410
LREP
FR2  Galliani; William S.
     Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of identifying the fraudulent use of a cellular telephone includes
      the step of identifying an initial call made from the cellular telephone.
      An automated challenge-response authentication operation is then executed
      with a rotating subscriber query, resulting in a first authentication
      failure. In response to the first authentication failure, an operator
      assisted escalated challenge-response authentication operation is
      performed with a rotating subscriber query to generate a second
      authentication failure, indicating the fraudulent use of the cellular
      telephone.
PATN
WKU  059916184
SRC  9
APN  0870293
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19980529
TTL  Method and system for estimating a communication mode quality in a
      wireless communications system
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Jackson; Blane J.
EXP  Chin; Wellington
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hall; Scott Maurice
CTY  Fort Worth
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455425
XCL  455421
XCL  455445
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  174
FSC  455
FSS  522;506;505;504;501;437;425;423;422;67.5;67.3;67.1;63;13.4;10;9;115
FSC  370
FSS  318
FSC  375
FSS  224;227
UREF
PNO  5265119
ISD  19931100
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  370335
UREF
PNO  5361402
ISD  19941100
NAM  Grube et al.
OCL  455 67.1
UREF
PNO  5446756
ISD  19950800
NAM  Mallinckrodt
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  5465399
ISD  19951100
NAM  Oberholtzet et al.
OCL  455 69
UREF
PNO  5491837
ISD  19960200
NAM  Haartsen
OCL  455 62
UREF
PNO  5551057
ISD  19960800
NAM  Mitra
OCL  455522
UREF
PNO  5623484
ISD  19970400
NAM  Muszynski
OCL  370335
UREF
PNO  5640691
ISD  19970600
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  455126
UREF
PNO  5687171
ISD  19971100
NAM  Shin et al.
OCL  370335
UREF
PNO  5845212
ISD  19981200
NAM  Tanaka
OCL  455437
UREF
PNO  5852778
ISD  19981200
NAM  Labedz
OCL  455423
FREF
PNO  WO 94/06218
ISD  19940300
CNT  SEX
ICL  H04B  7005
LREP
FR2  Terry; L. Bruce
ABST
PAL  In a wireless communications system, a subscriber unit transmit power is
      determined. Thereafter, a power margin is determined by subtracting the
      subscriber unit transmit power from a maximum transmit power. In response
      to a current communication mode of the subscriber unit, a predetermined
      power margin requirement for the current communication mode, and the
      current power margin, a communication mode quality is estimated. Either
      the power margin or communication mode quality may be indicated at the
      subscriber unit, or reported to the infrastructure of the wireless
      communications system. In response to an unsatisfactory power margin or
      communication mode quality, the infrastructure may make adjustments to
      improve service.
PATN
WKU  059916192
SRC  8
APN  9741038
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971119
TTL  SS7 map provider system
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Urban; Edward F.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Choi; Soo-Jung
CTY  Incheon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Daewoo Telecom, Ltd.
CTY  Incheon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961231
APN  96-81211
CLAS
OCL  455432
XCL  455560
XCL  370467
XCL  379230
EDF  6
ICL  H04M  300
FSC  455
FSS  432;433;435;445;461;560
FSC  370
FSS  466;467;469
FSC  379
FSS  230
UREF
PNO  5396543
ISD  19950300
NAM  Beeson, Jr. et al.
OCL  455560
UREF
PNO  5497412
ISD  19960300
NAM  Lannen et al.
OCL  455432
UREF
PNO  5867788
ISD  19990200
NAM  Joensuu
OCL  455433
UREF
PNO  5889849
ISD  19990300
NAM  Ban et al.
OCL  379230
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  A MAP provider system for processing SS7 (signalling system No.7) MAP
      (mobile application part) protocol between MAP user and TCAP (transaction
      capabilities application part) is provided. The system comprises a first
      processing block for receiving from the MAP user a MAP common primitive
      and a MAP specific primitive for a dialogue initiated by the MAP user and
      converting the MAP common primitive to a TCAP dialogue handling primitive;
      a second processing block for receiving the MAP specific primitive from
      the first processing block to convert it to a TCAP component handling
      primitive if the first processing block receives the MAP specific
      primitive after the MAP common primitive; a third processing block for
      receiving from the TCAP a TCAP dialogue handling primitive and a TCAP
      component handling primitive for a dialogue initiated by the TCAP and
      converting the TCAP dialogue handling primitive to a MAP common primitive;
      and a fourth processing block for receiving the TCAP component handling
      primitive from the third converting block to convert the TCAP component
      handling primitive to a MAP specific primitive.
PATN
WKU  059916206
SRC  8
APN  9789596
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971126
TTL  Positioning busy indicator and queuing mechanism
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Simon
EXP  Chin; Wellington
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Kingdon; Christopher H.
CTY  Garland
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Zadeh; Bagher R.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Roel-Ng; Maya
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Hayes; Stephen
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Ericsson Inc.
CTY  Research Triangle Park
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455432
XCL  455440
XCL  455456
XCL  455458
XCL  455560
XCL  455517
XCL  455528
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  722
FSC  455
FSS  432;412;433;514;517;528;566;575;95;440;456;527;458;560
FSC  379
FSS  67;89;133;134;215;266;277;297;309
UREF
PNO  5442682
ISD  19950800
NAM  Svedin et al.
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5519760
ISD  19960500
NAM  Borkowski et al.
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5802475
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kishida et al.
OCL  455453
UREF
PNO  5878348
ISD  19990300
NAM  Foti
OCL  455434
UREF
PNO  5884179
ISD  19990300
NAM  Patel
OCL  455445
UREF
PNO  5889770
ISD  19990300
NAM  Jokiaho et al.
OCL  455440
UREF
PNO  5907805
ISD  19990500
NAM  Chotai
OCL  455414
FREF
PNO  WO 92/10069
ISD  19020600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/26510
ISD  19951000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/01531
ISD  19960100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  PCT International Search Report dated Mar. 12, 1999.
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A telecommunications system and method is disclosed which avoids unwanted
      feature interactions while positioning a mobile station that was in idle
      mode when the positioning request was received by the network. When the
      serving MSC/VLR receives a request to collect positioning measurements for
      a mobile station that is in idle mode, the serving MSC/VLR will set an
      indicator associated with the subscriber to "busy for connection
      management due to positioning". This flag will allow the MSC/VLR to make a
      distinction between a positioning connection and the normal mark of "busy
      for connection management". Thereafter, when a mobile terminating call
      arrives to the MSC/VLR for a subscriber that is marked as "busy for
      connection management due to positioning", the MSC/VLR can place the
      incoming call in a queue until the positioning measurements are taken and
      the subscriber being positioned is put back in idle mode.
PATN
WKU  059916214
SRC  8
APN  7103492
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19960916
TTL  Optimized routing of calls to roaming subscribers within a
      telecommunications network
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Vo; Nguyen
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Alperovich; Vladimir
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Ericsson Inc.
CTY  Research Triangle Park
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455433
XCL  455445
XCL  455560
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  720
FSC  455
FSS  414;412;456;422;432;435;445;455;560;524;428;433
UREF
PNO  5345498
ISD  19940900
NAM  Mauger
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5406616
ISD  19950400
NAM  Bjorndahl
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5440614
ISD  19950800
NAM  Sonberg et al.
OCL  379 60
UREF
PNO  5467381
ISD  19951100
NAM  Peltonen et al.
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5504804
ISD  19960400
NAM  Widmark et al.
OCL  379 63
UREF
PNO  5506888
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hayes et al.
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5526400
ISD  19960600
NAM  Nguyen
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5544227
ISD  19960800
NAM  Blust et al.
OCL  379 63
UREF
PNO  5713073
ISD  19980100
NAM  Warsta
OCL  455 56.1
UREF
PNO  5745852
ISD  19980400
NAM  Khan et al.
OCL  455433
FREF
PNO  0675663
ISD  19951000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/09514
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/20574
ISD  19960700
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Brini, et al. "International Roaming in Digital Cellular Networks",
      Procedings of the International Switching Symposium, Yokohama, Oct. 25,
      1992, pp. 132-136.
PAL  PCT International Search Report, Feb. 25, 1998, File No. PCT US 97/16280.
PAL  PTO 99P-358, Translation copy for EP 0675663 A2, Becher et al, `Method for
      producing a connection between several networks of a PLMN systems`, Jul.
      4, 199.
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A calling party subscriber informs the serving telecommunications node that
      the dialed called party number represents a mobile number. The serving
      telecommunications node then interrogates the home location register (HLR)
      associated with the called party mobile station to determine the current
      location of the called party mobile station. Upon determining the mobile
      switching center (MSC) currently serving the called party mobile station,
      the serving telecommunications node then directly establishes a call
      connection with the serving MSC. The serving MSC then establishes a speech
      connection over a radio channel with the called party mobile station
      traveling within its coverage area to enable the calling party terminal to
      communicate with the called party mobile station.
PATN
WKU  059916222
SRC  8
APN  9168486
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970822
TTL  Method and apparatus for automatic channel measurements
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  9
EXA  Legree; Tracy M.
EXP  Trost; William G.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Henry, Jr.; Raymond C.
CTY  Wake Forest
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Ericsson Inc.
CTY  Research Triangle Park
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455434
XCL  455513
XCL  455 671
XCL  4552261
XCL  4552262
XCL  4551861
XCL  4551651
XCL  4551612
XCL  4551613
XCL  4551791
XCL  4551851
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  720
ICL  H04B  118
ICL  H04B 1700
FSC  455
FSS  67.1;455;450-452;165.1;183.1;185.1;186.1;464;509;513;515;516;176.1;179.1
     ;180.1;226.1;226.2;260;266;434;161.1-161.3
UREF
PNO  4179662
ISD  19791200
NAM  Pflasterer
OCL  325470
UREF
PNO  4236251
ISD  19801100
NAM  Ohgishi et al.
OCL  455180
UREF
PNO  4403342
ISD  19830900
NAM  Borras et al.
OCL  455186.1
UREF
PNO  4905301
ISD  19900200
NAM  Krolopp et al.
OCL  455455
UREF
PNO  5448762
ISD  19950900
NAM  Ward
OCL  455 67.1
UREF
PNO  5483684
ISD  19960100
NAM  Ono et al.
OCL  455161.2
UREF
PNO  5825757
ISD  19981000
NAM  Tat et al.
OCL  370330
UREF
PNO  5877701
ISD  19990300
NAM  Nagakura
OCL  455165.1
UREF
PNO  5907806
ISD  19990500
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  455186.1
FREF
PNO  0 283 955
ISD  19880900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 277 424
ISD  19941000
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  PCS IS-136 Based Air Interface Compatibility 1900 MHz Standard, PN3388-1,
      Feb. 10, 1995 Ballot Version, pp. 109-110, 141-142 and 155-156.
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A mobile station for measuring signal strength of a set of channels
      includes a synthesizer, a controller and a transceiver. During an idle
      period, the controller loads channel data of the set of channels contained
      into a memory block in the synthesizer. The synthesizer automatically
      selects the channel data for each channel stored in the memory block and
      generates a frequency signal corresponding to the selected channel data.
      The transceiver measures the signal strength data of the selected channel
      data and stores the signal strength data in a buffer. Once the signal
      strength data for the entire set of channels has been measured and stored
      in the buffer, the transceiver transmits the signal strength data to the
      controller. The set of channels may include a set of channels from a
      neighbor cell list or measurement order transmitted by the radio base
      station. The set of channels may also include a set of control channels
      that the mobile station measures at power-up.
PATN
WKU  059916230
SRC  8
APN  773915&
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19961227
TTL  Method and system for preventing unjust use of personal communication
      terminal
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  18
EXP  Cumming; William
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Ohta; Tadahiro
STR  c/o Fujitsu Communication Systems Limited, 9-18, Shinyokohama 3-chome,
      Kohoku-ku
CTY  Yokohama-shi, Kanagawa 222
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shirota; Koji
STR  c/o Fujitsu Communication Systems Limited, 9-18, Shinyokohama 3-chome,
      Kohoku-ku
CTY  Yokohama-shi, Kanagawa 222
CNT  JPX
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950919
APN  7-239657
RLAP
COD  71
APN  619913
APD  19960320
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  455435
XCL  455512
XCL  380 21
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  724
FSC  455
FSS  435;512
FSC  380
FSS  21
UREF
PNO  4028500
ISD  19770600
NAM  McClure et al.
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  4593155
ISD  19860600
NAM  Hawkins
OCL  379 62
UREF
PNO  4794636
ISD  19881200
NAM  Sanglier et al.
OCL  379 62
UREF
PNO  4972479
ISD  19901100
NAM  Tobias, Jr. et al.
OCL  380 33
UREF
PNO  5070521
ISD  19911200
NAM  Warner et al.
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5150412
ISD  19920900
NAM  Maru
OCL  380 43
UREF
PNO  5241598
ISD  19930800
NAM  Raith
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5249304
ISD  19930900
NAM  Mulford
OCL  455512
UREF
PNO  5337344
ISD  19940800
NAM  Alvesalo
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5349632
ISD  19940900
NAM  Nagashima
OCL  455435
UREF
PNO  5379451
ISD  19950100
NAM  Nakagoshi et al.
OCL  455435
ABST
PAL  In a communication system which is composed of portable personal
      communication terminals, a base station for transmitting and receiving a
      radio signal to and from each of the personal communication terminals and
      an exchange connected to the base station, each of the personal
      communication terminals is provided with a storage means for storing
      communication control information for controlling the communication state
      of the personal communication terminal, and the exchange is provided with
      a storage means for updating the communication control information of each
      of the personal communication terminals and storing the updated
      information. Each of the personal communication terminals transmits the
      communication control information together with identification data to the
      exchange through the base station at the time of communication, the
      exchange compares the communication control information received with the
      communication control information stored in correspondence with the
      personal communication terminal, and when they agree, the communication is
      permitted, while the communication is inhibited when they do not agree,
      thereby preventing the unjust use of the personal terminal.
PATN
WKU  059916249
SRC  8
APN  7966180
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970207
TTL  Method and apparatus for expanding a radio communication system and
      enabling communication between terminals
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Urban; Edward F.
NDR  15
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Ishida; Shinjiro
CTY  Iruma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hoashi; Hironobu
CTY  Ome
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamane; Kazuyasu
CTY  Hamura
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Casio Computer Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19931228
APN  5-336831
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941013
APN  6-247850
RLAP
COD  74
APN  362819
APD  19941222
PSC  01
PNO  5640680
ISD  19970617
CLAS
OCL  455435
XCL  455465
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  720
FSC  455
FSS  88;419;420;432;435;450;509;514
UREF
PNO  4553263
ISD  19851100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  455518
UREF
PNO  4864599
ISD  19890900
NAM  Saegusa et al.
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  4876738
ISD  19891000
NAM  Selby
OCL  455435
UREF
PNO  4878238
ISD  19891000
NAM  Rash et al.
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5155860
ISD  19921000
NAM  McClure
OCL  455 90
UREF
PNO  5210787
ISD  19930500
NAM  Hayes et al.
OCL  379 60
UREF
PNO  5249302
ISD  19930900
NAM  Metroka et al.
OCL  455 74
UREF
PNO  5423055
ISD  19950600
NAM  Diaz et al.
OCL  455 54.2
UREF
PNO  5438608
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kojima
OCL  379 62
UREF
PNO  5640680
ISD  19970600
NAM  Ishida et al.
OCL  455517
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A radio communication system includes a base station and a plurality of
      terminals including a new terminal. The system enables deletion of
      registration data relating to the new terminal when an end of
      communication between the new terminal and another terminal is detected or
      when one of the terminals is placed in a charger base. A new terminal is
      installed in the radio communication system by transmitting a system code
      of the base station from a terminal which has already been registered to
      the new terminal. In addition, communication between terminals is
      accomplished without sending a request signal to the base station.
PATN
WKU  059916257
SRC  8
APN  6956718
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960807
TTL  Spread spectrum wireless telephone system
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Trost; William G.
EXP  Bost; Dwayne D.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Vanderpool; Jeffrey S.
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Omnipoint Corporation
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  456752
APD  19950601
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  84
APN  192707
APD  19940207
PSC  01
PNO  5497424
RLAP
COD  84
APN  712239
APD  19910607
PSC  01
PNO  5285469
RLAP
COD  82
APN  709712
APD  19910603
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  455436
XCL  455403
XCL  375200
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  720
FSC  379
FSS  58;59;61;60
FSC  455
FSS  33.1;54.1;56.1;33.2;403;422;436;555;560;461
FSC  375
FSS  200;201;205
FSC  370
FSS  68;320;335;342
UREF
PNO  4164628
ISD  19790800
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  179 15BA
UREF
PNO  4189677
ISD  19800200
NAM  Cooper et al.
OCL  325321
UREF
PNO  4217563
ISD  19800800
NAM  Vale
OCL  330150
UREF
PNO  4280222
ISD  19810700
NAM  Flower
OCL  375 38
UREF
PNO  4301530
ISD  19811100
NAM  Gutleber
OCL  370  1
UREF
PNO  4320514
ISD  19820300
NAM  Haskell
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4327438
ISD  19820400
NAM  Baier et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4418393
ISD  19831100
NAM  Zachiele
OCL  364724
UREF
PNO  4418425
ISD  19831100
NAM  Fennel et al.
OCL  455 27
UREF
PNO  4432089
ISD  19840200
NAM  Wirzburg et al.
OCL  370110.1
UREF
PNO  4445256
ISD  19840500
NAM  Huguenin et al.
OCL   29 29.35
UREF
PNO  4455651
ISD  19840600
NAM  Baran
OCL  370104
UREF
PNO  4456793
ISD  19840600
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  179 99R
UREF
PNO  4484028
ISD  19841100
NAM  Kelley et al.
OCL  179  2DP
UREF
PNO  4554668
ISD  19851100
NAM  Deman et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4563774
ISD  19860100
NAM  Gloge et al.
OCL  455607
UREF
PNO  4587662
ISD  19860500
NAM  Langewellpott
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4612637
ISD  19860900
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  370 95
UREF
PNO  4658096
ISD  19870400
NAM  West et al.
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  4660164
ISD  19870400
NAM  Leibowitz
OCL  364728
UREF
PNO  4672658
ISD  19870600
NAM  Kavehrad et al.
OCL  379 63
UREF
PNO  4675863
ISD  19870600
NAM  Paneth et al.
OCL  370 50
UREF
PNO  4680785
ISD  19870700
NAM  Akiyama
OCL  379 57
UREF
PNO  4688210
ISD  19870800
NAM  Eizenhofer et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  4703474
ISD  19871000
NAM  Foschini et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  4724435
ISD  19880200
NAM  Moses et al.
OCL  340870.13
UREF
PNO  4736371
ISD  19880400
NAM  Tejima et al.
OCL  370 95
UREF
PNO  4737975
ISD  19880400
NAM  Shafer
OCL  379 96
UREF
PNO  4742512
ISD  19880500
NAM  Akashi et al.
OCL  370 96
UREF
PNO  4754453
ISD  19880600
NAM  Eizenhofer
OCL  370 95
UREF
PNO  4754473
ISD  19880600
NAM  Edwards
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  4765753
ISD  19880800
NAM  Schmidt
OCL  379 60
UREF
PNO  4769812
ISD  19880900
NAM  Shimizu
OCL  370 67
UREF
PNO  4775997
ISD  19881000
NAM  West, Jr. et al.
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  4797947
ISD  19890100
NAM  Labedz
OCL  455 33
UREF
PNO  4804938
ISD  19890200
NAM  Rouse et al.
OCL  340310
UREF
PNO  4807222
ISD  19890200
NAM  Amitay
OCL  370 85
UREF
PNO  4811357
ISD  19890300
NAM  Betts
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4815106
ISD  19890300
NAM  Propp et al.
OCL  375 36
UREF
PNO  4817089
ISD  19890300
NAM  Paneth et al.
OCL  370 95
UREF
PNO  4829554
ISD  19890500
NAM  Barnes et al.
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  4833702
ISD  19890500
NAM  Shitara et al.
OCL  379 60
UREF
PNO  4837786
ISD  19890600
NAM  Gurantz et al.
OCL  370 20
UREF
PNO  4837802
ISD  19890600
NAM  Higashiyama et al.
OCL  379 62
UREF
PNO  4866732
ISD  19890900
NAM  Carey et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4878238
ISD  19891000
NAM  Rash et al.
OCL  379 62
UREF
PNO  4893327
ISD  19900100
NAM  Stern et al.
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  4901307
ISD  19900200
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  4905221
ISD  19900200
NAM  Ichiyoshi
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  4908837
ISD  19900300
NAM  Mori et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  4912705
ISD  19900300
NAM  Paneth et al.
OCL  370 95.1
UREF
PNO  4918689
ISD  19900400
NAM  Hui
OCL  370 85.9
UREF
PNO  4918690
ISD  19900400
NAM  Markkula et al.
OCL  370 94
UREF
PNO  4928274
ISD  19900500
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  370 92
UREF
PNO  4979170
ISD  19901200
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  370104.1
UREF
PNO  4980907
ISD  19901200
NAM  Raith et al.
UREF
PNO  4984247
ISD  19910100
NAM  Kaufmann et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5001489
ISD  19910300
NAM  Taylor
OCL  342194
UREF
PNO  5005183
ISD  19910400
NAM  Carey et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5008925
ISD  19910400
NAM  Pireh
OCL  379 60
UREF
PNO  5008953
ISD  19910400
NAM  Dahlin et al.
OCL  455 33
UREF
PNO  5016255
ISD  19910500
NAM  Dixon et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5018165
ISD  19910500
NAM  Sohner et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5022024
ISD  19910600
NAM  Paneth et al.
OCL  370 50
UREF
PNO  5022047
ISD  19910600
NAM  Dixon et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5042050
ISD  19910800
NAM  Owen
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5042082
ISD  19910800
NAM  Dahlin
OCL  455 33
UREF
PNO  5056109
ISD  19911000
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5063560
ISD  19911100
NAM  Yerbury
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5073900
ISD  19911200
NAM  Mallinkdrodt
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5093840
ISD  19920300
NAM  Shilling
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5097484
ISD  19920300
NAM  Akaiwa
OCL  375 40
UREF
PNO  5101501
ISD  19920300
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  455 33
UREF
PNO  5103459
ISD  19920400
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5109393
ISD  19920400
NAM  Saegusa
OCL  375108
UREF
PNO  5111535
ISD  19920500
NAM  Tokunaga
OCL  455 33.2
UREF
PNO  5117423
ISD  19920500
NAM  Shepherd et al.
OCL  370 95.1
UREF
PNO  5119375
ISD  19920600
NAM  Paneth et al.
OCL  370 95.1
UREF
PNO  5121391
ISD  19920600
NAM  Paneth et al.
OCL  370 95.1
UREF
PNO  5127042
ISD  19920600
NAM  Gillig et al.
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5150377
ISD  19920900
NAM  Vannucci
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5166929
ISD  19921100
NAM  Lo
OCL  370 85.3
UREF
PNO  5170412
ISD  19921200
NAM  Massey
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5179571
ISD  19930100
NAM  Schilling
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5185610
ISD  19930200
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5185762
ISD  19930200
NAM  Schilling
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5193101
ISD  19930300
NAM  McDonald et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5210771
ISD  19930500
NAM  Schaeffer et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5218618
ISD  19930600
NAM  Sagey
XCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5224120
ISD  19930600
NAM  Schilling
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5228053
ISD  19930700
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5239572
ISD  19930800
NAM  Saegusa et al.
OCL  379 61
UREF
PNO  5241690
ISD  19930800
NAM  Larsson et al.
OCL  455 54.1
UREF
PNO  5243641
ISD  19930900
NAM  Evans et al.
OCL  379 61
UREF
PNO  5251248
ISD  19931000
NAM  Tokunaga et al.
OCL  455461
UREF
PNO  5257283
ISD  19931000
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5263047
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kotzin et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5267261
ISD  19931100
NAM  Blakeney et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5274665
ISD  19931200
NAM  Schilling
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5278835
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  370 95.3
UREF
PNO  5280472
ISD  19940100
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5289497
ISD  19940200
NAM  Jacobson et al.
OCL  375  1
UREF
PNO  5291516
ISD  19940300
NAM  Dixon et al.
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  5299198
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kay et al.
OCL  370 95.3
UREF
PNO  5303286
ISD  19940400
NAM  Wiedeman
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5319634
ISD  19940600
NAM  Bartholomew et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5351269
ISD  19940900
NAM  Schilling
XCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5402413
ISD  19950300
NAM  Dixon et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5416797
ISD  19950500
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
XCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5422930
ISD  19950600
NAM  McDonald et al.
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5446727
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bruckert et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5455822
ISD  19951000
NAM  Dixon et al.
OCL  370 18
UREF
PNO  5469468
ISD  19951100
NAM  Schilling
OCL  375200
UREF
PNO  5481533
ISD  19960100
NAM  Honig et al.
OCL  370 18
FREF
PNO  3984485
ISD  19850900
CNT  AUX
ICL  H04B  726
FREF
PNO  3126333
ISD  19910500
CNT  AUX
ICL  H04B  726
FREF
PNO  0 211 462 A2
ISD  19870200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0219085
ISD  19870400
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04Q  726
FREF
PNO  0326104
ISD  19890200
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04Q  704
FREF
PNO  60-5638
ISD  19850100
CNT  JPX
ICL  H04J 1300
FREF
PNO  61-248698
ISD  19861100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-285533
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 91/07020
ISD  19910500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9107036
ISD  19910500
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04L 2730
FREF
PNO  9315573
ISD  19930800
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04J 1300
FREF
PNO  9318601
ISD  19930900
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04L 2730
OREF
PAL  Anwendung der Spread-Spectrum-Technik in dem hybriden Mobilfunksystem
      MATS-D (Spread Spectrum Application in the Hybrid Mobile Radio System
      MATS-D), Eizenhofer, 40 (1986) Sep.-Oct., No. 9/10.
PAL  "Cellular Mobile Radio as an Intelligent Network Application", Electrical
      Communication, vol. 63, No. 4, M. Ballard et al, 1989.
PAL  Eschenbach, Ralph, Applications of Spread Spectrum Radio to Indoor Data
      Communications, Proceedings of the IEEE, 1982, pp. 34.5-1.
PAL  Kavehrad, Mohsen, et al., Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum with DPSK
      Modulation and Diversity for Indoor Wireless Communications, IEEE
      Transactions on Communications, Feb. 1987, vol. COM-35, No. 2, pp.
      224-226.
PAL  Freret, Payne, et al., Applications of Spread-Spectrum Radio to Wireless
      Terminal Communications, Proceedings of the IEEE, 1980, pp. 69.7.1-69.7.4.
PAL  Freret, Payne, Wireless Terminal Communications Using Spread-Spectrum
      Radio, Proceedings of the IEEE, 1980, pp. 244-248.
PAL  Kavehrad, M. and P. J. McLane, Performance of Low-Complexity Channel Coding
      and Diversity for Spread Spectrum in Indoor, Wireless Communication, AT&T
      Technical Journal, vol. 64, No. 8, Oct. 1985, pp. 1927-1965.
PAL  Kavehrad, M. and McLane, P.J. Spread Spectrum for Indoor Digital Radio,
      IEEE Communications Magazine, Jun. 1987, vol. 25, No. 5, at 32-40.
PAL  Saleh, Adel A.M., et al., An Experimental TDMA Indoor Radio Communications
      System Using Slow Frequency Hopping and Coding, IEEE Transactions on
      Communications, Jan. 1991, vol. 39, No. 1, pp. 152-161.
PAL  Dixon, Robert C., Spread Spectrum Systems, (J. Wiley & Sons, 2d ed. 1984).
PAL  Collins, J.H. et al., The Role of Surface Acoustic Wave Technology in
      Communication Systems, Ultrasonics, Mar. 1972, vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 59-71.
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon LLP
ABST
PAL  A wireless communication system employing spread-spectrum communication
      techniques. A plurality of base stations may be coupled directly or
      indirectly to a telephone network and may initiate or receive calls on the
      telephone network. A plurality of user stations may comprise a
      spread-spectrum transmitter and receiver and may provide for dynamic
      connection to selected base stations. In one preferred form, one or more
      of the base stations may comprise an augmented base station and include
      means for communication with the user stations over an alternative
      communication path distinct from a spread-spectrum path, for example, over
      a cellular communication path. The augmented base stations may also
      communication with one or more cluster controllers, enhances service
      processors, or control stations coupled to the telephone network.
PATN
WKU  059916265
SRC  8
APN  9223355
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970903
TTL  Methods and apparatus pertaining to handoff in a mobile
      telecommunication system
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  7
EXA  Nguyen; Lee
EXP  Chin; Wellington
NDR  8
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Hinz; Udo
CTY  Jarfalla
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Israelsson; Per Viktor
CTY  Taby
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonakitiebolaget LM Ericsson
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19920618
APN  9201884
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19920626
APN  9201977
RLAP
COD  71
APN  409939
APD  19950323
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  077365
APD  19930617
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  455436
XCL  455438
XCL  455439
XCL  370331
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  738
FSC  455
FSS  436;438;437;439;443;525
FSC  370
FSS  331;332;333
UREF
PNO  4837725
ISD  19890600
NAM  Yamakawa
OCL  364807
UREF
PNO  4976377
ISD  19901200
NAM  Higuchi et al.
OCL  222 55
UREF
PNO  5040215
ISD  19910800
NAM  Amano et al.
OCL  381 43
UREF
PNO  5079704
ISD  19920100
NAM  Sakai et al.
OCL  364424
UREF
PNO  5245695
ISD  19930900
NAM  Basehore
OCL  395  3
UREF
PNO  5432842
ISD  19950700
NAM  Kinoshito et al.
OCL  379 60
UREF
PNO  5596625
ISD  19970100
NAM  LeBlanc
OCL  379 60
FREF
PNO  424 890
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  IEEE, Li et al. Development of fuzzy algorithms for servo systems Apr. 30,
      1989 1603 pp. 65-72.
PAL  "An Advanced Air Interface for Integrated Digital Mobile Communications
      Systems", Masumi Kitagawa et al., GLOBECOM '91, IEEE Global
      Telecommunications Conference, Dec. 2-5, 1991.
PAL  Y. Kinoshita et al., "Advanced Handoff Control Using Fuzzy Inference for
      Indoor Radio System", IEEE, pp. 649-653, 1992.
PAL  "Fuzzy Handoff Control Using Learnt Cell Boundary for Radio PBX", Y.
      Kinoshita et al.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus in a system comprising cordless telecommunication
      utilize fuzzy-logic to evaluate at least two radio communication
      parameters when making a handoff decision, or to produce basic data on
      which a handoff decision can be made. The parameters are assigned
      membership to at least two input data sets, each having its own membership
      function. The parameters are divided into groups and a rule table of
      fuzzy-condition statements is formed. The fuzzy-condition statements are
      executed and the consequences weighted to a crisp-value which is used in
      conjunction with handoff. The inventive apparatus includes a
      fuzzy-processing unit for grouping parameters and executing rules, a unit
      for determining the crisp-values, for instance the average value, maximum
      value and/or the minimum value of rule consequences, and an evaluating
      unit which uses the crisp-values in conjunction with establishing a
      candidate list or in making a handoff decision.
PATN
WKU  059916273
SRC  8
APN  6760430
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19960705
TTL  Control of handover and transmission power control of mobile station in
      a mobile telecommunications system
ISD  19991123
NCL  42
ECL  1
EXA  Sobutka; Philip J.
EXP  Chin; Wellington
NDR  9
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Honkasalo; Zhi-Chun
CTY  Bedford
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Honkasalo; Harri
CTY  Bedford
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Jokinen; Harri
CTY  Hiisi
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Posti; Harri
CTY  Oulu
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Lin; David
CTY  Frisco
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Nokia Telecommunications Oy
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19940511
APN  942191
RLAP
COD  72
APN  591557
CLAS
OCL  455437
XCL  455522
XCL  455 671
XCL  4552261
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  722
FSC  455
FSS  436;437;438;439;450-52;500;501;517;522;525;67.1;726.1;226.2;226.3;435
FSC  375
FSS  200
UREF
PNO  4763322
ISD  19880800
NAM  Eizenhofer
OCL  370 95
UREF
PNO  4972506
ISD  19901100
NAM  Uddenfeldt
OCL  455 33
UREF
PNO  5199031
ISD  19930300
NAM  Dahlin
OCL  320110.1
UREF
PNO  5579373
ISD  19961100
NAM  Jang
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5603081
ISD  19970200
NAM  Raith et al.
OCL  455435
FREF
PNO  332 818
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  615 353
ISD  19940900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 671 824 A1
ISD  19950900
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to controlling transmission power and carrying out a
      handover during a data transmission over the radio path between a mobile
      station and a base station (BTS) in a mobile telecommunications system. A
      mobile station can be allocated at least two traffic channels for a
      high-speed data transmission. The mobile station is arranged to measure
      the characteristics of the received signal, such as the signal level
      and/or quality, in each of the allocated traffic channels. The radio
      network is arranged to control the transmitting power of the mobile and
      base stations and make the decision on a handover on the basis of a
      combination of measurement results of two or more traffic channels, or on
      the basis of the measurement result of the poorest traffic channel.
PATN
WKU  059916281
SRC  8
APN  9945873
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19971219
TTL  Scalable wireless communication network and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  13
EXP  To; Doris H.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Pedziwiatr; Joseph M.
CTY  LaGrange
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Steinberg; Paul D.
CTY  Bartlett
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Mackenzie; Armida R.
CTY  Hoffman Estates
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455443
XCL  455426
XCL  455442
XCL  455561
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  700
FSC  455
FSS  422;426;436;442;443;446-450;455;500;507;509;516-517;524-525;62;561-562
FSC  370
FSS  320;331;335-337;342-344;347
UREF
PNO  4775998
ISD  19881000
NAM  Felix et al.
OCL  455436
UREF
PNO  5093925
ISD  19920300
NAM  Chanroo
OCL  455450
UREF
PNO  5208847
ISD  19930500
NAM  Allen
OCL  455448
UREF
PNO  5697055
ISD  19971200
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
OCL  455513
UREF
PNO  5790528
ISD  19980800
NAM  Muszynski
OCL  455443
LREP
FR2  Beladi; Sayed Hossain
ABST
PAL  A wireless communication system (100) includes a plurality of base station
      controllers (BSCs) (114, 116) logically sharing a plurality of base
      transceiver stations (BTSs) (124, 126) and which may physically share
      antenna and related transceiver equipment. The system (100) is configured
      to enhance system capacity while reducing the occurrence of seams (28)
      between service areas in the system (100).
PATN
WKU  059916290
SRC  8
APN  9432914
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971014
TTL  Cellular networks with spare base and satellite stations
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  9
EXP  Loomis; Paul
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Agrawal; Prathima
CTY  New Providence
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Rudrapatna; Ashok N.
CTY  Basking Ridge
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  AT&T Corp.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455446
XCL  455441
XCL  455432
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1100
FSC  455
FSS  446;445;453;436;441;422;426;432
UREF
PNO  5230082
ISD  19930700
NAM  Ghisler et al.
UREF
PNO  5422930
ISD  19950600
NAM  McDonald et al.
OCL  455411
UREF
PNO  5771453
ISD  19980600
NAM  Haartsen
OCL  455449
UREF
PNO  5861844
ISD  19990100
NAM  Gilmore et al.
OCL  455423
UREF
PNO  5878349
ISD  19990300
NAM  Dufour et al.
OCL  455438
OREF
PAL  I. Rubin and C. W. Choi, "Impact of the Location Area Structure on the
      Performance of Signaling Channels in Wireless Cellular Networks", IEEE
      Communications Magazine, pp. 108-115.
PAL  B. Bornkamp, A. Kegel and Ramjee Prasad, "Uplink and Downlink Performance
      Analysis of a Cellular Radio System using Corner base Station and
      Directional Antennas", 1995 IEEE 45th Vehicular Technology Conference,
      Chicago, pp. 375-379, Jul. 25-28, 1995.
PAL  "Teletraffic Performance of Highway Microcells with Overlay Macrocell",
      S.A. El-Dolil, W-C Wong, R. Steele, IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in
      Communications, vol. 7, No. 1, Jan. 1989, pp. 71-78.
PAL  "Microcellular Communication Systems with Hierarchial Macrocell Overlays:
      Traffic Performance Models and Analysis", S.S. Rappaport, L-R Hu,
      Proceedings of the IEEE, vol. 82, No. 9, Sep. 1994, pp. 1383-1397.
PAL  "Minimizing Cellular Handover Failures Without Channel Utilization Loss",
      B. Narendran, P. Agrawal, D.K. Anvekar, Proceedings of IEEE Globecom, Nov.
      1994, 7 pgs.
PAL  "Channel Management Policies for Handovers in Cellular Networks",
      P.Agrawal, D.K. Anvekar,B. Narendan, Bell Labs Technical Journal, Autumn
      1996, pp. 97-110.
ABST
PAL  A cellular network includes a control station and a network of base
      stations installed one per cell with which one or more mobile stations can
      communicate as they roam through a cell. Redundantly deployed spare base
      stations are introduced along with the primary base station at a central
      area of each cell. The redundantly deployed spare base stations handle new
      calls when the associated primary base station is overloaded, participate
      in retransmission of data lost due to degraded channel conditions and
      congestion in the network, and assist in handoffs. Primary and spare
      satellite stations are deployed in regions marked by hills or valleys to
      augment the communicative capabilities of the primary and spare base
      stations.
PATN
WKU  059916303
SRC  8
APN  8365784
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970514
TTL  Dynamic channel allocation for sectorized radio access units of a mobile
      communication system
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Thuan T.
EXP  Urban; Edward F.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Charas; Philippe
CTY  Upplands Vasby
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19941115
APN  94203335
CLAS
OCL  455452
XCL  455447
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  700
FSC  455
FSS  452;445;446;524;562;447;448;449
UREF
PNO  4144496
ISD  19790300
NAM  Cunningham et al.
OCL  455447
UREF
PNO  5257398
ISD  19931000
NAM  Schaeffer
OCL  455452
UREF
PNO  5276730
ISD  19940100
NAM  Cimiti, Jr. et al.
OCL  455452
UREF
PNO  5276907
ISD  19940100
NAM  Meidan
OCL  455452
UREF
PNO  5475864
ISD  19951200
NAM  Hamabe
OCL  455452
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP95/04509
PD1  19970514
PD2  19970514
PD3  19951114
PCP  WO96/15642
PCD  19960523
ABST
PAR  A radio access unit for establishing radio link connections with a
      plurality of geographically spread remote telecommunication units. The
      radio access unit comprises radio access modules and antenna means (46),
      operatively connected to provide a plurality of common radio communication
      channels in directionally separated transmission sectors (66-71). The
      radio access modules are arranged for adaptively selecting a free
      communication channel amongst the plurality of common radio channels in a
      transmission sector (66-71); i.e. Dynamic Channel Allocation (DCA). The
      selected channel is individual to a radio link connection in such
      transmission sector (66-71). The radio access unit can be used in Radio in
      the Local Loop (RLL) applications and cellular overlay multicell mobile
      communication networks.
PATN
WKU  059916311
SRC  8
APN  719921&
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960925
TTL  System in which call connections are established between a master switch
      and a slave switch via bypass signaling
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Cumming; William
NDR  4
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Jonsson; Bjorn Erik Rutger
CTY  Jarfalla
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19930622
APN  9302162
RLAP
COD  71
APN  262887
APD  19940621
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  455459
XCL  340905
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  722
FSC  340
FSS  825.21;887
FSC  370
FSS  219;395;505
FSC  379
FSS  279
FSC  455
FSS  459
UREF
PNO  4812843
ISD  19890300
NAM  Champion, III et al.
OCL  340905
UREF
PNO  5090051
ISD  19920200
NAM  Muppidi et al.
OCL  379 61
UREF
PNO  5185741
ISD  19930200
NAM  Iguchi et al.
OCL  370110.1
UREF
PNO  5295179
ISD  19940300
NAM  Asahara et al.
UREF
PNO  5307399
ISD  19940400
NAM  Dai et al.
OCL  379 57
UREF
PNO  5394140
ISD  19950200
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  5442683
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hoogeveen
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5619551
ISD  19970400
NAM  Yahagi
FREF
PNO  398 183
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 125 252
ISD  19840200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO93/16545
ISD  19930800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO93/16546
ISD  19930800
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A slave switch having a number of connections for traffic with
      switch-external users, and a number of extensions intended for connection
      with switch-internal users, is disclosed. The slave switch is
      characterized in that it is constructed to initiate originating calls
      only, and in that the switch includes by-pass signalling means. A method
      of communication between the slave switch and a master switch is also
      disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059916320
SRC  8
APN  826564&
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970404
TTL  Cordless telephone and method of synchronization for secure, high-speed,
      high-volume data transfer
ISD  19991123
NCL  50
ECL  1
EXA  Gantt; Alan
EXP  Trost; William G.
NDR  6
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Guillame; Brady
CTY  Long Beach
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Casio PhoneMate, Inc.
CTY  Torrance
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455466
XCL  455465
XCL  375355
XCL  375357
XCL  375364
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  730
ICL  H04Q  732
FSC  455
FSS  466;465
FSC  375
FSS  355;357;364
UREF
PNO  5073932
ISD  19911200
NAM  Yossifor et al.
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5084891
ISD  19920100
NAM  Ariyavisitakul et al.
OCL  371 42
UREF
PNO  5434905
ISD  19950700
NAM  Maeda et al.
OCL  379 61
UREF
PNO  5436937
ISD  19950700
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  375376
UREF
PNO  5442653
ISD  19950800
NAM  Saito
OCL  375219
UREF
PNO  5463351
ISD  19951000
NAM  Marko et al.
OCL  331  1A
UREF
PNO  5703934
ISD  19971200
NAM  Zicker et al.
OCL  455462
UREF
PNO  5842122
ISD  19981100
NAM  Schellinger et al.
OCL  455403
UREF
PNO  5848095
ISD  19981200
NAM  Deutsch
OCL  375202
LREP
FRM  Frishauf, Holtz, Goodman, Langer & Chick, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A cordless telephone includes a base unit having a data generator which
      generates a digital data burst having a transition period, a data encoder
      which encodes the digital data burst, and a transmitter which transmits
      the encoded data burst; and a handset having a receiver responsive to and
      sampling the encoded data burst, and a synchronization device operatively
      coupled to the receiver for maintaining synchronization between the
      receiver and the transmitted encoded data burst in accordance with a
      characteristic of an expected time of transition of an incoming signal of
      the data encoder by comparing an actual time of transition to the expected
      time of transition and adjusting a sampling point of the transmitted
      encoded data burst by a one-sided majority vote of samples around the
      sampling point.
PATN
WKU  059916338
SRC  8
APN  8384320
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970407
TTL  Method of dynamically controlling the length of a R.sub.-- DATA messages
      on a random access channel
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Gelin; Jean A.
EXP  Bost; Dwayne D.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Corriveau; Michel
CTY  St. Hubert
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Turcotte; Eric
CTY  Verdun
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  455466
XCL  455515
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  720
FSC  455
FSS  466;509;515;516;517;453
FSC  370
FSS  465;468;470;471;472;230;232;234;241;349
UREF
PNO  5311516
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kuznicki et al.
OCL  370349
UREF
PNO  5537414
ISD  19960700
NAM  Takiyasu et al.
OCL  455509
UREF
PNO  5548789
ISD  19960800
NAM  Nakanura
OCL  455 31.2
UREF
PNO  5606552
ISD  19970200
NAM  Baldwin et al.
OCL  370472
UREF
PNO  5655215
ISD  19970800
NAM  Diachina et al.
OCL  455466
UREF
PNO  5673259
ISD  19970900
NAM  Quick
OCL  370342
UREF
PNO  5703880
ISD  19971200
NAM  Miura
OCL  370465
UREF
PNO  5729531
ISD  19980300
NAM  Raith et al.
OCL  370330
UREF
PNO  5729540
ISD  19980300
NAM  Wegrzyn
OCL  370336
UREF
PNO  5745860
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kallin
OCL  455574
UREF
PNO  5806007
ISD  19980900
NAM  Raith et al.
OCL  455574
UREF
PNO  5822310
ISD  19981000
NAM  Chennakeshu et al.
OCL  455 10
UREF
PNO  5822700
ISD  19981000
NAM  Hult et al.
OCL  455466
FREF
PNO  WO 93/10600
ISD  19930500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/13070
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/07578
ISD  19950300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/32794
ISD  19961000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 97/39593
ISD  19971000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  PCT International Search Report, Nov. 4, 1998, PCT/SE 98/00068.
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A method for dynamically controlling the length of an R.sub.-- DATA message
      on a random access channel is disclosed. Initially, a set of threshold
      values for traffic load levels are established with respect to the usage
      of a random access (RACH) channel. A particular R.sub.-- DATA message
      length is then associated with each of these threshold values. The RACH
      channel is monitored to track the traffic load on the RACH, and once one
      of the established threshold levels are reached, the R.sub.-- DATA message
      length is set to the value associated with that threshold level. R.sub.--
      DATA messages are then transmitted according to the new length.
PATN
WKU  059916346
SRC  8
APN  8082278
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970228
TTL  "Plug and play" telephone system
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Thuan T.
EXP  Urban; Edward F.
NDR  10
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Hui; Chiu L.
CTY  Iselin
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Kutzavitch; Walter George
CTY  Freehold
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  McGroary; Francis Xavier
CTY  Long Branch
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455513
XCL  455557
XCL  375222
XCL  379171
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  316
FSC  370
FSS  343;344;252;420;421;480;482;485
FSC  375
FSS  222;303
FSC  455
FSS  513;509;514;450;413;414;452;454;557;556
FSC  379
FSS  167;171;172;173;156;164;165;161;177;182;185
UREF
PNO  4523307
ISD  19850600
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  370 30
UREF
PNO  4757496
ISD  19880700
NAM  Bartholet et al.
OCL  370 85
UREF
PNO  4807225
ISD  19890200
NAM  Fitch
OCL  370 71
UREF
PNO  4831373
ISD  19890500
NAM  Hess
OCL  455513
UREF
PNO  4850011
ISD  19890700
NAM  Delmege et al.
OCL  379157
UREF
PNO  5471503
ISD  19951100
NAM  Altmaier et al.
OCL  375202
UREF
PNO  5471645
ISD  19951100
NAM  Felix
OCL  455513
UREF
PNO  5481562
ISD  19960100
NAM  Pearson et al.
OCL  375222
UREF
PNO  5524280
ISD  19960600
NAM  Douthitt et al.
OCL  455513
UREF
PNO  5551064
ISD  19960800
NAM  Nobbe et al.
OCL  455513
UREF
PNO  5555276
ISD  19960900
NAM  Koenck et al.
OCL  375303
UREF
PNO  5652753
ISD  19970700
NAM  Kopp et al.
OCL  370485
UREF
PNO  5655002
ISD  19970800
NAM  Proctor et al.
OCL  455513
UREF
PNO  5691983
ISD  19971100
NAM  Nawata
OCL  370344
UREF
PNO  5787115
ISD  19980700
NAM  Turnbull et al.
OCL  375222
LREP
FR2  Opalach; Joseph J.
ABST
PAL  A distributed processing telephone system for providing "plug-and-play"
      capability. In particular, a key telephone system comprises a plurality of
      telephone sets. Each telephone set is coupled to a least one common
      communications channel, or telephone line, and includes at least one
      tunable RF modem. There is no key service unit (KSU). That is, the system
      is KSU-less. Resources of the telephone system are allocated using a
      peer-to-peer protocol. For example, as each telephone set is newly added
      to the system, the new telephone set adaptively determines its own
      allocation of resources, e.g., intercom numbers, etc. During operation,
      each telephone set requests the appropriate resources from its peers.
PATN
WKU  059916354
SRC  8
APN  7689764
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961218
TTL  Reduced power sleep modes for mobile telephones
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Le; Thanh Cong
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Dent; Paul W.
CTY  Pittsboro
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Rydbeck; Nils R.
CTY  Cary
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Raith; A. Krister
CTY  Durham
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Sawyer; Francois
CTY  St.-Hubert
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Ericsson, Inc.
CTY  Research Triangle Park
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455517
XCL  455 383
XCL  455343
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  726
FSC  455
FSS  422;38.1;38.3;507;517;550;572;574;575;343;458
UREF
PNO  4449248
ISD  19840500
NAM  Leslie et al.
OCL  455 38
UREF
PNO  4475408
ISD  19841000
NAM  Browning
OCL   73862.12
UREF
PNO  4794649
ISD  19881200
NAM  Fujiwara
OCL  455  9
UREF
PNO  5027428
ISD  19910600
NAM  Ishiguro et al.
OCL  455 67
UREF
PNO  5091942
ISD  19920200
NAM  Dent
OCL  380 46
UREF
PNO  5140698
ISD  19920800
NAM  Toko
OCL  455 76
UREF
PNO  5140702
ISD  19920800
NAM  Laflin
OCL  455166.1
UREF
PNO  5146214
ISD  19920900
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  340825.03
UREF
PNO  5150361
ISD  19920900
NAM  Wieczorek et al.
OCL  370 95.1
UREF
PNO  5187471
ISD  19930200
NAM  Wagai et al.
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  5193211
ISD  19930300
NAM  Nobusawa
OCL  455 38.2
UREF
PNO  5204986
ISD  19930400
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL   45343
UREF
PNO  5230084
ISD  19930700
NAM  Nguyen
OCL  455 38.3
UREF
PNO  5241568
ISD  19930800
NAM  Fernandez et al.
OCL  375116
UREF
PNO  5252963
ISD  19931000
NAM  Snowden et al.
OCL  340825.44
UREF
PNO  5265270
ISD  19931100
NAM  Stengel et al.
OCL  455343
UREF
PNO  5274843
ISD  19931200
NAM  Murai et al.
OCL  455 38.3
UREF
PNO  5301225
ISD  19940400
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  379 59
UREF
PNO  5590396
ISD  19961200
NAM  Henry
OCL  455343
UREF
PNO  5649315
ISD  19970700
NAM  Eaton
OCL  455343
UREF
PNO  5710975
ISD  19980100
NAM  Bernhardt et al.
OCL  455343
FREF
PNO  94/13089
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  96/08941
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  ANNEX 12, MMT Doc 900-3 15.12,1989 "Specification for a Handheld Mobile
      Station with Battery Saving Function, BMS (Option)".
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  In a mobile radio-telephone system including at least one base station
      transmitting information to subscriber telephones indicating whether they
      are being called, a method comprising the steps of dividing a repetitive
      frame period into a number of sleep-mode slots, determining a sleep-mode
      slot number to be used for transmitting a call to a particular subscriber
      telephone using an assigned subscriber telephone number, transmitting a
      calling message in said determined sleep-mode slot including the assigned
      subscriber telephone number, repeating transmission of the calling message
      a number of times as determined by system loading and available capacity
      to transmit such calls, and transmitting an indication of the number of
      repeated transmissions capacity and loading currently permits.
PATN
WKU  059916362
SRC  8
APN  9159452
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970821
TTL  Adaptive power control method for a CDMA mobile radio telephone system
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Vo; Nguyen
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Won; Seok-Ho
CTY  Daejon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Jeong; In-Myoung
CTY  Daejon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Kim; Whan-Woo
CTY  Daejon
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Im; Duck-Bin
CTY  Daejon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute
CTY  Daejon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960821
APN  96-34590
CLAS
OCL  455522
XCL  455 69
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  7005
ICL  H04Q  720
FSC  455
FSS  522;69;422;517
FSC  370
FSS  342
UREF
PNO  5267262
ISD  19931100
NAM  Wheatley, III
OCL  455 69
UREF
PNO  5539728
ISD  19960700
NAM  Gaiani et al.
OCL  455 69
OREF
PAL  Tanskanen, J.M.A., et al. Prediction of Received Signal Power in CDMA
      Cellular Systems , IEEE, 1995, pp. 922-926.
LREP
FRM  Cohen, Pontani, Lieberman & Pavane
ABST
PAL  An adaptive power control method for a CDMA mobile radio telephone system
      is disclosed which operates similarly to a fixed increment and decrement
      power control method in the portion where the slope of the channel signal
      due to a fading effect is steep when the transmission power of a mobile
      station is adjusted. In the portion where the slope of the channel signal
      is gentle, like the peak portion of the channel signal, the granular noise
      can be improved by using the Jayant's equations. In accordance with the
      present invention, the fading effect in the mobile radio channel can be
      efficiently compensated without giving much load to a forward link since a
      mobile station determines the variation of the backward channel signal by
      using the statistical characteristics of a power control command (1 bit)
      transmitted from a base station. Further, an amount of interferences among
      a plurality of users can be reduced because the variation (variance) of a
      receiving power at the base station caused by the fading effect in each
      mobile station is made small. Thus, the overall performance of the system
      can be significantly improved in accordance with the present invention.
PATN
WKU  059916370
SRC  8
APN  6398383
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960419
TTL  Integrated passive and active communications system
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Maung; Nay
EXP  Bost; Dwayne D.
NDR  15
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Mack, II; Gawins A.
STR  709 S. Mangonia Cir.
CTY  West Palm Beach
STA  FL
ZIP  33401
INVT
NAM  Mack; R. Eugenia
STR  709 S. Mangonia Cir.
CTY  West Palm Beach
STA  FL
ZIP  33401
CLAS
OCL  455550
XCL  455 90
XCL  455568
XCL  455569
XCL  455575
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  720
FSC  455
FSS  403;550;556;557;568;575;90;563;345;352;353;132;140;351;426;566;567;569
FSC  379
FSS  430
FSC  381
FSS  25;183;187
FSC  704
FSS  272;275;251;231;254
UREF
PNO  4481382
ISD  19841100
NAM  Villa-Real
OCL  455556
UREF
PNO  4591661
ISD  19860500
NAM  Benedetto et al.
OCL  455568
UREF
PNO  4682363
ISD  19870700
NAM  Goldfarb et al.
OCL  455 90
UREF
PNO  4720857
ISD  19880100
NAM  Burris et al.
OCL  379430
UREF
PNO  4882745
ISD  19891100
NAM  Silver
OCL  379 61
UREF
PNO  4945557
ISD  19900700
NAM  Kaneuchi et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  4949374
ISD  19900800
NAM  Ishii et al.
OCL  455563
UREF
PNO  4975949
ISD  19901200
NAM  Wimsatt et al.
OCL  379387
UREF
PNO  4993061
ISD  19910200
NAM  Hsieh
OCL  455403
UREF
PNO  5042063
ISD  19910800
NAM  Sakanishi et al.
OCL  379 88
UREF
PNO  5113428
ISD  19920500
NAM  Fitzgerald
OCL  379 61
UREF
PNO  5191602
ISD  19930300
NAM  Regen et al.
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5243640
ISD  19930900
NAM  Hadley et al.
OCL  455426
UREF
PNO  5359647
ISD  19941000
NAM  Regen et al.
OCL  379 56
UREF
PNO  5369685
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kero
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5426689
ISD  19950600
NAM  Griffith et al.
OCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5526406
ISD  19960600
NAM  Luneau
OCL  455563
UREF
PNO  5615410
ISD  19970300
NAM  DeMars
OCL  455 90
UREF
PNO  5636265
ISD  19970600
NAM  O'Connell et al.
OCL  455567
UREF
PNO  5721775
ISD  19980200
NAM  Leifer
OCL  379430
UREF
PNO  5722069
ISD  19980200
NAM  Donner
OCL  455566
LREP
FR2  Smith; John C.
ABST
PAL  A combined entertainment and communications system includes a passive
      communications subsystem such as an AM/FM radio receiver, an active
      communications subsystem such as a cellular telephone transmitter/receiver
      or a CB radio transmitter/receiver, and a shared I/O subsystem. The
      subsystems are integrated into a single portable package and are
      controlled by a control mechanism capable of automatically or
      semi-automatically switching control of the shared I/O subsystem between
      the active and passive communications subsystems. Size and weight of the
      device are reduced by sharing common input/output (I/O) and control
      components. Optional voice recognition equipment can be used to control
      the active or passive communications subsystems. Alternative embodiments
      provide additional functions such as voice activation, remote monitoring,
      radio station scanning for preselected audio works, caller ID used in
      conjunction with voice synthesis, folding headsets, and modular function
      packaging to easily expand or alter a particular system. Voice recognition
      can also be used in a passive only version of the system.
PATN
WKU  059916389
SRC  8
APN  9697861
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971113
TTL  Button cover holding mechanism for a portable telephone
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  3
EXA  Ferguson; Keith
EXP  Chin; Wellington
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Kim; Sang-bok
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Jeoun; Young-Mok
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  SamSung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19950720
APN  95-21323
RLAP
COD  71
APN  683240
APD  19960718
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  455550
XCL  455 90
XCL  455575
XCL  455550
XCL  379433
XCL  379428
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  732
ICL  H04M  100
FSC  379
FSS  428;433
FSC  455
FSS  90;575;347;550
FSC   16
FSS  2.1;29;18 A;54;59;60;68;221;241
UREF
PNO  5629979
ISD  19970500
NAM  Domoleczny
OCL  379433
UREF
PNO  5636275
ISD  19970600
NAM  Takagi et al.
OCL  379433
UREF
PNO  5661797
ISD  19970800
NAM  Leman et al.
OCL  379433
UREF
PNO  5764760
ISD  19980600
NAM  Grandbert et al.
OCL  379433
LREP
FRM  Dilworth & Barrese
ABST
PAL  A button cover holding mechanism in which an angle between a button cover
      and a body is constantly maintained when the button cover of a portable
      telephone is in an open condition, and the button cover is maintained in a
      closed condition when the portable telephone is in the closed condition,
      which is more convenient for a user to open and close the button cover.
      The button cover holding mechanism of a portable telephone has a
      cylindrical bush, a cylindrical ring and a spring inserted into circular
      holes of a button cover, covered with a cover mounting projection, and
      sealed by an ultrasonic connection technique; such that an opposite
      cylindrical ring is inserted into a reception guide rail of a body by
      positioning the cylindrical bush of the button cover toward a projection
      bar of the body, and the cylindrical bush and the cylindrical ring are
      outwardly positioned by a restoring force of the spring so that a trough
      portion of the cylindrical bush is assembled in contact with the
      projection bar. Wave projections of the cylindrical bush and the
      projection bar of the body are in contact with each other to directly
      apply the restoring force of the spring to the cylindrical bush; and the
      restoring force is generated by a change in a moving distance of the
      spring according to a phase of the cylindrical bush which causes a moment
      for rotating the button cover, to open and close the button cover.
PATN
WKU  059916397
SRC  8
APN  9403981
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971001
TTL  System for transferring a call and a mobile station
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  11
EXP  Loomis; Paul
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Rautiola; Markku
CTY  Tampere
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Kalliokulju; Juha
CTY  Vesilahti
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Sormunen; Toni
CTY  Saaksjarvi
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Halminen; Harri
CTY  Kangasala
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Nokia Mobile Phones Limited
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19961002
APN  963936
CLAS
OCL  455553
XCL  455557
XCL  379 9305
XCL  370338
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  700
FSC  455
FSS  556;557;558;575;552;553
FSC  379
FSS  33;301;357;93.05;93.09
FSC  370
FSS  338
UREF
PNO  4887290
ISD  19891200
NAM  Dop et al.
OCL  379 33
UREF
PNO  5175758
ISD  19921200
NAM  Levanto et al.
UREF
PNO  5349630
ISD  19940900
NAM  Sointula
UREF
PNO  5446783
ISD  19950800
NAM  May
OCL  455556
UREF
PNO  5526403
ISD  19960600
NAM  Tam
OCL  455552
UREF
PNO  5633920
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kikinis et al.
OCL  379357
UREF
PNO  5636264
ISD  19970600
NAM  Sulavuori et al.
UREF
PNO  5796727
ISD  19980800
NAM  Harrison et al.
OCL  370338
UREF
PNO  5835862
ISD  19981100
NAM  Nykanen et al.
OCL  455558
FREF
PNO  0462728 A3
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0599632 A2
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0660628 A2
ISD  19950600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/01070
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Perman & Green, LLP
ABST
PAL  The scope of the present invention is an information transfer system and a
      mobile station (10) connected to it. In a system according to the
      invention a mobile station (10) is connected to a terminal device (40)
      e.g. through either a cable or an infrared connection, and the radio parts
      of the mobile station (10) are switched off. Through the terminal device
      (40), a local network, ATM-network (70, 81, 80, 82) and a network server
      (90) the mobile station (10) is connected over a wired network to a mobile
      communication switching center (100) or to a telephone network exchange
      (110, 130). When the connection from the mobile station (10) to a mobile
      communication switching center (100) or to a telephone network exchange
      (110, 130) is broken, the mobile station (10) establishes a connection to
      a mobile communication switching center (100) by radio in the normal way
      through a base station (105) and a base station controller (104).
PATN
WKU  059916400
SRC  8
APN  7663684
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19961122
TTL  Docking and electrical interface for personal use communication devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Wolfe; Willis R.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Lilja; Patrik H.
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Bourgeois; Troy
CTY  Apex
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Patterson; Gregory S.
CTY  Morrisville
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Ericsson Inc.
CTY  Research Triangle Park
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455557
XCL  455569
XCL  455573
XCL  455575
XCL  455346
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  106
ICL  H04B  726
ICL  H04Q  732
FSC  455
FSS  557;569;573;575;90;99;345;346
UREF
PNO  4845738
ISD  19890700
NAM  Takano
OCL  455569
UREF
PNO  5333176
ISD  19940700
NAM  Burke et al.
OCL  455557
UREF
PNO  5754962
ISD  19980500
NAM  Griffin
OCL  455569
UREF
PNO  5797088
ISD  19980800
NAM  Stamegna
OCL  455345
UREF
PNO  5809432
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yamashita
OCL  455557
UREF
PNO  5867794
ISD  19990200
NAM  Hayes et al.
OCL  455557
FREF
PNO  0 494 780 A2
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 264 613
ISD  19930900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/24775
ISD  19941000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Stimier, William E., Quick Specification for an Integrated Cellular
      Telephone Electronics Module, Delco Electronics Corporation, Feb 7, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A docking and electrical interface for physically supporting and
      electrically interconnecting a personal communication device, such as a
      mobile cellular telephone, and a master electronic system, such as the
      electronic system of an automobile. Utilizing the interface allows an
      operator to selectively control the personal communication device using
      the master controls for the master electronic system, removing the need to
      access and manipulate the controls of the personal communication device.
PATN
WKU  059916419
SRC  8
APN  9928022
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971218
TTL  Method and apparatus for providing cellular radio service to standard
      analog terminals
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Gantt; Alan
EXP  Bost; Dwayne D.
NDR  19
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Goni; Joaquin Ignacio
CTY  Barrika
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Orive; Julio Salazar
CTY  Bilboa
CNT  ESX
INVT
NAM  Ibanez; Guillermo Lafarga
CTY  Castro Urdiales
CNT  ESX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  870489
APD  19970606
CLAS
OCL  455557
XCL  455 741
XCL  455426
XCL  455411
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  738
FSC  455
FSS  411;554;557;74.1
UREF
PNO  4658096
ISD  19870400
NAM  West, Jr. et al.
OCL  455426
UREF
PNO  4718080
ISD  19880100
NAM  Serrano et al.
OCL  455 74.1
UREF
PNO  4922517
ISD  19900500
NAM  West, Jr. et al.
OCL  455426
UREF
PNO  4959851
ISD  19900900
NAM  Tobolski, Jr. et al.
OCL  455426
UREF
PNO  5117450
ISD  19920500
NAM  Joglekar et al.
OCL  455426
UREF
PNO  5689557
ISD  19971100
NAM  Kaplan
OCL  379355
UREF
PNO  5812637
ISD  19980900
NAM  Schornack et al.
OCL  455422
UREF
PNO  5864763
ISD  19990100
NAM  Leung et al.
OCL  455557
FREF
PNO  96/15638
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04Q  722
FREF
PNO  96/32824
ISD  19961000
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04Q  732
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus set up a call between at least one standard analog
      terminal and a remote terminal in a network, via a radio terminal and a
      radio base station. The contents of a memory are initially cleared. If a
      first dialed digit is received from the standard analog terminal,
      verification of the radio terminal status is terminated, if it is in
      progress, and the first dialed digit is stored in the memory, forming the
      contents of the memory. Verification of the radio terminal status
      includes, for example, sampling and evaluation of radio signal strengths,
      determining the service restrictions of the radio terminal, and
      determining whether the radio terminal is authorized to make a call from
      the cell in which it is located, using an operator's SIM card.
      Verification of the radio terminal status is initiated, and the contents
      of the memory are sent to a buffer. If a subsequently dialed digit is
      received from the standard analog terminal, verification of the radio
      terminal status is terminated. The subsequently dialed digit is stored in
      the memory, together with the contents of the memory, to form updated
      contents. Verification of the radio terminal status is initiated, and the
      updated contents are sent to the buffer. When verification of the radio
      terminal status is completed, and the radio terminal is determined to be
      ready for call set up, call set up processing is initiated or a request
      for call set up is sent from the radio terminal to the radio base station.
      These steps are repeated for each subsequently dialed digit, as long as
      the subsequently dialed digit is received from the standard analog
      terminal before call setup processing is initiated or before a request for
      call setup is sent from the radio terminal to the radio base station.
PATN
WKU  059916427
SRC  8
APN  7120532
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19960910
TTL  Mobile communication system having a control station which selects
      speech coding schemes for a mobile station
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Sobutka; Philip J.
EXP  Chin; Wellington
NDR  10
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Yasuyuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nakaima; Noriya
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Kouji
CTY  Sayama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Katuta; Moritoshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NTT Mobile Communications Network Inc.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950110
APN  7-002207
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950512
APN  7-114903
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTJP9600013
APD  19960109
CLAS
OCL  455560
XCL  455553
XCL  455436
XCL  455517
XCL  455433
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q 0738
FSC  455
FSS  550;552.3;422;433;435;436;464;513;517;413;414;423;450;466;445;557;60
UREF
PNO  5471645
ISD  19951100
NAM  Felix
XCL  455513
UREF
PNO  5487175
ISD  19960100
NAM  Bayley et al.
XCL  455557
UREF
PNO  5574973
ISD  19961100
NAM  Borth et al.
OCL  455435
UREF
PNO  5590172
ISD  19961200
NAM  Lodwig et al.
OCL  455436
FREF
PNO  6-6295
ISD  19940100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-30947
ISD  19950100
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Masami Yabusaki et al, "Voice Communication Connection Control in Digital
      Public Land Mobile Networks", IEICE Trans Fundamentals, vol. E75-A No. 12
      Dec. 1992.
PAL  Kazuo Sugiyama et al "Network Control for Carring Multiple Coded Voices and
      Non-Voices" NTT Mobile Communications Network Inc. Research and
      Development Department.
PAL  H. Nakamura et al "Call Control Protocol For Digital Cellular Radio
      Interface" Vehicular Technology Society. . . , May 10-13, 1992.
LREP
FRM  Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
ABST
PAL  Communication is carried out on the basis of an optimum speech coding
      scheme that is matched to the speech coding schemes provided by the radio
      zones, and to the speech coding capabilities of the mobile stations. To
      achieve this, when a traffic channel is set up between a mobile station
      and a switch, a traffic channel selection condition that has been
      specified by the switch on the basis of the speech coding capabilities of
      the mobile station that made the SETUP request and of the mobile station
      to which the call is made, is stored in the control station. The control
      station grasps which speech coding scheme is currently being used in the
      radio zone which it controls. Moreover, by transferring the selection
      conditions specified by the switch and using these conditions as
      information required for channel setup by another control station,
      communication can be carried out using a high-priority speech coding
      scheme when handover occurs. This happens when channel selection takes
      place in another radio zone spanning control stations, or when a mobile
      station has moved to a radio zone in which a high-priority speech coding
      scheme can be used. As a result, traffic channels based on the optimum
      speech coding scheme can be changed over smoothly.
PATN
WKU  059916435
SRC  9
APN  005528&
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19980112
TTL  Radio transceiver having switchable antennas
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Jama; Isaak R.
EXP  Chin; Wellington
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Chao-Cheng; Chen
CTY  Taipei Hsien
CNT  TWX
ASSG
NAM  Acer Peripherals, Inc.
CTY  Taoyuan
CNT  TWX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  455562
XCL  455575
XCL  4552771
XCL  4552772
XCL  455101
XCL  343702
XCL  343728
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  710
FSC  455
FSS  562;550;38.3;575;90;277.1;277.2;101
FSC  343
FSS  702;728
FSC  342
FSS  419;423
FSC  333
FSS  17.3
UREF
PNO  4633519
ISD  19861200
NAM  Gotoh et al.
OCL  455277.2
UREF
PNO  4977616
ISD  19901200
NAM  Linder et al.
OCL  455277.2
UREF
PNO  5119501
ISD  19920600
NAM  Perry et al.
OCL  455562
UREF
PNO  5369801
ISD  19941100
NAM  Smith
OCL  455277.1
UREF
PNO  5499397
ISD  19960300
NAM  Wadin et al.
OCL  455277.1
UREF
PNO  5649306
ISD  19970700
NAM  Vannatta et al.
OCL  455575
UREF
PNO  5760747
ISD  19980600
NAM  McCoy et al.
OCL  343728
UREF
PNO  5784032
ISD  19980700
NAM  Johnston et al.
OCL  343702
LREP
FR2  Hsu; Winston
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to a radio transceiver having a plurality of
      switchable antennas. The radio transceiver comprises (1) a housing, (2) a
      dipole antenna installed on the housing for transmitting and receiving
      radio signals, (3) at least one patch antenna installed on the housing for
      transmitting and receiving radio signals, each patch antenna being
      connected to an antenna switch, (4) an impedance matching circuit
      connected to the dipole antenna and each said antenna switch, (5) a
      transceiver circuit connected to the impedance matching circuit for
      converting radio signals received by the antennas into base band signals
      and converting base band signals to be transmitted into radio signals, (6)
      and mode control means for controlling each said antenna switch and the
      impedance matching circuit to match the impedance of the impedance
      matching circuit with the connected antennas.
PATN
WKU  059916443
SRC  8
APN  5639441
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19951129
TTL  Folding portable communications device
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Wyche; Myron K.
EXP  Bost; Dwayne D.
NDR  10
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Ogawa; Yutaka
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941130
APN  6-319407
CLAS
OCL  455566
XCL  455575
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  720
FSC  379
FSS  58;433
FSC  455
FSS  89;351;556;566;575
FSC  D14
FSS  138
UREF
PNO  D315347
ISD  19910300
NAM  Walker
OCL  D14138
UREF
PNO  5173939
ISD  19921200
NAM  Ditzig et al.
OCL  379433
UREF
PNO  5189632
ISD  19930200
NAM  Paajanen et al.
OCL  455556
UREF
PNO  5276916
ISD  19940100
NAM  Pawlish et al.
OCL  455575
UREF
PNO  5327584
ISD  19940700
NAM  Adachi et al.
OCL  455575
UREF
PNO  5436954
ISD  19950700
NAM  Nishiyama et al.
OCL  455566
UREF
PNO  5463687
ISD  19951000
NAM  Takizawa
OCL  379433
UREF
PNO  5491507
ISD  19960200
NAM  Umezawa et al.
OCL  455566
UREF
PNO  5655018
ISD  19970800
NAM  Estevez-Alcolado De Holl et al.
OCL  379433
FREF
PNO  0 588 210
ISD  19940300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3323-858
ISD  19850100
CNT  DEX
OCL  379FOR106
FREF
PNO  5-211464
ISD  19930800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5-260143
ISD  19931000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-34347
ISD  19940500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/13088
ISD  19940600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  JAPIO Abstract Accession No. 04671194 & JP 06-343094 A, Dec. 13, 1994.
LREP
FRM  Scully, Scott Murphy & Presser
ABST
PAL  A folding portable communications device which has a first housing 1 to
      which a second housing 2 and a third housing 4 are connected in a foldable
      manner, with a display section 11, a receiver section 13 and a keyboard
      section 14 provided in the housings, respectively. The second housing 2
      and the third housing 4 are folded on the first housing 1 when not in use.
      When the third housing 4 is unfolded for use as a telephone, information
      of higher precedence is displayed on part of the display section 11. When
      the second housing 2 and the third housing 4 are unfolded for use as a
      data transmitter/receiver, the entire display section 11 extending almost
      over the inner surface of the first housing 1 is used. Selection of
      functions as telephone or data transmitter/receiver may be easily carried
      out with a select switch 16.
PATN
WKU  059916451
SRC  8
APN  4694813
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19950606
TTL  Wireless telephone headset system with automatic log on/log off detection
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Hunter; Daniel S.
NDR  13
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Yuen; Barry K.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lynn; Dwight D.
CTY  Santa Cruz
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  GN Netcom, Inc.
CTY  Scotts Valley
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  354237
APD  19941212
PSC  01
PNO  5926543
RLAP
COD  81
APN  062614
APD  19930511
PSC  01
PNO  5488657
RLAP
COD  81
APN  844739
APD  19920302
PSC  01
PNO  5226077
ISD  19930706
CLAS
OCL  455568
EDF  6
ICL  H04Q  732
FSC  379
FSS  61;58;395;269;268
FSC  455
FSS  89;90;568
UREF
PNO  3571518
ISD  19710300
NAM  Chipman et al.
OCL  179 27
UREF
PNO  3851111
ISD  19741100
NAM  Young
OCL  179 51
UREF
PNO  4048452
ISD  19770900
NAM  Oehring et al.
OCL  179 27
UREF
PNO  4197430
ISD  19800400
NAM  Dowden
OCL  179 27
UREF
PNO  4400587
ISD  19830800
NAM  Taylor et al.
OCL  179 27
UREF
PNO  4449017
ISD  19840500
NAM  Burke et al.
OCL  179 27
UREF
PNO  4450319
ISD  19840500
NAM  Lucey
XCL  379 61
UREF
PNO  4484029
ISD  19841100
NAM  Kenney
XCL  455 89
UREF
PNO  4499337
ISD  19850200
NAM  Elbaek
OCL  179 27
UREF
PNO  4562310
ISD  19851200
NAM  Watters et al.
OCL  179100
UREF
PNO  4620066
ISD  19861000
NAM  Bushnell et al.
OCL  179 27
UREF
PNO  4672663
ISD  19870600
NAM  Tomasi
OCL  379388
UREF
PNO  4682354
ISD  19870700
NAM  Vanacore
OCL  379211
UREF
PNO  4882745
ISD  19891100
NAM  Silver
OCL  379 61
UREF
PNO  4951310
ISD  19900800
NAM  Honda et al.
OCL  379266
UREF
PNO  4974251
ISD  19901100
NAM  Ohta et al.
OCL  379 61
UREF
PNO  5062103
ISD  19911000
NAM  Davidson et al.
OCL  370 58.1
UREF
PNO  5073890
ISD  19911200
NAM  Danielsen
OCL  370 58.2
UREF
PNO  5113428
ISD  19920500
NAM  Fitzgerald
OCL  379 61
UREF
PNO  5226077
ISD  19930700
NAM  Lynn et al.
OCL  379395
UREF
PNO  5280541
ISD  19940100
NAM  Marko et al.
XCL  379 58
UREF
PNO  5488657
ISD  19960100
NAM  Lynn et al.
OCL  379395
LREP
FRM  Limbach & Limbach L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Existing automatic log on/log off systems in telephone systems determine
      whether or not a workstation is occupied and whether calls can be directed
      to that workstation by determining whether or not the amplifier that
      provides the interface between the telephone system and the occupant's
      headset is plugged into the workstation. Recent headsets have included a
      connector in the cord between the headset and the amplifier, enabling the
      occupant to leave the workstation without unplugging the amplifier.
      However, this defeats the sensing mechanism of the existing automatic log
      on/log off system. A wireless telephone headset system according to the
      present invention replaces the existing wired amplifier and headset
      assembly and includes a detector for determining whether a wireless
      communication link exists between the headset and the amplifier, and an
      activator for activating the existing automatic log on/log off system in
      the telephone system. In the preferred embodiment, the detector senses
      both interruption and reestablishment of the wireless communication link
      between the headset and the amplifier, and the activator activates both
      current-sensing and voltage/resistance-sensing automatic log on/log off
      systems.
PATN
WKU  059916460
SRC  8
APN  9466975
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971008
TTL  Articulating speaker and microphone for a wireless telephone with
      cigarette lighter adapter
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Loomis; Paul
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Frank; Christopher L.
CTY  Emeryville
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Geruldsen; Eric
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Sony Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Park Ridge
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  455569
XCL  455575
XCL  455 90
XCL  379388
XCL  381363
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  138
FSC  455
FSS  569;572;90;345;346;350
FSC  379
FSS  388
FSC  381
FSS  363
UREF
PNO  5642402
ISD  19970600
NAM  Vilmi et al.
OCL  455569
UREF
PNO  5732361
ISD  19980500
NAM  Liu
OCL  455569
UREF
PNO  5749057
ISD  19980500
NAM  Takagi
OCL  455569
UREF
PNO  5754962
ISD  19980500
NAM  Griffin
OCL  455569
UREF
PNO  5794163
ISD  19980800
NAM  Paterson et al.
OCL  455569
UREF
PNO  5802167
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hong
OCL  455569
LREP
FR2  Kananen; Ronald P.
     Rader, Fishman & Grauer
ABST
PAL  A speaker and microphone are provided on and supported by an articulating
      extension. The extension comprises a cigarette lighter adapter which is
      plugged into a cigarette lighter to provide power for the speaker and
      microphone. The speaker and microphone are connected to a wireless
      telephone such that the speaker and microphone can be used to place a call
      with the telephone in a hands free manner. The extension articulates to
      optimally orient the speaker and microphone with respect to the user.
PATN
WKU  059916478
SRC  8
APN  6818404
APT  1
ART  174
APD  19960729
TTL  Thermally shielded superconductor current lead
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  5
EXP  Yamnitzky; Marie
NDR  1
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Brockenborough; William E.
CTY  Brighton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Gamble; Bruce Barton
CTY  Wellesley
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Rodenbush; Anthony J.
CTY  Marlboro
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Sidi-Yekhlef; Ahmed
CTY  Framingham
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  American Superconductor Corporation
CTY  Westborough
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  505163
XCL  335216
XCL  174 154
XCL   62 511
XCL   62 541
XCL  505888
XCL  505894
XCL  428 341
XCL  428930
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 3900
ICL  H01B 1200
FSC  428
FSS  34.1;930
FSC  505
FSS  163;885;888;894
FSC  335
FSS  216
FSC   62
FSS  54.1;51.1
FSC  174
FSS  15.4;17 R;17 GF;17 VA;18
UREF
PNO  4134037
ISD  19790100
NAM  Berthet et al.
OCL  310 52
UREF
PNO  4164671
ISD  19790800
NAM  Gamble
OCL  310 52
UREF
PNO  4600802
ISD  19860700
NAM  Ihas et al.
OCL  174 15
UREF
PNO  4635450
ISD  19870100
NAM  Laskaris
OCL   62514R
UREF
PNO  4895831
ISD  19900100
NAM  Laskaris
OCL  505  1
UREF
PNO  5166776
ISD  19921100
NAM  Dederer et al.
OCL   62 51.1
UREF
PNO  5260266
ISD  19931100
NAM  Herd et al.
OCL  505  1
UREF
PNO  5347251
ISD  19940900
NAM  Arrendale
OCL  335216
UREF
PNO  5353000
ISD  19941000
NAM  Morris et al.
OCL  335216
UREF
PNO  5369387
ISD  19941100
NAM  Woods et al.
OCL  335216
UREF
PNO  5376755
ISD  19941200
NAM  Negm et al.
OCL  505231
UREF
PNO  5426094
ISD  19950600
NAM  Hull et al.
OCL  174125.1
UREF
PNO  5590536
ISD  19970100
NAM  Wu
OCL   62 51.1
UREF
PNO  5657634
ISD  19970800
NAM  Woods
OCL   62 51.1
FREF
PNO  0 482 840 A1
ISD  19920400
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  PCT/US97/12897, Search report mailed Dec. 23, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  A high temperature superconductor lead assembly for reducing the heat leak
      into a cryocooled system features a shroud configured for at least partial
      submersion in a cryogenic fluid contained within a bath chamber, and a
      high temperature superconductor lead element at least partially contained
      within the shroud. In use, a portion of the high temperature
      superconductor lead element contained within the shroud extends below a
      fluid level of the cryogenic fluid in the bath chamber. The portion of the
      high temperature superconductor lead element is thermally shielded by the
      shroud such that it is maintained at a temperature higher than the
      temperature of the cryogenic fluid. The shroud is a double-walled vacuum
      structure with a sealed end and an open end. In use, the open end is
      submerged in the cryogenic fluid.
PATN
WKU  059916486
SRC  9
APN  0508640
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19980330
TTL  Adjustable pulse oximetry sensor for pediatric use
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXP  Winakur; Eric F.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Levin; Paul
CTY  Santa Cruz
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Palco Labs, Inc.
CTY  Santa Cruz
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  600344
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  500
FSC  600
FSS  309;310;322;323;340;344
FSC  602
FSS  66
FSC  128
FSS  882;893
FSC   24
FSS  16 PB;30.5 P
UREF
PNO  4770175
ISD  19880900
NAM  McEwen
OCL  600203
UREF
PNO  5437275
ISD  19950800
NAM  Amundsen et al.
OCL  600323
UREF
PNO  5615540
ISD  19970400
NAM  Peterson et al.
OCL   24 16PB
ABST
PAL  A pulse oximetry sensor for use on pediatric patients comprised of a
      resilient foot wrap extending around the patient's foot, with an
      adjustable slide having slotted openings into which the ends of the foot
      wrap are inserted. The slide carries a plunger with a piercing member
      which can be pushed downward through the rubber to lock the slide in place
      making the foot wrap variable in size. The wrap has two resilient
      receptacles into which sensors are inserted, the receptacles being sized
      relative to the sensors so that the flexible receptacles stretch and
      securely hold the sensors in position.
PATN
WKU  059916494
SRC  8
APN  6581080
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19960604
TTL  Methods for activating the muscle cells or nerves of the uterus or cervix
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXP  Hindenburg; Max
NDR  8
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Garfield; Robert A.
CTY  Friendswood
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Chwalisz; Krzysztof
CTY  Berlin
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  University of Texas
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  386674
APD  19950210
PSC  01
PNO  5522877
ISD  19960604
RLAP
COD  84
APN  995180
APD  19921222
PSC  01
PNO  5397344
ISD  19950314
CLAS
OCL  600372
XCL  607138
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  504
FSC  128
FSS  421;642;733;734
FSC  607
FSS  39;115;116;138
FSC  600
FSS  372;546;547
UREF
PNO  2924213
ISD  19600200
NAM  Fleck
UREF
PNO  3313293
ISD  19670400
NAM  Chesebrough et al.
UREF
PNO  3800800
ISD  19740400
NAM  Garbe et al.
OCL  607138
UREF
PNO  4577640
ISD  19860300
NAM  Hofmeister
OCL  128738
UREF
PNO  4630611
ISD  19861200
NAM  King
OCL  128642
UREF
PNO  4848352
ISD  19890700
NAM  Pohndorf et al.
OCL  128642
UREF
PNO  4890623
ISD  19900100
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL  128642
UREF
PNO  4967761
ISD  19901100
NAM  Nathanielsz
OCL  128733
UREF
PNO  5184619
ISD  19930200
NAM  Austin
OCL  128639
UREF
PNO  5397344
ISD  19950300
NAM  Garfield et al.
OCL  607138
UREF
PNO  5464448
ISD  19951100
NAM  Malewicz
OCL  607138
UREF
PNO  5562717
ISD  19961000
NAM  Tippey et al.
OCL  607138
UREF
PNO  5649976
ISD  19970700
NAM  Malewicz
OCL  607138
OREF
PAL  Miller et al., American Physiological Society, pp. C130-C141 (1989).
PAL  Garfield et al., Science, vol. 198, pp. 958-960 (Dec. 2, 1977).
PAL  Garfield et al., In Vitro Toxicology, vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 41-59 (1990.
PAL  Chwalisz et al., Am. J. Obstet. Gynecol., vol. 165, No. 6, Part I, pp.
      1760-1770 (Dec. 1991).
PAL  Garfield, The Onset of Labor: Cellular & Integrative Mechanisms, pp. 55-79
      (1988).
PAL  Garfield et al., Am. J. Obstet. Gynecol, vol. 157, No. 5, pp. 1281-1285
      (Nov. 1987).
PAL  Demianczuk et al., Am. J. Obstet. Gynecol., vol. 149, No. 5, pp. 485-491
      (Jul. 1, 1984).
PAL  Garfield, Clinical Obstetrics and Gynecology, vol. 27, No. 3, pp. 572-591
      (Sep. 1984).
PAL  Puri et al., Biology of Reproduction, 27 967-957 (1982).
PAL  Garfield et al., Am. J. Obstet. Gynecol, vol. 142, No. 1, pp. 21-27 (Jan.
      1, 1982).
PAL  Garfield et al., Am. J. Obstet. Gynecol., vol. 140, No. 3, pp. 254-260
      (Jun. 1, 1981).
PAL  Garfield et al., Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol., vol. 70, pp. 481-490 (1992).
PAL  Morizaki et al., Am. J. Obstet. Gynecol., vol. 160, No. 1, pp. 218-228
      (Jan. 1989).
PAL  Bulat et al., Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol., vol. 67, pp. 837-844 (1989).
PAL  Buchanan et al., The Anatomical Record, 221:611-618 (1988).
LREP
FRM  Millen, White, Zelano & Branigan
ABST
PAL  Muscle cells and nerves of the uterus and cervix are treated with
      electrical pulses having selective parameters in order to stimulate or
      inhibit contraction thereof. Either a needle or probe is provided having
      stimulation electrodes thereon from which the treatment pulses emanate. In
      a further embodiment, patients are simultaneously treated with
      pharmacological agents in conjunction with the electrical treatment.
PATN
WKU  059916508
SRC  8
APN  8793433
APT  1
ART  379
APD  19970620
TTL  Surface coatings for catheters, direct contacting diagnostic and
      therapeutic devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Peffley; Michael
NDR  6
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Swanson; David K.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Yang; Yi
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Whayne; James G.
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Koblish; Josef V.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  EP Technologies, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  545105
APD  19951019
RLAP
COD  81
APN  132142
APD  19931015
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  89
APN  763169
APD  19961210
RLAP
COD  81
APN  287192
APD  19940808
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  89
APN  803431
APD  19970220
RLAP
COD  90
APN  747811
APD  19961115
PSC  01
PNO  5871443
RLAP
COD  81
APN  636174
APD  19960422
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  76
APN  168476
APD  19931216
PSC  01
PNO  5509419
RLAP
COD  89
APN  630719
APD  19960408
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  89
APN  631356
APD  19960412
PSC  01
PNO  5840076
RLAP
COD  90
APN  631252
APD  19960412
PSC  01
PNO  5797903
CLAS
OCL  600374
XCL  606 41
XCL  600372
EDF  6
ICL  A61B 1739
FSC  606
FSS  41;42;45-52
FSC  600
FSS  372;374
FSC  607
FSS  101;102;122
UREF
PNO  3635212
ISD  19720100
NAM  Watanabe et al.
UREF
PNO  5016808
ISD  19910500
NAM  Heil, Jr. et al.
OCL  607122
UREF
PNO  5304120
ISD  19940400
NAM  Crandell et al.
UREF
PNO  5364404
ISD  19941100
NAM  Jaffe et al.
UREF
PNO  5403295
ISD  19950400
NAM  Byrne
OCL  604265
UREF
PNO  5403311
ISD  19950400
NAM  Abele et al.
OCL  606 49
UREF
PNO  5411544
ISD  19950500
NAM  Mar et al.
OCL  607122
UREF
PNO  5462545
ISD  19951000
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  606 41
UREF
PNO  5471982
ISD  19951200
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  600374
UREF
PNO  5545161
ISD  19960800
NAM  Imran
OCL  606 41
UREF
PNO  5607422
ISD  19970300
NAM  Smeets et al.
OCL  606 41
FREF
PNO  1173116
ISD  19840800
CNT  CAX
OCL  607122
FREF
PNO  0 346 058 A1
ISD  19890600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO92/20396
ISD  19921100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO94/15581
ISD  19940700
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/09667
ISD  19980300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Lyon & Lyon LLP
ABST
PAL  A catheter including a distal end assembly having an external surface
      coating. Where the distal end assembly includes electrodes or other
      electrical components, the coating is preferably electrically conductive.
      Such an electrically conductive coating is formed from a material
      comprising regenerated cellulose, although other materials such as a
      hydrogel or a plastic having an electrically conductive component are
      utilizable. Where the distal end assembly includes optical or ultrasonic
      components, the regenerated cellulose coating is suitable. The robustness
      of the surface coating permits the manufacture and utilization of
      electrode configurations that are formed on a non-conductive base member
      by processes such as pad printing, vapor deposition, ion beam assisted
      deposition, electroplating and other printed circuit manufacturing
      processes. Additionally, because the surface coating produces a smooth
      outer surface to the distal end assembly, lead wires and temperature
      sensing devices can be bonded to the exterior surface of electrodes and
      then coated to produce a smooth outer surface; thus providing a simple,
      inexpensive manufacturing method for the attachment of such components to
      the electrodes.
PATN
WKU  059916516
SRC  8
APN  9102760
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19970813
TTL  Compression/traction method for use with imaging machines
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Shaw; Shawna J.
EXP  Lateef; Marvin M.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  LaBarbera; Joseph A.
STR  26 Blue Heron Dr.
CTY  Barneveld
STA  NY
ZIP  13304
CLAS
OCL  600415
XCL    5601
XCL    5622
XCL    5624
XCL  602 33
XCL  602 36
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  5055
FSC  600
FSS  407;415
FSC  606
FSS  130;241;243
FSC  602
FSS  32;33;35;36;40
FSC    5
FSS  601;621;622;624
UREF
PNO  4674483
ISD  19870600
NAM  Frederick
UREF
PNO  4854305
ISD  19890800
NAM  Bremer
UREF
PNO  4890604
ISD  19900100
NAM  Nelson
UREF
PNO  5154186
ISD  19921000
NAM  Laurin et al.
UREF
PNO  5217488
ISD  19930600
NAM  Wu
UREF
PNO  5342290
ISD  19940800
NAM  Schuellein
UREF
PNO  5427116
ISD  19950600
NAM  Noone
UREF
PNO  5451232
ISD  19950900
NAM  Rhinehart et al.
UREF
PNO  5476095
ISD  19951200
NAM  Schnall et al.
UREF
PNO  5549849
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kuc et al.
UREF
PNO  5602809
ISD  19970200
NAM  Shikano
UREF
PNO  5662597
ISD  19970900
NAM  Chitwood
UREF
PNO  5680861
ISD  19971000
NAM  Rohling
UREF
PNO  5724970
ISD  19980300
NAM  Votruba et al.
OCL  600415
UREF
PNO  5730706
ISD  19980300
NAM  Garnies
UREF
PNO  5743264
ISD  19980400
NAM  Bonutti
OCL  600415
UREF
PNO  5807255
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yokota et al.
OCL  600415
UREF
PNO  5810006
ISD  19980900
NAM  Votruba et al.
OCL  600415
UREF
PNO  5836878
ISD  19981100
NAM  Mock et al.
OCL  600415
UREF
PNO  5899859
ISD  19990500
NAM  Votruba et al.
OCL  600415
LREP
FR2  Mancini; Ralph J.
ABST
PAL  Compression/traction device for use with internal imaging devices including
      a stabilizing member for engaging a portion of the thorax of a patient's
      body and a force generating device to apply a force to the patient's body
      remote from the thorax. A load simulation table for imaging devices such
      as X-ray, CAT scan, MRI or tomography instruments is also disclosed, which
      includes a thorax engaging member and a force generating device to apply a
      force to the patient's body remote from the thorax portion. A method for
      simulating a load on a patient's body during imaging procedures is also
      disclosed and includes the steps of positioning a patient on a flat
      surface to subject the patient to an imaging procedure, engaging a portion
      of the thorax of the patient's body, applying a force to a portion of the
      patient's body at a location remote from the thorax and performing an
      imaging procedure while applying the force to the patient.
PATN
WKU  059916524
SRC  8
APN  8196761
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19970317
TTL  Protective two position shell for an infrared thermometer
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Shaw; Shawna J
EXP  Getzow; Scott M.
NDR  8
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Barthelemy; Matthew
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kurdi; Stuart Seydo
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Schiefer; Sonja Andrea
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Zmina; Stephen George
CTY  Poway
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Thermoscan Inc.
CTY  San Diego
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  600474
XCL  600549
XCL  374208
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  500
FSC  600
FSS  474;549
FSC  374
FSS  121;208;209;210;158
UREF
PNO  Re34507
ISD  19940100
NAM  Egawa et al.
UREF
PNO  Re34789
ISD  19941100
NAM  Fraden
UREF
PNO  D338456
ISD  19930800
NAM  Brunner et al.
UREF
PNO  D388783
ISD  19980100
NAM  Harden et al.
UREF
PNO  D396421
ISD  19980700
NAM  Barthelemy et al.
UREF
PNO  4253334
ISD  19810300
NAM  Hakansson et al.
UREF
PNO  4602642
ISD  19860700
NAM  O'Hara et al.
UREF
PNO  4797840
ISD  19890100
NAM  Fraden
UREF
PNO  4895164
ISD  19900100
NAM  Wood
UREF
PNO  4913150
ISD  19900400
NAM  Cheung et al.
UREF
PNO  4993424
ISD  19910200
NAM  Suszynski et al.
UREF
PNO  5017018
ISD  19910500
NAM  Iuchi et al.
UREF
PNO  5088834
ISD  19920200
NAM  Howe et al.
UREF
PNO  5169235
ISD  19921200
NAM  Tominaga et al.
UREF
PNO  5628323
ISD  19970500
NAM  Pompei
UREF
PNO  5653238
ISD  19970800
NAM  Pompei
UREF
PNO  5871279
ISD  19990200
NAM  Mooradian et al.
LREP
FRM  Hopgood, Calimafde, Kalil & Judlowe LLP
ABST
PAL  An infrared thermometer is disclosed comprising a first housing member
      having an interior chamber, and housing a sensor mounted within the
      chamber for sensing temperature change and generating an indicative
      electrical signal, means for directing infrared radiation from the object
      to be measured to the sensor, a shutter assembly for controlling the
      passing of infrared radiation to the sensor, an ambient temperature sensor
      for sensing ambient temperature within the interior chamber and generating
      an electrical signal indicative thereof, an electrical circuit for
      processing the electrical signals to calculate the temperature of the
      object to be measured, and an indicator for indicating the calculated
      temperature. A second hollow housing member operatively connected to the
      first housing member by a hinge. The second housing member is adapted to
      serve as a protective area for the probe of the IR thermometer inside the
      hollow configuration thereof and to serve as the lower portion of a pistol
      type grip when the IR thermometer is being operated by a user.
PATN
WKU  059916532
SRC  8
APN  6679935
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19960619
TTL  Near-infrared raman spectroscopy for in vitro and in vivo detection of
      cervical precancers
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Smith; Ruth S.
NDR  16
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Richards-Kortum; Rebecca
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Mahadevan-Jansen; Anita
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Ramanujam; Nirmala
CTY  Philadelphia
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Mitchell; Michele Follen
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Board of Regents, The University of Texas System
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  403446
APD  19950314
PSC  01
PNO  5697373
CLAS
OCL  600475
XCL  436 64
XCL  436171
XCL  25033901
XCL  25033906
XCL  2503411
XCL  356301
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  600
FSC  600
FSS  473;475
FSC  250
FSS  341.1;339.01;339.06
FSC  356
FSS  301
FSC  436
FSS  63;64;171
UREF
PNO  4556057
ISD  19851200
NAM  Hiruma et al.
OCL  128303.1
UREF
PNO  4648892
ISD  19870300
NAM  Kittrell et al.
OCL   65  4.21
UREF
PNO  4675529
ISD  19870600
NAM  Kushida
OCL  250458.1
UREF
PNO  4755684
ISD  19880700
NAM  Leiner et al.
OCL  250461.1
UREF
PNO  4786813
ISD  19881100
NAM  Svanberg et al.
OCL  250461.1
UREF
PNO  4832483
ISD  19890500
NAM  Verma
OCL  356 39
UREF
PNO  4913142
ISD  19900400
NAM  Kittrell et al.
OCL  606  7
UREF
PNO  4930516
ISD  19900600
NAM  Alfano et al.
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  4967745
ISD  19901100
NAM  Hayes et al.
OCL  128303.1
UREF
PNO  4973848
ISD  19901100
NAM  Kolobanov et al.
OCL  250458.1
UREF
PNO  5003977
ISD  19910400
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  128633
UREF
PNO  5009655
ISD  19910400
NAM  Daignault, Jr. et al.
OCL  606  7
UREF
PNO  5014707
ISD  19910500
NAM  Schwarz et al.
OCL  128633
UREF
PNO  5026368
ISD  19910600
NAM  Adair
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5034010
ISD  19910700
NAM  Kittrell et al.
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5036853
ISD  19910800
NAM  Jeffcoat et al.
OCL  128634
UREF
PNO  5038039
ISD  19910800
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  250339
UREF
PNO  5042494
ISD  19910800
NAM  Alfano
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  5046501
ISD  19910900
NAM  Crilly
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  5062431
ISD  19911100
NAM  Potter
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  5092331
ISD  19920300
NAM  Nakamura et al.
OCL  128634
UREF
PNO  5104392
ISD  19920400
NAM  Kittrell et al.
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5106387
ISD  19920400
NAM  Kittrell et al.
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5115137
ISD  19920500
NAM  Andersson-Engels et al.
OCL  250461.2
UREF
PNO  5125404
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kittrell
OCL  128634
UREF
PNO  5131398
ISD  19920700
NAM  Alfano et al.
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  5168162
ISD  19921200
NAM  Oong et al.
OCL  250339
UREF
PNO  5174297
ISD  19921200
NAM  Dalkuzono
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  5192278
ISD  19930300
NAM  Hayes et al.
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5199431
ISD  19930400
NAM  Kittrell et al.
OCL  128634
UREF
PNO  5201318
ISD  19930400
NAM  Rava et al.
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  5251613
ISD  19931000
NAM  Adair
OCL  128  6
UREF
PNO  5261410
ISD  19931100
NAM  Alfano et al.
OCL  128664
UREF
PNO  5280788
ISD  19940100
NAM  Janes et al.
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  5290275
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kittrell et al.
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5293872
ISD  19940300
NAM  Alfano et al.
OCL  128664
UREF
PNO  5303026
ISD  19940400
NAM  Strobl et al.
OCL  356318
UREF
PNO  5304173
ISD  19940400
NAM  Kittrell et al.
OCL  606 15
UREF
PNO  5318023
ISD  19940600
NAM  Vari et al.
OCL  128633
UREF
PNO  5318024
ISD  19940600
NAM  Kittrell et al.
OCL  128634
UREF
PNO  5345941
ISD  19940900
NAM  Rava et al.
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  5348003
ISD  19940900
NAM  Caro
OCL  128633
UREF
PNO  5348018
ISD  19940900
NAM  Alfano et al.
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  5408996
ISD  19950400
NAM  Salb
OCL  128633
UREF
PNO  5419323
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kittrell et al.
OCL  128653.1
UREF
PNO  5421337
ISD  19950600
NAM  Richards-Kortum et al.
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  5421339
ISD  19950600
NAM  Ramanujam et al.
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  5421346
ISD  19950600
NAM  Sanyal
OCL  128750
UREF
PNO  5450857
ISD  19950900
NAM  Garfield et al.
OCL  128778
UREF
PNO  5452723
ISD  19950900
NAM  Wu et al.
OCL  128664
UREF
PNO  5467767
ISD  19951100
NAM  Alfano et al.
OCL  128665
UREF
PNO  5507287
ISD  19960400
NAM  Palcic et al.
OCL  128633
UREF
PNO  5552134
ISD  19960900
NAM  Morgan et al.
OCL  424  9.61
UREF
PNO  5596992
ISD  19970100
NAM  Haaland et al.
OCL  600473
FREF
PNO  0 359 433
ISD  19900300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 608 987 A1
ISD  19940800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 650 694
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1151436
ISD  19890600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  WO 88/05908
ISD  19880800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/06718
ISD  19900600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 90/12536
ISD  19901100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/15008
ISD  19920900
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 93/03672
ISD  19930300
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/26168
ISD  19941100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/26673
ISD  19951000
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/28084
ISD  19960900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Angel et al., "Computer-Controlled Instrument for the Recovery of a
      Resonance Raman Spectrum in the Presence of Strong Luminescence," Anal.
      Chem., 56, 3000-3001, 1984.
PAL  Keller et al., "Application of Near-Infrared-Fourier Transform Raman
      Spectroscopy in Medical Research," J. Raman Spectrosc. 25(7-8):663-671,
      1994.
PAL  Mizumo et al., "Near-Infrared Fourier Transform Raman Spectroscopic Study
      of Human Brain Tissues and Tumours," J. Raman Spectrosc., 25:25-29 (1994).
PAL  Van Duyne et al., "Mode-Locked Laser Raman Spectroscopy--A New Technique
      for the Rejection of Interfering Background Luminescence Signals," Anal.
      Chem., 46, 213-222, 1974.
PAL  Yu et al., "Laser Raman Spectroscopy of the Lens In-Situ Measured in an
      Anesthesized Rabbit," Curr. Eye Res., 1(10):615-618, 1982. Abstract only.
PAL  Alfano et al., "Optical Spectroscopic Diagnosis of Cancer in Normal Breast
      Tissues," J. Opt. Soc. Am. B., 6:1015-1023, May 1989.
PAL  Alfano et al., "Human Breast Tissues Studied by IR Fourier Transform Raman
      Spectroscopy," Lasers in the Life Sciences, 4(1):23-28, 1991.
PAL  Baraga et al., "In situ Optical Histochemistry of Human Artery Using Near
      Infrared Fourier Transform Raman Spectroscopy," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.,
      89:3473-3477, 1992.
PAL  Bot et al, "Raman Microspectroscopy of Fixed Rabbit and Human Lenses and
      Lens Slices: New Potentials," Exp. Eye Res., 49:161-169, 1989.
PAL  Brennan et al., "In situ Histochemical Analysis of Human Coronary Arteries
      by Raman Spectroscopy Compared with Biochemical Assay," In Advances in
      Fluorescence Sensing Technology, vol. II, ed. J.R. Lakowicz, SPIE
      Proceedings, 2388:105-109, 1995.
PAL  Clarke et al., "Laser Raman Spectroscopy of Calcified Atherosclerotic
      Lesions in Cardiovascular Tissue," Applied Optics, 26(16):3175-3177, 1987.
PAL  Dillon and. Goldstein, Principal Components Analysis, In: Multivariate
      Analysis, Methods and Applications, Chapter 2:23-392, 1984.
PAL  Feld et al., "Detection and Characterization of Human Tissue Lesions with
      Near Infrared Raman Spectroscopy," SPIE, 2388:99-104, 1995.
PAL  Frank et al., "Characterization of Human Breast Biopsy Specimens with
      Near-IR Raman Spectroscopy," Analytical Chemistry, 66(3)19-326, 1994.
PAL  Frank et al., "Raman Spectroscopy of Normal and Diseased Human Breast
      Tissues," Analytical Chemistry, 67(5):777-783, 1995.
PAL  Funfschilling and Williams, "CW Laser Wavelength Modulation in Raman and
      Site Selection Fluorescence Spectroscopy," Applied Spectroscopy,
      30(4):443-446, 1976.
PAL  Kapadia et al., "Laser-Induced Spectroscopy of Human Colonic Mucosa:
      Detection of Adenomatous Transformation," Gastroenterology, 99:150-157,
      1990.
PAL  Kramer et al., "Spectral Diagnosis of Human Coronary Artery: A Clinical
      System for Real Time Analysis," SPIE, 2395:376-382, 1995.
PAL  Lewis et al., "Raman Spectrometry and Neural Networks for the
      Classification of Wood Types--1," Spectrochimica Acta, 50A(11):1943-1958,
      1994.
PAL  Liu et al., "Near-IR Fourier Transform Raman Spectroscopy of Norman and
      Atherosclerotic Human Aorta," Lasers in the Life Sciences, 4(3):257-264,
      1992.
PAL  Liu et al., "Raman, Fluorescence, and Time-Resolved Light Scattering as
      Optical Diagnostic Techniques to Separate Diseased and Normal Biomedical
      Media," Journal of Photochemistry & Photobiology, 16(2):187-209, 1992.
      Abstract only.
PAL  Liu et al., "Raman, Fluorescence, and Time-Resolved Light Scattering as
      Opitical Diagnostic Techniques to Separate Diseased and Normal Biomedical
      Media," J Photochem. Photobiol. B: Biol., 16:187-209, 1992.
PAL  Mahadevan et al, "Optical Techniques for the Diagnosis of Cervical
      Precancers: A Comparison of Raman and Fluorescence Spectroscopies," SPIE,
      2388:110-120, 1995.
PAL  Manoharan et al., "Raman Spectroscopy for Cancer Detection: Instrument
      Development and Tissue Diagnosis," SPIE, 2328, 128-132, 1994.
PAL  Manoharan et al., "Ultraviolet Resonance Raman Spectroscopy for Detection
      of Colon Cancer," Lasers in the Life Sciences, 6(4):217-227, 1995.
PAL  Mosier-Boss et al., "Fluorescence Rejection in Raman Spectroscopy by
      Sifted-Spectra, Edge Detection, and FFT Filtering Techniques," Applied
      Spectroscopy, 49(5):630-638, 1995.
PAL  Myric and Angel, "Elimination of Background in Fiber-Optic Raman
      Measurements," Applied Spectroscopy, 44(4):565-570, 1990.
PAL  Myrick et al., "Comparison of Some Fiber Optic Configurations for
      Measurement of Luminescence and Raman Scattering," Applied Optics,
      s29(9):1333-1344, 1990.
PAL  Nie et al., "Applications of Near-Infrared Fourier Transform Raman
      Spectroscopy in Biology and Medicine," Spectroscopy, 5(7):24-32 (1990).
PAL  Ozaki, "Medical Application of Raman Spectroscopy," Applied Spectroscopy
      Reviews, 24(3 & 4):259-312, 1988.
PAL  Puppels et al., "Laser Irradiation and Raman Spectroscopy of Single Living
      Cells and Chromosomes: Sample Degradation Occurs With 514.5 nm but Not
      With 660 nm Laser Light," Experimental Cell Research, 195(2):361-367
      (1991).
PAL  Puppels et al., "Raman Microspectroscopic Approach to the Study of Human
      Granulocytes," Biophys. J., 60:1046-1056, 1991.
PAL  Redd et al., "Raman Spectroscopic Characterization of Human Breast Tissues:
      Implications for Breast Cancer Diagnosis," Applied Spectroscopy,
      47(6):787-791, 1993.
PAL  Richards-Kortum et al., "Spectroscopic Diagnosis of Colonic Dysplasia,"
      Photochemistry and Photobiology, 53:777-786, 1991.
PAL  Schrader et al., "NIR FT Raman Spectroscopy in Medical Diagnosis," Journal
      of Molecular Structure, 348:293-296, 1995.
PAL  Schwab and McCreery, "Versatile, Efficient Raman Sampling with Fiber
      Optics," Anal. Chem., 56:2199-2204, 1984.
PAL  Shreve et al., "Effective Rejection of Fluorescence Interference in Raman
      Spectroscopy Using a Shifted Excitation Difference Technique," Applied
      Spectroscopy, 46(4):707-711, 1992.
PAL  Small et al., "Strategies for Coupling Digital Filtering with Partial
      Least-Squares Regression: Application to the Determination of Glucose in
      Plasma by Fourier Transform Near-Infrared Spectroscopy," Anal. Chem.,
      65:3279-3289, 1993.
PAL  Walpole and R. Myers, Tests of Hypotheses, In: Probability and Statistics
      for Engineers and Scientists, 2nd Ed., Chapter 7:v,238-259, 1978.
PAL  Williams and Barry, "Comparison of Fourier Transform Raman Spectra of
      Mammalian and Reptilian Skin," Analyst, 119:563-566, 1994.
PAL  Williams et al., "A Critical Comparison of Some Raman Spectroscopic
      Techniques for Studies of Human Stratum Corneum," Pharmaceutical Research,
      10(11):1642-1647, 1993.
PAL  Wong et al., "Infrared Spectroscopy of Exfoliated Human Cervical Cells:
      Evidence of Extensive Structural Changes During Carcinogensis," Proc.
      Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88:10988-10992, 1991.
PAL  Yu et al., "Disulfide Bond Formation in the Eye Lens," Proc. Natl. Acad.
      Sci. USA, 82:7965-7968, 1985.
LREP
FRM  Arnold White & Durkee
ABST
PAL  Early diagnosis of cervical precancer is an important clinical goal.
      Optical spectroscopy has been suggested as a new technique to overcome
      limitations of current clinical practice. Herein, NIR Raman spectroscopy
      is applied to the diagnosis of cervical precancers. Using algorithms based
      on empirically selected peak intensities, ratios of peak intensities and a
      combination of Principal Component Analysis (PCA) for data reduction and
      Fisher Discriminant Analysis (FDA), normal tissues, inflammation and
      metaplasia were distinguishable from low grade and high grade precancers.
      The primary contributors to the tissue spectra appear to be collagen,
      nucleic acids, phospholipids and glucose 1-phosphate. These results
      suggest that near infrared Raman spectroscopy can be used effectively for
      cervical precancer diagnosis.
PATN
WKU  059916540
SRC  8
APN  8702322
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19970606
TTL  Apparatus and method for detecting deep vein thrombosis
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  11
EXA  Shaw; Shawna J.
EXP  Kamm; William E.
NDR  9
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Tumey; David M.
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Randolph; Larry Tab
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  KCI New Technologies, Inc.
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  600479
XCL  600473
XCL  600504
XCL  128925
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  502
FSC  600
FSS  473;480;482;485;492;504;506;507;479;408;476;310
FSC  128
FSS  920;925
UREF
PNO  3847142
ISD  19741100
NAM  Williams, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4569355
ISD  19860200
NAM  Bitterly
UREF
PNO  4574812
ISD  19860300
NAM  Arkans
UREF
PNO  4721113
ISD  19880100
NAM  Stewart et al.
UREF
PNO  4962764
ISD  19901000
NAM  Matsumura
UREF
PNO  5090417
ISD  19920200
NAM  Mollan et al.
UREF
PNO  5140990
ISD  19920800
NAM  Jones et al.
UREF
PNO  5241963
ISD  19930900
NAM  Shankar
UREF
PNO  5267565
ISD  19931200
NAM  Beard
UREF
PNO  5282467
ISD  19940200
NAM  Piantedosi et al.
OCL  128633
UREF
PNO  5297556
ISD  19940300
NAM  Shankar
UREF
PNO  5343867
ISD  19940900
NAM  Shankar
UREF
PNO  5379774
ISD  19950100
NAM  Nishimura et al.
UREF
PNO  5417220
ISD  19950500
NAM  Apple
UREF
PNO  5447163
ISD  19950900
NAM  Apple
UREF
PNO  5590649
ISD  19970100
NAM  Caro et al.
UREF
PNO  5671751
ISD  19970900
NAM  Tumey et al.
UREF
PNO  5674262
ISD  19971000
NAM  Tumey
UREF
PNO  5680857
ISD  19971000
NAM  Pelikan et al.
UREF
PNO  5715826
ISD  19980200
NAM  Horrocks et al.
UREF
PNO  5715828
ISD  19980200
NAM  Raines et al.
UREF
PNO  5724981
ISD  19980300
NAM  Apple
UREF
PNO  5803907
ISD  19980900
NAM  Patchett et al.
UREF
PNO  5810734
ISD  19980900
NAM  Caro et al.
FREF
PNO  0208201
ISD  19860600
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Keates et al., Plethysmography: A new application for an intermittent
      compression unit, vol. 9, No. 4, Jul.-Aug. 1975.
PAL  Hubner, Is the Light Reflection Rheography (LRR) Suitable as a Diagnostic
      Method for the Phlebology Practice, Phlebology and Proctology 1986;
      15:209-12.
PAL  McEnroe et al., Correlation of Clinical Findings With Venous Hemodynamics
      in 386 Patients With Chronic Venous Insufficiency, The American Journal of
      Surgery vol. 156 Aug. 1988.
PAL  Shepard et al., Light Reflective Rheology (LLR): A New Non-Invasive Test of
      Venous Function, Bruit, Dec. 1984.
PAL  Stemmer et al., Light Reflective Rheography and the Diagnosis of Thrombosis
      in the Deep Leg Veins, Phlebology--Jan.-Mar. 1984.
PAL  Blazek, Functional Diagnostics of Peripheral Vein Disorders A New
      Non-Invasive Method, Hautarzt--Oct. 1984.
PAL  Unknown Author, Impedence Plethysmography, Undated.
LREP
FRM  Wayne J. Colton, Inc.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for detecting Deep Vein Thrombosis (DVT) in a patient includes
      a computer based device, a device disposed on a predetermined position on
      a calf of the patient for measuring blood volume, another device for
      measuring temperature of the calf and still another device for measuring
      calf size. A cuff is operably connected to the computer based device and
      envelops a portion of a thigh of the patient and is controllably
      restrictable by the computer based device to produce a controlled venous
      occlusion of the patient's deep veins for a predetermined period. A method
      for detecting DVT using the device is also provided.
PATN
WKU  059916559
SRC  9
APN  0313351
APT  1
ART  373
APD  19980226
TTL  Iontophoretic drug delivery device and method of manufacturing the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXA  Finkel; Sharon
EXP  Coggins; Wynn Wood
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Gross; Joseph
CTY  Dublin
CNT  IEX
INVT
NAM  Lavi; Gilad
CTY  Holon
CNT  ILX
ASSG
NAM  Drug Delivery Systems, Inc.
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  604 20
XCL  607152
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  130
FSC  604
FSS  20
FSC  607
FSS  115;145;152;153
UREF
PNO  4381012
ISD  19830400
NAM  Russek
OCL  128644
UREF
PNO  4834978
ISD  19890500
NAM  Nuwayser
OCL  424448
UREF
PNO  4848353
ISD  19890700
NAM  Engel
OCL  128640
UREF
PNO  4856188
ISD  19890800
NAM  Sibalis
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4865582
ISD  19890900
NAM  Sibalis
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4931046
ISD  19900600
NAM  Newman
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  4950229
ISD  19900800
NAM  Sage, Jr.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5246418
ISD  19930900
NAM  Haynes et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5314502
ISD  19940500
NAM  McNichols et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5320597
ISD  19940600
NAM  Sage, Jr. et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5337748
ISD  19940800
NAM  McAdams et al.
OCL  128640
UREF
PNO  5374242
ISD  19941200
NAM  Haak et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5385543
ISD  19950100
NAM  Haak et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5402780
ISD  19950400
NAM  Faasse, Jr.
OCL  607149
UREF
PNO  5421816
ISD  19950600
NAM  Lipkovker
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5458569
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kirk, III et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5474527
ISD  19951200
NAM  Bettinger
OCL  604 19
UREF
PNO  5498235
ISD  19960300
NAM  Flower
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5551953
ISD  19960900
NAM  Lattin et al.
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5785040
ISD  19980700
NAM  Axelgaard
OCL  128640
UREF
PNO  5788666
ISD  19980800
NAM  Atanasoska
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5853383
ISD  19981200
NAM  Murdock
OCL  604 20
UREF
PNO  5879322
ISD  19990300
NAM  Lettin et al.
OCL  604 20
FREF
PNO  WO 91/15257
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Factor and Shaftal
ABST
PAL  An iontophoretic drug delivery device comprising a flexible reservoir
      sandwiched between a flexible printed circuit board and a pair of flexible
      electrodes. A rigid top cover is mounted on a spine on the reservoir by
      means of snap-fit connections. The rigid cover protects the device from
      damage while the flexible reservoir, circuit board and electrodes can
      conform to the skin of a subject. The configuration of the flexible
      elements allows the manufacturing process to be simplified considerably,
      resulting in a less expensive device with ease of fabrication.
PATN
WKU  059916567
SRC  9
APN  1586998
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980922
TTL  Prioritized rule based apparatus for diagnosis and treatment of
      arrhythmias
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Evanisho; George R.
EXP  Kamm; William E.
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Olson; Walter H.
CTY  North Oaks
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Kaemmerer; William F.
CTY  Edina
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Medtronic, Inc.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  874067
APD  19970612
PSC  01
PNO  5855593
RLAP
COD  81
APN  633254
APD  19960619
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  413570
APD  19950330
PSC  01
PNO  5545186
ISD  19960813
CLAS
OCL  607  4
XCL  607 14
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  1362
FSC  607
FSS  4;5;9;14
UREF
PNO  4799793
ISD  19890100
NAM  Dufault
UREF
PNO  5086772
ISD  19920200
NAM  Larnard
UREF
PNO  5184615
ISD  19930200
NAM  Nappholz
UREF
PNO  5193535
ISD  19930300
NAM  Bardy
UREF
PNO  5330508
ISD  19940700
NAM  Gunderson
UREF
PNO  5545186
ISD  19960800
NAM  Olson et al.
OCL  607 14
FREF
PNO  0617980
ISD  19941000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0253505
ISD  19980100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9302746
ISD  19930200
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9419054
ISD  19940900
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Duthler; Reed A.
FR2  Patton; Harold R.
ABST
PAL  An implantable antiarrhythmia device which detects and classifies
      arrhythmias of the human heart, and delivers appropriate therapy. The
      device employs a method of arrhythmia classification based on a set of
      prioritized rules, each of the rules defining a plurality of criteria
      based upon characteristics of sensed depolarizations of heart tissue, each
      rule being met when the criteria associated with the rule are met. Some
      rules, when met, trigger delivery of antiarrhythmia therapy. Other rules,
      when met, inhibit delivery of antiarrhythmia therapy. The rules may be met
      simultaneously, and if so, the highest priority rule governs the behavior
      of the device.
PATN
WKU  059916575
SRC  9
APN  1303856
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980806
TTL  Atrial cardioverter with window based atrial tachyarrhythmia detection
      system and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Getzow; Scott M.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Kim; Jaeho
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  607  5
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  139
FSC  607
FSS  4;5
UREF
PNO  5755736
ISD  19980500
NAM  Gillberg et al.
OCL  607  4
UREF
PNO  5853426
ISD  19981200
NAM  Shieh
OCL  607  5
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  There is disclosed an implantable atrial cardioverter for delivering
      therapy to atria of a human heart if an atrial tachyarrhythmia is present.
      The cardioverter includes a first sense channel for sensing atrial heart
      activity within the right atrium of the heart for providing an atrial
      electrogram having a plurality of cardiac cycles and a second sense
      channel for sensing ventricular activity of the heart to provide a
      ventricular electrogram. The cardioverter further includes an atrial
      tachyarrhythmia detector including a detection window stage responsive to
      at least the ventricular electrogram to identify for each cardiac cycle of
      the atrial electrogram, a detection window period free of any heart
      activity other than spontaneous atrial heart activity, an A wave detector
      for identifying A waves occurring during each detection window period
      means for determining atrial cycle lengths between the identified A waves,
      and a decision stage responsive to the determined atrial cycle lengths for
      determining if an atrial tachyarrhythmia is present. A cardioverting stage
      delivers therapy to the atria if an atrial tachyarrhythmia is present.
PATN
WKU  059916583
SRC  8
APN  881662&
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19970624
TTL  Continual waveform shape reforming method and apparatus for transchest
      resistance dynamics
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Evanisko; George R.
EXP  Kamm; William E.
NDR  8
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Brewer; James E.
CTY  Cottage Grove
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Olson; Kenneth F.
CTY  Edina
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Gilman; Byron L.
CTY  Minnetonka
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Bosler; R. Eric
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  SurVivaLink Corporation
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  607  7
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  139
FSC  607
FSS  5;7;8
UREF
PNO  4768512
ISD  19880900
NAM  Imran
UREF
PNO  5385575
ISD  19950100
NAM  Adams
UREF
PNO  5391186
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kroll et al.
UREF
PNO  5431686
ISD  19950700
NAM  Kroll et al.
UREF
PNO  5468254
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hahn et al.
UREF
PNO  5534015
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kroll et al.
OCL  607  5
UREF
PNO  5540723
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ideker et al.
OCL  607  7
UREF
PNO  5593427
ISD  19970100
NAM  Gilner et al.
UREF
PNO  5601612
ISD  19970200
NAM  Gilner et al.
UREF
PNO  5607454
ISD  19970300
NAM  Cameron et al.
FREF
PNO  WO 95/09673
ISD  19950400
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/32020
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  On the Intensity-Time Relations for Stimulation By Electric Currents. II,
      H.A. Blair, The Journal of General Physiology, Rockefeller Institute for
      Medical Research, vol. 15, pp. 731-755, 1932.
PAL  Optical Truncation of Defibrillation Pulses, Werner Irnich, Pacing and
      Clinical Electrophysiology, Futura Publishing Co., vol. 18, No. 4, pp.
      673-688, Apr. 1995.
PAL  Choosing the Optimal Monophasic and Biphasic Waveforms for Ventricular
      Defibrillation, G.P. Walcott, R. G. Walker, A. W. Cates, W. Krassowska, W.
      M. Smith, R. E. Ideker, Journal of Cardiovascular Electrophysiology,
      Futura Publishing Co., vol. 6, No. 9, pp. 737-750, Sep. 1995.
PAL  Optimizing Defibrillation Through Improved Waveforms, Michael Block and
      Gunter Breithardt, Pacing and Clinical Electrophysiology, Futura
      Publishing Co., vol. 18, No. 3, Part II, pp. 526-538, Mar. 1995.
PAL  A Conceptual Basis for Defibrillation Waveforms, Brian G. Cleland, Pacing
      and Clinical Electrophysiology, Futura Publishing Co., vol. 19, No. 8, pp.
      1186-1195, Aug. 1996.
PAL  A Minimal Model of the Single Capacitor Biphasic Defibrillation Waveform,
      Mark W. Kroll, Pacing and Clinical Electrophysiology, Futura Publishing
      Co., vol. 17, No. 11, Part I, pp. 1782-1792, Nov. 1994.
PAL  On The Intensity-Time Relations For Stimulation By Electric Currents. I,
      H.A. Blair, The Journal of General Physiology, Rockefeller Institute for
      Medical Research, vol. 15, pp. 709-729, 1932.
PAL  Ventricular Defibrillation Using Biphasic Waveforms: The Importance of
      Phasic Duration, A.S.L. Tang, S. Yabe, J.M. Wharton, M. Doker, W.M. Smith,
      R.E. Ideker, Journal of the American College of Cardiology, American
      College of Cardiology, vol. 13, No. 1, pp. 207-214, Jan. 1989.
PAL  A Minimal Model of the Monophasic Defibrillation Pulse, Mark W. Kroll,
      Pacing and Clinical Electrophysiology, Futura Publishing Co., vol. 16, No.
      4, Part I, pp. 769-777, Apr. 1993.
PAL  Strength-Duration and Probability of Success Curves for Defibrillation With
      Biphasic Waveforms, S.A. Feeser, A.S.L. Tang, K.M. Kavanagh, D.L. Rollins,
      W.M. Smith, P.D. Wolf, R.E. Ideker, Circulation, American Heart
      Association, vol. 82, No. 6, pp. 2128-2141, Dec. 1990.
PAL  Improved Defibrillation Thresholds With Large Contoured Epicardial
      Electrodes and Biphasic Waveforms, E.G. Dixon, A.S.L. Tang, P.D. Wolf,
      J.T. Meador, M.J. Fine, R.V. Calfee, R.E. Ideker, Circulation, American
      Heart Association, vol. 76, No. 5, pp. 1176-1184, Nov. 1987.
PAL  Truncated Biphasic Pulses for Transthoracic Defibrillation, G.H. Bardy,
      B.E. Gliner, P.J. Kudenchuk, J.E. Poole, G.L. Dolack, G.K. Jones, J.
      Anderson, C. Troutman, G. Johnson, Circulation, American Heart
      Association, vol. 91, No. 6, pp. 1768-1774, Mar. 1995.
PAL  Transthoracic Defibrillation of Swine With Monophasic and Biphasic
      Waveforms, B.E. Gliner, T.E. Lyster, S.M. Dillion, G.H. Bardy,
      Circulation, American Heart Association, vol. 92, No. 6, pp. 1634-1643,
      Sep. 1995.
PAL  Multicenter Comparison of Truncated Biphasic Shocks and Standard Damped
      Sine Wave Monophasic Shocks for Transthoracic Ventricular Defibrillation,
      G.H. Bardy, F.E. Marchlinski, A.D. Sharma, S.J. Worley, R.M. Luceri, R.
      Yee, B.D. Halperin, C.L. Fellows, T.S. Ahern, D.A. Chilson, D.L. Packer,
      D.J. Wilber, T.A. Mattioni, R. Reddy, R.A. Kronmal, R. Lazzara,
      Circulation, American Heart Associate, vol. 94, No. 10, pp. 2507-2514,
      Nov. 1996.
PAL  Low Voltage Shocks Have a Significantly Higher Tilt of the Internal
      Electric Field Than Do High Voltage Shocks, by James E. Brewer et al.,
      Pacing and Clinical Electrophysiology, vol. 18, No. 1, Jan. 1995.
PAL  Mechanisms for Electrical Stimulation of Excitable Tissue, by Roth BJ,
      Critical Reviews In Biomedical Engineering, 1994, 22 (3-4) p. 253-305 ISSN
      0278-940X.
PAL  Virtual Electrodes in Cardiac Tissue; A Common Mechanism for Anodal and
      Cathodal Stimulation; by Wikswo JP Jr.; Lin SF; Abbas RA, Biophysics
      Journal Dec. 1995, 69(6) p. 32195-210, ISSN 0006-3495.
PAL  A Mathematical Model of Make and Break Electrical Stimulation of Cardiac
      Tissue by a Unipolar Anode or Cathode; by Roth BJ, IEEE Trans Biomed Eng
      Dec. 1995, 42 (12) p. 1174-84.
PAL  The Effect of Externally Applied Electrical Fields on Myocardial Tissue; by
      Roth BJ and Wilkswo JP, Jr.; Proceedings of the IEEE, Mar. 1996, vol. 84,
      No. 3, p. 379-391.
PAL  On the Intensity-time Relations for Stimulation by Electric Currents; by
      H.A. Blair, J. Gen. Physiol. 1932; 15: p. 731-755.
PAL  The Journal of General Physiology, Rockefeller Institute for Medical
      Research, vol. 15, pp. 731-755, 1932.
PAL  Journal of Cardiovascular Electrophysiology, Futura Publishing Co., vol. 6,
      No. 9, Sep. 1995.
PAL  The Journal of General Physiology, Rockefeller Institute for Medical
      Research, vol. 15, pp. 708-729, 1932.
PAL  Journal of the American College of Cardiology, American College of
      Cardiology, vol. 13, No. 1, Jan. 1989.
PAL  Circulation, American Heart Assocation, vol. 82, No. 6, pp. 2128-2141, Dec.
      1990.
PAL  Circulation, American Heart Association, vol. 76, No. 5, pp. 1176-1184,
      Nov. 1987.
PAL  Circulation, American Heart Association, vol. 91, No. 6, pp. 1768-1774,
      Mar. 1995.
PAL  Circulation, American Heart Association, vol. 92, No. 6, pp. 1634-1643,
      Sep. 1995.
PAL  Circulation, American Heart Associate, vol. 94, No. 10, pp. 2507-2514, Nov.
      1996.
LREP
FRM  Patterson & Keough, P.A.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is an external defibrillator which controls and
      manages the formation of defibrillation waveforms. The waveforms are
      dynamically adjusted and created to be consistent with a myocardial cell
      response waveform. Dynamic tilt calculations based on time slices and
      corresponding functions based on best-fit models are used to generate the
      waveforms. The waveforms are dynamically adjusted to compensate for
      changes in resistance due to changes in the voltage during delivery of the
      waveform. The waveforms include a first and a second phase and are formed
      with minimal delay therebetween.
PATN
WKU  059916591
SRC  9
APN  1640127
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980930
TTL  Pacing system with full range sudden rate drop detection and responsive
      pacing intervention
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  20
EXP  Schaetzle; Kennedy J.
NDR  11
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  de Vries; Bernhard
CTY  Dieren
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Reineman; Hendrik
CTY  Zutphen
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Idink; Johannes G. F.
CTY  Arnhem
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  van Rooijen; Hendrik
CTY  Nijkerk
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Vitatron Medical, B.V.
CTY  Dieren
CNT  NLX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  607  9
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  1368
FSC  607
FSS  9;17;4
UREF
PNO  3921642
ISD  19751100
NAM  Preston
OCL  128419PG
UREF
PNO  4030510
ISD  19770600
NAM  Bowers
OCL  607  9
UREF
PNO  4363325
ISD  19821200
NAM  Roline et al.
OCL  607  9
UREF
PNO  5016630
ISD  19910500
NAM  Moberg
OCL  128419PG
UREF
PNO  5247930
ISD  19930900
NAM  Begemann et al.
OCL  607 11
UREF
PNO  5282465
ISD  19940200
NAM  van der Veen et al.
OCL  607 17
UREF
PNO  5284491
ISD  19940200
NAM  Sutton et al.
OCL  607 17
UREF
PNO  5441525
ISD  19950800
NAM  Shelton et al.
OCL  607 23
UREF
PNO  5501701
ISD  19960300
NAM  Markowitz et al.
OCL  607  9
UREF
PNO  5531771
ISD  19960700
NAM  van der Veen
OCL  607  9
UREF
PNO  5540728
ISD  19960700
NAM  Shelton et al.
OCL  607 23
UREF
PNO  5676686
ISD  19971000
NAM  Jensen et al.
OCL  607  9
UREF
PNO  5725561
ISD  19980300
NAM  Stroebel et al.
OCL  607  9
UREF
PNO  5782886
ISD  19980700
NAM  Kuiper et al.
OCL  607 17
LREP
FR2  Woods; Thomas F.
FR2  Patton; Harold
FR2  Jaro; Michael J.
ABST
PAL  There is provided a pacemaker system with an SRD detection and intervention
      feature, which enables a simple way of initiating confirmation of SRD,
      i.e., looking for an AS/AP transition in a DDD or DDI pacemaker, or a
      transition from a VS to a VP in a DDI pacemaker. This simple initiation of
      SRD confirmation is made possible by use of a relatively wide hysteresis
      band which is normally operative when a spontaneous rate is present, and
      which tracks physiological changes in the patient's natural rate, across
      the pacemaker rate range. Transitions which result from a gradual decrease
      in natural rate and thus represent physiological bradycardia are not
      interpreted as suggesting SRD. The detection is confirmed only after a
      predetermined number of pace pulses are delivered at the hysteresis rate,
      i.e., 1-5 pulses. In a preferred embodiment, after confirmation of SRD,
      pacing starts at a programmable intervention rate, and rate flywheels
      downward toward a lower rate limit, with intermittent hysteresis scans at
      a lower rate to enable recovery of an underlying natural rate. The SRD
      mode is left whenever recovery of a natural rate is confirmed, as by
      sensing a predetermined number of consecutive natural atrial beats in DDD
      mode or atrial and/or ventricular beats in DDI mode.
PATN
WKU  059916605
SRC  9
APN  0941999
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980609
TTL  Cardiac pacing methods
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Getzow; Scott M.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Goyal; Rajiva
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  The Regents of the University of Michigan
CTY  Ann Arbor
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  932785
APD  19970918
PSC  01
PNO  5836985
CLAS
OCL  607 14
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  1362
FSC  607
FSS  14;3;9;5
UREF
PNO  5458622
ISD  19951000
NAM  Alt
OCL  607 15
UREF
PNO  5509925
ISD  19960400
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  607 15
UREF
PNO  5549661
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kordis et al.
OCL  607 99
LREP
FRM  Medlen & Carroll, LLP
ABST
PAL  The described method of treatment relates to the field of cardiovascular
      disease and is a cure for various forms of heart fibrillation. The method
      consists of sectioning the heart into independent conduction zones such
      that electrical communication between the zones is terminated. The
      communication between the zones is then reestablished in such a manner as
      to restore normal heart rhythm, by way of a pacing mechanism, thereby
      eliminating the fibrillation.
PATN
WKU  059916613
SRC  8
APN  9543260
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19971017
TTL  System and method for measuring cardiac activity
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Jastrzab; Jeffrey R.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Park; Euljoon
CTY  Stevenson Ranch
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bornzin; Gene A.
CTY  Simi Valley
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Florio; Joseph J.
CTY  La Canada
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bradley; Kerry
CTY  Pasadena
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Pacesetter, Inc.
CTY  Sylmar
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  607 19
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  1365
FSC  607
FSS  9;17;19;24;25
UREF
PNO  3815611
ISD  19740600
NAM  Denniston
UREF
PNO  4140132
ISD  19790200
NAM  Dahl
OCL  128419PG
UREF
PNO  4428378
ISD  19840100
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  128419PG
UREF
PNO  4708143
ISD  19871100
NAM  Schroeppel
OCL  128419PG
UREF
PNO  4774950
ISD  19881000
NAM  Cohen
OCL  128419D
UREF
PNO  4802481
ISD  19890200
NAM  Schroeppel
UREF
PNO  4967748
ISD  19901100
NAM  Cohen
OCL  128419D
UREF
PNO  5014700
ISD  19910500
NAM  Alt
OCL  128419PG
UREF
PNO  5031615
ISD  19910700
NAM  Alt
OCL  128419PG
UREF
PNO  5040534
ISD  19910800
NAM  Mann et al.
OCL  128419PG
UREF
PNO  5040535
ISD  19910800
NAM  Mann et al.
OCL  128419PG
UREF
PNO  5044366
ISD  19910900
NAM  Alt
OCL  128419PG
UREF
PNO  5156148
ISD  19921000
NAM  Cohen
UREF
PNO  5454838
ISD  19951000
NAM  Vallana et al.
OCL  607 19
UREF
PNO  5480412
ISD  19960100
NAM  Mouchawar et al.
OCL  607  6
UREF
PNO  5549650
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bornzin et al.
UREF
PNO  5562711
ISD  19961000
NAM  Yerich et al.
UREF
PNO  5674256
ISD  19971000
NAM  Carlson
OCL  607 17
UREF
PNO  5836987
ISD  19981100
NAM  Baumann et al.
OCL  607 17
OREF
PAL  Atochem Sensors, Inc., "Kynar Piezo Film," Standard and Custom Piezo Film
      Components, pp. 1-12.
PAL  Salerno, David M. M.D., Ph.D et al., "Seismocardiography for Monitoring
      Changes in Left Ventricular Function during Ischemia," Chest/100/4/Oct.
      1991.
PAL  Salerno, David M. M.D., Ph.D et al., "Seismocardiographic Changes
      Associated with Obstruction of Coronary Blood Flow Furing Balloon
      Angioplasty," The American Journal of Cardiology, vol. 68, pp. 201-207
      (Jul. 15, 1991).
PAL  Sandler, H. et al., "Miniature Implantable Accelerometers," pp. 165-174.
PAL  Piezo Electric Products, Inc., "Piezoceramic Design Notes," Sensors (6 pp)
      (Mar. 1984).
PAL  Bacharach, David W. et al., "Activity-Based Pacing: Comparison of a Device
      Using an Accelerometer Versus a Piezoelectric Crystal," PACE, vol. 15, pp.
      188-196 (Feb. 1992).
PAL  Ovsyshcher, Ilya et al., "First Derivative of Right Ventricular Pressure,
      dP/dt, as a Sensor for a Rate Adaptive VVI Pacemaker: Initial Experience,"
      PACE, vol. 15, pp. 211-218 (Feb. 1992).
PAL  Salerno, David M. et al., "Seismocardiography: A New Technique for
      REcording Cardiac Vibrations. Concept, Method, and Initial Observations,"
      Journal of Cardiovascular Technology, vol. 9, No. 2, 1990, pp. 111-118.
ABST
PAL  An implantable cardiac stimulation device, such as a pacemaker or an
      implantable cardioverter-defibrillator, that includes an
      accelerometer-based activity sensor that processes one or more signals
      from the activity sensor to obtain parameters that are indicative of the
      heartbeat of the patient. The implantable cardiac stimulation device
      determines when the patient is at rest and the activity sensor provides a
      signal that corresponds to the acceleration of the sensor due to the
      heartbeat of the patient. This acceleration signal is integrated over time
      once to provide a contractility parameter, which is indicative of the
      contractility of the heart and is integrated over time twice to provide a
      displacement parameter, which is indicative of the displacement of the
      heart wall during the heartbeat. This displacement parameter is thereby
      indicative of the volume of blood pumped by the heart. A microprocessor
      uses either the contractility parameter, the displacement parameter or
      both to modify the delivery of therapeutic stimulation pulses to the
      heart.
PATN
WKU  059916621
SRC  9
APN  1028553
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980623
TTL  Method and system for detecting dislodgment of an implanted right atrial
      endocardial lead using sensing periods established with one other lead
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Kamm; William E.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Kim; Jaeho
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Foshee, Jr.; Phillip D.
CTY  Woodinville
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  607 27
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  137
FSC  607
FSS  27;28
UREF
PNO  3768487
ISD  19731000
NAM  Rose
OCL  607 27
UREF
PNO  5003975
ISD  19910400
NAM  Hafelfinger et al.
OCL  607 28
UREF
PNO  5476485
ISD  19951200
NAM  Ginberg et al.
OCL  607 28
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A system and method are provided for detecting dislodgment of a right
      atrial endocardial lead implanted within a heart right atrium wherein the
      lead includes an electrode. Atrial and ventricular activity of the heart
      are sensed with one other lead during a time period. Also during the time
      period, heart activity is sensed with the endocardial lead electrode. The
      sensed heart activity is stored in memory. The stored heart activity
      sensed with the one other lead is analyzed to establish a first time
      window from the sensed atrial heart activity and a second time window from
      the sensed ventricular activity. The heart activity sensed with the
      endocardial lead electrode during the first time window is then compared
      to the heart activity sensed with the endocardial lead electrode during
      the second time window.
PATN
WKU  059916630
SRC  8
APN  8174814
APT  1
ART  378
APD  19970416
TTL  Multiple pulse stimulation
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Isabella; David J.
NDR  9
NFG  18
INVT
NAM  Irlicht; Laurence
CTY  Brighton
CNT  AUX
INVT
NAM  Clark; Graeme
CTY  Eltham
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  The University of Melbourne
CTY  Perkville
CNT  AUX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  607 57
XCL  607 56
XCL  623 10
XCL  623 66
EDF  6
ICL  H04R 2500
ICL  A61F  218
FSC  607
FSS  65;56;57
FSC  623
FSS  10;66
FSC  600
FSS  559
UREF
PNO  4408608
ISD  19831000
NAM  Daly et al.
OCL  128421
UREF
PNO  4593696
ISD  19860600
NAM  Hochmair et al.
OCL  128419
FREF
PNO  4681585
ISD  19860300
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  0054418
ISD  19820600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9103913
ISD  19910300
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Weisz; Tiberiu
     Gottlieb, Rackman & Reisman, P.C.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/AU95/00686
PD1  19970416
PD2  19970416
PD3  19951017
PCP  WO96/12383
PCD  19960425
ABST
PAR  A stimulation strategy for cochlear implants is disclosed. The method and
      devices that provides electrical stimuli seek to approximate the time
      domain response of a patient's neural system to electrical stimuli, to the
      time domain response of a normal hearing person to a corresponding
      acoustic stimulus.
PATN
WKU  059916648
SRC  9
APN  0129089
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980123
TTL  Compact inductive arrangement for medical implant data and power transfer
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Layno; Carl H.
EXP  Kamm; William E.
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Seligman; Peter
CTY  Essendon
CNT  AUX
ASSG
NAM  Cochlear Limited
CTY  Lane Cove
CNT  AUX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  WOX
APD  19970309
APN  PCT/AU97/00566
CLAS
OCL  607 60
XCL  607 61
XCL  607 55
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  102
ICL  A61N  136
FSC  607
FSS  55-57;60;61
UREF
PNO  4352960
ISD  19821000
NAM  Dormer et al.
OCL  607 57
UREF
PNO  4932405
ISD  19900600
NAM  Peeters et al.
UREF
PNO  5069210
ISD  19911200
NAM  Jeutter et al.
OCL  607 57
UREF
PNO  5117825
ISD  19920600
NAM  Grevious
UREF
PNO  5697958
ISD  19971200
NAM  Paul et al.
UREF
PNO  5735887
ISD  19980400
NAM  Barreras, Sr. et al.
OCL  607 60
UREF
PNO  5814089
ISD  19980900
NAM  Stokes et al.
OREF
PAL  "Energizing Implantable Transmitters By Means Of Coupled Inductance Coils",
      Kadefors et al, p. 177-183 177, vol. BME-16, No. 3.
LREP
FRM  Gottlieb, Rackman & Reisman, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A system for providing transdermal communication with, and power to, a
      subcutaneously implanted device, for example the stimulator unit of a
      cochlear implant, by means of pairs of orthogonally wound, inductively
      coupled coils. The system provides a compact coil arrangement particularly
      suited to behind the ear and in-the ear multi-channel cochlear implants.
PATN
WKU  059916656
SRC  8
APN  9334793
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19970918
TTL  Self-cooling transcutaneous energy transfer system for battery powered
      implantable device
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Jastrzab; Jeffrey R.
NDR  10
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Wang; Xintao
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Rosborough; John P.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Munshi; Mohammed Z. A.
CTY  Missouri City
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Schroeppel; Edward A.
CTY  Boswell
STA  GA
INVT
NAM  Cox; Timothy J.
CTY  Lake Jackson
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Sulzer Intermedics Inc.
CTY  Angleton
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  607 61
XCL  607 33
XCL  320108
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  1378
ICL  H02J  700
FSC  607
FSS  61;65;30;32;33
FSC  320
FSS  107;108;117
UREF
PNO  5411537
ISD  19950500
NAM  Munshi et al.
OCL  607 33
UREF
PNO  5479909
ISD  19960100
NAM  Schroeppel et al.
OCL  607 33
UREF
PNO  5690693
ISD  19971100
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  607 61
UREF
PNO  5702431
ISD  19971200
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  607 61
UREF
PNO  5713939
ISD  19980200
NAM  Nedungade et al.
OCL  607 33
OREF
PAL  Alvaro A. Martinez et al., Thermal Sensitivity and Thermotolerance in
      Normal Porcine Tissues , Cancer Research, vol. 43, pp. 2072-2075, May
      1983.
PAL  S.B. Field et al., The Relationship Between Heating Time and Temperature:
      Its Relevance to Clinical Hyperthermia, Radiotherapy and Oncology, pp.
      179-186, 1983.
PAL  Luis Felipe Fajardo, Pathological Effects of Hyperthermia in Normal
      Tissues, Cancer Research, vol. 44, pp. 4826s-4833s, Oct. 1984.
PAL  Laurie-Roizin-Towle et al., A Comparison of the Heat and Radiation
      Sensitivity of Rodent and Human Derived Cells Cultured in Vitro, Radiation
      Oncology, vol. 12 No. 1, pp. 647-652, Apr. 1986.
PAL  Elwood P. Armour et al., Sensitivity of Human Cells to Mild Hyperthermia,
      Cancer Research, pp. 2740-2744, Jun. 1993.
PAL  Kenneth R. Diller et al., Accuracy Analysis of the Henriques Model for
      Predicting Thermal Burn Injury ASME, vol. 268, pp. 117-123, 1993.
PAL  Mark W. Dewhirst, Mechanisms of Hyperthermic Cytotoxicity and Effects at
      the Tissue Level, ASME, vol. 268, pp. 133-135, 1993.
LREP
FRM  Schwegman, Lundberg Woessner & Kluth, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A self-cooling transcutaneous energy transfer system is provided for
      transmitting power to an implantable medical device, such as a
      defibrillator. The system includes a housing that is supported above the
      human body by a base so as to define a space between the housing and the
      body. A primary induction coil is disposed within the housing for
      transferring electromagnetic energy to the implantable medical device. A
      cooling fan is attached to the housing for providing forced convective
      heat transfer from the body. Various power and control circuitry are
      provided. The system can transfer away heat generated by eddy currents
      induced in the implantable device by the magnetic flux produced by the
      induction coil.
PATN
WKU  059916664
SRC  8
APN  9395849
APT  1
ART  376
APD  19970929
TTL  Sterile surgical-thermal draping system and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXA  Carter; Ryan
EXP  O'Connor; Cary
NDR  5
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Vought; Kimber L.
CTY  Columbus
STA  MS
ASSG
NAM  Microtek Medical, Inc.
CTY  Columbus
STA  MS
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  620931
APD  19960321
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  607 98
XCL  607104
XCL  607114
XCL  128849
XCL  128854
EDF  6
ICL  A61F  700
FSC  128
FSS  849-854
FSC  607
FSS  96;104;108-112;114
FSC  126
FSS  204
FSC  165
FSS  46
UREF
PNO  4736088
ISD  19880400
NAM  Bart
OCL  219211
UREF
PNO  4807644
ISD  19890200
NAM  Sandhaus
OCL  128849
UREF
PNO  4945924
ISD  19900800
NAM  Poettgen
UREF
PNO  4962761
ISD  19901000
NAM  Golden
OCL  607104
UREF
PNO  5025777
ISD  19910600
NAM  Hardwick
OCL  126263
UREF
PNO  5184612
ISD  19930200
NAM  Augustine
OCL  128400
UREF
PNO  5190032
ISD  19930300
NAM  Zacoi
UREF
PNO  5300098
ISD  19940400
NAM  Philipot
OCL  607 96
UREF
PNO  5300103
ISD  19940400
NAM  Stempel et al.
OCL  607108
UREF
PNO  5304213
ISD  19940400
NAM  Berke et al.
OCL  607104
UREF
PNO  5350417
ISD  19940900
NAM  Augustine
UREF
PNO  5360439
ISD  19941100
NAM  Dickerhoff et al.
OCL  607104
UREF
PNO  5392847
ISD  19950200
NAM  Stephenson
OCL  165 46
UREF
PNO  5405371
ISD  19950400
NAM  Augustine et al.
OCL  607107
UREF
PNO  5425975
ISD  19950600
NAM  Koiso et al.
OCL  428 74
UREF
PNO  5800483
ISD  19980900
NAM  Vought
OCL  607104
FREF
PNO  8503216
ISD  19850800
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A sterile surgical-thermal drape (10) is provided. The sterile
      surgical-thermal drape (10) includes a sterile surgical drape (12) that
      maintains a sterile field and a thermal device (14) attached (16) to the
      sterile surgical drape (12) for regulating the body temperature of a
      patient (32).
PATN
WKU  059916672
SRC  8
APN  9669167
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19971110
TTL  Pacing lead with porous electrode for stable low threshold high
      impedance pacing
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Jastrzab; Jeffrey R.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Feith; Frederick
CTY  Brummen
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Vitatron Medical, B.V.
CTY  Dieren
CNT  NLX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  607120
XCL  607122
XCL  607126
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  105
FSC  607
FSS  120-128
FSC  600
FSS  373-375;381
UREF
PNO  3749101
ISD  19730700
NAM  Williamson
UREF
PNO  4030508
ISD  19770600
NAM  Thalan
UREF
PNO  4502492
ISD  19850300
NAM  Bornzin
UREF
PNO  4784161
ISD  19881100
NAM  Skalsky et al.
UREF
PNO  4844099
ISD  19890700
NAM  Skalsky et al.
UREF
PNO  4934381
ISD  19900600
NAM  MacGregor
UREF
PNO  5282844
ISD  19940200
NAM  Stokes et al.
OCL  607120
UREF
PNO  5324327
ISD  19940600
NAM  Cohen
OCL  607122
UREF
PNO  5578068
ISD  19961100
NAM  Laske et al.
OCL  607126
OREF
PAL  Stokes et al., "A New Efficient NanoTip Lead," Pace, vol. 13, Dec. 1990,
      Part II, pp. 1901-1905.
PAL  Strokes, "Do Small Electrodes Have God Sensing?", Reblampa 78024-119,
      198-200, 1995.
PAL  Brinker, "Endocardial Pacing Leads: The Good, The Bad, and the Ugly," Pace,
      vol. 18, May 1995, Part I, pp. 953-954.
LREP
FR2  Woods; Thomas F.
FR2  Patton; Harold
FR2  Taro; Michael T.
ABST
PAL  A pacing lead, and system for pacing, where the lead has an improved distal
      tip designed to provide reliable chronic fixation of the electrode-heart
      interface, while also providing low pacing threshold. The distal end of
      the lead has a standard surface, of roughly hemispherical shape, made of a
      porous material. In one embodiment, the tip surface is suitably about 6-8
      square mm, and there is a smaller surface of about 1.5-2.0 square mm which
      is electrically isolated from the remainder of the porous surface; the
      smaller surface acts as a high impedance electrode, providing low
      threshold, while the larger porous surface provides the stable fixation. A
      steroid source is housed in the distal end of the lead, so as to provide
      an eluted steroid to the electrode surface area, as well as at least part
      of the remaining porous surface, whereby the overall porous surface and
      the eluted steroid minimizes the resulting capsule of non-excitable tissue
      around the electrode, providing for a stable reduced threshold. In another
      embodiment, a switching network is provided, suitably in the pacemaker,
      for selectively connecting one or both portions as the active electrode
      for pacing and for sensing.
PATN
WKU  059916680
SRC  8
APN  9369910
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19970925
TTL  Medical electrical lead
ISD  19991123
NCL  51
ECL  1
EXP  Getow; Scott M.
NDR  6
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Leinders; Robert
CTY  Limbricht
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Lokhoff; Nicolaas
CTY  Kerkrade
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Van Venrooij; Paulus
CTY  Hoensbroek
CNT  NLX
INVT
NAM  Bakels; Arnoldus
CTY  Simpelveld
CNT  NLX
ASSG
NAM  Medtronic, Inc.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  607125
EDF  6
ICL  A61N  104
FSC  600
FSS  381
FSC  607
FSS  125;119;122;123
UREF
PNO  3937225
ISD  19760200
NAM  Schramm
OCL  128418
UREF
PNO  4386615
ISD  19830600
NAM  Sowton
OCL  128786
UREF
PNO  4519403
ISD  19850500
NAM  Dickhudt
OCL  128785
UREF
PNO  4721118
ISD  19880100
NAM  Harris
OCL  128785
UREF
PNO  4913164
ISD  19900400
NAM  Greene et al.
OCL  128785
UREF
PNO  5179962
ISD  19930100
NAM  Dutcher et al.
OCL  128785
UREF
PNO  5238007
ISD  19930800
NAM  Giele et al.
OCL  607126
UREF
PNO  5489294
ISD  19960200
NAM  McVenes et al.
OCL  607120
OREF
PAL  Bipolar Leads for Use with Permanently Implantable Cardiac Pacing Systems:
      A Review of Limitations of Traditional and Coaxial Configurations and the
      Development and Testing of New Conductor, Insulation, and Electrode
      Designs--G. Frank O Tyers et al. (Invited Review -Journal of Investigative
      Surgery, 10:1-15, 1997).
PAL  Four Chamber Pacing in Dilated Cardiomyopathy--S. Cazeau et al. (Pace, vol.
      17, Nove. 1994, Part II).
LREP
FR2  Woods; Thomas F.
FR2  Patton; Harold
FR2  Jaro; Michael J.
ABST
PAL  A transvenous lead specifically designed for coronary sinus implantation.
      In the preferred embodiment the lead features an electrode which is
      eccentricity placed along the lead body. Disposed on the opposite side of
      the lead body is a tine-like member to push or maintain the electrode into
      contact with the vessel wall. Because the electrode and tine-like member
      do not entirely block the cross sectional area of the vessel, blood flow
      through the vessel is not impeded. Through such a configuration electrical
      stimulation with the tissue comprising the left side of the heart may be
      accomplished. In alternative embodiments other mechanisms besides
      tine-like member are used to maintain the contact of the electrode with
      the vessel wall. In a still further alternative embodiment the
      eccentricity disposed electrode is positioned instead upon the tip of the
      tine.
PATN
WKU  059916699
SRC  9
APN  0357898
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980306
TTL  Method and arrangement for controlling a vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Beaulieu; Yonel
EXP  Louis-Jacques; Jacques H.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Dominke; Peter
CTY  Bietigheim-Bissingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bellmann; Holger
CTY  Ludwigsburg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Mueller; Jens-Olaf
CTY  Leonberg
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Bertram; Torsten
CTY  Duesseldorf
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Volkart; Asmus
CTY  Bietigheim-Bissingen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Grosse; Christian
CTY  Kornwestheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Hermsen; Wolfgang
CTY  Rodgau
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Robert Bosch GmbH
CTY  Stuttgart
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19970307
APN  197 09 317
CLAS
OCL  701  1
XCL  701 70
XCL  701 78
XCL  701 79
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1700
FSC  701
FSS  1;22;51;3;70;79;36
FSC  180
FSS  197
FSC  303
FSS  168;173
UREF
PNO  5351776
ISD  19941000
NAM  Keller et al.
OCL  701 70
LREP
FR2  Ottesen; Walter
ABST
PAL  A method and an arrangement for controlling a vehicle includes at least one
      source for at least one resource and at least one consumer which consumes
      the resource. At least one coordinator is provided which allocates the
      resource to the consumer in dependence upon the capacity of the source and
      the resource demand of the consumer.
PATN
WKU  059916702
SRC  8
APN  7784988
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970103
TTL  Power control system for a fuel cell powered vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Hernandez; Olga
EXP  Cuchlinski, Jr.; William A.
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Mufford; W. Edward
CTY  Langley
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Strasky; Douglas G.
CTY  Parksville
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  dbb Fuel Cell Engines GmbH
CTY  Nabern
CNT  DEX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  581312
APD  19951229
PSC  01
PNO  5771476
ISD  19980623
CLAS
OCL  701 22
XCL  180 651
XCL  180 653
XCL  429 19
EDF  6
ICL  H01M  810
FSC  701
FSS  22
FSC  180
FSS  65.1;65.3
FSC  429
FSS  19
UREF
PNO  4489242
ISD  19841200
NAM  Worst
OCL  307 10R
UREF
PNO  4923768
ISD  19900500
NAM  Kaneko et al.
UREF
PNO  5366821
ISD  19941100
NAM  Merritt et al.
UREF
PNO  5434015
ISD  19950700
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  435240
UREF
PNO  5434016
ISD  19950700
NAM  Benz et al.
UREF
PNO  5482790
ISD  19960100
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  429  9
UREF
PNO  5532573
ISD  19960700
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  322 22
UREF
PNO  5646852
ISD  19970700
NAM  Lorenz et al.
OCL  701 22
UREF
PNO  5662184
ISD  19970900
NAM  Riemer et al.
OCL  180 65.1
UREF
PNO  5678647
ISD  19971000
NAM  Wolfe et al.
OCL  180 65.3
UREF
PNO  5771476
ISD  19980600
NAM  Mufford et al.
OCL  701 22
OREF
PAL  "Ballard PEM Fuel Cell Powered ZEV Bus", SAE Technical Paper Series, No.
      931817, pp. 113-20, Howard et al., 8/93.
PAL  "Ballard Zero Emission Fuel Cell Bus Engine", the 12th International
      Electric Vehicle Symposium (EVS-12), vol. 1, Sessions 1A-2D, Poster
      Sessions, Howard, Dec. 1994.
LREP
FRM  McAndrews, Held & Malloy, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A control system interrelatedly controls the electric power output and
      oxidant supply in a fuel cell electric power generation system. The power
      generation system comprises at least one fuel cell stack, and a plurality
      of electrical loads powered by the fuel cell stack, including an electric
      traction motor for propelling the vehicle, and a compressor for delivering
      oxidant gas to the fuel cell stack. The electric power output of the at
      least one fuel cell stack is dependent on the compressor speed. The
      control system comprises a summing device for determining the total
      instantaneous power demand of the electrical loads based on a plurality of
      sensed power demand signals, and a processor for generating a feed-forward
      output signal for adjusting the compressor speed to a value predicted to
      give fuel cell power output sufficient to satisfy the instantaneous power
      demand.
PATN
WKU  059916710
SRC  8
APN  9845062
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19971203
TTL  Automatic traveling control system for vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Chin; Gary
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Nishiwaki; Takeshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971002
APN  9-269592
CLAS
OCL  701 23
XCL  701 41
XCL  180410
XCL  180446
EDF  6
ICL  B62D  600
FSC  701
FSS  23;28;41;42;25;70
FSC  180
FSS  410;415;421;422;423;446
FSC  318
FSS  587
UREF
PNO  5136507
ISD  19920800
NAM  Shiraishi et al.
OCL  701 41
UREF
PNO  5189613
ISD  19930200
NAM  Karnopp
OCL  701 41
UREF
PNO  5206808
ISD  19930400
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  701 70
UREF
PNO  5373911
ISD  19941200
NAM  Yasui
OCL  701 23
UREF
PNO  5379222
ISD  19950100
NAM  Anan et al.
OCL  701 41
UREF
PNO  5521820
ISD  19960500
NAM  Wakamatsu et al.
OCL  701 42
UREF
PNO  5661650
ISD  19970800
NAM  Sekine et al.
OCL  701 41
FREF
PNO  7-81609
ISD  19950300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is an automatic traveling control system for a vehicle which can
      provide satisfactory steering control during automatic traveling
      regardless of vehicle speeds. Wheel speeds of rear left and right wheels
      detected by first and second wheel speed sensors, and image data detected
      by a camera and including a guide way are input to a controller. The
      controller controls an amount of steering of a steering system by a drive
      motor to perform steering control through one of first and second control
      means which are switched over depending on a vehicle speed, thereby
      realizing autonomous traveling in which a predetermined positional
      relationship is held between the guide way and the vehicle.
PATN
WKU  059916729
SRC  8
APN  8193835
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970317
TTL  Vehicle anti-lock brake system demonstration
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Arthur; Gertrude
EXP  Cuchlinski, Jr.; William A.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Rendi; Anthony J.
CTY  Canton
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Churchwell; Howard
CTY  Harper Woods
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Ford Motor Company
CTY  Dearborn
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  701 30
XCL  701 29
XCL  701 71
XCL  701 78
XCL  30312202
XCL  30312206
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  700
FSC  701
FSS  1;29;30;70;74;78;79;80
FSC  180
FSS  197;233;247;249
FSC  303
FSS  155;157;138;122.06;122.02;34;65;71
UREF
PNO  4733920
ISD  19880300
NAM  Panbacker
OCL  303195
UREF
PNO  4957329
ISD  19900900
NAM  Matsuda
OCL  303159
UREF
PNO  5429428
ISD  19950700
NAM  Yasuda
OCL  303169
UREF
PNO  5655618
ISD  19970800
NAM  Wilson et al.
OCL  180197
UREF
PNO  5697861
ISD  19971200
NAM  Wilson
OCL  180249
UREF
PNO  5737711
ISD  19980400
NAM  Abe
OCL  701 29
OREF
PAL  Ford Motor Co. Service Manual for 1966 Contour and Mystique Automobiles,
      pp. 06-09-1 through 06-09-17.
LREP
FR2  Brown; Gregory P.
ABST
PAL  A diagnostic readout tool can be programmed to generate and deliver
      electronic signals representative of different road wheel slippage
      conditions on various road surfaces, such as ice, snow, gravel or dry
      pavement. The artificially-created signals can be applied to an electronic
      control module in a vehicle anti-lock brake system, thereby permitting a
      person seated in the vehicle to experience the action and feel of the
      anti-lock brake operation while the vehicle is in a stand-still condition.
PATN
WKU  059916737
SRC  8
APN  7749457
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19961227
TTL  Vehicle anti-theft system including vehicle identification numbers
      programmed into on-board computers
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Donnelly; Arthur D.
EXP  Cuchlinski, Jr.; William A.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Koopman, Jr.; Philip J.
CTY  Pittsburgh
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Carroll; Roger D.
CTY  Burnsville
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc.
CTY  Southfield
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  701 32
XCL  701 29
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  932
FSC  701
FSS  1;29;32
FSC  342
FSS  357
UREF
PNO  5787367
ISD  19980700
NAM  Berra
OCL  701  1
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman P.C.
ABST
PAL  A vehicle anti-theft system includes programming vehicle identification
      numbers or a corresponding identifier value into a read-only memory
      portion of each computer on board the vehicle. The computers are all
      linked through a multiplex communication system that has a monitoring
      port. The monitoring port facilitates coupling an external device to the
      multiplex communication link. The external monitoring device is used to
      determine the contents of the read only memory portion on each component
      to determine whether any of the components were stolen from another
      vehicle, for example.
PATN
WKU  059916745
SRC  8
APN  6417140
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19960502
TTL  Floor shifter linkage for robotic control of vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Louis-Jacques; Jacques H.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Froelich; Mark A.
CTY  Onsted
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Richmond; Ronald L.
CTY  Stockbridge
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Chrysler Corporation
CTY  Auburn Hills
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  701 36
XCL  701  1
XCL  701 51
XCL  701 58
XCL  701 62
XCL  318587
XCL  3185681
XCL   74473SW
XCL   74473R
XCL  192  4A
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1900
FSC  364
FSS  423.098;424.045;424.08;424.087;424.091;424.093
FSC   74
FSS  483 K;473 SN;483 R;475;477;523;606 R;476;471 XY;335;336 R
FSC  477
FSS  96;99
FSC  180
FSS  271
FSC  192
FSS  4 A;4 C;4 R
FSC   70
FSS  245;247;248;252
FSC  701
FSS  1;36;51;58;62
UREF
PNO  H1469
ISD  19950800
NAM  Simonoff
OCL  341176
UREF
PNO  27335
ISD  19890300
NAM  Bodley-Scott
OCL  364424.04
UREF
PNO  1722069
ISD  19290700
NAM  Widney
UREF
PNO  1950640
ISD  19340300
NAM  Twyman
OCL  254 93
UREF
PNO  2716561
ISD  19550800
NAM  Beran
OCL  280150
UREF
PNO  3001394
ISD  19610900
NAM  Nelson
OCL   73 71.7
UREF
PNO  3330477
ISD  19670700
NAM  Stephens
OCL  235 61
UREF
PNO  3465577
ISD  19690900
NAM  Donovan
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  3520180
ISD  19700700
NAM  Polhemus et al.
OCL   73 71.7
UREF
PNO  3556244
ISD  19710100
NAM  Gray
OCL  180 98
UREF
PNO  3662593
ISD  19720500
NAM  Pirrello et al.
OCL   73132
UREF
PNO  3696882
ISD  19721000
NAM  Martin
OCL  180 98
UREF
PNO  3713332
ISD  19730100
NAM  Herrbrich
OCL   73117
UREF
PNO  3877299
ISD  19750400
NAM  Clayton, Sr. et al.
OCL   73132
UREF
PNO  3991845
ISD  19761100
NAM  LaPointe
OCL   74471XY
UREF
PNO  4282769
ISD  19810800
NAM  Sandrock
OCL  180287
UREF
PNO  4304112
ISD  19811200
NAM  Osborn
OCL   74473.23
UREF
PNO  4334221
ISD  19820600
NAM  Rosenhagen et al.
OCL  340825
UREF
PNO  4361202
ISD  19821100
NAM  Minovich
OCL  180168
UREF
PNO  4379497
ISD  19830400
NAM  Hainsworth et al.
OCL  180168
UREF
PNO  4442708
ISD  19840400
NAM  Gable et al.
OCL   73117
UREF
PNO  4466279
ISD  19840800
NAM  Gable et al.
OCL   73117
UREF
PNO  4474085
ISD  19841000
NAM  DeVogelaeve et al.
OCL  477 99
UREF
PNO  4495801
ISD  19850100
NAM  Sugimoto
OCL   73117
UREF
PNO  4499784
ISD  19850200
NAM  Shum
OCL   74479
UREF
PNO  4527441
ISD  19850700
NAM  Nakahama
OCL   74378
UREF
PNO  4527913
ISD  19850700
NAM  Seifert
OCL  384215
UREF
PNO  4530056
ISD  19850700
NAM  MacKinnon et al.
OCL  364424
UREF
PNO  4539862
ISD  19850900
NAM  Caldwell
OCL   74527
UREF
PNO  4554824
ISD  19851100
NAM  King et al.
OCL   73117
UREF
PNO  4556940
ISD  19851200
NAM  Katoo et al.
OCL  364424
UREF
PNO  4579204
ISD  19860400
NAM  Iio
OCL  192 21
UREF
PNO  4585273
ISD  19860400
NAM  Higgs et al.
OCL  297452
UREF
PNO  4602334
ISD  19860700
NAM  Salesky
OCL  364424
UREF
PNO  4616326
ISD  19861000
NAM  Meier et al.
OCL  364513
UREF
PNO  4621525
ISD  19861100
NAM  King et al.
OCL   73117
UREF
PNO  4647784
ISD  19870300
NAM  Stephens
OCL  250561
UREF
PNO  4649742
ISD  19870300
NAM  Klausnitzer et al.
OCL   73117
UREF
PNO  4660443
ISD  19870400
NAM  Simancik
OCL  477 99
UREF
PNO  4700301
ISD  19871000
NAM  Dyke
OCL  364424
UREF
PNO  4742720
ISD  19880500
NAM  Storck
OCL   73865.9
UREF
PNO  4777601
ISD  19881000
NAM  Boegli
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  4780817
ISD  19881000
NAM  Lofgren
OCL  364424.01
UREF
PNO  4790177
ISD  19881200
NAM  King et al.
OCL   73117
UREF
PNO  4791570
ISD  19881200
NAM  Sherman et al.
OCL  364436
UREF
PNO  4799915
ISD  19890100
NAM  Lehmann et al.
OCL  446279
UREF
PNO  4804937
ISD  19890200
NAM  Barbiaux et al.
OCL  340 52F
UREF
PNO  4822104
ISD  19890400
NAM  Plesniarski
OCL  297468
UREF
PNO  4855656
ISD  19890800
NAM  Saitoh et al.
OCL  318587
UREF
PNO  4855822
ISD  19890800
NAM  Narendra et al.
OCL  358103
UREF
PNO  4860209
ISD  19890800
NAM  Sugimoto et al.
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  4880092
ISD  19891100
NAM  Kito et al.
OCL  477 96
UREF
PNO  4913490
ISD  19900400
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  297250
UREF
PNO  4932283
ISD  19900600
NAM  Ishigami et al.
OCL   74477
UREF
PNO  4936158
ISD  19900600
NAM  Livishits et al.
OCL   74475
UREF
PNO  4939651
ISD  19900700
NAM  Onishi
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  4946120
ISD  19900800
NAM  Hatcher
OCL  248183
UREF
PNO  4947967
ISD  19900800
NAM  Kito et al.
OCL  477 96
UREF
PNO  4947968
ISD  19900800
NAM  Slavin et al.
OCL  192  4A
UREF
PNO  4954761
ISD  19900900
NAM  Kimura et al.
OCL  318568.1
UREF
PNO  4973083
ISD  19901100
NAM  Richards et al.
OCL  280801
UREF
PNO  4986143
ISD  19910100
NAM  Livshits et al.
OCL   74475
UREF
PNO  5003799
ISD  19910400
NAM  Imai et al.
OCL   70247
UREF
PNO  5012689
ISD  19910500
NAM  Smith
OCL   74 89.17
UREF
PNO  5018610
ISD  19910500
NAM  Rolinski et al.
OCL  180271
UREF
PNO  5025678
ISD  19910600
NAM  Shinpo et al.
OCL   74473SW
UREF
PNO  5032994
ISD  19910700
NAM  Wellman
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5036935
ISD  19910800
NAM  Kohara
OCL  180168
UREF
PNO  5068790
ISD  19911100
NAM  Wellman
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5068791
ISD  19911100
NAM  Klopfleisch et al.
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5075853
ISD  19911200
NAM  Luke, Jr.
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5111401
ISD  19920500
NAM  Everett, Jr. et al.
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5126941
ISD  19920600
NAM  Gurmu et al.
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5127245
ISD  19920700
NAM  Imai et al.
OCL  477 94
UREF
PNO  5128599
ISD  19920700
NAM  Nikolaus et al.
OCL  318685
UREF
PNO  5129494
ISD  19920700
NAM  Rolinski et al.
OCL  180271
UREF
PNO  5131682
ISD  19920700
NAM  Reed
OCL  280801
UREF
PNO  5163001
ISD  19921100
NAM  Luke, Jr.
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5172589
ISD  19921200
NAM  Witt
OCL   73132
UREF
PNO  5175480
ISD  19921200
NAM  McKeefery et al.
OCL  318587.02
UREF
PNO  5179329
ISD  19930100
NAM  Nishikawa et al.
OCL  318587
UREF
PNO  5181592
ISD  19930100
NAM  Pattock
OCL  192  4A
UREF
PNO  5184694
ISD  19930200
NAM  Magrath, Jr. et al.
OCL  180167
UREF
PNO  5189612
ISD  19930200
NAM  Lemercier et al.
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5193062
ISD  19930300
NAM  Murase et al.
OCL  364426.04
UREF
PNO  5197346
ISD  19930300
NAM  Zona et al.
OCL   74479
UREF
PNO  5197356
ISD  19930300
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  477 99
UREF
PNO  5220497
ISD  19930600
NAM  Trovato et al.
OCL  364167.01
UREF
PNO  5220984
ISD  19930600
NAM  Ruiter
OCL  192220.4
UREF
PNO  5248187
ISD  19930900
NAM  Harrison
OCL  297482
UREF
PNO  5251723
ISD  19931000
NAM  Rolinski et al.
OCL  192  4A
UREF
PNO  5270628
ISD  19931200
NAM  Noguchi et al.
OCL  318587
UREF
PNO  5271092
ISD  19931200
NAM  Kreuzer
OCL  395 90
UREF
PNO  5283739
ISD  19940200
NAM  Summerville et al.
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5289183
ISD  19940200
NAM  Hassett et al.
OCL  340905
UREF
PNO  5289907
ISD  19940300
NAM  Pattock
OCL  192  4A
UREF
PNO  5295551
ISD  19940300
NAM  Sukonick
OCL  180167
UREF
PNO  5299130
ISD  19940300
NAM  Ono
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5303154
ISD  19940400
NAM  Luke, Jr.
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5303163
ISD  19940400
NAM  Ebaugh et al.
OCL  364550
UREF
PNO  5309744
ISD  19940500
NAM  Kito et al.
OCL   74483R
UREF
PNO  5318143
ISD  19940600
NAM  Parker et al.
OCL  180168
UREF
PNO  5341130
ISD  19940800
NAM  Yardley et al.
OCL  340825.06
UREF
PNO  5357824
ISD  19941000
NAM  Hashimoto
OCL   74479BP
UREF
PNO  5363027
ISD  19941100
NAM  Noguchi
OCL  318573
UREF
PNO  5369581
ISD  19941100
NAM  Ohsuga et al.
OCL  364424.01
UREF
PNO  5369591
ISD  19941100
NAM  Broxmeyer
OCL  364461
UREF
PNO  5372035
ISD  19941200
NAM  Ogawa et al.
OCL   73117
UREF
PNO  5379469
ISD  19950100
NAM  Mills et al.
OCL    5 95
UREF
PNO  5379664
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kershaw et al.
OCL   74490.05
UREF
PNO  5388476
ISD  19950200
NAM  Harger et al.
OCL   74473.1
UREF
PNO  5394743
ISD  19950300
NAM  Noguchi et al.
OCL   73117
UREF
PNO  5396792
ISD  19950300
NAM  Kohsaka et al.
OCL   73117
UREF
PNO  5402051
ISD  19950300
NAM  Fujiwara et al.
OCL  318587
UREF
PNO  5415034
ISD  19950500
NAM  Nishikawa et al.
OCL   73117
UREF
PNO  5416394
ISD  19950500
NAM  Lee
OCL  318569
UREF
PNO  5420794
ISD  19950500
NAM  James
OCL  364436
UREF
PNO  5430645
ISD  19950700
NAM  Keller
OCL  364424.01
UREF
PNO  5431267
ISD  19950700
NAM  Togano et al.
OCL  180271
UREF
PNO  5434781
ISD  19950700
NAM  Alofs et al.
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5442553
ISD  19950800
NAM  Parrillo
OCL  364424.04
UREF
PNO  5446356
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kim
OCL  318587
UREF
PNO  5448479
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kemner et al.
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5450321
ISD  19950900
NAM  Crane
OCL  364424.04
UREF
PNO  5468046
ISD  19951100
NAM  Weber et al.
OCL  297238
UREF
PNO  5469356
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hawkins et al.
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  5485892
ISD  19960100
NAM  Fujita
OCL  180167
UREF
PNO  5489246
ISD  19960200
NAM  Moody et al.
OCL  477 96
UREF
PNO  5816106
ISD  19981000
NAM  Froelich
OCL   74473SW
UREF
PNO  5821718
ISD  19981000
NAM  Shaffer et al.
OCL  701 70
UREF
PNO  5835867
ISD  19981100
NAM  Froelich et al.
OCL  701  2
FREF
PNO  0 236 518 A1
ISD  19870900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 235 333 B1
ISD  19890500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  1376438
ISD  19631200
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  2004979
ISD  19700200
CNT  DEX
ICL  G01M 1700
FREF
PNO  P 20 04 979
ISD  19740400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  0235333
ISD  19860300
CNT  DEX
ICL  G01M 1700
FREF
PNO  0236518
ISD  19860300
CNT  DEX
ICL  G01M 1700
FREF
PNO  3744631A1
ISD  19871200
CNT  DEX
ICL  G01M 1700
FREF
PNO  37 44 631 A1
ISD  19890700
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3940588 A1
ISD  19891200
CNT  DEX
ICL  G01M 1700
FREF
PNO  39 40 588 A1
ISD  19910600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2236366
ISD  19910400
CNT  GBX
ICL  B60T 1722
OREF
PAL  The Great AGVS Race/Published Jun. 1980/ Author: Joe Quinlan.
PAL  Proceedings of the 1st International Conference on Automated Guided
      Vehicle/Published Jun. 2, 1981/Author: IFS Conferences Ltd.
PAL  Guided Vehicle Systems at Renault/Author: F. Gentil & G. Prodo No Date.
PAL  Digtron's Automated Guided Vehicle Systems Are Controlled By Standard
      Software: A Field-Proven Approach/Author: Juerg Sommer No Date.
PAL  An Autonomous Compter-Controlled Vehicle/Authors: L Marce, M. Julliere, H.
      Place No Date.
PAL  Developments In Guided Vehicle Systems-Possibilities/Author: E.W. Morris,
      Director, Wagner Indumat Systems Ltd. No Date.
PAL  Jurgen Raschke and Bodo Titze, "Automatic Driver for Exhaust Emission and
      Consumption Measurements", ATZ Automobiltechnische Zeitschrift 88 (1986)
      7/8, pp. 417-419.
ABST
PAL  An adapter engages a floor-mounted shift lever of a vehicle. The adapter
      holds the locking detent of the shift lever down so that the lever can be
      moved. A robotic actuator is coupled to the adapter via a ball joint to
      selectively move the shift lever.
PATN
WKU  059916753
SRC  8
APN  2181363
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19940325
TTL  Vehicle control system based on estimation of the driving skill of a
      vehicle operator
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Cuchlinski, Jr.; William A.
NDR  13
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Asanuma; Nobuyoshi
CTY  Saitama-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930602
APN  5-154523
CLAS
OCL  701 41
XCL  180422
XCL  180444
XCL  701 42
XCL  701209
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  700
ICL  G01C 2100
FSC  364
FSS  424.05;426.02;449
FSC  180
FSS  132;140;142;197
UREF
PNO  4168499
ISD  19790900
NAM  Matsumura et al.
OCL  343  7VM
UREF
PNO  4412594
ISD  19831100
NAM  Furukawa et al.
OCL  180140
UREF
PNO  4693332
ISD  19870900
NAM  Miyata et al.
OCL  180142
UREF
PNO  4716458
ISD  19871200
NAM  Heitzman et al.
OCL  358103
UREF
PNO  4933857
ISD  19900600
NAM  Hashiguchi et al.
OCL  364426.02
UREF
PNO  4949268
ISD  19900800
NAM  Nishikawa et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5162997
ISD  19921100
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  364424.05
UREF
PNO  5172785
ISD  19921200
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  180141
UREF
PNO  5189619
ISD  19930200
NAM  Adachi et al.
OCL  364426.04
UREF
PNO  5291962
ISD  19940300
NAM  Momiyama et al.
OCL  180132
UREF
PNO  5301766
ISD  19940400
NAM  Momiyama et al.
OCL  180197
FREF
PNO  3217362
ISD  19910900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4303007
ISD  19921000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Carrier, Blackman & Associates, P.C.
FR2  Carrier; Joseph P.
FR2  Blackman; William D.
ABST
PAL  The driving skill of a vehicle operator is determined according to how a
      driving operation is executed by the vehicle operator. The driving skill
      can be estimated by comparing an actual trajectory of a vehicle with a
      ideal or reference vehicle trajectory. The estimated driving skill is used
      as a control parameter of a vehicle steering system which, for instance,
      provides a steering property depending on the yaw rate of the vehicle, or
      provides a reaction opposing a steering input according to the yaw rate of
      the vehicle. Thus, a skilled vehicle operator will benefit from brisk
      handling of the vehicle, and can maneuver the vehicle at will, while an
      unskilled vehicle operator will benefit from stable handling of the
      vehicle, and will find the vehicle easier to handle and less tiring.
PATN
WKU  059916761
SRC  8
APN  7552726
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19961122
TTL  Seat occupant sensing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Dombroske; George
NDR  9
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Podoloff; Robert Michael
CTY  Framingham
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Vallette, Jr.; Ronald Anthony
CTY  Lakeland
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Breed Automotive Technology, Inc.
CTY  Lakeland
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  701 45
XCL   73767
XCL   73781
XCL   73790
XCL   73862046
XCL   7386268
XCL   73862625
EDF  6
ICL  B60R 2132
ICL  B60K 2800
ICL  G01L  500
FSC   73
FSS  767;774;777;781;756;786;790;805;818;DIG. 4;862.043;862.046;862.68;862.627
     ;862.621;862.625
FSC  701
FSS  45;46;47;49
UREF
PNO  3657475
ISD  19720400
NAM  Peronneau et al.
OCL   73862.046
UREF
PNO  4047427
ISD  19770900
NAM  Young
OCL   73862.046
UREF
PNO  4361741
ISD  19821100
NAM  Leskoverc et al.
OCL  200 85
UREF
PNO  4509614
ISD  19850400
NAM  Bando et al.
OCL  180273
UREF
PNO  4607199
ISD  19860800
NAM  Krueger et al.
OCL  318484
UREF
PNO  4633237
ISD  19861200
NAM  Tucknott et al.
OCL  340573
UREF
PNO  4655313
ISD  19870400
NAM  Hicks
OCL  180273
UREF
PNO  4678058
ISD  19870700
NAM  Wooters
OCL  180273
UREF
PNO  4691556
ISD  19870900
NAM  Mellander et al.
OCL   73862.046
UREF
PNO  4745565
ISD  19880500
NAM  Garwin et al.
OCL   73862.046
UREF
PNO  4806713
ISD  19890200
NAM  Krug et al.
OCL  200 85
UREF
PNO  4974454
ISD  19901200
NAM  Wolfer et al.
OCL   73862.68
UREF
PNO  5036306
ISD  19910700
NAM  Bergkvist
OCL   73862.68
UREF
PNO  5086652
ISD  19920200
NAM  Kropp
OCL   73767
UREF
PNO  5109945
ISD  19920500
NAM  Koga
OCL  180273
UREF
PNO  5120980
ISD  19920600
NAM  Fontaine
OCL  307 16.1
UREF
PNO  5121929
ISD  19920600
NAM  Cobb
OCL  277  2
UREF
PNO  5131259
ISD  19920700
NAM  Krop
OCL   73  1
UREF
PNO  5161820
ISD  19921100
NAM  Vollmer
OCL  280730
UREF
PNO  5164709
ISD  19921100
NAM  Lamberty et al.
OCL  340667
UREF
PNO  5222399
ISD  19930600
NAM  Kropp
OCL   73862.68
UREF
PNO  5232243
ISD  19930800
NAM  Blackburn et al.
OCL  280732
UREF
PNO  5398185
ISD  19950300
NAM  Omura
OCL  701 45
UREF
PNO  5398962
ISD  19950300
NAM  Kropp
OCL  280731
UREF
PNO  5413378
ISD  19950500
NAM  Steffens, Jr. et al.
OCL  280735
UREF
PNO  5439249
ISD  19950800
NAM  Steffens, Jr. et al.
OCL  280735
UREF
PNO  5454591
ISD  19951000
NAM  Mazur et al.
OCL  280735
UREF
PNO  5466001
ISD  19951100
NAM  Gotomyo et al.
OCL  280730.1
UREF
PNO  5474327
ISD  19951200
NAM  Schousek
OCL  280735
UREF
PNO  5481078
ISD  19960100
NAM  Asche
OCL  200 85
UREF
PNO  5494311
ISD  19960200
NAM  Blackburn et al.
OCL  280735
UREF
PNO  5541570
ISD  19960700
NAM  McDowell
OCL  338 74
UREF
PNO  5563354
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kropp
OCL   73862.473
UREF
PNO  5571973
ISD  19961100
NAM  Taylot
OCL   73DIG.4
UREF
PNO  5612876
ISD  19970300
NAM  Zeidler et al.
OCL  701 45
UREF
PNO  5844486
ISD  19981200
NAM  Kithil et al.
OCL  701 45
UREF
PNO  5877436
ISD  19990300
NAM  Faust et al.
OCL   73862.043
UREF
PNO  5900677
ISD  19990500
NAM  Musiol et al.
OCL  701 45
FREF
PNO  0728636
ISD  19960800
CNT  EPX
LREP
FR2  Drayer; Lonnie R.
FR2  Vrioni; Beth A.
ABST
PAL  A seat occupant sensing system has a plurality of variable resistance force
      sensors located between a rigid seat support member and the floor of the
      vehicle. The force transferred from the rigid seat support member to the
      floor of the vehicle passes through said variable resistance force sensors
      which sense the magnitude of the force transferred therethrough and
      generate a signal which is indicative of the force transferred
      therethrough resistance force sensors interposed between a rigid seat
      support member and a rigid seat pan member such that the weight supported
      by the seat pan member is transferred from the seat pan member to the seat
      support member via said at least one variable resistance force sensor
      which senses the magnitude of the weight transferred therethrough. A
      device, such as a microprocessor, processes a signal from the variable
      resistance force sensors to determine the weight that the rigid seat pan
      member is bearing. The signal processing device may control the activation
      and operation of a safety device such as an airbag or seat belt
      pretensioner as a function of the presence of and weight of a seat
      occupant.
PATN
WKU  059916770
SRC  8
APN  869138&
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970604
TTL  Battery-driven working machine
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Hernandez; Olga
EXP  Cuchlinski, Jr.; William A.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kinugawa; Hideki
CTY  Hiroshima
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Komiyama; Masayuki
CTY  Hiroshima
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Kobe Seiko Sho
CTY  Kobe
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960613
APN  8-152703
CLAS
OCL  701 50
XCL  180  62
XCL   37348
EDF  6
ICL  E02F  920
ICL  E02F  924
FSC  701
FSS  50
FSC  180
FSS  6.2
FSC   37
FSS  348
UREF
PNO  4066936
ISD  19780100
NAM  Hirota
UREF
PNO  4210855
ISD  19800700
NAM  Harer
UREF
PNO  4723107
ISD  19880200
NAM  Schmid
UREF
PNO  5367455
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kitagawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5416702
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kitagawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5488787
ISD  19960200
NAM  Aoyagi et al.
OCL   37348
UREF
PNO  5529134
ISD  19960600
NAM  Yomogita
OCL  180  6.2
UREF
PNO  5845223
ISD  19981200
NAM  Song
OCL  701 50
FREF
PNO  0844337
ISD  19980500
CNT  EPX
OCL    9 20
FREF
PNO  2 297 183
ISD  19760800
CNT  FRX
FREF
PNO  33 39 884
ISD  19850500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  33 39 890
ISD  19850500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 31 721
ISD  19940300
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  There are provided with an electric motor driven by a battery, a hydraulic
      pump driven by the electric motor, a proximal actuator for actuating a
      working member by working oil from the hydraulic pump, a hydraulic motor
      for moving a working machine body, and an operating lever which can be
      operated between a neutral position and an operating position. There are
      provided with a control valve capable of cutting off a supply of working
      oil to the proximal actuator in a state where operating lever is
      positioned at an operating position, and a battery capacity sensor for
      detecting the capacity of the battery. There is provided a controller for
      outputting a control signal for cutting off a supply of working oil to the
      proximal actuator to the switching control valve in a state where the
      battery capacity value detected by the battery capacity sensor is at a
      level lower than a preset battery capacity reference value. It is possible
      to positively prevent the machine from being immoved at the working site.
PATN
WKU  059916788
SRC  8
APN  7735502
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19961227
TTL  Method and apparatus for controlling an automatic transmission in the
      absence of a driving mode signal from a driving mode sensor
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Hernandez; Olga
EXP  Cuchlinski, Jr.; William A.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Gil; Sung-Hong
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Hyundai Motor Company, Ltd.
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19951229
APN  95-66780
CLAS
OCL  701 51
XCL  701 55
XCL  701 54
XCL  701 69
EDF  6
ICL  G06G  770
ICL  B60K 4404
FSC  701
FSS  51;69;55;54
UREF
PNO  5566070
ISD  19961000
NAM  Mack et al.
OCL  701 51
UREF
PNO  5726889
ISD  19980300
NAM  Shinojima et al.
OCL  701 55
UREF
PNO  5757153
ISD  19980500
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  318370
UREF
PNO  5826209
ISD  19981000
NAM  Matsuno
OCL  701 69
UREF
PNO  5828974
ISD  19981000
NAM  Hawarden et al.
OCL  701 51
UREF
PNO  5895435
ISD  19990400
NAM  Otha et al.
OCL  701 59
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for controlling an automatic transmission of a vehicle in the
      absence of a driving mode signal indicating a driving mode of the vehicle,
      includes monitoring means for monitoring output from a driving mode
      sensor; determining means for determining whether a driving mode signal
      has been received from the driving mode sensor based on the monitoring;
      sensing means for sensing a direction in which the vehicle is traveling;
      transmission control means placing the automatic transmission in first
      gear when the determining means determines that a driving mode signal has
      not been received, and for controlling the automatic transmission such
      that the vehicle continues to travel in the detected direction.
PATN
WKU  059916796
SRC  9
APN  0003522
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980116
TTL  Safety system for an automatic gearbox
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Arthur; Gertrude
EXP  Cuchlinski, Jr.; William A.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Sigg; Peter
CTY  Friedrichshafen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  ZF Friedrichshafen AG
CTY  Friedrichshafen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950929
APN  195 36 339
CLAS
OCL  701 62
XCL  701 51
XCL  701 52
XCL  701 63
XCL  477 74
XCL  477 75
XCL  477 92
XCL  477129
XCL  192  351
XCL  192  4R
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1700
FSC  701
FSS  51;52;62;63;67
FSC  192
FSS  3.51;3.31;3.58;4 R
FSC  477
FSS  74;75;78;120;125;129;154;155;92
UREF
PNO  4779490
ISD  19881000
NAM  Milunas et al.
OCL   74862
UREF
PNO  4899278
ISD  19900200
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  701 62
UREF
PNO  5157607
ISD  19921000
NAM  Stainton et al.
OCL  701 62
UREF
PNO  5182969
ISD  19930200
NAM  Goto et al.
OCL   74866
UREF
PNO  5680307
ISD  19971000
NAM  Issa et al.
OCL  701 62
UREF
PNO  5729454
ISD  19980300
NAM  Amsallen
OCL  701 62
UREF
PNO  5839083
ISD  19981100
NAM  Sugiyama
OCL  701 62
FREF
PNO  0 398 057 A2
ISD  19901100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 436 977 A2
ISD  19910700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 651 181 A1
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 719 967 A1
ISD  19960700
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Davis and Bujold
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/04180
PD1  19980116
PD2  19980116
PD3  19960925
PCP  WO97/13083
PCD  19970410
ABST
PAR  For an automatic gearbox (2) a safety system is proposed in which erroneous
      releasing of the clutch or brake during cross-over is detected by the fact
      that the time variations of the transmission input speed and of the
      product of the transmission output speed multiplied by the first reduction
      ratio do not increase.
PATN
WKU  059916800
SRC  8
APN  6586279
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19960605
TTL  Control apparatus, clutch slip control apparatus, and methods of
      manufacturing these apparatuses
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Louis-Jacques; Jacques H.
NDR  29
NFG  41
INVT
NAM  Kono; Katsumi
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobiki; Yasushi
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Osawa; Masataka
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hibino; Ryoichi
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toyota Chuo Kenkyusho
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950605
APN  7-162813
CLAS
OCL  701 67
XCL  701 68
XCL  701 99
XCL  477169
XCL  192  331
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  770
ICL  G06F 1900
FSC  364
FSS  424.096;148;149;150;151;148.01;176;165;155;157
FSC  477
FSS  98;169;174;175;176;86;181;65
FSC  192
FSS  3.31;3.3
FSC  180
FSS  197
FSC  701
FSS  67;68;99
UREF
PNO  4582185
ISD  19860400
NAM  Grimes et al.
OCL  192  3.3
UREF
PNO  4634946
ISD  19870100
NAM  Moulds, III et al.
OCL  364150
UREF
PNO  4639853
ISD  19870100
NAM  Rake et al.
OCL  364149
UREF
PNO  4706790
ISD  19871100
NAM  Lockhart et al.
OCL  192  3.3
UREF
PNO  5036814
ISD  19910800
NAM  Osawa et al.
OCL  123352
UREF
PNO  5121820
ISD  19920600
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  192  3.3
UREF
PNO  5202833
ISD  19930400
NAM  Fodale
OCL  192  3.58
UREF
PNO  5275267
ISD  19940100
NAM  Slicker
OCL  192  0.033
UREF
PNO  5322150
ISD  19940600
NAM  Schmidt-Brucken et al.
OCL  477176
UREF
PNO  5404289
ISD  19950400
NAM  Hang et al.
OCL  364148
UREF
PNO  5406474
ISD  19950400
NAM  Hanson
OCL  364148
UREF
PNO  5474506
ISD  19951200
NAM  Palansky et al.
OCL  477 63
UREF
PNO  5480363
ISD  19960100
NAM  Matsubara et al.
OCL  477 63
UREF
PNO  5519605
ISD  19960500
NAM  Cawlfield
OCL  364151
UREF
PNO  5527233
ISD  19960600
NAM  Tabata et al.
OCL  477 62
UREF
PNO  5527238
ISD  19960600
NAM  Hrovat et al.
OCL  477166
UREF
PNO  5569117
ISD  19961000
NAM  Kono et al.
OCL  477169
UREF
PNO  5588937
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kono et al.
OCL  477169
UREF
PNO  5611750
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kono et al.
OCL  477 65
UREF
PNO  5613583
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kono et al.
OCL  192  3.31
UREF
PNO  5620390
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kono et al.
OCL  477 65
UREF
PNO  5626535
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kono et al.
OCL  477169
UREF
PNO  5626536
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kono et al.
OCL  477181
UREF
PNO  5627750
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kono et al.
OCL  364424.096
UREF
PNO  5643136
ISD  19970700
NAM  Kono et al.
OCL  477169
FREF
PNO  61-52427
ISD  19860300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-67461
ISD  19880300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-30966
ISD  19890200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-180365
ISD  19900700
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  John C. Doyle, et al., "Uncertainty and Robustness", Feedback Control
      Theory, 1992, pp. 46-49.
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A control apparatus of the present invention can realize stable and good
      follow-up slip control of a plant, such as a lock-up clutch, irrespective
      of a characteristic perturbation of the plant, for example, deterioration
      of frictional members or operating oil of the clutch. The apparatus of the
      present invention also has an improved convergence of transient response.
      The control apparatus approximates a characteristic perturbation by a
      high-order function in a frequency domain and gives requisites for the
      stable and good follow-up control as a sensitivity function S and a
      complementary sensitivity function T of a feedback control system. Design
      of the feedback control system is considered as an issue of mixed
      sensitivity of H.infin. control. A controller is accordingly designed with
      a function of predetermined order, which is substantially equal to the
      order of the high-order function approximating the characteristic
      perturbation. Design of the controller also reflects the result of
      evaluation of the complementary sensitivity function T. When the
      complementary sensitivity function T has a peak in a certain frequency
      domain, a predetermined increment is added to a weighting function W2 in
      the frequency domain. The plant input, for example, the slip revolution
      speed of the clutch, is controlled with the controller thus designed.
PATN
WKU  059916818
SRC  8
APN  9451978
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19980302
TTL  Braking system for automotive vehicles
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXA  Hernandez; Olga
EXP  Cuchlinski, Jr.; William A.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Bill; Karlheinz
CTY  Dreieich
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Klesen; Christof
CTY  Langgons
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Semsch; Martin
CTY  Darmstadt
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  ITT Manufacturing Enterprises Inc.
CTY  Wilmington
STA  DE
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  701 70
XCL  701 71
XCL  701 83
XCL  701 78
XCL  188152
XCL  188141
XCL  303  3
XCL  180244
EDF  6
ICL  B60K 2816
ICL  B60T  832
FSC  701
FSS  70;71;83;78
FSC  180
FSS  244
FSC  188
FSS  141;152
FSC  303
FSS  3
UREF
PNO  5499049
ISD  19960300
NAM  Every
OCL  701 70
UREF
PNO  5662388
ISD  19970900
NAM  Wuerth et al.
OCL  303  3
UREF
PNO  5720534
ISD  19980200
NAM  Stumpe
OCL  180244
LREP
FRM  Rader, Fishman & Grauer PLLC
PCTA
PCN  PCT/EP96/01441
PD1  19980302
PD2  19980302
PD3  19960402
PCP  WO96/33084
PCD  19961024
ABST
PAR  In a brake system, the actuating force of a pneumatic brake power booster,
      which is adapted to be independently activated, is indirectly determined.
      For this purpose, there is provided a pressure sensor which senses
      hydraulic pressure introduced into a master brake cylinder connected
      downstream of the brake power booster, and a differential pressure sensor
      which senses the pneumatic differential pressure which prevails in the
      housing of the brake power booster. An electronic controller calculates
      from both sensor signals the actuating force acting at an actuating pedal.
PATN
WKU  059916826
SRC  8
APN  8021090
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970219
TTL  Apparatus and method for controlling driving force derived from internal
      combustion engine to road wheel of automotive vehicle
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Beaulieu; Yonel
EXP  Cuchlinski, Jr.; William A.
NDR  7
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Ishizu; Takeshi
CTY  Zama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960221
APN  8-034071
CLAS
OCL  701 84
XCL  701 85
XCL  701 86
XCL  701 87
XCL  701 90
XCL  477 48
XCL  477 34
EDF  6
ICL  G05D 2900
FSC  701
FSS  84;51-54;85-87;89;90
FSC  477
FSS  34;42;43;48
UREF
PNO  4515040
ISD  19850500
NAM  Takeuchi et al.
OCL  701 54
UREF
PNO  4539643
ISD  19850900
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  701 54
UREF
PNO  5636909
ISD  19970600
NAM  Hirao et al.
OCL  701 84
FREF
PNO  6-8756
ISD  19940100
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  In apparatus and method for controlling a driving force for an automotive
      vehicle having an internal combustion engine, a slip condition of a driven
      road wheel is detected, an opening angle of an engine throttle valve so as
      to control the slip condition of the driven road wheel to a predetermined
      condition is adjusted, a target opening angle of the throttle valve
      according to the detected slip condition is derived, the opening angle of
      the throttle valve is determined, a steady state deviation of an output of
      the engine developed between the target opening angle of the throttle
      valve and the actually detected opening angle thereof is derived, and the
      derived steady state deviation is compensated using another driving force
      reducing control unit such as an engine control unit used for, for
      example, cutting off a fuel supply to a determined number of engine
      cylinders.
PATN
WKU  059916834
SRC  9
APN  042188&
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980313
TTL  Power output apparatus and method of controlling the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  1
EXP  Wolfe; Willis R.
NDR  26
NFG  35
INVT
NAM  Takaoka; Toshifumi
CTY  Anjyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishigaki; Takahiro
CTY  Susono
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kojima; Masakiyo
CTY  Susono
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kanai; Hiroshi
CTY  Susono
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nagase; Kenichi
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Abe; Shinichi
CTY  Aichi-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Yukio
CTY  Kasugai
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamaguchi; Katsuhiko
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Harada; Osamu
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Toyota
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970324
APN  9-90268
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19971013
APN  9-296246
CLAS
OCL  701102
XCL  701110
XCL  180 652
XCL  180 656
XCL   60716
XCL  477  3
EDF  6
ICL  B60K  604
ICL  F01B 2100
ICL  F02B 7300
FSC  701
FSS  53;54;60;101;102;110;113
FSC   60
FSS  698;700;702;711;713;716;718
FSC  477
FSS  3;5;8;13;14
FSC  180
FSS  65.2;65.6
FSC  290
FSS  4 C;8;45
FSC  310
FSS  102 R
FSC  318
FSS  8;9;13;51;77
UREF
PNO  4148192
ISD  19790400
NAM  Cummings
OCL   60716
UREF
PNO  4305254
ISD  19811200
NAM  Kawakatsu et al.
OCL   60716
UREF
PNO  4407132
ISD  19831000
NAM  Kawakatsu et al.
OCL   60716
UREF
PNO  4566279
ISD  19860100
NAM  Kronogard et al.
OCL   60718
UREF
PNO  5343970
ISD  19940900
NAM  Severinsky
OCL   60718
UREF
PNO  5513719
ISD  19960500
NAM  Moroto et al.
OCL   60718
UREF
PNO  5775449
ISD  19980700
NAM  Moroto et al.
OCL  180 65.2
UREF
PNO  5791426
ISD  19980800
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  180 65.2
UREF
PNO  5801497
ISD  19980900
NAM  Shamoto et al.
OCL  477  3
UREF
PNO  5804934
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL   60698
UREF
PNO  5806617
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yamaguchi
OCL  180 65.2
UREF
PNO  5865263
ISD  19990200
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  180 65.2
UREF
PNO  5873801
ISD  19990200
NAM  Taga et al.
OCL  477  5
UREF
PNO  5903061
ISD  19990500
NAM  Tsuzuki et al.
OCL  477  3
UREF
PNO  5914575
ISD  19990600
NAM  Sasaki
OCL  180 65.2
UREF
PNO  5915489
ISD  19990600
NAM  Yamaguchi
OCL  180 65.2
FREF
PNO  41-24 479
ISD  19930100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  50-30223
ISD  19750300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-47011
ISD  19970200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  The present invention prevents a decrease in efficiency due to energy
      circulation in a power transmission path in a power output apparatus
      having an engine and a motor as power source. In the power output
      apparatus, a planetary gear 120 has a sun gear shaft linked with a
      generator MG1, a ring gear shaft linked with a motor MG2, and a planetary
      carrier linked with an output shaft of an engine 150. The power output
      apparatus carries out a control procedure to avoid energy circulation,
      which goes through the planetary gear 120, the motor MG2, and generator
      MG1, and the planetary gear 120, and thereby prevent a decrease in
      efficiency. The energy circulation occurs when the motor MG2 converts the
      power output from the engine 150 to electric power and the generator MG1
      carries out power operation with the regenerated electric power. The
      control procedure monitors a torque command value of the motor MG2 and
      shifts a driving point of the engine 150 to another driving point of
      higher revolving speed when the torque command value is not greater than a
      threshold value Tref.
PATN
WKU  059916842
SRC  8
APN  9663584
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19971107
TTL  Apparatus and method of detecting combustion state of internal
      combustion engine and recording medium storing program for execution of
      the detecting method
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Dombroske; George
NDR  11
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Fukuchi; Eisaku
CTY  Hitachi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Numata; Akihito
CTY  Ibaraki-ken
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi Car Engineering Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950904
APN  7-226831
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961107
APN  8-294873
RLAP
COD  72
APN  704368
APD  19960828
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  701110
XCL   73116
XCL   731173
XCL  123436
EDF  6
ICL  G01M 1500
FSC  701
FSS  101;110;111
FSC   73
FSS  116;117.2;117.3;118.1
FSC  123
FSS  419;436
UREF
PNO  5095742
ISD  19920300
NAM  James et al.
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  5263453
ISD  19931100
NAM  Wakahara et al.
OCL  123436
UREF
PNO  5301546
ISD  19940400
NAM  Inada et al.
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5307671
ISD  19940500
NAM  Akase
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5361629
ISD  19941100
NAM  McCombie
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5377537
ISD  19950100
NAM  James
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5421196
ISD  19950600
NAM  Angermaier et al.
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5440922
ISD  19950800
NAM  Ichikawa
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5452604
ISD  19950900
NAM  Namiki et al.
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  5497328
ISD  19960300
NAM  Sugai et al.
OCL  701101
UREF
PNO  5503008
ISD  19960400
NAM  Machida
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5528929
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ikebuchi
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  5531108
ISD  19960700
NAM  Feldkamp et al.
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5587524
ISD  19961200
NAM  Hampo et al.
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  5596140
ISD  19970100
NAM  Boyce et al.
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5687692
ISD  19971100
NAM  Togai et al.
OCL  123436
FREF
PNO  58-51243
ISD  00000000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-72241
ISD  00000000
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  European Search Report.
LREP
FRM  Evenson McKeown Edwards & Lenahan PLLC
ABST
PAL  In an apparatus of detecting a combustion state of an internal combustion
      engine, a combustion parameter value of the engine is calculated on the
      basis of measurement data concerning an engine speed, the value of the
      data concerning the engine speed is corrected with a correction value, the
      correction value is calculated to make the calculated combustion parameter
      fall within a predetermined range, and the correction value is set to a
      predetermined value when a predetermined condition is satisfied.
PATN
WKU  059916850
SRC  9
APN  0257044
APT  1
ART  285
APD  19980218
TTL  Combustion state detection system for internal combustion engine
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Dombroske; George
NDR  10
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Fukuchi; Eisaku
CTY  Hitachi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Numata; Akihito
CTY  Ibaraki-ken
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ichihara; Takanobu
CTY  Hitachinaka
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi Car Engineering Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970219
APN  9-034976
CLAS
OCL  701110
XCL   73116
XCL   731173
XCL  123419
XCL  123436
EDF  6
ICL  G01M 1500
FSC   73
FSS  116;117.2;117.3
FSC  123
FSS  419;436
FSC  701
FSS  110;111
UREF
PNO  5044194
ISD  19910900
NAM  James et al.
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5245866
ISD  19930900
NAM  Hashiguchi et al.
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5263453
ISD  19931100
NAM  Wakahara et al.
OCL  123436
UREF
PNO  5452604
ISD  19950900
NAM  Namiki et al.
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  5531108
ISD  19960700
NAM  Feldkamp et al.
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5574217
ISD  19961100
NAM  McCombie
OCL   73116
UREF
PNO  5732382
ISD  19980300
NAM  Puskorius et al.
OCL  701110
UREF
PNO  5808186
ISD  19980900
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL   73117.3
UREF
PNO  5832404
ISD  19981100
NAM  Amano
OCL  701110
FREF
PNO  58-51243
ISD  19830300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-72241
ISD  19970300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A combustion state detection system for an internal combustion engine in
      which a timing signal associated with the rotation of the crankshaft by a
      predetermined angle is detected and corrected, and a combustion state
      parameter is calculated from the timing signal. Further, the deviation of
      the calculated combustion state parameters for normal combustion is
      detected between the cylinders, and the correction amount of the timing
      signal is calculated. A reference cylinder is determined by the means for
      detecting the deviation. The deviation is detected between the combustion
      state parameter for normal combustion of the reference cylinder and the
      cylinder opposed thereto and the combustion state parameter for normal
      combustion of the remaining cylinders. The correction amount is calculated
      in such a manner as to control the correction amount to not more than a
      predetermined value or to zero from the detected deviation.
PATN
WKU  059916869
SRC  9
APN  1049755
APT  1
ART  377
APD  19980626
TTL  Vehicle electronic control using one A/D converter for time-synchronous
      and time-asynchronous A/D converter
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Vo; Hieu T.
EXP  Wolfe; Willis R.
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Oguro; Hirokazu
CTY  Okazaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tamakoshi; Takayoshi
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Denso Corporation
CTY  Kariya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970730
APN  9-204164
CLAS
OCL  701115
XCL  341141
XCL  701101
XCL  701102
EDF  6
ICL  H03M  112
ICL  F02D 4500
FSC  701
FSS  115;102;101
FSC  123
FSS  480
FSC  341
FSS  141
UREF
PNO  4264898
ISD  19810400
NAM  Barman et al.
OCL  341141
UREF
PNO  4945486
ISD  19900700
NAM  Nitschke et al.
OCL  701114
UREF
PNO  5541601
ISD  19960700
NAM  Goto et al.
OCL  341141
UREF
PNO  5812880
ISD  19980900
NAM  Goto et al.
OCL  710 37
FREF
PNO  3-225054
ISD  00000000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-146709
ISD  00000000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye P.C.
ABST
PAL  Various sensor signals of an engine are A/D-converted by an A/D converter
      of a sub-microcomputer by an A/D conversion request from a main
      microcomputer. The A/D conversion is executed a plurality of times within
      one packet for important parameters in the various sensor signals in the
      A/D conversion request timing per constant time with a longer time
      interval than a time required for the A/D conversion by an A/D conversion
      request timing asynchronous to the A/D conversion request. Thereby, normal
      ones among a plurality of A/D-converted values A/D-converted by the A/D
      conversion request of the main microcomputer even if the preceding A/D
      conversion request is issued asynchronously to the A/D conversion request
      of the main microcomputer.
PATN
WKU  059916877
SRC  8
APN  8874840
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970702
TTL  System and method for communicating information related to a
      geographical area
ISD  19991123
NCL  71
ECL  1
EXP  Zanelli; Michael J.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Hale; George H.
CTY  Naperville
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Milleville; Andrew P.
CTY  Westmont
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Berger; Alan D.
CTY  Winfield
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Case Corporation
CTY  Racine
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  701207
XCL  701213
XCL  701 50
XCL  34235709
EDF  6
ICL  G01C 2102
FSC  701
FSS  50;208;213;215
FSC  340
FSS  995
FSC  342
FSS  457;357.09;357.17
FSC  702
FSS  5
UREF
PNO  5153598
ISD  19921000
NAM  Alves, Jr.
OCL  342352
UREF
PNO  5526002
ISD  19960600
NAM  Gudat et al.
OCL  342457
UREF
PNO  5699244
ISD  19971200
NAM  Clark, Jr. et al.
OCL  702  2
UREF
PNO  5704546
ISD  19980100
NAM  Henderson et al.
OCL  239  1
UREF
PNO  5712782
ISD  19980100
NAM  Weigelt et al.
OCL  701 50
UREF
PNO  5721679
ISD  19980200
NAM  Monson
OCL  701 50
UREF
PNO  5754137
ISD  19980500
NAM  Durrstein
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5764139
ISD  19980600
NAM  Nojima et al.
OCL  340461
FREF
PNO  43 42 171 A 1
ISD  19940500
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  43 22 293 A 1
ISD  19950100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 304 910
ISD  19970300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/02318
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/15499
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 95/31759
ISD  19951100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/21930
ISD  19980500
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  WO 98/21926
ISD  19980500
CNT  WOX
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  A system for communicating information relating to a geographical area
      includes a circuit for determining the location of a vehicle within a
      geographical area and for receiving and processing message information
      relevant to the geographical area. The system further includes a
      communication device for communicating both the location and message
      information to an operator of the vehicle. The location and message
      information may be further correlated with characteristics sampled at
      various locations within the geographical area.
PATN
WKU  059916885
SRC  8
APN  8415803
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970430
TTL  Route setting method and apparatus in navigation system, and program
      storage device readable by the apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Zanelli; Michael J.
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Fukushima; Atsuhiko
CTY  Kawagoe
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Habu; Yukiko
CTY  Kawagoe
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Pioneer Electronic Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960502
APN  8-111704
CLAS
OCL  701209
XCL  701201
EDF  6
ICL  G01C 2120
FSC  701
FSS  201;209;210
FSC  340
FSS  995
UREF
PNO  5243528
ISD  19930900
NAM  Lefebvre
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5291413
ISD  19940300
NAM  Tamai et al.
UREF
PNO  5291414
ISD  19940300
NAM  Tamai et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5450343
ISD  19950900
NAM  Yurimoto et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5550538
ISD  19960800
NAM  Fujii et al.
OCL  340995
UREF
PNO  5559511
ISD  19960900
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  340995
UREF
PNO  5652706
ISD  19970700
NAM  Morimoto et al.
OCL  364449.4
UREF
PNO  5684704
ISD  19971100
NAM  Okazaki
OCL  364444.2
UREF
PNO  5689423
ISD  19971100
NAM  Sawada
OCL  364444.2
UREF
PNO  5712788
ISD  19980100
NAM  Liaw et al.
OCL  364449.3
FREF
PNO  0 348 528
ISD  19900100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 580 167
ISD  19940100
CNT  EPX
LREP
FRM  Nixon & Vanderhye
ABST
PAL  A route setting method for use in a navigation system for navigating a
      movable body is provided with a process area setting process of setting a
      process area, which corresponds to a present position of the movable body,
      includes a plurality of route points and has a size based on a performance
      of a recovery route searching process, in case that the present position
      of the movable body does not exist on a set route from an original
      departure point to a final destination point. The set route includes the
      route points and is set in advance. The route setting method is also
      provided with: a route point searching process of searching a closest
      route point, which is the closest to the final destination point among the
      route points on a boundary of or within the set process area; and the
      recovery route searching process of searching a recovery route from the
      present position of the movable body to the searched closest route point.
PATN
WKU  059916893
SRC  8
APN  8482829
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970429
TTL  Navigation system with switching between an ordinary road preferential
      mode and a tall road preferential mode
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Zanelli; Michael J.
NDR  19
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Aito; Satoru
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suetsugu; Masahiro
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hiyokawa; Toyoji
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Maekawa; Kazuteru
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yanagikubo; Takeshi
CTY  Anjo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Aisin AW Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960603
APN  8-139834
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960726
APN  8-198172
CLAS
OCL  701209
XCL  701201
XCL  701210
EDF  6
ICL  G01C 2100
ICL  G08G  1137
FSC  701
FSS  201;209;210;211
FSC  340
FSS  995
UREF
PNO  4758959
ISD  19880700
NAM  Thoone et al.
OCL  364454
UREF
PNO  5220507
ISD  19930600
NAM  Kirson
OCL  364444
UREF
PNO  5452217
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kishi et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5568390
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hirota et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5652706
ISD  19970700
NAM  Morimoto et al.
OCL  364449.4
UREF
PNO  5684704
ISD  19971100
NAM  Okazaki
OCL  364444.2
UREF
PNO  5774073
ISD  19980600
NAM  Mackawa et al.
OCL  340995
UREF
PNO  5793631
ISD  19980800
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  364449.5
FREF
PNO  4232812
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  5341712
ISD  19931200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Lorusso & Loud
ABST
PAL  In a navigation apparatus for a vehicle, a route is determined in an
      ordinary-road-preferential mode or a toll-road-preferential mode, and
      route guidance is provided based on the thus-determined route. When the
      vehicle deviates from the determined route, redetermination is conducted
      so as to obtain a new route based on which guidance is provided. For
      example, when the vehicle has deviated from a route determined in the
      ordinary-road-preferential mode in order to enter a toll road, the user
      operates a toll-road-preference ON touch button so to change the
      determination mode to the toll-road preferential mode, so that route
      redetermination is carried out in a state in which priority is given to
      toll roads. In the navigation apparatus, optimum interchanges of a special
      road are automatically searched, and a route that preferentially uses the
      special road is calculated.
PATN
WKU  059916907
SRC  8
APN  8868735
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970702
TTL  Navigation system incorporating simplified location display
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Zanelli; Michael J.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Murphy; Michael D.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Trimble Navigation Limited
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  701211
XCL  701213
XCL  340988
XCL  342457
EDF  6
ICL  G01C 2100
ICL  G06F16500
FSC  701
FSS  208;211;213
FSC  340
FSS  988;995
FSC  342
FSS  357;457
UREF
PNO  5430655
ISD  19950700
NAM  Adachi
OCL  364449.3
UREF
PNO  5459667
ISD  19951000
NAM  Odagaki et al.
OCL  364449.3
UREF
PNO  5565874
ISD  19961000
NAM  Rode
OCL  342457
UREF
PNO  5587911
ISD  19961200
NAM  Asano et al.
OCL  364444.2
UREF
PNO  5724316
ISD  19980300
NAM  Brunts
OCL  368 10
UREF
PNO  5839086
ISD  19981100
NAM  Hirano
OCL  701201
LREP
FRM  Wagner Murabito & Hao LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for providing navigation information including a
      simplified location display. The mobile unit includes a GPS position
      determination system including a GPS antenna, a GPS receiver, and a GPS
      processor. The system also includes a microprocessor and a database
      storage device. A map database is stored in the database storage device.
      In operation, the simplified location display system continually displays
      the travel path and location along the travel path that corresponds to the
      current location. The user may select optional displays which include the
      next cross street in the direction of travel, the last cross street in the
      direction of travel, the next parallel cross street to the right from the
      direction of travel, and the next parallel cross street to the left from
      the direction of travel. The user may also select subsequent pathway
      identification labels so as to identify subsequent streets either in the
      direction of travel, behind the direction of travel, and to the right and
      the left of the direction of travel. Other optional displays include the
      display of current location and special-use information. Special use
      information includes out of region alarms, distance and time to go to edge
      of region, and near perimeter warnings. Alternatively, optional displays
      may be displayed as grid locations instead of spelling out the complete
      street or highway names.
PATN
WKU  059916915
SRC  8
APN  8041032
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19970220
TTL  System and method for determining high accuracy relative position
      solutions between two moving platforms
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Donnelly; Arthur D.
EXP  Cuchlinski, Jr.; William A.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Gregory Bengt
CTY  West Jordan
STA  VT
ASSG
NAM  Raytheon Aircraft Corporation
CTY  Lexington
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  701214
XCL  701207
XCL  701213
XCL  701 14
XCL  342357
EDF  6
ICL  G01C 2100
FSC  701
FSS  200;207;213;214;215;225;14;13;15;16;17;18
FSC  342
FSS  357;358
FSC  455
FSS  12.1;13.2
UREF
PNO  5442363
ISD  19950800
NAM  Remondi
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5450448
ISD  19950900
NAM  Sheynblat
OCL  342358
UREF
PNO  5451964
ISD  19950900
NAM  Babu
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5477458
ISD  19951200
NAM  Loomis
OCL  701225
UREF
PNO  5525999
ISD  19960600
NAM  King et al.
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5543804
ISD  19960800
NAM  Buchler et al.
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5600329
ISD  19970200
NAM  Brenner
OCL  701 14
UREF
PNO  5825326
ISD  19981000
NAM  Semler et al.
OCL  701207
LREP
FRM  Arnold White & Durkee
ABST
PAL  A system for determining high accuracy relative position solutions between
      two moving platforms is disclosed. This system is particularly suited for
      aircraft carrier approach and landing operations. More specifically, a
      system is disclosed that modifies existing Kinematic Carrier Phase
      Tracking (KCPT) solutions, which are useful for solutions between a moving
      platform and a fixed ground based platform, to provide an acceptable
      relative solution vector in aircraft carrier approach and landing
      operations, or other environments involving multiple moving platforms. The
      system disclosed provides a relative KCPT (RKCPT) process that achieves
      significant advantages over old KCPT process technology. To do so, the
      system utilizes multiple independent Kalman filters linked to multiple
      independent numerical ambiguity estimators to provide multiple sets of
      floating and fixed ambiguities for an accurate solution vector
      determination. In particular, three independent Kalman filters are
      disclosed, which are directed to the three highest elevation positioning
      space vehicles and which are linked respectively to three independent
      numerical ambiguity estimators. More particularly, the numerical ambiguity
      estimators may be Teunissen ambiguity estimators. The positioning space
      vehicles may be the current Global Positioning System satellites, and the
      system may focus on wide lane GPS data to limit the calculations
      conducted. An associated method for determining a relative solution vector
      between multiple moving platforms is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059916923
SRC  8
APN  5799031
APT  1
ART  364
APD  19951228
TTL  Zero motion detection system for improved vehicle navigation system
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  10
EXP  Louis-Jacques; Jacques H.
NDR  9
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Spencer, II; Larry E.
CTY  Lake Orion
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Croyle; Steven R.
CTY  Franklin
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Magellan DIS, Inc.
CTY  Rochester Hills
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  701217
XCL  701213
XCL  701221
XCL   73178R
EDF  6
ICL  G06G  778
FSC  364
FSS  460;461;450;454;443;444.1;449.1;449.2;449.3;447.7;453;448;447
FSC  340
FSS  988;990;995
FSC   73
FSS  178 R;514.02;514.17;514.39
FSC  342
FSS  357;352;457;451;461
FSC  701
FSS  216;215;207;208;213;200;217;203
UREF
PNO  3749893
ISD  19730700
NAM  Hileman
OCL  235150.27
UREF
PNO  3789198
ISD  19740100
NAM  Henson et al.
OCL  235150.27
UREF
PNO  3845289
ISD  19741000
NAM  French
OCL  235151.2
UREF
PNO  3984806
ISD  19761000
NAM  Tyler
OCL  340 23
UREF
PNO  4032758
ISD  19770600
NAM  Lewis
OCL  235150.2
UREF
PNO  4086632
ISD  19780400
NAM  Lions
OCL  364444
UREF
PNO  4107689
ISD  19780800
NAM  Jellinek
OCL  343112TC
UREF
PNO  4253150
ISD  19810200
NAM  Scovill
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  4254465
ISD  19810300
NAM  Land
OCL  364453
UREF
PNO  4301506
ISD  19811100
NAM  Turco
OCL  364436
UREF
PNO  4312577
ISD  19820100
NAM  Fitzgerald
OCL  353 12
UREF
PNO  4351027
ISD  19820900
NAM  Gay et al.
OCL  364432
UREF
PNO  4369441
ISD  19830100
NAM  Wohlmuth
OCL  340733
UREF
PNO  4403291
ISD  19830900
NAM  Tomkewitsch
OCL  364424
UREF
PNO  4504913
ISD  19850300
NAM  Miura et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  4513377
ISD  19850400
NAM  Hasebe et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  4528552
ISD  19850700
NAM  Moriyama et al.
OCL  340525
UREF
PNO  4543572
ISD  19850900
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  340723
UREF
PNO  4546439
ISD  19851000
NAM  Esparza
OCL  364444
UREF
PNO  4570227
ISD  19860200
NAM  Tachi et al.
OCL  364444
UREF
PNO  4571684
ISD  19860200
NAM  Takanabe et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  4608656
ISD  19860800
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  4639773
ISD  19870100
NAM  Hurst
OCL  358105
UREF
PNO  4646089
ISD  19870200
NAM  Takanabe et al.
OCL  340995
UREF
PNO  4660037
ISD  19870400
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  340990
UREF
PNO  4675676
ISD  19870600
NAM  Takanabe et al.
OCL  340995
UREF
PNO  4711125
ISD  19871200
NAM  Morrison
OCL   73178R
UREF
PNO  4758959
ISD  19880700
NAM  Thoone et al.
OCL  364454
UREF
PNO  4796191
ISD  19890100
NAM  Honey et al.
OCL  364450
UREF
PNO  4814989
ISD  19890300
NAM  Dobereiner et al.
OCL  364444
UREF
PNO  4819175
ISD  19890400
NAM  Wuttke
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  4847769
ISD  19890700
NAM  Reeve
OCL  364424.02
UREF
PNO  4890104
ISD  19891200
NAM  Takanabe et al.
OCL  340995
UREF
PNO  4899285
ISD  19900200
NAM  Nakayama et al.
OCL  364453
UREF
PNO  4903212
ISD  19900200
NAM  Yokouchi et al.
OCL  701216
UREF
PNO  4912645
ISD  19900300
NAM  Kakihara et al.
OCL  701208
UREF
PNO  4949268
ISD  19900800
NAM  Nishikawa et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  4954833
ISD  19900900
NAM  Evans et al.
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  4989151
ISD  19910100
NAM  Nuimura
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5014205
ISD  19910500
NAM  Sindlinger et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5023798
ISD  19910600
NAM  Neukirchner et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5046011
ISD  19910900
NAM  Kakihara et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5058023
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kozikaro
OCL  364450
UREF
PNO  5075693
ISD  19911200
NAM  McMillan et al.
OCL  342457
UREF
PNO  5109344
ISD  19920400
NAM  Kakihara et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5111209
ISD  19920500
NAM  Toriyama
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5119102
ISD  19920600
NAM  Barnard
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5166882
ISD  19921100
NAM  Stambaugh
OCL  701220
UREF
PNO  5185610
ISD  19930200
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5203220
ISD  19930400
NAM  Lerman
OCL  701220
UREF
PNO  5233844
ISD  19930800
NAM  Mansell et al.
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5276451
ISD  19940100
NAM  Odagawa
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5278424
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kagawa
OCL  250561
UREF
PNO  5311195
ISD  19940500
NAM  Mathis et al.
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5317515
ISD  19940500
NAM  Matsuzaki
OCL  701221
UREF
PNO  5331563
ISD  19940700
NAM  Masumoto et al.
OCL  701207
UREF
PNO  5337243
ISD  19940800
NAM  Shibata et al.
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5361212
ISD  19941100
NAM  Class et al.
OCL  701300
UREF
PNO  5367463
ISD  19941100
NAM  Tsuji
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5383127
ISD  19950100
NAM  Shibata
OCL  364449
UREF
PNO  5422814
ISD  19950600
NAM  Sprage et al.
OCL  701213
UREF
PNO  5469158
ISD  19951100
NAM  Morita
OCL  701300
UREF
PNO  5483457
ISD  19960100
NAM  Shibata et al.
OCL  701221
UREF
PNO  5485161
ISD  19960100
NAM  Vaughn
OCL  701208
UREF
PNO  5488559
ISD  19960100
NAM  Seymour
OCL  701208
UREF
PNO  5491486
ISD  19960200
NAM  Welles, II et al.
OCL  701203
UREF
PNO  5508931
ISD  19960400
NAM  Snider
OCL  701207
UREF
PNO  5523765
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ichikawa
OCL  701213
UREF
PNO  5525998
ISD  19960600
NAM  Geier
OCL  701213
UREF
PNO  5539647
ISD  19960700
NAM  Shibata et al.
OCL  701221
UREF
PNO  5583776
ISD  19961200
NAM  Levi et al.
OCL  701217
UREF
PNO  5594453
ISD  19970100
NAM  Rodal et al.
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5629708
ISD  19970500
NAM  Rodal et al.
OCL  342357
FREF
PNO  0 059 435
ISD  19820900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 061 564 1
ISD  19821000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 069 965
ISD  19830100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 103 847
ISD  19840300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0110 171
ISD  19840600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 118 886
ISD  19840900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0181012
ISD  19850800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0488594
ISD  19911100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 471 405
ISD  19920200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 496 538
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0527558A1
ISD  19920700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 514 887
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 544 403
ISD  19930600
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 567 268
ISD  19931000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3242904 A1
ISD  19821100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3912108
ISD  19890400
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  59-28244
ISD  00000000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  60-135817
ISD  00000000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-113711
ISD  00000000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-111969
ISD  00000000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-27008
ISD  00000000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  57-158875
ISD  00000000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-178213
ISD  00000000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  58-009017
ISD  19830100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1 470 694
ISD  19770400
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 014 309
ISD  19790800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2144 007
ISD  19850200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2 115 946
ISD  19930900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 92/10824
ISD  19920600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Integration of GPS and Dead-Reckoning Navigation Systems" published Jan.
      10, 1991, by Wei-Wen Kao, Technolgy and Information Div. ZEXEL USA Corp.
      Sunnyvale, California.
PAL  Brochure: Fleet-Trak: Fleet Management System.
PAL  McLellan, et al., Application of GPS Positioning to Management of Mobile
      Operations, pp. 1-16; 1991.
PAL  Stanley K. Honey; A Novel Approach to Automotive Navigation and Map
      Display, pp. 40-43.
PAL  Siemens, Ali-Scout System;.
PAL  G. C. Larson; Evaluation of an AVM System Implemented City-Wide in St.
      Louis. pp. 378-383.
PAL  Brochure: NavTrax 1000 Fleet Management System.
PAL  Lezniak, et al.; A Dead Reckoning/Map Correlation System for Automatic
      Vehicle Tracking; pp. 47-60.
PAL  May, 1973; Vehicular Technology; Antartic Navigation; pp. 36-41.
PAL  R. L. French; MAP Matching Origins Approaches and Applications; pp. 91-116.
PAL  Sep. 1974; R. L. Fey; Automatic Vehicle Location Techniques for Law
      Enforcement Use; pp. 1-22.
PAL  Tsumura, An Experimental System for Automatic Guidance of Ground Vehicle
      Following the Commanded Guidance Route on Map pp. 2425-2430.
PAL  Totani et. al.; Automotive Navigation System; pp. 469-477.
PAL  K. Mitamura et. al.; SAE Technical Paper Series; The Driver Guide System;
      pp. 1-9.
PAL  Thoone; Carin, a car information and navigation system; Philips Technical
      Review; vol. 43, No. 11/12, Dec. 1987; pp. 317-329.
PAL  T. Tsumura, et. al.; A System for Measuring Current Position and/or Heading
      of Vehicles; pp. 3-8.
PAL  Edward N. Skomal; Automatic Vehicle Locating Systems; pp. 1-12, 65-98,
      319-320.
PAL  Agard; No. 176; Medium Accuracy Low Cost Navigation; pp. 28-1 to 28-31.
PAL  K. Tagami; et. al.; New Navigation Technology to Advance Utilization of
      Passenger Cars; pp. 413-422.
PAL  Tagami et. al.; SAE Technical Paper Series; "Electro Gyro-Cator" New
      Inertial Navigation System etc; pp. 1-15.
PAL  Agard; W. M. Aspin Comed--A Combined Display Including a Full Electronic
      Facility etc.; pp. 30-1 to 30-11.
PAL  Evans; Chrysler Laser Atlas Satellite System (C.L.A.S.S.).pp. 1-31.
PAL  R. L. French; The Evolution of Automobile Navigation, 1992, Arlington,
      Virginia.
PAL  R. L. French, et. al.; A Comparison of IVHS Progress in the United States,
      Japan and Europe.etc. Mar. 1994 pp. 17-22.
PAL  M. Shibita; et al; Current Status and Future Plans for Digital Map
      Databases in Japan; Oct. 1993 pp. 29-33.
PAL  Itoh, The Development of the Drive Guide System (japanese with English
      summary). 1989.
PAL  Business Week Magazine; Space-Age Navigation for the Family Car; pp. 82-84,
      1984.
PAL  Journal: Nissan Technical Review; The Development of a New Multi-AV System,
      1991.
PAL  Buxton, et al., The Travelpilot: A Second-Generation Automotive Navigation
      System, 1991.
PAL  Pilsak, Eva-An Electronic Traffic Pilot for Motorists, 1986.
PAL  French, The Evolving Roles of Vehicular Navigation, 1987, pp. 212, 216.
PAL  Claussen, et al.; Status and Directions of Digital Map Databases in Europe;
      1993, pp. 25-28.
PAL  Jarvis, et al., Cathode-Ray Tube Information Center with Automotive
      Navigation, pp. 123-137.
PAL  Dork, Satellite Navigation Systems for Land Vehicles; 1987, pp. 2-5.
PAL  French, Automobile Navigation: Where is it Going? 1987, pp. 6-12.
PAL  LaHaije, et al., Efficient Road-Map Management for a Car Navigation System,
      pp. 477-491.
PAL  French, et al., Automatic Route Control System; 1973, pp. 36-41.
PAL  Tsumura, et al., Automatic Vehicle Guidance--Commanded Map Routing, pp.
      62-67.
PAL  Sugie, et al., CARGuide--on-board computer for automobile route guidance,
      pp. 695-706.
PAL  McLellan, et al., Fleet Management Trials in Western Canada; pp. 797-806.
PAL  Skomal, Comparative Analysis of Six Commercially Available Systems; pp.
      34-45.
PAL  Krause, et al. Veloc--A Vehicle Location and Fleet Management System.
PAL  Dittloff, et al., Veloc.--A New Kind of Information System; pp. 181-187;
      1992.
PAL  Article: Vehicle Positioning High Level Map Matching Design Document; pp.
      1-25; 195.
PAL  Brown, Low Cost Vehicle Location and Tracking using GPS; 1992.
LREP
FRM  Howard & Howard
ABST
PAL  The improved vehicle navigation system and method uses information from a
      Global Positioning System (GPS) to obtain velocity vectors, which include
      speed and heading components, for propagating or "dead reckoning" the
      vehicle position from a previous position to a current position. The
      improved vehicle navigation system has a GPS receiver which provides the
      GPS velocity information which is calculated from a full set of GPS delta
      range measurements. GPS position data alone is not accurate enough for
      certain applications, such as turn-by-turn route guidance in automobile
      applications, because its error may be 100 m and there is considerable
      position drift, even when stationary. GPS velocities are much more
      accurate than the position data, 1 m/s or thereabouts, and can be used to
      propagate a known position forward and be more accurate over time than the
      GPS position solution. These velocities are instantaneous and not those
      computed from differencing two positions. The current position is
      calculated by adding displacements obtained from the GPS velocities to the
      previous position.
PATN
WKU  059916931
SRC  8
APN  6063470
APT  1
ART  361
APD  19960223
TTL  Wireless I/O apparatus and method of computer-assisted instruction
ISD  19991123
NCL  91
ECL  1
EXA  Pipala; Ed
EXP  Cuchlinski, Jr.; William A.
NDR  27
NFG  48
INVT
NAM  Zalewski; Gary Michael
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Mindcraft Technologies, Inc.
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  701300
XCL  345156
XCL  434118
XCL  434169
XCL  434327
XCL  434335
EDF  6
ICL  G09B  700
FSC  701
FSS  300
FSC  345
FSS  156;158;326
FSC  434
FSS  118;159;167;169;172;176;322;327;333;335;337;351
UREF
PNO  4342904
ISD  19820800
NAM  Onsager
OCL  235493
UREF
PNO  5072414
ISD  19911200
NAM  Buisker et al.
OCL  702103
UREF
PNO  5119077
ISD  19920600
NAM  Giorgio
OCL  345163
UREF
PNO  5146566
ISD  19920900
NAM  Hollis, Jr. et al.
OCL  395893
UREF
PNO  5183398
ISD  19930200
NAM  Monte et al.
OCL  434227
UREF
PNO  5228859
ISD  19930700
NAM  Rowe
OCL  434118
UREF
PNO  5396265
ISD  19950300
NAM  Ulrich et al.
OCL  345156
ABST
PAL  A remote computer I/O apparatus comprising of a set of position tracked
      wireless user manipulated bodies and a host adapter station. Input is
      derived from the real-time position tracking telemetry received from each
      user manipulated body over a wireless transmitter housed in each body.
      Location determination is performed on a relative clustering basis using
      photonic light pulses, on a relative absolute special positioning basis
      using ultrasonic triangulation between bodies, or on a relative absolute
      spatial positioning basis between each body and the host adapter. For
      output each body may store or receive video and audio generated
      respectively by the controlled computer or by an sound generating device
      such as a soundcard running on the same. Stored feedback is emitted from
      each body upon receipt of playback signals transmitted to any selected
      bodies causing them to display stored video on a local body display or to
      emit stored audio segments out a local body speaker. Non-stored feedback
      is wireless broadcast to selected bodies for output through each body
      display or speaker. All feedback may be segmented into frames and
      distributed to targeted select bodies to enable direct feedback response.
      A model for using the interface in a direct feedback training environment
      is also provided.
PATN
WKU  059916940
SRC  9
APN  0759007
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19980511
TTL  Method and apparatus for determining the location of seedlings during
      agricultural production
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Stamber; Eric W.
NDR  14
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Gudat; Adam J.
CTY  Edelstein
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Harrod; Gregory R.
CTY  Peoria
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Colburn; Stephen
CTY  Eureka
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Caterpillar Inc.
CTY  Peoria
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  556343
APD  19951113
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  702  2
XCL  702  5
XCL  701 50
XCL  701213
XCL   56 102A
EDF  6
ICL  A01D 4500
ICL  G01C 2100
FSC  701
FSS  50;208;213;215;2;5
FSC  342
FSS  357;457
FSC  340
FSS  988;995
FSC  180
FSS  167
FSC  111
FSS  200
FSC  172
FSS  2
FSC   56
FSS  10.2 R;10.2 A
UREF
PNO  4677555
ISD  19870600
NAM  Goyet
OCL  364424.07
UREF
PNO  4807131
ISD  19890200
NAM  Clegg
OCL  364424.07
UREF
PNO  4820041
ISD  19890400
NAM  Davidson et al.
OCL  364424.07
UREF
PNO  5187663
ISD  19930200
NAM  Kamimura et al.
OCL  180167
UREF
PNO  5220876
ISD  19930600
NAM  Monson et al.
OCL  111130
UREF
PNO  5260875
ISD  19931100
NAM  Tofte et al.
OCL  364424.07
UREF
PNO  5334987
ISD  19940800
NAM  Teach
OCL  342357
UREF
PNO  5438771
ISD  19950800
NAM  Sahm et al.
OCL  364424.07
UREF
PNO  5438817
ISD  19950800
NAM  Nakamura
OCL   56 10.2A
UREF
PNO  5467271
ISD  19951100
NAM  Abel et al.
OCL  364420
UREF
PNO  5477459
ISD  19951200
NAM  Clegg et al.
OCL  364424.07
UREF
PNO  5528518
ISD  19960600
NAM  Bradshaw et al.
OCL  364449.2
UREF
PNO  5557524
ISD  19960900
NAM  Maki
OCL  364449.7
UREF
PNO  5596500
ISD  19970100
NAM  Sprague et al.
OCL  364449.7
UREF
PNO  5598339
ISD  19970100
NAM  Yoshihara et al.
OCL  364449.7
UREF
PNO  5606850
ISD  19970300
NAM  Nakamura
OCL   56 10.2A
UREF
PNO  5612864
ISD  19970300
NAM  Henderson
OCL  354424.07
UREF
PNO  5666793
ISD  19970900
NAM  Bottinger
OCL   56 10.2R
UREF
PNO  5668719
ISD  19970900
NAM  Bobrov et al.
OCL  364420
FREF
PNO  4322293A1
ISD  19950100
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  95/02318
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9515499
ISD  19950600
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/18432
ISD  19950700
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  McPherson, III; William Byran
FR2  Kibby; Steven G.
FR2  Yee; James R.
ABST
PAL  In one aspect of the present invention, an apparatus for determining the
      location of rows of seedlings planted during agricultural production is
      provided. The apparatus senses the position of a planting machine 102
      during a planting operation. The apparatus transforms the planting machine
      position to seedling row locations and creates a database of the
      locations.
PAL  In another aspect of the present invention, a method for determining the
      location of row of seedlings planted during agricultural production is
      provided. The method includes the steps of planting seedlings using a
      planting machine, sensing the position the planting machine and
      transforming the machine position to seedling row locations.
PATN
WKU  059916958
SRC  9
APN  1175297
APT  1
ART  282
APD  19980120
TTL  Method for determining seismic data traveltime fields on a massively
      parallel computer
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  McElheny, Jr.; Donald E.
NDR  5
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Wang; David Y.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Willen; Dennis E.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Exxon Production Research Company
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  702 14
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1900
FSC  702
FSS  14;16;17
UREF
PNO  5198979
ISD  19930300
NAM  Moorhead et al.
OCL  364421
UREF
PNO  5349527
ISD  19940900
NAM  Pieprzak et al.
OCL  364421
UREF
PNO  5504678
ISD  19960400
NAM  Juszczak et al.
OCL  702 14
UREF
PNO  5530646
ISD  19960600
NAM  Schoen
OCL  702 14
UREF
PNO  5657223
ISD  19970800
NAM  Juszczak et al.
OCL  702 14
UREF
PNO  5734829
ISD  19980300
NAM  Robinson
OCL  702 14
FREF
PNO  WO 96/41091
ISD  19961200
CNT  WOX
ICL  F16J 1526
OREF
PAL  W. A. Schneider, Jr., "A dynamic programming approach to first arrival
      traveltime computation in media with arbitrarily distributed velocities",
      Geophysics, vol. 57, No. 1 (Jan. 1992); pp. 39-50.
PAL  T. J. Moser, "Migration using the shortest-path method", Geophysics, vol.
      59, No. 7 (Jul. 1994); pp. 1110-1120.
LREP
FR2  Koch; S. P.
FR2  Reid; F. E.
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US96/12261
PD1  19980120
PD2  19980120
PD3  19960725
PCP  WO97/05558
PCD  19970213
ABST
PAR  A method of determining traveltime fields for use in processing geophysical
      data. The method is implemented on a computer having massively parallel
      processors. The input to the method is a three-dimensional velocity model
      of a volume of the subsurface of the earth. The method assigns the
      traveltime calculations to groups of processors, which calculate
      traveltimes for individual shots. A preliminary simulation of the
      traveltime calculation process is performed to determine the number of
      processors required in each group. The groups of processors perform the
      traveltime calculations independent of the other groups. Calculations are
      performed in spherical coordinates, with traveltimes interpolated to a
      rectangular grid for storage and subsequent use. The final traveltimes are
      compressed in a differential format to reduce data storage and transfer
      requirements. A control processor is used to dynamically assign
      calculation tasks to processor groups, thereby ensuring load balance
      across all groups and maximizing throughput of the massively parallel
      processors.
PATN
WKU  059916966
SRC  8
APN  8935394
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970711
TTL  Method for intelligent data acquisition in a measurement system
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Smith; Demetra R.
EXP  Trammell; James P.
INVT
NAM  McAndrew; James J. F.
CTY  Lockport
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  American Air Liquide Inc.
CTY  Walnut Creek
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  702 24
XCL   73 232
XCL   73 3106
XCL  25033913
XCL  2503391
XCL  356326
EDF  6
ICL  G01N  700
ICL  G01N 2131
FSC  702
FSS  24
FSC   73
FSS  23.2;31.06;40.05 R
FSC   95
FSS  8
FSC  438
FSS  14
FSC  250
FSS  339.11;339.13;339.1;341.4;343
FSC  340
FSS  632
FSC  356
FSS  326;433;437;439
FSC  436
FSS  146;151;171;174;153;167
UREF
PNO  4646241
ISD  19870200
NAM  Ratchford et al.
UREF
PNO  5714678
ISD  19980200
NAM  Jurcik et al.
OCL   73 31.03
UREF
PNO  5742399
ISD  19980400
NAM  McAndrew et al.
OCL  356437
UREF
PNO  5835230
ISD  19981100
NAM  McAndrew et al.
OCL  356437
FREF
PNO  2 174 261
ISD  19860200
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO89/12279
ISD  19891200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  May et al, "Data Processing and Calibration for Tunable Diode Laser
      Harmonic Absorption Spectrometers," Journal of Quantitative Spectroscopy,
      vol. 49, No. 4, 1993, pp. 335-347.
PAL  Webster et al, "Aircraft (ER-2) Laser Infrared Absorption Spectrometer
      (ALIAS) for In-Situ Stratospheric Measurements of HC1, N.sub.2 O,
      CH.sub.4, NO.sub.2, and HNO.sub.3," Applied Optics, vol. 33, No. 3, Jan.
      20, 1994, pp. 454-472.
PAL  Nguyen, Bentz, and Byrd; "Methods for Measuring Water Diffusion in a
      Coating Applied to a Substrate": Jounal of Coatings Technology; vol. 67,
      No. 844, pp. 37-46, May 1995.
PAL  News Release; "ESCO Silicone Rubber used in the Novel membrane Inlet Mass
      Spectrometry Technique"; p. 11, May 22, 1987.
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Provided is a novel method for intelligent data acquisition in a
      measurement system. The method comprises the following steps: (a)
      providing a measurement system; (b) performing a measurement with the
      measurement system, thereby obtaining a measurement result; (c) writing
      the measurement result to a data file on a first storage device; (d)
      repeating steps (b) and (c) one or more times, thereby accumulating a
      plurality of measurement results in the data file; (e) generating one or
      more summary values from the measurement results; (f) saving the one or
      more summary values to a summary file on the first storage device or on a
      second storage device; (g) comparing at least one of the one or more
      summary values with a respective predefined standard summary value
      corresponding to the at least one summary value, wherein the comparing is
      made on the basis of a predefined inequality for each summary value being
      compared; and (h) saving the data file to the first storage device, the
      second storage device, or a third storage device if one or more of the at
      least one summary values compared in step (g) is outside of an acceptable
      range as defined by the respective inequalities, and/or optionally, when a
      trigger indicates that a condition is present. Particular applicability is
      found in in-situ moisture concentration measurement in a semiconductor
      processing apparatus.
PATN
WKU  059916974
SRC  8
APN  7752792
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19961231
TTL  Method and apparatus for optical Doppler tomographic imaging of fluid
      flow velocity in highly scattering media
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Wachsman; Hal Dodge
NDR  9
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Nelson; John Stuart
CTY  Laguna Niguel
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Milner; Thomas Edward
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Chen; Zhongping
CTY  Irvine
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  The Regents of the University of California
CTY  Oakland
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  702 49
XCL  702 45
XCL  702 76
XCL  382107
XCL  382131
XCL  356 285
XCL  600425
XCL  600441
XCL  600453
EDF  6
ICL  G01P  336
FSC  702
FSS  49;19;21;22;28;30;32;40;45;50;75;76;87;88;100;159;189
FSC  365
FSS  528.17
FSC  382
FSS  107;128;131;133;134
FSC  600
FSS  425;427;441;453-457
FSC   73
FSS  861.25;861;861.02;861.03;863;863.01-863.03;601-603;605;606;618
FSC  367
FSS  7;10
FSC  356
FSS  337;345;346;348;349;351;352;359-361;39;40;301;73.1;27;28;28.5
FSC  250
FSS  363.04;550
FSC  324
FSS  304-306;310;312
UREF
PNO  5501226
ISD  19960300
NAM  Petersen et al.
OCL  356 28.5
UREF
PNO  5551434
ISD  19960900
NAM  Iinuma
OCL  600455
UREF
PNO  5587785
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  356 28.5
OREF
PAL  Bail et al, "Optical Coherence Tomography With the `Spectral Radar` Fast
      Optical Analysis in Volume Scatters By Short Coherence Interferometry" (No
      Date).
PAL  Chen et al., "Optical Doppler tomography: Imaging in vivo Blood Flow
      Dynamics Following Pharmacological Intervention and Photodynamic Therapy"
      (1997) pp. 1-20 (Jul. 1997).
PAL  Gusmeroli et al., "Distributed laser Doppler velocimeter" (1991) Optics
      Letters vol. 16 No. 17 pp. 1358-1360 (Jun. 1991).
PAL  Barton et al., "Optical Low-Coherence Reflectometry to Enhance Monte Carlo
      Modeling of Skin" (1997) Journal of Biomedical Optics vol. 2 No. 2 pp.
      226-234 (Apr. 1997).
PAL  Huang et al., "Optical Coherence Tomography" (1991) Science, vol. 254, pp.
      1178-1181 (Nov. 1991).
PAL  Chen et al., "Optical Doppler tomographic imaging of fluid flow velocity in
      highly scattering media" (1997) Optics Letters, vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 64-66
      (Jan. 1997).
PAL  Chen, et al., "Noninvasive imaging of in vivo blood flow velocity using
      optical Doppler tomography" (1997) Optics Letters, vol. 22, No. 14, pp.
      1119-1121, (Jul. 1997).
PAL  Wang et al., "Characterization of fluid flow velocity by optical Doppler
      tomography" (1995) Optics Letters, vol. 20, No. 11, pp. 1337-1339, (Jun.
      1995).
LREP
FR2  Dawes; Daniel L.
ABST
PAL  Optical Doppler tomography permits imaging of fluid flow velocity in highly
      scattering media. The tomography system combines Doppler velocimetry with
      high spatial resolution of partially coherent optical interferometry to
      measure fluid flow velocity at discrete spatial locations. Noninvasive in
      vivo imaging of blood flow dynamics and tissue structures with high
      spatial resolutions of the order of 2 to 10 microns is achieved in
      biological systems. The backscattered interference signals derived from
      the interferometer may be analyzed either through power spectrum
      determination to obtain the position and velocity of each particle in the
      fluid flow sample at each pixel, or the interference spectral density may
      be analyzed at each frequency in the spectrum to obtain the positions and
      velocities of the particles in a cross-section to which the interference
      spectral density corresponds. The realized resolutions of optical Doppler
      tomography allows noninvasive in vivo imaging of both blood
      microcirculation and tissue structure surrounding the vessel which has
      significance for biomedical research and clinical applications.
GOVT
PAR  The government may have rights to the invention under National Institute of
      Health contracts 1R29AR41638-01A1; 1R01AR42437-01A1; and 1R03RR6988-01.
PATN
WKU  059916982
SRC  8
APN  8524343
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970507
TTL  Electrical lap guide data acquisition unit and measurement scheme
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Wachsman; Hal
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Hao; Shanlin
CTY  Eden Prairie
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Rigles; Ray V.
CTY  Eden Prairie
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Wood; William P.
CTY  Edina
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Ahlen; Lars H.
CTY  Eagan
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Heitke; John C.
CTY  Burnsville
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Seagate Technology, Inc.
CTY  Scotts Valley
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  702 65
XCL  702 64
XCL  702 57
XCL  702116
XCL  702118
XCL  451  1
XCL  451  5
XCL  451  8
XCL   296031
XCL   29593
XCL   2960309
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1900
FSC  702
FSS  65;64;57;58;59;190;116-118;183-185
FSC  364
FSS  468.28;474.01;724.11
FSC  360
FSS  113;122;126
FSC  451
FSS  5;1;8
FSC   29
FSS  593;603.01;603.09;603.1;603.14;0.16;407.01;705;707
FSC  324
FSS  252;549;691;719;722
UREF
PNO  4457114
ISD  19840700
NAM  Hennenfent et al.
OCL   51216R
UREF
PNO  4477968
ISD  19841000
NAM  Kracke et al.
OCL   29603
UREF
PNO  4536992
ISD  19850800
NAM  Hennenfent et al.
OCL   51109R
UREF
PNO  4559743
ISD  19851200
NAM  Kracke et al.
OCL   51165R
UREF
PNO  4689877
ISD  19870900
NAM  Church
OCL   29603
UREF
PNO  4912883
ISD  19900400
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  451  1
UREF
PNO  4914868
ISD  19900400
NAM  Church et al.
OCL   51165.71
UREF
PNO  5023991
ISD  19910600
NAM  Smith
OCL   29603
UREF
PNO  5361547
ISD  19941100
NAM  Church et al.
OCL  451  5
UREF
PNO  5722155
ISD  19980300
NAM  Stover et al.
OCL   29603.1
UREF
PNO  5755612
ISD  19980500
NAM  Schaenzer et al.
OCL  451  5
LREP
FRM  Westman, Champlin & Kelly, P.A.
ABST
PAL  A lapping system data acquisition unit is disclosed for use in measuring
      resistances of multiple resistors embedded in a structure to be machined.
      Each of multiple independent current sources directs a current through one
      of the multiple resistors embedded in the structure during machining of a
      surface of the structure. Each of multiple voltage sensing devices couples
      to a separate one of the multiple resistors and provides a separate analog
      voltage output signal indicative of the resistance of the resistor. Each
      of multiple filters is coupled to a separate one of the multiple voltage
      sensing devices Analog-to-digital conversion circuitry coupled to the
      multiple filters generates a digitized signal for each of the filtered
      output signals.
PATN
WKU  059916990
SRC  8
APN  8868050
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970402
TTL  Detecting groups of defects in semiconductor feature space
ISD  19991123
NCL  42
ECL  1
EXP  Wachsman; Hal
NDR  12
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Kulkarni; Ashok V.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Rockwell; Paul
CTY  Santa Cruz
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  KLA Instruments Corporation
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  434676
APD  19950504
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  702 83
XCL  702 35
XCL  702 81
XCL  702 82
XCL  702 84
XCL  36446816
XCL  36446817
XCL  36446828
XCL  438 10
XCL  438 12
XCL  438 18
EDF  6
ICL  H01L 2166
FSC  364
FSS  468.01-468.03;468.16;468.17;468.28;488-490
FSC  702
FSS  34;35;81-84;179;182
FSC  382
FSS  147;149;151
FSC  250
FSS  559.45
FSC  324
FSS  158.1;765;764
FSC  438
FSS  16;17;10;12;18
FSC  706
FSS  904;912;906;914;921
UREF
PNO  5103557
ISD  19920400
NAM  Leedy
OCL  438 12
UREF
PNO  5210041
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  437  8
UREF
PNO  5219765
ISD  19930600
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  438 10
UREF
PNO  5240866
ISD  19930800
NAM  Friedman et al.
OCL  437  8
UREF
PNO  5286656
ISD  19940200
NAM  Keown et al.
OCL  438 18
UREF
PNO  5360747
ISD  19941100
NAM  Larson et al.
OCL  437  8
UREF
PNO  5440649
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kiyasu et al.
OCL  382147
UREF
PNO  5475766
ISD  19951200
NAM  Tsuchiya et al.
OCL  382144
UREF
PNO  5544256
ISD  19960800
NAM  Brecher et al.
OCL  382149
UREF
PNO  5598341
ISD  19970100
NAM  Ling et al.
OCL  364468.17
UREF
PNO  5665609
ISD  19970900
NAM  Mori
OCL  438 16
LREP
FR2  Jones; Allston L.
ABST
PAL  Techniques for improving manufacturing process control based on inspection
      of manufactured items at intermediate process steps, based on clustering
      and binning of defect data. Additionally, the using the defect data
      produced by inspection machines to improve manufacturing process control
      specifically relating to semiconductor manufacturing process control.
      Examples described here relate specifically to semiconductor wafers, but
      may be generalized to any manufacturing process.
PATN
WKU  059917008
SRC  8
APN  9507116
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971015
TTL  EMI stability indicator for tympanic thermometer
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  7
EXA  Bui; Bryan
EXP  Hoff; Marc S.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Clay; Bradford G.
CTY  Maryland Heights
STA  MO
INVT
NAM  Korff; John J.
CTY  Vista
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sherwood Services, A.G.
CNT  CHX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  702131
XCL  702132
XCL  374163
EDF  6
ICL  G01K  700
FSC  702
FSS  131-132;64-65;99
FSC  374
FSS  2;126;129;131-133;164;183;100;163
FSC  600
FSS  473-475;549
UREF
PNO  3851528
ISD  19741200
NAM  Nichol et al.
OCL  374208
UREF
PNO  3937086
ISD  19760200
NAM  Von Thuna
OCL   73359
UREF
PNO  4140393
ISD  19790200
NAM  Cetas
OCL  356 43
UREF
PNO  4159648
ISD  19790700
NAM  Prosky
OCL  374163
UREF
PNO  4245507
ISD  19810100
NAM  Samulski
OCL   73356
UREF
PNO  4377171
ISD  19830300
NAM  Wada
OCL  600549
UREF
PNO  4447884
ISD  19840500
NAM  Wada
OCL  702131
UREF
PNO  4464067
ISD  19840800
NAM  Hanaoka
OCL  702131
UREF
PNO  4469451
ISD  19840900
NAM  Kunetka et al.
OCL  374136
UREF
PNO  4536851
ISD  19850800
NAM  Germanton et al.
OCL  702131
UREF
PNO  4561448
ISD  19851200
NAM  Buchas
OCL  128733
UREF
PNO  4575259
ISD  19860300
NAM  Bacci et al.
OCL  374130
UREF
PNO  4602642
ISD  19860700
NAM  O'Hara et al.
OCL  600474
UREF
PNO  4678905
ISD  19870700
NAM  Phillips
OCL  250227
UREF
PNO  4790324
ISD  19881200
NAM  O'Hara et al.
OCL  374126
UREF
PNO  4900162
ISD  19900200
NAM  Beckman et al.
OCL  374132
UREF
PNO  5123102
ISD  19920600
NAM  Puckette
OCL  395550
UREF
PNO  5159936
ISD  19921100
NAM  Yelderman et al.
OCL  600549
UREF
PNO  5167235
ISD  19921200
NAM  Seacord et al.
OCL  374131
UREF
PNO  5228780
ISD  19930700
NAM  Shepard et al.
OCL  374175
UREF
PNO  5255068
ISD  19931000
NAM  Emo et al.
OCL  356351
UREF
PNO  5282685
ISD  19940200
NAM  Koegler
OCL  374172
UREF
PNO  5293877
ISD  19940300
NAM  O'Hara et al.
OCL  374131
UREF
PNO  5305760
ISD  19940400
NAM  McKown et al.
OCL  128692
OREF
PAL  Protecting Medical Devices for Electromagnetic Interference; William D.
      Kimmel and Darly D. Gerke; 3rd Ed., Designer's Handbook: Mecial
      Electronis; pp.34-43; Canon Camera Inc.; 1994.
PAL  CDRH Laboratory Evaluation of Medical Devices for susceptibility to
      Radio-Frequency Interference; Howard I. Bassen et al; Designer's Handbook:
      Medical Electronics: pp. 44-49; Canon Camera Inc.; 1994.
LREP
FRM  Lewis, Rice & Fingersh, L.C.
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to an electronic device for sensing and
      indicating the presence of electromagnetic interference in the vicinity of
      a electronic thermometer and preventing the display of a core body
      temperature reading when the electromagnetic interference exceeds a
      predetermined threshold. Disclosed is a tympanic thermometer comprising
      circuitry and a microprocessor that takes a a plurality of voltage
      readings from the null input of an operational amplifier in the circuitry.
      After taking into account ambient temperature conditions into the
      temperature calculations, the microprocessor compares the average value of
      the voltage readings taken from the null input against a predetermined
      threshold in the memory of the microprocessor. If the value exceeds the
      predetermined threshold, then the microprocessor prevents the display of
      the core body temperature and directs a display to write an error message.
      However, if the value does not exceed the predetermined threshold, the
      microprocessor directs the displays the core body temperature taken by the
      tympanic thermometer.
PATN
WKU  059917016
SRC  8
APN  9492704
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971013
TTL  Method for improved instantaneous helical axis determination
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Bui; Bryan
EXP  Barlow; John
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Triano; John J.
CTY  Richardson
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Kinex Iha Corp.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  702150
XCL  702190
XCL  702191
XCL  600595
EDF  6
ICL  A61B  500
FSC  702
FSS  150;190;191
FSC  600
FSS  594;595
FSC  345
FSS  6-8
FSC  482
FSS  10;136
UREF
PNO  3608541
ISD  19710900
NAM  Hall
OCL  128  2
UREF
PNO  3908279
ISD  19750900
NAM  Yoslow et al.
OCL   33174
UREF
PNO  3991745
ISD  19761100
NAM  Yoslow et al.
OCL  128  2
UREF
PNO  4108164
ISD  19780800
NAM  Hall, Sr.
OCL  128 25
UREF
PNO  4113250
ISD  19780900
NAM  Davis
OCL  272 93
UREF
PNO  4146311
ISD  19790300
NAM  Murr
OCL  351 24
UREF
PNO  4197855
ISD  19800400
NAM  Lewin
OCL  600595
UREF
PNO  4284847
ISD  19810800
NAM  Besserman
OCL   73585
UREF
PNO  4375674
ISD  19830300
NAM  Thornton
OCL  702 41
UREF
PNO  4461085
ISD  19840700
NAM  Dewar et al.
OCL   33174
UREF
PNO  4462252
ISD  19840700
NAM  Smidt et al.
OCL   73379
UREF
PNO  4492236
ISD  19850100
NAM  Pile
OCL  128781
UREF
PNO  4528990
ISD  19850700
NAM  Knowles
OCL  128782
UREF
PNO  4565368
ISD  19860100
NAM  Boettcher
OCL  272129
UREF
PNO  4655227
ISD  19870400
NAM  Gracovetsky
OCL  128781
UREF
PNO  4664130
ISD  19870500
NAM  Gracovetsky
OCL  128781
UREF
PNO  4699156
ISD  19871000
NAM  Gracovetsky
OCL  128781
UREF
PNO  4702108
ISD  19871000
NAM  Amundsen et al.
OCL   73379
UREF
PNO  4732381
ISD  19880300
NAM  Skowronski
OCL  272134
UREF
PNO  4768779
ISD  19880900
NAM  Oehman, Jr. et al.
OCL  272 94
UREF
PNO  4800897
ISD  19890100
NAM  Nilsson
OCL  128782
UREF
PNO  4805455
ISD  19890200
NAM  DelGiorno et al.
OCL   73379
UREF
PNO  4824103
ISD  19890400
NAM  Smidt
OCL  272125
UREF
PNO  4893808
ISD  19900100
NAM  McIntyre et al.
OCL  272 94
UREF
PNO  4922925
ISD  19900500
NAM  Crandall et al.
OCL  128782
UREF
PNO  4928709
ISD  19900500
NAM  Allison et al.
OCL  600595
UREF
PNO  4971069
ISD  19901100
NAM  Gracovetsky
OCL  600594
UREF
PNO  4979519
ISD  19901200
NAM  Chavarria et al.
OCL  128857
UREF
PNO  5012819
ISD  19910500
NAM  Marras et al.
OCL  128781
UREF
PNO  5022412
ISD  19910600
NAM  Gracovetsky et al.
OCL  128781
UREF
PNO  5042505
ISD  19910800
NAM  Mayer et al.
OCL  128781
UREF
PNO  5082001
ISD  19920100
NAM  Vannier et al.
OCL  128774
UREF
PNO  5094249
ISD  19920300
NAM  Marras et al.
OCL  128781
UREF
PNO  5143088
ISD  19920900
NAM  Marras et al.
OCL  128781
UREF
PNO  5178160
ISD  19930100
NAM  Gracovetsky et al.
OCL  128782
UREF
PNO  5188121
ISD  19930200
NAM  Hanson
OCL  128781
UREF
PNO  5203346
ISD  19930400
NAM  Fuhr et al.
OCL  600594
UREF
PNO  5297539
ISD  19940300
NAM  Liebl et al.
OCL  601 26
UREF
PNO  5324247
ISD  19940600
NAM  Lepley
OCL  482134
UREF
PNO  5337758
ISD  19940800
NAM  Moore et al.
OCL  128781
UREF
PNO  5373858
ISD  19941200
NAM  Rose et al.
OCL  128782
UREF
PNO  5388990
ISD  19950200
NAM  Beckman
OCL  345  8
UREF
PNO  5425378
ISD  19950600
NAM  Swezey et al.
OCL  128782
UREF
PNO  5445152
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bell et al.
OCL  128653.5
UREF
PNO  5513651
ISD  19960500
NAM  Cusimano et al.
OCL  128782
UREF
PNO  5524645
ISD  19960600
NAM  Willis
OCL  128898
UREF
PNO  5557514
ISD  19960900
NAM  Seare et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5583758
ISD  19961200
NAM  McIlroy et al.
OCL  395202
UREF
PNO  5761250
ISD  19980600
NAM  Lin
OCL  375344
FREF
PNO  PCT/SE86/00304
ISD  19870100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  PCT/SE88/00275
ISD  19891100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  PCT/US91/01796
ISD  19911000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Gilman, et al., "Instrumentation & Techniques: Measurement of Head Movement
      During Auditory Localization," Behavior Research Methods & Intrumentation,
      vol. 11 (1), 1979, pp. 37-41.
PAL  Chao, et al., "Measurement of Neck Range and Pattern of Movement,"
      International Congress of Biomechanics, University of California, Los
      Angeles, Abstract #319, XII, 1989.
PAL  Keshner, et al., "Actions of the Head and Neck During Postural
      Stabilization," First World Congress of Biomechanics, University of
      California, San Diego, vol. II, Aug. 30-Sep. 4, 1990, La Jolla,
      California, p. 208.
PAL  Peles, et al., "Organization of Neck Muscle Activity for Quast-Static and
      Dynamic 3-D Head Movements," First World Congress of Biomechanics,
      University of California, San Diego, vol. II, Aug. 30-Sep. 4, 1990, La
      Jolla, California, p. 208.
PAL  Winters, et al., "Relations Between Neck Muscle Activity and Screw Axis
      Parameters of the Head," First World Congress of Biomechanics, University
      of California, San Diego, vol. II, Aug. 30-Sep. 4, 1990, La Jolla,
      California, p. 209.
PAL  Triano, et al., "Neck Muscle Responses to Manipulation of the Cervical
      Spine," First World Congress of Biomechanics, University of California,
      San Diego, vol. II, Aug. 30-Sep. 4, 1990, La Jolla, California, p. 209.
PAL  Winters, et al., "Neck Muscle Activity and 3-D Head Kinematics During
      Quasi-Static and Dynamic Tracking Movements," Multiple Muscle Systems:
      Biomechanics and Movement Organization, 1990, pp. 461-480.
PAL  White, et al., Clinical Biomechanics of the Spine, Second Edition, pp.
      92-115.
PAL  H.J. Woltring; Huiskes, R.; De Lange, A.; and Veldpaus, F.E. "Finite
      Centroid and helical axis estimation from noisy Landmark measurements in
      the study of human joint kinematics" J. Biomechanics, vol. 18, pp. 379-389
      (1985).
LREP
FR2  Lenkszus; Donald J.
     Bryan Cave, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for determining instantaneous helical axis parameters pertaining
      to the kinematic function of a joint processes the data with a first
      filter function which is based upon the Woltring IHA filter function. In
      accordance with the invention, backward propagating noise is eliminated by
      prefiltering the data utilizing a Butterworth filter.
PATN
WKU  059917024
SRC  8
APN  9720391
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19971117
TTL  Axisymmetric figure shaping device for generating curvilinear figure
      precisely axisymmetric with respect to axis of symmetry and method
      therefor
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Miller; Craig Steven
EXP  Hoff; Marc S.
NDR  28
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Saito; Shigeru
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961115
APN  8-320791
CLAS
OCL  702155
XCL  382224
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  900
FSC  382
FSS  141;152;170;190;224
FSC  702
FSS  94;95;155-167
UREF
PNO  4183013
ISD  19800100
NAM  Agrawala et al.
OCL  382173
UREF
PNO  4797842
ISD  19890100
NAM  Nackman et al.
OCL  395500.21
UREF
PNO  4896279
ISD  19900100
NAM  Yoshida
OCL  702169
UREF
PNO  5790700
ISD  19980800
NAM  Saito
OCL  382203
UREF
PNO  5889892
ISD  19990300
NAM  Saito
OCL  382293
FREF
PNO  62-111369
ISD  19870500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-261481
ISD  19881000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-060878
ISD  19920200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-333037
ISD  19941200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-227457
ISD  19960900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-227459
ISD  19960900
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  An axisymmetric figure shaping device including an input unit for receiving
      input of a figure formed including a curve and a data processing unit for
      shaping an input figure to be precisely symmetric with respect to a
      predetermined axis of symmetry, the data processing unit including a
      characteristic point calculating unit for calculating, from a coordinate
      point sequence of a figure input through the input unit, coordinates of
      each vertex, and maximal points and minimal points in the horizontal and
      the vertical directions of the input figure and taking them as
      characteristic points of the input figure, a candidate axis of symmetry
      calculating unit for calculating a candidate axis of symmetry for use in
      the decision of symmetry based on calculated characteristic points, a
      symmetry decision unit for deciding about symmetry of an input figure with
      respect to a calculated candidate axis of symmetry, and a shaping unit for
      shaping, when a decision is made that an input figure has symmetry with
      respect to a candidate axis of symmetry, the input figure into a form
      precisely axisymmetric with respect to the candidate axis of symmetry.
PATN
WKU  059917032
SRC  9
APN  1349139
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980817
TTL  Method of synthesizing measurement data of free-form surface
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Bui; Bryan
EXP  Barlow, Jr.; John E.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Kase; Kiwamu
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  The Institute of Physical and Chemical Research
CTY  Wako
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970815
APN  9-220259
CLAS
OCL  702167
XCL  345441
XCL  36447429
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  702
FSS  167
FSC  345
FSS  420;429;441
FSC  364
FSS  474.24;474.29;512
FSC  356
FSS  376
UREF
PNO  4953094
ISD  19900800
NAM  Letcher, Jr.
OCL  364474.24
UREF
PNO  5119309
ISD  19920600
NAM  Cavendish et al.
OCL  364474.24
UREF
PNO  5265197
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kondo
OCL  345420
UREF
PNO  5627949
ISD  19970500
NAM  Letcher, Jr.
OCL  364474.24
UREF
PNO  5856828
ISD  19990100
NAM  Letcher, Jr.
OCL  345420
OREF
PAL  Gerald Farin, Curves and Surfaces for Computer Aided Geometric Design, A
      Practical Guide, 1998 by Academic Press, Inc., pp. 275-291.
LREP
FRM  Griffin, Butler, Whisenhunt & Szipl, LLP
ABST
PAL  (a) A surface shape of an object 1 is measured from different positions
      and/or different directions and plural partial measurement data 2
      including common part 1a is obtained. (b) A parametric surface showing the
      surface shape of each measurement range is formed from the data. (c) A
      plurality of sampling points are set at a predetermined pitch in the
      common part and the Gaussian curvature K and/or an average curvature H are
      calculated from the principal curvatures (.kappa..sub.1, .kappa..sub.2) in
      the points. (d) Three or more characteristic points are selected in
      accordance with the order from larger absolute values of K or H in the
      common part and a normal vector of a plane constructed by three points
      among the points is calculated. (e) The common parts are made coincide
      with each other by moving the parametric surfaces so as to coincide the
      three characteristic points with each other and to coincide the directions
      of the normal vectors with each other. Consequently, the synthesis data
      can be formed from the partial measurement data obtained from the
      free-form surface.
PATN
WKU  059917040
SRC  9
APN  0487627
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980326
TTL  Flexible support with indicator device
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  7
EXA  Patterson; Kendrick P.
EXP  Hoff; Marc S.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Rekar; Robert S.
CTY  New Baltimore
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Busch; John R.
CTY  Redford
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Husulak; George
CTY  Sterling Heights
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Chrysler Corporation
CTY  Auburn Hills
STA  MI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  702168
XCL  702167
XCL   33556
XCL  483 19
XCL  483 31
EDF  6
ICL  G01B  322
FSC  702
FSS  150;152;153;155;167;168
FSC   33
FSS  501;503;555;556;501.13
FSC  483
FSS  19;31
FSC   73
FSS  866.5;572;573;549;558;561;551;553;555;162
FSC  901
FSS  42
FSC  364
FSS  468.26;468.02
UREF
PNO  3476013
ISD  19691100
NAM  Zemberry
OCL  131247
UREF
PNO  4473953
ISD  19841000
NAM  Sauvage
OCL   33505
UREF
PNO  4547772
ISD  19851000
NAM  Ernst
OCL   33501
UREF
PNO  4558312
ISD  19851200
NAM  Yonemoto et al.
OCL  340680
UREF
PNO  4591944
ISD  19860500
NAM  Gravel
OCL  361170
UREF
PNO  4760851
ISD  19880800
NAM  Fraser et al.
OCL  128774
UREF
PNO  4769763
ISD  19880900
NAM  Trieb et al.
OCL  702168
UREF
PNO  4965571
ISD  19901000
NAM  Jones
OCL  340932.2
UREF
PNO  5191717
ISD  19930300
NAM  Fujitani et al.
OCL   33503
UREF
PNO  5222034
ISD  19930600
NAM  Shelton et al.
OCL  702152
UREF
PNO  5287629
ISD  19940200
NAM  Pettersson
OCL   33503
UREF
PNO  5299361
ISD  19940400
NAM  Fiedler
OCL   33559
UREF
PNO  5380978
ISD  19950100
NAM  Pryor
OCL  219121.64
UREF
PNO  5481811
ISD  19960100
NAM  Smith
OCL   33573
UREF
PNO  5528011
ISD  19960600
NAM  Kono et al.
OCL  219 86.41
UREF
PNO  5535524
ISD  19960700
NAM  Carrier et al.
OCL   33503
UREF
PNO  5579246
ISD  19961100
NAM  Ebersbach et al.
OCL  702 95
UREF
PNO  5594668
ISD  19970100
NAM  Bernhardt et al.
OCL  702 95
UREF
PNO  5610846
ISD  19970300
NAM  Trapet et al.
OCL  702 95
UREF
PNO  5768792
ISD  19980600
NAM  Raab
OCL   33503
UREF
PNO  5848480
ISD  19981200
NAM  Sola et al.
OCL   33573
LREP
FR2  Fuller III; Roland A.
ABST
PAL  An adjustable support structure having an indicator device for use with a
      coordinate measuring machine (CMM) capable of minimizing deformation of an
      object to be measured. The adjustable support structure includes a base
      portion being secured to a pillar support of the CMM. A top and bottom
      swivel plate are further included in the adjustable support structure and
      are mounted to the base portion to frictionally retain a first swivel arm.
      Additional swivel arms are pivotally mounted to the first swivel arm. A
      point support post and locking nut are still further included and
      threadedly engaged with an end of the final support arm. The indicator
      device is finally included for indicating when the point support post is
      in electrical contact with the object, so as to maximize support of the
      object while minimizing deformation thereof.
PATN
WKU  059917059
SRC  8
APN  8991952
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19970723
TTL  End-to-end response time measurement for computer programs using
      starting and ending queues
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Lim; Krisna
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Klein; Paul F.
CTY  Thousand Oaks
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ammerman, III; Raymond P.
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Candle Distributed Solutions, Inc.
CTY  Santa Monica
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  702176
XCL  702182
XCL  709233
EDF  6
ICL  G04F 1000
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  702
FSS  176;182
FSC  709
FSS  233
UREF
PNO  4868785
ISD  19890900
NAM  Jordan et al.
UREF
PNO  4930093
ISD  19900500
NAM  Houser et al.
OCL  702186
UREF
PNO  5068814
ISD  19911100
NAM  Stark et al.
UREF
PNO  5412803
ISD  19950500
NAM  Bartow et al.
OCL  709230
UREF
PNO  5483468
ISD  19960100
NAM  Chen et al.
UREF
PNO  5506955
ISD  19960400
NAM  Chen et al.
UREF
PNO  5511185
ISD  19960400
NAM  Weinbaum et al.
UREF
PNO  5519438
ISD  19960500
NAM  Elliott et al.
UREF
PNO  5553235
ISD  19960900
NAM  Chen et al.
UREF
PNO  5717745
ISD  19980200
NAM  Vijay et al.
OCL  379112
UREF
PNO  5802302
ISD  19980900
NAM  Waclawsky et al.
OCL  702176
UREF
PNO  5872976
ISD  19990200
NAM  Yee et al.
OCL  395704
LREP
FRM  Gates & Cooper
ABST
PAL  A method, apparatus, and article of manufacture for measuring end-to-end
      response time for a transaction performed by a computer is disclosed. The
      method comprises the steps of monitoring a start queue and an end queue in
      a computer, assigning a start time when a first message is received at the
      start queue, assigning a stop time when a second message, sent in response
      to the first message, is received at the end queue, and subtracting the
      start time from the stop time to calculate an end-to-end response time.
PATN
WKU  059917067
SRC  8
APN  8128634
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970306
TTL  Electronic measuring apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXP  Shah; Kamini
NDR  13
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Tsukamoto; Shinji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kaneko; Atsumi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Asahi Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960311
APN  8-053539
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961213
APN  8-334126
CLAS
OCL  702182
XCL  702155
XCL   33  1T
XCL   33281
EDF  6
ICL  G01C  102
FSC  364
FSS  579;550;561;57;562;705.01;1 T;528.14
FSC   33
FSS  281;284;285
FSC  702
FSS  182;155
UREF
PNO  5519642
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kishimoto
OCL  364561
UREF
PNO  5650949
ISD  19970700
NAM  Kishimoto et al.
OCL  364579
LREP
FRM  Greenblum & Bernstein, P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  An electronic measuring apparatus having a plurality of measuring modes.
      Each one of the plurality of measuring modes is selectively set to perform
      a corresponding operation. The electronic measuring apparatus includes a
      plurality of operational buttons. Information which associates one of the
      plurality of operational buttons with one of the plurality of measuring
      modes is stored in a memory. It is then distinguished which one of the
      plurality of operational buttons has been operated. Information stored in
      the memory, which associates the distinguished one of the plurality of
      operational buttons with the one of the plurality of measuring modes is
      searched and an operation unique to the one of the plurality of measuring
      modes which is associated with the distinguished one of the plurality of
      operational buttons is performed. Electrical power is supplied to the
      searching and performing means, wherein the supplying means starts
      supplying electrical power to certain portions of the electronic measuring
      apparatus when it is distinguished that one of the plurality of
      operational buttons has been manipulated. Further, the searching and
      performing operation occurs upon receiving the electrical power. Finally,
      the stored information is renewed in the memory.
PATN
WKU  059917075
SRC  9
APN  0367117
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19980309
TTL  Method and system for predictive diagnosing of system reliability
      problems and/or system failure in a physical system
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Vo; Hien
EXP  Barlow; John
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Searles; Warren W.
CTY  Rockton
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Searles; Brett W.
CTY  Riverside
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Hydrotec Systems Company, Inc.
CTY  Rockton
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  702185
XCL  702183
XCL  706 45
XCL  324770
XCL  324 713
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1518
FSC  702
FSS  179;181;182;183;185
FSC  324
FSS  772;770;71.3
FSC  395
FSS  183.02
FSC  706
FSS  45
UREF
PNO  5014220
ISD  19910500
NAM  McMann et al.
OCL  364513
UREF
PNO  5377112
ISD  19941200
NAM  Brown, Jr. et al.
OCL  364431.12
UREF
PNO  5399961
ISD  19950300
NAM  Wild et al.
OCL  324 71.1
UREF
PNO  5523701
ISD  19960600
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  324772
UREF
PNO  5561610
ISD  19961000
NAM  Schricker et al.
OCL  364551.01
UREF
PNO  5566091
ISD  19961000
NAM  Schricker et al.
OCL  364551.01
UREF
PNO  5581694
ISD  19961200
NAM  Iverson et al.
OCL  395183.02
UREF
PNO  5608338
ISD  19970300
NAM  Maeda
OCL  324770
OREF
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 4,213,175, issued Jul. 5, 1980, Kurihara,
      discloses a fault-detecting apparatus.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 4,736,429, issued Apr. 5, 1988, Niydada, et
      al., discloses an apparatus for speech recognition which includes the
      storage of phoneme standard patterns.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 4,755,925, issued Jul. 5, 1988, Tsuchiya et
      al., discloses a plant diagnostic system.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 4,984,275, issued Jan. 8, 1991, Watanabe et al.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No., 5,062,137, issued Oct. 29, 1991, Watanabe et
      al.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 5,101,337, issued Mar. 31, 1992, Ebizuka.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 5,199,439, issued Apr. 6, 1993, Zimmerman et
      al.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 5,241,649, issued Aug. 31, 1993, Niyada.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 5,345,536, issued Sep. 6, 1994, Hoshimi, et al.
PAL  Abstarct of U.S. Patent No. 5,347,635, issued Sep. 13, 1994, Voeten, et al.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 5,355,311, issued Oct. 11, 1994 Horioka.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 5,406,502, issued Apr. 11, 1995, Haramaty et
      al.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 5,410,254, issued Apr. 25, 1995, Consiglio.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 5,465,321, issued Nov. 7, 1995, Smyth.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 5,479,576, issued Dec. 26, 1995, Watanabe et
      al.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 5,533,410, issued Jul. 9, 1996, Smith.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 5,545,961, issued Aug. 13, 1996, Peter et al.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 5,616,996, issued Apr. 1, 1997, Tang et al.
PAL  Abstract of U.S. Patent No. 5,631,569, issued May 20, 1997, Moore, et al.
PAL  Internet page excerpt, "Distance to Fault", Leading Edge Research.
PAL  Internet page excerpt, "Characteristic Impedance", T. Healy, Santa Clara
      University.
PAL  Internet page excerpt, excerpt from book "Interfacing", T. Gal, Technical
      University of Budapest.
PAL  "Practical Statistics Simply Explained", R. Langley, 1971, Dover
      Publications, Inc., New York, N.Y., pp. 32-36 and 152-165.
PAL  "Introduction to the Practice of Statistics", D. S. Moore and G. P. McCabe,
      1989, W. H. Freeman and Company, pp. 50-69, 444-456 and 510-513.
PAL  "Gas Detection in Theory and in Practice", E. M. Zdankiewicz, Keithley
      Instruments, Inc., "Sensors", Oct. 1997.
PAL  "Quality Control and Industrial Statistics", pp. 549-561 and 766-769.
LREP
FRM  The Law Office Of Joan I. Norek
FR2  Norek; Joan I.
ABST
PAL  A method and system diagnoses system reliability problems and/or system
      failure in a physical system through the predictive identification of
      errant fluctuations in one or more operating parameters of said physical
      system. The values of at least one kind of operating parameter of physical
      system are determined. A data stream of the parameter values are divided
      into one or more sets, and the sets are associated into one or more
      series. Through a series of mathematical calculations, it is determined
      whether an N0, Nx or N1 condition exists. An N0 condition indicates that
      the values are probably within a good operating range. An Nx condition
      indicates the probability of approaching a point outside of a good
      operating range condition. An N1 condition indicates the entering of the
      range of possible system failure.
PATN
WKU  059917083
SRC  8
APN  8888027
APT  1
ART  287
APD  19970707
TTL  Performance monitor and method for performance monitoring within a data
      processing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Assouad; Patrick
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Levine; Frank Eliot
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Roth; Charles Philip
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Welbon; Edward Hugh
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  702186
XCL  714 39
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1125
FSC  702
FSS  182;186
FSC  395
FSS  704
FSC  714
FSS  25;30;39;47
UREF
PNO  3723975
ISD  19730300
NAM  Kurtz et al.
UREF
PNO  3771144
ISD  19731100
NAM  Belady et al.
UREF
PNO  3818458
ISD  19740600
NAM  Deese
UREF
PNO  3906454
ISD  19750900
NAM  Martin
UREF
PNO  4034353
ISD  19770700
NAM  Denny et al.
UREF
PNO  4068304
ISD  19780100
NAM  Beausoleil et al.
UREF
PNO  4521849
ISD  19850600
NAM  Wilder
UREF
PNO  4590550
ISD  19860500
NAM  Eilert et al.
UREF
PNO  4821178
ISD  19890400
NAM  Levin et al.
UREF
PNO  4905171
ISD  19900200
NAM  Kiel et al.
UREF
PNO  5226153
ISD  19930700
NAM  Deangelis et al.
UREF
PNO  5426741
ISD  19950600
NAM  Butts et al.
UREF
PNO  5440722
ISD  19950800
NAM  Vanderspeck et al.
UREF
PNO  5450349
ISD  19950900
NAM  Brown, III et al.
OCL  395183.03
UREF
PNO  5450609
ISD  19950900
NAM  Schultz et al.
UREF
PNO  5581482
ISD  19961200
NAM  Wiedenman et al.
OCL  364551.01
UREF
PNO  5657253
ISD  19970800
NAM  Dreyer et al.
OCL  364551.01
UREF
PNO  5691920
ISD  19971100
NAM  Levine et al.
OCL  364551.01
UREF
PNO  5726913
ISD  19980300
NAM  Grimsrud
OCL  364551.01
UREF
PNO  5752062
ISD  19980500
NAM  Gover et al.
OCL  355800
UREF
PNO  5797019
ISD  19980800
NAM  Levine et al.
OCL  395735
UREF
PNO  5809450
ISD  19980900
NAM  Chrysos et al.
OCL  702186
UREF
PNO  5835702
ISD  19981100
NAM  Levine et al.
OCL  395183.15
UREF
PNO  5835705
ISD  19981100
NAM  Larsen et al.
OCL  395184.01
UREF
PNO  5875294
ISD  19990200
NAM  Roth et al.
OCL  395183.15
UREF
PNO  5881223
ISD  19990300
NAM  Agrawal et al.
OCL  395184.01
UREF
PNO  5881306
ISD  19990300
NAM  Levine et al.
OCL  395800.23
OREF
PAL  Roth et al., "Performance Monitoring on the PowerPC 604 Microprocessor",
      IEEE, Apr. 1995.
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, "Event Triggered Performance
      Monitoring," vol. 37, No. 9, Sep. 1994.
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, "Off Chip L2 Lateral Cache Miss
      Counting," vol. 37, No. 9, Sept. 1994.
LREP
FR2  Salys; Casimer K.
FR2  Russell; Brian F.
FR2  Dillon; Andrew J.
ABST
PAL  The present invention provides a performance monitor including a threshold
      indicator, a granularity indicator, an event detector, and an event
      counter. The threshold indicator indicates a number of threshold
      increments, which each correspond to a number of occurrences of a first
      event. The granularity indicator indicates the number of occurrences of
      the first event corresponding to each of the threshold increments
      indicated by the threshold indicator. The granularity indicator has at
      least a first state and a second state such that the granularity indicator
      indicates that a first number of occurrences of the first event correspond
      to a threshold increment in the first state and that a different second
      number of occurrences of the first event correspond to a threshold
      increment in the second state. In response to a number of occurrences of
      the first event detected by the event detector during a selected interval
      exceeding the number of occurrences indicated by the threshold value and
      the granularity indicator, the event counter is incremented. In one
      embodiment, each occurrence of the first event corresponds to a processor
      clock cycle and the selected interval is defined as the duration of a
      memory access.
PATN
WKU  059917091
SRC  8
APN  8724490
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970610
TTL  Document automated classification/declassification system
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Thomas; Joseph
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Schoen; Neil Charles
STR  9817 Freestate Pl.
CTY  Gaithersburg
STA  MD
ZIP  20879
RLAP
COD  72
APN  271906
APD  19940708
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  704  1
XCL  704  9
XCL  707  1
XCL  707104
XCL  707531
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
ICL  G06F 1740
FSC  704
FSS  1;9
FSC  707
FSS  530;531;1;2;3;9;104
FSC  705
FSS  1
FSC  706
FSS  1;933;934;925;902
FSC  380
FSS  3;4
UREF
PNO  4318184
ISD  19820300
NAM  Millett et al.
UREF
PNO  4881179
ISD  19891100
NAM  Vincent
UREF
PNO  5371807
ISD  19941200
NAM  Register et al.
OCL  364419.08
UREF
PNO  5428529
ISD  19950600
NAM  Hartrick et al.
OCL  364419.1
UREF
PNO  5463773
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sakakibara et al.
OCL  364419.08
ABST
PAL  A computer system for automatically classifying or declassifying military,
      intelligence, government, or industrial documents. Inputs to the system
      are classification or declassification guidelines, which describe the
      sensitive information, and the document(s) that need to be processed, all
      of which are in electronic format (e.g., output from word processor or
      other digital format). A database is created by a software program from
      the classification guidelines or rules, which is then stored in the
      computer system. The document(s) to be processed are searched and the
      database is used to identify classified portions of the documents, using a
      second software program (driven by the rules for determining
      classification levels), and the sensitive material is identified and the
      document(s) is modified to show the proper classification markings. This
      system will significantly reduce the time and manpower required to
      properly classify/declassify the larger number of sensitive documents in
      government/industry facilities or those currently being produced.
PATN
WKU  059917105
SRC  8
APN  8595860
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970520
TTL  Statistical translation system with features based on phrases or groups
      of words
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Edouard; Patrick N.
EXP  Isen; Forester W.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Papineni; Kishore Ananda
CTY  Ossining
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Roukos; Salim Estephan
CTY  Scarsdale
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Ward; Robert Todd
CTY  Croton-on-Hudson
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  704  2
XCL  704  9
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1728
FSC  704
FSS  2-7;9
UREF
PNO  4773039
ISD  19880900
NAM  Zamora
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  5237502
ISD  19930800
NAM  White et al.
OCL  364419.01
UREF
PNO  5293584
ISD  19940300
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  395  2.86
UREF
PNO  5424947
ISD  19950600
NAM  Nagao et al.
OCL  364419.08
UREF
PNO  5477451
ISD  19951200
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  364419.08
UREF
PNO  5510981
ISD  19960400
NAM  Berger et al.
OCL  364419.02
UREF
PNO  5568383
ISD  19961000
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  364419.02
OREF
PAL  A Maximum Entropy Approach to Natural Language Processing, Berger et al.,
      Association for Computation Linguistics, pp. 39-71, vol. 22, No. 1, Mar.
      1996.
PAL  A Maximum Entropy Model for Parsing, Ratnaparkhi et al., Proceedings of
      International Conference on Spoken Language Processing, Yokohama, Japan,
      pp. 803-806, vol. 2, 1994.
PAL  Decision Tree Models Applied to the Labeling of Text with Parts-of-Speech,
      Black et al., Proceedings of Speech and Natural Language Workshop, pp.
      117-121, New York, Feb. 1992.
PAL  Decision Tree Parsing Using a Hidden Derivative Model, Jelinek et al.,
      Proceedings of Human Language Technologies Workshop, Plainsboro, N.J., pp.
      272-277, Mar. 8-11, 1994.
PAL  Part of Speech Assignment By a Statistical Decision Algorithm, Bahl et al.,
      IEEE International Symposium on Information Theory, pp. 88-89, Ronneby,
      Sweden (1976).
PAL  Recent Progress in Hidden Understanding Models, Miller et al., Proceedings
      of Spoken Language Systems Workshop, pp. 276-280, Austin, Jan. 1995.
PAL  Statistical Source Channel Models for Natural Language Understanding, Mark
      E. Epstein, Ph.D. Thesis, New York University, Sep. 1996.
PAL  The Application of Semantic Classification Trees to Natural Language
      Understanding, Kuhn t al., IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and
      Machine Intelligence, pp. 449-460, vol. 17, No. 5, May 1995.
PAL  The Mathematics of Statistical Machine Translation: Parameter Estimation,
      Brown et al., Association for Computational Linguistics, pp. 263-311, vol.
      19, No. 2, Jun. 1993.
PAL  Chronus, The Next Generation, Levin et al., Speech Research Department,
      AT&T Bell Laboratories, pp. 269-271.
LREP
FRM  F. Chau & Associates, LLP
ABST
PAL  A system for translating a first word set in a source language into a
      second word set in a target language, the system comprising: input means
      for inputting the first word set into the system; tagging means for
      tagging the first word set input to the system so as to at least
      substantially reduce non-essential variability in the first word set;
      translation means including a single a posteriori conditional probability
      model and a target candidate store for storing target language candidate
      word sets, wherein the translation means employs the single model to
      evaluate the target language candidate word sets in order to select the
      target language candidate word set having a best score with respect to the
      first word set; and output means for outputting the best scoring target
      language candidate word set as the second word set in the target language.
GOVT
PAR  The U.S. Government has a paid-up license in this invention and the right
      in limited circumstances to require the patent owner to license others on
      reasonable terms as provided for by the terms of Contract No.
      N00014-92-C-0189 awarded by the Office of Naval Research.
PATN
WKU  059917113
SRC  8
APN  8052662
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970224
TTL  Language information processing apparatus and method
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Thomas; Joseph
NDR  12
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Seno; Kunihiro
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Furusawa; Hiromi
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hagiwara; Nobuki
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tsuchiya; Kentaro
CTY  Ebina
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960226
APN  8-038295
CLAS
OCL  704  3
XCL  704  8
XCL  704277
XCL  704260
XCL  379 8805
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1728
FSC  704
FSS  2;3;4;5;7;260;277;258;261;267;268;270;8
FSC  379
FSS  88.05;88.06
UREF
PNO  4489433
ISD  19841200
NAM  Suehiro et al.
OCL  704221
UREF
PNO  4503426
ISD  19850300
NAM  Mikulski
OCL  345171
UREF
PNO  4523331
ISD  19850600
NAM  Asija
OCL  382192
UREF
PNO  4843589
ISD  19890600
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  704  2
UREF
PNO  4866670
ISD  19890900
NAM  Adachi et al.
OCL  704  5
UREF
PNO  4962452
ISD  19901000
NAM  Nogami et al.
OCL  704  5
UREF
PNO  5020155
ISD  19910500
NAM  Griffin et al.
OCL  359154
UREF
PNO  5091950
ISD  19920200
NAM  Ahmed
OCL  704277
UREF
PNO  5321801
ISD  19940600
NAM  Ando
OCL  707535
UREF
PNO  5357596
ISD  19941000
NAM  Takebayashi et al.
OCL  704275
UREF
PNO  5384701
ISD  19950100
NAM  Stentiford et al.
OCL  704  3
UREF
PNO  5523943
ISD  19960600
NAM  Maruta et al.
OCL  704  4
UREF
PNO  5539741
ISD  19960700
NAM  Barraclough et al.
OCL  370267
UREF
PNO  5587902
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kugimiya
OCL  704  2
UREF
PNO  5612872
ISD  19970300
NAM  Fujita
OCL  704  2
UREF
PNO  5640575
ISD  19970600
NAM  Maruyama et al.
OCL  704  4
UREF
PNO  5642466
ISD  19970600
NAM  Narayan
OCL  704260
UREF
PNO  5724526
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kunita
OCL  704277
UREF
PNO  5758320
ISD  19980500
NAM  Asano
OCL  704258
UREF
PNO  5815196
ISD  19980900
NAM  Alshawi
OCL  348 17
FREF
PNO  A-57-137962
ISD  19820800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  A language information processing apparatus for translating a model phrase
      in a first language into a corresponding second language and outputting
      the translated phrase. The apparatus includes a display that displays the
      phrase, an input device for inputting a character or a word to be added in
      the first language to the phrase displayed by the display, a first voice
      information storage device that stores voice information in the second
      language corresponding to the phrase, and a second voice information
      storage device that prepares and stores voice information concerning the
      character or word in the first language with an intonation in the first
      language, which character or word is input by the input device. The
      apparatus further includes a translation instruction device for
      instructing the translation of the phrase containing the character or the
      word in the first language, which character or word has been added by the
      input device, and a voice information reading device that reads the voice
      information in the second language corresponding to the phrase from the
      first voice information storage device under instruction from the
      translation instruction device, and reads the added character or word in
      the first language from the second voice information storage device.
PATN
WKU  059917121
SRC  8
APN  7608020
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19961205
TTL  Method, apparatus, and product for automatic generation of lexical
      features for speech recognition systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Zintel; Harold
EXP  Hudspeth; David R.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Martin; Paul A.
CTY  Arlington
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  704  9
XCL  704 10
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1727
FSC  704
FSS  257;9;10;1
UREF
PNO  4864623
ISD  19890900
NAM  Van Nes et al.
OCL  381 43
UREF
PNO  4942526
ISD  19900700
NAM  Okajima et al.
OCL  364419
UREF
PNO  4984178
ISD  19910100
NAM  Hemphill et al.
UREF
PNO  5424947
ISD  19950600
NAM  Nagao et al.
OCL  364419.08
UREF
PNO  5457768
ISD  19951000
NAM  Tsuboi et al.
OCL  704231
UREF
PNO  5475588
ISD  19951200
NAM  Schabes et al.
UREF
PNO  5642519
ISD  19970600
NAM  Martin
OCL  395759
UREF
PNO  5729659
ISD  19980300
NAM  Potter
OCL  704270
OREF
PAL  Holmes"Speech Synthesis and Recognition" Chapman Hill pp.156, 157, 1995.
PAL  Gorin et al., An Experiment in Spoken Language Acquistion, IEE Transactions
      on Speech and Audio Processing, vol. 2 No. 1Part II, Jan. 1994.
PAL  Gorin, A.L., et al., "An Experiment in Spoken Language Acquisitions," IEEE
      Transactions of Speech and Audio Processing, vol. 2, No. 1, Part II, Jan.
      1994, pp. 224-240.
LREP
FRM  Finnegan, Henderson, Farabow, Garrett & Dunner, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  Improved word accuracy of speech recognition can be achieved by providing a
      scheme for automatically limiting the acceptable word sequences. Speech
      recognition systems consistent with the present invention include a
      lexicon database with words and associated lexical properties. The systems
      receive exemplary clauses containing permissible word combinations for
      speech recognition, and identify additional lexical properties for
      selected words in the lexicon database corresponding to words in the
      received exemplary clauses using lexical property tests of a grammar
      database. Certain lexical property tests are switchable to a disabled
      state. To identify the additional lexical properties, the exemplary
      clauses are parsed with the switchable lexical property tests disabled to
      produce an index of the lexical properties corresponding to the exemplary
      clauses. The lexicon database is updated with the identified additional
      lexical properties by assigning the lexical properties to the
      corresponding words of the lexicon database. The grammar database is
      compiled with the lexical property tests enabled and the lexicon database
      with the assigned lexical properties to produce a grammar that embodies
      constraints of the lexical property tests and the lexical properties.
PATN
WKU  059917130
SRC  8
APN  9791817
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19971126
TTL  Efficient method for compressing, storing, searching and transmitting
      natural language text
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Edouard; Patrick N.
EXP  Thomas; Joseph
NDR  14
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Unger; Jay
CTY  Darnestown
STA  MD
INVT
NAM  Fuller; Glen
CTY  Cary
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corp.
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  704  9
XCL  704  1
XCL  707513
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1728
ICL  G06F 1727
FSC  704
FSS  1;2;7;8-10
FSC  707
FSS  500;513;530;531;532
FSC  341
FSS  51
UREF
PNO  5099426
ISD  19920300
NAM  Carlgren et al.
OCL  704  9
UREF
PNO  5146552
ISD  19920900
NAM  Cassorla et al.
OCL  707512
UREF
PNO  5214696
ISD  19930500
NAM  Keiser, II et al.
OCL  704  1
UREF
PNO  5367621
ISD  19941100
NAM  Cohen et al.
OCL  707501
UREF
PNO  5551026
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kaplan et al.
OCL  704  9
UREF
PNO  5572643
ISD  19961100
NAM  Judson
OCL  709218
UREF
PNO  5608396
ISD  19970300
NAM  Cheng et al.
OCL  341 50
UREF
PNO  5614899
ISD  19970300
NAM  Tokuda et al.
OCL  341 51
UREF
PNO  5623601
ISD  19970400
NAM  Vu
OCL  395187.01
UREF
PNO  5680628
ISD  19971000
NAM  Carus et al.
OCL  704  9
UREF
PNO  5708825
ISD  19980100
NAM  Sotomayor
OCL  704  9
UREF
PNO  5721939
ISD  19980200
NAM  Kaplan
OCL  704  9
UREF
PNO  5724593
ISD  19980300
NAM  Hargrave, III et al.
OCL  704  2
UREF
PNO  5740060
ISD  19980400
NAM  Del Monte
OCL  704  7
UREF
PNO  5890103
ISD  19990300
NAM  Carus
OCL  704  9
FREF
PNO  WO 96/29663
ISD  19960900
CNT  WOX
ICL  G06F 1730
LREP
FR2  Bertin; Robert C.
FR2  Clay; A. Bruce
ABST
PAL  A method for compressing text includes steps of parsing words from text in
      an input file and comparing the parsed words to a predetermined
      dictionary. The dictionary has a plurality of vocabulary words in it and
      numbers or tokens corresponding to each vocabulary word. A further step is
      determining which of the parsed words are not present in the predetermined
      dictionary and creating at least one supplemental dictionary including the
      parsed words that are not present in the predetermined dictionary. The
      predetermined dictionary and the supplemental dictionary are stored
      together in a compressed file. Also, the parsed words are replaced with
      numbers or tokens corresponding to the numbers assigned in the
      predetermined and supplemental dictionary and the numbers or tokens are
      stored in the compressed file.
PATN
WKU  059917148
SRC  9
APN  0640638
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19980422
TTL  Method of identifying data type and locating in a file
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Edouard; Patrick N.
EXP  Isen; Forester W.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Shaner; Richard Allen
CTY  Seabrook
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the National Security
      Agency
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  704  9
XCL  704  1
XCL  707530
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1728
FSC  704
FSS  1;9;10
FSC  707
FSS  530;531;532;102
FSC  382
FSS  229
UREF
PNO  5062143
ISD  19911000
NAM  Schmitt
UREF
PNO  5371807
ISD  19941200
NAM  Register et al.
UREF
PNO  5418951
ISD  19950500
NAM  Damashek
UREF
PNO  5463773
ISD  19951000
NAM  Sakakibara et al.
UREF
PNO  5526443
ISD  19960600
NAM  Nakayama
UREF
PNO  5548507
ISD  19960800
NAM  Martino et al.
UREF
PNO  5706365
ISD  19980100
NAM  Rangarajan et al.
UREF
PNO  5717914
ISD  19980200
NAM  Husick et al.
UREF
PNO  5724593
ISD  19980300
NAM  Hargrave, III et al.
OCL  704  7
LREP
FR2  Morelli; Robert D.
ABST
PAL  A method of identifying the types of data contained in an electronic file
      of unknown data type by gathering exemplary files of each data type of
      interest; counting the number of unique n-grams within each exemplary
      file; determining a weight for each unique n-gram; listing the unique
      n-grams in the exemplary files of a particular data type by descending
      magnitude of weight for each data type of interest; selecting the top m
      weighted n-grams and their associated weights; establishing a threshold
      for each data type of interest; selecting a length of data from the
      electronic file; listing every n-gram in the data selected; giving each
      listed n-gram, that was also selected, the weight that that n-gram was
      given for each data type of interest; summing the weights given to each
      n-gram according to data type; comparing the sums to the thresholds
      established in order to determine the types, if any, of the selected data;
      recording the location of the selected data if it is of a data type of
      interest; stopping if the number of selected lengths of data reached a
      user-definable number, otherwise selecting another length of data from the
      file that is the same length as that selected previously, where the newly
      selected data overlaps with the previously selected data by at least one
      position; and repeating the steps from listing every n-gram to stopping
      using the newly selected data.
PATN
WKU  059917156
SRC  8
APN  5218179
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19950831
TTL  Perceptual audio signal subband coding using value classes for
      successive scale factor differences
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Smits; Talivaldis Ivars
EXP  Hudspeth; David R.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Wiese; Detlef
CTY  Neufahrn
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Institut Fur Rundfunktechnik GmbH
CTY  Munchen
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19910126
APN  41 02 324
RLAP
COD  71
APN  094028
CLAS
OCL  704204
XCL  704205
XCL  704227
XCL  704503
EDF  6
ICL  G10L  704
FSC  704
FSS  204;205;227;503
UREF
PNO  4464783
ISD  19840800
NAM  Beraud et al.
OCL  704212
UREF
PNO  4972484
ISD  19901100
NAM  Theile et al.
OCL  704227
FREF
PNO  064119A3
ISD  19821100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  3328344C1
ISD  19841200
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  3639753C2
ISD  19880600
CNT  DEX
OREF
PAL  Plenge et al., "Combined Channel Coding and Concealment," IEE Colloquim on
      Terrestrial DAB -- Where is it Going?, (Digest No. 042) p. 3/1-8, Feb. 17,
      1993.
LREP
FRM  Venable
FR2  Spencer; George H.
FR2  Kinberg; Robert
ABST
PAL  A method of transmitting digitized block coded audio signals includes
      forming scale factors of the digitized audio signals. The n(k-1)
      differences are formed from k successively in-time scale factors for each
      frequency sub-band or for a group of spectral values of the audio signal.
      The n(k-1) differences are grouped into at least two value classes. New
      scale factors are selected for each of the n sub-bands or spectral value
      groups based on a sequence of n(k-1) value classes. Identifying
      information, including the control information indicating at which
      locations in the sequence of n(k-1) value classes the selected new scale
      factors are disposed, is associated with each sequence of n(k-1) value
      classes. The associated selected new scale factors are assigned to each
      sequence of the sampled signal values and to the identifying information
      associated with each sequence of sampled signal values. A transmission
      pattern of new scale factors is determined separately for each of the n
      sub-bands or spectral value groups. Lastly, audio signals are regenerated
      from the sampled signal values and from the assigned selected new scale
      factors.
PATN
WKU  059917164
SRC  8
APN  9309888
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19971014
TTL  Transcoder with prevention of tandem coding of speech
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Wieland; Susan
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Lehtimaki; Matti
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
ASSG
NAM  Nokia Telecommunication OY
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  FIX
APD  19950413
APN  951807
CLAS
OCL  704212
XCL  704214
XCL  704219
EDF  6
ICL  G10L  300
ICL  H04Q  730
FSC  704
FSS  214;219;212
FSC  370
FSS  79
FSC  455
FSS  33.1;116
UREF
PNO  5430724
ISD  19950700
NAM  Fall et al.
OCL  370 79
UREF
PNO  5491719
ISD  19960200
NAM  Sellin et al.
OCL  375213
UREF
PNO  5692105
ISD  19971100
NAM  Leppanen et al.
OCL  395  2.94
FREF
PNO  332 345
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  95/22817
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  95/24789
ISD  19950900
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  J.P. Campbell, Jr. et al., The DOD 4.8 KBPS Standard (proposed Federal
      Standard 1016), Advances in speech coding, Kluwer Academic Publishers,
      1991, p. 133, see p. 125, Table 1 and 132.
PAL  GSM Recommendation 08-60, "Inbad Control of Remote Transcoder and Rate
      Adaptors", ETSI/TC, Feb. 1992, cited in the application see p. 4-26.
PAL  "European digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2); full rate
      speech transcoding (GSM 06.10)", European Telecommunication Standard, Sep.
      1994, ETS 300 580-2, GMS 06.10, ETSI TC-SMG, ICS: 33.060.30, pp. 2-70.
PAL  "Comfort Nosie Aspects For Full Rate Speech Traffic Channels", Jan. 12,
      1989, CEPT/CCH/GSM, GSM Recommendation: 06.12, Version 3.0.0, pp. 1-5.
PAL  "European digital cellular telecommunications system; Half rate speech Part
      3: Substitution and muting of lost frames for half rate speech traffic
      channels (GSM 06.21):", European Telecommunication Standard, Nov. 1995,
      ETS 300 581-3, ETSI TC-SMG, Reference: DE/SMG-020621, ICS: 33.060.50, pp.
      2-11.
PAL  "European digital cellular telecommunications system; Half rate speech Part
      4: Comfort noise aspects for the half rate speech traffic channels (GSM
      06.22)" European Telecommunication Standard, Nov. 1995, ETS 300 581-4,
      Source: ETSI TC-SMG, Reference: DE/SMG-020622, ICS: 33.060.50, pp. 2-15.
PAL  "Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) For Full Rate Speech Traffic Channels",
      Jan. 12, 1989, CEPT/CCH/GSM, GSM 06.31, pp. 1120-1124.
PAL  Digital cellular telecommunications system; Vocie Activity Detection (VAD)
      (GSM 06.32), European Telecommunication Standard, Oct. 1996, ETS 300
      580-6, 3rd Edition, Source: ETSI TC-SMG, Reference: RE/SMG-020632PR2, ICS:
      33.060.50, pp. 2-40.
PAL  European digital cellular telecommunications system; Half rate speech Part
      5: Discontinuous transmission (DTX) for half rate speech traffic channels
      (GSM 06.41), European Telecommunication Standard, Nov. 1995, ETS 300
      581-5, Source: ETSI TC-SMG, Reference: DE/SMG-020641, ICS: 33.060.50, pp.
      2-16.
PAL  "European digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2); In-band
      control of remote transcoders and rate adaptors for half rate traffic
      channels (GSM 08.61)", European Telecommunication Standard, Aug. 1995,
      prETS 300 598, Source: ETSI TC-SMG, Reference: DE/SMG-030861P, ICS:
      33.060.50, pp. 2-39.
PAL  "European digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2);
      Substitution and muting of lost frmaes for rate speech channels (GSM
      06.11)", European Telecommunication Standard, Sep. 1994, ETS 300 580-3,
      Source: ETSI TC-SMG, Reference: GSM 06.11, UDC: 621.396.21, Version 4.0.4.
PAL  Mouly et al., "The GSM System for Mobile Communications", 1992, pp. 216,
      232-259.
PAL  International Telecommunication Union, Telecommunication Standardization
      Sector of ITU, General Aspects of Digital Transmission Systems, Pulse Code
      Modulation (PCM) of Voice Frequencies, ITU-T Recommendation G.711.
PAL  International Telecommunication Union, The International Telegraph and
      Telephone Consultative Committee, General Aspects of Digital Transmission
      Systems; Transmission Performance Characteristics of Pulse Code
      Modulation, Recommendation G.712.
LREP
FRM  IP Group Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP
PCTA
PCN  PCT/FI96/00192
PD1  19971014
PD2  19971014
PD3  19960411
PCP  WO96/32823
PCD  19961017
ABST
PAR  A transcoder which prevents tandem coding of speech in a mobile-to-mobile
      call within a mobile communication system uses a speech coding method for
      reducing transmission rate on the radio path. The transcoder includes a
      speech coder, which encodes the speech signal into speech parameters for
      transmission to a mobile station, and decodes the speech parameters
      received from the mobile station into a speech signal according to the
      speech coding method, as well as a PCM coder for transmitting an uplink
      speech signal to and for receiving a downlink speech signal from a PCM
      interface in the form of PCM speech samples. In addition to the normal
      operation, the transcoder transmits and receives speech parameters through
      a PCM interface in a subchannel formed by least significant bits of the
      PCM speech samples. Thus, it is possible to prevent tandem coding while
      maintaining the standard PCM interface, and the signaling and services
      associated thereto.
PATN
WKU  059917172
SRC  8
APN  9248773
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970905
TTL  Analysis-by-synthesis linear predictive speech coder with
      restricted-position multipulse and transformed binary pulse excitation
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXA  Storm; Donald L.
EXP  Hudspeth; David R.
NDR  7
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Minde; Tor Bjorn
CTY  Gammelstad
CNT  SEX
INVT
NAM  Mustel; Peter Alexander
CTY  Upplands Vasby
CNT  SEX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  SEX
APD  19950322
APN  9501026
RLAP
COD  71
APN  PCTSE9600296
APD  19960306
CLAS
OCL  704223
XCL  704203
EDF  6
ICL  G10L  914
FSC  704
FSS  220-223;264;500
UREF
PNO  5488704
ISD  19960100
NAM  Fujimoto
OCL  704219
UREF
PNO  5752223
ISD  19980500
NAM  Aoyagi et al.
OCL  704219
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An analysis-by-synthesis linear predictive speech coder is described. This
      speech coder has a synthesis part including an adaptive codebook for
      generating an adaptive excitation, means for generating a multi-pulse
      excitation and means for generating a transformed binary pulse excitation.
      The multi-pulse excitation generating means comprises means for generating
      pulses in restricted pulse positions. The multi-pulse excitation and the
      transformed binary pulse excitation are combined.
PATN
WKU  059917180
SRC  9
APN  0317268
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980227
TTL  System and method for noise threshold adaptation for voice activity
      detection in nonstationary noise environments
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Azad; Abul K.
EXP  Hudspeth; David R.
NDR  9
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Malah; David
CTY  Kiryat-Chayim
CNT  ILX
ASSG
NAM  AT&T Corp.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  704233
XCL  704226
XCL  704214
XCL  704208
EDF  6
ICL  G10L  900
FSC  704
FSS  214;226;233;208
UREF
PNO  4696039
ISD  19870900
NAM  Doddington
OCL  704215
UREF
PNO  4696040
ISD  19870900
NAM  Doddington et al.
OCL  704234
UREF
PNO  5459814
ISD  19951000
NAM  Gupta et al.
OCL  704233
UREF
PNO  5706394
ISD  19980100
NAM  Wynn
OCL  704219
UREF
PNO  5749067
ISD  19980500
NAM  Barrett
OCL  704233
OREF
PAL  Voice Activity Detection, GSM 06.32 Version 3.0.0, European
      Telecommunications Standards Institute, 1991.
PAL  ITU-T, Annex A to Recommendation G. 723.1: Silence Compression Scheme for
      Dual Rate Speech Coder for Multimedia Communications Transmitting at 5.3 &
      6.3Kbit/s, May 1996.
PAL  ITU-T, G.729A: A Proposal for a Silence Compression Scheme Optimized for
      the ITU-TG. 729 Annex A Speech Coding Algorithm, by France Telecom/CNET,
      Jun. 1996.
PAL  R. Tucker, "Voice Activity Detection using a Periodicity Measure", IEEE
      Proceedings-I, vol. 139, No. 4, pp. 377-380, Aug. 1992.
PAL  E. Paksoy, K. Srinivasan, and A. Gersho, "Variable Rate Speech Coding with
      Phonetic Segmentation," ICASSP93, Minneapolis, pp. II-155 -II-158, 1993.
PAL  K. El-Maleh and P. Kabal, Comparsion of Voice Activity Detection Algorithms
      for Wireless Personal Communications Systems, IEEE Canadian Conference on
      Electrical and Computer Engineering, pp. 470-473, May 1997.
ABST
PAL  The system and method of the invention relates to voice detection
      technology for determining instants of time at which a snapshot of noise
      characteristics results in improved adaptation of noise floors used in
      voice detection. The approach is based on the "lower envelope" of the
      smoothed input signal power. Incorporation of this approach in a simple
      time domain VAD (Voice Activity Detector) results in an effective
      low-complexity system which, on the basis of simulations, gives good
      performance down to SNR values of about 0 dB. In the invention the lower
      envelope also provides the updated value of the noise threshold during the
      presence of speech. The invention can also be embedded in other, more
      complex (e.g., frequency domain) VADs at low computational cost.
PATN
WKU  059917199
SRC  9
APN  1512919
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980911
TTL  Semantic recognition system
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Wieland; Susan
NDR  15
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Yazaki; Masatomo
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Gomi; Toshiaki
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamamoto; Kenji
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Noda; Masahide
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujistu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19980427
APN  10-117524
CLAS
OCL  704251
XCL  704270
XCL  704275
EDF  6
ICL  G01L  900
ICL  G06F  500
FSC  704
FSS  250;251;270;275
UREF
PNO  4706212
ISD  19871100
NAM  Toma
OCL  704  2
FREF
PNO  9-330316
ISD  19971200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey LLP
ABST
PAL  A semantic recognition system of the present invention provides a user
      interface capable of receiving speech input to a user and an application
      interface that conveys an input content of the user to an application. The
      semantic recognition system includes a speech signal input part for
      receiving input speech signals, a speech recognizer for recognizing a
      corresponding word based on the input speech signals, a recognized
      word-semantic number converter including a semantic number-registered word
      list indicating the correspondence between a semantic number representing
      a meaning of a word and a registered word belonging to the semantic
      number, an application interface and an application handling the semantic
      numbers as data. The corresponding word is recognized by the speech
      recognizer, based on the speech signals input to the speech signal input
      part. The recognized word is converted to a corresponding semantic number
      by the recognized word-semantic number converter. The converted semantic
      number is notified to the application via the application interface.
PATN
WKU  059917202
SRC  8
APN  8343586
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970416
TTL  Speech recognition system employing multiple grammar networks
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Sax; Robert Louis
EXP  Hudspeth; David R.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Galler; Michael
CTY  Santa Barbara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Junqua; Jean-Claude
CTY  Santa Barbara
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CNT  JPX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  72
APN  642766
APD  19960506
PSC  01
PNO  5799065
CLAS
OCL  704256
XCL  704251
XCL  704275
EDF  6
ICL  G01L  506
ICL  G01L  900
ICL  G01L  300
FSC  704
FSS  256;251;275
UREF
PNO  4783809
ISD  19881100
NAM  Glinski
OCL  704236
UREF
PNO  4882757
ISD  19891100
NAM  Fisher et al.
OCL  704255
UREF
PNO  5467425
ISD  19951100
NAM  Lau et al.
OCL  704252
UREF
PNO  5649057
ISD  19970700
NAM  Lee
OCL  704256
UREF
PNO  5677990
ISD  19971000
NAM  Junque
OCL  704256
UREF
PNO  5787230
ISD  19980700
NAM  Lee
OCL  704257
OREF
PAL  Rabiner, L.R. and Juang B-H, Fundamentals of Speech Recognition, AT&T,
      Prentice Hall, pp. 416-420; Jan. 1993.
LREP
FRM  Harness, Dickey & Pierce P.L.C.
ABST
PAL  The input speech is segmented using plural grammar networks, including a
      network that includes a filler model designed to represent noise or
      extraneous speech. Recognition processing results in plural lists of
      candidates, each list containing the N-best candidates generated. The
      lists are then separately aligned with the dictionary of valid names to
      generate two lists of valid names. The final recognition pass combines
      these two lists of names into a dynamic grammar and this dynamic grammar
      may be used to find the best candidate name using Viterbi recognition. A
      telephone call routing application based on the recognition system selects
      the best candidate name corresponding to the name spelled by the user,
      whether the user pronounces the name prior to spelling, or not.
PATN
WKU  059917210
SRC  8
APN  6548938
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19960529
TTL  Apparatus and method for processing natural language and apparatus and
      method for speech recognition
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Edouard; Patrick N.
EXP  Isen; Forester W.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Asano; Yasuharu
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watari; Masao
CTY  Ibaragi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Akabane; Makoto
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kagami; Tetsuya
CTY  Chiba
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ishii; Kazuo
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tanaka; Miyuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kato; Yasuhiko
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kakuda; Hiroshi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ogawa; Hiroaki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950531
APN  7-133762
CLAS
OCL  704257
XCL  704255
XCL  704239
EDF  6
ICL  G10L  506
ICL  G10L  900
FSC  704
FSS  1-2;9;239;240;241;251;255;257
UREF
PNO  4592085
ISD  19860500
NAM  Watari et al.
OCL  381 43
UREF
PNO  5003601
ISD  19910300
NAM  Watari et al.
OCL  381 43
UREF
PNO  5301257
ISD  19940400
NAM  Tani
OCL  395 11
UREF
PNO  5355432
ISD  19941000
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  395  2.43
UREF
PNO  5390280
ISD  19950200
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  395  2.42
UREF
PNO  5848389
ISD  19981200
NAM  Asano et al.
OCL  704239
FREF
PNO  3-276367
ISD  19911200
CNT  JPX
ICL  G06F 1538
LREP
FRM  Limbach & Limbach L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and a method for processing a natural language arranged so as
      to improve the speech recognition rate. In an example search section, the
      degree of similarity between each of a plurality of examples of the actual
      use of the language stored in an example data base and each of a plurality
      of probable recognition results output from a recognition section, and one
      of the examples corresponding to the highest degree of similarity is
      selected. A final speech recognition result is obtained by using the
      selected example. The example search section calculates the degree of
      similarity by weighting the degree of similarity on the basis of a context
      according to at least one of the examples previously selected.
PATN
WKU  059917229
SRC  8
APN  6956637
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960808
TTL  Speech synthesizer system for use with navigational equipment
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Dorvil; Richemond
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Thompson; George W.
CTY  Harwichport
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Greenough; Glenn R.
CTY  Dennis
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Vectra Corporation
CTY  Harwich
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  144667
APD  19931028
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  704258
XCL  704272
EDF  6
ICL  G10L  300
FSC  395
FSS  2.67;2.79;2.7;2.76;2.77;2.81
FSC  704
FSS  258;270;261;267;268;272
UREF
PNO  5181250
ISD  19930100
NAM  Morgan et al.
OCL  395  2.67
UREF
PNO  5274560
ISD  19931200
NAM  LaRue
OCL  364444
UREF
PNO  5321819
ISD  19940600
NAM  Szczepanek
OCL  395325
FREF
PNO  057855
ISD  19790700
CNT  CAX
ICL  G10L  108
LREP
FRM  Samuels, Gauthier & Stevens
ABST
PAL  A speech synthesis system for receiving input information from navigational
      equipment and for producing selected audio output signals associated with
      the input information. The system includes a receiver for receiving input
      information from the navigational equipment, a temporary storage unit for
      storing at least a portion of the input information, a permanent storage
      unit for storing predetermined audio output information associated with
      portions of the input information, a control unit and an output signal
      generating unit. The control unit is in communication with the receiver
      and the temporary and permanent storage units. The control unit selects
      the predetermined audio output information within the permanent storage
      unit associated with portions of the input information. The output signal
      generating unit is in communication with the control unit for producing an
      output signal responsive to the predetermined audio output information.
PATN
WKU  059917237
SRC  9
APN  1036912
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980624
TTL  Method and apparatus for translating text and speech transferred over a
      telephony or similar network
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Wieland; Susan
EXP  Hudspeth; David R.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Duffin; Paul Andrew
CTY  Waterlooville
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  EPX
APD  19980117
APN  9800896
CLAS
OCL  704260
XCL  704270
XCL  704 27S
XCL  379 52
EDF  6
ICL  H04M 1100
ICL  G10L  900
FSC  704
FSS  260;270;27 S
FSC  379
FSS  52
UREF
PNO  5163081
ISD  19921100
NAM  Wycherley et al.
OCL  379 52
UREF
PNO  5253285
ISD  19931000
NAM  Alheim
OCL  379 52
UREF
PNO  5724405
ISD  19980300
NAM  Engelke et al.
OCL  379 52
UREF
PNO  5809112
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ryan
OCL  379 52
UREF
PNO  5815196
ISD  19980900
NAM  Alshawi
OCL  348 17
LREP
FR2  Flynn; John D.
ABST
PAL  A computer telephone relay service for interfacing between a textphone and
      a telephone. A textphone call is made to the computer which makes a
      further call to a telephone or vice versa. The computer then translates
      the messages between the text-phone and telephone using voice recognition
      and text-to-speech hardware.
PATN
WKU  059917245
SRC  9
APN  0351067
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980305
TTL  Apparatus and method for changing reproduction speed of speech sound and
      recording medium
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXA  Abebe; Daniel
EXP  Hudspeth; David R.
NDR  25
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Kojima; Hideki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kimura; Shinta
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970319
APN  9-067007
CLAS
OCL  704266
XCL  704278
EDF  6
ICL  G10L  302
FSC  704
FSS  266;278;270
UREF
PNO  5790264
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  704266
FREF
PNO  8-292790
ISD  19961100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-7295
ISD  19970100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  9-63186
ISD  19970300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey
ABST
PAL  A reproduction speed of speech sound changing apparatus which reproduces
      speech data at a speed in which essential part thereof can be caught so
      that the outline of the speech sound can be grasped even when changing the
      reproduction speed, besides remarkably reduces the whole reproducing time
      wherein a reproducing speed in each predetermined period is calculated
      according to a parameter value in every predetermined period of speech
      data in accordance with such a manner that a part having a high parameter
      value such as high power, high pitch or the like of speech data is judged
      to be the part, where important contents are involved, and such part of
      important contents is reproduced at such a speed that the contents can be
      caught, while the parts other than that described above are reproduced
      either at such a speed that the whole reproduction of speech data can be
      completed within a required time, or reproduced by skipping over the parts
      if at thus determined reproduction speed, reproduced speech sound cannot
      be caught, as a result of paying attention to such fact that voice is
      louder or pitch of voice becomes higher in the part containing important
      contents in speech data.
PATN
WKU  059917253
SRC  8
APN  399497&
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19950307
TTL  System and method for enhanced speech quality in voice storage and
      retrieval systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  44
ECL  1
EXA  Opsasnick; Michael N.
EXP  Hudspeth; David R.
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Asghar; Saf
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Ireton; Mark
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  704270
XCL  704230
XCL  704201
EDF  6
ICL  G10L  900
FSC  395
FSS  2.1;2.12;2.17;2.2;2.24;2.28;2.35;2.38;2.39
FSC  704
FSS  201;203;208;211;215;219;226;229;230;270
UREF
PNO  4121058
ISD  19781000
NAM  Jusko et al.
OCL  179 15.55T
UREF
PNO  4639920
ISD  19870100
NAM  Kaneko
OCL  371 31
UREF
PNO  4641238
ISD  19870200
NAM  Kneib
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4817157
ISD  19890300
NAM  Gerson
OCL  395  2.31
UREF
PNO  4918729
ISD  19900400
NAM  Kudoh
OCL  395  2.28
UREF
PNO  5031218
ISD  19910700
NAM  Galand et al.
OCL  381 46
UREF
PNO  5148487
ISD  19920900
NAM  Nagai et al.
OCL  395  2.32
UREF
PNO  5291286
ISD  19940300
NAM  Murakami et al.
OCL  348469
UREF
PNO  5305332
ISD  19940400
NAM  Ozawa
OCL  395  2.28
UREF
PNO  5327520
ISD  19940700
NAM  Chen
OCL  395  2.28
UREF
PNO  5357594
ISD  19941000
NAM  Fielder
OCL  395  2.2
UREF
PNO  5386493
ISD  19950100
NAM  Degen et al.
UREF
PNO  5471558
ISD  19951100
NAM  Tsutsui
OCL  395  2.28
UREF
PNO  5479559
ISD  19951200
NAM  Fette et al.
OCL  704207
UREF
PNO  5491771
ISD  19960200
NAM  Gupta et al.
OCL  395  2.32
UREF
PNO  5504833
ISD  19960400
NAM  George et al.
OCL  395  2.12
UREF
PNO  5568514
ISD  19961000
NAM  McCree
OCL  395  2.39
UREF
PNO  5577159
ISD  19961100
NAM  Shoham
OCL  395  2.15
UREF
PNO  5657420
ISD  19970800
NAM  Jacobs et al.
OCL  704223
UREF
PNO  5673361
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ireton
OCL  704469
FREF
PNO  0459358A2
ISD  19910500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0459358B1
ISD  19951000
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Lefevre, J.P., and Feng, G., "Some Features Able To Improve The Performance
      Of A LPC Synthesizer", XP000079206, Signal Processing IV, Grenoble:
      Theories and Applications, J.L. Caoume et al, Editors, Elsevier Science
      Publishers B.V. (North-Holland), EURASIP, 1988, pp. 155-158.
PAL  Jayant, N.S., "Average--and Median-Based Smoothing Techniques for Improving
      Digital Speech Quality in the Presence of Transmission Errors",
      XP002051208, Concise Papers, pp. 1043-1045, IEEE Transactions on
      Communications, Sep. 1976, U.S.A., vol. COM-24, No. 9, pp. 1043-1045.
LREP
FRM  Conley, Rose & Tayon, P.C.
FR2  Hood; Jeffrey C.
FR2  Stephenson; Eric A.
ABST
PAL  A digital voice data storage and retrieval system using a low bit rate
      encoder which provides enhanced speech signal quality while also reducing
      memory size requirements. The system comprises a voice coder/decoder which
      preferably includes a digital signal processor (DSP) and also preferably
      includes a local memory. During encoding of the voice data, the voice
      coder/decoder receives voice input waveforms and generates a parametric
      representation of the voice data. A storage memory is coupled to the voice
      coder/decoder for storing the parametric data. During decoding of the
      voice data, the voice coder/decoder receives the parametric data from the
      storage memory and reproduces the voice waveforms. According to the
      invention, an interframe smoothing method is performed on the parametric
      data after encoding of all of the speech data has completed and the
      parametric data has been stored in the storage memory. The interframe
      smoothing is performed either in the background after the coding process
      has completed or in real time during the decoding process immediately
      prior to converting the parametric data back to signal waveforms. Since
      all of the voice input data has already been converted to parametric data
      and stored in memory, parametric data from a virtually unlimited number of
      prior and successive frames is available for use by the smoothing
      algorithm. Therefore, the present invention provides more accurate
      smoothing and provides enhanced speech signal quality over prior systems.
PATN
WKU  059917261
SRC  8
APN  853957&
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970509
TTL  Speech recognition devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Sax; Robert Louis
EXP  Hudspeth; David R.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Immarco; Peter
STR  5580 S. Pacific, #512
CTY  Boca Raton
STA  FL
ZIP  33433
INVT
NAM  Cohen; Lawrence
STR  3311 NE. 26 Ave.
CTY  Lighthouse Point
STA  FL
ZIP  33074
INVT
NAM  Gordon; Theodore J.
STR  29 Pearl St.
CTY  Noank
STA  CT
ZIP  06340
CLAS
OCL  704270
XCL  704274
XCL  704275
EDF  6
ICL  G10L  300
FSC  704
FSS  246;270;274;275
UREF
PNO  4897630
ISD  19900100
NAM  Nykerk
OCL  704274
UREF
PNO  4961177
ISD  19901000
NAM  Uehara
OCL  704270
UREF
PNO  5594789
ISD  19970100
NAM  Seaholtz
OCL  704275
LREP
FR2  Smith; John C.
ABST
PAL  A voice recognition system which controls industrial equipment or
      machinery. A proximity detector is attached to automatically adjust
      microphone sensitivity and to control automatic shutdown when the machine
      operator is not present. An enhanced barge-in feature uses a data switch
      that includes an input audio delay storage. The delay storage prevents
      loss of initial input data by delaying the input until the data switch
      switches from output to input modes. A variety of audio/video responses
      are provided to vary output and enhance attention span. Rules based input
      data handling provides a flexible response to user input.
PATN
WKU  059917270
SRC  8
APN  9855491
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19971205
TTL  Voice reproducing apparatus for personal use
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Lerner; Martin
EXP  Hudspeth; David R.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Ono; Kazuhiro
STR  No. 10-15, Koyama 7-chome, Shinagawa-ku
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kato; Hiroaki
STR  No. 2188-10, Ouzenji, Asao-ku
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
CLAS
OCL  704270
XCL  434185
EDF  6
ICL  G10L  300
ICL  H04R  110
FSC  704
FSS  200;201;270;271;272;276;277
FSC  434
FSS  185
UREF
PNO  5056145
ISD  19911000
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  704270
UREF
PNO  5163111
ISD  19921100
NAM  Baji et al.
OCL  704200
UREF
PNO  5365050
ISD  19941100
NAM  Worthington et al.
OCL  704260
UREF
PNO  5481616
ISD  19960100
NAM  Freadman
OCL  381333
UREF
PNO  5502463
ISD  19960300
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  345204
UREF
PNO  5608700
ISD  19970300
NAM  Ikeda
OCL  369 24
UREF
PNO  5655009
ISD  19970800
NAM  Arai et al.
OCL  379 93.28
UREF
PNO  5787399
ISD  19980700
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  704270
UREF
PNO  5790897
ISD  19980800
NAM  Corder et al.
OCL  395892
UREF
PNO  5839108
ISD  19981100
NAM  Daberko et al.
OCL  704270
UREF
PNO  5845240
ISD  19981200
NAM  Fielder
OCL  704201
FREF
PNO  8-151845
ISD  19971200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Evenson, McKeown, Edwards & Lenahan, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A voice reproducing apparatus for personal use is provided with a card
      serving as a memory-unit accommodating member incorporating therein a
      memory unit which stores voice as compressed codes; a player body for
      converting the codes to a voice signal and incorporating therein an
      interface, a decoding unit, and a circuit portion; and an earphone. The
      earphone is connected to said card, some of a plurality of contacts of a
      terminal portion provided in said card are formed as contacts of a
      terminal portion for an earphone, some of a plurality of contacts of a
      terminal portion provided in said interface of said player body are formed
      as contacts of an output terminal portion, and said terminal portion for
      an earphone is connectable to said output terminal portion when said card
      is loaded in said player body.
PATN
WKU  059917288
SRC  8
APN  8467986
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970430
TTL  Method and system for the tracking and profiling of supply usage in a
      health care environment
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Weinhardt; Robert A.
NDR  33
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  DeBusk; Brian C.
CTY  Clinton
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Shanks; Mark W.
CTY  Clinton
STA  TN
INVT
NAM  Cofer; Michael C.
CTY  Knoxville
STA  TN
ASSG
NAM  DeRoyal Industries, Inc.
CTY  Powell
STA  TN
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  705  2
XCL  705  7
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
FSC  705
FSS  2;3;7;28;29
FSC  364
FSS  468.14;468.22
FSC  235
FSS  375;385
UREF
PNO  4737910
ISD  19880400
NAM  Kimbrow
UREF
PNO  4987538
ISD  19910100
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  5001630
ISD  19910300
NAM  Wiltfong
UREF
PNO  5072383
ISD  19911200
NAM  Brimm et al.
UREF
PNO  5235795
ISD  19930800
NAM  DeBusk
UREF
PNO  5307261
ISD  19940400
NAM  Maki et al.
UREF
PNO  5321605
ISD  19940600
NAM  Chapman et al.
UREF
PNO  5325293
ISD  19940600
NAM  Dorne
UREF
PNO  5359509
ISD  19941000
NAM  Little et al.
UREF
PNO  5412576
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hansen
UREF
PNO  5517405
ISD  19960500
NAM  McAndrew et al.
UREF
PNO  5557514
ISD  19960900
NAM  Seare et al.
UREF
PNO  5583758
ISD  19961200
NAM  McIlroy et al.
UREF
PNO  5610811
ISD  19970300
NAM  Honda
UREF
PNO  5671362
ISD  19970900
NAM  Cowe et al.
UREF
PNO  5682728
ISD  19971100
NAM  DeBusk et al.
UREF
PNO  5732401
ISD  19980300
NAM  Conway
UREF
PNO  5752234
ISD  19980500
NAM  Withers
LREP
FRM  Luedeka, Neely & Graham PC
ABST
PAL  A method for tracking medical supply usage on a procedure level in a
      clinical setting. The method includes the steps of creating at least one
      procedural template comprising a list of anticipated supplies to be used
      during a given medical procedure, creating a recordation form from a given
      procedure based upon the procedural template, the form including at least
      a partial listing of the anticipated supplies to be used during the
      procedure based upon the procedural template, recording on the form actual
      usage of supplies during the procedure, and storing the procedural
      template and actual usage information in a retrievable manner for the
      purposes of analysis.
PATN
WKU  059917296
SRC  8
APN  8963142
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970628
TTL  Methods for generating patient-specific medical reports
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Caudle; Penny
EXP  MacDonald; Allen R.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Barry; James T.
STR  161 Wildwood Ave.
CTY  Madison
STA  CT
ZIP  06443
INVT
NAM  Casey; Karen J.
STR  52 Old Point Td.
CTY  Milford
STA  CT
ZIP  06460
INVT
NAM  Lachman; Mary
STR  3 Glenwood Crt.
CTY  Bethany
STA  CT
ZIP  06524
INVT
NAM  McGinnis; David G.
STR  44 Cathy Dr.
CTY  Southington
STA  CT
ZIP  06497
INVT
NAM  Niedmann; Carl
STR  2 Collin Ct.
CTY  Wallingford
STA  CT
ZIP  06492
INVT
NAM  Santarsieri; Vito
STR  247 North St.
CTY  Manhasset Hills
STA  NY
ZIP  11040
INVT
NAM  Serra; Michael
STR  80 Blamey Cir.
CTY  Stratford
STA  CT
ZIP  06497
INVT
NAM  Tenner; Steven M.
STR  45 Lilac Ave.
CTY  Hamden
STA  CT
ZIP  06517
INVT
NAM  Tilton; William M.
STR  12 Baldwin St.
CTY  West Haven
STA  CT
ZIP  06516
CLAS
OCL  705  3
XCL  705  2
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
FSC  705
FSS  3;2
UREF
PNO  4315309
ISD  19820200
NAM  Coli
OCL  705  3
UREF
PNO  5581460
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kotake et al.
OCL  705  3
LREP
FR2  Voyce; Brian D.
ABST
PAL  The present invention relates to novel methods and memory storage devices
      for generating a report that contains medical counseling information which
      is specific to a patient. The medical information is dependent upon the
      diagnostic analysis of a biological sample from the patient. A relational
      database management system is used that stores a plurality of diagnostic
      codes and archived textual and graphical information specific for each
      diagnostic code. By inputting a diagnostic code specific for the results
      of the diagnostic analysis, a report is compiled from retrieved archived
      textual and graphical information specific for the entered diagnostic
      code. The archived information provides counseling and descriptive
      information useful for the patient.
PATN
WKU  059917300
SRC  8
APN  9472932
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971008
TTL  Methods and systems for automated patient tracking and data acquisition
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Retta; Yehdega
EXP  Trammell; James P.
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Lubin; Brian A.
CTY  Chapel Hill
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Deaner; Hugh P.
CTY  Chapel Hill
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Queue Corporation
CTY  Chapel Hill
STA  NC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  705  3
XCL  395202
XCL  705  2
XCL  340825
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
FSC  364
FSS  167;468;825
FSC  705
FSS  2;3;10
FSC  395
FSS  202
UREF
PNO  3573441
ISD  19710400
NAM  Glazar
UREF
PNO  3949196
ISD  19760400
NAM  Spalti et al.
UREF
PNO  4222111
ISD  19800900
NAM  Sloan et al.
UREF
PNO  4530067
ISD  19850700
NAM  Dorr
UREF
PNO  4583280
ISD  19860400
NAM  Corrigan et al.
UREF
PNO  4794377
ISD  19881200
NAM  Benages
UREF
PNO  5006983
ISD  19910400
NAM  Wayne et al.
UREF
PNO  5018067
ISD  19910500
NAM  Mohlenbrock et al.
UREF
PNO  5072383
ISD  19911200
NAM  Brimm et al.
UREF
PNO  5166499
ISD  19921100
NAM  Holland et al.
UREF
PNO  5245163
ISD  19930900
NAM  Yehuda
UREF
PNO  5291399
ISD  19940300
NAM  Chaco et al.
OCL  705  3
UREF
PNO  5321396
ISD  19940600
NAM  Lamming et al.
UREF
PNO  5328169
ISD  19940700
NAM  Mandel
UREF
PNO  5455851
ISD  19951000
NAM  Chaco et al.
OCL  379 38
UREF
PNO  5465082
ISD  19951100
NAM  Chaco et al.
OCL  340825.54
UREF
PNO  5502806
ISD  19960300
NAM  Mahoney et al.
UREF
PNO  5522044
ISD  19960500
NAM  Pascucci et al.
UREF
PNO  5541835
ISD  19960700
NAM  Dextraze et al.
UREF
PNO  5550359
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bennett
UREF
PNO  5737280
ISD  19980400
NAM  Kokubo
UREF
PNO  5760704
ISD  19980600
NAM  Barton et al.
UREF
PNO  5822544
ISD  19981000
NAM  Chaco et al.
OCL  705  2
OREF
PAL  Varitronics Inc. materials related to CS2000 no date.
PAL  Expeditor Systems brochure and home page 1996.
PAL  Client-Tel Light System brochure no date.
PAL  "The Berdy Smartcard.TM. and SmartClinic.TM. Systems", Medical Practice
      Management Mar./Apr., 1995.
LREP
FRM  Myers Bigel Sibley & Sajovec
ABST
PAL  Patient flow is automatically tracked through a medical clinic and data is
      acquired from the automated patient flow tracking. A file is associated
      with a patient including a patient identification indicator when the
      patient enters the facility and placement of the file in a receptacle
      along with the identification is detected by sensors in a receptacle
      located of at first service location. Removal of the file from the
      receptacle when a first service provider commences service is further
      detected. Placement of the file in a second receptacle is detected upon
      completion of the service. One receptacle may be a physician receptacle
      and the other may be a nurse receptacle. A patient visit data record is
      generated based upon the detected movement of the file including
      determining treatment time and waiting time based on marking the time of
      events when the file is removed and replaced in respective receptacles.
      Indications of patient status are further provided at the receptacle
      location or transmitted to a remote location. Patient flow tracking is
      preferably provided by receptacles at various locations to follow the
      treatment of the patient to entry of the service provider through
      ancillary services and checkout.
PATN
WKU  059917318
SRC  9
APN  2411407
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19990201
TTL  Method and system for interactive prescription and distribution of
      prescriptions in conducting clinical studies
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Jagoish
EXP  MacDonald; Allen R.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Colon; Michael
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Marks; Ronald G.
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Pepine; Carl J.
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Handberg-Thurmond; Eileen M.
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Cooper-DeHoff; Rhonda M.
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
INVT
NAM  Padgett; Phillip
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  University of Florida
CTY  Gainesville
STA  FL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  811446
APD  19970303
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  705  3
XCL  705  2
EDF  6
ICL  G08B  522
FSC  705
FSS  2;3;10;14
UREF
PNO  5319543
ISD  19940600
NAM  Wilhelm
OCL  705  3
UREF
PNO  5572421
ISD  19961100
NAM  Altman et al.
OCL  705  3
UREF
PNO  5597995
ISD  19970100
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  235375
UREF
PNO  5666490
ISD  19970900
NAM  Gillings et al.
OCL  395200.68
UREF
PNO  5713350
ISD  19980200
NAM  Yokota et al.
OCL  600300
UREF
PNO  5737539
ISD  19980400
NAM  Edelson et al.
OCL  705  3
UREF
PNO  5822544
ISD  19981000
NAM  Chaco et al.
OCL  395202
FREF
PNO  WO 96/13790
ISD  19960500
CNT  WOX
ICL  G06F15900
OREF
PAL  Kelly, M.A. and Oldham, J.; The Internet and Randomized Controlled Trials,
      European Congress of the Internet in Medicine, MEDNET 96,
      http://www.mednet.org.uk/mednet/mednet96.htm, Oct. 1996.
PAL  Carpenter, Rebecca, Canadian Business, Drugnet on Trial, vol. 69, Is:8,
      p.33, Jul. 1996.
PAL  Winslow, Ron, Technology (a Special Report) Desktop Doctors: Medical
      Technology Isn't Always about surgery and diagnosis, get ready for the
      paperless doctor's office, The Wall Street Journal, Sec. R, p. 14, Apr. 6,
      1992.
PAL  Valeriano, Lourdes Lee, Business Bulletin: A Special Background Report on
      Trends in Industry and Finance, The Wall Street Journal, Sec: A p. 1, Nov.
      1992.
PAL  Gillespie M.J. et al, Distributed Data Entry in a Collaborateive Medical
      Study (CASS): Seven Years Experience, Proceedings of Computer Networks
      COMPCON 82. Twenty Fifth IEEE Computer Society International Conference,
      Washington, DC, Sep. 20-23, 1982.
PAL  King C et al, MEDUS/A: Distributing Database management for Medical
      ResearchProceedings of Computer Netoworks COMPCON 82. Twenty Fifth IEEE
      Computer Society International Conference, Washington, DC, Sep. 20-23,
      1982.
PAL  Kelly M.A. et al, The Internet and Randomized Controlled Trials, Internet
      in Medicine. MEDNET 96, Brighton, UK 1996, V. 47, No. 1-2, ISSN 1386-5056,
      Nov. 1997.
PAL  Piffero V et al, Computerization of a Clinical trial to acquire data in
      real-time and to manage them with a network of laptop computers using
      user-friendly Software, MEDINFO 89. Proceedings of the Sixth Conference on
      Medical Informatics, Beijing, China an, Oct. 1989.
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady LLP
ABST
PAL  A computer system (11, 12, 13) and method for managing data used in
      conducting clinical studies concerning subjects at a plurality of
      participating, geographically distributed clinical sites, each
      participating clinical site having a computer (17, 18, 19) for inputting,
      transmitting and receiving data over the Internet (15). An Internet
      network server computer (13) is interfaced to a database host computer
      (11) through a private network (12). The system (11, 12, 17, 18, 19)
      communicates data over the Internet (15, 16) to determine patient
      eligibility, randomization and initial prescriptions, which can then be
      adjusted by the physician online. The final prescription is printed out
      for signature and sent electronically to a distribution center (55). Study
      data is maintained in a database in the host computer (11) behind a
      firewall provided in the Internet server computer (13).
PATN
WKU  059917326
SRC  8
APN  4113837
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19950327
TTL  Strategical-tactical logistic system
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Cosimano; Edward R.
NDR  21
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Moslares; Andres Monedero
STR  Via Augusta 59, Dpcho. 705
CTY  Barcelona
CNT  ESX
RLAP
COD  71
APN  972774
APD  19921211
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  708074
APD  19910524
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  311635
APD  19890215
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  705  8
XCL  36446805
XCL  36446813
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
FSC  364
FSS  400;401;403;408;468;468.05;468.07;468.13;468.14
FSC  395
FSS  222;223;228;229;207
FSC  285
FSS  55
FSC  705
FSS  7;8;10
UREF
PNO  4459663
ISD  19840700
NAM  Dye
OCL  364468.07
UREF
PNO  4646238
ISD  19870200
NAM  Carlson, Jr. et al.
OCL  364403
UREF
PNO  4648023
ISD  19870300
NAM  Powell
OCL  364468.07
UREF
PNO  4852001
ISD  19890700
NAM  Tsushima et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  4887206
ISD  19891200
NAM  Natarajan
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  4887207
ISD  19891200
NAM  Natarajan
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5089970
ISD  19920200
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  364468
UREF
PNO  5101352
ISD  19920300
NAM  Rombort
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5128860
ISD  19920700
NAM  Chapman
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5128861
ISD  19920700
NAM  Kagami et al.
OCL  364403
UREF
PNO  5148370
ISD  19920900
NAM  Lilt et al.
OCL  364468
UREF
PNO  5193065
ISD  19930300
NAM  Guerindon et al.
OCL  364468.13
UREF
PNO  5195041
ISD  19930300
NAM  George et al.
OCL  364468
UREF
PNO  5233533
ISD  19930800
NAM  Edstrom et al.
OCL  364468.09
UREF
PNO  5255181
ISD  19931000
NAM  Chapman et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5268838
ISD  19931200
NAM  Ito
OCL  364401R
UREF
PNO  5278750
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kaneko et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5287267
ISD  19940200
NAM  Jayaramana et al.
OCL  364403
UREF
PNO  5289370
ISD  19940200
NAM  Lirov
OCL  364401R
UREF
PNO  5299115
ISD  19940300
NAM  Fields et al.
OCL  364401R
UREF
PNO  5440480
ISD  19950800
NAM  Costanza
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5446890
ISD  19950800
NAM  Renslo et al.
OCL  707104
UREF
PNO  5771172
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yamamoto et al.
OCL  364468.13
OREF
PAL  Charles J. Cavallaro, "New Para Research MRP II System Adapts Itself to
      Your Business", Para Research, Aug. 13, 1985.
PAL  Horwitt, "Mattel Net Chases Xmas Blues", Computerworld, p. 8, Dec. 19,
      1988.
PAL  Anonymous, "MSA Instroduces New Mainframe Systems: Sales Forecasting and
      Distribution Resource Planning", The Software Company Management Science
      America, Sep. 23, 1985.
PAL  Dauohinais, "Taking Inventory with INMASS", PC Magazine, p. 272, Jun. 26,
      1984.
LREP
FR2  Donner; Irah H.
     Pepper Hamilton LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for using a computer to control the manufacture of items in a
      factory determines when to schedule the manufacture of a new batch of an
      item or the ordering of a new batch from an outside supplier by comparing
      an item's reaction capacity with a limit above which the reaction capacity
      should lie. The limits are computed, on the basis of sales forecasts and
      bill of materials information, to be limits adequate to meet the forecast
      need for commercial items produced by the factory. The reaction capacity
      is recomputed and compared with the limit at a plurality of control dates.
      In computing an item's reaction capacity, the physical inventory, the
      pending orders for additional supplies of the item, the unfulfilled
      customer demand for the item, and the demand for the item from within the
      factory are all taken into account.
PATN
WKU  059917334
SRC  8
APN  6210260
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960322
TTL  Method and computerized system for managing insurance receivable accounts
ISD  19991123
NCL  47
ECL  1
EXP  Cosimano; Edward R.
NDR  28
NFG  28
INVT
NAM  Aleia; Alan L.
CTY  Glastonbury
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Pierce, Jr.; Donald R.
CTY  Enfield
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Busque; Keven J.
CTY  Manchester
STA  CT
INVT
NAM  Bouchard; Ruthann S.
CTY  South Windsor
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  Hartford Fire Insurance Company
CTY  Hartford
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  705  8
XCL  364400
XCL  705  1
XCL  705  9
XCL  707104
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
FSC  364
FSS  400
FSC  705
FSS  1;2;4;8;9
FSC  707
FSS  104
UREF
PNO  4774664
ISD  19880900
NAM  Campbell et al.
OCL  705 38
UREF
PNO  4831526
ISD  19890500
NAM  Luchs et al.
OCL  705  4
UREF
PNO  5136502
ISD  19920800
NAM  Van Remortel et al
OCL  705  2
UREF
PNO  5191522
ISD  19930300
NAM  Bosco et al.
OCL  705  4
UREF
PNO  5359509
ISD  19941000
NAM  Little et al.
OCL  705  2
UREF
PNO  5444615
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bennett et al.
OCL  705  8
UREF
PNO  5550734
ISD  19960800
NAM  Tarter et al.
OCL  705  2
UREF
PNO  5583778
ISD  19961200
NAM  Wind
OCL  705 34
LREP
FR2  Plevy; Arthur L.
ABST
PAL  A method and computerized system is disclosed for managing insurance
      receivable accounts. The method provides a combination of specific
      automation enablers and unique ruled based decision tools which are used
      to maximize recovery of the insurance receivable accounts. The method
      includes automation of collection strategies based in part on an automated
      decision support tool, for objective evaluation of data relating to any
      collection related decisions or activities, and a historical data
      warehouse, for comparison to all other insurance receivable accounts
      recorded. The computerized system entails a local area network of
      workstations, database server, file server, input devices, output devices
      configured by software for accumulating, processing, administering and
      analyzing premium insurance collection accounts in an automated workflow
      process environment. The computerized system provides, among other
      capabilities, for cases processed in-house by collectors, automation
      respecting scripted dispute handling, on-line payment plan capabilities,
      electronic data transfer and, collection strategy development, for cases
      referred to an outside collection agency or attorney, automation
      respecting facsimile generations, legal strategy development, in-house
      attorney reviews and monitoring, electronic data transfers to local
      counsel, evaluation of the next step to be undertaken and, access to a
      bankruptcy database.
PATN
WKU  059917342
SRC  8
APN  9056068
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970804
TTL  Method of measuring the creative value in communications
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Nga B.
EXP  Trammell; James P.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Moulson; Thomas J.
STR  1100 Sea La.
CTY  Corona Del Mar
STA  CA
ZIP  92625
CLAS
OCL  705 10
XCL  705 10
XCL  705402
XCL  348  2
XCL  348  1
XCL  358447
XCL  358469
XCL  455  42
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  700
ICL  G06F 1521
FSC  705
FSS  10;402
FSC  358
FSS  447;469
FSC  455
FSS  42
FSC  348
FSS  2
UREF
PNO  4647964
ISD  19870300
NAM  Weinblatt
OCL  455  2
UREF
PNO  5041972
ISD  19910800
NAM  Frost
OCL  705 10
UREF
PNO  5227874
ISD  19930700
NAM  Kohorn
OCL  348  2
UREF
PNO  5812642
ISD  19980900
NAM  Leroy
OCL  705 10
OREF
PAL  Kover et al, To whom do advertising creatives write? An inferential answer,
      Journal of Advertising Research, Jan. 1, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Drummond & Duckworth
ABST
PAL  This invention relates to a method for measuring the creative value added
      to a communication, such as an advertisement in the media of print,
      television or radio. In a preferred embodiment, the invention provides a
      quantitative measure of the creative value added to a communication. To
      this end, a communication test sample is compared to a creativity neutral
      control which is a communication which intentionally lacks any creativity.
PATN
WKU  059917350
SRC  9
APN  132277&
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19980811
TTL  Computer program apparatus for determining behavioral profile of a
      computer user
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Irshadullah; M.
EXP  MacDonald; Allen R.
NDR  10
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Gerace; Thomas A.
CTY  Cambridge
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Be Free, Inc.
CTY  Marlborough
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  634900
APD  19960426
PSC  01
PNO  5848396
ISD  19981208
CLAS
OCL  705 10
XCL  705  1
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1900
UREF
PNO  4659314
ISD  19870400
NAM  Weinblatt
OCL  434236
UREF
PNO  4718106
ISD  19880100
NAM  Weinblatt
OCL  455  2
UREF
PNO  4930011
ISD  19900500
NAM  Kiewt
OCL  358 84
UREF
PNO  5260778
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kauffman et al.
OCL  358 86
UREF
PNO  5446891
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kaplan et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5446919
ISD  19950800
NAM  Wilkins
OCL  455  6.2
UREF
PNO  5504675
ISD  19960400
NAM  Cragun
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5515098
ISD  19960500
NAM  Carles
OCL  348  8
UREF
PNO  5636346
ISD  19970600
NAM  Saxe
OCL  395201
FREF
PNO  95/23371
ISD  19950800
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Berniker, M., "Nielsen Plans Internet Service," Broadcasting & Cable,
      125(30):34 (Jul. 24, 1995).
PAL  "Media Planning is Redefined in a New Era of Online Advertising," PR
      Newswire, (Feb. 5, 1996).
PAL  PR Newswire, information concerning the PointCast Network (PCN) (Feb. 13,
      1996) pp. 213.
PAL  Information describing BroadVision One-to-One Application System:
      "Overview," p. 1; "Further Resources on One-to-One Marketing," p. 1;
      "BroadVision Unleashes the Power of the Internet with Personalized
      Marketing and Selling," pp. 1-3; "Frequently Asked Questions," pp. 1-3;
      "Products," p. 1; "BroadVision One-to-One.TM.", pp. 1-2; "Dynamic Cammand
      Center," p. 1; "Arthitecture that Scales," pp. 1-2; "Technology," p. 1;
      "Creating a New Medium for Marketing and Selling BroadVision One-to-One
      and the World Wide Web a White Paper," pp. 1-15;
      http://www.broadvision.com (Jan.-Mar. 1996).
PAL  "Netscape & NetGravity: Any Questions?" http:/www.netgravity.com/, (Jul.
      11, 1996).
PAL  "Ipro," http://www.ipro.com/, Internet profiles Corporation Home and other
      Web Pages (Jul. 11, 1996).
PAL  "The Pointcast Network," http:/www.pointcast.com/, (1996, Spring).
PAL  "ABI Whap, Web Hypertext Applications Processor,"
      http://alphabase.com/abi3/whapinfo.html#profiling, (Jul. 11, 1996).
PAL  Hoffman, D.L. et al., "A New Marketing Paradigm for Electronic Commerce,"
      (Feb. 19, 1996),
      http://www2000.ogsm.vanderbilt.edu/novak/new.marketing.paradigm.html.
PAL  "Real Media," http://www.realmedia.com/index.html, (Jul. 11, 1996).
PAL  McFadden, M., "The Web and the Cookie Monster," Digital Age, (Aug. 1996).
PAL  "My Yahoo ! news summary for My Yahoo ! Quotes," http://my.yahoo.com, (Jan.
      27, 1997).
PAL  "The Front Page," http://live.excite.com/?aBb, (Jan. 27, 1997) and (Apr.
      11, 1997).
PAL  Bussey, H.E., et al., "Service Architecture, Prototype Description, and
      Network Implications of a Personalized Information Grazing Service," IEEE
      Multiple Facets of Integration Conference Proceedings, vol. 3, No. Conf.
      9, Jun. 3, 1990, pp. 1046-1053.
PAL  Yan, T.W. and Garcia-Molina, H., "SIFT --A Tool for Wide-Area Information
      Dissemination," Paper presented at the Usenix Technical Conference, New
      Orleans, LA (Jan. 1995), pp. 177-186.
PAL  Pazzani, M., et al., "Learning from hotlists and coldlists: Towards a WWW
      Information Filtering and Seeking Agent," Proceedings International
      Conference on Tools with Artificial Intelligence, Jan. 1995, pp. 492-495.
PAL  Raggett, D., "A review of the HTML + document format," Computer Networks
      and ISDN Systems, vol. 27, No. 2, pp. 135-145 (Nov. 1994).
PAL  Gessler, S. and Kotulla, A., "PDAs as mobile WWW browsers," Computer
      Networks and ISDN Systems, vol. 28, No. 1-2, pp. 53-59 (Dec. 1995).
PAL  Donnelley, J.E., "WWW media distribution via Hopewise Reliable Multicast,"
      Computer Networks and ISDN Systems, vol. 27, No. 6, pp. 781-788 (Apr.,
      1995).
PAL  Jones, R., "Digital's World-Wide Web server: A case study," Computer
      Networks and ISDN Systems, vol. 27, No. 2, pp. 297-306 (Nov. 1994).
PAL  Betts, M., "Sentry cuts access to naughty bits," Computers and Security,
      vol. 14, No. 7, p. 615 (1995).
PAL  Weber, Thomas E., "Software Lets Marketers Target Web Ads," The Wall Street
      Journal, Apr. 21, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Hamilton, Brook, Smith & Reynolds, P.C.
ABST
PAL  Computer network method and apparatus provides targeting of appropriate
      audience based on psychographic or behavioral profiles of end users. The
      psychographic profile is formed by recording computer activity and viewing
      habits of the end user. Content of categories of interest and display
      format in each category are revealed by the psychographic profile, based
      on user viewing of agate information. Using the profile (with or without
      additional user demographics), advertisements are displayed to
      appropriately selected users. Based on regression analysis of recorded
      responses of a first set of users viewing the advertisements, the target
      user profile is refined. Viewing by and regression analysis of recorded
      responses of subsequent sets of users continually auto-targets and
      customizes ads for the optimal end user audience.
PATN
WKU  059917369
SRC  8
APN  8061661
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970226
TTL  Patronage incentive award system incorporating retirement accounts and
      method thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Kemper; Melanie A.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Ferguson; Henry
STR  421 Glenview Dr.
CTY  Lower Burrell
STA  PA
ZIP  15068
INVT
NAM  Ferguson; Clayton T.
STR  2813 Knights Ct.
CTY  Lower Burrell
STA  PA
ZIP  15068
CLAS
OCL  705 14
XCL  705 35
XCL  705 39
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
FSC  705
FSS  14.1;39;35
FSC  902
FSS  25;37;41
FSC  235
FSS  380
UREF
PNO  4750119
ISD  19880600
NAM  Cohen et al.
UREF
PNO  4941090
ISD  19900700
NAM  McCarthy
UREF
PNO  5025372
ISD  19910600
NAM  Burton et al.
UREF
PNO  5056019
ISD  19911000
NAM  Schultz et al.
UREF
PNO  5083270
ISD  19920100
NAM  Gross et al.
UREF
PNO  5083782
ISD  19920100
NAM  Nilssen
UREF
PNO  5117355
ISD  19920500
NAM  McCarthy
UREF
PNO  5193056
ISD  19930300
NAM  Boes
UREF
PNO  5202826
ISD  19930400
NAM  McCarthy
UREF
PNO  5262942
ISD  19931100
NAM  Earle
UREF
PNO  5297026
ISD  19940300
NAM  Hoffman
OCL  705 14
UREF
PNO  5441309
ISD  19950800
NAM  D'Alessio et al.
UREF
PNO  5453601
ISD  19950900
NAM  Rosen
UREF
PNO  5513102
ISD  19960400
NAM  Auriemma
UREF
PNO  5537314
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kanter
UREF
PNO  5577915
ISD  19961100
NAM  Feldman
UREF
PNO  5734838
ISD  19980300
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  395214
UREF
PNO  5787404
ISD  19980700
NAM  Fernandez-Holmann
OCL  705 35
OREF
PAL  Mannix, "The Rebate Revolution" U.S. News and World Report v. 14 n. 21 p.
      74(3), May 1993.
PAL  Stouffer, "Investors Here Like CDs: IRA Funds Up Despite Low
      Rates"Pittsburgh Business Times and Journal, v. 5 , n. 29 p. 1, Mar. 1986.
PAL  MacDonald, "Bonuses Key Weapon in RRSP Battle: Creative Marketing Aimedat
      Keeping Existing Business" Financial Post Financial Post, Weekly Ed. p. 29
      Jan. 1990.
PAL  G. Colter "Smart Money Hesitates Before Fidelity Offer; New Credit Card
      Helps Users Purchase Firm's Funds; Buyer Beware, Some Say, " The Wall
      Street Journal, May 27, 1994, Section B, p. 4G.
LREP
FRM  Sweeney Metz Fox McGrann & Schermer L.L.C.
FR2  Schermer; Leland P.
FR2  Lizzi; Thomas
ABST
PAL  Embodiments are disclosed of a patronage incentive system in which a
      monetary award is made to a customer's retirement account as incentive for
      the customer to participate in a transaction with the sponsor for the
      sponsor's goods or services. The system includes a means for identifying
      the customer, a means for inputting the identification information and
      other information about the transaction into a computer data storage, a
      computer data processing device which uses a software program along with
      the transactional information to calculate an incentive award amount a
      means for transferring the monetary funds equal to the incentive award
      amount from an incentive award pool to the customer's retirement account,
      and a means of reporting the incentive award amount to the customer and to
      the sponsor. Embodiments of a method of conducting a patronage incentive
      system of the present invention are also disclosed comprising the steps of
      inputting transactional information into a computer data storage device,
      calculating the incentive award amount through the use of a computer data
      processing device, transferring monetary funds equal to the incentive
      award amount from an incentive award pool to the customer's retirement
      account, and reporting the incentive award amount to the customer and to
      the sponsor.
PATN
WKU  059917377
SRC  8
APN  6149650
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960311
TTL  Automated consumer response to publicly broadcast information
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Kalinowski; Alexander
EXP  Voeltz; Emanuel Todd
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Chen; Humphrey D.
CTY  West Orange
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  ConneXus Corporation
CTY  Berwyn
STA  PA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  705 26
XCL  37910101
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
FSC  705
FSS  26;1;12;14
FSC  702
FSS  73
FSC  379
FSS  101.01
FSC  345
FSS  327
UREF
PNO  4843562
ISD  19890600
NAM  Kenyon et al.
OCL  702 73
UREF
PNO  4989233
ISD  19910100
NAM  Schakowsky et al.
OCL  379 92
UREF
PNO  5303393
ISD  19940400
NAM  Noreen et al.
OCL  455  3.2
UREF
PNO  5410326
ISD  19950400
NAM  Goldstein
OCL  348134
UREF
PNO  5539635
ISD  19960700
NAM  Larson, Jr.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5661787
ISD  19970800
NAM  Pocock
OCL  379101.01
UREF
PNO  5663757
ISD  19970900
NAM  Morales
OCL  348 13
UREF
PNO  5708478
ISD  19980100
NAM  Tognazzini
OCL  348552
FREF
PNO  WO 97/21291
ISD  19970600
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Bachman, Katy; "Now You Can Interact With Your Radio; New Interactive Radio
      Known As Coupon-Radio"; Oct., 1994; Information Access Company, ASAP, vol.
      6, No. 10, p. 32; Cowles Bus. Media, Direct, ISSN: 1046-4174.
PAL  Crain communications Inc.; "Cellular Linking Brings Advertisers in Contact
      With Mobile Consumers"; Sep. 18, 1995; Radio Comm. Report, News, p. 86.
PAL  Eng, Paul M.; "Just Ask the Radio to Name That Tune"; Jun. 19, 1995;
      McGraw-Hill, Inc.; Business Week, Bits & Bytes, No. 3429, p. 128 H.
PAL  Hyatt, Josh (Globe Staff); "Radio Adds a Silent Message; New Technology
      Allows Stations to Transmit Text As Well As Sound"; Mar. 10, 1994; Globe
      Newspaper Co.; The Boston Globe, Thurs., City Edition, Economy, p. 43.
PAL  Pate, Kelly; "Let Your Imagination Run Wild, New Cellular Innovations
      Arrive"; Jul. 24, 1995; Cain Communications Inc.; Radio Comm. Report,
      Special Section, p. 27.
PAL  Young, Jeffrey; "You're Playing My Song"; Jul. 5, 1993; Forbes, Inc.,
      Computers/Communications, p. 1140.
PAL  Jeffrey Young, "Your're Playing My Song", Forbes, pp. 114-115, Apr. 5,
      1993.
PAL  "Music Marketers Target Specific Consumers with Ever More Refined Telephone
      Sampling Srategies", EPM Publishers, Inc., pp. 1-3, Mar. 1993.
LREP
FRM  Testa, Hurwitz & Thibeault, LLP
ABST
PAL  An automated system for enabling consumers to respond to publicly broadcast
      information includes a content identification processor and an order
      processor. The content identification processor is configured to identify
      the content of publicly broadcast information in response to receipt of
      data specifying the publicly broadcast information. The order processor
      receives from a consumer an order comprising data specifying information
      publicly broadcast over a non-interactive medium, communicates the data to
      the content identification processor, receives an identification of the
      content of the publicly broadcast information from the content
      identification processor, and causes action desired by the consumer to be
      initiated based on the content of the publicly broadcast information. A
      consumer transmitter device is configured to transmit an order to an order
      processor at the initiative of a consumer upon receipt by the consumer of
      publicly broadcast information of interest to the consumer. The consumer
      transmitter device includes a tuning mechanism and a transmitting and
      receiving mechanism. The tuning mechanism selects a source of publicly
      broadcast information, on a waveband of sources of publicly broadcast
      information, that is being received by the consumer. The transmitting and
      receiving mechanism transmits to the order processor data specifying the
      source of the publicly broadcast information selected by the tuning
      mechanism and receives signals from the order processor in response to
      receipt by the order processor of the data.
PATN
WKU  059917385
SRC  8
APN  9687017
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19971112
TTL  Automated credit card processing
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXP  Cosimano; Edward R.
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Ogram; Mark E.
STR  780 S. Freeman Rd.
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
ZIP  85748
RLAP
COD  71
APN  597017
APD  19960205
PSC  01
PNO  5822737
ISD  19981013
CLAS
OCL  705 26
XCL  235375
XCL  3408253
XCL  34082531
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
FSC  235
FSS  375;379;380;381
FSC  340
FSS  825.3;825.31;825.34;825.35
FSC  705
FSS  1;26;27
FSC  902
FSS  2
UREF
PNO  5206488
ISD  19930400
NAM  Teicher
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5220501
ISD  19930600
NAM  Lawlor et al.
XCL  902 24
UREF
PNO  5351296
ISD  19940900
NAM  Sullivan
OCL  380 24
UREF
PNO  5420405
ISD  19950500
NAM  Chasek
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  5511122
ISD  19960400
NAM  Atkinson
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5515307
ISD  19960500
NAM  Aiello et al.
OCL  364717
UREF
PNO  5557518
ISD  19960900
NAM  Rosen
XCL  235379
UREF
PNO  5608801
ISD  19970300
NAM  Aiello et al.
OCL  380 46
UREF
PNO  5621797
ISD  19970400
NAM  Rosen
OCL  380 24
UREF
PNO  5627972
ISD  19970500
NAM  Shear
OCL  395200.18
UREF
PNO  5629982
ISD  19970500
NAM  Micali
OCL  380 30
UREF
PNO  5642419
ISD  19970600
NAM  Rosen
OCL  380 23
UREF
PNO  5671280
ISD  19970900
NAM  Rosen
OCL  380 24
UREF
PNO  5703949
ISD  19971200
NAM  Rosen
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5710887
ISD  19980100
NAM  Chelliah et al.
OCL  705 26
UREF
PNO  5724424
ISD  19980300
NAM  Gifford
OCL  380 24
UREF
PNO  5729594
ISD  19980300
NAM  Klingman
XCL  705 26
UREF
PNO  5802497
ISD  19980900
NAM  Manasse
OCL  705 27
UREF
PNO  5809144
ISD  19980900
NAM  Sirbu et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5815657
ISD  19980900
NAM  Williams et al.
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5822737
ISD  19981000
NAM  Ogram
OCL  705 26
UREF
PNO  5850442
ISD  19981200
NAM  Muftic
OCL  380 21
OREF
PAL  Online Resources & Commun: "Electronic Transactions"; press release, Aug.
      1993.
PAL  "First Data Brings Secure Payment Processing to the Internet with Netscape
      Communications Software"; Netscape press release; Mountin View,
      California, Nov. 1994.
PAL  "Wal-Mart to Operate Microsoft Programs for On-Line Sales"; Wall Street
      Journal, No Date.
PAL  Clark; "Oracle to Make Net Software With VeriFone"; Wall Street Journal, No
      Date.
PAL  Wells Fargo Bank et al; "Internet Cash & Carry Will offer merchants secure
      credit/debit transactions on the Internet in cooperation with Cybercash";
      press release, Dec. 1994.
PAL  Spyglass et al: "Internet tools vendors prep for commerce"; press release,
      Dec. 1994.
PAL  Wells Fargo: "Wells Fargo secured spot for Internet shopping"; press
      release, Mar. 1995.
PAL  Twin County Grocers; "N.J. grocer installs online debit card reader for
      food stamp transactions Installs online debt card reder that can process
      food stamp, credit and debit transactions"; press release, Apr. 1995.
PAL  Visa Intl et al: "Visa and Microsoft Publish Open Specifications to Enable
      Secure Transactions on the Internet"; press release, Sep. 1995.
PAL  Checkfree Corp.; "Checkfree gives secure Internet transactions top
      billing"; press release, Oct. 1995.
PAL  Netscape Communications et al: "Visa & Mastercard at Odds"; press release,
      Oct. 1995.
PAL  ISED Corporation; "New low-cost Hardware provides secure Financial
      Transactions via telephone and the internet"; press release, Nov. 1995.
PAL  "Commerce is slow to hit the Net"; press prelease, Nov. 1995.
PAL  MCI Communcation; "MCI diversifying through move into music business
      Launching a svc that sells compact discs & cassettes directly to the home
      via Internet & phones"; press release, Nov. 1995.
PAL  British Midland Airways; "BM Claims to be First Internet Booking Airline";
      press release, Dec. 1995.
PAL  "IETF directs focus on Net standards; Seeks to reconcile security
      protocols"; press release, Dec. 1995.
PAL  Cybercash; "Virtual credit-card swiper maks banks feel secure Offers
      Internet users & merchants the ability to transact credit card payments
      over the Internet"; press release, Dec. 1996.
PAL  "Accept Credit Cards and Money Payments Over the Web! Totally Secure,
      Automated and Operational!", Jan. 1996.
PAL  Online Resources & Commun TransPhone; "TransPhone Accesses Online
      Resources' Banking Technology; Leading Protocol Adds Hundreds of Financial
      Services to Transaction Appliance"; press release, Jan. 1996.
PAL  Frieder the Source: press release, Jan. 1996.
PAL  Oracle Corp. and Verifone Inc.; press release, Feb. 1996.
PAL  Set Protocol press release from America Online, Feb. 1996.
PAL  NDC and CyberCash press release from America Online, Mar. 1996.
PAL  "Secure transaction Technology Specifications"; Visa International Service
      association and Microsoft Corporation; Version 1.0, 1995.
ABST
PAL  An automated payment system particularly suited for purchases over a
      distributed computer network such as the Internet. In such a distributed
      computer network, a merchant or vending computer contains certain
      promotional information which is communicated to a customer's computer.
      Based upon the promotional information, the operator of the customer's
      computer decides to purchase the services or goods described by the
      promotional information. The customer's computer is linked to a payment
      processing computer and the customer's credit card number and the amount
      of the goods or services is transmitted to the payment processing
      computer. The payment processing computer automatically contacts a bank
      for verification of the credit card and amount; the bank transmits an
      authorization to the payment processing computer. The payment processing
      computer communicates a self-generated transaction indicia, and in some
      embodiments a password, to the customer's computer. In the embodiment
      where a password is used, the customer's computer uses the password with
      the merchant's computer in obtaining access to protected information or to
      establish shipping instructions.
PATN
WKU  059917393
SRC  8
APN  9767932
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971124
TTL  Internet online order method and apparatus
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  1
EXA  Fink; Mark J.
EXP  Teska; Kevin J.
NDR  20
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Cupps; Bryan
CTY  Bothell
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Glass; Tim
CTY  Aptos
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  FOOD.COM
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  705 26
XCL  705 26
XCL  705 37
XCL  705 27
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
FSC  705
FSS  26
FSC  340
FSS  994
FSC  379
FSS  201
UREF
PNO  4530067
ISD  19850700
NAM  Dorr
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4569421
ISD  19860200
NAM  Sandstedt
OCL  186 39
UREF
PNO  4797818
ISD  19890100
NAM  Cotter
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  4882475
ISD  19891100
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  235383
UREF
PNO  4971406
ISD  19901100
NAM  Hanson
OCL  340711
UREF
PNO  5444444
ISD  19950800
NAM  Ross
OCL  340994
UREF
PNO  5533107
ISD  19960700
NAM  Irwin et al.
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5559707
ISD  19960900
NAM  DeLorme et al.
OCL  364443
UREF
PNO  5648770
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ross
OCL  340994
UREF
PNO  5655008
ISD  19970800
NAM  Futch et al.
OCL  379 91.01
LREP
FRM  Flehr Hohbach Test Albritton & Herbert
FR2  Caserza; Steven F.
ABST
PAL  A system and method for providing an online ordering machine that manages
      the distribution of home delivered products over a distributed computer
      system is herein disclosed. The distributed computer system includes a
      group of customers connected to client computers and at least one server
      computer system that executes the online ordering machine. The online
      ordering machine provides the customers with product information from
      various vendors whose delivery range is within the customer's location or
      with product information from vendors having take out service within a
      specified range from the customer's location. The vendor's and customer's
      location is associated with a geocode representing the latitude and
      longitude coordinates of the location. The search for the vendors
      servicing the customer's location is done using the geocodes. The online
      ordering machine accepts orders from the customer for a particular product
      from a selected vendor. The order is converted into voice instructions
      which are transmitted to the vendor through a telephone call. The vendor
      receives the telephonic order and responds to voice-prompted instructions
      used to confirm the order.
PATN
WKU  059917407
SRC  8
APN  8719217
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970610
TTL  Data processing system for integrated tracking and management of
      commerce related activities on a public access network
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Poinvil; Frantzy
NDR  11
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Messer; Stephen Dale
STR  626 Millwood Rd.
CTY  Mt. Kisco
STA  NY
ZIP  10549
CLAS
OCL  705 27
EDF  6
ICL  G06F15700
FSC  705
FSS  26;27
FSC  395
FSS  200.53;200.54;200.55
FSC  707
FSS  501;513
UREF
PNO  5537314
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kanter
OCL  364406
UREF
PNO  5692206
ISD  19971100
NAM  Shirley et al.
OCL  395793
UREF
PNO  5708780
ISD  19980100
NAM  Levergood et al.
OCL  395200.59
UREF
PNO  5712979
ISD  19980100
NAM  Graber et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5715315
ISD  19980200
NAM  Handelman
OCL  380 49
UREF
PNO  5724424
ISD  19980300
NAM  Gifford
OCL  380 24
UREF
PNO  5848396
ISD  19981200
NAM  Gerace
OCL  705 10
OREF
PAL  "Amazon.Com Introduces `Amazon.Com Associates`--a New Model for
      Internet-Based Commerce", Business Wire, Jul. 18, 1996.
PAL  John A. Quelch, "The Internet and International Marketing", Sloan
      Management Review, v 37, n 3, pp. 60-75, Spg, 1996.
PAL  Linda D. Garcia, "Networking and the Rise of Electronic Commerce", Business
      Economics, v 30, n 4, pp. 7-14, Oct. 1995.
PAL  Bruce Judson, "Luring Advertisers Prospects to the Web", Advertising Age,
      p. 16, Aug. 7, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Hopgood, Calimafde, Kalil & Judlowe LLP
ABST
PAL  A data processing system manages transaction related information generated
      on a network of interconnected public access computers, including
      monitoring purchases and providing referral fee accounting based thereon.
      The integrated software package establishes a platform for Merchants and
      Site Owners for managing the negotiation of promotional and commercial
      contracts, the implementation of resulting promotional and commercial
      efforts, and final accounting in accordance with pre-established criteria.
      The system thus enables network users to take advantage of a retail sales
      channel on public or private electronic networks.
PATN
WKU  059917415
SRC  8
APN  8039917
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970221
TTL  In$ite: a finance analysis model for education
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXP  Kemper; Melanie A.
NDR  50
NFG  50
INVT
NAM  Speakman; Sheree Teresa
CTY  Highland Park
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  May; Jay Frank
CTY  New Freedom
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Fox River Holdings, L.L.C.
CTY  Batavia
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  705 30
XCL  705  8
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
FSC  705
FSS  1;7;8;30;35;36
FSC  707
FSS  7;100;104;205;563;504;517
FSC  434
FSS  107
UREF
PNO  3749892
ISD  19730700
NAM  Stenning
OCL  235150.5
UREF
PNO  4346442
ISD  19820800
NAM  Musmanno
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  4462767
ISD  19840700
NAM  Lerner
OCL  364406
UREF
PNO  4648038
ISD  19870300
NAM  Roberts et al.
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  4694397
ISD  19870900
NAM  Grant et al.
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  4736294
ISD  19880400
NAM  Gill et al.
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  4787036
ISD  19881100
NAM  Fleming
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  4839804
ISD  19890600
NAM  Roberts et al.
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  4953085
ISD  19900800
NAM  Atkins
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  5056019
ISD  19911000
NAM  Schultz et al.
OCL  364405
UREF
PNO  5117356
ISD  19920500
NAM  Marks
OCL  364406
UREF
PNO  5132899
ISD  19920700
NAM  Fox
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  5189608
ISD  19930200
NAM  Lyons et al.
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  5191522
ISD  19930300
NAM  Bosco et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5227967
ISD  19930700
NAM  Bailey
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  5262942
ISD  19931100
NAM  Earle
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  5381332
ISD  19950100
NAM  Wood
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5390113
ISD  19950200
NAM  Sampson
OCL  364419.19
UREF
PNO  5799286
ISD  19980800
NAM  Morgan et al.
OCL  705  7
OREF
PAL  News Release "HP and Pentamation Announce Information-Systems Software for
      K-12 Districts" No Author, Dec. 1990.
PAL  Greenfield, "Administrative Modules: Giving Education a Helping Hand" The
      Journal v. 20 n11 p. 12(4), Jun. 1993.
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist, A Professional Corporation
ABST
PAL  An advanced software package for cost accounting and analysis, management
      reporting, performance assessment and decision support tool is described.
      The IN$ITE.TM. software package collects, organizes, manages and
      consolidates financial data and permits the standardized evaluation and
      comparison of different educational institutions. The software package
      implements the Finance Analysis Model For Education as a relational
      database for the efficient and cost-effective management of educational
      institutions.
PAL  Financial data is organized into three dimensions: Functions, Programs and
      Locations. IN$ITE has five Functions which are subdivided into 15
      Subfunctions and further divided into 32 Detail Functions, each of which
      provides greater clarity of fund use. The Program Dimension of IN$ITE
      permits the identification and determination of the costs of various
      special programs within the school system. The Organizational (or
      Locational) Dimension of IN$ITE comprises three levels: Expenses that are
      to be charged to the central location, to various school-sites, or to be
      retained as non-allocated expenses. IN$ITE also permits reporting of
      decision-support data by school-site or cost-center.
PATN
WKU  059917423
SRC  8
APN  6502938
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19960520
TTL  Time and expense logging system
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Jagdish
EXP  MacDonald; Allen R.
NDR  10
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Tran; Bao Q.
STR  10206 Grove Glen
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ZIP  77099
CLAS
OCL  705 32
XCL  705 11
XCL  702176
XCL  702178
XCL  702187
XCL  364143
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  705
FSS  41;11;28;30;32;34;40;404;418
FSC  704
FSS  875;251
FSC  382
FSS  187;186
FSC  702
FSS  176;178;187
UREF
PNO  4604699
ISD  19860800
NAM  Borcherdt
OCL  364420
UREF
PNO  5123064
ISD  19920600
NAM  Hacker
OCL  382 59
UREF
PNO  5235565
ISD  19930800
NAM  Aschenbrouich
OCL  364464.01
UREF
PNO  5365050
ISD  19941100
NAM  Worthington
OCL  235472
UREF
PNO  5463696
ISD  19951000
NAM  Beernink et al.
OCL  382186
UREF
PNO  5477511
ISD  19951200
NAM  Englehardt
OCL  369 25
UREF
PNO  5493492
ISD  19960200
NAM  Cramer et al.
OCL  364406
UREF
PNO  5502805
ISD  19960300
NAM  Anderson
OCL  395148
UREF
PNO  5506902
ISD  19960400
NAM  Kubota
OCL  380  9
UREF
PNO  5510606
ISD  19960400
NAM  Worthington et al.
OCL  235472
UREF
PNO  5514861
ISD  19960500
NAM  Swartz et al.
OCL  235472
UREF
PNO  5515455
ISD  19960500
NAM  Govindaraju
OCL  382186
UREF
PNO  5526407
ISD  19960600
NAM  Russel
OCL  379 89
UREF
PNO  5546538
ISD  19960800
NAM  Cobbley
OCL  395200.01
UREF
PNO  5559897
ISD  19960900
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  382186
UREF
PNO  5602963
ISD  19970200
NAM  Bissonnette
OCL  395  2.84
UREF
PNO  5606497
ISD  19970200
NAM  Carmer
OCL  395232
UREF
PNO  5745268
ISD  19980400
NAM  Eastvold
OCL  359110
OREF
PAL  Author Unknown, Portions of Manual for Expense It!.
PAL  Jerry Harris, Portions of Manual for Quickxpense (1994).
PAL  Author Unknown, Chapters 3-6 of "Getting a Grip on Time".
PAL  Darryl Jenkins, Chapter 16 of "Savvy Business Travel" (1993).
PAL  Arnold Van Beverhoudt Jr., "Time Keeper", 80 Micro, pp. 85, 86, 88, 92, 94,
      95, 97-99 (Oct. 1984).
PAL  David Goldstein, "Automated Time Tracking", J. of Law Office Productivity
      (Oct. 1992).
PAL  Software Review, "Carpe Diem: Time Entry Made Easy for Lawyers", J. of Law
      Office Productivity (May 1993).
PAL  Author Unknown, Brochure for the Associate Counsel, Morning Star Tech. Corp
      (1992).
PAL  Gavel & Gown Software, Brochure for Amicus.TM. Attorney.
PAL  Rebecca Nagel, "Amicus Attorney. APIM for Attorneys", Law Office Computing
      (Apr./May 1996).
PAL  Brent Roper, "Amicus Attorney for Windows and Macintosh," Legal Assistant
      Today (May 1995).
PAL  Dave Robertson, "The Joys of Legal Software", The Writ (Feb. 1996, vol. 18,
      No. 2).
PAL  Paul Bernstein, "Amicus Attorney Software: A Lawyer's Friend Indeed",
      Illinois Legal Times (Feb. 1995) vol. 9, No. 94.
PAL  Lewis Eisen, "Amicus Attorney", Csalt Review, Spring 1995.
PAL  Gerry Blackwell, "Letting Computers Sweat the Details," Canaduan Lawyer
      (Nov. Dec. 1995).
PAL  In Re Nation/Ruskin, Inc., Debtor, Bankruptcy No. 80-02621k, U.S.
      Bankruptcy Court, E. D. Pennsylvania, p. 211.
PAL  U.S. Robotics, Inc.--Palm Computing Division, Pilot.TM. Handbook (1996).
PAL  J. Svenson, Filling Expenses Via American Express, Information Week Jul. 1,
      1996 p. 103.
PAL  E.Boug, TLC for T & E Headaches, Business Week, Jun. 10, 1996 p. 200.
PAL  J. Schwartz, Electronic Expense Management, Comm. Week, Jul. 8, 1996 p. 16.
PAL  D. MacNeil, Expense Plus 2.0-Newton Software Review--Pen Comp. Mag. Feb.
      1996, p. 45.
PAL  Franklin Quest, Brochure for Pilot Organizer with Ascend 97 Software
      (1996).
PAL  Orcale Inc., Orcale Mobile Agents White Paper (Mar. 1995).
PAL  Fuller, Scott M., and Pagan, Kevin, Learn Timeslips for Windows in a Day,
      1994.
PAL  Newton Apple Message Pad Solutions for Sales Professionals, Sales
      Literature, May 1995.
LREP
FR2  Brown; Kurt J.
ABST
PAL  A portable computer system manages data conveniently for a user. The system
      has a processor, a program storage device coupled to the processor, an
      input recognizer adapted to receive data from the user, and a computer
      readable code embodied in the program storage device for storing and
      processing the data.
PATN
WKU  059917431
SRC  8
APN  8854998
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970630
TTL  System and method for proactively monitoring risk exposure
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Caudle; Penny
EXP  MacDonald; Allen R.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Irving; Russell Robert
CTY  Ballston Lake
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Linden; Angelika Dorothea
CTY  Niskayuna
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Quaile; James Patrick
CTY  Scotia
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  General Electric Company
CTY  Schenectady
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  705 36
XCL  706 45
XCL  706 49
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1900
FSC  705
FSS  36
FSC  706
FSS  45;49
UREF
PNO  5101362
ISD  19920300
NAM  Simoudis
UREF
PNO  5448722
ISD  19950900
NAM  Lynne et al.
UREF
PNO  5506999
ISD  19960400
NAM  Skillman et al.
UREF
PNO  5644727
ISD  19970700
NAM  Atkins
OCL  705 40
UREF
PNO  5696907
ISD  19971200
NAM  Tom
OCL  705 36
UREF
PNO  5701400
ISD  19971200
NAM  Amado
OCL  395 76
LREP
FR2  Goldman; David C.
FR2  Breedlove; Jill M.
ABST
PAL  The present invention discloses a system and method for proactively
      monitoring risk exposure. In this invention, risk related information is
      received at an input knowledge source. A shared database stores the risk
      related information received at the input knowledge source. A plurality of
      domain knowledge sources formulates a decision on how the risk related
      information in the shared database affects a predetermined risk category.
      An output knowledge source generates a risk related report in response to
      the decisions formulated by each of the plurality of domain knowledge
      sources. A risk analytics router routes the risk related information in
      the input knowledge source to the shared database, the risk related
      information in the shared database to at least one of the domain knowledge
      sources, the decisions formulated from the domain knowledge sources to the
      shared database, and the decisions from the shared database to the output
      knowledge source.
PATN
WKU  059917440
SRC  8
APN  9624570
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19971031
TTL  Method and apparatus that processes financial data relating to wealth
      accumulation plans
ISD  19991123
NCL  46
ECL  1
EXA  Myhre; James W.
EXP  MacDonald; Allen R.
NDR  12
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  DiCresce; Gary P.
CTY  Saratoga Springs
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Gary P. DiCresce & Associates
CTY  Saratoga Springs
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  705 36
XCL  705  4
XCL  705 35
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
ICL  G06F 1900
FSC  705
FSS  4;35;36
UREF
PNO  3500030
ISD  19700300
NAM  Clarke
OCL  705 36
UREF
PNO  4648037
ISD  19870300
NAM  Valentino
OCL  705 36
UREF
PNO  4750121
ISD  19880600
NAM  Halley et al.
OCL  705 35
UREF
PNO  4876648
ISD  19891000
NAM  Lloyd
OCL  705 38
UREF
PNO  4953085
ISD  19900800
NAM  Atkins
OCL  705 36
UREF
PNO  4969094
ISD  19901100
NAM  Halley et al.
OCL  705 36
UREF
PNO  5126936
ISD  19920600
NAM  Champion et al.
OCL  705 36
UREF
PNO  5206803
ISD  19930400
NAM  Vitagliano et al.
OCL  705 39
UREF
PNO  5214579
ISD  19930500
NAM  Wolfberg et al.
OCL  705 36
UREF
PNO  5523942
ISD  19960600
NAM  Tyler et al.
OCL  705  4
UREF
PNO  5590037
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ryan et al.
OCL  395204
UREF
PNO  5745706
ISD  19980400
NAM  Wolfberg et al.
OCL  705 35
UREF
PNO  5749077
ISD  19980500
NAM  Campbell
OCL  705 36
UREF
PNO  5761441
ISD  19980600
NAM  Bennett
OCL  705 35
UREF
PNO  5802500
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ryan et al.
OCL  705 36
UREF
PNO  5806047
ISD  19980900
NAM  Hackel et al.
OCL  705 36
UREF
PNO  5812987
ISD  19980900
NAM  Luskin et al.
OCL  705 36
UREF
PNO  5839118
ISD  19981100
NAM  Ryan et al.
OCL  705 36
OREF
PAL  The Evergreen Group, Inc. "ISOP Insured Security Option Plan: Funding for
      Executive SERPs and Deferred Compensation".
PAL  Conrail Group Carve Out Funding Models, prep. by Gary P. DiCresce &
      Associates, Saratoga Springs, New York.
LREP
FR2  Babayi; Robert S.
     Burns Doane Swecker & Mathis
ABST
PAL  A digital computer produces data corresponding to results of different
      financial plans. Contribution data corresponding to contributions to an
      account created under the plan are entered into the digital computer. The
      digital computer produces data representing after tax cost of interest for
      cash value loan amounts corresponding to cumulative cash values of an
      insurance contract issued based on the contribution. Then, the digital
      computer outputs data representing investment income derived from the cash
      value loan amounts less after tax cost of interest to a display device.
PATN
WKU  059917458
SRC  8
APN  787426&
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970122
TTL  Reverse mortgage loan calculation system and process
ISD  19991123
NCL  50
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Nga B.
EXP  Trammell; James P.
NDR  8
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kiritz; Nicholas
CTY  Silver Spring
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  FannieMae
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  705 38
XCL  705  1
XCL  705 38
XCL  705 35
XCL  395238
XCL  395236
EDF  6
ICL  G06F15700
ICL  G06F 1760
FSC  705
FSS  38;1;35
FSC  395
FSS  238;236
UREF
PNO  4876648
ISD  19891000
NAM  Lloyd
OCL  705 38
UREF
PNO  5083270
ISD  19920100
NAM  Gross et al.
OCL  705 35
UREF
PNO  5673402
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ryan et al.
OCL  705 38
UREF
PNO  5689649
ISD  19971100
NAM  Altman et al.
OCL  705 38
UREF
PNO  5878404
ISD  19990300
NAM  Stout, Jr. et al.
OCL  705 38
OREF
PAL  New York State Banking Department, Reverse Mortgage Loan,
      http://www.banking.state.ny.us/rml.htm, Aug. 1996.
PAL  James R. DeBoth, A reverse mortgage can offer a source of income during
      retirement years, http://www.interest.com/sa960807.htm, 1995.
PAL  AgeNet, Reverse Mortgages, http://www.agenet.com/reverse.sub.--
      mortgages.html, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP
ABST
PAL  A system and process of calculating monetary payments by a lender to a
      borrower based on the value of an asset using at least one of a plurality
      of constants stored in look-up tables. The process includes inputting
      borrower information such as borrower birthdate or age. Property specific
      information is input, such as appraised property value. Equity share
      information is also input. With the Equity share information and borrower
      age, the process looks-up a tenure conversion factor from a look-up table.
      The loan type is input as one of tenure, line of credit, and modified
      tenure and appropriate variables are set accordingly. The principal limit
      factor is read from a look-up table and the original principal limit is
      calculated to be equal to the principal limit factor multiplied by the
      appraised property value. Next the net principal limit is calculated as
      the original principal limit minus costs. The loan is then calculated--if
      tenure, then the monthly payment equals net principal limit times tenure
      conversion factor, if line of credit, then the net principal limit equals
      the line of credit, and if modified tenure, then net line of credit equals
      net principal limit minus (monthly payment divided by tenure conversion
      factor), when a monthly payment amount was requested or monthly payment
      equals (net principal limit minus net line of credit) multiplied by tenure
      conversion factor when a net line of credit was requested.
PATN
WKU  059917466
SRC  8
APN  7960794
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970205
TTL  Billing system utilizing a modified file transfer protocol for
      collecting non-file MIB tables for billing in an ATM network
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXP  Stamber; Eric W.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Wang; Yifan
CTY  Waterbury
STA  CT
ASSG
NAM  General DataComm, Inc.
CTY  Middlebury
STA  CT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  705 40
XCL  379 9308
XCL  370321
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
ICL  H04M 1500
FSC  705
FSS  1;34;40
FSC  370
FSS  321
FSC  379
FSS  93.07;93.08
UREF
PNO  5438614
ISD  19950800
NAM  Rozman et al.
OCL  379 93.08
UREF
PNO  5453979
ISD  19950900
NAM  Schibler et al.
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5490252
ISD  19960200
NAM  Macera et al.
OCL  395200.79
UREF
PNO  5713075
ISD  19980100
NAM  Threadgill et al.
OCL  455427
UREF
PNO  5757784
ISD  19980500
NAM  Liebowitz et al.
OCL  370321
UREF
PNO  5771349
ISD  19980600
NAM  Picazo, Jr. et al.
OCL  395188.01
UREF
PNO  5778182
ISD  19980700
NAM  Cathey et al.
OCL  395200.49
LREP
FR2  Gordon; David P.
FR2  Jacobson; David S.
FR2  Gallagher; Thomas A.
ABST
PAL  An ATM billing system includes a data (billing) generator at each slot of
      an ATM switch, a plurality of billing collectors, and a billing center
      coupled to the ATM network. The data generators are provided with SNMP
      communication capability and with a modified TFTP communication
      capability. The data generators monitor the MIBs in their respective slots
      in ATM switches and, in particular, monitor the contents of tables which
      contain accounting information. When a table is 90% full, the data
      generator sends a trap to the billing collector associated with the
      particular switch and the billing collector sends a TFTP GET request to
      the data generator. The modified TFTP protocol in the data generator
      creates a pseudo filename, generates TFTP data packets containing the
      entire contents of the MIB billing table, and sends the packets according
      to TFTP protocol to the billing collector. The billing collector uses
      standard TFTP protocol to receive the TFTP packets and assemble them as a
      file which is stored. Upon successful receipt of the billing data, the
      billing collector sends the TFTP acknowledgement to the data generator and
      the data generator deletes the records in the MIB table for terminated
      calls. The billing collectors periodically read the billing data files and
      convert the data contained therein to a format which is suitable for the
      billing center.
PATN
WKU  059917474
SRC  8
APN  6903584
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19960726
TTL  Electronic purse loan system
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Jagdish
EXP  Stamber; Eric W.
NDR  12
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Tomoyuki; Nonaka
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumoto; Kenji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Itoh; Shigeyuki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Inoue; Masayuki
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950802
APN  7-197573
CLAS
OCL  705 41
XCL  705 38
XCL  705 39
XCL  235379
XCL  235380
XCL  235381
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
FSC  705
FSS  38;39;41
FSC  235
FSS  379;380;381
UREF
PNO  3559175
ISD  19710100
NAM  Pomeroy
UREF
PNO  4001550
ISD  19770100
NAM  Schatz
OCL  235 61.7B
UREF
PNO  4068213
ISD  19780100
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  340149
UREF
PNO  4179064
ISD  19791200
NAM  Yoshioka
OCL  235381
UREF
PNO  4614861
ISD  19860900
NAM  Pavlov
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  4731575
ISD  19880300
NAM  Sloan
OCL  324113
UREF
PNO  4757186
ISD  19880700
NAM  Heberle et al.
UREF
PNO  4864109
ISD  19890900
NAM  Minematsu
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  4963722
ISD  19901000
NAM  Takeuchi
OCL  235382.5
UREF
PNO  5155342
ISD  19921000
NAM  Urano
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5172398
ISD  19921200
NAM  Simons
OCL  377 13
UREF
PNO  5214269
ISD  19930500
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  5350906
ISD  19940900
NAM  Brody
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  5352876
ISD  19941000
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  235381
UREF
PNO  5428684
ISD  19950600
NAM  Akiyama et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5557516
ISD  19960900
NAM  Hogan
OCL  364406
UREF
PNO  5644118
ISD  19970700
NAM  Hayashida
OCL  235379
FREF
PNO  9459280A
ISD  19940400
CNT  AUX
FREF
PNO  0666549 A1
ISD  19950900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 724238A1
ISD  19960700
CNT  EPX
ICL  G07F 1900
FREF
PNO  3-92966
ISD  19910400
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  When the amount of a former loan of the user of an IC card is written to a
      personal information storage provided in a center and the IC card is
      inserted into the slot of an electronic purse terminal at the time of a
      current transaction, the amount of the loan stored in the personal
      information storage is cleared and this loan is paid. At this time, the
      balance stored in the sum information storage of the IC card is updated by
      this payment and is stored as the current balance in the sum information
      storage. If the balance is more than the charge for a transaction, the
      transaction is carried and if the balance is less than the charge for the
      transaction and is short, the transaction is performed by obtaining a new
      loan. The amount of this loan is stored in the personal information
      storage in the center. Thus, the suspension of a transaction due to a
      shortage in the balance carried by the IC card can be avoided by providing
      a function for a loan in an electronic purse system.
PATN
WKU  059917482
SRC  8
APN  7608969
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961206
TTL  Methods and apparatus for regenerating a prepaid transaction account
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXA  Jeanty; Romain
EXP  MacDonald; Allen R.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Taskett; John M.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  705 41
XCL  705 39
XCL  705 40
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1760
FSC  705
FSS  34;39;40;41;42
FSC  235
FSS  380;381;379;487
FSC  379
FSS  144;130;114;112
UREF
PNO  Re32985
ISD  19890700
NAM  Negata et al.
OCL  705 39
UREF
PNO  3637994
ISD  19720100
NAM  Ellingboe
OCL  235488
UREF
PNO  4034211
ISD  19770700
NAM  Horst et al.
OCL  235454
UREF
PNO  4614861
ISD  19860900
NAM  Pavlov et al.
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  4700055
ISD  19871000
NAM  Kashkashian, Jr.
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  4725719
ISD  19880200
NAM  Oncken et al.
OCL  235487
UREF
PNO  4877947
ISD  19891000
NAM  Mori
OCL  705 41
UREF
PNO  4973828
ISD  19901100
NAM  Naruse et al.
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  4975942
ISD  19901200
NAM  Zebryk
OCL  379144
UREF
PNO  5352876
ISD  19941000
NAM  Watanabe et al.
OCL  235381
UREF
PNO  5353335
ISD  19941000
NAM  D'Urso et al.
OCL  379 67
UREF
PNO  5359642
ISD  19941000
NAM  Castro
OCL  379121
UREF
PNO  5530232
ISD  19960600
NAM  Taylor
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5577109
ISD  19961100
NAM  Stimson et al.
OCL  379112
UREF
PNO  5578808
ISD  19961100
NAM  Taylor
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5590038
ISD  19961200
NAM  Pitroda
OCL  705 41
UREF
PNO  5621787
ISD  19970400
NAM  Mckoy et al.
OCL  379144
UREF
PNO  5640447
ISD  19970600
NAM  Fonseca
OCL  379144
UREF
PNO  5649118
ISD  19970700
NAM  Carlisle et al.
OCL  705 41
UREF
PNO  5673309
ISD  19970900
NAM  Woynoski et al.
OCL  379144
UREF
PNO  5696908
ISD  19971200
NAM  Muehlberger et al.
OCL  705 39
UREF
PNO  5704046
ISD  19971200
NAM  Hogan
OCL  705 39
UREF
PNO  5721768
ISD  19980200
NAM  Stimson et al.
OCL  379114
UREF
PNO  5722067
ISD  19980200
NAM  Fougnies et al.
OCL  455406
UREF
PNO  5760381
ISD  19980600
NAM  Stich et al.
OCL  235380
FREF
PNO  0 402 302 A2
ISD  19901200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 698 987 A2
ISD  19960200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  42 43 851 A1
ISD  19940600
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  2 215 897
ISD  19890900
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  WO 96/03830
ISD  19960200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Card Technology, CLIP Begins Clip-Clopping Acrross Europe, Dialog file 9,
      Accession No. 01627390, Sep. 1996.
PAL  Weatherington, "Credit Cards . . . ", Credit Union News, v15, n18, p1, 10+,
      Sep. 22, 1993, Dialog file 268, Accession No. 00271638, 1995.
LREP
FRM  Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An improved system for "regenerating" or adding funds to a prepaid, remote
      memory account. The system includes a service provider network or host
      computer system including an account database of prepaid accounts. An
      integrated transaction card is issued to a consumer. One side of the card
      shows a prepaid telephone card for accessing the host computer system and
      an authorization code that allows access to the account database. The
      other side of the integrated transaction card is a transaction instrument,
      such as a prepaid transaction card, credit card, debit card, or the like.
      Information relating to the transaction instrument is stored at the host
      system so that a consumer may transfer funds from the transaction
      instrument to the prepaid phone card without the host system having to
      prompt the consumer for the necessary transfer information.
PATN
WKU  059917490
SRC  8
APN  9292179
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970909
TTL  Wireless telephony for collecting tolls, conducting financial
      transactions, and authorizing other activities
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXA  Myhre; James W.
EXP  MacDonald; Allen R.
NDR  13
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Morrill, Jr.; Paul H.
STR  P.O. Box 244, 206 Jefferson St.
CTY  Delaware City
STA  DE
ZIP  19706-0244
CLAS
OCL  705 44
XCL  705 13
XCL  705 39
XCL  705 40
XCL  705 42
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1530
ICL  G06F 1520
ICL  G06F 1521
ICL  H04M 1100
FSC  705
FSS  13;39;40;42;44
UREF
PNO  3652795
ISD  19720300
NAM  Wolf et al.
OCL  379 91.01
UREF
PNO  4320387
ISD  19820300
NAM  Powell
OCL  340825.34
UREF
PNO  4341951
ISD  19820700
NAM  Benton
OCL  705 41
UREF
PNO  4845636
ISD  19890700
NAM  Walker
OCL  364479.07
UREF
PNO  4926325
ISD  19900500
NAM  Benton et al.
OCL  705 39
UREF
PNO  4960981
ISD  19901000
NAM  Benton et al.
OCL  705 41
UREF
PNO  5025373
ISD  19910600
NAM  Keyser, Jr. et al.
OCL  380 24
UREF
PNO  5157717
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hitchcock
OCL  379 93.19
UREF
PNO  5383113
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kight et al.
OCL  705 40
UREF
PNO  5465206
ISD  19951100
NAM  Hilt et al.
OCL  705 40
UREF
PNO  5485370
ISD  19960100
NAM  Moss et al.
OCL  395200.47
UREF
PNO  5727163
ISD  19980300
NAM  Bezos
OCL  705 27
UREF
PNO  5751973
ISD  19980500
NAM  Hassett
OCL  705 13
UREF
PNO  5787403
ISD  19980700
NAM  Randle
OCL  705 43
FREF
PNO  131906
ISD  19850100
CNT  EPX
ICL  G07F  710
LREP
FRM  Connolly Bove Lodge & Hutz
ABST
PAL  The following procedures describe the use of cellular telephones and other
      analog or digital wireless communication devices to conduct transactions
      and activities. These procedures effectively allow such devices to
      function as an electronic wallet, a wireless PIN pad, and a contactless
      Smart Card.
PATN
WKU  059917504
SRC  8
APN  9574190
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19971024
TTL  System and method for pre-authorization of individual account
      transactions
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  1
EXA  Myhre; James W.
EXP  MacDonald; Allen R.
NDR  8
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Watson; Craig
CTY  Sandy
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  GE Capital
STA  UT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  705 44
XCL  705  2
XCL  705 38
EDF  6
ICL  G06K  500
ICL  G06F 1530
FSC  705
FSS  2;38;44
UREF
PNO  3719927
ISD  19730300
NAM  Michels et al.
OCL  340825.33
UREF
PNO  4491725
ISD  19850100
NAM  Pritchard
OCL  705  2
UREF
PNO  4594663
ISD  19860600
NAM  Nagata et al.
OCL  705 17
UREF
PNO  4734564
ISD  19880300
NAM  Boston et al.
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  4812628
ISD  19890300
NAM  Boston et al.
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  4891503
ISD  19900100
NAM  Jewell
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  4916611
ISD  19900400
NAM  Doyle, Jr. et al.
OCL  705  2
UREF
PNO  5036461
ISD  19910700
NAM  Elliott et al.
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  5070452
ISD  19911200
NAM  Doyle, Jr. et al.
OCL  705  2
UREF
PNO  5301105
ISD  19940400
NAM  Cummings, Jr.
OCL  705  2
UREF
PNO  5621201
ISD  19970400
NAM  Langhans et al.
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5649116
ISD  19970700
NAM  McCoy et al.
OCL  705 38
UREF
PNO  5710887
ISD  19980100
NAM  Chelliah et al.
OCL  395226
UREF
PNO  5715403
ISD  19980200
NAM  Stefik
OCL  395244
UREF
PNO  5748908
ISD  19980500
NAM  Yu
OCL  705 44
UREF
PNO  5757917
ISD  19980500
NAM  Rose et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5758327
ISD  19980500
NAM  Gardner et al.
OCL  705 26
UREF
PNO  5790677
ISD  19980800
NAM  Fox et al.
OCL  380 24
UREF
PNO  5797133
ISD  19980800
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  705 38
UREF
PNO  5826245
ISD  19981000
NAM  Sandberg-Diment
OCL  705 44
UREF
PNO  5832447
ISD  19981100
NAM  Rieker et al.
OCL  705  2
FREF
PNO  0072183
ISD  19830200
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1530
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger & Seeley
ABST
PAL  An account processing method and system for providing specific
      pre-authorization parameters for categories of transactions that would
      otherwise be completely denied authorization using only general
      authorization parameters. Upon establishment of an account, certain
      categories of transactions are specified as needing specific authorization
      prior to approving the transaction as requested by a merchant. An account
      issuer provides a service to account members that permits an account
      manager to independently specify the parametric conditions under which to
      approve a transaction within such categories. The account manager may also
      specify a transaction identifier such as a purchase order, work order or
      insurance claim number to associate with the required transaction
      parameters. Upon the approval of such a transaction requiring specific
      authorization, the authorizing agent during the billing process forwards
      both the transaction-specific information such as transaction amount and
      merchant information with the transaction identifier as previously
      assigned by the account manager. Such an association of a transaction
      identifier facilitates accounting reconciliation of transactions funded
      through credit card-like payment transactions.
PATN
WKU  059917512
SRC  8
APN  8673926
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970602
TTL  System, method, and computer program product for patent-centric and
      group-oriented data processing
ISD  19991123
NCL  134
ECL  1
EXA  Corrielus; Jean M.
EXP  Black; Thomas G.
NDR  154
NFG  175
INVT
NAM  Rivette; Kevin G.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Rappaport; Irving S.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hohmann; Luke
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Puglia; David
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Jackson; Adam
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Rabb, Jr.; Charles
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Smith; David W.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Park; Brian
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Thornthwaite; Warren
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Navarrete; Jorge A.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  SmartPatents, Inc.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707  1
XCL  707100
XCL  707102
XCL  364286
XCL  3642861
XCL  3642862
XCL  3642863
XCL  364962
XCL  395683
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  104;1;102;100
FSC  705
FSS  10
FSC  364
FSS  962;286.3;286;286.1;286.2
FSC  395
FSS  683
FSC  701
FSS  1
UREF
PNO  Re32632
ISD  19880300
NAM  Atkinson
OCL  340709
UREF
PNO  4205780
ISD  19800600
NAM  Burns et al.
OCL  235454
UREF
PNO  4270182
ISD  19810500
NAM  Asija
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4486857
ISD  19841200
NAM  Heckel
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4533910
ISD  19850800
NAM  Sukonick et al.
OCL  340721
UREF
PNO  4555775
ISD  19851100
NAM  Pike
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4622545
ISD  19861100
NAM  Atkinson
OCL  340747
UREF
PNO  4736308
ISD  19880400
NAM  Heckel
OCL  364518
UREF
PNO  4748618
ISD  19880500
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  370 94
UREF
PNO  4772882
ISD  19880900
NAM  Mical
OCL  340709
UREF
PNO  4785408
ISD  19881100
NAM  Britton et al.
OCL  364513.5
UREF
PNO  4788538
ISD  19881100
NAM  Klein et al.
OCL  340747
UREF
PNO  4812834
ISD  19890300
NAM  Wells
OCL  340721
UREF
PNO  4847604
ISD  19890700
NAM  Doyle
OCL  340706
UREF
PNO  4873623
ISD  19891000
NAM  Lane et al.
OCL  364188
UREF
PNO  4884223
ISD  19891100
NAM  Ingle et al.
OCL  364550
UREF
PNO  4899136
ISD  19900200
NAM  Beard et al.
OCL  340706
UREF
PNO  4914732
ISD  19900400
NAM  Henderson et al.
OCL  340825.17
UREF
PNO  4931783
ISD  19900600
NAM  Atkinson
OCL  340710
UREF
PNO  4935865
ISD  19900600
NAM  Rowe et al.
OCL  364188
UREF
PNO  4939507
ISD  19900700
NAM  Beard et al.
OCL  340706
UREF
PNO  4959769
ISD  19900900
NAM  Cooper et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4977455
ISD  19901200
NAM  Young
OCL  358142
UREF
PNO  4985863
ISD  19910100
NAM  Fujisawa et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4991087
ISD  19910200
NAM  Burkowski et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5008853
ISD  19910400
NAM  Bly et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  5062060
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kolnick
OCL  364521
UREF
PNO  5072412
ISD  19911200
NAM  Henderson, Jr. et al.
OCL  395159
UREF
PNO  5120944
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kern et al.
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  5142674
ISD  19920800
NAM  Barker et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5148154
ISD  19920900
NAM  MacKay et al.
OCL  340712
UREF
PNO  5155806
ISD  19921000
NAM  Heober et al.
OCL  395157
UREF
PNO  5157768
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hoeber et al.
OCL  395157
UREF
PNO  5163104
ISD  19921100
NAM  Ghosh et al.
OCL  382 56
UREF
PNO  5222160
ISD  19930600
NAM  Sakai et al.
OCL  382 57
UREF
PNO  5228123
ISD  19930700
NAM  Heckel
OCL  395155
UREF
PNO  5237158
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kern et al.
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  5241671
ISD  19930800
NAM  Reed et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5253362
ISD  19931000
NAM  Nolan et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5276616
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kuga et al.
OCL  364419.08
UREF
PNO  5283894
ISD  19940200
NAM  Deran
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5319745
ISD  19940600
NAM  Vinsonneau et al.
OCL  395144
UREF
PNO  5349170
ISD  19940900
NAM  Kern
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  5392428
ISD  19950200
NAM  Robins
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5404514
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kageneck et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5428778
ISD  19950600
NAM  Brookes
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5432897
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tatsumi et al.
OCL  395140
UREF
PNO  5440481
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kostoff et al.
OCL  364419.08
UREF
PNO  5442778
ISD  19950800
NAM  Pedersen et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5444615
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bennett et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5481666
ISD  19960100
NAM  Nguyen et al.
OCL  395159
UREF
PNO  5511186
ISD  19960400
NAM  Carhart et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5519857
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5537526
ISD  19960700
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  395148
UREF
PNO  5544302
ISD  19960800
NAM  Nguyen
OCL  395161
UREF
PNO  5550976
ISD  19960800
NAM  Henderson et al.
OCL  395200.06
UREF
PNO  5551055
ISD  19960800
NAM  Matheny et al.
OCL  395882
UREF
PNO  5557722
ISD  19960900
NAM  DeRose et al.
OCL  395148
UREF
PNO  5557785
ISD  19960900
NAM  Lacquit et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5559942
ISD  19960900
NAM  Gough et al.
OCL  395155
UREF
PNO  5568639
ISD  19961000
NAM  Wilcox et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5581686
ISD  19961200
NAM  Koppolu et al.
OCL  395340
UREF
PNO  5583982
ISD  19961200
NAM  Matheny et al.
OCL  395326
UREF
PNO  5584035
ISD  19961200
NAM  Duggan et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5592607
ISD  19970100
NAM  Weber et al.
OCL  395358
UREF
PNO  5592608
ISD  19970100
NAM  Weber et al.
OCL  395358
UREF
PNO  5594837
ISD  19970100
NAM  Noyes
OCL  395 63
UREF
PNO  5596700
ISD  19970100
NAM  Darnell et al.
OCL  395340
UREF
PNO  5604901
ISD  19970200
NAM  Kelley et al.
OCL  395603
UREF
PNO  5615112
ISD  19970300
NAM  Lui Sheng et al.
OCL  395615
UREF
PNO  5615362
ISD  19970300
NAM  Jensen et al.
OCL  395614
UREF
PNO  5623679
ISD  19970400
NAM  Rivette et al.
OCL  395773
UREF
PNO  5623681
ISD  19970400
NAM  Rivette et al.
OCL  395788
UREF
PNO  5628003
ISD  19970500
NAM  Fujisawa et al.
OCL  395615
UREF
PNO  5630125
ISD  19970500
NAM  Zellweger
OCL  395614
UREF
PNO  5632031
ISD  19970500
NAM  Velissaropoulos et al.
OCL  395611
UREF
PNO  5638519
ISD  19970600
NAM  Haluska
OCL  395228
UREF
PNO  5642502
ISD  19970600
NAM  Driscoll
OCL  395605
UREF
PNO  5696963
ISD  19971200
NAM  Ahn
OCL  395605
UREF
PNO  5721910
ISD  19980200
NAM  Unger et al.
OCL  395611
FREF
PNO  0239884
ISD  19871000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  5-135109
ISD  19930600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-231141
ISD  19940800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-221435
ISD  19960800
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Cohen, "Browsers get BookWorm for Mac," MacWeek, vol. 7, No. 39, Oct. 4,
      1993, p. 4.
PAL  Commands and Settings, OmniPage Professional Windows Version 5, Caere
      Corporation; Chapter 1, pp. 1-1 to 1-70, 1988-1993.
PAL  The Complete Document Profiling and Retrieval System for Windows, World
      Software Corporation, Worldox, Copyright World Software Corp., 1992.
PAL  Conklin, "Hypertext: An Introduction and Survey," Computer, pp. 17-41, Sep.
      1981.
PAL  Cooper et al., "Oh! Pascal!," pp. 389-399, Jan. 1982.
PAL  Cote et al., "Searching for Common Threads," Byte, vol. 17, No. 6, Jun.
      1992, pp. 290-305.
PAL  "ZyIndex Developer's Toolkit for Windows, Version 5.0, Programmer's Guide,"
      ZyLab, Copyright 1992, pp. 1-35.
PAL  Curran, "Growing company changes data entry," ImagingWorld, vol. 4, Issue
      3, Mar. 1995.
PAL  "Dataware Technologies: Products and Services," Dataware Technologies,
      Copyright 1996.
PAL  "ZyIndex for Windows User's Guide," ZyLab Division, Copyright 1992, pp.
      1-262.
PAL  Doherty, "New Op-Disk Peripherals Displayed at Conference," Electronic
      Engineering Times, No. 339, Jul. 22, 1985, p. 15.
PAL  Duncan, "ZyImage's Use of Windows Interface Falls Short of Mark," LXI
      Times, vol. 10, Issue 10 May 24, 1993, pp. 70 and 79.
PAL  "Eastern Electricity: BRS/Search Customer Profile," Dataware Technologies,
      Copyright 1995.
PAL  Editing Recognized Documents, OmniPage Profession Windows Version 5, Caere
      Corporation, Chapter 3, pp. 3-1 to 3-20, 1988-1993.
PAL  "EZ-C+DE2 Images: The New Standard in Data Capture," Textware Corporation,
      Copyright 1994, pp. 1-8.
PAL  The Fastest, Most Powerful Full Text Retrieval System, ZyIndex 5.2 for
      Windows, Zylab, 1994.
PAL  Fersko-Weiss, "3-D Reading with the Hypertext Edge," PC Magazine, vol. 10,
      No. 10, May 28, 1991, pp. 241-282.
PAL  Fish et al., Quilt: a collaborative tool for cooperative writing, Conf. on
      Information Systems '88, pp. 30 to 37, Jan., 1988.
PAL  "Forms Processing Products & Services," TextWare Corporation, Copyright
      1996.
PAL  "FormWare for Windows 95/NT," TextWare Corporation, Copyright 1996.
PAL  "Fuzzy Searching," Executive Technologies, Inc., Last Updated: Jan. 12,
      1996.
PAL  Gerber, "Lotus rolls out gateway for Notes, cc: Mail," InfoWorld, v. 14, n.
      46, p. 1(2), Nov. 1992.
PAL  Halasz et al., "Issues in the Design of Hypermedia Systems," CHI '90
      Tutorial, Jan. 1990.
PAL  Harney, "TextWare's FormWare--Complex Data Capture that Puts Simplicity
      First," Imaging Magazine, Apr. 1996.
PAL  Haskin, "Textware 4.0: Text Retrieval for Electronic Documents," Computer
      Shopper, vol. 13, No. 8, Aug. 1993, pp. 334-335.
PAL  Haskin, "ZyImage Finds Images And Text," PC-Computing, vol. 6, No. 5, May
      1993, p. 60.
PAL  Help Yourself! With PCT Patent Search On CD-ROM, MicroPatent, New Haven,
      CT, appears to be before Jul. 1, 1993.
PAL  "Hip Products," ZyLab Europe BV, Copyright 1996.
PAL  Holtz, "Mastering Ventura; Second Edition," pp. 360-375, Jan. 1989.
PAL  How to Install and Use the USAPat Demonstration Disc, USPTO Office of
      Information Products Development, 1994(?).
PAL  HyperCard Basics, Apple Computer, Inc., 1990.
PAL  "IBM Announces Free On-Line Patent Info Service", Communications Media
      Center at New York Law School Web Page, Mar. 9, 1997.
PAL  "IDI brings Basis plus down to workgroups," The Seybold Report on
      Publishing Systems, v. 22, n. 14, p. 16(2), Apr. 1993.
PAL  Ishii, H., et al., "Clearface: Translucent Multiuser Interface for Team
      Work Station", Proceedings of the Second European Conference on
      Computer-Supported Cooperative Work, Sep., 1991, pp. 163-174.
PAL  "ZyLab: The Full Text Retrieval & Publishing Experts," ZyLab Europe BV,
      Copyright 1996.
PAL  Jonckheere, C., "EPOQUE (EPO QUEry Service) the Inhouse Host Computer of
      the European Patent Office," World Patent Information, vol. 12, No. 3, pp.
      155-157, 1990.
PAL  Karraker, "Voyager Toolkit stretches Expanded Book concept to let users pen
      their own," MacWeek, vol. 6, No. 11, Mar. 16, 1992, p. 9.
PAL  Knibbe, "ZyImage 2 boosts OCR, batch duties," InfoWorld, vol. 15, Issue 51,
      Dec. 20, 1993, p. 20.
PAL  Knibbe, "ZyImage 3.0 will facilitate distribution on CD-ROMs; Boasts
      integration with WordScan OCR software," InfoWorld, vol. 16, No. 38, Sep.
      19, 1994, p. 22.
PAL  Lexis-Nexis Printout of a Business Wire Article Entitled: TMS Announces
      Contract With Major Insurance Information Provider, Business Wire Inc.,
      Feb. 11, 1991.
PAL  Lexis-Nexis Printout of a Business Wire Article Entitled: TMS Announces
      Easy View Available for CD-ROM Publishers, Business Wire Inc., Mar. 9,
      1992.
PAL  Lexis-Nexis Printout of a Business Wire Article Entitled: TMS Announces
      Release of Inner View 2.1 Software, Business Wire Inc., Mar. 18, 1991.
PAL  Lougher et al., Supporting long-term collaboration in software maintenance,
      Conf. on Organizational Computing Systems, pp. 228-238, 1993.
PAL  "ZyLab retrieval engine optimized for CD-ROM; ZyLab, Progressive
      Technologies merge," Seybold Report on Desktop Publishing, vol. 8, No. 10,
      Jun. 6, 1994, p. 40.
PAL  McEvoy, Ed., Object Linking and Embedding: Programmer's Reference, Version
      1, Microsoft Press, Redmond, WA, Copyright 1992.
PAL  Mallory, "New for Mac: text/graphics retrieval software from TMS,"
      Newsbytes, Jul. 1992.
PAL  Marshall, "Text retrieval alternatives: 10 more ways to pinpoint important
      information," Infoworld, vol. 14, No. 12, Mar. 23, 1992, pp. 88-89.
PAL  Marshall, "ZyImage adds scanning access to ZyIndex," InfoWorld, vol. 16,
      No. 15, Apr. 11, 1994, pp. 73, 76, and 77.
PAL  Marshall, "ZyImage is ZyIndex plus a scan interface integrated," InfoWorld,
      vol. 15, Issue 10, Mar. 8, 1993, p. 100.
PAL  Marshall et al., "ZyIndex for Windows, Version 5.0," InfoWorld, v. 15, n.
      21, May 1993, pp. 127, 129, 133 and 137.
PAL  "MasterView for Microsoft Windows," TMS Inc., Copyright 1993.
PAL  Matazzoni, "Expanded Book Toolkit 1.0.1," Macworld, vol. 10, No. 6, Jun.,
      1993, p. 158.
PAL  Mendelson, " HyperWriter for Windows," PC Magazine, vol. 14, No. 3, Feb. 7,
      1995, pp. 140, 142, and 143.
PAL  Moore, "Dataware lands $6.6M GPO pact," Federal Computer Week, vol. 9, No.
      27, Sep. 11, 1995, pp. 84 and 86.
PAL  Moore, "The Forms Processing Paradigm Shift," Imaging Magazine, Mar. 1995.
PAL  "NetAnswer Hosting Service," Dataware Technologies, Inc., Copyright 1995.
PAL  "NetAnswer: Information Super Server for the World Wide Web," Dataware
      Technologies, Inc., Copyright 1995.
PAL  "NetAnswers: Organizations Worldwide Take Content Onto the Web with
      NetAnswer," Dataware Technologies, Spring 1996.
PAL  OmniPage Professional Tutorials, Windows Version 5, Caere Corp.
PAL  Ores, "Hypertext Publishing: Edit Trail," PC Magazine, vol. 14, No. 3, Feb.
      7, 1995, pp. 132, 134, 136, and 138.
PAL  Patents on CD-ROM, Track Technology, Focus R&D, Watch Competitors, Speed
      Products to Market, Cut Online/Copy Costs, A World of Opportunities from
      MicroPatent, MicroPatent USA, New Haven, CT, appears to be before Sep. 1,
      1992.
PAL  PatentImages, User Profile European Patents, Search & Tech Tips, Conference
      Calendar, MicroPatent World Newsletter, Spring 1991, New Haven, CT.
PAL  A. Pelham, A Wave of the Wand for Litigators. Tools of the Trade Go
      High-Tech, Focus on Technology, Legal Times, Jan. 24, 1994.
PAL  Perenson, "Retrieving Text on the Net," PC Magazine, vol. 14, No. 20, Nov.
      21, 1995, p. 61.
PAL  Previewing the Letter, WordPerfect Workbook for IBM Personal Computers,
      WordPerfect Corporation, Version 5.0, Lesson 4, p. 24, and Lesson 13, pp.
      108-109, 1988.
PAL  Print out of On-Line Help Manual, Innerview for Windows 3.0, Version 2.2,
      Pre-Release #6, TMS, Inc. 1991-1992.
PAL  Quattro Pro User's Guide, Borland Int'l, Inc., pp. 240-245, Jan. 1989.
PAL  "re:Search V. 2.6," Software Product Specification, Computer Select, Jan.
      1993.
PAL  Rooney, "Text-retrieval veterans prepare Windows attack," PC Week, v. 9, n.
      24, p. 46, Jun. 1992.
PAL  Rooney, "ZyLab partners with Calera: firms roll out document-image system,"
      PC Week, vol. 10, No. 3, Jan. 25, 1993, p. 22.
PAL  Schroeder, "Low Price Point Is Key for Buyers Of Text Databases," PC Week,
      vol. 8, No. 20, May 20, 1991, pp. 120 and 122.
PAL  Schroeder, "Multimedia offerings target expanded platform support," PC
      Week, vol. 10, No. 13, Apr. 5, 1993, pp. 59 and 73.
PAL  Schwartz, "Dataware Plants CD-ROM Seeds," Computer Systems News, No. 403,
      Feb. 6, 1989, p. 33.
PAL  Search Results from Dialog Search for MicroPatent for News Releases and
      Corporate Announcements Relating to APS, FullText, PatentImages, Espace,
      Dialog Files: 148, 479 and 648, 1989-1991.
PAL  Simon, "ZyImage: A Winning Combination of OCR And Text Indexing," PC
      Magazine, vol. 12, No. 6, Mar. 30, 1993, p. 56.
PAL  Simpson, Mastering WordPerfect 5.1 & 5.2 for Windows, p. 58.
PAL  Somers, "Personal Text-Retrieval Software Works with Calera's WordScan," PC
      Magazine, vol. 14, No. 2, Jan. 24, 1995, p. 68.
PAL  Spencer, "Tijuana data entry shop logs 500K forms/day," ImagingWorld, vol.
      4, Issue 4, Apr. 1995.
PAL  Spitzer, "Needles in Document Haystacks" DBMS, vol. 9, No. 1, Jan., 1996,
      pp. 84-87.
PAL  Sullivan, "Dataware's CD Author System To Boast Hypertext Capability," PC
      Week, vol. 8, No. 31, Aug. 5, 1991, pp. 31-32.
PAL  "Text Retrieval Products & Services," TextWare Corporation, Copyright 1996.
PAL  "TextWare: Instant Information Access," TexWare Corporation, Copyright
      1995.
PAL  "TextWare Pricing," TextWare Corporation, Effective Mar. 26, 1996.
PAL  Thompson et al., Full Write Professional--A User's Guide, pp. 99-122, 1988.
PAL  Torgan, "ZyImage: Document Imaging and Retrieval System," PC Magazine, vol.
      12, No. 3, Feb. 9, 1993, p. 62.
PAL  "Toshiba America Information Systems: CD-ROM Customer Profile," Dataware
      Technologies, Copyright 1995.
PAL  "Total Recall," Dataware Technologies, Copyright 1995.
PAL  Tredennick, Jr., J. C., Full-Text Search and Retrieval Winning Big with
      Computers, Law Practice Management, vol. 19, No. 8, Nov./Dec., 1993.
PAL  Tribute, "Searching CeBit for publishing products; Power Mac draws the
      crowds at Hannover show," Seybold Report on Publishing Systems, vol. 23,
      No. 15, Apr. 22, 1994, pp. 5-8.
PAL  Ueda, H., et al., "An Interactive Natural-Motion-Picture Dedicated
      Multi-Media Authoring System", Human Factors in Computing
      Systems--Reaching Through Technology Conference Proceedings, Mar., 1991,
      pp. 343-350.
PAL  Understanding OCR, OmniPage Professional Windows Version 5, Caere
      Corporation, Chapter 6, pp. 6-1 and 6-8 and Glossary pp. 1-8, 1988-1993.
PAL  "Voyager cd-roms," Voyager, Spring, 1996.
PAL  "Voyager: cd-rom catalog," Voyager, 1996-1997.
PAL  R. W. Wiggins, "Networked Hypermedia: The World-Wide Web and NCSA Mosaic",
      from The Internet for Everyone--A Guide for Users and Providers, Chapter
      13, pp. 245-290, McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1995.
PAL  "WorldView V. 1.1 and WorldView Press V. 1.0.2," Software Product
      Specification, Computer Select, Nov. 1993.
PAL  Young, "UK Police Put Criminals On-Line With New National Computer,"
      Imaging Magazine, Aug. 1995.
PAL  "ZyImage," ZyLab International, Inc., Copyright 1996.
PAL  "ZyImage: Common Questions Asked About ZyImage," ZyLab Europe BV,
      Copyright, 1996.
PAL  "MicroPatent: Providers of Patent and Trademark Information", from
      http:www.micropat.com/info/mission.htm, Printed Dec. 6, 1996.
PAL  "Where will we be?", from http:www.micropat.com/info/shows.htm, 1996.
PAL  "Why should you be interested in Patent Information?", from
      http:www.micropat.com/info/interested.htm, Printed Dec. 6, 1996.
PAL  "Patent Searching and Document Delivery Resources", from
      http:www.micropat.com/info/websrch.htm, 1996.
PAL  "MicroPatent's CD-ROM Products", from http:www.micropat.com/info/about.htm,
      1996.
PAL  "PatentQuery: Search & Deliver", from
      http:www.micropat.com/info/prelegal.htm, Printed Dec. 6, 1996.
PAL  "MicroPatent PatentWeb and Trademark Web Service Agreement", from
      http:www.micropat.com/cgi-bin/servagree, Printed Dec. 6, 1996.
PAL  "United States MicroPatent.RTM. Representatives", from
      http:www.micropat.com/info.usreps.htm, Printed Dec. 6, 1996.
PAL  "Canadian MicroPatent.RTM. Representatives", from
      http:www.micropat.com/info/canreps.htm, Printed Dec. 6, 1996.
PAL  "European MicroPatent.RTM. Representatives", from
      http:www.micropat.com/info/epreps.htm, Printed Dec. 6, 1996.
PAL  "Asian MicroPatent.RTM. Representatives", from
      http:www.micropat.com/info.asreps.htm, Printed Dec. 6, 1996.
PAL  "REAL Software Systems, Inc.", from http://www.elcamino.com/rss/, Copyright
      1995, 1997, (2 Pages).
PAL  "Intellectual Property Management Issues", from
      http://www.elcamino.com/rss/2.htm, Copyright 1995, 1997, (2 Pages).
PAL  "Solutions For Managing Intellectual Property", from
      http://www.elcamino.com/rss/3.htm, Copyright 1995, 1997, (2 Pages).
PAL  "REAL Software Systems, Inc.: Royalties Payable", from
      http://www.elcamino.com/rss/3a.htm, Copyright 1995, 1997, (4 Pages).
PAL  "REAL Software Systems, Inc.: Alliant Participation Management &
      Accounting", from http://www.elcamino.com/rss/3b.htm, Copyright 1995,
      1997, (4 Pages).
PAL  "REAL Software Systems, Inc.: Rights Licensing", from
      http://www.elcamino.com/rss/3c.htm, Copyright 1995, 1997, (3 Pages).
PAL  "REAL Software Systems, Inc.: Home Video & Title Based Distribution", from
      http://www.elcamino.com/rss/3d.htm, Copyright 1995, 1997, (3 Pages).
PAL  "Specialized Services", from http://www.elcamino.com/rss/4.htm, Copyright
      1995, 1997, (2 Pages).
PAL  "What our customers say about us.", from http://www.elcamino.com/rss/5.htm,
      Copyright 1995, 1997, (2 Pages).
PAL  Samtani, Rajan, "Following the Money: Managing Intellectual Property in the
      Digital Age", from http://www.elcamino.com/rss/7a.htm, Copyright 1995,
      1997, (5 Pages).
PAL  "IBM Selects RSS's Royalties Payable Solution: Real Software Systems
      Provides IBM with WorldWide Software Royalty Payments Solution", from
      http://www.elcamino.com/rss/7b.htm, Nov. 18, 1996, (2 Pages).
PAL  "Universal Selects RSS To Provide Worldwide Television Licensing Solution",
      from http://www.elcamino.com/rss/7c.htm, Apr. 30, 1997, (2 Pages).
PAL  "Agent Searching," Executive Technologies, Inc., Last Updated: Jan. 12,
      1996.
PAL  Alpert, M., CD-ROM: The Next PC Revolution, Fortune Magazine, Jun. 29,
      1992.
PAL  Dialog Pocket Guide, by Knight-Ridder Information, Inc., Copyright 1995.
PAL  Alexander, M., "Visualizing Cleared-Off Desktops", Computerworld, May 6,
      1991, p. 20.
PAL  Banet, "Creating a CD-ROM: overview of the product field," The Seybold
      Report on Desktop Publishing, v. 7, n. 6, p. 3(29), Feb. 1993.
PAL  Becker, "Voyager kit: Ticket to books on-line," MacWeek, vol. 7, No. 8,
      Feb. 22, 1993, p. 57.
PAL  Berk et al. eds., Hypertext/Hypermedia Handbook, pp. 209-224, 285-297,
      329-355, 529-533, Jan. 1991.
PAL  Bermant, "Finding It Fast: New Software Features That Search Your System,"
      Personal Computing, vol. 11, No. 11, Nov. 1987, pp. 125-131.
PAL  Bish, "An Essential ingredient: Post recognition processing," Imaging
      World, vol. 5, Issue 3, Mar. 1996.
PAL  Blatt, J., A Primer on User Interface Software Patents, The Computer
      Lawyer, vol. 9, No. 4, Apr. 1992.
PAL  Boedeker et al., "Choosing Imaging Software," Law Office Computing, vol. 5,
      Issue 3, Jun./Jul., 1995, pp. 50-55.
PAL  "Boolean Searching," Executive Technologies, Inc., Last Updated: Jan. 12,
      1996.
PAL  Bradbury, "Expanded Book Toolkit," MacUser, vol. 9, No. 3, Mar., 1993, p.
      85.
PAL  Briggs, "CD-ROM publishing boom is Dataware's delight," MIS Week, vol. 10,
      No. 38, Sep. 25, 1989, pp. 40-41.
PAL  Briggs, "Dataware Comes to U.S. With CD-ROM Publishing," MIS Week, vol. 10,
      No. 5, Jan. 30, 1989, p. 21.
PAL  Brockschmidt, Inside OLE 2, Microsoft Press, Redmond, WA, Copyright 1994.
PAL  Brockschmidt, "What OLE Is Really About," OLE Development, Microsoft
      Corporation, Copyright 1997, pp. 1-59.
PAL  "BRS/Search: An Industrial Strength Document Warehouse Solution--Profile,"
      Dataware Technologies, Copyright May 1996, pp. 1-12.
PAL  "BRS/Search," Dataware Technologies, Inc., date unclear.
PAL  Catchings et al., "Price Delineates Text-Retrieval Software," PC Week, vol.
      8, No. 20, May 20, 1991, pp. 120-123.
PAL  Catchings et al., "Retrieval Technologies Inc.: re:Search 2.0," PC Week, v.
      8, n. 20, p. 121(2), May 1991.
PAL  Catlin et al., InterNote: Extending A Hypermedia Framework to Support
      Annotative Collaboration, Hypertext '89 Proceedings, pp. 365 to 378, Nov.,
      1989.
PAL  "CD Author/CD Answer," Dataware Technologies, date unclear.
PAL  Kramer, J., "An Evaluation of the Internet as a Searching Tool for Patents
      and Intellectual Property: Alternative or Complementary?", from
      http://www.fplc.edu/ipmall/ipcorner/evals97/ipsi97/internetpatsearch.htm,
      Publication date appears to be before Jun. 2, 1997, Downloaded May 8,
      1998.
PAL  "Chapter 1: Component Object Model Introduction," OLE Development,
      Microsoft Corporation, Copyright 1997, pp. 1-37.
PAL  "ZyImage Web Server," ZyLab Europe BV, Copyright 1996.
PAL  Classified Search and Image Retrieval Student Manual, U.S. Patent and
      Trademark Office, May 7, 1991.
PAL  "Advanced Patent Data Mining and Visualization Capabilities for Information
      Users," Apparent Press Release, London, apparent publication date of Dec.
      3, 1996 (printed from Manning & Napier Information Services web page at
      www.mnis.net).
PAL  "Business Objects Announces Data Mining Partnership With DataMind
      Corporation," Apparent Press Release, Cupertino, CA, apparent publication
      date of May 20, 1996 (printed from DataMind web page at
      www.datamindcorp.com).
PAL  "Business Objects to Offer Data Mining for the Masses," Apparent Press
      Release, San Jose, CA, apparent publication date of Nov. 18, 1996 (printed
      from Business Objects web page at wwww.businessobjects.com).
PAL  "CHI Research Competitor Assessments," printed from the CHI Research web
      page at www.chiresearch.com, pp. 1-2, 1996.
PAL  "CHI Research Corporate Brain Mapping," printed from the CHI Research web
      page at www.chiresearch.com, pp. 1-2, 1996.
PAL  "CHI Research Merger & Acquisition Technology Due Diligence," printed from
      the CHI Research web page at www.chiresearch.com, pp. 1-2, 1996.
PAL  "CHI Research Tracking the World's Technology (About CHI Research,
      Consulting Services and Information Products, History of CHI Research,
      Science and Technology Indicators, Patent Citation Analysis, and Key
      Technology Indicators: Number of Patents, Current Impact Index,
      Technological Strength, Technology Cycle Time, Science Linkage), " printed
      from the CHI Research web page at www.chiresearch.com, pp. 1-6, 1996.
PAL  Creating Value Through Knowledge Management Conference, Conference
      handouts, San Francisco, CA, Feb. 20 and 21, 1997.
PAL  Edvinsson, Leif et al., Intellectual Capital: Realizing Your Company's True
      Value By Finding Its Hidden Brainpower, HarperBusiness, New York, NY,
      1997.
PAL  Kim et al., "Patent Technology Portfolio for SAW Filters," Proceedings 1994
      IEEE Ultrasonics Symposium, vol. 1, pp. 139-142, 1994.
PAL  Kahaner, Larry, Competitive Intelligence: From Black Ops to Boardrooms--How
      Businesses Gather, Analyze, and Use Information to Succeed in the Global
      Marketplace, Simon & Schuster, New York, NY, 1996.
PAL  Kumamoto, K., "Commercial Databases: The Keypoints and Practical Use. 10.
      Patent and Trademark," Joho Kanri, vol. 36, No. 10, pp. 914-938, Jan. 1994
      (article in Japanese and English abstract submitted herewith).
PAL  Narin, Francis, Presentation Figures, "In the Realm of Technology, Asia
      Looms Ever Larger: Patent Citation as Measures of Corporate and National
      Strength, Presented at: Stanford University, Asia/Pacific Research Center,
      Stanford, California," Oct. 29, 1992.
PAL  Otake, Y., "Information Each Department in Corporate Needs from the
      Standpoint of R&D Department," Joho Kanri, vol. 34, No. 7, pp. 635-646,
      Oct. 1991 (article in Japanese and English abstract submitted herewith).
PAL  Stewart, Thomas A., Intellectual Capital: The New Wealth of Organizations,
      Doubleday, 1997.
PAL  Stewart, Thomas A., "Trying to Grasp the Intangible," Fortune, vol. 132,
      No. 7, Oct. 2, 1995, pp. 157-159.
PAL  Stewart, Thomas A., "Your Company's Most Valuable Asset: Intellectual
      Capital," Fortune, vol. 130, No. 7, Oct. 3, 1994, pp. 68-74.
PAL  Tech-Line CD Indicators of Technological Excellence Manual Including
      Introduction to Company Evaluation Using Technology Indicators,
      Bertelsmann Informations Service, CHI Research Inc.,
      TT-Technologie-Transfer GmbH, 1994.
PAL  "Tech-Line CD User Manual Part 1 Abridged Version for the World Wide Web,"
      printed from the CHI Research web page at www.chiresearch.com, pp. 1-3,
      1996.
PAL  "Turning Information Into Insight," Press Release, The Business Wire, Apr.
      25, 1997 (printed from Manning & Napier Information Services web page at
      www.mnis.net).
PAL  Warshofsky, Fred, The Patent Wars: The Battle to Own the World's
      Technology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1994.
PAL  M. Albert, " Easy to Patents", Fortune Magazine, Jun. 1992.
PAL  Lucas Jay, " The progress of automation at the U.S. Patent and Trademark
      Office", World Patent Information, vol.14, No. 3, pp. 167-172, Jan. 1992.
PAL  Thielen et al., "Image Handling at the European Patent ffice: Bacon and
      first page", world Patent Information, vol.13, No.3, pp. 152-154, Jan.
      1991.
PAL  Alexander, S., "Users find tangible rewards digging into data mines",
      Infoworld, vol. 19, Issue 27, pp. 61-62, (Jul. 1997).
PAL  "Bertelsmann Portrait", from http://www.bertelmann.de/bag/englisch/prtrait,
      Date Unknown.
PAL  "CHI Research, Inc.: Tracking the World's Technology", from
      http://www.chiresearch.com, Date Unknown.
PAL  "CHI Research, Inc.: Technology Indicators Consulting Services and
      Products", from http://www.chiresearch.com/services.html, Copyright 1996.
PAL  "Derwent Patents Citation Index", from
      http://www.derwent.com/products/database/pcidesc.html, Date Unknown.
PAL  "The Digital Patent Office", Smartpatents, Inc., Date Unkown.
PAL  "Essentials for Mapping Your Intellectual Property: Annuities Master Data
      Center", Prentice Hall Legal Practice Management, 1993.
PAL  "Manning & Napier Information Services HomePage", from http://www.mnis.net,
      Date Unknown.
PAL  "Manning & Napier Information Services: Competitive Intelligence", from
      http://www.mnis.net/compete.shtml , Date Available on Internet Unknown.
PAL  "Manning & Napier Information Services: Intellectual Property", from
      http://www.mnis.net/intellect.shtml, Date Available on Internet Unknown.
PAL  "Mapit: Prevent Patent Infringement with the Virtual Patent Advisor", from
      http://www.mnis.net/mapitdemo, Date Available on Internet Unknown.
PAL  "Manning & Napier Information Services: Crawler Technology (Trygon)", from
      http://www.mnis.net/trygon.shtml, Date Available on Internet Unknown.
PAL  "Manning & Napier Information Services: AFCEA Intelligence Professionals
      Adopt New Paradigm For Information Analysis", from
      http://www.mnis.net/press10.shtml, Jun. 11, 1997.
PAL  "Manning & Napier Information Services: Manning & Napier and RTI announce
      alliance for corporate information market", from
      http://www.mnis.net/press9.shtml, May 15, 1997.
PAL  "Manning & Napier Information Services: Competitive Intelligence Tools
      Migrating from Government Labs to Corporations", from
      http://www.mnis.net/press8.shtml, May 15, 1997.
PAL  "Manning & Napier: Manning & Napier Information Services", from
      http://www.mnis.net/press7.shtml, Apr. 25, 1997.
PAL  "Manning & Napier Information Services: Patent Licensing Made Easier With
      MNIS Data Mining Tools", from http://mnis.net/press6.shtml, Jan. 30, 1997.
PAL  "Manning & Napier Information Services: Manning & Napier Offers Broad
      Coverage of Computer and Software Technology Databases", from
      http://www.mnis.net/press5.shtml, Dec. 3, 1996.
PAL  "Manning & Napier Information Services: Innovative Technology Tool
      Unveiled", from http://www.mnis.net/press4.shtml, Dec. 3, 1996.
PAL  "Manning & Napier Information Services: Zolowicz To Head Intellectual
      Property Unit at Manning & Napier Information Services", from
      http://www.mnis.net/press3.shtml, Nov. 18, 1996.
PAL  "Manning & Napier Information Services: Breakthrough in Intelligent
      Information Analysis From Software That Thinks Like Humans", from
      http://www.mnis.net/press2.shtml, Sep. 16, 1996.
PAL  "Manning & Napier Information Services: MNIS Announces System for Improving
      Software Patents--At ABA Conference", from
      http://www.mnis.net/press.shtml, Jun. 28, 1996.
PAL  "Master Data Center: PC Master Patent Lite for Windows", Master Data
      Center, Date Unknown.
PAL  Master Data Center: PC Master Trademark Lite for Windows, Master Data
      Center, Date Unknown.
PAL  MDC Patent Rules Update, May 1996.
PAL  MDC Trademark Rules Update, Apr. 1996.
PAL  Mogee Research & Analysis Associates, Homepage URL:http://www.mogee.com,
      (What We Do) and Hyperlinks (Who We Are(1); Who We Are(2); Competitive
      Technology Reports; Competitive Technology Report:GPS; Competitive
      Technology Report:Medical Implants; Data resources; Consulting Services),
      1996.
PAL  Lucena, John J., "Merlot Design Specification", Version 1.0-D2, Last
      modified Jun. 24, 1996.
PAL  "`New Wave` MetricsWare--Metrics Software You Just Gotta Have", IT Metrics
      Strategies (Reprint), vol. II, No. 10, Cutter Information Corp.RTM., 1996.
PAL  "Patent Abstracts of Japan--Now on CDROM", from
      http://www.netaxs.com/.about.aengel/PAJ/PAJInfo.html, Last Updated Dec.
      22, 1995.
PAL  "Patent-Monitor", from
      http:www.fachinformation.bertelsmann.de/verlag/wb/profil.htm, Date
      Unknown.
PAL  PC Master Lite Booklet, Master Data Center Intellectual Property Software
      and Services, 1996.
PAL  "Performance Management: The Way It Should Be . . . ", Panorama Business
      Views, Inc., Date Unknown.
PAL  "Platinum technology and Sybase Inc. Expand Partnership to Deliver Wider
      Selection of Data Warehouse Solutions", from
      http.www.platinum.com/press/1996/dw.sub.-- sybas.htm, Jun. 11, 1996.
PAL  Rappaport, I., "Time To Count Your Patents The Way You Would Beans",
      PCWeek, vol. 14, No. 2, Jan. 13, 1997.
PAL  SmartPatent Quarterly Newsletter, vol. 2, No. 3, Winter 1996-1997.
PAL  SmartPatent Quarterly Newsletter, vol. 2, No. 4, Spring/Summer 1997.
      Stewart, T.A., "Getting Real About Brainpower", Fortune, Nov. 27, 1995,
      (pp. 201-203).
PAL  Stewart, T.A., "Getting Real About Brainpower", Fortune, Nov. 27, 1995,
      (pp. 201-203).
PAL  Stewart, T.A., "Mapping Corporate Brainpower", Fortune, Oct. 30, 1995, (pp.
      209-211).
PAL  Vantive Corporation Home Page (Delivering True Customer Asset Management)
      and Various Hyperlinks (Vantive Products and Services; Solution Partners;
      Vantive HelpDesk; Vantive Sales; Free White Paper), Vantive, 1996.
PAL  "Welcome to ISTA", from http://www.netaxs.com/.about.aengel/ista.htm, Date
      Unknown.
PAL  "Welcome to the MicroPatent PatentWeb", from
      http:www.micropat.com/patentwebindex.htm, 1996.
PAL  "Welcome to MicroPatent's PatentWeb.TM. . . . for Patent Information", from
      http:www.micropat.com/info/welcome.htm, Printed Dec. 6, 1996.
PAL  "The History of MicroPatent", from http:www.micropat.com/info/history.htm,
      Printed Dec. 6, 1996.
PAL  "A Few Facts About MicroPatent", from http:www.micropat.com/info/facts.htm,
      Printed Dec. 6, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Sterne, Kessler, Goldstein & Fox P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A system, method, and computer program product for processing data are
      described herein. The system maintains first databases of patents, and
      second databases of non-patent information of interest to a corporate
      entity. The system also maintains one or more groups. Each of the groups
      comprises any number of the patents from the first databases. The system,
      upon receiving appropriate operator commands, automatically processes the
      patents in one of the groups in conjunction with non-patent information
      from the second databases. Accordingly, the system performs patent-centric
      and group-oriented processing of data. A group can also include any number
      of non-patent documents. The groups may be product based, person based,
      corporate entity based, or user-defined. Other types of groups are also
      covered, such as temporary groups. The processing automatically performed
      by the system relates to (but is not limited to) patent mapping, document
      mapping, patent citation (both forward and backward), patent aging, patent
      bracketing/clustering (both forward and backward), inventor patent count,
      inventor employment information, and finance. Other functions are also
      covered.
PATN
WKU  059917520
SRC  9
APN  025536&
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19980218
TTL  Method and apparatus for deriving association rules from data and for
      segmenting rectilinear regions
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Kulik; Paul V.
NDR  16
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Fukuda; Takeshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yoda; Kunikazu
CTY  Machida
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Tokuyama; Takeshi
CTY  Machida
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Morishita; Shinichi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970219
APN  9-034605
CLAS
OCL  707  1
XCL  707  3
XCL  707  6
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  1;2;6;3;101;102;200
UREF
PNO  5724573
ISD  19980300
NAM  Agrawal et al.
OCL  707  6
UREF
PNO  5812997
ISD  19980900
NAM  Morimoto et al.
OCL  707  2
UREF
PNO  5870748
ISD  19990200
NAM  Morimoto et al.
OCL  707101
LREP
FR2  Tran; Khanh Q.
ABST
PAL  The present application discloses a method and apparatus for extracting
      association rules from data having two or more numeric attributes and a
      true-false attribute, and for presenting the rules in an easily
      understandable form. The method comprises the steps of: (i) storing
      numbers u(i,j) and v(i,j) of data in each pixel whose true-false attribute
      is true, so as to correspond to each pixel in a plane; (ii) inputting a
      condition .theta.; (iii) segmenting from the plane a rectilinear region S
      of the pixels to maximize the equation
      ##EQU1##
      ;and (iv) outputting data included in the segmented rectilinear region S.
      The invention also allows regions to be derived which satisfy a desired
      support maximization rule, confidence maximization rule, optimized entropy
      rule, and optimized interclass variance rule.
PATN
WKU  059917539
SRC  8
APN  4901371
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19950614
TTL  Method and system for computer file management, including file
      migration, special handling, and associating extended attributes with
      files
ISD  19991123
NCL  31
ECL  1
EXP  Choules; Jack M.
NDR  19
NFG  21
INVT
NAM  Wilde; Michael J.
CTY  River Forest
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Lachman Technology, Inc.
CTY  Islandia
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  077858
APD  19930616
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  707  2
XCL  707204
XCL  707205
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  395
FSS  620;621;488;489;444
FSC  707
FSS  1;2;204;205
FSC  711
FSS  161;162;154
UREF
PNO  4864616
ISD  19890900
NAM  Pond et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5251152
ISD  19931000
NAM  Notess
OCL  364550
UREF
PNO  5276867
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kenley et al.
OCL  395620
UREF
PNO  5313604
ISD  19940500
NAM  Godwin
OCL  395489
UREF
PNO  5317728
ISD  19940500
NAM  Tevis et al.
OCL  395620
UREF
PNO  5333277
ISD  19940700
NAM  Searls
OCL  395281
UREF
PNO  5367698
ISD  19941100
NAM  Webber et al.
OCL  395800
OREF
PAL  R.K. Israel, et al.--Epooch Systems, Inc., Evolutionary Path to Network
      Storage Management (1991) pp.185-198.
PAL  S.R. Kleiman--Sun Microsystems, Inc., Vnodes: An Architecture for Multiple
      File System Types in Sun UNIX, pp. 238-247.
PAL  R. Sandberg, et al.--Sun Microsystems, Inc., Design and Implementation of
      the Sun Network Filesystem (1985) pp. 119-130.
PAL  NetArchive, Hierarchical Storage Management, File Migration, Network
      Archive (1992).
PAL  NetArchive, White Paper Concepts & Overview (1993).
PAL  N. Webber--Epoch Systems, Inc., Operating System Support for Portable
      Filesystem Extensions (1993) pp. 1-10.
LREP
FRM  Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP
ABST
PAL  A file management system and method for implementing special handling of
      files, useful for such applications as migration, compression, encryption,
      and logging access to files. A layer is superimposed between an underlying
      file system and programs' requests to access files. The layer initiates
      special handling in response to a file's normal attributes or information
      in the contents of the file and then passes the request to the underlying
      file system for normal proceeding. In the preferred embodiment, a file is
      recognized as a representation of a migrated file if the length attribute
      has a predetermined value and the file contains a unique pattern of bits.
PATN
WKU  059917547
SRC  9
APN  2222493
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19981228
TTL  Rewriting a query in terms of a summary based on aggregate computability
      and canonical format, and when a dimension table is on the child side
      of an outer join
ISD  19991123
NCL  26
ECL  1
EXP  Kulik; Paul V.
NDR  11
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Raitto; John
CTY  Hollis
STA  NH
INVT
NAM  Ziauddin; Mohamed
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Finnerty; James
CTY  Lexington
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Oracle Corporation
CTY  Redwood Shores
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707  2
XCL  707  4
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  4;3;5;2
UREF
PNO  5276870
ISD  19940100
NAM  Shan et al.
OCL  707  2
UREF
PNO  5600831
ISD  19970200
NAM  Levy et al.
OCL  707  2
UREF
PNO  5832485
ISD  19981100
NAM  Chaudry
OCL  707  9
OREF
PAL  Surajit Chuadhuri et al., "Optimizing Queries with Materialized Views,"
      Proceedings of the Eleventh International Conference on Data Engineering,
      Mar. 1995, E IEEE, pp. 190-200.
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  A method and system are provided for processing queries, where the queries
      do not reference a particular materialized view. Specifically, techniques
      are provided for handling a query that specifies a first set of one or
      more aggregate functions, where the particular materialized view reflects
      a second set of one or more aggregate functions. Whether the query can be
      rewritten is determined based on the aggregate functions in the first and
      second sets, and the corresponding arguments. Techniques are also provided
      for processing a query that (1) does not reference a particular
      materialized view, (2) specifies a first set of one or more aggregate
      functions, where the particular materialized view reflects a second set of
      one or more aggregate functions. A technique is also provided for
      rewriting queries that specify an outer join that has a dimension table on
      the child-side of the outer join and a fact table on the parent-side of
      the outer join. The query is rewritten to produce a rewritten query by
      replacing references to the fact table in the query with references to a
      materialized view. The rewritten query specifies an outer join that has
      the dimension table on the child side and the materialized view on the
      parent side.
PATN
WKU  059917555
SRC  8
APN  7559291
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19961125
TTL  Document retrieval system for retrieving a necessary document
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXP  Ho; Ruay Lian
NDR  8
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Noguchi; Naohiko
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nomoto; Masako
CTY  Tokorozawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951129
APN  7-332482
CLAS
OCL  707  3
XCL  704  9
XCL  707531
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  1;2;3;4;5;6;7;8;9;10;100;200;532
FSC  345
FSS  440
FSC  364
FSS  282.1;282.3;225.4
UREF
PNO  5062074
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kleinberger
OCL  707  5
UREF
PNO  5293552
ISD  19940300
NAM  Aalbersberg
OCL  707  5
UREF
PNO  5297039
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kanaegami et al.
OCL  707  5
UREF
PNO  5488725
ISD  19960100
NAM  Turtle et al.
OCL  707  5
UREF
PNO  5576954
ISD  19961100
NAM  Driscoll
OCL  707  3
UREF
PNO  5619709
ISD  19970400
NAM  Caid et al.
OCL  707532
UREF
PNO  5625767
ISD  19970400
NAM  Bartell et al.
OCL  345440
UREF
PNO  5642502
ISD  19970600
NAM  Driscoll
OCL  707  5
UREF
PNO  5835087
ISD  19981100
NAM  Herz et al.
OCL  345327
OREF
PAL  Gerard Salton: Introduction to Modern Information Retrieval, Chap. 3,4.
      Mc-Graw-Hill, Inc: 1983.
LREP
FRM  Lowe Hauptman Gopstein Gilman & Berner
ABST
PAL  One or more important sentence structural functional units are extracted
      from an important portion of each of a plurality of documents, and one or
      more input sentence structural functional units are extracted from an
      input sentence. Each of the functional units is a noun phrase, a verb
      phrase, a pair of nouns connected each other through a preposition or the
      like. The important sentence structural functional units of each document
      are collated with the input sentence structural functional units to detect
      a matching degree, and a similarity level is determined from the matching
      degree for each document. Thereafter, occurrence frequencies of retrieval
      words existing in each documents are collated with occurrence frequencies
      of query words existing in the input sentence to determine an estimation
      value according to an estimation function for each document, the documents
      are ranked on condition that one or more documents of a high similarity
      level are ranked to a higher rank than one or more documents of a low
      similarity level and a plurality of documents of the same similarity level
      are ranked in the order of decreasing their estimation values.
      Accordingly, because the similarity level is determined for each document
      by considering the functional units, a user can retrieve one or more
      necessary documents with a high accuracy.
PATN
WKU  059917563
SRC  8
APN  9633723
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19971103
TTL  Information retrieval from hierarchical compound documents
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Kulik; Paul V.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Wu; Jiong
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Yahoo, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707  3
XCL  707  4
XCL  707515
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  3;4;5;6;501;513-515
UREF
PNO  5546571
ISD  19960800
NAM  Shan et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5628009
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kikuta et al.
OCL  396610
UREF
PNO  5694594
ISD  19971200
NAM  Chang
OCL  707  6
UREF
PNO  5764973
ISD  19980600
NAM  Lunceford
OCL  707  1
UREF
PNO  5787417
ISD  19980700
NAM  Hargrove
OCL  707  4
UREF
PNO  5787430
ISD  19980700
NAM  Doeringer et al.
OCL  707100
UREF
PNO  5812134
ISD  19980900
NAM  Pooser et al.
OCL  345356
UREF
PNO  5819258
ISD  19981000
NAM  Vaithyanathan et al.
OCL  707  2
UREF
PNO  5835905
ISD  19981100
NAM  Pirolli et al.
OCL  707  3
UREF
PNO  5855013
ISD  19981200
NAM  Fisk
OCL  707  3
OREF
PAL  Sullivan et al. "Supercharge Your Web-Searched--Looking for information in
      all the wrong places? Here are the top tools and tips for getting the most
      of your web searches" NetGuide, Issue 405, pp. 1-8. May 1997.
PAL  "Tips on Popular Search Engines" http://www.hamline.edu/library/handouts
      pp. 1-5, 1997.
PAL  "Yahoo!--Frequently Asked Questions" http://www.yahoo.com pp. 1-8.
PAL  Sehami et al. "SONIA: A Service for Organizing Networked Information
      Automatically" Digital Libraries, 98 pp. 200-209. Mar. 1998.
PAL  Lim et al. "Querying Structured Web Resources" Digital Libraries 98, pp.
      297-298, Mar. 1998.
PAL  Balasubramanian et al. "A Large-Scale Hypermedia Application using Document
      Management and Web Technologies" Hypertext 97, pp. 1-12, 1997.
PAL  Mukherjea et al. "Focus and Context Views of World-Wide Web Nodes"
      Hypertext '97, pp. 1-10. 1997.
PAL  Kustron "Searching the World Wide Web" ARMA Records Management Quarterly,
      pp. 1-7. Jul. 1997.
PAL  Notess "Comparing Net Directories" Database, pp. 1-5. Feb. 1997.
LREP
FR2  Albert; Philip H.
     Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A search query is applied to documents in a document repository wherein the
      documents are organized into a hierarchy. A search engine searches the
      hierarchy to return documents which match a query term either directly or
      indirectly. A specific embodiment of the search engine organizes the query
      term into individual subterms and matches the subterms against documents,
      returning only those documents which indirectly match the entire search
      query term and directly match at least one of the query subterms.
PATN
WKU  059917571
SRC  9
APN  0524778
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19980331
TTL  Method and system for searching an array for an array value
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Broda; Samuel
EXP  Teska; Kevin J.
NDR  11
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Dahl; Stephen A.
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Endicott; John C.
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Heyrman; Peter J.
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Kirkman; R. Karl
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Mustain; Richard G.
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Peterson; Jon H.
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  526611
APD  19950911
CLAS
OCL  707  3
XCL  707100
XCL  39550047
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  9455
FSC  395
FSS  500
FSC  707
FSS  100;3
UREF
PNO  4638423
ISD  19870100
NAM  Ballard
UREF
PNO  4839797
ISD  19890600
NAM  Katori et al.
UREF
PNO  4841476
ISD  19890600
NAM  Mitchell et al.
UREF
PNO  5226164
ISD  19930700
NAM  Nadas et al.
UREF
PNO  5280593
ISD  19940100
NAM  Bullions, III et al.
UREF
PNO  5317754
ISD  19940500
NAM  Blandy et al.
UREF
PNO  5408624
ISD  19950400
NAM  Raasch et al.
UREF
PNO  5819063
ISD  19981000
NAM  Dahl et al.
OCL  395500
OREF
PAL  Knuth, "The Art of Computer Programming: vol. 3, Searching and Sorting,"
      Second Edition, ISBN 0-201-89685-0, pp. 409-426, 1998.
LREP
FR2  Russell; Brian F.
FR2  Dillon; Andrew J.
ABST
PAL  A data processing system includes at least one processor and data storage
      containing an array including N records having value-ordered entries. To
      find an entry matching a search value, W, a number of records to be
      searched, is set equal to N, and each of the W records is assigned to
      either a first set or a second set, where the first set includes X/2 of
      the W records and X is a smallest power of 2 equal to or greater than W.
      In response to a determination that the search value precedes the first
      record within the second set, a binary search of the first set of records
      is performed to identify a record including an matching entry. If the
      first entry of the first record within the second set matches the search
      value, the first record within the second set is identified. However, if
      the search value follows the first entry of the first record of the second
      set, the selected record is identified as containing an entry matching the
      search value only if W is equal to 1, and if W is not equal to 1, W is
      reset equal to a number of records within the second set and the above
      steps are repeated until a record containing a matching entry is
      identified. Following identification of the search value, at least one
      entry is retrieved from the identified record and contents of the at least
      one entry are processed within a processor.
PATN
WKU  059917580
SRC  8
APN  8706883
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970606
TTL  System and method for indexing information about entities from different
      information sources
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Rones; Charles L.
EXP  Black; Thomas G.
NDR  13
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Ellard; Scott
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Madison Information Technologies, Inc.
CTY  Chicago
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707  6
XCL  707  2
XCL  709206
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  702
FSS  6;513;5
FSC  709
FSS  206
FSC  707
FSS  6;2
UREF
PNO  5694594
ISD  19971200
NAM  Chang
OCL  707  6
UREF
PNO  5809499
ISD  19980900
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  707  6
LREP
FRM  Gary Cary Ware & Freidenrich LLP
ABST
PAL  A system and method for indexing a data record from an information source
      into a database, the database containing a plurality of data records, is
      provided comprising receiving a data record from an information source,
      the received data record having a predetermined number of fields
      containing information about a particular entity, standardizing and
      validating the data in the received data record. A system and method is
      also provided for retrieving records that refer to an entity characterized
      by a specific set of data values by comparing a predetermined number of
      fields within the received data record with a predetermined number of
      fields within the data records already in the database, selecting data
      records already in the database as candidates having data within some of
      the predetermined fields that is identical to the data in the fields of
      the received data record, and scoring the candidates to determine data
      records having information about the same entity.
PATN
WKU  059917598
SRC  8
APN  8235562
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970325
TTL  Method and system for defining equipment in a telecommunication network
      down to the rackface level
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Homere; Jean Raymond
NDR  34
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  Knoblock; Terry
CTY  Wylie
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Carlson; Gregory G.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Golobay; Paul Michael
CTY  Farmers Branch
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  MCI Communications Corporation
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707 10
XCL  707104
XCL  39520031
XCL  39520047
XCL  3952005
XCL  39520053
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 15173
FSC  707
FSS  10;104
FSC  395
FSS  200.5;200.31;200.47;200.53
FSC  370
FSS  254
FSC  379
FSS  220
UREF
PNO  5426674
ISD  19950600
NAM  Nemirovsky et al.
OCL  395200.71
UREF
PNO  5513171
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ludwiczak et al.
OCL  370254
UREF
PNO  5515524
ISD  19960500
NAM  Lynch et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5630025
ISD  19970500
NAM  Dolby et al.
OCL  706 46
UREF
PNO  5630072
ISD  19970500
NAM  Dobins
OCL  705 22
UREF
PNO  5664170
ISD  19970900
NAM  Taylor
OCL  395200.5
UREF
PNO  5758351
ISD  19980500
NAM  Gibson et al.
OCL  707104
UREF
PNO  5764955
ISD  19980600
NAM  Doolan
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5774689
ISD  19980600
NAM  Curtis et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5786998
ISD  19980700
NAM  Neeson et al.
OCL  701 35
UREF
PNO  5802144
ISD  19980900
NAM  Laird
OCL  379 32
OREF
PAL  Don Burgio, MCI Telecommunications Corporation, MCI SIteVu, copyright 1996,
      made available to the public Apr. '96.
ABST
PAL  A system and method is provided for defining equipment, in terms of
      components, such as modules, shelves and racks, down to the rackface level
      to be used for recording data related to the configuration of equipment
      within field sites. Once components are defined and stored in a database,
      they are configured by specifying interrelationships between components.
      Accordingly, shelves are configured by populating them with modules.
      Likewise, racks are configured by populating them with configured shelves.
      Graphical tools can be used to assist the user in configuring components.
      Data related to components, and configured equipment are stored in a
      central database.
PATN
WKU  059917601
SRC  8
APN  8832404
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970626
TTL  Method and apparatus for modifying copies of remotely stored documents
      using a web browser
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Alam; Hosain T.
EXP  Black; Thomas G.
NDR  17
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Gauvin; William Joseph
CTY  Leominster
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Jones; Harold
CTY  Northboro
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Taranto; Edward James
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Digital Equipment Corporation
CTY  Maynard
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707 10
XCL  707501
XCL  707513
XCL  39520047
XCL  39520048
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  10;501;513;104;1-3
FSC  395
FSS  200.47;200.48;200.54;200.57;200.3;200.32;200.33;200.49
UREF
PNO  5721851
ISD  19980200
NAM  Cline et al.
UREF
PNO  5732219
ISD  19980300
NAM  Blumer et al.
OCL  395200.57
UREF
PNO  5754774
ISD  19980500
NAM  Bittinger et al.
OCL  395200.33
UREF
PNO  5764906
ISD  19951100
NAM  Edelstein et al.
OCL  395200.49
UREF
PNO  5774670
ISD  19980600
NAM  Montulli
UREF
PNO  5781909
ISD  19960200
NAM  Logan et al.
OCL  707200
UREF
PNO  5784564
ISD  19960500
NAM  Camaisa et al.
UREF
PNO  5826242
ISD  19981000
NAM  Montulli
UREF
PNO  5841978
ISD  19981100
NAM  Rhoads
OREF
PAL  Morris, Mary, "HTML for Fun and Profit", SunsoftPress, pp. 91-95, 1995.
PAL  "Web Server Image Maps, Dialog Link", Technology Tutorial File 275/02015705
      Dec.19, 96.
PAL  "TeleWeb: Loosely Connected Access to the World Wide Web," Schilit et al.,
      Computer Networks and ISDN Systems, vol. 28, No. 11, pp. 1431-1444, May
      1996.
PAL  "A Distributed Web Server and its Performance Analysis on Multiple
      Platforms," Yew-Huey Liu et al., Proceedings of the 16th International
      Conference on Distributed Computing Systems, IEEE Computer Society Press,
      pp. 665-672, May 1996.
LREP
FRM  Williams, Morgan & Amerson, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A local client computer includes a local hypertext server, a local
      application program, and a downloader for downloading a copy of a remote
      network document (local copy), that is accessible by the local application
      program, onto the client computer. When connected to the network, a
      downloader is executed to create the local copy on the client. When
      disconnected, the local copy may be accessed and modified through the
      client browser in a manner that is similar to when the client is connected
      to the network.
PATN
WKU  059917610
SRC  8
APN  7816413
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970110
TTL  Method of reorganizing a data entry database
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Lewis; Cheryl
EXP  Amsbury; Wayne
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Mahoney; John F.
CTY  Sugarland
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Reid; Ken L.
CTY  Waller
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  BMC Software, Inc.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707100
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  100;103;102
FSC  395
FSS  200.58
UREF
PNO  4104718
ISD  19780800
NAM  Poublan et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4918595
ISD  19900400
NAM  Kahn et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4939668
ISD  19900700
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  706 59
UREF
PNO  4939689
ISD  19900700
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  707102
UREF
PNO  4942540
ISD  19900700
NAM  Black et al.
OCL  395200.58
UREF
PNO  5265206
ISD  19931100
NAM  Shackelford et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5481707
ISD  19960100
NAM  Murphy, Jr. et al.
OCL  395650
UREF
PNO  5664183
ISD  19970900
NAM  Cirulli et al.
OCL  707103
UREF
PNO  5675637
ISD  19971000
NAM  Szlam et al.
OCL  379142
UREF
PNO  5745901
ISD  19980400
NAM  Entner et al.
OCL  707103
UREF
PNO  5765160
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yamaguchi
OCL  707103
UREF
PNO  5790789
ISD  19980800
NAM  Suarez
OCL  395200
OREF
PAL  IBM International Systems Center, Guide to IMS/VS VI R3 Data Entry Data
      Base (DEDB) Facility, IBM Document Number GG24-1633-0) p. 48 (1984).
LREP
FRM  Arnold White & Durkee
ABST
PAL  The invention relates to a method of reorganizing certain units-of-work in
      a data entry database. First, a unit-of-work performance parameter is
      determined for each of a plurality of units-of-work. Next, if and only if
      the performance parameter of a unit-of-work meets a predetermined
      criteria, then the unit-of-work is reorganized.
PATN
WKU  059917628
SRC  8
APN  8849080
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970630
TTL  Method and apparatus for creating a table object constructed from
      reusable column objects
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXA  Mills, III; John G.
EXP  Black; Thomas G.
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Nagarajayya; Nagendra
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Madhuchandra; Bangalore
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Girons; Xavier de Saint
CTY  Chambourcy
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Vandenschrick; Vincent
CTY  Antony
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Lobel; Thierry J.
CTY  St. Mande
CNT  FRX
INVT
NAM  Moss; Marc D.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Keller; Fabrice
CTY  Plaisir
CNT  FRX
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707100
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  900
FSC  707
FSS  16;100;200;1-206
UREF
PNO  5421008
ISD  19950500
NAM  Banning et al.
OCL  707  4
UREF
PNO  5717925
ISD  19980200
NAM  Harper et al.
OCL  707102
UREF
PNO  5721911
ISD  19980200
NAM  Ha et al.
OCL  707100
OREF
PAL  Flanagan, David, Java In A Nutshell, 2nd Edition, O'Reilly & Associates,
      Inc., Sebastapol, CA, no date.
PAL  Kadel, Rich, Generic Client-Server Classes, Aug. 15, 1996,
      Internet:javaworld.com/javaworld.
PAL  Cameron, Jamie, JFS, Internet:jcameron@letterboxl.com, no date.
LREP
FRM  Beyer Weaver, LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for creating a table object made up of one or more columns, where
      the table object can be used as a programming interface or wrapper for an
      underlying table component is described. The table is made up of one or
      more column objects that can be used in other tables with minor
      alterations. The column objects are created to hold data of one type. This
      type can be a basic data type or a specialized graphical user interface
      type, allowing for great flexibility in creating table data structures for
      holding data of a wide variety. The table object is used to facilitate the
      use of an underlying table component, which may contain its own search
      engine. The table object acts as a wrapper for the table component
      allowing the application developer to use columns from other tables for
      use with a particular underlying table component without having to
      recreate or rewrite computer code for that particular underlying table
      component.
PATN
WKU  059917636
SRC  8
APN  9554327
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19971021
TTL  Method and apparatus for embedding concatenated data files into object
      files during runtime in a virtual file system
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Channavajjala; Srirama
EXP  Choules; Jack M.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Long; Dean R. E.
CTY  Boulder Creek
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Hamilton; Graham
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Fresko; Nedim
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707101
XCL  707100
XCL  707102
XCL  707103
XCL  707205
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  1;2;3;6;103;200;201;202;203;204;205;206;100-104
FSC  395
FSS  681;702;703;712;710;685;825;828;683;708;701-704
UREF
PNO  5163131
ISD  19921100
NAM  Row et al.
OCL  709202
UREF
PNO  5303380
ISD  19940400
NAM  Tenny et al.
OCL  395710
UREF
PNO  5361349
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sugita et al.
OCL  707  8
UREF
PNO  5450586
ISD  19950900
NAM  Kuzara et al.
OCL  395704
UREF
PNO  5513348
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ryu et al.
OCL  707  1
UREF
PNO  5561799
ISD  19961000
NAM  Khalidi et al.
OCL  707200
UREF
PNO  5594903
ISD  19970100
NAM  Bunnell et al.
OCL  395712
UREF
PNO  5634124
ISD  19970500
NAM  Khoyi et al.
OCL  707103
UREF
PNO  5649200
ISD  19970700
NAM  Leblang et al.
OCL  395703
UREF
PNO  5675802
ISD  19971000
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  395703
UREF
PNO  5745888
ISD  19980400
NAM  Bauer et al.
OCL  707  1
UREF
PNO  5778226
ISD  19980700
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  395681
UREF
PNO  5778384
ISD  19980700
NAM  Provino et al.
OCL  707200
UREF
PNO  5819276
ISD  19981000
NAM  Cai et al.
OCL  707100
UREF
PNO  5845295
ISD  19981200
NAM  Houseman et al.
OCL  707204
OREF
PAL  El Din Mahmoud, M.M et al., ADOS/Linux extensible file system, computers
      and communications, 1997 proceedings, second IEEE symposium, and 311-315,
      Jul. 1997.
LREP
FRM  Beyer & Weaver, LLP
ABST
PAL  Methods, systems, and software for efficiently creating virtual file
      systems including object files which contain data are described. In one
      aspect of the invention, a method for creating a virtual file system
      includes retrieving a data file from a file system. A snapshot of the data
      file is created and converted into an object data file. The converted
      object data file is linked to at least one other object file. The data
      file can be concatenated with at least one other data file to create the
      snapshot. A set of assembly instructions for creating an object file from
      the snapshot is generated. The assembly instructions include instructions
      to reserve space within the object file for data contained in the data
      file. The assembly instructions are converted into an object file and the
      snapshot of the data file is copied into the reserved space.
PATN
WKU  059917644
SRC  8
APN  8152349
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970312
TTL  Data structure specifying differing fan-in tree and fan-out tree
      computation patterns supporting a generic reduction object for data
      parallelism
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Homere; Jean R.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Sundaresan; Neelakantan
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707102
XCL  707  3
XCL  707100
XCL  395731
XCL  39580009
XCL  39580028
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1563
FSC  707
FSS  101;102;103;3;100
FSC  395
FSS  800.13;800.09;800.32;800.14;800.28;731
UREF
PNO  4344134
ISD  19820800
NAM  Barnes
OCL  395800.16
UREF
PNO  4347498
ISD  19820800
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  340825.02
UREF
PNO  4843540
ISD  19890600
NAM  Stolfo
OCL  395800.11
UREF
PNO  4845744
ISD  19890700
NAM  Debenedictis
OCL  379221
UREF
PNO  4860201
ISD  19890800
NAM  Stolfo et al.
OCL  395800.11
UREF
PNO  5230047
ISD  19930700
NAM  Frey, Jr. et al.
OCL  395182.02
UREF
PNO  5404521
ISD  19950400
NAM  Murray
OCL  395674
UREF
PNO  5535393
ISD  19960700
NAM  Reeve et al.
OCL  395706
UREF
PNO  5721921
ISD  19980200
NAM  Kessler et al.
OCL  395672
UREF
PNO  5764993
ISD  19980600
NAM  Shindo
OCL  395709
UREF
PNO  5781906
ISD  19980700
NAM  Aggarwal et al.
OCL  707102
OREF
PAL  Olson, "Connectionist Networks for Feature Indexing and Object
      Recognition", IEEE, pp. 907-912, 1996.
PAL  Zang et al. "On the Parallel Complexity of Model Checking in the Modal
      Mu-Calculus", IEEE, pp. 154-163, 1994.
PAL  Halstead, Robert H., Jr. Multilisp: A Language for Concurrent Symbolic
      Computation. ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems, vol.
      7, No. 4, pp. 501-538, Oct. 1985.
PAL  Yokote, Yasuhiko. The Design and Implementation of Concurrent Smalltalk,
      World Scientific Series in Computer Science, vol. 21 1990.
PAL  Leddy, William J., and Smith, K. Stuart, The Design of the Experimental
      Systems Kernel. Proceedings of the Fourth Conference on Hypercubes,
      Concurrent Computers and Applications, Monterey, CA, 1989, pp. 737-743.
PAL  Liskov, Barbara and Shrira, Liuba. Promises: Linguistic Support for
      Efficient Asynchronous Procedure Calls in Distributed Systems. Proceedings
      of the SIGPLAN'88 Conference on Programming Language Design and
      Implemetation, Atlanta, Georgia pp. 260-267, Jun. 1988.
PAL  Reppy, John H., Concurrent ML: Design, Application and Semantics,
      Concurrent ML Manual. AT&T Bell Laboratories, Feb. 1993, Version 0.9.8.
PAL  Grimshaw, Andrew S. Easy-to-use Object-Oriented Parallel Processing with
      Mentat. IEEE Computer, pp. 39-51, May 1993.
PAL  Lavender, R. Greg and Kafura, Dennis G., A Polymorphic Future and
      First-class Function Type for Concurrent Object-Oriented Programming,
      Sponsored in part by National Science Foundation grant CCR-9104013.
PAL  Callahan, David and Smith, Burton. A Future-based Parallel Language For a
      General-purpose Highly-parallel Computer. Tera Computer Company, 400 N.
      34th Street, Suite 300, Seattle, WA 98103, ARPA Order No. 6512, Program
      Code No. E20 issued by DARPA/CMO under Contract # MDA972-89-C-0002 and
      Sponsored by the Defense Advanced Reseach Projects Agency Information
      Science and Technology Office.
PAL  Sheffler, Thomas J., The Amelia Vector Template Library, Parallel
      Programming Using C++, Scientific & Engineering Computation Series, 1996,
      pp. 43-89.
LREP
FR2  Johnson; Prentiss W.
ABST
PAL  A data structure supporting a data-parallel reduction operation performed
      by a group of threads, a rope, participating in a multi-level two-phase
      tree structure: a fan-in computation phase followed by a fan-out broadcast
      phase. Local reductions are performed at each subtree during the fan-in
      phase, and the final reduced value is broadcast to all the threads during
      the fan-out phase. As the reduction operation is a data-parallel
      operation, the reduction operation is rope specific and is provided by the
      use of a parallel computation skeleton defined by the data structure which
      is a fan-in followed by the fan-out, a data-type specific binary
      operation, and a final broadcast that takes place in the reduction
      operation. When the rope object is constructed, the parallel computation
      skeleton is automatically constructed from information contained in the
      data structure. When a reduction operation is invoked, this parallel
      computation skeleton is used to build a data-type specific reduction
      object which is used by all the threads in the rope. The threads in a rope
      may perform type-specific reduction operations by cloning this parallel
      computation skeleton to a data-type specific reduction object for that
      type. This data-type specific reduction object is an instance of a
      template instance which is parametrized on two data-types: a data-type of
      the values used in the reduction operation and a type of a binary
      operation function object.
PATN
WKU  059917652
SRC  8
APN  8520992
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970506
TTL  System and method for storing and manipulating data in an information
      handling system
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXA  Mizrahi; Diane D.
EXP  Lintz; Paul R.
NDR  9
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Vethe; Olaf
CTY  Oslo
CNT  NOX
ASSG
NAM  Birdstep Technology AS
CTY  Oslo
CNT  NOX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  707103
XCL  707  2
XCL  707101
XCL  707102
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  2;101;103;102
FSC  395
FSS  183.14;183.16;500;670;672;685;701;705;500.48
FSC  345
FSS  326;335;340;352
FSC  706
FSS  10
FSC  709
FSS  100;305
FSC  710
FSS  60
FSC  714
FSS  38;40
UREF
PNO  4657057
ISD  19870400
NAM  Ha
OCL  152415
UREF
PNO  4989132
ISD  19910100
NAM  Mellender et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5040995
ISD  19910800
NAM  Graninger et al.
OCL  439 76
UREF
PNO  5090865
ISD  19920200
NAM  Ramachandran et al.
OCL  415112
UREF
PNO  5226161
ISD  19930700
NAM  Khoyi et al.
OCL  395650
UREF
PNO  5295261
ISD  19940300
NAM  Simonetti
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5297279
ISD  19940300
NAM  Bannon et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5381547
ISD  19950100
NAM  Flug
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5426747
ISD  19950600
NAM  Weinreb et al.
OCL  395400
UREF
PNO  5437027
ISD  19950700
NAM  Bannon et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5469562
ISD  19951100
NAM  Saether
OCL  395182.18
UREF
PNO  5515502
ISD  19960500
NAM  Wood
OCL  395182.13
UREF
PNO  5522071
ISD  19960500
NAM  Guillen et al.
OCL  395650
UREF
PNO  5535383
ISD  19960700
NAM  Gower
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5551024
ISD  19960800
NAM  Waters
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5557795
ISD  19960900
NAM  Venable
OCL  395670
UREF
PNO  5560006
ISD  19960900
NAM  Layden et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5561759
ISD  19961000
NAM  Chen
OCL  395182.02
UREF
PNO  5572673
ISD  19961100
NAM  Shurts
OCL  395186
UREF
PNO  5583983
ISD  19961200
NAM  Schmitter
OCL  395705
UREF
PNO  5586326
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ryu et al.
OCL  395701
UREF
PNO  5590334
ISD  19961200
NAM  Saulpaugh et al.
OCL  395683
UREF
PNO  5600838
ISD  19970200
NAM  Guillen et al.
OCL  395683
UREF
PNO  5613058
ISD  19970300
NAM  Koppolu
OCL  345326
UREF
PNO  5752028
ISD  19980500
NAM  Ellacott
OCL  707103
UREF
PNO  5801701
ISD  19980900
NAM  Koppolu
OCL  345352
UREF
PNO  5864862
ISD  19990100
NAM  Kriens
OCL  707103
UREF
PNO  5864864
ISD  19990100
NAM  Lerner
OCL  707102
FREF
PNO  7-200381
ISD  19950800
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-036518
ISD  19960200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-272815
ISD  19961000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  8-328938
ISD  19961200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "Databases for a New Generation," Object Expert, vol. 1, No. 3, Mar.-Apr.
      1996, pp. 26-28 and 30-31.
PAL  "An Object Model of Data, Based on the ODMG Industry Standard for Database
      Applications," IEE International Seminar of Client/Server Computing
      Seminar Proceedings, Oct. 1995, vol. 1, pp. 13/1-8.
PAL  "Intersection of Relational and Object," Proceedings AM/FM International
      Annual Conference XVII, Mar. 1994, pp. 69-75.
PAL  "Object Identity in Database Systems," Journal of Computer Science and
      Technology, Jul. 1995, vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 380-384.
PAL  "Object-Oriented Database Systems and Their Application Software
      Development Enviroments," Fernmelde-Ingenieur, vol. 49, No. 6-7, pp. 1-68,
      Jun.-Jul. 1995.
PAL  "Distributed Client-Server Databases," Object Magazine, vol. 4, No. 1, pp.
      47, 50-52, Mar.-Apr. 1994.
PAL  "Formal Specification of a Persistent Object Management System,"
      Information and Software Technology, vol. 35, No. 5, pp. 277-286, May
      1993.
PAL  "A Database with an Explicit Semantic Representation," Industrial an
      Engineering Applications of Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems.
      Proceedings of the Seventh International Conference, pp. 323-332, 1994.
PAL  "SIM: A Database System Based on the Semantic Data Model," SIGMOD Record,
      vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 46-55, Sep. 1988.
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist
ABST
PAL  The present invention is directed to a database and database management
      system and method designed to store and manipulate any type of data and
      any combination of data types. The underlying data architecture is
      uniquely flexible, and thus to the DBMS, the data in the database will
      appear to be of a type consistent with the access method of the DBMS.
      Further, the present invention allows a number of simultaneous, different
      access methods to the same underlying data, delivering the ability to work
      with complex data within one easily managed system. One of the key aspects
      of the present invention is the "atomization" of the data. Atomization is
      the separation of the storage of data content from its definition, as well
      as from its occurrences or instances in the database. An atom is the most
      basic element in the database. Data content is stored in content atoms,
      data definitions are stored in type atoms, and each instance of the same
      data value/property is represented by instance atoms. When connected, the
      three different atom types form a molecule. Complex data may be
      represented in the database by linking together instance atoms from
      several molecules to form inner relations, and then by further linking
      together inner relations to form outer relations.
PATN
WKU  059917660
SRC  8
APN  9823387
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971202
TTL  Method and system for managing redundant objects in a distributed object
      system
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Homere; Jean R.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Sadiq; Waqar
CTY  Rochester Hills
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Cummins; Fred Arthur
CTY  Farmington Hills
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Swift, II; William Earl
CTY  Frisco
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Electronic Data Systems Corporation
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707103
XCL  707 10
XCL  707102
XCL  707204
XCL  39520031
XCL  39520047
XCL  395682
XCL  395683
XCL  39580029
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 15163
FSC  707
FSS  10;102;103;204
FSC  395
FSS  200.31;200.47;683;800.29;682
UREF
PNO  5553223
ISD  19960900
NAM  Greenlee et al.
OCL  345333
UREF
PNO  5588147
ISD  19961200
NAM  Neeman et al.
OCL  707  1
UREF
PNO  5613079
ISD  19970300
NAM  Debique et al.
OCL  711141
UREF
PNO  5617537
ISD  19970400
NAM  Yamada et al.
OCL  395200.44
UREF
PNO  5724575
ISD  19980300
NAM  Hoover et al.
OCL  707 10
UREF
PNO  5812779
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ciscon et al.
OCL  395200.53
UREF
PNO  5842173
ISD  19981100
NAM  Strum et al.
OCL  705  1
UREF
PNO  5870742
ISD  19990200
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  707  8
UREF
PNO  5874954
ISD  19990200
NAM  Kilmer et al.
OCL  345333
UREF
PNO  5884324
ISD  19990300
NAM  Cheng et al.
OCL  707201
UREF
PNO  5887171
ISD  19990300
NAM  Tada et al.
OCL  707  4
OREF
PAL  Naya et al., "Object-oriented development based on polymorphism patterns
      and optimization to reduce executable code size", Proceedings Technology
      of object-oriented languagesb and systems, Tools: IEEE Comput. Soc,
      Abstract only, 1998.
PAL  Kim, et al, "Software fault tolerance for distributed object based
      computing", Journal of Systems and Software, vol.39, No.2, Abstract Only,
      Nov. 1997.
PAL  Metsker, S. J., "Thinking over objects", Object Magazne, vol.7, No.3,
      Abstract Only, May 1997.
PAL  Lopes, C. V., "Graph-based optimizations for parameter passing in remote
      invocations", Proceedings Furth International Worksop on
      object-Orientation in Operating Systems, IEEE Comput Soc Press, Abstract
      Only, Aug. 1995.
PAL  Huang, S., "Developping distributed applications by semantics-based
      automatic replication", Proceedings First Asia-Pacific Software
      Engineering Conference, IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Abstract Only, Dec. 1994.
PAL  Gianuzzi, V., "Coupling algorithms for replicated objects and processes",
      Microprocessing & Microprogramming, Conference: 20th Annual Euromicro
      Conference, System Architecture and Integration, Abstract Only, Sep. 1994.
PAL  Bal, et al., "Replication techniques for speeding up parallel applications
      on distributed systems", Concurrency: Practice nad experience, vol.4,
      No.5, Abstract Only, Aug. 1992.
PAL  Alan, T., "Preventing state divergence in replicated distributed programs",
      Proceedings--Symposium on reliability in distributed software nad database
      systems, IEEE Service Center, Abstract Only, Oct. 1990.
LREP
FR2  Griebenow; L. Joy
     Baker & Botts L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  One aspect of the invention is a method for managing redundant objects in a
      distributed object system. A transaction service runs on a computer. At
      least two copies of the instance variables of a distributed object are
      maintained in a separate database. The distributed object (46) has a
      polymorphism of an interface object instantiation method. At least two
      copies of an interface object (48) are instantiated wherein each interface
      object (48) is associated with one of the copies of the instance variables
      of the distributed object (46). The interface objects (48) are
      instantiated using the polymorphism. A list of interface objects (48) is
      maintained with the distributed object (46). Each copy of the instance
      variables of the distributed object (46) are modified by traversing the
      list of interface objects (48) and sending a message with modification
      parameters to each interface object (48) on the list.
PATN
WKU  059917687
SRC  8
APN  8658188
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970530
TTL  Finer grained quiescence for data replication
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Mizvchi; Diane D.
EXP  Black; Thomas G.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Sun; Harry
CTY  Redwood City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Downing; Alan
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Souder; Benny
CTY  Belmont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Stamos; James
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Goel; Ashvin
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Oracle Corporation
CTY  Redwood Shores
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  667677
APD  19960621
PSC  01
PNO  5799306
CLAS
OCL  707104
XCL  707 10
XCL  707200
XCL  707203
XCL  707204
XCL  707205
XCL  39520035
XCL  39520062
XCL  39518218
XCL  39520054
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  10;104;200;203;204;205
FSC  395
FSS  200.35;200.53;200.54;200.59
FSC  706
FSS  13;16;25;31
FSC  455
FSS  12.1
FSC  370
FSS  397
UREF
PNO  5577211
ISD  19961100
NAM  Annapareddy et al.
OCL  395200.62
UREF
PNO  5664173
ISD  19970900
NAM  Fast
OCL  707  4
UREF
PNO  5684945
ISD  19971100
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  395182.18
UREF
PNO  5765165
ISD  19980600
NAM  Harper
OCL  707104
UREF
PNO  5771669
ISD  19980600
NAM  George et al.
OCL  395200.54
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for performing an administrative function on an
      object, replicated at a plurality of sites, suspends or "quiesces"
      replication activities at the granularity of an object group. Each object
      resides in an object group, and each object group has a status flag that
      indicates whether replication activities are quiesced. In response to
      detecting a request to perform an administrative function on an object,
      replication activities are suspended for the object group. Previous
      transactions are propagated to other sites. When each site has propagated
      all the previous transactions, the administrative function is performed
      and replication activities for the object group are resumed.
PATN
WKU  059917695
SRC  8
APN  9190910
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970827
TTL  System for facilitating home construction and sales
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  1
EXA  Coby; Frantz
EXP  Black; Thomas G.
NDR  46
NFG  46
INVT
NAM  Fino; Timothy A.
CTY  Farmington
STA  MI
INVT
NAM  Hall; Stephan E.
CTY  Birmingham
STA  MI
ASSG
NAM  Pulte Home Corporation
CTY  Bloomfield Hills
STA  MI
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  387541
APD  19950213
PSC  01
PNO  5689705
CLAS
OCL  707104
XCL  345425
XCL  345133
XCL  345141
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  345
FSS  425;133;141
FSC  707
FSS  104
UREF
PNO  4275449
ISD  19810600
NAM  Aish
OCL  364512
UREF
PNO  4555775
ISD  19851100
NAM  Pike
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4634845
ISD  19870100
NAM  Hale et al.
OCL  235350
UREF
PNO  4653020
ISD  19870300
NAM  Cheselka et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4870576
ISD  19890900
NAM  Tornetta
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  4876648
ISD  19891000
NAM  Lloyd
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  5032989
ISD  19910700
NAM  Tornetta
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5036315
ISD  19910700
NAM  Gurley
OCL  340721
UREF
PNO  5041992
ISD  19910800
NAM  Cunningham et al.
OCL  364518
UREF
PNO  5043711
ISD  19910800
NAM  Harrington
OCL  340728
UREF
PNO  5045994
ISD  19910900
NAM  Belfer et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5063375
ISD  19911100
NAM  Lien et al.
OCL  340703
UREF
PNO  5088033
ISD  19920200
NAM  Binkley et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5111392
ISD  19920500
NAM  Malin
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5182705
ISD  19930100
NAM  Barr et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5189606
ISD  19930200
NAM  Burns et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5231567
ISD  19930700
NAM  Matoba et al.
OCL  364468.06
UREF
PNO  5233513
ISD  19930800
NAM  Doyle
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5233533
ISD  19930800
NAM  Edstrom et al.
OCL  364468
UREF
PNO  5235680
ISD  19930800
NAM  Bijnagte
OCL  395161
UREF
PNO  5239462
ISD  19930800
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  5241465
ISD  19930800
NAM  Oba et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5249120
ISD  19930900
NAM  Foley
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5255181
ISD  19931000
NAM  Chapman et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5268838
ISD  19931200
NAM  Ito
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5274547
ISD  19931200
NAM  Zoffel et al.
OCL  364408
UREF
PNO  5274567
ISD  19931200
NAM  Kallin et al.
OCL  364478
UREF
PNO  5287504
ISD  19940200
NAM  Carpenter et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5289368
ISD  19940200
NAM  Jordan et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5289574
ISD  19940200
NAM  Sawyer
OCL  395157
UREF
PNO  5310997
ISD  19940500
NAM  Roach et al.
OCL  235375
UREF
PNO  5491818
ISD  19960200
NAM  Malatesta et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5532838
ISD  19960700
NAM  Barbari
OCL  358400
UREF
PNO  5592664
ISD  19970100
NAM  Starkey
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5594226
ISD  19970100
NAM  Steger
OCL  235379
UREF
PNO  5644334
ISD  19970700
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  345119
UREF
PNO  5689705
ISD  19971100
NAM  Fino et al.
OCL  707617
UREF
PNO  5754850
ISD  19980500
NAM  Janssen
OCL  707104
OREF
PAL  Gebhardt Associates Letter dated Apr. 13, 1994.
PAL  SureSell Pamphlet, No Date.
PAL  Computer Assisted Data Base search results, No Date.
PAL  Gayle et al, Environmental Online: The Geening of Databases, Dialog, Aug.
      1992.
PAL  Oneugbe et al, Query processing in LVD: A secure Database System, IEEE, pp.
      118-124, Dec. 1988.
PAL  Knode et al, Making Databases Secure with TRUDATA Technology, IEEE, pp.
      82-90, Dec. 1998.
PAL  Gayle et al, Environmental Online: The Geening of Databases, Dialog, pages,
      Aug. 1992.
PAL  Oneugbe et al, Query processing in LVD: A Secure Database System, IEEE, pp.
      118-124, Dec. 1988.
PAL  Knode et al, Making Databases Secure with TRUDATA Technology, IEEE, pp.
      82-90, Dec. 1988.
LREP
FRM  Rader, Fishman & Grauer PLLC
ABST
PAL  A system for facilitating the information transfer and processing
      associated with home construction and home sales. Various discrete
      software modules are disclosed each handling a specific task associated
      with home construction and sales. Also, a system for communicating between
      separate data bases is disclosed wherein separate and distinct sales
      offices, each having their own data base, may communicate with a parent,
      market office having its own data base wherein the data bases of the sales
      offices and the market office are synchronized according to the method of
      the present invention so that any data updates in any of the sales offices
      would be automatically updated in the associated market offices. This
      aspect of the present invention allows a corporation responsible for home
      construction and sales amongst various regional, market, and sales offices
      to coordinate a plurality of discretely separate data bases in a way such
      that they are all synchronized with one another at a predetermined time.
PATN
WKU  059917709
SRC  9
APN  0008273
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19971230
TTL  Method for automatically generating Internet ready GIFs from selected
      data files
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Trinh; William
EXP  Black; Thomas G.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Zamora-McKelvy; Michele
CTY  Parker
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Buggs; Marlon D.
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Stroble; Bryan
CTY  Aurora
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Pride; Daniel
CTY  Polson
STA  MT
ASSG
NAM  U S West, Inc
CTY  Denver
STA  CO
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  MediaOne Group
CTY  Englewood
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707200
XCL  707523
XCL  707530
XCL  707500
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  500;523;530;3;200
UREF
PNO  5848415
ISD  19981200
NAM  Guck
OCL  707 10
OREF
PAL  MSDN Library ("Web Projects", "Check Hyperlinks on a Web Project", "Create
      a Site Map", and "Deploy Web Files to a Server",
      http://msdn.microsoft.com/isapi/msdnlib.idc?theURL=/library/techart/vssaut
     o.htm), Aug. 10, 1999.
PAL  MSDN Library ("How Visual SourceSafe Tracks Files" and "VSSFlags",
      http://msdn.microsoft.com/isapi/msdnlib.idc?theURL=/library/techart/vssaut
     o.htm), Aug. 10, 1999.
PAL  Microsoft Press Release, "One-Year Anniversary of Windows 95 to be
      Celebrated",
      http://www.microsoft.com/PressPass/press/1996/aug96/wn95yrpr.htm, p. 1,
      Aug. 21, 1996.
PAL  Screen Capture Print Outs, pp. 1-9, Apr. 16, 1999.
LREP
FRM  Brooks & Kushman
ABST
PAL  A method and system are provided for automatically generating Internet
      formatted data files from nonInternet formatted data files. The present
      invention includes processing one or more directories selected by a user
      to locate and tag any files of a type to be converted. A file list is
      created and output as a spreadsheet type text file containing the file
      information for each file to be processed. Each located file is then
      converted into an Internet ready file format, and transferred to a chosen
      destination. The present invention allows for automatic generation of an
      Internet yellow page directory using nonInternet formatted customer
      advertising data files with significantly reduced production costs and
      likelihood of processing error.
PATN
WKU  059917717
SRC  8
APN  7004877
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970703
TTL  Transaction synchronization in a disconnectable computer and network
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Kulik; Paul V.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Falls; Patrick T.
CTY  Newbury
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Collins; Brian J.
CTY  New Malden
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Draper; Stephen P. W.
CTY  Basingstoke
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Novell, Inc.
CTY  Provo
STA  UT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707202
XCL  707201
XCL  3951821
XCL  39518213
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1700
FSC  707
FSS  8;10;201;203;200;202
FSC  395
FSS  180;182.1;182.13
UREF
PNO  4575793
ISD  19860300
NAM  Morel et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4622631
ISD  19861100
NAM  Frank et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4774655
ISD  19880900
NAM  Kollin et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4774661
ISD  19880900
NAM  Kumpati
OCL  364300
UREF
PNO  4827399
ISD  19890500
NAM  Shibayama
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4878167
ISD  19891000
NAM  Kapulka et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4941845
ISD  19900700
NAM  Eppley et al.
OCL  439505
UREF
PNO  5001628
ISD  19910300
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5008814
ISD  19910400
NAM  Mathur
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5019963
ISD  19910500
NAM  Alderson et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5043876
ISD  19910800
NAM  Terry
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5113519
ISD  19920500
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5142680
ISD  19920800
NAM  Ottman et al.
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5146561
ISD  19920900
NAM  Carey et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5151989
ISD  19920900
NAM  Johnson et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5155847
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kirouac et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5159669
ISD  19921000
NAM  Trigg et al.
OCL  395159
UREF
PNO  5170480
ISD  19921200
NAM  Mohan et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5185857
ISD  19930200
NAM  Rozmanith et al.
OCL  395148
UREF
PNO  5212789
ISD  19930500
NAM  Rago
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5229768
ISD  19930700
NAM  Thomas
OCL  341 51
UREF
PNO  5237680
ISD  19930800
NAM  Adams et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5247683
ISD  19930900
NAM  Holmes et al.
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5274803
ISD  19931200
NAM  Dubin et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5276868
ISD  19940100
NAM  Poole
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5276871
ISD  19940100
NAM  Howarth
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5276876
ISD  19940100
NAM  Coleman et al.
OCL  395650
UREF
PNO  5278979
ISD  19940100
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5278982
ISD  19940100
NAM  Daniels et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5291591
ISD  19940300
NAM  Kawano et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5297278
ISD  19940300
NAM  Wang et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5313646
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hendricks et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5317728
ISD  19940500
NAM  Tevis et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5321832
ISD  19940600
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5325524
ISD  19940600
NAM  Black et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5333315
ISD  19940700
NAM  Saether et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5347653
ISD  19940900
NAM  Flynn et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5355476
ISD  19941000
NAM  Fukumara
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5375207
ISD  19941200
NAM  Blakely et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5377326
ISD  19941200
NAM  Murata et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5388256
ISD  19950200
NAM  Herbert
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5390335
ISD  19950200
NAM  Stephan et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5403639
ISD  19950400
NAM  Belsan et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5408619
ISD  19950400
NAM  Oran
OCL  395325
UREF
PNO  5410543
ISD  19950400
NAM  Seitz et al.
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5410684
ISD  19950400
NAM  Ainsworth et al.
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5412801
ISD  19950500
NAM  de Remer et al.
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5418957
ISD  19950500
NAM  Narayan
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5423034
ISD  19950600
NAM  Cohen-Levy et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5430871
ISD  19950700
NAM  Jamoussi et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5434994
ISD  19950700
NAM  Shaheen et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5452450
ISD  19950900
NAM  Delory
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5553279
ISD  19960900
NAM  Goldring
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5588147
ISD  19961200
NAM  Neeman et al.
OCL  395601
UREF
PNO  5613113
ISD  19970300
NAM  Goldring
OCL  395618
UREF
PNO  5666530
ISD  19970900
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  395617
UREF
PNO  5684984
ISD  19971100
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  395610
UREF
PNO  5692129
ISD  19971100
NAM  Sonderegger et al.
OCL  395200.11
UREF
PNO  5710922
ISD  19980100
NAM  Alley et al.
OCL  395617
UREF
PNO  5737600
ISD  19980400
NAM  Geiner et al.
OCL  395616
UREF
PNO  5737601
ISD  19980400
NAM  Jain et al.
OCL  395617
UREF
PNO  5740433
ISD  19980400
NAM  Carr et al.
OCL  395618
UREF
PNO  5761660
ISD  19980600
NAM  Josten et al.
OCL  707  8
UREF
PNO  5774717
ISD  19980600
NAM  Porcaro
OCL  707202
UREF
PNO  5778390
ISD  19980700
NAM  Nelson et al.
OCL  707204
UREF
PNO  5806075
ISD  19980900
NAM  Jain et al.
OCL  707201
UREF
PNO  5832518
ISD  19981100
NAM  Mastors
OCL  707202
UREF
PNO  5878434
ISD  19990300
NAM  Draper et al.
OCL  707202
FREF
PNO  87107475
ISD  19880100
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1114
FREF
PNO  92308720
ISD  19930800
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1516
FREF
PNO  9508809
ISD  19950300
CNT  EPX
ICL  G05F 1730
FREF
PNO  95100255
ISD  19950700
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1730
OREF
PAL  Advance Program--Second Workshop on the Management of Replicated Data
      (WMRD-II), Nov. 12-13, 1992, pp. 1-2.
PAL  "Application-Aware Adaptation for Mobile Computing", M. Satyanarayanan et
      al., ACM SIGOS Operating Systems Review 29.1, 1995, pp. 52-55.
PAL  "Architecture of the Ficus Scalable Replicated File System", T. Page, Jr.,
      Computer Science Department Technical Report University Of California At
      Los Angeles, Mar. 1991, pp. 1-18.
PAL  "Coda: A Highly Available file System for a Distributed Workstation
      Environment", M. Satyanarayanan et al., IEEE Transactions On Computers,
      vol. 39 No. 4 Apr. 1990, pp. 447-459.
PAL  "Coding for Compression in Full-Text Retrieval Systems", A. Moffat et al.,
      IEEE DCC Data Compression Conference, 1992, pp. 72-81.
PAL  "A compact representation for file versions: a preliminary report", A.
      Black et al., 5.sup.th IEEE Conference On Data Engineering, 1989, pp.
      321-329.
PAL  "Concurrency Control and Consistency of Multiple Copies of Data in
      Distributed INGRES", M. Stonebraker, IEEE Transactions On Software
      Engineering, vol. SE-5, No. 3, May 1979, pp. 188-194.
PAL  "Conflict Detection Tradeoffs for Replicated Data", M. Carey et al., ACM
      Transactions on Database Systems, vol. 16, No. 4, Dec. 1991, pp. 703-746.
PAL  "Countdown to Mobile Blast-Off", I. Brodsky, Network World, Feb. 19, 1996,
      pp. 44-46,52.
PAL  "Data Management for Mobile Computing", T. Imielinski et al., ACM SIGMOD
      Record, vol. 22, No. 1, Mar. 1993, pp. 34-39.
PAL  "Data Replicas in Distributed Information Services", H. Gladney, ACM
      Transactions on Database Systems, vol. 14, No. 1, Mar. 1989, pp. 75-97.
PAL  "Database System Issues in Nomadic Computing", R. Alonso et al., ACM SIGMOD
      Record, 22 2, 1993, pp. 388-392.
PAL  "DGDBM: Programming Support for Distributed Transactions Over Replicated
      Files", M. Franky, ACM SIGOS Operating Systems Review, 29 3, Jul. 1995,
      pp. 64-74.
PAL  "Disconnected Operation for AFS", L. Huston et al., Mobile and
      Location--Independent Computing Symposium, USENIX Association, 1994, pp.
      1-10.
PAL  "Disconnected Operation in the Coda File System", J. Kistler et al., ACM
      Operating Systems Review, 25 5, 1991, pp. 213-225.
PAL  "Disconnected Operation in a Distributed File System", J. Kistler, Ph.D.
      thesis, Department of Computer Science, Carnegie Mellon University, May
      1993, pp. 1-186.
PAL  "Discord in hardwareland", T. Schmidt, Network World, Feb. 19. 1996, p. 47.
PAL  "Distributed Logging for Transaction Processing", D. Daniels et al., ACM,
      1987, pp. 82-96.
PAL  "Experience with Disconnected Operation in a Mobile Computing Environment",
      M. Satyanarayanan et al., Mobile and Location-Independent Computing
      Symposium, 1994, pp. 11-28.
PAL  "Fixed Length Semiorder Preserving Code for Field Level Data File
      Compression", M. Toyama et al., IEEE--First International Conference on
      Data Engineering, 1984, pp. 244-252.
PAL  "Flexible and Safe Resolution of File Conflicts", P. Kumar et al., 1995
      UESNIX Technical Conference, Jan. 16-20, 1995, pp. 95-106.
PAL  "The Generalized Tree Quorum Protocol: An Efficient Approach for Managing
      Replicated Data", D. Agrawal et al., ACM Transactions on Database Systems,
      vol. 17, No. 4, Dec. 1992, pp. 689-717.
PAL  "A Generic Multicast Transport Service to Support Disconnected Operation",
      S. Maffeis et al., Mobile and Location-Independent Computing Symposium,
      1995, pp. 79-89.
PAL  "Getting Your Byte's Worth", S. Vaughan-Nichols, Byte, Nov. 1990, pp.
      331-336.
PAL  "Grapevine: An Exercise in Distributed Computing--Abstract", A. Birrell et
      al., Communications of the ACM, vol. 25, No. 4, Apr. 1982, pp. 260-261.
PAL  "Going Mobile", S. Biagi, Network Var, Apr. 1996, p. 14.
PAL  "Impact of Mobility on Distributed Computations", B. Badrinath et al., ACM
      SIGOS Operating Systems Review, 27 2, 1993, pp. 15-20.
PAL  "An Introduction to Database Systems vol. II", C. Date, Addison-Wesley
      Publidhing Company, 1993, pp. 1-33, 291-340.
PAL  "Isolation-Only Transactions for Mobile Computing", Q. Lu et al., ACM SIGOS
      Operating Systems Review, 28 2, 1994, pp. 81-87.
PAL  "Log-Based Directory Resolution in the Coda File System", P. Kumar et al.,
      IEEE, 1993, pp. 202-213.
PAL  "The Lotus Notes.TM. Storage System", K. Moore, ACM SIGMOD Record, 24 2,
      1995, pp. 427-428.
PAL  "Low Cost Management of Replicated Data in Fault-Tolerant Distributed
      Systems", T. Joseph et al., ACM Transactions on Computer Systems, vol. 4,
      No. 1, Feb. 1986, pp. 54-70.
PAL  "Maintaining Availability in Partitioned Replicated Databases", A. Abbadi
      et al., ACM Transactions on Computer Systems, vol. 14, No. 2, Jun. 1989,
      pp. 264-290.
PAL  "Model Based Concordance Compression", A. Bookstein et al., IEEE DCC Data
      Compression Conference, 1992, pp. 82-91.
PAL  "The Multicast Policy and Its Relationship to Replicated Data Placement",
      O. Wolfson et al., ACM Transactions on Database Systems, vol. 16, No. 1,
      Mar. 1991, pp. 181-205.
PAL  "A Multi-Group Technique for Data Compression", K. Hazboun et al., ACM
      SIGMOD Conference, 1982, pp. 284-292.
PAL  "NetWare 4 for Professionals", D. Bierer et al., New Riders Publishing,
      1993, pp. 359-374.
PAL  "A Non-Blocking Transaction Data Flow Graph Based Approach For Replicated
      Data", P. Krishna Reddy et al., Operating Systems Review (SIGOPS) 27 No.
      3, Jul. 1993, pp. 46-54.
PAL  "Partially Connected Operation", L. Huston et al., Mobile and
      Location-Independent Computing Symposium, 1995, pp. 91-97.
PAL  "Peephole Log Optimization", L. Huston et al., IEEE Workshop on Mobile
      Computing Systems and Applications, Dec. 1994, pp. 1-8.
PAL  "Performing Remote Operations Efficiently on a Local Computer Network", A.
      Spector, Communications of the ACM, vol. 25, No. 4, Apr. 1982, pp.
      246-259.
PAL  "Primarily Disconnected Operation: Experiences with Ficus", J. Heidemann et
      al., IEEE, 1992, pp. 2-5.
PAL  "Replicated Data in a Distributed Environment", M. Colton, ACM SIGMOD
      Record, 22 2, 1993, pp. 464-466.
PAL  "Remote access can't slow down", H. Allard, Network World, Feb. 19, 1996,
      p. 53.
PAL  "A Replicated UNIX File System (Extended Abstract)", B. Liskov et al., ACM
      SIGOS Operating Systems Review, 25 1, 1991, pp. 60-64.
PAL  "Replication in the Harp File System", B. Liskov, ACM Operating Systems
      Review, 25 5, 1991, pp. 226-238.
PAL  "Resolving File Conflicts In The Ficus File System", P. Reiher et al., 1994
      Summer Usenix, Jun. 6-10, 1994, pp. 183-195.
PAL  "RFS Architectural Overview", A. Rifkin et al., Jun. 1986, pp. 248-259.
PAL  "Scalable, Secure, and Highly Available Distributed File Access",M.
      Satyanarayanan, Computer 23 No.5, May 1990, pp. 9-20.
PAL  "A Snapshot Differential Refresh Algorithm", B. Lindsay et al., ACM SIGMOD
      Record, 15 2, 1986, pp. 53-60.
PAL  "Software spins wheels in niche markets", K. Scherberger, Network World,
      Feb. 19, 1996, p. 49.
PAL  Space and Time Savings Through Large Data Base Compression and Dynamic
      Restructuring, P. Alsberg, Proceedings of the IEEE, vol. 63, No. 8, Aug.
      1975, pp. 1114-1122.
PAL  "Sun-3 Architecture" Anon., Aug. 1986, pp. 8-9, 49-57.
PAL  "Supporting Application-Specific Resolution in an Optimistically Replicated
      File System", P. Kumar et al., IEEE, 1993, pp. 66-70.
PAL  "System Isolation and Network Fast-Fail Capability in Solaris", G.
      Montenegro et al., Mobile and Location-Independent Computing Symposium,
      1995, pp. 67-78.
PAL  "Transaction Support in a Log-Structured File System", M. Seltzer,
      IEEE--Ninth International Conference on Data Engineering, 1993, pp.
      503-510.
PAL  "The Transparent Remote File System", R. Hughes, Date Unknown.
PAL  "Two Levels of Filesystem Hierarchy on One Disk", V. Cate, Department of
      Computer Science, Carnegie Mellon University, May 1990, pp. 1-20.
PAL  "Using Prospero to Support Integrated Location-Independent Computing", B.
      Neuman et al., Mobile and Location-Independent Computing Symposium, 1994,
      pp. 29-34.
PAL  "Wireless IR lets mobile devices get personal" (partial article),J. Edney,
      Electronic Engineering Times, Feb. 19, 1996, p. 44.
PAL  "Wireless LANs roaming for standards" (partial article),unknown, Electronic
      Engineering Times, Feb. 19, 1996, p. 65.
PAL  "Wireless nets come of age", I. Gillott, Network World, Feb. 19, 1996, p p.
      50, 52.
PAL  Summary of Fitler et al. Invention, 1992.
PAL  Mobile NetWare Lite Specification, Version 1.0, Aug. 20, 1992 (best
      available copy).
LREP
FRM  Computer Law
PCTA
PCN  PCT/US96/11901
PD1  19970703
PD2  19970703
PD3  19960718
PCP  WO97/04389
PCD  19970206
ABST
PAR  A method and apparatus are disclosed for synchronizing transactions in a
      disconnectable network. Each transaction includes operations that were
      performed on a database replica on one computer while that computer was
      disconnected from another computer and hence from that other computer's
      replica. Transaction synchronization, which occurs after the computers are
      reconnected, transfers information from each computer to the other
      computer and applies updates to both replicas as appropriate. Transaction
      logs and clash handling tools may be used with the invention.
PATN
WKU  059917725
SRC  8
APN  9625399
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19971031
TTL  Method and apparatus for restoring a portion of a database
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  27
EXA  Alam; Shahid
EXP  Choules; Jack M.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Doherty; Cornelius G
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Pongracz; Gregory
CTY  Redwood City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bridge; William
CTY  Alameda
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Loaiza; Juan R
CTY  San Carlos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ramacher; Mark
CTY  San Mateo
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Oracle Corporation
CTY  Redwood Shores
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707202
XCL  707  1
XCL  707  2
XCL  707  3
XCL  707 10
XCL  707100
XCL  707202
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  2;3;10;200;202;100;204;1
UREF
PNO  4791561
ISD  19881200
NAM  Huber
OCL  707  1
UREF
PNO  4817050
ISD  19890300
NAM  Komatsu et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4945474
ISD  19900700
NAM  Elliott et al.
OCL  395182.14
UREF
PNO  5295256
ISD  19940300
NAM  Bapat
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5455946
ISD  19951000
NAM  Mohan et al.
OCL  707202
UREF
PNO  5678046
ISD  19971000
NAM  Cahill et al.
OCL  707200
UREF
PNO  5721915
ISD  19980200
NAM  Sockut et al.
OCL  707200
UREF
PNO  5740457
ISD  19980400
NAM  Shiomi
OCL  707533
UREF
PNO  5826257
ISD  19981000
NAM  Snelling, Jr.
OCL  707  4
OREF
PAL  Microsoft Windows Help 4.00.5000, Copyright 1990-1995 Microsoft Corp.,
      Microsoft SQL Enterprise Manager Online Help.
LREP
FRM  Law Offices of Charles E. Gotlieb
ABST
PAL  A method and system allows a part of a database to be restored using a
      subset of the backup files stored for a database. A working copy of the
      data dictionary of the database, which stores data definitions, is
      restored using the latest backup file stored not later than the point in
      time specified and the names of tablespaces related to the table names
      specified are identified using the data dictionary. The files storing the
      database tablespaces specified and those identified as related are
      identified for restoration along with the point in time specified, so that
      the backup files may be used to restore the files to the latest time prior
      to the point in time specified. The database data files are [restored,
      they] are rolled forward from the point in time of the backup files to the
      point in time specified, using transaction logs restored with the database
      data files and the restored working data dictionary is updated as
      described by the transaction logs. The working data dictionary is then
      spliced into the database data dictionary, and the database control file
      is adjusted to point to the restored database data files.
PATN
WKU  059917733
SRC  8
APN  8481946
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970429
TTL  Information terminal unit with history management functions
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  4
EXA  Havan; Thu-Thao
EXP  Amsbury; Wayne
NDR  13
NFG  20
INVT
NAM  Tagawa; Norio
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Nagoya
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960430
APN  8-109653
CLAS
OCL  707203
XCL  707 10
XCL  707  2
XCL  395705
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  104;103;203;10;513;102;205;2
FSC  345
FSS  333
FSC  395
FSS  200;705
UREF
PNO  4907188
ISD  19900300
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5519865
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kondo et al.
OCL  707  2
UREF
PNO  5659735
ISD  19970800
NAM  Parrish et al.
OCL  707 10
UREF
PNO  5678042
ISD  19971000
NAM  Pisello et al.
OCL  707203
UREF
PNO  5778231
ISD  19980700
NAM  Van Hoff et al.
OCL  395705
UREF
PNO  5802299
ISD  19980900
NAM  Logan et al.
OCL  395200
LREP
FRM  Oliff & Berridge, PLC
ABST
PAL  An information terminal unit with history management functions, wherein the
      user clicks on previous and later history buttons using a mouse. Clicking
      a history button causes a URL assigned with a version number to be
      created. The URL is sent to a relay server, which searches its cache for
      the requested data and, if the requested version is found, transfers that
      data back to the information terminal unit. This provides the user with a
      feasible method to access past data that may no longer exist in the
      desirable form.
PATN
WKU  059917741
SRC  8
APN  9957111
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971222
TTL  Method for identifying the validity of an executable file description by
      appending the checksum and the version ID of the file to an end thereof
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Homere; Jean R.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Tate; Allan R.
CTY  Bedford
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Saylor; Michael J
CTY  Carlisle
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Grosser; John T.
CTY  Derry
STA  NH
ASSG
NAM  Schneider Automation Inc.
CTY  North Andover
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707203
XCL  707202
XCL  39518401
XCL  395703
XCL  395712
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1108
FSC  707
FSS  203;200;202;201;8
FSC  395
FSS  712;703;704;181;184.01
UREF
PNO  4792898
ISD  19881200
NAM  McCarthy et al.
OCL  711118
UREF
PNO  5537540
ISD  19960700
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  395183.14
UREF
PNO  5539879
ISD  19960700
NAM  Pearce et al.
OCL  395184.01
UREF
PNO  5649089
ISD  19970700
NAM  Kilner
OCL  395182.04
UREF
PNO  5680611
ISD  19971000
NAM  Rail et al.
OCL  707101
UREF
PNO  5745679
ISD  19980400
NAM  Mercer et al.
OCL  707203
UREF
PNO  5752251
ISD  19980500
NAM  Cripps
OCL  707202
UREF
PNO  5754861
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kumar
OCL  395704
UREF
PNO  5815722
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kalwitz et al.
OCL  395712
UREF
PNO  5845128
ISD  19981200
NAM  Nobel et al.
OCL  395712
UREF
PNO  5852813
ISD  19981200
NAM  Guenther et al.
OCL  705408
OREF
PAL  Radai, y., "Checksumming techniques for anti-viral purposes" Computer
      Science and Technology, v.13, Sep. 7-11, abstract only, 1992.
PAL  Huang et al., Some weak points of one fast cryptographic checksum algorithm
      and its improvement, Computers & Security, vol. 7, No. 5, abstract only,
      Oct. 1988.
PAL  Ritter. T., "The great CRC mystery", Dr. Dobbs J. Software Tools, vol. 11,
      No. 2, abstract only, 1986.
LREP
FR2  Femal; Michael J.
FR2  Golden; Larry I.
ABST
PAL  A method for uniquely identifying a file, along with its particular version
      ID, used in an application program by a central processing unit provides a
      system for file security. The method computes a CRC for a file and then
      appends a version string and CRC at the end of the file according to its
      version ID. The added CRC/version record information is non-destructive.
      Once appended, the record will be transported with the file when ever it
      is moved or copied. CRC allows the integrity of the file to be verified at
      any time and is used to detect viruses or corrupted or tampered files at
      startup and also during runtimes of the file and its associated
      application. The operating system will store the new file length in a file
      allocation table and will also copy a file seal with the file. When used
      with a set of files for a particular installation, the file seal provides
      a unique bill of materials to identify the exact file contents of the
      particular installation. Down loadable files will then be compared with
      the allocation table to verify the version of the files and will provide
      error messages if they are not compatible with the installed system base.
PATN
WKU  059917750
SRC  7
APN  9496696
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19920923
TTL  Method and system for dynamic cache allocation between record and track
      entries
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Homere; Jean R.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Beardsley; Brent Cameron
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Blount; Lawrence Carter
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Cord; Joel Harvey
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Hartung; Michael Howard
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Legvold; Vernon John
CTY  Tucson
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707205
XCL  711  3
XCL  711  4
XCL  711113
XCL  711173
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1202
FSC  395
FSS  600;425
FSC  364
FSS  DIG. 1
FSC  707
FSS  205
FSC  711
FSS  113;118;160;173;3;4;205;208
UREF
PNO  4464713
ISD  19840800
NAM  Benhase et al.
OCL  711205
UREF
PNO  4499539
ISD  19850200
NAM  Vosacek
OCL  707205
UREF
PNO  4571674
ISD  19860200
NAM  Hartung et al.
OCL  711160
UREF
PNO  4603380
ISD  19860700
NAM  Easton et al.
OCL  711113
UREF
PNO  4603382
ISD  19860700
NAM  Cole et al.
OCL  710 56
UREF
PNO  4633387
ISD  19861200
NAM  Hartung et al.
OCL  395675
UREF
PNO  4636946
ISD  19870100
NAM  Hartung et al.
OCL  711136
UREF
PNO  4779189
ISD  19881000
NAM  Legvold
OCL  711166
UREF
PNO  4967353
ISD  19901000
NAM  Brenner et al.
OCL  711160
UREF
PNO  5155845
ISD  19921000
NAM  Beal et al.
OCL  364236.2
UREF
PNO  5206939
ISD  19930400
NAM  Yanai et al.
OCL  711  4
UREF
PNO  5226141
ISD  19930700
NAM  Esbensen
OCL  711171
UREF
PNO  5235692
ISD  19930800
NAM  Beardsley et al.
OCL  711113
UREF
PNO  5390318
ISD  19950200
NAM  Ramakrishnan et al.
OCL  711158
LREP
FR2  Shifrin; Dan A.
FR2  Dillon; Andrew J.
ABST
PAL  A data storage system provides generalized record caching through a control
      unit adapted to support track caching in the upper level store of a two
      level memory. Dynamic reallocation of space between each type of caching
      in the upper store follows operating patterns of host computer systems
      using the data storage system. A storage controller cache has a plurality
      of segments. A directory data entry data structure is allocated each
      segment. Such allocated directory entries are used to identify tracks as
      cached. A plurality of unallocated directory entries are also provided. As
      a record is cached in a segment outside of a track slot, an unallocated
      directory entry is used to identify a virtual track in cache corresponding
      to the track of the record in the lower level store. Records from one
      track can thus appear in several segments outside track slots. Tracking of
      records to locate records least recently used is done globally over all
      track slots and record caching segments and locally within individual
      record caching segments. A mechanism is provided for identifying record
      slots, as they become least recently used, and dropping them from the
      upper level store in the face of competing demands for the space. A second
      mechanism identifies least recently used segments for dropping from the
      upper level store.
PATN
WKU  059917768
SRC  8
APN  6675751
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19960621
TTL  Database system with improved methods for storing free-form data objects
      of data records
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Von Buhr; Maria N.
NDR  33
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Bennett; John Grant
CTY  San Mateo
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Shaughnessy; Steven T.
CTY  Scotts Valley
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Brumme; Christopher Wellington
CTY  Boulder Creek
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Inprise Corporation
CTY  Scotts Valley
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  109033
APD  19930818
PSC  01
PNO  5561793
RLAP
COD  82
APN  933480
APD  19920820
PSC  01
PNO  5555388
CLAS
OCL  707205
XCL  707100
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  395
FSS  600
FSC  707
FSS  200;205;206;1;100
UREF
PNO  4429372
ISD  19840100
NAM  Berry et al.
OCL  707508
UREF
PNO  4716404
ISD  19871200
NAM  Tabata et al.
OCL  340723
UREF
PNO  4748678
ISD  19880500
NAM  Takeda et al.
OCL  382 56
UREF
PNO  4893232
ISD  19900100
NAM  Shimaoka et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4912640
ISD  19900300
NAM  Tsugei
OCL  364400
UREF
PNO  5063501
ISD  19911100
NAM  Jordan, Jr.
OCL  395725
UREF
PNO  5109336
ISD  19920400
NAM  Guenther et al.
OCL  395497.02
UREF
PNO  5109508
ISD  19920400
NAM  Mitsumori et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5159678
ISD  19921000
NAM  Wengelski et al.
OCL  395480
UREF
PNO  5214779
ISD  19930500
NAM  Barker et al.
OCL  395200.66
UREF
PNO  5218539
ISD  19930600
NAM  Elphick et al.
OCL  707531
UREF
PNO  5239466
ISD  19930800
NAM  Morgan et al.
OCL  395148
UREF
PNO  5269019
ISD  19931200
NAM  Peterson et al.
OCL  707205
UREF
PNO  5341466
ISD  19940800
NAM  Perlin et al.
OCL  395139
UREF
PNO  5404435
ISD  19950400
NAM  Rosenbaum
OCL  395777
UREF
PNO  5481645
ISD  19960100
NAM  Bertino et al.
OCL  395  2.79
UREF
PNO  5490260
ISD  19960200
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  395427
UREF
PNO  5546557
ISD  19960800
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  395438
UREF
PNO  5557794
ISD  19960900
NAM  Matsunaga et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5615367
ISD  19970300
NAM  Bennett et al.
OCL  395613
FREF
PNO  2077949
ISD  19900300
CNT  JPX
ICL  G06F 1200
OREF
PAL  dBase IV for Developers, Programming with dBase IV, Ashton-Tate
      Corporation, 1988, 1990, pp. 3-9 to 3-12.
PAL  Language Reference, Appendix E: Structure of a Database (.dbf) File,
      Ashton-Tate Corporation, 1988, 1990, pp. E-1 to E-4.
PAL  ReFlex User's Guide, Chapter 1: Creating and Modifying a Database, Borland
      International, Inc., 1984, 1989, pp. 7-36.
PAL  Townsend, C., Mastering dBase IV Programming, Chapter 20: Using Memo
      Fields, Sybex, Inc., 1989, pp. 331-342.
PAL  Lock Management Architecture, IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin (1989)
      31:125-128.
PAL  Conditional Locking of Nonroot Index Pages, IBM Technical Disclosure
      Bulletin (1989) 32:57-58.
PAL  Processor for Distributed Cross System Locks, IBM Technical Disclosure
      Bulletin (1978) 20:4760-4762.
LREP
FR2  Smart; John A.
ABST
PAL  A system of the present invention includes a relational database management
      system (RDBMS). Methods are described for maintaining integrity between
      "design documents," which may be creating under different operating
      systems, and one or more information tables of the system. The system
      provides each field of a table with a unique ID ("field ID") for tracking
      the field regardless of restructuring changes which may be made to the
      table by various clients. Corresponding field IDs are stored with the
      fields of design documents, thereby permitting the system to maintain a
      link between a design document and its table. Upon a restructure of a
      table, the dependent design documents may be appropriately updated by
      their respective clients. Methods are also described for improved storage
      of free-form or "memo" data. In a preferred embodiment, memo data are
      stored in a separate file comprised of variable-length storage blocks.
      Methods are described for allocating storage space in the blocks and
      sub-allocating storage space within a block. For increased efficiency, the
      system maintains a sorted "free list" of free storage blocks.
PATN
WKU  059917776
SRC  8
APN  9336818
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970919
TTL  System and method for performing defined actions when grafting the name
      space of one storage medium into the name space of another storage
      medium
ISD  19991123
NCL  37
ECL  1
EXP  Vonbuhr; Maria N.
NDR  7
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Momoh; Oshoma
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Cabrera; Luis Felipe
CTY  Bellevue
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Microsoft Corporation
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707205
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  200;205
UREF
PNO  5313646
ISD  19940500
NAM  Hendricks et al.
OCL  707101
UREF
PNO  5355497
ISD  19941000
NAM  Cohen-Levy et al.
OCL  707200
UREF
PNO  5363487
ISD  19941100
NAM  Willman et al.
OCL  710  8
UREF
PNO  5423034
ISD  19950600
NAM  Cohen-Levy et al.
OCL  707 10
UREF
PNO  5590320
ISD  19961200
NAM  Maxey
OCL  707203
UREF
PNO  5603019
ISD  19970200
NAM  Kish
OCL  707205
UREF
PNO  5617568
ISD  19970400
NAM  Ault et al.
OCL  707101
UREF
PNO  5689701
ISD  19971100
NAM  Ault et al.
OCL  707 10
UREF
PNO  5724512
ISD  19980300
NAM  Winterbottom
OCL  709226
UREF
PNO  5758334
ISD  19980500
NAM  Knight, III et al.
OCL  707  2
UREF
PNO  5764972
ISD  19980600
NAM  Crouse et al.
OCL  707200
UREF
PNO  5778384
ISD  19980700
NAM  Provino et al.
OCL  707200
UREF
PNO  5905900
ISD  19990500
NAM  Inglett
OCL  707200
OREF
PAL  Storage Management, Products & Services, DMIG/DMAPI FIX, Web Site:
      www.auspex.com/products/storage/dmig.html, No Date.
PAL  Patricia Seybold Group, Distributed File Systems, by Mitchell I. Kramer,
      Dec. 1996, Prepared for IBM Corporation and Transacr Corporation,
      www.transarc.com/afs/transarc.com/public/www/public/prodserv/product/DFS/S
     eybold/dfs.html.
PAL  Kirk, Martin, X/Open Distributed Systems Management Programme Overview, May
      1996, Distributed Systems Management Overview,
      www.xoweb.xopen.co.uk/public/tech/sysman/dsmbrief.htm.
PAL  SCO Distributed Systems Management-White Paper, Industry & Standards
      Efforts, www.sco.com/products/baseos/family/sysmgt4.htm, No Date.
PAL  Holton, Mike, Das, Raj, and Graphics, Silicon, Inc. XFS: A Next Generation
      Journalled 64-Bit Filesystem with Guaranteed Rate I/O, Silicon Graphics,
      1995, XFS White Paper, www.sgi/fr/Technology/xfs-whitepaper.html.
PAL  ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager--ADSM and HPSS Product Comparision, IBM
      Storage Software, ADSM--Comparison with HPSS,
      www.storage.ibm.com/software/adsm/adwhhpss.htm, No Date.
PAL  ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager--Comparison with HPSS Frequently Asked
      Questions, IBM Storage Software, Updated Jan. 27, 1997, ADSM and HPSS
      Products Comparison FAQ, www.storage.ibm.com/software/adsm/adhpss10.htm.
PAL  ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager Frequency Asked Questions, IBM Storage
      Software, Updated Apr. 25, 1997, ADSM--Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ),
      www.storage.ibm.com/software/adsm/adfaq.htm.
PAL  ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager Product Overview Continued, IBM Storage
      Software, Updated Jul. 3, 1997, ADSM--Product Overview Continued,
      www.storage.ibm.com/software/adsm/adprov.htm.
PAL  ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager Basic Concepts, IBM Storage Software,
      Updated Oct. 31, 1997, ADSM Try and Buy--Basic Concepts,
      www.storage.ibm.com/software/adsm/adbasics.htm.
PAL  ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager Product Overview, IBM Storage Software,
      ADSM Product Family Overview,
      www.storage.ibm.com/software/adsm/ads0fam.htm, No Date.
PAL  Teaff, Danny, Watson, Dick, and Coyne, Bob, The Architecture of the High
      Performance Storage System (HPSS), High Performance of Storage System,
      www.esdis.gsfc.nasa.gov/msst/A4.sub.-- 1.html, No Date.
LREP
FRM  Workman, Nydegger, Seeley
ABST
PAL  The present invention allows arbitrary actions to be performed when
      grafting the name space of one device into the name space of the same or
      another device. Grafting of the name space of one device into the name
      space of the same or another device creates a logical name space that can
      be presented to the user to allow the user to access information in a
      logically consistent manner. Active mount points are created by adding an
      active mount point attribute to a file or directory. When an I/O request
      processed by an I/O system encounters an active mount point, it turns
      control for processing the active mount point over to an active mount
      point driver. The active mount point driver assumes responsibility for
      processing the I/O request. In processing the I/O request, the active
      mount point driver decides what action should be taken to further
      processing of the I/O request. To further processing of the I/O request,
      the active mount point driver may utilize information from a variety of
      sources as well as make requests to other processes, drivers, systems,
      subsystems, devices, and so forth. Such actions may include those normally
      associated with an I/O request such as retrieving and mounting appropriate
      media as well as actions not normally associated with an I/O request.
PATN
WKU  059917784
SRC  8
APN  9407464
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970930
TTL  Method and apparatus for real-time secure file deletion
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Robinson; Greta L.
EXP  Fetting; Anton
NDR  3
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Starek; Robert Phillip
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Friedman; George
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Marshall; David Earl
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Chambers; Jason Lee
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Stratfor Systems, Inc.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707205
XCL  707206
XCL  707200
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  206;200;202;205
UREF
PNO  4996663
ISD  19910200
NAM  Nemes
OCL  707200
UREF
PNO  5265159
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kung
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5689701
ISD  19971100
NAM  Ault et al.
OCL  707 10
UREF
PNO  5761680
ISD  19980600
NAM  Cohen et al.
OCL  707206
UREF
PNO  5765192
ISD  19980600
NAM  Berliner
OCL  711136
UREF
PNO  5832526
ISD  19981100
NAM  Schuyler
OCL  707205
UREF
PNO  5881229
ISD  19990300
NAM  Singh et al.
OCL  709203
FREF
PNO  0 575 765 A1
ISD  19930600
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1202
FREF
PNO  WO 96/07961
ISD  19960300
CNT  WOX
ICL  G06F  100
FREF
PNO  WO 97/26736
ISD  19970700
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04L  900
OREF
PAL  Workplace: The Messy Business of Culling Computer Files, Alex Markels, The
      Wall Street Journal, May 22, 1997.
PAL  Examining the Windows 95 Layered File System, by Mark Russinovich and Bryce
      Cogswell, Dr. Dobb's Journal, Dec. 1995.
PAL  The Windows 95 File System, 1996 Knowles Consulting.
PAL  Disk Partioning Under FAT File System Saves Disk Space and Aids in
      Organization, Sidney D. Peters, Peters Computer Services.
PAL  Inside the Windows 95 File System, Stan Mitchell, O'Reilly & Associates,
      Inc., pp. 124-143;202-203.
PAL  "Snoop-Proof Your PC", author unknown, (PC Computing vol. 11 No. 3)
      obtained via internet www.infowar.com, Jan. 3, 1998.
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus are provided that enhance file system calls to a
      file system structure of an operating system. In particular, file system
      calls can be enhanced to provide real-time secure file deletion on an
      ongoing basis. A file system call that is intended to perform a function
      with respect to data stored on a storage device is intercepted. It is then
      determined whether the file system call is of a type that should be
      processed. If not, the original file system call is passed on through the
      file system. If the file system call should be processed, supplemental
      processing is performed to enhance the original file system call and the
      file system call is transparently returned to the calling system
      application. In embodiment, real-time secure file deletion is implemented
      using a vendor supplied driver (VSD) executing within the installable file
      system (IFS) of WINDOWS 95.
PATN
WKU  059917792
SRC  9
APN  1526464
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980914
TTL  Process for distributed garbage collection
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXA  Coby; Frantz
EXP  Black; Thomas G.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Bejar; Arturo
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Electric Communities
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  659194
APD  19960606
PSC  01
PNO  5819299
CLAS
OCL  707206
XCL  707 10
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  707
FSS  206;10
FSC  395
FSS  622
FSC  364
FSS  200
UREF
PNO  4714992
ISD  19871200
NAM  Gladney et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4755939
ISD  19880700
NAM  Watson
OCL  364300
UREF
PNO  4797810
ISD  19890100
NAM  McEntee et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4807120
ISD  19890200
NAM  Courts
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5025367
ISD  19910600
NAM  Gurd et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5051891
ISD  19910900
NAM  MacPhail
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5088036
ISD  19920200
NAM  Ellis et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5136706
ISD  19920800
NAM  Courts
OCL  395622
UREF
PNO  5241673
ISD  19930800
NAM  Schelvis
OCL  395622
UREF
PNO  5261088
ISD  19931100
NAM  Baird et al.
OCL  395622
UREF
PNO  5274804
ISD  19931200
NAM  Jackson et al.
OCL  395622
UREF
PNO  5293614
ISD  19940300
NAM  Fegurson et al.
OCL  395622
UREF
PNO  5398334
ISD  19950300
NAM  Topka et al.
OCL  395622
UREF
PNO  5446901
ISD  19950800
NAM  Owicki et al.
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5530850
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ford et al.
OCL  395622
UREF
PNO  5560003
ISD  19960900
NAM  Nilsen et al.
OCL  395622
UREF
PNO  5819299
ISD  19981000
NAM  Bejar
OCL  707206
OREF
PAL  Plainfosse et al., Distributed Garbage Collection in the System is Good,
      IEEE, pp. 94-99, Oct. 1991.
PAL  Kafura et al., Concurrent and Distributed Garbage Collection of Active
      Objects, IEEE, pp. 337-350, Apr. 1995.
PAL  Partridge et al, Speculative Parallelism in a Distributed Graph Reduction
      Machine, IEEE, pp. 771-779, Jan. 1989.
PAL  Yu et al, Conservative Garbage Collection on Distributed Shared Memory
      Systems, IEEE, pp. 402-410, Dec. 1993.
PAL  Gupta et al, Reliable Garbage Collection in Distributed Object Oriented
      Systems, IEEE, pp. 324-328, Oct. 1988.
PAL  Kordale et al, Distributed/Concurrent Garbage Collection in Distributed
      Shared Memory Systems, IEEE, pp. 51-60, Dec. 1993.
PAL  Ferreira et al., Persistence by Reachability in Distributed Shared Memeory
      through Garbage Collection, IEEE, pp. 394-401, May 1996.
PAL  Kuechlin et al., On Multi-Threaded List-Processing and Garbage Collection,
      IEEE, pp. 894-897, Dec. 1991.
LREP
FR2  Albert; Philip H.
     Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A process and system for distributed garbage collection in a distributed
      network includes transmission of a root request message tagged with a
      unique identifier from a suspect node to all nodes of the suspect node's
      inverse reference graph looking for a rooted (persistent) object. Objects
      respond to the root request message with an affirmative or disregard
      response (indicating a root or coupling to a root) tagged with the same
      identifier or that no relevant garbage collecting information is available
      from a particular branch. The suspect node, in the absence of any
      affirmative responses, is identified as obsolete (garbage) and may be
      collected. Other objects having the same identifier are identified and/or
      collected as garbage as well.
PATN
WKU  059917806
SRC  9
APN  0545376
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19980403
TTL  Computer based system, method, and computer program product for
      selectively displaying patent text and images
ISD  19991123
NCL  126
ECL  1
EXP  Hong; Stephen S.
NDR  71
NFG  72
INVT
NAM  Rivette; Kevin Gerard
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Florio; Michael Philip
CTY  Atherton
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Jackson; Adam
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ahn; Don
CTY  Daly City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Rappaport; Irving Shale
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kurata; Deborah
CTY  Pleasanton
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Aurigin Systems, Inc.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  647230
APD  19960509
PSC  01
PNO  5845301
ISD  19981201
RLAP
COD  84
APN  155752
APD  19931119
PSC  01
PNO  5623681
ISD  19970422
CLAS
OCL  707512
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  707
FSS  500;512;514
UREF
PNO  Re32632
ISD  19880300
NAM  Atkinson
UREF
PNO  4205780
ISD  19800600
NAM  Burns et al.
UREF
PNO  4270182
ISD  19810500
NAM  Asija
UREF
PNO  4486857
ISD  19841200
NAM  Heckel
UREF
PNO  4533910
ISD  19850800
NAM  Sukonick et al.
UREF
PNO  4555775
ISD  19851100
NAM  Pike
UREF
PNO  4622545
ISD  19861100
NAM  Atkinson
UREF
PNO  4736308
ISD  19880400
NAM  Heckel
UREF
PNO  4748618
ISD  19880500
NAM  Brown et al.
UREF
PNO  4772882
ISD  19880900
NAM  Mical
UREF
PNO  4785408
ISD  19881100
NAM  Britton et al.
UREF
PNO  4788538
ISD  19881100
NAM  Klein et al.
UREF
PNO  4812834
ISD  19890300
NAM  Wells
UREF
PNO  4847604
ISD  19890700
NAM  Doyle
UREF
PNO  4873623
ISD  19891000
NAM  Lane et al.
UREF
PNO  4884223
ISD  19891100
NAM  Ingle et al.
UREF
PNO  4899136
ISD  19900200
NAM  Beard et al.
UREF
PNO  4914732
ISD  19900400
NAM  Henderson et al.
UREF
PNO  4931783
ISD  19900600
NAM  Atkinson
UREF
PNO  4935865
ISD  19900600
NAM  Rowe et al.
UREF
PNO  4939507
ISD  19900700
NAM  Beard et al.
UREF
PNO  4959769
ISD  19900900
NAM  Cooper et al.
UREF
PNO  4977455
ISD  19901200
NAM  Young
UREF
PNO  4985863
ISD  19910100
NAM  Fujisawa et al.
UREF
PNO  4991087
ISD  19910200
NAM  Burkowski et al.
UREF
PNO  5008853
ISD  19910400
NAM  Bly et al.
UREF
PNO  5062060
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kolnick
UREF
PNO  5072412
ISD  19911200
NAM  Henderson, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  5120944
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kern et al.
UREF
PNO  5148154
ISD  19920900
NAM  MacKay et al.
UREF
PNO  5155806
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hoeber et al.
UREF
PNO  5157768
ISD  19921000
NAM  Hoeber et al.
UREF
PNO  5163104
ISD  19921100
NAM  Ghosh et al.
UREF
PNO  5222160
ISD  19930600
NAM  Sakai et al.
UREF
PNO  5228123
ISD  19930700
NAM  Heckel
UREF
PNO  5237158
ISD  19930800
NAM  Kern et al.
UREF
PNO  5241671
ISD  19930800
NAM  Reed et al.
UREF
PNO  5253362
ISD  19931000
NAM  Nolan et al.
UREF
PNO  5276616
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kuga et al.
UREF
PNO  5319745
ISD  19940600
NAM  Vinsonneau et al.
UREF
PNO  5349170
ISD  19940900
NAM  Kern
UREF
PNO  5392428
ISD  19950200
NAM  Robins
UREF
PNO  5404514
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kageneck et al.
UREF
PNO  5428778
ISD  19950600
NAM  Brookes
UREF
PNO  5432897
ISD  19950700
NAM  Tatsumi et al.
UREF
PNO  5440481
ISD  19950800
NAM  Kostoff et al.
UREF
PNO  5442778
ISD  19950800
NAM  Pedersen et al.
UREF
PNO  5444615
ISD  19950800
NAM  Bennett et al.
UREF
PNO  5481666
ISD  19960100
NAM  Nguyen et al.
UREF
PNO  5519857
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kato et al.
UREF
PNO  5537526
ISD  19960700
NAM  Anderson et al.
UREF
PNO  5544302
ISD  19960800
NAM  Nguyen
UREF
PNO  5550976
ISD  19960800
NAM  Henderson et al.
UREF
PNO  5551055
ISD  19960800
NAM  Matheny et al.
UREF
PNO  5557722
ISD  19960900
NAM  DeRose et al.
UREF
PNO  5559942
ISD  19960900
NAM  Gough et al.
UREF
PNO  5568639
ISD  19961000
NAM  Wilcox et al.
UREF
PNO  5581686
ISD  19961200
NAM  Koppolu et al.
UREF
PNO  5583982
ISD  19961200
NAM  Matheny et al.
UREF
PNO  5584035
ISD  19961200
NAM  Duggan et al.
UREF
PNO  5592607
ISD  19970100
NAM  Weber et al.
UREF
PNO  5592608
ISD  19970100
NAM  Weber et al.
UREF
PNO  5596700
ISD  19970100
NAM  Darnell et al.
UREF
PNO  5604901
ISD  19970200
NAM  Kelley et al.
UREF
PNO  5623679
ISD  19970400
NAM  Rivette et al.
UREF
PNO  5623681
ISD  19970400
NAM  Rivette et al.
UREF
PNO  5628003
ISD  19970500
NAM  Fujisawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5696963
ISD  19971200
NAM  Ahn
UREF
PNO  5757983
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kawaguchi et al.
OCL  382305
FREF
PNO  0239884
ISD  19871000
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  Canzii, G. et al., "SDDS: Scientific Document Delivery System", from TEX
      for Scientific Documentation, ed. By D. Lucarella, pp. 15-25, (1985).
PAL  Cefriel, S. P. et al., "Alive: A distributed live-link documentation",
      Electronic Publishing, vol. 5(3), pp. 131-142, (Sep. 1992).
PAL  Chamberlain, D.D. et al., "JANUS: An interactive document formatter based
      on declarative tags", IBM Systems Journal, vol. 21, No.3, pp. 250-271,
      (1982).
PAL  Croft, W. Bruce et al., "A Loosely-Coupled Integration of a Text Retrieval
      System and an Object-Oriented Database System", 15th Annual International
      SIGIR '92, pp. 223-232.
PAL  Dengel, Andreas et al., "From Paper to Office Document Representation",
      Computer, Jul. 1992, pp. 63-67.
PAL  Ferguson, Michael J., "TEX is Multilingual", 1988 Conference Proceedings of
      the TEX Users Group, pp. 179-187.
PAL  Using FrameMaker: FrameMaker 4 X/Matif Version, pp. 27-1 thru 27-30,
      Copyright 1986-1993 Frame Technology Corporation.
PAL  Furuta, Richard, "Important papers in the history of document preparation
      systems: basic sources", Electronic Publishing, vol. 5(1), pp. 19-44,
      (Mar. 1992).
PAL  Haan, Bernard J. et al., "Iris: Hypermedia Services", Communications of the
      ACM, vol. 35, No. 1, pp. 36 and 38-51 , (Jan. 1992).
PAL  Kahn, Paul, "Linking Together Books: Experiments in Adapting Published
      Material into Intermedia Documents", Hypermedia, vol. 1, No. 2, pp.
      111-145, (1989).
PAL  Knuth, Donald E., The TEXbook, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1986.
PAL  Knuth, Donald E. and Michael F. Plass, "Breaking Paragraphs into Lines",
      Software-Practice and Experience, vol. 11, pp. 1119-1184, (1981).
PAL  Koons, W. Randall et al., "The Computer Sciences Electronic Magazine:
      Translating From Paper To Multimedia", CHI '92 Conference Proceedings, pp.
      11-18, (May 3-7, 1992).
PAL  Lesk, Michael, "The Core Electronic Chemistry Library", SIGIR '91
      Proceedings of the Fourteenth Annual International ACM/SIGR Conference on
      Research and Development in Information Retrieval, 93-112, (Oct. 13-16,
      1991).
PAL  Meyrowitz, Norman, "Intermedia: The Architecture and Construction of an
      Object-Oriented Hypermedia System and Applications Framework", OOPSLA '86
      Proceedings, pp. 186-201, (Sep. 1986).
PAL  Miyazawa, M. et al. "An Electronic Book: APTBook", Proceedings of the IFIP
      TC 13 Third International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction, pp.
      513-519, (1990).
PAL  Myers, Brad A., "Text Formatting By Demonstration", Human factors in
      Computing Systems: Reaching Through Technology, CHI '91 Conference
      Proceedings, pp. 251-256, (1991).
PAL  Nelson, Theodor H., "Replacing the Printed Word: A Complete Literary
      System", Information Processing 80: Proceedings of IFIP Congress 80, pp.
      1013-1021, (1980).
PAL  Raymond, Darrell R. and Frank Wm. Tompa, "Hypertext and the Oxford English
      Dictionary", Communications of the ACM, vol. 31, No. 7, pp. 871-879, (Jul.
      1988).
PAL  Rubinstein, Richard, Digital Typography: An Introduction to Type and
      Composition for Computer System Design, pp. 195-233, (Addison-Wesley
      Publishing Company 1988).
PAL  Savoy, Jacques, "The electronic book Ebook3", International Journal of
      Man-machine Studies, vol. 30, pp. 505-523, (1989).
PAL  Story, Guy A., "The RightPages Image-Based Electronic Library for Alerting
      and Browsing", Computer, pp. 17-25, (Sep. 1992).
PAL  Text Search and Retrieval Reference Manual for the Automated Patent System,
      by the U.S. Department of Commerce and the U.S. Patent and Trademark
      Office, Section 4, pp. 1-6, (Oct. 1992).
PAL  Yankelovich, N. et al., "Reading and Writing the Electronic Book",
      Computer, pp. 15-29, (Oct. 1985).
PAL  Yankelovich, N. et al., "Intermedia: The Concept and the Construction of a
      Seamless Information Environment", Computer, pp. 81-96, (Jan. 1988).
PAL  "Agent Searching," Executive Technologies, Inc., Last Updated: Jan. 12,
      1996.
PAL  Albert, M., CD-ROM: The Next PC Revolution, Fortune Magazine, Jun. 29,
      1992.
PAL  Albert, M., Easy Access to Patents, Fortune Magazine, Jun. 29, 1992.
PAL  Alexander, Visualizing Cleared-Off Desktops, Computerworld, May 6, 1991, p.
      20.
PAL  Banet, "Creating a CD-ROM: overview of the product field," The Seybold
      Report on Desktop Publishing, v. 7, n. 6, p. 3(29), Feb. 1993.
PAL  Becker, "Voyager kit: Ticket to books on-line," MacWeek, vol. 7, No. 8,
      Feb. 22, 1993, p. 57.
PAL  Berk et al. eds., Hypertext/Hypermedia Handbook, pp. 209-224, 285-297,
      329-355, 529-533, Jan. 1991.
PAL  Bermant, "Finding It Fast: New Software Features That Search Your System,"
      Personal Computing, vol. 11, No. 11, Nov. 1987, pp. 125-131.
PAL  Bish, "An Essential ingredient: Post recognition processing," Imaging
      World, vol. 5, Issue 3, Mar. 1996.
PAL  Blatt, J., A Primer on User Interface Software Patents, The Computer
      Lawyer, vol. 9, No. 4, Apr. 1992.
PAL  Boedeker et al., "Choosing Imaging Software," Law Office Computing, vol. 5,
      Issue 3, Jun./Jul., 1995, pp. 50-55.
PAL  "Boolean Searching," Executive Technologies, Inc., Last Updated: Jan. 12,
      1996.
PAL  Bradbury, "Expanded Book Toolkit," MacUser, vol. 9, No. 3, Mar., 1993, p.
      85.
PAL  Briggs, "CD-ROM publishing boom is Dataware's delight," MIS Week, vol. 10,
      No. 38, Sep. 25, 1989, pp. 40-41.
PAL  Briggs, "Dataware Comes to U.S. With CD-ROM Publishing," MIS Week, vol. 10,
      No. 5, Jan. 30, 1989, p. 21.
PAL  Brockschmidt, Inside OLE 2, Microsoft Press, Redmond, WA, Copyright 1994.
PAL  Brockschmidt, "What OLE Is Really About," OLE Development, Microsoft
      Corporation, Copyright 1997, pp. 1-59.
PAL  "BRS/Search: An Industrial Strength Document Warehouse Solution--Profile,"
      Dataware Technologies, Copyright May 1996, pp. 1-12.
PAL  "BRS/Search," Dataware Technologies, Inc., date unclear.
PAL  Catchings et al., "Price Delineates Text-Retrieval Software," PC Week, vol.
      8, No. 20, May 20, 1991, pp. 120-123.
PAL  Catchings et al., "Retrieval Technologies Inc.: re:Search 2.0," PC Week, v.
      8, n. 20, p. 121(2), May 1991.
PAL  Catlin et al., InterNote: Extending A Hypermedia Framework to Support
      Annotative Collaboration, Hypertext '89 Proceedings, pp. 365 to 378, Nov.,
      1989.
PAL  "CD Author/CD Answer," Dataware Technologies, date unclear.
PAL  Patrick P. Chan, Learning Considerations In User Interface Design: The Room
      Model, Software Portability Laboratory, University of Waterloo, Waterloo,
      Ontario, Canada, Jul. 1984.
PAL  "Chapter 1: Component Object Model Introduction," OLE Development,
      Microsoft Corporation, Copyright 1997, pp. 1-37.
PAL  Christodoulakis, S., et al., Browsing Within Time-Driven Multimedia
      Documents, Institute for Computer Research, University of Waterloo,
      Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, pp. 219-227, Jul. 1988.
PAL  Classified Search and Image Retrieval Student Manual, U.S. Patent and
      Trademark Office, May 1991.
PAL  Cohen, "Browsers get BookWorm for Mac," MacWeek, vol. 7, No. 39, Oct. 4,
      1993, p. 4.
PAL  Commands and Settings, OmniPage Professional Windows Version 5, Caere
      Corporation, Chapter 1, pp. 1-1 to 1-70, 1988-1993.
PAL  The Complete Document Profiling and Retrieval System for Windows, World
      Software Corporation, Worldox, Copyright World Software Corp., 1992.
PAL  Conklin, "Hypertext: An Introduction and Survey," Computer, pp. 17-41, Sep.
      1987.
PAL  Cooper et al., "Oh! Pascal!" pp. 389-399, Jan. 1982.
PAL  Cote et al., "Searching for Common Threads," Byte, vol. 17, No. 6, Jun.,
      1992, pp. 290-305.
PAL  Creation/Modification of the Audio Signal Processor Setup for a PC Audio
      Editor, IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 30, No. 10, Mar. 1988.
PAL  Curran, "Growing company changes data entry," ImagingWorld, vol. 4, Issue
      3, Mar. 1995.
PAL  "Dataware Technologies: Products and Services," Dataware Technologies,
      Copyright 1996.
PAL  Dintzner, J.P. and J. Van Thielen, "Image Handling at the European Patent
      Office: Bacon and First Page," World Patent Information, vol. 13, No. 3,
      pp. 152-154, 1991.
PAL  Doherty, "New Op-Disk Peripherals Displayed at Conference," Electronic
      Engineering Times, No. 339, Jul. 22, 1985, p. 15.
PAL  Duncan, "ZyImage's Use of Windows Interface Falls Short of Mark," LAN
      Times, vol. 10, Issue 10 May 24, 1993, pp. 70 and 79.
PAL  "Eastern Electricity: BRS/Search Customer Profile," Dataware Technologies,
      Copyright 1995.
PAL  Editing Recognized Documents, OmniPage Profession Windows Version 5, Caere
      Corporation, Chapter 3, pp. 3-1 to 3-20, 1988-1993.
PAL  "EZ-C + DE2 Images: The New Standard in Data Capture," Textware
      Corporation, Copyright 1994, pp. 1-8.
PAL  The Fastest, Most Powerful Full Text Retrieval System, ZyIndex 5.2 for
      Windows, Zylab, 1994.
PAL  Fersko-Weiss, "3-D Reading with the Hypertext Edge," PC Magazine, vol. 10,
      No. 10, May 28, 1991, pp. 241-282.
PAL  Fish et al., Quilt: a collaborative tool for cooperative writing, Conf. on
      Information Systems '88, pp. 30 to 37, Jan., 1988.
PAL  "Forms Processing Products & Services," TextWare Corporation, Copyright
      1996.
PAL  "FormWare for Windows 95/NT," TextWare Corporation, Copyright 1996.
PAL  "Fuzzy Searching," Executive Technologies, Inc., Last Updated: Jan. 12,
      1996.
PAL  Gerber, "Lotus rolls out gateway for Notes, cc: Mail," InfoWorld, v. 14, n.
      46, p. 1(2), Nov. 1992.
PAL  Halasz et al., "Issues in the Design of Hypermedia Systems," CHI '90
      Tutorial, Jan. 1990.
PAL  Harney, "Textware's FormWare--Complex Data Capture that Puts Simplicity
      First," Imaging Magazine, Apr. 1996.
PAL  Haskin, "Textware 4.0: Text Retrieval for Electronic Documents," Computer
      Shopper, vol. 13, No. 8, Aug. 1993, pp. 334-335.
PAL  Haskin, "ZyImage Finds Images And Text," PC-Computing, vol. 6, No. 5, May
      1993, p. 60.
PAL  Help Yourself! With PCT Patent Search On CD-ROM, MicroPatent, New Haven,
      CT, appears to be before Jul. 1, 1993.
PAL  "Hip Products," ZyLAB Europe BV, Copyright 1996.
PAL  Holtz, "Mastering Ventura; Second Edition," pp. 360-375, Jan. 1989.
PAL  How to Install and Use the USAPat Demonstration Disc, USPTO Office of
      Information Products Development, 1994(?).
PAL  HyperCard Basics, Apple Computer, Inc., 1990.
PAL  "IDI brings Basis plus down to workgroups," The Seybold Report on
      Publishing Systems, v. 22, n. 14, p. 16(2), Apr. 1993.
PAL  "InnverView for Windows 3.0, For Evaluation Only, Version 2.2 Pre-Release
      #6," TMS, Inc. Copyright 1991-1992.
PAL  Ishii, H., et al., Clearface: Translucent Multiuser Interface for Team Work
      Station, ECSCW, Sep., 1991, pp. 6-10.
PAL  Ishii, H., et al., Toward an Open Shared Workspace, Communications of the
      ACM, Dec., 1991, vol. 34, No. 12, pp. 37-50.
PAL  Jonckheere, C., "EPOQUE (EPO Query service) the Inhouse Host Computer of
      the European Patent Office," World Patent Information, vol. 12, No. 3, pp.
      155-157, 1990.
PAL  Karraker, "Voyager Toolkit stretches Expanded Book concept to let users pen
      their own," MacWeek, vol. 6, No. 11, Mar. 16, 1992, p. 9.
PAL  Knibbe, "ZyImage 2 boosts OCR, batch duties," InfoWorld, vol. 15, Issue 51,
      Dec. 20, 1993, p. 20.
PAL  Knibbe, "ZyImage 3.0 will facilitate distribution on CD-ROMS; Boasts
      integration with WordScan OCR software," InfoWorld, vol. 16, No. 38, Sep.
      19, 1994, p. 22.
PAL  Lexis-Nexis Printout of a Business Wire Article Entitled: TMA Announces
      Contract With Major Insurance Information Provider, Business Wire Inc.,
      Feb. 11, 1991.
PAL  Lexis-Nexis Printout of a Business Wire Article Entitled: TMS Announces
      Easy View Available for CD-ROM Publishers, Business Wire Inc., Mar. 9,
      1992.
PAL  Lexis-Nexis Printout of a Business Wire Article Entitled: TMS Announces
      Release of Inner View 2.1 Software, Business Wire Inc., Mar. 18, 1991.
PAL  Lougher et al., Supporting long-term collaboration in software maintenance,
      Conf. on Organizational Computing Systems, pp. 228-238, 1993.
PAL  Lucas, Jay, "The Progress of Automation at the U.S. Patent and Trademark
      Office," World Patent Information, vol. 14, No. 3, pp. 167-172, 1992.
PAL  McEvoy, Ed., Object Linking and Embedding: Programmer's Reference, Version
      1, Microsoft Press, Redmond, WA, Copyright 1992.
PAL  Mallory, "New for Mac: text/graphics retrieval software from TMS,"
      Newsbytes, Jul. 1992.
PAL  Marshall, "Text retrieval alternatives: 10 more ways to pinpoint important
      information," Infoworld, vol. 14, No. 12, Mar. 23, 1992, pp. 88-89.
PAL  Marshall, "ZyImage adds scanning access to ZyIndex," InfoWorld, vol. 16,
      No. 15, Apr. 11, 1994, pp. 73, 76, and 77.
PAL  Marshall, "ZyImage is ZyIndex plus a scan interface integrated," InfoWorld,
      vol. 15, Issue 10, Mar. 8, 1993, p. 100.
PAL  Marshall et al., "ZyIndex for Windows, Version 5.0," InfoWorld, v. 15, n.
      21, May 1993, pp. 127, 129, 133 and 137.
PAL  "MasterView for Microsoft Windows," TMS Inc., Copyright 1993.
PAL  Matazzoni, "Expanded Book Toolkit 1.0.1," MacWorld, vol. 10, No. 6, Jun.,
      1993, p. 158.
PAL  Mendelson, " HyperWriter for Windows," PC Magazine, vol. 14, No. 3, Feb. 7,
      1995, pp. 140, 142, and 143.
PAL  Moore, "Dataware lands $6.6M GPO pact," Federal Computer Week, vol. 9, No.
      27, Sep. 11, 1995, pp. 84 and 86.
PAL  Moore, "The Forms Processing Paradigm Shift," Imaging Magazine, Mar. 1995.
PAL  "NetAnswer Hosting Service," Dataware Technologies, Inc., Copyright 1995.
PAL  "NetAnswer: Information Super Server for the World Wide Web," Dataware
      Technologies, Inc., Copyright 1995.
PAL  "NetAnswers: Organizations Worldwide Take Content Onto the Web with
      NetAnswer," Dataware Technologies, Spring 1996.
PAL  OmniPage Professional Tutorials, Windows Version 5, Caere Corp., Jan. 1993.
PAL  Ores, "Hypertext Publishing: Edit Trail," PC Magazine, vol. 14, No. 3, Feb.
      7, 1995, pp. 132, 134, 136 and 138.
PAL  Patents on CD-ROM, Track Technology, Focus R&D, Watch Competitors, Speed
      Products to Market, Cut Online/Copy Costs, A World of Opportunities from
      MicroPatent, MicroPatent USA, New Haven, CT, appears to be before Sep. 1,
      1992.
PAL  PatentImages, User Profile European Patents, Search & Tech Tips, Conference
      Calendar, MicroPatent World Newsletter, Spring 1991, New Haven, CT.
PAL  A. Pelham, A Wave of the Wand for Litigators. Tools of the Trade Go
      High-Tech, Focus on Technology, Legal Times, Jan. 24, 1994.
PAL  Perenson, "Retrieving Text on the Net," PC Magazine, vol. 14, No. 20, Nov.
      21, 1995, p. 61.
PAL  Previewing the Letter, WordPerfect Workbook for IBM Personal Computers,
      Wordperfect Corporation, Version 5.0, Lesson 4, p. 24 and Lesson 13, p.
      108-109, 1988.
PAL  Print out of On-Line Help Manual, Innerview for Windows 3.0, Version 2.2,
      Pre-Release #6, TMS, Inc. 1991-1992.
PAL  Quattro Pro User's Guide, Borland Int'l, Inc., p. 245, Jan. 1989.
PAL  "re:Search V. 2.6," Software Product Specification, Computer Select, Nov.
      1993.
PAL  Rooney, "Text-retrieval veterans prepare Windows attack," PC Week, v. 9, n.
      24, p. 46, Jun. 1992.
PAL  Rooney, "Zylab partners with Calera: firms roll out document-image system,"
      PC Week, vol. 10, No. 3, Jan. 25, 1993, p. 22.
PAL  Schroeder, "Low Price Point Is Key for Buyers Of Text Databases," PC Week,
      vol. 8, No. 20, May 20, 1991, pp. 120 and 122.
PAL  Schroeder, "Multimedia offerings target expanded platform support," PC
      Week, vol. 10, No. 13, Apr. 5, 1993, pp. 59 and 73.
PAL  Schwartz, "Dataware Plants CD-ROM Seeds," Computer Systems News, No. 403,
      Feb. 6, 1989, p. 33.
PAL  Search Results from Dialog Search for MicroPatent for News Releases and
      Corporate Announcements Relating to APS, FullText, PatentImages, Espace,
      Dialog Files: 148, 479 and 648, 1989-1991.
PAL  Simon, "ZyImage: A Winning Combination of OCR And Text Indexing," PC
      Magazine, vol. 12, No. 6, Mar. 30, 1993, p. 56.
PAL  Simpson, Mastering WordPerfect 5.1 & 5.2 for Windows, p. 58, Jan. 1993.
PAL  Somers, "Personal Text-Retrieval Software Works with Calera's WordScan," PC
      Magazine, vol. 14, No. 2, Jan. 24, 1995, p. 68.
PAL  Spencer, "Tijuana data entry shop logs 500K forms/day," ImagingWorld, vol.
      4, Issue 4, Apr. 1995.
PAL  Spitzer, "Needles in Document Haystacks" DBMS, vol. 9, No. 1, Jan., 1996,
      pp. 84-87.
PAL  Sullivan, "Dataware's CD Author System to Boast Hypertext Capability," PC
      Week, vol. 8, No. 31, Aug. 5, 1991, pp. 31-32.
PAL  "Text Retrieval Products & Services," TextWare Corporation, Copyright 1996.
PAL  "TextWare: Instant Information Access," TextWare Corporation, Copyright
      1995.
PAL  "TextWare Pricing," TextWare Corporation, Effective Mar. 25, 1996.
PAL  Thompson et al., Full Write Professional--A User's Guide, pp. 99-122, 1988.
PAL  Torgan, "ZyImage: Document Imaging and Retrieval System" PC Magazine, vol.
      12, No. 3, Feb. 9, 1993, p. 62.
PAL  "Toshiba America Information Systems: CD-ROM Customer Profile," Dataware
      Technologies, Copyright 1995.
PAL  "Total Recall," Dataware Technologies, Copyright 1995.
PAL  Tredennick, Jr., J. C., Full-Text Search and Retrieval Winning Big with
      Computers, Law Practice Management, vol. 19, No. 8, Nov./Dec., 1993.
PAL  Tribute, "Searching CeBit for publishing products; Power Mac draws the
      crowds at Hannover show," Seybold Report on Publishing Systems, vol. 23,
      No. 15, Apr. 22, 1994, pp. 5-8.
PAL  Ueda, H., et al., "An Interactive Natural-Motion-Picture Dedicated
      Multi-Media Authoring System," Mar., 1991, pp. 343-350.
PAL  Understanding OCR, OmniPage Professional Windows Version 5, Caere
      Corporation, Chapter 6, pp. 6-1 to 6-8 and Glossary pp. 1-8, 1988-1993.
PAL  "Voyager cd-roms," Voyager, Spring, 1996.
PAL  "Voyager: cd-rom catalog," Voyager, 1996-1997.
PAL  R. W. Wiggins, Networked Hypermedia: The World-Wide Web and NCSA Mosaic,
      The Internet for Everyone--A Guide for Users and Providers, Chapter 13,
      pp. 245-290, McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1995.
PAL  "WorldView V. 1.1 and WorldView Press V. 1.0.2," Software Product
      Specification, Computer Select, Nov. 1993.
PAL  Young, "UK Police Put Criminals On-Line With New National Computer,"
      Imaging Magazine, Aug. 1995.
PAL  "ZyImage," ZyLab International, Inc., Copyright 1996.
PAL  "ZyImage: Common Questions Asked About ZyImage," ZyLab Europe BV, Copyright
      1996.
PAL  "ZyImage Web Server," ZyLab Europe BV, Copyright 1996.
PAL  ZyIndex Developer's Toolkit Version 5.0 for Windows, Programmers Guide,
      Information Dimensions, 1992.
PAL  "ZyIndex Developer's Toolkit for Windows, Version 5.0, Programmer's Guide,"
      ZyLab, Copyright 1992, pp. 1-35.
PAL  "ZyIndex for Windows User's Guide," ZyLab Division, Copyright 1992, pp.
      1-262.
PAL  "ZyLab: The Full Text Retrieval & Publishing Experts," ZyLab Europe BV,
      Copyright 1996.
PAL  "ZyLab retrieval engine optimized for CD-ROM; ZyLab, Progressive
      Technologies merge," Seybold Report on Desktop Publishing, vol. 8, No. 10,
      Jun. 6, 1994, p. 40.
LREP
FRM  Sterne, Kessler, Goldstein & Fox P.L.L.C.
ABST
PAL  A system, method, and computer program product for displaying a patent
      document and a patent image. The method operates by preparing for display
      a patent document comprised of at least one patent text file, and a patent
      image document comprised of at least one patent image file. The patent
      text file is generated from at least one source text file. The patent text
      file includes equivalency information detailing an equivalency
      relationship between the patent image file and the source text file. The
      equivalency information comprises linking information indicative of a
      correspondence between at least one portion of the source text file and at
      least one portion of the patent image file. The patent image file is at
      least one data file having stored therein one or more image pages
      associated with a patent. Each of the image pages is an electronic image
      of at least a portion of a page of the patent or at least a portion of a
      page of a document related to the patent. The source text file is at least
      one data file having stored therein text data representing textual data in
      the patent. A user interface is generated for display on the display. The
      user interface selectively displays the patent text file and the patent
      image file on the display, such that at least a portion of the patent text
      file is displayed in a first window and at least a portion of the patent
      image file is displayed in a second window and the windows may be
      selectively viewed simultaneously or individually on the display.
PATN
WKU  059917814
SRC  8
APN  7227574
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19960927
TTL  Method and apparatus for detecting and presenting client side image map
      attributes including sound attributes using page layout data strings
ISD  19991123
NCL  60
ECL  1,41
EXA  Young; John Leonard
EXP  Trammell; James P.
NDR  13
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Nielsen; Jakob
CTY  Atherton
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  707513
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1721
FSC  707
FSS  513
FSC  434
FSS  114;450
FSC  340
FSS  825.19
FSC  345
FSS  349
UREF
PNO  5186629
ISD  19930200
NAM  Rohen
OCL  434114
UREF
PNO  5223828
ISD  19930600
NAM  McKiel, Jr.
OCL  340825.19
UREF
PNO  5287102
ISD  19940200
NAM  McKiel, Jr.
OCL  340825.19
UREF
PNO  5721851
ISD  19980200
NAM  Cline et al.
OCL  345349
UREF
PNO  5727950
ISD  19980300
NAM  Cook et al.
OCL  434450
FREF
PNO  0604340 A1
ISD  19940600
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1721
FREF
PNO  2317070
ISD  19880300
CNT  GBX
ICL  G06F 1721
OREF
PAL  "Inline Images: External Images, Sounds and Animations." A Beginner's Guide
      to HTML. Document on-line. Available from
      http://www.physics.iastate.edu//numaps/96/references/htmlprimer.html;
      Internet; accessed Aug. 10, 1997. pp. 16-20, Apr. 1996.
PAL  Tittel, Ed and Steve James. "HTML for Dummies" 2d ed. (Foster City: IDG
      Books Worldwide, Inc. 1996) pp. 3, 28, 31, 32, 100, 101, 157, 187-193,
      213-215, 231, Mar. 11, 1996.
PAL  T. V. Raman, "Emacspeak -- A Speech Interface", Apr. 13, 1996, Common
      Ground, Chicago '96 Conference Proceedings, Conference on Human Factors in
      Computing Systems, Vancouver, Apr. 13-18, 1996, pp. 66-71.
PAL  M. Krell et al., "V-Lynx: Bringing the World Wide Web to Sight Impaired
      Users", Apr. 11, 1996, Assets '96, 2nd Annual Conference on Assistive
      Technologies, Vancouver, Apr. 11-12, 1996, Nr. Conf. 2, pp. 23-26.
PAL  A. R. Kennel, "Audiograf: A Diagram-Reader for the Blind", Apr. 11, 1996,
      Assets '96, 2nd Annual Conference on Assistive Technologies, Vancouver,
      Apr. 11-12, 1996, Nr. Conf. 2, pp. 51-56.
PAL  Database WPI: Section EI, Weed 9636, Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB;
      Class T01, AN 96359991, XP002074768; & JP 08 171 647 A (Hitachi Ltd), Jul.
      2, 1996; & US 5,715,412 (Abstract).
PAL  Instant HTML Web Pages, by Wayne Ause, Ziff-Davis Press, ISBN
      1-56276-363-6, 1995, pp. 1-15.
PAL  Uniform Resource Locator (URL), Berners-Lee, Masinter & McCahill, Dec.
      1994, pp. 1-25, (http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/htbin/rfc/rfc1738.html).
PAL  "Extensions to HTML 3.0", Netscape Communication Corporation, 1996, pp.
      1-4, (http://home.netscape.com/assist/net.sub.-- sites/html.sub.--
      extensions.sub.-- 3.html).
PAL  "A Proposed Extension to HTML: Client-Side Image Maps", J. Seidman,
      Spyglass, Inc., Aug. 1996, pp. 1-7
      (ftp://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc1980.txt).
PAL  "HTML 3.2 Features at a Glance", 7 pages,
      (http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/MarkUp/Wilber/features.html).
PAL  "Hypertext Markup Language -- 2.0", rfc1866, pp. 1-77,
      (http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/htbin/rfc/rfc1866.html).
LREP
FRM  McDermott, Will & Emery
ABST
PAL  Apparatus, methods, systems and computer program products are disclosed
      that provide enhancements to client-side image maps in HTML based
      documents. These enhancements provide audio feedback to a user of a HTML
      capable application as to the hyperlinks associated with an area in an
      image. These enhancements also provide a visual representation of the
      areas defined by a client-side image map when the image is not available.
PATN
WKU  059917822
SRC  8
APN  9918809
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19971216
TTL  Automated extraction and doubly linked reference marks for partialized
      document contents and version control
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Feild; Joseph H.
NDR  39
NFG  72
INVT
NAM  Miyagawa; Junichi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Akiko
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Haraguchi; Tetsuharu
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Sakaguchi; Yukio
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hirashima; Akira
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shinka; Makoto
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uro; Yukio
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hosono; Yoshinori
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
RLAP
COD  71
APN  389491
APD  19950216
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  707513
XCL  707511
XCL  707530
XCL  707514
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1724
FSC  707
FSS  513;514;515;517;530;511;522
UREF
PNO  4949287
ISD  19900800
NAM  Yamaguchi et al.
OCL  707520
UREF
PNO  5119491
ISD  19920600
NAM  Iwai et al.
OCL  707513
UREF
PNO  5235653
ISD  19930800
NAM  Nakano et al.
OCL  382175
UREF
PNO  5339412
ISD  19940800
NAM  Fueki et al.
OCL  707104
UREF
PNO  5341469
ISD  19940800
NAM  Rossberg et al.
OCL  707514
UREF
PNO  5357631
ISD  19941000
NAM  Howell et al.
OCL  707203
UREF
PNO  5481664
ISD  19960100
NAM  Hiroya et al.
OCL  345302
UREF
PNO  5495581
ISD  19960200
NAM  Tsai
OCL  707526
UREF
PNO  5537526
ISD  19960700
NAM  Anderson ert al.
OCL  707515
UREF
PNO  5553217
ISD  19960900
NAM  Hart et al.
OCL  707521
UREF
PNO  5555362
ISD  19960900
NAM  Yamashita et al.
OCL  707517
UREF
PNO  5581760
ISD  19961200
NAM  Atkinson et al.
OCL  395702
FREF
PNO  3-161864
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey LLP
ABST
PAL  When a content to be partialized is specified to a document, the document
      creation supporting system records the content of the part in a file
      separated from the document together with a part holding mark, adds a part
      reference mark at the position where the part is specified in the document
      and deletes the content of the part from the document in order to be able
      to readily confirm the consistency of the part and version number when the
      document is updated and to be able to confirm contents of documents among
      a plurality of documents.
PATN
WKU  059917830
SRC  8
APN  7244584
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19961001
TTL  System and method for generating, storing and transmitting graphical data
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Huynh; Cong-Lac
EXP  Feild; Joseph H.
NDR  21
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Popa; Sorin
CTY  North York
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  D'Ulisse; Giancarlo
CTY  Willowdale
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Warp 10 Technologies Inc.
CTY  Richmond Hill
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  707522
XCL  707527
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1721
FSC  707
FSS  522;527;528
FSC  358
FSS  538;540;527;524;523
FSC  345
FSS  431;154
FSC  355
FSS  40;27;31
FSC  395
FSS  109
FSC  430
FSS  318
FSC  396
FSS  318;310;319
UREF
PNO  4817050
ISD  19890300
NAM  Komatsu et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4956703
ISD  19900900
NAM  Uzuda et al.
OCL  358 76
UREF
PNO  5169827
ISD  19921200
NAM  Takanashi et al.
OCL  503 27
UREF
PNO  5617178
ISD  19970400
NAM  Goggins
OCL  355 22
LREP
FRM  Bereskin & Parr
ABST
PAL  A system and method for generating, storing and transmitting a layout page
      containing graphical data correlated to at least one graphical image which
      has previously been graphically encoded, such that the layout page may be
      printed either as a complete, full-color image, or as individual color
      separation plates. The system and method create a set of master data
      files, having a main master file which stores complete RGB color data for
      the graphical image, and a correlated set of CMYK master files, each
      containing graphical data for a single color separation plate for the
      graphical image. The main master file contains pointers to each of the
      CMYK master files. The system and method also create a set of preview data
      files: a set of CMYK preview files essentially only containing a pointer
      to the corresponding CMYK master file, and a main preview file essentially
      only containing a pointer to the main master file, and pointers to each of
      the CMYK preview files.
PATN
WKU  059917849
SRC  8
APN  7652054
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970424
TTL  Signal processing circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Mai; Tan V.
NDR  10
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Reesor; Gordon J.
CTY  Ottawa
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Mitel Corporation
CTY  Kanata
CNT  CAX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  CAX
APD  19940706
APN  2127520
CLAS
OCL  708203
XCL  708503
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  700
ICL  G06F  744
FSC  364
FSS  748.09;715.02;724.19
UREF
PNO  4799182
ISD  19890100
NAM  Marwood
OCL  364748.09
UREF
PNO  4858163
ISD  19890800
NAM  Boreland
OCL  364748.16
FREF
PNO  0 334 714
ISD  19890900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 218 548
ISD  19891100
CNT  GBX
OREF
PAL  Shanbhag et al, "A high-speed Architecture for ADPCM Codec", 1992 IEEE Int.
      Symposium on Circuits and systems, vol. 3 of 6, pp. 1499-1502, May 10,
      1992.
PAL  Aly, "24-Channel 32Kb/s ADPCM Transcoder Using the CCITT Recommendation g.
      721", ICASSP 86 Proceedings vol. 1, pp. 349-352, Apr. 1986.
LREP
FRM  Marks & Clerk
PCTA
PCN  PCT/CA95/00400
PD1  19970424
PD2  19970424
PD3  19950706
PCP  WO96/01527
PCD  19960118
ABST
PAR  A circuit for applying a predetermined algorithm to an input signal, has an
      input for receiving the input signal, a signal processing device for
      processing the input signal in accordance with the predetermined
      algorithm, and a device for outputting the processed signal. The signal
      processing device incorporates distributed bit-serial logic circuits to
      implement the predetermined algorithm.
PATN
WKU  059917857
SRC  8
APN  9692525
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19971113
TTL  Determining an extremum value and its index in an array using a
      dual-accumulation processor
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Malzahn; David H.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Alidina; Mazhar M.
CTY  Allentown
STA  PA
INVT
NAM  Simanapalli; Sivanand
CTY  Allentown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  708207
XCL  708524
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  702
FSC  364
FSS  715.06;736.02
FSC  708
FSS  207;524
UREF
PNO  5262969
ISD  19931100
NAM  Ishihara
OCL  364715.06
UREF
PNO  5515306
ISD  19960500
NAM  Blaner et al.
OCL  364715.06
UREF
PNO  5524251
ISD  19960600
NAM  Urasaki
OCL  364715.06
UREF
PNO  5721809
ISD  19980200
NAM  Park
OCL  364715.06
UREF
PNO  5726923
ISD  19980300
NAM  Okumura et al.
OCL  364715.06
UREF
PNO  5752072
ISD  19980500
NAM  Agarwal
OCL  364715.06
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  A data processor determines an overall extremum value of an input set of
      array data, with the input set of array data partitionable into a first
      set of array data and a second set of array data. The data processor
      includes a pair of compare-select circuits implemented in an adder as well
      as in an arithmetic-logic unit (ALU), respectively, which operate in
      parallel for respectively processing the first set and the second set, and
      for respectively determining first and second extremum values of the first
      set and the second set, respectively. A first compare-select circuit of
      the pair of compare-select circuits determines the overall extremum value
      of the input set of array data from the first and second extremum values.
      The first compare-select circuit also determines the location of the
      overall extremum value in the input set of array data. The computational
      complexity in determining extrema is reduced by implementing
      compare-select features in an adder in addition to an ALU to operate in
      parallel to reduce the number of processing cycles.
PATN
WKU  059917865
SRC  8
APN  9952594
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19971219
TTL  Circuit and method for shifting or rotating operands of multiple size
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Ngo; Chuong Dinh
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Mahurin; Eric W.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  708209
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  700
FSC  708
FSS  205;208;209
FSC  377
FSS  64;69;70;73;75
UREF
PNO  4490809
ISD  19841200
NAM  Ueda et al.
OCL  377 73
UREF
PNO  4631703
ISD  19861200
NAM  Sakamoto
OCL  377 64
UREF
PNO  4831571
ISD  19890500
NAM  Tokumaru
OCL  708209
UREF
PNO  4839839
ISD  19890600
NAM  Tokumaru et al.
OCL  708209
UREF
PNO  5379240
ISD  19950100
NAM  Byrne
OCL  708209
UREF
PNO  5671166
ISD  19970900
NAM  Omote
OCL  708209
LREP
FRM  Conley, Rose & Tayon, P.C.
FR2  Stephenson; Eric A.
ABST
PAL  A circuit and method for shifting or rotating operands of multiple size is
      disclosed. The method and circuit employs at least one shifting stage
      configured to receive and selectively shift an operand, and a first
      circuit coupled to and configured to receive the result of the shifting
      stage. The first circuit operates in accordance with signals received at
      first and second control nodes. The first circuit operates as a shifter
      for shifting or passing the result of the shifting stage in response to
      the first and second control nodes receiving a first shift or second shift
      signal, respectively. The first circuit also operates to logically OR one
      set of m consecutive bits of the result received from the shifting stage
      with another set of m consecutive bits of the result received from the
      shifting stage, in response to the first and second control nodes
      receiving an OR signal.
PATN
WKU  059917873
SRC  9
APN  0022926
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19971231
TTL  Reducing peak spectral error in inverse Fast Fourier Transform using
      MMX.TM. technology
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXP  Ngo; Chuong Dinh
NDR  15
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Abel; James
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Julier; Michael A.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  708400
XCL  708403
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  708
FSS  400;401;402;403;404;405;406;407;408;409
UREF
PNO  4689762
ISD  19870800
NAM  Thibbodeau, Jr.
OCL  364726
UREF
PNO  4768159
ISD  19880800
NAM  Gray et al.
OCL  364726
UREF
PNO  4970674
ISD  19901100
NAM  White
OCL  364726
UREF
PNO  5029079
ISD  19910700
NAM  Magar et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5163017
ISD  19921100
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  364726
UREF
PNO  5233551
ISD  19930800
NAM  White
OCL  364726
UREF
PNO  5313413
ISD  19940500
NAM  Bhatia et al.
OCL  364726
UREF
PNO  5371696
ISD  19941200
NAM  Sundararajan et al.
OCL  364726
UREF
PNO  5428567
ISD  19950600
NAM  Horvath et al.
OCL  365 78
UREF
PNO  5473556
ISD  19951200
NAM  Aguilar et al.
OCL  364726
UREF
PNO  5491652
ISD  19960200
NAM  Luo et al.
OCL  364726
UREF
PNO  5633817
ISD  19970500
NAM  Verhenne et al.
OCL  364726
UREF
PNO  5835392
ISD  19981100
NAM  Dulong et al.
OCL  708404
OREF
PAL  Tran-Thong and Bede Lui, "Fixed-Point Fast Fourier Transform Error
      Analysis," IEEE Transactions on Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing,
      vol. ASSP-24, No. 6, Dec. 1976, pp. 563-573.
PAL  John P. Princen and Alan Bernard Bradley, "Analysis/Synthesis Filter Bank
      Design Based on Time Domain Aliasing Cancellation," IEEE Transactions on
      Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing, vol. ASSP-34, No. 5, Oct. 1986,
      pp. 1153-1161.
PAL  Grant Davidson, Wallace Anderson and Al Lovrich, "A Low-Cost Adaptive
      Tranform Decoder Implementation for High-Quality Audio," 1992 IEEE
      International Conference on Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing:
      Speech Processing 2, Audio, Neural Networks, Underwater Acoustics, Mar.
      1992, vol. II, pp. 193-196.
PAL  Dragutin Sevie and Miodrag Popovie, "A New Efficient Implementation of the
      Oddly Stacked Princen-Bradley Filter Bank," IEEE Signal Processing
      Letters, vol. 1, No. 11, Nov. 1994, pp. 166-168.
PAL  James C. Abel and Michael A. Julier, Intel Technology Journal,
      "Implementation of a High-Wuality Dolby Digital Decode Using MMX.TM.
      Technology,"
      http://developer.intel.com/technology/itj/q31997/articles/art.sub.--
      3.htm, Jun. 1997.
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  A method for computing a decimation-in-time Fast Fourier Transform of a
      sample is provided, the method including inputting first 2B-bit values
      representing the sample into a radix-4 first section of the
      decimation-in-time Fast Fourier Transform and performing first complex
      2B-bit integer additions and subtractions on the first 2B-bit values to
      form second 2B-bit values, without performing a multiplication. The method
      also includes rounding the second 2B-bit values to form B-bit values
      output from the radix-4 first section of the decimation-in-time Fast
      Fourier Transform.
PATN
WKU  059917881
SRC  8
APN  8150192
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970314
TTL  Method for configuring an FPGA for large FFTs and other vector rotation
      computations
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Ngo; Ohuong Dinh
NDR  4
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Mintzer; Lester
CTY  Santa Ana
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Xilinx, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  708622
XCL  708440
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  752
ICL  G06F  738
FSC  364
FSS  715.011;726.01-726.07;748.17;754.03
UREF
PNO  3777130
ISD  19731200
NAM  Croisier et al.
OCL  235152
UREF
PNO  4680727
ISD  19870700
NAM  White
OCL  364754.03
UREF
PNO  4970674
ISD  19901100
NAM  White
OCL  364726.02
UREF
PNO  5033019
ISD  19910700
NAM  White
OCL  364726.02
UREF
PNO  5339265
ISD  19940800
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  364725.01
UREF
PNO  5371753
ISD  19941200
NAM  Adsett
OCL  372 36
OREF
PAL  Cooley, James W. and Tukey, John W., Apr. 1965, "An Algorithm for the
      Machine Calculation of Complex Fourier Series," Math of Comput., vol. 19,
      pp. 297-301.
PAL  New, Bernie, Aug. 17, 1995, "A Distributed Arithmetic Approach to Designing
      Scalable DSP Chips," EDN, pp. 107-114.
PAL  White, Stanley A., Jul. 1989, "Applications of Distributed Arithmetic to
      Digital Signal Processing: A Tutorial Review," IEEE ASSP Magazine, pp.
      4-19.
LREP
FRM  Crosby, Heafey, Roach & May
FR2  Harms; Jeanette S.
ABST
PAL  A method using replication of distributed arithmetic logic circuits and
      recursive interpolation of reduced angular increments of sine and cosine
      sum constants in logic look-up tables, permits the computation of vector
      rotation and large FFTs in a unitary field programmable gate array chip
      without required off-chip memory for storing constants.
PATN
WKU  059917890
SRC  8
APN  981664&
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19971204
TTL  Circuit arrangement for realizing logic elements that can be represented
      by threshold value equations
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXP  Ngo; Chuong Dinh
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Prange; Stefan
CTY  Munchen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Thewes; Roland
CTY  Puchheim
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Wohlrab; Erdmute
CTY  Munchen
CNT  DEX
INVT
NAM  Weber; Werner
CTY  Munchen
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950609
APN  195 21 089
CLAS
OCL  708625
XCL  708702
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  752
ICL  G06F  750
FSC  708
FSS  230;232;234;620;700;701;702;703
FSC  326
FSS  35;36
UREF
PNO  3609329
ISD  19710900
NAM  Martin
OCL  708675
UREF
PNO  3950636
ISD  19760400
NAM  Dao
UREF
PNO  4423339
ISD  19831200
NAM  Seelbach et al.
OCL  326 36
FREF
PNO  61-048229
ISD  19860800
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  CMOS Inplementation And Fabrication Of The Pseudo Analog
      Neuron--Taheri--1993 IEEE--p. 266-270.
PAL  New Types of digital Comparators--Hidalgo-Lopez et al--Publication Date
      Apr. 30, 1995--p. 29-32.
PAL  A Functional MOS Transistor Featuring Gate-Level Weighted Sum and Threshold
      Operations--Shibata et al--IEEE Transactions On Electron Devices, vol. 39,
      No. 6 Jun. 1992, p. 1444-1455.
PAL  Some New Schemes For Parallel Multipliers--Ferrari et al--100 Alta
      Frequenza--p. 843-851, Nov. 1969.
PAL  A New CMOS Neuron Circuit Based on a Cross-Coupled Current Comparator
      Structure--2334a IEICE Transactions on Fundamentals of Electronics,
      Communications and Computer Sciences--E75-A (1992) Jul., No. 7, Tokyuo JP,
      p. 937-943.
LREP
FRM  Hill & Simpson
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE96/00981
PD1  19971204
PD2  19971204
PD3  19960604
PCP  WO96/42048
PCD  19961227
ABST
PAR  In a circuit arrangement wherein all logic elements can be represented in
      the form of a threshold value equation, for this purpose, transistors
      connected in parallel of a transistor unit are dimensioned in such a way
      that the cross-currents flowing through the transistors respectively
      represent a weighted summand of a first term of the threshold value
      equation. A second term of the threshold value equation is formed by a
      reference current representing the second term value. An evaluation unit
      compares an overall current, which results from the sum of cross-currents,
      with the reference current. The evaluation result is present at an output
      of the evaluation unit in the form of a stable output signal.
PATN
WKU  059917903
SRC  8
APN  6743234
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19960701
TTL  Generation and delivery of signals in a two-level, multithreaded system
ISD  19991123
NCL  40
ECL  1
EXP  Banankhah; Majid A.
NDR  8
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Shah; Devang K.
CTY  Foster City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Zolnowsky; John
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709100
XCL  710260
XCL  710266
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  900
FSC  395
FSS  670;672;674;676
FSC  709
FSS  100;102;103;104;106
FSC  710
FSS  260;266
UREF
PNO  5062040
ISD  19911000
NAM  Bishop et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5339415
ISD  19940800
NAM  Strout, II et al.
UREF
PNO  5442758
ISD  19950800
NAM  Slingwine et al.
UREF
PNO  5515538
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kleiman
OCL  395733
OREF
PAL  "Multithreading Implementations and Performance Comparisons--A White
      Paper," published by SunSoft, copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc., draft
      of Mar. 15, 1996, pp. 0-44.
PAL  Leffler et al., "Signals," The Design and Implementation of the 4.3BSD UNIX
      Operating System, pp. 94-103.
PAL  Stein and Shaw, "Implementing Lightweight Threads," Summer '92 USENIX
      Conference, 1992.
PAL  Marrin, "Multithreading support grows among realtime operating systems,"
      Computer Design, 32(3): 77-88 (1993).
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel, L.L.P.
FR2  Campbell, III; Sam G.
ABST
PAL  A system for properly delivering an signals in a computer system. A first
      module is called which waits for a signal to be generated. Upon a signal
      being generated, the first module is notified of the signal's generation.
      The first module then directs the signal to a second module, and causes
      the signal to be delivered to the second module.
PATN
WKU  059917911
SRC  8
APN  7984464
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970110
TTL  Security aspects of computer resource repositories
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Banankhah; Majid A.
NDR  101
NFG  101
INVT
NAM  Siefert; David M.
CTY  Englewood
STA  OH
ASSG
NAM  NCR Corporation
CTY  Dayton
STA  OH
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  217067
APD  19940324
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  709100
XCL  707  9
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  900
FSC  709
FSS  100;101;106;303
FSC  707
FSS  9;103
FSC  705
FSS  27
UREF
PNO  3787627
ISD  19740100
NAM  Abramson et al.
OCL  179 15
UREF
PNO  4942540
ISD  19900700
NAM  Black et al.
OCL  364514
UREF
PNO  4992976
ISD  19910200
NAM  Yonekura et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  5182790
ISD  19930100
NAM  East et al.
OCL  395725
UREF
PNO  5187790
ISD  19930200
NAM  East et al.
OCL  395725
UREF
PNO  5276901
ISD  19940100
NAM  Howell et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5287537
ISD  19940200
NAM  Newmark et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5303329
ISD  19940400
NAM  Khoyi et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5303379
ISD  19940400
NAM  Khoyie et al.
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5321841
ISD  19940600
NAM  East et al.
OCL  395725
UREF
PNO  5341477
ISD  19940800
NAM  Potkin et al.
OCL  395DIG.7
OREF
PAL  "Profile Name Service" by Larry Peterson, ACM Transactions on Computer
      Systems, vol. 6, No. 4, Nov. 1988.
PAL  "The CSNET Name Server" by Marvin Solomon, University of Wisconsin--Madison
      1982.
PAL  "Development of theDomain Name Server" by Paul Moskapetors Standford,
      California Aug. 16-19, 1988.
PAL  "Experiences Implementing BIND, A Distributed Name Server for the Darpa
      Internet" by James M. Bloom 1986, Summer Conference.
LREP
FR2  Welte; Gregory A.
FR2  Gates; George H.
ABST
PAL  The invention concerns a system for managing resources, which can take the
      form of (a) computer-compatible information, such as data files and
      programs, and (b) non-computer-compatible information, such as data
      contained on microfiche, and (c) physical objects. The resources are
      located at geographically diverse sites.
PAL  The invention contains a descriptive profile for each resource, and allows
      any user to search all profiles, and to search the profiles according to
      "fields" (a database term), such as by location of the resources, or by
      category of the resources. The user can order delivery of a selected
      resource, and the system causes delivery of the resource to be executed,
      irrespective of the form (eg, physical object) of the resource.
PAL  The invention allows a provider of a new resource to limit access to the
      resource, by identifying users who are authorized to obtain access to the
      resource. Non-authorized users cannot obtain access to the profiles of
      these resources.
PATN
WKU  059917920
SRC  9
APN  0025305
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19980102
TTL  Method, apparatus and computer program product for dynamically managing
      a thread pool of reusable threads in a computer system
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Banankhah; Majid A.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Nageswaran; Parthasarathy
CTY  Rochester
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709102
XCL  709104
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  900
FSC  709
FSS  100;102;103;104;107
UREF
PNO  5063500
ISD  19911100
NAM  Shorter
UREF
PNO  5440692
ISD  19950800
NAM  Janicek
UREF
PNO  5481719
ISD  19960100
NAM  Ackerman et al.
UREF
PNO  5504898
ISD  19960400
NAM  Klein
UREF
PNO  5515538
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kleiman
UREF
PNO  5535393
ISD  19960700
NAM  Reeve et al.
UREF
PNO  5606696
ISD  19970200
NAM  Ackerman et al.
OREF
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 36, No. 06A, Jun. 1993, pp. 379 &
      380, "Dynamic Filed Splitting, Asynchronus Disk-Access Method to Maximize
      I/O Throughput for Multimedia System".
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 37, No. 11, Nov. 1994, pp. 261 &
      262, "Efficient Method of Providing Memory Buffer Physical Addresses".
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 38, No. 05, May 1995, pp. 199 &
      200, "Control of Dynamic Threads Pool for Concurrent Remote Procedure
      Calls".
PAL  1996 International Conference on Parallel Processing, 1996, pp. 174-181,
      "Task Spreading and Shrinking on a Network of Workstations with Various
      Edge Classes".
LREP
FR2  Pennington; Joan
ABST
PAL  A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided for
      dynamically managing a thread pool of reusable threads in a computer
      system. A thread manager is provided for managing the plurality of
      reusable threads. The thread manager maintains a count value of a number
      of the reusable threads in the thread pool and a thread use ratio value.
      The thread use ratio value is compared with a predefined threshold value.
      Responsive to the thread use ratio value greater than the predefined
      threshold value, the number of the reusable threads in the thread pool are
      reduced. The thread reduction process includes a two-phased fixed point
      iterative dynamic mechanism that is preemptable. In a first phase,
      reusable threads are identified and marked for removal from the thread
      pool; and in a second phase marked reusable threads are removed.
PATN
WKU  059917938
SRC  8
APN  7692161
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961218
TTL  Resource allocation method in computer system
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Banankhah; Majid A.
NDR  8
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Mukaida; Yasuhiro
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamagishi; Tadashi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951221
APN  7-333032
CLAS
OCL  709104
XCL  709105
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  900
FSC  395
FSS  674
FSC  709
FSS  100;102;104;103
UREF
PNO  4847754
ISD  19890700
NAM  Obermarck
UREF
PNO  5003464
ISD  19910300
NAM  Ely
UREF
PNO  5016166
ISD  19910500
NAM  Van Loo
LREP
FRM  Antonelli, Terry, Stout & Kraus, LLP
ABST
PAL  The "sunk" or "hungered" state of a process group generated at the time of
      resource allocation in a computer system is prevented. A corresponding
      relationship between processes and process groups is stored in a group
      managing section. Requests from processes and process groups for the
      allocation of a resource are stored in an exclusive control managing
      section together with the receiving sequence of resource allocation
      requests, the type of each resource allocation request and the condition
      of allocation of the resource. On the basis of information stored in the
      group managing section and the exclusive control managing section, the
      allocation of the resource in units of one process group and in units of
      one process with regard to processes belonging to the same process group
      is made by a process execution managing section successively in accordance
      with the receiving sequence.
PATN
WKU  059917946
SRC  8
APN  893164&
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970715
TTL  Component integration system for an application program
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Banankhah; Majid A.
NDR  11
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Hodges; C. Douglas
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Koppolu; Srinivasa R.
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Halcoussis; Michael
CTY  Woodinville
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Glasse; Clarence A.
CTY  Tacoma
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Microsoft Corporation
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709107
XCL  709104
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  900
FSC  709
FSS  100;300;302;102;104;107
UREF
PNO  5252951
ISD  19931000
NAM  Tannenbaum et al.
OCL  345156
UREF
PNO  5721850
ISD  19980200
NAM  Farry et al.
OCL  345346
LREP
FRM  Jones & Askew, LLP
ABST
PAL  A component integration system including a component manager that controls
      the main message loop of the application program and allows a multiplicity
      of components running within a single process to share in main message
      loop services. If the application program supports multiple threads
      running within a single process, then the component manager allows a
      multiplicity of components running within a single thread to share in main
      message loop services. Specifically, the component manager routes messages
      from the main message queue to the various components and allows the
      components to share in the following services: (1) allocation of idle
      time, (2) pretranslation of accelerator and other messages, (3)
      notification of program state changes, and (4) pushing the main message
      loop. The component manager and the cooperating components define standard
      interfaces for introducing new components into the application program.
      Thus, these new components may share in the message loop services without
      having to duplicate the message loop processing code, and without
      developing parallel execution stacks.
PATN
WKU  059917954
SRC  8
APN  8441588
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19970418
TTL  Communication system and methods using dynamic expansion for computer
      networks
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Vu; Viet D.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Howard; Michael L.
CTY  Sandy
STA  UT
INVT
NAM  Sontag; Christopher S.
CTY  Sandy
STA  UT
ASSG
NAM  emWare, Inc.
CTY  Salt Lake City
STA  UT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709201
XCL  709202
XCL  709217
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  709
FSS  200;201;202;203;212;213;217;218;219;225;226;230;300
FSC  707
FSS  10;100;104
UREF
PNO  5287507
ISD  19940200
NAM  Hamilton et al.
OCL  709303
UREF
PNO  5442771
ISD  19950800
NAM  Filepp et al.
OCL  709219
UREF
PNO  5452447
ISD  19950900
NAM  Nelson et al.
OCL  707205
UREF
PNO  5511208
ISD  19960400
NAM  Boyles et al.
OCL  709223
UREF
PNO  5568181
ISD  19961000
NAM  Greenwood et al.
OCL  348  7
UREF
PNO  5706507
ISD  19980100
NAM  Schloss
OCL  707104
UREF
PNO  5881229
ISD  19990300
NAM  Singh et al.
OCL  709203
OREF
PAL  L. Bormann et al., "A Subsystem for Swapping and Mapped File I/O on Top of
      Chorus," 13th IEEE Int. Conference on Distributed Computer Systems, 1993,
      pp. 12-19.
PAL  A. Tomasic et al., "Caching and Database Scaling in Distributed
      Shared-Nothing Information Retrieval Systems," Stanford University
      Department of Computer Science, Report No. STAN-CS-92-1456, 1992.
PAL  S. Miller et al., "A Distributed User Information System," Institute for
      Advanced Computer Studies and Department of Computer Science, University
      of Maryland, Report No. UMIACS-TR-90-35, 1990.
PAL  E. Bertino et al., "Multos: a Document Server for Distributed Office
      Systems," Lecture Notes in Computer Science 303, Proceedings of the Int.
      Conference on Extending Database Technology, 1988, pp. 606-615.
PAL  K. Kono et al., "Smart Remote Procedure Calls: Transparent Treatment of
      Remote Pointers," 14th IEEE Int. Conference on Distributed Computer
      Systems, 1994, pp. 142-151.
PAL  "Oracle's Vision of Networked Future," by Martyn Williams, in "Trends,"
      Newsbytes News Network, Oct. 5, 1995.
PAL  J. Ordille et al., "Distributed Active Catalogs and Meta-Data Caching in
      Descriptive Name Services," IEEE Int. Conference on Distributed Computer
      Systems, 1993, pp. 120-129.
PAL  C. Clifton et al., "Distributed Processing of Filtering Queries in
      HyperFile," 11th IEEE Int. Conference on Distributed Computer Systems,
      1991, pp. 54-64.
PAL  P. Malkin, "The KCM Distributed Database Management System," IBM Research
      Report RC 18608 (81416), Dec. 22, 1992.
LREP
FRM  Parsons Behle & Latimer
ABST
PAL  A method for exchange of information between a requesting communication
      unit and a responding communication unit through an intervening
      communication unit. The method comprises the steps of transmitting a
      request for a predetermined information element to the responding
      communication unit using a first format, intercepting the request for the
      predetermined information element, searching resources local to the
      intervening communication unit for the requested predetermined information
      element, and transmitting the requested predetermined information element
      to the requesting communication unit. If the requested predetermined
      information element is not located in local resources, the method includes
      the steps of translating the request for the predetermined information
      element into a second format and transmitting the translated request to
      the responding communication unit, receiving the translated request,
      transmitting a representation of the requested predetermined information
      element to the requesting communication unit, intercepting the transmitted
      representation of the requested predetermined information element,
      expanding the representation to provide the requested predetermined
      information element, and transmitting the requested predetermined
      information element to the requesting communication unit. Apparatus for
      exchange of information is also described.
PATN
WKU  059917962
SRC  9
APN  1337165
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19980813
TTL  Technique for obtaining and exchanging information on world wide web
ISD  19991123
NCL  95
ECL  1
EXP  Ramirez; Ellis B.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Anupam; Vinod
CTY  Scotch Plains
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Gehani; Narain H.
CTY  Summit
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Rodemann; Kenneth R.
CTY  Bridgewater
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  683072
APD  19960716
PSC  01
PNO  5862330
CLAS
OCL  709206
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1700
FSC  395
FSS  200.32;200.34;200.47;330;331;332;712;651
FSC  707
FSS  501;514
FSC  709
FSS  205;206;217
UREF
PNO  5206934
ISD  19930400
NAM  Naef, III
UREF
PNO  5537548
ISD  19960700
NAM  Fin et al.
UREF
PNO  5572643
ISD  19961100
NAM  Judson
UREF
PNO  5592478
ISD  19970100
NAM  Weiss
UREF
PNO  5649105
ISD  19970700
NAM  Aldred et al.
UREF
PNO  5652866
ISD  19970700
NAM  Aldred et al.
UREF
PNO  5862330
ISD  19990100
NAM  Anupam
OCL  395200.34
OREF
PAL  "Shared Mosaic," http://www.eit.com/goodies/software/share.sub.--
      mosaic/sh-mosaic.html, Ver.2.pre2, p. 1.
PAL  "Usage for Shared Mosaic," http://www.eit.com/goodies/software/share.sub.--
      mosaic/shared-mosaic-usage.html, p.1.
PAL  "Shared Mosaic Features," http://www.eit.com/goodies/software/share.sub.--
      mosaic/shared-mosaic-features.html, Ver.2.pre2, p. 1.
PAL  "Shared Mosaic Todo List," http://www.eit.com/goodies/software/share.sub.--
      mosaic/shared-mosaic-todo.html, Ver.2.pre2, p. 1.
PAL  "Look@Me A Timbuktu Applet with Netscape Plug-in,"
      http://collaborate.farallon.com/www/look/ldownload.html, pp. 1 & 2.
PAL  "EMSL Collaborative Research Environment (CORE),"
      http://www.emsl.pnl.gov:2080/docs/tour/index.html, pp. 1 & 2.
ABST
PAL  Computer users may utilize different web browsers to access a server system
      on the World Wide Web (WWW) to create or join a collaborative browsing
      session. The users or collaborators in a session are connected by one or
      more controllers in the server system. When a collaborator creates or
      joins a session, mobile code is transmitted from the system to the
      collaborator's computer to create a surrogate thereon, which monitors the
      collaborator's interaction with a web browser on the computer. The
      controllers communicate with all the surrogates of the collaborators to
      coordinate the collaborative browsing effort. When one of the surrogates
      detects a change by a collaborator of a uniform resource locator (URL),
      the new URL is communicated through the controllers to the surrogates of
      all other collaborators in the session. As such, the collaborators are
      able to move from one URL to another to browse information in a
      synchronous manner. In addition, the collaborators can interactively
      communicate with one another in real time through the respective
      surrogates during the session.
PATN
WKU  059917970
SRC  8
APN  9971025
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19971223
TTL  Method for directing I/O transactions between an I/O device and a memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Shin; Christopher B.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Futral; William T.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Regnier; Greg J.
CTY  Portland
STA  OR
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709216
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  709
FSS  100;208-216;224-232;237-238
FSC  710
FSS  5-7;22-28;36-51;200;240-244
UREF
PNO  5088031
ISD  19920200
NAM  Takasaki et al.
OCL  709100
UREF
PNO  5473761
ISD  19951200
NAM  Parks et al.
OCL  711  4
UREF
PNO  5568402
ISD  19961000
NAM  Gray et al.
OCL  709224
UREF
PNO  5644712
ISD  19970700
NAM  Coscarella
OCL  710  9
UREF
PNO  5655146
ISD  19970800
NAM  Baum et al.
OCL  710  5
UREF
PNO  5713044
ISD  19980100
NAM  Gillepie et al.
OCL  710 22
LREP
FR2  Skabrat; Steven P.
ABST
PAL  A first host system directs an I/O device to transfer data directly between
      a requesting application program's buffers on a second host system and an
      I/O unit coupled to the I/O device without the need to pass through the
      first host system. Since the first host system retains control of the I/O
      request, it maintains security and protection features at the same time as
      realizing increases in performance gained from not having to participate
      in the actual data transfer. This direct movement capability supports
      peer-to-peer operation where a number of different I/O units, each with
      its own physical memory addressing domain, require access to the same I/O
      device. The direct movement capability is also useful in clustered
      systems. Clustered host systems are allowed direct access to an I/O device
      for data transfer without intervention by the host system owning the I/O
      device.
PATN
WKU  059917989
SRC  8
APN  8576149
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970516
TTL  Package medium system having URL hyper-linked to data in removable
      storage
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Dinh; Dung C.
NDR  26
NFG  36
INVT
NAM  Ozaki; Tomochika
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kuwabara; Tadashi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Oda; Toshiyuki
CTY  Setagaya-ku
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Nishiyama; Mika
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Takeuchi; Takashi
CTY  Fujisawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miyauchi; Jun
CTY  Arakawa-ku
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
ASSG
NAM  Hitachi Information Network, Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960517
APN  8-123182
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960628
APN  8-168070
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960821
APN  8-219994
CLAS
OCL  709217
XCL  709206
XCL  705 27
XCL  707501
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  705
FSS  1;14;26;27
FSC  707
FSS  501;10
FSC  709
FSS  217;218;219;206
UREF
PNO  5202828
ISD  19930400
NAM  Vertelney et al.
OCL  707530
UREF
PNO  5418908
ISD  19950500
NAM  Keller et al.
OCL  709218
UREF
PNO  5696905
ISD  19971200
NAM  Reimer et al.
OCL  705 27
UREF
PNO  5721832
ISD  19980200
NAM  Westrope et al.
OCL  705 27
UREF
PNO  5771355
ISD  19980600
NAM  Kuzma
OCL  709226
UREF
PNO  5781901
ISD  19980700
NAM  Kuzma
OCL  707 10
UREF
PNO  5781909
ISD  19980700
NAM  Logan et al.
OCL  707200
UREF
PNO  5790793
ISD  19980800
NAM  Higley
OCL  709206
UREF
PNO  5799157
ISD  19980800
NAM  Escallon
OCL  705 27
UREF
PNO  5809512
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kato
OCL  707502
UREF
PNO  5815663
ISD  19980900
NAM  Uomini
OCL  709206
UREF
PNO  5826062
ISD  19981000
NAM  Fake, Jr. et al.
OCL  709206
UREF
PNO  5870717
ISD  19990200
NAM  Wiecha
OCL  705 26
UREF
PNO  5877765
ISD  19990300
NAM  Dickman et al.
OCL  345349
OREF
PAL  Michael T. McKeown. "URL Monikers and Active X Hyperlinks". [web page] May
      1996;
      HTTP://channels.microsoft.com/workshop/networking/moniker/moniker.asp [Acc
     essed Oct. 1, 1998].
PAL  "Catalink Direct uses WWW to market proprietary software", Electronic
      Marketplace Report, Jul. 4, 1995, v9 n13 p.6.
PAL  "E-Com: BSC licenses Digital Delivery software for electronic catalog of
      computer & office equipment supplies", EDGE: Work-Group Computing Report,
      Jun. 12, 1995, v6 n264 p.7.
PAL  "Other electronic document delivery tools", The Seybold Report on
      Publishing Systems, May 1, 1995, v24 n17 pp.20(8).
PAL  Goodman, Danny "The complete HyperCard Handbook", 4th ed., Random House
      Electronic Publishing, 1993, pp.215-224.
LREP
FR2  Beard, Jr.; R. William
     Frohwitter
ABST
PAL  Information obtained through a network and information distributed from a
      package medium are mixedly displayed. A package medium 3 has a URL
      (Universal Resource Locator) and information for converting a directory
      structure in the package medium. A terminal has information for managing
      correspondence between data of a received electronic mail 6 and a URL of
      the data. The URL is used for designating data. When the designated URL
      exists in the terminal, data is read from the terminal. When the
      designated URL exists in the package medium, data is read from the package
      medium. The read data is mixedly displayed on one screen.
PATN
WKU  059917997
SRC  8
APN  7702388
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19961220
TTL  Information retrieval system using an internet multiplexer to focus user
      selection
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Rinehart; Mark H.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Yen; Wei
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Weinstein; Steven
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Liberate Technologies
CTY  Redwood Shores
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709218
XCL  345327
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1338
ICL  G06F 1517
FSC  395
FSS  220.47;200.48;200.49;200.54;302
FSC  707
FSS  5
FSC  348
FSS  1;7
FSC  709
FSS  217;218;219;224
FSC  345
FSS  327
UREF
PNO  4868557
ISD  19890900
NAM  Perlman
OCL  340799
UREF
PNO  5005011
ISD  19910400
NAM  Perlman et al.
OCL  340728
UREF
PNO  5043714
ISD  19910800
NAM  Perlman
OCL  340750
UREF
PNO  5065143
ISD  19911100
NAM  Greaves et al.
OCL  340701
UREF
PNO  5065231
ISD  19911100
NAM  Greaves et al.
OCL  358 22
UREF
PNO  5097257
ISD  19920300
NAM  Clough et al.
OCL  340814
UREF
PNO  5119074
ISD  19920600
NAM  Greaves et al.
OCL  340701
UREF
PNO  5541638
ISD  19960700
NAM  Story
OCL  348  7
UREF
PNO  5558339
ISD  19960900
NAM  Perlman
OCL  463 42
UREF
PNO  5586257
ISD  19961200
NAM  Perlman
OCL  463 42
UREF
PNO  5600364
ISD  19970200
NAM  Hendricks et al.
OCL  348  1
UREF
PNO  5624316
ISD  19970400
NAM  Roskowski et al.
OCL  463 45
UREF
PNO  5634051
ISD  19970500
NAM  Thomson
OCL  707  5
UREF
PNO  5636209
ISD  19970600
NAM  Perlman
OCL  370281
UREF
PNO  5708845
ISD  19980100
NAM  Wistendahl et al.
OCL  345302
UREF
PNO  5727129
ISD  19980300
NAM  Barrett et al.
OCL  395200.47
UREF
PNO  5754938
ISD  19980500
NAM  Herz et al.
OCL  395200.49
UREF
PNO  5754939
ISD  19980500
NAM  Herz et al.
OCL  395200.49
LREP
FRM  Swernofsky Law Group
ABST
PAL  The invention provides a method and system for receiving incoming
      information from multiple information sources, both interactive and
      passive, and for engagingly presenting that information to a recipient on
      a presentation interface. The system includes a "background" element,
      which interacts with interactive information sources and receives from
      passive information sources, and determines whether information from those
      sources is likely to be interesting to the recipient, possibly using one
      information source to determine priority for another. The system also
      includes a "foreground" element, which presents information to the
      recipient when active, but not when inactive. The background is operative
      even when the foreground element is inactive, and when the background
      detects new information of interest to the recipient (for example,
      exceeding a selected threshold of interest or satisfying a selected
      criterion for interest), it causes the foreground to become active and
      engage the recipient to select and view that new information. The
      threshold or criterion may be adaptively responsive to recipient
      preferences, whether explicitly expressed or implied, but may also be
      relatively fixed, such as a scheduled time of day.
PATN
WKU  059918004
SRC  8
APN  8618410
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970522
TTL  Method and apparatus for providing internet service at a subscriber
      premise
ISD  19991123
NCL  21
ECL  1
EXP  Miller; John W.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Burke; Timothy M.
CTY  Algonquin
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Newlin; Douglas James
CTY  Geneva
STA  IL
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709218
XCL  709219
XCL  348 12
XCL  455  51
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  714
ICL  H04N  102
FSC  395
FSS  200.47-200.49
FSC  348
FSS  6;7;12;13;10
FSC  455
FSS  3.1;4.1;4.2;5.1;6.1;6.3;6.2
FSC  709
FSS  217-219
UREF
PNO  5828403
ISD  19981000
NAM  DeRodeff et al.
OCL  348  7
LREP
FR2  Hughes; Terri S.
FR2  Bose; Romi
ABST
PAL  A multimedia interface station (102) establishes a multimedia sensory data
      link between the Internet (108) and a subscriber premise (112) eliminating
      an Internet protocol. Visual and audio data received from the Internet
      (108) is converted to a multimedia sensory signal at the multimedia
      interface station (102) and transmitted to a sensory transmission device
      (150) such as a television (142) in the subscriber premise (112) without
      using the Internet protocol.
PATN
WKU  059918012
SRC  8
APN  6947042
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960809
TTL  Global digital video news distribution system
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Miller; John W.
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Rebec; Mohammed S.
CTY  Bristol
STA  IN
INVT
NAM  Rebec; Mihailo V.
CTY  Bristol
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Trans Video Electronics, Ltd.
CTY  Bristol
STA  IN
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  085329
APD  19930702
PSC  01
PNO  5594936
RLAP
COD  82
APN  047089
APD  19930416
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  709219
XCL  348  7
XCL  348 12
XCL  348 13
XCL  455  42
XCL  455  51
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  714
ICL  H04H  102
FSC  348
FSS  6;7;8;12;13
FSC  455
FSS  3.1;3.2;3.3;4.1;4.2;5.1;5.2;6.1;6.2;6.3
FSC  375
FSS  211;212;219;220;222;257
FSC  370
FSS  60-62;69.1;72;73;125;85.1;85.7;85.9;85.13;85.14
FSC  379
FSS  93;94
UREF
PNO  4672655
ISD  19870600
NAM  Koch
UREF
PNO  4672656
ISD  19870600
NAM  Pfeiffer et al.
UREF
PNO  4866787
ISD  19890900
NAM  Olesen
UREF
PNO  4979170
ISD  19901200
NAM  Gilhousen et al.
UREF
PNO  5014125
ISD  19910500
NAM  Pocock et al.
OCL  348 13
UREF
PNO  5019910
ISD  19910500
NAM  Filmer
UREF
PNO  5023934
ISD  19910600
NAM  Wheeless
UREF
PNO  5029232
ISD  19910700
NAM  Nall
UREF
PNO  5157491
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kassatly
UREF
PNO  5198899
ISD  19930300
NAM  Cang
OCL  348  7
UREF
PNO  5239540
ISD  19930800
NAM  Rovira et al.
UREF
PNO  5247575
ISD  19930900
NAM  Sprague et al.
OCL  348 12
UREF
PNO  5249303
ISD  19930900
NAM  Goeken
UREF
PNO  5262875
ISD  19931100
NAM  Mincer et al.
LREP
FRM  Fleshner & Kim
ABST
PAL  An information distribution system for a digital network, includes a master
      communications unit for establishing communications with the network in
      order to receive a synchronous digital signal, a distribution amplifier
      unit for receiving and dividing the synchronous digital signal into a
      plurality of synchronous signals and a plurality of communications units
      for establishing communications with a plurality of receiving stations.
      The system also includes a master controller for controlling the plurality
      of communications units from a central location. The invention
      alternatively relates to an information disseminating system for a digital
      network and includes a plurality of video clip storing units, each storing
      data related to a particular subject matter, a plurality of distribution
      amplifiers associated with the video clip storing units and a plurality of
      communications units which establish communications between the plurality
      of distribution amplifiers and the digital network. A menu storing unit
      accessible from the digital network, stores information indicating the
      subject matter associated with each of the plurality of video clip storing
      units as well as information as to how to access each of the video clip
      units.
PATN
WKU  059918020
SRC  8
APN  7563809
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19961127
TTL  Method and system for invoking methods of objects over the internet
ISD  19991123
NCL  48
ECL  1
EXP  Meky; Moustafa M.
NDR  12
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Allard; James E.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Fernandes; Vincent
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Geiger; Kyle W.
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Pollack; Seth B.
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Royal; Chad W.
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Stutz; David S.
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Microsoft Corporation
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709219
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  200.3;683;200.33;705;615;200.53;672
FSC  370
FSS  254
FSC  707
FSS  104;513
FSC  709
FSS  200;203;217;218;219;220;221;223
UREF
PNO  5608907
ISD  19970300
NAM  Fehskens et al.
OCL  395672
UREF
PNO  5706507
ISD  19980100
NAM  Schloss
OCL  707104
UREF
PNO  5726979
ISD  19980300
NAM  Henderson et al.
OCL  370254
UREF
PNO  5745681
ISD  19980400
NAM  Levine et al.
OCL  395200.3
UREF
PNO  5745754
ISD  19980400
NAM  Lagarde et al.
OCL  395615
UREF
PNO  5745764
ISD  19980400
NAM  Leach et al.
OCL  395683
UREF
PNO  5751956
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kirsch
OCL  395200.33
UREF
PNO  5761421
ISD  19980600
NAM  Van Hoff et al.
OCL  395200.53
UREF
PNO  5761683
ISD  19980600
NAM  Logan et al.
OCL  707513
UREF
PNO  5907847
ISD  19990500
NAM  Goldberg
OCL  707103
OREF
PAL  Alexander Newman, Special Edition Using Java, Que, Chapter 22, Jul. 4,
      1996.
PAL  Process, Dynamic Web Interfaces to Purveyor, Process Software Corporation,
      pp. 1-11, Jan. 1, 1996.
PAL  Mosaic for X version 2.0 Fill-Out Form Support, URL=http://www.ncsa.uiuc.e.
      . . ut-forms/overview.html, download date: Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  CGI: Common Gateway Interface, URL=http://www.w3.org/pub/www/cgi, download
      date: Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  The Common Gateway Interface,
      URL=http://hoohoo.ncsa.uiuc.edu/cgi/overview.html, download date: Apr. 5,
      1996.
PAL  Common Gateway Interface, URL=http://hoohoo.ncsa.uicu.edu/cgi/intro.html,
      download date: Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  The Common Gateway Interface, URL=http://hoohoo.ncsa.uiuc.edu/cgi/primer
      html, download date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  CGI Environment Variables, URL=http://hoohoo.ncsa.uiuc.edu/cgi/env.html,
      download date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  The CGI Specification, URL=http://hoohoo./cgi/interface.html, download date
      Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  The WWW Common Gateway Interface Version 1.1,
      URL=http://www.ast.cam.ac.uk/.about.drtr/cgi-spec.html, download date Apr.
      5, 1996.
PAL  CGI test cases, URL=http://hoohoo.ncsa.uiuc.edu/cgi/examples.html, download
      date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  CGI Command line options, URL=http://hoohoo.ncsa.uiuc.edu/cgi/cl.html,
      download date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  CGI Script Input, URL=http://hoohoo.ncsa.uiuc.edu/cgi/in.html, download
      date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  CGI Script Output, URL=http://hoohoo.ncsa.uiuc.edu/cgi/out.html, download
      date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  Decoding Forms with CGI, URL=http://hoohoo.ncsa.uiuc.edu/cgi/forms.html,
      download date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  Writing secure CGI scripts,
      URL=http://hoohoo.ncsa.uiuc.edu/cgi/security.html, download date Apr. 5,
      1996.
PAL  W3C httpd CGI/1.1 Script Support, URL=http://www/w3.org/pub/ . . .
      User/CGI/Overview.html, download date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  CGI Configuration, URL=http://hoohoo.ncsa.uiu . . .ocs/tutorials/cgi.html,
      download date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  Hypertext Transfer Protocol, URL=http://www.w3.org/pub.WWW/Protocols/,
      download date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  Relevant protocols, URL=http://www.w3/org/pub/ . . .Relevant
      Protocols.html, download date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  Hypertext Transfer Protocol--HTTP/1.0, URL=http://www.w3.org/pub . .
      .ols/HTTP/1.0/spec.html, download date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  Hypertext Transfer Protocol--HTTP/1.1, URL=http://www.w3.org/pub/. .
      .ols/HTTP.1.1/spec.html, download date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  Hypertext Transfer Protocol--Next Generation, URL=http://www.w3.org/pub/. .
      .HTTP-NG/Overview.html, download date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  HTTP-NG Problem Statement, URL=http://www.w3.org/pub/. . .NG/951005.sub.--
      Problem.html, download date Apr. 5, 1996.
PAL  Writing Internet Server Applications, Internet Server API (ISAPI)
      Documentation, download date Sep. 25, 1996.
PAL  Server Side Includes (SSI),
      URL=http://hoohoo.ncsa.uiuc.edu/docs/tutorials/includes.html, download
      date Oct. 8, 1996.
PAL  Object Wrapping (for) WWW)--The Key to Integrated Services,
      URL=http://www.ansa.co.uk/SNSA/ISF/1464/1464prt1.html, download date Apr.
      8, 1996.
PAL  Comparing CORBA & WWW, URL=http://www.ansa.co.uk/. .
      .ISF/1464/1464prt2.html, download date Apr. 8, 1996.
PAL  Integrating third party information services, URL=http://www.ansa.co.uk/. .
      .ISF/1464/1464prt3.html, download date Apr. 8, 1996.
PAL  A stub compiler for CGI, URL=http://www.ansa.co.uk/. .
      .ISF/1464/1464prt4.html, download date Apr. 8, 1996.
PAL  A Stub Compiler for HTTP, URL=http://www.ansa.co.uk/. .
      .ISF/1464/1464prt5.html, download date Apr. 1996.
PAL  An application scenario, URL=http://www.ansa.co.uk/. .
      .ISF/1464/1464prt6.html, download date Apr. 8, 1996.
PAL  Conclusions, URL=http://www.ansa.co.uk/. . .ISF/1464/1464prt7.html,
      download date Apr. 8, 1996.
PAL  Acknowledgements, URL=http://www.ansa.co.uk/. . .ISF/1464/1464prt 8.html,
      download date Apr. 8, 1996.
PAL  References, URL=http://www.ansa.co.uk/. . .ISF/1464/1464prt9.html, download
      date Apr. 8, 1996.
PAL  Proxies, URL=http://www.w3.org/pub/user/Proxies/Proxies.html, download date
      Apr. 8, 1996.
PAL  Configuring Proxy To Connect To Another Proxy, URL=http://www.w3.org/pub/.
      . .oxies/Many Proxies.html, download date Apr. 8, 1996.
PAL  Proxy Caching, URL=http://www.w3.org/pub/. . .er/Config/Caching.html,
      download date Apr. 8, 1996.
PAL  Setting Up Clients To Use a Proxy, URL=http://www.w3.org/pub/. .
      .xies/ProxyClients.html, download date Apr. 8, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Seed and Berry LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and system for invoking by a client computer system of a function
      of an object of an object class provided by a server computer system. The
      client sends a request to a server that comprises a Universal Resource
      Locator ("URL") that identifies a script, an object class, and a function
      of the object class to invoke. In response to receiving the request, the
      server starts the script and transfers control to the script. The script
      instantiates an object of the object class identified in the URL of the
      received request and invokes the function identified in the URL of the
      received request. The invoked function performs the behavior of the
      function, creates a response to be sent to the client, and sends the
      response to the client. The response contains state information describing
      a state of the object after the behavior of the function is performed.
      When the client subsequently sends a request to invoke a function of the
      object class, the state information is included in the request so that the
      function can perform its behavior based on the state information.
PATN
WKU  059918039
SRC  8
APN  9615105
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19971030
TTL  Decoupling service creation environment from service logic execution
      environment
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Vu; Viet D.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Glitho; Roch
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
INVT
NAM  Funnell; Patricia
CTY  Pointe Claire
CNT  CAX
ASSG
NAM  Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ)
CTY  Stockholm
CNT  SEX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  709220
XCL  709225
XCL  709228
XCL  709300
XCL  395707
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  709
FSS  201;202;220;222;223;224;225;226;228;300;303;304;305
FSC  395
FSS  701;705;707
FSC  379
FSS  201;207
UREF
PNO  5455853
ISD  19951000
NAM  Cebulka et al.
OCL  379201
UREF
PNO  5488569
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kaplan et al.
OCL  709228
UREF
PNO  5517562
ISD  19960500
NAM  McConnell
OCL  379207
FREF
PNO  0 663 750
ISD  19941200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  WO 94/05112
ISD  19940300
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  PCT International Search Report, Nov. 24, 1998, PCT/SE 98/00428.
PAL  Sakai, et al., "A Service Logic Program Generation Method for Advanced
      Intelligent Network", IEEE International Conference on Communications,
      Jun. 23, 1996, pp. 47-51.
PAL  Ohara, "Evaluation of the Service Execution Environment & The Service
      Development Environment for AIN", IEEE Global Telecommunications
      Conference, Dec. 6, 1992, pp. 549-553.
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist PC
ABST
PAL  A service creation environment (SCE) generates generic service creation
      information defining a certain service. The generic service creation
      information is then processed by a service execution agent for mapping
      onto service creation information that is specific to the service logic
      execution environment (SLEE) of a service control point (SCP) upon which
      the service is to be executed and provided. This SLEE specific service
      creation information is then down-loaded to the service logic execution
      environment, and converted in a conventional manner to service execution
      related information. The generic service creation information comprises
      only a certain limited number of primitives (instructions or commands)
      operating on a certain limited number of service independent building
      blocks (SIBs). The mapping operation is made from these limited primitives
      and service independent building blocks to SLEE specific primitives and
      service independent building blocks, or SLEE specific general programming
      language commands, or SLEE specific specification description language
      (SDL) commands.
PATN
WKU  059918047
SRC  8
APN  8794057
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970620
TTL  Continuous media file server for cold restriping following capacity
      change by repositioning data blocks in the multiple data servers
ISD  19991123
NCL  67
ECL  21
EXA  Cardone; Jason D.
EXP  Luu; Le H.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Bolosky; William J.
CTY  Issaquah
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Need; Dwayne R.
CTY  Kirkland
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Debgupta; Siddhartha
CTY  Seattle
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Microsoft Corporation
CTY  Redmond
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709221
XCL  709208
XCL  709209
XCL  709213
XCL  709220
XCL  709223
XCL  709231
XCL  709245
XCL  707 10
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  200.43;200.5;200.53;200.61;200.75;200.38
FSC  707
FSS  10
FSC  709
FSS  208;209;213;220;221;223;231;245
UREF
PNO  5502836
ISD  19960300
NAM  Hale et al.
OCL  711170
UREF
PNO  5559764
ISD  19960900
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  369 30
UREF
PNO  5719983
ISD  19980200
NAM  Henderson et al.
OCL  386 70
UREF
PNO  5724539
ISD  19980300
NAM  Riggle et al.
OCL  711100
LREP
FRM  Lee & Hayes, PLLC
ABST
PAL  A continuous media file server has a controller connected to multiple data
      servers. Each data server supports at least one storage disk. Data files
      are distributed across the data servers so that data blocks of the data
      files are stored on each of the storage disks according to a present
      striping layout. The file server employs declustered mirroring techniques
      in which data is redundantly copied and stored on other disks and servers
      to guard against component failure. In the event that the storage capacity
      of the media file server is changed (i.e., by adding or removing one or
      more storage disks), the continuous media file server is restriped in a
      three-phase process. During the first phase, the controller determines a
      new striping layout of the data files across the storage disks which
      accounts for the capacity change. The controller then creates an ordered
      work list describing the data block moves that a corresponding data server
      needs to make to convert from the present striping layout to the new
      striping layout. The controller distributes the list to the data servers.
      The order of the latter two phases depends on whether disks are being
      added or removed. In one of the two final phases, the data servers
      reorganize the redundancy data for the new disk configuration. In the
      other of the two final phases, the data servers execute their respective
      work lists and communicate with one another to move the data blocks to the
      appropriate disks in conformance with the new striping layout.
PATN
WKU  059918055
SRC  8
APN  6829899
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19960716
TTL  Portable universal video/audio computer tester
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXP  Ramirez; Ellis B.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Krukovsky; Yuri
STR  43 St. Mark'sPl. #6D
CTY  New York City
STA  NY
ZIP  10003
CLAS
OCL  709223
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1700
FSC  395
FSS  200.11;183.22;183.2
FSC  348
FSS  189;185
FSC  371
FSS  20.1;22.6;21.1
UREF
PNO  4348761
ISD  19820900
NAM  Berger
OCL  371 21.1
UREF
PNO  4794599
ISD  19881200
NAM  Purcell et al.
OCL  371 21.1
UREF
PNO  4837488
ISD  19890600
NAM  Donahue
OCL  379 21
UREF
PNO  4837764
ISD  19890600
NAM  Russello
OCL  395183.22
UREF
PNO  4843620
ISD  19890600
NAM  Hagedorn
OCL  324 66
UREF
PNO  5357519
ISD  19941000
NAM  Martin et al.
OCL  364551.01
UREF
PNO  5440339
ISD  19950800
NAM  Harrison et al.
OCL  348189
UREF
PNO  5583874
ISD  19961200
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  371 20.1
OREF
PAL  "Diagnosing PC Faults Using a Power on Self Test Card"; Electronics on the
      Web Issue#1. Jun. 9, 1996.
PAL  "Model 801GC-ISA Video Test Generator Plug-in Card"
      http://www.quantumndata.com/htlmdocs/gcisa.sub.- ds.html, Jul. 30, 1996.
PAL  "Dacqpod 12A Series" http://www.siliconsoft.com/dachard2.htm, 1995.
LREP
FR2  Usher; Robert W.J.
ABST
PAL  A portable, universal video and audio computer tester has a video section
      including a pluggable video connector for connecting to an external source
      of a video signal; a video detector for detecting an input RGB video
      signal; a video indicator for signaling presence of an input RGB video
      signal; a synch detector for detecting an input video synchronization
      signal; and, synch indicating means for signaling presence of a and input
      horizontal and a vertical synchronization signal. An audio section has
      pluggable audio connectors; an internal audio generator for creating an
      output audio signal; an audio indicator for signaling presence of an input
      audio signal from the external source or from the internal audio
      generator; a switch for changing an operational mode from an input audio
      signal to an output audio signal. Connection to either an external or
      internal power supply is provided. Operations of video computer interfaces
      and audio computer interfaces can be verified by connection to the video
      connector and to the audio connector, respectively.
PATN
WKU  059918063
SRC  8
APN  8714673
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970609
TTL  Dynamic system control via messaging in a network management system
ISD  19991123
NCL  38
ECL  1
EXP  Geckil; Mehmet B.
NDR  13
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  McHann, Jr.; Stanley E.
CTY  Gilroy
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Dell USA, L.P.
CTY  Round Rock
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709224
XCL  709238
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1516
ICL  G06F 15177
FSC  395
FSS  200.53;200.54;750;674;672
FSC  709
FSS  223;224;238;250;104;100
UREF
PNO  4754273
ISD  19880600
NAM  Okada
OCL  340825.2
UREF
PNO  4812839
ISD  19890300
NAM  Okada
OCL  340825.14
UREF
PNO  4896277
ISD  19900100
NAM  Vercellotti et al.
OCL  364551.01
UREF
PNO  5051720
ISD  19910900
NAM  Kittirutsunetorn
OCL  340310
UREF
PNO  5404544
ISD  19950400
NAM  Crayford
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5471617
ISD  19951100
NAM  Farrand et al.
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5537099
ISD  19960700
NAM  Liang
OCL  340825.07
UREF
PNO  5560022
ISD  19960900
NAM  Dunstan et al.
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5652893
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ben-Meir et al.
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5742833
ISD  19980400
NAM  Dea
OCL  395750.05
UREF
PNO  5774669
ISD  19980600
NAM  George et al.
OCL  395200.54
UREF
PNO  5787252
ISD  19980700
NAM  Schettler et al.
OCL  395200.54
UREF
PNO  5790793
ISD  19980800
NAM  Higley
OCL  395200.48
UREF
PNO  5802146
ISD  19980900
NAM  Dulman
OCL  379 34
UREF
PNO  5867495
ISD  19990200
NAM  Elliott et al.
OCL  370352
OREF
PAL  Intel/Microsoft/Toshiba--"Advanced Configuration and Power Interface
      Specification", Revision 1.0, Dec. 22, 1996, Chapter 3, pp. 17-33.
PAL  Telecommunication System Engineering--Third Edition: Wiley Series in
      Telecommunications and Signal Processing, by Roger L. Freeman, published
      by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Chapter 18, "Network Management Systems", pp.
      961-969.
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel LLP
FR2  Koestner; Ken J.
ABST
PAL  A transactional event management structure is implemented in a network
      computer system. A dynamic system controller resolves proprietary and
      standard event and message structures into a common format for use by a
      system for many management purposes. A dynamic system controller in a
      computer is connected with a plurality of subsystems in the computer for
      receiving messages from the subsystems, analyzing the messages and
      determine an effective utilization of the messages as directed by a user
      or network administrator. The dynamic system controller receives messages
      in different message formats, organizes the messages, and converts the
      messages into a common format that assists a user, system administrator,
      or network administrator in utilizing the information contained in the
      messages. The converted messages in a common format are distributed at the
      discretion of a user, network administrator, or system administrator based
      on user needs or message importance to other system administration
      applications via a selected communication method. The network
      administrator controls the type of messages that are communicated over the
      network. A dynamic system controller supports the conversion of messages
      into the common format to facilitate particular control applications. In
      one example, the conversion of message to a common format facilitates
      sophisticated power management operations. The power management operations
      facilitated by the conversion of messages to a common format enable
      portable and laptop computers to manage power consumption based on user
      demand rather than system timing.
PATN
WKU  059918071
SRC  8
APN  669053&
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19960624
TTL  System for controlling users access to a distributive network in
      accordance with constraints present in common access distributive
      network interface separate from a server
ISD  19991123
NCL  29
ECL  1
EXP  Luu; Le Hien
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Schmidt; Jonathan
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Donzis; Lewis
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Donzis; Henry
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Murphy; John
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Baron; Peter
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Savage; Herb
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Nortel Networks Corporation
CTY  Montreal
CNT  CAX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  709225
XCL  713200
XCL  713201
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  340
FSS  825.31
FSC  707
FSS  9
FSC  380
FSS  25
FSC  709
FSS  225
FSC  713
FSS  200;201
UREF
PNO  5276901
ISD  19940100
NAM  Howell et al.
OCL  707  9
UREF
PNO  5315657
ISD  19940500
NAM  Abadi et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5321841
ISD  19940600
NAM  East et al.
OCL  395677
UREF
PNO  5483596
ISD  19960100
NAM  Rosenow et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5552776
ISD  19960900
NAM  Wade et al.
OCL  340825.31
UREF
PNO  5655077
ISD  19970800
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  395187.01
UREF
PNO  5671354
ISD  19970900
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  395187.01
UREF
PNO  5675782
ISD  19971000
NAM  Montague et al.
OCL  395187.01
UREF
PNO  5678041
ISD  19971000
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  395188.01
LREP
FR2  Sokoloff; Blakely
     Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of managing access to a distributive network provides both time
      and site access restraints for users or groups of users on a LAN or WAN
      adapted for accessing the network through a common network access
      interface system. The method utilizes the LAN server to develop and
      monitor the constraints, minimizing the utilization of the access
      interface system. The management parameters for each group or individual
      having access to the distributive network via the LAN or WAN is entered
      into the interface box by the administrator as a compact reference, a
      series of pointers to the larger database of users and groups stored in
      the existing LAN server directory services. The existing database of users
      and groups and their relationships exist already in the LAN servers as a
      normal consequence of LAN operation and a simple, graphical user interface
      in the preferred embodiment of the invention permits familiar selection of
      objects of that database and assignment of access constraints.
PATN
WKU  059918080
SRC  8
APN  8670951
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19970602
TTL  Task processing optimization in a multiprocessor system
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXA  Romero; Almari
EXP  Asta; Frank J.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Broder; Andrei
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Mitzenmacher; Michael
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Digital Equipment Corporation
CTY  Maynard
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709226
XCL  709104
XCL  709105
XCL  709203
XCL  709226
XCL  709229
XCL  709243
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1516
FSC  709
FSS  203;226;229;243;227;104;105
FSC  707
FSS  010
UREF
PNO  5239653
ISD  19930800
NAM  Cubero-Castan et al.
OCL  395200.72
UREF
PNO  5241677
ISD  19930800
NAM  Naganuma et al.
OCL  395675
UREF
PNO  5249290
ISD  19930900
NAM  Heizer
OCL  395675
UREF
PNO  5548724
ISD  19960800
NAM  Akizawa et al.
OCL  395200.33
UREF
PNO  5644720
ISD  19970700
NAM  Boll et al.
OCL  709227
UREF
PNO  5652751
ISD  19970700
NAM  Sharony
UREF
PNO  5655120
ISD  19970800
NAM  Witte et al.
OCL  395675
UREF
PNO  5745913
ISD  19980400
NAM  Pattin et al.
UREF
PNO  5819255
ISD  19981000
NAM  Celis et al.
UREF
PNO  5893910
ISD  19990400
NAM  Martineau et al.
OCL  707 10
OREF
PAL  Shivaratri et al., "Load Distributing Systems", IEEE, pp. 33-44, Dec. 1992.
PAL  Lee, Gil-Haeng, "Using System State Information for Adaptive State Polling
      Policy in Distributed Load Balancing", IEEE, pp. 166-173, Mar. 1997.
LREP
FRM  Pennie & Edmonds LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of operating a multiprocessor system having a predefined number of
      processing units for processing data, includes obtaining load information
      representing a loading of each of a number of randomly selected ones of
      the processing units. The number of randomly selected processing units is
      greater than 1 and substantially less than the predefined number of
      processing units. A least loaded of the randomly selected processing units
      is identified from the obtained load information. The data is directed to
      the identified least loaded randomly selected processing unit for
      processing.
PATN
WKU  059918098
SRC  8
APN  9002731
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19970725
TTL  Web serving system that coordinates multiple servers to optimize file
      transfers
ISD  19991123
NCL  38
ECL  1
EXP  Maung; Zarni
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Kriegsman; Mark E.
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Clearway Technologies, LLC
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709226
XCL  709229
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  200.31;200.47;200.48;200.49;200.59;200.61;200.62
FSC  709
FSS  201;226;229;231;232;219
UREF
PNO  5341477
ISD  19940800
NAM  Pitkin et al.
OCL  395200.47
UREF
PNO  5539621
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kikinis
OCL  361803
UREF
PNO  5572643
ISD  19961100
NAM  Judson
UREF
PNO  5590288
ISD  19961200
NAM  Castor et al.
OCL  395200.31
UREF
PNO  5592611
ISD  19970100
NAM  Midgely et al.
OCL  395182.02
UREF
PNO  5619648
ISD  19970400
NAM  Canale et al.
UREF
PNO  5623656
ISD  19970400
NAM  Lyons
UREF
PNO  5625781
ISD  19970400
NAM  Cline et al.
UREF
PNO  5649186
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ferguson
UREF
PNO  5659729
ISD  19970800
NAM  Nielsen
UREF
PNO  5666362
ISD  19970900
NAM  Chen et al.
UREF
PNO  5671279
ISD  19970900
NAM  Elgamal
UREF
PNO  5715453
ISD  19980200
NAM  Stewart
OCL  395615
UREF
PNO  5721914
ISD  19980200
NAM  DeVries
OCL  395200.31
UREF
PNO  5734831
ISD  19980300
NAM  Sanders
OCL  395200.53
UREF
PNO  5742762
ISD  19980400
NAM  Scholl et al.
OCL  395200.3
UREF
PNO  5774660
ISD  19980600
NAM  Brendel et al.
OCL  395200.31
UREF
PNO  5796952
ISD  19980800
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  395200.54
UREF
PNO  5828847
ISD  19981000
NAM  Gehr et al.
OCL  395200.69
LREP
FRM  Ohlandt, Greeley, Ruggiero & Perle
ABST
PAL  The present invention is a collaborative server system for providing high
      speed data transmission of data files across a communications network
      which, in brief summary, comprises a communications network, a primary
      server having a primary communications component for connecting the
      primary server to the communications network, and at least one secondary
      server having a secondary communications component for connecting the
      secondary server to the communications network. The primary server and the
      at least one secondary server include storage component for storing data
      files. The data files include static data files and/or dynamic data files.
      The storage component of the primary server further stores at least one
      look-up table having specific criteria pertaining to the data files and
      the primary and at least one secondary servers. The processor component of
      the primary server is effective to receive a request for specific data
      files from a network user, to look-up specific criteria in the look-up
      table pertaining to the specific data files, and to allocate transmission
      of each specific data file between the primary server and the at least one
      secondary server based on the specific criteria.
PATN
WKU  059918101
SRC  8
APN  9051503
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970801
TTL  User name authentication for gateway clients accessing a proxy cache
      server
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Le; Quoc-Khanh
EXP  Dinh; Dung C.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Shapiro; Mark L.
CTY  Los Altos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Subramaniam; Anand
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Muthumavadi; Muthukumar
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Novell, Inc.
CTY  Provo
STA  UT
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709229
XCL  709202
XCL  709203
XCL  709217
XCL  707  1
XCL  707  9
XCL  707 10
XCL  713202
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
ICL  G06F 1500
FSC  395
FSS  609;601;610;615;187.01;188.01
FSC  709
FSS  229;202;203;217
FSC  707
FSS  1;9;10
FSC  713
FSS  200;201
UREF
PNO  5594921
ISD  19970100
NAM  Pettus
OCL  710 11
UREF
PNO  5678041
ISD  19971000
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  395609
UREF
PNO  5826014
ISD  19981000
NAM  Coley et al.
OCL  713201
UREF
PNO  5884025
ISD  19990300
NAM  Baehr et al.
OCL  713201
OREF
PAL  http://www.zdjournals.com/inw/news/nds.htm, Jul. 15, 1996.
ABST
PAL  A system and method for regulating access to a proxy cache server residing
      on an institutional intranet or local network provides a directory for
      storing user names that are appended to client requests for remote web
      site information. The proxy cache server reads the appended requests and
      either accepts or denies access to the requested information based upon
      predetermined access control guidelines relative to the specific user
      name. The access control guidelines can be stored on the directory, and
      down-loaded to the proxy cache server's memory as needed. The proxy cache
      server stores and retrieves requested site information via the Internet,
      but only retrieves and delivers requested site information to clients if
      authorization is approved.
PATN
WKU  059918110
SRC  8
APN  7073941
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19960904
TTL  Information transmission system utilizing both real-time data
      transmitted in a normal-in-time direction and in a
      retrospective-in-time direction
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Caldwell; Andrew
EXP  Maung; Zarni
NDR  11
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Ueno; Hideyuki
CTY  Tokyo-to
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uetani; Yoshiharu
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Oku; Tadahiro
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Omokawa; Mitsunori
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kamatani; Yukio
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Hirose; Tsuguhiro
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Shimojo; Yoshimitsu
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950904
APN  7-225638
CLAS
OCL  709231
XCL  709219
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  200.6;200.61;200.62;200.64;200.47;200.49;200.3;200.31
FSC  709
FSS  200-201;217;219;230-232;234
UREF
PNO  5421031
ISD  19950500
NAM  De Bey
OCL  455  5.1
UREF
PNO  5577258
ISD  19961100
NAM  Cruz et al.
OCL  395200.49
UREF
PNO  5606359
ISD  19970200
NAM  Youden et al.
OCL  348  7
UREF
PNO  5610841
ISD  19970300
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  395200.49
UREF
PNO  5671377
ISD  19970900
NAM  Bleidt et al.
OCL  345328
UREF
PNO  5701582
ISD  19971200
NAM  DeBey
OCL  345328
UREF
PNO  5748389
ISD  19980500
NAM  Caldara et al.
OCL  370389
UREF
PNO  5751883
ISD  19980500
NAM  Ottesen et al.
OCL  386 27
UREF
PNO  5758085
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kouoheris et al.
OCL  395200.61
FREF
PNO  5-501942
ISD  19930400
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  Mano, M., Digital Design, 2nd ed., Simon & Schuster, pp. 452-455, 1991.
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  An information transmit system includes a first communication element
      having a guaranteed quality required to transmit real-time information,
      and a second communication element different from the first communication
      element. The system also includes a transmission element for transmitting
      stored real-time information using the first communication element and for
      transmitting real-time data using the second communication element, where
      the real-time data using the second communication element has
      corresponding time stamps later in time than the real-time data
      transmitted by the first communication element. For example, a time stamp
      of the real-time data may be used to transmit the data in either a normal
      direction (using the first communication element), or in a retrospective
      direction (using the second communication element). The system also
      includes a storage element for storing the real-time data transmitted by
      at least the second communication element, and a switching element for
      monitoring a time stamp corresponding to the real-time data transmitted
      from the first communication element and a time stamp corresponding to the
      real-time data transmitted from the second communication element. The
      switching unit switches the output of the real-time information
      transmitted from the first communication element, to the output of the
      real-time data transmitted from the second communication element that is
      stored in the storage element, when the time stamp for reproducing the
      real-time data stored in the storage element has been reached.
PATN
WKU  059918128
SRC  8
APN  8128537
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19970306
TTL  Methods and apparatus for fair queuing over a network
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXA  Najjar; Saleh
EXP  Maung; Zarni
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Srinivasan; Sundaram Raj
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  ControlNet, Inc.
CTY  Campbell
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709232
XCL  709233
XCL  709234
XCL  709235
XCL  370229
XCL  370230
XCL  370235
XCL  370412
EDF  6
ICL  H04J  314
ICL  G06F  900
FSC  395
FSS  200.62;600.63;200.64;200.65
FSC  370
FSS  229;230;235;412
FSC  709
FSS  232;233;234;235
UREF
PNO  5519701
ISD  19960500
NAM  Colmant et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5623606
ISD  19970400
NAM  Yokoyama
OCL  395250
UREF
PNO  5663961
ISD  19970900
NAM  McRoberts et al.
OCL  370412
UREF
PNO  5689508
ISD  19971100
NAM  Lyles
OCL  370391
OREF
PAL  Surie et al., "Leap Forward Virtual Clocl: A new Fai Queueing Scheme with
      Guaranteed Delays and Throuput Fairness".
PAL  S. Suri, G. Varghese and C. Girish "Leap Forward Virtual Clock: A New Fair
      Queuing Scheme with Guaranteed Delays and Throughput Fairness," Dept. Of
      Computer Science, Washington University, St. Louis, MO, Jun. 24, 1996.
PAL  S. Keshav, "On the Efficient Implementation of Fair Queuing," Computer
      Science Div., UC Berkeley, Berkeley, CA, Sep., 1991.
PAL  S. Keshav, CH. 2: Fair Queuing, pp. 19-28, thesis, published as US Berkeley
      TR-654, Sep., 1991.
PAL  S. Floyd, "Notes on CBQ and Guaranteed Service," Lawrence Berkeley Lab,
      Berkeley, CA, Jul. 12, 1995.
PAL  S. Keshav, "Stop-and-Go Service Using Hierarchical Round Robin," At&T Bell
      Labs, Murray Hill, NJ, Oct. 1991.
PAL  S. Floyd and V. Jacobson "Link-sharing and Resource Management Models for
      Packet Networks,": IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking, vol. 3 No. 4,
      Network Research Group, Lawrence Berkeley Lab, Berkeley, CA, Aug., 1995.
PAL  V. Jacobson, "Flexible, efficient resource management for datagram
      networks," Lawrence Berkeley Lab, (joint work with S. Floyd), Sun
      Microsystems, Oct. 12, 1993.
PAL  S. Shenker, D. Clark and L. Zhang "A Scheduling Service Model and a
      Scheduling Architecture for an Integrated Services Packet Network," Palo
      Alto Research Center, Xerox Corporation, Aug. 1993.
PAL  D. Clark, "Supporting Real-Time Applications in an Integrated Services
      Packet Network: Architecture and Mechanism," Massachusetts Inst. Of Tech.,
      and S. Shenker and L. Zhang, Palo Alto Research Center, Xerox Corp., Aug.
      1992.
PAL  S. Jamin, S. Shenker, L. Zhang and D. Clark "An Admission Control Algorithm
      for Predictive Real-Time Service," Third Int'l Workshop on Networking and
      OS support for Digital Audio/Video, San Diego, CA, Nov. 1992.
PAL  S. Shenker, D. Clark and L. Zhang "A Service Model for an Integrated
      Services Internet," Xerox PARC and MIT, Oct. 1993.
PAL  I. Wakeman, A. Ghosh, J. Crowcroft, UC London, and V. Jacobson and S.
      Floyd, Lawrence Berkeley Lab, "Implementing Real Time Packet Forwarding
      Policies using Streams," London and Berkeley, CA, Nov. 7, 1994.
LREP
FRM  Beyer & Weaver, LLP
ABST
PAL  Disclosed is a queue selection method for performing data transfers. The
      method includes scaling a system bandwidth into a plurality of scaled
      bandwidth integers that extend to a maximum scaled system bandwidth
      integer. Providing a plurality of queues where each of the plurality of
      queues are associated with a scaled bandwidth integer, and a sum of the
      scaled bandwidth integers for each of the plurality of queues is less than
      or equal to the maximum scaled system bandwidth integer. The method
      further determines an allocated bandwidth integer from the scaled
      bandwidth integers for each of the plurality of queues that are enabled,
      and increments a system virtual time upon each cycle of a system clock
      while at least one of the plurality of queues is enabled. The method then
      selects one of the plurality of queues having a lowest queue virtual time,
      and outputs a packet from the selected one of the plurality of queues
      having the lowest queue virtual time. And, the queue virtual time of the
      selected one of the plurality of queues is incremented upon each cycle of
      the system clock while it is selected for transmission.
PATN
WKU  059918136
SRC  8
APN  8577811
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970516
TTL  Network enabled SCSI interface
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Titcomb; William
EXP  Burgess; Glenton B.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Zarrow; Robert
CTY  Warren
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  ICon CMT Corp.
CTY  Weehawken
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709236
XCL  709103
XCL  709238
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1516
FSC  395
FSS  825;800;844;200.66;200.76;200.8;182.04;826
FSC  364
FSS  238-239
FSC  709
FSS  103;236;246;250
FSC  714
FSS  6
FSC  710
FSS  5;6
UREF
PNO  5335352
ISD  19940800
NAM  Yanni et al.
OCL  710 51
UREF
PNO  5432932
ISD  19950700
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  709  4
UREF
PNO  5491812
ISD  19960200
NAM  Pisello et al.
OCL  709236
UREF
PNO  5544347
ISD  19960800
NAM  Yanni et al.
OCL  714  6
UREF
PNO  5598538
ISD  19970100
NAM  Cooper
OCL  710101
UREF
PNO  5838950
ISD  19981100
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  710  5
FREF
PNO  0 752 646
ISD  19970100
CNT  EPX
OREF
PAL  PCT International Search Report of International Application No.
      PCT/US98/09920.
PAL  "Small Computer System Interface--3 Generic Packetized Protocol
      (SCSI-GPP)," draft proposed X3 Technical Report, Published by American
      National Standards Institute, SCSI-3 GPP REV 9, Jan. 12, 1995, pp. 1-161.
LREP
FRM  Marshall, O'Toole, Gerstein, Murray & Borun
ABST
PAL  A method of communication between a local computer and an SCSI device
      attached to a remote computer includes receiving a command relating to a
      file at the remote SCSI device. The local computer creates an SCSI command
      which is packetized at the local computer and transferred over a network
      to the remote computer. The remote computer unpacks the command and sends
      it to the host bus adaptor driver and host bus adaptor controller for the
      remote device. The remote device then executes the command. Remote SCSI
      communication is particularly useful in mirroring applications where a
      complete copy of data is stored at the local location and at the remote
      location.
PATN
WKU  059918144
SRC  8
APN  8912599
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19970710
TTL  Method and apparatus for controlling command line transfer to a network
      element
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Tran; Philip B.
EXP  Matar; Ahmad F.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Rzonca; Richard R.
CTY  Raleigh
STA  NC
INVT
NAM  Shieh; Ting-Wei
CTY  Chapel Hill
STA  NC
ASSG
NAM  Alcatel
CTY  Paris
CNT  FRX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  709237
XCL  709205
XCL  709223
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1728
FSC  395
FSS  200.68;200.53;200.35;200.67
FSC  370
FSS  249;401
FSC  379
FSS  243
FSC  709
FSS  205;223;237;238
UREF
PNO  5533116
ISD  19960700
NAM  Vesterinen
OCL  379243
UREF
PNO  5608720
ISD  19970300
NAM  Biegel et al.
OCL  370249
UREF
PNO  5742762
ISD  19980400
NAM  Scholl et al.
OCL  395200.53
UREF
PNO  5764955
ISD  19980600
NAM  Doolan
OCL  395200.53
UREF
PNO  5774689
ISD  19980600
NAM  Curtis et al.
OCL  395200.35
UREF
PNO  5790548
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sistanizadeh et al.
OCL  370401
OREF
PAL  Alcatel Alsthom document NM-Expert, Alcatel 1303, copyright 1995, Alcatgel
      Bell, Belgium.
PAL  Alcatel Alsthom document "The NM-Expert Reasoning Capabilities", copyright
      1996, Alcatel Bell, Belgium.
LREP
FRM  Ware, Fressola, Van Der Sluys & Adolphson LLP
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for controlling command line transfer to a network
      element. The method and apparatus allow for transfer of command lines such
      as command lines in the Transaction Language 1 syntax, to a designated
      network element based upon a wait duration as well as based upon the
      maximum number of outstanding command lines for which acknowledgement has
      not yet been received from the network element to whom the command line
      was directed. As long as the maximum number of outstanding unacknowledged
      command lines is less than the maximum number set, command lines are
      transferred to the network element after waiting an amount of time equal
      to the wait duration. The overall result is that command lines can be
      directed to network elements with assurance that the commands will be
      properly executed by the network element. Furthermore, the network element
      can, to the extent that the command line causes a change in an equipment
      database associated thereto, appropriately modify the equipment database
      in the network element and cause such information to be transferred to an
      overall equipment database containing similar information for all network
      elements under the control of a network management system.
PATN
WKU  059918152
SRC  8
APN  8766592
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19970619
TTL  Method of supplying multiple loads from multiple sources over an
      interconnected network of defined paths
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Lim; Krisna
NDR  15
NFG  15
INVT
NAM  Prater; Keith A.
CTY  King George
STA  VA
INVT
NAM  Shimp; Alan G.
CTY  Colonial Beach
STA  VA
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  709239
XCL  709238
XCL  709242
XCL  709249
XCL  370229
XCL  370351
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1516
ICL  H04L 1200
FSC  709
FSS  239;238;242;249
FSC  370
FSS  229;351
UREF
PNO  4466060
ISD  19840800
NAM  Riddle
OCL  709242
UREF
PNO  4736363
ISD  19880400
NAM  Aubin et al.
OCL  370400
UREF
PNO  4769814
ISD  19880900
NAM  Bederman et al.
OCL  370402
UREF
PNO  5056085
ISD  19911000
NAM  Vu
OCL  370400
UREF
PNO  5187667
ISD  19930200
NAM  Short
OCL  701200
UREF
PNO  5486822
ISD  19960100
NAM  Tenmoku et al.
OCL  340995
UREF
PNO  5630184
ISD  19970500
NAM  Roper et al.
OCL  709221
UREF
PNO  5732072
ISD  19980300
NAM  Thanner et al.
OCL  370255
LREP
FR2  Bechtel, Esq.; James B.
ABST
PAL  The method defines a distribution solution for supplying product to a
       pluity of loads from a plurality of sources via a network of
      substantially linear path segments that are interconnected at nodes. A
      combination of minimum spanning trees (MST) and a shortest-path tree (SPT)
      are applied to the network to form a composite path. The resulting
      composite path defines a plurality of closed-loop paths in the network.
      Excluded from consideration in the distribution solution are any of the
      path segments not included in the composite path. All closed-loop paths
      are then eliminated by excluding from consideration the one or more path
      segments having a total weight value that is greatest from each of the
      closed-loop paths. As a result, a composite tree is defined. The composite
      tree is then redefined by excluding from consideration in the distribution
      solution any of the path segments of the composite tree that are not part
      of a path linking one of the sources to one of the loads. Temporary paths
      are defined outside of the network to connect the sources. Temporary
      closed-loop paths are thereby defined by a combination of the temporary
      paths and the composite tree so-redefined. For each temporary closed-loop
      path, one or more path segments having a total weight value that is
      greatest are excluded from consideration in the distribution solution. The
      distribution solution is defined by remaining ones of the path segments
      that i) have not been so-excluded by any of the previous steps and ii) are
      part of a path linking one of the sources to one of the loads.
GOVT
PAC  ORIGIN OF THE INVENTION
PAR  The invention described herein was made in the performance of official
      duties by employees of the Department of the Navy and may be manufactured,
      used, licensed by or for the Government for any governmental purpose
      without payment of any royalties thereon.
PATN
WKU  059918160
SRC  8
APN  7662432
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19961213
TTL  Image transfer protocol in progressively increasing resolution
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Le; Hieu C.
EXP  Dinh; Dung C.
NDR  4
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Percival; Jeffrey W.
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
INVT
NAM  White; Richard L.
CTY  Baltimore
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation
CTY  Madison
STA  WI
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709247
XCL  709200
XCL  709247
XCL  382240
XCL  382248
XCL  382276
XCL  382281
XCL  348399
EDF  6
ICL  H04N  979
FSC  382
FSS  240;248;276;281
FSC  395
FSS  704
FSC  709
FSS  200;247
FSC  348
FSS  399
UREF
PNO  4742558
ISD  19880500
NAM  Ishibashi
OCL  382240
UREF
PNO  5737599
ISD  19980400
NAM  Rowe et al.
OCL  395615
UREF
PNO  5754702
ISD  19980500
NAM  Simpson
OCL  382240
OREF
PAL  High-Performance Compression of Astronomical Images, by Richard L. White,
      Joint Institute for Laboratory Astrophysics, University of Colorado 1993.
LREP
FRM  Quarles & Brady
ABST
PAL  A method of transferring digital image data over a communication link
      transforms and orders the data so that, as data is received by a receiving
      station, a low detail version of the image is immediately generated with
      later transmissions of data providing progressively greater detail in this
      image. User instructions are accepted, limiting the ultimate resolution of
      the image or suspending enhancement of the image except in certain user
      defined regions. When a low detail image is requested followed by a
      request for a high detailed version of the same image, the originally
      transmitted data of the low resolution image is not discarded or
      retransmitted but used with later data to improve the originally
      transmitted image. Only a single copy of the transformed image need be
      retained by the transmitting device in order to satisfy requests for
      different amounts of image detail.
GOVT
PAR  This invention was made with United States government support awarded by
      NASA, Grant # NAG5-2694. The United States Government has certain right in
      this invention.
PATN
WKU  059918179
SRC  8
APN  7091788
APT  1
ART  276
APD  19960906
TTL  Apparatus and method for a network router
ISD  19991123
NCL  46
ECL  1
EXA  Pierce, III; Ivan C.
EXP  Rinehart; Mark H.
NDR  23
NFG  30
INVT
NAM  Rowett; Kevin J.
CTY  Cupertino
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Collins; Crosswell C.
CTY  Oakland
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Buell; Eric R.
CTY  Felton
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Cisco Systems, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709250
XCL  709212
XCL  709238
XCL  709239
XCL  370395
XCL  370392
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
ICL  H04L 1256
FSC  370
FSS  392;85.13;402;94.1
FSC  340
FSS  825.03
FSC  395
FSS  800
FSC  709
FSS  238;239-244;212;250
UREF
PNO  4803485
ISD  19890200
NAM  Rypinski
OCL  340825.05
UREF
PNO  5229994
ISD  19930700
NAM  Balzano et al.
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5640399
ISD  19970600
NAM  Rostoker et al.
OCL  370392
UREF
PNO  5668809
ISD  19970900
NAM  Rostoker et al.
OCL  370392
UREF
PNO  5708659
ISD  19980100
NAM  Rostoker et al.
OCL  370392
OREF
PAL  Prakash et al., "VLSI Implementation of a Wormhole Router using Virtual
      Channels", IEEE conference paper, Aug. 22, 1994.
PAL  Stephen Loudermilk, "Servers bulk up for enterprise nets", LAN Times, Jul.
      24, 1995.
PAL  Article from FastForward, Dec. 1993, Three Applications that are Possible
      only with 500K Technology, pp. 8, 9 and 12.
LREP
FRM  Marger Johnson & McCollom, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A router is integrated onto a single silicon chip and includes an internal
      bus that couples multiple data receive and transmit channels to a central
      processing unit. The channels each have an external interface for
      connecting to different LAN or WAN networks. The serial channels are
      convertible into one or more time division multiplexed (TDM) channels. A
      time slot assigner (TSA) assembles and disassembles data packets
      transferred in TDM formats, such as ISDN. The serial channels are used for
      separately processing data packets in each TDM time slot. The TSA is
      programmable to operate with different TDM formats. A single direct memory
      access controller (DMAC) is coupled to each serial channel and an Ethernet
      channel and conducts data transfers on the internal router bus through a
      common port. The DMAC uses a novel bus protocol that provides selectable
      bandwidth allocation for each channel. The router architecture includes
      different interface circuitry which is also integrated onto the silicon
      chip. The interface circuitry includes user definable input/output (I/O)
      pins with programmable pulse width detection. The user definable I/O
      provides synchronous and asynchronous interfacing to peripheral devices
      with different timing constraints. The interface circuitry also includes a
      DRAM controller having a programmable timing control circuit that operates
      with memory devices having different timing and memory block sizes.
PATN
WKU  059918187
SRC  9
APN  0675334
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19980427
TTL  System and method for transferring information representative of
      conditions at a receiving device for a virtual circuit in a computer
      network
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXP  Lim; Krisna
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Williams; James B.
CTY  Lowell
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Giga Net, Inc.
CTY  Concord
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709250
XCL  709227
XCL  709206
XCL  709249
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  709
FSS  227;250;249;206
UREF
PNO  5708779
ISD  19980100
NAM  Graziano et al.
OCL  709250
UREF
PNO  5796944
ISD  19980800
NAM  Hill et al.
OCL  709250
UREF
PNO  5826269
ISD  19981000
NAM  Hussey
OCL  707 10
LREP
FR2  Jordan; Richard A.
ABST
PAL  A system comprises a plurality of devices which communicate over a network.
      At least one of the devices transmits information to at least one other of
      the devices in information messages over a virtual circuit established
      therebetween using the network. The other device can transmit information
      concerning, for example, predetermined conditions in the other device in
      connection with the virtual circuit using signalling messages, which are
      transmitted by the other device over the virtual circuit to the one
      device. The one device includes a plurality of mailboxes associated with
      the virtual circuit, and the other device, that is, the device that is to
      transmit signalling messages, includes a transmit signal queue including a
      plurality of entries each associated with one of the mailboxes. A
      processor on the other device, to enable transmission of a signalling
      message including the condition information to be transferred to a
      mailbox, loads the condition information to be transferred into the
      transmit signal queue entry associated with the mailbox. The other device,
      in turn, transmits the signalling message to the one device, which loads
      the condition information in the appropriate mailbox. A processor on the
      one device retrieves the condition information from the mailbox to
      determine the condition information as communicated thereto by the other
      device.
PATN
WKU  059918195
SRC  8
APN  7601263
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19961203
TTL  Dual-ported memory controller which maintains cache coherency using a
      memory line status table
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Patel; Gautam R.
EXP  An; Meng-Ai T.
NDR  12
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Young; Gene F.
CTY  Lexington
STA  SC
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709253
XCL  709213
XCL  709203
XCL  711139
XCL  711145
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  200.83;281;200.44;800.2;800.29;800.33;200.43;200.33
FSC  711
FSS  138;139;145
FSC  709
FSS  253;213;203
UREF
PNO  5001671
ISD  19910300
NAM  Koo et al.
OCL  365230.05
UREF
PNO  5025365
ISD  19910600
NAM  Mathur et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5197146
ISD  19930300
NAM  La Fetra
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5228135
ISD  19930700
NAM  Ikumi
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5247649
ISD  19930900
NAM  Bandoh
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5249283
ISD  19930900
NAM  Boland
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5276832
ISD  19940100
NAM  Holman, Jr.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5335335
ISD  19940800
NAM  Jackson et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5361340
ISD  19941100
NAM  Kelly et al.
OCL  395400
UREF
PNO  5386511
ISD  19950100
NAM  Murata et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5426765
ISD  19950600
NAM  Stevens et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5506971
ISD  19960400
NAM  Gullette et al.
OCL  395296
UREF
PNO  5511226
ISD  19960400
NAM  Zilka
OCL  395823
UREF
PNO  5515522
ISD  19960500
NAM  Bridges et al.
OCL  395468
UREF
PNO  5519839
ISD  19960500
NAM  Culley et al.
OCL  395310
UREF
PNO  5524215
ISD  19960600
NAM  Gay
OCL  396287
UREF
PNO  5535116
ISD  19960700
NAM  Gupta et al.
OCL  364134
UREF
PNO  5548730
ISD  19960800
NAM  Young et al.
OCL  395280
UREF
PNO  5551005
ISD  19960800
NAM  Sarangdhar et al.
OCL  711145
UREF
PNO  5659687
ISD  19970800
NAM  Kim et al.
OCL  395292
UREF
PNO  5752258
ISD  19980500
NAM  Guzovskiy et al.
OCL  711120
UREF
PNO  5765195
ISD  19980600
NAM  McDonald
OCL  711141
OREF
PAL  "A New Solution to Coherence Problems in Multicache Systems," Censier,
      Lucien M., et al., IEEE Transactions on Computers, vol. C-27, No. 12, Dec.
      1978, pp. 1112-1118.
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  A symmetric multiprocessor system constructed from industry standard
      commodity components together with an advanced dual-ported memory
      controller. The multiprocessor system comprises a processor bus; up to
      four Intel Pentium.RTM. Pro processors connected to the processor bus; an
      I/O bus; a system memory; and a dual-ported memory controller connected to
      the system memory, the dual ported memory controller having a first port
      connected to the processor bus to manage processor to system memory
      transactions and a second port connected to the I/O bus to manage I/O
      transactions. Furthermore, two such systems can be connected together
      through a common I/O bus, thereby creating an eight-processor Pentium.RTM.
      Pro processor SMP system.
PATN
WKU  059918209
SRC  8
APN  1219510
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19930915
TTL  Method for operating multiple processes using message passing and shared
      memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXP  Coleman; Eric
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Dean; Edward A.
CTY  Westford
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  628342
APD  19901214
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  709300
XCL  709  8
XCL  709  1
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  940
FSC  395
FSS  800
FSC  709
FSS  300;1;8
UREF
PNO  4761642
ISD  19880800
NAM  Huntzinger
OCL  340721
UREF
PNO  4914653
ISD  19900400
NAM  Bishop
OCL  370 85.6
UREF
PNO  5060150
ISD  19911000
NAM  Simor
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5062060
ISD  19911000
NAM  Kolnick
OCL  364521
UREF
PNO  5095421
ISD  19920300
NAM  Freund
OCL  395650
UREF
PNO  5133053
ISD  19920700
NAM  Johnson
OCL  395200
FREF
PNO  02 250 157
ISD  19871000
CNT  EPX
ICL  G09G  100
OREF
PAL  Real-time Processing Comes to UNIX, by Syd Shapiro, Computer Design, Aug.
      1, 1989, vol. 28. No. 15 p. 97.
PAL  Scheduling In Real Time. (UNIX Operating System), by Lock, Douglass C.,
      UNIX Review, Sep. 1990, vol. 8, No. 9, p. 48 (7).
PAL  Patent Abstracts of Japan, vol. 012, No. 303 (P-746) Aug. 18, 1988 and
      JP-A-63 075 937 (Fujitsu Ltd.) Apr. 6, 1988 [Abstract].
PAL  D.L. Ripps, "The Multitasking Mindset Meets the Operating System", EDN
      Electrical Design News, vol. 35, No. 20, Oct. 1, 1990, Newton, MA, pp.
      115-123.
LREP
FRM  Blakely Sokoloff Taylor & Zafman
ABST
PAL  In the system of the present invention, a time critical program operating
      in a window system environment is implemented. The application program
      containing time critical procedures is divided functionally into two or
      more processes. The first process contains all of the CPU time slice
      sensitive or time critical procedures. This process operates independently
      of the window system interface and communicates directly with the
      operating system. The second process implements all procedures which
      require the user input and output through the window system but not
      including time critical procedures. This process communicates with and
      operates through the window system interface. The processes exchange data
      and synchronize execution through the interprocess communication
      mechanisms such as shared memory such that the two or more processes
      operate and appear as a single process to the user while insulating the
      first process from suspension due to window system operations and blocking
      procedures.
PATN
WKU  059918217
SRC  8
APN  6402208
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19960430
TTL  Method for serializing actions of independent process groups
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Courtenay, III; St. John
EXP  Oberley; Alvin E.
NDR  2
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Badovinatz; Peter Richard
CTY  Kingston
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Brenner; Larry Bert
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Kirby; Orvalle Theodore
CTY  Pleasant Valley
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709300
XCL  709226
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1100
FSC  395
FSS  200.11;200.53;200.54;200.55;200.56
FSC  709
FSS  100-106;223-226;300
UREF
PNO  4825206
ISD  19890400
NAM  Brice, Jr. et al.
OCL  340825.02
UREF
PNO  5426774
ISD  19950600
NAM  Banerjee et al.
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5495479
ISD  19960200
NAM  Galaand et al.
OCL  370404
UREF
PNO  5568605
ISD  19961000
NAM  Clouston et al.
OCL  395182.02
UREF
PNO  5606669
ISD  19970200
NAM  Bertin et al.
OCL  395200.15
UREF
PNO  5684796
ISD  19971100
NAM  Abidi et al.
OCL  370389
UREF
PNO  5684807
ISD  19971100
NAM  Bianchini, Jr. et al.
OCL  371 20.1
UREF
PNO  5684967
ISD  19971100
NAM  McKenna et al.
OCL  345329
UREF
PNO  5774669
ISD  19980600
NAM  George et al.
OCL  709224
OREF
PAL  T.K. Rengarajan et al., "High Availability Mechanisms of VAX DBMS
      Software", Digital Technical Journal, No. 8, Feb. 1989, pp. 88-98.
PAL  "Group Communication in the Amoeba Distributed Operating System", M. F.
      Kaashoek and A. S. Tanenbaum, Proc. of the IEEE 11th International Conf.
      on Distributed Computing Systems, pp. 222-230, 1991.
PAL  "Efficient Reliabe Group Communication for Distributed Systems", M. F.
      Kaashoek and A. S. Tanenbaum, Ph.D. thesis at the Vrije Universiteit,
      1992, pp. 1-50.
LREP
FR2  Gonzalez; Floyd A.
FR2  Schiller; Blanche E.
     Heslin & Rothenberg
ABST
PAL  Actions responsive to changes in the state of independent process groups
      whose process members are spread across a group of nodes in a distributed
      computing environment. The process groups are arranged in a hierarchy
      having source process groups and target process groups immediately above
      and dependent upon the source process groups. A change in the state or
      membership of a process group will result in a group services function of
      the nodes in the group injecting the change into the source group members
      of the affected group. When the action is successfully completed, the
      change is reflected up the hierarchy to the target group member or
      members. Upon successful action by the target group, the target group
      becomes the new source group which in turn may have target groups, and the
      changes are again reflected up the hierarchy to the new target groups.
PATN
WKU  059918225
SRC  8
APN  8204705
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970317
TTL  System for modifying functions of static device driver using a
      registered driver extension extended dynamically by providing an entry
      point for the driver extension
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXA  Park; Ilwoo
EXP  Lee; Thomas C.
NDR  3
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Mealey; Bruce Gerard
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Swanberg; Randal Craig
CTY  Round Rock
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Williams; Michael Stephen
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709301
XCL  709302
XCL  709305
XCL  713  1
XCL  713  2
XCL  713100
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1310
FSC  395
FSS  674;681;828;830;861
FSC  709
FSS  301;302;305
FSC  713
FSS  1;2;100
UREF
PNO  5752032
ISD  19980500
NAM  Keller et al.
OCL  395681
UREF
PNO  5781798
ISD  19980700
NAM  Beatty et al.
OCL  395830
UREF
PNO  5794035
ISD  19980800
NAM  Golub et al.
OCL  395674
LREP
FR2  Henkler; Richard A.
FR2  Musgrove; Jack V.
FR2  Dillon; Andrew J.
ABST
PAL  A method of changing the functionality of a statically bound device driver,
      by dynamically extending the static device driver using a registered
      driver extension. The static device driver has a plurality of handlers or
      functions (such as input/output functions) used to control a device that
      is connected to or part of the computer system, and the driver extension
      modifies at least one of these functions, although it can be used to
      change several, or even all, of the functions. In the embodiment wherein
      the computer system is a UNIX-type workstation having a kernel residing in
      the memory, the static device driver is loaded in the kernel and is
      dynamically extended by providing at least one entry point for the driver
      extension.
PATN
WKU  059918233
SRC  8
APN  6697828
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19960626
TTL  Low overhead object adaptor
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXA  Courtenay, III; St. John
EXP  Oberley; Alvin E.
NDR  11
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Cavanaugh, III; Ken M.
CTY  Montara
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Snyder; Alan
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lim; Swee Boon
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Callsen; Christian J.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  709304
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  946
FSC  395
FSS  680;683;684
UREF
PNO  5307490
ISD  19940400
NAM  Davidson
OCL  395684
UREF
PNO  5566302
ISD  19961000
NAM  Khalidi et al.
OCL  395200.09
UREF
PNO  5577251
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hamilton et al.
OCL  395671
UREF
PNO  5724503
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kleinman et al.
OCL  395185.1
UREF
PNO  5737607
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hamilton et al.
OCL  395701
UREF
PNO  5787251
ISD  19980700
NAM  Hamilton
OCL  395200.33
OREF
PAL  Hamilton, Graham, et al., Subcontract: A Flexible Base for Distributed
      Programming, 1993, Sun Microsystems Laboratories, Inc.
PAL  Hamilton, et al., Subcontract: A Flexible Base for Distributed Programming,
      Apr. 1993, The SMLI Technical Report Series published by Sun Microsystems
      Laboratories, Inc.
LREP
FRM  Beyer & Weaver, LLP
ABST
PAL  Data structures and various methods for invoking and creating objects are
      used in a distributed object system in order to implement subcontracts. A
      subcontract is a selected grouping of basic features or object mechanisms
      that a system provides for use in managing objects and has associated
      functions. A subcontract registry is used for creating object references
      for server objects. The subcontract registry has any number of subcontract
      objects within it, and each subcontract object may include: a subcontract
      identifier that identifies the subcontract object, a quality of service
      list that contains feature name-value pairs, and a create function unique
      to the subcontract object. An implementation registry is used for
      registering any number of implementation definitions. Each implementation
      definition defines an implementation for an interface within the system,
      and each implementation definition may include: an implementation
      identifier that identifies the implementation, a pointer to a subcontract
      object contained in the subcontract registry, an interface identifier that
      identifies the interface being implemented, and a set of functions used
      for creating and invoking a server object that are unique to that
      implementation. One method creates an object reference for a distributed
      server object by using the subcontract registry in order to identify the
      unique create function to be used that corresponds to the subcontract
      functionality desired. Another technique invokes a method defined on a
      server object by using an object reference to find the appropriate
      implementation definition in the implementation registry. Lookup and
      dispatch functions unique to this definition are used to invoke the
      method.
PATN
WKU  059918241
SRC  8
APN  7961294
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970206
TTL  Method and system for simultaneous high bandwidth input output
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Mai; Rijue
EXP  Palys; Joseph E.
NDR  13
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Strand; Bradley David
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ross; Patrick Delaney
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Olson; Dave
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Silicon Graphics, Inc.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  710  1
XCL  709238
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  800;821;888;182.1;680;200.56;847;200.18;500;842
FSC  370
FSS  389;395-399;400-425
FSC  710
FSS  1
FSC  709
FSS  8;238;234
FSC  712
FSS  228
UREF
PNO  5193204
ISD  19930300
NAM  Qureshi et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5291482
ISD  19940300
NAM  Mcharg et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5333298
ISD  19940700
NAM  Bland et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5524250
ISD  19960600
NAM  Chesson et al.
OCL  712228
UREF
PNO  5574849
ISD  19961100
NAM  Sonnier et al.
OCL  395182.1
UREF
PNO  5594866
ISD  19970100
NAM  Nugent
OCL  709234
UREF
PNO  5610904
ISD  19970300
NAM  Eng et al.
OCL  370408
UREF
PNO  5613162
ISD  19970300
NAM  Kabenjian
OCL  395842
UREF
PNO  5732269
ISD  19980300
NAM  Compton et al.
OCL  395680
UREF
PNO  5737638
ISD  19980400
NAM  Byrn et al.
OCL  395888
UREF
PNO  5774660
ISD  19980600
NAM  Brendel
OCL  395200.31
UREF
PNO  5774744
ISD  19980600
NAM  Story et al.
OCL  395847
UREF
PNO  5793976
ISD  19980800
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  395200.54
UREF
PNO  5835710
ISD  19981100
NAM  Nagami et al.
OCL  395200.8
LREP
FRM  Wagner, Murabito & Hao LLP
ABST
PAL  The present invention comprises a method and system for peer to peer input
      output. The present invention is implemented on a computer system having a
      microprocessor and a packet switched router coupled to the microprocessor.
      The peer to peer input output system of the present invention defines a
      data source corresponding to a first device coupled to the computer
      system. The system then defines a data sink corresponding to a second
      device coupled to said computer system. The packet switch router is
      subsequently used to logically implement a data pipe between the data
      source and the data sink. The system configures the data pipe to provide
      adequate bandwidth between the data source and the data sink such that a
      data transfer occurs smoothly and predictably. The data transfer is
      performed via the data pipe such that the data transfer proceeds
      independently of any simultaneous second data transfer in the packet
      switched router.
PATN
WKU  059918250
SRC  8
APN  8915725
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970711
TTL  System for handling missed revolution in a disk drive by aborting the
      execution of primary command and executing secondary command if a
      missed revolution occurs
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Park; Zlwoo
EXP  Lee; Thomas C.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Ng; Spencer W.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  International Business Machines Corporation
CTY  Armonk
STA  NY
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  710  6
XCL  710 39
XCL  711112
XCL  711167
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1314
FSC  395
FSS  829;826;827;561;670
FSC  710
FSS  6;39
FSC  711
FSS  167;112
UREF
PNO  4680703
ISD  19870700
NAM  Kriz
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4819151
ISD  19890400
NAM  May
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5018063
ISD  19910500
NAM  Liu
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5220653
ISD  19930600
NAM  Miro
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5408367
ISD  19950400
NAM  Emo
OCL  360 53
UREF
PNO  5426736
ISD  19950600
NAM  Guineau, III
OCL  395250
UREF
PNO  5428787
ISD  19950600
NAM  Pineau
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5428802
ISD  19950600
NAM  Anglin et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5455924
ISD  19951000
NAM  Shenoy et al.
OCL  395455
UREF
PNO  5570332
ISD  19961000
NAM  Heath et al.
OCL  369 50
UREF
PNO  5627976
ISD  19970500
NAM  McFarland et al.
OCL  395308
UREF
PNO  5729718
ISD  19980300
NAM  Au
OCL  395494
UREF
PNO  5796992
ISD  19980800
NAM  Reif et al.
OCL  395555
UREF
PNO  5828836
ISD  19981000
NAM  Westwick et al.
OCL  395200.3
OREF
PAL  M. Seltzer et al., "Disk Scheduling Revisited", USENIX--Winter '90.
PAL  B. L. Worthington et al., "Scheduling Algorithms for Modern Disk Drives",
      Sigmetrics 94-May 1994, Santa Clara. CA.
PAL  G. Humphrey, "High Performance PCs Use SCCI", Computer Technology Review,
      Nov. 1996.
LREP
FR2  Tran; Khanh Q.
ABST
PAL  A method and disk controller for handling missed revolutions in a disk
      drive having a rotating data media are disclosed. The method is based on a
      Rotational Positioning Optimization (RPO) algorithm and comprises the
      steps of: selecting a primary and a secondary command from the queue using
      the RPO while a current command is being executed; executing the primary
      command after the current command is completed; if a missed revolution
      occurs, then aborting the execution of the primary command and executing
      the secondary command; and repeating the method steps until all the
      commands in the queue are executed. Preferably, the RPO algorithm is based
      on a profile of estimated seek times for the commands in the I/O command
      queue. The method uses a generally aggressive seek time estimate in
      selecting a primary command and a generally conservative estimate is used
      for selecting a secondary command. Accordingly, the missed revolutions can
      be avoided and system performance is improved.
PATN
WKU  059918268
SRC  8
APN  8153973
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970310
TTL  System for configuring computer devices according to configuration
      patterns
ISD  19991123
NCL  32
ECL  26
EXA  Park; Ilwoo
EXP  Lee; Thomas C.
NDR  26
NFG  34
INVT
NAM  McGee; Cindy R.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Hester; Garyl L.
CTY  Spring
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  DeNardo; John
CTY  Spring
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Hester; Kenneth W.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Compaq Computer Coporation
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  710  8
XCL  710 10
XCL  710 12
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1314
FSC  324
FSS  121 R
FSC  395
FSS  200.54;309;828;830;829;831;832;833;834
FSC  704
FSS  270
FSC  710
FSS  8;10;12
UREF
PNO  4823076
ISD  19890400
NAM  Haines et al.
OCL  324121R
UREF
PNO  5038320
ISD  19910800
NAM  Heath et al.
OCL  395830
UREF
PNO  5499316
ISD  19960300
NAM  Sudoh et al.
OCL  704270
UREF
PNO  5594879
ISD  19970100
NAM  Belmont
OCL  395309
UREF
PNO  5655148
ISD  19970800
NAM  Richman et al.
OCL  395828
UREF
PNO  5768524
ISD  19980600
NAM  Schmidt
OCL  395200.54
LREP
FRM  Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, L.L.P
ABST
PAL  A method for configuring devices in a computer system using pattern
      matching is disclosed. The method constructs the initial configuration
      pattern by retrieving and storing a working device configuration in the
      configuration pattern. For each resource item of a supported resource type
      of a device, the method generates a resource combination matching a
      configuration pattern, which is updated after each testing iteration, to
      check in a deterministic order for a configuration conflict until a
      non-conflicting resource is found. If a conflicting resource is found, the
      method has the option of moving the conflicting resource to a
      non-conflicting resource. The process recursively repeats itself for each
      supported resource type of a device to produce a device configuration
      matching the configuration pattern. Each next potential device
      configuration is deterministically generated using a configuration index
      and the configuration pattern. The method thus eliminates the need to
      continuously store device configurations and the need to check the
      configurations of every device in a computer system before configuring a
      device.
PATN
WKU  059918276
SRC  8
APN  8599971
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970521
TTL  Apparatus for controlling electrical devices in response to sensed
      conditions
ISD  19991123
NCL  73
ECL  1
EXA  Perveen; Rehana
EXP  Lee; Thomas C.
NDR  26
NFG  26
INVT
NAM  Ellenby; John
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ellenby; Peter Malcolm
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ellenby; Thomas William
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Geovector Corporation
CTY  San Francisco
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  710  8
XCL  710 14
XCL  710 15
XCL  710 16
XCL  713320
XCL  713330
XCL  345212
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1900
ICL  G06F 1310
FSC  710
FSS  1;8;14;15;16
FSC  345
FSS  212
FSC  713
FSS  320;330
UREF
PNO  4125871
ISD  19781100
NAM  Martin
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4598355
ISD  19860700
NAM  Shepler et al.
OCL  364184
UREF
PNO  4725735
ISD  19880200
NAM  Ariel et al.
OCL  250386
UREF
PNO  5291073
ISD  19940300
NAM  Lewandowski
OCL  307310
UREF
PNO  5541831
ISD  19960700
NAM  Thomas
OCL  364148
UREF
PNO  5603570
ISD  19970200
NAM  Shimizu
OCL  374100
UREF
PNO  5757365
ISD  19980500
NAM  Ho
OCL  345212
UREF
PNO  5763961
ISD  19980600
NAM  Dreyer et al.
OCL  307116
FREF
PNO  0 622 721 A1
ISD  19940200
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F  132
OREF
PAL  International Search Report Dated Jul. 16, 1997; International Application
      No. PCT/US97/08702 Filed May 21, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
ABST
PAL  A system is disclosed that senses physical characteristics of an electronic
      device. The system controls the electronic device in response to the
      sensed physical characteristics. The system includes a control subsystem.
      The control subsystem includes a time trigger and an anticipation/latency
      reduction subsystem. The anticipation/latency reduction subsystem includes
      additional subsystems such as a time trigger, a position trigger and an
      attitude trigger. In an alternate embodiment, the anticipation/latency
      reduction subsystem also includes an activation interval trigger, a
      repetitive action trigger and a repetitive distance trigger. The various
      triggers can be implemented using processors that execute software. The
      system also includes sensing devices, such as a position sensing device
      and an attitude sensing device, to sense physical characteristics of the
      particular electronic device being controlled. The control subsystem
      receives signals from the sensing devices. Physical characteristic
      information obtained from these signals is provided to the various
      triggers. In response to this physical characteristic information, the
      various triggers process the physical characteristic information such that
      the system controls the electronic device.
PATN
WKU  059918284
SRC  8
APN  9549943
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19971007
TTL  System for automatically connecting portable device to network using
      network environment information including domain name of naming device
      and community name of network management protocol
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Perveen; Rehana
EXP  Lee; Thomas C.
NDR  6
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Horie; Ryuichi
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Toriumi; Masahito
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930825
APN  5-210318
RLAP
COD  71
APN  274746
APD  19940714
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  710  8
XCL  710  9
XCL  710 15
XCL  709220
XCL  709221
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1310
ICL  G06F 1320
FSC  395
FSS  828;829;835;500;200.5;200.51
FSC  370
FSS  95.1
FSC  340
FSS  825.52
FSC  710
FSS  8;9;15
FSC  709
FSS  220;221
UREF
PNO  4677588
ISD  19870600
NAM  Benjamin et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  5109486
ISD  19920400
NAM  Seymour
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5150464
ISD  19920900
NAM  Sidhu et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5159592
ISD  19921000
NAM  Perkins
OCL  370 85.7
UREF
PNO  5166931
ISD  19921100
NAM  Riddle
OCL  370 94.1
UREF
PNO  5249270
ISD  19930900
NAM  Stewart et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5265238
ISD  19931100
NAM  Canova, Jr. et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5317693
ISD  19940500
NAM  Cuenod et al.
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5408618
ISD  19950400
NAM  Aho et al.
OCL  395325
UREF
PNO  5410543
ISD  19950400
NAM  Seitz et al.
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5457680
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kamm et al.
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5491692
ISD  19960200
NAM  Gunner et al.
OCL  370 85.13
FREF
PNO  61-222341
ISD  19861000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-177736
ISD  19890700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-300735
ISD  19891200
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Staas & Halsey, LLP
ABST
PAL  In a method for automatically address information and network environment
      information in networks mutually connectable to each other under a
      predetermined protocol network environment, step (a) is to manage, in a
      setting device connected to one of the networks, address information and
      network environment information used for each device connected on of the
      networks to operate under the predetermined protocol network environment.
      Step (b) sends, from a setting-needed device moved from one of the
      networks to another network or newly joined to one of the networks, a
      request message for requesting address information and network environment
      information to the setting device. Step (c) makes, in the setting device,
      a correspondence between a device name of the setting-needed device and a
      network address of the setting-needed device and sending back a reply
      message to the setting-needed device from the setting device, the reply
      message in order to send the address information containing the device
      name and the network address of the setting-needed device and the network
      environment information. Step (b) stores, in the setting-needed device,
      the address information and the network environment information sent from
      the setting device, so that the setting-needed device can operate under
      the predetermined network environment.
PATN
WKU  059918292
SRC  8
APN  2195550
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19940329
TTL  Method of sensing target status in a local area network
ISD  19991123
NCL  5
ECL  1
EXP  Follansbee; John A.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Giorgio; Paul J.
CTY  Providence
STA  RI
INVT
NAM  Amuro; Stephen J.
CTY  Middletown
STA  RI
ASSG
NAM  The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
CTY  Washington
STA  DC
COD  06
CLAS
OCL  710 15
XCL  710  5
XCL  709213
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  800
FSC  364
FSS  DIG. 1;DIG. 2
FSC  709
FSS  213-216;224;227;228;250;202;203;219
FSC  710
FSS  3-5.9;15-19;22-28;46-50;56;129;267;268
FSC  711
FSS  147;148;129;153;170
FSC  707
FSS  104
FSC  345
FSS  512
FSC  370
FSS  252;463
FSC  714
FSS  47;736
UREF
PNO  4617663
ISD  19861000
NAM  Lake et al.
OCL  714736
UREF
PNO  4783730
ISD  19881100
NAM  Fisher
OCL  710  5
UREF
PNO  5005122
ISD  19910400
NAM  Griffin et al.
OCL  709203
UREF
PNO  5163131
ISD  19921100
NAM  Row et al.
OCL  709202
UREF
PNO  5355453
ISD  19941000
NAM  Row et al.
OCL  709219
UREF
PNO  5471634
ISD  19951100
NAM  Giorgio et al.
OCL  707104
LREP
FR2  McGowan; Michael J.
FR2  Gauthier; Robert W.
FR2  Lall; Prithvi C.
ABST
PAL  An SCSI controller adapted as a network file server provides a virtual
       coction between a plurality of host processors and a single SCSI
      initiator. The controller contains a removable host adapter for connection
      to any type of network interface. When a host processor issues a command
      packet and requests status information of a target device, that status
      information is passed to the requesting processor and subsequently stored
      in the controller and made available to all other host processors on the
      network. A fault tolerant performance monitoring algorithm, executing
      within the controller, is scheduled to non-intrusively and periodically
      check the status of each SCSI target device and to store that status
      information for all host processors. The advantage to such a controller is
      the expanded number of host processor connections to a single SCSI
      initiator whereby each host processor can independently and logically
      connect through the controller and SCSI initiator to a target without
      clearing target status information for other host processors.
PATN
WKU  059918306
SRC  8
APN  8851441
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970630
TTL  Apparatus and method for coupling multiple peripheral devices to a
      single port of a computer
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Shin; Christopher B.
NDR  18
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Beard; Paul F.
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Moore; Mark D.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Compaq Computer Corp.
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  583206
APD  19960104
PSC  01
PNO  5828899
CLAS
OCL  710 18
XCL  710  2
XCL  710  8
XCL  710 37
XCL  710101
XCL  710137
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  828-80 L;281;284
FSC  710
FSS  2-4;8-12;15-19;36-47;62-64;72-74;101-104;129-131
UREF
PNO  4792970
ISD  19981200
NAM  Molnar
OCL  379284
UREF
PNO  5276443
ISD  19940100
NAM  Gates et al.
OCL  340825.06
UREF
PNO  5615404
ISD  19970300
NAM  Knoll et al.
OCL  395882
UREF
PNO  5781798
ISD  19980700
NAM  Beatty et al.
OCL  395830
UREF
PNO  5784576
ISD  19980700
NAM  Guthrie et al.
OCL  395283
UREF
PNO  5805412
ISD  19980900
NAM  Yanagisawa et al.
OCL  361686
UREF
PNO  5805833
ISD  19980900
NAM  Verdin
OCL  395281
UREF
PNO  5819112
ISD  19981000
NAM  Kusters
OCL  395886
UREF
PNO  5828899
ISD  19981000
NAM  Richard et al.
OCL  335828
UREF
PNO  5832244
ISD  19981100
NAM  Jolley et al.
OCL  395309
UREF
PNO  5841424
ISD  19981100
NAM  Kikinis
OCL  345168
LREP
FR2  Chichester; Ronald
FR2  Katz, Frohwitter; Paul N.
ABST
PAL  A system for allowing a peripheral device to be inserted directly into a
      port of a computer system while the computer system is powered on. The
      insertion of a peripheral device into the computer system port is
      automatically detected, and a configuration operation is automatically
      performed when insertion of the peripheral device is detected. The system
      also allows a plurality of peripheral devices to be connected to a single
      port of a computer system by automatically determining the number of
      peripheral devices and assigning a unique address to each of the
      peripheral devices. The peripheral device may have a host port for
      communicating with the computer system, a slave port for connecting to a
      slave device, and a device manager which identifies if a slave device is
      connected.
PATN
WKU  059918314
SRC  8
APN  5029562
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19950717
TTL  High speed serial communications link for desktop computer peripherals
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Pancholi; Jigar
EXP  Sheikh; Ayaz R.
NDR  6
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Lee; David D.
STR  3715 Redwood Cir.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
ZIP  94306
INVT
NAM  McAuley; Derek
STR  Dept. of Computing Science Lilybank Gardens University of Glasgow
CTY  Glasgow
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Wilhelm; Neil
STR  2110 Prospect St.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
ZIP  94025
INVT
NAM  Northcutt; J. Duane
STR  1621 Waxwing Ave.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ZIP  94087
CLAS
OCL  710 33
XCL  710126
XCL  709251
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
ICL  G06F 1516
FSC  395
FSS  821;824;826;828;831;835;837;853;200.81;306
UREF
PNO  4566097
ISD  19860100
NAM  Bederman
OCL  370 89
UREF
PNO  4757497
ISD  19880700
NAM  Beierle et al.
OCL  370 89
UREF
PNO  5121384
ISD  19920600
NAM  Ozeki et al.
OCL  370 60
UREF
PNO  5245605
ISD  19930900
NAM  Ofek
OCL  370 85.12
UREF
PNO  5317693
ISD  19940500
NAM  Cuenod et al.
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5517656
ISD  19960500
NAM  Shi
OCL  395800
OREF
PAL  Bursky, D., "New Serial I/Os Speed Storage Subsystems," Electronic Design
      (Feb. 5, 1995) 43(3):81-91.
PAL  Imai, K., et al., "ATMR: Asynchronous Transfer Mode Ring Protocol,"
      Computer Networks and ISDN Systems (Mar. 1994) 26(6/8):785-798.
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  The system described provides a reconfigurable serial interconnection among
      a processor, whether in a workstation or a server, and user class I/O
      devices, such as video display terminals, storage devices, and other
      peripherals. Sustainable I/O throughput of 1 Gbps or more supports the
      needs of display and video input devices. In addition the system allows
      hot plug-and-play of user class I/O devices.
PATN
WKU  059918322
SRC  8
APN  9706143
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19971114
TTL  EPG apparatus and its control method
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Pan; Daniel H.
NDR  7
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Sato; Masahiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kohno; Tetsuya
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sony Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961119
APN  8-323441
CLAS
OCL  710 33
XCL  345327
XCL  348569
XCL  348563
XCL  710107
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1320
ICL  G06F  3147
ICL  H04N  544
FSC  345
FSS  327
FSC  712
FSS  1
FSC  348
FSS  584;6;14;7;5.5;569;460;553;734;564;563;906;12
FSC  455
FSS  4.1;4.2
FSC  340
FSS  825.72
FSC  709
FSS  303;305;300;204
FSC  714
FSS  54
FSC  710
FSS  107;33
UREF
PNO  5583576
ISD  19961200
NAM  Perlman et al.
OCL  340460
UREF
PNO  5596373
ISD  19970100
NAM  White et al.
OCL  348569
UREF
PNO  5715515
ISD  19980200
NAM  Akins, III et al.
OCL  455  4.1
UREF
PNO  5751335
ISD  19980500
NAM  Shintani
OCL  348  5.5
UREF
PNO  5787259
ISD  19980700
NAM  Haroun et al.
OCL  348 14
FREF
PNO  0560593
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9501058
ISD  19950100
CNT  WOX
FREF
PNO  9734413
ISD  19970900
CNT  WOX
LREP
FR2  Maioli; Jay H.
ABST
PAL  A television receiver receives a television signal that includes electronic
      program guide (EPG) information and the television receiver has an EPG
      decoder and display for displaying the EPG information. A video tape
      recorder or satellite broadcast receiver is connected to the television
      receiver over a special bus and when the EPG information is displayed on
      the television receiver either the identity of the VTR or the EPG
      information decoded by an EPG decoder in the satellite receiver is
      displayed along with the EPG information decoded by the EPG decoder in the
      television receiver. The viewer then can select a program from among the
      television receiver EPG stations or select the VTR or can select a program
      from among the satellite broadcast receiver EPG stations.
PATN
WKU  059918330
SRC  9
APN  0420360
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980313
TTL  Computer system with bridge logic that reduces interference to CPU
      cycles during secondary bus transactions
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Thai; Xuan M.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Wandler; Shaun V.
CTY  Tomball
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Melo; Maria L.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Deschepper; Todd
CTY  Spring
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Compaq Computer Corporation
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  710 52
XCL  710112
XCL  710128
XCL  710129
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1338
FSC  395
FSS  290;308;309;728;872-877
FSC  710
FSS  52-57;110;112;126;128;129
UREF
PNO  5396602
ISD  19950300
NAM  Amini et al.
OCL  395293
UREF
PNO  5634073
ISD  19970500
NAM  Collins et al.
OCL  395825
UREF
PNO  5649161
ISD  19970700
NAM  Andrade et al.
OCL  395494
UREF
PNO  5717873
ISD  19980200
NAM  Rabe et al.
OCL  395290
UREF
PNO  5761452
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hooks et al.
OCL  395296
UREF
PNO  5764933
ISD  19980600
NAM  Rlichardson et al.
OCL  395308
UREF
PNO  5771360
ISD  19980600
NAM  Gulick
OCL  395308
UREF
PNO  5774683
ISD  19980600
NAM  Gulick
OCL  395309
UREF
PNO  5778235
ISD  19980700
NAM  Robertson
OCL  395728
UREF
PNO  5790831
ISD  19980800
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  395500
OREF
PAL  VLSI Digital Signal Processors by Vijay K. Madisetti (Georgia Institute of
      Technology) Chapter 3, pp. 61-63; Butterworth-Heinemann, dated 1995.
LREP
FRM  Conley, Rose & Tayon, P.C.
FR2  Heim; Michael F.
FR2  Harris; Jonathan M.
ABST
PAL  A computer system includes a CPU and a memory device coupled through a
      North bridge logic device. The computer also includes a South bridge logic
      device coupled to the North bridge by a primary bus. The South bridge
      waits as long as possible before asserting a flush request (FLUSHREQ)
      control signal to the North bridge. The South bridge asserts the FLUSHREQ
      signal to the North bridge after a peripheral device coupled to the South
      bridge requests access to the primary bus to run a cycle. The South bridge
      first flushes a write queue before asserting the FLUSHREQ signal to the
      North bridge. In response to the FLUSHREQ control signal, the North bridge
      flushes one or more of its own internal write queues in preparation for
      the upcoming peripheral device cycle. By flushing its own internal write
      queue before asserting FLUSHREQ to the North bridge, the South bridge
      reduces the amount of time that the CPU will be prevented from accessing
      the primary expansion bus while the peripheral device attempts to run a
      cycle on the primary bus. An alternative embodiment of the invention
      includes a pair of South bridges, one South bridge in a laptop computer
      and the other South bridge in an expansion base to which the laptop
      computer mates.
PATN
WKU  059918349
SRC  9
APN  1443011
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980831
TTL  State machine design for generating half-full and half-empty flags in an
      asynchronous FIFO
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXA  Portka; Gary J.
EXP  Chan; Eddie P.
NDR  4
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Hawkins; Andrew L.
CTY  Starkville
STA  MS
INVT
NAM  Narayana; Pidugu L.
CTY  Starkville
STA  MS
ASSG
NAM  Cypress Semiconductor Corp.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  567918
APD  19951206
PSC  01
PNO  5809339
CLAS
OCL  710 57
XCL  711156
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1200
FSC  395
FSS  877
FSC  711
FSS  109;110;156
FSC  365
FSS  189.07;189.12;221
UREF
PNO  4467443
ISD  19840800
NAM  Shima
OCL  395416
UREF
PNO  4802122
ISD  19890100
NAM  Auvinen et al.
OCL  365154
UREF
PNO  4839866
ISD  19890600
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  365221
UREF
PNO  4847812
ISD  19890700
NAM  Lodhi
OCL  365221
UREF
PNO  4864543
ISD  19890900
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  365221
UREF
PNO  4875196
ISD  19891000
NAM  Spaderna et al.
OCL  365238
UREF
PNO  4888739
ISD  19891200
NAM  Fredrick et al.
OCL  365211
UREF
PNO  4891788
ISD  19900100
NAM  Kreifeks
OCL  365 49
UREF
PNO  4942553
ISD  19900700
NAM  Daltymple et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4985867
ISD  19910100
NAM  Ishii et al.
OCL  365221
UREF
PNO  5084837
ISD  19920100
NAM  Matsumato et al.
OCL  395250
UREF
PNO  5088061
ISD  19920200
NAM  Golnabi et al.
OCL  365189.01
UREF
PNO  5220529
ISD  19930600
NAM  Kohiyama et al.
OCL  365189.01
UREF
PNO  5222047
ISD  19930600
NAM  Matsuda et al.
OCL  365230.03
UREF
PNO  5228002
ISD  19930700
NAM  Huang
OCL  365221
UREF
PNO  5262996
ISD  19931100
NAM  Shiue
OCL  362221
UREF
PNO  5265063
ISD  19931100
NAM  Kogure
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5305253
ISD  19940400
NAM  Ward
OCL  365 73
UREF
PNO  5311475
ISD  19940500
NAM  Huang
OCL  365221
UREF
PNO  5315184
ISD  19940500
NAM  Benhamida
OCL  307518
UREF
PNO  5317756
ISD  19940500
NAM  Komatsu et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5345419
ISD  19940900
NAM  Fenstermaker et al.
OCL  365189.04
UREF
PNO  5365485
ISD  19941100
NAM  Ward et al.
OCL  365221
UREF
PNO  5367486
ISD  19941100
NAM  Mori et al.
OCL  365189.05
UREF
PNO  5375092
ISD  19941200
NAM  Taniguchi et al.
OCL  365221
UREF
PNO  5404332
ISD  19950400
NAM  Sato et al.
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5406273
ISD  19950400
NAM  Nishida et al.
OCL  340825.51
UREF
PNO  5406554
ISD  19950400
NAM  Parry
OCL  370 58.1
UREF
PNO  5412611
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hattori et al.
OCL  365221
UREF
PNO  5426612
ISD  19950600
NAM  Ichige et al.
OCL  365220
UREF
PNO  5467319
ISD  19951100
NAM  Nusinov et al.
OCL  365231
UREF
PNO  5471583
ISD  19951100
NAM  Au et al.
OCL  395877
UREF
PNO  5473756
ISD  19951200
NAM  Traylor
OCL  395250
UREF
PNO  5490257
ISD  19960200
NAM  Hoberman et al.
OCL  395427
UREF
PNO  5495451
ISD  19960200
NAM  Cho
OCL  365221
UREF
PNO  5502655
ISD  19960300
NAM  McClure
OCL  702127
UREF
PNO  5506809
ISD  19960400
NAM  Csoppenszky et al.
OCL  365221
UREF
PNO  5506815
ISD  19960400
NAM  Hsieh et al.
OCL  365230.03
UREF
PNO  5508679
ISD  19960400
NAM  McClure
OCL  340146.2
UREF
PNO  5513318
ISD  19960400
NAM  van der Goor et al.
OCL  395185.01
UREF
PNO  5519701
ISD  19960500
NAM  Colmant et al.
OCL  370 60.1
UREF
PNO  5521876
ISD  19960500
NAM  Hattori et al.
OCL  365221
UREF
PNO  5528553
ISD  19960600
NAM  Saxena
OCL  365230.01
UREF
PNO  5546347
ISD  19960800
NAM  Ko et al.
OCL  365221
UREF
PNO  5557575
ISD  19960900
NAM  Lee
OCL  365221
UREF
PNO  5619681
ISD  19970400
NAM  Benhamida et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5623449
ISD  19970400
NAM  Fischer et al.
OCL  315200
UREF
PNO  5625842
ISD  19970400
NAM  Dalrymple
OCL  395842
FREF
PNO  0113996
ISD  19890500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  067659
ISD  19940300
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  K. Kittrell, 1Kx9X2 Asychronous FIFOs SN74ACT2235 and SN74ACT2236, Sep.
      1995, 1-3,5-9 (p4 is blank).
PAL  High Speed CMOS 256 x 36 x 2 Bi-direction FIFO, QS725420A, MDSF-00018-01,
      Apr. 24, 1995, pp. 1-36.
PAL  High-Speed CMOS 4K x 9 Clocked FIFO with Output Enable, QS7244A,
      MDSF-00008-05, Jun. 6, 1995, pp. 1-2.
PAL  High-Speed CMOS 1K X 36 Clocked FIFO with Bus Sizing, QS723620.
      MDSF-00020-00, Jul. 17, 1995, pp. 1-36.
LREP
FR2  Maiorana, P.C.; Christopher P.
ABST
PAL  A state machine design which can be used to realize extremely short flag
      generation delays. The present invention also realizes the benefit of
      having an extremely high MTBF. The present invention generates a set of
      next state variables that are generated from a combination of three
      previous state variables and three additional inputs representing a
      logical "OR" of a read half-full and write half-full flag WRH, an external
      write clock input, and an external read clock input. The next state
      variables are derived from a product of the previous state variables, a
      complement signal of the previous state variables, and the signal WRH. The
      half-full flag is generated using digital logic decoding techniques that
      manipulate inputs from the three next state variables, a read clock signal
      and a write clock signal.
PATN
WKU  059918357
SRC  8
APN  5608147
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19951120
TTL  Peripheral data storage device in which time interval used for data
      transfer from relatively fast buffer memory to relatively slower main
      memory is selected in view of average of time intervals during which
      data blocks were recently received from host
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXA  Kim; Hong
EXP  Chan; Eddie P.
NDR  11
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Mashimo; Akira
CTY  Tokorozawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ohnuki; Seiichi
CTY  Fuchu
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Changhao; Gui
CTY  Iruma
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Murata; Hidehiko
CTY  Niiza
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Yamana; Kohji
CTY  Iruma
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  TEAC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941122
APN  6-312685
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941212
APN  6-332093
CLAS
OCL  710 58
XCL  710 60
XCL  710 61
XCL  711111
XCL  711113
XCL  711118
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1314
ICL  G06F 1338
FSC  395
FSS  250;440;200.13;494;558;873;876;877;878;879;880;881;872
FSC  360
FSS  60;84
FSC  711
FSS  113;135;143;167
FSC  710
FSS  58;60;61
UREF
PNO  4344132
ISD  19820800
NAM  Dixon et al.
OCL  395880
UREF
PNO  4463443
ISD  19840700
NAM  Frankel et al.
OCL  395880
UREF
PNO  4476526
ISD  19841000
NAM  Dodd
OCL  395440
UREF
PNO  4811203
ISD  19890300
NAM  Hamstra
OCL  711142
UREF
PNO  4860193
ISD  19890800
NAM  Bentley et al.
OCL  395250
UREF
PNO  4960030
ISD  19901000
NAM  Fujimori
OCL   84609
UREF
PNO  4985784
ISD  19910100
NAM  Tsuboi et al.
OCL  386109
UREF
PNO  5016165
ISD  19910500
NAM  Tanikawa et al.
OCL  395842
UREF
PNO  5193172
ISD  19930300
NAM  Arai et al.
OCL  395674
UREF
PNO  5249271
ISD  19930900
NAM  Hopkinson et al.
OCL  395877
UREF
PNO  5347635
ISD  19940900
NAM  Voeten et al.
OCL  395880
UREF
PNO  5408678
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kato et al.
OCL  395880
UREF
PNO  5412780
ISD  19950500
NAM  Rushton
OCL  711113
UREF
PNO  5414816
ISD  19950500
NAM  Oyadomari
OCL  395880
UREF
PNO  5426736
ISD  19950600
NAM  Guineau, III
OCL  395250
UREF
PNO  5450548
ISD  19950900
NAM  Matsushima
OCL  395881
UREF
PNO  5513326
ISD  19960400
NAM  Nute
OCL  395880
UREF
PNO  5537566
ISD  19960700
NAM  Konno et al.
OCL  395441
UREF
PNO  5539915
ISD  19960700
NAM  Burton et al.
OCL  395841
UREF
PNO  5548740
ISD  19960800
NAM  Kiyohara
OCL  395427
UREF
PNO  5623607
ISD  19970400
NAM  Kodama et al.
OCL  395250
UREF
PNO  5623631
ISD  19970400
NAM  Tsuboi et al.
OCL  711143
UREF
PNO  5625615
ISD  19970400
NAM  Dente et al.
OCL  369116
UREF
PNO  5631888
ISD  19970500
NAM  Itoh et al.
OCL  369 60
UREF
PNO  5649217
ISD  19970700
NAM  Yamanaka et al.
OCL  395872
LREP
FRM  Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris LLP
ABST
PAL  A rotating disk data storage device havIng a buffer in the form of a
      semiconductor memory for temporarily storing data supplied from a host
      computer prior to transfer to a disk drive. For most efficient data
      transfer from buffer to disk, the storage device has a microprocessor
      controller which is preprogrammed to compute the average, or weighted
      average, of the time intervals at which at least three, preferably eight,
      latest consecutive data blocks are delivered from the host, the average
      being updated with the reception of each new data block from the host. The
      data is transferred from buffer to disk at time intervals each determined
      by multiplying the latest average time interval by a preselected
      coefficient. Data transfer from buffer to disk also occurs when the time
      interval between any two consecutive data blocks exceeds a predetermined
      limit, or when the amount of data stored in the temporary memory exceeds a
      predetermined limit.
PATN
WKU  059918365
SRC  8
APN  8505756
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970502
TTL  System for communicating real time data between client device and server
      utilizing the client device estimating data consumption amount by the
      server
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Perveen; Rehana
EXP  Lee; Thomas C.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Renda; Gregory L.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Network Computing Devices, Inc.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  710 58
XCL  710 60
XCL  709222
XCL  709230
XCL  709301
XCL  709302
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1314
ICL  H04L 1256
FSC  395
FSS  681;682;200.61;200.3;200.52;200.6;200.33;878;880
FSC  709
FSS  301;302;231;230;222
FSC  710
FSS  58;60
UREF
PNO  5572672
ISD  19961100
NAM  Dewitt et al.
OCL  395184.01
UREF
PNO  5625678
ISD  19970400
NAM  Blomfield-Brown
OCL  379 93
UREF
PNO  5687373
ISD  19971100
NAM  Holmes et al.
OCL  395682
UREF
PNO  5729573
ISD  19980300
NAM  Bailey et al.
OCL  375222
UREF
PNO  5790114
ISD  19980800
NAM  Geaghan et al.
OCL  345326
UREF
PNO  5819043
ISD  19981000
NAM  Baugher et al.
OCL  395200.52
FREF
PNO  WO 94/18771
ISD  19940800
CNT  WOX
ICL  H04L 1256
LREP
FRM  Blakely Sokoloff Taylor & Zafman, LLP
ABST
PAL  An improved method and apparatus for providing multimedia communication
      between and client device and a server. The improved method and apparatus
      allows for communication of information, such as audio or video
      information from an application program to be communicated through a
      standard application program interface to a device driver which, in turn
      communicates the information over a network to a server.
PATN
WKU  059918373
SRC  8
APN  9825738
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19971202
TTL  Reverse oriented processor configuration
ISD  19991123
NCL  43
ECL  1
EXP  Ray; Gopal C.
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Cronin; Jeffrey J.
CTY  Blain
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Schaff; Travis J.
CTY  Meridian
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  710100
XCL  710101
XCL  361688
XCL  361737
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
ICL  G06F 15163
ICL  H05K  714
ICL  H05K  702
FSC  710
FSS  100;129;131;101
FSC  361
FSS  695;683;736;688;689;690;694;709;725;737
FSC  712
FSS  1;10
UREF
PNO  4800383
ISD  19890100
NAM  Considine
OCL  340825.79
UREF
PNO  5058053
ISD  19911000
NAM  Gillett
OCL  710131
UREF
PNO  5751550
ISD  19980500
NAM  Korinsky
OCL  361695
UREF
PNO  5892965
ISD  19990400
NAM  Miura et al.
OCL  712 34
LREP
FRM  Dorsey & Whitney LLP
ABST
PAL  Reversing the orientation of the processors in a dual-processor arrangement
      enables the overall length of the host bus to be reduced. In addition,
      less board layers may be required because the number of data and
      address/control bus crossovers is also reduced. Furthermore, the
      heat-dissipation surfaces of the processors may be aligned to face one
      another thereby forming a channel. This makes it more efficient to cool
      the processors because heat may be drawn away from each processor with a
      common fluid stream that can be propelled through the channel with a
      single fluid propeller.
PATN
WKU  059918381
SRC  8
APN  1640763
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19940217
TTL  Motorized portable computer/expansion chassis docking system
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Auve; Glenn A.
NDR  27
NFG  33
INVT
NAM  Swindler; Dan E.
CTY  Round Rock
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Jones; Pearce R.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Penniman; Mark B.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Busch; John P.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Shu; Thomas
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Kocis; Thomas J.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Durkin; Michael D.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Ozias; Orin
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Westmoreland; Derek
CTY  Columbus
STA  IN
ASSG
NAM  Dell USA, L.P.
CTY  Round Rock
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  000858
APD  19930105
PSC  01
PNO  5313596
CLAS
OCL  710101
XCL  361683
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  364
FSS  708.1
FSC  395
FSS  325;281
FSC  361
FSS  686;683
FSC  710
FSS  101;102;103
UREF
PNO  4788658
ISD  19881100
NAM  Hanebuth
OCL  364708.1
UREF
PNO  4903222
ISD  19900200
NAM  Carter et al.
OCL  364708.1
UREF
PNO  5030128
ISD  19910700
NAM  Herron et al.
OCL  439372
UREF
PNO  5126954
ISD  19920600
NAM  Morita
OCL  364708.1
UREF
PNO  5313596
ISD  19940500
NAM  Swindler et al.
OCL  395325
UREF
PNO  5323291
ISD  19940600
NAM  Boyle et al.
OCL  361686
UREF
PNO  5477415
ISD  19951200
NAM  Mitcham et al.
OCL  361868
LREP
FRM  Hayes and Boone, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A docking station structure is used to operatively connect a notebook
      computer to desktop computer peripheral devices. The docking station has
      an internal receiving chamber into which the portable computer may be
      manually inserted, an electrical connector positioned within the receiving
      chamber, a travel plate movably carried within the receiving chamber, a
      motorized drive system operative to drive the travel plate toward and away
      from the electrical connector, and a latch structure carried by the travel
      plate for movement therewith. With the travel plate in a wait position
      thereof, the portable computer is rearwardly inserted into the receiving
      chamber. In response to such insertion, the latch structure automatically
      locks the computer to the travel plate, and the drive system rearwardly
      moves the travel plate to mate the electrical connector with a
      corresponding connector on the computer, thereby operatively linking the
      computer to the peripheral devices. To remove the computer, the drive
      system is operated to forwardly move the drive plate and the computer to
      an ejection position in which the computer and docking station electrical
      connector structures are disconnected from one another, and the computer
      is unlocked from the travel plate. Upon insertion of the computer into the
      docking station opposite side portions of the computer are slidingly
      received in docking station track indentations operative to maintain the
      computer in a precisely aligned relationship with the docking station
      electrical connector during driven movement of the computer.
PATN
WKU  059918390
SRC  8
APN  7168608
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960920
TTL  Computer system having computer main body and expansion unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXA  Etienne; Ario
EXP  Sheikh; Ayaz R.
NDR  13
NFG  16
INVT
NAM  Ninomiya; Ryoji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19950929
APN  7-254221
CLAS
OCL  710101
XCL  710102
XCL  710128
XCL  710129
XCL  710131
XCL  713300
XCL  713310
XCL  713340
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  750.01;750.02;750.08;280;281;282;283;284;311;309;308
FSC  710
FSS  100;101;102;103;104;128;129;131
FSC  713
FSS  300;310;340
UREF
PNO  5301334
ISD  19940400
NAM  Horiuchi
OCL  395281
UREF
PNO  5323291
ISD  19940600
NAM  Boyle et al.
OCL  361686
UREF
PNO  5377357
ISD  19941200
NAM  Nishigaki et al.
OCL  395281
UREF
PNO  5394552
ISD  19950200
NAM  Shirota
OCL  395281
UREF
PNO  5463742
ISD  19951000
NAM  Kobayashi
OCL  295281
UREF
PNO  5507661
ISD  19960400
NAM  Honda et al.
OCL  439347
UREF
PNO  5526493
ISD  19960600
NAM  Shu
OCL  395281
UREF
PNO  5535093
ISD  19960700
NAM  Noguchi et al.
OCL  361686
UREF
PNO  5579528
ISD  19961100
NAM  Register
OCL  395309
UREF
PNO  5592362
ISD  19970100
NAM  Ohgami et al.
OCL  361686
UREF
PNO  5598539
ISD  19970100
NAM  Gephardt et al.
OCL  395281
UREF
PNO  5648762
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ichimura et al.
OCL  340825.31
FREF
PNO  59-87526
ISD  19840500
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A computer main body has a system bus. The system bus is connected to a
      PCI-DS bridge. A docking station has a plurality of expansion devices for
      expanding the functions of the computer main body. The computer main body
      is attached to the docking station by means of the DS-PCI/ISA bridge of
      the docking station and the PCI-DS bridge of the computer main body, while
      the expansion devices of the docking station are separated from the bus of
      the computer main body. The computer main body outputs to the docking
      station an instruction for starting power supply, after having been
      attached. After switching on of the docking station has been detected,
      gates in the bus sides of the DS-PCI/ISA bridge and the PCI-DS bridge are
      switched ON.
PATN
WKU  059918403
SRC  8
APN  9026347
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970729
TTL  Computer expansion unit with circuitry for reliable communication on
      auxiliary bus
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Ray; Gopal C.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Kazuyoshi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd.
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960730
APN  8-200468
CLAS
OCL  710101
XCL  714 48
XCL  714750
XCL  370249
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1338
ICL  G06F 1108
ICL  H04L 1226
FSC  710
FSS  101;52;100;33
FSC  714
FSS  1;48;49;715;750;716;819
FSC  370
FSS  249;236;464
FSC  712
FSS  224
UREF
PNO  4569049
ISD  19860200
NAM  McNamara
OCL  395185.05
UREF
PNO  4965793
ISD  19901000
NAM  Polzin et al.
OCL  370236
UREF
PNO  5414713
ISD  19950500
NAM  Waschura et al.
OCL  371 20.4
UREF
PNO  5754531
ISD  19980500
NAM  Okamoto
OCL  370249
UREF
PNO  5790523
ISD  19980800
NAM  Ritchie, Jr. et al.
OCL  370241
UREF
PNO  5838915
ISD  19981100
NAM  Klausmeier et al.
OCL  395200.45
LREP
FRM  Rabin & Champagne, P.C.
ABST
PAL  When a first expansion unit in a computer sends data on an auxiliary bus
      directly to a second expansion unit, the second expansion unit sends the
      same data directly back to the first expansion unit. If the data sent back
      are not identical to the data originally sent, the first expansion unit
      generates an error signal. Alternatively, when a first expansion unit in a
      computer sends data on an auxiliary bus directly to a second expansion
      unit, the first expansion unit sends identical data in at least two data
      streams on the auxiliary bus. If the second expansion unit does not
      receive identical data from all of these data streams, the second
      expansion unit generates an error signal.
PATN
WKU  059918411
SRC  8
APN  9368485
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970924
TTL  Memory transactions on a low pin count bus
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  1
EXP  Auve; Glenn A.
NDR  11
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Gafken; Andrew H.
CTY  Folsom
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Bennett; Joseph A.
CTY  Rancho Cordova
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Poisner; David I.
CTY  Folsom
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  710104
XCL  710 10
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  828;830;833;284;651;652;879
FSC  710
FSS  8;10;13;59;104
FSC  713
FSS  1;2
UREF
PNO  3633166
ISD  19720100
NAM  Picard
UREF
PNO  3821715
ISD  19740600
NAM  Hoff, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  3882470
ISD  19750500
NAM  Hunter
UREF
PNO  3924241
ISD  19751200
NAM  Kronies
UREF
PNO  3972028
ISD  19760700
NAM  Weber et al.
UREF
PNO  4007452
ISD  19770200
NAM  Hoff, Jr.
UREF
PNO  4099231
ISD  19780700
NAM  Kotok et al.
UREF
PNO  4191996
ISD  19800300
NAM  Chesley
UREF
PNO  4263650
ISD  19810400
NAM  Bennett et al.
UREF
PNO  4286321
ISD  19810800
NAM  Baker et al.
UREF
PNO  4306298
ISD  19811200
NAM  McElroy
UREF
PNO  4315308
ISD  19820200
NAM  Jackson
UREF
PNO  4315310
ISD  19820200
NAM  Bagliss et al.
OCL  395823
UREF
PNO  4333142
ISD  19820600
NAM  Chesley
UREF
PNO  4373183
ISD  19830200
NAM  Means et al.
UREF
PNO  4375665
ISD  19830300
NAM  Schmidt
UREF
PNO  4443864
ISD  19840400
NAM  McElroy
UREF
PNO  4449207
ISD  19840500
NAM  Kung et al.
UREF
PNO  4470114
ISD  19840900
NAM  Gerhold
UREF
PNO  4480307
ISD  19841000
NAM  Budde et al.
UREF
PNO  4481625
ISD  19841100
NAM  Roberts et al.
UREF
PNO  4488218
ISD  19841200
NAM  Grimes
UREF
PNO  4513370
ISD  19850400
NAM  Ziv et al.
UREF
PNO  4630193
ISD  19861200
NAM  Kris
UREF
PNO  4660141
ISD  19870400
NAM  Ceccon et al.
UREF
PNO  4675813
ISD  19870600
NAM  Locke
UREF
PNO  4766536
ISD  19880800
NAM  Wilson, Jr. et al.
UREF
PNO  4811202
ISD  19890300
NAM  Schabowski
UREF
PNO  4920486
ISD  19900400
NAM  Nielson
UREF
PNO  5038320
ISD  19910800
NAM  Heath et al.
UREF
PNO  5129069
ISD  19920700
NAM  Helm et al.
UREF
PNO  5159679
ISD  19921000
NAM  Culley
OCL  395879
UREF
PNO  5175831
ISD  19921200
NAM  Kumar
UREF
PNO  5317723
ISD  19940500
NAM  Heap et al.
UREF
PNO  5367639
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sodos
OCL  395879
UREF
PNO  5434997
ISD  19950700
NAM  Landry et al.
UREF
PNO  5471674
ISD  19951100
NAM  Stewart et al.
OCL  395652
UREF
PNO  5475854
ISD  19951200
NAM  Thomsen et al.
UREF
PNO  5561821
ISD  19961000
NAM  Gephardt et al.
UREF
PNO  5579530
ISD  19961100
NAM  Solomon et al.
OCL  395855
UREF
PNO  5581745
ISD  19961200
NAM  Muraoka et al.
OCL  395557
UREF
PNO  5596756
ISD  19970100
NAM  O'Brien
UREF
PNO  5619728
ISD  19970400
NAM  Jones et al.
UREF
PNO  5664197
ISD  19970900
NAM  Kardach et al.
UREF
PNO  5768622
ISD  19980600
NAM  Lory et al.
OCL  395855
UREF
PNO  5793990
ISD  19980800
NAM  Jirgal et al.
UREF
PNO  5838993
ISD  19981100
NAM  Riley et al.
UREF
PNO  5841715
ISD  19981100
NAM  Farmwald et al.
OCL  365203
OREF
PAL  PCT Search Report, International Application No. PCT/US98/13886.
PAL  PCI Local Bus Specification, Revision 2.1, Jun. 1, 1995, 3 pgs. total.
PAL  Gilman D. Chesley, "Virtual Memory Integration" Sep. 1983, 4 pages total.
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  A system having a bus coupled to a host and a memory device. The bus may
      include a plurality of general purpose signal lines to carry
      time-multiplexed address, data, and control information. The memory device
      may store system start-up information and communicate this information
      with the host over the bus.
PATN
WKU  059918420
SRC  8
APN  9172955
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970825
TTL  Communication system for providing digital data transfer, electronic
      equipment for transferring data using the communication system, and an
      interface control device
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXA  Etienne; Ario
EXP  Sheikh; Ayaz R.
NDR  10
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Takayama; Nobutoshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  710105
XCL  710104
XCL  710106
XCL  710 11
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  285;284;286;831
FSC  710
FSS  105;104;106;11
UREF
PNO  5506965
ISD  19960400
NAM  Naoe
OCL  395200.39
UREF
PNO  5517647
ISD  19960500
NAM  Kamada et al.
OCL  355728
UREF
PNO  5691714
ISD  19971100
NAM  Mehnert et al.
OCL  340870.05
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An electronic equipment for communications with other nodes via a serial
      bus interface. The electronic equipment has a plurality of functions, and
      stores a plurality piece of information representative of the plurality of
      functions. The communication system selectively reads the stored
      information and realizes the function corresponding to the read
      information. Accordingly, communications suitable for each function can be
      executed via the serial bus interface. An interface control device used
      with an electronic equipment having a plurality of functions stores a
      plurality piece of information representative of the plurality of
      functions. The communication system selectively reads the stored
      information and realizes the function corresponding to the read
      information. Accordingly, the electronic equipment can perform
      communications suitable for each function.
PATN
WKU  059918438
SRC  9
APN  1760599
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19981020
TTL  Method and system for concurrent computer transaction processing
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXA  Thlang; Eric S.
EXP  Sheikh; Ayaz R.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Porterfield; A. Kent
CTY  New Brighton
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  LaBerge; Paul A.
CTY  Shoreview
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Jeddeloh; Joe M.
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Micron Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  725576
APD  19961003
PSC  01
PNO  5878235
CLAS
OCL  710112
XCL  710102
XCL  710107
XCL  710129
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1336
FSC  710
FSS  112;102;107;129
UREF
PNO  4636947
ISD  19870100
NAM  Ward
OCL  709101
UREF
PNO  5193188
ISD  19930300
NAM  Franaszek et al.
OCL  707  8
UREF
PNO  5327570
ISD  19940700
NAM  Foster et al.
OCL  712 30
UREF
PNO  5485586
ISD  19960100
NAM  Brash et al.
OCL  710112
UREF
PNO  5615343
ISD  19970300
NAM  Sarangdhar et al.
OCL  710102
UREF
PNO  5625778
ISD  19970400
NAM  Childers et al.
OCL  710107
UREF
PNO  5682509
ISD  19971000
NAM  Kabenjian
OCL  710129
UREF
PNO  5887139
ISD  19990300
NAM  Hagersten et al.
OCL  709215
OREF
PAL  Shanley and Anderson, PCI System Architecture, 3d ed., Addison-Wesley
      Publishing Company, Reading, MA, 1995, Chap. 8, "The Read and Write
      Transfers," pp. 129-161.
PAL  Shanley and Anderson, ISA System Architecture, 3d ed., Addison-Wesley
      Publishing Company, Reading, MA, 1995, Chap. 16, "ISA Bus Structure," pp.
      335-350; Chap. 17, "Types of ISA Bus Cycles," pp. 351-364.
LREP
FRM  Seed and Berry LLP
ABST
PAL  A computer system and method concurrently process transactions directed to
      computer devices coupled to a bus agent. The method transmits first and
      second transaction requests from one or more computer processors across a
      computer bus to the bus agent. The bus agent transmits the first
      transaction request to a first computer device coupled to the bus agent.
      In addition, the bus agent transmits the second transaction request to a
      second computer device before the bus agent has received a transaction
      response to the first transaction request from the first computer device,
      thereby concurrently processing the transaction requests. The bus agent
      includes plural device managers each uniquely associated with one of the
      computer devices. Each device manager employs a queue pointer into a
      transaction queue to track each transaction involving the computer device
      associated with the device. manager.
PATN
WKU  059918446
SRC  9
APN  0622826
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980417
TTL  Redundant bus bridge systems and methods using selectively synchronized
      clock signals
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  1
EXP  Ray; Gopal C.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Khosrowpour; Farzad
CTY  Lyons
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Adaptec, Inc.
CTY  Longmont
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  710129
XCL  710128
XCL  713400
XCL  713501
XCL  370285
XCL  370402
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
ICL  G06F 1342
ICL  G06F  104
ICL  H04L  700
FSC  710
FSS  128;129;126;101;100;131;33;60;106
FSC  709
FSS  232
FSC  713
FSS  501;503;400
FSC  714
FSS  1;4
FSC  395
FSS  559
FSC  370
FSS  402;285;466
FSC  375
FSS  219
FSC  327
FSS  141
UREF
PNO  5210858
ISD  19930500
NAM  Jensen et al.
OCL  713401
UREF
PNO  5434996
ISD  19950700
NAM  Bell
OCL  713400
UREF
PNO  5838995
ISD  19981100
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  710 60
LREP
FRM  Duft, Graziano & Forest, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A redundant bus bridge system for communicating between a first bus and a
      second bus includes a first clock generator operative to produce a first
      clock signal and a second clock generator operative to produce a second
      clock signal. A first bus bridge, e.g., a first RAID controller, connects
      the first bus and the second bus and is responsive to the first clock
      generator and the second clock generator. The first bus bridge is
      operative to transfer data between the first bus and the second bus in
      synchronism with a selected one of the first clock signal and the second
      clock signal. A second bus bridge, e.g., a second RAID controller,
      connects the first bus and the second bus and is responsive to the first
      clock generator and the second clock generator. The second bus bridge is
      operative to transfer data between the first bus and the second bus in
      synchronism with a selected one of the first clock signal and the second
      clock signal. According to aspects of the present invention, the first bus
      bridge is operative to transfer data between the first bus and the second
      bus in synchronism with the second clock signal when the second bus bridge
      is operational, and the first bus bridge is operative to transfer data
      between the first bus and the second bus in synchronism with the first
      clock signal when the second bus bridge is non-operational.
PATN
WKU  059918454
SRC  8
APN  7296584
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19961021
TTL  Recoverable spin lock system
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Vo; Tim T.
EXP  Sheikh; Ayaz R.
NDR  9
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Bohannon; Philip Lewis
CTY  Mt. Tabor
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Lieuwen; Daniel Francis
CTY  Plainfield
STA  NJ
INVT
NAM  Silberschatz; Abraham
CTY  Summit
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  710200
XCL  710220
XCL  710240
XCL  710241
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1314
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  726;727;728;729;730;731;732;674
FSC  709
FSS  5;225;200
FSC  710
FSS  220;240;241;242;244
UREF
PNO  4604694
ISD  19860800
NAM  Hough
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5274823
ISD  19931200
NAM  Brenner et al.
OCL  395725
UREF
PNO  5287521
ISD  19940200
NAM  Nitta et al.
OCL  395725
UREF
PNO  5392433
ISD  19950200
NAM  Hammersley et al.
OCL  395725
UREF
PNO  5428761
ISD  19950600
NAM  Herlihy et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5623670
ISD  19970400
NAM  Bohannon et al.
OCL  395726
UREF
PNO  5671446
ISD  19970900
NAM  Rakita et al.
OCL  395874
UREF
PNO  5717873
ISD  19980200
NAM  Rabe et al.
OCL  395290
UREF
PNO  5784623
ISD  19980700
NAM  Srinivasan
OCL  395726
OREF
PAL  J.M. Mellor-Crummey and M.L. Scott, "Algorithms for Scalable
      Synchronization On Shared-Memory Multiprocessors," ACM Transactions on
      Computer Systems, vol. 9, No. 1, Feb., 1991, pp. 22-47.
PAL  Thomas E. Anderson, "The Performance of Spin Lock Alternatives for
      Shared-Memory Multiprocessors," IEEE Transactions on Parallel and
      Distributed Systems, vol. 1, No. 1, Jan., 1990, pp. 6-16.
PAL  Gary Graunke and Shreekant Thakkar, "Synchronization Algorithms for
      Shared-Memory Multiprocessors" Jun., 1990, pp. 60-69.
ABST
PAL  A method for recovering spin locks in a system having one or more processes
      capable of accessing a shared resource, the system providing a lock
      indicating exclusive access to the shared resource by a single process and
      enabling one or more processes to repeatedly attempt to gain access to the
      lock when ownership of the shared resource is desired. The method includes
      generating a linked list queue structure containing a first process
      currently having exclusive access to the lock and one or more processes
      added to the queue structure to spin on the lock, each process capable of
      modifying the queue structure by obtaining exclusive access of the lock
      from a process having exclusive access of the lock and releasing the lock
      to another process in the linked list queue structure; detecting when one
      or more processes having exclusive access to the lock terminates, and upon
      detection, removing the terminated process from the queue structure, and
      restoring consistency to said linked list queue structure.
PATN
WKU  059918462
SRC  8
APN  5598141
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19951117
TTL  Information processing apparatus with output device selection based on
      device characteristics and priorities
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXA  Thlang; Eric S.
EXP  Sheikh; Ayaz R.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Ooki; Jouji
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19941121
APN  6-286206
CLAS
OCL  710241
XCL  710113
XCL  710128
XCL  713300
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
FSC  395
FSS  729;308;293;750;430;725;900;163;309
FSC  364
FSS  483;482;200
FSC  382
FSS  18
UREF
PNO  4130864
ISD  19781200
NAM  Schlotterer
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4335448
ISD  19820600
NAM  VanNess
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4503495
ISD  19850300
NAM  Boudreau
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4523331
ISD  19850600
NAM  Asija
OCL  382 18
UREF
PNO  4891634
ISD  19900100
NAM  Ina et al.
OCL  340723
UREF
PNO  5031115
ISD  19910700
NAM  Hayashi
OCL  364519
UREF
PNO  5157417
ISD  19921000
NAM  Anzai
OCL  346108
UREF
PNO  5193196
ISD  19930300
NAM  Mochida et al.
OCL  395725
UREF
PNO  5261047
ISD  19931100
NAM  Rivshin
OCL  395163
UREF
PNO  5361329
ISD  19941100
NAM  Morita et al.
OCL  395102
UREF
PNO  5381549
ISD  19950100
NAM  Tamura
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5398305
ISD  19950300
NAM  Yawata et al.
OCL  395101
UREF
PNO  5420703
ISD  19950500
NAM  Sakai et al.
OCL  358501
UREF
PNO  5473749
ISD  19951200
NAM  Ito et al.
OCL  395162
UREF
PNO  5495602
ISD  19960200
NAM  Harada et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5530882
ISD  19960600
NAM  Sasaki et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5535418
ISD  19960700
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  395845
UREF
PNO  5563711
ISD  19961000
NAM  Sakai et al.
OCL  358296
LREP
FRM  Fitzpatrick, Cella, Harper & Scinto
ABST
PAL  An information processing apparatus for controlling a plurality of output
      devices includes a storage unit for storing respective characteristics of
      the plurality of output devices, a setting unit for setting a plurality of
      desired characteristics and priority thereamong, and a selection unit for
      selecting a desired output device from among the plurality of output
      devices based on the plurality of characteristics and the priority set by
      the setting unit and the characteristics stored in the storage unit.
PATN
WKU  059918470
SRC  8
APN  8709807
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970606
TTL  Data pattern caching for speeding up write operations
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Moazzami; Nasser
EXP  Cabeca; John W.
NDR  4
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Ballard; Clinton L.
CTY  Suquamish
STA  WA
INVT
NAM  Canfield; Josh
CTY  Bremerton
STA  WA
ASSG
NAM  Acceleration Software International Corporation
CTY  Poulsbo
STA  WA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  711  3
XCL  711130
XCL  711146
XCL  711147
XCL  711148
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1200
FSC  711
FSS  111;3;130;133;147;170;202;206;146;148
FSC  395
FSS  712
FSC  364
FSS  134
UREF
PNO  4723223
ISD  19880200
NAM  Hanada
UREF
PNO  4947319
ISD  19900800
NAM  Bozman
UREF
PNO  5016009
ISD  19910500
NAM  Whiting et al.
UREF
PNO  5067078
ISD  19911100
NAM  Talgam et al.
OCL  711  3
UREF
PNO  5261072
ISD  19931100
NAM  Siegel
UREF
PNO  5293608
ISD  19940300
NAM  Johnson et al.
UREF
PNO  5313612
ISD  19940500
NAM  Satoh et al.
UREF
PNO  5355467
ISD  19941000
NAM  MacWilliams et al.
UREF
PNO  5414850
ISD  19950500
NAM  Whiting
UREF
PNO  5511180
ISD  19960400
NAM  Schieve
OCL  711172
UREF
PNO  5535116
ISD  19960700
NAM  Gupta et al.
OCL  364134
UREF
PNO  5584007
ISD  19961200
NAM  Ballard
UREF
PNO  5584017
ISD  19961200
NAM  Pierce et al.
OCL  711146
UREF
PNO  5732275
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kullick et al.
OCL  395712
LREP
FR2  Koda, Esq.; Steven P.
ABST
PAL  A data pattern cache stores data patterns in units (i.e., a sector). A
      given data pattern is associated with one or more physical device address
      ranges which store such data pattern (e.g., sectors). Thus, although the
      same data pattern may occur as 10 redundant sectors for different files on
      different parts of a hard disk, the data pattern is stored in the data
      pattern cache once. One or more physical device sectors are linked to the
      data pattern.
PATN
WKU  059918489
SRC  8
APN  9641351
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19971106
TTL  Computing system accessible to a split line on border of two pages
      within one cycle
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXP  Bragdon; Reginald G.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Koh; Dong Bum
CTY  Kyoungki-do
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Hyundai Electronics Industries Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyoungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19961106
APN  96-52479
CLAS
OCL  711  3
XCL  711123
XCL  711201
XCL  711207
XCL  711219
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1208
FSC  711
FSS  3;123;201;207;219
UREF
PNO  5623619
ISD  19970400
NAM  Witt
OCL  711  3
UREF
PNO  5802576
ISD  19980900
NAM  Tzeng et al.
OCL  711213
LREP
FRM  Jacobson, Price, Holman & Stern, PLLC
ABST
PAL  This invention is developed to provide a computing system which can carry
      out a high speed access to a cache memory within one cycle even though
      data needed to be read is on the border of two pages. To realize the high
      speed computing system accessible to a split line on the border of two
      pages within one cycle, the computing system includes a translation
      lookaside buffer (TLB) which is designed to have a dual port structure, a
      prefetcher and a data/code cache memory which is improved for supporting
      the translated lookaside buffer (TLB).
PATN
WKU  059918497
SRC  8
APN  8332959
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970408
TTL  Rewriting protection of a size varying first region of a reprogrammable
      non-volatile memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  2
ECL  1
EXP  Thai; Tuan V.
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Yamada; Susumu
CTY  Moriguchi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Watanabe; Toru
CTY  Moriguchi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kubota; Susumu
CTY  Moriguchi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Ogata; Noriyuki
CTY  Moriguchi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okubayashi; Masanori
CTY  Moriguchi
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960410
APN  8-088401
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19960424
APN  8-102535
CLAS
OCL  711103
XCL  711152
XCL  711173
XCL  36518529
XCL  36518533
XCL  36518901
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1200
ICL  G11C  700
FSC  711
FSS  103;173;152
FSC  365
FSS  185.29;185.33;154;189.01
UREF
PNO  4502115
ISD  19850200
NAM  Eguchi
OCL  395307
UREF
PNO  5093909
ISD  19920300
NAM  Saito
OCL  711161
UREF
PNO  5097445
ISD  19920300
NAM  Yamauchi
OCL  365195
UREF
PNO  5408672
ISD  19950400
NAM  Miyazawa et al.
OCL  395800.37
UREF
PNO  5566309
ISD  19961000
NAM  Tamura
OCL  711  5
UREF
PNO  5592641
ISD  19970100
NAM  Fandrich et al.
OCL  711103
UREF
PNO  5657467
ISD  19970800
NAM  Hasegawa
OCL  711103
UREF
PNO  5678082
ISD  19971000
NAM  Miyazawa et al.
OCL  396300
UREF
PNO  5845332
ISD  19981200
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  711163
LREP
FRM  Loeb & Loeb, LLP
ABST
PAL  A program for rewriting data in an address region B is written in an
      address region A which can be rewritten by an external PROM writer. After
      resetting the microcomputer and rewriting the program in address region A,
      the reset state is cancelled and the last address in address region A of
      the EEPROM (1) is then stored in a register (17). An address detector (18)
      prohibits rewriting in address region A based on an address value stored
      in the register (17).
PATN
WKU  059918500
SRC  8
APN  6980694
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19960815
TTL  Synchronous DRAM modules including multiple clock out signals for
      increasing processing speed
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  7
EXA  Thai; Tuan V.
EXP  Cabeca; John W.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Ryan; Kevin J.
CTY  Eagle
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  711105
XCL  711115
XCL  711154
XCL  711167
XCL  36523003
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1200
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  711
FSS  104;105;115;5;154;167
FSC  365
FSS  52;230.03
UREF
PNO  5089993
ISD  19920200
NAM  Neal et al.
OCL  711115
UREF
PNO  5228132
ISD  19930700
NAM  Neal et al.
UREF
PNO  5261068
ISD  19931100
NAM  Gaskins et al.
OCL  711115
UREF
PNO  5287327
ISD  19940200
NAM  Takasugi
OCL  365230.02
UREF
PNO  5440552
ISD  19950800
NAM  Hirano
OCL  365230.03
UREF
PNO  5513135
ISD  19960400
NAM  Dell et al.
OCL  365 52
UREF
PNO  5524232
ISD  19960600
NAM  Hajeer
OCL  711115
UREF
PNO  5586129
ISD  19961200
NAM  Chan
OCL  371 51.1
UREF
PNO  5634803
ISD  19970600
NAM  Cheng et al.
OCL  439157
UREF
PNO  5686730
ISD  19971100
NAM  Laudon et al.
OCL  365 52
UREF
PNO  5696031
ISD  19971200
NAM  Wark
OCL  437209
LREP
FRM  Dickstein Shapiro Morin & Oshinsky LLP
ABST
PAL  Additional clock-outs are included on DRAMs in a multiple Dual In-Line
      Module Memory (DIMM) system having DRAMs of different data widths. The
      additional clock-outs balance the loads seen by the DRAM clock-out and
      data-out, thereby reducing signal skew between the DRAM data and clock
      lines. Additionally, in a second embodiment, every other clock line in a
      series of DRAMs comprising a DIMM are left unconnected. The data from the
      non connected DRAMs is clocked using the clock line of its neighbor.
PATN
WKU  059918519
SRC  8
APN  850802&
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970502
TTL  Enhanced signal processing random access memory device utilizing a DRAM
      memory array integrated with an associated SRAM cache and internal
      refresh control
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  McLean; Kimberly
EXP  Chan; Eddie P.
NDR  10
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Alwais; Michael
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Mobley; Kenneth J.
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Enhanced Memory Systems, Inc.
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  711106
XCL  711105
XCL  711100
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1200
FSC  711
FSS  106;167;105;122;118;100;128
UREF
PNO  4106108
ISD  19780800
NAM  Cislaghi et al.
OCL  365222
UREF
PNO  4625301
ISD  19861100
NAM  Berger
OCL  365222
UREF
PNO  4710903
ISD  19871200
NAM  Hereth et al.
OCL  365194
UREF
PNO  5226147
ISD  19930700
NAM  Fujishima et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5239639
ISD  19930800
NAM  Fischer et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5341488
ISD  19940800
NAM  Kobayashi
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5345577
ISD  19940900
NAM  Chan et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5404335
ISD  19950400
NAM  Tobita
OCL  365222
UREF
PNO  5446695
ISD  19950800
NAM  Douse et al.
OCL  365222
UREF
PNO  5721862
ISD  19980200
NAM  Sartore et al.
OCL  395445
UREF
PNO  5745913
ISD  19980400
NAM  Pattin et al.
OCL  711105
UREF
PNO  5802555
ISD  19970300
NAM  Shigeeda
OCL  711106
UREF
PNO  5809526
ISD  19961000
NAM  Patel
OCL  711122
OREF
PAL  John L. Hennessy & David A. Patterson, "Computer Architecture A
      Quantitative Approach", pp. 425-427, Dec. 1990.
PAL  "SRAM 64k.times.16 SRAM With Output Enable".COPYRGT., MicroSemiconductor,
      Inc., 1993.
PAL  Memory Data Book, "Pseudo-Static RAMs-2" pp. 2-1-2-50.COPYRGT., 1993 Sharp
      Electronics Corp., P.O. Box 19086, Porland, OR 97280.
LREP
FR2  Kubida, Esq.; William J.
     Holland & Hart LLP
ABST
PAL  An enhanced digital signal processing random access memory device utilizing
      a highly density DRAM core memory array integrated with an SRAM cache and
      internal refresh control functionality which may be provided in an
      integrated circuit package which is pin-compatible with industry standard
      SRAM memory devices. The memory device provides a high speed memory access
      device of particular utility in conjunction with DSP processors with
      performance equivalent to that of SRAM memory devices but requiring a
      significantly small die size which allows for the provision of greater
      effective memory capacity per die area. The internal refresh functionality
      of the device provides for all refresh operations to the DRAM memory array
      to occur transparently to the device user and provides control signals
      alerting the associated controller when refresh operations are being
      performed.
PATN
WKU  059918527
SRC  8
APN  7387660
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19961028
TTL  Cache ram using a secondary controller and switching circuit and
      improved chassis arrangement
ISD  19991123
NCL  1
ECL  1
EXP  Gossage; Glenn
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Bagley; Robert Craig
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  MTI Technology Corporation
CTY  Anaheim
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  711112
XCL  714  6
XCL  714  7
XCL  361685
XCL  361796
XCL  711119
XCL  711162
XCL  711114
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
ICL  G06F 1116
ICL  H05K  702
FSC  711
FSS  112;113;114;161;162;119
FSC  395
FSS  182.04;182.05;183.18
FSC  361
FSS  684;685;796;788
FSC  714
FSS  6;7;42
UREF
PNO  5212785
ISD  19930500
NAM  Powers et al.
OCL  714  5
UREF
PNO  5432922
ISD  19950700
NAM  Polyzois et al.
OCL  711162
UREF
PNO  5437022
ISD  19950700
NAM  Beardsley et al.
OCL  714  6
UREF
PNO  5469335
ISD  19951100
NAM  Kluth et al.
OCL  361800
UREF
PNO  5535381
ISD  19960700
NAM  Kopper
OCL  711162
UREF
PNO  5557186
ISD  19960900
NAM  McMurtrey, Sr. et al.
OCL  318626
UREF
PNO  5579204
ISD  19961100
NAM  Nelson et al.
OCL  361685
UREF
PNO  5617530
ISD  19970400
NAM  Stallmo et al.
OCL  711114
UREF
PNO  5619642
ISD  19970400
NAM  Nielson et al.
OCL  714  6
UREF
PNO  5640606
ISD  19970600
NAM  Glenn, Jr. et al.
OCL  710 62
UREF
PNO  5652697
ISD  19970700
NAM  Le
OCL  361788
UREF
PNO  5680295
ISD  19971000
NAM  Le et al.
OCL  361788
UREF
PNO  5734549
ISD  19980300
NAM  Oura
OCL  361685
UREF
PNO  5777845
ISD  19980700
NAM  Krum et al.
OCL  361685
UREF
PNO  5787243
ISD  19980700
NAM  Stiffler
OCL  714 13
UREF
PNO  5828243
ISD  19981000
NAM  Bagley
OCL  327 99
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A memory system including a main memory such as a cache memory and a shadow
      or back-up cache memory in conjunction with a write cache is disclosed.
      The shadow memory is coupled to the same data bus as the main memory and
      is written to simultaneously. Thus, there is no latency between writing to
      the main memory and writing to the shadow memory. Redundancy is provided
      for by having a switching circuit which allows control of the shadow
      memory to be transferred to a second controller upon failure of a first
      controller. A unique layout arrangement for a RAID (redundant array of
      independent disks) chassis is also described in which back-to-back circuit
      boards are mounted in the center of the chassis and a main bus on one
      board becomes the shadow bus on the other board, providing a mirror
      arrangement for the circuit boards.
PATN
WKU  059918535
SRC  8
APN  9687092
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19971113
TTL  Methods for accessing coincident cache with a bit-sliced architecture
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  3
EXA  Thai; Toan V.
EXP  Swann; Tod R.
NDR  6
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Whittaker; Bruce E.
CTY  Mission Viejo
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Kalish; Donald M.
CTY  Laguna Niguel
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Barajas; Saul
CTY  Mission Viejo
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Unisys Corporation
CTY  Blue Bell
STA  PA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  092408
APD  19930715
PSC  01
PNO  5689680
CLAS
OCL  711127
XCL  711118
XCL  711129
XCL  711154
XCL  711157
XCL  36518902
XCL  36523002
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1202
ICL  G06F 1208
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  711
FSS  3;5;118;119;127;129;131;141;154;157;149
FSC  365
FSS  189.02;230.02
UREF
PNO  4370710
ISD  19830100
NAM  Kroft
OCL  711128
UREF
PNO  4381541
ISD  19830400
NAM  Baumann et al.
OCL  711128
UREF
PNO  4445172
ISD  19840400
NAM  Peters et al.
OCL  711  3
UREF
PNO  5095424
ISD  19920300
NAM  Woffinden et al.
OCL  711123
UREF
PNO  5148537
ISD  19920900
NAM  Belsan
OCL  711131
UREF
PNO  5168560
ISD  19921200
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  711123
UREF
PNO  5319768
ISD  19940600
NAM  Rastegar
OCL  711131
UREF
PNO  5398325
ISD  19950300
NAM  Chang et al.
OCL  711  3
LREP
FR2  McCormack; John J.
FR2  Starr; Mark T.
FR2  Adornato; Rocco L.
ABST
PAL  A "bit-sliced" construction of our cache module dictates dual TAG RAM
      structures and dual invalidation queues, yielding enhanced performance. By
      putting half the TAG array in each of two cache arrays, and allowing each
      to handle only one-half of the possible address values, processor
      operations and invalidation operations can be "overlapped", and even
      operate simultaneously.
PATN
WKU  059918543
SRC  8
APN  6730043
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960701
TTL  Circuit and method for address translation, using update and flush
      control circuits
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Portka; Gary J.
EXP  Chan; Eddie P.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Watkins; John E.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  711135
XCL  711207
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1212
FSC  711
FSS  203;206;207;208;209;133;147;159;135
FSC  395
FSS  200.75
FSC  709
FSS  245
UREF
PNO  4218743
ISD  19800800
NAM  Hoffman et al.
OCL  711207
UREF
PNO  4381540
ISD  19830400
NAM  Lewis et al.
OCL  395183.19
UREF
PNO  4933937
ISD  19900600
NAM  Konishi
OCL  370404
UREF
PNO  5155825
ISD  19921000
NAM  Moughanni et al.
OCL  711207
UREF
PNO  5293488
ISD  19940300
NAM  Riley et al.
OCL  395200.74
UREF
PNO  5390173
ISD  19950200
NAM  Spinney et al.
OCL  370401
UREF
PNO  5428615
ISD  19950600
NAM  Backes et al.
OCL  370392
UREF
PNO  5509131
ISD  19960400
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  711206
UREF
PNO  5592625
ISD  19970100
NAM  Sandberg
OCL  711147
UREF
PNO  5764944
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hwang et al.
OCL  711207
LREP
FRM  Blakely Sokoloff Taylor & Zafman
ABST
PAL  A circuit used to control the modification of content within memory
      implemented within an address translation unit. This memory includes a
      plurality of entries which contain virtual and physical addresses
      associated with an address translation. The circuit includes an update
      control circuit coupled to the address translation circuit. The update
      circuit is configured to set an entry to an invalid state or point to an
      entry to be loaded with a new address translation. The circuit further
      includes a flush control circuit that is configured to control the update
      control circuit. Such control includes setting an entry to an invalid
      state upon detecting a particular event.
PATN
WKU  059918551
SRC  8
APN  887039&
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970702
TTL  Low latency memory read with concurrent pipe lined snoops
ISD  19991123
NCL  38
ECL  1
EXA  Bataille; Pierre-Michel
EXP  Cabeca; John W.
NDR  8
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Jeddeloh; Joseph
CTY  Minneapolis
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Meyer; James
CTY  Shoreview
STA  MN
INVT
NAM  Brown; Jeffrey R.
CTY  Plymouth
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Micron Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  711146
XCL  711154
XCL  711168
XCL  711150
XCL  711169
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1200
FSC  711
FSS  146;150;168;118;117;143;169;154;112
UREF
PNO  5073851
ISD  19911200
NAM  Masterson et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5249282
ISD  19930900
NAM  Segers
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5355467
ISD  19941000
NAM  MacWilliams et al.
OCL  711146
UREF
PNO  5553265
ISD  19960900
NAM  Abato et al.
OCL  711146
UREF
PNO  5623628
ISD  19970400
NAM  Brayton et al.
OCL  711146
UREF
PNO  5627990
ISD  19970500
NAM  Abato et al.
OCL  711143
UREF
PNO  5634068
ISD  19970500
NAM  Nishtala et al.
OCL  711141
UREF
PNO  5664150
ISD  19970900
NAM  Issac et al.
OCL  711143
UREF
PNO  5696935
ISD  19971200
NAM  Grochowski et al.
OCL  711146
UREF
PNO  5802575
ISD  19980900
NAM  Greenley et al.
OCL  711144
UREF
PNO  5819105
ISD  19981000
NAM  Moriarty et al.
OCL  711146
UREF
PNO  5909694
ISD  19990600
NAM  Gregor et al.
OCL  711128
OREF
PAL  Shanley and Anderson, "ISA System Architecture," Addison-Wesley Publishing
      Co., 3.sup.rd Ed., pp. 235-272, Feb. 1995.
LREP
FRM  Seed and Berry LLP
ABST
PAL  A method processes memory transactions in a computer system having a system
      memory and a cache memory. The method transmits a memory request to the
      system memory without waiting for the cache memory to be snooped to
      determine whether the cache memory stores information in an address
      corresponding to a selected address of the system memory. The method may
      transmit a snoop request to the cache memory concurrently with or after
      the memory request is transmitted to the system memory. The method may be
      implemented using a system controller having a control switch that uses a
      first pathway for the memory request and a second pathway for the snoop
      request so that the snoop and memory requests can be transmitted
      simultaneously.
PATN
WKU  059918560
SRC  8
APN  9415130
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19970930
TTL  System and method for computer operating system protection
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Pan; Daniel H.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Spilo; Michael L.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
INVT
NAM  Daub; Jonathan A.
CTY  New York
STA  NY
ASSG
NAM  Network Associates, Inc.
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  711147
XCL  711163
XCL  711152
XCL  713202
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1214
ICL  G06F 1216
FSC  395
FSS  200.45;200.31;591;575
FSC  711
FSS  141;163;206;207;208
FSC  713
FSS  202
FSC  455
FSS  38.3;343
FSC  364
FSS  DIG. 1;DIG. 2
UREF
PNO  5218680
ISD  19930600
NAM  Farrell et al.
OCL  395200.45
UREF
PNO  5325499
ISD  19940600
NAM  Kummer et al.
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5559992
ISD  19960900
NAM  Stutz et al.
OCL  711163
UREF
PNO  5651137
ISD  19970700
NAM  MacWilliams et al.
OCL  711141
UREF
PNO  5815702
ISD  19980900
NAM  Kunnan et al.
OCL  395591
LREP
FRM  Darby & Darby
ABST
PAL  A method for protecting a computer operating system from unexpected errors
      write-protects certain critical system components, thereby preventing
      corruption by application programs, and handles otherwise fatal program
      errors and infinite loops outside of the context of a malfunctioning
      program, permitting the program to be reactivated.
PATN
WKU  059918578
SRC  8
APN  3606120
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19941221
TTL  Interleaving and de-interleaving of data in telecommunications
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Than V.
EXP  Chan; Eddie P.
NDR  17
NFG  22
INVT
NAM  Koetje; Anno J
CTY  Surrey
CNT  GBX
INVT
NAM  Ranta; Jukka
CTY  Salo
CNT  FIX
INVT
NAM  Wilson; Alice
CTY  Berkshire
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Nokia Mobile Phones Limited
CTY  Espoo
CNT  FIX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19931223
APN  9326234
PRIR
CNT  GBX
APD  19941026
APN  9421579
CLAS
OCL  711157
XCL  711154
XCL  711159
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1202
FSC  371
FSS  2.1;2
FSC  340
FSS  347
FSC  395
FSS  421.07;484;421.08;427;428;438;431
FSC  711
FSS  100;104;101;111;157;159;154
UREF
PNO  4394642
ISD  19830700
NAM  Currie et al.
OCL  340347
UREF
PNO  4559625
ISD  19851200
NAM  Berlekamp et al.
OCL  371  2
UREF
PNO  5042033
ISD  19910800
NAM  Costa
OCL  371  2.1
FREF
PNO  0552979A2
ISD  19930100
CNT  EPX
ICL  H03M 1322
FREF
PNO  0552979
ISD  19930700
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  62-289971
ISD  19871200
CNT  JPX
ICL  G11B12072
FREF
PNO  WO 89/01265
ISD  19890200
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  WPI Abstract Accession No. 94-113504/14 & JP 6061873 (Sony).
PAL  Mar. 4, 1994 and JAPIO Abstract 6061873, 1 page.
LREP
FRM  Perman & Green, LLP
ABST
PAL  An interleaving process in which data is interleaved or interleaved data is
      de-interleaved. Input data units are distributed over a plurality of
      output groups of data units. In GSM telephony, input bits are distributed
      over nineteen transmission bursts. Incoming data units are written to a
      contiguous RAM and output groups are read from said RAM. Addressing
      circuitry controls the writing and reading to the RAM, such that data
      units are stored until required for an output group. After data has been
      read, these read locations are re-used for the storage of new input data,
      such that the duration over which a particular memory location stores a
      data unit depends upon the interleaving process delay for that particular
      data unit. The addressing circuitry includes modulo counters, each
      arranged to generate addressing signals for a respective set of memory
      locations within the RAM. Look-up tables are used to select modulo counts
      so as to provide conventional addresses to the RAM. In another embodiment
      block de-interleaving is performed during the writing of received bits to
      memory locations. However, said bits are written sequentially to said
      locations thereby allowing the remaining space to be used for other
      purposes. In particular, said space may be used for de-interleaving fast
      associated control channels etc. Bit position de-interleaving is then
      effected when the data is read from the memory locations or when read from
      intermediate frame buffer.
PATN
WKU  059918586
SRC  8
APN  9132805
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19971231
TTL  Multi-user data processing system with storage protection
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Hiep T.
EXP  Chan; Eddie P.
NDR  1
NFG  1
INVT
NAM  Weinlander; Markus
CTY  Happburg
CNT  DEX
ASSG
NAM  Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
CTY  Munich
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19950310
APN  195 08 723
CLAS
OCL  711163
XCL  711153
XCL  711152
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1214
FSC  711
FSS  152;153;163;164;173;5
FSC  395
FSS  188.1;186;187.01
FSC  713
FSS  200;201;202
FSC  235
FSS  380;492
UREF
PNO  3742458
ISD  19730600
NAM  Inoue et al.
OCL  711154
UREF
PNO  5230070
ISD  19930700
NAM  Liu
OCL  711145
UREF
PNO  5500949
ISD  19960300
NAM  Saito
OCL  711100
UREF
PNO  5584017
ISD  19961200
NAM  Pierce et al.
OCL  711146
UREF
PNO  5848435
ISD  19981200
NAM  Brant et al.
OCL  711152
FREF
PNO  04 49 255 A1
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  05 61 509 A1
ISD  19930900
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  41 15 152 A1
ISD  19921100
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
PCTA
PCN  PCT/DE96/00407
PD1  19971231
PD2  19971231
PD3  19960307
PCP  WO96/28782
PCD  19960919
ABST
PAR  A data processor is adapted, in particular with respect to the microcode,
      in such a way that the execution of standard commands of the processor
      which are loaded in a user memory area and request reading or writing
      access to the content of memory cells is inhibited. In the operating
      system memory area there is a memory area access table, in which there is
      stored the address area authorized per user memory area for the commands
      there. Finally, there is an additional program routine which is called up
      by a command loaded in a user memory area and requesting reading or
      writing access to a memory cell, and checks by means of the memory area
      access table (before execution) whether the requested access to a memory
      cell lies in the authorized address area. If it does not lie in the
      authorized address area, the additional program routine inhibits the
      execution of the command. The invention has the advantage that the "radius
      of action" of one or more application programs in the user program memory
      area can be restricted in a simple way.
PATN
WKU  059918594
SRC  8
APN  9372156
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970917
TTL  Semiconductor storage device having on-the-fly adaptable storage capacity
ISD  19991123
NCL  43
ECL  1
EXA  Kim; Hong
EXP  Chan; Eddie P.
NDR  20
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Nagasawa; Yumiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Maeda; Shigeyuki
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Fujitsu Limited
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19940623
APN  6/142033
RLAP
COD  71
APN  430850
APD  19950428
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  711170
XCL  711154
XCL  711171
XCL  711172
XCL  711162
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  938
FSC  711
FSS  170;171;172;173;5;162;154
FSC  707
FSS  206;205
FSC  395
FSS  182.04;876
FSC  714
FSS  6
FSC  710
FSS  56
UREF
PNO  4771375
ISD  19880900
NAM  Beglin et al.
OCL  711111
UREF
PNO  4775932
ISD  19881000
NAM  Oxley et al.
OCL  707206
UREF
PNO  5088036
ISD  19920200
NAM  Ellis et al.
OCL  707206
UREF
PNO  5109336
ISD  19920400
NAM  Guenther et al.
OCL  711171
UREF
PNO  5121495
ISD  19920600
NAM  Nemes
OCL  707  3
UREF
PNO  5193168
ISD  19930300
NAM  Corrigan et al.
OCL  707100
UREF
PNO  5218698
ISD  19930600
NAM  Mandl
OCL  711165
UREF
PNO  5274804
ISD  19931200
NAM  Jackson et al.
OCL  707206
UREF
PNO  5339411
ISD  19940800
NAM  Heaton, Jr.
OCL  711171
UREF
PNO  5355483
ISD  19941000
NAM  Serlet
OCL  711154
UREF
PNO  5398142
ISD  19950300
NAM  Davy
OCL  360 48
UREF
PNO  5432922
ISD  19950700
NAM  Polyzois et al.
OCL  395182.04
UREF
PNO  5530850
ISD  19960600
NAM  Ford et al.
OCL  707206
UREF
PNO  5551003
ISD  19960800
NAM  Mattson et al.
OCL  711136
UREF
PNO  5560003
ISD  19960900
NAM  Nilsen et al.
OCL  707206
UREF
PNO  5687368
ISD  19971100
NAM  Nilsen
OCL  711103
FREF
PNO  61-112254
ISD  19860500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-154018
ISD  19870700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4217017
ISD  19920800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Greer, Burns & Crain, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  A semiconductor storage device has semiconductor memories each divided into
      a plurality of logical volumes, wherein host units connected to the
      semiconductor storage device perform read/write accesses to the logical
      volumes via access means, the semiconductor storage device further
      including: data shifting means which performs data shifting required when
      the constitution of the logical volume is modified, by using a memory
      block table provided for data shifting process and data shifting buffers
      provided in a stand-by memory, the data shifting being done in units of
      memory blocks within the logical volume which is subject to modification;
      and access control means for managing an access instruction table provided
      for access from the host units to the target addresses, and for allowing
      accesses from the host units to be performed properly while the data is
      being shifted.
PATN
WKU  059918608
SRC  8
APN  8415390
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19970423
TTL  Root file system size increase on a unix based computer system
ISD  19991123
NCL  27
ECL  12
EXA  Ransom; David
EXP  Cabeca; John W.
NDR  5
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Gross; Danny Brice
CTY  Bastrop
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  O'Donnell; Michael Douglas
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Toomey; Gene Regis
CTY  Kyle
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  711173
XCL  711115
XCL  711202
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1216
ICL  G06F 1200
FSC  711
FSS  101;115;170;173;200;202
UREF
PNO  4855903
ISD  19890800
NAM  Carleton et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4918653
ISD  19900400
NAM  Johri et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4958273
ISD  19900900
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  5155837
ISD  19921000
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5155847
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kirouac et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5276867
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kenley et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5341494
ISD  19940800
NAM  Thayer et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5454103
ISD  19950900
NAM  Coverston et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5490260
ISD  19960200
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  395427
UREF
PNO  5539899
ISD  19960700
NAM  Huynh et al.
OCL  395497.02
UREF
PNO  5574841
ISD  19961100
NAM  Rathunde
OCL  395182.05
UREF
PNO  5577233
ISD  19961100
NAM  Goettelmann et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5627995
ISD  19970500
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  395497.02
UREF
PNO  5675795
ISD  19971000
NAM  Rawson, III et al.
OCL  395652
UREF
PNO  5678042
ISD  19971000
NAM  Pisello et al.
OCL  395610
UREF
PNO  5696897
ISD  19971200
NAM  Dong
OCL  395182.13
UREF
PNO  5696968
ISD  19971200
NAM  Merkin
OCL  395652
UREF
PNO  5701516
ISD  19971200
NAM  Cheng et al.
OCL  395842
UREF
PNO  5715464
ISD  19980200
NAM  Crump et al.
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5737745
ISD  19980400
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  711114
UREF
PNO  5771354
ISD  19931100
NAM  Crawford
OCL  395200.59
UREF
PNO  5778395
ISD  19980700
NAM  Whiting et al.
OCL  707204
UREF
PNO  5790849
ISD  19980800
NAM  Crocker et al.
OCL  395652
UREF
PNO  5802297
ISD  19980900
NAM  Engquist
OCL  395200.42
UREF
PNO  5805903
ISD  19960500
NAM  Elkhoury
OCL  395750.01
UREF
PNO  5809564
ISD  19980900
NAM  Craze et al.
OCL  711208
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin & Friel, L.L.P.
FR2  Terrile; Stephen A.
FR2  Noonan; Michael P.
ABST
PAL  A method for increasing the size of a root file system on a computer system
      operating under control of a UNIX type operating system. The computer
      system includes a first storage device. The first storage device includes
      a root partition. The root partition includes a root file system. The
      method includes booting the computer system to a single user mode,
      increasing the size of the root partition and the root file system without
      reinstalling the UNIX type operating system, and rebooting the computer
      system.
PATN
WKU  059918616
SRC  8
APN  6179916
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960315
TTL  Method of enabling and disabling a data function in an integrated circuit
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; T. V.
EXP  Chan; Eddie P.
NDR  7
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Young; B. Arlen
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Adaptec, Inc.
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  711202
XCL  711154
XCL  395306
XCL  395307
XCL  395308
XCL  395309
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1202
FSC  395
FSS  308;309;311;312;412;427;481;490;282;858;306;307
FSC  711
FSS  202;154;112
FSC  371
FSS  40.14;40.12
UREF
PNO  4373181
ISD  19830200
NAM  Chisholm et al.
OCL  395421.01
UREF
PNO  4468759
ISD  19840800
NAM  Kung et al.
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  4965801
ISD  19901000
NAM  DuLac
OCL  371 40.14
UREF
PNO  5033048
ISD  19910700
NAM  Pierce et al.
OCL  371 21.2
UREF
PNO  5070502
ISD  19911200
NAM  Supnik
OCL  395182.06
UREF
PNO  5131082
ISD  19920700
NAM  Bonevento et al.
OCL  395825
UREF
PNO  5251312
ISD  19931000
NAM  Sodos
OCL  395844
UREF
PNO  5278969
ISD  19940100
NAM  Pashan et al.
OCL  395182.04
UREF
PNO  5293624
ISD  19940300
NAM  Andrade et al.
OCL  395825
UREF
PNO  5373512
ISD  19941200
NAM  Brady
OCL  371 40.12
UREF
PNO  5436912
ISD  19950700
NAM  Lustig
OCL  371 21.2
UREF
PNO  5475814
ISD  19951200
NAM  Tomimitsu
OCL  395183.06
UREF
PNO  5553260
ISD  19960900
NAM  Miyane
OCL  711220
UREF
PNO  5555390
ISD  19960900
NAM  Judd et al.
OCL  711112
UREF
PNO  5561772
ISD  19961000
NAM  Dornier et al.
OCL  395309
UREF
PNO  5586268
ISD  19961200
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  395858
UREF
PNO  5611057
ISD  19970300
NAM  Pecone et al.
OCL  395282
UREF
PNO  5615383
ISD  19970300
NAM  Caudel et al.
OCL  395309
LREP
FR2  Gunnison; Forrest
ABST
PAL  The address used to specify the storage location of data streaming from a
      first device to a second device is used in the control of a data function,
      such as an XOR function circuit in an integrated PCI buffer controller and
      data function circuit. An alias PCI address is loaded in a SCSI command
      block for the data destination when the data function circuitry is to be
      enabled. A host adapter system driver or application is notified of an
      alias address during initialization, and uses the alias address in the
      construction of SCSI command blocks to specify that the data shall be
      operated upon by the data function. When no data operation is desired, the
      normal (non-alias) address is specified in the SCSI command block. Thus,
      for every address for the device, there is a corresponding alias address
      which not only addresses the same location, but also turns on the data
      function. In effect, two devices are defined in the address space
      corresponding to the two modes of operation.
PATN
WKU  059918624
SRC  8
APN  777415&
APT  1
ART  272
APD  19961230
TTL  Modified indirect addressing for file system
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXP  Thai; Tuan V.
NDR  4
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Ruane; Lawrence M.
CTY  Parker
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  711202
XCL  711200
XCL  711203
XCL  711205
XCL  711206
XCL  711209
XCL  711220
XCL  711221
XCL  707200
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1210
FSC  711
FSS  200;202;203;204;205;206;207;209;218;220;221
FSC  707
FSS  200;1
UREF
PNO  5465337
ISD  19951100
NAM  Kong
OCL  395417
UREF
PNO  5696925
ISD  19971200
NAM  Koh
OCL  395413
UREF
PNO  5732405
ISD  19980300
NAM  Ho et al.
OCL  711  3
LREP
FR2  Kubida; William J.
FR2  Knearl; Homer C.
     Holland & Hart LLP
ABST
PAL  A logical address and a pointer entry for a file in an indirect address
      file system are translated into a physical address. A decision module
      tests a pointer flag in a present pointer entry. The pointer entry has a
      pointer and a pointer flag to identify whether the pointer points to a
      data storage area or a metadata storage area. The decision module
      indicates whether the pointer is a data pointer or a metadata pointer. In
      response to the decision module indicating the pointer is a data pointer,
      a set module combines the data pointer with the logical address to
      generate a physical address. A split module, in response to the decision
      module indicating the pointer is a metadata pointer, divides the logical
      address into a first portion as an index value and a remaining portion as
      an offset value. An update module then sets the logical address to the
      offset value. A retrieve module combines the metadata pointer with the
      index value to get the next pointer entry. Each metadata pointer points to
      a next successive level of indirect addressing in the plurality of levels
      of indirect addressing. Also, each data pointer points directly to the
      data storage area. As a result all levels of indirect addressing, which
      are from a level having the pointer entry with a data pointer to a last
      indirect addressing level, are by-passed.
PATN
WKU  059918632
SRC  8
APN  9207295
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970829
TTL  Single carry/borrow propagate adder/decrementer for generating register
      stack addresses in a microprocessor
ISD  19991123
NCL  22
ECL  1
EXP  Gossage; Glenn
NDR  6
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Dao; Tuan Q.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Sarma; Debjit Das
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Bui; Duc Q.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Texas Instruments Incorporated
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  711219
XCL  711211
XCL  711220
XCL  708708
XCL  708710
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1200
ICL  G06F  742
ICL  G11C  800
FSC  711
FSS  219;211;220;214;169
FSC  708
FSS  708;710;714;670;707
UREF
PNO  4974188
ISD  19901100
NAM  Dolecek
OCL  708710
UREF
PNO  5257218
ISD  19931000
NAM  Poon
OCL  708710
UREF
PNO  5351207
ISD  19940900
NAM  Girard et al.
OCL  708706
UREF
PNO  5583806
ISD  19961200
NAM  Widigen et al.
OCL  708706
UREF
PNO  5724540
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kametani
OCL  711219
UREF
PNO  5765218
ISD  19980600
NAM  Ozawa et al.
OCL  711219
LREP
FR2  Lake; Rebecca Mapstone
FR2  Donaldson; Richard L.
ABST
PAL  A microprocessor (10) and system implementing the same is disclosed, in
      which stack-based register address calculation is performed in a single
      add cycle for instructions involving a PUSH operation. The microprocessor
      (10) includes a floating-point unit (FPU) (31) having a register stack
      (52.sub.ST) and a stack pointer (FSP), for executing floating-point
      instructions containing relative register addresses (REG) based upon the
      contents (TOP) of the stack pointer (FSP). The instructions may involve
      PUSH operations, in which an operand is added to the stack of operands in
      the register stack (52.sub.ST). Register addressing circuitry (125, 125')
      includes an adder (122; 122') for generating the sum of the contents (TOP)
      of the stack pointer (FSP) and the relative register address (REG) of the
      instruction, and an adder/decrementer (120) for generating the sum of the
      contents (TOP) of the stack pointer (FSP) and the relative register
      address (REG) of the instruction minus one, to account for the PUSH. The
      adder (122; 122') and adder/decrementer (120) have their outputs coupled
      to a multiplexer (124) which is controlled according to whether or not the
      current instruction involves a PUSH operation. For the case where the
      contents (TOP) of the stack pointer (FSP) and the relative register
      address (REG), as well as the raw calculated register address, are each
      three-bit binary values, the adder/decrementer (120) may be constructed to
      perform the addition and subtraction of one with a single carry/borrow
      propagate add.
PATN
WKU  059918640
SRC  8
APN  2261774
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19940412
TTL  Power connectors, antenna connectors and telephone line connectors for
      computer devices utilizing radio and modem cards
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXA  Davis, Jr.; Walter D.
EXP  An; Meng-Ai T.
NDR  6
NFG  17
INVT
NAM  Kinney; Patrick W.
CTY  Cedar Rapids
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Mahany; Ronald L.
CTY  Cedar Rapids
STA  IA
INVT
NAM  Mallard; John H.
CTY  Swisher
STA  IA
R47  4
ASSG
NAM  Intermec IP Corp.
CTY  Beverly HIlls
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  181564
APD  19940113
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  154020
APD  19931117
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  107470
APD  19930817
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  081411
APD  19930622
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  82
APN  053901
APD  19930427
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  75
APN  097462
APD  19930726
PSC  01
PNO  5590346
CLAS
OCL  712  1
XCL  455575
XCL  455 90
EDF  6
ICL  H04B  138
FSC  395
FSS  800;800.01
FSC  235
FSS  375;472
FSC  455
FSS  103;89;90;575
FSC  712
FSS  1
UREF
PNO  4916441
ISD  19900400
NAM  Gombrich
OCL  340712
UREF
PNO  5175878
ISD  19921200
NAM  Davis et al.
OCL  455103
UREF
PNO  5331136
ISD  19940700
NAM  Koenck et al.
OCL  235375
UREF
PNO  5410141
ISD  19950400
NAM  Koenck et al.
OCL  235472
UREF
PNO  5628055
ISD  19970500
NAM  Stein
OCL  455 89
LREP
FRM  Akin,Gump,Strauss,Hauer & Feld, LLP
ABST
PAL  A computer apparatus for receiving a removable communication card such as a
      radio card or a modem card. A radio or modem is self-contained inside a
      housing of the communication card and has an electrical interface for
      communicating information to and from the computer apparatus. The computer
      apparatus receives the communication card such that it engages the
      electrical interface. The computer apparatus additionally has at least one
      pair of electrical contacts which will encounter electrical contacts on
      the communication card. These contacts automatically connect the
      communication card to an appropriate antenna, telephone, telephone line or
      power source. A radio communication card is connected to the appropriate
      antenna for the type and frequency of the radio. A modem card is connected
      to a standard telephone line, a cellular phone, or an antenna for a
      cellular phone if the cellular phone is also disposed within the housing
      of the modem communication card. Additionally, a switching matrix can be
      used to connect one set of contacts on a radio card or a modem card to one
      or more of a plurality of antennas and telephone lines. Positioning two
      similar antennas in different position creates an antenna diversity
      scheme.
PATN
WKU  059918659
SRC  8
APN  7747454
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19961231
TTL  MPEG motion compensation using operand routing and performing add and
      divide in a single instruction
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Dzung
EXP  Ellis; Richard L.
NDR  12
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Longhenry; Brian E.
CTY  Cypress
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Thome; Gary W.
CTY  Tomball
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Thayer; John S.
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Compaq Computer Corporation
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  712  7
XCL  712  3
XCL  712  6
XCL  712 14
XCL  712 22
XCL  712208
XCL  712221
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  800.01;800.02;800.07;800.09;800.06;800.03;800.14;800.22;800.23;384
FSC  712
FSS  3;6;14;22;208;221
UREF
PNO  4621339
ISD  19861100
NAM  Wagner et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  5020014
ISD  19910500
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  364723
UREF
PNO  5175701
ISD  19921200
NAM  Newman et al.
OCL  364723
UREF
PNO  5627956
ISD  19970500
NAM  Dao et al.
OCL  395143
UREF
PNO  5636153
ISD  19970600
NAM  Ikegaya et al.
OCL  364736
UREF
PNO  5694345
ISD  19971200
NAM  Peterson
OCL  364723
UREF
PNO  5748792
ISD  19980500
NAM  Wober
OCL  382250
UREF
PNO  5757670
ISD  19980500
NAM  Ti et al.
OCL  364514
UREF
PNO  5758176
ISD  19980500
NAM  Agarwal et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5774676
ISD  19980600
NAM  Stearns et al.
OCL  395200.77
UREF
PNO  5850227
ISD  19980100
NAM  Longhenry et al.
OCL  395439
UREF
PNO  5862063
ISD  19990100
NAM  Thome et al.
OCL  395723
OREF
PAL  Implementation of Fast Fourier Transforms on Motorola's Digital Signal
      Processors, Motorola, Inc. (1993), pp. 3-1--4-33.
PAL  The Fast Fourier Transform, McGraw Hill (1993), pp. 27-54.
PAL  Kohn, L., et al., The Visual Instruction Set (VIS) in Ultra SPARC.TM., IEEE
      (1995), pp. 482-489.
PAL  Lee, Ruby B., Realtime MPEG Video via Software Decompression on a PA-RISC
      Processor, IEEE (1995), pp. 186-192.
PAL  Zhou, et al., MPEG Video Decoding with the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction
      Set, IEEE (1995), pp. 470-474.
PAL  Papamichalis, Panos, An Implementation of FFT, DCT, and other Transforms on
      the TMS320C30, (1990), pp. 53-119.
PAL  Goslin, Gregory Ray, Implement DSP functions in FPGAs to reduce cost and
      boost performance, EDN, Oct. 10, 1996, pp. 155-164.
PAL  Gwennap, Linley, UltraSparc Adds Multimedia Instructions, Microprocessor
      Report, Dec. 5, 1994, pp. 16-18.
PAL  Compression Technology, MPEG Overview, C-Cube Microsystems, Oct. 8, 1996,
      pp. 1-9.
PAL  Lee, Woobin, MPEG Compression Algorithm, ICSL, Apr. 20, 1995, 7 pages.
PAL  Programmer's Reference Manual, Intel Architecture MMX.TM. Technology,
      Chapters 2-5, Intel Corp., printed Sep. 26, 1996.
LREP
FRM  Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, LLP
ABST
PAL  A routable operand and selectable operation processor multimedia extension
      unit is employed to motion compensate MPEG video using improved vector
      processing. A vector processing unit executes an add and divide
      instruction that adds two vector registers and divides the result in a
      single instruction. This is implemented through loading a first vector
      register with a first plurality of elements from a source block. A second
      vector register is then loaded with a second plurality of elements that
      are adjacent to the first plurality of elements. The add and divide
      instruction is then executed on the first and second vector registers,
      yielding an interpolated source element that is stored in a resultant
      vector register.
PATN
WKU  059918667
SRC  8
APN  255304&
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19940607
TTL  Method and system for generating a program to facilitate rearrangement
      of address bits among addresses in a massively parallel processor system
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  13
EXA  Davis, Jr.; Walter D.
EXP  An; Meng-Ai T.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Heller; Steven K.
CTY  Watertown
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Shaw; Andrew
CTY  Somerville
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  TM Patents, LP
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  857545
APD  19920325
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  712 10
XCL  712 14
XCL  712 16
XCL  712 12
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1516
FSC  395
FSS  800
UREF
PNO  3699535
ISD  19721000
NAM  Klein
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  4720780
ISD  19880100
NAM  Dolecek
OCL  364DIG.1
UREF
PNO  4907148
ISD  19900300
NAM  Morton
OCL  364DIG.1
UREF
PNO  5230079
ISD  19930700
NAM  Grondalski
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5237691
ISD  19930800
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  395700
UREF
PNO  5243699
ISD  19930900
NAM  Nickolls et al.
OCL  395275
UREF
PNO  5247632
ISD  19930900
NAM  Newman
OCL  395400
UREF
PNO  5367692
ISD  19941100
NAM  Edelman
OCL  395800
OREF
PAL  Journal of Parallel and Distributed Computing, "Optimal Matrix
      Transposition and Bit Reversal on Hypercubes : All-To-All Personalized
      Communication," By Edelman, Copyright 1991.
LREP
FRM  Cesari and McKenna, LLP
ABST
PAL  A system and method for generating a program to enable reassignment of data
      items among processors in a massively-parallel computer to effect a
      predetermined rearrangement of address bits. The computer has a plurality
      of processing elements, each including a memory. Each memory includes a
      plurality of storage locations for storing a data item, each storage
      location within the computer being identified by an address, comprising a
      plurality of address bits having a global portion comprising a processing
      element identification portion and a local portion identifying the storage
      location within the memory of the particular processing element. The
      system generates a program to facilitate use of a predetermined set of
      tools to effect a reassignment of data items among processing elements and
      storage location to, in turn, effect a predetermined rearrangement of
      address bits. The system includes a global processing portion and a local
      processing portion. The global processing portion generates a global
      program portion to enable use of the tools to effect a reassignment of
      data items as among said processing elements to, in turn, effect a
      rearrangement of the global portion of said address bits. The local
      processing portion generates a local program portion to enable use of the
      tools to effect a reassignment of data items as among storage locations
      within said processing elements to, in turn, effect a rearrangement of the
      local portion of said address bits.
PATN
WKU  059918675
SRC  8
APN  7132115
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19960912
TTL  Transmit scheduler for an asynchronous transfer mode network and method
      of operation
ISD  19991123
NCL  14
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Dzung C.
EXP  An; Meng-Ai T.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Fosmark; Klaus S.
CTY  Rockwall
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Efficient Networks, Inc.
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  712 16
XCL  712 18
XCL  712 32
XCL  712 33
XCL  712 39
XCL  712225
XCL  712229
XCL  370230
XCL  370232
XCL  370390
XCL  370395
XCL  370414
XCL  370413
XCL  709230
XCL  709234
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  900
FSC  395
FSS  200.76;200.56;800.16;800.42
FSC  370
FSS  390;382;397;395;230;232;414;413;16;18
FSC  712
FSS  32;33;39;225;229
FSC  709
FSS  230;234
UREF
PNO  5231631
ISD  19930700
NAM  Buhrke et al.
OCL  370230
UREF
PNO  5274768
ISD  19931200
NAM  Traw et al.
OCL  395236
UREF
PNO  5280476
ISD  19940100
NAM  Kojima et al.
OCL  370397
UREF
PNO  5311509
ISD  19940500
NAM  Heddes et al.
OCL  370397
UREF
PNO  5379297
ISD  19950100
NAM  Glover et al.
OCL  370234
UREF
PNO  5381411
ISD  19950100
NAM  Ohno et al.
OCL  370232
UREF
PNO  5414707
ISD  19950500
NAM  Johnston et al.
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5420858
ISD  19950500
NAM  Marshall et al.
OCL  370352
UREF
PNO  5430721
ISD  19950700
NAM  Dumas et al.
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5455826
ISD  19951000
NAM  Ozveren et al.
OCL  370232
UREF
PNO  5490141
ISD  19960200
NAM  Lai et al.
OCL  370352
UREF
PNO  5535197
ISD  19960700
NAM  Cotton
OCL  370414
UREF
PNO  5548587
ISD  19960800
NAM  Bailey et al.
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5557607
ISD  19960900
NAM  Holden
OCL  370413
UREF
PNO  5568486
ISD  19961000
NAM  Huscroft et al.
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5572522
ISD  19961100
NAM  Calamvokis et al.
OCL  370390
UREF
PNO  5583861
ISD  19961200
NAM  Holden
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5592476
ISD  19970100
NAM  Calamvokis et al.
OCL  370390
UREF
PNO  5600650
ISD  19970200
NAM  Oskouy
OCL  370468
UREF
PNO  5602853
ISD  19970200
NAM  Ben-Michael et al.
OCL  370474
UREF
PNO  5617416
ISD  19970400
NAM  Damien
OCL  370391
UREF
PNO  5625625
ISD  19970400
NAM  Oskouy et al.
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5629937
ISD  19970500
NAM  Hayter et al.
OCL  370233
UREF
PNO  5701292
ISD  19971200
NAM  Chiussi et al.
OCL  370232
UREF
PNO  5726985
ISD  19980300
NAM  Daniel et al.
OCL  370382
UREF
PNO  5742765
ISD  19980400
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  709230
UREF
PNO  5745477
ISD  19980400
NAM  Zeng et al.
OCL  370230
UREF
PNO  5751709
ISD  19980500
NAM  Rathnavelu
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5852655
ISD  19981200
NAM  McHale et al.
OCL  379 93.14
FREF
PNO  0130260
ISD  19850100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0325794
ISD  19881200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  9807282
ISD  19980400
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  "Traffic Management Specification Version 4.0" (af-tm-0056.000), The ATM
      Forum Technical Committee, Apr. 1996, 107 pages.
PAL  "Universal Serial Bus Class Definitions for Communication Devices," Version
      1.1, USB Implementers' Forum, Jan. 19, 1999, 110 pages.
PAL  "ATM over ADSL Recommendations," ADSL Forum Technical Report TR-002, Mar.
      1997, 23 pages.
PAL  "Framing and Encapulations Standards for ADSL: Packet Mode," ADSL Forum
      WT-004 v3.0 Technical Report, Mar. 1997, 16 pages.
PAL  Daniel Minoli and Michael Vitella, "ATM Cell Relay Service for Corporate
      Environments," New York: McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1994.
LREP
FRM  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  A transmit scheduler and method of operation are provided for an
      asynchronous transfer mode network. The transmit scheduler is operable to
      write data to and read data from a scheduler table and a virtual channel
      identifier ("VCI") table in order to schedule cells for virtual channels.
      The transmit scheduler calculates a location in the scheduler table in
      which to schedule a cell for a current virtual channel and determines
      whether a cell for a prior virtual channel is scheduled in the calculated
      location in the scheduler table. The transmit scheduler then schedules the
      cell for the current virtual channel at the calculated location in the
      scheduler table. If a cell for a prior virtual channel was scheduled in
      the calculated location in the scheduler table, the transmit scheduler
      writes a pointer into a next pointer field of a record for the current
      virtual channel in the VCI table, where the pointer provides a link to a
      record for the prior virtual channel in the VCI table. The transmit
      scheduler is thereby operable to build linked lists beginning at each
      location in the scheduler table in which cells for more than one virtual
      channel are calculated to be scheduled.
PATN
WKU  059918683
SRC  8
APN  246179&
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19940519
TTL  Apparatus and method for processing data with a plurality of flag groups
ISD  19991123
NCL  12
ECL  1
EXA  Davis, Jr.; Walter D.
EXP  An; Meng-Ai T.
NDR  7
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Kamiyama; Hiroshi
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Suzuki; Masato
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miyaji; Shinya
CTY  Nara
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
CTY  Osaka
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19930531
APN  5-129528
CLAS
OCL  712 32
XCL  712 43
XCL  712210
XCL  708601
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  930
FSC  395
FSS  800;775
FSC  364
FSS  DIG. 1;DIG. 2;736.5;247.3;749
UREF
PNO  4788655
ISD  19881100
NAM  Nakayama et al.
OCL  364748
UREF
PNO  4811266
ISD  19890300
NAM  Woods et al.
OCL  364736.5
UREF
PNO  4812971
ISD  19890300
NAM  Batts, Jr. et al.
OCL  364DIG.1
UREF
PNO  5034879
ISD  19910700
NAM  Woodward et al.
OCL  364DIG.1
UREF
PNO  5151993
ISD  19920900
NAM  Yamahata
OCL  395775
FREF
PNO  0369407
ISD  19891100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0395348
ISD  19900400
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0437207
ISD  19910100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  54-117646
ISD  19791200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  IBM, "Multiple Queued Condition Codes", IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin,
      Jul. 31, (1988), No. 2, pp. 294-296.
PAL  "16-bit microprocessor 8086 family".
PAL  "Multiple Queued Condition Codes", IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, Jul.
      31 (1988), No. 2, Armonk, New York, USA.
LREP
FRM  Price Gess & Ubell
ABST
PAL  In a data processing apparatus, a decoding unit decodes instructions. A
      calculator operates N-bit data in accordance with the decoded results. A
      flag storage unit stores a plurality of flag groups which are changed in
      correspondence to data having different widths, based on the operated
      results. Selectors select a predetermined flag group in accordance with
      the direction of a conditional branch instruction. A branch judging unit
      judges whether a branch is taken or not by referring to the selected flag
      group.
PATN
WKU  059918691
SRC  8
APN  9689079
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19971106
TTL  Superscalar microprocessor including a high speed instruction alignment
      unit
ISD  19991123
NCL  30
ECL  26
EXP  Maung; Zarni
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Tran; Thang
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Witt; David B.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Johnson; William M.
CTY  Austin
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  789373
APD  19970124
PSC  03
RLAP
COD  81
APN  421683
APD  19950412
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  712204
XCL  712205
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  930
FSC  395
FSS  380;381;388;386
FSC  712
FSS  204;205;212;210
UREF
PNO  Re35311
ISD  19960800
NAM  Vassiliadis et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  4044338
ISD  19770800
NAM  Wolf
UREF
PNO  4396982
ISD  19830800
NAM  Wada et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  4453212
ISD  19840600
NAM  Gaither et al.
UREF
PNO  4502111
ISD  19850200
NAM  Riffe et al.
OCL  395775
UREF
PNO  4807115
ISD  19890200
NAM  Torng
UREF
PNO  4858105
ISD  19890800
NAM  Kuriyama et al.
UREF
PNO  5113515
ISD  19920500
NAM  Fite et al.
UREF
PNO  5129067
ISD  19920700
NAM  Johnson
UREF
PNO  5185868
ISD  19930200
NAM  Tran
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  5214763
ISD  19930500
NAM  Blaner et al.
UREF
PNO  5226126
ISD  19930700
NAM  McFarland et al.
UREF
PNO  5226130
ISD  19930700
NAM  Favor et al.
UREF
PNO  5233696
ISD  19930800
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  5438668
ISD  19950800
NAM  Coon et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  5459844
ISD  19951000
NAM  Eickemeyer et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  5463748
ISD  19951000
NAM  Schwendinger
UREF
PNO  5465377
ISD  19951100
NAM  Blaner et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5488729
ISD  19960100
NAM  Vegesna et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5504923
ISD  19960400
NAM  Ando
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5513330
ISD  19960400
NAM  Stiles
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  5526510
ISD  19960600
NAM  Akkary et al.
OCL  395460
UREF
PNO  5559974
ISD  19960900
NAM  Boggs et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  5566298
ISD  19961000
NAM  Boggs et al.
OCL  395182.08
UREF
PNO  5826053
ISD  19981000
NAM  Witt
OCL  395386
FREF
PNO  0259095
ISD  19880300
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0381471
ISD  19900800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0459232
ISD  19911200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 467 152 A2
ISD  19920100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 498 654 A2
ISD  19920800
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 651 322 A1
ISD  19950500
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  0 690 373 A1
ISD  19960100
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  2 263 987
ISD  19930800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2263987
ISD  19930800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2263985
ISD  19930800
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  2281422
ISD  19950300
CNT  GBX
FREF
PNO  93/20507
ISD  19931000
CNT  WOX
OREF
PAL  Intel, "Chapter 2: Microprocessor Architecture Overview," pages 1-2 through
      2-4.
PAL  Michael Slater, "AMD's K5 Designed to Outrun Pentium," Microprocessor
      Report, vol. 8, No. 14, Oct. 24, 1994, 7 pages.
PAL  Sebastian Rupley and John Clyman, "P6: The Next Step?," PC Magazine, Sep.
      12, 1995, 16 pages.
PAL  Tom R. Halfhill, "AMD K6 Takes On Intel P6," Byte, Jan. 1996, 4 pages.
PAL  International Search Report for PCT/US 96/11759 dated Mar. 7, 1997.
LREP
FRM  Conley, Rose & Tayon, PC
FR2  Kivlin; B. Noel
ABST
PAL  A superscalar microprocessor having an instruction alignment unit, an
      instruction cache, a plurality of decode units and a predecode unit is
      provided. The instruction alignment unit transfers a fixed number of
      instructions from the instruction cache to each of the plurality of decode
      units. The instructions are selected from a quantity of bytes according to
      a predecode tag generated by the predecode unit. The predecode tag
      includes start-byte bits that indicate which bytes within the quantity of
      bytes are the first byte of an instruction. The instruction alignment unit
      independently scans a plurality of groups of instruction bytes, selecting
      start bytes and a plurality of contiguous bytes for each of a plurality of
      issue positions. Initially, the instruction alignment unit selects a group
      of issue positions for each of the plurality of groups of instructions.
      The instruction alignment unit then shifts and merges the independently
      produced issue positions to produce a final set of issue positions for
      transfer to the plurality of decode units.
PATN
WKU  059918705
SRC  8
APN  7102607
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19960913
TTL  Processor for executing an instructions stream where instruction have
      both a compressed and an uncompressed register field
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Caldwell; Andrew
EXP  Maung; Zarni
NDR  5
NFG  8
INVT
NAM  Koumura; Yasuhito
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Miura; Hiroki
CTY  Warabi
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Matsumoto; Kenshi
CTY  Koshigaya
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd.
CTY  Moriguchi
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19951130
APN  7-313146
CLAS
OCL  712208
XCL  712216
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  930
ICL  G06F  900
FSC  395
FSS  384;388
FSC  711
FSS  212;214;215;220
FSC  712
FSS  208;212;216-217
UREF
PNO  5197132
ISD  19930300
NAM  Steely, Jr. et al.
OCL  395393
UREF
PNO  5233695
ISD  19930800
NAM  Miyoshi
OCL  395388
UREF
PNO  5581721
ISD  19961200
NAM  Wada et al.
OCL  395376
UREF
PNO  5644746
ISD  19970700
NAM  Holt et al.
OCL  712217
UREF
PNO  5655132
ISD  19970800
NAM  Watson
OCL  395674
UREF
PNO  5684983
ISD  19971100
NAM  Ando
OCL  395566
UREF
PNO  5729723
ISD  19980300
NAM  Wada et al.
OCL  395563
UREF
PNO  5748515
ISD  19980500
NAM  Glass et al.
OCL  708525
UREF
PNO  5784589
ISD  19980700
NAM  Bluhm
OCL  712217
UREF
PNO  5794010
ISD  19980800
NAM  Worrell et al.
OCL  395500.41
UREF
PNO  5796970
ISD  19980800
NAM  Higaki etal.
OCL  712200
UREF
PNO  5889983
ISD  19990300
NAM  Mittal et al.
OCL  712223
UREF
PNO  5890222
ISD  19990300
NAM  Agarwal et al.
OCL  711220
UREF
PNO  5896519
ISD  19990400
NAM  Worrell
OCL  712213
UREF
PNO  5897665
ISD  19990400
NAM  Padwekar
OCL  711212
UREF
PNO  5903919
ISD  19990500
NAM  Myers
OCL  711220
OREF
PAL  Mano, M., "Digital Design," 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall, pp. 180-186, 1991.
PAL  Hennessy, J., et al., Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach, 2nd
      ed., Morgan Kaufmann, pp. 375-384, 439-47, Aug. 1995.
PAL  "A Quantitative Approach for Design, Realization and Evaluation of Computer
      Architecture," John L. Hennessey and David A. Patterson, Computer
      Architecture: A Quantitative Approach, Dec. 1992, Section 2E, pp. 728-730.
PAL  "Hitachi Single-Chip RISC Microcomputer SH7000/SH7600 Series Programming
      Manual," Hitachi Ltd., Mar. 1993, pp. 12-13 and 29.
LREP
FRM  Armstrong, Westerman, Hattori, McLeland & Naughton
ABST
PAL  A processor that executes an instruction stream having at least one
      compressed register field allows for smaller programs and greater
      processing speed. The instructions have at least one n-bit register number
      field and at least one m-bit register code field, where n is less than m.
      The n-bit register number field is capable of designating any register in
      a set of working registers. The m-bit register code field is capable of
      designating any register of a subset of the working registers. The m-bit
      register code may designate a source or destination register of the
      current instruction, a source or destination register of the last
      instruction, or a destination register of the second to last instruction.
      An instruction fetch section of the processor fetches the instruction
      words from memory. As part of the instruction decoding process, the m-bit
      register code field is passed to a register designation code conversion,
      or register mapping, section where the m-bit register code is converted
      into an n-bit register number. Various embodiments of the register mapping
      section include: (1) a fixed mapping such that identical inputs always
      cause identical outputs; (2) a conversion table in which all or part of
      the table's content may be updated by execution of either a special or
      regular instruction.
PATN
WKU  059918713
SRC  8
APN  7444451
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19961108
TTL  Application binary interface and method of interfacing binary
      application program to digital computer
ISD  19991123
NCL  35
ECL  1
EXP  Eng; David Y.
NDR  11
NFG  25
INVT
NAM  Zucker; J. Steven
CTY  Manhattan Beach
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  269035
APD  19940630
PSC  01
PNO  5835743
CLAS
OCL  712233
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  940
FSC  712
FSS  233
FSC  710
FSS  46;47;48;260
UREF
PNO  4218739
ISD  19800800
NAM  Negi et al.
OCL  710262
UREF
PNO  4482954
ISD  19841100
NAM  Vrielink et al.
OCL  710268
UREF
PNO  4764869
ISD  19880800
NAM  Mtyazaki et al.
OCL  712228
UREF
PNO  4779195
ISD  19881000
NAM  James et al.
OCL  710 49
UREF
PNO  5481678
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kondo et al.
OCL  395280
UREF
PNO  5634130
ISD  19970500
NAM  Lee
OCL  395733
UREF
PNO  5701495
ISD  19971200
NAM  Arndt et al.
OCL  395736
LREP
FR2  Alexander; David G.
     Arter & Hadden LLP
ABST
PAL  An application binary interface includes linkage structures for interfacing
      a binary application program to a digital computer. A function in a
      relocatable shared object module obtains the absolute address of a Global
      Offset Table (GOT) in the module using relative branch and link
      instructions through the computer's link register. A dynamic linker lazily
      constructs a Procedure Linkage Table (PLT) and a pointer table for an
      object module in a process memory image in which space is allocated for
      the PLT, but the PLT is not initially provided. The pointer table stores
      absolute addresses of external functions that cannot be reached by
      relative branching from the module. The PLT receives calls to these
      functions, gets the absolute addresses from the pointer table and branches
      to the absolute addresses of the functions. The PLT also receives calls to
      functions that can be reached by relative branching from the module, and
      causes relative branching to the functions. A status instruction precedes
      each call instruction to a variable argument list function that can pass
      floating point arguments, indicating if floating point arguments will
      actually be passed. If so, the function saves the contents of the floating
      point argument registers in memory. If not, the contents of the floating
      point argument registers are not saved. Virtual address spaces are
      allocated for processes respectively. Page table entries for translation
      of the virtual address spaces into physical addresses are not removed as
      processes terminate, but only after all virtual address spaces have been
      allocated.
PATN
WKU  059918721
SRC  8
APN  9477500
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19971009
TTL  Processor
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Najjar; Saleh
EXP  Maung; Zarni
NDR  7
NFG  13
INVT
NAM  Shiraishi; Mikio
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Saitou; Masaki
CTY  Sagamihara
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Okuda; Yuji
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19961128
APN  8-317803
CLAS
OCL  712237
XCL  712237
XCL  712235
XCL  712236
XCL  712234
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  364
FSS  736.01;736.02;736.05
FSC  395
FSS  392;562;584;580;582;583;581
FSC  712
FSS  237;233;235;236;234
UREF
PNO  4310881
ISD  19820100
NAM  Eldumiati
OCL  710 28
UREF
PNO  5077663
ISD  19911200
NAM  Kanazawa
OCL  395775
UREF
PNO  5185869
ISD  19930200
NAM  Suzuki
OCL  395376
UREF
PNO  5201057
ISD  19930400
NAM  Uht
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5469551
ISD  19951100
NAM  Sites et al.
OCL  395376
UREF
PNO  5537560
ISD  19960700
NAM  Boggs et al.
OCL  395376
FREF
PNO  64-58039
ISD  19890300
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Banner & Witcoff, Ltd.
ABST
PAL  Microprocessors use a conditional branch instruction so as to change
      processing in accordance with conditions. According to the prior art, a
      NOP instruction, which causes no operation, is used when a condition is
      satisfied, and the use of the NOP instruction inevitably lengthens the
      processing time. According to the present invention, a conditional
      transfer instruction is included in the instruction set of a
      microprocessor, and a flag decoder is additionally employed. The flag
      decoder determines whether a condition is satisfied or not, and outputs a
      control signal on the basis of the determination. The control signal is
      supplied to the instruction decoder of the processor to make a data
      transfer operation effective or ineffective. Accordingly, it is not
      necessary to use a NOP instruction, and the processing time can be as
      short as possible.
PATN
WKU  059918730
SRC  8
APN  3371964
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19941107
TTL  Microprocessor for simultaneously processing data corresponding to a
      plurality of computer programs
ISD  19991123
NCL  11
ECL  1
EXP  Donaghue; Larry D.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Seto; Koshi
CTY  Yokohama
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Uemura; Yukimasa
CTY  Niigata
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910809
APN  3-200517
RLAP
COD  71
APN  925661
APD  19920807
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  712245
XCL  712230
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1546
FSC  395
FSS  378;800;650
FSC  712
FSS  245;43;230
FSC  709
FSS  107;108
UREF
PNO  3573852
ISD  19710400
NAM  Watson et al.
OCL  395650
UREF
PNO  3875564
ISD  19750400
NAM  Thuruoka et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  3972024
ISD  19760700
NAM  Schroeder et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  4167781
ISD  19790900
NAM  Beccia et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  4344129
ISD  19820800
NAM  Asada et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  4502790
ISD  19850300
NAM  Yokoyama
OCL  367200
UREF
PNO  4517637
ISD  19850500
NAM  Cassell
OCL  364138
UREF
PNO  4953078
ISD  19900800
NAM  Petit
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  5367678
ISD  19941100
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  395650
LREP
FRM  Oblon, Spivak, McClelland, Maier & Neustadt, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A microprocessor for processing data corresponding to a plurality of
      computer programs includes multiple program counters each specifying a
      program address of a computer program having data to be processed, a
      selector for sequentially selecting the program counters, the selector
      having multiple independent storage sections for storing a plurality of
      arbitrary selection order of the program counters, an arithmetic logic
      unit for processing data of the computer program corresponding to the
      program address stored in one of the program counters selected by the
      selector, and a device for transferring data between the program counters,
      the selector, and the arithmetic logic unit.
PATN
WKU  059918748
SRC  8
APN  6600948
APT  1
ART  278
APD  19960606
TTL  Conditional move using a compare instruction generating a condition field
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  15
EXA  Barot; Bharat
EXP  Maung; Zarni
NDR  2
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Mills; Jack D.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Alpert; Donald
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  712300
XCL  712200
XCL  712210
XCL  712236
XCL  712245
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  700
ICL  G06F  738
FSC  395
FSS  375;386;581;583;586-587;595;895;869
FSC  364
FSS  736;736.5
FSC  345
FSS  376;386;581;583;586-587;545
FSC  712
FSS  200;208-210;234;236;240;245;247-248;300
UREF
PNO  4949238
ISD  19900800
NAM  Kamiya
OCL  711164
UREF
PNO  5125092
ISD  19920600
NAM  Prener
OCL  395706
UREF
PNO  5210833
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kaneko
OCL  712236
UREF
PNO  5237666
ISD  19930800
NAM  Suzuki et al.
OCL  712240
UREF
PNO  5519649
ISD  19960500
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  708525
UREF
PNO  5619715
ISD  19970400
NAM  Dinkjian et al.
OCL  712300
UREF
PNO  5634119
ISD  19970500
NAM  Emma et al.
OCL  712240
UREF
PNO  5717952
ISD  19980200
NAM  Christiansen et al.
OCL  710 22
UREF
PNO  5761470
ISD  19980600
NAM  Yoshida
OCL  712210
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  An apparatus for use in a computer system comprises a first storage area
      and a circuit, coupled to the first storage area, configured to perform a
      comparison of a data element A with a data element B. In response to a
      single instruction, the circuit performs the comparison and outputs a
      condition field of at least one bits when the comparison of A and B is
      TRUE, or else the circuit outputs the ones-complement of the condition
      field when the comparison of A and B is FALSE. The circuit may be used in
      conjunction with a sequence of instructions to select bits from a first
      data element and bits from a second data element using the one or more
      condition field bits.
PATN
WKU  059918756
SRC  8
APN  9323341
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970917
TTL  System configuration card
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Kriess; Kevin A.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Paul; Keith A.
CTY  St. Paul
STA  MN
ASSG
NAM  Micron Electronics, Inc.
CTY  Nampa
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  713  2
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  906
FSC  395
FSS  651;652;653
FSC  713
FSS  1;2;100
FSC  710
FSS  8;10;12;13
UREF
PNO  5204512
ISD  19930400
NAM  Ieki et al.
UREF
PNO  5242310
ISD  19930900
NAM  Leung
UREF
PNO  5276317
ISD  19940100
NAM  Ozouf et al.
UREF
PNO  5310998
ISD  19940500
NAM  Okuno
UREF
PNO  5336099
ISD  19940800
NAM  Aldous et al.
UREF
PNO  5338210
ISD  19940800
NAM  Beckham et al.
UREF
PNO  5367571
ISD  19941100
NAM  Bowen et al.
UREF
PNO  5382983
ISD  19950100
NAM  Kwoh et al.
UREF
PNO  5426701
ISD  19950600
NAM  Herrmann et al.
UREF
PNO  5537473
ISD  19960700
NAM  Saward
UREF
PNO  5550575
ISD  19960800
NAM  West et al.
UREF
PNO  5563400
ISD  19961000
NAM  Le Roux
UREF
PNO  5564055
ISD  19961000
NAM  Asnaashari et al.
OCL  395651
UREF
PNO  5588058
ISD  19961200
NAM  Le Berre
UREF
PNO  5664198
ISD  19970900
NAM  Chen et al.
OCL  395651
UREF
PNO  5727207
ISD  19980300
NAM  Gates et al.
OCL  395651
UREF
PNO  5854905
ISD  19981200
NAM  Garney
OCL  395284
LREP
FRM  Dorsey & Whitney LLP
ABST
PAL  One embodiment of the present invention relates to a user configurable
      computer-based system having a processor with an input/output ("I/O") bus.
      The system comprises a configuration card having non-volatile memory
      containing computer instructions governing system configuration and a set
      of contacts in the computer system for receiving the configuration card
      and to which the non-volatile memory of the configuration card can be
      connected. The computer system further comprises a stored boot-up
      instruction that causes the processor to read on its I/O bus the
      instructions governing system configuration and to execute the
      instructions governing system configuration as part of the start up of the
      system prior to accepting normal/other user input.
PATN
WKU  059918764
SRC  8
APN  6259057
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19960401
TTL  Electronic rights management and authorization system
ISD  19991123
NCL  15
ECL  1
EXP  Hua; Ly V.
NDR  7
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Johnson; Woodrow W.
CTY  Marblehead
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Atkins; Christine J.
CTY  Swampscott
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Yoh; Jon
CTY  Peabody
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  Copyright Clearance Center, Inc.
CTY  Danvers
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  713200
XCL  713201
XCL  380  4
XCL  380 24
EDF  6
ICL  H04L  900
FSC  395
FSS  186;187.01;188;609
FSC  380
FSS  4;3;23;24
FSC  713
FSS  200;201;202
UREF
PNO  5204897
ISD  19930400
NAM  Wyman
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5291596
ISD  19940300
NAM  Mita
OCL  395609
UREF
PNO  5557515
ISD  19960900
NAM  Abbruzzese et al.
OCL  364401
UREF
PNO  5629980
ISD  19970500
NAM  Stefik et al.
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5634012
ISD  19970500
NAM  Stefik et al.
OCL  395239
UREF
PNO  5715403
ISD  19980200
NAM  Stefik
OCL  395188.01
OREF
PAL  Courseware Series :Learning Guide, Access for Windows, 1994, selected
      pages.
PAL  Choudhury et al., "Copyright Protection for Electronic Publishing Over
      Computer Networks," IEEE Network, vol. 9, No. 3, May/Jun. 1995, pp. 12-20.
LREP
FRM  Weil, Gotshal & Manges, LLP
ABST
PAL  An electronic rights management and authorization system to account for the
      dynamic, multi-dimensional, and granular nature of rights. A database
      structure divides works and rights into two related tables. A works table
      includes information sufficient to identify works managed by the system,
      while a rights table identifies a right associated with a work and
      includes one or more date fields delimiting the right. The rights table
      may also include type of use information. Additional tables, such as a
      work relation table, a party table, or an order table, may be provided.
      Software is used to manage and to query the database structure. The system
      has broad applicability to intellectual, real, and personal property;
      contract management; and similar items. The system may be implemented in
      standalone mode, through the client/server model of computing, or over the
      Internet.
PATN
WKU  059918772
SRC  8
APN  8347840
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970403
TTL  Object-oriented trusted application framework
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXA  Iqbal; Nadeem
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  4
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Luckenbaugh; Gary L.
CTY  Gaithersburg
STA  MD
ASSG
NAM  Lockheed Martin Corporation
CTY  Bethesda
STA  MD
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  713200
XCL  707  5
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1200
FSC  395
FSS  186;600;700;726;187.01;188.01;614;701;601;54;683
FSC  380
FSS  25;4;9;23
FSC  707
FSS  9;10;103;1;5;7
FSC  713
FSS  200;187.01
FSC  364
FSS  286.4
UREF
PNO  5560005
ISD  19960900
NAM  Hoover et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5680452
ISD  19971000
NAM  Shanton
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5682535
ISD  19971000
NAM  Knudsen
OCL  395701
UREF
PNO  5689700
ISD  19971100
NAM  Miller et al.
OCL  395610
UREF
PNO  5717755
ISD  19980200
NAM  Shanton
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5720033
ISD  19980200
NAM  Deo
OCL  395186
UREF
PNO  5781633
ISD  19980700
NAM  Tribble et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5787427
ISD  19980700
NAM  Benantar et al.
OCL  707  9
UREF
PNO  5787438
ISD  19980700
NAM  Cink et al.
OCL  707103
UREF
PNO  5826268
ISD  19981000
NAM  Schaefer et al.
OCL  707  9
LREP
FRM  Whitham, Curtis & Whitham
ABST
PAL  An object-oriented framework provides ease of development and alteration of
      access control systems for arbitrary applications and accomodates
      arbitrary security policies while providing fine-grained security by
      providing for creation of labels for portions of a resource such as an
      application or portions of files, credentials corresponding to users and
      any other objects of the access control system by providing templates for
      such objects within at least one policy manager class of objects and which
      can be selected or modified at will. Provision for creation of label and
      credential objects which are later compared or correlated for granting or
      denying access to portions of a resource effectively decouples security
      policy from security enforcement and allows reconciliation of security
      policies having inconsistent requirements as well as development of hybrid
      and customized security policies.
PATN
WKU  059918780
SRC  8
APN  9252126
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970908
TTL  Controlling access to information
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXP  Heckler; Thomas M.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  McDonough; John C.
CTY  Braintree
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Saravanan; Thiagarajan
CTY  Westborough
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Amatucci; Michael P.
CTY  Bolton
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Iannucci; Louis A.
CTY  Hudson
STA  MA
INVT
NAM  Ingham; David M.
CTY  Newton
STA  MA
ASSG
NAM  FMR Corp.
CTY  Boston
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  713200
XCL  707  9
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1730
ICL  H04L  900
FSC  713
FSS  200;201;202
FSC  707
FSS  9;10
UREF
PNO  5159685
ISD  19921000
NAM  Kung
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5287505
ISD  19940200
NAM  Calvert et al.
OCL  395600
UREF
PNO  5548715
ISD  19960800
NAM  Maloney et al.
OCL  395183.04
UREF
PNO  5664106
ISD  19970900
NAM  Caccavale
OCL  395200.54
UREF
PNO  5805803
ISD  19980900
NAM  Birrell et al.
OCL  713202
UREF
PNO  5875296
ISD  19990200
NAM  Shi et al.
OCL  713202
FREF
PNO  0 474 058 A2
ISD  19921100
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1100
FREF
PNO  0 747 840 A1
ISD  19961100
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F 1730
OREF
PAL  Netscape's DDE Implementation,
      http://www.netscape.com/newsref/std/ddeapi.html, Mar. 1995, 14 pages.
PAL  PCT Search Report dated Sep. 28, 1998.
PAL  Rivest, "The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm",
      http://andrew2.andrew.cmu.edu/rfc/rfc1321.html, 25 pages, Apr. 1992.
PAL  Freier et al., "The SSL Protocol Version 3.0,"
      http://home.netscape.com/eng/ssl3/ss;-toc.html, 3 pages, Mar. 1996.
PAL  "Netscape Data Security",
      http://cgi.netscape.com/newsref/ref/netscape-security.html, 4 pages, 1997.
PAL  "Persistent Client State HTTP Cookies",
      http://cgi.netscape.com/newsref/std/cookie.sub.- spec.html, 5 pages, 1997.
PAL  "Basic HTTP as defined in 1992",
      http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/Protocols/HTTP/HTTP2.html, 31 pages, 1992.
PAL  Berners-Lee, "Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.0",
      http://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc1945.txt, 53 pages, May 1996.
PAL  Fielding, "Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1",
      http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/Protocols/rfc2068/rfc2068, 143 pages, Jan. 1997.
LREP
FRM  Fish & Richardson P.C.
ABST
PAL  Methods are provided for controlling access to information in a distributed
      computing system. A request for the information is received and is
      accompanied by encrypted session state data. Based on the encrypted
      session state data, it is determined whether to pass the request on to a
      source of the information. In a memory buffer, old data is replaced by
      overwriting with a unique identifier. After the memory buffer has received
      new data and a procedure has been executed for copying the contents of the
      memory buffer to a destination, it is determined whether the unique
      identifier may be found at the destination.
PATN
WKU  059918799
SRC  8
APN  9565396
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19971023
TTL  Method for gradual deployment of user-access security within a data
      processing system
ISD  19991123
NCL  7
ECL  1
EXA  Baderman; Scott T.
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  4
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Still; Kelly W.
CTY  Phoenix
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Bull HN Information Systems Inc.
CTY  Billerica
STA  MA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  713200
XCL  710240
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1100
FSC  713
FSS  200;201;202;100
FSC  707
FSS  9
FSC  709
FSS  229
FSC  710
FSS  240;241;242;243;244
FSC  380
FSS  23;25
UREF
PNO  5111504
ISD  19920500
NAM  Esserman et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5481720
ISD  19960100
NAM  Loucks et al.
OCL  713201
UREF
PNO  5696898
ISD  19971200
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  713201
LREP
FR2  Solakian; J. S.
FR2  Phillips; J. H.
ABST
PAL  A method allowing the gradual deployment of a new security policy on a data
      processing system wherein users may access certain objects under the
      former authorization until complete security implementation is achieved. A
      user having a security profile satisfying the former security policy
      criteria, but not the new security criteria, would normally be denied
      access to objects that were formerly accessible. With the present
      invention, an intermediate security profile is created while the new
      policy is being implemented wherein such a user's access is not granted,
      but not necessarily denied. This tertiary state is achieved by
      supplementing the security profile of the user to satisfy the new security
      criteria. When a user attempts object access providing an identity token
      valid under the former system, arbitration occurs which may result in the
      synthesis or substitution of a proxy identity which is compliant with the
      new policy. Alternatively, the tertiary state is achieved by supplementing
      the security profile of the object. In such a case, when a user attempts
      object access providing an identity token valid under the former system,
      arbitration occurs resulting in the amendment of the object's access
      criteria to allow access under the former security criteria. The security
      administrator may be notified of the attempted use and subsequent security
      arbitration results.
PATN
WKU  059918802
SRC  9
APN  1900536
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19981110
TTL  Overridable data protection mechanism for PLDs
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Elmore; Stephen
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Curd; Derek R.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Jacobson; Neil G.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Diba; Sholeh
CTY  Los Gatos
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lee; Napoleon W.
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Ku; Wei-Yi
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Rao; Kameswara K.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Xilinx, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
RLAP
COD  74
APN  692389
APD  19960805
PSC  01
PNO  5838901
CLAS
OCL  713200
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1214
FSC  713
FSS  200;201
FSC  380
FSS  3;4;23;25
FSC  711
FSS  101;103;162;163;164
UREF
PNO  4604708
ISD  19860800
NAM  Lewis
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  4791565
ISD  19881200
NAM  Dunham et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4852680
ISD  19890800
NAM  Brown et al.
OCL  180287
UREF
PNO  5249285
ISD  19930900
NAM  Mueller et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5333306
ISD  19940700
NAM  Abe
OCL  395246
UREF
PNO  5363498
ISD  19941100
NAM  Sakuraba et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5430447
ISD  19950700
NAM  Meier
OCL  342 51
UREF
PNO  5461217
ISD  19951000
NAM  Claus
OCL  235380
UREF
PNO  5469564
ISD  19951100
NAM  Junya
OCL  395188.01
UREF
PNO  5473758
ISD  19951200
NAM  Allen et al.
OCL  395430
UREF
PNO  5497462
ISD  19960300
NAM  Schrenk
OCL  395188.01
UREF
PNO  5537544
ISD  19960700
NAM  Morisawa et al.
OCL  395188.01
UREF
PNO  5594793
ISD  19970100
NAM  Bahout
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5623637
ISD  19970400
NAM  Jones et al.
OCL  395491
UREF
PNO  5633934
ISD  19970500
NAM  Hember
OCL  380 50
UREF
PNO  5666516
ISD  19970900
NAM  Combs
OCL  711163
UREF
PNO  5734868
ISD  19980300
NAM  Curd et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5765197
ISD  19980600
NAM  Combs
OCL  711164
LREP
FR2  Harms; Jeanette S.
ABST
PAL  An overridable data protection mechanism for unlocking/locking a PLD
      includes a data protect override key register, an input key register, and
      a comparator. After the user inputs an access code to the input key
      register, the software program sends an enabling signal to the comparator
      which in turn compares the bits stored in the data protect override key
      register and the bits in the input key register. If the bits in the two
      registers are identical, then the comparator outputs a disable data
      protect signal, thereby allowing the user to modify the configuration data
      in that PLD. After an incremented version control number and the new
      configuration data are downloaded to the PLD, the program sends a
      disabling signal to the comparator, thereby preventing further
      modification to the configuration data on that PLD.
PATN
WKU  059918810
SRC  8
APN  7448481
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961108
TTL  Network surveillance system
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXA  Iqbal; Nadeem
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  6
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Conklin; David Allen
CTY  San Antonio
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Harrison; John Reed
CTY  Palm Bay
STA  FL
ASSG
NAM  Harris Corporation
CTY  Melbourne
STA  FL
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  713201
XCL  380 25
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1100
FSC  395
FSS  186;187.01;188.01;182.02;183.19
FSC  707
FSS  9
FSC  711
FSS  163;164
FSC  370
FSS  242;252;259
FSC  380
FSS  4;49
FSC  714
FSS  201;200;202;2;4
FSC  364
FSS  286.4;286.5
FSC  382
FSS  118;119
UREF
PNO  5414833
ISD  19950500
NAM  Hershey et al.
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5440688
ISD  19950800
NAM  Nishida
OCL  395182.02
UREF
PNO  5475625
ISD  19951200
NAM  Glaschick
UREF
PNO  5483658
ISD  19960100
NAM  Grube et al.
UREF
PNO  5557742
ISD  19960900
NAM  Smaha et al.
UREF
PNO  5568471
ISD  19961000
NAM  Hershey et al.
OCL  370 17
UREF
PNO  5621889
ISD  19970400
NAM  Lermuzeaux et al.
UREF
PNO  5872912
ISD  19990200
NAM  Brownmiller et al.
OCL  395184.01
LREP
FR2  Rosenblatt; Joel I.
ABST
PAL  This is a system and method for network surveillance and detection of
      attempted intrusions, or intrusions, into the network and into computers
      connected to the network. The System functions are: (A) intrusion
      detection monitoring, (B) real-time alert, (C) logging of potential
      unauthorized activity, and (D) incident progress analysis and reporting.
      Upon detection of any attempts to intrude, the System will initiate a log
      of all activity between the computer elements involved and send an alert
      to a monitoring console. When a log is initiated, the network continues to
      be monitored by a primary surveillance system. A secondary monitoring
      process is started which interrogates the activity log in real-time and
      sends additional alerts reporting the progress of the suspected intruder.
PATN
WKU  059918829
SRC  8
APN  9083022
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970807
TTL  Automated password reset
ISD  19991123
NCL  16
ECL  1
EXA  Elisca; Pierre Eddy
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  3
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  O'Connell; Ellen R.
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Electronic Data Systems Corporation
CTY  Plano
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  656738
APD  19960603
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  713201
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  186;187.01;188.01;609;244;218;490;491
FSC  380
FSS  1.59;3;4;23;25
FSC  711
FSS  163;164
FSC  705
FSS  18;44
FSC  707
FSS  9
FSC  713
FSS  200;201;202
UREF
PNO  5073930
ISD  19911200
NAM  Green et al.
OCL  380 10
UREF
PNO  5280581
ISD  19940100
NAM  Bathrick et al.
OCL  395200
UREF
PNO  5420926
ISD  19950500
NAM  Low et al.
OCL  380 24
UREF
PNO  5606663
ISD  19970200
NAM  Kadooka
OCL  395188.01
UREF
PNO  5610981
ISD  19970300
NAM  Mooney et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5611048
ISD  19970300
NAM  Jacobs et al.
OCL  395200.09
UREF
PNO  5719560
ISD  19980200
NAM  Watkins
OCL  340825.34
UREF
PNO  5719941
ISD  19980200
NAM  Swift et al.
OCL  380 25
UREF
PNO  5729730
ISD  19980300
NAM  Wlaschin et al.
OCL  395603
UREF
PNO  5734718
ISD  19980300
NAM  Prafullchandra
OCL  380  4
UREF
PNO  5778065
ISD  19980700
NAM  Hauser et al.
OCL  380 21
UREF
PNO  5835100
ISD  19981100
NAM  Matsufasa
OCL  345467
FREF
PNO  0 647 895 A1
ISD  19950400
CNT  EPX
ICL  G06F  100
OREF
PAL  IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin, vol. 37, No. 1, Jan. 1, 1994, p. 25,
      entitled "Network Password Reset Application".
PAL  Computer Journal, vol. 36, No. 3, Jan. 1, 1993, pp. 227-237, Zviran, M., et
      al. entitled "A Comparison of Password Techniques for Multilevel
      Authentication Mechanisms".
LREP
FR2  Griebenow; L. Joy
     Baker & Botts L.L.P.
ABST
PAL  An automated system (10) is provided for resetting a computing system
      user's log-in password. The automated system (10) includes a database (16)
      which stores at least one question and corresponding answer received from
      the user. In response to a request for password reset received from the
      user, an interface (12) displays the stored question(s), thereby prompting
      the user to input an answer to each displayed question. A processor (14)
      is coupled to the database (16) and the interface (12). The processor (14)
      determines whether each input answer is the same as the stored
      corresponding answer. If the answers are the same, the processor (14)
      automatically resets the user's log-in password.
PATN
WKU  059918837
SRC  8
APN  6850936
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960723
TTL  Power conservation method for a portable computer with LCD display
ISD  19991123
NCL  47
ECL  1
EXA  Thlang; Eric S.
EXP  Sheikh; Ayaz R.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Atkinson; Lee
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Compaq Computer Corporation
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  713300
XCL  713320
XCL  713322
XCL  713340
XCL  345509
XCL  707526
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  100
FSC  395
FSS  750.01;375;800;750.04;750.08
FSC  371
FSS  66
FSC  707
FSS  526
FSC  345
FSS  509
UREF
PNO  5136695
ISD  19920800
NAM  Goldshlang et al.
OCL  345509
UREF
PNO  5167024
ISD  19921100
NAM  Smith et al.
OCL  395375
UREF
PNO  5218607
ISD  19930600
NAM  Saito et al.
OCL  371 66
UREF
PNO  5369771
ISD  19941100
NAM  Gettel
UREF
PNO  5392438
ISD  19950200
NAM  Gunji
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5442800
ISD  19950800
NAM  Okamura
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5465367
ISD  19951100
NAM  Reddy et al.
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5524249
ISD  19960600
NAM  Suboh
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5537650
ISD  19960700
NAM  West et al.
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5560024
ISD  19960900
NAM  Harper et al.
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5572655
ISD  19961100
NAM  Tuljapurkar et al.
OCL  395788
UREF
PNO  5615376
ISD  19970300
NAM  Ranganathan
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5619707
ISD  19970400
NAM  Suboh
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5625826
ISD  19970400
NAM  Atkinson
OCL  395750
OREF
PAL  Advanced Power Management (APM) BIOS Interface Specification, Revision 1.2,
      Feb. 1996, Intel Corporation, Microsoft Corporation.
PAL  Power Management Coordinator API Specification, Revision 1.00, Apr. 8,
      1994, Intel Corporation.
PAL  Volkman, Victor R. "Advanced Power Management for DOS" Developer's Preview,
      Jul. 1992, pp. 19-23.
PAL  Caruthers, Frank, editor, "Battery-Management Circuitry Gets Smarter"
      Computer Design's OEM Integration, May 1994, pp. 15-18.
LREP
FR2  Groover; Robert
ABST
PAL  A system and process for power conservation in a portable computer system.
      When the application or hardware in use allows for reduced video
      performance, the refresh rate of the video graphics controller is reduced
      to a level which allows practical use of the display but consumes much
      less power than a normal mode.
PATN
WKU  059918845
SRC  8
APN  7241720
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19960930
TTL  Method for reducing peak power in dispatching instructions to multiple
      execution units
ISD  19991123
NCL  17
ECL  1
EXA  Jean; Frantz B.
EXP  Sheikh; Ayaz R.
NDR  6
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Lin; Derrick Chu
CTY  Foster City
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Tagare; Varsha P.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Vakkalagadda; Ramamohan Rao
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Intel Corporation
CTY  Santa Clara
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  713300
XCL  713322
XCL  712204
XCL  712211
XCL  712216
XCL  712217
XCL  712219
XCL  712233
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  100
FSC  395
FSS  750.04;387;393;380;580;395;392
FSC  713
FSS  322;300
FSC  712
FSS  211;217;204;219;216;233
UREF
PNO  5394558
ISD  19950200
NAM  Arakawa et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5632037
ISD  19970500
NAM  Maher et al.
OCL  395750
UREF
PNO  5678016
ISD  19971000
NAM  Eisen et al.
OCL  395392
UREF
PNO  5689674
ISD  19971100
NAM  Griffith et al.
OCL  395393
UREF
PNO  5713012
ISD  19980100
NAM  Tanaka et al.
OCL  395580
UREF
PNO  5751981
ISD  19980500
NAM  Wiitt et al.
OCL  395380
UREF
PNO  5761476
ISD  19980600
NAM  Martell
OCL  395395
OREF
PAL  Su, Tsui, Despair., Title: Saving power in the control path of embedded
      processors., Source: IEEE p: 24 to 31., ISSN: 0740-7475, Winter 1994.
PAL  Authors: Ching-Long Su., Chi-Ying Tsui., Despair, A.M. Title: Low power
      architecture design and compilation technifies for high-performance
      processors., Source: Compcon Spring '94 pp. 489-498 Sponsors IEEE
      ISBN:0-8186-5380-9.
LREP
FRM  Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman LLP
ABST
PAL  A method of reducing microprocessor peak power by scheduling execution of
      instructions to multiple execution units. In the prior art, parallel
      processing of instructions by high-power execution units caused the
      microprocessor peak power to increase. The method of the present invention
      attempts to reduce microprocessor peak power by ensuring that two
      high-power execution units are not executing simultaneously. While a first
      instruction is being executed by a first execution unit, a first signal is
      asserted. A second instruction is prevented from being dispatched to a
      second execution unit while the first signal is asserted. Thus, the second
      execution unit remains in an idle state while the first execution unit is
      executing the first instruction.
PATN
WKU  059918853
SRC  8
APN  8729778
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970611
TTL  Method and apparatus for detecting the presence of a remote device and
      providing power thereto
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Wiley; David A.
EXP  Auve; Glenn A.
NDR  10
NFG  12
INVT
NAM  Chang; Wen F.
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Yu; Fang C.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Clarinet Systems, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  713300
XCL  710 62
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  126
FSC  395
FSS  750.01;750.08;200
FSC  713
FSS  300
FSC  710
FSS  62
UREF
PNO  5652893
ISD  19970700
NAM  Ben-Meir et al.
OCL  395750.01
UREF
PNO  5802305
ISD  19980900
NAM  McKaughan et al.
OCL  395750.02
UREF
PNO  5805904
ISD  19980900
NAM  Jung
OCL  395750.01
UREF
PNO  5845150
ISD  19981200
NAM  Henion
OCL  395750.08
LREP
FRM  Gray, Cary, Ware & Freidenrich
ABST
PAL  A network system includes a network that detects the presence of a remote
      terminal connected to a network and determines the functional protocol of
      the remote terminal. If the remote terminal is an infrared adapter, the
      network hub provides electrical power to the infrared adapter and
      continually monitors for the presence of the infrared adapter. Upon
      removal of the infrared adapter, the network removes electrical power that
      is applied to a user interface connector that connects to the infrared
      adapter. If another protocol is detected for the remote terminal, the
      network hub communicates with the remote terminal in that protocol and
      converts the data to the protocol of the network.
PATN
WKU  059918861
SRC  8
APN  9297103
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19970915
TTL  Portable electronic device having a travel mode for use when
      demonstrating operability of the device to security personnel
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Dharia; Rupal D.
EXP  Auve; Glenn A.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Axenfeld; Robert Roy
CTY  Allentown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  713300
XCL  713  1
XCL  714 24
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1132
FSC  395
FSS  651;652;653;182.13;182.21;182.22;750;183.12
FSC  371
FSS  22.5
FSC  713
FSS  300-340;1;2;700
FSC  714
FSS  23;24
UREF
PNO  5410713
ISD  19950400
NAM  White et al.
OCL  395183.12
ABST
PAL  A portable electronic device having a travel mode for use when
      demonstrating operability of the device to security personnel, for
      instance at airport security check points. The travel mode allows the
      portable device, such as a portable computer, to be turned-on and
      thereafter turned-off without delay. The travel mode also permits the
      portable device to simulate attributes of the computer device when the
      computer device is functioning in a mode other than said travel mode. For
      instance, the travel mode permits the portable device to make a sound,
      activate an LED and/or activate a display screen of the device to
      sufficiently satisfy security concerns without the need to launch
      application software. The travel mode helps to protect the integrity of
      firmware/software configurations stored in portable computers, when the
      computer is powered-down shortly after being turned-on.
PATN
WKU  059918870
SRC  9
APN  1367870
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980819
TTL  Low power wake up circuitry, with internal power down of the wake up
      circuitry itself
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Ray; Gopal C.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Ezell; Richard William
CTY  Carrollton
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Dallas Semiconductor Corporation
CTY  Dallas
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  608227
APD  19960228
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  713340
XCL  713324
XCL  327143
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  124
ICL  G06F  126
ICL  G06F  132
FSC  395
FSS  750.08;750.07;750.01
FSC  327
FSS  143;198
FSC  713
FSS  340;330;324;300;1
FSC  714
FSS  22
FSC  326
FSS  46
UREF
PNO  5166545
ISD  19921100
NAM  Harrington
OCL  327143
UREF
PNO  5230056
ISD  19930700
NAM  Hoshina
OCL  395750.08
UREF
PNO  5319255
ISD  19940600
NAM  Garverick et al.
OCL  327143
UREF
PNO  5341503
ISD  19940800
NAM  Gladstein et al.
OCL  395750.08
UREF
PNO  5414380
ISD  19950500
NAM  Floyd et al.
OCL  327198
UREF
PNO  5442794
ISD  19950800
NAM  Wisor et al.
OCL  395750.08
UREF
PNO  5539910
ISD  19960700
NAM  Brueckmann et al.
OCL  395750.08
UREF
PNO  5546589
ISD  19960800
NAM  Odaira
OCL  395750.08
UREF
PNO  5576650
ISD  19961100
NAM  Hirotani et al.
OCL  327142
LREP
FRM  Jenkens & Gilchrist, A. Professional Corporation
ABST
PAL  An initializer that responds to change in a power supply potential level,
      for generating an initialize signal to initialize a circuit to a select
      state, the initializer includes a power-on reset circuit that switches
      between an active and a powered-down state, and is for generating the
      initialize signal. The initializer also includes a wake-up circuit that
      monitors the power supply potential level and switches the power-on reset
      circuit from the powered-down state to the active state when selected
      change in the power supply potential level occurs.
PATN
WKU  059918888
SRC  8
APN  9381848
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970926
TTL  Test clock modes
ISD  19991123
NCL  24
ECL  1
EXP  Heckler; Thomas M.
NDR  7
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Faulkner; Darren R.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Crowley; Matthew P.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
CTY  Sunnyvale
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  713501
XCL  702120
XCL  702125
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  104
FSC  395
FSS  551;558;500.05;500.07;500.09
FSC  702
FSS  120;125
FSC  327
FSS  147;150;156;159;164;172;291
FSC  331
FSS  1 R;25;44;DIG. 2
FSC  713
FSS  400;500;503;501;601
UREF
PNO  4813005
ISD  19890300
NAM  Redig et al.
OCL  702117
UREF
PNO  5581699
ISD  19961200
NAM  Casal et al.
OCL  395185.08
UREF
PNO  5781038
ISD  19980700
NAM  Ramamurthy et al.
OCL  327 23
OREF
PAL  Digital Integrated Circuits, A Design Perspective; Jan M. Rabaey; Prentice
      Hall Electronics and VLSI Series; .COPYRGT.1996 by Prentice-Hall, Inc.;
      Upper Saddle River, New Jersey 07458; pp. 538-545.
LREP
FRM  Skjerven, Morrill, MacPherson, Franklin, & Friel, L.L.P.
FR2  Chambers; Kent B.
ABST
PAL  An electronic system such as a processor or computer system includes
      circuitry that supports a plurality of clock modes. The clock modes may be
      used for, for example, testing for critical paths. The clock modes include
      a variety of clock signal variations that may be utilized such as cycle
      stretch clock mode, pulse or delay fault mode, and stop mode which provide
      substantial flexibility in support of a multitude of tests. In one
      embodiment, a processor of an electronic system includes test clock mode
      circuitry to support and utilize test clock modes without dependence on an
      external bypass clock signal operating at processor operational
      frequencies. Furthermore, the processor implements the test clock modes at
      full processor operational frequencies. Additionally, a phase-locked loop
      is utilized to synchronize test mode clock signals with a reference clock
      signal to, for example, facilitate realistic operational conditions and
      acquisition of accurate test results. Additionally, in some test clock
      modes, the phase-locked loop may be synchronized prior to issuing test
      clock signals to, for example, further support realistic processor
      operational conditions during, for example, testing operations.
PATN
WKU  059918896
SRC  9
APN  0526746
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19980331
TTL  Microcomputer capable of suppressing power consumption even if a program
      memory is increased in capacity
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  1
EXP  Butler; Dennis M.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Hikichi; Hiroshi
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kimoto; Masataka
CTY  Kanagawa
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970331
APN  9-080843
CLAS
OCL  713501
XCL  713600
EDF  6
ICL  G06F  108
FSC  713
FSS  500;501;600;601;322
UREF
PNO  4862348
ISD  19890800
NAM  Nakamura
OCL  713322
UREF
PNO  5426755
ISD  19950600
NAM  Yokouchi et al.
OCL  711101
UREF
PNO  5483659
ISD  19960100
NAM  Yamamura
OCL  712 43
UREF
PNO  5511209
ISD  19960400
NAM  Mensch, Jr.
OCL  713500
FREF
PNO  2-007296
ISD  19900100
CNT  JPX
ICL  G11C 1606
LREP
FRM  Scully, Scott, Murphy & Presser
ABST
PAL  In a microcomputer including a program memory (1) and a CPU (2) operable in
      one of high-speed and low-speed modes in which the CPU carries out
      high-speed and low-speed operations when supplied with high-speed and
      low-speed clock signals (CKH and CKL), respectively, the program memory
      includes high-speed and low-speed operation memories (11 and 12) for
      memorizing high-speed and low-speed mode programs which are read by first
      and second predetermined address ranges of a program address of a program
      counter (21) of the CPU and which make the CPU carry out the high-speed
      and the low-speed operations, respectively. A memory controller (3)
      produces, when detects the second predetermined address range of the
      program address, a high-speed operation stop signal for stopping operation
      of the high-speed operation memory. A clock supplying circuit (4) supplies
      the CPU with one of the high-speed and the low-speed clock signals that
      corresponds to one of the high-speed and the low-speed modes. The CPU 2
      includes an operation mode setting register (22) for setting a different
      one of the high-speed and the low-speed modes as an operation mode signal
      (M). In response to the operation mode signal, the clock supplying circuit
      supplies the CPU 2 with a different one of the high-speed and the
      low-speed clock signals.
PATN
WKU  059918900
SRC  9
APN  0614351
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19980416
TTL  Device and method for characterizing signal skew
ISD  19991123
NCL  25
ECL  1
EXP  Heckler; Thomas M.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Brown; Jeff S.
CTY  Fort Collins
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Haag; Gerald R.
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
INVT
NAM  Patel; Hiren R.
CTY  Colorado Springs
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  LSI Logic Corporation
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  713503
XCL  713401
XCL  39550007
XCL  702117
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1100
FSC  713
FSS  503;401
FSC  702
FSS  89;118;117
FSC  395
FSS  500.05;500.07
UREF
PNO  5202857
ISD  19930400
NAM  Yanai et al.
OCL  365233
UREF
PNO  5231598
ISD  19930700
NAM  Vlahos
OCL  364569
UREF
PNO  5357523
ISD  19941000
NAM  Bogholtz, Jr. et al.
OCL  371 27
UREF
PNO  5477067
ISD  19951200
NAM  Isomura et al.
OCL  357211
UREF
PNO  5586307
ISD  19961200
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  395551
UREF
PNO  5612924
ISD  19970300
NAM  Miyamoto
OCL  365233.5
UREF
PNO  5614818
ISD  19970300
NAM  Ayat et al.
OCL  325158.1
UREF
PNO  5692165
ISD  19971100
NAM  Jeddeloh et al.
XCL  713401
UREF
PNO  5819076
ISD  19981000
NAM  Jeddeloh et al.
OCL  713401
UREF
PNO  5857095
ISD  19990100
NAM  Jeddeloh et al.
OCL  713401
ABST
PAL  A device and method for characterizing signal skew between a first signal
      and a second signal. The device includes a delay chain and a first
      transition detector in communication with the delay chain. The first
      transition detector is configured for receiving the first signal and
      provides a pulse signal to the delay chain upon detecting a transition of
      the first signal. The device includes a second transition detector which
      is in communication with a latch and is configured for receiving the
      second signal. The second transition detector sets the latch upon
      detecting a transition of the second signal. At least one pass gate is
      connected to the delay chain and the latch. At least one timing latch is
      connected to the pass gate for receiving signal skew information between
      the first and second signals.
PATN
WKU  059918918
SRC  8
APN  7726163
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961223
TTL  Method and apparatus for providing loop coherency
ISD  19991123
NCL  23
ECL  19
EXA  Elisea; Pierre E.
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Hahn; Dennis J.
CTY  Wichita
STA  KS
INVT
NAM  Stover; Jeremy D.
CTY  Wichita
STA  KS
ASSG
NAM  LSI Logic Corporation
CTY  Milpitas
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  714  4
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1100
FSC  395
FSS  182.02;182.03;182.04;185.02;185.03
FSC  371
FSS  40.2;40.15
FSC  370
FSS  222;223;228
UREF
PNO  4042780
ISD  19770800
NAM  Wolters
OCL  179 15AL
UREF
PNO  4064369
ISD  19771200
NAM  Battocletti
OCL  179 15
UREF
PNO  4454508
ISD  19840600
NAM  Grow
OCL  340825.05
UREF
PNO  4736465
ISD  19880400
NAM  Bobey et al.
OCL  455612
UREF
PNO  4837856
ISD  19890600
NAM  Glista
OCL  455601
UREF
PNO  4927225
ISD  19900500
NAM  Levinson
OCL  385 16
UREF
PNO  5134619
ISD  19920700
NAM  Henson et al.
OCL  371 40.1
UREF
PNO  5151898
ISD  19920900
NAM  Kondo
OCL  370 85.15
UREF
PNO  5182747
ISD  19930100
NAM  Frenzel, III et al.
OCL  370 85.5
UREF
PNO  5249183
ISD  19930900
NAM  Wong et al.
OCL  370 85.3
UREF
PNO  5251213
ISD  19931000
NAM  Videlock et al.
OCL  370 85.12
UREF
PNO  5289589
ISD  19940200
NAM  Bingham et al.
OCL  395425
UREF
PNO  5297134
ISD  19940300
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  370 16.1
UREF
PNO  5317198
ISD  19940500
NAM  Husbands
OCL  307116
UREF
PNO  5406401
ISD  19950400
NAM  Kremer
OCL  359110
UREF
PNO  5459772
ISD  19951000
NAM  Asano et al.
OCL  379  5
UREF
PNO  5467369
ISD  19951100
NAM  Vijeh et al.
OCL  375224
UREF
PNO  5485576
ISD  19960100
NAM  Fee et al.
OCL  395185.09
UREF
PNO  5490007
ISD  19960200
NAM  Bennett et al.
OCL  359139
UREF
PNO  5517489
ISD  19960500
NAM  Ogura
OCL  370 16.1
UREF
PNO  5517498
ISD  19960500
NAM  Hauris et al.
OCL  370 71
UREF
PNO  5522047
ISD  19960500
NAM  Grow et al.
OCL  395200.2
UREF
PNO  5535035
ISD  19960700
NAM  DeFoster et al.
OCL  359161
UREF
PNO  5659570
ISD  19970800
NAM  Cotreau et al.
OCL  375  5
UREF
PNO  5799001
ISD  19951200
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  395182.02
FREF
PNO  0453273
ISD  19911000
CNT  EPX
ICL  H04L 1242
FREF
PNO  2617354
ISD  19881200
CNT  FRX
ICL  H04L 1116
OREF
PAL  New Peripheral Interfaces: Fast & Full of Features; M. Wright; EDN
      Electrical Design News; vol. 40, No. 21, Oct. 12, 1995; pp. 69/70, 72, 74,
      76, 78, 80, 81.
ABST
PAL  A method and apparatus for providing loop coherency between a multiplicity
      of nodes. The disclosed technique and apparatus utilize a primary loop for
      nominal data communications and a normally unutilized secondary loop. A
      loop coherency circuit detects a loop incoherency condition which results
      in a interruption of the primary loop. The loop coherency circuit reroutes
      the flow of data to a secondary loop segment and back to a primary loop
      segment to provide a continuous coherent arbitrated loop.
PATN
WKU  059918926
SRC  8
APN  8727414
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970611
TTL  Network server redundancy configuration method and system
ISD  19991123
NCL  3
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Nguyen Xuan
EXP  Palys; Joseph E.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Honda; Masahiko
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970611
APN  8-148927
CLAS
OCL  714  4
XCL  714 56
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1100
FSC  395
FSS  182.01;200.11;200.69
FSC  370
FSS  395;396
FSC  345
FSS  355
FSC  714
FSS  3;4;10;11;43;56
UREF
PNO  5638365
ISD  19970600
NAM  Duault et al.
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5673263
ISD  19970900
NAM  Basso et al.
OCL  370396
UREF
PNO  5694547
ISD  19971200
NAM  Subramanian et al.
OCL  395200.11
UREF
PNO  5734652
ISD  19980300
NAM  Kwok
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5777994
ISD  19980700
NAM  Takihiro et al.
OCL  370395
UREF
PNO  5808614
ISD  19980900
NAM  Nagahara et al.
OCL  345355
UREF
PNO  5838924
ISD  19981100
NAM  Anderson et al.
OCL  395200.69
FREF
PNO  61-198945
ISD  19860900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  61-210470
ISD  19860900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  63-107335
ISD  19880500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  2-309734
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-174849
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3-234136
ISD  19911000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  4-14925
ISD  19920100
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-46808
ISD  19950500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  7-118723
ISD  19951200
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  D. Comer et al., Internetworking With TCP/IP, vol. III: Client-Server
      Programming And Applications, 1993, Prentice-Hall, Inc., pp. 9-17.
LREP
FRM  Sughrue, Mion, Zinn, Macpeak & Seas, PLLC
ABST
PAL  In a network server redundancy configuration method of executing a
      client-server application to allow a client terminal to use services
      provided by a plurality of server terminals, the client terminal is
      connected to each server terminal through an ATM (Asynchronous Transfer
      Mode) network. Switching control is performed on the server terminal
      connected to the client terminal by controlling the virtual channel to
      which an ATM cell belongs in the client terminal or the ATM network. A
      network server redundancy configuration system is also disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059918934
SRC  8
APN  9212752
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970829
TTL  Virtually reliable shared memory
ISD  19991123
NCL  33
ECL  1
EXA  Hamdan; Wasseem
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  1
NFG  2
INVT
NAM  Snider; Gregory S.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Hewlett-Packard Company
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  714  4
XCL  714 11
XCL  714 12
XCL  714 15
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1214
FSC  395
FSS  182.02;182.09;182.1;182.13;200.43;200.44;200.46;200.51
FSC  711
FSS  147;148;152
FSC  714
FSS  4;11;12;15
FSC  709
FSS  213;214;216;221
UREF
PNO  4564900
ISD  19860100
NAM  Smitt
OCL  395200.42
UREF
PNO  4965717
ISD  19901000
NAM  Cutts, Jr. et al.
OCL  395182.1
UREF
PNO  5388215
ISD  19950200
NAM  Baker et al.
OCL  395200.59
UREF
PNO  5487148
ISD  19960100
NAM  Komori et al.
OCL  395182.02
UREF
PNO  5668943
ISD  19970900
NAM  Attanasio et al.
OCL  395182.05
UREF
PNO  5790776
ISD  19980800
NAM  Sonnier et al.
OCL  385182.08
UREF
PNO  5805785
ISD  19980900
NAM  Dias et al.
OCL  395182.02
UREF
PNO  5812748
ISD  19980900
NAM  Ohran et al.
OCL  395182.02
UREF
PNO  5819019
ISD  19981000
NAM  Nelson
OCL  395182.02
UREF
PNO  5838894
ISD  19981100
NAM  Horst
OCL  395182.09
UREF
PNO  5845071
ISD  19981200
NAM  Patrick et al.
OCL  395200.45
OREF
PAL  John Chapin, Mendel Rosenblum, Scott Devine, Tirhankar Lahiri, Dan
      Teodosiu, Anoop Gupta; "Hive: Fault Containment for Shared-Memory
      Multiprocessors," Association for Computing Machinery, Inc.; 1995; pp.
      1-15.
PAL  Yousef A. Khalidi, Jose M. Bernabeu, Vlada Matena, Ken Shirriff, Moti
      Thadani; "Solaris MC: A Multi Computer OS;" Sun Microsystems Laboratories
      Jan. 1996; pp. 1-13.
ABST
PAL  The inventive computer system uses a layer of software between the
      operating system and the hardware that localizes the fail-safe protocols
      into a single module. The system also uses shared memory allocation
      functions as the interface with the operating system. The memory
      allocation function creates data structures to satisfy the requests of the
      operating system. The system also has a data structure locking mechanism
      to prevent more than one processor from writing to the data structure at a
      time. This layer isolates and hides the complexities of the underlying
      hardware and memory sharing, and presents a simpler view of the hardware
      as a single system to the operating system that resides above it. Since
      all of the fail-safe code is in one single module, rather than distributed
      throughout the operating system, it is easier to test and verify its
      correct operation, as well as maintain the operating system.
PATN
WKU  059918942
SRC  8
APN  8706115
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970606
TTL  Progressive redundancy transmission
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Andy
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  10
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Lee; Jack Y. B.
CTY  Kwun Tong
CNT  HKX
INVT
NAM  Wong; P. C.
CTY  City One Shatin
CNT  HKX
ASSG
NAM  The Chinese University of Hong Kong
CTY  Shatin
CNT  HKX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  714  6
XCL  714  7
XCL  714  8
XCL  714 11
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1116
FSC  395
FSS  182.02;182.04;182.05;182.06;200.33;181;182.01;182.09
FSC  371
FSS  37.7
UREF
PNO  4761785
ISD  19880800
NAM  Clark et al.
OCL  371 51
UREF
PNO  4993030
ISD  19910200
NAM  Krakauer et al.
OCL  371 40
UREF
PNO  5130992
ISD  19920700
NAM  Frey, Jr. et al.
OCL  371401
UREF
PNO  5140689
ISD  19920800
NAM  Kobayashi
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5202799
ISD  19930400
NAM  Hetzler et al.
OCL  360 48
UREF
PNO  5442752
ISD  19950800
NAM  Styczinski
OCL  395404
UREF
PNO  5446736
ISD  19950800
NAM  Gleeson et al.
OCL  370 85.13
UREF
PNO  5504859
ISD  19960400
NAM  Gustafson et al.
OCL  395182.09
UREF
PNO  5519435
ISD  19960500
NAM  Anderson
OCL  348  8
UREF
PNO  5519844
ISD  19960500
NAM  Stallmo
OCL  395441
UREF
PNO  5537567
ISD  19960700
NAM  Galbraith et al.
OCL  395441
UREF
PNO  5566297
ISD  19961000
NAM  Devarakonda et al.
OCL  395182.13
UREF
PNO  5586264
ISD  19961200
NAM  Belknap et al.
OCL  395200.08
UREF
PNO  5613059
ISD  19970300
NAM  Stallmo et al.
OCL  395182.04
UREF
PNO  5737549
ISD  19980400
NAM  Hersch et al.
OCL  395309
OREF
PAL  Lee, Y.B. et al., "A Server Array Approach for Video-on-demand Service on
      Local Area Networks" 1966 INFOCOM Mar. 1996, pp. 49-56.
PAL  Lee, Y.B. et al., "VIOLA: Video on Local-Area-Networks" Jun. 1995 Business
      & Technology Information Quarterly HKITCC, vol. 1 #2, pp. 1-16.
PAL  Tewari et al., "High Availability in Clustered Multimedia Servers" Mar.
      1996 IEEE, Proceedings of the Twelfth Intl Conference on Data Engineering,
      pp. 645-654.
PAL  Lee et al., "A Server Array Approach for Video-on-demand Service on Local
      Area Networks" Mar. 1996 IEEE, pp. 27-33.
PAL  Vin et al., "Designing a Multiuser HDTV Storage Server" Jan. 1993 IEEE
      Journal on Selected Areas in Communications, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 153-164.
PAL  Birk, "Random RAIDs with Selective Exploitation of Redundancy for High
      Performance Video Servers" May 1997 IEEE Proceedings of the IEEE 7th
      International Workshop on Network and Operating System Support for Audio
      and Video, pp. 13-23.
PAL  Gemmell et al., "Multimedia Storage Servers: A Tutorial" May 1995 Computer,
      vol. 28, Iss. 5, pp. 40-49.
PAL  Vin et al., "Efficient Failure Recovery in Multi-Disk Multimedia Servers"
      Jun. 1995 Twenty-Fifth International Symposiumon Fault-Tolerant Computing,
      IEEE, pp. 12-21.
LREP
FRM  Fliesler Dubb Meyer & Lovejoy LLP
ABST
PAL  A method to recover lost data in a piece of information transmitted from a
      number of server computers to a client computer. The method includes the
      steps of transmitting by the server computers a piece of server data to
      the client computer. The piece of server data includes the piece of
      information and at least one redundant symbol. Due to the failing of at
      least a part of one of the server computers, data are lost. The client
      computer identifies such a loss. The client computer recovers the lost
      data using the one or more redundant symbols. Then, the remaining
      non-failing server computers transmit another set of server data, which
      include another piece of information with at least one additional
      redundant symbol over what was previously transmitted to the client
      computer. This will ensure that the client computer can recover additional
      data lost due to the failing of at least a part of another server
      computer. In another embodiment, the one or more redundant symbols are not
      transmitted until the client computer identifies that data are lost.
PATN
WKU  059918950
SRC  8
APN  4354621
APT  1
ART  273
APD  19950505
TTL  System and method for multiprocessor partitioning to support high
      availability
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Follansbee; John A.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Laudon; James P.
CTY  Menlo Park
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Lenoski; Daniel E.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Silicon Graphics, Inc.
CTY  Mountain View
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  714  8
XCL  711163
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1100
FSC  395
FSS  490;181;800;800.01;182.06;182.08
FSC  714
FSS  8;10
FSC  711
FSS  152;163
FSC   70
FSS  40;244
UREF
PNO  3812469
ISD  19740500
NAM  Hauck et al.
OCL  395280
UREF
PNO  5280606
ISD  19940100
NAM  Jippo et al.
OCL  395181
UREF
PNO  5396609
ISD  19950300
NAM  Schmidt et al.
OCL  395490
UREF
PNO  5414856
ISD  19950500
NAM  Yokota
OCL  395728
UREF
PNO  5481747
ISD  19960100
NAM  Kametani
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5598562
ISD  19970100
NAM  Cutler et al.
OCL  395674
OREF
PAL  J. Kuskin, et al., "The Stanford Flash Multiprocessor," Proceedings of the
      21st. Intl. Symposium on Computer Architecture, pp. 302-313, Apr. 1994.
LREP
FRM  Sterne, Kessler, Goldstein & Fox PLLC
ABST
PAL  A system and method for partitioning to support high availability of a
      multiprocessor system. The system comprises a plurality of masters,
      including processors, input/output devices, or the like, and is divided
      into regions. Per-region access rights are assigned to the system
      resources. The regions are grouped into partitions, wherein a partition is
      a portion of the system that is treated as a single unit with respect to
      failure. Failure of a master in a given region only affects resources
      accessible to that given region. Per-region access can be to main memory
      on a per-page basis, for example. Alternatively, the per-region access can
      limit access to directory storage, input/output ports and devices, control
      or diagnostics registers.
PATN
WKU  059918969
SRC  8
APN  8998094
APT  1
ART  277
APD  19970724
TTL  Method and apparatus for protecting an electronic system from erroneous
      operation due to static electricity
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Hossain; Abu
EXP  Palys; Joseph E.
NDR  2
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Cho; Sung-Min
CTY  Gumi
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  SamSung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Kyungki-do
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960724
APN  1996 30088
CLAS
OCL  714 23
XCL  714 55
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1100
FSC  395
FSS  550;185.01
FSC  355
FSS  208
FSC  200
FSS  305
FSC  714
FSS  48;49;50;53;54;55;57;51;52;23
UREF
PNO  3935508
ISD  19760100
NAM  Moister, Jr.
OCL  317  2
UREF
PNO  4492820
ISD  19850100
NAM  Kennard et al.
OCL  179  6.02
UREF
PNO  4752862
ISD  19880600
NAM  Takahashi et al.
OCL  361403
UREF
PNO  4821320
ISD  19890400
NAM  Andert et al.
OCL  379437
UREF
PNO  4844630
ISD  19890700
NAM  Hagen et al.
OCL  400521
UREF
PNO  4879575
ISD  19891100
NAM  Maruta et al.
OCL  355208
UREF
PNO  5123102
ISD  19920600
NAM  Puckette
OCL  395550
UREF
PNO  5280607
ISD  19940100
NAM  Bruck et al.
OCL  714 55
UREF
PNO  5345583
ISD  19940900
NAM  Davis
OCL  714 55
UREF
PNO  5401926
ISD  19950300
NAM  Aoyama et al.
OCL  200305
UREF
PNO  5412495
ISD  19950500
NAM  Kim
OCL  359 88
UREF
PNO  5421006
ISD  19950500
NAM  Jablon et al.
OCL  714 55
UREF
PNO  5583987
ISD  19961200
NAM  Kobayashi et al.
OCL  714 13
UREF
PNO  5608488
ISD  19970300
NAM  Hirai et al.
OCL  396125
LREP
FR2  Bushnell, Esq.; Robert E.
ABST
PAL  A technique for protecting an electronic system having a programmable
      input/output interface from erroneous operation due to static electricity
      includes the steps of: (a) setting an internal timer for continuously
      resetting a program state of the input/output interface at a predetermined
      time interval; (b) storing a present program state of the input/output
      interface after setting the timer; (c) resetting the stored program state
      of the input/output interface when a value of a driven timer corresponds
      to a value of the set timer after storing the present program state of the
      input/output interface; (d) repeatedly resetting the program state of the
      input/output interface by driving again the timer after resetting the
      program state of the input/output interface.
PATN
WKU  059918977
SRC  9
APN  2235374
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19981230
TTL  Diagnostic module dispatcher
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXA  Baderman; Scott T.
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  18
NFG  19
INVT
NAM  Perugini; Robert
CTY  Tomball
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Harsany; John Scott
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
INVT
NAM  Supak; Robert E.
CTY  Cypress
STA  TX
ASSG
NAM  Compaq Computer Corporation
CTY  Houston
STA  TX
COD  02
RLAP
COD  71
APN  777902
APD  19961231
CLAS
OCL  714 27
XCL  714 32
XCL  714 44
XCL  714 46
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 11273
FSC  714
FSS  25;46;31;55;44;32;27
UREF
PNO  4057847
ISD  19771100
NAM  Lowell et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4488299
ISD  19841200
NAM  Fellhauer et al.
OCL  371 20
UREF
PNO  4718064
ISD  19880100
NAM  Edwards et al.
OCL  371 20
UREF
PNO  4823343
ISD  19890400
NAM  Takahashi
OCL  371 16
UREF
PNO  4837764
ISD  19890600
NAM  Russello
OCL  371 20
UREF
PNO  5021997
ISD  19910600
NAM  Archie et al.
OCL  364900
UREF
PNO  5050088
ISD  19910900
NAM  Buckler et al.
OCL  364468
UREF
PNO  5124622
ISD  19920600
NAM  Kawamura et al.
OCL  318569
UREF
PNO  5157782
ISD  19921000
NAM  Tuttle et al.
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5233611
ISD  19930800
NAM  Triantafyllos et al.
OCL  371 16.1
UREF
PNO  5367667
ISD  19941100
NAM  Wahlquist et al.
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5371883
ISD  19941200
NAM  Gross et al.
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5388252
ISD  19950200
NAM  Dreste et al.
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5390324
ISD  19950200
NAM  Burkhartt et al.
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5455933
ISD  19951000
NAM  Schieve et al.
OCL  395183.03
UREF
PNO  5513319
ISD  19960400
NAM  Finch et al.
OCL  395185.08
UREF
PNO  5602990
ISD  19970200
NAM  Leete
OCL  395183.22
UREF
PNO  5629878
ISD  19970500
NAM  Kobrosly
OCL  364579
UREF
PNO  5724273
ISD  19980300
NAM  Desgrousilliers et al.
OCL  364580
LREP
FRM  Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, LLP
ABST
PAL  In a diagnostic application, a plurality of independent test modules are
      executed in a multi-tasking fashion. The diagnostic application is modular
      with a front end module issuing commands to lower level modules. A lower
      level test dispatcher module receives information from the plurality of
      test modules pertaining to test parameters, including whether the test
      module is multitaskable. A test dispatcher controls the launching of the
      test modules according to the test parameters. A test definition tool is
      provided to graphically develop test scripts by moving icons from one list
      to another. The output of the test definition tool is a scripting language
      readable by the diagnostic application.
PATN
WKU  059918985
SRC  8
APN  8140421
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970310
TTL  Arithmetic built-in self test of multiple scan-based integrated circuits
ISD  19991123
NCL  47
ECL  1
EXA  Wright; Norman Michael
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  8
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Rajski; Janusz
CTY  West Linn
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Tyszer; Jerzy
CTY  Poznan
CNT  PLX
ASSG
NAM  Mentor Graphics Corporation
CTY  Wilsonville
STA  OR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  714 30
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1300
FSC  395
FSS  183.06;183.17;185.02
FSC  371
FSS  22.1;22.3;22.4;22.5
UREF
PNO  4511967
ISD  19850400
NAM  Witalka et al.
OCL  364200
UREF
PNO  4947395
ISD  19900800
NAM  Bullinger et al.
OCL  371 22.3
UREF
PNO  5226147
ISD  19930700
NAM  Yoshida et al.
OCL  395575
UREF
PNO  5239262
ISD  19930800
NAM  Grutzner et al.
OCL  324158R
UREF
PNO  5369646
ISD  19941100
NAM  Shikatani
OCL  371 22.5
UREF
PNO  5416783
ISD  19950500
NAM  Broseghini et al.
OCL  371 22.3
UREF
PNO  5590354
ISD  19961200
NAM  Klapproth et al.
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5617531
ISD  19970400
NAM  Crouch et al.
OCL  385183.06
UREF
PNO  5724603
ISD  19980300
NAM  Nishiguchi
OCL  395800
UREF
PNO  5790561
ISD  19980800
NAM  Broden et al.
OCL  371 22.1
OREF
PAL  Edirisooriya, G. et al., "Minimizing testing time in scan path
      architecture", IEEE Circuits and systems, 1992 Midwest Symposium, pp.
      1205-1207.
PAL  N. Zacharia, J. Rajski, J. Tyszer, "Decompression of Test Data Using
      Variable-Length Seed LFSRs", Microelectronics and Computer Systems
      Laboratory, McGill University, Montreal, Canada.
PAL  S. Adham, M. Kassab, N. Mukherjee, K. Radecka, J. Rajski, J. Tyszer
      "Arithmetic Built-In Self Test For Digital Signal Processing
      Architectures", in Proceedings of the IEEE 1995 Custom Integrated Circuits
      Conference, May 1-4, pp. 29.6.0-29.6.4.
PAL  J. Rajski, J. Tyszer, "On Linear dependencies in subspaces of
      LFSR-generated sequences", IEEE, Draft Aug. 6, 1996, pp. 0-11.
PAL  William J. Hurd, "Efficient Generation of Statiscally Good Pseudonoise by
      Linearly Interconnected Shift Registers", IEEE transactions on Computers,
      vol. c-23, No. 2, Feb. 1974, pp. 146-152.
PAL  S. Hellebrand, B. Reeb, S. Tarnick, H-J. Wunderlich, "Pattern Generation
      for a Deterministic BIST Scheme", 1995 IEEE, pp. 88-94.
PAL  Rajski, Tyszer, "Test Responses Compaction In Accumulators With Rotate
      Carry Adders", IEEE transaction on CAD of Integrated Circuits and Systems,
      vol. 12, No. 4, Apr. 1993.
PAL  Rajski, Tyszer, Accumulator-Based Compaction of Test Responses, IEEE
      Transactions on Computers, vol. 42, No. 6, Jun. 1993, pp. 643-650.
PAL  Hellebrand, Rajski, Tarnick, Venkataraman, Courtois, "Built-In test for
      Circuits with Scan Based on Reseeding of Multiple-Polynomial Linear
      Feedback Shift Registers", IEEE transactions on Computers, vol. 44, No. 2,
      Feb. 1995, pp. 223-233.
LREP
FRM  Blakely Sokoloff Taylor & Zafman, LLP
ABST
PAL  An apparatus and method provide for an arithmetic built-in self test
      (ABIST) of a number of peripheral devices having parallel scan registers
      coupled to a processor core, all within an integrated circuit. Using the
      data paths of the processor core, operating logic generates pseudo-random
      test patterns for the peripheral devices, employing a mixed congruential
      generation scheme. In one embodiment, generating the pseudo-random test
      patterns includes multiplying n least significant bits of a 2n-bit
      pseudo-random number generated in an immediately preceding iteration and
      stored in a first register, with an n-bit multiplier constant stored in a
      second register to produce a 2n-bit product, adding the 2n-bit product to
      n most significant bits of the 2n-bit pseudo-random number stored in n
      least significant locations of an accumulator with 2n locations to produce
      a new 2n-bit pseudo-random number for a current iteration, and outputting
      n least significant bits of the new 2n-bit pseudo-random number as an
      n-bit pseudo-random test vector for the peripheral devices.
PATN
WKU  059918993
SRC  8
APN  8218315
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970321
TTL  Method and apparatus for a real-time diagnostic tool using a
      non-intrusive trace technique
ISD  19991123
NCL  13
ECL  1
EXA  Baderman; Scott T.
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  5
NFG  5
INVT
NAM  Deacon; Michael
CTY  Campbell
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  714 37
XCL  714724
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1125
FSC  395
FSS  183.13;183.15;183.14;183.16;183.21;183.06;183.03;183.01
FSC  371
FSS  22.1;22.6;27.5;22.2
UREF
PNO  4183459
ISD  19800100
NAM  Donn
OCL  395185.02
UREF
PNO  4315313
ISD  19820200
NAM  Armstrong et al.
OCL  395183.21
UREF
PNO  4752928
ISD  19880600
NAM  Chapman et al.
OCL  395183.15
UREF
PNO  4876685
ISD  19891000
NAM  Rich
OCL  395183.21
UREF
PNO  5051944
ISD  19910900
NAM  Fetterolf et al.
OCL  395184.01
UREF
PNO  5136590
ISD  19920800
NAM  Polstra et al.
OCL  395183.05
UREF
PNO  5263143
ISD  19931100
NAM  Robinson et al.
OCL  371 21.1
UREF
PNO  5630048
ISD  19970500
NAM  La Joie et al.
OCL  395183.01
UREF
PNO  5724505
ISD  19980300
NAM  Argade et al.
OCL  395183.21
UREF
PNO  5748878
ISD  19980500
NAM  Rees et al.
OCL  395183.14
UREF
PNO  5764952
ISD  19980600
NAM  Hill
OCL  395183.13
LREP
FR2  Sherman, Esq.; Kenneth L.
     Sherman & Sherman
ABST
PAL  A diagnostic tool includes a self-contained mechanism to queue, buffer, and
      transmit tracing information, written to a prescribed address in the
      address space of a computer system, to a serial port without burdening the
      computer system. In addition, general purpose outputs are provided for use
      with logic analyzers and oscilloscopes, and the prescribed address is
      configurable with switches.
PATN
WKU  059919000
SRC  9
APN  0974986
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19980615
TTL  Bus controller
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  1
EXA  Nguyen; Andy
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  28
NFG  36
INVT
NAM  Garnett; Paul J.
CTY  Newton-Le-Willows
CNT  GBX
ASSG
NAM  Sun Microsystems, Inc.
CTY  Palo Alto
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  714 56
XCL  714 43
XCL  714  3
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1100
FSC  395
FSS  183.19;185.09;182.01;183.2;182.09;184.01;200.5;182.06;182.1;182.15;183.17
     ;185.01;185.08;287;288;290;292;296;301;303;306;307;308
FSC  340
FSS  825.91
UREF
PNO  4801936
ISD  19890100
NAM  Hofmann
OCL  340825.91
UREF
PNO  5500945
ISD  19960300
NAM  Maeda et al.
OCL  395185.09
UREF
PNO  5530946
ISD  19960600
NAM  Bouvier et al.
OCL  395182.21
UREF
PNO  5533204
ISD  19960700
NAM  Tipley
OCL  395200.05
UREF
PNO  5630056
ISD  19970500
NAM  Horvath et al.
OCL  395185.09
UREF
PNO  5712967
ISD  19980100
NAM  Grossman et al.
OCL  395182.01
UREF
PNO  5862353
ISD  19990100
NAM  Revilla et al.
OCL  395287
UREF
PNO  5864653
ISD  19990100
NAM  Tavallaei et al.
OCL  315181
UREF
PNO  5867676
ISD  19990200
NAM  Nguyen et al.
OCL  395309
UREF
PNO  5870571
ISD  19990200
NAM  Dubureq et al.
OCL  395309
UREF
PNO  5870573
ISD  19990200
NAM  Johnson
OCL  395311
UREF
PNO  5875310
ISD  19990200
NAM  Buckland et al.
OCL  395306
LREP
FRM  Conley, Rose & Tayon, PC
FR2  Kivlin; B. Noel
ABST
PAL  A bus controller for a computer system. The controller comprises a monitor
      for monitoring request signals and response signals between a first
      component and a second component each connected to a bus of the computer
      system; and a terminator controlled by the monitor to terminate a request
      from one of the first and second components if a response to the request
      has not issued within a predetermined period of time.
PATN
WKU  059919019
SRC  8
APN  2927004
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19940819
TTL  Indication of coverage area limits within digital communication systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  8
ECL  6
EXA  Baderman; Scott T.
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Mulford; Keith Irl
CTY  Arlington Heights
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  McClaughry; Thomas Joseph
CTY  Hoffman Estates
STA  IL
INVT
NAM  Persinotti; Gary Wayne
CTY  Elizabethtown
STA  PA
ASSG
NAM  Motorola, Inc.
CTY  Schaumburg
STA  IL
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  016445
APD  19930211
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  714704
XCL  455421
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1100
ICL  H04Q  700
ICL  H04Q  900
FSC  371
FSS  5.1;5.5
FSC  455
FSS  33.2;54.1;56.1;421;422;423
FSC  379
FSS  60
UREF
PNO  4718081
ISD  19880100
NAM  Brenig
OCL  379 60
UREF
PNO  4996715
ISD  19910200
NAM  Marui et al.
OCL  455 33.2
UREF
PNO  5070536
ISD  19911200
NAM  Mahany et al.
OCL  455 67.4
UREF
PNO  5097507
ISD  19920300
NAM  Zinser et al.
OCL  381 31
UREF
PNO  5134708
ISD  19920700
NAM  Marui et al.
OCL  455 33.2
UREF
PNO  5175867
ISD  19921200
NAM  Wejke et al.
OCL  455 33.1
UREF
PNO  5214687
ISD  19930500
NAM  Kansakoski et al.
OCL  379 60
UREF
PNO  5325397
ISD  19940600
NAM  Scholz
OCL  375 10
UREF
PNO  5327575
ISD  19940700
NAM  Menich et al.
OCL  455 33.2
UREF
PNO  5327576
ISD  19940700
NAM  Uddenfeldt et al.
OCL  455 33.2
UREF
PNO  5355514
ISD  19941000
NAM  Borg
OCL  455 33.1
UREF
PNO  5373548
ISD  19941200
NAM  McCarthy
OCL  379 63
UREF
PNO  5375123
ISD  19941200
NAM  Andersson et al.
OCL  370 95.1
UREF
PNO  5379446
ISD  19950100
NAM  Murase
OCL  455 33.2
UREF
PNO  5379447
ISD  19950100
NAM  Bonta et al.
OCL  455 33.2
UREF
PNO  5384791
ISD  19950100
NAM  Klein
OCL  371  5.1
UREF
PNO  5390339
ISD  19950200
NAM  Bruckert et al.
OCL  455 33.2
UREF
PNO  5483690
ISD  19960100
NAM  Schroder
OCL  455226.1
UREF
PNO  5732347
ISD  19980300
NAM  Bartle et al.
OCL  455421
LREP
FR2  Lukasik; Susan L.
ABST
PAL  A digital radio frequency ("RF") communication unit (103, 104) measures
      digital signal quality based on received signal strength information
      ("RSSI") and/or bit error rate ("BER") information. The RSSI and/or BER
      information are compared with a predetermined threshold. If the
      predetermined threshold is exceeded, then simulated RF channel noise is
      injected into the speaker path during unvoiced periods in the message at a
      level which indicates the RF signal quality to warn the user of the
      digital communication unit that the outer limits of a given coverage area
      are being approached.
PATN
WKU  059919027
SRC  8
APN  8124647
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970306
TTL  Memory apparatus and data processor using the same
ISD  19991123
NCL  4
ECL  2
EXP  Tu; Trinh L.
NDR  32
NFG  32
INVT
NAM  Yoshida; Toyohiko
CTY  Itami
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19910807
APN  3-197688
RLAP
COD  74
APN  403558
APD  19950313
PSC  01
PNO  5644699
RLAP
COD  81
APN  883582
APD  19920514
PSC  03
CLAS
OCL  714710
XCL  711145
XCL  711113
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 2900
FSC  371
FSS  21.1;21.2;40.1;10.2;10.3;21.6
FSC  364
FSS  247.3;245.5;245.9;365.3;243.41;964.2;243.4;243.7;245.3;246.3;268.3;268.5
     ;943.91;944;944.2;944.3;966.4;970.1
FSC  395
FSS  182.13;182.19;183.01;183.05;183.18;184.01;185.02;185.07;185.06;182.03
FSC  711
FSS  3;111;112;113;129;133;134;144;158
UREF
PNO  4357656
ISD  19821100
NAM  Saltz et al.
OCL  395465
UREF
PNO  4648075
ISD  19870300
NAM  Segawa et al.
OCL  365200
UREF
PNO  4733394
ISD  19880300
NAM  Giebel
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  4736373
ISD  19880400
NAM  Schmidt
OCL  371 21.6
UREF
PNO  4757474
ISD  19880700
NAM  Fakushi et al.
OCL  365189
UREF
PNO  4827452
ISD  19890500
NAM  Toyama et al.
OCL  365200
UREF
PNO  5019971
ISD  19910500
NAM  Lefsky et al.
OCL  395182.03
UREF
PNO  5157664
ISD  19921000
NAM  Waite
OCL  371 21.2
UREF
PNO  5206831
ISD  19930400
NAM  Wakamatsu
OCL  365200
UREF
PNO  5231604
ISD  19930700
NAM  Watanabe
OCL  364189.05
UREF
PNO  5267242
ISD  19931100
NAM  Lavallee et al.
OCL  395182.05
UREF
PNO  5278839
ISD  19940100
NAM  Matsumoto et al.
OCL  371 21.2
UREF
PNO  5293386
ISD  19940300
NAM  Muhmenthaler et al.
OCL  371 21.1
UREF
PNO  5353253
ISD  19941000
NAM  Nakajima
OCL  364491
UREF
PNO  5471415
ISD  19951100
NAM  McClure
OCL  364253
UREF
PNO  5509132
ISD  19960400
NAM  Matsuda et al.
OCL  395403
UREF
PNO  5550974
ISD  19960800
NAM  Pennington et al.
OCL  395183.18
FREF
PNO  59-127286
ISD  19840700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-38599
ISD  19870200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  62-250599
ISD  19871000
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  1-177656
ISD  19890700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3160696
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3160697
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3160698
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  3162798
ISD  19910700
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "System, Process and Design Implications of a Reduced Supply voltage
      Microprocessor," R. Allmon, et al., ISCC Digest of Technical Papers, pp.
      48-49, Feb. 1990 (vol. 33).
LREP
FRM  Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP
ABST
PAL  A memory apparatus and a data processor using the same comprises, a memory
      mechanism, having a signal input terminal into which a predetermined
      signal is inputted, a memory unit consisting of first, second and third
      memories, a fourth memory and a control unit which replaces the first or
      second memory with the third memory by switching electrical connections
      between the memories of the memory unit according to information written
      into the fourth memory, and furthermore, an operation unit which diagnoses
      failures in the memory mechanism in case the predetermined signal is
      inputted from the signal input terminal, in case the failure is diagnosed
      in the first memory allows the control unit to replace the first memory
      with the third memory by writing a first value into the fourth memory, and
      in case the failure is diagnosed in the second memory allows the control
      unit to replace the second memory with the third memory by writing a
      second value into the fourth memory. Since the failure in the memory array
      unit can be relieved, manufacturing yields of the memory apparatus and the
      data processor including the same are improved.
PATN
WKU  059919035
SRC  8
APN  9093001
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970811
TTL  Parallel bit test circuit for testing a semiconductor device in parallel
      bits
ISD  19991123
NCL  6
ECL  1
EXP  Tu; Trinh L.
NDR  5
NFG  6
INVT
NAM  Shin; Choong-Sun
CTY  Seoul
CNT  KRX
INVT
NAM  Seok; Yong-Sik
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
ASSG
NAM  Samsung Electronics, Co., Ltd.
CTY  Suwon
CNT  KRX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  KRX
APD  19960809
APN  96-33232
CLAS
OCL  714718
XCL  714735
XCL  714819
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 2900
ICL  G06F  702
FSC  371
FSS  21.1;21.2;24;67.1;68.1;71
FSC  365
FSS  200;201;189.04
FSC  714
FSS  718;719;735;819;820;821;824;736
UREF
PNO  5164918
ISD  19921100
NAM  Ogino et al.
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5400281
ISD  19950300
NAM  Morigami
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5483493
ISD  19960100
NAM  Shin
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5706234
ISD  19980100
NAM  Pilch, Jr. et al.
OCL  365201
UREF
PNO  5793685
ISD  19980800
NAM  Suma
OCL  365201
LREP
FRM  Marger Johnson & McCollom, P.C.
ABST
PAL  A novel parallel bit test circuit is provided to test a semiconductor
      memory device which comprises a number of memory cell arrays each having a
      plurality of memory cells, a word line provided in each memory cell array
      to commonly connect with the plurality of memory cells, and a plurality of
      I/O (input/output) lines respectively connected with the plurality of
      memory cells of each memory cell array. The parallel bit test circuit for
      testing the plurality of memory cells in parallel bits comprises a
      comparator for comparing the data of the memory cells with an externally
      input data to produce a test signal applied to a data I/O terminal.
PATN
WKU  059919043
SRC  8
APN  8083924
APT  1
ART  288
APD  19970228
TTL  Method and apparatus for rapidly testing memory devices
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  7
EXP  Tran; Andrew Q.
NDR  3
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Duesman; Kevin G.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
ASSG
NAM  Micron Technology, Inc.
CTY  Boise
STA  ID
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  714720
XCL  714719
XCL  365201
XCL  365202
XCL  36518907
XCL  36523004
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 2900
FSC  371
FSS  21.3;21.2
FSC  365
FSS  201;202;189.07;230.04
FSC  714
FSS  720;719
UREF
PNO  5381368
ISD  19950100
NAM  Morgan et al.
OCL  365189.01
UREF
PNO  5440517
ISD  19950800
NAM  Morgan et al.
OCL  365202
LREP
FRM  Seed and Berry LLP
ABST
PAL  A circuit transfers data in an array of memory cells arranged in rows and
      columns. The circuit includes a plurality of row lines, a plurality of
      pairs of complementary digit lines, and an array of memory cells, each
      memory cell having a control terminal coupled to one of the row lines and
      a data terminal coupled to one of the complementary digit lines of one of
      the pairs of complementary digit lines responsive to a row enable signal
      on the row line of the row corresponding to the memory cell. A plurality
      of sense amplifiers are included in the circuit, each sense amplifier
      coupled to an associated pair of first and second complementary digit
      lines which senses a voltage differential between the first and second
      complementary digit lines and, in response to the sensed voltage
      differential, drives the first and second complementary digit lines to
      voltage levels corresponding to complementary logic states. A plurality of
      equilibration circuits are also included in the circuit, each
      equilibration circuit coupled between one of the pairs of complementary
      digit lines and operable to equalize the voltage level on each pair of
      complementary digit lines to a predetermined level responsive to an
      equilibration signal. A control circuit is coupled to the plurality of row
      lines and the equilibration circuits. The control circuit is operable to:
      write a pattern of data to an initial row of the memory array; generate
      the equilibrate signal; apply a row enable signal to the row line of the
      memory cells in the initial row; terminate the row enable signal for the
      initial row; apply a row enable signal to the row line to which the memory
      cells in another row are connected; terminate the row enable signal for
      the another row; and generate the equilibrate signal.
PATN
WKU  059919051
SRC  8
APN  9190678
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970822
TTL  Process and device for testing a memory element
ISD  19991123
NCL  10
ECL  1
EXP  Chung; Phung M.
NDR  3
NFG  3
INVT
NAM  Gagea; Leonard
CTY  Vienna
CNT  ATX
INVT
NAM  Trojacher; Peter
CTY  Vienna
CNT  ATX
ASSG
NAM  Robert Bosch GmbH
CNT  DEX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  DEX
APD  19960824
APN  196 34 320
CLAS
OCL  714721
XCL  714718
XCL  714799
EDF  6
ICL  G11C 2900
FSC  714
FSS  721;718;799
UREF
PNO  5345392
ISD  19940900
NAM  Mito et al.
OCL  364483
UREF
PNO  5514946
ISD  19960500
NAM  Lin et al.
OCL  320 31
FREF
PNO  37 04 938
ISD  19880800
CNT  DEX
FREF
PNO  44 09 286
ISD  19950800
CNT  DEX
LREP
FRM  Kenyon & Kenyon
ABST
PAL  A device and a process for testing a memory element are described. A second
      memory element is connected in parallel to the first memory element. In
      order to measure the charge status of the first memory element, the second
      memory element is brought into a predefined first status and the time
      required by the second memory element to go from the first status to a
      second status is measured. This time is analyzed in order to test the
      memory element.
PATN
WKU  059919060
SRC  9
APN  0092576
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19980120
TTL  Semiconductor integrated circuit device and its test method
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Tu; Trinh L.
NDR  13
NFG  14
INVT
NAM  Hashimoto; Tsuneyuki
CTY  Oita
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba
CTY  Kawasaki
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970120
APN  9-007749
CLAS
OCL  714724
XCL  714819
XCL  714707
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3128
FSC  714
FSS  703;704;707;724;726;731;819
UREF
PNO  5371773
ISD  19941200
NAM  Ihara et al.
OCL  714724
UREF
PNO  5703409
ISD  19971200
NAM  Fukumitsu et al.
OCL  714704
FREF
PNO  63-186167
ISD  19880800
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Foley & Lardner
ABST
PAL  In a semiconductor integrated circuit device having a test circuit, the
      test time can be shortened and further the circuit activation ratio can be
      increased, while reducing the circuit scale. In the operation test mode,
      the counter circuit (10) is divided into the first counter circuit (10a)
      and the second counter circuit (10b) by use of the test circuit (20).
      Further, the same input count clock CK is inputted at the same time to
      both the first and second counter circuits (10a, 10b) in parallel. The
      normal operation of the counter circuit (10) can be discriminated by
      checking whether the output signal A of the first counter circuit (10a)
      matches the output signal B of the second counter circuit (10b) or not.
PATN
WKU  059919078
SRC  8
APN  7291175
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19961011
TTL  Method for testing field programmable gate arrays
ISD  19991123
NCL  9
ECL  1
EXA  Iqbal; Nadeem
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  3
NFG  7
INVT
NAM  Stroud; Charles E.
CTY  Lexington
STA  KY
INVT
NAM  Abramovici; Miron
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Lucent Technologies Inc.
CTY  Murray Hill
STA  NJ
COD  02
ASSG
NAM  University of Kentucky Research Foundation
CTY  Lexington
STA  KY
COD  02
RLAP
COD  72
APN  595729
APD  19960202
CLAS
OCL  714725
XCL  39550017
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1100
FSC  371
FSS  22.2;22.1;22.5;22.6;22.3
FSC  364
FSS  765;512;580
FSC  326
FSS  38
FSC  714
FSS  725;726;733;735;719;30;32
FSC  365
FSS  201
FSC  395
FSS  500.17;500.18
UREF
PNO  Re34445
ISD  19931100
NAM  Hayes et al.
UREF
PNO  4414669
ISD  19831100
NAM  Heckelman et al.
UREF
PNO  4757503
ISD  19880700
NAM  Hayes et al.
UREF
PNO  4817093
ISD  19890300
NAM  Jacobs et al.
UREF
PNO  5051996
ISD  19910900
NAM  Bergeson et al.
UREF
PNO  5081297
ISD  19920100
NAM  Lebel et al.
UREF
PNO  5090015
ISD  19920200
NAM  Dabbish et al.
UREF
PNO  5107208
ISD  19920400
NAM  Lee
UREF
PNO  5179561
ISD  19930100
NAM  Izawa et al.
UREF
PNO  5260946
ISD  19931100
NAM  Nunally
UREF
PNO  5278841
ISD  19940100
NAM  Myers
OCL  371 20.6
UREF
PNO  5347519
ISD  19940900
NAM  Cooke et al.
OCL  371 22.2
UREF
PNO  5361264
ISD  19941100
NAM  Lewis
UREF
PNO  5425036
ISD  19950600
NAM  Liu et al.
OCL  371 23
UREF
PNO  5430734
ISD  19950700
NAM  Gilson
OCL  371 22.2
UREF
PNO  5475624
ISD  19951200
NAM  West
OCL  364578
UREF
PNO  5488612
ISD  19960100
NAM  Heybruck
OCL  371 22.2
UREF
PNO  5508636
ISD  19960400
NAM  Mange et al.
OCL  326 38
UREF
PNO  5623501
ISD  19970400
NAM  Cooke et al.
OCL  371 22.2
LREP
FRM  King and Schickli
ABST
PAL  A method of testing field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) includes the
      step of configuring programmable logic blocks of the FPGAs for completing
      a built-in self-test. Specifically, the FPGA under test may be configured
      to act as an iterative logic array wherein a first group of programmable
      logic blocks are configured as test pattern generators, output response
      analyzers and helper cells, and a second group of programmable logic
      blocks are configured as blocks under test. The blocks under test are then
      repeatedly reconfigured in order to completely test each block under test
      in all possible modes of operation. The first and second groups of
      programmable logic blocks are then repeatedly rearranged so that all the
      programmable logic blocks are established as blocks under test at least
      once. Following the rearrangement, the repeated reconfiguration of the
      blocks under test is performed once again.
PATN
WKU  059919086
SRC  8
APN  9397574
APT  1
ART  275
APD  19970929
TTL  Boundary scan chain with dedicated programmable routing
ISD  19991123
NCL  28
ECL  1
EXA  Iqbal; Nadeem
EXP  Beausoliel, Jr.; Robert W.
NDR  9
NFG  10
INVT
NAM  Baxter; Glenn A.
CTY  Ben Lomond
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Buch; Kiran B.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Pang; Raymond C.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
INVT
NAM  Law; Edwin S.
CTY  Saratoga
STA  CA
ASSG
NAM  Xilinx, Inc.
CTY  San Jose
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  714727
XCL  39550017
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3128
FSC  371
FSS  22.32;22.31;22.2;22.34;22.5
FSC  395
FSS  182.01;183.06;183.19;500.17;500.18
FSC  364
FSS  490;550
FSC  714
FSS  727;725;726;729;733;3;5;30
FSC  365
FSS  201
UREF
PNO  4912709
ISD  19900300
NAM  Teska et al.
OCL  371 22.1
UREF
PNO  5267146
ISD  19931100
NAM  Shimizu et al.
OCL  364512
UREF
PNO  5300835
ISD  19940400
NAM  Assar et al.
OCL  307475
UREF
PNO  5394034
ISD  19950200
NAM  Becker et al.
OCL  326 39
UREF
PNO  5517646
ISD  19960500
NAM  Piccirillo et al.
OCL  395651
UREF
PNO  5537536
ISD  19960700
NAM  Groves
OCL  395183.04
UREF
PNO  5550839
ISD  19960800
NAM  Buch et al.
OCL  371 22.1
UREF
PNO  5550843
ISD  19960800
NAM  Yee
OCL  371 22.3
UREF
PNO  5572710
ISD  19961100
NAM  Asano et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5651013
ISD  19970700
NAM  Iadanza
OCL  371 22.3
UREF
PNO  5706296
ISD  19980100
NAM  Whetsel
OCL  371 22.3
UREF
PNO  5732246
ISD  19980300
NAM  Gould et al.
OCL  395500
UREF
PNO  5790561
ISD  19980800
NAM  Borden et al.
OCL  371 22.1
UREF
PNO  5812562
ISD  19980900
NAM  Baeg
OCL  371 22.31
FREF
PNO  0575124A2
ISD  19931200
CNT  EPX
FREF
PNO  61-053827
ISD  19860300
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  02146815
ISD  19900600
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  03117020
ISD  19910500
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  04158627
ISD  19920600
CNT  JPX
OREF
PAL  "The Hardwire Data Book", (1994), available from Xilinx, Inc., 2100 Logic
      Drive, San Jose, California 95124.
PAL  "The Programmable Logic Data Book", (1996), pp., 4-47, 4-48, 4-54, 4-80,
      4-309, available from Xilinx, Inc., 2100 Logic Drive, San Jose, California
      95124.
PAL  "The Programmable Logic Data Book", (1993), pp. 2-82, available from
      Xilinx, Inc., 2100 Logic Drive, San Jose, California 95124.
PAL  "IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture", IEEE Std
      1149-1990, Chapters 3 and 10, copyright, 1993 available from The Institute
      of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc., 345 East 47th Street, New
      York, NY 10017.
PAL  Xilinx Application Note XAPP017 version 1.1 entitled, "Boundary Scan in
      XC4000 and XC5000 Series Devices", published July 15, 1996, available from
      Xilinx Inc., 2100 Logic Drive, San Jose, California 95124.
PAL  Wilson, Ron, "Xilinx Speeds Submicron-Process Ramp", EE Times, Feb. 3,
      1997.
PAL  "The Programmable Logic Data Book", available from Xilinx, Inc., 2100 Logic
      Drive, San Jose, CA 95124, 1994, pp. 2-7 through 2-46.
PAL  "The XC5200 Logic Cell Array Family Technical Data Booklet" Oct. 1995
      (referenced as XC5200.TM. FPGA Data Sheet) available from Xilinx, Inc.,
      2100 Logic Drive, San Jose, CA 95124.
PAL  "The Programmable Logic Data Book", available from Xilinx, Inc., 2100 Logic
      Drive, San Jose, CA 95124, 1994, pp. 2-7 through 2-46.
PAL  "The XC5200 Logic Cell Array Family Technical Data Booklet" Oct. 1995
      (referenced as XC5200.TM. FPGA Data Sheet) available from Xilinx, Inc.,
      2100 Logic Drive, San Jose, CA 95124.
LREP
FR2  Cartier; Lois D.
ABST
PAL  A programmable IC is provided that includes dedicated boundary scan logic
      having a programmable boundary scan bit-order. Boundary scan cells are
      provided, each cell being capable of providing the boundary scan functions
      associated with one I/O pad. In a mask programmable device, dedicated
      tracks are provided for adding mask programmable interconnect lines. In
      other programmable ICs such as FPGAs or PLDs, programmable interconnect
      lines are provided. In either case, the interconnect lines are used to
      implement the boundary scan data chain. Using these lines, the programmed
      device can "swap the order" of I/O cells in the boundary scan data chain,
      or leave cells out of the chain entirely. In one embodiment, the
      interconnect lines traverse each cell, programmably connecting the data
      inputs and outputs of adjacent or non-adjacent boundary scan cells. In
      other embodiments, the interconnect lines are physically located outside
      the boundary scan cells, either in a ring between the cell and the core or
      in the core itself.
PATN
WKU  059919094
SRC  8
APN  7300662
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19961015
TTL  Parallel decompressor and related methods and apparatuses
ISD  19991123
NCL  36
ECL  1
EXP  Tu; Trinh L.
NDR  9
NFG  9
INVT
NAM  Rajski; Janusz
CTY  West Linn
STA  OR
INVT
NAM  Tyszer; Jerzy
CTY  Poznan
CNT  PLX
ASSG
NAM  Mentor Graphics Corporation
CTY  Wilsonville
STA  OR
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  714729
XCL  714738
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3128
FSC  371
FSS  22.34;22.31;22.32;22.33;22.4;22.5;22.6;27.1;27.2;27.4;27.7
FSC  395
FSS  183.06;183.08
FSC  364
FSS  717;715.02
FSC  324
FSS  73.1
FSC  714
FSS  729;726;727;728;735;733;734;738;739;741;744;30;32
UREF
PNO  4713605
ISD  19871200
NAM  Iyer et al.
OCL  371 25.1
UREF
PNO  4718065
ISD  19880100
NAM  Boyle et al.
OCL  371 25.1
UREF
PNO  5029171
ISD  19910700
NAM  Lee et al.
OCL  371 27.7
UREF
PNO  5412665
ISD  19950500
NAM  Gruodis et al.
OCL  371 27.2
UREF
PNO  5574733
ISD  19961100
NAM  Kim
OCL  371 22.33
UREF
PNO  5694401
ISD  19971200
NAM  Gibson
OCL  395183.06
OREF
PAL  Computer System Architecture (2nd Edition), M. Morris Mano; Prentice-Hall,
      Inc. 1982; pp. 53-54.
PAL  Agrawal, V. et al., "A Tutorial on Built-In Self Test, Part 1: Principles"
      IEEE Design & Test of Computers, Mar. 1993, pp. 73-82.
PAL  Agrawal, V. et al., "A Tutorial on Built-In Self Test, Part 2:
      Applications" IEEE Design & Test of Computers, Jun. 1993, pp. 69-75.
PAL  Hellebrand, S. et al., "Pattern Generation for a Deterministic BIST
      Scheme," IEEE Abstract, 1995, pp. 88-94.
PAL  Hellebrand, S. et al., "Built-In Test for Circuits with Scan Based on
      Reseeding of Multiple-Polynomial Linear Feedback Shift Registers," IEEE
      Transactions on Computers, vol. 44, No. 2, Feb. 1995, pp. 223-233.
PAL  Zacharia, N. et al., "Decompression of Test Data Using Variable-Length Seed
      LFSRs," Abstract, 8 pgs.
PAL  Konemann, Dr. Bernd, "LFSR-Coded Test Patterns for Scan Designs," Abstract,
      pp. 237-242.
LREP
FRM  Blakely Sokoloff Taylor & Zafman, LLP
ABST
PAL  A parallel decompressor capable of concurrently generating in parallel
      multiple portions of a deterministic partially specified data vector is
      disclosed. The parallel decompressor is also capable of functioning as a
      PRPG for generating pseudo-random data vectors. The parallel decompressor
      is suitable for incorporation into BIST circuitry of ICs. For BIST
      circuitry with multiple scan chains, the parallel decompressor may be
      incorporated without requiring additional flip-flops (beyond those
      presence in the LFSR and scan chains). In one embodiment, an incorporating
      IC includes boundary scan design compatible with the IEEE 1194.1 standard.
      Multiple ones of such ICs may be incorporated in a circuit board. Software
      tools for generating ICs with boundary scan having BIST circuitry
      incorporated with the parallel decompressor, and for computing the test
      data seeds for the deterministic partially specified test vectors are also
      disclosed.
PATN
WKU  059919108
SRC  8
APN  960636&
APT  1
ART  271
APD  19971029
TTL  Microcontroller having special mode enable detection circuitry and a
      method of operation therefore
ISD  19991123
NCL  19
ECL  10
EXP  Auve; Glenn A.
NDR  2
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Hull; Richard L.
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Ellison; Scott
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
INVT
NAM  Hofhine; Paul
CTY  Mesa
STA  AZ
ASSG
NAM  Microchip Technology Incorporated
CTY  Chandler
STA  AZ
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  714733
XCL  326 16
XCL  714724
EDF  6
ICL  G01R 3128
FSC  371
FSS  22.5
FSC  326
FSS  16
FSC  395
FSS  280
FSC  713
FSS  300
FSC  710
FSS  100
FSC  714
FSS  724;733;734
UREF
PNO  4733168
ISD  19880300
NAM  Blankenship et al.
OCL  326 16
UREF
PNO  5786703
ISD  19980700
NAM  Piirainen
OCL  371 22.5
LREP
FR2  Katz; Paul N.
FR2  Chichester; Ronald L.
     Frohwitter
ABST
PAL  A free-running microcontroller (i.e., one without any reset signal) is
      shown with special mode enable detect logic for placing the
      microcontroller into the test or special operations mode, without the
      benefit of a dedicated pin for such purposes. Rather, the instant
      invention implements the methodology of first applying a test voltage to
      indicate to the free-running microcontroller that the test mode is to be
      entered. Since the device has no reset signal to interrupt normal
      operation once it has begun, the test voltage is applied before the power
      supply V.sub.DD to ensure that the device enters test mode before it can
      enter normal operation.
PATN
WKU  059919116
SRC  8
APN  9706003
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19971114
TTL  Concurrent generation of ECC error syndromes and CRC validation
      syndromes in a DVD storage device
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXP  Baker; Stephen M.
NDR  24
NFG  27
INVT
NAM  Zook; Christopher P.
CTY  Longmont
STA  CO
ASSG
NAM  Cirrus Logic, Inc.
CTY  Fremont
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  714758
XCL  714755
XCL  714769
EDF  6
ICL  G11B 2018
FSC  714
FSS  758;769;755
UREF
PNO  5027357
ISD  19910600
NAM  Yu et al.
OCL  371 37.7
UREF
PNO  5408477
ISD  19950400
NAM  Okada et al.
OCL  371 37.4
UREF
PNO  5412667
ISD  19950500
NAM  Havemose
OCL  371 37.5
UREF
PNO  5446743
ISD  19950800
NAM  Zook
OCL  371 37.1
UREF
PNO  5563897
ISD  19961000
NAM  Pyniah et al.
OCL  371 37.4
UREF
PNO  5592498
ISD  19970100
NAM  Zook
OCL  371 40.1
UREF
PNO  5602857
ISD  19970200
NAM  Zook et al.
OCL  371 40.1
UREF
PNO  5701304
ISD  19971200
NAM  Glover et al.
OCL  371 10.2
UREF
PNO  5751733
ISD  19980500
NAM  Glover
OCL  371 40.3
UREF
PNO  5781565
ISD  19980700
NAM  Sako et al.
OCL  371 37.4
OREF
PAL  U.S. application No. 08/898,774, Zook, filed Jul. 23, 1997.
LREP
FR2  Sheerin; Howard H.
FR2  Shifrin; Dan A.
ABST
PAL  A compact disk (CD) and digital video disk (DVD) error correction system is
      disclosed which generates a CRC validation syndrome on-the-fly while
      correcting the CD/DVD product code, thereby reducing the overall access
      latency as compared to the prior art. For the DVD product code, which
      comprises multiple data sectors with separate CRC symbols appended to each
      data sector, a buffer used for C1 and C2 encoding/decoding in CD mode is
      used to store partial data and error CRC syndromes for each data sector.
      During the vertical (P) and horizontal (Q) passes over the DVD product
      code, data and error CRC syndrome registers are loaded with the
      appropriate partial CRC syndromes depending on the current data symbol
      being processed by a P/Q decoder. After processing each data sector, the
      data and error CRC syndromes for each data sector are combined and
      compared to a constant to determine whether the corrections to the data
      sector are valid and complete. The data and error CRC syndromes are
      adjusted during the P and Q passes to account for offsets in the CRC
      codeword symbols. For example, when processing a vertical (i.e., P)
      codeword, it is necessary to adjust the error CRC syndromes by one row of
      data symbols for each vertical symbol processed. This is carried out by
      using a special multiplier circuit which multiplies the data and error CRC
      syndromes by
EQU  x.sup.k MODG(x)
PAL  where k is the offset (e.g., one row of symbols) and G(x) is the CRC
      generator polynomial.
PATN
WKU  059919124
SRC  8
APN  8566747
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970515
TTL  Digital video transport error handling in cell based communications
      systems
ISD  19991123
NCL  34
ECL  1
EXP  Moise; Emmanuel L.
NDR  4
NFG  4
INVT
NAM  Mao; Weidong
CTY  Princeton
STA  NJ
ASSG
NAM  Next Level Communications
CTY  Rohnert Park
STA  CA
COD  02
CLAS
OCL  714776
XCL  714704
XCL  714758
XCL  370395
EDF  6
ICL  H03M 1300
FSC  371
FSS  37.02;5.1;30;43.1;37.7
FSC  370
FSS  392;474;395;471
UREF
PNO  5533033
ISD  19960700
NAM  Ratner
OCL  371 30
UREF
PNO  5535221
ISD  19960700
NAM  Hijikata et al.
OCL  371  5.5
UREF
PNO  5596581
ISD  19970100
NAM  Saeijs et al.
OCL  370394
UREF
PNO  5668810
ISD  19970900
NAM  Cannela, Jr.
OCL  370392
UREF
PNO  5758085
ISD  19980500
NAM  Kouoheris et al.
OCL  395200.61
UREF
PNO  5812205
ISD  19980900
NAM  Milnes et al.
OCL  348460
LREP
FRM  J. P. Blasko Professional Corp.
FR2  Eldering; Charles A.
FR2  Blasko; John P.
ABST
PAL  In a communications system packets containing compressed digital signals
      are transported in multiple cells, typically in an Asynchronous Transfer
      Mode format. Upon reception of these cells, a determination is made as to
      whether cells have been lost, additional cells inserted, or whether there
      were bit errors in the transmission of the cells. If so, null packets are
      substituted for the erred packets and are sent to the video decompression
      layer.
PATN
WKU  059919132
SRC  8
APN  8721556
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970610
TTL  Error correcting device
ISD  19991123
NCL  18
ECL  1
EXA  Chase; Shelly A
EXP  De Cady; Albert
NDR  34
NFG  57
INVT
NAM  Koyama; Masayuki
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
INVT
NAM  Kobayashi; Naohiro
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kiasha
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
COD  03
PRIR
CNT  JPX
APD  19970221
APN  9-037682
CLAS
OCL  714782
XCL  714784
EDF  6
ICL  H03M 1300
FSC  371
FSS  37.07;37.08;37.11;40.11;40.12
FSC  714
FSS  782;784
UREF
PNO  5490154
ISD  19960200
NAM  Mester
OCL  371 37.11
UREF
PNO  5537429
ISD  19960700
NAM  Inoue
OCL  371 37.4
UREF
PNO  5600662
ISD  19970200
NAM  Zook
OCL  371 40.14
FREF
PNO  2-303221
ISD  19901200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-37649
ISD  19940200
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-276106
ISD  19940900
CNT  JPX
FREF
PNO  6-290065
ISD  19941000
CNT  JPX
LREP
FRM  Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, LLP
ABST
PAL  A bidirectional FILO capable of continuously performing the function of the
      FILO for different groups of codes is used to reduce a circuit scale of a
      Reed-Solomon error correcting device. Coefficients of an error-locator
      polynomial .delta.(x) and an error-evaluator polynomial .omega.(x)
      obtained by using a Euclid method are obtained in order from a final digit
      of a code to a first digit thereof. Correspondingly, a corrector starts a
      Chien search in order from a final byte of the code to a first byte
      thereof. In response to the order of the search, each group of data RSIN
      (Reed-Solomon Input) having digit order reversed in a bidirectional FILO
      are given to the corrector. The code corrected by the corrector also has
      digit order reversed. Therefore, the digit order is returned to original
      order in the bidirectional FILO for returning digit order to original
      order, so that a code RSOUT (Reed-Solomon Input) is output. The
      bidirectional FILOs can be implemented by operation of a shift register
      type, for example.
PATN
WKU  059919140
SRC  8
APN  8015708
APT  1
ART  274
APD  19970218
TTL  Clock recovery using maximum likelihood sequence estimation
ISD  19991123
NCL  20
ECL  1
EXP  Nguyen; Hoa T.
NDR  6
NFG  11
INVT
NAM  Honma; Hiromi
CTY  Tokyo
CNT  JPX
ASSG
NAM  NEC Corporation
CNT  JPX
COD  03
CLAS
OCL  714794
XCL  714795
XCL  714796
EDF  6
ICL  G06F 1110
ICL  H03M 1312
FSC  714
FSS  794;795;796
UREF
PNO  4527279
ISD  19850700
NAM  Yasuda et al.
OCL  375114
UREF
PNO  4578800
ISD  19860300
NAM  Yasuda et al.
OCL  375106
UREF
PNO  5444721
ISD  19950800
NAM  Okanoue et al.
OCL  371 43
UREF
PNO  5701333
ISD  19971200
NAM  Okanoue et al.
OCL  375347
UREF
PNO  5729517
ISD  19980300
NAM  Fujiwara et al.
OCL  369 59
LREP
FRM  Ostrolenk, Faber, Gerb & Soffen, LLP
ABST
PAL  In a clock recovery circuit, an input data sequence is sampled in response
      to clock pulses produced by a voltage-controlled oscillator and data
      samples are produced. Branch metrics are produced to represent errors of
      the data samples from reference levels which the input data sequence
      assumes when the clock pulses are either advanced or delayed by a
      predetermined phase with respect to optimum timing of the input data
      sequence. Corresponding to transition states which the branch metrics
      assume when the clock pulses are advanced by the predetermined phase, a
      first set of path metrics is produced and corresponding to transition
      states which the branch metrics assume when the clock pulses are delayed
      by the predetermined phase, a second set of path metrics is produced.
      First and second minimum path metrics are selected from the first and
      second sets of path metrics, respectively, and a differential minimum path
      metric representative of the difference between the first and second
      minimum path metrics is produced. Successive differential minimum path
      metrics are integrated and the V.C.O. is controlled with the integrated
      path metrics.
